《The Way of the Immortal Master》


 Chapter 1

    On the northern edge of the Middle Earth continent, there are endless yellow sand and Gobi. It is called the northern desert and endless sand sea by China.


    Although it is desolate, remote and sparsely populated, it still has a large number of cultivation forces.


    The small Taiyi gate is one of the humble ones.


    Just two days ago, Meng Zhang became the new leader of Taiyi sect.


    At the moment, Meng Zhang sat cross legged on the futon, like a wooden man, motionless, with a changing look on his face and thousands of thoughts in his heart.


    As the new leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has been sitting quietly for a long time in the sect hall. As for the affairs in Taiyi gate, he didn''t want to deal with them at this time.


    Anyway, Taiyi sect is just a small sect with a big palm. Its territory is small. There are only a dozen disciples in the sect. Naturally, there are not many urgent affairs to deal with in the sect.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind at this time, the voice and smile of the former leader and Taoist Xuanling, his mentor and adoptive father, constantly surfaced in his mind.


    When crossing the world, the body was still a baby. Sixteen years passed in the blink of an eye.


    Under the upbringing and painstaking cultivation of Taoist Xuanling, Meng Zhang not only fully integrated into the world called Jun dust world, almost no longer missed life on earth, but also became a four fold cultivator of Qi refining.


    Before Meng Zhang''s mentor Taoist Xuanling died, he said to Meng Zhang more than once. A small sect like taiyimen simply can''t accommodate a genius like Meng Zhang.


    The inheritance is almost lost. Taiyi gate, which does not have too many cultivation resources, can not provide any help to Meng Zhang, but delay his cultivation.


    If it weren''t for his selfishness, he couldn''t let go of everything in Taiyi gate. I hope Meng Zhang can revive Taiyi gate. Taoist Xuanling had already sent Meng Zhang to other big sects.


    With the qualification of Meng Zhang''s top-grade Linggen, even those big sects with golden elixir immortal will compete. As long as Meng Zhang is a beginner, he can''t run away from the treatment of an inner disciple, not a true disciple.


    Excellent cultivation skills and sufficient cultivation resources. With Meng Zhang''s talent and efforts, he has at least achieved perfect cultivation in the period of Qi refining.


    Unfortunately, Taoist Xuanling''s extravagant hope for reviving Taiyi gate and Meng Zhang''s feelings for Taoist Xuanling left him in Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang is also like an eagle with its wings folded. He cannot stretch out, but only hibernates temporarily.


    Bursts of harsh quarrels came in from outside the hall, and they were getting closer and closer. Meng Zhang, whose thoughts were interrupted, obviously showed an unhappy look on his face.


    The gate of the hall was pushed open heavily, and two figures stepped into the hall without stopping.


    The leader is a big man in his thirties, with square face, big ears, thick beard, big steps and a rough posture.


    Behind the big man was an old man with a goatee and a dark and vicious face. Two mung bean sized eyes rotate flexibly. At first glance, they are complex minded guys.


    I told my disciples to remember the previous leader in the hall. Don''t disturb me if there''s nothing important. But these two annoying guys, obviously didn''t take their words to heart, so rudely broke in.


    After all, there was still some scruples about their identity. Meng Zhang pressed down his unhappiness and greeted them politely and alienated.


    "Martial uncle Zhenling, senior brother Fang Meng, I don''t know what''s the matter with you. You''re in such a hurry to break in?"


    Seeing Meng zhangduan sitting on the futon motionless, he put the headmaster''s posture full. The rough man, Fang Meng, the eldest disciple of Taoist Xuanling, said stiffly with an unhappy expression: "Younger martial brother Meng Zhang, although our Taiyi sect is now in decline, it is still a famous and decent sect. It pays attention to the order of elders and children, and there are differences in dignity and inferiority. As a young disciple of the master, you have passed me, the eldest disciple of the mountain, and inherited the position of leader of Taiyi sect. It''s really inappropriate and difficult to convince the public."


    "For your own good, and for the future of Taiyi sect. Younger martial brother, you''d better hand over the position of leader of Taiyi sect."


    In the face of such an undisguised door-to-door persecution, Meng Zhang was angry. However, considering Fang Meng''s rude nature, Meng Zhang was generous and didn''t care about him.


    More than a month ago, Meng Zhang''s art mentor, Taoist Xuanling, the leader of Taiyi sect, was recruited by shuangfenggu and went to fight against a wandering sand monster community with many practitioners.


    Two days ago, the messenger of shuangfenggu came to Taiyi gate and brought back the news of the death of Taoist Xuanling.


    According to the last words of Taoist Xuanling, under the witness of the messenger of Shuangfeng Valley, Meng Zhang, as the little disciple of Taoist Xuanling, inherited the position of leader of Taiyi gate.


    In front of the messenger of Shuangfeng Valley, no one in the door objected to Meng Zhang''s succession to the head of Taiyi gate, and no one dared to make trouble. However, as soon as the messenger of Shuangfeng Valley left, different voices appeared in the door.


    Fang Meng, as the eldest disciple of Taoist Xuanling, always prides himself on being the authentic successor of Taoist Xuanling. In his opinion, after Taoist Xuanling dies, he should naturally inherit the position of leader of Taiyi sect.


    I don''t know when this little younger martial brother, who is silent in the door on weekdays, confused Shifu and asked Shifu to hand over the head of Taiyi sect to him before he died.


    "It''s really a biting dog that doesn''t bark." Fang Meng scolded in his heart.


    Meng Zhang''s face was expressionless. He ignored his requirements and made Fang Meng angry.


    "Meng Zhang, how can you steal the position of leader of Taiyi sect? Shifu must be old and confused. He will give you the position of leader only when he faints before he dies."


    "You can''t hold the position of leader of Taiyi sect. Younger martial brother, you can hand over the position of leader. When senior brother becomes leader, I won''t treat you badly." Fang Meng''s tone eased a little.


    "A fool without a brain doesn''t know when he is shot." Meng Zhang scolded in his heart. He was too lazy to say more with Fang Meng, but said a few words coldly.


    "Elder martial brother, younger martial brother, I inherited the position of leader, but I have the witness of shuangfenggu envoy. You have a plot and want to compete for the position of leader. Are you going to disobey shuangfenggu envoy or against shuangfenggu?"


    Shuangfenggu is the ruler of the surrounding area. There are many friars in the gate. There are also many friars in the foundation period, and there are many subordinate sects and families.


    Taiyi sect, a small force with only a dozen disciples and no friars in the later stage of Qi refining, is just a mole ant in front of Shuangfeng valley.


    The borrower had ten courage, but he didn''t have the courage to oppose Shuangfeng valley.


    Of course, although Fang Meng has a bad temper, he is not a fool. He also knew in his heart that Meng Zhang was pulling the flag as a tiger skin and pressing himself with Shuangfeng valley.


    Shuangfeng Valley brought back the last words of Taoist Xuanling and ensured the implementation of the last words. It is the best of benevolence and righteousness. As for the future of taiyimen, most of them are too lazy to ask.


    After all, there are a lot of vassal small forces like taiyimen within the control of Shuangfeng valley. Shuangfeng Valley doesn''t have so much energy to deal with them one by one.


    As long as the Taiyi gate does not jump out to rebel and can ensure that the annual offerings are turned over, Shuangfeng valley will probably not interfere in the internal affairs of the Taiyi gate.


    However, Shuangfeng Valley is famous after all, which makes Fang Meng have some scruples. Moreover, Fang Meng still has some goodness in his heart and is not willing to kill each other with his fellow disciples.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang looked firm and didn''t give in at all, it was obvious that he was determined to be the leader of Taiyi sect. Fang Meng stopped pestering and made up his mind.


    "Younger martial brother, with your ability, Taiyi sect has no future when it falls into your hands. I won''t argue with you for the position of leader, so that others won''t say that I bully you by bullying you."


    "From then on, we suddenly withdrew from Taiyi gate, which has nothing to do with Taiyi gate. Younger martial brother, you should take care of yourself in the future."


    After saying that, Fang Meng didn''t say much anymore. Unexpectedly, he turned around and left.


    Although Fang Meng''s words are beautiful and he really wants to do it, although he has practiced for many years, he is really not sure of the victory of shangmeng Zhang, a younger martial brother.


    Fang Meng was only in his thirties, but Meng Zhang was only 16 years old, so he had the same cultivation. Moreover, Meng Zhang cultivates Shaoyang Qigong, which is the most difficult one in Taiyi sect. In terms of the power of fighting, Shaoyang Qigong is still above Fang Meng''s Huang Sha Jue.


    Without the assurance of defeating Meng Zhang, he could not hold Meng Zhang down by virtue of the identity of the eldest martial brother. The grumpy Fang Meng was even more reluctant to subordinate himself to others, so he broke away from Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to argue with such a rude man as Fang Meng. It''s going to rain. Since Fang Meng is determined to go, Meng Zhang won''t keep him.


    It''s better for everyone to get together at the same door than to kill each other at the same door.


    Seeing master Fang Meng leave the hall, Meng Zhang''s eyes turned to Taoist priest Zhenling. Compared with the grumpy and straightforward Fang Meng, Taoist Zhenling, an old fox, is the real trouble.


    Before Meng Zhang''s master, Taoist Xuanling, died, Taoist Zhenling was a restless Lord. In order to compete for power and profit and cultivation resources, Taoist Zhenling often makes waves in Taiyi gate and fights with Taoist Xuanling openly and secretly.


    The true spirit Taoist is only the cultivation of the five aspects of Qi refining, and his strength is far less than that of the six aspects of Qi refining. But this crafty guy, relying on all kinds of sinister means, did lick a lot of trouble for Taoist Xuanling.


    For the sake of stability and unity in the door and to take care of the feelings of martial brothers, Taoist Xuanling, who has a mild temper and is a good man, not only did he not forcibly suppress the real Taoist by strength, but he was more tolerant to him.


    Taoist Xuanling''s kindness did not gain the understanding of Taoist Zhenling, but made this guy make trouble in the door.


    When Taoist Xuanling was alive, Taoist Zhenling had many scruples and didn''t dare to go too far. Now that Taoist Xuanling died, this guy immediately jumped out to make waves.


    Although he is quiet and has no close contact with other disciples, Meng Zhang is not a fool, but silently sees all kinds of things in the door. He looked too clearly at the little movements of the true Taoist priest in the dark.


    Today, Fang Meng jumped out to force the palace in such a hurry. In addition to Fang Meng''s own character, it must be provoked by the true Taoist priest.


    Now that he had seen through the true Taoist priest, Meng Zhang was too lazy to be coy with him, but directly asked, "martial uncle, what''s important?"


    Seeing Fang Meng leave Taiyi gate angrily, Taoist Zhenling was secretly happy. But on the surface, it was a look of regret.


    "Why are you here? Why are you here? We are all brothers in the same family. What can''t be solved..."


    After sighing for a long time, Taoist Zhenling said to Meng Zhang, "martial nephew Meng Zhang, although martial nephew Fang Meng is too impulsive today, the small temple of taiyimen really wrongs you."


    In order to protect Meng Zhang, Taoist Xuanling did not disclose to others in the door that Meng Zhang had the qualification of top-grade Linggen. Other people in the door just know that Meng zhanglinggen is very qualified, probably a middle-class Linggen.


    In fact, even the qualification of Zhongpin Linggen can be regarded as a very good qualification in the area around Shuangfeng valley. Like the disciples of Taiyi sect, they are basically not good at Linggen. Among the inferior spiritual roots, they are all crooked melons and cracked dates.


    "Martial nephew Meng Zhang, with your spiritual root qualification, you really should have a better future. Like elder an who passed by Taiyi gate last year, he appreciates you very much."


    Master an in the mouth of Taoist Zhenling said the famous master of an family, an Lei.


    Last year, an Lei, the owner of an family, passed by Taiyi gate and accidentally found Meng Zhang''s talent and beauty. Although he did not see through Meng Zhang''s qualification of the top-grade Linggen, it was only Meng Zhang''s potential that made an Lei love talents.


    An Lei immediately stated his position in front of the people of Taiyi sect that he wanted to bring Meng Zhang back to settle down and accept him as his own disciple, and he could betroth his beloved daughter to him, so that he could truly become the core disciple of settling down.


    Meng Zhang''s fate made many people in Taiyi gate envy him. This is a wonderful fate. People get both money and money.


    You know, Hedong settled down, but it has a number of friars in the foundation period and a large family of Xiuzhen at the same level as shuangfenggu.


    It is very common for small sects like taiyimen to send excellent disciples to big forces such as settling down in the whole cultivation world.


    For Meng Zhang, being able to enter and settle down is tantamount to a carp jumping out of the small pool of Taiyi gate.


    But what everyone didn''t expect was that Meng Zhang automatically gave up the chance of heaven, declined an Lei''s invitation and insisted on staying in Taiyi gate.


    Fortunately, an Lei''s magnanimity is quite superior, and he is not angry because of Meng Zhang''s refusal. Instead, he left a message. If Meng Zhang changed his mind when he settled down, he would be welcome at any time.


    After an Lei left, many people in Taiyi gate laughed that he was a fool and gave up the good opportunity in vain. Of course, Meng Zhang''s loyalty to the school and his feelings for his mentor Taoist Xuanling were secretly seen by a mysterious existence.


    "Martial nephew Meng, you have given up a lot of opportunities because of your relationship with senior brother Xuanling. Now that your senior brother has passed away, taiyimen should not be your fetter. With your qualifications and talents, you should have a better future."


    "With your potential, if you could have a better environment, you would have soared to the sky. It''s taiyimen who delayed you, nephew."


    "Martial nephew, your future is far away..."


    Taoist Zhenling, with an expression completely for Meng Zhang, painstakingly persuaded him to give up the position of leader of Taiyi sect and join other more promising sects.


    "It''s not for the sake of dominating the foundation of Taiyi gate." Meng Zhang was disgusted by Taoist Zhenling.


    Seeing through the plot of Taoist priest Zhenling, he perfunctorized with Taoist priest Zhenling and showed his determination.


    "Since Shifu has given me the position of leader of Taiyi sect, I will be responsible to Taiyi sect. Unless I die, I will never give up the position of leader of Taiyi sect."


    After that, Meng Zhang shut up and ignored whatever the true Taoist priest said.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was not moved by his words, Taoist Zhenling left bitterly after talking for a long time.

 Chapter 2

    As soon as Taoist Zhenling left the hall, the fake smile on his face immediately disappeared.


    "If you don''t know how to live or die, don''t blame me for ignoring my fellow disciples."


    At this time, a young Taoist rushed over from a distance.


    "Master, brother Zhang has been contacted..."


    "Shut up, you fool." Taoist Zhenling scolded fiercely.


    The little Taoist who was frightened by Taoist priest Zhenling did not dare to speak. He only followed him carefully and walked towards Taoist priest Zhenling''s residence.


    After entering his room, he closed the door carefully and looked around carefully, Taoist Zhenling scolded the little Taoist, that is, his disciple Li Jie: "you fool, you don''t have a brain. Can you talk about that kind of thing outside?"


    After scolding, Taoist Zhenling talked about business.


    "Now, you tell me the whole story of contacting the Zhangjia brothers bit by bit, without any concealment."


    While Taoist Zhenling and his disciple Li Jie were secretly plotting big things, there was another chaos in Taiyi gate.


    As a disciple of Taiyi sect, Fang Meng is also a resolute and resolute character. After they parted unhappily with Meng Zhang, they simply cleaned up and left Taiyi gate with several younger martial brothers.


    Although Fang Meng has a bad temper, he is a senior brother after all. He still has a certain prestige in the door. Moreover, he is a cosmopolitan, forthright and righteous man, and has many supporters in the door.


    Before leaving, Fang Meng and several younger martial brothers stole a lot of property from Taiyi gate.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang controls the sect protection array of Taiyi gate, Fang Meng dare not be too presumptuous. After stealing a lot of property in a hurry, he left Taiyi gate and didn''t dare to stay more.


    Soon after Fang Meng left with people, two more rushed visitors came to the hall where Meng Zhang was located.


    Taoist priest Qingling, another younger martial brother of Taoist priest Xuanling. He is the best spiritual farmer in Taiyi sect with five accomplishments of refining Qi. The most important property of taiyimen, the 19 Mu spiritual field, is mainly taken care of by him.


    Taoist Qingling has a selfless attitude and rarely participates in other affairs of Taiyi sect. All his energy, even all his life, was put on the spiritual field.


    Taoist Qingling is a real old scalper and the real pillar of Taiyi gate. The most important source of income in Taiyi gate, which has no other industries, is the Lingtian carefully prepared by Taoist Qingling.


    Every year, the worship of Shuangfeng Valley and the cultivation resources of the disciples depend on the efforts of Taoist Qingling.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, is also full of respect for Taoist Qingling, who is diligent and dedicated to the public.


    "Martial uncle Qingling, you don''t have to worry. As long as I''m here, Taiyi gate won''t collapse. Senior brother Fang Meng doesn''t want to be subordinate to others and wants to take people away. That''s his freedom."


    Meng Zhang comforted Taoist Qingling gently.


    Hearing the news that Fang Meng took people away from Taiyi gate, Qingling, a good man who didn''t ask about foreign affairs, couldn''t sit still. He ran to the hall and asked Meng Zhang for countermeasures.


    Another visitor in the hall was a young man in his twenties dressed as a scholar.


    His name is Tian Zhen. He is Meng Zhang''s senior brother.


    Different from Fang Meng, the elder martial brother, Tian Zhen is most convinced of Meng Zhang and is a staunch supporter of Meng Zhang in Taiyi gate.


    In Tianzhen''s heart, Meng Zhang is the only candidate to succeed the leader of Taiyi sect and the only one who may revive Taiyi sect. He unconditionally supported all Meng Zhang''s decisions.


    Therefore, after receiving the news that Fang Meng took people away, he ran to Meng Zhang to ask for advice. He immediately helped Meng Zhang and began to appease Taoist Qingling.


    "Martial uncle Qingling, don''t worry. Everyone has their own aspirations. The eldest martial brother wants to go, and no one can stop him. Now younger martial brother Meng has inherited the position of leader, and Taiyi will carry forward in the hands of younger martial brother Meng."


    Although Taoist Qingling is not like Tianzhen, he is Meng Zhang''s brain powder, but with his good character, he will not refute his fellow disciple face to face, even if he is still his younger generation.


    Although he was worried, after being comforted by Meng Zhang, he took the initiative to leave the hall and kept nagging: "now the spirit field is inseparable from people. I''d better take care of the spirit field. I believe the leader can handle all the affairs in the sect."


    After Taoist priest Qingling left, Tian Zhen reported to Meng Zhanghui: "leader, Fang Meng, they took away some floating wealth. The really important materials in the door are placed in the sect library."


    "I''m in charge of the sect Treasury. No one can get close without your order."


    Meng Zhang still attaches great importance to his loyal supporters. He told Tianzhen a few words before sending him away.


    Since Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, he handed over all the affairs of the sect to Tian Zhen.


    Meng Zhang, sitting in the main hall, calculated that after Fang Meng took people away, there are really not many people left in the Taiyi gate.


    Taoist Qingling and his two disciples, together with Tianzhen and himself, are only five people. Even if you add Taoist Zhenling and his disciple Li Jie, there are only seven people. They can''t even get together two tables of mahjong.


    If there were fewer people, it would be easier to manage, Meng Zhang thought.


    After a while, Meng Zhang took out a thin booklet from his arms.


    The cover of this book is dark black and engraved with five small gold characters in the leader''s notebook.


    This thin book is actually a magic weapon, which has been passed down among the leaders of Taiyi sect.


    Before being recruited by Huangsha City, Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of Taiyi sect, handed this book to Meng Zhang for safekeeping.


    Now Meng Zhang has become the new leader of Taiyi sect, and naturally inherited this book that can only be kept by the leader.


    As the closing disciple of the old leader, Meng Zhang has seen the old leader use this book more than once.


    Meng Zhang has long been regarded as the old leader of the next generation leader of Taiyi sect. He never avoided him when using this book.


    Although he has never seen the contents, Meng Zhang still knows how to use the book.


    Meng Zhang opened the cover of the book and revealed a blank page. He injected his own Qi, and lines of writing immediately appeared on the pages.


    But in a short time, Meng Zhang figured out what was going on in this book.


    The use of this book is somewhat similar to the e-paper book of Meng Zhang''s previous life. You only need to input Qi, you can query the content inside, and you can also write on it with Qi.


    The previous leaders of Taiyi sect took this book as a diary, in which they recorded their experiences and experiences.


    The seemingly thin pages of the book are filled with thousands of words.


    Night had fallen, and there was nothing else today, so Meng Zhang began to read the contents slowly.

 Chapter 3

    As soon as Meng Zhang started reading this headmaster''s notebook, he felt a little restless.


    This book originated a thousand years ago. It records a large number of the past and history of taiyimen.


    Taiyi sect was originally a large sect in the Middle Earth continent. The sect has a long history and strong strength. There are many Yuanshen ancestors in the sect, which can be regarded as a giant in the Middle Earth continent.


    More than a thousand years ago, for unknown reasons, Taiyi gate was destroyed by mysterious forces.


    Disciples who were not in the sect at that time fled the Middle Earth and fled to the north after the incident.


    A thousand years ago, some disciples who escaped by luck rebuilt Taiyi gate on the edge of the Middle Earth continent.


    Although the reconstructed taiyimen has lost most of its inheritance and its strength is far lower than before, it still takes root in the local area smoothly.


    Although the ancestor of Yuanshen never appeared in the door, immortal Jindan never stopped. In this way, the inheritance of taiyimen continued.


    At that time, immortal Jindan of Taiyi sect refined this headmaster''s chronicle for the headmaster to record the history of the sect.


    Although it is no longer the glory of its heyday, taiyimen still survives safely in the local area.


    Unfortunately, the good times did not last long. Less than 700 years later, a magic disaster swept through the local area broke out.


    Taiyi gate, which was involved in the demon disaster, was besieged and fell into the catastrophe of destroying the gate again.


    The disciples who struggled to break through the Mountain Gate did not dare to stay there, but fled all the way north into the endless sand sea.


    Three hundred years ago, the fugitive disciples of Taiyi gate established Taiyi gate again in the endless sand sea.


    After a fight with local forces, he finally managed to gain a firm foothold.


    However, at this time, the inheritance of Taiyi gate was almost lost, and the golden elixir friars could no longer be cultivated. The gate was supported by several foundation building friars.


    Taiyimen, which could no longer maintain its independent status, had to take the initiative to join the Jindan sect and the Feihong sect, and became a vassal of the Feihong sect, so that it could barely gain a foothold in the endless sand sea.


    In a twinkling of an eye, taiyimen has been inherited again for almost 200 years.


    Almost a hundred years ago, the unlucky Taiyi gate was besieged by a large group of sand monsters, and the Mountain Gate fell again.


    The disciples who escaped by luck continued to flee to the north and fled to the residence of today''s Taiyi gate.


    Therefore, taiyimen was rebuilt again.


    However, this time, the rebuilt taiyimen almost collapsed, but barely maintained a weak inheritance.


    At this time, taiyimen was not even qualified to be a vassal of Feihong sect.


    In order to survive, taiyimen had to pull down his body and take refuge in shuangfenggu as a vassal.


    For the history before the Taiyi gate, the records in the gate are not detailed, but just a passing.


    Everyone in the gate knows that Taiyi gate has been brilliant, but they don''t know much about the specific situation.


    Even the former Meng Zhang knows most that taiyimen once had a friar in the foundation building period, once a vassal of Feihong sect, and once had a position of sitting on the same level as Shuangfeng valley. As for more information, we don''t know.


    Now after reading this headmaster''s notebook, Meng Zhang knows the glorious history of Taiyi gate.


    "Taiyimen didn''t know which plague God he provoked. He was so unlucky. He rushed all the way to the street and fled from the prosperous middle earth to the desolate endless sand sea."


    "The disciples of the sect are worse than each other. According to this unlucky method, Taiyi sect doesn''t know how many generations it can inherit?"


    Meng Zhang at this time also seemed to forget himself as Tai Yi gate identity, make complaints about it.


    There are many contents recorded in the headmaster''s Chronicle, many of which are anecdotes unheard of by Meng Zhang, but let him read them with interest.


    The history of how taiyimen struggled to survive and how to contend with all kinds of strong enemies since they fled the Middle Earth has been recorded one by one.


    Along the way, countless predecessors and heroes willing to devote themselves to the sect have emerged, creating countless deeds that can be called epic legends.


    After reading carefully, Meng Zhang can''t help feeling that Taiyi gate is really difficult to inherit.


    Unconsciously, Meng Zhang read until dawn.


    Meng Zhang didn''t sleep all night and didn''t feel tired. After dawn, I still can''t put it down.


    Soon after dawn, Taoist Zhenling left Taiyi gate with his disciple Li Jie.


    Long ago, Taoist Xuanling personally taught Meng Zhang how to control the sect protection array of Taiyi gate.


    More than a month ago, when Taoist Xuanling was recruited by shuangfenggu, he handed over all the control authority of the protectorate array to Meng Zhang regardless of Fang Meng''s opposition.


    Meng Zhang, who controls the protectorate array, knows all kinds of situations in the array. Everyone in the sect can''t escape his eyes.


    Yesterday, when Fang Meng took people away from Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang always saw it from beginning to end.


    Meng Zhang, who did not want to hurt Fang Meng, acquiesced in their departure.


    Otherwise, as long as Meng Zhang launches the protectionist array, he can take them down without much effort.


    "What''s the plot of Zhenling Laodao to leave Taiyi gate at this time?" Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    Unlike Fang Meng, who has a simple mind, Zhenling Taoist priest, who has been coveting the position of leader of Taiyi sect, is a poisonous snake. This guy has a cruel heart and can do anything.


    Meng Zhang, who has been watching coldly in the door for many years and has a clear understanding of the true spiritual master''s temperament, is not at ease with him.


    After thinking for a while, there was no result, and Meng Zhang only put it down for the time being.


    As long as you firmly control the protectionist array, Zhenling Taoist priest can''t succeed even if he has any plot. Meng Zhang thought.


    The number of people in Taiyi gate is very small now, and there is nothing to deal with in the gate. Meng Zhang has enough free time to read the headmaster''s notebook slowly.


    Meng Zhang does not read in strict chronological order, but jumps to read according to his own interests to find useful information.


    The experiences and experiences of the leaders of Taiyi sect are very interesting. They even recorded a lot of their own practice experience in this leader''s Chronicle. This part is of great help to Meng Zhang.


    What Meng Zhang regretted most was that when the Taiyi sect was strong, the miraculous skills, magical powers and secrets inherited by the sect were not recorded in the book.


    That''s right. If the headmaster''s chronicle records these contents, they won''t be lost for so long.


    At present, there are not many books and records left in Taiyi gate, and there are fewer useful cultivation skills. Changchun Gong, Huangsha Jue and Tongming Gong, which are practiced by most people, are road goods with no characteristics and are widely spread in the practice world.


    Only the Shaoyang Qigong practiced by Meng Zhang is the only secret skill of Taiyi sect.


    However, due to incomplete inheritance, it is very difficult to practice Shaoyang Qigong.


    Among the Taiyi sect, only Meng Zhang, who has excellent qualifications and understanding, can be able to practice.

 Chapter 4

    Throughout the day, Meng Zhang spent most of his time reading the leader''s notebook.


    This magic weapon passed down among the leaders of Taiyi sect brought him a great surprise.


    Meng Zhang, an eye opener, looked forward to the contents of the opposite record more and more.


    After spending the whole day and nightfall, he found another interesting record in this book.


    It was recorded by Xuan Qingzi, a leader of the Taiyi sect or the Jindan sect.


    According to the records of xuanqingzi, when he was young, he heard the old elders in the sect mention that Taiyi sect in its heyday once had many places for trials to train its disciples.


    Excellent disciples of the sect enter these places of trial and accept various tests. If you can pass the test, you will get great benefits, get some inheritance in the door, and greatly improve your strength.


    After the destruction of Taiyi sect, these trial places were either destroyed or occupied by other sects.


    But some of them are not in this world, but in different space. When the catastrophe of sect destruction occurred, these places of trial were likely to escape this catastrophe.


    After the reconstruction of taiyimen, the top leaders of the sect have spent a lot of effort to re-enter these places of trial and get back the inheritance of the sect.


    After many efforts, the rebuilt taiyimen has successfully communicated with a place of trial.


    This place of trial is in the underworld, and the flesh of the living cannot enter. Only the divine soul goes out of the body and enters it in the state of divine soul.


    Moreover, because the target group of this trial place is the disciples in the Qi refining period of the sect. Therefore, only friars who practice during the Qi refining period can enter it.


    Generally speaking, only when an ordinary friar enters the later stage of Qi refining can the spirit barely get out of the body. And the spirit can''t leave the flesh for a long time, let alone too far away from the flesh.


    If ordinary friars want to get out of the body for a long time and wander far away, they must have the cultivation achievements in the foundation period.


    Of course, these restrictions were nothing to taiyimen in its heyday.


    Taiyi sect in its heyday was a powerful sect with many ancestors of Yuanshen.


    There are many talents in the gate. There are always some peerless Tianjiao. They can have the strength of the divine soul only in the foundation period during the gas refining period.


    Moreover, the Taiyi sect at that time also had many special means to enhance the spiritual strength of ordinary Qi refining disciples.


    Therefore, this place of trial in the underworld often ushered in the powerful Qi refining period of the divine spirit at that time.


    However, after the reconstruction of Taiyi gate, there are no more Tianjiao disciples in the gate, and all the means to enhance the spirit have been lost.


    Therefore, although we took great pains to communicate with this place of trial, we simply could not enter it, let alone make it play a role. All the efforts of the people in the sect were in vain.


    When leader xuanqingzi recorded this event, he expressed his displeasure in a rather regretful tone and lamented that the rebuilt Taiyi gate was really unlucky and hit a wall everywhere.


    As for the taiyimen Mountain Gate was broken again, the whole sect was also displaced, and after several changes, this record was also submerged in history. The leaders of the past dynasties were not interested in it at all.


    When Meng Zhang read this record, he did not simply pass by like previous leaders, but read it carefully several times.


    I don''t know if Meng Zhang''s spirit is naturally stronger than ordinary people because he is a piercer.


    This aspect is reflected outside, that is, before he began to practice, he had the talent of never forgetting and excellent understanding.


    Not long after he officially began to practice, but only after the initial cultivation of Qi refining, he can easily get the spirit out of the body.


    When the cultivation reaches the fourth level of Qi refining and enters the middle stage of Qi refining, he can get out of his body and wander outside for a long time.


    Being a transgressor is his biggest secret. Meng Zhang, the mentor of Taoist Xuanling, did not disclose it.


    More than a month ago, Taoist Xuanling, the old leader, was called out by shuangfenggu.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of this opportunity and became addicted to the travel of gods and souls.


    In the middle of the night, he will take the initiative to let the spirit out of the body and let the spirit wander around the sect residence.


    On several occasions, he even had the courage to let his spirit leave the sect station and wander around the station for a few times.


    Meng Zhang, who has this special ability, immediately felt excited when he read the content about the place of trial.


    This testing place is tailor-made for yourself. Although I am not high in cultivation, I am just a little monk in the middle of Qi refining, but with my spiritual strength, I should have no problem entering the place of trial.


    Meng Zhang has no doubt about the authenticity of the records in the book.


    This headmaster''s notebook is specially used by the leaders of Taiyi sect in previous dynasties to record events. It is a special item of Taiyi sect''s headmaster. The senior leader named xuanqingzi can''t lie inside.


    Meng Zhang was looking forward to the testing place left in the heyday of taiyimen.


    Although the current Taiyi gate still bears the name of Taiyi gate, it is very different from the Taiyi gate rebuilt in the past, let alone compared with the Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    The inheritance of the sect is almost lost. Except for the headmaster''s Chronicle in Meng Zhang''s hand, it is estimated that nothing can be found in the door, which is related to the former Taiyi sect.


    Taiyimen has always had a compact life.


    The only fixed income in the door is the output of the 19 Mu spiritual field.


    With such a little output, almost one third should be turned over as a sacrifice to shuangfenggu. The remaining output needs to be exchanged for various materials to support the operation of the whole sect.


    On weekdays, in order to subsidize the sect, Taoist Xuanling, the old leader, often takes his disciples out to hunt monsters or accept employment to earn spirit stones.


    Everyone in the sect, including Meng Zhang, the key seed disciple, suffers from insufficient cultivation materials.


    Of course, the so-called genius is to consume the same resources and achieve faster cultivation progress.


    Meng Zhang is such a genius. Although the cultivation time is the shortest, the cultivation speed is the fastest among the peers.


    If you can get the inheritance of Taiyi gate in its heyday, it will certainly be of great benefit to yourself and the whole Taiyi gate.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang promised in front of the old leader Taoist Xuanling that he would revive Taiyi gate and make Taiyi gate rise again.


    Now, there seems to be an opportunity to help yourself realize your promise.


    Meng Zhang soon made up his mind that even if he wanted to take risks, he would enter this place as soon as possible.

 Chapter 5

    Meng Zhang is also a man who does what he wants. He stopped reading, put away the headmaster''s notebook, and went outside the hall.


    Taiyi sect is a small sect. The whole sect covers an area of less than 30 mu.


    Among several small courtyards, there are green spiritual fields.


    There are no magnificent buildings in the door, just a few rows of ordinary houses. The largest sect hall is not decorated at all.


    Meng Zhang left the sect hall and went into a row of houses next to him.


    This is the big storehouse of Taiyi gate. Basically, all the properties of the public are stored here.


    On weekdays, Tian Zhen, a staunch supporter of Meng Zhang, lives here and is responsible for guarding the Treasury.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming in, Tian Zhen, who was meditating on the ground, immediately stood up.


    "Headmaster..."


    "You don''t care about me. I''m just taking something."


    Meng Zhang waved and went to the back wall of the house.


    He groped and twisted his hand on the wall.


    With the sound of rumbling, a door opened on the original wall, revealing a secret room behind.


    Meng Zhang, who was familiar with the way, went straight in.


    He has been here more than once and counted the materials inside many times.


    It''s said to be the big storehouse of the sect, but there are few materials in it.


    On the walls around the chamber of secrets, there are layers of runes, which are used to prevent the loss of aura of the items inside, ensure the constant temperature and humidity in the whole chamber of secrets, and prevent insects and moths.


    All around the wall are rows of shelves, but most of the shelves are empty, and only a few layers of shelves are filled with items.


    Several stacks of commonly used talismans, more than ten bottles of Dan medicine, and a lot of commonly used low-level materials, such as cinnabar, blank talisman paper, spices, monster blood, thread incense, medicinal oil... Are placed on each shelf by category.


    There are several big jars on the ground.


    There are about 200 kg of Linggu in one, and some sun dried lingzao in the other


    There is a big box in the middle of the secret room. There are less than 1000 inferior spirit stones in it.


    What is stored in the secret room is all the materials of Taiyi sect, which has been accumulated by the whole sect for hundreds of years.


    Although it is said that the whole sect has a large library and does not even have a decent magic weapon, the leaders of Taiyi sect have indeed tried their best to manage the sect under such bad conditions.


    The items Meng Zhang needs are not complicated, and they are not too precious.


    He searched several shelves and got what he needed.


    With a greeting from Hotan Town, Meng Zhang left in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang found a stone the size of a millstone in the courtyard outside the main hall and returned to the main hall.


    After returning to the main hall, Meng Zhang put the stone in the middle of the main hall, took out the flying sword and flattened the surface of the stone to reveal a flat plane.


    Then inject the true Qi into your fingertips and draw it on the stone according to the records on the leader''s notebook. Finger thick and thin gaps appear on the surface of the stone. Lines form layers of complex runes.


    Meng Zhang''s memory is excellent. It didn''t take much time to draw, and all the runes and the records on the leader''s notebook are exactly the same.


    Meng Zhang took out a bottle containing mercury quenched with Reiki.


    Pour the mercury in the bottle onto the stone and use the real Qi remote control to make all the mercury flow through the cracks on the stone along the outlined runes, and soon fill all the cracks.


    Take out cinnabar and smear it on the surface of the whole stone.


    A simplified altar was thus laid out.


    A small bottle of monster blood and ten inferior spirit stones were carefully placed on the surface of the stones as sacrifices.


    Meng Zhang was glad that he didn''t need much sacrifice and didn''t spend much.


    Finally, take out three long incense sticks and light them on the ground in front of the altar.


    After all this, Meng Zhang stood in front of the altar, concentrating and calm.


    According to the leader''s notebook, taiyimen in its heyday once made a contract with a ghost and God in the underworld, who was responsible for guarding the place of trial.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect need to lay altars, prepare sacrifices, communicate with the ghost and God, and then use the power of the ghost and God to let their gods go to the place of trial.


    When offering sacrifices to this ghost and God, you don''t need face skills such as bathing, dressing, burning incense and fasting. The most important thing is to be sincere and not to be slightest contemptuous of ghosts and gods.


    After standing in front of the altar for a long time, Meng Zhang, who felt that he had finally meditated, bent down deeply to the altar, bowed three times in a row, then bowed his head, arched his hands, with a respectful expression on his face, and said very solemnly, "Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi sect, sincerely prays, and please show your spirit."


    After that, Meng Zhang kept his head bowed and his hands arched, and his body remained motionless.


    There was silence in the hall, not even a hint of wind. Only the three incense sticks on the ground are burning quietly.


    These three long incense sticks can burn for more than an hour in a windless environment.


    As time went by, Meng Zhang''s expression remained unchanged and his movements did not change at all. Even the breath when he was breathing did not have any disorder.


    Seeing that the three thread incense were about to burn out, changes finally took place in the hall.


    The dark wind generated out of thin air roared fiercely in the hall, making Meng Zhang feel a little unstable.


    A thick black cloud appeared over the altar. In the dark clouds, a looming portal appeared.


    A sudden suction force appeared in the door and sucked the offerings on the altar directly into it.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved and knew that this was a critical moment.


    He suddenly sat down cross legged, and then meditated as quickly as possible to communicate his spirit.


    Soon, Meng Zhang entered a strange state of sleep.


    In the hazy, he felt the spirit in his body.


    It is a light mass with soft light and human form. The surface of the light mass was vague, and the looming face was somewhat similar to Meng Zhang''s appearance.


    This is me. A flash of enlightenment flashed through Meng Zhang''s heart.


    After that, Meng Zhang''s consciousness entered the light group, and the light group was no longer separated from each other.


    Meng Zhang controlled the spirit of his family and jumped with force, as if he had jumped out of a cage.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit jumped out of the top door of the body, looked around and hesitated a little. Then, with great determination, he rushed to the door above the altar.

 Chapter 6

    As soon as Meng Zhang''s spirit entered the gate, he immediately felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and could not distinguish between up and down. The surrounding space is changing rapidly and begins to rotate constantly.


    Meng Zhang felt as if he had been thrown into the drying bucket of the washing machine, and the spirit kept rotating.


    I don''t know how long it took for Meng Zhang''s spirit to lose consciousness. This violent spatial transformation finally stopped.


    Meng Zhang felt that his soul seemed to be shaking away, and even the light on the surface of the soul became dim.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang entered here with the spirit. If the body is here, it is estimated that even bile will spit out.


    After the surrounding space became stable, Meng Zhang found that he had come to a world different from the world.


    The sky of this world is gray, and the heavy lead clouds bring people a great sense of oppression.


    The world seems to have no sun, and naturally there is no sun. The whole world is covered with a layer of dim yellow light, which looks strange and penetrating.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit entered here, but it had a strange sense of intimacy, as if it were like a fish in water, and felt unspeakably comfortable and happy.


    In the outside world, he felt a strong sense of oppression every time his soul came out of his body, as if the whole world were rejecting himself. Therefore, every time his soul came out of the body, he was cautious and trembling, and did not dare to stay outside for too long.


    The feeling from the spirit made Meng Zhang realize that he had come to the underworld.


    The Yang world repels gods and spirits, while the hell is the ultimate destination of all gods and spirits.


    Meng Zhang looked around and saw that he was in the air, and the side was empty. Looking down, a circle of huge circular mountains forms a very regular and round circle.


    In the middle of the ring mountain range is a huge basin. The terrain of the basin is mainly plain, mixed with some mountains, hills, lakes and rivers


    In the basin, it seems that there are several cities, in which there are many armies and military flags.


    Outside the circular mountain range, it was shrouded in a thick black fog, and the situation inside could not be seen clearly.


    When the spirit was in the Yang world, it had the ability of night vision. After coming to the underworld, the five senses of the spirit have been greatly improved. However, Meng Zhang still knew nothing about the dark fog below.


    At this time, a sudden great force came from nowhere and severely pressed Meng Zhang''s spirit.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit had no resistance, so it was pressed and rushed to the ground.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit quickly landed on the ground, and soon penetrated the black fog and entered it.


    The spirit was very light, and there was an inexplicable buffer when it landed.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit didn''t land very fast, and the impact was not violent, causing no damage.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit got up from the ground, shook, and then looked around.


    Under the black fog, there is a dark space.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t see far away. He only knew that there was a flat open space nearby. Looking a little farther away, it was dark, and the thick black was like melted ink.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed his surroundings with the unique feeling of the divine soul.


    The ground is all black fine sand, without any vitality. There was a dead silence around. I couldn''t even hear the wind.


    The endless sand sea where Taiyi gate is located, although it is a famous desolate place in Jun dust world, it is not without any vitality.


    Not to mention those oases scattered in the desert, even under the endless yellow sand, you can occasionally find some tenacious creatures struggling to survive.


    In this place, you can''t feel the breath of life except for the strong dead breath around you.


    According to the leader''s Chronicle, the place of trial is in the underworld. This should be the legendary place of trial. I just don''t know what kind of test I will face.


    Meng Zhang waited in place for a long time, and there was no change around.


    Since this is the place of trial, the purpose of entering here is to accept the trial. It''s not a matter of waiting in place.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang arbitrarily found a direction and began to move forward slowly.


    In this place, he couldn''t tell the southeast from the northwest, let alone which direction to go.


    With Meng Zhang''s progress, more and more scenery came into his sight.


    As far as you can see, the surrounding scenery remains unchanged. There is nothing new on the ground except black fine sand.


    The spirit is not walking on the ground, but floating in the air close to the ground and slowly drifting towards the front. Because there was no wind around, Meng Zhang had nowhere to borrow, and the floating speed of the spirit could not be raised.


    I don''t know how long it has been, let alone how far it has gone. The place where Meng Zhang originally landed has fallen into darkness and can''t be seen at all.


    At this time, there was a sudden wind in the darkness on the left.


    Since entering this place, Meng Zhang, who has been vigilant, looked at the past vigilantly.


    After a while, a floating ghost appeared from the darkness.


    The ghost maintained the human form, emitting a faint cold light all over, which was a human cold light lamp.


    The ghost, who was on his way, suddenly found Meng Zhang. First, he gave out bursts of harsh howling, and then rushed towards Meng Zhang without hesitation.


    If Meng Zhang appears here in the form of flesh, a mere ghost is not worth mentioning at all. He can be dismissed with a few spells.


    However, Meng Zhang in the state of divine soul naturally lost his ability to cast spells because all his mana remained in the flesh.


    The speed of the ghost''s attack was very fast. It took only a few moments from discovering Meng Zhang to rushing to Meng Zhang''s side.


    Although there is no mana in him, Meng Zhang will not wait to die.


    Generally speaking, friars in the Qi refining period of the cultivation world often practice some martial arts.


    On the one hand, it can strengthen the body and increase Qi and blood. On the other hand, the alchemist''s mana is limited during the Qi refining period. If he can''t cast a few spells in battle, he will be exhausted.


    Without mana, do you die in battle?


    Of course not. Without mana, martial arts can defeat the enemy.


    Meng Zhang also worked hard and practiced martial arts.


    Although in the state of divine soul, 100% of martial arts can''t play 30%. But there should be more than enough to deal with the ghosts in front of us.


    Meng Zhang turned sideways and easily avoided the attack of the ghost. Then he floated behind the ghost and waved his fists, which was a burst of hammer.


    Meng Zhang, the spirit out of the body, is essentially very close to ghosts such as ghosts. This sudden encounter was a real ghost fight.


    With Meng Zhang''s hammer, faint light spots fell off the ghost.


    However, in a moment''s effort, the ghost who didn''t know how many punches he had been hammered almost halved his body.


    When Meng Zhang exploded the ghost, the wind became fierce in the darkness on the left.


    Two more ghosts rushed out of the darkness, and looking at the movement, there should be many ghosts behind.


    The ghost has no key. Even if Meng Zhang has excellent martial arts, it is difficult to kill with one blow.


    Seeing two more ghosts appear, Meng Zhang, who didn''t want to fall into the siege, grabbed both sides of the ghost''s body with both hands, and then tore it with all his strength,


    The ghost''s body was torn in two. Then Meng Zhang''s hands shook, and the ghost''s body finally disappeared.


    When the ghost body completely disappeared, Meng Zhang felt a cool gas flowing into his body. Originally a little weak, he felt refreshed and his consumed strength soon recovered.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also felt that there was more information in the spirit.


    However, now busy fighting, he has no time to deal with this information.


    Facing the ghosts coming from both ends, Meng Zhang gave a violent drink and took the initiative to welcome them.


    After a fierce struggle, Meng Zhang was tired and half dead before killing two ghosts.


    He killed two ghosts, and two cool breath flowed into his body, which made him come back to life immediately. Similarly, there are two more messages in the soul.


    Another ghost rushed out of the darkness.


    These silly ghosts did not know how to give full play to their quantitative advantages, but used the most stupid oil adding tactics to give Meng Ming a chance to recover after every battle.


    After several fierce battles, Meng Zhang destroyed eight ghosts in a row.


    With high fighting spirit, he is preparing to take the initiative to pounce on the ghost in the dark. An inexplicable force excluded him from this space.


    It was a whirl of heaven and earth again. Like when I came, Meng Zhang was tossed and finally returned to the sect Hall of Yangshi.


    The spirits who had never been out of the body for such a long time did not hesitate to rush to their own flesh as soon as they regained consciousness.


    When the spirit returned to the body, Meng Zhang''s body also woke up.


    All the visions on the altar had disappeared. Even the simple stone altar, blown by the wind, turned into stone powder in the sky and soon dissipated.

 Chapter 7

    In the past, after Meng Zhang''s spirit got out of the body, he just walked around Taiyi gate. He didn''t dare to stay outside for too long. He was mainly worried about the damage of the spirit. When the soul returns to the body, it will feel tired and weak and can''t lift up its spirit at all.


    The situation this time is very different from that in the past. After the spirit returned to the orifices, Meng Zhang felt energetic and refreshed.


    Those who practice truth during Qi refining also need sleep. However, compared with ordinary people, they only need a shorter sleep time to meet their needs.


    Of course, the practitioners in the Qi refining period really don''t sleep for several days and nights. It''s nothing. At most, they are a little tired.


    Ordinary people like Meng Zhang in his previous life can stay up late to cultivate immortality, not to mention the cultivators in this world.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t had a good rest these days. He studied all night last night and stayed up most of the night today. It''s supposed to be tired and sleepy. But when I came back from the place of trial, I was full of energy and didn''t feel sleepy at all.


    Meng Zhang thought that when he killed those ghosts in the place of trial, a cool breath poured into his spirit to restore his spirit''s strength.


    It seems that after his divine soul came out of the body this time, not only did he not lose, but the divine soul was supplemented, which all depends on this.


    In addition, when Meng Zhang killed those ghosts, he felt that information entered his own spirit.


    Busy fighting at that time, he had no time to pay attention to these messages.


    Now, back to a safe place, he began to sort out the information slowly.


    After a while, Meng Zhang, who finished sorting out the information, was full of surprises.


    After killing eight ghosts, he got eight messages.


    There is Tao information about refining utensils. It is about how to depict the prohibition of a common magic instrument.


    There is a message related to alchemy. It is about how to deal with certain medicinal materials in order to give full play to their medicinal properties.


    Youdao information is related to the array. It uses a special technique to stimulate the greater lethality of the array.


    There is a message that when casting fire arrow, using a special trick can reduce the loss of mana and increase the power of spells.


    ¡­¡­


    Eight pieces of information, all inclusive, are some very practical tips and valuable knowledge.


    In Meng Zhang''s previous life, knowledge was power.


    In this cultivation world, the knowledge related to cultivation is not only very valuable, but also many can be directly transformed into power.


    Among the various skills of cultivating truth, knowledge that can directly create wealth, such as alchemy, weapon refining and array, is difficult to obtain.


    Now, Meng Zhang only needs to kill ghosts in the place of trial to obtain all kinds of rare knowledge.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang thought that ghosts were only the lowest ghosts. When he glanced at the sky, he saw many high ghosts below.


    I don''t know what will be gained by killing those high ghosts? At the thought of this, Meng Zhang''s heart became hot.


    After several disasters, the Taiyi gate has almost lost its inheritance.


    At this time, Meng Zhang found the hope of recovering the inheritance.


    In the place of trial, there are messages inherited by Taiyi gate in its heyday. It''s true.


    If he could not enter the place of inheritance only once every night, Meng Zhang couldn''t help himself and wanted to enter it again.


    Meng Zhang glanced outside the main hall. The sun was about to rise.


    Since embarking on the road of truth cultivation, Meng Zhang, who has been diligent, has never missed the morning class every day.


    In recent days, due to the changes in the door, Meng Zhang''s morning class has been delayed for two days. Meng Zhang''s psychology always feels empty.


    Today, Meng Zhang doesn''t want to miss the morning class.


    Meng Zhang left the sect hall and jumped directly to the top of the hall. This is already the highest place in Taiyi gate.


    Facing the East, Meng Zhang sat cross legged, ready to meet the rising sun.


    The Shaoyang Qigong practiced by Meng Zhang needs to absorb the earliest early Yang Qi in heaven and earth at the beginning of the rising sun every day, bring it into his belly, and repeatedly quench it in the Dantian sea of Qi, so as to cultivate a unique Shaoyang Qigong.


    Shaoyang Qigong has the effect of tempering the body, warming the soul, and the power of Yang fire. It is actually a rare and excellent skill.


    It''s just that most of the Shaoyang Qigong inherited by Taiyi sect has been lost, only the Qi refining part of the skill is not said, and some passes have long been lost.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding is amazing, so he can overcome many difficulties and cultivate pure Shaoyang Qi with half an incomplete skill script.


    After finishing his exercises in the main hall and finishing today''s morning class, Meng Zhang returned to the main hall.


    He took pen and paper and recorded all the knowledge he gained last night.


    When he was very young, he had the ability to never forget. No matter how much information, he can remember it well.


    Recording this information, he is not worried that he will forget, but for the sake of the sect.


    He recorded this information to be stored in the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyi gate as the inheritance of the sect and enhance the details of the sect.


    If more information is obtained from the place of trial in the future, it can also be classified and bound into a book.


    After these things, Meng Zhang is going to go to Taoist Qingling to see if there is anything to help in the Lingtian.


    At this time, he felt that the protection array of the sect was touched again.


    He took out the big seal of the headmaster he carried with him and made a gesture in front of him. A light curtain appeared in front of him.


    Li Jie, the disciple of Taoist Zhenling, is using his identity token to return to Taiyi gate through the sect array.


    The true Taoist priest who went out with Li Jie disappeared.


    After entering Taiyi gate, Li Jie kept walking all the way and rushed directly to the sect hall.


    "Headmaster, it''s bad. Something''s wrong..."


    Before entering the gate of the hall, Li Jie shouted loudly.


    Meng Zhang, who put away the seal of the leader, looked at Li Jie who came in and scolded him in a low voice.


    "What do you panic about? The most important thing for a man of truth is to be calm and calm. What do you look like now?"


    Li Jie ignored Meng Zhang''s reprimand, but shouted directly.


    "The leader is bad. Shifu, his old man is surrounded by sand monsters."


    Meng Zhang was surprised by Li Jie''s words. Zhenling Taoist priest was so unlucky that he was surrounded by sand monsters?


    In the endless sand sea, sand monsters are the public enemy of all intelligent life and the biggest disaster in the sand sea.


    No one knows the origin of sand monsters, let alone when they first appeared.


    Anyway, I only know that if there are humans in the endless sand sea, there will be sand monsters.


    Sand monsters are crazy against all intelligent creatures, especially human beings.


    Every time the sand monster appears, it will frantically attack the surrounding human settlements and surround and kill all the practitioners.


    When sand monsters gather a certain number, they will take the initiative to attack the mountain gates of various Xiuzhen sects and families.


    In the history of endless sand sea, the mountain gate was broken by sand monsters, so there are countless destroyed sects and families.


    When the sand monster appeared nearby, maybe Taiyi gate was in danger of being destroyed.

 Chapter 8

    "Don''t worry, slowly say, what''s going on, where is your master surrounded, and how many sand monsters are there?"


    Meng Zhang''s calmness probably infected Li Jie. He soon recovered his calmness and began to answer Meng Zhang''s questions.


    "Headmaster, my master is less than ten miles east of Taiyi gate and is surrounded by a large group of sand monsters."


    "There are dozens of sand monsters, but most of them are small sand monsters, only a few soldiers..."


    "Headmaster, go and save Shifu. He is besieged by sand monsters and can''t last long..."


    Li Jie pleaded loudly.


    After listening to Li Jie''s words, Meng Zhang was finally relieved.


    According to Li Jie''s description, this is just a small group of sand monsters, with a small number and weak strength.


    If it is a powerful large group of sand monsters, Meng Zhang has to start the protection sect array and ask shuangfenggu for help.


    If ordinary people are fully armed and cooperate with each other, they have the power to kill small sand monsters. The soldier level sand monster has the strength of the cultivator in the Qi refining period at most.


    Although Taoist Zhenling disagrees with himself and has always been uneasy and kind, he is his martial uncle after all. Starting from the harmony within Taiyi gate, he can''t ignore it.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang believed that if he didn''t help, Li Jie would certainly go to Taoist Qingling, the good man, and would never say good things about himself.


    The old leader of Taiyi sect and Taoist Xuanling, Meng Zhang''s mentor, died in the war when he was fighting against sand monsters.


    From Li Jie''s description, these sand monsters are not strong. I''ll just go and take revenge for the old leader.


    "Don''t worry. Wait here first. I''ll take the magic weapon and start with you."


    Calming Li Jie, Meng Zhang walked towards the back of the sect hall.


    This has always been the residence of the leader of Taiyi sect. After Meng Zhang inherited the position of leader, he moved here.


    There are several wide rooms behind the sect hall, the largest of which is the quiet room for the leader to shut down.


    Meng Zhang walked into the quiet room and patted on the wall next to the door according to a certain law. The ground in the center of the quiet room cracked and revealed a downward channel.


    Meng Zhang walked down the stairs along the passage and entered a vast basement.


    The basement is empty. There is only the central position of the basement. There seems to be a halo flow like water waves on the ground, emitting a faint light.


    This is the core part of the first-order superior spiritual pulse owned by Taiyi gate, where the spiritual eye is located.


    The level of the first level spirit pulse is too low, and the formation time is not long enough. Therefore, no spiritual object has been bred in the spiritual eye.


    However, the spiritual eye not only has the strongest aura, but also is rich in vitality and has a special nourishing effect.


    On the ground in the center of the basement, three items are quietly placed.


    A jewel the size of a human head emits colorful light, which makes people unable to open their eyes once they stare at it.


    When taiyimen was strong, there was a tradition of refining Dharma protector generals.


    These refined Dharma protectors are special creatures. They are not only powerful, but also have the ability of a small part of real gods.


    Later, when the sect suffered disaster, these Dharma protectors also took part in the war one after another to fight to the last minute to protect the sect.


    In many wars, the Dharma protector will almost lose everything.


    There are a few Dharma protectors. Although the body of the deity was destroyed and the spirit was severely damaged, some of the remaining souls survived.


    The ancestors of Taiyi sect collected these remnant souls in this pearl. It is expected that the younger disciples will strive to revive these Dharma protectors who have made great contributions to the sect.


    Taiyimen has been declining in recent years, and even the inheritance can hardly be maintained. Naturally, it has no ability to revive these Dharma protectors.


    This pearl has the function of warming and nourishing the soul.


    In the spiritual eye with strong aura, abundant aura is absorbed by the Pearl, which can slowly revive the remnant soul of the Dharma protector general.


    A spear that was missing most of its length, with only the length of its arm and almost split spearhead, lay quietly next to the Pearl.


    This spear is a spirit soldier spirit snake spear handed down by the ancestors of Taiyi sect.


    The complete spirit snake spear is a fierce spirit soldier that can frighten Jindan immortal.


    The incomplete spirit snake spear has no power, and its power is even weaker.


    Of course, although the spirit soldiers are incomplete, they can not be refined by friars in the period of Qi refining.


    Fortunately, the spirit of the spirit soldier still exists, so it can be used reluctantly without refining.


    On weekdays, spirit soldiers, spirit snakes and spears need to be placed in the spirit eye to nourish the little spirit left.


    Every time you take it out and use it, it will damage the residual spirit of the spirit snake spear. You have to nourish in the spiritual eye for a long time to recover.


    The last item is a big black disc.


    This is a spirit measuring disk commonly used in the cultivation world to test the quality of spirit root and body attributes. The average Zhuji family can afford it.


    The spirit measuring plate of Taiyi gate was uploaded by our ancestors. It is very accurate to test properties such as spirit root and root bone. It is much better than the common goods on the market.


    The rotten boat also has three nails. Although Taiyi gate has declined for a long time, it doesn''t have any details. At least the ancestors are too rich.


    Of course, the treasures in the door are basically such a pile of junk, which can also explain the current depression of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang hesitated a little, picked up the damaged spirit soldier spirit snake spear, put it into the carry on storage bag, and then left here.


    Meng Zhang, who returned to the sect hall, didn''t say much nonsense. He directly said to Li Jie, "come with me."


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang didn''t forget to greet Hotan town and let him watch the door.


    Meng Zhang and Li Jie went out of the Taiyi gate and came to the outside of the protectorate array.


    Meng Zhang took out two talismans engraved with lightness skill. In order to save one of his few true Qi, Meng Zhang, who has always been frugal, had to be extravagant.


    Meng Zhang himself used one, another blessed Li Jie, and then said, "you lead the way ahead."


    After using the lightness talisman, they are as light as a swallow. One by one, he quickly ran to the east of Taiyi gate.


    After running for several miles, Meng Zhang asked, "how far is it? Where is your master surrounded?"


    "It''s not far ahead. We''re almost there. The master is fighting with the sand monster there." Li Jie said without looking back.


    Meng Zhang felt a little wrong. When he thought about it carefully, he understood what the problem was.


    The area where taiyimen is located is surrounded by desert plains for tens of miles, and there are few even slightly larger sand dunes.


    When the group of sand monsters set out, except for a few special varieties, they are basically powerful and undisguised, often arousing sandstorms all over the sky. Even if time passes for a long time, it is difficult to calm down completely.


    If Li Jie''s master was surrounded by sand monsters not far in front and had a fierce battle with sand monsters, it would have been dusty and yellow sand all over the sky.


    But on the boundless desert around, it was very calm, not even a little dust.


    On the desert plain without any shelter, if there is a battle with the sand monster, it is impossible to find nothing with your own eyesight.


    "Li Jie is lying. His purpose is to lead himself out and get himself out of the protection of the protectionist Dharma array." an idea appeared in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    This idea had appeared, and Meng Zhang immediately stopped moving forward.


    At this time, he had no mind to think about Li Jie''s plot and pursue the inside story behind it.


    Meng Zhang took out a talisman from the storage bag and patted it on himself. Then without any hesitation, he turned and ran in the direction of Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 9

    When an Lei, the owner who settled down in that year, passed by Taiyi gate, he once proposed to attract people because he appreciated Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang politely refused an Lei''s kindness, the magnanimous an Lei not only didn''t get angry, but gave Meng Zhang several gifts before leaving.


    This talisman is one of the three talismans sent by an Lei. On it is the magic of divine action.


    Divine practice is one of the spells commonly used by practitioners on their way during the period of Qi refining. Meng Zhang, who achieved cultivation in the middle period of Qi refining, can also use it.


    However, the first-order top-grade talisman written by an Lei, an expert in the foundation period, has the power of casting spells by practitioners in the later stage of Qi refining, which is far more powerful than Meng Zhang''s own.


    Meng Zhang turned and ran, not because he was timid, but because it was the most correct choice at present.


    The enemy''s situation is unknown. You can''t rush up to die.


    When it''s time to counselle, those wave guys die the fastest.


    Taiyimen is his home. There is a protectionist array that can deal with unknown enemies.


    After using the magic talisman, Meng Zhang''s speed was as fast as a galloping horse, took off and fell a few times, and left Li Jie far away.


    At this time, Li Jie, who was leading the way in front, understood what had happened. He turned and looked at Meng Zhang''s rapidly disappearing back. He couldn''t react.


    After a few loud noises, several big pits appeared less than a hundred feet ahead. Four figures jumped out of the pit and rushed here.


    Li Jie''s master is really a spiritual Taoist, and he is impressively among them.


    When he came to Li Jie, old Taoist Zhenling scolded Li Jie: "what a waste. I can''t even do such a small thing well."


    Then he said to a middle-aged man next to him, "boss Zhang, the boy ran away. What should we do?"


    The middle-aged man blew an unusually loud whistle when he jumped out of the pit.


    At this time, he disdained and said: "your Taiyi sect is just a slap in the face, and the protection sect Dharma array is just an empty shell. Even if it is a forced attack, you can break it with a little effort at most."


    Next to the middle-aged man, a man with a scar on his face complained all the time.


    "I said long ago that there was no need for such trouble. Our three brothers directly killed the Mountain Gate of the garbage sect and crushed the boy to death."


    "It''s really clever. The old Taoist has many minds. He has to lead the boy out and kill him outside."


    "It''s unnecessary to take off your pants and fart."


    "I''ve been buried in the soil for so long. I''m really bored."


    Another young and elegant man said, "don''t worry about the second. This boy can''t run away."


    "Although the boy is slippery and runs fast, he may not have a chance to escape back to his hometown in front of our three brothers."


    The three people with Taoist Zhenling are the famous bandit brother Zhang Jia in the nearby area.


    The Zhangjia brothers never use their real names. They call each other the eldest, the second and the third. When outsiders call them, they add their surnames in front of the ranking.


    The three brothers were born in scattered cultivation. They used to do some house robbing activities on weekdays.


    They not only robbed casual practitioners, but even some Xiuzhen families and sects. In addition, they are employed to do all kinds of dirty work.


    Old Taoist Zhenling dealt with the three brothers of Zhangjia a long time ago.


    Since the messenger of Shuangfeng Valley brought the last words of Xuanling Taoist priest and helped Meng Zhang become the new leader of Taiyi sect, Zhenling Taoist priest made two plans.


    On the one hand, it would be best if he could let Meng Zhang take the initiative to hand over the position of leader.


    On the other hand, if Meng Zhang insists on holding the position of leader, Zhenling Taoist priest will not be polite.


    He sent his disciple Li Jie to contact the three brothers of the bandit Zhang Jia through an intermediary, ready to take Meng Zhang''s life.


    Zhenling Laodao''s five cultivation accomplishments of refining Qi are a little higher than Meng Zhang, but he has seen Meng Zhang''s moves, but he is really not sure of victory.


    As a last resort, he spent the spirit stone he had saved for many years to buy murderers.


    But when I met the three brothers of Zhang Jia, Zhenling Lao Dao regretted a little.


    This is not his discovery of good nature, but his discovery that the three brothers of Zhang Jia have made great progress in cultivation after not seeing each other for many years.


    Boss Zhang''s cultivation of refining Qi has entered the later stage of refining Qi. Both second and third Zhang have six cultivation of refining Qi.


    With the five cultivation accomplishments of refining Qi, the three brothers can''t hold down at all.


    Although the reputation of the three Zhangjia brothers is good, there is no rumor of harming the employer. But Zhenling Lao Dao was not at ease with the three bandits.


    It''s not impossible for the three brothers to enter Taiyi gate. Once they get rich, they take the opportunity to wash Taiyi gate.


    Asking disciple Li Jie to lead Meng Zhang out and kill him is the plot of Zhenling Laodao.


    Unfortunately, I don''t know where the flaw was revealed, which made Meng Zhang find it wrong. The boy is also decisive and doesn''t procrastinate at all. He found that the situation was wrong and ran away without hesitation. Zhenling thought fiercely.


    At this time, because of boss Zhang''s whistling call, three tall horses with extraordinary horses came flying from a distance.


    But in the blink of an eye, the three horses crossed a long distance and came not far from the three brothers of Zhangjia.


    These three horses are not ordinary horses, but first-class Warcraft wind chasing foals.


    In terms of combat effectiveness, the combat effectiveness of the wind chasing foal can''t even compare with many first-class Warcraft. However, in terms of the speed of running, the wind chasing foal is not under the general master of the foundation period.


    During the period of Qi refining, friars have no ability to fly. At most, they can use the floating technique.


    With three wind chasing foals, the Zhangjia brothers have strong mobility and can come and go freely.


    The Zhangjia brothers have committed crimes for many years and have not been arrested. These three wind chasing foals have made great contributions.


    Seeing the wind chasing foal approaching, the three brothers of Zhang Jia didn''t talk nonsense to old Taoist Zhenling, but jumped on their mounts and chased Meng Zhang in the direction of escaping.


    Although it started much later than Meng Zhang, the wind chasing foal really deserves the name of wind chasing. Even though Meng Zhang used the magic talisman, the distance between the two sides is still getting closer.


    The mountain gate often mentioned in the cultivation world is just a habitual saying of the sect''s residence. Not all sects must be built on the mountain.


    There is also the cave, which is not really necessary to dig a hole in the mountain, and the cultivator is not a cave man on the top of the mountain. Besides, how to dig a hole in the plain? Do you dig a hole in the ground like a mouse?


    The Mountain Gate Station of Taiyi gate is on the desert plain. It was empty and endless.


    The flat plain is the place where the wind chasing foal can play.


    It was like a gust of wind, but in a moment, the three wind chasing foals hung Meng Zhang''s tail, making him unable to get rid of it.


    According to this trend, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to escape into the residence of taiyimen before he is caught up.

 Chapter 10

    Taiyimen covers an area of only 30 mu. There is a layer of yellow light on the whole periphery of the station, which surrounds the whole station.


    This layer of yellow light comes from the sect protection Dharma array of Taiyi gate, the first-class Dharma array and the yellow sand lost array.


    In the endless sand sea, the yellow sand maze array is a common low-order array.


    Like all the Dharma arrays of the protection sect, the yellow sand maze array has the function of gathering aura and preventing it from being lost. In addition, the functions of defending, trapping and confusing the enemy are easier to use. However, the lethality of the Dharma array to the enemy is not satisfactory.


    In that year, the rebuilt Taiyi gate was destroyed by sand monsters. Among the surviving Taiyi gate disciples, there are still two experts in the foundation period.


    If you bite your teeth and insist on seizing a second-order spiritual pulse, it is not impossible. But in the end, these disciples chose the current first-class spirit vein to rebuild the mountain gate.


    On the one hand, it is to keep a low profile and try to avoid feuding with the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    On the other hand, this first-order spiritual pulse is special. The spiritual eye can cultivate spirituality, and the spiritual pulse contains the power of meta magnetism.


    The ancestors of the Taiyi sect are rebuilt here to draw out the meta magnetic force in the spirit pulse and use it to bless the protection sect Dharma array, making several changes to the original ordinary yellow sand maze array out of thin air.


    At this time, Meng Zhang did not run through the pursuit of the wind chasing foal after he accelerated by relying on the magic talisman.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was less than ten feet away from the shrouded area of the sect protection Dharma array of taiyimen.


    Zhang Laoer, that is, the man with a scar on his face, was riding a wind chasing foal and chased Meng Zhang not far behind.


    He raised the gold knife in his hand and cut it hard towards the front. A golden arc knife Qi flew out.


    Look at this posture. Before Meng Zhang enters Taiyi gate, he can cut him in the back.


    Meng Zhang seemed to have eyes on his back. His body, which had been running forward, suddenly fell to the side, and narrowly avoided the knife Qi.


    But in this way, his progress was blocked. Seeing the Taiyi gate in front of you, it''s far away.


    Boss Zhang rode on the horse, his hands were sealed, and with a soft drink, the earth behind Meng Zhang swelled. In a rumble, the sand on the ground condensed into an Earth Dragon and suddenly jumped at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s body rolled on the ground and avoided the attack of the Earth Dragon. But the Earth Dragon kept moving and continued to chase Meng Zhang.


    The three brothers of Zhang Jia have taken the opportunity to catch up and surround Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang was about to rush here, he had quietly taken out the seal of the head of Taiyi gate. As the ground rolled, he waved his seal and whispered a few spells.


    The leader seal of Taiyi sect is the control center of Taiyi sect protection array. As soon as you enter the sensing range of the protection sect Dharma array, you can control the protection sect Dharma array. However, the sensing range of the guardian Dharma array is much larger than that of the taiyimen station.


    I saw an invisible attraction in the Taiyi sect''s Dharma array, which accurately shrouded Meng Zhang who was tumbling on the ground.


    Meng Zhang''s body was firmly absorbed, and then lightning was absorbed into the sect protection array of Taiyi gate.


    The yellow light that originally shrouded the Taiyi gate had no resistance to Meng Zhang''s body and let him easily pass through.


    The change happened so suddenly that the three brothers of Zhangjia couldn''t react. Seeing that Meng Zhang was about to be caught, I didn''t expect such a change.


    Zhang Laoer, who is the most grumpy, is the most angry.


    With a roar, he jumped up from his horse and rushed to the sect protection Dharma array in front, which also easily passed through the yellow light.


    Zhang''s body jumped into the yellow light and disappeared in front of the two brothers.


    The two brothers of Zhang Jia, who were still a little hesitant, saw that the second brother of Zhang chased in and left the wind chasing foal outside the protection sect Dharma array. They also rushed into the Dharma array.


    The three brothers of Zhang Jia have robbed their families and homes for many years. They have seen the sect protection Dharma array such as Huangsha maze array for a long time. In their eyes, it is only a matter of time before they break this array.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s body entered the protection sect Dharma array, he waved the leader''s seal to launch various changes of the Dharma array, and used the power of the Dharma array to send a message to Tianzhen and Qingling Taoist priest.


    "Old Taoist Zhenling betrayed the sect and colluded with outsiders to make trouble."


    "You return quickly and resist foreign enemies together."


    Small sects like taiyimen have been able to stand in the endless sand sea with dangerous environment for so many years, largely because the disciples are vigilant enough.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, even a good old man like Taoist Qingling immediately took action with two disciples without hesitation.


    According to the previous drill, the four people in Taiyi gate rushed to several control nodes of the guardian Dharma array at the fastest speed, injected real Qi into them and assisted Meng Zhang to launch the Dharma array.


    As soon as the pro faction Dharma array was launched, various changes took place immediately.


    Around Taiyi gate, which was still calm, there were bursts of strong winds and yellow sand all over the sky. Block out the sky and the sun, covering all around.


    Zhang Laoer, who first rushed into the Dharma array of the protection sect, was shrouded in endless yellow sand as soon as he entered the Dharma array. The yellow sand from the pavement made him not even open his eyes.


    Zhang Laoer was not flustered. He waved the gold knife in his hand and sent out knife Qi to disperse the yellow sand around him.


    He had already asked about Taiyi sect from Taoist Zhenling. He knew that there were only a few disciples in Taiyi sect.


    A sect protecting Dharma array such as Huangsha maze array needs the blessing of many disciples to give full play to its maximum power. How much power can the big cats and kittens of taiyimen play?


    Zhang Laosan and Zhang Laosan, who were late to join the Dharma array of the protection sect, lost contact with Zhang Laoer because of the cover of the Dharma array. But they didn''t panic at all, but began to attack the Dharma array with calm means.


    Zhang Laosan took out a command flag and waved it gently to disperse the yellow sand around him, revealing a large empty space in front of him.


    Boss Zhang took out a bell the size of a palm and shook it gently. Bursts of invisible sound waves rushed around.


    The bell in boss Zhang''s hand is called jinghun bell. It is a first-class magic weapon, and it is a very rare magic weapon that directly attacks the spirit.


    If there is no targeted defense means, the cultivator will be disturbed and unstable by the bell, and immediately faint to the ground.


    Relying on this startling bell, boss Zhang overcame many enemies, but he didn''t achieve any results this time.


    The ring of the soul alarm bell was almost completely blocked by the guardian Dharma array, and did not reach Meng Zhang and others at all.

 Chapter 11

    When the three brothers of Zhang Jia attacked the Taiyi sect Dharma array, Taoist Zhenling and his disciple Li Jie also rushed outside the Taiyi sect.


    Seeing that the protection sect Dharma array began to operate, and seeing that the three brothers of Zhang Jia had rushed in, Zhenling Taoist priest hesitated for a moment, and then quickly made up his mind.


    He took out a token from the storage bag and waved it gently. A gateway was immediately exposed in the protection sect Dharma array.


    Old Taoist Zhenling said hello to Li Jie and rushed into the protection sect Dharma array with him.


    After entering the protection sect Dharma array, Taoist Zhenling waved the token again. However, the original token, which was still very effective, did not play any role this time.


    The endless yellow sand from the pavement soon involved the hurried Zhenling Taoist priest and Li Jie.


    As the younger martial brother of Xuanling Taoist, the old leader of Taiyi sect, the token in Zhenling Taoist''s hand has certain control over the protection sect Dharma array.


    He originally thought that with the token in his hand, he could help the three brothers of Zhang Jia break the FA array as soon as possible. But I didn''t expect that the token would lose its effect as soon as it entered the protection sect Dharma array.


    In the Taiyi sect, the secret of protecting the sect''s Dharma array has always been in the hands of leaders of all dynasties. No matter how senior they are, others can''t hear about it.


    The leader''s seal handed down from generation to generation not only has the highest control authority of the protection sect Dharma array, but also can cancel the control authority of other people''s tokens.


    When Meng Zhang launched the Dharma array to besiege the three brothers of Zhang Jia, he used the leader''s seal to cancel the authority of the token in the hands of Zhenling Taoist priest.


    Zhenling Lao Dao was able to open the door because Meng Zhang wanted to close the door and beat the dog, so he took the initiative to open the door.


    When he found that the token in his hand was invalid, Zhenling Taoist priest was a little alarmed and took out a handle to brush the dust.


    He waved the dust, and the countless filaments on the dust danced to firmly protect his body. As for disciple Li Jie, we have to ask for more blessings from ourselves.


    On the other side of the Dharma array, boss Zhang saw that the attack had no effect for a long time, and vaguely felt that it was a little wrong.


    This yellow sand maze array seems to have the same array and is very different from that seen before.


    This dharma array is so tenacious that he can''t shake it by any means.


    Boss Zhang doesn''t know that this seemingly ordinary yellow sand maze array contains the power of meta magnetism, so there have been various changes.


    Boss Zhang sighed secretly, thinking he could save a broken array talisman. It seems that this broken array talisman can''t be saved.


    Boss Zhang took out a first-class array breaking amulet from the storage bag and was ready to start at any time.


    Array breaking talisman is a special talisman specially used to break the Dharma array. It is the most difficult and rare talisman of the same level.


    Low level broken array runes are occasionally available on the market. High level broken array runes are not only more precious than the same level magic tools, but also rarely sold on the market.


    As long as boss Zhang launches the array breaking talisman in his hand, even if he can''t completely break the protectionist array, he can make its operation fail and stop temporarily.


    At that time, as long as the three brothers of Zhangjia catch this flaw, they can take the opportunity to kill taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s main focus was on boss Zhang after controlling the protectionist Dharma array and trapping the enemy in three places.


    Through the power of the Dharma array, boss Zhang''s every move did not escape his eyes.


    It''s really surprising that boss Zhang has a broken array charm. When he was ready to launch the battle break charm, Meng Zhang knew that it was a critical moment for life and death.


    Meng Zhang held the spirit snake spear high and pointed it in the direction of boss Zhang. The Shaoyang Qi in his body was injected into the spirit snake spear.


    Feeling the familiar breath, the spirit of the remaining part of the spirit snake spear was inspired.


    A fiery light was excited from the spear head of the spirit snake spear. Ignoring the barrier of the Dharma array, it accurately hit boss Zhang''s upper body.


    Boss Zhang''s upper body disappeared directly, leaving only the lower half of the body.


    Zhang Laosan, who was trapped with boss Zhang, seemed stunned and looked forward to continuing to attack the array.


    The lethality of the spirit snake spear was so terrible that Meng Zhang was a little stunned.


    This spirit snake spear is so crippled that boss Zhang is also an expert in the later stage of Qi refining. He was killed without resistance. I don''t know how terrible the power of this spirit snake spear will be when it is in full state.


    Meng Zhang, who has a little more to say, was going to do it again. But after looking at the bleak spear head of the spirit snake spear, he still gave up this idea.


    The blow just made did a lot of damage to the spirit snake spear. I don''t know how long it will take to warm up in the spiritual eye before I can recover.


    After killing the most troublesome boss Zhang, the remaining enemies should be able to use the power of the array.


    This yellow sand maze array is built by relying on the first-order top-grade spiritual pulse of Taiyi gate. It uses the aura provided by the spiritual pulse as the driving force.


    On weekdays, in order to avoid causing too much burden on the spiritual pulse, most of the functions of the protection sect Dharma array are closed.


    Now, the enemy has hit the door. It''s not the time to worry about the burden of the spirit pulse.


    Meng Zhang, who collected the spirit snake spear, began to urge the guardian Dharma array with all his strength.


    In the Dharma array, there was an inexplicable traction force immediately, which made everyone trapped in the Dharma array unstable and staggering.


    In particular, Zhang Laoer, who was holding the gold knife, felt as if there was an invisible force pulling the gold knife in his hand. Although I tried my best to hold it, I still felt that I couldn''t hold the golden knife.


    Under the cover of the yellow sand in the sky, the yuan magnetic force hidden in the protection sect Dharma array was secretly triggered by Meng Zhang.


    Cultivation is the weakest. Only Li Jie, who is the triple of Qi refining, can''t support it first.


    The invisible traction in the Dharma array made him unstable. After working hard for a long time, I couldn''t keep my balance. Finally, I fell heavily to the ground.


    As soon as Li Jie''s body fell, the yellow sand swarmed in and soon completely submerged his body. Without struggling for too long, Li Jie''s body completely lost its vitality.


    Soon after the force of Yuan magnetism poured into the Dharma array, the Dharma tools in the hands of the trapped people, which contained hardware, were immediately pulled inexplicably and became uncontrollable.


    Zhang Laoer screamed. The tip of the gold knife in his hand was forcibly broken, and the gold knife flew out of his hand. The Qi he injected into the golden knife was eaten back, which hurt him a lot.


    The yellow sand, which contains the power of Yuan magnetism, swept in and wrapped his body. When the yellow sand dispersed, his bloody body fell heavily to the ground.


    Among the three brothers of Zhang Jia, old Zhang lived last. Like Li Jie, he was buried alive by yellow sand and died of suffocation.


    Meng Zhang hated the traitor Zhenling Laodao most.


    The yellow sand, which is blessed with the power of Yuan magnetism, becomes very hard and fierce. Under Meng Zhang''s control, he kept shooting at Zhenling Laodao like a bullet.


    Zhenling Taoist priest''s bodyguard was interrupted, and his body was sieved by yellow sand, leaving countless blood holes.


    Meng Zhang, who completely annihilated the invading enemy, still has a sense of incompleteness.


    He found that the three wind chasing foals on which the three brothers of Zhang Jia rode had not been far away, but revolved around the edge of the French array, as if waiting for the return of their master.


    The wind chasing foal is a good thing. There is no reason to let go of the spoils sent to the door.


    Meng Zhang waved the leader''s seal, which immediately generated a huge traction force in the Dharma array, and directly pulled the three wind chasing foals into the Dharma array of the protection sect.


    As soon as they entered the protection sect Dharma array, the yellow sand all over the sky and the ubiquitous power of Yuan magnetism immediately made the three wind chasing foals lose their direction and completely trapped.

 Chapter 12

    After trapping the three wind chasing foals, Meng Zhang and his disciples began to clean the battlefield.


    Each of the three brothers in Zhangjia has a storage bag. Although it is only the lowest storage bag, it contains a lot of property, which is worth the three brothers'' years of looting.


    There are more than 400 low-grade spirit stones alone, especially the broken array talisman and soul alarm clock in boss Zhang''s hand, which are intact.


    But the gold knife in Zhang Lao''s second hand and the small flag in Zhang Lao San''s hand were damaged in the array.


    Meng Zhang collected the broken array talisman and the soul alarm clock, and let Tian Zhen clean up the rest of his belongings slowly.


    Zhenling Taoist priest and Li Jie don''t have much property.


    Taiyi sect is a small and poor sect. Its disciples are poor.


    Taoist priest Qingling looked very sad when he saw the bodies of two masters and disciples of old Taoist Zhenling.


    After all, he has been a fellow disciple for many years. Although the other party betrayed the sect, his love for martial brothers can not be erased.


    Taoist Qingling pleaded with Meng Zhang and personally sent Zhenling Lao Dao and Li Jie.


    Meng Zhang is too lazy to care about the same dead man, let alone care about these small things.


    When cleaning the storage bags of the three brothers of Zhang Jia, three special tokens were found.


    On the three wind chasing foals, they each wear an animal ring.


    These three tokens are used to control the beast ring.


    The function of the beast ring is a bit similar to the hoop curse that Meng Zhang heard in his previous life.


    The beast ring can be big or big. After it is put on the monster, the monster can''t break free.


    If the monster is not obedient, you can make the monster suffer by casting a spell to tighten the beast ring.


    The beast ring is very useful for controlling and taming some low-level monsters.


    The Royal beast ring has a special refining technique. It is refined by a sect in the far south. After flowing into the north, the price is very expensive.


    With the token of the three brothers of Zhang Jia, it is easy to domesticate the wind chasing foal.


    The wind chasing foal was not a fierce tempered monster. Meng Zhang Hotan town spent some effort to tame the three wind chasing foals.


    In the endless sand sea, the land is vast and sparsely populated. There are three wind chasing foals instead of walking, which can save a lot of Kung Fu.


    Of course, raising three wind chasing foals at one time is also a small burden for taiyimen who are poor.


    After busy during the day, at night, Meng Zhang can''t wait to enter the place of trial.


    In the same way, Meng Zhang''s spirit successfully entered the place of trial.


    This time, although the spirit also suffered when entering the place of trial, the time consumed on the way became less.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit appeared directly where he disappeared last time.


    The ghost who besieged Meng Zhang had long disappeared.


    Meng Zhang, who could not distinguish the direction in this world, chose a direction casually and set out carefully.


    Although the combat effectiveness of the ghost is not very good, it is still a little difficult to deal with a large number.


    Meng Zhang also summarized his gains and losses after he went back last time.


    Although the cool airflow you get after killing the ghost each time can restore your spirit. But if too many ghosts rush up, and the recovery speed of their spirits can not catch up with the consumption speed, the end will not be good.


    Although I don''t know what will happen if my soul is scattered in this world, the careful Meng Zhang will never experience this feeling personally.


    Not long after Meng Zhang went out, he encountered a small group of ghosts.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang went up to kill.


    After the last experience, Meng Zhang began to get used to fighting under the divine soul state.


    Meng Zhang''s martial arts of hard cultivation played a great role at this time.


    He walked freely among the ghosts, coming and going like the wind. Punches and kicks, elbows and collisions. He almost tried his best to kill the ghosts and let the spirits make up for it.


    Meng Zhang continued to move forward. When he met a large group of ghosts, he quickly turned and ran away. Meet a small group of ghosts and destroy them without hesitation.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, these are not ghosts, but great tonics for nourishing gods and souls, and a precious treasure house of knowledge.


    Meng Zhang''s time in the trial place this time is obviously much longer than last time. He wiped out three ghosts in a row, and the number will be as many as twenty.


    Meng Zhang even had an illusion that he was not trying in the place of trial, but playing an online game. This online game can not only upgrade monsters, but also drop monsters very well.


    Just as Meng Zhang''s mood became relaxed, there was a sound of neat footsteps in front of him. With the sound of footsteps, the fog ahead seemed to be thinning.


    Meng Zhang had a warning sign in his heart, and his great sense of danger made him tremble.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately turned and ran to the side.


    Soon after Meng Zhang ran away, a team of soldiers in armor and armed with knives and guns lined up in two rows and walked out of the fog in front.


    The direction of the soldiers'' advance was not consistent with the direction of Meng Zhang''s escape.


    The soldiers kept walking and continued in their original direction. At the end of the team, two soldiers left the team and quickly chased Meng Zhang in the direction of escape.


    The ghost Meng Zhang had encountered was light and floating in the air, as if there was no entity. The soldiers were not only fully armed, but also solid, as if they were living.


    Needless to say, these soldiers are higher and higher than ghosts.


    The two soldiers took big strides and caught up with them.


    Meng Zhang heard the footsteps behind him and dared not stop. He had to continue to escape.


    The footsteps were getting closer and closer, and the enemy was about to catch up.


    Meng Zhang looked back and knew that he could not get rid of the pursuers at his current speed.


    Dogs jump off the wall when they are anxious, not to mention people. And there are only two enemies, not necessarily without the strength of one fight.


    Meng Zhang deliberately slowed down and waited for the enemy to catch up.


    A soldier with a long knife was a little faster and caught up with Meng Zhang first.


    Another soldier with a long gun fell a few steps behind.


    The soldier with a knife rushed behind Meng Zhang and stabbed him in the back.


    Meng Zhang, who had been prepared for a long time, turned sideways to avoid the knife. His whole body bumped into the past, knocking the soldier back and losing his foothold.


    By this time, the soldier with a long gun had rushed over.


    Meng Zhang gave up his original goal and slammed into the soldier''s arms.


    Meng Zhang''s hands were like sharp blades, stabbing each other hard.


    Meng Zhang fought hand to hand with the soldier, so that the soldier''s long gun suddenly lost its function.


    After being stabbed many times by Meng Zhang, the soldier''s figure began to fade and began to dissipate slowly.


    When the soldier with a long knife joined the regiment, Meng Zhang only had to face one enemy.


    It was another battle of life and death. After Meng Zhang eliminated two enemies, he collapsed to the ground.


    Two thicker cool air currents flowed into his spirit.


    Although the spirit recovered quickly, Meng Zhang still wanted to sit for a while.


    Meng Zhang has never experienced such a close fight from fist to flesh since he embarked on the road of truth cultivation.


    When the time came, Meng Zhang, who was still remembering the life and death struggle just now, was forced to leave the place of trial.

 Chapter 13

    Meng Zhang returned to the sect hall and began to sort out his harvest.


    Nearly twenty ghosts provided him with a lot of valuable knowledge, including many aspects of truth cultivation.


    The last two soldiers provided Meng Zhang with two very practical skills.


    A skill is about how to operate the power of the soul and extract the soul power.


    For the spirit, the soul power is like the true Qi possessed by the cultivator''s body.


    The spirit absorbs the Yin Qi of the underworld and refines the soul power.


    Soul power can condense Yin Qi and refine various weapons and armor for the use of gods and souls.


    Soul power can also drive Yin Qi and cast a ghost specific spell - Soul spell.


    Another skill is a very simple soul skill - pathfinding.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld are very different from those in the Yang world. The spells of the Yang world are difficult to be cast in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang was also a cultivator in the middle of Qi refining, but he fell to the underworld. He not only played unarmed fighting, but also couldn''t distinguish the direction. He didn''t look like a cultivator at all.


    Now, Meng Zhang, who has mastered two practical skills, has the power to survive in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang had a good rest for the rest of the evening.


    In the morning, Meng Zhang and Tian Zhen continued to domesticate the three wind chasing foals and practiced riding by the way.


    In the afternoon, Meng Zhang and Tian Zhen went to Lingtian to help.


    There are so many people in Taiyi gate at once. The advantage is that the burden of spiritual pulse is small, and the remaining people can absorb more sufficient spiritual Qi.


    The disadvantage is that there are fewer people, but there are no fewer things. In particular, the 19 Mu spiritual field, the largest financial source of taiyimen, needs careful care and care.


    It''s ok now. The heavy work such as farming and sowing has long been completed, leaving only relatively easy daily management work.


    When the harvest in Lingtian comes, taiyimen will be too busy.


    Tian Zhen also wanted Meng Zhang to suggest whether he should recruit some casual practitioners to supplement the staff of Taiyi gate.


    For a long time, Taiyi gate has been conservative in recruiting casual practitioners.


    The main reason is that Taiyi sect is a small sect with too few people. If a large number of casual practitioners are recruited, they will be dominated by tourists and occupy the dove''s nest.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced the betrayal of Zhenling Laodao, has no confidence in sanxiu''s loyalty.


    Even those casual repairs with a good reputation on weekdays may not be reliable at the critical moment.


    Of course, if Taiyi sect wants to grow, it must have more disciples.


    It would be too slow to rely solely on mortal villages and towns under the rule of taiyimen to provide disciples.


    Although he did not agree to Tian Zhen''s proposal on the spot, Meng Zhang still took the matter of recruiting people to his heart.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang entered the place of trial again.


    This time, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to hunt ghosts. Instead, he began to operate the spirit, absorb the Yin Qi everywhere in the underworld, and refine the soul power.


    Meng Zhang is very savvy and has mastered this skill in a few seconds.


    Although supplemented by ghosts, Meng Zhang''s current spiritual strength is still very limited and can not hold much soul power.


    Soul power is not enough, skills to gather together.


    He condensed Yin Qi with soul power to produce a long knife.


    After mastering the long knife in his hand, Meng Zhang embarked on a hunting trip.


    Meng Zhang, who has greatly increased his strength, kills ghosts. It''s like chopping melons and vegetables. He dared to take the initiative to kill a large number of ghosts.


    In the past, Meng Zhang''s spirit was like a mortal who could only fight with brute force.


    Now, after the soul power can be used, the divine soul is like a cultivator, and the means that can be used become rich.


    That night, Meng Zhang almost killed hundreds of ghosts before he was forced to leave the place of trial.


    After returning to the flesh, the number of information pouring into the mind is simply too much.


    The strength of the spirit was greatly improved, and Meng Zhang had an obvious feeling.


    After the spirit extracted the soul power, shortly after returning to the flesh, a cold breath gushed from the spirit and spread to the flesh.


    The Yin Qi of the underworld is essential to ghosts, just as living people need air, and it is a great tonic.


    But for living people, Yin Qi has a great harm.


    If ordinary people are inadvertently infected with Yin, they will be seriously ill at least and die at worst.


    Even those who practice truth will become rigid and lose their vitality if they are contaminated with Yin for a long time.


    The Yin Qi absorbed by Meng Zhang''s spirit from the underworld directly infected his flesh after the spirit returned to his body.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to be careless, so he quickly turned his Qi to drive away these Yin Qi.


    Fortunately, the Shaoyang Qi he cultivated was made by absorbing the Yang harmony Qi of the rising sun and tempering it repeatedly.


    As soon as the masculine and blazing Shaoyang Qi began to work, the Yin Qi contaminated by the flesh was like the snow under the sun, and soon melted one after another.


    After dispelling Yin Qi, Meng Zhang also began to reflect.


    The cultivation of ghosts in the underworld is not suitable for living people.


    Ghosts have no flesh body. Of course, you don''t have to worry about Yin infecting the flesh body.


    But he is a living person. After the spirit returns to the flesh, we should consider the infection of Yin Qi.


    Now my spirit is not strong enough and I don''t absorb much Yin Qi. My Shaoyang Qigong is just the bane of Yin Qi. There should be no problem in a short time.


    But in the long run, I should find a radical cure.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s top priority now is to get enough benefits from the place of trial. As for future troubles, he can''t care about them for the time being.


    During the day, Meng Zhang increased the time to practice Shaoyang Qigong, and repeatedly washed and practiced the flesh with Shaoyang Qi under the sun, so as to completely avoid the harm of Yin Qi.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang continued to enter the place of trial.


    He found that with the increase of the strength of his soul, his residence time in the place of trial was also slowly increasing.


    Meng Zhang, who has mastered the pathfinding technique, can identify the direction in the underworld without worrying about getting lost.


    Instead of running around, he took the place where he appeared as the center and slowly cleaned up the ghosts around him.


    With the increase of strength, the threat of these ghosts to him became lower and lower, and completely became his prey.


    In the process of cleaning up the ghost, he occasionally met the soldiers.


    Meng Zhang knew at this time that these soldiers were hell soldiers in the underworld. They were much better than ghosts in terms of their own strength and organization.


    Compared with the ghosts of mobs, Yin soldiers are obviously more difficult to deal with.


    However, hunting Yin soldiers is more beneficial to the soul and can obtain skills.


    Even if hunting Yin soldiers is very dangerous, Meng Zhang''s enthusiasm can''t be stopped.

 Chapter 14

    Meng Zhang waved his long knife and cut the last Yin soldier in two.


    Looking at the shadow of Yin soldiers disappearing gradually, his fighting spirit was high.


    The night before yesterday, Meng Zhang began to hunt Yin soldiers after killing ghosts.


    Yin soldiers are different from ghosts. They are obviously more disciplined and have been trained.


    Yin soldiers are a team, and there is basically no single situation.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, there is no problem killing a few Yin soldiers, but it is still very dangerous in the face of the whole team of Yin soldiers.


    In particular, the Yin soldiers in the whole team not only know how to cooperate with each other, but also know how to fight in formation and give full play to the advantage of many people.


    When Meng Zhang ran into the whole team of Yin soldiers last night, if he didn''t run fast, he almost fell into the array.


    The biggest weakness of Yin soldiers is their low IQ. Although smarter and more flexible than ghosts, they are still relatively rigid and always act according to fixed laws.


    After careful observation, Meng Zhang came up with a way.


    He took risks and lured Yin soldiers to pursue him. In the pursuit process, there are often small groups of Yin soldiers who are out of touch with the brigade because of inconsistent speed.


    These small groups of Yin soldiers separated from the team are the targets of Meng Zhang''s hunting.


    In the face of three or five Yin soldiers, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to spend too much effort to kill them one by one.


    In the face of seven or eight Yin soldiers, we have to take some risks.


    Soon after hunting the Yin soldier, Meng Zhang was forced to leave the place of trial.


    After the spirit returned to the flesh, he didn''t even have time to sort out the harvest, so he immediately ran the Shaoyang Qi and began to disperse the Yin Qi that invaded the flesh from the spirit.


    After meditation, Meng Zhang began to sort out his harvest.


    Hunt these Yin soldiers and gain several soul skills. Unfortunately, soul art can only be cast by the spirit. Now it can only be used in the place of trial.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also obtained several spells that the flesh can cast.


    There is a collection of commonly used spells in Taiyi gate. What Meng Zhang obtained from the place of trial is a very rare spell, which can be called a secret skill.


    One of them is the blood refining martyrdom explosion technique, which is very interesting.


    The cultivation process of blood refining martyrdom explosion is not complicated.


    After using the special blood refining method and sacrificing and refining magic tools, you can throw them out as disposable items in battle. Activate a magic weapon with a secret method, and the magic weapon will explode.


    The power of magic weapon explosion is very considerable, which often exceeds the grade of magic weapon. Even low-level magic weapons with mediocre power have strong lethality after explosion.


    When he first came into contact with this secret skill, Meng Zhang thought it was too impractical.


    Endless sand sea is a barren place. No matter the resources or means of refining tools, they are far inferior to the rich land in the cultivation world.


    Therefore, in the endless sand sea, magic tools are not cheap.


    Using expensive magic tools as disposable items is the way of local tyrants who have mines at home. The Taiyi gate of a small family can''t afford to play.


    After Meng Zhang studied this secret method deeply, he found a very important thing.


    The magic tools used in blood refining martyrdom explosion do not have to be intact. The damage is not too serious. Most of the intact magic tools can also be used, but their power will be affected.


    Moreover, the magic weapon used in blood refining martyrdom explosion is not necessarily a combat magic weapon. Even auxiliary magic tools without any lethality can be used.


    Anyway, the real power of blood refining martyrdom explosion is to rely on the power of magic weapon explosion.


    Although there are few magic tools in Taiyi gate, there are still some rags.


    When he was free during the day, Meng Zhang went through the big warehouse of Taiyi gate and found two magic tools to meet the blood refining martyrdom explosion technique.


    One is a futon that I don''t know when it came down.


    This Futon made of a whole piece of jade has a good auxiliary effect on cultivation. It can help gather Reiki and help practitioners concentrate and calm their Qi.


    I don''t know whether it was overuse or why. There were several obvious cracks on this futon, which destroyed the overall prohibition of the magic instrument and had to be scrapped.


    Taiyi sect has no ability to repair magic tools without an instrument refiner. It''s hard to recycle materials for a magic weapon made of a whole piece of jade. Even if it''s used to sell waste products, it can''t sell at a price.


    Therefore, the damaged magic instrument has been eating ash in the warehouse.


    Meng Zhang found it, which is also waste utilization.


    Another magic weapon is the gold knife used by Zhang Laoer.


    Zhang Laoer died in the Dharma array of the protection sect. The gold knife in his hand was hurt by the force of yuanci.


    Fortunately, the damage is not too serious. It can also be used for blood refining martyrdom explosion.


    As for boss Zhang''s startling bell, as the most valuable booty, it has long been refined by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang found two magic tools that agreed with the requirements. Without delay, he immediately began to cast the blood refining martyrdom explosion technique.


    After consuming a lot of Qi and blood, Meng ZhangCai refined the two magic tools according to the requirements of blood refining martyrdom explosion.


    Meng Zhang wanted to test his power, but after thinking for a long time, he was still unwilling to waste.


    Meng Zhang calculated that it would take some time to recover his lost Qi and blood.


    If you go all out to refine three or five magic weapons with your own blood at one time, there is still no problem. If more, it will affect the foundation of the physical body.


    With the improvement of cultivation, the power of Qi and blood of practitioners will also increase. In addition, there are many pills and secret methods to enhance Qi and blood in the cultivation world.


    The blood refining martyrdom explosion technique performed during the day does not affect Meng Zhang''s entry into the place of trial at night.


    During this time, Meng Zhang entered the place of trial every night and was not absent for a day.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit appeared again in the place of trial.


    Without much time, Meng Zhang met a team of Yin soldiers.


    This team of Yin soldiers is an acquaintance. No, they should be familiar ghosts.


    Last night, Meng Zhang met this team of Yin soldiers, and then used the method of inducement to divide and annihilate some of them.


    This time, Meng Zhang tried again to lure the other party to divide his troops.


    I don''t know whether the other party has learned to be smart, or whether the vigilance has been improved after the number has been reduced.


    Meng Zhang tried several times, but failed to lure the Yin soldiers to separate.


    Meng Zhang was a little disappointed, but he didn''t hurt his confidence.


    He glanced at each other''s face in the distance.


    After last night, the number of this team of Yin soldiers was only half of the original, and the number of the remaining Yin soldiers was less than 20.


    After so long, Meng Zhang decided to wave tonight.


    Their strength is growing every day. It''s not the first time. They run away when they see a large group of Yin soldiers. Only by working hard can they kill several Yin soldiers.


    Meng Zhang, whose strength has greatly increased, not only has the long knife in his hand more sharp, but also has long been covered with battle armor with soul power.


    Looking at the Yin soldiers approaching step by step, Meng Zhang took the initiative to wave a knife to meet them after casting his soul skill and strengthening his body.

 Chapter 15

    This is the most dangerous and hearty war since Meng Zhang entered the place of trial.


    There were countless gaps on the armor condensed by soul power, which almost turned into broken cloth strips.


    Although the armor blocks most of the damage, there are still many sword injuries, which appear on the spirit of Meng Zhang.


    The Yin soldiers who sent the battle array are really different from the scattered soldiers. Fighting together greatly increases the combat effectiveness of Yin soldiers.


    Especially the leader of this team of Yin soldiers, let''s call him team Zheng.


    This guy''s strength is not only much higher than that of ordinary Yin soldiers, but also extremely good at borrowing the strength of battle array to give full play to his own strength.


    Meng Zhang was in danger many times during the battle. Several times, Meng Zhang thought he was going to be scared. I don''t know if there is a chance to start again after the ghost in the underworld.


    But in the end, Meng Zhang supported, became the final winner and enjoyed the final outcome.


    The battle in the place of trial is a winner take all. When Meng Zhang killed the team, unprecedented powerful forces poured into his body. His shining spirit immediately became stable and began to be strengthened.


    The victory of this war is of great significance to Meng Zhang.


    This means that from then on, he has the strength to face the battle array of Yin soldiers.


    As long as the number of Yin soldiers in the Yin army is not too many, he doesn''t have to give in.


    Next, Meng Zhang became bolder and began to consciously expand the scope of his exploration.


    After learning soul searching, he doesn''t have to worry about getting lost in this place.


    He also destroyed a team of Yin soldiers. After crossing a long distance, he found a place and was closely guarded by a team of Yin soldiers.


    The Yin soldiers guarding here are obviously more powerful and elite than other Yin soldiers.


    Meng Zhang judged that there must be a treasure in a heavily guarded place.


    Meng Zhang didn''t rush in rashly, but camped step by step, ready to clean up the guard''s Yin soldiers from the periphery.


    But he didn''t have time to act. When the time came, he was excluded from the place of trial.


    This time, Meng Zhang benefited a lot because he eliminated a large group of Yin soldiers. But the spirit becomes more and more powerful. After the spirit returns to the body, it is more and more difficult to get rid of the Yin that infects the flesh.


    During the day, Meng Zhang needs to spend more time running Shaoyang Qi, so as to completely expel the Yin Qi that infects the flesh.


    Of course, all Meng Zhang''s efforts are worth it.


    In the knowledge gained this time, there is actually some content about Shaoyang Qigong.


    Originally, Meng Zhang practiced the incomplete Shaoyang Qigong. Because of his incomplete skills, he couldn''t get past several passes. His cultivation has been in the fourth level of Qi refining for some time.


    Of course, with his aptitude and savvy, these passes could not hold him for too long.


    According to his estimation, in a year and a half at most, he will be able to cross these passes and make a breakthrough in cultivation.


    The knowledge about Shaoyang Qigong acquired this time just complemented the incomplete skill and solved a big problem.


    The Qi refining chapter of Shaoyang Qigong is basically complete. Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the Qi refining period has no obstacles in the cultivation of skills.


    Meng Zhang guessed that he should kill the team Zheng himself to gain so much.


    Meng Zhang summarized the law of the place of trial.


    Kill ghosts and you can gain knowledge related to the cultivation of truth.


    Kill ordinary Yin soldiers and you can obtain some unique skills and spells.


    Kill the team Zheng of Yin soldiers and you can obtain a relatively complete cultivation skill.


    As for other higher-level ghosts, I haven''t met them yet.


    Sure enough, it is worthy of being the testing place established by taiyimen in its heyday. The knowledge left in it is all inclusive and omnipresent. It would be more than enough to build a new sect.


    Meng Zhang had a deep curiosity about taiyimen in its heyday.


    It''s really not easy to use such means to leave such inheritance. Taiyimen in its heyday.


    The secret that can make such a powerful sect perish also makes Meng Zhang shudder.


    Those things that are too far away can''t be dealt with by Meng Zhang now. His mind is mainly focused on the present.


    After waiting patiently for a day, Meng Zhang entered the place of trial again after nightfall.


    It was another breathtaking night.


    According to the plan, Meng Zhang carefully cleared the peripheral Yin soldiers.


    He began to lure the enemy slowly, try to disperse the team of Yin soldiers and reduce the enemies he faced every time.


    A famous Yin soldier was hunted by him. The more he went to the back, the more difficult it was to clear the Yin soldier.


    At the most dangerous time, he was surrounded by two teams of Yin soldiers at the same time. He broke through with great strength.


    As Meng Zhang hunted more and more yin soldiers, his strength became stronger and stronger. Even in the face of a large number of Yin soldiers, they can advance and retreat freely.


    That night, before leaving the testing place, Meng Zhang reluctantly cleared the periphery and began to gradually go deep into the interior guarded by Yin soldiers.


    During the day, Meng Zhang began to tidy up the Sutra pavilion after running the true Qi of Shaoyang to expel the Yin Qi of the flesh.


    The so-called Sutra Pavilion established by a small sect such as taiyimen is just a small bookstore with few books stored in it.


    There are several cultivation skills, as well as some magic classics and some cultivation experience left by predecessors. As for the knowledge related to the hundred arts of cultivating truth, there is almost nothing. There is only one book on spiritual planting.


    The knowledge Meng Zhang acquired from the place of trial during this period was recorded by him one by one and compiled into a volume.


    Seeing several thick books in the Sutra Pavilion, Meng Zhang was full of joy.


    This is the inside story of a sect.


    With these books, you can not only increase the knowledge of the disciples in the sect, but also cultivate tool refiners, alchemists and array mages in the future.


    The most common in the cultivation world is Lingnong.


    The threshold of Lingnong is low and it''s easy to get started. However, high-level Lingnong is still rare.


    Even the Qingling Taoist priest with the highest attainments in spiritual planting in Taiyi sect is only a first-class spiritual farmer.


    When Meng Zhang handed over the book recording spiritual planting knowledge to Taoist priest Qing. He didn''t even have the leisure to ask about the origin of the book, so he put all his mind on the book.


    I believe that with this book, Taoist Qingling''s attainments in spiritual planting will certainly be greatly improved.


    The response of Taoist priest Qingling gave Meng Zhang a deeper understanding of the value of acquiring knowledge in the place of trial.


    In addition to this knowledge, Meng Zhang also obtained two skill methods from the place of trial.


    One is "Rongjin Jue" and the other is "Wutu Zhenjue". Although the level is slightly lower than that of Shaoyang Qigong, they are rare and superior skills, which are far more than the main items collected by Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 16

    In the afternoon, when Meng Zhang was sorting out his books in the Sutra Pavilion, Tianzhen received a messenger sent by Taiyi disciples stationed in Tianshui oasis, which brought good news and bad news.


    The good news is that in the sweet water oasis under taiyimen, someone awakened Linggen.


    Tianshui oasis is the only mortal territory under taiyimen. According to the practice of the cultivation world, all residents in it belong to taiyimen.


    If someone in sweet water oasis awakens Linggen, he must first join taiyimen. Unless Taiyi sect doesn''t like it and gives up voluntarily, this person can join other sects or become a casual practitioner.


    Of course, a small sect like taiyimen will be included in the sect as long as someone awakens the Linggen, no matter how bad the Linggen is. Taiyimen, which is short of manpower, has no room to be picky.


    As the main source of Taiyi sect disciples, Tianshui oasis has provided many disciples for Taiyi sect in recent years.


    Meng Zhang was very happy to hear that someone awakened Linggen in Tianshui oasis.


    After the betrayal of old Taoist Zhenling and his disciples and the departure of master brother Fang Meng, taiyimen finally has fresh blood to supplement.


    The bad news brought by Tianzhen made Meng Zhang very angry.


    Fang Meng, who has left Taiyi gate, doesn''t know how to hook up with the nearby Xiuzhen family Zhao family.


    Now, Fang Meng is making trouble with one of the Zhao family''s children in Sweetwater oasis to take the awakened Linggen resident away.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang was the leader of Taiyi sect. He didn''t want to meet his fellow soldiers as soon as he took office, so he let Fang Meng take people away.


    Unexpectedly, Fang Meng, a white eyed wolf, ran to the sweet water oasis and robbed the residents of the awakened Linggen.


    This is to dig the corner of Taiyi gate in chiguoguo to shake the foundation of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang wanted to fly to sweet water oasis and slap Fang Meng to death.


    However, after hearing that the Zhao family''s children were involved, he couldn''t help thinking more.


    The Zhao family is located in the west of Taiyi gate, and its sphere of influence is close to Taiyi gate.


    The Zhao family is not a good neighbor. Relying on their strong family strength, they have bullied taiyimen for many times.


    However, because taiyimen and the Zhao family are both vassals of Shuangfeng Valley, the Zhao family dare not go too far.


    This time, the Zhao family''s children and Fang Meng appeared together. Most of them were the Zhao family who had to pick something again.


    Meng Zhang hesitated at the thought.


    However, in this matter, I can never give in.


    Meng Zhang went to the basement under the leader''s quiet room and took out the spirit snake spear warm in the spirit eye.


    The spirit snake spear has not fully recovered since the last blow hurt the spirit.


    Meng Zhang took out the snake spear just in case. He won''t use this spirit soldier until he has to.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to delay, but in Hotan Town, he rode on a horse chasing the wind and rushed to the sweet water oasis.


    Sweet water oasis is located in the west of taiyimen station, but more than 20 miles away.


    With the speed of chasing the wind foal, he arrived at the sweet water oasis in a short time.


    In a desolate surrounding area, sweet water oasis is a very conspicuous oasis.


    Sweet water oasis covers a large area and has a population of more than 3000.


    The periphery of sweet water oasis is surrounded by tall walls.


    The endless sand sea is not a safe paradise. There are too many mortals who can destroy the family here.


    If it were not for the protection of practitioners, mortals could not survive here.


    Mengzhang Hotan town slowed down and passed through the gate.


    The two people who grew up in Tianshui oasis and visited taiyimen from time to time also return to Tianshui oasis. They know a lot here.


    "Brother Meng Hotan is back."


    A young man guarding the city gate said to his companions.


    "Don''t yell. Xiao Meng has succeeded the leader some time ago. You should call the leader."


    An older guard patted the young man, then led everyone over and saluted respectfully.


    "See you, headmaster."


    "Well, everyone is from the countryside. Don''t be polite. I have something to do this time, so I won''t tell you more."


    Before the voice fell, Meng Zhang had taken Tian town into the sweet water oasis.


    Meng Zhang was going to talk to the person in charge of taiyimen in sweet water oasis. As soon as he entered the city, an old man in his 60s came face to face.


    "Headmaster, you''re here at last. If you don''t come again, I can''t stop people."


    Meng Zhang met this old man when he succeeded the leader of Taiyi sect. He is Li Baofu, a disciple of Taiyi sect.


    There is no threshold for the admission of Taiyi gate. All residents who awaken their Linggen in the sweet water oasis must join Taiyi gate.


    Among them, most of them are inferior spiritual roots, and they are crooked melon split dates in inferior spiritual roots, that is, the quality of spiritual roots is inferior.


    Originally, the cultivation qualification was very poor, and Taiyi sect could not provide enough resources for these disciples.


    As for going out to look for opportunities, it''s even more a joke.


    Not everyone has bad luck. You can find treasure when you go out.


    A group of rookies in the early stage of Qi refining left zongmen. How to survive in the dangerous endless sand sea is a problem.


    When they were young, these disciples had the motivation to practice and knew to work actively for the sect.


    When they were middle-aged, all their ambitions disappeared.


    Countless practitioners all over the world set foot on the road of cultivating truth and asked the immortal.


    But in the end, several people can become immortals and live forever.


    Far from it, just in the endless sand sea and among the many Qi refiners, how many people can build a foundation and how many people can knot pills?


    If you want to understand these, the disciples'' cultivation mind will be light.


    Instead of wasting time on the road of truth cultivation, it''s better to enjoy life on earth.


    Many people return to their homes in sweet water oasis as soon as they have leisure, and some people get married and have children early.


    When they reached the age of 60 and met the regulations of taiyimen, these people were in a hurry to move away from taiyimen and back to Tianshui oasis.


    Taiyi sect has never been too harsh on these disciples.


    As long as you don''t violate the door rules, you''ll let it go.


    Moreover, among these disciples, those with stronger ability will be selected and appointed as the garrison of taiyimen in Tianshui oasis.


    Like Li Baofu, there are still a large number of Taiyi disciples who provide for the aged in Tianshui oasis, most of whom are old men in their 70s and 80s.


    In fact, these old men''s stay in the sweet water oasis is not good for taiyimen at all.


    Although their cultivation is low, most people are weak chickens in the early stage of Qi refining.


    After leaving Taiyi gate, there is no spiritual pulse and cultivation resources. Cultivation will not progress, but it is very difficult to maintain the original state.


    But the cultivator is a cultivator after all. Even if he is only the weakest cultivator, he is not useless at all.


    With the nearby protection of these weak chicken practitioners, sweet water oasis has not only been in good weather all the time, but also has a much stronger ability to resist foreign dangers.


    "Meet the leader, disciple..."


    Li Baofu was interrupted by Meng Zhang before he finished his words.


    "Don''t talk nonsense. The content in the message you sent is too simple. Please explain the matter in detail."

 Chapter 17

    Meng Zhang now has no wordy mind, let alone red tape.


    As the closing disciple of Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of the Taiyi sect, he is also a rising star of the Taiyi sect. In the eyes of the Taiyi sect disciples such as Li Baofu, they dare not neglect Meng Zhang''s identity as the leader of the Taiyi sect.


    Li Baofu was also very straightforward and went straight to the point.


    It turned out that the one who awakened Linggen this time was a ten-year-old boy named Tian Li. Speaking of it, it can be regarded as the distant nephew of Tian town.


    Tian Li''s father died long ago. There was only his mother at home. His mother is also the sister of Fang Meng, a disciple of xuanlingdao, the old leader of Taiyi sect.


    This is not surprising. The disciples of taiyimen are basically from the sweet water oasis. They not only have their families in the sweet water oasis, but also have family ties with each other.


    Fang Meng left Taiyi gate and took refuge in the Zhao family.


    This time, he went back to his hometown to visit his relatives. He was accompanied by Zhao Dong, a well-known son of the Zhao family.


    Probably, this guy also has the meaning of returning home in good clothes. He wants to show what kind of good life he has had after taking refuge in the Zhao family among his relatives and friends.


    Sweet water oasis and taiyimen are inseparable. Many people here don''t like Fang Meng''s move to leave taiyimen. But his own relatives and friends did not shut him out.


    Coincidentally, when Fang Meng was visiting his sister''s house, his sister''s son and his nephew Tian Li just woke up Linggen.


    Ordinary people, after the awakening of Linggen, there are often some strange phenomena around them.


    If it automatically absorbs the aura around it, it will blow whirlwinds around the body. This is the most common phenomenon.


    According to the different qualitative attributes of each human body, there are many obvious anomalies.


    For example, the body suddenly floats, or the mouth sprays flame, or the body burns directly, but he has not been hurt at all.


    In this world where cultivation is popular, the visions of spiritual root awakening are well known, but at least they spread very widely.


    Seeing these phenomena, no one will think of demons and evil spirits, but they all know what''s going on.


    Moreover, in the sweet water oasis, there are many old-age taiyimen disciples.


    Soon, these old disciples of Taiyi sect rushed to Tian Li''s house to help Tian Li control Linggen and stop the vision.


    And Fang Meng, this guy, unexpectedly at this time, wanted to take his nephew away as an uncle.


    Fang Meng''s sister is a woman without her own opinion. She is moved by Fang Meng''s sweet words.


    However, the residents of Tianshui oasis, especially the old disciples of Taiyi gate, would not let Fang Meng take them away.


    The two sides did not give in to each other, but because of their scruples, both sides did not take the initiative, but fought with each other.


    As a garrison disciple appointed by Taiyi sect, Li Baofu is quite clever.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, he quickly took out the messenger and sent the message to Tianzhen, who is now in charge of the affairs of Taiyi gate.


    Hearing Li Baofu''s words, Meng Zhang and Hetian town were angry.


    Tianzhen took the initiative to fight.


    "Inform the headmaster that Fang Meng betrayed the sect and deserved to die. The disciple asked him to take it down and let the headmaster take it down."


    "Fang Meng is not worried. If the children of the Zhao family are involved, we must be careful."


    "You go with me and see what Fang Meng, who has taken refuge in the new master, is going to do?"


    Meng Zhang didn''t let Tian Zhen act, but took them to Fang Meng''s sister''s house.


    When I was a child, I lived in Tianshui oasis for a period of time. Later, I visited taiyimen and traveled here many times. Meng Zhang knows a little about the relatives of the disciples in the sect.


    Meng Zhang, who was familiar with the way, didn''t need Li Baofu to lead the way. He took the lead. However, he came to his destination in a moment.


    Before he approached, bursts of chaotic quarrels came. Especially a big voice full of middle spirit, all voices can''t hold him down.


    "Fang Meng, you dog who eats everything inside and outside. You think you can come here to bully and do whatever you want when you climb up the high branch."


    "If you want to take Tian Li, step on the old man''s body first."


    Hearing this sound, Meng Zhang smiled.


    "Mr. Tian is so old that his spirit is still hale and hearty."


    While talking, Meng Zhang and others came to a small courtyard.


    The neighborhood has long been surrounded outside the courtyard.


    At the gate of the courtyard, an old man with white hair and beard and old age spots on his face was leading a group of old men to surround Fang Meng and a middle-aged man, and kept drinking and scolding.


    Seeing Meng Zhang riding a horse, some people around recognized him.


    "The leader is coming. Let''s go."


    The originally crowded crowd separated on both sides to make way for a passage.


    Even the people who were quarrelling became quiet.


    Meng Zhang told Li Baofu behind him, "you have scattered the people around you."


    As the ruler of sweet water oasis, taiyimen has enough authority here.


    Li Baofu dispersed the surrounding crowd without any effort. The originally crowded streets became empty.


    Meng Zhang glanced at Fang Meng and ignored him. Instead, he looked at the middle-aged man beside him.


    "I don''t know who you are. You''ll be a guest at the boundary of Taiyi gate, and you won''t inform our host."


    The middle-aged man was as old as Fang Meng and looked very kind.


    He arched his hand at Meng Zhang.


    "Your Excellency is head Meng of Taiyi sect. I''m Zhao Dong. I''m still a neighbor of Taiyi sect."


    "I''m sorry I didn''t say hello in advance."


    Meng Zhang got down from his horse and went to the old man with white hair and beard.


    "Mr. Tian, the younger generation are not up to standard, but it has made your old man suffer."


    "Everyone, it''s hard for you. You and the old man have a rest together. I''ll deal with the rest."


    Meng Zhang arched his hands at the elders.


    Master Tian is also a disciple of Taiyi gate, but he left Taiyi gate and returned to Tianshui oasis several decades ago.


    Theoretically speaking, friars in the period of Qi refining have at most two armours, that is, the limit life of 120 years old. However, this is only the most ideal situation. In fact, few alchemists can live beyond 100 years old.


    The reason is very complicated, involving personal cultivation, everyone''s different physical state, etc.


    Mr. Tian has lived over a hundred years, and his body is still strong. It''s really an anomaly.


    More than 90 years ago, taiyimen was rebuilt here for the third time. At that time, master Tian, who was less than ten years old, was the first group of disciples recruited by Taiyi sect.


    After the third reconstruction of Taiyi gate, old man Tian, who has almost all history, can be regarded as a living fossil and auspicious omen in the gate.

 Chapter 18

    Meng Zhang, like his master Taoist Xuanling, has always been full of respect for old master Tian, an elder in the door.


    After greeting old master Tian and other elders in the door, Meng ZhangCai seemed to think of Zhao Dong.


    "Since you are a guest, you should look like a guest. It''s not a guest''s job to actively interfere in the host''s family affairs."


    After being hung by Meng Zhang, Zhao Dong was not impatient, but said slowly: "brother Fang is no longer a member of Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate should not interfere in his family affairs."


    Since Meng Zhang came here, he hasn''t looked at Fang Meng. Fang Meng has long held a fire in his heart.


    Hearing Zhao Dong''s words, Fang Meng held his head high and said, "yes, Tian Li is from our Fang family..."


    "Shut up, you unforgettable beast. Do you have a voice here?"


    Meng Zhang''s sudden reprimand stunned Fang Meng.


    "If you dare say one more word, let''s see how we deal with you."


    Fang Meng was originally a grumpy guy. He was immediately excited when Meng Zhang scolded him.


    "You deceived the master and robbed me of the position of leader by your sweet words. If you dare to be so arrogant, I want you to look good."


    While scolding, Fang Meng started at the same time.


    His hands were sealed, and the magic of the yellow sand formula, flying sand, was launched.


    In front of Fang Meng''s body, a strong wind immediately blew up, rolled up the yellow sand all over the sky, and was about to rush towards Meng Zhang.


    "Don''t move. Give this beast to this seat."


    Meng Zhang stopped others from helping him. He wanted to subdue Fang Meng, a traitor, with his own strength.


    In front of Meng Zhang, there was a burst of flame out of thin air, and the heat came to his face, so that the people around him couldn''t help but retreat.


    The masculine fire ignited by Shaoyang Qi surged towards Fang Meng.


    As soon as the flame meets the yellow sand all over the sky, there are bursts of Zizi sound immediately. Then the yellow sand dissipated and the flame continued to rush forward.


    It is also a four fold cultivation of Qi refining. Meng Zhang''s Shaoyang Qigong is far above Fang Meng''s Huangsha Jue.


    Shaoyang Qi has an absolute advantage in both the richness and power of true Qi.


    Moreover, after starting, Meng Zhang found that Shaoyang Qi had been used to dispel the Yin Qi of the flesh during this period. It seemed that Shaoyang Qi had also been quenched and became more pure.


    Fang Meng took out a small flag and waved it. More yellow sand appeared in front of him again, barely withstanding Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Meng Zhang didn''t use magic tools. Relying on Shaoyang Qi alone, Fang Meng was forced to the disadvantage.


    "Between the same door, why do you have to be fratricidal."


    "Let me mediate for you two. Don''t hurt the harmony between the same door."


    It''s nice to say. Zhao Dong, this guy, actually made a sinister move in secret.


    A flying sword flew towards the battlefield. It seemed to separate the two men''s battle. In fact, it flew to Meng Zhang''s side.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t dodge, he will be hurt by the flying sword.


    Before coming here, Zhao Dong asked Fang Meng about Meng Zhang''s strength.


    In Fang Meng''s mouth, Meng Zhang, like him, is a four fold cultivation of Qi refining. But when it comes to combat experience, Meng Zhang is far inferior to him.


    Fang Meng would have taken the position of leader if he hadn''t scruples about his fellow disciples.


    The cunning Zhao Dong is suspicious of the other party''s fierce words.


    After Meng Zhang and Fang Meng started, he found that Meng Zhang really only had the four cultivation skills of Qi refining, but the cultivation skills were powerful and suppressed Fang Meng.


    While secretly scolding Fang Meng as a waste, he also felt that his six cultivation accomplishments of Qi refining should be enough to subdue Meng Zhang.


    So many ideas flashed in Zhao Dong''s heart, and then he did it without hesitation.


    The Zhao family and taiyimen are both vassals of Shuangfeng valley. Zhao Dong dare not kill Meng Zhang in public.


    He was just going to cut off Meng Zhang''s arm and waste his accomplishments at most. The purpose was to attack the prestige of the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Zhao Dong, who thinks he is kind enough, seems very old and hot in the timing and direction of his shot.


    Although Meng Zhang was fighting with Fang Meng, he did not relax his vigilance against Zhao Dong.


    As an old enemy of taiyimen, the Zhao family, these mean people, can''t do anything.


    Seeing the flying sword released by Zhao Dong flying towards him, Meng Zhang did not dodge. He took out a gold knife and threw it at the flying sword.


    This golden sword without the tip has long been refined by Meng Zhang with blood.


    The seemingly powerless golden Dao exploded as soon as it came into contact with the flying sword.


    After a loud bang, the flying sword jumped several times, and then fell powerlessly to the ground.


    The flying sword refined with Qi was hurt, and the bite it received made Zhao Dong''s Qi surge in his body. It was very uncomfortable.


    It''s not over yet. Meng Zhang has never been a man who only gets beaten but doesn''t fight back.


    Blowing off Zhao Dong''s flying sword is just the beginning. Meng Zhang took out a futon and smashed it at Zhao Dong.


    Seeing an unidentified object smashing over, Zhao Dong, who had just suffered a loss, didn''t dare to be careless. He raised a small shield and stood in front of him.


    Under the control of Zhao Dong''s true Qi, the small shield danced up and down in front of him, shielding his body tightly.


    The futon accurately hit the small shield, and there was another loud explosion.


    The futon was completely blown to pieces. The jade scraps flew all over the sky and hit the small shield. There was a tinkling sound.


    Fortunately, the surrounding crowd had long been dispersed. Otherwise, there will be a lot of accidental injuries after the two explosions.


    The small shield was badly hurt by the explosion just now. Zhao Dong, who controls Xiaodun with genuine Qi, couldn''t help feeling that his throat was sweet and spewed out a mouthful of blood because of the reverse bite of genuine Qi.


    The blood refining martyrdom explosion technique is really extraordinary. The two scrapped magic weapons can be regarded as turning waste into treasure.


    Although the two magic tools that have been refined in the sacrifice have been used up, there is no surplus.


    But Meng Zhang could not see this from his face.


    While completely suppressing Fang Meng, he made a gesture and looked like he was going to continue to attack Zhao Dong.


    Zhao Dong suffered greatly from the two attacks just now. I feel completely unclear about Meng Zhang''s strength. Seeing Meng Zhang''s posture, he began to be afraid.


    This is the territory of Taiyi gate. People from Taiyi gate are all around. They are afraid that the other party will be fierce. They think that after killing themselves and Fang Meng, the news will not be leaked.


    "Headmaster Meng, I''m a guest here. My family knows it."


    Zhao Dong quickly stabilized Meng Zhang and released a talisman at the same time.


    The talisman spontaneously ignited without fire and changed into a water dragon.


    As soon as the water dragon took shape, it jumped at Fang Meng and blocked the fire.


    "Brother Fang, come to me quickly."


    The water dragon temporarily blocked Meng Zhang''s attack. Hearing Zhao Dong''s anxious voice, Fang Meng hurried to his side.


    After the two met, Zhao Dong said, "headmaster Meng, I''m impolite today."


    "I have some important things to do. I''ll come to apologize later."


    Before the voice fell, Zhao Dong led Fang Meng and left here like a fugitive.

 Chapter 19

    Meng Zhang has been eyeing Zhao Dong, but he never made a move until Zhao Dong left.


    Everyone was a little surprised that Meng Zhang could beat back Zhao Dong and suppress Fang Meng.


    "The leader''s means were really extraordinary. He easily subdued the enemy."


    "Old Taoist Xuanling has an extraordinary vision. He has chosen an excellent successor for taiyimen."


    Several old men from taiyimen began to talk.


    Meng Zhang''s means also exceeded Tian Zhen''s expectations, but he didn''t find the bottom. The various means of a cultivator are his biggest secret.


    "Headmaster, just let them go? Especially Fang Meng, a traitor, he shouldn''t be spared easily."


    "The Zhao family is powerful. Now is not the time to turn against them."


    Meng Zhang shook his head, a little unwilling in his heart.


    There is no way, temporarily inferior to people, only dormant patience.


    The Zhao family has a large number of disciples and several masters in the later stage of Qi refining.


    Taiyimen lost all the elders in the later stage of gas refining because of the accident more than ten years ago.


    Not long ago, after losing the leader Taoist Xuanling, there was another civil strife in the door.


    Now taiyimen is just an empty shell, and the real power is too weak.


    As the leader, Meng Zhang has some cards, but his fists are hard to resist the Zhao family''s full attack.


    Just now, he consumed two magic tools for blood refining, martyrdom and explosion. Unless he recklessly used the spirit snake spear to completely hurt the root of the spirit soldier, Meng Zhang had no more means to kill Zhao Dong.


    Zhao Dong didn''t know the details of Meng Zhang. He was frightened by Meng Zhang''s empty city plan, so he took the initiative to escape.


    But anyway, the troublemakers were driven away, and Meng Zhang could do his business.


    Without Fang Meng''s bewitching, Fang Meng''s sister dared not say a word in front of many respected elders.


    I simply checked Tian Li''s situation and chatted with these elders for a long time.


    In the crowd''s farewell, Meng Zhang Hotan town left the sweet water oasis with Tian Li and returned to the station of taiyimen.


    Although Tian Li is a ten-year-old child, he is very bold and doesn''t look afraid at all. Left home without crying.


    Of course, this is also because taiyimen station is not far from Tianshui oasis, and the two places have frequent exchanges. Moreover, Tian Li was relieved to have Tian Zhen''s distant cousin aside.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, he took Tian Li to the sect hall. Meng Zhang took out the spirit measuring plate from the basement and carefully measured Tian Li''s spirit root and body attributes.


    Meng Zhang raised the spirit measuring plate, made it close to Tian Li''s head, and then injected real Qi to drive the spirit measuring plate.


    There was a flash of light on the spirit measuring disk. The disk surface engraved with various scales raised a light column. At the same time, gold and red patterns appeared on the disk.


    After taking a look at the position where the light column stayed, Meng Zhang said with a smile: "this boy has good qualification, and the quality of Linggen is lower and higher."


    The so-called lower and upper is the superior in the lower spiritual root.


    The spiritual roots of the disciples of Taiyi sect in the past are basically inferior, that is, the inferior and the lowest of the inferior.


    This qualification, unless a miracle occurs, is basically unable to build a foundation. Not to mention building the foundation, if there is no massive resource supply, even the cultivation in the later stage of gas refining can not be achieved.


    Once in a while, taiyimen received a junior middle school qualification, and the whole sect was as lively as a festival.


    Like Tian Zhen and Fang Meng, they are the qualifications of xiazhong.


    Therefore, in the sect, both of them are valued and have a certain status.


    This qualification is also basically impossible to build a foundation. If you work harder and supply a little more cultivation resources, you can strive to enter the later stage of gas refining in your lifetime.


    Like Meng Zhang''s top-grade Linggen qualification, even those Jindan sects will compete.


    As for the legendary best spirit root and Tianpin spirit root, it''s just a legend. At least in the endless sand sea, it has never appeared.


    In order to protect Meng Zhang, master Xuanling concealed his spiritual root qualification and only said that he was a middle-grade spiritual root.


    But even so, in Taiyi sect, visionary people such as Taoist Xuanling and Taoist Qingling regard him as a seed culture.


    Tian Zhen, a loyal disciple of the sect, completely worshipped him and regarded him as the hope of revitalizing Taiyi sect.


    Even the owner of an family who passed by at the beginning appreciated him very much and tried his best to attract him.


    Even if the solicitation is unsuccessful, I am willing to make a good relationship with him.


    Unfortunately, most of the disciples of Taiyi sect can''t.


    Such as Fang Meng, he only knows how to organize small groups and circles, and has no sect concept.


    Such as Zhenling and Laodao. They are too selfish. They only care about their own family, have no overall view, and have no regard for the future of the sect.


    Hearing that Tianli''s Linggen quality is down and up, Tianzhen looks happy.


    He was not only happy for this fellow disciple and his family, but also felt that taiyimen was blessed with talents.


    With such spiritual root quality, if there are treasures such as foundation building pills to help build the foundation, it is possible to build the foundation successfully.


    Although, according to the current situation of taiyimen, it is only an illusion to obtain foundation building treasures such as foundation building Dan. But hope is better than no hope.


    After measuring Tian Li''s spiritual root quality, Meng Zhang began to pay attention to his physical attributes.


    After carefully observing the changing colors and patterns on the spirit measuring plate, Meng Zhang reported Tian Li''s physical attributes.


    "With the little guy''s physique, the most suitable skill for him to practice should be the skill with both fire attribute and metal attribute."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Tian Zhen thought for a moment and shook his head.


    "There are fire Jue with fire attribute and metal sharp gold skill hidden in the door. But there is really no skill with both fire attribute and metal attribute."


    "Do you want this little guy to practice the non attribute Tongming skill?"


    "Although the flame Jue and the sharp gold skill are all popular goods, they are better than the non attribute Tongming skill."


    At this time, Tianzhen fully felt the limitations of small doors and small households.


    There are too few collected skills and there are not many choices. Many times, I can''t find the most suitable skill for my disciples to practice, which wastes my talents in vain.


    Meng Zhang did not speak, but went directly into the back of the sect hall and took out two copied books in his quiet room.


    He handed Tian Li a copy of Rongjin Jue. "Later, you can practice the above skills. If you don''t understand anything, I and your uncle can give you advice."


    Another book, Wutu Zhen Jue, was handed to Tian Zhen. "Elder martial brother, you''ll transfer to this skill later. It''s much better than the yellow sand Jue you practiced."


    "Elder martial brother, I have put copies of these two books in the Sutra Pavilion."


    "In addition, I copied some books and put them in the Sutra Pavilion. You can read them more if you are free."


    The Sutra Pavilion at Taiyi gate is originally a few bookstores. There are few books and no treasures.


    Therefore, it has always been open to all disciples in the door. There are no other prohibitions except some runes engraved with fire, moth and heat preservation.

 Chapter 20

    Tian Li was Meng Zhang''s successor to the head of Taiyi sect. On the appointed auspicious day, Meng Zhang, Tian Zhen, Tian Li, Taoist Qingling and their two disciples all gathered in the sect hall.


    Tian Li''s introduction ceremony is simple and grand.


    First, Meng Zhang took the people to worship heaven and earth, and then to worship the ancestors of Taiyi gate. It is not easy to recall their ancestors and start a business together.


    Then, Tian Zhen, the commoner elder recently appointed by Meng Zhang, read the rules of Taiyi gate to Tian Li.


    The door rules of Taiyi gate are not cumbersome, only a few simple ones. Tianzhen finished with a few words.


    Finally, Meng Zhanggao sat on the and accepted Tian Li''s kneeling.


    Tian Li vowed to join Taiyi gate and be loyal to Taiyi gate forever.


    In the past, when the Taiyi sect was strong, there was a special zongmen jade book to enter the names of disciples. He will also take down a wisp of the disciple''s spirit and use it to light the soul lamp.


    In the gate, you can know the situation of the disciples outside according to the situation of the soul lamp.


    If the disciple is in danger, the gate can send someone to rescue him.


    If a disciple is killed, the sect can send someone to find out the truth and help revenge.


    Now taiyimen, of course, does not have these conditions.


    Meng Zhang just prepared a new roster and wrote down Tian Li''s name.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader for some time.


    Some time ago, Meng Zhang had no time to deal with the affairs in the door.


    Whether it''s the three fires of new officials or the new atmosphere of new people, since Meng Zhang has become the new leader of Taiyi sect, of course, he has to make some changes.


    First of all, Meng Zhang appointed Tian Zhen as the common affairs elder in the door, responsible for dealing with the common affairs in the door.


    Then, he appointed Taoist priest Qingling as the spiritual plant elder in the gate, responsible for dealing with all matters related to spiritual plant in the gate.


    Of course, these two appointments are more in one form. In the past, Tianzhen and Qingling Taoist priests were respectively responsible for these affairs.


    Finally, it is to deal with the problem of disciples in the sect.


    When the Taiyi sect was strong, its disciples were divided into generations according to their accomplishments, which is also the current practice in the cultivation world.


    However, Meng Zhang does not agree with this approach.


    Although there is a saying that "learning has no priority, and those who reach it are teachers", more people who believe in the law of the jungle believe that strength determines everything. Of course, the strong should have a higher generation.


    However, Meng Zhang believes that in any case, we should talk about ethical superiority and inferiority.


    According to that hierarchy, when both father and son are in the gas refining period, they have the same hierarchy in the door.


    When the son reached the foundation building period and his father was still in the gas refining period, his son was one generation higher than his father.


    If the father lives long enough and his son gets married early, I''m afraid the father will be embarrassed in terms of seniority.


    Of course, some people say that this algorithm is not used between father and son, teachers and apprentices. Moreover, even between their relatives and friends, there are different theories, not this algorithm.


    However, in fact, this of intersecting each other and discussing each other is easy to cause confusion.


    My father is a self-cultivation in the period of Qi refining and has his own peer friends in the period of Qi refining. His son is a disciple of the foundation period, and he also has friends of the same generation during the foundation period.


    How to address and get along with these friends is another trouble.


    There is also an extreme case.


    If the son is a Jindan immortal, of course, he is commensurate with his fellow Jindan immortal, and he is also a peer.


    But if my father meets these golden elixirs, I''m afraid he will lower more than one head. It''s also in line with the rules to kneel on the ground and call Lao Zu.


    At this time, I''m afraid my son will say, MMP, everyone is a real Jindan. My father calls you ancestors. What have I become?


    Meng Zhang certainly does not want to see this situation, which is easy to cause chaos without distinction of rank and inferiority, in Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang has no control over other sects in the cultivation world. At least in Taiyi gate, we should follow his rules.


    Soon after taiyimen was reduced to this place, they lost the remaining three foundation building experts. All the remaining disciples are in the Qi refining period. Since then, no disciple has been able to enter the foundation building period.


    Therefore, in Taiyi sect, we call each other according to the relationship between teachers and successors.


    Meng Zhang''s rule is that starting from Tian Li''s generation, every 100 years is a generation.


    All the disciples who have earned money in the past 100 years, regardless of their accomplishments and their mortal generations, are commensurate with their peers.


    Originally, Meng Zhang should give some font names as the basis for ranking, such as "poetry and Book heirs" and "Dacheng Guangde".


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has difficulty in naming, and his literary talent is not good. For a while, he can''t think of a good brand.


    The original name of taiyimen was just used up by Taoist Xuanling. And Taoist Xuanling didn''t think of a new font size before he died.


    Therefore, this issue was temporarily shelved by Meng Zhang.


    Starting from Tian Li, taiyimen has a new generation.


    After the ceremony, Tianzhen prepared a banquet to get together with everyone.


    At the banquet, Meng Zhang, who has always been sober, rarely drinks a few cups.


    Even Tian Li, a ten-year-old child, took up a wine cup full of tea, replaced wine with tea and offered a few cups of toast to your elders.


    At the banquet, Tian Zhen, who was interested, collected Tian Li under the door and became his own disciple.


    Meng Zhang has no idea of accepting disciples for the time being.


    After Tian Li''s introduction ceremony, Meng Zhang''s life was back on track.


    At night, the spirit goes out of the body and enters the place of trial. Practice Shaoyang Qigong during the day.


    These days, Meng Zhang obviously felt that his Shaoyang Qigong was breaking through the current state.


    During the day, when Meng Zhang was born in the rising sun, he inhaled the work between heaven and earth. After a few turns, his cold feeling disappeared, and his whole body was warm.


    Meng Zhang, who felt something in his heart, continued to run Shaoyang genuine Qi. The genuine Qi ran smoothly in his body and passed through all acupoints and orifices.


    At the acupoint orifices that had not penetrated before, the movement of true Qi slowed down and began to stagnate a little.


    If it were in the past, Meng Zhang would slowly finish his work. When you recover your Qi, use a little spare force to slowly Polish these acupoints.


    Using this gentle means to break through the new acupoints and orifices, although the speed is a little slower, the victory is safety and will not cause damage to the flesh. It will not lead to the end of being possessed by evil because of wrong behavior.


    But today, Meng Zhang was unconventional and tried his best to encourage the real Qi in his body. With an indomitable posture, he just fiercely attacked these acupoints and orifices.

 Chapter 21

    Meng Zhang''s feeling was right, and he followed his feeling and made the right choice at the critical moment.


    The full-scale Qi runs through the strange acupoints.


    Meng Zhang''s body seemed to ring out bursts of light sounds.


    The original stagnant Qi became smooth.


    Meng Zhang felt relieved. His accomplishments finally broke through the five aspects of Qi refining.


    During the Qi refining period, the cultivator mainly accumulates true Qi and runs through the orifices and acupoints of the whole body.


    According to different cultivation methods, the true Qi attributes are also different.


    Different exercises also have different orders to penetrate the orifices and acupoints of the whole body.


    In the past, due to the lack of Shaoyang Qigong, Meng Zhang didn''t know some of the exercise routes and had to try it slowly again and again.


    Now, through the harvest in the place of trial, the Meng chapter of the practice method has been supplemented. With his top-grade Linggen qualification, there were no bottlenecks and obstacles in his cultivation during the Qi refining period.


    The only need is to ensure that there is sufficient supply of cultivation resources and can quickly accumulate real Qi.


    Although it is a logical thing to break through the five aspects of gas refining, Meng Zhang had already felt it a few days ago.


    But after all, he broke through a bottleneck that had plagued him for a long time. Meng Zhang was happy and extravagantly took a half day holiday for himself.


    As a wearer, Meng Zhang has always had a reputation for early wisdom.


    In the Taiyi sect, although his qualification is superior to others, his degree of diligence is far higher than others.


    Since he entered taiyimen practice, he seldom had time to rest.


    Especially after succeeding the leader of Taiyi sect, there are more things. Even in his spare time after cultivation, he had to record books and sort out the Sutra Pavilion.


    It''s rare to have a chance to steal a half day''s leisure. Meng Zhang rode on the wind chasing pony, left the Taiyi gate station, galloped his horse and took a ride around.


    Although he came out to relax, some things still reassured him.


    Master brother Fang Meng took people away from the sect, but Meng Zhang didn''t investigate.


    However, Fang Meng and the Zhao family''s children came together and obviously took refuge in the Zhao family, which made Meng Zhang angry.


    The Zhao family has been eyeing taiyimen and often took the opportunity to cause trouble.


    Especially in recent years, Taiyi sect has experienced many changes and its vitality has been greatly damaged. There is almost only an empty shell left in the sect.


    Among the many vassal families in shuangfenggu, the Zhao family is considered to be the most powerful.


    The Zhao family, which has a history of more than 200 years, boasts of the local aborigines. It has always rejected taiyimen as a latecomer and regarded it as an alien invader.


    Zhao''s residence is a second-order spiritual vein, and also has hundreds of mu of spiritual fields.


    Over the years, the Zhao family has maintained the existence of friars during the foundation building period intermittently.


    In the accident 15 years ago, the surrounding families and sects, including the Zhao family and Taiyi gate, suffered heavy losses.


    The only monk of the Zhao family who was in the foundation period also fell at that time.


    Over the years, in order to cultivate a friar in the foundation period, the Zhao family continued the inheritance of the family. He crazily asks for all kinds of cultivation resources and becomes like a wolf and insatiable.


    As a neighbor, taiyimen has long been watched by the Zhao family and has been suppressed many times. If it hadn''t been for shuangfenggu, the Zhao family would have swallowed taiyimen.


    At the thought that the covetous Zhao family near Chi Chi had recruited traitors from the Taiyi gate and learned more about the details of the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was not even interested in going for a ride.


    Meng Zhang was about to go back. Suddenly, the wind chasing foal under his crotch roared loudly, and the man stood up and became extremely irritable.


    Without any preparation, Meng Zhang was caught off guard and almost overturned by the wind chasing pony under his crotch.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang reacted quickly, stabilized his body in time and firmly adhered to the horse''s back, so as to avoid the end of falling off the horse.


    Meng Zhang slapped the wind chasing foal on the head, trying to calm the beast down. In addition, he carefully observed the surrounding situation and searched for abnormalities.


    Meng Zhang chose the horse under the crotch as his mount among the three wind chasing Colts.


    In addition to the fact that this wind chasing foal looks like a mighty horse, and its whole body is snow-white without half a silk of white hair, it also runs the fastest and has high vigilance. It has not become dull because it has been domesticated by humans.


    Meng Zhang, who has difficulty naming, gave the wind chasing foal under his crotch a vulgar name of Xiaobai.


    It is not without reason that Xiaobai, who has long been domesticated, has become so grumpy.


    Meng Zhang, who had some speculation, became vigilant.


    Surrounded by endless yellow sand, and a flat, without any shelter, your eyes can look out for a long distance.


    After looking around, Meng Zhang ruled out these dangers.


    Danger does not come from around, only from the sky and underground.


    Today''s sky is cloudless and clear. The empty sky is nothing unusual.


    Meng Zhang put his attention underground.


    In the cultivation world, all kinds of evasion skills have always been the priority of all practitioners because of their magical effects.


    Especially in the endless sand sea, the art of earth hiding is the most popular. It has wonderful effects whether chasing the enemy or running for life.


    Generally speaking, a cultivator must have the cultivation in the later stage of Qi refining before he is able to start learning evasion, and he can barely learn the fur of evasion. If you want to be really proficient in evasion, you must at least have the foundation period.


    It can be judged that the enemy comes from underground. At this time, the art of earth hiding is a very practical spell.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has only the cultivation in the middle of Qi refining and has not started to learn the art of evasion.


    Without the skill of earth hiding, it is impossible to go deep underground, and it is difficult to contact the underground enemy.


    If Meng Zhang had been cautious in the past, he might have turned around and fled.


    When the enemy is below the ground and riding a wind chasing pony, it should not be difficult to get rid of the enemy''s pursuit.


    But now, Meng Zhang, who is a little depressed, needs to vent.


    In addition, Meng Zhang''s current location is located in the east of taiyimen, 50 li away from Tianshui oasis at most.


    Fifty miles is not a long distance. If there is any dangerous enemy, it is likely to threaten the mortals in sweet water oasis. Might as well take this opportunity to meet an unknown enemy.


    Meng Zhang jumped down from his horse, bent down and pressed his palms on the ground. True Qi worked and started seismology.


    The ground of the desert is almost full of loose floating sand. Even under the ground, there is mostly soft sand. It is necessary to go to a deep underground to have a relatively solid sand structure.


    A huge shock centered on Meng Zhang''s palms spread around, especially under the ground.


    Meng Zhang, who deliberately controlled the power and attack range of seismology, took the underground as the main attack target.


    In the place of trial, among the spells obtained by Meng Zhang, in addition to the soul skills that can be cast by the spirit, there are also many spells that can be cast by the flesh.


    And many of his knowledge is related to magic. Such as reducing the difficulty of casting spells, increasing the power of spells, reducing the cost of casting spells, etc

 Chapter 22

    Meng Zhang''s talent is very high. He can learn even very difficult spells.


    Earthquake is an easy to learn but difficult to master magic. It takes a lot of effort to cultivate it if you want to exert great power.


    However, when Meng Zhang learned this spell, it was easy to master it from the beginning. In particular, his magic can always wield unique power.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang began to cast magic and knowing that the battle was coming, Xiaobai hurried away.


    The wind chasing foal is a very clever monster. Its wisdom is obviously higher than that of ordinary monsters of the same level. Moreover, its intuition of danger is also quite sharp, and it can always detect the arrival of danger early.


    After Meng Zhang cast his spell, he sent bursts of vibration to the ground.


    The strong vibration makes the surrounding ground jump up and down, rolling like water waves.


    Meng Zhang''s earthquake might have limited lethality, but the enemy hidden underground was enraged by success.


    The surrounding sand rolled quickly and then rolled into a ball.


    Feeling that his feet were empty, Meng Zhang jumped up and jumped out towards the rear.


    There are two high arches on the ground, and two round giant sand insects come out from the ground.


    However, in a moment, two sand worms, nearly ten feet long and three feet wide, completely drilled out of the ground, leaving two deep pits on the ground.


    It was a sand worm. Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief.


    Sandworms are only first-class monsters. Although they are more difficult to deal with than ordinary monsters of the same level, they are not unmanageable.


    In fact, seismology does not cause much substantial damage to sandworms.


    However, the sense of sight and smell of sand insects have long degenerated. They mainly rely on hearing to sense all kinds of vibration to hunt prey.


    Meng Zhang''s earthquake technique caused the ground to vibrate. It was like a buzzing sound next to people''s ears. It was really hard to feel.


    The enraged sand worm pierced directly from the ground and ran in the direction of the vibration.


    Seeing the appearance of sand insects, Meng Zhang immediately released his flying sword.


    The flying sword was aimed at the body of a sand bug, which was a rapid assassination.


    In the blink of an eye, the sand bug was stabbed at least dozens of times.


    This flying sword stabbing skill is a unique skill that Meng Zhang has practiced hard for many years. It has never been used against the enemy.


    Unfortunately, to Meng Zhang''s disappointment, his flying sword stabbing technique, which he gave high hopes, did little harm to the sand insects.


    This flying sword is only the lowest level of inferior flying sword. Its power is limited, and there are no magic powers attached. It can only be called sharp.


    But sandworms are known for their thick skin and thick flesh, and their skin is tough and thick. And the size of the sand bug is huge. For the sand bug, this flying sword is just relative to a toothpick.


    The flying sword easily pierced the skin of the sand bug, but it couldn''t go further.


    Although the damage caused by toothpick is not worth mentioning, it doesn''t feel very wonderful to be stabbed so many times in one breath.


    The attacked Sandworm spit out at the position of Meng Zhang.


    The smell of fishy smell came from the pavement, and a large mouthful of acid shrouded a large area.


    Meng Zhang quickly dodged away. After bursts of zizizi noise, a large pit was corroded on the ground where he was standing, still emitting white smoke.


    Another sand bug doesn''t know. He and Meng Zhang pay attention to fighting alone. But with a jump, the huge body rushed over.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to let the giant fall on him. He quickly moved his body again and avoided this attack.


    Seeing that the flying sword returned without success, Meng Zhang no longer did more useless Kung Fu.


    While muttering in his heart when he could exchange for a powerful high-level flying sword, he took out the soul alarm bell.


    After seizing this first-class magic weapon from boss Zhang, Meng Zhang soon refined it.


    Now, it''s time for this magic weapon to become powerful.


    Meng Zhang gently shook the soul alarm bell with his left hand and sent out bursts of pleasant bells.


    Such insects as sand worms are often not * intelligent, and their spirits are relatively weak.


    The startling bell is a magic weapon that directly attacks the spirit. It''s used to deal with sand insects. It''s really a good medicine for the disease.


    With the ringing of the bell, the two sand insects suddenly quieted down and began to move slowly.


    But in a moment, the two sand insects were sleepy and could not move.


    Meng Zhang pinched the formula with his right hand, and a hot flame shot at the head of a sand worm.


    The fierce flame directly barbecued the head of the sand worm, and the damage spread to the inside of the body.


    The severe pain made the sand bug wake up and struggle desperately, but it was too late.


    The Shaoyang Qi, which Meng Zhang has been practicing hard for many years, is used to drive the masculine flame. Its power is extraordinary.


    Without a few struggles, the Sandworm completely lost its breath of life.


    Just like this, the other Sandworm didn''t live much longer than his companions, so they set out on the road together.


    The meat of this monster is too hard and extremely sour. It is generally inedible for practitioners.


    When Meng Zhang entered the place of trial during this period, he always offered sacrifices to ghosts and gods with monster blood.


    Now he is about to run out of monster blood in Taiyi gate. Now there is a rare opportunity to supplement. Of course, he should collect more.


    When Meng Zhang was collecting blood, the wind chasing foal, who didn''t know where he had gone during the battle, ran out again.


    Regardless of the poor meat quality of the sand bug, the wind chasing foal began to eat the dead sand bug and live a good life of eating meat and drinking blood.


    For monsters such as wind chasing foal, it is of great benefit to devour the flesh and blood of other monsters.


    Therefore, although this wind chasing foal has a humanized expression on its face because of its bad taste, it seems to dislike the flesh and blood of sand insects. But you still have to frown and swallow it.


    The first thing Xiaobai eats is the soft abdomen of the sand bug.


    After the abdomen was bitten open, a large lump of internal organs was exposed.


    The soft internal organs of animals have always been the favorite of other predators.


    While swallowing the internal organs, Xiaobai, the wind chasing foal, bit through the huge stomach of the sand bug. After bursts of smelly liquid flowed out of it, a large number of objects flashing red light also fell out.


    "This is..."


    Meng Zhang grabbed the wind chasing foal that was swallowing, but carefully observed the pile of objects.


    This is a big fire red ore, the big one is bigger than an adult''s fist, and the small one is pea sized particles.


    Meng Zhang''s face was happy at first, and then he thought of something, and his face became dignified.


    He looked around like a thief, then took out a messenger and threw it into the air.


    After the messenger left his hand, he flew in the direction of taiyimen station.

 Chapter 23

    The place where Meng Zhang killed the sand worm was not far from Taiyi gate, more than 50 Li at most.


    Shortly after the messenger was sent out, Tianzhen and Taoist Xuanling rushed over on a wind chasing pony.


    When he came to Meng Zhang, Tian Zhen couldn''t wait to ask.


    "Headmaster, what''s so urgent that martial uncle and I should drop everything and come here immediately?"


    At a glance, Tianzhen and Taoist Xuanling put several storage bags beside each other, even on the saddle.


    "Did you bring all the storage bags in the door as I told you?" Meng Zhang asked instead.


    After receiving a positive reply from Tianzhen, Meng Zhang led them to the sand worm body, pointed to the pile of fire red items and explained slowly for them.


    It turns out that sand insects are monsters, in addition to hunting prey and swallowing blood. Sometimes, they will swallow a lot of earth and rock.


    When swallowing earth and rock, sand insects often inadvertently swallow some kinds of minerals.


    The pile of fire red objects exposed in the stomach of sand insects is red copper ore.


    Due to the corrosion of gastric juice, most of the earth and rock in these ores have been digested and exposed relatively pure red copper.


    Meng Zhang''s knowledge gained in the place of trial is all inclusive and covers a wide range, including a lot of knowledge about ore.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, these red copper ores should come from a red copper mine.


    The sand insects that often walk underground don''t know how to find the chalcopyrite. Their natural instinct makes them swallow a lot of ore.


    Fortunately, red copper is difficult to digest, so it can be retained in the stomach of sand insects.


    If these two sand worms meet Meng Zhang at night, Meng Zhang will probably miss the discovery when the hematite is completely digested.


    The activity range of sand insects is not very large. As long as you look along the activity tracks of these two sand insects, you can certainly find the red copper vein.


    Red copper is a metal holy material often used in smelters, and the price is not cheap.


    In the endless sand sea with barren materials, even if this red copper vein is only a poor mine, it is of high value.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang judged from the residual red copper ore facies in the stomach of the sand worm that the reserves of this red copper vein should not be low.


    For the impoverished taiyimen, if we can find and mine this red copper vein, we will make a lot of money.


    That''s why Meng Zhang feels happy.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang also has a lot of pressure. In particular, the financial situation of taiyimen is really not good.


    The main income of taiyimen comes from the 19 mu Lingtian.


    After a year''s hard work, the income of Linggu and lingguo will be converted into Lingshi, no more than 1000 inferior Lingshi.


    With such a small income, I have to hand over 300 inferior spirit stones to Shuangfeng Valley every year as a routine offering.


    In the past, the disciples of the Taiyi sect were all stretched out and very nervous.


    Some time ago, Taiyi sect experienced changes, although many disciples were lost. But to some extent, it also reduces the supply pressure of the sect.


    However, Taiyi sect cannot never develop, and the number of disciples will slowly increase in the future. At that time, supplying disciples for cultivation will still cause great financial pressure.


    The things Meng Zhang counted out in the Taiyi clan''s storehouse include less than 1000 inferior spiritual stones. However, the accumulation of the Taiyi clan over the past few decades is the last accumulation of the sect after the leaders of the Taiyi clan worked hard and saved money.


    Meng Zhang enters the place of trial almost every night.


    Ten inferior spirit stones are consumed each time, and it takes almost five inferior spirit stones to convert the rest of the materials.


    The consumption of 15 inferior spirit stones at a time seems small, but over time, it is also a large number.


    The materials in the large warehouse belong to the whole Taiyi sect and are not the private property of the leader alone.


    In the past, the leaders of the Taiyi sect all made this very clear.


    In Meng Zhang''s generation, because there are only two or three big cats and kittens in taiyimen, Tian Zhen, who is responsible for the affairs of the commons, and is also a staunch supporter of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was allowed to do whatever he wanted.


    Meng Zhang also knew very well that he did not distinguish between public and private. In the long run, it would certainly bring great harm to the whole sect.


    If we hadn''t killed the three brothers of Zhang Jia and obtained the supplement of almost 400 inferior spirit stones, I''m afraid we couldn''t consume so many spirit stones and materials.


    Now there is a red copper vein, which can be said to be a windfall. It can solve the problems of Meng Zhang and taiyimen at once.


    However, Meng Zhang''s thinking is still meticulous. After calming down, he found the disaster in the middle.


    As a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley, taiyimen must hand over at least half of the income from the mineral resources found around the territory to Shuangfeng valley.


    And now taiyimen has neither human nor material resources to mine this chalcopyrite.


    After the discovery of chalcopyrite, I''m afraid the benefits will basically fall into the hands of shuangfenggu. Taiyimen can drink a little residual soup and water at most.


    This is not the worst case.


    After the news of the discovery of chalcopyrite comes out, it will certainly attract many locust like scattered repairs.


    There are many ferocious disciples like the three brothers of Zhang Jia.


    If there were to be casual practitioners who wanted to get rich, plunder around wantonly, and even attack the residence of Taiyi gate directly, then Taiyi gate would be in great trouble. If you are careful, you are in danger of killing the door.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and decided to hide the existence of red copper vein.


    Wait until taiyimen has the ability to protect itself and develop in the future.


    After Meng Zhang told Tianzhen and Taoist Xuanling everything about what happened and his decision, they all agreed with Meng Zhang''s decision.


    In particular, Taoist Xuanling felt that Meng Zhang, the leader, was so young and thoughtful that he was not impulsive at all. It was a blessing of Taiyi sect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, the three began to use the water making technique to produce a large amount of clean water, which was used to simply clean the ore in the stomach of the sand worm, and then put it into the storage bag.


    The sand worm has a big stomach and there are a lot of red copper ore in it.


    The three men spent a lot of effort to clean all the ores and release them into the storage bag.


    As for the flesh and blood of the two sand worms, except that Meng Zhang collected a lot of blood, the rest was naturally cheaper than three wind chasing foals.


    Since the three wind chasing foals were taken over by Taiyi gate, no outsiders have passed through this desolate and remote place in the whole process.

 Chapter 24

    Meng Zhang firmly remembered the location and terrain here and ensured that all traces around him were removed. Then he got on the horse with Hetian Town, left here and returned to taiyimen.


    Back in taiyimen, the three cleaned the harvested red copper ore and put it into the big warehouse.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang entered the place of trial again.


    A few nights ago, he found a group of Yin soldiers, gathered together and surrounded a place.


    In order to find out the details of that place, Meng Zhang began to slowly clean up the Yin soldiers from the periphery.


    Meng Zhang was like playing a game, slowly luring Yin soldiers to fall alone, and then killing them one by one.


    But unfortunately, the reality is not playing games. These Yin soldiers obviously have a certain wisdom.


    Meng Zhanggang eliminated two teams of Yin soldiers, just like stabbing a hornet''s nest, and attracted a team of Yin soldiers lined up in a neat array.


    These Yin soldiers did not chase Meng Zhang alone or several, but took out the posture of lion fighting rabbit and dispatched several teams at once.


    The Yin soldiers lined up their ranks and approached step by step, with a momentum of overwhelming mountains and seas.


    Obviously, this is to rely on the quantitative advantage to drown Meng Zhang alive.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to entangle, so he fled quickly.


    Fortunately, he escaped quickly enough to avoid being surrounded by the Yin army.


    This is too foul. Meng Zhang dares to face one or two teams, or even two or three teams.


    But there are too many Yin troops.


    And the most hateful thing is that these Yin soldiers obviously not only have some instinct, but also are smarter than ordinary Yin soldiers. They won''t be confused by Meng Zhang''s tricks at all.


    There is no way. Meng Zhang can only give up the idea of frontal attack for the time being.


    Meng Zhang used the newly learned soul technique to make the spirit become hazy and blurred. Then sneak into the past under the cover of the surrounding fog.


    Close to a certain extent, Meng Zhang did not dare to move forward.


    The perception of these Yin soldiers is very sharp. Even in the current state, if they get too close, they will still be found.


    Meng Zhang used the soul skill eagle eye skill to penetrate the thick fog and carefully observe the situation ahead.


    These Yin soldiers guard the entrance of a canyon.


    The canyon is so deep that even Hawkeye can''t see clearly.


    Around the canyon, surrounded by a towering mountain range. Because of the fog, you can''t see where the top of the mountain is.


    There are at least ten teams of Yin soldiers guarding the entrance of the canyon. As for the Yin soldiers inside, there will only be more. And these smart guys don''t take the initiative to be alone at all.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t break through here, so he made a big circle and avoided the entrance of the canyon.


    As long as it is a ghost, even a low-level ghost has the ability to float. With Meng Zhang''s current spirit intensity, there should be no big problem in making a simple flight.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit floated slowly, higher and higher, and flew towards the mountains ahead.


    Since the entrance of the canyon is guarded by Yin soldiers and can''t break through, Meng Zhang has to try to enter from the surrounding mountains.


    But as soon as Meng Zhang''s spirit approached the mountains, he felt an invisible barrier in front of him. No matter what method he tried, he couldn''t cross the barrier.


    "I knew it wasn''t that simple."


    Meng Zhang said to himself.


    The mountains next to the canyon are obviously forbidden by array, which can prevent intruders from approaching.


    Since this road is impassable, Meng Zhang has to give up his idea of playing here for the time being.


    Anyway, there are a lot of ghosts around, enough to clear them slowly.


    So Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave here and began to clean up the ghosts around him.


    Whether ghosts or hell soldiers, as long as they meet him, they will be killed.


    While cleaning up these ghosts, Meng Zhang explored the surrounding terrain.


    After a busy night, I killed a large number of ghosts and Yin soldiers. It was another harvest night.


    In the daytime, after thoroughly dispelling the Yin Qi in his body, Meng Zhang began to continue to practice Shaoyang Qigong.


    When the cultivation of Shaoyang Qigong reaches the five levels of Qi refining, you can practice one of its own spells - Shaoyang true fire.


    Only by absorbing the most blazing sunlight and fire aura at noon and repeatedly refining it in the body with Shaoyang genuine Qi can we achieve a masculine fire - Shaoyang genuine fire, which can ward off evil spirits and kill demons.


    At present, there are only a few people in taiyimen. Everyone can freely absorb the aura of the spiritual pulse and obtain sufficient supplement.


    With sufficient aura supply, Meng Zhang not only made rapid progress in cultivation, but also the real fire of Shaoyang was about to become small.


    The Shaoyang true fire after Xiaocheng can help Meng Zhang expel the Yin Qi invading his body more efficiently.


    At the same time, through the stimulation and quenching of these Yin Qi, Shaoyang real fire has become more pure.


    It really complements each other.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang continued to enter the place of trial and frantically harvested all kinds of ghosts in it.


    After several nights of hard work, Meng Zhang finally figured out the general terrain of the trial place.


    The place of trial is a plain with a radius of more than 20 miles, with occasional hills and hillsides in the middle.


    Around the place of trial, there is an invisible barrier as a boundary to prevent the passage of all ghosts.


    Meng Zhang has also tried many times. His spirit can''t break the barriers around him and go to other places.


    The boundary of a certain place in the place of trial is exactly the mountain range that Meng Zhang tried to pass through last time.


    It seems that the only way to leave the current range of the testing place and go to a wider distance is through the canyon guarded by Yin soldiers.


    In addition, there is a small hillside in the center of the test place.


    Around the hillside, there are also teams of Yin soldiers to guard against other ghosts.


    Meng Zhang tried. Like the Yin soldiers guarding the entrance of the canyon, these Yin soldiers also have a certain intelligence.


    Meng Zhang''s original method can''t lure these Yin soldiers to stay alone, so he can only give up attacking here temporarily.


    In addition to these two places, the place of trial was almost completely cleaned by Meng Zhang. Almost all the ghosts were hunted by him.


    While cleaning up the place of trial, Meng Zhang also found another brand-new ghost.


    Because this ghost is not human, but all kinds of ferocious beast images, Meng Zhang named it ghost beast.


    The number of ghost beasts is rare. Meng Zhang visited the whole trial place and didn''t meet a few.


    The strength of ghost beast is much stronger than that of ordinary Yin soldiers. But after Meng Zhang tried his best to kill several ghost beasts, he found that he was busy in vain.


    Killing these ghosts and beasts will not have a cool airflow, restore and strengthen their gods and spirits, nor gain any knowledge.


    Ghost beast is a different kind of ghost, which is really a kind of alien in the place of trial.

 Chapter 25

    After Meng Zhang''s Shaoyang real fire became small, he began to refine the red copper ore harvested last time.


    Among the knowledge gained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial, there is the content of purifying various ores.


    The original large amount of red copper ore was refined by Meng Zhang with increasingly sophisticated techniques and turned into pure red copper.


    Red copper is a kind of ore with fire attribute. Meng Zhang purified it with Shaoyang real fire. The final finished product reveals a warm yang and breath. At first glance, he knows that it is top-grade red copper.


    After several nights of cleaning up, Meng Zhang never met any ghosts except those two special places.


    This means that in addition to these two places, Meng Zhang can no longer gain from the place of trial.


    Now, Meng Zhang can stay in the place of trial for most of the night every night.


    Meng Zhang could not bear to waste his time here for nothing because he spent spiritual stones and materials, but could not get returns.


    Finally, Meng Zhang decided to take a big risk.


    Meng Zhang chose the hillside as his goal.


    The Yin soldiers here are inferior to those in the canyon in both quantity and quality.


    Meng Zhang applied the soul skill learned during this period and blessed all the positive states that can be blessed.


    The armor condensed with soul power on his body and the long knife condensed with soul power in his hand have become more solid.


    Meng Zhang used his soul and hazy skills and leaned over secretly.


    Almost when the hell soldier found himself, he waved a long knife and killed him.


    Meng Zhang, who took the lead, cut down several Yin soldiers in a row.


    These Yin soldiers were well-trained as expected. They immediately responded and quickly discharged a military array to be surrounded by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to fight. He recognized one direction and tried his best to kill.


    After there were many more wounds on his body, he managed to fight his way out and finally broke through the siege.


    Meng Zhang fled all the way until he left the chasing Yin soldiers far behind.


    Because the spirit was badly hurt this time, the cool air flow obtained by killing the Yin soldier could not completely recover him.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. He worked his soul power, absorbed the Yin Qi everywhere, and slowly repaired his own spirit.


    Meng Zhang was also cruel.


    I only need to destroy a few Yin soldiers at a time. After all, the number of each other is limited. One day, I will be consumed by myself.


    The biggest danger of this method is that Meng Zhang has to take great risks every time and fall into the siege of the Yin army. If he is careless or has bad luck, Meng Zhang will be completely surrounded and killed.


    If you dare not take this risk, how can you face the strong enemies of the cultivation world in the future and how can you gain a foothold in the cultivation world of the law of the jungle?


    After the soul state was completely restored, Meng Zhang embarked on the road of high-risk assault again.


    After many attacks, Meng Zhang was indeed in danger for many times, and almost fell into the army array of Yin soldiers.


    Several times, Meng Zhang managed to escape.


    After these times of killing, the number of Yin soldiers surrounding the hillside has indeed been reduced a lot.


    Meng Zhang clearly judged that although there were many Yin soldiers, they could not surround themselves all at once. In the interval of Yin soldiers'' mobilization, there is a chance to escape.


    When the number of Yin soldiers was reduced to a certain limit, Meng Zhang''s assault road became smoother and the danger was reduced a lot.


    At this time, Meng Zhang knew that the overall situation had been decided. It should only be a matter of time before he completely eliminated the Yin soldiers around the hillside.


    Meng Zhang became stronger and stronger, and the number of Yin soldiers on the hillside was less and less.


    At the time of recovering the spirit, Meng Zhang had a whim that since the Yin soldiers around the hillside could not escape the fate of destruction.


    First test the strength of the Yin soldiers in the canyon to see if they can clean up the Yin soldiers there in the same way.


    Doing what you think is Meng Zhang''s advantage.


    After the spirit state was restored, Meng Zhang came near the canyon, blessed all the soul skills, and rushed to the entrance of the canyon.


    But Meng Zhang was not close yet, and bursts of breaking wind sounded.


    From the peaks on both sides of the canyon, there were bursts of arrow rain, covering Meng Zhang''s front, back, left and right.


    The hell soldiers guarding the canyon are ready and arranged in a neat array.


    Without saying a word, Meng Zhang turned and ran.


    That''s a foul. The enemy not only has long-range archers, but also has such high vigilance that it is impossible for him to sneak close and launch a sneak attack.


    Meng Zhang found that the Yin soldiers guarding the canyon were far more powerful than those on the hillside.


    And Meng Zhang has a feeling that there is a breath of fear hidden in the canyon. It seems that as soon as you enter the canyon, you will be completely torn apart by that breath.


    Meng Zhang has always believed in his feelings.


    Beat down the hillside first. As for the canyon, don''t rush to take action when there is no all-round plan.


    After making the decision, Meng Zhang continued to attack the hillside according to the original plan.


    After several life and death and several bloody battles, Meng Zhang finally wiped out all the Yin soldiers around the hillside.


    At the top of the hillside, he also got his booty.


    It was a strange little black tree, which grew alone on the top of the hillside.


    The place of trial is a dead land without any grass and life.


    The appearance of such a small tree in this place is not only abrupt, but also very strange.


    At the top of the small tree, there is a small green fruit.


    The small fruit exudes an attractive fragrance, which makes people''s appetite open. They want to swallow the small fruit in one bite.


    During this time, Meng Zhang happened to have an introduction to this fruit among the many knowledge acquired in the place of trial.


    This is the legendary magic fruit, which can stimulate the soul and stimulate the change of the soul.


    In the cultivation world, generally speaking, only immortal Jindan can cultivate the real magic power, which is called the great magic power.


    In the realm before the golden elixir period, a weakened divine power can be cultivated with the help of external forces or some special methods. This kind of magic power is called small magic power or pseudo magic power.


    In addition, due to the change of the body or spirit of the cultivator, it is also possible to produce abilities similar to small gods, which are generally called gifted gods.


    Shentongguo, a treasure, has never been heard of in such a place as the endless sand sea.


    If this treasure had not been in the place of trial, but appeared outside, I''m afraid it would have attracted the crazy robbery of those golden elixirs.


    Meng Zhang calmed his excitement and slowly adjusted the state of his soul. Then he picked the fruit and swallowed it without hesitation.

 Chapter 26

    Meng Zhang, in the state of divine soul, naturally can''t really eat like the flesh.


    He just swallowed the fruit into his stomach. In fact, he threw it into his soul and slowly digested it with soul power.


    The magic fruit is not for the flesh to eat, but for the soul to absorb.


    When digesting the magic fruit, Meng Zhang began to recall more information about the magic fruit.


    Shentong fruit has an extremely powerful stimulating effect on the divine soul. By strongly stimulating the divine soul, it can stimulate the change of the divine soul, and let the user give birth to the gifted Shentong.


    If the spirit of the friar taking the magic fruit is not strong enough and tough enough, it will not give birth to the magic power, but will cause the spirit to be seriously damaged and die.


    Moreover, if the friar who takes the magic fruit has a high shine of mildew star and black face and hands, it is also possible to toss in vain and can not give birth to the magic.


    As a penetrator, Meng Zhang''s spirit is much stronger than ordinary monks. In the place of trial for so long, the spirit has been strengthened many times.


    Meng Zhang believes that his spirit can certainly withstand the stimulation of divine power fruit.


    As for luck, Meng Zhang had nothing to do.


    However, he didn''t think he would be that kind of unlucky guy.


    Bursts of severe pain swept Meng Zhang''s spirit.


    For a moment, it was extremely hot, as if to scorch his spirit.


    For a while, it was a bone chilling cold, as if to freeze his spirit.


    Finally, the spirit seemed to be torn, pulled and torn by inexplicable forces.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang successfully endured several times of unbearable pain.


    I don''t know how long it took before Meng Zhang felt pain and began to leave, and the spirit began to return to normal.


    Meng Zhang had not had time to check the situation of the spirit. After his stay, he was rejected by the place of trial.


    After the spirit returned to the body, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to dispel the Yin Qi, so he was in a hurry to check his spirit.


    But before he could check the spirit, the flesh felt a sharp pain. Especially in the eyes, it hurts badly.


    It took a long time for the flesh to return to normal.


    Meng Zhang closed his eyes and felt it carefully. After a while, he opened his eyes with a happy face.


    The power of this magic fruit is really too strong. It not only stimulates the change of the spirit, but also leads to the change of the flesh.


    Refining this magic fruit, Meng Zhang obtained two magic powers.


    A magic power is his heart, so that he can know people''s hearts and distinguish good and evil.


    People whose cultivation level is not as good as him can''t hide from him as long as they appear in front of him, think and hide deep secrets in their hearts.


    He will master the superficial thoughts, goodwill and malice of people whose cultivation level is similar to him.


    Even if the cultivation level is higher than him, although he can''t read the other party''s specific ideas, he can judge whether there is malice in the other party''s heart.


    Of course, if you master some secrets that can restrain your mind, you can also avoid the exploration of his mind.


    Another magic power is to break the false magic eye, which can let Meng Zhang see through all falsehood and point to the truth.


    Of course, if the level is too high, he can''t see through it now.


    These two supernatural powers are Meng Zhang''s gifted supernatural powers. They can be used freely without cultivation.


    Moreover, with the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation level in the future, the two gifted magical powers will naturally be improved accordingly.


    Meng Zhang wanted to try the power of the two supernatural powers, but he didn''t have a good chance.


    All of the Taiyi sect members belong to the same sect. Meng Zhang doesn''t think it''s good to use his mind skills on the same sect members to peep into their own secrets.


    With the power of penetrating people''s hearts, we should not use it indiscriminately. We should set a bottom line and use criteria for ourselves.


    This is Meng Zhang''s constraint on himself and his morality.


    In the daytime, after dispelling the Yin Qi of the flesh, Meng Zhang recorded all the acquired knowledge in a book and placed it in the Sutra Pavilion.


    During this time, Meng Zhang killed in the place of trial and gained great harvest.


    Let''s not talk about all kinds of comprehensive knowledge for the time being. There are several excellent cultivation methods alone.


    "Blue water true method", "thousand machine manual", "powerful Vajra method", "one element array map"


    As for other useful mysteries, there are a lot of them.


    Meng Zhang was very pleased. He worked so hard in the place of trial and gained a lot of inheritance of Taiyi sect in its heyday, which added a lot of details to the sect.


    Now, except for the canyon, the place of trial has been basically emptied by him. Even if you enter the place of trial again, it is estimated that you will not gain anything.


    Reality is not a game after all. Monsters are cleared and will not refresh actively.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience of entering the place of trial many times, there are so many ghosts here. After being completely eliminated by himself, there will be no external supplement.


    As for the canyon, Meng Zhang was on guard. If he was not fully sure, he would not take risks rashly.


    Meng Zhang felt that most of the inheritance of this testing place had been started. Next, he will not enter the place of trial until he finds a solution to the canyon.


    In the following days, Meng Zhang was not in the place of trial at night.


    After practising hard during the day, he did not relax at night. He needed to fully digest and absorb all kinds of knowledge he obtained from the place of trial.


    The busy and full days did not last long, but were interrupted by the common affairs that had to be handled.


    Tianzhen came to the place of cultivation to remind him that the day of purchasing every year has come.


    Sweet water oasis is just a small oasis with a limited population.


    With the growth of mortal population in these years, the food produced by sweet water oasis itself has been difficult to be self-sufficient.


    For taiyimen, of course, the more people the better. When the population base is large, it is possible to provide more disciples with spiritual roots.


    Taiyimen will certainly help solve the problems faced by ordinary people.


    Endless sand sea is a place with bad environment and many dangers. Pure mortal caravans can''t survive at all. Naturally, there is no business between mortal oases.


    Even the material exchanges between mortal oases must rely on the power of cultivators.


    Sweet water oasis needs a lot of food, but it still needs practitioners to come forward.


    Transporting large quantities of materials in the endless sand sea is not a simple thing for practitioners.


    The storage space in a storage bag used by low-level practitioners like Meng Zhang is about one cubic meter of Meng Zhang''s previous life.


    This space is enough to store the daily necessities of practitioners. However, it is far from enough to transport bulk materials such as grain.


    There are also storage bags with larger storage space in the cultivation world, but the cost performance is too low.


    The general price of the storage bag in the surrounding area square city. The price of one storage bag does not exceed 50 inferior spirit stones. If you buy in large quantities, there is a discount.


    A ten square storage bag with ten times the storage capacity costs more than 1000 inferior spirit stones, and it is often out of stock.


    Poor sects like taiyimen don''t have so many spirit stones to waste in this regard.

 Chapter 27

    When taiyimen wants to buy bulk materials such as grain, they send people to the square city to hire large camels and load them back with camels. As for the dangers encountered on the road, of course, taiyimen solved them by itself.


    Tian Zhen didn''t want to disturb Meng Zhang''s cultivation. He asked for orders and wanted to go by himself.


    Meng Zhang rejected Tian Zhen''s proposal and decided to go there himself.


    For one thing, after staying in the door for so long, he also wanted to go out and breathe.


    Second, his cultivation and strength are far above Tianzhen. If he meets any danger, he will have a stronger ability to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang decided the matter, and Tian Zhen, the commoner elder, would not argue with him.


    Before leaving, Tian Zhen reminded Meng Zhang that the spiritual field in the door was about to be harvested and there were not enough hands in the door. If Meng Zhang doesn''t hire outside casual repairmen to help, he will have to call back the elders who provide for the aged in Tianshui oasis for help.


    Meng Zhang kept Tian Zhen''s reminder in mind.


    The nearest place to taiyimen is mingshafang city in Shuangfeng Valley, near mingshashan, more than 700 miles south of taiyimen.


    On the day of departure, before dawn, Meng Zhang left early in the morning.


    Meng Zhang rode on the wind chasing foal Xiaobai, with a storage bag hanging all over his body.


    This image is the standard image of many practitioners. There is not enough storage space in the storage bag, so the quantity will come together.


    The cultivator who is full of storage bags is a nine bag elder.


    When Meng Zhang entered the place of trial during this period, he almost consumed all the more than 400 inferior spirit stones seized from the three brothers of Zhang Jia.


    There were less than 1000 inferior spirit stones in the taiyimen storehouse, and Meng Zhang took 800 with him. The storage bag on his body contained all pure red copper refined by himself.


    Meng Zhang also has his own plan for this trip to mingshafang city. Worried that Lingshi was not enough, we had to sell these red copper.


    The legendary thousand mile horse of mortals is said to travel thousands of miles a day and 800 miles at night.


    As a first-order monster, the wind chasing foal is famous for its speed. Its running speed is definitely faster than the thousand mile horse in the legend of mortals.


    Meng Zhang set out early in the morning and drove his horse forward on the road without any pause. After one o''clock at noon, we came to Mingsha mountain.


    Along the way, there is endless yellow sand. In addition to the desert, it is still a desert. You can''t even see a little green.


    Occasionally, the terrain changes a little, that is, the sand slopes with different heights formed by the accumulation of sand particles.


    Meng Zhang, who rarely goes out once, has long been tired of this stereotyped scene.


    When he came to the foot of Mingsha mountain, Meng Zhang felt a light in front of him.


    Mingsha mountain is only a few hundred meters high, but it is a rare mountain in the surrounding area.


    After years of wind and sand erosion, many large and small holes have appeared on Mingsha mountain.


    Whenever a strong wind blows over the desert, the wind will pass through these large and small holes, and there will be bursts of harsh whistling and whistling. This is also the origin of Mingsha mountain.


    At the foot of Mingsha mountain, there is a broad second-order spirit pulse.


    Hundreds of years ago, shuangfenggu, the ruler of Mingsha mountain area, established Mingsha square city based on this second-order spiritual vein.


    Mingshafang city is a thoroughfare, with an excellent location, close to many families and sects around, including many forces that can be compared with shuangfenggu.


    Shuangfeng valley also released some interests and introduced forces such as Lin quanguan and Liu family.


    After hundreds of years of development, mingshafang has become the most prosperous trading square city around. While bringing great benefits to shuangfenggu, it also greatly facilitates the transactions between surrounding forces.


    Bypassing Mingsha mountain, Meng Zhang saw Mingsha square city ahead.


    It was a rare piece of green in the desert, surrounded by forests, flowing rivers and shaded by green grass.


    Above a Green Town, there are all kinds of buildings.


    Outside the town, there are caravans driving camels in and out from time to time.


    This beautiful town is mingshafang City, which Shuangfeng Valley has worked hard for many years.


    Relying on this second-order spirit pulse, a second-order top-grade protection array is set on it to guard the square city.


    All around the square city are covered by the protective array, which is enough to stop all invading enemies.


    Only in the north and south directions of Fangshi, a gate is reserved for access inside and outside Fangshi.


    Meng Zhang rode the wind chasing foal Xiaobai and directly came to the South Gate of mingshafang city.


    Here are two practitioners in the later stage of Qi refining, with a team of guards.


    After registering his identity at the gate and paying the gate tax of two inferior spirit stones, Meng Zhang successfully entered mingshafang city.


    Although Taiyi sect is a small sect, it is a vassal force of Shuangfeng valley after all, and is barely half of its own.


    With the identity of leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang still has some convenience in mingshafang city.


    After entering the square city, Meng Zhang first found a hotel to stay and settled the wind chasing foal Xiaobai.


    Then Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to shop, but strolled around the square city.


    I saw all kinds of shops on the road. I went in and had a look. Even if you don''t buy anything, ask the price or something.


    Fortunately, I came all the way and entered many shops, but I didn''t encounter the situation of looking down on others.


    Most of the shop assistants or shopkeepers are quite enthusiastic.


    Meng Zhang has repeatedly used his mind power to explore their thoughts.


    Meng Zhang still has no psychological pressure to use his Xintong on outsiders.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang didn''t mean to peep into their private heart, but just wanted to understand all kinds of prices and prices in mingshafang city.


    It was not until dinner time that Meng Zhang returned to his hotel.


    Mingshafang city is built on a second-order spirit pulse. Although Shuangfeng Valley uses the spirit gathering array to gather most of the spirit in the city and control the output position of the spirit.


    However, in most parts of mingshafang City, the aura is still many times stronger than that outside.


    In order to prevent poor practitioners from running to mingshafang city to rub aura, Shuangfeng Valley has also made a lot of measures.


    If we enter the city to pay the city gate tax, we will live in the hotel or rent a house, except for the residents who have registered residence in the city.


    There are absolutely no tramps in the square city, let alone sleeping on the street.


    Meng Zhang''s hotel is the industry of Lin quanguan.


    In addition to providing accommodation services, the hotel also has restaurant business, which provides three meals a day.


    It can be said that Lin quanguan is well-known for his means of cooking all kinds of spiritual food.


    Simple LingMi and lingcai can become delicious food in the hands of the chef, and can fully stimulate the aura contained in the ingredients, which is convenient for practitioners to absorb.


    Although taiyimen planted a large number of Linggu, most of them had to be sold and exchanged for various materials.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect can''t have enough spiritual Valley to eat.

 Chapter 28

    Like before, Meng Zhang, as a seed disciple of Taiyi sect, only supplied ten kilograms of LingMi a month.


    When Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, there were too few disciples. In order to improve the disciple''s cultivation as soon as possible, he ordered to relax the supply of LingMi.


    It was rare to go out. Meng Zhang also had a luxury and ordered a table of spiritual food in the restaurant of Linquan temple.


    The chef under Lin quanguan is really good at cooking. The simple ingredients have all the colors, flavors and flavors, making people''s index fingers open.


    After enjoying the spiritual food, Meng Zhang Ran Qi in the room of the restaurant to refine the spiritual food just absorbed. Anyway, this is the site of Linquan temple. Don''t worry about being disturbed.


    Meng Zhang''s refining speed was very fast, and all the absorbed spiritual power was integrated into his true Qi. A small amount of spiritual food left in the body that has not been absorbed will slowly release Reiki and nourish the flesh in the next few days.


    For practitioners in the Qi refining period, the effect of eating spiritual food to absorb spiritual Qi is better than directly absorbing external spiritual Qi.


    As the saying goes, food is better than medicine. Long term consumption of spiritual food can not only provide sufficient aura for the body to absorb, but also, unlike taking pills, there are erysipelas residues in the body and even drug resistance.


    Of course, if you eat spiritual food every meal every day, even the cheapest spiritual food is not affordable to ordinary practitioners.


    After coming out of the restaurant, Meng Zhang made several rounds and walked towards the northwest corner of Fangshi.


    At this time, night has come. In the square city, there are already thousands of lights.


    Except for a few shops, most of them will not continue to operate at night.


    At this time, most parts of the streets of mingshafang city became deserted. However, Meng Zhang''s walking direction became more and more lively.


    Before Meng Zhang reached the place, people came and went and began to crowd.


    In the northwest corner of mingshafang City, this place has been a famous ghost city in the surrounding areas since many years ago.


    The so-called ghost market originally refers to the square market opened by ghosts in the underworld. In most parts of Yangjian, ghost market probably means night market.


    In the ghost city, there are almost no permanent shops, all of which are temporary stalls.


    On the stall, good and bad are mixed, and most of them are fake. Occasionally, there will be news that some people have been lucky enough to pick up leaks and buy rare treasures in the ghost market.


    For the management of ghost city, mingshafang city is open and closed.


    As long as it is not a street robbery or the use of force, the square market generally will not intervene.


    As for those who sold fake goods and were cheated, they only thought they were unlucky. Anyway, all transactions are paid and delivered on one hand, checked face to face, and then denied.


    Even so, every night after the ghost market opens, it is still like a cloud of guests, very lively.


    Meng Zhang followed the flow of people to his destination.


    It used to be a vast square, but now the ground is full of stalls, with only a few narrow passages for pedestrians to pass through.


    Although there are some lights in the ghost city, they are not bright, but very dark.


    If all the people who come in and out of here are practitioners, I''m afraid I can''t see the road clearly.


    Meng Zhang walked slowly through the stalls and glanced at them at will.


    He came here not to pick up the leak, but to buy several damaged magic tools.


    Blood refining martyrdom explosion is really a good spell to help Meng Zhang beat back Zhao Dong, the son of the Zhao family who has refined Qi for six times. It''s much more powerful than runes.


    For example, a talisman at the later stage of gas refining can draw first-class talismans.


    The power of the talisman is equal to the power of his general attack.


    If you use the blood refining and sacrificing explosion technique to refine a first-class magic weapon, the explosion power of the magic weapon is equal to the power of a monk in the later stage of Qi refining who fought his life with all his strength.


    But this spell has some limitations.


    First, during the Qi refining period, friars refine first-order magic tools with blood, and the success rate is very high. However, if you change to second-order magic tools, it is difficult to successfully refine blood. If it is a third-order magic instrument, it will not succeed in blood refining unless there is a miracle.


    It''s a damaged magic instrument that can also be used for blood refining. However, the damage degree of magic tools should not be too large. It is best to use those magic tools with most of their structures intact.


    For Meng Zhang, blood refining martyrdom explosion, as an explosive spell, can be used as a bottom card at a critical moment.


    He is only a five fold cultivation of Qi refining now. Although he is far more powerful than many friars of the same level, he is only a friar in the middle of Qi refining after all.


    If you use the blood refining martyrdom explosion technique to refine several first-class magic tools, you can launch an attack equivalent to that of a friar in the later stage of Qi refining.


    It''s too extravagant to use intact magic tools for blood refining. Meng Zhang can''t afford it. In order to save Lingshi, we have to come to the stall to buy cheap goods.


    Endless sand sea, although the place is barren and resources are scarce, all kinds of magic tools are not too scarce.


    In the history of endless sand sea, many wars broke out. Even now, there is a constant struggle between humans and between humans and sand monsters.


    There are many destroyed clan and family relics, and battlefield relics of different scales are all over the endless sand sea.


    Among the many monks, there are many monks who specialize in looking for these relics and excavating treasures from them. Many small clans and families even live on it.


    Except for a few intact items, most of these items excavated from the ruins are damaged.


    Of course, damaged does not mean worthless. It depends on your personal eyesight.


    In addition to some shops, the stall above the ghost market is the biggest way to ship these items.


    Meng Zhang took a few steps between the stalls and found the right target.


    It''s a small sword with broken tip, incomplete handle and rusty body.


    Meng Zhangyun broke through the false magic eye, looked through the outside, pointed to the truth, and directly saw through the internal structure of this magic instrument.


    Feeling that this sword was available, Meng Zhang came forward to bargain with the stall owner.


    Using his mind power, he was clear about the boss''s mind and quoted the price of ten inferior spirit stones.


    The bottom price in the boss''s mind is nine inferior spirit stones. Meng Zhang''s offer makes him very uncomfortable.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s tender face, he bullied the other party as a big baby and thought he had cheated a big fat sheep.


    Unexpectedly, the other party is still an old hand in bargaining.


    Finally, Meng Zhang successfully bought this magic weapon at the price of ten inferior spirit stones.


    Meng Zhang, who has the eye to break false magic, can see through the fake goods on the stall at a glance. Running his heart, he can roughly understand the boss''s ideas.


    No matter how eloquent and eloquent the soliciting boss is, he can''t be fooled.


    After a turn, Meng Zhang spent another eight inferior spirit stones and bought an incomplete white round bead.


    After walking around the ghost city, Meng Zhang, who was about to leave, inadvertently caught a glimpse of an item on a distant stall, stopped, and then walked slowly towards the stall.

 Chapter 29

    Meng Zhang walked slowly to the stall. First, he glanced at the goods sold on the stall, and then picked up a magic weapon like a mountain.


    "This piece of crap is Qianjun peak. If it''s broken like this, you can take it out to deceive people." Meng Zhang said impolitely.


    Qianjun peak is a magic weapon that wins by weight.


    The main material for refining Qianjun peak is the thousand dust with soil properties, which is a common material in the endless sand sea.


    Therefore, Qianjun peak of various grades and styles can be regarded as a popular magic weapon in the endless sand sea.


    The use of Qianjun peak is simple and rough. The user only needs to throw it on the target''s head after sacrificing it.


    Qianjun peak, as its name suggests, means that after this thing is smashed, it will have Qianjun power.


    This is certainly an exaggeration.


    Even if it is a second-order Qianjun peak, after smashing down, the power is still far from 20000 kg.


    If the first-order Qianjun peak has a maximum strength of two or three thousand kilograms, it will reach the sky.


    "My guest, this Qianjun peak is definitely not ragged, but a little old. It only needs a simple repair and can be used again."


    The stall owner ran the train with his mouth full and began to talk shamelessly.


    "You are an idiot when you are a young master. Half of the rotten goods are broken, but they are only a little old."


    Meng Zhang pointed to the Qianjun peak cut off in the upper half and scolded.


    "To tell you the truth, my young master is an apprentice of a tool smelter. No matter what magic tools are, you can see if they are useful at a glance."


    "This Qianjun peak has long been rotten and has no repair value at all."


    "I bought this thing just to practice my hand and try to extract the thousands of dust in it."


    The stall owner was stunned for a while. It turned out that he met a knowledgeable man who couldn''t use the tricks of slaughtering fat sheep.


    There are few weapon refiners in casual cultivation. In general, those who can cultivate instrument refiners are some sects and families with a little scale.


    "Don''t talk nonsense. You can give me a sincere price. If we can agree, I''ll buy this rag. If we can''t agree, I''ll turn around and leave without saying more nonsense."


    Meng Zhang continued to perform there.


    "Young master, look at this Qianjun peak. The weight alone is not light. If you refine materials, you can extract at least five or six kilograms of dust and sand."


    "Now on the market, at least ten inferior spirit stones are needed for a kilogram of dust and sand."


    "Today, as soon as I met the young master, I suffered a loss. I sold this Qianjun peak to the young master at the cost of 50 inferior spirit stones."


    The stall owner said with meat pain on his face.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang turned around and wanted to go without saying a word.


    "Don''t go, young master. The price is inappropriate. Let''s talk slowly."


    The stall owner quickly stopped.


    "You really treat me like a mallet. You should be able to extract more than three kilograms of dust from this ragged thing. I''ll swallow all the things on your floor, young master."


    "Also, you think that refining materials can be done by individuals."


    "Young master, I''m an apprentice of a noble weapon smelter. It takes a lot of effort and firewood to refine this junk."


    "If it weren''t for training skills, young master, I wouldn''t be interested in this junk."


    Meng Zhang played an apprentice of a tool refiner who was pampered and arrogant and knew a little about tool refining skills.


    The craftsman apprentice does not have the ability to refine tools alone. They are all helping the master or refining some low-level materials. Meng Zhang''s statement has no loopholes.


    It was another fierce bargain.


    Although through his understanding, Meng Zhang knew that the floor stall owner''s reserve price was 25 inferior spirit stones.


    However, in order to prevent making a fuss and worrying about the suspicion of the other party caused by the exorbitant price, he wants to try his best to promote the business.


    Meng Zhang worked hard and spent a lot of effort to buy this Qianjun peak at the price of 30 inferior spirit stones.


    Put this Qianjun peak into the storage bag. Meng Zhang forced down his surprise and left here quickly.


    The real value of this Qianjun peak is far more than 30 inferior spiritual stones, even 300 inferior spiritual stones.


    When Meng Zhang was about to leave the ghost city, a young man who looked furtive quickly walked to him.


    Meng Zhang thought that the other party was going to be bad for him, so he stopped and looked at the past. At the same time, run his heart to read each other''s thoughts.


    "I see." Meng Zhang, who knew the other party''s purpose, was relieved and became interested in this person''s goods.


    "My guest, I think you are very generous. Do you want to buy something special?"


    The young man was in his twenties. His seemingly honest face showed a few shrewd colors from time to time.


    Although he is not short, clean and energetic, showing the unique vitality of young people, his sneaky movements still make him less likable.


    "What''s special?" Meng Zhang asked knowingly.


    The young man looked around and led Meng Zhang to a remote corner not far away. Then take out a jade bottle and remove the cork.


    A faint fragrance of medicine came from the jade bottle, which was filled with several pills of pills.


    "It turned out that he was selling private pills." Meng Zhang said with disdain.


    In the cultivation world, there were a large number of alchemists in various schools and even scattered cultivation.


    The pills refined by these alchemists can circulate freely in the cultivation world.


    Many years ago, it was these freely circulating pills that triggered a large-scale magic disaster in the cultivation world.


    The major sects spent a lot of money to quell the evil disaster.


    After that, in order to avoid a repeat of history, pills of unknown origin were no longer allowed to circulate in the cultivation world.


    In all regions of the Xiuzhen world, there are powerful local sects, leading the establishment of the Dan division guild.


    The alchemy guild led the certification of alchemy masters and controlled the circulation of pills


    If an alchemist has not been certified by the alchemist guild, the refined pills cannot be sold without permission.


    In the surrounding area, it is the Dan division guild established under the leadership of Fei hongzong. Only major forces such as Shuangfeng Valley and Lin quanguan can join it.


    In this way, in fact, feihongzong and other big forces monopolized the supply of pills in the surrounding areas through the organization of Dan division guild.


    Moreover, the alchemist guild, an organization, also has the ability to control and exploit wild alchemists.


    Not all wild alchemists were originally intended to be controlled and exploited by the alchemist guild.


    Therefore, in the cultivation world, there is a so-called private pill secretly sold.

 Chapter 30

    According to the consistent publicity of the Dan division guild, these private pills secretly sold on the market basically have the problems of insufficient drug properties and too strong erysipelas. What''s more, eating dead people is not rare.


    As for the swindlers named buying pills and actually selling fake drugs, they are emerging one after another. You can often hear the news that some unlucky people have been cheated.


    These questions raised by the Dan master guild do exist. But it would be too much to say that all private pills are problem pills.


    The price of the regular pill recognized by the Dan master guild is so high that poor friars can''t afford it. In contrast, the price of privately made pills seems more conscientious.


    There are many kinds of pills, and they are not only pills to assist cultivation and improve cultivation.


    In fact, in the cultivation world, pills such as healing and detoxification are the main consumption.


    There is a market when there is demand. No matter how the guild of alchemy masters suppresses it openly or secretly, private alchemy has always been banned, and wild alchemy masters have always existed.


    As soon as the young man approached Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang read his thoughts with his heart.


    Small sects like taiyimen also have a demand for all kinds of pills. If you can spend less money and buy the right pill, it is certainly a good thing.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s private pill, the young man smiled and said politely; "You are the new leader of Taiyi sect, Meng zhangmeng. I''m Shi Weiming, just a small businessman."


    "I wonder if leader Meng is interested in my goods?"


    His accomplishments are similar to those of Meng Zhang. They are all in the middle of Qi refining.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual power can''t read the deep thoughts in his heart, but he can read many surface thoughts.


    Taiyi gate is not only a small family, but also a sect. This person found out his own information and wanted to catch up with the customer of Taiyi gate.


    "Of course, we are interested in the goods, but we don''t know the quality and type of the goods?"


    Meng Zhang did not beat around the Bush and went straight to the point.


    If ordinary people face people who suddenly take the initiative to sell door-to-door, they will probably have some vigilance and distrust.


    But Meng Zhang, who has a gift and a good heart, knows that the other party has no malice and just wants to do business.


    "In fact, I have dealt with Taiyi sect before. The former leader was Taoist Xuanling. We had several pleasant deals."


    "As for the types of goods, we basically have all the common goods on the market. If you are not confident about the quality of the goods, you can inspect the goods yourself."


    This young man named Shi Weiming also inquired about Taiyi gate in advance. After observing Meng Zhang for some time, he took the initiative to come to the door.


    "Here are two bottles of samples. You can have a look first."


    After receiving the two bottles of pills handed over by Shi Weiming, Meng Zhang carefully checked them. They are really good pills.


    One bottle is a Qi tonic pill for friars to break through the bottleneck in the early stage of Qi refining, and the other bottle is a pulse protecting pill for treating meridian damage.


    Whether Meng Zhang''s gifted power to break false magic eyes or his pill knowledge, they told him that there was no problem with the pill.


    "If all the goods are of this quality and the price is appropriate, we can buy a few bottles."


    Both sides have good faith in the transaction. After some bargaining, they reached the intention of the transaction.


    Shi Weiming provided Meng Zhang with a list of pills he could provide.


    Meng Zhang chose the type and quantity of pills he needed.


    The two sides agreed on the place of transaction in mingshafang city tomorrow evening. At that time, we will pay the money and deliver the goods.


    After the agreement was reached, Shi Weiming''s figure quickly disappeared into the darkness.


    Meng Zhang reached this deal not only to obtain relatively cheap pills, but also to obtain a channel. It''s best to have a relationship with the alchemist behind Shi Weiming. I don''t know when I have to ask for help.


    In fact, some farsighted sects and families will raise some alchemists at a cost even if they are unable to join the Dan master guild. Even if they can''t get in or out, they are all losing money.


    In addition to supplying their own needs, the most important thing is to hope that at the critical moment, they can not be pinched by outsiders.


    Meng Zhang also understood this truth. He also hoped that taiyimen could have its own alchemist. But this kind of thing is not urgent.


    Now taiyimen, first consider how to survive, and then have time to consider others.


    After leaving ghost city, Meng Zhang bought several kinds of medicinal materials from some open shops in the city and returned to the hotel.


    The guest room chosen by Meng Zhang is a single family courtyard. Although the price is a little expensive, it can keep enough privacy.


    Use the token issued by the hotel to open the prohibition of the courtyard. After entering the courtyard, Meng Zhang strolled around and checked it carefully.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s array knowledge, although there are some back doors in the protection prohibition of the courtyard, it is not used to monitor the guests inside.


    It seems that Lin quanguan has done a good job in this regard. No wonder he has a good reputation all the time.


    Compared with the hegemony of shuangfenggu, Lin quanguan, a Taoist temple, is more gentle in both style and policy, which means that the best is like water.


    There was no big problem with the prohibition of the small courtyard, and Meng Zhang was relieved.


    When he returned to the room, he first took out the Qianjun peak he had just bought.


    This Qianjun peak is a small mountain like magic weapon. It is seriously damaged. The head of the peak has been completely lost, leaving only the lower half. And the rest of the lower half is also scarred and looks like it''s going to fall apart at any time.


    Meng Zhang did not care about these, but carefully prepared the potion.


    He bought these herbs from several different stores. As for the secret recipe of modulation, it comes from the harvest in the place of trial.


    After a busy time, Meng Zhang prepared a pot of dark green potion.


    Then he smeared these potions on the surface of Qianjun peak, injected genuine Qi and shook gently.


    After a while, the surface part of Qianjun peak began to fall off layer by layer.


    Meng Zhang''s movements have been very careful for fear of hurting the appearance of this magic weapon.


    It took about half an hour for Meng Zhang to finally succeed.


    After the shell of Qianjun peak was stripped off, a pale gold metal mass was exposed inside. The surface of the metal mass is characterized by a dense layer of runes. These runes are missing a lot and obviously have lost their effectiveness.


    "Sure enough, there are treasures like refined gilding."


    "I don''t know this Qianjun peak was refined by the hammer refiner?"


    This Qianjun peak has obviously been for some years. I don''t know where it was dug from. It was sold on the stall in ghost city. It was cheaper for Meng Zhang, who knows the goods.

 Chapter 31

    Meng Zhang carefully looked at the group of refined gold, and probably found out the purpose of the tool smelter.


    Qianjun peak is a kind of clumsy magic weapon, which smashes people with brute force. In a strong collision, it''s easy to knock and bump, and it''s broken accidentally.


    Therefore, the talented tool smelter placed a mass of gold-plated runes inside the Qianjun peak.


    The function of this rune is not only to increase the power of sacrificing Qianjun peak, but also to automatically repair when Qianjun peak is damaged.


    In this way, this Qianjun peak makes up for its weakness and increases its power.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, the tool smelter is definitely a black sheep or a second commodity who doesn''t know the suffering of the world.


    Not to mention the cost of refining the rune, that is, the refined gilt, the price is close to 1000 inferior spirit stones.


    Even the first-class Qianjun peak is about 100 spirit stones.


    Meng Zhang, a poor man, admired the great skill of this hammer smelter.


    After struggling for a while, Meng Zhang put away the group of refined gilt.


    As for the shell melted by the potion, it is completely useless.


    With the refined gilding of thousands of spirit stones and the thousands of dust of dozens of spirit stones, Meng Zhang no longer sees them.


    Of course, if this layer of dust did not block the internal refined gilding, it would not be Meng Zhang''s turn to pick up the leak.


    This time, Meng Zhang also made a contribution by breaking the false magic eye, which made Meng Zhang see through the inside of this magic instrument at a glance.


    Next, Meng Zhang lost a lot of Qi and blood. The two damaged magic tools he just bought, the little sword and the white beads, were refined with blood according to the requirements of blood refining martyrdom explosion.


    After these things, Meng Zhang began to rest.


    Mingshafang city is mainly owned by Shuangfeng Valley, and the surrounding foundation building forces such as Lin quanguan and Liu family also have some rights and interests.


    But the best and most spacious shop in the square city belongs to Feihong sect.


    There are many foundation building friars in Shuangfeng Valley, known as one gate and ten foundation building friars. Among the many foundation building forces around, they are second to none.


    When facing Shuangfeng Valley, the surrounding foundation building forces such as Linquan Temple often give way.


    Although Shuangfeng Valley can dominate among the foundation building forces, when facing the Jindan sect like Feihong sect, it can only bow down and be a minister.


    Although mingshafang city is the foundation industry painstakingly established by Shuangfeng Valley, a large part of the income of mingshafang city must be turned over to feihongzong.


    Moreover, the best shops in the square city should also be selected by feihongzong first. Only when feihongzong picks the rest can it be the owner of shuangfenggu.


    Fortunately, Feihong sect belongs to the sect of Taoism, and its style of action is relatively mild. It is not too harsh for the vassal forces of shuangfenggu.


    Meng Zhang''s shop is the Feihong building opened by Feihong Zong in mingshafang city.


    Feihong building is a comprehensive business place. In addition to selling pills, magic tools, talismans, etc., it also buys all kinds of spiritual materials.


    Feihong building is a six storey high-rise building, which stands out among a group of buildings dominated by small buildings.


    Although feihongzong is the overlord sect in the surrounding area, as a commercial place, feihonglou also knows the truth of harmony to make money.


    The boys and waitresses who served inside didn''t have the slightest arrogance and seemed very obedient.


    Under the leadership of a young man, Meng Zhang came to the place where he specially purchased the refining materials.


    Feihong building is not domineering in business. It can barely make children and old people honest and fair.


    Meng Zhang emptied several storage bags and took out all the red copper.


    These red copper seem to have a lot of weight, but they only bought more than 100 inferior spirit stones in total.


    This is because the deacon in charge of the acquisition gave a favorable purchase price for the sake of the purity of this batch of red copper and sufficient Yang inflammation.


    Red copper is originally a bulk material. Meng Zhang is satisfied that this quantity can be sold at this price.


    Careful Meng Zhang refined all the red copper ore into finished red copper in advance. The deacon in charge of the acquisition did not ask about the origin of red copper.


    If Meng Zhang sells primary red copper ore, he may ask again to see where the ore comes from.


    However, the refined red copper comes from many sources, and it is impossible to judge whether it comes from that vein.


    In the first two months, a group of lucky casual repairmen excavated a relic hundreds of years ago and dug up thousands of kilograms of refined black iron.


    Such a large number of refined black iron poured into the market, which almost affected the market price of black iron.


    Finally, Feihong building, a big enterprise, took the initiative to eat the goods at a premium.


    Meng Zhang''s red copper can''t stir up the slightest storm in Feihong building.


    Of course, if feihonglou knew that Meng Zhang had mastered a new red copper vein, it might be another scene.


    After selling the red copper, Meng Zhang thought that the Feihong building was fair, so he took out the group of refined gilt.


    This mass of refined gilding was dealt with by Meng Zhang in advance. The runes drawn on it were all Meng Zhang''s knowledge, which was erased by Meng Zhang.


    Seeing this group of refined gold, the deacon in charge of the acquisition immediately brightened his eyes.


    After a careful examination, he bought this group of refined gilts at a high price of 1200 inferior spirit stones.


    Meng Zhang was also very happy. The refined gilt sold at an unexpected high price. He made a lot of money this time.


    Only after a year''s hard work can Taiyi sect earn a few spirit stones. I just turned around the stall and got such a big harvest.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knows that this kind of good thing can''t happen every day.


    However, with this unexpected wealth, not only will I be much more relaxed, but even the life of taiyimen will be much better.


    "Little brother, are there any good things? Don''t worry, we can eat any more goods in Feihong building." the Deacon asked casually.


    Meng Zhang was worried, but he looked dejected.


    "No, no, this harvest is so much."


    "Our brother took a great risk and lost a lot of people before he discovered a monk''s cave. Unexpectedly, there is no other valuable goods in it except this pile of refining materials."


    "If this pile of materials had not been sold at a good price, we would have lost money this time, and we would not even be able to take out the pension of our dead brothers."


    The Deacon did not know whether he believed Meng Zhang''s words or not. He no longer continued to speak and test.


    After the money and goods were cleared, Meng Zhang left Feihong building in a hurry.


    A monk dressed as a guard, who had just witnessed the transaction, came to the Deacon.


    "Shall we..." made a beheading move.


    "Your eyelids are too shallow. You want to plot evil for this spirit stone. The signboard of our Feihong sect is not so worthless."


    The Deacon glared at each other and scolded him impolitely.

 Chapter 32

    After Meng Zhang left Feihong building, he turned around outside and entered a teahouse called Sihai building.


    In the endless sand sea, almost all the square cities have four seas buildings.


    Sihai building is an extremely famous commercial intermediary, which is opened by famous businessmen and tourists.


    In the Four Seas building, it provides information on the purchase and sale of various materials, and also bridges the spiritual forces of all parties to promote cooperation.


    In addition, Sihai building also publishes all kinds of employment information and tasks. In addition to receiving tasks here, casual monks and even religious friars can also publish their own information and find suitable employers.


    The details of you family, not to mention Meng Zhang, don''t even know many bags in the cultivation world.


    According to the information released by Youjia, Youjia is a huge chamber of commerce with huge power, covering the entire endless sand sea, and even connecting the Middle Earth continent.


    In the endless sand sea, the Youjia chamber of Commerce has a special status, and even the Feihong sect has to give way to it. Other forces dare not easily provoke the tourists.


    In mingshafang City, Sihai teahouse is a magnificent building second only to Feihong building.


    The first floor is a wide hall, and the four walls are all layers of light curtains rippling like water waves.


    All kinds of strange information are clearly displayed on the light curtain.


    Acquisition, purchase, release tasks, employment and other information have always been refreshed on it.


    When Meng Zhang walked in, the hall was crowded with people.


    Meng Zhang finally found a place to stay and read the information on the light curtain.


    The information on the light curtain is all inclusive and accurate. It is also guaranteed by the Sihai building.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself, "I didn''t expect that there are such intermediaries and business ideas in this cultivation world. In this way, it is much more convenient and I don''t have to run around any more."


    According to the information on the light curtain, Meng Zhang contacted several casual repairmen through the intermediary of Sihai building.


    These casual repairmen are Lingnong. They give their information to Sihai building in the hope of finding a suitable employer through Sihai building.


    Meng Zhang talked to these spiritual farmers respectively, and at the same time operated his heart to read their minds.


    Finally, Meng Zhang did not choose any of them.


    Some of these people are too active, and Meng Zhang feels that they are not stable enough. Some cowhide blow to heaven, and their actual spiritual planting skills are too poor.


    What''s more, some of them are professional spies, who specially inquire about all kinds of information of employers and then sell it.


    Meng Zhang was a little angry and smiled. Sihai building, an intermediary, is a little unworthy of its name.


    The fat deacon in charge of receiving Meng Zhang observed his words and colors and noticed Meng Zhang''s dissatisfaction.


    Although there is no saying that customers are God in this world, as a successful business, it is its bounden duty to meet the reasonable needs of customers and make customers happy.


    "Leader Meng is not satisfied with these people?" the fat deacon asked tentatively.


    "Sihai building is such a famous place that even a qualified spiritual farmer can''t be found." Meng Zhang said unhappily.


    The fat deacon hesitated and said, "there are two candidates, but the situation is a little special."


    Under the questioning of Meng Zhang, Deacon Pang said the particularity of the two candidates.


    Wang Shitou, before awakening Linggen, was a farmer digging in the soil.


    At the age of 16, I was lucky to wake up Linggen, but the Linggen of the lower level was too poor to join the local sect.


    Later, he worked as a servant for a casual practitioner. Only then did he get the teaching of cultivation skills and slowly enter the cultivation world.


    Although this person''s spiritual root qualification is very poor, he has great talent in spiritual planting. With some patchwork spiritual planting spells and years of planting experience, he has also become a good spiritual farmer.


    After getting married and having children, he had a son who also had a bad spiritual root.


    Under the cultivation of Wang Shitou, the son also became a spiritual farmer.


    Three years ago, Wang Shitou and his son Wang Shengjie were hired by the Liu family to take care of a spiritual field.


    It is said that it seems that some dandy disciple of the Liu family made trouble, harmed the Lingtian and caused the Lingtian to fail.


    But the Liu family put the black pot on the Wang family and son and cleaned them up.


    The Wang family took out their savings over the years to compensate the Liu family for their losses and reluctantly escaped.


    Now the penniless Wang family and his son urgently need to find a new employer.


    However, as a result, the reputation of the Wang family and his son has been corrupted by the Liu family.


    Two spiritual farmers who failed to harvest in the spiritual field, but no owner will hire them.


    Second, they are worried that hiring Wang''s father and son will offend the narrow-minded Liu family.


    Therefore, although the employment information of the Wangs and their sons was handed over to Sihai building early, no employer has hired them.


    Thinking that the spiritual field of Taiyi gate was about to harvest, Meng Zhang ignored many and asked the fat deacon to bring people to him.


    Wang Shitou is a simple and honest old farmer. Wang Shengjie is an honest child who is a little shy and will be shy in front of outsiders.


    After a few simple conversations, Meng Zhang judged that the spiritual planting skills of father and son were really good.


    Both of them have triple cultivation of Qi refining. Although their cultivation is a little weak, it doesn''t matter too much.


    According to the information read by his heart, both father and son are honest people with no heart.


    Among the nearby Zhuji families, the Liu family is famous for its insidious and poisonous snakes.


    However, Meng Zhang estimated that he just hired two Lingnong. The Liu family shouldn''t go too far.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the Liu family felt it hurt their face, would they still call the door?


    At least Taiyi gate is also a vassal of Shuangfeng valley. The annual sacrifice is not paid in vain. The Liu family wants face, and the domineering shuangfenggu wants face even more.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and decided to hire the two father and son in front of him.


    The father and son, who were almost at a dead end, naturally had no choice but to thank Meng Zhang for his kindness.


    Witnessed by the fat deacon of Sihai building, the two sides signed a contract, agreeing on the rights and obligations of both sides.


    Meng Zhang did not take the opportunity to lower the price, but hired the two father and son at a very fair price.


    Through the agency of sihailou, Meng Zhang also bought a large number of food for ordinary people and some daily necessities.


    In the endless sand sea, due to the dangerous environment, there are few commercial exchanges between mortals, and gold and silver are of little natural use.


    Meng Zhang Mingming just bought some mortal supplies, but he had to pay with the spirit stone, which made him feel a little worthless.


    Meng Zhang can''t take so many things back alone.


    So he asked Sihai building to contact the caravan.


    After the contract was signed, Meng Zhang had something to do. He simply took the two father and son back to his rented Hotel and let them stay temporarily.

 Chapter 33

    After settling down the Wang family and his son, Meng Zhang continued to wander around the market. In addition to buying many common materials for truth cultivation, he mainly bought mortal servants.


    The sects in the surrounding area, whether Feihong sect, Shuangfeng Valley and Linquan temple, boast of being famous and decent. At least on the surface, we are opposed to such activities as population trading.


    If you have policies, I have countermeasures.


    The powerful and powerful among all men can be domineering, and there are groups of slaves. As a Supreme Master of cultivation, how can there be no mortal servants to serve?


    Therefore, there are some merchants selling mortal servants in each square city.


    Anyway, this is not a population sale. It''s just to facilitate you and improve your quality of life.


    Of course, large-scale sale of mortals is still not possible. Only a small number of mortal servants can be sold for the practitioners to buy.


    As for the source of these mortal servants, it is complicated.


    Some living oases were broken by sand monsters or monsters, lost their homes, could only be displaced and become refugees. Becoming a servant is a way for refugees to survive.


    Some of the attached clan or family are destroyed, and ordinary people naturally will not come to a good end. It is good to be sold as servants.


    There are even gangs that rob mortals in the cultivation world.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang always felt that there were too few mortals in the sweet water oasis under taiyimen.


    The number of mortals is too small, and there are naturally few disciples with spiritual roots.


    At a merchant, Meng Zhang bought mortal servants.


    These mortal servants were not bought alone, but in groups of a hundred. Each person is limited to one group at a time.


    Among this group of mortals, the old, the weak, the sick and the disabled, women and children, young and strong teenagers all have it, which is a kind of collocation.


    Other big families of the sect certainly don''t like this population. The number of mortals under their rule is tens of thousands.


    But for a small clan like taiyimen, these people are a useful supplement.


    Such a hundred mortals spent fifty inferior spirit stones of Meng Zhang.


    After shopping, Meng Zhang contacted the fat deacon of Sihai building again and got good news.


    The day after tomorrow, there will be a caravan transporting baizang earth mine from mingshafang city.


    The caravan''s route happened to pass near Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang asked the fat deacon to contact the caravan. After paying a spirit stone, the other party agreed to take Meng Zhang''s servants and goods.


    After being busy for most of the day, Meng Zhang finally finished his business. Meng Zhang returned to the hotel to have a rest.


    When night fell, Meng Zhang came to the place agreed with Shi Weiming last night.


    Meng Zhang had already started early. Unexpectedly, Shi Weiming had already been waiting there.


    Without much nonsense, Meng Zhang took out the long counted Lingshi and handed it to Shi Weiming.


    After confirming that the spirit stone was correct, Shi Weiming gently whistled.


    After the whistle, a middle-aged man didn''t know from which dark corner he ran out. He ran to Meng Zhang and handed over more than ten jade bottles to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang checked carefully and nodded to make sure the deal was reached.


    Meng Zhang, who was about to leave, suddenly smiled and said to Shi Weiming; "Brother Shi, you just trust me. Don''t worry about me buying you?"


    For a long time, all forces in the Dan division guild have tried their best to crack down on the circulation of privately made Dan medicine.


    If Meng Zhang goes to the Shuangfeng Valley disciple in charge of mingshafang city and reports Shi Weiming''s selling private pills, there may be a large reward.


    Meng Zhang would not do such a stupid thing, but he can ask and test each other.


    "Taiyimen is a big family and has a great career. How can leader Meng do such things that harm others and do not benefit himself." Shi Weiming said with a smile.


    Without his understanding, Meng Ming understood Shi Weiming.


    People must have investigated their details before trading. If they betray them, they will certainly retaliate against themselves and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang smiled and exposed the matter.


    Meng Zhang was about to leave when Shi Weiming suddenly asked.


    "I heard that some medicinal materials have also been planted in Taiyi gate?"


    Linggu snow fragrant rice is mainly planted on the Lingtian of taiyimen. The planting of medicinal materials has high requirements for spiritual planting and manpower. Therefore, there are not many medicinal materials planted in taiyimen.


    As soon as the other party opened his mouth, Meng Zhang understood the other party''s intention and told the other party the type and approximate quantity of medicinal materials planted by taiyimen.


    Shi Weiming offered a proposal that Meng Zhang could exchange the medicine produced by taiyimen for refined pills.


    In addition, they can also purchase taiyimen medicinal materials at a premium.


    From the simple contact with Shi Weiming, Meng Zhang knew that the wild alchemist behind the other party had extraordinary attainments in alchemy, and there was a force under his hand.


    Many friends and many roads. Meng Zhang does not exclude making such a wild alchemist. Moreover, it is also a good thing that taiyimen''s medicinal materials can have an additional shipping channel.


    "If you are interested in taiyimen medicinal materials, it is a great good thing," Meng Zhang said.


    The two sides simply agreed on the contact information and transaction details in the future, so they were separated.


    After parting, Meng Zhang wandered around the ghost city, but he didn''t get any results.


    I think it''s a good thing to pick up leaks. How can it happen every day.


    Meng Zhang returned to the hotel and was speechless all night.


    Recently, Taoist Qingling learned the new spiritual planting knowledge provided by Meng Zhang and made great progress in spiritual planting. Meng Zhang is going to try and plant more herbs in the door.


    After all, although the planting of herbs is more difficult, the profit is also higher than that of simple planting Linggu.


    The talisman of Tu Dun Shu is also on Meng Zhang''s shopping list.


    Because you must have at least the cultivation in the later stage of Qi refining before you can initially dabble in all kinds of Dunshu. Therefore, the most low-level talismans of earth escape are first-class.


    Moreover, in the endless sand sea, earth hiding has various wonderful functions. Whether it is to explore underground relics or to escape at a critical juncture, it is very easy to use.


    Therefore, Tu Dun''s talismans are not only expensive, but also very popular. They often have a price without a market.


    Meng Zhang went to several shops and spent a lot of money on Lingshi. He only bought ten first-class earth Dun talismans.


    Meng Zhang had been ready to buy a more powerful flying sword for a long time, but he looked at it in all the shops in the square city. Meng Zhang, who has some kind of obsessive-compulsive disorder, always felt dissatisfied. It''s either too expensive or not powerful.


    After running all day, Meng Zhang didn''t buy his favorite flying sword.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang continued to wander in the ghost city.


    I was lucky that night. I let him pick up the leak again and bought a good body protector at a low price.

 Chapter 34

    The appearance of this body protector is the style of a goggle. Except for several small gaps, the overall structure is basically intact, that is, there is a large groove behind the mirror, and the groove is empty, leaving only one gap.


    The friar who first discovered the goggle in a relic saw that the structure of the goggle was basically excavated and tried to refine it, but he couldn''t refine it successfully, let alone use this magic tool.


    The friar was also a little knowledgeable. He thought that a spirit stone should be installed in the groove as the source of spiritual power for the goggles.


    However, no matter what kind of spirit stone he put on, he still can''t use this magic tool.


    This goggle has changed hands several times and can''t be used. So finally, it came to the stall in ghost city as waste.


    It is not uncommon for many magic tools to be in good condition, but they are damaged inside, which makes them unusable.


    Therefore, the stall owner sold it to Meng Zhang at a slightly higher price than selling waste products.


    Meng Zhang has the information of this magic weapon in the knowledge of refining tools obtained in the place of trial.


    This type of magic weapon is called Hai Lan mirror. The refining technique comes from the East China Sea. I don''t know how one of them fell into the endless sand sea.


    The groove behind the mirror should not simply place the spirit stone, but a mixture of Hailan stone and water system spirit stone.


    After Meng Zhang got the magic weapon, he first rushed to Feihong building, and then returned without success.


    After all, Hailan stone is a spiritual material produced at the bottom of the sea. The endless sand sea is more than 18000 miles away from the sea. Moreover, on the side of the endless sand sea, Shanghai Lanshi is basically not used.


    Finally, Meng Zhang came to Sihai building.


    The fat deacon who received him checked the goods list of Sihai building. There was no Hailan stone in it.


    Fortunately, there was a deacon transferred from other places in the Sihai building, and there happened to be two Hailan stones in the storage bag.


    Meng Zhang bought it at a high price. Considering that Hailan stone is a consumable, he asked Sihai building to order a batch of Hailan stone.


    The business of Sihai building is very large, and the scope of business is far beyond the endless sand sea. There is no problem in completing such a simple order.


    But in terms of price, Meng Zhang made a little blood hard.


    After all, the endless sand sea is too far from the sea. A long distance can make cabbage more expensive than pork.


    Meng Zhang wondered whether he had picked up a leak this time. If you count the cost of Shanghai Lanshi, your investment in this magic weapon is not small.


    Back at the hotel, Meng Zhang mixed two Hailan stones and a water spirit stone according to a special technique and placed them in the groove behind the mirror.


    Refining this magic instrument is very simple and requires little effort.


    After refining, Meng Zhang only needs to gently urge, and the sea LAN mirror will release a layer of sea blue light film to protect Meng Zhang''s whole body.


    Meng Zhang asked the Wangs to attack him. Both father and son tried their best, but they couldn''t make the slightest ripple on this light film.


    Meng Zhang is quite satisfied with the protective power of this Hailan mirror and feels that he has no loss.


    Without words overnight, if the three of Meng Zhang didn''t have Meng Zhang''s business, the caravan would have to transport a large number of goods and sell them slowly along the way.


    That will not only delay a lot of time, but also increase the risk.


    For door-to-door customers, walking is still very welcome.


    Lao Bu Lu not only had a lot of connections with Feihong Zongyuan, but also was in his early fifties and had nine accomplishments in refining Qi, which was enough for him not to care too much about young people from small families like Meng Zhang.


    I don''t know whether it''s the nature of businessmen or whether it''s really the case. He not only personally received Meng Zhang, but also had no airs. He warmly made friends with Meng Zhang.


    The servants bought by Meng Ming were sent to the back of the sand lizard camel, and the goods were loaded.


    The Wangs and their sons were arranged by Meng Zhang to take care of these mortals by the way.


    Meng Zhang mounted the wind chasing foal and set out with the caravan.

 Chapter 35

    The caravan set out. Twelve huge sand lizards and camels, in a long line, passed through the gate of mingshafang city in order and rushed to the north.


    Although the sand lizard camel is huge, it looks very clumsy. But in the desert, they are not slow.


    The wide soles of the sand lizard camel stepped heavily on the sand, leaving deep footprints. The huge body seems to move forward slowly and quickly.


    Controlling the sand lizard camel is not a very complicated thing. It only needs some simple commands, and they will move in one direction honestly.


    This simple job can be competent by ordinary people.


    On top of each sand lizard camel, several mortal drivers are arranged to drive the sand lizard camel in rotation.


    There are more than ten practitioners in the caravan as guards, all of whom are experts in the middle or late stage of gas refining.


    They ride all kinds of mounts under their crotch, basically all kinds of riding monsters.


    After leaving mingshafang City, you don''t have to worry about the terrain of mingshafang city. Sand lizards and camels don''t have to line up.


    Due to the relatively open place in the desert, sand lizards and camels are arranged in two rows, going hand in hand.


    The guards of the caravan dispersed on their own mounts.


    There are three faster guards who run far ahead. They should go to explore the way.


    Although I have been familiar with the road for many times, I dare not be too careless in terms of caravans.


    There are too many hidden dangers in the endless sand sea.


    The rest of the guards circled around the caravan to provide warning and protection.


    Meng Zhang rode the wind chasing foal and ran to the left of the caravan. Lao Bubu, as the master, also rode a monster to accompany Meng Zhang.


    "Master Lao is really too polite. The younger generation is a little flattered."


    "Leader Meng is the leader of the Taiyi sect. Maybe I will have a chance to cooperate with leader Meng in the future."


    He has traveled far and wide. He has been in business for many years. He has broad knowledge and interesting words. He is a very interesting old man, which is very easy to make people feel good.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for a long time, but he has developed a certain magnanimity of the leader. He did not show any timidity in his conversation with Lao bu.


    Before long, they talked happily and felt like old friends at first sight.


    Both of them intend to make friends with each other.


    Walking is mainly out of the instinct of businessmen. Multiple friends and multiple paths.


    Meng Zhang thought that at present, taiyimen has no other fixed income except the production of Lingtian. If the sect wants to grow, it must open up more financial resources.


    Although Meng Zhang earned a large amount of spirit stone by picking up the leak in mingshafang city this time, the whole sect can''t count on him alone.


    Meng Zhang already had a plan in mind. This time he returned to Taiyi gate and was ready to strictly clarify the sect system and distinguish between public and private income.


    In the conversation with Lao Bulu, Meng Zhang not only inquired about some road news from his words, but also hoped to obtain some business opportunities.


    Although he talked for a long time, Meng Zhang did not achieve his wish, but the relationship between the two became more harmonious.


    I think so. Business opportunities can''t be so easy to obtain.


    Although the speed of sand lizard camel is not slow, it stops every first half of the day to have a rest.


    Walking and stopping, Meng Zhang estimated that he had walked hundreds of miles in a day.


    In the evening, the caravan found a place, backed by a large sand dune, ready to stop for the night.


    For slow caravans, the desert at night is more dangerous than during the day.


    In the first two days on the road, I didn''t encounter any accidents on the road. I came all the way safely.


    No one will feel bored. When the caravan goes out, it is a peace.


    "The situation is not good. The spies in front found a team of sand monsters coming towards this side."


    At the moment, the hard expression on his face was different from the kind little old man just now.


    The sand monster is as terrible as the plague in the eyes of mortals to the practitioners in the endless sand sea.


    No one knows the specific origin of the sand monster, let alone the details of its birth.


    Soon after the practitioners appeared in the endless sand sea, sand monsters appeared in the endless sand sea.


    Sand monsters are extremely hostile to cultivators. As long as they meet cultivators, they will never die.


    In the desert, some sand monster nests often appear in some hidden places.


    With the passage of time, more and more sand monsters will be born in the nest. When the number accumulates to a certain extent, sand monsters will leave the nest in groups and go out to hunt cultivators.


    There have been previous practitioners who tried to communicate with sand monsters, but they didn''t have the slightest effect.


    Sand monster is a monster without independent wisdom, only various instincts.


    Hunting cultivators is the biggest instinct of sand monsters.


    Sand monsters have been raging in the endless sand sea for a long time. There have been countless Xiuzhen people killed by sand monsters and destroyed Xiuzhen families and sects.


    In those days, the sand monster was a lingering nightmare for taiyimen.


    Hearing the news of the emergence of the sand monster, Meng Zhang, who had been calm, turned a little white.


    In the cultivation world, there is not no big sect, which has organized a large-scale suppression of sand monsters.


    But sand monsters are just like cockroaches. They can''t kill them at all.


    After the sand monster''s nest is destroyed, a new nest will be born soon.


    Of course, no matter how hard it is to completely eliminate the sand monsters, as long as the sand monsters emerge in the endless sand sea, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces will immediately organize suppression to avoid the spread of disasters.

 Chapter 36

    A nearby guard asked bitterly, "can''t we avoid these sand monsters?"


    "It''s too late. The sand monster is in front of the caravan. There''s no time to turn and escape." Lao Bu''s face is very ugly.


    The guards around turned their eyes and began to consider whether to give up the caravan and escape.


    If you hadn''t worked hard in the caravan, someone might have escaped.


    The primary target of sand monster pursuit is the cultivator. As for mortals and monsters, they will not be merciful when they meet them. But I won''t deliberately go after them.


    In the endless sand sea, the oases broken by sand monsters all have the existence of practitioners, which attracted the attack of sand monsters.


    However, in the endless sand sea, which oasis has no practitioners?


    The oasis without the protection of practitioners has long disappeared into the sand sea for various reasons without waiting for the sand monster to attack.


    At this time, another messenger turned into streamer and flew over.


    After receiving the message, Lao Bu''s face became a little lighter.


    "According to the exploration, there are not many sand monsters in this team. Most of them are small sand monsters, only a few soldiers."


    After listening to the words of Lao Bu, everyone relaxed.


    The little sand monster''s strength is not good. He won purely by quantity.


    Even fully armed mortals can surround and kill a single little sand monster.


    Several soldiers level sand monsters are just equivalent to several practitioners in the Qi refining period.


    Knowing the specific strength of the sand monster, he restored his confidence.


    It''s not far from mingshafang city. He sent a messenger to inform mingshafang city of the news of the emergence of the sand monster, and then began to decorate it.


    "The number of sand monsters is small and their strength is not strong. We should take the initiative."


    "All the practitioners attack with me, and all people and camels stay where they are."


    He made the right decision.


    The primary target of sand monsters is the cultivator. He led all practitioners to take the initiative. Before destroying all practitioners, sand monsters will not take the initiative to attack sand lizards, camels and mortals.


    The decision to work and walk can avoid the loss of the caravan to the greatest extent.


    Meng Zhang, who was a little embarrassed in his shoes, said, "leader Meng, I''m really sorry. As a guest, I have to trouble you to come forward and fight. I''m really rude."


    "Master Lao, don''t be sorry. The sand monster is the public enemy of the cultivator. It is the responsibility of every cultivator to destroy the sand monster."


    Meng Zhang was not only looking forward to fighting the sand monster, but also worried.


    Lao Bu''s accomplishments are much higher than Meng Zhang''s. He has a good mind and can''t read his mind, but it''s basically certain that he has no malice towards Meng Zhang.


    When facing sand monsters, they should be teammates who can rest assured.


    In order to avoid the sand monster from attacking the caravan, even the Wang family and his son, who have been with mortals, were called to his side by Meng Zhang.


    "When I fight with the sand monster, you''ll stay with me. Don''t walk away." Meng Zhang ordered.


    When I made up my mind, I acted decisively. I immediately drove the monster mount under my crotch, led all the caravan guards, and ran to the front.


    The wind chasing foal is tall and has a wide back. It barely squeezed Meng Zhang''s three people.


    The wind chasing foal carried three people and kept up with the big team. He didn''t fall behind at all.


    This team, which is composed of all practitioners, has only moved a few miles and found the goal.


    Dust billowed in the distance, yellow sand covered the sky, and smoke and dust rose into the sky.


    The three spies who came out ahead are desperately driving the monster mount under their crotch and running here with all their strength.


    Behind them, sand and dust are catching up quickly.


    Although the distance is still far away and covered by dust, Meng Zhang''s false magic eye still sees the true face of the sand monster through the yellow sand in the sky.


    Sand monsters are tall and ferocious. Even the so-called small sand monsters are one head taller than normal adults.


    Several army level sand monsters as leaders are little giants compared with humans.


    The body of the sand monster is all composed of rough sand grains. Indeed, it is worthy of the name of the sand monster.


    Although there are many sand monsters, they are not disorderly at all.


    Under the leadership of several army level sand monsters, these sand monsters are like a disciplined army, arranged in a strict formation.


    When the sand monster team comes to an end, the wind and sand will roll around the team, filled with countless yellow sand.


    This not only adds a layer of defense to the sand monster team, but also increases the speed of the whole sand monster team.


    Although Lao Bulu is a businessman, he still shows a bit of the wind of a great general when facing the impact of sand monsters.


    At his command, everyone drove the mount to meet him. Obviously, he wanted to take them into his team before the sand monster caught up with the three spies.


    The monster mounts mounted by the caravan guards are specially selected, all of which are famous for their speed. In particular, the seemingly bloated camel riding on foot is a bit faster than the wind chasing foal riding by Meng Zhang.


    The three spies were lucky. They were fast enough and the people who answered them didn''t disappoint them. Before being caught up by the sand monster team, they successfully joined up with their teammates.


    After the caravan guards met, under the command of walking, everyone jumped off their mounts and lined up in front to face the impact of the sand monster team.


    Those mounted monsters have been domesticated for a long time and are basically well bred. At this time, we all know to take the initiative to run behind, so as not to get involved in the next battle.


    These caravan guards have been together for a long time and have a tacit understanding. Under the command of laboring walking shoes, they put out a horizontal line of long snakes to face the sand monsters.


    Formation is very important in the large-scale battle participated by the group of practitioners.


    The formation can give full play to its own strength and attack the strong with weakness.


    Some large religious sects also have a special war law array in the door, which is used for large-scale war in the cultivation world.


    Using the war array, friars can challenge beyond their level.


    In the war history of the cultivation world, the large-scale war law array composed of friars in the foundation period and friars in the Qi refining period can contain or even hurt the golden elixir immortal.


    Of course, these caravan guards can''t set up such a Dharma array. They only have a simple array to facilitate their own cooperation.


    I was probably worried that Meng Zhang, an outsider, was not familiar with cooperation. He didn''t let him enter the formation, but let him stand outside the formation, that is, the tail of the word long snake array.


    Meng Zhang led the king''s father and son to listen to the order.


    Although he was a little nervous, Meng Zhang was not nervous.


    However, the Wang family and his son have hardly participated in the fight in the cultivation world on weekdays. Now they feel dry lips and soft hands and feet in the face of this big scene.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s advance warning, they did not dare to escape.


    Watching the military parade yesterday morning delayed the time. Later, I hurried to update it and forgot to say happy National Day.


    On the 70th national day, I want to say a lot, but I don''t know where to start.


    Forget it, I can''t seem to read the author''s words, and I won''t talk nonsense at the end of the chapter, so as not to affect everyone''s reading.


    Still that sentence, I wish you a happy holiday and thank you for your support.

 Chapter 37

    If you run away early before you come into contact with the sand monster, and don''t run away until you are about to fight with the sand monster, people''s saliva stars can drown later.


    At that time, not to mention the Wangs and sons, the employer of taiyimen, I''m afraid it will be difficult to gain a foothold in the cultivation world in the future.


    Meng Zhang understood this truth, as did Wang Shitou, who had been fooling around in the cultivation world for many years.


    Therefore, although they were nervous and scared, the Wang family and their son still had the courage to stand next to the formation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect the two father and son to play much combat effectiveness. He just hoped that they wouldn''t run away and make trouble.


    Seeing that the enemy is ready, the sand monster that is impacting has also made adjustments.


    In the eyes of practitioners, sand monsters have no wisdom, only instinct. But this instinct of sand monsters, especially the fighting instinct, is actually quite amazing.


    The charging sand monsters slowed down, but the wind and sand around their team became more intense, and the yellow sand that covered their team became thicker and almost impossible to see through.


    Although the speed was slow, the sand monster team quickly entered the attack distance.


    At the order of walking, the practitioners in the team released a series of talismans.


    Talismans are good things. They don''t need to consume any Qi, let alone cast spells, they can exert their power.


    Especially for those who are slow in casting spells and have limited true Qi, it is almost indispensable.


    Fire, ice arrow, Earth Dragon and other attacks bombarded the sand monster team.


    The layer of sand outside the sand monster team played a great role at this time.


    Most of the attacks are blocked by the wind and sand. A small part of the attacks through the wind and sand cause limited damage to the sand monster team.


    After Lao Bu''s order, the talisman attack from the cultivator almost never stopped.


    All kinds of spells with various attributes continuously bombard the formation of sand monsters.


    This makes Meng Zhang''s eyelids tight.


    Consuming so many talismans at once is tantamount to burning a lot of spirit stones in vain. This local tyrant''s practice also opened his eyes.


    If these wealthy businessmen can do this, they will not be far from bankruptcy after the first World War.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have many attack talismans and didn''t participate in this attack. Instead, he used his destructive magic eye to see through the formation opposite.


    Instead, the Wangs and sons around him began to summon up courage, display wooden archery, and try to shoot wooden arrows to fly forward.


    Although their attack power is insufficient and their contribution to the war situation is almost zero, at least they have made great efforts. Even if it''s an affectation, it has an appearance.


    When he was walking and directing, he looked at six roads and put Meng Zhang without any action in his sight.


    "Although you are a guest, in this case, you should act as well."


    "Could it be that the boy who looks good is a Silver Pewter gun head that is not suitable for use. He was frightened by the sand monster at this time?"


    Lao Bu said a few words to himself, and his perception of Meng Zhang plummeted.


    Although the formation of sand monsters is blocked by the yellow sand in the sky, which can block the enemy''s observation, Meng Zhang''s false magic eye still sees through the enemy and finds out the enemy''s weakness.


    Meng Zhang, who has not made a move, finally waited for a good opportunity.


    Due to the talisman attack of the cultivator, the sand monster not only slowed down, but also the surrounding yellow sand became sparse, revealing some loopholes.


    Because sand monsters poison the endless sand sea too deeply and widely, all kinds of information about sand monsters, including weaknesses, are widely spread among the practitioners of the endless sand sea.


    Under the guidance of some large doors, they even specially compiled books on how to deal with sand monsters and distributed them everywhere.


    Over the years, the contents of these books have become almost known by word of mouth.


    Meng Zhang''s move was aimed at the weakness of the opposite sand monster formation.


    A long stored Shaoyang real fire turned into a fireball and shot out like lightning. It easily penetrated the yellow sand and hit a particularly tall sand monster in the team.


    This soldier level sand monster is one of the leaders of this group of sand monsters, and its position is just a node of the sand monster formation.


    After the fierce fireball hit the soldier level sand monster, it directly blew his body into flying sand.


    After the long accumulated attack, Meng Zhang felt that his body was empty, and most of his Qi was consumed.


    After all, he is still a cultivator in the middle of Qi refining. Even if he is strong, there is a limit to the true Qi in his body.


    After the blow, Meng Zhang had no time to return his Qi and hit again.


    This blow did not rely on his own strength, but threw out the damaged dagger bought from the stall.


    After blood refining and dying for explosion, this first-class short sword, after explosion, exerts its power not inferior to that of the friars in the later stage of Qi refining.


    In the explosion, the soldiers'' sand monsters close to each other at both ends were blown away, and a node was destroyed.


    Two important nodes in a row were destroyed, and the sand monster''s formation immediately became somewhat stagnant. The sandstorm of the guard team began to stagnate.


    Lao Bu''s heart screamed shame. He actually looked down on the young man.


    After a long battle, he did not miss the opportunity created by Meng Zhang, but commanded his men to make every effort.


    Lao Bu took the lead in releasing his most powerful magic weapon, a first-class earth attribute flying sword.


    The flying sword turned into an Earth Dragon and flew directly into the sand monster formation. He directly began to kill those soldier level sand monsters and continue to destroy the nodes of the other party''s formation.


    Practitioners no longer release talismans to fight Taiping boxing, but have come up with the ability to press the bottom of the box.


    For a moment, all kinds of magic tools and spells burst into the formation of sand monsters.


    After releasing the short sword, Meng Zhang quickly returned to his Qi and recovered his true Qi as quickly as possible.


    Seeing his own offensive and knowing that the sand monster''s defeat has been decided, he is certainly unwilling to continue to waste. Instead, he released his first-class junk flying sword and pretended to play Taiping boxing.


    The formation was broken and the strength of the sand monster team was greatly reduced.


    Just a few soldiers level sand monsters can''t stop the opposite group of practitioners.


    The number of small sand monsters is not too much, and it is not enough to cause qualitative change.


    Even the little sand monster, which can be killed by ordinary people, can only be blown to pieces in the face of the cultivator''s magic.


    Sand monsters have no instinct for normal creatures to be greedy for life and fear death, pursue good luck and avoid bad luck. When facing the cultivator, there is only the result of life and death and bloody battle to the end.


    None of the sand monsters escaped in the battle and were all destroyed by the cultivators.


    Most of the caravan guards were injured, and even two badly injured unlucky people.


    Fortunately, the treatment of the caravan was timely, and there were no casualties.

 Chapter 38

    The battle was over, but no one cleaned the battlefield.


    This is because the battlefield has nothing to clean at all. There will be nothing left except the sand all over the ground.


    This is also what the sand monsters hate.


    He tried his best to kill the sand monster, but he didn''t get the slightest benefit.


    The body of the sand monster is composed of all kinds of sand and stone. After the death of the sand monster, the body changes back to all kinds of sand and stones, which is basically worthless.


    Sand monsters have no magic weapons. The weapons they use are also made of sand and stone. When the sand monster dies, all weapons will naturally become sand and stone.


    If you kill the cultivator, you can pick up the storage bag; Kill monsters, you can collect fur, blood and meat; Killing sand monsters is a pure loss making business.


    Although the caravan guard defeated the sand monster team this time. But with the lost talismans and all kinds of healing pills consumed after the war, the caravan made a big loss.


    But there is no way to do this. Who let the caravan unlucky and hit the sand monster team?


    After comforting the guards under his hand, he walked to Meng Zhang and asked for warmth.


    It was Meng Zhang''s two moves that laid the foundation for the victory in the war just now.


    Whether it is the timing or power of the shot, it is wonderful to the peak.


    Just two shots broke the node of the sand monster formation and laid the foundation for completely breaking the sand monster formation.


    Lao Bu Lu believes that this can not be achieved by luck alone, but that Meng Zhang has a very high fighting talent and can grasp the key to victory.


    Through this war, he walked in his heart and further raised his evaluation of Meng Zhang.


    Before they said a few words, a blue flying boat flew from the direction of mingshafang city.


    The flying boat stopped over the battlefield. Two practitioners flew out of the flying boat and flew in front of the people.


    Flying without the help of external forces is a means that can only be possessed by practitioners during the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang has recognized the identity of one of them, who is an elder of the foundation period in Shuangfeng valley.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knows others, but they may not know him as a little monk. Meng Zhang will not take the initiative to ask for trouble.


    It is said that in mingshafang City, there are often many practitioners in the foundation period, led by shuangfenggu practitioners.


    This should be the reinforcements sent by mingshafang city after receiving the news of sand monster.


    "This is the same as the film and television dramas seen in previous lives. The police always appear after the gunfight." Meng Zhang couldn''t help but vomit.


    When Lao Bulu saw the reinforcements coming, he approached as the leader of the chamber of Commerce.


    Although Lao Bu Lu is only a cultivator in the later stage of gas refining, as a peripheral force of Feihong sect, Feihong sect''s tiger skin is very easy to use.


    The two practitioners in the foundation period did not put on a high airs, but their attitude was passable.


    Although this team of sand monsters has been eliminated, no one knows whether there are any sand monsters around.


    Especially important, when sand monsters appear, there will probably be sand monsters'' nests around.


    If you can''t destroy the nest before the sand monster grows, you''ll be in big trouble.


    If you are unlucky, a catastrophe sweeping mingshafang city may come.


    In the endless sand sea, there are no small things about sand monsters.


    After listening to Lao''s steps, he carefully checked the battlefield. Two practitioners in the foundation period released several communication runes.


    The flying boat flew high again and flew in the direction of the team of sand monsters.


    In the face of Feihong sect, the two practitioners in the foundation period did not recruit the escort of the caravan to participate in the search for the sand monster''s nest, but mobilized manpower from mingshafang city.


    I dare not stay here for fear of meeting sand monsters again or being involved in the war to eliminate sand monsters in mingshafang city.


    After meeting the sand lizards and camels in the rear, the team set off again without taking a rest.


    After this war, Lao Bulu''s attitude towards Meng Zhang was better.


    Along the way, he deliberately made good friends with Meng Zhang and talked to him many times.


    Probably the battle with the sand monster consumed all the bad luck.


    The next trip was safe and did not encounter new accidents and changes.


    After a ten day journey, the caravan finally arrived near the sweet water oasis.


    The caravan did not enter the sweet water oasis, but stopped almost ten miles away from the sweet water oasis.


    According to the original route, the place where the caravan stopped was far away from the sweet water oasis.


    However, due to the pleasant relationship with Meng Zhang along the way, Lao Bu took a little detour.


    After encountering sand monsters on the road, I felt like an arrow in my heart. I hurried to the baizang soil mine in fear of any accident delay on the road.


    Once the date is missed, it is not only the loss of property, but also the punishment of Feihong Zong.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s repeated invitation to visit Taiyi gate was politely rejected.


    Meng Zhang''s Herald has long been received. Tianzhen, with a large number of people driving camels in the sweet water oasis, has been waiting here early.


    After unloading all the goods, Lao Bu Lu hurried the caravan on its way regardless of Meng Zhang''s repeated warm retention.


    The people sent from the sweet water oasis brought back the goods and mortal servants bought by Meng Zhang to the sweet water oasis.


    After arranging these things, Meng Zhang Hotan town took the Wang family and his son back to Taiyi gate.


    Introduce the new farmer Wang''s father and son to the people in the door and settle them down. Meng ZhangCai finally finished his work.


    Next, without rest, Meng Zhang hurriedly summoned Tian Zhen and Taoist priest Qingling to discuss the next arrangement for the sect.


    Meng Zhang returned all the spirit stones he had taken from the sect library. Even the consumption of entering the place of trial in the past can be compensated with the income from this leak collection.


    Since then, Meng Zhang handed over the sect Treasury to Tian town for management.


    His personal belongings must be distinguished from those in the sect.


    Including Meng Zhang, the leader, no one in the door can freely take the property of the big Treasury in the door.


    After discussing with them, Meng Zhang formulated the supply standard of disciples in the sect and discussed the good work system in the sect together.


    Compared with before, the supply of cultivation materials for disciples has been increased again.


    In the original Taiyi gate, the system of good work popular in the cultivation world has always been implemented.


    When he first took over as the leader of Taiyi sect, he was in a hurry and was in power. There were too few people in the sect. Meng ZhangCai did not continue to implement the original good work system.


    By now, Meng Zhang feels that everything of the sect should start to get on the right track.


    The sect, including Meng Zhang, needs to obtain good work before they can exchange all kinds of items from the sect Treasury.


    On the contrary, most of the various books in the Sutra Pavilion, including the practice of truth, are free for the disciples of the sect after being sorted out by Meng Zhang. Only a small part of the content was temporarily hidden by Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 39

    Meng Zhang hid these books not because he kept them private, but because his disciples could not find their accomplishments. Reading these books was also harmful.


    Moreover, the Dharma cannot be lightly passed on. Some beginner skills can be directly taught to disciples. However, in order to obtain further skills, these disciples need to make contributions to the sect, prove their loyalty to the sect and express their willingness to integrate with the sect.


    The original good work system of taiyimen is still relatively perfect. Meng Zhang just made some simple modifications.


    In order to correspond to the good work system, the corresponding task system is also established.


    Meng Zhang has the position of leader. Both Tianzhen and Qingling Taoist priests have the position of elder. They can obtain fixed good deeds every month. If you make contributions to the sect, you can also get good deeds.


    Like the disciples on the mountain, they can take care of Lingtian and patrol the Mountain Gate... They can get good skills.


    After formulating these systems, release tasks, distribute good deeds, and exchange good deeds for items in the Treasury. All these chores are handled by the commoner elder of Tian town.


    Although it seems that there are a lot of affairs, there are not many disciples of Taiyi sect at present. He is also busy.


    Meng Zhang gave the medicinal seeds he bought in mingshafang city to Taoist Qingling and asked him to try planting them after the autumn harvest in Lingtian.


    After finishing the affairs in the door, Meng Zhang is not ready to rest.


    He called Ueda Zhen and Taoist Qingling together, rode on the wind chasing foal, and left Taiyi gate.


    They came to the place where Meng Zhang encountered sand insects last time.


    The last time he left, Meng Zhang carefully cleared the traces on the ground. But he didn''t remove the traces of sand insects passing through the ground.


    Let them wait in place. Meng Zhang cast the purchased Tu Dun rune.


    The first-class earth escape talisman can let Meng Zhang enter the ground less than ten feet deep and escape no more than ten miles away.


    After Meng Zhang escaped into the ground, he soon found the traces left by the sand insects.


    Along these traces, Meng Zhang fled all the way. After spending four earth runes, Meng Zhang found a Sandworm''s nest.


    Meng Zhang returned to the ground and summoned Tian Zhen and Taoist priest Qingling.


    Having experience in hunting sand insects, he used seismology to lead sand insects to the ground.


    A total of five sand worms, divided into two waves, came to the ground respectively.


    The three men worked together and it took a little effort to eliminate all the three sand worms.


    Neglecting to clean up the battlefield, Meng Zhang once again used the earth Rune to escape to the ground and enter the Sandworm nest.


    There was no harvest in the sand insect nest. There were a lot of insect eggs, which were destroyed by Meng Zhang, leaving none.


    Before the ten Tu Dun runes were exhausted, Meng Zhang finally found a red copper vein less than ten miles away from the Sandworm''s nest.


    Meng Zhang roughly estimated that there should be a lot of hematite in this vein.


    Now taiyimen has neither the ability to mine underground red copper ore nor the ability to comprehensively survey the ore vein.


    Meng Zhang could only remember the location of the ore vein firmly, and then returned to the ground.


    In the belly of five sand worms, there is no accident that there is a large amount of undigested red copper ore.


    Clean all the ore, collect it and put it into the storage bag.


    The battle traces on the ground and the corpses of sand insects were all destroyed by Meng Zhang, so as not to leave any trace.


    Finally, just in case, Meng Zhang even performed seismology many times to destroy the underground sand structure and destroy all the traces of underground sand insects.


    After doing everything they could, the three returned to taiyimen.


    The three secretly prayed that the news of this red copper vein could be kept secret until the day when taiyimen was able to mine.


    Meng Zhang decided to refine the red copper ore harvested this time and sell it in mingshafang city several times.


    Half of the harvest from the sale belongs to the sect library and half to three people, of which Meng Zhang accounts for the majority.


    In the following days, Meng Zhang''s main energy was put back on his own cultivation.


    Not only do you practice Shaoyang Qigong hard, but also learn many new spells.


    Many of the spells obtained from the place of trial are very practical and have high cultivation value.


    Wang''s father and son, who were hired by Meng Zhang, soon adapted to the life of taiyimen.


    Although the father and son are wild and have not accepted systematic inheritance, they do have good attainments in spiritual planting.


    The experience accumulated over the years has enabled them to cope with all kinds of work in the spiritual field.


    With the father and son, Taoist Qingling became much more relaxed and had more time to study new spiritual planting knowledge.


    The Wangs are also very satisfied with their life in taiyimen.


    Taiyimen is not a harsh master, but very generous. Pay on time not only in accordance with the employment agreement. Moreover, Taoist Qingling looked at the two father and son and gave them some advice on spiritual planting from time to time.


    Although Taiyi gate has declined for a long time, it has some details. The spiritual planting of Taoist priest Qingling still has a systematic inheritance and its own system.


    Especially after Meng Zhang got the knowledge from the place of trial, Taoist Qingling''s spiritual planting has made great progress and has a somewhat new atmosphere.


    Time passed quickly. In a twinkling of an eye, autumn came, and the harvest season came in Lingtian.


    This harvest is the Spirit Valley planted in the spirit field.


    Among the spiritual fields of taiyimen, there are 15 mu of spiritual fields specially planted with first-class Spirit Valley snow fragrant rice.


    Snow fragrant rice is as white as snow, and has a special aroma. It contains very mild spiritual power and is easy to absorb. It is the most widely eaten kind of spiritual rice in the endless sand sea.


    If it is on earth, a few strong workers can easily harvest 15 mu of land.


    But the Spirit Valley is not only troublesome to plant, but also not easy to harvest.


    The stem of Linggu is as tough as iron. Ordinary people can''t cut it at all. Only the special sickle filled with true Qi can be easily cut.


    Everyone in Taiyi gate, including Meng Zhang, worked hard for several days before harvesting the Spirit Valley.


    After the harvest of Spirit Valley, there are still a lot of troubles. If Meng Zhang hadn''t hired the Wangs and sons, the original staff of Taiyi gate would really be too busy.


    After the harvest of Linggu, Taoist Qingling didn''t get free.


    Some low-level herbs planted in the remaining spiritual field also came to harvest.


    After these, there are new herb seeds that need to be planted at a selected time.


    If there were not an old ox named Taoist Qingling in Taiyi gate, it would really be impossible to maintain it.


    According to the past practice, most of the Linggu harvested by taiyimen every year will be transported to mingshafang city for sale in exchange for Lingshi to maintain the operation of the sect.


    Meng Zhang decided not to do so in the future. The harvested Spirit Valley is left in Taiyi gate for the disciples to eat.


    As for the cost of Taiyi gate, the spirit stone in the big library can be maintained for the time being.

 Chapter 40

    In the past, taiyimen was a little squirrel like. The door desperately reduces the cost and saves all kinds of expenses. I want to store every spirit stone.


    It''s not bad to increase the sect''s savings. There is no sense of security around Taiyi gate who has experienced several disasters. We need to strengthen the inside information of the sect to deal with various complex situations.


    When Meng Zhang became the leader, he felt that it was better to train his disciples than to put the materials in the warehouse.


    The biggest problem of Taiyi sect now is that there are too few disciples and their accomplishments are too low.


    Wait until the sect disciples have a certain scale, and then consider increasing the sect savings.


    Although he calculated his personal belongings separately from the large storehouse in the door, Meng Zhang did not care about every detail, but subsidized a lot of the large storehouse.


    With Meng Zhang''s qualifications, if you leave taiyimen, you should have better development. To some extent, taiyimen really dragged him down.


    However, Meng Zhang was born and raised in Si, and had different feelings for taiyimen.


    Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of Taiyi sect, regarded Meng Zhang as the hope of revitalizing Taiyi sect, and Meng Zhang would not let him down.


    Moreover, while Meng Zhang paid for the sect, he also gained a lot.


    There are selfish people in Taiyi gate, such as Fang Meng and Zhenling. But there are also people who are loyal to the sect and willing to pay for the sect.


    In Taiyi sect, others don''t say, like Taoist priest Qingling, although his cultivation is mediocre, he can mix well outside with a good spirit planting skill.


    But he would rather work harder, stay in the door, be an old scalper willingly, and try his best to maintain the operation of the sect.


    Although Tian Zhen has poor qualifications, he is extremely loyal to the sect and dares to serve.


    Meng Zhang, who has all kinds of concerns, would rather delay some practice time and carry forward Taiyi gate.


    After the autumn harvest, good news came from sweet water oasis one after another.


    In the sweet water oasis, two teenagers awakened Linggen and were received by Taiyi gate.


    One is Li Kang and the other is Meng Yi, the son of the Meng family.


    At that time, the Meng family was once a well-known Xiuzhen family around. The family had a number of monks, a first-order spiritual pulse and its own oasis.


    Fifteen years ago, sand monsters were rampant, and several forces around them suffered.


    Meng''s oasis was also broken at that time.


    The Meng family suffered heavy casualties, and almost all the family friars died in the war. Only a few mortals escaped and were taken in by taiyimen, who has always been friendly with the Meng family.


    Meng Zhang also lost his parents and relatives in the disaster. As a baby, he was saved by the taiyimen friar who came to meet him, together with some people.


    Living in sweet water oasis until he was six years old, Meng Zhang awakened Linggen.


    Using the spirit measuring disk, it was detected that Meng Zhang had a top-grade spirit root. Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of Taiyi sect, concealed the news and took Meng Zhang as his own disciple to raise him in person.


    There are new disciples in Taiyi sect, including a member of the Meng family. Meng Zhang is very happy.


    Although after measuring the spirit with the spirit measuring plate, they are both inferior spirit roots and the worst, Taiyi gate, which is in urgent need of manpower, needs to be supplemented.


    After the simple introduction ceremony, two more disciples of Taiyi gate.


    A few spirit grasses originally planted in taiyimen also began to harvest one after another.


    Although the level of lingcao is not high and the number is small, Shi Weiming, who is responsible for trading with Meng Zhang after he brought all lingcao to mingshafang City, is still very satisfied.


    Meng Zhang also felt that the wild alchemist behind Shi Weiming should have a great demand for all kinds of spiritual herbs.


    Mingshafang city is only 700 miles away from Taiyi gate. Without any drag, Meng Zhang can get there in half a day by riding a wind chasing foal.


    After a night''s rest, he stayed in mingshafang city for the night. He would go to the ghost city.


    Meng Zhang returned to the sect''s pill. He didn''t take it.


    After taking the elixir to improve cultivation, it takes time to slowly dissolve the elixir. You can''t cultivate in the time of dissolving erysipelas.


    With the qualification of Meng Zhang''s top-grade spiritual root, it''s a waste of time. It''s much more efficient to absorb the aura of heaven and earth than taking pills.


    At least during the Qi refining period, he doesn''t take any pills. He only needs to eat spiritual food such as Spirit Valley.


    The most important thing is to have enough aura to absorb.


    However, the Qingling Taoist Hotan Town, with poor Linggen qualification, spent the sect''s good skills to exchange some pills to improve cultivation.


    With pills and sufficient cultivation resources, their accomplishments have been significantly improved.


    Especially Taoist priest Qingling, his cultivation finally entered the sixth level of Qi refining.


    However, with his spiritual root qualification, it is more difficult to break through to the later stage of Qi refining. It will take more resources, not to mention a long time.


    At the age of 50, the cultivation of Qingling Taoist priest can already see the peak in his life.


    However, Taoist Qingling himself didn''t care too much about the breakthrough of cultivation realm. His main time and energy were still focused on spiritual planting.


    If it were not for the limitation of some spiritual planting on the cultivation realm of a monk, he might not spend much time practicing.


    With the improvement of spiritual planting, Taoist Qingling can plant more miraculous medicines.


    Meng Zhang brought back those elixir seeds, which were just in use.


    After this year, Meng Zhang will be seventeen.


    That was the year when his cultivation entered the sixth level of Qi refining.


    The pass from six to seven is the bottleneck between the middle and late stage of gas refining.


    In terms of his spiritual root qualification, there is no so-called bottleneck at all. Just practice step by step, and when the heat comes, the realm will naturally break through.


    After staying in Taiyi gate for so long, the Wangs and their sons also have a certain feeling for Taiyi gate, and have some yearning for Zong gate life.


    With the intention of both Taiyi gate and Wang family, Wang Shengjie officially separated from Keqing''s identity and joined Taiyi gate and became an official disciple.


    Wang Shitou is too old to join the sect. He still retains the identity of guest Qing.


    However, in order to show his sincerity, he still received all the people of the Wang family among mortals to live in the sweet water oasis.


    In the endless sand sea, the migration of mortals is still a troublesome thing. Meng Zhang came forward in person to get it done.

 Chapter 41

    With the improvement of Taoist priest Qingling''s spiritual planting, the spiritual grass planted in taiyimen spiritual field is increasing in both quantity and quality.


    There are no major events in the sect. Meng Zhang''s main energy is still on cultivation.


    In addition to practicing Shaoyang Qigong, we also focus on practicing the spells obtained in the place of trial. When the cultivation is similar, who has more and stronger spells can become a factor determining the outcome.


    Meng Zhang also spent a lot of time learning and digesting the knowledge acquired in the place of trial.


    With this knowledge related to the cultivation of all kinds of skills, taiyimen has no shortage of theoretical knowledge at least in cultivating professions such as alchemists and tool refiners.


    But at present, no disciple of Taiyi sect has shown this talent. The most people in the sect learn spirit planting.


    Spiritual planting is easy to learn but difficult to master. It''s easy to get started. It''s not difficult to become a low-level spiritual farmer. However, to climb high, the difficulty is not necessarily smaller than that of alchemists and tool refiners.


    Meng Zhang also thought that he should choose one of the hundred arts of cultivating truth to study and develop a deputy.


    With Meng Zhang''s heart, as long as he makes a choice, he will certainly promote this deputy to a high level before he will give up.


    It takes a lot of time and resources to master any one of the hundred arts of cultivating truth.


    So far, Meng Zhang has neither too deep interest nor high talent in any of the hundred arts of cultivating truth.


    Neither taiyimen nor Meng Zhang''s own financial resources allow him to waste too many spirit stones to try and make mistakes.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not selected his deputy.


    Meng Zhang is young anyway, and he is not in a hurry. Moreover, those who practice truth do not have to practice all kinds of skills and develop their own deputy.


    Meng Zhang''s current life has been enriched enough.


    Meng Zhang''s life in taiyimen was quite comfortable. Only the news came, which completely ruined his mood.


    That morning, just after Meng Zhang finished his morning work, Tianzhen and Taoist Qingling came to the door together.


    It turned out that Fang Yong, the disciple who ran away with Fang Meng last night, returned to the sweet water oasis very despondently.


    According to Fang Yong, Fang Meng betrayed his younger martial brothers and killed everyone. Only he escaped.


    Now, Fang Yong, who has lost his way, returns to Taiyi gate and asks the headmaster to take him in.


    Fang Yong did not dare to go back to taiyimen directly, but stayed at the relatives'' house in Tianshui oasis for the time being.


    Originally, the residents of sweet water oasis grew up under the protection of taiyimen. They don''t like Fang Yong, a traitor who broke away from the sect.


    But Fang Yong''s pitiful appearance of a lost dog and his humble request for admission made everyone feel pity.


    In the final analysis, Fang Yong also grew up in the sweet water oasis, and there are many old relatives and friends.


    Seeing Fang Yong''s sincere repentance, several old taiyimen disciples who spent their days in Tianshui oasis were also moved by him.


    So, some of these old brothers took the initiative to contact Taoist Qingling.


    In a word, many people are also related to each other in the small place of sweet water oasis. Fang Yong''s mother seems to be the distant cousin of Taoist Qingling.


    Taoist Qingling, who was originally a good-natured man with soft ears, went to sweet water oasis to meet Fang Yong, called Shangtian town and begged Meng Zhang together.


    Although Meng Zhang is a junior, he is now the leader of Taiyi sect. It is up to him to decide whether to take Fang Yong in.


    Meng Zhang was tired of hearing what Taoist Qingling said.


    Fang Yong, who ran away with Fang Meng at the beginning, didn''t pursue and kill his traitor. He should ask God to worship the Buddha.


    It''s better now. I can''t stay outside. I want to come back.


    This is to regard Taiyi gate as a place. Come and go as soon as you say.


    Meng Zhang really wanted to shout and let the dog die.


    But I can''t. those old disciples who have cultivated themselves in the sweet water oasis have already pleaded for mercy. It''s impossible for them not to talk about their feelings at all.


    You know, those old brothers are not good at cultivation, but they are old and have a high generation. Among them, there are many figures of mengzhang Shizu generation.


    Most importantly, even if Meng Zhang turns his face and doesn''t recognize people, he should also worry about the face of Taoist Qingling and can''t make the old yellow cattle cold.


    Human feelings are like a net, and those who practice truth are also people, and it is difficult to escape this net.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and did not refuse Taoist Qingling. Instead, he decided to go to the sweet water oasis with Tian Town and meet Fang Yong.


    Meng Zhang comforted the Taoist priest Qingling for a few words, and rode to the sweet water oasis with Hetian town.


    After entering the sweet water oasis, Li Baofu, an old disciple stationed in the sweet water oasis, brought Fang Yong to Meng Zhang.


    Fang Yong is only in his early twenties. Now he looks like a little old man. His face was frosty, his face was full of wrinkles, his movements were timid, and there was no vitality of young people.


    As soon as he appeared in front of Meng Zhang, Fang Yong knelt down and climbed to Meng Zhang.


    Tears filled Fang Yong''s face like drops of water, crying and admitting his mistakes.


    "Headmaster, I''m wrong. I''m really wrong. I shouldn''t listen to Fang Meng''s slander. I shouldn''t betray the sect."


    "Headmaster, please forgive me."


    ¡°¡­¡­¡±


    When Fang Yong was in taiyimen, he was also an energetic young man. Now he has been out for less than a year and has become so down-to-earth that Tianzhen feels bad when he looks at it.


    Although Fang Yong was forgiven in his heart, he saw that Meng Zhang didn''t speak, and Tian Zhen, who always respected the leader, didn''t take the initiative to speak.


    Meng Zhang looked at Fang Yong coldly. After he cried for a while, he said coldly: "if you have cried enough, you will explain all the things you have done since you left Taiyi gate and what you have done with Fang Meng."


    "My ugly words are said in front. If you honestly explain, I will still care about the old feelings. If there is anything untrue in your words, don''t blame me for being ruthless."


    After Meng Zhang took over as the leader of Taiyi sect, although it was not long ago, he had developed a bearing.


    Hearing his majestic voice, Fang Yong trembled, and then slowly talked about it.


    It turned out that Fang Meng, with several followers, left Taiyi gate and mingled in the cultivation world.


    Together with Fang Meng, there are six people in this group, which is also a small group.


    But among the six people, only Fang Meng is the fourth cultivation of Qi refining, and the others are young rookies in the early stage of Qi refining.


    In the past, with the protection of the sect, a group of young rookies lived a hard life, but at least they could live on.


    But to the outside world, such a small group with poor strength will soon be unable to get along.

 Chapter 42

    Finally, I don''t know what Fang Meng thought. He took this small group to take refuge in the Zhao family, an old enemy and neighbor of taiyimen.


    The Zhao family took in these people, and sent special personnel to carefully ask everyone and squeeze out all the taiyimen information they knew.


    The Zhao family is not as short handed as the taiyimen. They have a large number of their own family children.


    Compared with trusted family children, these outsiders are really of little value.


    These people stayed in the Zhao family for several months and had a hard time swallowing their anger and looking back.


    A few days ago, the Zhao family ordered Fang Meng to take these people to explore an abandoned mine cave.


    This mine is located more than 100 miles east of taiyimen. It was originally a mine for mining white Tibetan soil and belongs to Shuangfeng valley.


    The mine was almost exhausted more than a decade ago. Then just in time for the disaster caused by the sand monster.


    During the catastrophe, the practitioners who guarded the mine and many miners who mined the ore all died. And the mine was destroyed.


    After Shuangfeng Valley summoned the surrounding cultivation forces to eliminate the sand monsters, he was unwilling to spend his energy to repair this worthless mine cave.


    Anyway, baizang soil is not a scarce mineral. Within the sphere of influence of Shuangfeng Valley, there are baizang soil mines under mining.


    After the mine was abandoned for more than ten years, I don''t know how it was favored by the Zhao family.


    The Zhao family asked Fang Meng to take his younger martial brothers to explore the mine cave.


    People who thought it was just a simple task found that the situation was wrong as soon as they entered the mine.


    Originally a mine cave in the sun, it has now almost become the underworld.


    There are hundreds of ghosts walking at night and ghosts dancing in the mine cave.


    Soon after a group of people entered the mine, they were surrounded by countless ghosts.


    At the critical moment, Fang suddenly left several younger martial brothers and ran for his own life.


    Among the five younger martial brothers, all four died except Fang Yong.


    Speaking of it, Fang Meng is not only Fang Yong''s senior brother, but also Fang Yong''s cousin. He is so cold-blooded and ruthless that he doesn''t love his brothers at all.


    Fang Yong, who narrowly escaped the disaster, did not dare to stay in place, let alone go back to the Zhao family.


    After waking up, he returned to his hometown sweet water oasis and wanted to return to taiyimen again.


    While Fang Yong was talking, Meng Zhang just listened quietly without interrupting him.


    After Fang Yong finished, Meng Zhang looked at him meaningfully, and then didn''t speak for a long time.


    From the time when he saw Fang Yong, Meng Zhang had begun to use his mind power.


    Fang Yong''s triple cultivation of refining Qi is far inferior to Meng Zhang. All the secrets he hides in his heart have not been concealed from Meng Zhang.


    If Fang Yongzhen obeys Meng Zhang''s orders and honestly explains, maybe Meng Zhang will really let him go.


    But there are too many inaccuracies in his story.


    Without saying anything else, the biggest concealment is that Fang Yong didn''t escape, but was saved by the Zhao family''s children who were watching behind.


    After Fang Meng fled the mine, he ran away immediately.


    This guy looks rough, but he is very smart in saving his life.


    After escaping from the mine, he ran away directly and escaped from the sight of the Zhao family.


    Fang Yong, who was saved by the Zhao family and many of his fellow disciples died, was forbidden by the Zhao family. After some coercion and inducement, he put him back to Taiyi gate.


    The purpose of the Zhao family is to let Fang Yong undercover in taiyimen and pass the information of taiyimen for the Zhao family.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t have such a talent as his heart, I''m afraid it would really hinder human feelings and let Fang Yong stay in Taiyi gate.


    In this way, there will be a huge hidden danger in Taiyi gate.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang wanted to slap Fang Yong, an unrepentant guy.


    No matter how much you have to do, you should die if you betray the sect.


    But Meng Zhang held back and had no impulse.


    Since the Zhao family let Fang Yong undercover at Taiyi gate, they must have a plot against Taiyi gate.


    Keep Fang Yong''s life. At the critical moment, he may turn around to calculate the Zhao family.


    For the Zhao family, an old enemy, Meng Zhang also moved to kill.


    Meng Zhang decided not to tell others about Fang Yong''s being undercover, including Tian Zhen and Taoist Qingling.


    It''s not that Meng Zhangxin can''t help them, but that they can''t keep it a secret.


    Especially the straightforward Qingling Taoist priest, everything is written on his face. If you accidentally leak the secret in front of Fang Yong, your calculations will all fail.


    After a long silence, Meng Zhang spoke slowly.


    "Now that you have awakened to the truth and know your way back, this seat can''t help giving you a chance to start over."


    "After all, you have left the sect and made mistakes first. If you don''t punish, why do you convince others?"


    "Death is avoidable, but life is hard to escape. If we open up, we will leave you a small life."


    "Well, you''ll stay in the sweet water oasis for the time being and take care of the mortals in the oasis with several elders."


    "If you perform well and don''t make mistakes again, we will consider your return to the sect."


    Meng Zhang just finished, Fang Yong just kowtowed and thanked.


    "Thank you, leader. Thank you, leader. The disciple must change his face, be a new man and live up to the leader''s trust..."


    Meng Zhang left Fang Yong in Tianshui oasis, but he didn''t want him to return to Taiyi gate to explore all kinds of situations of the sect.


    After Meng Zhang made the judgment of the other party''s courage, he asked several old disciples of sweet water oasis to supervise him to see if he really worked hard in sweet water oasis.


    After Fang Yong''s work, Meng Zhang took Tian town back to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang returned to his quiet room and began to think.


    When the Zhao family put Fang Yong back, in addition to letting him undercover, they should take the initiative to disclose the situation of the mine cave.


    What secret was hidden in an abandoned mine cave that attracted the attention of the Zhao family?


    The Zhao family let themselves know about this mine cave, just want to arouse their curiosity and let themselves explore there.


    If I can''t help but wonder in my heart, but take the initiative to explore the secret of the mine cave, I just fall in the arms of the Zhao family.


    Logically speaking, Meng Zhang should resist his curiosity and resolutely not explore the mine cave to avoid being calculated by the Zhao family.


    But Meng Zhang was a little unconvinced.


    Since he gained many benefits in the place of trial, Meng Zhang''s morale has become higher and higher.


    It''s not in his nature to wait quietly and do nothing.


    The Zhao family has long lost their friars in the foundation period. Now they are just a group of elders in the later stage of Qi refining, who are struggling to support there.


    What means can a friar in the period of Qi refining have?


    Meng Zhang didn''t believe it. In the face of a group of monks in the period of Qi refining, he would be easily calculated.


    Meng Zhang decided that he was going to explore the mine cave.

 Chapter 43

    Although Meng Zhang has decided to explore the mine, he will not act rashly. He needs to think carefully in advance.


    According to Fang Yong, the biggest danger in that mine is countless ferocious ghosts.


    In the place of trial, Meng Zhang killed a large number of ghosts including Yin soldiers alone.


    In the Yang world, Meng Zhang, who has a physical body, has only more means to deal with ghosts.


    Apart from other things, his Shaoyang Qi, which he has been practicing hard for many years, is the bane of all kinds of ghosts.


    If it was another danger, Meng Zhang might not be sure, but if it was just a ghost, he was really not afraid.


    Ghosts wandering in the sun are mostly lonely ghosts or wandering spirits. If there are a group of Yin soldiers, it will be the top of the sky.


    After all, yin and yang are separated and limited by the rules of heaven and earth. It''s not easy to jump out of a few ghost kings in a mine cave.


    Everything is established in advance and abandoned without advance. Before taking action, Meng Zhang has to make some preparations.


    Anyway, for Meng Zhang, the action to explore the mine cave is neither necessary nor urgent.


    Meng Zhang stayed at the gate for more than half a month. When another batch of herbs matured, he rode on the wind chasing foal and left the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang rode the wind chasing foal and rushed directly to mingshafang city. Riding on his horse, he seems to be faking sleep to refresh himself. In fact, he is secretly observing the situation around him.


    Surrounded by a wide plain, there is no place to hide anyone except endless yellow sand.


    As for the underground, with the speed of the wind chasing foal running on the ground, I''m afraid that except for the friars in the foundation period, they can''t catch up with the earth running speed of the friars in the later stage of gas refining.


    It was the sky. Meng Zhang just glanced at it casually with his broken false magic eye and found the clue.


    In the distant sky, a black spot moves next to the clouds. If you change a cultivator with poor eyesight, you really can''t find each other.


    It is said that the Zhao family has always kept a first-class monster called red feather eagle.


    The combat effectiveness of the red feather eagle is not very strong, but as a flying monster, it not only flies very fast, but also has amazing eyesight. It can see a bird on the ground at an altitude of more than 1000 feet.


    The Zhao family has inherited a special animal control method, which is used to control the red feather eagle and can control the red feather Eagle like an arm and a finger.


    The red feather eagle is not only an excellent Messenger, but also a good spy. Used to monitor and detect the enemy, it is almost invincible.


    Having found the sky watcher, Meng Zhang was at a loss for the time being. With his existing means, it is difficult to hurt such a high goal.


    However, he was not in a hurry. Since the Zhao family sent Chiyu eagle to monitor themselves remotely, it seems that his judgment of the Zhao family is not wrong.


    When it comes to the method of controlling animals, Meng Zhang also has a lot of inheritance in the place of trial. But all the time, he didn''t get a suitable monster except riding a wind chasing foal.


    When you have a chance, you''d better find a way to get some cubs of monsters and try to cultivate them. Meng Zhang thought.


    The wind chasing foal galloped rapidly, but no matter how fast or how long it galloped, it could not get rid of the red feather eagle in the sky.


    Meng Zhang, who had already prepared for this, didn''t care at all.


    But after a long time, Meng Zhang came to mingshafang city and entered it smoothly.


    In the high altitude behind him, the black spot also stopped moving and stayed in the high altitude.


    There are several monks stationed in mingshafang city for a long time.


    Foreign monsters like the red feather eagle can easily disturb them once they get close to mingshafang city.


    The friars in the foundation period are not as good as those in the gas refining period. They have many means to deal with flying monsters such as the red feather eagle.


    Moreover, as a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley, the Zhao family did not have the courage to make a case in mingshafang city controlled by Shuangfeng valley.


    After entering mingshafang City, Meng Zhang determined that he had got rid of the surveillance of the red feather eagle.


    According to the original plan, he should go shopping directly. But on second thought, after all, the Zhao family is a local snake who has been entrenched here for many years, and its foundation is far stronger than Taiyi gate. There may be eyes and ears in mingshafang city. If you go shopping directly, most of your shopping information can''t hide from the Zhao family.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang simply found a hotel to stay. Then he secretly contacted Shi Weiming.


    After trading the herbs he brought to Shi Weiming, he gave him a shopping list and asked him to help with shopping.


    Shi Weiming, who had cooperated several times, naturally readily agreed to this.


    Shi Weiming called several men and asked them to go to several shops in mingshafang city to buy the items on the list.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait here much and went straight back to the hotel.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang will hold a reserved program every time he comes to mingshafang City, visiting ghost city and watching stalls.


    Meng Zhang walked around the ghost city and found nothing.


    I haven''t come for some time. There are still those stall owners in the ghost city, and there aren''t many new goods on the stall.


    Meng Zhang began to think that when he was free, he should go to other shops to see if there would be some new things there.


    After visiting ghost city, Meng Zhang secretly joined Shi Weiming according to the prior agreement.


    Shi Weiming didn''t let Meng Zhang down. He not only bought all the items Meng Zhang needed, but also surprised Meng Zhang.


    Ten talismans of earth escape, some talismans of dispelling evil spirits and breaking ghosts, and a piece of fire talisman.


    This fire talisman is a first-class magic weapon. The whole body is made of a piece of fire red warm jade.


    After injecting Qi, the fire talisman can release Fire spells such as fire snake. The power of fire spell is different according to the attributes of injecting true Qi.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with this magic instrument, which was beyond imagination. He came to mingshafang city several times, but he didn''t meet such a suitable magic weapon.


    Shi Weiming was originally asked to buy a magic weapon with fire attribute casually, but he brought this little best. It''s just a little more expensive. It''s worth it.


    After collecting the items and giving the spirit stone to Shi Weiming, they said goodbye to Meng Zhang in his repeated thanks.


    Coincidentally, on his way back to the hotel, Meng Zhang ran into another acquaintance, the caravan owner who had been in contact with him.


    Since the two sides first met, they met twice in mingshafang city.


    This is not surprising. The main task of the laboring caravan is to go to the baizang soil mine, transport supplies and return baizang soil. From time to time, he would stop in mingshafang City, a necessary place.


    Later, after the two met, Lao Bu told Meng Zhang that the sand monster encountered by the caravan came from a new sand monster nest nearby.


    Shuangfenggu sent out many people to find the sand monster''s nest. Then several monks in the foundation period were mobilized to completely destroy the sand monster''s nest.


    The sand monsters wandering around were soon wiped out by shuangfenggu after losing their nests. The nearby commercial road has also been restored to safety.

 Chapter 44

    Meng Zhang and Lao Bulu met. Without saying a word, Lao Bulu took Meng Zhang to a restaurant and asked Meng Zhang to have two drinks.


    Meng Zhang, who could not get rid of it, let it go.


    This restaurant was opened by Lin quanguan. It not only has excellent spiritual food, but also has the well-known spiritual wine - blood wine.


    Blood wine, as its name implies, is wine color and blood, which is named like blood, and has a special bloody aroma.


    The main material of blood wine is to collect the blood of special monsters and then brew it by the secret method of Linquan temple.


    Blood color wine not only contains rich aura, but also has the miraculous effect of Tonifying Qi and blood and nourishing the flesh.


    The output of blood wine is not high, and Lin quanguan releases less to the market.


    On weekdays, there are only a few jars in the restaurant. They are limited in supply and will be gone when they are sold out.


    Lao Bulu and Meng Zhang went too late. They had already sold out. Still with the face of working hard, the shopkeeper of the restaurant will specially stay to prepare his own blood wine and give him half a pot.


    Facing the smell of wine, even Meng Zhang, who has always been bad at wine, couldn''t help drinking a few cups.


    After drinking a few cups of wine, Meng Zhang can obviously feel that there is a very hot warm current flowing in his body, making his Qi and blood more active.


    When he was drunk, he introduced a business to Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that mining baizang earth mine requires a large number of young mortals as miners. For a long time, it has been an important task for the caravan to buy mortal miners and supplement the consumption in the mine.


    In the area directly controlled by Feihong sect, the living environment is much better than here, and mortals also multiply more. If you work harder, you can hire many mortals to be miners.


    Of course, in order to reduce costs, caravans such as Lao Bubu will take the initiative to collect displaced mortals.


    The young and strong among mortals are sent to the mine to act as miners, and the young and strong family members should also stay, so that the miners can work at ease. But those who have nothing to do with the old, the weak, the sick and the disabled are basically worthless.


    After all, Fei hongzong prides himself on being famous and decent. It is impossible for him to give up so many mortals and let them live and die.


    If it really causes the massive death of mortals and bad reputation, he will not have a better life in the future.


    Over time, I have accumulated many old, weak, sick and disabled mortals.


    For a long time, Labu also intends to sell these mortals. As for the restriction on selling mortals in the cultivation world, he has his own way to deal with it.


    Now, I have to ask Meng Zhang if he intends to buy these mortals.


    When they first met, they helped Meng Zhang transport mortal servants. Therefore, Lao Bulu thinks Meng Zhang should have the intention to buy.


    Although these mortals are basically old, weak, sick and disabled, many of them, large and small, are very useful to Meng Zhang.


    In the cultivation world, the sales of boys and girls have always been good.


    These children were entrained among a group of old, weak, sick and disabled people, which finally made these old, weak, sick and disabled people have purchase value.


    Meng Zhang wants to buy more mortals. In addition to increasing the mortal base, he also wants to break the personnel structure of sweet water oasis.


    In the past, there were few people in sweet water oasis, and they were all related to each other. Like this Fang Yong incident, Meng Zhang is very tired of this human relationship.


    The introduction of more immigrants is the beginning of Meng Zhang''s breaking this human relationship.


    After a brief discussion with Meng Zhang, Lao Bulu settled the deal. As for the price, walking shoes did not take advantage of Meng Zhang.


    Next, Meng Zhang waited for another day in mingshafang city before going on the road with the caravan.


    This is the proportion of the population. They all take care of Meng Zhang for the sake of their friendship.


    In the cultivation world, mortals under the age of 18 are the most valuable.


    Because mortals are more likely to awaken their spiritual roots before the age of 18. And the younger the awakened Linggen is, the better.


    When a mortal is over 18 years old, it is difficult to awaken the spiritual root again.


    Even a few people, after the age of 18, are lucky to awaken Linggen. Because they are too old, their future is relatively limited.


    Meng Zhang used his own spirit stone for this transaction. Because changing the population structure of sweet water oasis is all his idea.


    In addition to buying these mortals, he also bought a lot of food and daily necessities.


    This time to mingshafang City, Meng Zhang used most of his own Lingshi. If there is no new supplement, there are not many spiritual stones left.


    After leaving mingshafang City, Meng Zhang still got together with Lao Bu Lu to talk.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang left mingshafang City, a black spot appeared in the air and followed him far away.


    After walking a long way, he looked at the sky with a puzzled look on his face.


    Sure enough, these businessmen who travel far and wide are not simple. They all have some means secretly. Meng Zhang said in his heart.


    "The old brother doesn''t need to care. It''s the means of a neighbor near the younger brother''s sect."


    "They just watch and don''t dare to have other ideas."


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to confess.


    "You''re welcome, little brother. If you need anything, just say it." Lao Bu said very generously.


    Although their friendship seems to be getting better and better, and they have become brothers, Meng Zhang will not take his polite words seriously.


    A businessman like Lao Bulu will not be rashly involved in the dispute between the two forces.


    Of course, the vassal forces of shuangfenggu dare not offend him rashly.


    "I''ll deal with this little thing. If I can really use my old brother''s place, I''ll speak." Meng Zhang also responded politely.


    After this episode, neither of them talked about this topic again.


    The journey was very safe and safe.


    When he arrived near the sweet water oasis and finished delivering the goods, he left.


    Meng Zhang called the people of sweet water oasis and transported all the mortals and goods he bought back.


    After having been busy for a long time and settled everything, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate.


    When there was no one in Tianzhen, he privately reminded Meng Zhang that the area of sweet water oasis was limited, and I''m afraid it would be difficult to bear more population.


    Meng Zhang also knew that it was not easy to increase the area of oases or open up new oases.


    It seems that the purchase of mortals can only be postponed.


    What Tianzhen didn''t tell Meng Zhang was that the new migrant population didn''t get along well with the original residents of the oasis, and there were a lot of disputes.


    Tianzhen took the old taiyimen disciples of sweet water oasis and dealt with them one by one without distracting Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 45

    After returning to Taiyi gate, since he knew that someone was watching him outside, he was not busy going out.


    First, refine the fire talisman purchased in mingshafang City, and then slowly wait for the opportunity in the door.


    After more than half a month, Meng Zhang''s waiting opportunity finally came.


    Since last night, there has been a strong wind around taiyimen, which has rolled up the yellow sand all over the sky and turned into a huge dust storm sweeping hundreds of miles around.


    Endless sand sea, especially the area where taiyimen is located, is a very remote area in the endless sand sea.


    It is surrounded by endless desert plains, not even slightly higher mountains, only some sand dunes, not to mention forest vegetation.


    As soon as there is a strong wind, there is wind and sand dancing all over the sky. In the field, you can''t see your fingers. It''s all wind and sand.


    Especially when a huge sandstorm is triggered, an oasis without defense can be easily submerged.


    All year round, such sandstorm weather will break out from time to time, which has become a major feature of the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang stood on the small square in front of the sect hall and looked at the scene outside.


    Between heaven and earth, a dark, filled with endless yellow sand, almost no gap.


    The howling wind makes people tremble at the bottom of their hearts, stirring up the yellow sand in the sky, just like the waves.


    At this time, Tian Zhen also came to Meng Zhang.


    "There''s no problem with the protection array over the sweet water oasis?"


    "There are enough spiritual power stored in the spiritual power node, and there are enough spiritual stones to maintain the operation of the array." Tianzhen replied.


    In the sweet water oasis, although there is no complete spiritual pulse, there are several spiritual power nodes.


    The so-called spiritual pulse is formed by connecting many spiritual power nodes.


    In the sweet water oasis, relying on these spiritual nodes, a protective array is deployed.


    The Dharma array is a common lower order Dharma array and constant wind array in the endless sand sea.


    The defensive power of the Dharma array is not strong, and its function is very single. It is mainly to defend against sandstorm weather.


    On weekdays, in order to save spiritual power, the Dharma array is closed.


    The Reiki in the Reiki node is also carefully stored.


    Even several old taiyimen disciples in the sweet water oasis will not take the initiative to absorb the aura of the spiritual power node. At most, they absorb a small amount of aura scattered in the oasis.


    When the sandstorm weather comes, someone will take the initiative to open the Dharma array to prevent the attack of sandstorm.


    If the power supply of the power node is not available, there are also some power stones stored in the sweet water oasis, which can be used to drive the Dharma array at the critical moment.


    In fact, any oasis in the endless sand sea can take shape. In that oasis, there are generally at least psychic nodes.


    Like some large oases outside, there are even complete spiritual veins in the oasis.


    Meng Zhang is still very relieved to work in Tianzhen. Since there was no problem with the sweet water oasis, he also returned to the quiet room.


    When the sandstorm blew for a long time, Meng Zhang secretly left Taiyi gate without notifying anyone.


    Out of caution, Meng Zhang used a Tu Dun Rune at the gate of Taiyi gate and left from the ground.


    The distance of using earth Rune to travel underground is generally no more than ten miles.


    However, because the surrounding underground is full of very soft floating sand, there is no compact earth rock structure. Meng Zhang''s journey underground this time is really much farther than usual.


    When the sandstorm broke out, the wild wind made people unstable and even blew people away. In the wind and sand, I can''t see my fingers.


    Under such weather conditions, even ordinary practitioners in the Qi refining period are very taboo and will not go out easily.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it. The Chiyu eagle of the Zhao family can also monitor around Taiyi gate in this weather.


    After drilling out of the ground, Meng Zhang recognized the direction with his false magic eyes. After successively using the light body magic talisman and divine action magic talisman, Meng Zhang ran towards the target.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about getting lost in the sandstorm. Moreover, with the addition of talisman, he runs very fast.


    Meng Zhang is very familiar with the terrain around taiyimen.


    He had passed the mine cave more than 100 miles east of taiyimen before.


    The sandstorm spread over a wide range, and the area hundreds of miles around should have been greatly affected.


    According to Meng Zhang''s previous experience, it is possible that this sandstorm will last for several days or even more.


    However, Meng Zhang tried his best to speed up the exploration of the mine before the end of the sandstorm.


    As it gradually moved away from the area where taiyimen is located, the sandstorm did not weaken at all. But the terrain on the ground began to change slowly.


    The ground began to harden and some Gobi began to appear. From time to time, you can see a weathered hill.


    When the abandoned baizang clay mine was approaching, the terrain began to become rugged and obviously entered the hilly area. There are more and more hills around.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, some green plants have appeared on the ground, and occasionally there are some low shrubs and cactus.


    Under the cover of this sandstorm, Meng Zhang is very close to the abandoned mine.


    The mine is backed by a hill hundreds of meters high. The mine is deep underground. It is said that the excavation is very deep.


    The exit of the mine is also surrounded by several hills, blocking the exit.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go in directly from the exit of the mine. Instead, he made a big circle and approached the abandoned mine behind his back.


    In this process, Meng Zhang used the false eye to observe the surroundings from time to time to confirm that no one found himself.


    In such a sandstorm weather, the monitor should not be there all the time. Even if it is still there, it should not have the eyesight to penetrate the sandstorm.


    The ability of the red feather eagle was passed down by the Zhao family, but it has never been heard that this monster has the ability of perspective.


    Although sandstorm is a disastrous weather in endless sand sea, it has become Meng Zhang''s best cover at this time.


    Meng Zhang came to the back wall of the hill where the entrance of the mine cave was located.


    The last time he looked around with his broken delusion magic eye, he used the earth escape talisman.


    Meng Zhang''s body disappeared on the ground and began to walk underground.


    Because the underground is all quite compact stone structure, the distance of earth Dunshu talisman passing through the underground is far less than ten miles, and the speed is very slow.


    In the end, Meng Zhang penetrated the hills and entered the mine cave.


    At the end of Tu Dun, Meng Zhang''s body appeared on the ground.


    As soon as he appeared, Meng Zhang felt a familiar smell that he had not seen for a long time.

 Chapter 46

    This familiar breath of Meng Zhang, which has not been seen for a long time, is Yin Qi.


    The Yin Qi in the mine is very strong. Although it is far behind the place of trial, it is enough to regard it as hell in the eyes of ordinary practitioners.


    Meng Zhang just got out of the ground. With strong Yin Qi, there are several ghosts right nearby.


    A cold smell came to my face. Several ghosts found the smell of living people, just like flies smelling rotten meat, and rushed up desperately.


    A breath of Yang and harmony rose from Meng Zhang. Shaoyang Qi was like the newborn sunrise, emitting a fiery light.


    Before the ghosts came close, they evaporated in the light.


    Now, it''s a hornet''s nest. The ghosts who had been patrolling around, like moths fighting the fire, poured in one after another.


    Meng Zhang''s foothold was not stable, so he faced a wave of ghosts.


    Meng Zhang, who had already prepared, did not panic at all and gently shook the startling bell of his left hand.


    This first-class magic weapon is still the booty captured by Meng Zhang from boss Zhang.


    The attack of the startling bell directly targets the spirit of the target.


    Because of the protection of the physical body, after being attacked, the cultivator is shocked by the soul, confused and unable to move.


    The ghosts in the mine are pure ghosts. They have only soul bodies, no flesh bodies, and have little defense against the soul alarm bell.


    With the pleasant ringing of the bell, the ghosts floating in the air now seem to be drunk, the souls shake around, and then fall one after another like fallen leaves.


    Meng Zhang raised the fire symbol of his right hand, and a hot flame spewed out from above, turning the ghosts around into ashes.


    This first-class fire talisman has two wonderful functions.


    One is to increase the power of Fire spells during Qi refining. The other is to release nine fire snakes to automatically attack the enemy.


    The Shaoyang real fire cultivated by Meng Zhang is originally a masculine fire with the ability to kill evil and break ghosts. After the strengthening of the fire charm, the flame is more powerful and just the enemy of ghosts.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s two magic weapons, although there were a lot of ghosts around, they had little power to fight back, so they were all cleared by Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang calmed down and began to observe the surrounding environment.


    The baizang clay mine was dug deep underground, and the mine holes spread for hundreds of miles, crisscross and messy.


    No one has been here since sand monsters broke here and destroyed the mine more than ten years ago.


    In its heyday, the mine had thousands of mortal miners and hundreds of practitioners.


    When the sand monster attacked, most people died here except a few practitioners who survived.


    Shuangfeng Valley, the owner of the mine, was so busy in the face of the raging sand monster that it had no spare power to clean up the mine.


    After the sand monster''s nest was destroyed, it was judged that the value of the continued mining of the mine was not large, and the input was not proportional to the output, so the mine was sealed.


    I didn''t expect that in more than ten years, it has become a ghost land.


    He wiped out the ghosts around him. Meng Zhang was not careless at all.


    His position is still the upper layer of the mine. Underground, there are many floors.


    Meng Zhang looked around. The perspective ability of the false eye is limited and it is impossible to penetrate the thick earth. He can see all the following situations clearly.


    Meng Zhang roughly chose a direction and set off.


    Many of the original tunnels in the mine have collapsed and collapsed.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about being buried alive with the earth Rune on his body. So when I saw the sealed place, I took out the burst symbol, which was a fierce blast, and unexpectedly burst out a path.


    Along the way, more and more down, Yin Qi becomes more and more strong, and more and more ghosts appear.


    In addition to ordinary ghosts, there are ghosts such as complaining ghosts and zombies.


    Zombies, in particular, have strong resistance to the soul alarm bell and Shaoyang real fire because of their flesh.


    And the flesh of zombies is as hard as iron, invulnerable to knives and guns, and has strong resistance to all kinds of spells.


    It took Meng Zhang''s strength to deal with these zombies.


    Shaoyang''s real fire is still awesome. At most it is to burn more time, and eventually burn the corpse.


    In addition to visible ghosts, invisible Yin Qi is almost everywhere.


    The flesh of ordinary cultivators is exposed to such Yin Qi environment for a long time. After being infected by Yin Qi, it will bring great damage to the flesh.


    Meng Zhang, who has had many experiences in expelling Yin Qi, is not worried about this problem at all. Shaoyang genuine Qi just runs around the body, and the whole body becomes warm again.


    This is not a place for trial. There is no reward for eliminating ghosts, let alone the slightest benefit.


    It''s OK to consume a little real Qi, but the burst symbol used for open circuit consumption hurts Meng Zhang to death.


    Burst symbols are not cheap. The dozens of burst symbols you carry are not very useful. I don''t know how long it will last.


    Before entering the mine, Meng Zhang once thought that ghosts were mostly natural factors.


    Before entering the mine, Meng Zhang observed the surrounding situation with his false eyes.


    Among the knowledge he acquired from the place of trial, he is expected to have knowledge of Qi and geomancy.


    The location of the mine is surrounded by several hills, which happens to be a shady place.


    The underground is full of Yin Qi and evil Qi. It is a natural place to raise ghosts.


    In those years, sand monsters killed here, and countless practitioners and miners died miserably. After the cave collapsed, more mortals were buried alive.


    It''s not surprising that so many people have died, and there are a lot of ghosts in the shady place where ghosts are raised.


    After Meng Zhang entered the mine, he obviously felt something wrong.


    The environment in the mine cave is not entirely natural, but has traces of artificial layout.


    Because of the large amount of knowledge obtained from the place of trial, although Meng Zhang is very young and has not traveled far, he has far exceeded many veteran practitioners in the cultivation world when it comes to vision and insight.


    The situation in this mine is clearly the pen of the ghost monk.


    Although ghost friars are not the public enemies of the cultivation world like demon friars, they are also the goods that ghosts hate God and hate in the cultivation world.


    Living people are naturally hostile to those who play with ghosts. And compared with other friars, ghost friars are more likely to fall into the devil''s way.


    It can be said that among the ten ghost friars, at least seven or eight will eventually fall into the devil and become completely evil friars.


    In the area ruled by Feihong sect, ghost friars can not be seen.


    Once a ghost monk dares to appear in public, he will be expelled and even pursued by the major forces around him.

 Chapter 47

    Meng Zhang was a little discouraged when he found that the mine cave was related to the ghost monk.


    The ability of ghost friars can be imagined to survive under the hostility of the whole cultivation world.


    The ghost monk is not only powerful, but also vicious. He will repay any evil. Meng Zhang is not willing to easily provoke such strong enemies.


    After entering the mine for so long, the ghosts faced are not weak. Meng Zhang was able to move forward smoothly not only because of his strong strength, but also because his magic tools and cultivation skills can overcome ghosts.


    Other monks have no targeted means. Even the accomplishments in the later stage of Qi refining are difficult to break through the heavy interception of ghosts and come to Meng Zhang''s position.


    This mine cave is written by a ghost friar. Does friar Zhao know? If you know what they are up to, why not report the trace of the ghost monk to Shuangfeng Valley? What is the purpose of letting Fang Yong disclose the news to himself?


    Meng Zhang thought slowly in his heart as he moved forward.


    While Meng Zhang was exploring in the mine, there was a very hidden cave under a hill not far from the mine.


    In the cave, several young monks were complaining there.


    "It''s terrible weather. The sandstorm is so fierce that the red feather eagle can''t stay in the air more. It seems that we can''t monitor the surrounding situation."


    The speaker is Zhao Yang, the elite of the new generation of Zhao family. He is only in his early twenties and already has six cultivation accomplishments of Qi refining.


    Zhao Yang has always been valued by his elders because of his excellent cultivation qualification.


    From small to large, he has sufficient cultivation resources. He spends most of his time in the family and rarely goes out.


    Because the task is simple and there is no great danger. The elders of the clan let him out to perform the task. It should be a kind of experience, which also helps him break through the bottleneck from the middle to the late stage of gas refining.


    "The sandstorm is so big that the red feather eagle can''t move, and the boy can''t go out."


    "Just a slap in the face sect leader, but with the cultivation in the middle of Qi refining, don''t you dare to go out in this weather?"


    "He is not afraid to get lost in the sandstorm and be buried alive in the yellow sand."


    ¡°¡­¡­¡±


    A group of young people began to discuss.


    "Well, don''t talk nonsense. This mission is very important. It''s better to be cautious. When the storm is a little smaller, let the red feather Eagle try to take off." a middle-aged man with a cold face interrupted their discussion.


    The middle-aged man, named Zhao Chen, is the youngest elder of the Zhao family. However, in his early 40s, he had the cultivation in the later stage of gas refining. With his qualifications and accomplishments, if he can get the foundation Dan, he is not hopeless in this life.


    This time, in order to monitor Meng Zhang, the Zhao family spent a lot of money and mobilized a lot of forces.


    Four red feather Eagles were dispatched and divided into two groups to monitor taiyimen and the surrounding of the mine.


    Because there are two red feather Eagles watching each place in turn, Meng Zhang can''t escape the eyes and ears of the Zhao family as long as he leaves Taiyi gate and comes here.


    Although the red feather eagle is a monster cultivated by the Zhao family for many years. However, most red feather eagles are small monsters. They are smaller than ordinary eagles and can only be used as messengers or for simple exploration tasks.


    Among the many red feather eagles, only a small number of mutated red feather Eagles can grow into large red feather eagles and can be mounted by practitioners.


    The large red feather eagle is the most important mobile force of the Zhao family, with a total of less than ten. This time, nearly half of them were dispatched to monitor Meng Zhang. It can be seen that the Zhao family attaches great importance to this matter.


    At this time, Meng Zhang thought about this matter.


    The Zhao family must have found this cave long ago. There are traces of ghost repair. However, because there are some benefits in the mine, the Zhao family concealed the news of ghost repair and wanted to monopolize the benefits.


    Moreover, the ghost repair arranged in the mine will certainly not be in the mine. Otherwise, the Zhao family dare not seek to seize it.


    Through Fang Yong, the Zhao family aroused their curiosity and induced themselves to come here, or let themselves explore the way, so as to facilitate their next exploration; Or let yourself be a dead ghost and carry the pot for them.


    With this in mind, Meng Zhang moved on.


    Since there are benefits coveted by the Zhao family in the mine cave, I can''t let it go in vain. Even if you take a chestnut from the fire, you have to take it.


    Thousands of people died in the mine, but Meng Zhang came all the way, but he didn''t find any bodies.


    In this Yin environment, the body is not so easy to decay. The number of corpses transformed into zombies is obviously too small.


    Meng Zhang wiped out many zombies along the way. Some zombies should be practitioners in front of them, with storage bags tied around their waist.


    After the zombies were killed, the storage bag naturally fell into Meng Zhang''s hands as a booty.


    In addition, Meng Zhang''s arrogant Dharma eye was so clear that he found several buried storage bags in some corners.


    These storage bags were emptied by Meng Zhang and the contents were cleaned out.


    In addition to a lot of inferior spirit stones, they are some scattered and messy items.


    Meng Zhang put all the harvest into his storage bag. The original storage bag was discarded by him because of the sign of double abundant grain.


    The harvest is good. There are five or six hundred inferior spirit stones, not to mention those sundries.


    Meng Zhang has completely made up for the consumption of entering the mine this time, and some earn extra money.


    Meng Zhang took several storage bags with him before he set out, and now he just uses them.


    Meng Zhang went deep into the lower part of the mine. Instead of going along the original tunnel of the mine, he showed his skill of looking at Qi and went along the place with the strongest Yin Qi.


    Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang''s choice of direction now is smoother than that along the mine.


    After breaking several stone walls with a burst symbol, it is a smooth road. It''s obviously much easier to walk than the winding mine.


    Although we still have to face the interception of many ghosts along the way, at least the time spent on the way is saved.


    Later, Meng Zhang encountered more and more ghosts, not only more powerful, but also more and more.


    He fought hard and moved forward all the way. Even if Meng Zhang made full preparations, he also spent a lot of effort to continue to move forward.


    Another group of ghosts were destroyed. After turning a big corner, Meng Zhang finally came to his final destination.


    It was a huge stone chamber opened up underground. It was incomparably wide. It was basically a hall that could accommodate hundreds of people.


    The location of the stone chamber is just the place where Yin Qi gathers, and it is also the source of underground evil Qi leakage.


    (ghost words appear in the chapter title, which directly becomes untitled. So...)

 Chapter 48

    The stone walls around the stone chamber are covered with dense runes. In the corner, there is also a flag. Various array materials are piled everywhere.


    An invisible force bound most of the Yin Qi and earth evil Qi in the stone chamber, and only a small part leaked out and spilled to the outside world.


    At this time, the stone chamber can no longer be regarded as the Yang world. To a large extent, it can be regarded as the projection of the underworld in the Yang world.


    In the outer passage, Meng Zhang was besieged by a large number of ghosts. But around the stone chamber, it was so clean that half the ghosts could not be seen.


    The reason is very simple. There is a special force in the stone chamber, which makes ghosts dare not approach.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly approach the past, but carefully observed it from a distance.


    After watching for a long time, Meng Zhang finally saw some famous things.


    A Dharma array is arranged in the stone chamber in front of us. The power of the Dharma array, however, seeped out a lot, affecting the outer mine path.


    Meng Zhang has good eyesight and rich knowledge of the Dharma array. After a lot of effort, he finally recognized the origin of the Dharma array in front of him - the yin-yang reversal array.


    Yin Yang reversal array is a very typical ghost array, which is rarely touched by ordinary practitioners.


    In addition to the core part, the rest of the yin-yang reversal array has many changes.


    Different materials and techniques of array arrangement lead to different levels of array.


    The large array in front of us is at least a second-order normal array. It is clear that the deployer has worked hard.


    When he did not enter the mine, Meng Zhang observed the changes of the surrounding terrain with his broken eyes, and simply measured the direction of the earth vein with the skill of geomancy.


    The expert who arranged this yin-yang array made full use of the geographical advantage. The underground evil spirit and the resentment of thousands of tragic dead in the mine have become the material for this person to arrange the array.


    Of course, to set up such a Dharma array, it costs a lot of other precious materials.


    Meng Zhang''s false Dharma eye can''t completely see through the second-order Dharma array. However, with his rich array knowledge and what he saw and heard all the way in, he guessed the situation of the array.


    More than ten years ago, the mine was broken by sand monsters, and many people died miserably. The mine cave is just where the Qi of the earth evil spirit gathers.


    Judging from the leakage of Yin Qi, this array has been deployed for at least ten years.


    It should be that shortly after the accident, an array expert among the ghost friars arranged this array here by taking advantage of favorable conditions.


    The Yin Yang reversal array has many functions. It can be used for defense, attacking the enemy, feeding ghosts, and cultivating some skills and spells for ghost friars.


    The function of this yin-yang reversal array is not the above, but a treasure used to cultivate a certain Yin attribute.


    As for the ghosts and Zombies Meng Zhang has encountered along the way, it is the massive Yin Qi leaked from the yin-yang reversal array that has caused the impact in the mine.


    The creation of those ghosts and zombies is not the original intention of the constructor of the array, but an accident caused by the leakage of Yin Qi.


    Under ideal conditions, the yin-yang reversal array can forcibly reverse a certain area of the Yang world into the underworld.


    This second-order array is far from being able to do this, but it is more than enough to make the environment of the stone chamber similar to the underworld and use it to cultivate some Yin treasure.


    Meng Zhang was very excited when he thought of the treasure cultivated by the second-order Dharma array for many years.


    It seems that the greatest harvest of his adventure should be in the stone chamber. If it''s not too dangerous, you can try to collect the treasure.


    With his false magic eye, Meng Zhang tentatively walked a few steps to the stone chamber.


    The original function of this dharma array to confuse invaders seemed to him as if it did not exist.


    If you change to an ordinary cultivator, as soon as you get close to the stone chamber, it''s like walking into a maze. You have to be trapped and die in it.


    After entering the array, Meng Zhang''s false magic eye finally found the treasure.


    In the center of the stone chamber, there is a dark pool. The pool is only the size of a washbasin. There is a thin layer of black liquid in the pool. On top of the black liquid, there are a few drops of dark silver liquid floating.


    This is, this is the jade soul liquid, which is used to strengthen the spirit. It can assist the nine perfect friars in the foundation building period to attack the treasures in the golden elixir period.


    During the Qi refining period, the monk''s main work is to quench the true Qi and penetrate the acupoints and orifices of the whole body. For the training of the divine soul, only a little dabbling.


    However, when the monks enter the foundation period, they must spend a lot of energy to strengthen and exercise the spirit.


    Especially when the foundation building period breaks through the golden elixir period, the perfection of the soul is a necessary condition for crossing the barrier.


    In the cultivation world, there are very few materials and pills that can be used to supplement and strengthen the spirit.


    It''s ghost friars. They have some specialties in strengthening spirits. This is also an important reason why ghost friars are treated better than demon friars in the cultivation world.


    Jade soul liquid is refined by ghost friars with a secret method and can be used to supplement the treasures of gods and spirits.


    The black liquid in the pool is actually the residue produced in the process of refining jade soul liquid. The real jade soul liquid is only a few drops of dark silver liquid.


    The quantity and quality of this jade soul liquid are far from enough to strengthen the divine soul and impact the golden elixir during the foundation period. But for Meng Zhang, it is of great use.


    Of course, this is not used by Meng Zhang himself. Although his spirit is powerful, he is only a friar in the period of Qi refining after all. If you rashly use the jade soul liquid in front of you, you will only be too weak to make up and become possessed.


    These drops of jade soul liquid are of great use to him.


    Meng Zhang was not ready to gain the treasure cultivated in the Dharma array. Now he found that the treasure was jade soul liquid. He said he must get the treasure in his hand.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s array knowledge, the current yin-yang reversal array must be maintained frequently in order to maintain the normal operation of the array.


    However, judging from the situation of the Dharma array, no one has maintained the Dharma array for at least several months.


    Therefore, more and more Yin Qi leaked from the Dharma array, which is actually a great waste.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is not to break the battle, nor is it necessary. If he simply wanted to take away the jade soul liquid, Meng Zhang thought for a long time and finally came up with a clever way.


    Yin Yang reversal array aims to reverse Yin and Yang. It has two array eyes and scores Yin and Yang. If you want to go deep into the array, you must use the force of yin and yang to fix these two array eyes at the same time.


    Meng Zhang has only one person and seems unable to hold two array eyes at the same time. But the trick he came up with was to get the spirit out of the body and use the spirit and the body at the same time.


    The spirit belongs to Yin and the flesh belongs to Yang, which can just meet the needs. The two forces of yin and yang are launched at the same time.

 Chapter 49

    Meng Zhang planned to use the body and the spirit to fix the two array eyes respectively. But there is one big problem with this plan.


    That is, after the soul comes out of the body, the body essentially becomes a lifeless body and has no ability to act independently.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang has had many experiences of spirits out of the body and is very familiar with this situation.


    Although the flesh without the spirit has no ability to act independently, it is the flesh of a living person. It is still active and has the same conditioned response to external stimuli.


    Meng Zhang, who had a specific plan, showed his arrogant magic eye, carefully moved in the Dharma array and looked for two array eyes.


    Fortunately, although this yin-yang reversal array is a second-order array, most of its power is used to breed jade soul liquid, and its defense power is limited. Moreover, because no one maintained it for a long time, the FA array also showed some flaws out of thin air.


    It took Meng Zhang a long time to find his goal.


    The two array eyes are not far apart, and there is only a distance of less than ten feet between them. And there is no shelter in the middle, so as to facilitate the exchange of yin and Yang forces.


    Meng Zhang went to the corresponding array eye position, sat down cross legged, held the defense magic weapon Hai Lan mirror in his right hand, and took out the first-order array breaking charm to kill boss Zhang in his left hand.


    Meng Zhang began to circulate the Qi in his body, which ran through the acupoints and orifices like a river. According to his estimation, even if you don''t control the movement of true Qi at this time, true Qi will run according to inertia.


    After calculating the time, Meng Zhang concentrated directly and then the spirit came out of the body.


    In this gloomy environment, Meng Zhang''s spirit should have felt like a fish in water. But the instinct from the divine soul told him that there was a power in the Dharma array that could completely destroy his divine soul.


    Meng did not dare to neglect. The spirit moved and came to another position of the array eye at a lightning speed.


    As soon as the spirit was in place, Meng Zhang immediately performed the soul skill learned from the place of trial and began to condense the soul armor to support the defense for the spirit. Then there is the soul skill that increases the speed of the spirit.


    Meng Zhang has just finished his soul art, and great changes have taken place in the flesh.


    Although he lost control, the true Qi in Meng Zhang''s flesh still operated according to inertia, and skillfully came to Meng Zhang''s hands along the route of countless times.


    Meng Zhang''s broken array talisman on his left hand was hit by real Qi. There was no fire and spontaneous combustion immediately, and turned into a streamer to shoot above.


    The first-order array breaking symbol, let alone breaking the second-order normal array, can''t even operate the stagnant normal array. But it''s more than enough to stimulate the array to respond.


    Stimulated by this first-order breaking charm, the yin-yang reversal array immediately responded.


    In the two array eyes, a powerful force is generated immediately, which will drive the strain of the normal array.


    Feeling the stimulation from the outside world, Meng Zhang''s flesh instinctively moved. What he held in his right hand was the Hai Lan mirror that had long been refined by Meng Zhang.


    With the help of external forces, Hai Lan mirror sent out a soft light, and then a light curtain like water waves firmly protected Meng Zhang''s whole body.


    Once the sea LAN mirror is activated, it can independently provide defense power without the continuous drive of the master.


    The light curtain from the sea LAN mirror collided with the power in the array eye. The light curtain shook violently, causing ripples.


    In a short time, the light curtain will not be easily broken, and there is a temporary stalemate with the power in the eyes of the array.


    While the array breaking talisman was excited, Meng Zhang stabbed the ground with a long gun condensed by soul skill.


    There was also an inexplicable force in the array eye where the spirit was located.


    This force will penetrate two array eyes and drive the whole Dharma array.


    The power to be operated was temporarily stopped because of the action of Meng Zhang''s spirit. In this way, even the operation of the whole Dharma array was temporarily stagnant.


    The operation of the Dharma array stops, and the defense force disappears immediately.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit dared not neglect, and immediately rushed to the pool in the center of the stone chamber.


    Strange gases painted black are flowing around the stone chamber.


    The movement of Meng Zhang''s spirit inevitably contaminated these gases.


    These gases are the evil spirits leaked from the ground, which have a strong killing effect on the spirit. The soul body of an ordinary ghost is lightly wiped, which is the end of the soul immediately.


    The soul armor on the surface of Meng Zhang''s divine soul immediately appeared cracks, a look that would break at any time.


    The speed of the spirit is very fast, much faster than the speed of the flesh. With a breath, the spirit came over the pool.


    Although Meng Zhang''s spirit is very strong, it is far from the realm of expelling things. Even if the spirit tried his best, he reluctantly rolled up a few white papers.


    Fortunately, jade soul liquid, a treasure, is lighter than feathers. The jade soul liquid in the pool adds up to less than ten drops.


    Meng Zhang''s Spirit fell into the pool and rolled it with all his strength, and then all the jade soul liquid was involved in the spirit.


    Although only a few drops of jade soul liquid were stirred, Meng Zhang''s spirit seemed to be carrying a mountain, and the real pressure was great.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit moved at full speed under great pressure.


    The soul armor of Meng Zhang''s spirit was completely worn and turned into a burst of smoke. There were several wounds even on the spirit. If his spirit hadn''t been particularly tough, I''m afraid he would have been badly hurt.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit successfully returned to the body before it was badly hurt by the evil spirit.


    As soon as the spirit returned to the body, Meng Zhang took out a jade bottle and put all the jade soul liquid into it. At the same time, he kept moving under his feet and ran out of the French array as fast as he could.


    In fact, there are many precious treasures in this dharma array.


    This yin-yang reversal array uses the underground evil Qi as the power of Yin attribute, and the power of Yang attribute is a large piece of red Yang warm jade.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is Shaoyang Qigong. If he gets a treasure of Yang attribute such as Chiyang warm jade, it will have countless benefits.


    In addition, the cultivation of jade soul liquid by yin-yang reversal array requires a lot of precious materials in addition to the power provided by the array.


    These materials are placed in the stone chamber, looking like people can pick them up.


    But Meng Zhang always kept a clear head and knew that his goal was jade soul liquid. He didn''t take the initiative to pick up anything except jade soul liquid.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang''s action is correct. It was with this rare foresight that he escaped.


    Meng Zhang had just left the stone chamber, and the stagnant yin-yang reversal array began to work again.


    Moreover, it may be the result of some kind of counterattack. The Dharma array almost runs at full strength, and the underground evil Qi condenses and forms. It almost sweeps the Dharma array madly, without letting go of any creatures.


    If Meng Zhang was still in the array at this time, he would hardly have much resistance in front of the crazy flowing underground evil Qi.


    Give up, give up, give up. If he doesn''t know to give up, he can''t get the jade soul liquid and even his life.

 Chapter 50

    Meng Zhang looked at the great changes in the Dharma array with lingering fear. One step away, he was almost trapped in the array. Fortunately, he was not greedy and ran fast.


    Meng Zhang''s treasure taking was very successful. Only the spirit was hurt. I don''t care about these now. I''ll deal with them slowly when I go back.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to leave, but to eliminate the traces of his past.


    It is conceivable that the master of the Dharma array is not only powerful, but also rich and powerful.


    Think again that this mine cave originally belonged to Shuangfeng Valley and was abandoned before being used by ghost friars.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what role shuangfenggu played in it and whether he colluded with the ghost friar. He didn''t have time to care.


    In a word, if you don''t want to bring disaster to yourself and Taiyi gate, you must not let people know that you have been here and taken away the jade soul liquid.


    For mortals and ordinary monks, identifying a person mainly depends on his appearance, body characteristics, voice, etc.


    These are the characteristics of the flesh and are not difficult to change.


    There are other means for powerful monks.


    The high-end way is to identify everyone''s true Qi characteristics.


    Just as there are no two same leaves in the world, even if you practice the same skill in the same environment, you will make Zhenqi different because everyone gambles on their unique physique.


    As long as you run Qi, you will leak special breath. This provides convenience for the recognizer.


    A more high-end way is to identify everyone''s spirit.


    Everyone''s spirit is different, and the breath of the spirit can''t be changed.


    Meng Zhang looked at the moving yin-yang reversal Dharma array. The crazy underground evil Qi in the Dharma array was rolling all the breath in the Dharma array into nothingness, including the breath left by his spirit just out of his body.


    Meng Zhang entered here and was not seen. Now all we need to deal with is Meng Zhang''s breath of Qi leaked out by killing ghosts all the way.


    Meng Zhang walked back slowly along the way he came.


    Along the way, whenever I passed the place where I moved my hand, I took out a pile of runes and shot around.


    Golden sword, Earth Dragon, fireball... Constantly bombarding the surrounding mines.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang made sufficient preparations in advance and bought enough talismans through Shi Weiming in mingshafang city.


    Various spells stirred the aura around and covered up Meng Zhang''s true Qi.


    Moreover, these powerful spells exploded everywhere, causing many places in the mine to collapse. The places Meng Zhang walked through were covered by collapsed earth and rock.


    Coincidentally, when passing the corner of a mine, a stone wall was first hit by a burst symbol, and a big hole was blown out. Then, as soon as an earth dragon was blown over, the ground collapsed and revealed a secret room below.


    Meng Zhang, who was about to leave, stopped, observed, and then jumped down.


    In the secret room, there were several mummies surrounding a stone table.


    On the stone table, there are three storage bags.


    After confirming that there was no trap, Meng Zhang checked the storage bag carefully. It was a rare ten party storage bag.


    Although the reserve of the ten party storage bag is ten times that of the one party storage bag, few practitioners use it in the gas refining period because of its high price and low cost performance.


    The storage bag is full of various materials, the most of which is baizang soil crystal.


    The white soil crystal is a kind of associated mineral seldom appeared in the white earth deposit. It is highly condensed from the essence of white soil.


    The white Tibetan soil crystal is wrapped with a hard shell. The white Tibetan soil crystal can be obtained only after the shell is carefully polished.


    These white Tibetan soil crystals are much larger than adults'' fists, and the small ones are only as big as adults'' fingers.


    White Tibetan soil crystal is not white Tibetan soil that wins by quantity, but a precious spiritual material.


    Feihongzong, in particular, has always purchased baizang earth crystals at an unlimited high price.


    I really don''t know how so many white Tibetan soil crystals can be mined in this abandoned white Tibetan soil mine?


    If I had known this, Shuangfeng valley would never abandon this mine. If the news leaks out, maybe feihongzong will step in regardless of face.


    Meng Zhang entered the mine this time and brought eight Yifang storage bags with a lot of harvest in them.


    After confirming that there were no signs and secret marks on the three ten party storage bags, Meng Zhang took them all away.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the hill where the mine exit was located, he consumed almost all the talismans he carried except the earth escape talisman.


    Meng Zhang released Tu Dun Fu and left the mine from the back of the hill.


    At this time, the sandstorm is blowing very violently, and it is far from time to disperse.


    Meng Zhang walked forward against the sandstorm, identified the direction by the false magic eye, and returned to Taiyi gate smoothly all the way.


    Less than two days after Meng Zhang left, no one in the door knew that he had gone out and came back.


    Because he often practices behind closed doors, Tian Zhen won''t bother him unless something important happens in the door that can''t be handled.


    After returning to the sect, Meng Zhang ignored the harvest and began to repair the injury of the spirit.


    In the cultivation world, there are not many pills and spells to repair the spirit. Meng Zhang also obtained several secret arts in the place of trial, which have a miraculous effect on the injury of the divine soul.


    This crazy sandstorm has been rampant for more than four days before it began to weaken slowly.


    The Zhao family''s red feather Eagle took off against the dust storm that had not completely dispersed. But neither the red feather Eagle nor the Zhao friar riding the red feather eagle can clearly observe the situation below.


    Friar Zhao had to take the risk of being found and secretly close to Taiyi gate for observation.


    Fortunately, everyone in Taiyi gate was busy with their own affairs, and no one found the mouse under their eyes.


    After nearly ten days, the sandstorm completely dispersed, and the monitoring activities of friar Zhao finally returned to normal.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who has been closed, has completely repaired the injury of the spirit.


    As soon as the injury of the divine soul healed, he came to the spiritual pulse and eye under the leader''s quiet room.


    I haven''t been here for some time. The basement is still the same, and there is no change in the psychic eye.


    The spirit snake spear used last time is recovering spirituality through the nourishing power of the spirit eye.


    The head size pearl still emits colorful light.


    Inside this jewel, the Dharma protector of Taiyi gate was sleeping.


    These Dharma protectors, the residual spirits, are among the jewels and slowly recover with the help of the moisturizing power of the spiritual pulse.


    Without external help, the recovery process will be unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang is willing to take strange risks to seize the jade soul liquid, not for himself, but to help these sleeping Dharma protectors.

 Chapter 51

    The means of refining the Dharma protector has long been lost in today''s taiyimen.


    In fact, even if it is not lost, the current taiyimen does not have the ability and resources to refine the Dharma protector.


    The remnant soul of the Dharma protector in the Pearl has become the only hope of Taiyi gate.


    According to the leader''s Chronicle, the Dharma protector general in his heyday had the cultivation equivalent to the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that these recovered souls could continue to have the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir period. As long as we can have the combat effectiveness of the foundation period, taiyimen can also be regarded as a backer.


    And most importantly, these Dharma protectors will have a high level of cultivation and have experienced hundreds of battles. They are very rich in both cultivation experience and combat experience.


    Meng Zhang''s inheritance from the place of trial is all inclusive and rich in content, but from the level, it is relatively low, basically only at the level of gas refining period and foundation building period.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has mainly understood by himself since his practice, and has basically not been instructed. Even if the headmaster''s notebook has many records of the practice experience of senior headmasters, they are only cold words after all.


    If the Dharma protector God can wake up, not to mention his combat effectiveness, it is his rich experience, which is of great significance to Meng Zhang''s practice and the growth of taiyimen.


    Although he knew that jade soul liquid could repair the spirit, Meng Zhang had no idea how to make the sleeping Dharma protector in the Pearl absorb it.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang took out the jade bottle containing the jade soul liquid and tried to drop the jade soul liquid onto the pearl drop by drop.


    The jade soul liquid infiltrated into the Pearl smoothly, but after dripping the jade soul liquid, the Pearl did not change at all.


    Meng Zhang was very disappointed. He took such a big risk to obtain the jade soul liquid. It seems that it has no effect.


    Is the level of jade soul liquid too low or the quantity too small?


    Meng Zhang, who did not understand, had to put it down for the time being.


    After returning to the quiet room, Meng Zhang cleaned up all his harvest this time.


    All the useful materials of the disciples in the sect have been put into the sect library. Take what you can use with you. Those that can''t be used for the time being are stored separately and ready to be sold in the market.


    Among these materials, the most valuable should be a lot of white Tibetan soil crystals.


    However, these white Tibetan soil crystals are only semi-finished products, and the shell needs to be removed to get the finished products.


    Removing the shell of white Tibetan soil crystal is a very patient process.


    You need to soak the white Tibetan soil crystal in the special potion for three days, then polish it slowly with genuine Qi and grind off the shell bit by bit before you can get the finished product.


    This job has nothing to do with cultivation. Even a little monk at the level of refining Qi can do this job as long as he can bear it.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have so much time to waste on this, even if the white Tibetan soil crystal is valuable.


    Meng Zhang put all the white Tibetan earth crystals into the sect library. I''m going to release the task of polishing baizang earth crystal as a task to provide the disciples with an opportunity to earn good deeds.


    When all the white Tibetan earth crystals are polished, the Lingshi from the sale can be used to subsidize the sect library.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang always deliberately left a share of his harvest outside to the sect, which can be regarded as a subsidy to the sect by his leader.


    I don''t know when taiyimen can grow up and feed back his leader?


    As a commoner elder, Tian Zhen has the greatest advantage of suppressing his curiosity and never asking more about the origin of these items. He silently handled these chores according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    After the dust storm stopped, the impatient Zhao friar immediately cheered up and focused on monitoring Meng Zhang.


    At first, Meng Zhang was found riding a wind chasing foal all the way to the East, which is the location of the abandoned mine cave.


    The Zhao family disciple who thought Meng Zhang was in the trap was very happy.


    Unfortunately, their happiness did not last long.


    Although Meng Zhang went to the East, his goal was not the abandoned mine.


    Zhufeng Ju passed the abandoned mine and continued all the way East.


    Meng Zhang''s goal this time is huojingfang City, which is located to the east of taiyimen.


    Huojingfang city is more than 4000 miles away from taiyimen, which is a long way.


    The owner of huojingfang city is dihuomen, but feihongzong, as the overlord of the surrounding area, also intervened in it.


    Shuangfenggu is known as a ten foundation building school. Many foundation building experts can make shuangfenggu dominate its own territory.


    Among the numerous vassal forces of Feihong sect, Shuangfeng Valley is the leading force.


    Shuangfeng Valley is overbearing, and its neighbors are not less angry. But compared with the earth fire gate, Shuangfeng Valley has less momentum.


    The number of earth fire gate friars may be less than that of Shuangfeng Valley, but the combat effectiveness of friars in the foundation period is better.


    Shuangfenggu is domineering, but dihuomen is crazy.


    Among the rumors in the cultivation world, most of the disciples of the earth fire sect are fierce and fearless lunatics.


    Compared with the domineering shuangfenggu, madmen who are not afraid of death are even worse to provoke.


    Meng Zhang used to ride a wind chasing foal to mingshafang city. He could get there in half a day.


    Now to huojingfang City, which is more distant, it will take several days to go back and forth.


    Looking at the figure of the wind chasing foal going farther and farther to the East, he will certainly not go to the abandoned mine cave. The Zhao family''s son riding the red feather Eagle continued to follow Meng Zhang and stared at him. At the same time, he used a messenger to send the situation back.


    After receiving the summons, Zhao Chen, the famous master of the late stage of gas refining of the Zhao family, secretly came to the vicinity of the sweet water oasis.


    After waiting for some time, Fang Yong, who received his summons, found an excuse to go out and secretly meet Zhao Chen.


    Controlled by others, Fang Yong was particularly servile in front of Zhao Chen, with a flattering smile on his face.


    "See you, master..."


    "Don''t talk nonsense. I ask you, have you told Meng Zhang all the news about the mine cave?"


    Zhao Chen interrupted Fang Yong impolitely.


    "I did as the elder told me, and every word I said was taught by the elder." Fang Yong just didn''t swear to heaven.


    In the information Fang Yong told Meng Zhang, he mentioned the fierce ghosts in the abandoned mine cave, and also implicitly suggested that there should be something else inside the mine cave.


    Friars in the spiritual world, especially some young friars, have a tradition of going out to look for opportunities.


    Many self righteous friars often regard themselves as the protagonists of the world, thinking that they will hit great luck and benefit from all kinds of opportunities.


    Of course, the vast majority of such monks often die without a burial place.

 Chapter 52

    Chance, this word has an irresistible temptation to the bottom friars in the cultivation world.


    He was born at the bottom of the cultivation world, with poor qualification and no family support. He can''t join a big sect. His cultivation skills are rubbish and there is a shortage of cultivation resources.


    So how can we change all this?


    Two words, chance.


    As long as we actively pursue opportunities, all situations can be improved. Maybe once you hit the chance, it will turn into a dragon in case of wind and cloud.


    Of course, only God knows if there are so many opportunities in the cultivation world waiting for future generations to explore.


    Anyway, many friars in the cultivation world are fascinated by the chance. Just like Meng Zhang''s previous life, ordinary people''s pursuit of lottery tickets.


    According to the Zhao family''s high-level assumption, Meng Zhang, who is young and vigorous, should be good at cajoling. When you hear about the abandoned mine, you should take it as your chance and go to explore it immediately.


    But I didn''t expect that Meng Zhang was too cautious, or he was too worried about the Zhao family. He didn''t go to the mine to explore, which made the Zhao family''s calculation come to naught.


    For a long time, friars of the Zhao family have a tradition of riding red feather eagles and patrolling the surrounding areas.


    Some time ago, a monk of the Zhao family who went out for inspection accidentally found the trace of the ghost monk and appeared near the abandoned mine cave.


    Ghost friars are ruthless, cruel and bloodthirsty. They commit many sins in the cultivation world.


    The news of the emergence of the ghost friar alerted the top level of the Zhao family.


    He was about to report the news of the ghost monk''s appearance to shuangfenggu. The Zhao family monk who was secretly monitoring found that the ghost monk was chased and killed by friar Fei hongzong.


    That abandoned mine should be the nest of ghost friars. In order to protect the nest from being found, the ghost friar led the friar of Feihong sect away.


    After confirming that the abandoned mine cave should be the nest of ghost friars, the top level of the Zhao family was greedy.


    The ghost friars who can wander around in the cultivation world at least have the accomplishments of foundation period. Moreover, the reputation of ghost friars in the cultivation world is worse than the most ferocious bandits.


    There should be a lot of wealth in the nest of ghost friars during the foundation period.


    The Zhao family, which has been inherited for many years, has always had the existence of friars in the foundation period intermittently.


    In the catastrophe caused by the sand monster more than ten years ago, the Zhao family lost the only friar in the foundation period.


    In order to maintain the prestige of the family and the interests of the family, the Zhao family should cultivate another friar in the foundation period as soon as possible.


    When it comes to foundation building, we have to mention foundation building pill, which is a pill to assist foundation building.


    After years of practice in the cultivation world, the foundation building pill is the most cost-effective, least side effects and lightest sequelae among the auxiliary foundation building items.


    There are several different prescriptions for building foundation Dan. These prescriptions, which have been studied by countless predecessors for many years and tested by thousands of practices, have little difference in effect.


    Every time the refining perfect friar impacts the foundation building realm, he can only take one foundation building pill.


    Within the ruling area of Feihong sect, only Feihong sect has the ability and resources to refine and build Jidan.


    A foundation building pill, feihongzong, is priced at 10000 inferior spirit stones, but in fact, there is often a price without a market, and it can''t be bought with the spirit stones.


    Most of the zhujidan refined by feihongzong has to be supplied to his disciples, only a small part of it has to be used to win over closely related vassal forces.


    Spirit stone is the common currency in the cultivation world, but strategic materials such as building Jidan can''t be bought by spirit stone alone.


    Of course, it''s not that you can''t build a foundation without building a foundation Dan.


    Like Meng Zhang, a top-grade Linggen friar, even if he doesn''t use the foundation Dan when building the foundation in the future, he has a great chance of success.


    As for the friars with poor Linggen qualification, if they forcibly build the foundation without the help of foreign objects, they will risk a narrow life.


    Brave enough, lucky enough, and with a very small chance, you can successfully build a foundation.


    In some sects and families, there are also some secret methods that can build a foundation without building a foundation pill. These secrets often have many limitations or hidden dangers.


    In addition, the natural materials and earth treasures coveted by some golden elixirs also have the effect of assisting in foundation construction. Of course, it is unknown whether there are monks who can be so extravagant and use these natural materials to build foundations.


    The reason why Shuangfeng Valley can be called one door and ten foundations is that Shuangfeng Valley can refine a special pill.


    The original name of the pill can no longer be tested. People call it Xiaozhu Jidan.


    The efficacy of Xiaozhu Jidan is only 30% of that of the real Jidan. However, countless monks with perfect Qi refining are flocking to it.


    It is not easy to refine Xiaozhu Jidan, and most of them are digested by shuangfenggu.


    A small number of small building foundation pills sold to the outside world are priced at 6000 low-grade spiritual stones, but they are often fried to 7000 or 7000 low-grade spiritual stones. Moreover, the goods are often ordered by various forces before they are put on the shelves.


    In addition to its own strength, shuangfenggu''s ability to dominate among the numerous vassal forces of Feihong sect also contributed to the small building of Jidan.


    Ten years ago, after the death of the Zhao family''s friar in the foundation period, relying on their good relationship with Shuangfeng Valley, the Zhao family bought a small foundation pill from Shuangfeng Valley at the friendship price of 7000 inferior spirit stones.


    Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, failed to build the foundation after taking the small building foundation pill, and wasted a small building foundation pill in vain.


    The best age for a monk to build a foundation is before the age of 60. Over the age of 60, it does not mean that we must not build the foundation, but that the hope of success in building the foundation is very slim.


    Generally speaking, the clan or family will not put the foundation building resources on the monks over the age of 60.


    Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, is 52 years old this year. There is not much time to impact the foundation period.


    In order to obtain the building foundation Dan, or a small building foundation Dan, the Zhao family not only crazy to tap the internal potential, but also crazy to ask for resources from the outside.


    Although the neighbor taiyimen has lost a little weight, he still has two liang of meat. If you can swallow it in one bite, the Zhao family will certainly gain a lot.


    There are many friars in the Zhao family, and there are many friars in the later stage of Qi refining. It is not difficult to break the Taiyi gate and destroy the Taiyi gate.


    However, there are rules in the cultivation world, which can''t be arbitrary by virtue of strength.


    Taiyimen and Zhao family are both vassal forces of Shuangfeng valley. If the Zhao family doesn''t care and kills Taiyi gate today, it will be destroyed by Shuangfeng Valley tomorrow.


    Similarly, the officials of Shuangfeng valley are subject to Feihong sect, and Feihong sect cannot destroy Shuangfeng Valley arbitrarily without reason.


    If there were no rules, the cultivation world would have been in chaos and become chaotic.


    As long as there is no strength to dominate the cultivation world, we should abide by some rules of the cultivation world and play within the rules of the game.

 Chapter 53

    Since they can''t attack and destroy Taiyi gate openly, the Zhao family has been playing tricks secretly.


    For example, the Zhao family took Fang Meng and others who defected from the Taiyi gate in order to use Fang Meng''s identity to interfere in the Taiyi gate''s internal affairs.


    Later, friar Zhao found the old nest of ghost repair during the foundation construction period, that is, the abandoned mine cave.


    Compared with the taiyimen bone, the ghost''s nest during the foundation period is a piece of fat.


    Of course, there are big risks in big fat meat.


    Fang Meng and other traitors of taiyimen were forced into the mine by the Zhao family as cannon fodder to explore the way.


    Most of the traitors died at the hands of ghosts in the mine. Fang Meng, who was good at running for his life, took the opportunity to escape and disappeared. The only one saved by friar Zhao was Fang Yong.


    Many ghosts in the abandoned mine cave made the elders of the Zhao family feel a little tricky in the later stage of gas refining.


    The Shaoyang Qigong practiced by Meng Zhang has a special restraining effect on ghosts and evil spirits. This level of intelligence has long been disclosed to the Zhao family by Fang Meng.


    Moreover, Zhao Yanbei, the leader of the Zhao family, considered that although Taiyi sect is a small sect that has been in decline for a long time, it has been inherited for a long time and its ancestors have been rich. Maybe there are some powerful means in the sect, hidden in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    So, after discussing with the senior management of the Zhao family, they made a later plan.


    Plant a prohibition in Fang Yong''s body and put him back to Taiyi gate.


    On the one hand, Fang Yong can act as the eyes and ears of the Zhao family and let the Zhao family obtain the latest information of taiyimen.


    On the other hand, through Fang Yong''s mouth, he revealed some information about the abandoned mine cave and lured Meng Zhang to explore.


    There must be sinister means hidden in the nest of ghost friars.


    Meng Zhang, who cultivates Shaoyang Qi, can restrain ghosts. After entering the mine, he may also lead to the sinister means hidden by ghost friars.


    With Meng Zhang opening the way in front, friar Zhao can reduce some casualties and save a lot of strength.


    Even if the ghost monk suddenly returns to his nest, Meng Zhang will stand in front of the dead ghost.


    Friar Zhao planned very well, but Meng Zhang didn''t follow the plan, so he was not fooled.


    After such a long time, Meng Zhang not only had never been to the abandoned mine, but also showed no interest at all.


    Looking at the timid Fang Yong, Zhao Chen felt angry.


    I don''t know that Meng Zhang is so cautious and has no curiosity at all. Fang Yong is still a waste. He didn''t hide from Meng Zhang and was seen through by Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, Zhao Chen repeatedly questioned Fang Yong about all the details of his contact with Meng Zhang.


    In the process of cross examination, in order to prevent Fang Yong from lying, he inevitably used some means to make him suffer.


    In addition to honestly answering questions, Fang Yong kept crying for mercy.


    From Fang Yong''s answer, it is impossible to judge whether Meng Zhang has seen through Fang Yong.


    But the original intention was to let Fang Yong go undercover at Taiyi gate, but this waste can''t even enter the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate. He can only stay in the sweet water oasis with ordinary people. Zhao Chen really wants to slap this useless guy to death.


    Considering that sending Fang Yong back to taiyimen undercover was the order of Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, Zhao Chen restrained his killing intention and directly asked Fang Yong to go away.


    Now Meng Zhang has not been fooled, and it seems that there is no need to wait. Zhao Chen decided to speak to the owner and directly forcibly explore the abandoned mine cave, so as not to have a long dream at night and produce extraneous ideas.


    Next, the senior management of the Zhao family fell into a debate.


    Is it worth taking the risk of forcibly breaking into the nest of ghost friars for unnecessary wealth?


    If the news leaked and led to the ghost Friar''s killing, it would be enough for the Zhao family to destroy the family.


    Some elders of the Zhao family strongly opposed the family provoking ghost friars, and even more strongly opposed entering the abandoned mine cave.


    Zhao Chen, as the confidant of Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, put forward a view that the ghost monk was chased and killed all the way by friar Feihong, and maybe he was killed by friar Feihong. If the owner can''t come back, everything in the abandoned mine will become ownerless, and there will be no future trouble and risk.


    Of course, this fluke idea was immediately opposed by some elders of the clan.


    Finally, Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, decided to break into the abandoned mine cave, search for the nest of ghost friars and obtain wealth.


    There is only one reason why Zhao Yanbei made such a decision. The Zhao family can''t have no friars for a long time. We must cultivate the foundation period friars of the family in the shortest time.


    To cultivate the foundation period friars, we cannot do without massive resources.


    Over the years, the Zhao family has lost a lot of interests, overtly or covertly, and has been squeezed by some competitors.


    As long as it is not an open fight, this kind of open and secret struggle is in line with the rules of the cultivation world and is tacitly approved by various forces.


    This method of cutting meat with a soft knife makes the Zhao family very uncomfortable.


    If things go on like this, I''m afraid the Zhao family will only lose all the benefits outside like taiyimen, and can only live in their own Lingtian.


    As long as there is a friar in the foundation period in the Zhao family, all the problems can be solved and the lost interests can be recaptured.


    After Zhao Yanbei, the head of the Zhao family, ordered as the head of the family, the whole Zhao family began to mobilize.


    In order to be cautious, the Zhao family collected a lot of magic tools and talismans to restrain ghosts.


    When the Zhao family was ready to forcibly explore the abandoned mine, Meng Zhang, who had already returned from the abandoned mine, came to huojingfang city according to the original plan.


    More than 4000 miles away, even the wind chasing foal can''t cross it at one time.


    It took several days to reach the destination. Not only is the wind chasing foal tired to death, but Meng Zhang is a little tired.


    Like its name, huojingfang city is built on a group of huojingfang.


    The original location of huojingfang city not only has a second-order top-grade spirit vein, but also there are many huojingfang around the spirit vein.


    The so-called fire well is some natural cracks on the ground, which constantly spew out the fire under the ground.


    The earth fire gate, which is good at refining utensils, first found this place. These flames gushing from the ground are the best fire for refining utensils.


    The smelters of the earth fire gate used various means to control the flow of these underground flames and bind them in fire wells.


    In this process, feihongzong also made great efforts. He also took the opportunity to put his hand in and master many interests of huojingfang city.


    Of course, the earth fire gate friar is famous for his madness, and there are many fierce madmen who are not afraid of death.


    Even the Feihong sect doesn''t want to easily provoke madmen.


    Although dihuomen is nominally a vassal of Feihong sect, it has great autonomy.


    Feihongzong''s attitude towards dihuomen has always been gentle. The two sides can also achieve happy cooperation and common development in huojingfang city.

 Chapter 54

    As soon as Meng Zhanggang got close to huojingfang City, he felt waves of heat coming to his face. When I really walked into huojingfang City, it was hot and sweaty.


    During the Qi refining period, the cultivator can adjust his body temperature by relying on the Qi and has the ability not to invade the cold and heat.


    Meng Zhang, a monk who practices Yang attribute and Shaoyang Qi, should have stronger resistance to heat. But after entering huojingfang City, it was also hot and sweating.


    As for the wind chasing foal he rode, he was sweating all the more. He had been sticking out his tongue like a dog for a long time.


    The defense of huojingfang city is much tighter than that of mingshafang City, and the inventory in and out of huojingfang city is also more strict.


    All practitioners entering and leaving the square city need to carefully check their identity. Instead of simply registering, as in mingshafang city.


    The rule of feihongzong in the ruling area seems loose, but in fact it is relatively strict. All Xiuzhen forces, whether families or sects, whether vassals of Feihong sect or vassals of vassals, are registered.


    Leaders of major forces, elders and other powerful figures not only have detailed records, but also will be updated in time after personnel changes.


    Fei hongzong, who has great interests in huojingfang City, naturally shared this information with the guards of huojingfang city.


    Although Taiyi sect is only an insignificant small sect, its relevant information is recorded here.


    Meng Zhang entered huojingfang very smoothly with the identity of leader of Taiyi sect.


    If you change to casual repair and want to enter huojingfang City, you must have someone to guarantee.


    Endless sand sea is a place with great temperature difference between day and night. It is hot like a stove during the day, but cold at night.


    The climate of huojingfang city is very different from that of other places in the endless sand sea.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at huojingfang, it was already late at night, but the climate was still unbearably hot.


    The practitioners walking in the street don''t care about their own image at all. Most of them are naked and wearing shorts. Even so, as long as you walk a few more steps, you will be sweating immediately.


    Meng Zhang keenly felt that the weather in huojingfang was so hot, mainly because of his feet.


    Deep underground, like a big stove, is burning, emitting almost endless heat.


    People on the ground are like standing on a big steamer and being roasted by a big fire stove.


    Huojingfang city is named because of more than ten natural fire wells.


    These natural fire wells were transformed into dozens of fire rooms by dihuomen and feihongzong. In addition to most of their own use, many fire rooms were rented out in exchange for rent.


    Ground fire is a relatively cheap and effective fire for refining utensils.


    If you want to build a fire chamber from scratch, it will cost a lot of money, and at least you need the monks in the later stage of foundation construction.


    In the surrounding area, there are few forces that can have their own fire chamber.


    Therefore, not only casual cultivation, but also many weapon refiners of sects and families come to huojingfang city to rent the ground fire room.


    Relying on the unique advantage of the ground fire room, huojingfang city started a signboard very early. After years of development, the prosperity level is far higher than that of mingshafang city.


    Meng Zhang found a hotel, settled down the wind chasing foal and had a little rest. When the night was dark, he walked into the street.


    Huojingfang is much more lively than mingshafang. At night, most shops are still open.


    Meng Zhang turned around and sold a pile of sundries in several different shops in exchange for less than 400 inferior spirit stones.


    Every time I go out, I have to bring seven or eight storage bags. It''s really inconvenient. Tie a circle of bags around your waist. It''s like nine bags of elders. It''s ugly to death.


    Meng Zhang wanted to change a large storage equipment, but he asked about the price and gave up.


    It''s ugly. There''s no need to waste the spirit stone.


    The earth fire gate is originally famous for the art of refining utensils, and because the earth fire room is rented to the outside world, it has gathered utensils smelters from all sides.


    Therefore, among the shops in huojingfang City, there are not only a large number of magic weapons, but also some high-quality products. Even some popular magic tools can be found here.


    With a good eye, Meng Zhang bought several cost-effective magic weapons and was ready to take them back to the door and put them into the big library to reward the disciples.


    In addition, some commonly used talismans are added. Especially Tu Dun Fu, bought a lot more.


    Meng Zhang was fully aware of the benefits of using runes from his last experience in abandoned mines. Now you have a loose hand. You can buy more and put them away in case of need.


    On the street, although the night is dark, huojingfang is still as bright as day.


    In many buildings beside the street, there is often a fire rising into the sky, shining the sky bright and red.


    Bursts of Jingling bangs echoed in the streets, and there was a bombardment from time to time, and occasionally an explosion or two.


    The crowd on the street was used to it and didn''t care much at all.


    There are so many weapon refiners in huojingfang city. It''s normal to have these movements.


    Meng Zhang is going to visit the ghost market in huojingfang city.


    Meng Zhang succeeded in picking up leaks several times in mingshafang City, but he gained a lot by seeing through the false magic eye and extraordinary insight.


    Unfortunately, there are not enough stalls in the ghost city of mingshafang city. After Meng Zhang went there several times, it was hard to gain.


    Huojingfang city is more prosperous than mingshafang City, and ghost city must be more lively.


    Full of expectation, Meng Zhang began to look for the ghost city of huojingfang.


    In huojingfang, a city that never sleeps, it''s really not easy to find a remote and dark corner to serve as a ghost city.


    The ghost city of huojingfang is not on the ground, but underground.


    In the north of huojingfang City, there is no natural fire well, let alone underground fire chamber.


    I don''t know who it is. In the underground here, a huge basement has been opened up and transformed into an underground square and some other buildings.


    Meng Zhang, in accordance with his original habit, specially drilled into the dark corner. After a long time, I couldn''t find the ghost city.


    Finally, it took several spirit stones to find a local guide before coming to the entrance on the ground and entering the underground square.


    The ground was dug deep, and the long corridor went deep into the ground. Several dying torches were inserted on both sides of the corridor, emitting a faint yellow light.


    Walking along the dark corridor for a long distance, you enter a vast underground square.


    By this time, the square was already full of stalls. Under the faint light overhead, the items on the stall were vague and looming.

 Chapter 55

    Although the light in ghost city is bad, there are many guests.


    In addition to many stalls on the square, a wide passage is reserved for pedestrians to pass through.


    But at this time, the flow of people, like the tide, has crowded these channels tightly, and it is almost impossible for people to pass.


    Looking at the crowded scene, Meng Zhang saw that the ghost city of huojingfang was much more lively than that of mingshafang.


    Meng Zhang left the corridor and went into the square. He walked with the crowd and carefully looked at the items on the stall.


    In the hot underground of huojingfang City, the temperature is higher than that on the ground. And the crowd is dense. In this closed space, the taste is really uncomfortable.


    When he first entered huojingfang City, Meng Zhang had tried to cool his body with magic and regulate his body temperature with real Qi.


    However, Meng Zhang tried many methods, but the effect was not very significant. He was still very hot.


    Meng Zhang felt acutely and carefully before he realized that it was not just a matter of temperature.


    There should be a huge underground fire, constantly emitting heat upward.


    Among them, it contains a strange power, which makes people feel dry and hot.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang carefully distinguished that this force only makes people feel uncomfortable and has no hidden harm.


    As a cultivator, his endurance is much better than that of ordinary people. It''s just a little hot, and it''s over.


    In his heart, he was full of expectations for the stall in ghost city. Meng Zhang even felt that the sense of heat had become much lighter.


    It took a lot of time and sweat to make a round trip in the ghost city, but Meng Zhang didn''t get much.


    There are only a few valuable items on the stall.


    Just these things are expensive. Obviously, the stall owner knows the value of his own things.


    Those valuable items are not worth his high price.


    Meng Zhang''s hopes of picking up the leak were dashed.


    In the past, the two magic weapons Meng Zhang picked up were his own false magic eye and his rich knowledge obtained from the place of trial.


    But in the cultivation world, he must not be the only one practicing pupil art. The number of practitioners with rich experience and extensive knowledge is even more.


    Meng Zhang scolded secretly in his heart. He tossed about for so long. All his hard work just now was in vain. If I knew I wouldn''t get anything from the ghost city, I might as well stay cool in the hotel.


    Since there was nothing to visit in ghost city, Meng Zhang left the square and was ready to leave here.


    He had just reached the edge of the square and was ready to enter the corridor he came through.


    At this time, a middle-aged man stopped him.


    "Are you the head of Meng Zhang Meng of Taiyi sect?" although it was a question, it was in a positive tone.


    "Who are you and what advice do you have?" Meng Zhang looked at each other with a little vigilance.


    In a strange place, Meng Zhang must be careful when he is stopped by a strange monk.


    "It seems that leader Meng has nothing to gain in the ghost city."


    "Well, the so-called ghost market is to fool ordinary friars. There is nothing good in it. Of course, big customers like leader Meng don''t like those who fool people."


    The middle-aged man did not directly answer Meng Zhang''s question, but directly took out a black token.


    "If leader Meng wants to buy some good things or some special goods, you can go there and have a look."


    The middle-aged man pointed to a small room next to the underground square and handed the black token.


    Meng Zhang took a look at the black token with a broken false magic eye, confirmed that there was no trap in it, and carefully took it over.


    After finishing this, the middle-aged man took the initiative to leave.


    In this process, Meng Zhangyun tried to read each other''s ideas, but failed. It''s just that you can clearly feel that the other party has no malice towards you.


    It seems that his heart is not omnipotent.


    Meng Zhang knew that there are several secret methods in the cultivation world, which can restrain his mind and prevent others from using secret techniques such as heart reading.


    Being able to judge that the other party has no malice is his talent of heart communication, which is extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang looked at the back of the middle-aged man and thought of some rumors.


    It is said that there is an organized black market in some large-scale square markets.


    The background of the forces behind the black market is strong and the strength is extraordinary. Even the local leaders of each square city should let them three points.


    The commodities in these black markets are far richer than those in the shops in the square market, and they are all inclusive and almost omnipresent.


    Of course, there are some forbidden goods and stolen goods in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang himself has never been in contact with the black market, but there were predecessors in taiyimen who had transactions in the black market.


    In the chronicle of the head of Taiyi sect inherited by Meng Zhang, there is the experience of the former head of Taiyi sect in the black market.


    Combined with these records, Meng Zhang also wants to understand.


    After I entered huojingfang City, although I sold sundries in several stores, I still fell into the eyes of people with a heart. It seems that there are not many four hundred lower grade spirit stones, but in fact, their purchasing power is not poor.


    With the strong strength of the black market, it is easy to find out your identity and background.


    He is of average strength and comes from a weak sect. However, he has a valuable spirit stone, which is the favorite customer of all businesses.


    Fortunately, although the black market belongs to the black field, I have never heard that the black market organizers have a criminal record of murder and robbery.


    The transaction in the black market is still very fair. What we pay attention to is to let you willingly take out the Lingshi for consumption.


    At this time, the middle-aged man was talking to another cultivator. It seems that this guy is the guy in charge of soliciting.


    Open a black market, of course, I hope there are many customers and business is booming.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. The black market has always had a good reputation. If you go and have a look, there should be no danger.


    Meng Zhang walked into the hut pointed by the middle-aged man.


    In a dark hut, a man dressed in black all over was guarding behind the door of the hut.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming in, he stretched out his hand.


    "Keepsake."


    Meng Zhang handed over the black token, the other party checked it, and then handed over a mask and a cloak.


    The man in black tapped on the wall, and a dark hole appeared on the wall, which was a deep passage.


    "Go in and come to the end."


    Meng Zhang took the mask and cloak from the other party and didn''t ask much, so he went directly into the channel.


    Although the passage was dark, I couldn''t see my fingers. However, monks basically have some night vision spells or abilities, and Meng Zhang''s false magic eye can directly penetrate the darkness.

 Chapter 56

    Meng Zhang walked through the dark passage unaffected and checked the two things in his hand at the same time.


    The mask can cover the appearance, and the cloak can cover the body. Moreover, there are no traps on both things, only some prohibitions can play two roles.


    First, after wearing it, you can make your whole body hazy, so that people can''t see your appearance and body shape clearly. This is equivalent to solidifying a small spell hazy spell.


    Second, it has a shielding effect on the divine consciousness of those who practice truth during the foundation period.


    You know, when the foundation period comes, the cultivator can have divine consciousness. Divine consciousness is different from the five senses commonly used by people and has special exploration ability.


    The function of these two things is to protect the privacy of black market traders and prevent their identities from being exposed.


    Meng Zhang still appreciates the practice of the black market.


    This passage turns in all directions and is very long. It goes very deep down. I don''t know where it leads.


    Meng Zhang walked slowly and walked for a long time before reaching the exit.


    Meng Zhang put on his mask and cloak before he walked out of the passage.


    As soon as I walked out of the passage, I saw the dazzling light in my eyes. It was as bright as day and very empty.


    The space in front of us is like a deep well with a very wide wellhead.


    At the bottom of the deep well are entrances and exits. Meng Zhang''s exit here is only one of them.


    In front is a high platform with a big table.


    The rear and sides are separated into several layers. In each floor, there are many dense small houses, just like small lattices.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came out of the passage, a maid came forward to lead the way. They went up the steps into an empty cubicle.


    After explaining the precautions during the transaction, the maid closed the door of the small cell and left Meng Zhang alone.


    The cabin was also dark, and only one seat was placed in the narrow space.


    Meng Zhang sat on the chair and opened the window in front of him.


    The dazzling light immediately came in. Through this small window, you can clearly see the high platform in front.


    Next to the chair, there is a thin black token in the shape of a brush, with the number 185 written on it.


    Meng Zhang sat on the chair and looked around carefully.


    At the entrance and exit at the bottom, new monks came in and were led to different small houses.


    Some guys, who were obviously friars during the foundation period, were led to the private room on the top floor.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long, and the fair began.


    All the monks who came to trade entered their rooms.


    At this time, a fat old man stepped onto the high platform in front of him.


    He didn''t say a word of nonsense. He just patted his palm. Immediately, countless streamers flew into different small houses.


    Meng Zhang saw a streamer fly into the cabin through the window, turn into a scroll and float in front of him.


    According to the maid''s explanation, Meng Zhang raised his token and tapped the scroll twice.


    The long scroll immediately unfolded, revealing a light curtain.


    On the light curtain, columns of neatly arranged words appeared.


    These words are the catalogue of goods sold on the black market.


    Meng Zhang gently waved the token in his hand, and the directory rolled down to show more entries.


    The black market is indeed worthy of the name of the black market. In front of the catalogue are all kinds of men''s and women''s cauldrons.


    In the area ruled by Feihong sect, buying and selling mortals is a taboo thing, not to mention buying and selling practitioners.


    In particular, it is absolutely forbidden to cultivate practitioners into furnace tripods for sale. Once found, they will be severely punished immediately.


    Meng Zhang gently clicked the words on the directory with his token. The light curtain fluctuated and immediately showed the image of the corresponding furnace tripod.


    The image of the furnace tripod is very clear, which can be said to be visible. Even the subtle expressions on the face are recorded, making the image particularly vivid, not like a rigid dead object.


    At the bottom of the image, lines of text flash to introduce the age, physical characteristics, cultivation methods and so on of the furnace tripod in detail.


    These cauldrons are rare gifts for those friars who practice tonic skills. But Meng Zhang just felt a bout of disgust.


    Although collecting tonic skill is regarded as an evil skill, some friars who came from the right path have secretly practiced it.


    Although Taiyi gate is a small and declining door, its style is still relatively rigorous. Evil practices such as cultivating the tonic skill are absolutely not allowed to appear on the disciples of the school.


    "They are all poor people." Meng Zhang looked at the images of the cauldrons and sighed.


    Although he bought mortals, he regarded them as the leading people under his rule in order to supplement the population of sweet water oasis.


    Like this, he despises the practice of taking the cultivator as an object and wantonly collecting, mending and maiming.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang is just a little monk in the middle of Qi refining. He has a lot of trouble in his family. He has no ability to change the current situation. He can only be poor and be alone.


    Skip the tripod section and browse the directory.


    There are many kinds of items sold in the black market, including magic tools, pills, talismans... Almost everything.


    Of course, the items sold on the black market are more or less from an incorrect origin.


    Meng Zhang found the catalog of magic tools, in which there are many ghost magic tools for sale.


    When refining a magic weapon like a hundred soul flag, it is necessary to extract the souls of hundreds of mortals and melt them into the magic weapon.


    This cruel means is also strictly prohibited by many sects in the Xiuzhen world.


    There are also soul summoning flags, which can forcibly extract the spirits of practitioners, trap them on the flags and forcibly enslave them.


    Enslaving the spirits of practitioners is also a great evil.


    Most of the ghost magic tools are mysterious and vicious, which are basically related to ghosts.


    Because they are greedy for its power and special ability, some practitioners in the cultivation world will secretly collect several pieces for emergencies.


    Glancing at the list of magic tools, the most taboo is to sell ghost magic tools.


    The black market here still has a certain bottom line. At least there is no magic weapon to sell.


    Of course, although it''s a black market, it''s also a public place after all. If you really dare to sell magic magic tools on a large scale, it may lead to the strong people in addition to magic guard.


    As for whether the black market will privately sell magic weapons, it is unknown.


    Among the many magic tools sold, naturally there are normal magic tools, and they occupy most of the space in the magic tool directory.


    It''s just that there are some problems in the origin of these normal magic tools.

 Chapter 57

    The catalogue contains a wide variety of items and detailed contents. Many of them, even Meng Zhang, are very excited.


    Although there are problems in the origin of most of the items sold on the black market, the black market did not deceive people, but it was clearly indicated in the catalogue.


    In fact, some treasures will still be sought after by many people even if they know the origin is wrong.


    Meng Zhang took a fancy to one thing. It was three cold poison Yin thunder refined by the Liu family.


    The Liu family is a family force at the same level as shuangfenggu and linquanguan. There are many friars in the foundation period in the family.


    It is said that in the secret place of the Liu family, there is a cold kiln that has existed for many years and has been handed down since the founding of the Liu family.


    In the cold kiln, after many years of accumulation, every once in a while, there is a cold gas accumulated.


    Friars with the blood of the Liu family can cultivate the secret skills of the Liu family without taking the foundation building pill and rely on this cold air to forge the foundation.


    Although this foundation building method seems to have some hidden dangers, it ensures that the Liu family can continuously train monks during the foundation building period.


    The Liu family can have a place among the numerous vassal forces of Feihong sect, which is mainly relied on.


    In the cold kiln, a large amount of cold poison will remain after the cold gas is absorbed.


    During the foundation period of Liu''s family, friars used a secret method to refine these cold poisons and produced a very poisonous cold poison Yin thunder.


    Cold poison Yin thunder has extraordinary power and can pose a threat to friars during foundation building.


    The three cold poison Yin thunders sold on the black market clearly marked the source behind them and were forcibly taken from the hands of friars of the Liu family.


    The word "forcible" indicates that there is a problem with the origin of this thing.


    The Liu family occasionally sells a small amount of cold poison Yin thunder. Most of the cold poison Yin thunder will not only be used by the friars during the foundation period, but also give protection to the valued younger disciples of the family.


    The origin of these three cold poison Yin thunder is nothing more than forcibly seizing, killing and looting.


    Even if Meng Zhang spent Lingshi to buy it, he only dared to use it secretly and never dared to expose it to others.


    Even at risk, Meng Zhang decided to buy the three cold poison Yin thunder as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is only six times of Qi refining. He is better than the monks in the middle of Qi refining, but his strength is limited.


    The most lethal means is to use the blood refining martyrdom explosion technique. The spell after blood refining can explode the lethality of monks in the later stage of Qi refining.


    Taiyi gate is coveted by the Zhao family now, and there are a large number of monks in the later stage of Zhao family''s Qi refining. The blood refining martyrdom explosion technique is still a little weak as the bottom card.


    Cold poison Yin thunder can hurt friars during the foundation period. If you buy it, it can be used as a hidden mace. Maybe you can save your life at a critical moment.


    Meng Zhang quickly browsed through the directory and knew it well.


    After another period of time, it is estimated that everyone has read the catalogue. The white fat old man standing on the high platform directly announced the beginning of the auction.


    "Auction item No. 1 has a reserve price of 300 pieces of Lingshi, starting from 20 pieces of Lingshi each time."


    "Three hundred inferior spirit stones, has anyone increased the price, has anyone increased the price?"


    "OK, guest 60, increase the price to 320 lower spirit stones."


    "It''s three hundred and twenty inferior spirit stones. Does anyone raise the price? Does anyone raise the price?"


    ¡­¡­


    The black market auction soon began in a lively voice of price increase, and soon became hot.


    With the shooting of pieces, there was even a smell of gunpowder in the field.


    In particular, the auction of two furnace tripods and several ghost magic tools aroused the true fire of bidders.


    Fortunately, all bidders hid their identity and bid anonymously, and the white fat old man was obviously the strong one among the experts in the foundation period. Once he became powerful, he even photographed the friars in the building period in the box of the store, and he didn''t dare to be too presumptuous.


    The auction went smoothly, and soon it was Meng Zhang''s turn.


    The three cold poison Yin thunders were finally collected by Meng Zhang at the price of 500 inferior spirit stones.


    You know, even if it''s a first-class magic weapon, the price in the outside market is about 100 pieces of spirit stone at most. Although the cold poison Yin thunder has great power, it is a disposable product after all, and it will not be used.


    Meng Zhang thought it was worth the price. The first-class magic weapon did not pose any threat to the friars during the foundation period.


    If the three cold poison Yin thunders are purchased outside through normal channels, they are definitely not only at this price, but they may not be able to be bought with money.


    Next, Meng Zhang also spent 100 lower spirit stones and bought three first-class magic weapons.


    These three first-class magic tools are also stolen goods. Meng Zhang is not prepared to sacrifice and refine, but to be used for blood refining, martyrdom and explosion.


    Blood refining martyrdom explosion can use less damaged spells, but it is better to use intact spells. Now there are cheap black goods to buy, so buy a few.


    Meng Zhang estimated that after the blood refining, the three magic weapons should have great lethality, and their respective power is equivalent to the full blow of the nine monks of Qi refining.


    Anyway, after the blood refining, the appearance of the magic weapon changed more or less, and it was a disposable item. It was thrown out and directly exploded into pieces.


    As long as you are careful, you won''t be caught by the victim.


    Meng Zhang also bought these stolen goods after thinking about it and feeling that the risk was small.


    The auction lasted for a long time. Next, there were no items to buy. Even if there were favorite items, it was inconvenient to buy them for various reasons. So Meng Zhang began to keep silent.


    After the auction, a group of maids went into each small room to make delivery with customers. As for those customers who buy large goods, they are taken away by the maid and traded elsewhere.


    Meng Zhang paid off Lingshi and took the goods he bought from the maid. After verification, the transaction is over.


    During the transaction, Meng Zhang was curious for a moment and read the mind of the maid in front of him with his heart.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power and his mind power failed again.


    The maid in front of him was obviously not as good as Meng Zhang, but what Meng Zhang read was a blank. If the maid in front of him was not clearly a living person, Meng Zhang would probably regard him as an unconscious human puppet.


    After the delivery was clear, the maid gave Meng Zhang a jade amulet and introduced the way of use in detail.


    This is a keepsake and a simple magic weapon.


    When Meng Zhang came to the place where there was a black market, he could stimulate this jade symbol, contact the black market and participate in the transaction.


    Meng Zhang checked carefully and confirmed that there was no problem, so he put the jade amulet into the storage bag.


    After completing the transaction, Meng Zhang quickly left the room, randomly selected a channel and left here.


    After walking around the passage for a long time, Meng Zhang got out of a small alley.


    Haosheng''s brilliant means, which is not only the uncanny civil engineering skills, but also a very exquisite array, involving maze, space transformation and other means. If you break in by force, it''s easy to get trapped or lost.

 Chapter 58

    Meng Zhang did not gain anything in the ghost market. In the black market, he bought his favorite items.


    Go back to the hotel and have a rest. I have nothing to say all night.


    Huojingfang city has gathered many weapon refiners, including dihuomen, and even weapon refiners in casual cultivation.


    The most shops in the market are those that sell all kinds of magic tools. At the same time, these shops are basically engaged in the acquisition of various refining materials.


    It is not only the production base of several magic weapons in the area ruled by Feihong sect, but also the top distribution market of refining materials.


    Even if a large amount of refining materials are sold here, they can''t afford too much spray.


    Meng Zhang secretly planned that if the red copper vein he mastered was mined secretly in the future, he could secretly sell the ore here.


    The magic weapons sold in huojingfang not only have a wide variety and high quality, but also some rare side door magic weapons are sold here.


    Meng Zhang has always wanted to buy an excellent flying sword. Several times I went to mingshafang City, but I failed. Either the price is too expensive or the quality is not very satisfactory.


    But when he arrived at huojingfang City, he soon fell in love with several good flying swords.


    After several weighing and careful selection, Meng Zhang bought a first-class flying sword called huanzhirou.


    The flying sword is less than half a foot long and less than an inch wide. Without a hilt, it looks like a thin silver steel sheet.


    There are two types of flying swords commonly used in the cultivation world. One is similar to the appearance of a normal weapon long sword. In addition to flying swords against the enemy, it can also chop and dance like holding an ordinary weapon.


    The other one is like soft fingers. It has no handle and can''t hold it. It''s only used for flying swords against the enemy.


    As for the other odd shaped flying swords, they are not the mainstream, and their use is roughly the same as that of the sword pill. The refining conditions are harsh. In addition to using special spiritual materials, the tool refiner must have superb skills, but also use the sword cultivation secret method.


    In endless sand sea, sword cultivation is not prosperous, and there is no too powerful sword cultivation sect. Therefore, there has been no sword pill spread all the time.


    When the flying sword is refined around the finger, the main material used is refined mild steel.


    So the flying sword can be hard and soft, and both hard and soft. To give full play to its power, users must have very profound attainments in the art of flying sword.


    Meng Zhang spent 150 pieces of spirit stone to buy this favorite flying sword. This price has exceeded the general price of first-order top-grade magic weapons.


    The first-order top-grade magic weapon generally needs friars in the later stage of Qi refining to give full play to its power.


    Meng Zhang already had two first-class magic tools, the soul startling bell and the fire talisman. Although he was gifted, he could control the two magic tools with his cultivation in the middle of Qi refining. But it''s very difficult to refine and use a first-class flying sword.


    It should be said that every cultivator has a flying sword dream in his heart. In the cultivation world, flying sword is always the most popular and used magic tool.


    Meng Zhang is no exception. Although there is no ability to fly the sword, it is still a very tempting thing to control the flying sword and dance and hover.


    After a day in the market, Meng Zhang bought a lot of items. Most of them are gifts he is going to bring to his classmates.


    It''s rare to go a long way. I''m not going back empty handed.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang, who was a little reluctant, went to the ghost city of huojingfang city.


    I went around the ghost city, but I wasted my time and got nothing.


    After a night''s rest and leaving huojingfang City, the Zhao disciple who had been riding a red feather eagle to follow him again dutifully followed up from the air.


    He spent a few days on the road. Then, in the disappointed eyes of the monitored Zhao family''s children, Meng Zhang rode the wind chasing foal, bypassed the abandoned mine cave and returned directly to Taiyi gate.


    After returning to the gate, Meng Zhang began to distribute gifts to the disciples.


    A shield with earth attribute was given to Tian Zhen, an elder of the common affairs.


    Although it''s only a first-class magic weapon, it can play a strong defense with the Wutu true formula cultivated by Tianzhen.


    All the magic tools given to Taoist Qingling and Wang''s father and son are related to Lingzhi, such as Xingyun cloth rain flag, linghoe, sickle


    As for the lower generation disciples in the sect, the gifts they get are sundries such as runes and books.


    After giving gifts and communicating with his fellow disciples, Meng Zhang began to refine the flying sword he bought.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to refine this flying sword completely.


    The refined flying sword is bent into a ball, just like a bracelet, which is sleeved on the wrist of the left hand.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, the Zhao family finally decided to forcibly explore the abandoned mine after some debate.


    Just as the Zhao family friar bought magic tools and talismans to deal with ghosts and was preparing to start, an order from shuangfenggu interrupted the Zhao family Friar''s exploration plan.


    Shuangfeng Valley issues a recruitment order to recruit all vassal forces and send experts. The leader or leader personally leads the team to the designated place to gather, obey the command of the experts sent by Shuangfeng Valley and jointly attack the recently rising sand monster community.


    Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, wants to lead the experts in the door to fight. Naturally, he doesn''t care to explore the abandoned mine cave. The exploration plan that has been drawn up can only be postponed temporarily.


    As a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley, Taiyi gate naturally received the call up order.


    In addition to appointing Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, to lead the team in person, Taiyi sect has to send at least two practitioners to accompany it.


    The Taiyi sect, which has experienced changes, is already understaffed, and there are only three monks in the middle of Qi refining, who can barely fight.


    Considering that Taoist Xuanling, the former leader of Taiyi sect, was recruited by shuangfenggu to fight against sand monsters and died in the war. Meng Zhang, the new leader, can''t have any more accidents.


    The Qingling Taoist priest Hotan town took the initiative to fight and wanted to go with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and asked Tian Zhen to walk with him. Taoist Qingling stayed at Taiyi gate.


    As for another monk needed, Meng Zhang chose Fang Yong who had been staying in the sweet water oasis.


    Meng Zhang''s statement to the inside of the door is to make Fang Yong commit crimes and meritorious deeds. If Fang Yong performs well on this trip, he can redeem his former sins and return to taiyimen.


    Although Fang Yong knew that this trip was very dangerous and was very reluctant to go, he really had no reason to refuse. Forced by helplessness, he had to go out with Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 59

    Meng Zhang''s purpose of taking Fang Yong is certainly not what he claims orally.


    Shuangfenggu has made great efforts to recruit this time. All subordinate forces have been mobilized, and the Zhao family is naturally among them.


    It is not impossible to bring Fang Yong, an undercover agent, to plot against the Zhao family on a chaotic battlefield if the opportunity is right.


    I think the Zhao family will have the same idea about taiyimen.


    The recruitment order of shuangfenggu was very urgent, and there was not too much time delay for the vassal forces.


    After receiving the order, all the vassal forces of shuangfenggu were forced to act immediately and quickly rush to the designated place to assemble.


    The gathering place was an oasis 800 miles away from the south.


    This oasis is a peripheral stronghold of Shuangfeng valley. It is located on a first-order spiritual vein and is guarded by monks of Shuangfeng Valley all year round. In the oasis, not only many spiritual fields have been cultivated, but also a large number of mortals live.


    The vassal forces of Shuangfeng Valley took action one after another. Meng Zhang and the three of them had to follow the wind. The distance was not too far. They were vassal forces who arrived earlier.


    In a corner in the north of the oasis, Shuangfeng Valley has set up a camp. The camp is divided into several parts. Friar Shuangfeng Valley lives in the center of the camp, and other parts are divided into subordinate vassal forces.


    The major vassal forces are arranged in different areas according to the number of people.


    The number of Taiyi sect is the least, and the disciples of Shuangfeng Valley who receive them don''t take it seriously. After hastily arranging it, he left immediately.


    Taiyimen camp is located in the northwest corner of the camp, with only three separate tents.


    Although not valued, Meng Zhang did not take it seriously. Taiyimen has such a little strength. If they really like it, it''s not a good thing.


    The reason why shuangfenggu issued a call-up order to taiyimen is not that they really need these three practitioners who are far from reaching the later stage of gas refining.


    The main purpose is to reflect the authority of Shuangfeng Valley, treat the strength of the vassal equally, and let them always remember that Shuangfeng Valley is the master in charge, and has the power to kill and take whatever they want.


    Soon after taiyimen arrived at the camp, Linshan sect also arrived.


    Lin Shan sect is also a small sect. Although its strength is much stronger than the previous Taiyi sect, it is not a challenge among the vassal forces of Shuangfeng valley.


    Lin Shan sent people to act quickly and smoothly. No one would offend them easily. He had some contacts with taiyimen before.


    Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect, brought a full ten disciples according to the order of shuangfenggu this time.


    "Headmaster Meng, you''re early enough this time."


    Although Xu Chengxian is old, he still takes the initiative to say hello to Meng Zhang.


    Neither despise Meng Zhang''s youth, nor despise the three big cats and kittens of taiyimen.


    "I''ve seen leader Xu."


    The camp of Linshan sect is not far from taiyimen camp. As soon as they come, Meng Zhang quickly welcomes them.


    Speaking of it, we are all vassal forces of Shuangfeng Valley and not far neighbors. We have heard of each other.


    Now when they see real people, they greet each other politely.


    In addition to the spiritual field opened in the gate, the Lin mountain where the Lin mountain sect is located is a rare mountain around.


    The whole mountain is covered with forests. In the endless sand sea, it is a good treasure land.


    There are many spirit trees in the forest of Linshan sect.


    The most famous is xuanyang wood. After burning, the fire is stable and has a special power of Yang harmony.


    Many alchemists like to use xuanyang wood as fuel when refining pills. It is said that it has such a small effect on improving the rate of Dan formation.


    With the supply of xuanyang wood, Linshan sect has established the relationship with the Dan division guild. It not only has several shops in mingshafang City, but also has its own caravan.


    The sect has stable production and certain income from doing business abroad. It has a very nourishing life. Compared with the poor taiyimen, one is in the sky and the other is on the earth.


    After a series of changes, taiyimen is the lowest among the numerous vassal forces in Shuangfeng valley.


    Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect, who is somewhat of a businessman, is very old-fashioned in dealing with people and things. After a few words, he had a good talk with Meng Zhang.


    "Why haven''t the Li family arrived yet? Their mountain gate is the closest to here."


    Meng Zhang watched as someone rushed to the camp and said casually.


    "Leader Meng doesn''t know yet?" Xu Chengxian asked with some surprise.


    "What do you know?" Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s look was not fake, as if he really didn''t know it, Xu Chengxian pondered for a while, looked around mysteriously, and then explained it to Meng Zhang in a low voice.


    It turned out that this time, the sand monster community has a huge scale and amazing combat effectiveness. In a very short time, it caused great disasters. Shuangfenggu and its vassal forces suffered deeply.


    Several vassal forces under Shuangfeng valley were destroyed, including the Li family.


    There are a large number of friars in the Li family, and there is a friar in the foundation period in the family. Among the vassal forces in Shuangfeng Valley, their strength is at the forefront.


    The Li family sits on a second-order spiritual pulse, and the family Mountain Gate is guarded by a second-order protection array.


    However, even the Lijiashan gate with such strong defense was broken by the sand monster community, resulting in the destruction of the family.


    This time, the sand monster community caused a wide range of disasters. Not only two spiritual places directly under Shuangfeng valley were destroyed, but also the surrounding big forces at the same level as Shuangfeng Valley, such as linquanguan, Liujia and Qingzhu mountain, suffered losses.


    And the sand monster community is still growing, and the scope of attack is also spreading around.


    It is said that even Feihong sect was disturbed. If the vassal forces such as Shuangfeng Valley can''t destroy the sand monster community, Feihong Zong will do it himself.


    Xu Chengxian''s words surprised Meng Zhang.


    Since he took over as the leader of Taiyi sect, Taiyi sect has been closed to the outside world, and the news has become very closed.


    If Xu Chengxian hadn''t told him such important news, he wouldn''t know at all.


    Meng Zhang felt afraid and happy.


    Blessed by the ancestors, it''s lucky that the sand monster community didn''t find Taiyi gate. Otherwise, even if all the people fight for their lives, they can''t change the end of killing the gate.


    "The younger generation is really ignorant. If the elder didn''t wake up, I really didn''t know that the sand monster community was so terrible."


    Meng Zhang sincerely thanked Xu Chengxian.


    "It''s a trivial matter. It''s not worth mentioning. The news has spread for a long time. If I don''t tell you, you''ll know sooner or later."


    Xu Chengxian waved his hand carelessly.


    Meng Zhang secretly reminded his family to pay more attention to the news from the outside world in the future. Don''t just know to practice in isolation.

 Chapter 60

    As time went by, more and more monks arrived at this camp.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Chengxian were chatting vigorously when friar Zhao arrived at the camp.


    Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, stood in front of the flying boat and looked at the monks on the ground in front of him. He felt unspeakably happy.


    Damn Li family, it''s over at last. Although sand monsters are public enemies in the cultivation world, they sometimes do good things.


    Since more than ten years ago, in the disaster caused by the sand monster, the Zhao family lost the only friar in the foundation period, and the Zhao family began to decline.


    The Li family, who had been competing with the Zhao family, immediately rushed up while the Zhao family was weak.


    Facing the Li family, where a friar was in charge during the foundation period, the Zhao family inevitably lacked confidence. He lost ground in the open and covert struggle. Not only lost two shops in mingshafang City, but also lost two important business routes.


    The Zhao family, which has suffered great losses in family interests, has been trying hard to cultivate a foundation building friar over the years, and the pressing of the Li family accounts for a great factor.


    Now the Li family was killed by the sand monster, and the Zhao family immediately felt much less pressure.


    The original plan to explore the abandoned mine cave was interrupted, and Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, was a little unhappy. When he received the news of the collapse of the Li family, his mood immediately changed from cloudy to sunny.


    According to the order of shuangfenggu, the Zhao family should send a total of 15 monks, including the owner.


    Zhao Yanbei responded positively to the recruitment of shuangfenggu. Instead of sending weak chicken friars to top up, he sent the elite of the family.


    There are not only a number of monks in the later stage of gas refining, but also three monks with perfect gas refining, including Zhao Yanbei.


    The flying boat, which is reluctant to use easily because of heartache and loss of spirit stone, was also sent out this time.


    Zhao Yanbei wants to please Shuangfeng Valley and hopes to buy a small building foundation pill from Shuangfeng Valley again.


    Generally, the first-order flying boat can only carry ten monks. Next to the Zhao family flying boat, there are five red feather Eagles riding by friars.


    The Zhao family''s flying boat drove directly into the camp. Zhao Yan looked north and happened to see the three people at Taiyi gate.


    A smile of disdain came out of the corner of his mouth.


    The weakest friars sent by the Zhao family this time have the strength in the middle of gas refining.


    But the strongest friar of Taiyi sect is only the cultivation in the middle of Qi refining. In order to fill up, even the garbage in the early stage of gas refining was pulled out.


    Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect who has a wide range of friends, saw more and more monks coming, many of whom have good friends.


    He apologized to Meng Zhang and went to meet those friends.


    Among the friars of various forces, many have friends, and some have not seen each other for a long time. At this time, they greet each other and begin to greet each other.


    Shuangfenggu is still very dignified among the subordinate vassal forces.


    Far from reaching the deadline, all the vassal forces that could arrive arrived arrived at the camp as soon as possible.


    Some sharp friars have found that there are fewer familiar faces and fewer friars among the friars who arrive at the camp.


    Of course, it is not that some vassal forces dare to disobey the recruitment order of shuangfenggu. Those who do not arrive are either hard hit by the sand monster community and unable to fight; Or you''ll be killed by the sand monster community.


    The monks who wanted to understand this matter looked very ugly.


    This time, the sand monster community was so powerful that several forces perished.


    Even Zhao Yanbei, who was originally in a good mood, became dignified.


    The sand monster community is too strong. They are called up vassal forces and face great pressure. Maybe the whole army could be destroyed.


    While the people were in doubt and talking to each other, a flying boat flew over the camp.


    The two monks left the flying boat and floated over the crowd.


    The sharp eyed friar has recognized the origin of the two men, Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang, the elders of the foundation period of Shuangfeng valley.


    Shan Ying is an old man with a sinister face. At first glance, he is a person who doesn''t laugh. Xiao Shenqiang smiled, giving people a kind feeling.


    "Everyone be quiet and listen to me."


    Although Xiao Shenqiang was smiling, his voice was not small, which shocked everyone''s ears.


    The monks recruited from shuangfenggu gathered around Xiao Shenqiang without command.


    Xiao Shenqiang glanced at the situation below and was very satisfied with these knowledgeable monks.


    At this time, the original nuns of shuangfenggu in the camp had already counted all their heads.


    After listening to the report from the same door below, Xiao Shenqiang smiled more.


    "It seems that everyone still gives us Shuangfeng Valley face. Before the deadline, everyone who should come has come."


    "Next, I''ll give you a brief introduction to the current war situation and assign you tasks by the way."


    With Xiao Shenqiang''s slow narration, everyone has a new understanding of the current form.


    The sand monster rebellion broke out less than half a month ago, but the scope of harm is very wide, and many forces have suffered.


    Groups of sand monsters formed an array and swept all the way, sweeping thousands of miles around.


    Shuangfenggu suffered the most, and the surrounding forces such as Lin quanguan, Liu family and Qingzhu mountain were also harmed.


    The feihongzong who received the news also issued a strict order to let the four forces eliminate the sand monsters within a time limit, and did not give the sand monster community a chance to continue to grow.


    According to the experience of many years of fighting against sand monsters in the cultivation world, the most important thing to eliminate sand monsters is to eliminate their nests as soon as possible.


    As long as the sand monster''s nest is still there, there will be a steady stream of new sand monsters, and the strength of sand monsters will be stronger and stronger.


    After discussing with the four forces, they sent out elite disciples to form a battle array to face the sand monster army.


    At the same time, gather all the vassal forces to search for the sand monster''s nest and eliminate it as soon as possible.


    In addition to recruiting the foundation building friars of the vassal forces, the four forces did not let the Qi refining friars of the vassal forces participate in the frontal duel, mainly considering the problem of cooperation.


    Friars of the same sect and family have been together for many years. They have been trained for a long time and have a tacit understanding. They can form a tight formation.


    If many unfamiliar monks are involved in the middle, it will not only affect cooperation, but also disrupt their own formation.


    In the large-scale frontal battle in the cultivation world, maintaining the formation is not disordered, which plays an important role in the final victory and defeat.


    As for the foundational friars who participated in the war this time, many of them will not join the formation, but fight with the enemy''s strong ones one by one.


    In several face-to-face duels, the human friars won a complete victory and had the absolute upper hand.


    The four major forces set up the four world wars array, which won in their respective battlefields and eliminated many sand monsters. And continue to search for the remaining sand monster team, gather them and annihilate them.

 Chapter 61

    As for the more important aspect of eliminating sand monster nests, although the four forces sent only partial teachers, they did not pay enough attention, but started from the actual war situation.


    There have long been experienced monks who are good at searching sand monster nests. They judged that the sand monster community came from three different sand monster nests.


    The sand monster''s nest is always very deep and hidden, so it is difficult to accurately judge its location.


    These friars sent out many times and spent a lot of effort. They can only judge the approximate location of the sand monster''s nest.


    Several areas where sand monster nests may exist are marked on the map.


    Therefore, the four forces recruited the vassal forces respectively, hoping to determine the location of the sand monster''s nest as soon as possible and eliminate it by relying on the sea of people tactics.


    Shuangfenggu summoned the vassal forces this time. What needs to be searched is one of the areas.


    After introducing the general situation of the war, Xiao Shenqiang pinched an Indian formula with both hands, and a huge sand table appeared in the sky.


    The sand table shows the landform of hundreds of miles around.


    The content of the sand table is very detailed and clearly shows many details.


    "Open your eyes, see everything on the sand table clearly and keep it in your mind." Xiao Shenqiang ordered seriously.


    The memory of cultivators is far beyond that of ordinary people, and they have the ability to remember more or less.


    The following practitioners, including Meng Zhang, concentrate and remember quickly.


    After a while, I felt that everyone had almost remembered, and Xiao Shenqiang began to assign tasks.


    Each faction is assigned areas of different sizes according to the number and strength of monks sent.


    Because the sand monster''s nest is deeply buried underground, it is possible to find it only by searching the suspicious area inch by inch.


    "Those friars who first discovered the sand monster''s nest will be exempted from the three-year sacrifice of their forces." Xiao Shenqiang offered a reward.


    A large part of the annual income of all subordinate forces of shuangfenggu should be handed over to shuangfenggu as a sacrifice.


    It''s a great spiritual stone to dispense with the sacrifice for three consecutive years. It''s very tempting for every vassal force.


    "If anyone dares to flinch before the battle, if he does not flinch from the former, he will not be spared."


    If you offer a reward, you will naturally be punished.


    There was no smile on Xiao Shenqiang''s round face, and he felt a bit harsh.


    "You have to search every grain of sand in the desert and find out the sand monster''s nest for me."


    "If no one can find the sand monster''s nest within ten days, all your families and sects will double their offerings this year."


    Speaking of this, Xiao Shenqiang has a feeling of gnashing his teeth.


    The single eagle, who had been lying with a dark face, suddenly came out of his mouth.


    "If someone dares to cheat and slip, he misses the sand monster nest hidden in his own distribution area. The only end is full of copying and killing. He will never be forgiven."


    Regardless of the sadness in the crowd below, the single Eagle waved to disperse the crowd below.


    "Don''t act quickly. Today, even the friars in the camp, except for a few forces such as the Zhao family, who have flying boats, most of the other forces are all kinds of mounts. Among them, there are many monster mounts that are more powerful than the wind chasing foal.


    Meng Zhang ran all the way on the wind chasing pony, and soon left the camp far behind.


    There are only three friars from Taiyi gate, and their strength is not good. The search area arranged by Shuangfeng Valley for them is only a small piece.


    This is not the kindness of Shuangfeng Valley, but the fear of delay.


    Every day the sand monster nest exists, the potential threat will become greater and greater.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at their destination, night had fallen, which made it more difficult to search for the sand monster''s nest.


    The three jumped off their mounts and began to search carefully regardless of the night.


    The flat desert is endless without any shelter. The nest of sand monsters can''t be on the ground.


    The sand monster''s nest buried deep underground can''t be seen from the ground.


    If you want to search the sand monster''s nest, you generally have to use the earth hiding technique to escape into the underground.


    Even the friars in the later stage of Qi refining, not everyone can perform earth hiding.


    If you don''t know how to cast earth hiding, you can also use earth hiding talisman.


    If you don''t even have the talisman of earth escape, dig a hole honestly.


    It is absolutely difficult to complete the search task within the specified time of shuangfenggu.


    All the friars of vassal forces began to take action against time.


    Although friar Zhao drove the flying boat to his destination first, there was no way to search the bottom of the ground above the flying boat.


    A monk of the Zhao family honestly jumped off the flying boat and began to drill into the ground with earth hiding, carefully searching every place.


    After all the friars of vassal forces began to act, many friars of shuangfenggu also left the camp.


    Although the main combat forces of Shuangfeng valley were sent out to fight against the sand monster community, many disciples were arranged to find the sand monster''s nest. The places most likely to have sand monster nests are searched by the disciples of Shuangfeng valley.


    Shuangfenggu certainly trusts his disciples more than the good and bad vassal forces.


    Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang, two friars in the foundation period, sit in the camp. When they receive the news, they can support the Quartet at any time.


    Meng Zhang looked at the area allocated to taiyimen. It was really difficult to search this area within a limited time.


    However, no matter how difficult it is, the tasks assigned by shuangfenggu must be completed on time.


    None of Meng Zhang has the ability to use the earth hiding skill, but fortunately, Meng Zhang has always had a lot of earth hiding runes.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, if there are sand monster nests underground. No matter how deep the sand monster''s nest is hidden, a channel must be left for the sand monster to get in and out.


    The exits of these channels must be close to the ground, so that sand monsters can get in and out more easily.


    Unfortunately, although Meng Zhang''s magic eye can see through vanity, it can''t penetrate too deep underground. If the entrance and exit of the passage are not nearby, he can''t see the passage buried too deep.

 Chapter 62

    Meng Zhang came up with a way to search the underground more carefully so as not to miss possible clues.


    Mengzhang Hotan town faces a pre selected place and performs seismology in turn.


    They controlled the scope of seismology and enhanced the spread depth of seismology.


    Meng Zhang''s talent is extraordinary and his spells are powerful.


    Tianzhen used to cultivate the yellow sand formula with earth attribute. Later, after changing to the more superior Wutu true formula, the Wutu true Qi has been fully cultivated. You can give full play to the power of the spell by using the unearthed earthquake.


    After performing the earthquake, Meng Zhang pressed his ears close to the ground and listened carefully to the sound from below.


    If there is a sound of channel collapse below, it can''t hide his eyes and ears.


    After the earthquake exhausted their Qi, Meng ZhangTian took turns to meditate and restore their Qi.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang contacted Shi Weiming, the spokesman of the wild alchemist, and bought a lot of pills from him. Among them, there are many pills for restoring Qi.


    This time, Meng Zhang took all these pills with him. Now they are just in use.


    Every time he searched for a certain distance, Meng Zhang released the earth Rune and dived into the ground to make a detailed search.


    Even if the surrounding underground is soft sand and stone structure, the depth of earth hiding is not very deep.


    If there are sand monster nests under the ground, the depth of diving must not be enough. But if you just search for the outward passage of the sand monster''s nest, this depth is barely enough.


    When Meng Zhang and Hetian town were busy searching for the sand monster''s nest, Fang Yong was responsible for guarding.


    Searching for sand monster nests is actually a very dangerous job.


    If you don''t find the sand monster''s nest, it''s good to say that once you find the sand monster''s nest, you can''t save your life if you escape slowly in the face of the influx of sand monsters.


    Fang Yong is on the alert. If the sand monster appears, everyone can respond in time.


    After working hard in the middle of the night, the tired three had only a temporary rest.


    When it was twilight, the three began a new day''s work.


    In the vast desert, searching for sand monster nests under the ground is really a very hard, very boring, very boring work.


    A friar with poor patience will be upset and unwilling to continue after working hard for a long time without harvest.


    Meng Zhang and Tian Zhen are very patient people. Although they are a little agitated, they still keep enough calm on the surface.


    Coincidentally, next to the area they were searching for, Meng Zhang was the area that Lin Shan sent to search.


    When the two groups were searching, they met several times at the junction of the two areas.


    Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect, is naturally optimistic and easygoing.


    "Headmaster Meng, how come you, the great headmaster, have joined the battle in person, which is inconsistent with the identity of the headmaster of your school." Xu Chengxian joked.


    "What big leader? I''m Taiyi. There are two or three big cats and kittens, but I can''t compare with your Linshan sect. There are a lot of people."


    Meng Zhang said with a bitter smile.


    "If my leader doesn''t play, no one can use it."


    "The leader of a school sounds good to say, but it has no taste to do it."


    During the break, Meng Zhang didn''t mind talking nonsense with Xu Chengxian. He just changed his mind and relaxed.


    Lin Shan sect''s master in the foundation period was transferred by shuangfenggu long ago to participate in the frontal battle with the sand monster community.


    Xu Chengxian arrived here with a group of friars in the period of Qi refining. He thought they were making do.


    Xu Chengxian assigned the search work to his disciples. He had time to walk around and chat with the neighbors assigned to the surrounding area.


    After chatting with Xu Chengxian for a while, Meng Zhang pleaded guilty and left and went back to work.


    There are only two people working at Taiyi gate. If he is lazy again, there will be no one to use.


    The surrounding area hundreds of miles is where sand monster nests may exist.


    Hundreds of friars from the vassal forces of shuangfenggu were put here. It was like pepper noodles scattered in the river. There was no wave at all.


    After five days of hard work, the time limit has been more than half, but all monks have not achieved any results.


    In these five days, we can''t say that we don''t work hard.


    Almost everyone worked day and night, and they didn''t even go back to the camp once.


    I was really tired, so I sat cross legged on the ground. Recover and go to work immediately.


    At this time, Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang, who are in the camp, received the news that Lin quanguan had found a sand monster nest and joined hands with the Liu family and the friars of Qingzhu mountain to destroy the sand monster nest.


    Now, they can''t sit still.


    During the foundation period of Shuangfeng Valley, there were many friars, who acted with a domineering style and regarded themselves highly. They always thought that they were one head higher than the other three forces.


    Now, they are behind in eliminating the sand monster''s nest, which makes them start to worry.


    Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang stopped taking charge of the camp and began to take a group of Shuangfeng Valley disciples to the target area.


    On the one hand, two people personally urge, which can make the friars of vassal forces work harder.


    On the other hand, two people personally participate in the search, which can greatly improve the speed of the search.


    Sure enough, the speed of searching the sand monster''s nest was obviously accelerated.


    Even Xu Chengxian, the leader of the Linshan sect who was rowing, had to end up in person.


    On that day, as usual, after mengzhang and other Tianzhen performed the earthquake, they put their ears on the ground and listened carefully to the movement below.


    The sound of slight channel shaking came into his ears.


    Meng Zhang raised his hand.


    Tianzhen received instructions, ran his Qi and sent out a more powerful earthquake.


    The vibration on the ground feels stronger, and the shaking sound of the underground channel is more obvious.


    In order to confirm, Meng Zhang cast a piece of earth rune, hid underground, and drilled in the direction of the shaking sound from the channel.


    Meng Zhang knows that if this is really a passage for sand monsters, his behavior will be very dangerous. But not without confirmation.


    In the desert, not only sand monsters will make holes in the ground.


    Besides, the sand insects Meng Zhang once encountered have the habit of drilling holes in the ground.


    If the sand monster nest is really nearby, it is unlikely that there are other monsters around.


    Ferocious sand monsters will never show mercy when they meet monsters.


    The area around the sand monster''s nest is the forbidden area of life and the graveyard of creatures.


    Conversely, if there are other monsters under the ground, there will probably be no sand monster nests around.


    Then Meng Zhang''s work can come to an end.


    Because no matter how carefully he searches, he can''t find anything that doesn''t exist at all.


    Meng Zhang sneaked underground to make sure whether he found a sand monster''s nest or met a monster living underground.


    No matter what the result is, there is no need to continue the search for this area.

 Chapter 63

    Meng Zhang''s body flows into the earth like flowing soil.


    After hiding underground for a short distance, Meng Zhang found his goal this time.


    It is a tunnel buried underground, all composed of compact earth and rock, which is completely different from the surrounding soft sand and stone structure.


    Meng Zhang entered the passage through the sand and stone layer, and his body appeared.


    Meng Zhang just took a look and knew that this channel must be the access to the sand monster''s nest.


    This passage is very tall and very wide.


    Even the existence of small sand monsters in the sand monster community is one head higher than normal humans. The main force of the sand monster community can compete with the soldier level sand monsters of friars in the gas refining period. It is basically a giant. In order to facilitate their passage, the underground passage must be built very tall and wide.


    As for the general sand monsters that can compete with the friars during the foundation period, they are not only rare in number, but also most of them have the ability to escape from the earth. They can enter and leave the ground freely without a channel.


    There are also legendary handsome sand monsters, which rarely appear in the history of endless sand sea.


    But every time there is a handsome sand monster, it is a catastrophe that affects a wide range. Even the golden elixir sect like Fei hongzong is in danger of overturning.


    The deep passage couldn''t see the end at a glance. Meng Zhang hesitated to see if he wanted to move on and see if he could find the sand monster.


    Just when Meng Zhang hesitated, bursts of wind came. At one end of the channel, a group of sand monsters floated above the channel, flew against the wind and rushed to Meng Zhang''s position.


    This is a soldier level sand monster with the strength of gas refining friars. Look at this number. If Meng Zhang is entangled by them, I''m afraid it will be difficult to get away from here.


    I don''t know whether he was too unlucky or the alert means of the sand monster''s nest was too strong. As soon as he appeared in the channel, the sand monster was killed.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately threw out a white ball.


    This white round bead was picked up by him from the stall in mingshafang city. It is a first-class magic weapon with most intact structures. It was refined by his blood refining and sacrificial explosion technique.


    The white ball was thrown right in front of the sand monster''s line. After a loud noise, the ball burst open.


    The power of the explosion made the sand monster team in chaos. With the spread of the explosion, there was a biting chill. A thick layer of frost immediately appeared in the passage, completely sealing the passage.


    The blood refining martyrdom explosion technique is successful again, even if the monks in the later stage of Qi refining hit it with all their strength.


    Meng Zhang almost threw out the bead at the same time, released the earth rune, and his whole body left the channel and fled to the ground.


    He knew very well that this means alone could not stop the sand monster for too long.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s body left the channel, there was a sound of ice breaking, and a large number of sand monsters came.


    Among the army level sand monsters, only a few have the ability of earth hiding. Fortunately, there was no such sand monster among the sand monsters pursued.


    It would be difficult to catch up with Meng Zhang by simply relying on sand and stone excavation.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to escape to the ground before the sand monster caught up with him.


    Just after the outcrop, Meng Zhang roared, "send out the signal immediately."


    Tianzhen also reacted very quickly. As soon as Meng Zhang''s voice came into his ears, he started immediately.


    Before leaving the camp, the disciples of Shuangfeng Valley distributed signal symbols and messenger symbols to various vassal forces. As long as you find a large group of sand monsters, immediately activate the signal symbol, and the surrounding colleagues will go to support immediately.


    As soon as the signal sign sent by Tianzhen got out of his hand, it sent out a harsh scream, and quickly flew into the air, emitting thick black smoke.


    The sky is filled with black smoke, which is getting higher and higher. With the loud and harsh howling, the movement will spread far enough to disturb the monks around.


    After Tianzhen sent the signal, Meng Zhang also sent the signal.


    It turns into a streamer and disappears in the sky. There is the location information of Meng Zhang and others in it. It will fly directly back to the camp.


    During the foundation building period in the camp, the friars received a summons. There was still a long time before they arrived here. This is also the most dangerous time for Meng Zhang.


    The nearest to Meng Zhang and his disciples was the Linshan sect. After being alarmed by the signal sign in the air, Xu Chengxian, the leader of the Linshan sect, rushed over with all his disciples as soon as possible.


    Xu Chengxian is a greasy old man, but when something serious happens, he won''t delay the military plane.


    Before Xu Chengxian and others arrived here, there were bursts of violent vibrations on the ground.


    Then many places on the ground suddenly fell, revealing deep pits.


    A large number of sand monsters poured out of the pit and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    When dealing with soulless sand monsters, the magic weapon of startling bell has little effect.


    Meng Zhang held the fire symbol high in his right hand, and hot flames sprayed out from above.


    After the flame fell to the ground, it immediately turned into fire snakes. The fire snake twisted its body and took the initiative to rush at the sand monster.


    Meng Zhang tries his best to activate the fire talisman and exert the power of this magic weapon to the extreme. He can show nine fire snakes to help fight the enemy.


    When Meng Zhang shot, Tian Zhen was not in a hurry, but held a huge shield in front of Meng Zhang.


    Tianzhen pressed the giant shield against the ground, and the ground in front rippled like water waves, and the strong shock wave spread forward.


    Fang Yong has the lowest accomplishments and the least courage. Facing the sand monsters, he was so frightened that he hid behind Meng Zhang and didn''t even have the courage to fight.


    If it weren''t for the last shred of reason in his heart, this guy might have escaped.


    Facing the sand monster, Tianzhen couldn''t help glancing at Fang Yong and scolding: "asshole." he was very angry that the other party was not brave.


    Meng Zhanggang and the sand monster started, and the reinforcements of Linshan sect arrived.


    In the face of the crazy sand monsters, without command, many runes were released, and a large number of spells, such as fireball, golden Sabre and Earth Dragon, rushed at the sand monsters.


    Then, several flying swords flew out and killed wantonly in the sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang was relieved to see the monks of Linshan sect appear. At this moment, I have saved my life.


    There are more and more sand monsters pouring out from the ground. In addition to a large number of small sand monsters, there are many army level sand monsters.


    Lin Shan sect and taiyimen joined forces to form a strong defense line, which firmly blocked the impact of the sand monster.


    When the two sects began to feel a little difficult, more and more reinforcements came from all directions.


    The monks who were searching for the sand monster''s nest came as soon as they found the distress signal.

 Chapter 64

    Although the area where the Zhao family friar is located is far away from here, he quickly arrived here for reinforcements with the flying speed of the flying boat.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and others below, Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, scolded in his heart.


    He came here hard, but he wanted to help his old enemy taiyimen resist the sand monster. It seems that the great feat of discovering the sand monster''s nest has also fallen into the hands of taiyimen, who have lost their shit luck.


    Zhao Yanbei hated in his heart. He really wanted to leave everything in front of him and turned around and left.


    But even with his ten courage, he did not dare to escape in full view of the public.


    Even the most magnanimous forces in the cultivation world will have strict military laws when facing the sand monster, the public enemy in the cultivation world. Moreover, shuangfenggu is famous for its overbearing style.


    As long as Zhao Yanbei dares to take his people to flee the battlefield in public today, maybe the Zhao family will be destroyed by Shuangfeng Valley tomorrow.


    As for working without effort and acting casually, there are friars of Linshan sect, especially Xu Chengxian, who is a veteran. This practice can''t hide from others.


    Forced to resist the nausea in his heart, Zhao Yanbei led the friars of the Zhao family and was forced to join the battle.


    As more and more reinforcements arrived, the human friars began to gain the upper hand and slowly pressed the sand monsters back to the ground.


    At this time, three figures flew from a distance. But with a few breaths, they came to the top of the battlefield.


    The three can fly against the wind by virtue of emptiness. Needless to say, they must be experts in the foundation period.


    As soon as he flew over the battlefield, a leading old man snorted coldly and waved the green bamboo stick in his right hand.


    The shadow of the staff immediately appeared on the battlefield below and hit the sand monsters.


    Whether it is a small sand monster or a soldier level sand monster, as long as it is hit by the shadow of the staff, its body will be smashed immediately.


    A middle-aged man who followed the old man silently pushed his hands down, and a cold and biting chill immediately spread in all directions. Those sand monsters who were pouring out from the ground immediately covered with thick frost. First the movement slowed down, and then the whole body burst like ice.


    The last of the three is an old Taoist of Emei guanbo. By the time he flew here, the battle below was over.


    After the action of two foundation building experts, not only the sand monsters on the ground have been eliminated, but also no new sand monsters have sprung up below.


    "The two brothers really have extraordinary strength. They ended the battle as soon as they shot. The Taoist priest didn''t have a chance to move his hands and feet."


    "You old Taoist, your mouth is like smearing honey. You Taoists are used to flattering people with sweet words."


    The old man who flew in front smiled and scolded carelessly.


    "What''s the matter with you? Why are so many sand monsters coming out of the ground?"


    The middle-aged man did not participate in the dialogue between the two companions, but asked about the following situation.


    The friars in the foundation period of Shuangfeng Valley in the camp didn''t arrive here, but three strange friars came first.


    Meng Zhang guessed the identity of the three friars during the foundation period. As the party who first found the sand monster''s nest, he should also come out and reply.


    As soon as the middle-aged man''s voice fell, Meng Zhang took the initiative to stand up and respectfully saluted the three. "I''ve seen three predecessors, younger generation Taiyi door Meng Zhang."


    Meng Zhang was about to continue talking when two more figures flew from a distance.


    The two figures were very fast. In the blink of an eye, they appeared above the battlefield.


    These two are Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang, the elders of Shuangfeng Valley during the foundation period.


    When Shan Ying saw the three people in the air, his face was a little ugly.


    "How did you three get here?"


    During the foundation period, the conversation between the elders could not be interrupted. Meng Zhang looked at his nose, nose and heart, stood in place like a piece of wood, and said nothing.


    "You Shuangfeng valley are incompetent. You haven''t found the sand monster''s nest for so long. I''m impatient. Come and help you."


    "Why, it seems that you are a little ungrateful. A dog bites LV Dongbin and doesn''t know the good people."


    The old man holding the green bamboo stick said indifferently.


    Xiao Shenqiang''s smile began to disappear.


    "Old bamboo stick, it''s not your turn to talk about what we do in Shuangfeng valley."


    In the western region of feihongzong, Shuangfeng Valley has the most friars in the foundation period and the most powerful strength. The domineering shuangfenggu has always regarded itself as the local overlord.


    In this area, among the forces of the same grade as shuangfenggu. The Liu family is insidious and forbearing. They are good at calculating secretly. Generally, they will not conflict with shuangfenggu directly. As a Taoist sect, Lin Quan temple has a quiet style, has the demeanor of Taoist breeze and bright moon, and will not easily make enemies with shuangfenggu.


    Only this green bamboo mountain has been against shuangfenggu.


    The founder of Qingzhu mountain was born in Feihong sect. Later, he left Feihong sect and opened up the foundation of Qingzhu mountain in this area.


    Although another portal has been established, Qingzhu mountain has maintained a close relationship with Feihong sect for many years.


    In this area, Qingzhu mountain has always boasted that it is the spokesman of Feihong sect and thinks it is to manage this area on behalf of Feihong sect.


    Between the green bamboo mountain, which likes to intervene in major and minor events in the region, and the domineering shuangfenggu, but the tip of the needle is against the wheat awn.


    Shuangfeng Valley doesn''t look at Qingzhu mountain in particular. Making a dog for feihongzong can make a sense of superiority.


    Feihongzong is the door of jindanzong, and shuangfenggu has to surrender. But green bamboo mountain, a gang of bullies, also wants to ride on Shuangfeng valley. That Shuangfeng Valley won''t agree.


    Over the years, relations between the two sides have been bad and there have been many conflicts. If there wasn''t a Feihong Sect on the head, the two families might have started fighting.


    Seeing the old man bamboo stick and Xiao Shenqiang talking more and more impolitely, worried that they were motivated, the old man quickly became a kind man.


    "You two, the business is important. Put the others aside in advance and talk about them later. Now the sand monsters are rampant, which is not the time for everyone to quarrel."


    The sand monster is a big enemy. Xiao Shenqiang and the old man with bamboo stick don''t really want to get through. They are just habitual chattering.


    Now someone handed over the ladder. Of course, he had to go down the slope.


    The old Taoist looked at Meng Zhang below.


    "Boy, what were you going to say just now? Go on."


    "I''d like to inform you that the younger generation has found a passage to the sand monster''s nest below." Meng Zhang replied carefully.


    In fact, after looking at the battlefield just now, the five friars in the foundation period had some speculation about Meng Zhang''s discovery of the sand monster''s nest. Now listen to Meng Zhang''s words and get the final confirmation.


    "No wonder, no wonder..." the old Taoist said to himself.


    He saw Xiao Shenqiang and Shan Ying''s puzzled eyes and quickly explained for them.

 Chapter 65

    It turned out that three friars, including the old bamboo stick, were fighting with the sand monster army hundreds of miles away.


    Suddenly, the army of sand monsters who had fought with human friars began to retreat.


    Sand monsters have no independent wisdom, only various instincts.


    As long as they meet human practitioners, sand monsters will fight and die. Even if only the last sand monster is left, it will fight to the end with human practitioners, and will never shrink back and run away.


    But there is a situation that will make an exception to the sand monster''s action.


    In that case, if there is a problem in the sand monster''s nest, it will take the initiative to summon all the sand monsters around.


    As long as the sand monsters within the summoning range of the nest will immediately leave everything and rush to the nest as quickly as possible.


    Seeing the sand monster retreat, three experienced friars in the foundation period immediately guessed the reason.


    They ordered their friars to entangle the retreating sand monster army and pursue it.


    On the other hand, three friars in the foundation period followed the tracks of some sand monsters who were the first to leave the battlefield, trying to find their nests.


    Three friars in the foundation period chased for a while, but the sand monster''s nest was not found. Unexpectedly, they broke into the battlefield of Meng Zhang and others.


    After listening to the old Taoist and Meng Zhang''s report, it can be determined that the sand monster''s nest is nearby.


    "Good, good, well done."


    "You are the first to find the clue of the sand monster''s nest. This time, I will remember you first, and then reward you slowly after exterminating the sand monster''s nest."


    Xiao Shenqiang looked at Meng Zhang and said.


    Then, he said to the three friars in the foundation period opposite: "this is the area in charge of Shuangfeng valley. Since we have found the sand monster nest, of course, Shuangfeng valley should be responsible for exterminating it."


    Listening to Xiao Shenqiang''s meaning, he was not prepared to use the power of the three people opposite to destroy this sand monster nest only by the power of Shuangfeng valley.


    After listening to Xiao Shenqiang''s words, even the most kind old Taoist turned ugly.


    The old man with bamboo stick smiled twice and said in a strange way, "those who see the benefits have a share. If you want to eat alone in Shuangfeng Valley, ask the three of us first."


    The middle-aged man, who had been silent, also had a gloomy face and said in a deep voice, "since we have caught up here, unless you can beat the three of us, the three of us will never step back."


    At the bottom, Meng Zhang looked at the two sides, thinking of some rumors spread in the endless sand sea.


    Sand monster is a public enemy of mankind, but after killing, you can''t get booty. Fighting sand monsters is a pure loss business.


    Meng Zhang once killed the sand monster, which also verified the authenticity of this rumor.


    However, there are precious treasures in the sand monster''s nest. If you destroy the sand monster''s nest, you may get treasures.


    Meng Zhang has never verified the authenticity of this rumor.


    Now, looking at the posture of the five friars in the foundation period, this rumor should also be true.


    As for what treasures are in the sand monster''s nest, we don''t know.


    In the past, the level of taiyimen was too low to involve this aspect at all. Moreover, with the weak strength of taiyimen, it has no ability to destroy the sand monster''s nest.


    Although Meng Zhang obtained rich knowledge from the place of trial, there is no content in this regard.


    I think so. It''s the inheritance left by taiyimen in its heyday. At that time, taiyimen was a powerful sect in the middle land. Where would they pay attention to the remote areas such as endless sand sea.


    The five foundational friars were divided into two groups and were arguing there.


    The monks below, including Meng Zhang, pretended to be deaf and dumb. As long as they are not stupid, they will not take the initiative to get involved in the dispute of friars during the foundation period.


    Just when I didn''t know how long the dispute would last, a harsh wind howled in the distance and a strong wind blew around.


    The five friars in the foundation building period who were arguing greatly changed their faces and looked into the distance.


    Above the endless desert, there seems to be a black line in the distance, which is moving towards here quickly.


    The monk with good eyesight has seen clearly that the black line is basically a wall composed of wind and sand, which is sweeping in.


    "General sand monster?" Xiao Shenqiang looked at it seriously.


    "Yes, this general level sand monster at least has the combat effectiveness in the middle of foundation construction. The three of us joined hands and didn''t win him."


    The old Taoist''s tone showed some worries.


    The five friars in the foundation building period were all at the initial stage of foundation building. Although the number of friars was dominant, they still felt great pressure in the face of opponents with medium-term combat effectiveness.


    The five friars in the foundation period stopped arguing and looked at each other.


    Without a word of superfluous words, the five took the initiative to fly forward.


    The five friars in the foundation period flew away, and the friars below couldn''t help taking a long breath, obviously relaxed a lot.


    Xu Chengxian of Linshan sect came to Meng Zhang. He introduced the identities of three friars during the foundation period to Meng Zhang.


    "Old man Zhuzhang is the elder of Qingzhu mountain and the brother of the owner of Qingzhu mountain."


    "The middle-aged man is Liu Dachuan, the elder of the Liu family. He is very famous for his ice poison winding silk skill."


    "That old Taoist is the elder of Linquan temple, Taoist Guanghong. He is a famous good gentleman."


    Although there was speculation about the identity of the three, Meng Zhang thanked Xu Chengxian after his brief introduction.


    "The elder has a wide range of knowledge and is like a treasure to all the experts in the cultivation world. Thank you for your introduction, which has opened my eyes."


    While talking to Xu Chengxian, Meng Zhang did not forget to observe the trend in the distance.


    Many of the other alchemy monks present were serious, and some even showed worried expressions.


    I think so. If the five foundation building friars can''t defeat the incoming general sand monster, I''m afraid it''s hard for the refining friars present to escape.


    The wall composed of wind and sand seemed to be far away, but it was very fast. It soon came into contact with five friars during the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang showed his false magic eye and looked at the so-called general sand monster.


    The body of the general level sand monster is all composed of wind and sand. It almost blocks out the sky and the sun. It is very tall.


    From a distance, there is a changing human shape in the wind sand, which is somewhat like a giant composed of wind sand.


    There is neither channel nor necessity of communication between humans and sand monsters.


    When the two sides meet, the only thing to consider is how to completely destroy each other.


    A huge human face appeared on the wall composed of wind and sand. With the distortion of human face, massive yellow sand as dense as raindrops shot at five human friars.


    (some readers suggested that it would be easier to remember to change the level of sand monsters to first-order and second-order. However, because the outline has been set and the later plot needs, the original setting is still maintained for the time being.


    In fact, it''s easy to remember that the small sand monster is the strong among mortals. The soldier level sand monster is the level of friars in the Qi refining period, the general level sand monster is the level of friars in the foundation building period, and the handsome level sand monster that hasn''t appeared is the level of friars in the golden elixir period.)

 Chapter 66

    Almost at the same time when the sand monster attacked, five friars in the foundation period also took the initiative.


    The huge body of the sand monster, which is completely composed of wind and sand, is the most conspicuous target in the sky.


    The five friars in the foundation period showed their abilities and showed their strongest means against the enemy.


    In the face of a strong enemy, no one will hide. Hiding at this time is suicide.


    Three flying swords madly stabbed the huge body of the sand monster and punctured it back and forth.


    The green bamboo staff turns into thousands of shadows and beats the sand monster fiercely.


    Countless icy ice cones fell from the sky and shrouded most of the sand monster''s huge body.


    Although from the power level, the sand monster is much higher than the five friars at the beginning of foundation construction. But sand monsters can''t resist magic tools. They can only fight the enemy with instinct and talent.


    The five cunning human beings are all experienced in battle. The magic tools and spells of the imperial envoy can pose a great threat to the sand monster.


    Both sides made every effort to fight without heart. The battle was divided in a very short time.


    The huge body of the sand monster, which was all composed of wind and sand, first became dim, and then was forcibly torn into several pieces. Finally, with a few loud noises, the huge body of the sand monster dissipated completely, turned into yellow sand and fell to the ground.


    When five friars in the foundation period fought against sand monsters, shuangfenggu''s disciples in the gas refining period distributed in the nearby area also rushed here one after another.


    Shortly after the battle with the general level sand monster, the five foundation building friars soon flew back over Meng Zhang and others.


    The faces of the five people were very ugly. Obviously, although the fighting time was short, their own consumption was not small. In particular, Xiao Shenqiang of Shuangfeng Valley, who used to smile a lot, became a little pale. Obviously, he was more or less injured.


    At this time, several more flying boats flew over from a distance.


    Flying near, he turned out to be the Qi refining disciple of Qingzhu mountain and Liu family. After completing the task of chasing and killing the sand monster army, he rushed here one after another.


    Xiao Shenqiang and Shan Ying looked at each other, and their faces were helpless. They knew that at this time, they could not monopolize the benefits of the sand monster''s nest.


    It''s also better to have more reinforcements and have a better grasp of completely eliminating the sand monster''s nest.


    The two elders of Shuangfeng Valley, who are afraid of being late and changing, will no longer delay.


    "Boy, point out the access channel of the sand monster''s nest." Xiao Shenqiang said to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who was already ready, took everyone to the top of the channel. He was preparing to release the earth Rune and sneak underground. Guanghong Laodao stopped his action.


    Old Taoist Guanghong made a seal with his hands and shouted, "get up." a thick layer of sand was immediately lifted off the ground.


    The other four friars in the foundation period looked at each other and understood the intention of Guanghong Laodao.


    In the interval between the shooting of Guanghong old road, they took turns to lift all the sand on the ground to a distance.


    Soon, a big pit appeared on the ground, exposing the passage.


    The passage has collapsed, which is obviously the pen of the sand monster. But it was too late. Since the passage to the nest was found, it was no longer difficult to find the sand monster''s nest.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself: the sand monster is indeed a retarded person who only acts by instinct. He has no ability to make decisions at any time.


    If the sand monster doesn''t waste time chasing himself when he finds the access channel, but immediately destroys the channel and traces, it may greatly delay the discovery of the nest.


    First, the pursuit failed. After wasting time, it was hard and thankless to destroy the channel, but it was too late to completely cover up the traces of the channel.


    Of course, if the sand monster is really as smart as Meng Zhang imagined, it is the disaster of human beings in the endless sand sea.


    Along the direction of that passage, the people soon came to the top of the sand monster''s nest.


    The sand that originally covered the nest was removed, revealing several channels deep underground.


    Sand monster nests are usually very deep underground, and the access channels are long and winding, forming a maze.


    Without the slightest hesitation, the five friars in the foundation period immediately led many gas refining friars into these channels.


    "People need to move forward bravely. If they retreat before the battle, they will not spare the former."


    Shan Ying announced the military law with a cold face.


    All the other monks, including Meng Zhang, who made great achievements, rushed into these channels except a few designated friars in the Qi refining period.


    There are many entrances and exits in the channel, extending in all directions. Enter an entrance and exit at will, and no one knows where it will come out. It is possible to continue to go deep underground; It is also possible to go around for a long time and still spin in place; It''s also possible to go straight into a dead end.


    Soon after many practitioners entered the channel, countless sand monsters poured out of the holes in all directions and frantically rushed at the practitioners.


    The attack of several bosha monsters was scattered. Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang looked at each other, and then they performed the unearthed escape technique and rushed forward.


    They can freely walk through the earth and rock by using the unearthed escape technique. They don''t have to go along the channel at all, but go straight ahead and jump directly at the core of the sand monster''s nest.


    The bamboo stick old man sneered with disdain, "I knew you two boys would play tricks."


    Before the words fell, the three friars in the foundation period also performed earth hiding, avoided the complicated channels and rushed directly to the front.


    Meng Zhang, who followed him, couldn''t help but say, "earth hiding has become the standard magic of friars in the foundation period of endless sand sea. Moreover, it seems that they should have a way to locate underground, which can directly determine the location of sand monster nests."


    After the five friars in the foundation period disappeared after practicing earth hiding, only some friars who also practiced earth hiding followed their traces.


    The rest of the monks will face the sand monsters coming like a tide.


    Fortunately, among the sand monsters that poured in, there were mainly small sand monsters and soldier level sand monsters, but no general level sand monsters. Otherwise, many monks in the refining period will suffer.


    In the scuffle, many friars in the refining period were either active or passive, and then entered different channels.


    There are many underpasses and countless entrances and exits. All of a sudden, so many friars in the Qi refining period were swallowed up.


    Meng Zhang took Tian Zhen and Fang Yong and took the initiative to walk into a nearby cave.


    Meng Zhang, relying on the false magic eye, took the initiative to avoid the sand monster brigade and entered a relatively safe passage.


    Separated from the scuffle and temporarily safe, Fang Yong, who was greatly frightened, couldn''t help complaining angrily.


    "These elders in the foundation period just rushed forward and left so many of us to the sand monster. They are clearly harming others. They have no demeanor at all."


    Tian Zhen glanced at Fang Yong, "shut your mouth."


    Meng Zhang also scolded in his heart, "what a fool to complain about the strong in the foundation period in this public place. If their disciples hear it, it will be another trouble."

 Chapter 67

    Meng Zhang responded to shuangfenggu''s call this time and happened to make great contributions. His task had already been completed. He was not very willing to enter the sand monster''s nest.


    No matter how many sand monsters kill, they don''t have any booty. It''s just a waste of energy. If you''re unlucky and hurt by a sand monster, you''re really unlucky.


    Meng Zhang''s primary task now is to protect Hetian town from harm, followed by the elimination of sand monsters.


    We can''t blame Meng Zhang for rowing in this battle. In the case of taiyimen, he can no longer afford to lose people.


    Meng Zhang can see through the nearby obstacles with his false magic eye. He took Tian Zhen and Fang Yong to avoid the large group of sand monsters. When he met a small group of sand monsters that could not be avoided, he also killed them. It can be regarded as a contribution to the human cultivators in the endless sand sea.


    Under the leadership of Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, the friars of the Zhao family have always been together and have not been dispersed.


    They also did not want to destroy the sand monster, but looked for the shadow of the people of Taiyi gate.


    In such a chaotic scuffle scene, there was no friar in the foundation period, and it was normal to die two little friars in the middle of Qi refining.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang took people away early and didn''t leave them a chance. Later, friar Zhao was forced to disperse in the passage.


    Although Meng Zhang avoided the Zhao family friar, he still didn''t avoid all the trouble.


    Breaking false magic eyes takes too long to open, which is a great burden on the eyes. Therefore, Meng Zhang didn''t keep the false magic eye open all the time, but opened it from time to time and closed it immediately.


    Meng Zhang took them into a new channel, just when it was time to close the eye of breaking delusion. It was at this time that a change took place in the channel.


    At the bottom of the tunnel, a human monk''s head suddenly appeared, and then his body began to float upward.


    Obviously, this is a monk who uses earth hiding to walk through the ground. He is lifting the state of earth hiding and wants to return to the ground.


    The friar saw Meng Zhang, who was also a human, and did not care. His body continued to float upward. As soon as his upper half was exposed, the change took place.


    A dark figure swam under the ground, and then caught up with the monk and suddenly entangled his lower body.


    The friar screamed and struggled desperately. But the shadow seemed to be small, but its strength was amazing, and it firmly entangled his lower body.


    Meng Zhang next to him was startled. It was clear that the dark shadow was a special sand monster with a talent similar to earth hiding.


    It seems that it is also a very dangerous thing to walk through the ground with earth hiding.


    Without saying a word, Meng Zhang turned and ran to the next channel.


    Tian Zhen and Fang Yong followed closely and did not dare to slow down.


    Meng Zhang ran out with the two men. After a few steps, the monk in the period of Qi refining stopped struggling, and all his voices disappeared.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples had just turned a corner when they ran into a group of monks in the period of Qi refining. Behind these friars, a large number of sand monsters are chasing after them.


    The two groups of people who met head-on were stunned at each other.


    Meng Zhang''s reaction was the fastest. He took out a first-order top-grade flying sword refined with blood and killed explosion, and threw it at the wall next to the channel.


    After a loud noise, the wall was blown open, revealing a huge gap. Behind the gap, there is another channel.


    Before the aftershock of the explosion dispersed, Meng Zhang and his team rushed to the channel as fast as they could.


    The opposite group of alchemy friars reacted not slowly and rushed to the only way to escape.


    The gap is only so big, but there are so many people running for their lives. For a moment, it was crowded and crowded.


    Two sand monsters rushed from both sides, and the scream of monks came from behind.


    Meng Zhang''s three men had just rushed into the passage when they were scattered by the monks who rushed in behind.


    The dying scream of the friar kept ringing, and there was no time to meet.


    Tian Zhen roared in the distance and ran to one end of the channel.


    Meng Zhang, who was blocked on the other side by the crowd, only rushed to the other end of the channel.


    Although Fang Yong is a little useless, he is not weak in running for his life. Unexpectedly, he has been following Meng Zhang without being left behind.


    After seven turns and eight turns, they finally got rid of their pursuers and entered a new channel through a hole.


    The separation of Hotan town annoyed Meng Zhang. He couldn''t go back to the place he had just lost. He only secretly hoped that the old man would be safe.


    He went around the ground for a long time. Even Meng Zhang didn''t know where he went.


    Fortunately, these channels are used for the entrance and exit of tall sand monsters. So the passages are unusually wide and tall. Meng Zhang walked inside for a long time without any sense of embarrassment.


    Meng Zhang was going to send a messenger to contact Tian Zhen, but he thought that Tian Zhen, like himself, would not be fixed in a certain place, but was constantly moving. Even if the messenger is released, the other party may not be able to receive it.


    A low-level symbol such as a messenger can only be sent to a fixed area.


    As for the messenger flying sword with certain search ability, friars can only use it during the foundation period.


    In order to avoid the sand monster''s brigade, Meng Zhang took Fang Yong and kept moving in the channel.


    I don''t know how long it took, Meng Zhang and they came to a crossroads. There are several different passages that meet at this place.


    When Meng Zhang and his disciples came to this crossroads, there were also two teams of practitioners from the other two passages.


    One group of practitioners was a stranger, and Meng Zhang didn''t know him at all.


    Another group of practitioners are old acquaintances. They are the disciples of the Zhao family, an old neighbor of Taiyi sect.


    The two leading elders are Zhao Renlong and Zhao Renhu.


    The two brothers are elders of the Zhao family, each with a perfect cultivation of Qi refining.


    Although they were nearly 70 years old and had no hope of building a foundation for a long time, their cultivation was polished more and more pure. And they spent a lot of time to build two powerful means.


    When they saw Meng Zhang, both of them were happy. Taking advantage of the chaos to kill Meng Zhang underground is what the Zhao family has been looking forward to.


    But seeing a group of strange friars nearby, they hesitated a little.


    Kill Meng Zhang secretly. There''s no proof. There''s no problem. But now that there are onlookers, I''m afraid we have to kill people. If we can''t destroy each other, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    The Zhao family hesitated, but Meng Zhang did not hesitate. He immediately threw out a huge shield.


    This magic weapon was also stolen goods purchased in the black market of huojingfang city. After Meng Zhang died of explosion with blood refining, it changed its face and became a disposable tool.


    The target Meng Zhang threw at was not Zhao''s disciples, but just above the intersection.

 Chapter 68

    After a loud noise that made everyone''s ears buzzing, the stone wall above his head was blown down, and countless earth rocks poured down, which soon blocked Meng Zhang''s front passage.


    A large amount of smoke and dust filled the whole channel. The aftermath of the explosion had not dissipated. Meng Zhang could not wait to observe the damage caused by the explosion, so he immediately turned around and ran along the coming channel.


    Fang Yong hesitated and immediately ran after Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s decisiveness was beyond the expectation of the Zhao family. The two elders of the Zhao family looked at each other and felt a little unprepared.


    The nearby team of strange friars is also very vigilant. Immediately put on a defensive posture, facing the Zhao family, slowly retreated and retreated along the coming channel.


    "We didn''t see anything. Your gratitude and resentment have nothing to do with us."


    Seeing the other side''s alert posture like facing a great enemy, the second old man of the Zhao family knew that his side had lost the opportunity to raid.


    The team of strange friars slowly disappeared into sight. A friar of the Zhao family behind said with great regret: "it''s a pity that the boy of Taiyi gate escaped."


    "It''s too early to say that now," Zhao Renlong said Yin.


    The two elders of the Zhao family worked together to open up the collapsed channel, and then led several monks of the Zhao family behind them to catch up.


    Meng Zhang led Fang Yong to turn west in the middle of the passage, passed through several holes, changed several passages in a row, and then stopped.


    Meng Zhang looked at Fang Yong and said nothing. There was no expression on his face.


    Fang Yong, a little guilty, avoided Meng Zhang''s eyes and turned to look elsewhere.


    "You have left a mark along the way." Meng Zhang''s tone was very positive.


    Fang Yong looked at Meng Zhang with frightened eyes. Obviously, he didn''t know how Meng Zhang would find such a secret action.


    Meng Zhang clapped it. Fang Yong, who had no time to respond, was immediately restrained and couldn''t move up and down.


    When Fang Yong ran after Meng Zhang, he didn''t forget to leave his true Qi mark all the way to show the way for the Zhao friar behind.


    Meng Zhang, who saw all this in his eyes, was killed in his heart, but he didn''t make a statement, let alone stop Fang Yong''s action.


    Until here, Meng Zhang suddenly attacked.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk to him about this stupid undercover. The undercover who has long been seen through by him can live to the present, not just for the present moment.


    In front of the passage, a large group of sand monsters, including many soldiers, rushed here. In the rear, friar Zhao, who pursued all the way, should have almost arrived.


    Meng Zhang had already used the false magic eye to see the surrounding terrain and the distribution of sand monsters clearly.


    He first threw several talismans on the ground behind him, then cast the earth escape talisman, and his body dived into the earth and rock below.


    Meng Zhang''s figure had just disappeared. Tracking his Zhao family''s children, he rushed here.


    Looking at the sand monster coming from the front, he tore Fang Yong lying on the ground into several pieces. The two elders of the Zhao family shot at the same time to block the sand monster coming from the front.


    "Retreat quickly, don''t love war." Zhao Renlong shouted violently.


    There was no point in entanglement with the sand monster. The two elders of the Zhao family made the right decision.


    Several of the Zhao family''s children behind them were preparing to retreat. Suddenly, there were several loud noises and several pillars of fire on the ground, which immediately plunged them into chaos.


    The fire pillar symbol that can be triggered with delay is a simple material commonly used by practitioners to lay traps.


    It was such a simple trap that prevented friar Zhao from leaving in time. Crazy sand monsters flooded the friars of the Zhao family.


    The second old man of the Zhao family had to lead his people into a bitter battle.


    Knowing that there are sand monsters with similar earth hiding ability in the sand monster''s nest, Meng Zhang dare not walk underground for too long. Leaving the channel just now and entering a new channel, he took the initiative to get out of the state of earth escape.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. As soon as he got out of the state of earth escape, a dark shadow came after him.


    Meng Zhang''s false magic eye immediately found the target. Without hesitation, he cast his earthquake spell on the ground.


    The simplest and most effective way to interrupt earth escape is to cast earthquake on the ground.


    Unless the opponent has high attainments in earth hiding, it is difficult to avoid the interference of earthquake.


    The ground fluctuated like waves, the earth and rock under the ground were vibrated and began to squeeze and deform, and the sand monster passing through the ground was temporarily trapped.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to stay here. He immediately performed divine practice and fled far away at once.


    Meng Zhang ran around in the passage, trying to avoid sand monsters and malicious monks.


    In the chaotic underground passage, there are not only fights between sand monsters and human practitioners, but also internal fights between human practitioners. Bold guys sneak in, kill and seize treasure. There are many practitioners who take the opportunity to settle their grievances.


    Meng Zhang secretly scolded that the five practitioners in the foundation period were only interested in seizing the treasures of the sand monster''s nest, and had no intention to take into account the monks in the Qi refining period, which caused such a chaotic scene.


    I don''t know how many human friars will be killed or injured after such a chaotic war.


    Meng Zhang just hoped that Tian Zhen, an old man, could save his life in the chaos.


    Inadvertently, Meng Zhang turned into a relatively narrow channel.


    "Master Xiao." the familiar figure came into his eyes, and Meng Zhang couldn''t help shouting.


    Xiao Shenqiang, the elder of shuangfenggu during the foundation period, actually sat on the ground and just blocked in front.


    "It''s Xiao Meng." Xiao Shenqiang''s face was full of a kind smile.


    As the elder in charge of foreign affairs in Shuangfeng Valley, he kept in mind the main figures of his subordinate vassal forces. And Meng Zhang was the first to find the sand monster''s nest.


    "Master Xiao, why are you here alone? Why didn''t you see Master Shan?" Meng Zhang asked with apparent concern.


    Xiao Shenqiang was pale and had a big hole in his chest. Half of his body was soaked with blood. You can see that he was seriously injured.


    "Xiao Meng, I can''t do it anymore. I have a few words to tell you. Please come here and bring me a few words to the valley master."


    Xiao Shenqiang''s tone was mild, but he seemed to have poor energy.


    He took down a storage bag tied around his waist and put it on his right hand.


    "Xiao Meng, as long as you help me, I''ll leave the things in it to you as a reward."


    "I have all my belongings in it, and there is a small building Jidan in it."


    Before he finished speaking, Xiao Shenqiang coughed violently, as if even his lungs were coughing out.


    His mouth kept gushing blood, and the storage bag in his hand couldn''t hold stably, so he fell to the ground.


    The storage bag rolled several times on the ground and just rolled to the ground in front of Meng Zhang. As long as he walks forward and bends down, he can easily pick up the storage bag.

 Chapter 69

    Meng Zhang not only did not go forward to pick up the storage bag, but faced Xiao Shenqiang and slowly retreated.


    From the time he met Xiao Shenqiang, Meng Zhang worked his mind and wanted to read Xiao Shenqiang''s mind.


    The result did not surprise Meng Zhang. He did not read any useful information, nor did he know whether Xiao Shenqiang was malicious to himself.


    There is an insurmountable gap between the initial stage of foundation construction and the middle stage of gas refining. The gap of cultivation in the great realm made Meng Zhang''s mind and divine power return in vain.


    Meng Zhang found that the situation was wrong, not by virtue of talent and magic, but by virtue of his life experience and his brain not blinded by greed.


    A little monk at the bottom of the cultivation world meets an elder master who is seriously injured.


    Before his death, the senior master handed over all his wealth to the little friar, except that no daughter was entrusted for life.


    Such a play is too familiar.


    Such a good thing happened to Meng Zhang.


    In the world of self deception, Meng Zhang is never afraid to guess others with the greatest malice.


    When the last storage bag happened to fall in front of Meng Zhang, he waited for him to bend down and pick it up.


    Knowing that the situation was wrong, Meng Zhang did not die to pick up the storage bag, but immediately left here.


    In this case, there should be no fluke.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if you were wrong just now, you can leave here for a while and hide far away to secretly monitor. Even if there is really any benefit, there may not be no chance to get involved.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s retreating figure, Xiao Shenqiang''s kind smile disappeared, and his face became very ferocious.


    "I thought I''d let you take the initiative to save my strength and don''t have to worry about damaging your flesh."


    "I didn''t expect you, but you don''t know how to be funny. I have to spend more time."


    Speaking, Xiao Shenqiang pointed at Meng Zhang with one hand, and a blue Qi came out from his hand to hold Meng Zhang''s body.


    While retreating, Meng Zhang made the worst psychological plan.


    Xiao Shenqiang''s words show that his purpose is to take away Meng Zhang''s flesh.


    While Xiao Shenqiang shot, he had already taken out his biggest mace from the storage bag.


    A fist sized, snow-white ball was thrown out by Meng Zhang.


    The ball and the Qi released by Xiao Shenqiang collided directly in the air.


    After a light sound, the blue Qi seemed to be solidified in the air, and the cold breath continued to extend towards Xiao Shenqiang''s body.


    "Cold poison Yin thunder, what''s the relationship between your boy and the Liu family?" Xiao Shenqiang roared angrily.


    Meng Zhang didn''t answer him. Since he had shot, he couldn''t tolerate any hesitation.


    Another cold poison Yin thunder was thrown directly at Xiao Shenqiang.


    Xiao Shenqiang, who was already seriously injured, was interrupted by the cold poison Yin thunder thrown by Meng Zhang just now. The ice poison gas of the cold poison Yin thunder is spreading towards his body along the released true Qi.


    Xiao Shenqiang, who was seriously injured and fell to the ground, not only couldn''t move, but also his body couldn''t make much response.


    Cold poison Yin thunder seemed to encounter an invisible obstacle in front of Xiao Shenqiang''s body and exploded at once.


    An invisible wall appeared around Xiao Shenqiang, and then the wall was immediately covered with frost and soon broken.


    The biting chill made Xiao Shenqiang lose almost all his consciousness, the body armor was broken, and he lost all his defense means.


    Meng Zhang threw the last cold poison Yin thunder.


    Cold poison Yin thunder exploded directly on Xiao Shenqiang, turning his body into an ice sculpture.


    These three cold poisonous Yin thunders that could hurt the practitioners during the foundation period completely ended Xiao Shenqiang''s life and saved Meng Zhang''s life.


    Meng Zhang was also secretly glad that he was cautious and that he had bought the stolen goods in the black market.


    Generally speaking, friars in the early days of foundation construction have no ability to give up. Even the monks in the middle of foundation construction have a low success rate.


    At least the accomplishments in the later stage of foundation construction can have a certain success rate.


    It was also Xiao Shenqiang''s bad luck. The dignified elder of Shuangfeng valley was reckless and light in the sand monster''s nest because of a trace of greed. On the way, he was secretly attacked by the general level sand monster with earth hiding talent.


    Not only separated from his companions, but also escaped with serious injuries. Unable to move, he had to wait quietly for death. He finally met Meng Zhang.


    Because of some previous experiences, although Xiao Shenqiang only had his accomplishments at the early stage of the foundation period, he dared to make a final attempt to win Meng Zhang.


    I really didn''t expect that Meng Zhang was so cautious and had the means to hurt the friars during the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang knew he was in trouble. It was not a small thing to kill the foundation period elder in Shuangfeng valley.


    Once things leak out, Shuangfeng valley will not reason with you, let alone care about what is right and wrong.


    Meng Zhangyun looked around carefully, including the ground and above.


    Fortunately, there are no onlookers here. I should be able to keep this secret.


    Meng Zhang didn''t move Xiao Shenqiang''s body. He glanced at the storage bag on the ground and picked it up.


    Xiao Shen''s strong family is really expensive. It''s an expensive ten square storage bag.


    Meng Zhang is not going to pick up any items in the storage bag, but is going to use the items in it to divert his attention.


    There is no prohibition attached to the storage bag, which can be opened easily.


    There are two second-order magic tools, more than ten bottles of pills, a lot of talismans, and many miscellaneous sundries.


    A transparent, light gauze fell into Meng Zhang''s sight.


    This, this is a Horcrux. How can there be a Horcrux on Xiao Shenqiang?


    The so-called soul weapon, as the name suggests, is a special magic weapon that only the spirit can resist.


    The soul guard can play various wonderful roles.


    Ordinary cultivators have neither access to nor need to use Horcruxes.


    Especially in the barren land like endless sand sea, Horcruxes are rare.


    The materials for refining Horcruxes are very rare. Only a few ghost practitioners can master the means of refining Horcruxes.


    If Meng Zhang had not acquired a lot of inheritance knowledge in the place of trial, he might not recognize this Horcrux.


    Originally, to be cautious, Meng Zhang was not going to leave anything in the storage bag, but he was a little excited when he saw the Horcrux.


    This is not because of greed, but because this Horcrux is of great use to him.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and still felt that he should leave here first.


    He took out a fireball charm from Xiao Shenqiang''s storage bag and threw it at Xiao Shenqiang''s body.


    A loud noise came from behind, and Meng Zhang''s body was far away.

 Chapter 70

    Xiao Shenqiang''s passage collapsed in the sound of explosion. Xiao Shen was strengthened into an ice carved body, which was also broken into several pieces and then completely buried.


    Meng Zhang went to the passage where a monk would pass, or directly sneaked close to other monks, and then divided the items in Xiao Shenqiang''s storage bag into many parts and threw them on the ground.


    Finally, even the storage bag was thrown away. The Horcrux was the only item left by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang thought and thought, and was never willing to give up this Horcrux. After careful analysis, he should be able to hide this Horcrux from shuangfenggu people.


    Next, Meng Zhang searched underground for a long time and finally found a quiet and safe place.


    He hid in a corner, buried a few fire symbols outside, and then sat on the ground, risking to get the spirit out of his body under this environment.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s spirit left the body, he didn''t stay away, but picked up the Horcrux and began to refine.


    This Horcrux is lighter than a feather. However, Meng Zhang''s spirit struggled to hold the Horcrux in his hand.


    When Meng Zhang was busy refining Horcruxes, chaos and contention had been triggered in the channels outside because of Xiao Shenqiang''s relics thrown by him.


    The possessions of a foundation building friar have an irresistible attraction to many Qi refining friars.


    Wealth moves people, and few people can escape the temptation of windfall wealth.


    Some friars who thought they were lucky found the roadside property. After confirming that it was not a trap, they secretly put it away.


    A second-order magic weapon was almost found by several teams of friars at the same time. After a fierce battle, there were corpses everywhere. The winner left with the magic weapon.


    Zhao Renlong, the elder of the Zhao family, and Zhao Renhu brothers were separated when they were besieged by sand monsters.


    Zhao Renlong, who was alone, was lucky enough to find Meng Zhang''s abandoned small building Jidan by the side of the road.


    After repeatedly confirming that it was not a trap and that he was not dizzy, he carefully put the small building Jidan away.


    In these years, the Zhao family tried their best to obtain the foundation building pill or small foundation building pill in order to cultivate new foundation building monks.


    Years of efforts, but did not get any harvest.


    Zhao Renlong just walked on the road, so he got lucky and picked up a small building foundation pill.


    This made him ecstatic, at the same time, his heart was filled with emotion.


    Without being dazzled by the surprise, he did endless sand sea cultivation and was short of resources. The area where Shuangfeng Valley is located is even more remote. Shuangfeng Valley does not have enough resources to set up soul lights for each disciple. Soul lamps can only be set up for important people in the sect, including elders and true disciples.


    The ancestral hall is guarded by a specially assigned person day and night. Xiao Shenqiang''s soul lamp went out and immediately alerted the guard''s disciples.


    Soon, Xiao Haisheng, the leader of shuangfenggu, and several elders in the gate were shocked.


    Even in Shuangfeng Valley, which is known as one gate and ten foundations, the elders during the foundation building period are also an important pillar of the sect. Now Xiao Shen is strong and dead. Of course, we can''t let him die without telling the truth. We must find out the reason.


    Xiao Haisheng, the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, was a great master in the later stage of foundation construction. He immediately took many disciples and left Shuangfeng Valley in a rarely used second-order flying boat.


    Shan Ying and Xiao Shenqiang went to destroy the sand monster''s nest. They were ordered by the sect. Their whereabouts are naturally not a secret.


    The second-order flying boat can not only carry hundreds of monks, but also fly farther and faster than the first-order flying boat.


    In less than half a day, he flew away and arrived over the sand monster''s nest.


    Xiao Haisheng left an elder in the foundation period to guard this place and prevent anyone from leaving.


    He personally led a group of elite Qi refining disciples into the sand monster''s nest.


    The great masters in the later stage of foundation building really made an extraordinary move.


    Without much time, Xiao Haisheng calmed down the chaos in the * * Department of the sand monster nest.


    With his outstanding accomplishments and the prestige accumulated over the years, Xiao Haisheng gathered all the monks in the sand monster''s nest, basically eliminated all the sand monsters, and completely destroyed the core of the sand monster''s nest.


    The core of the sand monster''s nest was destroyed, which means that the sand monster''s nest has completely lost its ability to breed sand monsters.


    Even if there are a few wandering sand monsters outside, it''s not enough.


    First, the problem of sand monster''s nest was solved, and then all the monks in the sand monster''s nest were brought to the ground.


    Xiao Haisheng really deserves to be the leader of Shuangfeng Valley for many years. He is capable and decisive.


    Before Xiao Haisheng arrived at the sand monster''s nest, Meng Zhang''s soul had completely refined this Horcrux.


    The main material of this Horcrux is the skin of a ghost beast that is rare in the underworld. This ghost beast is not a powerful ghost beast, but it has a strong hiding ability.


    Ghosts don''t take the initiative to show up. Ordinary people can''t see ghosts. The cultivator pours Qi into his eyes and can see ordinary ghosts. But those ghosts who are proficient in hiding are difficult to find unless they have special pupil magic power.


    After the skin of a ghost animal is refined into a magic tool by a ghost monk, it can not only easily hide from ordinary practitioners, but also it is difficult to find ghosts.


    Meng Zhang named this Horcrux like a gauze as a hidden gauze garment.


    Among the soul skills mastered by Meng Zhang, there is a method of receiving objects, which can hide this soul tool.


    Soul Art and material receiving art can only contain soul objects, which are special items between tangible and intangible.


    After the art of receiving objects is performed, the soul hidden gauze is hidden in the depths of the spirit. Unless Meng Zhang''s spirit is forcibly torn apart, it is difficult to find the existence of Horcruxes.


    Hide good Horcruxes. Shortly after Meng Zhang''s spirit returned to his body, Xiao Haisheng, the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, entered the sand monster''s nest.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang and other practitioners were driven to the ground.


    All the living people in the sand monster''s nest were rushed to the ground.


    Even the old man with a bamboo stick in Qingzhu mountain, who has never looked up to shuangfenggu, doesn''t dare to make trouble at this time.


    If you really want to annoy Xiao Haisheng, he can block the gate of Qingzhu mountain alone.


    Liu Dachuan, Lin quanguan and Taoist Guanghong of the Liu family will not contradict Xiao Haisheng.


    As a great master in the later stage of foundation construction, it is not difficult to subdue only three monks in the early stage of foundation construction.


    Before long, the ground was crowded with friars of various forces.


    Under Xiao Haisheng''s forced order, all the monks present gathered and stood according to their respective forces.

 Chapter 71

    Xiao Haisheng floated quietly in the air and looked at the cultivator below with a gloomy face. The invisible pressure made the bottom silent.


    "Xiao Shenqiang, the elder of our school, died inexplicably. We must find out the reason and give an account to the dead."


    "I''m in a bad mood now. You''d better be honest."


    Xiao Haisheng''s eyes swept the faces of old man Zhuzhang, Liu Dachuan and Taoist Guanghong. They, who are also experts in the foundation period, are most suspected of killing.


    Shan Ying stood behind Xiao Haisheng with a cold face, not only worried that Xiao Haisheng would blame himself for Xiao Shenqiang''s death, but also angry because of his fellow disciple''s death.


    Xiao Shenqiang is Xiao Haisheng''s clan and has always been Xiao Haisheng''s confidant. With Xiao Haisheng''s character of protecting the short, this matter is easy but difficult to end.


    Two friars in the foundation period of Shuangfeng Valley who arrived with Xiao Haisheng, with a team of law enforcement disciples, entered the sand monster''s nest and began to search carefully.


    There is a special positioning secret between Shuangfeng Valley and the same gate. Xiao Shenqiang''s body was soon found and brought to Xiao Haisheng.


    Although Xiao Shenqiang''s body turned into ice sculpture and broke into several sections, the traces on the body are still very obvious.


    "Cold poison Yin thunder, Liu Dachuan, what do you want to say?" Xiao Haisheng stared at Liu Dachuan with a murderous look on his face.


    A cold sweat broke out on Liu Dachuan''s forehead.


    "Xiao Haisheng, don''t wrong a good man. Although cold poison Yin thunder is the only means of our Liu family, there are a lot of cold poison Yin thunder wandering outside."


    "Yes, leader Xiao, brother Liu didn''t lie. Cold poison Yin thunder is occasionally sold in the market. Who knows who will eventually fall into his hands?"


    Taoist Guanghong doesn''t want to contradict Xiao Haisheng, but he still wants to say a fair word for Liu Dachuan.


    "It''s hard to convince the public that you want to blame brother Liu for murder only with the evidence of cold poison Yin Lei." the old man with bamboo stick said in a gloomy way.


    Xiao Haisheng knew that the three friars in the foundation period opposite didn''t exist without heel. Even if he subdued them for a while, he couldn''t dispose of them arbitrarily.


    "Hand over all your storage bags." Xiao Haisheng said fiercely, with the an attitude that he would start if he didn''t say a word.


    Whether it was out of the hero''s psychology of not eating immediate losses or unwilling to offend Xiao Haisheng, who was on fire, the three swallowed their anger and let Xiao Haisheng check his storage bag.


    Xiao Haisheng has a close relationship with Xiao Shenqiang and knows the general items Xiao Shenqiang carries.


    Xiao Haisheng carefully checked their storage bags and found nothing.


    Or the three people in front of us are indeed innocent, and there is someone else who killed Xiao Haisheng. Or they are smart enough not to covet Xiao Shenqiang''s goods.


    Xiao Haisheng pressed his anger and returned the storage bag to the three.


    The old man took his storage bag and snorted with disdain.


    Xiao Haisheng swept his eyes down.


    The crowd below were all the Qi refining monks who entered the sand monster''s nest with the three foundation building monks. In the previous chaos, the loss was not small.


    Now, under the strict order of Xiao Haisheng, including Shuangfeng Valley disciples, they are all divided into groups according to the sect order and stand quietly below.


    At the command of Xiao Haisheng, the two foundational elders who accompanied Xiao Haisheng and a group of shuangfenggu gas refining disciples began to search.


    They searched everyone''s storage bags and searched their bodies roughly according to the sect order. With the degree of detail they searched, even a needle could not hide their examination.


    Liu''s disciples were the first to be searched.


    Coincidentally, a folding fan was found on a Liu disciple.


    This folding fan is just an ordinary first-order magic weapon. There is nothing strange about it.


    However, the disciples of Shuangfeng Valley who are familiar with Xiao Shenqiang know that it is this folding fan that this quaint elder often dances with.


    A law enforcement disciple of shuangfenggu held a folding fan and shouted, "where did this come from? Say, did you kill elder Xiao Shenqiang?"


    Being charged with such a big crime for no reason, the young disciple panicked and stammered, "this, this, this is what I picked up in the sand monster''s nest."


    While talking, he turned his eyes to Liu Dachuan, the elder of the Liu family above.


    "I picked it up. It''s so easy to pick up a first-order magic weapon. Why can''t I meet such a good thing?"


    Shuangfenggu law enforcement disciple said mockingly.


    In full view of the public, Liu Dachuan will never give up his children.


    "The sand monster''s nest is so chaotic. It''s normal to pick up a magic weapon."


    Xiao Haisheng thought that Liu''s disciples were the most suspected. He ignored Liu Dachuan''s excuse, but shouted: "continue to search."


    The results of the next search were greatly beyond everyone''s expectation.


    No suspicious items were found on the Liu disciples. However, a second-order magic weapon commonly used by Xiao Shenqiang was found on a disciple of Qingzhu mountain.


    As a result of questioning, his answers, like the Liu family disciple, were found in the sand monster''s nest.


    Next, the search continued. Even those Shuangfeng Valley disciples who followed Xiao Shenqiang into the sand monster''s nest were no exception.


    The results of the search not only surprised everyone, but also made it difficult for Xiao Haisheng to step down.


    Items belonging to Xiao Shenqiang were found in several sects and family disciples. Even the jade pendant that Xiao Shenqiang kept close and never showed to others, and only a few people knew, was found on a disciple of Shuangfeng valley.


    Finally, in the frightened eyes of Zhao Renlong, the elder of the Zhao family, the small building foundation Dan in his storage bag was also found.


    Xiao Haisheng was completely angry. The always respectful Zhao family dared to make small moves in the back.


    Among the numerous vassal forces in Shuangfeng Valley, Xiao Haisheng asked himself that he was good to the Zhao family. Ten years ago, he even sold a small building foundation to the Zhao family at a low price.


    You know, the number of Xiaozhu Jidan refined by Shuangfeng Valley is not large, and it is difficult for even the disciples to get it. Many disciples lined up for many years, but they finally got nothing.


    Each small building pill refined by Shuangfeng Valley is wrapped in a special shell. There is a secret mark on the shell.


    The small building foundation pill found from Zhao Renlong is the one Xiao Shenqiang prepared for his son.


    As soon as Xiao Haisheng stretched out his hand, he sucked Zhao Renlong''s body in front of him.


    "If you don''t know how to be grateful, you can''t fill in your desires and advance an inch."


    "Headmaster Xiao, I found this pill in it. Spare my life, spare my life..."


    In the frightened cry, Zhao Renlong turned his eyes to Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family.


    But when Xiao Haisheng was angry, Zhao Yanbei took the Zhao family to kneel down.

 Chapter 72

    Zhao Yanbei has been the master of the Zhao family for many years. He leads the Zhao family without foundation friars to fight with other families. He relies not only on his perfect cultivation of refining Qi, but also on his ability to judge the situation and steer the wheel.


    Knowing that Xiao Haisheng, the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, killed him, he didn''t dare to intercede for Zhao Renlong. It''s better for Zhao Renlong to suffer than for the whole Zhao family to be angry.


    Xiao Haisheng didn''t have so many scruples about his subordinate vassal forces.


    He was too lazy to continue interrogating Zhao Renlong, but directly began soul searching.


    Many friars in the foundation period will use the vicious means of soul searching, but generally they will not abuse it. Because the object of soul searching may be insane, become an idiot or die directly afterwards.


    Xiao Haisheng, who was angry, pressed one palm on Zhao Renlong''s head and launched the soul searching technique.


    Scenes appeared in Xiao Haisheng''s mind, including many private affairs of the Zhao family.


    Xiao Haisheng is not interested in the shit of the Zhao family. He mainly wants to know how Zhao Renlong got the small building foundation pill.


    Zhao Renlong didn''t lie. This small building foundation Dan was indeed picked up. He didn''t know the origin of this small building foundation, let alone Xiao Shenqiang.


    After the soul searching, the old and frail Zhao Renlong didn''t carry it and directly lost his life.


    Xiao Haisheng threw Zhao Renlong''s body to the ground and began to think.


    The Zhao family saw the tragic end of their elders with the remaining light from the corner of their eyes. They all felt a sense of rabbit death and fox sorrow. The strong sense of sadness blocked their hearts badly.


    However, not only did they dare not show the slightest dissatisfaction, they didn''t even have the courage to look at their elders.


    This is not only the sadness of the weak, but also the fate of the weak.


    A series of things calmed Xiao Haisheng down. It''s wrong.


    If Xiao Shenqiang''s death has nothing to do with the three Zhuji and their disciples opposite, who killed Xiao Shenqiang? What''s the other party''s intention?


    As the leader of one power, Xiao Haisheng, who was used to all kinds of intrigues and intrigues in the cultivation world, had a bold idea in his heart.


    Is it that someone wants to provoke the relationship between shuangfenggu and Qingzhu mountain, Liu family and Lin quanguan and provoke the conflict between the two sides?


    Killing people with the Liu family''s cold poison and Yin thunder is clearly to blame the Liu family. Throwing Xiao Shenqiang''s belongings and letting the friars of major forces pick them up is not only to cause internal chaos in shuangfenggu, but also to make shuangfenggu hostile to other forces.


    Xiao Haisheng, who was full of conspiracy theories, began to search for some hostile forces in shuangfenggu.


    Using cold poison Yin thunder is Meng Zhang''s only means to hurt the practitioners during the foundation period. He just did some confusing things out of his self-protection instinct. He never thought of it, but it made Xiao Haisheng''s brain make up a bunch of conspiracies against Shuangfeng valley.


    How the matter ended gave Xiao Haisheng a headache.


    Just now he has vowed that the Liu family is the murderer. He will change his mouth immediately and say that Xiao Shenqiang''s death has nothing to do with the Liu family. Xiao Haisheng is really embarrassed. Moreover, Xiao Shenqiang is an elder of Shuangfeng valley. He must have an explanation when he dies.


    Just when Xiao Haisheng was in a dilemma, a blue flying boat appeared in the distant sky and drove here at high speed.


    The flying boat soon came not far ahead. Two figures flew out of the flying boat and came to Xiao Haisheng.


    Seeing the arrival of these two people, Liu Dachuan and the old man with bamboo sticks were full of joy, while the monks on the side of shuangfenggu put on alert.


    "Liu Dajiang, bamboo sword, you two came very quickly." Xiao Haisheng said disdainfully.


    "Dajiang dares not delay after receiving the distress message from his brothers. If Dachuan offends leader Xiao, I hope leader Xiao will do a lot. Don''t worry about Dachuan."


    Liu Dajiang was very polite to Xiao Haisheng.


    Liu Dajiang''s accomplishments in the middle of building the foundation are not only several experts of the Liu family, but also the elder of the Liu family. The power and status of the Liu family are above Liu Dachuan.


    Zhujian is a middle-aged man with a cold face. Although his age is much younger than that of the old man with bamboo stick, his accomplishments are far higher than that of the old man with bamboo stick.


    As one of the best masters in Qingzhu mountain, the bamboo sword is nothing but a cultivation achievement in the middle of foundation construction, but it is not afraid of Xiao Haisheng, a great master in the later stage of foundation construction.


    The bamboo sword arched his hand at Xiao Haisheng as a greeting. Not good at words, he handed over the communication to Liu Dajiang.


    At least now, in the face of the strong Xiao Haisheng, qingzhushan, Liu family and Lin quanguan are on the same front.


    Xiao Haisheng knew that when the three guys opposite were found by themselves, he must have secretly sent a signal to his classmates.


    Now, the person who received the distress signal has come. If the entanglement continues, more reinforcements will arrive from the three forces.


    Strong used to Xiao Haisheng, but unwilling to give in easily, it will make people look down on themselves and feel that they can''t withstand the pressure of the three.


    As a result, the two sides began to stalemate again.


    Xiao Haisheng said very strongly that the spirit refining monks who found Xiao Shenqiang''s items must be interrogated by soul searching.


    Three foundational friars were present. Where would they let their own alchemy friars experience such torture. They opposed Xiao Haisheng one after another, and refuted fiercely.


    The two sides quarreled for a long time and did not give in to each other.


    Finally, Taoist Guanghong of Lin quanguan was the first to soften his words and expressed his willingness to help shuangfenggu trace the murderer. Then the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain had to make a verbal commitment and were willing to contribute to the matter. After returning, they must severely punish the refining monks who picked up Xiao Shenqiang''s items, so that the matter could be considered as a temporary end.


    Xiao Haisheng was furious when he saw the three monks leaving with all their disciples. He also knew in his heart that it was meaningless to keep pestering.


    Xiao Haisheng called Shan Ying to his house and ordered him to leave with a group of disciples.


    Shan Ying came to the rest of the people and announced a series of punishment decisions.


    Those who found Xiao Shenqiang''s articles and did not take the initiative to report them were severely punished.


    Among them, although Zhao Renlong of the Zhao family died, all the monks present in the Zhao family were punished and went to Mingsha mountain to serve hard labor for three years.


    Knowing that shuangfenggu was angry, the Zhao family did not have the slightest idea and ability to resist.


    The friars of other vassal forces were quickly dismissed.


    Meng Zhang secretly rejoiced that he had finally escaped this disaster.


    Fortunately, he was not greedy, took the initiative to give up the items in Xiao Shenqiang''s storage bag and tried to muddy the water.


    Especially when the friars of the Liu family and other forces were involved in this matter and asked Xiao Haisheng to throw a rat''s taboo, it was easier to let it go.

 Chapter 73

    Meng Zhang didn''t know that Xiao Shenqiang had the Horcrux. Even his classmates in shuangfenggu didn''t know it.


    Of course, even if friar Shuangfeng Valley knew about it. After he refined it with the spirit and hid it with the soul technique, even if Xiao Haisheng was an expert in the later stage of foundation building, he was not able to carefully check everyone''s spirit and find out the soul.


    Meng Zhang and Tian Zhen were about to leave when they were stopped by a disciple of Shuangfeng valley.


    It turned out that this disciple announced his reward to Meng Zhang.


    Because he first found the sand monster''s nest. In the next three years, taiyimen didn''t have to pay sacrifices to shuangfenggu.


    The offering here only refers to the regular offering. If taiyimen has new financial resources in the past three years, such as mining minerals, it still has to pay the part that should be handed over.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that shuangfenggu didn''t deny his reward after so many things happened.


    After all, shuangfenggu is a large sect in this area. They have a big family and business. They don''t need to ruin their reputation for such a trivial spirit stone.


    Meng Zhang won the reward. He didn''t go out in vain this time.


    Because of the murder of Xiao Shenqiang, all the friars of the vassal forces, worried about being moved to anger by Shuangfeng Valley, hurried away.


    Meng Zhang and Hetian town also rode on the wind chasing pony and embarked on their return journey.


    Meng Zhang was in a good mood, not only because he harvested a rare Horcrux.


    In addition, brother Zhao''s bad luck is also a great good thing.


    Originally, Zhao Yanbei brought the elite of the family to flatter shuangfenggu. But I never thought that because of Meng Zhang''s unintentional move, they would be moved to anger by Shuangfeng valley.


    The master of the Zhao family and the elite of the family can''t get away. The remaining monks of the Zhao family should have no leisure to continue to trouble taiyimen.


    Taiyimen is temporarily short of a strong enemy and can live without external pressure for three years.


    "Although Fang Yong performed badly this time, it''s a pity that the people are gone." Tian Zhen sighed on the way.


    Meng Zhang didn''t tell Tian Zhen that Fang Yong was the undercover of the Zhao family. It''s just that Fang Yong was unlucky and died among the sand monsters.


    Even if Fang Yong had all kinds of wrongs in front of him, but everyone was dead, Meng Zhang had no intention of damaging his name behind him.


    Most importantly, the Taiyi sect has betrayed again, which is bad for the reputation of the Taiyi sect, and the leader Meng Zhang will not feel honored.


    Mengzhang Hotan town didn''t go back to taiyimen directly, but went to Tianshui oasis first.


    Fang Yong still has relatives in Tianshui oasis, and most of the disciples of Taiyi sect are closely related. Fang Yong died in love and reason. He had to inform his family.


    Originally, the commoner elder of Tian town was fully responsible for these things, but Meng Zhang didn''t mind going there anyway.


    After the two went to sweet water oasis and Tianzhen to appease Fang Yong''s relatives, Li Baofu, an old disciple of taiyimen stationed here, secretly came to Meng Zhang.


    He secretly took Meng Zhang to a deserted corner, looked around for a long time, and said mysteriously: "headmaster, we may have found a baby in sweet water oasis."


    "Baby, what baby?" Meng Zhang was also interested.


    So Li Baofu told it in detail.


    Originally, the reason why the sweet water oasis is named is because there are three sweet wells in the center of the oasis.


    The water in these three wells is clear, cool and sweet. There is a special taste after eating.


    All along, these three sweet water wells have been carefully protected, and only a small amount of well water is extracted quantitatively every day for a few upper class people in the sweet water oasis.


    Several old disciples of taiyimen, including Li Baofu, are naturally the top figures in Tianshui oasis.


    About ten days ago, they found that the water from the sweet well contained a trace of aura.


    Drinking the well water containing aura is much better than absorbing the scattered aura in the oasis.


    Therefore, these well-informed old people judged that there should be something in the sweet well, and the aura was contaminated with the well water.


    These old disciples'' cultivation is too poor. They are old and have no ability to explore the bottom of the well.


    These disciples, who have no hope of further progress, are loyal to the sect and immediately inform the sect of the news.


    After Meng Zhang Hotan town responded to shuangfenggu''s call and went to fight against sand monsters, there was only master Qingling in Taiyi gate.


    In order to prevent accidents, he needs to be in charge of the sect all the time and can''t leave easily.


    Therefore, this matter was delayed until Meng Zhang returned from Hotan town.


    After listening to Li Baofu''s story, Meng Zhang didn''t wait for Tianzhen, so he came directly to the three sweet wells with Li Baofu.


    The three sweet wells are not too far away. They are arranged according to the shape of the product within a hundred feet.


    Since I felt that there were Heaven and earth spirits in the sweet water well, these old disciples of taiyimen in the sweet water oasis took turns to guard next to the three sweet water wells to prevent people from approaching.


    Meng Zhang first said hello to these elders, and then picked up a bucket of well water from three sweet wells.


    These three barrels of well water contain a trace of aura.


    It''s nothing to Meng Zhang, but it''s a rare tonic for these old disciples who lack aura.


    Tianshui oasis has been ruled by taiyimen for so many years, and I have never heard of any monsters.


    Moreover, the aura contained in the three barrels of well water is a little thin, but it is very pure. There is no miscellaneous smell in it.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang judged that there should be no danger at the bottom of the three sweet wells.


    Out of caution, Meng Zhang still showed his arrogant magic eye and carefully looked at the bottom of the well from the wellhead.


    The well water is clear and there are no living creatures in it.


    At the unfathomable bottom of the well, no abnormality can be seen.


    Meng Zhang chose a sweet well at will and jumped into it.


    The mouth of the sweet well is wide enough to accommodate Meng Zhang''s body.


    The six cultivation accomplishments of refining Qi are enough to make Meng Zhang hold his breath for a long time.


    Meng Zhang''s body entered the water and dived directly down.


    But in a short time, Meng Zhang''s feet stepped on the ground at the bottom of the well.


    The ground at the bottom of the well is hard rock and smooth.


    Meng Zhang cast an earth rune, and his whole body penetrated into the rock at the bottom of the well.


    After walking down a distance through the rock, Meng Zhang felt that the resistance increased greatly and it was difficult to move on.


    Strong auras came out from the ground, which greatly hindered the play of earth escape.


    With Meng Zhang''s insight, he soon understood what had happened here from his own experience.

 Chapter 74

    The situation at the bottom of this sweet well should be ethereal.


    The so-called panting refers to the activities such as the changes of the earth''s veins and the movement of the ground, resulting in a large amount of aura from the ground to the ground.


    Generally speaking, some new psychic nodes will appear in the region after the pan spirit. If there are enough spiritual power nodes, a new spiritual pulse will even be formed.


    A large amount of aura from the ground prevented Meng Zhang from diving further underground.


    He can only stay in his current position, use his eyes to break delusion, and roughly observe the following situation.


    The aura from the bottom of the earth is too strong, and the eyes of breaking delusion can''t see it too clearly.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang returned to the bottom of the well and then returned to the top until the power of the earth Rune was about to run out.


    Facing the expectant eyes, Meng Zhang said, "let me have a look again and finally confirm."


    Meng Zhang jumped into another sweet well, dived into the bottom of the well, cast the earth rune, and dived into the ground again.


    After some observation, the same result was obtained.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the ground this time, Tian Zhen finished handling trivial matters and came here.


    Meng Zhang called all the people present together and said in a low voice, "don''t make a statement, let alone spread it out. The bottom of the well should be full of spirit."


    At the bottom of the well is not the spirit of heaven and earth, but the spirit. All the people present were not disappointed at all, but ecstatic.


    Everyone knows what animism means.


    It''s a great thing to have several more spiritual power nodes and even one more spiritual pulse.


    Outside, even if you spend thousands of spirit stones, you may not be able to buy the lowest spirit pulse.


    The reason why these old disciples left taiyimen early and returned to Tianshui oasis. In addition to being old and hopeless, I also hope to reduce the pressure of the spiritual pulse of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Back in the sweet water oasis, they all suffer from lack of aura. It is very difficult to maintain the previous cultivation.


    Now the sweet water oasis has enough aura. The bodies of these old disciples are nourished by enough aura. Not only can their cultivation be maintained, but also their life will be prolonged.


    Looking at the happy people, Meng Zhang was equally happy.


    The original Taiyi sect experienced many hardships, especially after the death of Taoist Xuanling, the former leader, the Taiyi sect''s fortune fell to the bottom.


    After Meng Zhang took over as the head of Taiyi sect, Taiyi sect began to recover and good things continued.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking, "could it be that I, the transgressor, is the legendary protagonist of heaven and earth and the son of luck."


    "Excuse me, headmaster, how many new spiritual power nodes will appear in sweet water oasis after this pan spirit, and will there be new spiritual veins?"


    ¡°¡­¡­¡±


    People began to ask a lot of questions.


    "We can''t make a general judgment until we explore the last sweet well."


    Meng Zhang said hello to the people and jumped into the bottom of the well. He had a very rich and pure earth aura and was madly rejecting other auras.


    In a spiritual pulse, although most of the Reiki is of certain attributes, it contains a small amount of Reiki of other attributes.


    The attributes of Reiki should be more complex in the newly emerging pan spirit land.


    There is such pure and rich earth attribute aura here. The greatest possibility is that there are heaven and earth spirits with earth attribute here.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang''s heart was hot.


    He cast the earth Rune and began to dive underground.


    Without diving too deep into the ground, a light mass the size of a head and emitting earthy yellow light appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    The earth attribute aura around the light mass is as rich as the essence, as if it wants to condense together. When the earth attribute aura inadvertently spreads to the bottom of the well, it frantically repels the auras of other attributes, forming an environment with only earth attribute aura.


    The aura of the earth attribute in front is too strong. Meng Zhang can''t move a step even with the power of the earth rune.


    Meng Zhang''s body seemed to be trapped in a large mass of sticky glue, which was difficult to move.


    Meng Zhang almost used up all the earth runes on his body, and then slowly moved to the side of the light group. Then he exhausted all his strength before he received the light in his hand.


    While the last power of Tu Dun Fu was not exhausted, Meng Zhang fought his old life and finally returned to the bottom of the well safely.


    Just for such a short time, Meng Zhang felt more tiring than a life and death struggle with a strong enemy.


    After recovering his true Qi, Meng Zhang had the strength to lift the light and look at it carefully.


    "This is the essence of the earth." with the knowledge of Meng Zhang, the origin of the light group was quickly identified.


    The essence of the earth is a kind of heaven and Earth Spirit. It is usually formed in the deep part of the earth. It appears in the shallow underground. It is estimated that it is mostly caused by the change of earth vein and underground movement.


    According to the order of four levels of heaven and earth Huang Huang, the essence of the soil is considered to be a yellow world. But it is this low-level spirit of heaven and earth. Once it appears outside, it will attract the builders of the foundation period to rob it desperately.


    Of course, the essence of the earth is also quite high in the Yellow world.


    In fact, in the endless sand sea where cultivation resources are scarce, even spiritual objects without grade are not common.


    It is necessary to use special tools or special techniques to store all kinds of heaven and earth spirits.


    Fortunately, there is no lack of this content in the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial.


    Without the preparation of special utensils in advance, Meng Zhang could only temporarily seal the banyan essence with real Qi and put it in the storage bag.


    After all this, Meng Zhang remembered his original purpose of sneaking into the bottom of the well.


    He used his eyes to explore the ground and observe the surrounding environment.


    After continuously observing the bottom of three wells, Meng Zhang had a general understanding of the scale of this pan Ling.


    After everything, Meng Zhang returned to it.


    In front of everyone, he concealed the news of the essence of the earth.


    It''s not that he is selfish, nor that he can''t trust his classmates. But once the news is leaked, it may attract the covet of the friars during the foundation period. With the current strength of taiyimen, it is really difficult to compete with the friars in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang kept a secret of what he gained from the essence of the earth. It is not only protecting everyone, but also protecting Tai Yi gate.


    "Headmaster, how big is the scale of this pan spirit?"


    "Headmaster, will there really be a spiritual pulse in sweet water oasis?"


    ¡°¡­¡­¡±


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, everyone couldn''t help asking. It concerns the vital interests of everyone. No one can keep calm.

 Chapter 75

    "The pan Ling has not ended yet. So far, there will be at least five or six more psychic nodes in sweet water oasis."


    "When the animism is over, the psychic nodes in the oasis will increase."


    "After these new spiritual nodes are connected with the original spiritual nodes, a new spiritual vein will be formed."


    Meng Zhang made his own judgment according to the observed situation.


    "In about three or five years, a new spiritual vein will be formed in the oasis."


    Meng Zhang''s words surprised everyone present.


    The emergence of spiritual pulse above sweet water oasis means that the environment of the whole oasis has been greatly improved. Not only will the aura become stronger, but also the oasis itself will expand greatly.


    In the future, sweet water oasis will be able to accommodate more monks and mortals.


    For Taiyi gate, there is one more mountain gate.


    According to Meng Zhang''s account, the news of sweet water oasis is kept as secret as possible.


    To avoid being coveted by others.


    Second, prevent enemies from secretly destroying and hindering the generation of new spiritual channels.


    After the explanation, Meng Zhang rushed back to taiyimen with Tian town.


    After returning to Tai Yi gate, the essence of the soil gained by Meng Zhang was put into the eyes of the underground room.


    Then, before he could talk to Taoist Qingling in detail, he left Taiyi gate alone.


    Meng Zhang, who rode on the wind chasing foal, went to mingshafang city this time.


    After arriving at mingshafang City, Meng Zhang went to Feihong building and bought a first-order magic array.


    This array is weak, but it can block aura and gather aura. Moreover, it can use the force of civil engineering to produce illusion and cover all kinds of situations within the coverage range of the normal array.


    After Meng Zhang bought the array, he did not stop in mingshafang city. But left immediately and rushed back to the sweet water oasis as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang acquired a lot of array knowledge in the place of trial, and there was no problem in theory. In fact, he walked around the sweet water oasis to determine the specific orientation, and began to place the array plate and flag.


    The most important thing of this dharma array is the array plate and flag. As long as the position is correct, there will be no other problems.


    Meng Zhang''s first-order array also needs to consume a lot of aura. Before the formation of the spirit pulse in the sweet water oasis, the consumption can not be met by relying on a few spirit power nodes alone.


    As a last resort, Meng Zhang took out a lot of inferior spirit stones from the taiyimen library and placed them in the Dharma array in advance.


    Fortunately, when Meng Zhang was recruited by shuangfenggu this time, because of his great achievements, taiyimen was exempted from worship for three years.


    Otherwise, for three or five years in a row, we will have to consume inferior spirit stones to provide aura for the Dharma array, which is really a great burden for taiyimen.


    Civil magic array can not only cover the situation of sweet water oasis and block the prying eyes of outsiders. And gathering Reiki can speed up the formation of new spiritual veins. Blocking Reiki can prevent Reiki from leaking out and causing waste.


    After working on the sweet water oasis, Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was also in danger when he went out this time. Especially in the face of Xiao Shenqiang, a friar in the foundation period, Meng Zhang would be doomed if he were not cold, poisonous, yin and thunder.


    With lingering fear, he had a good rest in Taiyi gate for a few days and completely calmed his mood.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang''s spirit came out of his body and took out the hidden veil of the soul tool hidden by the soul art.


    After the secret gauze is refined by Meng Zhang''s spirit, Meng Zhang''s spirit out of the body can freely use this Horcrux.


    After being familiar with the use of Horcruxes and fully understanding their functions, Meng Zhang is ready to enter the place of trial again.


    The whole place of trial has been almost visited by Meng Zhang. He was not sure that he could enter the mysterious canyon.


    Fortunately, with this hidden gauze garment, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to break in front.


    One night, Meng Zhang finished the ceremony and the spirit entered the place of trial again.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to the canyon, but strolled around other places in the place of trial.


    After Meng Zhang cleaned up all kinds of ghosts that used to be full of trials, no new ghosts appeared.


    Sure enough, reality is not a game. After the monster is cleared, it will not refresh automatically.


    I wandered around the testing place. As expected, I didn''t encounter any valuable items.


    When Meng Zhang''s spirit entered the place of trial this time, he took the soul weapon of hidden gauze.


    The soul weapon refined by the divine soul can be regarded as a part of the divine soul and smoothly entered the place of trial.


    Meng Zhang draped the hidden gauze clothes over his spirit, wandered around the place of trial and tested its function.


    After putting on this hidden gauze garment, the wandering speed of Meng Zhang''s spirit has obviously accelerated a lot.


    Finally, Meng Zhang came to the outside of the canyon in hidden gauze and secretly approached the Yin soldiers in charge of guarding.


    The hidden gauze clothes are really useful. Even Yin soldiers can hide their stealth function.


    Even if Meng Zhang had floated in front of the Yin soldiers, the Yin soldiers were unaware of any abnormality.


    Meng Zhang just wandered around the valley mouth and left there.


    There''s not enough time tonight to explore the canyon.


    Meng Zhang only left temporarily to prepare for tomorrow night''s action.


    After the spirit returned to the body, he was speechless all night.


    At night, after nightfall, Meng Zhang held a ceremony. The spirit came out of the body, hid the gauze clothes with the Horcrux, and entered the place of trial again.


    When he entered the place of trial this time, Meng Zhang didn''t waste time. He put on his hidden gauze clothes and sneaked out of the mysterious canyon.


    With the experience of last night, Meng Zhang successfully avoided the Yin soldiers guarded by the valley and entered the canyon.


    Neither the Yin soldiers guarding the valley pass nor the archers lying in ambush on the surrounding mountains found Meng Zhang''s whereabouts.


    Even that group of Yin soldiers patrol, as long as Meng Zhang didn''t have bad luck to take the initiative to hit them, they couldn''t find Meng Zhang.


    The spirit floating in the air will not leave clues such as footprints.


    After being completely invisible, the spirit went deep into the canyon.

 Chapter 76

    After entering the canyon, the guards here are no longer Yin soldiers, but groups of ghost beasts.


    These ghost beasts look strange and vary in size. Running around and flying around, it''s everywhere.


    Small ghost beasts are not as tall as human children. The big ghost beast is like a small hill. When it moves gently, it has the general movement of earth and mountains.


    These ghost beasts not only have sharp eyes and sharp ears, but also have a very developed sense of smell.


    Next to the path Meng Zhang passed, a ghost beast that looked like a wild dog suddenly ran over and sniffed around.


    "Bad." Meng Zhang secretly shouted. I just tested the invisibility function of this hidden gauze cloak. I don''t know whether this soul weapon can cover up the smell of my soul.


    Although the ghost beast can''t see itself, it''s really wronged if it sniffs itself out.


    The ghost beast sniffed around for a long time, then screamed and ran away.


    Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief. He didn''t know whether the smell of the ghost beast was unreliable or whether he hid his gauze clothes to cover up the smell of his divine soul.


    Meng Zhang, who continued to move forward, became more careful.


    The passage of the canyon is deep and long, and some places are wide, which can accommodate large groups of people and horses at the same time. In some places, it almost becomes a small path, and normal people have to lean sideways to get through.


    The high mountains on both sides of the canyon are not peaked, and they are covered by mysterious forces. Meng Zhang can''t fly too high into the sky at all.


    Meng Zhang would be very careful every time he passed through those small trails. The spirit drifted slowly from the middle and tried to avoid hitting the mountain walls on both sides.


    In the Yang world, spirits have the ability to penetrate earth and rock. A slightly stronger spirit can easily cross the wall.


    But in the place of trial in the underworld, almost all the rules of heaven and earth have changed.


    Even the spirit of the virtual body will make a movement as long as it hits the surrounding mountain wall.


    This deep canyon channel turns seven times and eight times. I don''t know how many turns it has taken, and it has circled countless big circles. Around the back, Meng Zhang was a little tired.


    But there is no way. This is the only way to enter the canyon. The surrounding mountain walls and mountains are forbidden, and the spirit can''t pass through.


    The only good thing is that the ability of the spirit to float can still play a role. Meng Zhang, who has been floating in the air, has avoided many difficulties that cannot be avoided from the ground.


    After passing through the last corner, Meng Zhang''s eyes suddenly opened up. A vast plain appeared before Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    This small plain is actually a flat valley in the valley, surrounded by high mountains.


    In the middle of the little plain, there is a tall building.


    Many tall stone columns stand, halls without roofs, collapsed palaces, half askew stone columns, beams lying on the ground


    The buildings are basically scrapped. We can''t find a good house. There are only countless ruins and ruins left.


    When the building is intact, it should be a palace. From the remains of the ruins, we can see the once magnificent palace.


    Now, a large number of ghosts and beasts go in and out of the ruins of the palace, rolling and playing.


    On the plain outside the palace, there are more ghost beasts wandering around.


    When he finally entered the canyon, Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    When he was outside the canyon, Meng Zhang tried to kill some ghost beasts.


    These ghost beasts are different from ordinary ghosts. After killing, they can not obtain any knowledge, nor can they obtain the power to strengthen the spirit.


    In a word, killing these ghost beasts is a waste of effort and no gain.


    This flat little plain is almost clear at a glance and can''t hide any treasures.


    Unless


    The thief didn''t go empty. Meng Zhang took such a big risk and finally entered the canyon. Of course, he had to squeeze all the harvest desperately so that his hard work wouldn''t be wasted.


    Now, only the ruins of the palace may contain treasures.


    Meng Zhang, dressed in hidden gauze, continued to move forward, crossed the small plain, avoided wandering ghosts and beasts, and finally floated into the ruins of the palace.


    After searching through the ruins for a while, Meng Zhang found a suspicious target.


    A huge, unprecedented ghost beast, most of its body lay in ambush, leaving only its head on the ground.


    The ghost beast was sleeping. The snoring was earth shaking. No ghost beast around dared to lean over.


    All the ghost beasts wandering here avoided the big guy far away.


    On the top of the ghost beast, there was a black pearl floating there quietly and motionless.


    Meng Zhang just looked at the black pearl, and his eyes seemed to be attracted. After a long time, he took pains to look away.


    The spirit went out of the body without the body. He temporarily lost his ability to break the false magic eye. But an instinct in his heart made him extremely eager for the Pearl and wanted to take it away immediately.


    Looking at the huge ghost beast under the Pearl, Meng Zhang took a breath in his heart.


    Just a few glances, there is a huge threat, producing a terrible deterrent. The strength of this ghost beast can be imagined. It''s definitely not comparable to itself.


    Meng Zhang''s desire for the Pearl made him unable to give up the Pearl. There was only one way to draw chestnut from the fire.


    Since we can''t defeat the enemy, we have to outwit him. I hope the ghost beast sleeps sweetly enough and doesn''t wake up so easily.


    Meng Zhang carefully avoided the ghosts and beasts wandering in the ruins and floated to his goal.


    As soon as he entered the area next to the ghost beast, Meng Zhang had to slow down.


    No wonder no ghost beast dares to approach here. There is a magical force field around the body of this ghost beast, which is a bit like the legal domain that the legendary golden elixir can have.


    As soon as you enter this area, there will be huge pressure out of thin air and forcibly oppress all ghosts entering here.


    Under the pressure, Meng Zhang continued to move forward under the pressure.


    After moving slowly for a long time, Meng Zhang finally came to the top of the ghost beast.


    There was no change in the snoring sound of the ghost beast. The deafening sound made Meng Zhang feel at ease.


    "Go to sleep and continue to sleep. The sweeter you sleep, the better. You''d better never wake up."


    Meng Zhang cried softly in his heart.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit has floated to the Pearl, almost within reach.


    Meng Zhang hesitated, and then made his final decision.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s spirit stretched out his hand, he firmly grasped the Pearl in his hand.


    When Meng Zhang grabbed the Pearl, the ghost beast sleeping below seemed to be stimulated by something, and the snoring stopped suddenly.

 Chapter 77

    Snoring like thunder suddenly disappeared, and the surroundings became silent, almost audible when the needle was dropped.


    Knowing that the situation was bad, Meng Zhang, without any hesitation, immediately urged the hidden gauze clothes of the Horcrux and left the ghost beast as soon as possible.


    The huge ghost beast may have slept too sweet. Even if it was suddenly disturbed, it was difficult to wake up immediately, but it took a little time.


    This time is exactly where Meng Zhang''s vitality lies.


    Before the ghost beast woke up completely, Meng Zhang had already started to run for his life.


    When the ghost beast regained consciousness, Meng Zhang was about to leave the mysterious force field around his body.


    As soon as he left the mysterious force field, Meng Zhang''s speed immediately reached the limit.


    I saw waves of ripples in the air, which spread far away at a very fast speed.


    Running with all strength and giving full play to the acceleration function of the hidden gauze garment will inevitably destroy the stealth function of the hidden gauze garment.


    However, at this time, Meng Zhang could not afford to be invisible. He just wants to escape here as fast as possible. He doesn''t think that simple invisibility can avoid this terrible ghost beast.


    Meng Zhang did make the right choice.


    As soon as the ghost beast woke up, he probably found that the jewel on his head was missing, and immediately sent out a huge roar.


    Whether it was the ghost beast fighting in the ruins of the palace or the ghost beast wandering on the small plain outside, as soon as he heard the huge roar that rang through the sky, no matter what he was doing just now, he was paralyzed and trembled.


    The roar shook Meng Zhang''s spirit and almost fell from the air to the ground.


    Meng Zhang forcibly controlled himself with the greatest perseverance, barely stabilized his body and continued to float to the distance.


    The loud roar of the ghost beast actually helped Meng Zhang.


    All the ghosts and beasts fell to the ground in fear. There were no obstacles along the way and there was no need to detour.


    After the roar, Meng Zhang''s speed slowed down a little, but he continued to move forward at a high speed.


    After roaring, the body of the ghost beast struggled to get up from the ground.


    The whole small plain seemed to have a big earthquake, and the ground shook violently.


    The ruins of the palace were almost completely turned over.


    The body of the ghost beast rose from the ground, and the few buildings left in the ruins of the palace were basically overturned.


    The ghost beast seemed to have a bad mind, and it was another roar.


    Meng Zhang thought this roar was the same as last time, but he immediately knew he was wrong.


    With this roar, it is the shock wave spreading around.


    The powerful shock wave came with a violent impact and soon caught up with Meng Zhang.


    The force of the shock wave made several deep cracks in the hidden gauze. Meng Zhang''s spirit also vibrated and became somewhat blurred.


    Meng Zhang, who knew that there were few opportunities to escape, not only did not slow down, but endured pain and continued to accelerate through the power of this shock wave.


    It is only a short time since the monster woke up. Meng Zhang has not only escaped from the ruins of the palace, but also came to the edge of the small plain. He is about to enter the access channel of the canyon.


    The ghost beast seems to have learned a little smarter this time. It no longer roars indiscriminately, nor does it put big moves indiscriminately and make indiscriminate attacks.


    The ghost beast stored his strength for a moment, then opened his big mouth like a hill and sucked hard in the direction Meng Zhang fled.


    Meng Zhang felt an irresistible strong suction behind him, fixed his body in place, and kept dragging towards the rear.


    Meng Zhang''s body gave a meal, and then a figure seemed to have lost all its resistance and was sucked away by the ghost beast.


    At the same time, another figure separated from the figure just now and floated forward at a very fast speed.


    It turned out that at the critical moment, Meng Zhang gave up the hidden gauze clothes of the soul weapon and came to a golden cicada to take off the shell and let the refined soul weapon replace himself and be sucked away by the ghost beast.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit took advantage of this opportunity to get rid of the powerful attraction.


    The hidden gauze of the Horcrux was sucked to his mouth by the ghost beast. When it found that the situation was wrong, Meng Zhang had fled into the access channel of the canyon.


    Even the widest section of the canyon access channel can not accommodate this huge ghost beast.


    Meng Zhang continued to move forward in the passage. Behind him came the unwilling roar of the ghost beast.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was safe for the time being.


    After a long distance in the passage, several ghost beasts came up.


    Without the concealment of Horcruxes and gauze clothes, Meng Zhang lost his stealth ability and could not avoid these ghost beasts.


    Meng Zhang stopped moving and was preparing to fight these ghosts and beasts.


    An unstoppable force came and forcibly took Meng Zhang''s spirit away from the place of trial.


    Meng Zhang''s time in the place of trial has passed.


    After returning to the outside, Meng Zhang took the Pearl in his hand and began to look carefully.


    I don''t know how to refine this pearl. It''s light if there''s nothing. It''s between emptiness and reality. Even the spirit can pick it up.


    Meng''s hand was only slightly squeezed, and the Pearl was broken like a bubble.


    A cool breath came into his body, and a lot of information came out of his mind.


    After the Pearl disappeared, a black book appeared in his hand.


    Meng Zhang sat on the ground and began to absorb the cool breath of the digestive tract.


    After a long time, it was absorbed and began to sort out the information in my mind.


    The amount of information is too large. Even Meng Zhang, who has many experiences, feels a burst of swelling in his forehead.


    The content of this information is extremely rich, including many aspects of practice.


    After a simple arrangement, Meng Zhang gained the most from this adventure.


    There is a cultivation skill "Sun Moon rotation Sutra" hidden in the information, which is a very rare skill with Yin-Yang attribute.


    When Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of Taiyi sect, measured the spirit of Meng Zhang, he found the top-grade spirit root of Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang''s constitution is most suitable for practicing Yin and Yang skills.


    The physical attributes of yin and yang are rare, and it is more difficult to obtain appropriate cultivation skills.


    At least in the endless sand sea, I haven''t heard of any famous yin-yang skill.


    And with no ability to lag behind taiyimen, it is also unable to carry out large-scale collection.


    Finally, there is only one Shaoyang Qigong with single pure Yang attribute, which is barely available for Meng Zhang to practice.


    The incomplete cultivation methods do not fully match the physical attributes, but Meng Zhang made rapid progress in cultivation with his excellent qualification and understanding.


    After the Taiyi sect was relocated and rebuilt here, Meng Zhang was the most qualified disciple in the hundred year history of Taiyi sect and the fastest disciple in practice.


    With his qualifications, the sun moon rotation Sutra, whose attribute is more in line with the body, has an unlimited future.

 Chapter 78

    The sun moon rotation Sutra is not only a better skill than Shaoyang Qigong, but also very consistent with Meng Zhang''s physical attribute.


    Cultivating excellent skills can not only lay a deeper foundation, but also have stronger fighting ability.


    Among the messages from Baozhu, the last one is a very solemn reminder.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit strength has reached the limit of friars in the Qi refining period. He goes straight after friars in the foundation period.


    If we only talk about the power of the divine soul, many monks who refine Qi perfectly and prepare to build a foundation are much inferior to him.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual strength can no longer be enhanced. He urgently needs to enhance the physical strength to maintain the balance between the spiritual soul and the physical body.


    In addition, Meng Zhang could not enter the place of trial again.


    This is really a loss for Meng Zhang.


    He entered the place of trial many times, not only the spirit was strengthened, but most importantly, he obtained all kinds of valuable knowledge.


    From cultivating all kinds of skills to practicing skills, from magical powers and secrets to the introduction of various spiritual objects. These made Meng Zhang from an ignorant rookie to a well-informed senior monk, which greatly enhanced the details of Taiyi gate.


    From the experience of entering the place of trial for many times, there should be more secrets behind the place of trial. However, with Meng Zhang''s current ability, it is not possible to investigate these issues for the time being.


    After processing the information from Baozhu, Meng ZhangCai began to pay attention to the black book in his hand.


    This book is a treasure, called the soul book.


    The so-called exotic treasure is a treasure that is completely different from ordinary magic tools and has a special function.


    The function of the soul book is that as long as the friar is willing to leave his name on it, the soul book will automatically absorb a wisp of the Friar''s spirit and hide it in the soul book.


    In the future, as long as the owner of the soul book urges the soul book, the monk who left his name can lose his life no matter thousands of mountains or thousands of waters away.


    This soul book is a very useful treasure. Meng Zhang put it away carefully.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang began to study the sun moon rotation Sutra carefully. After a thorough study, he would transfer to practice this skill.


    On that day, just after Meng Zhang finished his daily routine homework, Tian Zhen came to him.


    In the sweet water oasis, someone awakened Linggen. Just now, Tian Zhen brought people back.


    The Taiyi sect, which is short of manpower, wants to add another disciple. Meng Zhang''s face can''t hide his joy.


    However, Tian Zhen''s face was a little strange. Meng Zhang asked, "what''s wrong with the man who awakened Linggen?"


    "There''s nothing wrong, but the man is a little older."


    It turned out that the person who awakened Linggen this time was not a teenager, but a middle-aged man who was almost 35 years old.


    Generally speaking, most monks in the spiritual world awaken before the age of 18. Over the age of 18, it is not only difficult to awaken Linggen, but even if you awaken Linggen, your future is quite limited.


    Coincidentally, the man who awakened Linggen was not an Aboriginal of sweet water oasis, but a mortal servant Meng Zhang bought from mingshafang city last time.


    His name is Wen qiansuan. He was originally the treasurer of a large family among mortals.


    Because the oasis was destroyed by the sand monster, Wen Qian, who survived, was reduced to a refugee and then sold as a servant.


    After listening to Tian Zhen''s story, Meng Zhang was a little curious.


    After Wen qiansuan was brought to his side, Meng Zhang deliberately observed this person.


    As long as you don''t start practicing, even if you awaken the spiritual root, you are still mortal.


    If you are an ordinary mortal, you will feel nervous when you face the cultivator who can control your destiny.


    But this guy called Wen qiansuan, although he was a little scared on the surface and had a respectful attitude, his eyes turned secretly from time to time. Obviously, he was a flexible person.


    If Meng Zhang was only a little interested in Wen qiansuan at first, he would be full of regret when he brought the spirit measuring plate and measured the spirit root of Wen qiansuan.


    Wen qiansuan, a middle-aged man who is almost destined to have a limited future, actually has a middle-class spiritual root, and is a middle-class, that is, the superior of the middle-class spiritual roots.


    If you awaken the spirit root before the age of 18, at least there is no bottleneck in the cultivation of Qi refining period, but there is a smooth way all the way.


    As long as there is a foundation building pill, or just a small foundation building pill, it can be easier to build a foundation successfully. As long as it is not bad luck, there is little possibility of failure.


    Even if you don''t use the foundation building pill, you will have a great chance of success if you build the foundation by yourself.


    Meng Zhang felt very sorry and extremely depressed.


    According to the records of the Taiyi sect, in the past hundred years, the disciples of the Taiyi sect, except Meng Zhang, which is an abnormal number and is the top-grade spiritual root, are basically the bottom-grade spiritual roots, and most of them are the bottom-grade spiritual roots. Among the bottom-grade spiritual roots, they are the worst crooked melon and split jujube.


    Occasionally, there are several spiritual roots of lower middle quality, which are the pillars of the sect in the future and need to be cultivated.


    Like Tian Li, the nephew of Tian Zhen''s distant hall, who was introduced last time, Tian Zhen was happy for a long time because he measured the spiritual root quality of the bottom and the top. He has always regarded this nephew as a treasure.


    Now, Wenqian is the spiritual root of medium and high quality. If it were normal, mengzhang Hotan town would have been ecstatic.


    But who made him wake up Linggen so late that he didn''t wake up until this time? Even if you are over eighteen, you can wake up Linggen a few years in the morning.


    I''m almost thirty-five years old. I''ve already missed the best cultivation age.


    Qi and blood began to weaken and the body slowly went downhill. A lot of unfavorable conditions are enough to offset the advantages of Linggen.


    The best age for a monk to build a foundation is before the age of 60. After the age of 60, his physical state begins to deteriorate, and the success rate of foundation building decreases sharply.


    It is really difficult for Wen Qian to practice to the perfection of Qi refining, polish his accomplishments and prepare to build a foundation in more than 20 years.


    If there is no miracle, Wen Qian will turn around in his life, that is, during the Qi refining period.


    To be honest, if wenqiansuan''s spiritual root quality is not so good, mengzhang Hotan town will not be so tangled.


    Now Taiyi sect is extremely short of manpower. It''s a great good thing even if a disciple with high-quality Linggen enters the sect.


    But why does Wen Qian have such good Linggen qualification, but he is so old.


    It''s like putting a large plate of attractive food in front of you, but the food is poisonous.


    After struggling for a long time, Meng ZhangCai calmed his mind.


    It''s useless to tangle up now.


    I am lucky to get it, but I lose my life. Wen Qian''s future depends on himself.


    He has himself as the leader, and the future of taiyimen will not depend on him.


    After understanding this, Meng Zhang will not continue to struggle.

 Chapter 79

    Wen qiansuan was very active. Seeing Meng Zhang Hotan''s expression changing, he thought there was something wrong with him. He looked over with a little worry.


    On the disciples of the sect, Meng Zhang will not easily use his mind power. As long as there is no violation of the rules, Meng Zhang, as the leader, will give them enough respect and love like a leader.


    However, Meng Zhang can guess Wen qiansuan''s mind without using his heart.


    "You don''t have to worry. Elder Hotan just feels sorry for you and has no other ideas."


    After appeasing Wen qiansuan, Meng Zhang told Tian Zhen that Wen qiansuan was included in the door according to normal conditions. As for other ideas, put them aside for the time being.


    Tian Zhen almost obeyed Meng Zhang''s orders, and immediately arranged Wenqian according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    After dealing with the introduction of receiving the text, Meng Zhang returned to the quiet room and continued to understand the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    It took Meng Zhang more than ten days to understand.


    Superior skill is superior skill, which has high requirements for practitioners'' qualification and understanding.


    That night, while Meng Zhang was meditating, he suddenly felt a slight vibration from the ground, as if there was something moving in the basement.


    The basement is the most crucial place of Taiyi gate. It is not only the spiritual eye of the spiritual pulse owned by Taiyi gate, but also the most precious treasures of Taiyi gate are nourished there.


    Meng Zhang dared not neglect, so he quickly opened the entrance and walked into the basement.


    Aura surged in the basement, as if a aura storm had just happened.


    The basement was originally the place with the strongest aura in Taiyi gate. If this place hadn''t absorbed most of the aura, Taiyi gate might be able to cultivate a few mu of more Aura fields.


    The originally strong aura in the basement became extremely thin at this time.


    A tall figure, standing in the center of the basement, quietly did not know what he was looking at, a thoughtful look.


    A stranger that had never been seen before suddenly appeared in the basement. Meng Zhang should be vigilant, but Meng Zhang was inexplicably hostile to the stranger.


    "Are you the contemporary leader of Taiyi sect?"


    It was a mighty man with an iron tower like body and bulging muscles all over. The big man has a square face and big ears, thick eyebrows and big eyes. At first glance, he gives people a sense of reliability and steadiness.


    Meng Zhang habitually nodded.


    "This is the contemporary leader of Taiyi sect."


    "Houtu has seen the leader." the big man who claimed to be Houtu saluted Meng Zhang respectfully.


    "You are..."


    "Yes, my subordinates are the Dharma protector of taiyimen. They woke up from their sleep."


    "I''ve been sleeping for so many years. I didn''t expect that the world changed. The Taiyi sect, the great sect of practice in those years, has been reduced to what it is now."


    Thick soil said with a sigh on his face.


    It turned out that the Dharma protector God who was sleeping in the Pearl woke up. It seems that there is no waste of jade soul liquid, nor is it worth taking such a big risk.


    According to the records in the leader''s Chronicle, the Dharma protector refined when Taiyi was strong was the most loyal guard of Taiyi.


    Since the other party was not an outsider, Meng Zhang also relaxed and began to talk with Houtu.


    "We are still talking about the smell of the jade soul, and who is going to absorb these drops of jade spirit. It is not thought that the door has taken the essence of the earth. Although the weight is a little bit smaller, it is barely enough for me to reshape the body."


    At this time, Meng noticed that the essence of the earth left in the basement had disappeared.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have any pity in his heart. It''s definitely the most cost-effective business in the world to exchange a temporarily unused treasure of heaven and earth for a powerful Dharma protector.


    With the deepening of communication with Houtu, Meng Zhang began to become a little disappointed.


    The thick earth God generals in their heyday did have the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir period.


    But in the war of that year, the divine body was destroyed and the divine soul was severely damaged, so he had to fall into a long sleep.


    After years of changes, taiyimen has always wanted to awaken these Dharma protectors. Although they never succeeded, they helped them repair their spirits more or less.


    After the Taiyi sect was completely reduced and moved to the local area, the treasure beads of these Dharma protectors'' souls were nourished in the spiritual eye for many years, and gradually had some consciousness.


    When Meng Zhang drops the jade soul liquid into the Pearl, the Dharma protectors temporarily restore their simple consciousness.


    Later, Meng Zhang put the essence of the earth into the cellar before he woke up.


    After waking up, the thick earth God General''s strength has fallen sharply. At present, he barely has the perfect combat effectiveness of refining Qi.


    If there is a Dharma protector general in the golden elixir period, taiyimen can walk horizontally in the surrounding area from now on. Not to mention dominating, at least one party can be monopolized, and there is no need to continue to be a vassal of Shuangfeng valley. Even the regional overlord Fei hongzong had to give taiyimen enough respect.


    The thick earth God has only the perfect combat effectiveness of refining Qi. Taiyimen should develop quietly and be honest.


    In fact, Meng Zhang, the highest cultivation of Taiyi sect, is only the sixth cultivation of Qi refining, which is still a long way from the later stage of Qi refining. There is an additional thick earth God general with perfect gas refining in the gate. At least Taiyi gate has greatly increased its strength and has a powerful bottom card.


    Meng Zhang has always been curious about the situation of Taiyi gate in those years, especially the reasons why Taiyi gate suffered disaster.


    He thought that the thick earth God would be able to satisfy his curiosity. After all, the thick earth God will be the first-hand experience of the war.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang was very disappointed by the answer of the thick earth God general. Because the spirit of the heavy hit is far from fully recovered, the memory of the thick earth God general is incomplete, and he can''t remember what happened that year at all.


    If we want to restore the God of thick soil as soon as possible and restore memory, we must provide more precious things such as jade spirit and earth essence.


    This request embarrassed Meng Zhang. It''s not so easy to get more treasures obtained by chance.


    Fortunately, the thick earth God generals in ordinary days do not need special offerings. Just absorb the spirit of heaven and earth like ordinary practitioners.


    In addition, the thick earth God will sense that there is a weak meta magnetic force in the spiritual pulse. He hopes to absorb these meta magnetic forces by himself.


    These yuan magnetic forces are of no other use except for being stored in the Huangsha lost formation of the protection sect.


    It is obvious that the thick earth God will be more important than the protectionist Dharma array. Meng Zhang agreed to his request without hesitation.

 Chapter 80

    After the thick earth God completely stabilized his body, Meng Zhang called all the people in the door together.


    In the sect hall, Meng Zhang not only explained the sect affairs, but also introduced thick soil to everyone.


    Meng Zhang concealed the true identity of the thick earth God general and only said that he was the new Dharma protector of taiyimen. Since then, Dharma protector Houtu has been a member of Taiyi gate.


    The position of Dharma protector has the same status and treatment as the elder.


    As for the specific division of labor of thick soil, that is, it needs to be moved there.


    According to the thick earth God general, even the golden elixir immortal can''t see through the essence of his Dharma protector if he doesn''t have special magic powers.


    In the eyes of most practitioners, he is an ordinary practitioner.


    He has been the leader of Taiyi sect for some time. Meng Zhang has slowly established the authority of the leader in the sect.


    Since he didn''t say the origin of the thick earth God general, naturally no one asked more. All the people in the door just regard Houtu as an ordinary monk who can refine Qi perfectly.


    Anyway, it''s a great joy to have an additional monk with the power of refining Qi.


    During the discussion, Tian Zhen, who was in charge of the common affairs in the gate, reported the new changes in the sweet water oasis and the consumption of inferior spirit stones in order to maintain the Dharma array.


    After the crowd dispersed, Houtu God came to Meng Zhang alone.


    It turns out that the thick earth God will not only be naturally proficient in all kinds of earth magic, but also have the ability of earth masters.


    Although cultivation is far from being restored, most of these abilities are still there.


    The so-called earth master is a profession that is proficient in various skills such as geomancy, array and Qi expectation in the 100 arts of cultivating truth, and can use the power of the earth to transform the earth.


    As a high-end comprehensive profession in the cultivation world, local teachers are very difficult to cultivate, but they are indispensable.


    Local masters can search for minerals, explore veins and estimate reserves. They can also search for spiritual veins and earth gas by virtue of geomancy and Qi watching.


    A high-end local teacher also has the ability to comb the local pulse, regulate the spiritual pulse, maintain the spiritual pulse and even cultivate a new spiritual pulse


    Earth masters are rare in the cultivation world. Only great forces have the ability and resources to cultivate earth masters.


    In the surrounding area, feihongzong has several low terrace divisions. These low terrace masters were regarded as treasures by Fei hongzong.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the vassal forces of hefeihong''s clan have to pay a high price if they want to borrow these local masters to find minerals.


    Now the thick earth God will say that he has the ability of earth division. Meng Zhang is really overjoyed. Compared with his complete cultivation of Qi refining, the sub occupation of earth division is obviously more valuable.


    Thick earth God will volunteer to ask Meng Zhang for orders. He can go to sweet water oasis to help cultivate the forming spiritual vein.


    Thick earth God needs to accumulate slowly if he wants to recover his cultivation in his heyday. He doesn''t have to spend all his time on cultivation. It only takes a certain time every day to absorb the power of Reiki and meta magnetism. The rest of the time can be used freely.


    Since Houtu volunteered, Meng Zhang naturally did not disagree.


    So, after that, Houtu spent at least half of his time in the sweet water oasis every day, carefully cultivating the spiritual pulse.


    Meng Zhang also put aside his chores and devoted himself to cultivating the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    To practice the sun moon rotation Sutra, we first need to cultivate the sun Qi and the Taiyin Qi, which are opposite in nature.


    With the foundation of cultivating Shaoyang Qi, Meng Zhang''s cultivation of sun Qi is very smooth.


    The cultivation of Shaoyang Qi is to absorb the newly born Yang Qi in heaven and earth when the sun rises every day and use it to integrate into your own Qi.


    To cultivate the sun Qi, you need to absorb the most violent and hot sun Qi at noon every day, bring it into your body and quench your own Qi.


    Different from the gentle rising sun gas, the burning sun gas is difficult to tame and does great harm to human body.


    This taste is not good. As soon as the gas of the burning sun enters the body, it feels hot and dry all over, as if it is going to burn. And the violent breath stimulated his whole meridians to pain.


    With great perseverance, Meng Zhang endured all kinds of pain and began to adapt to the power of the burning sun in a very short time.


    In the evening, Meng Zhang began to absorb the air of Taiyin falling from the sky.


    The air of Taiyin is freezing and extremely cold. Meng Zhang ran the sun Qi in his body in time, and then he felt that his whole body began to warm, and the cold breath slowly disappeared.


    The tamed Taiyin Qi quenched the Qi in Meng Zhang''s body and slowly transformed some of his Qi into Taiyin Qi.


    With the passage of time, the true Qi in Meng Zhang began to change.


    The sun Qi and the Taiyin Qi have both incompatible and complementary aspects.


    Meng Zhang controlled the two extreme forces of the sun and the Taiyin and let them go side by side in his own body.


    It took Meng Zhang a full year to complete this transformation, and all the Shaoyang Qi in his body was transformed into sun Qi and Taiyin Qi.


    Since then, Meng Zhang''s practice in the sun moon rotation Sutra has really entered the door.


    Before that, under the careful care of God''s thick soil, the spirit vein of sweet water oasis was completely formed.


    According to Meng Zhang''s original estimation, even if this spiritual pulse takes shape, it will take at least three or five years.


    As soon as the thick earth God shot, the time was greatly shortened.


    This shows the role of a local division.


    After the spiritual pulse is formed, it still needs a long time to warm up, so that the spiritual pulse can be completely stabilized.


    The capable and hardworking general naturally took over all the work related to the new spiritual pulse.


    This new spirit pulse is the first-class spirit pulse.


    Once the spiritual pulse is formed, not only the aura of the oasis begins to become strong, but also the area of the oasis begins to expand greatly around.


    After a while, the spirit vessel became slightly stable, and the thick earth God rearranged the first-order method array and civil array to rely on this spirit vessel and no longer consume the inferior spirit stone.


    Finally, taiyimen got rid of a big family who ate Lingshi.


    The aura of the spirit pulse is bound in a certain area and is specially absorbed by Taiyi disciples. Excess aura is accumulated in a specific area.


    When the Reiki continues to accumulate and the Reiki concentration reaches the standard, Houtu God will find Meng Zhang and say that he can start to open up a Reiki field in the oasis.


    It is certainly a good thing to open up the spiritual field, but it needs to consume a lot of resources, which is a heavy burden for taiyimen.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang finally remembered that the thick earth God general said he was proficient in the art of earth escape, and then he had an idea.


    Meng Zhang secretly left taiyimen with thick soil and came to the area where the red copper vein was located.

 Chapter 81

    The God of thick earth will come here and take action spontaneously without Meng Zhang saying more.


    First he looked around, then his figure shook and ran around.


    Every time he ran out for a distance, the thick soil stopped and looked around. Look at the ground from time to time, as if your eyes can see through the ground.


    After running a long way, Houtu simply performed the earth hiding technique directly and dived into the ground.


    I don''t know what he was tossing under the ground. After a long time, he returned to the ground and came to Meng Zhang.


    "Headmaster, this chalcopyrite is rich in reserves. With the current manpower of taiyimen, even if it takes 20 or 30 years to fight, it may not be able to light the vein."


    "I didn''t go deep into the vein, but just looked around. There should be associated minerals in this red copper vein."


    "The associated minerals in the red copper vein are usually black copper, black gold and Yanjing. From the smell, the associated minerals here should be mainly black gold and contain a small amount of Yanjing."


    After some exploration of thick soil, the approximate reserves and associated ores of this chalcopyrite have been proved, which also makes Meng Zhang pay more attention to this chalcopyrite.


    "Based on the current situation of taiyimen, it is not suitable to open mining this chalcopyrite," Meng Zhang said.


    After staying in Taiyi gate for so long, Houtu has a certain understanding of the situation of Taiyi gate and the situation of surrounding forces. He is also very clear about Meng Zhang''s concerns.


    "This red copper vein is not buried deep and is still easy to mine."


    "On the side of sweet water oasis, all the work is on the right track. I don''t need to stare at it all the time."


    "I take more storage bags each time and stay below for a period of time. After all the red copper ore secretly mined is sold, it should be able to make up a large part of the cost of taiyimen."


    "As long as I''m careful every time I go in and out, I shouldn''t expose the situation here."


    As the Dharma protector of Taiyi gate, Houtu is not only infinitely loyal to Taiyi gate, but also actively considers problems for Taiyi gate.


    Anyway, the thick earth God had a lot of free time and asked for orders, so Meng Zhang agreed.


    In the next time, the thick earth God will run three heads and be busy in the dark.


    Apart from opening up a spiritual field in Tianshui oasis, he spent most of his time secretly mining the red copper mine.


    Every time he went there, he could fill up seven or eight storage bags in about half a month.


    Meng Zhang did not directly sell red copper ore, but sold red copper finished products after refining with real fire.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t expect was that Tian Li, a disciple of Tian Zhen, was actually interested in refining utensils. He also showed a certain talent in this.


    According to the current situation of taiyimen, there may not be resources to train a real tool smelter. However, there is no problem for the disciples to master some basic knowledge and entry-level means of refining utensils.


    Before the introduction of a tool refiner, his main work in the apprenticeship stage was to refine various materials.


    Meng Zhang bought a first-order refining furnace and a large amount of spiritual charcoal in mingshafang city for Tianli to use.


    After Tian Li mastered the means of refining hematite, Meng Zhang saved a lot of effort.


    When the red copper in the door accumulates to a certain amount, Meng Zhang will take it to the square market for sale in exchange for Lingshi to make up for the expenses in the door.


    In addition, the white Tibetan soil crystal brought back by Meng Zhang from the abandoned mine cave. Some disciples also completed the polishing task and began to polish many finished products.


    These white Tibetan earth crystals sell better than red copper. Feihong building is almost unlimited high price acquisition, and never asks about the origin.


    With these two financial resources, taiyimen''s life is much more relaxed.


    In the twinkling of an eye, Meng Zhang was 20 years old, and it was almost two years since he obtained the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    After two years of hard cultivation, Meng Zhang not only achieved a small success in the sun moon wheel Sutra, but also broke through the seven aspects of Qi refining. In addition to the thick earth God general, Meng Zhang is the only friar in the later stage of Qi refining in Taiyi sect.


    With his qualifications, he only needs to practice step by step, integrate the sun Qi and Taiyin Qi in his body, combine Yin and Yang, integrate water and fire, and cultivate the sun and moon Qi, so as to enter the realm of foundation building.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, other people in taiyimen have made great progress in cultivation. With the improvement of the financial situation of Taiyi sect in recent years, all disciples can get more sufficient cultivation resources.


    Tianzhen used to practice Huangsha Jue, but then changed to Wutu Jue. Although the new skill level is higher and more powerful, it is also very difficult to practice.


    It''s not easy to cultivate to the six levels of Qi refining. The cultivation speed has become slower and slower. It''s not easy to see the breakthrough to the later stage of foundation building, and there''s no need to think about foundation building.


    Taoist Qingling put all his thoughts on the spiritual plant and completely ignored his cultivation realm.


    In the past two years, there are three more disciples.


    Their Linggen qualifications are very poor and their future is limited.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the progress of the original two disciples.


    Tian Li, a disciple of Tian Zhen, has reached the triple stage of Qi refining, and shows great talent in tool refining. Seeing this, I''m about to become a qualified craftsman apprentice.


    Wen qiansuan, who started at the age of 35, has also reached the triple cultivation stage of Qi refining, showing the advantage of medium quality spiritual root.


    By chance, Meng Zhang met Wen qiansuan in the Sutra Pavilion and read a book related to array.


    These books were written by Meng Zhang, and they were full of valuable knowledge he obtained from the place of trial.


    Meng Zhang asked a few questions casually, but he didn''t expect that Wen Qian was very talented in array.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. Wen qiansuan could not build a foundation in the future because of his age. However, if you can become an array mage, it will be very helpful to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang handed Wen qiansuan a copy of "one element array".


    "One element array map" is not only a good textbook for the introduction of array monks, but also contains a Qi refining technique. After cultivation, monks will have certain advantages in arranging and controlling Dharma arrays.


    Although the disciples of Taiyi sect now have sufficient cultivation resources, not everyone can obtain resources arbitrarily. There is a fixed number of resources for everyone.


    If you want to obtain additional resources, you must accept the sect task and obtain the sect''s good deeds.


    Taiyi sect is small, and there are not many affairs in the sect. The main task that can be assigned to disciples is to take care of the spiritual field.


    Meng Zhang brought back a batch of white Tibetan soil crystals last time. Before this batch of white Tibetan soil crystals are used up, grinding white Tibetan soil crystals is a task with good income.


    Other simple tasks, such as guarding the mountain gate and inspecting the area between taiyimen and Tianshui oasis, have limited benefits.


    Tian Li learned the art of refining utensils. Meng Zhang personally gave him a refining furnace. Now Wen qiansuan is practicing the array Road, and Meng Zhang also privately subsidizes him with a batch of spirit stones.

 Chapter 82

    Meng Zhang also found a problem in the door.


    Not only do the disciples lack the guidance of high-level friars in cultivation, but even learning all the skills of cultivating truth can only rely on self-study.


    Meng Zhang himself has mainly relied on self-study since he embarked on the road of cultivation. This is because he is highly qualified and savvy.


    This does not mean that Meng Zhang does not need the guidance of his predecessors. In many key places, your master''s casual words can equal your months of hard training.


    But in the past, there were no high-level friars in Taiyi gate, and no one had the ability to guide Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang obtained the headmaster''s Chronicle, the many cultivation experiences of previous headmasters recorded on it were very helpful to him.


    Meng Zhang acquired a lot of knowledge in the place of trial, but did not learn deeply.


    He has a wide range of knowledge and rich experience in cultivating all kinds of Arts, but he has not studied any in-depth.


    Meng Zhang immediately thought of the thick earth God general. Although his memory loss is serious, his experience and insight in practice are still.


    In addition to mastering the skills related to earth masters, the thick earth God will also have certain attainments in other skills related to the cultivation of truth.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang and Houtu God general will hold Dharma meetings in the door regularly to answer questions and solve problems for the disciples and teach all kinds of practice experience.


    In addition, Meng Zhang and general Houtu also tutored some disciples individually from time to time.


    Even the Qing priest, at Meng Zhang''s request, regularly offered courses on spiritual planting in the door.


    In less than two years, sweet water oasis has not only formed a first-class spiritual vein, but also cultivated seven and a half acres of spiritual fields.


    After the spiritual pulse is formed, it usually takes two or three years to cultivate a new spiritual field. This time was shortened by the skill of the earth God.


    After the spiritual field is pregnant for a period of time, you can plant all kinds of spiritual plants.


    That day, just after Meng Zhang instructed Wen qiansuan, Li Xuan came to him.


    Li Xuan is a friar of the Li family who joined taiyimen in the past two years.


    Although Li Xuan is also surnamed Li, he has no blood relationship with the Li family.


    The surname Li is the first name. There are many surnames Li everywhere, even in the sweet water oasis.


    Li Xuan is the redundant son-in-law of the Li family, not a core member.


    Li Xuan''s qualification is mediocre and his cultivation is mediocre. He is 50 years old. He is only the fifth cultivation of Qi refining.


    He is the manager of a shop in mingshafang city.


    In the chaos of sand monsters more than two years ago, the vassal forces of Shuangfeng Valley suffered heavy losses. Many mountain gates of forces were broken by sand monsters and ended up killing them.


    The Li family of Xiuzhen clan was destroyed by sand monsters in that disaster.


    The oasis where the Li family is located is broken by the sand monster, the Li family is destroyed, and the second-order spirit vein owned by the family is also destroyed by the sand monster.


    This is also one reason why sand monsters have become public enemies in the cultivation world. In addition to the crazy killing of cultivators, all spiritual veins occupied by sand monsters will be destroyed.


    If the situation is better, the spiritual pulse can begin to recover slowly after decades or even hundreds of years. If the situation is serious, the spirit pulse will be destroyed forever and can no longer be recovered.


    Spiritual pulse is the foundation for cultivating truth. It''s hateful and killing for sand monsters to abuse spiritual pulse so much.


    The ancestral land of the Li family was destroyed, and a few practitioners outside the Li family were either terrified all day and at a loss what to do; Or divide up and plunder the Li family''s industry.


    Li Xuan is a good man who values love and righteousness. Because his family is still in Li Jiazu''s place, he immediately put down everything in the shop and rushed back to Li Jiazu''s place as soon as possible.


    After the sand monster broke through the ancestral land of the Li family, the primary task was to hunt down the cultivators of the Li family. Although the mortals of the Li family suffered a large number of casualties, many survived.


    The sand monster community is generally mobile and disorderly in the endless sand sea, just like the wandering bandits in the world, they will not stay in one place for a long time.


    When Li Xuan rushed back to Li''s ancestral land, the sand monster had already left.


    Li Xuan''s family survived and mingled with a group of mortals.


    The soft hearted Li Xuan took the initiative to gather these mortals to avoid them becoming refugees.


    After the second-order spirit vein of Li Jiazu''s land was destroyed by the sand monster, the original oasis will degenerate rapidly and soon become unsuitable for mortals.


    Without the oasis of existence, Li Xuan was a little monk who could not support hundreds of mortals.


    With Li Xuan''s nature, he didn''t want these acquaintances to become refugees and be sold as servants.


    Finally, Li Xuan thought of the neighbor taiyimen.


    Although Taiyi sect is a small sect that does not enter the mainstream, it has always had a good reputation and has never been said to treat mortals harshly.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, Li Xuan asked for help.


    Meng Zhang used his talent and his heart to confirm what Li Xuan said.


    Meng Zhang appreciated Li Xuan''s kindness and righteousness.


    After a long talk, Li Xuan joined taiyimen and became a guest Qing.


    For the sake of perfection, Li Xuan also became the first monk to leave his name on Meng Zhang''s soul book.


    The soul Book obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial is finally in use.


    In order to win Meng Zhang''s trust, Li Xuan willingly left his name on it and entrusted his life and death to Meng Zhang.


    Next, Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to move all the mortals protected by Li Xuan to the sweet water oasis.


    If it weren''t for the formation of the spirit vein of the sweet water oasis, the oasis began to expand around. It''s really difficult to accommodate these hundreds of mortals.


    After Li Xuan joined taiyimen, Meng Zhang soon realized the role of this guest Qing.


    When Li Xuan was in the Li family, he first obeyed the orders of the foreign affairs elder and dealt with many forces around him.


    Later, he served as the shopkeeper of a shop in mingshafang city and stayed in mingshafang city all year round.


    He is a real local snake in mingshafang city. He knows his head well, whether he is a casual monk or a family monk.


    He is familiar with all aspects of the situation, has a wide range of friends, has his own news channels and is well-informed. Even have a deep understanding of many internal situations of the major cultivation forces around.


    With Li Xuan joining taiyimen, Meng Zhang''s vision became much broader. It is no longer a dark eye and knows nothing about many situations outside.


    With Li Xuan''s qualifications and accomplishments, he will never have the opportunity to build a foundation in his life. His mind was not focused on cultivation.


    Because he was familiar with all kinds of situations around him and had extraordinary knowledge, Li Xuan had his own independent views on many things.


    Meng Zhang regarded this guest Qing as a military division.


    Li Xuan walked up to Meng Zhang and saluted respectfully.


    "I''ve seen the headmaster."


    "This is the invitation sent by Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect."


    Meng Zhang took the invitation from Li Xuan and glanced quickly.


    It turned out that Lin shenpo of Linshan sect succeeded in building the foundation three months ago and became a friar during the foundation building period.


    Linshan sect specially held a foundation building Dharma meeting in Linshan one month later to invite guests from major forces around to participate.


    Taiyi sect, as a sect in this area, is naturally invited.

 Chapter 83

    The last time Meng Zhang was recruited by shuangfenggu, he met Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect.


    Although the two sides met for the first time, they talked happily. Later, after Meng Zhang found the sand monster''s nest, Lin Shan sent the first to support him.


    Now Lin Shan sent someone specially to send an invitation, and Meng Zhang certainly went there in person. He was also interested in the Dharma meeting held by friars during the foundation period.


    Since you are a guest, of course, you have to prepare a generous gift.


    Meng Zhang handed the matter over to Li Xuan. With Li Xuan''s rich experience, he is sure to get a gift in line with Meng Zhang''s identity.


    After Meng Zhang explained, he went back to continue his cultivation. Anyway, it''s still a month from the Dharma meeting. Don''t hurry.


    Meng Zhang used tu Dun Fu many times in his previous experiences. In the desert, earth hiding is a very practical spell.


    Now the cultivation has entered the later stage of Qi refining and has the qualification to dabble in evasion. Meng Zhanglian was not in a hurry to practice the secret skills recorded in the sun moon rotation Sutra, but first to practice earth hiding.


    Besides, if Meng Zhang can perform the earth hiding skill himself, the earth hiding talisman can be saved and a lot of spirit stones can be saved.


    The earth hiding technique Meng Zhang obtained in the place of trial is far superior to the common earth hiding technique popular outside, and it is more difficult to cultivate.


    With Meng Zhang''s qualifications and understanding, it took a lot of time and energy to get started.


    Meng Zhang has no constitution of earth attribute, and has not practiced the skill of earth attribute. It is impossible to cultivate to the highest level in the art of earth hiding.


    Meng Zhang never thought about this. As long as the effect of the spell is enough.


    Li Xuan took the task of preparing gifts from Meng Zhang, but it took a lot of effort. He bought several gifts, the most valuable of which was a set of Lingbei chess pieces purchased from Lin quanguan.


    This set of chess pieces are all made of Lingbei shells, a specialty of Lin quanguan, after careful polishing. It not only feels warm and smooth, but also has a faint aura wrapped around the shell, which is also moistened by water vapor.


    As a neighbor of Shuangfeng Valley, Lin quanguan can compete with the domineering Shuangfeng valley. Of course, he also has his own details.


    Where the Linquan Mountain Gate is located, in addition to the high mountains and dense forests, there is a clear spring on the top of the mountain, which is surrounded by a stream in the mountains.


    Most of the refiners in the cultivation world need quenching as an important process. The methods and materials of quenching are the skills of the smelters.


    The spring water from the clear spring at the top of linquanguan mountain is a kind of unique quenching water.


    For a long time, earth fire gate, a great school of refining utensils, has ordered a large amount of clear spring water from Linquan temple.


    In the stream formed by Qingquan, there is also a special kind of spirit fish grass spring spirit fish.


    Grass spring spirit fish not only has delicious meat, but also has warm aura. It has the special effect of tonifying aura and nourishing meridians. If carefully cooked by Lin quanguan''s spiritual kitchen, the fish will not only have a unique flavor, but also give full play to the tonic effect of the fish.


    This kind of grass spring spirit fish can only live in the spring water of linquanguan. If it is cultured in other places, it is difficult to feed.


    At the source of the clear spring in Linquan temple, there are many special Lingbei.


    The spirit beads of these spirit shells are also spirit objects with rich uses.


    In particular, the spirit beads produced by Lingbei, which has a heat of more than 100 years, have the wonderful function of assisting in building the foundation.


    Although the efficacy of these spirit beads is far less than that of zhujidan and the small zhujidan of shuangfenggu. However, every spiritual object that can help build the foundation can cause competition in the cultivation world.


    Lingquan temple''s hotels and distinctive restaurants in mingshafang city can bring a lot of income to Linquan temple.


    With stable financial resources and rich income, Lin quanguan can maintain several friars in the foundation period in each generation.


    Even if the number of monks in the foundation period is less than half of shuangfenggu, Linquan temple still has the ability to frighten shuangfenggu.


    Informed Li Xuan heard that Lin shenpo, the elder of Lin Shan sect, was very obsessed with chess, so he carefully chose this gift.


    Since Li Xuan joined the Taiyi sect, the Taiyi sect has a deeper understanding of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    After Li Xuan had prepared the gifts, he waited for more than half a month until the time for the Dharma meeting of Lin Shan sect approached. Meng Zhang took Li Xuan with him and rushed directly to Lin Shan sect.


    Lin Shan sect is located more than 600 miles north of Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang really hasn''t been to this direction on weekdays.


    Meng Zhang and Li Xuan set out early in the morning on the wind chasing pony.


    All the way is safe.


    In the afternoon, he finally arrived near the Linshan sect.


    As we slowly approached the Linshan sect, the surrounding terrain began to change.


    First, there are various Gobi dangerous beaches, and then small hills. In the hills, you can occasionally see a touch of green.


    The closer to the Linshan school, the more obvious the green is, and the vegetation is more and more dense.


    After passing through a hill, a big green mountain came into view.


    It is very rare to see such a big mountain surrounded by thick green in a place like endless sand sea.


    Just looking at this mountain makes people feel cool and open-minded.


    This mountain is the gate of the Lin Shan sect.


    Seeing the forests all over the mountains, you know the origin of the name Lin Shan.


    At the foot of Lin mountain, there are oases of different sizes. There are a large number of mortals living in the oasis.


    These mortals are the important foundation of Linshan sect. We can roughly judge the potential of Linshan sect from the number of mortals alone.


    Above the forest mountain, there is a second-order middle-grade spiritual pulse.


    Some first-order spiritual veins are distributed in the oasis under Lin mountain.


    These first-order spiritual veins are garrisoned by Linshan sect disciples and are important peripheral strongholds of Linshan sect.


    Meng Zhang and Li Xuangang had just entered the peripheral area of Linshan sect. Before they came to the foot of Linshan sect, they met the patrolling Linshan sect disciples.


    These disciples are also responsible for welcoming guests. After they came forward to ask Meng Zhang''s identity, they were warmly led forward by disciples, and the disciples sent a messenger to the rear.


    Along the way, I passed several peripheral oases of Linshan sect. Meng Zhang praised the peaceful and prosperous life of ordinary people in the oasis.


    The disciples of Linshan sect met along the way are well disciplined and well-trained. Even if the cultivation is uneven, it won''t make people feel confused.


    As a sect that has been inherited for more than 300 years, Linshan sect has unique skills in governing the sect and training its disciples.


    Lin Shan sect is one of the most affluent subordinates of Shuangfeng valley. Its disciples are neither extravagant nor decadent.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed those capable disciples. From their magic tools, we can see that Linshan sect has strong financial resources.

 Chapter 84

    Rich misers are not terrible, but it''s interesting to know how to convert their financial resources into combat effectiveness.


    At the foot of Lin mountain, there were special welcoming disciples who came forward to warmly receive Meng Zhang and his disciples.


    He was led to climb all the way through the majestic mountain gate of Linshan sect and reached the hillside. Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect, had been waiting there for a long time.


    "Headmaster Meng, welcome, welcome. You can come to Lin mountain. Our school is really splendid."


    "Headmaster Xu is polite. I''ve never forgotten his style since the last farewell. Goodbye today. Headmaster Xu is better than ever."


    Compared with the rich and powerful Lin Shan sect, taiyimen is just a small bean. Xu Chengxian''s accomplishments and generations are above Meng Zhang.


    Xu Chengxian was able to put down his stature and personally receive Meng Zhang, a leader of a small sect. He was very unique in his life.


    They only exchanged greetings for a moment. Xu Chengxian could make Meng Zhang feel like a spring breeze and feel at home.


    After a while, Xu Chengxian reluctantly ended his conversation with Meng Zhang, called a trusted disciple and led them to settle in the guest''s Yashe.


    The Linshan sect is rich and powerful. The sect covers a large area. It is a refined and elegant architectural community.


    Meng Zhang was settled in an independent courtyard.


    Small courtyards are separated by small woods, streams, bridges, etc.


    After resting in the courtyard for a while, Li Xuan took Meng Zhang out of the courtyard.


    The foundation building Dharma meeting held by Lin Shan sect invited almost all the Xiuzhen forces around, and the major forces were basically leaders.


    This is a rare opportunity for communication. You can take the opportunity to get to know people from all parties and make friends with other forces.


    For this kind of communication, Meng Zhang is very exclusive. He is not the kind of ascetic monk who has a pure heart and few desires and only knows to practice hard behind closed doors, but he is not the kind of person who likes lively and sociable.


    Li Xuan painstakingly persuaded Meng Zhang that, as the leader of Taiyi sect, it was inevitable to deal with people. Don''t say how to be good at dancing, at least you can''t make enemies for nothing.


    Too arrogant people are easy to be isolated, too unsocial people are easy to be excluded.


    As a leader of a school, you should broaden your communication. If you have more friends, it''s easy to go. Even without allies, we should make more friends and strive for a more relaxed external environment for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang knows what it means to be involuntarily in the Jianghu. Now that he has become the leader of Taiyi sect, he will be forced to do many things he doesn''t like to do.


    Li Xuan, the military master, was right, and Meng Zhang listened with an open mind.


    They left the courtyard, outside is a big garden.


    Buildings, pavilions, bridges and running water are all there.


    Many stone terraces in the garden are full of friends.


    As Li Xuan persuaded Meng Zhang, the heads of the major religious forces who came to attend the foundation building Dharma meeting seized this rare opportunity for everyone to get together and were socializing.


    As a member of the Li family, Li Xuan was also a shopkeeper in mingshafang city. He had a wide range of friends and many acquaintances.


    Now with a new owner, Li Xuan has given full play to his advantages.


    "Brother Ruan, I haven''t seen you for a long time. This is Meng Zhang, head of Taiyi sect. He is my new boss."


    "Headmaster, brother Ruan is a hero of the golden sword sect."


    ¡­¡­


    "Headmaster, this is elder brother Chen. He is the elder outside Feiying gate. Let me introduce you."


    ¡­¡­


    "Headmaster, although this old brother looks like a casual monk, many family friars are far inferior to him."


    ¡­¡­


    Li Xuan led Meng Zhang around the garden, talked with all the monks who could speak, and introduced Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang walked around and felt that the smile on his face was going to be numb.


    His body is not tired, but he feels tired, and he has a sense of irritability.


    Among the vassal forces of shuangfenggu, such as the Linshan sect and the destroyed Li family, there have always been friars in the foundation period, and there are many friars in the Qi refining period.


    Even so, among the many forces in the garden, taiyimen is still very weak.


    When you meet those powerful figures, those with good character will be polite to you. Those with bad character will simply ignore them.


    Li Xuan accompanied Meng Zhang everywhere with a smiling face, but he didn''t make any friends.


    When he reached a deserted corner of the garden, Meng Zhang looked gloomy.


    "Headmaster, those people''s eyes are higher than the top. You don''t have to see them."


    Li Xuan carefully looked at Meng Zhang''s face and whispered comfort.


    Meng Zhang''s psychology is not as fragile as Li Xuan imagined. As a man of two generations, he has a mature enough mentality. He had seen this kind of scene in his previous life.


    In the final analysis, taiyimen''s strength is too weak, so people don''t like it and ignore it.


    At this time, another group of people came into the garden and came nearby.


    "These people don''t need your introduction. We all know each other." Meng Zhang said to Li Xuan with a smile.


    These people not only know Meng Zhang, but also know him very well.


    These people are all the children of the Zhao family. The middle-aged man headed by him is Zhao Dong who has fought with Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang saw Zhao Dong, he also found Meng Zhang.


    When Fang Meng brought Fang Meng to make trouble in the sweet water oasis, Zhao Dongcai refined Qi six times. Not seen in just a few years, he has entered the later stage of gas refining and has seven cultivation accomplishments of gas refining.


    Zhao Dong, somewhat arrogant, gave Meng Zhang a provocative look.


    When Meng Zhang''s cultivation level was not as good as Zhao Dong''s, he could suppress Zhao Dong by virtue of his blood refining and sacrificing explosion. Now everyone''s cultivation level is the same, and Meng Zhang will not pay attention to him.

 Chapter 85

    If it wasn''t for the wrong place here, Meng Zhang wanted to teach Zhao Dong a good lesson and let him know how to be a man.


    Without paying attention to Zhao Dong''s provocative eyes, Meng Zhang and Li Xuan left here and wandered in the garden.


    An old man walked around in the crowd and didn''t know what to say to the people around him. The people around him ignored him and even deliberately avoided him.


    The old man had just been rejected by one person and was preparing to move towards the next goal. The Zhao family took the initiative to come forward and surround him.


    "Brother Li, why are you so unintelligent? The conditions offered by our Zhao family are not thin. You don''t know how to cherish them. Now it''s good. It''s going to hit a wall everywhere and get disheartened."


    Zhao Dong ridiculed the old man impolitely.


    "Brother Li, it''s hard for me to do it because you don''t respect me."


    Li Xuan''s face looked a little embarrassed when he saw the old man appear.


    Meng Zhang seemed a little interested in this scene, and Li Xuan dutifully introduced him.


    It turned out that the old man was Li Shengqi, a remnant of the Li family who had been destroyed.


    After the Li family was destroyed by the sand monster, many people of the Li family were outside and narrowly avoided the disaster.


    If a capable person can organize, maybe the Li family will not completely perish. Not to mention, as in the past, at least the inheritance of the Li family can be preserved.


    Unfortunately, there is no if in the world.


    First, some selfish guys ran away with their belongings, and then the rest of the people began to blame each other and fell into an internal struggle.


    The destruction of the Li family has left a lot of benefits. Jealous, the forces with old grudges with the Li family also intervened openly and secretly.


    The remnant of the Li family began to disappear mysteriously. The remaining industries have also been divided up one after another.


    Only then did the remaining members of the Li family realize that things were bad. They had to recommend Li Shengqi as the leader and let him take charge of the overall situation.


    Li Shengqi, who used to be the deacon of the Li family, is not weak in cultivation and has good wrists. Unfortunately, it was too late. The situation was gone, and he was unable to return to heaven.


    The Zhao family is the most joyful force after the Li family exterminated the family.


    More than ten years ago, after the Zhao family lost their only friar in the foundation period, they lost a lot of interests in the face of the oppression of the Li family. Lost the business road, lost the shop in mingshafang city


    Now the Li family is in trouble. Of course, the Zhao family will fall into a well and lose everything with interest.


    "Brother Zhao, my Li family has fallen so low. Do you Zhao family have to kill them all? Please raise your hand and let us go."


    Li Shengqi pulled down his old face and begged bitterly.


    Zhao Dong not only remained unmoved, but intensified his persecution.


    Li Shengqi also has two shops in mingshafang city and some properties of the Li family. The Zhao family will not give up until he is completely squeezed.


    Meng Zhang certainly dislikes the Zhao family''s practice.


    "The Zhao family has gone so far that Shuangfeng Valley doesn''t know how to manage it."


    "Tube, how to tube. The friars of the Li family have their own civil strife, and Shuangfeng valley will not interfere in the internal affairs of the Li family at all."


    "It''s not the first time that such a drama has appeared in the Li family and Zhao family for many years. When they are proud, they have the upper hand, and when they are frustrated, they are lost and exiled."


    "Headmaster, don''t think the Zhao family is so proud today. Maybe one day the Zhao family will end up like the Li family."


    Li Xuan, who also came from the Li family, felt very deeply here.


    "For hundreds of years, the tide rises and falls, and countless cultivation forces rise and fall. Only Shuangfeng Valley has always sat firmly on the throne of overlord and controlled the surrounding areas."


    "After the Li family''s ancestral land was broken by the sand monster, where did all the family''s savings for hundreds of years go?"


    "The sand monster is not interested in the Li family''s big library, and he doesn''t have the time to search it. After the sand monster left, the friar of Shuangfeng valley was the first to arrive at the Li family''s ancestral land."


    "After that, you can see that the friar of Shuangfeng Valley returned any property to the Li family? Even if the Li family can rebuild, the friar of the Li family dare not ask Shuangfeng Valley for it."


    "Shuangfeng Valley estimates that it hopes that all the Li family will die, so there will be no victims at all."


    After staying in the Li family for many years, Li Xuan and the Li family have different feelings. Speaking of the back, he became a little excited with deep emotion.


    "Keep your voice down, this is not the place to talk about these things," Meng Zhang whispered.


    Li Xuan reacted quickly and knew that he should not criticize Shuangfeng Valley here.


    "I was excited and lost my temper for a moment, which made the headmaster laugh."


    Seeing that Li Xuan''s mood returned to normal, Meng Zhang also smiled.


    Li Xuangang''s words touched him deeply. The dignified shuangfenggu will not surprise him with some shady things behind his back.


    However, after the Li family was destroyed, the tragic end of the remaining monks made him feel a bit sad.


    Li Xuan has always reminded himself that he is now a member of Taiyi gate. Everything should be considered for Taiyi gate and loyal to Taiyi gate.


    "Headmaster, don''t look at Li Shengqi''s poor performance. I''ve dealt with him and know that this guy is also an old fox with a deep mind."


    "Li Shengqi risked his life to appear in the Linshan sect. He must have a plot."


    "What else can I do? I just want to hold my thigh and get the strength to resist the Zhao family."


    Meng Zhang smiled and thought he understood Li Shengqi''s mind.


    "I''m afraid it''s not that simple. Li Shengqi risked his life to leave mingshafang city. It should be a big picture."


    Li Xuan, also from the Li family, knows Li Shengqi very well.


    Recently, friars of the Li family have mysteriously disappeared one by one, which is obviously a problem. At this time, the safest place for Li Shengqi should be mingshafang city.


    In mingshafang City, as long as there is no strength to challenge shuangfenggu, no one dares to do it openly.


    After listening to Li Xuan''s words, Meng Zhang was also curious. Since the Zhao family is involved, Meng Zhang will be very happy if he has the opportunity to block the Zhao family.


    Meng Zhang took a few steps forward, pretended to pass by inadvertently, and then looked at Zhao Dong and them with a little curiosity.


    This behavior is not abrupt. The dispute between Zhao Dong and Li Shengqi has attracted the attention of many people around. Some curious people have slowly leaned over.


    He has a good heart and can''t be too far away. Seeing that the distance was almost the same, Meng Zhang stopped moving forward, so as not to arouse the vigilance of both sides.


    Li Shengqi only has six levels of cultivation for refining Qi. Meng Zhang is already familiar with reading the minds of monks whose cultivation is not as good as his own.


    Meng Zhang, who thought he should be captured easily, showed his understanding. His face stiffened and his confident smile disappeared.


    "How could this happen? I can''t read any of this person''s thoughts."


    Meng Zhang was surprised.

 Chapter 86

    Of course, Meng Zhang would not think that his mind power is unsolvable. There are many secrets in the world that can restrain his inner thoughts and avoid being read by mind power.


    He just didn''t expect that the friars of the Li family would master such means. After all, this kind of secret Dharma is not something that anyone can touch in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but stop, started to break the false magic eye, and looked at Li Shengqi carefully.


    "I see." after a while, Meng Zhang found the reason.


    Li Shengqi''s face was a little blue and purple. If his eyesight was not enough, he might not be able to find it face to face.


    On his head, a blue and purple smell loomed and spread downward.


    "It''s really not fatal." Meng Zhang shook his head.


    Li Shengqi didn''t know what secret method he had mastered, but didn''t know when he took the heart locking pill.


    After taking Suoxin pill, all his thoughts were hidden. As long as he doesn''t take the initiative to disclose it, not only does mind reading Magic have no effect on him, but also friars searching for his soul during the foundation period can''t force out the secret of his heart.


    Of course, Suoxin pill has such miraculous effects, and it also has great side effects after taking it.


    After taking the lock heart pill, the friar will greatly hurt his vitality, and his accomplishments in the future cannot be improved inch by inch.


    If the monk taking the pill allows the power of the lock heart pill to spread in the body, the monk will even become an idiot after a long time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, Li Shengqi has taken Suoxin pill for some time. Now Li Shengqi just wants to expel the medicine. It''s too late.


    "What kind of secret does Li Shengqi want to keep and take the lock heart pill?" Meng Zhang was deeply curious.


    Since he couldn''t get the desired result from Li Shengqi, Meng Zhang turned to read Zhao Dong''s mind.


    Zhao Dong, like Meng Zhang, is a seven fold cultivation of Qi refining. Meng Zhang could not read his deep thoughts. He could only read some superficial thoughts in his heart.


    Zhao Dong takes people to surround Li Shengqi and intimidate him. In fact, he is also acting. Their original purpose was not to make Li Shengqi give in. Their goal is not the Li family''s shops in mingshafang city or some floating wealth.


    After reading here, Meng Zhang can''t read more information.


    Meng Zhang looked at several Zhao family children brought by Zhao Dong. They were all cultivation accomplishments in the middle of gas refining.


    Meng Zhang successfully read their minds after he showed his understanding.


    These disciples are not qualified to know the secrets of the top level of the family. Meng Zhang didn''t get much from them.


    However, it is not nothing. Many contents about the internal disputes and personnel relations of the Zhao family are still of some value.


    At least he helped Meng Zhang deepen his understanding of the Zhao family, which may not be available.


    After reading so many people''s thoughts continuously, Meng Zhang also felt very tired.


    This fatigue is more spiritual. Go deep into these people''s hearts and read their thoughts. Meng Zhang is like chiguoguo jumping into a sewage pit.


    On the one hand, we should be careful to avoid being contaminated by sewage. On the other hand, we should look for useful things in sewage.


    If you go deep into the hearts of others for a long time, it will certainly pollute your own hearts and even dust your own Tao heart.


    His gifted magic power of Xintong seems to be easy to use, but it must not be used recklessly. Meng Zhang needs to master how to use it properly.


    Probably found that it attracted too many people''s attention. Zhao Dong and others looked around and let Li Shengqi go.


    This is the territory of Lin Shan sect. All visitors are invited to participate in the foundation law society. The Zhao family dare not do this here, so as not to annoy friar Zhuji.


    After escaping from the Zhao family, Li Shengqi hurriedly fled here and left the garden as if he were running for his life.


    There was no excitement to see, and everyone''s attention shifted one after another.


    Next, Meng Zhang stayed in the elite house of Linshan sect for another two days.


    Meanwhile, new guests arrive from time to time.


    Lin Shan sect was originally the leading force among the vassal forces in Shuangfeng valley. This time, Li Xuan appeared in the door. He seized this opportunity to communicate and inquire about news.


    When they arrived, Li Xuan quietly introduced Meng Zhang to a middle-aged man sitting in front of the Zhao family.


    "The leading middle-aged man is Zhao jiudou, the current leader of the Zhao family. It is said that he has achieved complete cultivation of Qi refining when he is only in his early 40s. If he can''t get the foundation Dan, maybe he has already built the foundation."


    Meng Zhang still has a certain understanding of the Zhao family, an old neighbor.


    Zhao jiudou was a famous genius monk of the Zhao family when he was young. When he was only in his thirties, he had the cultivation in the later stage of gas refining and began to enter the top level of the Zhao family.


    He is the youngest elder of the Zhao family and the strongest monk among the elders.


    In the past, when Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, was still in the Zhao family, he was afraid of him and suppressed him intentionally or unintentionally.


    More than two years ago, shuangfenggu angered the Zhao family because of the death of Xiao Shenqiang, the elder during the foundation building period. All the monks participating in the war, including Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, were sent to Mingsha mountain to perform hard labor.


    Zhao Yanbei is absent, and Zhao jiudou takes advantage of the situation to rise. He soon mastered the power of the Zhao family and became the chief elder of the Zhao family, responsible for all the affairs of the family.

 Chapter 87

    After Zhao jiudou presided over the Zhao family, he made a big move.


    Zhao''s old enemy Li Jiazu''s land was broken by sand monsters, and the Li family was destroyed.


    The Zhao family jumped out to take advantage of the fire and coerce the residual friars of the Li family to extract a lot of benefits from the middle pressure.


    The Zhao family was taken back by the Li family one by one.


    The disappearance of the remaining monks of the Li family is considered to be the secret work of Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou''s ruthlessness also makes many people scruple.


    Now Zhao jiudou''s reputation in the Zhao family is at its zenith, even surpassing the owner Zhao Yanbei. Even if the owner Zhao Yanbei returns to the Zhao family at this time, he may not be able to do anything about him.


    Except those who have the power of foundation building friars, the surrounding friars are unwilling to provoke him easily.


    Taiyimen is an old enemy of the Zhao family. If the Zhao family were not busy extracting benefits from the Li family, I''m afraid Zhao jiudou, who is full of edge, would have clashed with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang glanced at Zhao jiudou and was vigilant, but he didn''t worry much.


    Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, and many Zhao family friars in the later stage of gas refining are still doing hard labor in Mingsha mountain.


    How about Zhao jiudou''s complete gas refining? Taiyimen also has the God of complete gas refining.


    In his heyday, the thick earth God general had the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir period. Even if the strength is far from being restored, it is not something Zhao jiudou can deal with.


    The thick earth God will be the most important card. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to use it easily, so that friar Zhao continues to be arrogant.


    Soon after Meng Zhang sat on the futon, all the visitors from various forces entered the square and sat down in their own positions.


    Some monks who sat closer talked from time to time. There were also some familiar monks who began to say hello from a distance.


    The square has been noisy and noisy.


    Until accompanied by bursts of sweet fairy music, the field began to calm down.


    Several figures came from afar and slowly fell on the platform with bursts of melodious fairy music.


    With the appearance of these figures, the original noisy square has long become audible.


    Admiring eyes turned to the high platform one after another.


    Whether sincerely or falsely, all the people sitting below expressed their respect and fear for friar Zhuji.


    Among the several friars in the foundation period, standing in the middle is an old man with white hair and beard.


    "Old man Lin Shan sent Xu Yishan. I don''t have to introduce myself to you. All the friends below should know me."


    "Elder brother Ruan of the golden sword sect, Taoist priest Guanghong of Lin Quan temple and aunt Jin of the skillful sect are all famous and well-known figures. I don''t need to introduce them."


    Speaking of this, Xu Yishan politely arched his hand at the bottom, and then waved to the person around him.


    "What I want to introduce to you this time is younger martial brother Lin shenpo of our school."


    "With the blessing of my ancestors, younger martial brother Lin was lucky to build a foundation and became one of us."


    "This dharma meeting is not only to celebrate brother Lin''s successful foundation building, but also to share some practice experience with you."


    With Xu Yishan''s voice, a middle-aged man with cold eyes and cold face came to the front of Xu Yishan.


    He hugged his fist, arched his hand at the bottom, and then retreated behind Xu Yishan. From beginning to end, there was no expression on his face. Even on the happy day of their own foundation building society, they didn''t show a smile.


    "Younger martial brother Lin has such a personality. Don''t see outsiders. Younger martial brother Lin is a hard monk who devotes himself to hard cultivation and basically doesn''t contact outsiders."


    Xu Yishan explained casually.


    "Well, I won''t waste your time talking nonsense. Since you have come to attend this dharma meeting, you must be looking forward to younger martial brother Lin''s lecture."


    While Xu Yishan was talking, two figures flew over from a distance.


    "Brother Xu, our brother is a little late on the way. I''m really sorry."


    The two figures flew very fast. As soon as the voice came, they flew over the scene.


    Seeing them appear, the faces of several friars in the foundation period on the high platform changed slightly. Even Lin shenpo, who had always been expressionless, raised his eyebrows.


    "It''s very kind of you, brothers. It''s an honor for us to come. What else can we do?"


    While talking, Xu Yishan had already flown in front of them and was about to hold their hands.


    "Brother Xu, you''re welcome. Today is a happy day for your Linshan sect. We two brothers took the liberty to be an uninvited guest."


    "You two brothers can''t invite distinguished guests on weekdays. It''s rare to come here today. You and my brothers must get together well."


    Xu Yishan is very enthusiastic.


    "Yes, yes, with two experts from shuangfenggu present, the little Lin Shan sect is brilliant."


    "Two brothers, I haven''t seen you for many days. I want to stay more today."


    Several monks in the foundation period on the high platform also took the initiative to show their kindness.


    Only Lin shenpo kept silent and just bowed to them.


    Between greeting each other, the two visitors have fallen on the high platform.


    The two friars in the foundation building period basically knew each other. They were Shan Hu, the new foreign affairs elder of Shuangfeng Valley, and Shan Ying, the law enforcement elder of Shuangfeng valley.


    "Taoist Guanghong of Linquan temple also came here. He''s really a rare guest."


    Single tiger looked at Guanghong Taoist priest with a playful smile.


    "Younger martial brother Lin shenpo comes from the Lin family, and he is also related to the Taoist priest. When younger martial brother Lin builds the foundation Dharma meeting, the Taoist priest must join in the fun."


    Taoist Guanghong looked calmly and looked at a single tiger without showing weakness.


    "I almost forgot that brother Guanghong is also a son of the Lin family."


    "As the saying goes, it''s hard to recover. Since brother Lin shenpo''s ancestors have separated from the Lin family, it has nothing to do with your Lin family. Don''t struggle with your Lin family."


    After hearing Shan Hu''s words, Taoist Guanghong lowered his eyes and didn''t argue with him.


    "However, it is inevitable for Taoist Guanghong to read about old feelings."


    "The door is a guest. You Linshan sect should treat Taoist Guanghong well. Don''t neglect your guests."


    As soon as the single tiger turned, he began to order Xu Yishan to come.


    Xu Yishan''s face was full of smiles.


    "Taoist Guanghong came to visit, but I dare not neglect the great event that I can''t expect."


    All the people sitting in the square kept quiet when several friars were talking, and did not dare to disturb them at all.


    In particular, some smart minds vaguely heard the sharp edge in a single tiger''s words. They immediately sat upright and dared not even breathe out of the atmosphere.


    Meng Zhang was also aware of this strange atmosphere. Thinking of some information Li Xuan had told him before, he also had a number in his mind.

 Chapter 88

    Lin quanguan is a truth cultivation force at the same level as shuangfenggu. They are all vassals of Feihong sect.


    However, the territory occupied by Lin quanguan is much smaller than shuangfenggu, and there are not many subordinate forces, most of which are mediocre.


    There are several challenging families under Lin quanguan. These families have weak independence and are deeply integrated with Lin quanguan. They can be regarded as a complete integration with Lin quanguan.


    The Lin family is such a family. The outstanding monks in the family are basically Lin Quan Guan disciples. Among the monks in the foundation period of each generation of Lin Quan temple, the Lin family can also be seen.


    Lin shenpo''s grandfather was a monk from the Lin family of Lin quanguan. Because of falling out with his family, he ran away from home and joined the Linshan sect.


    Originally, he was just a mediocre little monk in the Lin family, but he began to prosper after joining the Lin mountain sect. Not only did I slowly climb to the top of the Linshan sect, but also bred a lot of children.


    In Lin shenpo''s generation, Lin shenpo succeeded in building the foundation and became one of the real masters of Lin Shan school.


    As a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley, Linshan school has too close relationship with Lin Quan view, which Shuangfeng Valley certainly doesn''t want to see.


    Lin Shan sect now has it. However, he thinks his speculation should be inseparable from ten.


    On the high platform, with the arrival of single tiger and single eagle, the foundation building of golden sword gate and skillful hand gate have obviously become a lot more restrained.


    Several people hypocritically pulled a chase, and then slowly began to return to the subject.


    Shuangfeng Valley and Zhuji just came to beat Lin Shan sect, but they didn''t want to make Lin Shan sect ugly.


    "We chatted here for a long time. The children below may be impatient."


    "Maybe I''m really brave. I''ve started scolding us old guys in my stomach."


    "I think I''d better let brother Lin shenpo start talking."


    The single tiger laughed and said.


    With that, single tiger and single Eagle took the initiative to both sides of the platform and sat down with a futon.


    Since a single tiger spoke, several foundation builders also sat down on the futon on both sides of the high platform, leaving Lin shenpo standing alone in the middle of the high platform.


    Lin shenpo didn''t say much either. He sat cross legged and started talking directly.


    It is a rare opportunity for the following small friars to speak in public during the foundation period. Many people may not encounter such a good thing once in their life.


    Of course, Lin shenpo''s opening lecture will not be his own spiritual perception or foundation building experience.


    This knowledge is not so cheap, let alone a group of outsiders. Even the disciples of Linshan sect have only a few core students who are qualified to learn this.


    But if there were a lot of things that sounded mysterious and useless, the scene would be too ugly.


    Lin Shan sect specially sent out an invitation to invite everyone to come to the door, and everyone was also very proud to bring a gift to the door.


    It would be too mean of you not to mention any useful dry goods.


    Lin shenpo is not a professional swordsman, but he has been obsessed with Kendo since childhood. However, there is no special sword repair sect in endless sand sea, and the inheritance of sword repair is also rare.


    Lin shenpo, who failed to become a swordsman, has no less love for kendo. Even because he was too focused on the art of defending the sword, he almost delayed building the foundation.


    After the foundation was built, Meng Zhang showed his extraordinary swordsmanship talent long ago.


    Even in the declining Taiyi gate, there is no sword formula to spread. He also worked hard to figure out several skills of flying sword assassination, which made Taoist Xuanling, the old leader, marvel.


    Among the inheritance obtained in the place of trial, there are several sword formulas.


    Meng Zhang, who is like a treasure, spent a lot of energy to practice sword Jue.


    Learn the best sword formula, that is, ordinary flying swords can exert great power. Moreover, the flying sword in Meng Zhang''s hand is soft around his fingers. Among the first-order flying swords, it is also a small best.


    Meng Zhang''s greatest regret is that he has not found a good sword test object and let himself show his painstaking sword skills.


    Meng Zhang once wanted to test swordsmanship with the thick earth God general several times, but the thick earth God general was too busy, and Meng Zhang didn''t want to disturb him.


    Other people in Taiyi sect, if you''re not polite, don''t even have the qualification to let Meng Zhang use the flying sword, let alone let him try the sword.

 Chapter 89

    When Lin shenpo talked about rising, he pointed with one hand and a flying sword flew into the air and circled over his head.


    With another sprinkle, twelve pieces flew into the air, formed an array in the air, and surrounded the flying sword in the air from all directions.


    The flying sword flies into this formation and dances in and out, as if it were fighting with a strong enemy. The twelve pieces also hovered and danced, fighting with the flying sword.


    It is said that Lin shenpo likes chess as well as kendo. Many people thought he was playing with things and losing his will. Now it seems that the chess pieces in his hands are not weak magic tools.


    The monks in the Qi refining period sitting below were dazzled and addicted.


    Even Shan Hu, the foreign affairs elder of shuangfenggu, who was sitting on the high platform, said with admiration: "I''ve heard the nickname of brother Lin shenpo''s excellent chess and sword before. When I see it today, it really deserves its reputation."


    "Where, where, brother Shan has been praised too much." Xu Yishan, who accompanied him, was modest and polite again.


    Shan Ying kept his face cold. Hearing the conversation between the two, a look of disdain appeared on his face.


    Shan Ying, who has always been arrogant, doesn''t look up to this kind of juggling show.


    Lin shenpo talked a lot and demonstrated again before he came to an end.


    "No matter how much we talk, it''s just empty talk. I wonder if you have learned anything after listening to it for so long?"


    "If you think you have learned something, you can also come up and demonstrate it."


    After listening to Lin shenpo''s words, many monks sitting below looked eager to try.


    In the area where the Zhao family friar is located, a friar jumped directly and jumped onto the high platform in front of him.


    "The younger generation Zhao Dong, after listening to the elder''s speech, feels that he has gained a lot."


    "I''m not talented. I''m willing to show you."


    Lin shenpo glanced at "leader Meng is the leader of Taiyi sect. I''ve heard a lot about you. Today''s opportunity is rare. I don''t know whether leader Meng is willing to teach me or not."


    Looking at Zhao Dong''s provocative eyes, Meng Zhang looked disdainful.


    "The beam skipping clown just brought it to test his sword."


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang jumped directly onto the platform.


    "I''m in a good mood today. I''ll give you some tips."


    Zhao Dong passed away with a flash of anger on his face. The so-called leader of an unorthodox sect really takes himself seriously.


    "I''m not afraid of the wind flashing my tongue. Who can teach who may."


    Lin shenpo didn''t have time to listen to the two people talking and announcing directly.


    "You can start."


    Zhao Dong listened and immediately took out his sword.


    A yellowish flying sword came out of its scabbard, circled over his head and stabbed Meng Zhang directly.


    Meng Zhang raised his left hand, and the flying sword wrapped around his wrist flew out of his hand. The original soft body of the sword immediately stretched straight and flew directly into the sky.


    Both of them were monks in the Qi refining period. Without the divine knowledge of the friar in the foundation period, they naturally could not resist the sword with God like the friar in the foundation period.


    During the Qi refining period, friars often use Qi to resist the sword, and use Qi to control the refined flying sword.


    The range of using Qi to defend the sword is not large. You can only defend the sword within the visual range. The attack range of flying sword is generally only tens of feet.


    The area of this high platform is enough for two people.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation of Qi refining is also seven fold. Meng Zhang''s cultivation skills and sword skills are far above Zhao Dong''s.


    For Meng Zhang, winning the other party is not a problem at all, but also winning beauty.


    In this public sword competition, Meng Zhang certainly would not use his sword formula. He just used a few moves of flying sword assassination at will, which was enough for Zhao Dong to drink a pot.


    The flying sword winds around her fingers and takes the initiative to meet Zhao Dong''s flying sword. The two flying swords fight in the air.


    Compared with the other party''s broad sword body, the soft fingers look particularly small and pocket.


    However, each stab with soft fingers was extremely accurate and directly hit several key points of the opponent''s sword body and handle.


    Like people, flying sword also has key points and weaknesses.


    When refining flying swords, the prohibition of sacrificing and refining flying swords inevitably has weaknesses. These weaknesses are the weaknesses of Feijian.


    When Zhao Dong released the flying sword, the flying sword was fierce and powerful. However, after a fight with huanzhirou, the body of the flying sword trembled violently and its movement was seriously deformed.


    A series of crisp percussion sounds sounded. The flying sword released by Zhao Dong kept retreating in the air and was softly hit around his fingers and flew far away.


    Rao zhirou didn''t continue to chase the flying sword, but directly killed Zhao Dong.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s flying sword attack, Zhao Dong was a little flustered.


    While pinching the Yin formula, he wanted to quickly recall his flying sword. A small shield appeared in front of the body while activating the body armor.


    A flexible turning point around the finger avoided Zhao Dong''s body protection magic weapon and directly stabbed Zhao Dong''s head.


    Seeing that Zhao Dong, who could not escape, was about to be stabbed by a flying sword, the Zhao family children sitting at the bottom stood up nervously.


    Even Zhao jiudou, an elder of the Zhao family who has always been calm, can''t help but worry.


    Although I know Meng Zhang doesn''t dare to kill at will on this occasion, it would be bad if this boy was young and impulsive and really hurt Zhao Dong.


    Zhao jiudou took advantage of the situation to expand his power when the owner Zhao Yanbei was not at home. Zhao Dong is his important supporter. He is not only a close confidant, but also the implementer of some plans.


    Under the intense gaze of the people, the scene of Zhao Dong''s death did not appear.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool. How could he turn the happy day of Lin Shan sect into a scene of blood splashing three feet.


    The flying sword gently rubbed Zhao Dong''s head around his fingers, which not only cut off his bun, but also showed a soft force on the flying sword, which made Zhao Dong black in front of his eyes, dizzy and unable to react for a long time.


    The flying sword and small shield released by Zhao Dong fell onto the high platform after losing control.


    Taking back the flying sword, Meng Zhang said to Zhao Dong, "I don''t know how much you can learn from this guidance."


    Meng Zhang''s attitude made some mature friars slightly unhappy, but the younger generation of friars felt that it was really happy to hit face-to-face.


    Looking at Zhao Dong''s shaky body, Zhao jiudou jumped directly onto the platform with a face.


    He threw Zhao Dong and the magic tools on the ground to the Zhao family below. Zhao jiudou first saluted Lin shenpo.


    "Master Lin, master Meng is good at swordsmanship. I''m glad to see the hunter and want to ask for advice."

 Chapter 90

    Lin shenpo frowned at Zhao jiudou''s words.


    "Your perfect cultivation of refining Qi is a little bullying to others."


    With the insight of the friars in the foundation period, we can see their cultivation realm at a glance.


    "I don''t want to bully people by virtue of my accomplishments. I just want to learn the swordsmanship of leader Meng."


    "Well, I''m limited to ten moves. As long as ten moves, I think it''s enough to learn leader Meng''s swordsmanship."


    "Just don''t know if leader Meng dare to fight?"


    Speaking of this, Zhao jiudou glanced at Meng Zhang.


    In the cultivation world, there are a lot of leapfrog challenges, but they are not common.


    They are often disciples from big sects. Relying on superior skills and secret skills of the school, they leap over the level to challenge some small families, or casual cultivation without follow-up.


    Leapfrog challenges are often challenges beyond small boundaries. Moreover, the higher the accomplishments of both sides, the more difficult the challenge is.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t break through to the later stage of gas refining, he still had six cultivation accomplishments of gas refining. Even if he had been inherited by taiyimen in the heyday, he might not have been able to fight Zhao jiudou, who was successful in gas refining.


    If leapfrog challenge is such a simple thing, what is the significance of the cultivation realm of the cultivator?


    "Since elder Zhao is interested, I will meet your wishes."


    Meng Zhang looked at Zhao Dong without showing weakness.


    Meng Zhang promised to fight, not in Zhao jiudou''s simple method of motivating.


    The gap between the two sides is not big, and there is no insurmountable gap. Moreover, on the high platform, in full view of the public, Meng Zhang also wants a strong opponent to try his own swordsmanship.


    As for Zhao Dong, he is too weak. Defeating him can''t make Meng Zhang happy.


    Seeing that both sides intend to fight, Lin shenpo will not stop it.


    "It''s not suitable to see blood here today. I hope you can stop."


    "Well, you can start."


    Before Lin shenpo''s voice fell, they had already shot.


    Zhao Dong was easily defeated by Meng Zhang and was so embarrassed. If Zhao jiudou doesn''t find this place, people will not only look down on the Zhao family. As the main elder of the Zhao family, he is also ashamed.


    Among the many monks in the later stage of Qi refining in the Zhao family, Zhao jiudou is expected to build a foundation in addition to the master Zhao Yanbei. Although Zhao jiudou has not received systematic inheritance of sword formula, he has practiced sword for many years and still has some killing moves.


    Seeing Zhao jiudou''s momentum, Lin shenpo nodded slightly and was a little interested.


    Many of the people watching the battle below were photographed by their momentum.


    When Lin shenpo took out his sword just now, he mainly talked about the method. The purpose is to explain fencing. So I deliberately gathered the power of the sword technique, but the power was not obvious. From the scene alone, it''s not as good as Zhao jiudou''s shot.


    Zhao Dong, with dishevelled hair, has slowed down from Meng Zhang''s attack at this time. He stared at Meng Zhang with hatred below. He really wanted Zhao jiudou to be powerful and cut the guy who made a fool of himself with a sword.


    Meng Zhang''s face was indifferent. The flying sword wrapped around his wrist softened into streamer, flew into the air and met Zhao jiudou''s flying sword.


    Among the several sword tricks obtained in the place of trial, Meng Zhang focused on cultivating two.


    A sword formula is a sword without life and death. It is a vicious sword technique of sneak attack and assassination. If you use a sword, you will die. Naturally, Meng Zhang will not use it on this occasion.


    Another sword Jue is Liu sword Jue dancing with the wind. The sword technique is aboveboard and upright. It is a righteous sword Jue. The sword technique seems soft and weak at first glance, but in fact, it is soft with hardness, and it has the power of combining hardness with softness.


    This sword formula complements each other and complements each other.


    I saw the streamer of the flying sword around the soft fingers, facing the upside down Tianhe, which looked soft and powerless. It could only float with the wind, as if the external force could blow it away completely.


    However, no matter how Zhao jiudou urged the flying sword, how the power of sword light soared, and how soft and weak it was, it was not completely overwhelmed by the other party.


    The soft fingers are like a large dense net, firmly holding the enemy''s sword light in the net.


    The so-called sword tricks in the cultivation world are naturally not only some moves of flying sword dancing, but also a series of complex skills, such as luck methods, techniques of sacrificing and refining flying sword, tricks of urging flying sword and so on.


    The flying sword, which was thoroughly refined by Meng Zhang, is soft around his fingers. Under the control of Meng Zhang''s true Qi, it is really like a willow dancing with the wind to dissolve the enemy''s offensive one by one.


    The base building friars sitting at the top of the high platform were not very interested in the fight of these small gas refining friars.


    It was wonderful to see the two fighting swords. They all raised their spirits.


    Having met Meng Zhang, I still remember Meng Zhang''s single eagle, who couldn''t help saying, "although the cultivation of the boy of Taiyi gate is slightly poor, his sword technique is really exquisite. He understands the beauty of overcoming hardness with softness."


    Several nearby Zhuji nodded and said yes, praising elder Shan Ying''s unique vision.


    Lin shenpo, who is closest to the battlefield, ignored the nonsense there, but sighed in his heart.


    Zhao jiudou''s accomplishments surpass those of Meng Zhang. He has practiced sword for a long time than Meng Zhang, and his attainments in sword technique are not bad. But I didn''t learn a sword formula systematically, just a patchwork wild way.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang, even if his accomplishments are not as good as the enemy, he can be invincible by relying on a sophisticated sword formula.


    It is said that before the decline of taiyimen, there was a glorious time. It seems that the inheritance of taiyimen has not been completely lost.


    Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou are fighting to rise, and they have come up with a lot of real skills respectively.


    In the sky, two sword lights are flying vertically and horizontally, coming and going like the wind, entangled together.


    After watching it for a while, Lin shenpo, who consciously saw through the details of swordsmanship on both sides, was a little impatient.


    A green sword light rose from behind him and rolled directly to the place where there was a fierce battle in the field.


    Being swept by the green sword light, Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou felt that their flying swords were out of control. Before they could react, their flying swords fell in front of them.


    "Well, the ten moves have long passed. Unless you fight for life and death, it will be difficult for you to decide the outcome in a short time."


    "Today''s war, let''s call it a draw."


    Lin shenpo has already spoken, and they naturally dare not.


    Picked up their own flying swords, left the high platform and returned to their seats.


    Meng Zhang secretly called pity.


    I just cultivated the skill of overcoming hardness with softness in the sword formula, and I haven''t understood the back move of combining hardness and softness.


    Otherwise, we will give Zhao jiudou a good look today.

 Chapter 91

    Zhao jiudou returned to his seat with a gloomy face and said nothing.


    Seeing that the atmosphere was wrong, the children of the Zhao family next to them carefully avoided Zhao jiudou''s eyes.


    It was originally for the disciples of the family to save the face of the family.


    Unexpectedly, the boy was so difficult. He is really good at swordsmanship. He can''t help him.


    This move not only didn''t embarrass the boy, but also made a face for him.


    Zhao jiudou didn''t guess wrong. Meng Zhang showed his exquisite swordsmanship. With the weak enemy and the strong, he fought a tie with his cultivation level higher than his own Zhao jiudou. This scene caused a lot of discussion in the eyes of everyone present.


    No one expected that the leader of Taiyi sect, a little-known sect, was so powerful.


    Those monks who did not know Meng Zhang before asked people around him about Meng Zhang''s experience.


    Some monks who had contact with Meng Zhang two days ago, but did not pay enough attention to Meng Zhang and even despised Meng Zhang, were a little regretful at this time.


    There are many vassal forces in Shuangfeng Valley, but there are not many base period friars, and these forces basically have only one or two base period friars as the assassin''s mace of the sect.


    When the friars didn''t take action easily during the foundation period, the friars with perfect Qi refining state were almost the pillars of their respective forces.


    With the combat effectiveness shown by Meng Zhang, he can support the Taiyi gate alone.


    Zhao Dong, who was still gnashing his teeth at Meng Zhang, didn''t get the upper hand when he saw Zhao jiudou. He was worried that he would be angered by Zhao jiudou, and he was somewhat relaxed.


    Lin shenpo waited for the monks below to discuss for a while before he drank softly: "silence."


    After calming down, Lin shenpo began a new round of explanation with the example of Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou.


    Lin shenpo explained clearly the gains and losses of the two men fighting swords from a strategically advantageous position.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou both felt that they had gained a lot. There was no such a fight in vain.


    Zhao jiudou''s originally depressed mood has also become much better.


    The audience was fascinated and immersed.


    After Lin shenpo announced the end of his speech, many people still felt reluctant to part with it. They wanted Lin shenpo to talk for three more days and nights.


    After Lin shenpo finished his lecture, the next program is that Lin Shan sect set up a banquet to entertain all guests.


    Among the guests, friars in the foundation period were naturally received by Xu Yishan himself.


    Lin Shan sect leader Xu Chengxian led them to an open-air banquet place.


    After Xu Chengxian said a lot of nonsense to thank the guests from all parties, the banquet entered the free communication link.


    Guests from all sides walked around the banquet hall and chatted with their colleagues from time to time.


    Meng Zhang at this time was different from when he first came to Linshan.


    A sword fight made him famous. Many people came to greet him and wanted to get to know him.


    Don''t deceive a young man into being poor. Everyone knows.


    Meng Zhang is so young, but he has such accomplishments. He has a great future. As long as you don''t die prematurely, you may even hit the foundation building realm in the future.


    The enthusiasm of the people not only didn''t make Meng Zhang lost, but made him alert.


    From no one cares about it at the beginning to the current customers like clouds, he knows exactly what the reason is.


    Cultivation is the foundation. We must not relax.


    Forced to endure a bit of impatience in his heart, Meng Zhang is still more enthusiastic to communicate with the same way.


    Fortunately, everyone is a cultivator and is still reserved. Even if he is optimistic about Meng Zhang''s future, he will not flatter him now.


    The crowd who gathered around to greet Meng Zhang just wanted to be familiar and have a good relationship.


    It was Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, who took the initiative to introduce Meng Zhang to each other and kept asking whether Meng Zhang''s parents were present, whether they were married or not, and whether they had a lover.


    The skillful hand sect is a sect basically composed of women.


    The disciples of the sect are dexterous and good at needlework. They can weave and sew good magic clothes, cloak, battle armour, etc.


    Many forces around have custom-made Taoist robes at the skillful hand gate.


    Many special clothes and leather armour are even exported to other regions.


    Relying on these products, the skillful sect is a relatively affluent sect.


    Don''t think these women are easy to bully.


    The skill of flying needle of the skillful hand gate is well-known far and near.


    Aunt Jin, the elder in the foundation period of the skillful hand gate, is the only friar in the middle of the foundation period among the many vassals in Shuangfeng valley. She is strong and powerful, and women are not equal to men. Even shuangfenggu should respect her.


    Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, has unique vision and is good at dancing. She is also not a fuel-saving lamp.


    Jin Qigu put on a posture of being a matchmaker for Meng Zhang, which made Meng Zhang a little overwhelmed.


    After chatting for a while, he quickly found an excuse and fled in embarrassment.


    Jin Qigu didn''t chase and beat hard, because she was also entangled by Ruan Xiaodao, leader of the golden Dao sect.


    Meng Zhang managed to leave the crowd. Before he could breathe a sigh of relief, Li Xuan came after him.


    "Headmaster, Li Shengqi has contacted several forces, and they don''t pay much attention to him."


    Meng Zhang has been interested since he found out that Li Shengqi had a secret and was watched by the Zhao family. He told Li Xuan, who was familiar with his head, to pay attention to Li Shengqi''s movements.


    Li Xuan''s words did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    The purpose of Li Shengqi''s contact with these forces is to use external forces to resist the persecution of the Zhao family.


    But he has too little capital. However, the two shops in mingshafang city are still some residual floating wealth.


    Several families with foundation friars don''t see this. In particular, Lin Shan sect has just been beaten by Shuangfeng Valley, and there will be no complications.


    Although the Zhao family did not have a foundation period friar, there were many Qi refining friars. Among the Qi refining sect, they were one of the most powerful.


    If there is no great advantage, which Qi refining sect will be willing to provoke the Zhao family.


    Even the old enemy taiyimen won''t be so hard against the Zhao family. Meng Zhang only paid close attention to it secretly and looked for opportunities to make a move.


    If the opportunity is not appropriate, Meng Zhang will not do it easily.


    "You continue to pay attention to Li Shengqi. You can inquire about his recent situation."


    "All this must be done in the dark. The Zhao family must not find out."


    Li Xuan nodded and obeyed. He was about to leave, his face changed and looked at a group of people coming not far away.


    The leader of the group was an old man who was short, not much taller than the dwarf, with an obscene face and a swertian head.


    The old man is over 50 years old and moves flexibly. Even when walking around on such occasions, he looks around and looks around. He looks like a thief eyebrow mouse.

 Chapter 92

    Meng Zhang noticed the change of Li Xuan''s face and cast an inquiring look.


    Li Xuan restrained his temper and said, "the old thief is Li nu. All the people behind him are his followers."


    Meng Zhang once heard Li Xuan mention Li nu.


    If you want to evaluate this person in one sentence, it is a villain, a real shameless villain.


    Li Nu and a group of monks under him were originally a group of bandits who fled here, but they appeared as ordinary casual monks.


    More than ten years ago, they spent a lot of spirit stones to buy a first-order spirit pulse from Shuangfeng valley. They became a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley and settled down.


    The spiritual pulse where Li Nu and his family settled was just near Li Jiazu''s land.


    Shuangfeng Valley doesn''t look at their strength at all. They can''t curry favor with them if they want to.


    Therefore, Li Nu and others only try their best to curry favor with the Li family.


    Li Nu is not the person''s original name, nor are they surnamed Li. In order to curry favor with the Li family, they all took the initiative to change their surname to Li, who was even named after Li nu. It means that I will always be a servant of the Li family.


    By all means, these people finally curry favor with the Li family and are barely regarded as the peripheral forces of the Li family.


    The Li family, who knows their details, certainly won''t trust them. Just use them as tools to secretly do something inconvenient for the Li family.


    Of course, the Li family, which has a foundation period friar, can safely control these slaves who take the initiative to come to the door. They are not afraid of their careful thinking.


    But more than two years ago, in the chaos of the sand monster, the ancestral land of the Li family was broken by the sand monster, and the Li family was destroyed.


    At this moment, Li Nu turned their faces immediately.


    While the Li family was destroyed and the remaining monks were in chaos, they wantonly embezzled the Li family''s property and mutilated the Li family''s monks.


    Even Li Xuan, if he hadn''t invested in taiyimen in time, he would have almost ruined the poisonous hands of these people.


    If Li Xuan is killed, the mortals under his protection, including his relatives, will be sold as slaves by Li nu.


    Therefore, Li Xuan hated Li Nu and wanted to kill them.


    Meng Zhang also disdains such shameless villains. If the opportunity is right, he doesn''t mind helping Li publicize the evil spirit.


    In Li Xuan''s hostile eyes, the gang walked over and slowly approached Li Shengqi.


    With a flattering smile on his face, Li Nu took the initiative to come to Li Shengqi, nodded and bowed, and looked like he was trying his best to please.


    "Since they betrayed the Li family, Li Nu has completely turned against Li Shengqi and other Li family friars. His behavior now must be a plot against Li Shengqi."


    Li Xuan looked at Li Nu''s actions and made a judgment.


    "Don''t you remind Li Shengqi? Although you have left the Li family now, you should still have some incense feelings." Meng Zhang asked casually.


    "Headmaster, you underestimate Li Shengqi too much. This old fox is cunning. Li Nu can''t deceive him."


    "If Li Nu underestimates Li Shengqi, he will certainly suffer a big loss."


    Li Xuan made his own judgment based on his understanding of both sides.


    On the other side, Li Shengqi first spoke to Li Nu and scolded him fiercely. Li Nu bent down and explained something.


    After a long time, Li Shengqi''s face eased slightly, and Li Nu finally talked normally.


    The party lasted a long time until midnight.


    All the monks who attended the banquet returned to their homes and were ready to leave Linshan tomorrow.


    Li Nu sent a group of his men back to his residence, but he secretly came to the small courtyard where the friars of the Zhao family lived in the dark.


    A friar of the Zhao family had been waiting for him to come and brought him to Zhao Dong.


    "I''ve seen brother Zhao. I don''t know if elder jiudou has rested?"


    Li Nu is much older than Zhao Dong, and his accomplishments are better than him, but he is still humble and flattering in front of Zhao Dong.


    "The elder has rested. If you have anything to say, it''s the same as me." Zhao Dong said coldly.


    As a family friar, he doesn''t look up to such a villain as Li nu. If it weren''t for Zhao jiudou''s order, he didn''t want to have any contact with such people at all.


    Li Nu turned a blind eye to Zhao Dong''s indifference and said respectfully, "I''ve tried my best to win the trust of Li Shengqi."


    "However, the old man has no way to ask for help now, and there are no people available under him. He hasn''t completely turned against the small one. It is estimated that the small one is still useful."


    "Isn''t this nonsense? Who dares to trust you, a villain like you?" Zhao Dong scolded impolitely.


    "Remember, you should always follow Li Shengqi and master his every move."


    "If he has any change, report it immediately without delay."


    "Remember, the small one will not miss the big event."


    Li Nu kept nodding.


    "As long as you are honest, our Zhao family will not treat you badly."


    Considering that Li Nu still needs to work, we should give him some thoughts. After Zhao Dong scolded, he also made a bad check without sincerity.


    "The little one must be willing to work hard for the Zhao family and die."


    "I have a request. I don''t know if I can mention it?"


    Li Nu''s attitude made Zhao Dong in a good mood. So he said patiently, "if you have any requirements, tell them."


    "I want to change my surname to Zhao. I''m willing to be a servant of the Zhao family for generations."


    Li Nu said with great humility.


    "Bah, what a few things, you and his horse also deserve the surname Zhao."


    "Go away, go away quickly. I feel sick when I see you."


    Zhao Dongzhen was disgusted by the villain and kicked him out directly.


    After Li Nu was driven away, Zhao jiudou came out of the back room.


    "Eight elders, this villain is really disgusting. I don''t want to see him anymore." Zhao Dong complained.


    "Don''t underestimate this villain. He is a really smart man. Isn''t the so-called shameless villain a good camouflage?" Zhao jiudou said faintly.


    "You mean, he was just pretending?" Zhao Dong was a little confused.


    "When you fake it, it''s true. When you fake it, it''s true. Who knows?"


    "In short, this man is not simple and can''t be seen through. If there were no other way, I wouldn''t think of using him."


    Zhao jiudou''s words were somewhat helpless.


    Li Shengqi has a big secret. In order to find out this secret, friar Zhao used a lot of means, but they all failed.


    If he hadn''t learned that Li Shengqi was determined and had taken the lock heart pill, the general means of heart reading and soul searching would have no effect on him. I''m afraid friar Zhao would have taken him long ago and tortured him.


    As a last resort, Zhao jiudou had to use circuitous means to slowly achieve his goal.

 Chapter 93

    Zhao jiudou instructed the friars of the Zhao family to press Li Shengqi step by step, as if they were going to drive him to a dead end and kill him.


    But in fact, the Zhao family friar always left a line of room and did not have the idea of murdering Li Shengqi''s life.


    The Zhao family secretly contacted Li nu. With the strength of the Zhao family, they easily let these people bow their heads and use them for the Zhao family.


    When Li Shengqi has no way to ask for help and no one is available, Li Nu and others who take the initiative to come to the door will become the only life-saving straw in his hands.


    Even if he didn''t trust Li Nu and others at all, he had to use them.


    In this way, Li Nu and others will have the opportunity to contact Li Shengqi''s secret and return it to the Zhao family.


    As for whether the development of things can be as expected by the Zhao family, it is unknown.


    Meng Zhang was also interested in the story between Li Shengqi and the Zhao family.


    Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, and a group of monks in the later stage of gas refining are doing hard labor in Mingsha mountain. This is the time when the Zhao family is empty.


    If we can take advantage of this opportunity to hit the Zhao family, even if Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, returns, the pressure on Taiyi gate will be greatly reduced.


    With the evil neighbor Zhao family around, taiyimen can''t be at ease.


    Unfortunately, at present, taiyimen has no effective idle staff to monitor the actions of Li Shengqi and others all the time.


    Thinking about this problem all the way back to the door, Meng Zhang didn''t think of a good way.


    At the same time, Li Shengqi also got rid of the entanglement of the Zhao friars and returned to mingshafang city.


    In mingshafang City, Li Shengqi''s personal safety is at least guaranteed. Not to mention the Zhao family, even those who built Jizong doors did not dare to mess around in mingshafang city.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, in the few days he left, no major events happened in the gate and everything was normal.


    Wang''s father and son have gone to sweet water oasis and are ready to plant Spirit Valley on the newly opened spirit field there.


    Lingcao Linghua consumes more land than Linggu. In order to protect Lingtian, these crops are generally not planted on the newly opened Lingtian.


    However, the original spiritual fields of taiyimen began to plant more spiritual grass and flowers.


    Soon after returning to the gate, a new batch of spirit grass was harvested and a batch of red copper was refined. Meng Zhang simply took these things and went to mingshafang city in person.


    After coming to mingshafang City, Meng Zhang came to a remote shop.


    This small shop is an ordinary grocery store. It buys high and sells low. It collects everything and sells everything.


    We have had many transactions with Shi Weiming, and both sides have established a certain trust. Therefore, Meng ZhangCai was informed of this fixed contact location.


    Meng Zhang came to the grocery store and handed lingcao and red copper to the shopkeeper.


    Lingcao is used to exchange various pills, and red copper is entrusted to help sell.


    I have been in contact with these people for a long time. Meng Zhang also knows something about them.


    The wild alchemist behind them is not alone, but a powerful family.


    This family is well-informed and has a wide range of contacts.


    Meng Zhang has been in contact with them for a long time, and the scope of the transaction between the two sides is not limited to exchanging lingcao for Dan medicine.


    After the red copper ore secretly mined by general Houtu was refined into red copper, Meng Zhang entrusted them to help sell it.


    Although the price is two floors lower than that on the market, it is safe, convenient and secret enough.


    After completing the transaction, Meng Zhang is preparing to leave. Just walked to the door of the shop, old acquaintance Shi Weiming rushed here.


    "Headmaster Meng, I haven''t seen you for a long time. I''m still so charming."


    Meng Zhang has not met Shi Weiming for some time since he knew the contact location and came here directly to trade.


    Shi Weiming and Meng Zhang said politely and went into the shop. They didn''t know what to discuss with the shopkeeper.


    Seeing Shi Weiming, Meng Zhang was moved and simply waited at the door of the shop.


    After a while, Shi Weiming and the shopkeeper came out of the shop.


    Seeing Meng Zhang still here, Shi Weiming was stunned. "Leader Meng, do you have anything else?"


    Meng Zhang nodded. "Is there any quiet place for us to talk?"


    Shi Weiming directly introduced Meng Zhang into the room behind the shop.


    After they sat down, Meng Zhang said, "man, there seems to be a group of hands under your hands?"


    Shi Weiming didn''t answer directly. Instead, he asked, "does leader Meng need someone?"


    "Yes, we need a group of secret people to help monitor a person."


    "I don''t know who leader Meng is watching?" Shi Weiming continued.


    "The object that needs to be monitored is Li Shengqi of the Li family. The friar of the Zhao family is also secretly monitoring him."


    Meng Zhang told the truth without any concealment.


    You can''t hide such things from others. You can''t hide anything if you want others to help.


    "As long as the man is willing to help, this seat will certainly not treat the man badly."


    "How much spirit stone does it cost, man? Just quote."


    Shi Weiming pondered for a moment and refused Meng Zhang''s request.


    "We are just doing business with peace of mind. We have no will or ability at all. We are involved in the grievances of the local Xiuzhen forces."


    Meng Zhang was a little disappointed by Shi Weiming''s refusal.


    He was really curious about what happened between Li Shengqi and the Zhao family friar. But taiyimen is really understaffed. Only the thick soil generals and themselves can use it.


    However, the thick soil general has to take care of the sweet water oasis and secretly exploit the red copper mine. It is really difficult to conduct comprehensive monitoring by yourself.


    After all, he is an old customer who has dealt with many times. Although Shi Weiming refused Meng Zhang, he still pointed out a bright way for Meng Zhang.


    "Has leader Meng ever heard of the black market?"


    "We once had a shopping experience in the black market of huojingfang city."


    Meng Zhang nodded.


    In fact, after that shopping, Meng Zhang also went to the black market in huojingfang twice. The main purpose is to see if the red copper ore secretly mined by the big general Houtu can be sold on the black market.


    Unfortunately, the black market is too ruthless, which makes Meng Zhang unacceptable.


    The red copper in his hand is not stolen goods. It''s not for selling stolen goods. Why should he be exploited by the black market?


    In the black market, if he did nothing, he wanted to share more than half of the harvest. Meng Zhang certainly wouldn''t agree, so he gave up the idea of selling on the black market.


    In order to avoid exposing the red copper in your hands, you should be a little troublesome and sell the red copper in small quantities for many times.


    Later, after getting familiar with Shi Weiming and others, Meng Zhang simply handed over the refined red copper to them to help sell. Their achievements are more fair, far less fierce than the black market.

 Chapter 94

    Meng Zhang knew that Shi Weiming would not mention the black market for no reason.


    "In the black market, in addition to selling all kinds of items of unknown origin, it also acts as an intermediary to provide some services such as espionage and assassination."


    "Of course, the black market generally provides these services only for old customers."


    "If leader Meng is interested in this, Shi is willing to provide guarantee for leader Meng so that leader Meng can enjoy these services."


    Shi Weiming explained Meng Zhang in detail.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the black market had these businesses in addition to sitting on the ground to collect stolen goods and sell prohibited goods. The black market is really big.


    In the Sihai building of mingshafang City, many missions are also issued to monks.


    These tasks are basically related to escort, exploration, planting, etc. These tasks are legitimate and visible.


    Taiyimen and the Zhao family are both vassals of shuangfenggu. It is obviously not suitable for everyone to know the secret struggle between them.


    Meng Zhang wants to monitor Li Shengqi, which is a very private thing and can not be easily exposed.


    If the black market business is large and there is no problem in confidentiality, it can be used.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and asked Shi Weiming as a guarantee to let the black market provide these services.


    After talking, Shi Weiming and Meng Zhang left mingshafang city and rushed to huojingfang city.


    The scale of mingshafang city is too small to accommodate the black market. The black market related businesses in the surrounding areas are basically concentrated in huojingfang city.


    Without words all the way, they spent a few days before they came to huojingfang city.


    After entering the square city, Shi Weiming came to a quiet alley with Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang traded on the black market last time and later came into contact with the black market, he basically knew nothing about the internal situation of the black market. Every time you want to touch the black market, you need someone to lead the way.


    Shi Weiming is obviously a regular guest of the black market. He directly leads Meng Zhang into a nearby room and then into a tunnel in the room.


    After walking in the tunnel for a long time, they got into a wide hall.


    In the hall, there are several tables and chairs, and several old people are dealing with some paperwork there.


    Shi Weiming took Meng Zhang and walked to an old man.


    "Old Li, I''m bothering you again this time."


    Li Lao, who was buried in handling the paperwork, looked up at them.


    "Your boy doesn''t stop at the three treasures hall. What''s the matter this time?"


    "Old Li, I want to make a guarantee for head Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect and make him a regular guest."


    Shi Weiming has no nonsense and directly explains his intention.


    Instead of talking, Li took out a book and flipped it quickly.


    "Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, has a trading record in the black market before. He is a tourist."


    "With the guarantee of your regular customer, you can also be promoted to a regular customer."


    "Headmaster Meng, please give me the keepsake you got in the black market last time."


    Li Lao said to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang gave the jade amulet he got in the black market last time to the other party.


    Next, Mr. Li led Meng Zhang to several places in a row and completed a series of procedures.


    After completing all the formalities, Li Lao handed Meng Zhang a brand-new jade amulet as a keepsake.


    With this token, wherever there is a black market, Meng Zhang can directly enter the black market with this token.


    Moreover, this jade talisman indicating Meng Zhang''s identity has higher authority than the previous jade talisman.


    In the process of going through these formalities, Mr. Li introduced a lot about the black market to Meng Zhang.


    Black market customers are divided into several levels.


    Like Meng Zhang in the past, he had transactions in the black market, which was the lowest level of tourists.


    Tourists can be upgraded if they have completed a specified number of transactions or have a higher level of customer guarantee.


    Above the tourists is Meng Zhang''s current level, regular visitors.


    On top of regular customers, there are familiar customers like Shi Weiming.


    On top of regular customers, there are old customers. As for whether it is still a higher level, Li didn''t tell Meng Zhang.


    Different levels of customers have different rights in the black market and can enjoy different levels of services.


    For example, Meng Zhang used to be a tourist, so he could only shop in the black market or sell goods to the black market.


    Now as a regular customer, you can enjoy a higher level of service.


    After Meng Zhang went through the formalities and became a regular visitor to the black market, Shi Weiming left.


    Obviously, he doesn''t want to know Meng Zhang''s next trip.


    Meng Zhang came to a hall with the jade amulet in his hand.


    In front of the hall sat a fat old man. Behind the old man is a small room with closed partitions.


    Meng Zhang walked up to the old man and saluted.


    "Ten inferior spirit stones in half an hour. If it is less than half an hour, it will be charged according to half an hour."


    Meng Zhang nodded. With a wave of his hand, the old man automatically opened the door of a small room behind him.


    Meng Zhang went into the small room. It is very narrow inside. There is only a back chair. Opposite the chair, there is a bright light curtain.


    Meng Zhang sat on the chair and faced the light curtain. He stretched out his finger and gently clicked on the light curtain. The light curtain began to roll up and refresh the information one by one.


    What is directly displayed on the light screen is only the title of the information. Click the title again to see the specific content of the information.


    If you want to release information, directly put the spirit stone into the light curtain, you can write and draw on it.


    The more content you write, the more spirit stones you need to consume.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to release information, but casually opened a few messages and looked at them slowly.


    The information inside is diverse and covers a wide range.


    For example, the title of a message is to buy Centennial jade ginseng. After opening, it is the requirement for the jade ginseng. It has good appearance and intact roots


    If Meng Zhang now has a hundred year old ginseng for sale that agrees with the other party''s requirements, he can attach his own bid behind this information.


    The two sides bargain in this way. After reaching a transaction, the black market will act as an intermediary for the transaction.


    Of course, the black market will draw a certain spirit stone as a reward.


    A message titled assassinating the nine enemies of refining Qi floated in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang opened it casually, and there was an introduction to the enemy''s identity, as well as information about the magic tools that this person often used, the cultivation skills and the spells he was good at.


    Finally, it is the reward, 500 pieces of spirit stone.


    If the person who sees this message takes over the task, the message will disappear.


    Then go to complete the task and succeed in the assassination, and you can get your own reward through the black market.


    Meng Zhang read a lot of information in a row, and there was a lot of content in it.


    There are still a lot of information about tracking someone, monitoring someone, seriously wounding someone and even killing someone.

 Chapter 95

    Meng Zhang read a lot of information in a row and probably understood the operation mode and trading mode of the black market.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang put in three inferior spirit stones and wrote on the light curtain.


    Title: the difficult surveillance task requires three professionals.


    The content inside requires three professionals who are proficient in skills such as lurking, tracking and monitoring. Their accomplishments should be at least in the middle of gas refining, and preferably not lower than the six aspects of gas refining.


    Mission objective: to monitor a friar with six levels of Qi refining. The friar is crafty and alert.


    In addition, the surveillance target is monitored by other monks at the same time. The whole monitoring process must not be detected by other monks.


    Employment time, one month.


    Employment remuneration, 100 inferior spirit stones per person.


    Note: if you don''t have enough strength and skills, please don''t harass. If the task fails or is exposed halfway, you need to pay ten times the employer''s employment expenses.


    After writing, these contents disappear on the light curtain. Then the title written by Meng Zhang began to flow above the light curtain.


    Meng Zhang quietly waited for others to reply after reading the information.


    In the waiting time, he casually opened the headlines on the light curtain and read them to kill time.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully about what he had just written.


    You can hire friars in the later stage of gas refining with the reward of 100 inferior spirit stones per month. Ordinary friars in the middle of Qi refining can''t earn so many spirit stones at all.


    As for the employment of only one month, it is because Meng Zhang is only prepared to invest so much time in this matter.


    If a month''s follow-up and monitoring have no results, Meng Zhang has to give up.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang cannot leave the sect and delay outside for too long.


    As for the compensation clauses, we can get rid of the incompetent goods. Only the friars with real skills dare to agree to these compensation terms and earn high spiritual stone remuneration.


    After watching the light curtain for a while, Meng Zhang was also an eye opener.


    Among these information, there is the task of hiring monks to spy on the internal intelligence of some Xiuzhen forces.


    Time passed so slowly. Meng Zhang waited for almost half an hour before he got a reply to his message.


    In reply to the above content, we agreed on a time for both sides to meet in the black market.


    Meng Zhang left the hut and went out.


    Throw 20 inferior spirit stones to the old man outside. Meng Zhang goes to the agreed place.


    The place where the two sides agreed to meet is also located in the black market.


    Meng Zhang turned for a long time and came to an independent big house.


    There are already four people waiting there in the room.


    In the middle of the big room is a long table.


    The three stood side by side on one side of the long table. In the middle of the long table stood the middleman of the black market. Meng Zhang walked to the other side of the long table.


    "Just call me a dark horse."


    "My name is squirrel."


    "I am the last shadow."


    The three introduced themselves.


    The three people''s looks are very ordinary. They throw them into the crowd and can''t recognize them at once.


    Jue Ying is an ordinary looking woman. Dark horse is a middle-aged man. The squirrel is a small old man.


    Meng Zhang knew that there was also the art of changing faces in the cultivation world.


    Compared with the art of changing faces on earth, the art of changing faces in the cultivation world is countless times better. It belongs to the more practical skill among the hundred arts of cultivating truth.


    The change of appearance in the cultivation world includes various spells, illusions, forging, pills and so on.


    The three people in front of us obviously have deep attainments in cosmetic surgery.


    Even those in the foundation period, if they don''t pay attention, it''s difficult to see through their face changing technique.


    Their images in front of people, including appearance, body shape, height, voice, and even cultivation, may all be false.


    Entering the big room, Meng Zhang habitually broke the false magic eye and looked at the three people opposite.


    Although he did not completely see through the disguise of the three, Meng Zhang still touched the details of the three.


    When they were watched by Meng Zhang''s false magic eyes, they knew nothing except if Jue Ying felt it.


    These three people obviously know each other and should have cooperated.


    Dark horse directly represented the three and negotiated with Meng Zhang.


    After a conversation, the three black horses said they had no objection.


    Then, under the supervision of the black market middleman, the two sides reached an agreement.


    Meng Zhang took out 330 inferior spirit stones and handed them to the middleman in the black market.


    After the three finished their task, they received payment from the black market middleman. The extra 30 inferior spirit stones are drawn for black market transactions.


    After the three and Meng Zhang agreed on the time and place to meet, they separated.


    Meng Zhang continued to stroll around the black market and found nothing of interest, so he left the black market.


    After leaving the black market, Meng Zhang visited huojingfang again and added some common items.


    Huojingfang city is far more prosperous than mingshafang City, and all kinds of goods are very complete. It''s too far from Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang can''t come often.


    After shopping, Meng Zhang rode on the wind chasing pony and returned to mingshafang city.


    After returning to mingshafang City, Meng Zhang found a hotel to stay in.


    For the next month, he will stay in mingshafang city to facilitate the next action.


    After two days in the middle of mingshafang City, Meng Zhang met the three dark horses in an agreed teahouse.


    Meng Zhang introduced Li Shengqi''s various situations, Li Nu around him and the Zhao family friar who was secretly watching.


    After completing the task, Meng Zhang left the teahouse.


    As for how to allocate manpower and how to complete tasks, it is the work of the three dark horses.


    For the sake of confidentiality, next, the three try not to have direct contact with Meng Zhang.


    In the process of monitoring Li Shengqi, if there is any harvest, dark horse and other talents will notify Meng Zhang with a messenger.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the hotel, he devoted himself to cultivation.


    The aura environment of the hotel courtyard that spent a lot of money next month is no worse than that of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang cultivates in it and doesn''t need to spend extra spirit stone.


    In addition to cultivation, Meng Zhang occasionally wandered around in mingshafang city.


    Half a month later, there was no news from the three dark horses.


    If you don''t believe in the professionalism of the three, you may think that the three are hiding somewhere to be lazy.


    In this half month, although there was no harvest in Li Shengqi, Meng Zhang was lucky. He successfully picked up a leak in the ghost city and earned a lot of spirit stones.


    It was precisely because of the cost of this operation that the wallet, which was much shriveled, was replenished.


    Of course, what Meng Zhang expected more was that his good luck could fall on Li Shengqi''s side and harvest as soon as possible.

 Chapter 96

    He converted to the sun moon rotation Sutra, and his cultivation entered Qi refining. Some time ago, Meng Zhang gave priority to cultivating earth hiding, but he didn''t take this matter into account.


    During his stay in mingshafang City, he began to practice these mysteries.


    His first choice was to refine the true fire of the sun and the true water of the Taiyin.


    During the day, under the midday sun, endure the scorching sun and absorb the most violent heat. After being incorporated into the body, it is refined by secret method.


    It takes a full ten days to extract a ray of real fire from the sun.


    Under the bright moon at night, absorb the icy Yin Qi, and then refine it with a secret method.


    It takes ten nights to condense a drop of Taiyin water.


    The true fire of the sun and the true water of the Taiyin are not only powerful in themselves, but also play an important role in many aspects, including refining utensils and elixirs.


    During Meng Zhang''s retreat, there was no movement on Li Shengqi''s side. Li Xuan, who first returned to Taiyi gate, also came to the door at this time.


    Originally, because this was an action against Li Shengqi, Meng Zhang was also worried about Li Xuan''s embarrassment, so he didn''t call him.


    When Li Xuan saw Meng Zhang, after listening to Meng Zhang''s story, he was not embarrassed at all. Instead, he volunteered to inquire about the news.


    In the twinkling of an eye, a month was about to pass. The three people who monitored Li Shengqi did not send any information. Li Xuan didn''t get any useful information through his own news channels.


    Just when Meng Zhang thought he had failed this time, things quietly took a turn for the better.


    When he was in mingshafang City, Li Shengqi lived in a grocery store of the Li family.


    Some time ago, the Li family perished. In the chaos, the grocery store was also looted by the rest of the Li family.


    Li Shengqi guarded the empty shop and had neither capital nor heart to run it.


    Shuangfenggu''s vassal force, even if the shops in mingshafang city are closed for business, they must pay taxes every year. Unless the store is transferred to others, the tax will be paid by the person who takes over the store.


    During this time, many people came to the door to persuade Li Shengqi to change hands on the shop, but he refused.


    Even in the face of the threat from the Zhao family friar, he didn''t let go.


    Every day, Li Shengqi stays in this shop and doesn''t leave at all except occasionally going out to buy some daily necessities.


    This makes it easier for those who spy on him.


    Recently, in addition to the occasional door-to-door person who wants to persuade Li Shengqi to change hands, Li Nu is the only villain who comes to greet him every day with a very respectful attitude.


    Li Shengqi''s attitude towards Li Nu is always neither hot nor cold. Apart from a few nonsense, he doesn''t say more useful words.


    The monks of the Zhao family, who were hiding in secret surveillance, had begun to feel impatient. There is no progress at all. It''s just a waste of time.


    In fact, Li Shengqi, who seems to live leisurely every day, also encountered trouble.


    Li station, which is highly expected by Li Shengqi and regarded as the hope of revitalizing the Li family, brought a letter to Li Shengqi through secret channels.


    In the letter, Li Zhan hoped that Li Shengqi would do his best to buy defensive and summoning talismans, and then try to give them to him secretly.


    When Li Shengqi received this message, he was very angry.


    What Li station is doing now is a major event related to the future of the Li family and whether the Li family can be rebuilt.


    Li Shengqi took the lock heart pill voluntarily and stayed in mingshafang city in order to attract the eyes of the coveted people, especially the Zhao family, so that Li could stand there smoothly.


    Now Li Zhan sent this letter through secret channels, but there is still a risk of exposure.


    Once the situation at Li station is exposed, the Li family will have no hope anymore. All the sacrifices made by Li Shengqi himself have no meaning at all.


    The heart is angry. Li station''s requirements should be met as much as possible. I think he wouldn''t risk sending a letter to himself if he didn''t have to.


    Li Shengqi thought for a long time in the shop before he had a plan.


    The three dark horses were really powerful. They not only mastered Li Shengqi''s every move, but also monitored the Zhao friar who secretly monitored Li Shengqi.


    After hearing the story of dark horse, Meng Zhang fell into meditation.


    "Li Shengqi can''t trust Li nu. What he told Li Nu to do should be a cover up to distract the Zhao family."


    Li Xuan first gave his judgment.


    "Shall we continue to follow Li Shengqi?" the dark horse asked.


    "With Li Shengqi''s cunning, he should know that no matter how disguised he is, he can''t hide from the eyes of the watchers. His actions are somewhat deliberate," Li Xuan continued.


    Li Xuan is familiar with the Li family and understands Li Shengqi. His words are of great reference value.


    "These days, Li Shengqi has never been anywhere except to Feihong building and Sihai building."


    "It seems that the key to the problem is what he did in Feihong building."


    Similarly, Meng Zhang, who is not stupid, pointed out the key to the matter.


    Feihong building is the industry of Feihong sect. As the overlord of a large area around, Feihong sect is heaven and earth here.


    Even if the three of the dark horses have done more black work, they have always been lawless and dare not easily offend the tiger power of Feihong sect.

 Chapter 97

    In the silence, Li Xuanxian spoke.


    "Headmaster, Li Shengqi, who had been silent for a long time, suddenly took this action for no reason. I''ll ask again to see what happened."


    After Meng Zhang nodded, Li Xuan left.


    Meng Zhang pondered for a moment before he said, "in order to make all things right, dark horse and squirrel should continue to follow Li Shengqi."


    "If the road is delayed for more than a month, you can give up the task and go to the black market to get your reward."


    After hearing this, the black horse and the squirrel left without saying a word.


    After they left, Meng Zhang said to Jue Ying, "what do you want to say?"


    It turned out that when everyone was silent just now, jueying secretly sent a message to Meng Zhang. She wanted to talk to him privately and said that she might have a way to find out the internal situation of Feihong building.


    "I have a special channel to inquire about Li Shengqi''s behavior in Feihong building."


    "However, I can''t contribute in vain. The agreement we reached in advance does not contain the content of provoking Feihong building."


    Jue Ying said coldly.


    "Why, do you want to raise the price temporarily? Do you want me to pay extra?"


    Jueying didn''t directly answer Meng Zhang''s question, but asked, "it''s said that leader Meng practices Shaoyang Qigong, a Yang attribute skill. I don''t know if he can refine Shaoyang real fire?"


    Meng Zhang''s practice of Shaoyang Qigong is not a secret. You can easily find out.


    However, after revising the sun moon rotation Sutra, he deliberately kept it secret.


    When he shot outside, he showed the sun Qi and hid the Taiyin Qi.


    Sun Qi is very similar to Shaoyang Qi. The former can be regarded as an upgraded version of the latter.


    Most people will only think that his Shaoyang Qi is very pure and powerful when it is used. Only a few people with good eyesight can recognize that it is the true Qi of the sun.


    As for the Taiyin Qi in the body, no one can see it as long as Meng Zhang doesn''t take the initiative.


    "Yes, I practice Shaoyang Qigong, and I have condensed the true fire of Shaoyang. What''s the problem?" Meng Zhang said seemingly indifferently.


    "As long as leader Meng promises me to use Shaoyang Qi once in the future and do me a favor, I can give you the information you need."


    Jue Ying''s tone is very sincere.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and was dissatisfied with Jue Ying''s behavior of looting and temporarily raising prices.


    However, under the current circumstances, he has no way to get the information he needs except Jue Ying.


    "Is it dangerous to help? Is it evil?" Meng Zhang asked.


    "It''s not dangerous to help, and it''s a good thing to help others, not a bad thing." Jue Ying quickly replied.


    "Well, I promise you." Meng Zhang was forced to let go, but wrote down a pen secretly.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s reply, Jue Ying got up and left.


    "There are only you and me here, and there is no witness from the middleman. Are you not afraid that we will promise now and renege on our debts in the future?"


    Meng Zhang suddenly said.


    "No one has ever dared to deny the debt owed to Jue Ying." Jue Ying had an unspeakable confidence in his words.


    Meng Zhang really wanted to slap her, a waste residue in the middle of gas refining, and dared to pretend Boye in front of him.


    If it wasn''t for her now, Meng Zhang wanted to teach her a lesson and let her know that you can''t pretend to be Boye in front of anyone. Pretending to be Boye is to be struck by thunder.


    After Jue Ying left, Meng Zhang also returned to his hotel.


    In the evening, Li Xuan, who had been busy for most of the day, returned to the hotel somewhat tired.


    Most of the hard work was not in vain. Li Xuan brought important news.


    The day before yesterday, a messenger avoided all the watchers and secretly handed over a letter to Li Shengqi.


    No wonder Li Shengqi made a move later. It turned out that he received a letter.


    Almost at the same time, the Zhao family also heard the news.


    Since Li Shengqi took the initiative to order Li Nu the day before yesterday, Zhao jiudou, who received the news, personally rushed to mingshafang city.


    "No wonder Li Shengqi moved. It seems that he had to move after receiving this letter."


    Zhao jiudou also made this judgment.


    Zhao jiudou and Meng Zhang made roughly the same judgment on Li Shengqi.


    Along the way, Li Nu should be a distraction.


    However, in order to prevent Li Shengqi from playing the trick of truth, falsehood and falsehood, even if this may be small, Zhao jiudou asked Li Nu to do it according to Li Shengqi''s instructions, and arranged for the Zhao family''s children to follow behind secretly.


    Anyway, there are many friars in the Zhao family, not as understaffed as Meng Zhang.


    Zhao jiudou is also very concerned about Li Shengqi''s actions in Feihong building.


    Unfortunately, the Zhao family has neither channels nor courage to directly inquire into the internal situation of Feihong building.


    As a last resort, Zhao jiudou only focused on Li Shengqi.


    Friar Zhao secretly followed Li Shengqi to leave mingshafang city and kept an eye on him all the way.


    According to the Zhao family''s contacts in mingshafang City, Zhao jiudou visited many good friars to see if he could inquire from the side.


    The Zhao family did not plot against Feihong building, but just wanted to know Li Shengqi''s actions. This is what Zhao jiudou said in front of these friars.


    When the Zhao family friar took action, Meng Zhang and Li Xuan were still waiting in the hotel.


    In addition to arranging the dark horse and the gray mouse to secretly track Li Shengqi, they can''t do much. They have to wait for the news of the Jue Ying.


    Jue Ying did not disappoint Meng Zhang. After midnight, she came to the hotel where Meng Zhang stayed.


    Li Xuan welcomed the shadow into the courtyard and came to Meng Zhang.


    "Li Shengqi entrusted a caravan of Feihong building to take a box to a designated place."


    Jueying didn''t have a word of nonsense. He directly told the news that he had worked hard to find out.


    "Do you know which caravan it is, the departure time of the caravan, and the route of the caravan?"


    Meng Zhang asked several questions at once.


    Jue Ying nodded.


    "I have explored all the information."


    With the information of jueying, Meng Zhang should be able to find his goal and know Li Shengqi''s ultimate goal as long as he tracks the caravan.


    However, tracking the caravan of Feihong building is still very risky.


    The caravans of Feihong building often have strong escort force, high vigilance and always pay attention to the surrounding situation. And once Meng Zhang exposed his whereabouts and let the caravan guard of Feihong building find himself, the whole Taiyi gate will be in big trouble.


    For a moment, Meng Zhang did not speak, but felt a little embarrassed.


    But he would never want to give up.


    Not to mention the time spent and the spirit stone spent, but also the curiosity in his heart, made him want to know what the hell Li Shengqi was doing, and why did the Zhao family keep staring at him?

 Chapter 98

    Probably seeing Meng Zhang''s mind, Jue Ying said, "I can track the caravan. You just need to follow the marks I left all the way."


    Meng Zhang looked at Jue Ying a little wary and thought she would put forward new conditions again.


    Jue Ying understood Meng Zhang''s eyes and took the initiative to explain, "this time I''m free. It''s as compensation for the previous temporary increase in conditions."


    "I just hope you can do your best when you help in the future."


    After hearing jueying''s words, Meng Zhang''s perception of her became much better.


    After thinking about it, he decided to do it according to the way of Jue Ying.


    After the two sides discussed how to contact, jueying took the initiative to leave.


    According to jueying, the caravan will start when the weather is not clear, and it also needs to be prepared early.


    After the shadow left, Li Xuan asked, "leader, is there really no problem? Is this woman trustworthy?"


    Meng Zhang made a decision, of course, not on impulse, but after careful consideration.


    According to Li Shengqi''s behavior analysis, both Li Nu''s way and Li Shengqi''s own way are just a cover to distract outsiders'' attention.


    The main purpose of Meng Zhang''s intervention in this matter is to destroy the Zhao family''s plot against Li Shengqi and find out Li Shengqi''s secret, which is the most critical step. Only then can we advance and retreat freely.


    According to jueying''s information, Li Shengqi''s secret is mostly related to the caravan of Feihong building.


    As for whether Jue Ying is trustworthy, Meng Zhang believes that with the black market as an intermediary, Jue Ying cannot harm his employer.


    The black market is powerful and has a good reputation. Meng Zhang believes not in jueying, but in the black market as an intermediary.


    According to the prior agreement with Jue Ying, she secretly left various marks along the way.


    Meng Zhang found these marks and followed Li Xuanyuan far behind.


    Meng Zhang and Li Xuan rode on the wind chasing foal, and their speed was not fast. They deliberately controlled their speed to avoid being too close to the caravan.


    Along the way, it took two days. They have been moving towards the north, and there are no accidents on the road.


    The message on the messenger is to Meng Zhang and them to meet in front.


    Meng Zhang urged the wind chasing foal under his crotch and galloped all the way. Before long, I saw the shadow standing quietly under a sand dune in front of me.


    Meng Zhang and others stopped beside Jue Ying. Before Meng Zhang could speak, Jue Ying poured beans out of a bamboo tube and said everything.


    It turned out that jueying followed the caravan all the way and secretly monitored its every move.


    Last night, after the caravan set up camp, the caravan manager left the caravan, met a stranger at the foot of a barren mountain, and then gave him a storage bag.


    After the steward of the chamber of Commerce returned to the caravan, the man who received the storage bag also left in another direction.


    Jue Ying gave up tracking the caravan and followed the man.


    After a night of secret tracking, the man entered a cave in front of him before dawn.


    So Jue Ying left there and sent a message to Meng Zhang and them in this place.


    After hearing the story of jueying, Meng Zhang understood Li Shengqi''s calculation.


    The old guy used a cover up to distract the watchers, but he hired the caravan of Feihong building to help him deliver his goods.


    In this area, no one dares to make the idea of feihonglou caravan.


    Even if the watcher tried to find out the news, the person receiving the goods would have left long ago and could not be tracked at all.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang was very satisfied with Jue Ying.


    Jueying heard the news in time and didn''t miss the caravan.


    After the caravan steward handed over the goods, he knew to give up tracking the caravan and keep up with the real goal in time.


    Jue Ying, although a woman, is really capable.


    Now taiyimen is short of such talents.


    In his heart, Meng Zhang had the intention of soliciting. Some of Meng Zhang''s disagreements with jueying disappeared.


    However, Meng Zhang did not rashly open his mouth to attract Jue Ying. The time is not ripe yet, and the solicitation is bound to fail.


    For the time being, Meng Zhang put aside the matter of attracting the Jedi shadow. Meng Zhang said, "lead the way ahead and show us the cave you said."


    Jue Ying nodded and walked ahead, leading Meng Zhang and Li Xuan to the foot of a hill.


    There are countless hills like this in the surrounding area and nothing remarkable. If it were not for the Jedi shadow to lead the way, Meng Zhang would never have thought that there would be another mystery in this hill.


    Jue Ying pointed to the front, "there is a secret entrance and exit where the yellow sand covers it."


    "The entrance and exit is very hidden, and there is no magic prohibition. It is purely the construction of mortals."


    Meng Zhang nodded. If he didn''t use spell prohibition, there would be no mana fluctuation and no Reiki leakage. It''s really a good way to keep secrets.


    Meng Zhang showed his eye of breaking delusion and looked at the place pointed by Jue Ying.


    Buried in the yellow sand, there is indeed a stone portal. Behind the portal, there is a deep channel, which can''t see the bottom.


    After confirming that there was no trap behind the portal, Meng Zhang went directly and released the flying sword. With one sword, he cut through the stone portal and exposed the deep channel inside.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and walked into the channel. Li Xuan followed and went in.


    Having completed the task, Jue Ying, who should have left, didn''t know what he thought, and followed him into the channel.


    The passage was dark without any light. And this passage goes deep underground, and I don''t know how long it is.


    The cultivators have more or less a little night vision ability, but the three are not affected by the environment.


    At each distance, Meng Zhang would first show his eyes to break the delusion and observe the front to avoid encountering ambushes and traps.


    All the way around, twists and turns, walked for a long time, did not encounter any accidents. I don''t know how deep this passage is and when it will reach the end.


    A painful groan came from the front. Meng Zhang looked carefully. A man fell down in the front channel and lay motionless on the ground.


    The man looked faint and could not move at all except for a moan or two from time to time.


    After confirming that it was not a trap, the three came to the man.


    Li Xuan always felt that this person was familiar, but he couldn''t see clearly in the dark.


    He performed the art of light, and a bright light lit up in the palm of his hand. Raised to the man''s head, he almost screamed.

 Chapter 99

    "Zhang Zhanlin, why are you here and how did you get hurt?"


    Although Li Xuan lowered his voice, it was hard to hide the emotion of surprise and anger.


    So this person is Zhang Zhanlin. Meng Zhang thought.


    After Li Xuan joined taiyimen, he basically spoke out about his past in the Li family.


    Zhang Zhanlin was originally the son of Li Xuan''s old friend.


    The old friend escaped from a treasure hunt many years ago when he was seriously injured. Before he died, he entrusted his only son Zhang Zhanlin to his life and death friend Li Xuan.


    Li Xuan regarded Zhang Zhanlin as if he had come out, and always brought him around for cultivation.


    After many years together, their feelings became deeper and deeper, as if they were real father and son.


    When Li Xuan was the shopkeeper in mingshafang City, Zhang Zhanlin was his most powerful man.


    After the Li family was killed by the sand monster, Li Xuan was worried about his family and took the initiative to return to the Li family.


    Before leaving, he asked Zhang Zhanlin, who had always wanted to follow him, to stay and take care of the store.


    It was a long time since Li Xuan found his family, got into trouble again, and finally went to taiyimen.


    After settling down his family, Li Xuan also went to mingshafang city to find Zhang Zhanlin.


    But Zhang Zhanlin and some Li family members disappeared mysteriously. No matter how Li Xuan inquired, there was no news at all.


    Originally, Li Xuan thought that Zhang Zhanlin, like the Li family, had been secretly destroyed by the Li family''s enemies.


    Li Xuan was also very sad and regretted that he should not have arranged Zhang Zhanlin in Li''s shop.


    Li Xuan didn''t expect to meet Zhang Zhanlin again in this place.


    Looking at Zhang Zhanlin whose life is hanging on the line, Li Xuan''s heart is like a knife, and he regrets very much.


    Zhang Zhanlin has no strength to answer Li Xuan''s questions. His mind has been blurred, leaving only some instinctive reactions.


    Zhang Zhanlin was pale without the slightest blood color. A big hole was pierced in the abdomen, revealing the internal organs. And there are several key points on his body that have been pierced before and after.


    It seems that Zhang Zhanlin was not only seriously injured, but also injured for a long time, but he has not been treated.


    Meng Zhang hesitated a little, then took out a jade bottle and took out a green pill the size of a pea.


    Meng Zhang and Shi Weiming traded pills for a long time. In addition to exchanging some pills for disciples to improve their cultivation, they also exchanged some pills for healing in case of need.


    This vitality pill is one of the most valuable.


    Meng Zhang put the true Qi into the vitality pill, and the vitality pill immediately turned into a green smoke. With Zhang Zhanlin''s weak breath, it entered his mouth and nose, and then the drug quickly spread all over his body.


    A strong vitality rose in Zhang Zhanlin, temporarily hanging his dying life.


    Although he is not a professional spiritual doctor, there are many contents related to medical skills in the inheritance of Meng Zhang. There are still some ways to simply bandage the injury.


    Meng Zhang was about to start. Jue Ying said, "I''d better come. I''m good at dealing with this kind of injury."


    After knowing each other for a period of time, Meng Zhang also had a certain trust in jueying and let her show it.


    Jue Ying doesn''t talk big. She has good healing methods. Obviously, she has certain attainments in medicine, medicine and other aspects of cultivating truth.


    She was experienced and skilled, but with a few simple movements and several pills, she wrapped Zhang Zhanlin up and stabilized his injury.


    When they met Zhang Zhanlin, a seriously injured person, the three did not rush forward, but stopped temporarily to observe his situation.


    After medication, Zhang Zhanlin''s situation began to improve obviously. The injury began to recover and he fell into a deep sleep.


    After more than half an hour, Zhang Zhanlin also slowly woke up.


    When Zhang Zhanlin woke up, he saw Li Xuan in front of him and thought he was dreaming.


    After a while, Zhang Zhanlin was fully conscious.


    Seeing that Zhang Zhanlin was very weak, jueying fed him a bottle of potion and counted on him to cheer Zhang Zhanlin up.


    "You''d better make a long story short. He''s going to sleep again and recover from his injury."


    After hearing the reminder of Jue Ying, Li Xuangu couldn''t catch up with the past and asked Zhang Zhanlin to briefly tell what happened here.


    As Zhang Zhanlin''s weak voice sounded, what happened after he and Li Xuan separated slowly appeared in front of everyone.


    The Li family was exterminated by the sand monster. After the initial chaos, someone in the Li family finally stood up and presided over the overall situation.


    Li Shengqi was originally the deputy of the elder who was responsible for spying on foreign intelligence in the Li family. Although his cultivation was only six times of refining Qi, he was very skillful.


    Facing the situation that the Li family was pushed down by the wall, Li Shengqi knew that it was impossible for the Li family to rebuild here.


    Only when the Li family leave here and fly away can they have the opportunity to rebuild the Li family.


    Many powerful spiritual families like the Li family have a long history, and their ancestors will bury some dark hands.


    After the decline of the family in the future, these dark hands will play a role to keep the inheritance of the family.


    The dark hand left by the ancestors of the Li family built a secret treasure house here for future generations in case the family would make a comeback after being robbed.


    Such secrets, of course, are strictly kept secret to most of the people, and only spread among a very small number of people at the top of the family.


    Unfortunately, the demise of the Li family was too sudden. In the face of the siege of the sand monster, no one at the top of the family survived.


    Li Shengqi also learned the secret by chance.


    Li Shengqi knew that his goal was too big to escape the pursuit of the Zhao family.


    So he arranged for his son Li Zhan and some of his people to disappear mysteriously and stay in the light to attract the attention of the Zhao family and buy time for Li Zhan.


    Li station, they should seize the opportunity to take the treasures from the family''s Secret Library, and then immediately fly away from the sight of the Zhao family.


    Unfortunately, the family treasure house is guarded by a second-order puppet.


    Li Zhan, if they can''t take out the keepsake inherited by the family, they can''t control the puppet.


    The puppet has no intelligence, but knows to act according to the preset instructions.


    The puppet''s mission is to guard the treasure house and kill all those who want to steal the treasure.


    In desperation, Li Zhan and others had to forcibly besiege the puppets.


    The second-order puppets have the combat effectiveness of the foundation period. Of course, puppets without wisdom are probably not the opponents of those who practice truth in the foundation period. But he has the strength of crushing a group of small friars in the last gas refining period.


    Fortunately, Li Zhan and others are not too stupid. They know that puppets are driven by spirit stones. They don''t need to fight with the puppet, they just need to consume the puppet slowly. When the spirit stone in the puppet''s body is exhausted, the puppet will lose its combat effectiveness.

 Chapter 100

    After listening to Zhang Zhanlin''s story, Li Xuan was livid and gnashing his teeth. He hated Li Zhan and other Li family members.


    Meng Zhang understood the whole story.


    The secret treasure house of the Li family is the secret that Li Shengqi has to keep with his life. At the same time, it is also the goal of the Zhao family Friar''s plot.


    The goal is at hand. Meng Zhang no longer lingers. He leaves Li Xuan to take care of Zhang Zhanlin and continues to move forward with Jue Ying.


    They turned a few more corners in the passage, and a large hall appeared in front of them.


    In the center of the hall, there are a pile of storage bags stacked together, which looks very eye-catching.


    In front of this pile of storage bags, there is a tall and powerful puppet in the form of a lion, fighting with a group of monks.


    The ground was full of mutilated limbs, broken arms and incomplete corpses.


    There were five monks standing in the field, holding a thick stack of talismans in their hands, facing the puppets together.


    From time to time, the five people released a piece of talisman.


    A tree man, a stone man and a fire man appeared on the ground immediately


    There was another flash of light. On these summoned objects, there were defense spells, such as gold armor, stone skin, gold mask and Earth Shield


    Summoners with greatly increased defense rushed to the puppets in front from all directions.


    The second-order puppets with the combat effectiveness of the foundation period are really extraordinary. They just wave their claws at will and tear these seemingly not weak summoners to pieces.


    The monks continued to release runes, summoned more summoners, and then jumped on the puppet opposite.


    The young man headed by the friar, whose face is the same as that of Li Zhan mentioned by Zhang Zhanlin, keeps cheering for everyone at this time.


    "Hold on, everyone. The puppet''s movement is getting slower and slower. The spirit stone in his body is about to run out."


    "As long as the spirit stone is exhausted, the most powerful puppets are waste."


    "At that time, I can not only get the treasure in the secret library, but also harvest a second-order puppet."


    At the instigation of Li Zhan, the people spared no effort and continued to fight with the puppet.


    Looking at this, I just don''t know whether Li Zhan exhausted the talisman in their hands first or the puppet exhausted the spirit stone in their body first.


    There is another problem that can not be ignored. Releasing runes also consumes the true Qi in monks.


    Although the true Qi consumed by the friar is insignificant every time he releases a talisman. However, the release of so many runes in a row is definitely not an easy thing for the five monks in the field.


    After Meng Zhang and Jue Ying came here, they hid in the passage and didn''t rush into the hall.


    What a rare opportunity to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight.


    When the struggle between the two sides came to an end, it was time for Meng Zhang to play.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang asked himself that even if he joined hands with Jue Ying, he might not be able to fight a second-order puppet. I hope that the awesome family can give more strength to the monks.


    The five practitioners in the hall have paid all their attention to the puppet. They have no spare energy to pay attention to others, and they can''t find Meng Zhang hiding in the channel.


    The second-order puppet is no longer a rigid dead thing, but has certain combat skills.


    Every time this second-order puppet defeats the enemy''s summon, he will seize the opportunity and quickly attack the cultivator in the field.


    A scream sounded, and the lion puppet swooped and tore a cultivator into two pieces. In front of the lion puppet''s claws, a pile of amulets blessed by him was like paper paste, which did not produce much defense.


    As soon as this man died, it was like the last straw that crushed the camel. The psychology of the practitioners in the field finally couldn''t bear it.


    A cultivator shouted, "run, we can''t take this puppet."


    As he spoke, he would run out.


    Li Zhan yelled "rubbish", but there was nothing he could do.


    One person ran for his life and the overall situation was shaken. The front of the cultivator was completely defeated. All the efforts and sacrifices just made were in vain.


    Li station knew that the situation was gone and was ready to run away.


    Unfortunately, facing a second-order puppet, you can''t walk away if you want to.


    The cultivator who first escaped just turned his body and turned his back to the lion puppet. He lost all his adaptability. He was easily caught up by the lion puppet, and his body was torn up all at once.


    Only Li Zhan and another clever guy fled to the edge of the hall and prepared to get into the passage in front of him.


    Meng Zhang held the fire talisman and spewed out a flame.


    The two people who ran for their lives didn''t notice that there were others in the channel. Facing the sudden flame, they had to stop running for their lives.


    Such a stop would completely kill them.


    The lion puppet caught up from behind, a burst of biting, turned their bodies into a bloody mass of rotten meat.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also attacked the puppet.


    He kept injecting Qi into the fire symbol in his hand.


    Flames shot out and fell to the ground and turned into thick fire snakes.


    There were nine fire snakes on the ground, which jumped at the lion puppet from all directions.


    The reason why Meng Zhang did not hesitate was to find that the action of the lion puppet had begun to become stiff. It was obvious that the spirit stone in his body was about to run out.


    Without directly defeating the lion puppet, Meng Zhang can win without fighting as long as he persists for a short period of time.

 Chapter 101

    The lion puppet did not flinch in the face of a fire snake that could melt gold and iron. He directly took the initiative to attack, and all the fire snakes were easily dispersed.


    Almost at the same time that Meng Zhang shot, Jue Ying also moved.


    Her body disappeared in place, turned into a shadow, ran close to the ground, took the opportunity of the lion puppet to disperse the fire snake, came behind the lion puppet, showed her body, and successfully pasted three runes on the lion puppet.


    These three runes are not direct attack runes, but gravity runes. After attaching the gravity symbol, the lion puppet seemed to carry a mountain on his back. His huge body stagnated for a while and his movement became much slower.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Jue Ying even had this kind of Rune. Moreover, the most valuable thing is her fighting consciousness and excellent control of fighters.


    Meng Zhang did not communicate with Jue Ying in advance, but she still clearly realized that it was of little significance to directly attack the lion puppet. The key to winning this battle is to consume the spirit stone in the puppet as soon as possible. As long as the spirit stone in the body is exhausted, the lion puppet is fierce and meaningless.


    Meng Zhang was a little sorry that he didn''t bring the summoning talisman when he went out this time. If there were cannon fodder, the battle would be much easier.


    Meng Zhang injected Qi into the fire amulet again, and nine fire snakes appeared again.


    Jue Ying has many kinds of talismans, which are released one by one and turned into summoners such as natives and tree people.


    Jue Ying''s body is like electricity and moves forward and backward like the wind. Under the cover of the puppet, he deceives the lion puppet several times.


    As soon as she gets close to the lion puppet, she can suffer a great loss.


    Whenever the lion puppet attacks her, she reacts in time, and her body turns into a shadow and disappears.


    Jueying is obviously just a cultivation in the middle of gas refining, but its combat effectiveness exceeds that of many monks in the later stage of gas refining.


    With the cooperation of jueying, Meng Zhang also took out his real skills and showed all his skills.


    After a hard battle, they won the final victory.


    The lion puppet, who has exhausted the spirit stone in his body, was fierce and powerful just now, but now it has become a clay puppet.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying also consume a lot and are too tired.


    Meng Zhang looked at a pile of storage bags in the center of the hall and suddenly felt a little vigilant.


    Wealth and wealth move people''s hearts. In the cultivation world, in order to compete for cultivation resources, let alone strangers who have cooperated several times, even between the same door, relatives and friends, they become enemies at the sight of money, and there are not a few incidents of killing and seizing treasure.


    It would be a pity if we fought with jueying because of the treasure in this treasure house.


    Jue Ying was indeed a very sharp woman. She probably guessed Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Jue Ying stepped back to a corner of the hall and said, "I said I would help you for free this time. It''s an apology. All the gains here have nothing to do with me."


    Looking at jueying''s sincere eyes, I think she should not be hypocritical and retreat.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much. He went to the pile of storage bags and made a simple inventory.


    There are 33 storage bags in total, most of which are one side storage bags and four ten side storage bags.


    The storage bag is full of all kinds of pills, talismans, magic tools and even many spiritual objects, except for 3000 inferior spiritual stones.


    Meng Zhang thinks the most precious is a lot of books.


    Taiyi gate has declined for a long time, and its inheritance is almost lost. Even if Meng Zhang acquired a lot of valuable knowledge in the place of trial, it is far from enough.


    This pile of books is all the inheritance of the Li family in the past 300 years. Now all belong to Meng Zhang, which will certainly greatly enhance the details of Taiyi gate.


    After calculating the contribution made by Jue Ying, Meng Zhang gave her 2000 lower spirit stones and specially picked out a pile of talismans and pills.


    Jue Ying is a bright man, and Meng Zhang is not a stingy man.


    As for Meng Zhang''s gift, jueying didn''t pretend to shirk it, so she accepted it generously.


    The second-order puppet on the ground was also collected by Meng Zhang.


    He is going to take it back and study it to see if he can reset the command for his own use.


    After cleaning up the scene, destroying the corpses and all the traces, the two left here.


    Back in the passage, the two met Li Xuan with Zhang Zhanlin on his back and walked out.


    Meng Zhang carries a lot of storage bags, like a porter.


    Feeling very inconvenient, he began to think about whether to find a method to store things with a larger space.


    "We enjoyed our cooperation this time. I hope we can continue our cooperation next time," Meng Zhang said to Jue Ying.


    I think Meng Zhang is also a good employer. Jue Ying took the initiative to leave his contact information.


    Without much to say, they said goodbye and left.


    Meng Zhang, who got the treasure in the Li family''s secret treasure house, did not dare to wander outside. He hurried back to Taiyi gate with Li Xuan and Zhang Zhanlin as soon as possible.


    When Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, Zhao jiudou of the Zhao family spent a lot of effort and human feelings, and finally found out Li Shengqi''s actions in Feihong building.


    Then he contacted the steward of the caravan. He spent a lot of spirit stones secretly to find out where he handed over the storage bag from the steward of the caravan.


    When Zhao jiudou arrived at the place with Zhao''s children, it was already empty.


    Unwilling Zhao jiudou launched the Zhao family''s children to conduct a large-scale search around, but he still got nothing.


    The secret box Li Shengqi gave Li Nu was also taken by Zhao jiudou. An expert proficient in cracking was invited to successfully open the secret box.


    Sure enough, as Zhao jiudou expected, there was nothing in the secret box.


    Zhao jiudou finally lost his patience and decided to attack Li Shengqi directly.


    Since Li Shengqi left mingshafang City, he has been circling around the neighborhood.


    One month''s employment time has come. The squirrel and the dark horse, who have been secretly tracking, left directly and returned to the black market to get their own pay.


    There are only a group of Zhao''s children who are still secretly following Li Shengqi.


    Zhao jiudou came with his men and shot them in person. He easily killed the guards hired by Li Shengqi and took Li Shengqi down,


    Before Li Shengqi was captured, he knew that he could not escape this time. He was tortured by Zhao jiudou. He took poison directly and killed himself.


    Zhao jiudou mobilized so many Zhao family children, spent a lot of resources and spent so long time, but he didn''t get any harvest. Finally, he only got a body.


    Zhao jiudou''s depression and anger are beyond words.


    The failure of this action also caused a great blow to his prestige within the Zhao family.


    Meng Zhang, the real winner of this event, has long returned to Taiyi gate with all his harvest.

 Chapter 102

    Meng Zhang, as the biggest winner of this event, unfortunately can''t publicize it everywhere. He can only hide his merit and reputation.


    When he returned to Taiyi gate, he thought that the thick earth God would be experienced and knowledgeable, so he called him over and counted the harvest with himself.


    When he was in the Li family''s secret treasure house, Meng Zhang only made a preliminary inventory. Now a careful inventory, really found a lot of good things.


    All the books were cleaned out separately, and the disciples transcribed them and put them into the Sutra Pavilion.


    The Li family is a foundation building family that has been inherited for more than 300 years. Although the family inheritance can not be comprehensive, it still has its uniqueness.


    In the process of cleaning up these books, Houtu God will comment from time to time, which benefits Meng Zhang a lot.


    Meng Zhang took some of the spiritual objects, elixirs and talismans that he could use and put them into the sect library for the disciples to exchange with their good skills.


    Three thousand inferior spirit stones gave jueying two thousand, and the remaining one thousand was enough to cover Meng Zhang''s expenses this time.


    Meng Zhang has fire talisman, flying sword and soft soul stirring bell, so he doesn''t look at other magic tools. Simply put all the magic tools harvested this time into the sect library.


    When cleaning the magic tools, the thick earth general had a good eye and found a rare magic tool insect resistant jar.


    This is a special magic weapon that can only be refined by some sects who are proficient in insect Taoism.


    The imperial insect jar can forcibly contain all kinds of demon insects, make them strengthened in the imperial insect jar, and then be completely domesticated.


    All kinds of demon insects often have low wisdom. It is basically impossible to drive demon insects to do some too complicated work.


    After the demon insects are put into the imperial insect tank, all aspects, including wisdom, will be greatly improved.


    Meng Zhang had captured the beast ring that enslaved monsters before. Compared with the insect jar, the beast ring is obviously too low-level and far worse.


    The demon insects controlled by the imperial insect jar can''t raise the heart of resistance at all. They only know to obey the master''s orders wholeheartedly.


    It''s a pity that the friar of the Li family didn''t know the goods. He got the rare magic weapon of the insect jar, but he couldn''t recognize it. He put it in the sundries. Now it''s cheaper for Meng Zhang.


    Monks who feed all kinds of demon insects often rely on the number of demon insects to win.


    According to Meng Zhang, there was a monk in the east of Qingzhu mountain who was famous for keeping demon insects.


    The friar kept thousands of blood sucking mosquitoes. When fighting with people, the blood sucking mosquitoes poured in everywhere, enough to completely drown the enemy.


    Of course, raising so many blood sucking mosquitoes requires terrible resources.


    Now taiyimen has neither the necessity nor the financial resources to feed too many demons and insects.


    When general Houtu recognized the insect jar, Meng Zhang figured out how to use it.


    Houtu senior general secretly mines chalcopyrite alone, which is inefficient and takes up too much of his time.


    Sand insects can drill holes, dive underground, and are used to swallowing all kinds of minerals in large quantities.


    This kind of well fed monster is the best miner.


    The sandworms enter the mine, devour a large amount of ore and return to the ground. At this time, controlling sand insects to spit out ore completes a mining.


    This mining method is not only hidden and efficient, but also does not need to use miners.


    In the past, Meng Zhang didn''t want to domesticate sandworms and dig mines. However, there is still no good means to control sand insects, especially the intelligence of sand insects is not high. If you can''t control it well and let sand insects expose hematite, it''s not worth the loss.


    Now there is an insect control tank, which is just used to control sand insects.


    There is a key process before using the insect jar.


    Each insect jar must be washed and practiced repeatedly by Taiyin real water in order to fully play its role.


    Low quality Taiyin water is not too precious, but the magic tools and skills that can refine Taiyin water are rare.


    For a while, it''s really not easy to buy Taiyin water on the market.


    Now, there is only Meng Zhang, the great leader.


    Every night, he worked hard to absorb Tai * * Hua and condense the real water of Taiyin.


    Too much time was spent on refining the real water of Taiyin, which certainly affected his practice.


    In fact, this is also a problem that many practitioners in the cultivation world will face.


    If you can practice the basic skills wholeheartedly and don''t practice all kinds of spells at all, the cultivation speed will naturally be very fast.


    However, without magic, there is no means to defend the enemy.


    The more spells you master, the richer the means to fight the enemy, and the stronger the combat effectiveness. But if you are distracted from spells, it will naturally affect the cultivation progress.


    How to balance the relationship between the two and how to make a choice tests the wisdom of each cultivator.


    As for magic tools, it is not said whether each cultivator can get enough magic tools. The magic tools that cultivators can refine and control are limited.


    For example, Meng Zhang''s seven accomplishments of refining Qi, while controlling the first-class flying sword, the first-class fire symbol and the first-class startling bell, are already very difficult. If you want to continue to control other magic tools, you are really powerless.


    In addition to this insect jar, there are three second-order runes in the Li family''s treasure.


    The second-order talisman, which can only be drawn by a second-order talisman at least, has the power of monks in the foundation period. Ordinary friars in the period of Qi refining can''t exert all their power at all.


    A quicksand giant rune that can summon second-order quicksand giants.


    A stone puppet Rune can summon second-order stone puppets.


    A second-order earth evasion Rune can release second-order earth evasion.


    This is a good thing to protect life. It was carefully collected by Meng Zhang.


    As for the lion puppet guarding the treasure house, Meng Zhang also took it out.


    In the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial, there are some contents about puppet art. The thick earth God general is simply an omniscient know it all, and even dabbles in puppet art.


    They worked together and spent a lot of effort to disassemble the second-order puppet. They changed the preset instructions and changed them to be directly controlled by Meng Zhang.


    Driving a second-order puppet requires at least a medium spirit stone and consumes a lot of energy.


    On the market, it is said that one hundred low-grade spirit stones can be exchanged for one medium-grade spirit stone. But in fact, because the middle grade spirit stone is more rare and used for more purposes, it often costs an extra 10% to exchange the lower grade spirit stone for the middle grade spirit stone.


    This second-order puppet has finally given taiyimen the fighting power during the foundation period, but this big family who eats spirit stones can''t often use it. It can only be used as a hidden card.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to scrape together the Zhongpin spirit stone that drives the lion puppet.


    Meng Zhang can only condense a drop of Taiyin water every ten nights.


    It took several months of hard work to scrape up enough real water of the Taiyin to preliminarily wash and practice this insect resistant jar.


    After washing and training, the insect resistant jar can finally be used normally.


    The only pity is that this insect jar is only a first-order magic tool, which can only contain first-order demon insects.

 Chapter 103

    After washing and training, you only need to store enough sand insects to mine the vein.


    Sand insects usually build nests under the ground and travel underground most of the time.


    The thick earth God, who is proficient in the art of earth escape, walks on the ground in and out of the ground. He is the best candidate to search for sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang gave him the insect jar and asked him to go around and collect sand insects as much as possible.


    On the other side of mingshafang City, Li Shengqi used Li''s shop as a mortgage in Feihong building to buy enough talismans and entrust the caravan of Feihong building to Li station.


    Now Li Shengqi and Li Zhan have died respectively, and the Li family has completely disappeared. No matter how strong Feihong building is, it can''t collect debts from the dead.


    Feihong building doesn''t like Li''s shop, so it''s simply transferred publicly in exchange for Lingshi.


    Due to the exemption of three years of sacrifice by Shuangfeng Valley and the subsidies of Meng Zhang in the past two years, taiyimen has a little savings.


    Meng Zhang came forward and took over the shop transferred by Feihong building with a little effort.


    Zhang Zhanlin, who was rescued back to Taiyi gate by Li Xuan, was basically cured after a period of cultivation.


    He wanted to join the Taiyi sect. After Meng Zhang''s investigation, he successfully became the next generation of entry disciple of the Taiyi sect.


    Zhang Zhanlin''s Linggen qualification is not very good. This time, in order to escape for his life, he used the life saving secret method, which greatly hurt his vitality.


    Even after the injury is healed, it is difficult to make great progress on the road.


    After taiyimen took over a shop in mingshafang City, Zhang Zhanlin, who had no intention to practice, took the initiative to ask for orders to run a shop in mingshafang city.


    Zhang Zhanlin has been in mingshafang city for many years and has always been a clerk of the Li family store. He is not only familiar with various situations, but also has rich business experience.


    So Meng Zhang thought a little and asked him to be the shopkeeper of the shop.


    Taiyimen has no special products and no fixed business routes.


    Meng Zhang searched the large storehouse in the door and handed over a pile of useless sundries to Zhang Zhanlin as the operating capital.


    A small amount of refined red copper and Linggu produced by Lingtian in the door are also put in the shop for sale.


    In particular, a small amount of red copper sold is not eye-catching. It can be said that it was purchased by the store itself. Selling in the store not only provides an additional shipping channel, but also makes a higher profit than selling to Shi Weiming.


    Zhang Zhanlin has a good eye and a keen business mind. He can also do some business of buying low and selling high.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t expect this shop to earn much Lingshi. As long as the business can be maintained, he will be more satisfied.


    The main purpose of opening this shop is to give taiyimen a channel to contact the outside world, so that it can inquire about and collect all kinds of intelligence in the cultivation world.


    As the Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang was also well-known in the surrounding area after the battle in Linshan sect.


    There are many Xiuzhen forces around. There are basically stores and other strongholds in mingshafang city.


    On the opening day, these forces either sent people or sent flower baskets.


    The guests of Lin Shan sect, skillful hand sect and other forces were very enthusiastic.


    He had a friendship with Meng Zhang and took time to come.


    Since the formation of the first-order spiritual pulse of Tianshui oasis, the oasis area has expanded rapidly at the speed visible to the flesh.


    According to the estimate of thick earth God general, the area of sweet water oasis will at least double, and this expansion will gradually slow down.


    In the following decades, as long as the Reiki of the spirit pulse is not consumed excessively or damaged, the sweet water oasis will slowly expand around.


    As the area of sweet water oasis increases, it can naturally accommodate more mortals.


    Meng Zhang also continued to buy mortals from laobu shoes to expand the population of sweet water oasis.


    The newly expanded oasis cannot reclaim farmland in a short time. To feed these mortals and meet their basic living needs, we must buy a large number of materials, including food, from outside. This is another big deal for Labu.


    Amid the sound of firecrackers, Duoduo grocery store officially opened.


    The name Duoduo grocery store came from Meng Zhang. He hopes that sooner or later, Duoduo grocery store will open all over the endless sand sea.


    After the opening ceremony of Duoduo grocery store, Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen.


    Duoduo grocery store will maintain a fixed contact with the inside of the door and pass all kinds of external information back to the door.


    Besides operating Duoduo grocery store, Zhang Zhanlin also took over Li Xuan''s contacts and information channels, extending his tentacles.


    After returning to taiyimen, Meng Zhang spent most of his time and energy on cultivation.


    In addition to practicing the fundamental skill of the sun moon rotation Sutra, I also spent a lot of time practicing various spells and sword Jue.


    This peaceful life didn''t last long, but it was broken again.


    The thick earth God who went out to catch sand insects brought back an important news.


    When the thick earth God was tracking a sand bug, the sand bug ran around in the ground and, desperate, broke into a hidden monk''s cave.


    As soon as the sand bug entered the periphery of the Friar''s cave, it was killed by the protective Dharma array.


    The thick earth God did not rush into the array, but observed around.


    As a local master, the God of thick earth has great attainments in the art of geomancy.


    After some observation, he made the situation around the cave clear.


    The monk''s cave is located underground. Under the cave, there is a hidden first-order spirit pulse.


    The protective Dharma array of the monk''s cave is based on this first-order spirit pulse.


    A Dharma array with a spiritual pulse to provide a steady stream of aura. Its defense force is very powerful.


    Moreover, senior general Houtu faintly found that there were some vicious traps around the cave.


    If you accidentally touch these traps, the end will never be wonderful.


    Originally, with the strength and experience of the thick earth God general, as long as you test slowly and spend more time and energy, you can break the Dharma array and successfully enter the monk''s cave.


    But at this time, the thick earth God will find some monks searching for something on the ground near the monk''s cave.


    They searched many places and were slowly approaching the cave.


    With the experience of the thick earth God general, most of these friars don''t know where to get the news of this Friar''s cave.


    It''s just that the information is not detailed enough. They can''t find the exact location of the cave directly. There is only a general orientation.


    However, at the speed of their search, it was only a matter of time before they found the monk''s cave.


    With the power of the thick earth God, I am not sure that before these friars come to the door, they can successfully break the protective array and safely enter the Friar''s cave.


    So he had to bring the news back and ask Meng Zhang for help.

 Chapter 104

    Meng Zhang was also delighted when he heard the report from the general of thick earth.


    The monk''s cave is second, mainly because I heard that there is a hidden spiritual pulse, which is a great harvest.


    As long as you control the spirit pulse, whether you sell it for spirit stone or operate it slowly, you can greatly enhance the inside information of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang said, "tell me the location of that spiritual pulse."


    With a wave of the thick soil general, a pile of yellow sand appeared on the ground out of thin air.


    Under his control, the yellow sand wriggled rapidly and soon turned into a big sand table, standing steadily on the ground.


    Above the sand table, the surrounding terrain is clearly displayed.


    The thick earth God has not been idle since he woke up. Taking advantage of the opportunity to go out, I simply surveyed the surrounding geographical conditions by using the art of geomancy.


    In particular, this time out to catch sand insects, its footprints spread all over the surrounding ground and went deep into the ground.


    Thick earth God showed most of the survey results during this period on the sand table.


    More than 200 miles west of Taiyi gate and near a barren slope near the Zhao family, there is a winding spirit vein. Above the spirit vein is the monk''s cave.


    Seeing that the location of the spiritual pulse was close to the Zhao family, Meng Zhang knew that as long as the hidden spiritual pulse was exposed in front of people, taiyimen and the Zhao family would have another fight for the ownership of the spiritual pulse.


    The Mengjia oasis, which has long been abandoned, is only tens of miles away from this spiritual vein.


    More than ten years ago, the Meng family perished and the Meng family oasis was also destroyed. The remaining members of the Meng family were basically taken in by taiyimen.


    Since I joined Taiyi gate. Especially after becoming the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang deliberately played down his identity as a member of the Meng family.


    Meng Zhang is the head of the Taiyi sect, not the head of the Meng family.


    In terms of geographical location, according to the practice of the cultivation world, if the Meng family is still there, this spiritual pulse should belong to the Meng family.


    Now the Meng family has perished for many years, but Meng Zhang doesn''t want this spiritual vein to fall into the hands of the Zhao family.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang had decided to take this spiritual pulse as soon as possible.


    After giving the matter in the door to the common affairs elder Tian Zhen, Meng Zhang left together with general Houtu.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang also took out three first-order array breaking amulets from the sect library.


    Array breaking talisman is a rare talisman. Meng Zhang got one before and thought it was very easy to use. I''ve always wanted to buy a few, but they are rarely sold on the market.


    Meng Zhang only got several first-order breaking amulets in the Li family''s secret treasure house this time. It''s always treasured in the sect library and can''t be used easily.


    Meng Zhang, general Houtu and Li Xuan rode on the wind chasing foal respectively. He galloped all the way and soon approached the spirit pulse.


    Before reaching the position of the spirit vein, some friars began to appear around from time to time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, these monks should basically be casual practitioners.


    Li Xuan, inspired by Meng Zhang, left the team and took the initiative to find a group of casual practitioners.


    Li Xuan, who was good at communication and had a wide range of contacts, soon got into a conversation with this group of casual practitioners and got in touch with them in a few words.


    Do you know so and so? Yes, he is the master of my uncle''s aunt''s uncle''s nephew.


    After a few similar words, the two sides with common acquaintances began to become intimate.


    After a few rounds, Li Xuanxian made the whole thing clear.


    After saying goodbye to the team, Li Xuan returned to Meng Zhang.


    "Headmaster, half a month ago, a group of casual practitioners obtained a treasure map. They followed the map and found the nearby place a few days ago."


    "I don''t know how. The news leaked out. More and more casual repairs came here to take a share."


    "The news has not spread far enough now. Only nearby casual practitioners have come here, and no family and sect forces have paid attention to it. If we continue to delay, it will be difficult to say."


    Meng Zhang agreed with Li Xuan''s judgment. The three of them continued to move forward and came to the top of the monk''s cave.


    Meng Zhang left Li Xuan to look after the wind chasing foal. He and the thick earth God looked around and found that no one paid attention to it. After that, they immediately performed earth hiding and hid underground.


    The God of thick earth will lead the way and escape all the way down.


    The thick earth God has always been relaxed and comfortable, and Meng Zhang feels hard. The pressure of surrounding earth and rock is increasing, and the escape speed will inevitably slow down.


    Seeing that the back of the thick earth God general is getting farther and farther away, he can''t keep up. Fortunately, we finally reached our destination.


    Meng Zhang just felt his body loose and came to a narrow passage.


    Seeing that the thick earth God was moving along the channel, Meng Zhang hurried to follow.


    They did not take a few steps, they came to a tall and wide underground space.


    In front, there is a vast sandy land.


    There are several mutilated corpses on the sand, which can be vaguely identified as the corpses of sand insects.


    Behind the sand is the portal of a cave.


    "There is a natural cavity underground here. The owner of the cave expanded the cavity and created the scene in front of him."


    "In front of us is the cave left by the monk. The cave is just at the core of the spiritual pulse. From the layout he left, this monk should be a monk in the foundation period."


    Thick earth God will introduce Meng Zhang in detail.


    "The quickest way to completely occupy this spiritual pulse is to enter the cave in front of you and control the center of the cave."


    Meng Zhang''s original intention was to put the cave left by the elder friars first and deal with the spiritual pulse first. However, after listening to the words of the thick earth God general, I know that I still have to break into this cave.


    Monk''s cave is not all chance, but more death trap.


    Some friars with generous character do leave their relics to later friars after death. He even left his last words to ask these monks to help him fulfill his last wishes and take care of his disciples and descendants.


    If these monks who have benefited are grateful, they will indeed try their best to fulfill the last wishes of their predecessors. In this way, it is a great good thing for everyone.


    But there are also many narrow-minded monks who will lay death traps in the cave before they die.


    I''m going to die anyway. Are my relics cheaper than a group of irrelevant people?


    It''s better to have more monks to accompany themselves to the ground, so that they won''t be lonely after death.


    There are occasional rumors in the cultivation world that some later generation friars finally entered the elder''s cave and thought that they would soon be inherited by the elder and soared to the sky. Unfortunately, it is a hidden old ghost who is about to give up his life.

 Chapter 105

    It''s best not to rush into the monk''s cave with unknown details.


    It''s too poor to practice at the bottom. I''ll fight my life just to get some cultivation resources. But Meng Zhang is also the leader of a school. He can''t say that he has a big family business, but he has accumulated one or two points of family business. There''s really no need to take risks.


    Meng Zhang looked at the monk''s cave in front of him and was a little hesitant.


    At this time, the thick earth God will suddenly turn back and look at the passage behind him.


    Later, Meng Zhang also reacted and was also secretly on guard.


    After a while, a group of people came out of the passage.


    As soon as they appeared in this space, they found Meng Zhang and the thick earth God general.


    Obviously, they didn''t expect that someone would get here one step ahead of them.


    One by one, their faces were trembling and full of vigilance, looking at Meng Zhang and them.


    After a while, one of the leading friars came out of the crowd and threw a fist at Meng Ming.


    "I bought a Tibetan treasure map in Xiahan city. I thought I found a big bargain."


    "I didn''t expect that when Han and a group of brothers worked hard to find here, you were the first."


    These people should have obtained the casual repair of Zang Baotu from the information inquired by Li Xuan. Unexpectedly, they moved so quickly and found here so soon.


    The point of Zang Baotu in the dialogue is just to occupy a moral height, which shows that they came here at a price.


    Although somewhat unprepared, Meng Zhang snorted disdainfully.


    "What bullshit! We''re just here. We didn''t even see one."


    "Why, you think there is a so-called Zang Bao map, and everything here belongs to you."


    "Everything comes first, then comes. I came here first. Everything here should belong to me."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s arrogant words, those faces showed angry expressions one after another. Some people even took out magic tools and were ready to go to war.


    Meng Zhang was not moved at all and was still impolite.


    "A group of Qi refining friars thought they could turn the sky."


    "Why, I want to do it. I just loosen my muscles and bones."


    As soon as Han Tu waved his hand, he calmed his somewhat excited partner. In the face of the arrogant Meng Zhang, he kept smiling.


    "I''ve been talking for so long. I don''t know your name..."


    "My uncle''s surname is Zhao." Meng Zhang looked like a dandy.


    "Surname Zhao." Han Tu''s face changed slightly and thought of the nearby cultivation force Zhao family.


    "Are you the son of the Zhao family?"


    Meng Zhang just let out a, disdaining to answer.


    Casual monks are naturally weak against family monks. In particular, the Zhao family is powerful and not far from here.


    Han Tu thought for a moment and then said, "we didn''t even enter the cave, and we didn''t even know what was inside. It would be ridiculous to fight like this."


    "Brother Zhao, why don''t we work together to break the protective array outside the cave. After entering the cave, see what can be used inside."


    "At that time, I think we can always discuss a distribution plan that satisfies everyone."


    What Han Tu said is exactly what Meng Zhang wants.


    Since these monks appeared, Meng Zhang had an idea.


    With ready-made cannon fodder, you can explore this cave.


    Meng Zhang, with a reluctant look of the boss, reluctantly agreed with Han Tu after a long time.


    Seeing that the two sides reached an agreement on joint exploration, the thick earth God general, who had not spoken, said, "in front of the cave, there is an incomplete Geng Jin random sword array."


    "The complete Geng Jin random sword array is a second-order Dharma array. It is estimated that the level of spiritual pulse is not enough to provide enough aura, so the Dharma array is incomplete and reveals some flaws."


    "Unexpectedly, this brother is an expert in array." Han Tu exclaimed.


    It''s not difficult to master some array knowledge, but you should find out the origin of the previous array in a short time. You should have good attainments in the way of array.


    The thick earth God will not speak, but continue to observe the Dharma array there.


    Han Tu didn''t feel embarrassed, but continued to ask, "since you are proficient in the array, it''s all up to you to give advice to crack this array."


    After a half ring, the thick earth God slowly said, "it''s not too difficult to crack this dharma array."


    "This dharma array has many flaws due to the insufficient supply of aura. As long as we have so many people, we can break the Dharma array sooner or later."


    "Brother, since you are so confident, let''s follow your instructions and break the battle together."


    Han TU was a little nervous when he just found that the thick earth God would be proficient in the array.


    But after listening to the analysis of the array by the thick earth God, Han TU was completely relieved. Even, there was some deep mockery in his eyes.


    Han Tu, who thought he had hidden his mind well, didn''t expect that Meng Zhang would secretly observe him with a false eye as soon as he appeared.


    The so-called monk''s cave is not just digging a hole in the mountain.


    Dig a hole casually. It''s called a cave. It can''t be called the cave house.


    Pay more attention to the monk''s cave. When building it, you should carefully measure the terrain and position. After the completion of the cave, there are all kinds of incredible miracles in the sky and the earth.


    Even an ordinary monk''s cave should be built on the spirit vessel. Only with the supply of Reiki with spiritual pulse can the functions of the cave be opened.


    The monk''s cave in front of us is obviously not built indiscriminately, but has certain rules and regulations. It really takes a lot of effort to break in.


    The thick earth God walked around the open space in front for several times, his fingers kept pinching, and his mouth was also full of words.


    After a long time, he came to Han Tu. Give directions to the front.


    The thick earth God shot several light spots from his fingertips and marked several directions in front.


    "These directions are the flaws of the Dharma array. As long as we enter the array from these directions at the same time and attack separately, we can break the Dharma array without too much effort."


    "In that case, it''s better to be early than late. Let''s act immediately." Han Tu said overjoyed.


    It seems that he completely believed the words of the thick earth God general.


    Of course, the thick earth God will be with Meng Zhang. They have chosen a location and are ready to enter the battle at any time.


    Looking at the eyes of the thick earth God general, Han Tu understood what he meant. He will bring the friars into several teams, ready to enter those positions respectively.


    In the meantime, there was no doubt among the monks. It was obvious that they did not trust the thick earth God general.


    But after some persuasion, Han Tu persuaded these people separately.

 Chapter 106

    Meng Zhang walked to the thick earth God general. They didn''t say much. They just exchanged eyes and took a step directly forward.


    When they moved, Han TU was also relieved. He urged the group of practitioners he had brought to enter the Dharma array one after another. Finally, Han Tu entered a position alone.


    Meng Zhang just took a step forward, and the scene immediately changed greatly.


    Originally an empty space, it has become a towering mountain like clouds.


    Meng Zhang and Hou Tu are at the foot of the mountain.


    Meng Zhang was not too surprised by the sudden change of the scene. Instead, he smiled at the thick earth God general around him and said, "I didn''t expect that you, a guy with thick eyebrows and big eyes, would cheat."


    The thick earth God will not answer, but continue to observe the surroundings carefully.


    Meng Zhang, who knew that the thick earth God would be silent, didn''t care. He continued: "just a running dog of the demon family, he really regarded us as fools. I don''t know who is the real fool."


    Meng Zhang, who saw Han Tu, didn''t react, so the thick earth God took the initiative to whisper to him.


    "Beloved."


    After listening to these two words, Meng Zhang immediately understood the origin of Han Tu.


    Many Terran friars enslave monsters as demon pets. In the same way, some powerful monsters will enslave human friars and be loved by people.


    However, in the endless sand sea, the monster force is not strong, and there is no too strong monster group. Without a strong monster group, it is naturally difficult to produce a strong monster.


    As long as groups of monsters appear in the Terran friar control area, many Terran friars will be attracted immediately. They slaughtered the monster and obtained all kinds of materials from the monster.


    Meng Zhang has only heard rumors about the existence of demon pet and has never seen it with his own eyes.


    The thick earth God will see through the origin of Han Tu and make Meng Zhang alert immediately.


    Once han Tu''s true identity is exposed, it will immediately lead to the siege of countless Terran friars.


    This man is willing to take strange risks and take the initiative to go deep here. There must be a deep inside story.


    As for what he said about the occasional treasure map in Fangshi and finding it all the way, he can''t even believe a word.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang and the thick earth God General performed a play together.


    Meng Zhang wants to see what this guy is up to.


    As a human friar, Meng Zhang naturally has the bounden duty to kill demons and demons.


    The thick earth God deceived people by deceiving the guy who looked simple and honest.


    What Gengjin random sword array is just a nonsense name. The purpose is to deceive these people into the battle.


    Meng Zhang only dabbled in the way of array. The thick earth God general is a local master and has great attainments in the way of array.


    After entering this dharma array, the thick earth God will be able to use the power of the Dharma array to kill a lot of people. Conversely, they can also use these people to consume the power of the Dharma array.


    Meng Zhang moved forward as he spoke.


    In front of nothing, a ray of golden light suddenly appeared and cut directly at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who was already prepared, did not panic. He raised his right hand and a golden flame directly met the front.


    After a sound of Zizi, the golden light disappeared, and the flame was taken back by Meng Zhang.


    Fire can conquer gold. Meng Zhang''s hard refined sun real fire can just restrain the Geng gold sword Qi accumulated in the Dharma array.


    Easily break Meng Zhang, who killed the machine in the array, and turn around and look at the thick earth God General next to him.


    "Thick soil, how long will it take you to find the eye of this dharma array?"


    Meng Zhang''s false magic eye can barely protect himself in this second-order Dharma array. If you want to break the battle, you have to see the thick earth God general.


    "Stop quickly." the thick earth God will shout in a bit of anger.


    "What''s the matter?" Meng Zhang stopped and wondered.


    "I was careless. I didn''t see through the details of this dharma array."


    "My strength is still too poor. When I was outside, I didn''t find the secret of this dharma array. I didn''t find it right until I entered the array."


    There was unspeakable depression and loss in the tone of the thick earth God.


    The earth master''s attainments in the way of array are more than many professional array masters. Only the most top array mages can stabilize the earth division in this regard.


    For a local division, he could not see through the mystery of the Dharma array and rushed into it. It is not only a mistake, but also a great humiliation.


    Meng Zhang was also a little nervous about the words of the thick earth God general.


    In its heyday, the thick earth God general with the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir has always been highly expected by Meng Zhang.


    Unexpectedly, the thick earth God did not answer, but looked around and kept pinching his fingers, as if calculating something.


    After half a ring, the thick earth God was relieved and said, "fortunately, fortunately, we didn''t go too deep into the Dharma array. Now retreat in time, there should be a glimmer of vitality."


    Meng Zhang was also relieved.


    The thick earth God led Meng Zhang. Instead of moving forward, he thought about walking next to him.


    Next to it is a dense forest, full of trees and green leaves.


    "The front is where the students are. Show all your strength and try your best to open the students in the shortest time."


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately made every effort.


    The sun''s real fire spewed out after being strengthened by the fire talisman in his hand, turning the trees in front of him into ashes.


    The flying sword flies to the front around the fingers, hovers and dances continuously, and sends out a powerful chop


    The thick earth God sent out an earthy yellow light on a pair of thick fists and hit the ground in front of him, making the ground vibrate continuously.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth both took out the full copy collar and attacked the front with all their strength.


    "Not enough, not enough." the thick earth God who kept punching madly looked at the sky and kept muttering.


    Since the thick earth God will wake up, he has always been the image of an elder master in Meng Zhang''s heart. He had never seen the other party in such a hurry.


    The more and more anxious thick earth God seemed to have made up his mind. He heard the sound of bones, and then his body suddenly grew taller.


    The thick earth God, who was originally tall and powerful, is now a little giant.


    A breath that obviously exceeded the level of power in the Qi refining period emanated from him.


    "Don''t you only have the strength to be full during the Qi refining period? How can you change? After changing, your strength will increase greatly?" Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    The thick earth God will have no time to answer Meng Zhang''s questions now. He raised his fists like beating a drum and pounded desperately at the void in front of him.

 Chapter 107

    The attack of thick soil played a role. With the sound of broken glass, the forest in front suddenly disappeared and a big dark crack appeared.


    "Go quickly." the thick earth God called, and immediately rushed into the crack.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to neglect. He followed him and rushed in.


    Meng Zhang only felt the swirling sky and earth, and the space in front of him was constantly changing. When they stabilized, they had returned to their position before they entered the French array.


    "Don''t stop, keep going." the thick earth God was very anxious and couldn''t even look around.


    The two fled in a hurry. After leaving the place, they immediately performed the art of excavation and fled desperately upward.


    On the way, Meng Zhang''s true Qi was poor. He also consumed several earth runes in a row, and then reluctantly kept up with the thick earth God general.


    After escaping to the ground, the thick earth God jumped directly onto the wind chasing foal.


    "Get out of here as soon as possible."


    Li Xuan, who was guarding the chasing foal, looked at the two people running for their lives. Without much nonsense, he ran away with them.


    Driven by the three, the wind chasing foal rushed with all his strength and soon escaped from here.


    After escaping far away, the thick earth God was a little relieved.


    Meng Zhang had the opportunity to ask questions at this time.


    "Thick soil, what''s going on?"


    "Also, we ran away. Han Tu, will they break the Dharma array and achieve their goal?"


    "I think Han Tu''s guy doesn''t look obvious on the surface. In fact, he has a clear mind. He should have a deep understanding of the FA array."


    The thick earth God snorted with disdain.


    "Even if that guy is familiar with the array, it''s useless."


    "In order to escape, we forcibly broke the birth gate of the Dharma array, which will certainly lead to subsequent changes of the Dharma array."


    "With their strength during the Qi refining period, they can''t escape death in the Dharma array."


    Houtu has just made a mistake. Meng Zhang is a little suspicious of his judgment.


    "Well, the level of power involved in this matter is too high. It''s not what you should know at present."


    Seeing that the thick earth God would be a little reluctant to say more, Meng Zhang didn''t ask much.


    They galloped all the way back to Taiyi gate as fast as they could.


    As soon as he returned to Taiyi gate, the thick earth God rushed to the basement under the leader''s quiet room.


    The thick earth God didn''t delay long. He fell into a deep sleep again at the place where the spirit pulse and spirit eye were located.


    Before falling into a deep sleep, the thick earth God made some explanations to Meng Zhang.


    In order to open the door of the Dharma array, he used secret methods to forcibly improve his strength. Now I have to fall into a deep sleep and recover my body''s consumption.


    After this deep sleep, it takes at least a year and a half to wake up again.


    For the place where he just fled, the God of thick earth will repeatedly warn Meng Zhang.


    Not only can we never enter that place again, but we can''t even mention it.


    According to the judgment of the thick earth God, the layout of that place is not simple and belongs to a member of a huge system.


    Such means should have exceeded the level of Jindan immortal.


    Beyond the level of immortal Jindan, Meng Zhang was stunned.


    Feihongzong, the overlord of this area, has the most powerful combat power, but it is the golden elixir immortal.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have the courage to touch the events beyond the level of Jindan immortal.


    Looking at the thick earth God general who had fallen into deep sleep, Meng Zhang couldn''t help scolding: "you said to sleep and leave such a mess. You should make it clear what the situation is."


    What Meng Zhang hates most is that Houtu only talks half and plays tricks. You''re not qualified to know. Hiding is for your own good.


    The Dharma protector will wake up in a few days. He thought it would be of great use. It''s really annoying to come out like this.


    As soon as the thick earth God will sleep, another card will be missing from taiyimen.


    Sleep with whoever you love. Nourish and recover slowly in the spiritual eye. Meng Zhang sighed helplessly.


    As for the next trouble, there are many more.


    Fortunately, the spirit pulse on the side of sweet water oasis has been stable, and there is no need for thick earth God to continue to recuperate.


    Meng Zhang took down the storage bag of the thick earth God general, took out the insect jar and checked it.


    There are already seven sand worms in it. It should be barely enough. Of course, it''s better to charge more.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the leader''s quiet room, he felt a violent shaking on the ground.


    The shaking subsided. After a while, there was a more violent shaking. Even all kinds of buildings in Taiyi gate began to shake.


    Is this an earthquake?


    Meng Zhang came outside. Bursts of strong earthquakes made the whole Taiyi gate panic.


    The house was shaking, and the disciples obviously began to panic. The timid have been running around.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to take these into account. He quickly pasted it to the ground, pinched a formula with both hands, and began to cast a spell to sense the direction of the earthquake.


    Vaguely, Meng Zhang sensed that the direction of the earthquake was where they had just fled.


    The earthquake came and went quickly, and soon subsided completely.


    After the earthquake disappeared, the door was carefully tapped up and down. There were no casualties and basically no property losses.


    There were only two wing rooms in disrepair, and several cracks appeared on the walls.


    It should be too far away from the earthquake center, so the earthquake did not cause much damage.


    After settling down all the affairs in the door, the guilty Meng Zhang firmly remembered the explanation of the general of the thick earth God. Restrain your curiosity and resolutely do not go to the area where the earthquake occurred.


    The earthquake was very moving. Many Xiuzhen forces around were shocked and sent personnel to investigate. There are more curious casual repairs. They all rush to the area where the earthquake occurred to see if there is anything cheap to pick up.


    Meng Zhang and Li Xuan stayed at the Taiyi gate without leaving.


    After waiting for several days, Meng ZhangCai and Li Xuan rushed to mingshafang city to inquire about the news related to the earthquake.


    The area where the earthquake occurred was indeed the area where Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth would enter.


    After the earthquake, a large area collapsed there, exposing a huge pit with no bottom.


    The earthquake did not last long and spread widely. Therefore, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces were only frightened at most, and there were no substantive losses and casualties.


    Even the casual practitioners who were searching in that area at that time basically had no casualties. Only a few unlucky people were buried in sand dunes or injured by falling rocks on the hillside.


    On a flat desert plain, even if an earthquake occurs, it is difficult to cause too many casualties.


    However, the new huge pit attracted many monks to explore.


    Even many monks who were on the scene at the time of the incident said they saw the emergence of the monk''s cave.

 Chapter 108

    That night, Meng Zhang sneaked to the location of the red copper mine. He took out the insect jar, injected genuine Qi and gently driven it.


    After a while, there were waves of vibration on the ground. A moment later, large holes appeared in the ground ahead.


    The number has increased to nine sand worms, which have drilled out of the ground.


    The originally rebellious sand insects are now as clever as children and automatically line up in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang showed his deceptive eye and carefully examined the stomach of the sand bug in front of him.


    The huge sand bug, its huge abdomen has become bulging. Obviously, it is full of red copper ore.


    After many attempts, Meng Zhang found that every ten days or so, the abdomen of the sand worm would be almost full.


    The Sandworm domesticated and controlled by the insect control tank overcomes its own nature and reduces the sleeping time.


    Once released by Meng Zhang, he will take the initiative to drill into the ground and will not run around. Instead, he will directly enter the red copper vein and begin to devour the red copper ore.


    Every time they devour the ore for a period of time, the Sandworm will stop and rest for a while. When you recover, you will continue to devour the ore.


    In this way, these hard-working miners continued their work until they filled their bellies.


    He took all the sand insects back into the imperial insect jar. Taking advantage of the night, Meng Zhang secretly returned to Taiyi gate.


    As soon as he returned to taiyimen, Meng Zhang released all the sand insects and controlled them to forcibly spit out all the swallowed minerals.


    Naturally, the disciples of the sect are responsible for cleaning up the red copper ore vomited by sand insects.


    Take out the specially purchased food for feeding demon insects. After feeding all the sand insects, Meng Zhang put them all into the imperial insect jar.


    Sand insects need to rest in the insect control tank for a few days to recover their consumed physical strength and energy.


    The red copper ore cleaned by the disciples will be sent to the refining room.


    The so-called refining room is just a separate hall that has just been built. There is a first-class inferior refining furnace and many spiritual wood as fuel.


    Tian Li spends most of his time in the refining room.


    Tian Li is now a qualified apprentice of a tool smelter.


    He seized all his spare time to refine red copper ore as much as possible.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang also takes a lot of time to refine red copper ore, the refining speed is far behind the speed of sand insect mining.


    Looking at the more red copper ore piled up in the storage room, but there is no time to refine it, which is really a happy worry.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. It is not a bad thing to refine slowly and sell in a long stream.


    Direct disposal of hematite ore will not only lose a lot of profits, but also easily expose the existence of hematite.


    The thick earth God was right. This red copper vein also contains many associated minerals.


    The associated ore is phlogistic crystal and Xuanjin, which are much more precious than red copper.


    These associated ores are carefully separated and refined separately.


    The revenue of this red copper mine has become the most stable financial source of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was considering whether to train more apprentices among the disciples of the sect.


    Anyway, the cost of cultivating the apprentice of the tool refiner is not high. These disciples have poor spiritual root qualifications. It is also a good thing for them to learn more skills.


    With more apprentices, the speed of refining hematite can also be greatly accelerated.


    However, this matter is not urgent. Let''s put it aside for the time being.


    At present, there are only about ten disciples in the sect, and not many of them practice fire attribute skill.


    At this time, it has been almost two months since the God of thick earth fell into a deep sleep.


    After the earthquake, monks from all over the country turned the area upside down. Even the bottomless pit was thoroughly explored.


    All the monks did not find any valuable clues in the local area. The legendary monk''s cave disappeared at all.


    Even Meng Zhang was a little strange when he heard the news.


    I clearly found the monk''s cave and the protective Dharma array outside the cave, not counting the monks trapped in the array.


    How come all these disappeared without a trace, and there was no clue left?


    However, he was curious again. Meng Zhang firmly remembered the command of the thick earth God general and resolutely did not enter the area again. The farther away he was, the better.


    The heat of the cultivation world always comes and goes quickly.


    The practitioners who didn''t find any clues in that area soon lost their patience and scattered in a crowd.


    There are many places worth exploring in the cultivation world. There is no need to waste time in a worthless place.


    This matter passed without any follow-up. Meng Zhang was also greatly relieved and charged Li Xuan to bury the secret that he and others had entered there deeply in his heart and never let it out.


    Since this incident, Meng Zhang has also learned from the previous thick earth God general and patrolled around Taiyi gate from time to time.


    If you find any problems, you can deal with them in time.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity for the sand insects to rest in the imperial insect jar, Meng Zhang decided to go a little farther.


    Meng Zhang rode a wind chasing pony and ran all the way to the abandoned Mengjia oasis.


    In the chaos of sand monsters more than ten years ago, Mengjia oasis was broken by sand monsters.


    Like all oases destroyed by sand monsters, the spiritual veins in Mengjia oasis were destroyed, and the oasis completely degenerated into desert in a very short time.


    The once prosperous Mengjia oasis has completely turned into ruins.


    Meng Zhang made a turn next to Mengjia oasis.


    Tens of miles to the north is the area where the earthquake occurred, and it is also the place where Meng Zhang fled.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to take the initiative to enter there, but changed direction and continued to ride the wind chasing foal.


    Meng Zhang headed south. Before he ran out fifty miles, he slowed down his pace.


    Not far ahead is a series of hills.


    Meng Zhang rushed up the highest hillside on a wind chasing pony and looked down.


    Several hillsides form a circle, and in the middle is a valley of more than 100 mu.


    Meng Zhang felt it carefully on the hillside. Yes, there was a strong aura here.


    He cast a false eye and looked around carefully.


    Then, he performed the earth hiding technique and dived directly into the ground.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang came out of the ground.


    Meng Zhang made no mistake. I don''t know when a brand-new spirit pulse appeared here.


    Meng Zhang had passed here before. It was clear that it was a desolate mountain. There was no spiritual pulse at all.


    Meng Zhang also mastered the fur of the art of geomancy and surveyed around.


    After a careful survey, Meng Zhang had a little guess in his heart.

 Chapter 109

    This spirit vein was supposed to be buried deep underground, so the aura was locked underground, and no one found the clue.


    The earthquake some time ago may have shaken the surrounding earth vein, which was lifted close to the ground. The aura locked underground also leaked to the ground at this time.


    At the thought of the earthquake, Meng Zhang felt a little guilty. If it weren''t for the relationship between himself and the God of thick earth who would open the door of Dharma array, the earthquake would probably not have happened.


    In this way, the emergence of this spiritual pulse has something to do with yourself. It''s really predestined with yourself.


    The thick earth God will disappear with the Dharma array. But I found a brand-new spiritual pulse here, which is really the east corner of the lost mulberry and elm. Is this God''s compensation for himself?


    If heaven does not take it, it will be blamed. Since this spiritual pulse is destined for you, of course you should hold it firmly.


    Meng Zhang looked around. The position here is really a little embarrassing.


    If the Meng family was still there and this spiritual vein belonged to the Meng family, there should be no big objection.


    Now the Meng family is gone. The original territory of the Meng family has become a buffer zone between taiyimen and the Zhao family.


    A spiritual pulse is a treasure of strategic value. The Zhao family will never watch it fall into the hands of Taiyi gate.


    It seems that the head-on conflict between taiyimen and the Zhao family can''t be avoided.


    What Meng Zhang can do now is to delay the exposure of this spiritual pulse as long as he can.


    Meng Zhang carefully surveyed his surroundings again and even went deep into the ground to feel the concentration of Reiki.


    This is a first-class spirit pulse, and it is widely distributed. If Haosheng manages, at least dozens of mu of spiritual fields can be opened up.


    After investigation, Meng Zhang chose a location and hid underground again.


    A moment later, he came to a special place.


    The Reiki concentration here is much higher than that in other places outside, and the rich Reiki is like the essence.


    This is the core of a spiritual pulse, the location of the spiritual eye.


    There is nothing special about the spiritual eye of most new spiritual veins except that it has a strong aura. Like the spirit vein of sweet water oasis, that''s it.


    The spirit vein of taiyimen Mountain Gate was not born for a long time, but there are also differences in the spirit eye.


    It has a special nourishing effect, which can nourish the soul and spirit.


    The spirit vein in front of us is not new, but has existed underground for many years, and only now has it surfaced.


    For such a long-lived spiritual pulse, there are often some associated spiritual objects in the spiritual eye.


    Meng Zhang entered the place where the spiritual eye was located and saw the accompanying spiritual objects in the spiritual eye at a glance. It''s actually a magical creature like black oil spiritual soil.


    Although black oil spirit soil is a spirit object without grade, its function is unmatched by many yellow spirit objects.


    Heiyouling soil is a kind of soil rich in aura and special components. It is named because the soil is oily and smooth.


    The greatest function of black oil spiritual soil is to supplement the soil fertility of spiritual field.


    In the past, the spirit field of taiyimen mainly planted Spirit Valley. In addition to the minimum requirements for spirit planting, it was also because the accumulation of spirit field was not enough and the soil fertility was not enough. In order to save soil power and prevent spiritual field degradation, we dare not plant a large number of spiritual flowers and grass that consume soil power.


    Looking at a large pile of black oil spiritual soil on the ground, I don''t know how many years it has accumulated to have such a weight.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he strengthened his determination to occupy this spiritual vein. Even if we go to war with the Zhao family for this, we will not hesitate.


    The spiritual planting skill of Taoist priest Qing in Taiyi sect has been improved for a long time, and the Wang family and his son help. As long as there is a large amount of black oil spiritual soil, a large number of more profitable spiritual flowers and grasses can be planted.


    Meng Zhang turned around for a long time. At the speed of Reiki leakage, there should be a long time before there will be strange phenomena around.


    Meng Zhang filled all his storage bags before he took away a small part of the black oil spiritual soil.


    Although it is only a first-order spirit vein, the speed of producing black oil spirit earth is not slow.


    Meng Zhang rode on the wind chasing foal and rushed back to Taiyi gate. After giving all the black oil spiritual soil to Taoist Qingling, he left in a hurry and rushed to mingshafang city.


    After careful selection in mingshafang City, I couldn''t find the favorite Dharma array.


    Meng Zhang, who was really inseparable, had to ask shi Weiming to go to huojingfang city and buy a first-class protection array for himself.


    Next, Meng Zhang became a porter and carried the black oil spiritual soil in the newly discovered spiritual vein back to Taiyi gate again and again.


    Meng Zhang brought back a batch of white Tibetan earth crystals from the abandoned mine occupied by ghost friars and asked his disciples to polish them. It can be regarded as an increase in income for both sects and disciples.


    Now, these white Tibetan soil crystals have long been polished and sold in Feihong building.


    Apart from Tian Li, most of the disciples in the sect are quite free.


    With this batch of black oil spiritual soil, most of the disciples were mobilized to help Taoist Qingling rectify their spiritual field.


    In less than half a month, Shi Weiming brought Meng Zhang a very good protection array - riprap and sand maze array.


    This first-order top-grade protection array has quite good defense in addition to the conventional functions of blocking Reiki and gathering Reiki. Moreover, there is a certain counterattack force.


    After the Dharma array arrived, Meng Zhang immediately called Shang qiansuan and rushed to the newly discovered spiritual vein with him.


    However, only half a month or so, the leakage of Reiki has been very serious. Due to the massive leakage of aura, there was a little green in the originally cold and desolate places. The surrounding desert is slowly and firmly transforming into an oasis.


    Wen qiansuan has been studying the way of array for so long that Meng Zhang just took the opportunity to test his practical ability.


    The two people have a clear division of labor and jointly set up this first-class stone and sand maze array.


    They chose several hillsides to place the array plate, just bringing all the valley in the middle into the scope of the FA array.


    Wen qian can''t calculate the triple cultivation of Qi refining, but the deployment of the Dharma array is no slower than Meng Zhang.


    Finally, Wen qiansuan had to finish his work one step ahead of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang only dabbled in the way of array, and his talent in this aspect is not strong.


    Wen qiansuan is very different. In addition to the basic cultivation, all the time and energy are devoted to studying the way of array.


    The talent above the array is very high and willing to work hard. At this time, Wen qiansuan has surpassed many array mages and apprentices.


    There is no mistake in the layout of Wen qiansuan, but Meng Zhang has one or two defects.


    After Wen qiansuan corrected this deficiency, he started the Dharma array.


    The Dharma array successfully linked the spirit pulse and inhaled a lot of spirit Qi.

 Chapter 110

    Once the Dharma array was started, I saw a layer of mist like fine sand rising in this hill, enveloping all kinds of situations around.


    Under the shelter of fine sand, the surrounding scene became blurred and difficult to see.


    Several hillsides surrounded the middle Valley, and stones of different sizes began to appear on the periphery of these hillsides.


    These stones are the result of the Reiki. The longer the array is deployed, the more stones will be accumulated.


    As long as the enemy breaks into the array, these stones will be sharp tools for defense and attack.


    Although the Reiki of the spirit pulse is basically locked by the Dharma array, it is impossible not to leak any Reiki.


    With the nourishment of aura, all kinds of vegetation will slowly appear around, and the desert will become an oasis.


    The slope where Lingmai is located is named Chaoyang slope by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was half relieved when the protection array was successfully set up. Relying on this first-class stone and sand maze array, taiyimen can win the strong with the weak and win the many with the few.


    Wen qiansuan''s array attainments have been recognized by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang left him to familiarize him with the control of the random stone and sand array.


    The power of a Dharma array controlled by someone is very different from that of an uncontrolled Dharma array.


    After finishing Lingtian''s affairs, the disciples of the sect were also gathered by Meng Zhang for various drills.


    As time went by, the changes outside Chaoyang slope became more and more obvious.


    The scope of the riprap sand maze array is limited and can only cover the area around several hillsides. As for further places, it is powerless.


    The surrounding hills began to turn green slowly. All kinds of vegetation began to appear on the originally desolate desert.


    Finally, a passing casual repairman inadvertently discovered the changes here.


    In the endless sand sea, there are a lot of vegetation on the original desert. The most likely situation is that there are new spiritual veins around.


    The casual practitioner also wanted to come over and thought he could be cheaper. He was expelled after Meng Zhang found out.


    Meng Zhang didn''t kill people because it was unnecessary.


    This is a place where people come and go. You can''t kill every friar who finds changes here.


    Sure enough, Meng Zhang received them personally and explained it respectfully.


    The two nuns of shuangfenggu just asked them as a matter of routine to help the sect understand the surrounding conditions all the time.


    There is a new first-order spirit pulse. It''s not a big deal for them. Just ask.


    But before leaving, they did not forget to remind Meng Zhang that the newly reclaimed spiritual land had a three-year exemption period. Three years later, according to the number of spiritual fields, it will be handed over to Shuangfeng Valley for worship.


    After the two monks of shuangfenggu left, there were passing monks who found the situation here.


    After half a month, the Zhao family finally knew that there was a new spiritual pulse at the junction of their own family and taiyimen.


    Soon after, the messenger sent by the Zhao family came to the outside of Chaoyang slope.


    The messenger of the Zhao family is Zhao Dong, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang. Looking at the situation of Chaoyang slope, he was very depressed.


    Taiyi gate was lucky enough to find a brand-new spiritual pulse. Even if it''s only a first-order spiritual pulse, it''s worth the Zhao family to rob it.


    Meng Zhang did not invite Zhao Dong in, but turned him out. Standing outside the protective array, he looked at Zhao Dong coldly.


    Although I know that oral Kung Fu is useless, and both sides will certainly have a fight. But after all, everyone is a so-called noble and decent school, and they are both vassals of shuangfenggu. We should talk about face and Kung Fu, and we must go through the motions.


    So the two began to argue with each other.


    The tone of the Zhao family is very simple. This is the sphere of influence of the Zhao family. It was invaded by the Taiyi gate for no reason. The Taiyi gate must withdraw immediately and apologize to the Zhao family.


    Meng Zhang''s words are also simple. This place has been the sacred and indivisible territory of Taiyi gate since ancient times. Taiyi gate will never step back.


    After you''ve been talking nonsense for a long time, the negotiations have officially broken down.


    Zhao Dong threw down a few cruel words and left immediately.


    This practice is consistent with the rules of shuangfenggu, and it is also a common method for the vassal forces of shuangfenggu to solve disputes.


    Such an open battle has certain rules and restrictions.


    No matter how many dirty things you have done in private, such as killing people and seizing treasure, or bullying the weak with a gun, you must be fair and aboveboard in this public battle, and you can''t lose the dignity of a famous family, especially shuangfenggu, who always loves face.


    In such a battle, many sinister means cannot be used. Moreover, it is better to stop fighting at the right time and not cause a large number of casualties.


    Meng Zhang calculated that now the thick earth God will fall into a deep sleep. There are not many Taiyi disciples and their cultivation is weaker.


    Although Meng Zhang had second-order talismans from the Li family''s secret treasure house and second-order puppets. But these cards cannot be used easily.


    The Zhao family is also a family of friars who had been out of the foundation period. They must also have some cards in their hands.


    If you don''t want to escalate the battle easily, you can''t use these means.


    It is the disciples of Taiyi sect who really decide the outcome.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for more than four years. Some disciples have been recruited in succession. Now the number of Taiyi disciples is in double digits.


    Except for the two disciples who had just started to practice and didn''t even have a solid state of Qi refining, all the other members of Taiyi sect, including Taoist priest Qingling and Wang''s father and son, were called to Chaoyang slope by Meng Zhang.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, there are 15 members in total.


    Among them, the highest accomplishments are Tianzhen and Taoist priest Qingling.


    Because the main operational strategy is to rely on the riprap and sand maze array. So Meng Zhang asked Wen qiansuan, who is proficient in the array, to command everyone.


    Everyone began to get busy and began to practice how to cooperate and how to control the Dharma array.


    Meng Zhang is not idle. In addition to completing the entrustment of Wen qiansuan, he has to go out for help.


    The reason why the Zhao family had to go to war after the 15th was to give both sides enough time to find qualified witnesses.


    This is another major feature of this kind of combat.


    The outcome of a battle depends not only on the battlefield, but also on Kung Fu outside the battlefield.

 Chapter 111

    With their own contacts, the two sides found witnesses. Although justice will be maintained on the whole, it is inevitable that there will be some bias at the critical moment.


    Taiyimen has been established here for less than a hundred years, and there are few foreign exchanges. As a local snake, the Zhao family has been rooted here for 300 years, and its contacts must be far above Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is a little embarrassed to think of this.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang, as a jumper, has an inexplicable sense of superiority in his heart. Moreover, because he had a top-grade spiritual root, he was also highly expected by Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of Taiyi sect.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang is very proud. Even if he doesn''t say it on the surface, he doesn''t pay much attention to the so-called foundation building sects.


    With Meng Zhang''s spiritual root qualification, it is only a matter of time to achieve foundation building and cultivation. Even a glimpse of the golden elixir realm is not impossible.


    Meng Zhang is now reflecting on himself, but he still has not put his mind right.


    After all, I am now a small monk in the period of Qi refining, and I am in charge of a slap in the face sect.


    Since it is a small family, there are many helpless places.


    When it''s time to be low, you should be low. When it''s time to pretend to be a grandson, pretend to be a grandson.


    It''s the stupidest thing to carry a set of headmaster''s airs and can''t pull down your body.


    Small forces should have the survival wisdom of small forces. It is never easy to survive in the cracks.


    Not to mention being good at dancing, you should at least be kind to others and make more friends.


    Even if you are against your will and feel wronged in your heart, you should honestly resist it.


    Day after day, day after day, day after day, day after day, the two teenagers in the air are never qualified to be a qualified leader.


    Having figured this out, Meng Zhang finally put down many unnecessary burdens in his heart.


    The most important thing now is to put down your face and find enough witnesses.


    Meng Zhang first rushed to mingshafang city and pestered Shi Weiming, asking him to find a witness with enough weight for himself.


    Shi Weiming is still the same story. They just do some small business secretly and never intervene in the gratitude and resentment between local families and sects.


    Meng Zhang won''t let him escape so easily this time. Anyway, he is entangled with him and must help himself.


    Meng Zhang is plausible. This is not to ask him to intervene in the grievances between taiyimen and the Zhao family, but to help find a witness.


    Meng Zhang holds Shi Weiming in his hand. He has a posture that we have known each other for many years. If you don''t help me this time, I won''t go.


    Finally, what moved Shi Weiming was not their trading relationship for many years. But Meng Zhang revealed that the land strength of taiyimen spiritual field has greatly increased and is preparing to use all spiritual fields for planting spiritual flowers and grass.


    Finally, Shi Weiming finally let go and promised to help find a witness with enough weight.


    Meng Zhang, who gained something from Shi Weiming, immediately rushed to the Linshan sect.


    Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect, is the kindest senior monk Meng Zhang knows. He doesn''t have the airs of a sect leader. He can also be handed over to later generation friars. Small sects like taiyimen can also be treated equally.


    After Meng Zhang arrived at Linshan, he met the leader of Linshan sect Xu Chengxian very smoothly.


    Xu Chengxian received Meng Zhang very warmly and had a very amiable attitude.


    However, when Meng Zhang asked Xu Chengxian to be the witness of the battle, Xu Chengxian politely refused.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that Xu Chengxian was the one who was most likely to be moved by himself, but he didn''t expect that he had hit a wall.


    Meng Zhang even did not hesitate to pull down his face and ask for soft words. But Xu Chengxian was polite, but his attitude remained unchanged, that is, he was unwilling to go through this muddy water.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang is in the wax. Even a good man like Xu Chengxian can''t move. Who else can he ask for?


    The last time I attended the foundation building Dharma meeting of Lin Shan sect, although I got to know a lot of Xiuzhen forces, we didn''t have deep friends. Now we rashly come to the door and ask for it. It''s very possible to return without success.


    Jin Qigu, a skillful craftsman, has a good attitude towards herself. She once wanted to help her media pull fiber.


    Then ask her to come to the door. Will she help herself?


    It is said that the skillful sect has always been interested in the rising stars of major forces. Many female disciples of the skillful sect marry these rising stars.


    It''s a big deal. I gave up my innocent body and handed myself over to the female disciple of the skillful sect.


    This is also a contribution to the great cause of the sect. However, I hope that the female disciples allocated by the skillful sect will not be the kind of rich women who can make young people struggle less for many years.


    Although his mind was full of thoughts, Meng Zhang kept pleading with Xu Chengxian. He not only offered a generous gift, but also vaguely hinted that the benefits of that spiritual vein could also be shared with Lin Shan sect.


    But Xu Chengxian''s attitude has always been very clear, that is, euphemism and firm refusal.


    Seeing that Xu Chengxian could not be persuaded, Meng Zhang was greatly disappointed. Before leaving, he couldn''t help but say, "since the elder refused to help, the younger generation had to take a chance at the skillful door."


    Xu Chengxian listened and laughed.


    "Headmaster Meng, if you believe me, don''t run into a wall at the skillful door."


    "The relationship between the skillful hand gate and the Zhao family is much deeper than you know. Besides, Zhao Yang of the Zhao family, his wife was born in the skillful hand gate."


    "Also, Jin Qigu has long intended to betroth her niece to Zhao jiudou."


    "If Zhao jiudou didn''t want to impact the foundation period and didn''t want to lose Yuanyang, the two sides might have married long ago."


    Lin Shan sect is a force that has passed on time and whose sphere of influence is far above the Zhao family. Its news must be well informed. And Xu Chengxian doesn''t need to deceive himself on this issue.


    After hearing Xu Chengxian''s words, Meng Zhang''s heart was cold. With the help of jianjizong gate such as skillful hand gate, the Zhao family may not be able to keep the spirit vein even if they beat the Zhao family in battle.


    What should I do? Should I give up the spirit pulse?


    The intricate relationship between these Xiuzhen forces is really complex.


    Meng Zhang, who was very disappointed, suddenly felt blessed and fell to the ground.


    "Please tell me what I should do."


    "I will never forget the great kindness of my predecessors."


    Xu Chengxian waved his hand. "I have long said that I should not intervene in the gratitude and resentment between taiyimen and the Zhao family."


    "Speaking of it, I have known you Taoist Xuanling, the former leader of Taiyi sect, for many years."


    "By the way, master Shan Ying of shuangfenggu, do you remember?"


    Xu Chengxian changed the subject and asked an irrelevant question.


    "Of course, I remember that the younger generation once had two sides with the elder."


    Although he didn''t know Xu Chengxian''s intention to ask this question, Meng Zhang answered honestly.

 Chapter 112

    Shan Ying, the law enforcement elder of shuangfenggu, and Meng Zhang have also dealt with him.


    When Shuangfeng Valley recruited its vassal forces to encircle and suppress the sand monster, Meng Zhang reported to Xiao Shenqiang and Shan Ying because he first found the sand monster''s nest.


    Later, after Xiao Shen''s strong body died, shuangfenggu kept its promise and exempted the worship of taiyimen for three years.


    Later, when he joined the foundation building Dharma meeting of Lin shenpo of Lin Shan sect, Shan Ying and Shan Hu appeared. Meng Zhang looked at him from a distance.


    As for more relationships, there are no more.


    The friar in the foundation period of shuangfenggu is a first-class big man around. Meng Zhang really can''t curry favor with him.


    Now Xu Cheng mentioned Shan Ying first. I don''t know what his intention is.


    Meng Zhang thought about Xu Chengxian''s intention in his heart and answered honestly.


    "Elder Shan Ying seems to talk a little coldly. In fact, he likes to support young generations most."


    "Friar Zhao was dishonest and dared to take the small building Jidan of Shuangfeng Valley, which angered the leader of Shuangfeng valley. This incident has been less than three years, but many people in Shuangfeng valley still remember it vividly."


    "In recent years, in order to track down the killing of elder Xiao Shenqiang, elder Shan Ying has been running around. A few days ago, I heard that someone met him in mingshafang city."


    The death of Xiao Shenqiang was the hand of Meng Zhang. Now, hearing Xu Chengxian mention the past events of that year, Meng Zhang is still somewhat unnatural.


    After listening to Xu Chengxian''s words, Meng Zhang tasted it carefully. It was a taste.


    Although he didn''t know why Xu Chengxian had to point out to himself, Meng Zhang bowed deeply.


    "Thank you for your advice. I will keep it in mind."


    "I didn''t tell you anything. These are your own ideas."


    Xu Chengxian hit a ha ha.


    "Remember, I''m not polite to you. I really didn''t teach you how to do it. You must keep this in mind."


    Speaking of this, Xu Chengxian''s tone was a little harsh.


    "If you talk nonsense after you leave here, I won''t remember the friendship between you and my family."


    At this moment, Meng Zhang fully understood.


    Xu Chengxian instructs him to find Shan Ying, the elder of shuangfenggu for help. However, it must not be revealed that this is from his guidance.


    What''s the inside story? Meng Zhang has no mind to pay attention to it for the time being.


    Since Xu Chengxian pointed out a bright way for himself, he acted according to this.


    Meng Zhang wanted to slap his head. He was so stupid. When the Zhao family was angry with shuangfenggu, they saw it with their own eyes. Why didn''t they expect to suppress the Zhao family with the help of shuangfenggu?


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knew in his heart that because he killed Xiao Shenqiang, he would always feel a little guilty when facing monk Shuangfeng valley. Therefore, Shuangfeng Valley has always been at a respectful distance.


    Meng Zhang was not very worried about secretly mining chalcopyrite behind shuangfenggu''s back.


    Because not everyone in the vassal forces of Shuangfeng Valley is willing to be exploited by Shuangfeng valley.


    According to Li Xuan, many forces have concealed their income openly or secretly and reduced their offerings to shuangfenggu.


    Shuangfeng Valley is not ignorant of such things. But as long as it is not too obvious, Shuangfeng valley will not care too much sometimes.


    After leaving Linshan, Meng Zhang rushed to mingshafang city as soon as possible.


    Li Xuan, who was familiar with mingshafang City, was called over by Meng Zhang without considering practicing the array.


    Through Li Xuan''s contacts, Meng Zhang finally heard about Shan Ying''s residence.


    Shan Ying did not live in Shuangfeng Valley''s industry, but in a friend''s place.


    This residence is located in the west of mingshafang City, which is remote and rarely populated.


    Meng Zhang prepared a gift and visited alone.


    This is a small courtyard with a single door. The door of the courtyard is an insignificant old man. When I''m old, I''m just a triple cultivation of Qi refining.


    Meng Zhang skillfully handed over several inferior spirit stones, took out the gifts and presented them. He said his purpose and came to see elder Shan Ying of shuangfenggu.


    The old man who received the benefit was not difficult to speak. He asked Meng Zhang to wait a moment and report.


    This wait is more than an hour. Meng Zhang dared not have the slightest impatience, but still waited in place honestly.


    After more than half an hour, the old man came out of the yard and said coldly, "elder Shan let you in."


    The old man led the way and led Meng Zhang to Shan Ying.


    Shan Ying was sitting on a recliner in the garden. He was slightly closing his eyes to refresh himself. He looked like he was sleeping.


    When Meng Zhang came in, he didn''t open his eyes, let alone get up.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect, and immediately made a big ceremony to pay homage.


    "Younger generation, Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect, I''ve seen the elder."


    Shan Ying snorted as if he had nothing, which was an answer.


    Seeing that Shan Ying didn''t speak, Meng Zhang hesitated, and then began to play all his acting skills.


    Meng Zhang began to appeal like a single eagle in an extremely wronged tone.


    How the Zhao family is domineering, how they bully taiyimen, and how they are wronged and helpless


    Speaking later, there was a cry in Meng Zhang''s tone, which was a cry of nose and tears.


    Its tragic grievances are that the listener is sad and the listener tears.


    Meng Zhang admired himself for his acting skills. If you enter the entertainment industry before crossing, you may be able to get the title of an old drama bone.


    Shan Ying still didn''t respond. Meng Zhang had to continue crying. The more he said, the more sad he was.


    After a half ring, Shan Ying waved to calm Meng Zhang down.


    "Today''s young people are really getting worse from generation to generation. Your acting skills are far worse than many old guys."


    Meng Zhang''s face could not help showing an embarrassing color. People have long seen through their feelings. Did they play in vain.


    "I''m not interested in your taiyimen and Zhao family. People in Shuangfeng valley will not participate in your disputes."


    "Shuangfenggu seems to be high above the world. The most important thing is to ensure fairness and justice in order to control so many forces."


    Shan Ying''s words let Meng Zhang a little disappointed. Did he come in vain this time.


    Here, a middle-aged man entered the small garden from the outside.


    Shan Ying pointed to this man and said to Meng Zhang, "this boy is Zhou shengkao, the descendant of my old friend. This boy is idle all day. He is a nosy man."


    "You go down and talk slowly about something. I''m too lazy to listen and manage."


    Then he waved Meng Zhang away.


    The middle-aged man named Zhou shengkao took the initiative to lead Meng Zhang out.


    However, he did not directly take Meng Zhang out, but took him to a nearby room.

 Chapter 113

    "I will meet head Meng for the first time next week. Please give me more advice later."


    "No, no, I should ask for advice from the previous generation."


    Zhou shengkao exchanged greetings with Meng Zhang. After saying a few useless nonsense, Zhou shengkao got to the point.


    "We all know the purpose of leader Meng. We need to find a middleman to fight with the Zhao family."


    "With his old man''s character, he will never get involved in these things."


    "But I''ve always liked to watch the excitement. Now I''m just free. I can take a trip."


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s skeptical eyes, Zhou shengkao continued without displeasure: "don''t worry. I''m just a little friar of Qi refining, but for the sake of old man Shan bota. Even friars in the foundation period have to sell me more face on this third of an mu."


    "As long as I come forward in person, I can''t guarantee anything else, but at least I can guarantee a fair and won''t let leader Meng be bullied."


    Zhou shengkao spoke for a while before Meng Zhang understood what he meant.


    As an elder of Shuangfeng Valley during the foundation period, elder Shan Ying is not fit to be involved in this kind of thing. However, as his close nephew, Zhou shengkao can come forward and bear the witness of Taiyi sect in this battle.


    Of course, there is no free lunch in the world, and Zhou shengkao will not help for no reason. He offered his appearance fee, 4000 inferior spirit stones.


    A newly formed first-order spirit vein is generally sold for only three or five thousand lower grade spirit stones.


    A newly formed spiritual vein, slowly reclaiming the spiritual field and working hard, will take at least ten or eight years to return to its roots.


    The other party offered 4000 pieces of spirit stone, but it''s not cheap at all.


    Meng Zhang secretly rejoiced that although the other party was well-informed, he did not know that this spiritual pulse was not newly formed, but had just been lifted up from the ground and had been formed for a long time.


    In particular, if Shan Ying knows the news that black oil is produced in the spiritual eye, he will directly rob the spiritual pulse regardless of his face.


    Meng Zhang did not feel angry because Zhou shengkao''s Lion opened his mouth. Since the other party offered a price, it showed that the other party wanted to make a deal. Since you can trade, everything is easy to say.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be embarrassed and began to bargain with Zhou shengkao.


    Zhou shengkao was not angry, but took out a businessman''s posture and bargained with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang kept trying to be small, poured out the bitter water in his stomach, and finally let Zhou Sheng relax.


    Finally, the two sides traded at the price of 3600 low-grade Lingshi.


    Of course, Meng Zhang told Zhou shengkao that he couldn''t get so many spiritual stones at once and needed time to raise them slowly.


    Zhou shengkao did not embarrass Meng Zhang and gave him a one month deadline.


    Zhou shengkao can go on this trip before Lingshi comes. Anyway, the monk can''t run away from the temple, and Meng Zhang doesn''t have the courage to refuse.


    After discussing the deal, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave. Before leaving, he asked tentatively whether the engagement with the Zhao family could be cancelled and directly announced that taiyimen possessed the spirit vein since he had already made such a large amount of spirit stone.


    Zhou shengkao refused Meng Zhang''s proposal without hesitation.


    The 3500 inferior spirit stone is his appearance fee as a witness, not the price that completely subdues the Zhao family.


    With his identity and position, he can have a tendency in this dispute, but at least his face should be decent and he can''t completely fall to taiyimen.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang could only give up the idea of winning without fighting and left here.


    After returning to Duoduo grocery store, taiyimen''s stronghold in mingshafang City, Meng Zhang asked Li Xuan about Zhou shengkao to see if he could be trusted.


    Li Xuan was well informed and directly told the details of Zhou shengkao.


    The so-called Zhou shengkao is indeed Shan Ying''s nephew and a white glove for Shan Ying to make money.


    Don''t think that the elders in the foundation period of Shuangfeng valley are really immortals who don''t eat human fireworks. They also have a great demand for spirit stones.


    However, after all, shuangfenggu is a self advertised noble and decent school, and its internal constraints are relatively strict.


    Shan Ying was inconvenient to come forward by himself, so he let Zhou shengkao come forward instead of him. Even if something really goes wrong, you can prevaricate if you don''t know anything about it.


    Of course, in this event, Zhou shengkao is trustworthy. On behalf of Shan Ying, he must be afraid of other witnesses to publicly embarrass taiyimen.


    After listening to Li Xuan''s words, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that Xu Chengxian of Linshan sect instructed him to find Shan Ying. He must know the specific situation. Moreover, the Zhao family was moved to anger by Shuangfeng Valley, and Shan Ying was also one of the parties.


    From the standpoint of single eagle, it can not only suppress the Zhao family that shuangfenggu doesn''t like, but also earn a spiritual stone for itself. It''s really killing two birds with one stone.


    Meng Zhang was also secretly vigilant. Before his wings were full, he must not let shuangfenggu feel bad about himself.


    The gift for Shan Ying cost hundreds of inferior spiritual stones, and 3500 inferior spiritual stones have to be paid within a month, which is really a big burden.


    Originally, Meng Zhang also asked Shi Weiming to find a suitable witness for himself. Now with Zhou shengkao, it seems that there is no need there.


    But what makes Meng Zhang a little depressed is that Shi Weiming is efficient enough to find a suitable candidate.


    This man is Gu Dashan, the nephew of Gu Tanghai, a famous friar in the foundation building period.


    Casual practice is not easy. We have to face countless difficulties. It is even more difficult to build a foundation and go to heaven.


    Gu Tanghai''s qualification is not very good, but he succeeded in building the foundation with great perseverance and some opportunities.


    Gu Tanghai has both prestige and is regarded by many casual practitioners as a spiritual leader and example.


    After Gu Tanghai built the foundation, he didn''t forget his roots and took care of the scattered cultivation he knew.


    In those years, Shuangfeng Valley once recruited Gu Tanghai to serve as the guest elder of Shuangfeng valley.


    However, Gu Tanghai politely declined the solicitation, saying that he was still willing to be a idle cloud wild crane.


    Gu Tanghai was a monk who was famous and difficult to deal with during the foundation building period. These vassal forces of Shuangfeng Valley dare not provoke him easily.


    Gu Dashan is in his seventies. He is just a cultivation in the middle of gas refining. However, relying on his uncle Gu Tanghai''s reputation, he also mixed in the cultivation world.


    It is Gu Dashan''s routine business to make peace for others, to be a guarantor, to make peace twice, to be a peacemaker and so on.


    He has a good reputation and works very reliably. Among his former customers, his reputation is good, and no one speaks ill of him.


    As the witness of taiyimen, I can also be trusted.

 Chapter 114

    With Zhou shengkao as a witness, Gu Dashan seems useless.


    However, this time, after all, Meng Zhang begged Shi Weiming hard, and others helped him wholeheartedly. If you change your mind halfway, it will not only damage the relationship between the two sides, but also damage Meng Zhang''s credit.


    So Meng Zhang used Gu Dashan as a witness.


    Anyway, for Shi Weiming''s sake, he offered a friendship price, which only needed 200 pieces of Lingshi''s appearance fee.


    Compared with the appearance fee of 3500 Lingshi over there, this price is very good.


    Shi Weiming arranged for the two to meet.


    Gu Dashan is a tall, kind-hearted old man.


    Meng Zhang contacted him and found that he was not difficult to get along with.


    When talking with Zhou shengkao, Meng Zhang was going to read his mind with his heart.


    However, like him, Zhou shengkao was a monk in the later stage of Qi refining, and it was difficult to read too detailed information.


    Second, it was at Shan Ying''s residence after all. Who knows if Shan Ying paid attention behind his back.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang forced himself to suppress his curiosity and didn''t read Zhou shengkao''s mind.


    Now facing Gu Dashan, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but show his heart and read his mind.


    The result was very satisfactory to Meng Zhang. Gu Dashan''s integrity was good. After receiving the Lingshi, he would do a good job.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also found something related to Gu Tanghai in Gu Dashan''s heart.


    Meng Zhang secretly wrote down this matter to see if he could take this opportunity to seek benefits in the future.


    When Meng Zhang came out of mingshafang City, he took Li Xuan and Zhang Zhanlin back to Chaoyang slope without stopping.


    Back at Chaoyang slope, Meng Zhang gave him the goods Wen qiansuan entrusted him to buy, and then everyone put into intense exercise.


    Time passed quickly, and fifteen days passed quickly.


    On the day of the battle between the Zhao family and taiyimen, a large number of spectators gathered around Chaoyang slope early in the morning.


    These visitors come from all directions, some are members of the surrounding cultivation forces, some are scattered cultivation who often move around, and even tourists from further places.


    Next to the highest hills, it is almost a sea of people.


    It''s really a good play that two Xiuzhen forces fight openly.


    The melon eaters just didn''t move out of the bench and took out the melon seeds.


    Meng Zhang and the disciples of Taiyi sect are waiting behind the protection array.


    A flying boat flew in the sky, accompanied by several red feather eagles.


    The flying boat and the red feather Eagle landed on a hillside not far away.


    There have long been Zhao''s children who arrived in advance, occupied the place and waited for the arrival of the brigade.


    Zhao jiudou appeared on the hillside with Zhao Dong and a group of Zhao family members.


    The hillside was designated in advance, and the witnesses of both sides watched the battle.


    Soon after Zhao jiudou and others appeared, Meng Zhang, with a cold face, came to the hillside and waited with him for the arrival of witnesses from both sides.


    Chen Zhentian, the leader of Feiying sect, and the leaders of several small forces around him were the first to arrive.


    As soon as they appeared, they came directly behind Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao Dong looked at Meng Zhang with a little pride and thought: what if Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship is good. Taiyi gate is too weak. There are no contacts like Zhao family at all.


    "Headmaster Meng, what about the witnesses invited by Taiyi gate? Can''t you invite no one?"


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to talk to such a small person. He lowered his identity out of thin air.


    After a while, Gu Dashan rushed up the hillside on a monster.


    "I''m sorry, master Meng. I met some old friends on the road and said a few more words. I was almost late."


    "It''s still early. Elder Gu came just in time." Meng Zhang said with a smile.


    Gu Dashan is also a celebrity in the nearby area. As soon as he appeared, many people recognized his identity.


    After greeting Meng Zhang, Gu Dashan waved to some acquaintances, and then came to Meng Zhang.


    Gu Dashan, a monk in the foundation period, was behind him. He made a group of witnesses invited by the Zhao family feel a little embarrassed.


    Wait, if there is a dispute, it seems a little unworthy to treat the nephew of the foundation period friar in order to make friends with the Zhao family.


    Of course, even if Gu Tanghai is arrogant, he will not directly come to the door to embarrass these forces because of his nephew''s gratitude and resentment.


    However, if you really offend the friars during the foundation period, they can make these forces very sad by doing something casually.


    Zhao jiudou''s face remained unchanged. He greeted Gu Dashan with great grace.


    There was a clear sound of cranes in the sky. A green crane and a yellow crane flew over the hillside and soon landed.


    Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful hand sect, and Ruan Yuan, the leader of the golden knife sect, which Meng Zhang had seen in the Linshan sect, came down from the crane and came to the people.


    Crane monsters are flying monsters that human practitioners often ride.


    In the endless sand sea with very poor Xiuzhen resources, those who can feed flying monsters can at least be regarded as small local tyrants.


    Meng Zhang was also very envious. The flying monster mount was very popular and practical. He really wanted to match himself with one.


    Like Zhao jiudou, Meng Zhang said hello to the two leaders.


    Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, is still a broken mouth aunt. She greets the people around her with a little enthusiasm.


    Seeing Gu Dashan beside Meng Zhang, he said with a smile, "old Gu, you are collecting money to help others this time. You like to earn these small money and your eyelids are too shallow."


    "Tell me, how many spirit stones have you cheated from leader Meng this time?"


    As soon as Jin Qigu''s voice fell, a cold hum came.


    "Hum."


    "I dare to earn any money, and I''m not afraid to get into big trouble that day and compensate myself."


    Ruan Yuan, the leader of the golden Sabre sect, said in a gloomy way.


    Both the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate are the ancestral gates with friars in the foundation period. They don''t worry about such a casual practice as Gu Tanghai.


    If Gu Tanghai himself is here, Jin Qigu and Ruan Yuan may give him some face. Gu Dashan is just Gu Tanghai''s nephew. He really doesn''t pay attention to them.


    Gu Dashan didn''t look good. He regretted that he shouldn''t have come to this muddy water.


    Seeing Meng Zhang, Jin Qigu said carelessly, "little leader Meng, the old woman was very optimistic about you. But how can you do such a stupid thing and forcibly occupy the spiritual pulse of the Zhao family."


    "Well, you return the spirit pulse to the Zhao family and apologize again. For the face of the old woman, the Zhao family must not be investigated."


    "If the old woman didn''t really like you, she wouldn''t help you like that."


    "Well, do you think the old woman''s words are reasonable?"

 Chapter 115

    The words of Jin Qigu, who did not distinguish right from wrong and obviously favored the Zhao family, made Meng Zhang angry.


    This man is so fickle. The last time I met in Lin Shan sect, Jin Qi Gu didn''t look like this.


    Meng Zhang forced down his anger and said coldly, "this is the gratitude and resentment between the younger generation and the Zhao family. I won''t bother the elder."


    "It''s good for you to watch the war. You don''t need to ask any more questions."


    "I don''t even know how to accept the kindness of my predecessors. Today''s young people simply don''t know the greatness of heaven and earth. They don''t know how to beg for mercy until they suffer."


    Ruan Yuan, the leader of the golden Sabre sect, said mercilessly.


    Meng Zhang is too lazy to argue with him. The position of these people has been made clear. It is impossible to be fair at all.


    "Now that the witnesses of both sides are here, you can go to war," Ruan Yuan preached.


    "Please wait a minute, elder. There is still one witness here who hasn''t arrived."


    "I don''t know who leader Meng invited. It''s sacred. It''s so big that so many of us have to wait for him." Jin Qigu asked.


    "When this person arrives, the elder naturally knows who he is." Meng Zhang said casually.


    "I don''t know what it is." Ruan Yuan despised it.


    After waiting for a while, Ruan Yuanzheng, a little impatient, was ready to speak. There was a cry of cranes in the sky, and a blue crane flew from a distance.


    The Blue Crane flew very fast and soon came over the hillside.


    After the Blue Crane landed, a man came down from the blue crane.


    As soon as the man appeared, Zhao jiudou''s face changed greatly, and even showed some panic.


    The faces of Jin Qigu and Ruan Yuan also became a little ugly.


    "Headmaster Meng, I''m sorry. I''m a little late, brother."


    "Where, brother Zhou came just in time."


    Meng Zhang hurried up to greet Zhou Sheng.


    "I''m sorry, everyone. I was going to leave, but Uncle Shan insisted on holding me up and saying that I had something to tell you. After talking to Uncle Shan, I was late."


    Zhou shengkao said with a fist around him.


    "Brother Zhou can often listen to elder Shan''s teachings. That''s a good thing that many people can''t ask for. For such a big good thing, the other small things are not worth mentioning."


    Ruan Yuan greeted with a smile.


    Jin Qigu said with a smile, "if we can get the instruction of elder Shan every day, we are willing to live a few years less."


    Zhou shengkao didn''t act domineering because of his identity. Instead, he greeted the people around him very warmly.


    It seems that the relationship between Zhou shengkao and Shan Ying is really no secret.


    Many monks crowded around and spoke enthusiastically to Zhou shengkao.


    When Zhao jiudou took the initiative to say hello to Zhou shengkao, Zhou shengkao was very cold. He replied coldly and didn''t want to continue to talk to him.


    Seeing this scene, the practitioners around them immediately had a judgment in their hearts.


    Zhao jiudou''s heart was even colder.


    Zhao Yanbei, the head of the Zhao family, and a group of people who were moved to anger by Shuangfeng Valley, are still doing hard labor in Mingsha mountain. Zhou shengkao now has such an attitude. The Zhao family will be sad in the future.


    After talking to the people for a while, Zhou shengkao said, "it''s getting late. Let taiyimen and the Zhao family solve their disputes first."


    "Start now."


    After Zhou shengkao announced, Meng Zhang immediately left here and returned to the taiyimen camp.


    Zhao jiudou pressed down his uneasiness, summoned the friars of the Zhao family, and ran to the camp of Taiyi gate.


    There was a whisper among the friars of the Zhao family.


    Zhou shengkao''s attitude towards the Zhao family made them very upset.


    "Well, this is not the time for wishful thinking. Focus on the battle in front of you and talk about anything after the war."


    Zhao jiudou comforted the people, and Meng Zhang jumped out of the Dharma array and took the initiative to meet Zhao jiudou.


    Soldier to soldier, general to general, this is what Zhao jiudou wants.


    In the last battle in Linshan, they didn''t decide the outcome. Zhao jiudou not only failed to achieve his goal of teaching Meng Zhang a lesson, but also helped Meng Zhang become famous.


    Today, Zhao jiudou will use his flying sword to teach the lucky boy a good lesson and correct his name.


    Two flying swords danced in the air, then quickly approached and began a series of fierce collisions.


    Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou are not real sword practitioners. Apart from flying swords, they do not exclude the use of other magic tools.


    Meng Zhang raised the fire symbol in his hand. Several fire snakes melted by the sun''s true fire immediately appeared on the ground and rushed to Zhao jiudou one after another.


    Zhao jiudou held a stone stick and waved it hard. The sand on the ground condensed into two earth dragons. He met the fire snakes in front and fought fiercely.


    Meng Zhang gently shakes the startling bell. The jade pendant Zhao jiudou wears produces a warm current to keep him awake from the influence of the bell.


    Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou come and go. When the fight is hard to separate, the other side is not idle.


    In addition to Zhao jiudou, the Zhao family sent a total of 15 monks this time.


    This is not that the Zhao family can only send so many people, but according to Zhao jiudou''s idea, we should defeat the Taiyi gate with the same number of people, completely subdue the Taiyi gate and show the prestige of the Zhao family.


    Zhao Dong, who was the seventh master of Qi refining, was the head of the Zhao family friar, and two other friars in the later stage of Qi refining. The rest of the monks are all in the middle of Qi refining.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, except that Tianzhen and Taoist priest Qingling are the six aspects of Qi refining, and Li Xuan, Zhang Zhanlin and Wang''s father and son are the middle stage of Qi refining, all the other disciples are rookies in the early stage of Qi refining.


    In the cultivation world, all major forces try to avoid letting rookies in the early stage of Qi refining go to the battlefield.


    The number of taiyimen and Zhao family is the same, but the gap in cultivation is too big. The only thing taiyimen can rely on is the first-order protective array, rock and sand array.


    Although it was the first actual battle, Wen Qian was not flustered at all. He calmly commanded the people in place, and then began to control the operation of the Dharma array.


    Zhao Dong and others rushed to the front of the Dharma array. Without giving an order, they used all kinds of means to attack the Dharma array in front of them.


    It''s just a first-order array. How much defensive power can it have and can withstand the attack of everyone?


    A series of spells, such as fireball, Earth Dragon and golden sabre, almost enveloped the whole array.


    The sand flying around the Dharma array took the initiative to meet these spells.


    After a loud noise, the misty sand dissipated, revealing the situation in the Dharma array.


    The attack did not stop, more talismans were released, and more and more spells rushed to the Dharma array from all directions.

 Chapter 116

    In the stone and sand array, the huge stones transformed by Aura moved one after another and took the initiative to meet the countless spells coming.


    The boulder was blown apart and turned into aura and disappeared. Those incoming spells also disappeared.


    A Dharma array controlled by someone is completely different from a Dharma array not controlled by anyone.


    Although Meng Zhang knew Wen qiansuan, there was a big gap between the disciples of Taiyi and the friars of Zhao family. It can barely withstand it in a short time. As time goes on, it will slowly lose its support.


    Meng Zhang needs to solve his opponent first before he has the spare power to take care of the battlefield over there.


    Zhao jiudou is even more depressed. His cultivation is obviously better than the other party. He can start. There is always a feeling of being tied up, but let the other party take the initiative.


    The flying sword danced back and forth in the air, colliding and assassinating; The fire snake and the Earth Dragon fought desperately on the earth.


    The ringing bell sounded from time to time. Most of its power was blocked by Zhao jiudou''s protective jade pendant, but it still made him feel a little upset.


    Zhao Dong led his people to attack for a long time, but he couldn''t shake the enemy''s Dharma array. He began to worry.


    Originally, I thought that my group of people could easily win a crushing victory because their cultivation was far better than their opponents. But the other side relied on a first-order Dharma array to block his own side.


    Zhao Dong took out a broken array talisman and motioned to the other two same families in the later stage of gas refining.


    Although the array breaking talisman is rare and difficult to buy on the market, it''s still relatively easy to take out a few first-order array breaking talismans with the details of the Zhao family.


    "Release." with Zhao Dong''s order, the three Zhao friars, including him, released a first-order array breaking talisman.


    The rock and sand maze, which was running at a high speed, was suddenly stopped and stopped running.


    Although three first-order breaking talismans can''t completely defeat the Dharma array, it''s easy to stop the operation of the Dharma array temporarily.


    "Kill." Zhao dongviolently drank and rushed into the Dharma array.


    "Time is not much, everyone hurry up." someone said to remind his family.


    The Zhao family rushed into the Dharma array one after another, took out their own maces and prepared to attack their opponents with all their strength. Before the Dharma array returns to operation, they should knock down as many Taiyi disciples as possible to make them lose their combat effectiveness.


    Without the shelter of the Dharma array, all Taiyi disciples were exposed to the enemy. The disciples of Taiyi sect can''t resist the huge gap in cultivation between the two sides.


    All Taiyi disciples began to panic. Only Wen qiansuan remained calm enough.


    Seeing Zhao''s disciples rush into the Dharma array, he took out a large stack of talismans and threw them into the air.


    These talismans turned into streamers and flew to different directions.


    After the streamer returned to its place, it turned into huge trees, moved quickly and bumped left and right, surrounding all the Zhao family.


    When Zhao Dong just rushed into the array, he found Wen qiansuan, the opponent who presided over the array. Without the slightest hesitation, he used the flying sword to assassinate Wen qiansuan.


    Fortunately, Wen qiansuan moved fast enough to release this large stack of runes in time.


    Giant trees moved quickly and blocked Zhao Dong''s flying sword.


    All the Zhao disciples were surrounded by giant trees.


    In the face of the huge wood from all directions, they didn''t care to continue the attack, and began to resist and dodge the impact of the huge wood in a bit of panic.


    The flying sword of Zhao Dong''s imperial envoy cut off a huge wood with one sword. After the giant wood turned blue and the gas disappeared, more giant trees collided with it.


    "Fu array, it''s actually a Fu array." Zhao Dong shouted angrily.


    The so-called Rune array is designed by the array mage, who draws a complete set of a large number of runes, and finally combined by the array mage.


    Rune array is a simplified Dharma array. Its power and duration are not as good as serious Dharma array.


    The power of the talisman array basically depends on the talisman.


    Fu feisheng is easy to release and easy to use. Especially in the field encounter, it is particularly easy to use.


    Rune array is sold in mingshafang city. It has a wide variety and diverse functions. But the high-quality products are still rare.


    Wen qiansuan reminded Meng Zhang when he practiced the Dharma array. With the Zhao family''s inside information, it is not difficult to get such a rare talisman as the broken array talisman.


    After releasing the broken array charm, the Dharma array will be temporarily fixed. This is a big flaw.


    During this period of time, it''s best to have some means to hold the enemy down and wait for the Dharma array to resume operation.


    Wen qiansuan''s suggestion is that it''s best to get a set of Rune matrix. It is not only convenient to release, but also conducive to him to give full play to his array attainments.


    Meng Zhang took Wen qiansuan''s proposal very seriously. He specially entrusted Shi Weiming to help buy a set of high-quality Rune array.


    Although the rune array released by Wen qiansuan is still a first-order Rune array, it is powerful and integrates trapping and wounding the enemy.


    Sure enough, all the friars of the Zhao family who were caught off guard and thought victory was in sight were trapped by the rune array.


    After all, Zhao Dong is a family friar with inheritance, not a casual monk without insight. He knew that the power of the rune array could not last long. As long as the power contained in the rune array was exhausted, the rune array would be defeated.


    Unfortunately, Wen qiansuan''s array skills are really extraordinary. A set of ordinary Rune array has played a variety of tricks in his hands.


    The huge trees rushing one by one scattered the Zhao disciples and couldn''t concentrate.


    All the children of the Zhao family are tired and unable to take care of others.


    When the talisman power was exhausted and the talisman array disappeared, the first-order stone and sand array had already returned to normal operation.


    Attacking outside the Dharma array is totally different from being trapped in the Dharma array.


    In the former case, you can attack the array with all your strength without considering your own defense.


    In the latter case, be careful. When attacking the Dharma array, the counterattack of the Dharma array will come in time.


    Zhao Dong knew how powerful it was. As soon as he got out of the siege of the rune array, he gathered two other people in the later stage of Qi refining, and then gathered them together.


    They took advantage of the fact that the Dharma array had just resumed its operation, and there were still some flaws. They tried their best to cut through the rocks blocking the way and broke out of the Dharma array.


    However, not all Zhao family members can break through in time.

 Chapter 117

    Two of Zhao''s children were too slow and fell to the end.


    When Zhao Dong and others highlighted the Dharma array, they slowed down a step and were trapped by the Dharma array.


    The normal operation of the Dharma array is not so easy to break.


    The misty sand all over the sky confused their senses. Accidentally, he was hit by the rocks in the Dharma array and fell to the ground, losing all his resistance.


    Knowing that it was not appropriate to kill people on such an occasion today, Wen Qian resisted the impulse of the killer and just controlled the two Zhao family members.


    The loss of two clansmen, Zhao Dong was a little surprised and angry, but it did not affect his confidence.


    The gap in accomplishments between the two sides is really too big. Our side is only careless for a while, so it has temporarily lost the favor.


    It''s only a matter of time before you settle down, give up the idea of quick decision, consume slowly and break the front array.


    The temporary defeat made Zhao Dong calm and made the right decision.


    However, just as Zhao Dong organized the Zhao family to continue to attack the Dharma array, a loud drink came from the sky.


    "Enough, stop."


    Zhou shengkao did not know when he flew to the top of the battlefield on a blue crane.


    Jin Qigu and Yu Yuan rode cranes and followed him.


    "The outcome of this war has been divided, you all stop." Zhou shengkao began to give orders.


    After Zhou Sheng drank a lot in the exam, the Zhao family stopped one after another under his pressure. But everyone was puzzled.


    When will it be decided? Why don''t I know? Zhao Dong was puzzled and couldn''t help asking, "how does this distinguish the winner from the loser? Who wins and who loses?"


    Zhou shengkao looked at him disdainfully, "nonsense, of course your Zhao family lost."


    The Zhao family was defeated. Not to mention the Zhao family, even Jin Qigu and Ruan Yuan were puzzled.


    Thinking of the close relationship between the skillful door and the Zhao family, Jin Qigu couldn''t help asking, "when did the Zhao family lose?"


    "You''re blind. Can''t you see? The Zhao family has the upper hand of the bullshit."


    "A group of people were trapped in the array. They escaped from the array only after they were spared. However, in a short time, two people were captured by others. If they hadn''t been merciful, where would they still be alive?"


    "Why, don''t you want all the Zhao family members to lose here?"


    Zhou shengkao''s words opened everyone''s eyes. The original war situation can also be interpreted in this way.


    People of the Zhao family, who have always been used to bullying, suddenly understand what is unreasonable and what is bullying.


    On the other side of the battlefield, Zhao jiudou, who was fighting Meng Zhang, always paid attention to the war situation here. Seeing the situation here, he also forced Meng Zhang back with a sword and hurried over.


    When he arrived here, Zhao jiudou happened to hear Zhou shengkao''s words and was almost not angry.


    Zhao jiudou was preparing to argue. Zhou shengkao suddenly got angry and scolded him.


    "At an old age, the perfect cultivation of Qi refining was forced to the disadvantage by a young man with seven aspects of Qi refining."


    "If I hadn''t been kind enough to stop, you would have been killed by someone else''s sword sooner or later."


    Zhao Jiu trembled with anger. He didn''t have reason in his head. He really wanted to kill the bastard who opened his eyes and lied in front of him with a sword.


    Behind Zhou shengkao is Shan Ying, the law enforcement elder of Shuangfeng valley.


    I don''t know whether it''s simply Shan Ying''s partial help to Taiyi gate or Shuangfeng Valley''s intention to suppress the Zhao family.


    In either case, the Zhao family could not resist.


    "Heaven has the virtue of living a good life. Taiyimen spared your people''s lives. You can''t go on fighting without gratitude."


    "Today''s war was won by taiyimen. You''re all scattered."


    According to the rules set by Shuangfeng Valley for its subordinate vassal forces, Zhou shengkao, as a witness, does have the power to announce the victory or defeat.


    That''s why Meng Zhang doesn''t hesitate to be humble and ask for people everywhere. He has to find a group of reliable witnesses.


    The other two witnesses, Jin Qigu and Ruan Yuan, seemed dumb and didn''t speak.


    As for Gu Dashan, he rushed to the battlefield at this time. When he heard Zhou shengkao''s words, he immediately agreed loudly.


    Zhao jiudou looks to Ruan Yuan for help. Ruan Yuan''s eyes are evasive and dare not look directly at Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou turned to Jin Qigu for help. Regardless of the close relationship between the two sides, the skillful door can take advantage of the Zhao family on weekdays.


    "Brother Zhao, you''ll admit defeat this time. The future is long. You''ll find another chance to make an appointment with taiyimen in the future." Jin Qigu reluctantly persuaded.


    Zhao jiudou didn''t answer, and Zhou Sheng got angry at the test.


    "And next time, what do you want to do?"


    "Shuangfeng Valley has always been peaceful and peaceful under the rule of Shuangfeng valley. You are wrong in this war. Why do you want to continue to mess around and destroy the order under the rule of Shuangfeng Valley?"


    "After this war, this matter is over. You are not allowed to find accounts in the future."


    "If you don''t listen to my good advice, I don''t care. I''m just afraid that old man Shan Bo is unhappy."


    Zhou shengkao directly moved Shan Ying out, and Jin Qigu didn''t dare to talk anymore.


    Zhou shengkao chiguoguo''s favoritism towards taiyimen made the Zhao family feel extremely humiliated.


    But in any case, the Zhao family could not resist on the spot.


    Zhao jiudou forced down the humiliation and anger in his heart, connected with the two clansmen released by taiyimen, and left with the people in dismay.


    Jin Qigu and Ruan Yuan, who feel bored, don''t stay here much. After saying goodbye to Zhou shengkao, they left separately.


    Meng Zhang sincerely saluted Zhou Sheng, "thanks to brother Zhou''s help this time, our school can win this victory."


    Zhou shengkao waved his hand, "we''ll make a fair deal. I''ll take your spirit stone. Naturally, I won''t let you suffer."


    For the first time, Meng Zhang felt that the 3500 inferior spirit stones he spent this time were really worth it.


    Zhou shengkao looked at the back of the Zhao family and scolded with disdain: "a group of white eyed wolves, regardless of the master and servant, don''t know the dignity of the upper and lower levels, and dare to pick up the small building foundation pill of our school."


    Meng Zhang''s heart was full of bitterness. Shuangfeng Valley had always hated what happened almost three years ago. I don''t know if Zhou Sheng also meant to warn himself in his test words.


    Meng Zhang put down his figure and praised Zhou Sheng loudly. At the same time, he patted his chest to express his loyalty to shuangfenggu. He spoke highly of Shuangfeng Valley, saying that taiyimen will always be a good subordinate of Shuangfeng Valley and will always be loyal to Shuangfeng valley.


    Zhou shengkao smiled at Meng Zhang''s performance. After a few words with Meng Zhang, he took the initiative to leave.

 Chapter 118

    The victory and defeat of the war were divided. The melon eating people who were far from enjoying themselves left one after another.


    Some brave people are still cursing in secret. The Zhao family is too counselled. They admit defeat and leave without even seeing blood.


    The Zhao family and taiyimen had better be dead and injured and bleeding everywhere, which can be called wonderful.


    When the song ends and everyone leaves, it''s time for the Taiyi disciples to celebrate.


    This is since Meng Zhang took over the post of leader of Taiyi sect. Of course, although Taiyi sect won this time, it lost a lot in Lingshi.


    In addition to the hard work for the witness, the set of Rune array purchased is also very expensive.


    At this time, Jin Qigu and Ruan Yuan, who had just left on a crane, made a big circle and returned to Chaoyang slope.


    Meng Zhang was thinking about the battle outside. The crane they rode directly landed in front of Meng Zhang.


    "Gentlemen, is there anything else I can do for you?" Meng Zhang was not polite at all.


    Meng Zhang''s sentence almost didn''t spoil Ruan Yuan''s spirit.


    A boy who doesn''t have long hair dares to take his seat in front of him. He really takes himself seriously.


    When Ruan Yuan was the leader of the golden Sabre sect, Meng Zhang was still in his mother''s stomach.


    Meng Zhang claimed to be himself. In front of the disciples in the sect, he wanted to show the authority of the leader. In front of outsiders, he wanted to keep a distance and show that Taiyi sect was also an independent sect.


    Just now Meng Zhang also called them predecessors and called themselves junior. Since they are with the Zhao family, Meng Zhang will no longer be polite to them.


    It was Jin Qigu who had a thicker skin. She seemed to have completely forgotten her partial help to the Zhao family. She didn''t care about Meng Zhang''s title, but chatted with Meng Zhang with a smile.


    After listening to a few words, Meng Zhang understood the purpose of their return.


    It turned out that they wanted to ask about their relationship with Zhou shengkao, how they had a relationship with elder Shan Ying, and why elder Shan Ying had to intervene in the struggle between taiyimen and the Zhao family.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool. How could he tell the truth in front of these two people.


    The cloud mountain fog cover pulled a lot, but there was no accurate sentence.


    Later, he said he visited elder Shan Ying and was encouraged by elder Shan Ying. After a while, shuangfenggu and taiyimen ancestors have a relationship


    Jin Qigu talked with Meng Zhang for a long time, but she didn''t get half a sentence of useful information. Just vaguely felt that Meng Zhang should have climbed the relationship with elder Shan Ying.


    With this idea in her heart, Jin Qigu became quite polite to Meng Zhang. Even Ruan Yuan, who has been looking coldly at Meng Zhang, has become much softer.


    After chatting with the two old guys for a long time, Meng ZhangCai finally sent them away.


    Meng Zhang felt that this kind of intriguing work was more tiring than fighting with people. He would rather fight the strong than talk nonsense with the two old friends.


    After the war, the ownership of the spiritual pulse of Chaoyang slope was no longer controversial. Taiyimen has a firm foothold here.


    Taiyimen, which has three first-order spiritual veins, should make a good plan for its future development.


    The spiritual fields in the taiyimen Mountain Gate are mature spiritual fields that have been cultivated for many years. During this period of time, the soil fertility has been continuously enhanced through the moisture of black oil spiritual soil. In the first level holy land, it is already a rare top-grade holy land.


    Meng Zhang plans to use all these Lingtian to plant Linghua and lingcao, preferably some Linghua and lingcao with high level and large profit.


    The newly reclaimed spiritual fields in Tianshui oasis are all used to plant spiritual valley.


    Chaoyang slope here is also ready to start reclamation of Lingtian.


    Linggu is also planted in the newly reclaimed Lingtian. After Lingtian is stable, it is strengthened with black oil Lingtu.


    After discussing with Taoist priest Qingling, Meng Zhang decided on the crops to be planted in the Lingtian.


    Next, Meng Zhang sent most of his disciples back to the door. He himself rushed to mingshafang city to start purchasing.


    The materials needed to reclaim the spiritual field, the seeds of spiritual flowers and grass, all need expensive spiritual stones.


    We should also raise 3500 Lingshi as soon as possible and send it to Zhou shengkao. He''s not afraid to delay his debts.


    All of a sudden, Meng Zhang found that taiyimen fell into a shortage of Lingshi.


    Of course, taiyimen is just short of Lingshi cash for the time being. The assets in the door have long exceeded the external debt.


    Not to mention the red copper ore accumulated in the door is the second-order lion puppet. Meng Zhang can exchange a large amount of spirit stone as long as he is willing to sell it.


    Now that there is a lack of spirit stone, Meng Zhang found Shi Weiming, an old friend, and wanted to borrow a spirit stone from him.


    Meng Zhang told Shi Weiming that taiyimen had a new spiritual vein and needed to cultivate a large number of spiritual fields. The original old spirit field should be used to plant spirit flowers and spirit grass.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, there is definitely more than one wild alchemist behind Shi Weiming.


    Because Shi Weiming''s need for all kinds of spiritual flowers and grass is endless.


    He can swallow as much as taiyimen provides.


    Shi Weiming hesitated for a long time about Meng Zhang''s proposal to borrow Lingshi, and finally agreed.


    Shi Weiming lent Meng Zhang 8000 inferior Lingshi with very low interest. The only condition is that the Linghua lingcao planted by taiyimen in the future should be given priority to Shi Weiming.


    After Meng Zhang agreed, the two sides reached an agreement.


    Meng Zhang first returned the Lingshi owed to Zhou shengkao, and then took the opportunity to have a relationship with him.


    Then he made a big purchase in mingshafang city.


    Seeds of all kinds of spirit flowers and spirit grass, bighorn cattle used for farming, six legged camels that can ride or transport goods


    After the purchased goods were returned to taiyimen, taiyimen soon entered the farming time.


    The door is busy. Even Meng Zhang, the leader, often has to put down his cultivation temporarily and go to the Lingtian to help with his half hanging spiritual planting skill.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has never stopped secretly mining hematite.


    On Chaoyang slope, after the emergence of the spirit pulse, the surrounding environment began to change greatly. An oasis is slowly taking shape.


    Having an oasis means that it can be inhabited by ordinary people.


    Taiyimen began to move a small number of mortals to Chaoyang slope.


    Time passed slowly. In the twinkling of an eye, it was three years. Zhao Yanbei, the master of Zhao''s family, and his family''s experts have expired their time of hard labor in Mingsha mountain.


    Zhao Yanbei took the group of people back home from Mingsha mountain.


    When he first got the news, Meng Zhang was still a little nervous.


    Zhao Yan''s return to the North has greatly increased the strength of the Zhao family. The Zhao family was obviously not satisfied with the last engagement. If the Zhao family took the opportunity to secretly engage in some means against taiyimen, it would be a big trouble.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put down the affairs inside the door and began to pay attention to the trend of the Zhao family, ready to respond at any time.

 Chapter 119

    Meng Zhang is worried about the Zhao family Friar''s trouble, and the Zhao family also has its own trouble.


    These monks of the Zhao family, including the master Zhao Yanbei, suffered a lot when they were doing hard labor in Mingsha mountain.


    The supervising friars of shuangfenggu don''t have a good face towards them at all, and often deliberately embarrass them. All the hard work basically fell on their heads.


    Wind, sun and rain, hard work every day. There is no time to practice and there is not enough aura for meditation recovery


    After some tossing, everyone of them was greatly weakened and exhausted.


    After three years of crime, more and more Yin Qi leaked out of their family, almost turning the interior of the abandoned mine into a ghost land on earth.


    The last time Meng Zhang sneaked in, he didn''t meet too many bodies.


    That''s because the bodies are hidden in the depths of the mine and slowly nourished by Yin Qi.


    Now a large number of Yin Qi has leaked out, and all the bodies have been transformed into zombies, moving around in the mine.


    As soon as friar Zhao entered the mine, it was like the fire in the night attracting flying insects, which attracted countless ghosts.


    These ghosts, eager for the flesh and blood of living people, flocked to friars of the Zhao family one after another.


    The team led by Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, gathered the elite monks of the Zhao family.


    A group of monks in the later stage of Qi refining have made full preparations in advance. They don''t have to be afraid of many ghosts.


    Friar Zhao doesn''t have Meng Zhang''s ability. He can directly find the yin-yang reversal array. They can only clean the mine hole bit by bit and grope slowly.


    After spending a lot of time, the Zhao family finally came to the yin-yang reversal array.


    With the inside information of the Zhao family, it took some effort to break the big array.


    In the past three years, the yin-yang reversal array operated spontaneously and condensed two drops of jade soul liquid.


    In addition, there are a lot of precious materials in the Dharma array. Many of the materials originally used to maintain the operation of the Dharma array and transform the jade soul liquid have not been consumed.


    Zhao Yanbei is very knowledgeable and knows that he has gained a lot this time. With these treasures, the foundation Dan most needed by the Zhao family will be found.


    Collect the harvest. After Zhao Yanbei and Friar Zhao left the mine, they jointly performed seismology to collapse the whole mine, which can be regarded as covering up all kinds of traces.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the Zhao family since Zhao Yanbei returned.


    Zhang Zhanlin, who opened a shop in mingshafang City, brought a message. Several friars of the Zhao family bought a batch of talismans to restrain ghosts in the market.


    Meng Zhang immediately realized that the Zhao family was going to make the idea of the abandoned mine cave.


    After sneaking into the mine to get the jade soul liquid, in order to avoid being discovered by the ghost friar, Meng Zhang not only never entered the abandoned mine again, but also kept the news closely, and even the disciples didn''t disclose it.


    Now, the Zhao family has to forcibly clean up the mine.


    When the Zhao family friar went out, Meng Zhang secretly followed him.


    In the later stage of gas refining, Meng Zhang, who has mastered the art of earth escape, can track without revealing traces.


    Standing in the distance, Meng Zhang has been watching the direction of the abandoned mine.


    After a long time, friars Zhao left the mine one after another. Then came a violent vibration, which was like shaking the earth and mountains.


    Meng Zhang showed his deception breaking method in the distance. After looking at it for a few times, he knew that the interior of the mine cave had collapsed.


    It seems that the Zhao family has made a great harvest in the mine, which is the only way to destroy the mine and destroy the traces.


    Meng Zhang suddenly felt a strong sense of regret.


    Are you too careful and afraid of ghost friars.


    The Zhao family made such a big noise that the ghost friars didn''t show up. Has the ghost monk given up this place?


    If you have more courage, you will enter the mine earlier before the thick earth God will not fall into sleep. Together, they should be able to break the yin-yang reversal array and get all the gains inside.


    Because of their caution and caution, they missed the opportunity in vain, but let the Zhao family pick up a bargain.


    If the Zhao family has a harvest in it, I''m afraid they have the capital to exchange for building Jidan.


    Once the Zhao family exchanged for the foundation Dan and cultivated the friars during the foundation period, it would be a natural and unstoppable thing.

 Chapter 120

    Once the Zhao family cultivated their own friars during the foundation period, they would immediately make up for the biggest weakness of the family.


    At that time, facing the Zhao family with friars in the foundation period, the Taiyi goalkeeper has little power to resist.


    Taiyi gate can''t hope. He can use the spirit stone to impress Shan Ying again and let him pull up Taiyi gate.


    Shuangfenggu will not embarrass the Zhao family for the sake of taiyimen, even if he doesn''t like the Zhao family any more.


    For Shuangfeng Valley, friars in the foundation period are of certain value.


    Meng Zhang knew that he could never sit back and watch the Zhao family train friars in the foundation period. We must use all our strength to destroy the Zhao family''s plot.


    What should be done, Meng Zhang fell into thinking.


    Based on the current relationship between the Zhao family and shuangfenggu, most of the Zhao family will not trust shuangfenggu and will not exchange for shuangfenggu''s Xiaozhu Jidan.


    At first, Meng Zhang glanced at the abandoned mine cave, but found that the precious materials in the yin-yang reversal array were used to exchange for building foundation pills.


    In the surrounding area, only Feihong sect has the ability to refine and build Jidan. If the Zhao family wants to exchange for zhujidan, they must deal with feihongzong.


    The Zhao family is a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley, but they crossed Shuangfeng Valley and went to deal directly with Feihong Zong. At present, Shuangfeng Valley has a bad feeling for the Zhao family. After knowing this, I think it will not make the Zhao family too much better.


    In addition, in the cultivation world, there are countless monks who refine Qi perfectly, but suffer from not building a foundation pill and are unable to break through the foundation period.


    For these monks, they are willing to pay almost all the price in exchange for a foundation Dan.


    As long as we know that the Zhao family has the news of building Jidan, there are naturally countless friars competing one after another.


    Having figured this out, Meng Zhang had an idea in his mind.


    Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, called Li Xuan and came to mingshafang city with him.


    Meng Zhang gave Li Xuan a task to spread rumors in mingshafang city that friar Zhao had obtained a treasure in a Friar''s cave. The Zhao family will present this treasure to Fei hongzong in exchange for a foundation pill.


    When Li Xuan spreads rumors, he must hide his identity. People can''t find out that he is spreading rumors, let alone that the rumors are related to taiyimen.


    Spreading rumors and fanning the flames was something Li Xuan had done in the Li family before.


    After accepting Meng Zhang''s task, he immediately took action.


    Before long, there were all kinds of rumors in mingshafang city.


    Rumors are always getting wilder and wilder. Later, the rumor has become that when the Zhao family explored the cave of an elder alchemist, they got a furnace of foundation pills.


    There is another saying that the Zhao family found the cave of a Jindan immortal and wanted to give the news of the cave to Feihong sect in exchange for the opportunity to become a vassal of Feihong sect. Feihongzong had agreed and gave the foundation Dan to the Zhao family.


    All kinds of strange and even contradictory rumors spread in mingshafang city and quickly spread to all directions.


    No matter what kind of rumors, one of the same thing is that the Zhao family has obtained zhujidan.


    Due to the special status of Zhu Jidan in the cultivation world, many people still pay attention to it even if they know it is a rumor.


    Most people only believe what they want to believe.


    Many monks who have been trapped in the realm of Qi refining perfection are willing to believe that the Zhao family has the foundation Dan.


    If the Zhao family now has monks in the foundation period, those gas refining monks would not dare to make a new attempt. But it''s a pity that even if the Zhao family has deep information, as long as they don''t have a friar in the foundation period, they can''t stop other people''s peeping eyes.


    Soon, many monks passed by near the zhaojiashan gate. Some monks stayed nearby to secretly inquire about the Zhao family.


    The rumor has spread. Meng Zhang doesn''t know how things will develop in the end.


    Judging from the current situation alone, the effect of rumors is not bad.


    I just don''t know when Shuangfeng valley will pay attention to this matter.


    In fact, shuangfenggu''s response was much faster than Meng Zhang thought.


    After giving Li Xuan the order to spread rumors, Meng Zhang returned to Chaoyang slope.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation becoming more and more profound, he absorbed Reiki faster, which has caused a certain burden on the spiritual pulse of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Now there is the spirit pulse of Chaoyang slope, and this is not a new spirit pulse, but a fully mature spirit pulse.


    Meng Zhang simply sits in Chaoyang slope for a long time and directly absorbs the aura here.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, other disciples of Taiyi sect also take turns to sit here to reduce the pressure of the spiritual pulse of the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang received a letter from Zhang Zhanlin less than half a month after he came back from mingshafang city. Zhou shengkao left a message at Duoduo grocery store and asked Meng Zhang to see him as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang, who received the news, dared not neglect it and rushed to mingshafang city immediately.


    In the yard where we met last time, Meng Zhang met Zhou shengkao. Shan Ying is not here, but he doesn''t know where he went.


    As soon as they met, regardless of greetings, Zhou shengkao asked straight to the point: "brother Meng, is this rumor about the Zhao family your taiyimen''s handwriting?"


    "What rumors? I don''t know what''s going on. Brother Zhou, tell me."


    Meng Zhang''s Zhou shengkao said nothing, which put a lot of pressure on Meng Zhang. For a moment, he didn''t know what to say.


    An idea suddenly appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind. I''m such a fool. What evidence does this kind of thing need? Taiyimen had a fight with the Zhao family. Soon, there was a rumor against the Zhao family. That taiyimen must be "this. After all, this kind of thing is not glorious. How can I easily admit it?"


    "In front of others, I must have killed him and didn''t admit it. But in front of brother Zhou, I''d better be honest."


    "Yes, the recent rumors about the Zhao family are that my younger brother instructed the disciples to do it."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Zhou shengkao''s face eased down. He said coldly, "you know, you''re not dead to the end."


    "If I didn''t want to meet you and me and have some friendship, I wouldn''t take the initiative."


    "If it''s not me this time, it''s the law enforcement disciples in the door. They won''t talk like me."


    "Yes..." Meng Zhang nodded and said yes, and gave a lot of flattery.


    "Brother Zhou is friendly enough. I will never forget..."

 Chapter 121

    "Well, don''t talk nonsense. Just tell me. How did you think of spreading such rumors? What''s your source?"


    Zhou shengkao interrupted Meng Zhang''s compliment and went straight to the subject.


    When he admitted that he spread rumors, Meng Zhang''s brain turned rapidly and thought about how to deal with the next problems.


    Everything about the abandoned mine cave must not be revealed. You have to act like you don''t know the place at all.


    Meng Zhang was cold at the thought that Shuangfeng Valley might be involved with a ghost monk.


    Don''t look at the decent style of Shuangfeng valley. When it comes to the critical moment, there will be no ambiguity in killing people.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to die indistinctly.


    When Zhou Sheng asked about the source, Meng Zhang said what he had already prepared.


    "Brother Zhou, as you know, we taiyimen and the Zhao family have not been able to deal with each other. For many years, we have been secretly monitoring the Zhao family. My younger brother is not talented. He knows a little bit of deceptive magic. Some time ago..."


    According to Meng Zhang''s account, he came across a chance that the other friar was left alone when he was routinely monitoring the friars of the Zhao family. He confused the other party with magic and pulled out information from the other party''s mouth.


    The information is very brief. The content is that the Zhao family seems to have accidentally obtained a batch of spirit objects and is ready to use them in exchange for building Jidan.


    Meng Zhang, who got the information, was terrified. Once the Zhao family had a friar in the foundation period, it would be a disaster for Taiyi gate.


    In desperation, Meng ZhangCai thought of a crooked idea and spread rumors about the Zhao family everywhere, hoping to bring trouble to the Zhao family.


    As for the rumors, the more they spread, the more they spread, the more they spread. That''s not what Meng Zhang could have thought of in advance.


    When participating in the foundation building Dharma meeting of Linshan sect, Meng Zhang met friar Zhao. He read the minds of several low-level friars with his talent and magic power. I have a certain understanding of the internal situation of the Zhao family.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s temporary fabricated lie has rich details and sounds very credible.


    While fooling Zhou shengkao with lies, Meng Zhang secretly used his heart and began to read Zhou shengkao''s mind.


    Zhou shengkao and he are both monks in the later stage of gas refining. Meng Zhang can''t read too deep thoughts, but can only read some surface thoughts to find out Zhou shengkao''s general mood.


    According to Zhou shengkao''s emotional reaction and some ideas emerging in his heart, Meng Zhang timely adjusted his language to make what he said more credible and more in line with Zhou shengkao''s mind.


    Meng Zhang said it for a long time before he told the whole story.


    After listening to Zhou shengkao, he was expressionless and didn''t say much.


    In his heart, Meng Zhang''s statement is more credible. After repeated deliberation, no doubt was found.


    Most importantly, what Meng Zhang said sounded particularly pleasant to the ear, especially in line with his thoughts and expectations.


    After that, Meng Zhang made a guilty expression. In fact, he secretly tried his best to run his heart and read Zhou shengkao''s mind.


    Zhou shengkao was in a good mood and didn''t mean any harm to himself.


    After thinking for a while, Zhou shengkao asked Meng Zhang to repeat what he had just said.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s patient repetition, he asked Meng Zhang a lot of questions.


    Meng Zhang''s answer, no questions, and in line with their own mind.


    At this time, Zhou shengkao finally determined that Meng Zhang had not lied.


    Believing Meng Zhang''s Zhou shengkao, his face softened a lot.


    "You son of a bitch, spreading rumors at random, but you''ve caused a lot of trouble."


    "Do you know that three days ago, we sent messengers to summon Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family. The Zhao family responded that Zhao Yanbei had been out for a long time and was not at home."


    "Later, the messenger found that not only Zhao Yanbei, the master of the family, but also most of the masters of the Zhao family in the later stage of gas refining, had left the family and disappeared."


    Zhou shengkao''s words made Meng Zhang happy. Needless to say, the rumors they spread worked. Therefore, Shuangfeng Valley sent messengers to summon Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family.


    Zhao Yanbei was not at home. He was mostly guilty and hid out, so he didn''t dare to see the messenger of shuangfenggu.


    "Later, we learned that the two flying boats of the Zhao family left the Zhao family and went directly to the East."


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang understood. To the East is the territory of Feihong sect. Friar Zhao should go there and find a way to exchange for building Jidan.


    No matter whether Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, and others intend to avoid the messenger of shuangfenggu. His behavior is to violate the taboo of shuangfenggu.


    As a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley, he crossed Shuangfeng Valley and directly contacted Fei hongzong, which was clearly beating Shuangfeng Valley''s face.


    Whether the Zhao family can exchange for the foundation building pill or not, whether they can cultivate friars during the foundation building period. After this incident, Shuangfeng Valley definitely can''t accommodate the Zhao family.


    The Zhao family is finished. Taiyimen has a strong enemy. Although the means are a little disgraceful, they can work.


    Happy in the heart, calm on the surface.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s innocent expression, Zhou shengkao smiled and scolded, "you''re lucky. The rumors spread by mistake just broke the wrong thing of the Zhao family."


    "Hum, these villains who eat inside and eat outside have benefits. They don''t think about their master first, but they collude with outsiders behind their master''s back and want to eat alone."


    Speaking of this, Zhou shengkao was somewhat angry.


    In his eyes, the Zhao family must have been lucky and found a large number of spirit objects. The Zhao family didn''t want to offer the spirit to shuangfenggu, but they flattered Feihong Zong, which clearly meant eating inside and eating outside.


    Zhou shengkao and Meng Zhang talked for a long time before ending the conversation.


    Before leaving, Zhou shengkao reminded Meng Zhang that he had better stay in mingshafang city in the next period of time and don''t run around so as not to find him.


    Meng Zhang was relieved to come out of the yard. It''s close. It''s over at last. About the abandoned mine, I can''t relate to myself for the time being.


    After seeing Meng Zhang off, Zhou shengkao also left the small yard.


    He walked around the back alley and came to an insignificant house.


    The elder of shuangfenggu, Shan Ying and Shan Hu, are sitting cross legged in the middle of the room. Beside him stood a middle-aged man.


    "Well, what did the boy say?"


    As soon as Zhou shengkao entered the room, Shan Ying asked a little urgently.


    Zhou shengkao completely narrated his dialogue with Meng Zhang without any omission.


    After listening to Zhou shengkao, Shan Ying and Shan Hu looked at each other and didn''t speak.


    Instead, the middle-aged man standing aside asked suspiciously, "is that boy credible? Elder martial brother Zhou, are you sure you haven''t been cheated by that boy?"


    The middle-aged man is a confidant of single tiger. His name is Li Zhanli. His role around the single tiger is similar to that of Zhou shengkao around the single eagle.


    Maybe it''s some kind of competitive relationship. He and Zhou shengkao are seemingly harmonious, but there are a lot of dirty things secretly.

 Chapter 122

    Hearing his competitors'' doubts about him, Zhou shengkao displeased.


    He not only tried his best to prove Meng Zhang''s credibility, but also defended Meng Zhang everywhere. He just didn''t pat his chest and guaranteed Meng Zhang with his life.


    The two argued for a while, and the eagle became impatient. Waved to shut them up and sent them away.


    Shortly after Zhou shengkao and Li Zhanli left the room, Shan Hu asked the empty part of the room, "what do you think?"


    Accompanied by a cold wind, there was an extra man in a black cloak covering his whole body up and down in the originally empty place.


    A cold, dry voice sounded in the room.


    "The key to this matter is not the boy of taiyimen, but the Zhao family."


    "Four years ago, in order to avoid the pursuit of Feihong sect, I had to leave everything and fly away temporarily. I really didn''t care about everything in that place."


    "Unexpectedly, when I returned to the mine a few days ago, I found that the hard-made Dharma array was broken and all kinds of spiritual materials were looted."


    At this point, the cloak man''s tone was colder, and his strong killing intention was undisguised.


    "I thought at first that friar Feihong had found this place and had such results. If so, I would recognize it."


    "But unexpectedly, such a rumor came out at this time. The Zhao family actually got a batch of spirit objects out of thin air, which made me suspicious."


    "Just yesterday, I caught a friar of the Zhao family and searched the soul. Then I knew that it was the Zhao family who broke the Dharma array and stole the spirit object."


    When Shan Ying heard this, his face was frosty.


    "The Zhao family is really damned. It has ruined the plans of our two families."


    "The Zhao family is naturally damned, but you are close to shuangfenggu. Why don''t you take good care of that place?" the cloak man asked fiercely.


    "Well, man, you should know that the mine cave has long been abandoned because of the chaos of sand monsters in those years. It has nothing to do with shuangfenggu."


    "My monk shuangfenggu has never been close to that place. As for what happened in that place, I don''t know anything about shuangfenggu."


    The single tiger said patiently.


    "He secretly cooperates with us and other ghost friars, but he is afraid that things will leak. He only wants to get rid of the relationship and keep a distance. He even pretends not to know where the Dharma array is and doesn''t care."


    "What''s this called? It''s ridiculous to deceive yourself and others."


    Hearing the cloak man''s impolite reprimand, the single tiger looked embarrassed, and the anger was faintly visible on the single eagle''s face.


    "It''s not easy for shuangfenggu to collect these spirit things, but you didn''t give the jade soul liquid you promised. It''s your fault." Shan Ying said gloomily.


    The cloak man was even more angry at this.


    "Whose responsibility is it that the jade soul liquid can''t be given to you on time? If you just pay a little attention to that place and don''t let the damn Zhao family near, there won''t be so much trouble at all."


    Seeing that Shan Ying and the cloaked man had to argue again, Shan Hu quickly advised them to calm down.


    The cloak man was silent for a while before he said fiercely, "the Zhao family is bad for me. I will never spare them. Tonight, I will bloody wash the Zhao family and destroy them all."


    "Man, don''t be impulsive. You were chased and killed by friar Feihong sect when you showed up nearby last time. You''ve lost track. If you wash the Zhao family again this time, friar Feihong sect will be attracted again."


    "At least it''s also my shuangfenggu''s territory. Don''t let feihongzong focus on the neighborhood."


    A single tiger is another exhortation.


    "As for the Zhao family, they are just a bunch of clowns. They have ruined the event of shuangfenggu, and shuangfenggu will naturally deal with them."


    After being persuaded by a single tiger, the cloak man was obviously unwilling.


    "You cowards are afraid of wolves in front and tigers in back. You are afraid of everything. Since you can''t do it here, I''ll go to the territory of Feihong sect and frustrate those guys who stole the jade soul liquid one by one."


    After that, the cloak man left without waiting for a single tiger to persuade him.


    A dark wind blew, and the figure of the cloak man disappeared.


    The single tiger sighed and felt a burst of heart fatigue. I even complained that the leader should not cooperate with the ghost monk secretly.


    Ghost friars are paranoid, murderous and vicious. They are really not easy to deal with. Maybe sometime, I''ll bite back.


    Unfortunately, single tiger is a high-ranking elder of Shuangfeng Valley in front of outsiders. However, within Shuangfeng Valley, it is not his turn to be the master. Within the sect, there are some elders whose status and accomplishments are higher than his.


    The matter of the ghost monk was temporarily put aside by the single tiger. He discussed with the single eagle and decided the fate of the Zhao family.


    After discussion, they recruited Zhou shengkao and Li Zhanli and gave them an opportunity to take action.


    A few days later, Meng Zhang was called to his small yard by Zhou shengkao.


    "Brother Meng, I heard that the Zhao family bullied you taiyimen many times, which made you suffer a lot of grievances."


    After listening to Zhou shengkao''s words, Meng Zhang didn''t know his intention. He said perfunctorily: "the Zhao family is overbearing. I''m too weak. What can I do?"


    "Now, there is a great opportunity for revenge waiting for you."


    "Brother Meng, take the elite of Taiyi gate and wait outside zhaojiashan gate the next night. Then you will have a chance to come, so that you can have resentment and revenge."


    Speaking later, Zhou shengkao''s words have taken a tone of command.


    Meng Zhang had to ask in detail, but Zhou shengkao didn''t answer him and sent him away directly.


    If Meng Zhang felt something in his heart, he left the courtyard with some doubt.


    Since Zhou shengkao had this attitude, Meng Zhang had to go.


    As for taking taiyimen elite, it''s still free. In addition to Meng Zhang, there is really no master in Taiyi gate.


    In order to avoid being dragged down, Meng Zhang is ready to act alone.


    Before Meng Zhang left, Zhang Zhanlin brought him the latest news.


    It is spreading all over the city, and the Zhao family has obtained a furnace of building foundation pills. Zhao Yanbei, the owner of the Zhao family, is closing down and preparing to break through the foundation period.


    As for the surplus foundation Dan, the Zhao family is ready to supply Shuangfeng valley.


    If we wait until the building foundation Dan falls into the hands of shuangfenggu, we will never have a chance to touch the building foundation Dan.


    There are many similar rumors, which are spreading in the square market. Many friars, including some family and sect friars, believe it.


    Hearing these rumors, Meng Zhang finally understood that Shuangfeng valley began to sell. It seems that shuangfenggu is going to kill the Zhao family.

 Chapter 123

    Knowing that shuangfenggu had made a move, Meng Zhang left mingshafang city and rushed to zhaojiashan gate early.


    The Mountain Gate of the Zhao family is located to the west of Taiyi gate, more than 300 li away.


    There are a series of low hills that surround a large plain.


    This plain is called Fuzhao Valley, which is located on a second-order inferior spiritual vein.


    A second-order and inferior sect protection array, built on the spiritual pulse, covers almost the whole plain.


    In the middle of the plain, there are a large number of buildings. The most core parts of the Zhao family, such as ancestral temple, sutra Pavilion and large library, are basically located here.


    Most of the monks of the Zhao family also live in this building all year round.


    Around this building, there are hundreds of acres of spiritual fields that the Zhao family has worked hard for 300 years.


    On the edge of the plain, there are many mortals. Almost all of them are mortal relatives of friars Zhao.


    Outside this hill, within a radius of tens of miles, there are also five oases of different sizes.


    The mortals under the rule of the Zhao family lived in these oases.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go directly to the Fuzhao valley of the Zhao family''s Mountain Gate. Instead, he took a turn within the Zhao family''s territory and got familiar with the surrounding environment.


    Compared with taiyimen, the environment of Zhao''s territory is much better.


    The mountain gate is a second-order spiritual vein. There are five oases within the territory, which have multiplied a large number of mortals, which is really the envy of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking about how taiyimen should expand and divide up the Zhao family''s heritage after the Zhao family''s decline.


    After a turn outside, Meng Zhang came to the gate of Zhaojia mountain in broad daylight.


    Outside the zhaojiashan gate, a large number of monks had already gathered at this time.


    These friars are sneaky. You know they have bad intentions at a glance.


    Many monks obviously changed their costumes to hide people''s eyes and ears.


    Masked dress has become the most popular dress among these monks.


    Of course, such a crude disguise can''t hide the true identity. Familiar people can still be recognized at a glance.


    However, nothing is better than nothing. Disguise it, at least you can relax.


    Meng Zhang also did as the Romans did. He pulled a piece of cloth and covered his face.


    Among these monks, there are many solitary travelers and many small groups with varying numbers.


    Meng Zhang went to a small hillside only ten miles away from the zhaojiashan gate, where several teams of monks had already gathered.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, many people didn''t care, and some took the initiative to say hello.


    The person who came to say hello turned out to be Ramon Zhang. Their small Gang has begun to discuss how to rush into the Zhao family and how to rob their homes efficiently.


    Meng Zhang perfunctorily said a few words, then found a corner to sit down and wait quietly.


    Meng Zhangyun looked around with his eyes.


    The number of monks gathered here was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    There are several famous gangs of bandits around.


    It seems that the Zhao family has the news of building Jidan, which has attracted not only friars who need to build Jidan, but also many friars who take advantage of the fire and want to make a fortune.


    For many monks with perfect Qi refining, building a foundation pill is their only hope for building a foundation. If you can''t build a foundation, you''ll die slowly.


    Whether the news is true or false, they will win.


    The Zhao family is also powerful, but as long as they don''t build the foundation for a day, they can''t stop the greedy eyes of these friars.


    There are more and more monks gathered around, but the Zhao family is still powerful, and the mountain gate is guarded by a large array of second-order protectors.


    For a moment, many monks were just eyeing, but they didn''t dare to act rashly.


    The situation outside has long been seen by friar Zhao.


    The protectionist array has been opened. Friar Zhao is fully armed and ready.


    In the afternoon, a flying boat flew from a distance.


    From the sign on the flying boat, it should belong to Shuangfeng valley.


    The flying boat came over the Zhao family Mountain Gate, and a great voice came out from inside.


    "Listen, friar Zhao below. We''ve been chasing the bandits so far, and the bandits suddenly disappeared. Now we''re going to search your Zhao family to see if you collude with the bandits and whether the bandits hide in it."


    After a while, a voice of response came out from the front of the Zhao family protection sect.


    "Elder, our Zhao family has always been innocent and will never collude with bandits..."


    Before he finished, he was interrupted by a violent drink.


    "Nonsense, innocence is not a matter of fact, it is not your has the final say."


    "Open the array quickly and let us search. Otherwise, you Zhao family will be guilty of being a thief."


    Under the persecution of Shuangfeng Valley friar, the Zhao family friar did not dare to shut them out after all. After hesitating for a long time, he opened the protection array and welcomed the twin Fenggu friars on the flying boat.


    After the flying boat of shuangfenggu arrived, the covetous monks around became a lot more restrained.


    Shuangfenggu''s reputation terrified everyone. For fear that shuangfenggu friars would come out for the Zhao family and expel them.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that friar Shuangfeng valley would never stand out for the Zhao family. He would only secretly plan for the Zhao family.


    He couldn''t help thinking: what are these friars of Shuangfeng Valley doing here? Did they come to cheat the Zhao family to protect the sect so that everyone could rush in?


    However, shuangfenggu, a famous and decent school, pays most attention to face. In their usual style, they shouldn''t be so direct and rude.


    Time passed slowly in Meng Zhang''s wishful thinking. Friar Shuangfeng Valley waited for a long time before he came out.


    It seems that there should be no trace of bandits in it.


    After leaving the Zhao family, friar Shuangfeng Valley left directly in a flying boat.


    Once the friars of Shuangfeng Valley left, there were some restrained friars who completely lost their bondage. One by one, they looked at Zhao''s Mountain Gate with greedy eyes, eager to try.


    If someone shouted at this time, I''m afraid many friars would rush to the Zhao Mountain Gate.


    Time passed quickly, and night soon fell.


    Although they have been on alert for several days, the friars of the Zhao family dare not relax at all.


    Who knows if the bold monks outside will directly attack the protectorate array.


    Unconsciously, several teams of friars slowly leaned over and were very close to the defense range of the protectorate array.


    "People outside listen and stop quickly. If you take another step forward, you will bear the consequences."


    A loud warning voice came out of the protectionist array.


    The warning seemed to work, and the teams of friars stopped one after another.


    These teams of friars looked ahead and faced off silently with friars Zhao family across the protective array. Neither leaving nor moving forward, I don''t know what I''m waiting for.

 Chapter 124

    Suddenly, there were several loud sounds from the door of zhaojiashan. Several places in the pro faction array exploded violently and lit a sky high fire.


    Almost all the friars around were disturbed by the movement.


    "The Zhao family''s protection group is broken. Brothers, rush in and rob Kidan." a loud voice sounded and clearly fell into everyone''s ears.


    "Rush, kill..."


    With a series of shouts, the monks outside the protection array released a lot of talismans and bombarded frantically ahead.


    The friars who had been eyeing around for a long time couldn''t help but rush towards the Zhao Mountain Gate one after another.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang knew in his heart that the dark hand buried by friar Shuangfeng valley was launched, and the Zhao family was doomed today.


    With a sigh in his heart, Meng Zhang rushed to the zhaojiashan gate with the brigade.


    The large array of Zhao family protection sect, which was destroyed from the inside, was already crumbling. After being attacked by so many monks, he collapsed completely without holding on for long.


    Without the protection of the protection group, Zhao Jiashan gate was exposed to many malicious monks.


    Countless monks rushed in shouting and madly attacked the guard''s Zhao family friar.


    There are also many monks like Meng Zhang who rush into it silently.


    When Zhao Yanbei left the Zhao family, he took away most of the later monks of the family.


    Although there are a lot of remaining monks, they lack real experts.


    If the Zhao family''s protectionist array is not destroyed internally, a group of practitioners in the later stage of Qi refining can even fight against the friars in the foundation period by relying on the protectionist array.


    But now the protectionist array has been broken, and Friar Zhao has lost his greatest support.


    Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy flew his sword around his fingers and killed a Zhao friar who was resisting with one sword.


    Eh, isn''t that old guy in front of you Chen Zhentian, the sect leader of Feiying sect?


    Feiying gate and Zhao family have always been closely related. It is said that Chen Zhentian, the head of the gate, and Zhao Yanbei, the head of the Zhao family, are still friends. But this old man is not soft at all when he kills friar Zhao.


    Sure enough, in the cultivation world, the friendship between practitioners is really unreliable. Turn your face when you say it, and never show mercy.


    Meng Zhang deliberately observed and found the masters of the skillful sect and the golden Sabre sect.


    Some of them wore a rag on their face, and some refused to do this disguise. They directly slashed and killed and rushed forward.


    Sure enough, the wall fell and everyone pushed. The Zhao family was unlucky. On weekdays, the old friends didn''t say to pull a hand, but they fell into the well one by one and took the opportunity to get benefits.


    The friars who rushed into the Zhao family from all directions broke through the interception of the Zhao family friars and killed them in the middle of the Fuzhao valley.


    Those living in the periphery of Fuzhao valley are relatives of friars of the Zhao family.


    Although the war between practitioners generally does not deliberately target mortals. However, these practitioners who have killed the rise will not affect their action because they are afraid of mortals.


    Spells fly wildly, swords dance wildly, houses collapse, and countless mortals die.


    Fortunately, all the practitioners were busy rushing forward and didn''t stay here long.


    Just like the passage of a typhoon, the land is covered with barbarians.


    In the middle of Fuzhao Valley, the residence of friar Zhao.


    All the remaining friars of the Zhao family, including many white haired and unstable old friars, struggled to form the last line of defense and carried out the last resistance relying on this building.


    There are a large number of practitioners who have entered the Zhao family with different thoughts, but there is a common tacit understanding, that is, to kill all the monks of the Zhao family and avoid future troubles.


    If the Zhao family friar really survived the catastrophe, the friars on the scene would not be willing to bear the trouble in the future.


    A few Zhao friars wanted to surrender and beg for mercy, but they were killed directly. Others who want to escape will be pursued and killed.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to kill more. He rushed here to see if he could find some cheap.


    He knew in his heart that it was a rumor that the Zhao family had built Jidan, but the Zhao family had been inherited for many years and should have some savings.


    The last resistance of the Zhao family was concentrated in the family ancestral hall, sutra Pavilion and family library.


    These places are also the places where the most invaders gather.


    There are also some friars with weak accomplishments who know themselves very well. Instead of going to these places for fun, they began to search the residence of friars of the Zhao family.


    From time to time, some monks came out with a smile and harvest.


    In addition to attracting more monks to search these places, there are also malicious monks who have the idea of eating black.


    Meng Zhang rushed in all the way. From time to time, he used his eyes to break the delusion and observe the situation of Zhao''s spiritual pulse. After some calculation, the psychic eye of this spiritual pulse was roughly determined.


    The spirit vein of the Zhao family has been formed for many years. Most of the spirit eyes will have associated spirit objects.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go to fight for the big storehouse, ancestral temple and so on, but put his goal in the spirit eye.


    Meng Zhang used the technique of hiding from the earth to escape directly into the ground. Sneaking under the ground for a while, a tunnel appeared in front.


    At the end of the tunnel, a stone chamber appeared.


    Two old men were guarding the outside of the stone room. They saw Meng Zhang coming and were preparing to move. The flying sword around their fingers was like lightning, across their necks.


    After taking the storage bags from the two people, Meng Zhang walked into the stone chamber.


    In the stone chamber, it was the soul eye of Zhao family''s spirit pulse.


    In the center of the stone chamber is a pool with a thin layer of red liquid. In the liquid, more than ten poultry eggs were soaked.


    It turns out that the companion spirit of the spirit eye in this second-order spirit vein is red feather liquid. No wonder the red feather Eagle cultivated by the Zhao family is unique and famous.


    Red feather liquid is a single function spirit. As long as the eggs of demon birds are soaked in it for a long time, they can increase the vitality of the eggs. The demon birds hatched in the future have more potential and higher intelligence.


    Unfortunately, we can''t always possess the spiritual pulse of the Zhao family. We can only take advantage of the chaos.


    Before coming here, Meng Zhang made full preparations. A storage bag is tied around the waist, and there are many bottles and cans in the storage bag.


    Meng Zhang quickly put all the red feather liquid and soaked eggs in the pool into the bottles he brought.


    The bottles and cans he brought were not enough. He quickly cut off many rocks and temporarily made many stone cans.


    After loading all the red feather liquid, Meng Zhang looked here with regret and left immediately.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the ground, it was just when the Sutra Pavilion of the Zhao family was broken.


    The Zhao family has been inherited for 300 years, and the inside information is really not shallow. These key buildings not only have separate array prohibition and protection, but also have strong counterattack power.


    Several monks'' bodies were left on the ground before the Sutra pavilion was broken.

 Chapter 125

    The Sutra pavilion was broken, and Meng Zhang rushed in with it.


    The Sutra Pavilion of the Zhao family is divided into three floors. There are many bookshelves filled with all kinds of books.


    Meng Zhang selected an area, and the flying sword kept rotating around the area, obviously indicating that it was his own territory.


    Meng Zhang acted quickly and soon put all the books in this area into the storage bag.


    First, many practitioners do not aim at the collection of Scripture Pavilion, but mainly search for property. Second, there are many books in Scripture Pavilion, so there is no need to compete with this cruel man.


    Meng Zhang''s sword defense is still very frightening to these friars.


    To the disappointment of most monks, there were no other valuable items in the Sutra Pavilion except books.


    Meng Zhang put away all the books in this area and went to compete for the books in other areas.


    A monk who seems to be a friar of the flying eagle gate is a little angry with Meng Zhang''s bullying and wants to have two moves with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is a swordsman, which can make him challenge beyond his level and compete with the friars who refine Qi perfectly. But three or two moves cut the flying eagle friar.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t been in a hurry to search for the books, the flying eagle friar might not have been able to escape.


    The Sutra pavilion was ransacked. Meng Zhang took the biggest advantage and took the most books.


    Several monks refused to accept it and shot at him one after another.


    The flying sword danced and killed these friars in a mess.


    Meng Zhang chased them to the door of the Sutra Pavilion and screamed at the ancestral hall.


    The guardian of the Zhao ancestral hall killed a large number of besieged monks without knowing what hidden cards he used.


    However, after using the cards, the Zhao family is completely powerless to fight back.


    The friars around saw that it was cheap and surrounded from all directions.


    Seeing that the ancestral hall and the storehouse of the Zhao family were about to fall, there was a violent drink from outside the Fuzhao valley.


    "Who dares to be reckless here? I wonder if the Zhao family is my subordinate of shuangfenggu?"


    "Shuangfeng Valley disciples are here. Thieves don''t go."


    ¡­¡­


    Two figures flew from a distance, followed by two flying boats.


    "Shuangfeng Valley, these bitches, are worthy of being famous and decent. They are really decent." Meng Zhang couldn''t help scolding.


    The friars in the foundation period of Shuangfeng Valley appeared. Although there are many friars here, they are all friars in the Qi refining period.


    Without any hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately ran away from the Zhao family in the opposite direction of Shuangfeng Valley friar.


    Under such circumstances, if Meng Zhang is hit by monk shuangfenggu, people will not show mercy on him.


    Behind him came bursts of screams before his death, and Meng Zhang''s pace of running for his life accelerated a bit.


    Fortunately, the friar of Shuangfeng Valley fell into a chaotic Zhao family Mountain Gate. When they cleaned it up, Meng Zhang didn''t know where to escape.


    There were many smart people like Meng Zhang, who fled from Zhao''s Mountain Gate in a hurry.


    The storage bag can''t store living things. The eggs of demon birds will slowly lose their vitality if they are kept in it for a long time.


    Meng Zhang hurried back to Taiyi gate with the fastest speed.


    After taking out the red feather liquid and placing more than ten eggs, you can slowly sort out the books robbed from the Sutra Pavilion.


    The Zhao family is also a family of monks who had been out of the foundation period. The family''s collection of books is still very valuable. It plays a great role in enhancing the inside information of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang also had high hopes for the more than ten eggs. The Chiyu eagle of the Zhao family has long been admired by him.


    Among the inheritance obtained in the place of trial, there are also simple ways to resist animals, including hatching animal eggs, domesticating demon animals, etc.


    As long as these eggs can hatch successfully, taiyimen will have a flying mount.


    Meng Zhang thought of this event in his heart and despised Shuangfeng valley.


    It''s really necessary to be a bitch and set up a memorial archway.


    Mingming wants to kill the Zhao family, but he doesn''t want to dirty his hands.


    A very simple thing has to be so complicated.


    First, many friars were driven by rumors to be greedy for the Zhao family, and then sent people to secretly destroy the Zhao family protection array and let many friars attack the Zhao family.


    When the Zhao family was broken, Shuangfeng Valley appeared as a Savior and grabbed the last booty.


    Those friars who are used by Shuangfeng Valley not only can''t get any benefits, but may also lose their lives.


    I don''t know who Shuangfeng Valley is playing this play for because it has wasted so much Kung Fu? Or it is the habit of Shuangfeng valley that has always acted like this.


    As the originator of the Zhao family rumors, Meng Zhang didn''t feel embarrassed.


    The Zhao family was destroyed, and taiyimen was also the beneficiary. In the cultivation world, kindness to the enemy is not a good quality.


    A few days later, the news about what happened to the Zhao family quickly spread around.


    Li Xuan brought the latest news to Meng Zhang.


    According to the official statement of shuangfenggu, the news that the Zhao family has built Jidan is pure fiction.


    Many hoodwinked friars, in order to seize the nonexistent foundation Dan, attacked the Zhao family and destroyed the Zhao family.


    When shuangfenggu received the news and arrived, the Zhao friars had died all over the house. It is said that even the mortals living in Fuzhao valley were slaughtered by these crazy friars.


    Shuangfeng Valley recaptured the Zhao family Mountain Gate and killed many monks who besieged the Zhao family Mountain Gate, which can be regarded as revenge for the Zhao family.


    As for zhaojiashan gate, it is temporarily entrusted by friar shuangfenggu. Later, when the Zhao family friars who have traveled abroad return, they will return the mountain gate to them.


    Meng Zhang sneered at Li Xuan''s news.


    As expected, it was a noble and decent style. Not only all the friars of the Zhao family died, but also their mortal relatives.


    As for the friars who travel outside the Zhao family, they will certainly die outside, and there will be no chance to return to the Zhao family alive.


    The wealth accumulated by the Zhao family for 300 years and the second-order spirit vein have all become the booty of shuangfenggu.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s action was fast enough. He didn''t go there in vain. It was a great harvest.


    The destruction of the Zhao family caused a lot of trouble, but after a period of time, it gradually subsided.


    As for those rumors, they have not completely dissipated.


    There is a new saying spread outside that shuangfenggu is the behind the killing of the Zhao family, and that the foundation Dan of the Zhao family has all fallen into the hands of shuangfenggu.


    After the rumor spread, even the originator of the rumor could not stop the spread and change of the rumor.


    But Shuangfeng Valley is not the Zhao family. It can''t be hurt by some simple rumors.


    Even if the rumor is true, so what? Shuangfeng Valley has one gate and ten foundations. Who dares to provoke in the surrounding area.


    Shuangfeng Valley, as the ruler of this area, has never been less rumored about Shuangfeng valley.


    But why was Shuangfeng Valley hurt by these rumors? When was Shuangfeng Valley afraid of these rumors?

 Chapter 126

    This book is on the shelf No. 1. I hope book friends will support it.


    The result of subscription is related to how far the book can go.


    If my grades are good, I certainly hope this book can be written longer and tell all the stories in my heart.


    As for updates, I''m sure to try more.


    As a reader, I often see readers playing all kinds of tricks because a certain author has not completed his update commitment.


    It''s my turn. I''m very smart not to make a commitment. Of course, there is no problem of breaking my promise. (just kidding)


    After midnight, if I open VIP, I will update a few chapters first.


    For future updates, I try to put them during the day.


    For one thing, the weather is getting colder and colder. I hope everyone won''t stay up late.


    Second, in the evening, the author section is sometimes more Caton.


    Finally, I hope you can subscribe more and try to support the genuine version from the starting point. After all, you can''t expect the author to generate electricity by love.

 Chapter 127

    Shuangfeng Valley has long had the ability to refine Xiaozhu Jidan, and no one has ever dared to come to the door to rob Xiaozhu Jidan.


    After all, it''s strength.


    No matter whether it''s casual practice or the forces of monks around, they don''t have the ability to challenge shuangfenggu.


    In fact, when taking over the Zhao family''s Mountain Gate, friars of Shuangfeng Valley killed a large number of friars who attacked the Zhao family on the spot.


    Afterwards, Shuangfeng valley also thought that in the name of Zhao''s revenge, it cleaned up a lot of scattered repairs.


    Shuangfenggu has come forward, and the Zhao family''s business is over.


    After this, the number of scattered repairs in the surrounding area has greatly decreased. Those monks who were not involved in this matter also became much more honest.


    Next, Meng Zhang is going to see among the disciples that no one has the talent of taming animals to prepare for the hatching of the red feather eagle.


    Meng Zhang''s leisure days did not last long. He received a message from Zhang Zhanlin from mingshafang city. Zhou shengkao had something to find himself.


    Meng Zhang had to put down his business and rushed to mingshafang city.


    Seeing Zhou shengkao again, Meng Zhang was a little upset. This damn guy instigated himself to attack the Zhao family. Later, the friar of Shuangfeng Valley appeared and not only swallowed most of the booty, but if he ran slower, I''m afraid his life would be hard to protect.


    Fortunately, the monks of shuangfenggu were busy cleaning up the Mountain Gate of the Zhao family and did not chase and kill the escaped monks.


    Of course, in Zhou shengkao''s eyes, if Meng Zhang is the kind of guy who doesn''t know the current affairs, doesn''t know how to advance or retreat, is greedy and only knows how to reap benefits indefinitely, he deserves to die in the Zhao family.


    The experience of Meng Zhang in the Zhao family is both a test and a warning to Meng Zhang.


    When Zhou shengkao saw Meng Zhang, he didn''t feel embarrassed at all. Skip the greetings and get straight to the point.


    "Brother Meng, you and I have known each other for a long time, and we are very congenial. Now we have a chance to make a fortune. I''m sure there''s a big hole in it.


    Before Meng Zhang could say no, Zhou shengkao said to himself, "there was a white Tibetan earth mine more than 100 miles east of your Taiyi gate. The mine was destroyed by sand monsters in the chaos of sand monsters more than ten years ago. Later, we didn''t bother to rebuild the mine cave, so we abandoned the mine directly."


    Hearing Zhou shengkao talk about the abandoned mine cave, Meng Zhang was so nervous that he almost thought shuangfenggu knew he had entered there.


    If it weren''t for his Qi Nourishing Kung Fu, Meng Zhang would almost run away immediately.


    "In recent days, someone in the door thought of the mine. It''s a pity that a good mine has been abandoned."


    "But the profit of mining baizang soil itself is not high. If we really want to mine it ourselves, some people in the door think it''s chicken ribs."


    Zhou shengkao didn''t notice Meng Zhang''s reaction and continued to speak.


    Meng Zhang was a little relaxed. Zhou shengkao didn''t seem to have found his relationship with the abandoned mine.


    "Therefore, someone in the gate suggested that we simply rent this white Tibetan earth mine to other forces to mine. We can collect some rent regularly."


    "When I heard the news, Meng Zhang was about to refuse. Zhou shengkao didn''t seem to notice his reaction and continued to speak.


    "Brother, I won this opportunity for you very hard. It''s hard won. You must seize it."


    Meng Zhang knew that if he refused directly, the other party would be suspicious.


    "But brother Zhou, I''ve never had any experience in operating a mine. I''ve never mined baizang earth mine."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s excuse, Zhou shengkao said with a smile: "baizang earth mine is the best mine. It only needs enough mortal miners to mine continuously."


    "In addition, I heard that you have a lot of contacts with feihongzong''s peripheral caravans. You can ask him for his mining experience. The mined white Tibetan soil ore can also be sold to him."


    "Of course, you only need to sell a small part of the mined white Tibetan soil to him. We will secretly buy the rest of the white Tibetan soil at a fair price."


    "As for how to hide the output, how to make accounts, and how to cheat the laborer, that''s your job, brother."


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang finally understood Zhou shengkao''s intention.


    Letting taiyimen rent the baizang earth mine is just a cover. Most of the mined baizang earth is sold to shuangfenggu and a small part to laobu shoes, which makes him think that this is the total output of the mine.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, baizang clay is a kind of low-grade material. It doesn''t play a big role except when refining some magic tools. However, Feihong sect has always purchased baizang clay without limit. And when you think about it carefully, Meng Zhang found that it seems that many baizang clay mines have something to do with Feihong sect.


    For example, Lao Bu Lu, known by Meng Zhang, was born in the peripheral forces of Feihong sect. He was specially responsible for purchasing baizang soil for Feihong sect and transporting supplies to some baizang soil mines.


    It seems that baizang earth must have a purpose that he doesn''t know.


    Now, shuangfenggu''s Secret acquisition of baizang soil must also have its own use.


    Having figured this out, Meng Zhang knew that Zhou shengkao''s request could not be refused.


    If you are stupid enough to know shuangfenggu''s plot and don''t get on shuangfenggu''s boat, you may be killed.


    As a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley, taiyimen should naturally stand in the camp of Shuangfeng valley. But the matter also involves feihongzong, so it''s not simple.


    Many thoughts flashed through Meng Zhang''s mind, but time did not pass long.


    His expression on his face remained unchanged, and he quickly changed his words: "since brother Zhou despises his younger brother, I''ll leave this matter to my younger brother. My younger brother must do it properly and definitely satisfy brother Zhou."


    Zhou shengkao showed a satisfied smile on his face.


    "I said, brother Meng is definitely a person who knows current affairs."


    "Brother Meng will relieve my worries for shuangfenggu. I won''t treat you badly."


    "Well, during the mining of baizang earth mine, the annual sacrifice of taiyimen will be exempted."


    It seems that Zhou shengkao also knows how to use people and knows that people can''t be busy in vain.


    Taiyimen was originally exempted from three years of worship, but it has expired this year.


    If we collect offerings according to the original standards, it is nothing to the current taiyimen.


    However, the Lingtian in the gate of taiyimen mountain has planted more profitable Linghua and lingcao. According to the value of these spiritual flowers and grasses, it will cost a lot of spiritual stones to turn in a certain proportion for worship.


    As for the sweet water oasis and Chaoyang slope, there is no need to worry because the newly reclaimed Lingtian is duty-free for the first three years.


    With Zhou shengkao''s words, it has helped taiyimen save a lot of expenses.

 Chapter 128

    Since we know the purpose of shuangfenggu and taiyimen has no room to refuse, we must take over the matter. Meng Zhang began to think about how to take advantage of this opportunity to seek greater benefits for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang agreed to Zhou shengkao''s request and agreed to mine the white Tibetan soil mine. But immediately, he listed many difficulties and wanted to get benefits from Zhou shengkao.


    Zhou shengkao saw through Meng Zhang''s idea, but he didn''t care too much. It doesn''t work if you want the horse to run and don''t feed the horse.


    Taiyimen is still valuable. Of course, it''s worth spending some money to win over.


    So after some bargaining, in addition to the original conditions, Meng Zhang asked Zhou shengkao to promise to hand over an oasis originally owned by the Zhao family to taiyimen.


    After the two sides reached an agreement, Meng Zhang began to take action.


    The oasis that Zhou shengkao promised to give to taiyimen is the closest of the five oases owned by the Zhao family.


    There is a complete first-order inferior spirit vein in this oasis. The area of the oasis is larger than the present sweet water oasis.


    On this oasis, there are about five or six thousand residents.


    Friar Zhao and his family, who had been stationed in the oasis, had long been secretly disposed of by shuangfenggu.


    Meng Zhang called Li Xuan and two Taiyi disciples and rushed all the way to the oasis. After handing over with the stationed monk shuangfenggu, the oasis completely belonged to Taiyi gate.


    Although this oasis belongs to the Zhao family, not all its residents are surnamed Zhao. Even those surnamed Zhao are not related by blood to Zhao family.


    According to the original rules of the Zhao family, some mortals awaken Linggen. If this person''s surname is not Zhao, this person and his family must all change their surname to Zhao, so that this person can join the Zhao family.


    If you are too fond of your original surname and are unwilling to change your surname, the family will be expelled from the oasis with good luck. If you''re unlucky, it''s hard to say what happens.


    Don''t think this is a tyranny. According to the Zhao family friar, not everyone is qualified to be surnamed Zhao. It''s a great thing to change your surname to Zhao.


    Now that this oasis belongs to taiyimen, the rules of the Xiuzhen family do not apply. Xiuzhen sect doesn''t value surnames. From then on, it will be their new choice for mortals who awaken their spiritual roots in the oasis to worship taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang left Li Xuan and his two disciples to take care of all the affairs in the oasis.


    Meng Zhang asked Zhou shengkao for the excuse of this oasis, which is that mining baizang earth mine requires a large number of mortal miners, and this oasis just provides a source.


    In this oasis, Li Xuan will investigate carefully and find out all the diehard elements who miss the Zhao family.


    The end of waiting for these people is to become miners and spend the rest of their lives in the mine.


    After leaving the oasis, Meng Zhang rushed to mingshafang city.


    More and more things made Meng Zhang feel that the Taiyi gate was more and more understaffed.


    After the mining of the baizang earth mine, many practitioners, guards and supervisors are needed.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was ready to fight steadily and try to recruit disciples who awakened Linggen from the rule of Taiyi gate. This can ensure the purity of the source of disciples, and only a piece of white paper can draw.


    Now, there is an urgent need for manpower, and some persistence is not necessary.


    Taiyimen used to be a long-standing force, but now it has a certain revival.


    Meng Zhang played a signboard in mingshafang city to attract casual practitioners. Many casual practitioners immediately came to consult and even sign up.


    Meng Zhang recruits disciples. His accomplishments and qualifications are second. The most important thing is his mind and loyalty to the sect.


    No matter how good the qualification is, it is even the legendary Tianpin Linggen. If you are not loyal to the sect, there is no need to train such disciples.


    If you ignore your mind and only focus on your qualifications, you may cultivate a group of white eyed wolves.


    As a disciple trained by the sect, you are not required to live and die together with the sect, but you should have at least loyalty. You can''t run away as soon as you encounter suffering and abandon the sect. If the sect door doesn''t bear you, you can''t turn your back on the sect door.


    Meng Zhang talked with these friars who wanted to join taiyimen one by one, communicated slowly, and asked them about their origins.


    Of course, this is superficial. In the dark, Meng Zhang had already used his gifted powers to read their minds.


    Among these friars, they are basically friars in the early and middle stages of gas refining. Moreover, the general casual practice did not have the ability to block his mind communication. Even if someone could stop his insight, Meng Zhang was busy for several days. Meng Zhang selected 15 disciples to join Taiyi gate.


    Two of them are spies from Shuangfeng valley.


    I think so. Shuangfeng Valley entrusts Taiyi gate with private affairs. There must be a means of monitoring secretly. It will never let Taiyi gate go.


    If you want to monitor, you can monitor. With these two spies, Shuangfeng valley will be more relieved.


    When the baizang earth mine was mined, Meng Zhang was ready to put all the two spies into the mine.


    In addition, a spy from the golden Dao sect, a spy from the skillful sect and a spy from the Lin Shan sect also sneaked into the casual practice of joining the Taiyi sect.


    These people thought they had deceived Meng Zhang, but they didn''t know that Meng Zhang, who had his heart and magic power, had already seen through their identity.


    Meng Zhang did not simply shut the three people out, but put them in the door in a big way.


    To play Infernal Affairs, Meng Zhang is never afraid. These spies who have been identified can sometimes play a wonderful role.


    Meng Zhang would not let them return to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, but decided to send them to the oasis where they just got it and take care of it.


    The remaining ten casual practitioners are the ones Meng Zhang really wants to enter the door.


    These ten people have mediocre qualifications and low accomplishments, but they are relatively pure and good in mind and have no bad thoughts.


    Of course, even if they are included in the door, it does not mean that they have won all the trust of Meng Zhang.


    In the future, there will be a series of tests waiting for them. Only by passing these tests can they really become a member of taiyimen.


    After recruiting disciples, Meng Zhang immediately tried to contact Lao Bulu, an old acquaintance.


    More than ten days later, Meng Zhang met Lao Bu Lu in mingshafang city.


    During the meeting, Meng Zhang used the words of Zhou shengkao.


    Taiyimen went through the relationship between Zhou shengkao and rented an abandoned baicangtu mine in shuangfenggu. Want to mine baizang earth mine and provide a stable source of income for menzhong.

 Chapter 129

    Lao Bulu was very enthusiastic. He not only gave Meng Zhang many useful suggestions, but also was willing to provide skilled miners, and promised to buy all the mined white Tibetan soil at a good price.


    Meng Zhang believes that among the miners provided by Lao Bu Li, there must be his spies. This has nothing to do with their friendship, but a necessary means.


    Taking feihongzong''s Secret attention to baizang soil mine, this kind of thing can not be avoided. It''s better to accept it generously.


    If only some mortal miners, Meng Zhang has too many means to hide from them and not expose the real output of baicangtu mine.


    After finishing the work of mining baizang earth mine, we are finally on the right track.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at the baizang earth mine with his people, the traces of ghost repair and the battle of friar Zhao had long disappeared.


    Shuangfenggu is very methodical and considerate.


    Shuangfeng Valley sent two friars to stay near the mine for a long time.


    The apparent reason is, of course, to supervise taiyimen''s mining and prevent taiyimen from concealing production. Greedy ink should be handed over to shuangfenggu''s share.


    This kind of thing is very normal. All vassal forces of shuangfenggu mining minerals must turn in a certain proportion to shuangfenggu according to the output.


    In this way, Shuangfeng Valley has eyes and ears, both inside and outside, and can supervise this baizang earth mine at any time.


    Next, there are various specific mining matters. Even with the prior advice and reminder of working shoes, Meng Zhang was busy.


    Organizing miners, transporting supplies and other affairs are complicated and messy.


    Later, Meng Zhang simply called Li Xuan and asked him to take charge of these affairs. Meng Zhang himself rushed to the oasis of the Zhao family for inventory.


    With his gift of heart, reading the minds of mortals is a piece of cake. Moreover, Li Xuan did some work in advance.


    Of course, reading the minds of mortals is also a hard work.


    Mortals are confused and have many contents. Many guys who look very honest, but their minds are even dirtier than the pit. They really disgust Meng Zhang.


    Even if Meng Zhang was determined, he was very upset by these spiritual pollution.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s sin was not in vain. All mortals who thought of the Zhao family were cleaned up and sent to the mine. This is to completely cut off the foundation of the Zhao family and eliminate the hidden dangers in the oasis.


    The mining is also going well. There are skilled miners provided by laboring and walking shoes, as well as various spells of practitioners. Before long, the baizang clay mine was continuously mined.


    The eyes and ears of the miners were soon found out. These eyes and ears are secretly controlled, and there is no way to know the real output of this white Tibetan soil mine. Labor and walking are naturally hoodwinked.


    On the surface, all the mined white Tibetan soil was sold to laobu shoes, and even the share of shuangfenggu in this mine was replaced by Lingshi.


    In fact, most of the output of this baizang earth mine was secretly transported to shuangfenggu.


    Of course, Shuangfeng Valley did not treat taiyimen badly. All white Tibetan soil is purchased at the market price.


    Unconsciously, two years passed, and Meng Zhang was 23 years old.


    In this year, Meng Zhang''s cultivation broke through the eightfold of Qi refining. Complicated sect affairs didn''t slow down his cultivation too much.


    The deep earth God who fell into a deep sleep finally woke up.


    For Meng Zhang''s inquiry about the events of that day, he either kept silent or took care of him.


    Meng Zhang now understood.


    Thick earth God will be loyal to Taiyi sect, but he is not so sincere and convinced of his leader. He can only obey on the surface.


    It''s not surprising to think that although the cultivation of Houtu God has not been restored, his memory is incomplete. But after all, the heyday was the existence of Jindan real person level. Meng Zhang, a little friar of Qi refining, wanted to convince others. How could that be possible.


    The thick earth God looks simple and honest, but his pride can''t be hidden.


    Meng Zhang is not narrow-minded and intolerable. As long as he is loyal to taiyimen, he will be able to accommodate him. In the future, there are opportunities to slowly convince him.


    Moreover, the thick earth God will be of great value to the current taiyimen.


    Not to mention the perfect cultivation of Qi refining, the Dharma meetings he held regularly in the door will benefit the disciples of the door. Meng Zhang was not absent. Every time I listen, I feel I have benefited a lot.


    There are more and more disciples of the Taiyi sect. In the past two years, in addition to recruiting several casual practitioners, some of the mortals under the rule have awakened their spiritual roots and worshipped the Taiyi sect.


    With a large number of people, some of the original systems are not suitable. At least, the disciples of the sect can''t eat the same big pot as before. There should be a certain level difference.


    The disciples of the sect are divided into inner disciples and outer disciples. The inner disciples are selected by the leader from the disciples above the middle stage of Qi refining.


    Tian Li and Fang qiansuan, who are favored by Meng Zhang, have also entered the quadruple of Qi refining in the past two years and have been designated by Meng Zhang as internal disciples.


    Two disciples of Taoist priest Qingling, Wang Shengli, the son of Wang Shitou, also became inner disciples.


    Zhang Zhanlin runs the grocery store in mingshafang city. He not only brings back all kinds of information about the cultivation world for taiyimen, but also makes a lot of profits, which far exceeds Meng Zhang''s expectations.


    Meng Zhang not only promoted him to be an inner disciple, but also basically entrusted him with all the business affairs of the sect.


    A female disciple named Hu Jing showed her talent in controlling beasts and cultivating demons during the new entry-level casual practice. She was also promoted by Meng Zhang as an inner disciple.


    In addition, a disciple named Zheng Chao, who also came from sanxiu, was promoted to the inner disciple by Meng Zhang.


    There are not only identity differences between inner disciples and outer disciples, but also great differences in salary and authority within the sect.


    With these inner disciples, Taiyi sect has available middle-level backbone. Inner disciples are like small leaders, who can manage outer disciples more effectively.


    After consuming all the red feather liquid, nine of the more than ten eggs Meng Zhang retrieved from the Zhao family hatched successfully, and the rest became dead eggs.


    Among them, three large red feather eagles have been hatched, which can be used as flight mounts after domestication. In addition, there are nine small red feather eagles. Although they can''t ride, they can be used as scouts and spies.


    To this end, Meng Zhang also purchased a batch of spirit animal bags from huojingfang city at a high price.


    The price of each spirit beast bag that can carry live animals is at least thousands of low-grade spirit stones, and it is often out of stock.


    In order to purchase these spirit beast bags, Meng Zhang ran to huojingfang several times.

 Chapter 130

    In the past two years, taiyimen has developed very rapidly. Not only the number of disciples increased greatly, but also the income of the sect increased continuously.


    The Linghua and lingcao planted in the Mountain Gate began to harvest one after another. The newly opened spiritual fields in Chaoyang slope and sweet water oasis are gradually available, and more and more spiritual valleys are planted. The large amount of LingMi harvested can basically meet the supply of disciples in the sect.


    With sufficient cultivation resources, the growth rate of disciples in the sect began to grow faster.


    While the taiyimen school was thriving, Meng Zhang received a letter.


    A long lost letter from jueying asked Meng Zhang to fulfill the original agreement and help her once.


    Meng Zhang still attaches great importance to faithfulness. If he agrees, he will not go back without reason.


    After Meng Zhang explained the affairs in the door, he rode out on the wind chasing foal.


    Originally, Meng Zhang also planned to ride a red feather eagle and try a flying mount.


    But Hu Jing, who is responsible for domesticating the red feather eagle, told him that the red feather eagle is still young and has not fully grown up. It''s best not to ride at will.


    Disappointed Meng Zhang, he still has to keep galloping.


    The place where Meng Zhang and Jue Ying agreed to meet was a small hill next to huojingfang city.


    The Jue Ying, who had been waiting here for a long time, did not greet each other. After meeting Meng Zhang, he directly led him away.


    Not seen for several years, jueying''s cultivation also broke through to the later stage of gas refining. However, he is still like that. He is silent and will never say more nonsense.


    Jue Ying was silent all the way and took Meng Zhang to a remote and secret valley.


    Jue Ying stretched out his right hand and gently patted the mountain wall on one side of the valley. Soon there was a cave that only one person could pass through.


    Jue Ying made a gesture for Meng Zhang to follow, and went straight in.


    Meng Zhang, who followed, couldn''t help asking, "Jue Ying girl, what do you want me to do?"


    "The Shaoyang true fire cultivated by leader Meng has the effect of breaking evil spirits. It can be used this time."


    Jue Ying didn''t answer directly. It was half the answer.


    Meng Zhang touched his nose and said, "jueying girl doesn''t know yet. The Shaoyang Qi I originally cultivated has been transformed into the sun Qi, and the sun fire has been refined."


    "The sun is really hot. That''s great. Leader Meng really surprised me." Jue Ying, who has always been indifferent, couldn''t help revealing a trace of joy in his words.


    After entering the cave with Meng Zhang, Jue Ying walked along a narrow passage and walked for a long time before entering a stone chamber.


    In the center of the stone chamber, a middle-aged woman sat cross legged and closed her eyes.


    The woman had no spirit at all. She looked like she was dying.


    As soon as he entered the stone chamber, Meng Zhang felt a breath of disgust and fear.


    "Evil spirit, are you the devil?" Meng Zhang, stunned, stepped back and put on a defensive posture.


    The middle-aged woman opened her eyes. "I''m not a demon monk, I''m just hurt by the demon monk, and my flesh is contaminated with the magic gas. Leader Meng should be able to judge this difference."


    After listening to these words, plus the Jue shadow on one side, there was no abnormality. Meng ZhangCai carefully investigated it.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, there was no hiding place for the evil spirit, which also proved the words of the middle-aged woman.


    She is really not a devil, but she is infected with evil spirit.


    Meng Zhang was relieved. At the same time, he also guessed what Jue Ying wanted to help himself.


    Once the evil spirit is infected with the friar, it is like bone gangrene, which is very difficult to completely remove.


    With the passage of time, magic Qi can develop and grow by polluting and swallowing the true Qi of friars. If it continues, the friar will even attack his heart with evil Qi and change his mind. He will fall into the devil and become a new devil.


    Seeing Meng Zhang relax, Jue Ying said to the middle-aged woman, "master, the Shaoyang Qi originally cultivated by leader Meng has been transformed into the sun Qi and refined the sun fire. Your injury is saved."


    After listening to Jue Ying''s words, the dead, listless middle-aged woman had a little more look on her face.


    "I have fallen leaves. I have been suffering from the devil spirit since I was injured by the devil friar."


    "If leader Meng can help me dispel the evil spirit, I will not treat leader Meng badly."


    Deciduous, like her disciple Jue Ying, is also a man of few words.


    "The evil spirit is so famous that the younger generation is not completely sure. I can only say that I will try my best to try." Meng Zhang replied politely.


    Meng Zhang has found that the middle-aged woman named ye ye opposite is a monk in the foundation period.


    After being contaminated by the evil spirit, he can still keep his reason and spare no effort to take care of others. He is a strong man among the friars in the foundation period, and he has a strong will and a firm heart.


    The devil friar is not only the public enemy of all practitioners, but also the great enemy of this world. Killing devil friars is the bounden duty of every cultivator.


    Ghost friars still have some places to exist in the cultivation world, and even can hook up with some practitioners. But the devil friar, it''s definitely everyone''s shouting and beating, never let go.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not refuse to help the practitioners injured by the demon friars, let alone the agreement with Jue Ying.


    The fallen leaves pondered for a while before saying, "I''ve been injured for too long, but I have some unrealistic expectations in my heart. I hope my expectations won''t put too much pressure on leader Meng."


    "Well, let me see first. The sun of leader Meng is really hot. How hot is it?"


    After speaking, the fallen leaves stirred up the Qi in the body and gently pointed to the front.


    A dark, inky gas gushed out of his fingers, then stayed in front of the fallen leaves and circled slowly in the air.


    Seeing the appearance of this gas, the vanishing shadow was like avoiding snakes and scorpions. He hurried back a few steps.


    Meng Zhang also looked solemn, like facing a great enemy.


    Meng Zhang ran the sun Qi and released the sun fire he had worked hard to refine.


    A golden flame appeared in front of Meng Zhang, with a terrible high temperature, and directly hit the black gas.


    A sizzling burning sound sounded, and the black gas began to fade slowly, and then disappeared gradually. And the golden flame began to dim.


    Seeing this scene, the last shadow, who has never had any expression, couldn''t help showing a happy look on his face.


    "The sun''s true fire is as strong as the sun, and it is as noble and upright as possible. It has the power to kill evil and break demons. It really deserves its reputation."


    "With the help of leader Meng''s sun and true fire, there is hope that Shifu''s injury will recover."


    The fallen leaves were not as optimistic as the last shadow, but quietly looked at the scene of the fire burning the magic gas.

 Chapter 131

    When the evil gas of the black gas was completely burned by the real fire of the sun, the golden flame was completely extinguished.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes were filled with regret. With his current cultivation, it would take a lot of time to refine such a real fire of the sun.


    The fallen leaf looked at Meng Zhang and didn''t speak. After a half ring, she said regretfully, "unfortunately, the cultivation in the Qi refining period is still too weak, and the power of the refined sun real fire is not enough. There is still a lot of heat to completely dispel the evil gas."


    Meng Zhang felt a little embarrassed, but he didn''t know how to speak.


    The fallen leaf was silent again, and then said, "leader Meng, the skill you cultivate is not a simple sun Qi, but a skill that also contains Taiyin Qi. Although I don''t know the name of this skill, I guess it should be a superior skill compatible with Yin and Yang."


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that the woman in front of him could see through the falseness and reality of the skill he deliberately concealed. This kind of eyesight is really terrible, far more than the foundation period friars Meng Zhang met before.


    "Yes, the younger generation''s cultivation method is the sun moon rotation Sutra. You need to cultivate the sun Qi and Taiyin Qi at the same time, and finally integrate Yin and Yang into the sun moon Qi."


    Now that others have seen it, Meng Zhang admits it happily.


    "I''ve heard of the name of the sun moon rotation Sutra. It''s really a rare and excellent skill."


    "The Taiyi sect is indeed a big sect inherited from the Middle Earth. It seems that it has been declining for a long time, but it still has the inheritance of such excellent skills."


    After listening to the praise of the fallen leaves, Meng Zhang didn''t answer. Of course, he can''t Tell ye ye that the inheritance of taiyimen has long been lost. He regained his inheritance from the place of trial.


    "Headmaster Meng is only in his twenties this year?" asked deciduous.


    "I''m twenty-three years old." there''s nothing to hide. Just ask anyone.


    "At the age of twenty-three, you can cultivate the eight aspects of Qi refining, and have a solid foundation and pure Qi."


    "It seems that leader Meng''s qualification should be very good, at least it''s the qualification of Zhongpin Linggen. Moreover, leader Meng always practices hard and never slackens. He is really a good seedling."


    "Senior, I flatter you." Meng Zhang is a little unclear about the other party''s intention.


    "With the current cultivation of leader Meng, I can''t help the old man. But if leader Meng can cultivate to the foundation period, it is expected to completely dispel the evil Qi from the old man."


    "With my current physical condition, I can last up to 15 years. If leader Meng can cultivate to the foundation period within 15 years, it''s not too late."


    "I wonder if leader Meng has the confidence to cultivate to the foundation period within 15 years?"


    After listening to the words of fallen leaves, Meng Zhang wanted to perfunctory the past. But looking at each other''s eyes, perfunctory words can''t be said.


    After thinking about it carefully, Meng Zhang said carefully, "no one can be 100% sure of building a foundation. Even the legendary friar Tianpin Linggen has a very small chance of failure when building a foundation."


    "I can only say that I do my best. Even if there is no such thing as predecessors, I will try my best to cultivate and build a foundation as soon as possible."


    "If we want to say that we will succeed in building the foundation within 15 years, the younger generation is still certain."


    Meng Zhang''s words are actually a little modest. With his top-grade Linggen qualification, he can refine Qi perfectly in a few years.


    And he is very sure that he can build the foundation successfully without using the foundation Dan. In this way, there is no need to spend time and energy seeking to build Jidan.


    He only needs to polish his Qi, strengthen his body and adjust his state to impact the foundation period.


    If the foundation is built within 15 years, Meng Zhang has a great chance of success.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, ye ye said, "is leader Meng willing to make an agreement with me?"


    "As long as leader Meng successfully builds the foundation within 15 years and comes to help me dispel the evil spirit, I will give leader Meng a great benefit."


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak, let alone ask what the benefits were.


    With Meng Zhang''s personality, since he promised to help Jue Ying once. Now the cultivation is not enough and the problem has not been solved. After building the foundation, even if it is not good, he is willing to make up for this move.


    Of course, in the face of the benefits of door-to-door delivery, he will not refuse falsely.


    "I have some connections with the principal of the black market. In the future, I can let Jue Ying provide you with information for free."


    What ye ye proposed, whether it is taiyimen or Meng Zhang himself, is the lack of channels to understand all kinds of intelligence.


    Zhang Zhanlin''s grocery store in mingshafang City, with his and Li Xuan''s contacts, can only understand some popular news. Real secret information is difficult to obtain.


    Meng Zhang, who has seen the black market forces, knows that the black market forces are huge and the sources of intelligence are rich. If you can get intelligence information from the black market, it is definitely a great good thing.


    "This is only a deposit. As for the real benefits, I will tell you then."


    After listening to this sentence, Meng Zhang was looking forward to it. The other party''s practice really satisfied his appetite.


    Not to mention the benefits in the future, intelligence channels alone are enough for Meng Zhang.


    "You''re welcome, sir. I won''t break my promise since I promised jueying girl. When I succeed in building the foundation in the future, I will help you dispel the evil spirit." Meng Zhang gave his promise.


    "OK, let''s make a deal and make a contract. This agreement will be valid for 15 years." deciduous said loudly.


    The two sides reached an agreement and the relationship became much closer.


    Deciduous didn''t take the initiative to tell her origin, so Meng Zhang didn''t ask.


    According to Meng Zhang''s feeling, the other party is not evil. Moreover, the origin of deciduous is obviously extraordinary.


    Deciduous is not the kind of person who likes chatting. She is about to send Meng Zhang away. Suddenly she thinks of something.


    She took out a map from her body and handed it to Meng Zhang.


    "This is a map of the cave left by an elder of Zijin sect."


    "This elder is generous and helpful. There should be many useful items in his cave."


    "Originally, after I got this map, I was going to let Jue Ying go. I didn''t prepare any meeting gifts for the first time, so I had to borrow flowers to offer Buddha."


    "Headmaster Meng, go with Jue Ying. You can see what''s in it."


    Meng Zhang took the map, looked at the fallen leaves, didn''t seem to want to say more, so he took the initiative to leave.


    Meng Zhang went outside the stone chamber and waited for a while before Jue Ying came out of it. Together, they left the house of fallen leaves.

 Chapter 132

    Meng Zhang is still a little impressed by the name of Zijin sect.


    In the leader''s chronicle inherited by the leaders of Taiyi sect, there are some descriptions of previous generations of leaders.


    Since more than a thousand years ago, Zijin sect has been the only overlord in the endless sand sea. All sects, including Feihong sect, must submit to Zijin sect in order to gain a foothold in the endless sand sea.


    In its heyday, the Zijin sect had the ancestor of the yuan God and many golden elixirs. It not only dominates the endless sand sea, but also extends southward to compete with the Jiuqu League.


    About 700 years ago, great changes took place in the endless sand sea, and the ancestor of the Yuanshen of the Zijin sect fell.


    Then, in the chaos of sand monsters sweeping the whole endless sand sea, the Zijin sect suffered heavy losses, and even many Jindan immortal fell.


    After the chaos of sand monsters subsided, Feihong sect united with many sects to challenge the hegemony of Zijin sect.


    The Xiuzhen family moved from other places joined Mobei and joined the camp against the Zijin sect.


    The external Jiuqu League, either overtly or covertly, is an enemy of the Zijin sect.


    After a fierce bloody battle, the Zijin sect was destroyed, and Fei hongzong and Qi family took advantage of the situation to rise.


    Feihongzong, in particular, seized the greatest fruits of victory. It not only captured the biggest legacy of Zijin sect, but also became a new overlord of endless sand sea.


    The power of the Qi family was restrained by Feihong sect and could only be limited to Mobei.


    External forces, Jiuqu League and forces deep into the endless sand sea, were also expelled by Feihong sect.


    After years of efforts of feihongzong, the current power pattern of endless sand sea has been formed.


    Taiyimen''s predecessors did not participate in this magnificent history. At that time, taiyimen had not escaped into the endless sand sea.


    The records left by previous generations of leaders are mostly rumors and hearsay. Authenticity cannot be guaranteed, and details are lacking.


    After Meng Zhang and Jue Ying left the hidden valley, they released their mounts from the spirit beast bag and headed for the target.


    Meng Zhang simply looked at the map in his hand and determined the direction of progress.


    The map is marked in detail, indicating the location and surrounding terrain of the elder monk of Zijin sect.


    On the way, Meng Zhang had another question and asked jueying on his own initiative.


    Meng Zhang generally kept a respectful distance from the cave of an unknown senior monk. But the fallen leaves have no reason to frame themselves. There should be no problem with the map she gives.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s active inquiry, jueying, who has always been silent, explained it in detail for Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that the Zijin sect was destroyed after many bloody battles. The process of extinction is quite long. The top level of the sect has enough time to make some preparations after extermination and secretly ambush some backers.


    After all, Zijin sect was once the overlord of the endless sand sea. Its strongholds were all over the endless sand sea, and there were many disciples.


    Although it took a long time and countless energy to pursue and kill the remaining evils of Zijin sect after Feihong sect perished.


    The disciples of Zijin sect scattered everywhere died miserably, and many of the rear hands of the middle and high-level ambushes of the sect were also cracked by Feihong sect one by one.


    However, there are always a few disciples who have escaped the pursuit of Feihong sect.


    After the fruitless reconstruction of Zijin sect and the failure to overthrow Feihong sect, many Zijin sect disciples hid in the endless sand sea by hiding their names and changing their identities by various means.


    The map obtained by Ye Ye comes from such a disciple of Zijin sect.


    None of the descendants of this Zijin sect disciple awakened Linggen, nor did he have a disciple successor.


    Before Zuohua, he left this map recording the location of his cave to future generations. When someone in future generations awakens the spirit root, he can find the cave according to the map and get his inheritance.


    Time flies, time changes. In a long time, this map was lost to the outside from his descendants, and was accidentally obtained by fallen leaves.


    Deciduous investigated the origin of this map and the cause and effect of this matter through the intelligence channel of the black market.


    The main purpose of a monk''s cave like this is to leave a legacy for future generations. It is generally safe and there are no poisonous traps.


    Originally, the fallen leaves were meant for jueying to explore. Later, Meng Zhang came to visit.


    So the fallen leaves gave it to Meng Zhang as a gift for him to explore with Jue Ying. As for the harvest, the two discussed the distribution.


    After hearing the story of jueying, Meng Zhang became relieved. It''s worth exploring the deep-rooted monk''s cave.


    According to the route recorded on the map, they galloped all the way to a place more than 3000 miles west of huojingfang city.


    Here is a desolate Gobi, the terrain is relatively flat, and the ups and downs are no more than 100 meters.


    According to the description on the map, the purple gold sect Friar''s cave was built underground.


    Meng Zhang could not help but Tucao, and make complaints about the place where the monks were everywhere. They all love to build the underground house in the ground.


    Of course, Meng Zhang himself knows that the reason for this custom is also related to the terrain of the endless sand sea.


    Most areas of the endless sand sea are relatively flat Gobi desert and a small part of hills. A few high mountains are basically occupied by major cultivation forces.


    In the flat desert, there is almost no shelter around. How can we ensure concealment if we don''t build the cave underground?


    Hundreds of years is not a short time. Although it is not a vicissitude, the surrounding landform has changed greatly.


    In the desert, it is difficult to find a suitable terrain reference. And the desert terrain often changes. If there is a strong wind and sand, there may be countless large and small sand dunes on the ground. The dune itself is unstable and often moves and displaces.


    Monks often locate the sun, moon and stars, but they are often not accurate enough.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying both know that the monk''s cave they are looking for is underground near the great Gobi. As for finding a specific location, that map can''t help.


    There was no way. Meng Zhang and Jue Ying had to act separately and look for each other. Anyway, they both know how to escape. It''s just a little troublesome at most.


    Meng Zhang showed his arrogant magic eye and looked at the ground around him for a while. Finally, he was disappointed and shook his head.


    With his current level of breaking false magic eyes, he can''t penetrate too deep underground.


    Jue Ying should also practice some kind of pupil technique. He also looked at the ground for a long time and didn''t get any harvest.


    There''s no way to be lazy, so you have to work hard.


    They divided the area into two parts and began their search underground.


    Searching underground in the dark is a very hard and complicated thing.


    For friars who have not mastered the secret method of pupil surgery, it is almost equivalent to the blind touching the elephant and relying solely on feeling.

 Chapter 133

    The purple gold sect friar who left the cave was just a friar in the foundation period. The cave cannot be built too deep into the ground by one person alone.


    With Meng Zhang''s current skills in earth hiding, it''s still no problem to dive one or two hundred feet underground.


    Meng Zhang has been diving towards the ground. In the first twenty or thirty feet, they were all soft sand layers, and the cave would not be built in such a place.


    After more than thirty feet underground, there is a relatively solid earth rock layer.


    Meng Zhang''s key search area is less than 30 feet and more than 100 feet.


    Next, Meng Zhang became very busy.


    After searching underground for a while, I felt that I had consumed too much Qi, so I returned to the ground. After meditating and recovering, I continued to use the earth hiding technique to dive underground.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying worked hard underground for a long time, but Meng Zhang was the first to find clues.


    When Meng Zhang dived into the ground, he felt a much stronger aura than other places. It was clear that there was a spiritual pulse nearby.


    When monks build the cave, they build it on the spiritual pulse as much as possible.


    With the change of Reiki, Meng Zhang did not spend much time to determine the direction of the Reiki. I searched all the way along the spirit vein and found the hidden monk''s cave very smoothly.


    After finding the monk''s cave, Meng Zhang didn''t break in alone. Instead, he was ready to go back to the ground and greet the vanishing shadow.


    After working so hard for so long, Meng Zhang, who was eager to greet jueying, didn''t pay too much attention to the situation on the ground. When he got out of the ground, he was stunned.


    Just in front of him, there were more than ten monks, who were preparing to disperse in all directions.


    While Meng Zhang was stunned, among the monks opposite, the one who first found Meng Zhang was also stunned.


    What''s the matter? Why did a man suddenly come out of the ground? Was he ambushing everyone here?


    The man froze for a moment and reacted like a reflex. He shouted and waved the whip shaped magic weapon at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s response was also quick. He responded when he launched an attack.


    The flying sword wrapped around Meng Zhang''s wrist softened around his fingers and flew as streamer. With one sword, he cut the whip waved by the enemy.


    There was no sound at all. The sharp flying sword was soft around his fingers and cut the whip in two.


    The flying sword was castrated and cut directly at the enemy waving the whip.


    The Friar''s body protector was activated immediately, and a transparent light mask appeared on his body. The flying sword cuts on it. After a slight pause, it cuts through the mask and continues to cut at the enemy.


    At this time, the rest of the monks have responded one after another. Without command, these friars spontaneously attacked Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s left hand startled the soul bell and his right hand fire symbol. They also opened their fire and killed into the crowd.


    Although the friar who was the first to start was supported by his companions, he still didn''t escape the pursuit of flying sword.


    A flash of blood flashed, and the friar went directly to a different place.


    Meng Zhang was ruthless, not only because the other party first shot, but also recognized the leader of the opposite friars.


    "Meng Zhang, how did you appear here?" a startled voice sounded.


    The speaker is Li Nu, who has not seen him for a long time.


    Li Nu was originally a lackey of the Li family. Later, after the Li family was killed by the sand monster, Li Nu took the initiative to take refuge in the Zhao family.


    The Zhao family didn''t like Li Nu very much. They always used Li Nu and his men as slaves.


    After the rumors about the Zhao family''s acquisition of Zhu Jidan spread, Li Nu, a guy with a keen sense of smell, immediately drew a line with the Zhao family and cut off all contacts between the two sides.


    After the Zhao family''s extermination, Li Nu clamped his tail and became a man with a very low profile.


    Having not received any news about Li Nu for two or three years, Meng Zhang would never have expected to meet him here.


    Meng Zhang knew something about Li nu. From the other party''s attack on the Li family, he knew that the other party was not a kind person.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless at all. He seized the opportunity and did his best not to give the enemy a chance to breathe.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t answer himself, Li Nu smiled grimly and directly ordered the people to start besieging Meng Zhang.


    Since the other party has killed, it''s obvious that things today can''t be good. There was no one around. He killed Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect. He didn''t know it.


    Li Nu, with this idea in mind, and all the others tried their best to besiege Meng Zhang.


    The worst of these friars are in the middle stage of Qi refining. In addition to Li Nu, the nine master of Qi refining, there are also three masters in the later stage of Qi refining.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are nothing more than eight levels of Qi refining. Even though he has excellent skills and powerful magic tools, he is still a lot worse than a few enemies. If we hadn''t taken the initiative to attack hard at the beginning, I''m afraid we would have fallen to the disadvantage now.


    It seems that the enemy is strong and I am weak, but Meng Zhang does not have the slightest fear and retreat.


    The soul alarm bell rings from time to time. Every time the bell rings, many monks opposite will stagnate.


    The flames from the fire talisman turned into fire snakes and rushed to the enemy.


    Flying the sword around his fingers was even more frightening. After Meng Zhang showed the Liu sword formula of dancing with the wind, he cut and wounded two enemies one after another.


    Li Nu''s face was ferocious. So many people on his side were suppressed by a young man like Meng Zhang. This makes the city deeply him. I can''t suppress my anger.


    The flying sword released by Li Nu actively entangled Meng Zhang''s flying sword around his fingers.


    Although it was obvious that he had not practiced a decent sword formula, Meng Zhang was still in great trouble with his rich combat experience and old sword skills.


    The most lethal flying sword was entangled around his fingers, and many monks suppressed Meng Zhang at once.


    Even if he was temporarily at a disadvantage, Meng Zhang''s face remained unchanged and continued to attack.


    The crowd was chaotic and moving around. No one noticed that there seemed to be something moving rapidly in the shadow under the soles of their feet.


    A friar took out several talismans and was about to cast them on Meng Zhang. A figure suddenly appeared in the shadow under his feet.


    The figure shot behind him. With a flash of cold light, the Friar''s blood splashed on the spot.


    The figure who successfully killed the enemy immediately disappeared and merged into the shadow again.


    The figure that suddenly appears in the shadow disappears immediately after killing, and then appears in the shadow of another person soon.


    But for a moment, under the cover of the shadow, the figure moved freely among the friars, came and went like the wind, and easily killed four friars.


    The rest of the monks reacted at this time and dodged around in panic.


    As the monks moved, so did the shadows under their feet.


    The shadow of the human figure appears and disappears from time to time. Every time it appears, it will harvest the life of a monk.


    Immediately disappear into the shadow after killing the enemy, so that the enemy has no time to respond.

 Chapter 134

    "Be careful of the shadow under your feet." Li Nu, who is rich in experience, first found the clue.


    The friars became very flustered when they saw that their companions were attacked and died inexplicably. Hearing Li Nu''s reminder, they paid attention to the shadow under their feet.


    When people are on guard, the effect of sneak attack will be greatly reduced.


    Everyone noticed the shadow under their feet and inevitably relaxed Meng Zhang''s side. Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and stormed again. Even under the control of Li Nu, two monks were injured.


    Jue Ying showed her figure in a shadow nearby.


    Jue Ying is proficient in the way of latent assassination and is a very terrible assassin.


    And Meng Zhang are just in their current performance. If they fight head-on, they may not be Meng Zhang''s opponent, but if they attack and assassinate behind their backs, Meng Zhang will feel a big headache.


    Meng Zhang and jueying cooperated with each other, greatly increasing their combat effectiveness. However, with only two people, they forcibly slaughtered the enemy with an advantage in number.


    In a word, Meng Zhang''s cultivation is a little better than jueying, but when it comes to the efficiency of killing, it is far less than jueying. Most of the bodies on the ground are the credit of jueying.


    After a hard battle, all the enemies except Li Nu were killed on the spot.


    Li Nu was really old and cunning. Seeing that the situation was bad and the enemy was too strong, he was ready to take advantage of the chaos and escape.


    But now the situation has changed. Meng Zhang is going to entangle him.


    The flying sword kept circling around Li Nu, making him unable to get away.


    Many lives have been left here, and the two sides have taken blood feuds. Meng Zhang will not let Li Nu leave anyway.


    Once this old and crafty guy successfully escapes, with his brazen and shameless character, taiyimen will have another difficult enemy.


    "Headmaster Meng, there is no irreconcilable hatred between us. What happened just now is just a misunderstanding. As long as you let me leave, I can swear on the spot that I will forget today''s affairs and never be an enemy of headmaster Meng again."


    At this time, Jue Ying also freed his hand and joined the siege for Li nu.


    "Headmaster Meng, please be merciful. I am willing to work for Taiyi sect, work for Taiyi sect and be an ox and horse for headmaster Meng."


    Li Nu exhausted all kinds of words and begged hard to ask Meng Zhang to let him go.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang was unmoved and did not relax at all.


    He and jueying, one bright and one dark, one positive and one strange, cooperated tacitly, and completely trapped Li nu.


    "Meng Zhang, you can''t kill me. Do you know my identity?" Li Nu suddenly shouted, seeing that there was no hope of escape and that he was about to lose his support.


    It''s no use begging for mercy, just trying to scare yourself. Whatever your identity, even if you are the king of heaven, you can''t run for your life today. Meng Zhang thought.


    Li Nu felt a numbness in his left shoulder. He was stabbed by the sword of Jue Ying and immediately felt weak. Then a sharp pain turned around and made him scream. Meng Zhang''s flying sword cut off his right arm.


    "I''m Meng Zhang, a disciple of Feihong sect..." Li Nu roared.


    Meng Zhang, who had planned to kill him with a sword, stopped. The flying sword rubbed his body around his fingers.


    Li Nu, who narrowly escaped death, breathed a sigh of relief, but his mouth didn''t stop.


    "Meng Zhang, I''m a disciple of Feihong sect. If you kill me, Feihong sect will not let you go."


    Meng Zhang went to Li Nu, who had lost his resistance, and clapped his palm right in the middle of his air.


    Li Nu gushed blood in his mouth and fell heavily to the ground. The sharp pain from his lower abdomen made him speechless for a moment.


    Jue Ying made Li Nu crazy for a while and asked him to stop the sharp pain and vomiting blood for a while.


    "Li Nu, are you really a disciple of feihongzong?" Meng Zhang asked.


    "Yes, I''m the disciple of Feihong sect." Li Nu said intermittently.


    Meng Zhang would not believe a word the old fox said.


    That palm just now has destroyed his Qi and elixir, and wasted his cultivation all over.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang was asking questions. In fact, Meng Zhang had run his mind and began to read Li Nu''s mind.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang certainly could not read the mind of the ninth monk of Qi refining, but Li Nu''s whole body cultivation was completely abolished, and he was seriously injured, and his will began to run away.


    It was a little difficult, but Meng Zhang succeeded in Reading Li Nu''s mind.


    "Meng Zhang, as long as you let me go, I can introduce you to Fei hongzong..." Li Nu didn''t know that Meng Zhang would know him and tried to deceive Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang asked some questions at will to distract Li Nu''s attention. Secretly, he concentrated all his efforts to show his heart and read Li Nu''s mind.


    When Li Nu''s mind was almost understood, Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk with Li Nu and directly cut off his head with a sword.


    Looking at Li Nu''s expression of disbelief and death, Meng Zhang disdained to smile. Even if you are the father of the leader of Feihong sect, this is the only end.


    Li Nu was really bragging. He was really related to Feihong sect, but he was not a disciple of Feihong sect, but a peripheral spy.


    There are many spies like Li nu in Feihong sect.


    On the surface, they have nothing to do with Feihong sect. They are either casual practitioners or friars of some small families and sects. Under the control of Feihong sect, they spread all over the endless sand sea to spy for Feihong sect.


    Feihong sect controls most of the endless sand sea. In addition to its aboveboard and bright strength, it also has many shady and private means.


    Li Nu''s identity is unknown even to his men. Many years ago, he came here to hide his identity and became a vassal of shuangfenggu.


    On the surface, it is a wall grass like thing, just like a clown attached to the Li family. In fact, he secretly collected all kinds of information here for feihongzong, especially monitoring the situation of shuangfenggu.


    Originally, Li Nu just routinely monitored shuangfenggu. But in recent years, some unusual trends of shuangfenggu have attracted his attention.

 Chapter 135

    Shuangfeng Valley has some connections with the ghost friars. Shuangfeng valley began to secretly collect the holy things needed by friars in the foundation building period to attack the golden elixir period


    After Li Nu reported these information to Feihong Zong, it attracted the attention of Feihong Zong. Feihongzong ordered Li Nu to strengthen the surveillance of shuangfenggu. In addition, feihongzong also began to spy on the intelligence of Shuangfeng Valley by various means.


    The so-called "one gate and ten foundations" of shuangfenggu is not worth mentioning in the eyes of Feihong Zong. Not to mention the hundreds of friars in the foundation period of Feihong sect, any of the three golden elixirs, is enough to wash shuangfenggu with blood.


    However, if shuangfenggu wants to cultivate Jindan immortal, the situation is completely different.


    Feihong sect controls most of the endless sand sea, and there are only three Jindan immortal. As long as there is a golden elixir immortal in Shuangfeng Valley, the situation of the whole endless sand sea will be completely different.


    Shuangfeng valley will have the ability to fight against Feihong Zong, and Feihong Zong''s rule over the endless sand sea will be shaken.


    Among the subordinate vassal forces, no matter how close they are to Feihong sect and how loyal they are to Feihong sect, immortal Jindan is absolutely not allowed to appear. This is not only the bottom line of Feihong sect, but also the core of Feihong sect''s ruling policy.


    Of course, cultivating Jindan immortal doesn''t mean that you can cultivate it.


    With the inside information and strength of shuangfenggu, it is far from enough to cultivate Jindan immortal.


    Even the Feihong sect may not succeed if it wants to raise the strength of the whole sect to cultivate a golden elixir immortal.


    At present, there are three golden elixir immortal of Feihong sect, but the accumulation of Feihong sect for hundreds of years is the biggest dependence of the sect.


    Because of this, feihongzong can accommodate shuangfenggu for the time being.


    Feihongzong only secretly strengthened the surveillance of shuangfenggu and did not take practical action.


    If shuangfenggu fails to cultivate Jindan immortal and the vitality of the sect is greatly damaged, shuangfenggu will still be a good subordinate of Feihong sect. Feihongzong didn''t have to destroy the decent image of his famous family, so he attacked Shuangfeng valley.


    However, if Shuangfeng Valley shows any sign of success, it will immediately be hit by thunder from Feihong sect.


    When Li Nu read this information, Meng Zhang''s heart was half cold.


    Shuangfeng Valley, is it not good for you to be an honest vassal of Feihong sect? We have to cultivate Jindan immortal. How are you now? It has attracted the attention of Feihong sect.


    If Shuangfeng Valley is destroyed by Feihong sect, most of the vassals of Feihong sect like Taiyi sect will come to no good end. Not to mention, Meng Zhang secretly transported baicangtu ore for shuangfenggu without telling feihongzong two years ago.


    Meng Zhang was very upset. Why did Taiyi gate get on the thief ship of Shuangfeng Valley?


    As for jumping out of the boat now, taiyimen turned to feihongzong. Not to mention whether Feihong Zong can see the Taiyi gate, as long as the news leaks a little, the Taiyi gate will be destroyed by Shuangfeng Valley immediately.


    As long as shuangfenggu gives up cultivating Jindan immortal, it will still be a good subordinate of feihongzong. Taiyimen does not have the ability and opportunity to turn.


    After all, the strength is too poor, the sect is too weak, and there is not much room for maneuver. Meng Zhang can only temporarily put aside all his worries and take one step at a time.


    As for why Li Nu and others appear here, it is because Li Nu inadvertently gets information. In this area, a purple gold sect Friar''s cave remains.


    After the destruction of the Zijin sect, Fei hongzong not only pursued the remaining evils of the Zijin sect, but also actively pursued things related to the Zijin sect.


    Even if the Zijin sect has perished for hundreds of years, spies like Li Nu have to pursue everything related to the Zijin sect in their daily tasks.


    Li Nu did not report to Feihong Zong immediately after he got the information about the purple gold sect monk''s cave some time ago. Instead, he gathered a group of monks to explore and see if there was any advantage.


    Unfortunately, they ran into Meng Zhang in front of them.


    Looking at the bodies of Li Nu and others on the ground, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying began to collect spoils, destroy the corpses and eliminate future problems.


    Fortunately, Li Nu is just a spy outside Feihong sect, not a formal disciple. Feihongzong, a peripheral spy like him, is as numerous as a cow''s hair. It''s not a big deal to lose a few occasionally.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying didn''t know it and left no clues to trace.


    After handling the battle scene, Meng Zhang sneaked into the ground with Jue Ying and went to the monk''s cave.


    They fled together and soon came to an empty underground space.


    The cave left by the friar was not big, but only three or two stone chambers. Outside the stone chamber, there is a layer of fine sand floating quietly in the air.


    The array outside the cave is not dangerous and has no strong defense. It is just an ordinary magic array to cover the cave.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying both practiced pupil technique. Without much effort, they directly penetrated the Dharma array and entered the cave without damaging the Dharma array.


    In the stone chamber in the middle of the cave, there was a corpse sitting cross legged. In front of the body was a letter.


    After hundreds of years, even in the energetic cave, the body was difficult to keep intact and began to decay slowly.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying first bowed to the corpse. Death is great, and you will soon receive others'' inheritance. Of course, you should be polite.


    Meng Zhang picked up the letter on the ground and began to read it carefully.


    In this letter, the identity of the friar was briefly introduced. He was an internal disciple of Zijin sect. After the demise of Zijin sect, he fell here.


    In the letter, the friar abused Feihong Zong wantonly and described Feihong Zong as an unprecedented devil.


    In the letter, the friar also asked that the friars who received their own heritage should not take refuge in Feihong sect. If possible, try to be the enemy of Fei hongzong.


    It seems that the friars of Zijin sect have deep resentment against Feihong sect.


    A small sect like Taiyi sect doesn''t even have the qualification to join Feihong sect. As a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley, Taiyi gate is now on the road of secretly cheating Feihong sect.


    It seems that the requirements of the monk in the letter are all met by taiyimen, and Meng Zhang is relieved to accept his inheritance.


    After reading the letter, Meng Zhang and jueying first entered the stone chamber on the left.


    This stone chamber has been reclaimed into a spiritual field, which is less than one mu.


    In the spiritual field, all the spiritual plants are Xuanshen.


    Radix Scrophulariae is a common spiritual plant, and its value is mainly reflected in the year.


    Radix Scrophulariae, which has been growing for several years, is the lowest medicinal material and is worthless at all. However, with dozens or even hundreds of years of heat, Xuanshen is even a more precious and widely used elixir.


    In this holy land, Scrophularia has been planted for hundreds of years. The thick and thin Radix Scrophulariae are buried in the soil, but they still can''t cover up the strong medicine fragrance.

 Chapter 136

    It''s a good trip. Meng Zhang thought. Whether there is any other harvest or not, the value of this piece of Radix Scrophulariae alone is immeasurable.


    In the endless sand sea, there are few forces that have been inherited for more than 500 years. There are only a few forces that can cultivate fire elixirs for hundreds of years.


    In the cultivation world, some forces who are proficient in the art of spiritual planting have mastered the secret art of using Reiki to ripen the elixir. They can ripen the elixir for a long time in a short time.


    However, the elixir of ripening with aura, including its power, is far inferior to the naturally grown elixir.


    In front of this piece of natural growth of Scrophularia, even if it costs more Lingshi, it is difficult to buy it in the endless sand sea.


    Among the booty collected by Li Nu and others, there are several special boxes in addition to the storage bags.


    This box is a spirit box. It is a special space equipment. It can temporarily store items with vitality.


    In addition to storing animal eggs and young animals, the greatest function of the spirit box is to transplant all kinds of spirit plants.


    In rural areas like mingshafang City, spiritual boxes are rarely sold. Li Nu is worthy of being a peripheral spy of Feihong sect. He has all kinds of equipment.


    Meng Zhang still has some skills in spiritual planting. Xuanshen is not a high-level spiritual planting. It is not difficult to transplant it. With the help of Jue Ying, the two spent a lot of effort to put all the Xuanshen, together with a lot of soil attached to it, into the spirit box.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying handled the Xuanshen and entered a stone chamber on the right.


    This stone room is full of vitality, which is clearly the spiritual eye of the spiritual pulse.


    Before entering the cave, Meng Zhang carefully investigated it. It was only a first-order spiritual pulse.


    However, this first-order spirit vein has been formed for many years. There is a spirit product in the spirit eye.


    In the center of the stone chamber, there is a water pool. On the stone wall above, a few drops of milky liquid occasionally fell into the water pool.


    The spirit object produced by this spiritual eye is stalactite. Stalactite is a natural elixir. It is used to refine many pills. If you swallow it directly, you can restore the consumed mana.


    Stalactite is the best recovery product. Swallowing stalactite restores mana. It will not leave erysipelas in the body like swallowing pills.


    Although the output is not high, after hundreds of years of accumulation, many stalactites have been accumulated in the pool.


    After the lesson of stealing red feather liquid from the Zhao family last time, Meng Zhang always has a special jade for storing a large amount of spirit liquid.


    Meng Zhang took out a pile of jade bottles and started with Jue Ying to put all the stalactites in the pool.


    In this stone room, in a corner, there are a lot of items.


    After handling the stalactites, Meng Zhang and his wife began to count the pile of goods.


    Among these items, the largest number is jade slips, almost more than 30.


    Jade slips are a kind of information carrier in the world of truth cultivation, which are used to record all kinds of important information. Many sects like to use jade slips to record inheritance information such as Kung Fu and Dharma.


    The cultivation methods stored in jade slips are far more accurate than those recorded in books.


    The information recorded in books also needs to be expressed in words. There is a problem of personal understanding and possible error. The information recorded in the jade slips is directly poured into the human brain, which ensures the accuracy of the information.


    Unfortunately, whether making or reading jade slips, at least monks in the foundation period are needed. At present, there is no friar in the foundation period in Taiyi gate.


    Jue Ying suggested that she take these jade slips back first, let her master copy them, and then bring the original to Meng Zhang.


    There are many talismans and pills in this pile of items. There are many second-order talismans and second-order elixirs.


    Under normal circumstances, these things have long been stored for a long time and lost all their aura. But because it is stored in the energetic spiritual eye, it can be well preserved.


    Then there are four second-order magic tools.


    The second-order magic weapon must be used by friars during the foundation period in order to give full play to its power.


    Meng Zhang now has second-order magic tools. After building the foundation, he can save a lot of things.


    Meng Zhang took two magic tools each.


    Meng Zhang chose a second-order flying sword, ChiYan sword and a gravel hammer.


    Jue Ying took a whip and a jade pendant.


    Long whip is dancing wind whip, and jade pendant is Ningshen jade pendant.


    These four second-order magic weapons are all high-quality products, not popular goods.


    Finally, there are several empty storage bags.


    In all harvest, there is no spirit stone.


    This friar is a friar in the foundation period. He needs second-order spiritual pulse to provide him with enough spiritual Qi of good quality.


    He needs to spend a lot of spirit stones to cultivate on the first level spirit pulse, so he can barely meet the needs of cultivation.


    It is estimated that the friar had used up all the spirit stones before he died.


    Zijin sect is worthy of being a big sect that dominated the endless sand sea hundreds of years ago. An ordinary foundational disciple can leave such a rich legacy. Meng Zhang couldn''t help exclaiming.


    It is said that the strongholds of Zijin sect once spread all over the endless sand sea. In the future, you can pay attention to the news in this regard. Meng Zhang thought.


    Meng Zhang shared all the harvest, including the booty of Li Nu and others, with Jue Ying.


    Both of them are atmospheric people and don''t haggle over every detail.


    After handling all the harvest, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying cremated his body according to the instructions in the monk''s letter.


    There is a first-order spirit vein here, and the stalactites produced by the spirit vein are more precious. Meng Zhang thought to himself that it would be better to occupy this place for a long time and take it as a secret stronghold of Taiyi gate.


    As the saying goes, cunning rabbits live in three caves. With the situation faced by Taiyi gate, you can start to operate some backhands slowly.


    After confirming that jueying was not interested in this place, Meng Zhang strengthened his determination to occupy it.


    Whether the monk''s cave or the spirit vein is buried underground, it is still relatively hidden. Meng Zhang is going to go back and discuss with the thick earth God to see if there is any way to make it more secret.


    After returning to the ground, they said goodbye to each other and went home.


    Back at the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang hurriedly called Taoist priest Qingling and general Houtu to work with them and transplanted all the Xuanshen in the spirit box into the spirit field.


    This batch of precious Scrophularia will be taken care of by Taoist Qingling in the future.


    After dealing with it, Meng ZhangCai and the thick earth God General talked about the harvest in the monk''s cave.


    No other harvest God would be interested. When he saw the stalactite taken out by Meng Zhang, he showed strong interest and even shamelessly asked Meng Zhang for it.

 Chapter 137

    It turned out that the God of thick earth is a great and complete cultivation of Qi refining. If it costs a lot, it can temporarily break out the combat effectiveness during the foundation period.


    After the outbreak, the thick earth God will have to fall into a deep sleep for a year and a half.


    However, if there is enough stalactite for thick earth God to swallow, he will not fall into deep sleep after the outbreak. At most, he will be weak for a period of time.


    Meng Zhang was not stingy and gave many stalactites directly to the thick earth God. The thick earth God will improve the combat effectiveness, which is very good for taiyimen.


    At the critical moment, he broke out the combat effectiveness of the foundation period, which can be used as an important card of taiyimen.


    In addition, the second-order magic tool gravel hammer was also handed over by Meng Zhang to the thick earth God general.


    Meng Zhang asked the thick earth God whether there was a way to hide the cave.


    After the thick earth God asked Meng Zhang about the location of the cave, he said that he would let Meng Zhang deal with the follow-up matters.


    The thick earth God General in his heyday had the ability to move mountains and seas. Although the strength is far from being restored now, it can still be done as long as we are willing to spend our efforts to change the geological structure around the cave and make the cave and spirit veins better hidden.


    After the thick earth God was about to leave, Meng Zhang cleaned up his income and began to practice again.


    Make an appointment with the fallen leaves and build a foundation successfully within 15 years. Although Meng Zhang has great confidence in his heart, he still dare not relax.


    Half a month later, the thick earth God will return and have completed the things explained by Meng Zhang. The monk''s cave and the spirit vein have been hidden properly.


    And the God of the thick earth will also tell Meng Zhang that he will go to look after that side from time to time when he is free.


    A month later, Jue Ying came to Taiyi gate to visit Meng Zhang.


    Jue Ying brought all the jade slips she took last time. And the contents of the jade slips were roughly copied down.


    This practice is really considerate. I can think that there are no friars in the foundation period at Taiyi gate, and I can''t read the information in the jade slips.


    The jade slips are very rich in content, including some cultivation skills of Zijin sect and the cultivation of truth and art.


    After all, Zijin sect is a large sect that once had the true monarch of the yuan God. Even a monk''s collection during the foundation period can benefit Meng Zhang greatly and greatly enhance the inside information of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang collected the books in the Sutra Pavilion and collected the jade slips separately.


    Jue Ying''s coming this time also brings channels for information exchange between the two sides in the future.


    Every half a month or so, a caravan will arrive at mingshafang city. At that time, the caravan will send someone to give the latest intelligence and news to Zhang Zhanlin, who presides over Duoduo grocery store. Then Zhang Zhanlin sent the information back to taiyimen.


    Jue Ying also gave Meng Zhang a palm sized mirror. If there is something urgent to communicate, both parties can use this mirror to communicate.


    The use of the mirror is very simple. It can be used only after refining and inputting real Qi.


    Deciduous has fulfilled her promise. Now wait for Meng Zhang''s cultivation to reach the foundation period, and you can help deciduous dispel evil Qi.


    Jue Ying also said that if taiyimen needs help in the future, he can help as much as he can.


    Meng Zhang thought of the red copper ore piled up in the door. Now neither he nor Tian Li has much time to refine these red copper ores. The sales channels of Zhang Zhanlin and Shi Weiming mainly sell refined red copper.


    Meng Zhang tried to mention the matter to Jue Ying. Jue Ying thought about it and said there was a way to deal with it.


    More than two months later, a caravan came to the foot of a hill near taiyimen.


    The interior of the hill has long been hollowed out, which has become a huge storage room, storing a large amount of hematite.


    This caravan is from dihuomen. Through the relationship of jueying, taiyimen took this line.


    As a sect whose main business is refining utensils, dihuomen has a huge demand for all kinds of refining materials. Especially red copper, a common refining material, is almost as much as the earth fire gate.


    In the past, Meng Zhang also considered whether he could sell red copper ore to dihuomen. However, the two sides have not dealt with each other before and lack trust. Meng Zhang can''t guarantee that dihuomen will keep it a secret.


    If the dihuomen divulges the news that they have a large amount of red copper ore to Shuangfeng Valley, they will be in great trouble.


    This time, with the matchmaking of jueying, taiyimen and dihuomen reached this secret agreement.


    The caravan of dihuomen secretly transported red copper ore to the door, and the two sides settled accounts regularly.


    The earth fire gate can be settled with its own refined magic tools or directly with spirit stones.


    With the increasing number of Taiyi disciples, it really needs a lot of magic tools. To establish a good relationship with the dihuomen, you can obtain a large number of high-quality and cheap magic weapons.


    As far as dihuomen is concerned, it can not only earn hematite as a refining material, but also buy and sell magic weapons. It can kill two birds with one stone. Even if the transaction is a little troublesome, it is acceptable.


    Dihuomen is rich in crazy friars who are not afraid of death. Even the domineering shuangfenggu is unwilling to provoke easily.


    The earth fire gate caravan can come and go freely in many places in the endless sand sea.


    Jueying helped taiyimen a lot this time.


    This also made Meng Zhang fully realize that it is very important to have a good relationship with Jue Ying and the forces behind her.


    Although the fallen leaves and the vanishing shadow have never explained their identity. However, Meng Zhang guessed that they must have an extraordinary origin and deep background. There should be a force behind them, which is by no means a helpless casual practice.


    After many contacts with Jue Ying, Meng Zhang also knew from her mouth. The big black market stall was not set up by a single force.


    There are many forces involved in the black market business in the cultivation world, including the so-called famous and decent sects.


    Fallen leaves are closely related to the black market and can take advantage of a large part of the power of the black market.


    At least before Meng Zhang helped the fallen leaves to dispel the evil Qi in their bodies, the two sides could barely be regarded as allies.


    On the surface, the current situation in taiyimen is very good.


    There is an industry running in the family, both openly and secretly, and the income of the sect has increased greatly. The Lingshi that Meng Zhang borrowed from Shi Weiming also paid off early.


    There was a private transaction with shuangfenggu, which became an important channel for shuangfenggu to secretly obtain baizang earth ore. Let shuangfenggu become the backer of his family, at least he doesn''t have to be bullied by Xiuzhen forces such as the Zhao family as before.


    Secretly, he got the help of fallen leaves, obtained intelligence sources and opened up new trading channels.


    In such a good situation, Meng Zhang has always had hidden worries in his heart.

 Chapter 138

    Meng Zhang is worried about the news that Shuangfeng Valley is preparing to train Jindan immortal.


    Meng Zhang has kept the news in his heart since he got the news from Li nu. He didn''t tell anyone else in taiyimen except Jue Ying.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t spread such things casually. It would be wonderful if shuangfenggu knew.


    The current strength of mengzhang and taiyimen can not affect shuangfenggu, let alone feihongzong. The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to practice hard, improve his realm, enhance the strength of Taiyi gate and prepare for the coming storm.


    It has been a year since Meng Zhang and ye ye reached an agreement.


    In this year, jueying will come to Taiyi gate every three or two months to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that she was concerned about her cultivation progress to see if she could build a foundation within the agreed time.


    Meng Zhang did not resent the visit of Jue Ying. In the boring cultivation life, there is a touch of bright color and a little adjustment.


    Every time they meet, they not only exchange cultivation experience, but also talk about what happened outside.


    Since obtaining new intelligence channels, taiyimen has a better understanding of what is happening outside. Meng Zhang''s vision is no longer limited to the three-thirds of an Mu around Shuangfeng valley.


    That day, Jue Ying came to Taiyi gate again.


    Meng Zhang, who was meditating in the sect hall, heard the familiar sound of cranes outside and hurried to the square outside.


    Looking at a black crane riding by Jue Ying, it slowly landed on the open space in front of Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang was a little envious.


    I don''t know when the three red feather Eagles kept in the gate will grow up and be able to ride by themselves.


    The endless sand sea is a famous barren land in the cultivation world. Most of the areas under the rule of shuangfenggu are remote and lack of resources.


    Things like flying mounts are rarely sold on the market. Even when it is sold occasionally, the price is very high and not affordable.


    Jue Ying has been to Taiyi gate for many times and has become a real acquaintance.


    The disciple guarding the gate led her directly to Meng Zhang.


    The two have been dating for a long time and are already very familiar. Without much nonsense, Meng Zhang led the Jue Ying to a quiet room and sat down. The two sides directly entered the topic.


    Every time Jue Ying comes to taiyimen, he will bring some new news.


    The news brought by Jue Ying has a lot to do with Meng Zhang. That''s the case of the long lost Zhao family.


    More than a year ago, most of the Zhao family''s monks in the later stage of gas refining left the Zhao family with Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, and went to Feihong sect.


    Then, due to the action of Shuangfeng Valley, the Zhao family was destroyed and the mountain gate was occupied.


    As for Zhao Yanbei and others, Meng Zhang believes that the means of doing things with shuangfenggu should not leave future troubles. With Meng Zhang''s ability at that time, he was unable to obtain information on the boundary of Feihong sect.


    Now, the situation of the Zhao family brought by Jue Ying immediately aroused Meng Zhang''s great interest.


    It turned out that more than a year ago, Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, contacted a powerful deacon of the Feihong sect through the contacts left by the family''s ancestors.


    Zhao Yanbei paid a lot of spirit objects and a lot of spirit stones, and exchanged the Deacon for a foundation pill. In addition, he rented a cave on the second-order spiritual pulse near Feihong Zong, and was ready to return to the Zhao family after successfully building the foundation.


    At this time, some elders in the Zhao family questioned.


    Zhao Yanbei is already in his fifties, and he failed after taking the Xiaozhu foundation pill of Shuangfeng Valley more than ten years ago.


    Now give him this precious foundation building pill and let him build the foundation after taking it. If you fail again, what should you do?


    Now the Zhao family can no longer have the opportunity to get another foundation Dan.


    The future and destiny of the whole family are pressed on this foundation Dan.


    Considering the overall situation, Zhao jiudou, who is younger and has more potential, should be allowed to take this foundation building pill.


    The elder''s words made Zhao Yanbei furious.


    This foundation building pill is my last chance to build a foundation. It''s about his path. He can''t give in easily.


    As a result, the Zhao family split. Zhao Yanbei and the elders who supported him fought with Zhao jiudou and fought with each other.


    When the news came that the Zhao family had been exterminated, the people of the Zhao family were in great grief. At the same time, the internal struggle was even worse.


    Zhao jiudou''s side accused Zhao Yanbei''s reckless behavior, which led to the destruction of the Zhao family. Zhao Yanbei claimed that without Zhao Yanbei''s decision, the Zhao family would not have been able to get this foundation pill.


    Time passed slowly between the two sides blaming each other. The Zhao family are homeless, so they have to stay near feihongzong for the time being.


    Zhao Yanbei thinks he has seen through Zhao jiudou''s plot. They just want to delay until they reach the age of 60 and lose the chance to build a foundation.


    Finally, the desire to build a foundation and the importance of one''s own path outweighed the family blood. Zhao Yanbei colludes with outsiders to completely eliminate Zhao jiudou.


    Unexpectedly, Zhao Yanbei introduced wolves into the house this time. The outsider he colluded with was a ghost monk.


    Under the cover of Zhao Yanbei, the ghost friar escaped the guard friar of Feihong sect and sneaked into the cave where the Zhao family lived.


    The ghost friar killed all the Zhao family, so that the Zhao family was completely cut off.


    After the incident, the friar of Feihong sect soon found the experience of the Zhao family and the trace of the ghost friar.


    It''s a great shame. Feihong sect regards itself as the ruler of the whole endless sand sea, dominates most of the endless sand sea, and has countless subordinate forces.


    Now, in the core area of feihongzong, there are ghost friars who have committed such a bloody case, which is beating feihongzong in the face of chiguoguo.


    The high level of Feihong sect was angry and mobilized a lot of strength to pursue the ghost monk. The latest wanted notice has been sent to mingshafang city.


    After hearing the story of jueying, Meng Zhang also lamented the fate of friar Zhao. Although the Zhao family and taiyimen are enemies, it is really miserable to end up like this.


    Meng Zhang was wary of the ferocity of the ghost friar.


    When the Zhao family broke the ghost Friar''s business, the ghost friar dared to catch up with Feihong sect and kill the Zhao friar.


    What I did in that mine cave can''t be exposed.


    Meng Zhang was also worried about the relationship between shuangfenggu and the ghost monk.


    The guests are still there. Meng Zhang has to put his mind down temporarily and greet jueying well.


    Jue Ying also happens to come. Tomorrow is the day when the God of thick earth will give a lecture.

 Chapter 139

    When jueying visited Meng Zhang in Taiyi gate before, he also met the thick earth God to give lectures.


    Jueying is a mysterious and powerful master with extraordinary origin and leaves. His vision and insight are first-class.


    After listening to the speech of the thick earth God general, he was also full of praise.


    Jue Ying told Meng Zhang that he didn''t expect such an expert in Taiyi gate. However, during the period of Qi refining, the understanding of Taoism is better than that of many friars in the period of foundation building.


    Jueying doesn''t know the origin of the thick earth God general, but thinks that Taiyi gate has a deep foundation. Sure enough, it is worthy of the inheritance of the great school from the Middle Earth. When it has declined to such a degree, there are still such figures in the door.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not explain in detail the origin of Houtu God general. He is also modest in his praise of jueying.


    Jueying took the initiative to communicate with the thick earth God several times, which benefited her a lot each time.


    Jue Ying rested all night at taiyimen. The number of Taiyi disciples is increasing day by day, but not everyone is qualified to listen to senior general Houtu.


    Those disciples whom Meng Zhang did not trust and undercover agents sent by other sects had long been sent out by Meng Zhang to do some hard work. Even the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate rarely stepped in once.


    Before the arrival of the thick earth God, almost all the free disciples in the door gathered on the small square.


    The late thick earth God will sit directly on the high platform in front of him. Without half a word of nonsense, he will directly get to the point.


    What he said this time is the common method and relevant experience used by friars in the period of gas refining to break through passes and bottlenecks.


    Everyone in the audience was intoxicated and immersed in it.


    Even Meng Zhang, a monk who has long broken through to the late stage of gas refining and will not have any bottleneck before building the foundation, can gain a lot from this lecture.


    The thick earth God spoke for more than an hour before ending this lecture.


    Then, after the following disciples digested and understood it for a period of time, the thick earth God will randomly select several disciples to accept their questions.


    After answering the questions of these disciples in detail, the God of thick earth ended this lecture in the reluctance of the people.


    After the thick earth God left, even Meng Zhang and Jue Ying, who had the highest cultivation, did not leave immediately, but slowly afterthought what they had just heard.


    After half a ring, Jue Ying said to Meng Zhang, "it''s really lucky for Taiyi disciples to have thick soil to answer questions and explain Taoism to Taiyi disciples."


    Meng Zhang nodded. Today''s thick earth God general, nominally a Dharma protector of Taiyi sect, has long been the chief coach of Taiyi sect and concurrently a meritorious elder.


    After listening to the speech of the thick earth God general, jueying is also ready to leave Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang was just going to work in huojingfang city. Anyway, on the way, he went on the road with her and rubbed the flying mount.


    The black crane is tall and has an unusual divine steed. After spreading its wings, it is more than three feet long.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying jumped up behind the black crane and sat down side by side. There was still plenty of space.


    After carrying the two people, the black crane gently spread its wings and easily flew up into the air towards huojingfang city.


    The fierce cold wind in the high altitude rushed to the face, which boosted the spirits of the two practitioners who did not invade the cold and heat.


    Neither of them was a talkative person. After they got on the road, they didn''t talk for a few words and fell into an embarrassing silence.


    Huojingfang city is more than 2000 miles away from taiyimen. With the speed of this black crane, you can get there in half a day.


    Meng Zhang went to huojingfang city this time to ask the smelter of dihuomen to refine a set of combined magic tools.


    With the great increase of taiyimen''s income, life has become more and more relaxed, and there are gradually a lot of balances.


    Meng Zhang is not a miser. The spirit stone is useless in the warehouse. He decided to make this set of combined magic tools to enhance the fighting effectiveness of the disciples in the sect.


    This set of combined magic tools was inherited by Meng Zhang from the place of trial. The whole set of magic instruments consists of several magic instruments.


    Several disciples in the sect hold magic weapons respectively. They can play a great role by arranging special formations according to inheritance.


    This set of combined weapons is a simplified version of war weapons. It can be used for group warfare between the forces of cultivating truth, and it can also enable all disciples to fight against powerful monks after joining hands.


    The black crane is very fast. Even if there are two people on his back, it doesn''t affect the speed at all.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang felt that the two people had been so silent. The atmosphere was too embarrassing. He was ready to say something and was thinking about what topic to use.


    "Look, there seems to be monsters besieging humans below." Jue Ying shouted.


    As she spoke, the black crane stopped moving and stopped in the air.


    Meng Zhang listened and looked down quickly.


    Although they are hundreds of feet high in the sky, the two people who practice pupil surgery can still clearly see what is happening on the ground below.


    More than a hundred monster poisonous sand lizards surround a human team in the middle and are attacking fiercely.


    The human team was mostly a caravan engaged in business in the desert, driving ten sand lizards and camels, escorted by dozens of practitioners.


    The poisonous sand lizard is a notorious and difficult monster in the endless sand sea.


    The poisonous sand lizard has strong flesh, sharp claws and teeth, and has the talent of earth magic. General poisonous sand lizards can cast spells to change stone armor to protect themselves. They can also cast spells such as flying sand and ground stabbing.


    What is particularly annoying is that the poisonous sand lizard, as in its name, can also attack with poison. Spit out poison and roll up poisonous sand. It''s common. Once a practitioner is recruited, it is difficult to dispel the toxicity.


    "Strange, how can there be so many poisonous sand lizards here?" Meng Zhang said to himself.


    In the nearby area, there are all desolate deserts without grass. Even ordinary beasts are rare, not to mention monsters.


    As for the emergence of monster groups besieging human practitioners, it is unprecedented.


    No matter where these monsters come from, since Meng Zhang met them, Meng Zhang certainly wants to fight.


    As a human cultivator, it is the great righteousness of the race to help the same race against monsters.


    Moreover, among the human practitioners below, Meng Zhang saw a familiar old man. It is Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect.


    Although I don''t know why Xu Chengxian appeared here and why he was besieged by monsters, Xu Chengxian''s advice last time did Meng Zhang a great favor and made Meng Zhang think of contacting Shan Ying of shuangfenggu to suppress the aggressive Zhao family with the help of shuangfenggu''s power.


    Meng Zhang thought he owed Xu Chengxian a favor. Now when he meets this kind of thing, it is the opportunity to repay the favor.

 Chapter 140

    Meng Zhang is ready to help. Jueying doesn''t mind fighting with the monsters below.


    Of course, be prepared before you help. Rash participation in the war will not change the situation of the war, or it will compensate itself.


    The poisonous sand lizards below are almost first-class monsters, and their combat effectiveness is equivalent to that of human practitioners in the period of gas refining.


    So many poisonous sand lizards gather into a group and do not kill each other. Naturally, one of them is a second-order lizard, who serves as the leader of the group, so that he can command many first-order lizards and command them to launch attacks.


    The second-order monster already has the combat power equivalent to the cultivator in the foundation period of human beings.


    If the enemy below is a human cultivator in the foundation period, Meng Zhang probably has no courage to fight.


    However, even if the power level of the second-order monster reaches the level of the cultivator during the foundation period. But on the one hand, there is no human wisdom, and on the other hand, there are not as many means as human practitioners.


    Meng Zhang dares to fight an opponent who has an IQ in arrears and can''t control his animal nature, even if his brute force is a little stronger.


    Moreover, the human cultivators at the bottom saw that they were at a disadvantage, but they did not have the power to fight back. With Xu Chengxian''s old spicy, there will be no hidden cards.


    The sand lizards and camel beasts in the human caravan formed a circle. All human practitioners arranged along this circle to stop the fierce attack of monsters.


    The sand lizard camel is really blind. It''s so big. Not only is his temperament more docile than the old yellow cattle, but he has little combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying observed for a while before deciding on a time to insert the war situation.


    Under the control of Jue Ying, the black crane slowly descended downward. Less than a hundred feet from the ground, Jue Ying''s body jumped up gently, and then slowly floated down.


    Although the cultivator in the Qi refining period can''t fly in the air, he can barely float by the wind after performing the feather falling technique.


    The place where the Jedi shadow landed is still far from the battlefield. As soon as her body fell to the ground, she immediately performed the earth hiding technique and buried her whole body underground.


    After the shadow left the black crane, the black crane flew high, and then made a dive and rushed to the battlefield quickly.


    When the black crane came to the top of the battlefield, it was very close to the ground.


    Such a big guy flew in the sky. Not only the practitioners paid attention, but also many poisonous sand lizards looked up.


    Meng Zhang jumped up from the back of the black crane, slid a distance by the wind, and just came to the back of the poisonous sand lizard.


    Ding Lingling''s bell kept ringing. Under the influence of the alarm bell, the poisonous sand lizards in front of Meng Zhang were dizzy and wandering.


    Meng Zhang urged the fire talisman in his hand, and the flames shot out one after another, fell to the ground, turned into fire snakes, and fiercely jumped at the target. After a while, a charred body appeared on the ground.


    The flying sword flew out with soft fingers and directly melted light. It crossed over the head of a poisonous sand lizard, leaving a huge wound. Massive blood gushed out and splashed all over the ground.


    It took only a while for Meng Zhang to jump from the black crane to create such a picture of corpses everywhere and blood everywhere.


    Meng Zhang''s swift and violent attack disrupted the formation of the monster group. The practitioners surrounded in the middle also began to fight back one after another and achieved great results.


    "Leader Meng, thank you for your help. Great kindness will be rewarded." Xu Chengxian has seen Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang''s appearance is so windy that it''s hard not to see it.


    "Master Xu, you''re welcome. It''s our duty to help each other. How can we repay such vulgar things?" Meng Zhang shouted loudly.


    Meng Zhang kept talking, and his men didn''t stop. Killing monsters is like chopping melons and vegetables. It''s very easy.


    The heavy stone armor and thick scales on the body surface of the poisonous sand lizard are cut like white paper in front of the sharp flying sword.


    A big guy whose body is much larger than other poisonous sand lizards and whose scales are heavier, I also noticed Meng Zhang at this time.


    This big guy is the leader of this group of poisonous sand lizards, a second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    "Headmaster Meng, be careful of the second stage." Xu Chengxian warned loudly.


    Meng Zhang actually noticed the change of the second-order poisonous sand lizard earlier than Xu Chengxian.


    A large area of poisonous sand appeared out of thin air on Meng Zhang''s head, and then rolled up to Meng Zhang.


    The arsenopyrite glowed blue, and it smelled like vomit.


    Meng Zhang moved quickly. His body was like a flexible swimming fish. He jumped to the side and avoided the poisonous sand.


    The second-order poisonous sand lizard refused to give up and launched talent spells one after another.


    All of a sudden, the ground was arched high and high, and sharp ground thorns were constantly attacking Meng Zhang''s body. A large area of poisonous sand, swept by the wind, poured into Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was flexible enough to jump into the nearby poisonous sand lizards.


    The attack sent by the second-order poisonous sand lizard not only did not hurt Meng Zhang, but injured many first-order poisonous sand lizards by mistake.


    While avoiding the attack, Meng Zhang did not forget to destroy the first-order poisonous sand lizard he met.


    The second-order poisonous sand lizard was easily annoyed by Meng Zhang.


    The huge body began to charge Meng Zhang.


    Instead of bumping into Meng Zhang, he rushed all the way to the community of poisonous sand lizards.


    When the second-order poisonous sand lizard chased Meng Zhang, a figure appeared on the ground behind him. As soon as the figure appeared, it melted into the shadow.


    The second-order poisonous sand lizard just bumped one of his men away, and his body couldn''t help pausing.


    A figure suddenly appeared in the shadow under its feet.


    The thin stabbing sword in Jue Ying''s hand stabbed out like lightning and stabbed dozens of times on each other''s thighs at once.


    With the huge size of poisonous sand lizards and human long guns and knives, it is no different from toothpicks. The stabbing sword in Jue Ying''s hand should not be paid attention to.


    But after being stabbed for a while, the unprecedented severe pain came from the thigh. The pain made the second-order monster howl continuously, and the body began to tremble violently.


    Seeing the effect of the shadow''s sneak attack, Meng Zhang struck while the iron was hot and the imperial envoy''s flying sword attacked the second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    Catch the thief first and catch the king. As long as you take this second-order poisonous sand lizard, the monster community that loses its command will soon fall into chaos.


    Although they didn''t have much wisdom, many first-class poisonous sand lizards, out of instinct, took the initiative to attack Meng Zhang and Jue Ying.


    A poisonous sand lizard rushed to jueying, but jueying''s body suddenly disappeared into the shadow.


    A large area of blue poisonous sand completely shrouded Meng Zhang''s body, but a blue light curtain appeared on the surface of Meng Zhang''s body, blocking all attacks.

 Chapter 141

    Hai Lan mirror, a first-order mirror, can automatically protect the master without deliberate control after being refined by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying made such a big noise that the practitioners surrounded by poisonous sand lizards had already begun to respond.


    The amulets flying all over the sky turned into fierce spells and rushed to the poisonous sand lizards around.


    One magic weapon flew out of the encirclement circle and beat the poisonous sand lizards scattered.


    Human cultivators are better at borrowing the power of foreign objects than monsters.


    Whether it is a talisman that can be activated with only a small amount of true Qi or a magic instrument with various functions, it can greatly increase the power of human practitioners.


    Just rely on talent to eat monsters, even if the flesh is strong and the claws and teeth are sharp, so what?


    Before entering the third level, monsters can only cast some talent spells. Single means and limited power.


    As soon as the development of human cultivators broke out, the poisonous sand lizards around them were temporarily suppressed.


    Xu Chengxian and a middle-aged man jumped out of the crowd and rushed to the location of the second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    Xu Chengxian is the leader of a sect, and Linshan sect has always been guarded by friars during the foundation period. He has many hidden means, enough to temporarily give play to his combat effectiveness during the foundation period.


    Previously, there were too many poisonous sand lizards, which made him a little care about one and lose the other. The second-order poisonous sand lizard is eyeing one side. He doesn''t dare to give full play for fear of becoming the target of the other party.


    Now Meng Zhang and Jue Ying intervene, not only killing the first-order poisonous sand lizard, but also attracting the attention of the second-order poisonous sand lizard. If he can no longer seize the opportunity at hand, Xu Chengxian will be too incompetent.


    Xu Chengxian threw out a talisman, which turned into streamer and disappeared.


    The ground next to the poisonous sand lizard shook violently, and then a quicksand giant, whose body was all made of sand, climbed up from the ground.


    Xu Chengxian displayed a second-order talisman, summoning the quicksand giant in front of him.


    Although only the cultivation of refining Qi made him unable to exert all the power of this talisman, this quicksand giant who was not in its heyday was also difficult to deal with.


    The quicksand giant raised his huge arms and hugged the body of the second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    Then the arm began to extend and lengthen, bend and twist, and tightly wrapped around the second-order poisonous sand lizard for several times, making it almost immovable.


    Meng Zhang seized this opportunity and the imperial envoy''s flying sword mercilessly cut off the body of the second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    The sound of gold and iron continued to ring, and wounds of different depths continued to appear on the body of the second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    Jueying''s body looms in the huge shadow of the second-order poisonous sand lizard. Every time they appear, they can leave dark wounds on each other.


    The middle-aged man who jumped out with Xu Chengxian still has his accomplishments above Xu Chengxian. He showed great magic cultivation. He cast spells to block Xu Chengxian and his many poisonous sand lizards.


    The second-order poisonous sand lizard, after being entangled by the quicksand giant, struggled desperately and wrestled with the quicksand giant.


    The various methods used by the second-order poisonous sand lizard have caused a lot of wounds on the quicksand giant.


    As a summoner, the quicksand giant, regardless of multiple injuries, has at most a few more gaps in his body, but will not shout pain, let alone affect the battle because of the injury.


    The body of the quicksand giant has been incomplete, but it still firmly entangles the second-order poisonous sand lizard, so that it can''t break free.


    Meng Zhang has rushed to a place not far from the second-order poisonous sand lizard, released the real fire of the sun and began to burn each other.


    A golden flame floated on the face of the second-order poisonous sand lizard, and the earth shaking scream sounded immediately.


    A large area of the second-order poisonous sand lizard''s face was burned, and even one eye was burned blind.


    The second-order poisonous sand lizard has a certain wisdom and is much smarter than ordinary human children.


    He hated Meng Zhang very much. When Meng Zhang was unprepared, he opened his mouth and spewed out his tongue like lightning.


    This is one of the most powerful maces of the second-order poisonous sand lizard. The invincible tongue directly shot at Meng Zhang.


    Because the distance was too close, Meng Zhang could not dodge for a moment.


    The Jue Ying on one side reacted the fastest, threw a small shield and blocked the way forward of the tongue.


    The tongue easily broke the small shield, and the speed hardly slowed down.


    A layer of sea blue light mask appeared in front of Meng Zhang''s body, which was also easily penetrated.


    At the critical moment, a small mirror flew out of Meng Zhang''s body and took the initiative to meet the long tongue.


    With a crisp sound, the small mirror was broken by the tongue, and the speed of the tongue slowed down a little.


    Regardless of the pain of the sea LAN mirror, Meng Zhang rolled on the spot and avoided the tongue.


    If he is really hit, Meng Zhang estimates that his life is hard to protect.


    After a while, the middle-aged man finally protected Xu Chengxian and killed him not far from here.


    The middle-aged man threw a green ball at the head of the second-order poisonous sand lizard.


    The green ball exploded in the air and turned into a green light, which directly hit the head of the poisonous sand lizard.


    This is a Yin thunder that can only be refined by friars in the foundation period. In the surrounding areas, such as the cold poison Yin thunder of the Liu family and the poison fire Yin thunder of the earth fire gate are famous and powerful.


    The Yin thunder refined by friar Lin quanguan is not famous, but its power is not weak.


    The head of the second-order poisonous sand lizard was pierced by Yin thunder and soon lost its life.


    Once the second-order poisonous sand lizard died, although there were many remaining first-order poisonous sand lizards, they were headless and soon fell into chaos.


    Without the command of the second-order poisonous sand lizard, the beast in the first-order poisonous sand lizard has the upper hand and runs around without reason.


    Some attack human cultivators, while others run away in fear


    The human cultivators immediately launched a comprehensive counterattack.


    All active practitioners, including Meng Zhang, began to kill the poisonous sand lizard in front of them.


    The fur, flesh and blood, claws and teeth of monsters are useful materials for practitioners.


    After a chase, almost all the poisonous sand lizards besieging the caravan were killed face to face.


    After this bloody battle, Meng Zhang felt hearty and happy.


    Of course, jueying is the real killer. Not only are they good at killing people, but they are also very effective at killing monsters.


    After the battle, Meng Zhang had a chance to catch up with Xu Chengxian slowly.


    He took Jue Ying to Xu Chengxian''s side and made a brief introduction to each other.

 Chapter 142

    Of course, Meng Zhang will not tell the true identity of Jue Ying, but only that he is a friend of his own.


    Xu Chengxian also called the middle-aged man and introduced him to Meng Zhang.


    This middle-aged man, named Lin Bolin, is a cultivator of Lin Quan temple. Speaking of it, Lin shenpo, a friar of Helin mountain sect during the foundation period, is still a kinsman.


    Meng Zhang felt a little moved. The last time Lin shenpo built the foundation Dharma meeting, Lin Shan sect was beaten by Shuangfeng valley. Unexpectedly, the Linshan sect is really bold. It has always maintained a close relationship with Lin quanguan.


    Xu Chengxian thanked Meng Zhang and kept praising Meng Zhang for his help. We habitually flatter each other, and then slowly get to the point.


    According to Xu Chengxian, this caravan was sent by Lin Shan and escorted by himself. I met Lin Bolin on the road. The two sides happened to be on the way and went on the road together.


    I didn''t expect to be besieged by monsters when I passed here.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t help, the consequences would be unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang knew that Xu Chengxian exaggerated the role of himself and Jue Ying. Even if they and jueying didn''t help, these monsters may not be able to do anything about the caravan.


    With the hidden means of Xu Chengxian and Lin Bolin, the most is that the caravan can repel these poisonous sand lizards by paying more price.


    In the chaos of the battle, Meng Zhang showed his eyes and looked at the goods transported by the caravan.


    Although the goods carried by the ten sand lizard camels were tightly wrapped, they still did not escape Meng Zhang''s eyes. The goods transported by the caravan are clearly a large amount of white Tibetan soil.


    What''s the secret of baicangtu? Feihongzong has been buying a lot. Shuangfeng valley also secretly hoards it through taiyimen, and has to hide it from feihongzong.


    Now, Meng Zhang ran into a caravan of Linshan sect and was secretly transporting white Tibetan soil. It seems that most of the owners behind this batch of white Tibetan soil should be Lin quanguan.


    Meng Zhang, who knows that he broke the secret, doesn''t want to stay here for a long time.


    Anyway, the main purpose of his shot is to return Xu Chengxian''s favor.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Cheng had a few words and said that they had something important to do and needed to leave first.


    Xu Chengxian tried his best to keep Meng Zhang, saying that Meng Zhang must compensate him for the loss of a magic weapon because of the war. Moreover, Meng Zhang should have a share of the spoils obtained from killing so many poisonous sand lizards. Especially when killing the second-order poisonous sand lizard, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying made great efforts.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly refused, saying that his strength was insignificant. And I don''t have enough storage magic tools to store so many bodies of poisonous sand lizards.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang has made up his mind to go, he is unwilling to stay. Xu Chengxian only regretted that he would visit in person in the future to thank Meng Zhang for his help.


    As for the corpses of those poisonous sand lizards, after they are disposed of and sold by themselves, they will not forget Meng Zhang and Jue Ying.


    After saying goodbye, Meng Zhang and jueying rode on the black crane and left here in a hurry.


    Looking at the figure of the black crane slowly disappearing in the sky, Xu Chengxian''s original smile disappeared, and his face was a little gloomy.


    "Bai Lin, have they found the goods of the caravan?"


    Lin Bolin shook his head. "I don''t know that. Even if they find out, with their knowledge, they absolutely don''t know the function and secret of baizang soil."


    "For the sake of perfection, I really should keep them forever. But I''m old, but my heart is soft." Xu Chengxian looked disappointed.


    "You old man, you are not soft hearted, but you are not sure to leave others."


    "The leader of Taiyi sect named Meng Zhang is very powerful and must have a hidden card. As for the girl named jueying, I really can''t see through him." Lin Bolin said a little depressed.


    "It''s better to be soft hearted or not sure. After all, others helped us. If we really want to turn our face and refuse to recognize others, we will bite the hand that feeds us. I really can''t pull down this old face." Xu Chengxian said with a bitter smile.


    "That''s why you, an old man, are so promising that you can barely be the leader of this Lin Shan sect. You have no ambition, let alone the talent of a hero." Lin Bolin laughed and scolded.


    "How dare you say that I''m such a bad old man who still has the capital of an owl."


    Xu Chengxian and Lin Bolin talked and laughed, which was to expose the matter.


    After Meng Zhang and Jue Ying flew away on a black crane, Meng Zhang felt relieved.


    When talking with Xu Chengxian just now, he habitually had the power of operation, and he knew his heart.


    Xu Chengxian and Lin Bolin''s accomplishments are above him. He can''t read their minds. But Xu Chengxian''s heart suddenly gave birth to a wave of malice against himself.


    This malice comes quickly and disappears quickly. It was probably in Xu Chengxian''s heart.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless. He broke Xu Chengxian''s smuggling of white Tibetan soil. They must have had the idea of killing people.


    I don''t know why. Maybe it was the discovery of conscience or the lack of assurance of Meng Zhang. Later, he gave up the idea of killing people.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to stay there more, nor dare he challenge Xu Chengxian''s conscience. That''s why I said goodbye in a hurry and left with the Jue Ying.


    Of course, the two sides really want to tear their faces and start, and Xu Chengxian is really not sure that he can leave Meng Zhang and Zhang.


    There were dozens of monks in the caravan, and almost everyone was injured. In particular, many monks injured by the venom of poisonous sand lizards need timely treatment to avoid sequelae.


    Even if there are more disabled people in such a team, it is not difficult to annoy Meng Zhang and create a scene of corpses and blood.


    After the black crane flew far away, Meng Zhang asked jueying, "jueying girl, you''ve always been well informed about the black market and know a lot of secrets. Do you know why feihongzong has been buying a lot of baizang soil? It shouldn''t take so much for refining utensils alone?"


    Jue Ying shook his head. "As the ruler of the endless sand sea, Fei hongzong has many secrets that are not known to outsiders. No matter how skilled he is in the black market, he can''t go deep into the top of Fei hongzong."


    "For example, Feihong sect has been buying baizang soil for a long time. No one knows the specific reason. Some friars speculate that it should be to cultivate some skills of Feihong sect and need baizang soil. As for whether it is true, it is unknown."


    Jue Ying''s answer disappointed Meng Zhang. Since even jueying doesn''t know the secret of baicangtu, he has no way to know it.


    Meng Zhang hid Xu Chengxian''s secret of smuggling white Tibetan soil in his heart, and no one dared to reveal it easily.


    There''s no way. Lin Shan sect and Lin Quan temple are powerful. Taiyi sect can''t provoke such an enemy.

 Chapter 143

    As for spreading rumors about Lin Quan temple and Lin Shan sect like dealing with the Zhao family. Meng Zhang dared not think of such a thing.


    People are not fools, as long as there are similar rumors around. Without any evidence at all, friars in the foundation period will come to the door and directly exterminate taiyimen.


    Anyway, the two sides didn''t tear their faces on the spot. It''s not too bad. Meng Zhang put the matter aside for the time being and chatted with Jue Ying.


    Black crane flew all the way and spent more than half a day to send Meng Zhang and Jue Ying to huojingfang city.


    When they arrived in huojingfang City, they were separated and busy.


    Meng Zhang went directly to Nangong Wen, a deacon of dihuomen.


    After several transactions between taiyimen and dihuomen, they are more or less friendly. The one responsible for the handover with Taiyi gate is Nangong Wen.


    Nangong Wen is different from most practitioners of dihuomen. He is gentle and elegant and has a bit of a gentleman''s style.


    He is well-known. He always pays attention to integrity and does what he says.


    The gentle Nangong Wen is really an alien among the crazy and brave earth fire gate practitioners.


    However, according to Jue Ying, Nangong Wen holds great power inside the dihuomen. Especially in terms of foreign exchanges and transactions, the foundation building friars of dihuomen often have to listen to the opinions of his refining friars.


    After Meng Zhang found Nangong Wen, he received a very warm reception.


    After some warm and cold questions, the two sides came to the point.


    Meng Zhang took out the prepared drawings and handed them to Nangong Wen.


    The combined magic weapon Meng Zhang is preparing to refine this time is called the nine palace wind and fire flag.


    A total of nine different flags need to be refined. After refining, nine people need to hold the flag, stand in a specific position and drive with the secret method.


    When nine flags are waved together, thousands of illusions can be created. It has a miraculous effect on confusing and trapping the enemy. The most powerful thing is that the combination of nine big flags can release endless wind and fire and completely submerge the enemy.


    Nangong Wen took Meng Zhang''s drawing and didn''t answer rashly. Instead, he went to discuss with the smelter of the earth fire gate before giving the answer that can be refined.


    Taiyimen mined hematite, which can provide hematite, as well as associated minerals such as Yanjing and Xuanjin. Meng Zhang made great efforts to refine these materials in advance.


    As for other materials, we have to buy them from dihuomen.


    After some calculation, Nangong Wen gave a more reasonable price, including materials and wages.


    Without bargaining, Meng Zhang made a contract with nangongwen. After leaving the drawings and deposit, Meng Zhang left.


    Light has drawings, there is no special method of driving. The nine palace wind and fire flag is refined by the earth fire gate, and it can''t be used.


    Meng Zhang went around huojingfang city and went to ghost city. Unfortunately, there is still no good thing to pick up the leak.


    Because of the recommendation of Jue Ying, Meng Zhang is already a familiar guest on the black market, and the level is the same as Shi Weiming.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang also occasionally came to the black market to make some transactions and buy some rare good things outside.


    However, the origin of the items in the black market is unknown. If it is not really in urgent need, or has great use, Meng Zhang will not buy it easily.


    Meng Zhang used to buy cold poison Yin thunder in the black market, but let him kill the seriously injured elder Jianji of Shuangfeng valley.


    Later, Meng Zhang wanted to buy similar treasures from the black market, but he never met them.


    This time, after a round of transit in the black market, Meng Zhang bought a first-class refining furnace.


    After years of cultivation, Tian Li lived up to expectations and became a tool smelter.


    Although Tian Li can only refine some simple magic tools at present, the resources paid by the sect are not in vain. With the improvement of weapon refining skills in the future, you don''t have to turn to the earth fire gate for weapon refining.


    Meng Zhang''s purchase of this refining furnace is a reward to Tian Li.


    Anyway, it''s used in the sect. You don''t have to care whether it''s stolen goods or not.


    After finishing his business, Meng Zhang left huojingfang directly.


    On the way back, there was no flying mount to rub, so I had to ride the wind chasing foal honestly.


    A few months after returning to Taiyi gate, Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect, and Lin Bolin of Linquan Temple paid a door-to-door visit together.


    They came to visit Meng Zhang specially to thank Meng Zhang for his help last time.


    Meng Zhang had a deep sense of vigilance towards them, but it was not obvious on the surface. He received them very warmly.


    Xu Chengxian put on the posture of an elder and was very concerned about Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang responded calmly, and his words revealed the intimate relationship between taiyimen and shuangfenggu.


    Xu Chengxian did not come to the door empty handed this time, but brought a generous gift.


    Xu Chengxian sent a first-class flying boat as a gift of thanks to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has long wanted to buy a flying boat, but he hasn''t met a suitable one. Either the price is too expensive or the performance is unsatisfactory.


    The first-order flying boat sent by Xu Chengxian can easily carry about ten monks. If you squeeze a little, you can carry more monks.


    This flying boat, regardless of its flying speed and height, is better than the general road goods on the market. It is a boutique of first-class flying boats.


    Meng Zhang refused several times in a row, saying that the gift was too valuable. He was really ashamed.


    But Xu Chengxian insisted again and again that Meng Zhang take it.


    This flying boat is not only grateful to Meng Zhang, but also because after selling the body of poisonous sand lizard, it exchanged a large number of spirit stones, which should have Meng Zhang''s share. All the spoils that Meng Zhang deserved were converted into the flying boat.


    However, Meng Zhang had to accept it reluctantly.


    When Meng Zhang and Xu Chengxian talked, they didn''t ignore Lin Bolin.


    Lin Bolin is a man of great bearing and good conversation. He has unique views on many issues.


    The last time was too tight. Meng Zhang left in a panic and didn''t talk to him in detail.


    Now after talking with Lin Bolin, Meng Zhang felt like old friends at first sight. He had a good time talking with Lin Bolin.


    Lin Bolin obviously didn''t expect that Meng Zhang, the leader of a small family, was very knowledgeable and extraordinary.


    As soon as they saw each other, they took pity on each other.


    Xu Chengxian and Lin Bolin stayed at the Taiyi gate for a long time before they left the Taiyi gate under the welcome of Meng Zhang.


    Seeing them off, Meng Zhang looked carefully at the flying boat on the table.


    When the flying boat is not in use, it can be transformed into the size of an arm for easy storage. When in use, the spirit stone is used as the main power source, and the driver inputs real Qi to control the flight altitude and direction.


    This flying boat has no problem. It''s a rare boutique.


    Xu Chengxian sent this generous gift. I don''t know whether he really thanks or whether he has some intention to shut up. Meng Zhang thought.

 Chapter 144

    For a long time, no major event happened at taiyimen, and the surrounding area was calm.


    It is rare to have an undisturbed day, so that Meng Zhang can devote himself to cultivation.


    The way of writing and martial arts is relaxed. After practicing in seclusion for a period of time, Meng Zhang occasionally went out for a stroll. In addition to two trips to huojingfang City, the farthest place he went was mingshafang city.


    Now there are several sites in taiyimen, including the original mountain gate and sweet water oasis, Chaoyang slope and an oasis originally belonging to the Zhao family.


    Every time Meng Zhang goes out, he turns around in several places. Moreover, Meng Zhang now spends most of his time on Chaoyang slope.


    As for the baizang earth mine, Meng Zhang completely became the shopkeeper. He has never been there once.


    Fortunately, Li Xuan was able to handle things in an orderly manner, such as mining and transportation.


    In order to facilitate the underground transportation of baicangtu ore, taiyimen also bought several sand lizards and camels from Shuangfeng Valley at a low price.


    Hu Jing, an inner disciple of Taiyi sect, was trained by Meng Zhang after showing her talent in guarding animals.


    After a small achievement in the art of controlling animals, all the affairs of taiyimen''s animal control were handed over to her.


    Hu Jing spent a little time training more than ten mortal drivers to control sand lizards and camels.


    The small red feather eagles in the door were also completely domesticated by her. They can be used as scouts, spies and messengers.


    At present, the communication between several strongholds of taiyimen mainly depends on these red feather eagles.


    The three big red feather Eagles can barely ride.


    On that day, Meng Zhang came to mingshafang city again after completing the closure.


    Meng Zhang went to the grocery store, chatted with Zhang Zhanlin for a while, and came to the Sihai building.


    If the goods are complete, Sihai building is still above Feihong building. Moreover, the tourists who experience Sihai building are pure merchant families with merchant style. Unlike Feihong building, it is courteous on the surface, but it still reveals a sense of pride.


    Meng Zhang has been to Sihai building many times. Sihai building provides intermediary services for casual repairs. Meng Zhang once solicited many casual repairs here.


    Meng Zhang came here this time not to attract casual repairs, but to shop.


    After Tian Li became an official tool refiner, his skill of refining tools improved quickly and he has begun to refine various magic tools.


    There are many drawings of magic tools in taiyimen Sutra Pavilion. When Meng Zhang went out this time, Tian Li asked him to help buy some refining materials.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also bought several young mountain patrol dogs.


    Hu Jing also needs enough training objects to practice animal control.


    Although the mountain dog is only a first-class monster, it is still very good to use it to guard the house after domestication.


    Meng Zhang has finished the transaction with a familiar bosom friend and is preparing to leave the hall.


    I saw a young, handsome, a little greasy friar, pestering a beautiful, about 16 or 17-year-old friar, talking constantly.


    Meng Zhang was not interested in eavesdropping, but the male monk spoke in a loud voice. Meng Zhang''s ear power was so sharp that a few words came into his ear.


    "Miss Yang, our Liu family is very sincere. As long as you are willing to join our Liu family, we will never treat you badly."


    "Mr. Liu, as I said, what I care about is not my personal treatment. If you want me to join the Liu family, please help me save the people of the Yang family."


    "Miss Yang, although my Liu family is not afraid of Qingzhu mountain, we can''t offend others for no reason."


    "Miss Yang, you can rest assured that as long as you join my Liu family, Qingzhu mountain will never continue to embarrass you."


    "As for the so-called clansmen, they are just insignificant mortals. Miss Yang, as a high cultivator, you have a great future. There is no need to delay yourself because of some mortals."


    "Mr. Liu, different ways don''t conspire with each other. You and I have different ideas and are not the same people. I have made up my mind. Please don''t continue to pester Mr. Liu."


    "Miss Yang, you are a little disrespectful. You turn a blind eye to the kindness of my Liu family. Do you really look down on my Liu family?"


    The young Friar''s voice grew louder and louder, and he had to pull each other.


    After all, this is the land of Sihai building. There is no room for trouble here. Soon a guard came to stop them and separated them.


    The young friar dropped a few cruel words and left angrily.


    The nun thanked the guard of Sihai building and left immediately.


    Meng Zhang could see several threads of sadness from her face.


    Seeing Meng Zhang looking at what happened with great interest, a familiar bosom friend came over.


    "Headmaster Meng, are you interested in those two people?"


    "I''m not interested. I''m just a little curious. What''s the origin of the two people and why they had a dispute in the Sihai building?" Meng Zhang asked casually.


    "The man is Liu fenglang, the friar of the Liu family, the son of Liu Dachuan, the elder of the foundation period of the Liu family. The female friar is Yang Xueyi. She has excellent cultivation qualification and is good at making talismans. She is a very excellent talisman at a young age."


    With the intimate guest''s slow narration, Meng Zhang understood the whole story.


    Yang Xueyi''s family was originally a vassal family of Qingzhu mountain.


    Some time ago, the Yang family did not know how to provoke the green bamboo mountain. The green bamboo mountain killed the door directly in the name of colluding with bandits.


    When the Yang family was exterminated by the green bamboo mountain, Yang Xueyi and several Yang family friars happened to travel outside, so they were lucky to escape.


    After all the friars of the Yang family were killed by the green bamboo mountain, many mortals remained in the Yang family.


    Green bamboo mountain is a famous and decent sect. Naturally, it can''t kill mortals on a large scale. So green bamboo mountain exiled all these mortals and let them live and die.


    In such a big desert as endless sand sea, mortals leave the oasis and are driven to the big desert, which is basically equivalent to a dead end.


    The informed guest guessed maliciously that Qingzhu mountain didn''t directly kill these mortals. I''m afraid it was also intended to use these mortals to fish and lead the remaining friars of the Yang family to the door. So they can cut down the roots.


    Yang Xueyi turned to the forces who had made friends with the Yang family for help, and everyone avoided it.


    She was forced to come to mingshafang city and wanted to hire casual repair to help save the mortals of the Yang family.


    She had been to Sihai building several times, but she didn''t dare to accept her entrustment.


    In the Four Seas building, Yang Xueyi was entangled by Liu fenglang of the Liu family.


    Maybe I covet Yang Xueyi''s beauty, maybe I really like Yang Xueyi''s qualifications and want to recruit talents for the Liu family. Liu fenglang has been pestering Yang Xueyi. The scene just now is not the first time.

 Chapter 145

    Meng Zhang understood from the intimate guest''s narration and the dialogue between Liu fenglang and Yang Xueyi just now.


    Yang Xueyi does not reject joining other forces of cultivation, but she needs to rescue the mortals of the Yang family first.


    He is not only concerned about his own future, but is willing to take a more painful road for mortal relatives. The girl is affectionate and righteous. She has a good character. Sanguan also fits Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Meng Zhang had a rare kindness. If possible, he wanted to help the girl.


    However, Meng Zhang hesitated about going to Qingzhu mountain.


    Although Shuangfeng Valley has always looked down on Qingzhu mountain, it is Shuangfeng valley that is qualified to do so. Green bamboo mountain is also a Xiuzhen sect as famous as shuangfenggu.


    The power of Taiyi gate is far less than that of Qingzhu mountain.


    It''s a good thing to help others, but it''s foolish to put yourself up beyond your ability.


    Meng Zhang left Sihai building and came to the street outside while thinking about it.


    Meng Zhang walked into a nearby alley and was ready to go through here to talk to Zhang Zhanlin at the grocery store.


    When I came to the alley, I was blocked by a group of people.


    Yang Xueyi was surrounded by a group of monks wearing green bamboo mountain style vests. Liu fenglang took two of his men to watch the excitement.


    "Yang Xueyi, come back with us honestly. Maybe the elder will spare your life. If you continue to be stubborn, no one can save you." a green bamboo mountain friar said fiercely.


    Yang Xueyi looked at the green bamboo mountain friar in front of her, with a look of hatred on her face and red eyes.


    "You are the weavers of the green bamboo mountain. You have destroyed my Yang family for no reason. I will never forget this deep blood feud. I will never compromise with you."


    The green bamboo mountain Friar''s face is very ugly.


    "When I was young, I fell into a cult and didn''t know how to repent. Today, I will act on behalf of heaven and kill demons like you."


    Qingzhu mountain friar was about to start, but Liu fenglang stopped him.


    "Wait, don''t be busy. I have something else to say."


    Liu fenglang himself is just a little friar in the Qi refining period, but his father is the elder of the foundation period of the Liu family. The friar of Qingzhu mountain had to give him some face.


    Seeing the monk of Qingzhu mountain stop moving, Liu fenglang said to Yang Xueyi, "Miss Yang, this is your last chance. As long as you worship my Liu family, I will keep you today."


    "But if you don''t know how to live or die, are still so stubborn and insist on refusing to accept the kindness of my Liu family, the childe can''t help you."


    Yang Xueyi gave Liu fenglang a cold look.


    "You found these friars from green bamboo mountain. You want to use them to force me to obey."


    The secret activities were pointed out to his face, but Liu fenglang didn''t look embarrassed at all.


    "My Liu family is thirsty for talents. It''s normal to use some means to attract such talents and quality as Miss Yang."


    "Miss Yang, do you want to join my Liu family or not?"


    Yang Xueyi looked steadfast and unyielding.


    "Even if I die here today, I won''t let you, a mean man, do what you want."


    Yang Xueyi''s decision made Liu fenglang angry and completely dead to attract her.


    "Well, well, you''re really a little bitch who doesn''t know what to do. You deserve your bad luck today."


    "Several Taoist brothers of green bamboo mountain, don''t worry about your little brother''s face. What you want to do with this little bitch is up to you."


    After hearing Liu fenglang''s words, the Qingzhu mountain friars took out the talisman, sacrificed the magic tools and prepared to start.


    "Stop it." a violent drink came from behind. I don''t know when a group of patrol friars from shuangfenggu have arrived nearby.


    "All enemies and murders are forbidden in the market. If you want to fight or kill, get out. If you want to fight here, don''t blame me for being rude." the guard of shuangfenggu patrol friars looked at the people and said proudly.


    At the beginning, shuangfenggu gave up a lot of benefits to the surrounding Xiuzhen forces in order to develop mingshafang city. Such as Lin quanguan and Liu Jia have many rights and interests in mingshafang city.


    However, the power of mingshafang city is still firmly in the hands of shuangfenggu. Shuangfenggu is responsible for the daily management of mingshafang City, which naturally includes maintaining order and ensuring public security.


    Qingzhu mountain has always been against Shuangfeng Valley, and those Qingzhu mountain friars don''t speak. They just look at the patrol friars of Shuangfeng Valley coldly.


    Liu fenglang coughed gently and said, "I''m Liu fenglang. My father is Liu Dachuan, the elder of the Liu family. Please listen to me, friends of shuangfenggu."


    "Today''s matter is the Taoist brother of Qingzhu mountain. It''s purely a family matter of Qingzhu mountain to catch his subordinates'' rebellion. Please give me a face and don''t interfere in this matter."


    Nuns of Shuangfeng valley are used to being overbearing, and in mingshafang City, they are not allowed to fight. It is an iron rule set by the high level of Shuangfeng Valley, and they are absolutely not allowed to violate it.


    "Young master Liu, if your father is here, he will have some face. As for you, you''d better become a friar in the foundation period first."


    The disdain of the friar of Shuangfeng Valley made Liu fenglang blush.


    "Young master Liu''s face is bigger than the bottom of the friar in the foundation period." a strange voice came from nowhere.


    Liu fenglang was completely angered. He didn''t care so much. He directly faced the direction of the voice is a sword.


    The fierce sword spirit split the dark corner, but there was no one there. It just cut the bricks and stones into pieces.


    "Presumptuous."


    "Dare to take the initiative."


    Several nuns of shuangfenggu were shocked and angry. They tried to control Liu fenglang.


    Liu fenglang and his men are unwilling to be caught, so they naturally want to fight back.


    Several friars in Qingzhu mountain have already made friends with Liu fenglang, and have always despised the friars in shuangfenggu. They also shot one after another and joined the regiment.


    After all, this is the mingshafang city that Shuangfeng Valley attaches most importance to. As soon as they started, they knew about the city through the Dharma array.


    During the foundation period of shuangfenggu, the friars quickly arrived and easily suppressed the friars of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.


    Meng Zhang, who had been hiding aside, left secretly before the monk of Shuangfeng Valley Foundation Period arrived.


    After discovering the situation here, Meng Zhang tried to inform shuangfenggu patrol friar to arrive. Later, he spoke in secret, angered Liu fenglang, and made him start.


    Meng Zhang, who has done all this, has hidden his merit and reputation and has not been exposed to the public.


    His purpose of doing all this is simply to dislike Liu fenglang and Qingzhu mountain friars. He has no other ideas for the time being.

 Chapter 146

    Meng Zhang came to the grocery store and didn''t leave in a hurry. He sent Zhang Zhanlin out to inquire about relevant information.


    Zhang Zhanlin went out for a turn and brought back the latest news.


    All the friars of the Liu family and qingzhushan who started in the square city were detained.


    Because they took the initiative to attack the patrolling friars of Shuangfeng Valley, they angered the foundation period elders of Shuangfeng Valley who are resident in mingshafang city. The elder threatened to punish them severely and increase their memory.


    It is said that the Liu family and the monks in qingzhushan sent the news back to the mountain gate. It''s hard to say how this matter will develop in the future.


    Meng Zhang had an idea in his heart, so he was not busy returning to Taiyi gate for the time being. He asked Zhang Zhanlin to inquire about what was going on between the Yang family and Qingzhu mountain.


    Meng Zhang was alone in a room and took out the mirror that Jue Ying gave himself.


    He injected his true Qi into the mirror and wrote on it quickly. The content of the writing is to ask Jue Ying to use the intelligence channel on the black market to inquire about the whole story of the Yang family being exterminated by Qingzhu mountain.


    With the gradual improvement of taiyimen''s strength, Zhang Zhanlin also has more relations in mingshafang city. With his original contacts, his news is very well informed.


    After some effort, Zhang Zhanlin obtained a lot of intelligence.


    The Yang family, subordinate to Qingzhu mountain, is also a well-known Xiuzhen family. If it comes to the strength of the family, it is not under the original Zhao family.


    Qingzhu mountain killed the Yang family in the name of colluding with bandits. It really can''t convince the public.


    According to rumors in the nearby cultivation world, it was the Yang family who exposed an ancestral treasure that provoked the greed of Qingzhu mountain.


    Qingzhu mountain kills people and loots, directly killing the Yang family.


    Green bamboo mountain is at least a member of the right way. It also thinks of itself as a famous and decent school on weekdays. However, they are so careless and rough in their work, which has long aroused the discussion of many truth cultivation forces.


    Shuangfenggu has done similar activities before, but people know how to hide themselves and keep their face.


    Now the green bamboo mountain is a disgrace. Shuangfeng Valley and other forces gloat and publicly laugh at it.


    In particular, green bamboo mountain did not cut the grass and root, but also left a fish out of the net.


    Yang Xueyi and several Yang family friars have been hiding in mingshafang city.


    Out of the psychology of blocking Qingzhu mountain, shuangfenggu deliberately or unintentionally covered up the Yang family.


    Anyway, as long as the Yang friars hide in mingshafang City, Qingzhu mountain can''t attack them.


    Shuangfenggu is also a righteous saying. The rule of no revenge in mingshafang has been established for hundreds of years. Shuangfenggu is duty bound to maintain the rules in the city.


    The information Zhang Zhanlin brought back is much more detailed than what Meng Zhang heard in Sihai building. In particular, the content between Qingzhu mountain and Shuangfeng Valley is vivid.


    The only thing I don''t know is what treasure Qingzhu mountain stole from the Yang family.


    Shortly after the end of the conversation with Zhang Zhanlin, Meng Zhang''s small mirror began to burn slightly.


    Meng Zhang took out the mirror and input the true Qi. Lines of words appeared on the mirror.


    The content of the text is similar to the news brought back by Zhang Zhanlin. There is also no detailed information about the treasures robbed by the Yang family.


    It seems that the matter of the Yang family is indeed true.


    Meng Zhang then continued to stay in mingshafang city and has been paying attention to this matter.


    A few days later, Liu Dachuan, the elder of the Liu family, and the elder of the green bamboo mountain, the old man with bamboo stick, rushed to mingshafang city.


    As soon as they met the foundation building friar of shuangfenggu, they immediately quarreled loudly. If Taoist Guanghong of Lin quanguan hadn''t dissuaded him, maybe both sides had started.


    Shan Ying, the law enforcement elder of shuangfenggu, gave a message on the spot to send all the guys who dared to make trouble in mingshafang city to hard labour.


    The angry old man Zhuzhang and Liu Dachuan almost broke out immediately. Taoist Guanghong tried hard to persuade both sides.


    Later, I don''t know how to negotiate several aspects. It is said that in the end, even in Feihong building, someone came forward to make peace.


    Finally, the friars of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain were locked up for a few days, which meant that they were led away by Liu Dachuan and the old man with a bamboo stick.


    It is rumored that elder Shan Ying of shuangfenggu is very angry and has been angry. In private, he ordered shuangfenggu to inspect the friars in the square city. Later, the friars of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain dared to commit crimes in the square city again, and immediately ruthlessly abandoned them. Never be merciful.


    Hearing the news, Meng Zhang whispered in his heart: it''s really heaven''s help. I can''t help it.


    Meng Zhang prepared and took the initiative to visit Zhou shengkao, an old friend.


    As soon as they met, Meng Zhang found that Zhou shengkao was obviously in a bad mood. He secretly used his talent, his heart, read Zhou shengkao''s mind, and then exchanged greetings with Zhou shengkao before he began to get to the point.


    "I heard that elder Shan is a little upset these days?" Meng Zhang asked carefully.


    "It''s true that good things don''t go out. Bad things spread thousands of miles. Even you have heard. Feihong building seems neutral this time, but it actually helps Qingzhu mountain."


    "With the relationship between Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect, this kind of thing is not" especially Qingzhu mountain, relying on its relationship with Feihong sect, has always been unreasonable, domineering and evil. "


    Zhou shengkao is a smart guy. Even if he can''t read the magic of people''s hearts, he can touch other people''s minds in just a few words.


    "Brother Meng, you''re not here to talk nonsense for no reason. Tell me what you''re going to do."


    Meng Zhang smiled awkwardly.


    "I can''t hide anything from you. I really have something to do. I need your help."


    "Of course, what the younger brother wants to do is also good for the elder brother. It can help elder Shan export his evil spirit and make him happy."


    Meng Zhang carefully tried and felt that the heat was almost over before he mentioned the Yang family.


    Before Meng Zhang finished speaking, Zhou shengkao understood what he meant.


    "You want to recruit the friars of the Yang family. However, the little girl of the Yang family has a good idea. She must save the mortals of the Yang family before she is willing to take refuge in other cultivation forces."


    Zhou shengkao is well-informed and knows the cause and effect of this matter very well.


    "Of course, I can''t do this with my little brother''s strength alone. The key point is that I need the big brother''s help."

 Chapter 147

    Before Meng Zhang finished speaking, Zhou shengkao shook his head.


    "No, absolutely not. Although Shan Bo is a little angry, he won''t let shuangfenggu and Qingzhu mountain tear his face."


    "I didn''t ask you to come forward, let alone shuangfenggu and Qingzhu mountain. I asked Taiyi gate to recruit friars of the Yang family and help the Yang family save people. I just need to provide some help secretly."


    "In addition, if the green bamboo mountain is difficult for taiyimen in the future, we will ask Shuangfeng Valley to give more shelter." Meng Zhang quickly explained.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Zhou shengkao asked, "how sure are you that you can successfully save the mortals of the Yang family."


    "At least 80% sure." Meng Zhang patted his chest and said.


    Zhou shengkao thought for a while and didn''t speak.


    Meng Zhang read his mind and knew that he had been moved by himself, but he couldn''t make up his mind.


    Zhou shengkao thought again and again. Finally, he simply asked Meng Zhang to wait here. He left first.


    Meng Zhang waited here patiently. After waiting for almost an hour, Zhou Sheng came back from the exam.


    You don''t have to read Zhou shengkao''s mind. Just look at his face, you know that it''s probably done.


    "Brother Meng, you can do it, but you must do it beautifully. After you save the mortals of the Yang family, you will bring all the Yang family back to your Taiyi gate."


    "If the green bamboo mountain wants to revenge you in the future, Shuangfeng valley will never sit idly by."


    With Zhou shengkao''s promise, Meng Zhang finally fell to the ground. This matter is safe at last.


    After leaving Zhou shengkao, Meng Zhang directly found the residence of the Yang friar in mingshafang city according to the information given by Zhou shengkao.


    Six monks of the Yang family survived and have been hiding in a remote small yard in mingshafang city.


    As the owner of mingshafang City, shuangfenggu certainly knows about it. Qingzhu mountain once sent monks to mingshafang city for investigation, but they were deliberately or unintentionally hindered by shuangfenggu.


    Yang Xueyi also took the initiative to go out and went to Sihai building to hire casual repair. Only then did she expose her trace and attract Liu fenglang''s entanglement.


    As long as the friars of the Yang family hide in this small yard, Qingzhu mountain can''t help them for the time being.


    Especially after this, shuangfenggu will not allow it. Qingzhushan friars are making trouble in mingshafang city.


    For Meng Zhang who came to the door, friar Yang was very vigilant.


    Among the Yang family friars, Yang Xueyi is the youngest, but she is the master.


    "Miss Yang, I''m Meng Zhang, leader of Taiyi sect."


    "Miss Yang, I remember you. You were there when Liu fenglang pestered me in the Sihai building."


    "Later, in that alley, it was you who informed shuangfenggu patrol friar. You should also be the one who spoke to annoy Liu fenglang."


    Yang Xueyi was only a six fold cultivation of Qi refining, but she felt very sharp. She not only recognized Meng Zhang at a glance, but also revealed Meng Zhang''s actions.


    "I owe you a favor for the things in the alley. Thank you for helping me out." Yang Xueyi said very sincerely.


    Since Yang Xueyi was in love, they had a good start and soon got to the point.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi talked for a long time before they reached an agreement.


    As long as Meng Zhang can rescue the mortals of the Yang family from the green bamboo mountain, Yang Xueyi will take all the Yang family and join the Taiyi gate.


    When Meng Zhang first came into contact, he secretly read the minds of the Yang family with his heart.


    These people are very popular. They are not cool and thin.


    Yang Xueyi, in particular, is a woman, but she is determined, has excellent qualifications, and is a very excellent talisman. Such a talent is really rare. Even if she takes some risks for her, it is totally worth it.


    If taiyimen wants to develop and grow, it must recruit talents from all directions.


    After making an appointment with Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang left mingshafang city and returned to Taiyi gate.


    The nine nine nine palace wind and fire flags commissioned by dihuomen were successfully refined long ago and were brought back to the door by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang selected nine disciples in the middle stage of Qi refining from the sect and asked them to practice according to the secret method and be familiar with how to use this set of combined magic tools.


    After a period of running in, it''s also like a mold.


    The nine disciples were led by Wen qiansuan. He told Meng Zhang that he could now put into actual combat.


    Meng Zhang asked them to continue the drill and be sure to master the use of this set of combined magic tools. It won''t be long before they need to do it.


    Meng Zhang contacted Jue Ying again.


    The two agreed to meet near huojingfang city.


    When Meng Zhang arrived there, Jue Ying had been waiting for a long time.


    Meng Zhang also trusted Jue Ying and told her his plan in detail.


    Then they set off together and went to huojingfang city.


    When they arrived at huojingfang City, Meng Zhang and Zhang went directly to the black market.


    Meng Zhang''s customer level in the black market, with the recommendation of Jue Ying, has become a regular customer and has greater authority. Not to mention the last shadow.


    They found a person in charge of the black market, and Meng Zhang made his own request.


    Meng Zhang first entrusted the black market to help investigate the intelligence about Qingzhu mountain.


    What Meng Zhang wanted to investigate was not the core intelligence of Qingzhu mountain, but some peripheral intelligence. The black market easily accepted the entrustment.


    During the black market investigation, Meng Zhang temporarily stayed in huojingfang city.


    He and Jue Ying strolled around huojingfang city for several days before getting a reply from the black market.


    After receiving the specific information, Meng Zhang read it several times. Fortunately, I didn''t surprise myself. I can cope with this time.


    Meng Zhang put forward a series of requirements to the black market. One of the most important is to hire two friars during the foundation period.


    They don''t need to fight with the foundation period friars of Qingzhu mountain. They just need to entangle the foundation period friars of Qingzhu mountain at a critical time.


    With the vast power of the black market, Meng Zhang has sufficient customer levels and unique face. As long as Meng Zhang gives enough Lingshi, it is not difficult to meet his requirements.


    It''s not cheap for friars in the foundation period to do it once. Two friars in the foundation period were hired at one time, and they still fought against Qingzhu mountain.


    In the face of the price offered by the black market, Meng Zhang felt bursts of meat pain.


    After Meng Zhang paid the deposit, he was empty.


    As for the rest of the spirit stone, jueying lent it to him.


    I didn''t expect that Jue Ying was still a little rich woman.


    After repeatedly discussing the details of the whole plan with Jue Ying, Meng Zhang determined that there was no problem. Meng Zhang went to gather people and prepare to start.

 Chapter 148

    When Qingzhu mountain massacred the Yang family, he not only killed the Yang family''s friars on the spot, but also intentionally or unintentionally "accidentally injured" many Yang family mortals.


    After World War I, hundreds of Yang family mortals were killed on the spot. Only those mortals far away from the battlefield barely escaped.


    Later, Qingzhu mountain searched the oasis where the Yang family was located and cleaned up all the mortals of the Yang family. In the process, a large number of people were killed.


    Finally, about 600 or 700 Yang family mortals were exiled by Qingzhu mountain.


    In fact, these places where Yang family put people are not far from mingshafang city. Green bamboo mountain also took a little effort to get these mortals here.


    It was at the foot of a desolate hill. There was no shelter around it.


    Six or seven hundred mortals settled temporarily in a temporary camp. On the top of the hill near the camp, several monks of Qingzhu mountain monitored the surrounding movement all day.


    Many mortals who were exiled here had only a small amount of food and water.


    In the desert, there is a scorching sun on the head, which is extremely hot, and there is a lack of food and water. In a short time, nearly half of the mortals were killed on the spot.


    If Qingzhu mountain hadn''t kept these mortals to attract the remaining Yang friars, I''m afraid these mortals would have died long ago.


    The monks in charge of monitoring in Qingzhu mountain occasionally put some food and water into the mortal camp, barely hanging people''s lives.


    Even so, mortals continue to die.


    If the situation is not improved, all these mortals will die soon.


    That morning, a caravan passed by early in the morning.


    More than ten sand lizards and camels lined up in a long line.


    The Qingzhu mountain friar, who was responsible for monitoring the camp, just looked at it at random and shifted his eyes.


    This is a caravan belonging to Linquan temple. Every once in a while, I pass by. Friar Qingzhu mountain has met this caravan at least two or three times.


    On a sand lizard camel in the caravan, Meng Zhang is thanking Lin Bolin: "brother Bolin, thank you for your help this time."


    "Brother Meng, you''re welcome. You and I hit it off at first sight. It''s nothing to mention. You''re just taking a ride with the caravan."


    "What''s more, green bamboo mountain is also a famous and decent school, but its style of behavior is so vicious, which is really disgusting."


    "Brother Meng did good deeds that pleased people. As a disciple of Linquan temple, I need to focus on the interests of the sect and can''t do more. I hope brother Meng can win this trip, punish evil and promote good."


    Lin Bolin said very sincerely.


    Lin Bolin has a good temper and personality, and he is very fond of Meng Zhang. It has the benevolence, righteousness and kindness rare among practitioners, and can recognize the reality without blind impulse.


    When Meng Zhang asked Lin Bolin for help this time, he didn''t expect that it would be so smooth. The other party would promise.


    Lin Bolin personally went to the head of the caravan of Lin quanguan. He not only hid Meng Zhang and others in the caravan, but also accompanied him personally.


    "Then borrow brother Bolin''s auspicious words." after that, Meng Zhang and others in the caravan secretly sneaked into the ground under the cover of the crowd.


    This is also a matter of no way. They are all friars in the period of Qi refining. Even if they borrow the earth rune, they can''t travel too far underground. Every time you walk underground for a period of time, you must expose the ground and recover.


    It is surrounded by endless deserts, even without any shelter. The monk of green bamboo mountain has been closely monitoring the surroundings. Every time it appears, it may be found by the friar of Qingzhu mountain.


    With the help of this caravan of Linquan temple, Meng Zhang and others can approach here secretly, and then use the earth hiding technique to approach the target secretly.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and others were in place, a first-order flying boat flew from a distance and soon approached the Yang family mortal camp.


    The friar of Qingzhu mountain suddenly braced himself up and always paid attention to the trend of the flying boat.


    The flying boat didn''t stop at Yang Jiafan''s camp, but flew directly over the sky.


    Qingzhu mountain friar did not slack off and still monitored the movements of the flying boat.


    Sure enough, the flying boat quickly lowered its height and flew to the top of the hill next to the camp.


    A group of green bamboo mountain friars are standing there, constantly monitoring the movements around.


    The flying boat didn''t stop. Yang Xueyi took several Yang friars, jumped down from the flying boat and suddenly jumped at the Qingzhu mountain friars who were responsible for monitoring.


    For fear of scaring the remaining friars of the Yang family, the number of green bamboo mountain friars left on the top of the hill is not large and their accomplishments are not strong.


    Seeing that the friar of the Yang family finally couldn''t help taking the bait, the friar of Qingzhu mountain, led by him, looked happy and sent a signal to call for reinforcements.


    Immediately, the two teams of friars rushed to each other and fought fiercely together.


    After the signal from the monitoring friar, a second-order flying boat rushed over from a distance.


    On this second-order flying boat, there are people and horses in ambush in Qingzhu mountain. There are dozens of friars, including experts in the later stage of Qi refining.


    As the flying boat was approaching the battlefield, it began to slowly reduce its height.


    Suddenly, a series of human figures sprang out of the ground in the empty desert ahead.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying first rushed out from the ground and jointly released a second-order rune, golden sword rune.


    The golden talisman light disappeared, and a golden giant sword appeared on their heads out of thin air.


    Even if they work together, they can''t give full play to the full power of the second-order talisman. However, at present, the power is barely enough.


    I saw that the golden giant sword cut the head of the second-order flying boat.


    This is just an ordinary flying boat, not a special flying boat specially used for air combat. And suddenly, the friars on the flying boat had no time to respond.


    After a cut, the golden giant sword disappeared out of thin air.


    The flying boat was also badly damaged. The whole boat began to shake and slowly fell to the ground.


    Fortunately, the flying boat is equipped with practitioners, and the flying height of the flying boat is not too high at this time.


    Dozens of monks from Qingzhu mountain jumped off the flying boat one after another and fell to the ground one after another.


    The nine taiyimen friars who have been hiding underground with earth runes have been standing in the direction of the nine palaces under the leadership of Wen qiansuan.


    Although there are only nine people, they have concentrated the most elite forces of taiyimen at present. Wen qiansuan, Tian Li, Zheng Chao, Hu Jing


    Each of them holds a big flag, half red and half black.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, Wen qiansuan commanded the people to launch.


    The nine flags danced separately, and a gust of wind immediately rolled up on the ground.


    The strong wind that swept countless yellow sands roared and shrouded almost all the monks of Qingzhu mountain.


    Under the cover of the strong wind, hot flames mixed in and swept madly.

 Chapter 149

    The nine palaces wind and fire flag is a combined magic weapon. It can be regarded as the ring of the soul alarm bell, which keeps ringing, making people dizzy. The flying sword dances around the fingers and cuts the enemy constantly. The fire talisman kept spewing out flames and turned into a fire snake to attack the opponent.


    In the strong wind, the shadow under the feet of these green bamboo mountain friars kept twisting. Jue Ying haunts them from time to time and makes sneak attacks. However, in a short time, we achieved fruitful results.


    Before the action, Zhou shengkao warned Meng Zhang. You can save people, but you can''t kill a large number of monks in Qingzhu mountain.


    Shuangfeng Valley acquiesced that Meng Zhang''s rescue action was just to put a face on Qingzhu mountain and block it. The law enforcement elder Shan Ying pushed this matter just to vent his evil spirit.


    However, neither Shan Ying nor other high-rise buildings in Shuangfeng valley have any intention of breaking face with Qingzhu mountain.


    Shuangfenggu and Qingzhu mountain have been fighting openly and secretly for many years. They have been fighting without breaking, and there are few positive confrontations between sects.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang must leave a bottom line for their action.


    Those Qingzhu mountain friars who were injured by Meng Zhang and Jue Ying basically lost their combat effectiveness temporarily and were not in danger.


    On the other side, the battle between the Yang family and the friars of Qingzhu mountain. As long as Yang Xueyi doesn''t die, the two sides are evenly matched.


    Yang Xueyi held back her anger and tried to suppress the impulse to tear the enemy to pieces. With a contract partner, firmly entangle the enemy on the opposite side.


    The two battlefields, not far from each other, were temporarily deadlocked.


    In the high altitude not far from the battlefield, two old men were looking at this side with poor eyes.


    "A group of waste people are trapped by others. When I get back to the mountain, I have to practice them well."


    "Younger martial brother zhugun, what is the origin of those little friars who helped the Yang family?"


    The oldest and oldest elder of Qingzhu mountain, the old man with bamboo stick, asked coldly.


    "I haven''t seen these people before. I can''t recognize their origin."


    "However, a group of Qi refining friars used earth hiding to sneak out from the ground. With their strength, they can''t start hiding from a distance. Most of them are hiding in the caravan of Linquan temple, sneaking close to here, and then hiding into the ground."


    The bamboo gun elder thought for a moment and replied. His speculation revealed the course of action of Meng Zhang and others.


    "Lin quanguan, why do they want to go through this muddy water? Is it because Guanghui is out of his mind that he will fight against us in Qingzhu mountain?" the old man said suspiciously.


    The bamboo spear elder shook his head: "this can''t be the meaning of the high level of Linquan temple. It is estimated that most of them are the small friars below who bought off the caravan of Linquan temple."


    "These little friars dare to intervene in the affairs of our green bamboo mountain, which is mostly related to shuangfenggu."


    "These little guys have good cultivation, their heads are easy to use, they know how to cheat, and their tactics are also good."


    The bamboo stick old man smiled disdainfully, "it''s just a group of small friars who refine Qi. That''s the level."


    "Wait a minute, I will teach them a good lesson and let them know that under the crushing of absolute strength, that little cleverness is not worth mentioning. What intrigues and tactical arrangements are all bullshit."


    Seeing that the old man with a bamboo stick was ready to start, the elder with a bamboo gun warned, "you should take some later, but you can''t kill. Although we don''t have a quarrel with shuangfenggu, we can''t kill wantonly at will."


    "I see. I have my own discretion." the old man with bamboo stick said impatiently.


    The old man with a bamboo stick was about to start. He suddenly stopped his action, his eyes were cold, looked at the left and shouted, "where''s the thief? What are you doing stealthily?"


    In the sky not far from the bamboo stick old man, two figures appeared behind a white cloud.


    One head wears a wolf head mask, covering all his face.


    The other head wore an eagle mask, which also did not show his true face.


    These two men are the two foundational friars, the lone wolf and the vulture, who Meng Zhang hired from the black market at a great cost.


    The two have been casting hidden spells and secretly hiding in the nearby air.


    When the bamboo stick old man was ready to move, they deliberately showed their figure.


    "You''d better stay here and watch the play honestly."


    "In this way, everyone saves some energy and doesn''t have to fight meaninglessly."


    The voice of the lone wolf, which was obviously disguised, reached their ears.


    Compared with the alchemy friars, the foundational friars have more means to disguise their identity.


    "The guy who hides his head and shows his tail is a shameful junior."


    The bamboo stick old man disdained to scold a few words and took the initiative.


    The bamboo stick in his hand danced and changed into thousands of shadows, hitting the two people opposite from all directions.


    As soon as the bamboo stick old man started, the bamboo gun elder had to follow.


    In the heart of the bamboo spear elder, he was reluctant to go to war with a strange friar during the foundation period.


    The old man with bamboo stick was already angry because of the situation below. As soon as he was about to take action, he was stopped by the mysterious friar. He was getting older, but his temper was still hot. He broke out immediately and started without hesitation.


    The old man with bamboo stick and the elder with bamboo gun worked together to fight with the vulture and the lone wolf.


    In the sky, the aura surged and the real Qi collided constantly, just like a hurricane blowing out of thin air.


    The four friars in the foundation building period had a big fight. There was a lot of noise and it spread far away. Even if we are far away, we can find the trend of this battlefield.


    Everyone is at the initial stage of building the foundation. In a short time, no one can do anything.


    Moreover, under the intentional entanglement of vulture and lone wolf, the old man with bamboo stick and the elder with bamboo gun can''t get away easily.


    Two friars in the foundation period were arranged in Qingzhu mountain to wait for friars of the Yang family to take the bait. This is an ox knife for killing chickens. It''s very overqualified.


    Qingzhu mountain also thinks that it is so powerful that it can cope with all kinds of changes and there will be no accidents.


    But one after another, the monks of Qingzhu mountain were entangled by their opponents.


    Two second-order flying boats flew quickly from a distance without any obstacles on the road.

 Chapter 150

    These two second-order flying boats were also temporarily rented by Meng Zhang through black market channels at a high price.


    All the friars in Qingzhu mountain are entangled. Naturally, no one will intercept the flying boat.


    The flying boat was very fast, but in the blink of an eye, it flew from a distance and landed next to the camp of Yang''s mortals.


    After so many days of torture, there are no more than 300 ordinary people in the Yang family who are still alive. And most people have been tortured and difficult to move, so they can only lie on the ground helplessly. Even many people are dying and can only wait to die.


    Before the flying boat stopped, a friar named taiyimen jumped down from the flying boat.


    If these mortals alone don''t have the strength to walk, I''m afraid it will take a lot of time to get on the flying boat.


    Fortunately, these taiyimen friars have long been prepared. Although their accomplishments are not high, everyone can play a role.


    These taiyimen friars took out a lot of talismans and cast them on the crowd in the camp.


    The spells such as Ganlin mantra, Qi therapy and rejuvenation kept falling, and the mortals who were dying began to recover their spirit one after another.


    The cultivators of taiyimen are more powerful than ordinary people. After they have cast magic spells such as divine power and strong body, they have greatly increased their strength one by one.


    Or support or hug, or hug or back, a mortal was sent to the flying boat.


    There are also some mortals who are in good physical condition and can move themselves. They take the initiative to rush to the flying boat without being greeted.


    The operation went smoothly and took much less time than expected. When all mortals were sent to the flying boat, the two second-order flying boats immediately took off and flew in the direction of mingshafang city.


    The second-order flying boat not only has a much larger capacity than the first-order flying boat, but also has a much faster speed.


    But in the blink of an eye, the two flying boats had fled without a trace.


    All mortals were rescued. Meng Zhang''s purpose of this action has been achieved. Naturally, there is no need to continue fighting.


    First, the friar of the Yang family. Yang Xueyi had left a hand and didn''t exert her best.


    It is still relatively easy to decide to break away from the battle.


    Although Yang Xueyi is young, she has great authority among the friars of the Yang family. Under her strict order, even if they were unwilling to do so, the friars of the Yang family had to give up the fight and begin to evacuate.


    After several moves to push back the friars of Qingzhu mountain, Yang Xueyi and others jumped on the first-order flying boat.


    The flying boat had been hovering in the air, and it was easy to turn and fly away.


    The green bamboo mountain friars on the top of the mountain are all gas refining friars. Naturally, they don''t have the ability to fly. They can only watch the enemy''s flying boats fly away.


    Looking at the flying boat flying in its own direction, Meng Zhang knew that it was time to retreat.


    Meng Zhang and others had the upper hand. It was not difficult for them to leave if they wanted to.


    Wen qiansuan and others fully waved the nine palace wind and fire flag in their hands, cooperated with Meng Zhang and Jue Ying, and drove the enemy back.


    Then one by one, they boarded the flying boat orderly and quickly.


    This first-order flying boat could normally carry about ten monks. In an emergency, everyone had to squeeze in.


    After the people boarded the flying boat, the flying boat immediately flew in the direction of mingshafang city.


    This flying boat was a high-quality flying boat sent by Xu Chengxian, the leader of Linshan sect. It flies very fast. In this way, in the unwilling eyes of the monk of Qingzhu mountain, he disappeared into the horizon.


    The second-order flying boat can''t be used for the time being. They are also monks in the period of Qi refining. Even if someone has the Runes of wind resistance, floating and other spells, he can only barely move in the air, but he can''t catch up with the speed of the flying boat.


    In the sky, the two elders of green bamboo mountain watched the enemy escape and saved all mortals.


    Great humiliation, it''s just great humiliation. The old man with bamboo stick is angry.


    The vulture and the lone wolf had no intention of fighting with the two friars of Qingzhu mountain. Anyway, they all work with money. If they can afford the employer''s price, then it''s OK.


    As long as the two elders of Qingzhu mountain are not ready to leave the battle and interfere in the affairs below. They simply paddled, seemingly carelessly dealing with the battle.


    But as long as the two elders of Qingzhu mountain deliberately interfere with the actions below. The lone wolf and the vulture will become serious, show their true skills and entangle the enemy firmly.


    Both vulture and lone wolf have their own Maces. As long as the old man with bamboo stick and the elder with bamboo gun are a little distracted, they will suffer a great loss immediately.


    Several times, the old man with bamboo stick and the elder with bamboo gun had to face their opponents honestly and could not distract him.


    When Meng Zhang and others successfully fled, the old man with bamboo stick finally couldn''t help it.


    "I''ll fight with you, thief of Shuangfeng valley."


    Before the words fell, the old man held up his bamboo stick and jumped at the vulture.


    In the eyes of the bamboo stick old man, if he dares to ruin Qingzhu mountain, there is only Shuangfeng Valley, which has always been at odds with Qingzhu mountain.


    Although there were a large number of friars in the foundation period in the surrounding area, they basically had their own origins.


    These two guys are hiding and revealing. They must be the friars in the foundation period of Shuangfeng valley. They are afraid of being recognized by others.


    Neither he nor the bamboo spear elder recognized each other, which was also very normal.


    During the foundation period of Shuangfeng Valley, there were many friars. They were always unfamiliar with each other, and they also hid their true faces.


    Faced with the old man who threw his life at him, the vulture gave a strange cry.


    "What do you mean, old man? Why do you try so hard?"


    "We have no grievances in the past and no hatred recently. Are you?"


    With strange words in his mouth, the vulture also showed his real ability. The body turns flexibly in the air, which is more flexible than a real hawk and falcon.


    Of course, the vulture will not fight hard with the old green bamboo man. It just takes him in circles in the sky by virtue of his flexible body method.


    The lone wolf cooperates very well to stop the bamboo spear elder from participating in the battle there.


    The bamboo spear elder is not as impulsive as the bamboo stick old man.


    The life and death of a group of mortals in the Yang family is irrelevant. As for several monks of the Yang family, they are even lost dogs. Even the Yang family in its heyday was easily destroyed by the green bamboo mountain, not to mention several escaped fish.


    It would be foolish to work hard with two mysterious foundational friars for this matter.


    Slaughtering the whole Yang family and using the ordinary people of the Yang family to lead out the remaining friars of the Yang family, so as to cut down the grass and root. The whole thing was advocated and pushed by the old man with bamboo sticks.


    Even the bamboo spear elder set up an ambush here, which was forcibly pulled by the old man with a bamboo stick. He was unwilling to do so.


    Seeing the old man with a bamboo stick being led away by a vulture, the elder with a bamboo gun began to deal with the job.


    The lone wolf who was fighting with him immediately sensed the other party''s attitude.


    Therefore, the two tacit understanding played Taiping boxing, and they didn''t have the mind to fight seriously.

 Chapter 151

    The vulture deliberately led the old man with a bamboo stick in a big circle in the sky. Seeing the flying boat go away, it is estimated that the other party can''t catch up at all.


    Consciously completing the task, he didn''t even say hello to the lone wolf, so he threw away the old man with a bamboo stick and flew away into the distance.


    At the end, the vulture showed its true speed. Between a few breaths, it disappeared in the eyes of the old man with bamboo sticks.


    Seeing the vulture fly away, the lone wolf no longer entangled with the bamboo spear elder, so he directly left the battlefield.


    The bamboo spear elder also had no intention of chasing and watched the other party away.


    The bamboo stick old man flew to the bamboo gun elder.


    "Shuangfeng Valley is too hateful. This matter can''t be finished like this."


    The bamboo spear elder perfunctorily said a few words, but he thought to himself: Qingzhu mountain and shuangfenggu have not dealt with for many years. No one will give face to anyone, and no one can help anyone. Most of today''s affairs will be over.


    On the other side, two second-order flying boats carrying Yang''s mortals galloped all the way. Instead of stopping in mingshafang City, they flew directly back to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s flying boat also met no obstacles and returned to taiyimen safely.


    The Yang family were rescued from mortals and were in poor health. However, with the various means of practitioners, as long as they do not die on the spot, they can basically be cured.


    After being cured, almost all mortals were placed in the sweet water oasis.


    According to the agreement with Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi led the rest of the Yang friars to worship Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time. Do you want these friars of the Yang family to leave their names on the soul book.


    As long as the friar willingly leaves his name on the soul book, from then on, life and death are all controlled by the master of the soul book.


    Finally, Meng Zhang gave up the plan.


    Relying on this means to ensure the loyalty of disciples is not a royal practice, but an unorthodox means. Even if the friars of the Yang family agreed at that time, I''m afraid they will secretly resent and alienate themselves from the sect in the future.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang asked Li Xuan to leave his name on the soul album, which was also an expedient measure.


    At that time, Taiyi gate was too weak to withstand twists and turns. Moreover, Li Xuan was born in the Li family. As an old Youzi who is hard to get along with in the cultivation world, he is inevitably infected with some bad habits in the cultivation world and can not fully win Meng Zhang''s trust.


    The friars of the Yang family are not old, they are all natural jade with a good mind, and have not been affected by some bad habits in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang, who made the decision, soon held a grand entrance ceremony in the door and officially included these Yang friars in the door.


    All the other monks of the Yang family have returned. Yang Xueyi really surprised Meng Zhang.


    She took the initiative to tell Meng Zhang that she was a top-grade spiritual root, and her physique was the attribute of the five elements.


    As long as there is a foundation pill to assist, the foundation can be built successfully. Even if there is no foundation pill, there is a great chance that the foundation can be built successfully.


    With Yang Xueyi''s qualifications, it''s strange that the elders of the Yang family didn''t let her join a big sect such as Qingzhu mountain and even Feihong sect.


    Yang Xueyi is only 16 years old. She is already an excellent fufu teacher.


    It seems that the threshold for entry is not high. It seems that everyone can practice it.


    But in fact, Rune making is a skill that depends on talent. A monk with insufficient talent can master at most a little of the fur of Rune making. If you want to take this as a sideline, it is estimated that you will lose blood and spit blood.


    There is a lot of knowledge in talismanship. Talent and effort are indispensable if you want to cultivate to a high level.


    Yang Xueyi herself happens to have these conditions.


    In addition, in addition to the friars of the Yang family, few outsiders know that Yang Xueyi is also an excellent spiritual cook who can cook a lot of spiritual food.


    The so-called medicine tonic is not as good as food tonic. All kinds of spiritual food made by the spiritual kitchen have many benefits for practitioners, and unlike pills, they will leave erysipelas.


    One of the main sources of income of Lin quanguan sect is to set up restaurants in the market, and the spiritual kitchen provides all kinds of spiritual food.


    Meng Zhang has read some records of previous generations of leaders in the leader''s Chronicle. The major sects in Middle Earth basically cultivate some spiritual kitchens to make all kinds of spiritual food to recuperate their disciples.


    Among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial, there are several recipes. But in the past, there was no spiritual kitchen in taiyimen. These recipes had to be put there to make ash. Now, it can come in handy.


    Like a recipe for Yangyuan soup, the ingredients are easy to get, but it is very good for Mengxin practitioners who have just embarked on the road of cultivation. It can regulate their vitality and strengthen their flesh.


    There is also a hot and burning soup, which can help the friars in the later stage of Qi refining purify Qi and save the time of grinding Qi.


    The most valuable thing is a five flavor soup, which can help to refine Qi, perfect friars, regulate their physical and mental state, and increase the success rate of foundation building.


    As long as Yang Xueyi learns these recipes, the benefits are too great for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang felt that he had really found treasure. It''s worth taking any risk for an excellent talent like Yang Xueyi.


    When the Yang family worshipped Taiyi gate, they also got news from the green bamboo mountain.


    There is no airtight wall in the world. Meng Zhang dispatched so many disciples of Taiyi sect this time, and did not deliberately hide everyone''s identity, plus the fate of the Yang family afterwards. With the intelligence capability of Qingzhu mountain, it is not difficult to know what Taiyi gate has done.


    Taiyi gate is a vassal of Shuangfeng valley. Taiyi gate dares to fight against Qingzhu mountain. There must be the support of Shuangfeng valley behind it.


    Qingzhu mountain also pays attention to the rules this time. Instead of directly finding Taiyi gate, it sent messengers to inform Shuangfeng Valley and asked them to hand over all the disciples of Taiyi gate who participated in the rescue of the Yang family.


    Shuangfenggu, which has always been used to bullying, only commands others. Where can others tell what to do with their own family. Qingzhu mountain is not Feihong sect. What qualifications do you have to order Shuangfeng Valley?


    Shuangfenggu arrogantly refused the request of Qingzhu mountain, and the law enforcement elder Shan Ying mocked the messenger of Qingzhu mountain in public. After a verbal argument, the two sides almost started.


    In the following period of time, the relationship between shuangfenggu and Qingzhu mountain became more tense. The drama staged by the two sides repeated again. The two sects had constant disputes and kept spraying guns at each other.


    There are Shuang Fenggu to cover up Taiyi gate. At least in the open, there is no alternative to Taiyi gate for the time being. As for whether to make some small moves secretly, it is unknown.


    At least for a short time, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry too much about the trouble from Qingzhu mountain.


    After such a big event, Meng Zhang became much more low-key. For a long time after that, they hid in the door and practiced honestly.

 Chapter 152

    Meng Zhang''s quiet days had not passed for a few days. Shi Weiming, an old friend, came to the door again.


    After a few greetings, Shi Weiming directly said, "headmaster Meng, brother, I have brought you a great opportunity to get rich."


    Hearing the word "get rich", Meng Zhang was also moved.


    Taiyimen has had some financial problems recently.


    Shuangfenggu supports taiyimen this time not only because taiyimen is a vassal of shuangfenggu. But Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate to spend a lot of spirit stones to dot up and down and feed several elders of shuangfenggu.


    He has money to take and can save the face of his old friends. Why not do Shuangfeng Valley.


    After all, taiyimen''s mining of baizang earth mine in the past two years is a white job. All the hard money they earn is cheaper than those in Shuangfeng valley.


    In addition, the cost of the black market is also huge. Meng Zhang borrowed a lot of spirit stone from Jue Ying to fill the hole.


    Although jueying has never pressed for payment, let alone the interest. However, with Meng Zhang''s character, it is impossible to keep the money owed to girls for a long time.


    If it were not for secretly selling red copper ore to dihuomen, it would be a little difficult for taiyimen to maintain the daily operation of the sect.


    The big storehouse of Taiyi gate and Meng Zhang''s pocket are in urgent need of spiritual stones.


    Meng Zhang is really interested in Shi Weiming''s opportunity to get rich. But then I thought that taiyimen had such a big show and hit Qingzhu mountain in the face. Recently, it''s better to keep a low profile and don''t regenerate the accident.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to get involved in too much trouble.


    After Shi Weiming finished, he saw that Meng Zhang was not very moved, so he explained it carefully for him.


    More than two years later, the mirage secret land will open.


    The so-called secret realm is generally a completely independent space, which is not on the same level as the present world.


    When the Zijin sect ruled the endless sand sea, the yuan God Zhenjun of the sect spent a lot of effort to open up this secret territory as a place for the disciples in the Qi refining period.


    This secret place is the mirage secret place, which is located in the center of the mirage desert.


    After the fall of Zijin sect and the rise of Feihong sect. The Feihong sect without the true king of the yuan God can neither open up a new secret realm nor completely master the mirage secret realm.


    Mirage secret place is used as a secret place to train Qi refining disciples. Of course, only Qi refining disciples can enter. There are countless treasures in it as rewards for disciples who have passed the test.


    Zijin sect has been dead for a long time. Without external supplement, these treasures have almost been consumed. However, all kinds of miraculous medicines planted in the secret place have become more and more abundant with the deepening of the year.


    Shi Weiming handed Meng Zhang a book as he spoke.


    Meng Zhang then opened it and found that there were details of some miraculous medicines. It is illustrated with pictures and texts, and it is quite detailed. Including the growth environment and picking methods of these miraculous herbs.


    What is recorded in this book is all kinds of miraculous medicines needed to refine and build Jidan.


    There are two common prescriptions for building foundations.


    One needs four main drugs and eight auxiliary drugs. All these miraculous medicines can be collected in the mirage secret land.


    In addition, it needs the inner pill of the third-order monster as the main medicine and the four flavor elixir as the auxiliary medicine.


    Monster from the second to third order, is an essential change. The third-order monster not only has the combat effectiveness of real people in the golden elixir period, but also has the wisdom not weaker than human beings. It is very difficult to hunt. Moreover, in the endless sand sea, the third-order monster is very rare.


    Feihongzong used all kinds of collected elixirs to refine Jidan. Shi Weiming offered more than twice the price of feihongzong. If you can collect several miraculous medicines for refining Jidan, you can exchange them for Jidan according to the conditions of Feihong sect, and there are a large number of additional Lingshi subsidies.


    After years of trading, Meng Zhang still trusts Shi Weiming''s reputation. He was a little repellent to entering the secret place.


    Taiyi disciples are now in a period of rapid growth. They must not sacrifice in the meat grinder in the mirage secret place.


    Meng Zhang went inside to kill and work, but he lacked enough motivation.


    With a top-grade spiritual root, building a foundation is a natural thing. There is no need to build a foundation pill at all. As for earning spirit stone, there is no need to do so.


    Meng Zhang is now at least the head of the sect, and the development of Taiyi sect is on the right track.


    At present, although there are some financial problems, with the development of various industries, it only takes a few years to solve this problem.


    As for obtaining opportunities in the mirage, Meng Zhang is not interested.


    What kind of opportunity is not as important as your own life. In the place where monsters are rampant and many malicious practitioners are around, the danger can be imagined.


    As long as they are not the son of fate and immortal, no one dare say that they will be able to retreat.


    Now is not the stage of starting from scratch. After a certain accumulation, we should be careful to be stable. If the risk is out of proportion to the return, you can''t do it.


    Meng Zhang restrained his greed and declined Shi Weiming''s request, saying that he had no interest in the mirage secret place.

 Chapter 153

    Next, no matter how Shi Weiming persuaded and lured, Meng Zhang didn''t let go and didn''t want to go to the muddy water.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang could not be persuaded, Shi Weiming was only disappointed. Before leaving, he not only hoped that Meng Zhang would think more about it, but also left a book. The books are all about mirage.


    After seeing Shi Weiming off, Meng Zhang opened the book and read it.


    The information about the mirage secret place recorded in it is indeed very detailed. Some places suitable for the growth of miraculous drugs are introduced in detail. There are also warnings about various dangers in the secret realm.


    If the information recorded in this book is used as a guide, it is indeed twice the result with half the effort. If you are lucky, you can gain a lot in the mirage secret land.


    But Meng Zhang was still unmoved and was not ready to enter that place.


    Meng Zhang once entered the testing place of taiyimen and gained a lot.


    As a disciple of Taiyi sect, he is like a fish in water and has the help of God. Not only successfully avoided various dangers, but also obtained many precious inheritance.


    Mirage secret land is a secret land left by Zijin sect. Whether friars of Feihong sect or other forces are foreign invaders to the secret land.


    Feihongzong replaced the Zijin sect in the endless sand sea, but he did not inherit all the heritage of Zijin sect, let alone the ability of Zijin sect.


    After Fei hongzong entered the endless sand sea, the mirage secret land was opened many times.


    Every time it is opened, there will be a bloody storm, in which countless monks have died and injured.


    Of course, it is recognized in the cultivation world that the reason for such heavy casualties is that Feihong sect can''t control the secret territory. The secret territory has been out of control, so the danger has greatly increased. Second, all friars kill each other and fight each other. There are too many things like killing, looting, vicious hatred and so on.


    However, after understanding this history, Meng Zhang felt that the reasons were not so simple, and there were other factors.


    Zijin sect is at least an authentic sect. It will not cultivate its disciples in the same way as raising poisonous insects and let them kill each other.


    The purpose of establishing a secret place of trial is to train and improve disciples, not to let disciples die in it.


    Such a situation in Mirage secret place is completely inconsistent with the original intention of Zijin sect.


    Combined with his experience in the place of trial, Meng Zhang always felt that there was a great strangeness in the mirage secret land. For the sake of safety, you''d better stay away from that place.


    He made up his mind. Meng Zhang completely put it aside and devoted himself to cultivation.


    Two years later, Meng Zhang is 27 years old.


    That night, Meng Zhang used to absorb the Qi of Taiyin at a high place and quench the real Qi in his body.


    Suddenly, I felt something in my heart. A wisp of extremely pure Taiyin Qi fell over the Chaoyang slope from the high and unpredictable moon.


    Meng Zhang, who sensed the change of Qi mechanism, immediately operated the Dharma door contained in the sun moon rotation Sutra and pulled the pure Taiyin Qi into his body with a secret method.


    With the help of this ray of Taiyin Qi, Meng Zhang finally broke the last pass in his body. True Qi spreads smoothly all over the body without any hindrance.


    With this wisp of Taiyin Qi out of the body, Meng Zhang''s cultivation finally entered the Ninth level of Qi refining.


    Gas refining jiuzhong is another step away from the foundation period. Next, Meng Zhang only needs to spend some time polishing Qi and adjusting his physical and mental state, so he can try to build a foundation.


    Meng Zhang, who closed his eyes tightly, felt the state in his body before he opened his eyes.


    He was stunned by what he saw when he opened his eyes.


    The trace of Taiyin Qi expelled by Meng Zhang seems to have changed because it is contaminated with a certain smell in Meng Zhang''s body.


    That wisp of Taiyin Qi happened to meet the power of the moon falling from the air.


    After the two met, there was another wonderful change. A cold mass of light appeared in the air not far from the ground, like the moon.


    This is only a palm sized light mass, revealing a strong smell of the moon, and soon fell to the ground.


    "Meow." after a meow, a little milk cat came out of nowhere and ran to the front of the light.


    This little suckling cat, not much bigger than a mouse, is estimated to have not been weaned. I don''t know where the strength came from. Unexpectedly, I rushed to the light group, opened my mouth, showed my lovely baby teeth, and tore it desperately.


    The light mass was torn off half by the little milk cat, and the remaining half floated slowly into the air.


    While swallowing and biting the torn half of the light mass, he made bursts of unwilling calls towards the other half of the light mass.


    At this time, a bird the size of a fist fell from the air like lightning. Fly to the half light, open your mouth and peck at it quickly.


    But in a moment, the light was divided into two parts and swallowed up by a small milk cat and a small bird.


    Things happened so fast that Meng Zhang didn''t respond.


    Soon after the light ball entered the belly, the baby cat fell to the ground and fell into a deep sleep. Later, the bird also fell from the air and fell to the ground, entering a sweet dream.


    Meng Zhang waved and two little animals fell asleep, so he called them into his hands.


    After careful examination, Meng Zhang understood what had just happened.


    A ray of pure Taiyin Qi was incorporated into his body. When he broke through the realm, he was stained with an inexplicable breath and changed to a certain extent.


    The Qi of the Taiyin, which was expelled from the body, met the power of the moon, and some wonderful changes took place again.


    That light mass is actually some kind of spirit object similar to Emperor Liuzhi.


    The little milk cat and the little bird, with bad luck, happened to be nearby.


    Emperor Liujiang, which can help all kinds of birds, animals, plants and monsters to open their intelligence and increase their potential, has a fatal attraction for these two small animals. They follow the guidance of instinct and are desperate to swallow it.


    Swallowing the two small things of the light mass and falling into a deep sleep is just digesting the benefits just obtained.


    Recently, it happened that Linggu was mature, which attracted countless birds to peck.


    Although the spirit field is guarded by the array, the array does not have all-weather power, and there are many loopholes at ordinary times.


    These clever birds know the benefits of swallowing the Spirit Valley. They cleverly peck the Spirit Valley secretly through the loophole.


    Hu Jing, an internal disciple who is proficient in animal control, released all idle red feather eagles and let them hunt and expel these birds.


    This little bird can avoid the hunting of the red feather eagle and successfully enter here through the loophole of the Dharma array. It''s really a little skill.

 Chapter 154

    As for the little milk cat, it is Hu Jing''s hand and tail.


    That year, Meng Zhang bought several pairs of mountain patrol dogs from mingshafang city and gave them to Hu Jing to practice the art of resisting animals.


    Hu Jing domesticated these pairs of mountain dogs and used them to guard the house and patrol the mountain gate. They are very easy to use.


    Hu Jing, who was greatly encouraged, bought several pairs of demon cats from the market.


    Although the shops selling demon cats kept bragging about how extraordinary and powerful these demon cats were, they had the blood of shadow fierce cats and changeable demon cats.


    But in fact, these demon cats are the lowest level monster, and their blood is nothing strange.


    If we only talk about combat effectiveness, it is not much better than ordinary people.


    Hu Jing put the domesticated demon cats into the spirit field and asked them to hunt mice, voles and other thieves, which saved the spirit farmers a lot of energy.


    This baby kitten is the cub of one of the female cats. I don''t know what happened, but at this time, I appeared here.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart that emperor Liujiang was a spirit thing that the big demons had to compete for. The thing he made himself had the effect of emperor''s fluidity, but it fell into the stomach of two little guys.


    The two weakest little guys, who are estimated to be unable to beat even ordinary people, can have such opportunities. Things in the world are really wonderful.


    Meng Zhang''s creation of the light cluster was also a coincidence. It was indispensable for favorable weather, geography and people. There''s nothing he can do to get him to make another mess.


    All along, Meng Zhang wanted to raise a spiritual pet.


    Lingchong has various wonderful functions for practitioners. Many times, it can be of great help.


    But Meng Zhang''s vision is very high. He doesn''t care about many good looking monsters at all.


    For so many years, he has not found a spiritual pet in line with his heart.


    Now he looked at two little things, but he was a little excited.


    The spiritual pet that a cultivator can keep is limited. From a rational point of view, Meng Zhang should not waste his precious spiritual pet quota on these two useless and weak little guys.


    However, Meng Zhang, who has always been smart and rational and good at distinguishing various advantages and disadvantages, has become somewhat perceptual at the moment.


    This scene happened tonight, he thought it was the fate of God and the opportunity.


    Since he embarked on the road of truth cultivation, Meng Zhang has more and more understood the meaning of the sentence "responding to people according to nature".


    This time he will obey his inner thoughts and be willful once.


    Meng Zhangyun looked at the two little guys carefully again.


    Little milk cat or little milk cat is basically good for nothing except being cute. Unfortunately, not born in the sprouting is the world of justice.


    The bird seems to be a hummingbird. The biggest feature of this bird is that it flies as fast as lightning and moves very flexibly. When in the air, even the foundation building friars can''t catch it without special magic tools or secrets.


    I wanted to give the two little guys a nice name, but Meng Zhang, who has naming difficulty, thought about it for a while and didn''t think of a satisfactory name. We can only put this problem aside for a while. Anyway, the two little guys can''t wake up for a while.


    Next, Meng Zhang not only became familiar with the new realm of cultivation, but also practiced some spells. Like refining the sun''s true fire and refining the Taiyin''s true water, it has never stopped.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang broke through the Ninth level of gas refining, Yang Xueyi also successfully broke through the seventh level of gas refining and became a monk in the later stage of gas refining.


    Through the observation and contact in the past two years, Meng Zhang felt that Yang Xueyi was actively integrating into taiyimen. Her performance was satisfactory in all aspects and she was able to entrust the important task with confidence.


    After discussing with the Taoist priest Hotan town and Qingling, Meng Zhang appointed Yang Xueyi as the elder of the Fu hall, who was specially responsible for matters related to the manufacture of Fu books in the door.


    The so-called Fu Tang only exists in Meng Zhang''s imagination and is waiting for Yang Xueyi to create it.


    In addition, after tasting Yang Xueyi''s craft, the people of Taiyi gate have always recommended her as the dining room manager of Taiyi gate.


    With Yang Xueyi''s performance bit by bit, she will fully integrate into the Taiyi gate step by step. She will have higher authority in the Taiyi gate, and all kinds of classics in the Sutra Pavilion will be gradually opened to her.


    In the past two years, all affairs of taiyimen have been very smooth, and all industries have operated in an orderly manner.


    There are people in charge of the chores in the sect. Most of the common affairs are handled by the common affairs elder Tian Zhen. Meng Zhang can practice without interruption.


    Meng Zhang, who is in a good mood, has steadily improved his accomplishments.


    According to his idea, it''s best that such days can last forever. I can hide in the sect all the time and grow indecently. I will never go out and make a fool of myself.


    But the tree wants to be quiet and the wind does not stop. Things in the world can not be satisfactory. You don''t get into trouble, but things happen to you.


    Two days before the thick earth God''s routine speech, Jue Ying came to Taiyi gate.


    Over the years, Jue Ying has visited many times and has been very familiar with Taiyi gate. Especially during the time when the God of the thick earth would give a routine lecture, she usually came uninvited.


    Jue Ying came to Taiyi gate this time, but the purpose was not to listen to the Dharma of the thick earth God, but to have a very urgent matter.


    After meeting with Meng Zhang, she slowly spoke out the purpose of her trip in a quiet room.


    It turned out that some time ago, Qingzhu mountain sent people to contact the black market and wanted to hire experts from the black market to kill Taiyi gate.


    The black market politely rejected the request of qingzhushan because of the shadow.


    Qingzhu mountain also found out that Meng Zhang was an expert in the foundation period hired from the black market last time, blocking the old man with a bamboo stick and the elder with a bamboo gun.


    I didn''t know it before. Once I know it, qingzhushan has many means to affect the black market.


    Green bamboo mountain has officially informed the black market that it should not continue to let taiyimen hire people in the black market against green bamboo mountain.


    The internal situation of an organization like the black market is very complex. With the face of fallen leaves, Jue Ying has great power in it, but it is far from covering the sky.


    The black market seems to live in the dark and detached, but in fact, many forces in the cultivation world have an impact on the black market.


    As a local snake rooted for hundreds of years, Qingzhu mountain is also inextricably linked with the black market. There are many hidden implications that are unknown.


    Qingzhu mountain is a powerful force with several monks in the foundation period who can compete with Shuangfeng valley. Taiyimen is a small force without even a friar in the foundation period.


    It is conceivable that the black market should be biased towards that side.


    Jue Ying tried her best, and at most let the black market agree to keep the two sides neutral in the next conflict between taiyimen and Qingzhu mountain.


    With the strength of green bamboo mountain, even without the help of the black market, you can easily wipe out Taiyi gate.


    If taiyimen can''t hire strong people from the black market, it can''t stop Qingzhu mountain.


    Green bamboo mountain is already organizing a team to secretly attack Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 155

    When Meng Zhang heard the news, Shuangfeng Valley could not have blocked Qingzhu mountain for Taiyi gate.


    If you keep it for a long time, you will lose. If you are not careful, Taiyi gate will be attacked by Qingzhu mountain.


    The initiative has the final say in what others want to do.


    Meng Zhang regretted that he had underestimated the forces like Qingzhu mountain and left too many hands and tails.


    The strong Revenge of Qingzhu mountain was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation. Meng Zhang''s deterrence to Shuangfeng Valley is too overestimated.


    Qingzhu mountain really kills Taiyi gate. Will shuangfenggu fight against Qingzhu mountain for just one Taiyi gate? Even if Shuangfeng Valley wants to do so, Feihong sect will not let it do whatever it wants.


    The level is still too low. Meng Zhang misjudged the behavior style and means of these great forces in the cultivation world. What''s more, they didn''t understand the real relationship between the Xiuzhen forces under the rule of Feihong sect.


    If the Jue Ying didn''t report to the door this time, Taiyi gate might be destroyed.


    Jue Ying analyzed Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang found his previous omissions.


    Of course, Meng Zhang always felt that he had done nothing wrong in recruiting friars of the Yang family. Besides, Yang Xueyi''s talent and beauty alone are worth taking a great risk.


    His only mistake was to underestimate the green bamboo mountain and didn''t take a more secure means to save the Yang family.


    Now green bamboo mountain is going to destroy Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate will never sit and wait to die.


    In fact, Meng Zhang is lucky. Due to the changes in the mirage secret place, it will be opened in more than a month, much earlier than before. Qingzhu mountain still doesn''t care about Taiyi gate for the time being.


    For Qingzhu mountain, the mirage secret place is opened once a hundred years, which has too many opportunities and benefits. Just a taiyimen, its importance can''t be compared at all.


    Green bamboo mountain was originally intended to attack the elite team of Taiyi gate. It should be used in the mirage secret place first.


    In fact, every hundred years or so, a mirage is opened. Every time it is opened, it is a rare opportunity for many Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea.


    With such a period of buffer, Meng Zhang had more time to respond.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and discussed with Jue Ying before making a decision.


    Meng Zhang decided to strike first and disrupt the layout of Qingzhu mountain.


    Meng Zhang has a simple plan. However, to realize this plan, we need strong enough combat effectiveness. Among them, at least two friars at the foundation period level are required.


    The way to hire friars in the foundation period from the black market is blocked, and the master of jueying leaves can''t move easily because he is trapped by magic Qi.


    As for shuangfenggu, let''s not say whether we can invite the foundation building friars of shuangfenggu. Meng Zhang''s action alone should be highly confidential and should not easily divulge information.


    Meng Zhang called the God of thick earth before him.


    "Thick soil, you once broke out the combat effectiveness at the level of foundation period. Now if you are given enough stalactites, what can you do?"


    The thick earth God was silent for a moment before he replied, "there should be no problem suppressing ordinary friars in the early stage of foundation construction. It''s just that the fighting time should not last too long."


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with his reply.


    At present, there is still a lack of combat effectiveness at the foundation period level.


    When making this plan, Meng Zhang had a plan in mind.


    Leaving the Jue shadow in the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang rushed to mingshafang city to meet Shi Weiming.


    When Shi Weiming saw Meng Zhang, his face was full of joy: "leader Meng, have you changed your mind and prepared to go to the mirage secret place?"


    In the past two years, Shi Weiming has visited taiyimen many times to persuade Meng Zhang to change his mind and go to the mirage secret land to collect miraculous medicine. But every time, Meng Zhang politely refused.


    As the opening time of the mirage secret land approached slowly, Shi Weiming was very worried. Now Meng Zhang appeared in front of him. He thought Meng Zhang had changed his mind.


    Meng Zhang shook his head slowly and said, "brother Shi, I still said that I won''t enter the mirage secret place. I have something urgent to ask brother Shi for help this time."


    Shi Weiming was disappointed and asked listlessly, "if there is anything wrong with leader Meng, please just say it. As long as I can do it, there will be no ambiguity."


    "Little brother, I want to borrow a hand from brother Shi to help entangle an elder of the foundation period in Qingzhu mountain." Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and directly said his intention.


    "No, no, absolutely not. As I said earlier, we just want to do business in peace of mind and will never get involved in the disputes between your local sects." Shi Weiming kept shaking his head after hearing Meng Zhang''s request.


    "Moreover, the strength of our gang is weak. How can we compete with the foundation period elders of Qingzhu mountain."


    Meng Zhang smiled. "Let''s be frank. This time, I want to ask elder Gu Tanghai to help me."


    "With your close relationship, it''s not difficult to do this."


    "How do you know Gu Tanghai''s relationship with us?" Shi Weiming''s face immediately darkened.


    Meng Zhang smiled without saying anything, which seemed very mysterious.


    Last time, Shi Weiming introduced Gu Dashan, Gu Tanghai''s nephew, as a witness to the struggle between taiyimen and the Zhao family. While Gu Dashan was unprepared, Meng Zhang read his mind with his heart and learned a secret.


    It turns out that Gu Dashan and his family have an inseparable relationship with Shi Weiming and belong to the same secret force.


    As for the intelligence of this force, Gu Dashan hid it deeply in his heart, and Meng Zhang couldn''t read it.


    Now, Meng Zhang is also running his mind to read Shi Weiming''s mind. Although he could not read too deep thoughts, some superficial thoughts could not hide from Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s unfathomable appearance, Shi Weiming was silent for a while before he said; "I don''t know where headmaster Meng knew about it. Please keep it secret for us."


    "If leader Meng wants to threaten us with this matter, leader Meng will have the wrong idea."


    "Surely, leader Meng doesn''t want to have another enemy."


    "I don''t mean to threaten you. Brother Shi thinks too much," Meng Zhang said.


    "I just want a fair deal."

 Chapter 156

    While talking to Shi Weiming, Meng Zhang took out a black ginseng from the spirit box he carried with him.


    This plant of Scrophularia has been heated for more than 500 years, which is very rare. Most importantly, in Shi Weiming''s book on the recipe for building Jidan to Meng Zhang, it is clearly recorded that Xuanshen, which has a heat of more than 500 years, is an auxiliary medicine for refining Jidan.


    Last time, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying picked a large number of black ginseng in the purple gold sect Friar''s cave. Jueying was too troublesome. Neither she nor master ye ye knew spirit planting and alchemy, so she gave all these Xuanshen to Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi gate, he transplanted all the Xuanshen into the Taiyi gate.


    Over the years, all these Scrophularia have grown quietly in the spirit field. Except that Yang Xueyi occasionally took two shallow ones to cook soup, they were basically unused.


    After reading the book brought by Shi Weiming last time, Meng Zhang knew that the radix Scrophulariae with a heat of more than 500 years was an auxiliary medicine for refining and building Jidan.


    Seeing Meng Zhang take out the Scrophularia, Shi Weiming''s face changed greatly. His originally chilly expression was swept away. He looked a little excited.


    Meng Zhang saw this and then handed him the plant.


    Shi Weiming carefully took over the Scrophularia and carefully checked it.


    "Yes, yes, it grows naturally. It is not forced to ripen with aura. It can be used to refine and build Jidan."


    "How much do you have? How much do you have? I''ll take it all at a high price." Shi Weiming said eagerly.


    Meng Zhang did not answer, but smiled without saying anything.


    Seeing this, Shi Weiming became calm.


    "Come on, what conditions do you want to trade?"


    "I used two Xuanshen plants with a heat of more than 500 years in exchange for elder Gu Tanghai''s hand to help entangle the foundation period elder of Qingzhu mountain." Meng Zhang put forward the condition.


    "Two Scrophularia are far from enough. Elder Gu Tanghai is a master in the middle of foundation construction, and he still deals with green bamboo mountain." Shi Weiming shook his head.


    Next, they had a fierce bargain. You came and I went for a long time before they finally reached an agreement.


    Meng Zhang offered four black ginseng plants with a heat of more than 500 years in exchange for Gu Tanghai''s hand to help entangle the foundation period elder of Qingzhu mountain.


    After reaching the agreement, Shi Weiming kept beating around the bush with a flattering smile, asking how many miraculous drugs Meng Zhang had in his hand.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pick many Scrophularia from the purple gold sect monk''s cave, especially those with a heat of more than 500 years.


    This time, if he didn''t have to, he wouldn''t take out these Xuanshen to trade.


    Casually perfunctory, Shi Weiming said a few words, and Meng Zhang took the initiative to switch off the topic.


    After agreeing contact information with Shi Weiming, Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen to prepare for the next action against Qingzhu mountain.


    More than a month later, the mirage desert, located more than 4000 miles east of huojingfang City, has long become very lively.


    Mirage desert is a special desert in the endless sand sea.


    The weather here is unpredictable, the sand dunes move frequently, and the terrain is not fixed. Moreover, mirages and other illusions often appear in the desert.


    Every hundred years or so, various illusions appear more and more frequently in the mirage desert, especially when huge palaces begin to appear in the center of the desert, which means that the mirage secret land will be opened.


    When these palaces first appeared, they were all illusory illusions, composed of clouds and smoke. The shape of the palace is constantly changing and its position is constantly moving.


    Over time, these visions will slowly become real. Everything in the palace feels real.


    Halls, pavilions, pavilions, flowers and leaves, all seem to be true. Ordinary practitioners in the period of refining Qi can''t tell at all.


    This process of changing from virtual to real and from illusion to reality takes no fixed time.


    It takes a month or two for a short time and three or five months for a long time. Anyway, the time is uncertain. It can be long or short.


    Therefore, whenever the Centennial period is approaching, the major forces in the endless sand sea will send monks to stay near the mirage desert for a long time. Once the huge palaces begin to appear, they will immediately notify the major forces so as not to miss the opening period of the mirage secret land.


    More than a month ago, green bamboo mountain was ready to attack taiyimen.


    But in the mirage desert, a huge palace group suddenly appeared. Moreover, according to the calculation of experienced monks, the time for the palace group to change from virtual to real is relatively short, and it may only take more than a month.


    Therefore, Qingzhu mountain had to give up attacking Taiyi gate temporarily and focus on the mirage secret place first.


    Anyway, Taiyi gate can''t run there. First deal with the secret place, and then clean up Taiyi gate slowly.


    The mirage secret place is too important to Qingzhu mountain. You can''t be distracted.


    In the mirage desert sky, there was a thunderous roar. The huge palace complex in the center of the desert has become more and more real.


    Finally, the roar stopped, the huge palaces no longer changed and moved, and completely stabilized. The huge palace buildings look unreal. They are clearly living palaces.


    Led by the foundation period friars of major religious forces, a large number of religious practitioners began to move from the edge of the mirage desert to the palace group in the center.


    When it was close to the palace group, all the friars in the foundation period stopped one after another. Only the friars in the Qi refining period kept moving forward.


    All the monks in the foundation period did not dare to get too close to the palace group. Because there is a mysterious force in the palace group, which will actively repel the nearby friars in the foundation period.


    As for the golden elixir immortal, anyway, the golden elixir immortal of Feihong sect has never been close to the mirage desert, and I don''t know why.


    After entering the palace group, all the monks in the Qi refining period will enter the mirage secret realm through the inner portal.


    In addition to the alchemy friars of the major forces, many disguised and sneaky friars entered the palace group from different directions.


    Friar Fei hongzong ignored these guys during the foundation period.


    The more human friars enter the mirage, the greater the threat to monsters. All kinds of miraculous medicines picked by most friars finally fell into the hands of Feihong sect through various ways.


    Those refining friars can stay in the mirage for a month. If you haven''t come out for more than a month, you have to wait until the next hundred years, and the mirage secret land opens again.


    Of course, it''s hard to say whether the monks in the Qi refining period can live to that time.


    The longest theoretical life span of monks in the period of Qi refining is two Jiazi, that is, 120 years. But most of the monks in the period of Qi refining can''t live to be 100 years old.

 Chapter 157

    The two friars who led the team in Qingzhu mountain during the foundation period happened to be the old man with bamboo stick and the elder with bamboo gun.


    Originally, such a big event should be the opportunity that Qingzhu mountain waited for a month and finally came.


    What they released together was the second-order talisman ghost fire Yin wind talisman.


    I saw a dark wind blowing towards the green bamboo mountain friars, and green flames appeared in the air, mixed with the dark wind.


    After a month''s birth and death, and many hard struggles, now they are physically and mentally exhausted.


    Seeing that they were about to meet with the elders of the foundation period in the gate, they finally relaxed and lost their final defense.


    A second-order ghost fire Yin wind talisman made a mess of the unsuspecting Qingzhu mountain friars, and took many friars'' lives.


    Meng Zhang and jueying drank a few drops of stalactites and quickly recovered the mana they had just consumed.


    Almost at the same time, the ground shook violently, and ten huge sand insects suddenly came out of the ground and jumped on the panicked friars of Qingzhu mountain.


    With Hu Jing''s increasing attainments in the art of controlling animals, Meng Zhang had already given her the special magic weapon of insect jar. She controls the sand bugs inside.


    These sand insects strengthened by the insect jar can be used not only for mining, but also against the enemy. They are also very powerful weapons.


    Hu Jing, who had long disguised herself and hid on one side, made these sand insects rush into the friars of Qingzhu mountain and completely disturbed their ranks.

 Chapter 158

    Ten huge sand insects come and go among the monks of Qingzhu mountain. For a moment, there was no one to stop.


    Meng Zhang and jueying drank the stalactite, restored most of their mana, and cast a second-order Rune again.


    Four sharp swords, standing in the air, are respectively located in the four directions of southeast and northwest, surrounding all the friars of Qingzhu mountain in the middle.


    Black, cyan, red and yellow, four sharp swords with different colors, under the control of Meng Zhang, rotate at high speed and move towards the monks of Qingzhu mountain in the center.


    As long as you are slightly wiped by these four sharp swords, you will immediately end up with blood and flesh flying and broken hands and feet.


    The talisman of this quadrupole Ming sword is the most powerful among all the second-order talismans owned by Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang''s current accomplishments are very difficult to control.


    In this ambush on Qingzhu mountain, Meng Zhang almost emptied the family property of Taiyi gate and took out all his cards.


    A mighty lion puppet rushed into the crowd and began to kill.


    The second-order puppet needs to consume the middle-class spirit stone all the time in order to maintain its activity ability. However, the combat effectiveness shown can also afford this consumption.


    Before entering the mirage secret place, these green bamboo mountain friars certainly had many powerful means hidden in them. Some were issued by the Pope and prepared by himself.


    A lot of second-order talismans, all kinds of Yin thunder, and even second-order puppets have been prepared.


    Not to mention the second-order monsters, even those who are surrounded by them during the foundation period will inevitably suffer.


    However, in the mirage secret place, in a month''s time, in the face of strong enemies from all sides and many life and death wars, these means have long been exhausted. In order to win as many elixirs as possible, they used up all their cards.


    The exhausted division after a long war has run out of ammunition and food. In case of a carefully prepared ambush, there will be no big loss.


    If we really want to fight fairly, these more than 20 Qingzhu mountain friars are enough to crush Taiyi gate. But neither time, place nor people have an advantage. They can only end up losing with hatred.


    Jueying''s body flashed and disappeared in the crowd under the cover of everyone''s shadow, seizing every opportunity to sneak attack. Every time a sneak attack is successful, one more body will appear underground.


    Zheng Chao, who was born in San Xiu, was chosen by Meng Zhang after several tests after worshiping Taiyi gate. He was also given an important task in the ambush on Qingzhu mountain.


    This guy who looks rough on weekdays has always fought bravely. At this time, the behavior is a little obscene.


    He walked around quietly, holding a long rope.


    Whenever a disciple of Qingzhu mountain falls down, the long rope rolls around his waist like a spirit snake and takes away all the storage bags tied around his waist.


    But in a short time, Zheng Chao had a fruitful harvest, and his body was full of storage bags embroidered with the logo of green bamboo mountain.


    Whether taiyimen ambushes Qingzhu mountain friar this time is to lose or earn depends on Zheng Chao''s ability.


    I watched the disciples fall one by one in front of me, but there was nothing I could do. The two foundation building elders of Qingzhu mountain have red eyes and trembled with anger.


    All the people of Taiyi sect had been disguised by Jue Ying in a unique way before they took action. They also did not expose their unique skills and spells. The two bystanders, who built the foundation of Qingzhu mountain, naturally could not recognize their true identity.


    As for jueying himself, he almost never shows his true face. And even if she reveals her identity, she is not afraid of the Revenge of Qingzhu mountain.


    The sudden mysterious enemy had premeditated. He caught the flaw and ambushed the disciples in the Qi refining period, causing heavy losses to all the disciples.


    The old man with a bamboo stick and the elder with a bamboo gun were also a little confused when they were angry.


    When did green bamboo mountain get into such a mysterious enemy?


    The battle continued, and the resistance of the disciples of Qingzhu mountain was not strong. One body after another fell, and fewer and fewer people were alive in the field.


    A disciple of Qingzhu mountain finally broke through and ran to the two elders of our school.


    As long as you cross a short distance, you can meet the two elders and get the protection of the two elders.


    The two green bamboo mountain builders became nervous and kept staring at the disciple.


    There is only one last step to enter the safe area. However, the difference between this step is that you can never step over it.


    Jue Ying''s body jumped out of the shadow behind him, and a dark short knife in his hand cut his neck quickly.


    The blood arrow spurted wildly and his head was different. The disciple of Qingzhu mountain fell helplessly.


    Jue Ying made a provocative gesture to the two foundation building elders in Qingzhu mountain.


    Seeing the disciple fall in front of him, the corpse is within reach, but he can''t do anything. The old man with bamboo stick is out of anger. Jue Ying''s provocation made him furious and almost lost his mind.


    "Damn you." the old man of bamboo stick roared, like a crazy tiger, and suddenly jumped at the shadow.


    "Don''t be impulsive." the bamboo spear elder couldn''t stop it. He didn''t hold the angry old man''s bamboo stick.


    Around the mirage secret place, there have long been means left by the predecessors of Zijin sect to prevent all friars in the foundation period from approaching.


    The old man''s body just jumped out, as if he had hit an invisible barrier and was bounced back.


    At this time, a figure sprang out of the ground and rushed at the old man with a bamboo stick.


    The thick earth God will use the earth hiding technique. He has been hiding underground for a long time and has been waiting for the opportunity.


    Now the once-in-a-lifetime fighter finally appeared.


    The God of thick earth made every effort to break out, and unexpectedly broke out the power of the peak in the early stage of foundation construction.


    His outbreak time is limited and must be decided quickly. He didn''t try to entangle with his opponent slowly, but a shot was a dangerous close fight. He vowed to defeat his opponent in the shortest time.


    The thick earth God covered his whole body with a thick stone armor cage. A pair of big fists swung heavily at the old man who had just been bounced off.


    The bamboo stick old man tried his best to raise his bamboo stick and parry the attack of the thick earth God general.


    The bamboo spear elder was ready to stop when the thick earth God General appeared.


    But at the same time, a figure fell from the sky, and several fierce spells blasted at the bamboo gun elder.


    The bamboo spear elder has no time to distract him. He can only protect himself for the time being.


    Gu Tanghai, who also hid his identity, was overwhelmed by a few spells.


    Gu Tanghai picked up a big bargain this time. His intended opponent should be the bamboo sword elder, the first expert of Qingzhu mountain.


    But the bamboo sword elder had something to do temporarily. Instead, the bamboo gun elder led the team.


    After entering the foundation period, it is more difficult for practitioners to practice and advance, and the gap between each realm becomes more obvious. Leapfrog challenges have also become more rare.


    The gap between the middle stage and the early stage of foundation construction is so large that ordinary monks such as bamboo spear elder despair and can hardly be crossed.

 Chapter 159

    Gu Tanghai''s accomplishments in the middle of foundation building can be regarded as a strong one in the nearby areas. Even in order to hide his identity, he didn''t show his real skills, let alone show his symbolic means, but it''s still not something that the bamboo spear elder can resist.


    As long as he wants, he can kill the bamboo gun elder on the spot at some cost.


    Of course, he would never do that.


    Meng Zhang, the employer, gave him a reward before he agreed to do it. He and the bamboo spear elder had no resentment in the past and had no hatred recently. Killing each other would not do any good.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang only asked him to entangle a foundation building monk in Qingzhu mountain. He is a man who keeps to his duty and will never do more than half of the work required.


    Gu Tanghai, who made a disguise, didn''t even expose his real strength. He easily entangled the bamboo gun elder, so that he couldn''t get away at all.


    On the other side, the bamboo stick old man was weak in his momentum in the face of the hard-working thick earth God.


    The old man with bamboo stick is old and qualified. In Qingzhu mountain, he should be given three points, including the leader qingzhuzi. Outside, everyone scruples about the power of green bamboo mountain and will give him three points of face.


    But in fact, because he is old, his Qi and blood have begun to decline, and his cultivation has long slipped from the peak. Among the friars in the early days of foundation construction, they were relatively weak.


    In contrast, the thick earth God general, relying on the secret method, temporarily promoted the complete cultivation of Qi refining to the early stage of foundation construction. Although the memory is incomplete, after all, it used to be the existence of Jindan real person level, and the experience and vision are still there. After a few moves, the old man with bamboo stick was firmly suppressed.


    "Bang Bang..."


    It was the bamboo stick in the old man''s hand, and the fist of the thick earth God began to collide.


    After being approached by the thick earth God, he didn''t have the ability of reading and living the Dharma like immortal Jindan. He didn''t have time to cast the Dharma at all. Only reluctantly and thick earth gods will fight hard.


    The name of thick earth God general has the word thick earth. In addition to being good at all kinds of earth magic, it also has a profound meaning.


    Each blow of his fist was as heavy as a thousand, like a mountain, and pressed the old man with a bamboo stick.


    The way of fighting is close combat, which is unfamiliar to the old man with bamboo sticks. He has lived in dignity for many years. How could he have fought with people so hard.


    The rhythm of the battle is completely controlled by the thick earth God, which makes the bamboo stick old man completely passive.


    However, after a few hard bumps, the old man couldn''t support it. He gushed blood in his mouth and his body kept retreating.


    The thick earth God will be reasonable and unforgiving. He will chase after others while winning and punch harder than before. He has drained almost every potential in his body by using his secret method.


    The aged and frail old man with bamboo stick, after blocking dozens of punches, finally couldn''t support it. His body fell to the ground and was killed alive by the thick earth God in this rough way.


    Poor old man bamboo stick is also an old qualified foundation building friar. He has many secrets and many hidden cards. However, after being seized by the thick earth God, all the means were too late to show, and he died on the spot.


    If he is not attacked by the thick earth God, he will take the opportunity to give him sufficient reaction time. Even if the enemy can''t defeat the thick earth God general, he won''t die so easily.


    It''s also hard for the bamboo gun elder. He did everything he could to get rid of Gu Tanghai''s entanglement. If Gu Tanghai''s men hadn''t kept him, he might have suffered a loss long ago.


    The bamboo spear elder is not a fool. He knows that the other party doesn''t know why and doesn''t try his best. He only had the mind of not seeking merit but no fault. When he saw the move, he opened the move and slowly parried the other party''s spell.


    When the bamboo stick old man died in the hand of the thick earth God general, he was suddenly frightened.


    In such a short time, you can kill the old man with bamboo stick, an expert at the same level, so that you have no time to rescue. What a terrible opponent.


    Seeing that the thick earth God would kill the bamboo stick old man, he turned his eyes to himself. The bamboo spear elder was so frightened that the dead took risks. He tried to fight Gu Tanghai''s spell and fled here as quickly as possible with his injury.


    The bamboo spear elder''s body soared up and fled to the distance.


    Gu Tanghai didn''t want to stop him and let the bamboo gun elder escape.


    The thick earth God looked at Gu Tanghai a little angrily and was very dissatisfied with his water release behavior of red fruits.


    However, the strength of the breath of the thick earth God general who just broke out began to decline. It was difficult for him to maintain the combat effectiveness during the foundation period.


    In order to prevent Gu Tanghai from seeing through the reality, the thick earth God will use the earth hiding technique to sneak underground and get out of Gu Tanghai''s sight.


    Those Qingzhu mountain friars who were still struggling between life and death saw that the two foundation building elders who took over their side fled as soon as they died, and their morale immediately fell sharply. More will not firm people, heart like death, lost fighting spirit.


    After a hard struggle, all the monks who survived from the mirage secret place died in the ambush of taiyimen.


    Search for booty, destroy corpses and deal with battlefield traces.


    Meng Zhang took the people, skillfully completed these steps, and immediately fled here.


    Gu Tanghai just said hello and left in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang and others fled the scene and secretly returned to Taiyi gate. But I don''t know that an uproar has been set off in Qingzhu mountain.


    There are only four famous friars in the foundation period in Qingzhu mountain. Now one is dead and one is injured, which has hurt the muscles and bones.


    All the refining monks who go to the mirage secret place are the elite of green bamboo mountain. Most of the monks who can survive the mirage will grow into the mainstay of the sect in the future. Now all of them are dead, which has shaken the foundation of the sect.


    More serious things, more than that.


    As a loyal subordinate of Feihong Zong, when Feihong Zong''s foundation Dan is relatively rich, Qingzhu mountain can occasionally buy a foundation Dan from Feihong Zong at the friendship price of 10000 inferior spirit stones.


    Of course, in this way alone, Qingzhu mountain cannot have several foundation period elders. There are two other ways to obtain the foundation Dan.


    First, the friar of Qingzhu mountain tried his best to collect all kinds of spiritual objects and went to Feihong sect to exchange them for building foundation pills.


    But the endless sand sea is already very barren. The better places are the territory directly under the jurisdiction of Feihong sect. Qingzhu mountain''s collection of spiritual objects is entirely dependent on heaven and purely depends on luck.


    The second and most critical way. When the mirage secret place is opened every hundred years, green bamboo mountain sends elites out to pick or seize from others, and makes every effort to collect all kinds of miraculous drugs, especially several main and auxiliary drugs needed to refine the foundation pill. With these miraculous medicines, we can exchange the foundation pill from Feihong sect.


    But now, all the disciples who came out of the mirage secret place fell dead, and the magic medicine on them naturally became the booty of others. The consequences are very serious.

 Chapter 160

    In order to win over such close forces as Qingzhu mountain, every hundred years or so, when Feihong Zong''s Jidan is a little richer, Qingzhu mountain can exchange one.


    This century, green bamboo mountain has been exchanged once.


    Among the several foundation building monks in Qingzhu mountain, the youngest is over 100 years old. The opening time of mirage is almost once a hundred years.


    During the foundation period, the theoretical longest life span of the cultivator is four Jiazi, that is, 240 years old. But in fact, most of the foundation building monks in the endless sand sea can''t live to be 200 years old.


    This means that if we can''t get the foundation building pill from Feihong sect in other ways, the friars in the foundation building period of Qingzhu mountain are likely to be cut off.


    Feihongzong doesn''t open a good hall. Zhu Jidan, a strategic material, is not rich. Among the Feihong sect, there are some friars with perfect Qi refining, who are slowly lining up to receive the foundation Dan.


    If there is no sufficient benefit or reason, feihongzong will not easily release additional foundation building pills.


    In other words, Qingzhu mountain either desperately collects the spirit objects that can move Feihong sect in exchange for additional foundation pills. Or pray every day and hope that God bless the emergence of talented disciples who can build a foundation without building a foundation Dan in Qingzhu mountain.


    Otherwise, Qingzhu mountain will fall into the dilemma of being out of touch, and lose the protection of monks in the foundation period a hundred years later.


    There is no foundation period in the door, and the cultivators guard it. The green bamboo mountain, which has a big family and a big business, can not keep the foundation inherited by its ancestors, or even its own inheritance.


    Meng Zhang''s initiative has plunged Qingzhu mountain into a crisis of disconnection of inheritance.


    Compared with the existence of the sect, the resentment with Taiyi sect is nothing to mention. There''s nothing left to deal with Taiyi gate in the troubled green bamboo mountain.


    On the one hand, Qingzhu mountain also tried its best to investigate the real murderer of ambushing the disciples of the sect, and tried its best to find the stolen elixir. On the other hand, Qingzhu mountain will try its best to get additional foundation pills from Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang''s action is not seamless, but there is no obvious evidence, let alone clues for tracing.


    Even if the green bamboo mountain thought of Taiyi gate, the most powerful fighting force on the surface of Taiyi gate is Meng Zhang, who is nine times of refining Qi. Even the thick earth God who has completed refining Qi rarely appears in front of outsiders.


    It is absolutely impossible for taiyimen to dispatch two practitioners during the foundation period. Moreover, the black market also made it clear that it had not helped Meng Zhang.


    The builders in the foundation period are not Chinese cabbage in the ground. In the nearby areas, all the builders in the foundation period basically have names and surnames, and have a certain identity and status.


    What Qingzhu mountain is doing now is to check out those known builders in the foundation period one by one, hoping to find clues.


    The builders of the foundation period in the surrounding area say more and less. If the external builders in the foundation period are also included in the investigation list, this range will be even larger.


    Take your time to check the green bamboo mountain. As long as we delay enough time for Meng Zhang to successfully build the foundation, Taiyi gate will have the power to compete with Qingzhu mountain. It doesn''t matter if the truth is exposed.


    When he panicked up and down the green bamboo mountain, Meng Zhang had already returned to taiyimen and began counting the booty.


    These green bamboo mountain friars who enter the mirage will not bring a lot of spirit stones, let alone precious treasures.


    Most of the pills and talismans they carried have been exhausted in the mirage secret place. The most precious thing they carry is all kinds of magic medicine.


    After careful counting, the most important ones are the main medicine for building Jidan, the Radix Polygoni Multiflori with a heat of more than 500 years, and the auxiliary medicine for building Jidan with four flavors.


    According to the exchange rules set by Feihong Zong, these miraculous medicines can be exchanged for two foundation pills in Feihong Zong.


    It seems that the disciples of green bamboo mountain have had a great harvest in the mirage secret place. But now it''s cheap, Meng Zhang.


    Jue Ying helped a lot this time. Of course Meng Zhang won''t treat her badly.


    Meng Zhang promised to give Jue Ying one in exchange for two foundation pills.


    Jue Ying certainly accepted it. Any friar in the period of Qi refining will not turn it out.


    Thinking of the close relationship between feihongzong and Qingzhu mountain, Meng Zhang is not going to exchange feihongzong for Jidan. After all, it''s too suspicious for taiyimen to take out these miraculous drugs at once.


    Feihongzong has always promised that feihongzong will keep all the changers confidential. For hundreds of years, feihongzong has a good reputation in this regard.


    However, Meng Zhang decided to give these elixirs to Shi Weiming. I''m not greedy for that extra spirit stone, mainly just in case.


    When Meng Zhang came to Shi Weiming with the promised five hundred year old Radix Scrophulariae, Shi Weiming was happy. When he took out the main medicine and auxiliary medicine for refining and building Jidan, Shi Weiming was even more ecstatic.


    After Meng Zhang gave these miraculous medicines to Shi Weiming, he asked when he would get the foundation building pill promised by Shi Weiming.


    At this time, Shi Weiming began to hesitate.


    Meng Zhang ran his mind and read it carefully while Shi Weiming was unstable. The information obtained almost didn''t kill Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that Shi Weiming was a white wolf with empty hands. The wild alchemist behind him simply didn''t collect all kinds of miraculous drugs needed to refine the foundation pill. Before, I had no experience in refining Jidan.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was trapped by Shi Weiming this time. But now that the matter has come to this point, Meng Zhang can''t go back.


    The only good thing is that Shi Weiming still plans to keep his promise. He solemnly promised that once zhujidan was successfully refined, it would give priority to mengzhang.


    In addition, most of the elixirs provided by Meng Zhang for refining Jidan have been collected. Shi Weiming has also made every effort to collect the remaining deficiencies. For the alchemist behind him, Shi Weiming is full of blind confidence, convinced that he will succeed in refining the foundation building pill.


    In refining and building Jidan, Shi Weiming is more urgent and attentive than Meng Zhang.


    Although he didn''t immediately give the promised foundation Dan, Shi Weiming paid for the additional spirit stone promised to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang secretly reminded himself that he couldn''t trust Shi Weiming too much. Years of trading relationships are not entirely trustworthy.


    Of course, at least so far, they are allies on the same ship, and each needs the other.


    Shi Weiming mastered the secret of Meng Zhang''s ambush on Qingzhu mountain, but accepted Meng Zhang''s elixir. They wanted to keep the secret more than Meng Zhang.


    Because once the secret is leaked to Qingzhu mountain, it is the top priority of Qingzhu mountain to take back the elixir for refining and building Jidan rather than revenge taiyimen.

 Chapter 161

    After Meng Zhang left Shi Weiming, he was in a bad mood. He has always been cautious. This time, he was cheated by Shi Weiming, an old acquaintance.


    After many years of trading relationship, Meng Zhang got help from Shi Weiming several times, which made Meng Zhang relax his guard.


    Meng Zhang was secretly alert and constantly reminded himself that there are too many intrigues in the cultivation world. He must be more careful and vigilant in the future.


    After returning to taiyimen, a great event happened. Two little guys who had been sleeping for a long time woke up.


    Since the last benefit from Meng Zhang, the two little guys have fallen into deep sleep.


    Fortunately, in the process of sleep, their bodies spontaneously absorb Reiki from the outside world and supplement the consumption of their bodies, so they don''t starve to death alive.


    After sleeping so long, the two little guys finally woke up.


    After waking up, the two little guys rushed over very affectionately as soon as they felt the smell of Meng Zhang.


    The bird flew to Meng Zhang''s head and kept circling around Meng Zhang''s head. The kitten pounced on Meng Zhang''s feet and kept pulling Meng Zhang''s trouser legs.


    These two energetic, cute little guys make Meng Zhang''s originally depressed mood much better.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t see through the two little guys completely by using the broken delusion method. He just found that their potential increased greatly and had a better future.


    And more importantly, the intelligence of the two little guys is very high. They are much smarter than ordinary human children.


    For low-level monsters, wisdom is the most important trait, even more important than combat effectiveness.


    After making out with Meng Zhang for a while, the two little guys ran to one side and began to fight.


    I probably remember that the bird robbed half of its own light mass. The kitten has always been very dissatisfied with the bird. Whenever you have a chance, chase it around.


    The bird is not a fuel-efficient lamp. Originally, it can easily get rid of the kitten at its speed, but it deliberately reduces the flight height and slowly teases the kitten to chase it.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and gave each of the two little guys a name.


    The bird is male and flies very fast, so its name is chasing electricity.


    The kitten is female, green all over, shiny hair, especially a pair of green pupils, very cute. The whole body is like a whole piece of glass, so its name is colored glass.


    Probably understanding Meng Zhang''s name for his family, the two little guys rolled around happily.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally made up his mind and decided to let these two little guys become his spiritual pet.


    Meng Zhang felt that he was so awesome that he no longer needed the spirit pet of Niu. Only those who are not strong enough will need the spirit pet of strong enough.


    As long as the owner is strong enough, even if the pet can only sell cute, it doesn''t matter much.


    After the spirit agreement, the two little guys officially became Meng Zhang''s spiritual pet.


    From then on, they were not monsters, but spirit beasts with masters. When Meng Zhang is powerful, they can also stand up to others and have authority on all sides. If Meng Zhang becomes immortal, they will also rise to heaven and become immortal animals.


    After dealing with the two little guys, Meng Zhang went into penance again. He, who has been refining Qi for nine times, should begin to polish his true Qi, adjust his body, and strive to refine Qi as soon as possible.


    During Meng Zhang''s retreat, there was a sudden change outside, and a lot of great events happened.


    Meng Zhang ambushed the monk of Qingzhu mountain outside the mirage secret place and didn''t enter the secret place, so he didn''t know what happened inside.


    The monk who entered the mirage secret place in Shuangfeng valley was besieged by many powerful monks.


    Friar Fei hongzong gathered many friars from various forces and deliberately killed friars in Shuangfeng valley.


    With the status of Feihong sect in the endless sand sea, no force dares to openly oppose it. Friar Fei hongzong has a very high appeal. He can summon friars of major forces just by shouting.


    Friar Shuangfeng Valley is not a fool. Even if the other party is feihongzong, people''s knives have reached their necks. Naturally, they will fight back.


    Unfortunately, Shuangfeng Valley is not only inferior to people, but also outnumbered. After a hard struggle in the mirage secret place, almost all the troops were destroyed except one or two escaped.


    Friar Qingzhu mountain got such a good harvest this time because he found a bargain from friar Shuangfeng valley.


    Fortunately, because Shuangfeng Valley can refine small building foundation pills, the demand for miraculous drugs in the mirage secret place is not as urgent as Qingzhu mountain. Even if you can''t go to Feihong Zong to exchange for the foundation Dan, the friars during the foundation period will never be out of gear.


    After the news of the mirage secret land spread, Meng Zhang had returned to Taiyi gate and began to practice in isolation.


    Knowing what happened to monk shuangfenggu in the mirage, Meng Zhang had no choice but to sigh.


    Next, feihongzong''s various actions against shuangfenggu became more and more obvious, and his actions began to escalate slowly.


    First of all, feihongzong blocked the commercial routes of all caravans in shuangfenggu.


    At first, Fei hongzong did not allow shuangfenggu''s caravans to enter the territory directly under the jurisdiction of Fei hongzong. Then, under the strict order of Fei hongzong, the Xiuzhen forces around shuangfenggu, such as Liu family, Qingzhu mountain and even Lin quanguan, were all under the order of Fei hongzong, and shuangfenggu''s caravans were strictly prohibited from passing through their own territory.


    Next, all forces that have various transactions with shuangfenggu have terminated the transaction of shuangfenggu. Even the earth fire gate, which has always been detached, is no exception.


    Now, shuangfenggu has lost all its foreign trade channels.


    Things are not over yet. Under the leadership of friar Feihong, Qingzhu mountain, Liu family and Lin quanguan all sent people and horses to approach mingshafang city and block all the surrounding areas.


    Not only were all the caravans not allowed to get close to mingshafang City, but all the monks who came and went to mingshafang city were expelled one after another.


    The originally bustling mingshafang city suddenly became depressed.


    Shuangfenggu lost this important cornucopia, not only lost a large number of spiritual stones, but also almost all the material access channels.


    With Feihong Zong pressing on Shuangfeng Valley step by step, the noose around the neck of Shuangfeng Valley is slowly tightening.


    Now the Feihong sect still has some scruples about the face of famous and decent families and does not directly attack Shuangfeng valley. When feihongzong lost patience and completely tore off his mask, it was the time when Shuangfeng valley was in great danger.


    As for why feihongzong forced such a vassal force as shuangfenggu, the reason has long been spread.


    Shuangfeng Valley has the heart to fight against Feihong Zong. It wants to cultivate its own Jindan immortal, obtain an independent status and break away from the rule of Feihong Zong.

 Chapter 162

    Even Meng Zhang, a reclusive monk, was alarmed by a series of major events outside.


    Meng Zhang really doesn''t understand. The news of Shuangfeng Valley''s Secret cultivation of Jindan immortal should have been the top secret of Shuangfeng valley. How could the news leak out and become well known.


    In the past, some vague news about this came out secretly, and the spies of Feihong sect also found some clues. Meng Zhang also obtained some information from Li Nu, a spy of Feihong sect.


    But the news originally spread on a small scale, but I don''t know how it suddenly spread on a large scale.


    Feihongzong was not in a hurry to take action on Shuangfeng Valley, but was ready to observe the success or failure of Shuangfeng valley. If friar shuangfenggu really starts to knot pills, someone from feihongzong will stop him.


    After the news spread, not only shuangfenggu was very passive, but even Fei hongzong could not keep silent.


    As the overlord of endless sand sea, although it has never been explicitly stipulated, all forces know that Feihong sect will never allow other forces to cultivate Jindan immortal.


    Now Shuangfeng Valley shows signs of this. If feihongzong doesn''t do anything, it will contribute to this atmosphere and break his own prestige.


    Although feihongzong''s recent action is only aimed at Shuangfeng Valley, taiyimen, as a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley, has also suffered from the disaster of pond fish.


    The decline of mingshafang city has a great impact on taiyimen. Not only lost the income of the grocery store, but also lost a channel to purchase materials.


    The red copper ore secretly mined was secretly sold to dihuomen. However, in the current form, dihuomen should scruple the orders of feihongzong and only temporarily interrupt the transaction with taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate, as a vassal force of Shuangfeng Valley, was also blocked. Its disciples can''t go to mingshafang city and huojingfang city through the blockade of major forces.


    Feihongzong was thoughtful and worried that shuangfenggu would trade goods and materials under the pretext of vassal forces. Therefore, all caravans of vassal forces in Shuangfeng valley are not allowed to pass through the blockade.


    Taiyimen had a stable deal with laobulu, but laobulu temporarily stopped buying the baizang soil mine mined by taiyimen because of the order of feihongzong.


    The form is not too bad. At present, taiyimen has a certain ability of self-sufficiency.


    The Spirit Valley harvested every year can barely meet the needs of disciples. The Dan medicine transaction with Shi Weiming was just changed to a different place and was not greatly affected.


    Although the income from selling red copper ore was lost, shuangfenggu has always purchased baizang earth ore at the market price. After Lao Bulu stopped the acquisition, all baizang earth mines were purchased by shuangfenggu. Moreover, shuangfenggu kept urging taiyimen to invest more people and increase the mining volume as soon as possible.


    While taiyimen can still maintain, Meng Zhang is not too worried. What he has to do now is to build the foundation as soon as possible. With the strength of the foundation period, he will have stronger response ability in the next great changes.


    At a time when the situation around Shuangfeng Valley is changing and disturbing, the inner part of Shuangfeng Valley is also turbulent and treacherous.


    On that day, in the hall of the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, Shuangfeng Valley convened almost all elders and held a general meeting of elders to decide the next step of the sect.


    Now shuangfenggu is in the eye of the storm, which is the time of crisis. If a careless errand steps wrong, there will be a disaster of extermination.


    Xiao Haisheng, the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, who should have been in the top position, took the initiative to give up the top position at this Presbyterian meeting.


    Xiao Haisheng has been the leader of Shuangfeng Valley for many years and has great authority. Moreover, his accomplishments in the later stage of foundation building can be regarded as an expert in the whole endless sand sea.


    Fei hongzong is no more than three golden elixirs. He should also treat Xiao Haisheng, a monk in the later stage of foundation building, seriously.


    Not to mention anything else, Xiao Haisheng''s strength alone is actually enough to suppress the forces of the Liu family, Lin quanguan and Qingzhu mountain.


    Today, the old man sitting at the head of Xiao Haisheng obviously has a higher status.


    The old man''s name is Xiao Fengren. He is Xiao Haisheng''s uncle and a fake Dan friar.


    The so-called false Dan friars, that is, the friars who have built a perfect foundation, can''t knot Dan by normal means, but have to use heretical methods to knot false Dan.


    Whether in strength or longevity, the false Dan friars are far inferior to the real golden Dan friars. However, facing the friars in the foundation period, they have an overwhelming advantage.


    The false Dan friar has a life span of about 300 years, and the golden Dan friar has a life span of at least 500 years. The strength of false Dan friars is still above the perfect friars, but they can''t resist the real golden Dan friars.


    The real card of Shuangfeng Valley is not the so-called one door and ten foundations, but the fake Dan friar Xiao Fengren.


    More than a hundred years ago, shuangfenggu accidentally obtained an inner pill of a third-order monster.


    Taking the inner alchemy of the third-order monster as the main medicine, you can refine a furnace of foundation building alchemy.


    But the leader of Shuangfeng Valley at that time had other ideas.


    For one thing, Shuangfeng valley was able to refine a small foundation pill. Although the medicine is far less powerful than the real foundation pill, the success rate of foundation building after taking it by disciples is not high. But at least with Xiaozhu Jidan, the demand for Zhu Jidan is not so urgent.


    Second, the headmaster was soberly aware that there were several more friars in the foundation period in Shuangfeng Valley, which could not essentially improve the strength and heritage of Shuangfeng valley. More friars and less friars during the foundation period will not affect the survival of shuangfenggu.


    But with a false monk Dan, he can play a decisive role at the critical moment.


    Therefore, shuangfenggu contacted the experts of Jiuqu League and spent a lot of money to refine this third-order monster inner pill into an outer pill that can be used by practitioners.


    Xiao Feng knew that there was no hope of forming a golden elixir after he completed his foundation building. He took the initiative to refine this outer pill and became a false pill friar.


    Over the years, the information disclosed by shuangfenggu is the former talented disciple Xiao Fengren. Because Shou yuan is exhausted, he has already sat down.


    Xiao Feng''s blade is hidden in the door and will only take action at a critical moment. Only the elders in the foundation period in the gate know the existence of Xiao Fengren.


    Now, shuangfenggu holds a Presbyterian assembly related to the life and death of the sect. Of course, Xiao Fengren will not be absent.


    In the meeting hall, there was an old man who did not sit with other elders, but sat alone on one side.


    This old man, named Shan Feiyu, is the most talented disciple of the sect since the establishment of Shuangfeng valley. He is also the only object Shuangfeng Valley is preparing to cultivate into a golden elixir immortal.


    After years of vigorous cultivation and investment of resources at all costs, this unknown genius has built a perfect foundation long ago, only one step away from the golden elixir period.


    Of course, the difference in this step has baffled most of the monks who have built a perfect foundation, and few can cross it.

 Chapter 163

    The Presbyterian Council of shuangfenggu fell into a heated debate at the beginning.


    Many conservative elders did not agree to train the golden elixir immortal to go out from the beginning. They are very satisfied with the current status of Shuangfeng Valley and their own situation. They believe that it is not worth the loss to take the risk of offending Feihong Zong and try our best to train Jindan real people who go out.


    Now it''s just a little leak, which leads to the suppression of feihongzong. If it continues, I don''t know how feihongzong will react.


    If feihongzong really comes to the door, the foundation inherited by Shuangfeng Valley for hundreds of years will really be lost. At that time, the real draw water with a bamboo basket will be empty.


    There are also some elders with high morale who believe that shuangfenggu has been energetic for many years and has strong strength. Now there is only one golden elixir immortal, who can improve the status of the sect and soar to the sky. At this critical moment, we can''t give up, lest all our previous efforts be wasted.


    As soon as the elders of the two factions disagreed, they began to spray each other and quarrel.


    Xiao Haisheng, the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, sat on it and watched the elders quarrel. He felt a burst of inexplicable boredom in his heart.


    Xiao Haisheng once met feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong, several times. The other party, like him, is the cultivation in the later stage of foundation construction. Xiao Haisheng asked himself that feihongzi''s mind, means and abilities are not as good as himself. But every time Xiao Haisheng saw feihongzi, he had to take the initiative to bow his head and become a minister. Even between words, they have to flatter each other against their hearts.


    It''s also the leader of a school. Why should feihongzi overwhelm himself. Just because he is the leader of the golden pill sect and the Feihong sect, while shuangfenggu is just a building base sect.


    Xiao Haisheng is a subordinate of Feihong sect, and shuangfenggu is a vassal of Feihong sect.


    Every time I think of these, Xiao Haisheng has a strong reluctance in his heart.


    I thought this reluctance would last a lifetime. But unexpectedly, Shan Feiyu, a talented disciple of Shuangfeng Valley, brought Xiao Haisheng and the whole Shuangfeng Valley new hope.


    Shan Feiyu has the spiritual roots of the upper and lower levels. He has been cultivated by the sect since childhood.


    Since he embarked on the road of cultivation, he has been following the wind and water. There has never been a lack of cultivation resources, guidance from famous teachers and excellent inheritance.


    Shan Feiyu completed his Qi refining at the age of 25. At the age of 30, he successfully built the foundation without taking any auxiliary pills.


    After building the foundation, the cultivation also advanced by leaps and bounds. At the age of 135, he had completed the foundation period and was qualified to impact the golden elixir period.


    Over the years, Xiao Haisheng has invested various resources accumulated by shuangfenggu over the years to help Shan Feiyu consolidate the foundation and increase the success rate of the golden elixir period.


    Xiao Haisheng forcibly subdued the opposition of some elders in the door, traded with ghost friars, and paid many precious resources to let ghost friars refine jade soul liquid.


    Although the yin-yang reversal array built by ghost friars was destroyed because of the bad things of the Zhao family, they were unable to hand over the jade soul liquid.


    However, Xiao Haisheng still tried to provide other spiritual objects, coupled with Shan Feiyu''s own qualifications and hard cultivation, and finally completed the cultivation of the spirit.


    Now Shan Feiyu, Qi, spirit and body, are in a perfect state, meeting the requirements of the golden elixir period. Just need a suitable opportunity to rush through the customs.


    The road has taken 99 steps, only the last step. As the planner of the whole thing, Xiao Haisheng certainly can''t give up.


    Shan Feiyu, as a party to the golden elixir period, is a direct beneficiary. Of course, he will stick to it to the end.


    Seeing several elders still chattering against them, Shan Feiyu glanced at them.


    The sensitive elder shivered and suddenly remembered something.


    Shan Feiyu, who has been practicing perfectly for a long time during the foundation period, is the only one in the door except the false Dan friar Xiao Fengren

 Chapter 164

    At the age of 30, Qi refining is complete. Such cultivation speed is relatively fast in the endless sand sea.


    After the decline of taiyimen, there has never been such a cultivation wizard.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know that there is also a genius with top-grade Linggen in Shuangfeng valley.


    Meng Zhang is the spiritual root of the upper and middle level, and Shan Feiyu of shuangfenggu is the spiritual root of the upper and lower level, which is one grade worse than Meng Zhang.


    However, Shan Feiyu was born in the powerful shuangfenggu Valley, and his starting point is much higher than Meng Zhang. He has all kinds of conditions that the declining taiyimen can not provide.


    Shan Feiyu, who won at the starting line, had long left Meng Zhang far behind. At least now, Shan Feiyu is no longer comparable to Meng Zhang.


    Shan Feiyu was ready to attack the golden elixir period, and Meng ZhangCai began to prepare to build the foundation.


    Two equally gifted friars, without any intersection in their lives, have reached an important juncture.


    For Meng Zhang, as long as he builds the foundation successfully, many problems can be solved. Taiyimen will have a stronger adaptability in the next wind and rain.


    Although you have a top-grade spiritual root and don''t need to take the foundation building pill, you are very likely to succeed in foundation building. In order to ensure safety, Meng Zhang added an insurance for himself, or sent someone to ask shi Weiming for the foundation Dan he promised.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang sent several people to ask shi Weiming for Jidan. But I don''t know whether it was really not refined or whether Shi Weiming went back on his word. Every time he faced a visitor from taiyimen, he tried every means to shirk and find all kinds of excuses to be perfunctory, but he couldn''t hand in Zhu Jidan.


    This time is no exception. In the face of the thick earth God general sent by Meng Zhang, Shi Weiming is still the same. After talking nonsense for a long time, he just can''t hand in the building foundation Dan.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, the God of thick earth told Meng Zhang that Shi Weiming''s population is right and wrong, which is not enough for faith.


    Now building the foundation is the top priority. Meng Zhang has no time to entangle with Shi Weiming.


    It''s no big deal not to build the foundation pill. After you succeed in building the foundation, you can slowly settle accounts with Shi Weiming.


    According to the previous experience, Meng Zhang had better break through the foundation period on the second-order spiritual pulse.


    In order to make up for the quantity and quality of Reiki, you need to consume a lot of Reiki, and the effect is not as good as that of the second-order Reiki.


    Taiyimen didn''t master the second level spirit pulse. Originally, Meng Zhang was going to spend the spirit stone to borrow it from those sects with second-order spirit veins.


    Jue Ying was considerate and had already prepared for Meng Zhang.


    The place where the fallen immortal closes is a secret second-order spiritual pulse.


    This spiritual vein originally belongs to the black market, and immortal Ye lives there temporarily.


    Now Meng Zhang is ready to break through the foundation period and just go there for closure. It''s more convenient in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang arranged all the affairs in the door and set off with Jue Ying.


    Although feihongzong used vassal forces, he set up a blockade around him. However, the blockade is mainly aimed at large groups of people and caravans. For a few monks, the blockade effect is limited.


    Jue Ying is an old hand who is good at sneaking into the illegal immigration. After taking Meng Zhang around for a few times, he easily crossed the blockade and came to the closed place of fallen leaves.


    The fallen leaves disturbed by the evil spirit have been trapped in the fighting room for many years and are difficult to move.


    Meng Zhang was taken by Jue Ying and went to visit the elder.


    Deciduous did not hide. She told Meng Zhang all her experiences when she broke through the foundation period many years ago.


    Before that, Meng Zhang also carefully read the leader''s notebook and carefully read the cultivation experience of previous generations of leaders recorded above.


    Before the complete decline of Taiyi sect, those who could serve as the leader of Taiyi sect were basically monks above the foundation period. After the complete decline of Taiyi gate, even the leader is difficult to build a foundation and succeed.


    The foundation building experience recorded in the headmaster''s notebook is only a few words, not detailed.


    As for the thick earth God general, on the one hand, his memory has not been completely restored, and on the other hand, as a Dharma protector God general, his practice is still far from that of human practitioners. Meng Zhang has not gained much foundation building experience from him.


    Now the story of fallen leaves makes up the last short board of Meng Zhang.


    It''s not that without the experience taught by fallen leaves, Meng Zhang can''t build a foundation successfully, but with these experiences, Meng Zhang can take many detours and reduce many risks.


    No matter what the purpose of the fallen leaves is, Meng Zhang really wants to know her kindness.


    After the leaves imparted their experience, Meng Zhang left and came to the quiet room that had been prepared long ago.


    Meng Zhang first spent a period of time to slowly sort out what he had learned in his life. Combined with the experience of his predecessors, he thought about the barriers he would encounter when building the foundation.


    After careful thinking, he has a plan in mind.


    After slowly converging his mind, dispelling his thoughts and adjusting his physical and mental state, Meng Zhang began to attack the foundation period without turning back.


    As a transgressor, Meng Zhang''s spirit is much stronger than ordinary practitioners. After going in and out of the trial place for many times, his divine soul power has already reached the limit of friars in the Qi refining period.


    All conditions are met, the mind is tough enough, and the Tao heart is pure and flawless. Meng Zhang''s success in building the foundation is a matter of course, without any suspense.


    He began to break through the foundation period step by step according to the method recorded in the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    First, pure Qi works in the flesh to stimulate the spirit to react.


    The biggest difference between the foundation period friars and the gas refining period friars is that the divine consciousness was born smoothly.


    Divine consciousness is a newly born divine consciousness separated from the five senses. It has a sensing range of ten feet, which is very rare.


    With divine consciousness, many illusions aimed at the five senses lose their function.


    Seeing his own body, Meng Zhang can clearly sense that all internal organs, every muscle, every bone and every blood vessel in his body appear in his heart.


    After that, Meng Zhang can refine the flesh, especially the internal organs, without damaging himself.


    Finally, Meng Zhang used the newly born divine consciousness to guide the integration of Taiyin Qi and sun Qi to form a new sun moon Qi.


    The whole process of foundation construction has come to a successful end.

 Chapter 165

    With the success of foundation building, Meng Zhang''s life form has undergone essential changes. From then on, he finally had a foothold in the cultivation world.


    For ancient monks, building foundations was the starting point of practice. Before building the foundation, the cultivator can only be regarded as half a foot into the door of cultivation, and can not be called a real cultivator at all.


    Meng Zhang, after building the foundation, is about to usher in a new beginning.


    It was difficult for most of the monks in the cultivation world to build the foundation during the Qi refining period, so Meng Zhang passed it quietly.


    After the success of foundation building, Meng Zhang began to be familiar with the new abilities after foundation building.


    For the foundational friars, divine awareness is the most important ability. With the slow exercise in the future, the outward range and sensitivity of divine consciousness will gradually improve.


    Originally, during the Qi refining period, Meng Zhang was able to get the spirit out of the body, but he could not stay away from the body. In addition to entering special places such as the place of trial, the spirit can''t stay outside for too long.


    In the foundation period, Meng Zhang''s spirit can travel ten miles away. Moreover, his spirit, which has long stopped growing, can be promoted again.


    During the foundation period, friars have a special course, which is to improve the strength of the spirit and increase the ability of the spirit.


    In the early stage of foundation construction, it was just a simple wandering, at most against the strong wind. With the improvement of cultivation, the scope of wandering continues to expand.


    In the middle of foundation construction, the spirit can travel in the daytime against the sun. The spirit day tour is the symbol of the middle stage of foundation construction.


    At the later stage of foundation construction, the spirit can be attached to the body and give up. Even if the monk dies and the body is destroyed, there is a chance to start again.


    After cultivating the sun and moon Qi, Meng Zhang can use the sun Qi or Taiyin Qi alone, or combine Yin and yang to display the sun and moon Qi.


    This is not only the increase of tactical means, but also the essential improvement of Zhenqi.


    During the foundation period, the monks would rely on virtual means to resist the wind and fly against the wind, but it was only a path.


    After being familiar with the realm of the foundation period, Meng Zhang left the customs and came to the fallen leaves.


    Meng Zhang''s closing this time only took more than half a year to successfully exit the customs. Now Meng Zhang is still a few days away from the age of 31.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, the fallen leaves and Jue Ying were overjoyed. Although we know that Meng Zhang has a great chance of success in building the foundation, no one knows whether there is an accident until the real success of building the foundation.


    The fallen leaves told Meng Zhang a few words and let him continue to close the door, consolidate his accomplishments in the foundation period and be familiar with the means of the foundation period.


    Jue Ying brought Meng Zhang the latest news outside.


    The situation outside is still the same. Shuangfenggu is extremely embarrassed, but it has not been seriously damaged. Feihongzong was also strange. In addition to ordering the vassal to block shuangfenggu, he had no further action and didn''t know what he was waiting for.


    Taiyimen side, no major event happened, everything is still the same. The sect operates normally and the disciples are safe.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, is absent. Everyone in the sect knows that they perform their duties and maintain the operation of the sect.


    During the foundation period, only the second level and above spiritual pulse can meet the needs of daily cultivation. Otherwise, we will have to spend a lot of spirit stones and set up a special spirit gathering array.


    Anyway, there is no big event outside. Meng Zhang simply stays here to practice. It can be regarded as rubbing the second-order spiritual pulse.


    After another half year, Meng Zhang''s cultivation has been fully consolidated and can be called a qualified friar in the foundation period.


    Without further delay, Meng Zhang proposed to dispel the evil spirit for the fallen leaves.


    Taking so many advantages of others, now is the time to pay back.


    The fallen leaves and the vanishing shadow have provided so much help for the moment.


    Originally, deciduous still hesitated. I hope Meng Zhang can continue to cultivate for several years and deepen his cultivation, so as to have a greater grasp.


    However, considering the bad form outside, Meng Zhang might have some changes, which made him unable to get away and delayed expelling the evil spirit for the fallen leaves.


    Deciduous had made a 15 year agreement with Meng Zhang. Now the time is far from here, and Meng Zhang is ready to perform the contract.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was full of confidence, the fallen leaves were left to him. Speaking of it, the fallen leaves who have been tortured by the evil spirit for many years are a thousand times more eager than Meng Zhang.


    The next three months will be an arduous battle and an unprecedented test for Meng Zhang.


    The sun Qi burns the magic Qi, and the Taiyin Qi protects the fallen leaves. The sun and moon Qi after the integration of yin and Yang contains a bit of the true meaning of yin and Yang. It can attract Yin and Yang and is the bane of magic Qi.


    Cross legged, sitting opposite each other, ye ye and Meng Zhang began their joint journey.


    In the three months, both for deciduous leaves and Meng Zhang, they have experienced many passes and faced many dangers.


    Both of them underestimated the power of evil Qi.


    Evil Qi is not only a powerful infection, but also stubborn and difficult to eradicate. It is a kind of existence with some instinct, as if it were a living creature.


    Deciduous and Meng Zhang are not dealing with rigid forces, but with creatures with various reactions.


    Each time they exhausted their Qi, they quickly swallowed the pill to restore their Qi. The erysipelas accumulated quickly in their bodies.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying still have a lot of stalactites. With the alternative use of these stalactites, they can wait until they excrete erysipelas and continue to take new pills.


    Before the stalactites were exhausted, they finally succeeded in dispelling the evil Qi in the fallen leaves.


    This is an arduous battle. Meng Zhang has not only received unprecedented training, but also accumulated rich experience in fighting magic Qi.


    The fallen leaves are gone, the body is completely restored to normal, the cultivation has not been affected, and the foundation is still stable.


    Meng Zhang, on the contrary, was almost infected by the evil spirit many times and ended up in fallen leaves.


    Although I spent every time without danger, I still hurt my foundation a little.


    It is difficult to improve his cultivation until his foundation is made up.


    To make up for the foundation, if there is no special opportunity, it will take at least 20 or 30 years.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care much. Anyway, he was still young. It wasn''t a big deal to delay 20 or 30 years of cultivation. And if you can get the right spirit or elixir to make up for the loss of foundation, it''s even easier.


    The fallen leaves, which have been plagued by the evil spirit for many years, are very energetic once they get out of trouble.


    "Headmaster Meng, I won''t say much if you''d like to thank me. I''ll never forget the kindness of creation."


    "I thought it would be like this in my life, but you brought me new hope. I thought it would be good to keep my cultivation level after expelling the magic Qi. But I didn''t expect that the sun and moon Qi of leader Meng was really mysterious. Besides expelling the magic Qi, I could keep my foundation intact and keep my hope of breaking through the golden elixir period."

 Chapter 166

    "After years of confrontation with the devil, the old man has gained many new insights. He has gained greater confidence in breaking through into the golden age."


    "It''s leader Meng. You helped a lot this time, but your foundation is damaged. I''m really sorry."


    After working together with Meng Zhang for three months, she was also very clear about Meng Zhang''s situation.


    "It''s just a trivial matter. Don''t worry, elder." Meng Zhang said indifferently.


    The fallen leaves were silent and handed Meng Zhang a jade pendant.


    "Headmaster Meng, this is what I promised you."


    "With the qualification of leader Meng, the foundation period is definitely not the end of your cultivation. You also have the potential to break through the golden elixir period."


    "In the future, when you enter the later stage of foundation construction and prepare to form a pill, you can take this jade pendant to the boundary of Jiuqu alliance. At that time, you will get help and help you form a golden pill."


    The fallen leaves described in detail how to use this jade pendant and how to contact after arriving at the boundary of Jiuqu League.


    Deciduous had promised that Meng Zhang would give him a great benefit as long as he helped her get rid of the evil Qi in her body.


    The advantage is this jade pendant. I don''t know what the specific situation is, but it can help Meng Zhang form a golden elixir. Even if it can''t be used for the time being, its value is immeasurable.


    You know, the Feihong sect, which controls the endless sand sea, is only three golden elixirs. Recently, there have been so many incidents just because of the rumors about shuangfenggu cultivating Jindan immortal. It can be seen from this that what position does immortal Jindan have in the endless sand sea.


    Meng ZhangCai has just built the foundation. It is still early to form the golden elixir, and he has not considered this matter for the time being.


    However, Meng Zhang also believed that he would definitely impact the golden elixir period in the future, and his accomplishments would never stop at the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang carefully placed the jade pendant. Everything that helps to break through the golden elixir period can not tolerate the slightest slightness.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t help for the promised benefits, it was an unexpected joy to get this jade pendant.


    "Since I was hurt by the evil spirit, I have been exiled into the endless sand sea. Over the years, I have received a lot of care from the black market. Now I have recovered from my injury and it''s time to leave. Before I leave, I must say something and have a lot to tell."


    "Jue Ying, the girl, will leave with me. From then on, the relationship between leader Meng and the black market is bound to be less close. Before I leave, I will explain something. But how long my face can last is unknown."


    After listening to the words of fallen leaves, Meng Zhang was also helpless. He got a lot of benefits and help from the black market. Now the relationship with the black market has been affected, which is really not good news.


    For the specific origin of the fallen leaves and her relationship with the black market, she didn''t say it herself, and Meng Zhang didn''t ask much.


    "I''ll stay for about a month. If leader Meng needs any help from me, please don''t mention it." deciduous said generously.


    We have known each other for so long. It''s hard to say who took advantage of who. At least Meng Zhang felt that he had benefited a lot, and others did not owe him.


    Now the two are leaving and offer final help. Meng Zhang did not politely shirk, but thought carefully and made a request to the fallen leaves.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s request, deciduous agreed without hesitation.


    Half a month later, the fallen leaves took Meng Zhang and flew all the way to a hill thousands of miles east of mingshafang city.


    In the endless sand sea, such continuous hilly terrain is really rare.


    The hills of different heights are continuous and long, forming a long and large area of Hilly and mountainous areas.


    The fallen leaves take the lead and fly ahead to lead the way.


    After the foundation was built, the body passed high in the air, felt the fierce wind coming from the front, and looked down at the mountains below. Meng Zhang''s fallen leaves led Meng Zhang to a mountain, and then began to reduce the flying height.


    "In front is the hidden family residence of the Shi family. These remaining evils of the Zijin sect can really find a place to hide." deciduous said.


    Meng Zhang''s request for fallen leaves is to help him collect accounts and ask shi Weiming for a foundation pill that should be given to him.


    After ye ye promised, she quickly investigated the details of the Shi family with the help of the black market intelligence network.


    It turned out that the ancestor of the Shi family was a monk of the Zijin sect. After the demise of the Zijin sect, the Shi family has been hiding from the Feihong sect for many years.


    In the last hundred years, Shi Changqing, a gifted monk of the Shi family, finally settled down and began to manage his power.


    The secret residence of the Shi family also took a lot of effort in the black market to find out.


    There is nothing strange in the front place. Like the surrounding mountains, they are deserted mountains.


    Meng Zhang looked in the direction of the fallen leaves.


    Since entering the foundation building period, Meng Zhang''s natural power, breaking false magic eyes, has also been greatly improved.


    Just glancing at it, Meng Zhang saw through the secret hidden there.


    The fallen leaves were even more impolite. They tore the empty place below with one palm, just like tearing a rag.


    Waves of water rippled, and the violent fluctuation below revealed a brand-new scene.


    Between the hills, there are small valleys.


    Because of the cover of the Dharma array, Meng Zhang didn''t see every part of it clearly. But the flowing streams, lush vegetation and shadowy figures were all seen by him.


    "Shi Changqing, looking at the sea, doesn''t roll out yet." the roar of fallen leaves echoed around in the sky like thunder.


    In the valley below, there were bursts of panic.


    Although deciduous is female, she has a hot temper. After roaring, he didn''t want to wait for a moment, so he waved a heavy punch at the bottom.


    The protective array below shook and was obviously impacted.


    "Shi Changqing, Gu Tanghai, why are you dawdling? If you don''t come out again, don''t blame me for being rude and destroying this broken Dharma array."

 Chapter 167

    The deterrent force of fallen leaves was really strong. As soon as the voice fell, two figures flew up from above.


    A middle-aged man with elegant appearance is Gu Tanghai, who Meng Zhang has dealt with. Another tall old man with a faint fragrance should be Shi Changqing, the leader of the Shi family.


    Deciduous was originally a friar in the later stage of foundation construction, and it was not an ordinary friar in the later stage of foundation construction. It was an elite friar preparing to attack the golden elixir period.


    At the moment, the fallen leaves make no secret of it and send out the strong breath that belongs to her alone.


    Gu Tanghai and Shi Changqing looked at the strange woman in front of them with great fear.


    Gu Tanghai also found Meng Zhang around the fallen leaves.


    "Headmaster Meng, when did you build the foundation? This elder is..."


    Looking at the surprised Gu Tanghai, Meng Zhang smiled unkindly.


    "Brother Gu, do you think you have swallowed my foundation building Dan, so I can''t succeed in building the foundation."


    "I''m really sorry. The foundation was built successfully. Are you surprised, surprised?"


    The fallen leaves are a little impatient. "Leader Meng and these people talk a lot. When the old man takes them down, they will naturally spit out the swallowed things with interest."


    "Wait a minute, sir, is there some misunderstanding?" Gu Tanghai hurriedly stopped.


    Gu Tanghai is nothing more than his accomplishments in the middle of foundation construction. He is not an opponent in the face of the strong in the later stage of foundation construction.


    Shi Changqing''s accomplishments at the early stage of foundation construction are not good. He is good at alchemy and has not been very effective.


    The main function of the defense array set up by the Shi family below is to shield this stronghold. Its defense ability is really average.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, who succeeded in building the foundation, this woman who doesn''t know her origin alone is enough to sweep everything.


    "Don''t talk nonsense, let alone find those bullshit excuses to get rid of perfunctory, and quickly return leader Meng''s Zhu Jidan."


    Seeing Shi Changqing still have to speak, deciduous interrupted him impolitely.


    "If you dare to say half a word of nonsense, I''ll kill you immediately."


    Gu Tanghai stopped Shi Changqing''s action and bowed his head honestly.


    "Please wait a moment, master Meng. I''ll get zhujidan right away."


    After that, Gu Tanghai pulled Shi Changqing tightly and flew back to the valley below.


    "Hurry up, my patience is limited. After a long delay, I''m worried that I can''t control my temper and directly destroy this broken place." deciduous shouted arrogantly.


    I don''t know if I was really frightened by the fallen leaves. Gu Tanghai came and went in a hurry and soon flew back with a jade bottle.


    Meng Zhang took the jade bottle handed over by Gu Tanghai, poured out two pills the size of eyes, transported the broken false magic eye and checked it carefully.


    According to Meng Zhang''s pill knowledge, there is no problem with the two foundation building pills.


    To be on the safe side, the fallen leaves checked again and again several times.


    After confirming that there was no problem, the fallen leaves snorted coldly and flew away with Meng Zhang. From beginning to end, she didn''t even look at Gu Tanghai. Meng Zhang didn''t say much, let alone introduce the identity of fallen leaves.


    Deciduous taught Meng Zhang a good lesson today. It turns out that as long as he is strong enough, he can really do whatever he wants and be overbearing.


    Gu Tanghai looked at the back of the two people leaving, and his mood was very complex.


    Originally, they didn''t intend to swallow Meng Zhang''s Zhu Jidan. In particular, Shi Weiming, who is in charge of foreign affairs, is strongly opposed to this matter. But Gu Tanghai and Shi Changqing have no choice.


    It is very difficult for a small force like them to secretly collect and refine the elixir of building Jidan. For no reason, it took a lot of effort and a high price to finally collect it.


    Refining a furnace to build Jidan almost caught up with the accumulation of Shijia over the years.


    Although Shi Changqing is a talented alchemist with excellent skills, after all, taiyimen is just a small force, which can be delayed and perfunctory all the time.


    But they never thought that Meng Zhang not only succeeded in building the foundation, but also did not know where he found a strong man in the later stage of building the foundation.


    Zhu Jidan is naturally very precious, but compared with the fate of the whole family, Gu Tanghai still has a clear understanding of which is more important.


    Gu Tanghai handed over the foundation Dan, and Meng Zhang didn''t keep pestering, so everyone was happy.


    After this incident, although Meng Zhang will not interrupt his cooperation with Shi Weiming for the time being, he is ready to start a new stove in his heart.


    In the cultivation world, the truly farsighted sects will spend a lot of money to cultivate their own alchemists. Even if these alchemists are not good at learning, every time they make alchemy, they will lose a lot of money, and the sect will spend money to support them.


    There are many kinds of pills with great effects. In addition to the pills to increase cultivation, those pills to heal wounds, poison and restore mana are also indispensable. If you don''t have hematopoietic ability, you''re afraid that no matter how much Lingshi you spend, you can''t buy it at the critical moment.


    In the past, Taiyi sect had no ability. Now the financial situation of the sect has improved. The cultivation of alchemists can be put on the agenda.


    Not to mention how excellent alchemists we want to cultivate, we should first solve whether there are problems.


    Among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial, there is the content of alchemy, which can be learned from the alchemy apprentice to the alchemy master.


    After returning to the sect, you can select from among the disciples and find out the disciples with a little talent.


    Returning to the place where the fallen leaves live in seclusion, jueying brings back a new news that shuangfenggu has stopped purchasing the baizang soil mine mined by taiyimen. And also asked taiyimen to spare no effort to destroy the traces of shuangfenggu in this matter.


    Shuangfenggu no longer purchased baizang earth mine, and taiyimen lost its only source of bulk Lingshi. We can also rely on our savings in a short time. As time goes on, the days will be sad.


    Meng Zhang was going to return to taiyimen immediately, but he thought that even if he went back now, there was no good way to solve the problem. Still stay here. With the help of second-order spiritual pulse cultivation, you can save a lot of spiritual stones. On the other hand, you can also see whether there is a new way to make money.


    Meng Zhang also handed over the zhujidan, which he had just taken back, to Jue Ying as promised.

 Chapter 168

    During a chat, Meng Zhang just casually mentioned that taiyimen was ready to train their own alchemists.


    Two exquisite first-order alchemy furnaces. Among the same level magic tools, production tools such as alchemy furnace and refining furnace are not only difficult to refine, but also of the highest value.


    This is a Dan master''s record, which comes from an excellent alchemist of Feihong sect.


    Many years ago, a group of foreign robbers who fled to the endless sand sea stared at a single feihongzong alchemist.


    These bold robbers not only blocked the way and robbed, but also killed and robbed the alchemist. After looting the alchemist, they killed people and destroyed the body.


    At that time, there was a lot of noise about this matter, which aroused tsunami like waves in the endless sand sea.


    Alchemists are very important to any sect.


    Feihongzong is the overlord of the endless sand sea, but the Alchemist is mysteriously missing. This is not just a slap in the face, it is simply trampling on the dignity of feihongzong.


    Feihongzong mobilized great strength to search for the whereabouts of the alchemist and investigate the course of the matter.


    Afterwards, the robbers took the harvest from the robbery and sold the stolen goods on the black market.


    The black market, which has always been taboo free and bold, feels very difficult in the face of this stolen goods.


    Finally, the black market accepted the stolen goods according to the rules. At the same time, he secretly informed Feihong Zong of the whereabouts of the bandits.


    In the face of the angry feihongzong, the fate of these bandits is naturally very miserable.


    In the black market, all the stolen goods were returned to Feihong Zong.


    The alchemist''s letter, which recorded his alchemy experience and perception, was secretly copied by the black market.


    With this alchemy master''s record, Taiyi sect will certainly take fewer detours in cultivating alchemy masters.


    The inheritance of the Dan master obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial only records various methods of alchemy and some common Dan prescriptions.


    It is not easy to become an alchemist if you rely solely on self-study.


    The experience and lessons recorded in master Dan''s records are the best teacher.


    Knowing the origin of this Dan master''s letter from the mouth of Ye Ye, Meng Zhang also sighed in his heart.


    Even in the seemingly powerful black market, you should honestly bow your head in the face of such a power as feihongzong.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether the fallen leaves have the intention of warning himself by borrowing this thing.


    The black market is not entirely trustworthy.


    Meng Zhang was a little uneasy about the generous gift given by fallen leaves.


    Of course, this is because Meng Zhang didn''t know enough about the devil friars, so he didn''t know the significance of helping fallen leaves.


    The devil friar is the public enemy of the cultivation world. There is no reason for the cancer between heaven and earth.


    Ghost friars also play with souls, detain and enslave souls with ghost tools.


    But ghost friars cannot live long and will die sooner or later. In the long years, ghost tools will also decay and eventually dissipate. In the end, no matter how long it takes, all the souls detained and enslaved will return to heaven and earth.


    For this world, there is no essential difference between a thousand years and ten thousand years. The end result is the same anyway.


    But the devil friars are different. After being completely dyed by the devil gas, the flesh and soul of the creatures no longer belong to this world.


    The practice of the devil friar is tantamount to robbing the soul with this heaven and earth and excavating the foundation of this heaven and earth.


    Therefore, the devil friars are not allowed to be in the practitioners, nor in this world.


    If the fallen leaves can''t dispel the evil spirit, they will be dyed and turned into new demons. Then she will not only be excluded by this world, but will never be reborn and return to the magic land even after death.


    Meng Zhang''s great kindness and kindness can not be repaid too much.


    The fallen leaves took a few more days. After dealing with all the things, they took the initiative to say goodbye to Meng Zhang and left here and the endless sand sea.


    The world is vast. I''ll see you in the future.


    This spiritual pulse will not be recovered by the black market until two months later, and Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to leave.


    Since the foundation building, Meng Zhang has not had time to practice new spells and master the means of monks during the foundation building period.


    It''s rare to have a current spiritual pulse. Meng Zhang should seize the time and practice well.


    Entering the foundation period, of course, there must be the means of monks in the foundation period and new magic tools.


    In Meng Zhang''s hand, there is a second-order flying sword, ChiYan sword, which was previously obtained in the purple gold sect friars'' cave.


    Although not very satisfied, but in the absence of any other way, Meng Zhang can only use it after refining for the time being.


    In addition, Meng Zhang has no other second-order magic tools. Even the monks who have just built the foundation are too shabby.


    Fortunately, before she left, ye ye helped Meng Zhang connect with him and introduced him to a foundation period elder of the dihuomen.


    Soon after the fallen leaves left, Meng Zhang bought a second-order flying sword fangs from the elder at a low price.


    The fangs are made of the tusks of a second-order demon python.


    This demon Python is huge, and the tusks in its mouth are thicker and longer than the arms of adults.


    After the tusk was refined by the smelter of the earth fire gate, its volume shrunk a lot and became a flying sword like a short dagger.


    It is not difficult for Meng Zhang to use two flying swords at the same time. Anyway, there are no other magic tools now, only playing the double sword stream.


    For practitioners, the more magic tools the Imperial Envoys have, the better. They should do what they can.


    Many practitioners seem to use several magic tools when fighting. But in fact, there are only one or two magic tools that can be effectively controlled, and the rest are just to let the magic tools play their power.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have this problem. He just feels that there are too few magic tools to use.


    There are not enough magic tools. Let''s get together.


    In the foundation period, Meng Zhang can not only learn some new spells and skills, but also improve the power of the spells and skills he already mastered.


    When Meng Zhang was in the gas refining period, he could refine the true fire of the sun and the true water of the Taiyin.


    But at that time, the means he mastered were just some fur. The real fire of the sun and the real water of the Taiyin were of low purity and limited power.


    Now entering the foundation building period, he has a stronger bearing on the Qi of the sun and the Qi of the Taiyin, and can upgrade the original real fire of the sun and the real water of the Taiyin.


    When Meng Zhang was practicing in this secret place, the situation outside changed greatly.


    A month later, the real earth shaking changes took place. The black market sent the latest news to Meng Zhang.


    Shuangfeng valley was exterminated by Feihong sect, and the remaining disciples of Shuangfeng valley were frantically pursued and killed by the subordinates of Feihong sect.


    The news shocked Meng Zhang almost to see Venus. Why was Shuangfeng Valley exterminated after a few days of self-cultivation?


    Shuangfenggu is at least the overlord of this area. Once it is destroyed, there will be many subsequent things.


    Apart from other things, where will the vassal of shuangfenggu like taiyimen go in the future and how will Feihong Zong deal with it, but it is a major event related to countless practitioners.

 Chapter 169

    A few days later, Shuangfeng Valley has not been destroyed.


    It is a high mountain hundreds of miles away from Shuangfeng Valley and more than 1000 miles away from Linquan temple.


    More than a month ago, it became a busy construction site.


    First, several foundation building experts of Feihong sect, with a large group of disciples, blocked the area and did not allow any friars to approach.


    Then, the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect, flying feather and flying general, arrived here with a large team.


    It''s rare that the three golden elixirs of feihongzong dispatched two at once and many of their subordinates.


    After immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang came here, they supervised the disciples and started the intense construction work.


    Feihongzong''s disciple built a somewhat strange tower on the top of the mountain according to specific drawings.


    The main material for building the tower is carefully refined white Tibetan soil.


    In order to transport a large amount of white Tibetan soil, several second-order flying boats were dispatched.


    Feihongzong''s disciples are tired to death after building the tower. Also according to the drawing, depict runes on it and add various magic tools.


    I was busy for more than half a month and mobilized a lot of human and material resources to complete the final finished product.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal took great pains to check in person. I checked almost every corner of the tower and confirmed that there were no problems.


    After the tower was built, the disciples of feihongzong dispersed and laid a tight defensive array around to prevent all outsiders from approaching here.


    Flying generals and flying feather came to the top of the tower. There, there is already a middle-aged man with fairy character and elegant demeanor sitting in the center of the top of the tower.


    This middle-aged man, named Wu Mingwei, is the most outstanding talented disciple of Feihong sect and the seed of the golden elixir jointly selected by the three golden elixirs.


    In a few days, Wu Mingwei will start his journey to break through the golden elixir period on this high tower.


    "I''ve seen two martial uncles." Wu Mingwei stood up and saluted respectfully.


    "Mingwei, how do you feel?" immortal Feiyu asked kindly.


    "The disciple only felt that his mind was as calm as water, his mind was clear and refreshing, and his Taoist heart had no defects." Wu Mingwei said in a flat tone.


    "That''s good, that''s good. Mingwei, you''ve been waiting here these days. Don''t be distracted from everything that happens outside." immortal Feiyu said with some satisfaction.


    In his opinion, Wu Mingwei''s accumulation has long been enough. He has built a perfect foundation, and his flesh, soul and Qi have been perfect. His heart is as firm as a rock, and he has met all the conditions for the golden elixir period.


    Now everything is ready, only due to the east wind. After only a few days, Wu Mingwei can form a golden pill and soar to the sky.


    The flying general gave Wu Mingwei an encouraging look, smiled and said, "a few days later, you have become one of our generation, and you will change your name to our senior brother."


    Wu Mingwei said politely that he didn''t dare.


    After giving a few instructions and explaining everything, Feiyu and feijiang left the tower and flew into the air next to the tower.


    "Elder martial brother Feitian is really cautious. He asked us to go out together to guard Mingwei jiedan."


    "I, Feihong sect, have governed the endless sand sea for many years. Is there any guy who is not open-minded who dares to make trouble here?"


    The flying general is still smiling.


    "The matter of Mingwei jiedan is related to the future of our feihongzong for hundreds of years in the future, and also to the situation here in the endless sand sea for hundreds of years. No matter how careful, it can''t be too much."


    "If the old ghost of the whole family had not changed some time ago, senior brother Feitian might have come in person."


    Immortal Feiyu said solemnly.


    The flying general took the initiative to switch off the topic.


    "What''s the plan for shuangfenggu? When will it be delayed?"


    Among the three golden elixirs, the flying general has never been involved in the affairs of the door. He is not very clear about some decisions in the door.


    Immortal Feiyu pondered for a while and then replied, "this time, shuangfenggu is really a little strange."


    "It''s not surprising that the strength and inside information of shuangfenggu moved the mind of cultivating Jindan immortal. However, this kind of thing that should have been carried out in the dark has made a lot of noise and everyone knows. There is something strange."


    "I feel like I''ve been shot after killing shuangfenggu. So I want to wait and see what''s behind it."


    "Second, Mingwei jiedan is coming soon, and I don''t want to make trouble. No matter what''s going on in Shuangfeng Valley, everything will wait until Mingwei jiedan."


    "Heaven and earth are big. No matter how big things are, they are not as important as Mingwei jiedan."


    The flying general listened, thought for a moment, and then said, "a few days ago, I received a report from my disciples. Shuangfenggu started the sect protection array three days ago and blocked the whole sect. Do you think no one in shuangfenggu will get a pill at this time?"


    Immortal Feiyu smiled disdainfully, "it''s so easy to form a golden pill. Those guys who don''t know the greatness of heaven and earth are so ignorant that they are ridiculous."


    "With the inheritance and inside information of our Feihong sect, it is extremely difficult to cultivate a Jindan immortal. If we hadn''t inherited Yu Ze of the Zijin sect, we wouldn''t dare to say that Jindan immortal would not be out of business."


    "Shuangfeng Valley, just a foundation building sect, wants to cultivate Jindan immortal. It''s ridiculous. Do they know the secret method to break through the golden elixir period? Do they have so many resources? They rush forward with a little knowledge. If they don''t hit their head and blood, they don''t know the pain."


    As a golden elixir immortal, I know how difficult it is to form a golden elixir. Personal talent, the day after tomorrow''s efforts, fortune and opportunity are indispensable.


    Immortal Feiyu decided that it was impossible for Shuangfeng Valley to cultivate Jindan immortal, so he let it go and never directly started with Shuangfeng valley.


    The main purpose of embarrassing and suppressing shuangfenggu is to maintain the dignity of Feihong sect and remind all forces of the endless sand sea who is the real master of the endless sand sea.


    The real flying general is not as optimistic as the real flying feather. The real flying general, who was born as a mortal general and later entered the path of Taoism, has a more comprehensive mind.


    "Everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. I''m always a little worried."


    "Well, you stay here. Anyway, Shuangfeng Valley is not far from here. I''ll work harder to see if there''s any problem there."


    Immortal Feiyu''s mind was focused on Wu Mingwei''s jiedan. He didn''t want to deal with shuangfenggu at this time. However, the real flying general volunteered, and he couldn''t refute each other''s face.


    "Well, you''ll just run. Go and get back quickly. Don''t delay the business here."

 Chapter 170

    With a greeting from the flying general, he flew in the direction of shuangfenggu.


    The journey of only a few hundred miles is too long for immortal Jindan, but it takes half an hour to fly by easily.


    The Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng Valley is located in a valley surrounded by mountains.


    In the endless sand sea, such a towering mountain is really unusual.


    High mountains, like a famous guard, cover the Mountain Gate of shuangfenggu.


    Since three days ago, shuangfenggu has started the protection sect array, making its power fully open and completely blocking both inside and outside.


    From the outside, the fog on the top of the mountain completely shrouded the valley below. There are also countless coarse grains of sand, which float along the mountains automatically without wind, blocking all external prying eyes.


    The flying immortal swaggered to the high altitude above shuangfenggu. With his identity and strength, he is not afraid of shuangfenggu''s initiative to attack himself.


    Looking at the airtight protection sect array below, even with the eyesight of immortal Jindan, I can''t see the situation below.


    The flying general frowned, lowered the flying height, and slowly descended downward.


    When he came to the edge of shuangfenggu protection sect, he shouted loudly.


    "The leader of Shuangfeng Valley is here. Don''t come out quickly to meet this real person."


    The voice of the real flying general has special power and is transmitted through the protection sect array.


    After a while, the flying general was a little impatient.


    What the hell is shuangfenggu doing? He has already indicated the identity of immortal Jindan. How come no one came out to meet him.


    If you don''t care about the identity and image of your righteous experts, the real flying general wants to attack the array directly.


    "Are all the people inside dead? If you don''t come out again, I won''t be polite."


    Flying generals of noble and decent origin will not kill without teaching. They will give each other a warning before they start.


    After a while, when the flying general''s anger rose, there was a reaction below.


    "Come, come, I''m in seclusion. I delayed a little when I finished my work. I''ve been waiting for you for a long time."


    "It''s all the younger generation''s fault. It''s all the younger generation''s fault. Don''t blame the elder."


    Xiao Haisheng, the leader of shuangfenggu, flew up from below in a hurry.


    Before people fly close, they quickly keep explaining.


    Flying to the front slightly lower than the flying general, Xiao Haisheng quickly paid a big tribute.


    The three golden elixirs of Fei hongzong are famous figures. Even if they haven''t seen them, they should have heard of them. Xiao Haisheng had seen the real flying general before.


    Flying general''s face looks a little better.


    "What are you doing in shuangfenggu? Why do you start the array and lock the door in broad daylight? Are you secretly engaged in some shady business?"


    "Elder misunderstood. There''s no shady business. It''s just that I practiced a spell with several elders in the door. I was afraid of being disturbed by outsiders, so I closed the door temporarily." Xiao Haisheng explained with his face as usual.


    Flying generals are suspicious.


    "Since there is no shady business, open the door and let me go in and have a look."


    "It''s a trivial matter, where can we work the big frame of our predecessors." Xiao Haisheng''s attitude is more and more respectful.


    Although the performance is very respectful and the tone is more humble, the continuous good words have not been interrupted. But Xiao Haisheng never opened the door.


    What kind of person is the real flying general? At a glance, he saw through Xiao Haisheng''s shirking in every way, which is delaying time.


    The suspicion in the flying general''s heart immediately magnified.


    "Don''t talk nonsense. Open the door immediately and let me go in for inspection. If you dare to evade half a sentence, I''ll be impolite."


    The flying general''s face was cold and issued an ultimatum.


    Xiao Haisheng knows that he can''t be perfunctory now. Immortal feijiang insisted on going in for inspection, but he didn''t dare to let him in.


    Xiao Haisheng has to make the last effort to delay time. The real flying general is impatient and is not ready to continue to entangle with him.


    As soon as the flying general stretched out his big hand, he would catch Xiao Haisheng and use him to open the door.


    Xiao Haisheng''s accomplishments are far from satisfactory, but his reaction is not slow.


    As soon as his body retreated gently, he retreated into the protectionist array in the rear.


    "Your boy is also slippery and runs very fast."


    The flying general doesn''t care.


    "It''s naive to want to block this real person with just a second-order array."


    The flying generals hold their hands high, and the golden gas condenses in the air and turns into thousands of weapons. One wave after another fell to the protectionist array below.


    Countless blades madly hit the big array of protectors, arousing bursts of light.


    All the foundational elders in Shuangfeng valley have taken their places with many Qi refining disciples. After Xiao Haisheng fled back to the protection group, he also immediately came to the control center.


    This second-order Shangpin protection sect array based on the second-order spiritual pulse has the blessings of many practitioners in Shuangfeng valley. In a short time, it is enough to block the attack of the practitioners in the golden elixir period and delay enough time.


    The flying general attacked the Dharma array for a long time, but he couldn''t do anything about it. This not only made his face uneasy, but also suspicious in his heart.


    Shuangfeng Valley dares to prevent itself from entering the inspection, which is clearly a guilty conscience. Is there really some shady business in the valley below.


    Originally, the flying general immortal didn''t think that Shuangfeng Valley had the ability to cultivate Jindan immortal, but he came here to be cautious.


    Now Shuangfeng Valley is openly against itself. There must be a problem.


    Although I don''t know what secret shuangfenggu is hiding, I can''t spare it if I dare to be the enemy of feihongzong.


    Flying real people become serious.


    With one hand move, a golden saber fell into his hand.


    The conventional magic weapon used by immortal Jindan is a third-order magic weapon. Third order magic tools are also called spirit tools. The so-called spirit tool is a magic tool with spirit.


    Flying generals are born as mortal generals. Before entering the Tao, the weapon they are good at is the long sabre.


    After forming the golden elixir, he specially commissioned a tool refiner to make this spirit weapon.


    After years of warm cultivation and use, this Sabre has not only greatly increased its spirituality, but also become a killer mace in the hands of flying generals.


    Hold the saber high and cut heavily below. A golden Sabre Qi was cut on the protection array below, and a deep gap immediately appeared.


    Although the power of the big array immediately repaired this gap, the operation of the big array was also greatly affected.


    Some of the disciples in the Qi refining period with weak cultivation in the array were dazed and numb by the huge force, and they were about to vomit blood.

 Chapter 171

    Once the flying general became serious, he immediately took out the means of the golden elixir and broke out a strong combat effectiveness.


    After attacking for a while, flaws were revealed everywhere in the protectionist array below. Many disciples in the Qi refining period with weak cultivation fell to the ground one after another.


    Although the real flying general can''t break the formation for a while, the formation won''t last long if it continues like this.


    Xiao Haisheng, who is in charge of the grand array in the center of the grand array, sighed. After all, the golden elixir is a golden elixir. The huge cultivation gap between the golden elixir and the friars in the foundation building period can not be made up by relying on the number advantage alone.


    Xiao Haisheng has tried his best to control the array. The elders in the foundation period and the disciples in the Qi refining period also cooperate desperately. But it seems that this large array can not support the scheduled time.


    Without waiting for Xiao Haisheng to speak, Xiao Fengren, who has been paying attention to the whole war situation, took the initiative to stand up.


    "I''d better let my old bone go out and fight for my old life. I hope I can delay a little more time."


    Xiao Haisheng knew that both he and Xiao Fengren underestimated the combat effectiveness of the real people in the golden elixir period. Many scheduled plans are completely useless.


    Xiao Fengren''s heart is even more bitter. He originally thought he was also a monk who achieved false Dan. Even if there is a certain gap between him and the real golden Dan monk, the gap will not be too big. Now, after watching the power of the real flying general, I know that there is no level between the fake Dan and the golden Dan. There is a world difference between the two.


    Xiao Fengren soon flew to the top of the protection sect array, facing the flying general in a distance.


    "A fake Dan, this is your double harvest Valley card." the flying general immortal saw through the details of Xiao Feng blade at a glance and despised it very much.


    In the eyes of real Jindan immortal, fake Dan is a stronger foundation builder, and doesn''t deserve to be compared with Jindan friars.


    Xiao Fengren didn''t speak, but directly controlled a third-order flying sword and killed the flying general.


    Friar feidan can''t give full play to the power of the third-order magic weapon, but Xiao Feng can skillfully control this flying sword with his life.


    "Today, I''ll let you know that fake Dan is fake Dan. Never want to be true." the flying general smiled grimly and killed Xiao Fengren with a knife.


    Xiao Fengren had a will to die heart, and there was a big array of protectors to help. Every time you make a move, it''s equal to making a joint move with the protectionist array. Whenever they face an attack they can''t resist, they will hide in the protectionist array and use the power of the protectionist array to resist.


    For a moment, the flying general real man really couldn''t take Xiao Feng blade and had to fall into a protracted war.


    I saw the sword coming and going, the energy overflowing, and the surrounding space was constantly stirring. The flying general and Xiao Feng fought fiercely and dangerously.


    If nothing unexpected happens, the battle will last for a long time. Even if the two sides are deadlocked for ten or eight days, it is very common.


    When the fight was in full swing, the flying general looked at the sky suspiciously.


    I saw countless silver lights suddenly appear in the very distant sky. Soon after these lights appeared, they turned into a trace and fell from the sky like a drizzle.


    "Why did the rain come so early this time? It''s many days earlier than before. Fortunately, we were prepared and built the reception tower in advance, which didn''t cause any trouble. Martial nephew Mingwei was prepared for the golden elixir period long ago, so that we could catch up with this opportunity."


    The flying general said a few words to himself.


    The silver drizzle falling in the sky does not fall evenly. But as if under some traction on the ground, most of them fell to a fixed place.


    The silver drizzle falls in the direction of the high tower built by Feihong Zong a few days ago.


    However, not all the silver drizzles fell in that direction, and a large part of the drizzle actually fell to the location of the flying general.


    "Strange, how did the rain fall here?"


    There was a confused expression on the real flying general''s face, and then he suddenly figured out what. After he suddenly realized it, he was an unprecedented rage.


    "Damn it, you rats in Shuangfeng Valley, how can you know the secret of the rain."


    "You, how dare you..."


    The flying general was so angry that he couldn''t even speak.


    When the long hidden secret was exposed, Xiao Fengren became calm, and all the fear, worry and panic in his heart were swept away.


    This is it. Whether it is success or failure, it''s a fight here.


    Yes, Shan Feiyu successfully formed the pill. From then on, Shuangfeng Valley has the ability to compete with Feihong sect.


    When he was defeated, his family died without a place to bury, and all the doors of Shuangfeng valley were destroyed.


    After letting go of everything in his heart and becoming calm, Xiao Fengren broke out a strong combat effectiveness and firmly entangled the real flying general.


    It''s very important. Flying general immortal can''t care about the face of his own Jindan immortal at this time.


    He took out a messenger flying sword and input the information he had just learned into it.


    The messenger''s flying sword turned into streamer and flew towards immortal Feiyu, bringing the secret of shuangfenggu and the help information of immortal feijiang.


    After releasing the messenger flying sword, the flying general immortal no longer has any reservation. He took out all his skills, showed all his skills, and vowed to break the sect protection array below in the shortest time.


    The battle became more and more fierce. Shuangfeng Valley knew that there was no way back, and all monks began to work hard.


    The messenger flying sword of flying general immortal flew over a long distance and fell into the hands of flying feather immortal with a faster flying speed than ordinary golden elixir immortal.


    After receiving the summoned flying sword, immortal Feiyu read the information inside, first with an unbelievable expression, and then with incomparable rage.


    "Shuangfenggu, shuangfenggu, you are looking for death."


    At this time, immortal Feiyu felt extremely regretful. He didn''t strike first and destroy shuangfenggu first, so he left today''s disaster.


    I knew that when a little wind came out, I should have dealt with shuangfenggu decisively.


    After being the overlord for a long time, he was not only bound by the identity of the so-called righteous expert, but also hesitated and lost his due vigilance.


    No matter what kind of decent school he is, no matter what the world''s wind evaluation, he would rather kill three thousand people by mistake than let one go, which is the way of life in the cultivation world.


    Immortal Feiyu didn''t let the feeling of regret delay him too long, and soon made a response.


    With his order, the elite friars of Feihong sect who were guarding around quickly got on the flying boat and rushed to Shuangfeng valley.


    The order received by these friars of Feihong sect is to cooperate with the real flying general to break the sect protection array of Shuangfeng Valley in the shortest time, kill all the people in Shuangfeng Valley, and completely destroy the sect.

 Chapter 172

    With the departure of the elite disciples of Feihong sect, the surrounding guard forces became much weaker.


    Immortal Feiyu doesn''t think so. He is the golden elixir. There are countless disciples in the foundation building period and gas refining period on the top.


    Immortal Feiyu was puzzled when he watched the flying boat disappear in the sky. The rain falling from the sky was the most senior confidential information in Feihong sect. In addition to the three golden elixirs, only a few core friars in the foundation period knew. How could this news be leaked out and let Shuangfeng Valley know?


    The so-called "rain of heaven" is about every three hundred years or so. On the endless sea of sand, far away from the sky, a large quantity of distilled water will be left behind. These water extracts are extremely rare and are very rare.


    In the era of Zijin faction dominating the endless sand sea, the purple emperor''s yuan God will go deep into the sky and collect these water extracts directly.


    Later, Zijin school came up with the idea of using white clay as the main material, refining the special access tower, and bringing all the water extracts from the sky into a place.


    If it is a good monk who builds a successful base period, the practice of practicing is appropriate, and absorbing these water extracts in knot Dan will help to form golden Dan.


    Since then, this method has become the secret of Zijin sect and an effective means for Zijin sect to cultivate Jindan immortal.


    After the destruction of Zijin sect, Feihong sect became the new overlord of endless sand sea and inherited many heritages of Zijin sect. This secret is also in the hands of Feihong Zong. Every time the rain falls, it is also monopolized by feihongzong.


    Every 300 years or so, the experts of Feihong sect will use a special method to measure the approximate position of the falling rain. Then build the access tower nearby, and then draw the water from the water extract to help the Golden Delicious seeds in the door be made into golden Dan.


    With this method, feihongzong successfully ensured the orderly inheritance of the golden elixir immortal in the door, which has never been cut off.


    The main material for building the connecting tower is baizang soil, a seemingly common refining material.


    Although baizang clay mine is too common, it is difficult for feihongzong to completely monopolize all baizang clay mines. But feihongzong still thought of many ways to stop the spread of baizang soil.


    On the one hand, it is to fully monitor the flow direction of white Tibetan soil mines and white Tibetan soil in the endless sand sea, so as to make them fall in the light as far as possible.


    On the other hand, it is the unlimited acquisition of white Tibetan soil on the market.


    As for the white Tibetan earth crystal, it is not very useful to ordinary practitioners. In addition to refining some of the artifact, it will be used in a small amount, that is, using the essence of the waste water to form a real person of Jin Dan to calm the excess Qi in the body.


    The secret of the rain from heaven has always been in the hands of Feihong Zong, and has never been leaked.


    Now, Shuangfeng Valley obviously doesn''t know how to master this secret. It wants to capture the rain from the sky and help its disciples form a golden pill.


    Shuangfeng Valley really had a good idea. Immortal Feiyu thought disdainfully.


    Looking at the rain falling on the connecting tower, it was obviously much less than expected, and immortal Feiyu began to worry.


    I don''t know if the rain falls on the sky, and the quantity of the water drops is not enough. Will it make Wu Ming Wei knot Dan blocked?


    Glancing at the direction of the high tower, Wu Mingwei began to attack the golden elixir period as soon as the rain fell.


    This process cannot be disturbed, let alone interrupted.


    Feeling Wu Mingwei''s breath rising, immortal Feiyu only temporarily put down his worries and chose to believe in the rising star in the door and the recognized golden elixir seed.


    Immortal Feiyu has a deeper hatred for shuangfenggu. If you don''t need to sit here and help Wu Mingwei protect the Dharma, immortal Feiyu would like to kill Shuangfeng Valley immediately and break the whole door of Shuangfeng Valley to pieces, so as to vent his hatred.


    Just when immortal Feiyu was a little distracted, a change happened.


    The earth began to shake violently, the peaks swayed, and countless rocks and soil fell. The receiving platform, which originally stood on the top of the mountain, began to shake.


    A breath familiar to immortal Feiyu came out from the ground.


    "Qi Nanfei, do you want to die?"


    Immortal Feiyu roared and jumped in the direction of the breath.


    Qi Nanfei, the golden elixir immortal of Mobei Qi family, is an old opponent of Feihong sect.


    Mobei Qijia and feihongzong have been in confrontation for many years, and there are fights from time to time. They are very familiar with each other.


    This place is a real wilderness, and there is no spiritual pulse to rely on below.


    In a short time, even with the power of feihongzong, it is impossible to turn this place into a solid fortress.


    Of course, friars of Feihong sect have done everything they can to strengthen the defense here.


    In addition to the periphery, various prohibitions were set up early to alarm. The closer to the connecting tower, the tighter the prevention is.


    In the endless sand sea, many friars can escape from the earth and can escape underground. For underground defense, experienced friars of Feihong sect will not ignore it.


    Friar Fei hongzong spent a lot of time to refer to the ground as a steel talisman and strengthened all the underground.


    You know, it refers to steel runes, at least second-order runes. Friar Fei hongzong''s action cost a lot.


    Of course, the effect is also very significant.


    The underground is as hard as fine steel, which almost forbids the art of earth hiding. Even during the foundation period, it was difficult for friars to escape underground nearby.


    There are also special monks who have been practicing the art of heaven seeing and earth listening to monitor the movements under the earth. Even the golden elixir immortal who is good at Earth hiding can''t sneak in quietly.


    However, after receiving the summons from the flying general immortal, immortal Feiyu was a little worried and was eager to destroy Shuangfeng Valley and prevent Shuangfeng valley from competing for the rain.


    So, in a hurry, he dispatched most of the vigilant friars around him.


    It''s hard to avoid mistakes when you''re busy, especially when you transfer most of your staff and your defense strength is greatly reduced, there are finally loopholes in the surrounding guard.


    Qi Nanfei, who had long been hiding in the distance and waiting for the opportunity, seized this rare opportunity to sneak from the ground.


    He, who is proficient in the art of earth hiding, sneaked into the vicinity of the receiving and guiding tower. When casting spells underground, you want to destroy the connecting tower and prevent Wu Mingwei from forming a golden pill.


    After casting the spell, Qi Nanfei welcomed the angry flying feather immortal before he could observe the effect.


    As soon as immortal Feiyu flew over, he launched a crazy attack on Qi Nanfei.


    Qi Nanfei is not the first time to fight with immortal Feiyu. He is very clear about his old opponent.


    While parrying the attack of immortal Feiyu, he deliberately led their battle to the direction of the high tower.


    How powerful is the fighting power of immortal Jindan, which affects a wide range. If we do not deliberately converge, the aftermath of the fight alone will cause great damage to the surrounding areas, which is simply a man-made natural disaster.

 Chapter 173

    Immortal Feiyu saw through Qi Nanfei''s plot at a glance. He not only tried his best to prevent Qi Nanfei from approaching the receiving tower, but also deliberately guided the battlefield away from the receiving tower.


    Qi Nanfei went deep into the ruling area of Feihong sect alone this time in order to prevent Feihong sect from giving birth to a new golden elixir immortal. He would rather suffer from immortal Feiyu than destroy the connecting tower.


    Immortal Feiyu also made every effort to protect the high tower from being damaged, and the process of Wu Mingwei''s Dan knot was not disturbed.


    Feihongzong and Mobei Qi family confront each other for years. Qi Nanfei and Feiyu immortal have fought against each other for many times, and they know each other well. If there is no accident, even if they fight for three or two days, it is difficult to tell the winner.


    But in general, destruction is more difficult than construction. Immortal Feiyu wants to protect the connecting tower from being damaged. Sometimes he will inevitably be passive.


    At this time, the disciples of Feihong sect around also reacted one after another and began to come to help.


    Friars in the foundation building period generally participate in the battle between Jindan real people, and friars in the Qi refining period don''t even have the ability to get close to the battlefield.


    However, the Feihong sect has a long history and exists in the sect of Jindan immortal. The disciples of the sect naturally have ways to influence Jindan immortal.


    Groups of disciples took the initiative to come to the front of the receiving and guiding tower and jointly sacrificed a huge stone tablet.


    Relying on the stone tablet array, many disciples discharged the four pole Zhenyue array commonly used by Feihong sect.


    The complete quadrupole Zhenyue FA array needs to use four stone tablets, which are divided into four parts. Only a sufficient number of friars in the foundation period can suppress the golden elixir immortal with the array.


    Suddenly, the number of friars of Feihong sect was far from enough. They could not discharge a complete quadrupole Zhenyue Dharma array, but could only reluctantly discharge an incomplete Dharma array.


    As the signboard of Feihong sect, the four pole Zhenyue Dharma array, even if it is only a incomplete pole, still has strong power.


    A transparent light curtain rises in front of the Dharma array to protect the monks behind the Dharma array and the connecting tower behind the Dharma array.


    The aftereffects of Qi Nanfei''s battle with immortal Feiyu were all blocked by this light curtain.


    At this moment, immortal Feiyu can fight with Qi Nanfei in peace of mind without worrying about spreading and connecting the high tower.


    The role of the four pole Zhen Yue FA array is more than that. It also generates huge pressure out of thin air, pressing towards the position of Qi Nanfei.


    Qi Nanfei didn''t look good. Friar Feihong''s strong quality made him a little passive.


    Mobei Qi family is not as strong as feihongzong, and there are only two Jindan immortal. For many years, it has been suppressed by Feihong sect in Mobei.


    If the fourth golden elixir immortal appears in Feihong sect, Mobei Qi family will never turn over. Maybe there will even be a disaster of extermination.


    Even if you pay some price, you must stop Feihong sect disciple jiedan today.


    Qi Nanfei''s face showed a fierce look, and the attack became more and more urgent.


    What Qi Nanfei can understand is even more clear in Feiyu immortal''s heart. He also took out all his strength to block Qi Nanfei.


    All the friars of feihongzong here, including immortal Feiyu, focused on stopping Qi Nanfei without noticing any other changes.


    Qi Nanfei''s first sneak attack just now had a great impact on the connecting tower. Although the appearance is basically intact, but the interior is damaged, the speed of the introduction of the high tower leads to the decease of water, obviously slowing down a lot.


    In addition to the silver drizzle falling here and shuangfenggu, a large part of it fell in another direction.


    Neither the flying general immortal who is attacking Shuangfeng Valley nor the flying feather immortal who is fighting with Qi Nan has ignored this matter.


    Qi Nanfei is still fighting with immortal Feiyu. As long as one side deliberately delays the battle between immortal Jindan, even if it takes ten days and a half months, it can''t be divided.


    On the other side of Shuangfeng Valley, the real flying general completely suppressed the sect protection array of false Dan friar Xiao Feng and Shuangfeng Valley on his own. When many monks reinforced by Feihong sect arrived in a flying boat, the strength was even more obvious.


    Friar Fei hongzong raised another huge stone tablet and discharged the incomplete quadrupole Zhenyue Dharma array.


    Break through the array and start to attack the protectorate array of shuangfenggu.


    After a hard battle, the big protective array of shuangfenggu was directly broken. The elders in the foundation period and the disciples in the Qi refining period who were delivering Qi to the Dharma array vomited blood and fell to the ground, causing heavy casualties.


    False Dan friar Xiao Fengren lost the protection from the protection sect array and was killed on the spot by the flying general.


    When the protection sect array is broken, the flying general can see through the internal situation of shuangfenggu without hindrance.


    Seeing as like as two peas in the Shuangfeng Valley, the tower that is almost exactly the same as the flying tower of Fei hung Chung is flying frosty to the real face.


    He had no patience to investigate where Shuangfeng Valley knew the secret and how he built the connecting tower without telling Feihong Zong.


    "Kill, rush in and kill everyone. I want Shuangfeng Valley to be extinct."


    The murderous command of the flying general was passed to every friar of Feihong sect.


    After giving the order, the flying general raised his machete in his hand, hit it with all his strength, and mercilessly chopped at the receiving tower.


    Immortal Jindan''s angry strike is powerful. In the huge explosion, the connecting tower was cut off. Shan Feiyu, who was impacting the golden elixir period, didn''t know whether he was alive or dead.


    Xiao Haisheng, the leader of Shuangfeng Valley, knew that the general trend was over when the protectionist array was broken. Seriously injured and falling to the ground, he tried his best to give the last order to the disciples of Shuangfeng valley.


    "Run, run, how much you can run, how far you can run."


    The friars of Feihong sect who rushed into Shuangfeng Valley crazily began to kill crazily. Shuangfeng Valley, which has ruled this area for hundreds of years, has been destroyed.


    Although the flying man destroyed the twin tower of the double Valley, the original Shui Shui essence did not fall to the high tower of Feihong Zong, but fell to another direction.


    The flying generals, who had been killed in Shuangfeng Valley for a while and had a good vent, noticed this phenomenon later.


    When he found out that the situation was not right, when he flew to the sky to observe carefully, the rain fell near the end of the day, and most of the fallen water essence dropped to another direction. Fei Hongzong''s high water tower, which was brought to the high tower, was only a few.


    Looking at the direction of the last wave of Shui Shui essence, flying into the heart of the human race is uncertain. What is the power or strength in that direction? Is it the always obedient green bamboo mountain? Or the sinister Liu family? Or the tranquil view of Lin Quan?


    For a moment, the real flying general couldn''t judge clearly.


    And on the side of immortal Feiyu, he also found that the situation was wrong.


    Wu Mingwei''s breath kept rising, but after reaching the peak, it stagnated. After a period of time, the breath began to fall sharply.


    "Well, this is the failure of jiedan? How could it be like this? I have made full preparations in advance. According to Wu Mingwei, jiedan should be sure."


    Looking at immortal Feiyu who couldn''t help talking to himself, Qi Nanfei laughed proudly.

 Chapter 174

    "Your plan of Feihong sect has failed. It seems that God won''t help you."


    Wu Mingwei of feihongzong failed to attack the golden elixir period. Qi Nanfei was the happiest.


    "Qi Nanfei, is it the ghost of your Qi family?" immortal Feiyu was angry.


    "You say so, it doesn''t matter anyway." Qi Nanfei shrugged his shoulders.


    Immortal Feiyu shouted angrily and jumped at Qi Nanfei angrily.


    When they flew into the air, it was another fierce battle.


    I don''t know how long they fought. The flying general found that the rain was wrong this time. He rushed back from Shuangfeng Valley to see Wu Mingwei''s impact on the golden elixir period.


    As for the task of chasing and killing friars shuangfenggu, it was naturally entrusted to the disciples of feihongzong.


    As the flying general was in a hurry to leave, he gave some lucky people in Shuangfeng valley a way to live.


    Qi Nanfei gave a strange cry when he saw the flying general in the distance rushing over.


    "There are many of you today, so I won''t accompany you."


    Qi Nan flew into the sky and flew into the distance like lightning.


    After the meeting of flying general and flying feather, they didn''t care about chasing Qi Nanfei, but were busy to check Wu Mingwei''s situation.


    Wu Mingwei failed in the golden elixir period.


    If the impact failed, he was seriously injured, but also hurt the foundation. As for when we can cure the injury and supplement the foundation, and whether there is a chance to impact the golden elixir period again in our lifetime, no one knows.


    Seeing the painstakingly cultivated golden elixir seeds in the door, Feiyu immortal was anxious and angry.


    How can this happen? How can things that have been arranged become like this?


    From the foundation period to the golden elixir period, practitioners often need to close in the third-order spiritual pulse.


    The reason why Wu Mingwei didn''t shut up at the Mountain Gate of feihongzong and went to this remote place with little aura was for the rain.


    Only once in 300 years can the chance of forming golden elixir be greatly improved. And the rich aura contained in the essence of the water can completely replace the three order pulse.


    Feihongzong''s predecessors in history took advantage of the rain, but jiedan succeeded.


    Asuwa Masahito and the flying man discussed that the failure of Wu Ming Wei''s knot was attributed to the fact that Wu Ming Wei had not been able to absorb enough of the water extract.


    "Check, check, we must find out what''s going on and who''s making trouble behind?" immortal Feiyu said decisively.


    It''s not difficult to find out.


    Every time the rain falls, there is a certain range. Within this scope, the high tower should be set up before it can be draught.


    The scope of the rain has long been determined by the experts of Feihong sect. And this range is not too large.


    The place where feihongzong established the high tower and the shuangfenggu Mountain Gate are within this range.


    Check carefully within this range and you will soon get the results.


    Before friar Fei hongzong began to check, news came.


    Not long ago, when Wu Mingwei attacked the golden elixir period, the aura above Lin Quan Temple surged and gathered into the sea. It was clear that someone was making a pill.


    Soon after, the clouds above the Linquan temple were steaming, the clouds were churning, and the golden light was in full bloom. It was clear that such a strange phenomenon was due to the monk''s successful conclusion of the pill.


    The gate of Linquan temple is just within the range of the rain.


    Now everything is clear.


    It must be that Lin quanguan also knew the secret of the rain. A monk became a fisherman when Feihong Zong fought with shuangfenggu snipe and clam.


    The fisherman was very successful. He not only avoided the eyes and ears of Feihong Zong and used shuangfenggu to make cannon fodder, but also formed a golden pill.


    Feihongzong runs up and down efficiently.


    Soon, more news came. Taoist priest Guangzhi of Lin quanguan should now be called Guangzhi immortal and successfully formed a golden elixir.


    Next, there was another flurry of chicken flying and dog jumping in Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang, who was practicing in seclusion, got the news from the black market and left the customs immediately.


    He didn''t return to the Taiyi gate, so Meng Zhang simply came to the black market and kept an eye on the latest situation.


    After learning about Guangzhi immortal, feihongzong was shocked and angry, and was a little overwhelmed.


    Immortal Guangzhi was originally a gifted disciple of Lin quanguan. He was very famous when he was young. He succeeded in building the foundation at a young age, and practiced smoothly all the way to the later stage of building the foundation.


    More than 20 years ago, real Guangzhi went to the dead sand sea for exploration, and then there was no news. According to the news from Lin quanguan, he has unfortunately fallen in the sea of death.


    Unexpectedly, real Guangzhi hid so deeply. He was also able to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth, seizing the opportunities of Wu Mingwei and Shan Feiyu.


    Lin quanguan didn''t know where he got the secret of the rain from the sky, and secretly didn''t know how long it had been arranged, which was a blockbuster.


    After knowing about Guangzhi immortal, feijiang immortal and Feiyu immortal rushed to Linquan temple as soon as possible. However, Guangzhi immortal has left Linquan temple as soon as possible after he married Dan.


    The endless sand sea is so vast that no matter how powerful or how many people there are, we can''t find a golden elixir immortal who wants to hide.


    According to the immortal flying general, if you can run, the monk can''t run away from the temple. You just destroy Lin Quan Temple directly.


    The impulsive flying general was stopped by flying feather.


    It''s not that immortal Feiyu doesn''t hate immortal Guangzhi, but he can''t do so.


    If Lin quanguan is really destroyed, God knows how terrible things will be done if Guangzhi real person loses his control.


    A carefree golden elixir immortal, without doing anything else, went to the area directly under the central government of feihongzong to fight guerrilla warfare. Kill several people to refine Qi today, attack several people to build a foundation tomorrow, and destroy a stronghold later. For a long time, the rule of Feihong sect over the endless sand sea will certainly shake.


    Since then, the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect don''t have to do anything else. Just guard against Guangzhi immortal all day.


    As for threatening Guangzhi immortal with the safety of Linquan Temple disciples, it is even more whimsical.


    The reality is not a third rate dog blood Romance Drama. There are not so many you want me to go, but I won''t go. It''s a drama of obedience as soon as you threaten your relatives.


    The forbearance shown by Guangzhi immortal will never be coerced.

 Chapter 175

    For the sect with golden elixir immortal, if you are not absolutely sure that you can destroy each other''s golden elixir, don''t easily start the war of destroying the sect. Otherwise, there will be endless trouble.


    Feihongzong has suppressed Mobei Qi family for many years. The two sides have fought on a small scale and suffered many casualties. However, there has never been a full-scale war. That''s why.


    Whether feihongzong is willing or not, Guangzhi immortal has become a golden elixir immortal. Since he is a Jindan immortal, he enjoys the treatment of Jindan immortal, whether good or bad.


    After feihongzong calmed down, someone proposed to take the initiative to recruit Guangzhi immortal, so that he would not go to Mobei Qijia and change the strength comparison in the endless sand sea.


    There is no forever friend and no forever enemy.


    It''s a thing of the past that immortal Guangzhi calculated that Feihong sect suffered heavy losses and lost face.


    People should learn to look forward. As the ruler of the endless sand sea, feihongzong should give priority to interests in everything, and don''t let feelings control him.


    This statement has a great market in feihongzong.


    Of course, the opposition is louder.


    If Guangzhi immortal really changes and becomes a member of Feihong sect, there will be many practitioners in Feihong sect who want to have no idea.


    The cultivator is not a ruthless and lustless immortal, and the cultivator of Feihong sect is not too forgetful. The humiliation just suffered was not forgotten so soon.


    In this way, feihongzong fell into an internal dispute. For Lin quanguan, there was no further action except to strengthen monitoring.


    However, the Liu family and the green bamboo mountain took advantage of the opportunity after the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley to seize the territory of Shuangfeng Valley and receive the heritage of Shuangfeng valley.


    The information on the black market is really well-informed enough to find out even the internal disputes of feihongzong.


    After mastering the news, Meng Zhang analyzed the current situation and soon made a decision.


    As long as Fei hongzong doesn''t calm the internal debate, he won''t do more. The day Guangzhi immortal existed, feihongzong was in a dilemma.


    As a regional overlord, shuangfenggu not only owns a large number of resources, but also has a large number of vassal forces.


    Now Shuangfeng Valley is gone, and there is a huge vacuum in the surrounding area.


    Meng Zhang succeeded in building the foundation. Taiyi gate is also the foundation sect gate, and has the qualification to serve on the table.


    Taiyimen should take advantage of this opportunity to expand its sphere of influence and enhance its own strength. In this way, no matter how the situation changes next, we have more capital.


    After making the decision, Meng Zhang rushed back to taiyimen as quickly as possible.


    After Meng Zhangji''s success, mingshafang city is more than 700 miles away, which is the most fertile part of Shuangfeng Valley industry.


    After the news of Shuangfeng Valley''s extermination spread, Shuangfeng Valley''s garrison disciples in mingshafang City scattered and fled.


    This fat meat is too fat to be coveted by taiyimen at present. According to the news received by Meng Zhang, the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain have been eyeing this fat meat.


    Meng Zhang''s goal was the original sphere of influence of the Zhao family.


    After the demise of the Zhao family, the Fuzhao valley where the original second-order spirit vein of the Zhao family was located has been occupied by Shuangfeng valley.


    The five oases under Zhao''s family are managed by Shuangfeng Valley except one for taiyimen.


    The first-order flying boat of Taiyi gate and the red feather Eagle were used to transport disciples.


    Meng Zhang personally led a group of disciples to the Fuzhao valley.


    After the second-order protection array originally set up by the Zhao family was broken, shuangfenggu just temporarily built a first-order array here.


    Anyway, in the name of Shuangfeng Valley, even without the protection of the Dharma array, the surrounding forces dare not forcibly attack the territory of Shuangfeng valley.


    Without the second-order Dharma array, Fuzhao Valley is basically undefended in front of monks like Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang broke into Fuzhao Valley directly with Taiyi disciples.


    The disciples of Shuangfeng Valley who were originally stationed in Fuzhao valley are in constant fear. Some disciples have fled, and the rest have no intention to defend here.


    Meng Zhang occupied Fuzhao Valley, and all the disciples of Shuangfeng valley were taken down.


    Among these disciples, there are not even those in the foundation period. They are all disciples in the Qi refining period.


    After Shuangfeng Valley occupied the Fuzhao Valley, it was carefully managed.


    The red feather liquid produced by this second-order spirit vein and spirit eye actually plays a great role in all birds and monsters. The Zhao family was used to keeping eagles and monsters since their ancestors. Only then did they accumulate rich experience, cultivate red feather eagles, and keep them for inheritance.


    Shuangfeng valley also has experience in raising all kinds of demon birds, so it is not necessary to keep red feather eagles.


    The red feather liquid produced in recent years has been used to raise some demon birds such as cranes.


    The Lingtian and shuangfenggu of the Zhao family were not abandoned, but were carefully managed by Lingnong, who was proficient in spiritual planting.


    After shuangfenggu dispersed the monks who besieged here, it also harvested a lot of booty, including most of the Zhao family''s big Treasury.


    In addition to transporting some resources back to shuangfenggu, in order to continue to operate here, there are still many kinds of resources left in the large library here.


    Moreover, a second-order flying boat carrying goods stopped in the Fuzhao valley.


    You know, even in a sect like shuangfenggu, there are not many second-order flying boats.


    Now, everything is cheap. Meng Zhang has become the booty of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang did not embarrass the disciples of Shuangfeng Valley who were taken down.


    Now Shuangfeng Valley has perished and they have become homeless. If they are willing to join taiyimen, they can become a member of taiyimen as long as they swear allegiance.


    If you don''t want to join taiyimen, leave your storage bag and leave here cleanly.


    As a result, about half of the people went out of the house and left here. It''s probably that the disciples of Shuangfeng valley are still proud and don''t look up to the former vassal of Taiyi sect.


    The other half of the disciples agreed to join Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang knew that these people had to join taiyimen because of the situation and had no loyalty to taiyimen. As long as there are a little twists and turns, these people are the first to betray the door.


    However, Meng Zhang has his own plan to keep these people.


    Now the taiyimen snake swallows a lot of territory, which is short of manpower. If you wait until step-by-step training of trusted direct disciples, you don''t know to wait until monkey years and horses.


    Taiyi gate now wants to seize the territory. Naturally, it also needs to quickly increase the number of disciples.


    In addition to attracting a large number of casual practitioners, Meng Zhang also attracted scattered disciples in Shuangfeng valley.


    The quality of the disciples trained by the sect like shuangfenggu is much higher than that of ordinary casual cultivation, and there is no lack of materials that can be made.


    As for how to ensure their loyalty and how to use them, Meng Zhang has his own way.

 Chapter 176

    Meng Zhang has a soul book in his hand. As long as the friar is willing to leave his name on it, the life and death of the friar will be in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    These disciples who have recently joined the sect are already in a state of uncertainty. If they want to leave their names on the soul Book willingly, they will never want to. If forced, I''m afraid something will happen.


    And I am not willing to leave a name on the soul book.


    There are many statements about this willingness. As long as you are willing at that time, it is too late to regret in the future. If I was really unwilling at that time, there would be no way.


    There are many ways to make people willing for a while. Commonly used, nothing more than coercion and inducement.


    Meng Zhang is busy now. Naturally, he has no time to deal with this matter.


    Moreover, many of the disciples now enrolled are only temporarily joined Taiyi gate. If they want to really become a member of taiyimen, they still need to go through layers of selection and elimination for many times. In this process, many people will be eliminated. Naturally, there is no need for Meng Zhang to waste his energy.


    Starting from the Fuzhao Valley, Meng Zhang sent disciples to occupy the remaining four oases originally owned by the Zhao family.


    As soon as the disciples of the sect were sent out, two flying boats flew from the distant horizon towards Fuzhao valley.


    From the sign on the flying boat, it should be the flying boat at the flying eagle gate.


    The flying eagle gate is almost the same level of power as the Zhao family. There were friars in the foundation period in the gate. In terms of strength, the flying eagle gate is much weaker than the Zhao family.


    For many years, Feiying sect has been making friends with the Zhao family. Chen Zhentian, the contemporary leader of Feiying sect, and Zhao Yanbei, the former leader of the Zhao family, are close friends.


    On the night of the Zhao family''s extermination, Chen Zhentian took the experts in the door to the Fuzhao Valley to loot. But then the friar of Shuangfeng Valley arrived, and the guy ran away immediately. I don''t know if he had any harvest.


    Now, after the news of Shuangfeng Valley''s extermination spread, Chen Zhentian rushed to Fuzhao valley with his master. There is no need to say more about the purpose of his coming this time.


    Meng Zhang has not really fought since he built the foundation. Just in time, ready-made Liwei objects came to the door.


    The flying eagle gate probably didn''t know that Taiyi gate had occupied this place. When Chen Zhentian jumped down from the flying boat with the master of the gate and faced Meng Zhang, the master of the foundation period, their panic could be imagined.


    There is no suspense about the result of the battle. All Feiying sect experts, including sect leader Chen Zhentian, were killed by Meng Zhang on the spot.


    Since you want to be powerful, don''t be merciful.


    Sure enough, those Shuangfeng Valley disciples who had just joined Taiyi gate became much more honest when they saw Meng Zhang''s action during the foundation period.


    Endless sand sea is a vast place, and there is a long distance between oases. With enough flying boats, we can ensure sufficient mobile power and effectively control all strongholds in our own territory.


    A second-order flying boat has just been captured from Fuzhao Valley, and now two first-order flying boats have been sent to the door. As long as you change the sect logo outside the flying boat a little, you can use it unhindered.


    After Meng Zhang built his foundation, he was worried that he had no second-order spiritual pulse for his cultivation, so he had to stay in the seclusion of fallen leaves for a while.


    Now with the second-order spirit pulse of Fuzhao Valley, the problem is finally solved.


    Meng Zhang thought that the flying eagle gate seemed to have a second-order spirit pulse.


    No one has ever had too many second-order spiritual veins. Since even the leader of Feiying sect has been killed, of course, we should cut down the roots, destroy all the Feiying sect, and take the opportunity to occupy the spiritual veins of Feiying sect.


    Meng Zhang arranged the affairs of Fuzhao Valley, called several disciples, took a first-class flying boat and rushed to the Mountain Gate of Feiying gate.


    The Mountain Gate of Feiying gate is not far from Fuzhao Valley, which is about 500 li away.


    It didn''t take long for the flying boat to reach its destination.


    However, Meng Zhang is a little late.


    Outside the Mountain Gate of Feiying gate, there are many friars attacking the protection array of Feiying gate.


    The leader of Feiying sect and many elites in the sect have just lost their lives in Meng Zhang''s hands. Even if the second-order Dharma array is lack of enough masters to preside over, it is difficult to give full play to its power.


    Under the constant attack of these friars, the sect protection array of Feiying gate has been shaky and in danger.


    Judging from the standard robes worn by these friars, they are disciples of the skillful hand sect and the golden knife sect.


    Meng Zhang flew out of the flying boat and looked carefully at the situation ahead.


    I didn''t expect that the movements of skillful hand gate and golden knife gate were so fast. It seems that they also made the same decision as Meng Zhang and began to try their best to seize the territory of Shuangfeng valley. At the same time, it also annexed those sects with insufficient strength.


    Originally, when Shuangfeng valley was there, although Shuangfeng valley was a little overbearing, it didn''t take a little credit. At least under the rule of shuangfenggu, this area can maintain a peaceful order. All spiritual forces can not openly invade and kill, let alone start a war of extermination and annexation.


    At the beginning, when Taiyi gate was weak, by virtue of the rules of shuangfenggu, it kept the zongmen from being annexed or destroyed. Later, when Meng Zhang led taiyimen to rise, he took advantage of this rule and took a lot of advantages.


    Now, after the demise of Shuangfeng Valley, this area soon entered a state of chaos.


    The chaotic Warring States era has come. The big fish eat the small fish, and the annexation war of the law of the jungle is in full swing.


    If Meng Zhang did not succeed in building the foundation, taiyimen would also be a small fish swallowed. But Meng Zhang is already a friar in the foundation period, so it''s taiyimen''s turn to swallow others.


    Perhaps Meng Zhang stayed here for a long time and attracted a friar who had met once.


    Ruan Dadao, the old master of the golden sword sect and Friar during the foundation period, looked at Meng Zhang floating in the opposite air and was a little suspicious.


    Meng Zhang once saw Ruan Dadao far away at the foundation building Dharma meeting of Lin shenpo of Lin Shan sect.


    At that time, Ruan Dadao, a monk in the foundation period, would not have noticed Meng Zhang, a small monk in the Qi refining period.


    Later, after Meng Zhang became famous again and again, Ruan Dadao should have heard of his name as the head of Taiyi sect.


    "Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect, I''ve seen brother Ruan."


    After saying hello, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave.


    There are many industries left by Shuangfeng valley. There are forces worth annexing around. There is no need to fight with Ruan Dadao here.


    It seems that the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate have joined hands. The weak taiyimen should have made plans long ago.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s leaving back, Ruan Dadao''s face remained unchanged. It was unexpected that Meng Zhang, a young man, succeeded in building the foundation so soon.


    Originally, taiyimen would be the next target of annexation. But with Meng Zhang, a friar in the foundation period, Taiyi gate can''t be touched.


    There are plenty of delicious fat around. Why eat the hard bone of taiyimen.

 Chapter 177

    Ruan Dadao did not expect that Meng Zhanggang was so aggressive soon after he succeeded in building the foundation.


    Now taiyimen is not the target of annexation by others, but also takes the initiative to open the road of foreign expedition and annexation.


    Next, the surrounding situation first became complicated and disorderly, and various Xiuzhen forces allied with each other and fought against each other.


    It took months for the situation to become clear.


    From the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley, the most profitable are the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.


    The two forces originally exist at the same level as Shuangfeng valley. Even if their strength is much lower than Shuangfeng Valley, they also have rich inside information and accumulation. There are many disciples, including many experts.


    With the acquiescence of Feihong sect, most of the rest of Shuangfeng Valley fell into the hands of the two families, except that the Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng valley was occupied by Feihong sect.


    The two allied forces swept all the way, attacked cities and villages, and broke most strongholds of Shuangfeng valley. All Shuangfeng Valley disciples who dared to resist were killed one after another.


    Because Feihong sect deeply hated Shuangfeng Valley, the two families killed all the remaining forces of Shuangfeng Valley and would never accept the refuge of Shuangfeng Valley disciples. Moreover, a special pursuit team was sent to hunt down the fugitive Shuangfeng Valley disciples.


    The surviving disciples of Shuangfeng Valley fled one after another, and Taiyi gate took the opportunity to absorb many.


    Although Lin quanguan produced the golden elixir of Guangzhi, he did not get any benefit, but shrank.


    As long as the matter between Guangzhi immortal and feihongzong is not solved, Lin quanguan has to pick up his tail and be a man. For fear of stimulating Feihong sect, the experts in the sect destroyed Linquan temple on impulse.


    Moreover, Lin quanguan was greedy for the heritage left by Shuangfeng Valley, and did not dare to stretch out his hand at this time.


    In addition to directly controlling a relatively rich territory, shuangfenggu also has many vassal forces, ruling some remote and remote mountains and remote areas.


    These remote areas are ruled by forces such as Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate.


    After years of changes, some were killed by sand monsters, some lost their inheritance and died. Of course, new forces were born.


    After all these years, there were more than ten vassal forces.


    After a few months of war, only four families were left to build Jizong gate.


    The skillful sect and the golden Sabre sect joined hands and became the most powerful force, swallowing the fattest booty and most of the vassals originally belonging to Shuangfeng valley.


    Lin Shan sect, which was originally the most powerful, adopted a concession strategy in the face of the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate after joining hands. It did not compete directly with them. It just swallowed the fruits of the war at the door of its home and did not expand further.


    If Meng Zhang had not succeeded in building the foundation of taiyimen, which was originally weak, I''m afraid it would have become the target of annexation by others.


    Meng Zhang became a friar during the foundation period, and naturally had a certain appeal.


    Scattered monks from all walks of life, the remnant friars of Shuangfeng Valley, and other escaped forces. Meng Zhang gathered up a large number of disabled and defeated soldiers. A large mob can at least frighten people.


    Meng Zhang, who commanded the shrimp and crab generals under his command, also attacked everywhere. He really reaped a lot of benefits and occupied a lot of territory.


    For the major cultivation forces, territory is the foundation of their existence.


    The more territory, the richer, the more cultivation resources can be provided. Only when the territory is large and the population is large can we provide more disciples.


    The Allied forces of the skillful hand sect and the golden Sabre sect first cleaned up the Qi refining sect. When they were finished, they found that the Taiyi sect, which had been put aside, was not idle. Take advantage of this opportunity to expand everywhere.


    Now, a new situation has taken shape.


    The skillful hand sect and the golden Sabre sect are the strongest. The Linshan sect has more than enough self-protection, and the Taiyi sect seems to be the weakest.


    Outside, after the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain annexed the area directly under the central government of shuangfenggu, they are also eyeing the area where their vassal is located and ready to start at any time.


    These vassal sites are a little barren, but no matter how thin mosquito legs are, they are also meat.


    Where should we go in the face of the pressing Liu family and green bamboo mountain?


    At this time, the Lin Shan sect, which has been relatively conservative recently, sent envoys and began to visit the other three sects.


    Lin Shan''s envoy proposed that the four families join hands to maintain their independent status and compete with the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.


    Seriously, no one among the four forces has ever tried to take the initiative to take refuge in the Liu family or Qingzhu mountain. However, it is difficult for these people to get enough support within the sect.


    The Liu family is insidious and their vassal forces have a hard time.


    As for green bamboo mountain, not to mention. It seems kind, but it''s actually mean and vicious. A few years ago, chiguoguo destroyed the vassal Yang family just because of a treasure. It''s a bad reputation.


    Now it seems that although Shuangfeng Valley is a bit overbearing, it is not particularly harsh, and it may be passable in face.


    Who is willing to be a vassal to others after having tasted the taste of being the master of their own country?


    The emissary of Lin Shan sect made a round trip in the three sects and won everyone''s support, which greatly moved the leaders of the three sects.


    Now the most crucial question is whether the four families can resist the joint efforts of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.


    If the strength difference is too far, we''d better surrender early. It''s better to be a slave and suffer a little than to lose your life in vain. After all, there are a few practitioners who would rather die than surrender in the cultivation world, and the heroes who know current affairs are the mainstream.


    A few days later, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, Ruan Dadao, the founder of Jindao sect, and aunt Jin, the elder of skillful sect, came to Linshan sect at the same time.


    Lin Shan sent two elders of the foundation period, Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo, to receive everyone at the same time.


    Today''s meeting is related to the next choice of the four families. If the choice is wrong, there is a danger of destroying the family.


    This is a matter of life and death of the sect. The leaders of the three sects can''t be masters during the Qi refining period. They must invite the foundation building friars who are really masters when they go out.


    Meng Zhang, the youngest, continued to be the leader of Taiyi sect after he built the foundation.


    Meng Zhang is very ambitious. He believes that the end of Taiyi gate under his leadership is definitely more than building Jizong gate.


    Several friars in the foundation building period discussed secretly and soon made a decision.


    According to intelligence analysis, the strength of the four companies is not much weaker than that of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain. No one is willing to surrender like this. Let''s do it first.


    Next, the four sects began to mobilize their disciples to prepare for the war.


    Of course, the movements of the four sects cannot be concealed. The Liu family and Qingzhu mountain also began to mobilize their disciples to go to the front and be ready to start at any time.


    This area has generally maintained peace for many years. With the demise of Shuangfeng Valley, one battle after another broke out.


    Soon, the war that will determine the fate of this region will begin.

 Chapter 178

    Taiyi sect, Linshan sect, Qiaoshou sect and Jindao sect concluded an alliance and agreed to fight the enemy together.


    Facing the pressing Liu family and Qingzhu mountain step by step, the four families agreed on countermeasures and took action immediately.


    The four forces are all located in the west of mingshafang City, while the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain come from the East. After occupying mingshafang City, they may advance to the west at any time.


    Ruan Yuan, the leader of the golden Sabre sect, as an envoy of the four sects, went to mingshafang city to meet Liu Dahai, the leader of the Liu family, and Qingzhu, the leader of Qingzhu mountain.


    The leader or leader of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain must be a friar during the foundation period, otherwise they can''t convince the public. When such forces can''t cultivate the leader of the foundation period, it means that these forces are weak.


    After the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley, the elders and disciples of Shuangfeng Valley stationed in mingshafang city took the initiative to escape after receiving the news. Lin quanguan''s industry here also took the initiative to close down, and the personnel withdrew from the view.


    A few years ago, feihongzong began to order the blockade of mingshafang city. All businesses in the city were depressed, businesses were lost one after another, and a large number of shops were closed.


    Feihong building was first closed, and then all stationed personnel were withdrawn. Then Sihai building followed, closed down and withdrew its staff.


    Over the years, mingshafang has become desolate and unpopular. From a bustling trading market, it has almost become an empty town.


    But there is a second-order spirit pulse here after all, and it is in a superior position. After years of painstaking management of shuangfenggu, even if it was down for a while, the foundation was still there.


    If you change your master and are no longer hostile to Feihong sect, you may not be able to restore the situation in its heyday.


    Both the Liu family and the green bamboo mountain took a fancy to this fat meat. After some unknown bargaining, they agreed to jointly manage it.


    The Allied forces of Liu family and Qingzhu mountain successfully occupied mingshafang city without any resistance.


    The people of shuangfenggu fled in a hurry. Not only did they not destroy all kinds of buildings in mingshafang City, but even the protectionist array had no time to destroy them. They just shut down the array and took away the core array disk controlling the array.


    After being busy for a while, the Liu family and the array mage of Qingzhu mountain managed to come up with a substitute to control the array. Then he opened the array again and restored the defense of mingshafang city.


    The Liu family and the follow-up monks of Qingzhu mountain settled in mingshafang city one after another and built it into a forward base.


    Because the next goal is the clan of Lin Shan sect. Liu Dahai, the owner of the Liu family, and Qingzhu, the leader of Qingzhu mountain, also came to mingshafang city to plan the next action.


    Especially after learning that the four families were allied and wanted to compete with their own family, Liu Dahai and qingzhuzi began to arrange troops and mobilize people.


    In the face of the two leaders of the foundation period, Ruan Yuan was neither humble nor arrogant. He struggled to resist the pressure of the friars during the foundation period and handed over the prepared battle paper.


    During the war, it was agreed that after one month, the two sides would have a frontal battle in the desert not far west of mingshafang city to decide the ownership of the area west of mingshafang city.


    After discussing with Qingzhu, Liu Dahai agreed to the battle in the afternoon.


    Ruan Yuan left mingshafang city immediately with their reply and hurried back.


    The reason why Liu Dahai and qingzhuzi agreed to each other''s engagement was that they wanted to defeat each other in one fell swoop through a fair battle. This can reduce the resistance to conquer the west of mingshafang city and facilitate future rule.


    The reason why the four forces put forward such a treaty is that even if the four forces work together, they still lack a lot of information and accumulation from each other. If we do not make a quick decision and engage in protracted and guerrilla warfare, we will probably not be able to sustain it.


    Moreover, the four forces work together, with a large number of people and different ideas. Even if the enemy is present, it is inevitable to intrigue. If you delay for a long time, there may be internal changes.


    After Ruan Yuan brought back Liu Dahai and Qingzhu''s reply, the four forces immediately began to arrange troops.


    Less than 300 miles west of mingshafang City, there was originally a small oasis located on a first-order spiritual pulse.


    The original owner here is a small Xiuzhen family.


    In the recent war, this small family was destroyed by the golden sword sect. This oasis has become the booty of the golden sword gate.


    Now, the armies of the four forces have arrived here one after another, gathered here, and then prepared to go to the front line to fight against the strong enemy.


    Of course, the total number of the so-called army is only over 600. Except for the small number of Taiyi sect, which is only a little more than 100, the other three sects each sent nearly 200 disciples.


    For these four families, they did their best.


    After all, a cultivator is a cultivator, not comparable to ordinary people. Even if there are hundreds of people, they can show a strong momentum, better than the 100000 army of mortals.


    The joint efforts of the four forces are only an expedient measure, and there is absolutely no trust in each other.


    Therefore, the manpower of the four forces are assembled separately and rehearsed separately.


    Such a large-scale battle between monks must not be disorderly and disorganized like street gangsters.


    Each faction has more or less some ways to make disciples cooperate with each other and work together against the enemy.


    Like feihongzong, a large-scale door has the secret method of setting up a large-scale war law array.


    Of course, these four forces do not have that ability, but they also have their own means.


    A well-trained and disciplined friar can use various arrays to win more with less, and the weak can win the strong.


    In addition to Taiyi sect, the other three sects have been inherited for many years, and their disciples have learned the common formations of their own sects. However, there has never been such a large-scale battle before, and there is a lack of sufficient experience.


    Now seize the last month before the war, sharpen your guns, temporarily practice and strengthen.


    Meng Zhang has a headache.


    Taiyi sect originally had only dozens of disciples. In recent days, a large number of scattered soldiers have been recruited, and the number has almost tripled.


    The advantage is that with a large number of people, there will be a strong deterrent. If it hadn''t been for the temporary enrollment expansion during this period, taiyimen really couldn''t send so many people.


    The disadvantage is that most people have their own thoughts and are scattered. They have no experience of working together and lack the sense of cooperation.


    It is really an impossible task to bring this mob to the battlefield and experience a cruel and bloody battle.


    No matter how difficult the task is, we still have to do it, and we must do it well.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang had expected this situation and made some preparations in advance.


    Among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial, there are many arrays that can be used for the war in the cultivation world.


    He chose an array called heaven and earth rotation array and organized disciples to practice it for the war a month later.

 Chapter 179

    Meng Zhang didn''t say much, so he called all the Taiyi disciples together and looked coldly at the mess below.


    The foundation period friar is the foundation period friar. He just stands there and doesn''t do anything. He can frighten the people by his momentum alone.


    Looking at the crowd calming down, Meng Zhang said coldly, "the war is coming, and we began to implement military control."


    "Those who don''t listen to orders will be killed, those who flee before the battle will be killed, and those who flinch will be killed."


    As Meng Zhang''s voice fell, there was a more solemn atmosphere in the field.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought someone would jump out and make an example of himself. But he overestimated the courage of these people.


    The direct disciple of Taiyi sect naturally firmly supports Meng Zhang. Those monks who have just taken refuge here will not be stupid enough to contradict the foundation building monks. A real fool can''t live until this time. If you can pull down your face and sell yourself, you can''t have much integrity.


    Meng Zhang, who had just built his foundation, underestimated his suppression of friars in the Qi refining period.


    Although it did not achieve the goal of making an example of others, it was enough to subdue the people and let them obey the orders.


    During this time, Meng Zhang screened a large number of newly recruited disciples.


    Meng Zhang was originally gifted with divine power and his mind. After entering the foundation period, the power of divine power also increased. It''s easy to read the minds of a group of monks in the period of Qi refining.


    None of these disciples can master the secret of mind control and mind locking.


    Meng Zhang called all the disciples to the front and asked them separately. It seems that he only asked some simple questions, but his mind power has been quietly launched.


    There were too many people. Meng Zhang spent a lot of time and was half tired to finish this vital work.


    Meng Zhang mastered the thoughts of all the disciples one by one. They think they hide good secrets and have not escaped Meng Zhang''s magic power.


    Meng Zhang divided these disciples into three categories.


    One is loyal and loyal to taiyimen.


    Among these new disciples, such people are rare. There are only a few.


    Of course, these people deserve attention and will be trained by the sect in the future.


    The other is the disciple who has doubts about Taiyi''s heart, but his nature is not bad and has no too much calculation in his heart.


    These disciples have the value and hope of transformation. We can observe and educate them slowly in the future. We can''t give them up easily. We can give them more opportunities.


    The last category is that they didn''t have a good intention from the beginning. They just had to take refuge in taiyimen temporarily because of the situation. In the future, as long as there is a chance, they will immediately leave taiyimen and even bite back.


    Of course, in order to appease the new disciples, Meng Zhang will not do too obvious.


    Meng Zhang didn''t tell everyone the name of the rotation of heaven and earth array. He just told everyone that in this month, everyone will practice an array for the war a month later.


    For sects such as skillful hand sect and golden Sabre sect, the array inherited in the sect is handed down by ordinary array mages. It is of average power and has no reputation.


    Many of these arrays don''t even have a serious name. The better ones are just random names. I haven''t even heard of any other sect except my own sect.


    Those new disciples who practice array think their own array is also this kind of array.


    Apart from Meng Zhang, only a few people know the details of this heaven and earth rotation array.


    All the disciples were divided into two parts by Meng Zhang.


    Part is the real lineage of taiyimen, which needs to be well protected in the war. This group of disciples is led by Yang Xueyi.


    The other part is Meng Zhang''s dissidents.


    Zhang Hantao, the leader of the Zhang family, is the leader of these disciples.


    Zhang Jia was originally a small family around Taiyi gate. When Meng Zhang led Taiyi gate disciples to sweep around, Zhang Hantao knew that a small gas refining family could not resist the team led by friars during the foundation period.


    So Zhang Hantao was very aware of current affairs and voluntarily surrendered.


    Anxious to pacify Meng Zhang around as soon as possible, he does not exclude such things as recruiting and conquering traitors. Zhang Hantao took the initiative to invest, setting a good example for the surrounding forces.


    More importantly, Zhang Yingying, a female friar in Zhangjia, showed her talent for alchemy since childhood. She was accepted as a disciple by an alchemist in shuangfenggu and cultivated carefully.


    After becoming an alchemist, Zhang Yingying stayed in mingshafang city and refined pills in shuangfenggu''s shops. Privately, he often helps Zhang Jia.


    After the defeat of Shuangfeng Valley, Zhang Yingying did not follow the disciples of Shuangfeng Valley on the road of escape, but sneaked away halfway and fled back to Zhangjia.


    Even if he is only a first-order alchemist, he can only refine the first-order pill taken by friars during Qi refining. But in Meng Zhang''s eyes, they are rare productive talents.


    Zhangjia has invested in Taiyi gate, and Zhang Yingying is naturally used by Taiyi gate. The cultivation of Danshi in Taiyi gate has a better foundation.


    Originally, if Zhang Hantao was honest, he might not be able to find his place in Taiyi gate.


    Unfortunately, the old guy thinks he is smart and makes a lot of small moves secretly.


    When the skillful sect and the golden Sabre sect joined hands to sweep the four directions, the old guy sent someone secretly to contact the two forces.


    When the four families negotiated peace and joined hands with the outside world, he did not stop.


    Many years ago, there was a nun in Zhangjia who married a friar of the Liu family as a concubine.


    When shuangfenggu was in, Zhang Jia never trumpeted such a relationship.


    Now, in the face of the approach of the coalition forces of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain, Zhang Hantao secretly sent someone to catch up with the Liu family and leave a way for Zhang Jia through this heavy relationship.


    Zhang Hantao thought that his concealed actions had not deceived Meng Zhang''s eyes. All his thoughts were clearly seen by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang wanted to kill this kind of villain with one palm. However, he forced himself to bear it when he thought of publicly executing Zhang Hantao.


    Zhang Hantao took great pains to preserve the family. Meng Zhang can understand it, but he will never accept it.


    Zhang Hantao became the leader of these disciples, and his fate was doomed.


    The heaven and earth rotation array is composed of one heaven and one earth, one Yin and one Yang, one positive and one negative. They cooperate with each other and rotate from time to time, which can give full play to the strength of the disciples in the array.


    Although Wen qiansuan only achieved accomplishments in the middle of Qi refining, he was appointed by Meng Zhang as the main general to preside over the array and command the array because of his excellent array skills.


    Wen qiansuan has mastered all the mysteries hidden in the heaven and earth rotation array. Meng Zhang''s plan will be mainly implemented by him.

 Chapter 180

    Since the Dharma array is to be arranged, in addition to practicing disciples, some props for arranging the array are also needed. Like array flag, it is a commonly used array props.


    Since a few years ago, Meng Zhang has prepared for a rainy day and entrusted dihuomen to refine some array flags.


    His idea at that time was that the cultivation of Taiyi disciples was generally not high, and they needed to form an array to improve their combat effectiveness.


    Later, after Tian Li became an official tool refiner, the gate also released the task of refining the array flag to him.


    He can not only complete sect tasks and make contributions, but also exercise his weapon refining skills. Naturally, Tian Li is happy to do nothing.


    After years of accumulation, there are many array flags in Taiyi gate.


    In this battle, Meng Zhang used most of them and prepared 16 array flags.


    Sixteen carefully selected disciples are in charge of the array flag as the key node of the array.


    Practitioners, both intellectually and physically, are far more than ordinary people.


    Under Meng Zhang''s supervision, the disciples who were forced out of their full potential were familiar with the general operation of the array without spending too much time. Many changes in the array were also recorded by them one by one.


    The disciples led by Yang Xueyi are basically the elite of Taiyi sect and the main force of this battle.


    The disciples led by Zhang Hantao are not entirely new disciples, including some old disciples who have joined Taiyi sect for several years.


    Of course, Zhang Hantao won''t know that these old disciples are spies from forces around Taiyi gate, such as skillful hand gate and golden knife gate.


    A little funny is that Shuangfeng Valley has been destroyed. Shuangfenggu''s spy who broke into Taiyi gate actually tried his best to play his own role.


    After many drills in the past month, the two disciples initially mastered this array, learned to cooperate and move with the changes of the array. At least it looks decent and has a certain combat effectiveness.


    Of course, in this month, these monks were also trained very hard by Meng Zhang. Even with the strong physique of the cultivator, everyone shouted that they couldn''t bear it.


    Meng Zhang marched on the spot and beheaded a sneaky disciple. All the people were completely honest.


    Meng Zhang strengthened his training while scolding a group of people for being cheap.


    Three days before the battle, Meng Zhang stopped training when he saw that it was just like this. He was able to live through it reluctantly. Let everyone have a good rest and seize the time to conserve energy in order to deal with the war in three days.


    In addition to Taiyi gate, the other three zongmen are also well prepared.


    Three days later, on the battlefield agreed by both sides, in the desert West of mingshafang City, a big war was imminent.


    The strength of the four sects was weak. To be cautious, they came to the agreed battlefield first.


    The disciples of the four sects are divided into four groups, which are clear-cut and separated by a certain distance.


    This was discussed by the leaders of the four families in advance.


    The four sects lack both cooperation and trust. It''s better to line up separately and fight on their own.


    In front of the sijiazong gate is the west gate of mingshafang city.


    The protective array in mingshafang city has been opened, and everyone can''t see the situation inside.


    Choosing this as a battlefield, the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain actually have great advantages. They rely on mingshafang city as the backing. As long as the war situation is slightly unfavorable, they can retreat into mingshafang city for reorganization. Therefore, they generously set aside a month for each other to assemble and integrate.


    In the long-awaited eyes of the people, the Liu family and the friars of Qingzhu mountain went out.


    A group of monks in green bamboo mountain robes, surrounded by two huge sand lizards and camels, slowly came out of mingshafang city.


    When all the people came out, the friars in Liu''s robes followed.


    When everyone came out of mingshafang City, the two monks began to form an array.


    On the back of the sand lizard camel surrounded by monks in Qingzhu mountain, two huge stone tablets began to shine yellow light.


    The friar of Qingzhu mountain took the two stone tablets as the center and discharged an array.


    All the green bamboo mountain friars were covered by the light emitted by the stone tablet.


    The sand lizard camel moved slowly and firmly towards the front, pointing in the direction of the four coalition forces.


    Friar Liu just formed a simple formation. He followed friar Qingzhu mountain and pushed forward.


    During the foundation period, Meng Zhang and other four monks had gathered in front of their camp and looked at the changes ahead.


    Seeing the movement made by the friars of Qingzhu mountain, the expressions on the faces of several friars in the foundation period were very ugly.


    "How could Fei hongzong be willing to pass on such a big killing weapon as the four pole town Yue array to Qingzhu mountain?" Ruan Dadao was puzzled.


    "It''s just an incomplete version of the quadrupole Zhen Yue array. Its power may not be 10% of the original. Qingzhu mountain has been a dog for Feihong sect for many years, which is worth the price." Xu Yishan said with a little disdain.


    Fei hongzong has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. Its large-scale war law array, quadrupole Zhenyue array, can be said to be well-known and influential in all directions.


    With four specially refined Zhenyue steles as the core, the quadrupole Zhenyue array is divided into Southeast and northwest quadrupoles, which are jointly connected and driven by many monks. Four poles in one, with the ability of Dinghai town and Yue.


    Qingzhu mountain has always been closely related to Feihong sect. Many years ago, it cost a lot to get two Zhenyue steles eliminated by Feihong sect.


    The Zhenyue monument is as heavy as a mountain. If it has not been refined by a special secret method, it is difficult to drive.


    Of course, Fei hongzong will not teach Qingzhu mountain the secret method of sacrificing and refining the town''s Yuebei.


    As for the changes of the Yueda array in the quadrupole Town, it is the top secret of Feihong sect. Qingzhu mountain dare not even think about it.


    After all, the founder of Qingzhu mountain was once an inner disciple of Feihong sect, leaving a lot of heritage and contacts for future generations. The martial arts inherited from Qingzhu mountain are also in the same line with feihongzong, with many origins and connections.


    The elder friars of Qingzhu mountain groped for a long time and turned to many well-known friars of Feihong sect. Only then did they use some earth methods to drive the two Zhenyue steles, and created a fake version of the four pole Zhenyue array, and there are only two poles.


    Meng Zhang was not deterred by the array created by Qingzhu mountain like several other friars during the foundation period.


    He had already used the eye of breaking arrogance and carefully observed the other party''s array.


    After entering the foundation period, the ability of gifted gods to break false magic eyes has also improved a lot. Compared with the gas refining period, it''s just heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang is not a professional array mage. When it comes to array Taoist attainments, he is not as good as Wen qiansuan, a disciple of Taiyi sect. But his vision and experience were not bad, and he soon saw through the reality of Qingzhu mountain.


    "It''s just a nondescript four dissimilarities. It''s very different from the Yueda array in the four pole town. This kind of thing is also taken out to show off its ugliness. Qingzhu mountain is really poor."


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, they all thought that Meng Zhang encouraged his own morale by belittling each other. They did not know that Meng Zhang was telling the real truth.

 Chapter 181

    Although he knew that he shouldn''t refute Meng Zhang at this time, seeing Meng Zhang''s elated expression, Ruan Dadao couldn''t help but say: "since little leader Meng doesn''t see the big array in Qingzhu mountain, it''s better to resist from the front of Taiyi gate and attack from the side."


    "Why, I''m not a fool. Let my disciples face the tough enemies. You hide and pick up bargains. Do you really think I''m a fool like you?"


    Meng Zhang immediately went back. Although taiyimen and jindaomen are forced by the situation to temporarily form an alliance, the relationship between the two is definitely not good.


    "Well, well, the big enemy is now. It''s time to work together. Don''t spoil our friendship because of a little quarrel."


    Seeing that Ruan Dadao was angered by Meng Zhang, she was about to attack. Aunt Jin quickly became a peacemaker.


    "Of course, those who can do more work. If leader Meng really has a way to deal with the array of green bamboo mountain, the important task really has to be handed over to leader Meng."


    Aunt Jin''s conversation turned and ran on Meng Zhang.


    "Yes, leader Meng''s tone is so big that he''s not bragging." Ruan Dadao deliberately emphasized the word Xiao Meng in his words.


    Seeing aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao run on Meng Zhang together, what Lin shenpo wanted to say was stopped by Xu Yishan with a look.


    The green bamboo mountain is threatening. Someone must stop it. The green bamboo mountain opposite Taiyi gate is a happy ending.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be really caught by Aunt Jin''s words. Unexpectedly, she agreed and asked Taiyi gate to confront Qingzhu mountain.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not make such an easy move, but also put forward his own conditions.


    After some simple bargaining, the people finally reached an agreement.


    At this time, no matter how slow the sand lizard camel was, it was almost in front of the sijiazongmen allied army.


    After Meng Zhang ordered with the method of communication, Wen qiansuan took the initiative to lead the Taiyi disciples who had formed an array to meet Qingzhu mountain.


    The monks of the other three families avoided the front of Qingzhu mountain and passed by from both sides.


    After giving the order, Meng Zhang flew forward with several friars during the foundation period.


    In such a frontal battle, there are some established rules or conventions in the cultivation world.


    Soldier to soldier, general to general. In addition, there is no chance to play tricks and tactics.


    I saw the foundational friars of the four families flying over, and a group of foundational friars also flew out opposite.


    Now that the war has begun, there is no need for nonsense. Choose your opponent directly. Don''t give advice. Just do it directly.


    These six people in Qingzhu mountain were all monks in the early stage of foundation building. Among them, Lin shenpo was promoted to the foundation building period for a short time, and Meng Zhang only entered the foundation building period for less than a year. The other four are old friars who have been in the foundation building period for many years.


    The six men were divided into three groups and fought each other one by one.


    Meng Zhang''s enemy is Qingzhu, the leader of Qingzhu mountain. Although they are both leaders of the same school, they are not at the same level at all.


    When Meng Zhang was still in his mother''s womb, green bamboo had entered the foundation period and began to take charge of green bamboo mountain.


    As a well-known strongman, green bamboo doesn''t look up to Meng Zhang as a new foundation.


    But once he started, he had to put aside all his prejudices.


    The weapon in green bamboo''s hand, like the old man, is a bamboo stick refined from second-order spiritual bamboo.


    After the bamboo stick old man was killed by thick soil, the magic weapon in his hand also became the booty of thick soil. Because of confidentiality, Houtu has never used the bamboo stick.


    Meng Zhang learned a little about the skills of Qingzhu mountain by checking the magic tools of the old man with bamboo sticks and various books and magic tools in the storage bag.


    After the war, Meng Zhang first released the ChiYan sword and cut it head-on. ChiYan sword was urged by the sun''s Qi and set off a sea of fire.


    Then, while the green bamboo was busy parrying the ChiYan sword, Meng Zhang released the fangs of the short sword and stabbed him from behind with Taiyin Qi.


    Fangs are specially used for sneak attack and assassination. Their moves are vicious and unpredictable.


    Two flying swords, one bright and one dark, one positive and one strange, took turns and covered each other. They killed an old brand like green bamboo. Building a foundation only has the power of parry and has no power to fight back.


    Qizheng sword formula, which is contained in the jade slips obtained by Meng Zhang and jueying from the purple gold sect Friar''s cave.


    This is a sword formula that can only be practiced during the foundation period. Meng Zhang practiced it quickly after building the foundation.


    Meng Zhang was really gifted, but he mastered the essence of this sword formula in just a few months and used it in actual combat.


    Although he had the upper hand for the time being, Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless.


    As the leader of a sect, green bamboo son has no hidden cards. Meng Zhang would never be at ease if he did not force out these cards.


    Soon after the other two friars fought, they fell into a anxious and bitter battle.


    We are all friars in the early days of foundation construction, and there is little difference in the foundation.


    Even if we fight for a long time and barely distinguish the victory and defeat, it is difficult to completely kill our opponent.


    At least until now, no one on both sides has come up with a means to make a final decision.

 Chapter 182

    During the foundation period, friars fought fiercely in the sky, and during the Qi refining period, disciples also fought life and death on the ground.


    Wen qiansuan and the Taiyi disciples who formed the heaven and earth rotation array met head-on and hit the array of Qingzhu mountain.


    When the flag is waved, the figure changes, and rings of light rise from the array to protect all Taiyi disciples in the array.


    Originally, Zhang Hantao, the owner of the Zhang family, was very upset when he saw the Taiyi gate facing the green bamboo mountain. If he hadn''t been unable to escape in the battle, he might have escaped.


    Now I''m relieved to see that this unknown array has good defense.


    Under the command of Wen qiansuan, Taiyi disciples were divided into two parts.


    Yang Xueyi led a part to form the outer ring and kept turning around the inner ring.


    The disciples led by Zhang Hantao formed an inner circle and turned in the opposite direction.


    With the two circles rotating in different directions, the heaven and earth rotation array began to work with all its strength. The true Qi of all the disciples in the array was taken away by the array and put into the array.


    The two circles kept rotating, just like a millstone, collided fiercely with the friars of Qingzhu mountain.


    The two Zhenyue steles, which were hunched on the backs of sand lizards and camels, began to shine continuously. Obviously, they were under strong pressure.


    The disciples of Qingzhu mountain guarded by the mask also felt the power of Taiyi sect array because of the violent fluctuation of the mask.


    The last time Qingzhu mountain entered the mirage secret place, all the elite in the door were lost. These disciples are only the leftovers of the sect. Their strength is much worse than those elite.


    If it weren''t for this fake version of the four pole town Yue array, I''m afraid Qingzhu mountain would not have the strength to subdue the Liu family and other forces.


    The heaven and earth rotation array of Taiyi gate is also a powerful killing move handed down by Taiyi gate in its heyday. Even if only a little power is exerted, it is enough to offset the fake quadrupole town Yue array in Qingzhu mountain.


    Zhang Hantao led those disciples to stay in the inner circle and keep moving.


    At first, he thought that the disciples in the outer circle were the main force of the battle. They blocked the disaster for themselves.


    But after the heaven and earth rotation array began to operate, he felt more and more pressure on his body, and his real Qi couldn''t stop gushing out.


    Just after the war, Zhang Hantao lost his Qi seriously and was about to lose his support.


    His disciples are not as strong as him. At this time, someone has vomited blood and fell to the ground.


    He was surprised that the situation was wrong and wanted to escape from the array. But he found that his body didn''t seem to belong to him anymore.


    The body runs around the circle spontaneously and can''t stop at all. The real Qi is constantly losing towards the outside and can''t stop.


    Once the heaven and earth rotation array starts to work with all its strength, everyone in the array can''t help but follow the array passively.


    Wen qiansuan, who presided over the array, mastered every change of the array and the fate of everyone in the array.


    The word "rotation" in the heaven and earth rotation array is not shouting.


    Wen qiansuan, who is in charge of the array, can make the external pressure on the array rotate between the two disciples.


    The pressure that should have been borne by the two disciples was all concentrated on Zhang Hantao and others when he operated the array.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect led by Yang Xueyi in the outer circle face the disciples of Qingzhu mountain. Both sides made unique moves and fought against each other.


    Yang Xueyi and others are more brave than ever, ignoring the enemy''s attack and fighting desperately.


    Especially between Yang Xueyi and Qingzhu mountain, there is a hatred of exterminating the family and destroying the family.


    When the enemy met, she was extremely jealous. Yang Xueyi almost stimulated her full potential and tried her best.


    In Taiyi sect, except Yang Xueyi''s cultivation in the later stage of Qi refining, the strength of other disciples is limited.


    The disciples of Qingzhu mountain opposite are not much better.


    After a great war, many disciples of Qingzhu mountain vomited blood and fell to the ground. They didn''t know whether they were alive or dead.


    Yang Xueyi and others are not a big problem. They are a little tired at most. They are just tired.


    It''s Zhang Hantao and others in the inner circle. The situation is already very bad.


    All their true Qi was extracted and put into the array. The pressure on Yang Xueyi and others was all passed on to them.


    One disciple after another fell down, and the oil ran out and the lamp died.


    Before Zhang Hantao died, he finally understood Meng Zhang''s vicious calculation. He shouted, "I''m so cruel." he fell to the ground and died.


    He has different aspirations. He can''t see Meng Zhang''s mind clearly, and he can''t understand this array. He''s really to blame.


    The cannon fodder in the inner circle was dead and injured, and the heaven and earth rotation array was unsustainable and broke itself.


    Fortunately, the monk of Qingzhu mountain opposite couldn''t support it first and took the initiative to turn in.


    While the other three zongmen surrounded the team from the side and ran into friar Liu at one end.


    After a great war, both sides suffered heavy casualties.


    Originally, the two sides could not tell the outcome in a short time, but seeing that the disciples of Qingzhu mountain couldn''t support it first, the Liu family disciples also took the initiative to retreat.


    The Liu family and the disciples of Qingzhu mountain were defeated but not disorderly, and retreated slowly.


    The four heavily wounded coalition forces were also unable to pursue, so they could only watch them and slowly retreated into the protection array of mingshafang city.


    The friars in the foundation period who caught and fought in the sky also had a tacit understanding. They stopped one after another and returned to their own array.


    It''s incredible and terrible that the disciples of Taiyi sect can face the four pole town Yue array of green bamboo mountain and win the war.


    The other three monks in the foundation period looked at Meng Zhang with different eyes, and their hearts were full of vigilance.


    After meeting with the disciples in the Qi refining period, several friars in the foundation period were relieved.


    The taiyimen side is not intact.


    There are at least dozens of corpses lying on the ground in the Taiyi sect disciple camp.


    The number of disciples of Taiyi sect was originally the least. More than half of them lost this time. The casualties were really heavy, ranking first among the four sects.


    Meng Zhang''s face was also gloomy, with anger in his eyes.


    There are so many deaths and injuries among disciples. As the leader of a sect, how can we not be sad and angry?


    In his heart, Meng Zhang secretly praised Wen qiansuan and realized his intention perfectly. Cleared the tumor in the door and purified the team.


    Meng Zhang looked at the foundation of the other three families, restrained his anger and said, "ladies and gentlemen, our taiyimen has fulfilled our promise and blocked the green bamboo mountain. Don''t forget what you promised us."


    "Headmaster Meng, don''t worry. We will keep our word and never eat our words."


    "We are not the kind of people who break their promises. If we promise the benefits, we will not be short of taiyimen."


    ¡­¡­


    All the people didn''t want to provoke Meng Zhang at this time. He blurted out his good words without stopping.


    People''s taiyimen died and injured so badly. It''s right to comfort them. Don''t you force people to turn around by breaking their promises at this time?


    Everyone is not a fool. You''d better follow Meng Zhang at this time.

 Chapter 183

    In today''s war, the Allied forces of the four families had a slight advantage, but their own losses were not small.


    Not to mention taiyimen, the other three zongmen lost both to the Liu family and paid heavy casualties.


    After the war, the four families cleaned up the bodies, treated the wounded and organized the team. It was not until nightfall that he managed to settle down.


    Four temporary camps have been set up in the four zongmen for temporary rest.


    The five friars in the foundation period did not stay in the camp, but followed behind Xu Yishan of Linshan sect, came to a nearby sand dune and waited quietly.


    The Liu family and Qingzhu mountain also began to rest after retreating into mingshafang city.


    Although the two allied forces retreated temporarily today, the casualties were a little less than those of their opponents.


    The most important thing is that the two coalition forces will not be defeated even if the war situation is unfavorable at the moment, relying on the protective array in mingshafang city.


    As long as we retreat to the square city, rely on the protective Dharma array for defense, and use the enemy''s strength, it is impossible to break through the Dharma array and enter the square city.


    In the evening, the bamboo spear elder who received the letter from green bamboo also rushed to mingshafang city from other places.


    The bamboo spear elder was originally ordered by Feihong sect to monitor the movement of Linquan temple.


    On the other side of Lin quanguan, Wen Feng didn''t move, but on the other side of mingshafang City, it was a terrible accident.


    When the bamboo spear elder arrived, they had one more friar in the foundation period.


    Don''t underestimate this person''s difference. Maybe this is the winner of the war.


    The two monks from top to bottom began to recharge their energy and prepare to fight again tomorrow.


    The two families have not lost their vitality. Now they have the reinforcement of bamboo gun elder. Everyone believes that tomorrow''s World War I will be able to reverse the defeat and win a complete victory.


    On the other side of the four allied forces, five friars in the foundation period blew a cold wind on the sand dunes until midnight.


    However, the five people did not have the slightest impatience, but waited quietly without saying a word.


    Finally, a figure came down from the dark sky and came to the five people.


    The figure coming down from the road was Gu Tanghai, who had not seen Meng Zhang for a long time.


    Gu Tanghai''s eyes inadvertently swept Meng Zhang, and there was no abnormality on the surface.


    "Have you got it?" Xu Yishan asked a little worried.


    "Fortunately, I didn''t lose my life." Gu Tanghai took out a disc slightly larger than his palm.


    This seemingly inconspicuous disk is the central array disk that controls the protection array of mingshafang city.


    When the garrison friars of shuangfenggu withdrew that day, they took this array plate. Later, green bamboo mountain had to summon the array mage to refine a fake product instead.


    The genuine array plate in hand can not only make Qingzhu mountain''s control of the Dharma array ineffective, but also control the Dharma array in turn and directly attack the Liu family and the friars of Qingzhu mountain.


    On the same day, when the five friars in the foundation period were discussing in secret in Linshan sect, Xu Yishan said that he could invite Gu Tanghai to help, and put forward conditions for Gu Tanghai.


    After defeating the opponent and recapturing mingshafang City, the four zongmen and Gu Tanghai shared the interests of mingshafang City equally. Gu Tanghai is responsible for the daily management of mingshafang city.


    Originally, no one in the four sects could trust others to control the city of mingshafang. Now, the city of mingshafang is handed over to Gu Tanghai for casual repair control. As long as their own interests are not lost, everyone can accept it.


    Xu Yishan didn''t lie. Gu Tanghai appeared in time and brought the key to the real victory.


    Gu Tanghai didn''t explain how he got this array plate, so the people didn''t ask much.


    Seeing that it was almost dawn and time was pressing, Gu Tanghai didn''t care to greet the people, so he directly wanted to lead them to action.


    This operation focused on concealment. Except for the six friars in the foundation period, everyone only brought a few elite in the door.


    Meng Zhang only took Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan to act with him.


    Under the cover of night, the people quietly approached mingshafang city.


    The central array that controls the Dharma array is in hand, and the people effortlessly rush to the downtown of mingshafang through the protection Dharma array.


    At this time, in mingshafang City, from the strong in the foundation building period to the small friars in the Qi refining period, most of them are meditating and regulating their breath to conserve energy for tomorrow''s battle.


    Only a small number of monks in the city are responsible for guarding. Anyway, with the protective array of Fangshi, I''m not afraid of sneak attacks.


    The people who sneaked into the city successfully avoided a few guards and several teams of patrolling monks, and entered the central position of mingshafang city.


    A high attic is built here, which is a key position to control the protective array of mingshafang city.


    Qingzhu mountain and Liu family occupied mingshafang city for a short time, and many key points in Chufang city have not been clarified.


    Most importantly, they underestimated the protective array originally set up by shuangfenggu. I think the original array plate of Shuangfeng Valley can be replaced by the fake array plate refined by several array mages.


    Shuangfeng Valley has dominated this area for many years. As the most important stronghold outside the Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng Valley, mingshafang city can''t fully understand the mystery of its protection array in a short time.


    Gu Tanghai didn''t know where to get the information, but he caught the key of the Dharma array at once.


    Silently subdued the guard and the people entered the attic.


    Gu Tanghai took out the array disk and inserted it into a prohibition on the ground.


    After some busyness, the control of mingshafang protection array fell to Gu Tanghai.


    Gu Tanghai divided the authority of the protection Dharma array into a part for everyone who followed him to master.


    They controlled the Dharma array together and launched a fatal raid on the two friars in the array.


    No one thought that the Dharma array, which originally protected his family, would become a murderer who took his own life.


    The city of mingshafang soon fell into chaos.


    The power of the Dharma array is fully open and attacks the two monks desperately.


    On the side of Qingzhu mountain and the Liu family, there are more reinforcements from the early stage of foundation construction, but the four families have more reinforcements from the middle stage of foundation construction, Gu Tanghai.


    The four sects quietly controlled the protection array of mingshafang city and completely occupied the convenience of the land.


    Qingzhuzi and Liu Dahai, who found that the situation was wrong, also tried to lead experts to regain control of the Dharma array.


    A war between monks during the foundation building period broke out in mingshafang city.


    With the blessing of the power of the Dharma array, the strength of the four friars increased greatly. Each friar was extremely brave and defeated the enemy one by one.


    After a hard night''s fighting, it was bright and the fighting had not stopped, but continued.


    Although the number of people in the four families is very small, with the help of the Dharma array, they have achieved very fruitful results.


    Almost all the monks of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain died in mingshafang city. Only a few lucky people can escape.


    Liu Dajiang and Liu Dahai, the elders of the Liu family, were killed on the spot. Only Liu Dahai, the owner of the family, broke through and fled in time.


    The bamboo spear elder died in the war. Qingzhu was seriously injured and was rescued by the bamboo sword.


    In this war, Meng Zhang really saw how terrible the power of a second-order array with full fire is.

 Chapter 184

    If a friar is trapped in the Dharma array and has no means to break the array without defense, he should not do it every day and the earth does not work.


    Meng Zhang was also secretly alert to remember the lesson that the enemy had learned in exchange for his life.


    Without the help of mingshafang city protection array, the Allied forces of sijiazongmen could defeat the enemy at most, but they could never achieve such fruitful results.


    Gu Tang brought kelp to protect the central array of the Dharma array. It''s really a great contribution.


    Although they won a complete victory, all the monks who participated in the war were seriously injured. In particular, Xu Yishan of Linshan sect was almost pulled on his back by Liu Dajiang, the elder of the Liu family. Lucky enough to escape a life, but also lost most of his life. Five pains and seven injuries make it difficult to move.


    Next, the four zongmen allied forces that received the signal slowly entered mingshafang city and gradually took over here.


    When the disciples of their own sect arrived, several friars in the foundation period who were not at ease with each other were completely relieved.


    During the war last night, mingshafang city was almost in ruins with few intact buildings.


    This once very prosperous commercial stronghold with constant flow of people is completely abandoned.


    Several friars in the foundation period were busy healing, and the task of cleaning up the workshop was handed over to their servants.


    After a day''s rest, several people recovered a little. Even Xu Yishan, the most seriously injured, can barely walk.


    The Liu family and Qingzhu mountain were almost wiped out this time. Their strength was greatly damaged and their foundation was damaged.


    If the Allied forces of the four families rest and pursue the victory. It can not only easily recapture the territory of shuangfenggu, but also occupy most of the territory of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.


    But now the situation is not clear. The four coalition forces do not have the courage to pursue easily.


    If they were not forced into a corner, the four might not form an alliance and cooperate to form a coalition against the enemy.


    The Liu family and Qingzhu mountain are the pawns of Feihong sect. They were defeated this time, and they didn''t know how Feihong Zong would react.


    Feihongzong only needs to gently move his fingers. The seemingly not weak four coalition forces will immediately disappear.


    At first, Xu Yishan, the old fox, tried his best to persuade everyone to resist.


    After the injury of several friars in the foundation period was slightly stable, they gathered together and came to the only intact small building in the square city to discuss the next action of the four families.


    As soon as they arrived, Xu Yishan took the initiative to persuade everyone that they should seize the victory and pursue the attack. Even if you can''t break the gates of the Liu family and green bamboo mountain, you should grab all their territory.


    Xu Yishan told everyone that the Linquan temple is the most loyal backing of everyone.


    After immortal Guangzhi married the pill, even feihongzong dared not easily provoke Linquan temple.


    Qi Nanfei, the golden elixir of Mobei Qi family, personally came forward to win over Guangzhi immortal.


    If Guangzhi immortal joins Mobei Qijia, feihongzong will lose the advantage in the number of Jindan immortal. The supremacy of Fei hongzong in the endless sand sea will be completely shaken.


    Therefore, feihongzong absolutely did not dare to start with Lin quanguan. With the support of Lin Quan view, it is a good opportunity for everyone to expand.


    Xu Yishan''s mouth foam flew, but the people were unmoved.


    We are not fools. How can we work for Lin Quan temple for no reason because of Xu Yishan''s empty words.


    Aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao refused Xu Yishan''s proposal face to face when they were discussing the matter.


    However, Meng Zhang saw the combination of golden sword sect and skillful hand sect. In order to avoid being isolated, he took the initiative to move closer to Linshan sect. Not only actively support Xu Yishan''s proposal, but also frequently show kindness to Xu Yishan.


    If the four sects can''t reach a consensus and pursue the victory, they have to give up.


    The focus of the discussion shifted to how to divide the spoils.


    Liu Jia and Qingzhu mountain regard mingshafang city as a forward base and transported a large number of materials and stored them here.


    These materials, the storage bags on the bodies of the two monks... Have become the booty of the four families.


    There was another fierce argument and they almost fell out several times. Finally, under Gu Tanghai''s persuasion, the distribution agreement was finally reached.


    Last time, ye ye took Meng Zhang to Shijia Mountain Gate. It was very noisy.


    Gu Tanghai didn''t know that the fallen leaves had left the endless sand sea. As soon as he saw Meng Zhang, he thought of the fallen leaves behind Meng Zhang.


    During the debate, Gu Tanghai stood on Meng Zhang''s side several times.


    Finally, Meng Zhang took a small advantage in the distribution of booty. In addition to the distribution of many materials, we also get an extra essence of the earth for compensation.


    After all, taiyimen suffered heavy casualties this time. It took a lot of human lives to block Qingzhu mountain.


    The life of taiyimen practitioners is still valuable, and we can''t deny the compensation we should have.


    In fact, the biggest booty of this war is mingshafang itself.


    Of course, due to the blockade of feihongzong in recent years, the commercial road was cut off, and mingshafang, as the commercial function of Fangshi, was almost completely scrapped.


    Last night there was a big war. The square city was badly damaged. It is not easy to rebuild it.


    According to the prior agreement, mingshafang city was handed over to Gu Tanghai for management. The other four families hold shares. When the market recovers in the future, they will receive dividends.


    As for when the market will recover, only God knows.


    Mingsha mountain next to mingshafang city produces a precious spiritual material Xunfeng stone.


    Mining Sundance stone is very difficult, and it is a very hard work. When Mingsha mountain belonged to Shuangfeng Valley, Shuangfeng Valley sent monks who made mistakes to mine here.


    At the beginning, the Zhao family friar was angry with shuangfenggu. A group of people from the head of the family, Zhao Yanbei, worked hard here for several years and suffered all the hardships.


    Mingsha mountain was also taken care of by Gu Tanghai. After mining Xufeng stone, several zongmen divided it in proportion.


    After distributing the booty, the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate didn''t stay much. They soon left mingshafang city and went back to their homes.


    Meng Zhang stayed for a few more days and made good friends with Lin Shan sect.


    Gu Tanghai also took the initiative to contact Meng Zhang, saying that what happened at the beginning was a misunderstanding and that he did not intend to swallow Meng Zhang''s zhujidan.


    Gu Tanghai lowered his body and bowed his head to Meng Zhang, hoping that everyone''s future transactions can continue.


    Before taiyimen trained enough alchemists, it really needed Shijia as a partner.


    As the leader of the school, Meng Zhang should always be rational enough. We should not act according to our own likes and dislikes, but put interests first.


    Meng Zhang said that the cooperation between the two sides is pleasant and of course it should continue.


    In my heart, I was full of alert to the Shi family and decided to train the alchemist of Taiyi sect as soon as possible.


    After dealing with all the trivial matters, Meng Zhang also returned to the Dynasty and returned to Taiyi gate.


    There are many things waiting for him inside taiyimen.


    Integrating the newly acquired territory and allowing the newly introduced disciples to integrate into the Taiyi gate as soon as possible are quite complicated tasks.

 Chapter 185

    Looking at Zhang Yingying in front of her, she took the initiative to sign her name on the soul album. Meng Zhang showed a satisfied smile.


    The most unstable factors in taiyimen were consumed in the war that ended some time ago.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang began to clean up the inside of the sect.


    Naturally, the lineages of Taiyi sect in the sect need not say more about those who have recently taken refuge in the sect. Facing Meng Zhang with the power of victory, he also became honest one after another.


    The Liu family and Qingzhu mountain are the forces of truth cultivation at the same level as the former Shuangfeng valley.


    Sijiazongmen was originally just a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley, but in this war, they won a complete victory and almost wiped out their opponents.


    The sijiazongmen had a great reputation, and their rule over the newly acquired territory became much smoother.


    The newcomers who have just joined taiyimen are at least convinced on the surface. For Meng Zhang, the leader, he also added a bit of fear.


    Meng Zhang felt more and more that his gifted magic power of heart communication was simply a sharp weapon to distinguish people''s hearts.


    With the help of his heart, Meng Zhang has found out everyone''s mind.


    All newcomers, not to mention being able to pledge their allegiance to Taiyi gate to the death, are willing to share joys and sorrows with Taiyi gate. At least they regard themselves as a member of Taiyi gate and honestly contribute to Taiyi gate.


    To be on the safe side, Meng Zhang tried his best to let several key figures leave their names on the soul Book willingly.


    Zhang Yingying is a woman in her thirties. She looks a little gorgeous.


    On weekdays, he looks honest, but sometimes he also has his own careful thinking.


    She is a woman who knows current affairs very well, and she will never disobey the strong.


    She still has feelings for Zhang, but she can''t say how loyal she is to Zhang Hantao, the owner of the family.


    After the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley, he took the initiative to escape from the remaining monks in Shuangfeng valley without hanging from a tree. It''s a little clever.


    Meng Zhang brought back the news of Zhang Hantao''s death. Just a few words from her, she immediately accepted her life and honestly left her name on the soul book.


    As a first-class alchemist, Zhang Yingying can only refine the pills taken by friars during Qi refining. But it is very rare for taiyimen now.


    After the loyalty problem of the disciples in the sect was solved, Meng Zhang made a drastic integration within the sect.


    After all, with the expansion of taiyimen''s territory and the increase of disciples, the sect needs to be on the right track. It can no longer be the practice of the Caotai team.


    There are several more halls in Taiyi gate, and some disciples have been promoted.


    First, the Shuwu hall was established to deal with all kinds of Shuwu in the door. The hall leader was Tian Zhen, the Shuwu elder.


    Then the Lingzhi hall was established to take care of all the Lingtian in the door. The hall leader was Lingzhi elder Qing Lingchang.


    The foreign affairs hall has also been established to be responsible for taiyimen''s foreign exchanges and handle foreign relations.


    Over the years, Li Xuan has been responsible for all the affairs of baizang earth mine and handled them in an orderly manner, which has saved Meng Zhang countless efforts. What he did also proved his loyalty to taiyimen.


    Li Xuan was appointed head of the foreign affairs hall.


    The position of the hall leader is higher than that of the disciples of the inner sect and under the elders.


    The weapon refining hall was established, with Tian Li as the hall leader, who is specially responsible for matters related to the smelting of weapons in the door.


    The alchemy hall was established with Zhang Yingying as its leader, responsible for cultivating alchemy teachers and refining pills.


    The rune making hall was established, with Yang Xueyi as its leader, responsible for training Rune makers and making various Rune books.


    Meng Zhang was also interested in refining talismans. But then he found that his talent in this field was mediocre, so he took the initiative to give up.


    A friar like him in the foundation period, because he is not a professional talisman, if he makes a second-order talisman, not only the success rate is very low, but also the power of the above spells is generally only one or two percent of his daily performance.


    Such talismans did not play much role in the battle of friars during the foundation period. However, some friars in the refining period can use it as a killer mace to press the bottom of the box.


    Meng Zhang also set up a special dining hall to make all kinds of spiritual food for the disciples. Yang Xueyi can only be the leader of the dining hall for the time being.


    There is also an array hall in the gate, which is specially responsible for all matters related to the array in the gate. Such as trying to set up an array, breaking the Dharma array of hostile forces, etc. Wen qiansuan, the only array mage in the sect, naturally became the leader of the array hall.


    The beast hall is headed by Hu Jing, who is responsible for breeding and domesticating all kinds of demons.


    War hall, a hall entrance specially used for foreign war. Zheng Chao, a brave and skillful disciple, became the leader of the war hall.


    The law enforcement hall is the entrance of the hall to maintain the rules of the sect and enforce the laws and disciplines in the sect. Because there is no suitable candidate, Meng Zhang can only be the head of the hall.


    It is the entrance of the martial arts transmission hall, which manages the Sutra Pavilion, arranges the classics of the internal skill method, and teaches the disciples all kinds of skills. The Dharma protector Houtu God will also serve as the hall leader.


    After being awarded the essence of a piece of soil by Meng Zhang, the thick earth god spent most of his time in refining and closing. Many of the work of Chuangong hall had to be put on Meng Zhang.


    After straightening out the internal structure of the organization, Meng Zhang moved the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate to the Fuzhao valley of the original Zhao family.


    This is the only second-order spiritual pulse that Taiyi gate has mastered at present. It has too many advantages over the original Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    After the relocation of taiyimen Mountain Gate, large-scale construction began inside the gate.


    The most regrettable thing is that after the original second-order Dharma array of the Zhao family was destroyed, it was completely demolished by friar shuangfenggu because the damage was too serious and had no repair value,


    It''s really useless. In the name of shuangfenggu, no friar dares to call at home.


    Second, due to the cultivation of Jindan friars, the resources in shuangfenggu began to be tight. In some places that are not too critical, we can only save.


    Therefore, Shuangfeng Valley has not set up a second-order normal array here.


    At present, there is no shortage of spiritual stones and materials in Taiyi gate, but finished products such as Dharma array are very scarce.


    In fact, it is not just a Dharma array. Finished products such as talismans and magic tools are seriously lacking.


    Due to the blockade of commercial roads by feihongzong, the business in the area west of mingshafang City, including the area ruled by linquanguan in the north, is very withered.


    The materials cannot be transported out, the spirit stone cannot be spent, and all kinds of finished products cannot be transported in.


    With the leaves leaving for longer and longer, the relationship between the black market and Meng Zhang is no longer as close as before.


    Meng Zhang spends a sum of Lingshi every month. The black market can provide some information. In addition, the black market will no longer provide other help.


    The order to block the area where Taiyi gate is located was issued by Feihong Zong, and the black market could not disobey the order of Feihong Zong in order to make a little friendship with Meng Zhang. Unless Meng Zhang can bring greater benefits.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to tap his potential internally and hoped that the tool refiners and symbol makers in Taiyi gate would grow up as soon as possible.

 Chapter 186

    Meng Zhang came out of the Sihai building disappointed. He failed to buy the second-order Dharma array this time.


    Three years later, feihongzong''s blockade of the area west of mingshafang city and Linquan temple has not changed.


    It may be that the internal debate of feihongzong has not ended, and there has been no clear attitude towards Lin Quan view.


    Although there was no direct attack on Lin quanguan, Feihong sect blocked Lin quanguan completely.


    Taiyi gate and other four sects are also regarded as associates of Lin quanguan and are also tightly sealed.


    The second-order array can barely be regarded as a strategic weapon. In the area ruled by Feihong sect, all merchants selling second-order Dharma arrays need to leave customer details for future inquiry. For customers of unknown origin, they will not receive them at all.


    Meng Zhang can easily break through the blockade of feihongzong alone, but it''s very troublesome to shop in huojingfang city.


    Even a big merchant like Sihai Lou, after knowing the identity of the head of Meng Zhang Taiyi sect, did not dare to disobey the order of Feihong sect and sell the second-order Dharma array to him.


    Meng Zhang went to dihuomen, but dihuomen was not only unwilling to buy the hematite of taiyimen, but also unwilling to sell magic tools to taiyimen.


    The deacon of dihuomen and Meng Zhang, who have a friendship, told him that Feihong sect has a huge power and tentacles almost everywhere. It is not as easy to deceive as Shuangfeng valley.


    Now without shuangfenggu, taiyimen can openly mine and sell hematite, but there is no seller.


    As for the black market, Meng Zhang also can''t count on it.


    All shops in huojingfang city have been warned by feihongzong. It is absolutely not allowed to violate the ban and trade with Lin quanguan and relevant forces. Otherwise, feihongzong will be severely punished.


    Now in huojingfang City, all large transactions need to find out the identity of the trading partner.


    Meng Zhang hides his identity and can only secretly trade small shares, which is not helpful to taiyimen. And some important items can''t be purchased at all.


    It''s hard for Meng Zhang to buy a decent second-order magic weapon, not to mention the second-order magic array.


    After Meng Zhang entered the foundation period, the first-order magic tools were basically useless. He had only the second-order flying sword, ChiYan sword and fangs sword.


    He is not a sword mender who can break ten thousand dharmas with one sword. He has nothing but a sword.


    The God of thick soil obtained the essence of the three years ago after refining and chemical.


    In addition to the gravel hammer given by Meng Zhang, he also had no other second-order magic tools.


    Whether there is a magic weapon or not and its power is very important for fighting.


    Meng Zhang has been to huojingfang several times, but he didn''t buy his favorite second-order magic weapon.


    To hide your identity, you can only buy those expensive and impractical goods.


    Those high-quality magic weapons will not be sold to unidentified people, let alone to the head of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang left huojingfang disappointed and secretly marveled at the authority of feihongzong.


    No matter the underworld or the white world, no matter how big the background is, all businesses honestly obey the ban of Feihong sect and dare not violate it at all.


    Meng Zhang left huojingfang City, rode on a red feather eagle with abnormal God Jun, and rushed to mingshafang city.


    During the foundation period, friars have the ability to fly against the wind, but they''d better have a means of transportation to save a lot of energy.


    More than an hour later, Meng Zhang''s sight appeared in mingshafang city.


    Gu Tanghai is really a character. However, in three years, mingshafang city has been rebuilt.


    After entering mingshafang City, Gu Tanghai began to show his skills.


    In the cultivation world, it is generally believed that Gu Tanghai came from casual cultivation. Countless casual practitioners regard them as idols and trust them very much.


    In terms of the black market, I know the origin of the Shi family and the close relationship between Gu Tanghai and the Shi family. However, the black market has no obligation to take the initiative to tell feihongzong the news.


    So over the years, the Shi family and Gu Tanghai have not appeared in the sight of Feihong sect.


    As for now, Gu Tanghai is connected with Lin quanguan. Even if Fei hongzong knew his origin, he would not easily attack him until he had solved the problem of Lin Quan temple.


    Gu tanghaili claimed that he wanted to build mingshafang city into a paradise for casual repair with his identity of casual repair.


    Casual practitioners in the cultivation world can settle down in mingshafang city and get shelter here.


    When Shuangfeng valley was still in existence, there were Danshi guilds in the surrounding areas.


    The guild of Dan division is in the hands of several sects headed by shuangfenggu. Small sects and families can''t train alchemists. Even talents with alchemy talent must take refuge in sects such as Shuangfeng Valley in order to be trained.


    Through the Danshi guild, zongmen such as Shuangfeng Valley monopolized the supply of danyao in the surrounding area, and the price of danyao was extremely high.


    In other areas of the endless sand sea, the situation is similar.


    After Gu Tanghai took control of mingshafang City, he used the alchemy ability of the Shi family to provide a large number of cheap pills and attracted a large number of casual practitioners to settle here.


    For many friars, especially casual practitioners, most of their needs can be met with pills and Spirit Valley.


    The red feather Eagle lowered its altitude and came over mingshafang city.


    Meng Zhang has been here several times. The guards are familiar with his identity.


    The protection Dharma array opens a portal for Meng Zhang to enter.


    It has to be said that Gu Tanghai is still very capable of business. However, in three years, there has been a new atmosphere in mingshafang city.


    The damaged interior of the square city has been basically repaired. Many brand-new buildings have sprung up. There are some shops in the square city. People can be seen occasionally on the originally silent streets.


    Unfortunately, Gu Tanghai and the stone family behind him are well managed. In the face of the bad environment, it is also the limit to achieve the current level.


    The original mingshafang city was managed by such a powerful force as shuangfenggu. Not only the Liu family and Lin quanguan have invested a lot in it, but also feihongzong and Sihai building have settled in it.


    Many Xiuzhen forces in the west of Fangshi are linked to other sites under the rule of Feihong Zong. After years of development, it has a prosperous scene later.


    But now, there are only four sects in the west of mingshafang City, such as taiyimen. In the East, it is blocked by feihongzong, and the business road is completely cut off. Even if Lin quanguan is added, there are a group of poor scattered repairs, which can not support a slightly large business district.


    Meng Zhang put the red feather Eagle into the spirit beast bag. After walking for a while in the street, he came to the outside of a shop.


    According to the original agreement, the four zongmen, including taiyimen, can have multiple stores in mingshafang city.


    Unfortunately, it''s no use. Taiyimen opened a grocery store in the city, all looking like dying. All day long, there are few people and little business.


    I can''t help it. The general environment is like this. It''s not that the operators don''t care.

 Chapter 187

    Meng Zhang was about to walk into his shop. A call came from behind: "master Meng."


    Meng Zhang looked back and Gu Tanghai was rushing from behind.


    "Headmaster Meng, can I take a step to talk? I have something important to discuss with you."


    Taiyimen and Shijia have a good relationship over the years and have maintained a large number of transactions. Maybe it''s because he scruples about the fallen leaves that once appeared with Meng Zhang. Gu Tanghai has always been very friendly to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang nodded and left here with Gu Tanghai.


    Gu Tanghai led Meng Zhang a long way to a small building in the center of mingshafang.


    This is the Shuwu building of mingshafang city. On weekdays, Gu Tanghai is often inside to deal with various affairs inside and outside the city.


    Gu Tanghai led Meng Zhang into a hall, asked Meng Zhang to sit down and serve tea and snacks. Knowing that Meng Zhang was a man, he did not circle around and directly entered the topic.


    "Please head Meng to come here. There are two major events that need to be discussed with head Meng."


    "Meng Zhang certainly agrees with this.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has also increasingly felt the disadvantages of the impassable business road.


    The Spirit Valley of taiyimen is barely enough. When the harvest is good, some can be sold.


    In terms of pills, I''m nervous. The Shi family provides most of them, and their sect pill hall can only provide a small part of them.


    Some disciples of the sect need some spiritual talent to practice some special skills. Meng Zhang needs to hide his identity and secretly buy a small amount in huojingfang City, which is often not enough to use.


    As for other magic tools and talismans, they are even in short supply. Up to now, even the big guard array in the mountain gate has not been found.


    It can be barely maintained in peacetime. Once war breaks out, there will be a serious shortage of all kinds of materials.


    Taiyimen now has some mineral deposits. In addition to the original hematite and baizang earth mines, it also seized xuantie mine, qianchensha mine and so on.


    On the one hand, there are insufficient manpower, and on the other hand, there is no market for mining, so these veins have to be temporarily idle or mined in a small amount.


    The materials can''t be transported out, you can''t earn spirit stones, and you can''t buy all kinds of spirit materials you need.


    This is not a healthy state, which is unfavorable to the development of the sect.


    Of course, opening up business routes to foreign countries is simple to say, but very difficult to do.


    Now the area where several sects are located is shrouded by the influence area of Feihong sect in the East and south. There is absolutely no chance within the influence area of Feihong sect.


    In the north and West, there is the restricted area of life and the dead sand sea. Through an uninhabited area in the northeast, you can enter the ruling area of Mobei Qi family.


    However, Mobei Qi family has always been conservative and very exclusive. Moreover, Mobei itself is very barren and has little production.


    The Qi family in Mobei has been suppressed in Mobei by Feihong sect for many years, and there is no development. Even if the Qi family has two golden elixirs, it is also very lack of cultivation resources.


    To be honest, anyone who knows a little about Mobei area feels very strange. Mobei Qi family has faced off with Feihong sect for many years, but has not been completely expelled by Feihong sect.


    In the southwest, there is a small area bordering on the Gobi. Through the Gobi, you can directly enter the boundary of Jiuqu League.


    Jiuqu alliance is a true alliance centered on Jiuqu River. Compared with the endless sand sea, it is rich countless times.


    There are many sects, experts emerge in endlessly, Xiuzhen civilization is developed, Xiuzhen arts are prosperous, resources are rich, and commerce is prosperous.


    The strength of Jiuqu League is countless times stronger than that of Feihong sect, and there is even a yuan God Zhenjun in the league.


    The invasion of the endless sand sea was just a private act of two small sects on the edge, which made it very difficult for Feihong Zong to deal with.


    If the high level in Jiuqu League had not looked down on the barren land of endless sand sea and paid attention to the richer south, Feihong sect would have no chance to rule the endless sand sea.


    Taiyimen and other sects have only two choices: Mobei Qijia and Jiuqu League.


    Now Gu Tanghai once again mentioned the issue of opening up business routes, which should have a result.


    Without waiting for Meng Zhang to speak, Gu Tanghai went on.


    "After many discussions, we finally decided to go to Jiuqu league together. Even if the road is a little dangerous, the harvest will be greater."


    "If leader Meng is also interested, you should make preparations early."


    "Of course, we don''t have to be in a hurry. Even if everything goes well, we won''t start until a few years later."


    Taiyimen is also in great need of foreign trade.


    Since the negotiation has come to an end, Meng Zhang will naturally join it.


    Meng Zhang promised to go with everyone in a few years.


    In the past few years, taiyimen will also do a lot of preparatory work, prepare all kinds of materials to be brought for trading, and sort out the list of items to be purchased.


    In a few words, the two sides settled the matter, and there was no doubt.


    Gu Tanghai picked up his tea cup, took a sip, rested for a while, and then continued to speak.


    ¡°

 Chapter 188

    Meng Zhang had heard of the name of Jinwu lamp since he was a child.


    When Taiyi gate was a vassal of Feihong sect, the foundation building expert of Taiyi gate held this second-class magic weapon for a while, achieved good results and created a great reputation for this magic weapon.


    Later, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate was broken by sand monsters, the elites in the gate were lost, the disciples suffered heavy losses, and the sect was on the verge of extinction.


    The three monks who broke out of the siege during the foundation period did not dare to stay where they were. They decided to escape to a more desolate and remote place.


    They escorted the remaining disciples of Taiyi sect all the way to the remote north and fled to the area ruled by shuangfenggu.


    The last three friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate have been seriously injured, and their life will be exhausted. They can''t last long.


    At that time, Taiyi gate had no successors, and it was the time of youth and yellow.


    Without the foundation period, most of the monks can''t keep this famous magic weapon, which may lead to the disaster of extermination.


    So, during the foundation period of Taiyi gate, the friar dedicated this magic instrument to Shuangfeng Valley in exchange for Taiyi gate becoming a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley and obtaining the protection of Shuangfeng valley.


    Since then, taiyimen has existed as a vassal of shuangfenggu for hundreds of years. It was not until Meng Zhang took over as the leader and Shuangfeng Valley perished that Taiyi gate gained an independent status.


    When Meng Zhang was growing up, some older people in the door mentioned the famous magic weapon of golden black lamp for many times. They all regretted the loss of this magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about the right or wrong that the elder in the door decided at the beginning, who took advantage of who in taiyimen and shuangfenggu.


    Seeing the lost magic weapon of taiyimen, he was still excited.


    It''s really lucky to take back this famous magic weapon when I lack it.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s excited expression, Gu Tanghai didn''t lose his appetite and directly told the whole story.


    "Single tiger elder, I hope you leaders will join hands again to invade the original territory of shuangfenggu and recapture Zaoxiang oasis."


    "As for this magic weapon left by the ancestors of Taiyi sect, it is a gift to leader Meng."


    After listening to Gu Tanghai''s words, Meng Zhang immediately calmed down and looked at him with deep meaning.


    The last time he conquered mingshafang City, Gu Tanghai took out the central array plate of the protective Dharma array belonging to Shuangfeng valley. Now he is a lobbyist for the remaining evils of shuangfenggu. It seems that the relationship between Gu Tanghai and shuangfenggu is not shallow.


    In addition, Gu Tanghai is also associated with the Linshan sect.


    Lin Quan temple stands behind Lin Shan sect. Especially after the demise of Shuangfeng Valley, Lin Shan school almost openly became a subordinate of Lin Quan view.


    For the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley, the most hated one is the enemy Feihong sect. "It''s only three years since the war ended. It''s too urgent to start fighting again. This matter is very important. Let''s go back and consider it."


    "As for gifts, those who don''t have gifts are even more joking. I really deserve such a generous gift."


    Gu Tanghai saw through Meng Zhang''s mind and persuaded him, "I''ll tell Meng Zhang the truth. All of them have agreed to go to war. Now I''ll wait for the reply of leader Meng alone."


    "I''ve always been a straight hearted man. I can''t hide anything in my stomach. I''ll tell you what I have to say."


    "The reason why single tiger doesn''t come forward by himself is that he can''t pull down his old face and doesn''t know how to face the former vassal sects. That''s why he asked me to be the middleman."


    "The golden sword sect and the skillful hand sect have each accepted a small building foundation pill. Headmaster Meng can accept this magic weapon without worry."


    "As for the Lin Shan sect, it was ordered by Lin Quan Guan to take the opportunity to test the attitude and bottom line of Feihong sect."


    "Although headmaster Meng can rest assured that there is absolutely no danger in this battle, it is just a formality. Feihongzong will certainly not interfere easily."


    Meng Zhang had some doubts in his heart, but I heard that several other companies had agreed to the conditions of single tiger, and he was also inclined to agree.


    In particular, the Linshan sect relies on Lin Quan''s view, and its ability to judge the situation must be above itself.


    If feihongzong really wanted to interfere, he should have done it when the Liu family and the qingzhushan allied forces were defeated three years ago.


    In the past three years, feihongzong has not made any major moves, but has been completely blocked. It seems that feihongzong is really afraid of Guangzhi immortal and is unwilling to go out easily.


    The original territory of shuangfenggu is richer than all the vassal territories combined. Such a piece of fat is not only coveted by the golden Dao gate and the skillful hand gate, but also jealous of Meng Zhang.


    Since he put aside his scruples about feihongzong, Meng Zhang agreed.


    Gu Tanghai and Meng Zhang agreed on the date of sending troops, and Meng Zhang left with Jinwu lanterns.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang called the thick earth God general who had restored his strength during the foundation period. They studied together for a long time and finally determined that there was no problem with this magic instrument.


    Meng Zhang is in a good mood to recover the lost magic tools of the sect elders. Lacking magic tools, he began to refine Jinwu lamps slowly.


    A few days after Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, two old friends visited him.


    Lin Bolin of Lin Quan Temple sneaked out of Lin Quan temple and came to Taiyi gate secretly with Xu Chengxian, the leader of Lin Shan sect.


    A few years ago, Meng Zhang was already a high-ranking friar in the foundation period. Lin Bolin and Xu Chengxian were still gas refining friars.


    Xu Chengxian, even the leader of a school, was a little cautious when he saw Meng Zhang. Not only does it not look like an elder, but it is somewhat deliberately flattering.


    Lin Bolin, on the other hand, still treated Meng Zhang with an unassuming attitude, just like before.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang prefers Lin Bolin''s attitude.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang carefully observed that Xu Chengxian was old and lost his spirit early. It is estimated that there is no hope of building a foundation in this life.


    Lin Bolin has a solid foundation and solid cultivation. His true Qi has been polished perfectly. It is estimated that before long, he can try to impact the foundation period.


    After some greetings, Xu Chengxian said the purpose of their trip. They want to buy the white Tibetan soil mined by taiyimen, preferably with white Tibetan soil crystals.


    Since immortal Lin quanguan Guangzhi used the sweet rain from heaven to form pills, the use of baizang earth mine soon spread all over the endless sand sea. Feihongzong has kept his secret for many years, and almost everyone knows it.

 Chapter 189

    I don''t know who or which force is spreading the news secretly.


    Anyway, the practitioners of the endless sand sea basically know that the white Tibetan soil can be used to build high towers and receive the rain once every 300 years.


    Friars who use the sweet rain from heaven to make pills need to refine a large number of white Tibetan earth crystals regularly to neutralize the powerful smell of Kushui in their bodies. If there is no white Tibetan soil crystal, white Tibetan soil can be used reluctantly.


    Feihongzong''s immortal Feitian used the rain from heaven to form pills more than 300 years ago. Therefore, for many years, feihongzong has been purchasing baizang earth crystal without limit.


    I feel terrible when I think about it. In order to meet the needs of immortal Jindan, I have to use the power of Feihong sect.


    As soon as Xu Chengxian asked, Meng Zhang knew that this was to supply the needs of Guangzhi real people. It seems that although Guangzhi immortal seems to be missing, he still secretly keeps contact with Lin quanguan.


    I don''t know where the baizang soil that was built to connect the high tower in Linquan temple came from. Is there something wrong with the current supply? Now they come to the door, and Meng Zhang will not refuse this big customer.


    "Since the commercial road was cut off, our baizang earth mine has been in a state of semi shutdown. Now if you need it, I can order to start work immediately."


    "Anyway, the mining of baizang earth mine is not complex. It doesn''t take a long time to fully recover the output."


    "In addition, we have accumulated a lot of white Tibetan soil and a small amount of white Tibetan soil crystals. If you need it urgently, you can use this batch of emergency materials first."


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is very frank.


    Meng Zhang originally intended to get close to Lin Shan sect. Lin quanguan is already the golden elixir sect. If it can be launched, it will certainly be beneficial to the future development of Taiyi sect.


    As for the price, Meng Zhang not only didn''t speak to the lion because the other party was in urgent need, but offered a friendship price.


    Unfortunately, Lin quanguan can''t take out too many spirit stones for the time being.


    This did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    After Guangzhi immortal tied the pill, there was no third-order spiritual pulse for cultivation, so he needed to consume a lot of spiritual stones and set up a spirit gathering array to barely meet the needs of daily cultivation.


    After all, Linquan temple is just a gate for building a foundation. Even if it has a deep foundation and a huge accumulation. But it is not easy to support a golden elixir. Especially now that it is blocked by feihongzong, Lin quanguan has also lost the channel to earn Lingshi.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang guessed the intention of feihongzong''s comprehensive blockade.


    Is it true that Feihong sect wants to use this soft knife to cut meat and slowly kill the accumulation of Linquan temple, so that real Guangzhi can''t get enough support and his accomplishments can''t be stabilized?


    Putting aside this idea, Meng Zhang discussed with Xu Chengxian again.


    Lin quanguan can''t get the spirit stone. The barter transaction is also acceptable.


    The special spring water produced by Linquan temple can be used to refine utensils in the refining hall. The Lingbei kept by Lin Quan temple is a rare spiritual material


    Even, if Lin quanguan has difficulties, he can buy goods first and then pay money, and he can charge temporarily.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang doesn''t expect to make money from this white Tibetan earth mine. It''s the most important thing to win over the relationship with Lin quanguan.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude satisfied Xu Chengxian and Lin Bolin. Lin Bolin inherited this friendship on behalf of Lin quanguan.


    After arranging the details of the transaction, Meng Zhang and Lin Bolin talked about the past before seeing off the two guests.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Taiyi gate for a while. The day of departure agreed with Gu Tanghai came quietly.


    At present, the number of disciples of Taiyi gate is less than 100, and there is not enough cannon fodder to consume.


    Meng Zhang selected more than 20 disciples, used a second-order flying boat and two first-order flying boats, and set out towards mingshafang city.


    The purpose of using the second-order flying boat is mainly to rush the spoils.


    Taiyi sect has limited strength and few disciples. It is impossible to occupy territory far away from the sect''s sphere of influence for a long time.


    The purpose of Meng Zhang''s battle this time is very simple, that is, to seize resources, make a handful and run away.


    When taiyimen people arrived in mingshafang City, the rest had arrived one after another.


    Several principals of the foundation period gathered together again to discuss.


    At the party, aunt Jin''s attitude towards Meng Zhang also changed a lot.


    In order to deal with the golden sword sect and the skillful hand sect, Meng Zhang approached Lin Shan sect and deliberately made friends with aunt Jin.


    Just a while ago, Meng ZhangCai placed a large order with the skillful door, ordering hundreds of standard Taoist robes and distributing them to the disciples in the door.


    It''s pathetic to say that taiyimen is now a jianjizong gate that occupies a lot of territory. Unexpectedly, because of Meng Zhang''s negligence, the disciples in the school didn''t even have a unified Taoist robe. From a distance, there was a mob.


    These years, because of the blockade of Feihong sect, the life of skillful hand gate is also difficult.


    It is rare to meet a big customer for the custom-made Dharma robe business that has not opened for a long time. In aunt Jin''s eyes, Meng Zhang also became much more pleasing to the eye.


    In fact, after Meng Zhang''s research, there are still many places where the two sects can communicate with each other.


    Most of the holy fields in the skillful hand gate are used to plant holy mulberry. The mulberry leaves picked are used to feed the spirit silkworm. The spirit silkworm spits out the spirit silk and weaves it into silk, which is the main production of the skillful hand gate.


    Due to the change from field to mulberry, the skillful sect needs to buy a large number of Linggu every year for the disciples of the sect.


    Taiyimen has a good harvest in recent years, and there is a certain surplus in Linggu every year.


    Meng Zhang has decided to slowly win over the skillful hand gate and divide his alliance with the golden knife gate.


    Of course, everyone is not a fool. This kind of thing is not so easy. Meng Zhang is just trying.


    Many times, Meng Zhang also felt that in this intriguing struggle, his brain was not enough and his talent was not on it. It would be great to have a resourceful counselor around.


    The foreign affairs elder Li Xuan is very good at expanding contacts and external communication, but as a dog''s head, he is not so hot.


    It was originally a matter discussed in advance. Several principals of the foundation period confirmed it again and ended the party.


    Xu Yishan of Linshan sect is still seriously injured. Only Lin shenpo can fight.


    Aunt Jin, Ruan Dadao and Meng Zhang recovered from their injuries long ago and had no problem going to war.


    In addition, Gu Tanghai also sent a young man named Shi Weida to build the foundation and go to war with everyone.


    This monk, Shi Weida, is also the cousin of Shi Weiming, an old friend of Meng Zhang. Some time ago, he took the building foundation pill and built the foundation successfully.


    This time, the four sects did not intend to send a large team, but decided to send a small number of elite to make a quick decision.


    Of course, the so-called few elite also have dozens of monks. The number of disciples dispatched by Taiyi gate is the least.


    After a simple pre war preparation, a group of flying boats took off from mingshafang city and headed for the original site of shuangfenggu.

 Chapter 190

    The flying boats of the four families were divided into four teams and flew towards the front.


    Alone, Shi Weida boarded the flying boat of taiyimen.


    This man was a bit familiar and took the initiative to talk to Meng Zhang.


    Compared with his cousin Shi Weiming, Shi Weida has higher cultivation talent, so he has been hidden by the family and stayed in the family to practice. Unlike his cousin Shi Weiming, he came out early to work for the family.


    After building the foundation, Shi Weiming left the family residence and worked for the family outside.


    After he built the foundation, Shi Weida was very vigilant and looked very talkative, but when it came to the internal situation of the family, he took the initiative to switch the topic.


    Several times, Meng Zhang didn''t get any useful information and didn''t bother to say more with him. After a few perfunctory words, he began to close his eyes.


    The flying boat moved forward quickly. Soon after leaving mingshafang City, it entered the territory directly under shuangfenggu.


    A small oasis came into the eyes of everyone.


    The oasis was devastated and covered with dark building debris. The mortals who originally lived in the oasis have long disappeared.


    In recent years, several forces have paid more attention to the situation here. From time to time, spies will be sent to inquire about the news.


    Three years ago, after the defeat of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain, they could no longer maintain order in the occupied area because of their heavy losses and great loss of vitality.


    Countless foreign monks who received the news, including scattered monks, took advantage of this opportunity to plunder the original shuangfenggu site wantonly.


    These lawless friars are more terrible than locusts. Where I passed, there was almost no grass.


    Not only all cultivation resources were robbed, but even ordinary people were robbed.


    The youth among mortals can be taken away and sold. Some mines need coolies. Children can also buy at a high price, which is very popular with some Xiuzhen forces. As for the useless old, weak, sick and disabled, they should be dealt with directly on the spot.


    Facing the friars, even the weakest friars in the Qi refining period, mortals do not have much resistance.


    Bursts of bloody storms, bloody scenes, constantly staged. The mortals in Shuangfeng valley are almost completely swept away.


    There are also groups of mortals fleeing, trying to escape elsewhere.


    But in the boundless desert, without the protection of monks, mortals would die if they traveled long distances.


    The Liu family and Qingzhu mountain are too busy to take care of themselves and can only barely keep a few key strongholds. There is nothing they can do about the numerous scattered repairs that are raging.


    Originally, such a catastrophe that caused large-scale mortal deaths and injuries could easily attract the intervention of various righteous forces.


    However, as the leader of the orthodox sect, Feihong sect turned a blind eye and even deliberately indulged. Therefore, even if other forces have some complaints behind their backs, they can only pretend to be deaf and dumb and never do anything thankless.


    The Allied forces of sijiazongmen came all the way through several oases, and all kinds of miserable scenes were similar.


    The place that has been swept away by many scattered repairs is cleaner than that licked by dogs. You can''t expect any harvest at all.


    So the coalition''s flying boat went all the way, and there was no intention of stopping on the road.


    As for the oasis itself, it is not too late to occupy it slowly until you have leisure in the future.


    After flying for a long time, we finally met a relatively intact oasis, which was guarded by friars of the Liu family.


    Without the help of a few friars in the foundation period, the friars in the Qi refining period of all factions rushed forward, easily occupied the oasis and wiped out all the enemies.


    For the purpose of training disciples, several friars in the foundation period didn''t do anything and stayed in the flying boat all the time.


    The four sects left several disciples to garrison the oasis, and the flying boat team continued to move forward.


    Along the way, in addition to attacking and occupying three oases, I also met several teams of casual repair who were looting.


    Even the indifferent friar was somewhat touched by the tragic scene he had just seen. In particular, Meng Zhang, the most young and vigorous, hates these inhuman guys very much.


    This inhuman and wanton killing of innocent people is really intolerable. These evil guys deserve to die.


    The flying sword was flying in the air, and Meng Zhang took the lead.


    A group of small friars in the period of Qi refining have almost no power to fight back in the face of the foundation building masters who are angry.


    But in a moment, all the villains gave their heads.


    Ruan Dadao said with some disdain, "it''s a young man. He''s not calm at all. It''s really disqualified to be a base building friar, but play prestige on the Qi refining friar."


    Ruan Dadao sounded like a bell. He stood at the head of the flying boat and heard what he said on the other flying boats.


    This time, no one agreed with him. Even aunt Jin, an ally, just laughed. Lin shenpo immediately pulled down his face and was obviously a little dissatisfied.


    After this episode on the road, the flying boat team did not delay any more and flew all the way to the destination Zaoxiang oasis.


    Zaoxiang oasis is located on a second-order spiritual vein. It was originally the most important stronghold of Shuangfeng Valley except the mountain gate.


    It was not until Shuangfeng Valley focused on the development of mingshafang city that its importance began to decline.


    Even so, there were still many double Valley friars stationed here, and there were a large number of mortals. Many families of nuns shuangfenggu live here.


    Jujube oasis is named because there are many date palm trees in the oasis. Many of them are spirit plants, which produce many spirit fruits and dates.


    In particular, the dates produced by the second-order spiritual plants with only 10 or 20 plants are a good product for friars during the foundation period.


    In those years, there were many dates in the offerings handed over by Shuangfeng Valley to Feihong Zong.


    Whenever the dates are ripe, the whole oasis is filled with a strong aroma of dates.


    After Shuangfeng valley was destroyed by Feihong sect, the Allied forces of Qingzhu mountain and Liu family first attacked here.


    After many shuangfenggu friars fled, a few of the remaining shuangfenggu friars here were also tough. They actually wanted to use the mantis arm as a cart and rely on a second-order Dharma array to resist the two allied forces.


    Even a powerful Dharma array needs to be presided over by a corresponding monk.


    A small cluster of small friars in the Qi refining period can''t exert the power of the second-order Dharma array at all.


    The two allied forces wasted a lot of effort and finally broke the French front and conquered the oasis.


    All the friars of Shuangfeng Valley died in the war, and the mortals in the oasis were angry by the two friars, with countless deaths and injuries.


    Fortunately, both families are so-called famous and decent after all, and they have a bottom line. And this oasis is their booty from now on. Of course, they can''t destroy it wantonly.


    Zaoxiang oasis is roughly intact, and there are still many mortals left in it.


    However, the owner of Zaoxiang oasis has become the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.

 Chapter 191

    Since the defeat three years ago, the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain have been licking their wounds.


    Not long ago, after recovering from the injury, the bamboo sword of Qingzhu mountain took the initiative to sit in Zaoxiang oasis to deter the more and more rampant scattered repair.


    The news of the joint attack of the four sects was not deliberately kept secret. Before the flying boat team started, the news reached the ears of Zhujian.


    According to another elder stationed here in Qingzhu mountain, elder Zhuye, we should retreat in time. Evacuate personnel and remove all supplies. If you can''t take it away, destroy it immediately and never take advantage of the enemy.


    The body of the bamboo sword is green bamboo mountain. Its aura is surging and its strength is overflowing. The light of the sword and the shadow of the sword are flying everywhere. For a moment, the two sides fought fiercely.


    Meng Zhang has no fear of the three guns, a long-standing bandit in ancient times.


    The ChiYan sword is used to kill in the front, and the fangs attack and assassinate from the side. One light and one dark, one positive and one strange, with boundless cooperation and incomparable tacit understanding.


    After years of polishing, Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship has made great progress. In particular, the double sword flow played more and more smoothly.


    Gu San gun, an old bandit who has been rampant for many years, controls a set of magic tools composed of three short guns and faces Meng Zhang''s flying sword.


    However, after a few rounds of fighting, he knew Meng Zhang''s power.


    Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship is superb and his hand is old and hot. He even makes Gu San gun, who has experienced many battles and has rich combat experience, feel that he is really fighting.


    The situation in the other four battlefields is similar. When they are in the same state of cultivation, as long as they do not underestimate the enemy''s carelessness, it is difficult to distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time.


    Almost every friar in the foundation period has a hidden card, but it is not easy to rely on the hidden card to solve the opponents of the same level.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, he fought with Gu San gun more and more fiercely.


    The two flying swords released by Meng Zhang flew up and down, rushed left and right, and killed Gu San gun with sweat. Only the skill of Parry can''t fight back.


    Monks like Meng Zhang, who have inherited the clan system and studied the secret sword formula, began to show their advantages over those who came from Ueno road after a long battle.


    Meng Zhang has only built his foundation for a few years, but he has a solid foundation, vigorous Qi and incomparable purity in practicing excellent skills. The ancient three guns have built the foundation for many years, but they are not necessarily better than Meng Zhang. It is almost impossible for him to overcome Meng Zhang by cultivation.


    After fighting for a long time, Meng Zhang slowly began to gain the upper hand, but there is still a way to grow in order to win. As for killing each other, it''s even harder.


    Seeing that the double swords suppressed each other, Meng Zhang took out the refined Jinwu lamp.


    The golden black lamp was washed and practiced by Meng Zhang with the true Qi of the sun for many years, but it can barely be used.


    A real fire of the sun flew over the wick and lit the wick.


    The whole simple and crude bronze oil lamp immediately radiated light, and the dazzling fire light shone everywhere.


    Meng Zhang held the golden and black lamp high, and a hot line of fire shot out from the lamp, pointing at the ancient three guns.


    "Golden black lamp." Gu sangun screamed and recognized this famous magic weapon.


    More than 100 years ago, master taiyimen made many achievements with this magic weapon.


    Gu sangun was a monk in the period of Qi refining at that time. He had the honor to see the ferocity of this magic weapon.


    More than a hundred years later, the terrible scenes at that time were still recorded in his mind.

 Chapter 192

    More than 100 years later, seeing this golden and black lamp in the hands of Taiyi disciples again not only recalled the memories in Gu sangun''s mind, but also recalled the shadow in his heart.


    The ancient three guns fought for the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain only after taking advantage of them. There is no loyalty to the two families. The two sides are only simple employment relations, and they are still not very reliable.


    The essence of scattered cultivation such as the ancient three guns is to forget righteousness at the sight of profit and avoid harm.


    It''s OK to do a little favor after receiving benefits. If you fight with your life, don''t even think about it.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had driven the golden and black lanterns, Gu San gun drove magic tools to block the two flying swords before the attack was imminent, and then turned around to escape.


    Gu sangun was 180 years old. He didn''t have many years to live in order to build the foundation.


    In particular, he took his life to fight for opportunities in his early years and experienced many dangerous crises. There are many hidden diseases on his body. Shouyuan is really not as good as those sect friars.


    The older you get, the less courage you have. The more you cherish your life, the more you don''t want to die. As soon as he found signs of crisis, he immediately ran away without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang had just sacrificed the golden and black lanterns. Before he could exert his strength, the enemy turned and fled.


    At first, he thought there was fraud. After chasing a section, he found that the enemy was a real heartless war and just wanted to escape.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have the heart to kill Gu San gun, let alone the certainty of killing. He had to let him escape.


    In fact, Jinwu lamp, a second-order top-grade magic weapon, needs monks in the later stage of foundation construction to give full play to its power.


    Meng Zhang can barely drive one or two by relying on the combination of the sun''s true Qi and the magic weapon. He can''t give full play to the power of this magic weapon at all.


    The golden black lamp has been in the hands of shuangfenggu for many years, but also because of the discord between skills, it can''t exert much power.


    Otherwise, the single tiger may not return this magic weapon to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang would never have thought that he had scared away an enemy friar during the foundation period by relying on this magic weapon.


    Seeing the ancient three guns flying farther and farther, they have completely disappeared. Meng zhangfei went back and joined the new battle.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed two flying swords and killed the bamboo leaf elder in Qingzhu mountain.


    Lin shenpo is also a good swordsman. He has excellent swordsmanship and has practiced excellent sword formula.


    After Meng Zhang joined the battle group, they joined hands and three flying swords flew up and down. Unexpectedly, they trapped the bamboo leaf elder firmly and let him get away.


    Gu sangun''s escape made Meng Zhang empty his hand, which became the key chip to determine the war situation.


    Taoist priest Baisha is also an experienced escape expert who has successfully turned into experience for many times.


    Over the years, he has been able to escape from death many times and escape from pursuit again and again, just by seeing the opportunity early.


    He also did not have the mind to work hard for the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain. Seeing the trend of collapse in the war situation, he immediately left his comrades in arms without hesitation and escaped alone.


    Baisha Taoist priest forced Ruan Dadao back and flew to Zaoxiang oasis. At the same time, he shouted, "the wind is tight, pull."


    The Baisha bandits who had been assisting in the defense of Zaoxiang oasis immediately turned in when they heard the boss''s warning.


    Ruan Dadao did not join in the siege of Zhuye elder, but helped Shi Weida attack Liu Fengbo.


    As the younger brother of the Liu family, Liu Fengbo has never experienced any big battle. Because Linggen has excellent qualification, he has been cultivated by the family since childhood and has not much combat experience.


    Originally, he was struggling with Shi Weida. He saw Ruan broadsword flying over. In a panic, he immediately turned and ran away.


    At this time, only two elders of Qingzhu mountain were left in the battlefield, and they were still barely supporting.


    The number of people has become five to two, and the strength is clear at a glance.


    Bamboo sword, which could have escaped easily, saw elder Zhuye trapped. He hesitated for a moment and didn''t leave the same door to escape. But trying to rescue the bamboo leaf elder.


    There are five monks in the foundation period. If they watched the bamboo sword save the bamboo leaf elder, what glory would they have on their faces.


    Moreover, the skill of bamboo sword is really terrible. Aunt Jin tried her best and could only barely entangle him.


    Now the opportunity is rare. We all have a tacit understanding to leave the bamboo sword here and break the backbone of Qingzhu mountain to completely avoid worries at home.


    After a bloody war, the bamboo leaf elder finally didn''t escape and was beaten to death.


    After the death of the elder Zhuye, Zhujian knew that nothing could be done. He fought hard and took a few blows to get rid of the siege, break out of the siege and fly towards the green bamboo mountain.


    In this battle just now, the five friars in the foundation period all made a real fire. Seeing that the bamboo sword wanted to escape, they refused to let go of this painful opportunity to beat the water dog.


    The five people followed, chased hard, and flew all the way to the direction of green bamboo mountain.


    The bamboo sword was seriously injured and couldn''t fly fast. It couldn''t get rid of the enemy''s pursuit at all.


    The enemy bit very hard, and he didn''t have any breathing space.


    The bamboo sword can only fight and walk, and the injury is getting worse and worse.


    The friars of the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain during the foundation period either died or fled. The two friars of the Qi refining period stationed in Zaoxiang oasis also scattered in a mass and fled for their lives.


    The Allied forces of sijiazongmen, without command, entered Zaoxiang oasis.


    They completely occupied it without much effort.


    Next, the four sects began to divide the scope and search for booty.


    Zaoxiang oasis is well preserved and there are many valuable things in it.


    In particular, those who plant date palm trees have become the focus of the four sects.


    The four sects do not give in to each other, and it is impossible to really merge for this.


    After some debate, we decided to compete separately and distribute the booty through the results of the competition.


    The friars of taiyimen have a certain advantage in fighting together. However, there are still too few powerful disciples in the separate competition.


    The other three sects have a long history and there are many experts in the sect. All the monks sent to play are friars in the later stage of Qi refining. On the side of Taiyi gate, there are only two friars in the later stage of gas refining, Yang Xueyi and Zheng Chao.


    After Meng Zhang built the foundation, he gave Yang Xueyi the first-class flying sword.


    Yang Xueyi is very talented in swordsmanship. She has cultivated a set of Liu Jian Jue taught by Meng Zhang to dance with the wind.


    After several competitions, he earned a lot of booty for taiyimen.


    As the leader of the battle Hall of Taiyi gate, Zheng Chao not only has the cultivation in the later stage of Qi refining like Yang Xueyi, but also has been given a soul stirring bell by Meng Zhang.


    The performance of several competitions can be regarded as normal.


    As for the other monks, they obviously can''t.


    Although Tian Li holds the fire talisman given by Meng Zhang, his cultivation is still a little poor and has not entered the later stage of gas refining. As soon as he came on the stage, he was defeated by an enemy in the later stage of gas refining.


    Wen qiansuan is also a cultivation in the middle of gas refining. He can''t turn over against the wind against his opponents in the later stage of gas refining.


    It was Hu Jing, who had the same cultivation in the middle of Qi refining, who joined hands with several spirit beasts she kept, but barely won a battle. But that''s all.

 Chapter 193

    After some competition, taiyimen won few games, and the spoils allocated were equally average.


    However, in any case, everything in such a large oasis, including a large number of mortals, is the booty of the four families.


    The disciples of the four sects began to be busy loading the booty into the flying boat and preparing to carry it back. And began to count mortals and consider whether to transport them away.


    As for whether to occupy this oasis, it still needs several friars in the foundation period to decide. A group of friars in the Qi refining period can''t make a decision.


    When the four families were busy carrying away the spoils, the five friars in the foundation period had chased farther and farther and slowly approached Qingzhu mountain.


    Escape to the foot of Qingzhu mountain and see success in sight. As long as you escape into the mountain protection array of Qingzhu mountain, you can completely get rid of the enemy. But the bamboo sword was still a little unlucky and was surrounded by five people.


    The bamboo sword, which is only one step away from its vitality, is unable to break through the siege and can only fight the last trapped beast.


    Dying monks are the most dangerous and crazy. The five people knew this, so they were very careful for fear that they would be buried with the bamboo sword.


    The five people took care of themselves first and reserved their moves. Instead, they gave the bamboo sword more opportunities to struggle, so that he could support it for a period of time.


    When the five people came to the foot of the green bamboo mountain after the bamboo sword, the patrol disciples found the situation here.


    While opening the mountain protection array, they tried their best to prevent the enemy from attacking the mountain. At the same time, they reported that the leader green bamboo and bamboo sword were surrounded.


    As for leaving the mountain protection array to save people, these friars in the period of Qi refining don''t have the courage.


    Under the cover of the mountain protection array, they can face the friars during the foundation period. Without the mountain protection array, they had to die.


    The green bamboo that received the report from the disciple was in the mountain protection array, observing the situation of the bamboo sword.


    Bamboo sword was chased all the way to the door, and his life was in danger. As for elder Zhuye, most of them are already in danger.


    In the current Qingzhu mountain, only Qingzhu is a friar in the foundation period, and his injury has not been healed.


    If you watch the bamboo sword being beaten to death, the green bamboo mountain is not far from the end.


    Qingzhu mountain, which has experienced many blows and suffered heavy losses, can''t bear the consequences of losing the bamboo sword.


    As soon as the green bamboo gritted his teeth, he made up his final decision and ran towards the back mountain.


    There are several caves in a hidden place in the back mountain.


    Whenever the foundation period friars in Qingzhu mountain are about to die, these foundation period friars will take the initiative to enter the cave and close the death pass.


    They use the secret method to close all the vitality of the whole body, and the body falls into sleep and loses all perception of the outside world. In this way, their life can be greatly extended.


    When Qingzhu mountain is in a major crisis and in danger of destruction, the leader of Qingzhu mountain will arrive here to awaken them with secret methods and let them fight for the sect with their last life.


    Among these caves is the inside story of Qingzhu mountain and the last card of Qingzhu mountain.


    Now that qingzhuzi has made a decision, he doesn''t have any hesitation.


    He opened the prohibition outside the cave and came to a big clock.


    Using his secret skills and Qi, he began to ring the big clock in a specific way.


    After a long time, there was an obvious movement from the two caves.


    In a moment, two old men with white beard and hair and a dead face appeared in front of green bamboo.


    Green bamboo sighed. In his memory, at least five or six friars in the foundation period entered the cave and fell asleep.


    Now only two friars appear. It seems that the other friars must have exhausted their last life and died completely in their sleep.


    The breath of the two monks is very unstable. Their life is not long, and the fire of their life may be extinguished at any time.


    To forcibly wake them up is to let them fight for the sect for the last time. After World War I, whether they win or lose, they will completely lose their lives.


    Green bamboo did not dare to delay at all. He quickly ordered them in the shortest language and at the fastest speed.


    After hearing this, they flew out without hesitation.


    The two elders left the mountain protection array directly and flew to the battlefield.


    After they joined the regiment, they didn''t do any defense at all. They only defended but didn''t attack. It was a game of dying together.


    Suddenly, two foundational friars flew in, and they were so crazy that the five foundational friars quickly retreated. They don''t want to struggle with madmen.


    When Zhujian saw two elders appear, his eyes immediately turned red and the tiger''s eyes were in tears.


    Know that we can''t waste the chance of life that the elders in the door have bought for themselves. He took the opportunity to escape from the battlefield and successfully escaped into the mountain protection array of Qingzhu mountain.


    The two old men reflected and played the final warm-up. After exhausting all their vitality, they fell directly from the air and smashed on the ground.


    Seeing that their elders died without a whole body to save themselves, the bamboo sword used up all its willpower to barely control their impulse.


    He crazily glared at the five people outside, wrote down their faces one by one and deeply imprinted them in his heart.


    Looking at the situation before and after the death of the two elders, the five people understood what was going on with a little thought.


    Many sects with profound knowledge can use such means as green bamboo mountain. The five of them have heard of it, even if they haven''t seen it.


    Of course, four sects, such as taiyimen, have a shallow foundation and not deep foundation, but they don''t have such a card.


    The five people looked at each other and understood each other''s thoughts.


    The last cards of green bamboo mountain were forced out. It seems that green bamboo mountain is really out of its wits.


    Although the mountain protection array of green bamboo mountain is good, it can''t exert its full power without enough powerful monks to preside over it.


    After spending some time and paying a certain price, the five friars during the foundation construction period may break the mountain protection array of Qingzhu mountain and attack the interior of Qingzhu mountain.


    At the thought of the wealth and resources accumulated in Qingzhu mountain for hundreds of years, all five people are a little excited.


    Meng Zhang glanced at everyone. Everyone was obviously greedy.


    However, none of the five people are impulsive young men. Even if they are excited, they will not rush.


    As for whether to do it or not, we began to discuss.


    In the high altitude far away from the five people, two strange friars in the foundation period have been monitoring their movements and transmitting their movements to further places at any time.


    After the original Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng valley was broken by Feihong sect, many disciples of Feihong sect settled here and built a simple base here.


    As for the original shuangfenggu friars in the mountain gate and the mortal relatives of the friars, they were all cleaned up by the angry friars of Feihong sect.


    Famous and decent sects will not be merciful if they are cruel. It was so fierce that he was chasing after the devil friar.

 Chapter 194

    As the leader of the endless sand sea, Feihong sect has all kinds of vicious means, but there is no shortage of them.


    When it''s time to do it, you''ll never be soft hearted. The virgin''s heart will attack.


    The end of shuangfenggu once again proved the power of feihongzong.


    Over the years, immortal Feiyu of Feihong sect has been hiding in this place and has never appeared in public.


    In addition, the flying general is also hiding in the nearby area and has not been exposed.


    On weekdays, real Feiyu stays alone in the quiet room.


    That day, a friar of Feihong sect rushed to the outside of the quiet room and asked to see immortal Feiyu.


    "Lao Jian, is there anything important?"


    Lao Jian, an internal disciple of Feihong sect, even if he succeeded in building the foundation many years ago, when he faced immortal Feiyu, he was still as respectful as when he was a young friar in the period of Qi refining.


    "Let me tell you the truth. The four families entered the territory of shuangfenggu, and Qingzhu mountain and the Liu family were defeated."


    "Now, they have reached the foot of the green bamboo mountain. Looking at the posture of the green bamboo mountain, most of them can''t resist. If they really attack the mountain, the green bamboo mountain will be in danger of being destroyed."


    "The disciple watching ahead asked if he wanted to help. After all, Qingzhu mountain has a great relationship with my Feihong sect, and he has been very obedient these years."


    Lao Jian doesn''t dare to rush in without the permission of immortal Feiyu. After reporting outside the quiet room, he silently waited for the decision of immortal Feiyu.


    After a moment in the quiet room, the voice of immortal Feiyu came out.


    "Lao Jian, after all these years, you still haven''t made any progress. You still don''t know which is more important and what is the priority."


    "The survival of Qingzhu mountain is of no importance. I have as many vassals as I want. Only Lin Quan Guan Guangzhi is the heart and soul of my Feihong sect."


    "Over the years, I have deliberately suppressed the sect and asked you to be patient, just to make this thief lose his guard and accidentally expose his deeds."


    "You are happy that you saved the green bamboo mountain rashly. But if you disturb the thief, it will be a big deal."


    Immortal Feiyu''s tone is still very kind. He can''t hear much reprimand. But Lao Jian was so frightened that he knelt down and said loudly, "I''m confused. I almost missed the event of the real person. Please forgive me."


    "Well, you don''t have to make such a gesture. In short, you remember one thing. It doesn''t matter who wins or loses among those little insects. All you have to do is monitor silently and don''t interfere."


    "I will obey the Dharma of immortal," Lao Jian said respectfully.


    "Well, you can step back. If there is nothing important, don''t disturb me easily."


    After Lao Jian retired, he discussed with several fellow disciples and conveyed the meaning of Feiyu immortal to the fellow disciples who were monitoring ahead.


    In the quiet room, immortal Feiyu began to calculate slowly in his heart.


    As Jindan immortal, Feiyu immortal certainly knows how difficult it is to win Guangzhi.


    In recent years, feihongzong did not take any more actions except for the overall blockade, nor did he intervene in the struggle between several zongmen. In order to leave an impression on the outside world, feihongzong did not intend to use fierce means to solve Lin quanguan, but to use this relatively peaceful means to force Lin quanguan to submit.


    The relationship between Fei hongzong and Lin quanguan is not life and death. They can coexist.


    If Guangzhi receives this information and takes the initiative to expose his whereabouts, feihongzong will take further action.


    This kind of thing is urgent. Take your time. With the life span of immortal Jindan and the struggle between each other, it is not surprising that it takes decades and hundreds of years to calculate and layout slowly.


    At the foot of the green bamboo mountain, there was a small argument between the five people.


    Ruan Dadao coveted the savings of Qingzhu mountain and insisted on breaking Qingzhu mountain and looting it all.


    Aunt Jin may be reluctant, but considering the alliance between the two sides, she did not directly oppose Ruan Dadao.


    Shi Weida has some concerns. He thinks it''s too much to destroy Qingzhu mountain. He''s worried about the interference of Feihong sect.


    Lin shenpo held a noncommittal opinion on the matter. Anyway, the purpose of his battle this time is to test the bottom line of feihongzong.


    Pressing step by step and slowly escalating the situation is just in line with the plan of Lin Shan sect.


    Meng Zhang, who had not spoken for a long time, suddenly turned his head, lifted his eyes and looked into the clouds in the distance.


    Just glancing at it, he immediately shifted his sight and looked elsewhere.


    After a while, Meng Zhang said, "well, our goal of this battle has been achieved, we can afford the reward given by a single tiger, and the spoils are not bad."


    "I think we''d better stop here and don''t create complications."


    "There are still many spoils waiting for you to receive in Zaoxiang oasis, so we don''t waste time here."


    Shi Weida was supported by Meng Zhang, and two people opposed the continued attack on Qingzhu mountain. Aunt Jin''s support attitude is not firm, and Lin shenpo remains neutral.


    Now, only Ruan Dadao insisted on attacking Qingzhu mountain alone.


    Alone, he had to go back with everyone.


    In the distant clouds, a friar in the foundation period said to his companion, "that boy is Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect. He just looked here. Did he find us?"


    "What the hell is Taiyi sect? It''s an unruly pheasant sect. The so-called leader is nothing but a clown who is crowned with a monkey. How can this boy see through the Hidden Art of our sect''s secret."


    "But I seem to have heard that Taiyi sect is also a sect with a long tradition and great origin."


    "There are many rich sects in the past, and their descendants are unworthy. They have become broken settlements. How much inheritance can they keep? In my opinion, these pheasant sects are a little better than casual cultivation."


    Not to mention their little argument, Meng Zhang and others took the initiative to leave Qingzhu mountain, which means that the war has come to an end.


    On the other side of Zaoxiang oasis, the single tiger of shuangfenggu has long sneaked nearby and found a hidden place to hide.


    When Meng Zhang and other five people chased the bamboo sword elder to leave here, he quickly fled into the ground, performed the earth escape technique, and sneaked into the Zaoxiang oasis from the ground.


    Soon after the single tiger sneaked into Zaoxiang oasis, the Allied forces of sijiazongmen completely occupied it.


    However, first they were busy searching for the spoils on the ground, and then they had a dispute and agreed to divide the spoils through a separate competition.


    For a long time, they had no time to dig three feet, let alone pay attention to the bottom of the ground.


    In fact, it is really difficult for a group of monks in the period of Qi refining to find their deeds in the face of deliberately hidden friars in the period of foundation building.

 Chapter 195

    Just when the single tiger thought his tracks were hidden, and no one found himself sneaking into Zaoxiang oasis, there was already a man behind him.


    The single tiger, who was familiar with the way, fled underground and came to a place less than 100 feet below the spirit eye of the spirit pulse.


    On the surface, like other places, it is a layer of hard rock.


    The single tiger looked carefully for a while before finding the target.


    Using his divine sense, he made a careful observation of the front, back, left, right, up and down, and determined that there was no abnormality. Then he took out a piece of jade talisman, injected real Qi and recited a spell.


    In the thick rock layer, a big hole suddenly appeared, just for people to pass.


    Soon after the single tiger stepped into the cavity, the cavity soon disappeared.


    After a while, in the original position of the single tiger, the thick earth God will appear.


    Single tiger is willing to spend a lot of money to persuade several families to send troops to subdue Zaoxiang oasis. It must have his intention.


    Not only did Meng Zhang know this, but also the foundations of the other families.


    Not long ago, Meng Zhang and several Zhuji chased bamboo swords all the way.


    Ruan Dadao and others naturally have no time to pay attention to what happened in Zaoxiang oasis.


    However, in their opinion, there are so many disciples left in Zaoxiang oasis. Even if what happens there, they can know quickly and respond in time.


    Meng Zhang thought about it carefully before he went to war. In Zaoxiang oasis, there must be something that a single tiger wants.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang had ordered the thick earth God general to sneak out to see if he could find the trace of a single tiger and get benefits from it.


    In fact, before the foundation building war, the thick earth God secretly came to the vicinity of Zaoxiang oasis.


    After several people chased the bamboo sword and left, the single tiger escaped into the jujube fragrance oasis with the earth escape technique, and failed to hide from the thick earth God general.


    After the cultivation is restored to the foundation period, the thick earth God will have more and more talent in earth hiding, which is far more powerful than ordinary friars in the foundation period.


    After he found the movement under the ground, he followed the single tiger all the way to here.


    The single tiger suddenly disappeared out of thin air. Houtu didn''t panic, but carefully observed his surroundings.


    On the other side, the single tiger passes through the hole and enters another space.


    Here is a natural space interlayer, which is completely independent of the Yangshi.


    The ancestors of shuangfenggu discovered this place many years ago.


    To open up an independent space out of thin air, the golden elixir is beyond his power. However, to make use of a natural space interlayer, the friars in the foundation period can barely do it.


    The ancestors of shuangfenggu transformed this space interlayer into a secret room by secret method, which is used as the secret library of the sect.


    There are special prohibitions outside the secret library for hiding. Moreover, it is not far from the spiritual eye. The spiritual eye emits a strong aura fluctuation, which just covers the forbidden mana trace.


    As for the news of this secret storehouse, only a few high-level people in Shuangfeng Valley know it.


    Over the years, this secret library has been kept secret and has never been leaked.


    The Li family, who was exterminated at the beginning, is just a vassal family of Shuangfeng valley. They all know to arrange a secret library outside to keep the hope of the family''s comeback.


    Shuangfenggu knew that this matter was very dangerous before planning Shan Feiyu to attack the golden elixir period. A bad one will lead to the disaster of extermination.


    Therefore, Shuangfeng Valley has left behind in advance, in case the sect is robbed, it can also keep the last inheritance of the sect.


    Of course, if Guangzhi immortal didn''t suddenly knot Dan, it attracted all the attention of feihongzong. Shuangfenggu''s successors may not be able to keep them under the pursuit of feihongzong.


    Now the remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley have fled to a safe place to hide.


    After settling down, someone remembered this secret library.


    Because Shuangfeng Valley did not go all out to hunt down the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley, it not only gave them a chance to breathe, but also gave them new ideas to get back the wealth in this secret library.


    Therefore, after a single tiger, he took advantage of his old friendship with Gu Tanghai to persuade the four zongmen to jointly attack Zaoxiang oasis and sneak in.


    This secret storehouse is not big. In addition to a large number of spiritual stones and various spiritual materials, the most precious is the various inheritance classics of Shuangfeng valley.


    A large row of bookshelves are attached to the corner. There are a vast collection of books and hundreds of jade slips on the bookshelves.


    After the single tiger entered here, it began to count.


    The thick earth God outside will find it after careful search.


    When the cultivation was restored to the foundation period, his memory began to recover slowly.


    After all, he was once a strong man with golden elixir strength, and his vision and insight were extraordinary.


    As long as you calm down and search slowly, the prohibition here is not enough to hide him.


    As a local division, breaking all kinds of array prohibitions is his specialty.


    After a violent spiritual power fluctuation, the figure of the thick earth God General disappeared in situ.


    When the thick earth God will appear again, he has entered the secret library.


    The single tiger, who was buried in cleaning up his inventory, suddenly looked up. I don''t know when a tall freak appeared behind him.


    The strange man was wrapped in a thick layer of stone armor. He couldn''t see his appearance and posture at all.


    The divine consciousness released by a single tiger was blocked by the divine consciousness released by the other party.


    Now, the single tiger knew that the other party was a friar in the foundation period like himself.


    "Who are you, why do you appear here, and how do you know this place?" the single tiger snapped.


    The thick earth God did not speak, but looked around at the situation in the secret library. After a while, he said, "it turns out that Shan Chang always comes for these things."


    "I just don''t know. What will the people of the four families outside do when they know that they are used by the elder Shan?"


    The thick earth God did not answer the question of the single tiger, but directly threatened.


    The single tiger was silent and said, "what do you want?"


    "My requirements are not high. According to the rules of the Jianghu, we meet in half. We add five to one for everything here. No one takes advantage and no one suffers."


    "This is the treasure house of my double harvest valley. Everything here is accumulated by my double harvest Valley for many years. Why should you divide it in half?" the single tiger shouted angrily.


    "It''s fair to divide one person by half. If you don''t want to, I''ll recruit all the friars in the foundation period of the four families, and we''ll distribute them together."


    The words of the thick earth God General directly hit the key of a single tiger.


    Although they used to be the vassals of Shuangfeng Valley, they will never talk about incense feelings with Shuangfeng valley. In the face of such a large pile of wealth, they are sure to rob.


    At that time, as the owner of the secret storehouse, the single tiger may be empty and can''t keep anything.

 Chapter 196

    The single tiger is more worried that once he reveals his whereabouts, the foundation building friars of the four families will rush up, take him down and go to Feihong sect to receive a reward.


    The single tiger dare not have any hope for the integrity of the friars of the four sects.


    If at that time, the hiding place of the rest of Shuangfeng valley will also be exposed, and the single tiger will become the eternal sinner of Shuangfeng valley.


    As for killing people and killing people, a single tiger is not sure that it can quietly kill a friar in the foundation period.


    A single tiger is also a decisive person, otherwise he will not be entrusted with an important task by the door. He weighed the pros and cons with a little thought.


    "OK, I promise you, one half is one half." in the single tiger tone, I can''t hide my anger.


    The situation is better than people. He didn''t have too many unnecessary disputes and chose to be patient for the time being.


    Single tiger took out a storage ring and a storage bracelet and put all kinds of items in the secret library.


    In the boundless sand sea, it''s really not easy to see this kind of storage magic weapon with great reserves.


    The thick earth God will silently look at the action of the single tiger and don''t speak.


    Single tiger also knows that he can''t make any small moves in front of the people who are the same friars in the foundation period.


    A single tiger will put about half of the various items stacked on the ground into the storage magic weapon.


    Then Shan Hu went to the bookshelf and was ready to put away all the books and jade slips.


    The thick earth God waved one hand and sent out a genuine Qi, which interrupted the action of a single tiger.


    "I said that everything here, we are adding five to two, one person and half."


    "Here are all my inheritance classics of shuangfenggu, not spiritual stones and materials." Shan Hu roared a little angrily.


    "How can my inheritance and classics of shuangfenggu be leaked?"


    The thick earth God will not say a word, just looking at the single tiger quietly.


    After half a ring, it seemed that the single tiger couldn''t stand this pressure at last. He said fiercely with his teeth: "OK, half of one person is half of one person."


    The single tiger was forced to pack half of the books and jade slips on the bookshelf.


    After all this, the single tiger will leave angrily.


    Before leaving, Shan Hu couldn''t help but say, "you''ve never shown your true face and don''t want to give your last name. Now we''re leaving soon. Do you want to leave a name? I''ll come to ask for advice in the future."


    The thick earth God will look at the single tiger with the eyes of a fool. If you deliberately hide your identity, you won''t take the initiative to expose it because of the other party''s word.


    The single tiger snorted and left angrily.


    Although the thick earth God looks confident and fearless, he also has scruples in his heart.


    If the single tiger refused to compromise, the two started, alerted the friars on the ground and attracted several friars in the foundation period.


    At that time, even if he joined hands with Meng Zhang, he could not subdue the rest of the foundation building monks.


    In this way, half of the distribution between him and a single tiger will become four sects. By the way, Shi Weida will be added and distributed together.


    Which distribution method is better, naturally, there is no need to say more.


    After the single tiger left, the thick earth God would look at a lot of items piled up in the secret library and get a little headache.


    There are so many things that his storage bag can''t hold. It really takes some effort to transport these back to taiyimen.


    At this time, on the ground, Meng Zhang and others have left Qingzhu mountain.


    It''s not like chasing the enemy when he came. When he went back, everyone didn''t fly fast. Meng Zhang was still in the mood to enjoy the scenery on the way.


    Ruan Dadao was dissatisfied that he could not attack Qingzhu mountain. On the way back, he kept complaining and mocking Meng Zhang and Shi Weida for being timid.


    Meng Zhang ignored him.


    Just now, Meng Zhang looked at it with a broken false magic eye and found that someone was watching at high altitude in the distance.


    Those who can fly to high altitude are at least friars in the foundation period.


    At this time, the most likely person who can send friars to monitor all the way during the foundation period is feihongzong.


    Meng Zhang felt a little empty when he thought that friar feihongzong was watching him and others.


    Under the eyes of friar Feihong Zong, Meng Zhang has no such courage to attack Qingzhu mountain, which has a great relationship with Feihong Zong.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose his false magic eyes. He didn''t say that friar Feihong was watching from a distance.


    He simply rejected Ruan Dadao''s opinion and asked everyone to leave there as soon as possible.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not an immortal who has not been predicted. He does not know the decision of immortal Feihong Zong Jindan. Even if they really broke the green bamboo mountain at that time, feihongzong would not intervene.


    Meng Zhang can only make the best choice according to the known information and his own judgment.


    Ruan Dadao talked for a long time. Seeing everyone talking to him, he felt boring and shut up.


    Without words, the five returned to Zaoxiang oasis smoothly.


    The five disciples had no opinion on the way to distribute the booty reached by the disciples.


    As for whether to occupy Zaoxiang oasis, the five people discussed and decided to leave a group of Qi refining disciples in the four sects.


    After all, there is also a second-order spirit pulse here. You can''t give up for nothing.


    In addition, Shi Weida also offered to stay here.


    The Lingzhi jujube trees in Zaoxiang oasis were all divided up by four families. After they were transplanted separately, the Lingtian was empty.


    Shi Weida wants to make a good living and grow more Linggu to supplement the consumption of mingshafang city.


    As for the manpower for planting Spirit Valley, in addition to the monks left by the four families, Shi Weida also said that he could recruit a large number of casual practitioners.


    To be honest, the four families now occupy a lot of territory, but they are understaffed. Especially during the foundation period, the number of monks is still too small to take into account.


    After the war, Ruan Dadao and others left one after another.


    Only Meng Zhang decided to stay and help Shi Weida stabilize the situation.


    Next, most of the materials of Zaoxiang oasis were transported away by the four zongmen. Even the mortals in the oasis carried away many.


    Shi Weida contacted Gu Tanghai and sent a group of monks from mingshafang to help him manage this place.


    Under the cover of Meng Zhang, the thick earth God secretly transported all the treasures in the secret library back to Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi sect is guarded by the thick earth God, and after establishing a simple organizational structure, all principal disciples can perform their respective duties.


    Meng Zhang''s stay in Zaoxiang oasis did not hinder the operation of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has long been disgusted with what happened on the territory originally belonging to Shuangfeng valley.


    Now that there was time, Meng Zhang took pains to patrol around and repair, kill or expel those who came to plunder.


    After many wars, Meng Zhang was trained, enriched his combat experience, and had a bit of bloody breath. The spirits of a large number of monks made him become murderous.

 Chapter 197

    Time passed in a hurry. In a flash, two years passed.


    In the past two years, Meng Zhang stayed near Zaoxiang oasis most of the time except for leaving briefly and returning to taiyimen several times.


    Two years ago, the golden sword gate and the skillful hand gate each obtained a small building foundation pill from a single tiger.


    First, Ruan Yuan, the leader of the golden Sabre sect, closed the door and impacted the foundation period. Even with the help of Xiaozhu Jidan, he failed and suffered a little serious injury.


    Then Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, closed the door and attacked the foundation period. She was lucky. After taking Xiaozhu Jidan, she succeeded in building Jidan.


    Not long ago, Jin Qigu successfully passed the customs.


    At the skillful hand gate, they have begun to make plans to hold a foundation building Dharma meeting for Jin Qigu.


    On the other side of taiyimen, everything is developing smoothly, and no major events have happened.


    After two years of cleaning up by Meng Zhang, the land originally belonging to Shuangfeng Valley has basically returned to calm.


    In the past two years, Meng Zhang has made a great reputation through battles.


    Those who want to pick up cheap here have seen his strong combat effectiveness.


    Not only was he killed and fled during the Qi refining period, but even a foundation building period was killed by Meng Zhang''s double swords.


    That afternoon, Meng Zhang, as usual, absorbed the fierce sun gas and quenched the real Qi in his body on a hillside in Zaoxiang oasis.


    After finishing today''s homework and finishing his work, Meng Zhang looked at a place behind the hillside, smiled and scolded, "what are you hiding there, you boy? Why don''t you come out?"


    After a while, a strong guy with an adult body and a face of only 11 or 12 years old came out from behind the hillside.


    In front of Meng Zhang, the shy young man showed an embarrassed smile on his face.


    "Yes, master." he saluted respectfully.


    "Dawei, what''s the matter with you hiding there?" Meng Zhang was very kind to his first disciple.


    "Master, are we leaving here in a few days?"


    "Why, a little reluctant?"


    "Don''t worry, your parents and family will leave with you. They are going to live on taiyimen territory."


    "Although this place is your hometown, it is not as safe as taiyimen."


    Meng Zhang patiently comforted the disciple.


    More than half a month ago, in Zaoxiang oasis, a young man named Niu Dawei awakened Linggen.


    Two years ago, when the four sects discussed, they forgot to agree which sects should be worshipped by mortals who awakened their spiritual roots in Zaoxiang oasis.


    After discovering Niu Dawei''s awakening Linggen, Shi Weida wanted him to join the Shi family.


    Meng Zhangyun broke the false magic eye and saw the extraordinary of Niu Dawei at a glance.


    Although the spirit measuring disk is not in hand, it is impossible to measure the specific spirit root of Niu Dawei. But Meng Zhang knows that Niu Dawei''s qualification must be very good.


    So Meng Zhang asked Shi Weida for a favor and asked Niu Dawei to worship Taiyi gate.


    Shi Weida doesn''t have the eyesight of Meng Zhang and can''t see the extraordinary of Niu Dawei.


    In the past two years, the situation here would not be so stable if Meng Zhang did not sit in Zaoxiang oasis. The scattered repairs of those troublemakers alone are enough to make Shi Weida in a mess.


    Let alone Gu Tanghai told him before that Meng Zhang had monks in the later period of foundation building as strong support. Don''t offend him easily, but try to make friends with him.


    So Shi Weida bought Meng Zhang a face and gave Niu Dawei to him.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, Niu Dawei worships Taiyi gate, and his parents and relatives can live on the site of Taiyi gate.


    At regular intervals, the flying boats of taiyimen will go to Zaoxiang oasis to transport all kinds of materials.


    After the site returned to calm, it also slowly produced some products.


    To be honest, there are still too few disciples of Taiyi sect. They can''t even take care of their own territory, let alone spare no effort to develop here.


    Otherwise, once this rich land originally belonging to Shuangfeng Valley is developed, the benefits will be great.


    With the expansion of the territory occupied by taiyimen, the population under the rule became more and more. Over the years, after awakening Linggen, more and more disciples have joined Taiyi sect.


    However, these newly introduced disciples still need time to grow slowly and are not of use for the time being.


    Meng Zhang looked at the honest Niu Dawei and was very satisfied.


    This disciple not only has excellent qualifications, but also has an excellent mind.


    He looks tall and big, but he is an honest, simple and honest child with a pure heart.


    The most rare thing is to have a childlike heart, attach importance to love and righteousness, love your family and honor your parents.


    If not, Meng Zhang, whose eyes are higher than the top, will not easily accept him as a disciple.


    You know, there are many disciples who have joined Taiyi sect in recent years, including some good seedlings, but Meng Zhang doesn''t like any of them.


    It was not until he met Niu Dawei that Meng Zhang had this time, and a green shadow flashed.


    A little thing ran to Niu Dawei''s feet. He grabbed him naughtily and ran away.


    "Liuli, if you hate it so much, you won''t play with you in the future." Meng Zhang scolded with a smile.


    Seeing the green cat Liuli, Niu Dawei showed a eager expression on his face and was a little eager to try.


    "So old, just like a child. Go ahead and remember not to play too late with Liuli."


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s voice fell, Niu Dawei ran away like an amnesty, chasing behind Liuli''s ass.


    Most of the spirit pets don''t like to stay in the spirit beast bag.


    Since accepting the two little guys, Meng Zhang has allowed them to move freely most of the time, as long as they are not too far away from himself.


    These years, the two little guys grew up very fast.


    Of course, this growth is not in body shape, but in their wisdom.


    The two little guys'' improvement in combat effectiveness is not worth mentioning, but they are becoming more and more intelligent.


    Just then, a figure fell from the sky like lightning and fell in front of Meng Zhang.


    After chasing electricity became Meng Zhang''s spiritual pet, the speed became faster and faster. It was almost necessary to give full play to his talent in speed.


    Now, as long as there is no special method, ordinary friars in the early days of foundation construction can''t catch up with electricity.


    The name "chasing electricity" really matches its name.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang simply released the chasing electricity and asked him to patrol around the oasis on weekdays.


    Chasing electricity flew to Meng Zhang and danced up and down. His wings danced and made a gesture.


    Although Zhuodeng can''t speak yet, Meng Zhang has understood his meaning.


    "If you dare to come, I can''t help him."

 Chapter 198

    Two years ago, Liu Fengbo, the friar of the Liu family during the foundation period, fled, resulting in the final collapse of the war.


    The bamboo leaf elder of Qingzhu mountain died on the spot, and the bamboo sword was seriously injured and fled.


    Although Liu Fengbo is not fighting alone, as long as he is slightly at a disadvantage, he will immediately turn in and never entangle more.


    Shi Weida was annoyed by him, but it was not so simple to kill a defensive foundation building friar.


    Fortunately, this guy caused limited harm. Meng Zhang and Shi Weiming will stop him in time even if he pulls down his face and attacks the friar in the period of Qi refining.


    This time, after the telegram, this brown candy will make trouble again.


    Electric pursuit flight is extinct. It is fast and small. Most of the time, it was it that found the trace of Liu Fengbo first.


    Meng Zhang has been here for two years. After he returns to taiyimen, it is estimated that Shi Weida alone can''t do anything about this guy.


    Before Meng Zhang left, he had to find a way to get rid of this scourge. If you can''t kill him, hit him hard.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, Shi Weida angrily flew out of the oasis to intercept Liu Fengbo who was flying.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go out with Shi Weida, but changed his direction, performed earth hiding and left the oasis.


    After making a big circle outside, Meng Zhang ran to the rear of Liu Fengbo and hid underground.


    Although the chasing electricity in the air can''t see the underground Meng Zhang, it has been flying above Meng Zhang by virtue of the wonderful connection between the spirit pet and the master.


    He chose a place to hide. Meng Zhang hid under the ground, but after receiving his order, he patrolled around.


    Meng Zhang fought with Liu Fengbo many times, but he managed to escape.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t do anything, but sent a telegram to track him secretly.


    After many times, Meng Zhang also had a certain grasp of Liu Fengbo''s whereabouts.


    Liu Fengbo retreats in different directions every time, but after leaving a distance and away from Zaoxiang oasis, he will still move in a roughly fixed area.


    Now, Meng Zhang will ambush him here and wait for him to pass.


    After waiting for more than half an hour, Meng Zhang sensed that the power chase began to move.


    Meng Zhang followed the direction of chasing electricity and fled from the ground.


    It''s certainly not as fast as flying in the sky when you use the earth escape technique to escape underground.


    However, Meng Zhang is not afraid to lose his target if there is electricity chasing on it. He just needs to follow the track of electricity chasing.


    After more than half an hour, the speed of chasing electricity began to slow down. At this time, Meng Zhang finally caught up with him slowly.


    Meng Zhang slowly retreated upward. When he was close to the ground, he cast his eyes and looked up.


    Looking around, Meng Zhang found Liu Fengbo on a small hill on the right.


    The boy is sitting cross legged on the hill, meditating with his eyes closed, nourishing his Qi and calming his mind.


    He probably felt that it was far away from Zaoxiang oasis, and he obviously relaxed a lot.


    Of course, during the foundation period, the friars themselves had divine consciousness. Even if it is lax, the divine consciousness will warn at the moment of crisis.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to be careless. He hid his breath and slowly approached Liu Fengbo''s position step by step from the ground.


    Among the inheritance acquired in the place of trial, there are also many knowledge and practical skills about ambush assassination and sneak assassination.


    Meng Zhang secretly approached the target and didn''t stop until he reached the limit position.


    One more step forward will trigger Liu Fengbo''s vigilance.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang jumped up from the ground and jumped at Liu Fengbo.


    In front of Meng Zhang''s body, the first step to stab the target is the flying sword fangs.


    There is no life and death sword. This sword formula is specially used for assassination. Meng Zhang danced with the wind after refining it. Meng Zhang used it many times during the Qi refining period. When the foundation was built, he mostly used the Zijin sect''s Qizheng sword formula.


    The power of a sword formula depends not only on the cultivator''s swordsmanship talent, but also on the combination of practical flying swords.


    The flying sword with burning attribute is not suitable for wielding the non killing sword. The fangs of the flying sword can barely be used.


    Liu Fengbo, who is closing his eyes and nourishing himself, has a warning in his heart. Meng Zhang''s sneak attack is sensed in his divine consciousness.


    But Meng Zhang''s speed was so fast that he had no time to fly into the sky to avoid.


    The fangs of the flying sword were really like the tusks of a python, stabbed by lightning.


    In the past two years, Liu Fengbo has also accumulated some combat experience. In a hurry, or made the right response.


    Since it was too late to get out of the battle, he was not in a hurry to avoid it. Instead, he met Meng Zhang head-on.


    I saw a sudden drop in the surrounding temperature, frost on the ground and a layer of white gas in the air.


    Liu Fengbo''s arms, like those made of cold ice, actively waved to the flying sword fangs.


    While blocking the enemy''s flying sword, Liu Fengbo also showed his hidden killer mace.


    In the face of the enemy''s determined sneak attack, he did not fear and shrink back, but wanted to fight with the enemy.


    The cold Qi of the Liu family is also a well-known and distinctive skill.


    Meng Zhanggang felt as cold as falling into an ice cave when he was close to Liu Fengbo. He almost shivered.


    Meng Zhang held back and did not shiver. When the sun''s true Qi was running, a warm current gushed out of the body, and the body immediately returned to normal.


    Liu Fengbo''s face showed regret.


    After the sneak attack, he immediately forced out his life vitality and mixed it with ice cold Qi.


    As long as the cultivator touches this vital energy, he will feel freezing and shivering.


    As soon as this shiver hits, most of the true Qi on the enemy will dissipate immediately.


    Meng Zhang''s body has been baptized by the Qi of Taiyin for many times and has strong resistance to ice cold. It is the cultivation of the sun Qi that has the most Yang and hardness that inadvertently avoided the enemy''s mace.

 Chapter 199

    After Liu Fengbo spewed out this vital energy, his breath immediately became low.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to use the killing move of lifeless sword and stabbed several times in a row.


    Liu Fengbo could not dodge, and there were two more wounds on his body.


    Flying sword fangs were originally refined from the tusks of highly poisonous python. In the refining process, many poisons such as poisonous flowers and poisonous herbs were refined, which greatly increased their toxicity.


    Soon after Liu Fengbo was attacked, the toxin broke out immediately and spread in his body, attacking his heart and lungs.


    On weekdays, he has enough time to slowly expel the toxin. But when fighting for life and death, he doesn''t have such leisure. It can only barely suppress the spread of toxicity, and its strength is greatly affected.


    During the fierce battle, Liu Fengbo tried to escape several times. However, after Meng Zhang got close, he stuck to him, so that he couldn''t get away at all. He had to fight hard in situ.


    After a fierce battle, Meng Zhang finally killed Liu Fengbo on the spot.


    Although it is hard to avoid a little light and heavy injury, the results are good.


    After only a few years of building the foundation, Meng Zhang successively killed friars in the period of building the foundation. Such achievements are rare.


    Meng Zhang waved to Liu Fengbo''s storage bag. There were no too precious items in it.


    A pile of spirit stones, some commonly used elixir talismans and so on. The most conspicuous one is more than ten cold poison Yin thunder.


    The famous cold poison Yin thunder is very precious for friars in the period of Qi refining. Meng Zhang used this to kill the foundation period elder who was seriously injured in shuangfenggu.


    After building the foundation, he didn''t see the power of cold poison Yin thunder. It''s just the power of ordinary friars'' normal hand during the foundation building period, which is of little use to him.


    It can be given to the disciples in the Qi refining period as self-defense.


    For the friars in the foundation period of Liu family, it is not easy to refine cold poison Yin thunder. They are not the descendants of the family who have high hopes and will not give them easily. Liu Fengbo didn''t build the foundation for a long time, and I don''t know where he got so many cold poison Yin thunder.


    In fact, what Meng Zhang is really interested in is the ancestral skill of the Liu family.


    A friar with the blood of the Liu family can build a foundation in the ice caves collected by the Liu family instead of borrowing auxiliary items such as building a foundation pill.


    It is said that after the foundation was built by Liu''s Kung Fu, there were great defects. However, Meng Zhang''s several fights with friars during the foundation period of Liu Jiazhu, the defects are not obvious.


    If possible, Meng Zhang wants to be able to get the skill handed down by Liu''s ancestors and make a good reference.


    After entering the foundation period, the monks made great progress in cultivation and increased their life. You can''t stick to your own cultivation skills, but you should widely read, increase your knowledge and absorb the strengths of a hundred schools, so as to lay the foundation for the advanced golden elixir period.


    It has only been a few years since the foundation was built, but Meng Zhang is very confident in cultivation and believes that his advanced golden elixir is only a matter of time.


    After dealing with the battlefield, Meng Zhang recalled the great hero of chasing electricity and returned to Zaoxiang oasis.


    When Shi Weida heard the news of Liu Fengbo''s death from Meng Zhang, he breathed a sigh of relief and was in awe of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness really doesn''t look like he has only built the foundation for a few years. It seems that there must be an expert behind him.


    Since then, Shi Weida''s attitude towards Meng Zhang and Taiyi disciples has become better.


    A few days later, the second-order flying boat of taiyimen arrived as scheduled.


    Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, and his family, including seven aunts and eight aunts, were reluctant to leave and boarded the flying boat.


    After Meng Zhang left this time, he will not return here for a long time.


    After he handed over with the disciples of the Taiyi gate stationed here, he returned to the Taiyi gate with the Feizhou when the Feizhou loaded the goods.


    The airspace around sijiazongmen and mingshafang city is still peaceful with the efforts of the five forces.


    All the external roads are repaired separately, and they dare not make trouble here.


    Without words, the second-order flying boat returned to the taiyimen Mountain Gate safely.


    After the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate moved to Fuzhao Valley, it has a large area. Not only do taiyimen friars live here, but most of the disciples'' mortal relatives also live in the periphery of the valley.


    After settling everything down, Meng Zhang took Niu Dawei to the leader''s hall and carefully measured it with a spirit measuring plate.


    As Meng Zhang expected, Niu Dawei''s spiritual root qualification is indeed extraordinary. He is a middle-class spiritual root, and he is the top of the middle-class and the top of the middle-class spiritual roots.


    Before, taiyimen had only two middle and upper spiritual roots.


    One is Wen qiansuan, who awakened Linggen in his thirties. Because he is too old, many people in the door don''t think highly of him.


    Later, he made a good progress in cultivation and showed good array talent, which was the focus of Meng Zhang''s training.


    The other is Yang Xueyi. She was born in Xiuzhen family. She joined Taiyi gate only after the family was destroyed.


    Yang Xueyi not only has excellent cultivation qualification, but also has high talent in making talismans and spiritual kitchens in the 100 arts of cultivation. She is highly valued in the door and is regarded as the future star of the door.


    Now there is another Niu Dawei. Taiyimen really has a kind of revival.


    As long as these disciples are given enough time to grow up, Meng Zhang believes that the future of Taiyi sect will never be limited to the edge of the cultivation world.


    After measuring Linggen, Meng Zhang carefully measured Niu Dawei''s physique.


    Niu Dawei''s physique is special. It is not a common five element attribute, but wind attribute and thunder attribute.


    If it was the former Taiyi sect, it might not be able to find a skill suitable for the cultivation of special attributes. However, after Meng Zhang served as the leader for many years, Taiyi sect also had some accumulation unconsciously.


    After a selection, Meng Zhang chose a true interpretation of wind and thunder for Niu Dawei for his practice.


    It''s really a big event for the Taiyi sect that Meng Zhang, the leader, accepted the eldest disciple of Kaishan.


    At the suggestion of Tian Zhen, a commoner elder, Meng Zhang decided to hold a grand introduction ceremony to officially receive cattle in front of the public.


    A good day was chosen and Tian town did a good job.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t invite other outsiders because of Meng Zhang''s intention, all taiyimen disciples who received the news tried to rush back to the door to participate in the ceremony.


    In recent years, Taiyi sect has expanded greatly and recruited a large number of disciples.


    In the Taiyi gate''s territory, many mortals awakened Linggen and joined the Taiyi gate.


    Taking the opportunity of this introductory ceremony, most Taiyi disciples gathered together.


    Standing above the sect hall and looking at the dark crowd below, Meng Zhang was also filled with emotion.


    When I first took over the sect, there were only two or three big cats and kittens. However, in more than 20 years, there have been hundreds of disciples in the sect. Moreover, the cultivation and overall quality of the disciples are far better than they were at the beginning.


    From the Qi refining sect gate to the foundation building sect gate, Taiyi gate is also barely qualified to participate in the game of Xiuzhen world.

 Chapter 200

    After the introduction ceremony, Meng Zhang did not go out, but stayed at the mountain gate to practice.


    Besides cultivation, he also took time to guide Niu Dawei''s cultivation.


    Although Meng Zhang had never practiced the true interpretation of wind and thunder, no one else in the sect practiced this skill.


    However, as a friar in the foundation period, he still has the ability of analogy.


    Meng Zhang has also carefully deliberated on various customs and orifices in the true interpretation of wind and thunder.


    His own qualification is very good, and with the careful guidance of Meng Zhang, Niu Dawei''s cultivation has made rapid progress.


    In addition, the half of the hidden treasures knocked by the thick earth God from the single tiger in shuangfenggu have long been transported back to Taiyi gate.


    Most of the cultivation materials and spirit stones are sent to the medium and large storehouse. Those books and jade slips, after being sorted out by the thick earth God, were sent to the Sutra Pavilion.


    Today''s taiyimen Sutra Pavilion finally looks like a sutra Pavilion. It is no longer a small study, but a separate three-story pavilion with a large floor area, which can barely be called worthy of the name.


    Outside the pavilion, there are special protective prohibitions, and disciples are responsible for guarding.


    In the pavilion, each room is engraved with forbidden runes, which are used to prevent fire and moth.


    The Sutra Pavilion is not an empty shelf with an empty table. There are a large collection of books, including many precious classics.


    Except that the first floor is free for the disciples in the door, the books in the other two floors can only be borrowed after the disciples in the door consume the sect contribution.


    In the past two years, the God of thick earth has also fulfilled the responsibility of the sect leader.


    In addition to holding regular Dharma meetings and giving lectures at the door, he also took a lot of time to stay in the Sutra Pavilion.


    While sorting out the Sutra Pavilion, he also gave instructions to the disciples who came to seek advice.


    Shuangfenggu is worthy of being the overlord of a region that has been inherited for hundreds of years.


    There are many valuable parts in the classics that the God of the thick earth will bring back. After Meng Zhang read it, he also gained a lot.


    The Sutra Pavilion of taiyimen has also been supplemented.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the door for less than three months and received an invitation from the skillful sect.


    Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, spent a period of time to establish her accomplishments after she successfully built the foundation some time ago.


    The skillful hand gate is scheduled to hold a foundation building meeting for her in the gate next month. Specially invite the friars who have made friends with the sect to attend.


    At the same time, people from the skillful sect also said that Aunt Jin had something important to discuss with Meng Zhang.


    Although the trade route is now cut off and various items are in short supply, Meng Zhang still ordered his disciples to carefully prepare a generous gift.


    When the time of Dharma meeting was coming, Meng Zhang selected several disciples, boarded a first-order flying boat and rushed to the Mountain Gate of Qiaoshou gate.


    The Mountain Gate of Qiaoshou gate is located a thousand miles to the west of Taiyi gate. It is close to the edge of the dead sand sea.


    The endless sand sea continues to go north, which is the legendary death sand sea.


    Although the endless sand sea is desolate and remote, it is not suitable for human survival. However, a large number of oases above still breed many humans.


    Especially in the area under the direct rule of Feihong sect, there is a large population and a somewhat prosperous trend.


    But the death sand sea to the north of the endless sand sea is the real forbidden area of life.


    Not only can no living creatures survive there, but even foreign monks can hardly stand here.


    In the dead sand sea, not only the living environment is extremely bad, but also there are many dangers that can endanger the lives of practitioners.


    Most people who are engaged in the foundation period dare to approach the edge of the dead sand sea a little, and they absolutely dare not go deep.


    There are various legends about the dead sand sea.


    Some people say that the death sand sea is the base camp of the devil friars, some people say that the death sand sea is the hiding place of the ghost friars, and some people say that the death sand sea is the root of the birth of sand monsters


    Anyway, no one can verify these legends.


    Even Fei hongzong, the overlord of the endless sand sea, is far away from the dead sand sea and dare not approach it easily.


    Occasionally, some brave friars explore the sand sea of death in an attempt to find the so-called opportunity.


    Almost most of these brave monks died among them. Individual lucky survivors are also vague about all kinds of situations inside.


    In the long run, more and more monks dare to go deep into the sand sea of death.


    Even if I had to, I would spin around the periphery of the dead sand sea at most, and I would never dare to enter the interior.


    The skillful hand gate is not far from the edge of the death sand sea, not too far from the death sand sea.


    Over the years, there has been no abnormal state in the skillful hand door.


    Meng Zhang and others took a first-order flying boat and came to the skillful hand gate safely.


    The Mountain Gate of the skillful hand gate is composed of a continuous hillside, on which dense spiritual mulberry trees are planted. It looks lush and lovely.


    On the periphery of the continuous hillside, there are large oases, in which mortals under the rule of skillful hand door live.


    The disciples of skillful hand sect are mainly women, but there are also a large number of men. However, male disciples have a low status in the sect, and their future is limited. They are basically unable to enter the top level of the sect.


    Most of this is because only women can practice the most skillful inheritance skill of the skillful hand sect. Men''s cultivation is just some low-end Street goods.


    In particular, the unique skills of raising spiritual silkworms, extracting silk, weaving silk and making Dharma robes are all in the hands of female monks.


    Seeing the sign of Taiyi gate on the flying boat, the mountain protection array of skillful hand gate automatically opened, revealing a door.


    Soon after the flying boat entered, a female disciple of the skillful sect rode a crane and guided the flying boat to land at the designated position.


    Soon after the flying boat landed, the welcoming female disciples of their own skillful sect came to receive it.


    Meng Zhang came to the skillful hand sect this time and took several disciples with him.


    This is not to put on airs. It''s just to let these disciples see the world and get in touch with the excellent disciples of other sects.


    The female disciple in charge of welcoming guests of the skillful hand gate took the Taiyi gate group to a courtyard to settle down.


    In several nearby courtyards, guests from all sides came to watch the ceremony.


    Now in the area west of mingshafang City, four zongmen and Shijia form a small group.


    Because of the blockade of Feihong sect, there was no contact with them. Even if there were some relationships in the past, they would have been completely cut off.


    It''s not too early to come to Taiyi gate. Ruan Dadao of Jindao gate and Gu Tanghai of Shi family have come here long ago.


    At the gate of the courtyard, Meng Zhang saw Ruan Dadao talking to Gu Tanghai.


    At the same time, they each got two small foundation pills. Jin Qigu of the skillful sect succeeded in building the foundation, while Ruan Yuan of the golden Dao sect failed. It''s really unpredictable.


    Now Ruan Dadao came to attend the foundation building Dharma meeting of Jin Qigu, and his mood must be very complicated.

 Chapter 201

    The skillful hand sect and the golden Sabre sect have been allied for many years and have always been closely related.


    The two tacit cooperation, using the empty window period after the demise of Shuangfeng Valley, harvested the most plump fruit. Even the taiyimen under the leadership of Meng Zhang had to retreat from the two zongmen after the joint operation.


    However, any alliance relationship should be based on relative equality between the two sides.


    In order to have equal status in the cultivation world, the strength can''t be too different.


    Aunt Jin, who is a skillful craftsman, is already on the top of Ruan broadsword. However, because the disciples of the golden Sabre sect are brave and dare to fight, while most female friars of the skillful sect are good at production, but their combat effectiveness is a little weak. Only two religious sects can maintain equal status.


    Now there is one more friar in the foundation period in the skillful hand gate, and the strength of the two sects has been greatly expanded.


    Will the alliance between the two zongmen be so stable in the future?


    Meng Zhang began to think about whether there was any opportunity to break up the alliance between the two countries.


    Despite the strong external pressure, the four families are still united and can maintain a good cooperative relationship. But in Meng Zhang''s heart, he was always afraid of the alliance between the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate.


    Of course, this kind of thing is urgent and needs to look for opportunities slowly.


    Guests from all walks of life arrived one after another.


    In fact, the guests are just three zongmen and four in mingshafang city. Compared with the grand occasion of Lin shenpo''s foundation Dharma meeting, it is far from it.


    Even Meng Zhang, a young man, felt that things were right and people were wrong. In just a few years, the surrounding situation has changed too much. Many familiar faces have disappeared.


    At this time, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi built the foundation and also came out to receive visitors from all parties.


    When facing Jin Qigu, Ruan Dadao''s face was obviously a little unnatural.


    A younger generation who has known him for many years suddenly has almost the same status as himself, but the disciple who has high expectations from his family has failed to build a foundation.


    Even though Jin Qigu''s attitude is still respectful, Ruan Dadao is still very uncomfortable.


    Lin shenpo of Linshan school, Gu Tanghai of mingshafang City, and Meng Zhang of taiyimen sincerely congratulate Jin Qigu on building the foundation. In any case, it is always a good thing that the strength of their small group has increased.


    In addition to the contacts between several friars during the foundation period, the younger generation of disciples of various sects also appeared one after another.


    The master''s skillful sect has the largest number of disciples. The other sects can follow the elders in the foundation period to participate in the Dharma meeting. They are also the next generation of elites who are highly valued in the sect.


    Meng Zhang secretly used the eye of breaking delusion and carefully observed the younger disciples of various sects.


    The young disciples of Linshan sect are well behaved. They are not bad or good, but they deserve to build a foundation sect like Linshan sect.


    There are only two people from the stone family brought by Gutang kelp, with ordinary qualifications.


    The golden Sabre sect has the most disciples and strong cultivation. There are many people who refine Qi.


    However, after Meng Zhang''s observation, these people have average qualifications. They only slowly push their accomplishments up by accumulating for a long time. These people have a limited future and it is difficult to build a foundation.


    There are several good disciples in the skillful sect. In particular, a female disciple named Jin Qiaoer is very intelligent and introverted.


    Meng Zhang judged that this woman is at least a spiritual root above middle grade, and should also have some special talent.


    Jin Qiaoer is only about 14 or 15 years old. She is lively, naive, cheerful and outgoing. Not only aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi loved him very much, but also other disciples of the sect spoiled her very much.


    The disciples who came to be guests were also very willing to approach Jin Qiaoer. Yang Xueyi of taiyimen is a little distant from her.


    The disciples knew and communicated with each other. Several friars in the foundation period gathered together to discuss business.


    Several forces began planning a few years ago to open up business routes and get through the route to Jiuqu League. Now, everyone is almost ready.


    After some discussion, they set a date for departure,


    Two months later, we formed a caravan and set out on the road together.


    After the business talk, the next step is the communication between various sects.


    For one thing, he has now built a foundation and has a deeper understanding of the principles spoken by Jin Qigu.


    Second, Jin Qigu is a stingy woman. She doesn''t have much dry goods in what she says, and most of it is empty talk.


    After listening to a lot of mysterious, empty and boring truths, the group of Qi refining disciples sitting below felt a little confused and fierce. Even the most savvy people get very little.


    After Jin Qigu opened the forum to speak, several guests didn''t stay too long, so they went home. The long journey is imminent, and there are a lot of things to be arranged in each door.


    As the departure day approached, Meng Zhang made some arrangements for the affairs in the door.


    When he was not in the door, as usual, the common affairs elder Tian Zhen handled daily affairs, and the thick earth God would be responsible for emergencies.


    The disciples in the sect basically have their own positions. Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry.


    Li Xuan, the foreign affairs elder, and Yang Xueyi, the leader of the Fu hall, went on the road with Meng Zhang. They had just broken through the Wen qiansuan of Qi refining. They also wanted to go out. Meng Zhang took him with them. In addition, there are more than ten disciples who are responsible for all kinds of chores on the road.


    One storage bag after another was sent to the cabin of the second-order flying boat.


    These storage bags are full of various materials used by taiyimen for sale, mainly various minerals.


    In the past two years, Meng Zhang ordered to fully mine all the mines he owned.


    In addition to the supply of all baizang earth minerals to linquanguan, a lot of red copper ore, black iron ore, thousand dust and other minerals have been accumulated.


    One of the most precious is the Sundance stone produced in Mingsha mountain.


    Gu Tanghai was very capable and resumed the production of mingshashan mine in a short time. I don''t know where he found so many monks and worked hard to mine Sundance stone from the mine.


    According to the original agreement, taiyimen can also get a large part of it.


    Accumulated over the years, the number is also considerable.


    Another precious spiritual material is a large number of warm jade.


    When Meng Zhang stayed in Zaoxiang oasis, he went out many times to sweep all roads for scattered repair.


    Not far from Zaoxiang oasis, a warm jade mine originally belonging to Shuangfeng valley was found.


    The warm jade produced by this warm jade mine is of high quality and is an important financial source of shuangfenggu.


    After discovering this place, Meng Zhang took it without hesitation. Despite the shortage of staff in the sect, he dispatched a large number of disciples to organize large-scale mining.


    After the mined warm jade is transported to Zaoxiang oasis, it is regularly sent back to taiyimen by flying boat.


    Shi Weida looked hot eyed, but he didn''t dare to grab food with Meng Zhang. Secondly, he couldn''t even care about jujube oasis. He was really unable to make other ideas.

 Chapter 202

    On the appointed day, before dawn, five second-order flying boats gathered over the golden knife gate.


    On every flying boat, there is a friar in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang of the Taiyi sect, Ruan Dadao of the golden Dao sect, Jin Qigu of the skillful hand sect, Lin shenpo of the Lin mountain sect, Gu Tanghai of the Shi family stood at the head of the flying boat and looked at each other. Without saying anything more, they returned to the cabin.


    Five second-order flying boats connected end to end, lined up and flew southwest.


    However, in half a day, five flying boats sailed out of the territory of the golden knife gate smoothly.


    The flying boat accelerated forward and passed by the edge of Feihong sect''s territory at a very fast speed, crossing a large desolate desert.


    Before nightfall, five flying boats entered a vast and dangerous Gobi desert.


    This is the only place where monsters live in the endless sand sea, the Gobi of evil wind.


    After half a day''s high-speed flying boat, the speed began to slow down.


    The five second-order flying boats are all road goods and can not maintain high speed for a long time.


    Just now, in order to pass the junction with feihongzong as soon as possible, the flying boat drove at full speed, and the core prohibition has begun to get hot.


    Fortunately, the power to keep the flying boat moving is mainly provided by the spirit stone. The rotation operation of monks who control the flying boat can also be supported.


    Entering the Gobi, the speed of the flying boat slowed down, and the friars on each flying boat raised their vigilance.


    The five friars in the foundation period stood at the head of the flying boat and watched the surrounding situation with vigilance.


    The terrain of the Gobi is long and wide. Even if you pass through the edge of the Gobi and have a safe journey, it will take nearly ten days.


    If you encounter monsters in the middle, it''s hard to say.


    Among the five people, Ruan Dadao had been to the boundary of Jiuqu League when he was young, but he didn''t take this route, but followed a large group of people and horses from feihongzong territory.


    Only Gu Tanghai had the experience of entering the Gobi of evil wind many years ago.


    With the positioning ability of monks during the foundation period, they don''t have to worry about getting lost without accidents. Just recognize the location of Jiuqu alliance and fly all the way.


    Five friars in the foundation period meditated at the head of the flying boat all night, which was also safe.


    As long as one day did not leave the Gobi, the five people did not dare to be careless.


    During the day, the speed of the flying boat increased a little.


    It''s still a long time. The flying boat can''t drive at high speed all the time. It can only move forward at normal speed and accelerate at the critical moment.


    As more and more deep into the Gobi, a large area of green began to appear below.


    There are all kinds of wild animals on the ground, including many monsters.


    The more forward, the more monsters on the ground, and even began to appear.


    Some sensitive group leaders have found flying boats in the sky.


    Fortunately, most land monsters have no ability to fly. Even if they are second-order monsters, many of them just barely resist the wind, and their flight speed and altitude are far lower than human flying boats. Only the third-order monster, no matter what race, has the ability to soar in the sky.


    With the flying altitude and forward speed of five second-order flying boats, you don''t have to worry about any danger as long as you don''t encounter a large-scale demon bird population.


    The flying boat had been moving forward for most of the day, but there was no situation. The disciples in the Qi refining period on the flying boat began to relax.


    The disciples in the Qi refining period on each flying boat have begun to walk back and forth, talk and play in the flying boat.


    I don''t know what the skillful sect thinks, but I let Jin Qiaoer, the talented disciple of the sect, travel with Jin Qigu.


    Not the disciples of Taiyi sect know that this is the leader''s spiritual pet. They are very spoiled and let them play.


    Jin Qiaoer chased Liuli into the cabin, and then ran from the cabin to the deck.


    The internal space of the second-order flying boat is not large, and Jin Qiaoer also wears wind shoes that can increase speed and jumping ability. But no matter how hard she tried, she couldn''t catch the flexible glass.


    Seeing that Jin Qiaoer couldn''t grasp himself, Liuli stopped not far away, despised each other with his talking eyes, and made a face very humanized.


    This lovely kitten is so smart and human. Jin Qiaoer has great pity in her heart, and her heart seems to be melting.


    Seeing that hard is not good, Jin Qiaoer uses soft. She took out a lot of snacks such as dried meat and preserved fruit from the storage bag and wanted to seduce Liuli.

 Chapter 203

    Meng Zhang felt a little funny sitting at the head of the boat. My family is very fond of these two spirits. They are very willing to spend money on food and clothing. Spiritual objects such as lingmilingguo are enough, and they also try their best to collect all kinds of pills that lingchong can take.


    Ordinary disciples of Taiyi sect may not have such treatment.


    If Meng Zhang had such conditions when he was practicing, the progress of cultivation would be faster and would not waste so long.


    Jin Qiaoer took out a pile of snacks for little girls. How could she seduce Liuli.


    Sure enough, the pile of things Jin Qiaoer took out didn''t even look at the glass. A casual skim made a disdainful expression.


    When Jin Qiaoer saw the appearance of colored glass, she immediately became a little dejected. Then his face showed a very painful expression. Reluctantly, he took out two crystal clear unknown fruits from the storage bag.


    As soon as Jin Qiaoer took out the fruit, the colored glass rushed to Jin Qiaoer and immediately stretched out its claws to grab it. A monkey anxious look, the high cold fan just disappeared.


    Jin Qiaoer, who was already on guard, didn''t miss this time. At least she was also a monk in the middle of Qi refining. She suddenly grabbed the back of Liuli''s neck.


    Liu Li shouted anxiously, waving his limbs and struggling desperately.


    "See you still run, see you still ignore me?" Jin Qiaoer asked angrily with a smiling face.


    With a little effort, she couldn''t break free no matter how Liuli struggled.


    Just then, a dark shadow flashed across the sky. The guy chasing electricity, I don''t know when, also smelled the smell and flew over.


    It took advantage of Jin Qiaoer''s unprepared, took a fruit in its mouth, and then flew into the air like lightning.


    Jin Qiaoer was stunned and looked like she couldn''t cry or laugh.


    The coloured glaze she held in her hand made an angry cry.


    This annoying guy, relying on his ability to fly, always grabs his own good things.


    After a while, Jin Qiaoer didn''t know how to fight with Liuli.


    The glass that successfully swallowed a fruit became much more enthusiastic about Jin Qiaoer.


    One man chased the cat and started to denounce the guy who chased the electricity.


    Looking at lingchong and Jin Qiaoer playing together, Meng Zhang showed a gentle smile on his face.


    The two little guys each ate another Zhu Guo. If the owner doesn''t show anything, he seems to take advantage of the little girl.


    But for a moment, Meng Zhang couldn''t find a suitable spirit object to return the gift.


    Excited Jin Qiaoer fought with glass and chasing electricity for a long time. The voice of Jin Qigu came from the flying boat in front.


    "It''s getting dark, qiao''er. It''s time to come back."


    Jin Qiaoer hasn''t had enough, but Jin Qigu urges again and again. She is unwilling to say goodbye to two new friends.


    Seeing Meng Zhang sitting at the head of the flying boat, Jin Qiaoer waved.


    "Goodbye, uncle leader. I''ll come back tomorrow to play with them."


    While talking, Jin Qiaoer jumped to the flying boat of the skillful hand door.


    The flying boat of Qiaoshou gate is in front of the flying boat of Taiyi gate. The distance between them is only tens of feet.


    Jin Qiaoer''s body just jumped out, and several dark shadows fell from the sky and jumped on the moving flying boat team.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s face changed, flying sword ChiYan immediately flew out and blocked one of the dark shadows.


    The dark shadow was clearly a dark feather.


    The seemingly weak feather contains extremely powerful power. It can actually be a second-order flying sword released by Meng Zhang.


    The other friars who built the foundation on the flying boat also responded in time and stopped the black feathers attacking the flying boat.


    One feather after another broke into small pieces and flew around. The scattered strength rolled up gusts of wind and blew in all directions.


    Jin Qiaoer, who was in the air, was frightened by the sudden attack, and then his body was involved in the strong wind.


    Jin Qiaoer herself has no flying ability. It all depends on a pair of wind shoes on her feet to come and go freely between flying boats.


    Now he was suddenly swept away in the strong wind. He was so frightened that he shouted and lost his ability to respond.


    Aunt Jin on the flying boat ahead was frightened and was preparing for rescue.


    There was a ripple in the air above the flying boat team. Three black crows suddenly appeared, and then attacked the flying boat team below.


    Black feathers fell head to head, like a rain of arrows in the sky.


    All the friars in the foundation period, including Jin Qigu, had to deal with this wave of attack first.


    If the flying boat is injured or even sunk, the five foundation building friars may be fine, but the group of Qi refining disciples carried in the flying boat will be more dangerous and less auspicious.


    Aunt Jin turned into a needle shadow and blocked all the feathers shooting at the flying boat.


    Meng Zhang also danced up and down with double swords, hitting all the feathers out.


    Three black crows showed their tracks and were recognized immediately.


    The crow is a very fierce demon bird.


    Crows are born with the ability to escape in the shadow. Second-order crows have natural magic skills such as shadow assassination and shadow ambush.


    Just now, the three crows secretly approached the flying boat team under the cover of clouds and shadows in the air, and then seized the opportunity to launch a surprise attack.


    None of the other four friars found crows sneaking in the shadow of clouds.


    Meng Zhang just hid for a while and was lazy. He was distracted to Jin Qiaoer and his own spiritual pet. He didn''t often observe the sky with his false eyes.


    With such an oversight, these uninvited crows use shadow escape to fly close, and then launch a shadow ambush.


    Three crows joined hands and temporarily entangled five friars during the foundation period.


    Jin Qiaoer''s body lost control and danced in the air at a loss.


    Seeing Jin Qiaoer''s body fall like this, Yang Xueyi on the flying boat threw two talismans.


    A talisman is a wind fixing talisman, which turns into streamer to fix the strong wind around Jin Qiaoer''s body and make her no longer float with the wind.


    Another talisman turned into streamer and fell on Jin Qiaoer.


    This is the feather falling talisman, which makes Jin Qiaoer''s body as light as a swallow and as light as a falling feather.


    Chasing electricity and lightning, he flew over, opened his mouth and bit Jin Qiaoer''s half sleeve, so he was going to pull her towards the flying boat.


    If it''s normal, although the power of chasing electricity is much greater than that of the same kind, after all, the body is too small. Even if you use the strength of feeding, you can''t pull Jin Qiaoer half a point.


    Fortunately, Jin Qiaoer''s body became extremely light due to the relationship of feather falling talisman, and was actually pulled by chasing electricity.


    Seeing Yang Xueyi and Zhui Dian help each other, Jin Qiaoer also recovered her calm. She started the wind shoes, followed the electric chase, and jumped onto the flying boat at Taiyi gate.


    Seeing that Jin Qiaoer was out of danger, Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu were relieved.


    The three crows uttered ugly calls.


    A large group of dark crows flew from the distant sky and directly jumped at the flying boat team.


    A large area of a large area of crows, is simply overwhelming, boundless.

 Chapter 204

    Seeing the boundless crows, Meng Zhang had a poem in his mind, "black clouds are pressing the city to destroy it."


    Such a large number of crows really have the ability to attack the city and pull out the stronghold. It''s easy to destroy the founder''s gate like Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate.


    A single monster is not difficult to deal with, even if it is level 2.


    But if you have your own group and can breed the group to a certain number, such monsters will be very terrible.


    If monsters want to form an ethnic group, they must at least have a second-order monster as the leader.


    If there are many second-class monsters in a monster group, the leader of the group is at least second-class, even if he is not a third-class monster, which is equivalent to the strength of human beings in the later stage of foundation building.


    Among the monsters, the most primitive and red fruit is the law of the jungle. If the strength can''t subdue the whole ethnic group, you can''t become a leader.


    This is different from human society. Human forces also talk about family rules, door rules, inheritance of teachers and apprentices, and blood and family ties. The leader of a sect or a family may not be the strongest.


    If the leader of such a large crow community is not a third-order demon bird, I''m afraid it''s not far away.


    The five friars in the foundation period looked serious and felt a mountain of pressure in their hearts.


    Gu Tanghai was the most experienced and made the right response first. He shouted, "go ahead at full speed and follow me."


    The flying boat Gu Tanghai took originally flew in the front and was responsible for opening the way for the team.


    After the roar, Gu Tanghai''s flying boat immediately accelerated and advanced at full speed in the opposite direction of the crow community.


    Gu Tanghai also jumped to the top of the flying boat and tried his best to stop the three crows from attacking the flying boat.


    The rest of the flying boats also accelerated to keep up. The other four friars in the foundation period followed suit, jumped onto the top of the flying boat and began to drive away three crows.


    The second-order flying boat accelerated with all its strength, and the spirit stone consumed rapidly. The speed of the flying boat became faster and faster, and soon reached the limit.


    Every moment, a large number of spirit stones are consumed. But at this time, no one cares about these.


    Everyone on the flying boat prayed secretly, faster, faster


    Five friars in the foundation building period tried their best to make three crows have no chance to take advantage of it. Every attack failed.


    The crow community in the distance is dominated by the first-order crows, and the flight speed is obviously lower than that of the second-order flying boat running at full speed.


    As the flying boat fled to the front, the distance between it and the crow community was pulled farther and farther.


    Even if there are second-order crows in the crow group who want to leave the community for pursuit, they still can''t catch them.


    The three crows who were the first to sneak attack are already the fastest among the crows.


    Now we have to fight with five foundation building friars and try to keep up with the speed of the flying boat.


    After a long distance, the three crows finally began to lose their support, so they had to slow down and stop chasing.


    Although they had escaped far away, they were not careless and still let the flying boat move forward at full speed.


    It was not until the crow community behind could not see the shadow, and the flying boat moved forward for a long time before it began to slow down.


    Everyone on the flying boat was relieved. Everyone felt that it was difficult to escape.


    After the flying boat slowed down, five friars gathered on the flying boat in Gu Tanghai.


    At this time, the five people couldn''t hold their breath, and they didn''t have the lofty, calm and indifferent attitude in front of the disciples.


    Everyone breathed a long sigh of relief. Aunt Jin patted her chest with lingering fear and said, "fortunately, there are no third-order monsters in the crows, otherwise we will be in danger this time."


    Ruan Dadao then said, "fortunately, brother Gu has rich experience and makes a quick decision, so we can get out of danger in time."


    After discussion, the five decided to be more careful in the next journey and never be careless.


    Due to avoiding the crows, the flying boat team has deviated from its original course.


    After a careful trial, the flying boat team adjusted its course, returned to the correct route and continued to move towards the Jiuqu League.


    After this thrill, Jin Qiaoer was banned by Jin Qigu and was no longer allowed to run around. She could only stay on her own flying boat.


    This made Jin Qiaoer keep pouting and unhappy.


    Meng Zhang gave an order, chased the electricity, took the initiative to fly to the flying boat at the skillful door, played with her for a while, and she became happy again.


    With such a thrilling twists and turns, it seems that all bad luck has passed, and the next journey has become much smoother.


    The time delayed due to deviation from the route was slowly made up in the later journey.


    Ten days later, the flying boat team finally drove out of the Gobi and entered another big desert.


    It took half a day for the flying boat team to cross the desert and enter an endless prairie.


    Gu Tanghai and Ruan Dadao have been to Jiuqu League before. Gu Tanghai also had a life experience here.


    Jiuqu League is composed of many cultivation forces, including a large number of families and sects.


    The cultivation world on the side of Jiuqu League is far more prosperous than the endless sand sea.


    On the boundary of Jiuqu League, there are countless foundational clans and families. Only the golden elixir force can have a certain status. It is the existence of Yuanshen Zhenjun level that dominates the whole alliance.


    There are two Xiuzhen forces directly bordering the endless sand sea. One is the huoyun sect of Jindan sect. The other one is an altar of Huanglian sect.


    These two forces invaded the endless sand sea hundreds of years ago when the endless sand sea changed dramatically and the Zijin sect weakened.


    However, after the rise of feihongzong and becoming the ruler of the endless sand sea, he expelled the two forces from the endless sand sea.


    The hatred between huoyun sect and Feihong sect is as deep as the sea, and can''t let go of it for hundreds of years.


    Until now, huoyun sect and Feihong sect are still opposed to each other and hostile to each other. Bloody clashes often occur at the border between the two sides.


    All friars who come from endless sand sea are regarded as partners of Feihong sect by huoyun sect. As soon as you enter the territory of huoyun sect, you will be attacked by the friars of huoyun sect.


    There seems to be nothing wrong with the practice of huoyun sect. Feihong sect is the ruler of the endless sand sea. The practitioners from the endless sand sea are either the disciples of Feihong sect or the vassals of Feihong sect.


    The punishment altar of Huanglian cult also repels the practitioners who come out of the endless sand sea and makes all kinds of difficulties.


    Over the years, practitioners from the endless sand sea have learned experience. They will avoid the territory of these two forces, take a long way around and go directly to Dafeng City.


    Due to Gu Tanghai, an old horse who knows the way, the flying boat team successfully avoided the territory of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect, made a big circle and successfully entered the territory of Dafeng City.

 Chapter 205

    Gale city is the most prosperous and lively Xiuzhen city with a radius of thousands of miles.


    As soon as I entered the territory of gale City, I felt a different scene.


    There are mountains, plains, rivers and grasslands below. Finally, it is no longer an endless desert.


    There are many villages and towns inhabited by human beings below. People come and go, full of red dust.


    Entering the territory of Dafeng City, she probably felt safe. Jin Qigu lifted her foot ban on Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Qiaoer, who recovered her freedom, ran to the flying boat at Taiyi gate and fought with the two little guys of Liuli chasing electricity.


    The flying boat team continued to move forward, and a grand, majestic and brilliant city appeared in the sight of everyone.


    Meng Zhang, even a Strider, has never seen such a big city in his previous life and this life.


    Dafeng City covers a very wide area, including a large plain, mountains and lakes next to the plain.


    Gale city is not a mortal city. There is no need to build a city wall. But through many Dharma arrays and prohibitions, the whole city is guarded.


    Between the towering mountains, monks are often seen flying inside.


    In the endless sand sea, the friar during the foundation period is more or less a figure. Even if he established a sect and monopolized one side, it is not uncommon.


    But around Dafeng City, there are so many monks during the foundation period that they are nothing at all.


    Qi refining is like a dog. When you build a foundation and walk all over the street, the golden elixir can shake.


    There are countless flying boats taking off and landing in gale city.


    Gale city is jointly controlled by several powerful Xiuzhen families.


    These Xiuzhen families can be called Xiuzhen families, especially the Lu family and Guyue family, which are led by them, have more than one Jindan immortal.


    Except for the golden elixir immortal of the Lu family and the Gu Yue family, the golden elixir immortal of the other families is intermittent. In this generation, there is only the Huang family and a real Jindan.


    Just a windy city, its power is far more than that of feihongzong, the overlord of the endless sand sea.


    On the way, Gu Tanghai introduced the situation of Dafeng City in detail for the friars in the foundation period of sijiazongmen.


    Now come around Dafeng City. Combined with Gu Tanghai''s previous introduction, everyone is in awe of Dafeng City.


    With the flying boat team getting closer and closer to gale City, several friars riding flying mounts flew towards the flying boat team under the leadership of a friar in the foundation period.


    They were the patrol friars of Dafeng City. The friar in the foundation period came to the top of the flying boat headed by him and made a simple cross examination.


    Knowing that this is from the endless sand sea, the team who went to Dafeng City to sell minerals simply checked it and didn''t bother too much.


    After inspection, Gu Tanghai took the flying boat team into Dafeng City and landed on a flat open space.


    This is a warehouse, a time-honored brand inherited for many years in Dafeng City. Always safe and reliable, it is very popular with all kinds of merchants.


    Generally speaking, the public security around Dafeng City is OK, and there are few things like hatred and killing in the Jianghu, killing and looting.


    Dafeng City is built on commerce and trade. Of course, we should ensure the surrounding business environment and the safety of commercial roads.


    Although Meng Zhang and others are foreign merchants, they can safely and boldly trade here without worrying that someone will get rich.


    As soon as Meng Zhang and others settled down, brokers came to the door and expressed their willingness to bridge the gap and help with the transaction.


    Meng Zhang and others greatly praised the strong business atmosphere here.


    However, people who are not stable are not busy trading, but are ready to know the market situation.


    As for the goods stored here, the warehouse will ensure their safety. This alone is worthy of the high rent.


    Meng Zhang once got a small mirror from Jue Ying to connect them. But after they left the endless sand sea, the little mirror lost its function.


    The fallen leaves Meng Zhang a jade pendant. You can contact her friends in Jiuqu League. But this is reserved for use near the critical time of jiedan. You can''t use it at will now.


    Meng Zhang, who came to Dafeng City for the first time, is not familiar with his life. His eyes are really black and there is no way.


    Fortunately, Gu Tanghai didn''t hide his privacy and told everyone all his experience in detail.


    After settling down, several zongmen took action together, strolled around the gale city and frequently contacted various firms.


    Meng Zhang took Qian Suan and Yang Xueyi and followed them around Dafeng City for a day. He barely had a clue.


    Through various channels, people have a general understanding of the purchase prices of various minerals.


    The situation in the endless sand sea is tense, and everyone doesn''t want to delay outside for too long.


    After contacting several merchants, they thought the price was ok, so they decided to sell the goods they brought.


    The cabin of each second-order flying boat is filled with all kinds of storage bags. Several forces have brought a lot of goods this time.


    The goods accumulated by several families over the years were eaten by a firm without even a ripple in the market.


    With the daily cargo throughput of Dafeng City, this material is not worth mentioning at all.


    After the transaction was completed, Meng Zhang made a simple calculation. He simply sold mineral raw materials and came so far to trade. The profit was not high.


    Not to mention the human and material resources consumed by mining minerals, the Lingshi consumed on the flying boat road alone is a very considerable figure.


    The risks encountered on the road are not mentioned. Several friars in the foundation construction period took a lot of time and cost.


    Although the life of friars in the foundation period is more than that in the gas refining period, they consume more time. Especially for the friars who want to make further progress in cultivation, time is more valuable.


    Of course, this time the caravan came to Dafeng City to earn Lingshi is not the main purpose, but ultimately to exchange needed goods.


    Meng Zhang felt that such a trade action, the last time in two or three years, had nothing to do with it. But if the frequency is too frequent, it won''t work.


    If you walk more at night, you will always encounter ghosts. If you pass through the Gobi frequently, you will certainly have big problems. As long as the flying boat has an accident in the Gobi, the loss will be great.


    After selling all the goods, each family acted separately and strolled around Dafeng City, ready to make a big purchase.


    The first thing Meng Zhang wants to buy is the second-order protection array.


    You can easily buy things you can''t buy in the endless sand sea in Dafeng City.


    Of course, the reason for this is not only the barren sand sea and underdeveloped commerce, but also the strong control of feihongzong.


    It''s rare to run so far. Meng Zhang bought two second-order protection arrays at one go. One for use and one for standby.


    Meng Zhang, who completed the biggest task, took Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi to many shops and made a big purchase.

 Chapter 206

    In the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang will go to the ghost market to see if there is a chance to pick up the leak on the stall.


    At first, there was a little harvest in a small place like mingshafang city. When we arrived in huojingfang City, we didn''t get much.


    Now it is rare to come to a place with developed commerce and trade like Dafeng City. Naturally, he will not miss ghost city.


    There are ghost cities in Dafeng City. In fact, the ghost market was passed on from Jiuqu League.


    The ghost city of Dafeng City has a large scale and many stalls. But Meng Zhang wandered all night, but he gained little.


    The two sharp weapons Meng Zhang picked up were the pupil technique, the divine power of breaking false magic eyes, and his own knowledge and insight.


    The repair of gale city is more developed. There is a rare pupil magic power in the endless sand sea. Although it has not reached the level of rotten street, it is definitely not strange.


    Of course, there are also high and low pupil magic powers. Meng Zhang''s false magic eyes are very high-end among many pupil magic powers.


    But those things on the floor stand, even ordinary pupil magic, are enough to see through the details.


    As for knowledge and insight, Meng Zhang''s stomach can be displayed in front of the steamed stuffed bun in mingshafang City, but it''s really nothing in Dafeng City, where there are a large number of experts.


    After a hard night''s shopping, Meng Zhang understood one thing. It''s really a good thing to find out.


    If Meng Zhang is a little friar in the period of gas refining, he can also be a garbage man here and exchange some rags.


    But now he is a friar in the foundation period. He is also the head of a sect and has a lot of ways to earn spirit stones. There is really no need to waste time here.


    After returning to the warehouse to have a rest, Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan to continue the shopping trip.


    Meng Zhang also found a Sihai tower in Dafeng City.


    Sihai building belongs to the Sihai business alliance. It is a large-scale business organization led by the famous Xiuzhen family tourists.


    Even in remote places in the endless sand sea, Sihai Lou exists.


    In Sihai building of huojingfang City, we respected the orders of Feihong sect and did not conduct large-scale transactions with taiyimen and other sects.


    In the four seas tower of Dafeng City, it is natural to ignore the ban of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang took them into the Sihai building, which actually gave people the feeling of a large supermarket in the Xiuzhen world.


    There are many kinds of goods, all inclusive and dazzling, among which there is no lack of high-quality products.


    For one-stop shopping in Sihai building, you don''t have to wander around Dafeng City and look for different shops.


    Meng Zhang bought some low-level spirit objects for disciples to practice some special skills and secrets.


    For example, when the eldest disciple Niu Dawei practiced the true interpretation of wind and thunder, Meng Zhang bought a piece of lightning wood. As for the spirit objects of wind attribute, there is a Sundance wind stone produced by Mingsha mountain, so you don''t have to buy it.


    Yang Xueyi took a fancy to a first-class Rune pen and bought it at her own expense.


    Yang Xueyi was born in the Yang family of Xiuzhen family. After the demise of the family, she must have many family legacies. Moreover, as the head of Futang hall and the director of catering Hall of Taiyi gate, she has gained a lot of contribution points in the door. In all, she is really a little rich woman.


    Wen qiansuan bought a seemingly ordinary array plate. From Meng Zhang''s perspective, he couldn''t see anything strange. Wen qiansuan was like a treasure and was very satisfied.


    After visiting a pile of shops, Meng Zhang took them to the famous Wenhua building in Dafeng City.


    Wenhua building is a special place to sell all kinds of spells, skills and books.


    A wooden building more than ten feet high is at the end of the street. The three gilded plaques of Wenhua building are located on the top of the wooden building.


    When Meng Zhang entered the Wenhua building, he first looked at the various skills inside.


    Wenhua building has a large collection of skills and a complete variety. Not only the common five element attribute physique, but also some rare physique, such as wind attribute, ice attribute and other physique cultivation skills, are not lacking.


    In addition to many low-end skills, there are many medium-level skills, even some superior skills. It is more than enough to be used as the inheritance skill for building the foundation sect. Even for some jindanzong gates with shallow details, the collection of skills may not be so complete.


    Of course, the price of these skills is definitely not cheap.


    It''s a skill that practitioners buy back and practice by themselves. It''s a price. It''s another price to teach it to future generations. If it is used to teach disciples, the price is even higher.


    Before purchasing a skill, practitioners will make a heart demon oath to ensure that they abide by their promises at the time of purchase.


    Of course, the restraint means such as heart demon oath is far from the soul Book owned by Meng Zhang, but it is barely enough to restrict ordinary practitioners.


    Each skill is presented to the guest for the purpose, only the name and brief introduction.


    On the one hand, the current inheritance skill of Taiyi sect is enough. On the other hand, Meng Zhang feels that the price is too expensive. Meng Zhang has no intention to buy the skill.


    In addition to selling cultivation skills and various spells, Wenhua building also sells books on various techniques of cultivating truth.


    The price of these books is also high.


    Fortunately, Meng ZhangCai didn''t have to spend money on the inheritance obtained in the place of trial.


    In addition, there are a large number of Taoist classics for sale in Wenhua building.


    Some of these Taoist classics are written by experts in the cultivation world, and some are written by moral men among mortals. The content seems to have no direct relationship with truth cultivation. It is some very empty and mysterious truth. It seems that it has little significance for practice.


    However, from the place of trial, Meng Zhang learned a secret that only spread among large families.


    Intensive study of Taoist Scriptures and understanding of Taoist collections are really good for cultivation. In particular, the higher the level of cultivation, the more you need to read Taoist Scriptures.


    Why are you serious?


    Because there has always been this tradition in the cultivation world.


    The elders of the clan or family often educate young disciples and ask them to read more Taoist Scriptures, which will have many advantages.


    As for whether it is really good, the elders who said these words probably don''t know. The words they taught their disciples were also the words their elders taught them in those years.


    In his previous life, Meng Zhang read a martial arts novel with such a paragraph.


    To cultivate the martial arts of a Buddhist sect, you need to read and understand the Buddhist scriptures at the same time. Otherwise, you will not be able to cultivate martial arts to the highest level, but also hurt yourself.


    In the process of cultivating truth in this world, there is a similar situation.


    For example, when Meng Zhang cultivates Taoist skills, he must be familiar with Taoist classics and understand Taoist thoughts, so as to master the essence of his skills.


    Of course, if you only spend your whole life in the period of gas refining and foundation construction, there is no need.


    However, if you are enterprising in practice and want to spy on the golden elixir and even the realm of the yuan God, this is an essential process.

 Chapter 207

    It never takes a day to study Taoist Scriptures and understand Taoist collections. Even if you''ve been studying hard for decades, if you don''t have enough understanding and bad luck, you won''t be able to achieve anything.


    It''s like swallowing pills and meditating and refining Qi every day, but you can clearly feel your progress and change bit by bit.


    What''s more, most practitioners in the cultivation world are running all day for cultivation resources and fighting for life with heaven. How can they have so much time to calm down and understand daozang.


    At the request of their elders, those religious and family children read Taoist Scriptures casually. Even if they are geniuses, it is difficult to achieve immediate results.


    In the long run, although the tradition of requiring younger disciples to read more Taoist Scriptures has been handed down. But even those elders who educate their younger generation will take it more as a form than really think it is good to read more Taoist Scriptures.


    The real treasure is hidden in the platitudes and seemingly useless remarks, but few people know it and are ignored by the world. This is really speechless.


    The cultivation world of this world is dominated by Taoism.


    In the mortal world, there is also a strong atmosphere of talking about metaphysics and Taoism, among which there is no lack of insight.


    Many times, even the Taoist Scriptures written by ordinary people can inspire high-level practitioners.


    In the history of taiyimen, there were even Yuanshen Zhenjun who broke through the realm because he read a mortal Taoist theory.


    Therefore, driven by the top cultivation forces, the mortal dynasties made every effort to popularize all kinds of Taoist classics and encourage their people to study Taoist theories.


    In the ancient times of Meng Zhang''s previous life, the four books and five classics were the foundation of scholars.


    Readers in this world read and learn all kinds of Taoist Scriptures.


    The imperial court used the imperial examination of Taoist Scriptures to select officials.


    A moral man with unique achievements, who has studied the Taoist Scriptures and understood the Taoist collection, has a high status in the world, and can even become a guest of some large doors in the cultivation world.


    The top forces secretly promote the development of Taoism, but never disclose its significance to the cultivation of truth.


    Some practitioners with excellent understanding and extraordinary talent will cherish themselves and keep it secret even if they inadvertently feel the benefits of familiar reading and understanding the Taoist Scriptures.


    It is mostly used to educate the close younger generation disciples, so that they can read more Taoist Scriptures and understand them with their heart, but the younger generation children can''t listen. Even if they listen, if they really read the Taoist Scriptures, whether they can achieve results or not is another matter.


    With the little secrets of the cultivation world that are bigger than heaven, no one will be selfless and publish this great secret related to cultivation.


    Even if there are a few different people, how many people can really believe this secret?


    Even if some people believe it, but after reading the Taoist Scriptures for some time, they have no results. How many people can stick to it all the time?


    Therefore, most of the bottom practitioners in the cultivation world are confused and confused.


    Of course, this can''t blame these practitioners for not making progress.


    Their position makes them far inferior to people in the information they obtain.


    Before building the foundation, Meng Zhang, like most monks in the endless sand sea, was only busy improving his cultivation level.


    At that time, it was the most urgent thing to manage the sect, deal with foreign enemies, survive in the cracks and improve the realm of cultivation. I really don''t care to spend a lot of time and energy studying Taoism.


    After building the foundation, with enough time, Meng Zhang will make up for this lesson.


    In the endless sand sea, the success rate of jiedan is so low. In addition to the limitations of resource skills, there are also a lot of reasons in this regard.


    If you don''t understand this truth and don''t understand the Taoist classics, even if you are lucky enough to succeed in the Dan knot, it will be difficult to go further in the future.


    Meng Zhang will not be willing to be a friar in the foundation period all his life, but to attack the golden elixir and even a higher level.


    The study of Taoist Scriptures and the understanding of daozang are unavoidable lessons.


    Meng Zhang bought all the Taoist Scriptures in Wenhua building. Fortunately, these books are not directly helpful for cultivation, and the price is not expensive.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also made a round trip to Dafeng City, visited many bookstores and bought Taoist Scriptures that were not in Wenhua building.


    After a busy time, he really bought some less common Taoist Scriptures, which were not even included in Wenhua building.


    All the Scriptures were packed and taken back by Meng Zhang and loaded with flying boats.


    A lot of storage bags are full. Most of the storage space of the flying boat is used to carry these scriptures.


    If it weren''t for the limited time and the limited loading capacity of the flying boat, Meng Zhang was still going to look around to see if he could buy more Taoist Scriptures.


    But now he can only give up.


    After returning to the gate, Meng Zhang prepared to send these scriptures to the Sutra Pavilion for free reading by the disciples.


    Although in the gas refining period, the benefits of familiar reading Taoist Scriptures and understanding Taoist collections are not obvious. However, Meng Zhang still needs to take various measures to encourage his disciples to read more Taoist Scriptures and cultivate the atmosphere of learning Taoist Scriptures in the door.


    When there are disciples building the foundation in the future, Meng Zhang will set rules and force the disciples during the foundation building period to spend some time studying the Taoist Scriptures.


    Of course, whether these disciples can really listen, achieve results and benefit depends on their own choices and efforts.


    Meng Zhang has done everything he can. He is the leader of a school and not everyone''s nanny. It is impossible to supervise the learning process of every disciple.


    Although it is not a thick earth God, the elder, there is only Meng Zhang, a friar in the foundation period in the door, the atmosphere and habit of learning Taoist Scriptures in the door should be cultivated first.


    Meng Zhang was thinking about what to do when he returned to the sect. Other monks also completed their purchases and returned to the warehouse.


    When everyone was almost there, they sent the gang of skillful hand door.


    Ruan Dadao was a little impatient and began to complain.


    "Women are trouble. They have to choose between East and west to buy something. It''s a waste of time."


    After a long time, Jin Qigu looked flustered and rushed back with Jin Qiaoer and several female disciples.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang took the initiative to greet him.


    "Headmaster Jin, did something happen? It seems that you look bad."


    The other monks present looked over with questioning eyes, and Ruan Dadao''s face was full of curiosity.


    Jin Qigu hesitated for a while, then sighed and spoke slowly.


    "We are all companions along the way, and I can''t hide it from you."


    "Speaking of it, I''m unlucky to meet such a person."


    When Jin Qiaoer saw Jin Qigu embarrassed, he quickly said in a crying voice: "it''s none of Qi Gu''s business. It''s Qiaoer''s bad that caused trouble."

 Chapter 208

    In Jin Qiaoer''s story with a crying voice, there was Jin Qigu''s supplement from time to time. Everyone finally understood the course of the matter.


    With Jin Qiaoer and several female disciples, Jin Qigu made a round trip to Dafeng City and purchased the materials to be purchased. Jin Qiaoer''s child''s nature has never come to such a big city. He feels fresh when he sees anything on the roadside. He plays all the way and buys things.


    Jin Qigu dotes on Jin Qiaoer very much and is in the safe gale city. She is allowed to play around. Anyway, Jin Qiaoer hasn''t been out of her sight. Don''t worry about anything.


    Who would have thought that Jin Qiaoer didn''t know how to fall into the eyes of a monk of Huanglian cult.


    The monk of Huanglian sect stopped Jin Qiaoer and said that Jin Qiaoer was destined for him. He wanted to take Jin Qiaoer as an apprentice.


    Jin Qiaoer is the descendant of aunt Jin. She is highly expected by the top and bottom of the skillful sect. She is regarded by the middle and high levels of the sect as a future star that can revitalize the skillful sect. In any case, she will not fall into the hands of other sects.


    Before Jin Qigu came forward to stop, Jin Qiaoer instinctively showed great disgust and hostility to the man.


    The man wanted to take Jin Qiaoer by force, but she was stopped by Jin Qigu in time.


    When the two started, Jin Qigu immediately felt that the other party was at least an expert in the later stage of foundation construction, and she couldn''t resist a few moves at all.


    Fortunately, at the critical moment, the patrol friars of Dafeng City arrived and prevented the two sides from continuing to fight.


    After finding out what happened, the patrolling friars in Dafeng City did not favor each other because they were Huanglian sect disciples. After warning the man for a few words, he drove him away.


    Before Jin Qigu left, the patrolling friars in Dafeng City told Jin Qigu that the Huanglian cult is powerful and there are many strange people in the cult. Jin Qigu must be more careful.


    Jin Qigu hurried away with Jin Qiaoer and hurried back to the warehouse.


    After hearing the whole story, everyone''s face was not good-looking. Ruan Dadao even ignored the alliance with the skillful hand gate and scolded in a low voice: "it''s really a trouble maker."


    After they came to Dafeng City, they also took the initiative to inquire about some news and had a certain understanding of the Xiuzhen forces around Dafeng City.


    Huanglian sect is a powerful force in the whole Jiuqu League. There are a large number of disciples and a large number of experts, and their style of behavior is rampant and overbearing.


    Since Zhenjun, the original God of the Huanglian sect, disappeared, all the golden elixir immortals in the sect fell into internal strife.


    In the general forum, they fought for power and profit, openly and secretly. The local sub altar has its own way and does not buy the account of the general altar at all. Between the general altar and the sub altar, they are estranged and hostile to each other.


    Near Dafeng City is the Hedong branch altar of Huanglian cult.


    Although it''s just a sub altar, the power of Hedong sub altar is better than huoyun sect among the surrounding cultivation forces, but it''s not as good as Dafeng City.


    In fact, it was a little strange when Meng Zhang heard that the guys in the warehouse introduced the surrounding Xiuzhen forces to everyone. Huanglian sect, Hedong sect, and huoyun sect are no worse than Feihong sect.


    But hundreds of years ago, the two families were forcibly expelled from the endless sand sea by feihongzong. Is there something hidden in this?


    Is there any unknown hidden power of Feihong sect, or did the two families not invest too much power in the endless sand sea?


    Meng Zhang couldn''t understand these problems all the time, so he had to put them aside for the time being.


    Dafeng City has always been very afraid of the Hedong sub altar of the Huanglian sect, but it doesn''t want to really conflict with the Hedong sub altar.


    Although the Huanglian cult is in chaos, who knows if Hedong sub altar is really against Dafeng City, will it get help from the general altar or other sub altars.


    Over the years, the friars of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar have provoked a lot of trouble in Dafeng City.


    The high-level officials of gale city were forced to hold back, only to drive away the monks who caused trouble, so as to avoid them causing more trouble, without further punishment measures.


    Over the years, monk Huanglian has almost become a scourge of Dafeng City, which has almost affected the good business environment of Dafeng City.


    Hearing that Jin Qigu and her sisters were offended by monks of Huanglian cult, all the people had the performance just now.


    Even Dafeng City, which has many golden elixirs, doesn''t have a good way to Huanglian sect, not to mention the little people who build the Jizong gate.


    Even if the rules of Dafeng City are in the light, the friar of Huanglian cult dare not come hard. But as long as some means are used secretly, everyone can''t afford it.


    Ruan Dadao''s face was as heavy as water. He almost couldn''t help driving Jin Qigu away. The two sides completely drew a clear line.


    Meng Zhang''s face was also ugly, but it was not because he was worried about being implicated, but because he hated the monk of Huanglian cult.


    I''m most annoyed with these so-called senior experts. What treasures do you like? Once this treasure is destined for me, you want to take it by surprise. If you have a crush on someone, you want to take it away by force.


    At this time, Lin shenpo comforted, "you don''t have to worry, seventh aunt. It''s safe in Dafeng City. As long as you stay in the warehouse all the time, no matter how powerful the Huanglian cult is, it can''t help you."


    After hearing this, Gu Tanghai, the most experienced, shook his head and retorted, "the monk of Huanglian cult has always been crafty and insidious. Even hiding in the warehouse is not a long-term plan."


    Gu Tanghai''s words made everyone silent. Jin Qiaoer was more anxious and was about to cry.


    "I think, since everyone''s work is almost done, we might as well leave immediately. As long as we move fast enough, most of the monks of Huanglian cult can''t react." Meng Zhang put forward his own views.


    "Yes, it''s not suitable to stay here for a long time. As soon as we leave, friar Huang Lian can''t help me." Gu Tanghai agrees with Meng Zhang.


    Jin Qigu also didn''t want to stay in Dafeng City. She still felt a little secure when she returned to the door.


    Lin shenpo also echoed Meng Zhang''s views.


    Most people have agreed to leave at once and everyone takes action immediately.


    Fortunately, the goods we brought had been sold long ago, and we bought what we should buy, and all the disciples we brought were in the warehouse.


    After a simple arrangement, the five flying boats took off directly and headed out of gale city.


    Fortunately, everyone moved fast enough and acted decisively.


    Soon after the five flying boats left, someone went to the warehouse to inquire about their group.


    After Huang Lianjiao understood their information clearly, Feizhou had already left Dafeng City.


    The people who were anxious to leave did not care about the spirit stone. The flying boat accelerated forward and drove away from the boundary of Jiuqu League.


    When the flying boat entered the Gobi, it slowed down its forward speed.


    The journey back this time was quite smooth. I didn''t encounter the ambush of demon birds as I did when I came here.


    People who have strengthened their vigilance are extra careful. Meng Zhang also used his eyes to break delusion many times to observe the surrounding environment.


    If the situation was slightly wrong, the flying boat team immediately took a detour to avoid.

 Chapter 209

    In the fear of everyone, the flying boat team successfully crossed the Gobi of evil wind and returned to the area west of mingshafang city.


    After saying goodbye to each other, the five flying boats separated and went home.


    When Meng Zhang''s flying boat landed in Fuzhao Valley, many disciples of the gate gathered on their own initiative.


    After the flying boat landed, there was another rush in the Taiyi gate.


    It''s less than a month since I left. It''s not long. Everything went well in the door, and nothing unexpected happened.


    However, it is troublesome to count the materials brought back and collect them into the large warehouse.


    In particular, the pile of Taoist Scriptures is full of sweat, filling the remaining space in the Sutra Pavilion.


    Although the memory of the thick earth God general was not completely restored, he instinctively felt that reading these Scriptures was of great benefit.


    He helped Meng Zhang clean up these scriptures and organized his disciples to copy them for a backup.


    In particular, several classic Taoist Scriptures were copied and distributed to all disciples of the sect.


    Meng Zhang added an item to the sect rules to check the disciples'' homework in the future. In addition to checking their accomplishments, they should also check their learning of Taoist Scriptures.


    The endless sand sea, a barren land, always pays attention to pragmatism.


    Such things as learning Taoist scriptures can''t see benefits in a short time.


    For big sects like Feihong sect, disciples are not very enthusiastic about learning Taoist Scriptures. Just regard it as a tradition and a false story.


    In the endless sand sea, Taoist Scriptures that seem to have no direct benefit to cultivation are not popular. Many times, practitioners will treat it as a pile of waste paper.


    Therefore, the various forces of truth cultivation do not collect Taoist Scriptures, and there are not a large number of Taoist Scriptures for sale in the square market.


    Meng Zhang also went to the prosperous Dafeng City this time to buy so many Taoist Scriptures.


    With the materials bought this time, taiyimen doesn''t need to trade with the outside world for a long time.


    After such a thing as monk Huanglian, Dafeng City can''t go again.


    If you want to trade with foreign countries in the future, you can only communicate with Mobei Qi family through the edge of the dead sand sea.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he had not lived in peace for a few days. A sudden news completely destroyed his quiet life.


    A few days ago, the disciples of Linshan sect cooperated with the people of Linquan temple to secretly transport the baizang earth mine for the use of Guangzhi immortal.


    But unexpectedly, feihongzong had already secretly stared at them.


    This time, feihongzong followed him all the way and finally found the whereabouts of Guangzhi immortal.


    Feiyu immortal and feijiang immortal of feihongzong arrived and blocked Guangzhi immortal.


    At the beginning, when Guangzhi immortal finished the pill, although he absorbed the largest part of the heavenly showers, a large part of the heavenly showers fell to shuangfenggu and feihongzong.


    Although Guangzhi immortal managed to make a success of the pill, he was somewhat congenitally deficient.


    After jiedan, immortal Guangzhi didn''t even have time to consolidate his accomplishments, so he ran around and caught a hide and seek with Feihong Zong.


    There is no third-order spiritual pulse for him to cultivate. He can only use a large number of spiritual stones to keep his cultivation from falling.


    Congenitally deficient, the day after tomorrow malnourished, and did not have time to master the magic powers and secrets that friars in the golden elixir period should have.


    Immortal Guangzhi, the golden elixir, has a lot of water. Although I dare not say it is parallel, among the golden elixir, it can only be the weak.


    It was blocked by flying general immortal and flying feather immortal who had entered the golden elixir period for many years. He soon fell into a disadvantage and faced a crisis of life and death.


    Fortunately, there is no road to man. At the critical moment, the Qi Nanfei real person of Mobei Qi family appeared and paid a lot of price to successfully cover him to break through.


    Although they managed to escape, both were seriously injured. In particular, real Guangzhi was seriously injured and almost shook his foundation.


    In addition, the flying immortal of Feihong sect also shot in person and blocked the Qi family''s home in Mobei.


    The flying general and flying feather immortal finally have no worries. They can go all out to hunt down the escaped Qi Nanfei and Guangzhi immortal.


    It is said that Qi Nanfei and Guangzhi are in a bad situation under the full pursuit of flying general and flying feather.


    When he received the news, Meng Zhang shouted, "it''s over."


    Without the deterrence of Guangzhi immortal, Lin quanguan, taiyimen and other forces are simply vulnerable to attack in front of feihongzong.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had begun to consider whether to summon disciples, give up the foundation of Taiyi gate and immediately flee far away from here.


    But if you really want to escape, where can you escape?


    Even if you run away immediately, can you escape the pursuit of Feihong sect?


    In the cultivation world, where is the foothold of Taiyi gate?


    Meng Zhang suddenly became panicked and disoriented.


    At this time, Gu Tanghai of mingshafang city came the news and invited the heads of several families to come to mingshafang city to discuss the next trip.


    When he had no idea, Meng Zhang received Gu Tanghai''s invitation. Without considering anything else, he immediately rode on the red feather eagle and rushed to mingshafang city.


    At this time, one more person can always come up with one more idea.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at mingshafang City, Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo of Linshan sect had already arrived.


    Despite his serious injury, Xu Yishan dragged his injured body to the party.


    Another unexpected visitor was Guanghong Taoist of Lin Quan temple.


    Also, the most anxious thing for Guangzhi immortal to be chased and killed should be Lin quanguan.


    As a party concerned, real Guangzhi really has some disadvantages. Lin quanguan will never escape the disaster.


    Before long, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi of the skillful sect and Ruan Dadao of the golden Dao sect rushed over.


    After the crowd gathered, no one talked nonsense and directly entered the topic to discuss how to deal with the current situation.


    Now that Fei hongzong has begun to fight against Guangzhi real person, with his consistent style of action, he should completely wipe out Lin Quan view with the momentum of thunder.


    As for the other sects, they are classified as Lin quanguan''s accomplices, and presumably there will be no good results.


    If feihongzong attacks on a large scale, whether it is war or peace should be prepared in advance.


    Strictly speaking, people have only two choices: War and surrender. As long as Fei hongzong goes out, there will be no peace for no reason.


    Gu Tanghai briefly introduced the current situation and waited for everyone''s response.


    Ruan Dadao and aunt Jin looked at each other. On the way, they had already discussed it.


    Lin Shan school and Lin Quan view are too deeply involved. They are already grasshoppers on a rope and can''t be separated at all.


    However, Jindao sect and Qiaoshou sect did not offend Feihong sect, but had some conflicts with Qingzhu mountain and Liu family.


    As for seizing shuangfenggu''s territory, there will be no problem.


    If jindaomen and qiaoshoumen surrender voluntarily, can they get the understanding of Feihong sect.


    Even if you make cattle and horses, slaves and dogs for Fei hongzong in the future, you should keep the sect immortal.

 Chapter 210

    Aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao considered whether they could join forces with Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect and Gu Tanghai to take down the people of Linshan sect and go to Feihong sect to ask for merit and reward in exchange for Feihong sect''s forgiveness.


    In particular, Taoist Guanghong of Lin Quan Temple appeared here, which was really a surprise.


    The Guangzhi immortal of Lin quanguan must be the most hated person of Feihong sect.


    As a sect of Guangzhi immortal origin, Lin quanguan has long been the object of Feihong sect''s desire to get rid of it.


    If you take Taoist Guanghong and send him to Feihong sect, the people of Feihong sect will be very happy.


    Aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao secretly exchanged eyes there, thinking about how to move Meng Zhang and Gu Tanghai to their side behind Lin Shan sect and Lin Quan temple.


    Taoist Guanghong is also exchanging eyes with Xu Yishan. In the face of the massive attack of Feihong sect, Lin quanguan''s strength is too weak. Only by seizing every available strength can he block the attack of Feihong sect.


    What they consider is how to pull several zongmen into the chariot and let them fight against Feihong Zong wholeheartedly.


    Meng Zhang looked on coldly. Even if he didn''t show his heart, he knew that people had different thoughts.


    Although everyone is the same as Meng Zhang in the foundation period, their thoughts are almost on their faces at the moment.


    Everyone is thinking quickly, and various ideas are emerging in their hearts.


    Meng Zhangyun has a good understanding of his mind. Even if he can only read some superficial ideas, it is enough for him to understand everyone''s plans.


    Aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao have good ideas. Unfortunately, they didn''t know that Gu Tanghai''s Shi family was a remnant of the Zijin sect and was at odds with the Feihong sect.


    Even if the Shi family voluntarily surrendered to Feihong Zong, Feihong Zong may not accept it.


    The idea of Taoist Guanghong is even more ridiculous. At this time, who would be foolish enough to work for Lin Quan temple? What price can Lin quanguan pay to win over others?


    Lin Shan sect is too involved to get off the ship. If there is any other choice, who will be foolish enough to go to the yellow spring with Lin quanguan.


    As for Gu Tanghai, for one thing, he was in the middle of building the foundation, and the realm was still above Meng Zhang, who was difficult to read his mind.


    Second, this person is also a deep-seated person. His face has always remained indifferent, without showing any thoughts and tendencies in his heart.


    Meng Zhang can''t see through Gu Tanghai.


    To be honest, although he started on his allies in the twinkling of an eye, he couldn''t get through the barrier in his heart. But when he was really forced to the Jedi, Meng Zhang only hardened his heart and turned his face and didn''t recognize people.


    After all, the survival of zongmen is higher than all this.


    The only thing that makes Meng Zhang unable to make up his mind is that even if Taiyi gate joins hands with skillful gate and golden knife gate, it can''t have any advantage in the face of the other three.


    Meng Zhang did not speak, and the others did not speak.


    Everyone didn''t say anything at will. Because they all know that once they express their attitude, their enemies and friends will be clear immediately.


    At that time, maybe before feihongzong attacked, everyone had begun to merge.


    The scene fell into silence.


    After a while, I probably couldn''t stand this embarrassing silence, or I didn''t think it was a way to keep silent. Taoist Guanghong coughed gently and was about to speak, but Gu Tanghai interrupted.


    "Taoist Guanghong, you don''t have to say more. Now that the matter is over, we can''t continue to stand on the side of Linquan temple at the risk of losing our own lives and the whole sect."


    After listening to Gu Tanghai''s words, aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao looked happy. They thought Gu Tanghai was on their side, so they were ready to fight Taoist Guanghong.


    Gu Tanghai looked at them and continued, "but I don''t want to fight with you after I met you."


    "I decided to leave mingshafang city immediately with my men and run away from the edge of Feihong sect."


    Gu Tanghai showed that he remained neutral. Although aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao were a little disappointed, they also made the final decision.


    They got up from their seats at once. Aunt Jin Qi, who was sitting behind aunt Jin, also got up and stood with them.


    The three looked at Taoist priest Guanghong covetously. Aunt Jin said to Meng Zhang, "master Meng, the overall situation has been decided. With your intelligence, you must know how to make the right choice."


    Meng Zhang sighed. He was really unwilling to make this choice. But that''s it, so what?


    Taoist Guanghong should blame his bad luck.


    Why didn''t God stand by Linquan temple?


    Lin quanguan gambled on zongmen''s luck and finally cultivated a Guangzhi real person. But now Guangzhi immortal is chased and killed by the enemy. He doesn''t know whether he will die or not.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had stood up, Xu Yishan said in a pleading tone: "leader Meng, we have fought side by side and were born into death. Do we really want to turn our faces into enemies now?"


    Meng Zhang looked at Xu Yishan and secretly hated himself. He was still not thick enough and his face was not thick enough.


    It''s a terrible thing to talk about conscience and friendship in the world of cultivating truth without blinking an eye.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was a little shaken, aunt Jin shouted quickly.


    "Leader Meng, you should think clearly. Even if you don''t think about yourself, you should think more about Taiyi. As soon as the army of feihongzong arrives, all those who don''t follow will immediately turn into powder."


    This choice is so difficult.


    At the thought of taiyimen''s survival, Meng Zhang finally made his final decision.


    No longer hesitant, he was preparing to sacrifice the flying sword. Suddenly, he struck first, and an angry voice came in from the outside.


    "No, no, the army of Feihong sect is coming."


    After hearing this, they hurried away from the conference hall and ran outside.


    In the distant sky, flying boats with the symbol of feihongzong are coming here.


    There are many disciples of Feihong sect riding all kinds of flying mounts and escorting around the flying boat.


    At the front of the team are more than ten friars in the foundation period, who are leading the rear brigade towards mingshafang city.


    Feihongzong is really immovable, and every move is a powerful force of thunder.


    Such a powerful force can crush all resistance and easily destroy the doors of all the people present here.


    Seeing the enemy flying in the sky, everyone present turned pale and was a little at a loss.


    Although aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao had decided to take refuge in Feihong sect, they did not contact in advance, nor did they capture Taoist Guanghong as planned, nor did they know whether Feihong sect would accept their surrender.


    If the feihongzong army in front of them, indiscriminately, directly catches all the people in mingshafang City, they will be too unlucky.


    Gu Tanghai also smiled bitterly, "I don''t know if it''s time to surrender now?"


    Feihongzong''s army came so fast that it disrupted everyone''s plan and caught everyone unprepared. They didn''t know how to deal with it.

 Chapter 211

    Several friars in the foundation period have good eyesight. They have recognized the leading friar flying in the front, Zhao liefeng, the elder of feihongzong battle hall, and the famous friars in the later foundation period.


    The war hall is the entrance of Feihong sect, which is specially used for external expedition. The disciples in the hall are elites who can recruit and be good at war. As the leader of the war hall, Zhao liefeng is extremely brave and can hardly meet an enemy.


    Seeing the enemy getting closer and closer, Gu Tanghai smiled helplessly.


    "This is it. No matter what choice you make in the future, you have to do it first."


    When Gu Tanghai spoke, the protection array in mingshafang city had been fully opened.


    Bursts of light flashed, and a thick light mask had completely shrouded mingshafang city.


    Even with the support of the second-order Dharma array, everyone here knows that once they fight, their own side has no power to fight back. There is too much disparity in strength, which can not be made up by just a second-order array.


    Seeing the imminent outbreak of war, the two sides are about to go to war. A white light, like lightning, came from behind feihongzong''s team and directly shot at Zhao liefeng in front of the team.


    Zhao liefeng made a move, and the white light fell into his hands and turned into a short flying sword.


    Zhao liefeng received the communication flying sword and received the information inside. As he was advancing rapidly, his body suddenly stopped in the air.


    Seeing Zhao liefeng''s body stop, the more than ten foundation building monks behind him also stopped one after another, and the brigade flying boats and countless flying mounts behind him also stopped moving forward one after another.


    Zhao liefeng''s body stayed in the air for a long time. I don''t know what he was thinking.


    Everyone in the Dharma array looked at this scene through the Dharma array, which was also very strange. The appearance of friar Fei hongzong''s army of orders and prohibitions made everyone even more frightened.


    Zhao liefeng''s method was really good when he was able to train the friars who had always been free and loose into such a shape.


    It took a long time for Zhao liefeng to move again. At his command, the huge ranks of friars of feihongzong immediately turned and flew away from mingshafang city.


    Seeing the army of feihongzong retreat voluntarily, the people were relieved and puzzled.


    What happened? Feihongzong''s army was ready to go to war, but suddenly withdrew?


    After a long time, the alert was lifted in mingshafang City, and the array took the initiative to put it away.


    This kind of thing has diluted the tense situation in the hall. For a moment, no one was in the mood to do it.


    Ruan Dadao and aunt Jin laughed and sat back despite the embarrassing atmosphere.


    No one was in a hurry to leave and return to the sect. They all want to stay in mingshafang city and have always had a close cooperative relationship between Shijia and the black market. Although the relationship between the two sides has also been greatly affected due to the pressure of feihongzong, there is still no problem in transmitting some news.


    The fallen leaves have left for a long time. Meng Zhang''s channels in the black market are not as good as Shi Jia''s.


    Perhaps feihongzong didn''t deliberately keep it a secret. Meng Zhang is still too young to have the Taoism of these old foxes. He is not shameless or black enough.


    He wanted to say a few flattering words, but he felt that he couldn''t say anything. He had to laugh with him.


    The situation is very clear. Feihongzong is entangled by sand monsters and can''t care about Linquan view.


    The successful escape of Guangzhi immortal means that Lin quanguan has Jindan immortal as its backer, which is already a genuine jindanzong gate.


    Not to mention the power of Guangzhi immortal, the strength of Lin quanguan itself is still above the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate.


    If they don''t improve their relationship with Lin quanguan, Lin quanguan can easily let them kill their family.


    Seeing the performance of Ruan Dadao and others, Lin shenpo showed a sarcastic smile on his face. He was about to speak and was stopped by the steady Xu Yishan.


    Xu Yishan gave Taoist Guanghong a look. The two people who had a tacit understanding immediately understood each other''s intentions.


    Now the situation is not clear enough, it is not suitable to turn against Ruan Dadao.


    Even if Lin Quan Temple becomes the ruler of the nearby area, it needs the help of jindaomen and other sects for the time being.


    These sects are still valuable. It''s not time to give up.


    "Brother Ruan and sister Jin are right. We are all a family. There are no knots that can''t be solved and no obstacles that can''t be overcome." Taoist Guanghong said very sincerely.


    Including Meng Zhang, people''s faces showed moving expressions, as if a few words really made everyone a family.

 Chapter 212

    The atmosphere became warm in the hypocrisy of everyone.


    Ruan Dadao and others kept showing their loyalty to Taoist Guanghong. And Taoist Guanghong also comforted them with warm words, never mentioning the previous unhappiness, as if yesterday had never happened at all.


    This is really a scene of unity, friendship and happiness.


    Next, they didn''t hurry to return to their respective zongmen, but stayed in mingshafang city.


    First, I hope to get the latest news in time. Second, I hope to take the opportunity to contact my feelings and repair the cracks in our relationship.


    More than half a month later, more news came one after another.


    The sand monster disaster did not subside because of Feihong Zong''s action, but became more and more intense, and more regions were involved.


    Feihongzong organized several large-scale encirclement and suppression, but failed to eliminate the main force of the sand monster.


    Especially the third-order sand monster, its combat effectiveness is amazing. Even the flying general almost suffered a big loss.


    Now, even a large group of sand monsters have fled to the territory of Mobei Qi family.


    Mobei is a barren place in the endless sand sea. The level and number of spirit veins are not satisfactory.


    The whole Mobei is directly ruled by the Qi family, and there are not so many vassals of Feihong sect.


    Sand monsters make trouble in Mobei, which directly damages the foundation of the Qi family.


    The Qi nangui immortal of the Qi family has personally organized forces to encircle and suppress the sand monsters on the territory.


    At this time, feihongzong sent messengers to the Qi family in Mobei to talk about peace with the Qi family.


    Although the two sides have been hostile for many years, after all, we are all human beings and can communicate and compromise.


    The sand monster is the public enemy of the cultivation world. It is instinctive to exterminate the human cultivators.


    In previous history, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia also had a precedent of temporary alliance because of the rampant sand monsters.


    It''s not surprising that the chaos of sand monsters is fierce and the two families are allied again.


    For Guangzhi immortal, feihongzong also threw out an olive branch.


    Feihongzong promised not to continue to pursue and kill Guangzhi immortal. Let bygones be bygones. And immortal Feitian is willing to make a heart demon oath. As long as immortal Guangzhi is willing to help feihongzong eliminate sand monsters, feihongzong can give enough reward.


    During the battle with sand monsters, Guangzhi immortal enjoyed the treatment of feihongzong Jindan immortal. There are not only enough cultivation materials, but also three levels of spiritual pulse for him to use.


    In order to show sincerity, Feihong sect immediately lifted the blockade on the sects such as Linquan temple.


    When the news came, even Meng Zhang couldn''t help but breathe a long sigh of relief.


    The lifting of the blockade that has lasted for many years means the end of the confrontation. If there is no accident, taiyimen will usher in a rare period of peaceful development.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had to pull down his face and try to repair his relationship with Lin quanguan.


    Fortunately, when Ruan Dadao and others forced the palace that day, Meng Zhang didn''t make a direct statement, let alone have time to do it. If the two sides don''t tear their faces, the relationship can be restored.


    Moreover, taiyimen has been making good friends with Linshan sect in recent years, and has also continuously provided baizang earth mines to Linquan temple.


    Meng Zhang decided to immediately inform menzhong that all the baizang earth mines mined in the future would be given to Lin quanguan free of charge. Losing something outside of yourself in exchange for the friendship of Jindan sect is a great harvest.


    Meng Zhang privately visited Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo of the Linshan sect and asked them to say something nice for themselves at Taoist Guanghong''s side. Meng Zhang not only gave generous gifts, but also promised many benefits.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sigh that Lin quanguan was really lucky this time. At the critical moment, it turned over because of the chaos of sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang sometimes couldn''t help thinking wildly: the chaos of sand monsters is so coincidental that it won''t have anything to do with Lin Quan temple.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang quickly put this unreliable idea aside.


    Sand monsters have wreaked havoc in the endless sand sea for many years and made many disturbances. How can it be man-made?


    Don''t say it''s just Linquan temple. Even those Yuanshen sects don''t have such means.


    Soon after, the latest news came that Guangzhi immortal had stated that the sand monster was the public enemy of human cultivators. As a member of the human race, he was duty bound to destroy the sand monster. When the injury healed, he rushed to the front line immediately.


    With the statement of Guangzhi immortal, the shadow of war shrouded over everyone''s head completely dispersed.


    Including Meng Zhang, the leaders of various sects have returned to their respective sects.


    With the lifting of the blockade by feihongzong, the trade route was restored. The minerals mined and goods accumulated by various zongmen can be sent to huojingfang city for sale.


    During Meng Zhang''s absence from Taiyi gate, the God of thick earth, with the help of Wen qiansuan, deployed the second-order Dharma array giant wood towering array purchased by Meng Zhang in Fuzhao valley.


    With the protection of the second-order Dharma array, not only the sect''s defense has greatly increased, but also the people have a sense of security.


    The disciples who had been monitoring Linquan temple were also withdrawn by Feihong sect.


    Today''s Lin Quan temple is really a place where birds can fly in the sky and fish can jump in the sea.


    Lin quanguan, who had to get out of his cage, soon had an action.


    The army of Lin Quan Temple soon set foot on the territory originally belonging to Shuangfeng valley. Lin Shan sect also sent a large number of elite colleagues.


    This site was originally occupied by the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain. Later, scattered repairs raged. After the four clan allied forces defeated the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain, they did not completely occupy it due to limited manpower.


    Only Shi Weida occupied Zaoxiang oasis, and taiyimen occupied a warm jade mine.


    Lin Quan temple is now expanding. Naturally, it is the best goal here.


    Gu Tanghai was very knowledgeable and took the initiative to let Shi Weida withdraw from Zaoxiang oasis and give it to Linquan view.


    Lin quanguan pushed off several times, and Gu Tanghai insisted on giving in. Finally, Lin quanguan only reluctantly accepted it.


    Gu Tanghai is like this. What else can Meng Zhang do? We can only take the initiative to dedicate the warm jade mine under mining to Lin quanguan.


    Lin quanguan also shirked it several times before reluctantly accepting Meng Zhang''s kindness.


    A good warm jade mine, which is not warm in his hand, should be given to others. It is impossible for Meng Zhang not to be oppressed. But Lin Quan temple is already the door of Jindan sect. If you don''t take the initiative and really wait for others to speak, it''s too uninteresting.


    At the beginning, Shuangfeng Valley, Lin quanguan, Liu family and Qingzhu mountain were juxtaposed, and the strength of Shuangfeng valley was enough to rival the other three.


    The territory directly under it is very rich and rich in resources, which can support the powerful monk group of shuangfenggu.


    Such a large territory, even after several changes, suffered heavy losses. However, after it falls into the hands of Lin quanguan, Haosheng can become a new foundation of Lin quanguan for a period of time.


    Lin quanguan occupied the majority, and the younger brother Lin Shan sect also received some soup and occupied some marginal territory.

 Chapter 213

    After occupying the territory originally belonging to Shuangfeng Valley, Lin Quan Guan had no other actions.


    Lin Shan sect, Taiyi sect, Qiaoshou sect, jindaomen sect and Shijia sect all boast of being the vassal of Lin Quan view, as if they have really become loyal followers of Lin Quan view.


    Even if Lin quanguan didn''t ask, several forces took the initiative to hand in offerings to Lin quanguan.


    The real strength of Lin Quan''s view is far less than that of the original shuangfenggu. However, as long as there is no problem with Guangzhi immortal, several forces will be loyal and obedient.


    For taiyimen and other forces, although there is an extra master out of thin air, Lin quanguan acts fairly gently and gets along better than Shuangfeng valley. Second, Lin Quan temple is also the door of Jindan sect. As a vassal of the Jindan sect, he did not lose his share.


    To say a word with Ah Q spirit, it is also a great progress for several sects to become the vassal of Jindan sect from the vassal of Zhuji sect like shuangfenggu.


    The whole region was peaceful and peaceful, there was no major conflict, and the business routes with the outside world were reopened, and all kinds of materials for truth cultivation began to flow freely.


    Gu Tanghai, who was in charge of mingshafang City, took the initiative to turn over most of the shares of mingshafang city to Lin quanguan after discussing with several zongmen.


    After several times of shirking, Lin quanguan accepted the shares and became the new owner of mingshafang city. However, Gu Tanghai was still responsible for the management of mingshafang city.


    Lin quanguan accounts for the majority. Shijia and the other four zongmen also have some shares in mingshafang city.


    With the concerted efforts of everyone, mingshafang city also began to slowly recover its vitality.


    The merchants who took the initiative to withdraw from mingshafang city began to return, and one indirect store reopened.


    Even Sihai building has reopened, and it is said that Feihong building will resume operation soon.


    As the ruler of endless sand sea, feihongzong had great rights and interests in mingshafang City, but it was voluntarily abandoned by feihongzong.


    Not counting Mobei Qijia, Lin quanguan has become an endless sea of sand. Now taiyimen can only earn some hard money and make profits by selling various mineral raw materials.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knows that this kind of thing is urgent. Everything in taiyimen has just started and there is still a long way to go.


    In mingshafang City, several little giants over one foot two tall are busy in a corner, demolishing old and dilapidated buildings and building a brand-new building with various materials. Behind the small building is a courtyard being built.


    After mingshafang began to recover, Zhang Zhanlin, who had been operating a grocery store in mingshafang, suggested to Meng Zhang that he could increase investment in mingshafang and build a commercial base.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and agreed to Zhang Zhanlin''s proposal.


    Taiyimen, as the gate of the founder, also really needs such a commercial stronghold.


    Because this stronghold is related to the face of Taiyi gate, Zhang Zhanlin not only bought a lot of good materials, but also spent a lot of money to buy several construction talismans.


    Those little giants under construction are the building warriors summoned by the building talisman.


    This commercial stronghold was named Hengyuan building by Meng Zhang and operated by Zhang Zhanlin. In addition, the sect will send disciples to assist him, and they will also send disciples as guards here.


    Meng Zhang had planned to open a shop in huojingfang City, but huojingfang city was too far away, more than 4000 miles away from taiyimen. Second, due to the chaos of sand monsters, the business in huojingfang is very hot, and the rent of shops also rises sharply, which is even more difficult to find a shop.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to make money for the landlord in vain. When he has a chance in the future, he will buy a shop directly in huojingfang city.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of this opportunity to come to mingshafang city and made a good turn in mingshafang city.


    Although today''s mingshafang city is far from its heyday, everything is developing in a good direction, its vitality is slowly recovering, and its commerce and trade are becoming more and more prosperous.


    After Meng Zhang''s visit, he was ready to go back, but he found that Ruan Dadao of jindaomen sneaked into the affairs hall of mingshafang City, where Gu Tanghai would sit in town most of the time.


    When did Ruan Dadao hook up with Gu Tanghai? This guy lives in the door behind the back of the other families. Is he going to do anything?


    Meng Zhang, who was curious, did not hurry to leave mingshafang City, but waited patiently.


    Half a day later, Ruan Dadao came out of the affairs hall. Gu Tanghai personally sent him to the door.

 Chapter 214

    When Ruan Dadao went far, Gu tanghaidu still stood at the door of the hall and watched him leave.


    Meng Zhang walked over a few steps and said hello warmly: "brother Gu, it''s a coincidence to meet you here."


    Gu Tanghai smiled when he saw Meng Zhang. "Leader Meng, you are free to come to the market today. I must treat you well."


    "There''s no need to entertain. Ruan Dadao''s old man has just left here. I don''t know what he''s up to?" Meng Zhang asked directly.


    Gu Tanghai did not directly answer Meng Zhang''s question.


    "Brother Meng, don''t worry. What brother Ruan is planning is very good for you and me."


    "You don''t have to worry. In half a month, Taoist Guanghong will call everyone to discuss the matter. Then you''ll know what''s going on."


    After listening to Gu Tanghai''s words, Meng Zhang couldn''t continue to ask. But I am secretly vigilant. I must not be excluded from everyone.


    Meng Zhang chatted with Gu Tanghai again before returning to Taiyi gate.


    Since Lin Quan''s view began to expand, Meng Zhang had a sense of urgency in his heart. He not only strengthened his cultivation, but also did not relax the supervision of his disciples.


    Several disciples of Taiyi sect who were favored by Meng Zhang did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang''s mountain, has just embarked on the road of cultivation for more than a year, and has already had the dual cultivation of Qi refining.


    Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan have not only made great progress in cultivation, but also made in-depth research on the various techniques of cultivating truth that they are good at.


    In addition, there are several disciples in the later stage of Qi refining in the door, which can barely be used.


    Now the taiyimen stall is very large, which is the time to hire people.


    If disciples in the sect want to earn more sect contributions, they need to complete various sect tasks. No one can be an exception.


    Judging from the short time, it seems to have delayed the cultivation time of these disciples. But in fact, the process of completing the mission of the sect itself is also an exercise for the disciples in the sect.


    Now that Gu Tanghai has said it for half a month, we can know the specific situation. Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and waited patiently.


    After half a month, Gu Tanghai sent a letter to ask Meng Zhang to go to mingshafang city to discuss important matters.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at mingshafang City, he saw a group of familiar faces. The principals of several families around have arrived.


    Taoist Guanghong also came to mingshafang earlier. Different from the last party, Taoist Guanghong is full of spirit and has the style of a great school of experts.


    Now Lin quanguan is the real owner of mingshafang city. Taoist Guanghong and Gu Tanghai politely said a few words, so they took it as their masters and presided over the meeting.


    After the people entered the conference hall and sat down, Ruan Dadao stood up mysteriously and said, "ladies and gentlemen, there is another guest to attend our conference today."


    After explaining to the crowd, he shouted at the back, "brother Zhao, everyone is here, waiting for you to appear."


    A figure who was unexpected to Meng Zhang came out from behind the conference hall.


    Seeing this man, Meng Zhang, who had always been calm, almost couldn''t help shouting.


    Didn''t Zhao jiudou say that all the friars of the Zhao family had died in the hands of ghost friars? Why is he still alive and here?


    Wait, isn''t Zhao jiudou a friar in the Qi refining period? When did he succeed in building the foundation and become a friar in the foundation building period?


    After sensing Zhao jiudou''s state, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but change his face.


    Meng Zhang finally calmed down and glanced at the scene.


    They were not surprised at all. It was obvious that they had already known the existence of Zhao jiudou. It seems that he is the only one who is kept in the dark.


    Meng Zhang''s face was very gloomy, and he felt excluded by everyone.


    "All of you here should know brother Zhao. I don''t need to introduce you more."


    "What I want to tell you is that brother Zhao is already a disciple of Feihong sect under the seat of elder Zhao liefeng, the elder of Feihong sect''s war hall."


    Ruan Dadao said happily.


    Looking at his proud appearance, it seems that he is the one who has become a disciple of Feihong sect.


    Zhao jiudou walked up to the crowd and saluted.


    "I haven''t seen you for a long time. You should still remember Zhao."


    "In those years, the evil thieves of Shuangfeng Valley colluded with the ghost friars. They not only destroyed the Zhao family, but also pursued and killed all the way. They plotted against the Zhao family in the territory of Feihong sect. Unfortunately, the owner and the elders died in the hands of the ghost friars. Fortunately, Zhao escaped with the help of his master."


    Looking at Zhao jiudou talking and talking there, Meng Zhang felt more and more unnatural.


    Although the destruction of the Zhao family was the work of Shuangfeng Valley, it also played a great role in spreading rumors.


    Most importantly, the ancestral land of the Zhao family, Fuzhao Valley, is now the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    Although this is the booty taken from shuangfenggu, Zhao jiudou had a grudge against himself before. Now he has climbed up the high branch. I''m afraid he won''t let it go easily.


    As for the voluntary surrender of Fuzhao Valley, it is simply impossible. If Zhao jiudou really wants to embarrass himself, he has to fight.


    Fortunately, Taiyi sect is now regarded as a vassal of Linquan temple. The disciples of Feihong sect should not publicly use the power of Feihong sect to oppress themselves.


    Meng Zhang clearly remembered that the news he received was that the ghost friars used the internal strife of the Zhao family to kill all the remaining friars of the Zhao family in one fell swoop.


    But I didn''t expect that Zhao Yanbei, the master of the Zhao family, died. The Zhao family was so old that Zhao jiudou didn''t die. Not only did he not die, he was accepted as a disciple by Zhao liefeng, the elder of Feihong sect. This is clearly the standard protagonist template.


    The ghost friar was useless. He let a mere Zhao jiudou run away, leaving himself in great trouble.


    Zhao jiudou didn''t know the change of Meng Zhang''s mind and kept talking about it.


    Meng Zhang listened. Zhao jiudou''s words were nothing more than angrily scolding shuangfenggu for his heinous crimes and how he was so blessed that he didn''t die. Instead, he invested in feihongzong.


    Zhao jiudou was wordy for a long time, and finally got to the point. It turned out that he wanted to call on several forces present to join hands to pursue and kill the remaining evils of shuangfenggu.


    It''s no secret that Shuangfeng Valley has the news that the remaining evils have fled. The backhands secretly arranged by shuangfenggu can''t hide from the eyes of feihongzong.


    Now Zhao jiudou calls on everyone to work together to completely destroy shuangfenggu. There may not only be his family feud, but also the meaning of taiyimen.


    Before Zhao jiudou finished his words, he was unanimously supported by everyone. Even Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Shuangfeng valley would be hated so much. Once it was hit, the wall fell down and everyone pushed it.

 Chapter 215

    Like Taiyi gate, skillful hand gate and golden knife gate were vassals of Shuangfeng Valley in those days. But when Ruan Dadao and others talked about the complete extinction of shuangfenggu, they didn''t look unnatural at all.


    Seeing the enthusiastic discussion of the people, Meng Zhang thought carefully and understood the people''s thoughts.


    Lin Quan view not only occupied the territory originally belonging to Shuangfeng Valley, but also replaced the regional hegemony of Shuangfeng valley.


    If shuangfenggu really has a revival day, how should Lin Quan view live by itself?


    Therefore, Lin quanguan is very enthusiastic about the complete extinction of shuangfenggu.


    As the closest follower of Lin Quan view, Lin Shan school naturally follows the pace of Lin Quan view.


    Skillful hand gate and golden knife gate should covet the wealth of Shuangfeng Valley, especially the small building Jidan of Shuangfeng Valley, but they are coveted treasures.


    Since Gu Tanghai managed mingshafang City, Meng Zhang also inquired about the origin of Gu Tanghai and shuangfenggu.


    In those days, Gu Tanghai wandered in the cultivation world as a casual practitioner. After he built the foundation, shuangfenggu wanted to invite him to be the guest elder of shuangfenggu. Although Gu Tanghai politely refused, he has always maintained a good relationship with shuangfenggu.


    In particular, the single tiger elder of Shuangfeng Valley is between life and death with Gu Tanghai.


    The last time the Allied forces of sijiazongmen were able to recapture mingshafang City, it all depended on Gu Tanghai getting the array plate to control and protect the FA array from a single tiger.


    Later, Gu Tanghai also set up a bridge for a single tiger and asked him to hire everyone to recapture Zaoxiang oasis together.


    Now, Gu Tang participates in the discussion of the extinction of shuangfenggu without changing the color of the sea. Needless to say, he has completely abandoned shuangfenggu and completely abandoned the so-called friends of life and death.


    Since everyone wants shuangfenggu to perish, Meng Zhang will not oppose it. Taiyimen will also actively participate in it and seize their own booty.


    We talked for a long time. We have no objection to the extinction of shuangfenggu. The biggest problem now is not knowing where the remaining sins of Shuangfeng valley are hiding.


    It seems that Zhao jiudou is not going to do this with the help of feihongzong, but wants everyone to look for it together.


    Everyone present knew the relationship between Gu Tanghai and single tiger, and everyone turned their eyes to him.


    Gu Tanghai smiled bitterly, "since Shuangfeng Valley destroyed the door, the single tiger has become extremely vigilant and doesn''t trust anyone anymore."


    "I have known him for many years, and I really don''t know how to contact him. Every time something happens, he takes the initiative to contact me."


    Looking at Gu Tanghai''s sincerity, it seems that he really didn''t lie. And so far, he really doesn''t need to help single tiger hide.


    The endless sand sea is boundless. The remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley hide in any corner. There is really no good way to find them.


    Seeing that everyone was helpless, Zhao jiudou''s face was a little ugly.


    Now, because of the chaos of sand monsters, Feihong sect has to tolerate the existence of Guangzhi immortal and Lin Quan view. The remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley, which have been destroyed, have become the object of anger of many people in the door.


    Zhao jiudou came to hunt down the remaining evils of shuangfenggu this time, but not only to help his family revenge, but also the mission given to him by Feihong Zong.


    As a disciple on the way, Zhao jiudou has many enemies inside Feihong sect. He became a disciple of Zhao liefeng, the elder of the war hall, and a thorn in the flesh for some people.


    If he can''t complete the mission of the sect, he will certainly have a hard time in the sect in the future.


    Looking at the people who kept talking nonsense, Zhao jiudou really wanted to scold "waste". But he repressed his temper and discussed with everyone when he thought that there was room for everyone here.


    Meng Zhang''s mind did not focus on the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley at all. Now all he thought was about how to prevent Zhao jiudou.


    After Zhao jiudou appeared, he seemed to regard himself as the master here and dominated everything. Taoist Guanghong, who was in high spirits and was preparing for a big fight, flashed an unnatural expression on his face.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved. Lin quanguan now considers himself the overlord of this place. He should have an instinctive defense and rejection against foreign Feihong sect disciples. Is there some opportunity to take advantage of this?


    After discussing for a long time, they didn''t come up with any efficient way to find out the hiding place of the remaining evils in Shuangfeng Valley as soon as possible.


    Seeing that the people had no choice, Taoist Guanghong coughed gently.


    Now everyone is a vassal of Lin Quan temple. Even if you want to please Feihong sect, you can''t forget your serious boss.


    Ruan Dadao and others immediately sat upright and closed their mouths, waiting for Taoist Guanghong''s orders.


    Zhao jiudou looked at Taoist priest Guanghong, smiled and said politely, "I don''t know Taoist priest Guanghong, what''s your opinion?"


    "Brother Zhao, you''re welcome. What advice can the Taoist priest have, but I have some superficial views that I can share with you."


    Taoist Guanghong looked at the people in the field and then continued: "cunning rabbits have three caves, not to mention a sect gate like Shuangfeng valley. After Shuangfeng valley was destroyed, there must be a secret base that hid the remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley."


    "As for where this secret base is, it must be the biggest secret of Shuangfeng valley. Outsiders will never know."


    At this point, Guanghong Taoist priest paused for a while, obviously deliberately buying a pass.


    Zhao jiudou scolded the old thing in his heart, but his mouth was very modest.


    "The secret base of shuangfenggu can''t hide the Taoist priest''s eyes and ears even if it''s better to hide."


    "Please also ask the Taoist priest to give us more advice and give us directions."


    Taoist Guanghong did not directly respond to Zhao jiudou, but said proudly: "our Linquan temple has stood here for hundreds of years, and the inheritance history is no shorter than Shuangfeng valley. The secret actions of Shuangfeng Valley can not hide others, but can not hide our Linquan temple."


    "The Taoist priest really doesn''t know where the secret base of shuangfenggu is, but he knows a way to find it."


    After Taoist Guanghong finished, he didn''t go on, but returned to his seat and sat down.


    Zhao jiudou is dying of anxiety. You talked for a long time, but you stopped at the key place. What can you do? You''d better say it quickly.


    Taoist Guanghong didn''t seem to see Zhao jiudou''s expression. He chatted with Xu Yishan leisurely.


    All the others present are vassals of Lin Quan temple. Taoist Guanghong obviously didn''t want to say more. Naturally, they wouldn''t ask more questions without interest.


    Zhao jiudou understood. He didn''t know where he had offended the old man. This old thing is clearly pinching himself.


    Although Lin quanguan wanted to exterminate shuangfenggu, he was not as eager as Zhao jiudou.


    The task released by Fei hongzong has a deadline for completion. Beyond the deadline, even if the task is completed, there is no good evaluation.

 Chapter 216

    Although knowing that Taoist Guanghong was taking care of himself, Zhao jiudou, who asked for help, still had to bow his head.


    "I''m incompetent. I really can''t help it. Please help me find out the whereabouts of the remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley."


    Seeing Zhao jiudou put his posture so low, Taoist Guanghong nodded with satisfaction.


    "Brother Zhao, you and I are all friars in the foundation period. We can meet each other at the same time. Where can we talk about the elders and the younger generation?"


    "By the way, brother Zhao, I''m afraid you''re in such a hurry to hunt down the remaining evils of shuangfenggu, not just for revenge?"


    Zhao jiudou sighed in his heart. He knew that he was too eager and was touched by the old man.


    At this point, Zhao jiudou became somewhat calm.


    "Yes, it''s the mission assigned by the Pope to the younger generation to exterminate the remaining evils of shuangfenggu this time."


    Taoist Guanghong didn''t speak, but looked at Xu Yishan.


    Xu Yishan understood and said, "we are all old acquaintances and friends. We naturally don''t expect anything in return for helping brother Zhao complete the sect mission. However, we can''t let everyone work in vain. The booty this time, brother Zhao..."


    "The younger generation won''t take any of the booty this time. It''s all up to you to distribute."


    "In addition, you have helped me a lot this time. I must remember this favor and I will repay it in the future." Zhao jiudou hurried on.


    Zhao jiudou''s statement made everyone present smile.


    It is conceivable that there must be a lot of wealth among the backhands left by Shuangfeng Valley to the disciples.


    If Zhao jiudou joins in the distribution of booty, as a disciple of Feihong sect, he will take the lead. Now he takes the initiative to give up all the booty, and everyone can take more advantage.


    Zhao jiudou has already made such a statement, and Taoist Guanghong will no longer hold it.


    With a wave of his hand, a map appeared in the middle of the hall.


    With one hand stroke, an area on the map is circled.


    "The hiding place of the remaining evils in Shuangfeng Valley is within this range."


    Taoist Guanghong said the answer directly, but did not explain where he got the information.


    The people looked at the map carefully.


    The area marked by Taoist Guanghong is located in the southwest of mingshafang city and is almost on the edge of the Gobi.


    The nearest sect is the golden Sabre sect, but for many years, the golden Sabre sect has not found any abnormality, let alone the residual evil of shuangfenggu.


    In Ruan Dadao''s memory, that area is completely barren, and the terrain seems to be dominated by Gobi dangerous desert.


    There is no abnormality on the ground. The hiding place of the remaining evils of the rich valley should be under the ground.


    Ruan Dadao spoke out his judgment and was recognized by everyone.


    Guanghong Taoist priest directly admitted that there must be an underground base of shuangfenggu in that area.


    This area is not small, and the base of the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley is hidden underground, mostly not shallow. Even digging three feet is not enough.


    It''s really not easy to search the underground of such a large area carefully.


    Even if several forces send out all the monks above the later stage of Qi refining to escape underground with earth hiding, I''m afraid it''s difficult to complete the search in a short time.


    If you ask disciples in the early and middle stages of Qi refining to use earth Rune to join the search. The consumption of earth rune is astronomical. Especially now it is the war period when Feihong sect encircles and suppresses sand monsters. The prices of various talismans are far more expensive than usual.


    More importantly, if there are too many people out, once they strike grass to scare the snake, disturb the remaining evils of shuangfenggu and let them escape in time, everyone will be busy in vain.


    Ruan Dadao expressed his concerns, and we couldn''t think of a good solution.


    Taoist Guanghong said with a smile, "it''s very easy to trouble leader Meng."


    "Excuse me?" Meng Zhang was a little puzzled.


    "Did leader Meng forget that you keep a lot of sandworms?" said Taoist Guanghong with a smile.


    Although Taoist Guanghong seemed to say it inadvertently, Meng Zhang was vigilant.


    Since he got the special magic tool of the insect jar, Meng Zhang kept a lot of sand insects in it for mining.


    Later, after Hu Jing showed her talent in animal control, she was not only taught a lot of inheritance in animal control, but also handed over the insect control jar to her.


    Hu Jing really lived up to her trust and deserved her identity as the leader of the Royal beast hall.


    The number of sandworms in the imperial jar was originally limited, but the sandworms kept in the imperial jar are not only far stronger than ordinary sandworms, but also smarter.


    Sand bug is a kind of demon bug that inhabits on a small scale.


    Hu Jing drives the sand insects kept in the imperial insect jar to attack everywhere, forcibly subdue other sand insects, and then collect them into the imperial insect jar for training.


    After years of hard collection, Hu Jing has controlled nearly 100 sand insects in the insect control tank.


    On weekdays, controlling these sand insects mining can greatly save labor costs.


    Taiyimen, with limited manpower, can mine a large amount of minerals in a short time. These sand insects are indispensable.


    Of course, some minerals that are too precious, such as warm jade, cannot be mined by sand insects. The warm jade falls into the stomach of the sand worm and will soon be corroded and digested.


    These sand insects are not only the best miners, hardworking and efficient, but also a hidden mace of taiyimen.


    Although sand insects are only first-class monsters, they are hundreds in number. They are also a force that can not be underestimated.


    When Meng Zhang ambushed the friar of Qingzhu mountain, sandworms made great contributions. The sand insects killed from the ground helped disrupt the formation of friars in Qingzhu mountain.


    The existence of sand insects in the door is not confidential, nor can it be confidential. When they are used to mine minerals, they must be exposed to people. But externally, it has never taken the initiative to disclose it.


    Taoist Guanghong broke through the sand insects kept by Taiyi gate, which showed that he still knew more about the internal situation of Taiyi gate.


    I just don''t know whether Taoist Guanghong said it casually or meant to knock a warning.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts are complex. On the surface, he took the initiative to respond.


    "Taoist priest didn''t mention it. My leader almost forgot."


    "That''s right. Sandworms live underground. They are good at drilling holes and walking underground. If the emperor makes these sandworms search underground, it will really save everyone a lot of energy."


    "Taoist priest is really flexible and resourceful. I can think of this method. My leader is really unqualified. I don''t even know how to make good use of the resources in the door."


    After listening to the dialogue between Taoist Guanghong and Meng Zhang, everyone also reacted.


    It''s really an efficient and convenient way to search the ground with sand insects.

 Chapter 217

    In the southwest of mingshafang City, in a Gobi dangerous desert more than 2000 miles away from Fangshi and more than 1000 miles away from jindaomen, many foreign practitioners suddenly appeared at this time.


    It already belongs to the edge of the Gobi. Because of the fear of causing a large group of monsters in the Gobi, few practitioners stay here too much.


    Early this morning, more than a dozen flying boats appeared over this dangerous Gobi desert.


    The flying boat from afar stays quietly above the sky and always pays attention to the situation below.


    On the second-order flying boat headed by Lin Quan, Taoist Guanghong of Lin Quan temple and a group of his vassal zongmen are standing.


    Taoist Guanghong smiled and said to Meng Zhang, "leader Meng, you can let your disciples start."


    Meng Zhang nodded and sent a message to a first-order flying boat behind.


    The friars in the Qi refining period on this first-class flying boat are the elite of Taiyi gate, including Hu Jing, the leader of the Royal beast hall.


    The first-order flying boat flew out towards the front and slowly reduced its height. When the height was low enough, Hu Jing would sacrifice the insect jar in her hand. Several sand insects immediately jumped out of the insect jar and fell to the ground, and then quickly got into the ground and cruised under the ground.


    The flying boat raised its height and flew forward again. After flying out for a long distance, lower the height again and let Hu Jing release the captive sand insects. The sandworms burrowed into the ground and began to search the ground in a surrounding area.


    In this way, several sand insects were released at intervals. After several times, all the sand insects kept in the imperial insect tank were released.


    In such a large area, even if hundreds of sand insects are released at the same time, it will take a lot of time to complete the search.


    Of course, it is an instinctive talent for sand worms to travel underground, and the search efficiency is far higher than that of monks in the period of Qi refining.


    More than a dozen flying boats flying in the sky also quickly dispersed, and some flew to a higher altitude and bowed down to monitor various situations in the Gobi. Some patrol over the Gobi constantly to prevent accidents.


    Taoist Guanghong flew away from the flying boat with several friars during the foundation period, ready to use the earth hiding technique to sneak underground.


    In order to improve the search speed, several friars in the foundation period had to work hard.


    At this time, a strange flying shuttle with sharp top and tail, wide in the middle and dark all over fell from the sky, and then quietly drilled into the ground like a mud ox into the sea.


    At the same time, a hearty laugh came out of the inside and spread into everyone''s ears.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, I''m sorry. Zhao took a step ahead."


    Before the sound fell, the shuttle had disappeared on the ground.


    Meng Zhang deliberately said in a sour tone: "Fei hongzong really deserves to be the overlord of the endless sand sea. This rare and strange thing, the earth drilling God shuttle, can also be given to his disciples casually."


    "It''s just that this brother Zhao jiudou is too publicity."


    Hirohiro smiled.


    "Young people, it''s inevitable to publicize. Only in this way can you have vitality. Leader Meng, you are as young as the old man. It''s not good."


    "What the elder taught me is that the younger generation is helpless. If you want to take care of a sect, you need to worry about eating, drinking and Lasa all over the door. I really don''t dare to relax for a moment."


    They talked and laughed a few words, and several people next to them also said a few words. The people separated and fled into the ground from different places.


    On that day, Taoist Guanghong pointed out that the hiding place of the remaining evils in Shuangfeng valley was at the bottom of this area.


    Meng Zhang promised to send out the sand insects kept in the door to search the ground.


    Zhao jiudou has always looked down on Taiyi gate. After worshiping Feihong sect, he thought that returning home with rich clothes would bring infinite scenery. But first, Taoist Guanghong took care of it, and now he has to rely on the power of taiyimen. He is inevitably a little upset.


    After the discussion, Zhao jiudou hurried back to feihongzong as soon as possible. It took a lot of human kindness and the face of his master before he borrowed the earth drilling shuttle.


    He hurried all the way and finally got here when the people acted.


    The earth drilling shuttle has the ability to fly to the sky and escape from the earth. In particular, it can go deep into the earth and walk freely under the earth. Even the earth hiding skill performed by ordinary golden elixir immortal can''t compare with it.


    Such a treasure can be regarded as a treasure in Feihong sect. Zhao jiudou is also desperate to fight for one breath this time.


    Meng Zhang looked at it with a slightly worried look and sneaked into the ground.


    He was not worried about being robbed of the limelight by Zhao jiudou, but because the unexpected treasure of the earth drilling God shuttle appeared, which might disrupt his plan.


    Before the action, Meng Zhang contacted the thick earth God general, who had already secretly lurked nearby.


    Although the thick earth God will not be able to fight at the initial stage of foundation construction, he can dominate at least at this level during the foundation construction period.


    The remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley are cicadas. During the foundation period of several forces, monks are Mantis. The thick earth God will play the role of yellow finch.


    You can know with your toes that there must be a lot of treasures on the remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley. If they wait until they take down the remaining sins of shuangfenggu, the big head will surely fall into the hands of Taoist Guanghong.


    Therefore, the thick earth God sent out secretly to see if he could get some cheap.


    Zhao jiudou''s earth drilling God shuttle first found the remaining evil in Shuangfeng valley. It''s still a small matter. If he bumps into the thick earth God general, he''ll have a lot of fun.


    After hiding in the earth, Meng Zhang, who had nothing to do, had to put aside his worries for the time being and search honestly.


    A day passed, and neither the Sandworm nor the friars in the foundation period found the target.


    During the foundation building period, the friars returned to the flying boat to rest, meditate, regulate their breath and restore their true Qi. After being tired for a day, Hu Jing took back the sand insects to cultivate in the insect jar.


    Zhao jiudou, who was a little restless, drove the God shuttle drilling the ground and searched the ground again in the middle of the night. With nothing, he finally returned to the ground.


    After the rest of the night, Zhao jiudou got a little worried. Unable to hold his breath, he ran to Taoist priest Guanghong and asked if Taoist priest Guanghong''s intelligence source was reliable.


    Taoist Guanghong is a good man. He tells Zhao jiudou with a smile that his intelligence is absolutely no problem.


    After Zhao jiudou was sent away, Taoist Guanghong''s face changed a little. Zhao jiudou openly questioned him, which made him feel ashamed.

 Chapter 218

    Taoist Guanghong clearly remembered that more than 100 years ago, when he was a little monk in the period of Qi refining. A senior brother in the sect, who is also his own brother, urgently needs to kill a large number of live monsters in order to practice a side sect skill.


    His brother was not rich, and he didn''t have enough spirit stones to buy monsters raised by monks in the square city.


    Therefore, the daring disciple of Linquan Temple decided to go to the Gobi to find wild monsters and complete the cultivation of martial arts.


    He also knew the danger of the Gobi, so he was not ready to go deep into it. He just wanted to take a chance on the edge and play the idea of being alone.


    According to the prior plan, he is ready to enter the Gobi from near this area.


    Since he parted from Taoist Guanghong, he had no news and completely disappeared.


    Later, Taoist Guanghong once tracked down his whereabouts. Using the blood connection between his brothers, Taoist Guanghong used a secret method and finally determined that his brother died nearby.


    Taoist Guanghong knows his brother very well. He has many means to protect his life. At the edge of the Gobi, it is difficult for a low-level monster with low intelligence to leave his brother.


    Therefore, Taoist Guanghong spent a lot of time and energy to investigate this matter.


    After years of hard work, he didn''t get the slightest harvest.


    Until the foundation was built, Taoist Guanghong kept this matter in mind.


    Over the years, this matter will become his heart knot.


    After becoming a monk in the foundation period, Taoist Guanghong mastered unprecedented means and was able to mobilize more resources.


    Finally, after some persistent pursuit. More than ten years ago, Taoist Guanghong accidentally found that there were occasional friars of shuangfenggu haunting here secretly.


    Originally, the secret base here is the last refuge of Shuangfeng Valley and the biggest secret of the sect. On weekdays, even ten or eight years, there may not be monks in the door here.


    But more than ten years ago, Shuangfeng Valley decided to train Jindan real people. In order to preserve the inheritance of Shuangfeng valley after the incident was exposed, Shuangfeng valley began to use this shelter to secretly transport materials.


    Shuangfeng valley will never expect that someone will secretly monitor here for hundreds of years.


    The power of hatred is terrible.


    Taoist priest Guanghong discovered the activities of monk Shuangfeng valley. With the consistent style of practice in the cultivation world, it is not difficult for him to imagine that his brother probably accidentally broke the secret of shuangfenggu and was killed.


    At that time, Shuangfeng valley was very powerful. Taoist Guanghong knew that Shuangfeng valley was his brother''s enemy. He had nothing to do but write down his hatred secretly and wait for a good opportunity.


    Later, it was a series of things, such as the destruction of Shuangfeng valley.


    Many strongholds in Shuangfeng valley were cleared away by friars who wanted to please Feihong sect. However, the last inheritance place of Shuangfeng Valley has never been exposed.


    Lin quanguan was first blocked by feihongzong. After the blockade was lifted, he was busy expanding and operating a new site.


    Taoist Guanghong has been unable to find the last secret base of Shuangfeng valley.


    When Zhao jiudou comes to the door, Taoist Guanghong needs to join in the pursuit of the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley, both public and private.


    Combined with his years of investigation and the intelligence channels in the door, Taoist Guanghong judged that the last secret base of shuangfenggu was hidden in the nearby area.


    Zhao jiudou didn''t know what had happened here, let alone how much time and effort Taoist Guanghong had spent in this place. He rashly questioned Taoist priest Guanghong''s intelligence, which directly hurt Taoist priest Guanghong''s inner scar.


    Although on the surface, he is still friendly, in fact, Taoist Guanghong hates Zhao jiudou. If Zhao jiudou were not a disciple of Feihong sect, Taoist Guanghong would have turned his face long ago.


    Meng Zhang, who looked on coldly, although he didn''t know the reason for the matter, could obviously feel that Taoist Guanghong was very dissatisfied with Zhao jiudou.


    Taoist Guanghong is dissatisfied, but he has always maintained a very positive attitude in searching for shuangfenggu secret base.


    When other monks think of the wealth accumulated by Shuangfeng Valley for hundreds of years, they are also full of power and energy.


    Kung Fu pays off. After five days of hard work, this area has been searched for nearly half, and finally found.


    There is a special connection between the insect jar in Hu Jing''s hand and the captive sand insects.


    That morning, less than half an hour after the Sandworm was released, Hu Jing clearly felt that two sandworms had completely lost contact with the imperial insect jar.


    Knowing that the matter was important, Hu Jing immediately summoned the leader Meng Zhang without hesitation.


    After hearing Hu Jing''s story, Meng Zhang also did not hesitate to send a messenger to inform Taoist Guanghong and others.


    This kind of thing is better to kill the wrong than let go. Even if it is a false alarm, we can''t leave the enemy a chance to escape because of our carelessness.


    However, in a moment, several friars in the foundation period, including Taoist Guanghong, flew to Meng Zhang.


    More than ten flying boats cruising in the sky also rushed here.


    Ruan Dadao of the golden sword sect was a little dissatisfied and said, "it''s a big fuss, but two sand insects are missing. Who knows whether he met other monsters or ran away. It''s too far fetched to say that he found the whereabouts of the remaining evils in Shuangfeng valley. Even if he wants to compete for merit, he doesn''t need to do so."


    Before Ruan Dadao''s voice fell, the earth drilling shuttle driven by Zhao jiudou had flown here and fell from the sky.


    Meng Zhang naturally did not inform Zhao jiudou, but Zhao jiudou kept in touch with aunt Jin and Ruan Dadao.


    After receiving the summons from Aunt Jin, he immediately left his search area and arrived here as soon as possible.


    Five days of hard search, but there was no result. He had been worried for a long time.


    Now he heard the news of discovery here, but whether it was true or not, he hurried to have a look.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, Zhao took the lead to explore the way for everyone."


    Before the voice fell, the God shuttle drilled into the ground and drilled in the direction of the disappearance of sand insects.


    Aunt Jin is preparing to perform the earth hiding skill and then she escapes into the ground. Suddenly inadvertently found the expression of Taoist Guanghong.


    Taoist Guanghong kept a face and said nothing. He didn''t mean to take action at all.


    Aunt Jin suddenly stopped casting the spell.


    All the people present, including Ruan Dadao, who seems to be the most rude and reckless, are not really smart people. Seeing the appearance of Taoist Guanghong, they all gave up and immediately followed Zhao jiudou''s action.


    Now Lin quanguan is the boss, and the county magistrate might as well manage it now. Even if you want to curry favor with Feihong sect, you can''t offend Taoist Guanghong of Lin Quan temple.


    Taoist Guanghong was very satisfied with everyone''s knowledge and interest.

 Chapter 219

    Taoist Guanghong''s approach is not to doubt Meng Zhang and think there is a problem with his intelligence, but to target Zhao jiudou.


    Taoist Guanghong left the people here. If Zhao jiudou doesn''t find the secret base of the remaining evils of shuangfenggu below, people don''t have to follow Bai.


    If Zhao jiudou discovers the secret base of the remaining evils in Shuangfeng Valley, he will suffer some hardships.


    According to Taoist Guanghong''s understanding of shuangfenggu, there must be many killer maces hidden in the secret base to ensure the safety of the base.


    Zhao jiudou, a friar in the early days of foundation building, even controlled the earth drilling shuttle. If you are careless and rash, you will probably suffer a big loss.


    An old fox like Taoist Guanghong didn''t have to do anything, so he secretly tripped Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou at the bottom of the ground doesn''t know what happened above. He only knows how to drive the God shuttle drilling the ground, make a rapid advance at the bottom of the ground and go straight to the target in front.


    The earth and rock in front were like running water, one after another moving towards both sides, without causing any obstruction to the earth drilling shuttle.


    On the ground, everyone is waiting silently.


    After waiting for a while, Taoist Guanghong leaned down, showed his skill of listening to the ground, and began to pay attention to the movement under the ground.


    The art of listening to the earth is not a rare secret art. The friars present at the foundation building period are more or less familiar with it.


    They all followed the same pattern and fell down one after another to listen to the movement under the earth.


    After a while, some movement came from the ground in front.


    The movement in the depths of the earth did not hide the earth listening skills of the friars during the foundation period.


    Taoist Guanghong was refreshed. It seems that Meng Zhang''s judgment is correct. The secret base of the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley is under the ground ahead.


    Taoist Guanghong''s purpose is to make Zhao jiudou suffer, but he doesn''t really want him to die here. He didn''t care about Zhao jiudou''s life and death, but that he couldn''t explain to Feihong Zong in case of an accident. Zhao jiudou is no longer a nuisance. He is also a disciple of Feihong sect. He can''t have problems under his nose.


    Taoist priest Guanghong waved his hand, and several monks in the foundation period showed their earth hiding skills one after another, dived into the ground and fled to the front.


    The secret base of Shuangfeng Valley is located more than ten miles away from the front, deep underground and nearly 300 feet away.


    It was originally a huge cavity born naturally under the ground. Later, it was inadvertently discovered by senior shuangfenggu. Because of its secret location, it was transformed into a secret base.


    In the more than 300 feet deep underground, there are a large number of reconstructed caves as the residence of the people inside.


    Even ordinary friars in the foundation period would not escape into such a deep place without a clear goal. As for the alchemy friars, they have no ability to escape here.


    Now, there are three foundation building friars and more than 20 Qi refining friars living here.


    This secret base has no access to the ground. During the foundation building period, friars directly enter and leave the base through earth hiding.


    As for the alchemy friars living in the base, they were brought in by three foundation building friars one by one. They cannot enter or leave here alone.


    When Shan Feiyu of shuangfenggu attacked the golden elixir period, leader Xiao Haisheng made arrangements early and evacuated a group of young disciples with excellent qualifications in advance.


    After the defeat of Shuangfeng Valley, Shan Hu, the elder entrusted with the future affairs in advance, immediately led the other two elders to hide all these young disciples here.


    In this secret base far from the ground, there is not even a spiritual pulse. There is only one spiritual well, which can bring a lot of Reiki.


    An array is set on the spiritual well, which can gather Reiki and provide Reiki for people''s life and cultivation.


    Such a little aura is far from enough for so many disciples in the Qi refining period, not to mention the three elders in the foundation building period.


    The three foundational elders led by single tiger basically gave up their cultivation and asked their disciples to take turns to use the spiritual well for cultivation.


    When it''s time to replenish qi, you can only use spirit stone to replenish qi.


    Among the people hidden here, only a single tiger has gone out several times. Others have always stayed here and never gone out.


    On that day, as usual, single tiger was sorting out various classics of shuangfenggu in the library. Suddenly, an elder in the foundation period walked into the library.


    "Younger martial brother Xiao, what can I do for you?" asked Shan Hu.


    "It''s no big deal. When I was patrolling, I found that two sand insects broke into the neighborhood and solved it easily." younger martial brother Xiao replied with indifference.


    Single tiger listened to the other party''s answer, but his face changed.


    "Younger martial brother Xiao, immediately summon everyone to enter the alert state. If the situation is slightly wrong, evacuate from the escape passage immediately."


    "Aren''t you just two sand worms? Elder martial brother, you''re too nervous." younger martial brother Xiao doesn''t agree with Shan Hu''s fuss.


    "You''re confused, younger martial brother Xiao. If no one controls the sand worm, it won''t take the initiative to sneak into this depth."


    The single tiger scolded with a bitter tone.


    Single tiger is not outstanding among all elders in Shuangfeng valley. However, he is still entrusted with the important task by the leader Xiao Haisheng because he is resourceful and cautious. No one in Shuangfeng Valley can match the ability of contingency.


    He was familiar with the habits of sand insects. As soon as he listened to his younger martial brother, he found that the situation was wrong.


    Younger martial brother Xiao immediately reacted to Shan Hu''s words.


    Eager to make up for his mistakes, he took action immediately.


    The well-trained disciples of Shuangfeng Valley gathered in the shortest time. Younger martial brother Xiao and another elder during the foundation period took the initiative to investigate the situation outside.


    As soon as they left the secret base, they bumped into the earth drilling shuttle rushing here at high speed.


    A life and death war broke out immediately.


    Hearing the news from outside, Shan Hu sighed and ordered all the disciples in the Qi refining period to evacuate immediately according to the original plan. However, he rushed to the place where the war was fought, helped the two younger martial brothers block the enemy and bought time for the evacuation of the disciples.


    Under this secret base, there is an underground river. Along this underground river, you can directly enter the depths of the Gobi.


    Although there are many dangers in the Gobi, it has to face the threat of a large number of monsters. However, as a last resort, we can use the power of monsters there to get rid of the pursuit, which is also a way to survive in death.


    More than 20 disciples in the Qi refining period slid down the passage and entered the underground river. They cast water escape talismans one after another, ready to escape to the distance.


    At this time, Zhao jiudou, who controls the earth drilling God shuttle, fell into the siege of three friars during the foundation period.


    Although the earth drilling God shuttle is extraordinary, it does not have strong combat effectiveness.

 Chapter 220

    There are a lot of second-order talismans in the hands of three shuangfenggu elders. They surrounded the earth drilling God shuttle and didn''t let it escape. Then all kinds of attack talismans, as if they didn''t want money, desperately smashed at the earth drilling God shuttle.


    Although the earth drilling divine shuttle has good defense, it can''t stand such a continuous attack.


    However, after a while, the defense hood outside the Shensuo was blown apart, and there were many scars outside the Shensuo.


    Zhao jiudou borrowed such a valuable earth drilling shuttle in the face of his master. If it is destroyed here or badly damaged, Zhao jiudou will not be able to stay among the Feihong sect.


    Zhao jiudou came out of the earth drilling God shuttle and directly confronted three enemies during the foundation period.


    After the single tiger and others were exposed here, they were desperate.


    The three men jointly attacked and made Zhao jiudou suffer.


    However, after a while, Zhao jiudou was seriously injured and vomited blood. He was about to be overwhelmed.


    Fortunately, at the critical moment, Taoist Guanghong arrived here in time with a group of friars in the foundation period.


    Aunt Jin, Ruan Dadao, Lin shenpo and Shi Weida rushed directly to the three elders of shuangfenggu.


    Zhao jiudou, who was saved by the crowd, was unable to fight again. He found a place to heal his wounds.


    Taoist Guanghong was very satisfied with the end of Zhao jiudou. When he saw the three shuangfenggu elders who were struggling, he immediately understood each other''s intention.


    "It''s wishful thinking to entangle us and let the people behind escape." Taoist Guanghong said hello to Meng Zhang, and they rushed forward.


    The two entered the secret base of shuangfenggu, which had long been empty.


    Without looking at this place, they followed each other''s escape track all the way to the other side of the dark river.


    Endless sand sea is a place full of deserts and Gobi. There are very few rivers. There is basically no opportunity to use water evasion. Meng Zhang didn''t build the foundation for a long time. He didn''t have so much spare time to practice the seemingly useless technique of water escape.


    Taoist Guanghong, as a foundation building monk, not only practiced water evasion at home, but also carried various talismans to deal with different situations.


    Taoist priest Guanghong saw Meng Zhang''s appearance and knew that he would not escape. Taoist Guanghong threw Meng Zhang several water escape talismans, and he set out first.


    Meng Zhang secretly said that Taoist Guanghong, who seems to be an ordinary friar in the foundation period, is actually very old and considerate. I will learn from him in the future.


    Meng Zhangshi released the water and ran away after Taoist priest Guanghong.


    Taoist Guanghong''s accomplishments in water evasion are very general, but it''s more than enough to chase and kill a group of friars in the period of Qi refining.


    Taoist Guanghong didn''t escape far, so he caught up with the slowest monks.


    The flying sword flew out and stabbed several little friars who were only running for their lives from behind.


    After the murder, Taoist Guanghong continued to chase forward without any delay and soon caught up with several other friars.


    These little friars were brave and knew it was difficult to escape. They simply stopped and tried their best to buy time for the fellow disciples in front to run for their lives.


    Their accomplishments are not worth mentioning, but they have a lot of life-saving things in their hands. There are Yin thunder refined by the elders during the foundation period in the door, and second-order puppets given by elders.


    They are determined to die. They only attack but don''t defend, which brings great trouble to Taoist Guanghong.


    When the two sides fought, Meng Zhang had arrived here with the help of the power of Shuidun Fu.


    Without saying a word, Meng Zhang sacrificed the red inflammation and fangs of the flying sword, and immediately joined the war.


    After all, the alchemy friars are alchemy friars. Even with the means given by some elders, the resistance to the two powerful foundation building friars is really limited.


    After solving the current opponent, Taoist Guanghong and Meng Zhang didn''t stop and continued to chase forward.


    After chasing and fighting all the way, these more than 20 alchemy friars in Shuangfeng Valley did not escape the enemy''s clutches and were killed by two foundation building friars.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and Taoist Guanghong didn''t pay any price.


    There are two friars in the period of refining Qi. They don''t know their identity in Shuangfeng valley. They actually have a big killing weapon like tianleizi.


    At least the friars in the later stage of foundation construction should risk their lives, go deep into the high-altitude clouds, collect the breath of Tianlei, and spend a lot of time to refine Tianlei Zi.


    Tianleizi, which can be used by even friars in the period of Qi refining, can even bring life danger to friars in the early stage of foundation construction once it breaks out.


    Taoist Guanghong and Meng Zhang have never underestimated these enemies. Although they are small friars for refining Qi, they can be hidden by shuangfenggu as a hope to keep the inheritance of the sect. In addition to their own extraordinary, they must also have something to protect their lives given by their elders.


    However, the power of tianleizi was a little unexpected.


    When tianleizi exploded, Taoist Guanghong abandoned a defensive magic weapon in order to protect himself. Meng Zhang''s flying sword ChiYan was badly hurt by tianleizi, and he was not lightly injured.


    Meng Zhang dragged his injury and acted with Taoist Guanghong. He always determined that all the escaping enemies had been eliminated. No one missed the net before he began to return.


    The two of them seized a large number of storage bags from these alchemy friars.


    Meng Zhang didn''t compete with Taoist Guanghong, and even deliberately wanted to let him. He just picked up a few storage bags.


    Meng Zhang glanced briefly. Unexpectedly, although these guys are only friars in the period of Qi refining, they are really rich.


    But on second thought, this should not be their own wealth, but the wealth accumulated by Shuangfeng Valley for many years to maintain the inheritance of the sect.


    Meng Zhang just picked up a few storage bags at random, and most of them fell into the hands of Taoist Guanghong. He made a lot of money this time.


    When Meng Zhang and Taoist Guanghong returned to the secret base of shuangfenggu, the battle between several friars during the foundation building period had long ended.


    Two elders in the foundation building period of Shuangfeng valley were killed on the spot, and only a single tiger was injured and escaped.


    Tianleizi is also hidden in the single tiger, and it is refined by the fake Dan friar Xiao Feng blade in the door. After the explosion, it was very powerful.


    Caught off guard, Shi Weiming was badly hurt and almost didn''t even save his life.


    Aunt Jin, who has always been cautious, also had a bad luck this time. As a friar in the middle of foundation construction, he was almost dragged by a friar in the early stage of foundation construction before he died. Although he escaped a disaster, he was inevitably hit hard.


    Lin shenpo exchanged injuries for injuries. After killing the enemy, he was also seriously injured.


    Only Ruan Dadao, an old thing, is too slippery. After a life and death war, it was only a minor injury.


    However, his treacherous, slippery and wise attitude also aroused the dissatisfaction of several companions.


    Skillful hand sect and golden Dao sect have been allies for many years, but aunt Jin is also very dissatisfied with Ruan Dadao this time.

 Chapter 221

    When Meng Zhang and Taoist priest Guanghong returned to the secret base of Shuangfeng Valley, several friars in the foundation period also stabilized their injuries and came here.


    From the chaotic situation around, it can be seen that when the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley fled here, they were in a hurry and didn''t have time to sort it out.


    In addition to the items taken away by the disciples in the gas refining period in their storage bags, there are many gains in this secret base.


    Spiritual stones everywhere, spiritual objects hidden in some hidden corners, scattered classics, and some sundries thrown everywhere.


    Taoist priest Guanghong led the crowd and conducted a careful search here without missing every corner.


    Find out all the booty. After a simple cleaning, start distributing it.


    Because Zhao jiudou had a word in advance, he only wanted to kill the remaining sins of shuangfenggu and did not participate in the distribution of booty. He could only watch everyone get something.


    The booty obtained at this secret base is much less than expected.


    At the time of distribution, people deliberately wanted to let Taoist Guanghong take the lead.


    Before departure, Taoist Guanghong had an agreement with Gu Tanghai. After discovering the small building Jidan, he wanted to share it with the Shi family.


    When cleaning up the booty, I found the Dan side of Xiaozhu Jidan.


    The alchemy of Lin Quan''s view of alchemy is general, and there are many times to ask for help from the Shi family, so Taoist Guanghong abided by this agreement.


    For the Shi family, although the second-class alchemist Shi Changqing in his family can refine the real foundation building pill.


    However, the materials for building Jidan are hard to find. Even the Feihong sect has to rely on obtaining most of the materials from the mirage secret land left by the Zijin sect, let alone the Shijia. The last time I was able to raise all the materials, it was thanks to Meng Zhang.


    Second, Shi Changqing''s refining of zhujidan has too low pill forming rate and too much loss.


    Although the medicine power of Xiaozhu Jidan is far less than that of Zhuji Dan, it is far less difficult to refine and cherish materials.


    Shi Weida has been very satisfied with the most anticipated Xiaozhu Jidan square.


    For the rest of the foundation period friars, at least they have gained a little. Taoist Guanghong was not too stingy. He ate meat himself and left some soup for everyone. Everyone didn''t come in vain.


    After the secret base was exposed, it lost its greatest value. But as a stronghold into the Gobi, it''s still good.


    This place belongs to Linquan temple.


    The biggest regret of this operation is that the single tiger escaped. However, he must not be able to stir up any waves with his own strength.


    Zhao jiudou has completed most of his task this time.


    It is not easy to establish this secret base. With the strength of shuangfenggu, it is impossible to operate more secret strongholds. Even if there are some hidden disciples in Shuangfeng Valley, it''s not enough.


    Of course, Zhao jiudou can''t just return to Feihong sect. He will try to continue to chase and kill a single tiger, so as to improve the completion of the task and obtain higher sect evaluation.


    At the same time, he will also try his best to search for the fish that has not escaped the double harvest valley.


    After they returned to the ground, they took their disciples back.


    When Meng Zhang returned to Fuzhao Valley in a flying boat, the God of thick earth would have returned long ago.


    When Hu Jing found that the sand worm had lost contact and informed Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang immediately informed the thick earth God General lurking nearby.


    The thick earth God, who is proficient in earth hiding, is really good at hiding. Unexpectedly, he hasn''t exposed his tracks all the time.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, he rushed there in time. Although it was a little slow, it wasn''t too late.


    When Taoist Guanghong and Meng Zhang chased the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley, and single tiger and other three friars of Shuangfeng valley were fighting the invading friars, there happened to be an empty window period.


    The thick earth God took the opportunity to sneak into the secret base of shuangfenggu.


    Time is pressing. The God of thick earth can only take away some valuable items without time to search carefully.


    When the people finished the battle and rushed there, the thick earth God also evacuated in time without revealing his whereabouts.


    After stealing a large part of the benefits, the thick earth God returned directly to the Taiyi gate without delay.


    Now Meng Zhang is back and they count the harvest together.


    First of all, the thick earth God will give priority to the collection of the classics of Shuangfeng valley. There are a lot of books and many jade slips.


    Unfortunately, the time was too urgent. The thick earth God could not take away all the classics. Even the jade slips recording the side of the small building Jidan fell there.


    In addition, the most valuable are several alchemy furnaces and equipment furnaces. There is even a second-order alchemy furnace and a refining furnace.


    As for those spirit objects and talismans picked up at random, they are not worth mentioning.


    In fact, shuangfenggu has stored more materials in that secret base than people think.


    Just because a single tiger has a large storage magic weapon, he took a lot with him. The thick earth God entered there first and carried out a search. The property left to everyone has shrunk greatly and is obviously insufficient.


    Taiyi gate also made a lot of money and took a lot of advantage in this action to eliminate the remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang stayed in Taiyi gate in the name of recovering from injury and didn''t go out anymore.


    At the same time, he also began to slowly clean up the various classics of this harvest.


    Shuangfenggu can be inherited for hundreds of years. Its inheritance has its own uniqueness. There are many valuable contents in the classics. After Meng Zhang read it, he also benefited a lot.


    When there was a rare quiet time, Meng Zhang calmed down and began to read all kinds of Taoist Scriptures.


    It''s only Meng Zhang who is familiar with the Taoist Scriptures and sighs in his heart. This is his personal fate.


    Several disciples of Meng Zhang''s sect have performed well in this respect.


    Niu Dawei, an honest and obedient disciple, can recite scriptures and understand patiently even if he can''t understand Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Wen qiansuan is older, has rich life experience, has experienced many twists and turns, and is used to the world. When he was reading the Taoist Scriptures, he had a special feeling and was easily immersed in it.


    Yang Xueyi has always trusted Meng Zhang. Since Meng Zhang asked everyone to read more Taoist Scriptures, she did it honestly.


    With her excellent understanding, as long as you understand more, you will gain sooner or later.


    As for others, this performance is not satisfactory.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. Anyway, during the Qi refining period, the benefits of understanding Taoist Scriptures were not obvious. After the disciples built their foundations, Meng Zhang naturally asked them to invest more time and energy in the Taoist Scriptures.

 Chapter 222

    Walking on the streets of huojingfang city and looking at the bustling scene here, Meng Zhang knew that it was because of the continuous war between feihongzong and sand monsters that there was some abnormal prosperity here.


    As an important war material supply base, it has become the most prosperous place except Feihong City, the main city of Feihong sect.


    More than a year ago, Zhao jiudou summoned the friars of the vassal sects under Lin quanguan to wipe out the last refuge base of shuangfenggu.


    More than three months ago, the only golden elixir real person Guangzhi in Lin quanguan joined the camp of feihongzong and entered the war against sand monsters because of the guarantee of feihongzong Feitian real person.


    The chaos of sand monsters really bothered Feihong Zong. In particular, the third-order sand monster has not only the combat effectiveness of Jindan real person, but also high intelligence.


    The first-order and second-order sand monsters are all brainless war tools. They only know that they will never retreat. The third-order sand monsters know how to advance and retreat, and know how to engage in guerrilla warfare with human friars.


    And with the third-order sand monster as the head, the first-order and second-order sand monsters have become more difficult to deal with.


    A large army of sand monsters wreaked havoc on the territory of Feihong sect, causing huge losses.


    Although Guangzhi immortal has joined the war, he can''t see any results in a short time.


    Because immortal Guangzhi joined the feihongzong camp to fight, Lin quanguan was completely relieved. There was no need to worry that feihongzong suddenly killed the door.


    Within the scope of Lin Quan Guan''s rule, including the Taiyi gate and several other sects, it has also become Haiqing River Yan. You can devote all your energy to the management of the sect. Especially when there is a war between feihongzong and sand monsters, you can make a lot of money by providing war materials.


    One of the reasons Meng Zhang came to huojingfang city this time was that when he was hunting down the remaining evils of shuangfenggu more than a year ago, the commonly used flying sword ChiYan sword was damaged. With the ability of Taiyi gate instrument hall, he was unable to repair the second-order magic tools. He had to send it to dihuomen and ask the instrument smelter of dihuomen to repair it.


    Another purpose is to sell spirit wine.


    Shortly after returning from Dafeng City, Yang Xueyi found two prescriptions for brewing spirit wine in the Sutra Pavilion at taiyimen.


    In addition to meeting the needs of disciples and disciples, the Linggu rice produced by Taiyi sect every year has a large surplus.


    Yang Xueyi studied some prescriptions, consumed a lot of LingMi and other materials, and brewed a kind of lingjiu.


    After drinking, all the disciples in the sect said hello loudly. This spirit wine can not only replenish qi, but also replenish qi and blood.


    In addition, Yang Xueyi brewed another kind of spirit wine with spirit fruit as the main material and many magic drugs. In addition to replenishing qi, it also has the effect of strengthening tendons and bones.


    The two spirits, which were highly praised in the door, were soon swept away by monks after they were listed in mingshafang city.


    In this place of mingshafang City, the main trader on weekdays is the friar in the gas refining period. All kinds of goods sold are also first-order.


    Every time Meng Zhang needed second-order magic tools and second-order talismans, he came to huojingfang city to buy them.


    Mingshafang seems lively, but in fact, the consumption capacity is limited, and there are not many Lingshi circulating in the market.


    Yang Xueyi was greatly encouraged by the success of the two spirits, spent a lot of time brewing a large number of spirits, and began to gradually expand the output of spirits.


    In fact, Lin quanguan has a long tradition of brewing spirit wine for sale. Moreover, the high-grade spirit wine brewed by Lin quanguan is well-known and very popular.


    The spirit wine brewed by Yang Xueyi is a low-grade spirit wine, mainly based on walking volume, so as to maintain sufficient profits.


    Meng Zhang was worried that the market of mingshafang would be saturated sooner or later, so he came to huojingfang to find a new seller.


    Meng Zhang has been to huojingfang city for many times and soon contacted the merchants he knew.


    Now feihongzong is engaged in a cruel war with sand monsters. On the front line of bloody fighting, friars suffering from war have a strong demand for spirit wine.


    Taiyimen brews a lot of spirit wine. It''s a good time.


    After settling all matters concerning the sale of spirit wine, Meng Zhang went to meet with acquaintances of dihuomen.


    Shangguan Wen, the deacon in charge of foreign affairs of dihuomen, has dealt with Meng Zhang many times before.


    Taiyimen has become a long-term mineral supplier of dihuomen, and there are more times to deal with him.


    Meng Zhang had a good relationship with him.


    Now is the time when the front line has the greatest demand for all kinds of magic tools. The earth fire gate not only empties all its inventory, but also the smelter in the gate continues to refine day and night, so that it can barely supply.


    If it weren''t for the friendship with shangguanwen and the old customer of dihuomen, the repair of ChiYan sword would be delayed until monkey years and horse months.


    Meng Zhang''s expression was not very satisfied when he took the repaired ChiYan sword from Shangguan Wen.


    Although the smelter of the earth fire gate had a word before starting the repair. ChiYan sword was hurt by Tianlei''s breath. Even if it is repaired, its quality will be much worse than before.


    But after waiting for a year and seeing the results of the repair, Meng Zhang was not happy.


    ChiYan sword was originally a second-order inferior flying sword. Now its quality is declining, and it is about to fall out of the level of second-order flying sword. It can only barely maintain second-order.


    Shangguan Wen saw Meng Zhang''s undisguised expression and said, "it seems that leader Meng is not satisfied with this flying sword. But there is no way. Our tool refiner has gone all out."


    "I''m not a strange tool refiner. I know he has tried his best. But most of my skills are on flying sword. Now ChiYan sword is like this, I really lack a flying sword." Meng Zhang said half truely.


    Shangguan Wen thought for a moment and then said, "well, an elder of our school accidentally got a complete second-order monster body a few years ago. He took the spine of the monster body and used it to refine a second-order flying sword. After several years of hard work, the flying sword can be successfully refined in about two months."


    "Originally, this flying sword was going to be sent to the auction at the end of the year. Since leader Meng is in urgent need of flying sword, I will make a bold decision and trade this flying sword to leader Meng privately."


    "This flying sword is made of extraordinary materials, and the elder who refined the weapon also made every effort. The quality of this flying sword can be imagined, so in terms of price..."


    "Don''t worry, man. As long as the things are good, don''t worry about the price." Meng Zhang said generously.


    Taiyimen has operated well in the past two years, and has hit a good time. Its annual income is very good. As the leader, Meng Zhang not only has a high salary and share, but also has a rich external income.


    Meng Zhang really can afford a second-order flying sword.

 Chapter 223

    After negotiating the details of the transaction with Shangguan Wen and paying a deposit, Meng Zhang left.


    Meng Zhang strolled around huojingfang city and didn''t buy anything.


    After a trip to Dafeng City and seeing all kinds of goods in Dafeng City, Meng Zhang''s vision has improved a lot, and he doesn''t pay much attention to general things.


    As one of the best weapon refining sects in the endless sand sea, the earth fire gate has excellent weapon refining skills, except that there is no golden elixir immortal to refine more than three levels of magic tools.


    Needless to say, there is no shortage of exquisite first-order magic tools, even among the refined second-order magic tools.


    Unfortunately, the endless sand sea has always been barren and unable to provide sufficient refining materials.


    There are a limited number of high-quality Dharma tools refined by dihuomen. Most of them are in their own hands. They are only sold to some big forces or friendly sects. In addition, they have to hand over some to Feihong sect for worship.


    Only a small amount of high-quality magic tools flow out. They are basically put on the auction to auction, so as to earn a lot of spirit stones for dihuomen.


    As for the second-order magic tools sold in those shops, they are very ordinary goods, with high prices and ordinary quality.


    For example, as the most common magic weapon in the cultivation world, the high-quality flying sword is very popular with practitioners. The high-quality flying sword refined by dihuomen doesn''t worry about sales at all.


    If Shangguan Wen does not intend to make friends with Meng Zhang, he may not agree to a private transaction.


    After Meng Zhang finished shopping, he went home.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was about to get a new second-order flying sword. Meng Zhang was ready to deal with this ChiYan sword whose quality fell sharply.


    After entering the foundation building period, Meng Zhang''s blood refining martyrdom explosion technique, which he had practiced, was also improved and became a second-order spell.


    Second order blood refining martyrdom explosion requires second-order magic tools to refine blood. And different from the first-order time, you must use a good second-order magic tool.


    There are not enough second-order magic tools in the whole endless sand sea cultivation world. Many practitioners in the foundation period with insufficient financial resources do not have practical second-order magic tools, so they can only make do with some ordinary goods.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s financial strength is not weak, he is not willing to buy second-order magic tools at a high price and consume them as disposable supplies.


    Now that the ChiYan sword is useless, he simply uses the blood refining martyrdom explosion method to refine its blood.


    It took Meng Zhang more than half a month to finish the blood refining. He estimated that after the explosion of the red burning sword, it was probably equivalent to the full effort of the monks in the middle of foundation construction.


    Meng Zhang stayed at the gate for almost two months. At the appointed time, he took the red feather eagle and rushed to huojingfang city.


    As the elder in charge of foreign affairs of dihuomen, shangguanwen spent most of his time in the stronghold of dihuomen in huojingfang city.


    Meng Zhang got there and easily saw him.


    However, after meeting Meng Zhang, shangguanwen''s face was very embarrassed and he hardly dared to look directly at Meng Zhang.


    As soon as Meng Zhang saw it, he knew that most of the agreed transactions had gone wrong.


    Probably also know that this matter can not be perfunctory in the past, and Shangguan Wen has to be honest.


    "Headmaster Meng, I''m really sorry. The flying sword you ordered was bought by others."


    "As for your advance deposit, we will return it with interest."


    Shangguan Wen said in a very guilty and sorry tone.


    "What I want is a flying sword. I don''t lack this deposit." Meng Zhang was very angry.


    Although the dihuomen is powerful, it can be ranked in the forefront among many vassals of Feihong sect. But this time, Meng Zhang is reasonable. He is not going to let it go so easily.


    "Shangguan man, I believe in the reputation of dihuomen all the time, so I made a deposit and reached a deal."


    "If you say a word lightly, you can break your promise. It''s too unreasonable to break the agreement."


    "Leader Meng, it''s all my fault. If you want to blame me, blame me. If you want to beat or scold, I admit it. It''s all my fault. I didn''t think carefully before doing things, so I made a mistake."


    Shangguan Wen kept apologizing and saying good words.


    Although shangguanwen is only a friar in the period of Qi refining, he has a special position in the earth fire gate and has great power. Even some elders in the period of foundation building can''t speak to him.


    He pulled down his face, lowered his body, bowed down and became small, and Meng Zhang had no choice.


    It''s not like really scolding or beating someone because he broke his promise.


    Meng Zhang really wanted to do this, but he offended dihuomen to death.


    Last time, dihuomen unilaterally interrupted the mineral transaction with taiyimen because of the ban of feihongzong, which brought a lot of inconvenience to taiyimen. How long is it now? Meng Zhang''s pigeon has been released again.


    Meng Zhang''s ChiYan sword has been tempered with blood and can''t be used normally. This time, the earth fire gate broke the contract, which really brought him great trouble.


    Unfortunately, the strong is still the king in the cultivation world. The earth fire gate is powerful, and the Taiyi gate is too weak. Even if Meng Zhang is unwilling, he has to swallow the evil spirit.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not willing to eat this dumb loss. What should be asked clearly still needs to be asked clearly.


    "Shangguan deacon, I don''t know who the expert is, but he can let your fire gate destroy the agreed transaction?"


    Shangguanwen hesitated for a moment and didn''t know whether to tell Meng Zhang.


    "Last officer, deacon, I have recognized this matter and have the right to buy a lesson. But your fire door can''t let me be unclear."


    In Meng Zhang''s tone, there was already uncontrollable anger.


    Shangguan Wen thought for a moment. Considering that Taiyi gate now supplies a large number of minerals to dihuomen, he couldn''t offend the leader Meng Zhang to death, so he hesitated to answer.


    "The day before yesterday, when the flying sword was successfully baked, it happened that Zhao jiudou of Feihong sect came to our door to do business. He saw the flying sword and insisted on buying it and taking it away."


    "I didn''t want to sell the flying sword to him. But Zhao jiudou is a disciple of Zhao liefeng, the elder of Feihong sect''s war hall. It''s really hard to offend."


    "Especially now it''s wartime, even if I refuse this deal. If Feihong Zong''s battle hall recruits this flying sword in the name of war needs, we can''t refuse."


    Once Shangguan Wen opened his mouth, he didn''t hide it and told the whole story.


    However, he shifted all the responsibility to Zhao jiudou of Feihong sect. According to his meaning, dihuomen is just an innocent victim.


    It was Zhao jiudou who cut the beard. I don''t know if he knows the deal between dihuomen and himself. Did he deliberately embarrass himself, or was it just the right time? Meng Zhang thought.


    Anyway, this account is written down by Meng Zhang.


    Zhao jiudou''s bullying is not a good bird, and the guys of dihuomen are also not good things.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to say anything after listening to Shangguan Wen. He took back the deposit and left directly.

 Chapter 224

    Meng Zhang''s heart was burning, and the more he thought about it, the more depressed he was. He walked aimlessly in the streets of huojingfang City, wondering how to give some color to dihuomen and Zhao jiudou.


    A modest gentleman is never popular in the cultivation world. If there is revenge, no one dares to provoke him easily in the cultivation world.


    Although Meng Zhang is not magnanimous, he is not a man who will repay him. He just thought a little more. As the leader of Taiyi sect, he was bullied and didn''t respond at all. It would make people look down on himself and Taiyi sect.


    Dihuomen and taiyimen trade frequently, and taiyimen can''t lose this big customer at present. Taiyimen produces so many minerals that ordinary sects can''t eat. Before finding a new home, taiyimen must not turn against dihuomen.


    However, from now on, taiyimen can make two preparations.


    While continuing to supply all kinds of minerals in dihuomen, you can start trying to find new customers. Even if you earn less, you should open up new sources of customers.


    This is also a necessary precaution against the fire gate, so as not to be controlled by others in the future.


    As for Zhao jiudou, Meng Zhang had no way to take him for the time being. Zhao jiudou himself is not worried, but his identity as a disciple of Feihong sect is really a trouble.


    Meng Zhang walked around the street and saw an acquaintance.


    Ruan Dadao, the old leader of the golden Dao sect, is coming out of a shop with several disciples.


    The old man didn''t know what shit luck he had. Some time ago, his accomplishments broke through the middle of foundation construction.


    At this moment, Ruan broadsword shook again. Ruan Yuan, the leader of the golden Sabre sect, became a little low-key because he failed to build a foundation. He became a little arrogant again.


    During the foundation period in this area, most of the monks were in the early stage of foundation construction. The accomplishments in the middle of foundation construction can be regarded as the top ones.


    Even in Lin Quan temple, except for the unusual number of Guangzhi immortal, the highest cultivation is only in the middle of building the foundation.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk to Ruan Dadao, who had always been against him, deliberately pretended not to see him and turned and left here.


    There is a no air Dharma array in huojingfang city. Monks or flying mounts cannot take off directly in huojingfang city. You need to leave Fangshi for a distance before you can fly into the air.


    Meng Zhang performed divine practice and soon left huojingfang city.


    Since the foundation was built, it has either flown in the sky or rode on a red feather eagle.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang didn''t run on the ground.


    Today, I don''t know why he was interested. He showed his divine practice, chose a direction at will, and ran towards the front.


    After a rush, Meng Zhang felt much better in the face of the strong wind.


    Seeing that the time was almost up, Meng Zhang stopped running and was ready to release the red feather eagle, fly to the sky and fly back to Taiyi gate.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang stopped.


    About two hundred feet ahead, there is a seemingly ordinary sand dune. Under the sand dune, it looks empty.


    Meng Zhang inadvertently found that the space there seemed to have a weak ripple.


    As a result of habit, Meng Zhangyun broke the false magic eye and took a closer look.


    In the originally empty place, more than ten array flags were inserted on the surrounding ground to surround a group of people.


    Jin Qigu, the master of the skillful sect, who Meng Zhang is very familiar with, is taking several female disciples to form a small circle to protect Jin Qiaoer in the circle.


    Two foundational friars are attacking the circle.


    A little farther away, another friar in the foundation period was manipulating the array flag to surround a large space nearby, creating a boundary, which made Jin Qigu and others unable to break through, and covered all the movements there.


    Jin Qigu entered the foundation period before Meng Zhangjiu. Her accomplishments were relatively weak among the monks in the foundation period. He fought in formation with several female disciples in the Qi refining period. Facing the strong attack of two friars in the foundation building period, he was obviously unable to support it.


    On the ground, there are already several corpses of skillful disciples.


    Jin Qiaoer, who was protected by the public, didn''t know what was wrong, as if she couldn''t move.


    She looked at the battle in front of her, her face full of self reproach, wanted to do something, but she couldn''t move.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he was just habitually using the broken delusion method. At a glance, he met this kind of thing.


    He just hesitated a little and decided to save people.


    Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect have fought against the enemy several times, which can be regarded as a bit of comradeship in arms. Now everyone is a vassal of Lin Quan temple, and they should be connected with each other.


    Among the several forces, taiyimen is the weakest, Meng Zhang is the shallowest, and many things are excluded. Taiyimen needs to make allies to change this situation.


    Meng Zhang once tried to make friends with the Linshan sect, and he did get familiar with the two foundation building monks of the Linshan sect.


    However, as the loyal younger brother of Lin quanguan, Lin quanguan has always been the leader of Lin quanguan, and taiyimen has always been unable to become a reliable ally of Lin quanguan.


    It''s a skillful hand. After Meng Zhang''s efforts over the years, the relationship between the two countries has improved a lot and there have been a lot of contacts.


    Now the friar of Qiaoshou sect is in danger. Meng Zhang has a very good impression of Jin Qiaoer. He could not do such a thing as pretending not to see and turning away.


    Meng Zhang decided to make a move, but on the surface, he looked like he didn''t see through the border in front of him.


    Meng Zhang turned and ran in the opposite direction.


    He kept running out for a long time and made sure that the other party couldn''t even see his own back. Meng ZhangCai used the earth hiding technique to escape into the ground and fled to the original position.


    After a while, Meng Zhang had secretly approached the border from the ground.


    Meng Zhang didn''t move forward, but lifted up the broken delusion method and looked up to determine the situation of the battlefield.


    Then Meng Zhang launched the earth escape technique with all his strength, crossed the stratum at the fastest speed, jumped up and came to the ground.


    The flying sword ChiYan, who had long been killed and blasted by Meng Zhang with blood refining, threw it out and threw it at the foundation building friar who was controlling the array flag and controlling the border.


    When Meng Zhang just appeared nearby, the friar noticed it and paid attention to it for a while. Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t find the situation here, he turned and left directly. He turned his attention back to the battlefield.


    The sudden sneak attack made him obviously unresponsive.


    ChiYan sword was about to fly in front of him before he launched a defense spell.


    As soon as a protective light curtain rose, ChiYan sword exploded violently.


    The body shield was easily torn, and a flash of light flashed on the friar. It was obvious that the body shield was triggered automatically.

 Chapter 225

    The red flame sword refined with blood is no less powerful than the full blow of ordinary friars in the middle of foundation building.


    The friar who set up the boundary only achieved accomplishments in the early stage of foundation construction, and he didn''t seem to be very good at this kind of battle, and his adaptability was obviously insufficient.


    After the explosion of ChiYan sword, all his defensive means were broken, and finally he gushed blood, and his body was blown out.


    As a friar in the foundation period, he has some means. As long as he doesn''t die on the spot, he can have a way to protect his life.


    The other two friars during the foundation period who were besieging Jin Qigu and others also found the situation here.


    The two reacted slowly. One continued to attack Jin Qigu and others. The other turned around and rushed over like a desperate attempt to rescue his companions.


    His seriously wounded companion also struggled to take out the life protection from the storage bag.


    Meng Zhang rushed out after throwing the ChiYan sword. The fangs of the flying sword were one step ahead and stabbed at the target like lightning.


    The seriously injured friar, whose body could not escape from the blast, was directly pierced by the fangs of the flying sword.


    The fangs of the flying sword stabbed into his body stirred up, and the inside of his body was torn to pieces.


    At this point, even if the vitality is tenacious, there is only one end.


    Seeing this scene, the reinforced friar stubbornly stopped his body and looked at Meng Zhang with great vigilance.


    The besieged Jin Qigu also found the situation here. She thought she was ambushed this time and her party was doomed. Suddenly, she found that Meng Zhang helped her. She and others finally had hope of survival.


    "Be careful, leader Meng. These two are the demons of Huanglian sect."


    Jin Qigu reported the identity of the enemy in time to warn Meng Zhang.


    The monk of Huanglian cult has a strange style and a very bad reputation. He is often regarded as a heresy. The demon did not wrong them.


    Hearing the cry of Jin Qigu, Meng Zhang turned his eyes and shouted.


    "Bold demon, dare to invade the territory of our Feihong sect. Do you really think there is no one in our Feihong sect?"


    Meng Zhang never thought that he could scare off the enemy by relying on the tiger skin of feihongzong, but it was also a good thing to let the enemy have more scruples.


    After shouting, Meng Zhang did not wait for the enemy to react, so he took off his sword and fangs and stabbed the enemy.


    There is only one flying sword. Meng Zhang can''t play the double sword flow, let alone use the Qizheng sword formula. Unwilling to easily expose his lifeless sword, he showed the Liu sword formula of dancing with the wind.


    Every sword formula actually needs a suitable flying sword to show its strongest power.


    When Meng Zhang was a friar in the period of Qi refining, he used the first-order flying sword with soft fingers. In fact, it is most suitable to use the Liu sword formula of dancing with the wind.


    However, after building the foundation, the first-order flying sword was obviously not powerful enough. He gave the flying sword to Yang Xueyi.


    The fangs of the flying sword in your hand are used to perform the Liu sword formula of dancing with the wind. It can only be said to be mediocre. There is no special bonus.


    The monk facing Meng Zhang also sacrificed a flying sword and fought with Meng Zhang.


    Without an opponent, the pressure on Jin Qigu is greatly reduced. She joined hands with several disciples of the sect and could barely block the enemy.


    Meng Zhang had a few moves with his opponent. He felt that his opponent''s sword formula was brilliant, his swordsmanship was extraordinary, he was experienced and his killing moves were sharp.


    Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship, which he was always proud of, not only failed to gain the upper hand, but also began to fall slowly to the lower hand.


    A good flying sword is too important for the exertion of swordsmanship.


    Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship is actually not weaker than the other party. It is because the flying sword is not as good as the opponent that he began to lose his advantage.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. Jin Qigu can obviously support for a long time. On his own side, even if he is temporarily down, it will take at least half a day for the other party to surpass him.


    Moreover, swordsmanship is not all Meng Zhang''s means. He used to keep his hand, but he hasn''t come up with a real card.


    Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy''s flying sword and fangs tangled with each other''s flying sword.


    His body also jumped and fluctuated, moving left and right to avoid each other''s attack.


    It''s rare to meet a swordsman. Meng Zhang is also interested and wants to compete with each other.


    It can not only hone your swordsmanship, but also increase your combat experience.


    The swordsman obviously fought with Meng Zhang, and he didn''t use any other means, that is, he used his swordsmanship and fought with Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang said that he had lost a little bit, he was not without the power to fight back.


    In the face of a strong enemy, the Liu sword Jue, which is good at dancing with the wind with softness over hardness, is the time to show its power.


    The battle between the two battlefields, which were not far away, became more and more fierce.


    It''s not far from huojingfang city. There are not many monks in the past on weekdays.


    So the dead monk of Huanglian sect created a boundary to cover up all the situations here.


    Now the friar who made the barrier died. The barrier was destroyed when the red flame sword exploded. The situation here can no longer be covered up and completely exposed.


    The two sides fought for a long time, and Meng Zhang''s situation became worse and worse.


    The other party''s flying sword has completely suppressed the fangs of the flying sword, and Meng Zhang has little power to fight back.


    Meng Zhang secretly took out the golden and black lanterns and looked for an opportunity to sneak attack.


    When the other side thought he was going to win, Meng Zhang would take the opportunity to teach him an unforgettable lesson.


    At this time, a flying boat flying from a distance was passing here and flying to huojingfang city.


    The height of the flying boat is not high, and the people above can clearly see the battlefield below.


    Jin Qigu didn''t know Meng Zhang''s little moves. She thought she and Meng Zhang were about to lose their support.


    She shouted at the flying boat flying over.


    "The demon of Huanglian sect invades the endless sand sea. Go and invite the expert of Feihong sect to kill the demon."


    The flying boat, who was still hesitant to get close to the battlefield, heard Jin Qigu''s cry, immediately lowered its height and flew towards the battlefield.


    The two monks of Huanglian cult looked at each other and knew that the time had passed and the task could not be completed. If you continue to entangle here and really attract friars of Feihong sect, it will be a big trouble.


    They no longer hesitated. The two who had the upper hand easily pushed back the enemy, successfully separated from the battlefield and fled to the distance.


    Looking at the back of the two people flying farther and farther, Jin Qigu was unable to pursue, and Meng Zhang knew that it was useless to catch up alone.


    Seeing that the flying boat was approaching, Meng Zhang quickly searched the body of the monk who had been killed by himself.


    In addition to wearing three storage bags, this guy actually hid a storage ring close to his body.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t used his false magic eye, he would have missed it.


    After making sure there was no omission, Meng Zhang let go of the enemy''s body.


    At this time, several monks jumped down from the flying boat and came to Meng Zhang and others.

 Chapter 226

    Several friars are all in the Qi refining period, but they have a lot of courage. They dare to take the initiative to run to the battlefield of friars in the foundation period.


    As soon as they landed, they shouted.


    "Where is the demon of Huanglian sect?"


    "Did the demon of Huanglian cult run away?"


    "Where did the demon of Huanglian cult run?"


    Meng Zhang glanced at the flying boat above and determined that there was no foundation monk in the flying boat.


    I don''t know where these boys come from. They dare to act like this. Do they really not know the power of the friars in the foundation period and the fearlessness of the ignorant?


    However, the other party somehow came to help. Meng Zhang didn''t show his face to others.


    Jin Qigu was very polite and greeted each other warmly.


    After introducing each other, we have a certain understanding.


    It turned out that these young people belonged to a peripheral caravan of feihongzong. The status of that peripheral caravan is roughly equivalent to the labor walking shoes that Meng Zhang knew before.


    This flying boat is to deliver goods to huojingfang city.


    The young man headed by Wu Dongzhi is also a disciple of Feihong sect.


    The young man is very talkative. With a few words of Kung Fu, he is familiar with Meng Zhang and others.


    Wu Dongzhi talked freely and eloquently without stage fright in the face of two friars in the foundation period.


    It turned out that Fei hongzong had been vigilant against the two forces of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect because of the struggle hundreds of years ago.


    These two forces have been eyeing the endless sand sea and peeping at the trend of Feihong sect at any time.


    The monks of the two families often hide their identity and sneak into the endless sand sea.


    For this kind of thing, it is impossible to prevent it. Feihongzong has no better way to stop it, so he can only let it go.


    But Feihong sect has a bottom line. If these two monks who sneak into the endless sand sea are low-key, honest and don''t make trouble, no one will embarrass them.


    But once they make trouble in the endless sand sea, especially when they fight and kill the friars in the endless sand sea as just now, Feihong sect must intervene.


    This kind of thing is related to the majesty of Feihong sect. Feihong sect will never forgive.


    Although the two monks of Huanglian sect have fled just now, after knowing what happened here, Feihong Zong will send experts to chase them all the way, and will never let them escape easily.


    These young people either came from Feihong sect, or their families have great connections with Feihong sect.


    Hearing that the friars of Huanglian sect, the great enemy of Feihong sect, appeared, they came to check in person regardless of safety.


    Of course, judging from the confident expression on the faces of these young people, they should have more or less life-saving means given by their elders, so they are not afraid of foundational friars.


    Young people really don''t know heaven and earth. With a little means, they rely on going deep into the tiger''s den.


    Huanglian sect''s disciples are definitely not comparable to small sects or scattered cultivation.


    If it were not for scruples and the presence of two foundation building monks, Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu, most of these young people would suffer a great loss.


    She didn''t know several young people well. Although Jin Qigu seemed enthusiastic, she didn''t tell them all about their gratitude and resentment with the Huanglian cult. She just said that they were chased and killed by the monks of the Huanglian cult because of some minor conflicts.


    Thanks to Feihong sect''s constant propaganda to the disciples of the sect. A hostile sect like Huanglian sect has long been demonized by Feihong sect.


    In the eyes of the disciples of Feihong sect, the Huanglian sect is nothing but evil and heinous, which is comparable to the existence of evil friars.


    It''s not surprising that the demons of Huanglian sect do anything harmful to nature and reason. Chasing down a group of weak women is indeed the consistent style of Huanglian cult demons.


    After talking for a long time, several young people who were also responsible for delivery took the initiative to leave. Before leaving, they promised to inform feihongzong of what happened here as soon as possible and let feihongzong send someone to deal with the demons of Huanglian cult.


    However, Wu Dongzhi also admitted that now Feihong sect is busy fighting with sand monsters and is short of manpower. It may not be able to send experts to hunt down Huanglian cult monsters in time.


    Jin Qigu and others have taken up hatred with Huanglian cult demons. We must be more careful in the future.


    After these young people left by flying boat, Jin Qigu slowly talked with Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, the life-saving benefactor, Jin Qigu didn''t hide much.


    Since Huanglian cult demon took a fancy to Jin Qiaoer in Dafeng City, Jin Qigu has been very careful.


    However, after returning to the endless sand sea for so long, the demons of Huanglian sect didn''t come to the door, and Jin Qigu was careless. She thought that Huanglian sect was still based on the reputation of Feihong sect and didn''t dare to make trouble here easily.


    The last time she hunted down the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley, aunt Jin was seriously injured. She hasn''t recovered yet. She has been cultivating herself in the skillful door.


    Two days ago, Jin Qigu was going to work in huojingfang city.


    Since she came back from Dafeng City, Jin Qiaoer has been locked in the skillful hand door and is not allowed to go out because she is worried about the demon of Huanglian sect.


    In the past so long, the demons of Huanglian cult have not appeared, and everyone has relaxed their vigilance.


    Jin Qiaoer, who has always been lively and active, finally couldn''t stay at the door and quarreled to go out with Jin Qigu.


    Jin Qigu always dotes on Jin Qiaoer. She can''t grind her. She has to agree.


    On the way to huojingfang City, everything went well. After finishing her work, Jin Qiaoer accompanied Jin Qiaoer to play in huojingfang city for two days. Only today did she embark on her return journey.


    Where do you think, the first-order flying boat they took was ambushed before they left huojingfang city.


    The three monks in the foundation period of Huanglian sect didn''t know where to get the news, so they set up an ambush here early.


    When the skilful flying boat passed by, it was easily shot down. After landing, the people of the skillful hand gate were also trapped in the barrier.


    Jin Qiaoer was accidentally forbidden by the enemy and couldn''t move. If Jin Qigu and others didn''t fight to save her, she would almost have been taken away.


    The skillful disciples are trapped in the border. If Meng Zhang didn''t rescue them, the consequences would be unimaginable.


    After hearing Jin Qigu''s story, Meng Zhang was deeply impressed by the forbearance of monk Huanglian and his ability to hit the target with one blow.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu worked together and spent some time to finally untie the prohibition on Jin Qiaoer.


    As soon as Jin Qiaoer regained her freedom and was able to move, she threw down the bodies of several of her classmates and cried bitterly.


    Jin Qiaoer blamed herself very much. She thought it was her willfulness that led to the death of her classmate.


    If Huang Lianjiao demon didn''t like her, if she didn''t insist on going out, it wouldn''t happen.


    Jin Qiaoer began to cry bitterly, and several female disciples of the skillful sect also shed tears.


    On the surface, Jin Qigu can still keep calm. In her heart, she is also very sad.

 Chapter 227

    Among the several female disciples who died, there were Jin Qigu''s own disciples who had been cultivated for many years, and a younger martial sister whom Jin Qigu attached great importance to.


    After building the foundation, Jin Qigu was ready to pass the position of leader to a younger martial sister in the later stage of Qi refining according to the practice of the skillful sect, and let her handle the daily affairs of the skillful sect.


    It''s just that this younger martial sister, whom Jin Qigu is optimistic about, has been practicing a skill in seclusion a few years ago. She just left the pass a few days ago.


    This time, Jin Qigu took this younger martial sister to huojingfang city. She also delivered some things to her and introduced her to several main merchants of skillful craftsmanship. After returning, Jin Qigu was ready to pass the throne to her.


    Unexpectedly, due to the ambush of Huanglian cult demons, the younger martial sister who was going to take over the leader did not hesitate to use the secret skill of dying together to delay time for everyone in order to protect Jin Qiaoer.


    After losing the scheduled leader, Jin Qigu has to slowly look for a new leader.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know how much the loss of the skillful hand gate was, he only stayed with them for a while when he saw that the skillful hand gate people were sad and shed tears.


    Jin Qigu didn''t let everyone immerse themselves in sadness for too long. She and several female disciples gathered the dead bodies of her fellow disciples and took the initiative to say goodbye to Meng Zhang.


    Thinking that the two monks of Huanglian sect were still wandering outside during the foundation period, Meng Zhang did a good job. He simply escorted them all the way and sent them back to the skillful hand gate


    They walked all the way until they returned to the skillful hand gate.


    The Mountain Gate of the skillful hand gate is guarded by a second-order large array, and aunt Jin is in charge in the middle of the foundation construction. Two monks of Huanglian sect in the early stage of the foundation construction dare not come here.


    Meng Zhang politely refused to stay at the skillful hand gate. He left and went straight back to Taiyi gate.


    Back at the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang had a chance to count the spoils slowly.


    The seemingly insignificant friar in the early days of foundation construction brought Meng Zhang a great surprise after his death.


    The three storage bags tied to him were all ten square storage bags, which were full.


    The storage ring in his personal collection has a space volume of more than ten times that of a ten square storage bag.


    Not to mention that it is full of all kinds of items, this large storage magic weapon is what Meng Zhang has wanted to have for many years.


    The items counted out are piled up like a mountain.


    Let''s not talk about the common spirit stones, pills, talismans and first-order magic tools, among which there are three very interesting things.


    There are a hundred wooden kites in it. This is an ingenious product of Jiuqu League, a sect specializing in making various organ puppets.


    As long as the spirit stone is placed, the wooden kite made of spirit wood can fly in the sky. The wooden kite has a wide back and can carry two or three people at a time without any problem.


    Wooden kite is of little significance to friars in the foundation period, but it is not only convenient for friars in the Qi refining period to prepare one, but also can be used to escape at critical moments.


    This very practical mechanism puppet is a hot commodity in Jiuqu League. It''s not easy to see on the side of the endless sand sea that has always been closed.


    Among the items, there are three bottles of Buyuan pills.


    The second-order pill tonifying yuan pill can repair the injury of friars during the foundation building period and make up for the damage to the foundation.


    During the Qi refining period, Meng Zhang almost never took pills to assist his cultivation.


    He has a top-grade spiritual root and is very efficient in absorbing Reiki. He doesn''t need to take pills at all. If you really take the pill, you will waste time excreting the pill.


    In the foundation period, the demand for the aura of heaven and earth increases greatly. It can only be said that it is enough to absorb it by itself. If you want to improve your cultivation speed, you can take some pills


    Of course, with Meng Zhang''s qualification, he doesn''t like the general second-order pill. He has no way to start with the really practical second-order pill.


    Not to mention mingshafang City, even in huojingfang City, there are not many second-order pills for public sale. In Meng Zhang''s eyes, these second-order pills are not cost-effective.


    As for the Shi family, the pills traded to taiyimen are only the first-order pills used by friars during the Qi refining period.


    Meng Zhang was the only second-order pill from the Shi family. He not only provided the main materials, but also the fallen leaves in the later stage of foundation building helped him get it back.


    Meng Zhang now has these three bottles of Buyuan pills, which are rare high-quality products in the second-order pills. Anyway, on the side of the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang has never seen it on the market before.


    The last time Meng Zhang helped the fallen leaves to dispel the evil Qi, his vitality was greatly damaged and his foundation was hurt. If he practices alone, it will take him at least twenty or thirty years to recover completely.


    Now with these three bottles of Buyuan pills, this time can be greatly shortened.


    If Meng Zhang really has the qualification to learn Tianji and becomes a Tianji master, his position in the cultivation world is very different.


    The existence of Tianji master is very desired by those who have Jindan immortal and Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Those senior experts in the cultivation world attach great importance to the master of heavenly secrets. They don''t hesitate to compromise and hand over, and even deliberately curry favor with him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knows himself.


    If Tianji were so easy to learn, there would have been Tianji masters in the cultivation world all over the street.


    In fact, there are very few heavenly masters in the cultivation world.


    At least in the endless sand sea and the surrounding areas of Jiuqu League, we have not heard of the existence of Tianji master.


    The knowledge of counting the secret of heaven is really demanding for practitioners.


    Many practitioners have become golden elixirs. They still know nothing about the way of counting the secret of heaven. There are still a lot of such guys who don''t know the secret and the number of days in the cultivation world.


    As a monk in the foundation period, Meng Zhang just tried to study the Dayan divination to see if he had the talent to learn the secret arts.


    Even if he has always been full of confidence in his qualifications and understanding, and often has a sense of superiority as a piercer, Meng Zhang dare not say that he will succeed in getting started.

 Chapter 228

    Of course, Meng Zhang is not busy studying the Dayan divination.


    To learn the secret of heaven, you need some full preparation in advance. Not to mention fasting, bathing, burning incense and praying, at least meditation and meditation are needed.


    Meng Zhang carefully put away the Dayan divination and the three bottles of Buyuan pills. Put the storage ring directly on.


    As for the large number of spiritual stones and other items, he took a part and put it in the storage ring. The rest are put into the sect library and converted into their own sect good work.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of good works of the sect, but he rarely exchanges items in the sect Treasury.


    The main reason is that the accumulation of zongmen''s large warehouse is not sufficient. Meng Zhang is unwilling to let too many items flow out of the large warehouse, which affects the operation of zongmen.


    The hundred wooden kites were also put into the storehouse by Meng Zhang. The disciples of the door can exchange them with good skills.


    The more abundant the items in the library, the stronger the disciples'' desire to exchange. They can be encouraged to do more tasks and contribute more to the sect.


    After dealing with the booty, Meng Zhang had time to deal with the affairs in the door slowly.


    He called Li Xuan, the leader of the foreign affairs hall in the gate, and told him to go to huojingfang city more, slowly contact some merchants and try to find new sellers for the minerals in the gate.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also asked him to launch forces inside the door to inquire about Zhao jiudou''s situation.


    In terms of the black market, such intelligence involving feihongzong''s disciples will certainly not be easily revealed. Fortunately, taiyimen has made rapid progress in all aspects over the years and has slowly established its own intelligence channels.


    Next, Meng Zhang put his mind back on cultivation.


    Since the new flying sword has not been obtained and the ChiYan sword has exploded, Meng Zhang needs to master some new means against the enemy to make up for his shortcomings in fencing.


    On the one hand, he stepped up the refining of Jinwu lamps, on the other hand, he practiced some secret skills that can only be mastered by friars in the foundation period.


    After a few months, Li Xuan''s contact with merchants went smoothly.


    In the endless sand sea, there is not only one weapon smelting sect of dihuomen, but the level of weapon smelting of dihuomen is the highest and the scale of weapon smelting is the largest.


    Other sects have their own refiners, and there are many refiners in casual practice. At a time when feihongzong is struggling with sand monsters, the front line has a great demand for all kinds of magic tools, and the smelters also have a great demand for all kinds of minerals.


    Li Xuan contacted several firms that had something to do with feihongzong and began to sell all kinds of minerals to them.


    As for the guy Zhao jiudou, he has been chasing the remnant of shuangfenggu for a long time.


    After Bai busied himself last time, Zhao jiudou was still interested in hunting down the remaining evils of shuangfenggu.


    The main reason is that the famous elder of shuangfenggu, single tiger, has never been arrested, which has affected Zhao jiudou''s task evaluation.


    But Zhao jiudou tried his best to find the whereabouts of a single tiger.


    A friar in the foundation period had no concern and wanted to hide. With the size of endless sand sea, there are plenty of places for him to hide.


    Unable to find the whereabouts of a single tiger, Zhao jiudou was furious and searched everywhere for people related to shuangfenggu.


    First, I hope to force a single tiger to appear. Second, I hope to gain something and improve my task evaluation.


    Shuangfeng Valley has been the overlord here for many years. There are a large number of monks and mortals associated with Shuangfeng valley.


    Zhao jiudou''s expansion of the attack area, indiscriminate and disorderly, suddenly made the wind tremble and people are in danger.


    As a disciple of Feihong sect, Zhao jiudou also has a Shangfang sword in his hand to hunt down the remaining evils of shuangfenggu. During this period, Zhao jiudou has made a lot of evils.


    It is said that Lin quanguan, the new owner of this place, has a lot of complaints about it.


    The more crazy Zhao jiudou is, the happier Meng ZhangYue is. He has many enemies in this way, and something will happen sooner or later.


    That day, Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, came to Taiyi sect to visit Meng Zhang.


    The main purpose of Jin Qigu''s visit is to thank Meng Zhang for helping her and Jin Qiaoer last time.


    Jin Qigu did not give empty thanks, but took the initiative to send a generous gift.


    A second-class flying sword wrapped with soft silk was given to Meng Zhang as a thank-you gift.


    This flying sword was once used by an elder during the foundation period of a skillful door.


    The skill of flying needles is a secret in the skillful hand sect. Most female practitioners practice flying needles. Especially in the foundation period, friars basically took the skill of flying needles as their ability to press the bottom of the box.


    The master of the skillful sect is unusual. He has cultivated good swordsmanship and tried his best to get the high-quality flying sword of wrapped silk soft sword.


    After the elder sat down, there was no friar in the foundation period among the younger generation of the skillful sect. He was good at flying swords. This flying sword can only be kept in the sect treasure house and idle.


    This time, in order to thank Meng Zhang, Jin Qigu sent this generous gift.


    The news of skillful hand sect is also well-informed. Unexpectedly, I know that Meng Zhang''s flying sword was sold to others by dihuomen. Now I lack a suitable flying sword.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that the skillful door was so sincere.


    Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t know how important Jin Qiaoer is to the skillful hand gate. He saved Jin Qiaoer. He was really grateful to the middle and high levels of the skillful sect for saving Jin Qiaoer.


    Therefore, the middle and high levels of the skillful door took great pains to prepare such a generous gift almost tailored for him.


    Meng Zhang even said that he was ashamed of receiving it and refused several times. But Jin Qigu''s attitude is very firm and must be accepted by Meng Zhang.


    Finally, Meng Zhang accepted it reluctantly, but it was only Jin Qigu''s kindness.


    The silk wrapped soft sword can be hard or soft. It is soft in hardness and hard in softness. It is very suitable to use it to perform the Liu sword formula of dancing with the wind.


    However, after all, this flying sword is a flying sword used by female friars. Its appearance is too exquisite and delicate. It seems a bit feminine to let a male friar use it.


    However, considering that this flying sword is so consistent with the sword formula, and there is no other flying sword in his hand, Meng Zhang can only use it temporarily.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang accepted the gift, Jin Qigu and Meng Zhang had a good discussion on various affairs between the two factions. In some respects, the two reached an oral agreement.


    After this incident, the relationship between Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate has become much closer.


    Although the two factions are not allies, at least they are not enemies.


    Neither Taiyi gate nor skillful gate will be hostile to each other, at least for a long time to come.


    And Jin Qigu also promised that in the future, all events involving the skillful sect would inform Taiyi sect, so as to prevent Taiyi sect from being isolated.


    After seeing Jin Qigu off, Meng Zhang was greatly annoyed by another news reported by the disciples.


    Zhao jiudou doesn''t know where to get the news. Zhang Yingying, the current Dan hall leader of Taiyi sect, was once a disciple of Shuangfeng Valley alchemist, and I have worked for Shuangfeng Valley for many years.

 Chapter 229

    Zhao jiudou, who was chasing down the remaining sins of Shuangfeng Valley all over the world, immediately took Zhang Yingying as the remaining sins of Shuangfeng valley.


    Zhang Yingying has stayed in the Taiyi gate since she worshipped the Taiyi gate and basically didn''t go out.


    If Zhao jiudou wants to take Zhang Yingying, he needs to pass the Taiyi gate first.


    In other words, Zhao jiudou''s original goal is not just Zhang Yingying.


    When Zhao jiudou was still in the Zhao family, he took over a big beam with taiyimen. The feud between taiyimen and the Zhao family is not shallow.


    When Zhao jiudou succeeded in building the foundation and returned home in good clothes as a disciple of feihongzong. Taiyi gate has also changed from a humble Qi refining gate to a well-known foundation building gate.


    Zhao jiudou, who has always looked down on Taiyi sect and leader Meng Zhang, is actually very dissatisfied, although there is no response on the surface.


    Now that taiyimen''s cover up for the remaining sins of shuangfenggu has been proved, of course, he will find taiyimen''s trouble openly.


    Zhao jiudou came to mingshafang city and entrusted Taiyi gate with a message to ask Taiyi gate to hand over Zhang Yingying, the remaining evil of Shuangfeng Valley, and the leader Meng Zhang wanted to personally apologize.


    "This damn mad dog." this was Meng Zhang''s after hearing the news. If Zhao jiudou was not covered with the skin of feihongzong''s disciple, Meng Zhang would immediately call the thick earth God general to kill this guy.


    Unfortunately, taiyimen can not openly oppose feihongzong.


    Zhao jiudou, a disciple of hardtop Feihong sect, is not the best policy.


    To deal with Zhao jiudou, we must offset his advantage of being a disciple of Feihong sect.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate and rushed to Linshan sect.


    Meng Zhang, who has visited many times, met Xu Yishan, the elder of Linshan sect.


    Meng Zhang gave the prepared gifts and talked with Xu Yishan for a long time. After promising many benefits, he left the Linshan sect.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang left, Xu Yishan contacted Taoist Guanghong of Lin quanguan.


    A few days later, Taoist Guanghong of Linquan Temple rushed to mingshafang city and was inspecting the restaurant opened by Linquan temple. A lot of friars who didn''t know where they came from surrounded Taoist Guanghong and knelt down one by one and shouted their grievances.


    They all said that they had nothing to do with shuangfenggu, but they were falsely accused and became the remaining sin of shuangfenggu. Now some people are persecuting them everywhere in the name of Feihong sect.


    These people burst into tears and kept complaining about Zhao jiudou''s atrocities.


    Taoist priest Guanghong immediately became angry and sternly scolded these people and drove them away.


    It was said that Taoist priest Guanghong of Linquan temple was surrounded by people. Gu Tanghai, who was responsible for managing the daily affairs of mingshafang City, rushed over.


    Seeing that Taoist Guanghong was all right, Gu Tanghai was finally relieved.


    When Gu Tanghai greeted Taoist priest Guanghong, Taoist priest Guanghong suddenly turned the topic to the so-called remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley.


    Taoist Guanghong said that the remaining evils of Shuangfeng Valley had long been eliminated, and the only one who escaped was a single tiger. In the future, those who claim to capture the remaining evils of shuangfenggu are all bad people who undermine the stability and unity of the Xiuzhen world.


    Every family pays no attention to such bad people.


    Taoist Guanghong''s remarks soon spread, and spread widely under the deliberate spread of some people.


    Zhao jiudou, who was ready to be embarrassed by Taiyi sect, had to stop fighting for the time being.


    Lin quanguan''s rule over the surrounding areas has been recognized by Fei hongzong. Feihongzong did not regard Lin quanguan as a subordinate, but treated him with an equal attitude.


    Most importantly, at the invitation of Feihong sect, Guangzhi immortal of Lin quanguan is helping Feihong sect eliminate sand monsters on the front line.


    As a disciple of Feihong sect, Zhao jiudou has to buy the face of Linquan temple.


    Zhao jiudou not only stopped investigating Zhang Yingying of Taiyi gate, but also stopped pursuing the so-called remaining evils of Shuangfeng valley.


    Zhao jiudou finally stopped for some time and didn''t make waves again.


    But less than three months later, Zhao jiudou openly declared in mingshafang that the land of Fuzhao valley was originally the land of Zhao''s ancestors and was stolen by a thief of Taiyi gate. He now wants to recapture his family ancestral land not as a disciple of feihongzong, but as a member of the Zhao family.


    In these three months, Meng Zhang has been in Fuzhao valley.


    He took the tonic pill he got last time, and slowly dispelled the erysipelas with the secret skill obtained from the place of trial.


    After taking a bottle and a half of Buyuan pill, Meng Zhang completely recovered his lost vitality and made up for the loss of his foundation.


    Taking more pills was useless. Meng Zhang put away the remaining pills and began to slowly stabilize his cultivation.


    At this time, Meng Zhang ignored Zhao jiudou''s public announcement.


    Who will spit out the fat in his stomach? The Fuzhao Valley captured by taiyimen from Shuangfeng Valley has nothing to do with the Zhao family.


    If Zhao jiudou wants to scold, he should scold. Anyway, no one can understand this kind of thing.


    Zhao jiudou made trouble for more than half a month, and no one paid attention to him. I thought he would stop when he had had enough trouble, but I didn''t think he found Taoist priest Guanghong and didn''t know how to talk Taoist priest Guanghong through.


    Taoist priest Guanghong sent someone to inform taiyimen that there is a dispute over the ownership of Fuzhao valley. Please settle it slowly through negotiation between taiyimen and Zhao jiudou.


    If the two sides fail to reach an agreement, it will be settled by open competition in accordance with the practice of the cultivation world.


    After receiving the notice from Taoist Guanghong, Meng Zhang scolded the old guy and the old fox.


    Taoist Guanghong, this guy, actually eats good at both ends.


    Last time Meng Zhang built a bridge through Xu Yishan and bought off Taoist priest Guanghong. Taoist priest Guanghong subdued Zhao jiudou and didn''t let him continue to cause trouble.


    Now, I don''t know what benefit Taoist Guanghong received from Zhao jiudou and stood on Zhao jiudou''s side. Or he''s just balancing. Zhao jiudou was oppressed last time. This time, he gave feihongzong a face, so Zhao jiudou''s mind was.


    Taoist Guanghong has spoken, and Meng Zhang certainly wants to give him a face.


    Fortunately, Taoist Guanghong did not completely favor Zhao jiudou, but asked both sides to compete and decide the ownership of Fuzhao Valley by victory or defeat.


    Although this is very unfair to taiyimen, we should take our own things as a bet. But Meng Zhang was full of confidence in defeating Zhao jiudou, so he didn''t care too much about it.


    Meng Zhang sent someone to inform Zhao jiudou that the two sides agreed on the time and place of the competition. As a person recognized by both sides, Taoist Guanghong became the witness of the competition.


    After the news spread, several families nearby sent out middle friars to observe the competition.


    Those who like to watch the fun, such as casual repair, wait early.

 Chapter 230

    A month later, outside the South Gate of mingshafang city.


    Outside the south gate is the endless desert, which is very spacious. It is a good place for Bidou.


    Near the south gate, a tall and magnificent platform has long been erected.


    Taoist Guanghong, Gu Tanghai, Ruan Dadao, Jin Qigu and Lin shenpo, five friars in the foundation period, are sitting high on the platform as witnesses to the competition.


    On the other side of the air opposite the high platform, Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou flew in the air and were looking at each other across the air.


    Taoist Guanghong said a lot of nonsense. For example, the competition is mainly based on competition. The two sides had better point to the end and don''t hurt the harmony.


    After that, Taoist Guanghong announced loudly, "the competition begins."


    Many friars have long stood on the ground around them. What they look forward to is the war between the two friars in the foundation period.


    Taoist Guanghong kept on talking for a long time. They were already impatient. Some brave casual practitioners are ready to start booing.


    Hearing the start of the competition, the crowd quickly turned their attention to the air.


    At the beginning of the competition, Zhao jiudou took a wind pulling posture and released a strange flying sword made of animal bones.


    This bone blade sword was made by the last earthfire smelter from the backbone of a second-order monster and iron eater.


    Iron eaters like to devour all kinds of metal minerals and all kinds of hardware.


    All kinds of metals swallowed into the stomach are slowly gathered into the bones after being digested by the body. After being quenched by Demon power, these bones are as strong as King Kong and cannot be hastened.


    The backbone of the iron eater is almost completely covered by various metals. After years of Demon power quenching, it is simply a natural good weapon.


    The smelter of the earth fire gate adjusted measures to local conditions, made good use of it, and spent a lot of time and energy to refine this spine into a high-quality flying sword.


    Although it is a flying sword refined from animal bones, it is much stronger than those flying swords made of various metals.


    Zhao jiudou must know that he got the flying sword by cutting his beard from Meng Zhang.


    Bone blade sword circled in front of him for several times, as if it was deliberately showing off and laughing at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think so. No matter how good the flying sword is, it must fall into the hands of the right person in order to exert its powerful power.


    Zhao jiudou controls the bone blade sword and cuts Meng Zhang across the air.


    Zhao jiudou has a strong talent for swordsmanship. As a child of the Zhao family, he was limited to family conditions and did not systematically practice sword tricks. He only created a great reputation by relying on several wild road sword moves pieced together.


    Later, by chance, he joined feihongzong and was cultivated by such a large door system as feihongzong. Not only has the foundation been built successfully, but also great progress has been made in all aspects.


    Now he has displayed an unknown sword formula, which is still decent and looks powerful.


    Lin shenpo of Lin Shan sect, who sits on the high platform to watch the war, is an expert obsessed with swordsmanship. Seeing that Zhao jiudoushi displayed a set of good sword formula, he couldn''t help but brighten his eyes and watch it carefully.


    Meng Zhang waved with one hand and a White Spear fell from the sky to his flying sword.


    In the past few months, Meng Zhang had already refined the silk wrapped soft sword given to him by the skillful door.


    This flying sword can be both soft and hard. It is just used to perform the Liu Jian Jue of dancing with the wind.


    I saw that the practice was soft and hard, left and right. When stretched straight, it is a sharp sword with the momentum of cutting everything in the world. When bending, it is like a catkin without force, which can easily remove the great force added to your body.


    Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou showed their unique skills and fought together.


    Sitting on the high platform, Lin shenpo sighed as he watched Meng Zhang and Zhao Jiu fighting each other.


    Several years ago, both Zhao jiudou and Meng Zhang were monks in the period of Qi refining. In their own foundation building Dharma meeting, they fought their swords in front of themselves.


    It''s only a long time. They not only succeeded in building the foundation, but also became experts among the friars during the foundation building period.


    At the beginning, Lin shenpo, who was able to look down on them with the attitude of senior experts, now has to regard them as the same existence as himself.


    Meng Zhang and Zhao jiudou, who are fighting, don''t know Lin shenpo, who is watching the war, sighs in his heart.


    Although they both have good swordsmanship talents, they are not pure sword cultivation. Naturally, they don''t have the ability to break thousands of laws with one sword.


    Two second-order flying swords tangled in the air, and their bodies moved at a high speed in the air.


    Zhao jiudou threw a huge fireball. Meng Zhang dodged to avoid it and returned a sharp water arrow.


    In this way, you come and I go. Both sides keep casting all kinds of spells and bombarding each other.


    The monks from all sides who watched the war at the bottom shouted that they had a good time and felt that they didn''t go there in vain. This war is definitely worth bragging about for a long time in the future.


    During the war between Zhao jiudou and Meng Zhang, in fact, both sides still had spare strength. They both looked at the reactions of the outside world one by one.


    As a disciple of Feihong sect, Zhao jiudou naturally has the pride of the disciples of the great sect.


    He fought with the enemy and was killed, but he was surrounded by others like watching monkey play, which made him very angry.


    Zhao jiudou''s body deliberately lowered the flight altitude and flew to a place not far from the combat monk. After avoiding Meng Zhang''s spell, he closed his hands and a huge Earth Dragon flew out and swept towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang dodged and avoided. The earth dragon was still powerful and swept down.


    The target of the Earth Dragon suddenly became a monk watching the battle below.


    Originally, the friars who came to see the excitement never thought that watching the play would be risky.


    During the foundation building period, friars accumulate strength and attack, which can''t be resisted by small friars during the gas refining period.


    During the gas refining period on the ground, the friars hid and dodged one after another.


    Taoist priest Guanghong, who was sitting on the high platform to watch the war, frowned and looked very ugly.


    Zhao jiudou doesn''t have the bearing that a famous and decent disciple should have. He hurt people at will, which also made Guanghong Taoist priest, who regarded himself as his master, lose face.


    Taoist priest Guanghong is preparing to make a move, and Lin shenpo has taken the lead.


    A flying sword flew out like lightning and directly cut the Earth Dragon into a harmless mass of sand.


    The flying sword that completed the task, under the imperial envoy of Lin shenpo, circled like a demonstration, as if warning the two people not to vent at will.


    Taoist Guanghong couldn''t help shouting, "please control, guys. Don''t hurt the innocent."


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help scolding in his heart. What happened to Zhao jiudou had nothing to do with himself.


    However, when Zhao jiudou fights with himself, he can be distracted and cause trouble. It seems that the pressure he brought him is far from enough.


    Zhao jiudou listened to the warning and became honest. He put all his mind on the battle with Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 231

    Once Meng Zhang started to go all out, Zhao jiudou obviously felt a great increase in pressure.


    Dancing with the wind is the secret sword formula of Taiyi sect. Even in the Taiyi gate in its heyday, this is also a superior sword formula.


    Meng Zhang, who has been immersed in swordsmanship for many years, has long cultivated this sword formula to the point of perfection.


    Especially after entering the foundation period, he began to slowly explore the real power of this sword formula.


    I saw the white shadow flashing all over the sky, and the white PI Lian covered the sky and the earth, forcing the bone blade sword to retreat again and again.


    The silk wrapped soft sword took advantage of the victory to pursue and directly turned into a sword shadow all over the sky, which almost completely shrouded Zhao jiudou''s body.


    Zhao jiudou''s imperial envoy bone blade sword covered the left and right, and his body moved quickly and flashed around, so as to barely block Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Zhao jiudou was secretly surprised. He didn''t expect Meng Zhang to be so powerful.


    When he was a friar in the period of Qi refining, Zhao jiudou and Meng Zhang fought twice, but they didn''t tell the victory or defeat. For different reasons, they had to end in a draw.


    Zhao jiudou thought that his strength had increased greatly after he joined the Feihong sect. He would be able to defeat Meng Zhang''s old opponent in a fair and aboveboard manner. But I didn''t expect that I was making progress and the enemy was making faster progress.


    Of course, although it fell to the disadvantage for the time being, Zhao jiudou still had a hidden killer mace and thought he could turn the tables.


    Zhao jiudou flew at high speed in the air, dodging the attack of flying sword and looking for a shot.


    When he passed Meng Zhang by mistake, a flying sword flew out of his back and fiercely cut Meng Zhang''s back.


    Meng Zhang''s divine sense is bigger than Zhao jiudou''s, and everything that happens behind him falls into his divine sense induction.


    Meng Zhang himself is an expert in playing double swords. How can he fear Zhao jiudou''s half hanging double swordsmanship.


    If you don''t use two flying swords casually, even if the two swords flow, you must have a special sword formula. The two flying swords can cooperate with each other without affecting each other.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be a little flustered. With one hand and one finger, the wrapped silk soft sword that was struggling with the bone blade sword broke away from the struggle and flew to the flying sword that cut at Meng Zhang''s back.


    Seeing this, Zhao jiudou thought that Meng Zhang panicked when flying the sword, so he made the wrong choice.


    Zhao jiudou the imperial envoy bone blade sword and took the opportunity to cut Meng Zhang.


    Without the blocking of the soft sword wrapped with silk, the bone blade sword almost flew over without blocking.


    Seeing that the bone blade sword was coming, Meng Zhang took out the long prepared golden and black lamps and tried his best to stimulate the sun Qi in his body.


    A faint shadow of three legged golden black appeared on the golden black lamp. A blazing flame rushed directly at the bone blade sword coming in front of him.


    The reason why Meng Zhang didn''t use the flying sword fangs was to leave enough power to urge this powerful magic weapon.


    Although Meng Zhang can only activate a small part of the power of Jinwu lamp, the strengthened sun true fire is too powerful.


    The sun''s real fire fell on the bone blade sword and burned immediately.


    Although the bone blade sword is made of monster bones, it contains most of the metal and belongs to gold in the five elements.


    Fire can conquer gold. And this is not an ordinary fire, but a real fire of the sun.


    Zhao jiudou, who was flying in the air, couldn''t help spewing out a mouthful of blood if he was hit hard.


    The true Qi imprinted on the bone blade sword was completely destroyed by the sun''s true fire.


    On the other side, taking advantage of Zhao jiudou''s injury, the silk wrapped soft sword was like a curved rope, which completely entangled the flying sword released by Zhao jiudou.


    Seeing Zhao jiudou''s injury and vomiting blood, everyone knew that the victory and defeat had been divided.


    Taoist priest Guanghong doesn''t like Zhao jiudou, but he can''t let feihongzong''s disciples be killed or badly hurt under his own eyes.


    "Stop." Taoist Guanghong intervened in the battle.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t kill Zhao jiudou on the spot, he should also give him a profound lesson so that he won''t continue to find his own trouble in the future.


    Meng Zhang continued to urge the golden black lamp, and the sun real fire stained on the bone blade sword burned more violently.


    Zhao jiudou is connected with the breath of bone blade sword. Bone blade sword is greatly hurt, and he will inevitably be affected.


    Zhao jiudou is trying to force Meng Zhang back and regain the control of bone blade sword.


    But on the other side, Meng Zhang''s silk wrapped soft sword has shot down his other flying sword, and then continues to fly to Zhao jiudou.


    Seeing that it didn''t work, Taoist Guanghong had to take off with Lin shenpo to the battlefield.


    Taoist Guanghong grabbed Zhao jiudou and shouted, "the victory or defeat has been divided. When will you entangle it?"


    Lin shenpo let out his flying sword and stopped the silk wrapped soft sword.


    Meng Zhang put away the silk wrapped soft sword, but he still continued to release the sun''s true fire to burn the bone blade sword.


    Seeing Taoist Guanghong''s poor vision, Meng ZhangCai took back the sun''s true fire.


    Meng Zhang kicked out and kicked the uncontrollable bone blade sword at Zhao jiudou.


    At the same time, a mass of Taiyin water flew out of his feet silently and attached to the bone blade sword.


    When water and fire intersect and Yin and Yang grind each other, this bone blade sword is badly hurt. It''s definitely not an overnight effort to completely repair it.


    Taoist priest Guanghong waved the bone blade sword and handed it to Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou''s injury was not serious, but Taoist Guanghong worried about his accident and prevented him from continuing to fight.


    Zhao jiudou also had some self-knowledge. He knew that he had indeed lost today''s war.


    He took the bone blade sword and put away another flying sword. Zhao jiudou was defeated in Meng Zhang''s hands in full view of the public. He felt that he had lost all his face. He didn''t have the face to continue to stay here. He didn''t even shout, so he flew away directly.


    Taoist Guanghong looked at Zhao jiudou''s back and shouted, "today''s war is divided. From now on, the two sides can''t continue to entangle. The ownership of Fuzhao Valley is not allowed to be questioned again."


    At the last moment, Taoist Guanghong was just and did not favor Zhao jiudou.


    Meng Zhang openly defeated Zhao jiudou, a disciple of Feihong sect, and his reputation was even higher. From then on, I''m afraid no one will think he''s easy to bully.


    Jin Qigu flew to Meng Zhang and congratulated him.


    The people flew together and talked.


    Everyone was dissatisfied with Zhao jiudou''s style of conduct.


    Meng Zhang was young and had not built the foundation for a long time. His outstanding combat effectiveness attracted a burst of admiration.


    Meng Zhang was habitually modest and took the initiative to turn the topic away from everyone''s attention.


    After they talked for a while, Meng Zhang took the initiative to mention Xiaozhu Jidan in order to change the topic.


    As soon as the topic turned to Xiaozhu Jidan, almost everyone was very interested and focused on Gu Tanghai.


    I don''t know what they''ve been studying for so long. Have you refined the pill?

 Chapter 232

    There are only a few talents who can build a foundation successfully without relying on the foundation Dan in the cultivation world. The vast majority of practitioners must have foreign objects to assist in the foundation period.


    Whether we can cultivate new friars in the foundation period is related to the inheritance of each clan.


    Only feihongzong can refine Jidan, while Shi Changqing of the Shi family successfully refined a furnace of Jidan last time. Meng Zhang and the Shi family did not deliberately disclose it.


    The monks of several families can only look forward to Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Seeing the people''s expectant eyes, Gu Tanghai smiled bitterly. He and Taoist Guanghong looked at each other and said, "ladies and gentlemen, my alchemist has studied danfang for a long time and found that it is really difficult to refine Xiaozhu Jidan."


    "The same is true of Linquan temple. There is no way to refine the small building foundation pill," said Taoist Guanghong.


    Gu Tanghai and Taoist priest Guanghong said it one by one, and soon explained the whole thing clearly.


    It turned out that after the danfang of Xiaozhu Jidan came into hand, the Shi family and Lin quanguan hurriedly studied it.


    Although the refining difficulty of Xiaozhu Jidan is lower than that of Zhuji Dan, it is still a second-order pill, and it is difficult to refine among the second-order pills.


    If it''s really just that it''s difficult to refine, it''s nothing. Shi Changqing of the Shi family has even successfully refined Jidan.


    Although the materials used to refine the small building foundation pill are precious, they are still far from building the foundation pill.


    But the biggest problem is that only the former shuangfenggu can provide the two materials needed to refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Now Shuangfeng Valley has perished, and its inheritance has been lost. Naturally, the manufacturing methods of these two materials have also been lost.


    Without two important materials, Xiaozhu Jidan cannot be refined.


    After listening to Gu Tanghai and Taoist priest Guanghong, everyone was very disappointed.


    In the past, as a vassal sect of Shuangfeng Valley, they could occasionally get a small building foundation pill from Shuangfeng Valley at a sufficient price.


    Now Shuangfeng Valley has perished, and Xiaozhu Jidan can''t be refined. How can they ensure that the descendants of the sect build a foundation?


    Do you want to deal with Feihong Zong and find a way to get the foundation Dan from Feihong Zong?


    Seeing that the people looked at themselves for help, Taoist Guanghong was also a little embarrassed.


    Most of the practitioners of Linquan Temple used shell beads made of Lingbei for hundreds of years as an aid. The auxiliary effect of Beizhu is not as good as Xiaozhu Jidan, and the output is very low. Even Lin quanguan himself is not enough.


    As for obtaining the foundation Dan from Feihong sect, don''t even think about it.


    Now feihongzong is reconciled with Lin quanguan on the surface, but that is only temporary. Feihongzong''s prevention of Linquan view will not disappear.


    Fei hongzong will certainly secretly find ways to curb the development and growth of Lin Quan view.


    Without the foundation building pill, the number of monks in the foundation building period of Lin Quan temple and its appendages would not increase rapidly.


    Therefore, Feihong sect will not easily let Linquan Temple obtain the foundation pill.


    Although the former Shuangfeng valley was domineering, the vassal zongmen could still exchange it for Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Now Lin quanguan has replaced shuangfenggu. If this problem cannot be solved, these vassal sects will be divorced.


    Seeing Taoist Guanghong''s embarrassment, Meng Zhang suddenly said, "one person counts short, and everyone counts long. Brother Gu, why don''t you publish the danfang of Xiaozhu Jidan and let everyone study it together to see if it can solve the problem."


    Meng Zhang''s words immediately attracted everyone''s agreement.


    "Yes, what leader Meng said is reasonable. Maybe someone else can solve the problem brother Gu can''t solve."


    "Brainstorm and think of a way together. Maybe we can really think of a way."


    Out of the desire for Xiaozhu Jidan, everyone still hopes to solve this problem and refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Even if it can''t solve the problem, it''s good to get a Dan square for nothing.


    You know, not to mention mingshafang City, even in huojingfang City, there are few second-order danfang for sale. Special danfang like Xiaozhu Jidan is very rare in the whole endless sand sea.


    Gu Tanghai hesitated a little. Taoist Guanghong was very excited. Meng Zhang continued, "we won''t look at this Dan square for nothing. Let''s make up for brother Gu and Lin quanguan."


    Everyone agreed with Meng Zhang''s words.


    So they began to discuss how much Lingshi should be compensated and how to share it among several families.


    Seeing that everyone''s enthusiasm was so high, Taoist Guanghong made up his mind.


    The skillful hand sect, the golden Sabre sect, the Taiyi sect and the Linshan sect each gave 5000 pieces of spirit stones in exchange for the danfang of the small building foundation Dan.


    As for how Taoist Gu Tanghai and Taoist Guanghong allocate these 20000 spirit stones, it is their problem.


    A complete danfang should include detailed descriptions of various materials, treatment methods, as well as the heat and methods in the refining process.


    Strictly speaking, the Dan square obtained by Taoist Guanghong is incomplete.


    One of the materials used for making small Kedan is the extract of the six spirits flower extracted from the double Valley secret.


    Although Liushen flower is an expensive spirit flower, it is not too difficult to start.


    Shi Changqing and Lin Quan Guan''s alchemists used some other means to extract the essence of the six spirits flower, but they could not meet the requirements of danfang, but instead wasted a lot of materials.


    In addition, danfang requires a material called Salvia miltiorrhiza, which seems that only the previous shuangfenggu can be planted.


    After the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley, the planting method was lost.


    Without two key materials, it is naturally impossible to refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    After they got the pill of Xiaozhu Jidan, they were ready to take it back to the door and let the alchemist in the door study it carefully.


    Of course, even the Shi family and Lin quanguan couldn''t work out the results, and their efforts were doomed to be futile.


    Instead, Meng Zhang took a closer look at the danfang of Xiaozhu Jidan and recalled the shuangfenggu classics brought back by the God of thick earth.


    Meng Zhang had an excellent memory, almost never forgetting, and immediately recalled what he had seen at home.


    The secret way to extract the essence of the six spirits flower is to plant the salvia miltiorrhiza.


    We have mastered the sources of the two missing materials. If Meng Zhang cooperates with Shijia, we can refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    But Meng Zhang has suffered a great loss from the Shi family. How can he not learn a lesson.


    Last time, the Shi Family swallowed up his foundation Dan. Finally, the fallen leaves in the later stage of foundation building came out and begged him to come back.


    The fallen leaves have long left the endless sand sea. Without this strong support, Meng Zhang can''t convince Gu Tanghai.


    He decided to keep this secret. After taiyimen trained his own alchemist in the future, his own alchemist would refine Xiaozhu Jidan. Even if you wait for decades, you won''t hesitate.


    After returning to the sect, some classics of shuangfenggu should also be kept separately from ordinary disciples of the sect.

 Chapter 233

    After talking for a long time, they said goodbye and went back to their homes.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang was left by Gu Tanghai and said he had something to discuss.


    After everyone left, Gu Tanghai took Meng Zhang back to mingshafang city. They came to a restaurant and found a quiet box.


    After they sat down, their waiter served wine and food.


    Gu Tanghai''s attentive advice on wine and food played a warm host.


    After three rounds of wine and five flavors of food, Gu Tanghai felt that the atmosphere was almost the same. He carefully asked about the whereabouts of the two building foundation pills Meng Zhang had to go from the Shi family and where the fallen leaves are now.


    Meng Zhang has long considered the issue of Gu Tanghai. Without hesitation, he gave the answer directly.


    Two foundation pills, one for the fallen leaf disciple. Master ye ye helped so much that you can''t let others do their work in vain.


    Speaking of this, Meng Zhang looked at Gu Tanghai with deep meaning.


    Gu Tanghai''s face is a little unnatural. The busy work of the fallen leaves is to come to the door and subdue the Shi family.


    As for the fallen elder, after the foundation was completed, he went out to travel and look for the opportunity to knot Dan.


    Another foundation building pill was taken by thick soil.


    The thick earth God will not be hidden behind the scenes forever. There is an expert in the foundation period in a sect like Taiyi gate, which is a great event around.


    There must be a saying about the origin of thick soil.


    In Meng Zhang''s mouth, Houtu came from other places. He was originally a successful casual practitioner of gas refining. This man is not weak in cultivation and has extraordinary knowledge.


    In order to attract thick soil to join taiyimen, Meng Zhang gave a foundation building pill. As long as Houtu is willing to make a heart demon oath and swear allegiance to taiyimen, he can obtain the foundation building pill to help build the foundation.


    After Houtu took the foundation pill, he succeeded in building the foundation.


    Among the Taiyi gate, there is also a strong man in the foundation period.


    There is no loophole in Meng Zhang''s words. As for the thick soil, it is also easy to verify.


    Taiyi sect has a very shallow background and its disciples have a clear origin. Except for the foreign thick soil, there are no other friars in the foundation period.


    Originally, Gu Tanghai had always remembered the Jidan in Meng Zhang''s hands. Anyway, after Meng Zhang built the foundation, he can''t use it to build the Jidan. Gu Tanghai is ready to spend some price to return to Kedan.


    Now Meng Zhang said that the two foundation pills were no longer in his hands. Gu Tanghai had to give up his original idea.


    Gu Tanghai also told Meng Zhang not to say that the foundation building pill taken by Houtu came from the Shi family. It was said that Meng Zhang accidentally started a foundation pill when he went to Dafeng City last time, and gave it to Houtu when he came back.


    Meng Zhang naturally agreed to Gu Tanghai''s request.


    After drinking several cups of spirit wine with Meng Zhang, Gu Tanghai said, "I heard that your alchemist Zhang Yingying was originally an alchemist trained by shuangfenggu. After you go back, you can ask her what she knows about Xiaozhu Jidan."


    Meng Zhang listened and said with a smile, "brother Gu, you think too much. Zhang Yingying is not a direct disciple of Shuangfeng Valley, but a tool for alchemy. Moreover, she has an average level of alchemy. How can she contact the information of Xiaozhu Jidan?"


    Gu Tanghai thought Meng Zhang was right.


    The information of Xiaozhu Jidan is highly confidential in Shuangfeng valley. Zhang Yingying is only a first-class alchemist and an outsider. She should not have access to this information.


    Seeing Gu Tanghai lost in thought, Meng Zhang gave an idea.


    "Brother Gu, if you want to supplement the Xiaozhu Jidan and get clues about the two materials, you can find a way from Feihong Zong."


    Meng Zhang is not talking nonsense. At first, Feihong sect broke through the Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng Valley and wiped out the whole gate of Shuangfeng valley. Now it still occupies the Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng valley.


    If anyone is most likely to have the complete inheritance of shuangfenggu and the danfang of Xiaozhu Jidan, it is only feihongzong.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Gu Tanghai smiled bitterly.


    The Shi family is a remnant of the Zijin sect. It has been pursued and killed by the Feihong sect for hundreds of years. Not to mention asking the Feihong sect for a complete pill of Xiaozhu Jidan, it takes great courage to appear in front of the Feihong sect.


    When it comes to business here, it''s almost done. They chatted for a long time and drank wine before saying goodbye to each other.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi gate, he entered the Sutra Pavilion and extracted the parts about the two materials recorded in shuangfenggu''s Classics and put them together with the danfang of Xiaozhu Jidan.


    This part is stored separately by Meng Zhang. Unless there is a second-class alchemist in the door, he will not be allowed to borrow it.


    A special panacea needed in Xiaozhu Jidan prescription is Salvia miltiorrhiza.


    The key to cultivation is to cultivate the common elixir Salvia miltiorrhiza for decades. After a certain heat, it is transplanted with the secret technique of shuangfenggu and grafted on the clover.


    It''s not urgent to cultivate Salvia miltiorrhiza. Meng Zhang secretly told Taoist Qingling to start secretly cultivating Salvia miltiorrhiza and Salvia miltiorrhiza with his reliable disciples.


    After dealing with Xiaozhu Jidan, Meng Zhang went to the Dan Hall in the door.


    Because the Dan Hall often fires to refine pills, it occupies an independent courtyard in the door, which is located in a remote place.


    There are several alchemy rooms in the Dan Hall, in which alchemy furnaces with different grades are placed for alchemy masters in the door.


    There are several independent rooms in the Dan Hall for storing various medicinal materials.


    There are several large yards outside the Dan Hall, which are used to dry all kinds of miraculous medicines.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming to the Dan Hall, Zhang Yingying, the leader of the Dan Hall, quickly welcomed him out.


    Some time ago, Zhao jiudou chased shuangfenggu and asked taiyimen to hand over her. She also heard about it.


    She thought she was doomed this time, but she didn''t expect that Meng Zhang, the leader of a small sect, dared to fight against Feihong sect''s disciples and didn''t hand her over. This makes Zhang Yingying very grateful, but also very worried.


    Meng Zhang went to accept Zhao jiudou''s challenge this time, but Zhang Yingying was worried to death.


    Now seeing Meng Zhang''s safe return, a stone in his heart finally fell to the ground.


    Meng Zhang smiled. "You don''t have to worry about it in the future. Zhao jiudou has lost the war this time. He shouldn''t dare to keep pestering."


    The worry in Zhang Yingying''s heart finally dissipated completely, and she was very moved by Meng Zhang''s practice. At this moment, her sense of belonging to taiyimen has never been so strong.


    The recognition and loyalty of disciples to the sect are accumulated bit by bit.


    Meng Zhang comforted Zhang YingYing and asked about the cultivation of alchemists in the door.


    Zhang Yingying felt very embarrassed because the cultivation of alchemists in the door was not a climate.


    Although the Dan Hall has recruited several talented disciples, they have been carefully trained for a long time. But up to now, most of the disciples are apprentices of alchemists and can only help deal with various medicinal materials.


    Only one qualified alchemist was trained, and the success rate was not high. Most of the time, it was Zhang Yingying who helped with the alchemy.

 Chapter 234

    Meng Zhang did not blame Zhang Yingying, but comforted her.


    There is no hurry to train alchemists. In addition to the great efforts of the sect, it also depends on the talent of the disciples.


    There are several sects around. Shijia is the remnant of Zijin sect, with a long history. Hundreds of years ago, it was the little famous Danshi family.


    In recent years, Shi Changqing, such an alchemy genius, has made today''s achievements.


    There are at most a few first-order alchemists in other schools, such as skillful hand sect, golden Sabre sect and Linshan sect, who can refine only a small amount of first-order pills taken by friars during Qi refining.


    However, there seems to be a second-class alchemist in Linquan temple during the foundation period. But the reputation is not obvious, and the level is only average.


    Since recruiting Zhang Yingying, she has also refined many pills for the door. No credit, no pain. She did her best to train alchemists.


    Although Meng Zhang seems to seldom ask about the specific affairs in the door, he sees all kinds of situations in the door one by one. He was very satisfied with Zhang Yingying''s performance.


    Cultivating alchemists is a long-term plan. We should not be in a hurry for success, let alone for a moment. Meng zhanghaosheng encouraged Zhang Yingying a few words before leaving the Dan Hall.


    After leaving the Dan Hall, Meng Zhang simply strolled through several hall openings in the door.


    Because of the frequent firing of weapons, the Qi hall is also located in a remote corner of the door.


    Under the auspices of Tian Li, Qitang has developed very well. In addition to several apprentices of smelters responsible for handling various mineral materials, there are also two more smelters.


    Together with Tian Li himself, three first-order tool refiners, they can refine first-order magic tools independently.


    The first-order magic tools in the hands of many disciples in the sect are all from the three of them.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s inheritance from the place of trial, the ancient books left by the purple gold sect friars'' cave and the shuangfenggu ancient books brought back by the thick earth God all benefit the weapon refiners in the door.


    There is no ground fire in the door now. Weapon refiners use spirit wood to make fire. The consumption of spirit wood is a little higher.


    Fortunately, you can buy a lot of high-quality spirit wood from Linshan sect. There is no shortage of sources for the time being.


    Meng Zhang took a general look at the situation of Qitang. Haosheng encouraged him a few words before he left here.


    Meng Zhang''s next stop is the Fu hall in the door.


    Yang Xueyi, the leader of Fu hall, has the highest cultivation among several hall leaders and has reached a perfect state of Qi refining. When you continue to polish your qi for a period of time, you can try to build a foundation.


    Meng Zhang has been carefully storing the building foundation pill, which will come in handy at that time.


    Meng Zhang is not going to give Yang Xueyi the only foundation pill in the door for nothing, but asks her to exchange it for the good work of the sect.


    As the leader of the rune hall, Yang Xueyi not only refined a large number of runes for the disciples to use. In addition, two qualified talismans and several apprentices were trained.


    In addition, Yang Xueyi is also the pantry manager. She has been making all kinds of spiritual food for the disciples for a long time.


    She also trained several spiritual kitchen apprentices to handle all kinds of ingredients for her.


    The spirit wine brewed by Yang Xueyi is of high quality and low price. It is very popular outside. Selling a lot of spirit wine has brought great profits to the sect.


    Yang Xueyi has made great contributions to taiyimen. Of course, she has stored a lot of good deeds. It is more than enough to exchange for the foundation Dan.


    Every time Meng Zhang thought of Yang Xueyi''s contribution to the sect, he felt that it was a very correct decision to take her at the risk.


    After taking a look at the Fu Tang and the dining room and communicating with Yang Xueyi, Meng ZhangCai went to other places.


    The female disciple Hu Jing presides over the Royal beast hall.


    Hu Jing''s qualifications and accomplishments are very good. She is very talented in defending animals.


    The magic instrument of insect jar played a great role in her hands.


    The cultivation of red feather eagle in the gate is very smooth.


    There are five or six red feather eagles that can ride. More than 20 red feather eagles are too small to ride, but they can be used as messengers and spies in the door.


    When he took over Fuzhao Valley, Meng Zhang also received a batch of spirit birds from the disciples of Shuangfeng valley.


    These spirit birds are mainly all kinds of cranes. Six or seven cranes can be used for riding.


    It is with these flying mounts that the mobility of Taiyi disciples has been greatly improved, so that they can fully control such a large and vast territory.


    Unlike the Middle Earth continent where humanity is prosperous and there are many human beings, the endless sand sea is sparsely populated due to the poor environment. It often happens that there are no people in hundreds of miles.


    In the vast endless sand sea, only the oasis is where human beings can thrive.


    Although taiyimen territory is large, there are only a few oases, and they are scattered. As for the location of several mines, they are even more remote.


    Mobility is crucial if such territory is to be fully mastered.


    It''s impossible to work for the friars in the foundation period in the gate. Most of the time, a large number of monks in the Qi refining period maintain the sect''s rule.


    It''s a very meaningful thing for friars in the period of Qi refining to have flying mounts and can quickly travel around the door.


    There are a lot of cats and dogs in the Royal beast hall. Low level monsters such as mountain patrol dogs are still very useful after domestication.


    Of course, limited to the lack of monster species, good blood and excellent quality monster is difficult to obtain. The development of the Royal beast hall is also limited.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised to find that the wind chasing foal he used to ride during the Qi refining period had successfully bred long ago and gave birth to many excellent offspring.


    These new wind chasing foals have gradually grown up and provided excellent mounts for the disciples of the sect.


    Like the Bighorn cattle breeding in the gate, it has long become the main force of spiritual land cultivation.


    Unexpectedly, Hu Jing, a female generation, managed the Royal beast hall like this.


    Among the several entrances in the door, the operation is the best and the achievements are the greatest.


    Meng Zhang did not spare any good words and praised Hu Jing.


    After leaving the war hall, Meng Zhang went to the war hall again.


    The battle hall occupies a large open space as a place for members to practice spells.


    The battle hall has a group of disciples who are good at fighting. Other disciples of the sect should take turns to receive training in the battle hall to exercise their actual combat ability.


    Zheng Chao''s cultivation has also entered the Ninth level of Qi refining. In terms of combat effectiveness, except Yang Xueyi, none of his disciples in the Qi refining period is his opponent.


    Meng Zhang not only gave Zheng Chao the magic weapon startling bell he used in those years, but also gave him the second-order puppet from the secret storehouse of the Li family for self-defense. In addition, he also gave him several second-order talismans.


    As the leader of the war hall, Zheng Chao is the main force of the battle in the door. He must have a life-saving card.

 Chapter 235

    When Meng Zhang came to the war hall, Zheng Chao was instructing several disciples.


    Meng Zhang suddenly became interested. In addition to giving a few instructions, he also personally tested these disciples.


    Although these disciples'' moves are still a little green, they already have models and methods.


    In the same way, Zheng Chao encouraged Meng Zhang to leave here and go to the array hall.


    The array hall is deserted. There are only two array mage apprentices except the hall leader Wen qiansuan.


    Array is a kind of skill that is very difficult to get started.


    Without super savvy and super intelligence, you can''t even touch the edge of the way of array.


    There are so many disciples in Taiyi sect that they managed to train two array master apprentices.


    Wen qiansuan studied all kinds of array classics while practicing. There are matters related to the array in the door, that is, he came out. If he can''t make up his mind, he will work hard.


    There was nothing beautiful in the array hall. Meng Zhang encouraged Wen Qian to calculate a few words and left here.


    The work of the foreign affairs hall is mainly outside the sect. Li Xuan, the hall leader, spends most of his time running around. Meng Zhang has no special meaning of the past.


    Tian Zhen, Meng Zhang''s elder martial brother, is the leader of the common affairs hall. In addition, Tian Zhen is also the common affairs elder of the door.


    Over the years, Tian Zhen has handled the daily affairs in the gate in an orderly manner. Meng Zhang is very relieved of him.


    Now, it is the responsibility of the Shuwu hall to arrange the work of the disciples, issue tasks to the disciples, pay all kinds of remuneration, and give good deeds.


    In addition, the miscellaneous tasks that are difficult to classify in the sect are also handled by the common affairs hall.


    Meng Zhang also handed over the sect''s Treasury to Tian town for management.


    Tianzhen knows that he has poor qualifications and has limited prospects in cultivation. So he spent most of his time on sect affairs. For their own path, they are basically in a state of semi giving up.


    Meng Zhang also advised Tianzhen several times and was ready to let people share the work of Tianzhen, but they were resolutely rejected by Tianzhen.


    Tianzhen is not a power grab, but is worried about others and insists on making personal contributions to the sect.


    Everyone has his own aspirations. Meng Zhang''s hard advice failed, so he had to give up.


    Tian Zhen himself enjoyed such a busy job and was unwilling to give up.


    The Shuwu hall is the busiest entrance of Taiyi gate. Disciples who receive and submit tasks come and go in an endless stream.


    Meng Zhang passed by and took a look. He didn''t go in to disturb the work inside.


    The Dharma protector of the thick earth God and the leader of the Chuangong hall often sit in the Sutra pavilion to answer questions and doubts for the disciples and guide their practice.


    The thick earth God was originally the strong one of the golden elixir series. Later, he encountered great difficulties, and only the remaining souls escaped.


    His current cultivation has only recovered to the early stage of foundation construction. If he wants to continue to recover his cultivation, he has little achievement in his cultivation, and he has to rely more on the power of foreign objects.


    Therefore, the thick earth God doesn''t spend much time on Cultivation in addition to basic lessons every day. He can spend more time on sect affairs.


    Since Meng Zhang became a monk in the foundation period, the God of thick earth will have a very different attitude towards him from before, and obviously agree with him more.


    Meng Zhang strolled around the Sutra Pavilion and took the initiative to leave without disturbing the thick earth God to them.


    Although the law enforcement hall was set up in the gate, Meng Zhang had not found a suitable leader, so he had to serve as the leader of the law enforcement hall himself.


    The law enforcement hall is not far from the sect hall, and Meng Zhang''s leader''s quiet room is just behind the sect hall.


    In addition to cultivation, Meng Zhang will also sit in the law enforcement hall to deal with the accumulated affairs.


    Meng Zhang selected several disciples who were rigorous and fair to work in the law enforcement hall.


    These disciples are usually responsible for maintaining the door rules and recording the disciples who violate the door rules. Meng Zhang will give corresponding punishment according to the seriousness of the matter.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go to the law enforcement hall, but thought that with the increase of disciples in the sect, the law enforcement hall should be expanded accordingly. It''s best to choose a suitable hall leader.


    Meng Zhang finally came to the spiritual field in the door.


    After years of hard work by the Zhao family, the Fuzhao valley was reorganized by Shuangfeng valley. There are hundreds of acres of spiritual fields in the door, which are well managed.


    The threshold of spiritual planting is very low, but it requires countless efforts and energy to be profound.


    For those disciples with poor qualifications and no other talents, learning spiritual planting seems to be the only reliable choice.


    There are many spiritual farmers in the gate, but there are few qualified and fewer excellent.


    Over the years, the most outstanding Lingnong in the sect has been Taoist priest Qingling and several of his disciples, as well as Wang Shitou and Wang Shengli, who joined Taiyi sect in the early years.


    As the elder responsible for the spiritual field affairs in the sect, Taoist Qing is responsible for all the spiritual fields in the Fuzhao Valley, and all the spiritual fields above other spiritual veins in the Taiyi sect territory.


    Even with the help of Wang''s father and son, Taoist Qingling is always busy and in a hurry.


    Of course, Taoist Qingling was not dissatisfied at all, but enjoyed the busy work in the spiritual field.


    When Meng Zhang arrived in the spiritual field, Taoist Qingling was busy.


    After Taoist priest Qingling finished his work, Meng ZhangCai came forward and respectfully paid a visit to the only elder in the door.


    After a few words, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave to avoid delaying the work of Taoist priest Qingling.


    Meng Zhang thought it over in his mind and decided to establish an organization of Yingtian hall in the gate to be responsible for all matters related to Lingtian.


    After that, the newly opened and managed Lingtian in the gate were handed over to Yingtian hall.


    When Lingtian is busy, you can enlist disciples to help. Some mounts, including flying mounts, should be specially allocated for the use of Yingtian hall to facilitate their travel to and from Lingtian.


    Wang Shitou has served in the gate for many years and is trustworthy. He can be the leader of Yingtian hall.


    I hope that after doing so, I can reduce the burden of Taoist Qingling.


    Although there are several minerals, the output of Lingtian is still the most important income of taiyimen.


    More importantly, sufficient spiritual rice supply is related to the cultivation of disciples in the sect.


    Although monks like Meng Zhang no longer need to eat ordinary LingMi, they only occasionally satisfy their appetite.


    However, most of the disciples in the sect are still inseparable from LingMi.


    Lingtian is very important, and Meng Zhang pays special attention to it.


    After inspecting all parts of the gate, Meng Zhang rode on the red feather eagle and inspected the territory of Taiyi gate.


    In addition to specially arranging disciples to garrison the oases in the territory, there are also some old disciples who have left the sect to help.


    Generally speaking, there are no major problems in every oasis.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang deliberately diverted the population after repeatedly introducing the population from the outside world and annexing other oases.


    Now, under the rule of taiyimen, the population has increased greatly and the population structure has changed completely.

 Chapter 236

    In addition, Meng Zhang also focused on inspecting several minerals owned by the sect.


    Now there is no mountain of Shuangfeng valley. Lin quanguan is relatively gentle to the vassal forces, and Taiyi gate also has enough strength. Several minerals above the gate territory are not particularly precious.


    Therefore, taiyimen can now openly and vigorously exploit minerals everywhere without sneaking.


    With the insect control tank to control sand insect mining, taiyimen has indeed saved a lot of manpower.


    Of course, minerals such as baicangtu mine still need to be mined by manpower.


    Now, due to the rampant sand monsters, there is constant war near Feihong sect''s territory. Many oases were broken and countless mortals were displaced.


    Although feihongzong tried his best to provide relief, many mortals, either active or passive, were brought to Linquan temple.


    Several sects have surprisingly consistent attitudes towards introducing more mortals.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time bargaining with several sects before introducing a large number of mortals.


    Ordinary people can settle down in the oasis and live a stable life from then on.


    All of those dissident and restless guys were sent to mines everywhere.


    Taiyi gate is an authentic gate, and Meng Zhang also has a bottom line.


    Taiyimen will not abuse these mortal miners and will ensure their minimum treatment.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed several minerals.


    Each mine has a special disciple escort.


    Around the mine, some disciples rode a wind chasing pony and took a mountain patrol dog to patrol closely.


    In the sky, there are domesticated red feather Eagles patrolling back and forth from time to time.


    Once you find something wrong, you will immediately notify the guard disciple.


    If the guard disciples can''t handle anything, they will be summoned to the door and sent by the door to deal with it.


    The defense everywhere is still very tight. At least it''s impossible for those casual practitioners in the refining period to come and plunder and run away with a handful of money.


    After patrolling the sect''s territory, Meng Zhang returned to the sect.


    Next, Meng Zhang''s main energy was put on cultivation. In addition to occasionally dealing with the affairs in the sect, he patrols the inside and outside of the sect from time to time.


    With the increase of population in the territory, the number of disciples who wake up Linggen and join the sect increases every year. When these disciples grow up, taiyimen will usher in another wave of great development.


    Since Meng Zhang took the Buyuan pill to make up for his foundation, his cultivation has also made rapid progress.


    He is highly qualified and savvy. Even if you enter the foundation period, you still have great advantages in cultivation.


    Meng Zhang estimated that in a few years, after his cultivation in the early stage of foundation building is complete, he can try to impact the middle stage of foundation building.


    When he was free, Meng Zhang studied the Dayan divination. Unfortunately, even with Meng Zhang''s understanding, he felt as if he were reading the book of heaven, and basically had no harvest.


    Meng Zhang felt very unwilling to give up.


    Even among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang from the place of trial, there is no inheritance of Tianji, which shows that the inheritance of Tianji is rare and precious. Now, it seems that Meng Zhang''s chance to get a Book of heaven''s secrets is not easy to let go.


    After that, Meng Zhang also occasionally read this book Dayan divine calculation, hoping to understand it.


    Learning Tianji failed. Meng Zhang did not relax at all in his study of Taoism.


    Every day, I spend a lot of time reciting Taoist Scriptures and carefully understanding them.


    Meng Zhang, who knew that he could not hurry to understand the Taoist Scriptures, was mentally prepared that he could not achieve results in decades.


    There were no major events around Linquan temple. The external environment of Taiyi sect is stable and the internal development of the sect is stable.


    In this way, another two years passed.


    Both Meng Zhang and taiyimen had a quiet life for two years.


    It''s on the side of feihongzong. The war between feihongzong and sand monster continues.


    Although feihongzong has gained a little upper hand, he has not obtained an absolute advantage.


    Fei hongzong and his vassals suffered heavy losses, but Lin quanguan and his vassals developed steadily.


    Some friars in Feihong sect were dissatisfied with this and proposed to recruit Lin quanguan and his vassals to participate in the war to eliminate sand monsters.


    Since Fei hongzong has shown an equal attitude towards Lin quanguan, it seems that it is not appropriate to forcibly recruit Lin quanguan and his appendages. Moreover, Guangzhi immortal worked hard and made great contributions in the war of encircling and suppressing sand monsters.


    Within the Feihong sect, it is impossible to recruit Lin quanguan and his vassals in a short time.


    After another period of time, the chaos of sand monsters suddenly broke out near Linquan temple. No one mentioned the recruitment of Linquan temple in feihongzong.


    When the sand monster rebellion first broke out, it was actually on the territory of the Liu family.


    A large group of sand monsters came from nowhere, including even second-order sand monsters, which easily swept the territory of the Liu family.


    The few vassals and strongholds of the Liu family were easily wiped out by the sand monster army.


    The Liu family suffered heavy losses in the war with taiyimen and other zongmen a few years ago, and their vitality is far from recovering.


    The Liu family, whose strength has fallen sharply, is simply unable to eliminate the sand monsters on the territory. We can only close the mountain gate and stand by for help.


    The Liu family''s territory is close to Linquan temple. Instead of attacking Liu''s Mountain Gate, these sand monsters tend to flee to Linquan Temple territory.


    Fortunately, Lin quanguan responded in time and sent out experts as soon as possible, so he reluctantly repulsed the sand monsters.


    If the sand monster is not completely eliminated, it will flee around and destroy all human settlements.


    Since Lin quanguan has become the overlord nearby, the responsibility of exterminating these sand monsters also falls on him.


    Lin quanguan began to mobilize and mobilize monks. In addition, Lin quanguan also issued a recruitment order to his vassal.


    Lin Quan view originally had no vassal forces. Several Xiuzhen families on the territory were basically integrated into Lin Quan view and integrated with Lin Quan view.


    Therefore, the main targets of Lin quanguan''s recruitment were several forces who later defected.


    Because he knew that the battle to eliminate sand monsters was very difficult, and the strict order of Lin Quan temple, Taiyi gate had no reservation.


    Meng Zhang and Hou Tu, two friars in the foundation period, all went to war. Zheng Chao, Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan, Hu Jing and other monks in the later stage of gas refining in the gate are also one of them, and all follow them.

 Chapter 237

    On this day, it was the day when the various sects of Linquan Temple gathered.


    In the sky over Zaoxiang oasis, there are banners waving and armies gathering. A sense of awe filled the audience.


    Each clan is full of elite and unreserved.


    Lin quanguan made it clear that no family would be stupid enough to take the initiative to hit the muzzle of the gun.


    Disobeying Lin Quan''s view at this critical moment may lead to disaster.


    There are more than ten flying boats of different sizes in the sky, floating quietly. Next to the flying boat, there are dozens of flying mounts flapping their wings and guarding the flying boat.


    Meng Zhang stood at the head of the flying boat, and behind him stood the elite in the door.


    The taiyimen flag above the flying boat danced in the wind, and Meng Zhang looked solemn.


    In this large-scale battle in the cultivation world, the sect flag can not only boost the morale of the disciples, but also guide the disciples to advance and retreat.


    Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, was also brought by Meng Zhang this time to let him see the world and broaden his horizons.


    Niu Dawei was appointed by Meng Zhang as the flag officer to guard the flag of Taiyi gate at all times.


    With his cultivation in the early stage of Qi refining, it is safest to stay in this position.


    Next to the Taiyi gate, Ruan Dadao of the golden Dao gate, Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo of the Linshan sect, all took the elite in the gate and took a flying boat, ready to attack at any time.


    The flying boat of Qiaoshou gate is behind the flying boat of Taiyi gate. Aunt Jin and aunt Jin are standing at the head of the flying boat. Even Jin Qiaoer went out with him.


    In the past two years, although Fei hongzong also sent people to search for the sneaking Huanglian cult demon, due to the tight front-line war and limited manpower, he has not found the whereabouts of the Huanglian cult demon.


    Naturally, the skillful sect has never been at ease. We should always be on guard against the demons of the yellow lotus sect.


    Jin Qiaoer went out with her this time. First, she wanted to exercise herself. After the last ambush by Huanglian cult demons, Jin Qiaoer obviously became much more mature.


    Second, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qiaoer both set out to fight. Jin Qiaoer stayed in the door, but didn''t follow them safely.


    In front of Taiyi gate is a flying boat belonging to the Shi family.


    Gu Tanghai and Shi Weida, who built the foundation, naturally went out with them. Even Shi Changqing, an alchemist who rarely appeared in front of people, was forcibly recruited to accompany him.


    After the families gathered, a flying boat team, escorted by more than 20 flying mounts, took off from Zaoxiang oasis and came to the front of the families.


    This flying boat team is equipped with all the elite of Lin quanguan.


    Before Guangzhi immortal knot Dan, Lin quanguan had always kept a low profile.


    Now, Lin Quan temple also shows its fangs and strength.


    Taoist priest Guanghui, the leader of Linquan temple, took off with three younger martial brothers, Taoist priest Guanghong, Taoist priest Guangquan and Taoist priest Guangde.


    Taoist Guanghui is not weak in his cultivation in the middle of foundation building. But this person is low-key and seldom appears in front of people.


    However, Taoist Guanghong, the foreign affairs elder of Lin Quan temple, often represents Lin Quan temple, handles various affairs and orders the vassal sect. In the eyes of outsiders, the reputation is louder and more familiar.


    In fact, Taoist Guanghui has been in charge of Linquan temple for many years. Without saying a word, he has made all kinds of preparations and helped Guangzhi immortal get married. His strategy and courage are extraordinary.


    Shuangfeng Valley, which is far more powerful than Lin quanguan, has become a victim and stepping stone, while Lin quanguan has taken advantage of the trend to rise, of which Taoist Guanghui has made great contributions.


    Taoist priest Guangquan and Taoist priest Guangde, like Taoist priest Guanghong, are all accomplishments in the early stage of foundation construction. They are also elders of Lin Quan temple, and their accomplishments are not weak.


    Meng Zhang''s old friend Lin Bolin also successfully built a foundation some time ago.


    He is now in the ranks of monks in Lin Quan temple, commanding many monks.


    There are few family friars attached to Lin quanguan, and they have a deep relationship with Lin quanguan. Therefore, the monks they sent did not form a team alone, but followed the team of Linquan temple.


    The team of Lin quanguan and the vassal sect had assembled, but they didn''t start immediately, but had to wait for one person.


    After a long time, many people are a little impatient. A figure came from the distant sky and fell almost high in front of the people.


    This man is Zhao jiudou, Feihong sect, who has not seen him for a long time. Since he was publicly defeated by Meng Zhang last time, he left in shame and had no face to stay nearby.


    This time Lin quanguan wanted to fight in the territory of the Liu family, and the Liu family was a vassal of the Feihong sect. Naturally, the Feihong sect would send friars to coordinate the two sides.


    Zhao jiudou was born in the Zhao family. He knows Lin Quan temple and nearby forces very well. He has dealt with Lin Quan Temple several times, so he was given this task by the sect.


    Zhao jiudou was so late, but he didn''t look embarrassed at all. He flew not far in front of Guanghui Taoist priest and shouted.


    "Leader Guanghui and friars Liu are all guarding the mountain gate and can''t go out."


    "Liu Dahai, the leader of the Liu family, asked me to tell you that you of Lin Quan Temple please help yourself. I''m sorry that the Liu family can''t go to war with you."


    For Zhao jiudou, who is shouting loudly, don''t say that friar Lin quanguan, who is a friar of many vassal sects, is very disgusted.


    But Taoist Guanghui remained calm and ignored Zhao jiudou''s rudeness.


    It is understandable that the Liu family refused to send friars to the war and only guarded their own mountain gate.


    The Liu family suffered a great defeat in mingshafang city last time. Later, the younger generation of Zhuji Liu Fengbo was killed by Meng Zhang. Now the Liu family is the weakest. They are unable to fight at all.


    Moreover, the several sects who accompanied Lin quanguan on this expedition have a deep blood feud with the Liu family.


    According to common sense, these sects dare not risk angering Feihong sect and take the opportunity to attack the Liu family.


    But everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. In case these sects lose their heads, they have to cut down the roots and completely exterminate the Liu family. The Liu family must take more precautions.


    After hearing Zhao jiudou''s words brought by Liu Dahai, the leader of the Liu family, Lin quanguan and his vassal sect can enter the Liu family''s territory and eliminate the wandering sand monsters.


    Taoist Guanghui glanced at the monks below.


    "I won''t say anything more. You should remember that sand monsters are public enemies of mankind and can''t coexist with mankind."


    "Killing sand monsters is the great righteousness of the human race. If anyone dares to disobey orders and flinch in such a war, we can only punish the killers to correct the military discipline."


    After that, Taoist Guanghui flew back to the flying boat of Linquan temple with several foundation building elders behind him.


    The flying boat took the lead and flew forward.


    Lin quanguan''s flying boat followed, and the flying boat teams of various vassal sects followed.


    Zhao jiudou flew directly into the flying boat of jindaomen and was warmly received by Ruan Dadao.

 Chapter 238

    More than 30 flying boats, escorted by nearly 100 flying mounts, marched into the territory of the Liu family.


    In the disaster of sand monsters on weekdays, sand monsters are very rigid. As long as they find human cultivators, they will go all out to hunt them. They only know that they will not retreat in the dead war, and they will not take the initiative to turn in at all.


    Only when the nest is threatened will the sand monster rush back to the nest.


    But when the third-order sand monsters appeared in the endless sand sea at the same time, all the sand monsters would become a little smarter.


    When the attack is unfavorable, they will take the initiative to retreat, and when the enemy pursues and kills, they will flee everywhere. More importantly, sand monsters will have more means to hide their nests.


    The third-order sand monsters appeared in the chaos of sand monsters on the side of feihongzong. Together with the sand monsters near Linquan temple, they seemed to be a little smarter.


    The sand monsters wiped out the territory of the Liu family, but they didn''t go all out to attack the Mountain Gate of the Liu family, but after a few explorations, they turned to invade the territory of Linquan temple.


    After entering the territory of Linquan temple, he was beaten head-on by the friar of Linquan temple. The sand monsters retreated in time and fled in other directions.


    This time, the army of monks of Lin Quan temple is to go deep into Liu''s territory, completely solve these sand monsters, and destroy their nests at the same time.


    Of course, Lin quanguan''s army dared to break in so easily, but it was also through some comprehensive judgment. There is no third-order sand monster in the sand monster group.


    After the third-order sand monsters appeared in the endless sand sea, all the sand monster communities just showed a little cleverness and had the instinct to seek advantages and avoid disadvantages. It''s not that sand monsters really have wisdom.


    Even the third-order sand monsters can''t play tricks like humans and engage in tricks such as luring the enemy in depth, pretending to be pigs and eating tigers.


    If there is a third-order sand monster in the sand monster community faced by Lin Quan view. This group of sand monsters will only directly wipe out the Mountain Gate of the Liu family, and then quickly sweep around, exterminating all human Xiuzhen forces, including Lin quanguan. Never take the initiative to retreat and run around.


    Sand monsters have been raging in the endless sand sea for many years. Practitioners of the endless sand sea are familiar with various habits of sand monsters.


    Therefore, Lin quanguan and his vassal zongmen dared to stab into Liu''s territory and pursue the wandering sand monster community.


    Shortly after Lin quanguan''s army entered Liu''s territory, a monk rushed over from a distance.


    This friar is Taoist Guangrui and another friar in the middle of foundation construction in linquanguan.


    The last time the sand monsters invaded the territory of Linquan temple, they were repulsed by him with a large army of friars.


    After the war, he sent someone to repay the leader of Linquan temple, Taoist Guanghui, and personally followed the evacuated sand monsters to track their tracks.


    Taoist priest Guangrui was also different. Taoist priest Guanghui was polite and directly reported the business.


    "I followed the sand monsters all the way to the intersection of Qingzhu mountain territory and Liu family territory. Suddenly, I was attacked by four second-order sand monsters. I was afraid of being besieged, so I had to withdraw first."


    "After a while, when I returned to that place, the sand monster community had disappeared."


    Although Taoist Guangrui lost the sand monster, he couldn''t help it. The second-order sand monster is much more difficult than the second-order monster. The four headed second-order sand monster is enough to threaten the life of Taoist Guangrui, a monk in the middle of foundation construction.


    The sand monster disappeared at the junction of Liu family territory and Qingzhu mountain territory. Has the sand monster fled into Qingzhu mountain territory?


    To eliminate sand monsters, the top priority should be to destroy their nests. However, the sand monster''s nest is deeply buried underground. Taoist Guanghui doesn''t have any clue yet. He can find the sand monster''s nest.


    As a last resort, he led the army and wanted to destroy the sand monster community first, weaken the strength of the sand monster, and then slowly look for the sand monster''s nest.


    Now Taoist Guangrui has lost the whereabouts of the sand monster group, and there is no good way to find out the whereabouts of the sand monster nest as soon as possible.


    Taoist priest Guanghui thought for a moment and asked Taoist priest Guanghong to invite Zhao jiudou over.


    A moment later, Taoist priest Guanghong came to Taoist priest Guanghui with Zhao jiudou.


    The war was urgent. Taoist Guanghui was not polite and went straight to the point.


    "Brother Zhao, I need you to come."


    "These sand monsters disappeared at the junction of Liu''s territory and Qingzhu mountain territory, and are likely to flee to the territory of Qingzhu mountain."


    "Please go and inform the green bamboo mountain first. Then we will enter the green bamboo mountain territory and search for the whereabouts of the sand monsters."


    However, Taoist Guanghui is not careful. There is also a deep blood feud between the vassal sects of Qingzhu mountain and Linquan temple.


    As a vassal of Feihong sect, Qingzhu mountain is not suitable for Linquan temple to break into other people''s territory directly. Therefore, Zhao jiudou, a disciple of Feihong sect, needs to communicate in advance in order to avoid misunderstandings and conflicts.


    After hearing the request of Taoist Guanghui, Zhao jiudou left the flying boat directly and flew to Qingzhu mountain.


    Taoist Guanghui did not directly lead the brigade into the territory of Qingzhu mountain, but turned around in the territory of Liu family.


    One is to leave enough time for Zhao jiudou to inform Qingzhu mountain.


    Second, it is also to prevent sand monsters from staying in Liu''s territory.


    Under the order of Taoist Guanghui, the whole team spread widely and occupied a large area in the air.


    The team walked around Liu''s territory for two days and found no trace of sand monsters.


    Finally, the whole team came near Liujiashan gate.


    Liujia Mountain Gate is located on a high mountain towering into the clouds. Within thousands of miles, this mountain can be said to be the highest, far exceeding the gate of Qingzhu mountain and Linquan temple.


    The lower half of the mountain is yellow and green, and the upper half is snow-white.


    Half of the mountain covered with snow makes people feel cold from a distance.


    Most of the Liu family live on this high mountain.


    Because of the recent chaos caused by sand monsters, the Liu family closed the mountain gate, and the protective array of the mountain gate was all opened. A curtain of light hung over the mountains.


    At the foot of the mountain, there was an oasis with a large area, in which a large number of mortals lived.


    However, when the sand monster invaded, the Liu family only withdrew all the relatives of the Liu family friars and some mortals close to the Liu family. Those distant relatives and ordinary mortals of the Liu family were abandoned by the Liu family.


    After the sand monsters passed by, the oasis disappeared and turned into ruins. Many mortals living in it were almost killed.


    However, due to the effective defense of Liujiashan gate, the sand monster tried to attack several times. Seeing that there were no flaws to find, he took the initiative to retreat.


    Seeing the army of Lin Quan Temple approaching, the Liu family not only didn''t open the mountain gate to meet, but strengthened the defense of the mountain gate.


    One bright light after another rises, which is obviously that the protective array is already in the excited state.

 Chapter 239

    In the face of the Liu family''s posture of facing the great enemy and being extremely alert, everyone was greatly dissatisfied.


    Meng Zhang said with disdain: "a group of tough and cowardly guys are as scared as tigers in the face of sand monsters. They can''t even protect their neighbors. They are like thieves in the face of reinforcements."


    Meng Zhang''s words containing true Qi were very loud and spread far away. Almost all the friars on the flying boat nearby heard them.


    People nodded and said that some grumpy monks had begun to scold.


    Taoist Guanghui frowned. He was also dissatisfied with the Liu family''s actions, but he was unwilling to intensify the contradiction at this time.


    Taoist Guanghui called together the heads of several families and announced his plan.


    According to the plan of Taoist Guanghui, the soldiers of this friar army were divided into two routes and acted separately.


    Lin quanguan and the monks of the Shi family go to the green bamboo mountain territory together to trace the whereabouts of the sand monsters.


    Taiyi sect, Qiaoshou sect, Jindao sect and Linshan sect stayed in Liu''s territory to search for the whereabouts of the sand monster''s nest.


    The earliest place where the sand monster group appeared was in Liu''s territory. According to the habits of sand monsters, most of their nests are also near Liu''s territory.


    However, the Liu family''s territory is hundreds of miles around. If the nearby area is added, the area is larger. The sand monster''s nest is deeply buried underground. Finding the sand monster''s nest is a very time-consuming thing.


    Taoist Guanghong of Lin quanguan will stay and deploy and supervise the actions of the monks of the four sects.


    Taoist Guanghui was a resolute and resolute man. After announcing the plan of troop separation, he took Lin quanguan and the monks of the stone family and set out together to fly to the direction of green bamboo mountain.


    Taoist Guanghong called together the principals of the four sects and drew a general search scope for each sects.


    With Liujiashan gate as the center, the surrounding area is equally divided into four blocks, which are searched by four zongmen.


    Taoist Guanghong stays here and is responsible for the central support.


    Any sect found the location of the sand monster''s nest. The other three sects need to go to support immediately to destroy the sand monster''s nest as soon as possible.


    After the announcement, the monks of the four families immediately took action.


    Meng Zhang took the friars of taiyimen and began a careful search in the area assigned to him.


    The flying boat lowered its height. Many elite disciples jumped off the flying boat and began to do everything they could to search the ground carefully.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth, as friars in the foundation period, have a better way to search the underground.


    In particular, the thick earth God general has a special closeness to the earth and is naturally able to perceive various situations under the earth.


    The search efficiency of a person by the thick earth God is more than the sum of Meng Zhang and other monks in the Qi refining period.


    Searching the sand monster''s underground nest is destined to be a long-time work.


    Time is slowly passing, and the search work is proceeding step by step.


    Taoist Guanghong has been keeping in touch with the fellow disciples of Linquan temple with the secret method.


    After the Allied forces of Lin quanguan and Shi Family entered the territory of Qingzhu mountain, the search for sand monsters was also very difficult.


    After Zhao jiudou informed Qingzhu mountain, like the Liu family, Qingzhu mountain closed the mountain gate and opened the mountain protection array. The friars in the gate never left the mountain gate.


    Lin quanguan and the stone family friars moved freely on the green bamboo mountain territory and searched hard for the whereabouts of the sand monster.


    Sunrise and sunset, sunset and sunrise. After two days, the teams on both sides didn''t get any harvest.


    In a hidden cave on the back mountain of the Liu family, an old man with white beard and hair and wrinkled face was sitting cross legged on a jade bed, quietly listening to the report of a kneeling monk below.


    The old man''s name is Liu Dajin. He is an elder of the Liu family and the father of Liu Fengbo who died in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    The friars of the Liu family''s blood can enter the ice cave in the family''s secret place after their Qi refining is completed. They can use the family''s secret method to absorb the cold accumulated in the ice cave and impact the foundation period.


    Although there is no need for auxiliary pills such as foundation building pills to impact foundation building in this way, the risk is very high. Once the impact fails, the whole body will be stiff and unable to move, becoming a living dead man. The most important thing is to die and return to hell.


    Even if the foundation is successfully built by luck, there are many future problems.


    Friars in the foundation building period need to expel the accumulated cold in their bodies regularly. It takes a lot of time and energy every time.


    The higher the cultivation, the faster the cold accumulated, and the more time and energy spent on dispelling the cold.


    At the initial stage of foundation construction, monks need to spend almost half of their life to retreat and recuperate and expel the cold.


    Friars in the middle of foundation construction need to spend more than two-thirds of their life.


    As for the friars in the later stage of foundation building, they need to sit on a special warm jade bed all year round and suppress the excess cold in their body with the help of the power of the warm jade bed.


    Every time I leave for a period of time, I can''t delay outside for too long. For a little activity, you need to rush back to Liu''s house in time and suppress the cold with the help of the power of warm jade bed.


    If you delay outside for too long, you may freeze to death outside.


    Therefore, there are many monks in the foundation period of the Liu family, and there are also monks in the later stage of the foundation period. However, due to the defects of their own monks in the foundation period, they are not tough to the outside world and are suppressed by Shuangfeng Valley all year round.


    Among the Liu family now, except for Liu Dajin, a monk in the later stage of foundation construction, there is only Liu Dahai, the owner in the early stage of foundation construction.


    A large number of lost friars in the gas refining period were not supplemented in time.


    Now the Liu family is in the weakest time.


    The Allied forces of several clans entered the territory of the Liu family. Although the Liu family closed the mountain gate, they secretly sent monks to monitor these clans.


    Several zongmen found the little moves of the Liu family, but they were too lazy to argue with the Liu family.


    The friar kneeling in front of Liu Dajin was originally Liu Dajin''s disciple. This time, he was sent out to monitor the movements of several sects.


    The purpose of several sects is to search the sand monster''s nest, not for the Liu family. So they were very calm and did not deliberately cover up their actions.


    Liu Dajin deliberately told him to report to his owner Liu Dahai before he set out, and then rushed to the back mountain to report to Liu Dajin.


    "You mean that Meng Zhang, the thief of Taiyi sect, often breaks away from the brigade and searches for an area alone."


    "Yes, master, as the leader, Meng Zhang didn''t act with his disciples most of the time."


    After listening to the disciple''s report, Liu Dajin nodded with satisfaction, sent the disciple out, and told him not to let it out.


    When the disciple left, Liu Dajin''s face changed. First, his face was full of pain.


    "Storm, you died unjustly. You built a foundation successfully at a young age, which is the hope of the next generation of my Liu family, but you died in the hands of this little thief."


    "I can''t be at ease if I don''t take revenge."

 Chapter 240

    Liu Dajin, who was talking to himself, looked ferocious and almost shouted.


    "The Revenge of killing a son is not shared. If you don''t repay it, you will swear not to be a man."


    Liu Dajin was the highest in the Liu family, but he was always selfish, regardless of the overall situation, and acted willfully and recklessly.


    Therefore, the top of the family is quite exclusive of him.


    Even if Liu Dajin has the cultivation achievements in the later stage of foundation construction, he is just an ordinary elder. He can''t take the key position of home owner and elder at all.


    Like the Liu family, a Xiuzhen family with hundreds of years of inheritance, the family has its own laws. It can''t do whatever it wants by virtue of high cultivation.


    Unless you can form a golden pill, you will always be bound by family rules.


    As the oldest friar of the Liu family, Liu Dajin has not had many years to live.


    His son, who had always worked hard and made progress, died in Meng Zhang''s hands. Blinded by hatred, he vowed to kill Meng Zhang and avenge his son even if he paid all the price.


    Meng Zhang had never entered Liu''s territory before. Liu Dajin wanted to suppress the cold in his body and could not leave Liu''s Mountain Gate for a long time.


    Now, in order to encircle and suppress the sand monster, Meng Zhang took the initiative to enter the Liu family territory. From Liu Dajin''s point of view, it''s an eye opener to let himself avenge himself.


    When it was getting dark, Liu Dajin secretly left the Liujiashan gate by himself under the cover of night and rushed to the location where Meng Zhang was.


    According to the law of Feihong sect, when encircling and suppressing the sand monster, the Terran cultivator should put down all past gratitude and resentment and try his best to deal with the sand monster.


    If anyone dares to infighting at this time, feihongzong will punish him severely.


    Liu Dajin knew that his behavior could not get the support of the home owner Liu Dahai. He also knew that once his action was exposed, not only he could not escape the severe punishment of Feihong sect, but also the Liu family would be implicated.


    But he, blinded by hatred, has ignored these. His personal gains and losses and family interests were all forgotten by him. He only wanted to kill Meng Zhang so that his thoughts could be understood.


    When Liu Dajin set out to look for Meng Zhang, a dispute was also taking place on the flying boat of jindaomen.


    In the cabin of the second-order flying boat of jindaomen, all the disciples were driven away by Ruan Dadao. At this time, only Ruan Dadao and two strangers were arguing.


    These two strange friars were the friars of Huanglian sect who ambushed Jin Qigu and Jin Qiaoer.


    They are distant cousins named Hong Wei and Hong Feng. Like Zhang Ke, who died in Meng Zhang''s hands, they were all friars in the foundation building period of the altar division in Hedong of the Huanglian sect.


    A few years ago, several families such as qiaoshoumen went to Dafeng City for trade. Jin Qiaoer, who was playing in Dafeng City, was favored by a big man of Huanglian sect and wanted to take him away.


    Later, he was stopped by the patrolling friars of Dafeng City. The skillful sect also fled in time and fled back to the endless sand sea.


    Of course, after the event, the big man easily learned the identity and origin of Jin Qiaoer and others.


    Endless sand sea is the territory of Feihong sect, and Feihong sect and Huanglian sect have hatred for hundreds of years.


    Even the big man didn''t dare to make a new attempt on feihongzong''s territory.


    Later, the chaos of sand monsters broke out in the endless sand sea, involving most of the people of Feihong sect. The big man sent Hongfeng and the three of them to the endless sand sea to rob Jin Qiaoer.


    Hongfeng and the three of them finally came to the endless sand sea. Of course, they don''t want to just complete the task.


    The three of them mobilized funds and borrowed money everywhere. They managed to raise a large amount of Lingshi and bought a lot of goods to be transported to the endless sand sea for sale.


    Feihongzong is fighting against sand monsters. He has a great demand for all kinds of war related materials.


    After careful selection for a long time, they chose those items that could not directly improve the combat effectiveness of friar feihongzong, but friar feihongzong urgently needed.


    A hundred wooden kites, for example, are a good example.


    The goods purchased by the three people and the storage magic tools loaded with the goods were all placed on Zhang Ke.


    The three men contacted Ruan Dadao of jindaomen through an intermediary. At some cost, they obtained Ruan Dadao''s support in intelligence.


    The three people who were going to huojingfang to sell goods happened to receive the news of Ruan Dadao. Jin Qiaoer would appear in huojingfang.


    The three had no time to sell goods, so they gave priority to completing the task. They successfully ambushed Jin Qiaoer''s flying boat. When he was about to succeed, he killed Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang not only destroyed their mission, but also killed Zhang Ke, took Zhang Ke''s goods and Zhang Ke''s own belongings.


    Hong Feng and Hong Wei hated the eventful Meng Zhang in their hearts.


    After the incident was exposed, feihongzong sent friars to search everywhere for the whereabouts of Huanglian cult demons.


    In the past two years, Hong Feng and Hong Wei have been hiding from friar Feihong Zong.


    If feihongzong had not been involved in too many people by sand monsters, they might not have been able to escape the pursuit of friar feihongzong.


    When the sand monster rebellion broke out, Lin quanguan summoned the vassal sect to fight.


    Hong Feng and Hong Wei took the opportunity to mix up and found Ruan Dadao.


    They asked Ruan Dadao to help distract aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi, so that they could take Jin Qiaoer away.


    Facing their demands, Ruan Dadao flatly refused. They refused to be reconciled and continued to entangle, which made Ruan Dadao angry. At the same time, they also regretted their decision that year.


    Although the skillful hand sect and the golden knife sect have been allies for many years, the skillful hand sect is booming. In addition to Aunt Jin, aunt Jin has also built a foundation successfully.


    Ruan Yuan, who was given high hopes by Ruan Dadao, failed to build a foundation.


    Not to mention, the next generation of the skillful sect has a talented disciple like Jin Qiaoer, who has completely crushed the golden Dao sect.


    As an ally of the skillful sect for many years, Ruan Dadao knows many facts that the skillful sect deliberately conceals, and how excellent Jin Qiaoer is.


    Ruan Dadao is really jealous. If Jin Qiaoer grows up, the golden Dao gate will no longer be able to maintain an equal position in front of the skillful hand. Maybe the golden Sabre sect will become a follower and echo of the skillful sect.


    Let a group of ladies press on his head, which is unacceptable to the proud Ruan Dadao.


    So, when the monk of Huanglian cult came to him through a middleman, offered benefits, bribed him and asked him to provide information about Jin Qiaoer, he agreed.


    He never thought that the three monks of Huanglian sect would fail.


    Afterwards, friar Huang Lian sect was pursued by friar Fei Hong Zong. He was always worried that he would be implicated by friar Huang Lian sect.


    Now, two guys from Huanglian sect come to the door again and want to help themselves.


    When encircling and suppressing sand monsters, he plotted against his allies. Once the matter is exposed, not only Ruan Dadao will die, but also the golden Dao sect will be in danger of being destroyed.


    Ruan Dadao, no matter how Hong Feng and Hong Wei persuade him, he won''t let go and resolutely won''t help him.

 Chapter 241

    Seeing that Hong Feng and Hong Wei could not persuade Ruan Dadao to help, he had to leave bitterly.


    Before leaving, they threatened Ruan Dadao. If Ruan Dadao doesn''t change his mind, the news of his collusion with Huanglian cult may be leaked. We don''t know how feihongzong and linquanguan will react at that time.


    They left Ruan Dadao a day''s thinking time. They will come again tomorrow night. If Ruan Dadao''s reply can''t satisfy them, Ruan Dadao will bear the consequences.


    Watching the two monks of Huanglian cult leave by night, Ruan Dadao regretted that he died.


    How could I have been so hot headed that I hooked up with friar Huang Lian sect.


    He didn''t want to turn against the skillful hand door, but wanted to get rid of Jin Qiaoer unconsciously.


    Even, as long as Jin Qiaoer leaves the skillful hand gate and the endless sand sea, he can accept it.


    I didn''t think that after the monk of Huanglian cult missed, he didn''t give up and would continue to pester himself.


    Ruan Dadao still has a minimum of reason. At the critical moment of encircling and suppressing sand monsters, he can''t help friar Huang Lian cult plot against his allies.


    Ruan Dadao thought hard and thought hard about countermeasures. How could he get rid of the current dilemma.


    On the other side, Liu Dajin searched in the dark and found Meng Zhang alone.


    Meng Zhang didn''t act with his disciples. As a monk in the foundation period, he acted more efficiently alone.


    As a member of the Terran cultivator, Meng Zhang has a natural hatred for sand monsters. He is willing to do his bit to eliminate the sand monster, not just to complete the task assigned by Lin Quan temple.


    In order to find out the sand monster''s nest as soon as possible, Meng Zhang also made great efforts.


    As night fell, the monks in the period of Qi refining in Taiyi gate had already rested.


    Meng Zhang, who acted alone, delimited a large area as his next search place. Despite the fact that it was late, he was still trying to search.


    Liu Dajin found Meng Zhang and became calm.


    The other side is a friar in the foundation period. If he can''t stay in time, he is likely to escape. Even if you can''t kill with one blow, you should also hit it hard and make it unable to escape.


    A frontal attack will leave the other party a chance to escape, which Liu Dajin will not do.


    Liu Dajin tried his best to secretly approach Meng Zhang and look for opportunities for sneak attack.


    Just after searching an area, he was preparing to have a rest. A feeling of great disaster suddenly appeared in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    There was an inexplicable sense of fear in his heart, as if he would die in the next moment.


    Alert Meng Zhang doesn''t think this feeling is an illusion. As a monk in the foundation period, he has been able to control his mind freely for a long time.


    This sudden feeling should be a sign. You must pay attention to it and respond in time.


    Although Meng Zhang had many ideas in his mind, they flashed through his mind in a very short time, and there was basically no delay.


    He must leave here as soon as possible. When this idea just appeared in his heart, Meng Zhang followed his feelings and began to take action.


    Meng Zhang made a sudden effort and flew to the sky.


    Meng Zhang''s body has just left the ground and has not had time to rise. A cold breath fell from the sky, and he seemed to be in ice and snow all at once.


    Meng Zhang, who had many fighting experiences with friars of the Liu family, recognized it all at once. This is the ice cold Qi secretly handed down by the Liu family.


    From the power of the hand, the other party''s accomplishments are not only in the early stage of foundation construction, but also in the middle stage of foundation construction.


    At this time, Meng Zhang couldn''t care to think about when the Liu family had such an expert, and why he risked universal condemnation to plot against himself at this time.


    Meng Zhang''s most urgent task now is to escape the enemy''s long planned raid.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s body has been off the ground and has enough space to dodge and move.


    Meng Zhang''s body, which was flying upward, suddenly accelerated and his speed increased several times. But did not continue to fly high, but ran forward.


    The place where Meng Zhang originally stood turned into a huge pit silently.


    Although the enemy''s attack just passed by, almost all the blood in Meng Zhang''s body was frozen, making half of his body frozen.


    Regardless of his physical discomfort, Meng Zhang forcibly condensed his true Qi and fled this dangerous place as quickly as possible.


    Originally, in the event of a raid, Meng Zhang should flee to the location of the disciples of Taiyi gate, meet with the disciples of the gate as soon as possible and get support.


    But Meng Zhang''s intuition made him choose another direction to escape.


    The sudden warning in his heart just now made him escape. Meng Zhang, who believed in his intuition, flew in the opposite direction to Taiyi disciples.


    Meng Zhang''s body was almost close to the ground and rushed forward like a rabbit.


    Liu Dajin, who made a sneak attack on Meng Zhang, was originally determined to win a blow, but Meng Zhang avoided it by his sudden action.


    Liu Dajin couldn''t understand why. He had prepared for a long time. It was an attack that the other party could never escape. How could he fail?


    It''s like Meng Zhang knew his actions in advance, so he avoided them in time.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang wanted to escape, Liu Dajin couldn''t think about it. His body moved and rushed forward, like gangrene attached to the bone, tightly attached to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt cold in his heart and felt that it was even colder around him.


    Meng Zhang almost pushed the Qi in his body to the limit and just ran to the front.


    He had no chance to fight back. He clearly felt that as long as his actions stopped a little, an attack like a storm would come at once. He will have no power to parry and be killed on the spot.


    Meng Zhang had no time to fight back, cast spells, or even take out the items in the storage bag. He had to run away with all his strength without any superfluous action.


    Even so, Meng Zhang clearly felt that he could not escape for long. At most, the enemy will catch up with him and kill him.


    Meng Zhang fled in the direction of his intuition, which was exactly the direction of the golden sword gate.


    Hong Feng and Hong Wei, who had just left from Ruan Dadao, came all the way and ran into Meng Zhang.


    When they found each other, they recognized each other''s identity.


    Seeing Meng Zhang being chased and killed, Hong Wei and Hong Feng were overjoyed and considered whether to throw a stone in the well and get a hand in it.


    Meng Zhang reacted the fastest and immediately shouted desperately.


    "Brother Zhang, fifth brother Wang and Friar Liu collude with the sand monster. You must be more careful."


    Hong Feng and Hong Wei were stunned when Meng Zhang shouted.


    Who are brother Zhang and fifth brother Wang? Is Meng Zhang calling his brother? But that''s not what my brother is called. Also, can human friars in the endless sand sea collude with sand monsters?

 Chapter 242

    Hong Wei and Hong Feng were stunned. Meng Zhang had come not far in front of them.


    Liu Dajin, who was chasing Meng Zhang, changed his face. He really didn''t expect to meet Meng Zhang''s acquaintances at this time.


    The assassination of Meng Zhang at this time was originally a shameful thing. Once leaked, it will bring big trouble to yourself and even the Liu family.


    Although Liu Dajin has always been selfish and not close to the family, he will not watch the family suffer bad luck because of himself.


    Liu Dajin killed the machine in his heart. When attacking Meng Zhang, he quietly expanded the scope of the attack.


    The icy cold Qi was originally insidious and secret. It shrouded Hong Wei and Hong Feng in silence.


    The two men reacted that Meng Zhang was talking nonsense. When he was preparing to distinguish, it was too late.


    Liu Dajin, who is determined to kill, has begun to kill people.


    Feeling the cold breath, Hong Wei and Hong Feng shouted: "misunderstanding, misunderstanding, we don''t know Meng Zhang well."


    Liu Dajin had a sarcastic smile on his lips. At this time, I still say unfamiliar nonsense. I really think I''m a fool.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the two were strangers and ran into themselves to pursue Meng Zhang, they would kill people and kill people.


    The other party''s attack didn''t stop at all. They felt the other party''s firm intention to kill. Hong Feng and Hong Wei had to resist.


    They were not raided like Meng Zhang, but faced the enemy directly, so they had the opportunity to resist.


    A flying sword rose into the sky, hovered in the air and cut at Liu Dajin.


    Hong Feng is one of the top swordsmanship experts in the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect. His swordsmanship is hardly below that of Meng Zhang. The last time Meng Zhang fought with him, because the flying sword was not good, he had to suppress it all the time.


    Hong Wei released his seal with both hands, and a big yellow hand rose from behind him and grabbed Liu Dajin directly.


    With Hong Feng and Hong Wei sharing the pressure, Meng Zhang finally calmed down, freed his hands and began to fight back.


    The silk wrapped soft sword fell from the sky and fell on Liu Dajin''s head.


    There are two small gaps between the later stage of foundation construction and the early stage of foundation construction. It''s an insurmountable gap.


    With one against three, Liu Dajin did not feel the slightest difficulty. As long as we take the lead and bring all the enemy into the scope of attack, the enemy can''t get away easily.


    Besides, Liu Dajin is not a casual practice without inheritance. Although the Liu family has only a history of hundreds of years, it still has a complete inheritance of the foundation period.


    Hong Feng and Hong Wei were born in Huanglian sect of Yuanshen sect. Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance of Taiyi sect in the heyday. They are all outstanding people with outstanding inheritance, knowledge and excellent qualifications.


    The three were forced to join hands against the enemy when they had to, and they also showed their true skills.


    At first, Hong Feng and Hong Wei had fantasies and hoped to explain the misunderstanding. Speaking of it, they have the same hatred as Meng Zhang. Of course, they hope to see Meng Zhang unlucky. How can they stand on Meng Zhang''s side.


    But Liu Dajin didn''t give them a chance to stop. He turned a deaf ear to their explanation and didn''t believe it at all.


    Meng Zhang shouted: "two brothers, Liu Dajin, the old thief, clearly wants to kill people and kill people. If any of you can escape, you must bring the news to Feihong Zong and Linquan temple and kill the old thief."


    Now, everyone has no way back, only to fight to the end.


    Hong Wei and Hong Feng hate Meng Zhang, but they have to help Meng Zhang resist the enemy. They were depressed and suffocated to death.


    Liu Dajin tried his best, just like a crazy tiger, vowing to leave all three.


    After a hard struggle, Hong Wei, the weakest, couldn''t support it first and was killed by Liu Dajin on the spot.


    Although Hong Feng is also a cultivation achievement in the early stage of foundation construction, he is highly valued in Huanglian sect because of his excellent swordsmanship. He has several life saving things given by experts in the sect.


    He consumed all the life-saving things and finally got rid of Liu Dajin''s attack. Hong Feng was seriously injured and fled towards the golden sword gate.


    Hong Feng''s life-saving object beyond Liu Dajin''s accident saved him from the immediate disaster.


    Taking the opportunity of Hong Feng and Hong Wei''s escape and death, Meng Zhang finally found a gap, fought against Liu Dajin, and finally left the battlefield and fled towards Taiyi gate.


    Seeing that Hong Feng and Meng Zhang had a tacit understanding and fled to different directions, Liu Dajin hesitated a little and chased Meng Zhang directly.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is his enemy and his primary goal.


    Although Liu Dajin had the upper hand in the war just now, he made great achievements. But the suppressed cold in his body was ready to move again.


    Liu Dajin knew that what he should do at this time was to rush back to Liu''s house as soon as possible and use the warm jade bed to suppress the cold in his body.


    But things have come to this point. Seeing Meng Zhang escape, Liu Dajin is really unwilling.


    Liu Dajin chased Meng Zhang and vowed to kill him on the spot.


    Liu Dajin was even prepared. Even if he lost his old life, he would never let Meng Zhang go.


    Liu Dajiang''s accomplishments far surpass Meng Zhang''s, and his speed is also much faster. Even if Meng Zhang took the first step and tried his best, he was soon caught up by Liu Dajiang.


    In front of Liu Dajin, Meng Zhang didn''t even dare to use the skill of earth hiding. The skill of earth hiding is only better than concealment. In terms of speed, it is not outstanding.


    Meng Zhang had secretly decided that if he escaped this time, he must find a way to cultivate a fast escape technique to escape at the critical moment.


    Meng Zhang, who was caught up by Liu Dajin, couldn''t continue to escape, so he had to turn around and fight.


    Liu Dajin frantically pounced on Meng Zhang to kill the enemy in the shortest time.


    Suddenly, behind Liu Dajin, a figure flew out of the ground, waved a sledgehammer and blasted at Liu Dajin''s back.


    It turned out that after the thick earth God returned to the flying boat at taiyimen, he found that Meng Zhang had not come back. He decided to go out and look for it.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at the area where he should have been, he found traces of fighting on the ground. He followed the tracks left by them all the way, and finally came near the battlefield not long ago.


    At that time, Hong Wei was killed, Hong Feng was seriously injured and ran away, and Meng Zhang ran for his life.


    The thick earth God with rich combat experience will know that Meng Zhang can''t escape far and will be overtaken by the enemy. Instead of directly facing Liu Dajin, he secretly approached Liu Dajin from behind by using his talent of earth hiding.


    When Liu Da came in and out to stop Meng Zhang, the thick earth god suddenly burst up and took the opportunity to sneak from behind.

 Chapter 243

    Liu Dajin, who focused on Meng Zhang, was caught off guard and was attacked by the God of thick earth.


    The stone hammer, a second-order magic tool, is powerful after being refined by the thick earth God. With one blow, Liu Dajin''s body protecting Qi was dispersed.


    Liu Dajin felt his throat sweet and couldn''t help but spit out a mouthful of blood.


    The injury on his body is still a small matter. The most important thing is that the cold in his body, which has been suppressed by Liu Dajin, suddenly rises.


    Liu Dajin felt a burst of cold and numb hands and feet. He quickly turned his Qi to forcibly dispel the cold and suppress the cold in his body.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Meng Zhang moved his body and avoided Liu Dajin''s attack.


    Meng Zhang took out a small jade bottle from the storage bag and drank up the stalactites stored in the jade bottle.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang and jueying explored the cave of the predecessors of Zijin sect. The spirit vein where the cave is located produces stalactites in the spirit eye.


    Stalactite is the best natural spirit to restore Qi. Over the years, taiyimen has accumulated a lot of stalactites. Now it''s finally coming in handy.


    When Shi Zhongru entered his stomach, Meng Zhang''s exhausted Qi quickly recovered.


    At this time, Liu Dajin suppressed the cold in his body and turned to attack the thick earth God general.


    Meng Zhang recovered a little, then rushed over and joined hands with the thick earth God general to block Liu Dajin.


    Meng Zhang holds a golden black lamp. The power of the sun''s true fire greatly increases his resistance to ice cold and effectively resists ice cold Qi.


    The silk wrapped soft sword dances up and down in the air, displaying a set of Liu sword formula dancing with the wind incisively and vividly.


    Although the cultivation of thick earth God has only been restored to the early stage of foundation construction, he once had the combat effectiveness of Jindan level after all. Both combat experience and various means are far more than ordinary friars in the early days of foundation construction.


    Meng Zhang and Hou Tu Shen general joined hands to block Liu Dajin.


    Meng Zhang obviously felt that Liu Dajin''s cultivation seemed to be much weaker, and there was an occasional look of pain on his face.


    At this time, Liu Dajin is not better. Earth shaking changes are taking place in his body.


    The cold accumulated in his body haunted him for many years. At this time, it began to make waves again.


    In order to suppress the cold, Liu Dajin consumed most of his energy. Most of his true anger was beyond use.


    Meng Zhang and Hou Tu Shen generals are both experienced fighters. They found that Liu Dajin was not playing tricks to show weakness, but did not know what was wrong and his accomplishments were greatly affected.


    After discovering this, they were in great spirits and had more power. It seemed that they were going to turn away from the guest.


    Another fierce fight. With the passage of time, the cold had a greater and greater impact on Liu Dajin. He was almost unable to suppress it.


    The cold breath kept pounding his body, his movement slowed down a lot, and the whole person was about to freeze.


    Liu Dajin knew that he was about to reach his limit. The cold Qi in the body has begun to be uncontrollable.


    Once the icy cold gas breaks out completely, he will die.


    Originally, Liu Dajin pursued Meng Zhang with the heart of death, even if he lost one life.


    But when things came to an end, Liu Dajin began to shrink back again.


    Since ancient times, it has been difficult for Liu Dajin to die. Although he doesn''t have much longevity, he still doesn''t want to die easily. It''s good to live one more day.


    In the face of life and death, Liu Dajin exposed his nature of being greedy for life and afraid of death.


    The idea of survival arose in his heart. Liu Dajin was unwilling to continue to entangle Meng Zhang. Instead, he wanted to get out of the battle as soon as possible, return to the Liu family and use the warm jade bed to suppress the cold in his body.


    Meng Zhang and Hou Tu Shen were keenly aware of Liu Dajin''s changes and found that the enemy''s fighting spirit was gradually extinguished.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was unwilling to let Liu Dajin go.


    This time he was attacked by Liu Dajin. If it weren''t for the sudden warning in his heart, Meng Zhang would die.


    If we let Liu Dajin go this time and guard against the sneak attack and assassination of an expert in the later stage of foundation construction at any time in the future, it would be impossible to prevent, and there might be an accident at any time.


    Although I don''t know what''s wrong with Liu Dajin, his state is obviously wrong. Taking advantage of his illness to kill him is the right choice.


    So Meng Zhang and Houtu God looked at each other and had a tacit understanding. The two men made efforts almost at the same time to firmly entangle Liu Dajin and prevent him from escaping easily.


    The three fought for a long time and did not give in to each other.


    This time, the situation changed. It became that Liu Dajin wanted to escape, and Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth would not let go.


    After all, Liu Dajin was an expert in the later stage of building the foundation. He fought hard to pay some price, or beat back the two and embarked on the road of running for his life.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth would not give up, and they followed closely.


    Liu Dajin tried his best to escape in the direction of Liujiashan gate, but the speed of flight was getting slower and slower. He couldn''t get rid of Meng Zhang and Houtu God general.


    Finally, the Liujiashan gate appeared in Liu Dajin''s eyes.


    But it''s too late.


    Liu Dajin just took a final look at the family''s Mountain Gate. He closed his eyes reluctantly. His body was stiff and fell from the air.


    Meng Zhang hurried forward and caught Liu Dajin''s body falling from the air. A movement in his hand took all the storage bags on Liu Dajin.


    A human figure shook in the Liujiashan gate. Obviously, the people inside found the movement here.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth will float quietly in the air and look at the Mountain Gate of the Liu family in front of them.


    If the Liu family doesn''t give a statement about this matter today, Meng Zhang will not be polite to the Liu family.


    Liu Dahai, the owner of the Liu family, came to the front of the mountain gate and noticed the body of Liu Dajin in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    Liu Dahai''s face was so blue that someone called Liu Dajin''s disciple.


    After a severe interrogation, Liu Dahai understood Liu Dajin''s Secret moves.


    Liu Dajin must have assassinated Meng Zhang, and then he was killed by Meng Zhang. Only then did the body fall into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    "Liu Dajin, a fool, assassinated a friar in the early days of foundation construction. Unexpectedly, he missed and was killed by others."


    Liu Dahai was so angry that he kept cursing the dead Liu Dajin.


    Liu Dajin died a hundred years ago, but he left such a big head and tail. How should the Liu family clean up.


    Seeing that the friar of the Liu family has not come forward, he is not sure that he can capture the Mountain Gate of the Liu family by himself and the thick earth God general.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and sent out a summons to inform the chief friars of the other families.


    Taoist priest Guanghong was the first to arrive here. When he received Meng Zhang''s summons, his face was livid, his face was full of uncontrollable anger, and he didn''t look like a good man in normal times.


    The friars of skillful hand sect and Linshan sect arrived one after another.


    Aunt Jin, Xu Yishan and others were very angry. The Liu family has made a big taboo.


    When they were dealing with the sand monster, the Liu family stabbed them in the back, which would arouse the public anger of the endless sand sea cultivation world.


    The flying boat of the golden Dao gate arrived, but Ruan Dadao didn''t arrive yet.

 Chapter 244

    When the monks of several families gathered at the Liujiashan gate, Ruan Dadao, the golden Dao gate, was busy recovering from his injury.


    After escaping from Liu Dajin, Hong Feng fled all the way to the golden Dao gate. He didn''t dare to stop. He didn''t even have time to look back.


    After seeing off Hong Feng and Hong Wei, Ruan Dadao was upset by the threat before they left. He left the flying boat and wandered outside.


    After wandering for a while, Ruan Dadao was ready to go back, and a human shadow flew here in the distance.


    Seeing the Ruan dagger ahead, Hong Feng was relieved and could no longer suppress his injury. He fell in front of Ruan dagger in embarrassment and gushed blood in his mouth.


    Ruan Dadao is a temporary ally and should be trusted.


    "What''s the matter with you?" asked Ruan Dadao suspiciously.


    Hong Feng sat down cross legged, took some pills from the storage bag, meditated for a while, and then managed to stabilize the injury.


    After the state was stable, Hong Feng sighed and talked about it for Ruan Dadao.


    After hearing Hongfeng''s story, Ruan Dadao was speechless. It''s too bad luck for the Hong brothers to encounter such a thing. Inexplicably involved in the gratitude and resentment of others and killed himself.


    Hong Feng looked behind him with lingering fear, "it seems that the madman went to hunt down Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate and didn''t follow me."


    "Brother Ruan, I need you to help me with something. I''m not suitable for a long trip now. I hope I can hide in your golden sword sect team for a few days."


    "No problem, you can rest assured. Our golden Dao gate is absolutely safe here. No one dares to make trouble."


    Ruan Dadao agreed to Hong Feng''s request, but secretly he moved his mind.


    Hong Feng struggled to his feet and was ready to return to the golden sword sect with Ruan Dadao.


    Seeing that Hong Feng''s serious injury was not pretended, Ruan Dadao finally made up his mind.


    He walked over and looked like he was going to help the flood peak. But a golden Sabre breath cut silently to the flood peak.


    Hong Feng never thought that a friar who built the foundation sect would dare to plot against such a large number of Yuanshen disciples as Huanglian sect.


    The Huanglian sect disciples who sneaked into the endless sand sea in the past, as long as they did not violate the bottom line of Feihong sect, even after they were discovered by Feihong sect, they were mostly expelled.


    I don''t know whether Ruan Dadao is a coward or doesn''t know whether to live or die.


    Because he was threatened by two monks of the Huanglian sect and didn''t want to expose the fact of collusion with the Huanglian sect, Ruan broadsword broke into a rage and wanted to kill people.


    Their accomplishments were a little worse, and Hongfeng was seriously injured and did not take precautions.


    Facing the sneak attack of Ruan Dadao, he had almost no resistance, and his body was cut in two.


    Although Hong Feng was killed, he didn''t make Ruan Dadao feel better before he died.


    As a young swordsman of Huanglian sect, Hong Feng is favored by many elders in the sect. On his body, a golden elixir elder who divided the altar in Hedong secretly subdued a sword Qi.


    Although limited to Hong Feng''s cultivation, he can''t take the initiative to urge the sword Qi. But when he was facing the crisis of life and death, the sword Qi was triggered.


    While Hong Feng was cut in two, a fierce sword Qi was shot from his body and directly cut to Ruan Dadao.


    At a critical juncture, Ruan Da Dao offered his life''s golden sword to block the sword Qi cutting at him.


    This second-class magic weapon has been refined by Ruan dagger with painstaking efforts for many years and is indestructible. Facing the cut sword Qi, he only blocked it a little and was hit to pieces by the sword Qi.


    Seizing the only vitality, Ruan Dadao leaned in time and narrowly avoided the sword Qi.


    After all, no one controls it. Such a powerful sword is just a dead thing.


    On the ground behind Ruan broadsword, a bottomless gully was cut out.


    Benming''s magic weapon was destroyed, Ruan broadsword was seriously injured, and his mouth kept spewing blood.


    But in his heart, he was very happy.


    Fortunately, he made a decisive decision. Hong Feng was cut to death by himself. It was only under the control of no one that he was so easy to avoid.


    If Hong Feng is still alive and directly controls this sword Qi, he will be doomed.


    Of course, if Hong Feng had such a powerful backhand, Ruan Dadao would never have the courage to do it.


    Clean up the battlefield, destroy the corpse and recover the injury. Ruan Dadao is busy.


    Even if he received the summons from Meng Zhang, he didn''t go in time.


    Seeing that all the others had arrived except Ruan Dadao, Taoist Guanghong shouted to the Liujiashan gate, "Master Liu, please open the array and come out to make everything clear."


    "This incident is too bad. You must explain it to everyone."


    Liu Jiashan was silent for a long time, but then came out the helpless voice of Liu Dahai, the owner of the Liu family.


    "Taoist Guanghong, I said what Liu Dajin did was all his personal behavior. It has nothing to do with the Liu family. No one in the family knows. Will you believe it?"


    "Believe it or not, you should come out and explain it to everyone." Taoist Guanghong said angrily.


    "Taoist Guanghong, I can trust you. But those people around you have deep blood feuds with my Liu family. I''m afraid they won''t be polite if I really open the mountain gate array."


    "My personal life and death is small, and the survival of my family is big. I''m sorry to be rude. I can''t trust the survival of my family on the kindness of some people." Liu Dahai said decisively.


    Next, no matter how Taoist Guanghong persuaded him, Liu Dahai refused to open the mountain protection array, let alone come out.


    In the end, Liu Dahai stopped explaining and kept silent.


    Meng Zhang, who had been impatient for a long time, said eagerly: "I said earlier that the Liu family attacked behind us while we were dealing with the sand monster. It was really an unforgivable crime. It was the scum of the human race and the public enemy of the cultivation world."


    "Let me say that we have joined hands to break the Liujiashan gate. In addition to this scourge, we have a bright future in the cultivation world."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Taoist Guanghong thought for a long time before he said categorically: "no, the Liu family is a vassal of Feihong sect. We can''t deal with it rashly."


    Although Lin quanguan has reconciled with feihongzong, feihongzong is also very generous and shows a posture of ignoring past grievances. But the relationship between the two families is very delicate after all, and they are carefully testing each other.


    At this time, if Lin quanguan disposes of the Liu family privately, it will inevitably make Feihong sect have other ideas.


    Taoist priest Guanghong contacted the leader Taoist priest Guanghui through the secret method and told him everything here.


    Then they waited patiently while supervising the Liujiashan gate.


    Meng Zhang was dissatisfied with the weakness of Taoist Guanghong. But he also knew that he was unable to change Guanghong''s decision.


    Meng Zhang simply flew aside and counted Liu Dajin''s relics with the thick earth God.

 Chapter 245

    Liu Dajin was carrying two ten square storage bags with a lot of sundries such as spirit stones, talismans and pills.


    Liu Dajin seldom left the Liujiashan gate because of the cold in his body. He had no expenses and had a lot of wealth.


    But these are not what Meng Zhang is most interested in. What he is most interested in is a seemingly ordinary jade pendant.


    After the identification of the thick earth God general, this should be the passage spell for Liu Dajin to enter and leave the Liu family mountain protection array.


    With this jade pendant, Liu Dajin can go in and out freely even if the mountain protection array is opened.


    Of course, Liu Dajin is dead now, and this jade pendant falls aside. The Liu family will certainly adjust the authority of the big array in time to make this jade pendant useless.


    However, the thick earth God will be a local teacher. He has deep attainments in geomantic geography and various arrays. As long as he is given enough time, he can use this jade pendant to find out the flaws of Liu''s mountain protection array.


    While they were waiting for Taoist Guanghui''s reply, Ruan Dadao of the golden Dao gate finally arrived here.


    For his late arrival, Ruan Dadao casually found an excuse to perfunctory the past.


    It was a long time before Taoist Guanghong received the response from Taoist Guanghui.


    Taoist Guanghui said that he had communicated with Feihong Zong. Feihong Zong attached great importance to this matter and had sent envoys to deal with it.


    The friars of several sects stopped searching for the sand monster''s nest temporarily. They monitored the Liujiashan gate and waited for the arrival of the messenger of Feihong sect.


    Without letting the people wait long, the messenger of Feihong sect begged Zhao jiudou humbly and promised countless benefits.


    Zhao jiudou had a grudge against Meng Zhang. Now he was moved by the benefits promised by Liu Dahai, and he soon had a tendency in his heart.


    If you want to erase this matter, you have to take care of Linquan temple.


    So Zhao jiudou informed Taoist Guanghong and connected him to the Liujiashan gate.


    After all, the Liu family is a foundation building family inherited for hundreds of years, and the family still has a lot of details. After making countless promises, Liu Dahai finally explained Taoist Guanghong.


    Taoist Guanghong was originally a good man. With the benefits promised by the Liu family, he finally let go and promised to let it go gently.


    As for Meng Zhang, there''s nothing wrong with people anyway. Giving some compensation should be able to make up for it.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang killed the people of the Liu family, but the Liu family wanted to compensate him. He took a big advantage.


    After their discussion, Taoist Guanghong and Zhao jiudou left the Liujiashan gate and came outside to gather the heads of several sects together.


    Taoist Guanghong deliberated for a while before announcing the conclusion of the matter.


    Liu Dajin has died. There is no proof of his death. No one can tell how he clashed with Meng Zhangqi. Who is right and who is wrong?


    Meng Zhang said that Liu Dajin''s sneak attack on him was just one side of the story. Considering the past grievances between taiyimen and the Liu family, Meng Zhang''s remarks are not credible.


    Of course, in order to express their sincerity to solve the matter, the Liu family is still willing to apologize to Meng Zhang and take out a spirit stone to compensate Meng Zhang for his losses.


    In view of Liu Dajin''s death, this matter is over. In the future, the Liu family and taiyimen can''t continue to entangle.


    After hearing Taoist Guanghong''s announcement, Meng Zhang looked at him with unbelievable eyes.


    Taoist Guanghong''s remarks show that they must have reached some kind of agreement secretly. Meng Zhang of taiyimen, as a victim, was ignored by them.


    Meng Zhang was filled with sadness. Is Lin quanguan not afraid of his cold heart when he treats himself like this?


    Taiyimen is still too weak and not strong enough. Even if you are cold hearted and dissatisfied, do you dare to resist Lin Quan view?


    Since Lin quanguan''s Guangzhi immortal got the pill, Lin quanguan has changed, and Taoist Guanghong''s personality has also changed.


    When the Taoist priest Guanghong of the first school of immortality and the glory of the moon, he also became a fly camp and dog Gou.


    After hearing the conclusion announced by Taoist Guanghong, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi looked at Meng Zhang with sympathetic eyes.


    Lin shenpo was a little dissatisfied and wanted to say something, but Xu Yishan stopped him.


    Ruan Dadao looked at Meng Zhang with gloating eyes.


    Taoist priest Guanghong has announced the handling of this matter. Meng Zhang has to bear it forcibly no matter how dissatisfied he is.


    At this time, neither taiyimen nor Meng Zhang had the strength to turn against Lin quanguan, and even could not show their dissatisfaction.


    After dealing with this matter, several families scattered and continued to search for the sand monster''s nest.


    Back in his mission area, Meng Zhang didn''t want to continue searching the sand monster''s nest, but thought alone. When Liu Dajin plotted against himself, he was in a strange state.


    The thick earth God called Wen qiansuan to study the jade pendant obtained from Liu Dajin.


    Wen qiansuan''s cultivation is not only far from that of the thick earth God general, but also far from the way of array.


    The God of the thick earth will ask him to come and study together, and he also intends to guide him.


    Of course, the wonderful ideas that Wen qiansuan occasionally comes up with can also give some inspiration to the thick earth God.


    Other disciples of Taiyi sect did their best to continue searching the sand monster''s nest.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time before he came to a conclusion. What happened to him at that time should be a whim in the legend of the Xiuzhen world.


    It is said that those powers in the cultivation world will feel when some events related to themselves are about to happen.


    Especially when you are about to encounter some kind of disaster, this feeling is the most obvious.


    This sense of the future is the so-called whim.


    If you want to have the ability of whim, you are generally Yuanshen Zhenjun, or some excellent Jindan immortal.


    Meng Zhangyi, a monk in the foundation period, doesn''t know how he could have such ability.


    Meng Zhang thought about it. He had been studying Dayan divination all these years. Is this the ability brought by Dayan divination?


    It seems that the legendary Tianji master may have the ability of whim regardless of his cultivation level.


    However, I have studied for so long, and I have achieved nothing. How can I inexplicably have the ability of whim?


    Meng Zhang can be sure that he really doesn''t have an introduction to Tianji.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang couldn''t figure out this problem, so he had to let it go temporarily.

 Chapter 246

    Zhao jiudou, as the messenger of Feihong sect, came to deal with the Liu family incident. Instead of leaving here, he took the initiative to stay and help Taoist Guanghong.


    The team led by Taoist Guanghui who entered Qingzhu mountain territory did not find the whereabouts of the sand monster army there.


    Taoist Guanghui also dispersed the team and carefully searched for the whereabouts of the sand monster army.


    To be honest, Qingzhu mountain territory is closely connected with Liu family territory, and the sand monster''s nest may also be above Qingzhu mountain territory.


    Therefore, Taoist priest Guanghui did not hurry to meet Taoist priest Guanghong, but continued to stay in the territory of Qingzhu mountain for careful search.


    The Liu family''s territory has been searched for some time. They almost searched most of the territory underground and found nothing.


    It can be said that the sand monster''s nest is unlikely to be underground in Liu''s territory.


    Finally, there is a small area that has not been searched. If you still don''t find it after searching here, Taoist Guanghong will lead the team to leave and meet with Taoist Guanghui to discuss the next action.


    Although Meng Zhang was obviously slack, others in taiyimen still worked very hard to complete the task.


    Due to the efforts of the disciples of Taiyi sect, the search progress of Taiyi sect did not lag far behind other sects. All the search work can be completed soon.


    That day, Meng Zhang was studying Dayan divination in a flying boat. Suddenly, a signal for help came from the direction of the golden Dao gate.


    Have you found the location of the sand monster''s nest over the golden knife gate?


    Without neglecting, Meng Zhang immediately called the thick earth God general who was studying the jade pendant with Wen qiansuan. The disciples scattered around Taiyi sect also gathered as quickly as possible.


    Soon after all the Taiyi disciples gathered near the flying boat, a strong wind suddenly blew in the distance, and a strong wind swept through the sand.


    Meng Zhangyun took a closer look at it. He could see that there were countless shadows in the strong wind and sand.


    This is a team of sand monsters, coming straight to their own side.


    Meng Zhang, who was preparing to reinforce jindaomen, had to stop temporarily to deal with the sand monsters in front of him.


    Taiyi disciples left the flying boat and lined up in front.


    The sand monster team under the cover of gale sand soon rushed nearby.


    Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief. At such a distance, he could completely see the reality of the opposite sand monster group.


    There are hundreds of sand monsters, but nearly half of them are small sand monsters.


    The little sand monster can be regarded as zero order. Even fully armed mortals can fight the little sand monster.


    The remaining half are basically first-order sand monsters, which is equivalent to the practitioners in the Qi refining period of mankind.


    There is only one second-order sand monster that can rival the builders in the foundation period.


    A huge head flew from the sky, all composed of yellow sand.


    The huge head opened its mouth and blew gently, which rolled up a huge storm.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth rushed up into the sky and took the initiative to fly to the second-order sand monster in the air.


    On the ground, the disciples of Taiyi sect, who were waiting for them, ran into the sand monster community and fell into a fierce battle.


    Under the Royal envoy of Meng Zhang, the silk wrapped soft sword turned into a competitive practice and cut at the sand monster opposite.


    The thick earth God also waved a gravel hammer and smashed the huge head.


    Two friars in the foundation period fought a fierce battle of life and death with the second-order sand monster.


    The sand monsters rushing from the ground put great pressure on the friar taiyimen.


    Under Yang Xueyi''s envoy, the flying sword danced up and down among the sand monsters, killing a sand monster from time to time.


    Wen qiansuan used several array flags to set up a small Dharma array in front of him, which actually blocked the fierce sand monster.


    Tian Li urged the fire talisman in his hand. One flexible fire snake after another appeared on the ground and rushed into the sand monsters.


    Hu Jing and several tame spirit beasts worked together to hold a position.


    The most courageous Zheng Chao released the second-order puppet given by Meng Zhang.


    The lion puppet rushed back and forth among the sand monsters, killing a big gap directly.


    Zheng Chao led a group of battle hall disciples to follow this gap and took the initiative to enter the sand monster group, trying to disturb the sand monster array.


    Other Taiyi disciples also learned from each exhibition. They used all kinds of means to attack the sand monsters one after another.


    Meng Zhang''s hard work over the years has not been in vain. After hard training, the disciples of Taiyi sect finally have a bit of atmosphere.


    These elite disciples carefully selected by Meng Zhang performed very well.


    They formed an array and cooperated with each other, which caused great damage to the sand monsters.


    After a hard battle in the sky, the victory was finally divided.


    Half of the huge head was knocked off by the gravel hammer, and the remaining half was full of gullies drawn by the flying sword.


    The second-order sand monster, who has become much smarter, does not fight like before. After being badly hurt, he turned and ran away.


    The God of thick earth chased after him. Meng Zhang glanced at the bottom. The disciples of Taiyi sect stabilized and were slowly gaining the upper hand.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the direction of the golden knife door.


    Although I have always been at odds with Ruan Dadao of the golden sword sect, when facing the sand monster, as a fellow Terran cultivator, I still have to help.


    Meng Zhang''s flying sword swept the sand monsters below and wiped out a large number of sand monsters. Then he took back his flying sword and flew towards the golden sword gate.


    In a hurry, Meng Zhang found that the sky ahead was dark, and the wind was blowing in disorder, filled with countless yellow sand.


    Meng Zhangyun opened his eyes and looked at the front. Things are bad here.


    The sand monsters attacking Jindao gate are obviously more powerful than those encountered by Taiyi gate.


    The sand monsters have completely surrounded the friars of the golden Sabre sect.


    The flying boat of jindaomen was shot down and fell to the ground.


    A large group of jindaomen friars are resisting around the wreckage of the flying boat.


    Sand monsters don''t accept prisoners, they just kill wantonly. When surrounded by sand monsters, Terran practitioners have only one way to fight to the end.


    In the sky, Ruan dagger attacked three with one enemy, facing the siege of three second-order sand monsters.


    Although Ruan Dadao was a friar in the middle of foundation building, he was destroyed not long ago, and his combat effectiveness was greatly reduced. After a hard struggle, he obviously couldn''t hold on.


    A whip composed entirely of yellow sand hit Ruan dagger.


    His body was pulled out and blood gushed from his mouth.


    Ruan Dadao, who managed to stabilize his body, had no fighting spirit. With unwilling eyes, he glanced at the disciples of the golden Sabre sect who were under siege, turned around reluctantly and fled away from the battlefield.


    Where can the three headed second-order sand monster easily let go of the coming prey and chase after it.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to fly over to support. Aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi fly over from the side and are quickly approaching Ruan Dadao.

 Chapter 247

    The skillful hand gate was originally farther from the golden knife gate than the Taiyi gate, but Meng Zhangxian fought with the sand monsters, which delayed a little time, so he fell behind.


    Seeing that Aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi have rushed to reinforce, and are about to meet Ruan Dadao, Meng Zhang is not in a hurry, but continues to observe around to see if there are any hidden sand monsters.


    Ruan Dadao was chased and killed by three second-order sand monsters. He was running for his life in a hurry. He was relieved to see Aunt Jin and aunt Jin fly over.


    Golden Sabre sect and skillful hand sect have been allies for many years, and he can still trust each other.


    Seeing that the two sides were about to meet, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi suddenly took action and became angry. Several golden needle shadows came out and directly shot at Ruan broadsword.


    Caught off guard, Ruan Dadao was directly attacked, and his face was full of unbelievable expressions.


    Ruan Dadao''s body fell from the air, and the second-order sand monster who was chasing after him rushed up directly and wrapped his body in the dust.


    After plotting against Ruan Dadao, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi didn''t stay in place, but directly turned and flew away.


    Three headed second-order sand monsters are chasing after them.


    Seeing what had just happened in the distance, Meng Zhang was stunned and couldn''t slow down.


    When the golden Sabre gate and the skillful hand gate were still in Shuangfeng Valley, they had a close relationship and advance and retreat together. After the demise of Shuangfeng Valley, the two sides formed a direct alliance, expanded everywhere and occupied many sites.


    Even if later became a vassal of Lin quanguan, the intimate relationship between the two families was not affected at all.


    If Ruan Dadao still has some scruples about the skillful hand gate, the skillful hand gate has no reason to attack Ruan Dadao at all.


    In the past, Meng Zhang also wanted to break up the alliance between the skillful hand gate and the golden knife gate, but he never thought it would happen like this.


    Countless thoughts came to Meng Zhang''s mind and stunned him all at once.


    He was still too young and naive. He was fooled for a while and believed all kinds of propaganda slogans.


    What kind of sand monster is the public enemy of mankind, and killing sand monsters is the great righteousness of the human race. All Terran practitioners should unite as one against the enemy in the face of sand monsters.


    But in fact, I was first attacked by Liu Dajin, and the whole thing was left unfinished.


    Now, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi secretly attacked Ruan Dadao by the hand of sand monsters.


    I want to talk about the great righteousness of the human race, but who of these people takes the great righteousness of the human race seriously?


    Full of human righteousness, speaking of slogans is better than one. But when it comes to doing things, there is no bottom line.


    Seriously, if it wasn''t for the sand monster''s inability to communicate and see the Terran cultivator, I''m afraid someone would really collude with the sand monster.


    What happened during this period, and what aunt Jin did, really taught Meng Zhang a good lesson.


    To his great righteousness of the human race, the cultivator, no matter how beautiful he says, should put interests first and do everything.


    The cultivation world is a worse world. The lower the bottom line, the better.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang finally realized and understood the truth of the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang was stunned. Aunt Jin and aunt Jin seven had been chased here by the sand monster and appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Seeing Meng Zhang, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi were stunned.


    If Meng Zhang finds out about their plot against Ruan Dadao and spreads it out, it will be a big trouble.


    Meng Zhang responded first and shouted loudly.


    "The sand monsters are powerful, the golden sword sect is destroyed, and Ruan Dadao is killed by the sand monsters."


    "We''re a little late. The situation is irreparable. Let''s go."


    Before the voice fell, Meng Zhang turned and flew away, accelerated with all his strength and flew towards the rear.


    He was really afraid that Aunt Jin would kill people.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s back disappear in a flash, the second-order sand monster chased very closely.


    Aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi looked at each other and flew away in the direction of the skillful hand gate.


    As soon as Meng Zhang left, he completely abandoned the disciples of the golden sword sect.


    A group of Qi refining disciples were surrounded by a large army of sand monsters, and there was only one end.


    The golden sword sect''s troops have been wiped out since Ruan Dadao.


    Meng Zhang was very lucky. The three second-order sand monsters chased aunt Jin. Along the way, he returned to the place where the disciples of Taiyi gate were located.


    The thick earth God will come back after the second-order sand monster. Although the other party was seriously injured, he escaped from the pursuit of the thick earth God general and successfully escaped back to the sand monster army.


    The thick earth God dare not go deep alone. He can only retreat temporarily.


    After returning, the thick earth God helped the Taiyi disciples to completely eliminate that small group of sand monsters.


    When Meng Zhang came back, the disciples of Taiyi sect were meditating and breathing, and those who were injured were healing in time.


    There is no booty to destroy sand monsters, so the task of cleaning the battlefield is saved.


    After a big war, more than ten disciples of Taiyi sect were injured. Only one unlucky battle hall disciple didn''t move fast enough when he rushed into the sand monster group. He was surrounded by the sand monster and died.


    Meng Zhang ordered all his disciples to return to the flying boat.


    More than a dozen disciples riding flying mounts were just on guard against the movement around them and had not participated in the war.


    Under their escort, the flying boat quickly flew away from the sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang also learned to preserve his strength. The war to eliminate sand monsters is not profitable at all. Why should taiyimen rush up to work hard and take advantage of others.


    During the retreat, Meng Zhang received a messenger from Taoist Guanghong and asked him to lead the team to meet at the designated place.


    When the team of Taiyi gate arrived there, the team of Linshan sect and skillful hand gate had already met one step first, waiting for the arrival of Taiyi gate in the air.


    The flying boats of Taiyi gate flew to a place not far from the other party''s flying boat team. Meng Zhang could clearly see that two first-order flying boats were missing from the team of Linshan sect, and the rest were full of scars. The number of friars in the flying boat is much less, and many people are seriously injured or even physically disabled.


    Meng Zhang moved in his heart and immediately operated the Taiyi secret method to adjust the breath in his body.


    Originally intact, his face immediately turned pale, and his breath fluctuated, looking seriously injured.


    Meng Zhang left the flying boat at Taiyi gate and flew to the team in front.


    On the first flying boat, several friars in the foundation period gathered together, and their faces were blue.


    As soon as Meng Zhang flew into the flying boat, he immediately went against the luck and spewed out a big mouthful of blood.


    "Headmaster Meng, are you all right?" asked Jin Qigu with concern.


    "It''s nothing serious, but I was slightly injured when I was chased by the sand monster." Meng Zhang looked indifferent. But judging from his breath, he was seriously injured.

 Chapter 248

    Aunt Jin glanced at Meng Zhang and said, "it''s difficult for leader Meng to be seriously injured. The three of us received a signal for help and went to reinforce Jin daomen, but we were a step late."


    "Under the siege of the sand monster army, the golden sword sect was completely destroyed. Even brother Ruan didn''t escape. Unfortunately, he fell into the sand monster army."


    "The three of us had a big war with the sand monster army, but we were really alone and difficult to support."


    "We managed to break through, but we were separated from leader Meng."


    "Now the old lady is relieved to see that leader Meng is safe."


    After listening to Aunt Jin''s words, Taoist Guanghong said ruthlessly, "no one thought that the sand monster army would be so fierce this time."


    Zhao jiudou said bitterly: "Taoist Guanghui, the leader of your Linquan temple, personally led a large army to pursue the sand monsters. I don''t know where he went. The sand monsters actually appeared here."


    After hearing Zhao jiudou''s words, Taoist Guanghong looked unhappy, but he didn''t speak.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled look, Jin Qigu explained for him.


    After receiving the help signal from jindaomen, aunt Jin went to support.


    As for whether the golden dagger gate was attacked by wandering sand monsters, or whether they found the sand monster''s nest, which led to the attack of sand monsters, they don''t know.


    The area where the golden sword gate was originally located has been completely occupied by the sand monster army. They can''t get close to it.


    After the golden sword gate sent out a distress signal, the Linshan sect was also attacked by sand monsters.


    Two second-class sand monsters, who are proficient in earth hiding, sneaked into the vicinity of the camp of Linshan sect from the ground. They suddenly attacked Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo, two friars in the foundation period.


    Then the sand monsters from the distance rushed frantically to the camp of Linshan sect.


    If Taoist Guanghong and Zhao jiudou hadn''t reinforced in time, the Linshan faction would be destroyed this time.


    After a bloody battle, Xu Yishan was seriously injured, and Lin shenpo was also seriously injured. The disciples of Linshan sect in the gas refining period suffered heavy casualties.


    After hearing Jin Qigu''s story, Meng Zhang talked about the raid of Taiyi gate by sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang greatly magnified the strength of the sand monsters who raided Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate also suffered a lot of casualties. The God of thick earth was hit hard by the sand monster and can''t move now.


    Taoist Guanghong originally planned to launch a wave of counterattack against the sand monster after gathering three sect friars. However, after listening to Meng Zhang''s words, I know that taiyimen, like Lin Shan sect, have been badly hit, and it is impossible to fight back.


    From the flying boat, I looked at the gloomy sky in the distance. There was a big wind and sand rolling wildly. It was a raging army of sand monsters.


    Taoist Guanghong only ordered everyone to retreat together to avoid the edge of the sand monster army for the time being. At the same time, he also contacted Taoist priest Guanghui, the leader of Lin quanguan, and asked for reinforcements.


    Taoist Guanghong led the army alone, but he was also very depressed.


    As soon as the Allied forces of sanjiazongmen retreated, they completely exposed the Liujiashan gate to the sand monster army.


    The army of sand monsters surrounded Liujiashan gate and began to launch a tentative attack.


    The three families were too busy to support the Liu family.


    Guanghong Taoist and Zhao Jiudou only pray that Liu''s awesome force can support him for more than a while to support the arrival of reinforcements.


    In view of the attitude of the Liu family, aunt Jin and others will certainly not pay attention to the life and death of the Liu family. In Meng Zhang''s heart, he wished that the army had captured the Mountain Gate of the Liu family and exterminated the Liu family.


    After discussing the next battle strategy, they dispersed.


    Meng Zhang left the flying boat and flew back to his team.


    The flying boat teams of the three sects spread out to avoid being surrounded by the army of sand monsters. But the distance is not far away. Keep a distance where you can watch and help each other.


    Shortly after Meng Zhanggang flew back to the flying boat at Taiyi gate, Jin Qigu came to visit.


    Jin Qigu came to the door under the banner of discussing coordinated combat. She stood at the head of the flying boat with Meng Zhang and chatted.


    After pulling and pulling for a while, Jin Qigu began to test whether Meng Zhang saw the death of Ruan Dadao.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be confused at this time and said that when Ruan Dadao was surrounded by sand monsters, he was too far away to come forward for rescue. He could only watch Ruan Dadao die under the siege of sand monsters.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Jin Qigu stared at Meng Zhang for a while, and then said a piece of privacy.


    The skillful hand sect is closely related to the Golden Horse sect. Some female disciples of the skillful hand sect once married into the golden Dao sect.


    After years of operation, the skillful hand gate also has reliable ears and eyes in the golden knife gate.


    Ruan Dadao colluded with the demon of Huanglian cult and leaked Jin Qiaoer''s whereabouts, so there was an ambush next to huojingfang city.


    Speaking of this, Jin Qigu also specially told Meng Zhang not to divulge this matter.


    The dead are dead. It''s great to die. You''d better leave a face for the golden Dao gate. Don''t ruin the reputation of Ruan Dadao.


    Anyway, Ruan Dadao is dead. That''s it.


    After finishing this privacy, Jin Qigu also said that without Ruan Dadao, the sect leader in the middle of foundation construction, the disciples in the Qi refining period of Jindao sect alone can''t keep the foundation of Jindao sect.


    It is a foregone conclusion that the golden Sabre gate will fall.


    The territory of jindaomen itself, as well as the territory seized in the later expansion, has now become an attractive fat meat.


    Although Lin quanguan will certainly occupy the largest and fattest piece, if the skillful hand gate and the Taiyi gate work together, you can still tear off a small piece.


    The golden Sabre sect is no longer enough to continue to exist as an ally of the skillful sect.


    In the future, between the skillful hand gate and the Taiyi gate, we should keep watch and help each other, advance and retreat together.


    In terms of benefit distribution, the skillful hand gate can follow the meaning of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang looked at Jin Qigu and said nothing for a long time.


    Many years ago, he deliberately made friends with the skillful gate, hoping to reduce the pressure brought by the skillful gate and the golden knife gate to Taiyi gate.


    He never thought that one day things would develop to this extent.


    Even if the golden Sabre sect will not perish this time, it cannot continue to maintain its original status and interests.


    By chance, taiyimen and qiaoshoumen came together and became allies.


    Whether Jin Qigu''s promise can count or not, whether the skillful hand sect is a reliable ally. But taiyimen really needs an ally.


    Taiyi sect was originally an insignificant small sect. It rose slowly after Meng Zhang took over as the leader.


    The area of all parties in Taiyi gate is insufficient, lack of contacts and relations, and it is easy to be isolated.


    With skillful hand gate, an ally that is not necessarily reliable, Taiyi gate can slowly make up for its defects.


    Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate complement each other a lot, and Taiyi gate really needs Qiaoshou gate as an ally.


    Meng Zhang made up his mind and promised to form an alliance with the skillful sect.


    Of course, they only made an oral alliance and did not make a covenant, let alone a detailed agreement.


    Both of them are vassals of Lin quanguan. Lin quanguan wants to be closer, but it''s best not to let Lin quanguan find that the two sides have formed an alliance.

 Chapter 249

    After Jin Qigu left, Meng Zhang also figured it out.


    After the decline of the golden Sabre sect, the skillful sect really needs to find another ally.


    Second, I''m afraid Jin Qigu and them are worried that they will reveal their plot against Ruan Dadao.


    Many things in the cultivation world can be done but can''t be said. Once this thing is known, the skillful sect will not only gain a bad reputation for secretly harming allies, but also be blamed by Lin quanguan and pay a great price.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of divulging this matter. Ruan Dadao was not related to him. Why should he do things that harm others and do not benefit himself.


    Now the result is the best. The golden Dao gate is coming to an end. The skillful gate and the Taiyi gate have finally come together.


    Meng Zhang, who made up his mind to preserve his strength in this war, did not actively deal with the sand monster.


    Not only Meng Zhang and the God General Houtu, but also many elite disciples of Taiyi sect pretended to be seriously injured and hid in the flying boat.


    Under the leadership of Taoist Guanghong, the Allied forces of sanjiazongmen neither took the initiative to attack the sand monster, nor left. But has been monitoring the movements of the sand monster army from a distance.


    The armies of both sides confronted each other at a certain distance and did not completely disengage.


    Although the Liujia Mountain Gate was surrounded by the sand monster army, most of the strength of the sand monster army was focused on the Sanjia sect gate. Only a small number of sand monsters could be separated to test the attack on the Liujia Mountain Gate.


    Liu Dahai, the leader of the Liu family, also fought hard to support the mountain protection array with the family.


    The mountain protection array, which the Liu family has worked hard for hundreds of years, is as stable as Mount Tai and stands still in the attack of sand monsters.


    At the same time, Liu Dahai, the owner of the Liu family, also sent a message for help to Taoist Guanghong.


    Seeing Taoist Guanghong die, Liu Dahai also sent a message to Feihong Zong for help.


    Taoist Guanghong didn''t really die, but didn''t want to fight the sand monster rashly before the reinforcements arrived, so as to avoid another defeat.


    Moreover, the Liu family''s Mountain Gate is firmly guarded. There is no need to worry at all.


    Feihongzong is far away from here. Even if he receives Liu Dahai''s distress message, it may be difficult to reinforce him in a short time.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, after a period of research, general Houtu and Wen qiansuan finally understood the passing jade pendant on Liu Dajin.


    The thick earth God changed the above spell. He holds the jade pendant. Even if the Liu family cancels the permission of the jade pendant, he can still open the entrance of the Liu family''s mountain protection array.


    After Meng Zhang knew it, he called the thick earth God aside and secretly discussed it.


    In the evening, the thick earth God will quietly leave the team of Taiyi gate and dive towards Liujiashan gate.


    During this time, the God of thick earth has never appeared in the name of serious injury.


    Now the Liujiashan gate is surrounded by sand monsters. There are many sand monsters who are proficient in earth hiding. Even Meng Zhang is not sure. He can sneak into the vicinity of Liujia Mountain Gate without disturbing the sand monster.


    The thick earth God will have a unique talent in earth magic and have a mysterious connection with the earth.


    Experienced, he took the initiative to ask Meng Zhang for orders, saying that he was confident enough to sneak near the target.


    After the thick earth God set out, Meng Zhang was a little worried.


    From time to time, he went to the head of the flying boat and looked in the direction of the Liujiashan gate.


    In the dark, the light of Liujiashan Gate Mountain protection array is particularly eye-catching.


    On the boundless desert, the Liujiashan gate in the distance is like a candle in the dark.


    I don''t know how long later, the light outside Liujiashan gate flickered sharply, and then went out completely.


    Taoist Guanghong arranged a special person to be on duty in turn to constantly monitor the movement of the sand monster. The abnormality at Liujiashan gate was soon reported to Taoist Guanghong.


    Taoist Guanghong, who was meditating in the cabin to adjust his breath, hurried out and looked at the direction of Liujiashan gate with a worried look on his face.


    He ordered the urgent recruitment of the heads of the three families to discuss how to respond.


    After the crowd arrived, the changes at the Liujiashan gate became more obvious.


    We are all friars in the foundation period. We have some magic that can see far. Even in the dark, careful observation can find some situations.


    Countless sand monsters rushed frantically to the Mountain Gate of the Liu family, easily passed through the protection of the mountain protection array and killed them up the mountain.


    I don''t know whether there is something wrong with the Liu family''s mountain protection array, or whether the sand monster side has used some secret arts. The mountain protection array that had been guarding the Liu family''s Mountain Gate didn''t play much blocking role.


    Watching the sand monster rush frantically and completely drown the Mountain Gate of the Liu family, everyone''s faces turned a little white.


    Taoist Guanghong was very unhappy. First, he was impacted by the sand monster and the golden sword sect team was destroyed. Now the Liujiashan gate is under his nose.


    On this journey to fight against sand monsters, I not only failed to make an inch of achievements, but made so many mistakes and omissions. How should I tell the leader senior brother? What prestige do you have in the door in the future?


    I sit and watch the Liu family be destroyed. Will Fei hongzong blame himself and embarrass Lin quanguan in the future?


    At the thought of this, Taoist Guanghong was very upset. He looked around and said tentatively, "gentlemen, the Liu family is being besieged by sand monsters. We can''t sit back and ignore it."


    "Why don''t we go out and kill for a while to see if we can disperse the sand monster and save the Liu family?"


    After hearing Taoist Guanghong''s words, everyone was embarrassed.


    Both Xu Yishan and Hou Tu Shen were seriously injured and could not move. The injuries of Lin shenpo and Meng Zhang at the scene also did not fully recover. Even if they reluctantly fought, it would be difficult to give full play to their combat effectiveness.


    Only Zhao jiudou, Taoist priest Guanghong, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qigu built the foundation well. They wanted to attack such a sand monster army. Didn''t they send sheep into the mouth of a tiger?


    Among the army of sand monsters opposite, there are at least six or seven known second-order sand monsters, not to mention the huge number of first-order sand monsters.


    During the foundation period, human cultivators can easily surpass most second-order monsters. But in the face of the fierce and fearless second-order sand monsters, they may not be able to win.


    No one here is willing to risk his life to rescue the irrelevant Liu family.


    However, due to the identity of Taoist Guanghong, the friars of the vassal sect were unwilling to refute him.


    Meng Zhang, who secretly did bad things, felt guilty.


    Watching the scene fall into silence, it was very embarrassing. Zhao jiudou coughed gently and said, "the enemy situation is unknown. If we rush out and lose again, I''m afraid it will damage the overall situation."


    "Moreover, it''s too far from the Liu family Mountain Gate. We can''t reach it. When we get there, the sand monster will have destroyed the Liu family long ago, and just turn around to deal with us."

 Chapter 250

    Zhao jiudou opened his mouth first, and aunt Jin quickly agreed. They followed him to persuade Taoist Guanghong to change his mind.


    After hearing this, Taoist Guanghong looked like a good man. He went down the slope and decided not to attack.


    Zhao jiudou of feihongzong spoke first and let everyone die. Everyone agreed. When it comes to this matter in the future, Taoist Guanghong also has an excuse to shirk it.


    Next, they did not relax, but kept watching the direction of Liujiashan gate.


    Fortunately, after the army of sand monsters flooded the Liujiashan gate, they didn''t continue to rush towards the location of the sanjiazong gate. The people were reluctantly relieved.


    After dawn, all the talents returned to their homes.


    The three clan teams are on high alert and always pay attention to the trend of the sand monster army.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the flying boat of taiyimen, the God of thick earth had already returned.


    The thick earth God will tell Meng Zhang in detail about his actions last night.


    Last night, under the cover of night, the thick earth God sneaked into the vicinity of Liujiashan gate.


    While the friars of the Liu family were attracted by the sand monster, the thick earth God used the passing jade pendant to open a gap in the mountain protection array of the Liu family Mountain Gate.


    The sand monsters patrolling around immediately found the gap and swarmed in.


    When friar Liu found the gap and wanted to close it, it was too late.


    The sand monsters pouring into the mountain protection array have destroyed all nodes of the mountain protection array.


    The mountain protection array has completely failed and can no longer play the role of blocking sand monsters.


    With the strength of friars of the Liu family, once the mountain protection array was broken, there was only one in the face of the influx of sand monsters.


    When the thick earth God will leave, the whole Liujiashan gate has been occupied by sand monsters. No one in the Liujiashan gate can break through.


    When the Liu family was destroyed, Meng Zhang also took revenge.


    If it had been in the past, Meng Zhang could not have done such a thing as killing people with a knife and killing people all over the door. But now, Meng Zhang can naturally face what he has done.


    The Liujiashan gate was captured, and the tension spread among the three zongmen allied forces. Aunt Jin even suggested to Taoist Guanghong whether everyone should evacuate first and break away from contact with the sand monster army.


    When Taoist Guanghong was a little hesitant, the reinforcements finally arrived.


    The alliance of Lin quanguan and Shi family led by Taoist Guanghui should have arrived long ago. But he was intercepted by a group of sand monsters on the road, which delayed his time.


    After arriving, Taoist Guanghui summoned all the foundation building monks in the team without any delay.


    He has been injured for some time. Whether Meng Zhang or Houtu God general, his injury should be improved.


    When they came to the commander of Linquan temple to fly the boat, they found that all the friars in the foundation period had gathered together. Even Xu Yishan, who was seriously injured, dragged his seriously injured body to attend.


    Taoist Guanghui was not obsessed with the failure of everyone, let alone nonsense, and directly began to arrange the battle plan.


    The team of Lin quanguan is in the middle, and the teams of the other three zongmen and Shijia are around.


    All the teams went hand in hand, like a wall, towards the sand monster army.


    The operation plan is simple, but it is very practical and very practical.


    If we really want to mix the teams of all forces together, it will affect cooperation and fail to give full play to all combat effectiveness.


    Taoist Guanghui is a vigorous and resolute figure. After the arrangement, he asked everyone to go back and prepare for the battle.


    When he gave the order, he set out immediately.


    Before they left, Taoist Guanghui said murderously.


    "Which clan''s team is weak and timid. It''s no wonder that this hot hand is ruthless."


    At this time, Taoist Guanghui''s murderous spirit was exposed, showing the authority of the leader.


    Everyone, including Meng Zhang, obeyed orders and dared not disobey at all.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the zongmen team, he began to dispatch troops and prepare for the war.


    After about half an hour, Taoist Guanghui took the lead and flew to the front of several coalition forces with most of the foundation building monks of Linquan temple.


    All the other forces, except Xu Yishan, who was seriously injured but not healed, were chartered by Taoist priest Guanghui not to accompany him. All the other friars in the foundation period flew to the vicinity of Taoist priest Guanghui and assembled.


    Behind the leader, Taoist Guanghui, are Taoist Guangquan, Taoist Guangde, Taoist Guangrui and Taoist Guanghong.


    After that, there are Gu Tanghai, Shi Weida, Shi Changqing, Zhao jiudou, Lin shenpo, aunt Jin, Jin Qigu, Meng Zhang and the general of thick earth.


    A total of 14 friars during the foundation building period. In the endless sand sea, except Feihong sect, no sect door can show such a scene.


    Taoist Guanghui led the crowd and flew forward to the sand monster army in front.


    The flying boat teams of several forces were far behind.


    The army of sand monsters should have found the changes on the human side long ago.


    This time, the sand monster army did not retreat actively, but directly face the enemy.


    The eight headed second-order sand monsters formed an array, rolled up the wind and sand, and rushed towards the 14 monks in the foundation period.


    The two sides moving forward at high speed soon collided with each other.


    The impact place is like a volcanic eruption and a hurricane. The violent shock wave spreads in all directions and rolls up the dust in the sky.


    No one dares to preserve their strength against sand monsters. When everyone makes a move, they basically go all out.


    The second-order sand monster is not only no weaker than the general human foundation building friars, but also crazy and brave. It doesn''t take its own life seriously at all.


    It is not uncommon to drag human friars to explode and die with people.


    The sword was flying, the magic instruments were flying, and the magic was roaring. In the sky, it was a pot of porridge immediately.


    Soldiers to soldiers, generals to generals. After the foundation building friars of mankind and the second-order sand monsters were handed over, the flying boat team of several allied forces soon came near the battlefield and was about to contact the sand monster army in front.


    The flying boat lowered its altitude. A monk in the period of Qi refining jumped off the flying boat and lined up in front to prepare for the enemy.


    As soon as the Allied forces of several families lined up, the sand monster army took the initiative to launch an assault.


    A group of sand monsters, like waves of waves, madly beat the formation composed of human friars.


    A bloody battle broke out directly.


    Xu Yishan was seriously injured and was unable to participate in the foundation level battle. At this time, he dragged his seriously injured body and commanded his friars in the Qi refining period to meet the enemy.


    At the critical moment, he will endure the injury and send out an attack to help the disciple reduce the pressure.


    In the high sky, Lin Bolin is cruising around, monitoring the situation below to avoid accidents.


    Soon after the foundation was built, he was regarded as a reserve team by Taoist Guanghui. Instead of directly participating in the two wars, he was responsible for monitoring the battlefield.

 Chapter 251

    There was a fierce battle on the battlefield. Both sand monsters and human friars paid heavy casualties.


    But the sand monster itself has no wisdom. It just acts according to instinct. It is not afraid at all and doesn''t care about casualties.


    On the human friar side, because of the strict order before the war, no one dared to shrink back, only gritting their teeth.


    After a hard struggle, the sky began to slowly distinguish the victory and defeat.


    After all, the number of second-order sand monsters is far less than that of humans. Over time, they slowly fall to the disadvantage.


    The human friar destroyed two sand monsters at the cost of two minor injuries.


    Just then, Lin Bolin, who was monitoring the battlefield in the sky, found another second-order sand monster flying out of the Liujiashan gate.


    Worried that the second-order sand monster would affect the situation in the two battlefields, Lin Bolin took the initiative to welcome it.


    Before the battle, Lin Bolin could feel that the second-order sand monster opposite was unstable, as if he had just been promoted.


    Suddenly, Lin Bolin remembered a rumor he had heard before.


    In the endless sand sea, because all spirit veins captured by sand monsters will degenerate in a short time and then be completely abandoned.


    So there are human monks who speculate that the sand monster should have special abilities to extract the essence of the pulse, and to enhance its own level and strength. The spirit pulse that has been extracted from the essence will naturally be destroyed.


    Previously, Lin Bolin was skeptical about this rumor, but he thought that soon after the fall of liujiashanmen, a sand monster was promoted. This rumor is likely to be true.


    Lin Bolin sent out a messenger flying amulet, put his guess in it, and then took the initiative to meet the second-order sand monster.


    Taoist Guanghui, who was fighting, received Lin Bolin''s messenger flying charm. He was at a disadvantage and had time to read it slowly.


    After reading it, he looked around. Meng Zhang and the thick earth God joined hands and just hit a second-order sand monster hard, and then was killed by Aunt Jin.


    The human friars here have the absolute upper hand and can draw out their hands.


    "Meng door, please go to the Lau Shan gate to explore with the thick soil in your door. See if there are sand spirits picking up the essence of the spirit and promoting them."


    Hearing the order from Taoist Guanghui, Meng Zhang did not hesitate and immediately set out with the thick earth God.


    They left the battlefield and flew in the direction of Liujiashan gate.


    Soon after, another second-order sand monster was killed, and the advantage of human side became more and more obvious.


    The remaining second-order sand monsters did not fight to the end as before, but began to retreat.


    Taoist Guanghui chased the people together and ordered, "aunt Jin, you go to support leader Meng and prevent accidents."


    After aunt Jin got the order, she also flew in the direction of Liujiashan gate.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth flew very fast and soon came to the high mountain where Liu Jiashan gate was located.


    There is no life near the whole mountain except sand monster.


    The sand monsters near the mountain are first-order sand monsters, trying to stop Meng Zhang and the thick earth God general from approaching.


    The two shot at will and easily eliminated these sand monsters.


    Inside and outside the Liujiashan gate, there are mutilated bodies everywhere.


    Sand monsters don''t collect all kinds of booty like humans.


    Next to the body on the ground, there are many storage bags.


    After Meng Zhang and Houtu landed, they headed for the interior of Liujiashan gate. When you see the storage bag passing by, you will pick it up. After a little sorting, send valuable items into your own storage magic weapon.


    They moved very fast without delaying the forward speed.


    When they swept away the sand monsters they met along the way, they came to the spirit pulse.


    There is no need to check carefully. Judging from the breath alone, we know that the original second-order spiritual pulse of the Liu family has degenerated into a first-order spiritual pulse.


    Meng Zhang and thick earth God will use the earth hiding technique to escape into the ground and come to the spiritual eye of the Liu family''s spiritual pulse.


    Here, there are several sand monsters who are in the process of promotion.


    Of course, even if the essence of the spirit is extracted, the promotion of sand monster is not necessarily successful.


    If they were a little late, there might be two more second-order sand monsters.


    Without saying a word, they immediately killed all the sand monsters promoted.


    After getting rid of the biggest disaster, Meng Zhang felt much more relaxed.


    He threw the storage ring he was wearing to the thick earth God general and asked him to look for the big library and Sutra Pavilion of the Liu family.


    Then the two soldiers divided into two ways. The thick earth God will go straight to the big library of the Liu family. Meng Zhang looks for the sand monsters near the spirit vein and destroy them one by one.


    There are many sand monsters, who are attached to Liu''s spiritual pulse and willfully extract the essence of the spirit, which is used to enhance their strength.


    Meng Zhang all the way, these are extracting the essence of the spirit of the sand monster, do not have much resistance, he was easily killed.


    Even if some sand monsters interrupted in time, they shot at Meng Zhang. But as long as there is no second-order sand monster, Meng Zhang can''t be stopped at all.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t wiped out the sand monsters around, and aunt Jin came here.


    They searched carefully, and it took a lot of effort to find all these sand monsters and kill them at once.


    After killing all the sand monsters, they also returned to the ground.


    Due to the timely arrival, the second-order spirit pulse of the Liu family has only degenerated into the first-order spirit pulse, which has not been completely abandoned.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and aunt Jin returned to the ground, Taoist Guanghong also flew over from a distance.


    According to Taoist priest Guanghong, Taoist priest Guanghui is taking the people all the way to hunt down those second-order sand monsters in order to eliminate them all. Taoist Guanghong came here to support Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang told Taoist priest Guanghong that all the sand monsters near the spirit vessel had been eliminated.


    Taoist priest Guanghong praised Meng Zhang and walked towards the Liu family.


    Taoist Guanghong has another unspoken task, that is to take over everything of the Liu family.


    Since the Liu family was destroyed by the sand monster, the legacy left by the Liu family should naturally belong to the Linquan temple that recovered the Liu family''s Mountain Gate.


    In order to prevent the Feihong sect from having any opinions, Taoist priest Guanghui followed the sand monster with Zhao jiudou of the Feihong sect, but asked Taoist priest Guanghong to come here first to search.


    Taoist Guanghong first came to the big library of the Liu family.


    The gate of the Liu family''s large storehouse was broken, and the ground was covered with incomplete bodies.


    It seems that friars of the Liu family should have defended here. They want to stop the attack of sand monsters with the prohibition of the big library and solid buildings.


    Of course they didn''t succeed. The whole army was destroyed here.


    In the large warehouse, all kinds of items are scattered on the ground, very messy.


    Without the need for Taoist priest Guanghong to speak, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin found an excuse to leave and left Taoist priest Guanghong alone in the library.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples finally cleaned up the sand monsters here. Taoist Guanghong hurried to pick the fruit.


    There are many items in the large warehouse, which is too scattered. It took Guanghong road a long time to clean up.

 Chapter 252

    Taoist Guanghong cleaned up the large library, put away valuable items, and then left there to go to the Sutra Pavilion.


    When he came to the Sutra Pavilion, the Sutra Pavilion had completely collapsed, and the remains of one or two bodies could be seen from time to time in the ruins.


    Taoist priest Guanghong called Meng Zhang and aunt Jin to clean up together. After cleaning up the ruins, there were only some collapsed bookshelves, incomplete corpses and burned books.


    They searched carefully and found a pile of intact books and several jade slips.


    Generally speaking, Taoist Guanghong did not gain much from the Sutra Pavilion.


    It seems that when the sand monster attacked, a group of Liu friars defended in the Sutra Pavilion. Finally, jade and stone burned, destroying the Sutra Pavilion and the books in it.


    The big library and the Sutra Pavilion should be the most important places for families such as the Liu family. Search these two places, the harvest should also be the greatest.


    In addition, the Liu family''s Alchemy, utensils and symbols are not outstanding. There should be no outstanding items in Dan room, instrument room and other places.


    Of course, the Liu family is, after all, a family with hundreds of years of inheritance and many monks. There must be some precious items in other places of the family Mountain Gate.


    However, liujiashanmen covers a wide area and needs to spend a lot of time searching slowly.


    At this time, the thick earth God also flew over.


    When he saw Taoist Guanghong, he came directly to report. All the sand monsters near Liujiashan gate have been eliminated by him. However, a few small sand monsters and first-order sand monsters are wandering a little away from Liujiashan gate.


    Taoist Guanghong thought for a moment and asked Meng Zhang and the three of them to support the battle between the Qi refining period and the sand monster army. He stayed at Liujiashan gate to prevent sand monsters from escaping here.


    Meng Zhang, the three of them, knew the intention of Taoist Guanghong.


    The old man just wanted to eat alone. He didn''t want Meng Zhang and others to stand in the way, so he sent them away.


    Meng Zhang naturally listened to the order and flew directly away from the Liujiashan gate to the other side of the battlefield.


    After flying away from Liujiashan gate, the thick earth God handed Meng Zhang a proud look. It seems that the thick earth God will gain a lot this time.


    Meng Zhang three people fly very fast. They are also very concerned about the fighting situation of their own disciples.


    When the three flew over the battlefield, the Allied forces of several families were still struggling with the sand monster.


    There were many casualties in each clan. The sand monster army suffered heavy losses, but it still has a quantitative advantage.


    The three men dare not neglect, dive down directly from the sky and join the attack on the sand monster army.


    Although there are many sand monsters, they are all first-order sand monsters and small sand monsters. Facing the friars in the foundation period, even if they form an array, it is difficult to compete.


    Gold needles flew, swords flew and sledgehammers swept. Three friars in the foundation period made every effort to clean up a large number of sand monsters and make a large area of the formation of the sand monsters.


    With the addition of the new force, the disciples of all sects were in high morale and fought back.


    The three friars in the foundation period were like three sharp arrows, deeply inserted into the sand monster army.


    The friars of each clan followed closely, stirring the original complete formation in a burst of agitation among the sand monster army formation.


    The biggest advantage of the sand monster army is that it has a large number and is everywhere. The second is a special formation, which can gather the strength of all sand monsters and give full play to their strong fighting power.


    Now the formation is disturbed, and the sand monster army is almost scattered and messy.


    Without the command and leadership of the second-order sand monsters, these sand monsters can''t even escape. They only know that they will fight there.


    This battle lasted for a long time. In order to completely clean up the sand monster army, everyone insisted on fighting regardless of fatigue.


    When the battle was over and all the sand monsters were eliminated, many disciples in the Qi refining period sat on the ground regardless of their image and didn''t want to move their bodies at all.


    Meng Zhang was also a little worn out. They had to meditate on the ground to regulate their breath and restore their true Qi.


    Xu Yishan made many moves, resulting in uncontrollable injuries. Today, he didn''t know how much blood he vomited. His face was pale and frightening.


    Fortunately, it was a friar during the foundation period. As long as he didn''t die on the spot and a few pills were eaten, the situation began to stabilize.


    When night fell, the friars in the foundation period who went to hunt down the second-order sand monsters flew back under the leadership of Taoist Guanghui.


    There were many friars in the foundation period, and there was no loss.


    Meng Zhang asked about it. Most of the second-order sand monsters had been killed in the pursuit, but two second-order sand monsters escaped.


    One of the two second-order sand monsters is proficient in the art of earth hiding. After hiding underground, they escape under the cover of the earth.


    Another one is proficient in the art of wind escape and is very fast. After leaving the battle, he soon ran away without a trace.


    Although these two missed fish led to the unfinished work of this war, the result of this war is still very brilliant and can be called a rare victory.


    On the side of Feihong sect, although there are Jindan immortal pressing the array, there are also third-order sand monsters in terms of sand monsters.


    Third order sand monsters are essentially different from ordinary sand monsters. They have more intelligence and beast like intuition.


    Even if the golden elixir immortal on the human side has a quantitative advantage, it is difficult to eliminate it.


    Moreover, due to the leadership of the third-order sand monster, the sand monster army is more difficult to deal with.


    In this sand monster rebellion, Fei hongzong and the sand monster army have been fighting for so long. There have been few big victories like today.


    After the war, every family had a rest.


    The friars of Lin quanguan directly entered the Mountain Gate of the Liu family, and the rest of the clan troops were stationed nearby.


    Lin Bolin had already cleaned the area around Liujiashan gate thoroughly to ensure that there was no sand monster left.


    Although it was a great victory this time, the disciples in the Qi refining period of each sect suffered a lot of casualties.


    In Taiyi sect alone, more than ten disciples were killed in battle, and almost all the remaining disciples were injured.


    Although he didn''t want to see this scene, Meng Zhang knew that it was inevitable. As long as taiyimen wants to have a foothold in the cultivation world, it will inevitably be involved in large and small struggles.


    In the future, there will certainly be more casualties, and the same scene will appear.


    In fact, the casualties in taiyimen are relatively light.


    Before the war, Wen qiansuan commanded the disciples of the sect and set up the heaven and earth rotation array.


    In addition to more than ten array flags, there is also a combined magic weapon Jiugong wind and fire flag.


    Unfortunately, there is no cannon fodder to consume this time. Taiyi disciples can only be divided into two teams, rotate with each other and share the pressure with each other.


    Faced with a large number of sand monsters, some disciples with weak cultivation can''t bear the pressure and are consumed alive in the array.


    The array protects most of the disciples. Without this array, the casualties would be even greater.

 Chapter 253

    Feizhou landed on the ground. Taiyi disciples took Feizhou as the center and camped near Liujiashan gate.


    All seriously injured disciples have been well placed. The slightly injured disciple dealt with it at will and began to get busy.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth will come to the cabin of a flying boat.


    The thick earth God took out Meng Zhang''s storage ring and hid several storage bags from the Liu family.


    Meng Zhang seized this storage ring from the disciples of Huanglian sect. It has a large capacity, more than ten times more than ten square storage bags.


    Now, it''s full.


    The shape and style of the storage bags in the hand of the thick earth God is obviously not the style of the endless sand sea.


    However, a pocket the size of a palm is much larger than an ordinary ten square storage bag.


    These special storage bags are also full of various harvests.


    While counting the harvest, the thick earth God will tell Meng Zhang the process.


    After breaking up with Meng Zhang, the thick earth God went to the big library of the Liu family first.


    Knowing that time was limited, he didn''t stay there more. I just selected some precious spirit objects and took them away.


    Liu''s Sutra Pavilion is the focus of Houtu God''s search.


    When Taoist Guanghong was busy cleaning up the Liu family library, the thick earth God almost raided the Liu family Sutra Pavilion, leaving only something of little value.


    Finally, the God of thick earth still had time to forge the scene and create the illusion that the Sutra pavilion was destroyed in the war.


    When Taoist Guanghong finished cleaning up the library and rushed to clean up the Sutra Pavilion, the thick earth God would have left the Sutra Pavilion long ago and continue to search in Liujiashan gate.


    Meng Zhang could not help guessing that the thick earth God would not have been born as a thief. He had a strong ability to search for property and almost caught all the really precious items in the Liujiashan gate.


    In addition to some spiritual objects and stones, there are also many ancient books, which are the accumulation of the Liu family for hundreds of years. Among them, there are not only the mysteries of the Liu family''s Kung Fu, but also many valuable knowledge.


    Among the many spirits, the most precious is a mysterious spirit town stone.


    As long as the thick earth God will thoroughly refine and absorb the spirit of this earth series, the cultivation can be restored to the later stage of foundation construction at least.


    Of course, Zhenshan stone is solid in nature and difficult to refine. Even the thick earth God general needs to spend a lot of time and energy to slowly refine and absorb.


    In addition, the thick earth God will collect two spiritual fires - extremely cold ice flames in the tool room and Dan room of the Liu family.


    Although the extremely cold ice flame is only a yellow level spiritual fire, it has a special effect when used to refine some cold attribute pills and magic tools. When the friars of the foundation period of Liu family refined cold poison Yin thunder, they also had to rely on the power of extremely cold ice flame.


    Meng Zhang and Houtu god spent a whole night to clean up the harvest. Put them in other storage bags and hide them all in the flying boat.


    After a night''s rest, the friars of all families basically relaxed.


    Taoist Guanghui probably negotiated terms with Zhao jiudou.


    The Liujiashan gate and territory are temporarily managed by Lin quanguan.


    In order to buy off Zhao jiudou, Liu Jiashan gave him a large share of the property left behind.


    Even though Taoist Guanghong had cleaned it up a long time ago, he put away many precious spiritual objects in advance. But Zhao jiudou''s income is still very rich. That''s why he let go easily this time.


    Early the next morning, Taoist Guanghui began to assign tasks, sent out friars during the foundation period, continued to search the rest of the Liu family''s territory, and tried to find the sand monster''s nest.


    The search efficiency of friars in the foundation period is much higher than that in the gas refining period.


    With the concerted efforts of many friars during the foundation period, they searched the rest of the Liu family territory in less than half a day.


    The sand monster''s nest was still nowhere, and they found nothing.


    Before that, the team led by Taoist Guanghui carefully searched the territory of Qingzhu mountain and found no sand monster nests.


    No sand monster nests were found in Liu family territory and Qingzhu mountain territory, so it was difficult to do.


    Although the sand monster''s nest is deep underground, the depth is at most two or three hundred feet. Moreover, because not all sand monsters are proficient in earth hiding, they also need to leave access.


    The search of many monks did not miss anything. Since there are no sand monster nests found in these two places, it means that the sand monster nests are not in these two places.


    Taoist Guanghui summoned all the friars in the foundation period to the Liujiashan gate for discussion.


    After the crowd arrived, Taoist Guanghui didn''t say much nonsense. He made a gesture in the air, and a huge map appeared in the air out of thin air.


    A surrounding area clearly appears on the map. It includes a variety of different terrain and power distribution.


    As foundation building monks, they are all people who know goods. Although this is just an ordinary light and shadow illusion, it has no smoke and fire smell and is pure and natural after being sent by Taoist Guanghui.


    Just looking at this skill, I know that the leader of Linquan temple, who has always kept a low profile, is definitely a master of magic.


    On the map, Liu family territory and Qingzhu mountain territory have confirmed that there is no sand monster nest, which was blackened by Taoist Guanghui.


    Lin quanguan''s territory is close to the north of the Liu family. Taoist Guanghui hesitated and blackened it.


    To the south of Liujia territory is Qingzhu mountain territory. Needless to say.


    On the west side is the former territory of Shuangfeng Valley, which is now occupied by Linquan temple.


    On the east side is the territory of Feihong sect.


    In addition, the northeast side is the territory of dihuomen.


    The army of sand monsters first appeared on the Liu family territory. Even if the sand monster nest is not in the Liu family territory, it should be nearby.


    Taoist Guanghui discussed with the people and asked them to search for the two sects near the dihuomen and Feihong sect of the Liu family.


    Now the key search area is the territory originally belonging to Shuangfeng valley.


    Although Lin quanguan has occupied shuangfenggu territory for a long time, it has actively operated.


    However, this territory has a large area and a lot of resources.


    Lin quanguan has limited manpower and can only occupy some important strongholds. Places such as oases and mine caves are out of reach as for the vast desert.


    In the area not completely controlled by Linquan temple, if there are sand monster nests hidden underground, it is really not easy to find.


    Now that you have decided on your next goal, it''s not too late. In addition to a few disciples left by Lin Quan temple to guard the Liujiashan gate, the teams of all sects immediately set out towards the territory of the original shuangfenggu.


    The flying boat soon crossed the territory of the Liu family and entered the territory of the original shuangfenggu.


    Because there were no troops this time, the team was not only stronger, but also there were enough friars during the foundation period.


    Taoist Guanghui simply left the disciples of several sects in the Qi refining period and asked them to stop at one place and stand by at any time.


    Then divide all the friars in the foundation period into several groups and search this vast area separately.

 Chapter 254

    During the foundation building period, friars were basically in groups of two to take care of each other.


    Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth flew to the area responsible for the search.


    The territory of shuangfenggu is the most vast among the surrounding forces. At least it''s as big as Liujia territory and Qingzhu mountain territory combined.


    Moreover, there are many oases and rich resources on the territory.


    Although it is not such a fertile treasure land, how can it be brought into the hands of Lin quanguan?


    In addition to the golden elixir immortal Guangzhi, Lin quanguan is really difficult to convince the public about his strength.


    This area is so large, and the sand monster''s nest is deeply buried underground. Even during the foundation construction period, the friars search is very hard and time-consuming.


    After a day, Meng Zhang and Houtu God will have no harvest. We searched other areas for foundational monks, and we didn''t send any information.


    It seems that no clue of the sand monster''s nest has been found today.


    Since the third-order sand monsters appeared in the sand monster chaos, not only all the sand monsters have become smarter, but even the sand monsters'' nests seem to hide better.


    At night, Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth, who had been tired for a day, did not return to the camp where several zongmen gathered. They found a sand dune at random and landed down to meditate and regulate their breath.


    Sand monster''s nest is the lifeblood of sand monster. There must be sand monster guards nearby.


    Even during the foundation building period, friars dare not be careless and should always keep in good condition to deal with accidents.


    Meng Zhang sat on the ground and thought to himself that if he had known that the sand monster''s nest was so well hidden, he should have brought out the insect jar in the door.


    However, because most of the monks in the door were transferred at once, in order not to affect the production of minerals everywhere, the imperial insect jar was left in the door. A deliberately left imperial beast hall disciple was in charge and used sand insects to continue mining minerals.


    Because so many friars in the foundation period were dispatched this time, it is very convenient to search the ground. There is little difference between whether there is an insect jar or not. Therefore, Taoist Guanghong did not ask Meng Zhang to bring this magic weapon.


    If Meng Zhang took this magic weapon with him now, it would save a lot of effort. It will be more efficient to control sand insects to search underground.


    In the middle of the night, Meng Zhang and Hou Tu Shen Jiang, who had almost recovered, were not in a hurry to continue the search work, but chatted at will.


    As the cultivation of the thick earth God General slowly recovers, his memory seems to be constantly recovering. Meng Zhang always wanted to learn more about the history of taiyimen from him.


    The thick earth God will know everything about the problems of cultivation and the knowledge of all kinds of skills. However, when Meng Zhang asked about the history of Taiyi gate, he was a little hesitant and vague.


    Knowing that direct inquiry was not enough, Meng Zhang seized every opportunity to chat and wanted to detour from the side while the thick earth God was unprepared.


    However, the thick earth God will be very vigilant. As soon as Meng Zhang asks a sensitive question, he will either talk about him or pretend to be confused and say that his memory in this regard has not been restored.


    I don''t know whether the thick earth God will be really confused or false confused. Meng Zhang is a little dissatisfied.


    While the two were talking, Meng Zhang inadvertently looked up and saw a shadow flash across the sky.


    Even in the completely dark night sky, after Meng Zhangyun broke the false magic eye, he still found that the person who was flying in a hurry was Zhao jiudou.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved and greeted the thick earth God general, and they secretly followed behind.


    They fly low against the ground and cast hidden spells at the same time.


    At such a distance, as long as Zhao jiudou didn''t deliberately observe this direction, it was difficult to find Meng Zhang and his followers.


    Besides Zhao jiudou, who was flying in the air, Taoist Guanghui had arranged for him to act together with Lin Bolin.


    However, Zhao jiudou built his foundation early. He was still a disciple of Feihong sect. He regarded himself as an elder everywhere and commanded Lin Bolin at his command.


    Lin Bolin originally looked down on Zhao jiudou. He was excited by Zhao jiudou and laughed back. He talked about Zhao jiudou''s embarrassment, especially Zhao jiudou''s defeat by Meng Zhang in public.


    Zhao jiudou, who was aroused by his old hatred, almost couldn''t help but teach Lin Bolin a lesson. But considering that this is the action organized by Lin quanguan, I finally endured it.


    However, Zhao jiudou didn''t want to see Lin Bolin again. Instead, he left Lin Bolin and flew away alone.


    Zhao jiudou was lucky. He had just separated from Lin Bolin. He accidentally found a second-order sand monster flying from a distance.


    This sand monster has no fixed body, and its body is entirely composed of sand and dust. The sand and dust continuously distorts and changes, forming different forms.


    Zhao jiudou recognized at a glance that this second-order sand monster was the sand monster who was proficient in wind escape from the bottom of everyone''s hands during the last war.


    The sand monster should not appear here for no reason. Zhao jiudou, who was searching the sand monster''s nest, immediately touched his sensitive mind.


    Just stimulated by Lin Bolin, he intended to make contributions alone. Instead of notifying others, he followed the second-order sand monster alone and secretly flew to each other.


    After the mantis catches the cicada and the Yellow Finch, Zhao jiudou tracks the second-order sand monster, and Meng Zhang follows him.


    The second-order sand monster didn''t fly far, then landed quickly, fell on the ground of the desert, and then disappeared quickly.


    Zhao jiudou flew to the place and hesitated.


    The second-order sand monster disappeared here, and most of the sand monster''s nest was nearby.


    As a disciple of Feihong sect, he knows many news that ordinary practitioners don''t know. There are great benefits in the sand monster''s nest.


    He wanted to swallow these benefits alone, but he was not sure that he could break through the sand monster''s nest alone.


    There must be more than one second-order sand monster guarding the sand monster''s nest. If he falls into a siege, Zhao jiudou may not be able to save his life.


    After thinking for a long time, Zhao jiudou sent out a messenger flying sign. The messenger flying amulet turned into streamer and disappeared into the sky.


    After a while, Lin Bolin rushed over from a distance.


    Before he landed, he asked a little anxiously, "you said you found a clue to the sand monster''s nest?"


    Zhao jiudou looked reluctant to talk to Lin Bolin and said casually, "just now, I seem to see a sand monster haunting nearby. The sand monster''s nest should be nearby."


    Zhao jiudou deliberately made a guilty look, and his words flashed.


    Lin Bolin looked at Zhao jiudou suspiciously. This guy won''t hate himself, so he can find an excuse to tease himself and want to make himself busy in vain.


    Seeing Lin Bolin not believing in himself, Zhao jiudou seemed to be angered.


    He said angrily, "anyway, I told you the news. Do you believe it or not?"


    Before the words fell, Zhao jiudou flew into the sky and flew away.

 Chapter 255

    Looking at the back of Zhao jiudou flying away, Lin Bolin was a little embarrassed.


    Looking at Zhao jiudou, the credibility of this news is not high. He mostly hates himself, so he teases himself with false news to make a fool of himself.


    Lin Bolin wants to ignore it, but the matter of the sand monster''s nest is very important. Even if it is unreliable news, it can''t be let go easily. This kind of thing has always been the attitude of the cultivation world, which would rather believe in its existence than its nothingness.


    But if you want to inform others to come here, most of them are in vain. It''s a small matter to make a false report about the army. It''s a big matter to delay everyone''s time in vain.


    If it interferes with other people''s search for the sand monster''s nest, it is not conducive to the overall situation.


    Lin Bolin thought for a moment and decided to explore first. If the sand monster''s nest is really found, it''s not too late to inform others.


    Lin Bolin did it when he thought of it. He immediately performed the earth hiding technique and escaped into the ground from here.


    Lin Bolin''s body had just escaped into the ground, and Zhao jiudou''s body fell from the sky.


    He didn''t fly far just now. He just left. In fact, he has been hiding in the dark and secretly observing the situation here.


    When he found Lin Bolin hiding underground, he immediately returned to his original position.


    Zhao jiudou had a sinister look on his face, stomped heavily on the ground, and a strong wave spread directly to the bottom of the ground.


    After Lin Bailin fled underground, he tried his best to search the surrounding situation carefully.


    Before long, a violent vibration came from above.


    Lin Bolin was stunned. Who is performing seismology on the ground? Why do you use seismology at this time?


    After the shock, there was no new movement on the ground.


    Lin Bolin hesitated for a moment. He had already sneaked here. He simply finished searching around and then returned to the ground.


    Lin Bolin continued to go deep underground and search around carefully.


    This time, without much time, he found the clue of the sand monster''s nest.


    A wide underground passage appeared in his perception.


    At such a deep underground, such a channel must be built by sand monsters to lead to sand monsters'' nests.


    Lin Bolin no longer hesitated and immediately released the long prepared messenger flying charm.


    The special messenger flying amulet turns into streamer, penetrates the earth rock layer and flies towards the ground.


    He was very afraid of the strength of the sand monster. He didn''t rush to go deep alone, and even didn''t want to stay here.


    Lin Bolin is preparing to return to the ground, gather reinforcements and re-enter here.


    Suddenly, he sensed a sudden strange attack in his divine consciousness.


    Lin Bolin''s earth hiding skill was interrupted, and the thick rocks around him pressed hard on his body.


    Lin Bailin tried his best to break free from the pressure around him and rushed into the channel in front of him.


    Smart, he knew that he had encountered a sneak attack by a second-order sand monster proficient in earth magic. He immediately fled into the channel and got a temporary shelter.


    Lin Bolin''s body has just entered the channel and his foothold is not stable. A whirling dust rushed at him.


    Another second-order sand monster fell into an ambush.


    Lin Bolin finally knew that the purpose of the earthquake was to disturb the sand monsters hidden underground, so that they could find themselves in time and ambush themselves.


    Needless to say, it must be Zhao jiudou who started the earthquake.


    Just for a few quarrels, Zhao jiudou was so cruel and framed his comrades in arms. He was really a villain out and out.


    Lin Bolin has neglected to scold Zhao jiudou. The sand monster who is proficient in earth magic has also chased into the channel and joined the siege.


    Being ambushed by two second-order sand monsters, Lin Bolin was in great danger. He must first have his life or leave here before he can have the opportunity to settle accounts with Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou, who is on the ground, has been carefully monitoring the movements around him.


    Seeing the messenger flying amulet flying out of the ground and preparing to fly into the air, Zhao jiudou immediately released his sword.


    A sword light flashed, and the flying sword stirred the messenger flying amulet to pieces.


    Zhao jiudou exhibited the art of listening to the ground and listened carefully to the movement below.


    The news of Lin Bolin''s fight with two second-order sand monsters soon came into his ears.


    Zhao jiudou, who succeeded in his treachery, showed a satisfied look on his face.


    He chose a direction with little movement and quiet, performed earth hiding, and dived underground.


    After Zhao jiudou''s figure disappeared on the ground, Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth came to this place.


    Just now, they had been hiding in the dark and witnessed the whole thing.


    What Zhao jiudou did fell into their eyes.


    In order to stay in the dark and calculate Zhao jiudou, Meng Zhang did not remind Lin Bolin, an old friend.


    Meng Zhang secretly said sorry. I hope this old friend can escape this disaster.


    As a young disciple of Lin quanguan during the foundation period, Lin Bolin has a great future and is highly valued by the elders of the sect. He must have some means to protect his life. Even if you are not the opponent of the sand monster, you should not worry about your life.


    If it had been in the past, Meng Zhang might have been in danger because of his old friends.


    But after seeing through Lin quanguan''s face, Meng Zhang was calm.


    Hiding in the dark and following Zhao jiudou can bring greater benefits and meet their own interests.


    Meng Zhang and the thick earth God will also use the earth hiding technique and sneak underground.


    The thick earth God with amazing talent for earth escape will be here. Even if they are far apart, they don''t have to worry about losing Zhao jiudou, who took the first step.


    Although each sand monster nest has great differences, it also has a lot in common.


    As a disciple of Feihong sect, Zhao jiudou mastered a lot of knowledge that other practitioners did not. He has a deep understanding of sand monster nests.


    Zhao jiudou skilfully avoided the gathering place of the sand monster, concealed the eyes and ears of the sand monster guard, and directly fled to the core of the sand monster''s nest.


    Lin Bolin, on the other hand, was already stretched to deal with two second-class sand monsters at the same time.


    Because entering the sand monster''s nest alerted the sand monster in charge of guarding the nest.


    A large number of sand monsters came from all directions and rushed into this passage to completely submerge Lin Bolin.


    Lin Bolin, tired of running, tried his best to break through from above.


    He clearly knew that if he continued to stay here, he would not be able to resist the siege of the sand monster, and there was only a tragic death on the spot.


    With the explosion of Yin thunder, the sand monster in front was torn apart, and finally a gap appeared.


    Lin Bolin tried his best to attack, and the sand monster behind him pursued him closely.


    In particular, the two second-order sand monsters are just like gangrene attached to bones, and they can''t get rid of it at all.


    In the distance, a second-order sand monster with a large group of first-order sand monsters rushed here madly.


    Lin Bolin took out a tianleizi given to him by immortal Guangzhi and was ready to make a final fight.


    If he can''t kill another way, he will have no choice.

 Chapter 256

    When Lin Bolin was trapped by the sand monster and fell into a life and death crisis, Zhao jiudou had gradually approached the core of the sand monster''s nest.


    By this time, Zhao jiudou had been unable to completely hide his tracks, and a sand monster began to find him.


    Zhao jiudou entered a huge underground space, where there are a large number of independent stone chambers, which are connected with each other.


    This underground space, all excavated by sand monsters, is used as the core of the nest.


    As soon as Zhao jiudou entered here, many sand monsters rushed from all directions.


    It''s just a group of first-order sand monsters. As a friar in the foundation period, Zhao jiudou doesn''t have to shrink back at all.


    The flying sword danced up and down and cut the sand monster into dust on the ground.


    Zhao jiudou chose a direction and launched a rapid assault. All the way, without a pause.


    Zhao jiudou, who rushed forward, was a bull. He rushed through several passages, passed through many stone chambers and entered a huge hall.


    Before we could take a closer look, the two second-order sand monsters with a group of first-order small sand monsters rushed forward.


    Zhao jiudou, who dashed all the way, had to stop temporarily and deal with the enemy in front of him first.


    The second-order sand monster can pose a fatal threat to the cultivators during the foundation period. Zhao jiudou dare not be careless.


    He did his best to fight the sand monsters.


    Facing the intruder Zhao jiudou, all kinds of sand monsters guarding the sand monster''s nest rushed over, looking like they were going to completely drown Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou was so blocked near the entrance of the hall that he was not allowed to enter.


    Fortunately, Zhao jiudou, who rushed in front, attracted the attention of most sand monsters. Meng Zhang and Houtu God met no major obstacles, so they followed Zhao jiudou smoothly and entered the core of the sand monster''s nest.


    Even if I occasionally met a few first-order sand monsters on the road, they were quietly removed by them.


    As they approached the hall, they stopped and observed carefully.


    At the entrance of the hall, Zhao jiudou was entangled by the sand monster and fell into a hard struggle.


    Meng Zhangyun raised his false magic eye and continued to look inside.


    In the hall, there is a huge object like a silkworm chrysalis.


    The object is more than 100 feet long and more than 50 feet high. It is almost a hill.


    There are many large and small openings on the silkworm chrysalis.


    Some of the openings inhaled a large amount of earth, stone and sand dust, and then a sand monster spewed out from other openings.


    Most of the ejected sand monsters are small sand monsters, and occasionally there are several first-order sand monsters.


    These sand monsters shake their heads after they are born from silkworm pupae. Unsteadily, he passed through the passage around the hall and entered the large and small stone chambers next to him.


    Meng Zhang understood when he saw this. This silkworm chrysalis is the building that produces sand monsters. I don''t know whether it is refined or innate.


    If it was born naturally, Meng Zhang would praise the uncanny workmanship of nature and nature.


    If it is refined the day after tomorrow, I don''t know who can have such great power to seize heaven and earth. And why should we refine such evil things to harm human practitioners.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside these questions from his mind, continued to operate the false magic eye, and deeply observed the huge silkworm chrysalis.


    Finally, Meng Zhang saw the secret of the sand monster''s nest and knew why Zhao jiudou secretly sneaked in here at the expense of setting up Lin Bolin.


    In the center of the huge cicada pupa, there are special pearls emitting aura, which are distributed in some different parts.


    Meng Zhang recognized the origin of these pearls, which are very rare spiritual objects.


    The aura contained in Lingyuan beads is extremely pure. It does not need to be refined, but can be directly absorbed and utilized by practitioners.


    A Lingyuan pearl is enough for a foundation builder like Meng Zhang to use for ten or eight years. It may not be able to run out.


    Of course, no one in the foundation period would be extravagant enough to directly absorb the aura of Lingyuan beads.


    As the name suggests, Lingyuan beads can provide a source of spiritual power.


    Lingyuan beads are stimulated with special techniques, which can form a new spirit pulse and improve the grade of the original spirit pulse.


    This is the correct usage of Lingyuan beads in the cultivation world.


    In the barren endless sand sea, Lingyuan beads have special significance.


    With Lingyuan beads, new spiritual veins can be formed. With new spiritual veins, new oases can be formed. With new oases, there is the foundation for the establishment of the sect and family.


    Because of this, Lingyuan beads can be called the most precious. Almost every time it appears on the market, it can sell at a sky high price.


    Of course, for zongmen and families, they will not easily sell such treasures unless they have to.


    Meng Zhang remembered that when he was a monk in the period of Qi refining, he had been recruited by shuangfenggu and participated in a mission to encircle and suppress the sand monster''s nest.


    At that time, the monks of shuangfenggu, linquanguan, Liujia and Qingzhu mountain argued endlessly over a sand monster nest, and even turned their faces against each other.


    It turned out that they were for the spirit source beads in the sand monster''s nest.


    The former taiyimen was too weak to participate in the competition for Lingyuan beads.


    Now Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth have come here. Of course, they will not return empty handed.


    Of course, we still need to think about how to act.


    This is the action organized by Linquan temple. If Linquan Temple finds the sand monster nest, Lingyuan pearl must not have the share of Taiyi gate.


    Zhao jiudou, as a disciple of Feihong sect, doesn''t have to worry about Lin quanguan''s daring to rob Lingyuan pearl if he grabs it first.


    While Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth were slowly observing there, Zhao jiudou also began to fall into crisis.


    Originally, the two second-order sand monsters with a large group of first-order sand monsters had overwhelmed Zhao jiudou and was exhausted.


    Unexpectedly, after the battle lasted for a while, two second-order sand monsters sprayed out from the huge silkworm chrysalis.


    The second-order sand monsters who were born at both ends had fluctuating breath. They were stunned for a long time before they slowly came to Zhao jiudou.


    Zhao jiudou knew that it was because he invaded the core of the nest and the nest sensed a crisis that forced the birth of two second-order sand monsters at any cost to stop himself.


    Originally, they had fallen into the disadvantage in the battle. There were two more second-order sand monsters. Even the second-order sand monsters that were just born were not stable enough and could not resist them.


    Zhao jiudou regretted that he didn''t hesitate to frame Lin Bolin for the Lingyuan pearl in the sand monster''s nest. He entered here alone and wanted to swallow the booty alone.


    But I really didn''t expect that the guard force of the sand monster''s nest was so strong that even if a large part was led away, it couldn''t be solved by myself.


    Zhao jiudou thought with self mockery that he was really in vain to be a villain this time.

 Chapter 257

    When Zhao jiudou was ready to withdraw, the thick earth God had already started to act.


    The thick earth God, relying on his excellent technique of hiding in the earth, escaped from the sand monster''s attention and came to the bottom of the huge silkworm chrysalis.


    At this time, Zhao jiudou not only had several more wounds on his body, but also felt that his real Qi had been greatly consumed, and his whole body was even more tired.


    Know that if you don''t go, you won''t have a chance. Zhao jiudou summoned up Yu Yong, repulsed the sand monster that entangled him, and rushed out of the hall.


    The sand monsters wouldn''t let him go easily and immediately pursued him.


    It seemed that the giant silkworm chrysalis began to tremble violently when it sensed the approaching of the thick earth God.


    Many sand monsters who were chasing Zhao jiudou were shocked. Then they gave up chasing Zhao jiudou and rushed to the huge cicada pupa like crazy.


    Zhao jiudou, who was retreating, was relieved and the pressure went away because of the departure of the sand monster.


    He was stunned and immediately reacted that someone was invading the huge silkworm chrysalis.


    Zhao jiudou, who reacted, was immediately angry.


    This is really a mantis catching cicadas and yellow finches behind. I worked hard to fight my old life, but I made wedding clothes for others. I don''t know which yellow finch is cheaper.


    While Zhao jiudou was considering what he should do, a silent attack came from behind.


    Meng Zhangji took off the fangs of the sword, cast a lifeless sword and began a sneak attack.


    After a hard struggle, Zhao jiudou was in a bad state. Without precaution, he was attacked by an assassination sword like wushengsha sword. There was no suspense.


    Zhao jiudou''s strength fell sharply after he was recruited, and Meng Zhang''s move was to kill him. His moves were fierce and straight to the key.


    But in a moment, Zhao jiudou died with hatred.


    If we fight head-on, Meng Zhang can beat Zhao jiudou, but we can''t kill him so easily.


    After killing Zhao jiudou, Meng Zhang didn''t move anything on Zhao jiudou at all. Instead, he released the sun real fire, burned his body and his items, and completely destroyed the body.


    Zhao jiudou''s disciples in the foundation period are not worthless in Jindan sect like Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang knows that some golden elixir immortal can use the breath left by the disciples of the sect to display secret skills and find the whereabouts of the disciples and even their belongings.


    Of course, the golden elixir immortal of Feihong sect may not have such means. Or with such means, it may not be used for the sake of a mere Zhao jiudou.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, he has no means to crack this secret law.


    For the sake of safety, be careful.


    Feihongzong is such a giant, not a weak taiyimen or mengzhang, who dare to provoke openly.


    If Meng Zhang was greedy and took Zhao jiudou''s belongings, he might really be found by immortal Jindan.


    As for Meng Zhang, he did not hesitate to kill the Huanglian sect disciples and collect the booty.


    That''s because Fei hongzong, the ruler of endless sand sea, has a deep hatred with Huanglian sect.


    Feihong sect absolutely does not allow Huanglian sect to act recklessly in the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang''s killing of Huanglian sect disciples will only be praised and supported by Feihong sect after it is exposed.


    If Huanglian sect wants to revenge Meng Zhang, it should pass Feihong sect first.


    When Meng Zhang stealthily attacked and killed Zhao jiudou, the thick earth God had taken lingyuanzhu and began to run for his life.


    Time is too tight, the thick earth God will only have a chance to catch a handful. He can''t even look at the harvest, so he has to run for his life immediately.


    Even the thick earth God general, facing the siege of so many sand monsters, has only one end to escape.


    Some sand monsters followed the thick earth God general and pursued him. More sand monsters stayed next to the huge silkworm chrysalis and protected it firmly.


    After defeating Zhao jiudou, Meng Zhang was still a little worried. He deliberately attracted a group of sand monsters and stirred up a mess where Zhao jiudou was buried.


    With such a strong smell of sand monster, the traces that should have been here must have disappeared.


    When the God of thick earth was about to invade the huge silkworm chrysalis, Lin Bolin was also at a critical juncture of life and death.


    With tianleizi in his hand, he killed a large area of sand monsters, including a second-order sand monster. But then more sand monsters came.


    Lin Bailin exhausted his cards and couldn''t get rid of the siege of the sand monster.


    The Qi on the body is drying up and the wounds are increasing. Seeing that he was about to lose his support, his life was hanging on the line.


    Suddenly, all the sand monsters paused for a moment, then frantically retreated and rushed to the depths of the nest as fast as possible.


    At that time, it was the time when the thick earth God would invade the huge silkworm chrysalis. All the sand monsters outside sensed that the core of the nest was invaded and rushed back immediately.


    The action of the thick earth God General inadvertently saved Lin Bolin''s life.


    Despite his weakness, Lin Bolin forced himself back to the ground.


    Seeing that the reinforcements had not arrived, he knew that most of the messenger runes he sent were stopped.


    He once again sent out several messenger flying runes to roughly tell the people in Lin Quan Temple what had happened here.


    After Meng Zhang handled Zhao jiudou''s affairs, he left the sand monster''s nest and returned to the ground.


    He came out of the ground, a long way from where he had just entered.


    After a while, the thick earth God will also get rid of the sand monster tracking him and come to meet Meng Zhang.


    The thick earth God had neither good nor bad luck. He grabbed two Lingyuan beads in total.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth met, they received a messenger flying amulet from Lin Quan temple, ordering them to meet in the past.


    They hurried over and found the crowd at the place where they had just entered the sand monster''s nest.


    After receiving Lin Bolin''s Messenger, Taoist Guanghui of Lin quanguan hurriedly brought people over. At the same time, he also ordered other practitioners to rush here as soon as possible.


    Seeing that everyone was almost here, Taoist Guanghui said in a deep voice what Zhao jiudou had done.


    After hearing this, everyone was filled with righteous indignation and denounced Zhao jiudou one after another.


    Meng Zhang followed the crowd and scolded Zhao jiudou.


    In the face of the sand monster, the public enemy of mankind, it''s a terrible crime to ignore the overall situation and frame his companions.


    Of course, people scold and scold. If they really want to do something, it''s unrealistic.


    Zhao jiudou is also a disciple of Feihong sect. Don''t mention the vassal sect of Taiyi sect. Even Taoist Guanghui, the leader of Linquan temple, can''t deal with him categorically.


    Now Zhao jiudou didn''t come to meet the people and disappeared. Most of them were worried that the matter of framing Lin Bolin would be exposed, so they ran away in advance.


    Although it is impossible for Taoist Guanghui to order the pursuit of Zhao jiudou, he did not let it go easily. He decided that after the war, he would send a letter to Feihong Zong, clarify the beginning and end of the matter, and let Feihong Zong give a statement.

 Chapter 258

    Although Zhao jiudou is annoying, the sand monster''s nest is here. The enemy is in the present. It''s not suitable to waste too much time on him.


    The people present did not know that Zhao jiudou had long been attacked and killed by Meng Zhang.


    This time, more than ten foundational friars are gathered. They are powerful. There is no need to discuss any battle plan, let alone use those alchemy friars.


    All we need to do is work together and push all the way.


    Therefore, Taoist Guanghui took the lead and led the people to kill the sand monster nest directly below.


    During the disastrous defeat some time ago, the sand monster army suffered heavy losses and was almost wiped out.


    In such a short period of time, even if the nest is working hard, it can''t produce too many sand monsters.


    Many friars were killed all the way in the foundation period. It was really God who blocked the Buddha and killed the Buddha, eliminating all the sand monsters blocking the road.


    The nest was invaded, and all sand monsters fought hard to stop the progress of human practitioners.


    Sand monsters wandering outside the nest also rush back to the nest and join the battle to protect the nest.


    Unfortunately, there are only a few second-order sand monsters as the main force in the sand monster group. As the first-order sand monster of cannon fodder, the number is also seriously insufficient. A little more is the little sand monster, but he is not even qualified as cannon fodder.


    There is no suspense about the outcome of the battle. It is only a matter of time before the human cultivators win the final victory.


    After a hard struggle in the middle of the night and a morning, the chaos of sand monsters was completely calmed down. Lin quanguan returned to the dynasty with the team of various sects.


    In general, Lin quanguan is a big winner again this time. Taking the opportunity of exterminating the army of sand monsters, he quietly occupied all the territory of the Liu family.


    On the part of Feihong sect, I don''t know if it''s wrong about Zhao jiudou, but I don''t care about it.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the sect with Taiyi disciples, another major event happened in the nearby area.


    Ruan Dadao, the leader of the golden Dao sect, took all the elite of the sect to fight this time, but the whole army was destroyed. Even Ruan Dadao himself could not escape.


    The left behind disciples of the golden Sabre sect are originally a group of crooked melons and split dates. They have low qualifications and mediocre cultivation.


    After receiving the news of Ruan Dadao''s death, none of the disciples disagreed with each other, and there was a civil strife.


    In order to compete for the control of the golden Sabre sect, these disciples became more and more fierce, and even began to fight each other.


    Even more daring, they colluded with a group of scattered practitioners and set up ambushes in the sect door, trying to kill all the opponents.


    As a result, a bloody civil war broke out, and the golden sword gate fell into complete chaos.

 Chapter 259

    The chaos inside the golden Sabre sect escalated sharply with the intervention of foreign monks.


    The peaceful golden sword gate has become a bloody battlefield.


    Since there is blood and human life, the struggle will only become more and more intense and bloody.


    Many of the few monks left in the golden sword sect were killed or injured in the civil war.


    Even the oasis under the control of jindaomen was affected by chaos.


    First, the friars who were defeated in the sect struggle ran to revenge the mortal relatives of the winner. Then you kill, I retaliate, and the killing quickly spread to the mortal world.


    In the oasis where mortals live, many mortals are affected by the battle between practitioners and suffer casualties, and more mortals are deliberately killed by practitioners.


    It''s enough to kill and work among the practitioners, but a large number of mortals are forced to be involved in the battle, resulting in heavy casualties, which is a little too much.


    Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate, neighbors of the golden Dao gate, are both members of the famous and decent sect. Of course, they will not ignore the chaos of the golden Dao gate.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu personally led the friars into the territory of jindaomen, took all the friars who killed mortals and severely punished them.


    The team led by two friars in the foundation period easily occupied the Mountain Gate of Jindao gate.


    Originally, the friars of the golden sword sect were all the sinners who caused the killing, and were judged by the two sects.


    As for those who come to pick up cheap casual repairs, if they get out early, they can save their lives. Those who don''t know the interest will continue to struggle, and they will face the butcher''s knife of two sect friars.


    The mountain gate and territory of Jindao gate were cleared by Taiyi gate and skillful gate.


    The two sects did not have the idea of occupying the Mountain Gate of jindaomen forever. Instead, they reported to Linquan temple and asked Linquan temple to send someone to take over here to continue the inheritance of jindaomen.


    The Mountain Gate of jindaomen is located on a second-order spirit vein, next to a rich oasis.


    Lin quanguan readily agreed to the request of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate, and sent someone to take over the Mountain Gate of Jindao gate.


    Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate are very measured in their work. They plundered the golden Dao gate without taking advantage of the opportunity to occupy it.


    All the classics in the Sutra Pavilion were copied by the two zongmen. The original various classics are basically intact there.


    The two families only selected some of the items in the library, and most of them remained the same.


    After Lin quanguan occupied the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, he was very satisfied with the directors of the two sects.


    The Mountain Gate of the flying eagle gate also has a second-order spirit vein. After the eagle gate was destroyed by the golden sword gate and the skillful hand gate, it was jointly managed by the two sects.


    Now there is an accident in the golden Sabre gate, and the original Mountain Gate of the flying eagle gate naturally falls into the hands of the skillful hand gate.


    After swallowing this booty, the skillful hand door is completely satisfied without further action.


    On the other side of Taiyi gate, taking advantage of the civil strife of jindaomen, they occupied all the minerals and oases at the junction of jindaomen and Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen''s territory has expanded a lot, which can be regarded as a great harvest.


    Lin quanguan, who swallowed the biggest booty, acquiesced in the actions of the skillful hand gate and the Taiyi gate.


    Therefore, the golden Dao sect, which has been inherited for more than 300 years, has quietly become history, and everything has been completely divided.


    After returning from the battle, Meng Zhang made an assessment in the gate and rewarded him for his achievements.


    All monks who go to war get a rich reward, which is enough for them to digest for a long time.


    Taiyi sect participated in the division of the golden Sabre sect. The sect ate a mouthful of oil and didn''t treat the disciples badly. Everyone basically got extra rewards.


    In a word, the skillful craftsman sect has made great contributions to the successful division of the golden Sabre sect this time.


    Clever hand door in the golden knife door eyeliner, some time ago stir up trouble, in the door sow discord, provoke the inner fight, but made great efforts.


    There is no such chaos in the golden Dao gate. The skillful gate and the Taiyi gate really can''t find a chance to intervene.


    After all, everyone is an authentic sect and a vassal of Linquan temple. You can''t invade other people''s territory without reason.


    When working in an authentic school, what we pay attention to is that a teacher becomes famous.


    The civil war of the friars of the golden Sabre sect brought disaster to mortals, which gave the Taiyi sect and the skillful sect an excuse to interfere.


    After the secret alliance between taiyimen and jindaomen, the endless sand sea has changed too much in recent years.


    Not to mention the original, let''s say how many major events have taken place in Shuangfeng Valley and nearby areas in recent years.


    Xiuzhen forces have changed dramatically, and many forces that have been inherited for hundreds of years have completely disappeared.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch that this was just the beginning. The real great changes in the endless sand sea have not yet come.


    Before long, there will be more and more violent changes in the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang has a feeling that he is on the tide of the times.


    If you want not to be swallowed up by the tide, want to keep yourself and keep taiyimen, you have to become stronger.


    After the return of the sand monster, Yang Xueyi, who had been successful in gas refining, was finally ready to start closing down and building a foundation.


    She was still green. After the baptism of war and the experience of fighting on the battlefield, she became more stable and mature.


    Although Yang Xueyi spent a lot of good deeds of the sect, she exchanged the foundation building pill from Meng Zhang. But she clearly told Meng Zhang that she would try to build the foundation with her own strength. I won''t take Zhu Ji Dan unless I have to.


    There is a saying in the cultivation world that the less pills you take in the process of cultivation, the purer your Qi will be.


    Especially for the great pass like foundation building, the monks who do not use foundation building pills to build the foundation will have a stronger foundation and stronger Qi after building the foundation.


    After the practice of countless predecessors in the cultivation world, this statement seems to be reasonable.


    Of course, some monks believe that it is only to ensure successful foundation construction. Meng Zhang did not refute Yang Xueyi''s statement. For the friars who impact the foundation period, what they need is this spirit.


    Meng Zhang will not interfere whether Yang Xueyi takes zhujidan or not. Anyway, Zhu Jidan gave it to Yang Xueyi and it was her responsibility. It was her freedom to take it or not.


    Yang Xueyi closed the door and built the foundation. Meng Zhang had to find someone else to replace the work of Fu Tang and dining room.


    Fortunately, Yang Xueyi won''t be closed for too long. The talisman and spiritual kitchen she trained can only make do with it.

 Chapter 260

    After Yang Xueyi''s retreat, Meng Zhang devoted most of his time and energy to cultivation.


    In addition to his normal cultivation, he also spent a lot of thought on studying the Dayan divine calculation.


    After the impulsive experience of being assassinated by Liu Dajin last time, Meng Zhang studied Dayan divine calculation again and seemed to have a clue.


    With further specialized research, he began to gain slowly.


    In addition, the thick earth God obtained two complete Lingyuan beads in the sand monster''s nest last time.


    This kind of treasure can''t be kept in the big storehouse all the time. It still needs to be used in time.


    As long as a complete spiritual source bead, a new spiritual pulse can be generated from nothing.


    Of course, the new spirit pulse is only a first-order inferior.


    Each time the first level spirit pulse increases by one product, only one spirit source bead is needed.


    Of course, according to the different quality of Lingyuan beads and the different use methods, the time required is also very different.


    It takes two intact spirit source beads to upgrade the first-order upper level spirit pulse to the second-order lower level spirit pulse.


    Every time the second level spirit pulse increases one product, it takes three spirit source beads.


    There is no shortage of first-order spiritual pulse in taiyimen territory. It is of little significance to improve the rank of the first-order spiritual pulse.


    The Fuzhao Valley, the current Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, is a second-order inferior spiritual pulse. Meng Zhang intended to improve his level, but Lingyuan beads were not enough.


    Finally, Meng Zhang thought for a moment and decided to upgrade the original old mountain gate of Taiyi gate to the second-order lower spiritual pulse.


    There was originally a first-class spiritual pulse there. It only takes two Lingyuan beads to achieve the goal.


    And Meng Zhang did not forget that the spiritual eye of the old mountain gate has a special nourishing effect. There are the precious beads of the remnant soul of the Dharma protector, as well as the spirit soldier and spirit snake spear, which have been nourished in the spirit eye. Even after the relocation of taiyimen Mountain Gate, the two items were not moved.


    Generally speaking, after the quality of spiritual pulse is improved, the spiritual eye will also have some good changes.


    Meng Zhang just hopes that the nourishing effect of the spiritual eye will become stronger and make the two items recover as soon as possible.


    Like the Deputy professional earth master of the thick earth God general, an important role is to help improve the spiritual pulse.


    The thick earth God took two spirit source beads and dived into the underground spirit vein.


    The terrain around him has long been popular, and he is very familiar with the direction of the spiritual pulse.


    Originally, even if there are two Lingyuan beads, it will take several years to improve the level of Lingmai.


    However, the thick earth God will greatly improve the efficiency of the spirit pulse to absorb the spirit source beads by virtue of the special technique inherited by the earth master.


    It only took a little more than half a year to successfully upgrade this first-class spirit pulse to second-class spirit pulse.


    Before the thick earth God started, Meng Zhang sent someone to spread the news that there was a spirit phenomenon at the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    After each channeling, a new spirit pulse will be born, or the original spirit pulse will be improved.


    For example, the earliest territory of taiyimen, sweet water oasis, has a complete first-order spirit vein because of a pan spirit.


    Although animism is rare, it also happens from time to time in the cultivation world.


    At the moment when the spirit pulse of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate was upgraded to the level, the ground shook violently, and the powerful aura that could not be concealed overflowed everywhere.


    Then, the thick earth God will take out the ability of the earth teacher and begin to slowly collect the scattered aura.


    The spirit pulse of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate has been upgraded because it meets the pan spirit.


    The news spread quickly around.


    The people who heard it didn''t think much except lamenting the good luck of taiyimen.


    It took more than half a year for this spiritual pulse to completely stabilize.


    Since then, another second-order inferior spirit pulse has appeared in Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang originally purchased two sets of second-order Dharma arrays from Dafeng City. One was used in Fuzhao Valley, and the other was kept for standby.


    Soon after the second-order spiritual pulse was stable, Meng Zhang asked Wen qiansuan to help the thick earth God general to lay down the second-order Dharma array.


    With the protection of the second-order Dharma array, there is a sense of security here.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang was not disappointed by this spiritual pulse, and the nourishing effect of spiritual eye was greatly improved.


    Whether it''s the remnant soul in the pearl or the spirit soldier of the spirit snake spear, the recovery speed has been improved.


    After that, in addition to arranging disciples to guard here, Meng Zhang and the God of thick earth also took turns to sit here.


    It''s been four years since taiyimen went out to fight against sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the early stage of foundation building has been completed, and he can practice in the middle stage of foundation building at any time.


    In addition, after years of unremitting efforts, he finally entered the door in Dayan divine calculation and mastered some superficial secrets.


    Meng Zhang can successfully use the skill of Dayan divine calculation.


    Meng Zhang meditates in a special way for an hour every day, and he can accumulate a special calculation chip. On weekdays, calculations are stored in his body. When he performs Dayan divine calculation, he can get the required results through consumption calculation.


    According to the difficulty of calculating things, the number of chips consumed varies.


    If you just calculate the trivial things such as the next meal prepared by the canteen for yourself, you only need to pay one or two chips.


    If you want to calculate weather phenomena such as wind and rain, it will cost more than ten calculations.


    As for the deduction of more important things, such as the whereabouts of a magic instrument and a monk, the price will be even greater. Moving will consume dozens or even hundreds of calculation chips.


    Of course, if all the calculations are consumed, it is not enough, it can also consume its own life.


    In addition, Meng Zhang''s calculation level cannot exceed his cultivation level.


    For example, he can calculate the whereabouts of second-order magic tools at most. To calculate the whereabouts of friars, the calculation object can only be friars in the foundation period, and must not be Jindan immortal or higher-level friars.


    If Meng Zhang insists on forced calculation, there is not no way at all. A lot of life consumption instead of calculation can be more or less effective.


    The ultimate life of friars in the foundation period is four Jias, but most friars in the foundation period can hardly live beyond 200 years old.


    Two hundred years seems very long, but it is not enough for practice.


    Consume a little here and a little there, and unknowingly, two hundred years will slowly run out.


    Meng Zhang dare not consume his precious life so easily. And while losing too much life, it will also lose a lot of vitality. If you don''t do well, you will shake the foundation of practice and have no golden elixir for a lifetime.


    After the introduction of Dayan divine calculation, Meng Zhang began to accumulate calculation chips on the one hand, and continued to learn the knowledge of Tianji numerical calculation on the other hand.


    Now Meng Zhang, who has successfully mastered the secret arts, can barely be called a master of the secret arts.

 Chapter 261

    Meng Zhang has always wanted to be a part-time deputy, but he doesn''t have any talent in cultivating truth.


    It was difficult for him to master the skills of alchemy, weapon refining and talisman making.


    Unexpectedly, he became a very rare master in the cultivation world.


    There is a great difference between the level division of Tianji master and other professions in the cultivation world.


    As long as you are a beginner of Tianji, no matter what your accomplishments are, you are a formal Tianji master.


    There are strong and weak points between Tianji masters. Of course, as long as they are willing to pay the price, such as their own lives, it is not impossible to win the strong with the weak.


    As for what kind of master Tianji above Tianji master looks like and what kind of skills he has, Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    After becoming a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang did not forget to study various classics obtained from the Liu family and the golden Dao gate.


    In particular, friar Liu''s skill of successfully building a foundation without taking the foundation building pill has always interested him.


    However, after reading the classics of the Liu family, I found the limitations and disadvantages of this skill, which is not suitable for Taiyi disciples to practice.


    However, it contains some ideas, which can be used for reference.


    The classics of jindaomen are basically some popular goods. After Meng Zhang read, the harvest was very limited.


    I think so. If the golden Dao sect is not a strong man like Ruan Dadao, it is not a strong sect.


    Such a sect, even if it has been inherited for hundreds of years, has little information and accumulation in ancient books.


    In the days of taiyimen, Meng Zhang''s life became regular.


    Get up early in the morning, absorb the energy of the rising sun, read the Taoist Scriptures for an hour after completing the morning class, and then deal with some sect affairs.


    At noon, absorb the fierce sun Qi and quench the sun Qi.


    In the afternoon, I studied the secret arts and various cultivation classics.


    Practice magic and sword Jue in the evening.


    Absorb Taiyin Qi at night and refine it.


    Before dawn, when Yin Qi does not disappear and Yang Qi is born, integrate Taiyin Qi and sun Qi and melt them into sun and moon Qi.


    So it goes round and round.


    Unconsciously, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments broke through the early stage of foundation construction and entered the middle stage of foundation construction.


    Shuangfeng Valley, which has perished, is not mentioned by Guangzhi immortal. The late foundation building defects of the dead Liu family, Liu Dajin, are too big.


    In addition, the cultivation in the middle of foundation construction is already the top cultivation in the nearby area.


    After entering the foundation period, the challenge became more difficult.


    Even the elite disciples of the large sect can hardly defeat the monks in the middle of the foundation building of the small sect.


    Meng Zhang was gifted and accepted the inheritance of Taiyi gate in its heyday. However, at the beginning of foundation construction, he could barely protect himself in front of those monks in the middle of foundation construction nearby. As for the higher challenge, it is absolutely impossible to win.


    Unless it is a monk who focuses on skills such as alchemy, basically has no combat skills and almost never does it with others, he can be challenged to succeed by the higher level.


    When Meng Zhang broke through the middle stage of foundation construction, it was natural and natural. He did not make much movement, nor did he encounter obstacles such as bottlenecks.


    It''s normal for friars with excellent qualifications to work hard and have the right way of cultivation.


    Those friars with inferior qualifications have to spend a lot of time and a lot of resources to break through. On the road of practice, there are thresholds step by step and passes everywhere. Every time you break through a small realm, you have to fight your old life, as if you were going through a battle of life and death.


    Resources are limited. In order to improve the utilization efficiency of resources, all sects and families, of course, prefer and prefer those disciples with excellent qualifications.


    This seems unfair to those inferior disciples, but there is no real justice in the world. In the cultivation world of the law of the jungle, the so-called justice is even more a joke.


    If we really put a lot of resources into those disciples with poor qualifications and no special skills, it will be the biggest injustice.


    Such sects and families will only become weaker and weaker, and finally be eliminated by the cultivation world of the survival of the fittest.


    Meng Zhang, as a passer-by, as the leader of a sect, naturally wants a bowl of water for his disciples.


    But it''s just as if the teachers of his previous school preferred those who studied well. Meng Zhang paid more attention to the excellent disciples in the sect.


    For example, when the Taiyi sect was a poor little sect of Qi refining, Meng Zhang was willing to personally sponsor disciples such as Wen qiansuan and Tian Li.


    Other people''s qualifications are better than you and work harder than you. What can you compare with others.


    Meng Zhang himself is a person with excellent qualifications and hard practice. Of course, he prefers his own kind.


    Meng Zhang entered the middle stage of foundation construction, which can be regarded as making up for the weakness of taiyimen in the highest combat power. At least when facing the nearby door, I won''t lose the wind in this regard.


    Thick earth God will slowly refine and absorb the town stone after he gets it at Liujiashan gate.


    Earth spirits are very stubborn and difficult to refine.


    It will take ten years for the thick earth God to completely absorb this town rock.


    However, once refining and absorption are completed, his accomplishments can at least be restored to the later stage of foundation construction.


    Moreover, as he refined this town stone bit by bit. His accomplishments also recovered bit by bit.


    After more than a year, Yang Xueyi, who closed the customs and impacted the foundation period, finally successfully passed the customs.


    In addition to Meng Zhang and the thick earth God general, the current taiyimen finally had Yang Xueyi. As she said, she did not take the foundation building pill and successfully built the foundation by herself.


    With her spiritual root qualification and spirit, this result is not surprising.


    Yang Xueyi was going to return the saved foundation Dan to Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang didn''t accept it.


    Although Yang Xueyi no longer needs to build Jidan, she can keep it and give it to her promising younger generation in the future.


    Since Yang Xueyi did not take the foundation building pill to assist in foundation building, she did not need to spend time excreting erysipelas. The process of consolidating cultivation has also become simpler.


    Originally, after Yang Xueyi built the foundation, Meng Zhang, who was very proud, decided to hold a foundation building Dharma meeting for Yang Xueyi and invite friars from nearby zongmen to attend.


    But Yang Xueyi, who has always been low-key and likes quiet, politely declined Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    Meng Zhang thought about it. There was also a Linquan temple on it. It was really nothing to have a friar in the foundation building period in Taiyi gate. There was no need to organize any foundation building Dharma meeting in a big way.

 Chapter 262

    Although he is not old, the younger generation of friar Yang Xueyi built the foundation, and Meng Zhang can also say proudly, "there are successors in Taiyi gate."


    After some thinking, Meng Zhang announced that Yang Xueyi and the God of thick earth were promoted to the elders of the door.


    In addition to their own affairs, the sect elders also have a certain say in other affairs in the sect. Especially for the important events in the sect, the leader also needs to ask the opinions of the elders.


    Meng Zhang is not going to make a speech in the door, and he is not arbitrary.


    Meng Zhang is very self-aware. He is not outstanding in wisdom. He has average experience and knowledge.


    It''s better to deal with the daily affairs in the door on weekdays. In the face of major events, it''s better to listen to the opinions of others in the door.


    Only by brainstorming can we prevent mistakes and make correct responses.


    In addition to Yang Xueyi and general Houtu, two elders in the foundation period, there are also two elders in the Qi refining period, Tianzhen and Taoist Qingling.


    The two elders in the Qi refining period are the elders of Taiyi sect. They have worked hard and made great contributions to the sect. Their status is beyond doubt.


    There is no need to mention history, but from then on, Meng Zhang will set rules. In the future, if the newcomers want to become taiyimen elders, they must at least have the cultivation during the foundation period.


    With the increase of monks in the later period of Qi refining in the sect, the foundation building of disciples needs to be put on the agenda.


    Not all monks with perfect Qi refining have the qualifications of Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi. They can successfully build a foundation without taking the foundation building pill.


    In fact, with Yang Xueyi''s qualification, without taking the foundation building pill, the foundation building success is a little lucky.


    After Shi Changqing of the Shi family successfully refined a furnace of Zhu Jidan last time, he was unable to continue refining Zhu Jidan because of lack of materials.


    If you want to continue to collect materials for refining and building Jidan on the market, even if you are willing to pay a huge price, it will not be done overnight.


    As for the Xiaozhu Jidan in Shuangfeng Valley, Shi Changqing can''t refine it because the danfang is not complete.


    Of course, Shi Changqing is also conducting in-depth research to see if alternative materials can be found to replace two key materials. Or keep trying to see if you can infer the treatment of these two materials.


    Shi Changqing is doing such work, and Lin quanguan is also making constant efforts.


    All kinds of elixirs in the cultivation world were slowly born and improved step by step.


    Of course, such work takes a long time. In addition to paying a lot of effort and effort, it often needs some luck to get a good result.


    Among the Taiyi sect, Zhang Yingying, the most skillful alchemist, is only a first-order alchemist. Even if she has a complete pill, she can''t refine a second-order pill such as Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Meng Zhang can only keep the complete Xiaozhu Jidan secret.


    As for the idea of going to other places to find other alchemists to help refine, Meng Zhang gave up.


    With his current contacts, he can''t find a reassuring second-order alchemist at all. If the news of having a complete small building foundation is leaked, the stone family and Lin quanguan will come to the door.


    The Shi family also put it. The Lin Quan view is not something Meng Zhang can refuse.


    Meng Zhang''s psychology is very simple, that is, he would rather hide the complete danfang all the time than take advantage of others. As for cooperation with them, we do not have this basis of trust.


    The matter of building foundation Dan is not urgent for the time being. Yang Xueyi has to have the combat effectiveness of the foundation period friars to become the foundation period friars. In addition to practicing some magic powers in the foundation period, she also needs second-order magic tools.


    You can''t buy a common second-order magic weapon in the nearby area. You have to go to huojingfang city to have a look.


    After Yang Xueyi''s cultivation was stable, she held a Dharma meeting in the door and told her experience to the disciples in the door.


    As for the disciples in the sect, Yang Xueyi didn''t keep secrets and talked about a lot of useful practice experience.


    A few days later, Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi on a journey to huojingfang city.


    Although huojingfang city is far away, they rode the red feather eagle and spent more than a day to reach their destination.


    They entered huojingfang city and strolled around all the shops inside. Even the black market went there. No suitable second-order magic tool was found.


    Although Yang Xueyi built the foundation soon, she has a high vision. She doesn''t like those goods that look useless at all.


    Unable to buy his favorite magic weapon from the shop, Meng Zhang had the cheek to go to the foreign affairs deacon Shangguan Wen of dihuomen for help.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi met Shangguan Wen smoothly. Shangguan Wen was as polite as ever.


    He first said hello to Meng Zhang, and then congratulated Yang Xueyi, who had just built the foundation. He said a lot of nonsense praising Yang Xueyi''s extraordinary qualification and excellent educational ability of Taiyi, that is, he never got to the point.


    Meng Zhang patiently dealt with him for a long time before he said his intention.


    There must be high-quality second-order magic tools in the earth fire gate, which is famous for its skill of refining tools. I want to buy one or two.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that the second-order flying sword promised by dihuomen last time was intercepted by Zhao jiudou. Shangguan Wen was very guilty at that time. Now he should compensate himself and agree to his requirements.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang is not in vain. He made it clear that as long as things are good, the price is not a problem.


    It never occurred to me that as soon as Meng Zhang asked, shangguanwen began to find various excuses to shirk.


    Later, it was said that the second-class and above weapon refiners of our school were busy completing the weapon refining task assigned by Feihong sect. After a while, all the second-order magic tools in our inventory have been sold


    Anyway, after talking for a long time, there is no high-quality second-order magic weapon in the earth fire gate.


    Shangguanwen finally told Meng Zhang to go to various shops in dihuofang city.


    If you can buy it in the shop, will Meng Zhang beg him?


    Shangguan Wen was clearly unwilling to help and didn''t give Meng Zhang face.


    At this time, Meng Zhang missed the gale city he had been to. In that prosperous place, not to mention second-order magic tools, even third-order magic tools are sold.


    Money can''t buy things, and you can''t spend money. This strange thing can only happen in a barren land like endless sand sea.


    Since the other party has a clear attitude, Meng Zhang is too lazy to continue to talk to him. Casually perfunctory a few words, he left with Yang Xueyi.


    Before they left, Shangguan Wen ordered a few words, saying that dihuomen and taiyimen had an old relationship for many years and trusted each other. Everyone was very relieved about the mineral transaction between the two sides, and there had been no problems.


    Taiyimen now contacts some unscrupulous businessmen, who not only suffer losses in price, but may also be deceived.


    Shangguan Wen finally solemnly reminded that in the previous huojingfang City, some people rashly contacted those businessmen with unknown origins. They were finally cheated and lost their money.

 Chapter 263

    Since Zhao jiudou intercepted Hu last time, Meng Zhang ordered Li Xuan, the foreign affairs hall leader in the gate, to look for other merchants outside to sell all kinds of minerals in Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang did so, in addition to being dissatisfied with the fire gate and warning the fire gate. There is also the intention of not putting eggs in a basket to reduce dependence on the fire gate.


    Li Xuan''s work is still very awesome. After so many years of efforts, more than half of the minerals in Tai Yi gate have found other sellers.


    Meng Zhang''s intention is obvious, that is, he would rather lose some money on the price and sell less Lingshi, and he can''t let dihuomen control the shipping channel of taiyimen.


    Judging from the response of Shangguan Wen, taiyimen''s practice is very successful.


    Whether what shangguanwen just said was a complaint or a warning, Meng Zhang was not afraid of him.


    Although the dihuomen in huojingfang city is powerful, it is the nominal owner. However, huojingfang can operate to this extent, relying on the relatively fair business environment and the joint efforts of all businesses.


    If dihuomen wants to bully others, buy and sell, not to mention all kinds of merchants, feihongzong can''t tolerate him first.


    In the final analysis, the earth fire gate is still too arrogant. I can''t see the Taib gate in my heart.


    Otherwise, Meng Zhang took the initiative to come to the door for help just now. If Shangguan Wen has a little sincerity, he can buy Meng Zhang a face and slowly improve his relationship with taiyimen.


    The earth fire sect friar has always been crazy. He finally met an official who is easy to deal with. He still has the pride of the sect and is not willing to treat Taiyi sect equally.


    After leaving Shangguan Wen''s place, Yang Xueyi, who was very clever, also obviously noticed that the attitude of the dihuomen was wrong.


    She said to Meng Zhang in general; "Headmaster, the earth fire sect doesn''t want to help now. Let''s just go back. It''s not urgent to buy second-order magic tools anyway. I''ll spend more time cultivating some magic, and it won''t affect my combat effectiveness."


    Yang Xueyi was so sensible that she aroused Meng Zhang''s competitive heart.


    "You don''t have to say much about it. Since I promised you that I would help you get a suitable second-order magic weapon, I won''t break my promise."


    If you leave butcher Zhang, you won''t eat pigs with hair. Although he couldn''t buy a suitable second-order magic weapon from dihuomen, Meng Zhang didn''t have no other way.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi did not hurry back, but found an inn in the square city.


    The two candidates settled in a small single courtyard.


    Meng Zhang returned to his room and calmed his mind. Then adjust your breathing to make your heart clear. After some calming, he began to perform Dayan divine calculation.


    One by one, the calculations flew out of Meng Zhang''s body and gathered in a circle in front of him.


    The appearance of these calculations is vague, if any. If an outsider reaches for it, he can only touch the air.


    Meng Zhang''s hands were held flat in front, and his fingers kept pinching. His mouth was full of words and murmured vaguely. Originally a calm surrounding, as if there was no wind, disturbed the air flow in the room.


    Soon, the whole room was filled with a simple and mysterious atmosphere. Moreover, bursts of thin wind generated out of thin air flow in the room.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly calculated his goals in his own consciousness.


    The calculations in front of him disappeared one by one.


    Since Dayan''s introduction to divine calculation, Meng Zhang began to accumulate calculation chips.


    Accumulate one root every day and hardly break more.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang has accumulated more than 400 arithmetic chips.


    It''s just a second-order calculation tool. These calculations should be enough.


    The calculation chip disappeared quickly, but in a short time, it disappeared almost half.


    Meng Zhang''s face is very ugly. It''s too fast to calculate the cost.


    If the calculation is completed and the result has not been deduced, you will not consume your life.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s most worried situation did not appear.


    After more than 300 chips were consumed, Meng Zhang finally got the result of deduction.


    A general message appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Ten days later, something you want will appear two thousand miles east of huojingfang city.


    This information is not accurate, let alone specific details.


    But Meng Zhang is already very satisfied.


    That''s what it looks like to use the magic of heaven.


    At least according to Meng Zhang''s current state of heaven''s secrets, it is impossible to deduce that kind of clear and incomparable information on matters related to second-order items.


    In fact, Meng Zhang should be very happy that there is no vague, mysterious and confusing information.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know that the seemingly insignificant Dayan divine calculation. In the world of Tianji master, what position and what magical function it has.


    With a specific time and approximate location, Meng Zhang''s deduction can also be regarded as a success.


    Although it is said that ten days later, it is not a bad thing to get to the place earlier and make more preparations.


    Yang Xueyi, who always obeyed the leader, didn''t ask any more questions, so she directly followed Meng Zhang.


    It took them less than a day to reach their destination.


    The result of Dayan''s calculation is only a rough area.


    Two thousand miles east of huojingfang, it''s a huge area.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to land, but led Yang Xueyi to ride the red feather eagle and make a good turn around.


    The terrain below is an endless desert, nothing strange.


    In the meantime, Meng Zhang repeatedly used the eye of breaking delusion, carefully observed around, and found no abnormality.


    It seems that most of the time has not come, so what you want has not yet appeared.


    After a tired day, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi found a sand dune to land down, sorted out a place and began to meditate and regulate their breath.


    When it was like this, Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi and kept spinning around the surrounding area.


    During the day, fly to high altitude for a cruise, and find a place to meditate and rest at night.


    "Don''t ask now. It''s just not the time. As soon as the time comes, you''ll understand everything."


    Meng Zhang did not tell Yang Xueyi about his deduction results, nor did he tell Yang Xueyi that he had become a master of heaven.


    This is not that he can''t trust Yang Xueyi, but the consistent style of Tianji master.

 Chapter 264

    Tianji master itself is a divine profession. For most practitioners, Tianji master only exists in legends.


    Even if you have been in contact with the master of heavenly secrets, people often feel that the master of heavenly secrets is mysterious and unpredictable, and the Dragon sees the head but not the tail.


    Since Meng Zhang has become a Heavenly Master, of course, he should have the style of a Heavenly Master.


    For so many years in the cultivation world, Tianji masters have been in this style. There must be a certain reason, not to mystify.


    Yang Xueyi still trusts Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Since Meng Zhang said that the time has not come, we need to wait quietly. She would stop talking nonsense and directly follow what Meng Zhang said.


    In fact, Meng Zhang felt that it was really not worth going so far to such a dangerous place in order to buy magic weapons.


    Therefore, Meng ZhangCai tried to perform Dayan divine calculation.


    Unfortunately, the results given by Tianji are always not clear enough.


    In the next few days, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi looked at all the surrounding areas carefully.


    Meng Zhang even used his eyes to see through the earth.


    Although the depth of perspective is very low, no problems are found.


    Meng Zhang also had a little doubt in his heart. He didn''t practice a fake secret arts, did he? The deduction result of Dayan divine calculation is not unreliable.


    With this doubt in his heart, Meng Zhang spent these hard days.


    One morning passed, and neither of them found anything unusual. Meng Zhang felt a little empty.


    They had a little rest at noon. Then I continued to wander around in the afternoon, but I still got nothing.


    Night is coming and the day is coming to an end.


    Meng Zhang was a little dejected. Dayan''s divine calculation was wrong. There was no clue of second-order magic tools.


    Yang Xueyi looked at Meng Zhang with a little doubt. She didn''t know why the leader was a little depressed today.


    Meng Zhang landed on the ground with Yang Xueyi and put the red feather Eagle into the spirit beast bag.


    Meng Zhang has decided to stop wandering around. He feels like a fool.


    Just when Meng Zhang began to doubt his cultivation of heaven''s secrets, a change took place.


    In the sky, from a distance, there were three figures in front, two in back.


    The figure in front is running for his life, and the two figures behind are chasing after him.


    Meng Zhang immediately found the situation in the sky and was a little uncertain.


    Is this the chance deduced by Dayan''s divine calculation?


    Being able to fly in the sky, all three are friars during the foundation period. During the foundation period, friars usually have second-order magic tools.


    Is it true that I am going to kill people, seize treasures and take their magic weapons this time?


    At this time, the monk running for his life in front obviously slowed down. The friar who was chasing after him took the opportunity to catch up and stopped him.


    "The dog thief of Feihong sect, let''s go on the road together." the shrill roar sounded in the sky.


    The stopped monk took out a flame from his body. Then a mouthful of blood gushed out of his mouth and poured right on the flame.


    The flame burst open suddenly and wrapped all the two pursuers opposite at once.


    A pursuer had little resistance and his body was directly ignited. The whole body is like a burning torch.


    Another pursuer raised a light shield. As soon as the hood rose, it was broken by the exploding flame.


    Taking advantage of this delay, the body of the pursuer turned into streamer and disappeared directly into the sky.


    After the last blow, the monk lost all his strength and fell directly from the sky.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi looked at each other and immediately flew into the sky to the place where the battle had just taken place.


    Before the body of the ignited friar fell to the ground, his whole body was burned up, leaving only a mass of ashes. As soon as it was blown by the strong wind in the air, it drifted away with the wind.


    The body of the pursued friar fell directly from the air to the ground.


    Even if there are soft sand grains on the ground and they fall directly from such a high place, their bodies are still torn apart and become a mass of fuzzy flesh and blood.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi fell to the place where the monk fell.


    Although the monk died, the three storage bags he carried were intact.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes were like a torch. He picked out three intact storage rings from a mass of vague flesh and blood.


    The storage bag and storage ring were held in the air by Meng Zhang''s Qi. Meng Zhang summoned a stream of water to wash the blood and flesh on them.


    After thoroughly washing, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi began to clean up the contents.


    The three storage bags are all ten square storage bags, which contain a lot of sundries, such as spirit stone, pill, talisman and so on.


    In addition, there are several jade slips and four full second-order magic tools.


    Seeing these four second-order magic tools, Yang Xueyi looked at Meng Zhang suspiciously.


    Is this what the leader said? When the time comes, you will understand everything? But how does the leader know that someone will fall from the sky at this time?


    For a moment, Meng Zhang''s image in Yang Xueyi''s mind became unusually tall and mysterious.


    Meng Zhang searched among a lot of sundries for a while and found a black token.


    In the center of the token, a fiery red cloud is engraved, just like a burning flame.


    Meng Zhang has been to the boundary of Jiuqu League and learned about the distribution of Xiuzhen forces around Dafeng City.


    He recognized at a glance that this was the identity token of the disciple of huoyun sect, the great sect of Xiuzhen, next to Dafeng City.


    It is said that this person was chased and killed by the disciples of Feihong sect just now. This person should be a disciple of huoyun sect.


    Hundreds of years ago, huoyun sect invaded the endless sand sea through the chaos of the endless sand sea, but was finally expelled by Fei hongzong.


    Since huoyun sect was defeated by Feihong sect hundreds of years ago, it has always been a thief and coveted the endless sand sea.


    For hundreds of years, there have been constant conflicts and small-scale battles at the border between huoyun sect and Feihong sect.


    The disciples of huoyun sect sneaked into the endless sand sea and were chased and killed by the disciples of feihongzong. It seems that there is nothing suspicious.

 Chapter 265

    There are four second-order magic tools. One is a glittering brush, which is a second-order Rune pen, which can be used to draw second-order benefits. This is just like a welfare tailored for Yang Xueyi, a master of talisman making.


    The other is a collar, which glitters in gold, black, white, cyan and red.


    This is a five element circle, which can increase the power of five element spells and reduce the cost of casting spells.


    Yang Xueyi is the spiritual root of the middle grade. Her physique is just the attribute of the five elements, and she practices the five elements skill.


    Although she often uses the flying sword to cast Liu Jian Jue dancing with the wind, she is actually best at casting various spells, especially the five element spell.


    However, there are various restrictions on the use of spells by friars in the period of Qi refining. Spells are difficult to cast in an instant, their power is limited, and there are not many spells that can be cast


    Now entering the foundation period, these restrictions will naturally disappear. Yang Xueyi is the time to give full play to her magic skills. That''s why she was able to tell Meng Zhang that even if she didn''t have a suitable second-order magic tool, she practiced many spells and her combat effectiveness was not weak.


    This five element circle is more suitable for Yang Xueyi.


    There is also a green silk, which seems to be woven from a cloud. It is a magic tool, Biyun Ling.


    Biyun Ling can attack and defend. When it is released, it can attack and trap the enemy. After it is recovered, it can protect itself.


    This beautiful magic instrument is very suitable for female nuns.


    The last magic weapon is a small flag, which is dark all over and reveals bursts of yin and cold breath.


    This is a Yin wind flag that favors the Yin cold attribute.


    If you feel it carefully, there seems to be the smell of ghost friars.


    As a female nun, Yang Xueyi naturally doesn''t like this ghostly magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation has Taiyin Qi, but he can easily resist this magic weapon.


    The first four magic tools belong to Yang Xueyi, and the last Yin Feng flag is accepted by Meng Zhang.


    After cleaning the storage bag, Meng Zhang counted the items in the three storage rings.


    The three storage rings have a large capacity, and the volume inside is almost ten times that of the ten square storage bag.


    The storage ring contains various mineral materials. Most of them can be used to refine various magic tools.


    Although the endless sand sea has always been barren, it is not good for nothing.


    The various minerals produced here are very distinctive.


    All kinds of mineral materials stored in the storage ring are refined.


    For example, the Xuanjin ore has been carefully refined to become very pure Xuanjin


    When Meng Zhang cleared out the two materials, his face immediately became very ugly.


    One kind of material is very rare and precious underground Yanjing.


    This material is easy to find when it is buried deep in the bottom, especially at the bottom of the volcano.


    The earth fire gate started with a special cultivation method. It has a secret method to mine underground Yan crystals.


    If Fei hongzong doesn''t want Jindan to play a miner, he has no other way to mine this material.


    If feihongzong wants to obtain the underground Yanjing, he must rely on the earth fire gate.


    A large part of the underground Yanjing mined by dihuomen was handed over to Feihong Zong as tribute.


    There are few underground Yanjing circulating in the endless sand sea market, and the price is high.


    This huoyun sect disciple has so many underground Yanjing hidden in him. He certainly didn''t buy it from the market, and it''s unlikely to get it from Feihong sect.


    The only way left is the fire gate.


    Dihuomen is a great practice sect in endless sand sea. As a vassal sect of Feihong sect, dihuomen colludes with huoyun sect, the sworn enemy of Feihong sect. This is really a big news.


    If we can find an excuse to shirk the matter of underground Yanjing and dihuomen, another material found by Meng Zhang in the storage ring is the crime of nailing dihuomen''s collusion with Feihong sect.


    This material is ChiYan oil.


    ChiYan oil is not a natural material, but a second-order refiner of dihuomen, refined by special means.


    The formula and refining method of ChiYan oil have always been strictly confidential and will never be spread.


    When refining metal magic tools, especially those biased towards fire system, adding red flame oil can not only greatly increase the success rate of refining tools, but also improve the power of magic tools.


    Refining ChiYan oil is a very hard work for dihuomen, which requires a lot of time and energy from the second-order refiner.


    Even in the weapon smelting sect like dihuomen, there are not many second-class weapon smelters, and they are very busy on weekdays.


    Dihuomen never sells red flame oil on the market, and there is no red flame oil on the market.


    Feihongzong also tried his best to exert a lot of pressure. Dihuomen handed in three bottles of ChiYan oil every year. According to dihuomen, this is more than half of the annual output of dihuomen.


    The three bottles of ChiYan oil that Fei hongzong gets every year are consumed early, which is not enough at all.


    But Meng Zhang found dozens of bottles of ChiYan oil in the storage ring.


    There should be no other sect in the world that can provide so much ChiYan oil except dihuomen.


    What is the relationship between earth fire sect and huoyun sect? Is it a simple trading relationship or a deeper collusion?


    However, no matter what the relationship between the two is, it must be hidden from Feihong Zong, and it is not allowed to be in Feihong Zong. Once known by Feihong sect, the earth fire gate will be in great difficulty.


    Meng Zhang discovered the secret and had a chip in his hand to clamp down on the fire gate. As for how to use this chip to strive for the greatest benefits for yourself and taiyimen, you need to think slowly.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi put the counted items back and put away the stored magic tools.


    After careful inspection, Meng Zhang found that there were no obvious marks on the three storage bags or three storage rings, let alone hidden spell marks.


    Meng Zhang immediately released a flame and burned the body of the huoyun sect friar to ashes.


    As for the body of the disciple of feihongzong, together with all the items on his body, it had long been turned into ashes and dispersed in the wind.


    Just after all this, Meng Zhang suddenly felt a strong sense of uneasiness, as if there was a mysterious force warning him.


    When Meng Zhang was attacked by Liu Dajin, he also had this feeling.


    Later, Meng Zhang suspected that this feeling was a whim in the legend of the cultivation world, a special ability to warn the cultivators.


    Last time, Meng Zhang believed this feeling and escaped from Liu Dajin in the later stage of foundation construction.


    Now, with experience, Meng Zhang should follow this feeling in his heart.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even dare to fly into the sky, but said to Yang Xueyi anxiously, "come with me."


    Before his voice fell, Meng Zhang immediately performed the art of unearthed hiding and hid underground.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Yang Xueyi also performed the earth hiding technique and followed Meng Zhang into the ground.

 Chapter 266

    Meng Zhang tried his best to use the earth hiding technique and kept diving to the ground.


    Yang Xueyi kept silent and followed closely.


    After a while, Yang Xueyi felt that she began to struggle.


    Yang Xueyi is very gifted in magic, and her attainments in Tu Dun are not weak. But after all, the foundation was built soon, and her accomplishments were limited. It was a while for her to dive into such a deep underground. She felt that Yang Xueyi had reached a certain limit and was about to lose her grip. Meng ZhangCai stopped going deep underground.


    But he did not stop, but moved laterally, moved from the ground to another direction, and fled directly to the distance.


    Meng Zhang seems to be running for his life. He runs away very fast. Yang Xueyi tried her best to keep up with him.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang and his two men fled to the ground, three monks flew from the distant sky and directly landed at the place where Meng Zhang had just destroyed his body.


    The three monks have a strong breath. Except for one in the middle of foundation construction, the other two are in the later stage of foundation construction.


    One of the friars held a round bead in his hand at the later stage of foundation construction, looked carefully and said, "the breath of eldest martial brother, fifth martial brother and seventh martial brother disappeared here."


    "When the seventh younger martial brother was summoned for the last time, he was watched by the friars of Feihong sect. His breath disappeared here again. I''m afraid the seventh younger martial brother has..."


    The oldest monk had a gloomy face and a cold tone.


    "The seventh younger martial brother has an accident here. How can we explain to the elder martial master?"


    One of the youngest friars was a little unconvinced and said, "this is a very simple task, but the seventh younger martial brother has to make his own decisions and act alone..."


    "Shut up, don''t mention this later." before he finished, he was interrupted by the friar who spoke first.


    "When such words reach the master''s ears, we will only think that we are incompetent and prevaricating on each other."


    The oldest friar took out a mirror, which flew into the air and emitted a dazzling light.


    The light swept all directions, shone back and forth, and finally fired at the ground. The light penetrated deep underground.


    After half a ring, I saw nothing. The oldest monk said reluctantly, "we haven''t found anything here. We''d better leave here as soon as possible. If we are entangled by the thieves of Feihong sect, it''s another trouble."


    The three men no longer said much, but flew straight to the sky and flew away into the distance.


    Shortly after the three left, two flying boats engraved with the logo of feihongzong flew here.


    Several monks flew down from the flying boat, searched around for a while, and even practiced secret methods. They found nothing and found no trace of monks.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi, who have escaped from the ground, do not know what happened there after they left.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t give warning on a whim, he would probably run into a friar of huoyun sect.


    If he didn''t escape from the depths of the earth according to his feelings, he might not be able to escape the magic weapon search of huoyun sect friars.


    Under such circumstances, the huoyun sect friar will certainly not have peaceful communication with him.


    Once the two sides fight, with the strong strength gap between each other, it is really a question whether Meng Zhang can retreat all over.


    Following his intuition, Meng Zhang led Yang Xueyi to escape far from the ground before he got out of the ground.


    As soon as they appeared on the ground, they flew to huojingfang city in the distance.


    After Ping An returned to huojingfang City, Meng Zhang suddenly felt a sense because of a series of things that happened later.


    He found an inn to stay and meditated in a quiet room.


    Meng Zhang is in a good state at this time. He has an unprecedented clarity and a clear mind.


    After meditating for more than half a day, Meng Zhang ended his enlightenment.


    What happened over the past ten days has given him a new understanding and made great progress in Tianji.


    Now Meng Zhang dares to say with great pride that he is a qualified master of heaven''s secrets.


    In the past, he had never used the magic of heaven to deduce things related to the cultivation world. He just tried to deduce some trivial things, but he didn''t deeply understand the secret of heaven, especially the mystery of Dayan divine calculation,


    After this test, or training, he had a deeper understanding and no doubt about his practice of Dayan divine calculation.


    As a qualified master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang now has two abilities.


    One is on a whim. Most Tianji masters have this ability, but their skills are different.


    With the ability of whim, you will have a certain sense of what will happen to you, especially what will endanger your life.


    For Meng Zhang, a whim is a very useful early warning ability. It has been proved that he can really save his life.


    Of course, a whim is not everything. If a Heavenly Master disturbs the heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang''s induction can be blinded.


    Or, there are high-level dignitaries, such as Yuanshen Zhenjun, who target Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang is also difficult to induce.


    Although there are defects, a whim is still the most important ability for Meng Zhang.


    He was almost hit by the friar of huoyun sect. It''s a kind of warning from heaven.


    Of course, because after Meng Zhang became a master of heaven''s secrets, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder whether it was God''s gift for his novice.


    Before Meng Zhang''s crossing, there were many legends for everyone

 Chapter 267

    While Meng Zhang was meditating, Yang Xueyi was also busy refining the magic tools she had just got.


    Anyway, this is the endless sand sea under the rule of Feihong sect. Even if you take the magic weapons of huoyun sect disciples, you don''t have to worry about being found by the bitter Lord.


    In fact, the Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and huoyun sect have sent their disciples into the endless sand sea for spying for hundreds of years, but at most they send their disciples during the foundation period, and they must hide their identity and act secretly.


    The golden elixir immortal of the two sects has never heard of entering the endless sand sea.


    A few years ago, the disciples of Huanglian sect sneaked into the endless sand sea and ambushed the skillful hand sect secretly. Even though the skillful hand sect is a vassal of Lin Quan temple, as the ruler of the endless sand sea, Feihong sect still shows the magnanimity of the great sect of Xiuzhen and sends experts to search everywhere for the whereabouts of the disciples of Huanglian sect.


    In addition, the high level of Feihong sect, who felt that its majesty had been offended, did not hesitate to transfer people from the battlefield to strengthen the inspection of the endless sand sea and prevent outsiders from causing trouble here.


    Originally, as long as those outsiders do not take the initiative to cause trouble, feihongzong disciples often turn a blind eye. However, after this incident, disciples of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect will be expelled or even pursued as long as they encounter patrol disciples of Feihong sect.


    Therefore, once the identity of the disciples of the two schools is exposed, we must quickly find a way to escape the endless sand sea.


    The disciple of huoyun sect met by Meng Zhang was unlucky. He bumped into the hand of the patrolling disciple of Feihong sect and had a series of things behind him.


    Meng Zhang handled the matter about Tianji and thought about it.


    The evidence obtained from the disciple of huoyun sect this time can fully prove the collusion between dihuomen and huoyun sect.


    As long as this matter is leaked to Feihong sect, the earth fire gate will peel off its skin if it doesn''t die.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not do things that harm others and benefit himself in vain. What he is thinking about now is how to profit from it.


    The impression given by the earth fire gate friar is that he has a hot temper, is ready to explode, acts madly and is not afraid of death.


    It is said that the reason why the earth fire sect friars have such a reputation is related to their cultivation skills.


    Most of the true direct disciples of the earth fire sect practice the secret skill of fire attribute.


    During the Qi refining period, they will absorb the violent fire Reiki, especially the fire Reiki from the ground, and convert it into their own true Qi.


    The violent aura can easily lead practitioners to become possessed. Special cultivation skills can affect the temperament and character of practitioners.


    When the gas refining is complete, the disciples of the earth fire sect will risk their lives and go deep into the earth to find the right earth fire.


    Dihuo sect disciples do not need to build a foundation pill. They can successfully build a foundation by integrating Dihuo with secret skills.


    Of course, this process is very dangerous. As long as there is a slight mistake, the whole body will be burned to ashes.


    Dihuomen, as a great spiritual sect juxtaposed with the former shuangfenggu, has a large number of disciples.


    But almost every year, the disciples of Qi refining perfection die in building the foundation.


    Even so, after the earth fire sect disciples complete their Qi refining, they will attack and build a foundation one after another.


    The foundational friars trained in this way are not only powerful, but also extremely fierce, ignoring life and death.


    The number of friars during the foundation period of dihuomen was not as good as that of Shuangfeng Valley, but their combat effectiveness was not weak at all. Fighting is fierce.


    Shuangfenggu had a domineering style. As a regional overlord, they didn''t dare to easily provoke dihuomen.


    With the character and style of the dihuomen friar, Meng Zhang really didn''t dare to threaten others rashly.


    It really annoyed those crazy people. They acted recklessly and directly caught the fish dead and caught the fish. Meng Zhang himself suffered the loss.


    Meng Zhang thought hard for a long time and found that he had better deal with rational people.


    As the foreign affairs deacon of the dihuomen sect, Shangguan Wen has a high status in the sect, although he is only in the cultivation period of Qi refining. Moreover, this person''s behavior style is completely different from that of the earthfire sect disciple. He has flexible wrist and smooth handling. He is an object that can communicate normally.


    Although he had some trouble with shangguanwen not long ago, Meng Zhang decided to visit this person and try his words first.


    After making the decision, Meng Zhang left Yang Xueyi in the Inn and visited Shangguan Wen.


    However, when they arrived at the place, the dihuomen disciple in charge of hospitality claimed that shangguanwen was not here and went out to do business a few days ago.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that the upper official had put on airs and was unwilling to comment on himself.


    But after reading the guest disciple''s mind with his heart, he knew that he didn''t lie.


    Shangguanwen did leave huojingfang city a few days ago and went to work in other places. As for when to come back, I don''t know.


    At this time, Meng Zhang found that although Shangguan Wen was duplicity and looked down on people, he was a real power figure who was easy to get along with among the earth fire gate friars.


    Now shangguanwen is not in huojingfang city. Meng Zhang really can''t find other high-level communication in a short time.


    It is urgent to use the evidence in hand to threaten the fire gate and extort benefits. We must take our time. Careful design and patient exploration are needed.


    Since shangguanwen is not in huojingfang City, there is no other suitable candidate to choose from. Meng Zhang didn''t wait. He took Yang Xueyi directly and went back to Taiyi gate first.


    I didn''t run for nothing this time. I not only achieved my goal, but also gained extra gains.


    It takes time to replenish the calculation chips consumed by Dayan divine calculation.


    He made a fortune from that huoyun sect disciple. After careful handling, most of the items were put into the sect library.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi earn a lot of sect good deeds.


    Yang Xueyi refined the new magic weapon, which needs to be run in slowly.


    After she built the foundation, she can further improve her talismanship and strive to become a second-order talisman. At that time, the second-order talisman pen will have a place to play.


    Less than a month after Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, he received two big news.


    A big news is that after years of hard work and heavy price, Feihong Zong finally killed the third-order sand monsters, wiped out the army of sand monsters, destroyed the sand monster''s nest and completely calmed the chaos of sand monsters.


    In the history of endless sand sea, it is very rare to see such a large-scale and serious destruction of sand monsters.


    The chaos of sand monsters not only did great harm to Feihong sect, but also had a far-reaching impact on the situation of the endless sand sea.


    Now that the chaos of sand monsters has been completely calmed down, not only does Fei hongzong finally have a chance to breathe, but also the human practitioners of the whole endless sand sea can breathe a sigh of relief.


    That''s the flame elder of the earth fire gate who successfully tied the pill more than ten days ago.


    From then on, we will call him real flame.

 Chapter 268

    The fire elder has become a fire immortal, which is not only a change in title, but also means that the situation of the whole endless sand sea is about to change dramatically.


    At the beginning, a sect as big as shuangfenggu was suppressed by Feihong sect because it wanted to cultivate its own Jindan immortal. Later, he was killed by Feihong sect because he tried to capture the rain from the sky.


    The Guangzhi immortal of Lin quanguan also took the opportunity to get married.


    Feihongzong repeatedly forced and calculated on Guangzhi immortal, but Guangzhi immortal himself acted decisively and smart enough. At the critical moment, he escaped feihongzong''s calculation with the help of Qijia Jindan immortal.


    Later, it was very coincidental that the chaos of sand monsters broke out. Feihongzong did not compromise and recognized the status of Guangzhi immortal.


    Fei hongzong made peace with the Qi family and hired Guangzhi real people to participate in the war, which finally put an end to the chaos of sand monsters.


    I really didn''t expect that the flame elder of the earth fire gate could seize this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to successfully complete the pill when Fei hongzong had no time to attend to him.


    The flame elder of the earth fire gate has been famous for a long time. He is a famous monk in the later stage of foundation building in the endless sand sea.


    But no one thought that he would become a real Jindan one day.


    In fact, the elder Jindan of feihongzong once met him and evaluated him, but he was not optimistic about his way.


    No matter how powerful the dihuomen is, it is still a building base sect. Because of the defects of dihuomen skill and the problem of cultivation resources. When he reached the later stage of foundation building, he was already at the limit.


    His potential is almost exhausted and there is little possibility of further development.


    In fact, in the history of the earth fire gate, there are many more amazing figures than the flame elder. However, because of the defects of the dihuomen skill, he can''t get the pill all the time and can only be trapped in the foundation period all his life.


    Elder flaming successfully tied the elixir, which seems to prove that the golden elixir immortal of Feihong sect is indeed out of sight.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect for many years, Meng Zhang has more detailed information about the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang still has a certain understanding of dihuomen, a trading partner for many years.


    He really did not expect that the flame elder would become a flame immortal at this time without warning.


    Thinking of dihuomen''s collusion with huoyun sect, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder whether huoyun sect helped Huoyan immortal build Dan successfully.


    Huoyun sect, as the golden elixir sect, has a long history than Feihong sect.


    Who knows if there is any secret inheritance of such a large sect as huoyun sect, which can help others knot pills.


    If huoyun sect is really responsible for the success of Huoyan immortal, the relationship between the two sects is not so simple. It''s complicated to think about the inside story.


    As for the plan to use the evidence in his hand to threaten dihuomen, Meng Zhang had long been thrown out of the sky.


    The earth fire gate is now the Jindan sect. Meng Zhang threatened others. Didn''t he take the initiative to die?


    Even if the collusion with huoyun sect is leaked, dihuomen doesn''t have to worry.


    Fei hongzong can''t even help immortal Guangzhi, let alone immortal flaming.


    With the fire immortal''s pill, the situation of endless sand sea is really complicated.


    A series of events in recent years show that Fei hongzong, the overlord of the endless sand sea, began to slowly lose control of the situation of the endless sand sea.


    Soon after the chaos of sand monsters was settled, Guangzhi immortal of Linquan Temple left the territory of Feihong sect and returned to Linquan temple.


    On the way back, it is said that real Guangzhi passed through dihuomen.


    Immortal flaming personally received immortal Guangzhi. They sat down and talked happily.


    In addition, the chaos of sand monsters was settled, and the alliance between Qi family and Feihong sect was naturally dissolved.


    Before long, the two forces resumed their confrontation.


    If Lin quanguan, dihuomen and Qi family can work together, at least at the level of Jindan immortal, there are only three feihongzongs of Jindan immortal, who are at a disadvantage.


    In the chaos of sand monsters, Feihong sect not only suffered heavy losses, but also destroyed many vassal forces. Even feihongzong himself paid a heavy price for casualties.


    Meng Zhang always pays attention to the situation of the endless sand sea at this time and continuously collects external intelligence through various channels.


    Now the endless sand sea, but quadrupole opposition.


    If Lin quanguan, dihuomen and Qi family work together, it is really possible to pull Feihong Zong off his horse.


    Taiyi gate, as a Jizong gate of endless sand sea, is destined to be unable to escape the coming storm. If the four forces fight, taiyimen will certainly be involved.


    At that time, where should Meng Zhang and taiyimen go.


    Whenever he thought of this problem, Meng Zhang felt a headache.


    If one does not respond well and stands in the wrong line, it is really a disaster to destroy the door.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was not talented enough. He convened a group of senior leaders in the door and discussed for many times, but he didn''t come up with a good response.


    As a vassal of Lin Quan''s view, taiyimen should be on the same front as Lin Quan''s view.


    However, Meng Zhang has no loyalty and trust in Lin quanguan. He really doesn''t trust Lin quanguan for the survival of taiyimen.


    Since everyone in the door can''t come to a conclusion, consult the expert outside the door.


    Lin Shan sect is the iron core of Lin Quan temple. It doesn''t need to be considered. Gu Tanghai of the Shi family is an old fox and can''t be trusted either.


    As an ally of Taiyi sect, skillful sect has been getting along well these years. Aunt Jin is also a seasoned and crafty figure.


    Why don''t you visit her and listen to her.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate and went to Qiaoshou gate.


    When he came to the skillful hand gate, he was led to the sect hall by a knowledgeable guest. Meng Zhang easily met aunt Jin and aunt Jin seven.


    As usual, Jin Qiaoer often accompanied them.


    They are all monks in the later stage of Qi refining. Jin Qiaoer is still as naive and lively as a child.


    As soon as she saw Meng Zhang, she quarreled to play with Zhui Dian and Liu Li.


    When Meng Zhang went out, he put the two little guys into the spirit beast bag and took them with him.


    After years of evolution, with sufficient resources, the two little guys have made great progress.


    The two little guys have at least the combat effectiveness in the middle of gas refining, become smarter and more humane, and have made great progress in their respective fields.


    The speed of chasing electricity is faster. Even ordinary builders in the foundation period can''t catch up with him.


    Liuli awakens her magic talent and can release some simple magic.


    With a naughty personality, she often uses magic tricks to trick the new disciples of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang released the two little guys from the spirit beast bag.


    They saw Jin Qiaoer. Although they hadn''t seen her for many years, they still remembered the little girl who gave them Zhu Guo to eat.


    Jin Qiaoer cheered and became one with the two little guys.


    Everyone quarreled and chased and beat together, so they left the hall, leaving only Meng Zhang, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi.

 Chapter 269

    Looking at Jin Qiaoer''s cheerful back, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi were all spoiled.


    Meng Zhang also loves Jin Qiaoer''s lively and lovely little girl.


    I really hope this little girl can keep this childlike heart forever.


    As allies, taiyimen and qiaoshoumen have had a lot of contacts over the years and have a certain understanding of each other.


    Many things in the skillful sect were slowly introduced into Meng Zhang''s ears.


    Meng Zhang has heard that Jin Qiaoer has good qualifications and has made great progress in cultivation.


    Especially after being ambushed by the demon of Huanglian sect last time, Jin Qiaoer worked very hard in cultivation.


    It seems that Aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi are not simply doting on Jin Qiaoer, but take her as the future of Qiaomen and try their best to cultivate her.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang just inadvertently used the false magic eye and looked at Jin Qiaoer at will.


    A little girl in the later stage of gas refining had a feeling that she couldn''t see through.


    Meng Zhang was only vaguely aware that Jin Qiaoer''s cultivation methods were very different from those of aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi. It was clearly a very advanced one.


    As for the details of this skill, Meng Zhang could not see through it for the time being.


    After watching Jin Qiaoer leave, Meng Zhang took his attention back.


    No matter what secret Jin Qiaoer hid, it had nothing to do with him for the time being. A person''s time and energy are limited, and it is impossible to figure out every puzzle he encounters.


    Meng Zhang respectfully saluted aunt Jin.


    "I''m here this time because I want to ask you something important."


    It''s not surprising that many people are polite. Since you have made up your mind to ask for people, of course, you should take a begging attitude. Besides, aunt Jin''s generation and age can also afford Meng Zhang''s etiquette.


    "Master Meng, you''re welcome. You and I have a close relationship. Do you want to ask for advice? If you have anything, as long as the old lady can help, she will never refuse."


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask his own questions directly, but opened his mouth like chatting.


    "You know the changes of the endless sand sea over the years, especially the recent events."


    Seeing aunt Jin nodding, Meng ZhangCai continued; "Taiyi gate is like a canoe in the ocean. It is in danger of overturning at any time in the coming storm."


    "The younger generation has little talent and learning. I really don''t know how to get through this storm safely."


    "Elder, you have a lot of knowledge and wisdom. You should have some countermeasures."


    "I''m not talented. I dare to ask you to give me some advice. The Taiyi gate is full of people. I''ll be very grateful."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi looked at each other, and then said, "leader Meng, you don''t have to worry too much now. The endless sand sea is indeed about to usher in a big change, but it may not be a crisis for taiyimen."


    "There''s no need for you to worry now. At least in a short time, the endless sand sea will not be chaotic. The four forces will not have a war for the time being."


    Aunt Jin''s tone was very positive, not like random speculation.


    Meng Zhang listened and felt a move in his heart. Aunt Jin must have a source she didn''t know.


    It''s a great source of information to be able to make such a conclusion.


    Don''t mention the information channel of Taiyi gate. Even in the powerful black market, it is impossible to have such accurate information on matters involving Jindan sect.


    Aunt Jin has no need to deceive Meng Zhang. She must have her own confidence when she says so.


    Meng Zhang continued to ask, but aunt Jin smiled and said nothing. He made no mention of his own sources.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t read aunt Jin''s mind even if he showed his talent and magic power.


    He took a look at Jin Qigu, whose cultivation was not as good as his own. He secretly showed his heart and got nothing.


    It seems that both of them should have a secret method to restrain their mind, so that they won''t reveal their mind at all.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang despised the skillful hand gate, which is dominated by women''s generation.


    Now it seems that this door is not simple. There are so many secrets in it.


    Meng Zhang found that even if he became a so-called ally, he still knew too little about the details of the skillful hand door.


    Fortunately, from the current point of view, the skillful door has no hostility to Taiyi door. The two zongmen have close cooperation in many aspects.


    Meng Zhang brazenly refused to go and talked about it for a long time, just wanting to know more news.


    But aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qigu were very tight lipped and refused to reveal more.


    They didn''t say, and Meng Zhang couldn''t force them to speak.


    After pestering for a long time, Meng Zhang finally gave up and left.


    Meng Zhang recalled the two little guys and flew away from the skillful door in Jin Qiaoer''s reluctant eyes.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s back slowly disappearing, Jin Qigu asked with a little worry: "martial uncle, it''s too early to reveal our secrets now."


    "Although we have been in contact with Taiyi gate for a long time, we don''t know much about Taiyi gate, let alone trust them."


    Aunt Jin sighed.


    "The endless sand sea is about to change, and we also need to win over our allies. At least for now, we can''t find a more reliable ally than taiyimen."


    "As for whether taiyimen is trustworthy, we can observe and test it slowly in the future."


    "If we don''t do something now, I''m afraid it''s really too late."


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know the dialogue between aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi. After returning to Taiyi gate, he adjusted slowly. After concentrating and calming, he began to perform Dayan divine calculation.


    He pushed aunt Jin, they had no malice, let alone deceived themselves.


    With this result, Meng ZhangCai was finally relieved.


    Aunt Jin''s words gave him a reassurance that he didn''t have to worry about Taiyi gate''s involvement in the war of Jindan sect for the time being.


    After taking a look at the remaining dozens of chips, Meng Zhang tried to calculate aunt Jin''s news channel.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang took the initiative to stop.


    The calculation is too difficult and the matter is too wide involved. This calculation is not enough at present.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, only with thousands of calculation chips can we reluctantly try to calculate this matter.


    As for whether we can get a satisfactory result, it is not known.


    As for whether tuiyan feihongzong and other four forces will maintain peace temporarily, as aunt Jin said, Meng Zhang doesn''t even have the idea of trying.


    He is not qualified to calculate the matters related to the golden elixir immortal with his current attainments in heavenly secrets.


    If you really want to forcibly calculate, you should be prepared for a great loss of life.

 Chapter 270

    At this time, Meng Zhang had a deep sense of powerlessness.


    Facing the golden pill sect, neither taiyimen nor himself had much to do, so he had to wait quietly for the development of the situation.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t do anything. On the one hand, actively inquire about external news, obtain the latest trends, and make the best preparation for response. In addition, cultivation did not relax. No matter how the situation develops, if you improve yourself, you will have more adaptability.


    As time went by, the situation in the endless sand sea remained calm, and the storm in everyone''s imagination did not come.


    After returning to Linquan temple, immortal Guangzhi didn''t stay long and went out again.


    The great elder of the earth fire gate, immortal flaming, also didn''t stay at the earth fire gate much after he tied the pill, so he left the earth fire gate and disappeared.


    Feihongzong didn''t make any moves to the earthfire gate. Everything seems to be the same as before. Whatever should be done, as if the flame elder didn''t tie the pill.


    The earth fire gate is very honest. There is no one at all. Because there is an additional Jindan immortal in the gate, he makes trouble and tries to challenge the dignity of Feihong sect.


    The originally grumpy earth fire gate friar has become much more secure recently.


    Qijia and feihongzong have been confronting each other, but there has been no major conflict.


    After cleaning up the external forces that secretly invaded the endless sand sea, the patrol disciples sent by Fei hongzong also returned to the sect.


    Meng Zhang was very worried about the seemingly calm but actually surging undercurrent of the endless sand sea.


    Especially around the fire gate, it''s too quiet.


    Meng Zhang went to the skillful door twice, and was warmly received by Aunt Jin every time.


    But Meng Zhang wanted to ask some inside information, and they all immediately changed the topic. They just told Meng Zhang that the endless sand sea would not be chaotic for the time being. Meng Zhang just had to wait at ease.


    How could Meng Zhang be at ease? He was a little upset because he knew that great change was coming, but he knew nothing about it.


    However, he also found that the skillful door had no malice towards Taiyi door and himself. Aunt Jin can''t know what they deliberately hide.


    Since he could not get more information from the skillful hand gate, Meng Zhang tried other ways.


    It''s OK to inquire about some ordinary information through the Taiyi gate intelligence channel. There''s basically nothing we can do about the news related to the decision-making of the upper level of the Jindan sect.


    Meng Zhang secretly went to huojingfang city and contacted the person in charge of the black market.


    But the fallen leaves have long left the endless sand sea, and her face is becoming less and less valuable. Even if there were orders before leaving, the black market obviously did not pay enough attention to Meng Zhang, but regarded Meng Zhang as a more important ordinary customer.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get any useful information on the black market. I don''t know whether it is the black market or not. I''m still unwilling to share with Meng Zhang.


    This road is impassable. Meng Zhang has to find another way.


    Foreign affairs are not going well, but the internal development of taiyimen is very smooth.


    Taiyimen''s businesses grew stronger and stronger, accumulated more spiritual stones and obtained more cultivation resources.


    Taiyimen now has a large territory and a large number of mortals. Almost every year, mortals awaken their spiritual roots and worship in Taiyi gate.


    There are many disciples, many of whom naturally stand out.


    In recent years, two disciples have been reused by Meng Zhang.


    A disciple named Fang Tong broke through the late stage of gas refining not long ago.


    Fang was also a big surname in Tianshui oasis. He followed Taiyi gate for many years and provided many monks for Taiyi gate.


    Of course, there have been traitors like Fang Yong.


    Fang Tong is quite different from Fang Yong, an elder clansman. They are loyal to the sect.


    Fangtong has excellent qualification and hard cultivation. Most importantly, he is fair and rigorous.


    Meng Zhang first transferred Fang Tong to the law enforcement hall as an ordinary disciple.


    Over the past few years, after Meng Zhang''s observation, he found that Fang Tong was selfless, strictly enforced the law, and never played favoritism. Meng Zhang was very satisfied with his work.


    After Fang Tong entered the later stage of gas refining, Meng Zhang appointed him as the leader of the law enforcement hall, responsible for maintaining the Dharma in the door.


    Since then, Meng Zhang finally did not have to be the head of the law enforcement hall, which was a burden.


    Another disciple is a woman named Yang qiaoniang.


    Yang qiaoniang was born in the Yang family. She is Yang Xueyi''s family sister. She is only half a year younger than Yang Xueyi.


    Yang qiaoniang woke up Linggen relatively late. She didn''t wake up Linggen until she was almost 18 years old.


    After entering the school, Yang qiaoniang''s accomplishments have been mediocre because of her general qualifications, although she has been deliberately taken care of by Yang Xueyi.


    But this woman is very talented in cooking.


    After years of hard work, Yang Xueyi learned the essence of cooking and became a good chef.


    After years of careful cultivation by Yang Xueyi, she is outstanding in cooking.


    After building the foundation, Yang Xueyi recommended to Meng Zhang that Yang qiaoniang replace herself as the dining room manager.


    Meng Zhang readily agreed. This can also be regarded as reducing the burden on Yang Xueyi and giving her more time to do her own things.


    Wen qiansuan also found Meng Zhang when the outstanding disciples of the sect were constantly emerging.


    He has achieved complete gas refining some time ago. Now he has to temporarily resign his position as the leader of the array hall and close the door to impact the foundation period.


    Although Wen Qian is a junior in the school, he is much older than Meng Zhang.


    However, he awakened Linggen too late and started too late. Although Linggen has excellent qualification, there are still many difficulties on the road.


    Wen Qian is now 59 years old. If he doesn''t hit the foundation period, he will never have a chance.


    In fact, at his age, there is a great risk of impacting the foundation period. If you are careless, you risk becoming possessed.


    Wen qiansuan is not willing to be just a little monk for refining Qi forever. He has higher expectations for his way.


    Meng Zhang still remembers that when he was about 19 years old, Wen qiansuan was almost 35 years old before he woke up Linggen and worshipped Taiyi gate.


    At first, everyone in the door, including myself, didn''t think much of good literature.


    Later, Wen qiansuan showed his talent in array and was trained by Meng Zhang.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, even if Wen qiansuan is only a disciple in the Qi refining period, his talent in array is worthy of Taiyi sect''s investment in resources and vigorous cultivation.


    Now, Wen Qian is going to risk the foundation period, and he has also given support.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to ask. When she learned that Wen qiansuan was ready to impact the foundation period, Yang Xueyi took the initiative to hand over the foundation pill in her hand to Wen qiansuan.


    Of course, Yang Xueyi said that this foundation building pill is not for nothing, but is temporarily lent to Wen Qian.


    After Wen qiansuan''s foundation building is successful, we should find a way to return a foundation building pill.

 Chapter 271

    Wen Qian didn''t say much. He silently accepted the foundation pill and put Yang Xueyi''s kindness in his heart.


    Meng Zhang wanted to encourage him, but he thought it over.


    There is no need for a few useless empty words.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi both taught Wen qiansuan their experiences and lessons in breaking through the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang especially stressed that each cultivator has different situations and cannot mechanically copy the experience of others. The experience of others can only be used as a reference at most. At the critical moment, you still need to make a timely decision according to your own actual situation.


    In fact, after Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi built the foundation, they recorded many contents about breaking through the foundation period and put them into the Sutra Pavilion.


    Disciples of the sect can borrow it as long as they spend good work.


    Since Wen qiansuan is ready to impact foundation construction, he has naturally read these contents long ago. However, now I have a new understanding by listening to Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi personally.


    All that should be said has been said. After Wen qiansuan said goodbye to Meng Zhang, they began to close the door and break through.


    Meng Zhang was very worried about Wen qiansuan''s breakthrough.


    Although Wen qiansuan''s qualification is similar to that of Yang Xueyi, he is too old after all. And before the impact, because of age, there was not enough time to polish the true Qi.


    However, Wen qiansuan had made up his mind and began to shut down. Meng Zhang was worried and had to put it down for the time being.


    Everything inside and outside Taiyi gate is as usual, and the situation in the endless sand sea remains strangely silent.


    Meng Zhang felt that he could not wait quietly for the development and changes of the situation. He decided to go out and experience the endless sand sea to see if he could get new information.


    After Yang Xueyi built the foundation, the high-level combat power in the door was greatly abundant. Moreover, with the increase of disciples of Taiyi sect and their cultivation, the shortage of manpower in the sect began to ease.


    Although the structure inside the door is simple, it is still complete. You hall leaders can also perform their duties. Even if Meng Zhang is not in the sect for a long time, the sect can still run smoothly.


    Meng Zhang informed the middle and senior level of the gate that he was going to travel. After explaining all the affairs, he quietly left Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang first went to mingshafang city and wanted to get in touch with the stone friars, especially Gu Tanghai.


    After years of development, mingshafang has become more and more prosperous.


    The location here is excellent, otherwise it would not have been focused on the development of shuangfenggu in that year.


    After Fei hongzong lifted the blockade on Lin quanguan, mingshafang began to develop normally.


    In particular, the chaos of sand monsters around Feihong sect''s territory a few years ago affected a wide range. In order to take refuge, a large number of monks moved to huojingfang city and mingshafang city.


    In addition to a large number of scattered practices, there are also many disciples and families transferred by sect and family friars in advance.


    Thanks to the blessing of the war, mingshafang city began to develop rapidly, made a lot of war money and obtained a lot of benefits.


    Now, although the war is over, there are still a large number of monks stranded here and haven''t had time to leave.


    Meng Zhang walked in the streets of mingshafang city and looked at the street scene of people coming and going. He still admired Gu Tanghai''s business ability.


    With the commercial recovery of mingshafang City, taiyimen began to recover its investment here, and gained great benefits from the share of mingshafang city.


    Meng Zhang glanced at Mingsha mountain in the distance. In fact, in addition to mingshafang City, the wind spirit Sundance stone produced in Mingsha mountain is also a great income.


    Unfortunately, since taiyimen and Shijia became the vassals of feihongzong, the large head of Xunfeng stone has gone to Linquan temple.


    After the fall of jindaomen, its share of mingshafang city and xunfengshi fell quietly into the hands of Lin quanguan.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s idea of regret is just that people are not enough to swallow the elephant.


    Compared with the era of shuangfenggu rule, Lin Quan view has been much milder.


    When shuangfenggu was still there, all the Sundance stones belonged to shuangfenggu. In addition to turning over part to Fei hongzong as a sacrifice, other sects and families can''t touch it at all.


    In addition to feihongzong, only Lin quanguan, Liu family and other forces enjoy part of the interests of mingshafang city. Don''t even think about those vassal sects.


    Lin quanguan was treated equally by Feihong sect. Naturally, he didn''t have to turn over to Feihong sect and transfer interests to Feihong sect.


    Therefore, Lin quanguan can leak some benefits from his fingers to win over his subordinate vassal forces.


    From this point of view, taiyimen, as a vassal of Linquan view, has indeed benefited.


    Unfortunately, the foundation of Lin Quan view is too shallow, and its honor and disgrace all depend on Guangzhi real person.


    In the face of Feihong sect, which has a deep foundation and strong strength, even if it joins hands with other forces, it is difficult to predict the outcome.


    Meng Zhang knew what a tragic end it would be if he stood in the wrong team at the critical moment.


    Therefore, he has always been unwilling to completely tie up the chariot of Lin quanguan.


    Meng Zhang strolled around mingshafang city and came to Hengyuan building opened by taiyimen.


    Although Hengyuan building is far inferior to the old businesses such as Feihong building and Sihai building, it still has a name in mingshafang city and has many loyal customers.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go in, but stood outside and observed, so he left here to visit Gu Tanghai.


    But Meng Zhang came unfortunately. Gu Tanghai was just out, not in mingshafang city.


    Shi Weida, who is in charge of the affairs here, looks ignorant and doesn''t know many things. Meng Zhang chatted with him and left.


    On this trip, Meng Zhang not only took the riding red feather eagle, but also carried a first-class flying boat for emergencies.


    Of course, when he was alone on weekdays, he mainly rode a red feather eagle.


    Meng Zhang rode on the red feather eagle and left mingshafang city.


    The original territory of shuangfenggu and Liu family has now become the territory of Linquan temple. Meng Zhang is not interested in wasting time there.


    He made a slight circle and went directly to huojingfang city.


    In this sand monster rebellion, if the war bonus obtained by mingshafang city is one point, the benefits obtained by huojingfang city are at least more than ten.


    The level of mingshafang City, which takes monks in the gas refining period as the main consumption object, is still a little lower.


    You may not find a friar in the foundation period when you go around mingshafang city. However, in huojingfang City, friars often go in and out during the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang did not rush into huojingfang City, but rode a red feather eagle and looked around.


    The Mountain Gate of dihuomen is not far from huojingfang city.


    Because of the dihuomen''s behavior style, no friar is willing to approach there for no reason, so as not to provoke a group of madmen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get close. He observed it from the air with a broken eye from a distance, and there was no harvest.


    I think so. How could it be so easy to find the situation of the fire gate.

 Chapter 272

    Meng Zhang made a big circle outside before entering huojingfang city.


    Huojingfang is still prosperous and has not been affected by a series of recent events.


    Meng Zhang, who has been to huojingfang many times, came to the door of a shop.


    There is a big sign on the shop, engraved with four gilt characters of Lao''s firm.


    The waiter of the shop saw Meng Zhang, an acquaintance, and quickly welcomed him in.


    The shopkeeper of Lao''s firm is an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang.


    The white haired wearer saw Meng Zhang coming in and greeted him attentively.


    "What is the wind that brings you, the chief leader of Taiyi sect, here today?"


    Meng Zhang is still a monk in the period of Qi refining, but he is old.


    It is a better way for people with ordinary qualifications such as Lao Bu Lu to be arranged by the family to do business and serve the family.


    He can not only earn cultivation resources for himself, but also save a lot of family property for future generations.


    After so many years of contact, Meng Zhang also has a certain understanding of the details of labor and walking shoes.


    Lao family is a vassal family of the Feihong sect and has a close relationship with the Feihong sect.


    The talented disciples of the Lao family usually worship the Feihong sect.


    Relying on the resources of feihongzong, the Lao family got many opportunities and developed well.


    The Lao family, which is attached to the Feihong clan, and the Feihong clan can be said to be both prosperous and lossy. Therefore, the Lao family is trusted by Feihong sect and has done a lot of things for Feihong sect. It can be regarded as a peripheral force of Feihong sect.


    "Why, can''t I come and see your old friend?" Meng Zhang scolded with a smile.


    In order to give taiyimen another way out, Meng Zhang is going to secretly contact feihongzong.


    Of course, such things should be kept extremely confidential and must not be leaked at all.


    Meng Zhang didn''t directly find feihongzong. On the one hand, he didn''t have a reliable way, and on the other hand, he didn''t want to let things out.


    Therefore, he found a laborer who had a lot of business with taiyimen.


    To tell you the truth, it''s good for Meng Zhang to walk slowly. Even in business, taiyimen makes a lot of profits in the transaction with laobu.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang used the name of trading with labulu to mine baizang earth mine, and then sold most of the minerals to shuangfenggu, which was a trick to labulu.


    Later, Lao Bulu interrupted his cooperation with taiyimen because of the order of feihongzong. In this way, the two sides are even.


    After the normalization of the relationship between Lin quanguan and feihongzong, Meng Zhang contacted Lao Bulu again and restored the previous cooperative relationship between the two sides.


    Over the years, the business of both sides has become bigger and bigger, and both sides have made a lot of profits.


    Lao Bu looked at Meng Zhang with emotion.


    After so many years, Meng Zhang''s style remains the same, just like a school of respect. I''m tired and old.


    When you are over seventy years old, your path has long been completely cut off. If the family hadn''t needed him, he would have gone home to provide for the elderly.


    Lao Bu received Meng Zhang warmly and talked with him happily.


    The contacts like Meng Zhang are the most precious wealth of labor.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get to the point directly, but chatted with Lao Bu Lu.


    He was very patient and did not worry at all. He slowly chatted with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang beat around the Bush and inquired about the Lao family''s way inside Feihong sect.


    Although his accomplishments are mediocre, he has been used to all kinds of intrigues and intrigues for many years. For Meng Zhang, he was careful, but he saw through it at a glance.


    Meng Zhang inquired about the Lao family''s internal ways in Feihong sect. It seemed that he wanted to contact Feihong sect.


    As a vassal of Linquan temple, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, wants to secretly contact Feihong sect. This is interesting.


    The external forces of Feihong sect, such as the Lao family, not only help Feihong sect inquire about news and monitor all kinds of big and small events in the endless sand sea, but also receive some special orders.


    Since the chaos of the sand monster was settled, Lao Bulu received the order of the family, used his contacts to inquire about the intelligence of the religious sects of dihuomen and linquanguan, and tried to contact the members of the two religious sects. If the time is right, try to win over their vassal sect.


    Lin quanguan''s vassal like taiyimen is the object of deliberate friendship.


    So over the years, in the business with taiyimen, I would rather suffer a little loss at home and maintain a good relationship with taiyimen.


    Now Meng Zhang takes the initiative to come to the door. For whatever reason, he wants to secretly contact Feihong sect. That''s a good thing.


    Take the steps to write down Meng Zhang''s attitude and prepare to report to the family afterwards.


    At the same time, he also disclosed the contacts of the Lao family in taiyimen to Meng Zhang.


    He even provided a way for Meng Zhang to directly contact the contacts of the Lao family in feihongzong.


    While talking with Lao Bubu, Meng Zhang secretly showed his heart and read Lao Bubu''s mind.


    Fei hongzong''s action was not beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    The Lao family''s contacts in Feihong sect are really strong. I was able to pass a message to immortal Jindan after several times.


    Through his mind, Meng Zhang understood the attitude of feihongzong and was determined.


    It seems that the vassal sect like Taiyi sect is not good for nothing in the eyes of Feihong sect, but still has utilization value.


    Since taiyimen is valuable to Feihong sect, Meng Zhang can safely and boldly contact Feihong sect without fear of being ignored by the other party.


    Meng Zhang chatted with Lao BU for a long time before ending the conversation.


    Finally, Meng Zhang told Lao Bu Lu that he had never traveled far since he built the foundation.


    Now that he is seldom free, he is going to travel one by one.


    As the ruler of the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang yearned for it. He is going to visit the territory of Feihong sect and see the style of Feihong sect.


    Lao Bulu understood and said that the Lao family welcomed such distinguished guests as Meng Zhang. If Meng Zhang arrives at feihongzong territory, the Lao family will send someone to receive him warmly.


    Both of them understood each other''s meaning.


    After leaving the Lao family firm, Meng Zhang first went to the black market and asked for some information about the current territory of Feihong sect.


    Originally, he was going to visit Shangguan Wen to inquire about the dynamics of the dihuomen from him.


    However, since the earth fire gate became the golden pill sect, there has been an endless stream of Xiuzhen forces who want to have a relationship with the earth fire gate.


    As the foreign affairs deacon of dihuomen, shangguanwen is the person responsible for dealing with other external forces.


    Now there is a long line of monks waiting to visit at his door.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to join the fun, so he gave up his plan to come to the door.

 Chapter 273

    After leaving huojingfang City, Meng Zhang rode on the red feather eagle and flew in the direction of feihongzong.


    As the ruler of the endless sand sea, in theory, the whole land of the endless sand sea is the territory of the Feihong sect except Mobei Qi family.


    Feihongzong''s territory is roughly divided into three categories.


    The most prosperous area in the endless sand sea is the territory directly under the Feihong sect, which is directly managed by the Feihong sect.


    Every spiritual vein and oasis there belongs to Feihong sect.


    Around the territory directly under the Feihong sect, it is the territory of the vassal family of the Feihong sect.


    These vassal families are closely related to Feihong sect and are themselves subject to Feihong sect.


    They are trusted by Feihong sect and exist as the outer fence of Feihong sect.


    Far away from Feihong sect and located at the edge of endless sand sea, it was once the territory of zongmen such as shuangfenggu.


    This kind of sect is nominally subordinate to Feihong sect, but it is very independent.


    In addition to turning over for worship and accepting the recruitment of Feihong sect to a certain extent, they have little loyalty to Feihong sect.


    Generally speaking, if it is not necessary, Feihong sect will not easily interfere in the internal affairs of these sects.


    Forces such as the original Lin Quan view, the Liu family and the earth fire gate all belong to this category.


    Of course, Feihong sect is not completely laissez faire to these Xiuzhen forces.


    They placed strongholds in Mingli on the territory of these forces and seized a lot of interests through commercial organizations such as feihonglou.


    Secretly, spies are placed to secretly monitor every move of these forces.


    In addition, clan doors like Qingzhu mountain, which are closely related to Feihong sect, are nailed in these areas like nails. Often create trouble and balance the surrounding forces.


    Of course, after Lin quanguan became the door of Jindan sect, it was recognized by Feihong sect, and its occupied area was completely independent from Feihong sect.


    The vassals of Lin Quan Temple such as taiyimen are no longer under the control of Feihong sect.


    The red feather eagle flies very fast. But after half a day''s effort, he left huojingfang city and the territory of dihuomen.


    Dihuomen borders on feihongzong. After leaving dihuomen territory, they enter feihongzong territory.


    Feihongzong''s territory is vast, and it is also the richest place in the endless sand sea.


    Even in the desolate desert, there are many oases and many mortal business trips.


    In remote places such as dihuomen and Linquan temple, ordinary people don''t dare to travel alone. Without the protection of practitioners, it is difficult for mortals to protect themselves.


    However, within the territory of feihongzong, mortals can travel freely between oases. There are frequent exchanges between oases.


    On each oasis, there are large and small regimes established by mortals.


    These regimes submit to Feihong Zong and manage mortal affairs for Feihong Zong.


    Friars of Fei hongzong will not interfere in the mortal world if they are not necessary.


    Generally speaking, the territory directly under Feihong sect is a prosperous and developed world with a prosperous humanity.


    Of course, this was before the sand monster rebellion.


    After the destruction of the chaos of sand monsters, the territory of Feihong sect is much worse than before.


    Although he had already obtained the information about the current situation of feihongzong territory from the black market and had been mentally prepared, Meng Zhang was greatly amazed and regretted what he saw and heard all the way after entering feihongzong territory.


    The past prosperity has long been history.


    Meng Zhang walked all the way and saw oases turned into ruins.


    The oasis is devastated and unpopular.


    Former residents, whether practitioners or mortals, either died at the hands of sand monsters or left their homes and went away.


    In fact, the cultivators have a stronger survival ability. After the collapse of the oasis, they still have a chance to escape.


    Ordinary mortals, facing the army of sand monsters, have no qualification to be cannon fodder and have no power to fight back. They are completely pigs and sheep to be slaughtered.


    Moreover, these oases are slowly degenerating because the sand monster has completely destroyed the spiritual pulse.


    In a long time, these oases will completely disappear from the earth and all of them will become deserts.


    The destructive power of the sand monster army opened Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Whether it was when Shuangfeng valley was still there or when there was a sand monster riot near Linquan Temple recently.


    Firstly, the scale of the sand monster army is limited, and secondly, the sand monster was eliminated in time, so the damage area is not large.


    The scale of the chaos of sand monsters encountered by feihongzong is simply too terrible.


    Even feihongzong''s powerful Jindan sect lost so much. If there were no Feihong sect, the whole endless sand sea would have fallen.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt that Fei hongzong, the ruler of the endless sand sea, still made a great contribution to the endless sand sea and was simply indispensable.


    The territories directly under feihongzong and some closely related vassal family territories are actually intertwined and wrapped with each other.


    If you find any precious spiritual resources on the vassal family territory, such as various minerals. Feihongzong will occupy that place and set aside a nearby area as the direct territory of feihongzong.


    If a vassal family dies out, or makes a mistake and is expelled or even destroyed by Feihong Zong, the territory will also be recovered by Feihong Zong.


    This staggered territorial form not only makes the relationship between the two closer, but also makes the tentacles of Feihong sect thoroughly go deep into the depths of each vassal family.


    Meng Zhang walked all the way through many oases that had become ruins. I don''t know whether it directly belongs to Feihong sect or the vassal family of Feihong sect.


    Even those oases that resisted the army of sand monsters paid a heavy price in the war.


    The chaos of sand monsters has been calmed down, but these oases with greatly reduced defense have become the target of all scattered cultivation, especially the bandits in scattered cultivation.


    Feihongzong''s direct territory is better, but those weak vassal families are miserable.


    All the roads that swarmed in were repaired separately. The better thing was just extortion. If you are brave, you should directly break the protective array and rob it.


    Soon after the natural disaster, there was another man-made disaster. The people in this land are in bad luck.


    When Meng Zhang passed an oasis, he met a gang of bandits robbing an oasis.


    Meng Zhang, who was unwilling to do much and was ready to leave, looked down and found that after the bandits killed the Xiuzhen who defended the oasis, they not only robbed wantonly, but also killed mortals.


    At least Taiyi sect is also a famous and decent sect. Meng Zhang, the leader, is naturally a righteous friar.


    Seeing this scene aroused Meng Zhang''s chivalrous heart.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang played a chivalrous man who encountered injustice on the road and had a habit of upholding justice.


    A group of bandits in the Qi refining period were easily killed by him.


    Ignoring the gratitude and kowtow of the people in the oasis, Meng Zhang drifted away.


    It''s really something. Brush your clothes and hide the smell of merit and fame.

 Chapter 274

    Meng Zhang flew all the way on the red feather eagle and slowly went deep into the territory of Feihong sect.


    When the red feather eagle is tired, Meng Zhang will stop to rest for a while, or take back his mount and fly for a while, so that the red feather eagle can recover slowly in the spirit beast bag.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry.


    Sometimes he stopped to look at the scenery and observe the situation nearby. Several shots on the way also delayed a little.


    It took nearly ten days for Meng ZhangCai to slowly approach his destination.


    Meng Zhang did not go directly to the Mountain Gate of feihongzong, but prepared to go to Lao''s territory first. After contacting the people of the Lao family, we will try to contact the senior management of feihongzong through their introduction.


    It is no secret that the power distribution of the vassal families around Feihong sect. The map of the peripheral territory of Feihong sect is also easy to get.


    Before Meng Zhang came here, he made full preparations and was very familiar with the surrounding situation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t worry about getting lost. He walked and stopped all the way. Sometimes they even deliberately deviate from the route and look around.


    That morning, Meng Zhang had come to a place not far from Lao''s territory.


    He was just wandering around at random, but he encountered another incident of casual repair robbery and met an acquaintance he hadn''t seen for a long time.


    Meng Zhang sat on the red feather eagle and looked at the hills below.


    The hilly area is not large. A string of hills encloses several valleys, forming a small oasis.


    Now, the whole oasis is surrounded by a heavy curtain of light. There are a group of monks outside who are fighting desperately.


    The two leading friars in the foundation period flew to the top of the oasis and bombarded the light curtain below.


    These two friars in the foundation period are acquaintances of Meng Zhang.


    One is the famous lone thief Gu San gun, and the other is Taoist Baisha, the leader of the gang Baisha thief.


    These two guys were originally hired by the Liu family and qingzhushan to participate in the battle against the sijiazongmen allied army.


    As a result, the two men fled one after another, leading to the collapse of the war situation, and the Allied forces of qingzhushan and Liu family were defeated miserably.


    I didn''t expect to see them here after so many years.


    Of course, it''s not surprising that they appear here.


    Bandits like them, like vultures, fly wherever there is rotten meat.


    After the feihongzong territory war, there was devastation. Many vassal families have suffered a great loss of strength.


    These clever bandits will naturally come to take advantage of the fire and grab benefits.


    After entering the territory of Feihong sect, Meng Zhang became a chivalrous man several times. He found that this feeling was very good and he was a little addicted.


    Seeing that the bandits he knew were robbing, Meng Zhang naturally could not sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang jumped down from the red feather eagle, put it away, and dived down.


    After some efforts, Gu sangun and Taoist Baisha have seriously damaged the protective array below.


    Looking at the shaky light below, they were overjoyed. I know that as long as I work hard, I can break the array and rush into the oasis to do whatever I want.


    At this time, Meng Zhang fell from the sky and appeared behind them.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of sneak attack. Naturally, he did not deliberately hide his deeds.


    With the roaring wind, Meng Zhang came floating.


    The alert Gu sangun and Taoist Baisha were shocked and turned to face Meng Zhang who was flying.


    "It''s you boy," Gu sangun said gnashing his teeth.


    Meeting Meng Zhang again, Gu sangun''s psychology is very complex.


    Although it is said that as a big thief in casual cultivation, it is an instinct to steer in the wind and retreat in case of strength. However, Gu sangun, a long-standing thief, was scared away by Meng Zhang, a young boy who built the foundation soon, which still ruined his reputation in casual cultivation.


    Although for sanxiu, fame can''t be eaten. But a timid bandit''s deterrent power is greatly reduced.


    Over the years, Gu sangun and Taoist Baisha have wandered together.


    Recently, because of the situation after the chaos of sand monsters, they have had a good life for a few days.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s aggressive appearance, does he think he will eat himself? On my side, there are two foundation building friars, not counting the bunch of gas refining friars.


    Thinking of this, Gu sangun was very angry.


    Meng Zhang''s voice came first before they flew.


    "A gang of thieves have not been arrested yet. Do you really want to wait for us to do it?"


    Such arrogant words, such undisguised contempt, almost blew up the popularity of Gu sangun and baishadao.


    In particular, Gu sangun, who was frightened by Meng Zhang once, should teach Meng Zhang a good lesson and save his name by relying on the advantage of number of people this time.


    "The boy deceives people too much."


    Gu three guns burst out, three short guns flew out and stabbed Meng Zhang at the same time.


    Taoist Baisha kept silent, raised his axe and waved a Taoist spirit at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang released his flying sword and wrapped it with silk. It fell from the sky like a competitive practice and swept directly at them.


    As soon as they started, Gu sangun and Taoist Baisha felt that the situation was wrong.


    Why is this boy so strong? No, he''s an expert in the middle of foundation building.


    Both of them are old thieves. How rich their fighting experience is, they immediately found Meng Zhang''s strength.


    How old is this boy? It''s only a few years since the foundation was built. He has entered the middle of the foundation.


    When they were hired by the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain, they had a good understanding of the enemy''s intelligence.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang knows the general information.


    I thought it was a raw melon and egg in the early stage of foundation construction, but I didn''t expect it to be a fierce tiger in the middle stage of foundation construction.


    The two thieves reacted quickly and wanted to get out of the battle just after they had just handed it in.


    Gu sangun and Taoist Baisha looked at each other and reacted very tacitly.


    They each took out a talisman.


    After a talisman was released, it turned into a huge sword and cut at Meng Zhang.


    Another talisman turned into a long gun and stabbed Meng Zhang hard.


    Well, it''s actually a second-order talisman made by a second-order talisman, and it''s still a boutique. The power of talismans is no less than that of friars in the early days of foundation construction.


    Meng Zhang was careless and waved his flying sword to dissolve the attacks of the two talismans one by one.


    Under the cover of two talismans, Gu sangun and Taoist Baisha quickly took back their magic tools and separated from Meng Zhang''s contact.


    Gu sangun took out another Rune and released it. Then the whole man turned into a breeze and flew to the rear.


    Taoist Baisha took out a piece of jade leaf, which turned into a flying boat.


    Taoist Baisha flew into the flying boat, which first dived down.


    Below, some members of the white sand thief who responded quickly jumped onto the flying boat one after another. But more bandits, too late to jump on the boat, were abandoned as abandoned children.


    With so many people on board, the speed of the flying boat does not decrease at all.


    The flying boat flew into the sky like lightning and accelerated away in the opposite direction to the escape direction of Gu San gun.

 Chapter 275

    What the ancient three guns released was a second-order wind escape rune, which escaped to the West with the power of the rune. The speed was much faster than that of ordinary friars in the early days of foundation construction.


    The jade leaf released by the white sand thief is also a very rare special flying boat, and the speed is not slow either.


    These two guys have robbed their homes for many years, and they still have some good things to protect their lives.


    The two fled in different directions. When Meng Zhang dissolved the two talisman attacks, they had escaped far away.


    Meng Zhang hesitated a little and didn''t know who to chase. In such a short time, they disappeared without a trace.


    In the final analysis, there is no deep hatred between the two sides, let alone conflict of interest. Meng Zhang is really unwilling to waste time and do thankless things.


    After the chaos of sand monsters, there was chaos around and thieves were rampant. Meng Zhang didn''t have the ability to change all this. It''s good that he can help when he sees injustice.


    The remaining group of white sand robbers at the bottom looks like nearly 20 people.


    A group of small friars in the period of Qi refining saw that their backers had fled. Naturally, they scattered in a crowd and ran for their lives by various means.


    These thieves are smart. However, Meng Zhang is not ready to let them go.


    The silk wrapped soft sword turned into a competitive practice and rolled downward, which involved several escaping thieves and paralyzed them to the ground.


    Meng Zhang fell heavily to the ground, raised his left foot and stamped heavily on the ground.


    Several bandits who released the earth Rune and were hiding underground immediately felt a strong force squeezing the earth and rock layer and pressing it from all directions.


    Two of them reacted quickly and quickly fled to the ground above. When they finally got out of the ground, they fell on the ground and vomited blood.


    Those who didn''t react fast enough were directly sandwiched into meat sauce by the earth rock layer.


    At this time, two flying boats engraved with the logo of feihongzong flew from afar at a very fast speed.


    In the blink of an eye, the flying boat came near the oasis, lowered its height and approached the ground.


    A group of monks in the Qi refining period wearing Feihong sect''s vests jumped down one after another before the flying boat stopped, and chased the white sand thieves who fled in all directions.


    As the landlord here, it is their bounden duty to maintain law and order and arrest bandits.


    Now that the disciples of Feihong sect have appeared, Meng Zhang will no longer continue to interfere.


    Meng Zhang lifted his feet off the ground and floated at a height of one person, watching coldly as Feihong sect disciples pursued and killed the fleeing members of the white sand thief.


    Perhaps Meng Zhang''s appearance of floating there alone is a little different.


    Two disciples of Feihong sect in the Qi refining period ran directly to him and asked impolitely, "who are you, why are you here, and what is your relationship with these bandits?"


    Meng Zhang was almost angry. This is the behavior style of the disciples of the big sect. The little friars in the Qi refining period dare to be rude to the friars in the foundation building period?


    I don''t know how these two guys live to this day?


    It is not impossible for a bad tempered friar to slap them to death.


    It''s true that feihongzong is the ruler of endless sand sea, but it''s not easy for a friar in the foundation period to find it as long as he wants to hide. If you fly away and leave the endless sand sea, you don''t need bird flying hongzong.


    Seeing Meng Zhang silent, he didn''t even look at them. Feeling offended, the two refining monks angrily pointed at Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, they were not stupid enough to take the initiative to challenge the friars during the foundation period.


    "You wait." they said a cruel word and were ready to go back and call for reinforcements.


    Before they turned around, a figure flew out of the flying boat and came to Meng Zhang.


    "It''s so bold. I dare to be rude to leader Meng. I still don''t step down."


    Hearing the reprimand, the two feihongzong disciples were startled. They didn''t dare to delay at all, and immediately turned and left.


    It was a middle-aged monk with sword eyebrows, stars and eyes and a resolute face. He arched his hand at Meng Zhang.


    "Hello, leader Meng. I''m Fei Hong Zong Lao Jian."


    "Two days ago, I heard that the younger generation of the family sent a letter saying that head Meng intended to visit feihongzong. Please let me be a guide for Meng Zhang."


    "I was just about to finish this inspection, so I went back to my family and waited for the presence of head Meng. But I didn''t expect to meet head Meng here."


    As a friar in the foundation period of Feihong sect, Lao Jian followed immortal Feiyu to the vicinity of Linquan temple to monitor the trend of Linquan temple after immortal Guangzhi made the pill.


    Later, taiyimen and other four sects joined forces, and he saw all the scenes of the war with the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain.


    Although he has never formally met Meng Zhang, he is already very familiar with Meng Zhang''s intelligence.


    Meng Zhang once heard Lao Bu mention the name of Lao Jian.


    Although Lao Jian looks much younger than Lao Bu, he is Lao Bu''s uncle.


    Because of his excellent qualifications, Lao Jian worshipped Feihong sect when he was young.


    After building the foundation, he was very important in Feihong sect, and even had the opportunity to listen to immortal Jindan.


    Lao Jian is one of the most important backers of the Lao family in Feihong sect. It is also the interpersonal relationship that Lao Bu Lu is going to introduce to Meng Zhang.


    Before reaching the destination Lao''s house, I met Lao Jian here. It''s really a coincidence.


    "I happened to see the white sand bandits attacking this oasis when I passed by. I had a holiday with the white sand bandits before I left. This time I took the opportunity to destroy their good deeds."


    Meng Zhang explained why he appeared here at this time.


    "These damned thieves, do you really think there is no one in Feihong sect?" Lao Jian scolded angrily.


    It turned out that after the chaos of sand monsters, not only the major vassal families suffered heavy losses, but also Feihong sect lost many experts.


    All kinds of bandits did not directly rob the affiliated territory of Feihong Zong, but attacked and robbed the affiliated family of Feihong Zong.


    At the beginning, because there was not much manpower for the time being, feihongzong only asked the major vassal families to strengthen their prevention and did not vigorously clean up these bandits.


    However, these bandits are getting more and more excessive and rampant, making Feihong clan''s territory a mess.


    The high level of Feihong sect was very angry about this. Despite the shortage of manpower, they specially dispatched a group of disciples to form a patrol team to patrol inside and outside the territory. As soon as you meet these bandits, you will be severely punished immediately.


    I don''t know whether the bandits have tasted the sweetness or whether someone secretly supports them. Not only dared to openly resist the patrol disciples of Feihong sect, but also played a guerrilla war with them.


    Because the territory is too large and manpower is seriously insufficient, the patrol disciples of Feihong sect can''t completely clean up these bandits in a short time.

 Chapter 276

    Lao Jian didn''t know what he was thinking. He didn''t hide anything from Meng Zhang. He honestly told Meng Zhang the surrounding situation and the difficulties faced by Feihong Zong.


    Meng didn''t expect how Frank Lao Jian would be. Moreover, compared with the two ignorant young disciples, Lao Jian doesn''t have much pride of the disciples of the big school. He can barely treat Meng Zhang equally.


    At this time, the protective Dharma array of the nearby oasis slowly closed, and a large group of monks came out. They warmly welcomed the friars of Feihong sect and thanked them for their salvation.


    When Meng Zhang defeated Taoist Baisha and Gu sangun just now, the monks in the oasis did not close the protective Dharma array, let alone come out to meet Meng Zhang.


    It''s impossible to be treated so differently if you don''t have any resentment at all. However, Meng Zhang, who also came from a small sect, still understood the prudence of these monks.


    If Meng Zhang and the white sand robber are together and just cooperate with them in acting, then take the initiative to close the protective array and lead Meng Zhang in. Isn''t that a wolf into the house?


    At this time, the head of the group of friars, who should also be a friar in the foundation period, took the initiative to come over.


    He made a big gift to Meng Zhang and Lao Jian, "thank you for your help. Elder martial brother Lao, dare you ask if this elder martial brother is..."


    "Come on, let me introduce you."


    "This is leader Meng of Taiyi sect. Leader Meng has great accomplishments, but he has killed friars of the same rank many times."


    "Headmaster Meng, this brother in front of you, named Huang Ping, is the owner of the oasis in front of you."


    With the introduction of Lao Jian, Huang Ping joined the conversation and chatted with Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that there were several Xiuzhen families coexisting in the oasis in front of us.


    Each family has a small population and fewer monks. It''s a Xiuzhen family, not a Xiuzhen family.


    Among the several families, Huang Ping is the one with the highest accomplishments. He is also the only friar in the foundation period in this oasis. Therefore, several companies recommended him as the principal of the oasis and in charge of all affairs of the oasis.


    This oasis is not far from the territory of the Lao family, and it is also on the patrol route of the patrol disciples of Feihong sect.


    Therefore, in recent years, although there is chaos around and bandits are rampant, this oasis is still relatively quiet and has not been disturbed by too many outsiders.


    In the morning, white sand thieves suddenly attacked. Fortunately, the monks in the oasis are very vigilant, especially Huang Ping, who was once recruited by Feihong Zong and participated in the war against the sand monster army.


    Huang Ping, who has rich combat experience, of course, even if Meng Zhang did not pass here, Lao Jian led the patrol team, he would pass here on time.


    In fact, the patrol team led by Lao Jian received the distress signal from Huang Ping before it got close to here, so it accelerated to come.


    Huang Ping and Lao Jian have a good relationship. They met in the battle against the sand monster army. They can be regarded as comrades in arms.


    After talking for a while, Huang Ping warmly invited Meng Zhang and Feihong Zong to visit the oasis.


    The disciples of feihongzong were not idle while the three talked. They pursued everywhere and captured or killed the fleeing white sand thieves on the spot.


    First, Lao Jian wants to find a place to interrogate the captured white sand thieves. Second, he also wants to talk to Meng Zhang in detail.


    So without thinking, Lao Jian agreed to Huang Ping''s invitation and suggested that Meng Zhang stay with him.


    Meng Zhang readily agreed and was welcomed into the Oasis by his master''s house together with feihongzong''s disciples.


    This oasis is called Guixiang oasis because many Osmanthus fragrans are planted in the oasis. When the flowers bloom, the sweet scented osmanthus gets its name because of its fragrance.


    The Osmanthus fragrans in the oasis are not all ordinary products, among which there are many spiritual flowers.


    Sweet scented osmanthus cake made with a unique secret method is a very good spiritual food. It can regulate qi in the body, dredge meridians and activate collaterals.


    One of the major specialties sold by Guixiang oasis is Lingshi osmanthus cake.


    For the benefactors who have a helping hand, the monks in the oasis are very warm and hospitality to them.


    Huang Ping welcomed Meng Zhang and Lao Jian into the reception hall, served tea and osmanthus cake, and chatted with them.


    After chatting for a while, a disciple came to report that the captured white sand thieves had been brought to.


    Lao Jian accused Meng Zhang of his crime and went to interrogate those guys in person.


    Huang Ping was left in the hall to chat with Meng Zhang.


    Huang Ping is well-informed and knows a lot about Feihong clan territory. He has good eloquence and funny conversation, but he is a good chat object.


    From Huang Ping''s mouth, Meng Zhang really knows a lot of useful information.


    Soon after Lao Jian went out, he rushed back.


    He was very sorry to tell them that he had obtained important information from the white sand thief and knew the stronghold of the white sand thief.


    He wants to strike while the iron is hot and catch all the white sand thieves.


    He asked Meng Zhang to wait here for a while. Before long, he would return triumphantly.


    Meng Zhang asked whether he needed to go with him. He could help fight.


    Lao Jian refused with some pride.


    In his words, Meng Zhangyuan is a guest. There is no reason to let guests do it. With the power of Feihong sect, you can easily wipe out these bold bandits.


    Since Lao Jian is proud of feihongzong''s disciples and doesn''t need Meng Zhang''s help, Meng Zhang will stay in Guixiang oasis for the time being.


    Before leaving, Lao Jian told Huang Ping that he must treat Meng Zhang well.


    Of course, Huang Ping promised that he would treat Meng Zhang well.


    Next, Meng Zhang had a very comfortable afternoon in Guixiang oasis.


    When night came, Meng Zhang said he wanted to meditate.


    Huang Ping arranged a special maid to lead Meng Zhang to the carefully prepared guest room.


    After waving the maid to step down, Meng Zhang was ready to begin meditation. The door of the room was knocked.


    Meng Zhang went to open the door and saw an 11-year-old girl standing at the door.


    The little girl was beautiful, with two big braids, standing outside the door.


    She pretended to be an adult and saluted Meng Zhang, "Hello, senior, are you Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate?"


    "Yes, little girl, what can I do for you?" head Meng nodded.


    "Taiyi sect is the sect that is located in the west of mingshafang city and used to be a vassal of Shuangfeng valley. Master Meng, master Meng, is your master Taoist Xuanling, the leader of Taiyi sect?" the little girl continued to ask.


    "You little devil, you know everything. You''re right." Meng Zhang became interested.


    "Headmaster Meng, do you remember an Lei, the owner of an family? He is my grandfather." the little girl said carefully.

 Chapter 277

    Hearing the long lost name of an Lei, Meng Zhang was stunned at first, and then his face became complicated.


    It should have been more than 30 years since Meng Zhang joined Taiyi gate at that time.


    An Lei, the owner of an''s family, passed by accidentally and came to visit Taiyi gate.


    Before taiyimen moved to shuangfenggu, it was also a zhujizongmen family with several friars in the foundation period. It used to be a vassal of Feihong sect for some time.


    But then the mountain gate was broken by the sand monster army, and the remaining disciples did not dare to stay in place. They had to move to the north, settle in a more desolate and remote place, and then rebuild the sect.


    The ancestors who settled down had a good relationship with taiyimen before the relocation. The two countries have a close relationship and have faced the enemy together many times.


    It was only after taiyimen moved that the two families slowly lost contact.


    Since he passed by this time, an Lei came to visit the old times and talk about the old feelings.


    For an Lei''s visit, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate naturally received him warmly.


    An Lei didn''t expect that the original Taiyi gate of jianjizong gate was so weak.


    Not only did all the friars in the foundation period sit down, no new friars in the foundation period were born, and even reduced to the extent that they did not even have friars in the later stage of gas refining.


    An Lei realized that he was not a villain of that kind of power. For the taiyimen at that time, he still treated them with courtesy and communicated enthusiastically.


    When he was visiting Taiyi gate, an Lei found Meng Zhang, a young man.


    Although he didn''t know that Meng Zhang had a top-grade spiritual root, an Lei fell in love with him who was smart, witty and savvy.


    An Lei observed carefully and felt that Meng Zhang''s Linggen qualification was certainly not bad.


    Therefore, an Lei proposed to Taoist Xuanling, the leader of Taiyi sect at that time, to bring Meng Zhang back to settle down, cultivate him carefully and let him become a member of settle down.


    Taiyi gate is full of people. Out of the desire to settle down, they are happy to see its success.


    But Taoist Xuanling was not keen on it. Meng Zhang himself firmly refused and must stay in Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang even said that he was born a Taiyi man and died a Taiyi ghost.


    An Lei is a very magnanimous elder. He is not unhappy because of Meng Zhang''s refusal.


    An Lei appreciated Meng Zhang very much. Before leaving, he instructed Meng Zhang and gave him a gift bag.


    Although they were just some common things such as spirit stones and talismans, which were not worth mentioning in the eyes of friars during the foundation period, they were a generous gift to Meng Zhang at that time. Later, this generous gift helped Meng Zhang solve many difficulties.


    It hasn''t been seen for decades, but Meng Zhang has always kept in mind his kindness and help to an Lei. This time I came to feihongzong territory, I also had a plan to visit and settle down.


    "Are you really the granddaughter of an Leian?"


    "Yes." the little girl nodded heavily.


    "My name is an Xiaoran. In the past, I heard my grandfather and his family mention it. He said that he found an excellent young man in taiyimen. Unfortunately, this young man named Meng Zhang was unwilling to leave taiyimen."


    "For so many years, elder an still remembers me." Meng Zhang sighed.


    "By the way, why are you here alone? How''s elder an doing?"


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, an Xiaoran was obviously depressed and covered with clouds.


    Without waiting for Meng Zhang to ask, an Xiaoran took the initiative to tell Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that a few years ago, an Lei led the elite of the family and was summoned by Feihong Zong to fight against the sand monster army in the front line.


    After successive wars, the elite of settling down were lost. Even an Lei was seriously injured and his foundation was shaken.


    After the war, an Lei returned to his family and found that the family was almost changing.


    Zeng Jiexiong, a monk with a different surname, unconsciously mastered the power to settle down.


    Born in a casual family, he was favored by his predecessors because of his excellent qualifications. He was recruited to settle down, married a settled woman and became a redundant son-in-law.


    On weekdays, Zeng Jiexiong was low-key, honest and diligent. He didn''t attract much attention when he settled down in his home.


    Later, Zeng Jiexiong''s younger brother, Zeng Jiantang, worshipped the Feihong sect and successfully built a foundation, becoming an inner disciple of the Feihong sect.


    After that, Zeng Jiexiong''s position in settling down began to improve slowly.


    Before an Lei led the elite of the family to fight, Zeng Jiexiong was first recruited by his brother Zeng Jiantang. He was assigned to the logistics team and successfully avoided the bloody fight on the front line.


    Zeng Jiexiong, who was looked after, raised enough meritorious deeds and exchanged it for zhujidan from feihongzong.


    After successfully building the foundation, Zeng Jiexiong returned to the family while an Lei and others were away.


    As the only friar in the foundation period in the family at that time, he rejected dissidents, promoted confidants, and recruited many friars with other surnames to join the family. Many of the monks who settled down in their families died in obscurity.


    But in a few years, the day of settling down changed.


    When the war ended and an Lei returned to his home, it was too late to return to heaven.


    An Lei is seriously injured and dying. There are not many Shouyuan. He is simply unable to fight Zeng Jiexiong.


    As a last resort, an Lei had to rely on his little remaining power as a friar in the foundation period and began to arrange for his family to be close to his younger generation.


    An Xiaoran awakened Linggen during an Lei''s expedition.


    At that time, the an family was rejected by Zeng Jiexiong.


    Except for some of the an family who took the initiative to take refuge in Zeng Jiexiong, the rest of the people suffered all kinds of difficulties.


    Ann Xiaoran awakened Linggen, and no one measured the quality and physical attributes of Linggen for her.


    Only according to her own intuition, she secretly found a book "burning wood skill" from the family collection to practice.


    After an Lei returned to settle down, he was busy arranging the afterlife, and he didn''t have time to take into account an Xiaoran''s cultivation.


    Before dying, an Lei arranged an Xiaoran and her brother an Muran to come to Guixiang oasis together.


    Huang Ping, the principal of Guixiang oasis, owed an Lei a favor on the battlefield. After receiving an Lei''s handwritten letter, he took in an Xiaoran''s sister and brother.


    Not long ago, the news of an Lei''s death came from his home.


    As soon as an Lei died, settling down completely fell into Zeng Jiexiong''s hands.


    Meng Zhang listened to an Xiaoran''s story and read an Xiaoran''s mind with his heart.


    An Xiaoran didn''t lie. Every word he said was the truth.


    Hearing the news of an Lei''s death, Meng Zhang also looked heavy and sad.


    I didn''t expect that an Lei, such a respectable elder, would die like this.


    I wanted to visit him, but I was a little late. I didn''t even see his last face.


    After an Lei''s death, he didn''t get a good result in settling down. I''m sure he won''t close his eyes when he dies.


    The location of settling in among the vassals of Feihong sect is relatively remote, and after Zeng Jiexiong took charge of settling in, he deliberately isolated all kinds of news about settling in.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t meet an Xiaoran by chance today, I''m afraid he didn''t know anything about what happened to an Lei and his family.


    Before leaving, the information about feihongzong from the black market was still too careless.

 Chapter 278

    After an Xiaoran finished speaking, they were silent for a long time.


    This low atmosphere lasted for a long time before Meng Zhang reacted. He invited Ann Xiaoran to sit down in the room and was ready to talk to her.


    Meng zhangnian and an Lei''s friendship will not hesitate if he can help with such a thing.


    After the two sat down, Meng Zhang asked, "after the accident in settling down, did no one in your family ask Fei hongzong for help?"


    Since it is determined that an Xiaoran is indeed an Lei''s descendant and does not lie, Meng Zhang does not continue to read her mind.


    As a big man, it''s really a little embarrassing to always read the thoughts of little girls. Moreover, Meng Zhang should also maintain a little respect for his old friends.


    "Zeng Jiantang, Zeng Jiexiong''s younger brother, has a high status in the Feihong sect. With his protection, Zeng Jiexiong doesn''t have to worry about the interference of the Feihong sect."


    "Moreover, all along, as long as it is not too much, Feihong Zong will not take the initiative to interfere in the internal affairs of the vassal family."


    "Through Zeng Jiantang''s relationship, Zeng Jiexiong has already managed the relevant friars of Feihong sect. It''s difficult to divulge what happened in his home. Even if it was leaked, it''s groundless."


    An Xiaoran is not old, but he speaks very methodically and clearly explains all kinds of advantages and disadvantages.


    "Headmaster Meng, can you tell me something about your Taiyi sect?" an Xiaoran asked.


    Anyway, when he was free now, Meng Zhang told an Xiaoran about taiyimen and the parts that were not related to secrets.


    In the middle, an Xiaoran also asked many questions about the internal situation of Taiyi gate and the situation around Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that an Xiaoran, such a little girl, looked like an adult. The questions raised can fit the main points.


    Meng Zhang talked for a long time before he finally came to an end.


    After listening to Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran was silent for a long time.


    Seeing what she looked like, Meng Zhang didn''t urge her.


    After a long time, an Xiaoran stood up and said very seriously, "headmaster Meng, for the love of my grandfather, can I make a request?"


    "You can say that as long as I can do it, I will be duty bound." Meng Zhang also said solemnly. He did not despise others and perfunctory others because the other party was a little girl.


    "Headmaster Meng, I want to live in taiyimen with my brother. Headmaster Meng, can you take us in?" an Xiaoran solemnly asked.


    "It''s no problem, but it''s just a small matter." Meng Zhang agreed to an Xiaoran''s request.


    "By the way, can I ask what to ask? Are you unhappy here and bullied? Of course, it doesn''t matter if you don''t want to answer." Meng Zhang asked casually.


    An Xiaoran was silent for a moment before answering.


    "I once heard from my grandfather that leader Meng is a good man who values love and righteousness. For the sake of the kindness of the sect, he doesn''t hesitate to give up the opportunity to go further and settle down."


    "Headmaster Meng, can I trust you?"


    What else can Meng Zhang say when other girls ask.


    Although I have been rolling in the cultivation world of the law of the jungle for so many years. Meng Zhang didn''t do little about the things that lil threatened me and deceived me on weekdays. But in essence, Meng Zhang is still a good man. At least at this moment, Meng Zhang is unprecedented sincerity.


    "Don''t worry. Even if it''s not for your grandfather''s sake, I won''t deceive a little girl like you. Although I''m not talented, I still want this face."


    With Meng Zhang''s promise, an Xiaoran said the real reason.


    It turned out that when he settled down, no one was too defensive because he was too young. An Xiaoran once accidentally found that Zeng Jiexiong''s men were in collusion with some bandits.


    The white sand thief suddenly broke through Guixiang oasis. An Xiaoran keenly realized that this might be inspired by Zeng Jiexiong. The ultimate goal is to be silent with my brother Ann.


    As for why Zeng Jiexiong wanted to arrest their sister and brother, an Xiaoran didn''t say much.


    An Xiaoran didn''t say, but Meng Zhang could guess.


    Before an Lei died, he mostly made arrangements. There must be something Zeng Jiexiong wanted on his sister and brother. Nothing more than settling down and hiding treasures.


    Meng Zhang is not greedy for these things. Meng Zhang can''t do such a thing as coveting the little girl''s property.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Zeng Jiexiong was secretly colluding with bandits such as white sand bandits.


    But think about it. Without the cooperation of local families, can these bandits run around for so long and have such well-informed news?


    The reason why an Xiaoran didn''t take the initiative to expose this matter was that he knew the empty words without evidence, and the people of Feihong sect would not easily believe it.


    Moreover, she is a little girl, and most people will not pay attention to what she said.


    "The white sand bandits raided Guixiang oasis this time. Grandpa Huang was implicated by our brothers and sisters. If leader Meng didn''t arrive in time, the consequences would be unimaginable."


    "Our brothers and sisters can''t stay here anymore, so we''re ready to take refuge in leader Meng."


    Seeing an Xiaoran talking and looking like a little adult, Meng Zhang suddenly laughed.


    "Why, are you not afraid that I will be implicated and that the bandits will kill Taiyi gate?"


    "That''s different. Taiyi sect has three friars in the foundation period, and leader Meng is also an expert in the middle of the foundation period. Neither Zeng Jiexiong nor the bandits are opponents of Taiyi sect."


    "In addition, Taiyi gate is a vassal of Linquan temple. Linquan temple and Feihong sect are not the same people. Zeng Jiexiong is unlikely to succeed in oppressing Taiyi gate by using the power of Feihong sect through his brother Zeng Jiantang."


    An Xiaoran is not old, but his thinking about things is very clear and comprehensive.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but look at an Xiaoran.


    At this look, Meng Zhang was stunned and secretly shouted that he had found the treasure.


    Although he did not use the spirit measuring plate to measure carefully, Meng Zhang was sure that an Xiaoran''s spirit root qualification was excellent, almost not below his eldest disciple Niu Dawei.


    Regardless of an Lei''s friendship, Meng Zhang will not let her go easily just because of an Xiaoran''s qualification. She must be included in the door.


    This kind of talent is beautiful, but it''s rare to see in a hundred years, but he was met by himself.


    If heaven does not take it, it will be blamed


    Although an Xiaoran didn''t say he wanted to worship at the Taiyi gate, he just wanted to take refuge at the Taiyi gate, so he asked Meng Zhang to take him in.


    But Meng Zhang believes that when he returns to Taiyi gate, he must have a way to deceive him. No, he should persuade an Xiaoran to join Taiyi gate.


    "Don''t worry, I will save you and your brother even if I fight for my life. As long as I get to the Taiyi gate, even the heavenly king Lao Tzu can''t take you away from the Taiyi gate."


    Meng Zhang made a very serious commitment.

 Chapter 279

    After receiving Meng Zhang''s commitment and feeling Meng Zhang''s sincerity, an Xiaoran showed a reassuring smile on his face.


    Meng Zhang and an Xiaoran agreed that when they left, they would take her and her brother with them.


    As for Huang Ping, an Xiaoran also wanted to make a speech. He said that Meng Zhang and his grandfather were old friends. Before his death, his grandfather praised Meng Zhang many times and hoped that their sister and brother could worship Taiyi gate.


    Now Meng Zhang just came to Guixiang oasis and ran into their sister and brother. Their siblings are ready to follow grandpa''s wishes and leave with Meng Zhang to Taiyi gate.


    The two discussed their resignation, and an Xiaoran left here to find Huang Ping.


    Meng Zhang restrained his ecstasy and meditated for a while before calming his excitement.


    At dawn, Lao Jian, who went out to hunt down white sand thieves, came back with a group of feihongzong disciples.


    Hearing the news outside, Meng Zhang also left the room and went outside to see what they got.


    Lao Jian''s face was full of bad luck. He felt a little ashamed.


    Seeing Huang Ping and Meng Zhang who took the initiative to meet him, his face looked better.


    Before the two people asked, Lao Jian said all his actions this time, like pouring beans from a bamboo tube.


    It turned out that Lao Jian got a confession from the gang of white sand bandits. When he knew where the white sand bandits were hiding, he quickly took a group of feihongzong disciples, carried a flying boat and went to arrest them.


    Although they have acted in time, they are still a step late.


    When they got to the ground, the white sand thieves had already moved in advance.


    Looking at the empty camp, Lao Jian was very unwilling. He just boasted in front of Meng Zhang and returned without success. He felt a little ashamed.


    So Lao Jian took the disciples of feihongzong and searched carefully around.


    However, I was busy all night and got nothing.


    There''s no way. Lao Jian only came back in despair.


    "These bandits of white sand bandits are really cunning. They must have moved immediately after they left Guixiang oasis." Huang Ping said positively.


    "The future is long. You don''t have to rush to catch the bandits for a while. Elder martial brother Lao, you don''t have to worry. With the power of Feihong sect, these bandits will never escape your pursuit. They will be caught sooner or later."


    Hearing Huang Ping''s comfort, Lao Jian smiled bitterly. Huang Ping thought about it too simply.


    Although he is a good friend, Lao Jian is not going to disclose some internal information of Feihong sect to Huang Ping.


    After working hard all night, feihongzong temporarily rested in Guixiang oasis.


    As a friar in the foundation period, Lao Jian doesn''t feel tired.


    He accompanied them for a few words, then found an excuse to take Huang Ping away and chatted with Meng Zhang alone.


    As a member of the Lao family and a disciple of Feihong sect, Lao Jian should be trusted.


    Meng Zhangyun picked up his mind and read Lao Jian''s mind secretly.


    A large number of disciples like Lao Jian are more or less resistant to psychic powers such as mind reading because of their practice.


    Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation was a little higher, he couldn''t read Lao Jian''s too detailed ideas.


    However, after reading a little thought, Meng Zhang clearly felt that Lao Jian should not be malicious to himself, but deliberately win over himself.


    It seems that although Taiyi sect is a small sect, it still has some use value in the eyes of Jindan sect such as Feihong sect.


    Since it is valuable, it''s easy to do.


    During the conversation, both of them carefully tested each other.


    Lao Jian showed Feihong Zong''s goodwill and made no secret of his solicitation for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang also vaguely expressed his dissatisfaction with Lin Quan''s view, hoping to move closer to Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang learned more information and mastered some of Lao Jian''s ideas because of his gifted magic power and his heart connection. He slowly took the initiative in the conversation.


    Meng Zhang began to complain to Lao Jian, saying that it was difficult for the younger disciples of Taiyi sect to build a foundation because they didn''t get the way to build a foundation Dan. If we continue like this, there will be no successor in Taiyi gate, and there will be a danger of breaking the inheritance.


    When Lao Jian heard this, he knew that Meng Zhang was putting forward conditions to himself.


    If Fei hongzong wants to win over taiyimen, he must pay a price.


    As for the cost, Lao Jian has no right to decide.


    Lao Jian told Meng Zhang clearly. Even within Feihong sect, Jidan is a very important strategic material. The distribution of building foundation pills is in the hands of the middle and high levels of the door, and you can''t make your own decisions.


    However, Lao Jian promised that he would try his best to fight for Meng Zhang, so that the middle and senior level of the gate would be willing to support Taiyi gate to build Jidan.


    Lao Jian didn''t take care of everything, nor did he promise to give the foundation Dan. His pragmatic attitude, on the contrary, reassured Meng Zhang.


    Of course, building Jidan is only a condition put forward by Meng Zhang.


    To tie taiyimen to the chariot of feihongzong, there are still many processes to go and many conditions to talk about.


    Meng Zhang not only wants to win enough benefits from Feihong sect, but also needs to find out the details of Feihong sect and see whether Feihong sect has enough ability to deal with the new situation of endless sand sea.


    If war breaks out, will the power of the feihongzong family hold down the other three.


    If feihongzong''s strength is insufficient, Meng Zhang will not get on the ship easily.


    Feihongzong is an old overlord who has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. He must have many hidden cards.


    His three opponents, except Mobei Qi family, were originally just building Jizong gate, but they were lucky to produce a golden elixir immortal. To tell the truth, Yun and accumulation must be far inferior to feihongzong.


    From the bottom of his heart, Meng Zhang is more willing to believe that feihongzong is stronger.


    Lao Jian is just testing Meng Zhang''s attitude. He doesn''t have much authority to negotiate.


    Therefore, he invited Meng Zhang to go with him to feihongzong and his party.


    Since I met Lao Jian here, there is no need for the Lao family to go.


    Meng Zhang, who is going to take an Xiaoran back to Taiyi gate, doesn''t want to delay outside for too long.


    So he agreed to Lao Jian''s request.


    On the other side, an Xiaoran also used the excuse discussed with Meng Zhang to tell Huang Ping that their sister and brother would leave with Meng Zhang.


    Based on Huang Ping''s Jianghu experience, of course, I know that there are some inaccuracies in an Xiaoran''s words.


    However, an Xiaoran asked to leave on his own initiative, and Meng Zhang was the leader of the school, and he was familiar with Lao Jian. He should also be reliable.


    Taking in an Xiaoran and them, Huang Ping lived up to the entrustment of his old friend an Lei. An Xiaoran and they want to leave, and Huang Ping also respects their wishes.


    After a long rest, Lao Jian went on the road with Meng Zhang.


    Lao Jian left all the disciples of Feihong sect. He took Meng Zhang first.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang asked to take an Xiaoran''s sister and brother with him. Lao Jian naturally had no opinion.

 Chapter 280

    An Xiaoran didn''t let Meng Zhangjiu wait, so he took several people to the side of the flying boat.


    Among these people, only an Xiaoran awakened Linggen and began to practice. He had the dual cultivation of refining Qi.


    An Muran, an Xiaoran''s younger brother, is only about seven or eight years old. He looks like a little adult, his face is serious and unsmiling.


    Ann silently followed three five or six-year-old children, making a lot of noise all the way.


    At the back is a young couple, each holding a baby.


    Among these mortals, an Muran is an Xiaoran''s brother. Those three little children are the descendants of settled monks.


    The offspring of friars are more likely to awaken the spirit root than ordinary mortals, but they may not be able to awaken the spirit root. At least Ann Muran and these three little children have not awakened Linggen until now.


    The young couple, mortal relatives of the settled friars, were specially responsible for taking care of the children. The baby in their arms is their offspring.


    Except that there are two feihongzong disciples in the flying boat cabin who are responsible for driving the flying boat, there is no one else on the flying boat.


    An Xiaoran took these mortals aboard the flying boat. After Meng Zhang and Lao Jian jumped onto the flying boat, the flying boat slowly took off and flew into the sky.


    The children began to make trouble after they boarded the flying boat. The young couple couldn''t help it. An Xiaoran stared and scolded, and the little children immediately calmed down.


    Lao Jian is very considerate. In order to take care of these mortal passengers, he specially opened the protective array on the flying boat to block out the strong wind from high altitude and ensure that it will not be too cold in the flying boat.


    Meng Zhang stood at the head of the flying boat and looked at the scene below. Lao Jian accompanied him and chatted with him.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be worried and said, "brother Lao, you must keep secret what I came to contact you this time."


    Lao Jian burst out laughing, "headmaster Meng, don''t worry. Although my disciples are a little coquettish, they won''t reveal anything about the sect at will. As for brother Huang Ping, they are not talkative."


    Meng Zhang was certainly not as worried as he appeared.


    His trip was an open affair, not a secret. The business relationship between taiyimen and the Lao family has existed since Shuangfeng valley was still there.


    Besides, it''s common for disciples of the school to have some private friends with feihongzong''s disciples, whether it''s shuangfenggu in those days or Linquan temple now.


    As long as Lin quanguan doesn''t know the secret cooperation between Meng Zhang and Feihong sect, there is no problem. Some superficial personal relationships can cover up secret activities.


    Meng Zhang''s concern is just a gesture.


    It is this kind of attitude that wants to take refuge in Feihong Zong and has concerns that makes Feihong Zong willing to spend money to win over Taiyi gate.


    This place is already very close to the territory directly under Feihong sect, and the flying boat flies very fast.


    After more than a day''s flight, a towering mountain came into Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Hundreds of years ago, this mountain was the gate of Zijin sect. After Zijin sect was destroyed by Feihong sect, Feihong sect moved to this place and built it into a new Mountain Gate of Feihong sect.


    On the plain below the high mountain, there is a big city, which is Feihong city.


    Feihong city is the most prosperous and lively city in the endless sand sea.


    Here, immortals and mortals live together, and all friars gather. There are so many business trips and people of all kinds.


    In Feihong City, there are many flying boats and flying camels sailing regularly along the routes all over the endless sand sea. Gather the people and materials of the whole endless sand sea here, and then transport them to all parts of the endless sand sea.


    According to Meng Zhang, in huojingfang City, there are regular take-off and landing of flying boats and flying camels from feihongzong, specializing in passenger transport and the transportation of precious materials.


    Lao Jian looked at Feihong city in front of him and said sadly, "a few years ago, the city was booming and full of flowers. A war with sand monsters made it full of devastation. Now the war is over, but it has become deserted and depressed."


    Meng Zhang comforted: "with the passage of time, the losses caused by the war will always be made up slowly. Sooner or later, Feihong city will want to restore its former appearance."


    "After the war, people are in peace. But there are always some people who fear that the world will not be chaotic and want to destroy the hard won peace in the endless sand sea." Lao Jian glanced at Meng Zhang with deep meaning.


    "Leader Meng, as a member of the endless sand sea cultivation world, can''t watch the war rise again here and ruin his life."


    "Of course, we and other people in the right path will not sit idly by." Meng Zhang said solemnly.


    Empty words, false words, beautiful words, anyone can say. Meng Zhang''s timely statement is also to reassure Lao Jian.


    The flying boat neither flew to the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect nor into Feihong City, but directly landed in a manor outside the city.


    After Meng Zhang and others got off the flying boat, naturally someone came to receive them.


    An Xiaoran and others were regarded as Meng Zhang''s entourage and arranged to live in a small courtyard. Meng Zhang lived alone in a more secluded courtyard.


    After settling Meng Zhang and others down, Lao Jian left temporarily.


    He wants to personally meet the high level of feihongzong, report the meeting with Meng Zhang, and convey Meng Zhang''s attitude to them.


    At that time, there will naturally be people with higher authority to negotiate with Meng Zhang.


    After Lao Jian left, Meng Zhang waited quietly.


    Originally, it was rare to come to a big city with developed commerce and trade like Feihong city. Meng Zhang was originally going to go around the city and visit various shops to see if there was anything to buy.


    For fear of missing the meeting with friar Feihong Zong, Meng Zhang had to give up the idea and stay here honestly.


    The next meeting is of great importance, related to the future standing of Taiyi gate, and even related to the fate of Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang cannot ignore it.


    Meng Zhang waited in the courtyard for two days and finally waited for the person to wait.


    When a tall old man appeared in front of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was surprised.


    He had thought that the Feihong sect would send an elder to receive him, which would have been very grand.


    After all, Feihong sect is the golden pill sect, and Taiyi sect is just a weak foundation sect.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t expect that what appeared in front of him was Fei Hongzi, the contemporary leader of Fei hongzong.


    The standard of this kind of reception is too high.


    Meng Zhang felt valued and began to be vigilant.


    The leader of the golden pill sect like Fei Hongzi can come forward in person. What Fei hongzong has done is not small. I don''t know if I can bear the small arms and legs like taiyimen.

 Chapter 281

    Feihongzong is the overlord of the endless sand sea. As the leader of feihongzong, feihongzi''s face and appearance are widely spread in the endless sand sea. No one knows, at least the leader of Meng Zhang is very clear.


    "Are you really a feihongzi elder?" Meng Zhang deliberately looked flattered.


    "This seat is just Feihong Zi. No one can pretend to be this seat near Feihong sect." Feihong Zi has a high-ranking demeanor. But compared with his identity, it''s approachable.


    "I''ve been famous for a long time for such a young hero as leader Meng. When I see him today, he really deserves his reputation."


    "I''m flattered. I''m famous all over the world. I''ve heard a lot about you."


    After some habitual business boasting, the two talents began to get to the point.


    "What was the relationship between leader Meng and Zhao jiudou, the disciple of our sect?" Fei Hongzi asked a question that seemed different from the current situation.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was cold and vigilant.


    "There were some disputes between taiyimen and the original Zhao family in history. There were some grudges between the younger generation and Zhao jiudou."


    Meng Zhang said casually, seemingly indifferent.


    "Oh, I see. At the beginning, Lin Quan Temple sent a letter to Ben Zong, saying that Zhao jiudou fled after framing Lin Quan Temple disciples. But at that time, Zhao jiudou''s soul lamp went out, which should be the end of his life."


    "Because of this matter, there have been some misunderstandings and disputes between Lin quanguan and Ben Zong."


    Feihongzi said in a tone of memory.


    "According to the description of the party concerned, was headmaster Meng nearby at that time?" feihongzi asked casually.


    "Yes, at that time, several of our forces were recruited by Lin quanguan and sent troops together to destroy the sand monster."


    "Zhao jiudou framed the disciple of Linquan temple. I didn''t see it with my own eyes, but I heard from Taoist Guanghui afterwards. At that time, I was searching for the sand monster''s nest nearby."


    Meng Zhang is very frank and seems to have nothing to hide.


    "Really?" feihongzi looked at Meng Zhang with deep meaning, and did not continue to entangle in this problem.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was the biggest suspect of Zhao jiudou''s accident.


    At that time, all religious sects, including Lin quanguan, had no reason to harm Zhao jiudou. Only myself and Zhao jiudou have gratitude and resentment.


    As for the speculation that Zhao jiudou died at the hand of the sand monster, Lin quanguan and feihongzong don''t believe it.


    Fei hongzong doesn''t need any evidence. As long as he suspects that Meng Zhang is related to Zhao jiudou''s death, there are 10000 ways to pry open Meng Zhang''s mouth.


    However, taiyimen is a vassal of Lin quanguan. The relationship between Fei hongzong and Lin quanguan is subtle and can''t be done easily.


    Now Fei Hongzi brings up the old story again. He doesn''t want to settle an old account with Meng Zhang, but a means of negotiation. He wants to frighten Meng Zhang and take the lead as soon as he plays.


    As an expert in the later stage of foundation construction, feihongzi is also a leader of a school. He must have mastered the secret method to prevent people from reading his mind.


    Meng Zhang dared not show his heart in front of Fei Hongzi to avoid disturbing him.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has experienced so many ups and downs in the cultivation world.


    In particular, after reading people''s minds many times, he has a good ability to observe words and colors and guess people''s minds.


    Feihongzi took out the means, he still easily saw through.


    There are three golden elixir immortals in Feihong sect. The real event still needs three golden elixir immortals to decide. Even if feihongzi is the leader of a sect, he is far from being able to cover up the sky.


    Speaking of it, the leader of feihongzi is more like the chief manager of feihongzong than the master. The right to speak within the sect should be very limited.


    However, if you look down on feihongzi because of this, you are very wrong.


    Feihongzi looked at Meng Zhang''s seemingly respectful and calm appearance, and suddenly gave up his original plan.


    Xiamawei didn''t work. Feihongzi didn''t play empty anymore. He went straight into it.


    "As the leader of a sect, leader Meng must see clearly the situation in the endless sand sea in recent years."


    "Lin Quan Guan, immortal Guangzhi, the great elder of the fire gate, has made pills successively. There are Mobei Qi family nearby, eyeing covetously."


    "Maybe many people think that benzong has lost control of the situation and can''t suppress the enemies in the open and in the dark."


    Feihongzi was so frank, but Meng Zhang was a little fond of him.


    "The real strength of this sect is unknown to outsiders."


    "If I tell leader Meng now that my sect has not only three Jindan immortal, but also another Jindan immortal, who has not been known, I don''t know whether leader Meng believes it?"


    Meng Zhang nodded. "I naturally believe it. Feihongzong has ruled the endless sand sea for so many years, and there is no hidden card or hidden means. How can it be?"


    "But do you really know the details of the enemy?"


    Feihongzi glanced at Meng Zhang. He was very surprised and even a little nervous.


    "Leader Meng also knows..."


    "Yes, the earth fire sect is in collusion with the huoyun sect. I even doubt that immortal flaming can form Dan with the help of the huoyun sect."


    Meng Zhang said something that had been hidden in his heart for a long time. He thought Fei Hongzi would be very surprised.


    But after listening to his words, feihongzi showed a relieved expression, as if what Meng Zhang said was a small matter.


    Feihongzi was not nervous. He said indifferently, "it''s just a group of clowns. It''s not worth mentioning. They think they can''t hide their secret activities."


    The meaning of feihongzi''s words, he obviously already knew that dihuomen colluded with huoyun sect. What was the reason for his expression, that nervous feeling?


    Is there any hidden enemy of Feihong sect that people don''t know? Or is there any hidden power behind Lin Quan temple and Mobei Qi family?


    Meng Zhang thought quickly. But because there is too little information, it is difficult to guess the truth.


    Meng Zhang thought that he had seen the situation of the endless sand sea very clearly. But now through feihongzi''s performance, he knows that there are far more secrets in the endless sand sea than he knows.


    Seeing Meng Zhang thinking, feihongzi laughed.


    "Leader Meng, you don''t have to worry about huoyun sect."


    "Since the defeat hundreds of years ago, the huoyun sect and the Huanglian sect have each made an oath. Since then, the huoyun sect and the Huanglian sect will never step into the endless sand sea."


    Fei Hongzi said these words to calm Meng Zhang''s heart and let him not be afraid of the collusion between dihuomen and huoyun sect. In addition, there is an intention to divert Meng Zhang''s attention from the real enemy of Feihong sect.

 Chapter 282

    On the surface, Meng Zhang was really attracted by Fei Hongzi''s words and turned his attention to the huoyun sect and the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect.


    But in fact, Meng Zhang was very curious about feihongzi''s deliberately hidden secret.


    Meng Zhang managed to suppress his curiosity and didn''t use his heart to read Fei Hongzi''s mind.


    What is this secret? How come there has never been any rumor.


    The most well-informed force Meng Zhang has ever contacted should be the black market. But I don''t know that the black market is also unknown. I still intend to keep it confidential, or Meng Zhang''s authority is not enough. Anyway, there is nothing related to Meng Zhang''s intelligence obtained from the black market.


    Meng Zhang can only write down this matter now and find a way to inquire slowly in the future.


    Feihongzi sighed, "many people say that our sect is overbearing and how bad it is. But these people don''t know how much we have paid for the endless sand sea cultivation world."


    "The flying stone immortal of our sect, with the cultivation in the middle of the golden elixir, is superior to all the heroes. However, in order to protect the human beings in the endless sand sea, he had to sit in the Gobi of evil wind for a long time to prevent the evil beasts from rushing out to harm the common people."


    The name of flying stone immortal Meng Zhang is still no wonder that the Gobi monsters are so honest that even the third-order monsters dare not come out and wreak havoc. It''s the credit of immortal Feishi.


    Of course, respect belongs to respect. Meng Zhang will not accept his head and worship because Feihong Zong has done something beneficial to the common people, and completely tie up Feihong Zong''s chariot.


    "If Ben Zong really wanted to be desperate and invite immortal Feishi, he would have wiped out those opposition forces. Where would there be so many future troubles?"


    "However, I have to take the overall situation into consideration and protect the human race in the endless sand sea from being mutilated by monsters and animals before I let a group of jumping clowns run amok."


    Feihongzi said with a sad look.


    "Of course, these clowns will run wild for a few days. When Ben Zong comes, he will naturally have a way to deal with them."


    Speaking of this, feihongzi''s face looked a little proud and disdainful.


    "Feihong sect is indeed worthy of being our righteous leader. It has a deep foundation and strong strength, but it does not hesitate to bear humiliation and bear heavy burdens for the overall situation of the human race. It is really respectable and admirable." Meng Zhang exclaimed.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to be taught to support such things.


    "Taiyi sect is also a member of our authentic sect. I wonder if leader Meng is willing to do a great thing for the people in the endless sand sea." feihongzi asked solemnly.


    Meng Zhang secretly said, "it''s needless to say that Feihong sect is the leader of the right way in the endless sand sea. Our Taiyi sect is full of people, and we are willing to attach its steed tail and participate in the grand event."


    Meng Zhang said something impassioned.


    Feihongzi did not criticize Meng Zhang''s words, but talked about another thing.


    "Listen to Lao Jian, leader Meng wants to ask for building Jidan?"


    "Yes, there are more and more disciples of Taiyi sect in the later stage of Qi refining. As the leader of a sect, I have to make plans early. For the sake of the disciples'' path, I have the cheek to come to the door."


    Meng Zhang is close to Feihong Zong. In addition to Feihong Zong''s strong strength as an old overlord, he really wants to get the foundation Dan.


    "Leader Meng, do you know how many friars with perfect Qi refining are in the endless sand sea? Because they didn''t build a foundation pill, they either risked to impact the foundation period and fell into the devil and died. Or they stopped on the road and couldn''t advance their accomplishments from now on."


    "Far from it, it has never been interrupted that I, the Feihong sect, want to obtain the Qi refining and perfection friars who build Jidan from the sect gate. Many people have lined up for ten or twenty years and can''t get what they want."


    "It''s not that the sect is stingy, but that there are so many foundation building pills refined every time, which is not enough for distribution. To balance the internal relations of the sect, we should take care of the inheritance of the major vassal families. Even if my leader wants to ask for a foundation building pill, it''s very difficult."


    Feihongzi shook his head and sighed, pouring bitter water. Meng Zhang''s heart was half cold.


    "However, head Meng has opened his mouth, and I don''t want you to return empty handed. The immortal Jindan in the door also sent a decree that he would give a furnace of building foundation Dan to head Meng."


    Meng Zhang''s eyes brightened and his heart was overjoyed.


    "Unfortunately, because of the chaos of sand monsters, in order to reward merit after the war, benzong used all the stock of zhujidan. Now there is not even one zhujidan in the door."


    "Most of the materials for refining and building Jidan come from the mirage secret place. But now it is still a long time before the mirage secret place is opened again. We also sent special personnel to the territory of Jiuqu League to buy all kinds of miraculous medicines for refining and building Jidan."


    "Headmaster Meng can rest assured that as long as the materials are available, the alchemist in the sect will start alchemy immediately. At that time, we will give priority to meeting headmaster Meng." feihongzi solemnly promised.


    Meng Zhang scolded loudly in his heart. Feihongzi''s words made his heart up and down. I''ve been writing bad checks for a long time.


    If you don''t give Zhu Jidan, don''t you want to hang yourself by talking so much nonsense?


    Although feihongzi didn''t know him, he didn''t read Meng Zhang''s mind. However, he, who has rich experience, probably knows that Meng Zhang is dissatisfied.


    "Although Zhu Jidan has not been provided to leader Meng for the time being, Ben Zong''s sincerity is enough."


    Feihongzi took out a list and handed it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took the list and glanced at it at will. He couldn''t move his eyes anymore.


    In the list, there are many names of natural materials and earth treasures, as well as many rare heaven and earth spirits.


    Meng Zhang was dazzled by the dazzling array of second-order magic tools, pills and talismans.


    Fei Hongzi noticed Meng Zhang''s expression and said proudly, "all of this is the inventory of our family''s large warehouse. I think our family''s accumulation for hundreds of years will not disappoint leader Meng."


    "What does head Meng like? Just open your mouth. I dare not say more. In my capacity, I can give one or two to head Meng as a gift."


    Meng Zhang reluctantly moved away his greedy eyes, but he didn''t speak.

 Chapter 283

    If you are polite to others, you must ask for something. Feihong Zong is willing to give a heavy gift, which must cost Meng Zhang enough.


    Meng Zhang really coveted the items on this list. There were many spiritual objects he had been longing for for for a long time. But there is no free lunch in the world. He is afraid that feihongzong will pay a price he can''t afford.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and didn''t speak for a long time.


    He came to feihongzong this time just to catch up with feihongzong and leave a way back for taiyimen. He didn''t want to tie up feihongzong''s chariot so early.


    "Is headmaster Meng dissatisfied with the items on the list? If so, we have to ask the golden elixir immortal in the door to let them take out their personal collection." feihongzi said very grandly.


    "Elder, if you have any requirements, just say it. If you can do it, you will never refuse. If you can''t do it, there''s nothing you can do."


    Meng Zhang smiled bitterly and gave up the idea of continuing to perfunctory with feihongzi.


    As for the idea of first eating the benefits into his mouth and then turning his face and not recognizing people, Meng Zhang has long been completely eliminated.


    It really annoys Feihong sect. Feihong sect may not be able to do anything about Linquan temple, but there are many ways to clean up Taiyi gate.


    Feihongzi spent so much time waiting for Meng Zhang to say this.


    Feihongzi no longer circled around, went straight to the point and directly said his requirements.


    "Our request is very simple. It is to ask taiyimen to take the initiative to attack Linquan temple and strive to completely eliminate Linquan temple."


    As soon as feihongzi''s voice fell, Meng Zhang kept waving his hand.


    Are you kidding? Taiyimen is just a Jizong gate. To attack Jindan sect gate such as Linquan temple, we have to wipe it out completely. Feihongzi is too difficult for taiyimen. This is an impossible task.


    "Leader Meng, don''t be too busy to refuse. I won''t let Taiyi die for nothing. Naturally, I put forward such a request because leader Meng can do it." feihongzi comforted softly.


    "Master, don''t joke. It''s impossible. Please don''t say it again. I know my mistake and don''t dare to disturb my master anymore." Meng Zhang kept begging for mercy.


    "It seems that leader Meng doesn''t believe me. That''s right. No one will believe in empty words. I can make a ghost oath and promise to do everything I say."


    Hearing that feihongzi mentioned the ghost oath, Meng Zhang stopped and looked at feihongzi with suspicious eyes.


    In the cultivation world, there are various ways of swearing to ensure the trust and agreement between practitioners.


    Ordinary practitioners can make blood contracts and use each other''s blood to ensure the implementation of the oath.


    If the swearer violates the oath, he will be eaten back by his own blood force.


    Blood contract is the most popular and the binding force is the weakest. Many advanced monks have a secret method to avoid the blood contract.


    Therefore, blood deeds are generally used by low-level practitioners.


    There is also the heart devil oath. The cultivator swears to his own heart devil. If you break the oath, you will be entangled by demons. From then on, you can''t improve your accomplishments, and it''s easy to get possessed when practicing.


    Of course, breaking the heart demon oath is not immediately punished for breaking the oath, and there is enough buffer time. Especially for those practitioners whose path has been cut off, the cost of breaking the oath is not high.


    Therefore, the punishment of the heart devil oath is not strong enough and the restraint force is not strong enough.


    The ghost oath is an oath witnessed by the ghosts and gods of the underworld. The cultivator swears under the witness of the ghosts and gods in the underworld. If he violates the oath, he will be dragged into the underworld by the ghosts and gods and die.


    Even the golden elixir immortal has no power to resist the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Making a ghost oath is equivalent to swearing with life. The binding force is still very strong.


    As for the legendary Tiandao oath, let Tiandao witness and swear, that is the ability of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Ordinary people don''t think much.


    Feihongzi is willing to make a ghost oath. His sincerity is still sufficient. He is really not fooling Meng Zhang.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s heart, Fei Hongzi continued, "master Meng, our sect has a complete plan to deal with Lin Quan temple. Of course, because of confidentiality, we won''t easily disclose it before you promise to join."


    "Headmaster Meng can rest assured that we have no malice. It''s natural to let Taiyi gate attack Lin Quan temple, which can ensure the smooth progress of things."


    Feihongzi said very sincerely.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang still didn''t want to stand in line so early, let alone go shirtless and fight with Lin quanguan.


    "It''s not that I don''t believe in the elder, but it''s a matter of great importance. I can''t be the master alone. I need to go back and discuss with the elders in the door slowly before I can make a decision."


    Meng Zhang used the tactic of dragging words and wanted to get out of here and leave this troublesome place as soon as possible.


    Feihongzi didn''t seem to see through Meng Zhang''s intention, but said in an approval tone; "Indeed, such a big event should be considered more and listen to the opinions of the elders in the door."


    "I won''t force leader Meng, let alone urge him. Leader Meng will go back and discuss it slowly. When the discussion results, I''ll reply to you."


    "As for this list, headmaster Meng keeps it. Just say what you like. Naturally, someone will deliver it to the door."


    Feihongzi said very generously.


    "Well, we still have a lot of business to deal with. This time I came out and met head Meng. It was really a worthwhile trip."


    "Let''s talk about it today. Let''s take a step first."


    "It''s OK for leader Meng to stay here as a guest. It''s OK to visit Feihong city. All the expenses of leader Meng in Feihong city can be recorded in our account. Of course, leader Meng is tired of staying. If he wants to go back, no one will stop him."


    Feihongzi''s attitude is so good that people can''t believe it.


    Meng Zhang could not help but doubt that feihongzi would not be a smiling tiger. He was secretly hiding some conspiracy.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang thinks too much,


    After feihongzi left, he left Lao Jian to accompany Meng Zhang.


    Lao Jian did not interfere with Meng Zhang''s actions. Meng Zhang could come and go freely. All the intrigues Meng Zhang imagined did not happen.


    Feihongzi was so talkative that Meng Zhang didn''t believe it.


    Feihong sect ruled the endless sand sea for many years, but it never relied on Huairou. Feihongzi, as the leader of feihongzong, is definitely not a good man or woman.


    Feihongzi must have some backhand waiting for Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang can''t see it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang regretted that he had come to feihongzong this time, and felt that his action was too hasty.


    I was just trying to get in touch with Feihong sect. I wanted to know about Feihong sect''s attitude and leave a way for Taiyi gate.


    But unexpectedly, I saw feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong, and was inexplicably involved in right and wrong.

 Chapter 284

    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to stay here anymore, and he doesn''t want to hang out in Feihong city.


    Meng Zhang''s heart is like an arrow. He wants to go back to Taiyi gate as soon as possible and have a good discussion with all the people in the gate to see if he can find out what medicine is sold in feihongzi gourd.


    Meng Zhang proposed to Lao Jian that he should leave as soon as possible. Lao Jian not only didn''t stop him, but took the initiative to send him off.


    Meng Zhang was just Lao Jian''s kindness, so he had to agree.


    However, Meng Zhang said that in order to avoid attracting attention, Lao Jian only needs to be sent to the border of Feihong sect.


    Lao Jian agreed without hesitation.


    Careful Lao Jian specially prepared a flying boat without any sign. And Lao Jian didn''t find anyone else, but drove the flying boat himself.


    Under the control of Lao Jian, Feizhou left the manor and flew away from Feihong sect.


    Lao Jian drives the flying boat at the bottom of the cabin. Meng Zhang stands at the bow of the boat to see the customs.


    Not far from the flying boat, three little children also ran outside the cabin to fight.


    An Xiaoran went out of the cabin and was ready to scold them and make them quiet so as not to disturb Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stopped an Xiaoran. "Children are natural to play. As long as they don''t go too far, they don''t have to interfere with them."


    An Xiaoran obeyed Meng Zhang''s orders and said nothing more.


    Meng Zhang looked at an Xiaoran''s calm appearance and suddenly asked, "Xiao ran, I always remember the kindness of elder an. Why didn''t you ask me to help you kill Zeng Jiexiong and let you regain control of your home?"


    Meng Zhang just asked casually. In fact, there is no possibility of implementation. Not to mention that Zeng Jiexiong''s younger brother is a disciple of Feihong sect, Meng Zhang himself cannot easily kill members of Feihong sect''s vassal family.


    He asked, just to see an Xiaoran''s reaction.


    An Xiaoran''s Linggen qualification is excellent, but he doesn''t know whether his mind is equally excellent.


    Of course, from an Xiaoran''s performance. After the great changes in the family, I can take care of my younger brother. After being acutely aware of the crisis, he can seize the opportunity to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Such comments as being young, mature, smart and decisive are appropriate for her.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, an Xiaoran didn''t think much, so he directly replied, "I want to end the gratitude and resentment of settling down by myself. I want to take back everything I lost."


    "Ambitious, very ambitious." Meng Zhang praised.


    At this time, a sudden cry came from the cabin.


    His younger brother an Muran was still in the cabin. An Xiaoran reacted quickly and immediately rushed into the cabin like a rabbit.


    Meng Zhang slowed down because he felt the unnatural gathering of heaven and earth aura. He felt it before he entered the cabin.


    In the small cabin, it is cold. Ann silently fell to the ground, and a thin layer of ice crystals formed on the ground. Beside him, there were several cyclones formed by Reiki, which kept rotating around his body.


    The young couple, a little afraid, did not dare to approach easily, but looked at them from a distance.


    An Xiaoran was about to rush over and was caught by Meng Zhang.


    "Don''t worry, it''s just the awakening of Linggen."


    Ann Xiaoran has personally experienced what Linggen''s awakening looks like. Just now she was only concerned and disordered, so she disordered her sense of propriety.


    At this time, Meng Zhang woke up and immediately reacted.


    Ann Muran awakened Linggen at this time. Ann Xiaoran was surprised and happy, and almost cried with joy.


    Hearing the movement in the cabin, Lao Jian stopped the flying boat in the air and rushed over.


    Seeing the scene of an silently awakening Linggen, Lao Jian was silent for a moment and said, "Congratulations, leader Meng. You are really lucky. Taiyi gate has added another good talent."


    Although Lao Jian didn''t measure the spirit root of an Muran, he knew that the spirit root of an Muran was extraordinary with the vision and knowledge of his disciples, and most of his physical attributes were rare ice attributes.


    Originally, Anjia was a vassal family of Feihong sect. With such talent and beauty, an Muran would probably worship Feihong sect and become a disciple of Feihong sect.


    Now I am watching such excellent talents throw themselves into the arms of taiyimen.


    Lao Jian secretly scolded a few words in his heart. He also heard about the pile of shit in his home.


    However, Zeng Jiantang''s position in the door is no lower than him, and he has no reason to interfere in the family affairs of his home.


    Now Feihong sect still asks for Taiyi sect, and Lao Jian can''t compete with Meng Zhang for disciples.


    Although he didn''t give up, Lao Jian was very gracious. Congratulations to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang certainly wouldn''t tell Lao Jian that an Xiaoran and an Muran are not disciples of Taiyi sect.


    I thought I was lucky to find an Xiaoran. Unexpectedly, Ann Muran''s qualification is not bad. It''s really a buy one get one free.


    An Xiaoran, who had enough experience, went forward to teach him how to breathe, how to adjust his body, and how to control the vision caused by the spiritual root.


    Seeing that an Xiaoran did well, Meng Zhang left the cabin and let their two siblings get along alone.


    Those mortals who settled down were also called aside by Meng Zhang and asked them not to disturb their two siblings for the time being.


    Seeing this, Lao Jian returned to the bottom of the cabin and continued to drive the flying boat forward.


    The flying boat flew very fast. When it was getting dark, it almost reached the boundary of Feihong sect.


    If you go further, you will be the territory of dihuomen.


    Meng Zhang flew into the air and released the first-order flying boat he took with him.


    The settled sisters and brothers and the settled mortals were carefully transferred to the flying boat by him.


    After saying goodbye to Lao Jian, Meng Zhang drove the flying boat and left at night.


    In the dark night, the flying boat passed through the territory of the dihuomen without fear and danger.


    All the way, there was no accident. Meng Zhang''s flying boat returned to Taiyi gate with the wind and water.


    After returning to the Fuzhao Valley, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang settled down several people in person, and found several stable disciples to take care of them.


    Although an Xiaoran and an Muran are not disciples of Taiyi gate yet, they have stayed in Taiyi gate for a long time. Imperceptibly, joining taiyimen is only a matter of time.


    Meng Zhang also specifically ordered that the treatment of settled sisters and brothers should be compared with that of the inner disciples of Taiyi sect.


    The Sutra Pavilion is open to settled brothers and sisters, and the supply of spiritual stones and pills should be guaranteed.


    The headmaster attaches so much importance to the settled sisters and brothers that the disciples dare not neglect them at all.


    As for those mortals who settled down, they will also be properly arranged.


    If you can awaken Linggen in the future, of course, try to let them join taiyimen. If you can''t awaken Linggen, you can also stay in Fuzhao Valley and live with mortal relatives of Taiyi disciples.


    After settling down, Meng ZhangCai took care of other things in the door.


    Meng Zhang didn''t leave Taiyi gate for a long time this time. There was no major event in the gate. The sect was running normally.

 Chapter 285

    Among the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang is most concerned about the foundation building of Wen qiansuan.


    For this disciple who has been optimistic for a long time, he is very emotional and worried.


    Although Wen qiansuan was a little older than him, Meng Zhang watched the introduction of Wen qiansuan and practiced it step by step.


    However, Wen qiansuan hasn''t passed the customs since his last breakthrough. I don''t know whether he will succeed or fail.


    Meng Zhang could not interfere with him at this time. He could only turn his mind to other places.


    Meng Zhang called together Yang Xueyi and Houtu elders, as well as other high-level leaders in the door, to discuss what feihongzi put forward.


    For feihongzi''s request, everyone felt incredible. It was too much.


    Zhang Yingying, the leader of Dan Hall, is even more outspoken. Feihong sect wants Taiyi gate to be cannon fodder and die. Taiyimen''s attack on Lin quanguan, regardless of success or failure, has weakened the strength of Lin quanguan, and the only one who will benefit will be feihongzong.


    Of course, Meng Zhang felt that Zhang Yingying''s view was too extreme. There must be a reason why feihongzi dared to put forward such a request to himself.


    However, because almost everyone in the door opposed to following feihongzi''s proposal, Meng Zhang didn''t say much.


    However, the God of the thick earth seemed to want to say something, but he didn''t say it in the end and kept silent.


    On how to deal with this matter, people''s opinions are surprisingly consistent, that is, dragging feihongzong.


    Neither refuse, so as not to completely offend Feihong Zong. And you can''t really do what feihongzi said. Anyway, it''s just a reply. There are different opinions in the door, which needs to be considered and discussed slowly,


    As for when the results will come out, it is unknown.


    Meng Zhang also knew that this method could not be effective forever, and feihongzong could not wait all the time. But until there is no better way, only for the time being. It''s kind of like stealing a bell.


    After the crowd dispersed, Meng Zhang calmed down and made preparations.


    He wanted to use Dayan''s divine calculation to push the inside story behind feihongzi''s request.


    But the result was as expected. At the beginning of the calculation, it was interrupted by a powerful force.


    This is a warning to Meng Zhang that the level of inference is too high and exceeds his current limit. If it is to be carried out forcibly, it will consume a lot of life.


    Meng Zhang quickly stopped pushing and dared not be brave.


    If it only consumes three or five years of life, he can try, but from the feedback, it definitely consumes a lot of life.


    It''s too unfair to spend your life in such a place for no reason.


    Next, Meng Zhang put it aside for the time being and returned to the right track.


    I spend most of my time on Cultivation and occasionally take some time to deal with sect affairs.


    In this way, after more than three months, it seems that feihongzi has forgotten this matter and has not sent anyone to find Meng Zhang. And the situation in the endless sand sea is still so calm.


    There is no change in Linquan temple. Dihuomen is as honest as ever. Feihong sect seems to ignore the existence of these two sects. Mobei Qi family continues to confront Feihong sect.


    There are also no changes in schools such as huoyun sect outside the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied with the current situation. If peace is good, there will be no war and no dead. He really hopes that the endless sand sea can be so calm forever, leaving more development time for taiyimen, so that he can slowly improve his cultivation.


    During this time, another great event happened at taiyimen. After a period of observation, an Xiaoran and an Muran experienced the internal environment of Taiyi gate. Finally, they decided to worship Taiyi gate and become disciples of Taiyi gate.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has also made a lot of efforts to achieve this result. Some eloquent disciples in the door also helped to beat a lot of side drums.


    After an Xiaoran and an Muran decided to join taiyimen, Meng Zhang personally measured their spiritual root and physical attributes.


    As expected, the Linggen qualifications of the two brothers and sisters are very excellent.


    An Xiaoran is the spiritual root quality of Zhongshang, and his physical attribute is fire wood attribute.


    Without knowing the attribute of your spiritual root, you can rely on your intuition and choose the wood burning cultivation suitable for your constitution. This is really a terrible intuition.


    Anmuran is the spiritual root quality in, and the physical attribute is the ice attribute as expected.


    Meng Zhang personally selected a "ice soul true formula" for him to practice.


    In addition, the Liu family is famous for their ice attribute skills. After the death of the Liu family, the God of thick earth ransacked the Sutra Pavilion of the Liu family and harvested most of the classics.


    Although an Muran has no blood of the Liu family, it is difficult to practice the Liu family''s Kung Fu directly.


    However, Meng Zhang still found out the ancient works of the Liu family and gave them to an Muran for reference.


    The two brothers and sisters have excellent qualification and good mind. At such a young age, it''s really a rare material to make. The future is absolutely unlimited.


    It is certain that the gas refining period is only the starting point of their cultivation, and the foundation period will never be the end.


    After a grand introduction ceremony, the settled siblings officially started.


    Meng Zhang brought the two brothers and sisters into his family and let them become his own disciples. Moreover, they became inner disciples directly.


    With the increasing development of Taiyi gate, the classes in the gate become more and more clear, and it becomes more difficult to promote.


    In today''s taiyimen, there are some exceptions due to historical reasons. Generally speaking, the newly promoted inner disciples are either those in the later stage of gas refining, or very excellent, or those in the middle stage of gas refining with special skills.


    It''s the first time that an Xiaoran and an Muran are internal disciples as soon as they get started.


    However, Meng Zhang''s authority in Taiyi gate is growing, and his reputation is even higher.


    Taiyimen can have today''s situation, he owes a great deal. He has developed taiyimen to the current level. He can be called the ZTE leader of taiyimen.


    No one will object to his decision, and everyone will obey it honestly.


    With his sister and brother who settled down and Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Kaishan, Meng Zhang had three disciples.


    On weekdays, he also took a lot of time to personally guide the three people''s practice.


    Meng Zhang got a good apprentice, and two talents were added to taiyimen. Meng Zhang is in a good mood. He is really in good spirits at happy events.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s good mood did not last long and was destroyed.


    Less than half a month after settling in, aunt Jin of the skillful door came to visit Meng Zhang in person.


    Meng Zhang warmly received the ally.


    The two exchanged greetings. Aunt Jin said she had something urgent to discuss with Meng Zhang alone.


    Meng Zhang introduced her into the quiet room. Before they could sit down, aunt Jin opened her mouth and said something that surprised Meng Zhang.


    "Leader Meng, how are you considering the proposal of feihongzi patriarch?"

 Chapter 286

    "You, you, you..." Meng Zhang pointed to Aunt Jin and couldn''t speak for a moment.


    Meng Zhang finally understood that the skillful hand sect and Feihong sect were together.


    In connection with the last time I went to see Aunt Jin, aunt Jin looked like she was in control of the situation of the endless sand sea, and comforted Meng Zhang that the endless sand sea would not be chaotic for the time being, so Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry.


    Meng Zhang was still wondering why the skillful hand gate had such a well-informed news channel. He didn''t hear the news at all.


    It seems that the news of skillful hand sect comes from Feihong sect.


    Feihong sect is a Jindan sect. It has something to do with Feihong sect. Even if he has Dayan divine calculation, he can''t figure out the details of the skillful sect.


    After a while, Meng Zhang calmed down.


    In fact, the alliance between Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate is not long. It''s normal for others to hide some secrets. Just like Taiyi gate, it will not disclose the secrets of the gate to the skillful gate.


    Although it can be understood, Meng Zhang still has a hidden dissatisfaction. With a cold face, he said very unhappily, "elder Jin, it''s hard for you to hide. I don''t know when your door climbed the high branch of Feihong sect. It''s a little unkind not to remind you."


    Aunt Jin smiled bitterly and understood Meng Zhang''s mood very much.


    "Don''t be angry, leader Meng. I didn''t mean to hide it. The connection between our skillful sect and Feihong sect is not recent. If you really count, there was a connection between skillful sect and Feihong sect more than 500 years ago."


    More than 500 years ago, Meng Zhang was stunned. This time is really long enough. Wait, more than 500 years ago, wasn''t it the time when Shuangfeng valley became a vassal of Feihong sect and opened up a foundation in the nearby area?


    Meng Zhang thought he had seen through the origin of the skillful hand gate.


    "Fei hongzong is really farsighted. More than 500 years ago, he set up the chess piece of the skillful hand gate to monitor Shuangfeng Valley all the time."


    "The failure of Shuangfeng Valley is really not wronged at all."


    Aunt Jin listened to Meng Zhang''s words and looked like she couldn''t laugh or cry.


    "Leader Meng, you misunderstood. Our skillful sect is not a chess piece of Feihong sect, let alone the task of monitoring shuangfenggu."


    "Headmaster Meng, please think about it. There is a foundation building sect in Shuangfeng valley. Will Feihong sect pay so much attention to it and start calculating more than 500 years in advance to lay such a far-reaching layout?"


    Seeing that Aunt Jin was not lying, Meng Zhang asked suspiciously; "Master Jin, what is the relationship between your skillful hand sect and Feihong sect?"


    Aunt Jin was very embarrassed and said, "master Meng, don''t embarrass me. The relationship between our skillful craftsman and Fei hongzong is hard to say. It''s not suitable to reveal the inside information for the time being. Many things, you know now, are definitely harmful rather than beneficial."


    "Although our skillful sect has long been associated with Feihong sect, our skillful sect is neither a vassal of Feihong sect nor a chess piece of Feihong sect."


    "We have our own set of rules when we act skillfully. We definitely don''t follow the Feihong sect blindly. The Feihong sect alone can''t command our skillful sect."


    Meng Zhang looked at Aunt Jin carefully and wanted to know if she was talking big.


    In Meng Zhang''s impression, although qiaoshoumen has a history of more than 500 years, it is not a powerful sect. At that time, the skillful hand gate was one of the many vassals of Shuangfeng valley. Now, like taiyimen, it has become a vassal of Lin Quan view.


    Aunt Jin doesn''t know where she came from. She speaks so loudly.


    However, looking at Aunt Jin''s appearance, it doesn''t seem to be a big lie, let alone a fierce face and a weak heart. It seems that there must be many secrets behind the skillful door.


    "Elder Jin, since the skillful hand gate is not a chess piece of Feihong sect, what did you mean by that sentence just now?"


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside all his puzzles and directly questioned them.


    "Headmaster Meng, my meaning is very simple. Will Taiyi accept feihongzi''s proposal?"


    "Headmaster Meng, let me tell you the truth. You can''t delay this matter all the time. You must give a clear answer."


    "It''s impossible to have both ends of the rat. It''s just suicide to have the best of both worlds. Now, it''s time to stand in line."


    Aunt Jin''s face was very serious, and there was a clear threat in her tone.


    "Don''t push people too hard. Even if you stand in line, Taiyi gate can stand at Lin Quan''s side." Meng Zhang said angrily.


    "Hahaha..." aunt Jin laughed.


    "Headmaster Meng, you really don''t know anything."


    "Exterminating Linquan temple is not just the meaning of Feihong sect. There are also many layout of big people. Don''t talk about you and me, even if it is Feihong sect, it is just a chess piece."


    "Headmaster Meng, for the sake of many years of friendship, I advise you not to be impulsive."


    Looking at Aunt Jin''s arrogant appearance, Meng Zhang wanted to tell himself that Aunt Jin was lying and bragging. But Meng Zhang''s intuition told him that what aunt Jin said was true.


    What aunt Jin said frightened Meng Zhang a little.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was obviously moved, aunt Jin struck while the iron was hot.


    "Headmaster Meng, I can swear that everything I said is true."


    "You have also experienced the chaos of sand monsters. Do you know that sand monsters are not created by heaven and earth, but created the day after tomorrow?"


    He has fought with sand monsters for many times and sneaked into sand monsters'' nests in person. Meng Zhang has long had doubts about the origin of the sand monster.


    However, because he didn''t have the slightest clue, he could only put the problem aside.


    Now hearing what aunt Jin said, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking, "who is sacred and can have such great power to create human public enemies such as sand monsters? What is the purpose of this existence?"


    Aunt Jin''s face showed an indelible fear.


    "I don''t know much about the inside story. I just know that it is a powerful power in the depths of the dead sand sea who created the sand monster. As for why he did this, I can''t understand the level of my body."


    "I just know that immortal Guangzhi of Lin Quan temple is in collusion with this great power. The recent sand monster rebellion is likely to be promoted by immortal Guangzhi secretly."


    "Sand monsters have plagued the endless sand sea for many years and have long been the public enemy of mankind. For his own personal gain, immortal Guangzhi secretly added fuel to the flames and used sand monsters to harm ordinary people."


    "Immortal Guangzhi''s behavior is nothing different from that of a demon. I suspect that he has fallen into the devil and turned into a demon."


    At last, aunt Jin was filled with righteous indignation and righteousness.


    Aunt Jin''s words contained a little information. Meng Zhang had to digest it slowly and didn''t respond to her in time.

 Chapter 287

    "Of course, the great power who created the disaster of sand monsters was also trapped by the righteous elders. He couldn''t get away, let alone directly interfere with the endless sand sea. He had no choice but to make waves and create disasters in the endless sand sea by creating sand monsters and running dogs like Guangzhi immortal."


    "Leader Meng, you are also a member of the right path. Why don''t you join us in the grand event, eliminate demons, defend the path and eradicate the demons of Linquan temple." aunt Jin said with awe inspiring righteousness.


    Meng Zhang did not speak. Just listen to those empty words about safeguarding justice and eliminating demons and defending Taoism. He won''t take it to heart. What he really cares about is looking at Aunt Jin''s posture. It seems that he is really sure that she can destroy Lin quanguan.


    The most important thing to stand in line is not to care about right and wrong, but to always stand on the winner''s side.


    Aunt Jin told herself so many secrets, which is tantamount to a showdown. By this time, it is difficult to delay any longer.


    "Headmaster Meng, I can tell you clearly. We''ve made a good plan and can start at any time. With Taiyi gate, it''s icing on the cake. Without Taiyi gate, it''s just a little more trouble and a little more price. Things have to be done in the end."


    "Leader Meng, at this time, you have no other choice. If you don''t agree with feihongzi''s proposal, he will take the initiative to spread the secret collusion between you and him. After the news spread, do you think Lin quanguan can accommodate you and Taiyi gate?"


    Aunt Jin was finally desperate and began to threaten.


    "Rumors stop at wise men. It is absolutely impossible for feihongzi to spread rumors and alienate the relationship between taiyimen and Lin quanguan." Meng Zhang said strongly.


    "Really, headmaster Meng, you can have a try." aunt Jin sneered.


    "Headmaster Meng, don''t think I''m forcing you. I''m actually helping you. You should weigh the pros and cons and think more about it."


    Meng Zhang was lost in thought. He was not a very quick witted man. When Aunt Jin said this, she was a little confused.


    Seeing aunt Jin''s vows, Lin quanguan is really doomed this time. If so, taiyimen really needs to stand in line as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang suppressed his impatience and said calmly, "master Jin, this matter is important after all. I really can''t be the master alone. Well, give me a few days to discuss with the elders in the door."


    "Headmaster Meng, I hope you''re not deliberately delaying this time. In ten days, I''ll come to listen to your reply."


    "By the way, you''d better not spread what I just told you. Otherwise, the consequences will be unimaginable."


    When Aunt Jin finished, she didn''t say much and left here directly.


    Last time, the middle and high levels of the door were convened for consultation, but no result was reached.


    Because Aunt Jin said a lot of secrets this time, Meng Zhang was not going to talk to too many people.


    After aunt Jin left, Meng Zhang spent a day to calm down and adjust his state.


    Then he performed Dayan divination again in the quiet room where there was no one.


    With the incantation in his mouth, his hands kept pinching, and the calculations floating in front of him were consumed one by one.


    So far, he has accumulated nearly 200 chips.


    When the calculation was almost exhausted, he finally got the result he wanted.


    He didn''t calculate what aunt Jin told him. It involved Jindan sect, Feihong sect, and even more powerful than Feihong sect. Even if he lost his life, he may not be able to calculate the result he wants.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s calculation this time is whether aunt Jin deceived herself in her conversation or misled herself through language traps?


    It was only related to the conversation between Meng Zhang and aunt Jin, and they were both monks in the middle of foundation building. After spending enough calculation, the calculation was finally successful.


    Meng Zhang''s answer was No. aunt Jin did not deceive him, let alone mislead him.


    Meng Zhang believed in the calculation results of Dayan divine calculation because there were successful precedents.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s calculation also has loopholes.


    He just figured out that Aunt Jin didn''t deceive him, but if aunt Jin herself was deceived by others, and she didn''t know it. The result calculated by Meng Zhang is of little significance.


    Meng Zhang also considered this possibility.


    But think about the old fox''s tricks and the city government. The skillful hand gate has been able to hide its connection with Feihong sect for more than 500 years. Such a person, such a sect, is not so easy to cheat.


    If you choose to believe aunt Jin, it means that feihongzong has secretly woven a big net for Lin quanguan and can move at any time.


    After all, Fei hongzong has a deep foundation. Lin quanguan and dihuomen are really far inferior to each other.


    Aunt Jin was so convinced that she was sure of success that Meng Zhang naturally had to stand on the side of the winner.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang made a preliminary decision in his heart.


    To be on the safe side, Meng Zhang invited the God of thick earth to the secret room and told aunt Jin what she had told herself. He wanted to hear his opinion.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, the thick earth God was silent for a long time before he said, "leader, agree with feihongzi''s proposal and join the encirclement and suppression of Linquan temple."


    As an elder, the thick earth God will almost never express his views on the affairs of Taiyi gate, and never interfere with Meng Zhang''s decision.


    Although the thick earth God always pretends to be confused in front of Meng Zhang, he never says how much his memory has been restored, nor does he mention his past and the history of taiyimen.


    However, the thick earth God will be an elder in the sect after all. He has experienced the period of Taiyi sect or Jindan sect. Regardless of experience and insight, he is far more than Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang not only respects his opinions, but also believes them very much.


    "Besides, didn''t feihongzi give you the treasure list? Some of the treasures recorded on it are of great use to Taiyi gate. You can take this opportunity to ask feihongzi for it."


    Meng Zhang showed the list of treasures given by Fei hongzong to the middle and high level of the door. Although everyone was salivating, they did not dare to ask Meng Zhang to ask feihongzi for help because it involved the problem of the sect standing in line.


    If taiyimen really stands on the side of Feihong sect, we can ask for some benefits first.


    Finally made the final decision in his heart. Meng Zhang was relieved and became a lot easier.


    Ten days later, aunt Jin arrived as promised. She came to Taiyi gate again and met the leader Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang agreed to feihongzi''s request and was willing to join in the action of exterminating Linquan temple.


    Of course, he also took the opportunity to put forward many conditions.

 Chapter 288

    For many of the conditions put forward by Meng Zhang, aunt Jin did not have the authority to agree. She told Meng Zhang that she could only convey it for him. As for whether feihongzi could promise, she didn''t know.


    In the following time, aunt Jin went back and forth between taiyimen and feihongzong many times to bring words for Meng Zhang and feihongzi.


    On several occasions, when the conditions of both sides were poor and there was a big dispute, Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate and secretly went to feihongzong to discuss with feihongzi.


    During several negotiations, Meng Zhang also found that Aunt Jin was not a subordinate of Fei hongzong, as she said.


    Feihongzi''s attitude towards aunt Jin was also very polite.


    There should be no subordinate relationship between feihongzong and qiaoshoumen, which is more like a cooperative relationship. If we really want to compare, it is like two independent branches under an organization.


    After some hard bargaining, Meng Zhang finally reached an agreement with feihongzi.


    Feihongzi took out the oath prepared long ago. After Meng Zhang checked that there was no problem. After a simple ceremony, the three swore on the oath and agreed on a lot of things.


    Feihongzong did not directly participate in the attack on Linquan temple, but he could help secretly.


    Fei hongzong''s task is to find a way to solve the golden elixir and Guangzhi real people of Lin quanguan.


    Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate joined hands to attack Linquan temple and completely exterminate Linquan temple.


    ¡­¡­


    The three swore to abide by the agreement and never break the oath.


    After the oath was made, the oath burned spontaneously without fire, and a ghost flew out of the smoke, and then disappeared in the air.


    This pledge was purchased by Feihong sect from other places and refined by experts who are proficient in the way of contract and the way of ghosts and gods. The oath has been witnessed by ghosts and gods, and its reliability has sufficient guarantee.


    If any of the three break the oath, they will be dragged directly into the underworld by the ghosts and gods responsible for witnessing.


    After the oath is reached, it means that the alliance is officially formed.


    Now that he has become an ally, Meng Zhang has the cheek to ask feihongzi for the treasure he promised.


    The main purpose of feihongzi''s original treasure list was to frighten Meng Zhang. In his opinion, taking one or two treasures at random from the list is enough to buy Meng Zhang.


    I didn''t expect Meng Zhang''s lion to open his mouth. He wanted it so much and so much. He had a greedy face.


    If Meng Zhang is not needed for the next action, feihongzi really wants to kick him out.


    Meng Zhang used both hard and soft. After several times of bargaining, he got the treasure he wanted.


    A treasure is two drops of jade soul liquid. Meng Zhang had risked his life to get this treasure from the ghost repair cave before.


    The means of refining jade soul liquid is generally in the hands of ghost Xiu.


    This treasure is hidden in the big storehouse of Feihong sect. It seems that Feihong sect and ghost Xiu are not so innocent.


    Of course, jade soul liquid may also be purchased by Feihong sect in other places, and there is no direct contact with ghost repair.


    Jade soul liquid is a treasure that can help friars complete their spirits during the foundation period and prepare for the golden elixir period.


    Such treasures are invaluable. At least they can''t be bought in the endless sand sea.


    At the beginning, shuangfenggu even colluded with ghost friars in order to get jade soul liquid.


    Meng Zhang also tried his best this time. After grinding for a long time, he forced two drops from feihongzi. As for wanting more, feihongzi didn''t agree.


    Meng Zhang would not know that these two drops of jade soul liquid were brought to Feihong sect by the Zhao family in exchange for building Jidan.


    Because there was something wrong with the quality of the two drops of jade soul liquid, feihongzi was willing to give it to Meng Zhang.


    If it is a perfect jade soul liquid, Fei Hongzi must keep it to train the disciples of the sect.


    Meng Zhang begged Meng Zhang, who achieved the annoying goal of Feihong sect, returned to Taiyi gate with the treasure he begged.


    The jade spirit and the essence of Tian Lei are all the help of monk Zhang to help the God of thick earth.


    After getting the two treasures, the thick earth God rushed directly to the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang knew that the thick earth God would be the remnant soul of other Dharma protectors who wanted to wake up sleeping in the Pearl.


    Meng Zhang clearly remembered that in order to awaken the thick earth God, he spent several drops of jade spirit liquid, and a group of earth essence.


    Now there are only two drops of jade soul liquid. I don''t know if it''s enough.


    Before the thick earth God will leave, Mingyan told Meng Zhang. His process of awakening the remnant soul of the Dharma protector was not done overnight. He asked Meng Zhang to delay his action as long as possible until he came back.


    Originally, although the action plan has been formulated, it still takes a long time to prepare for it.


    If Meng Zhang intends to delay, he can delay for a longer time.


    Meng Zhang came back from feihongzong less than a month ago and finally got good news. Wen qiansuan, who closed the customs and impacted the foundation period, finally successfully passed the customs.


    From then on, Wen Qian was a friar in the foundation period, and a senior general was added to Taiyi gate again.

 Chapter 289

    Wen qiansuan''s success in building the foundation this time was really beyond the expectation of many people in the door.


    Wen Qian started his practice so late, even if his qualification was good, he had spent too much time until his Qi refining was complete, and he almost reached the ultimate age for friars to build a foundation.


    He didn''t have enough time to polish his Qi. He didn''t have enough precipitation. He put all his eggs in one basket and made progress bravely, which really made him succeed.


    In the case of not being favored by others, wenqiansuan''s ultimate success is not only due to luck, but also wenqiansuan''s own efforts and perseverance.


    In fact, Wen Qian had already spent his 60th birthday during the period of seclusion.


    According to the common sense of the cultivation world, after the friar is 60 years old, he can hardly successfully build a foundation.


    But Wen Qian broke this common sense and created a great miracle with a strong heart and determination to move forward.


    Of course, the cultivation world with extraordinary power is a world where miracles will happen.


    After Wen qiansuan succeeded in building the foundation, he was not busy going through the customs. He just reported the news of his successful breakthrough to the door and continued to practice.


    He built the foundation this time. Yang Xueyi lent him the foundation pill, but it played a decisive role.


    Wen qiansuan took the foundation building pill. Now he needs to take time to slowly discharge the erysipelas and consolidate his accomplishments.


    Wen qiansuan''s cultivation this time is different from the time of impact foundation construction. It is not closed, but can still communicate with the outside world.


    Meng Zhang engraved a copy of the list given to him by feihongzi and handed it to Wen qiansuan.


    He asked Wen Qian to choose two useful magic tools on it as a gift for him.


    Wen qiansuan has just built the foundation, and it is too late to cultivate various mysteries and master many means of friars during the foundation building period. Then we can only rely on magic tools to improve his combat effectiveness.


    Wen qian can build a foundation at this critical moment. God bless Taiyi gate.


    If you have more combat power during the foundation period, you will have more assurance of victory.


    After Meng Zhang returned from Feihong sect, he was not idle, but began to cultivate a small magic power - Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    Friars of the golden elixir can cultivate real magical powers. Before that, those who practiced truth were called small supernatural powers or pseudo supernatural powers.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword is a small magical power with great lethality among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang from the place of trial.


    The complete Liangyi Tongtian sword is a powerful magic power that can be used for fighting among Jindan real people. What Meng Zhang is practicing now is the front version of the complete version, which can be regarded as the castration version.


    Even the castrated version of Liangyi Tongtian sword needs to meet specific conditions before you can start cultivating.


    The cultivation in the middle of foundation construction is the basic requirement, and there needs to be enough pure yin-yang evil Qi. There are higher requirements for the qualification and understanding of practitioners.


    Meng Zhang now happens to have all these seemingly harsh conditions.


    After the beginning of cultivation, Meng Zhang slowly incorporated the yin-yang evil Qi in the evil Qi stone into his body bit by bit, and then mixed it with the real Qi in his body with a special method.


    Every drop of evil Qi into his body will stimulate his body and make his meridians extremely painful, as if someone was scraping his flesh and bones with a knife.


    Meng Zhang can endure the physical pain.


    He was too careful to be distracted by the pain. Underground evil Qi contains a lot of turbid Qi. If it is not handled properly, it will pollute the real Qi in the body.


    At that time, not only will the cultivation fall sharply, but also it will take a lot of time to slowly purify the true Qi.


    When Meng Zhang was cultivating Liangyi Tongtian sword, he was in danger. After a lot of effort, he broke through many passes.


    The only problem now is that Meng Zhang is worried that this pile of evil Qi stones is not enough.


    Meng Zhang got a lot of evil Qi stones from Feihong sect. The big ones are the size of a head and the small ones are only the size of a fist.


    It looks like a lot, but it doesn''t really work.


    With the rapid consumption of the evil Qi stone, Meng Zhang''s small magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword also began to get started slowly.


    Fei hongzong''s action against Lin quanguan is determined to win and will never allow failure. We mobilized a lot of forces and made full preparations in advance to ensure that there were no omissions.


    Meng Zhang wanted to delay time, so he often complained and came up with a lot of difficulties.


    According to the agreement reached between the two sides, feihongzong secretly supported many materials of taiyimen. But Meng Zhang always shouted that it was not enough and kept asking for more materials from Feihong Zong.


    The talismans and magic tools used for fighting and the elixir used for healing are secretly sent from Feihong sect to Taiyi gate.


    This time, Taiyi sect rushed ahead to face Linquan temple. The disciples of Taiyi sect must bleed. Meng ZhangCai would not be polite to Feihong sect.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not insatiable and has no bottom line. It really angered feihongzong. The two sides beat and scattered. It was taiyimen who really suffered.


    Meng Zhang carefully tested feihongzi''s psychological bottom line, asked for materials bit by bit, and tried not to completely annoy him.


    Of course, taiyimen is really preparing for war.


    More disciples were temporarily recruited into the battle hall and conducted various special training under the guidance of Meng Zhang.


    The disciples began to practice magic, and the training intensity of actual combat methods became more and more intense.


    More disciples were gathered and began to practice the war law array. They should learn to cooperate with each other and be familiar with working together against the enemy.


    Of course, Taiyi door is tight inside and loose outside.


    Internal preparations for the war are in full swing, and the external situation is still peaceful and peaceful.


    While Taiyi gate was preparing for the war, the skillful gate and Feihong sect were not idle.


    Even the Shi family, pursued and killed by Feihong sect for many years, joined the alliance.


    Shi family, as the remnant of Zijin sect, has a deep blood feud with Feihong sect.


    But I don''t know what price feihongzong paid, but I still let the Shi family give up their hatred and fight for feihongzong.


    When Meng Zhang heard the news, he couldn''t help sighing in his heart. In the cultivation world, the power of hatred can not offset the power of interest.


    As long as feihongzong is willing to offer, any deep hatred will be thrown aside.


    It has a close relationship with Feihong sect. It can almost be regarded as the Qingzhu mountain subordinate to Feihong sect. It can obey the orders of Feihong sect at any time.


    Although Fei hongzong did not directly attack Lin quanguan in this action, the four forces of Taiyi gate, Qiaoshou gate, Shijia and Qingzhu mountain started together, so that Lin quanguan could not escape.


    On the side of Lin Quan view, there are only hardcore supporters of Lin Shan school. But without preparation, you may not have time to respond.


    Even in the face-to-face battle, the four forces work together, and their strength has exceeded Lin quanguan.


    Although Meng Zhang deliberately delayed, the operation began as planned.

 Chapter 290

    When several zongmen, such as taiyimen, were making preparations for the war, Fei hongzong took the first step.


    Immortal Feitian, the oldest Jindan immortal of Feihong sect, personally sent a letter to invite immortal Guangzhi of Lin Quan temple and immortal flame of dihuomen to discuss important matters.


    In order to show sincerity, immortal Feitian went to the appointment alone, and put the meeting place on the territory of Mobei Qi family.


    Immortal Feitian has a high prestige in Feihong sect. It can be said that he is the giant tree of Feihong sect. And this man is famous for his words and deeds.


    During the last sand monster rebellion, immortal Feitian offered to make peace with immortal Guangzhi and invited immortal Guangzhi to help the war.


    In order to win the trust of real Guangzhi, he made a heart devil oath in front of real Qi Nanfei and promised that he would never take the opportunity to hurt real Guangzhi.


    When calming the chaos of sand monsters, immortal Feitian did what he said. It not only provides three-level spiritual pulse for Guangzhi immortal to practice, but also compares its treatment with that of Jindan immortal in Feihong sect.


    After the chaos of sand monsters subsided, immortal Feitian not only didn''t embarrass immortal Guangzhi, but also offered the promised reward.


    In Feihong sect, many people are very dissatisfied with this. They secretly talk about immortal Feitian, saying that he is getting older, but his courage is getting smaller and smaller. Instead of nipping the threat of Guangzhi immortal in the bud, he openly funded the enemy.


    If Immortal Feitian didn''t have too high prestige and too old seniority, maybe someone would openly question him.


    In fact, more and more disciples of Feihong sect began to criticize him.


    Flying immortal is so sincere this time. Guangzhi immortal and flame immortal are really hard to shirk.


    Although the relationship between Lin quanguan, dihuomen and feihongzong is delicate, people with clear eyes know that sooner or later the two sides will embark on the road of hostility.


    But now, both sides have not torn their faces and are trying their best to maintain superficial peace.


    Especially for Lin quanguan and dihuomen, there is a huge gap with Feihong sect. The longer it takes to break with Feihong sect, the better.


    In this case, Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal can''t help but give face to Feitian immortal.


    On the appointed day, immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming kept the appointment on time and came to the place where they had made an appointment in advance.


    Immortal Feitian of feihongzong has been waiting here for a long time. In the distance, the two golden elixirs of the Qi family peeped secretly.


    But on the side of Feihong sect, no one came here except immortal Feitian.


    After meeting, Guangzhi and flaming immortal were a little relieved.


    Immortal Feitian didn''t set up an ambush here. He really has something important to discuss.


    Immortal Feitian''s attitude is very kind, and he completely regards them as younger generation.


    He said frankly that after the chaos of sand monsters was settled, the monsters in the Gobi began to be dishonest again. In particular, the third-order monster in the depths of the Gobi is a little ready to move.


    Experienced the chaos of sand monsters, the endless sand sea cultivation world suffered heavy losses. If the monster makes trouble, it needs the concerted efforts of all sects to fight the enemy together.


    Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal naturally promised and said a lot of good words.


    If everyone is a Terran cultivator, we should naturally join forces with the outside world. We must not let monsters wreak havoc on people


    Flying immortal took the opportunity to propose that the three go to the Gobi of evil wind together to investigate the dynamics of evil beasts, so as to prepare their families for response.


    Seeing the obvious hesitation of Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal, Feitian immortal took out a ghost oath book that had been prepared for a long time.


    He was willing to make a ghost oath, which would never be detrimental to them, and tried his best to protect their safety.


    He was caught by immortal Feitian in words, and immortal Feitian was so sincere that neither Guangzhi nor flame could refuse. Moreover, they are really a little curious about the trend of Gobi monsters.


    But they still have great doubts in their hearts.


    In desperation, the two shamelessly put forward a series of conditions. Immortal Feitian agreed to this series of conditions without too much entanglement.


    Finally, through this oath, the three made a ghost oath to ensure that these conditions could be implemented.


    After making the ghost oath, immortal Feitian immediately became their most trusted ally.


    After each explained to the door, immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming accompanied immortal Feitian to the Gobi of evil wind to investigate the trend of evil beasts.


    This matter was not kept secret and soon spread in endless sand sea.


    How touching it is that three golden elixirs from different sects go deep into the tiger''s den together for the great righteousness of the human race.


    Almost all practitioners believe that through this cooperation, the relationship between the three families has become closer.


    As long as there is no hostility among the three sects, the endless sand sea will remain peaceful for a long time to come.


    Only Meng Zhang and a few other people knew that feihongzong began to do it.


    Next, there will be the beginning of a series of wars.


    Before the war, Meng Zhang came to feihongzong for the last time and secretly met feihongzi.


    At feihongzi''s place, Meng Zhang met Gu Tanghai, aunt Jin and qingzhuzi.


    This was the last time they met before the war. They discussed all the details of the action to make sure it was safe.


    Seeing Gu Tanghai, Meng Zhang still sighed in his heart. This person is really a character. The hatred of the family for hundreds of years said to put it down and turned around and joined the enemy''s camp.


    I don''t know what price feihongzi paid to impress Gu Tanghai and let him get on the boat of feihongzong.


    When facing qingzhuzi, Meng Zhang was somewhat unnatural.


    After all, in the previous wars, the two sides can be said to have forged a deep sea of blood.


    Green bamboo has been cold with a face, turning a blind eye to Meng Zhang, Gu Tanghai and others. But when facing feihongzi, he immediately changed his flattering expression, which was like a pug begging for mercy.


    Feihongzi doesn''t care much about the gratitude and resentment between qingzhuzi and the other three people. As long as several people can work together to deal with Lin quanguan.


    Meng Zhang thought that green bamboo was too eye-catching. When fighting with Lin quanguan, should I hook up with aunt Jin and others and take the opportunity to get rid of this guy.


    The thought of cheating people turned in his heart. On the surface, Meng Zhang didn''t show it at all.


    After discussion, when everyone left, Meng Zhang stopped feihongzi.


    He told feihongzi that Wen qiansuan of Taiyi gate had just built a foundation and was ready to follow the orders of Feihong Zong and join the battle against Linquan temple.


    However, Wen qiansuan''s cultivation is shallow. When he comes to the battlefield, he can''t help, but his life is in danger.


    For the sake of Wen qiansuan''s loyalty to Fei hongzong, can Fei Hongzi have mercy on one or two and lend Wen qiansuan two or three magic tools for self-defense, so that Wen qiansuan won''t die in vain.

 Chapter 291

    Wen Qian is a small matter of life and death. It''s bad to miss the event of Feihong sect.


    While Meng Zhang said these words, he handed the list to Fei Hongzi and circled the magic weapon selected by Wen qiansuan.


    Feihongzi immediately laughed at Meng Zhang''s shameless anger.


    The list he gave was at least second-order items. There are many treasures. No matter how much you spend, you can''t buy them.


    Before that, feihongzong supported taiyimen with a large number of materials.


    Although these war materials are first-class, they can''t stand a large amount. With the income of taiyimen, it is impossible to afford these materials without eating or drinking for three or five years. Besides, even if taiyimen can get enough Lingshi, there is no channel for bulk purchase.


    Let''s not talk about the spirit objects that feihongzi first gave to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude of regarding Fei hongzong as his own warehouse and taking whatever he wants is a little irritating to Fei Hongzi.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang immediately bowed down and said a lot of good words.


    In short, it means that Meng Zhang asked for these things not for personal gain. But in order to enhance the combat effectiveness of taiyimen and better complete the tasks assigned by feihongzong.


    Finally, feihongzi was entangled by the shameless Meng Zhang. He had no choice but to endure nausea and throw three magic weapons to him.


    Feihongzi, who has been cold faced, didn''t know that he thanked him for talking nonsense for a long time before he left there.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang handed the three magic tools to Wen qiansuan, asking him to seize the time to refine, so as not to catch up with the upcoming war.


    One of the three magic tools is a jade array plate. When arranging many Dharma arrays, the power of the Dharma array can be greatly improved by using the sapphire array plate as the hub.


    Especially when arranging the array on the battlefield, use the sapphire array plate to quickly arrange the array.


    The original purpose of the thick earth God general is to awaken other Dharma protectors and increase the combat effectiveness of taiyimen.


    However, he has been inside and can''t come out. If he delays too long, he may miss the war.


    If Wen qiansuan had not just succeeded in building the foundation, taiyimen would not have increased its combat effectiveness this time, but would have lost its combat effectiveness during the foundation building period.


    Meng Zhang secretly hoped that the thick earth God would do well and come out early. Even if he can''t wake up a new Dharma protector, it''s enough as long as he can fight.


    Outside, feihongzong''s plan is going on step by step.


    Shortly after the three immortals entered the Gobi, there was a big dispute between tuxingmen and dihuomen because of an underground mineral.


    Like dihuomen, tuxingmen is nominally a vassal of Feihong sect, but it has great independence and is more like a vassal.


    The disciples of the earthbound sect are proficient in earthbound magic, especially the art of earthly escape.


    In the endless sand sea, the earth gate is a famous sect that is good at digging holes.


    They give full play to their own skills, often sneak into the underground to explore, and from time to time they can have a lot of harvest.


    Later, many sects and families would hire earthbound men to explore on their own territory.


    In particular, some Xiuzhen forces with few hands often hand over their own minerals to the earth gate for mining, and they just sit and wait for dividends.


    Tuxingmen has mined a large number of minerals and is one of the largest mineral suppliers in the endless sand sea.


    With the passage of time, tuxingmen is not satisfied with only providing mineral materials, but began to vigorously cultivate the smelters in the door and want to become a smelter like dihuomen.


    In this way, there is a conflict of interest between the earth gate and the earth fire gate.


    The cause of this dispute is very simple. The disciples of dihuomen and Tuxing men found a red copper mine at the junction of the two zongmen almost at the same time.


    The two sides refused to give in to each other and claimed that the red copper mine belonged to their own clan.


    From the beginning of the dispute, it soon developed into shouting abuse.


    Dihuo sect disciples are grumpy and easily angered.


    In a rage, the disciples of the earth fire sect started first.


    Once you start, the intensity of the dispute can''t be controlled. After a scuffle, both sides were killed and injured.


    Tuxing sect thinks that the disciples of Dihuo sect start first and reason on their own side.


    So tuxingmen asked that dihuomen must give up this piece of red copper mine and hand over the wounded disciples.


    Before the flame immortal knot Dan, the dihuomen is a thorn that no one dares to provoke. Only the fire gate bullies others, and no one else can ride on the fire gate.


    Since the flame immortal knot Dan, the earth fire gate has become the jindanzong gate.


    Although the earthfire sect disciples deliberately kept a low profile and forcibly suppressed their temper due to the instructions of immortal flaming, they have been honest all the time.


    But deep down, the disciples of the earth fire sect have great pride.


    Now the earth gate puts forward such a request, and the earth fire gate will not agree.


    You are a group of earth mice in the earth gate. Do you really think you are the Feihong sect. Trying to bully the fire gate is beyond our ability.

 Chapter 292

    The dispute between tuxingmen and dihuomen became more and more intense, and the disciples of both sides had large-scale conflicts many times.


    Later, the top leaders of the two families began to intervene.


    In fact, some of the high-rise buildings of the dihuomen have great doubts. Why dare to challenge the dihuomen when it is just a Tuxing gate and a Jizong gate.


    Not to mention the golden elixir immortal flame, the strength of the earth fire gate itself is much stronger than that of the earth line gate.


    However, after the flame immortal entered the Gobi, the high-level inside the door could not contact him for the time being, so naturally he could not listen to his opinions.


    Moreover, most of the elders and disciples of dihuomen are grumpy and have a quick temper. It''s OK when flame immortal is here. He can suppress the crowd.


    The flaming immortal is not in the door. Even the leader can''t suppress the anger in the door.


    A few rational people feel that something is strange and want to calm everyone down, but they can''t do it at all.


    There is a long boundary between the earth gate and the earth fire gate, and there have been some disputes about the boundary in the past. However, because there are no major interests involved, the two sides can make big things small and small things.


    Now a large area of red copper mine is involved, and there has been a bloody conflict between the two sides, killing and wounding many disciples. That thing must not be good.


    Both patriarchal clans began to send troops to increase their strength at the border. Seeing this, the war between the two major Gates was imminent.


    Affected by this, the surrounding situation became extremely tense, and even in huojingfang City, there was chaos.


    The side of dihuomen was involved in the conflict, and Lin quanguan was not idle.


    Almost at the same time of the conflict between dihuomen and Tuxing gate, Lin quanguan received the news that the territory of the golden sword gate had been invaded by monsters.


    There are not many monsters in the endless sand sea. Only in the Gobi, there are a large number of monsters.


    Jindaomen originally borders on the Gobi of evil wind. These monsters are likely to come from the Gobi of evil wind.


    After the decline of the golden Dao gate, the skillful hand gate and the Taiyi gate joined hands to form a coalition to enter the territory of the golden Dao gate and occupy the Mountain Gate of the golden Dao gate.


    Later, the two zongmen took the initiative to give up the Mountain Gate of jindaomen to Linquan temple.


    In addition to seizing the opportunity to occupy some territories originally bordering jindaomen and obtain some minerals, most of the territory of jindaomen fell into the hands of Linquan temple.


    Now monsters are invading the territory of the golden Sabre gate, and Lin Quan Temple bears the brunt.


    In order to find out the specific situation, Taoist Guangde of Lin Quan Temple stationed at the Mountain Gate of jindaomen went to investigate in person.


    On this day, more than 200 miles away from the gate of jindaomen mountain, in a small valley sandwiched by hills, Taoist Guangde was in a hard struggle.


    Three second-order monsters surrounded him. They were doing everything they could to surround him.


    A huge vulture fell from the sky, almost covering the huge figure in the whole sky. Like a hill, it fiercely pressed on Taoist Guangde.


    On the ground, a lizard was hard in front of Taoist Guangde, just like a wild bull running around, forcing Taoist Guangde to retreat.


    Although these two frontal attacking monsters seem to be threatening, Taoist Guangde''s main attention is not on them.


    A little black snake swam along the ground. The body is so flexible that people can''t keep up with its movements.


    In the face of such a seemingly insignificant snake, Taoist Guangde was like a great enemy, trembling for fear of being stuck by it.


    After a fierce battle, Taoist Guangde first scratched a deep bone wound on his back by the sharp claws of vultures. Then he was hit by the lizard''s tail and his whole body was pulled out.


    Taoist Guangde, who was gushing blood in the air, actually took advantage of the opportunity to fly away.


    Seeing Taoist Guangde running away, three second-order monsters immediately chased up.


    Taoist Guangde ran for his life very fast. Except for the vulture, the other two second-order monsters couldn''t catch up with him.


    But the power of vultures alone cannot keep Taoist Guangde.


    Taoist Guangde escaped at the cost of serious injury.


    Seeing the figure of Taoist Guangde disappear in the sky, two figures flew out of the dark.


    Gu Tanghai stood respectfully on a man with a scarred face and said, "the skill of beast king mountain is really extraordinary. The spirit beast domesticated by brother Qiu is even more powerful and invincible."


    The scar faced man didn''t take care of Tang Hai''s words, but gently whistled. Three heads were killing the second-order monster of Taoist Guangde. They immediately gave up the chase and ran to his feet.


    Gu Tanghai didn''t feel embarrassed because of the other party''s attitude at all. Instead, he said to himself: "Taoist Guangde is not famous, but he is also a strong man in Linquan temple."


    The scar faced man snorted disdainfully.


    "The people on this side of the endless sand sea are so ignorant that they even regard this kind of goods as strong. If I didn''t intend to release water, the three little babies could easily kill him."


    "That''s right. Brother Qiu''s spirit beast is by no means an easy generation..."


    The man with scar face interrupted Gu Tanghai directly without waiting for him to finish.


    "Well, I''ll do what I promised feihongzi. The debt is over, and we won''t owe each other in the future. Tell the old guy not to bother me in the future."


    Before the words fell, the man with scar face put away his three monsters and flew away.


    The other party is so impolite, but Gu Tanghai can only smile bitterly.


    Beast king mountain is a great spiritual sect located in the south of Jiuqu League. It is famous for being good at feeding and controlling all kinds of monsters. In terms of strength, it is far above Feihong sect.


    Beast king mountain has a stronghold in the endless sand sea, which specializes in stocking some monsters suitable for desert environment.


    The stronghold of beast king mountain never interferes in the internal affairs of the endless sand sea, and is too lazy to pay attention to all kinds of disputes.


    Of course, no sect, including Feihong sect, dared to provoke beast king mountain.


    The scarred faced man, named Qiu Minggang, is a disciple of the beast king mountain stationed in the endless sand sea.


    When Qiu Minggang went to the Gobi to catch a monster, he once owed the favor of Feihong sect.


    This time, feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong, came to the door to beg. In order to repay the favor, he had to violate the door rules of beast king mountain and secretly intervene in the endless disputes in the sand sea.


    Although Qiu Minggang has a bad temper, he is a character with clear gratitude and resentment. I promised feihongzi and basically did everything in place.


    He wasted a lot of energy to drive a large number of monsters to harass the territory of the golden sword gate, creating the illusion of a large-scale invasion of monsters.


    Taoist Guangde came to investigate intelligence and was ambushed by three second-order monsters he kept.


    In this way, Taoist Guangde should believe that there are indeed powerful demon beasts rushing out of the Gobi to attack the territory of the golden Sabre gate.

 Chapter 293

    Taoist Guangde''s reaction did not surprise feihongzi.


    After escaping back to the Mountain Gate of Jindao gate, he opened the mountain protection array to be careful. At the same time, he sent what happened here back to Linquan temple with a messenger.


    Jindaomen is a large territory with several oases and some minerals. Not to mention the golden sword gate, which is also located on a second-order spirit vein.


    Lin quanguan will definitely not give up here easily and allow monsters to rage.


    Moreover, who can guarantee that the monster will not spread in other directions after attacking the territory of jindaomen.


    Since Lin quanguan has replaced Shuangfeng Valley and become the overlord of this area, it must bear the responsibility of overlord.


    I think that Feihong Zong has long said that the monsters in the Gobi have changed, and Guangzhi immortal followed Feitian immortal into the Gobi to investigate the trend of monsters.


    Here at Lin Quan temple, it is basically confirmed that the monster attacking this time is from the Gobi of evil wind.


    Taoist priest Guanghui, the leader of Linquan temple, personally sent a letter to Feihong Zong, informing him of the massive attack of Gobi monsters.


    At the same time, Taoist Guanghui ordered all vassal forces to summon their elite forces to gather and prepare for war with monsters.


    The three golden elixirs broke into the Gobi of evil wind. The third-order monsters of the Gobi of evil wind should have no time to separate and attack here.


    It should only be a group led by some second-order monsters to attack the territory of jindaomen.


    After gathering the strength of the major vassal forces, Lin quanguan could fight a war.


    The gathering place chosen by Taoist Guanghui is the Mountain Gate of the original golden knife gate.


    There is a second-order spiritual pulse here, and there is a mountain protection array arranged by the golden sword gate for many years.


    After various forces gather, they can attack and defend. Relying on the mountain protection array, even if you lose the battle, you can have a way back.


    Because the enemy situation is not very clear, in order to ensure sufficient mobility, so that we can retreat in time when the war situation is unfavorable.


    Therefore, instead of sending a large number of disciples in the Qi refining period, Lin quanguan mainly sent out friars in the foundation period.


    Under Taoist priest Guanghui, Taoist priest Guanghong, Taoist priest Guangquan and Taoist priest Guangrui all went out with their leaders.


    In addition to the Taoist priest Guangde who was originally stationed at the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, there are five friars in the foundation period. Except for Taoist priest Guanghui and Taoist priest Guangrui who were in the middle of foundation building, the other three were monks in the early stage of foundation building.


    Lin Shan school has always been a staunch vassal of Lin Quan view, and first responded to the call of Lin Quan view. Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo, two friars during the foundation period, were the first to arrive at the Mountain Gate of the golden knife gate.


    Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate also took orders to fight, but they all tried to delay for their own reasons.


    Taiyi gate is here because Meng Zhang wants to wait for the thick earth God to leave the spiritual eye. But the thick earth God will never come out, and he has no way.


    On the other side of the skillful hand gate, because Aunt Jin is practicing a secret method and is at a critical juncture, she still needs to delay for a few days.


    Since the monster attacked Taoist Guangde last time, there has been no further action.


    Therefore, Taoist Guanghui was not in a hurry for the time being and allowed Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate to be a few days late. Of course, the war is imminent, and neither sect can delay too long.


    At feihongzong, after receiving the letter from Taoist Guanghui, feihongzi wrote a reply in person.


    In the letter, he told the Taoist priest Guanghui that feihongzong could not send anyone to support Lin quanguan for the time being, but he had ordered Qingzhu mountain to go out to fully support the Taoist priest Guanghui.


    Sure enough, not long after feihongzi''s reply arrived, qingzhuzi, the leader of Qingzhu mountain, and Zhujian, the elder in the door rushed to the territory of jindaomen.


    Qingzhu mountain''s performance of ignoring past grievances and focusing on the overall situation of the Terran makes Guanghui road grow up satisfied and full of praise.


    Almost at the same time, Gu Tanghai just made Shi Changqing live in a secret room in mingshafang city.


    Shi Changqing could not move or speak, but looked at Gu Tanghai fiercely with angry eyes.


    Gu Tanghai is not the blood of the Shi family, but the redundant son-in-law of the Shi family.


    After joining Shijia, because of his excellent qualification, he was trained by Shijia since childhood.


    At first, Gu Tanghai was loyal to the Shi family. But after Gu Tanghai built his foundation, his mind changed.


    Gu Tanghai regards Shijia as his tool and manipulates Shijia only to obtain greater benefits.


    Shi Changqing is an infatuated man who only knows how to refine pills. He seldom cares about the affairs of the Shi family.


    Gu Tanghai''s cultivation is high and his ability is outstanding. He can easily grasp the power of the Shi family.


    His wife of the Shi Family in the gas refining period had already sat down, and he also broke his biggest tie with the Shi family.


    All he does now is to his advantage. He doesn''t care about the past grievances of the Shi family.


    Fei hongzong didn''t know how to detect this situation, so he tried to buy Gu Tanghai and let him fall to Fei hongzong.


    But Shi Changqing always remembers the blood feud between the Shi family and Feihong sect for hundreds of years and refuses to take refuge in Feihong sect.


    The action has begun. We can''t let Shi Changqing spoil the big event. But Shi Changqing, a second-class alchemist, still has great use value, and Gu Tanghai can''t kill him easily.


    Therefore, Gu Tanghai can only temporarily control him and send his cronies to take strict care of him. After the war, he will deal with him slowly.


    After Gu Tanghai left the secret room, he saw Shi Weida who was a little restless outside.


    Gu Tanghai didn''t say much, so he took Shi weidafei away.


    Although Shi Weida is a member of the Shi family, he has followed Gu Tanghai in practice since childhood. He was able to get the foundation pill because of Gu Tanghai''s efforts.


    Therefore, Shi Weida obeyed Gu Tanghai and did not dare to disobey him at all.


    Qingzhu mountain is the farthest away, but qingzhuzi and his wife are the first to reach the golden Dao gate. Then Gu Tanghai and Shi Weida arrived there.


    Several days have passed, and Meng Zhang can no longer delay.


    In desperation, he had to give up waiting for the thick earth God general, take Qian Suan and Yang Xueyi, drive a flying boat and fly to the Mountain Gate of the golden sword gate.


    The Mountain Gate of jindaomen is only hundreds of miles away from Fuzhao valley. With the flying speed of a first-order flying boat, you can reach your destination in less than a day.


    Meng Zhang and others set out early in the morning. In the afternoon, they had come to a place less than 100 miles from the Mountain Gate of jindaomen.


    Suddenly, a strong sense of fear rushed into Meng Zhang''s heart.


    He felt his heart beat faster and his whole body trembled uncontrollably.


    Meng Zhang once had this familiar feeling.


    That was the last time when the sand monster was attacked. Before Liu Dajin, the elder of the Liu family, assassinated him, he had a similar feeling.


    But the feeling this time is much stronger than last time. He felt an inexplicable panic in his heart and almost wanted to escape here immediately.


    Yang Xueyi, who accompanied Meng Zhang, saw something wrong and was about to ask. Meng Zhang suddenly shouted,


    "Stop, stop now."

 Chapter 294

    Hearing Meng Zhang''s loud cry, the disciples who drove the flying boat immediately stopped the flying boat in the air.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s sense of panic weakened a little.


    Meng Zhang tried to control his state and forced himself to calm down.


    He already knew what it was like.


    This is his unique whim ability as a secret master.


    Every time this feeling occurs, it means that a huge crisis is coming. A deadly disaster will befall you.


    The feeling this time is stronger than last time, and it will be more difficult to get through this crisis safely.


    Meng Zhang reminded Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan to be on guard and pay attention to the movement around them.


    Meng Zhang slowly calmed down and began to think about why he encountered a crisis.


    He is now on his way to the golden knife gate, and no one attacked him on the way. According to his guess, the crisis is mostly in the golden knife gate.


    Is there any problem with the joint encirclement and suppression of Lin quanguan by several forces this time?


    No, this action plan has been planned by all parties for so long to ensure that there are no loopholes.


    After various forces gather at the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, taiyimen and other forces will immediately attack Lin Quan temple and Lin Shan sect.


    The strength of several forces has far exceeded that of Lin quanguan and Lin Shan sect. Not to mention, taiyimen also prepared dark hands.


    After the skillful hand gate and Taiyi gate occupied the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, they took the initiative to give the Mountain Gate of jindaomen to Linquan temple.


    After taking over jindaomen Mountain Gate, Lin quanguan still used the mountain protection array originally arranged by jindaomen.


    After hundreds of years of operation of jindaomen, this mountain protection array has long been arranged almost flawlessly.


    If Lin quanguan wants to re arrange a mountain protection array, it will consume a lot of human and material resources.


    Master the control center of the mountain protection array, and have the array disk in hand. Lin quanguan, who thinks he has completely controlled the mountain protection array, is relieved to continue to use the mountain protection array.


    However, Lin quanguan never expected that after taiyimen controlled the mountain protection array, the thick earth God secretly set several loopholes in the mountain protection array together with Wen qiansuan, who is proficient in the way of array.


    The experienced thick earth God is absolutely flawless. Those weak chicken array mages in Lin quanguan can''t find these loopholes at all.


    When it''s time to start, the array talent of Wen qiansuan can take advantage of these loopholes and seize the control of the mountain protection array.


    With the help of the mountain protection array, those people in Lin quanguan have no chance of winning.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang arranged these dark hands, but he was a little unconvinced. He was unhappy that Lin quanguan didn''t have any strength, but he wanted to occupy most of the benefits of the golden Dao gate.


    He didn''t think too much, but instinctively ambushed Lin quanguan.


    Later, when he had to join Feihong sect and began to design Linquan temple. The dark hand left inadvertently at the beginning has become a masterstroke.


    Because of this, the value of taiyimen increased greatly and improved feihongzi''s original plan. Only then did feihongzi have much patience with Meng Zhang.


    After taking advantage of the favorable weather, place and people, there is still a whim warning. There must be something you don''t know about.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang is a master of heaven''s secrets. He has the ability of whim and can get early warning in advance.


    Otherwise, it will be too late to find that the situation is wrong when you really wait for the place.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t figure out what the problem was. If Meng Zhang wanted to calculate with the magic of heaven, he was in an uneasy mood, and it was difficult to calm down completely for the time being.


    Meng Zhang had an inexplicable sense of urgency in his heart. It seemed that as long as he didn''t act, something would be irreparable.


    There must be something wrong.


    I calculated aunt Jin with Dayan''s divine calculation last time. She has no malice towards taiyimen and should be trusted.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang took out a messenger flying sword.


    This is what feihongzi prepared for everyone before the action.


    At least the second-order flying sword can be used as a messenger flying sword.


    In such a barren land as endless sand sea, some poor friars in the early days of foundation construction may not be able to have a second-order flying sword.


    Therefore, the messenger flying sword is still a rare thing.


    Among the Feihong sect, apart from the golden elixir immortal, there are only a few high-level sects who can afford to use the messenger flying sword.


    This action is very important. Feihongzi prepared a messenger flying sword for each force so that they can communicate in time in case of emergency.


    Meng Zhang''s message in the summoning flying sword is very simple, that is to tell Aunt Jin to put down everything at hand and come to meet him as soon as possible. Meng Zhang repeatedly stressed that there must be no delay.


    After injecting Qi, the messenger flying sword automatically flew out into the distance, turned into streamer and disappeared in the sky.


    The messenger is not only much faster than the messenger flying sword, but also easy to be intercepted, and the scope of the messenger is not large.


    If the target is moving at high speed, it is also easy to lose the target.


    The messenger flying sword has a certain spirit and can spontaneously search for the target of the messenger in a large range.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let down his heart after the flying sword flew out.


    If aunt Jin and others have entered the golden knife gate, everything will be irreparable. Only the taiyimen family is left outside. It''s absolutely hard to cry alone.


    After the messenger flying sword was sent out for a while, a first-order flying boat engraved with the sign of skillful hand gate flew here from a distance.


    Looking at the skilful flying boat, Meng ZhangCai was a little relieved.


    After a while, the skilful hand gate flying boat stopped next to the taiyimen flying boat. Aunt Jin flew to Meng Zhang with aunt Jin and a male friar.


    This male friar, named Jin wengbo, is the most outstanding male friar of the skillful sect.


    All along, the skillful sect is dominated by female monks. Not only are the middle and upper levels of the gate basically female practitioners, but also aunt Jin is a strong female in the middle of the foundation.


    Male friars have never been prominent in the skillful craftsmanship, and they do not have a high status.


    Jin wengbo is an exception. As a male practitioner, it''s not suitable to practice the most advanced skill of the skillful sect. But he had another adventure outside. He became a friar in the early days of foundation building. He also cultivated good skills in his life.


    Jin wengbo seldom appears in the skillful door. He is a card hidden by Aunt Jin. If the action against Lin quanguan was not of great importance, aunt Jin would not easily expose him.


    When receiving Meng Zhang''s message of flying sword, aunt Jin''s flying boat had flown to the foot of the Mountain Gate of jindaomen and was ready to go in.


    After reading Meng Zhang''s message, out of her trust in Meng Zhang, she ordered to turn around immediately and fly to Meng Zhang''s position under the guidance of messenger flying sword.

 Chapter 295

    Although out of her consistent trust in Meng Zhang, aunt Jin gave up her action and came here. But in her heart, there was a strong doubt.


    This action is very important. After aunt Jin''s unusual behavior was discovered by the audience in Linquan, it is likely to make them suspicious and expose the plan.


    If Meng Zhang can''t give her a satisfactory explanation, she will never spare Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stood alone at the head of the flying boat waiting for Aunt Jin to bring her.


    Looking at Aunt Jin, who flew in front of him, he said, "the situation is wrong. I suspect there has been a change in the jindaomen Mountain Gate. We may have an accident this time."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, aunt Jin stopped and her face became ugly.


    "Headmaster Meng, have you found anything wrong?"


    Aunt Jin Qi, who flew behind aunt Jin, asked anxiously.


    Meng Zhang shook his head. "I didn''t find any problem, but my intuition told me that there was a great risk in the golden knife gate."


    Meng Zhang certainly did not want to expose himself as a master of heavenly secrets. This is one of his most important cards. Even the elders in the door don''t know how to tell outsiders.


    "Intuition, it''s not a woman. What intuition."


    Aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi haven''t spoken yet. Jin wengbo has made a mockery of them.


    "Headmaster Meng, are you afraid? That''s why you talk casually and want to find an excuse to avoid the war."


    Jin Qigu looked at Jin wengbo a little displeased. Meng Zhang has saved her life, and now the two sides are still allies and have a close relationship. There is no need to hurt others and offend others for no reason.


    Aunt Jin kept silent. Although she was also dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement, she did not rashly deny it.


    Aunt Jin is the oldest and has been hanging around in the cultivation world for the longest time. She is well-informed.


    She remembered as if she had heard of it before. The cultivator has an invisible connection with this heaven and earth. Some practitioners who are gifted and sensitive are loved by heaven and earth. They have amazing intuition and can avoid many dangers.


    Although aunt Jin didn''t know that Meng Zhang had a top-grade spiritual root, she didn''t know that Meng Zhang was a Heavenly Master. However, judging from Meng Zhang''s performance over the years, this man is indeed extraordinary and can not be compared with ordinary practitioners.


    If Meng Zhang, like those legendary practitioners, has amazing intuition. Then his intuition can''t be easily ignored.


    Aunt Jin fell into thinking.


    Meng Zhang ignored Jin wengbo. The matter was urgent. It was not a time to haggle with him, and there was no time to waste on meaningless arguments.


    "Master, apart from you and me, the forces involved in this operation are Gu Tanghai and green bamboo mountain. How did master Fei Hongzi move Gu Tanghai?"


    Meng Zhang felt that there would be great risks in this action. There are only two possibilities.


    One possibility is that Lin quanguan has received an unknown strong reinforcement, which is enough to defeat the joint efforts of Meng Zhang and others.


    Another possibility is that there is something wrong with Meng Zhang. The news leaked out and Lin quanguan found out.


    If Lin quanguan had prepared in advance, he would firmly control the mountain protection array. With the help of the mountain protection array, you can also use less to win more and the weak to win the strong.


    Meng Zhang has experienced such a battle. When taiyimen and other sects fought against the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain, they used the protection array of mingshafang city to trap the enemy in the array, so as to win a complete victory.


    Although Wen qiansuan has mastered some loopholes in the mountain protection array of jindaomen Mountain Gate, he can only play a role if Linquan temple is not prepared.


    Meng Zhang could not guess whether Lin quanguan was reinforced. The first thing he should do is to eliminate his own internal problems.


    Thinking of the hundreds of years of hatred between the Shi family and Feihong sect, Meng Zhang doubted, "senior, over the green bamboo mountain, has green bamboo son ever made a ghost oath?"


    "What is the relationship between Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect? It can almost be regarded as a branch of Feihong sect. For hundreds of years, Qingzhu mountain has been obedient to Feihong sect. Where do you need any ghost oath to restrain it?"


    Aunt Jin first lost her smile, and then her voice became a little unnatural.


    She and Meng Zhang thought of a place.


    Because the skillful hand sect has some unknown connection with Feihong sect, Feihong Zi can trust aunt Jin without making a ghost oath.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Tanghai are outsiders. In order to ensure that they obey orders, they naturally need ghost oath to restrain them.


    As for Qingzhu mountain, feihongzi regards it as a trusted subordinate. It''s natural to order them to do things. There''s no ghost oath at all.


    Gu Tanghai is not a desperate man. He doesn''t dare to break the ghost oath easily. Aunt Jin stood in front of Meng Zhang again. The only object Meng Zhang suspects is Qingzhu mountain.


    "The ancestor of Qingzhu mountain comes from Feihong sect, and has been loyal to Feihong sect for hundreds of years. Shouldn''t there be any problem?" aunt Jin said with a little uncertainty.


    In the cultivation world, loyalty is the most unreliable thing. Meng Zhang never believed the nonsense of being loyal forever and forever.


    The reason why Qingzhu mountain is loyal to Feihong sect is that it is in the best interests of Qingzhu mountain, and the betrayal cost is too high.


    If there is enough interest temptation, it is hard to say whether Qingzhu mountain can be so loyal to Feihong sect.


    Although it has not been finalized, with a clear object of doubt, Meng Zhang''s heart is also slowly calming down.


    "We don''t have to be in a hurry now that the anti business is here. Let''s wait here and see what changes have taken place."


    Aunt Jin has chosen to come here to meet Meng Zhang instead of flying directly into the Mountain Gate of Jindao gate. Then she can only continue to trust Meng Zhang.


    Although Jin wengbo has some complaints about this, others have little to say, which can''t change Meng Zhang''s and aunt Jin''s decision.


    Two flying boats hovered in the air and waited quietly.


    Meng Zhang returned to the cabin and tried to calm his mind. He began to concentrate and try to maintain his state of mind.


    If you want to use Tianji to calculate, you must have enough peace of mind.


    Although Meng Zhang has excellent qualifications, his accomplishments have improved rapidly. But after all, I''m not old. I''m still a little short of heat in my Qi cultivation skills.


    A person''s Kung Fu of meditating and Nourishing Qi has little to do with his qualification. It takes a long time to accumulate and exercise slowly.


    When Meng Zhang can make Mount Tai collapse in front without changing color, the Qi Nourishing Kung Fu will be included in the door.


    If the heart is clear and the sky is not surprised, it is the realm he pursues.

 Chapter 296

    Two flying boats hovered in the air, very close, and there was no movement.


    After more than an hour, Meng Zhang felt that the state was almost adjusted, and was ready to start to perform Dayan divine calculation.


    One calculation chip flew out of his body and revolved around his body.


    With Meng Zhang''s hands constantly pinching the Yin formula, these calculations disappeared rapidly one by one.


    It has been more than half a year since Dayan''s divine calculation was performed last time. Meng Zhang has accumulated more than 200 chips.


    He is now calculating the good and bad luck of Gu Tanghai and Shi Weida.


    These two people have already reached the golden Dao gate. If the situation changes, most of them are already in danger at this time.


    The calculation cost less than half, and Meng Zhang got the desired result.


    Fierce, fierce. They were dead and dead.


    With this result, Meng Zhang, who should have been worried, was relieved.


    Since his Dayan divine calculation can calculate the result, it shows that the death of Gu Tanghai did not involve the power of the golden elixir level.


    As long as there is no real Jindan to stir up the situation, it is just a struggle between friars during the foundation period. As long as your side doesn''t take the initiative to step into the trap, no matter how bad the result is, it''s no problem to retreat.


    After completing a calculation, Meng Zhang needs time to slowly recover the consumed mental power.


    After meditating and adjusting his breath, he flew outside and came to the flying boat at the skillful hand gate.


    Aunt Jin sat cross legged at the head of the flying boat, her face calm and silent.


    Jin Qigu and Jin wengbo, who accompanied her, looked a little restless.


    Meng Zhang came to Aunt Jin without a word of nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    "Gu Tanghai and I have prepared in advance. We can use the secret method to explore each other''s life and death. But this secret method can''t be used easily."


    "Just now, I practiced this secret method. Gu Tanghai has died."


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to expose the fact that he is a Heavenly Master, so he can only make up an excuse temporarily.


    This excuse is not perfect, but it still has flaws.


    However, all three were overwhelmed by the earth shaking news. For a moment, I didn''t think carefully.


    Aunt Jin lived such a long time and had rich experience. She had seen many storms and waves and was the first to recover.


    "Are you sure?"


    "HMM." Meng Zhang nodded.


    "Since Gu Tanghai has died, there must be a trap in the golden Dao gate." aunt Jin said to herself.


    "What should we do?" asked aunt Jin anxiously.


    "We immediately returned to the skillful gate and stood by for help," Jin wengbo said.


    "The Mountain Gate of our skillful hand gate has been operated for hundreds of years, and it is definitely not so easy to be broken."


    Meng Zhang scolded a fool in his heart. This Jin wengbo was also a friar in the foundation period, but he didn''t nod his head.


    From the very beginning, Fei hongzong did not directly participate in the operation, but provided support secretly.


    No matter what the reason is, this is enough to explain the attitude of Feihong sect.


    At this time, the plan is not going well, and feihongzong is even less likely to intervene.


    As for returning to their own mountain gate, they are extremely stupid and selfish.


    In such a critical moment, the two sects are still taking care of themselves. They don''t know how to keep warm together. Isn''t it waiting to be broken by the enemy one by one?


    Aunt Jin is a wise old man. She can think of what Meng Zhang can think of.


    "We can''t separate. Together, we still have some resistance. After dispersion, we will only be broken by the enemy one by one."


    "Lin Quan Guan didn''t pursue us openly. Instead, he had to lay a trap and wait for us to deliver it to the door. This shows that Lin Quan Guan has no overwhelming advantage."


    "The outcome of this war is still unknown. We may not have the strength to fight."


    Meng Zhang nodded. What aunt Jin said was very reasonable.


    "We''ll wait here and see what cards Lin Quan Guan has." aunt Jin made up her mind.


    "Yes, that''s right. If the enemy is too strong, we can fight and retreat, return to a place and stick to it." Meng Zhang agreed.


    If the situation is too bad, Meng Zhang is ready to retreat all over the gate, give up the Taiyi gate and retreat to the skillful hand gate.


    With the joint efforts of the two sects, it defends the mountain gate which has been operated for hundreds of years. As long as there is no Jindan immortal involved, Lin quanguan is even stronger. If you want to break the mountain protection array, you can''t do it overnight.


    After discussing with aunt Jin, Meng Zhang returned to the flying boat.


    He informed Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan of the current situation, and then sent a messenger to inform the high-level inside the door to be ready for full retreat at any time.


    Taiyimen was already ready for the war. The disciples of the sect are ready to go out at any time.


    The crowd waited quietly for the next move of Lin Quan temple.


    After a long time, a messenger from Linquan Temple fell into the hands of Meng Zhang and aunt Jin.


    The feifu was sent by Taoist priest Guanghui, the leader of Linquan temple. The content in it was to scold the two sects of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate. They were slow and delayed.


    Taoist Guanghui specially warned in a stern tone that if the fighter plane is delayed due to the relationship between the two sects, resulting in the rampant monster, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin will be severely punished.


    It is known that there is a problem in the Mountain Gate of jindaomen. Meng Zhang and aunt Jin will not be fooled.


    However, these two communication flying symbols confirmed aunt Jin''s guess that Lin quanguan''s strength advantage was not so great.


    Meng Zhang calculated that if Qingzhu mountain really took refuge in Linquan temple, there would be at most more than ten monks in the foundation period on the side of Linquan temple without foreign reinforcements.


    Moreover, maybe Taoist Guanghui will leave several friars during the foundation period to guard the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple. The number of friars in the foundation period that can be used is even less.


    There were six friars in the foundation period present at the Taiyi gate and the skillful hand gate.


    Meng Zhang had his accomplishments in the middle of building the foundation. After Xiaocheng''s small magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword. He thought his combat effectiveness had greatly increased. He was really not afraid of the monks below the later stage of foundation building.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin ignored the messenger flying charm, but looked at how Lin quanguan made moves.


    After a day''s rest, Meng Zhang recovered his mental strength and performed Dayan divine calculation again.


    What he calculated this time was the number of friars dispatched by the enemy during the foundation period.


    It''s not enough to run out of the last calculation chip. As soon as Meng Zhang gritted his teeth, he began to calculate the consumption of Shouyuan.


    At this time, we can''t afford to consume a little life yuan.


    Fortunately, the difficulty of this calculation is not too great. It consumed less than half a year''s life yuan, and Meng Zhang got the desired result.


    The number of friars in the foundation period dispatched by the enemy this time is less than ten.


    The enemy''s strength is much weaker than he imagined. Meng Zhang thought.

 Chapter 297

    The consumption of life was not much, but Meng Zhang hurt his vitality.


    Fortunately, he took the tonic pill he didn''t use up last time.


    Regardless of whether the erysipelas were not erysipelas, he took a full half bottle of Buyuan pill at one go.


    According to the taking method of Buyuan pill, you should take one pill at a time, and then wait until the erysipelas are exhausted before continuing to take it.


    In order to recover his strength as soon as possible, Meng Zhang can only suppress the erysipelas temporarily.


    At most, it will take more time to expel erysipelas in the future. If you don''t recover as soon as possible, I''m afraid you won''t even have it in the future.


    The tonic pill is really a good medicine to replenish vitality and make up for the foundation. Soon after the pill was eaten, it had not been fully refined. Meng Zhang had almost replenished the vitality he had just lost.


    Of course, it''s good to replenish. However, the consumption of life yuan can not be made up for for the time being.


    On the other side, on the flying boat with skillful hand door, after waiting for some time. Jin wengbo began to nag.


    "Is Meng Zhang worth trusting?"


    "He insists that Gu Tanghai has died. Have you confirmed it? Also, if there is something wrong with us, it may be that Feihong Zong leaked the secret. In this way, Qingzhu mountain is innocent and can be trusted."


    ¡­¡­


    Jin wengbo kept nagging there, which made Jin Qigu a little upset, but she didn''t know how to refute.


    Aunt Jin glanced at Jin wengbo discontentedly. Jin wengbo immediately kept silent and dared not continue to talk.


    Aunt Jin has seen many practitioners and has a good ability to know people.


    She also knew that Meng Zhang was not a resourceful and decisive person. Meng Zhang''s speculation must have a problem.


    However, she chose to believe Meng Zhang''s intuition, which directly ignored other problems.


    In the cultivation world, the reliability of monk''s intuition is often far more than any magical calculation and reasonable speculation.


    Xiuzhen is originally a very metaphysical knowledge.


    In fact, Meng Zhang, as a master of heavenly secrets, not only has amazing intuition, but also can uncover the fog and point to the truth. Dayan''s divine calculation can make up for his lack of reasoning ability.


    Time passed slowly, and two days passed. Because Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate neither reached the Mountain Gate of Jindao gate nor replied.


    Taoist Guanghui sent out several messenger runes in a row, and flew to Meng Zhang and aunt Jin with the content of blame and reprimand.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin ignored them all, just to see Lin quanguan''s next reaction.


    Now, it has become a patient competition between the two sides.


    Yang Xueyi took the initiative to ask for orders, left the flying boat, flew near the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, hid and secretly monitored the movement there.


    There has been no change in the golden Dao gate. There was no movement except a few messenger runes.


    Although he knew that feihongzong would not directly interfere in the operation, it was impossible to send reinforcements. But aunt Jin still recorded everything that happened here and informed Feihong Zong with a messenger flying sword.


    After aunt Jin''s summons and flying sword flew away, she didn''t wait for a reply from Feihong Zong. Meng Zhang waited for the reinforcements from taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang, who was meditating in the flying boat to regulate his breath, suddenly heard a voice coming into his ears. He immediately left the flying boat and flew in the direction of taiyimen.


    Less than a mile away, Meng Zhang flew up and into the air.


    The thick earth God and another strong man are standing quietly in the air.


    The big man''s thick hair stood up one by one like a hedgehog. There is a force field around the body, and an electric light flashes in his eyes from time to time.


    "Headmaster, this is my companion Jinglei in those years." the thick earth God introduced both sides.


    "Jinglei has seen the leader." the big man saluted Meng Zhang.


    "OK, ok..." Meng Zhang said several times.


    The war is coming, and it is time to hire people. The God of thick earth not only arrived in time, but also brought new combat power, thunder god general.


    After listening to the next story of the thick earth God, Meng ZhangCai felt that he was really lucky this time.


    It turned out that since the spiritual pulse of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate was upgraded to the second-order spiritual pulse, the moisturizing power of the spiritual eye was greatly enhanced.


    Among the remnant spirits of the Dharma protector general sleeping in the Pearl, the thunder god general is actually in the best state.


    But because Meng Zhang last time provided not only the jade soul liquid, but also provided a group of earth essence, helped the thick earth God to reshape the body. Therefore, the thunder god general gave the opportunity to absorb the jade soul liquid to the thick earth God general, and let the thick earth God General recover first.


    After moistening the spirit eye, the spirit of Jinglei general actually recovered very well. The jade soul liquid provided this time is only two drops, and the quality is not good. However, after absorption, the spirit of Jinglei general can still leave the Pearl.


    Later, the God of thick earth will always help the God of thunder, remould his body with the essence of the sky thunder, and have no time to pay attention to the movement outside.


    Until today, the thunder god will be reshaped and ready to fight.


    After they left Lingyan, they saw the chaos in Taiyi gate, and knew that Meng Zhang had ordered to prepare for an all-round retreat.


    They immediately left Taiyi gate and came to meet Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang had a whim and didn''t enter the golden Dao gate, but waited here.


    After waiting for such a long time, there was no change at the golden sword gate, but it was waiting for our own reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang asked about their accomplishments.


    The God of thick soil will know that Tai Yi''s goalkeeper will launch an action against Lin Quan Guan, so he will not rush to start his work without waiting for the thunder and thunder to thoroughly melt the essence of the sky thunder.


    The essence of the sky thunder is very high. Even if it has not been completely refined, the God of thunder will also have a medium repair in the middle of the building.


    If we wait until later, we will slowly improve the essence of this day''s thunder.


    Moreover, the God of thick earth will also make a great part of Zhen Shan stone in the process of helping the thunder god to make the essence of heaven thunder. He has now returned to the middle stage of foundation construction.


    Meng Zhang secretly lamented his luck. Fortunately, I waited for two strong reinforcements in the middle of foundation construction.


    With the earth God general and thunder god general, Meng Zhang even had the confidence to be tough with Lin quanguan''s gang.


    Meng Zhang took them to Aunt Jin and briefly introduced them. He only said that they were both elders of Taiyi gate and had been practicing in isolation before.


    Now the situation is urgent. Meng Zhang has to ask them to leave the customs in advance.


    Aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi have seen the thick earth God general several times before. They know that he is a casual monk recruited by Taiyi gate. After he provided the foundation Dan, he swore allegiance to taiyimen.


    As for the thunder god, I have never seen him before.


    But now is the time to hire people, not to worry about the origin of others.

 Chapter 298

    Aunt Jin was not only happy to add two strong reinforcements to her side, but also surprised in her heart.


    It doesn''t matter if Houtu cultivation has progressed to the middle stage of foundation construction. Jinglei, an expert in the middle stage of foundation construction, and Taiyi sect, a rising sect, can really surprise people.


    With two strong reinforcements, Meng Zhang''s confidence greatly increased and decided not to wait any longer, but to fight head-on with Lin quanguan.


    Anyway, the number of friars in the other party''s foundation period shall not exceed ten. I have the same number of monks.


    Especially the thick earth God general and the thunder god general, who had the strength of the golden elixir at the beginning. Even if the strength has not been fully restored, it can not be regarded as an ordinary friar in the foundation period.


    If you step back ten thousand steps, even if you lose the enemy, you can retreat all over.


    Of course, even with the expansion of confidence, Meng Zhang did not dare to take the initiative to attack the Mountain Gate of Jindao gate.


    With the blessing of the mountain protection array, Lin quanguan has been in an invincible position.


    Even if the strength is almost the same, your side will certainly hit your head and blood before the mountain protection array.


    If you want to fight, you have to lead the enemy out to fight.


    Meng Zhang had a superficial idea in his heart and said it directly.


    "We have been silent before. Up to now, we haven''t torn our face directly with Lin quanguan."


    "We might as well send out a messenger flying amulet saying that we were attacked by a large group of monsters and were trapped by monsters on our way to the Mountain Gate of jindaomen. We had to ask Taoist Guanghui for help and ask him to come to reinforce us as soon as possible."


    As soon as Meng Zhang finished, Jin wengbo denied his idea.


    "This practice is too childish and easy to see through. Taoist Guanghui is not a fool. How can you deceive him."


    "What I want is to be seen through by him." Meng Zhang said with a smile.


    Aunt Jin thought for a moment and had to admit that Meng Zhang''s idea was reasonable.


    "I''ve known Taoist Guanghui for many years. I still know a little about his character."


    "This man is resourceful and crafty. Especially in the struggle with the cultivator, he is good at overcoming the hard with softness, likes to use tricks, and doesn''t like to fight hard against the enemy who is not weak."


    "After he sees through our little trick, he will probably take it and turn it on us."


    Meng Zhang clapped his hands. "This time, we just hope he will do what he wants. No matter what he has, as long as he leaves the golden Dao gate to fight with us, we will take advantage."


    Aunt Jin understood Meng Zhang''s ideas and agreed with him.


    After the two discussed, they had a superficial plan.


    A superficial plan is enough. In the final analysis, it depends on the strength of both sides in order to distinguish the victory and defeat.


    Meng Zhang recalled Yang Xueyi. Two flying boats flew away from here and flew over a sand dune more than 200 miles away from the jindaomen Mountain Gate.


    Then Meng Zhang took out a messenger flyer, entered the prepared help information, and sent it out.


    The messenger flying amulet turned into a streamer and disappeared, flying to the Mountain Gate of the golden knife gate.


    It was not long before Taoist Guanghui, the leader of Lin Quan temple, received this messenger flying charm.


    At this time, Taoist Guanghui was sitting in the original sect Hall of jindaomen. Below him were two rows of foundational friars.


    In addition to Taoist priest Guanghong, Taoist priest Guangquan, Taoist priest Guangrui and Taoist priest Guangde of Lin quanguan, there are Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo of Lin Shan school. The green bamboo son and the bamboo sword of the green bamboo mountain sit impressively below.


    In this hall, at this time, a full nine friars in the foundation period gathered.


    A large pool of blood remained on the ground of the hall. That was left by Gu Tanghai and Shi Weida not long ago.


    Taoist Guanghui glanced at the contents of the messenger flying amulet and couldn''t help laughing.


    "Meng Zhang really thinks of me as a three-year-old."


    Seeing the curious eyes of the people below, Taoist Guanghui passed the messenger flying charm in his hand to the people to watch.


    "It seems that it is basically certain that Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate have found the trap set here."


    "They are not timid and want to lead out the experts here. Do they think they can set an ambush outside and break us each?"


    Taoist Guanghui talked freely above, and the people below soon finished reading the content of the messenger flying sign.


    "Strange, how did Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate see through our trap?" Taoist Guangde muttered and looked at green bamboo and bamboo sword with suspicious eyes.


    Although they took refuge in Lin quanguan because of their interests, Taoist Guangde never trusted them.


    If it weren''t for their betrayal of Gu Tanghai and their names, there would only be more people doubting them in the hall.


    Qingzhuzi and Zhujian saw Taoist Guangde''s suspicious eyes. The bamboo sword snorted coldly, disdaining to defend.


    But qingzhuzi hurriedly said, "leader Guanghui, we have one heart to take refuge, and we have no two hearts."


    "Don''t worry, we can definitely trust you." said Guanghui Taoist priest an Wei. Then he glanced at the people below.


    "Two Taoist brothers, qingzhuzi and Zhujian, have proved their loyalty. From then on, we don''t allow anyone to doubt them for no reason."


    Taoist Guanghui is not acting, but really trusts qingzhuzi and Zhujian.


    Taoist Guanghui is a very sensitive person with many ideas, complex considerations.


    Recently, a series of events in the endless sand sea have aroused his doubts.


    First, Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal accompanied Feitian immortal into the Gobi of evil wind.


    The temporary loss of contact with Guangzhi immortal made Taoist Guanghui a little uneasy.


    Then there was an unprovoked dispute between dihuomen and tuxingmen. The conflict escalated and developed into a situation where the two factions were about to fight.


    Finally, the original territory of jindaomen was invaded by monsters. The origin of these monsters may be from the Gobi.


    A series of seemingly irrelevant things happened, but it touched the sensitive nerves of Taoist Guanghui.


    Vaguely felt that something was wrong, but he didn''t know what was wrong. He put his suspicious eyes on Feihong Zong.


    According to the current situation of endless sand sea, the biggest threat to Linquan view is Feihong sect.


    After some careful consideration, he chose Qingzhu mountain as a breakthrough.


    The origin between Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect makes Feihong sect trust Qingzhu mountain very much. If feihongzong really has any action nearby, he can''t get around Qingzhu mountain.


    Qingzhu mountain seems respectful on the surface. In fact, it has great complaints about Feihong sect.


    Fei hongzong took the sacrifices and sacrifices of Qingzhu mountain for granted. He never considered the feelings of the monks of Qingzhu mountain, let alone the interests of Qingzhu mountain.


    Last time, the four sects defeated Qingzhu mountain and even killed at the foot of Qingzhu mountain. Feihong sect didn''t respond at all.


    This shows that in the eyes of Feihong Zong, Qingzhu mountain is dispensable and can be easily abandoned.

 Chapter 299

    If that''s all, it''s okay.


    A sect like Qingzhu mountain is a chess piece that can be sacrificed at any time in front of Feihong sect.


    After many twists and turns, Qingzhu mountain suffered heavy losses. Only green bamboo and bamboo sword are left. They are no longer young friars in the foundation period.


    For the sake of the next generation of Qingzhu mountain, ensure that the friars will not break down during the foundation period of Qingzhu mountain. Qingzhu has repeatedly begged feihongzong to sell a foundation pill to Qingzhu mountain.


    However, after the chaos of sand monsters, the original foundation Dan of Feihong sect was all used to reward merit after the war. Where else can I sell the surplus foundation Dan to green bamboo?


    However, qingzhuzi thought that feihongzong intended to shirk it and refused to help Qingzhu mountain continue its inheritance.


    Green bamboo felt extremely cold when he was treated like this by Feihong sect despite his loyalty and dedication to Feihong sect.


    Recently, feihongzong ordered qingzhushan to do things and asked them to attack Linquan temple.


    If you don''t give anything, you''ll call people for nothing. Qingzhuzi and Zhujian both held their breath.


    In the eyes of Feihong sect, green bamboo mountain is really inferior to cattle and horses.


    At this time, Taoist Guanghui secretly came into contact with green bamboo.


    Taoist Guanghui carefully analyzed the situation for green bamboo.


    The earth fire gate has been supported by the fire cloud sect of Jiuqu League, and the flame really can form a pill.


    Behind Lin Quan''s view, there is also great support.


    Mobei Qi family has formed an alliance with the two zongmen.


    The strength of this alliance has far exceeded that of feihongzong. As long as we are well prepared and the three families work together, we can completely subvert Feihong Zong''s rule over the endless sand sea.


    If Qingzhu mountain doesn''t stand in line in time, it will have to wait to be buried with Fei hongzong.


    The green bamboo, who was originally bitter about Feihong Zong, was fooled by Taoist Guanghui, and was really moved.


    Finally, Taoist Guanghui took out a spiritual object that green bamboo would never refuse.


    It was a pearl produced by a special Lingbei with hundreds of years of heat in Linquan temple.


    During the Qi refining period, the friar refined this pearl when building the foundation. The effect is no worse than the small foundation pill of shuangfenggu.


    There are not many such pearls in Lin Quan temple. Taoist Guanghui took out this pearl, which was also the blood.


    With this pearl, Qingzhu mountain can cultivate new foundational monks before qingzhuzi and Zhujian sit down.


    Only when there is no fault during the foundation period can Qingzhu mountain keep the inheritance of the sect.


    Worried about the inheritance of the sect, the green bamboo finally fell completely to Taoist Guanghui.


    With the help of green bamboo, Taoist Guanghui did not spend much effort to persuade the bamboo sword that was more dissatisfied with Feihong sect.


    After qingzhuzi and Zhujian took refuge in Linquan temple, they naturally told Taoist Guanghui all the plans of Feihong sect.


    Taoist Guanghui also knew that feihongzong would not directly attack Lin quanguan.


    As long as the Taiyi sect and other sects are solved, the hands and feet of Feihong sect can be completely cut off, so that it can not continue to threaten Linquan temple.


    In order to reduce our own losses, but also to catch the enemy and avoid future trouble. Taoist Guanghui did not directly launch it, but chose to do what he wanted.


    Several forces planned to plot against Lin Quan temple in the Mountain Gate of jindaomen. Lin Quan Temple set up an ambush in the Mountain Gate of jindaomen to break the enemies one by one.


    Gu Tanghai and Shi Weida were the first to arrive at the Mountain Gate of jindaomen and directly face the siege of a full number of nine friars in the foundation period, including even three friars in the middle of the foundation period.


    Gu Tanghai and Shi Weida were shot dead on the spot without much resistance and no chance to escape.


    Alas, Gu Tanghai is also an outstanding talent with excellent abilities in all aspects. Finally, he died here silently.


    Next, they waited quietly for the hook of Taiyi door and skillful hand door.


    But unexpectedly, the two families have been delayed.


    Taoist Guanghui personally sent a messenger to urge him, but he didn''t get any response.


    People who know that the situation is wrong still have a glimmer of fantasy and hope that the two families will come to the door obediently.


    However, the messenger flying amulet from Meng Zhang just now revealed that they already knew the trap in the golden sword gate and were ready to turn around and calculate the side of Lin Quan temple.


    After reading Meng Zhang''s messenger flying sign, Taoist Guanghong said his guess.


    "Maybe Meng Zhang and Gu Tanghai have some special secret connection. As soon as Gu Tanghai died, they knew and realized that the situation was wrong."


    After hearing what Taoist priest Guanghong said, Taoist priest Guangquan immediately shouted.


    "What elder martial brother said is reasonable. The actual situation may be like this."


    "Oh, it''s a pity. We shouldn''t rush to do it. We should wait until they all arrive before we suddenly catch them all."


    Taoist Guanghong rolled his eyes. If we don''t break them one by one and really wait until all the enemies arrive, even with the help of the mountain protection array, it is difficult to wipe out the enemy easily.


    If the enemy has to pull a few people on his back to fight for his life, his own side will lose the friars in the foundation period.


    "Well, don''t mention useless speculation. Since the enemy has seen through the trap here, don''t care how they see through it."


    Taoist Guanghui opened his mouth and ended everyone''s speculation and discussion.


    "Since Meng Zhang wants to lure us out, we''ll do what he wants."


    "Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan and Houtu of the Taiyi sect, and aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qigu of the skillful sect. But there are only six foundational friars. There are nine foundational friars here. It''s not difficult to defeat each other. The difficulty is to kill the enemy as much as possible and save the trouble of hunting in the future."


    While talking, Taoist Guanghui took out a picture scroll and handed it to Taoist Guangrui below.


    "You go out with Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo to the position designated by Meng Zhang."


    "When you encounter their siege, you will immediately unfold this array. With the strength of the three of you, rely on the array to defend. They will not break the array, but will be trapped by the array. They can''t get out of the trap in a short time."


    This scroll is actually an array map, which is a treasure inherited by Lin Quan view for hundreds of years. The power is amazing and unpredictable. Once an ordinary friar in the foundation period is trapped, he has nothing to do but to catch him obediently.


    The Lin Quan view of this array has almost never been used externally, and outsiders have no way to know its existence.


    Taoist priest Guanghui expected the enemy to be lenient. He didn''t expect to win the enemy by relying on this array map alone.


    As long as this array map temporarily traps the enemy and timely reinforcements are provided on their own side, we can fight more against less and defeat the weak with the strong.


    Although Taoist Guangrui is not well-known in the outside world, he is actually one of the only two mid-term monks of Lin quanguan. He has strong combat effectiveness, only under the leader Taoist Guanghui.


    He was appointed by the Guanghui Taoist priest to lure the enemy. He got up and saluted the Guanghui Taoist priest. He listened to the order happily and set out with Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo.

 Chapter 300

    After Taoist Guangrui took Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo away, all the people in the sect hall, led by Taoist Guanghui, came outside and were ready to go at any time.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qigu hid outside the Mountain Gate of jindaomen and monitored the movement of jindaomen Mountain Gate all the time.


    Meng Zhang and his men were waiting more than 200 miles away from the Mountain Gate of jindaomen.


    I saw Taoist Guangrui and other three people flying out of the golden knife gate. After Yang Xueyi sent a messenger to Meng Zhang, she and Jin Qigu continued to hide here.


    However, with a distance of more than 200 miles and the flying speed of friars during the foundation period, even though the three leaders of Guangrui deliberately flew slowly, they arrived at their destination in less than an hour.


    Meng Zhang and others did not hide their body shape, so they flew in the air and waited in front.


    Taoist Guangrui and others have long known that Meng Zhang and others have seen through their own traps and that the request for help information is false. They were not surprised to see Meng Zhang and others waiting there long ago.


    Taoist Guangrui sneered again and again, "boy, today is the time of your death."


    With a shake, the scroll that had been held in his hand suddenly unfolded.


    The character of Jinglei God will be completely different from the steady and silent thick earth God. He didn''t even bother to think about the three friars in the foundation period, so he killed them first.


    Meng Zhang, Hou Tu Shen Jiang, Wen qiansuan, aunt Jin and Jin wengbo followed and killed them.


    The news of Lin quanguan is very well-informed. Even Wen qiansuan knew that he had successfully built the foundation some time ago. However, Taoist Guanghui neglected to count the number of friars during the enemy''s foundation period.


    Jin wengbo, as a hidden hand of the skillful hand gate, has always been unknown. The thunder god will only recover soon. He can come to the war. Even Meng Zhang didn''t expect it.


    Taoist Guangrui was not familiar with the people of Taiyi sect. He saw that there were six friars in the foundation period, which was consistent with the number said by Taoist Guanghui. He thought all the enemies were here, and immediately launched the array without hesitation.


    Array, a special treasure, looks like an insignificant scroll, but there is a Dharma array in it.


    You don''t need to lay the array slowly, just gently urge the scroll. The Dharma array will fall from the sky and trap the enemy firmly.


    Six friars in the foundation building period killed Taoist Guangrui fiercely, but Taoist Guangrui, who had to rely on, was not in a hurry.


    The array flew into the air and disappeared immediately. Then clear springs gushed out into the sky, and waterfalls gushed down from the sky, surrounding all the six friars in the foundation period.


    With clear springs flowing and waterfalls pouring down, it looks like a poetic beauty, but it is dangerous and unpredictable.


    Thunder God will fly the fastest and taste the power of this array first.


    A waterfall came down from the sky and fell to the thunder general.


    The thunder god would give a loud drink, the flashing fist waved into the air, and the thick electric light spewed out, directly blasting the waterfall away.


    Two clear springs rose from the ground. One left and one right, clip the thunder god in the middle.


    An invisible force field, centered on the body of the thunder god general, diffused around and scattered the clear spring flowing towards him.


    The other five practitioners in the foundation period were also trapped by Qingquan waterfall.


    The waterfall pours down and has great power. Once hit by a waterfall, ordinary body protection spells and spells can''t resist.


    The clear spring flows across the river, and there is a sinister killing mechanism hidden in silence. The seemingly clear spring water contains highly corrosive poison.


    If the magic instrument is infected by spring water for a long time, it is easy to be stained. If a person accidentally sticks to it, it is the end of bone and flesh melting immediately.


    Meng Zhang released his flying sword and wrapped it into a soft sword. He turned it into a competitive practice and protected his whole body from the slightest moisture.


    A purple gold shield danced up and down around Wen qiansuan''s body, easily blocking all attacks.


    Everyone shows their abilities. First protect themselves in the array.


    This clear spring waterfall array has magical functions and integrates trapping and hurting the enemy.


    Countless clear springs and countless waterfalls trapped everyone in the field.


    Seeing the clear spring waterfall array showing its power, Taoist Guangrui looked satisfied.


    He greeted Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo and killed them.


    On weekdays, Taoist Guangrui unfolds the array and can easily trap three or five friars during the foundation period with his own strength.


    He now has Xu Yishan and Lin Shan to send two people to help him, ready to use the array map to separate the enemy. Then the three worked together to kill as many enemies as possible.


    He is not satisfied with just trapping the enemy, let alone being a bait.


    After sending out several messenger runes, he was ready to find a chance to kill the enemy.


    No one, including Meng Zhang, thought that Lin quanguan had such a card. I can take out such a rare treasure as the Qingquan waterfall array.


    Aunt Jin has rich experience and has never seen any big storms. While protecting herself, she looked for the weakness of the array.


    Although Jin wengbo''s accomplishments are not weak, he is inexperienced after all. After being trapped by the array, I was a little frightened and almost hit by the clear spring water.


    Fortunately, aunt Jin, who acted with him, responded quickly and pulled him away in time.


    Jin wengbo was so ashamed that he quickly focused on it and didn''t dare to be distracted any more.


    Aunt Jin and Jin wengbo began to attack this array and find a way out.


    After Meng Zhang was trapped, he immediately cast his false magic eye to find the flaw of the array.


    However, the surrounding water vapor is diffuse, and the aura of the water system is constantly rolling, which greatly reduces the power of breaking false magic eyes.


    Although Meng Zhang can clearly see most parts of the array, it is difficult to see through the mystery of the array.


    However, due to the influence of the array, the range of hundreds of feet is so vast that they can hardly see the end at a glance.


    Meng Zhang saw that the Thunder God was constantly fighting to resist the attack of the array.


    The thick earth God has quietly gathered with Wen qiansuan. He is calculating and solving the structure of this array bit by bit.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang was a little relieved.


    As a local teacher, Hou Tu has very high attainments in the way of array, and has rich experience and experience.


    Wen Qian is a genius in array. Soon after building the foundation, he quietly became a second-order array mage.


    They work together. As long as they have enough time, they can probably crack this array.


    As the controller of the array, Taoist Guangrui can walk freely through the array and borrow the power of the array.


    Seeing him fly into the array with Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo, Meng Zhang greeted the three with a thunderous general.


    They want to stop the enemy from interfering with the thick earth God general and Wenqian who are cracking the array.

 Chapter 301

    As soon as Taoist Guangrui and the other three entered the array, they were seen by Meng Zhang''s false magic eye.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t get away from this array for the time being, most parts of the array can be seen through with false magic eyes, and there is no obstacle to his free movement.


    Meng Zhang and Jing Lei God General stopped three Taoist priests Guangrui in the array. Without a word of nonsense, the two sides directly fought fiercely.


    The silk wrapped soft sword turned into a sword shadow all over the sky. The thunder god sent out a flash of lightning from his fists and fiercely blasted at each other.


    Taoist Guangrui and the three are all experts who are good at flying swords. The three flying swords flew out and met Meng Zhang.


    In addition to Guangrui Taoist priest''s achievements in the middle of foundation construction, Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo are both achievements in the early stage of foundation construction. Both of them are Meng Zhang, who built the foundation in the middle period. If it is outside, it will soon fall downwind.


    However, with the help of the array, the three leaders of Guangrui had the upper hand and suppressed Meng Zhang.


    Although he had the upper hand, Taoist Guangrui was not happy.


    Meng Zhang, a hairy boy, is not as old as Guangrui Taoist priest. He has only practiced for a few days. There is such a terrible cultivation. If you fight alone, Taoist Guangrui is not even his opponent.


    There is also the big man who doesn''t know his name. He not only has amazing combat effectiveness, but also has rich combat experience. Every time I make a move, Taoist Guangrui and others feel stressed and uncomfortable.


    Lin shenpo, who is making every effort to resist the flying sword, looks even more complicated.


    Meng Zhang, a young descendant who appeared at his foundation building Dharma meeting, made too rapid progress in his cultivation. Unexpectedly, I grew to this level unconsciously.


    Lin shenpo has always been regarded as a gifted monk in Lin Shan sect. At this time, he has a deep sense of powerlessness in the face of Meng Zhang.


    This is really a comparison of goods, people have to die. He felt that he had lived in vain at his old age.


    Xu Yishan is a few years older than Guangrui. He has not lived for decades.


    He felt a deep sense of happiness at this time. Fortunately, Meng Zhang, a fool, betrayed Lin Quan temple and took refuge in Feihong sect. He just had the opportunity to attack him.


    If Meng Zhang grows up in the future, not to mention his Linshan sect, even Lin quanguan may not be able to hold him down.


    He is about to wipe out young talents like Meng Zhang, which makes Xu Yishan have a strange pleasure.


    Although Meng Zhang was temporarily defeated, they still achieved their goal and entangled Taoist Guangrui and others.


    In a short time, the three leaders of Guangrui Road could not hurt Meng Zhang.


    After Taoist Guangrui showed his array and trapped Meng Zhang and others. He sent out several message flying runes, which also flew to the golden sword gate.


    Because he was worried that the messenger flying Rune would be intercepted on the way, he cautiously sent out several messenger flying runes in a row.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qigu watched the messenger fly into the Mountain Gate of jindaomen. They were neither able nor willing to intercept and let them reach the target.


    In the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, Taoist Guanghui took the messenger flying amulet, glanced at it and gave a loud order.


    "The enemy has been trapped. It''s time for us to go out."


    As soon as Taoist priest Guanghui took the lead, he flew into the air and led Taoist priest Guanghong, Taoist priest Guangquan, Taoist priest Guangde, Taoist priest qingzhuzi and bamboo sword to fly away from the Mountain Gate of jindaomen and towards the place where Taoist priest Guangrui and others fought fiercely.


    Six friars in the foundation building period flew forward in groups. Naturally, they did not escape the eyes of Yang Xueyi and Jin Qigu.


    Before that, Meng Zhang once told Yang Xueyi the result of his calculation with Dayan divine calculation. The number of friars during the foundation period of the enemy will not exceed ten.


    Although I don''t know where Meng Zhang got the information, Yang Xueyi has no doubt because of her consistent trust in the leader Meng Zhang.


    There were three before, and six this time. It seems that the enemy should be in full swing.


    Yang Xueyi said hello to Jin Qigu and immediately set off. She secretly followed Taoist Guanghui and others.


    Taoist Guanghui and others flew very fast. They hurried to the battlefield. They didn''t notice that their home was secretly followed.


    In less than half an hour, the six flew to their destination.


    Taoist Guanghui couldn''t help shouting when he saw Meng Zhang and others trapped by the array and calm like him.


    This array of clear springs and waterfalls inherited by Linquan temple has been consecrated by several monks in the foundation period all year round.


    Several friars in the foundation period who have refined the array have a certain control over the array.


    Among them, Taoist priest Guanghui spent the most time refining the array, had the highest array attainments, and had the strongest control over this array.


    If his troops now enter the array, they will certainly pose a fatal threat to Meng Zhang and others.


    Taoist Guanghui, who realized that everything was under his control, was preparing to lead the crowd into the building.


    Suddenly, earth shaking changes took place in the array.


    The clear spring from the earth poured back, and the waterfall that had fallen from the sky flowed back to the sky.


    After a whirl, aunt Jin and Jin wengbo, who were originally trapped in the array, immediately found that there was a big exit in front of them.


    Without saying a word, the experienced aunt Jin immediately flew out of the exit with Jin wengbo and came to the outside of the array.


    Taoist Guangrui, who was fighting with Meng Zhang, found that all of a sudden, his ability to help his array disappeared and he lost control of the array.


    He hasn''t reflected what happened for a while. The clear spring continues to flow out, the waterfall returns to normal, and still falls from the sky.


    But this time, it was the three Taoist priests Guangrui who came to taste the power of Qingquan waterfall.


    Wen qiansuan''s voice sounded in Meng Zhang''s ears. "Let''s go."


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang flew out of the array with the Thunder God.


    At this time, neither Taoist priest Guangrui in the array nor Taoist priest Guanghui who is preparing to enter the array has yet to react. What happened.


    It turns out that Taoist Guangrui himself is not proficient in array. Only by refining this array can we reluctantly control the Dharma array contained in this array with the power of the array.


    However, Taoist Guangrui didn''t have strong control over the array, so he gave the thick earth God general and Wenqian an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Two array experts seize the time to crack the array while Meng Zhang entangles Taoist priest Guangrui and makes Taoist priest Guangrui have no time to separate.


    In particular, the thick earth God general can be called a generation of array masters. If he was in his heyday, even the so-called senior experts who refined this array map might not be comparable to him.


    Earth can conquer water. His pure earth Qi is just the array to restrain this water system.


    The thick earth God and Wen qiansuan worked together to secretly take control of this array. It not only helped Meng Zhang and others get out of trouble, but also trapped the three leaders of Guangrui in turn.

 Chapter 302

    After the Taoist priest Guangrui reacted with surprise and anger, he hurriedly urged the array map and tried his best to seize the control of the Dharma array.


    Although the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan took the lead by surprise, this dharma array exists based on the array map after all. The array was refined by Taoist Guangrui for many years.


    After this reaction, Taoist Guangrui started to regain control of the Dharma array.


    The thick earth God will cooperate with Wen qiansuan and fall into a seesaw with Taoist Guangrui.


    After Meng Zhang and Jing Lei left the Dharma array, they immediately joined aunt Jin.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and others get out of trouble, Taoist Guanghui felt a burst of regret.


    I knew that Taoist Guangrui had such poor control over the map. In fact, he should bring the map himself to lure Meng Zhang and others.


    If the array was in his hands, it would not be so easy for someone to take control of the FA array.


    Of course, Taoist Guanghui will never admit that his nature is to think too much and be too calm.


    It''s not his style to rush forward bravely and take risks personally.


    Seeing Taoist Guangrui three people in the Dharma array, they fell into a battle with the enemy.


    Guanghui road grew up and drank, "go with this seat."


    He himself led the crowd to Meng Zhang and others.


    Six to four, there is also a number advantage. Although the start is not good, the current situation is not bad.


    Without fear, Meng Zhang and others took the initiative to welcome Taoist Guanghui and others.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qigu, who had been secretly following Taoist Guanghui and others, also immediately appeared and accelerated to fly over and join the battle.


    At this time, the number became six to six, just equal.


    Aunt Jin took the initiative to find Taoist Guanghui. She has dealt with Taoist Guanghui many times and is familiar with his means.


    Taoist Guanghui should be in the opposite sky, divided into several battle circles, and each fell into a fierce fight.


    Everyone caught each other and fought each other.


    On the ground, Taoist Guangrui regained most of the array control and joined hands with Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo to temporarily suppress the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan.


    However, although it seems to have fallen to the disadvantage for the time being. However, after all, the thick earth God and Wen qiansuan have more or less mastered the control of the array, which makes Taoist Guangrui and others dare not relax at all.


    Twelve friars in the foundation period flew around in the sky, shuttling back and forth and moving around.


    Dozens of miles around have become the battlefield of their fierce battle.


    The aura surged violently, and the strength overflowed everywhere. Gusts of wind blew in all directions, rolling up countless dust on the ground.


    Among the six pairs of opponents, the combat effectiveness gap between Meng Zhang and Taoist priest Guanghong is the largest.


    Taoist Guanghong has built the foundation for nearly a hundred years. He has old qualifications and high status in Linquan temple. Moreover, because he is flexible and good at making decisions at the moment, he has been the foreign affairs elder of Lin Quan temple for many years.


    In the past, he was responsible for dealing with zongmen such as shuangfenggu, and now he specializes in managing vassal zongmen such as Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Guanghong have known each other for many years and have had a lot of contacts. They can be regarded as having a good friendship.


    But now, for their own families, they are caught in the battle of life and death.


    Guanghong Taoist priest entered the Tao for a long time than Meng Zhang. He became a friar in the foundation period longer than Meng Zhang''s age. However, the cultivation remained at the early stage of foundation construction.


    A friar like Meng Zhang, who has excellent qualifications and excellent understanding, will never experience the pain of practitioners such as Taoist Guanghong, who have been struggling for many years and difficult to make progress.


    Taoist Guanghong''s cultivation level is not as good as Meng Zhang''s, and he doesn''t master too powerful secret arts. After fighting with Meng Zhang, the fate is actually doomed.


    After a long hard struggle, taking advantage of the opportunity that Taoist Guanghong was entangled by the silk wrapped soft sword, Meng zhangfei rushed over and showed his little magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    I saw a black-and-white mixture, revealing a breath of sword Qi, which shot from Meng Zhang''s fingertips, flexibly turned a small corner, avoided Taoist Guanghong''s body protection magic weapon and directly cut him.


    Taoist Guanghong''s body protection spell melted quickly like snow in the sun, and the body was cut in two without resistance.


    Kill Taoist priest Guanghong, and Meng Zhang consumes a lot. He temporarily stops in place to restore his true Qi.


    Taoist Guanghui''s combat effectiveness is much stronger than aunt Jin, and he has been pressing aunt Jin to fight. However, aunt Jin is not only very tenacious, but also extremely greasy. She doesn''t let Taoist Guanghui seize the opportunity to hurt her.


    When Taoist Guanghui fought with aunt Jin, he had spare no effort to pay attention to several other battlefields. The other couple are all right. Only Taoist Guanghong can''t support shangmeng Zhang.


    When Taoist Guanghong was killed by Meng Zhang, Taoist Guanghui was already aware of it. He was preparing to go to support, but he was firmly entangled by Aunt Jin.


    He hesitated a little, whether to pay a certain price and hit aunt Jin hard.


    But it was this hesitation that made Taoist Guanghong unable to get rescue in time and was killed by Meng Zhang.


    As soon as Taoist Guanghong died, Taoist Guanghui knew that things were bad. If something goes wrong, the whole war will collapse.


    At this time, Taoist Guanghui felt very regretful.


    Because he was too cautious, he was worried that Meng Zhang and others would attack the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple. Therefore, he left two friars in the foundation period to guard Linquan temple and did not fight together.


    If you have two more friars in the foundation period to fight, the war situation will not be like this.


    He regretted more than that.


    If you don''t want to make a plan, take the initiative to divide the troops, and give the array diagram to Taoist Guangrui.


    At the moment, as long as he has the array in hand, he will not easily fall into the wind with the strength of the array and several friars in the foundation period.


    If you don''t want to catch Meng Zhang and others, as long as you stick to the golden sword gate, the enemy can''t help you.


    Too many ifs, too many mistakes.


    Unfortunately, in any case, there is no regret in the world. Since we have made the wrong decision, we must bear the corresponding consequences.


    Meng Zhang recovered a little and joined the war again. Now is the critical moment, and there can be no relaxation at all.


    Instead of besieging Taoist priest Guanghui and bamboo sword in the middle of building the foundation, he flew to the battle group of Taoist priest Yang Xueyi and Guangde.


    Meng Zhang''s plan is very simple. He will weaken the enemy bit by bit, starting with the weakest enemy. In this way, we can snowball and steadily expand our own advantages step by step.

 Chapter 303

    Taoist Guanghui saw through Meng Zhang''s mind at a glance. He can''t let Meng Zhang do whatever he wants and continue to kill.


    Taoist Guanghui, who was still a little hesitant, immediately took out his killer mace.


    He took out a glittering talisman and desperately injected his whole body with true Qi.


    The talisman was reluctantly urged and turned into golden light and disappeared. Then a huge golden sword fell from the sky and mercilessly inserted it into aunt Jin.


    After finishing the pill, Guangzhi immortal spent a lot of effort and left some cards for Lin quanguan.


    In order to refine this third-order talisman, Lin quanguan spent countless precious materials.


    Guangzhi immortal is not a talisman, and the means of drawing talismans can only be said to be ordinary. After painting several runes in a row and wasting a lot of precious materials in vain, they reluctantly refined three third-order runes and left them to their peers in the temple as a means to protect their lives.


    As the leader of Linquan temple, Taoist Guanghui took two third-order talismans with him.


    The golden sword amulet he just released is one of them.


    If it is not a last resort, he is not willing to easily consume these life-saving cards.


    The golden sword is only a common first-order spell, but the strengthened golden sword Tianjiang is a third-order spell. When cast in the hands of immortal Jindan, it has the power to kill friars in the early days of foundation building.


    The golden sword falling from heaven released by this talisman is probably the power of real Guangzhi''s random strike, which is less than 12 / 10 of his real strength.


    But Jindan is Jindan after all, which is essentially different from building foundation.


    The power of Jindan level is almost irresistible to the friars in the foundation period.


    The origin of skillful hand sect is mysterious. It has a vague connection with some big people. Aunt Jin is the real leader of the skillful sect. How can she not have a life-saving card on her.


    Facing the falling of the golden sword, aunt Jin didn''t panic at all, but calmly took out a picture scroll.


    She quickly unfolded the scroll, then bit the tip of her tongue, ejected a mouthful of blood essence and sprinkled it on the scroll.


    There was a red bird painted on the scroll. As soon as the blood essence from the tip of the tongue was poured, the bird immediately came back to life.


    The bird flew out of the picture, turned into a flame and took the initiative to meet the golden giant sword falling in the air.


    As soon as the flame touched the golden sword, it began to go out rapidly. But the golden giant sword was consumed quickly and disappeared slowly.


    When the flame was completely extinguished, the golden giant sword almost disappeared.


    Taoist Guanghui, who was full of confidence and thought she could hit aunt Jin hard with this third-order talisman, never thought that Aunt Jin also had a strange treasure and could block the attack of the third-order talisman.


    After aunt Jin spewed out the blood essence from the tip of her tongue, her face was a little depressed. However, she still kept up her spirits, released dozens of needle shadows and continued to haunt Taoist Guanghui.


    Aunt Jin also knew that the war situation over Meng Zhang was at a critical moment, and Taoist Guanghui could not disturb the situation.


    Taoist priest Guanghui, who was entangled by Aunt Jin, couldn''t get away for the time being. He could only watch Meng Zhang jump at Taoist priest Guangde.


    Taoist Guangde did not do well among several monks in the foundation period of Linquan temple, and his performance was mediocre in all aspects. That''s why he was sent to the Mountain Gate of the original golden sword gate.


    He was besieged by three second-order monsters last time. In fact, his injury was not completely healed. He just thinks his side has an overwhelming advantage, so he doesn''t care about this injury.


    After fighting with Yang Xueyi, Yang Xueyi''s endless spells continued to bombard Taoist Guangde, which made him a little overwhelmed.


    With the help of the five element circle on her body, Yang Xueyi can cast spells very fast and consume less.


    Gold, wood, water, soil and fire. The five elements spell is ever-changing and continuous.


    Although it was not long before the foundation was built, Yang Xueyi tried her best to suppress Taoist Guangde.


    Now that Meng Zhang joined the battle group, Taoist Guangde didn''t even have a chance to escape.


    At this time, Taoist Guanghui''s correct choice should be to order all the staff to retreat, preserve their strength and fight again in the future.


    But I saw that Taoist Guangrui and the three were still entangled with the enemy in the array. If they were ordered to retreat, they might not be able to get out in time.


    Resourceful figures like Taoist Guanghui often have the problem of thinking too much and making decisions easily.


    After so much consideration, Taoist Guangde was killed by Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi.


    The enemy has two friars in the foundation period to spare their hands. The war situation has completely collapsed and can no longer be recovered.


    Taoist Guanghui finally made up his mind and made a painful decision.


    "Retreat immediately and run for your life."


    The voice of Taoist Guanghui''s order clearly came into everyone''s ears.


    After saying that, Taoist Guanghui gave up the fight with aunt Jin, no longer looked around, turned and ran away.


    After hearing the order of Taoist Guanghui, green bamboo responded first.


    He had already gained the upper hand in the battle with Jin wengbo. Hearing the order of Taoist priest Guanghui, he said to go. He easily got out of the battle and flew in the direction of Taoist priest Guanghui''s escape.


    Taoist Guangquan took a little effort to get rid of Jin Qigu and ran away.


    Taoist Guangrui, who is entangled with the thick earth God in the array, is a vigorous and decisive figure.


    When he heard the order, he stopped pestering and immediately gave up the control of the Dharma array. He didn''t even have time to take the array map away, so he flew out of the Dharma array and fled to the distance.


    Thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan feel relieved. They seize the opportunity to control the Dharma array and want to leave Xu Yishan and Lin shenpo.


    Xu Yishan, who was abandoned by Taoist Guangrui, knew that nothing could be done. He sacrificed his life to drag the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan, and shouted to Lin shenpo, "go."


    Lin shenpo is also a very decisive person. He doesn''t play with children and girls like a mother-in-law.


    He took a deep look at Xu Yishan, grabbed the vitality Xu Yishan bought for himself with his life, and ran away in time.


    Bamboo sword wanted to escape, but from the beginning of the battle, he was firmly suppressed by the thunder god, and he couldn''t get rid of this terrible opponent.


    After the arrogant Thunder God General woke up, Taoist Guanghui and others did not dare to return to the Mountain Gate of jindaomen, but directly fled to Linquan temple.


    Several people fought and walked, but they slowly gathered together.


    Taoist priest Guanghui, Taoist priest Guangrui, Taoist priest Guangquan, green bamboo and Lin shenpo joined hands to form an array, barely able to avoid being dispersed by the enemy. We can cover each other and retreat alternately.


    However, Meng Zhang and others pressed each other so that they could not easily escape the battle.

 Chapter 304

    In that Dharma array, Xu Yishan was easily killed by thick soil and Wen qiansuan using the power of the Dharma array.


    After losing all the resistance, they can control the Dharma array without any obstacles.


    The thick earth God will fly out of the Dharma array and leave Wen qiansuan. After he completely controls the Dharma array, he will refine the array map.


    This second-order array is a rare treasure.


    The thick earth God will fly to the direction where Taoist Guanghui escapes and help Meng Zhang to leave all the enemies behind.


    If Taoist Guanghui and others all die here, Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate can sweep everything almost unimpeded and easily occupy the surrounding area.


    Without Taoist Guanghui, these friars during the foundation period, the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple can''t be guarded.


    The thick earth God will not take much time to catch up with the regiment.


    Seeing the thick earth God flying in the distance, Taoist Guanghui knew that if he didn''t retreat, there would be no chance to escape.


    He whispered to several friars around him to get close to him.


    When all the people who received the message came not far from him, Taoist Guanghui took out a talisman and tried his best to inject real Qi.


    After the talisman turned yellow and disappeared, Taoist Guanghui and others suddenly blew a gust of wind, rolled countless sand and dust, and wrapped them all.


    Meng Zhang and others knew it was bad, so they quickly made every effort to attack the huge dust circle.


    However, whether it is a flying spell or a powerful spell, if it hits the dust circle, it will be easily bounced away.


    The dust circle surrounding Guanghui Taoist priest and others rotated at high speed and wrapped them into the distance.


    At the speed of Meng Zhang and others, they can''t catch up. They can only watch them escape.


    The thick earth God flew to Meng Zhang at this time. He sighed, "this is a third-order dust escape. We can''t catch up."


    Aunt Jin said reluctantly, "I didn''t expect that Guanghui, an old man, could have two third-order talismans. Immortal Guangzhi didn''t knot Dan for a long time, but he left a lot of good things for his classmates."


    The thick earth God sneered, "refining the third-order runes cost a lot. Before Lin Quan temple, it was just building the foundation sect door. How much information can there be for Guangzhi immortal to consume slowly."


    However, the enemy has now escaped through the power of the third-order talisman, and everyone has nothing to do.


    When Meng Zhang and others returned to the battlefield just now, the battle between Jinglei general and bamboo sword was over.


    Both of them lost the battle. Jinglei God killed the bamboo sword on the spot at the cost of his own heavy damage.


    Seeing the empty sleeves of the thunder god, the thick earth God couldn''t help sighing. This old friend has been sleeping for hundreds of years. He is still so strong.


    Fortunately, they are all Dharma protectors, and their bodies are refined from the spirits of heaven and earth. Even if an arm is broken, it can grow again slowly by continuing to refine the spirit of heaven and earth.


    In this way, the God of thunder will not have enough time to finish the essence of the whole day''s refining.


    If you are a friar in the foundation period of human beings and your limbs are so badly damaged, it will be troublesome to recover.


    Because several enemies in the foundation building period were killed by the taiyimen people, and their booty fell into the hands of the taiyimen people, aunt Jin and others had no opinion.


    Wen qiansuan is still trying to refine the array map there.


    As a second-order array mage, it is much easier for him to thoroughly refine this array map than ordinary friars.


    Jinglei is too lazy to pick up the storage bag of the bamboo sword. Careful Yang Xueyi helps him pick it up.


    Yang Xueyi flew aside and counted it slowly.


    Nothing else in the storage bag can move Yang Xueyi, who is already a monk during the foundation period. But in one of the jade boxes, a spirit bead carefully kept brightened her eyes.


    It is said that if the special spirit beads produced by Lin Quan temple have a heat of more than 200 years, they can help the monks to refine Qi and increase the success rate of foundation building.


    Look at the shape of this pearl. It has been burning for more than 200 years.


    With this pearl, if you are lucky enough, taiyimen can cultivate another friar in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang carefully collected the second-order magic tools left by several monks who died in the war during the foundation building period.


    Aunt Jin and others contributed a lot in this war. Although he did not kill the enemy, without them to hold the enemy, Meng Zhang could not easily kill his opponent one after another.


    These magic tools are all good, but Meng Zhang doesn''t like them very much.


    He put all the magic instruments in front of aunt Jin and said they were divided equally between the two families.


    Aunt Jin was not polite to him, so she chose a few at random.


    The rest of the magic tools were put away by Meng Zhang. If the opportunity is right in the future, you can give them to the second-order tool refiner to refine again. You can also put it into the big library and wait until the friars in the later door exchange it during the foundation building period.


    After such a delay, the people after the war almost recovered a lot.


    Next, they went out together and directly killed the original Mountain Gate of Jindao gate.


    Although there is a mountain protection array operated by the golden knife gate for many years. However, there is no foundation period monk to preside over, only some minor defense in the Qi refining period. Second, the thick earth God once left loopholes in the big array.


    Without much effort, they successfully broke through the mountain protection array and completely occupied the mountain gate.


    Because they acted quickly and occupied here in time. The few remaining Linquan Temple disciples had no time to destroy.


    Occupying a good mountain gate is a good start.


    Before this operation, Gu Tanghai, green bamboo, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin had a detailed agreement on the distribution of booty.


    Now when Gu Tanghai dies, green bamboo betrays him. Their original booty naturally belongs to taiyimen.


    Now taiyimen is powerful and has played a key role in the just concluded battle. Without harming her own interests, aunt Jin will not argue with Meng Zhang.


    According to the agreement, this mountain gate of the golden Sabre gate should belong to the skillful hand gate. Meng Zhang did not mean to violate the agreement. Anyway, there are a lot of fatter trophies waiting for him to possess.


    After Meng Zhang left here, he immediately returned to Taiyi gate.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect have packed their bags long ago and are ready to retreat at any time.


    Now the taiyimen side has won a complete victory. Of course, there is no need to evacuate.


    Meng Zhang ordered the disciples to put down their clothes, set out immediately and set off towards the target.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect who were ready for war soon took action and began to rush to the target.


    On the other side, Taoist Guanghui took the people and fled back to the Linquan Mountain Gate without any stop.


    Although he was defeated and returned, Taoist Guanghui did not despair.


    There are also two left behind friars in the foundation period, a large number of disciples in the Qi refining period, and a mountain protection array that has been operating for hundreds of years.


    Relying on the mountain gate for defense, Lin quanguan may not have the power of a war. When immortal Guangzhi comes back, he will naturally clean up these shameless traitors of taiyimen.

 Chapter 305

    Taoist Guanghui learned from the failure of this war. He believes that his biggest mistake is two.


    First, we should not divide our troops, disperse our own strength, and leave enough two friars in the foundation period to defend the mountain gate, resulting in insufficient strength during the war.


    The second is to advance rashly, easily break away from the mountain protection array, go to the field with the enemy, and give up your greatest advantage.


    Therefore, Taoist Guanghui personally ordered the disciples of Linquan temple outside to give up all their strongholds and retreat back to the mountain gate.


    In addition, he ordered the Linshan sect to give up its own mountain gate, and all the disciples moved to the Linquan temple.


    He suggested that Qingzhu also move all the disciples of Qingzhu mountain to Linquan temple.


    At the same time, Taoist Guanghui also tried every means to contact Guangzhi immortal.


    Taoist Guanghui also knew from Qingzhu that Fei hongzong would not directly attack Lin quanguan this time. It was only the traitors of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate.


    However, Taoist Guanghui also has hidden worries.


    Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal were transferred by Feitian immortal in advance. Although it is said that immortal Feitian has made a ghost oath, unless he is dead. Otherwise, Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal should have no worries about their lives.


    But taiyimen and other sects dare to betray, which shows that they don''t have to worry about the Revenge of Guangzhi immortal afterwards.


    Why don''t they worry about Guangzhi real people? There''s a big problem.


    Taoist Guanghui also asked Qingzhu this question, but Qingzhu knows nothing about it.


    Before betraying Feihong sect, green bamboo obeyed Feihong sect and would not talk much and ask questions unrelated to his family.


    Anyway, due to the relationship between Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect, Guangzhi immortal will not easily bully the small with the big.


    The most important thing now is to strengthen defense and try our best to resist the attacks of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate. Taoist Guanghui only kept this matter in mind and ignored it for the time being.


    Taoist Guanghui also personally sent a letter to the leader of the earthfire gate. In the letter, he explained the fierce relationship between Lin quanguan and the earthfire gate. I hope the fire gate can help. After Lin quanguan gets through this difficulty, there will be a good reward.


    Under the personal leadership of Meng Zhang, the disciples of Taiyi sect attack a large number of casual practitioners in the workshop. As long as they don''t openly oppose Taiyi sect, they can only ignore them for the time being.


    Meng ZhangCai relaxed a little after controlling the strategic place of mingshafang city.


    He sent out monks to explore the trend of Lin Quan temple. One side is in mingshafang City, waiting for the reinforcements of skillful hand gate.


    When Aunt Jin and her disciples led a group of skillful disciples to mingshafang city in a flying boat, the monks sent by Meng Zhang also sent back the trend of Linquan temple.


    Since Lin quanguan abandoned all the peripheral strongholds and retreated to the Mountain Gate in an all-round way. Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to attack the well defended Mountain Gate of Lin Quan temple, but to sweep the periphery first.


    After the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley, the original territory was occupied by Linquan temple.


    Now, the first target of Taiyi gate and skillful gate is this territory.


    Because the disciples of Lin Quan Temple retreated in a hurry. Not only did they not have time to wreak havoc, but also many materials on the territory did not have time to be transported away.


    The Allied forces of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen occupied such a large territory without effort.


    The two zongmen basically did not experience any battle, and the main time was spent on the way.


    After all the territories including Zaoxiang oasis were cleared, except for a few symbolic garrisons of disciples. The main force of the two allied forces marched towards the Mountain Gate of Linshan sect.


    On the other side of Qingzhu mountain, after receiving the letter from Qingzhu, there was a division in Qingzhu mountain.


    Qingzhuzi and Zhujian betrayed Feihong sect this time, but it was an absolute secret. They didn''t tell the disciples in advance.


    The messenger feifu sent back to the gate did not elaborate on his betrayal of Feihong sect, but asked all the disciples of Qingzhu mountain to give up the gate as soon as possible and move to Linquan temple.


    For hundreds of years, Qingzhu mountain has a close relationship with Feihong sect. Qingzhu mountain disciples are also proud of this.


    Now green bamboo''s simple order is to make the disciples give up the sect foundation and the mountain gate that has been operated for hundreds of years. How can this be accepted?


    Even if the leader ordered them to give up their own sect and take refuge in Lin quanguan, the opponent of Feihong sect, many disciples did not want to listen to the order.


    Anyway, qingzhuzi was not present in person and ordered face-to-face. A mere heraldry can be said to be forged.


    After a heated argument, only a few disciples rushed to Linquan temple in a flying boat.


    Most of the disciples still stay in the mountain gate.


    Considering the relationship between Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect, Meng Zhang felt that even qingzhuzi and Zhujian betrayed Feihong sect. How to deal with Qingzhu mountain depends on the meaning of Feihong sect.


    Feihongzong had already received the letter from Aunt Jin and knew the betrayal of Qingzhu.


    Although feihongzong could not directly attack Lin quanguan, there was no problem cleaning up Qingzhu mountain, which was closely related to his family.


    If Fei hongzong doesn''t move, he will be dead. If he moves, he will be thunderous.


    The law enforcement disciple sent by Fei hongzong soon came to the gate of Qingzhu mountain.


    The left behind disciples of Qingzhu mountain also warmly welcomed the guests of Feihong sect. There was not only no resistance, but also no vigilance.


    After the law enforcement disciples of feihongzong entered Qingzhu mountain, they did it mercilessly.


    After a bloody killing, not only all the friars, but also their mortal relatives, were slaughtered by Feihong sect.

 Chapter 306

    Although Qingzhu mountain, like the forces of shuangfenggu and Liu family, is nominally a vassal of Feihong sect, it is actually equivalent to a vassal.


    However, because of the origin of Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect, Qingzhu mountain has always been closely related to Feihong sect and obeyed Feihong sect.


    Green bamboo dared to betray Feihong sect this time, but it was greatly beyond the expectation of Feihong sect.


    The high level of Feihong sect first couldn''t believe it, and then was extremely angry.


    Out of the anger of being betrayed and the fear of the vassal forces, Feihong sect did not hesitate to deal with the whole door of Qingzhu mountain by thunder.


    After many losses and recent divisions, the number of disciples in the green bamboo mountain gate is only dozens. But these disciples are basically born in Qingzhu mountain territory, and there are thousands of mortal relatives. If the relatives of relatives are included, tens of thousands of ordinary people can''t get rid of the relationship in the whole Qingzhu mountain territory.


    The furious Feihong sect didn''t even want the face of the orthodox sect. A massacre came directly. The corpses were killed and the blood flowed into a river,


    Tens of thousands of lives were lost.


    If Immortal Feiyu hadn''t ordered not to involve too much, I''m afraid the whole Qingzhu mountain territory would be slaughtered.


    After the news of the blood washing of Qingzhu mountain spread, the whole endless sand sea was extremely shocked.


    Not only the vassal families of Feihong sect were frightened, but even the dihuomen sect were restrained by Feihong sect''s vicious means.


    Meng Zhang also sighed after receiving the news. Fortunately, I stood in the right line this time. If you get on the wrong ship, I''m afraid the situation will not be wonderful.


    He was secretly determined not to let taiyimen come to such an end.


    After sweeping out the original territory of shuangfenggu, the Allied forces of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen directly entered the territory of Linshan sect.


    Most of the disciples of Linshan sect have voluntarily moved to the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple.


    However, the number of mortal relatives of these disciples is huge, but it is impossible to move away in time.


    Moreover, the area of Linquan Mountain Gate is limited, and it is impossible to accommodate too many mortals.


    Almost all the disciples left. Xu Chengxian, the old leader, and some old, weak, sick and disabled disciples took the initiative to stay.


    Xu Chengxian is over 80 years old. He has already passed on the position of leader and provided for the aged at home. With the life of a monk in the period of Qi refining, he doesn''t have many years to live.


    When the disciples of Linshan sect moved, they were going to destroy Lingtian and other resources, but Xu Cheng came after hearing the news and stopped them in time.


    The old leader''s prestige is still there. No one dares to disobey his orders.


    Therefore, all the resources in the Mountain Gate of Linshan sect can be well preserved.


    After the Allied forces of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen arrived, Xu Chengxian also took the initiative to close the mountain protection array and let the other party smoothly occupy Linshan.


    Xu Chengxian did not do any resistance, and honestly caught it. He just sent a message to the disciples of Taiyi sect, hoping to meet Meng Zhang face to face.


    Xu Chengxian''s obedient cooperative attitude made Taiyi disciples not embarrass him, and informed Meng Zhang.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately received Xu Chengxian, an old friend.


    When they met each other, they were in a complex mood and filled with emotion.


    Xu Chengxian did not expect that the young man who was a monk in the period of Qi refining had grown to such a level today.


    It can not only easily destroy the Linshan sect, but also participate in the battle for hegemony in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang looked at this old elder. Xu Chengxian was really a good elder. He had instructed Meng Zhang at the beginning, and even had a friendship with Meng Zhang''s master, Taoist Xuanling.


    No one expected that the two sides would go to war.


    In front of the interests of the sect, no matter how good your personal friendship is, you have to give in.


    Xu Chengxian did not mention his previous friendship, but made a very sincere request. He hoped that Meng Zhang would not kill all the mortal relatives of the disciples of the Linshan sect for the sake of his obedient cooperation and efforts to preserve the integrity of Linshan.


    Meng Zhang did not easily agree to Xu Chengxian''s request.


    This is not the time to take into account old feelings. As the leader of a sect, he can''t help considering the overall situation of the sect.


    Xu Chengxian was also frightened by the means of feihongzong, hoping to impress Meng Zhang and show mercy to the mortals of Linshan sect.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t reply on the spot, and he didn''t have the slightest way.


    Meng Zhang did not embarrass him, but locked him in the same place with a group of old and weak friars left in the Linshan sect.


    After discussing with the old and weak friars, Xu Chengxian committed suicide on the spot.


    Meng Zhang knew that they were determined to die and did not stop them. He let them go on the road happily.


    Meng Zhang has not made a final decision on how to deal with the mortal relatives of friars of Linshan sect. He has a superficial idea and doesn''t know if he can succeed.


    After occupying Linshan, the Allied forces of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate marched into the territory of Linquan temple.


    Under the strict order of Taoist Guanghui, Linquan temple has abandoned all its peripheral strongholds and concentrated all its forces to defend the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple.


    In order to avoid the collapse of soldiers'' hearts and low morale, Taoist Guanghui told everyone that it was only a temporary defeat. After the return of Guangzhi immortal, Lin quanguan will make a big counterattack and recapture all the lost land.


    Therefore, when the disciples of Linquan Temple evacuated, they did not destroy the surrounding oases and mines.


    In their opinion, even if Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate occupy these places, they will not last long. It''s equivalent to keeping it for Lin Quan Temple temporarily. Lin Quan temple will get it back sooner or later.


    The Allied forces of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate made great progress all the way. They killed smoothly outside the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple and stopped moving forward.


    Next, there is no such good thing as before. An unprecedented bitter battle is waiting for them.


    In the Linquan Mountain Gate, five monks who escaped from the foundation period, Taoist Guanghui, Taoist Guangquan, Taoist Guangrui, qingzhuzi and Lin shenpo, have long been ready to be ashamed before the snow.


    In addition, two friars in the foundation period stayed at the mountain gate last time and didn''t fight.


    Taoist priest Guangyuan is a second-class alchemist painstakingly trained by Lin quanguan. He is not good at fighting. But anyway, he is also a friar in the foundation period. Relying on the mountain protection array, he can also play a strong combat effectiveness.


    Lin Bolin is a rising star of Lin Quan view. The foundation building time is not very long, but the combat effectiveness is no worse than that of some predecessors of Guangzi generation.


    In addition to a total of seven foundational friars, Lin Quan temple also has a large number of Qi refining disciples. In addition to the relocated disciples of Lin Shan sect and the few disciples of Qingzhu mountain, the number of monks in the Qi refining period is close to 700.


    In the face-to-face battle, the friars in the Qi refining period have little effect when facing the friars in the foundation building period. However, when they are behind the mountain protection array and use the power of the mountain protection array, they can pose a fatal threat to the friars during the foundation period.

 Chapter 307

    In the taiyimen and qiaoshoumen allied forces, there were four monks in the middle of foundation building alone, Meng Zhang, Hou Tu God general, Jing Lei God general and aunt Jin. In addition, there were Jin Qigu, Jin wengbo, Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan in the early stage of foundation construction.


    A total of eight friars in the foundation period not only exceeded their opponents in number, but also far exceeded their combat effectiveness.


    On the other hand, only Taoist priest Guanghui and Taoist priest Guangrui were monks in the middle of foundation construction.


    If there is a face-to-face battle in the field, Lin quanguan must be completely defeated. However, the Lin Quan temple, which now occupies the best time and place, is not so easy to be defeated.


    Among the Allied forces of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen, the number of friars in the Qi refining period is less than 300. But the quality is good. At least they are monks in the middle of gas refining. The weak chickens in the early stage of gas refining didn''t let them count up.


    Meng Zhang and others flew into the sky and looked at the Mountain Gate of Linquan Temple below. Their faces were very dignified.


    The Mountain Gate of Linquan temple is located on a small mountain range, which is composed of several adjacent peaks.


    Several peaks are not high and cover a small area.


    A huge mountain protection array protects all around this small mountain range.


    On the periphery of the mountains, water curtains can be vaguely seen. In the water curtain, thick green trees swim back and forth.


    "It''s the green wood torrent array." Wen Qian didn''t spend much effort, so he saw through the origin of the mountain protection array in front of him.


    The green wood torrent array is also a little famous in the cultivation world.


    The large array gathers a large amount of water aura and turns it into a rolling torrent to guard the large array. The aquatic wood can stimulate the aura of the wood system and give birth to countless green trees, which can be used as both a large array barrier and a sharp weapon to kill the enemy.


    When the array was launched, a torrent swept in, and countless green trees floated down the stream.


    With the blessing of many monks in the array, the big array is very powerful and difficult to break.


    Even on the side of Taiyi gate, the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan have superb array attainments. But facing this big array, there is no good way for the time being.


    A frontal attack is the worst policy. Even if he wins in the end, Meng Zhang can''t bear the price.


    Since there is no other good plan, we can only temporarily surround Lin Quan temple and slowly look for opportunities.


    Fortunately, feihongzong did not strictly require the time to completely destroy Linquan temple, but urged him to do it as soon as possible.


    Now the war has begun, and feihongzong has not urged, let alone limited the deadline.


    Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate need not be in a hurry. They can be arranged more calmly.


    Of course, since we are at the foot of the city and do nothing, it will hurt our morale.


    Meng Zhang decided to try to attack. I don''t expect to break the big array. I just want to test the power of the big array.


    The disciples of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate are separated and slowly approach Linquan Mountain Gate from two directions.


    Taiyi sect has the least number of disciples, only dozens. Wen qiansuan personally commanded and set up the heaven and earth rotation array.


    At the skillful hand gate, almost 200 disciples set up an unknown array.


    The rest of the monks in the foundation period flew into the air and were ready.


    Under the order of Meng Zhang, the friars took the lead in the foundation period.


    All kinds of magic instruments, including flying swords, fought against the water curtain in front of them. The spell like raindrops continues to bombard the water curtain in front.


    The disciples of the lower two sects in the Qi refining period also relied on the strength of the formation to concentrate everyone''s strength and constantly attack the water curtain in front.


    Although Fei hongzong did not directly participate in the war this time, he supported a large number of war materials from the two sects, including many first-order talismans.


    A large number of talismans were released, fireball, Earth Dragon, weapon blade, golden sword... Continuous spells like the tide rushed to the water curtain in front.


    Taoist Guanghui had already led everyone in place and firmly occupied all the fulcrum of the array. They continuously inject their true Qi into the array and control the array to produce various changes.


    Large waves of water curtain fluctuated violently, producing countless ripples. All the attacks fell on it and were gently dissolved by the water curtain.


    The water curtain flows, and the soft power gushes out, which is deeply watery and soft.


    Countless green trees flowed with the water curtain, and then poured frantically towards the people.


    The God of thick earth and the God of thunder came out and shot respectively.


    A huge gravel hammer swept across the, smashing countless green trees. The lightning smashed every green wood.


    However, there were still a large number of green trees, which escaped the attack of the two men and swept towards the Qi refining disciples of the two sects below.


    The disciples of the two sects changed their formation from attack to defense, and resisted a large number of green trees.


    Wen qiansuan meditated for a long time. Suddenly, he made every effort to sacrifice the broken armour knife and cut heavily against the water curtain in front.


    A huge gap was cut on the water curtain, but the water curtain flowed and immediately made up the gap.


    Wen Qian shook his head and knew that this large array was very tenacious and could not be broken overnight.


    Meng Zhang, who was flying in the air, knew that nothing could be done. He still had a chance to retreat before he really went deep into the array.


    He said hello, and several friars in the foundation period tried their best to cover the retreat of the two teams of alchemy friars below.


    The two formations fought and retreated, and slowly withdrew from the attack range of the mountain protection array.


    Then Meng Zhang and others did not love war and retreated.


    Taoist Guanghui, who was presiding over the formation, sighed with regret.


    The enemy was so cautious that he didn''t go deep at all. He just tried at the edge of the array and took the initiative to retreat.


    Taoist Guanghui was going to use the power of the array to look for opportunities to inflict heavy damage on the enemy. It''s better to be a friar in the foundation period who can kill the enemy on the spot. But I waited for a long time, but I didn''t wait for the right opportunity.


    The enemy is too far away, and the power of the mountain protection array cannot be brought into full play. Even if the storm is difficult, it is difficult to achieve the goal.


    Taoist Guanghui hesitated and thought of the long future. He didn''t have to be in a hurry to give up the idea of counterattack.


    After the Allied forces of the two sects retreated, several friars in the foundation period gathered together, discussed briefly, and decided to encircle the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple first.


    A large number of array materials were transported from the rear, which were personally presided over by general Wen qiansuan and the God of thick earth. Two Dharma arrays were arranged outside the Linquan Guanshan gate, in which the disciples of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate were stationed respectively.


    The two Dharma arrays are not far away and can just echo each other.


    During the rest of the foundation period, the monks scattered and surrounded the Linquan Mountain Gate from several different directions.


    As long as friars Lin quanguan dare to leave the protection of the mountain protection array, they will rush up and kill them.


    During the foundation period of the two zongmen, some friars traveled around outside the Linquan Guanshan gate. Some hide their body shape and don''t let others find their existence.

 Chapter 308

    At first, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin also hoped that they could lead out the enemy and solve the battle outside.


    The friars in the foundation period selected by the two sects deliberately left alone and appeared outside the mountain protection array, trying to lure the enemy out to kill.


    How can you deceive Taoist Guanghui by luring the enemy to this extent.


    No matter how the enemy scolded, provoked and lured outside the battle array, he ignored them all.


    Taoist Guanghui has made up his mind that no matter what happens outside, he will resolutely guard the mountain array. He also strictly ordered everyone not to leave the mountain protection array for half a step.


    Seeing that the trick of luring the enemy had no effect, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin had to give up.


    The thick earth God flew into the air and observed for a long time, but he didn''t find the flaw of the mountain protection array.


    However, the fact that the mountain protection array has no flaws does not mean that there are no opportunities around.


    As a local master, the thick earth God is good at geography. He slowly explored around the Linquan Mountain Gate, carefully looking for possible flaws.


    Wen Qian is an out and out array mage. He only knows how to solve problems through arrays.


    He soon flew into the air and looked down at the big array below. After a while, he lowered the height, leaned over and observed closely. Even, he will take the initiative to attack tentatively and carefully observe the operation of the array.


    Wen Qian is so arrogant to be so close to the big array. The defensive friars in the array all wanted to give him a heavy and kill him on the spot.


    However, Wen Qian was very cautious. He only observed at the edge of the big array and almost walked away as soon as he touched it. He didn''t give the enemy the opportunity to mobilize the power of the big array to attack.


    Because of the strict order of Taoist Guanghui, they were even more worried about the enemy''s plan to lure the enemy, and they did not dare to easily leave the mountain protection array to pursue.


    Seeing that the enemy was iron hearted, he resolutely refused to come out. Meng Zhang had no better way. He could only wait for the progress of general Houtu and Wen qiansuan.


    The newly occupied territory outside began to appear unstable because there was no strong monk suppression. Many casual practices are ready to move.


    Feeling that the strength left was enough to suppress the enemies in the mountain protection array, Meng Zhang left quietly with Jin Qigu.


    The territory of the Linshan sect, the territory of the golden sword sect and the territory of Shuangfeng Valley, is so vast that it is really difficult to be reassured to rely on a few monks during the Qi refining period.


    But as soon as Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu, two friars in the foundation period, appeared, all the friars who were eager to try immediately became honest.


    Meng Zhang is not an easy generation. He has experienced World War I and established a prestigious reputation.


    After the destruction of Shuangfeng Valley, the territory of Shuangfeng valley was in chaos, and scattered repairs were rampant. Meng Zhang took charge of the territory of Shuangfeng Valley, swept around, killed, subdued all scattered repairs, and stabilized the situation in the territory of Shuangfeng valley.


    Taiyi sect joined hands with the skillful sect this time, which defeated Lin Quan temple. Meng Zhang''s return with the power of victory is really frightening.


    Meng Zhang subdued the restless monks and went to see Shi Changqing.


    Last time Gu Tanghai took refuge in feihongzong, Shi Changqing resolutely refused. After being controlled by Gu Tanghai, he was put under house arrest.


    After taiyimen captured mingshafang City, Shi Changqing also fell into the hands of taiyimen.


    Shi Changqing, a second-class alchemist, is the most urgently needed talent in Taiyi sect. Of course, Meng Zhang will not let go easily.


    After meeting Shi Changqing, Meng Zhang told him what had happened recently.


    He admitted to Shi Changqing that taiyimen was not a vassal of feihongzong, but only cooperated with feihongzong temporarily.


    Without Gu Tanghai in the middle, Feihong sect will not be polite to the remaining evils of the Zijin sect.


    Now Lin Quan temple has been surrounded by Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate. It is in a precarious situation and can no longer protect the Shi family. For the sake of the blood inheritance of the Shi family and the life safety of countless Shi family people, Shi Changqing should make plans early.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s coercion and inducement, especially the threat of Feihong sect, Shi Changqing was afraid.


    He is old and not afraid of death. He was afraid that the Shi family was destroyed by Feihong sect and completely cut off the blood inheritance.


    Since Gu Tanghai cooperated with several religious sects to plot against the Liu family and Qingzhu mountain, the Shi family, which has been hidden in the dark, has entered the bright place of the cultivation world. Later, when the Shi family became a vassal of Linquan temple, all the details were thoroughly clarified by Feihong sect.


    Especially after hearing Meng Zhang mention what Feihong sect has done to Qingzhu mountain in a casual tone, Shi Changqing was shocked by the cruelty of Feihong sect.


    Finally, after a long time of thinking, Shi Changqing and Meng Zhang had a long talk and made a difficult decision after getting a lot of commitments.


    Meng Zhang and Shi Changqing made a ghost oath, let the ghosts and gods of the underworld witness, and reached an agreement.


    Since then, the Shi family has become a vassal of the Taiyi gate, always loyal to the Taiyi gate and never betrayed.


    As the master, taiyimen has the responsibility to protect the stone family. To avoid the stone family from being attacked by other forces in the cultivation world, especially Feihong sect.


    There are many detailed terms, which have been carefully discussed by the two people. It stipulates the rights and obligations of both parties and defines the status of both parties.


    The ghost oath book used when making the ghost oath was bought by Meng Zhang from Feihong sect after spending a lot of spirit stones.


    There is no problem with the oath. With the witness of the ghosts and gods of the underworld, Shi Changqing can ensure that he abides by the agreement.


    After making a ghost oath and the Shi Family officially became a vassal of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang let Shi Changqing regain his freedom.


    There is a second-order spirit vein in the place where the Shi family was originally hidden. After becoming a vassal of Feihong sect, Gu Tanghai became the manager of mingshafang city and took the opportunity to move a large number of Shi family members to mingshafang city.


    Now taiyimen has captured mingshafang City, and Gu Tanghai has died. Meng Zhang naturally wants to take back the management right of mingshafang city.


    Meng Zhang appointed Li Xuan, the foreign affairs elder of taiyimen, to be responsible for the management of the large and small affairs of mingshafang city.


    In mingshafang City, the interests of the stone family are preserved, and the share of the skillful hand gate remains the same.


    The Shi family originally owned a Dan Pavilion in mingshafang City, which was presided over by Shi Changqing himself and specialized in selling all kinds of pills.


    After the Shi family was attached to the Taiyi gate, Shi Changqing continued to sit in the Dan Pavilion and refine all kinds of pills.


    However, according to the agreement reached between Shi Changqing and Meng Zhang, the Taiyi goalkeeper will send talented disciples to learn alchemy.


    Shi Changqing also promised that he would give everything he could to train alchemists for Taiyi sect without reservation.


    After the Shi family took refuge in taiyimen, the scattered repairs that had taken refuge in Gu Tanghai were also dealt with by Meng Zhang.


    If you are willing to continue to be loyal to the Shi family, keep everything as it is, and taiyimen will not interfere.


    Those who are willing to take refuge in taiyimen will also be taken in as appropriate.

 Chapter 309

    Meng Zhang personally received these scattered practitioners and read their thoughts one by one with his heart to ensure that there was no difference.


    Those who pass Meng Zhang''s screening will naturally be accepted by taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not directly absorb these scattered practices into the Taiyi gate. Now the Taiyi gate is not the original one, and there is no need to choose food. There is a higher standard for recruiting disciples.


    Taiyimen originally built a Hengyuan building in mingshafang city. It is the main commercial organization of taiyimen in mingshafang City, which is in the charge of Zhang Zhanlin, Li Xuan''s adopted son.


    Meng Zhang handed over these absorbed casual repairs to Zhang Zhanlin and asked them to serve Hengyuan building.


    In Meng Zhang''s conception, Hengyuan building is just like Feihong building to Feihong sect for Taiyi gate. As a commercial organization of taiyimen, Hengyuan building keeps growing and slowly extends its power to the outside.


    Meng Zhang set a wide standard for those casual repairs this time, but they were not too bad, or those casual repairs that were hostile to taiyimen were absorbed into Hengyuan building by him.


    These people serve Hengyuan building. As long as they are loyal and try their best, after many tests, they still have the opportunity to join Taiyi gate and become formal disciples of Taiyi gate.


    Now, they can only be regarded as peripheral members of taiyimen.


    As for those casual practitioners who are neither loyal to the Shi family nor willing to take refuge in the Taiyi gate, or who are not worthy of the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang did not embarrass them.


    Taiyimen just occupied such a large territory. It needs to appease people. It''s not suitable to kill rashly.


    As long as the scattered repair does not violate the laws and regulations of mingshafang City, you can naturally stay here safely and come and go freely.


    Jin Qigu, who returned to mingshafang city with Meng Zhang, did not stop here, but directly began to inspect the vast territory to ensure peace around.


    While Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu were busy stabilizing the rear, Long Yan, the leader of the earth fire sect, also received a letter from Taoist priest Guanghui, the leader of Lin quanguan.


    In the face of Feihong sect, Lin quanguan and dihuomen are natural allies. Now Lin Quan temple is besieged, and the earth fire gate should not sit idly by. But Shangguan Longyan also has its own difficulties.


    Elder flaming immortal is not here. Even if Shangguan Longyan is the leader of a sect, he can''t do many things.


    Now, whether dihuomen or Linquan temple, in fact, they have not openly torn their faces with Feihong Zong.


    Of course, Lin Quan temple was besieged by Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate, which was indeed secretly instructed by Feihong sect.


    Shangguan Longyan was worried that if dihuomen helped Lin quanguan this time, would it offend Feihong sect and lead to Feihong sect''s full suppression.


    With the power of Feihong sect, if you really want to tear your face, the earth fire gate can''t resist.


    In addition, the earth fire gate is now facing off with the earth gate.


    Although dihuomen has the upper hand for the time being, if a large number of forces are sent to reinforce Linquan temple, it may give tuxingmen an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    For a long time, Shangguan Longyan was unable to make a decision.


    He called the elders in the door to discuss matters. The elders expressed their opinions and quarreled, but they couldn''t get a unified opinion.


    Dihuomen is closely related to huoyun sect. However, huoyun sect is far away from the endless sand sea and can''t communicate for the time being.


    Finally, Shangguan Longyan decided not to rush to reinforce Lin quanguan, but to send envoys to listen to the opinions of Mobei Qi family.


    Feihong sect has great potential. The forces of dihuomen, Linquan temple and Mobei Qi family need to hold together to keep warm.


    Although no formal covenant has been reached, we should have a certain tacit understanding.


    Now Lin quanguan is besieged and in crisis. Mobei Qijia should have a constitution.


    However, the messenger of the local huomen came all the way to the territory of Mobei Qi family and asked to see the owner of Mobei Qi family, but he was rejected.


    The head of the Qi family was unwilling to receive the messenger of the earthfire gate, and did not explain the reason.


    After receiving the message from the messenger, Shangguan Longyan was a little confused.


    What the hell is going on? Is it that Mobei Qi family and feihongzong came together?


    Putting aside the absurd idea in his brain, Shangguan Longyan continued to have a headache and was still difficult to make a decision.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu had almost settled the newly occupied territory and basically removed their worries.


    Shi Changqing became a vassal of Taiyi gate, which added a friar in the foundation period to Taiyi gate.


    With Shi Changqing''s seat, at least there is no problem in mingshafang city.


    After calming the rear, Meng Zhang and Jin Qigu returned to the front line again.


    The two sects maintained the siege of Linquan temple, but did not rashly attack. The monks in Lin Quan temple also decided not to come out.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to give full play to his ability to break false magic eyes and help the thick earth God to survey the geography and explore the surrounding conditions.


    The thick earth God will not disappoint Meng Zhang. After a long survey, he finally put forward a feasible scheme, which can weaken or even break the mountain protection array of Linquan temple.


    The mountain protection Dharma array of Linquan Temple needs to consume a lot of aura every moment when it works.


    Linquan Mountain Gate is located on a second-order spirit vein, which continuously provides aura for the mountain protection array and maintains the operation of the mountain protection array.


    The thick earth God gave full play to his specialty as a geologist and surveyed the specific direction of the second-order spiritual vein.


    Spirit veins are generally deep underground and distributed along the trend of earth veins.


    An excellent earth master can find out the specific location of the spirit pulse as long as he probes along the earth pulse.


    If the earth pulse is cut off, the thick earth God will be able to use the earth master''s secret method to affect the Reiki flow of the spirit pulse and stop the spirit pulse to provide Reiki to the mountain protection array.


    Without the aura provided by this second-order spirit vein, Lin Quan Temple needs to consume a lot of spirit stones all the time in order to maintain the operation of the mountain protection array.


    The inventory of Lingshi in Linquan temple is limited. Even if Linquan temple is rich and deep, it can''t stand this consumption.


    When the spirit stone is consumed, the mountain protection array loses its source of aura and will naturally break through.


    Without the blessing of the mountain protection array, the friars in Lin Quan temple could not resist the alliance of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate.


    After hearing the plan of the thick earth God general, Meng Zhang was very happy. Fortunately, with the earth God general, we can come up with this drastic plan.


    Meng Zhang summoned all the friars in the foundation period, made a thorough disclosure of the plan of the thick earth God, and began to arrange the task.


    During the foundation period, the task of monks is to closely monitor the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple to prevent the monks from rushing out.


    During the gas refining period of the two sects here, all the friars mobilized to dig around and cut off the earth vein according to the instructions of the thick earth God general.


    After the arrangement, all the monks began to act according to the plan.

 Chapter 310

    The God of thick earth drew a detailed drawing and communicated it to the principals of the two sects.


    On this map, it records in detail where to excavate and to what extent.


    Meng Zhang just glanced at it and felt a little headache.


    Several surrounding mountains will be cut off, and many peaks will be hollowed out


    Such a huge amount of work, if placed in the mortal world, needs the mortal king to mobilize millions of people, and it takes several years to barely complete it.


    It has been through for decades, but a sentence often heard before crossing suddenly appeared in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    "Which is the best excavator Technology..."


    Unfortunately, this is a backward ancient world, not a high-tech world before crossing.


    Of course, there is no technology in this world, but there are practitioners.


    The great power among practitioners can move mountains and seas and turn the world upside down with one''s own strength.


    These low-level practitioners of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate don''t have that ability, but as long as they go out and dig a few mountains, it''s nothing.


    No matter how big the project is, no matter how hard it takes, it is better than wasting human lives and attacking the enemy''s mountain protection array.


    All the practitioners in the gas refining period were divided into several teams, led by the high-level leaders in their respective departments, and were ready to start hard work.


    Jin wengbo, a skillful craftsman, feels that it is disgraceful for practitioners to engage in such work, and the amount of work is too large. He asked in public whether to fully mobilize the mortals in their respective territories to carry out this work.


    In particular, it has just occupied a large territory of Linquan temple, and there are a lot of mortals on it.


    As soon as the proposal was put forward, it was rejected by Meng Zhang.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s hypocrisy. He should be considerate of the people''s strength and do not want to damage people''s lives too much.


    But in the whole endless sand sea, including near linquanguan, most of the terrain is desert Gobi, and human beings live in isolated oases.


    Near Linquan temple, except for the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple, most other places are desert. Occasionally, a little green can be seen on several mountains.


    In such places, it is a terrible job to use a large number of mortals for construction, just to ensure the logistics of mortals and feed them.


    Besides, because of the serious water shortage, in order to ensure that ordinary people have enough drinking water, I''m afraid many practitioners will continue to use the water system spell.


    Meng Zhang rejected Jin wengbo''s unreliable proposal on the spot and acted according to the original arrangement.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t mean to let the disciples of the two sects do so recklessly.


    He gathered all the inventory of jianlishi runes of the two sects.


    In addition to the talismans used in the construction and repair of various buildings, the two families do not have much inventory.


    Meng Zhang urgently contacted Feihong Zong and wanted Feihong Zong to continuously provide such talismans.


    Before feihongzong''s operation, he had already supported taiyimen with a large amount of war materials. It seems a little difficult for feihongzong to continue bleeding now. After all, feihongzong is not a big wrongdoer.


    Meng Zhang did not intend to ask for it in vain, but directly took out the spirit stone to buy it.


    This war with Linquan temple, Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate have gained a lot.


    Taiyimen, in particular, now occupies more territory than Shuangfeng Valley, the original regional overlord.


    On the vast territory, there are many oases, many spiritual fields and a large number of minerals


    As long as taiyimen completely destroys Linquan temple, it can be operated slowly after the war. At that time, the number of all kinds of cultivation resources will be extremely huge.


    Meng Zhang, who was rich, became generous.


    Meng Zhang flew to feihongzong urgently and negotiated a deal with feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong. He did not haggle over every detail this time, but paid generously and offered an appropriate price.


    As a result, feihongzong also began to take action to acquire a large number of all kinds of talismans.


    In addition to the door maker stepping up drawing, he didn''t hesitate to buy a lot from Jiuqu League.


    Batches of talismans were sent to the front. At the same time, a transport team sent by Feihong sect carried away a large number of cultivation resources from the two sect territories.


    These cultivation resources were abandoned by Lin quanguan when he gave up his territory. Meng Zhang does not want the booty from Bai Lai.


    Around the Lin Quan temple, giant builders were summoned by two disciples with talismans.


    These indefatigable Hercules with infinite power began to dig with their bare hands without any tools.


    At the foot of the hills, pieces of talismans such as burst talismans, fireball talismans and earth bullet talismans were released and bombarded the hills in front.


    The huge explosion continued, the rocks kept falling, and the top of the hill was slowly cut off.


    In less than a day, a hill was razed to the ground.


    Next, Zhang yingzaolishi''s talisman was released, and the little giants came forward and began to dig.


    The excavated massive earth and rock were transported away by jianlishi.


    With sufficient help, the project went on smoothly.


    Mountains were leveled, and deep and large gullies appeared on the earth. Ravines crisscross the plains.


    Practitioners trapped in Linquan Temple instinctively feel that the situation is not good.


    But there is no division among them. The practitioners from remote areas are not smart enough, and their experience is not enough. They can''t see through the purpose of the enemy''s actions.


    According to common sense, the enemy must try his best to stop what he wants to do.


    However, during the foundation building period, the friars of one or two families watched closely and had no opportunity to take advantage of it. Second, they are also afraid that this is the enemy''s trick to lure them away from the protection of the mountain protection array.


    After a heated debate, Taoist Guanghui finally made a decision.


    The enemy is just playing tricks and must not be confused by the enemy. We must keep quiet, stick to the original plan, guard the mountain array and give the enemy no opportunity to take advantage of it. When Guangzhi immortal returns, the two clan rebels will die.


    Although he has been very tough verbally, Taoist Guanghui is still a little worried.


    If Immortal Guangzhi doesn''t come back one day, he won''t be at ease one day.


    Since Fei hongzong dared to provoke the Taiyi sect and other sects, he must have considered the factor of Guangzhi immortal.


    Now I can''t get in touch with Guangzhi real person, and I don''t know whether Guangzhi real person was tripped by something or had an accident?


    Of course, in front of the public, Taoist Guanghui hid his mind well and dared not reveal it at all.


    At present, Guangzhi immortal is the greatest hope of everyone and the greatest reliance of everyone. If something really happens to Guangzhi, I''m afraid the morale of everyone will collapse immediately.


    Taoist Guanghui can only cast aside his worries, strengthen his spirit, and try his best to inspire everyone and morale.

 Chapter 311

    While the Taiyi sect and the skillful sect are working hard to dig the earth vein, the leader of the earth fire sect, Long Yan, is still hesitant.


    At the beginning, the great elder of dihuomen, immortal flaming, supported Shangguan Longyan as the elder of dihuomen. It is because Shangguan Longyan is calm enough and thoughtful.


    Most of the earth fire gate monks during the foundation period were influenced by the cultivation of skills and methods, and they were greatly stimulated by life and death when building the foundation. One by one, they have a hot temper. Many people are crazy and fearless of death. A few even have the tendency of self destruction.


    As a rare sober and rational person, Shangguan Longyan was entrusted with the important task of the leader although he was mediocre among the friars during the foundation period of the earth fire gate.


    But because he is too rational, it is difficult to make a decision at the critical moment.


    Although he has been staying in the earth fire gate, he still pays close attention to the trend of Lin Quan temple through his eyes and ears.


    The Allied forces of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen surrounded Lin quanguan and did not start a direct attack. This was not beyond his expectation.


    Even if the two sects are slightly stronger than Linquan temple, it is difficult to break through the mountain protection array of Linquan temple. Naturally, they will not ask for trouble.


    The two sides are now in a state of confrontation. This situation is echoing the wishes of Shangguan Longyan.


    They''d better continue to confront each other slowly. When the real flame returns, the real flame will decide how to deal with the situation in front of them.


    As for the large-scale excavation carried out by the two zongmen allied forces, Shangguan Longyan also couldn''t understand it. Like Taoist Guanghui, he thought that the two sects were trying to deceive the monks of Linquan temple to leave the protection of the mountain protection array.


    Since the situation in Linquan temple is stable and there is no crisis to be broken for the time being, Shangguan Longyan can not make a decision in a hurry and can stand still for the time being.


    After nearly a month''s efforts, the excavation work was finally completely completed.


    The thick earth God will draw several key nodes on the map, and a Dharma array needs to be arranged on it.


    When all the disciples of the two sects rested for two days and recovered their vitality, Meng Zhang ordered them to continue their work.


    A large number of array materials were sent to the front. Under Wen qiansuan''s personal supervision, several Dharma arrays were arranged one by one.


    The thick earth God chose a position to lay the Dharma altar and began to open the altar.


    Meng Zhang and others came outside the Linquan mountain view gate to monitor the movement inside when the thick earth God was doing it. Only Wen qiansuan stayed there to help the thick earth God.


    After half a sound, first there was a loud noise like thunder, and then there were several loud noises in a row. The whole earth had a huge vibration.


    A strong earthquake suddenly came, but the scope was not large. It was near the Mountain Gate of linquanguan.


    Several peaks in Lin Quan Temple trembled violently, as if they were going to collapse completely.


    The monks of the two families were warned in advance, and now they can keep calm.


    However, Lin quanguan fell into chaos because of the sudden earthquake.


    Fortunately, the earthquake didn''t last long. It just shook a few times and subsided completely.


    Under the severe reprimand of the senior management of Linquan temple, it was not easy to restore calm inside Linquan temple.


    Friar Lin quanguan inspected the losses caused by the earthquake, especially the mountain protection array, and whether it was damaged in the earthquake just now.


    The results of the inspection made everyone very satisfied. The mountain protection array stood still and was unharmed. As for the damage of some buildings in the zongmen, it is not worth mentioning at all.


    Meng Zhang and others flew in the air and looked coldly at the mountain protection array below.


    The mountain protection array is the biggest Amulet of Lin Quan temple at present. They must be paying attention to the mountain protection array all the time.


    Friar Lin quanguan could soon find out that the spirit pulse stopped conveying Reiki to the mountain protection array.


    In fact, friar Lin quanguan found that the situation was wrong before he found that there was something wrong with the mountain protection array.


    All monks of Lin Quan Temple meditate and regulate their breath almost every day, absorb Reiki into their bodies, and refine it into their own true Qi.


    Shortly after the earthquake, monks began their daily homework and began to meditate and practice.


    After practicing for a while, many people felt that the aura on the mountain began to become thinner today. It takes more effort than usual to absorb enough aura.


    At first, we thought it was an accidental phenomenon, but next, almost every monk had this feeling. And with the passage of time, Reiki became thinner and thinner.


    At this time, Taoist Guanghui was finally disturbed.


    After a careful investigation, he and several friars in the foundation period in the door found that the Reiki provided by the spiritual pulse was decreasing day by day.


    Now everyone became frightened.


    The aura provided by the second-order spirit pulse of Lin Quan temple should not only maintain the operation of the mountain protection array, but also be absorbed by all monks in the mountain gate.


    If there is something wrong with the spirit pulse, it can''t provide enough Reiki. Not to mention the mountain protection array, the cultivation of all monks in the mountain gate will be affected. The consumed real Qi can not be supplemented in time.


    Taoist priest Guanghui took Taoist priest Guangrui and several other confidants and personally performed the earth hiding technique. He hid underground and went to the location of the underground spiritual pulse.


    The mountain protection array of Linquan Temple seems to cover a small area, but it actually protects a three-dimensional space. The sky, ground and underground are all within the protection range of the large array.


    There are many monks who are proficient in earth hiding in the endless sand sea. If a large array is not considered to protect the underground, it will have fatal defects that day.


    The second-order spiritual pulse of Lin Quan temple is naturally within the protection scope of the mountain protection array.


    After Taoist Guanghui and others came to the location of the spirit pulse, they soon found that there was a big problem with the spirit pulse.


    The spirit pulse has collapsed, and the Reiki is passing away. If you go on like this, the Reiki in the spiritual pulse will be lost in three or two days at most.


    After all, the inside information of Lin Quan view is not enough. There is no high-end career like Earth division in the door. Even in the endless sand sea, only Feihong sect has a local division, and its level is relatively low.


    With the current damage of the spirit vessel, ordinary low-level masters are also difficult to repair effectively.


    Taoist priest Guanghui found out the situation of the spirit pulse, and his face became gloomy immediately. At this moment, he finally knew that the seemingly useless excavation carried out by the two clan allied forces outside actually hit the key of Linquan temple.


    Taoist Guanghui regretted that when the two zongmen began to dig, he should stop it and should not let the enemy achieve his goal without hindrance.


    If Taoist Guanghui had made the right decision at that time and sent friars in the foundation period on the mountain to harass, attack and leave at once, he would certainly be able to interfere with or even interrupt the enemy''s excavation work.


    However, he was too cautious and took the wrong Countermeasures of sitting idly by and watching it change.

 Chapter 312

    At this point, Taoist Guanghui''s regret is meaningless.


    The aura of the spirit pulse is about to be completely interrupted. In order to maintain the operation of the mountain protection array, we have to start consuming the spirit stone.


    The large storehouse of Lin quanguan was opened, and all the spiritual stones in stock were taken out.


    As a jindanzong gate, Lin quanguan occupies a vast territory and should be very rich. But in fact, Lin quanguan''s family has a big business and a large expenditure.


    In the endless sand sea, the materials are poor and the purchasing power of Lingshi is limited. Sects like Lin Quan temple will turn spirit stones into various cultivation materials whenever they have the opportunity. There are not many spirit stones stored in the gate. It''s enough to keep the sect running normally.


    After urgent counting, there are less than 30000 lower grade spirit stones in the large warehouse and about 100 middle grade spirit stones.


    If you lose the support of spiritual pulse, you will consume more than 1000 inferior spiritual stones every day to maintain the minimum consumption of mountain protection array.


    If the enemy attacks the array at this time, the consumption of spirit stone will be faster.


    In addition, without the aura provided by the spirit pulse, all monks in Linquan Temple need to consume the spirit stone in order to absorb enough aura and maintain their combat effectiveness.


    The Lingshi reserve of Lin quanguan can support up to one month.


    After a month, not only the mountain protection array can not be maintained, but also the cultivation of the monks in the door will be affected.


    As for things like the collapse of the spiritual pulse, the degradation of the spiritual field in the mountain gate and the depletion of the spiritual spring, they have long ignored it.


    Under the order of Taoist Guanghui, the spirit stone in the mountain gate is first used to ensure the operation of the mountain protection array. He summoned the friars in the foundation period in the mountain gate and began to discuss the next action.


    Green bamboo''s proposal is that everyone should quickly disperse and break through the encirclement, escape a few, and escape as far as they can.


    Before he finished his words, he was scolded by other monks of Linquan temple.


    Your green bamboo mountain is full of extinction, and there are few monks in Linquan Guanshan gate. Of course, you want to escape. However, in Lin Quan temple, there are hundreds of friars in the Qi refining period, not even their mortal relatives. How can so many people escape under the pursuit of the enemy.


    Green bamboo is an outsider. It is lonely and small. Naturally, I dare not argue with them. I can only keep my mouth shut.


    In fact, in his heart, he has regretted dying.


    Qingzhu mountain was buried by him because of the good situation. If green bamboo hadn''t betrayed Fei hongzong, it would not have caused the disaster of extermination. Now I''m afraid it has begun to divide up the heritage of Linquan temple as a winner.


    How did I get obsessed at the beginning? I listened to the nonsense of Taoist Guanghui and got on the broken ship of Linquan temple. He thought bitterly.


    If his retreat had not been cut off and he could not turn back, he would have betrayed Lin Quan view.


    Now is the time to hire people. Green bamboo is also a combat power in the foundation period and has utilization value. It should not be too embarrassing for him.


    Taoist Guanghui falsely reprimanded several fellow disciples and comforted green bamboo.


    Lin Bolin, the youngest of the crowd, said that the morale of the disciples was still high before the news of the collapse of the spiritual pulse spread widely among the disciples during the Qi refining period. It''s better to put all your eggs in one basket, attack the whole army, face-to-face with the enemy and fight to the death.


    Lin Bolin''s proposal was supported by Taoist Guangrui, who has always been radical. But the conservative Guangyuan Taoist priest was very opposed.


    According to his opinion, we should try our best to delay for a few days.


    Maybe, after a few more days, Guangzhi immortal will come back. When he comes back, all the problems will be solved.


    Taoist Guangyuan''s idea was too negative and was strongly opposed by Taoist Guangrui.


    After a few words, both sides fell into a dispute. The others in the door stood in line and fell into an argument.


    Taoist Guanghui looked at the debating people and had a little contradiction in his heart. In the struggle with Meng Zhang and others, he lost several calculations in succession. He lost confidence in his wisdom and did not dare to make a decision easily.


    After the spirit vein of Linquan Temple disappeared, a large number of spirit stones were consumed to maintain the operation of the mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang and others outside the array were keenly aware of this change.


    After completing the task of cutting off the earth vein and destroying the spirit vein, general Houtu and Wen qiansuan came outside the Mountain Gate of Linquan temple and joined the people.


    A total of eight friars gathered during the foundation period. As soon as they took off into the air, they began to attack the mountain protection array from a distance.


    Meng Zhang took out the golden black lamp and released the true fire of the sun. The golden black virtual shadow on the golden black lamp flickered, and a little spark spread to the mountain protection array below.


    Every spark falling on the water curtain outside the green wood flood array will burn holes.


    Although the flowing water curtain immediately made up these big holes, a lot of Reiki had been consumed.


    In this period of time, the thunder god will continue refining and refining the essence of the sky thunder. It not only repaired the severed arm, but also completely recovered.


    Naturally jumping off, he flew into the air, raised his hands, held up a ball of lightning, and then threw it down.


    A flash of lightning fell from the sky and fell on the mountain protection array. After a violent explosion, a huge gap was blown out.


    The large array operated at high speed and the water curtain flowed rapidly, which repaired the gap in time.


    During the foundation building period, all friars showed their abilities and means and fought one after another towards the mountain protection array below.


    One attack after another, like a tide, continued to fall on the big array, causing ripples and even gaps.


    The friar who presided over the formation was a little in a hurry. He quickly mobilized the strength of the formation to repair the gaps.


    Meng Zhang and others have taken clever measures. It is not too close to the mountain protection array, but attacks from a distance to consume the strength of the mountain protection array as much as possible.


    Taoist Guanghui was summoning people to discuss the matter, but he was forced to interrupt and come out to preside over the battle array to resist the enemy''s attack.


    After attacking for a long time, I felt that the fire was almost ready. Meng Zhang and other talents stopped temporarily and flew away.


    After going back to adjust their breath for a period of time, they flew back to their original position and continued to attack the big array, consuming the power of the big array.


    Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate have made full preparations in advance. There are a lot of pills and spirit stones to restore true Qi, which are enough for them to consume.


    The supplies are sufficient and the endurance of everyone is very strong. The consumed Qi can be replenished in time.


    A few days later, Meng Zhang and others shot and left. They attacked repeatedly and continued to consume the power of the big array. In order to maintain the normal operation of the mountain protection array, Lin quanguan consumed far more spiritual stones than expected.


    According to this consumption rate, Lin quanguan can''t hold on for a month.


    The monks in the foundation period of Lin Quan Temple fell into a heated debate. For several days, no unified opinion was reached, and Taoist Guanghui was even more difficult to make a decision.

 Chapter 313

    Taoist Guanghui got the news from green bamboo too late and didn''t have time to make too much preparation.


    The preparation work in advance was seriously insufficient, and Lin quanguan was not ready for the war at all.


    Now, the difference between a prepared war and an unprepared war is beginning to emerge.


    After hesitating for many days, seeing that the mountain protection array consumed more and more spirit stones, Taoist Guanghui finally made the final decision.


    He decided to take Lin Bolin''s advice and take the initiative to leave the mountain protection array and fight for life and death with the enemy before the spirit stone was completely consumed.


    In his opinion, the strength gap between the two sides is not big, and his own side also has the power of a war.


    The disciples of Lin Quan Temple secretly mobilized and secretly began to gather.


    When Meng Zhang and others finished an attack and went back to restore their true Qi, the mountain protection array of Linquan Temple suddenly closed. Seven monks in the foundation period of Lin Quan Temple took the initiative to fly out, and 700 Qi refining disciples in the rear formed a simple formation and rushed down the mountain.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang and others stopped and turned to face the audience in Linquan.


    When attacking the mountain protection array, in fact, everyone had reservations, but they consumed a small part of their true Qi and maintained most of their combat effectiveness.


    Seeing the enemy''s movements, we immediately knew that the enemy had put all his eggs in one basket and launched a counterattack.


    They quickly swallowed the pill to restore Qi, ran Qi, and took the time to refine the medicine.


    Wen qiansuan broke away from the team of eight and flew to the team of monks in the Qi refining period of the two sects below.


    After completing the excavation task, the friars in the Qi refining period of the two sects were not idle and had been practicing how to cooperate in the battle.


    When Meng Zhang and other friars in the foundation period attacked the Linquan temple gate, the gas refining friars of the two sects were already ready for battle.


    Wen qiansuan flew back to the team of Taiyi disciples, personally commanded the people and arranged a heaven and earth rotation array.


    Among the skillful disciples, under the command of several disciples in the later stage of Qi refining, a heaven and women scattered flower array was also arranged.


    The two Dharma arrays are not far away. They can take care of each other and cooperate with each other.


    In the sky, during the foundation period, the friars of both sides flew to each other and began to catch and fight.


    On the ground, all the disciples in the Qi refining period of Lin Quan Temple arranged a simple formation and rushed towards the enemy with an indomitable attitude.


    Before he came into contact with the enemy, Lin quanguan made a move.


    Through the formation, the strength of many monks was gathered and the twelve talismans were released with all their strength.


    Twelve huge figures fell from the sky and fell into the middle of the formation of both sides.


    That is the fighting warrior summoned by the disciple of Lin Quan temple through the second-order talisman.


    The first-order talisman, the first-order talisman summoned, has no great combat effectiveness except brute force and quick action. It can only be used to do some stupid work.


    But the second-order warrior talisman, the summoned second-order warrior, is nearly ten feet tall, has infinite power, is invulnerable to knives and guns, and has strong resistance to low-level spells.


    In the large-scale battle of friars in the Qi refining period, such fighters can be used as the backbone. With thick skin and thick flesh, they blindly rush and smash, which is really difficult to resist.


    Twelve second-order warrior runes summoned twelve second-order warriors. This is not over. The seven second-order fighting puppets rushed out of the disciples of Linquan temple and rushed to the enemy opposite.


    As a sect that has been inherited for hundreds of years, Lin Quan temple still has a lot of details. Especially after becoming the overlord of this area, I have collected a lot of good things.


    Even if you haven''t prepared for war in advance, you can still come up with a lot of killer maces in the big library.


    Taiyimen and qiaoshoumen have made full preparations for the war in advance, and with the comprehensive support of feihongzong, they can also come up with a lot of killer Maces.


    The same second-order warrior talisman was released, and ten fighters appeared in front of the disciples of the two sects and rushed towards the disciples of Linquan temple.


    The five headed second-order puppets came out of the crowd, took the initiative to block in front of the two sect disciples and confronted the seven headed second-order puppets.


    Lin quanguan really deserves to be the Jindan sect. Although he has been a Jindan sect for a short time, his accumulation is really good.


    Eight second-order warriors'' talismans were released, and eight second-order warriors joined the camp of Lin quanguan.


    Two second-order puppets charged with the eight second-order warriors and rushed to the Dharma array composed of Taiyi disciples from the side.


    The number of disciples of Taiyi sect is far less than that of skillful sect. They are regarded as soft persimmons by Lin quanguan.


    But don''t forget that among the disciples in the Qi refining period of Taiyi gate, there is a monk named Wen qiansuan who commands the foundation period.


    The heaven and earth rotation array starts to work. The power of the array is blessed to Wen qiansuan.


    Wen qiansuan offered a broken armour knife and cut gently at a second-order puppet like a tiger.


    A second-order puppet driven by a medium-grade spirit stone has the lethality of a friar during the foundation period. But the only way to get started is to rely on the puppets who fight instinctively. They can''t fight the wise friars.


    Not to mention the power of the array.


    A flash of knife light flashed. The tiger like second-order puppet was directly cut in two, fell to the ground and couldn''t move.


    Another black bear like second-order puppet rushed towards the formation of Taiyi disciples.


    A purple and gold shield fell from the sky and just blocked the path of the puppet''s impact.


    The black bear puppet directly bumped into the shield. While bumping the shield out, his forward movement was also stopped.


    At this time, Wen Qian returned to his Qi, continued to sacrifice the broken armour knife and cut at the black bear puppet.


    There are many good things in the hands of the friars of the skillful hand gate, although they are not presided over by the friars in the foundation period.


    Several disciples in the later stage of Qi refining offered a picture scroll together, and a golden needle shadow flew out of the picture scroll. Wherever the golden needle shadow passes, whether it is a second-order puppet or a second-order fighter, it is easily pierced. Then the puppet is scrapped and the fighter disappears.


    Both Lin quanguan and the two zongmen allied forces have used their own means and come up with a lot of killer Maces.


    Many methods can even threaten the friars during the foundation period.


    If a few foundation building monks fall into the siege of this group of Qi refining monks, if they are careless, they may really encounter a fatal crisis.


    In the sky, the number of friars in the foundation period of both sides is seven, seven to seven, which seems fair. In fact, the strength gap between the two sides is too large.


    Lin quanguan has only two middle-term friars, Taoist Guanghui and Taoist Guangrui, but Meng Zhang has four middle-term friars.


    Friars in the middle of foundation building generally have an overwhelming advantage over friars in the early stage of foundation building.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang himself, a well-known gifted friar, has been inherited by taiyimen in its heyday.


    The thick earth God general and the thunder god general once had the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir level.

 Chapter 314

    Of course, Taoist Guanghui dared to take the initiative and still had his own cards.


    At the beginning, Guangzhi immortal consumed a lot of precious materials to refine three third-order runes.


    When Taoist Guanghui went to war last time, he thought the victory was in hand. Out of caution, he brought two.


    The most powerful third-order talisman is treasured in the big library.


    Now is the life and death battle that determines the fate of Lin quanguan. Of course, he no longer has any reservations and brought out this third-order talisman.


    Taoist Guanghui tried his best to run the Qi in his body and was preparing to release this third-order talisman. A scene fell into his eyes and he was so angry that he almost lost his Qi.


    The friars of both sides had not started to contact during the foundation period. The green bamboo that had flown at the back of the team did not meet the enemy, but turned around and fled and flew away to the distance.


    Qingzhuzi didn''t know that Taoist Guanghui had hidden third-order talisman as his card. After careful thinking and analysis, he believes that the strength gap between the two sides is too large and his own side will be defeated.


    After the news that Qingzhu mountain was wiped out by Feihong sect came to Qingzhu''s ears, he was overwhelmed with grief and remorse. I can''t wait to kill feihongzong immediately and fight with friar feihongzong.


    But as time went on, the pain in his heart gradually weakened and his mind slowly changed.


    When green bamboo mountain perished, a strange sense of relief rose in his heart, the leader who had worried about the sect for most of his life.


    He didn''t have to worry about the inheritance of green bamboo mountain and the painstaking management of the sect. He began to feel relieved and inexplicably relaxed.


    Green bamboo mountain is gone. Green bamboo is still alive. From then on, he will live for himself.


    Your life is so precious, why should you throw yourself into the battle of defeat?


    This battle is not your own battle. You don''t have to devote yourself to it.


    Qingzhuzi thinks that he is not the primary target of the enemy. If he escapes in time, he has a great possibility of escape.


    So, at this time, he escaped without hesitation, and also ruined the last faint chance of victory of Lin quanguan.


    Looking at the back of green bamboo fleeing, the angry Taoist Guanghui suppressed his killing intention with the last trace of reason.


    If he didn''t have reason in his heart, he could hardly help but start chasing qingzhuzi immediately.


    Forcibly suppress the anger in his heart, Taoist Guanghui paid attention to the great enemy of life and death opposite.


    The monks on both sides didn''t take care of the fleeing green bamboo. Their biggest enemy is still each other.


    At this time, the sensitive thunder god general has found a great power and is releasing it in the hands of Taoist Guanghui.


    In order to stimulate the power of this third-order talisman as much as possible, Taoist Guanghui. Not only did he devote almost all his Qi, but also did not hesitate to eject several blood essence to stimulate the talisman.


    Blood essence is not ordinary blood, but the vitality gathered in the monk''s body, which gathers a lot of vitality.


    Even the vigorous friars in the foundation period generally only have about ten blood essence. Every time you consume blood essence, it takes a long time to make up for it.


    Taoist Guanghui almost fought for his life and finally inspired most of the power of this talisman.


    I saw the rune fly into the air and turn into a human shadow.


    This virtual shadow of human form is formed by Guangzhi immortal placing part of his strength and a trace of mind on it. After showing up, you can almost have half the combat effectiveness of Guangzhi real people.


    Half of the combat effectiveness seems small, but Guangzhi real person is a golden elixir real person. Half of his combat effectiveness was beyond the resistance of ordinary friars in the later stage of foundation construction.


    This talisman is the most powerful of the three talismans left by Guangzhi immortal. If you don''t encounter the danger of extermination, you can''t use it easily.


    After casting this third-order talisman, Taoist Guanghui, who lost a lot of money, looked decadent and his combat effectiveness fell sharply.


    The human shadow just took shape, and the Thunder God first found that the situation was wrong.


    He and the thick earth God will look at each other. Two old guys who are very familiar with each other will cooperate tacitly, one left and one right, and rush to the human shadow from both sides.


    Thunder God will see clearly that the key to today''s battle lies in this human shadow.


    If they are allowed to rush into their own team and kill, the situation will be very bad.


    This human shadow not only contains half the power of Guangzhi immortal, but also reposes a trace of his mind. Therefore, he has a strong fighting instinct, not a puppet who has empty power but doesn''t know how to use it properly.


    Facing the two friars in the middle of foundation construction, the human shadow took the initiative to meet them and began to fight.


    The familiar means of thunder god general and thick earth God General led the human shadow to the past and kept him away from the battlefield of Meng Zhang and others.


    Meng Zhang dared not delay. He also felt the power of the human shadow. I don''t know how long the earth God general and thunder god general can hold the enemy.


    He wants to destroy the enemy before they can''t hold on, and then go to help.


    Meng Zhang said hello and flew to his opponent with aunt Jin and others, and began a fierce fight.


    The green bamboo fled, the Taoist priest Guanghui was greatly injured, and the thick earth God general and the thunder god general entangled the human shadow. The strength gap between the two sides is not as big as expected.


    Taoist Guanghui, with a strong spirit, took the initiative to welcome Meng Zhang. Lin Bolin also flew from the side to help Taoist Guanghui fight the enemy.


    Meng Zhang looked at Lin Bolin and his face was a little complicated.


    Lin Bolin and he have been friends for many years. They are like-minded and agree with each other very much.


    At this time today, we have to fight a fierce battle of life and death because of our different positions.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do for him is to send him on the road as soon as possible and let him go without so much pain.


    Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy wrapped a silk soft sword and sacrificed golden and black lanterns. He used all his means and killed the past mercilessly.


    Lin Bolin will also show no mercy to Meng Zhang. He restrained his complicated mood and showed his most powerful ability.


    Aunt Jin to Taoist priest shangguangrui, aunt Jin to Taoist priest Shangguang, Yang Xueyi to Taoist priest shangguangyuan, and Jin wengbo to Taoist priest Shanglin shenpo.


    Four to four, four different battle circles, the same fierce fight.


    In the sky, he immediately stood in a ball and became extremely chaotic.


    Thunder God general and thick earth God general have rich combat experience. They are even more familiar with the means of Jindan immortal than Guangzhi immortal himself.


    Although even if the two work together, the power will fall to the disadvantage. However, they cooperate tacitly and rarely encounter the enemy. They mainly fight and delay time as much as possible.


    The power of Guangzhi immortal to stay in the talisman is limited. The duration of the human shadow will not be too long. When all the strength is exhausted, the human shadow will naturally dissipate.

 Chapter 315

    When Taoist Guanghui released the third-order talisman, she was still a little uneasy. She thought that Aunt Jin would take out what cards to offset the advantages brought by the third-order talisman.


    Facts have proved that Aunt Jin is obviously poor and can''t get a new card.


    Items that can resist third-order talismans are too rare for friars in the foundation period. One thing has already explained that the inside story of the skillful hand door is profound. Where can it be taken out one after another.


    If it weren''t for the thick earth God and the thunder god to take the initiative to resist the human shadow embodied in the third-order talisman, I''m afraid there would be casualties among the friars in the foundation period of the two sects.


    The present situation is very good. The damn guy green bamboo escaped. This made Taoist Guanghui''s teeth itch.


    If green bamboos stay to join the war, Lin quanguan will certainly have a better chance of winning.


    But there are so many ifs in the world. As soon as the green bamboo escapes, there is a big general missing from Lin Quan view, and the balance of victory and defeat begins to pour.


    After a hard battle, Meng Zhang''s battlefield was the first to win.


    Meng Zhang first fought with Taoist Guanghui, displayed his little magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword, and cut off Lin Bolin''s head.


    Looking at Lin Bolin, even if his head was different, his face still showed that expression of extreme shock and disbelief. Meng Zhang was a little depressed.


    Now is not the time to hurt spring and autumn. Meng Zhang continues to summon up Yu Yong, stimulate his potential with self mutilation secret arts, and spare no effort to sacrifice golden and black lanterns to temper Taoist Guanghui to death.


    Meng Zhang paid a lot for killing two opponents in the foundation period in a row.


    He couldn''t keep flying in the air, so he had to fall to the ground temporarily and adjust his breath.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if he won the war, he would be seriously injured. Without three or five years of rest, it would be difficult to recover.


    The battle is not over yet. It''s not time to rest. Meng Zhang swallowed two yuan tonic pills again, forcibly restored his vitality, flew into the sky and continued to fight.


    Meng Zhang flew to the battle group of Yang Xueyi and Taoist Guangyuan.


    As an alchemist of Linquan temple, Taoist Guangyuan stays in the sect all year round and presides over the affairs related to alchemy of the sect. He doesn''t even have much time to leave the sect, let alone fight with people.


    During the gas refining period, you may have experienced some battles with outsiders. After building the foundation, his only combat experience was to compete with his fellow disciples within the sect.


    Yang Xueyi''s age is less than a fraction of that of Guangyuan Taoist priest, and the foundation has been built for a few years. However, after she went to Guangyuan Taoist priest, she firmly suppressed Guangyuan Taoist priest by relying on her strong combat effectiveness.


    The ever-changing and endless five element spells bombarded Taoist Guangyuan like a storm, leaving him with only parry and no ability to fight back.


    Originally, Taoist Guangyuan fell to the disadvantage, and there was already an irresistible trend. Now Meng Zhang, a monk in the middle of foundation building, joined the battle group again, and he obviously became alarmed.


    In battle, once you start to panic, you are prone to mistakes. Before Meng Zhang made a move, Taoist Guangyuan made a mistake and was caught by Yang Xueyi in time.


    Yang Xueyi released two second-order talismans that she had personally refined. A fire dragon kept rotating around Taoist Guangyuan''s body, and a wooden spear came from behind him.


    While Taoist Guangyuan was distracted by the two talismans, biyunling flew up from the soles of his feet silently, wrapped his feet all at once, and then wound up along his body.


    The panicked Taoist priest Guangyuan made a series of mistakes and was strangled on the spot by the Biyun Ling offered by Yang Xueyi.


    Seeing the leader and his fellow disciples die in a continuous battle, Taoist Guangrui was filled with grief and anger. He kept roaring like a wounded beast and rushed madly at Aunt Jin.


    Even the always hot aunt Jin was forced back by him.


    After forcing aunt Jin back, Taoist Guangrui roared and flew towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi took the initiative to welcome them.


    Aunt Jin felt a little ashamed and angry that she had just been forced back. She followed closely behind Taoist Guangrui and kept attacking.


    Under the joint efforts of the three, Taoist Guangrui finally did not escape the outcome of being killed on the spot. In addition to aggravating Meng Zhang''s injury, aunt Jin and Yang Xueyi both suffered some serious injuries.


    Seeing that his fellow disciples have died in battle, Guangquan Taoist priest has lost his heart if he dies. He is disillusioned and has no fighting spirit. Lin shenpo was determined to die because he saw that there was no hope of victory and that the Linshan sect had long been destroyed.


    After a long battle, the people paid more or less some injuries and wiped out the friars in the foundation period on the side of Lin quanguan on the spot.


    The thunder god general and the thick earth God general just distracted the human shadow. By delaying time, they exhausted all their strength and finally dissipated completely.


    The thunder god general and the thick earth God general were also dangerous in the battle just now. They were scarred all over. It was not easy to achieve their goal.


    After a little rest, Meng Zhang and others forcibly pressed down the injury, fell from the sky and joined the battlefield of disciples in the period of Qi refining on the ground.


    Originally, Lin quanguan had the upper hand with the absolute number advantage.


    Even if Wen qiansuan, a monk in the foundation period, presided over the overall situation, he could only barely remain invincible.


    Now so many foundational friars have joined the battlefield. Even if the disciples in the Qi refining period of Lin Quan Temple do their best, they can''t resist it.


    In the sky, a monk in the foundation period danced around and poured all kinds of spells downward.


    However, it is difficult for the disciples in the Qi refining period above to have a good way to hurt them.


    After several attacks and defenses, the morale of the disciples of Linquan Temple began to collapse.


    The friars of the enemy''s foundation building period joined the battle. The high-level monks of the foundation building period in the door must be in danger. Moreover, the enemy''s means are changeable and can''t resist at all.


    Morale collapsed, and the formation of Lin Quan Guan''s disciples could no longer be maintained. Many disciples broke away from the formation and fled in all directions.


    As soon as the formation is dispersed, the friars in the Qi refining period lose their effective means against the friars in the foundation building period. Facing the enemies in the sky, they became lambs to be slaughtered.


    The Allied forces of the two sects seized the opportunity, under the command of Wen qiansuan, took advantage of the situation to fight back and rushed to the enemy''s team.


    When night fell, the team of Lin Quan temple had completely collapsed.


    The ground was covered with countless corpses, and more alchemy friars were running for their lives.


    Everyone understands the truth that cutting grass does not remove its roots and the spring breeze blows again. Not only did the disciples in the Qi refining period of the two sects follow closely, but even the friars in the foundation period put down their airs and bullied the small with the big, so they joined the team of chasing and killing.


    After one night''s pursuit, almost all the disciples of Linquan temple were destroyed. The disciples of the Linshan sect and a few of the Qingzhu mountain disciples who were involved in it also came to the same end.

 Chapter 316

    After this bloody battle, the forces of Lin quanguan were completely destroyed, and even the mountain gate was occupied.


    The second-order spiritual veins of Linquan Mountain Gate have collapsed, and the spiritual fields and springs will gradually become deserted and exhausted. Most of the items in the large storehouse in the gate were distributed to all disciples before going to war.


    Among the booty, there are few cultivation resources. The most valuable harvest is the Sutra Pavilion of Linquan temple.


    Because of the collapse of the spiritual pulse, Taoist Guanghui, who rushed out in a hurry, did not have time to evacuate Sutra Pavilion.


    After the fall of Linquan Mountain Gate, the Sutra Pavilion and many ancient books collected inside fell into the hands of the enemy intact.


    Lin quanguan has been handed down for hundreds of years. In those years, he confronted shuangfenggu for many years and cultivated Guangzhi immortal, the golden elixir. The inheritance classics in the door are still very valuable.


    During the foundation building period, the monks of the two families were more or less injured. They took the time to recover.


    The disciples in the Qi refining period organized to count the casualties and began to search for the booty.


    Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect lost a lot of Qi refining disciples in this war. Especially on the side of the skillful hand gate, there is no friar Wen qiansuan in charge of the overall situation during the foundation period. There are many more casualties than on the side of the Taiyi gate.


    Of course, it''s worth paying more casualties to win such a big victory. All the sacrifices of the disciples were not in vain.


    After the victory of the war, there are still many things to be busy. The aftermath work made the disciples of the two sects busy. As winners, they fell into various miscellaneous tasks before they could enjoy the fruits of victory.


    On the far side of dihuomen in huojingfang City, Shangguan Longyan received the bad news of Lin quanguan only after Taoist Guanghui took the initiative to attack.


    Although Shangguan Longyan was a little indecisive, his brain was still very clear. He knew that in the face of Feihong sect, dihuomen and Lin quanguan were natural allies. In any case, Lin quanguan cannot be defeated and destroyed in this way.


    This time, Shangguan Longyan didn''t discuss with the elders in the sect. He was a rare dictator, gave full play to the leader''s authority and exercised the leader''s power.


    He began to mobilize the monks in the door to form an expedition team, ready to support Lin Quan temple.


    When dihuomen was ready to go on an expedition, the bad news from Lin quanguan kept coming, which annoyed Shangguan Longyan and puzzled him at the same time.


    In his opinion, relying on Lin quanguan''s painstaking management of the mountain protection array for hundreds of years, there are so many monks to assist in defense. Not to mention three or five years, it should be right to stick to it for a year and a half without any problems.


    I don''t know. Lin quanguan''s gang are useless. Facing the former vassals like Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate, they not only failed again and again, but even the mountain gate was about to lose its guard.


    When he complained and looked down on Lin quanguan, Shangguan Longyan still had to send troops to rescue him.


    But when the earth fire gate began to move, the earth bank gate also moved on a large scale. I don''t know whether it was coincidental or deliberate.


    Because of the action of the earth gate, the earth fire gate delayed a lot of time to get rid of the entanglement of the earth gate and sent a fairly strong team to reinforce Linquan temple.


    When the friars of the dihuomen took a flying boat and flew all the way to the top of the Linquan temple, the battle had already ended.


    The whole gate of Linquan temple was extinct and the Mountain Gate fell. The friars of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen, after discovering the flying boat team of dihuomen, were immediately ready.


    Although the war has just passed, the vitality of the two sects has not fully recovered. But the fire gate side, also because of hasty mobilization, sent forces can not overwhelm the other side.


    More importantly, Lin quanguan has completely failed. Is it necessary to fight against the Allied forces of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate.


    Even if dihuomen wins, Lin quanguan won''t come back. Moreover, if Lin Quan view can be destroyed, the strength of the two sects must be very strong, and the earth fire gate may not be able to win.


    Thinking of the Tuxing gate, which is confronting the dihuomen, and the Feihong sect, which has been manipulating all this behind, Shangguan Longyan retreated and put out his mind to start a war.


    Therefore, the flying boat team of dihuomen seemed to have come here to witness the destruction of Linquan temple, so they flew back in dismay.


    Seeing that the earth fire gate retreated without war, everyone, including Meng Zhang, was finally relieved.


    If dihuomen launches a raid at this time, everyone is not in good condition. Even if they successfully repel the enemy, most of them will pay a heavy price of casualties.


    It''s best for the fire gate to retreat.


    After hard work, it''s time for everyone to enjoy the fruits of victory.


    After this war, taiyimen has no opponent in this area.


    Since then, taiyimen is no longer anyone''s vassal, but has an independent status.


    Shuangfeng Valley, the regional overlord, has long been defeated, and the forces of Liu family, Qingzhu mountain and Lin quanguan have been destroyed one after another. Now, it''s taiyimen''s turn to become the overlord of this area.


    If you like, Taiyi gate can even destroy the skillful gate and dominate this area. Of course, Meng Zhang will never be dazzled by this victory and have this irrational idea.


    Not to mention the years of friendship between the two sides, nor do we mention that we are still allies. Meng Zhang was afraid of the mysterious background of the skillful hand sect and its relationship with the Feihong sect.


    After the victory, Meng Zhang did not break his promise, but shared the booty with the skillful hand gate according to the original agreement.


    All the captured cultivation resources were allocated according to a certain proportion, and everyone was quite satisfied. All the classics of Linquan Temple Sutra Pavilion and the skillful hand gate have been copied, which was originally left to Taiyi gate.


    The original territory of the golden Sabre sect belongs to the skillful sect.


    The original territory of Shuangfeng Valley and the original territory of Liu family were originally occupied by Linquan temple. In addition, the territory of Linquan temple itself and the territory of Linshan sect have now become the booty of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate.


    Taiyi sect is the most powerful and powerful in this war. Of course, it occupies the vast majority. The skillful sect is only a little.


    Mingshafang city fell into the hands of Taiyi gate. Of course, the interests of Shijia and Qiaoshou gate were guaranteed.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also set aside some barren corners to give a gift to taiyimen

 Chapter 317

    Lin quanguan perished, but there was no news of Guangzhi immortal. Meng Zhang was always a little worried.


    Since immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming, together with immortal Feitian, went to the Gobi of evil wind, they had no news, and no news came out.


    The reason why Meng Zhang dared to join the plan of Feihong sect and start fighting against Linquan temple was that Feihong Zi, the leader of Feihong sect, personally assured him that Guangzhi immortal would never become an obstacle for Taiyi sect and other sects to destroy Linquan temple. Moreover, after the event, Guangzhi immortal was absolutely unable to retaliate against taiyimen and other zongmen.


    Feihongzi is not a verbal guarantee in empty words, but when he makes a ghost oath by using the oath book, he guarantees these contents with his own life.


    If feihongzi can''t do all he says, the ghosts and gods in the underworld will take his life.


    Meng Zhang believes that the leader of feihongzi sect should not use his own life to deceive Taiyi sect and other sects.


    However, I have never known the specific situation of Guangzhi real person, which has always been a hidden danger.


    When immortal Feitian invited immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming to go together, those who made a ghost oath will never hurt them. I don''t know what means immortal Feitian has prepared to deal with two opponents.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, flying immortal mostly left some loopholes when he made a ghost oath. He should have used these loopholes to trap the two opponents.


    Of course, all this is just Meng Zhang''s guess. He didn''t know exactly what the situation was.


    The struggle at the level of immortal Jindan is still far away from Meng Zhang. He is unable to intervene for the time being. The only thing he can do now is to constantly enhance his strength and develop taiyimen.


    Taiyimen is expanding too fast this time. It''s a little full of food. With the current manpower of taiyimen, it is difficult to effectively manage such a vast site.


    Now there are hundreds of thousands of mortals on the territory of taiyimen. Almost every year, many mortals can awaken their spiritual roots.


    As long as there is enough time, the number of disciples of Taiyi sect will usher in a big increase.


    In order to meet the emergency, Meng Zhang had to recruit a large number of casual practitioners again.


    This time, he did not directly absorb these scattered cultivation beginners, but established a peripheral organization called Tongxin society.


    The name Tongxin association has two meanings. One is to make everyone work together to be loyal to taiyimen. Another important thing is to hope that colleagues in the meeting can share weal and woe with one heart and one mind.


    After the news that the Tongxin Association recruited a large number of monks was widely spread, because taiyimen was the regional overlord, its established organizations, countless casual practitioners who did not follow, and even the children of some small families flocked to it.


    Meng Zhang took great pains to meet these practitioners one by one and read their thoughts one by one with his heart.


    After some screening, a group of too unbearable guys were removed, and hundreds of monks were reluctantly selected.


    Tongxin association is a peripheral organization of Taiyi gate. Its members can receive tasks from Taiyi gate in exchange for various remuneration.


    In Meng Zhang''s vision, with the increasing development of Taiyi sect, there will certainly be many vassal families and employing sects in the future.


    In the future, we can manage the vassal forces through this concentric meeting and concentrate their strength to serve taiyimen.


    In fact, Meng Zhang had another idea in his mind.


    Taiyi sect is not the shabby little sect of gas refining for a long time. In order to improve the overall quality of the disciples, we must gradually raise the threshold of entry. Taiyi gate will no longer be hungry. Any crooked melons and cracked dates will be included in the gate.


    In the future, mortals above taiyimen territory can''t join taiyimen directly after awakening Linggen. If Linggen''s qualification is too poor.


    Of course, we can''t let these people cut off the road of cultivation or become casual cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s approach is to let these people join the Tongxin association first. If you perform well and pass many tests, you may not have the opportunity to join Taiyi gate.


    These things are not enough at present, but Meng Zhang''s long-term plan for the future.


    At present, the biggest role of Tongxin society is to help taiyimen manage this vast territory.


    Meng Zhang carefully selected a disciple named Tian kang''an from the Taiyi sect as the president of the Tongxin Association.


    Tian kang''an''s ancestral home is Tianshui oasis. He is innocent and can be regarded as the real lineage of taiyimen. Speaking of it, he is also the distant nephew of Tian Li, the current master of the instrument Hall of taiyimen.


    His qualification is good. He joined taiyimen for less than 20 years and has reached the later stage of Qi refining.


    Meng Zhang specially gave him two excellent first-order magic tools and a lot of talismans, which improved his combat effectiveness and was enough for him to suppress the casual cultivation who had recently joined the club.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also selected two disciples of Taiyi sect who came from casual practice as vice president to assist Tian kang''an in managing the Tongxin society.


    With the organization of Tongxin Association, taiyimen gradually began to strengthen its control over the territory.


    In addition, after the Shi family became a vassal of taiyimen, after a period of test, Shi Changqing did not have any differences.


    Including Zhang Yingying, the leader of Taiyi sect''s elixir hall, Taiyi sect''s disciples with alchemy talent went to ask shi Changqing for advice many times. Shi Changqing also gave advice without privacy.


    With the help of Shi Changqing, a second-class alchemist, the work of cultivating alchemists in taiyimen has been accelerated a lot.


    Meng Zhang handed over the complete Dan square of Xiaozhu Jidan to Shi Changqing. At the same time, he also made a ghost oath that he would never spread Dan to the outside world. Even people of the Shi family can''t know the secrets of danfang without Meng Zhang''s permission.


    Since he got the Xiaozhu foundation Dan Fang, Shi changqinghua spent a lot of effort on research to complete the Dan Fang because the Dan Fang was incomplete. But after years of hard work, little progress has been made.


    He never thought that what he had been longing for was far away and near in front of him, and had been collected by Meng Zhang.


    With Shi Changqing''s Alchemy, even the real foundation building pill can be refined, and it''s no problem to refine small foundation building pills.


    Although the materials needed in the Xiaozhu Jidan square are far less than those needed by Jianzhu Jidan, it is really not a simple thing to collect all the materials.


    In particular, some of the special materials should be cultivated slowly with unique secret skills.


    According to Shi Changqing''s estimation, even if everything goes well, it will take at least 20 years to collect and refine a furnace of materials for small building Jidan.


    More and more disciples of Taiyi sect entered the later stage of gas refining, and the problem of foundation building began to become urgent.


    Since you can''t get the Jidan for the time being, the small Jidan has become the only choice.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to invest a lot of resources, and even the strength of the whole Taiyi gate was inclined to it, in order to ensure that the materials could be collected as soon as possible, so that Shi Changqing could open the furnace for alchemy.

 Chapter 318

    The wind roared, and in the endless Gobi, three foreign guests were welcomed.


    In the desolate Gobi, you can occasionally see a little green, and some small animals haunt it from time to time.


    This is the southernmost side of the Gobi, which is very close to the boundary of Jiuqu League.


    It is located in the periphery of the Gobi. Not only are there no monsters, but even ordinary beasts are rare.


    The three figures stood in the distant sky, and the fierce vigorous wind roared past, blowing their bodies.


    The three seemed to have no sense of the power of the vigorous wind, and looked at the ice cold in the sky as if there was nothing. Just standing there quietly, I don''t know what I''m waiting for.


    I don''t know how long later, an old man with red hair and no anger began to speak impatiently.


    "Elder Feitian, I don''t know why we came to this place. There are no monsters or other abnormalities here."


    This old man is the great elder of dihuomen, real flame.


    The object of his inquiry was an old man with white hair and beard, short stature and wrinkled face.


    Just looking at the old man''s appearance, you will only feel that he is too old to move, and the time is running out. I would never have thought that he would be the golden elixir immortal Feitian immortal with the deepest qualifications and the highest prestige of Feihong sect.


    Immortal Feitian doesn''t have any golden elixir. He looks like an ordinary mortal old man. He didn''t answer the question of real flame, but just looked at the bottom.


    A trace of displeasure flashed across the face of the flame immortal. If others dared to ignore him like this, he would have been angry. But in the face of flying immortal, he had to endure his anger.


    This is not only because immortal Feitian came from the ruler of the endless sand sea, Fei hongzong, but also because immortal Feitian has become famous for too long and has been powerful in the endless sand sea for more than 300 years. When he went to Weisha sea, neither flaming immortal nor Guangzhi immortal was born.


    Jiedan is only a flaming immortal for a few years. He always feels a burst of invisible pressure in the face of flying immortal, which makes him dare not make a new attempt.


    The earth fire gate friars practice the special fire skill of the earth fire gate. Most of them are grumpy and difficult to control. After the friar built the foundation, it was like a powder keg. However, the monk''s temper will be restrained and become a lot of forbearance after getting married.


    There are major defects in the inheritance of the skill of the earth fire gate. Even though the talent of the flame immortal is amazing, it is absolutely impossible to form a pill. Luckily, he was seen by the predecessors of the flame cloud group. He got a group of fiery clouds and his predecessors painstakingly refined the essence of the essence of the fire, and was taught a secret of the inheritance of the fiery cloud. After years of hard work, he was barely able to make Dan.


    The flaming immortal after jiedan changed his character and became a lot gloomy.


    Instead of asking immortal Feitian, he winked at a middle-aged Taoist nearby.


    This middle-aged Taoist with plain appearance and mediocre temperament is the Guangzhi real person of Lin quanguan. In the face of flying immortal, he and flame immortal are natural allies.


    "Elder Feitian, we''ve been here for most of the day. We haven''t done anything, and we haven''t found any abnormalities. Elder, aren''t we going to the inside of the Gobi to explore the movements of monsters?"


    "If we delay here too long, will we miss the big event?"


    Guangzhi said respectfully.


    Hearing Guangzhi''s inquiry, Feitian finally responded.


    He smiled dumbly and said, "you young people just don''t have any patience. When you get to my age, you won''t be so anxious."


    Don''t worry. How long have you been away from the sect? This old thing can linger too much. Both Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal are full of stomach Fei.


    Since he went on the road with Guangzhi real person and flaming real person, Feitian real person has been dawdling.


    First, he took them to a quiet place above Feihong clan''s territory and talked with them about metaphysics and scriptures.


    To tell the truth, immortal Feitian really deserves to be a senior Jindan immortal. What he said is full of dry goods, which has benefited both Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal.


    They are addicted to the saying of flying immortal and hope to learn more from it.


    This golden elixir is a rare chance in a hundred years.


    They didn''t even care about their own family affairs. They stayed with immortal Feitian for a long time.


    Until a few days ago, immortal Feitian stopped talking and took them to the Gobi of evil wind.


    Although flaming immortal and Guangzhi immortal are reluctant to part, they have no way. According to the agreement, they need to accompany immortal Feitian to explore the Gobi of evil wind.


    But I didn''t expect that after flying immortal took them into the Gobi of evil wind, he had been circling around the periphery and never had the idea of going deep into it.


    Originally, they were happy to relax and didn''t have to deal with the third-order monster. But immortal Feitian suddenly became inexplicable, which made them have a bad feeling in their hearts.


    Flying immortal relied on his old qualification to talk nonsense before he began to get to the point.


    "Do you two know where this is?"


    Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal shook their heads a little puzzled.


    They have already observed it carefully. There is nothing strange about this place. It is an ordinary Gobi.


    "More than a thousand years ago, the Zijin sect was the ruler of the endless sand sea. More than 800 years ago, the Zijin sect made a big mistake. The yuan God Zhenjun in the door and many Jindan immortal fell one after another."


    "At that time, many sects, including our own, stood up against the rule of the Zijin sect. Qi family, who had just moved into the endless sand sea, also joined the camp against the Zijin sect. There were also foreign huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, which took the opportunity to invade on a large scale."


    "After hundreds of years of bloody battles and countless sacrifices, we laughed to the end and became the new ruler of the endless sand sea."


    Immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming looked at each other. I don''t know how immortal Feitian suddenly talked about these broken things of Chen sesame and rotten millet.


    The story of the rise of Feihong sect is widely spread in the endless sand sea. Both of them are monks born and raised in the endless sand sea. They have heard enough of these stories since they were young.


    However, due to the identity of flying immortal, they only have patience and honestly listen to flying immortal''s wordy words.


    "Because our sect has many tricks in the process of unifying the endless sand sea, the Hedong sub altar of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect has always been dissatisfied, harassing our sect for many years, and even had many wars."


    "More than 300 years ago, in this place, the golden elixir immortal of our sect fought with the golden elixir immortal of two sects."


    "The golden elixir immortal of our school won a complete victory in the battle. He forced huoyun sect and the golden elixir immortal of Huanglian sect to make a ghost oath and never step into the endless sand sea in the future."


    Speaking of this, immortal Feitian became elated, as if he were much younger.

 Chapter 319

    "The hegemony of our sect has not come easily. I don''t know how many sacrifices my predecessors have made before we can have today''s situation. It''s a pity that our descendants are unworthy. Generation after generation is not as good as generation. Even the foundation left by our ancestors is about to be lost."


    At this point, immortal Feitian sighed again.


    Immortal flaming and Guangzhi are a little impatient. I don''t know the purpose of immortal Feitian talking about these old things hundreds of years ago.


    Immortal Feitian glanced at immortal flaming and immortal Guangzhi and said in a very sorry tone: "originally, I didn''t mean to kill you. I just wanted to trap you and cook it slowly in the future. But I recently received a message from Jiuqu league that the great enemy is about to invade. It''s inevitable that our sect will be attacked from both sides. You can''t stay."


    "You two, today is the time of your death."


    Immortal Feitian spoke in a very plain tone, as if he were just chatting about a trivial matter.


    When Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal heard what Feitian immortal said, they quickly stepped back, approached each other, and looked at Feitian immortal like a great enemy.


    "Elder, you''re kidding. I had a good chat just now. Why would you take people''s lives at once?" immortal Guangzhi reluctantly said with a smile.


    "Yes, sir, this joke is not funny at all." flame immortal followed.


    Both of them are a little confused. If Immortal Feitian wants to take two lives, he shouldn''t be so light. But with the character of flying immortal, it''s not like that kind of person who talks and laughs casually.


    "Really, you really think I''m joking with you." immortal Feitian still has that faint expression.


    "By the way, brother Guangzhi, how long have you not contacted Lin quanguan? Lin quanguan sent you letters many times, but they were intercepted by my secret method."


    "You may not know that Lin Quan temple has been completely destroyed by the whole family."


    After hearing what immortal Feitian said, if he was struck by lightning, Guangzhi looked at immortal Feitian with unbelievable eyes.


    "You..." he pointed to the flying immortal, a little speechless.


    "The destruction of Lin Quan temple was planned by our school, but I didn''t mean it. Brother Guangzhi, blame yourself. You shouldn''t take refuge in the evil things of the dead sand sea for your own sake."


    "So you know everything?" Guangzhi was shocked.


    "Do you think the collusion between you and the evil thing can hide from the elder? In the final analysis, you are just a pawn of the evil thing."


    "Anyway, today is your day of death. I''ll be more generous to tell you. The reason why Lin Quan temple was destroyed is just a bet between DA Neng."


    One after another news shocked Guangzhi. He didn''t know what to say. Even the flame immortal looked at them with puzzled eyes. He didn''t know what he had never heard of.


    "Well, after all this nonsense, it''s time for you to go on your way. If there''s anything you don''t understand, go underground and be a fool."


    "Elder, I admit that you are superior in cultivation and can''t be matched by us. But don''t forget that you have made a ghost oath. Not only can you not hurt us, but you should try your best to protect us when we are threatened."


    "You should know the consequences of breaking the ghost oath better than we do."


    Immortal flaming doesn''t care about the secret of immortal Guangzhi. He quickly opens his mouth and wants to stop immortal Feitian from doing it.


    "Of course I know, but I''ve been dead for a long time."


    Before the words fall, immortal Feitian has shot.


    He did not cast any spells, let alone sacrifice any magic tools, but unreservedly released the power of his golden elixir.


    The power from the golden elixir is so powerful and so pure that they can''t separate from each other for the time being.


    Immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming never dreamed that immortal Feitian would temporarily trap them with this means of losing both sides.


    You know, the power of golden elixir comes from the origin of golden elixir. Once completely exhausted, the source of the golden elixir will completely dissipate and the golden elixir will disappear.


    Before the golden elixir disappears completely, the golden elixir will die directly.


    Flying immortal''s practice is to trap his opponent with his own life.


    Almost at the same time, in the lower soil layer, two figures suddenly emerged, jumped up, flew to the sky, and flew directly to the three people not far away.


    These two people are the other two golden elixirs of Feihong sect, Feiyu immortal and feijiang immortal.


    Without the slightest pause, they directly tried their best to attack Guangzhi real person and flaming real person.


    They were firmly absorbed by the elixir of flying immortal, which not only greatly affected their resistance, but also couldn''t escape in time.


    Because there is no chance to mobilize Danli, Guangzhi real person and flame real person, even the final means of Jindan self explosion is difficult to display.


    With the rapid consumption of the golden elixir, Feitian immortal''s face became more and more pale, and his body began to tremble.


    Seeing this, Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal struggled more and more desperately to get rid of the shackles of flying immortal. The flying feather real person and the flying general real person are even more desperate.


    Finally, before the elixir of flying immortal ran out, flying feather immortal and flying general immortal finally broke through the enemy''s defense and successfully killed two opponents.


    Flying immortal''s pressure is greatly reduced, but he doesn''t feel at all relaxed.


    He shouted, "go quickly, ghosts and gods in the underworld are coming. Ghosts and gods are difficult to get angry. Don''t meet them."


    Although the heart is extremely reluctant to give up and very sad, the real flying general and the real flying feather are determined, not the kind of mother-in-law.


    They respectfully saluted immortal Feitian and flew away to the distance.


    They were fast, didn''t look back, and soon disappeared.


    A huge vortex suddenly appeared over the flying immortal. The whirlpool kept rotating, and the Yin wind howled, revealing a breath of yin and cold.


    A dark giant hand poked out of the vortex, directly grabbed the flying immortal without resistance and dragged him into the vortex.


    The vortex soon disappeared and the surroundings returned to normal.


    After a long time, flying feather and flying general dared to fly back to their original position.


    Looking at the emptiness around and feeling the residual cold breath, they both know the ending of flying immortal.


    If Immortal Feitian dares to disobey the ghost oath, there will be only one end. He will be dragged into the underworld by the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Don''t say that the golden elixir of flying immortal comes from more than half of its origin, and its strength doesn''t exist. Even in his heyday, he had no resistance to the ghosts and gods of the underworld who performed the ghost oath.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal remained silent for a long time.


    Immortal Feitian is using his own life to contribute to the sect, eliminate the internal troubles of the endless sand sea, and enable Feihong sect to fully deal with the enemies outside the endless sand sea.

 Chapter 320

    Each other''s accomplishments have reached the level of Jindan immortal. It''s easy to overcome and difficult to kill.


    Flying immortal, flying general immortal and flying feather immortal can indeed defeat Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal. But it''s very difficult to kill each other.


    Even if you are forced to a desperate situation, if you have enough time, immortal Jindan will directly explode the Jindan, and you can use your own life to hit your opponent hard.


    This time, immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang can successfully kill their opponents, so that their opponents have no chance to escape or explode. Immortal Feitian takes great credit.


    If he hadn''t consumed his own golden elixir and suddenly trapped the enemy, he would never have such a good opportunity.


    But Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal were so easy to get caught this time, but they believed in the ghost oath too much.


    They thought that immortal Feitian had made a ghost oath, not only could not hurt them, but also had to protect them when they were threatened.


    But they never thought that immortal Feitian had a will to die.


    A person who doesn''t care about his own life still cares about the ghost oath?


    The cultivator''s awe of the ghost oath made them subconsciously ignore a lot of things.


    Before Feitian immortal started, they all thought that Feitian immortal was just threatening them with words to achieve some purpose.


    They never thought that immortal Feitian actually dared to take the risk of ghost oath and bite back.


    With the death of Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal, at least in the endless sand sea, no one should dare to fight against Feihong Zong.


    Soon after immortal Feitian was dragged into the underworld, in the depths of the Gobi, a cross legged Taoist elder sighed helplessly if he felt it.


    Elder martial brother Feitian left. Unfortunately, he can''t do anything at home. At the thought of this, the old man suddenly stood up, and his tall figure seemed very impressive.


    "Old Feishi, do you really want to fight with us?" a voice came from the sky.


    A huge white vulture is looking down on the old man.


    Opposite the old man, a giant man with a lion''s head was looking at him disdainfully.


    Behind him, a sand lizard like a hill is planing the ground impatiently.


    This old man is the flying stone immortal of Feihong sect. He has been in charge of the Gobi for many years. Relying on his own strength, he has deterred many monsters in it and dared not move easily.


    But this situation has changed not long ago.


    The male lion broke through the shackles of nature, became a third-class monster, and had the strength of the middle of the golden elixir.


    The higher the level and rank of monsters, the smaller the gap with human friars.


    The second-order monsters are not only often unable to defeat the practitioners in the foundation period, but also are beaten to death by many practitioners in the Qi refining period. It is also a very common thing.


    But the third-order inferior monster can rival the human elixir. Even if the enemy is defeated, it is difficult to be killed on the spot.


    The third-order middle-class monster not only has the strength level equivalent to the middle stage of human cultivator Jindan, but also has no poor combat effectiveness.


    The flying stone immortal who had been suppressing the evil wind Gobi was trapped in this place by this male lion and two third-order inferior monsters.


    In this way, immortal Feishi is not only unable to continue to suppress the Gobi, but also unable to distract himself from things outside the Gobi.


    He was a golden elixir. If he hadn''t been trapped in the Gobi. You can clean up Guangzhi real person and flaming real person by yourself.


    Immortal Feishi felt a little regretful. If he left the Gobi quickly and joined in the pursuit of him when immortal Guangzhi just got married, even with the shelter of Mobei Qi family, he would die.


    Unfortunately, he didn''t leave here because he didn''t pay enough attention to real Guangzhi and focused on the Gobi.


    After the flame immortal knot Dan, he wanted to leave the Gobi for a while, but he couldn''t do it.


    Immortal Feishi''s killing became more and more fierce, but he didn''t hurry to do it.


    He and the three monsters had their own scruples, so he barely maintained the situation in front of him. If either party has the slightest negligence, it will immediately lead to murder.


    Now Feihong sect seems to be in its heyday. But in fact, there are many domestic and foreign troubles and crises.


    Immortal Feishi is not afraid of death, but he can''t afford to lose. If he is defeated here, feihongzong will have no power to fight against the Gobi monster.


    Immortal Feitian knows that immortal Feitian has died through special induction. But I don''t know whether the plan made by the flying naive personnel has been successful.


    During the foundation period, the theoretical life span of friars was four Jiazi, and the actual life span was about 200 years. But as long as monks form golden elixirs, their life expectancy is at least 500 years.


    With the improvement of cultivation, the life of Jindan friars will slowly extend.


    If the initial stage of Jindan breaks through to the middle stage of Jindan, and the middle stage of Jindan breaks through to the later stage of Jindan, the service life will be greatly increased. Most increase for decades, while others increase for nearly a century.


    If you are lucky enough to get some heaven and earth spirits that can increase your life, or some pills such as longevity pills, your life will be prolonged.


    Most of the monks in the later period of the golden elixir could have a life span of almost 700 years as long as there were no accidents. Very few special cases can even have a life span of nearly 800 years.


    Immortal Feitian is just a friar at the beginning of the golden elixir. In order to break through the golden elixir period, he went through thousands of hardships, and his potential was exhausted long ago. He had no hope of breaking through the middle of the golden elixir.


    In the golden elixir war more than 300 years ago, he was seriously injured and hurt his foundation.


    Over the past 300 years, his accomplishments have basically made no progress.


    Immortal Feitian is over 400 years old. As he grew older, his physical condition became worse and worse, and he was about to lose his original cultivation.


    This is probably one of the reasons why he gave his life before he died.


    Anyway, there are not many years to live. It''s better to take advantage of the good health and cultivation, and pull the two great enemies of feihongzong to die together, which can be regarded as the last contribution to the sect.


    The elder of huoyun sect, senior Jindan immortal Yun Yan, was defeated by Feihong sect more than 300 years ago. He was forced to make a ghost oath to restrain all Jindan immortal of huoyun sect from stepping into the endless sand sea.


    Only then can there be general peace between huoyun sect and Feihong sect, so that Feihong sect can continue to sit on the throne of overlord in the endless sand sea.


    But not long ago, from huoyun sect, there came the news that immortal Yun Yan was sitting.


    Once immortal Yunyan died, the ghost oath had no object to restrict, and no one could suppress huoyun sect any more.


    Huoyun sect has been eyeing the endless sand sea, and is full of hatred towards Feihong sect.


    It can be imagined that before long, huoyun sect will invade the endless sand sea again and break out a war with Feihong sect.

 Chapter 321

    Now Meng Zhang doesn''t know that his heart is in great danger. Guangzhi immortal has been surrounded and killed by Feihong Zong''s Jindan immortal design together with flame immortal.


    I don''t know why, feihongzong not only hid the news of the death of immortal Feitian, but also didn''t publicize the fate of immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming. Instead, he kept it strictly confidential and didn''t reveal any news.


    Originally, after the earth fire sect lost the flame immortal, Feihong sect could easily kill this sect. But feihongzong didn''t do that. He still maintained the original state and ignored dihuomen at all.


    Time passed slowly. It has been two years since Lin Quan temple was destroyed.


    In the past two years, Guangzhi real person and flaming real person seem to have evaporated from the world, and there is no news.


    Lin Quan temple was exterminated. Such a big thing happened that real Guangzhi never showed up. Could it be an accident?


    Long Yan, the leader of the earth fire sect, thought of the elder of his clan, but he walked with immortal Guangzhi and immortal Feitian.


    With great courage, he sent messengers to Feihong sect to get the whereabouts of flaming immortal from there.


    Feihongzong didn''t hide it. He told the whereabouts of the three golden elixirs happily.


    Immortal Feitian, with immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming, went to the Gobi to investigate the changes of monsters.


    But I didn''t expect that the third-order monster in the Gobi had made a breakthrough in cultivation and made great progress in strength. Unexpectedly, the three human golden elixirs were trapped in the Gobi and couldn''t get away.


    Now, two other golden elixirs of Feihong sect, flying general and flying feather, are organizing a team to enter the Gobi of evil wind for rescue.


    However, due to the complex situation in the Gobi, the enemy''s strength is unknown. So they have to spend a little more time preparing. They haven''t been able to make the trip yet.


    Fei hongzong also specially warned many Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea that the strength of monsters in the Gobi of evil wind has greatly increased and they are ready to move. They may rush out of the Gobi of evil wind and invade the human world at any time.


    Feihongzong has begun to mobilize and prepare for the war with monsters.


    Fei hongzong sent a letter to the human cultivators in the endless sand sea, warning everyone to be careful and beware of the evil wind and the monster of the Gobi.


    When Meng Zhang received the news from Fei hongzong, he felt both happy and worried.


    Fortunately, real Guangzhi is trapped in the Gobi of evil wind by monsters and is in a bad situation. This is a great good thing. If he can''t get out of trouble for one day, taiyimen will be safe for one day.


    I''m worried about the changes of Gobi monsters. If monsters invade on a large scale, as a member of human cultivation forces, taiyimen will probably be involved in the war.


    In fact, the original territory of jindaomen borders directly on the Gobi of evil wind.


    The territory of the golden Sabre sect has now become the territory of the skillful sect, which is closely connected with the territory of the Taiyi sect.


    Once the monster rushes out of the Gobi, the skillful head of the door will rush.


    Out of the truth that the lips die and the teeth are cold, taiyimen, as an ally of the skillful sect, is bound to join the war.


    In the past two years, Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to exhaust the erysipelas in his body.


    In order to recover his strength in a short time, he took many yuan tonic pills at one go. It is only now that the future problems caused have been reluctantly eliminated.


    At the beginning of the war, Meng Zhang used secret methods to stimulate his body and stimulate his potential, which caused great damage to his body. Now he hasn''t healed.


    Meng Zhang can only hope that the later the monster invades, the better. It''s best to set aside enough time for him to restore his full strength.


    For taiyimen, what is most needed now is time.


    The disciples in the sect need time to grow. The more time it takes to accumulate the strength of the sect.


    After the destruction of Lin Quan temple, you have obtained too many booties. Taiyi gate and skillful gate are a little full of food and need enough time to digest slowly.


    The territory of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate has basically settled down, and production has been slowly resumed in all Lingtian and mining caves.


    It is mingshafang City, but it can no longer restore its former prosperity.


    Originally, because of the last sand monster rebellion, mingshafang city made a war fortune and prospered abnormally.


    But later, because of the war between taiyimen and Lin quanguan, the situation was turbulent, and mingshafang city changed its owners, which had a very bad impact.


    Most importantly, there are fewer and fewer cultivation forces around, and naturally there are fewer and fewer customers.


    It''s really not an easy thing to support the facade of a store only by the forces of Taiyi gate, skillful gate and Shi family.


    If mingshafang wants to restore prosperity, it needs to constantly attract foreign merchants. More foreign monks are needed to support a workshop.


    Li Xuan, the leader of the foreign affairs hall of Taiyi gate, has focused on this aspect in the past two years.


    Unfortunately, since the demise of Linquan temple, tuxingmen no longer entangled with dihuomen.


    In particular, after Fei hongzong heard that the monsters of the Gobi might invade on a large scale, the earth gate and the earth fire gate ended their confrontation and transferred back to their experts.


    Meng Zhang originally expected that dihuomen and tuxingmen had better fight to affect the market of huojingfang city and make mingshafang city take advantage of the opportunity.


    Unfortunately, this hope has completely failed.


    Taiyi sect is booming and developing smoothly. There are more and more disciples and their accomplishments are higher and higher.


    Of course, what has happened in the past two years is not all good.


    Meng Zhang''s martial uncle, Taoist Qingling, the elder elder of Taiyi sect, finally died.


    Before Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, Taoist Qingling, an old ox, dedicated himself to the sect and devoted himself to the spiritual field of the sect.


    After Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, Taoist Qingling helped the sect through the most difficult period.


    After the revival of Taiyi sect, Taoist Qingling devoted himself silently, took care of the spiritual field and cultivated spiritual plants, which became the most reliable backing of the sect.


    Taoist priest Qingling is nearly 90 years old. For friars in the period of Qi refining, it is a long life.


    His sitting posture marked the complete end of the older generation of friars in taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang wept sadly for the death of the last elder in the door.


    Under the personal chairmanship of Meng Zhang, taiyimen held an unprecedented funeral.


    Not only the whole door was dressed in hemp and filial piety, but also the grand mourning of Taoist priest Qingling. Even the allies, skillful craftsmen and the vassal Shi family sent messengers to attend the funeral.


    After a variety of complicated ceremonies, Taoist priest Qingling was buried in the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang ordered Meng Zhang to publicize the life story of Taoist priest Qingling. His loyalty and dedication to the sect are widely spread.


    The death of Taoist priest Qingling made Meng Zhang feel sad for a long time and his mood could not be calmed for a long time.


    The death of Taoist priest Qingling also marks the end of an era of taiyimen.

 Chapter 322

    After Taoist priest Qingling sat down, Tian Zhen, another elder in the period of Qi refining in Taiyi gate, also changed his temperament and became unusually silent.


    Originally, Tian town was always full of vitality and spirit to deal with various common affairs in the door. Just looking at his appearance, I can''t see that he is an old man who is about 60 years old.


    However, after attending the funeral of Taoist Qingling, he seemed to have been badly hurt, his energy and spirit were greatly reduced, and he became much depressed.


    Three months after the funeral of Taoist Qingling, Tianzhen found Meng Zhang and said he wanted to resign as an elder, leave taiyimen and return to his hometown sweet water oasis for the elderly.


    Before Meng Zhang took over as the leader of Taiyi sect, Tian Zhen, a senior brother, was very optimistic about him and thought he was the only candidate for Everbright Taiyi sect.


    For a long time, Tianzhen has been a staunch supporter of Meng Zhang. It''s not too much to even say that Meng Zhang''s brain powder.


    When Meng Zhang succeeded the leader of Taiyi sect, not only the eldest martial brother refused to accept him, but also the elders of the sect calculated on him. Tian Zhen always stood behind Meng Zhang and was his loyal backing.


    After Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, he could spend enough time on cultivation. Quan Laitian town helped him deal with sect affairs without any distraction.


    Taiyi gate is on the right path. The affairs inside the gate are becoming more and more complicated and numerous. Tian Zhen, the common affairs elder, can manage all the common affairs in the door in order, and all the people in the door are convinced.


    Behind the increasing development of Taiyi gate, it is inseparable from the great housekeeper Tian town.


    In order to free Meng Zhang from the heavy daily affairs of the sect, he paid a lot and even gave up his way.


    Tian town is nearly 60 years old, but it is still a long way from the completion of gas refining. There is no hope of building a foundation in this life. The end of his cultivation path can be seen long ago.


    For his original choice, he has no regrets, perhaps only he knows.


    After Taoist priest Qingling sat down, his mind changed a lot.


    He wants to go back to his hometown sweet water oasis, marry a wife, have children and spend his old age in peace.


    As a cultivator, even if he is older, there is no problem to ask for a few mortal wives and concubines and reproduce future generations.


    Meng Zhang had a talk with Mayor Tian and knew what he wanted.


    Meng Zhang always has respect for this elder martial brother and is deeply grateful.


    Tianzhen has made up his mind. Meng Zhang has no intention to change his decision, so he didn''t keep him.


    Tian Zhen moved quickly. After a long talk with Meng Zhang, he quickly resigned as an elder and recommended a new head of the common affairs hall to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang respected Tian Zhen''s opinion and appointed a new head of the common affairs hall.


    After the handover between Tianzhen and the new leader of the common affairs hall, saran left taiyimen and returned to his hometown sweet water oasis.


    The name of the new general affairs hall of Taiyi gate is Meng Mingyuan, who is also a member of Meng Zhang''s clan.


    In the chaos of sand monsters decades ago, the small family Meng family perished, and the remaining minority took refuge in taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was accepted as a disciple by Taoist Xuanling, the old leader of Taiyi sect, because of his excellent qualifications. The Meng family also thrives in the sweet water oasis.


    Over the years, Taiyi sect has gradually become strong, and Meng Zhang, the leader, is becoming more and more dignified.


    With the increasing number of people in the Meng family, slowly some people began to awaken Linggen and worship in Taiyi gate.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang is generally fair in life and does not deliberately take care of the Meng family.


    However, Meng Zhang is the leader after all. His disciples generally take his face and origin into account. The disciples of the Meng family worship sect can always get more or less care, either overtly or covertly.


    Those who perform well and have good ability can get more opportunities. When the time comes, it will naturally stand out.


    Meng Mingyuan is such a figure.


    His qualification is average, and his spiritual root quality is lower and higher. However, the victory lies in hard cultivation, and with the continuous expansion of Taiyi sect''s power, the disciples of Taiyi sect get more and more training resources.


    However, in his twenties, Meng Mingyuan had the cultivation in the middle of gas refining, and was favored by Tianzhen. He was included in the common affairs hall to help deal with the common affairs in the door.


    Although his cultivation qualification is mediocre, Meng Mingyuan has good talent in dealing with various common affairs. He can handle all kinds of complicated affairs in an orderly manner and make everyone convinced.


    Through the work of the common affairs hall, he not only trained himself, but also obtained a large number of good sects, which can be used to exchange enough cultivation resources.


    His work in the Shuwu hall not only did not affect Meng Mingyuan''s cultivation, but also helped his cultivation.


    He entered the later stage of gas refining earlier than those who were not weaker than him and had to start with him first.


    Meng Zhang didn''t look at Meng Mingyuan differently because he was from his family. It was entirely because Tianzhen recommended him to take over as the leader of the common affairs hall before he left.


    After Meng Mingyuan took office, he performed very well, gradually won the trust of Meng Zhang and his peers, and gradually became the leader of the common affairs hall.


    Of course, if he wants to go further and become a commoner elder, he can only have a chance after building the foundation.


    As Taoist priest Qingling sat down, Tianzhen resigned as an elder, and the old man of Taiyi gate was gradually adjusted to zero.


    Soon after, Wang Shitou, the leader of Yingtian hall, who has been fully responsible for the affairs of Lingtian in the door, will also resign as the hall leader and go home to provide for the elderly.


    Wang Shitou, the beginner of casual cultivation, is mediocre and timid. However, he has worked diligently for Taiyi gate for many years, assisted Taoist priest Qing, organized the spiritual fields everywhere, and cultivated countless spiritual plants.


    Meng Zhang also respected Wang Shitou''s decision. Instead of retaining him, he led his disciples to send him home for the elderly.


    After Wang Shitou left, Meng Zhang gave his son Wang Shengjie the post of leader of Yingtian hall he left behind.


    Wang Shengjie learned spiritual planting from his father Prince Shi since childhood. He is a qualified spiritual farmer. After worshiping the Taiyi gate, he got the inheritance of spiritual planting in the gate, and cultivated deep attainments in spiritual planting.


    Moreover, Wang Shengjie helps his father Wang Shitou manage the affairs of Yingtian hall all year round. He is familiar with all kinds of situations and his ability is not weak.


    As the leader of Yingtian hall, he is completely popular.


    When another old man left, Meng Zhang felt very sad. But there is no way, this is a normal phenomenon.


    Meng Zhang remembered a poem from his previous life.


    "Personnel have metabolism, and exchanges have become ancient and modern."


    These are just taiyimen''s normal human metabolism, alternating between the old and the new.


    As a friar in the foundation period, Meng zhangshouyuan is still very long. We will see more similar situations in the future.


    Even, he will see with his own eyes that his elders, peers and even younger generations will die one by one.


    In the future, the accomplishments gradually broke through, and the longevity of Meng Zhang increased simultaneously. He himself can experience ancient and modern times and witness history.


    Those who can''t keep up with him in cultivation, no matter how close they have been, will only become passers-by in his life.

 Chapter 323

    In huojingfang City, a grand auction was held.


    At the auction, there were many items needed by friars during the foundation period.


    For this auction, dihuomen even took the initiative to take out several high-quality magic tools. Many spirit objects appeared at the auction, and more foreign merchants brought pills that could help friars improve their accomplishments during the foundation period.


    Since the Feihong sect reported that the Gobi monster was about to invade on a large scale, the whole endless sand sea became panic.


    The real flame of dihuomen has been trapped in the Gobi of evil wind. So far, no news has come out.


    Some rumors slowly appeared on the market, saying that the flame immortal had fallen in the Gobi. The earth fire gate without immortal Jindan will be suppressed or even hostile by Feihong sect.


    As rumors spread around, they became more and more outrageous. Businesses in huojingfang city began to become uneasy. They were worried that feihongzong really had to deal with dihuomen and his family had made a mess of the disaster of pond fish.


    In this case, the number of customers in huojingfang city decreased and the business was greatly affected.


    As the manager of huojingfang City, dihuomen can''t ignore it. Instead, we should find ways to boost the confidence of merchants and reassure all merchants.


    Therefore, dihuomen took great pains to hold such a grand auction to enliven the market.


    Don''t tell me. The auction worked really well.


    Because of the auction, huojingfang attracted many visitors, including friars in the foundation period.


    After the auction, these monks who gained something at the auction hid their faces and sneaked away.


    Some of them turned seven and eight in the square city and disappeared into the streets of the square city. Some even leave the square city directly and fly away immediately.


    One of them, wearing a cloak to cover his face, left the auction venue. After a few rounds in huojingfang City, he left huojingfang city.


    When he came to the outside of huojingfang City, he first performed the unearthed hiding technique and hid for a long distance. Then he drilled out of the ground from a distance, performed divine movement, and sped away in one direction.


    After running on the ground for a long time, a small village appeared in front.


    The small village is located on a small oasis with a population of only hundreds.


    This is the territory of tuxingmen, and this small village is also under the jurisdiction of tuxingmen.


    However, because the village is too small and the population is too small, no residents have awakened their spiritual roots for many years.


    For the tuxingmen, such a remote village is of little value. Few tuxingmen friars will come to this place.


    The friar carefully observed the surroundings of the small village and found that there were no abnormalities around. He was ready to move on.


    In the sky, a beautiful nun suddenly came down.


    This nun is Yang Xueyi, the leader of the Fu Hall of Taiyi gate.


    Yang Xueyi has been waiting here for three days. Until today, no suspected target passed here.


    Yang Xueyi looked at the strange monk on the ground and did not hesitate to cast her spells.


    An Earth Dragon rose from the ground and jumped at the strange monk.


    From the perspective of breath alone, the monk had only the cultivation accomplishments in the later stage of Qi refining at most. The earth dragon was a strong blow from the friar during the foundation building period, and the friar could not resist it.


    The friar gave a long sigh and slapped the Earth Dragon to pieces, revealing his accomplishments during the foundation period.


    "Green bamboo, it''s really you." Yang Xueyi recognized each other.


    Since the battle in front of Linquan Guanshan gate, the fleeing leader of Qingzhu mountain, Qingzhu, has disappeared in the endless sand sea and lost all his tracks.


    After the demise of Lin Quan temple, Taiyi gate reaped a huge harvest. In order to digest the booty, everyone in the gate was busy, and Yang Xueyi couldn''t get away.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t have free time until more than half a year ago.


    The Yang family was a vassal family in Qingzhu mountain. Green bamboo mountain destroyed the Yang family because it was greedy for a treasure of the Yang family.


    Yang Xueyi, who narrowly escaped the disaster, later worshipped Taiyi gate. She never forgot the hatred of extermination.


    In the past, Qingzhu mountain had a close relationship with Feihong sect. Even if Yang Xueyi became a friar in the foundation period, she did not rashly take revenge.


    Until green bamboo betrayed Feihong sect and took refuge in Linquan temple. With the defeat of Lin quanguan, he also became a lost dog.


    At this time, Yang Xueyi had a chance to revenge.


    After freeing her hand, Yang Xueyi immediately mobilized taiyimen to inquire about the whereabouts of green bamboo.


    But qingzhuzi had no news since he ran away.


    In fact, it''s not just Yang Xueyi. Before that, even feihongzong had searched for green bamboo on a large scale. But the power of Yifei hongzong in the endless sand sea failed.


    The high-level of feihongzong thought that qingzhuzi had already fled the endless sand sea. In addition to scolding qingzhuzi, a traitor, there was nothing they could do.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, didn''t know how to get new clues after hearing that Yang Xueyi inquired about the whereabouts of green bamboo.


    Meng Zhang personally instructed Yang Xueyi to come to this place three days ago.


    Yang Xueyi has been waiting here according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Out of trust in Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi waited patiently for three days. Today, I finally reached my goal.


    Seeing his identity exposed, the monk no longer disguised himself, but took off his cloak and revealed the face of green bamboo.


    "Yang Xueyi, you bitch, I shouldn''t have let you go easily." green bamboo pointed to Yang Xueyi and scolded angrily.


    At the same time, he was also very surprised. I hide so secretly that even the power of yifeihong sect can''t find me. How did this woman find herself?


    For Yang Xueyi, green bamboo is not afraid. He was worried that after his identity was exposed, he would be chased and killed by feihongzong.


    "Green bamboo, I am the blood feud of the Yang family. I want you to repay your blood debt today."


    Yang Xueyi no longer had half a sentence of nonsense, but just shot.


    With a sneer of disdain, green bamboo began to face the enemy.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t build the foundation for a long time. Even though her spiritual roots are excellent and her accomplishments are thousands of miles a day, there is still a gap in her accomplishments compared with the green bamboo monk during the foundation building period.


    However, Yang Xueyi has high magic talent, especially good at five element magic. He also has a five element circle that increases the power of spells.


    More importantly, she is also a second-order talisman, who has enough second-order talismans refined by herself.


    Yang Xueyi not only has a high success rate in making talismans, but also her refined talismans have 70-80% power of casting spells.


    After a bitter battle, Yang Xueyi exhausted most of her talismans and killed Green Bamboo on the spot at the cost of her serious injury.


    The deep hatred of the Yang family is finally rewarded today.

 Chapter 324

    Yang Xueyi''s victory was really hard won. Her victory is largely due to the large number of second-order talismans.


    Second order talismans are not common in the endless sand sea, especially the second-order talismans refined by second-order talismans like Yang Xueyi.


    The second-order talismans occasionally sold in the market are often from ordinary friars in the foundation period. Because they are basically not second-order talismans. The refined second-order talismans have the power of one or two percent of their own hands at most.


    Such second-order talismans are of inferior quality and are most used by friars in the Qi refining period for self-defense. It played little role in the struggle of friars during the foundation period.


    Only the high-quality second-order talismans refined by the second-order talisman can have the power of 50-60% or even 70-80% of the friars in the foundation period.


    Among the many cultivation forces in the endless sand sea, the second-order talisman is a cherished profession.


    Yang Xueyi killed Green Bamboo this time, and her family also paid blood.


    The labor cost of self refined talisman is negligible, but it just takes a little more time. However, both the rune paper for drawing second-order runes and the rune ink used for making runes are valuable.


    In particular, Yang Xueyi chose various high-quality materials in order to be worthy of her super tall talisman making technique.


    For example, in places with rich monster resources, you can also refine Rune paper with monster fur and rune ink with monster blood.


    But in the endless sand sea, it is difficult to find a large group of monsters except the Gobi. Especially the second-order monster, almost never left the Gobi.


    The rune paper used by Yang Xueyi is refined from various spiritual herbs. The cost is huge, and the process is extremely troublesome.


    Fortunately, Yang Xueyi is a famous little rich woman in Taiyi sect. She spent a lot of spirit stones in advance and made full preparations. Only today can she win the war and revenge.


    The body of green bamboo has long been shattered by various spells, but a storage Bracelet hidden on him is still well preserved.


    With a move, Yang Xueyi took this storage magic weapon into her hand and began to count it.


    Not to mention the sundries such as spirit stones, there are three ordinary heaven and Earth Spirit objects in them, which can be used for friars to improve their accomplishments or practice some special skills during the foundation period. There are also five bottles of pills, which are used by friars during the foundation period.


    These things should be the harvest of qingzhuzi who left here and went to the auction in huojingfang city.


    However, Yang Xueyi didn''t pay attention to it, but carefully took a bamboo slip in her hand.


    This seemingly ordinary bamboo slip is actually a talisman.


    The talisman often used by practitioners is a disposable article. After casting, the talisman will be lost.


    Later, some senior masters who were proficient in the making of talismans combined the art of refining tools to create talismans.


    The so-called talisman is a talisman that can be reused many times, and can also be regarded as a special magic instrument.


    The talisman in the shape of the bamboo slips in front of us was handed down by a immortal Jindan of the purple gold sect, the overlord of the endless sand sea.


    This talisman not only has great power, but also contains the inheritance left by this golden elixir immortal.


    Many years ago, the elder friars of the Yang family accidentally got this treasure in an adventure, and then collected it in the family.


    Friar Yang''s accomplishments are not enough to stimulate the power of this talisman. However, from this talisman, I got some inheritance from the elder real person of Zijin sect.


    This elder immortal of Zijin sect not only has profound cultivation, but also is a rare third-order talisman.


    The Yang family benefited a lot from the inheritance of this elder. Even Yang Xueyi''s superb talisman making skills are mostly inherited from this talisman.


    Later, the news that the Yang family owned the talisman leaked out, which attracted the covet of Qingzhu mountain.


    Qingzhu, the leader of Qingzhu mountain, who had been dissatisfied with the Yang family for a long time because of some other things, did not order the Yang family to present this treasure, but directly killed the Yang family. He killed the Yang family in the name of colluding with bandits and took away this talisman.


    It''s a pity that green bamboo has been able to understand the secret of this talisman for so many years.


    The elder friars of the Yang family got some superficial inheritance from this talisman by chance. As for the talisman of the imperial envoy, it is absolutely impossible.


    Qingzhuzi has neither the luck of Yang''s ancestors, nor the insight to understand the mysteries of runes, nor the strength to stimulate the power of runes.


    After so many years of obtaining the talisman, he worked hard to understand it, but he never gained anything.


    Unwilling, he took this talisman with him and often studied it without any progress.


    He is now defeated and dead. This talisman has returned to Yang Xueyi''s hand. It can be regarded as its original owner.


    Looking at this impressive talisman, Yang Xueyi was filled with emotion. With her understanding of this talisman and her superb understanding, she can gain more from it.


    Carefully put away the talisman and put away the storage magic weapon taken from the green bamboo. Yang Xueyi didn''t deal with the corpse of green bamboo and let him explode in the wilderness.


    Why did green bamboo appear in this place? Yang Xueyi glanced at the small village not far away, hid her body and secretly flew over.


    With the strength of the friar during the foundation period, the villagers in the small village could not find her whereabouts at all.


    After a careful search, Yang Xueyi found the secret under the small village.


    There is a huge stone chamber about two hundred feet below the ground of the small village.


    Yang Xueyi uses the earth hiding technique to escape into the underground and comes to this secret room.


    There are a lot of spirit sealing boxes in the secret room, which are often used to seal the spirit objects in the cultivation world to prevent the spirit from overflowing.


    Inside the spirit sealing box, there are a large number of spirit stones, processed magic drugs and sealed spirit objects


    Around the secret room are rows of bookshelves filled with various classics and many jade slips.


    This place should be left by the ancestors of Qingzhu mountain and prepared for the later disciples. After the decline of the sect, younger disciples can rely on these things to make a comeback and revitalize the sect.


    Those families or sects with a little years in the cultivation world often have such backhands. It''s not surprising that such a place is hidden in green bamboo mountain.


    There are many kinds of items in this secret room. The reserve of storage magic tools on green bamboo is limited. It is impossible to take all these items away.


    Qingzhuzi didn''t give up these items, but stayed here for the time being. Anyway, it''s Secret enough to expose its whereabouts.


    Moreover, there are many spirit stones here. Even if there is no spirit pulse, it doesn''t affect his daily cultivation.


    It''s not far from huojingfang city. Qingzhuzi occasionally disguised himself and secretly went to huojingfang city to buy some pills and spiritual objects useful for his cultivation.


    Green bamboo is now dead, and green bamboo mountain is completely broken. All the cultivation materials here have become Yang Xueyi''s booty.

 Chapter 325

    In the Fuzhao Valley at the gate of taiyimen mountain and in the sect hall, Meng Zhang looked at the respectful Li Xuan below and felt speechless.


    Since taking over the task of developing and expanding mingshafang City, Li Xuan, the leader of the foreign affairs hall, has really tried his best and never relaxed.


    He tried every means to attract all kinds of merchants and tried every means to attract customers. In addition to conventional means, many crooked tricks have also been used.


    Huojingfang is the nearest city to mingshafang. No matter which aspect, huojingfang city has completely won mingshafang city.


    The development of mingshafang city was not very smooth, so Li Xuan started the idea of huojingfang city.


    If there is a problem in huojingfang City, the business will close down and the market will be depressed. Most of the original merchants and customers will move to mingshafang city.


    Some time ago, Li Xuan sent people to spread rumors secretly. What do you say? The flaming immortal has fallen, the earth fire gate has lost its support, and is about to be suppressed by Feihong sect.


    Not to mention, these rumors have really had some effects, causing a lot of trouble to dihuomen and causing great losses to huojingfang city.


    In order to recover the loss, dihuomen refuted the rumor and recovered the reputation of the square city. On the one hand, a grand auction was carefully organized to save the passenger flow.


    Li Xuan did everything before he reported to Meng Zhang.


    After the fire door reacted, a series of measures taken made Li Xuan''s previous actions ineffective.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, Li Xuan''s starting point is good, but his practice is very inappropriate.


    There''s nothing to offend over there. But if the rumor involves feihongzong, it''s very bad.


    Dihuomen originally had a trading relationship with taiyimen for many years. Even though the relationship between the two sides became weaker and the trading scale became smaller, dihuomen is still a big customer of taiyimen.


    When Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate destroyed Linquan temple, Dihuo gate sent a team to support. But because he came too late and missed the opportunity, he had to return in vain. Because of this, the two sides did not officially start a war, so they did not tear their faces and completely break up.


    Since then, the relationship between taiyimen and dihuomen has become colder and colder, and the guard between them has become deeper and deeper.


    Although the two sides barely maintain the apparent peace, no one will be surprised if they fight one day.


    Li Xuan secretly spread rumors against dihuomen, and it was not without this factor.


    But the rumor related to the life and death whereabouts of immortal flaming flame, and said that Feihong sect would attack dihuomen. If Fei hongzong learned about this, he didn''t know how he would react.


    The relationship between taiyimen and feihongzong is also very subtle.


    Feihongzong is the overlord of the endless sand sea. All Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea, except Mobei Qi family, should be the ministers of feihongzong.


    However, Lin quanguan won the status of sitting on the same level with Feihong Zong because of the jiedan of Guangzhi immortal.


    Taiyi gate was originally a vassal of Linquan temple. After destroying Linquan Temple according to Feihong Zong''s plan, Taiyi gate only nominally respected Feihong Zong as the overlord of the endless sand sea, but in fact, it had no obligation to Feihong Zong.


    Taiyimen neither turned over to Feihong Zong for worship, nor did they listen to Feihong Zong''s call.


    Taiyi sect has such a special status because feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong, made a special offer when he persuaded Meng Zhang to betray Linquan temple.


    Feihongzi made a ghost oath to ensure that he kept his word.


    But after all, taiyimen is just a building foundation sect. When facing Feihong sect, it always feels lack of confidence.


    Although feihongzi guaranteed the status of Taiyi sect, he never said that if Taiyi sect actively provoked Feihong sect, Feihong sect would ignore it.


    The current Taiyi sect needs to carefully deal with its relationship with Feihong sect. It must not offend Feihong sect at all, let alone make Feihong sect feel that Taiyi sect will be a threat.


    Meng Zhang reprimanded Li Xuan and warned him that no matter what he did in the future, he was absolutely not allowed to involve feihongzong.


    After the conversation, Meng Zhang waved to Li Xuan to step down and be alone.


    At this time, it was almost three years since Lin Quan temple was destroyed.


    In the past three years, Meng Zhang had to discharge erysipelas and treat his injuries. His cultivation was delayed a little.


    When he could not practice, Meng Zhang had more time to read all kinds of Taoist Scriptures.


    Meng Zhang is really a genius with extraordinary talent and amazing understanding.


    After years of constant reading and meditation, he seems to have really gained a little.


    When he meditates on weekdays, his mind becomes more peaceful and pure.


    He can see more profound problems in cultivation.


    Especially in the aspect of secret arts, he felt that his attainments seemed to have improved a lot.


    Some time ago, Yang Xueyi launched taiyimen forces to inquire about the whereabouts of green bamboo everywhere, but there was no result.


    After hearing about this, Meng Zhang decided to help Yang Xueyi. It''s best for her to avenge her family''s deep blood and understand her hatred of extermination for many years.


    For nearly three years, Meng Zhang has accumulated thousands of calculation chips.


    Meng Zhang chose an auspicious day and calculated the whereabouts of green bamboo with Dayan divine calculation.


    If green bamboo has escaped from the endless sand sea, even if Meng Zhang calculates his whereabouts, Yang Xueyi can hardly leave everything in Taiyi gate and chase him all the way.


    But if the green bamboo remains in the endless sand sea, no matter how hidden he is, Meng Zhang is confident to get his whereabouts through Dayan divine calculation.


    Qingzhu is also a monk during the foundation period. It is difficult for Meng Zhang to calculate his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang spent more than 800 calculation chips before he got a message.


    Meng Zhang told Yang Xueyi the information, but did not explain how he got the information.


    Yang Xueyi personally witnessed the magic of Meng Zhang, and the last time she followed Meng Zhang, she gained a lot.


    Without asking more, she followed Meng Zhang''s instructions and left Taiyi gate to her destination.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang''s advice was really useful, so that Yang Xueyi ran into green bamboo and was able to avenge herself.


    Soon after, Yang Xueyi returned successfully.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Yang Xueyi borrowed many large storage magic weapons from Meng Zhang.


    After going out for a trip, she brought back a large number of repair materials.


    Yang Xueyi was very honest and didn''t swallow these materials alone. She thought that she could find green bamboo and obtain these materials only according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    The bulk of these materials should belong to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly made concessions with her. Seeing her firm attitude, he didn''t continue to refuse.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take all the cultivation materials given by Yang Xueyi as his own, but put them into the sect library and replaced them with the good work of his sect and Yang Xueyi.


    In addition, the Lingbei with hundreds of years of fire that Yang Xueyi seized from the bamboo sword last time. She didn''t hide it. She also put it in the zongmen library.


    After all, it was the thunder god who killed the bamboo sword at the cost of his own serious injury. Yang Xueyi is not the kind of person who is greedy for heavenly achievements for herself.

 Chapter 326

    When Meng Zhang scolded Li Xuan for making his own decisions, he didn''t know that a related dialogue was also taking place in the earth fire gate two or three thousand miles away.


    In the secret room of dihuomen, Long Yan, the leader of dihuomen, is meeting a very important guest.


    The guest''s name is Hou de Lu. He is an envoy sent by the high level of huoyun sect.


    After the immortal Yun Yan of huoyun sect sat down, huoyun sect lost its bondage. All the people in the door have been rubbing their hands, trying to invade the endless sand sea on a large scale, revenge and shame.


    However, due to several failures in that year, the top level of huoyun sect, which has always been radical, has become a lot more cautious. If they are not sure of winning, they will not attack easily.


    Before taking action, we must be fully prepared and never fail again.


    Huoyun sect has been making preparations for the war from top to bottom.


    Jiuqu League is far more prosperous than the barren endless sand sea. There are rich Xiuzhen resources, popular Xiuzhen arts, and developed commerce and trade.


    Huoyun sect dropped a large amount of spirit stones and continuously purchased a large number of war materials from places such as Dafeng City.


    In addition, huoyun sect also sent envoys to the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect. They wanted to contact the high level of Hedong sub altar and agreed that both sides would invade the endless sand sea together.


    The Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect invaded the endless sand sea in those years, but was later defeated by Feihong sect and expelled from the endless sand sea.


    After the forces of the East Branch altar of the Huanglian sect were expelled from the endless sand sea, there were many conflicts with Feihong Sect on the border for many years. The lower level disciples of the two sects often fight.


    But in addition, there was no further action by the Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar.


    The golden elixir immortal of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar has never stepped into the endless sand sea.


    More than 300 years ago, when the golden elixir war broke out between huoyun sect and Feihong sect, Huanglian sect did not participate in Hedong sub altar, and even showed no interest at all.


    Huoyun sect was defeated in the golden elixir war. At that time, the first expert in the sect, immortal Yun Yan, was forced to make a ghost oath to restrain all golden elixirs of huoyun sect. From then on, he no longer stepped into the endless sand sea.


    From beginning to end, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar did not pay attention to this matter.


    This time, huoyun sect sent envoys to contact Huanglian to teach Hedong sub altar. They just wanted to have a try. Success is gratifying, and failure is nothing.


    Sure enough, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar did not have a positive attitude towards the massive invasion of the endless sand sea.


    The high level of Hedong sub altar replied that if huoyun sect invaded on a large scale, Hedong sub altar might send a group of friars in the foundation period to fight.


    In fact, the foundation period friars of Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar fought with friars of Feihong sect at the border all year round. All along, from time to time, there are friars in the foundation period who teach Hedong Fentan to sneak into the endless sand sea and engage in some shady activities.


    Huoyun sect was not very satisfied with the reply of the high-level officials of the Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect.


    If you don''t send Jindan real people to the war, just some friars in the foundation period can''t have a great impact on the war situation.


    In the war of Jindan sect, only Jindan Zhen is the decisive force.


    Huoyun''s attitude towards Huanglian''s teaching Hedong sub altar is also hard to blame. Even without the reinforcement of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, huoyun sect will do it alone.


    Before sitting down, immortal Yunyan personally presided over it and buried the dark son in the endless sand sea.


    Over the years, huoyun sect and dihuomen have been secretly colluding. In particular, the flame elder of dihuomen can successfully complete the pill with the help of immortal Yun Yan.


    Before jiedan, elder flaming made a ghost oath. Once jiedan succeeds, he will help huoyun party Fu feihongzong.


    Huoyun sect has invested a lot of money in the flame elder and has high hopes for him.


    Many key points of the huoyun sect''s invasion plan need the action of real flame.


    But when it was about to start, huoyun sect suddenly couldn''t contact real flame.


    There is no news from the flame immortal, as if the world had evaporated.


    Huoyun sect sent messengers to endless sand sea in this adventure to meet Shangguan Longyan, the leader of the local fire sect, and see if he has any exact information about the whereabouts of the flame immortal.


    Hou de Lu has talked with Shangguan Longyan once before. Shangguan Longyan insists that he is not clear about the whereabouts of real flame. The only thing he knows is the news from feihongzong. Real flame, Guangzhi and Feitian are trapped in the Gobi of evil wind.


    This time, Houde road heard the rumors spread in huojingfang city and found Shangguan Longyan again.


    "Shangguan leader, it''s said everywhere that the flame immortal has died in the Gobi. Do you think this statement is credible?"


    After listening to Hou de Lu''s words, Shangguan Longyan showed an angry expression on his face.


    "These are all rumors, which were secretly spread by taiyimen."


    "They think that if huojingfang city is turned yellow, mingshafang city can profit from it. It''s really naive."


    Li Xuan thought that his secret actions could not hide from the eyes and ears of the fire gate.


    The newly rising sects such as taiyimen are a nouveau riche in the eyes of the old dihuomen.


    The underground fire gate with deep foundation has more potential power than Taiyi gate.


    If Shangguan Longyan had no other scruples, he would have taken this opportunity to teach taiyimen a lesson.


    "These villains of taiyimen are mean and nasty. I really hate them. I will clean them up one day."


    It''s just a rumor spread by taiyimen, not a fact. Hou de Lu immediately lost interest in this and became relieved.


    "Shangguan leader, the matter at Taiyi gate is just a trivial matter. Your top priority is to find a way to contact immortal flaming."


    "When our plan is successful, taiyimen clowns will clean up as you want. Now, don''t waste time on irrelevant things."


    For Hou de Lu''s orders, Shangguan Longyan nodded repeatedly, indicating that he would abide by them.


    Next, they talked for a while, and Houde road left. Before he left, he repeatedly told Shangguan Longyan to get the accurate information of real flame as soon as possible.


    Shangguan Longyan agreed and sent Hou de Lu away with a smile.


    As soon as Hou de Lu''s back disappeared, Shangguan Longyan''s expression immediately became gloomy.


    Hou de Lu was an outsider and didn''t know the situation of the endless sand sea, so he easily accepted Shangguan Longyan''s words.


    But in fact, the inside story is very complex.


    Shangguan Longyan, as a native of the endless sand sea, has been worried about the recent situation of the endless sand sea.


    ¡£

 Chapter 327

    Immortal Guangzhi and immortal flaming followed immortal Feitian into the Gobi of evil wind. The always low-key tuxingmen soon seized the opportunity of immortal flaming''s absence, had a dispute with dihuomen, and confronted dihuomen.


    Taiyi gate and skillful gate rebelled against Linquan temple and started to destroy Linquan Temple together.


    In the middle, there has always been a big hand manipulating everything in the dark.


    Shangguan Longyan is not a fool. How can he not notice that the situation is wrong. What Fei hongzong did secretly could not hide from his eyes.


    Shangguan Longyan is a little indecisive, but he is cautious and thoughtful, and often thinks a lot.


    Why did Fei hongzong do this? Why dare Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate rebel against Linquan view? Did they ignore Guangzhi real people just because of the solicitation of Feihong sect?


    Taiyi gate and skillful goalkeeper Lin quanguan destroy the gate. They don''t care about real Guangzhi. Is there really something wrong with real Guangzhi?


    If something happens to real Guangzhi and the flame real person walking with real Guangzhi, I''m afraid the situation will not be very good.


    At the thought of these things, Shangguan Longyan was worried.


    If something really happens to immortal flaming, the dihuomen is a lamb to be slaughtered in front of Feihong Zong.


    To tell the truth, Shangguan Longyan has always disapproved of the action of flame elder to take refuge in huoyun sect.


    In order to form a golden elixir, elder flaming has secretly left the endless sand sea for huoyun sect for many times. What agreement has been reached between the two sides and what plans have been made? Even the leader of Shangguan Longyan is not very clear.


    Although the leader of Shangguan Longyan was successfully promoted with the support of elder flaming. However, he was very dissatisfied with the way that the flame elder put the whole sect in danger for his own way.


    Shangguan Longyan even felt that the flame elder formed a golden pill, which was not a good thing for dihuomen.


    Unfortunately, in the earth fire gate, the great elder flame has too much authority. Even the leader, Shangguan Longyan, is difficult to interfere with his decision.


    Most of the high-level people in the underground fire gate are a group of reckless men with hot temper. Shangguan Longyan, the leader, is a rare understanding person.


    After seeing Hou de Lu off, Shangguan Longyan thought for a long time and felt that he should try his best to do something to find out the recent situation as soon as possible.


    Thinking of this, Shangguan Longyan left dihuomen Mountain Gate alone and flew to huojingfang city not far away.


    Huojingfang city is only more than 300 miles away from the Mountain Gate of dihuomen. Shangguan Longyan soon reached his destination.


    Before entering huojingfang City, Shangguan Longyan disguised himself to prevent people from easily recognizing his true identity.


    After entering huojingfang City, he didn''t go to the stronghold of dihuomen here. Instead, he turned East and West on the street, turned into an alley, and then disappeared completely.


    Shangguan Longyan stepped into an underground passage. After walking a distance, two guards appeared in front.


    Shangguan Longyan regained his true face and said majestically, "inform your principal that Shangguan Longyan has something to visit."


    One guard continued to stay there, and the other guard hurried into the back to report.


    After a while, the guard came back, led Shangguan Longyan around the channel for a while, and came to a hall.


    In the middle of the hall, a man with a white pigeon mask on his face was waiting quietly.


    Take Shangguan Longyan to the hall. The guard turned and left without entering the hall.


    "I''m a pigeon. I''ve seen Shangguan leader. I don''t know Shangguan leader is here. What can I do for you?"


    This place is the core of the black market under huojingfang city. The man who calls himself a white dove is the principal of the black market.


    The black market is the dark side of huojingfang, which has always been hidden.


    As the manager of huojingfang City, how can dihuomen not know the existence of the black market?


    Dihuomen not only acquiesced in the existence of the black market, but also cooperated with the black market in many aspects.


    The black market forces are huge. The black market here in huojingfang is only the tip of the iceberg. Even beyond the endless sand sea, there are black market forces.


    Dihuomen is very scrupulous about the powerful black market, and the black market does whatever it wants without relying on its huge power. He has been keeping a low profile and has given enough respect to the owner''s fire door.


    "Why do you always change the main people in this damn place? I remember the last time I came here, the main people here were still called dogs or pigs. How come they have now become your so-called white pigeon."


    The white pigeon didn''t answer and ignored the complaint of Shangguan Longyan.


    Shangguan Longyan said these words just to belittle each other and facilitate the next conversation.


    Seeing that the other party didn''t respond, Shangguan Longyan stopped talking nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    "I have something to entrust you when I come here this time."


    "As long as you complete the entrustment of this seat, the price is easy to discuss."


    The white dove lowered her head slightly and made a look of listening carefully.


    Dihuomen claims to be an authentic sect, but there are many dirty activities secretly.


    It is not the first time that the black market has helped dihuomen sell stolen goods, spy on intelligence, and even do dirty work.


    Dihuomen is generous and never defaults on the remuneration they should give.


    The two sides have had many pleasant cooperation. Of course, white pigeon attaches importance to the big customers at present.


    "Please let me know if you have any entrustment. As for the remuneration, we''ll talk about it later."


    "Almost three years ago, Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate betrayed Lin Quan temple and jointly exterminated Lin Quan temple. You must know this very well."


    The white dove nodded. The black market, which has always been well-informed, how can he not know this major event affecting the surrounding situation.


    "I want to know all the action details before Taiyi gate and skillful gate. Why did they do it and how did Fei hongzong tell them to do it?"


    "This little thing should not be difficult to defeat the always powerful black market."


    Shangguan Longyan said faintly.


    After hearing the entrustment of Shangguan Longyan, the white pigeon was silent.


    After a while, the white pigeon said coldly, "Shangguan leader, you should know our code of conduct in the black market. As outsiders, we always respect the local master and never secretly confront the master."


    "Feihong sect is the overlord of the endless sand sea. We always respect this master and never accept any entrustment against Feihong sect."


    "Your door is the owner of huojingfang City, and we have also given you enough respect."


    "Shangguan leader, your entrustment is too presumptuous. It''s too difficult for the black market. Please forgive me. I can''t accept it."


    "Don''t worry, the conversation just now can be regarded as never happened. I won''t report to feihongzong."

 Chapter 328

    The white pigeon refused the entrustment of Shangguan Longyan without hesitation.


    Of course, it is not known whether he did it for the reasons he said.


    "I didn''t ask you to spy on the secrets of Fei hongzong, nor did I ask you to target Fei hongzong. All I want you to do is to investigate Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate."


    Shangguan Longyan said with a gloomy face. Although he had expected the white dove''s refusal, he still felt a little uneasy about the white dove''s direct refusal.


    The white pigeon shook his head and obviously did not accept Shangguan Longyan''s statement.


    Shangguan Longyan was silent for a moment before he said, "if you have any conditions, just mention them. I remember that there is a saying in your black market. Everything has its price. As long as you can afford the starting price, everything can be bought."


    "Dihuomen is not a small sect. It still has some family background. You can bid and see if this seat can afford it."


    Shangguan Longyan knew that if he said so, he would give the initiative to the other party, and the other party would speak loudly.


    "Shangguan leader, you misunderstood. I didn''t take the opportunity to raise the price." the white pigeon quickly explained.


    "Well, don''t talk nonsense. As long as you can get the news you want, the price is up to you."


    Before the white pigeon finished, Shangguan Longyan interrupted him.


    Shangguan Longyan didn''t believe the lies in the pigeon''s mouth. What respects the owner''s family and never targets the owner''s family


    The people in the black market are a bunch of mercenary guys. As long as the price is appropriate, their father can sell, not to mention an irrelevant feihongzong.


    The white dove was silent and didn''t speak for a long time. Before Shangguan Longyan was impatient, he finally spoke.


    "The annual output of ChiYan oil and underground Yanjing claimed by dihuomen is only a small part of the total output."


    "These two things, beyond the endless sand sea, are very precious."


    ¡­¡­


    The white pigeon spoke slowly and pointed out several characteristic resources of the dihuomen.


    Every time he points out the name of a characteristic resource, Shangguan Longyan''s face darkens.


    Although Shangguan Longyan asked the white pigeon to make a price, it is certainly impossible for him to make a price at will. Even if Shangguan Longyan wants to know the collusion between Taiyi gate, Qiaoshou gate and Feihong sect, he also has his own psychological bottom line, and there are a few things to pay.


    After the white pigeon opened the price, Shangguan Longyan still bargained.


    The two discussed for a long time before they finally reached a deal.


    Shangguan Longyan paid a huge price and hired the black market to investigate the inside story and various details of Taiyi gate and qiaoshoumen''s rebellion against Lin Quan view.


    White dove has also repeatedly stressed that the black market will only investigate Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate, and will never involve feihongzong.


    Shangguan Longyan scoffed at the white dove. He entrusted and paid a deposit anyway. The black market must hand over satisfactory information before he will pay the promised reward.


    After negotiation, Shangguan Longyan left here and returned to the ground.


    Soon after Shangguan Longyan left, a man with a wolf head mask came out behind the hall.


    "White dove, do you know that Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, specially explained the key people to take care of before you left. Aren''t you afraid that master Ye is unhappy when you take the task for this person?"


    "Lone wolf, don''t press me with fallen leaves. Fallen leaves have left the endless sand sea for a long time, and she can''t take care of things here. Moreover, even if she is still in the endless sand sea, she can''t interfere with my actions."


    "Don''t forget that in the past 20 years, I have been the leader of the black market. I am in charge of all the affairs of the black market. No one else can interfere."


    The lone wolf listened to the words of the white dove and stopped arguing.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang also hired the lone wolf once, and he was a little fragrant with the lone wolf. Moreover, Meng Zhang himself is also a regular customer of the black market.


    However, as the white dove said, he is the leader of the black market. The lone wolf was unwilling to argue with the white dove for the sake of Meng Zhang, an outsider.


    The white pigeon saw the wolf shut up, so he stopped talking. Instead, he arranged people to deal with the entrustment of Shangguan Longyan.


    I have to say that Shangguan Longyan chose a good breakthrough.


    He was confused about the current situation, but he didn''t dare to spy on feihongzong. Therefore, through the black market, we investigated the parties of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate.


    Meng Zhang at the moment doesn''t know that there are people calculating themselves thousands of miles away.


    He has just received the news that Jin Qiaoer, a skillful craftsman, has successfully built a foundation.


    Jin Qiaoer made a very low-key and quiet breakthrough this time. He didn''t even take the foundation Dan, so he succeeded in building the foundation.


    After Jin Qiaoer succeeded in building the foundation, the skillful sect did not publicize it. If taiyimen is not an ally of the skillful sect, it may not be able to know the news.


    Although qiaoshoumen and taiyimen are allies, with the growing strength of taiyimen, the gap between the two sides is growing.


    Although Taiyi gate has no intention of annexing Qiaoshou gate, the appearance of Qiaoshou gate is always a little unnatural to Taiyi gate.


    Now Jin Qiaoer builds the foundation, and the skillful hand gate has narrowed the strength gap with Taiyi gate.


    Of course, the master of the battle Hall of Taiyi sect, Zheng Chao, didn''t know it yet. Shortly after Jin Qiaoer''s success in building the foundation, he used his accumulated good skills to exchange the spirit Shell Bead with hundreds of years of heat from the zongmen library. Then it began to close and impact the foundation period.


    This Lingbei produced by Linquan temple has a certain auxiliary effect on the impact and foundation building of the perfect friars of Qi refining. But its effect, let alone compared with zhujidan, is much worse than the small zhujidan handed down by Shuangfeng valley.


    But there was no way. Based on the details of Taiyi gate, there were no other spiritual objects that could help friars build a foundation.


    After the Lingmai of Linquan Mountain Gate collapsed, the Lingquan on the mountain also gradually dried up. Lingbei, who lives in Lingquan, began to die in large numbers.


    The original shell beads produced by Lingbei have long been consumed by Linquan temple. A large number of Lingbei died, and no new shellfish beads were produced.


    Lin Quan is a special Lingbei living in Lingquan temple. The Lingzhu produced by Lin Quan Temple plays a great role. In particular, the shell beads produced by Lingbei, which has been hot for hundreds of years, have the magical effect of assisting friars in building foundations.


    Meng Zhang and the monk in the door went over the classics left by Lin quanguan and wanted to find a way to successfully raise these Lingbei.


    Hu Jing, the leader of the Royal beast hall, who is most proficient in the art of Royal beasts, was also sent to the Linquan Mountain Gate to try to keep these Lingbei.


    Unfortunately, the most critical need for the survival of these Lingbei is the special Lingquan water at Linquan Mountain Gate. Now Lingquan began to dry up, and everyone could not recover the result of Lingbei''s massive death.


    Hu Jing tried her best to keep a few Lingbei.


    And these Lingbei are also dying. I don''t know when they will die.

 Chapter 329

    The Lingquan of Linquan Mountain Gate has dried up and cannot continue to provide Lingquan water.


    The thick earth God went to investigate carefully and discussed with Hu Jing for a long time before he came up with a way.


    Perhaps, some special water spirit objects can be used to replace the spirit spring to create an environment suitable for Lingbei''s life.


    Water spirits often appear in large rivers and lakes. Of course, there are more water spirits in the river and even the sea.


    There are no big rivers and lakes in this place. There are only some oases and some small lakes. There are also some mountains with clear springs.


    Here, it is possible to look for earthly spirits, fire spirits and even gold spirits. It''s not easy to find out the special water spirit.


    If you want to get a special water spirit, I''m afraid you have to find a way to Jiuqu League.


    Among the Taiyi sect, there are more and more disciples who have reached the later stage of gas refining.


    Excellent disciples such as Tian Li, the head of the instrument hall, and Hu Jing, the head of the Royal beast hall, have been refining Qi for a long time. It is not far from reaching the completion of gas refining and impacting the foundation period.


    Their foundation building has become more urgent.


    It has taken almost four years. In Taiyi gate, the cultivation and collection of materials for Xiaozhu Jidan is just beginning to get a little attention.


    According to Shi Changqing, who presided over the matter, it will take at least ten or twenty years to collect all the materials and start alchemy.


    Meng Zhang also tried to mention to Feihong Zong whether he could buy zhujidan from Feihong Zong.


    However, the reply of Feihong sect was that it had not collected enough materials in the sect door, so it was unable to open the furnace for alchemy.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether to believe feihongzong.


    Even if feihongzong refined the foundation pill, he couldn''t do anything if he didn''t give it to him.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and discussed with the elders in the door. Finally, he decided to go to Dafeng City on the other side of Jiuqu League and find a way there.


    It is said that in Dafeng City, there are built foundation Dan for sale every once in a while.


    Even if Meng Zhang couldn''t buy the finished Jidan, he could also find a way to collect the materials for refining Jidan and take them back to Shi Changqing for refining.


    Although Shi Changqing has too few pills, it''s better than none.


    Since you decide to go shopping in Dafeng City, you must prepare enough Lingshi in advance.


    Meng Zhang made a brief inventory of his family. There are five second-order spiritual veins in Taiyi gate.


    The current Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate is located in Fuzhao Valley, the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate, the Mountain Gate of Linshan sect, Linshan, mingshafang city and Zaoxiang oasis.


    The Shi family, a vassal of the Taiyi clan, also has a second-order spiritual vein in the family ancestral land, which is not included in the Taiyi clan''s industry.


    As for the number of first-order spiritual veins owned by Taiyi gate, it is more than 20.


    So many spiritual veins have opened up a large number of spiritual fields. In addition to the continuous production of spiritual rice, a large number of spiritual plants have been planted, including precious spiritual flowers and grass.


    Like the Mountain Gate of Lin Shan sect, Lin Shan continued to produce all kinds of spirit trees after it was occupied by Taiyi gate.


    After Zaoxiang oasis fell into the hands of taiyimen, Meng Zhang also deliberately operated it.


    Because it is suitable for the growth of date palm trees, Meng Zhang transplanted most of the date palm trees he had transplanted back.


    The red feather liquid produced in the spirit eye of Fuzhao Valley has helped taiyimen cultivate a lot of spirit birds.


    On such a vast territory of taiyimen, there are dozens of mineral deposits, producing various kinds of spiritual mineral resources with different values.


    Apart from a small part sent to huojingfang city for sale, a large part of such a large number of lingkuang resources were sold to feihongzong.


    In addition, there are many caravans from other places who have purchased a large number of spiritual mineral resources from here.


    In fact, first, the manpower is not enough, and second, Meng Zhang is unwilling to mine too fast. Therefore, these spiritual mines have not been fully exploited, and the output is far from reaching the peak.


    Even so, taiyimen can earn a lot of spirit stones from these spirit mines every year.


    Meng Zhang went to Dafeng City this time, but he was thinking of making a big purchase. In addition to building Jidan, there are many materials, which are also on his procurement catalogue.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang had prepared for three months. In addition to the spirit stones needed to maintain the normal operation of Taiyi gate, he almost transferred all the spirit stones in the gate.


    On the day Meng Zhang left, a second-order flying boat stopped early in Fuzhao valley.


    In recent years, through continuous procurement and the booty seized before, taiyimen has owned four second-order flying boats and more than 20 first-order flying boats.


    Meng Zhang takes a second-order flying boat this time, which will not have any impact on the sect.


    The second-order flying boat is filled with a large number of storage bags, which are filled with all kinds of spiritual mineral resources.


    Many spiritual mineral resources with general value in endless sand sea can be sold at a good price in Jiuqu League.


    On weekdays, this price difference is earned by feihongzong and foreign merchants.


    Since he is going to Dafeng City this time, Meng Zhang will naturally act as a merchant.


    I don''t want to earn much this time. At least I''ll earn back the travel expenses. The second-order flying boat consumes a lot of spirit stones for such a trip.


    In addition, more than 100000 inferior spirit stones were loaded on the flying boat.


    Of course, many really precious spiritual objects were put in the storage ring by Meng Zhang and taken with him.


    This time he escorted such a large amount of goods to Dafeng City. Even if Meng Zhang was a monk in the middle of foundation construction, he still needed a helper to go on the road at ease.


    All the foundation building friars in Taiyi gate were promoted by Meng Zhang to elders in the gate.


    On weekdays, these elders are distributed in the second-order spiritual veins everywhere. Meng Zhang will call them when something happens.


    The thunder god general, the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan were all left by Meng Zhang to watch the house. Meng Zhang takes Yang Xueyi and goes on the road with him.


    After everything was ready, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi boarded the second-order flying boat and left Fuzhao valley.


    On this flying boat, there are more than ten disciples in the Qi refining period, who are responsible for driving the flying boat and taking care of the goods in turn.


    Now, the monsters in the Gobi are ready to move. Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t dare to go to Dafeng City through the Gobi.


    Because it is no longer hostile to Feihong sect, the flying boat of Taiyi gate can swagger through the sky of Feihong sect and go to Dafeng City through this safe route.


    After the flying boat left Taiyi gate, it drove forward quickly.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s trip to Dafeng City is still a little risky.


    Last time, because of Jin Qiaoer, several sects were remembered by Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect.


    Later, Meng Zhang helped Jin Qigu, who was trapped by the monks of Huanglian sect, and killed the monks of Huanglian Sect on the spot.


    When going to Dafeng City this time, Meng Zhang decided to go and return quickly and try to avoid the monks of Huanglian sect.


    If the monk of Huanglian cult is arrogant again, he still needs to restrain one or two in Dafeng City. At least, they dare not openly tangle their hands in Dafeng City and start a war of life and death.

 Chapter 330

    Since his feud with the Huanglian sect, Meng Zhang has also spent some effort to find out the details of the Huanglian sect.


    Although the yellow lotus sect is powerful, it is incompatible internally.


    Especially Hedong sub altar, not only never obeyed the orders of the general altar, but also had nothing to do with other sub altars.


    Of course, relying only on the strength of Hedong sub altar itself, it exceeds jindanzong gate such as huoyun sect.


    Hedong sub altar is very strong, but it is not without rivals, let alone acting arbitrarily in the boundary of Dafeng City.


    As merchants to Dafeng City, Meng Zhang''s safety is guaranteed. On the surface, at least, Huang Lian didn''t dare to kill the traveling merchants on the boundary of Dafeng City.


    Gale city is a famous city of Commerce and trade. It shakes the foundation of gale city to kill past merchants.


    Once this happens, gale city will always trace it to the end. No matter who the other party is, he won''t give up easily.


    It took a while for the flying boat to pass through the vast territory of taiyimen and enter the territory of Qingzhu mountain.


    After Qingzhu mountain was exterminated by Feihong sect, the original territory was directly occupied by Feihong sect.


    There was no accident all the way. The flying boat passed here with the wind and water and entered the territory of the vassal family of Feihong sect.


    The vassal family territory, which had become chaotic due to the rampant bandits, has now begun to restore calm.


    After Fei hongzong made great efforts to attack these robbers, they disappeared one after another. I don''t know if they have gone away.


    Feizhou came all the way and met several patrol disciples of Feihong sect.


    These patrol disciples either ride flying mounts such as cranes, or take first-order flying boats, passing through the sky from time to time.


    On the flying boat Meng Zhang took, the sign of Taiyi gate was drawn.


    Now Taiyi sect is in the endless sand sea, and it is not an unknown small sect.


    These disciples recognized the sign of Taiyi gate and allowed it to pass without interception.


    In fact, in recent years, the second-order flying boat of taiyimen often passes here to Feihong city.


    After Feizhou passed through the territory of these vassal families and entered the territory directly under Feihong sect, there were not so many patrol disciples.


    In fact, there are some shops in feihongzong''s territory. In particular, Feihong city is a big city with developed commerce and trade.


    The high-level inside the gate made some efforts, and taiyimen opened a fixed route to Feihong city.


    Every half a month, a second-order flying boat of taiyimen takes off from mingshafang city to Feihong city.


    In addition to carrying goods, flying boats also carry passengers. Transport monks to and from mingshafang city and Feihong city.


    In order to ensure the safety of the flying boat, every time the flying boat sets out, the friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate will take turns to sit on it.


    Now Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi leave the endless sand sea and go to Dafeng City. There were not enough friars in the foundation period at Taiyi gate, so they had to temporarily borrow friars in the foundation period from Qiaoshou gate to ensure the smooth operation of this route.


    With the current relationship between the skillful hand gate and the Taiyi gate, as long as you pay enough money to lend monks to each other, it is already a very common thing.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to this route, because flying boats carry valuable spiritual materials, which are valuable.


    These spiritual materials cannot be completely digested by taiyimen and nearby Xiuzhen forces alone. Only when it is transported to Feihong city for sale can the benefits be maximized.


    Of course, Feihong city is the leading commercial city in the endless sand sea, but it is still far from Dafeng City.


    At least, in Feihong City, all the transactions related to building Jidan and building Jidan materials are fully mastered by Feihong Zong. Without the permission of Feihong sect, let alone building Jidan, even the materials for building Jidan can''t be bought here.


    The stone family spent countless efforts to collect materials for refining Jidan, which exhausted the accumulation of the family for hundreds of years.


    Shi Jiaxin painstakingly collected materials and asked Shi Changqing to open the furnace for alchemy, but he only succeeded in refining three foundation pills.


    Meng Zhang felt vaguely that Feihong sect didn''t want too many friars in the foundation period in Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen now occupies more territory than shuangfenggu. If taiyimen continues to grow, it is likely to become the next double harvest valley.


    Fei hongzong is not good at attacking Taiyi gate for no reason, but he can still do it by taking some measures to limit Taiyi gate.


    As long as feihongzong does not provide foundation building pills to taiyimen, he can control the number of friars during the foundation building period of taiyimen.


    Therefore, after Meng Zhang noticed this situation, he also completely cut off the idea of seeking Jidan from Feihong Zong.


    Feihongzong can only master the trading situation in the endless sand sea. Meng Zhang goes to Jiuqu League to trade, and feihongzong can''t control it.


    Feizhou did not go to Feihong City, but took a detour, deliberately avoiding the direction of Feihong city and flying towards the boundary of Jiuqu League.


    Along the way, Feizhou met many Feihong sect disciples and Feizhou of Feihong sect''s vassal family.


    The flying boat did not fly to say hello, but moved along the original route.


    If the vassal family''s territory is also included, the territory of Feihong sect covers an area of ten thousand miles.


    Even at the speed of this second-order flying boat, it took three days and three nights to cross the territory of Feihong sect.


    Further on, it is the junction of feihongzong and Jiuqu League. Leave this area and enter the territory of Jiuqu League.


    In the direction of Jiuqu League, most sections of Feihong sect are bordered by huoyun sect and Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect. There is only a small area connected with the territory of gale city.


    In the border area with Jiuqu League, feihongzong naturally arranged a strong force to patrol.


    Of course, the main targets of defense are huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar.


    There has always been no grudge between feihongzong and Dafeng City. On the contrary, Dafeng City is the main external transaction channel of feihongzong. The two sides have frequent block transactions and have close ties.


    Recently, the friars of huoyun sect have been transferred frequently and are ready to move. In order to prevent huoyun sect from damaging the air route and blocking the trade routes between feihongzong and Dafeng City, feihongzong strengthened the inspection of nearby areas.


    When the flying boat of Taiyi gate was about to pass through the boundary of Feihong sect, it was stopped by a first-order flying boat of Feihong sect.


    The friars on this first-order flying boat are always guarding the junction area of Jiuqu League. They don''t know much about the internal situation of the endless sand sea.


    They did not recognize the sign on the taiyimen flying boat. After stopping the taiyimen flying boat, Meng Zhang patiently reported his identity to them.


    Fortunately, now the Taiyi gate is a little famous. They have all heard the name of Taiyi gate.


    A group of monks in the period of Qi refining asked Meng Zhang, a monk in the period of foundation building.


    They asked about the origin of the flying boat taiyimen and the destination of the flight.

 Chapter 331

    The leader of the group of disciples in the Qi refining period of Feihong sect looked at Meng Zhang with a close look, looked at the Feizhou, and then asked, "why don''t the cargo ships of Taiyi gate trade in Feihong city and go to Dafeng City?"


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang is also the leader of a school. Just because of his status as a friar in the foundation period, he can''t be offended by a friar in the Qi refining period.


    Fei hongzong''s junior friar was so rude that he didn''t look good. Meng Zhang, who was holding his breath in his heart, didn''t answer.


    However, one of the accompanying taiyimen gas refining friars, seeing that the atmosphere was going to be frozen, quickly said: "elder martial brother, we went to Dafeng City to buy some water system spirits. Endless sand sea is a good place, but there are no big rivers and lakes, and basically no water system spirits are produced."


    Although the disciple of Feihong sect was not necessarily afraid of Meng Zhang, he didn''t want to really annoy a foundation building monk. Seeing Meng Zhang''s gloomy face, he quickly stepped down through the other party''s words.


    "Since the name is endless sand sea, it''s all desert. Where are the big rivers and lakes?"


    "Well, we''re just a routine patrol. Be careful when you move on. The friars of huoyun sect don''t have much peace recently."


    With that, the friars of Feihong sect left.


    When the other party went away, Meng Zhang''s face looked a little better.


    He glanced at the monk who had just answered, "your name is Li Liqiang. You look good."


    Without waiting for the disciple to reply, he returned to the cabin.


    Among the disciples Meng Zhang took with him this time, several of them were specially selected friars with smart teeth and good ability of machine transformation.


    Meng Zhang went to Dafeng City this time to do business. Of course, he needed some such clever disciples.


    Meng Zhanggang walked into the cabin. A tall, powerful and shy young man took the initiative to welcome him.


    "Master, did the friar of Feihong sect upset you just now?"


    "You boy, you can''t lift a pot without opening it."


    "Dawei, you should remember that even if you are the first disciple of our school, you can''t bully and domineer by relying on your identity, whether inside or outside the door."


    "Yes, master, I remember your teaching."


    Meng Zhang nodded with satisfaction.


    He is a big disciple of Kaishan. He is always honest. He is really not a bully.


    Just now, it would have been really difficult for Li Liqiang if he hadn''t spoken to clear the encirclement. In his capacity, he will not entangle with a group of gas refining youngsters.


    Whoever gains the upper hand loses Meng Zhang''s face.


    This is not Meng Zhang. Niu Dawei has a good disposition. He has practiced hard since he joined Meng Zhang''s door. With the guidance of a famous teacher like Meng Zhang, there is also an adequate supply of resources. I''m not old, but I already have six cultivation accomplishments of Qi refining.


    Niu Dawei basically practiced in the door. This time, Meng Zhang took him out to see the world.


    The younger generation of Taiyi disciples now have too little experience and lack exercise.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself, what should he do to train these disciples and let them have more practical experience.


    After dealing with the investigation of these feihongzong disciples, the flying boat of Taiyi gate continued to move forward. He soon left the territory of Feihong sect and entered the territory of Dafeng City.


    The narrow area between Dafeng City and feihongzong is only twenty or thirty miles long, but it needs to go thousands of miles to enter the core area of Dafeng City.


    Soon after the flying boat of Taiyi gate entered this area, he saw a group of dafengcheng disciples riding cranes in front of him.


    These patrols wearing Dafeng City Style robes mainly patrol the nearby areas.


    Recently, the relationship between huoyun sect and feihongzong has become more and more tense, and the patrol friars of both sides have fought many times.


    Huoyun sect and feihongzong can''t manage Dafeng City, but if their actions affect the business routes of Dafeng City, Dafeng City will be angry.


    The endless sand sea seems barren, but it also has a lot of spiritual materials. In particular, many characteristic spiritual materials produced in the desert are very popular in Jiuqu League. Through the channels of merchants of Jiuqu alliance, they are exported to all directions and even to the mainland of China.


    Dafeng City is the main communication channel between the endless sand sea and the outside world. Most of the spiritual materials exported by the endless sand sea are sold to Dafeng City, then transferred through Dafeng City, and then continue to be sold to all directions.


    Similarly, the Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea mainly purchase materials from the outside through the channel of Dafeng City.


    So in and out, gale City benefits greatly.


    From the perspective of merchants, the dispute between huoyun sect and Feihong sect makes Dafeng City very unhappy.


    Of course, even if the strength is far better than the two sects, gale city will not be rashly involved in their disputes, let alone intervene.


    The only action of Dafeng City is to strengthen the patrol of the border zone. Prevent the conflict between the two sides from blocking the business route and affecting the merchants of all parties.


    Especially at the junction of Dafeng City and feihongzong, it is the focus of patrol in Dafeng City.


    Gale city has deployed many patrol teams here to patrol around to ensure safety.


    Originally, when Meng Zhang didn''t come here, he was worried about being intercepted by huoyun sect or Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar. Seeing that gale City attached so much importance to this business road, he was relieved.


    To tell the truth, the spirit stones and spirit objects carried on this flying boat are the hard accumulation of taiyimen over the years. If something really happens, taiyimen will lose its vitality.


    The next journey was smooth with the wind and water all the way, without any accidents or any interception.


    It was when I was about to leave this narrow strip that I met a patrol flying boat of gale city.


    The friar patrolling the flying boat briefly asked about the origin of Taiyi gate and the destination to Dafeng City.


    Friars in foundation period on this flying boat have a good attitude and have no domineering momentum.


    He talked with Meng Zhang. In his words, he also pointed out that which businesses in Dafeng City have more reputation and deserve full trust. He even helped some businesses to start business, and I don''t know if these businesses will give him a commission.


    After entering the core area of Dafeng City, it is even safer.


    In the nearby area, gale city is a big Mac. The sects like Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and huoyun sect are not as strong as Dafeng City.


    Even the disciples of Huanglian sect with deep background harass some friars of other forces at most, but they will not take the initiative to provoke the disciples of Dafeng City around Dafeng City.

 Chapter 332

    There was nothing to say all the way. Before the night fell, the second-order flying boat of taiyimen entered the periphery of Dafeng City.


    There are many warehouses here, which can be used for foreign camel animals or flying boats.


    These warehouses can not only store goods temporarily, but also run accommodation business.


    The flying boat of Taiyi gate circled over this area and saw a large manor below. Above the building in the middle of the manor, a big flag fluttered in the wind.


    This is the flag of the ancient moon family in Dafeng City. This manor is also the property of the ancient moon family.


    As the top Xiuzhen clan in Dafeng City, the ancient moon family has huge power and no one dares to provoke it easily.


    The patrolling friar of Dafeng City who met Meng Zhang on the road warmly recommended it to him.


    Among many Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City, Lu family and Guyue family are the most powerful.


    Among the industries operated by the Guyue family, there are inns, warehouses and restaurants


    According to the patrolling friar, there is absolutely no need to worry about safety when living in the warehouse of Gu Yue''s house. Moreover, the Guyue family has been engaged in the service industry for many years and has no pride of a big family. Here, you can enjoy the feeling of being at home. If his name is reported, all kinds of consumption can be discounted.


    By the way, what''s the name of the patrolling friar? It seems to be Huang Yufei.


    The patrolling friar of gale city should have no reason to deceive himself who has never met. It is also normal for him to solicit customers for businesses.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and commanded the flying boat to come to the manor.


    There, there is a large open space for takeoff and landing.


    After the flying boat landed, naturally, a clerk from the warehouse came to greet it.


    These guys are all low-level friars with mediocre cultivation, but they are smart, warm and thoughtful.


    In this take-off and landing area, there are guards of the ancient moon family guarding day and night. Safety is no problem.


    However, I think the goods on the flying boat are valuable. Meng Zhang still asked more than a dozen taiyimen friars to take turns to live on the flying boat and be responsible for guarding the goods.


    Meng Zhang, with the rest, was led by the waiter and walked all the way to the manor in front.


    Everyone is a cultivator. The wind is blowing under their feet and the speed is very fast.


    It looked like a long distance, but it took a moment to pass and came to the manor.


    Meng Zhang asked for an independent quiet courtyard to live according to the introduction of the waiter.


    After Yang Xueyi and his disciples went to the courtyard under the guidance of the waiter, Meng Zhang wandered around the manor at will.


    The manor covers a large area and is simply a small town.


    The arrangement of the warehouse was very considerate. A waiter was specially arranged to lead Meng Zhang and act as a guide.


    After walking for a while, Meng ZhangCai suddenly remembered and reported the name of Huang Yufei.


    I don''t know if this guy''s name works. Mosquito legs are meat no matter how small. If all kinds of expenses can be discounted, it is also a good thing.


    Hearing Huang Yufei''s name, the man looked at Meng Zhang strangely.


    "My guest, you should have told me earlier. You should have told me that you are a friend of Childe Huang. I''ve already arranged it for you. But it''s not too late now. Just wait a little longer."


    The man said that and was about to turn away.


    "Wait." Meng Zhang, a little confused, called the man.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask much. He directly showed his wisdom and read the man''s mind.


    Meng Zhang''s face was very strange. He had a feeling that he couldn''t laugh or cry.


    It turned out that this monk named Huang Yufei came from the Huang family of another Xiuzhen family in Dafeng City. He is a famous Playboy in Dafeng City.


    This man has always been fond of looking for flowers and willows and diverting happiness everywhere. And he often calls friends, tangled with a group of friends, sleeping together.


    Worried about meeting family elders in the city, he likes to take his friends to the inn outside the city.


    This manor is also the place where he often brings his friends.


    Therefore, when the man heard the name of Huang Yufei in Meng Zhang''s newspaper, he immediately went to arrange the reason for him.


    In addition to ordinary mortal women, there are many little sisters engaged in custom industry in the cultivation world. Of course, if you have a special taste, you should also find your little brother.


    If you travel alone at ordinary times, it''s nothing to investigate the local custom industry and increase your experience.


    However, this time he went out to do business with disciples of the sect. Not to mention the possibility of delaying business, Meng Zhang couldn''t agree to the arrangement of the waiter just to maintain the identity of the leader and the dignity of the teacher.


    Meng Zhang quickly rejected the man''s kindness.


    Man, I thought Meng Zhang was moved. Action is never possible.


    "Shut up, who do you think you are?" Meng Zhang, an upright gentleman, made a dignified appearance and scolded the man.


    "We monks of the right path should pursue the road wholeheartedly and get rid of all temptations. If we are greedy for physical happiness, it is nothing different from heresy."


    Convinced by Meng Zhang''s integrity, the man immediately closed his mouth.


    "Well said." a pleasant woman''s voice came.


    A graceful, slim, beautiful and ethereal nun came out of a nearby flower cluster.


    Just look at the woman''s "family has a good industry, which is made a mess by disciples like Huang Yufei. You young people, do not say to stop them from fooling around, but start a cheap pimp."


    The woman scolded the man impolitely.


    The man hung his head and looked dejected.


    "Well, don''t look like such a mean elder. There are still guests here. Please step down first."


    When the man heard that he was asked to step down, he immediately ran away like an amnesty.


    Seeing the man leave, the woman began to talk with Meng Zhang.


    "In the lower ancient Moon Orchid, I have seen Taoist friends."


    Sure enough, she is just like her name. She is a woman like a orchid in an empty valley.


    "I''ve seen a girl in Meng Zhang of the lower Taiyi sect." Meng Zhang saluted with a fist.


    "Taiyimen, this name seems to have been mentioned by my aunt."


    "Taiyimen seems to be a great spiritual sect in the Middle Earth continent. Later, it moved to the Daheng mountains on the edge of the Middle Earth continent. Later, it seems to move to the endless sand sea."


    Once Meng Zhang reported the name of Taiyi gate, Gu yueyoulan told the story of Taiyi gate.


    This is the first time Meng Zhang met. Someone is so clear about the experience in the history of taiyimen.

 Chapter 333

    Meng Zhang was very fond of the ancient Moon Orchid.


    "Taiyi sect is just a small sect. I didn''t expect that the girl is familiar with this sect."


    "Meng Daoyou shouldn''t be too modest. Taiyi gate was once brilliant. Meng Daoyou may not know that the elders of the family also had a friendship with Taiyi gate." Gu yueyoulan said.


    "Oh, really?"


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, it was natural to see that the ancient moon Youlan was a friar in the foundation period. The family elders in her mouth may be immortal Jindan.


    Meng Zhang has read the headmaster''s notebook inherited by Taiyi sect.


    The leader''s chronicle was refined just after taiyimen moved to Daheng mountains.


    However, for the various situations of taiyimen in Daheng mountains, there are not many contents recorded in the leader''s Chronicle. It seems that the head of Taiyi sect at that time didn''t pay much attention to this inheritance and didn''t bother to record too much on it.


    Taiyi sect was in trouble again. After moving to the endless sand sea, the successive leaders of Taiyi sect began to record various contents in detail.


    According to the above records, after Taiyi gate moved to the endless sand sea more than 300 years ago, it broke off contact with the outside world and never contacted the old friend of the sect.


    Gu Yue Youlan said that the elders of the family had made friends with taiyimen. Meng Zhang is really not clear at all.


    "Yes, my aunt once went on a long trip to the Daheng mountains. At that time, she got to know the elder friars of Taiyi gate and had a good friendship." Gu Yueyou Lan said definitely.


    The friars of the Jindan family don''t have to deceive themselves in such things. Inferring from the statement of ancient moon Youlan, her aunt is really a golden elixir.


    It''s always a good thing to have a good relationship with a friar of the Jindan family, even if you don''t have the mind to follow suit.


    Meng Zhang did not deliberately curry favor with each other, but communicated with each other with a frank attitude.


    Although the ancient Moon Orchid has the cultivation of foundation period, it obviously hasn''t gone far. The farthest place she has been has not exceeded the boundary of Jiuqu League.


    She also has a strong curiosity about the endless sand sea.


    She is especially interested in the powerful taiyimen in her aunt''s mouth.


    She inquired curiously about the endless sand sea and the experience of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not hide it. In a flat tone, he talked about the experience of Taiyi gate moving into the endless sand sea.


    When I heard that taiyimen moved into the endless sand sea and became a vassal of Feihong sect, Gu yueyoulan''s face showed a look of regret. The past of Taiyi gate being broken down by sand monsters made her very sympathetic.


    When Meng Zhang said that he inherited the position of leader of Taiyi gate at the age of 16, Gu yueyoulan couldn''t help saying, "it turns out that Meng Daoyou is the leader of Taiyi gate, but the little woman just lost respect."


    Meng Zhang laughed at himself. "You''re welcome, girl. The head of a small sect is nothing."


    "Leader Meng, don''t belittle yourself. No matter how small the sect is, you are also the leader of the sect."


    "When leader Meng succeeded leader Taiyi, he was just a little friar in the period of Qi refining. Now, he is already a friar in the period of foundation building. It seems that there are many stories about leader Meng." Gu yueyoulan''s curiosity became stronger and stronger.


    Meng Zhang''s journey was not easy. Whether he himself or taiyimen, he is proud of his achievements today.


    In the past, Meng Zhang has never told anyone about his own experience. Now few people are interested in their own experience, or a pleasant woman. He also became interested and began to talk about his experiences over the years.


    Of course, he would not mention some secrets related to himself and the sect during the telling process. Those less glorious black materials were also written in spring and autumn.


    Although Meng Zhang omitted a lot of process, he talked endlessly for most of the day before he reluctantly finished the past of leading taiyimen to rise and fighting with all kinds of strong enemies.


    Meng Zhang''s eloquence is good. He speaks with ups and downs and is wonderful.


    In the beautiful eyes of the ancient moon and orchid, I couldn''t help squeezing my little hand when I heard the wonderful place.


    After Meng Zhang finished speaking, she was silent for a while and finally said, "leader Meng can be called a hero of a generation. It''s lucky for Taiyi to have a leader like you."


    "I flatter you, miss. I''m just a little monk struggling to survive in the cultivation world, but I can''t afford to be a hero."


    Gu Yue Youlan looked at the sky and said, "today I heard the story of leader Meng, which opened my eyes. It''s getting late. Leader Meng should go back and have a rest. That''s all for now. When I''m free, I''ll listen to the story of leader Meng again."


    "By the way, my aunt, she always thinks about the old friend of Taiyi sect. When she hears that leader Meng is here, she may summon leader Meng. Please don''t go too far these days."


    After that, Gu Yue Youlan said goodbye to Meng Zhang politely.


    Meng Zhang looked at the back of the ancient Moon Orchid and smiled bitterly.


    I am already a friar in the foundation period in this life, and I am also a leader. But it''s still the same as in previous lives. In front of beautiful women, you can''t change the problem of wanting to show off.


    Fortunately, although Meng Zhanggang said a lot, he did not reveal any secrets that should not be revealed.


    After seeing off the ancient Moon Orchid, Meng Zhang also returned to the courtyard where he lived and rested early.


    Yang Xueyi and several disciples were left to guard the flying boat in the warehouse. Meng Zhang left the warehouse with several eloquent and active disciples and went to the interior of Dafeng City.


    After coming to Dafeng City, Meng Zhang asked several disciples to separate and go to shops to inquire about the prices of various spirit objects,


    He himself went to the Sihai building.


    Sihailou is a huge commercial organization. Its power not only covers the whole endless sand sea and Jiuqu League, but also spreads towards the Middle Earth continent.


    Even in a small square city like mingshafang City, there are branches of Sihai building.


    Meng Zhang had several dealings with Sihai building. He felt that the transaction of Sihai building was fair and the goods were complete.


    He went to the Sihai tower of Dafeng City this time to inquire about the news of Zhu Jidan.


    Meng Zhang came to the Sihai building and was immediately treated as a VIP.


    There is a close relationship between the branches of sihailou. Meng Zhang is the head of Taiyi sect. He is a good customer. Between taiyimen and Sihai building in mingshafang City, there are perennial bulk transactions.


    And the last time he came to Dafeng City, he also spent a lot in Sihai building.


    A senior deacon of Sihai building personally received Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang''s request was to buy Jidan and the elixir needed to refine Jidan, the senior Deacon''s face immediately showed embarrassment.

 Chapter 334

    It turned out that many miraculous medicines for refining and building Jidan were indeed planted in the miraculous medicine gardens of major families in Dafeng City.


    But these elixirs, which are basically not takeout, are digested by major families themselves.


    In the endless sand sea, there are few second-class alchemists who can refine and build Jidan.


    However, in Dafeng City, the second-class alchemists who can refine and build Jidan are a large number of them. Even among the ancient moon family, there are three-level alchemists.


    No family will directly sell the raw materials of elixir, which are refined to build a foundation pill for finished products.


    Most of the refined foundation building pills are digested by major families.


    There are many children in each family, and there is a strong demand for building Jidan.


    Of course, some Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City, especially the Lu family and Gu Yue family, will regularly sell a small amount of zhujidan.


    The purpose of selling the foundation building pill is not to obtain the spirit stone, but to exchange the heaven and Earth Spirit things they need.


    If you happen to have the heaven and Earth Spirit things that people need, or some rare treasures, or even some valuable Kung Fu classics, you can exchange them for the foundation Dan.


    When families are rich, one or two Jidan will occasionally appear at the auction in Dafeng City.


    Every time there is a Jidan, it will lead to crazy pursuit and looting by various monks.


    It is not impossible for the base Dan, whose base price is no more than 10000 inferior spiritual stones, to be bid up to 20000 or 30000 inferior spiritual stones.


    After listening to the story of the senior deacon, Meng Zhang knew that even if there were enough spiritual stones, it would not be easy to buy the building foundation Dan in Dafeng City.


    Now think about it, feihongzong is really doing good when he sells jianjidan to the vassal family at the friendship price of 10000 inferior spirit stones.


    The spirits Meng Zhang brought this time were all ordinary spirits without rank.


    In fact, even the lowest level of heaven and earth spirits, yellow level heaven and earth spirits, are rare in the endless sand sea.


    As for the classics of Kung Fu, taiyimen has collected many. However, those who can be favored by the Jindan family will be somewhat possible unless Meng Zhang is willing to take out the core inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang, who attaches great importance to inheritance, will certainly not do so.


    Meng Zhang asked the senior deacon if there was any other way to obtain Jidan or refine the elixir of Jidan.


    The senior deacon didn''t hide Meng Zhang, so he said it honestly.


    Every once in a while, ranging from decades to hundreds of years, some big businesses in Dafeng City, such as Sihai tower, will also transport some building foundation pills from other places for sale.


    They sold zhujidan on the same terms as the major families in Dafeng City, giving priority to barter. There is really no suitable exchange, so we consider the spirit stone.


    If Meng Zhang is patient enough, he can wait slowly in Dafeng City.


    If you are lucky, in a few years, some merchants will come to zhujidan for sale. If you are unlucky, you may wait for decades, but you are waiting in vain.


    In addition, Meng Zhang can go to the casual repair in Dafeng City to inquire about the news and take a chance.


    Some lucky casual practitioners may get some foundation pills in the elder monks'' cave.


    Of course, the efficacy of these unknown foundation pills is very suspicious.


    The really effective foundation building pills will be sold to major merchants first.


    There are also some scattered cultivation. By chance, some wild miraculous medicines will be collected in the wild, which is just needed to refine the foundation pill.


    Similarly, in order to be safe, they will give priority to selling to reputable businesses.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang was very disappointed. The man said so much that no way is reliable.


    Meng Zhang asked again and again, but he didn''t find another way.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang had an idea in his heart. He asked the senior deacon if he had heard of the Xiaozhu Jidan in shuangfenggu.


    The senior deacon really heard of it.


    According to him, the pill known as Xiaozhu Jidan refined by Shuangfeng Valley claims to have 30% of the effect of real Zhu Jidan, but in fact, the effect is less than 20%. In addition, erysipelas are also very powerful. Even if a monk takes it and builds a foundation successfully, he needs to spend a lot of time discharging erysipelas.


    The most important thing is that the output of Xiaozhu Jidan in Shuangfeng Valley is limited and rarely falls outside the endless sand sea.


    After listening to the words of the senior deacon, Meng Zhang thought that if Shi Changqing could refine Xiaozhu Jidan in large quantities, he could sell Xiaozhu Jidan as a specialty outside the endless sand sea.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang finally asked the senior deacon that there was no better way to get zhujidan, but he only got a negative answer.


    Disappointed Meng Zhang had no choice but to leave Sihai building.


    Unwilling Meng Zhang wandered around Dafeng City and visited many big businesses. The reply received from them was similar to that of the senior deacon of Sihai building.


    A little depressed Meng Zhang returned to the warehouse alone.


    The disciples sent by Meng Zhang to inquire about prices came back one after another, bringing good news.


    The goods brought by Meng Zhang this time can sell at a good price in Dafeng City. The price is much higher than that in Feihong city.


    Unfortunately, even if you sell more Lingshi, you can''t buy Jidan.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the warehouse, a clerk from the warehouse came to the door.


    It turns out that the warehouse of the ancient moon family is also engaged in the business of purchasing all kinds of foreign goods.


    The man said that he could send someone to estimate the price of Meng Zhang''s goods first. If the price is agreed, the warehouse can eat all the goods directly.


    This batch of goods has a large quantity and a wide variety. Meng Zhang also feels that it is too troublesome to sell them separately slowly. If the warehouse can eat all the goods at a fair price, it will save him a lot of effort.


    So Meng Zhang called two disciples and asked them to accompany the friars of the warehouse and go to the flying boat to evaluate the goods.


    After Meng Zhang returned to his room, he began to think about other ways to obtain Jidan or refine the materials for Jidan.


    At a time when there was nothing to do, he thought of the divine calculation of Dayan, the secret art he had mastered.


    Although it is said that Tianji can not be abused, it is not abused when it is used in important strategic materials such as building Jidan. Even if you pay some price, it''s completely worth it.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang began to calm down and slowly adjust his own state.


    After a long time, he felt calm and pure.


    He summoned the calculation chips in his body and began to perform the Dayan divine calculation.


    It was more than a year ago that Meng Zhang deduced the whereabouts of Yang Xueyi''s great enemy, Qingzhu.


    What he had left last time, as well as the calculation chips accumulated in more than a year, added up to nearly 600.


    After consuming almost 500 chips, Meng Zhang finally deduced a result.

 Chapter 335

    Meng Zhang did not expect that he could deduce the desired result so easily. He hesitated a little and felt that there seemed to be a problem. However, thinking that Dayan''s divine calculation had never made a mistake, he decided to believe this deduction and act according to the result of deduction.


    The deduced opportunity appeared two days later. Now it''s not the time to look for it. Meng Zhang is waiting slowly in the courtyard for the time being.


    After half a day''s counting, the valuation friar sent by the warehouse gave a buy it now price of 50000 inferior spirit stones for the goods brought by Meng Zhang.


    Before departure, the friar of taiyimen also valued the goods. This batch of goods will be transported to Feihong city for sale, and about 42000 inferior Lingshi can be sold.


    The price given by the friars of the ancient moon family is quite reasonable and in line with Meng Zhang''s calculation.


    However, Meng Zhang was not busy agreeing to sell the goods.


    There are many spiritual materials and minerals unique to the endless sand sea in this batch of goods. According to Meng Zhang''s idea, it''s best to barter things for spiritual things that are not in the endless sand sea.


    When he went out to buy Jidan, he also saw the water spirit objects sold in various shops. These spirit creatures are of average quality. I don''t know if they can meet the needs and raise the remaining spirit shells in the valve.


    Meng Zhang temporarily refused to sell the goods, and the friars of the ancient moon family were not in a hurry. Before he left, the man said when Meng Zhang wanted to trade and when to find him again.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought he could spend two days quietly in this small courtyard. But then, there are customers coming to visit.


    Originally, these are local businesses. They have eyes and ears in various warehouses. As soon as they hear that there are businessmen from other places, they will come one after another.


    First, they sell their own goods, and second, they buy goods brought by foreign merchants.


    Meng Zhang''s original temperament was impatient to deal with these people. However, I think I''m here to do business this time. Whether I like it or not, I really need to contact the local merchants of Dafeng City to understand various situations in the market.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was patient and slowly dealt with them, hoping to get some useful information.


    These door-to-door merchants have low accomplishments and are basically monks in the period of Qi refining. Meng Zhang showed his understanding and could easily read their minds.


    I met several waves of merchants in a row, but I didn''t make a deal, but I knew a lot of information. We have a deeper understanding of the various situations of Dafeng City.


    Some of the goods brought by these merchants are really needed by Meng Zhang. It''s just that Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to buy it.


    Later, Meng Zhang was interested in the goods brought by a businessman from qiaozong.


    Qiqiao sect is in the cultivation world. It is named for refining all kinds of mechanism puppets.


    Mechanisms such as the well-known lightning bolt crossbow and lightning gun can pose a fatal threat to practitioners in the period of Qi refining even if they are held in the hands of mortals. There are also mechanisms that can threaten the builders during the foundation period.


    As for puppets, there are many kinds.


    There are everything flying in the sky, running on the earth and swimming in the sea.


    All kinds of puppets are not only used in combat, but also have various other functions.


    For example, Meng Zhang killed a monk of the yellow lotus sect and seized 100 wooden kites among his stored magic tools.


    This kind of mechanism puppet, which can fly people as long as it consumes spirit stones, has been widely praised among the disciples of Taiyi sect during the Qi refining period. Many disciples have worked hard to accumulate good sect skills in order to exchange for one.


    Jiqiao sect is also good at refining all kinds of flying boats and shuttles... There are many kinds and various functions.


    In fact, many flying boats in the endless sand sea are refined by qiqiaozong and brought by various merchants to the endless sand sea for sale.


    If you buy it directly from qiqizong, it will not only be cheaper, but also have more types and styles.


    As for refining combat puppets, it is even more the strength of cunning.


    The first-order puppet with the strength of friars in the Qi refining period, the second-order puppet with the strength of friars in the foundation building period, and even the third-order puppet with the strength of friars in the golden elixir period can be refined.


    However, qiqiaozong never publicly sells third-order puppets. There are also many restrictions on outsiders buying second-order puppets. Only a first-order puppet, Qiqiao sect is open for sale. As long as you can afford the spirit stone, you can have as many as you want.


    When taiyimen and linquanguan fought, there were many second-order puppets manipulated by disciples during the Qi refining period.


    In terms of Lin Quan temple, there are more second-order puppets. Even if Wen qiansuan, a monk in the foundation period, presides over the Taiyi gate, he has fallen to the disadvantage.


    Meng Zhang heard the introduction of this clever merchant and was ready to buy a large number of puppets.


    On weekdays, disciples can fight puppets and train their actual combat ability. When a war begins, a large number of puppets can greatly enhance their combat effectiveness and reduce their casualties.


    Meng Zhang has an impulse to sell a special sale immediately.


    However, he calmed down and didn''t cut his hands in a hurry.


    The primary task of coming to Dafeng City this time is to buy Jidan or refine the raw materials for Jidan. The secondary task is to purchase various raw materials for refining Xiaozhu Jidan. Meng Zhang left the merchant''s contact information and personally sent him out of the courtyard.


    The next door-to-door merchants also brought many goods that moved Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang lamented that Dafeng City has developed commerce and rich materials. At the same time, he felt that taiyimen was really poor.


    In the endless sand sea, taiyimen can now be called a overlord. Apart from Fei hongzong, the ruler of endless sand sea, no force has the vast territory of taiyimen.


    When I waited outside, I felt that the Taiyi gate was too shallow, and the spirit stone was not enough.


    After a busy day, Meng Zhang felt a little tired of sending all the merchants to the door.


    According to the derivation results, he walked around the street and came to an area in the north of the city.


    There are several alleys in this area, crisscross and a little messy.


    On the ground, there are all kinds of stalls.


    Although it was still early, these merchants who practiced stalls came here early and set up their own stalls.


    Meng Zhang frowned. He had heard of this place.


    This is the most low-end commercial area in Dafeng City.

 Chapter 336

    This place is not even the officially recognized commercial area of Dafeng City. It is just formed by the spontaneous gathering of many merchants.


    Many low-level friars, even mortals, set up stalls in this place to sell items of unknown origin.


    In fact, the items they sell are of little value. In the eyes of monks like Meng Zhang during the foundation period, they are simply ragged.


    Can you find zhujidan in this place? Meng Zhang was a little suspicious.


    However, thinking that the result of Dayan''s divine calculation has never been wrong, Meng Zhang slowly entered this area.


    The alleys here are not spacious. Many stalls are placed on both sides, which makes them even narrower.


    Not only many low-level friars, but also many mortals go in and out here.


    The streets were bustling and crowded, which almost packed the place.


    The rags on the stall are worthless in Meng Zhang''s eyes, but both stall owners and customers attach great importance to them.


    The voice of bargaining came and went, and almost never stopped.


    Many low-level practitioners linger on the stall, hoping to pick up a big leak.


    Many ordinary people are clever with excuses, and they also start the business of buying high and selling low.


    Many external practitioners will be slaughtered by these mortals if they are not careful.


    As long as a successful business can be enjoyed by these mortals for a long time.


    Meng Zhang could see from time to time that some stall owners talked with customers, and both sides left here mysteriously and entered a more remote dark corner nearby. This reminds Meng Zhang of the scene of buying dishes on the street he had seen in his previous life.


    Meng Zhangyun started to break the false magic eye and swept around the street stall.


    Sure enough, the stalls here are full of rags.


    The cunning stall owner may be able to cheat foreign friars and inexperienced novice friars with good eloquence and some deliberate fakes.


    Don''t say it''s Meng Zhang, a friar in the foundation period, or a friar in the Qi refining period with a little insight, who won''t be easily fooled.


    In fact, many monks who hold their own identity will not come to this place at all.


    They regard this place as a dump and never set foot here.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t mean to look down on this place. On the contrary, because of the strong popularity and life breath here, he has a strong sense of intimacy.


    The street is too crowded, Meng Zhang''s pace is very slow.


    He was not in a hurry. He walked slowly and strolled around, looking at the situation around him.


    There were also some small episodes. On several occasions, some mortal children and even low-level friars tried to get close to him and steal from him under the cover of the flow of people.


    Meng Zhang, who is in the right mood, is too lazy to care more about these people. He gently turned his Qi and bounced these people away.


    Meng Zhang, who was merciful, didn''t hurt people in public.


    These people are not fools. After several times of hitting the wall, they know that Meng Zhang is not easy to mess with. They immediately changed their goals and focused on others.


    Meng Zhang walked around for more than half a circle. When he passed a stall, his mind moved. He immediately knew that the opportunity he derived should be here.


    He glanced at the stall owner.


    The stall owner is about 30 years old and has double cultivation of refining Qi.


    Although he is a cultivator, he is pale, his eyes are absent-minded, and his limbs often shake unconsciously. At first glance, he is the kind of person with kidney deficiency and weak body.


    The real Qi in the body is also turbid and unstable, and there are signs of collapse at any time.


    Looking at his hollowed out body, I don''t know how many years to live.


    The items placed on the stall are even more ragged. Not to mention the friars in the Qi refining period, even ordinary people don''t look up to them.


    Although he knew that this was the place where the opportunity appeared, Meng Zhang passed here calmly without stopping.


    As soon as he went out, several tough and strong men swaggered and blustered from the other side to the stall owner.


    "Ye, when are you going to pay off the debt you owe my master?"


    The first big man asked fiercely.


    As soon as the big men appeared, the stall owner showed a frightened expression and wanted to avoid, but it was too late.


    Hearing the other party''s impolite questions, he showed a flattering smile on his face.


    "Elder brothers, please tell your master if you can allow a few days. When the small ones sell the goods, they will pay the debt immediately."


    The big man looked at the items on the stall with disdain.


    "Expect to sell this pile of junk? Do you think everyone is as stupid as you?"


    The man''s tone became more and more fierce.


    "Yes, ye, your reputation has long been rotten. I thought you could catch the cheated fat sheep."


    "You waste, you''ve disgraced your ancestors."


    ¡­¡­


    Several other big men began to drink and scold.


    I think it''s not fun just to scold. Several strong men went up and beat the stall owner violently.


    No matter how the stall owner wailed for mercy, several big men kept beating him black and blue and rolling all over the ground.


    The stalls filled with rags were directly overturned and then trampled to pieces.


    Pitifully, the stall owner is also a cultivator at least, but in the face of the violent beating of several mortals, he not only dare not fight back, but also has little power to fight.


    Even the lowest level practitioners, not to mention standing high in front of mortals, should at least be respected by mortals.


    But the stall owner was so disheartened that he was wantonly humiliated by a group of mortals, which almost humiliated the cultivator''s face.


    The stall owners around have long been used to it and looked at this place with gloating eyes. Some people also communicate with each other, whispering and pointing.


    After the fight, the strong men probably didn''t enjoy it. They spit a few mouthfuls of thick phlegm on the stall owner, and then left here slowly.


    Before leaving, they threatened loudly. If ye didn''t pay his debts, they would come every day. The next time I come over, it won''t be as easy as this time.


    Meng Zhang stopped and looked like a spectator. He stopped to watch for a while.


    He heard the whispers of the people around him, used his talent and magic power, read the minds of many people around him, and then found out the origin of the stall owner and why he fell here.


    The stall owner, named Ye Fanfan, is a native of Dafeng City.


    Ye Fanfan was not born so down and out. His ancestors were once rich.


    Ye Jiazu had a number of friars in the foundation period, and there was a time of scenery. There are many friars in the clan. They are a little powerful.


    Later, after a series of changes, the Ye family almost lost all the monks in the family, and the family gradually fell down.


    In Ye Feifan''s generation, the family has completely declined. Ye Feifan has also become a real broken settlement, extremely poor.

 Chapter 337

    Ye Fanfan was born after the fall of the Ye family. His qualification is mediocre, but he is not progressive at all.


    He was not very interested in cultivation since he was a child. He only knew to eat, drink and have fun.


    While his parents and family were still there, someone controlled him. When my parents died, it was even more lawless.


    The Ye family''s few possessions were quickly destroyed by him.


    All kinds of articles in his home were sold on the street by him. Even his mansion had long been sold by him.


    Now, he lives in a dilapidated old house.


    From time to time, I don''t know where to get a pile of junk and sell it on the street stall.


    The Ye family also had many friars in the foundation period. He took out a pile of rags that he didn''t know their origin and fooled them. He said it was a treasure from his ancestors, but he also deceived many novice friars who were not deeply involved in the world.


    But the rags he took out were of no value at all. After more times, everyone knew this man, and slowly no one was deceived.


    If you can''t cheat others, ye extraordinary''s expenses can only rely on borrowing everywhere.


    Later, there were more and more foreign debts, but they couldn''t be repaid. They couldn''t even pay the interest. They couldn''t find the wrong big head to lend him any more.


    Some creditors have come to collect debts many times. I really can''t get the debt, so I have to take it out on him. Next time, continue to come and ask for help. Continue to clean him up. It''s fun to do it again and again.


    The scene like today is no longer judged by Meng Zhang. These are just appearances.


    Just now, Meng Zhang tried to read Ye extraordinary''s mind, but failed.


    Although Meng Zhang''s heart is not always unfavourable, it''s a bit of fun to return without success in such a broken settlement.


    If you can''t read any information, that''s the biggest information. It shows that ye Feifan must have a big secret.


    It seems that the opportunity deduced by Dayan''s divine calculation is likely to fall on Ye extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang, like those onlookers watching the excitement, automatically dispersed when the excitement was gone.


    Meng Zhang seems to have left there, but he has been secretly paying attention to this side with divine knowledge. He wandered in the surrounding alleys. It seemed that he was looking at the stalls, but he had been monitoring Ye extraordinary.


    Ye Feifan, who was bruised and embarrassed, didn''t get up from the ground until the thugs sent by the creditors left.


    He tried to tidy up the stall, trying to tidy up the pile of junk. But it has been too broken and messy to do anything.


    Finally, ye Feifan was extremely decadent and sat down on the ground with a miserable look of speechless looking at the sky.


    Such a play has been staged many times, and no one will continue to pay attention to Ye extraordinary.


    After sitting on the ground for a long time, ye Feifan stood up from the ground, slowly left here and walked opposite the north of the city.


    Meng Zhang hung far behind Ye Feifan and followed him for a long distance.


    After crossing a few streets and two alleys, ye Fanfan finally went home.


    Ye''s residence has long been sold by him. He now lives in a small courtyard in the civilian area in the north of the city.


    After ye Feifan went home, he closed the gate of the courtyard and never stepped out of the house again.


    In the process of tracking Ye Feifan, Meng Zhang found that there were several monks in the Qi refining period who had been secretly monitoring Ye Feifan.


    Whether he was at the stall, on his way home, or finally back home, all his actions fell into the eyes of the watcher.


    Meng Zhang is careful enough and has high accomplishments. He found the watchers without exposing himself.


    He watched Ye extraordinary''s residence from a distance.


    Nearby, there are several monks in the period of Qi refining, who are monitoring the Ye family''s residence in turn.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, so he waited silently.


    Obviously, the monks in the period of Qi refining did not pass the day and night fell. Those alchemists who monitor Ye extraordinary''s residence have changed.


    The night became deeper and deeper, and the monks in the Qi refining period who monitored Ye extraordinary became more and more relaxed.


    They can clearly see that ye Feifan has already fallen asleep.


    They have been monitoring Ye Feifan for two days. Ye Feifan''s life is quite regular. Since ye Feifan has fallen asleep, he will not get up and go out.


    After a long time, a mysterious divine consciousness swept around Ye extraordinary''s residence.


    If Meng Zhang''s divine sense was not more acute than the ordinary friars in the foundation period, he could not find the scanning of this divine sense.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was far away and took back his divine knowledge in time, so he was not swept by this divine knowledge.


    After the divine knowledge was swept, it was taken back. After a while, he suddenly appeared again. He gently swept around and made sure there was no abnormality before he completely took it back.


    In the eyes of the watcher, ye Feifan still sleeps well in bed.


    Meng Zhangyun got up with his natural power to break the false magic eye. After watching it for a while, he found that it was wrong.


    "What a brilliant magic trick. If it weren''t for our prejudice, we really couldn''t find it." Meng Zhang said to himself.


    The leaf lying in bed is extraordinary, just an illusion. The real Ye extraordinary has left his residence unconsciously.


    This phantom is so lifelike that it is no different from a real person whether it is viewed with eyes or scanned with divine consciousness.


    Meng Zhang''s false magic eye can see through all falsehood and point to the truth, which was almost concealed.


    Meng Zhang had long felt that ye was particularly wrong. He observed it carefully and found the clue.


    This level of illusion can easily hide from the friars in the foundation period. Even the monks in the later stage of foundation construction could not find that the situation was wrong if they did not observe with prejudice in advance.

 Chapter 338

    Meng Zhang was not in the slightest panic because he lost Ye extraordinary''s whereabouts.


    Ye Feifan leaves an illusion here. He certainly doesn''t want people to find that he left. Sooner or later, he will always return here.


    After waiting for more than an hour, Meng Zhang found some anomalies.


    This time, he deliberately paid attention to it. From time to time, he used his destructive method to observe it. Only then did he find out how ye especial sneaked in and out.


    A wisp of thin invisible smoke gently floated into Ye extraordinary''s residence without the slightest movement.


    That wisp of smoke gently fell on Ye extraordinary''s bed and immediately turned into Ye extraordinary''s appearance. And the original phantom naturally disappeared.


    All processes are silent and calm.


    Meng Zhang raised his eyebrows. It was a very rare smoke escape in the art of escape. Smoke escape is a variant of wind escape and dust escape. The speed of escape is general, but it is hidden enough.


    It''s impossible for a friar with two levels of Qi refining to be able to exert smoke escape so without the smell of fireworks.


    In the endless sand sea for so many years, Meng Zhang has never seen a monk proficient in smoke escape. If he had not obtained the inheritance of Taiyi sect in its heyday from the place of trial, he would really not recognize this secret Dharma.


    Ye Feifan is back. There should be no other changes tonight. Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    Until dawn, ye Feifan, as usual, searched a pile of junk and continued to go to yesterday''s place to set up a stall to deceive people.


    Meng Zhang didn''t follow Ye Feifan this time, but went back to the warehouse.


    Yang Xueyi has never left. She is busy dealing with all kinds of customers coming to her door.


    Because I told several clever disciples in the Qi refining period before leaving yesterday to go out early to find out the materials needed to refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    The Dan side of Xiaozhu Jidan is still confidential in Taiyi sect. These disciples in the Qi refining period are not qualified to know.


    Meng Zhang gave a lot of material names, mixed the raw materials of Xiaozhu Jidan, and asked them to inquire around. It was a religious mission assigned by him.


    Meng Zhang returned to the warehouse, greeted Yang Xueyi and left again.


    In Dafeng City, there are also special places to inquire about news. As long as you spend the spirit stone, you can inquire about the less important news.


    Meng Zhang came to a teahouse and inquired about the Ye family through the channels here.


    The information of the Ye family has long been old news, and it is not a secret. Meng Zhang didn''t spend much spirit stone to get the news he wanted.


    In order to be safe, Meng Zhang went to several places and learned everything about the Ye family through different ways.


    After summarizing the information obtained everywhere and combining what he saw and heard, Meng Zhang thought for a long time. Meng Zhang had a bold guess in his heart.


    After the day passed and night fell, Meng Zhang came to Ye extraordinary''s residence again.


    This time, Meng Zhang came prepared and fully learned the lesson of last night. Ye extraordinary''s illusion could not hide from him again.


    Ye extraordinary''s phantom continued to lie in bed, and the wisp of smoke quietly left here and floated outside.


    Meng Zhang followed at a distance without showing the slightest trace.


    That wisp of smoke was very cautious and floated around the street. Once you drill into the shadow, you can''t see any shadow.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s power to crack the false is awesome, and with the improvement of practice, not only is it better, but also the duration is longer and more frequent.


    After a few turns in the street and making sure that no one was following, the wisp of smoke quickly floated to the real destination.


    It is a courtyard with a large area, far away from the downtown and very quiet.


    Outside the courtyard, there is a protective Dharma array to prevent outsiders from approaching.


    That wisp of smoke did not encounter any obstacles, so it floated in and disappeared into the courtyard.


    Meng Zhang showed his arrogant magic eye and carefully looked at the protective array outside.


    Gale city was originally located on a huge third-order spirit vein.


    Since the establishment of Dafeng City, the major Xiuzhen families in the city have used various means, either to draw the spiritual pulse into Dafeng City, or to use Lingyuan beads to strengthen the original spiritual pulse.


    Now in the gale City, the spirit pulse gathers and the spirit is abundant.


    Of course, these auras are not scattered and overflowed disorderly, nor are they allowed to be absorbed by everyone at will.


    The concentration of aura in Dafeng City varies greatly according to different locations and forces.


    The aura of no money on the street is barely enough for friars in the early stage of Qi refining. If you want to get a higher concentration of aura, you have to go to a better location and get a better house.


    For example, the courtyard under Meng Zhang''s contract in the warehouse provides enough aura for friars'' daily use during the foundation period, and the price is naturally very expensive.


    The location of the courtyard in front of us is good. It is located in a relatively high-grade section. The aura provided here is enough to support a small second-order normal array.


    With Meng Zhang''s array attainments, even with the help of breaking false magic eyes, it is impossible to pass through the protective array silently and sneak into it.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment, then revealed his birth shape and swaggered outside the courtyard.


    Meng Zhang flicked his fingertips, and a wisp of genuine Qi gently knocked on the Dharma array, causing a ripple.


    After a while, it was confirmed that the people in the courtyard had reacted. Meng Zhang gently shouted to the courtyard: "brother Ye Fanfan, I have something to visit. Please open the door and let me in."


    After a while, he found that there was no reaction inside. Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, but continued to say calmly: "brother ye, you don''t want me to stay on the street all the time. If passers-by accidentally heard something they shouldn''t hear and leaked it to people who shouldn''t know, such as friar Huang, the result would be not wonderful."


    It may be that Meng Zhang''s threat played a role. The protective array shook, revealing a portal that only one person could pass through.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang swaggered in, not worried about the appearance of a trap.


    As soon as Meng Zhang entered, the open door on the Dharma array immediately closed.


    Meng zhangtou didn''t look back either. He went on to a small garden in the courtyard.


    "Aren''t you afraid I''ll shut the door and beat the dog and keep you here forever?"


    "There is a large array here to isolate the inside and outside. Even if the sky falls, there is no movement outside."


    Ye Feifan came out of a room and directly faced Meng Zhang.


    "What am I afraid of? You are the one I should be afraid of, brother Ye. If I stay here tonight and can''t get out, my people will naturally visit the Huang family in the morning and tell all the things here to the monk of the Huang family."


    Meng Zhang said very easily with a careless look.


    He was so relaxed that he didn''t look nervous at all.

 Chapter 339

    "Besides, brother ye, I''m afraid you can''t keep me in your current state."


    "It''s actually reduced to parasitism on the younger generation. Brother ye, it seems that you''re not doing well. If you need my help, just ask. Don''t be polite."


    Meng Zhang seemed very enthusiastic and familiar, as if he was facing not a strange monk who had never dealt with, but an old friend of his own.


    "Who are you, how long have you been watching me, and why do you know my situation?"


    Different from Meng Zhang''s ease, ye Feifan looked at Meng Zhang like a great enemy and kept asking questions in his mouth.


    Meng Zhang did not answer each other''s questions, but looked at each other with great interest.


    "The blood parasitism method is an evil secret method created by ghost friars. There has been a clear order in the cultivation world that human friars are absolutely not allowed to practice this kind of secret method."


    "Although I''ve heard the elders of my family mention this secret method before, it''s" which family are you a friar? How come I''ve never seen you before? The elders of your family can know the blood parasitism method, and you can recognize it. Your family is certainly not an ordinary family? "


    "I''m a friar of any family. Don''t ask brother Ye. I don''t want to be remembered by an enemy like brother Ye."


    "By the way, I don''t know which ancestor Ye Feifan is. What should I call him?"


    "Ghost friars are really inhumane. They can actually create this kind of inhumane secret method. Let the ancestors'' friars parasitize on their own descendants."


    "It''s cruel. I can''t see it."


    Meng Zhang shook his head and sighed.


    "Since you can see my origin, you must also be a friar in gale city? Have we dealt with before?" Ye extraordinary asked coldly.


    Meng Zhang ignored Ye Feifan''s temptation. Of course, he would not easily expose his identity and have such an enemy.


    Knowing that the other party was proficient in magic, Meng Zhang did not use magic to deceive his true face.


    Meng Zhang''s magic trick can''t hide from the other party at all. If you really show it, it will only make the other party see through easily, but will make the other party despise themselves.


    "By the way, brother Ye. Since you are parasitic on your younger generation, why don''t you fly away and stay in this dangerous place?"


    "You are not afraid that friar Huang will lose patience and start directly on this flesh body."


    Meng Zhang asked curiously.


    "Do you think I don''t want to leave here? But the friar of the Huang family has left a magic mark on every descendant of the Ye family. As long as the descendants of the Ye family leave Dafeng City, they will be disturbed immediately."


    Ye Feifan did not hide this time and gave the answer directly. Of course, it is unknown whether there are any questions in the answer.


    "Friar Huang didn''t kill all the descendants of the Ye family directly. He wanted to use them to lead you out."


    "You must have something the Huang family needs."


    "Brother ye, you are so cruel. Seeing that your descendants are poor, displaced, tortured and humiliated, you always bear not to show up."


    Meng Zhang began to analyze.


    "However, friar Huang is also dark under the light. He doesn''t know that the person he is looking for is far away and close to his eyes, so he hides under his own eyes."


    "Brother ye, you are really brave. The Huang family has immortal Jindan. Do you think immortal Jindan can''t see through the blood parasitic method?"


    Meng Zhang stimulated each other sentence by sentence, but he didn''t know how much effect it had.


    According to Meng Zhang''s understanding of the blood parasitic method, if you want to use such a ghost secret method, friars generally have to have the cultivation in the later stage of foundation building before they are alive, so that they can have a greater grasp of success.


    Of course, the current situation of this man is not very good, and he should not be able to give full play to his strength in his heyday.


    Blood parasitic method is a secret method with many restrictions and great future troubles.


    Without these shortcomings, I''m afraid there are monks practicing this secret Dharma all over the world.


    A friar who practices the blood parasitism method planted means on his descendants.


    Such means are passed on from generation to generation through blood.


    After they die for various reasons, the remnant soul can be reborn on their offspring.


    This is a very cruel secret method, which uses one''s own blood relatives and descendants as the food for prolonging one''s life.


    Looking at the guy in front of him, Meng Zhang had the impulse to kill him.


    Meng Zhang has always believed that even if practitioners are mercenary and ruthless, they should still have a certain bottom line.


    Secret methods such as cultivating blood parasitism break through the bottom line of a celebrity friar.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and eyesight, during the day, he inquired about the Ye family and got enough clues.


    Finally, Meng ZhangCai boldly guessed that a senior monk of the Ye family used the blood parasitism method to parasitize Ye extraordinary.


    After entering here, the most important thing for him is that if entering here is really life-threatening, as a Heavenly Master, he will have induction.


    Meng Zhang had no premonition of whim this time, so he dared to confirm that it was not very dangerous this time.


    The Ye family is so badly hurt by the Huang family that it is impossible for the Ye family to have a golden elixir friar.


    Listening to Meng Zhang''s endless chatter, ye Feifan''s fierce light flashed in his eyes. It was obviously right to kill. But out of all kinds of scruples, he honestly pressed down the killing opportunity and patiently dealt with Meng Zhang.


    "The old thief of the Huang family has a physical problem and can only stay in the cave. He doesn''t dare to leave at all."


    "The rest of the monks in the Huang family don''t recognize the ability of blood parasitism."


    Ye Feifan patiently explained to Meng Zhang, but also took the opportunity to test Meng Zhang''s origin and purpose.

 Chapter 340

    I''ve heard that the ancestors of the Huang family seldom showed up before. I thought it was normal. It will take decades for immortal Jindan to close once.


    Now after listening to Ye Feifan''s words, I know that the ancestors of the Huang family still have such secrets.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang is not a friar of Dafeng City, nor is he a family friar associated with the Huang family. He can''t use this valuable information for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s mouth is full of lies, which is to mislead Ye Feifan and let him relax his guard.


    During the day, Meng Zhang learned about the relationship between the Ye family and the Huang family through various channels. Later, it was found that the monks who secretly monitored Ye extraordinary were all from the Huang family.


    After all, the Ye family was a large family with a large population. Even after several hardships and complete decline, the remaining clansmen were not only Ye extraordinary.


    However, the deduction result of Dayan''s divine calculation guided Meng Zhang to find Ye extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang specially went to check. There are not many people left in the Ye family. There are about two or three friars and more than ten mortals.


    All members of the Ye family are in the same situation and treatment as ye Feifan. They were all poor and miserable, and suffered all kinds of torture and humiliation.


    Of course, torture belongs to torture, humiliation belongs to humiliation, and their lives are carefree. And secretly, the monks of the Huang family have been watching.


    It is thought that the Ye family was originally strong and prosperous. The ancestors of the Ye family also followed the ancestors of the Huang family. The Ye family has fallen into the present land, and the Huang family has been sending people to monitor the rest of the Ye family.


    Meng Zhang is not a resourceful person, but with his intelligence and a little thinking, he has more or less guessed about the inside story.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about the grievances between the Ye family and the Huang family and the dog blood plot between them.


    He only needs to know that the ancestor of the Ye family who used the blood parasitism method to parasitize Ye extraordinary is the Huang family.


    As long as we grasp the key of things, we can advance and retreat freely and hold each other.


    Meng Zhang ignored Ye Feifan''s temptation and still talked nonsense there without a word of truth. For their own identity, they are even more secretive and resolutely refuse to disclose it.


    Ye Feifan was recognized as a passive party. He was impatient for several rounds of language confrontation between the two sides.


    "Come on, what do you want from me?"


    "I don''t want anything else, just want to communicate with elder monks like brother ye..."


    See each other''s increasingly gloomy expression and undisguised killing. Meng Zhang made a ha ha and stopped talking nonsense.


    "A member of the family is close to the younger generation. His Qi refining is complete and he is about to build a foundation. However, the number of foundation building pills refined this time in the family is not enough. Priority should be given to other people with better conditions."


    "As an elder, I''m not going to watch but ignore it. There''s no other way but to find brother ye and ask him to be a good man and help."


    "This time, I have the cheek to ask brother ye to borrow a building foundation pill. Although brother ye can rest assured, I just borrow it temporarily. When I get the building foundation pill, I will return it immediately."


    "How do you know I have zhujidan in my hand? You''ve been staring at me for a long time?"


    "No, I''ve never exposed the news that I own zhujidan. Not many people knew about the zhujidan retained by the Ye family. It seems that your family really has a good relationship with my Ye family."


    "Let me see, which family are you? Li family, Zhang family, Wang family..."


    Meng Zhang smiled and said nothing. He would not tell the other party that he had calculated it with Dayan God.


    If you like to guess, guess slowly and guess more for a while. The more outrageous the guess, the better.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang never spoke, ye Feifan also stopped guessing.


    Meng Zhang said his purpose, but he was relieved.


    Although Zhu Jidan is precious, it is not indispensable to him at present.


    It would be a good thing if we could settle this matter with Jidan.


    I''m afraid that the monk in front of me has too much appetite. Zhu Jidan can''t meet him. He has more requirements.


    "It''s just a foundation pill. It''s nothing. It''s just that I made you a friend. However, how can you guarantee that after you get the foundation pill, you won''t sell me to the Huang family and receive a reward from the Huang family."


    "This is simple. I can make a ghost oath and never leak brother Ye''s news."


    Meng Zhang said very frankly. Although he doesn''t like Ye extraordinary, he doesn''t have to kill Ye extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang is long past the age of young blood. Especially as the leader of a sect, he should start from the interests of the sect and his own interests.


    Ye is especially damned, but he doesn''t have to die in Meng Zhang''s hands, nor does he have to die because of Meng Zhang''s informant.


    Many acts of injustice will kill himself. Meng Zhang still has a lot of time. He can wait until the day he kills himself.


    "OK, you wait for me here. I''ll come right away."


    Ye Feifan didn''t know what to think, and agreed to Meng Zhang''s request at once.


    He walked towards the room inside the courtyard and came back after a long time. He didn''t say much nonsense and threw a jade bottle directly to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took the jade bottle, opened the cork and poured out a pill.


    This carefully preserved pill will not affect its efficacy even after hundreds of years.


    Meng Zhang used various methods to check repeatedly and determined that the foundation building pill was genuine and there was no problem.


    Meng Zhang is not wordy when people are so happy. He took out an oath of ghost oath and handed it to Ye extraordinary.


    On many occasions, ghost oath is the only means for monks to win mutual trust. The oath book of ghost oath plays a great role.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has purchased several ghost vows through various channels. Most of them are in the big library of taiyimen, and I also take two with me.


    After checking the pledge, ye Feifan returned it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang swore to the oath that he and his people could not disclose all the information related to Ye Feifan through various direct or indirect means.


    Meng Zhang knew that the other party was also an old qualified monk. He was well-informed, so he didn''t play any word games, let alone fool the other party''s mind.


    After Meng Zhang swore, a little ghost flew out of the oath book and stared at Meng Zhang deeply before he completely disappeared. At the same time, the pledge spontaneously ignited without fire, turned into a wisp of smoke and disappeared.


    Although they did not get what they needed, they were very satisfied with the completion of the transaction.


    "Don''t worry, brother Ye. I''ll give you back one of the foundation pills. It''s just the saying that it''s not difficult to borrow again."


    Meng Zhang plays with a poor mouth. Ye Feifan turns a white eye. You really want to borrow it again.

 Chapter 341

    Meng Zhang achieves his goal and is about to leave. Ye Feifan stops him.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s vigilant eyes, ye Feifan showed a kind smile on his face.


    "Don''t be nervous, brother. I don''t mean any harm. I just want to ask, is my brother satisfied with just one foundation pill?"


    "What do you mean?" Meng Zhang asked with a frown.


    "My meaning is very simple. I have a lot of good things here. I feel like old friends at first sight and want to share it with old brother."


    "I don''t want to know why the old thief of the yellow family turned against me?" Ye Feifan said in a seductive tone.


    Meng Zhang quickly shook his head.


    "I''m still a little self-conscious. I can''t afford to get involved in the affairs of you senior experts, and I''m not interested."


    Ye Feifan didn''t seem to notice Meng Zhang''s refusal, but continued to say kindly: "although I didn''t break through the golden elixir in those years, I have a way to improve the grasp of monks in the foundation period to break through the golden elixir."


    "If I hadn''t been plotted by the old thieves of the Huang family, I would be a friar of the golden elixir now. I don''t need to use the blood parasitism method."


    "I think my brother has extraordinary accomplishments and has a bright future. With his skills, he has the potential to break through the golden elixir."


    "I like the beauty of being a man best. I''m willing to give the secret method to my brother. I just don''t know if I''m interested?"


    There is a strange magic in Ye''s extraordinary tone, which makes people want to study the content as soon as they hear it.


    Although Meng Zhang has a top-grade spiritual root, he dare not say that he will be able to knot Dan successfully.


    In fact, even those big sect friars, the so-called Golden elixir seeds, can not guarantee that they will never fail when they knot the elixir.


    For every friar in the foundation period, forming a golden pill can be said to be the biggest dream.


    In the cultivation world, any treasure or secret method that can slightly improve the success rate of Dan knot can attract countless friars in the foundation period.


    Ye Fanfan uses jiedan as bait, which can almost lure most of the friars in the foundation period.


    However, Meng Zhang is not an ordinary friar in the foundation period. He reacts quickly after losing his mind.


    This old thing did it quietly.


    It seems that he is not only proficient in magic, but also proficient in the evil method of confusing people''s hearts.


    As long as he catches the flaw of his heart, if he is not careful, even the friars in the foundation period will be recruited.


    Meng Zhang, who is gifted and has a good heart, is also an old hand in peeping into the hearts of others. There is a strong resistance to this means against the mind.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say anything. He deliberately showed a struggling expression on his face, as if he had been moved by Ye Feifan.


    Ye Feifan was pleased to see this and added weight directly.


    "The method of blood parasitism I came across in those days can also be shared with my brother."


    "It''s ridiculous that those so-called righteous friars slander this secret law as evil and heretical."


    "The blood parasitic method is actually life-saving." reactive power is not rewarded. You give so many benefits. What do you want from me? "


    Seeing Meng Zhang obviously moved, but still able to stay awake, ye Fanfan secretly lamented the other party''s vigilance, but said lightly: "I don''t want anything from my brother at all, just want to make a friend with my brother."


    "Of course, please do me a little favor when you need it."


    Meng Zhang''s face began to blur, but he didn''t know what he had touched, and suddenly recovered Qingming.


    However, Meng Zhang''s eyes still showed greedy eyes from time to time.


    "This little favor is not so easy to help."


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s appearance, ye Feifan knew that he had been tempted by the bait he gave. But out of some instinct, he still couldn''t rest assured of himself.


    So, next, he tried all kinds of ways to persuade Meng Zhang.


    He believed that as long as Meng Zhang had a desire for jiedan, he would be completely tempted by himself and become his own chess piece.


    Meng Zhang dealt with Ye Feifan for a long time and finally let go.


    He said he would go back and consider whether he should accept Ye extraordinary''s kindness.


    Ye Feifan stared at Meng Zhang for a long time, as if he wanted to judge whether Meng Zhang was really hooked.


    Ye Fanfan believes that any friar in the foundation period should not resist this temptation.


    Moreover, his deceptive magic is invisible and difficult to defend. Once he is caught, he will be slowly influenced by himself and embark on the road of his hope.


    Ye Feifan nodded and let Meng Zhang leave.


    He believed that the friars in the foundation period in front of him would find themselves sooner or later.


    Meng Zhang accompanied Ye Feifan for a long time, but he didn''t want to completely offend him and completely tear his face.


    Although most of Ye Fanfan didn''t dare to leave himself to avoid the disclosure of his family details, Meng Zhang pretended to be tempted out of caution.


    When he left, Meng Zhang tried to keep calm and slowly got away from here.


    Back outside, the courtyard was covered up in the Dharma array again.


    Meng Zhang looked back at the courtyard in front of him. It seems that ye Feifan will secretly leave his residence and come to this courtyard almost every night.


    This courtyard should be a secret stronghold prepared by the elder monk of the Ye family for himself.


    Meng Zhang was a little regretful. It seemed a little wrong for him to let such a dangerous evil and heretical do nothing for the sake of building a foundation Dan.


    However, he has made a ghost oath. Even if he wants to regret, it''s too late.


    The bondage of ghost oath prevented him from revealing Ye extraordinary details to others in any form.


    When the sky falls, there are tall people on top of it. There are so many golden elixirs in gale city. It''s really no disaster. It''s not up to a small friar to worry about during the foundation building period. Meng Zhang comforted himself.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang never exposed his true identity in front of Ye Feifan. I''m afraid he still thinks Meng Zhang is a friar of a family in Dafeng City.


    After making several rounds in the street and making sure that no one was following him, Meng Zhang went straight back to the warehouse.


    The process of blackmailing Ye Feifan to build a Jidan made Meng Zhang a little afraid. It was almost dawn when he returned to the warehouse.


    Meng Zhang decided to finish what he should do after dawn and leave here as soon as possible.


    I don''t know if it''s a little guilty. He doesn''t want to stay more in this place at all.

 Chapter 342

    Meng Zhang secretly learned this lesson.


    Although Dayan divine calculation can deduce the results you want, it can provide opportunities for yourself. But there are also great risks.


    There is nothing in the world that can''t get in and out. If you want to get what kind of opportunity, you have to bear the same risk.


    When you enjoy happiness, you should be prepared for adversity. After the disaster, there may also be well-being.


    After several times of practice, Meng Zhang had a deeper understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of Dayan divine calculation.


    He felt that gale city was not a place to stay for a long time and had better leave as soon as possible.


    But just after dawn, a monk of the ancient moon family came to the warehouse and disrupted Meng Zhang''s plan.


    The monk was sent by the ancient Moon Orchid. He brought a message from the ancient Moon Orchid. The aunt of the ancient Moon Orchid wanted to summon Meng Zhang.


    Gu Yue Youlan''s aunt is the famous Golden elixir of the Gu Yue family, and Gu Yue huaidie.


    Her summons could not be refused by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang could only put everything down and told the disciples a few words, so he followed the friar of the ancient moon family and left the warehouse.


    They took a first-order flying boat and flew directly to the south of the city. After flying for a long distance, the flying boat stopped at the door of a quiet courtyard.


    The ancient Moon Orchid has long been waiting there. She saw Meng Zhang and hurried to meet him.


    "Headmaster Meng, I''m sorry to disturb you so early."


    "Headmaster Meng, I came home yesterday and happened to meet my aunt leaving the customs. I told my aunt the story of you and taiyimen. My aunt was very interested. She specially told me to bring you here and she wanted to meet you."


    "I''m honored to be summoned by immortal Huai die. How can I bother you?" Meng Zhang said politely.


    Gu yueyoulan was not polite. She led Meng Zhang into the courtyard and came to a small pond.


    A tall and graceful nun with a veil on her face had been waiting there for a long time.


    "Headmaster Meng, this is my aunt, immortal Huai die." Gu Yue Youlan said.


    "Younger generation Meng Zhang, I have seen immortal Huai die." Meng Zhang respectfully saluted.


    "Don''t be polite, nephew Meng Xian. Senior taiyimen once told me that you are not an outsider. It''s not rude for me to call you a virtuous nephew."


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is not as lofty as Meng Zhang imagined, but very approachable.


    Her attitude is very kind. She doesn''t have the airs of the golden elixir, but looks like her elders at home.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and Meng Zhang exchanged greetings, and then they began to talk about family.


    The orchid next to the ancient moon was obviously favored by the ancient moon and butterflies, and also joined the dialogue.


    Under the sign of the ancient moon butterfly, Meng Zhang and the ancient Moon Orchid soon became brothers and sisters.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly cherished the memory of the ancestors of taiyimen and said a few things about the past.


    After taiyimen, the great spiritual sect of Middle Earth, was destroyed, the survivors moved the sect to the Daheng mountains on the edge of Middle Earth.


    More than 300 years ago, Gu yuehuai butterfly, who had just built the foundation, traveled around the Daheng mountains, met friar taiyimen and got help from each other.


    In the tone of ancient moon with butterfly, she yearned and admired taiyimen at that time.


    Even the Taiyi gate at that time was not in its heyday, but the jindanzong gate established by a group of survivors. In the eyes of ancient moon Huai butterfly, it is also incomparably tall and powerful.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly stayed in the Daheng mountains for a long time, established deep friendship with some taiyimen friars, and received the guidance of taiyimen elders.


    Since the ancient moon butterfly left the Daheng mountains, it has never had a chance to go back. Only later did I receive the news that Taiyi gate was destroyed in the demon disaster.


    At that time, because of the devil disaster, demons were rampant in the Daheng mountains, and even immortal Jindan dared not enter easily.


    Later, some great spiritual sects joined hands to quell the evil disaster. After that, these spiritual sects designated the Daheng mountain pulse as a restricted area.


    The survivors of taiyimen fled all the way north and moved to the endless sand sea.


    If Gu yueyoulan hadn''t met Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly really didn''t know that taiyimen, which used to be very powerful, had experienced so many twists and turns in recent years.


    It''s a pity that Gu yuehuai butterfly has never contacted himself since taiyimen moved into the endless sand sea. If the two sides get in touch, for the sake of the friendship of that year, she will do her best to help taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to accept Gu Yue''s kindness.


    Although Taiyi gate is down, it has been strong after all. The friars in the gate are more or less arrogant.


    The old friend became immortal Jindan, but he himself became a vassal of Feihong sect. It is estimated that those friars of taiyimen, even if they have the news that the ancient moon is pregnant with a butterfly, can''t face to come to the door.


    Of course, this is just Meng Zhang''s guess. He had no way of knowing whether it was true.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is very happy to meet Meng Zhang, an old friend and younger generation.


    She said to Meng Zhang, "my dear nephew, I heard that you are looking for raw materials for building Jidan and refining Jidan. Is everything going well?"


    Meng Zhang obtained the matter of building Jidan from ye Feifan, which must not be disclosed. Therefore, he can only smile bitterly and shake his head.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly pondered for a moment and said, "the magic medicine planted in the family''s magic medicine garden should give priority to the family''s alchemist. It''s not easy to give it to you."


    "The distribution of building foundation Dan in the family has its own rules, and I can''t break it."


    "It''s rare to meet an old friend today. I can''t let you go home empty handed."


    "Well, I can''t ignore the complaints of the younger generation. I''ll give you one of the foundation pills allocated by my room. You can buy it with 20000 inferior spirit stones."


    No one will be too many. Meng Zhang gratefully gave a big gift to Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Twenty thousand inferior spirit stones seem to be a lot, far exceeding the base price of the foundation Dan. But in fact, there is no market for building Jidan. As long as you spend the spirit stone, you can buy the foundation Dan. That''s a great good thing that can''t be found.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is in a good mood today. Just do it to the end.


    "Good nephew, if you have anything else to buy in Dafeng City, just say it and have a look."


    "I have no other skills in the ancient moon family. I''m quite good at doing business."


    Since immortal Jindan has opened his mouth, Meng Zhang doesn''t feel embarrassed at all.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is willing to take care of herself in the face of her predecessors in the door. Of course, she can''t live up to her kindness.


    So Meng Zhang said the two things he was embarrassed about.


    One is to buy a suitable water spirit to feed the living spirit shells in the door.


    Another thing is to buy some magic medicine. Of course, Meng Zhang did not say that these miraculous medicines were used to refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly called the deacon of the family. It didn''t take much time to meet Meng Zhang''s requirements.

 Chapter 343

    For Meng Zhang, the most difficult thing, for Gu yuehuai butterfly, is just a matter of giving a word at random.


    After Meng Zhang left the ancient moon huaidie, a deacon of the ancient moon family took the initiative to contact him.


    The deacon of the ancient moon family took out a spirit object called Qingquan Lengyu from the family warehouse.


    This water system spirit is put into the ordinary spring water, which can make the spring water more dynamic and full of vitality. It is of great benefit to all kinds of aquatic organisms living in it.


    Meng Zhang only spent a friendship price to get this rare spiritual object outside.


    The ancient moon family has a profound heritage and has a large number of miraculous medicine gardens. Many miraculous medicine gardens have a history of more than hundreds of years, in which a large number of precious miraculous drugs are planted.


    For a large family like the ancient moon family, the family''s miraculous medicine garden has its own system to ensure that the miraculous medicine in the miraculous medicine garden is growing and disappearing. Every time after picking the elixir, it will be replanted in time.


    The elixir for refining Xiaozhu Jidan is not particularly precious for Jindan families such as the ancient moon family. Selling a small amount to Meng Zhang is not a big deal.


    Of course, the traditional Chinese medicine for refining Xiaozhu Jidan needs special cultivation methods, and taiyimen is slowly cultivating it.


    Inspired by Gu yuehuai butterfly, the deacon was very generous and bought a lot of miraculous medicine for Meng Zhang at a friendly price.


    Although there are twists and turns, the main purpose of coming to Dafeng City this time has been successfully achieved.


    All kinds of spiritual materials transported by Feizhou were also sold to the ancient moon family by Meng Zhang.


    There are still many spirit stones left after purchasing the water system spirit objects and medicine. Meng Zhang was also generous. He purchased all kinds of truth repair materials in Dafeng City.


    In particular, Meng Zhang bought many of the special organ puppets of Jiqiao sect.


    Originally, there were many restrictions on the sale of the second-order puppets of Qiqiao sect. Because the ancient moon family was the middleman, Meng Zhang also bought several.


    The cost of all the spirit stones was clean, and many useful items were exchanged.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang was going to say goodbye to the ancient moon huaidie and the ancient moon Youlan, but he was told that they had gone out.


    Meng Zhang had to set out directly and left Dafeng City in a flying boat.


    Meng Zhang did not know that when he left Dafeng City, in a secret room of the ancient moon family, ancient moon huaidie and ancient moon Youlan were talking about him.


    "Aunt, is Meng Zhang the person you calculated?" asked Gu Yueyou LAN.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly shook her head, "I''m not sure. He''s so foggy that people can''t see through."


    "My aunt is the master of the family''s secrets. She knows the changes of the secrets of heaven and deduces everything in the world. You can''t see such a friar in the foundation period?" Gu yueyoulan was very surprised.


    "What''s strange about this? There are a lot of people that Tianji can''t see through."


    "Youlan, when you enter the door of heaven''s secrets, you will become a real heaven''s secrets master. You will know that heaven''s secrets master is not as omnipotent as outsiders think."


    After listening to the words of Gu Yue Huai butterfly, Gu Yue Youlan''s face was a little gloomy.


    A long time ago, Gu yuehuai butterfly said that she had a talent in heaven''s secrets. She took her with her and taught her in person, hoping to make her the next generation of heaven''s secrets master of the family.


    However, after so many years, the ancient Moon Orchid has been unable to get started in Tianji. Now, she even began to doubt whether she was really suitable for practicing Tianji.


    Seeing the face of the ancient moon Youlan, she knew her ancient moon was pregnant with butterflies and comforted her: "it''s impossible to worry about practicing heaven''s secrets. Many times, you need opportunities. As soon as the opportunities come, you will naturally get started."


    Worried that the ancient Moon Orchid continued to think more, the ancient moon huaidie took the initiative to switch the topic.


    "Whether Meng Zhang is the man I deduced or not, it''s not a bad thing to have a good relationship with him."


    "Speaking of it, I also received a lot of benefits from the Taiyi sect. Unfortunately, the Taiyi sect is too involved. Even if I want to help, I can''t intervene."


    "Over the years, I have ignored taiyimen for fear of causing trouble. I''m really sorry for my benefactor."


    "This time, Meng Zhang came to my Guyue family''s property by chance. I pushed the boat with the water and helped him a little."


    Gu yueyoulan listened to her aunt and knew her kindness to herself.


    The ancient moon family has kept the inheritance of heavenly secrets secretly. Over the years, the Zhongtian pilot of the ancient moon family has hardly been cut off.


    Meng Zhang in Dafeng City doesn''t know that the ancient moon huaidie and the ancient moon Youlan will talk about himself behind his back. What''s more, I don''t know that the seemingly casual encounter between myself and the ancient Moon Orchid is not so simple.


    Meng Zhang, who successfully completed the task, returned home with a full load in a flying boat.


    On the way back, it was still plain sailing. No matter in the territory of Dafeng City or later into the territory of Feihong sect, I didn''t encounter any accidents.


    He met several patrol friars on the road and was not embarrassed.


    Within the territory of Dafeng City, the attitude towards all merchants is certainly good and will not be embarrassed at will.


    In the territory of Feihong sect, Taiyi sect also has some weight. Meng Zhang reported his identity as the head of Taiyi sect. He could barely come and go freely.


    After shunshun Lili returned to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang put most of the items purchased this time into zongmen warehouse.


    Part of the fighting puppets were allocated to the battle hall by him. On weekdays, these puppets can be used as the actual combat drill objects of religious friars. In wartime, these puppets can be taken directly to the battlefield.


    To this end, Meng Zhang also specifically explained that he allocated an additional spiritual stone to the battle hall every month to drive the battle puppets.


    There are also many mechanism puppets in the sect''s library. The sect''s disciples can exchange them with good skills.


    Meng Zhang also bought a large number of mechanisms such as lightning bolt crossbow and lightning gun, which were distributed to oases for mortals to use.


    At present, taiyimen is seriously understaffed and it is difficult to protect every oasis perfectly.


    With these mechanisms, ordinary people in the oasis have more or less resistance in the face of low-level monsters and low-level friars who commit crimes.


    This time, the spirit stone is limited. When enough spirit stones have been accumulated in the sect door, Meng Zhang will continue to purchase a large number of mechanism puppets of the clever sect.

 Chapter 344

    Before the extermination of Linquan temple, Feihong sect heard the news of the change of Gobi monsters.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that this was a trick of Feihong sect, which was to distract flaming immortal and Guangzhi immortal.


    But later, when Fei hongzong heard the news that three golden elixirs, including immortal Feitian, were trapped in the Gobi of evil wind, he specially reminded all Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea that the monsters of the Gobi of evil wind were ready to invade on a large scale.


    After receiving this reminder, all Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea were like great enemies and began to prepare for war with monsters.


    This is about to invade. After four or five years, it has not come.


    Those who practice truth have a long life. This time is nothing. However, some forces began to relax.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to relax. Even the Jindan sect like Feihong sect specially reminded that the scale of the monster invasion would not be small. Once there is a war, it will be a bloody war.


    The peace now is just the peace before the storm.


    Meng Zhang is trying his best to strengthen the combat effectiveness of Taiyi gate before the invasion of monsters.


    If all practitioners are restrained by monsters, at the critical moment, mortals in oases everywhere will rely on various mechanism puppets to resist monsters and defend their homes.


    Meng Zhang gave Shi Changqing all the magic medicine brought back from Dafeng City this time. Most of the elixirs needed to refine Xiaozhu Jidan have been collected.


    There is also a main medicine, which is being cultivated. Shi Changqing also mastered the special means to deal with the elixir from the shuangfenggu classics given by Meng Zhang.


    According to Shi Changqing''s estimation, the furnace can be opened for alchemy in more than ten years.


    Meng Zhang gave the water spirit, Qingquan Lengyu, to Hu Jing, the leader of the Royal beast hall.


    With the help of the thick earth God, she built a small lake in the gate of taiyimen mountain. Then put the Qingquan cold jade into it and slowly stimulate the power of the spirit. Wait until the water in the small lake is affected by the power of the spirit and has an effect, and then put the remaining spirit shells into it.


    Hu Jing had been busy for more than half a year before these Lingbei began to slowly recover their vitality and grow again.


    These Lingbei will naturally multiply and grow in the small lake, and the population will grow day by day.


    After a few years, take out the spirit beads and get a good spirit object.


    When Meng Zhang went to Dafeng City this time, he didn''t get the magic medicine for refining Jidan, but got two finished Jidan.


    He not only checked the two foundation building pills many times, but also called Shi Changqing, a second-class alchemist, to check them together.


    After confirming that there was no problem, he put it into the warehouse storage list for the disciples of the sect to exchange.


    The exchange price set by Meng Zhang is not high. It only needs 10000 good deeds. A good work of taiyimen is almost equivalent to a inferior spirit stone.


    Of course, because the sect''s good work plays a greater role, after consumption, you can exchange for rare spiritual objects, magic tools, pills, etc. in the market, you can also read the classics of the Sutra Pavilion, and you can also exchange for the guidance of the sect''s elders


    Therefore, in the Taiyi sect, the good work of the sect is the real hard currency, which is far more precious than the spirit stone.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to establish the meritorious service system. After so many years of development and improvement, and the efforts of many monks, including Meng Zhang, it is finally beginning to bear fruit.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also restricted the exchange of disciples in the sect for building Jidan and the future strategic resources such as small building Jidan.


    Sect disciples are eligible to exchange only after their Qi refining is complete and tested by the elders outside the door.


    It is absolutely not allowed to hoard in advance or even take it out for sale.


    Of course, perhaps in the future, the sects will grow and such resources will be rich, which may reduce the restrictions in this regard. But now, Meng Zhang is still tight about building Jidan.


    These two foundation pills are hard won, and the process of obtaining them cannot be copied. We must give full play to their role.


    Five months after Zhu Jidan was put into the warehouse, Tian Li, the head of the tool hall, applied to Meng Zhang for exchange for Zhu Jidan.


    Tianli has been refining gas successfully for some time. This time he will use the medicine of the foundation Dan to impact the foundation period.


    As the head of the Qi hall, Tian Li has made great contributions to the sect and accumulated a lot of good deeds.


    Especially before his clan Shutian town left the sect, he transferred all the sect''s good deeds accumulated by his family for many years to him.


    As a commoner elder, Tian Zhen has worked hard for the sect for many years. He has accumulated a lot of good deeds of the sect, but he doesn''t spend much.


    Tian Li easily exchanged it for Zhu Jidan and began to break through.


    After more than half a year, those Lingbei have all returned to normal under Hu Jing''s careful care.


    Hu Jing handed over the task of taking care of Lingbei to the disciples of the Royal beast hall. She also exchanged a foundation building pill and began to close down and break through the foundation building period.


    As the friar with the strongest beast control skill in the sect, Hu Jing keeps a large number of spirit beasts for the sect. The red feather eagles in the gate are basically trained by her, and they also use the insect resistant jar to mine minerals for a long time. This time, so many precious Lingbei were saved.


    As the head of the beast hall, Hu Jing also trained several first-class beast masters.


    These merits brought her a lot of good deeds.


    Before she closed, these beast masters took over all the affairs of the beast hall from her and handled them in an orderly manner.


    The two foundation pills were exchanged before they were warm. Meng Zhang hopes that the two foundation building pills are worth it and can add two foundation building friars to the sect.


    After returning from Dafeng City, Meng Zhang also focused on cultivation.


    With his qualifications, there is no bottleneck during the foundation construction period. After entering the middle stage of foundation construction, cultivation progressed by leaps and bounds without any delay.


    Several friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate are scattered everywhere to practice second-order spiritual pulse in order to reduce the consumption of spiritual pulse. At the same time, they should also be responsible for managing the oasis where the spiritual pulse is located.


    In addition, in addition to Meng Zhang, the leader, several friars in the foundation period have to take turns to escort the fixed route from mingshafang city to Feihong city.


    Probably seeing the benefits of this route, skillful hands want to join in.


    Meng Zhang saw the opportunity.


    So the two sects cooperated and established flying boat take-off and landing sites in all important places of the territory of the two sects. A shipping network is established with a large number of first-order flying boats and a few second-order flying boats.


    With this shipping network, the territories of the two sects are connected. In particular, taiyimen territory is vast. With this shipping network, it not only facilitates the movement of personnel and materials, but also strengthens the control over the territory.


    With the addition of skillful hand gate, the flying boat flights from mingshafang city to Feihong city have become more frequent.


    If it weren''t for the immaturity of the time and worry about what feihongzong thinks, Meng Zhang wants to open a route to Dafeng City.


    The endless sand sea is still too barren. Only by opening up external channels can it bring a lot of resources and wealth.

 Chapter 345

    On the boundless desert, an Xiaoran and two younger martial sisters, each riding a wooden kite, skimmed through the air close to the ground.


    This simple mechanism has become a favorite means of transportation for many disciples of Taiyi sect because it is light and easy to use.


    The large storehouse in the gate has replenished wooden kites twice, but they are about to be exchanged by the disciples.


    With only a small amount of spirit stone, the wooden kite can fly to the sky with the cultivator, so that the cultivator can enjoy the feeling of flying in the sky in advance during the Qi refining period.


    This is a territory of Taiyi gate near the skillful hand gate.


    The territory of the skillful hand sect originally belonged to the golden sword sect, which just borders the Gobi of evil wind.


    Fearing that a large number of monsters would rush out of the Gobi, the skillful hand gate stationed a strong force on that territory and established a tight defense line.


    For the sake of prudence, taiyimen also strengthened its patrol in this direction.


    Almost every day, several teams of patrolling disciples pass by this place to see if there are any abnormalities.


    In these years, there has been no large number of monsters rushing out of the Gobi. Although Fei hongzong reminded him several times, many practitioners regarded it as the story of the wolf coming and ignored it.


    However, there are some monsters in taiyimen territory, including the surrounding areas.


    Although the endless sand sea is barren, the monsters have never been cut off, but the number is rare.


    In fact, the powerful vitality of monsters is more suitable for the environment here than human beings.


    The reason why the Terrans in the endless sand sea can survive here is entirely due to the shelter of the cultivators.


    In recent times, there has been no movement in the Gobi, and there has been news of demon attacks near oases everywhere.


    The number of these monsters is not large, and their strength is mediocre.


    Meng Zhang also specially inquired about the territory of the surrounding Dihuo gate, skillful hand gate and earthbound gate. The number of wild monsters has increased greatly, attacking human settlements from time to time.


    Meng Zhang also specially sent someone to explore, but he still couldn''t figure out the reason.


    Although the number of monsters has increased inexplicably, it is still within the scope of control.


    Even the appearance of these monsters is a good thing.


    On the one hand, it provides practical opportunities for disciples. On the other hand, many monsters are full of treasure. Monster materials are an important resource for cultivation.


    Therefore, all sects, including Taiyi sect, sent their disciples to hunt and kill these monsters wantonly.


    As a disciple of the leader Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran didn''t lose face with the master. He hasn''t been in the school for a long time, but he has five cultivation skills of Qi refining.


    She and two younger martial sisters formed a patrol team, and she served as the captain of the patrol team.


    These days, the patrol team not only completed the assigned patrol tasks excellently. On the way of patrol, I was lucky to meet several low-level monsters.


    Although an Xiaoran is a girl, she is not afraid of blood at all. She led two younger martial sisters to jointly kill the monster. It''s a little rich to deal with the corpse of the monster.


    The fight just now made the three girls very excited, and they haven''t calmed down yet.


    They rode on the wooden kite and made a lot of noise.


    An Xiaoran said proudly, "although the wooden kite can fly, it is a dead thing after all. When we have enough good work, we can simply exchange it for a red feather eagle. Riding a living red feather eagle is much better than riding a rigid wooden kite."


    An Xiaoran''s words attracted the agreement of the two younger martial sisters.


    Just then, two figures fell rapidly from the sky.


    The three female disciples of Taiyi sect riding on muyuan were all captured before they could react.


    Regardless of their identity, the friars in the foundation period pulled down their old faces and sneaked an attack. The three minor friars in the Qi refining period didn''t even have time to react, let alone resist.


    An Xiaoran was captured and taken away by one of them, and the other two female disciples collapsed to the ground.


    The two figures each wore a white mask on their faces, so that people could not see their true colors.


    One of them threw out a letter.


    "Give this letter to your leader. Tell him that if you want to return your female disciples, you''d better follow the instructions on the letter."


    The two masked men soared into the sky and soon disappeared into the sky.


    Soon after the two masked men disappeared, the two female disciples of Taiyi sect soon recovered their mobility.


    It''s not a trivial matter for the second disciple of the leader to be kidnapped. They can''t handle it.


    A female disciple took out a messenger flying charm and released it immediately.


    Soon after, teams of Taiyi disciples, either riding wooden kites, or riding cranes, red feather eagles and other mounts, arrived here one after another.


    After listening to the story told by the two female disciples, everyone felt that the matter was difficult.


    So they continued to send a signal for help and asked for reinforcements.


    It was the friars in the foundation period who took an Xiaoran away, which they could not cope with.


    After more than half an hour, the reinforcements at Taiyi gate had not arrived yet, and the expert of skillful gate arrived first.


    Since the warning issued by Feihong sect, the friars in the foundation period of skillful hand gate have taken turns to sit in the territory bordering the Gobi of evil wind.


    Recently, it happened to be Jin Qiaoer''s turn to sit here.


    She was in the Mountain Gate of the golden sword gate. She received the news of an accident at Taiyi gate and rushed over immediately.


    After arriving at the scene of the incident, as the only friar in the foundation period, she naturally became the principal.


    She took the letter from the female disciple and didn''t open it rashly. After she carefully inquired about the incident, she left several people here, and the rest were dismissed by her.


    When facing the foundation period friars, a group of Qi refining friars didn''t play much role, but had to distract her from taking care of them.


    Qiaoshou gate and Taiyi gate are close allies, and Jin Qiaoer has received the favor of Meng Zhang. In such a case, she showed her due respect.


    But the two friars who kidnapped an Xiaoran didn''t leave any clues, and now they disappeared without a trace.


    Jin Qiaoer searched hard nearby for a long time and found nothing.


    When Jin Qiaoer finished the last search, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, had already arrived here.


    Meng Zhang''s face was very gloomy. After receiving the news, he rushed here as soon as possible.


    Not seen for many years, Jin Qiaoer has grown into a big girl.


    Especially after the foundation was built, the original green and astringent disappeared, and she was already a mature and stable female monk.


    It was urgent. Jin Qiaoer couldn''t care to catch up with Meng Zhang. She directly told the story of the incident and handed him the letter at the same time.


    There is no trace on the letter. It is a letter that can be easily found among mortals.


    The content of the letter is to ask Meng Zhang to take 30000 inferior Lingshi and go to a valley near huojingfang City alone three days later.


    At that time, after Meng Zhang arrived there, he paid the money and delivered the goods with one hand, and exchanged the Lingshi for an Xiaoran.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t obey orders, wait to collect an Xiaoran''s body.


    After reading the letter, Meng Zhang sneered. He didn''t hide it from Jin Qiaoer and showed her the contents of the letter.

 Chapter 346

    After reading the letter, Jin Qiaoer looked at Meng Zhang with a worried face.


    An Xiaoran is a disciple who Meng Zhang attaches importance to. Naturally, Meng Zhang will not sit idly by.


    The other party kidnapped an Xiaoran and blackmailed Lingshi. He really chose the right target.


    Although there are more than 30000 inferior Lingshi, it is not worth mentioning compared with the safety of an Xiaoran.


    Jin Qiaoer was not worried about an Xiaoran, but Meng Zhang.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has experienced many killings and enemies for the development of the sect.


    Jin Qiaoer was worried that the other party''s goal this time was not an Xiaoran, let alone Lingshi, but Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang goes to the appointment alone and really arrives at the place designated by the other party, he may fall into the other party''s trap and be plotted against.


    Jin Qiaoer told Meng Zhang about her worries, but Meng Zhang didn''t think so and asked her not to worry.


    With Meng Zhang''s character, how can he be led by others. The more the enemy wants him to do, the more he can''t obey.


    Meng Zhang didn''t fly by himself this time, but took a first-order flying boat.


    This is to increase the mobility speed of the sect friars. Meng Zhang recently specially purchased a special flying boat - wind chasing boat.


    Although the wind chasing boat is only a first-order flying boat, it is very fast. As long as they are willing to burn the spirit stone, even ordinary friars in the foundation period can''t catch up.


    Meng Zhang bought five wind chasing boats at one go. After receiving the news that an Xiaoran was kidnapped, he came all the way in the wind chase boat to test the extreme speed of the wind chase boat.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the test results. In general, the speed of the outbreak of friars during the foundation period was just so. The biggest disadvantage of the wind chasing boat is that it consumes the spirit stone too fast, especially when flying at full speed.


    Meng Zhang in turn persuaded Jin Qiaoer not to worry.


    Meng Zhang told her that he wanted to find a quiet place to think about it.


    Meng Zhang returned to the flying boat and asked the disciples driving the flying boat to leave temporarily. He stayed in the narrow cabin alone.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has made great progress in his Qi Nourishing skills by reading Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang.


    He soon calmed down and entered a state of concentration.


    Meng Zhang summoned the calculation chips stored in his body and immediately began to perform Dayan divine calculation.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that it was only right to capture the two infamous friars during the foundation period.


    Unexpectedly, he found it very difficult to deduce. Almost all the accumulated calculations have to be consumed before they deduce the results they want.


    The biggest reason for this is that the enemy is not simple and is not an ordinary friar in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang finished pushing, rested and left the cabin.


    He told Jin Qiaoer that after some thinking, he had thought of who friars had kidnapped an Xiaoran.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to save people alone. But for the sake of perfection, he still called Jin Qiaoer to go with him.


    Of course, Jin Qiaoer was duty bound and agreed to it at once.


    They entered the wind chasing boat. As soon as the flying boat flew into the sky, Yang Xueyi rode a red feather eagle and flew over from a distance.


    One more person is one more strength. Meng Zhang said hello, Yang Xueyi put away her mount and flew into the flying boat.


    The disciple who controls the flying boat, according to the direction specified by Meng Zhang, drives the flying boat on the road.


    In the process of flying the boat, Meng Zhang told Yang Xueyi everything.


    Yang Xueyi was very angry. It''s too lawless that someone dares to kidnap the disciples of Taiyi sect and blackmail the leader Meng Zhang for Lingshi.


    This wind can''t last long. If we all learn from each other in the future, won''t Taiyi gate never have peace.


    Yang Xueyi''s statement was recognized by Meng Zhang. Of course, from the result of deduction, the enemy''s purpose is not simply to blackmail the spirit stone.


    The flying boat flew for more than two hours and stopped near a hill.


    Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer jumped down from the flying boat. The disciples who controlled the flying boat, under the command of Meng Zhang, drove the flying boat and left far away.


    Meng Zhang said hello. The three immediately performed the earth hiding technique and hid underground.


    Yang Xueyi has seen Meng Zhang''s magic tricks with her own eyes. Although she did not know that Meng Zhang was a master of heavenly secrets, she was very convinced of Meng Zhang''s accurate judgment.


    Jin Qiaoer, who had not seen Meng Zhang''s magic, wondered if the enemy would automatically show up with an Xiaoran if he hid here.


    However, seeing that Yang Xueyi didn''t say much nonsense, she restrained her strong curiosity and followed Meng Zhang.


    After waiting for half an hour or so, the two masked men took an Xiaoran and landed at the top of the hill.


    The top of the hill was the meeting place they had agreed with their companions.


    Seeing that their companions had not arrived, they waited patiently.


    Meng Zhang, who was hiding underground, first found their presence.


    Meng Zhang quickly judged that they were both monks in the early days of foundation construction. Even without the help of Jin Qiaoer and Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang can take them alone.


    Of course, the biggest problem is not to win them, but to ensure that an Xiaoran is saved unharmed.


    Meng Zhang whispered to Jin Qiaoer and Yang Xueyi. They fled from the ground and slowly approached the target.


    The two masked men put an Xiaoran on the ground, sat on the ground and quietly waited for his companions to arrive.


    Before long, a masked man said, "they''re coming."


    In the distance, two friars in the foundation period are flying towards here.


    The companion appeared, and the two masked men were a little distracted. It was this little flaw that was immediately caught by Meng Zhang.


    The three jumped up from the ground and rushed towards the two masked people.


    Meng Zhang''s move was to kill, without the slightest mercy.


    A sharp sword Qi mixed with black and white was shot from Meng Zhang''s fingertips and directly chopped at one of the masked people.


    The little magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword once again showed its power and made great achievements in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    The sudden sneak attack made the two masked people didn''t react at all. The masked man cut by Meng Zhang couldn''t dodge at all.


    The sword Qi cut right into his back. First, a layer of colorful masks appeared on him, which was the trigger of his body protection magic weapon.


    Layers of light shields are like egg shells. They break easily and hardly play a protective role.


    The masked man twisted his body while the sword Qi was slightly delayed. The sword Qi rubbed his back and cut one of his arms.


    Blood spurts, broken arms fly out. The wounded masked man rolled aside to avoid Meng Zhang''s pursuit.


    Meng Zhangzheng is preparing to pursue the enemy while winning and kill the enemy on the spot. Another masked man had shouted.


    "Headmaster Meng, please show mercy."

 Chapter 347

    When Meng Zhang attacked the masked man, Jin Qiaoer and Yang Xueyi also took action at the same time.


    Jin Qiaoer''s palms turned and forced another masked man into a mess. Not only were the body protectors smashed one after another, but even most of the masks were smashed, revealing most of their faces.


    Yang Xueyi offered up Biyun Ling, rolled it gently, and rolled an Xiaoran on the ground to her side.


    Meng Zhang was about to kill the man with the broken arm mask when he heard a familiar voice.


    Meng Zhang kept moving, but instead of continuing to kill, he was ready to catch the other party first.


    A piece of pilian turned into real Qi flew out of his hand and entangled the broken arm masked man firmly.


    At this time, Meng Zhang looked up at another masked man.


    Meng Zhang has a good memory. Even if the other party''s face is covered, he still recognizes the other party at a glance.


    Isn''t this a squirrel?


    That year, Meng Zhang hired friars from the black market to complete the task. Instead of stopping because he recognized the squirrel, he joined the battle group to help Jin Qiaoer take him down.


    In the sky of Meng Zhang, two monks who were flying here also found the battle here. They immediately accelerated their flight and wanted to fly over to help their companions.


    Yang Xueyi protected an Xiaoran behind her, quickly sealed her hands and began to cast spells.


    The clouds in the sky disappeared and turned into a water arrow and fell into the air. Two monks flying at high speed.


    The two friars swept away all the water arrows with a flick. The speed is basically not affected, or fly here at high speed.


    The earth trembled and the ground arched rapidly. Earth dragons rose from the ground and circled in the air.


    Advanced spell of Earth Dragon Earth Dragon Dance is a difficult spell for many friars in the early days of foundation construction


    Yang Xueyi''s works of light description and talk are displayed, and their power is extraordinary.


    The two monks who were rapidly reinforced were finally blocked by the earth dragon dancing.


    Although it was only a moment, they scattered all the earth dragons. But in this moment, Meng Zhang''s battle has ended.


    He and Jin Qiaoer joined hands and finally captured the squirrel before the enemy reinforcements arrived.


    Meng Zhang, who holds two hostages in his hands, is more confident.


    The two reinforced friars saw that both of them were captured by Meng Zhang and had to stop in the air for a while.


    Meng Zhang glanced at each other. Neither of them had the intention to hide their identity. They were common clothes on weekdays. The wolf head mask and vulture mask on the head are very eye-catching.


    Meng Zhang recognized each other''s origin and they were all acquaintances.


    They are the lone wolf and vulture once hired by him. They are both black market people.


    In terms of the black market, it seems that it is really tied with itself. Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    Since the black market doesn''t talk about incense, you don''t have to consider the face of fallen leaves and vanishing shadow.


    "You two haven''t seen each other for many years. I really didn''t expect that we would meet under such circumstances." Meng Zhang''s tone was very cold.


    For so many years, the lone wolf and the vulture have not been in vain. Their accomplishments have been promoted from the initial stage of foundation construction to the middle stage of foundation construction.


    Although they were both in the middle of foundation building, Meng Zhang brought them extraordinary pressure.


    In fact, even Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer in the early stage of foundation construction are not rivals that can be despised in their eyes.


    The two spells that Yang Xueyi cast just now can''t be cast by ordinary friars in the early days of foundation construction.


    The lone wolf wears a wolf head mask, and the vulture also wears an iconic mask. Meng Zhang could not see their expressions because of the mask.


    However, I don''t think their faces will look good.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang has never noticed the true face of these people who have dealt with the black market so many times.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang, who was very curious, looked at it.


    In this case, the lone wolf and the Condor were a little embarrassed when they were hit by Meng Zhang.


    Because of the relationship between the fallen leaves, Meng Zhang has always had a good relationship with the black market. Moreover, with the increasing development of taiyimen, Meng Zhang''s importance to the black market is also increasing.


    It''s really hard to explain that Meng Zhang kidnapped Meng Zhang''s own disciple and was arrested on the spot.


    The masks worn by lone wolf and vulture are obviously not ordinary. Meng Zhang''s power of breaking false magic eyes was blocked by the mask.


    He could only see two slightly blurred faces, but he could not see more.


    At this time, Yang Xueyi untied the prohibition on an Xiaoran and began to check carefully to see if other means had been planted on an Xiaoran.


    The squirrel and another masked man captured by Meng Zhang were thrown to a place within reach of his feet.


    Meng Zhang kicked them twice. The squirrel didn''t have anything. The other masked man with a broken arm was probably kicked to the wound of the broken arm and couldn''t help but give a painful hum.


    The lone wolf and the vulture looked at each other and knew that they could not keep silent all the time.


    "Headmaster Meng, all this is a misunderstanding. We have no malice..."


    "Shut up. I really think of this seat as a three-year-old."


    Before Dugu Aotian finished his words, Meng Zhang stopped him.


    "What the hell is going on? You''d better explain it to this seat right away."


    "Otherwise, don''t blame this seat for turning its face and not recognizing people."


    Meng Zhang made a gesture of wiping his neck to the squirrel and the other masked man as he spoke.


    In his heart, dugang scolded the white dove who arranged the plan. Just for the benefit of Shangguan Longyan, he had to calculate Meng Zhang.


    Well, the real thing is that stealing chickens can''t erode rice.


    They are also waste. They were caught by Meng Zhang. At least they were also friars during the foundation period. They were captured alive in this way. They really lost the face of the black market.


    No matter how frustrated they are, the lone wolf and the vulture can''t ignore them.


    The black market is strong and there are many monks. But it is not enough to abandon the friars who built the foundation at will.

 Chapter 348

    "Headmaster Meng, please be merciful and don''t hurt people easily." the only wolf said kindly to Meng Zhang.


    "You''ve all started, and you want us to be merciful. Why, can''t you really pinch us as mud?" Meng Zhang sneered.


    "Headmaster Meng, this is not my intention. I can guarantee that similar things will never happen again from now on."


    "Leader Meng, as a friend for many years, you should know us well and know our strength. I don''t think you want to take over an enemy like us."


    Although it fell down temporarily, the lone wolf said soft and hard.


    "Don''t talk nonsense. If you don''t give us a satisfactory account of this matter, we won''t blame you for being impolite."


    No matter how powerful the black market is, Meng Zhang will never shrink back at this time.


    Besides, since the black market is hidden in the dark, it must have its own reasons. If the black market is really reckless, it won''t be a black market.


    No matter how powerful the black market is, it is not the master of the endless sand sea. Meng Zhang may not be afraid of them if he really breaks his face and fights.


    Now taiyimen is no longer a bully.


    Meng Zhang has made up his mind that even at the risk of a full-scale war with the black market, he should make today''s affairs clear.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude was so tough, which was a little unexpected to dugang.


    With the huge influence of the black market, does Meng Zhang have no scruples at all?


    In his memory, Meng Zhang is not so rigid.


    The only wolf forgot that Meng Zhang was not the little monk in the period of Qi refining he knew at the beginning. Now Meng Zhang, even in the endless sand sea, is already a character.


    Today is different from the past. Today''s taiyimen has experienced many bloody battles and has the confidence to compete with the black market.


    When a disciple of the sect is kidnapped, both Meng Zhang and the whole Taiyi sect need a statement.


    The lone wolf was silent and didn''t know what to do.


    If you turn your face and start, your side may not be able to win. Moreover, if the other side is determined, the lives of the rats will be lost.


    The jumping vulture had been a little impatient for a long time. Seeing that the negotiation between the lone wolf and Meng Zhang had no result, he was a little worried and said, "so much nonsense is useless. If you want to solve this matter, how can you not fight?"


    The vulture waved to Meng Zhang, full of provocation.


    "Boy, I don''t like you for a long time. Why are you arrogant? Who are you pretending to see? Come here and let me weigh you."


    Before Meng Zhang spoke, Yang Xueyi shouted: "bold, dare to be so rude to the leader."


    Before the words fell, the five element spell, which had been ready for a long time, had rushed frantically to the vulture like a tide.


    Yang Xueyi has shot, Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer naturally follow.


    Meng Zhang fell in love with the lone wolf, and Jin Qiaoer helped Yang Xueyi fight against the vulture.


    After Yang Xueyi''s careful inspection, an Xiaoran, who was sure that there was no problem, had long recovered his freedom.


    Several friars in the foundation period flew into the sky to fight. The clever an Xiaoran caught the two prisoners in front of him and threw them heavily to the ground.


    Thinking of being taken down without resistance, an Xiaoran felt ashamed and angry.


    She carried the wood burning Qi she had been practicing hard for many years, and small sparks appeared in front of her.


    With a gentle wave of an Xiaoran, these small sparks fell on the two prisoners one after another.


    The aroma of barbecue overflowed. Even if the two prisoners were friars in the foundation period, they had firm will and strong resistance. But when his body was burned alive, he still couldn''t help screaming.


    In fact, an Xiaoran''s action is very measured. His seemingly merciless barbecue opponent actually only brings some flesh injuries, which can''t hurt the other party''s life.


    The lone wolf who was fighting Meng Zhang in the sky was angry when he saw an Xiaoran torturing his companions.


    It''s different from the vulture who always comes and goes alone. Lone wolf is also a person with team spirit and takes good care of his companions.


    Seeing his companions suffer, he certainly can''t sit idly by.


    "Upright son dares er." the only wolf shouted angrily, and was about to fly to an Xiaoran.


    "Your opponent is this seat." Meng Zhang also shouted.


    If we let the lone wolf get rid of himself and attack an Xiaoran, Meng Zhang''s face will not exist.


    The golden black lamp has been held in hand. The sun''s true Qi runs. The sun''s true fire flies out of the golden black lamp and directly pours on the lone wolf.


    Black market monks like lone wolf have experienced many battles and countless bloody storms before they can stand out and get the opportunity to build a foundation. After building the foundation, it also experienced countless battles, large and small.


    He has rich combat experience. In the eyes of the two squirrels, this humble gas refining nun has become the most terrible devil in the world.


    While the people in the sky were in the middle of a fierce battle, another friar in the period of foundation building quickly flew towards here.


    That was the thunder god general. After receiving the news of the leader''s disciple''s accident, he rushed to the place of the past and got nothing.


    Just at that time, the wind chasing boat repatriated by Meng Zhang happened to pass there.


    After knowing the position of Meng Zhang and others from the disciples driving the flying boat, Jing Lei immediately rushed here regardless of the dissuasion of the disciple.


    The thunder god, who was already very belligerent, saw that the fierce battle was fierce, shouted excitedly and jumped at the battle group.


    Instead of joining the battle group of Meng Zhang and the lone wolf, he jumped at the vulture who was fighting with Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer.


    Lightning flashes and thunder bursts. As soon as the thunder god comes out, his power is very extraordinary.


    "I hate bird people most in my life."


    Even the arrogant vulture felt a little afraid in the face of the fierce thunder general.


    Although the vulture is arrogant, it is not a fool. The enemy obviously had the upper hand, and his own side had no chance of winning. If you don''t go now, when will you stay.


    He said hello to the lone wolf, jumped into the sky and fled to the sky.


    The thunder god shouted, "bird man, don''t go." he chased after him and rushed up.


    The wolf sighed and knew that nothing could be done. He stopped pestering Meng Zhang, turned and fled the battlefield.


    The thunder god chased the vulture and Meng Zhang chased the lone wolf, so he quickly left here.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer''s accomplishments are one level away. They can''t catch up with them. They have to return temporarily and wait for the result of Meng Zhang''s pursuit.

 Chapter 349

    Whether it was a lone wolf or a vulture, they stopped to fight the pursuers more than once on the way to escape.


    The lone wolf was better. Although he fell to the disadvantage of shangmeng Zhang, he didn''t suffer any damage.


    The vulture is miserable. Every time he fights with Jinglei, he has to suffer a little because of the obvious gap in strength.


    What''s more, he has always boasted of speed. This time, he met his opponent.


    The thunder god is really like thunder. He is very fast. With the speed of lightning, he can''t hide his ears. He chases the vulture. He has almost no way to go. He can''t escape if he wants to escape.


    Fortunately, at the critical moment, the lone wolf approached the vulture. After the two met, they took care of each other, cooperated with each other, fought and walked, and then they could barely retreat.


    Meng Zhang and Jing Lei, the God general, chased around huojingfang city and saw that they had entered the territory of dihuomen before they let them go.


    Meng Zhang and Jing Lei will return to their original position. After meeting Yang Xueyi and others, they return to Taiyi gate with their prisoners.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang ordered the disciples to strengthen their vigilance to prevent retaliation from the black market. On the other side, they were tortured to extract confessions from the squirrels.


    The two were interrogated separately. After some cruel torture, especially Meng Zhang threatened to start soul searching for them if they didn''t confess again.


    Soul searching is a cruel means that can be mastered only with the strength of friars in the foundation period.


    If you are a friar in the period of Qi refining, after soul searching, you will become an idiot at first, and your life will be hard to protect at last.


    Even the friar in the foundation period was almost abandoned after being searched.


    They may not be afraid of death, but they absolutely don''t want to be searched and become idiots.


    Finally, they confessed one after another.


    It turned out that white pigeon accepted the entrustment of Shangguan Longyan to investigate the reason why Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate dealt with Linquan temple.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin personally negotiated this matter with feihongzi. From beginning to end, there was no other participant in the door.


    Even after the extermination of Lin Quan temple, they did not publicize the cause and effect of this matter.


    Even if the black market means a lot, well-informed. After spending a lot of time and energy, I still got nothing.


    Originally, the lone wolf advised the white pigeon to stop at a good time. So far, he stopped.


    But it''s okay that the lone wolf didn''t advise. Such an advice aroused the temper of the white dove.


    The white dove is determined to investigate this matter even if it is a complete break with taiyimen.


    Among Meng Zhang and aunt Jin, Meng Zhang is younger and seems better to deal with.


    So the white dove made the plan. They sent the squirrels to kidnap Meng Zhang''s disciple an Xiaoran and deceive Meng Zhang into their ambush circle in the name of blackmailing Lingshi.


    At that time, you can use an Xiaoran to threaten Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang tell what happened at the beginning.


    If Meng Zhang insists on keeping it secret, he must unite the strength of all people to take Meng Zhang down and force him to confess everything.


    The white pigeon never thought that Meng Zhang was a rare master of heaven in the cultivation world.


    Of course, almost the vast majority of Tianji masters will deliberately keep their identity secret and will never easily reveal it.


    Meng Zhang did not play cards according to the arrangement of the white dove, but directly performed Dayan''s divine calculation and deduced the route that the squirrel and an Xiaoran would take.


    Meng Zhang''s direct violent break not only turned all the plans of the white dove into a joke, but also captured two friars in the black market.


    Monks in the black market, especially members with certain status such as the squirrel, seem to have practiced the secret method of restraining the mind. Meng Zhang showed his talent and magic power. He had a good heart. It was difficult to read their minds.


    Even after torture, the two were in poor condition. Meng Zhang could only read a few words from their hearts.


    Fortunately, they finally opened their mouths.


    After repeated interrogation and comparing their confessions, Meng Zhang determined that neither of them lied and said the truth.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t expect that Long Yan, the leader of the earth fire sect, was so sensitive that he wanted to get this information from his own home.


    Lin Quan temple has been exterminated for many years. It has long been a thing of the past. Shangguan Longyan has to pursue the beginning and end of the extermination of Linquan temple. What is it for?


    Meng Zhang suddenly thought that immortal Guangzhi, the biggest backer of Lin Quan temple, had just been transferred by immortal Feitian before the incident. And the real flame of the dihuomen also walked together.


    Is it true that Shangguan Longyan suspects that something has happened to immortal flaming?


    However, flying immortal once made a ghost oath to ensure the safety of Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal?


    Practitioners believe in the function of ghost oath very much, but it does not mean that ghost oath has no loopholes to drill.


    As a transgressor, Meng Zhang''s mind is more vivid than that of the aborigines. He believed that there must be some loopholes in the ghost oath.


    It''s just that he doesn''t have enough level and knowledge to know.


    At the thought that Guangzhi and flaming immortal might have had an accident, Fei hongzong was still acting. He said that they were trapped in the Gobi of evil wind and were about to organize a rescue.


    Meng Zhang felt a little cold about feihongzong''s plot.


    Feihongzong has been unwilling to disclose the real end of Guangzhi real person and flaming real person, which must have their purpose.


    Meng Zhang only pretended not to know about it, so as not to ruin Feihong Zong''s plan.


    The black market side''s calculation of Meng Zhang can be concealed from others, but it can''t be concealed from feihongzong.


    To tell the truth, the two of them are also a hot potato for Meng Zhang.


    You can''t kill or let go.


    If you really kill them, you will have a blood feud with the black market, and the relationship between the two sides will be completely irreparable.


    The black market is huge and not an easy opponent. Moreover, the fallen leaves and the vanishing shadow are closely related to the black market, and Meng Zhang doesn''t want them to be caught in the middle.


    But if they were released, Meng Zhang could not explain to himself, let alone to the disciples.


    The guy who kidnapped his disciples was so easy to let go. What''s the face of Taiyi sect and Meng Zhang?


    Anyway, what Shangguan Longyan wants to inquire about involves feihongzong. Meng Zhang will not be foolish enough to deal with it by himself.


    He first told aunt Jin about it and asked her to be careful against the black market. Then he went to feihongzong himself and asked the leader feihongzi directly.


    After the last plan, feihongzi left Meng Zhang a channel to meet him directly.


    Without much effort, Meng Zhang saw feihongzi.


    In addition to his own speculation, Meng Zhang told feihongzi the whole story.


    When Meng Zhang spoke, feihongzi didn''t interrupt much, but asked some key questions.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, feihongzi fell into silence.


    After a half ring, feihongzi said to Meng Zhang, "you did a good job and told us about it in time."

 Chapter 350

    Next, feihongzi asked Meng Zhang to ignore the matter. He would deal with all the follow-up and ensure a satisfactory answer to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who finally handed over the hot potato, returned to Taiyi gate with satisfaction.


    About half a month later, the black market emissary, alone wolf, accompanied by the emissary of Feihong sect, came to Taiyi gate and asked to see Meng Zhang.


    With the messenger of Feihong sect aside, they met peacefully.


    The lone wolf apologized to Meng Zhang as soon as he opened his mouth, saying that the black market had made a big mistake because of the recklessness of the principal.


    It is a big mistake to do such a thing to Meng Zhang, an old friend of the black market.


    As the person directly responsible, white pigeons have been exempted from the position of black market leader and distributed to other places.


    The lone wolf hopes that Meng Zhang can release them back, and the black market can compensate taiyimen.


    The lone wolf gave Meng Zhang a list, which listed many treasures collected in the black market. There are pills, spirit objects, magic tools, talismans and so on.


    He can choose three treasures above as compensation for the black market.


    In addition, Meng Zhang and all the elders of taiyimen can enjoy special VIP treatment in the black market in the future.


    Meng Zhang did not bargain with the lone wolf. These conditions were negotiated between the black market and Fei hongzong, and it was difficult for him to change them.


    It is not surprising that feihongzong can subdue the black market and make the black market bow its head. But when the black market faced feihongzong, he could still get such a not too bad result, which gave Meng Zhang a new understanding of the ability of the black market.


    Since the black market has reached a compromise with feihongzong, it is meaningless for taiyimen to continue.


    Since this is the case, Meng Zhang naturally wants to make as much profit as possible.


    He took the list and didn''t rush to choose. However, the only wolf can take back the two gray rats detained by taiyimen first.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is not afraid that the only wolf will break his promise.


    When the tortured and dying rats were brought to the wolf, the wolf''s face showed an irrecoverable anger.


    After a careful examination, it was confirmed that they were only flesh and skin injuries. After they didn''t hurt the key, his face looked a little better.


    After the two sides reached an agreement, dugang left Taiyi gate accompanied by the messenger of Feihong sect.


    Almost at the same time, Long Yan, the leader of the local fire sect, was assassinated by a mysterious man in huojingfang city and died on the spot.


    The death of Shangguan Longyan caused a storm in dihuomen and huojingfang.


    In order to find the murderer, the fiery elders of dihuomen almost lifted up the whole huojingfang City, causing a mess in huojingfang city.


    Both businesses with damaged interests and offended customers are greatly dissatisfied with dihuomen''s practice.


    Unfortunately, the earth fire gate, whose leader had just died, was like a wild bull with crazy hair, rushing forward and forcibly subduing the voice of discontent.


    At this time, no one wants to provoke the madmen. Even the tuxingmen, which had never dealt with the dihuomen, began to pretend to be deaf and dumb.


    The chaos in huojingfang and its surrounding areas lasted for a long time.


    Until finally, the angry disciples of the earth fire gate lost their reason and collided with the Feihong building, the Feihong sect sent messengers to scold the earth fire gate up and down and suppress the earth fire gate.


    Although the underground fire gate is very popular, it is not a real madman. Even crazy people dare not confront feihongzong head-on.


    After Fei hongzong came forward, the situation in huojingfang and the surrounding areas began to slowly restore calm.


    After the death of Shangguan Longyan, at least in the open, no one continued to pay attention to the activities of Taiyi gate, Qiaoshou gate and feihongzong.


    The murderer who assassinated Shangguan Longyan also exposed his identity.


    It turned out that this man was the famous left friar mad dog scattered man in the endless sand sea.


    Mad dogs and scattered people have been in the endless sand sea for more than 100 years. They have committed many evils and countless evils, and owe a lot of blood debts.


    There were countless cultivators and mortals who died in his hands, and many cultivators were destroyed by him.


    This man will repay for his bad deeds. If he offends him, he will attract his crazy revenge. Even the vassal family of Feihong sect, he will not let go.


    Feihongzong once sent friars to chase him, but he killed the friars of feihongzong who were chasing him. After that, he fled without a trace and completely disappeared from the sight of feihongzong.


    Mad dog was originally cursed by his enemies, but he not only didn''t care, but took it as his own name and called himself mad dog scattered man.


    The most murderous and cunning wanted criminals in the endless sand sea must be mad dogs and scattered people.


    Fei hongzong issued a high reward and wanted him for many years, but there was no result.


    Mad dog scattered man not only has unfathomable cultivation, but also his whereabouts become a mystery. No one can catch his whereabouts.


    It is said that many years ago, Shangguan Longyan and mad dog Sanren had a conflict and took over a deep beam in order to compete for a miraculous medicine.


    No one expected that the mad dog and the scattered man should hold such a grudge. After many years, he came to the door to retaliate and secretly assassinated Shangguan Longyan.


    After knowing the murderer who assassinated his own leader, the elders of the earthfire sect naturally jumped again in order to hunt down the murderer.


    On the other side of Taiyi gate, after discussing with several elders in the gate, Meng Zhang selected three treasures.


    One is a special second-order flying boat and wind flying shuttle.


    The windward flying shuttle is long and narrow, and its volume is far less than that of an ordinary second-order flying boat. However, the biggest advantage of Yufeng flying shuttle is that it is extremely fast. Once it runs at full speed, it is difficult for many monks in the later stage of foundation construction to catch up.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s letter, the black market soon sent three treasures.


    The wind flying shuttle is a sharp weapon for friars to escape their lives. Meng Zhang carefully put it away.


    Three spirit beast pills, Meng Zhang''s spirit pet chasing electricity and colored glass, are divided into one each. The remaining one was put into the sect library.


    Three nourishing pills were put into the spirit vein of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate by the thunder god for the sleeping Dharma protector to absorb the remnant soul.

 Chapter 351

    A fist sized bird, like lightning, rushed down from the sky and fell in front of Meng Zhang.


    A green cat, like a kitten made of glass, jumped out of the side and jumped at the bird.


    The bird is so fast that it can easily escape the attack of the kitten. But instead of running away, he deliberately teased the kitten.


    The kitten who has been teased many times still cries angrily and chases the bird.


    If, as usual, he saw two spiritual pets chasing and fighting, Meng Zhang would become much more relaxed even if he was in a bad mood.


    But today, Meng Zhang has been depressed and difficult to recover.


    Just a few days ago, Tian Li, the head of the Qi hall and Hu Jing, the head of the Royal beast hall, who had been closed and broke through the foundation period, left the customs respectively.


    They each exchanged a foundation building pill. The result of closing the door and impacting the foundation building period was 10% and 10% defeat.


    Hu Jing is younger than Tian Li, and her accomplishments are not as good as him. But the result of this breakthrough was that Hu Jing succeeded in building the foundation and Tian Li failed.


    Hu Jing''s success in building the foundation is naturally a great joy. She is popular at the door on weekdays, and many friends come to congratulate her.


    Meng Zhang was also considering. In a few days, he promoted Hu Jing to be an elder in the door.


    Hu Jing has made great contributions to the sect. Now she has successfully built a foundation and met the conditions for becoming an elder.


    Tian Li failed to build the foundation, but it was beyond everyone''s expectation.


    In everyone''s impression, Tian Li, as the most excellent weapon refiner in the door, has always been mature and steady, and works very methodically.


    Since he chose to make a breakthrough behind closed doors, he should be very confident. But no one thought that with the help of Zhu Jidan, he still failed.


    The failure to build the foundation had a great impact on the strength of the field. His whole spirit and spirit became very different from before, as if he had completely changed a person.


    In terms of age, Tian Li is not yet 50. But now it looks like an old man in his 70s and 80s.


    The spirit is decadent and there is no vitality in him.


    After leaving the customs, Tian Li voluntarily resigned as the head of the Qi hall.


    Although Meng Zhang agreed, he had a special talk with Tian Li.


    At Tian Li''s age, he may not have no chance to attack the foundation again.


    Although it is said that the sect has no foundation pill, Taiyi sect can still get some holy things to help build the foundation as long as it pays the price.


    Tian Li did not respond much to Meng Zhang''s comfort and encouragement. His oral promise was very good. Meng Zhang didn''t know whether he heard it or not.


    Meng Zhang can''t help such a thing. As long as Tian Li can''t cross the barrier in his heart, there''s no way for anyone to come.


    Even if you give him another chance and give him a foundation pill, with his current state of mind, you can''t avoid the end of failure.


    The whole Taiyi gate is very big now. Meng Zhang has a lot to worry about. He can''t devote all his time and energy to Tian Li alone.


    After Tian Li resigned as the head of the weapon refining hall, Meng Zhang, after some investigation, chose a disciple named Li Dianqi as the new head of the weapon refining hall.


    Li Dianqi is also the spiritual root quality of the lower, and his physical attributes are also metal and fire attributes.


    The skill he practiced was not "Rongjin Jue", but the more difficult "red flame purple gold skill".


    "Red flame purple gold skill" is not the original inheritance skill of Taiyi sect, but the inheritance classics obtained by Meng Zhang from the cave of the purple gold sect friar.


    "Red flame purple gold skill" is far above "Rongjin Jue" in that respect. Of course, cultivation is more difficult.


    Li Dianqi''s Linggen qualification is not very good, but his understanding is very good. After practicing "red flame purple gold skill", I made great progress.


    However, he is only in his thirties, and already has the cultivation in the later stage of Qi refining. Moreover, he has long been a first-class tool refiner. His ability in refining tools is second only to Tian Li in the door.


    In fact, the Qitang of taiyimen is developing very well. Now you can refine most of the first-order magic tools, which can basically meet the needs of the disciples.


    After Hu Jing succeeded in building the foundation and became the Taiyi gate. After Hu Jing discharged the elixir of building the foundation pill and completely consolidated her cultivation, Meng Zhang specially held a grand foundation building Dharma meeting for her.


    He sent out invitations and feasted guests.


    The foundation building Dharma meeting held at the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate was very large. Almost all the Taiyi disciples who were able to rush back in time came back.


    Not only did the Allies skillfully hand the gate, but the vassal Shi family sent envoys to attend. Even the Tuxing gate, which had no previous contact with the Taiyi gate, also sent an elder of the foundation period to come to the door to congratulate.


    Many businessmen from all walks of life doing business in mingshafang also came to the door with special gifts to congratulate them.


    Even some well-known casual practitioners were invited.


    As the manager of mingshafang City, taiyimen held a three-day running water banquet in the city to entertain all monks who could not go to taiyimen to participate in the foundation building society. Even the monks at the bottom of the casual practice can enjoy the flowing water feast.


    Taiyimen still paid for this flowing water banquet. I dare not say anything else. At least Linggu has enough. There are also some spirit meals made of monster flesh and blood, accompanied by some spirit wine.


    As for the side of taiyimen Mountain Gate, of course, it has been upgraded.


    After so many years of development, the dining room of taiyimen has a strong strength in making all kinds of spiritual food and brewing spiritual wine.


    It goes without saying that Yang Xueyi, the former manager of the dining room, is the current manager Yang qiaoniang, who is also a very talented spiritual cook.


    Taiyimen is a vast territory. There are many spiritual veins and many spiritual fields on it.


    The best holy land was transformed into a special magic medicine garden for planting all kinds of magic medicine.


    Although these elixir gardens are still short, the elixir heat in them is far from enough. But with the passage of time, the kind and year of magic medicine planted inside will slowly increase.


    These miraculous medicine gardens will also become one of the important details of Taiyi gate.


    A large number of spiritual fields are used to plant spiritual valley. Taiyimen can not only achieve self-sufficiency in Linggu, but also sell a large number of products to the outside world.


    Of course, now taiyimen has tried to reduce the sale of Spirit Valley, but brewed it into all kinds of spirit wine by secret methods.


    The worst holy land is used to plant special forages and feed some raised edible monsters.


    In fact, the imperial palace of Tai Yi men is awesome. Not only did they cultivate riding monsters such as red feather eagle, but also some monsters with good combat effectiveness, so that the disciples of the door can be accepted as spiritual pets.


    In recent years, with the improvement of sect conditions, yubeast hall and Yingtian hall have developed the low-level monster breeding industry and achieved good results.

 Chapter 352

    The growing animal husbandry industry of Taiyi sect has brought great benefits to the sect.


    After all, monsters are monsters. Even the lowest level monsters have a certain value in their flesh and skin. Moreover, the monsters raised by taiyimen are carefully selected. They choose monsters that are easy to raise, widely used and cost-effective.


    Meng Zhang put on a big banquet this time. The guests of the banquet, of course, were not that there were too many Lingshi to burn, but decided after some careful thinking.


    In the past, taiyimen kept a low profile, and Meng Zhang was not that kind of publicity.


    When both personal strength and the overall strength of the sect are not good, you can only get up and not wave at will.


    But now, this style is no longer suitable for taiyimen.


    After several bloody battles, taiyimen gained its reputation and status today. If it is as low-key as before, it will only be looked down upon.


    The black market sent someone to kidnap an Xiaoran. Although a large part of it was due to the personal reasons of white pigeons, the insufficient deterrence of taiyimen was also a big factor.


    If you change to the former shuangfenggu, the current dihuomen and other sects, I''m afraid the black market will weigh it before acting.


    Taiyimen has a long reputation, but its style is too introverted and low-key. It doesn''t deserve such a reputation.


    Of course, this is only Meng Zhang''s own idea. Whether this is the case is unknown.


    Meng Zhang wants to take the opportunity of Hu Jing''s foundation Dharma meeting to make a big show, show the grandeur of taiyimen and show his muscles to the outside world.


    Showing muscle is not just showing the combat effectiveness of taiyimen. Taiyimen''s business ability, financial resources and even networking ability are important aspects.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s practice soon had an effect.


    A good example is that the earthly sect sent messengers to the door.


    Tuxingmen and dihuomen have never dealt with each other. After the last dispute, the relationship between the two sides is extremely tense. They are only about to go to war openly.


    The strength of the earth gate is much weaker than that of the earth fire gate. If you dare to fight against the earth fire gate, there must be the inspiration of Feihong sect behind it.


    Of course, as the ruler of the endless sand sea, Feihong sect will not openly intervene in such conflicts, so as not to damage its image of impartiality and neutrality.


    The relationship between Taiyi gate, skillful hand gate and Dihuo gate is also bad. The last time Linquan Temple perished, the two sides almost went to war.


    This time, the earthen sect sent envoys to participate in the foundation building Dharma meeting, which is to take the opportunity to hold a meeting between the top leaders of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate. Even if they can''t form an alliance, we should have some tacit understanding in dealing with dihuomen.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin met with the envoys sent by the tuhang sect. They reached an agreement on many things. Meng Zhang made it clear that if there was a war between dihuomen and tuxingmen, taiyimen would never sit idly by.


    Aunt Jin expressed the same meaning as Meng Zhang, and encouraged the earth gate. When facing the earth fire gate, she must not shrink back.


    Although it was just some worthless verbal promises, he saw a lot after a series of recent events.


    At the beginning, Shuangfeng valley was known as one gate with ten foundations, among which there were many monks in the later stage of foundation construction.


    Now taiyimen has a territory larger than shuangfenggu, but there are only six friars in the foundation period. As for the monks in the period of gas refining, there is a greater difference in the number.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, it is far from time for Feihong Zong to worry.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang found that feihongzong seemed to be planning a big event. Taiyi sect is still very valuable to Feihong sect.


    At least for now, the stronger taiyimen is, the more valuable it is to feihongzong. Anyway, no matter how powerful taiyimen is, as long as there is no real Jindan, it can''t turn out the palm of Feihong sect.


    At Hu Jing''s foundation building Dharma meeting, Meng Zhang also announced that there were three small families who joined the subordinates of Taiyi gate and became the vassal family of Taiyi gate.


    There are many spiritual veins in taiyimen territory, but the territory area is too large and the manpower is really limited. Some places are too remote to take care of.


    In particular, some spiritual veins that are too barren and have no production are too chicken ribs for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang selected three spiritual veins from them this time to accommodate the vassal family.


    These three small families, some are families moved from other places, some are newly established families of sanxiu


    These three small families are small in number and average in strength. Having a first-order spirit pulse as the foundation of the family, they were very satisfied.


    Meng Zhang also made laws for these vassal families to restrain them.


    The relationship between taiyimen and these small families is similar to that between feihongzong and its vassal families.


    These vassal families manage the territory and regularly pay a certain amount of sacrifice to Taiyi gate. At the same time, they also accept the shelter of taiyimen.


    These vassal families can only recruit friars with the same surname, and can''t recruit friars with other surnames at will. Of course, special circumstances such as marriage and redundancy are not subject to this restriction.


    There are disciples with excellent qualifications in the family. They give priority to worship in Taiyi gate and become Taiyi gate disciples.


    In front of many guests, after a brief but grand ceremony, the three small families officially became the vassals of Taiyi gate.


    With the original vassal family Shi family, taiyimen now has four vassal families.


    It is powerful, with allies outside and four vassal families inside. Taiyi gate looks like a regional overlord at last.


    As long as taiyimen continues to develop like this, it will not be difficult to become another sect like shuangfenggu.


    Of course, for Meng Zhang, becoming another double harvest Valley is not his goal.


    Hu Jing''s grand foundation building Dharma meeting ended in a bustle. The flowing water banquet in mingshafang also ended with many monks.


    The most uncomfortable thing for Taiyi gate to show its strength this time is the neighbor''s fire gate.


    It is no secret that the messenger of the earthbound sect visited Taiyi sect. Although I don''t know what agreement has been reached between tuxingmen and taiyimen, it is certainly not a good thing for dihuomen based on the relationship between these surrounding sects.


    After Shangguan Longyan was assassinated, a monk named Liang Feng took over as the leader of Dihuo sect.


    Speaking of it, Liang Feng or the elder martial brother of Shangguan Longyan are actually better than Shangguan Longyan in terms of personal strength and prestige in the door.


    In those years, with the strong support of the flame elder, Shangguan Longyan overtook Liang Feng and became the leader of the Dihuo sect.

 Chapter 353

    Elder flaming fire is not only the first expert of Dihuo gate, but also has a high prestige in the gate.


    With the support of the flame elder, Shangguan Longyan not only succeeded in becoming the leader of the earth fire sect, but also quickly became the leader.


    Liang Feng was greatly dissatisfied with this, but he had nothing to do.


    Liang Feng doesn''t like Shangguan Longyan very much. He thought that Shangguan Longyan''s personality was too weak to be the leader of the sect like dihuomen.


    Brave and enterprising, fearless, should be the essence of the earth fire gate friar.


    Inside dihuomen, Liang Feng and his supporters have always been the largest opposition. In many things, he deliberately disagreed with Shangguan Longyan.


    Elder flaming didn''t know for what consideration, he acquiesced in this situation and didn''t interfere more.


    After the flame elder tied the pill, his strength and prestige reached a peak.


    Shangguan Longyan took advantage of the momentum of the flame elder to strengthen his power.


    Liang Feng and his supporters had no spare power to fight, so he was kicked out of the top level of the sect by Shangguan Longyan and distributed far away.


    Elder flaming didn''t return for a long time, and Shangguan Longyan was assassinated in huojingfang city. Liang Feng took the opportunity to return to the sect center. With the secret support of huoyun sect, he became the new leader of Dihuo sect.


    After Liang Feng took over as the leader of the Dihuo sect, he changed the steady and cautious style of Shangguan Longyan, but became wanton and arrogant.


    In the name of pursuing the murderer who assassinated Shangguan Longyan, Liang Feng made trouble in huojingfang city and its surrounding areas, which made the surrounding chickens and dogs restless and boiling.


    If Fei hongzong hadn''t sent messengers to scold later, I didn''t know what would happen at the dihuomen.


    Liang Feng''s seemingly reckless and mindless style of behavior is very appetizing to the elders in the door, which greatly increases his supporters in the door.


    Probably encouraged by some kind of encouragement, Liang Feng became more radical.


    Tuxingmen and dihuomen have not dealt with each other, and there are many disputes between the two sides.


    After Liang Feng became the leader of the local fire sect, he changed the original tolerance policy of Shangguan Longyan, but took the initiative to attack and provoke everywhere.


    For a moment, there was constant conflict and beacon smoke on the boundary between the earth fire gate and the earth bank gate. There have been many small-scale battles between the monks of both sides, with some deaths and injuries.


    Tuxingmen showed no weakness and competed with each other. Not only strengthened the strength at the border, but also sent people to contact Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate, hoping to suppress dihuomen together.


    After Liang Feng took over as the leader of Dihuo sect, he was very unfriendly to Taiyi sect and skillful sect.


    The caravans sent by Taiyi sect and skillful sect to huojingfang city are always deliberately made difficult by dihuomen.


    If we hadn''t scruples about the attitude of Fei hongzong and didn''t want the business environment of huojingfang city to be affected too much, I''m afraid that the merchants of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate would not have been allowed to enter huojingfang city.


    In other words, taiyimen has carefully arranged routes all over the surrounding areas, and Feizhou can drive to Feihong city further, but it has always been unable to enter huojingfang city closer.


    Due to various exclusion means of dihuomen, the caravans of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen can only enter huojingfang city through land transportation.


    Of course, Taiyi gate and skillful gate will not ignore the unfriendly move of dihuomen.


    After the Turkmen messenger took the initiative to come to the door, although the three zongmen did not officially form an alliance, it has become a consensus to jointly suppress the dihuomen.


    It was also because they were worried about the attitude of Feihong sect that the three sects did not jointly attack dihuomen.


    There was constant conflict at the border between tuxingmen and dihuomen, but there was no war between the two sides.


    Minor conflicts between religious sects are very common, and death and injury of monks are even more common. As long as a full-scale war does not break out between the two sides, feihongzong will not interfere.


    With the passage of time, the state between the earth fire gate and the earth gate has become the norm.


    On that day, Liang Feng, the new leader of dihuomen, was chatting with two monks in the secret room of dihuomen.


    The two friars are a pair of brothers who call themselves Liu Sen and Liu Lin. As for whether this is their real name, it is not known.


    After Liang Feng succeeded the leader of Dihuo gate, he recruited the two friars to become the guest elder of Dihuo gate.


    According to Liang Feng''s words to his fellow disciples, the Liu brothers were originally friars in Dafeng City. Because they offended the local Xiuzhen family, they could not continue to gain a foothold in Dafeng City. In desperation, he left his hometown and made a living in the endless sand sea.


    Liang Feng and the Liu brothers became friends at first sight. They had a deep friendship and experienced many hardships together.


    The Liu brothers joined the dihuomen, which enhanced the strength of the dihuomen, and their brothers could also have a shelter.


    Both of the brothers were in the later stage of foundation building. After getting started, he soon became a loyal supporter of Liang Feng and helped him quickly master the whole earth fire gate.


    "Headmaster, you must hurry up on what you promised." Liu Sen said.


    When there was no one else in private, the two brothers could not say how respectful they were to the leader Liang Feng. Vaguely, there is a feeling of condescending.


    Liang Feng looked at Liu Sen unhappily and ignored him.


    "Headmaster, the benefits of huoyun sect are not so easy to take. It''s absolutely impossible not to do anything with the benefits." Liu Linyin said.


    "Who says that if we take advantage and don''t do anything, we will certainly do what we promise." Liang Feng quickly explained.


    He doesn''t want to make such an impression on huoyun sect.


    When Shangguan Longyan was the leader of the earth fire sect, elder flaming found that he had a faint resistance to the huoyun sect.


    Therefore, the flame elder general handed over some things related to huoyun sect to Liang Feng.


    Liang Feng and huoyun sect became familiar with each other.


    After the assassination of Shangguan Longyan this time, Liang Feng can succeed as the leader of Dihuo sect without the support of huoyun sect.


    Of course, the identity of the Liu brothers is not as simple as they claim, but a casual repair from Dafeng City. Another important identity of them is the supervisor sent by huoyun sect to dihuomen.


    These two brothers are secretly cultivated by huoyun sect. Even within huoyun sect, most people don''t know them.


    As the dark son in charge of the top level of huoyun sect, he was sent to a small base building sect such as dihuomen. Of course, their brothers shoulder an important task.


    Their task is to ensure that dihuomen is always on the side of huoyun sect and can provide all kinds of help for huoyun sect''s invasion of endless sand sea.


    The fire elder of the earth fire gate has never heard from him, and the huoyun sect is beginning to worry.


    According to their original agreement, the planned launch time is coming. The plan of huoyun sect also needs the participation of the flame elder.


    The most urgent task of the Liu brothers now is to find out the whereabouts of the flame elder.

 Chapter 354

    At this time, it has been more than ten years since the Feihong sect heard the news that the flame elders were trapped in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Although Fei hongzong has always said that he would organize rescue, he has never achieved anything.


    For immortal Jindan, more than ten years is only a short period of time. The three golden elixirs have been trapped for more than ten years, which is not long.


    But the huoyun sect began to worry a little.


    In particular, Fei hongzong said that there were changes in the Gobi, and the goblins inside would invade the endless sand sea on a large scale. But in the past so long, I didn''t see a large group of monsters rushing out of it.


    This made huoyun sect have some doubts about Feihong Zong''s words.


    Huoyun sect also secretly sent immortal Jindan to sneak into the Gobi of evil wind, trying to find the whereabouts of the flame elder and others.


    However, the Gobi is vast and boundless. Outsiders who are not familiar with the inside situation can''t find the target at all.


    Moreover, there are many monsters in the Gobi, including third-order monsters.


    The golden elixir immortal sent by huoyun sect ran into a third-order monster and had a fierce conflict.


    For this meaningless battle, even the militant huoyun sect Jindan immortal is not very willing to participate.


    The golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect did not find the whereabouts of the flame elder and others in the Gobi, but found a large number of abnormal gathering of goblins in the Gobi.


    A large number of monsters belonging to different ethnic groups, led by their leaders, began to move slowly towards the territory of Feihong sect.


    The discovery of immortal Jindan of huoyun sect seems to verify the statement of Feihong sect.


    At least on the issue that monsters are about to invade on a large scale, Feihong Zong did not lie.


    As for why the monster didn''t start, you can also find an explanation.


    The wisdom of the third-order monster is no less than that of human beings. Of course, we should make full preparations and find the right time to launch a fierce attack.


    The life of monsters is much longer than that of human beings. It takes ten or twenty years to prepare for war. The time is really not too long.


    After the huoyun sect got this information, there were some disputes.


    Most friars believed that Feihong sect should launch a sneak attack behind his back when he was busy dealing with the invasion of monsters.


    However, some friars think that both Feihong sect and huoyun sect are Terran sects. At this time, huoyun sect''s attack is tantamount to borrowing the power of demons and beasts. Is this not good.


    Of course, the dispute within the huoyun sect was not fierce, and the voice of revenge against Feihong sect as soon as possible occupied the mainstream.


    The small part felt that the bad friars who attacked Feihong sect at this time were not for vague reasons such as the great righteousness of the Terran, but for fear that they would provide an excuse for other sects.


    Within Jiuqu League, huoyun sect is not without enemies.


    However, at the top of the Jiuqu League, there is a suppression by the yuan God Zhenjun. Even if the contradiction between the following sects is great, they will not open a war.


    Since the huoyun sect wants to act as soon as possible, the first thing is to confirm the situation of real flame as soon as possible.


    Others don''t know the state of flaming immortal. Feihong sect must know.


    If dihuomen provokes a war and creates chaos in the endless sand sea at this time, the state of flaming immortal can be roughly judged from the attitude of Feihong sect towards dihuomen.


    If the flaming immortal is in good condition and is temporarily trapped, even if Feihong Zong is no longer satisfied with the earth fire gate, he will not be cruel to the earth fire gate.


    But if Immortal flaming has had an accident in the Gobi of evil wind, Feihong sect will not be merciful to dihuomen.


    Therefore, huoyun sect secretly supported Liang Feng to become the new leader of dihuomen, and sent Liu brothers to help Liang Feng in dihuomen, and urged Liang Feng to act according to the orders of huoyun sect.


    After Liang Feng became the leader of the earth fire sect, he was reluctant to fully follow the plan of the huoyun sect.


    It is not in the interests of dihuomen to make enemies everywhere and start a war rashly. Now that he has become the leader of the local fire sect, of course, he should first consider the future of the sect.


    In his opinion, the best time to start dihuomen is after the huoyun sect starts a war against Feihong sect.


    However, in this major event, he can''t be the master at all.


    It is not the first time that the Liu brothers have urged Liang Feng, but every time Liang Feng can find an excuse to shirk it.


    Today, the Liu brothers did not let Liang Feng muddle through, nor did they listen to any of his explanations.


    "Headmaster, the last warning has come from the door. You must take action before the end of the year at the latest."


    "If you continue to push away at that time, all the benefits you get must be spit out immediately. The whole earth fire gate must pay a sufficient price."


    Liu Sen gave an ultimatum. After that, he left with Liu Lin without waiting for Liang Feng to answer.


    The two brothers were so rude, but Liang Feng didn''t respond at all.


    He sighed helplessly. It''s really easy to get on board but difficult to get off.


    The golden pill sect of huoyun sect cannot be rejected by the earthfire sect.


    Before, Liang Feng had received too many benefits from huoyun sect through various excuses.


    Huoyun sect provided Liang Feng with two bottles of pills to improve his cultivation.


    Just last month, Liang Feng thoroughly refined the medicine and broke through the cultivation to the later stage of foundation construction.


    Of course, if he breaks through by force in this way, he will never have a chance to enter the golden elixir period in the future.


    In addition, huoyun sect also provided two different fires.


    The two disciples of the earth fire sect who achieved complete gas refining closed in secret. After refining different fires, they successfully broke through the foundation period.


    Plus the Liu brothers, the number of monks in the foundation period of the current dihuomen is not much worse than that of the original shuangfenggu.


    As for all kinds of war materials secretly assisted by huoyun sect, that''s more.


    Liang Feng secretly calculated that the strength of the earth fire gate has far exceeded that of the earth line gate. There is no problem if we only deal with an opponent of tuxingmen alone.


    If Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate intervene, it will be difficult to say the outcome. If it leads to the intervention of feihongzong, the consequences will be even more disastrous.


    Liang Feng has thought for many times. The only way to win the dihuomen is to launch a surprise attack and defeat the tuxingmen as quickly as possible before external interference.


    As for the reaction of feihongzong after the collapse of tuxingmen, Liang Feng can''t control it. Anyway, he has acted according to the order of huoyun sect. Huoyun sect can''t be indifferent to the destruction of dihuomen by feihongzong.


    Liang Feng, who has had many contacts with huoyun sect, has a deep understanding of the strength of huoyun sect. In his opinion, the strength of huoyun sect is far above Feihong sect. If the two sides go to war, huoyun sect has a better chance of winning.


    That''s why he put his treasure on the side of huoyun sect and willingly got on the thief ship of huoyun sect.


    Dihuomen''s taking refuge in huoyun sect is not a loss. There are countless benefits that have been obtained. This has not calculated future earnings.


    Huoyun sect invades the endless sand sea. It always needs a guide.


    The endless sand sea is so vast that after huoyun sect becomes the master of the endless sand sea, it always needs loyal men to help manage it.

 Chapter 355

    While Liang Feng, the leader of the local fire gate, was preparing for the war according to his plan, the surrounding situation was about to change greatly.


    Everything in the world cannot develop according to his plan, and the plan often can''t keep up with the change.


    The starting point of the great change in the situation comes from the Gobi.


    In the depths of the Gobi, where immortal feihongzong Feishi is trapped, a fierce battle is about to break out.


    Immortal Feishi has been trapped here for nearly 20 years. He can''t find a chance to get rid of the enemy and escape smoothly.


    Three heads and three levels of monsters form a loose circle, which vaguely surrounds the flying stone immortal.


    This situation has not changed over the years.


    Although the two sides did not fight directly, their minds have locked in each other, and their breath has long been intertwined.


    As long as either party is a little lax, it will immediately lead to the other party''s crazy attack.


    "Lion demon general, lizard demon general and vulture demon general, you three have trapped me for so many years, but you can''t do anything. You and I might as well step back and have a good meeting next time."


    Flying stone immortal said slowly.


    As long as the monster enters the third level, it can be regarded as a great demon. The Terrans often call it the demon general.


    The third-order inferior demon general still maintains the form of monster. After being promoted to the third level of middle grade, many monsters can have the form of half demon and half man.


    Except for those who are too stupid, most third-order monsters can point to human language more or less. Some intelligent guys can master human words.


    After listening to the words of immortal Feishi, the Dragon demon general who kept the shape of dragon snorted heavily. The vulture demon general, who maintained the vulture form, made bursts of mocking laughter.


    Only the lion demon with the lion head will always remain silent, and his eyes will not leave the flying stone immortal.


    It''s not the first time for immortal Feishi to speak. Every time, he will welcome the other party''s ill intentioned reaction.


    Immortal Feishi didn''t think so. He laughed at himself and continued to meditate in situ.


    He didn''t look worried at all, as if he wasn''t the one trapped here.


    Immortal Feishi has suppressed the evil wind Gobi for many years. The third-order monster inside has been suppressed by him all the year round. He can''t leave the evil wind Gobi for half a step at all.


    This time, because the male lion demon will advance to the third-order middle-class monster, he led two men to suddenly surround the flying stone immortal, so he forced him to stay here.


    The flying stone immortal is absent, and many monsters in the Gobi are not suppressed. With the gradual gathering of monster groups, the invasion of the monster army into the endless sand sea is imminent.


    At the beginning of being trapped, immortal Feishi was still a little worried. As time went on, he began to calm down and patiently deal with the three third-order monsters.


    Flying stone immortal is trapped here and can''t leave. The giant lion demon will also be dragged and can''t leave easily.


    With the current strength of Feihong sect, he is not afraid of the invasion of demon and beast armies.


    If it weren''t for the existence of huoyun sect, immortal Feishi would continue to confront each other. It wouldn''t be a big problem if it took decades or even hundreds of years.


    Compared with the monsters of the Gobi, huoyun sect, which is the same clan of the human race, is the great enemy of Feihong sect.


    Immortal Feishi looks leisurely and seems to entangle with three monsters carelessly.


    Suddenly, he felt a stream of heat in his arms. A piece of jade pendant collected by him began to burn quickly.


    Because of the interception of the enemy on the opposite side, the summoning flying sword and Summoning Magic are difficult to send out. Immortal Feishi has temporarily lost contact with feihongzong.


    The jade pendant refined by secret method in his arms can only convey some simple information, but it is hidden enough not to be easily intercepted.


    Through this jade pendant, flying stone immortal has a simple communication with his classmates.


    Knowing that the time was coming, he was calm on the surface, but secretly began to prepare silently and ready to take action at any time.


    After a while, there was a violent vibration in the distance. Immortal Feishi knows that the same sect began to fight.


    The three heads and three levels of monsters also looked at the direction of the vibration if they felt it.


    Of course, there are more than three third-order monsters in the Gobi.


    While the male lion demon will trap the flying stone immortal, the other third-order monsters are convening the major monster groups to prepare for a large-scale invasion of the endless sand sea.


    Judging from the news, at least a third-order monster is fighting his opponent.


    Two years ago, immortal Jindan of huoyun sect sneaked into the Gobi of evil wind and ran into a third-order monster.


    After the war between the two sides, the immortal Jindan of huoyun sect withdrew voluntarily.


    The monster side doesn''t know much about the gratitude and resentment between human sects. They only know that a Terran golden pill has crashed into the Gobi, and all Terrans are enemies.


    Although the male lion demon general has never left here, other monsters will use secret methods to send messages to him and tell him what happened in the Gobi.


    Judging from the movement this time, the enemy is threatening. Could it be that the Terrans who withdrew voluntarily last time called reinforcements?


    Including the lion demon general, the three third-order demons will be distracted for a moment.


    Immortal Feishi, who had already made preparations, seized this rare opportunity and suddenly burst into trouble.


    This is the first time that the two sides have been entangled for nearly 20 years. As soon as immortal Feishi made a move, he seized the first opportunity.


    A small pocket Hill appeared in the hands of flying stone immortal. After being sacrificed by him, it immediately flew into the air and became a mountain peak, which pressed heavily on the lion demon general.


    The male lion demon will immediately feel as if he is pressed on a mountain. The pressure as heavy as a mountain makes the male lion demon will feel unable to move.


    The male lion demon will give out a huge roar and make a sudden force. He not only withstood the pressed mountain, but also nearly overturned the mountain.


    It doesn''t take long for the male lion demon to advance to the third-class intermediate level. His cultivation is still much worse than that of the middle-term immortal of the golden elixir like Shi.


    If it were not for the help of the vulture demon and the lizard demon, it would not be able to trap the flying stone immortal alone.


    It was precisely because there was no certainty of victory that the belligerent lion demon suppressed his nature and just trapped the flying stone immortal here.


    It has to wait until the gathering of the major monster groups is completed, launch the animal tide, and slowly crush the flying stone immortal with the advantage of quantity.


    Neither the other two golden elixirs of Feihong sect nor the flying stone immortal will let the enemy complete the plan.


    Although Feiyu and feijiang can only convey simple information with Feishi, they also have a general arrangement.


    Now, flying feather immortal and flying general immortal are attacking the assembled monster group in the distance.


    Immortal Feishi took the opportunity to get rid of the enemy''s entanglement and get away from here.


    If you want to get away from the three headed and three-level monster, of course, you can''t simply walk away. The enemy must be hurt before they dare not pursue easily.

 Chapter 356

    As soon as immortal Feishi made a move, he went all out without any reservation.


    After temporarily trapping the lion demon general with this life spirit tool, he immediately shot at the real target.


    The lion demon will have the strongest strength and can''t hurt it in a short time.


    The vulture demon will be too fast to hit it hard.


    Only the Dragon demon will be large and slow. Even with thick skin and thick flesh, you can''t escape the thunder blow of immortal Feishi.


    Immortal Feishi offered a spirit weapon again. He saw a flying sword cut directly at the key of the vulture demon general like lightning.


    The vulture demon screamed, spread his wings and fought with the third-order flying sword.


    The Dragon demon took a heavy breath, opened his mouth and spit, and a pillar of air directly shot at the flying stone immortal.


    Immortal Feishi dodged and took out a rune made of some kind of monster skin.


    The runed light disappeared, the earth shook violently, the ground cracked, and a huge hand composed of rocks stretched out from the ground and grabbed the Dragon demon.


    The giant lizard demon will struggle hard and shake the giant hand, which is about to crack.


    This is a third-order talisman carefully made by a third-order talisman. Its power is not weaker than that of ordinary alchemy monks.


    In the eyes of Jindan immortal, only the third-order talisman made by the same Jindan immortal can play a role in their struggle at this level.


    As for the talisman made by real person Guangzhi and given to his fellow disciples for self-defense. Since Guangzhi immortal is not a third-order talisman, the third-order talisman he created does not even have the power of his own hand.


    This kind of talisman is of little use to immortal Jindan. It can only be used to bully the friars during the foundation period.


    Many Jindan immortal people call such talismans pseudo third-order or quasi third-order talismans.


    There are not many talismans who can make real third-order talismans, even in the Jiuqu League.


    In addition, if you want to make a real third-order talisman, you must use third-order materials.


    For example, use the fur of the third-order monster to make Rune paper, and use the blood essence of the third-order monster to make Rune ink.


    At present, Fei hongzong has no third-order talisman. All the third-order talismans in the door are left by the elders in the door. Basically, one is used and one is less, so they won''t be used easily at all.


    In Jiuqu League, the third-order items used by Jindan immortal are rarely traded with spirit stones. If you want to buy a third-order talisman, you also need to look at luck.


    Immortal Feishi also paid blood this time and cast two third-order runes in succession.


    Another third-order talisman turned into streamer and disappeared. A lightning spear appeared in the sky and stabbed at the Dragon demon general.


    The giant lizard demon struggling with the stone hand can''t dodge and can only defend with all his strength.


    Lightning spear easily pierced the shield around the Dragon demon''s body, and then stabbed it into the Dragon demon''s body.


    The skin of the Dragon demon general is extremely thick and invulnerable. Even ordinary third-order flying swords are difficult to pierce.


    However, this lightning spear has the power of monks in the middle of the golden pill, and the lightning attribute is difficult to defend for most monsters.


    The giant lizard demon will make an earth shaking scream. There is a huge wound on his body, and the thick and thin blood column of the bucket gushes out.


    Flying stone immortal felt a little pity. At the critical moment, the giant lizard demon twisted his body to avoid being stabbed in the heart.


    Although the Dragon demon was seriously injured, he escaped the disaster of killing himself after all.


    The injured giant lizard demon will almost lose all his reason and keep roaring and crashing madly.


    The giant hand that grabbed the Dragon demon tore the stone to pieces and disappeared completely.


    Immortal Feishi still has to take the opportunity to make up a blow, but the lion demon general over there has pushed open and pressed his mountain, so he has to rush to support.


    Immortal Feishi sighed secretly and knew that the chance to kill the Dragon demon general had disappeared.


    Of course, the Dragon demon will be so hard hit that it may not be able to recover in decades.


    If the following monsters invade, without the Dragon demon, it will be an enemy, and the pressure of Feihong sect will be reduced a lot.


    Immortal Feishi took back two spirit tools and flew in the direction of movement and noise.


    The lion demon general and the vulture demon general roared and flew behind.


    After flying out for a long distance, immortal Feishi came to a vast plain.


    Above the earth, there are all kinds of monsters.


    These monsters have a wide variety and belong to different ethnic groups.


    Flying general and flying feather dodged around in the sky, avoiding two third-order monsters chasing them.


    It was a Python and a fierce crocodile, chasing the two human beings.


    Flying general and flying feather did not fight with the enemy, but adopted guerrilla tactics.


    While avoiding the pursuit of third-order monsters, they couldn''t escape, so they fought with them. Touch and go, never do too much entanglement.


    At the same time, they did not forget to bombard the monster army below.


    Under the pressure of third-order monsters, monsters of different ethnic groups pressed down their contradictions and gathered here to form a large army.


    But the golden elixir is so powerful that after almost every bombardment, a large part of the ground will be empty. Countless monsters died and flesh and blood flew all over the sky.


    The two third-order monsters who kept chasing immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang were so angry that they almost lost their reason.


    They are not concerned about the life and death of monsters, but angry because the army of monsters is disturbed.


    Among monsters, the law of the jungle is more serious and direct than human beings.


    Tigers and rabbits will never be friends. Sheep will always be the food of lions


    If it were not for the strong suppression of the third-order monster, so many monster groups could not live in peace, let alone form a monster army.


    After being bombarded by flying feather and flying general, the formation of the monster army immediately disintegrated.


    The two third-order monsters worked hard to gather all kinds of monsters. They were scared and ran away.


    Although only part of the monster army is concentrated here, it will take more time to regroup after they are scattered.


    When immortal Feishi flew over, he happened to encounter the scene of the army of monsters flying and dogs jumping.


    Immortal Feishi laughed. His men kept moving. They sacrificed the hill and pressed down heavily against the monster army below.


    The huge peaks falling from the sky hit the earth heavily. After a loud noise, the violent shock wave spread in all directions and scattered the monster army.


    A deep pit appeared on the ground, which was filled with the broken flesh and bones of countless monsters.


    As soon as immortal Feishi arrived here, he was chasing the two third-order monsters of immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang. He immediately stopped chasing and kept a sufficient distance from the human friars.

 Chapter 357

    Immortal Feishi didn''t do more entanglement, but shouted, "go."


    He led the flying general and flying feather immortal to fly to the distance and quickly fled here.


    Their figure has not disappeared, and the lion demon and the vulture demon will come after them.


    The lion demon had calmed down at this time. It stopped chasing and watched the back of the three famous Jindan immortal disappear with vicious eyes.


    The vulture demon will look at the lion with a little guilty heart.


    Although the vulture demon is far less powerful than the flying stone immortal, he has great advantages in speed.


    As long as it releases its speed and pursues with all its strength, it can catch up with flying stone immortal.


    However, it was frightened by the Dragon demon and didn''t dare to chase too close alone. Instead, he kept the same speed as the lion demon and closely followed the flying stone immortal.


    The fierce crocodile and python also flew over and joined the lion demon.


    The fierce crocodile shouted: "these Terrans are so hateful that I can''t spare them."


    Python said gloomily, "the Terrans regard us as nothing and invade our homes many times. Unfortunately, some guys only care about their own family group and refuse to join us and work with us."


    The male lion demon glanced at the Python and didn''t answer. It knows the meaning of Python''s words, but there is no good way.


    The relationship between the third-order monsters in the Gobi is not harmonious. It''s common to fight with each other.


    Flying stone immortal can suppress the whole Gobi with his own strength. In addition to his strong strength, he also makes use of the contradiction between third-order monsters.


    As long as these third-order monsters don''t join hands, they don''t pose the slightest threat to flying stone immortal.


    However, this situation will change as the male lion demon will advance to the third level of middle grade.


    After the lion demon was advanced, he had overwhelming strength, but did not wantonly kill his former enemies. But unite all the third-order monsters in the Gobi to invade the endless sand sea.


    Of course, not all the third-order monsters are subdued by the lion demon and are willing to obey its orders.


    Like the third-order crow, he would rather move with the group and avoid it far away than work under the male lion demon.


    For this situation, the lion demon will not have a good way, so he can only let it go.


    The male lion demon will not continue to pester what just happened, but together with other third-order monsters, start to gather the scattered monster groups and try his best to restore the scale of the monster army.


    On the other side, as they slowly moved away from the Gobi, the three human golden elixirs became relaxed.


    In particular, the flying general and flying feather immortal are in a good mood because they have successfully assisted the flying stone immortal to get away.


    However, when immortal Feishi asked in detail about the recent situation of Feihong sect in recent years, their mood began to become low.


    When immortal Feishi was trapped, the two sides could only pass on some simple news. Flying stone immortal didn''t know much about the specific situation of Feihong sect.


    Immortal feijiang didn''t speak. Immortal Feiyu slowly told immortal Feishi everything that happened in these years.


    After hearing this, immortal Feishi was silent for a long time before he said, "in these years, you have suffered."


    "After I get away this time, the male lion demon should not dare to chase out of the Gobi easily. We still have some time before it rectifies the invasion of the demon army. I hope we can solve the trouble of huoyun sect first."


    Immortal Feishi didn''t talk long and didn''t have time to feel, so he went straight to the subject.


    "Are you all ready for the preparations?"


    "There''s no problem. Hemingzong has contacted us all, just waiting for us to do it." hearing the question of immortal Feishi, immortal Feiyu quickly replied.


    "Now everything is ready, only due to the east wind," said the flying general.


    Immortal Feishi nodded with satisfaction.


    After a little rest, the three golden elixirs left the endless sand sea and secretly entered the territory of Jiuqu League.


    Half a month later, Jiuqu League was somewhere in the mountains. Three golden elixirs of Fei hongzong are talking to another golden elixir.


    This golden elixir immortal is a Taoist old man with fairy demeanor, childlike face and Hefa.


    This person is immortal Xianghe of Heming sect in Jiuqu League.


    Huoyun sect is not without enemies within Jiuqu League. Among them, Heming sect is the biggest enemy of huoyun sect.


    Jiuqu League is a loose alliance composed of many Xiuzhen forces.


    Because of all kinds of interest disputes and historical grievances, there are all kinds of contradictions and conflicts among various truth repair forces. Like Heming sect and huoyun sect, there is a bitter hatred.


    However, the Jiuqu League has the yuan God Zhenjun suppression. No matter how deep the hatred between these Xiuzhen forces is, they only dare to fight openly and secretly, and absolutely dare not fight openly.


    After knowing that the huoyun sect was about to invade the endless sand sea, Fei hongzong did not make any preparations. Instead, he ran actively and tried his best to find foreign aid and obtain all kinds of help.


    Heming sect, the enemy of huoyun sect, is the main contact object of Feihong sect.


    After the two families contacted, because they had a common enemy, they immediately hit it off and established a temporary alliance.


    Of course, the private contact between the two sides is highly confidential, and the cooperation between the two sides is limited to dealing with huoyun faction this time.


    If Heming sect wants to continue to have a foothold in Jiuqu League, it can''t bear the crime of colluding with outsiders and calculating allies.


    Originally, according to the plan of Feihong sect, it was to hide the news that immortal flaming was dead. When immortal Jindan of huoyun sect was ready to join immortal flaming and start action, he took the opportunity to hit them hard.


    Unfortunately, plans are never as fast as changes.


    Because of their doubts, huoyun sect has not sent Jindan immortal into the endless sand sea to launch the pre-determined plan.


    On the side of Feihong sect, because of the cooperation of Heming sect, there is a better opportunity to ambush the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal are not conformists. Now that they have a better opportunity, they immediately give up their original plan and start action immediately.


    The first thing they do is to contact the trapped flying stone immortal, and then help flying stone immortal get out of trouble.


    The three of them seized the gap between the massive invasion of monsters, traveled thousands of miles, crossed a long distance and came to the territory of Jiuqu League.


    "Three, three golden elixirs of huoyun sect, have been lured into the ambush circle by our sect."


    "We can''t directly participate in the attack. The next thing depends on the three."


    Immortal Xianghe said solemnly.


    "Huoyun sect is the great enemy of our two sects. We must seize the opportunity to hit it hard."


    "In order to create this rare opportunity, we have paid a lot."


    "Three, please this time."


    Immortal Xianghe solemnly presented a formal gift to the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect.

 Chapter 358

    Soon after the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect secretly sneaked into the territory of Jiuqu League, a news soon spread all over Jiuqu League.


    Three golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect were ambushed by three golden elixir immortal of Feihong sect when they were exploring the cave of an elder friar.


    After the first World War, the huoyun sect paid the price of one death and two serious injuries and fled the cave in a hurry.


    Speaking of this, huoyun sect should be robbed this time. Heming sect began to arrange this trap many years ago. After careful preparation, it was specially used to kill the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect.


    However, both huoyun sect and Heming sect are members of Jiuqu League, and Heming sect can''t fight directly.


    This time, feihongzong took the initiative to come to the door. He was really sleepy and brought a pillow.


    You and I are willing to hit it off.


    The golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect is not a fool. If they want to be fooled, Heming sect has paid for it.


    This elder Friar''s cave is real, and this elder friar has great connections with huoyun sect. The legacy left by him after sitting in the water has a great temptation to the friars of huoyun sect.


    But many years ago, Heming sect discovered this cave and got the legacy of the elder monk.


    Heming sect has arranged for many years, spent a lot of effort and paid a great price, and then had such a lethal trap.


    The three golden elixirs of feihongzong cooperated with this trap, which made the huoyun sect pay a heavy price.


    In particular, the fighting power of immortal Feishi is far beyond the expectation of the friars of huoyun sect.


    Immortal Feishi of huoyun party doesn''t know nothing about it. They know that there is a golden elixir immortal in Feihong sect, who has been in charge of the Gobi for a long time and suppressed all kinds of monsters and beasts inside.


    But they didn''t know that immortal Feishi had the accomplishments in the middle of the golden elixir, and he was the stronger one among the monks in the middle of the golden elixir.


    The friars sent by huoyun sect to explore the cave this time are one in the middle of the golden elixir and two in the early stage of the golden elixir. On the surface, the strength is similar to that of feihongzong.


    But first, there was a trap carefully arranged by Heming sect, and second, immortal Feishi was unexpectedly powerful. He unexpectedly killed a friar of huoyun sect at the beginning of the golden elixir.


    The news that huoyun sect suffered a great loss spread quickly. Before long, almost all the forces of Jiuqu League knew it.


    Endless sand sea is a famous barren land. In the eyes of Jiuqu alliance friars, Feihong sect is a rural steamed stuffed bun.


    Although huoyun sect is not the top strength of Jiuqu League, it is also a first-class large door. It also has a place in the Presbyterian Council in the league.


    Feihongzong, a local steamed stuffed bun, was so surprised that all forces were very surprised.


    Surprise is surprise, but not many forces continue to pay attention here.


    Whether outside or inside the Jiuqu League, there are too many important things to distract people.


    The elders of the huoyun sect in the Jiuqu league leader''s old Association are shouting all day. Feihong sect''s sneak attack on the huoyun sect is a violation of the Jiuqu League. The whole Jiuqu League should take Fei hongzong as the enemy.


    This person''s clamor did not set off any waves within Jiuqu League.


    It''s no secret that huoyun sect is entangled with Feihong sect.


    There are a lot of bad things inside Jiuqu League. There are strong enemies outside. There is really no spare energy to pay attention to these bad things.


    In fact, huoyun sect also vaguely discovered the relationship between Heming sect and this matter.


    However, the Heming sect didn''t do it in person. The huoyun sect couldn''t catch the flaw of Heming sect and had to eat the dumb loss for the time being.


    After such a failure, huoyun sect suspended its plan to invade the endless sand sea.


    It''s mainly the loss of Jindan immortal, which makes huoyun sect too painful.


    Let''s not talk about one person killed in battle. It takes a long time for the two seriously injured to recover slowly.


    Of course, there are more than three golden elixirs in huoyun sect, but this failure makes huoyun sect more cautious. We will not act rashly until we are sure of victory.


    Fei hongzong never thought that he could defeat huoyun sect only by one war. They just need to temporarily deter huoyun sect and fight for enough time to defeat the monster army that is about to invade the endless sand sea.


    The news of feihongzong''s defeat of huoyun sect spread all over Jiuqu League, but also quickly returned to the endless sand sea.


    Originally, Liang Feng, the leader of the earthfire sect, has been determined to take refuge in the huoyun sect and is preparing to launch a raid on the earthwalk sect.


    After hearing the news, he stayed alone for a long time, and then cancelled the previous raid plan despite the threat of the Liu brothers.


    Feihong sect defeated huoyun sect with great power, which was the time when its reputation was most prosperous and its popularity was in full swing.


    If dihuomen comes out to make trouble and destroy the order of the endless sand sea at this time, it will hit the muzzle of Feihong sect.


    Even the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect was cleaned up by Feihong sect, not to mention a dihuomen.


    I don''t know about the Tuxing gate. It is precisely because Feihong Zong is so powerful that they escaped.


    In taiyimen, Meng Zhang was also shocked when he received the news.


    However, now he has no extra mind to pay attention to these things thousands of miles away. All his thoughts were in the door.


    Just two months ago, the specially cultivated elixir was completely mature, and the materials to be treated with special methods had been handled. Other miraculous medicines that need to be used have long been collected.


    Shi Changqing finished all the preparations and began to open the furnace to refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Shi Changqing''s alchemy is at least above the average level among the second-class alchemists.


    He himself had the experience of successfully refining Jidan, and was fully confident in refining the so-called small Jidan.


    But when the furnace was really opened for alchemy, Shi Changqing found that the situation was wrong. The difficulty of refining Xiaozhu Jidan is not lower than that of refining Jianzhu Jidan, and there are other tests.


    The finished Xiaozhu Jidan has strong erysipelas. In the refining process, the erysipelas are more powerful and spread wantonly.


    Shi Changqing, who was not well prepared, was unfortunately caught and injured by erysipelas.


    After the injury, Shi Changqing was in a mess and accidentally blew up the furnace. The alchemy failed completely. He also paid for a second-order alchemy furnace.


    Although the materials for refining Xiaozhu Jidan are hard won and very precious, they are almost impossible to start like the materials for refining Xiaozhu Jidan.


    The materials prepared this time, even if they fail once, will be enough to refine at least two heats of pills.


    The real trouble is that Shi Changqing was seriously injured this time.


    It takes a lot of time to recuperate from being injured when blowing up the stove. The most troublesome thing is the erysipelas inhaled during alchemy. It takes a long time for Shi Changqing, an alchemist who has good cultivation and is proficient in medicine, to completely discharge the erysipelas.


    Before Shi Changqing completely recovered, the work of refining Xiaozhu Jidan in taiyimen can only be put on hold for a while.

 Chapter 359

    The suspension of refining Xiaozhu Jidan had little impact on others, but it had a great impact on one person - Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang.


    Niu Dawei has been refining Qi perfectly for a long time and polished his Qi almost flawless.


    A few months ago, he was able to close the door and impact the foundation period, and he was full of confidence that he would succeed.


    However, to be on the safe side, Meng Zhang increased his assurance of success and asked him to wait a little while and wait for Shi Changqing to refine Xiaozhu Jidan.


    But Shi Changqing''s Alchemy failed this time and was seriously injured. The refining of Xiaozhu Jidan had to be delayed.


    Meng Zhang was really interested in Niu Dawei, the first disciple of the mountain. Seeing that there was no small building foundation Dan available for the time being, he went to Dafeng City alone.


    The last time immortal Gu Yue huaidie summoned Meng Zhang, he left a keepsake so that he could visit her at any time after he came to Dafeng City.


    But unfortunately, when Meng Zhang came this time, immortal Gu Yue huaidie was not out. He just saw Gu Yue Youlan.


    For his own disciples, Meng Zhang shamelessly asked Gu Yue Youlan for a foundation pill.


    The ancient Moon Orchid in the ancient moon family is far from the status of the ancient moon with butterflies. It can''t get the foundation Dan at all.


    Meng Zhang''s heart crossed and took out the pill of Xiaozhu Jidan. He wanted to exchange it for a Zhu Jidan.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, the danfang of Xiaozhu Jidan is still very valuable. Although the efficacy is far less than that of Zhu Jidan, it is easier to collect materials.


    With the inside information of the ancient moon family, we can''t continuously refine and build Jidan. But if you build a small Jidan, you should be able to refine it in large quantities.


    If you use a small building foundation pill, it should be enough to exchange for a building foundation pill.


    Through the last contact, Meng Zhang trusted the ancient moon butterfly and the ancient Moon Orchid. Know that with their bearing, they will not covet their own Dan Fang.


    What Meng Zhang asked Gu yueyoulan to do was to ask her to help with the matchmaking.


    Gu yueyoulan agreed to Meng Zhang''s request and invited an alchemist in the family to identify the Dan Fang of Xiaozhu Jidan according to his routine.


    After identification, the alchemist gave a statement that Meng Zhang never thought of.


    The ancient moon family also has a collection of danfang like Xiaozhu Jidan. Of course, the effect may not be as good as Xiaozhu Jidan.


    The biggest problem is that it will be many times more difficult for friars to break through the golden elixir after taking the small building elixir to help build the foundation.


    If there was no special chance, the monk would basically not be able to enter the golden elixir period.


    This defect of Xiaozhu Jidan, Meng Zhang is also the end of Niu Dawei''s road, definitely not just the foundation period.


    Although Meng Zhang himself was only a friar in the foundation period, he had strange confidence that Niu Dawei would break through the foundation period in the future.


    Meng Zhang was deeply thankful. Fortunately, Shi Changqing failed to refine the pill, and Niu Dawei didn''t have the opportunity to take the Xiaozhu foundation pill to help build the foundation.


    Otherwise, Niu Dawei''s future will be ruined.


    Of course, because of this fatal defect, the value of Xiaozhu Jidan also fell sharply.


    For those friars with great prospects and ambitions for their own path, Xiaozhu Jidan is a poison to avoid.


    In fact, the ancient moon family did not refine a large number of pills similar to Xiaozhu Jidan, just for fear that their children would be lazy and satisfied when they entered the foundation building period.


    For the golden elixir family like the ancient moon family, no matter how many friars there are during the foundation period, it doesn''t make much sense. Only friar Jindan decides the future and destiny of the family.


    Knowing that Gu Yue huaidie was optimistic about Meng Zhang, the alchemist revealed some inside information of the Gu Yue family.


    The ancient moon family gave up the benefits of refining pills such as Xiaozhu Jidan, so that the family had fewer friars in the foundation period, in order to ensure the family friars'' atmosphere and desire to impact the golden elixir period.


    In fact, born in the golden elixir family such as the ancient moon family, every friar in the foundation building period has the ambition to impact the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang wanted to know whether shuangfenggu knew the defect of Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Of course, the defect of Xiaozhu Jidan is meaningless to most monks who have taken it, and it is not a defect.


    Anyway, after the Feihong sect ruled the endless sand sea and before the Guangzhi real person of Linquan Temple appeared, there was no real person in the golden elixir period in the endless sand sea except Feihong sect.


    Moreover, Shuangfeng Valley refined Xiaozhu Jidan, which does not mean that all monks in Shuangfeng Valley successfully built the foundation after taking Xiaozhu Jidan.


    With the power and financial resources of shuangfenggu, it''s not difficult to get one or two foundation pills for the promising disciples.


    The Xiaozhu Jidan formula given by Meng Zhang has greatly reduced its value to the ancient moon family because of this major defect.


    Even the face of the ancient moon butterfly and the ancient Moon Orchid cannot be exchanged for a real foundation building pill.


    Of course, according to the alchemist, Xiaozhu Jidan is still of some reference value. For alchemists like them, they can be used for reference.


    Therefore, the alchemist didn''t let Meng Zhang suffer. He was willing to give a spiritual stone and even some spiritual objects as compensation for his reading this danfang.


    The ancient moon family did things fairly bright, and Meng Zhang accepted the compensation.


    As for the matter of building Jidan, the ancient moon Youlan can only say sorry to Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang really needs to build a Jidan, he can wait for the return of the ancient moon with butterflies. But when will the ancient moon butterfly come back? Even the ancient Moon Orchid doesn''t know.


    After the disappointed Meng Zhang left Gu Yue''s house, he hesitated to blackmail Ye Feifan again at his own risk. I just don''t know if ye Feifan has built a Jidan there.


    Meng Zhang stayed alone in the quiet room, performed Dayan divine calculation, consumed a lot of calculation chips, and made a deduction.


    The result of the deduction startled him.


    Ye Feifan does have a foundation pill there, but Meng Zhang will kill himself if he contacts Ye Feifan again.


    Meng Zhang, who got the deduction result, not only gave up his mind to contact Ye extraordinary, but also immediately left Dafeng City and returned to the endless sand sea as soon as possible.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang felt a little unable to face his eldest disciple Niu Dawei.


    He called Niu Dawei to his side. He was sorry to tell him that he didn''t get Zhu Jidan this time. I''m too incompetent as a teacher.

 Chapter 360

    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Niu Dawei comforted Meng Zhang in turn.


    Niu Dawei said Shien is very kind. Shifu has done enough for himself.


    The road of cultivation is long, and the master can''t take care of himself all his life. In the future, we still need to walk slowly by ourselves.


    Niu Dawei made it clear that when he broke through the foundation period with his qualifications and strong foundation, there was little difference between building a foundation pill and not.


    Even if there is no foundation Dan, he is sure to break through the foundation period.


    Although he knew that Niu Dawei might be comforting himself more, Meng Zhang was very pleased that he could have such a spirit.


    We are not the kind of people who like to be children''s women, let alone make a dog blood drama of life and death.


    Soon after Niu Dawei and Meng Zhang finished talking, they began to close down and impact the foundation period.


    As the chief disciple of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei has attracted much attention in the sect.


    After the news of his seclusion spread, many people looked forward to him and hoped that he would build a foundation and successfully exit the customs.


    The impact foundation building period is not overnight, especially without the assistance of items such as foundation pills, it may take more time.


    Meng Zhang, as the head of a school, has many other things. He only temporarily suppressed his worry about Niu Dawei and believed that Niu Dawei would succeed.


    After the news of Feihong sect''s defeat of huoyun sect spread, Meng Zhang first thought of the situation of dihuomen.


    Dihuomen thinks it''s a secret that they collude with huoyun sect. In fact, not only Meng Zhang has known it long ago, but Feihong sect has already mastered it clearly.


    Meng Zhang also hoped that feihongzong would win the dihuomen this time. It''s best to destroy the dihuomen. Maybe taiyimen can get some benefits by following behind.


    However, to Meng Zhang''s disappointment, feihongzong did not attack the earth fire gate and remained the same.


    Since feihongzong doesn''t start, taiyimen can''t take the initiative to start a war against dihuomen.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang still put his mind back to his cultivation.


    Less than half a year after Niu Dawei closed down, Meng Zhang also broke through to the later stage of foundation building during a routine cultivation.


    Meng Zhang went all the way from the gas refining period to the foundation building period, with no waves. For him, there are no checkpoints or bottlenecks.


    It''s just to break through a small realm. You don''t have to fight for your life, and there''s nothing earth shaking. Everything is calm and natural.


    This is probably the most enviable place for a gifted monk like Meng Zhang.


    As long as there is no shortage of cultivation resources and step-by-step cultivation, cultivation will naturally progress.


    Next, Meng Zhang had no difficulties from the later stage of foundation building to the perfect cultivation of foundation building. He just needed to accumulate slowly.


    But there are many difficulties to break through the golden elixir period.


    These difficulties have their own, but also brought by the outside world.


    Even if Meng Zhang is a friar with top-grade Linggen qualification, the golden elixir period is still a huge pass for him.


    No matter how qualified and hard-working monks are, they dare not say that they will be able to enter the golden elixir period.


    Breaking through the golden elixir period has very high requirements for friars'' flesh, true Qi and spirit. It is a great test for the monk''s mind.


    These are just some of the difficulties Meng Zhang faces. In addition, as the ruler of the endless sand sea, does Feihong Zong want to see Meng Zhang break through the golden elixir period?


    Feihongzong''s previous attitude was very clear, that is, he would never allow other forces to appear real Jindan.


    Meng Zhang has a good relationship with Feihong sect. Taiyi sect is of great value to Feihong sect. But relying on these alone, I''m afraid it''s difficult for feihongzong to open up.


    If Meng Zhang wants to break through the golden elixir period, I''m afraid he needs to be more careful and spend more time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to think so far for the time being. Now he''s just preparing for a rainy day.


    Feihongzong, regarded by Meng Zhang as a stumbling block, also encountered great trouble at this time.


    After a long time of preparation, many monsters in the Gobi finally rushed out of the Gobi and invaded the endless sand sea.


    A large number of monsters with amazing momentum rushed frantically to the endless sand sea like a tide.


    They are faced with the golden elixir sect, which has been handed down for thousands of years, like Fei hongzong. If they take out something casually, they may be able to destroy Taiyi sect.


    Of course, obedience to recruitment is one thing, and one''s own territory can''t be ignored.


    Taiyimen now has a vast territory and a big family. It must leave enough strength to guard its foundation.


    Fortunately, the attitude of Feihong sect towards Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect is obviously different from that of other forces. There is a lot of room for operation on the recruitment order issued by Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang''s external statement is that it takes time to mobilize forces and prepare all kinds of war materials. With taiyimen''s current material reserves, reinforcements can only be sent in batches.

 Chapter 361

    Meng Zhang discussed with the elders in the door and sent them. Now, the test of these scattered practices is coming.


    If they go out with the taiyimen team and perform well on the battlefield, they may become formal disciples of taiyimen.


    As the regional overlord of Taiyi gate, the identity of Taiyi gate disciples is also rising. Becoming a disciple of Taiyi sect is very attractive to many casual practitioners.


    After the news of the Taiyi sect''s conscription of monks spread, the scattered practitioners of the Tongxin society enthusiastically signed up and took the initiative to go to the battlefield.


    After careful selection, Meng Zhang selected a group of monks with good strength.


    In addition, the three small families that have just become the vassals of the Taiyi sect have also sent several disciples to fight, which can be regarded as a sign of an attitude.


    After the war between feihongzong and monsters began, the news of the front battlefield continued to spread back.


    Although it is difficult to tell whether the news is true or false, all the news proves the bloody nature of the war.


    The disciples selected by Meng Zhang in the Qi refining period have at least the cultivation accomplishments in the middle of Qi refining, including many monks in the later stage of Qi refining.


    Friars in the early stage of Qi refining have too low survivability on such a battlefield. There is no need to send them out to die.


    On the other side of the skillful hand sect, Jin Qigu and Jin wengbo led a group of Qi refining disciples to leave the sect and join the Taiyi sect.


    In addition to recruiting the major Xiuzhen forces to participate in the war, feihongzong also made every effort to mobilize all kinds of war materials.


    A large number of materials, from various mineral raw materials to finished products such as talismans and pills, are continuously transported from various places in the endless sand sea to the front line.


    Of course, we should not be too stingy for the monks who go to war. At least we should ensure that they have sufficient logistical supplies.


    Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate have mobilized a large part of war materials and handed them over to the team on this expedition.


    Fei hongzong was in a hurry, and Meng Zhang couldn''t delay too long.


    After all the preparations were made, the joint team composed of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate took a flying boat, left the sect and went to the front.


    Feihong sect has supreme authority in the endless sand sea. No sect dares to ignore the recruitment order of Feihong sect.


    Before the reinforcements of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate set out, many reinforcements sent by Xiuzhen forces rushed to the front line.


    However, with the increase of sect strength, this situation will only increase.


    Suppressing his worry about his disciples, Meng Zhang put his mind back on the sect affairs.


    All the affairs in Taiyi gate will be greatly affected when Taiyi gate pulls out such a large force to fight.


    There is a shortage of people in the door. Even the leader Meng Zhang is very busy.


    Both taiyimen and qiaoshoumen need to continue to prepare more war materials for the troops. Moreover, the two sects will start organizing now, but there is no way. If the war continues to be anxious, Feihong sect will certainly strengthen the recruitment. At that time, even Meng Zhang, the leader, will inevitably go to the battlefield.


    That day, Meng Zhang was dealing with the affairs in the gate. An acquaintance who had not seen him for a long time secretly came to the gate of Taiyi gate and said he wanted to see Meng Zhang.


    Hearing the disciple''s biography, Meng Zhang was stunned first and asked the disciple to bring the man to him.


    Soon after, Shangguan Wen, an old acquaintance whom he had not seen for a long time, appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    I haven''t seen him for many years. Shangguanwen is still a friar in the period of Qi refining, but Meng Zhang is already a friar in the later period of foundation building.


    For Shangguan Wen, Meng Zhang''s impression is not good.


    Originally, Meng Zhang initially thought that shangguanwen was a good person and an object to deal with. But after a few things at the beginning, although they did not break up publicly, they also gradually moved away and gradually lost contact.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang has not heard the news of Shangguan Wen for a long time.


    I don''t know what''s the matter with him so eager to see himself?


    As soon as Shangguan Wen saw Meng Zhang, he didn''t care about greetings, so he began to quickly get to the point and said the news that made Meng Zhang change color.


    It turned out that shangguanwen was able to become the deacon in charge of the foreign affairs of dihuomen as a friar in the Qi refining period, and his power was still above many elders in the foundation period. Except that he is really capable of doing things. Another important reason is that he is a member of Longyan, the former leader of the earth fire sect.


    Shangguan family has few people, and fewer can embark on the road of truth cultivation. Shangguan Longyan attached great importance to every member of the clan.


    Monks with outstanding ability and sober mind like Shangguan Wen are regarded as an alien in the earth fire gate, but they are highly appreciated by Shangguan Longyan.


    Shangguan Longyan regarded Shangguan Wen as another self and even prepared to cultivate him as his successor.


    Despite the private comments of others in the door, Shangguan Longyan reused Shangguan Wen and gave Shangguan Wen great power.


    Shangguan Wen did not disappoint Shangguan Longyan''s trust and perfectly completed the tasks given to him by Shangguan Longyan.


    In particular, after becoming the deacon in charge of foreign affairs of dihuomen, he handled all affairs in an orderly manner and sought great benefits for dihuomen.


    Shangguan Wen''s performance shut up all those who criticized Shangguan Longyan''s personal appointment and cronyism, and he also took his place.


    But all this changed after Liang Feng became the new leader of dihuomen.


    Liang Feng had a long-standing feud with Shangguan Longyan, and he was very unpopular with Shangguan Longyan''s people.


    The earth fire gate friar always acts straight, not so many twists and turns.


    Soon after Liang Feng took over as the leader, he dismissed shangguanwen, kicked him away and sent him far to the edge of dihuomen territory.


    Without the protection of the leader, Shangguan Longyan, Shangguan Wen is just a friar in the period of Qi refining. Where can he fight Liang Feng.


    Shangguanwen had no power to fight back, so he was driven out of the center of the dihuomen and far away from the Mountain Gate of the dihuomen.


    Although it is far away from the dihuomen Mountain Gate, Shangguan Wen has been paying attention to all kinds of situations of dihuomen.


    In particular, he has held power for many years, and there are still some dark sons in the earth fire gate.


    Just two days ago, the dark son of shangguanwen in the door secretly passed him a shocking news.

 Chapter 362

    A month ago, after receiving the call up order from Feihong sect, Dihuo sect sent out two foundation building elders and led a team of Qi refining disciples to respond to the call up of Feihong sect and go to the front line to fight.


    The attitude of the earth fire gate made Feihong Zong very dissatisfied. A earth fire gate was so powerful, but he only sent such a small team. Feihong Zong thought that the earth fire gate was to preserve its strength and intended to avoid war.


    Therefore, two days ago, feihongzong sent messengers to dihuomen, reprimanded Liang Feng, the leader of dihuomen, and ordered Liang Feng to send the main force out to the front line to fight.


    On the surface, Liang Feng was submissive and agreed to the requirements of the messenger of feihongzong. But as soon as the messenger of Feihong sect left, the latter began to mobilize the disciples to launch an attack on Feihong sect.


    Liang Feng claimed that the earth fire gate was supported by the huoyun sect, the Xiuzhen sect of Jiuqu League.


    Feihong sect''s last sneak attack on huoyun sect has completely angered Jiuqu League.


    The powerful Jiuqu League has decided to attack Feihong sect. Huoyun sect is the vanguard of attacking Feihong sect. The army of huoyun sect has entered the endless sand sea.


    Dihuomen should take advantage of this time to take refuge in huoyun sect and attack Feihong sect. Only when Feihong sect is destroyed can we get the greatest benefit.


    The two elders who are sober and rational in the earth fire gate and advocate to maintain a obedient attitude to Feihong sect have been sent by Liang Feng to deal with the call of Feihong sect and go to the front line to fight.


    The remaining elders of dihuomen are either supporters of Liang Feng or have long been dissatisfied with feihongzong.


    Confused by Liang Feng, these simple minded and hot tempered elders were soon moved.


    Liang Feng easily got the support of all the elders in the door, and then mobilized all the people up and down the door, which was about to be launched.


    Shangguanwen panicked immediately after receiving the news.


    As a rare sober and rational person in dihuomen, he didn''t believe Liang Feng''s nonsense at all.


    The power of feihongzong has long been deeply rooted in the hearts of the people.


    In shangguanwen''s view, Liang Feng led the territory huomen to resist Feihong sect, which was basically self destruction.


    Liang Feng is just dead, but the whole dihuomen can''t be buried with him.


    Shangguanwen still has feelings for the dihuomen. He can''t watch the dihuomen destroyed in Liang Feng''s hands.


    In his opinion, as long as Feihong Zong comes forward, takes Liang Feng as the leader, replaces him with a new leader, and the earth fire gate accepts some punishment and pays enough price, the matter should be over.


    After all, dihuomen is still very valuable to Feihong sect. And now the war ahead is in full swing, and it is time to hire people.


    Most importantly, the flame elder of the earth fire gate, together with immortal Feitian, was trapped in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Originally, shangguanwen was prepared to inform feihongzong urgently, so that feihongzong could be on guard and prevent Liang Feng''s desperate adventure.


    However, all the strongholds of Feihong sect in the nearby area have long been under the surveillance of dihuomen.


    Like the Feihong building in huojingfang City, the original Mountain Gate of shuangfenggu, and even the original Mountain Gate of Qingzhu mountain, the nearest strongholds of Feihong Zong have not escaped the eyes and ears of dihuomen.


    As for the secret strongholds of Feihong sect, there must be spies, but Shangguan Wen knows nothing.


    It''s too difficult for him to leave here and report to the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    Shangguan Wen is just a friar in the period of Qi refining. When he was assigned, his flying mounts and boats were taken back by the sect. With his feet, Liang Feng had already made a big mistake when he arrived at the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    After some hard thinking, shangguanwen thought of Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t expect Meng Zhang to consider his previous friendship and help himself. Instead, he thought that taiyimen had a close relationship with Feihong sect in recent years. Whether it was for the purpose of pleasing Feihong sect or making trouble for dihuomen, Meng Zhang should not sit back and watch Liang Feng launch an attack on Feihong sect.


    So shangguanwen secretly came to Taiyi gate, asked to see Meng Zhang, and said the whole thing.


    After listening to Shangguan Wen''s description, Meng Zhang didn''t take the words of Shangguan Wen, but asked carefully about the strength of dihuomen now.


    Although Shangguan Wen is far away from the center of the earth fire gate, the news is still very well-informed. Hearing Meng Zhang''s question, he didn''t think much. He immediately told the current strength of dihuomen as if he were a family treasure.


    Liang Feng, the leader of the Dihuo sect, has the accomplishments in the later stage of foundation construction, as well as the two elder Liu brothers of Keqing he recruited, which are also the accomplishments in the later stage of foundation construction.


    Dihuomen is not counted as the two elders sent to the front line to fight. There are four elders in the foundation building period, one in the middle of foundation building and three in the early stage of foundation building.


    In addition, there are two friars in dihuomen, who built the foundation secretly not long ago.


    As for the disciples in the Qi refining period, there is no detail.


    After hearing Shangguan Wen''s words, Meng Zhang''s hot heart immediately cooled.


    Now taiyimen, including his leader, has only three friars in the foundation period. On the other side of Qiaoshou gate, only aunt Jin and Jin Qiaoer stayed.


    The Tuxing sect farther away, like the main friars of the whole sect, responded to the call of Feihong Zong and went to the front line to fight.


    Now, there is only an old friar in the foundation period who can barely take his hand.


    Other Xiuzhen forces loyal to Feihong sect are far away and can''t be convened in time.


    Even if it is called, it is estimated that it is of little use, because the main friars of these forces have been recruited to the front by Feihong sect.


    As for the Feihong sect itself, there are many strongholds in the surrounding areas, but now there are no strong friars to guard it.


    Since the outbreak of the war with monsters, most of the power of Feihong sect has long been transferred to the front line.


    The enemy''s strength is too strong and our strength is too weak. If we start a war, we will suffer heavy losses and defeat.


    However, according to the official words, dihuomen seems to have selected Feihong sect as the target of attack, and did not take the opportunity to attack other sects.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang moved in his heart and asked, "is dihuomen going to directly attack Feihong sect? Why don''t they attack other sects around first?"


    "I don''t know what Liang Feng thinks in the end. He has to stick to attacking Feihong sect. For other sects, he doesn''t have any plans and just doesn''t care." Shangguan Wen is also very confused.

 Chapter 363

    Shangguan Wen was a little impatient after answering Meng Zhang''s questions.


    Meng Zhang was so long winded that he lingered there for a long time. He didn''t mean to call the monks in the door or inform other sects.


    Time doesn''t wait. If Liang Feng really attacks feihongzong, it will be a big mistake.


    If Meng Zhang were not the leader of Taiyi sect and a powerful foundation building friar, Shangguan Wen would begin to attack.


    After hearing shangguanwen''s answer, Meng Zhang secretly made a decision.


    He asked the last question.


    "No one else knows about your report to taiyimen?"


    "What do you mean?" seems to be aware of Meng Zhang''s bad intentions. Shangguan Wen didn''t answer the question, but asked warily.


    Meng Zhang no longer needs shangguanwen''s answer. He has obtained the answer he wants from shangguanwen''s heart.


    Shangguan Wen came to Taiyi gate secretly. No one knows his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak. With a flick, Shangguan Wen was controlled by him without resistance.


    Ignoring shangguanwen''s glare, Meng Zhang called Fang Tong, the head of the law enforcement hall. Let him lead the law enforcement disciples of the sect to temporarily control all the disciples who know shangguanwen''s visit and send them to the law enforcement hall for custody.


    This matter must be kept absolutely confidential and the slightest rumor must not be divulged. The news of Shangguan Wen''s visit should be strictly blocked.


    Unable to move or speak, Shangguan Wen stared at Meng Zhang with confused eyes. He can''t believe that Meng Zhang is also with Liang Feng. When did he collude with Liang Feng? Why did he betray Feihong sect?


    Shangguan Wen is a sober and rational person in the earth fire gate, but he is not a resourceful person. In addition to the support of Shangguan Longyan, he is capable of handling affairs. When it comes to being quick witted, he is a bit short of the heat. For a moment, I couldn''t see through Meng Zhang''s intention.


    Meng Zhang had no obligation to explain to Shangguan Wen, but secretly imprisoned him.


    Shangguan Wen once held great power in dihuomen and was very familiar with various situations of dihuomen. His life is still valuable until he has squeezed out all the secrets he knows.


    Next, Meng Zhang remained calm, as if he didn''t know that dihuomen was going to launch an attack on Feihong Zong.


    Secretly, he secretly recalled two other friars in the foundation period of taiyimen, general Houtu and Hu Jing.


    Thick earth God was originally sitting in Zaoxiang oasis. Hu Jing is dealing with things in mingshafang city.


    After the full-scale war between feihongzong and monsters, the whole endless sand sea was greatly affected. The regular routes from mingshafang city to Feihong city had to be temporarily suspended.


    Hu Jing is dealing with a series of subsequent troubles in mingshafang city.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s Secret summons, both of them quickly put down their affairs and rushed back to Taiyi gate as soon as possible.


    As soon as they returned to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang called them into the secret room.


    Meng Zhang told them all about shangguanwen''s visit and his countermeasures.


    Since the goal of dihuomen is not Taiyi gate, but Feihong sect. It''s not necessary for Taiyi sect to stand up for Feihong sect and face the powerful front of dihuomen.


    Anyway, the fire gate started suddenly this time, and taiyimen didn''t know it in advance. In a short time, there was no time to respond.


    Even if Fei hongzong asks in the future, there is no reason to blame taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang secretly recalled the thick earth God general and Hu Jing just in case.


    If dihuomen suddenly attacks Taiyi gate, the three of them, plus the other disciples in the gate, and rely on the mountain protection array of the mountain gate to defend, they should be able to hold on for a long time.


    With this period of time, it should be enough for feihongzong to respond and send reinforcements to attack dihuomen.


    For Meng Zhang''s arrangement, Hou Tu Shen Jiang and Hu Jing have no other opinions.


    Meng Zhang prepared for the worst, but he didn''t show it at all.


    One day after shangguanwen secretly went to Taiyi gate to report, dihuomen suddenly attacked Feihong sect.


    Feihong building in huojingfang city has become the first target of dihuomen.


    The most tall and conspicuous building in huojingfang city has suffered unprecedented havoc today.


    The friars of the earth fire gate rushed into the Feihong building, killed all the people related to the Feihong sect, and then plundered and destroyed arbitrarily.


    In the sky, Liang Feng, the leader of the earth fire gate, stood at the head of a flying boat, staring at the movement below without expression.


    At this time, his heart is not as calm as it appears. He really didn''t expect that huoyun sect would be so insidious.


    After receiving the news that Feihong sect defeated huoyun sect and huoyun sect''s Jindan friar suffered heavy losses, Liang Feng was a little shaken.


    Feihongzong was so powerful that it was beyond his expectation.


    Huoyun sect doesn''t seem to be the opponent of feihongzong. Liang Feng will reconsider his cooperation with huoyun sect.


    We can''t blame Liang Feng''s head and tail. We can only blame huoyun sect for its lack of morale.


    Liang Feng hasn''t really decided to abandon huoyun sect, but huoyun sect attacked him first.


    When I was alone in a room with the Liu brothers, the Liu brothers suddenly shot him.


    Last time Liang Feng took the pill given by huoyun sect, he was able to break through to the later stage of foundation construction. It never occurred to him that huoyun sect had tampered with the pill.


    As soon as the Liu brothers made a move, they launched a dark hand, attracted the remaining power of pills in Liang Feng''s body, and easily controlled him.


    After making Liang Feng live, the Liu brothers also tore their faces and were no longer polite to him.


    The Liu brothers first tortured Liang Feng, and then planted a vicious prohibition on him, completely controlling his life and death.


    In the face of death threats, Liang Feng finally gave in.


    His recent actions are not his original intention, but have to act according to the orders of the Liu brothers.


    Liang Feng also knew in his heart that his series of actions were taking the fire gate to a road of no return.


    Once Fei hongzong wins the battle with huoyun sect, dihuomen will be doomed.


    But between his life and the fate of the sect, Liang Feng chose the latter.


    At the same time, he was comforting himself. Dihuomen is the vanguard of attacking Feihong sect. If huoyun sect finally defeats Feihong sect, dihuomen will get great benefits.


    The Liu brothers around Liang Feng have been paying attention to his every move.


    Although they have completely mastered Liang Feng''s life and death by means of prohibition, they dare not relax at all.


    The next action of dihuomen is related to the grand plan of huoyun sect Jindan immortal. There must be no mistakes.


    Dihuomen Friar''s attack on Feihong tower means that dihuomen has embarked on the road of being the enemy of Feihong sect, and there is no turning back.

 Chapter 364

    The whole dihuomen, according to the arrangement of the Liu brothers, embarked on the road of confrontation with Feihong sect.


    Because the dihuomen was a sudden sneak attack, feihongzong had no time to respond, and all nearby strongholds were unprepared.


    In addition to the leader Liang Feng and the Liu brothers who personally took charge of huojingfang City, other foundation building friars of dihuomen have led their disciples to attack other strongholds around Feihong sect.


    According to the Liu brothers'' plan, dihuomen is going to blossom in an all-round way this time, and all feihongzong''s strongholds around will be cleared in one breath.


    Then, dihuomen concentrated all the forces of the whole sect, and the whole army attacked directly into the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    Dihuomen suddenly attacked feihongzong. Such a thing was beyond the expectation of everyone in huojingfang city.


    Almost all businesses are closed and can''t stick to it.


    Dihuomen is the daily manager of huojingfang City, and Liang Feng has no intention of wantonly destroying it here.


    He sent law enforcement disciples to stop the rising disciples.


    On such unimportant small issues, the Liu brothers gave him full respect.


    Almost when the Feihong building in huojingfang city was captured, Feihong sect''s strongholds around it were captured by dihuomen one by one.


    These strongholds are all places where Feihong sect goes deep into the endless sand sea to monitor the tentacles of each vassal sect. Today, these tentacles were cut off one by one by the daring earth fire gate.


    The original Mountain Gate of shuangfenggu has been operated by Feihong sect since it fell into the hands of Feihong sect.


    As the overlord of the endless sand sea, no one dares to offend him easily. So the defense of this place is not tight.


    After most of the monks were transferred to the front line against monsters, there were only a few disciples in the Qi refining period guarding such a big mountain gate.


    Even if feihongzong deployed a second-order mountain protection array here, the power of the second-order array can''t even play one or two out of ten under the condition of lack of manpower.


    The earth fire gate friar easily captured here without any effort.


    The same is true of the original gate of Qingzhu mountain. Without any strong resistance, they were captured by the dihuomen.


    After conquering these strongholds belonging to Feihong sect, under the deliberate instigation of intentional people, the earth fire gate friar killed. Not only will a small number of captured friars of Feihong sect be executed, but also wantonly kill nearby mortals and destroy them arbitrarily.


    The originally crazy earth fire gate friar became more crazy after killing red eyes.


    After breaking through all the nearby strongholds of Feihong sect and killing wantonly, leader Liang Feng personally issued an order.


    The whole army of dihuomen attacked and directly attacked the territory directly under Feihong sect. Not only the strongholds just occupied, but also the dihuomen Mountain Gate were ignored at this time.


    Liang Feng''s obviously unreasonable order did not arouse any doubt inside the dihuomen.


    Don''t you worry that taiyimen and other hostile sects will take the opportunity to take the back road of dihuomen?


    Dihuomen Mountain Gate, which has been inherited for hundreds of years, is it abandoned?


    At this time, the earth fire gate friar seemed to have forgotten these hidden dangers and only knew to attack madly and take the initiative.


    Liang Feng''s desperate and indomitable approach unexpectedly appealed to most of the friars of dihuomen.


    The murderous and highly belligerent earth fire gate friars quickly assembled to form an army, and they were about to move towards the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    After the ground fire gate wiped out all the feihongzong strongholds around, Meng ZhangCai received the news on the side of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s response was very rapid, so that people could not pick out the slightest mistake.


    He and she asked Jin Qiaoer to stay in the mountain gate and assemble the team. He flew to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate first and went to find Meng Zhang to discuss countermeasures.


    When Aunt Jin came to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, Taiyi gate was gathering disciples in full swing.


    Taiyimen territory is vast, with oases, mineral deposits and other strongholds scattered in all directions.


    On weekdays, most of the disciples in the Qi refining period of the sect are scattered in these strongholds, diligently operate these strongholds and obtain various cultivation resources.


    It is not easy to gather all these disciples in a short time.


    Don''t think the disciples in the Qi refining period are useless. Many disciples in the Qi refining period pose an array, which can still threaten the friars in the foundation building period.


    In the fight between friars in the foundation period, excellent disciples in the Qi refining period cooperate with each other, which can play a good restraining role.


    Moreover, there are only a few friars in the foundation building period for zongmen such as Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate. Even if everyone has three heads and six arms, they can''t take into account too many aspects.


    Many things need to be handled by disciples in the Qi refining period.


    When Aunt Jin saw Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was shocked and panicked.


    Of course, in front of an old fox like aunt Jin, Meng Zhang didn''t perform too much, just click to stop.


    When they met, they first expressed their shock, and then unanimously verbally denounced dihuomen.


    For the fate of the Terrans in the endless sand sea, feihongzong was fighting against the invading monster army at this time. Dihuomen''s sudden attack on feihongzong at this time is simply insane. It can be called the Terran public enemy.


    After talking for a long time, the two began to discuss countermeasures.


    First of all, the two sects must summon their disciples to prepare for war.


    Then, it is to contact those nearby who are loyal to Feihong sect and discuss countermeasures together to see how to deal with the action of dihuomen.


    Meng Zhang, who was keen, noticed that Aunt Jin obviously had no intention of directly fighting with the earth fire gate.


    It seems that the powerful strength of the earth fire gate makes her afraid.


    Originally, the earth fire gate is now making every effort to attack Feihong sect, not Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect. There is no need for the two sects to block the gun for Feihong sect.


    Fei hongzong has a large family, a large business and many friars. It''s not worth mentioning that he lost some people.


    Shan Ligu, a disciple of the Taiyi sect and the skillful sect, loses a little of his disciples at will, which is the end of his great vitality. He can''t recover for a long time.


    Of course, in order to explain to Feihong Zong afterwards, the appearance of the two Zongs still needs to be done.


    In addition, the two zongmen should also be mentally prepared to prevent the dihuomen from suddenly changing the direction of attack and launching an attack on them.


    Aunt Jin, the old fox, is here

 Chapter 365

    Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate respond negatively in secret, but they look good. At least, the two sects are summoning their disciples to actively prepare for the war.


    As for when to go to war on the dihuomen, it''s unclear.


    After all, to launch an attack on a strong enemy like dihuomen, we must be fully prepared and not act rashly.


    The performance of the earth gate is not good. The old enemy dihuomen broke into trouble, which fully demonstrated its strong strength and greatly deterred the whole door of Tuxing gate.


    Not to mention the emptiness in the earth gate, even when the strength is the strongest, it can''t resist the earth fire gate with great power.


    The only friar in the foundation building period who stayed in the gate of the earthbound gate has long been old and weak, and I don''t know that he has maintained some combat effectiveness in his heyday. Anyway, with his strength, he can''t compete with dihuomen.


    Therefore, after receiving the news of the fire gate''s launch, the earth gate contracted as fast as possible and abandoned all peripheral strongholds.


    All the left behind disciples of Tuxing gate retreated to the mountain gate.


    The mountain gate is closed and the mountain protection array is opened. It looks like it can''t stand it.


    Even the tuxingmen have such a posture, not to mention some small families and sects around.


    Facing the powerful earth fire gate, they were silent and trembling one by one.


    Fortunately, the mind of the earth fire gate has never been placed around. From the beginning, the goal was directed at the Feihong sect, and there was no concern to clean up the goods such as the earth line gate.


    Dihuomen controls huojingfang City, which is equivalent to mastering a large amount of resources.


    Huojingfang city has regular routes to and from Feihong City, and some big businesses in huojingfang city also have flying boats and flying mounts more or less.


    The Liu brothers did not care about the future of dihuomen. They forced Liang Feng to order that dihuomen disciples plundered in huojingfang city and recruited almost all flying boats and flying mounts.


    In addition, in addition to taking out almost all the materials accumulated by the sect, dihuomen also wantonly blackmailed businesses in huojingfang city and obtained a large number of war materials.


    Not to mention ordinary merchants, even powerful merchants such as Sihai Lou have not escaped the blackmail of dihuomen.


    Heroes don''t suffer immediate losses. Businessmen who are used to steering in the wind are smooth. Naturally, they won''t collide with the fire door at this time. But they wrote down the account.


    If dihuomen is successful this time and really takes advantage of the east wind of huoyun sect to take the opportunity to ascend, there is naturally nothing to say. But if dihuomen fails, these businesses will not let dihuomen go easily.


    Because they were eager to attack feihongzong, the dihuomen army did not delay around for too long, and the search was not careful.


    Not long after the dihuomen army had assembled, flying boats took off, formed a formation in the air and flew in the direction of feihongzong.


    After the dihuomen army embarked on the journey, only a few unruly Qi refining disciples were left.


    These old, weak, sick and disabled people have poor combat effectiveness. The Liu brothers don''t like them, so they didn''t take them with them.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin have been paying attention to the trend of dihuomen in various ways.


    Meng Zhang asked Hou Tu and Hu Jing to stay in the gate and gather disciples. He put down the head''s airs and sneaked into the territory of dihuomen to come around huojingfang city to investigate the intelligence of dihuomen.


    After the dihuomen army left, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Sure enough, things developed as Shangguan Wen said. Dihuomen didn''t care about the surrounding sects, but went straight to Feihong sect.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not take it lightly.


    Although there is almost no possibility of dihuomen cheating, Meng Zhang did not act rashly, but secretly monitored and even secretly followed the dihuomen army for a short distance.


    In the sky, the flying boat team of the earth fire gate almost blocks out the sun and looks very majestic.


    Up and down the fire gate, they are all highly motivated and eager to try the coming war.


    The flying boat in front of the flying boat team is the car of Liang Feng, the leader of the earth fire gate.


    At the moment, he and the Liu brothers stayed in the cabin together.


    During this time, the Liu brothers issued a series of orders in the name of Liang Feng, which greatly damaged the interests of dihuomen.


    There was no outsider around. Liang Feng, with a livid face, no longer covered up. He angrily pointed to the Liu brothers and scolded, "you just ignore the interests of the earth fire gate and treat the earth fire gate as cannon fodder. Your practice is too much."


    The Liu brothers rolled their eyes and ignored Liang Feng.


    You were greedy for life and afraid of death. You didn''t dare to object at that time. What''s the use of regret at this time?


    If you are so backbone, you can resist.


    After all, you are just a soft bone.


    Of course, in order to avoid stimulating Liang Feng, they didn''t say these words.


    Liang Feng''s anger is not only against the Liu brothers, but also against his weak self.


    Even if there is an incident at the dihuomen gate, we should first wipe out the surrounding areas, eliminate forces such as Tuxing gate and Taiyi gate, remove worries at home and consolidate the rear.


    With a stable rear area, the earth fire gate can be attacked and defended.


    Even if the attack on feihongzong is unfavorable, he can retreat and stick to his hometown.


    When the flaming immortal gets out of trouble, it may be another scene.


    The practice of the Liu brothers did not leave any way back for dihuomen. Killing Fei hongzong directly is a suicide attack.


    "If you do this, aren''t you afraid that the immortal will come back and talk to your leader?" Liang Feng asked fiercely.


    The Liu brothers looked at each other and saw the smile in each other''s eyes.


    And counting on the flame. I''m afraid Liang Feng doesn''t know yet. Most of the bones of flaming immortal have turned gray.


    Huoyun sect is not stupid. Through a series of actions of Feihong sect and its own eyes and ears, it has been judged that most of the flame immortal has suffered an accident.


    The reason why Fei hongzong kept this secret must be to calculate the huoyun sect.


    The huoyun sect was defeated by the tacit understanding between Heming sect and Feihong sect. After paying a great price, it finally learned to be smart for a while.


    Since huoyun sect has seen through the plan of Feihong sect, it will not be fooled.


    The Liu brothers did not disclose the news to dihuomen because they were worried that it would affect their morale.


    It is also a good thing to live in the expectation of the flame immortal.


    In this way, the earth fire gate was full of people, knew nothing about their own destiny, and embarked on a road of no return.


    On the side of Feihong sect, shortly after the earth fire gate was launched, we received intelligence.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for many years, deeply rooted in this land, and its potential power is amazing.


    Although the earth fire gate broke into trouble, it cleared all the strongholds of Feihong sect in the surrounding area with the momentum of lightning.


    However, the secret agent arranged by feihongzong in the dark still transmitted the news of the fire gate disaster back to feihongzong''s territory as quickly as possible.


    The news leaked out before the dihuomen Army started.

 Chapter 366

    The news of the earth fire gate attack was passed back to the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect.


    There are many towering peaks in a long and winding mountain range.


    This was originally the Mountain Gate of Zijin sect, which was called Zijin Mountain.


    After Fei hongzong destroyed the Zijin sect and occupied it, the name of Zijin Mountain can no longer be used.


    The Mountain Gate of Feihong sect is naturally called Feihong mountain.


    Feihongzong has operated here for hundreds of years and deployed the whole endless sand sea and its rare three-stage mountain protection array.


    Once the large array is launched, it will cover hundreds of miles in the power of the large array.


    The large array has great momentum, great power and unfathomable depth.


    With the power of the third-order array, even immortal Jindan will be blocked out of the array.


    When the news of the local fire gate disaster came back to Feihong mountain, feihongzi, the leader of Feihong sect, was not in the mountain gate.


    After the war between Fei hongzong and the monster army, Zhao liefeng, the leader of the war hall, who has always been responsible for external expedition, took the lead, first stepped into the battlefield and was active in the forefront against the monster army.


    After repeated wars, Zhao liefeng, who was cutting countless monsters, was also injured many times and covered with scars.


    In the last battle, Zhao liefeng was injured by a third-order monster and almost lost his life.


    Seeing that Zhao liefeng''s accumulated injury was very serious, Feiyu immortal forcibly replaced him and asked him to return to feihongzong to recover from his injury. At the same time, let feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong, fight instead of him.


    Zhao liefeng didn''t dare to disobey the order of immortal Jindan. He had to return to Feihong mountain obediently.


    After a period of recuperation, he felt that his injury had almost recovered.


    He has always been belligerent. When the war is fierce on the front line, he hides behind to heal his wounds, which makes him very uncomfortable. After being idle for so long, his bones have itched.


    Zhao liefeng was not idle during his recuperation. The leader feihongzi is not here. He wants to take the place of feihongzi to preside over the affairs of the door.


    The front is fighting against the monster army, and all kinds of affairs in the rear are as complicated as cattle hair.


    Zhao liefeng was bored by a series of troubles, such as material transportation, troop scheduling, and casualty transportation.


    For him, he would rather fight for life and death on the battlefield than deal with these affairs.


    When he heard the news of the fire gate incident, he was very angry at first, and then he felt a burst of joy.


    Finally, there is a war to fight. You don''t have to stay at the mountain gate and get moldy.


    Earthfire gate clowns dare to make trouble at this time. I really think that taking advantage of people''s danger can threaten Fei hongzong.


    Although the main force of Feihong sect is in the front line, the mountain gate is the fundamental important place of a sect, and Feihong sect cannot ignore it.


    Fei hongzong''s power to stay at the mountain gate is not weak.


    In addition, at this time, there are many monks who, like Zhao liefeng, return from the front line and return to the mountain gate to heal their wounds.


    If you really want to mobilize all your strength, you may not lose to the earth fire gate.


    Zhao liefeng, as a high-level leader of Feihong sect, can see the guys of dihuomen there.


    In his opinion, as long as he leads the left behind monks in the mountain to attack, he can easily defeat the earth fire gate.


    Zhao liefeng hurriedly mobilized the left behind monks in the door. Some wounded friars who were not seriously injured were also temporarily recruited by him.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. The friars in the gate naturally have a kind of pride.


    The earth fire gate''s reckless behavior completely angered the people of Feihong sect.


    Many monks took the initiative to go to war and joined the army one after another.


    Feihongzong moved quickly. It didn''t take much time. Zhao liefeng called a team that was not weak.


    After the team gathered, led by Zhao liefeng, they took a flying boat and rushed to the direction of the fire gate.


    Shortly after feihongzong''s team left the mountain gate, three friars flew to feihongzong''s Mountain Gate from high altitude.


    "Senior brother ChiYan, you are still too cautious. These are just a group of worthless friars. You should also try to lead them away."


    "Let me say, why bother so much. What kind of cultivation we have, as long as we rush in, we can easily destroy them."


    A tall monk with a calm face complained while flying.


    "Junior brother Nu Yan, senior brother ChiYan has his reason for doing so. We have suffered a loss because we despise the enemy. If we are not careful, we may repeat the mistake."


    Another short, unsightly old man advised.


    The first of the three was an old man with flushed complexion, red hair and red beard, as if the whole person was cast by fire.


    He listened to the other two people''s conversation and didn''t speak.


    These three monks are immortal Nu Yan, immortal dark Yan and immortal Chi Yan of huoyun sect.


    Among the three Jindan immortal, except that immortal ChiYan is the cultivation in the middle of Jindan, the other two are the cultivation in the early stage of Jindan.


    Last time, huoyun sect was calculated by Heming sect and Feihong sect. Three golden elixirs sent by huoyun sect were killed and two seriously injured.


    Two seriously injured immortal Jindan are still healing in isolation and can''t go out. In addition, enough strength should be left to guard the mountain gate.


    Sending three golden elixirs at one time is the strongest force that huoyun sect can bring out now.


    After being ambushed by feihongzong last time, the senior level of huoyun sect also conducted a review.


    After a heated debate, the top level of huoyun school came to a conclusion.


    The biggest mistake of huoyun sect in its struggle with Feihong sect is that it calculates too much.


    The strength of huoyun sect now far exceeds that of Feihong sect.


    After the sitting of immortal Yun Yan, if huoyun sect doesn''t worry so much, it won''t do so many useless calculations. Directly mobilize the main friars in the gate and make every effort to rush into the endless sand sea. With the power of Feihong sect, it can''t resist at all.


    Unfortunately, because of the defeat of more than 300 years, huoyun party was too scrupulous about feihongzong, and almost all the middle and senior levels of the door had a psychological shadow.


    For fear of repeating the mistakes and failing again. So the friars in the door were worried and hesitant, and missed the great opportunity.


    As for the great effort spent in burying the dark son of the fire gate, the effect is not great.


    In particular, at the beginning, immortal Yun Yan paid a great price to assist immortal flame to knot pills, which was a big mistake.


    After the fire immortal tied the pill, he didn''t play any role at all. Now it''s more dangerous and less auspicious. All the efforts of huoyun sect have been wasted.


    Of course, because this was the decision of real person Yun Yan at the beginning, and real person Yun Yan has sat down, the senior level of huoyun sect did not continue to entangle in this issue.


    The mistakes of huoyun sect can be summed up in one sentence.


    Obviously, he has more powerful strength, but he has to use his own shortcomings and attack the enemy''s strengths to play tricks with the enemy. He doesn''t know how to give full play to his own strengths.


    The top level of huoyun sect is aware of their mistakes, and of course, they should make adjustments in time.

 Chapter 367

    The high level of huoyun sect abandoned all the original plans and decided to directly destroy Feihong sect while Feihong sect was fighting with the monster army.


    Feihongzong Mountain Gate, which is weak and empty, has become the preferred target of huoyun sect.


    Therefore, the three golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect didn''t even go out with the disciples of the sect. Instead, they went to the battle lightly and attacked the Yellow Dragon.


    As for the plan of instigating dihuomen to attack Feihong sect, the Liu brothers made their own decisions.


    They have been operating in dihuomen for so long, of course, they are not willing to give up for nothing.


    The Liu brothers also have some status in huoyun sect. They directly contact the golden elixir immortal in the door and want to launch their own plan.


    Originally, the huoyun sect was ready to give up the line of the earth fire gate and was too lazy to continue to use these useless guys.


    However, immortal ChiYan always valued the Liu brothers. After listening to the Liu brothers'' plan, he decided to give them a chance.


    Anyway, it should be used as waste, not in vain.


    It became an unexpected surprise. It drained the last use value of dihuomen and recovered some investment.


    It''s nothing to lose. Anyway, huoyun sect doesn''t expect dihuomen to play much role.


    Unexpectedly, the Liu brothers really brought a big surprise to real ChiYan.


    The earth fire gate made every effort to attack Feihong sect, but it really attracted the attention of Feihong sect and led away most of the friars who stayed at the mountain gate.


    Without so many left behind monks, even if there is a three-level mountain protection array on Feihong mountain, it can''t exert much power without enough monks to preside over it.


    Although it is said that even if Zhao liefeng and his gang stay on Feihong mountain and preside over the mountain protection array, they may not be able to resist the raid of the three golden elixirs. But it is certainly a good thing to save a little trouble and energy.


    Not long after Zhao liefeng and others left Feihong mountain, immortal ChiYan, immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan, three golden elixirs, fell from the sky and flew directly to Feihong mountain.


    The three golden elixirs flew at high speed, and there were bursts of harsh howls in the air.


    They did not hide their breath, and the powerful pressure spread around.


    The three golden elixirs came too soon. The friars who presided over the foundation construction of the mountain protection array didn''t respond at all, and the enemy had rushed into the shrouded area of the array.


    The third-order mountain protection array has a certain spirit. Even if the friars of the main array don''t respond in time, the array starts spontaneously to resist external attacks.


    "Boom, boom..." a series of loud noises rang out continuously.


    As soon as the three golden elixirs made a move, they did not have the slightest reservation and made every effort to attack the mountain protection array.


    The friars of the main array who reacted at this time sent out the highest level warning signal while running the array against the enemy.


    Just look at the momentum of the other person, you know that the other person is the golden elixir. The friar of the main array, who has a bad mind, has to be tough.


    At this time, Feihong mountain is the weakest. Almost all the elite in the door go out, and the left behind friars are too weak.


    It was only three friars who presided over the mountain protection array.


    Fortunately, they acted decisively, without the slightest hesitation, and immediately sent out the highest level warning signal.


    It has been hundreds of years since feihongzong occupied Feihong mountain and established a mountain gate here. This is the first time that this level of warning signal has been sent out.


    Once this level of warning signal is issued, it means that feihongzong has reached the most critical juncture. Even Feihong mountain may be broken.


    At this time, feihongzong is facing a crisis of life and death. All forces must be mobilized to resist the enemy''s attack.


    All the active disciples in the gate, including the seriously wounded friars and almost all the disciples in the Qi refining period, rushed to every corner of the mountain protection array according to the drills they had experienced and began to strengthen the defense of the array.


    Fortunately, the spontaneous defense of the third-order mountain protection array bought some time for the left behind friars of feihongzong to be in place in time.


    In addition, like the former Qingzhu mountain, Feihong sect has many friars who will spend their life in the foundation period. They have always maintained a state of turtle rest and extended their lives as much as possible.


    In fact, the move of green bamboo mountain was learned from Feihong Zong.


    After receiving the warning signal, these sleeping monks were awakened one after another, and then quickly joined the defense.


    After all, feihongzong is a Jindan sect with profound foundation, and there are a large number of friars during the foundation period. The number of monks who fell asleep during the foundation building period was also quite large. Nearly ten monks woke up, including even three monks in the late foundation building period.


    Although these friars won''t last long, they don''t even need to be killed by the enemy, and their remaining life will soon be exhausted.


    But their remaining lives still have value and can bring great trouble to the enemy.


    With the participation of so many monks, the mountain protection array ran at high speed and began to exert its power slowly.


    If there are enough monks to preside over and make the power of the three-level mountain protection array fully open, even if the three golden elixir real people attack together, they can''t break the array in a short time.


    Even, if any one of the golden elixir immortal of Feihong sect stays in the big array, he can compete with the three golden elixir immortal by relying on the power of the big array.


    Even if the power is far from its heyday, the mountain protection array still temporarily blocks the three golden elixirs.


    Knowing that the time is urgent, the enemy''s reinforcements will come at any time. Immortal ChiYan doesn''t want to delay too long. He took out a long prepared third-order break amulet.


    Seeing the action of immortal ChiYan, immortal dark Yan also took out a third-order array breaking amulet.


    In the barren endless sand sea, even the second-order array breaking rune is very rare.


    However, the Jiuqu League is far richer than the endless sand sea, and the huoyun sect has a long heritage and profound heritage than Feihong sect.


    After years of collection and accumulation, huoyun sect can still take out two third-order array breaking runes.


    Two third-order array breaking runes were activated almost at the same time. Two powerful forces came to the mountain protection array, which stopped the operation of the mountain protection array and appeared a temporary stagnation.


    Immortal Nu Yan roared, and a fiery pillar directly broke through the protection of the mountain protection array and fell into the interior of the array.


    The friars in the array fought desperately, and the talismans and magic instruments met the pillar of fire one after another, including several pseudo third-order talismans.


    But everything was extinguished in front of the pillar of fire, and all resistance had no effect.


    One after another, the pillars of fire penetrated into the mountain protection array and burned countless Feihong sect disciples into fly ash.


    The power of the array breaking talisman soon disappeared, and the operation of the large array began to return to normal.


    But the guard friars inside the array have lost more than half in such a short time.

 Chapter 368

    The friars in the mountain protection array lost too much, and there were not enough friars to preside over the array. Even the third-order array that Feihong Zong had worked hard for many years could not exert too much power.


    The three golden elixirs wasted their hands and feet. After a fierce attack, they finally broke the mountain protection array of Feihong sect.


    Once the array was broken, the remaining monks had no resistance to the golden elixir immortal.


    Huoyun sect and Feihong sect have been entangled for hundreds of years. Recently, they were ambushed by Feihong sect. The new hatred and old hatred made the three golden elixirs hate Feihong sect.


    Without half compassion in their hearts, they pulled down their faces one by one, bullied the small with the big, relied on the strong and bullied the weak, and killed almost all the living people on Feihong mountain.


    They rushed thousands of miles and made great efforts to break through the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect, not just to vent their anger.


    They rushed directly into the library of feihongzong and searched for the long sought goal.


    Unfortunately, what they are looking for is not there.


    They searched everywhere, destroyed all the way, looked up and down Feihong mountain, but they didn''t find what they were looking for.


    The treasures stored in feihongzong''s large storehouse may have an irresistible temptation to the friars during the foundation period, but they are not regarded by the three golden elixirs at all.


    In fact, there are basically no third-order items in the feihongzong library. Most of the third-order items are usually carried by Jindan immortal.


    I spent a lot of effort to break the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect, but I couldn''t find what I was looking for. The three angry golden elixir immortals wantonly destroyed almost the whole mountain gate of Feihong sect into ruins.


    The angry immortal Yan, who is still angry, probably hasn''t vented enough. After looking at Feihong city not far away, he is ready to rush over and kill.


    At this moment, an angry cry came from the sky.


    "The dog thieves of huoyun sect, I am at odds with you."


    Immortal Feishi fell from the sky and flew to the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect.


    "Old man, you want to die yourself." immortal ChiYan disdained and took the initiative to meet immortal Feishi with two younger martial brothers.


    In this life and death war, it is not a time to pay attention to face, and no one foolishly wants to have a fair contest.


    The huoyun faction is full of confidence to win.


    At a distance from feihongzong Mountain Gate, Qi nangui and Qi Nanfei, the two golden elixirs of the Qi family, have been waiting here for a long time.


    When the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect broke the mountain protection array of Feihong sect, killed and destroyed wantonly, they watched silently and had no intention to do anything at all.


    When immortal Feishi arrived and fought with the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect, they looked at each other and immediately flew to the battlefield.


    There are a limited number of Jindan real people in the nearby area, and most of them know each other. Even if we haven''t met, we''ve heard of each other.


    As soon as the two golden elixirs of the Qi family appeared, they were recognized by the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect.


    The two golden elixirs of Qi family don''t talk nonsense. They directly join the battle group to help immortal Feishi fight against the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect.


    Mobei Qi family has also been hostile to feihongzong for hundreds of years, and the hatred between the two sides is not shallow.


    Although the relationship between enemies and friends in the cultivation world often changes, the practice of the two Jindan immortals of the Qi family is greatly beyond the expectations of the three Jindan immortals of the huoyun sect.


    Huoyun sect has no grudge against Mobei Qi family. It should be an ally against Feihong sect.


    Now the two real people of Qi family help immortal Feishi. I don''t know what''s inside.


    Both sides have the same number of Jindan real people and the same strength.


    So, the six Golden elixirs fought together. From the sky to the ground, and from the ground to the sky.


    After fighting for a long time, they couldn''t decide between them. The aftermath of the battle caused great damage to the surrounding areas.


    The nearest Feihong city bears the brunt, like a hurricane, which makes the protective array of Feihong City crumble.


    The battle between the golden elixir immortal can''t be decided in a short time.


    Especially under the situation of equal strength, it is common for both sides to entangle for ten days and a half months, or even a year and a half.


    On the other side, Zhao liefeng, the leader of Feihong sect''s war hall, led the friar of Feihong sect, and ran into the dihuomen army that was killing into the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    After the dihuomen army entered the territory of Feihong sect, neither the stronghold of Feihong sect nor the vassal family of Feihong sect could stop the pace of dihuomen army. Instead, dihuomen army slaughtered it wantonly.


    After the earth fire gate army, which was advancing rapidly, ran into the team led by Zhao liefeng, it was considered that it met an opponent and had to stop to fight.


    The friars of both sides did not give in to each other and never retreated. They fought fiercely here.


    Friar Feihong, who has always been arrogant and despised dihuomen, never thought that the combat effectiveness of dihuomen friar would be so strong.


    Soon after the war, both sides paid heavy casualties and fell into bloody fighting.


    The battle here is also difficult to decide in a short time.


    Besides Meng Zhang, he has been secretly following the dihuomen army. After the dihuomen army entered the territory of Feihong sect and began to sweep away the stronghold of Feihong sect and the vassal family of Feihong sect, he determined that the target of dihuomen army could not be Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang accelerated his flight and rushed back to taiyimen Mountain Gate as fast as he could.


    Aunt Jin has been here waiting for the news of Meng Zhang.


    After hearing the information brought back by Meng Zhang, they discussed and decided to attack the territory of dihuomen and take the back road of dihuomen while the dihuomen army was away.


    Persimmons should be picked up and pinched soft. Of course, they are not willing to compete with the dihuomen army.


    When they attack dihuomen territory, they can not only obtain great benefits, but also explain to feihongzong in the future.


    You see, we''re selling like this, but we really tried our best.


    The two sides agreed on the details of the joint dispatch, and then Aunt Jin began to rush back to the skillful hand gate.


    After this period of time, general Houtu and Hu Jing have gathered most of the disciples of Taiyi sect.


    Because he took advantage of the opportunity and had a hunch that the intensity of the battle would not be great, Meng Zhang decided to rush out of Taiyi gate and try to occupy the territory of huomen.


    Even Meng Zhang is ready to take many young friars in the early stage of Qi practice.


    Let them see the world and experience the atmosphere of war in the Xiuzhen world.


    Second, although these friars have poor combat effectiveness, they can still be used to seize territory.


    Meng Zhang, Hou Tu Shen Jiang and Hu Jing, with a large group of people and horses, took a flying boat and set out first.


    Meng Zhang left several trusted disciples and asked them to continue to gather their hands and wait for the arrival of follow-up disciples.


    Meng Zhang not only mobilized Taiyi''s own disciples, but also issued recruitment orders to several vassal families in mingshafang city.

 Chapter 369

    The taiyimen army led by Meng Zhang first rushed to mingshafang city.


    Mingshafang City, which had long received the letter from Meng Zhang, also began to mobilize.


    After the battle between feihongzong and the monster army, feihongzong disciples were transferred all over almost the endless sand sea.


    The scale of mingshafang city is small, and there are not many people in the Feihong building here.


    After almost all the staff were transferred by feihongzong, only one old shopkeeper stayed to see the store.


    Dihuomen also knows the situation here. It is too lazy to waste time for an old guy with mediocre strength, and it is not willing to attack mingshafang city at this time.


    The old guy who survived the disaster was anxious to see Meng Zhang as soon as he saw the taiyimen army appear in mingshafang city.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, he begged Meng Zhang and immediately sent troops to fight against the dihuomen.


    Even if he is a useless old guy, but he is a man of Feihong sect after all, Meng Zhang is not too neglect.


    He promised the other side that the taiyimen army sent out this time was convened to fight against dihuomen.


    After sending the old man away, Meng Zhang continued to mobilize the strength of mingshafang city.


    Tian Kangan, the president of Tongxin Association appointed by Meng Zhang, is very good. The organization established by Meng Zhang on a whim has developed very well.


    It not only attracted a large number of casual practitioners to join the club, but also cultivated a lot of strength that can be used by Taiyi sect.


    Last time he was summoned by Feihong Zong, Tongxin society provided many monks to accompany him.


    Meng Zhang took out the same conditions this time, took becoming an official disciple of Taiyi sect as the bait, and convened a large group of casual practitioners preliminarily screened by Tongxin society.


    Although Shi Changqing of the Shi Family closed the door to expel erysipelas, most of the monks of the Shi family were still summoned to listen to orders under Meng Zhang''s command.


    The rest of the small families, which were not well-off vassal families, also did their best to send most of the family friars to respond to the recruitment of taiyimen.


    The old man sent away by Meng Zhang was not idle. In the name of Feihong sect, he also recruited a group of friars to go out with Taiyi sect.


    However, Meng Zhang was not interested in the mob. He tried his best to persuade the old man to give up his idea of going with him.


    As for the monks he temporarily recruited, Meng Zhang also dismissed them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait long in mingshafang City, so he waited for the team of skillful hand gate.


    The skillful sect needs to defend against the Gobi direction of evil wind, so the number of disciples mobilized is not very large. But aunt Jin and Jin Qiaoer went out in person.


    After meeting the skillful hand gate, the two zongmen formed a coalition army and swaggered into the territory of dihuomen.


    After the dihuomen army left, the whole territory was basically undefended.


    The Allied forces of the two clans basically did not encounter any obstacles, so they advanced all the way and advanced into the depths of the dihuomen territory.


    The two sects have assigned many disciples in the gas refining period to rob oases, mines and other places in huomen territory.


    When the two zongmen allied forces entered huojingfang City, they only encountered weak resistance and occupied this important large-scale Fang City.


    All the merchants in huojingfang city are very enthusiastic about the arrival of the two sects. They have a bit of food and pot pulp and welcome Master Wang.


    Almost all businesses suffered heavy losses due to the explosion of dihuomen.


    Since he occupied huojingfang City, Meng Zhang was not ready to let him out. In the future, it must be better for students to run this place and obtain huge benefits.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin personally appeased all the merchants in Fang City and assured them that dihuomen would not come back.


    The Taiyi gate and the skillful gatekeeper joined forces with the friars of the Feihong sect to completely wipe out the earth fire gate, which is rebellious and has caused endless chaos in the sand sea.


    Probably for the purpose of pleasing the new owner of huojingfang City, these merchants not only said countless good words, but also some merchants who wanted to bet took out some hidden truth cultivation resources and offered them to Meng Zhang and aunt Jin.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin are very happy to accept this gift and also make a commitment to fully guarantee the rights and interests of these businesses in the future.


    According to the agreement reached in advance between taiyimen and qiaoshoumen, after the two zongmen occupy huojingfang City, they will jointly carve up the interests of Fang City and cooperate in the daily management of Fang City.


    Shortly after occupying huojingfang City, the disciples separated from the two sects also cleared the dihuomen territory and occupied almost all the key points.


    Now, only the mountain gate and the volcano of dihuomen are still in the hands of dihuomen.


    Although the main force of dihuomen killed feihongzong territory, there are still some disciples on the dihuomen volcano. In addition, there is also a second-order mountain protection array around the earth volcano.


    The three friars of the foundation period, thick earth God general, Hu Jing and Jin Qiaoer, led a team and killed directly under the earth volcano.


    The friars in the earth volcano opened the mountain protection array and couldn''t keep it. They didn''t dare to leave the mountain gate for half a step.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, everyone was not in a hurry. They just surrounded the earth volcano temporarily and were not busy attacking.


    After taiyimen and qiaoshoumen completely swept the dihuomen territory and divided the spoils, Meng Zhang also handled all the affairs of huojingfang City, and then slowly arrived at the foot of divolcano.


    Aunt Jin is a very knowledgeable old fox. She knows that the strength of Taiyi gate has exceeded that of skillful gate.


    In the cultivation world, the strong are respected and the strength is superior. Any friendship and friendship are floating clouds.


    Therefore, when discussing the division of spoils in advance, she took the initiative to give way and let taiyimen take the lead.


    Dihuo volcano, a Mountain Gate operated by dihuomen for hundreds of years, is the booty of Taiyi gate alone.


    Of course, the skillful hand gate has always been a good ally and has great utilization value. Meng Zhang was generous enough not to take too much advantage.


    The territory of dihuomen and huojingfang city are shared by the two.


    The earth volcano is a rare second-order superior spirit vein in an endless sand sea.


    In the endless sand sea, only Feihong sect has third-order spiritual veins. The second-order superior spiritual pulse is the best spiritual pulse that other cultivation forces can have.


    The Fuzhao valley of Taiyi gate now has only one second-order inferior spiritual pulse. Meng Zhang, a monk in the later stage of foundation construction, is very dissatisfied with the aura provided.


    Fortunately, Taiyi gate has more than one second-order spiritual pulse. Some friars during the foundation building period scattered on other spiritual pulses, so they didn''t put too much pressure on the spiritual pulse in Fuzhao valley.


    Meng Zhang''s plan is that after seizing the earth volcano, he can consider moving the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate here.


    Only the second-order top-grade spiritual pulse can meet the needs of the growing Taiyi gate.


    Now that he has planned to use this place as the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate in the future, Meng Zhang must try his best to keep the integrity of the earth volcano. After despair, the monks inside must not wantonly destroy or even damage the spiritual pulse in the mountain gate.

 Chapter 370

    For Meng Zhang, it is not too difficult to occupy the Mountain Gate of huomen.


    Although the Mountain Gate of the earth fire gate is guarded by a second-order mountain protection array, there is not even a friar in the foundation period. Only a few friars in the Qi refining period are guarding the mountain gate, so they can''t play the power of the mountain protection array at all.


    As long as the disciples of the two sects keep attacking in turn, sooner or later they can consume all the garrison disciples inside.


    Even, as long as a few friars in the foundation period are willing to pay a price, it is not difficult to directly break the mountain protection array of dihuomen Mountain Gate.


    What Meng Zhang was most worried about was that after the disciples of the earth fire sect were desperate, they came to burn jade and stone, directly damaged the spiritual pulse, and would rather die than let the enemy take advantage of it.


    With the madness that the disciples of dihuomen have always shown, this is likely to happen.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to order an all-out attack, but was ready to find another way to see if he could take down the Mountain Gate of dihuomen without blood.


    In addition, if Taiyi gate and skillful gate attack the Mountain Gate of dihuomen too quickly, there will be no excuse to delay.


    The dihuomen army is now invading Feihong sect. If Feihong sect recruits Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect to fight, it will be difficult for the two sects.


    It must be impossible to disobey the call of Feihong sect. But Meng Zhang and aunt Jin are even more reluctant to fight against the powerful earth fire gate.


    The Allied forces of the two families pretended to be entangled here, which became the best choice.


    The Allied forces of the two families made an attack outside the dihuomen Mountain Gate.


    In fact, we didn''t contribute at all, just pretending.


    During the Qi refining period, the disciples took turns to release spells, which was regarded as a real combat drill. Even the talisman and Meng Zhang are not willing to let them use it.


    These painless attacks fell on the mountain protection array and couldn''t even ripple.


    The enemy''s actions have created an illusion for the garrison disciples in the earthfire gate, and the enemy''s attack is nothing more than that.


    The strength of the mountain protection array only urged a small part, which made all the enemy''s attacks futile.


    According to this posture, even if the enemy continues to attack and takes a year and a half, it may not be able to cause any damage to the mountain protection array.


    It will take the enemy at least three or five years to break through the Mountain Gate of dihuomen.


    By that time, the army of dihuomen had defeated Feihong Zong and returned.


    The weak chickens in front of the two families must be vulnerable in front of the dihuomen army.


    With this optimistic idea, the left behind disciples of dihuomen encourage each other, boost morale and guard the Mountain Gate with all their strength.


    If they can''t inspire the killing moves of the mountain protection array, they may have to use the mountain protection array to counterattack the attacking enemies.


    Dihuomen disciples have hope, which is what Meng Zhang wants to see.


    In this way, the two zongmen are outside the dihuomen Mountain Gate, slowly consuming time and quietly watching the development of the situation.


    Far away in Feihong clan''s territory, the war became more and more fierce.


    After the initial fierce battle, the six Golden elixirs roughly understood each other''s strength and knew that they could not defeat each other in a short time.


    All six gave up the idea of quick decision and fell into a long-term struggle.


    The battlefields of both sides are not fixed. The golden elixir real people moving high and high move within a radius of hundreds of miles, constantly changing the battlefields and looking for the shortcomings of the enemy.


    With the patience of immortal Jindan, such a battle will last for a long time.


    After Zhao liefeng led feihongzong disciples to fight with the dihuomen army for several times, the news of the destruction of feihongzong Mountain Gate finally reached his ears.


    Hearing the news, Zhao liefeng was in great pain. If you don''t take the initiative to meet the fire gate army, but stay in the mountain gate, the mountain gate may not be so easy to break.


    At the thought of this, Zhao liefeng regretted his decision. He hated the enemy in front of him even more.


    If the dihuomen didn''t take advantage of the danger of others and make trouble, the disciples of Feihong sect guarding the mountain gate would not leave the mountain gate, and the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect would not be destroyed.


    After the news of the destruction of feihongzong Mountain Gate came, not only did it not destroy the morale of feihongzong disciples, but it made them a sad soldier.


    With the strength of these disciples of Feihong sect, we can''t help the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect or participate in the battle between golden elixirs.


    Therefore, the enemy of the earth fire gate in front of them has become their best vent object.


    Feihongzong disciples rushed to the enemy like crazy and launched crazy attacks.


    The earth fire gate friar, who was originally famous for his madness and fearlessness, met his opponent this time.


    Tragic and bloody battle scenes are constantly staged.


    The number of casualties on both sides increased rapidly.


    On the battlefield where feihongzong fought with the monster army, because immortal Feishi left, immortal feijiang and immortal Feiyu were alone and soon fell to the disadvantage.


    Although the three golden elixirs of Fei hongzong are at the forefront of fighting against the monster army, the news from the rear continues to reach their ears.


    After receiving dihuomen''s attack and entering Feihong sect''s territory with great fanfare, the three Jindan immortal knew that the situation was bad.


    They are not reckless men like Zhao liefeng, but experts with enough wisdom to see through all kinds of fog.


    Dihuomen dare to make trouble in this seems to be supported by huoyun sect.


    The earth fire gate is not enough to be afraid. The real problem is the huoyun sect behind it.


    If the earth fire gate moves like this, the friars of huoyun sect must be on the way.


    I thought I could delay for a while, solve the problem of monsters first, and then continue to confront huoyun sect. But it seems that huoyun sect has adjusted its strategy and won''t leave enough time for Feihong sect.


    Feihongzong was attacked on both sides, and he didn''t have any countermeasures.


    The three golden elixirs also prepared their backhand, but it seems that the enemy has moved first before the backhand has started.


    If Zhao liefeng stays at the mountain gate and relies on the mountain protection array for defense, the situation will be better. It may delay enough time for feihongzong''s backhand to play a role.


    However, Zhao liefeng''s belligerent character is not the kind of person who is willing to stick to it.


    Without knowing that huoyun sect has been dispatched, he will most likely choose to face the fire gate.


    Worried about the flying stone immortal at the mountain gate, only the flying general immortal and flying feather immortal are left in the front line for the time being. Alone, he set foot on the road of returning to the mountain gate.


    Immortal Feishi, who is on his way with all his strength, can only look forward to it in his heart. Before he rushes back, there must be no accident at feihongzong Mountain Gate.


    In fact, because the two Jindan immortals of the Qi family stood idly by, immortal Feishi slowed down. The Mountain Gate of Feihong sect was destroyed by three Jindan immortals of huoyun sect.


    Of course, the two golden elixirs of the Qi family did not watch Feishi being besieged by the enemy, but took the initiative to participate in the war to help Feishi fight against the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect.

 Chapter 371

    After immortal Feishi left the front line and returned to feihongzong Mountain Gate, immortal feijiang and immortal Feiyu had to turn to defense temporarily.


    Even if the monster army reacted slowly, it also found that the human side was wrong at this time.


    Aware of the weakening of human strength, the monster army took the opportunity to attack, friar Feihong immediately fell into a crisis.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal alone can''t resist four third-order monsters, not to mention that the male lion demon will still be a third-order middle-class monster.


    Fortunately, reinforcements arrived in time at the moment of crisis. Immortal Xianghe and immortal Yunhe of Heming sect both arrived and helped Feihong sect stabilize the situation.


    The two real people of Heming sect came to help Feihong sect this time, but under the banner of human righteousness, they were to help human friars fight against monsters, which has absolutely nothing to do with huoyun sect.


    They didn''t directly fight with the friars of huoyun sect. Even the huoyun sect couldn''t find a way to accuse them.


    Although the enemy of the enemy is a friend, the appearance fee of the two real people is not cheap at all.


    In order to ask two real people to help, Fei hongzong spent a lot of money.


    It can not only make a profit, but also block huoyun sect. Why don''t you two real people do this good thing.


    With the participation of two golden elixirs of Heming sect, Feihong sect finally stabilized its position and blocked the monster army for the time being.


    The two golden elixirs of Heming sect were friendly. They shouted loudly about the great righteousness of the human race, but they refused to work hard with the third-order monster. They didn''t even take out the eight cost collars, but reluctantly blocked each other.


    However, with the help of two Jindan immortal, at least Feihong Zong can support it in a short time.


    Feihongzong fought on two fronts, and most of the main forces were dragged down by the monster army. Zhao liefeng led a small number of friars to fight with dihuomen.


    The three golden elixirs sent by huoyun sect rushed thousands of miles. If the two golden elixirs of Qi family hadn''t suddenly intervened, immortal Feishi would have a bad end.


    Huoyun sect not only sent three golden elixirs, but soon after the three golden elixirs set out, a large number of friars broke through the border with Feihong sect and invaded the endless sand sea on a large scale.


    The patrol friars deployed by Fei hongzong at the border between the two factions could not even ripple, so they completely disappeared.


    The long and winding flying boat team blocked out the sky and the sun, and fiercely killed the hinterland of Feihong sect.


    At this time, feihongzong had no spare power to resist this army.


    Feihongzong has played his cards and has no strength to mobilize anymore.


    The Mobei Qi family, although the two golden elixirs helped immortal Feishi resist the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect. But the rest of the monks stayed in the Qi family territory honestly, and there was no sign of mobilization at all.


    It seems that Mobei Qi family''s assistance to Feihong sect is just like this. Mobei Qi family will not send a team of monks to stop the army of huoyun sect.


    Now in the endless sand sea, only the left behind friars of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate have not really been involved in the war.


    However, one or two zongmen are now busy attacking the Mountain Gate of dihuomen and have no time to separate for the time being. Second, the army of friars of huoyun sect advanced by flying boats. The marching speed was too fast to mobilize Taiyi gate and skillful gate to stop.


    Of course, if you really transfer these two sects, you will die in vain.


    Seeing that the friars of huoyun sect were advancing all the way, they almost didn''t encounter any obstacles, so they entered the hinterland of Feihong sect, but the accident happened.


    On the way forward of huoyun sect friars, there seems to be no abnormality. It is still a common yellow sand desert in the endless sand sea.


    But the flying boats of huoyun sect disappeared one after another after entering the front.


    The flying boats in the rear found that the situation was wrong and did not react. There was a roll of yellow sand all over the sky. All the flying boats were involved and disappeared.


    A large, fat middle-aged man like a pig appeared in the air out of thin air.


    "Jinli, I finally caught you breaking the agreement. I''ll see what else you have to say this time."


    The fat man was as excited as a treasure.


    "Dead fat man, which eye did you see this real person shoot? You are also a golden elixir real person. Can you have some eyesight?"


    A beautiful young woman with skin better than snow slowly descended from the sky and fell into the air not far away, opposing the fat man in the air.


    "I have nothing to do today. I''m here to practice the yellow sand ten thousand miles map given by the master. These guys who don''t have eyes dare to break into here and disturb my performance."


    "They deserved their bad luck. They rushed directly into the yellow sand ten thousand miles map. They suffered from being trapped in the map, which has nothing to do with others."


    After listening to the woman''s words, the fat man pointed to each other and said angrily, "where is this truth? It''s clear that you deliberately deceived people. You laid a yellow sand ten thousand mile map here in advance and ambushed the younger generation of huoyun sect."


    "You are clearly sophistry."


    The woman, immortal Jinli, rolled her eyes.


    "Dead fat man, although you are not good, you are also the golden elixir in the eyes of others. You don''t even know the least truth."


    "The original agreement only restricted me from taking the initiative to deal with the guys of huoyun sect. They had to rush into the yellow sand ten thousand mile picture. Did I have to pull them?"


    "In a word, I didn''t violate the original agreement at all. Do you believe it or not?"


    The fat man pointed to real Jin Li and couldn''t speak.


    He was already poor at words, but he couldn''t say anything about the articulate real Jin Li.


    He seemed to want to do it, but he seemed to have some scruples.


    He opened his mouth and finally said a cruel word without threat.


    "You wait. This time it won''t be over."


    With that, he stopped talking and flew directly to the distance.


    "Dead fat man, you don''t have to worry about these young people. God has the virtue of living a good life. When I feel good one day, I will naturally release them."


    Although the name of Huangsha Wanli map has the word Wanli, the space in it is certainly not as big as Wanli. However, the space inside is still vast enough to easily trap huoyun sect, a large army of friars.


    Anyway, they are all true practitioners, their survival ability is far better than ordinary people, and they carry a lot of supplies with the army. Even if you are trapped inside for a year and a half, you will never starve to death.


    Immortal Jinli watched the fat man''s back disappear. She was smiling and relaxed, and her face began to slowly darken.


    I don''t know what bothered her, she sighed leisurely.

 Chapter 372

    The army of friars sent by huoyun sect was trapped by the mysterious immortal Jinli with a narrow shot.


    After getting rid of the threat of huoyun sect, feihongzong finally had a chance to breathe.


    Feihongzong''s main force is still fighting with the monster army. The team led by Zhao liefeng is fighting more and more fiercely with the earth fire gate.


    Feihongzong has drained almost all the power in the door and can''t continue to organize the friars to fight.


    Fei hongzong once again sent messengers to issue another call up order to all Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea.


    The last call-up order of Feihong sect transferred almost all the main friars of the cultivation forces.


    The conscription order is even stronger this time. Even the old, weak, sick and disabled left behind by major forces are among the conscripts.


    In the form that feihongzong is now facing, the military shortage is extreme. Even if there is one more minor cultivation in the Qi refining period, it is a rare combat power.


    In this form, it is almost impossible for taiyimen and qiaoshoumen to continue to paddle and hide aside to watch the play leisurely.


    Feihongzi, the leader of feihongzong, sent a letter directly to Meng Zhang and aunt Jin. In a very strict tone, he asked them to attack the Mountain Gate of dihuomen as soon as possible, and then led the army to reinforce Zhao liefeng.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and them can hardly continue to delay.


    If you don''t follow feihongzi''s orders, it will really offend feihongzong.


    When Feihong zongteng comes in the future, it will never make them feel better.


    Fortunately, Feihong sect hated the dihuomen who took advantage of the fire. They all hoped that Meng Zhang would conquer the dihuomen Mountain Gate and kill the dihuomen. That''s why I didn''t let them start immediately, but gave them some time to continue to attack the Mountain Gate of the fire gate.


    Of course, this time is not much, and Feihong Zong has not allowed Meng Zhang to continue to delay.


    It''s been so long here that it''s time to end the battle.


    Aunt Jin also came to the outside of the Mountain Gate of dihuomen. Several friars in the foundation period worked together to attack the mountain protection array of dihuomen.


    At this time, the left behind monks in the earth fire gate really felt the pressure.


    This time it''s not the same as before, but a real effort.


    The fierce attack was like a tide, falling on the mountain protection array.


    A group of small friars in the period of Qi refining can''t give full play to the power of the mountain protection array.


    The power of the array is continuously consumed, but it can not be supplemented in time.


    The monks who presided over the mountain protection array did their best, but with little effect.


    One friar after another was consumed alive in the array. But the defensive power of the large array is still weakening rapidly.


    During the foundation period of the earth fire gate, because of the cultivation of skills and character, the friars did not have the tradition of falling asleep with the turtle breathing technique before the longevity yuan was exhausted.


    Therefore, in the earth fire gate, unlike Qingzhu mountain and Feihong sect, there can also be sleeping friars in the foundation period as the last card.


    There is no other power in the whole Mountain Gate except this group of friars in the Qi refining period.


    With the passage of time, the remaining monks of the earth fire gate feel more and more desperate.


    They won''t last long if they go on like this. Maybe the next moment is when the mountain protection array is broken.


    Some fierce tempered friars have begun to consider whether to burn jade and stone, completely destroy their own mountain gate and prevent the enemy from taking advantage of it.


    For this situation, Meng Zhang has long expected, and has come up with countermeasures.


    Seeing that the defense force of the mountain protection array was getting weaker and weaker, Meng Zhang asked them to continue the attack. He rushed back to the Taiyi gate as soon as possible and took Shangguan Wen, who had been imprisoned in the gate, outside the dihuomen gate.


    Meng Zhang and Shangguan Wen lived alone for a long time. It took a lot of effort to persuade him.


    After persuading shangguanwen, Meng Zhang said hello. Several friars in the foundation period stopped attacking the dihuomen Mountain Gate and stayed away from here one after another.


    Shangguanwen was released by Meng Zhang and came to the mountain protection array alone.


    Shangguan Wen was once in power in the earth fire gate. Although he was assigned by Liang Feng, he is still very prestigious among the earth fire gate disciples. Let alone the disciples in the Qi refining period, even the elders in the foundation building period, should give him some points.


    Seeing shangguanwen appear outside the array alone, the left behind disciples in the door were surprised.


    Shangguan Wen wasted a lot of words to make the disciples believe in themselves.


    He persuaded the guard friar of the array to open the array and put him in it.


    Shangguanwen called the left behind monks in the mountain gate together and told them a shocking news.


    The army of dihuomen expedition to Feihong sect was wiped out by Feihong sect.


    Fei hongzong hated the behavior of dihuomen and decided to completely exterminate dihuomen.


    Now, Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate have surrounded dihuomen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, offered a condition in order to completely obtain the Mountain Gate of dihuomen.


    As long as the dihuomen disciples don''t destroy the dihuomen Mountain Gate, they take the initiative to surrender. Meng Zhang will not only save their lives, but also keep the inheritance of dihuomen.


    After hearing the news that Shangguan Wen said that the whole army of the dihuomen expedition was destroyed, all the monks in the mountain gate were extremely desperate.


    Hearing the conditions opened by Meng Zhang again made them feel a glimmer of vitality.


    Under the persuasion of shangguanwen, all the monks in the mountain gate were finally persuaded by shangguanwen after a fierce argument.


    Life and death of one''s own family is small, but the inheritance of one''s family is big. In order to preserve the inheritance of the clan, they had to endure humiliation and bear heavy burdens, live a miserable life and bow their heads temporarily.


    During the period of refining Qi, the friar of the earth fire gate did not practice the sect skills deeply enough, and he had not experienced the pain of building a foundation by using earth fire. Therefore, compared with the foundation period elders in the door, they are not so crazy and extreme, but more sober and rational.


    It is only the foundation building friars at the upper level who really dominate the sect, not the Qi refining friars at the lower level, that dihuomen has developed a crazy and extreme style.


    From the bottom of my heart, no one wants to die in vain. With the excuse of keeping the clan inheritance, they finally persuaded themselves to give up resistance, open the mountain protection array and surrender.


    Everything went well next. The disciples of the earth fire gate opened the mountain protection array and let the friars of the Taiyi gate and the skillful hand gate in.


    After the two monks entered, they immediately took over the control of the mountain protection array and controlled all the important buildings in the mountain gate.


    As for Shangguan Wen and the surrendered earthfire friars, they were all temporarily controlled and detained together to prevent them from contacting the outside world.


    According to Meng Zhang, this is to avoid Feihong Zong''s eyes and ears and avoid Feihong Zong from discovering them.


    In order to vent his anger, Fei hongzong will never let them go. Taiyimen needs to make a lot of efforts to protect them.

 Chapter 373

    Meng Zhang coaxed and deceived. First, he persuaded shangguanwen, and then shangguanwen persuaded the earth fire gate to stay behind. The two sects finally took the earth fire gate without blood.


    Shangguanwen has been detained in taiyimen and has no contact with the outside world. In his heart, he was afraid of the powerful Feihong sect.


    So he believed Meng Zhang''s lie and really thought that Feihong Zong had won a great victory and the dihuomen expedition army had been completely destroyed.


    As for flame immortal, I can''t count on it for the time being because I haven''t heard from him for so many years.


    Therefore, in order to keep the inheritance of dihuomen, Shangguan Wen told the same lie to the left behind friars of dihuomen.


    The left behind friar of the earth fire gate was trapped in the worry city. All the news from the outside world was cut off. Of course, he believed Shangguan Wen, a very prestigious friar in the gate.


    When the dihuomen friars voluntarily surrender and the two sects enter the dihuomen Mountain Gate, it''s too late for them to regret even if they know the truth.


    Shangguan Wen is not a person who easily believes others. He is willing to believe Meng Zhang. In addition to Meng Zhang''s lies, Meng Zhang also made a heart demon oath in front of him, saying that he will spare no effort to save the lives of these monks and the inheritance of dihuomen.


    The higher the monk''s accomplishments, the stronger the restraint ability of the heart demon oath.


    Like those little friars in the Qi refining period who have no hope of building a foundation all their life, they can not care much about the heart demon oath.


    For the friars in the foundation period, the binding force of the heart demon oath is very strong.


    In particular, monks like Meng Zhang, who have a great future, can''t easily break the heart demon oath.


    Besides, after the completion of the foundation period, if you want to rush into the golden elixir period, the heart demon pass is a barrier you must pass.


    After occupying the dihuomen Mountain Gate, all dihuomen friars, including Shangguan Wen, were restrained and secretly imprisoned.


    In this way, Meng Zhang did not violate his demon oath.


    Moreover, secretly imprisoning them did prevent them from being retaliated by Fei hongzong.


    The mountain gate that completely received the dihuomen is the biggest booty since the war.


    According to the previous agreement, this booty belongs to taiyimen exclusively.


    Although the expeditionary army of dihuomen took away a lot of materials, taiyimen still had a great harvest in the dihuomen warehouse. In particular, many rare precious spiritual objects were found, and even Meng Zhang was very satisfied.


    Among them, the sun gold stone and the Taiyin jade liquid, which are two Heaven and earth spiritual objects, are hard to buy even if there are only some corner fragments in Dafeng City.


    Now these two Heaven and earth spirits have fallen into Meng Zhang''s hands. He only needs to refine them thoroughly. He can save at least ten or twenty years and complete the foundation period.


    In the endless sand sea where the situation is becoming increasingly tense and the war is becoming more and more intense, Meng Zhang urgently needs to quickly improve his strength. These two Heaven and earth spirits came just right.


    The various classics collected in the dihuomen Sutra pavilion are extremely rich.


    Dihuomen is a big force juxtaposed with the original Shuangfeng valley. In terms of wealth, it is still above Shuangfeng valley.


    Sitting in the cornucopia of huojingfang City, you can not only collect a large number of cultivation resources, but also get access to all kinds of cultivation classics.


    With this sutra Pavilion, you can almost rebuild a fire gate.


    Adding these classics to the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyi gate can not only greatly enhance the inside information of Taiyi gate, but also make up for the shortcomings of Taiyi gate.


    The weapon refining skill of the earth fire gate is unique. In particular, the secret recipe of dihuomen for refining ChiYan oil is particularly precious.


    Fei hongzong was in a hurry, and Meng Zhang couldn''t delay too long.


    He took care of shangguanwen and others. After a simple inventory of the booty, he was about to leave.


    Meng Zhang, Houtu God general, Hu Jing, aunt Jin and Jin Qiaoer, five friars in the foundation period, were named by Feihong Zong. They must hurry to the front line where Zhao liefeng fought with dihuomen as soon as possible.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only asked Shi Changqing, who closed the customs to expel erysipelas, to leave the customs temporarily and preside over the overall situation.


    At the critical moment, interrupted by this, Shi Changqing needs to spend more time to dispel the erysipelas in the future.


    Of course, things are fine at taiyimen. On the other side of the tuhang gate, even the old and weak foundation building friar who was in charge of the sect was forced to go to the battlefield.


    In addition, Meng Zhang left a group of capable Qi refining disciples to help Shi Changqing maintain order in the territory.


    In a hurry to arrange all kinds of affairs, Meng ZhangCai took the alliance of the two sects, took a flying boat and went to Feihong sect territory.


    Along the way, all the strongholds of Feihong sect, including the original Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng Valley and the original Qingzhu Mountain Gate, have been destroyed by the dihuomen army.


    The monks were slaughtered and all the buildings were pushed to the ground. It''s probably because of the tight time. The earth fire gate hasn''t had time to destroy the spirit field and spirit pulse.


    I saw that the spiritual plants on many spiritual fields were still intact, and many were about to mature.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes turned and the mosquito''s legs were meat no matter how small. Moreover, it is not far from the territory of taiyimen, so we can take care of it.


    Meng Zhang left several Qi refining disciples in these places to take care of the spiritual field and harvest when the spiritual plant is mature.


    In addition, when they are free, they can also search in the ruins. If they can get anything, even their unexpected wealth.


    This time, Meng Zhang didn''t even bring a friar at the beginning of Qi practice. Even the friars in the middle of Qi refining should choose those who are more clever and have strong survival ability. Some monks in the later stage of Qi refining will be left to guard the territory.


    Therefore, there are less than 200 Qi refining disciples from the two sects of Taiyi and Qiaoshou.


    Two second-order flying boats can hold everyone.


    The two second-order flying boats were light and easy to follow. They were very fast. It didn''t take long to enter the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    It''s a long way from taiyimen territory. Meng Zhang didn''t want to pick up a bargain and ordered the flying boat to speed up.


    Finally, within the time limit given by Feihong Zong, Feizhou rushed to the battlefield and joined Zhao liefeng.


    During this period of fierce battle, not only did the disciples of both sides suffer heavy casualties during the Qi refining period, but also several friars during the foundation building period died. Both sides were angry and looked like they would never die.


    In fact, Zhao liefeng''s strength is not as good as that of dihuomen. Although he gave his full support and his friars worked hard with the heart of mourning for the victory, they still fell to the disadvantage slowly.


    The reinforcements brought by Meng Zhang were just in time to help Zhao liefeng.


    When the reinforcements arrived, it was the end of a war and the two sides temporarily withdrew their troops back to the camp.


    An oasis ahead is the camp of feihongzong.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin left the flying boat in the distance. They flew directly to the camp of Feihong sect to meet Zhao liefeng.


    Although it is still far away from the battlefield, with the eyesight of Meng Zhang and aunt Jin, they still get the situation around the battlefield.


    In the desert less than a hundred miles in front of feihongzong camp, the ground is full of pits and gullies of different sizes, with all kinds of traces such as freezing and burning.


    The broken limbs and arms, the mutilated corpses and the flowing blood on the battlefield had not been cleaned up in time, which gave them a great shock.

 Chapter 374

    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin have also experienced many wars in the cultivation world. It''s not too much to say that they have experienced hundreds of wars, but such a tragic scene still puts a lot of pressure on them.


    Compared with the battle they participated in before, the battle in front of them is more bloody and crazy.


    They were heavy hearted, silent and had no intention of talking.


    This oasis originally belonged to a vassal family of Feihong sect. After Zhao liefeng led his team here, he temporarily requisitioned it as the camp of friars of Feihong sect.


    This is only a first-order spiritual pulse, which can''t meet the daily needs of friars during the foundation period.


    Many friars of Fei hongzong consume spirit stones, absorb spirit Qi and supplement the consumed true Qi.


    Outside the oasis, there is a first-order protection array. In the battle at this level, the Dharma array at this level is just like goods, which can barely serve as a starting point for early warning.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin came outside the protective Dharma array and informed the guard friars inside.


    After a while, the Dharma array was opened. They entered the oasis and saw Zhao liefeng directly.


    Meng Zhang had never dealt with Zhao liefeng before. He had seen each other at most.


    Aunt Jin knew him.


    This is obviously not the time to make friends.


    Zhao liefeng, the leader of Feihong zongzhan hall, was a monk in the later stage of foundation construction. At this time, he looked haggard and his eyes were full of weariness.


    His breath also fluctuated, and it was obvious that he was seriously injured.


    Zhao liefeng looked at Meng Zhang and aunt Jin and didn''t speak, which made them feel deep pressure.


    After a half ring, Zhao liefeng spoke.


    "You''re here at last. If you''re a few days late, you can collect my body."


    "Maybe we don''t need to collect the corpse. Anyway, we won''t leave the whole corpse to the enemy during the miscellaneous battle with the earthfire gate."


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin don''t know how to answer.


    Finally, aunt Jin smiled a few times because she was old and had a big face.


    "Hall leader Zhao, you''re serious. The thieves of the earth fire gate don''t have the ability to take you down."


    Zhao liefeng didn''t seem to hear what aunt Jin said. He continued to say, "just come, just come. You''re not too late."


    "What''s hateful is that the bastards of the earth fire gate really make so many people in our door look out of sight."


    "I thought it was harmless bait. It can only be used for fishing. I didn''t think these guys are evil dogs who bite back."


    Zhao liefeng''s tone is full of regret for the original decision and hatred for dihuomen now.


    "The old flame thief is dead. His disciples and grandchildren will come down to accompany him soon."


    Meng Zhang participated in the plan to exterminate Linquan temple. Later, Longyan, the former leader of dihuomen, wanted to find out the details through the black market.


    Meng Zhang had guessed at that time that most of the Guangzhi immortal of Lin quanguan and the flame immortal of dihuomen had had an accident. Now, it is finally confirmed from Zhao liefeng''s mouth.


    Meng Zhang, who has figured out the causes and consequences, knows more or less about Zhao liefeng''s mood.


    Feihongzong has been hiding the news of the death of Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal. He has made no mistake to dihuomen. He just wants to use dihuomen as a bait to lure huoyun sect.


    In the eyes of the high-level of Feihong sect, there is no real flame, and the earth fire gate is nothing to worry about. As a bait, it is their greatest value.


    But unexpectedly, the dihuomen, which has always been despised by Feihong Zong, suddenly jumped out and bit back. It was so deep and heavy that Feihong Zong felt pain to the bone.


    I''m afraid the high-level of Feihong sect who decided to leave dihuomen will regret it at this time.


    The pressure accumulated during this period is too great. The reason why I rushed out of the war led to the emptiness of the mountain gate. The enemy took advantage of it and destroyed the mountain gate. The battle with dihuomen suffered heavy losses, and the war has not been very smooth


    All this pressure is on Zhao liefeng, who is a high-level leader of Feihong sect. He feels a little overwhelmed.


    He couldn''t help doing this in front of Meng Zhang and aunt Jin, half to vent and half to warn them.


    Said for a while, vent almost, Zhao liefeng just got to the point.


    "After you came, our strength increased greatly. We should be able to resist the enemy''s attack."


    "You set up a camp and set up a camp about ten miles away from here."


    "Our two camps rely on each other and cover each other. The enemy is not so easy to break through."


    Listen to Zhao liefeng''s arrangement, now it is mainly defensive, which is not very consistent with his character and his performance just now.


    Aware of the puzzled eyes of Meng Zhang and aunt Jin, Zhao liefeng showed an ugly smile on his face.


    "Immortal Feiyu has ordered that you must settle down first and solve the internal thieves of dihuomen first."


    "We''ll stop them here for the time being, and we''ll entangle them so that they don''t get away easily."


    "When the reinforcements drawn from the front line arrive, we will immediately launch a general attack and wipe out the thieves opposite in one fell swoop."


    Although Meng Zhang and aunt Jin did not personally experience the front line of the fierce battle between feihongzong and the monster army, they knew through various channels that the war was tight there, and feihongzong had gone all out.


    Now we should draw strength from there to destroy the fire gate. I''m afraid the front line of fighting with the monster army will be worse.


    I don''t know whether immortal Feiyu really made this decision through rational thinking or driven by anger.


    Of course, on the surface, this decision is still very reasonable.


    First solve the internal thieves in the endless sand sea of dihuomen, and then concentrate on dealing with foreign enemies.


    Meng Zhang was worried that because too many forces were transferred, feihongzong could not resist the monster army, resulting in the collapse of the war situation, which would be bad.


    Although he has all kinds of dissatisfaction with feihongzong and his heart is full of vigilance, Meng Zhang has to admit that feihongzong is still the backbone of the endless sand sea.


    If there is no Feihong sect in front, the Xiuzhen force of the endless sand sea can''t resist the attack of the monster army.


    As a human cultivator, Meng Zhang certainly doesn''t want to watch the monster army kill into the endless sand sea, killing and destroying wantonly here.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang is light hearted and can''t interfere with the decision-making of immortal Feiyu.


    Since immortal Feiyu has made a decision, Meng Zhang has to accept the result.


    Next, Zhao liefeng introduced the situation of dihuomen in detail for Meng Zhang.


    Which friars are there in the earth fire gate? Who is particularly difficult to deal with, and what kind of skill have they practiced.


    What are the habits and tactics of the earth fire gate friar during the war.


    ¡­¡­


    In the face of the great enemy, Zhao liefeng did not hide his secrets and gave a careful account of all the enemy''s situations.


    Zhao liefeng''s words really helped a lot. Maybe you can save the lives of many friars of Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect.

 Chapter 375

    At present, Zhao liefeng really has no selfishness, but puts all his thoughts on dealing with the enemy.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin listened to Zhao liefeng''s explanation honestly and dared not relax at all.


    After talking for a long time, Zhao liefeng finally finished all the information he knew about the earth fire gate friar.


    After hearing Zhao liefeng''s explanation, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin left.


    They left the camp of Feihong sect and returned to their flying boats.


    The two flying boats landed about ten miles away from the feihongzong camp, echoed with the feihongzong camp and faced the temporary camp of dihuomen.


    The friars of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate are arrayed around two flying boats, which can also be regarded as a temporary camp.


    Meng Zhang and aunt Jin gathered the main monks of the two sects to convey Zhao liefeng''s explanations one by one.


    Knowing yourself and the enemy is invincible in a hundred battles. Zhao liefeng did a good deed this time.


    He led the disciples of Feihong sect to fight with dihuomen for so long. He still has a certain understanding of the friars on the other side of dihuomen.


    His explanations can quickly help the friars of the two families to understand the details of the side of the dihuomen.


    Probably found the arrival of reinforcements. At the ground fire gate, which was resting, immediately ended the rest and began to mobilize people.


    The speed of the cultivator is far higher than that of mortals. On the other side of the earth fire gate, the array is soon completed, and small battle formations are advancing towards the feihongzong camp.


    This oasis has a small area and general spiritual pulse. The protection array has little effect. Therefore, since the beginning of the war, Zhao liefeng has never been unable to stand firm and will take the initiative to meet the enemy every time.


    Even if his side suffered heavy losses and obviously fell to the disadvantage, he did not change his coping strategy.


    Feihongzong disciples poured out of the oasis and divided into four arrays not far away.


    In each array, a suspended stone tablet is located in the center of the array, and the other disciples are arrayed around the stone tablet.


    This is the quadrupole town Yue array of Feihong sect, which awes the world and subdues the whole endless sand sea.


    At the beginning, Qingzhu mountain was just relying on the two Zhenyue steles eliminated by Feihong sect to set up a nondescript mountain stronghold quadrupole Zhenyue array, which shocked the major Xiuzhen sect.


    Now, Zhao liefeng, the leader of Feihong Zong war hall, personally presided over the ceremony. Using the secret method handed down by Feihong Zong''s ancestors, he sacrificed four intact Zhenyue steles and laid a complete quadrupole Zhenyue array.


    Due to limited conditions, Zhao liefeng can only set up a small quadrupole town Yue array.


    In fact, the quadrupole town Yue array has played a key role in the recent battle.


    At the beginning of the war, the number of friars in the foundation period of Feihong Zong was far less than that of the enemy, and the disciples in the Qi refining period were less than one-third of that of the enemy.


    Thanks to the war law array of quadrupole town Yue law array, Feihong Zong can support up to now with inferior strength and give heavy casualties to the enemy.


    On the other side of the dihuomen, there can only be small formations with mediocre power. Facing the professional war law array of quadrupole Zhenyue array, it clearly has an absolute strength advantage, but it can''t defeat the enemy at all.


    Relying on the advantage of the number of people, it was not easy to consume the enemy. Seeing that it was not far from victory, the enemy''s reinforcements arrived in time.


    The desperate fire gate is full of people, and they can''t turn back. There is only one way to the dark.


    Therefore, the leader Liang Feng decided to attack immediately while the enemy''s reinforcements were not stable, hoping to defeat the enemy on the spot.


    After this period of fierce fighting, there are still more than 100 disciples in the Qi refining period on the side of Feihong sect. But these hundred people, after setting up the four pole town Yue array, actually have a posture of thousands of troops.


    Meng Zhang didn''t come here to watch the play. Naturally, they couldn''t watch Zhao liefeng defeated by the enemy.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect set up a heaven and earth rotation array, and the skillful sect set up the secret tiannv scattered flower array in the sect.


    The two formations advanced and retreated together, echoed each other, and met the formation of the earthfire sect disciples.


    Meng Zhang and five other friars in the foundation period did not leave the array set by the disciples in the Qi refining period this time. But move together with the formation, advance and retreat together.


    Friar dihuomen first ran into the quadrupole town Yue array of Feihong sect, and a bloody fight broke out immediately.


    Then the formation of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate surrounded from the side and killed into the formation of dihuomen.


    A fierce war began here. The two formations of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate played a great role and put great pressure on the friars of dihuomen.


    After Meng Zhang and five other friars in the foundation period joined, feihongzong had an advantage in the number of friars in the foundation period.


    However, in terms of high-end combat power, dihuomen has three brothers, Liang Feng and Liu family, who can smooth out the shortage of monks during the foundation period.


    As for the alchemy friars, the number of earthfire friars far exceeds that of their opponents. However, the opponent has exquisite array coordination, which can give full play to all combat effectiveness and achieve more enemies with less.


    The two sides fought for most of the day and both paid a lot of casualties, but it was a tie.


    If this continues to develop, it will be another bloody war of attrition, and it will not be able to decide the outcome in three or five days.


    After the battle lasted more than half a day, the friars on both sides were exhausted and their true Qi was exhausted.


    The pill for restoring Qi and state still has erysipelas. You can''t take it continuously.


    Night is coming. Both sides are exhausted. They can only withdraw their troops reluctantly and return to the camp to rest and wait for another war in the future.


    There is no room for practitioners to play with the art of war or any tricks, that is, to fight hard in a down-to-earth manner without any tricks.


    Neither of the two sides has the leisure to play tricks such as beating around and sneaking attacks at night.


    After a night''s rest, although both sides did not fully recover, they still had to harden their heads and continue to fight.


    In this regard, the friars of taiyimen and qiaoshoumen, who have been put into the battlefield as a new force, have taken a great advantage.


    They are in better shape and more persistent. In terms of casualties, the situation is also much better.


    This day was another bloody day. After almost a day of bloody battle, everyone gathered their troops back to camp and resumed rest.


    If there is no external force involved, the two sides will continue to bleed and consume until one side''s blood runs out.


    In the evening, when the monks of both sides were resting, the reinforcements of feihongzong came again.


    The reinforcements are not the disciples of Feihong sect, but the disciples of Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect who were recruited last time.


    The brigade was still behind. Jin Qigu and Wen qiansuan took the lead and took advantage of the night to the oasis where feihongzong''s disciples were stationed.


    They met Zhao liefeng smoothly, and then Meng Zhang and aunt Jin were called over.

 Chapter 376

    Seeing Meng Zhang''s long unseen classmates, Zhao liefeng began to assign tasks before they had time to catch up.


    Tomorrow, Zhao liefeng and Meng Zhang will still lead their own men and horses to fight with the dihuomen on the battlefield.


    The reinforcements led by Wen qiansuan and others should suddenly launch a raid while the two sides are fighting.


    In this way, even if the ground fire gate side finds that the situation is wrong and wants to retreat, it is difficult to do so.


    The purpose of this battle is not to simply defeat the dihuomen army. But to annihilate the other side. Even if you can''t do this, at least you should annihilate its main force and completely eliminate the worries of feihongzong.


    Time is precious. Zhao liefeng was concise and comprehensive. He made clear the task arrangement for tomorrow in a few moments.


    As for the situation of dihuomen, he had already compiled a book and asked Wen qiansuan to take it back to convey it to the reinforcements who had not yet arrived.


    After explaining everything, Jin Qigu hurried back to meet the reinforcements still on the way.


    Wen qiansuan was left by Meng Zhang. He and aunt Jin called Shang qiansuan, found a secret place and had a simple chat.


    What Meng Zhang and aunt Jin are most concerned about is the safety of the disciples of the two sects.


    The monks of the two families who were recruited this time didn''t lose anything during the foundation building period. It''s very lucky. But during the refining period, the friar lost almost half.


    The hard-working disciples were consumed on the battlefield. Meng Zhang and aunt Jin looked very ugly.


    Of course, the disciples of the two sects did not get nothing.


    According to Wen qiansuan, monks who survived the war not only gained rich combat experience, but also made great progress in their mind.


    Meng Zhang believed what Wen qiansuan said.


    Looking at Wen Qian alone, although his face is full of wind and frost, he has become more calm. There is a little firmness between his eyebrows.


    In addition to briefly introducing the recent situation of the disciples of the two sects, Wen qiansuan also said some inside information.


    Fei hongzong sent back the recruited disciples of Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect as reinforcements, but he still made a lot of consideration.


    To ensure the total annihilation of the dihuomen army, of course, we cannot send too weak teams. The reinforcements sent should still have sufficient strength.


    Feihongzong''s own disciples are strong and have a tacit understanding, but they bear the important task of stabilizing the war situation and should not be easily transferred from the battlefield. The combat effectiveness of the monks of other forces recruited is really not as good as those of the two sects of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate.


    Moreover, Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate are neighbors of dihuomen for many years. We should know more about dihuomen.


    Therefore, after weighing up, immortal Feiyu sent the friars recruited by Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate as reinforcements.


    Immortal Feiyu gave the order to die. This time, we must destroy dihuomen and completely eliminate the worries of Feihong sect.


    After receiving the order, the disciples of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate gathered urgently, and then rushed here in a flying boat.


    After introducing the situation, Wen qiansuan should not stay for a long time. He said hello and left here to join the reinforcements still on the way.


    The reinforcements are coming. Meng Zhang and aunt Jin are very determined.


    After they returned to their camp, they told several friars during the foundation period the news of the arrival of reinforcements, which greatly boosted their morale.


    The thunder god rode alone and rushed into the dihuomen formation.


    Yang Xueyi had no choice but to lead the other Taiyi disciples to quickly follow up and join the battle.


    Almost at the same time, Jin Qigu and Jin wengbo led the skillful friars to the dihuomen camp.


    The dihuomen side, whose strength fell sharply, was soon unable to support the enemy with strong reinforcements.

 Chapter 377

    With the new reinforcements joining the war, the number of friars in the foundation period far exceeded that of their opponents, and even the gap between friars in the Qi refining period was made up.


    As the party occupying the absolute advantage, there is no problem in winning.


    However, after falling into the downwind, most of the friars on the side of the earth fire gate did not take the initiative to escape, but tried their best to find a cushion and pull the enemy on the road.


    Although the madness of the earth fire gate friars had been expected for a long time, they were still under great pressure in the face of the crazy earth fire gate friars, especially the death of several foundation building friars.


    The victory was in sight, but there was still a friar in the foundation building period who was dragged to death by the enemy.


    Jin wengbo, a skillful craftsman, was also unlucky. He was entangled by the foundation building friars of the dihuomen, and then fought with each other to die together.


    In the decisive attack launched by the dihuomen friars, the Qi refining friars of feihongzong, taiyimen and qiaoshoumen still paid heavy casualties even if they formed a Dharma array.


    The disciples of the sect are so desperate that Liang Feng, as the leader, is a little sorry to be the leader of the fire sect.


    Seeing that the war could not be reversed, he ran away and abandoned the disciples who were fighting hard, so he wanted to escape.


    Since the war, Zhao liefeng, who had been staring at him, rushed over immediately.


    But Liang Feng, who was determined to escape, would rather be attacked by Zhao liefeng and run away immediately.


    However, although he got rid of Zhao liefeng and fled the battlefield, he did not escape too far.


    Meng Zhang easily caught up with him and stopped him.


    As a monk in the later stage of foundation construction, Liang Feng was promoted by force with pills, and his accomplishments had great defects.


    Meng Zhang not only has a strong foundation, but also has mastered many wonderful skills and secrets.


    After a bloody battle, Meng Zhang showed his little magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword and killed him on the spot.


    The Liu brothers were trapped in the picture of Qingquan waterfall and made every effort to attack, which caused great pressure on Wen qiansuan, who presided over the array.


    As disciples of a large sect, they practiced excellent skills and many inherited secrets. They were also the accomplishments in the later stage of foundation building.


    After a hard attack, Wen qiansuan seemed unable to support them and had to take the initiative to release them.


    The two brothers flew out of the array and fell into despair before they could feel the joy of regaining their freedom.


    The earth fire gate friar army was defeated. Most of the friars were killed on the spot, and only a few escaped.


    Most of the friars in the foundation period who were free were waiting outside the Qingquan waterfall map.


    What about the huoyun sect, a big school of cultivation, and what about the experts in the later stage of foundation construction? In the face of the siege of nearly ten monks in the foundation construction period, they didn''t even have a chance to escape.


    Zhao liefeng really hates those guys in the dihuomen. After a complete victory, he ordered to pursue them with all his strength. He must eliminate all evils and not let anyone in the dihuomen go.


    The friars of the three families spent a lot of time chasing and killing a few escaped earth fire friars.


    After completing the task and basically annihilating the dihuomen friars, the friars of the three families took care of cleaning the battlefield, treating the wounded and recovering their vitality.


    After this war, the monks of the three families did not win easily. In addition to a lot of losses, there were also many wounded of different weights among the remaining monks.


    Although Zhao liefeng has a strong temperament and is harsh, he is not a completely inhuman person.


    Even knowing that the front line of the war between feihongzong and monsters was urgent and in urgent need of support, Zhao liefeng let everyone rest all night, recover a little, and then rush to the front line.


    Knowing that there were more difficult battles ahead, the monks of the three families were not in the mood to celebrate the victory. Everyone seize the time to meditate, regulate breathing and treat the injury.


    Meng Zhang killed Liang Feng, the leader of Dihuo sect during the day, and was also seriously injured. In the evening, he was meditating and healing. A sudden news interrupted his recovery.


    Two days ago, many monster groups rushed out of the Gobi and killed into the territory of the original golden sword gate.


    That territory is now under the control of the skillful hand gate. Many years ago, the skillful hand gate strengthened the defense here to prevent the attack of monsters in the Gobi.


    However, after receiving the call up order from Feihong sect, qiaoshoumen had to dispatch a large number of monks to respond to the call up, and then set out to fight against dihuomen this time.


    The defense of the skillful hand gate there is already very empty. It can''t resist the attack of monsters at all.


    A small number of garrison friars can only retreat while asking for help from their ally taiyimen.


    A large group of monsters drove straight into the heart of the original golden sword gate territory.


    Along the way, all human living oases and the strongholds of qiaoshoumen were easily razed to the ground and suffered the disaster of destruction.


    It''s also a skillful sect. Zheng Chao, the leader of the Taiyi sect war hall, who was lucky enough to close the gate and impact the foundation period, successfully passed the customs just a few days ago.


    Not long after Zheng Chao wiped out Lin Quan temple at Taiyi gate, he closed the door and attacked the foundation period. Roughly speaking, it has been almost more than ten years.


    The complete refining of Qi, the monk''s seclusion and breakthrough in the foundation period, regardless of success or failure, can be as short as one or two years or as long as three or five years. It is very rare to spend more than ten years.


    After Zheng Chao, Hu Jing and Tian Li, who closed the customs and broke through the foundation period, both went out before him.


    At that time, there were monks in the door. They wondered if Zheng Chao had a problem when he closed the door. He had been possessed and died in it.


    Meng Zhang also calculated with Dayan''s divine calculation at that time. Zheng Chao''s situation is that there is good luck in evil, and he is in a desperate situation.


    Therefore, he rejected the opinions of others who wanted to forcibly break through the customs and check the situation, but did not allow anyone to disturb Zheng Chao and let him continue to close the customs.


    After that, Zheng Chao did not participate in several actions of taiyimen.


    When Fei hongzong ordered Meng Zhang and other friars of Taiyi gate to attack the dihuomen during the foundation period, Zheng Chao was still closed, so he was not on the recruitment list.


    Soon after the reinforcements of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate were dispatched, Zheng Chao broke through the foundation period and successfully passed the pass.


    Soon after Zheng Chao left the pass, he received a help signal from the skillful hand gate.


    As the war hall leader of Taiyi gate, Zheng Chao acted decisively. He knew that if he didn''t block the demons on the territory of Qiaoshou gate, the demons would rush into the territory of Taiyi gate and cause greater losses at that time.


    Zheng Chao called Shi Changqing, who was in mingshafang City, and took the left behind friars of Taiyi gate, so he hurried to reinforce the skillful hand gate.


    Fortunately, they came in time. At the Mountain Gate of the original golden sword gate, with the help of a complete mountain protection array and the retreating skillful disciples, they turned away the rushing demons and beasts and blocked them temporarily.


    Fortunately, two friars in the foundation period presided over it. Only then did they reluctantly exert the power of the second-order mountain protection array and resist the impact of a large number of monsters.

 Chapter 378

    While the monsters invaded on a large scale, the guard friars of the skillful hand gate began to send out a signal for help.


    When Zheng Chao and his team went for reinforcements, they also sent special personnel to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    The second-order wind flying shuttle left by Meng Zhang in the door played a role. The disciples who asked for help drove the boat and crossed a long distance in a short time to catch up with the team led by Meng Zhang.


    After receiving the help message from his disciples, Meng Zhang was so anxious that he didn''t dare to neglect it. He immediately called aunt Jin and told her the situation.


    When the master of the skillful sect rushed, she faced the attack of monsters. Monsters had entered the territory and destroyed it wantonly. Aunt Jin was more worried than Meng Zhang.


    Together with Meng Zhang, she hurried to see Zhao liefeng.


    The foundation of the two sects is in danger. Even if they turn against Zhao liefeng, they must leave here immediately and return to help quickly.


    After Zhao liefeng met them, Meng Zhang made a long story short and made it clear in a few words what the two zongmen are facing now.


    Finally, Meng Zhang and aunt Jin both asked Zhao liefeng to let them go back to reinforce their family.


    If they can''t even protect their own clan, they have no intention to continue to fight with the monster army on the battlefield.


    Zhao liefeng pondered for a long time and looked at Meng Zhang and aunt Jin without talking.


    He knew in his heart that Meng Zhang would not lie on this issue. The monster must have invaded the two clan territories on a large scale.


    At the moment when his sect was facing a crisis of life and death, Zhao liefeng was a little worried about what irrational things Meng Zhang did.


    If Zhao liefeng strongly refuses Meng Zhang''s request, they will certainly be dissatisfied with Feihong Zong and even hate him.


    When the main force of feihongzong was still pinned down in the demon and beast army just calmed down the dihuomen, Zhao liefeng was unwilling to force Meng Zhang to go too far.


    Zhao liefeng has a hard character, but he is not a fool, let alone a person who doesn''t know how to change.


    He also had some scruples in his heart. He was afraid to tear his face and completely break with Taiyi door and skillful door.


    Zhao liefeng thought for a long time and finally let go.


    According to him, the monster army that invaded the endless sand sea was very cunning. They even knew how to sneak attack.


    These monsters invaded the territory of the skillful hand gate because they could not break through in the front battlefield, so they had to seek a breakthrough from the side.


    In the name of the leader of Feihong zongzhan hall, Zhao liefeng ordered the friars of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate to rush to Qiaoshou gate territory immediately to resist the invasion of monsters.


    They should try their best to keep the side battlefield, block the attack of monsters and reduce the pressure of the front battlefield.


    Zhao liefeng was indeed a high-level leader of Feihong sect. His words were reasonable and restrained. He neither refused Meng Zhang nor guaranteed the authority of Feihong sect, and there was no change from day to day.


    I didn''t expect that Zhao liefeng, such a strong man, would also have such flexible handling skills, which made Meng Zhang and aunt Jin look at him with a bit of admiration.


    Saving soldiers is like fighting a fire. Meng Zhang and aunt Jin didn''t say much nonsense, so they left directly.


    After returning to the camps of the two sects, at this time, the monks in the camp had learned from the disciples asking for help about the invasion of monsters and the fire in the backyard. They were worried one by one.


    The mountain gate is under threat, and many people''s parents and relatives remain near the mountain gate. In their hearts, they had no intention to continue fighting for feihongzong for a long time.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t disappoint everyone. He brought back a new order. The two zongmen returned to the rear immediately and rushed to the rear.


    The matter was urgent. Without being modest with aunt Jin, Meng Zhang directly took over the command and began to give orders to the friars of the two sects.


    The monks of the two families were divided into three parts.


    Meng Zhang and several monks in good condition during the foundation period immediately took the Yufeng flying shuttle and rushed back to reinforce as soon as possible.


    The rest of the main force, after being organized, immediately took a second-order flying boat and followed the reinforcements.


    Finally, there are a group of seriously injured disciples. They are allowed to stay here to recuperate and heal. They don''t rush back slowly until their injuries get better.


    During the war with the dihuomen during the day, most of the monks of the two sects were seriously injured, including many seriously injured.


    However, in the face of the critical situation of the invasion of zongmen territory, not only the lightly injured friars have taken the initiative to ask for compensation from the black market, but the speed is extremely fast, but the number of friars that can carry is not large.


    The shuttle body is long and narrow, and the inner space is also very narrow.


    And if you want to really give full play to the speed advantage of this flying shuttle, you''d better consume Zhongpin Lingshi.


    This time, of course, is not the time to love Lingshi. Taiyimen has developed very well in recent years, but there is not much lack of Lingshi.


    Several friars in the foundation period have many middle-grade spirit stones that can be used as the consumption of flying shuttles.


    After the Yufeng flying shuttle left, it didn''t take much time. Those friars who were not seriously injured and in good condition soon organized, boarded two second-order flying boats and embarked on the return journey.


    As for those monks who are in bad condition and seriously injured, they have to wait slowly.


    With sufficient supply of middle grade spirit stone, the flying shuttle of Yufeng was fully open, and took several friars in the foundation period to fly over a long distance.


    Fortunately, the place where I fought with the earth fire sect friar did not go too deep into the territory of Feihong sect. It was only more than 10000 li away from the territory of skillful hand sect.


    Moreover, Yufeng shuttle is famous for its speed, which is still higher than that of ordinary friars in the later stage of foundation building.


    In the later period of foundation construction, the friars could not keep flying at full speed due to the restriction of true Qi in their bodies.


    The windward flying shuttle can fly at full speed without stopping until the internal prohibition is damaged.


    On the road, the flying shuttle didn''t stop at all, and kept on driving. It took less than two days to get to the destination.


    Feisuo didn''t rush back to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, but went directly to the front line and flew to the Mountain Gate of the original golden Dao gate.


    All the monks above the flying shuttle secretly expect that the mountain guards must give their strength. The monks who rely on the awesome defense must support and must come to the reinforcements.


    When the Yufeng flying shuttle flew to the original jindaomen Mountain Gate, the situation was very critical.


    The army of monsters and beasts all over the mountain rushed to the mountain protection array like a tide.


    The periphery of the mountain protection array is full of monsters, with almost no gap.


    Although the situation was extremely dangerous, the worst result did not appear. The mountain protection array was still insisting, and the monks inside were also insisting.


    The mountain gate has not been broken, which is a blessing in misfortune.

 Chapter 379

    Running on the ground, flying in the sky, and an overwhelming army of monsters and beasts have surrounded the original Mountain Gate of Jindao gate.


    There are many monsters, and there are at least ten second-order monsters.


    Although it is said that the second-order monsters are often inferior to the friars in the foundation period, and even the excellent friars in the Qi refining period. If they cooperate with each other, they may kill the second-order monsters. But that means a single second-order monster.


    Once the second-order monster has a group and goes out with the same group, it is completely different.


    With the blessing of the power of the family group, the combat effectiveness of the second-order monster has greatly increased, often exceeding the single friars in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang looked at the monster army below, but his mind was elsewhere.


    This monster army looks terrible, but Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate can still win the battle together.


    What he was really worried about was something else.


    So many monster groups have different natures on weekdays. They are enemies and even fight endlessly. But today, they are in peace and even form an army to jointly invade Terran territory.


    In this case, the greatest possibility is that there are three-level monsters that subdue them and force them to act.


    If there is a third-order monster coming here, Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate will be dangerous.


    Of course, all this is only Meng Zhang''s guess, has not been proved, and there is no need to scare himself.


    The most important thing is that it''s so far. It''s absolutely impossible to watch monsters raging, but let them go and do nothing.


    Although the monster is attacking the mountain protection array, the form looks precarious. Several friars in the foundation period on the flying shuttle have been a little uncontrollable and eager to try.


    However, Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years and has gained more and more prestige. He hasn''t given an order yet. Naturally, no one dares to act rashly.


    Meng Zhang no longer thought much. At the command, the impatient friars in the foundation period who had been waiting on the shuttle flew away from the shuttle and killed them below.


    Meng Zhang opened the spirit beast bag and released his spirit pet.


    He has a strong intelligence in chasing electricity and can fully understand Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang ordered it to patrol the surrounding area to see if there was anything else.


    A little blackbird darted out like lightning and flew away into the distance.


    As long as there is no second-order monster who is good at flying, there should be no danger in chasing electricity.


    After releasing the chasing electricity, Meng Zhang also flew away from the shuttle and killed the demon army below.


    Although the second-order monster who commands this monster army has some wisdom, it still doesn''t seem smart enough.


    If this were an army led by human friars, it would not be foolish to stare here. I have to hit my head and blood here, but I can''t get any results.


    The simplest way is to surround here and attack fiercely. In addition, a small team is sent to sweep away the surrounding oases and strongholds, so as to expand the results as much as possible.


    If the enemy''s resistance is not strong, he can even go deeper and directly go deep into the hinterland of Qiaoshou gate and even Taiyi gate, which will turn the world upside down.


    Fortunately, the enemy we face this time is monsters. There are not so many tricks as human beings. We only know to go straight and hit hard.


    The monks in the foundation building period brought by Meng Zhang, including the thick earth God general, Wen qiansuan, Yang Xueyi, Hu Jing and Jin Qiaoer, are very powerful.


    Originally, the Thunder God also clamored to repair. After entering the later stage of foundation construction, he could finally give full play to the power of the second-order top-grade magic weapon, golden black lamp.


    When Qi was injected into the lamp, a golden black flew out of the lamp and into the group of demons and beasts.


    Wherever Jinwu passed, all demons and beasts were burned into powder and destroyed.


    Even if it is a second-order monster, as long as it is touched by Jinwu, it will immediately ignite a raging fire from its body and cannot be extinguished.


    Meng Zhang just killed a single second-order monster and cleaned up a large monster.


    When it comes to killing monsters, Meng, a monk in the later stage of foundation building, is not the biggest, but the Wen qiansuan in the early stage of foundation building.


    Wen qiansuan didn''t kill the monsters with everyone. Instead, he sacrificed broken armour knives, killed several monsters in the way, came outside the mountain protection array and shouted inside.


    The friars who presided over the formation had long found that the reinforcements had arrived. But because of Zheng Chao''s order, they dare not open the entrance of the array at this critical moment, so as not to leave the opportunity for the demon army.


    Wen Qian is the leader of the array Hall of Taiyi gate. His status is not under Zheng Chao. If you talk about the qualifications in the door, you have to surpass Zheng Chao a lot.


    One of the monks who presided over the mountain protection array happened to be a first-order array mage trained by taiyimen array hall.


    Hearing his immediate boss shouting outside, he quickly opened a small channel for the big array regardless of others.


    Wen qiansuan jumps into the channel and the channel disappears immediately.


    The monster army attacked the mountain protection array day and night, which caused great pressure on the garrison friars in the array.


    Everyone, including Zheng Chao and Shi Changqing, is exhausted. In the worst case, they are about to be evacuated by the large array, and the oil lamp is dry.


    Wen qiansuan entered the mountain protection array and immediately took over the control of the array, which relieved everyone.


    Wen qiansuan array is highly accomplished. Under his control, this mountain protection array wields great power and shows more functions.


    The dim light outside the mountain protection array lit up again, and then suddenly rose, breaking out with great power, causing great casualties to the monster army.


    For the first time, Wen qiansuan made persistent efforts, continued to control the mountain protection array, kept attacking the monster army in front, and made the monster army scattered and unable to gather smoothly.

 Chapter 380

    Under the control of Wen qiansuan, the big bursts of mountain protection have exerted great power, which is much more powerful than before.


    There are too many monster armies. Although everyone is fighting hard, they still feel invincible.


    Especially those second-order monsters, combined with the power of the family group, have caused great pressure on everyone.


    Even if the most powerful attack among the people, Meng Zhang sacrificed the golden black form of the sun true fire released by the golden black lamp, which was also blocked.


    A huge toad controls thousands of demon toad groups.


    With a big mouth, it spits out a series of green bubbles. All the demon toads spit out bubbles. Countless bubbles fly into the air and gather together to meet the sun fire released by Meng Zhang.


    I saw the sun true fire in the form of golden black one after another. As soon as it entered these bubbles, it was trapped and could not be separated.


    As more and more bubbles merged into them, the real fire of the sun began to go out.


    Meng Zhang''s face was very ugly. These demon toads could use their own talent and magic to absorb the Taiyin Qi between heaven and earth and turn it into this scene.


    In this way, the power of the sun''s true fire must be greatly reduced.


    During the rest of the foundation period, when the friars first entered the monster group, they had an unexpected advantage and gained the upper hand.


    When the monster army reacts, especially those second-order monsters, and combines the power of their own ethnic groups, it puts a lot of pressure on the friars in the foundation period, including Meng Zhang.


    There are too many monsters. Just after killing a batch, more monsters came in.


    Just relying on a few friars in the foundation period, even if they fight with their old lives, they can''t defeat this monster army.


    Wen qiansuan in the mountain protection array probably found this situation.


    He manipulated the mountain protection array again. The protective light curtain outside the mountain protection array quickly spread around after shrinking and extending.


    During the foundation building period, the monks were thoughtful people, and had more than one cooperation experience. They had a tacit understanding with each other.


    They covered each other and approached the light curtain.


    Soon, all the friars in the foundation period, including Meng Zhang, entered the light curtain of the mountain protection array.


    Then the curtain of light shrank suddenly and pulled all the friars in the foundation period into the mountain protection array.


    After they entered the mountain protection array, under the command of Wen qiansuan, they reached all the key points of the mountain protection array and began to help Wen qiansuan control the mountain protection array.


    A few friars in the foundation period are better than a hundred friars in the Qi refining period. With so many friars in the foundation period, the power of the mountain protection array is brought into full play and almost runs at full strength.


    Although the monster army continues to attack fiercely, there is no way to protect the mountain in a short time.


    The guard friars who were originally in the mountain protection array should seize the time to rest and recover.


    Strong monks like Zheng Chao, after recovering some, took the initiative to join us and bless the mountain protection array together.


    The monster army seemed tireless and was still desperately attacking the mountain protection array.


    However, after receiving strong support, the number of people has increased greatly. Everyone can take turns to rest and recover, and the combat endurance has increased greatly.


    Even if a large number of monsters attack day and night, it will be difficult to break everyone down.


    This mountain protection array has been operated by the golden sword gate for hundreds of years, and has been strengthened many times by the skillful gate in recent years, spending a lot of precious array materials.


    With the current attack strength of the monster army, even if it lasts for a year and a half, it is difficult to damage the foundation of the array.


    The monster army is also flesh and blood. It will be tired, injured and bleeding.


    This monster army has been besieged here for a long time. Now the enemy has come to the reinforcements, and the defense strength has increased significantly.


    The monster army finally stopped fighting here, but took the initiative to retreat.


    Of course, the monster army did not withdraw too far. It was just far away from the power of the mountain protection array. It still surrounded here and monitored the movement of human beings from a distance.


    The battle stopped temporarily, and all the monks in the mountain protection array were a little relieved and had a chance to breathe.


    Everyone took the time to meditate and adjust their breath, hoping to restore their combat effectiveness as soon as possible.


    After Meng Zhang recovered for a while, he felt in good condition, so he called Zheng Chao in front of him and asked about the situation during this period of time.


    What Zheng Chao said is similar to what the disciple who sent the letter said. There is no big difference.


    This time, the monster army suddenly rushed out of the Gobi and invaded the territory of the skillful hand sect. Fortunately, Zheng Chao just left the pass, so he didn''t cause much harm.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with Zheng Chao''s timely response and decisive disposal. He is worthy of being promoted by himself as the hall leader of the war hall. His sensitivity to the battlefield is really commendable.


    Zheng Chao became a friar during the foundation period and made great achievements. He was fully qualified to become a new elder of Taiyi gate.


    When he returns to the gate, Meng Zhang will appoint Zheng Chao as the elder of Taiyi gate.


    After the monster army retreated temporarily, it delayed to launch a new attack, leaving more rest time for the friars in the array.


    While there was still more time, Meng Zhang asked about the details of Zheng Chao''s foundation building.


    When Zheng Chao closed the door and built the foundation, he was limited to the conditions of taiyimen at that time, not to mention building the foundation pill, not even a small foundation pill. In his hand, there was only a pearl produced by Lingbei, which had been heated for hundreds of years.


    In the past, when Lin Quan temple was still there, the outstanding disciples of Lin Quan Temple used this kind of pearl to help build the foundation after the completion of the Qi refining period.


    Although the effect of spiritual beads in assisting foundation building is not even half of the small foundation building pill, it is always better than none.


    When Zheng Chao closed the door to attack the foundation period, because he was always belligerent, he always rushed forward and fought with all his strength on the battlefield.


    Every time he fights, he leaves a lot of injuries.


    Although these injuries have been cured, they have caused many hidden dangers to his body over time.


    When he was in the foundation period, his seemingly intact body almost collapsed because of these hidden dangers.


    Fortunately, Zheng Chao has strong willpower and solid foundation. Not only did he survive this pass, but he took advantage of this opportunity to find hidden dangers in his body and repair them one by one.


    In this way, he delayed a long time in the process of building the foundation.


    Fortunately, the spirit contained in the pearl is energetic and very pure.


    After refining the spirit beads thoroughly, Zheng Chao had enough afterforce. It took more than ten years to finally build the foundation successfully.


    It is very rare to spend such a long time in building the foundation in the cultivation world.


    Although it takes a lot more time, it also takes a lot of risks. But the benefits are also many.


    Zheng Chaozhu''s Taoist foundation is incomparably thick, which has laid a very solid foundation for the next step of cultivation.


    After repairing the hidden dangers of the body, you don''t have to spend time to consolidate your accomplishments. You can go to war directly

 Chapter 381

    Zheng Chao was originally a younger generation that Meng Zhang was very optimistic about. Now, although he has experienced twists and turns, he has succeeded in building the foundation and did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, with this experience, he became more calm and tempered.


    The monster army outside the Mountain Gate did not give the human side too much rest time.


    Less than half a day later, the monster army launched another massive attack.


    This mountain protection array is strong enough and powerful. Now that there are enough foundation building monks to preside over, we can give full play to the wonderful use of the big array.


    Monster army attacked fiercely, leaving nothing but corpses of the monsters everywhere.


    With the protection of the big array, the monks inside rely on the strength of the big array to resist the enemy. They are just a little tired and hard. They don''t even pay for casualties.


    The army of monsters that failed to attack retreated as if the tide had ebbed.


    Next, the monster army launched attacks again and again, trying to wear out the monks alive by relying on the number advantage.


    After all, a monk who presides over the Dharma array consumes a lot and is also a heavy burden on himself.


    Wen qiansuan fully presided over the formation and arranged for the monks in the mountain gate to rest and go to battle in turn.


    After several rotations, although everyone was exhausted, the true Qi could not be completely recovered. But somehow he kept the mountain gate and didn''t let the monster army break the mountain protection array.


    The spirit pet released by Meng Zhang chased the electricity. Relying on the flying speed, he toured the surrounding areas and focused on the direction of the Gobi.


    Four days later, chasing electricity flew back to the mountain gate and was successfully connected to the mountain protection array by relying on the connection between the master and lingchong.


    He brought bad news. Another army of monsters rushed out of the Gobi and came here.


    The scale of the monster army is a little smaller than the monster army in front of us, but it is still a large and powerful army.


    Of course, because there are too many monsters, the marching speed is not fast.


    According to the estimation of chasing electricity, it will take a day or two for the monster army to get here.


    After listening to the information brought back by the call, Meng Zhang was a little heavy hearted.


    Although they have the cover of the mountain protection array, the monks on the mountain have been very hard to fight against the monster army in front of them.


    If another powerful monster army joins the battlefield as a new force, the mountain protection array is really in danger of being broken.


    However, under the current situation, the people in the mountain gate can do nothing else. Only when the monster army attacks each time, summon up all efforts and kill as many monsters as possible with the help of the mountain protection array to reduce the pressure next.


    The luck of the human friars was not bad. Before the reinforced monster army arrived, the follow-up reinforcements of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate arrived first.


    The three second-order flying boats went all out day and night. It finally took less than five days to cross thousands of miles to the top of the battlefield.


    The three flying boats are commanded by the old hot aunt Jin. She did not rashly join the battlefield, but first observed it from high altitude. She found that the situation outside the mountain gate was OK and could be maintained. She was not in a hurry to join the war.


    After another wave of attack by the monster army was defeated, three second-order flying boats took advantage of the situation and entered the mountain protection array without fear and danger.


    After Wen qiansuan put the three flying boats in, he quickly closed the channel and raised the protection.


    Before the three flying boats landed, all the monks in them jumped to the ground.


    This time, not only all the foundation building monks of the two sects have arrived, but also most of the elites in the Qi refining period.


    Only a few seriously injured disciples in the Qi refining period remained behind and did not know when to start.


    When the flying boat was on its way, the friars in the flying boat seized the time, quickly treated the injury and recovered.


    Fortunately, the two sects have made sufficient preparations before going out to fight, have enough healing pills, and many therapeutic talismans.


    In less than five days, these friars who were not seriously injured basically recovered in good condition.


    Even the most seriously injured thunder god general, because as a Dharma protector God general, he is not an ordinary human, and his self-healing ability is very strong. By refining the remaining essence of Tian Lei, it has also recovered more than half.


    When the reinforcements arrived, Meng Zhang was determined.


    Now with sufficient strength, it is not only no problem to hold the mountain protection array, but even if you take the initiative, you have a great chance of winning.


    Originally, the best and safest strategy should be for everyone to rely on the mountain protection array to defend, and then take advantage of the opportunity to counterattack after repeatedly frustrating the enemy.


    However, according to the information of electricity chasing, there is another powerful monster army rushing here. Meng Zhang can''t sit idly by and watch the confluence of the two monster armies.


    After a discussion with the people, Meng Zhang decided to take the initiative to destroy the monster army in front of him before the two monster armies joined forces.


    Just when Meng Zhang mobilized the monks in the mountain gate to take the initiative to attack, it seemed that the monster army in front of him knew that the reinforcements from the human side had arrived.


    An unexpected situation happened. The monster army retreated on its own initiative.


    They retreated in the direction of another monster army.


    These monsters have very smart noses. Meng Zhang scolded.


    However, if the monster army in front of us thought it could withdraw smoothly, it would underestimate the friars of the two families.


    Under the order of Meng Zhang, the monks in the Mountain Gate took the initiative to leave the mountain gate and chased the retreating demon army from behind.


    During the Qi refining period, the friars discharged the array, moved quickly and killed them from behind.


    During the foundation period, the friars flew into the sky and kept chasing the demon army.


    There are not many flying monsters in this army of monsters. Only a second-order bald eagle leads a group of no more than two or three hundred.


    Although the second-order monsters basically have the ability to fly, if they want to use the power of the group, they must stay with the group and cannot fly away alone.


    A group of friars rushed up during the foundation building period, which was a violent bombardment, scattered part of the monster army, and then immediately retreated.


    When the rear alchemy friars arrive, we cooperate with each other to eliminate those left behind and single monsters first.


    This kind of tactics wins in safety and convenience. Your side can kill monsters without paying any price.


    And it seems that the damage to the monster army is limited, but it can make the monster army lose blood continuously. Over time, the loss of the monster army will be very considerable.


    Those second-order monsters in charge of command may not be able to react in time.


    This is like cutting meat with a blunt knife or boiling frogs in warm water, which can unknowingly bring huge casualties to the enemy.

 Chapter 382

    Meng Zhang''s adoption of this tactic does not stimulate those second-order monsters strongly. They will not rush to fight with humans.


    In this way, the friars on the human side left as soon as they touched the foundation. After breaking up the formation of monsters, they would slowly hunt and kill the fallen monsters together with the subsequent friars.


    With the organizational ability of monsters, it is the limit to overcome the contradictions between various ethnic groups, temporarily suppress nature and form such a messy army.


    It is impossible to be well-trained and retreat like a human army.


    The raid of human friars can easily cause chaos to the monster army.


    Part of the monster army will continue to retreat, part will be angered by the human friars and will stay and fight with the human friars, and some monsters will fall into chaos,.


    In particular, the last part of the monsters ran around like headless flies, not to mention stopping to fight the enemy. They trampled on each other, causing great casualties.


    Some smarter second-order monsters also found that the situation was wrong. They wanted to pursue and kill those friars during the foundation period of human beings.


    But the monster side has no air superiority. The enemy comes and goes freely, and will not be trapped by the monster at all.


    The retreat lasted for a period of time, and the monster army only walked dozens of miles, and the casualties were very considerable.


    At this time, the second-order monster in charge of command finally reacted and made a new decision.


    The monster army stopped retreating and stopped in place to deal with the attack of the human side.


    Meng Zhang and other friars in the foundation period also flew back to join the team of friars in the Qi refining period, and then slowly approached the monster army in front.


    Although the monster army doesn''t know any array, it doesn''t know any marching array.


    However, all monster groups, especially those with second-order monsters, naturally have ways to fight together.


    Their evil spirits are connected, and they display their natural magic together, which is almost a natural Dharma array.


    Meng Zhang glanced in the distance and knew that there was a bad war to be fought next.


    There were eight monks in the foundation period of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang, Hou Tu God general, Jing Lei God general, Yang Xueyi, Hu Jing, Zheng Chao, Wen qiansuan and vassal Shi Changqing.


    There are only aunt Jin, aunt Jin Qi and Jin Qiaoer over there.


    The number of eleven friars in the foundation period exceeded that of the second-order monster opposite, but not all of them were intact.


    The erysipelas in Shi Changqing''s body have not been completely discharged. Previously, they consumed a lot, and now they can''t even give full play to half of their strength. Moreover, he is good at refining pills, but he is not very good at fighting.


    Among the rest of the friars in the foundation period, several have not recovered because they have presided over the mountain protection array two days ago. There are still a few people who have not fully recovered from their injuries.


    Although it is not in perfect condition, at this time, we must attack with all our strength and fight a decisive battle with the enemy.


    At Meng Zhang''s command, except that Wen qiansuan used to organize the array of disciples in the Qi refining period, all the friars in the foundation building period should fly to the enemy first. In the later period of Qi refining, the friars formed an array and rushed over.


    After a fierce bloody battle, the monster army suffered heavy casualties and was about to lose support.


    More than three second-order monsters were killed, and many monster groups were defeated.


    At this time, the dust rolled up in the distance, and it seemed that thousands of troops were charging here.


    As the only monk in the field in the later stage of foundation building, Meng Zhang has been fighting on the battlefield with ease. He first found the movement in the distance, and then flew into the air and took a look at it.


    In the sand and dust ahead, there is a large army of monsters running towards here quickly.


    It seems that this is the monster army detected by the electricity chase.


    I didn''t expect them to come so soon.


    The present war is a critical moment. In half a day at most, the Allied forces of the two sects will be able to defeat the monster army in front of them. Then, in the pursuit of victory, the monster army was wiped out.


    But the enemy''s reinforcements came at this juncture.


    At the speed of the enemy''s reinforcements, you can get here and fight in half an hour at most.


    There was not enough time. Although he was very unwilling, Meng Zhang had to give up his easy victory and prepare to retreat.


    Meng Zhang spread the news that the enemy''s reinforcements were coming to all the foundation building friars in the field.


    Like Meng Zhang, we are unwilling to let go of this opportunity to defeat the enemy in front of us.


    But there was no way. The battle with the enemy in front of us almost exhausted all their strength. They not only consume a lot of real Qi, but also almost everyone is injured.


    If another monster army joins the battlefield as a new force, the human side will never be able to resist it.


    Everyone is sober and rational, and there is no such hot-blooded impulsive guy. Even the most belligerent thunder god general is also a veteran who knows the advance and retreat and knows the gains and losses.


    It is not easy to retreat in battle.


    To get rid of the enemy who is fighting fiercely, we should also strive to keep our own array from being destroyed and block the pursuit of the enemy


    Fortunately, first of all, the friars in the foundation period of the two zongmen are very mobile and can easily get rid of their opponents.


    Although the alchemy friars did not have the ability to fly, they were well-trained and could cover each other.


    During the foundation building period, the friar first attacked the monster army in front of him, released countless spells, and stunned the enemy.


    Then during the Qi refining period, the friar kept the formation, slowly separated from the enemy and began to retreat.


    In front of the monster army, it seems that some sensitive second-order monsters have found the arrival of their own reinforcements.


    They want to entangle the human friars and make it impossible for the human friars to retreat smoothly.


    However, during the foundation building period, the monks showed what they could and blocked them firmly so that they could not move forward.


    In the retreating Qi refining period, a lot of various talismans flew out of the friars'' array, which turned into all kinds of magic and blew up the first-order monster.


    In this way, under the command of Wen qiansuan, the monks in the Qi refining period of the two sects kept the formation in order, fought and retreated, and did not leave any opportunity for the monster.


    Seeing that the team of monks in the Qi refining period had gone far, the monks in the foundation building period got rid of their opponents and began to retreat towards the rear.


    After the bloody battle just now, the monster army in front of us was already suffering heavy casualties and exhausted.


    Although the human friars did not retreat disorderly, they were always in strict combat readiness. Especially the friars in the foundation period after the break have mastered many powerful means of killing.


    So the monster army tried to chase after him. Not only did they not achieve any results, but they paid a lot of casualties.


    At this time, the monster army completely stopped chasing, but stayed in place and waited for the meeting with the reinforcements.

 Chapter 383

    The monster army did not dare to pursue wantonly, so that the Allied forces of the two sects returned smoothly to the mountain protection array.


    The two armies of demons and beasts also joined forces smoothly to form one.


    The old enemy has not been eliminated, the new enemy has arrived again, the enemy''s strength has doubled, and everyone''s face is not good-looking.


    Meng Zhang called the friars in the foundation period of the two families to discuss.


    Now, Fei hongzong is also restrained by the demon army. Not only the power of Feihong sect itself has been fully pledged, but also the Xiuzhen power of the whole endless sand sea has been transferred most of its strength.


    Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate can''t get any help from the outside. They can only rely on their own strength to compete with the enemy in front of them.


    Of course, if feihongzong defeats the monster army first, it is possible to send reinforcements here.


    But Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who places his hope entirely on others.


    Moreover, it is still unknown whether Feihong sect can defeat the monster army.


    If you want to solve the enemy in front of you, you still have to rely on your strength.


    After the confluence of the two monster armies, the strength has greatly exceeded the alliance of the two sects.


    The two sects had no intention of fighting with the monster army.


    Now the only choice is to rely on this mountain protection array and slowly consume the enemy''s strength.


    Although the monster army in front of us is very strong, it is not strong enough to make people despair.


    After hundreds of years of operation, this mountain protection array is strong enough and stable enough to support it.


    During the foundation period, you friars have no better way. You can only stick to it after the mountain protection array.


    I hope the style of this monster army will not change. I only know how to fight outside the mountain protection array.


    Without letting the people behind the mountain protection array wait long, after the two monster armies joined forces, they moved forward and came to the outside of the mountain protection array.


    Without further delay, the monster army immediately launched a fierce attack.


    The move of the monster army made everyone breathe a sigh of relief. If the monster army bypasses here and directly attacks the hinterland of the two zongmen, it will be a great disaster.


    At that time, either the two clan allied forces leave the guard of the mountain protection array and go out to fight with the monster army, which is likely to be defeated miserably.


    Or you can only watch the monster army wreak havoc on your own territory and wantonly kill the people under your rule. We can only expect the leaders to transfer in time.


    Now the monster army attacking the mountain protection array is the most expected and the worst choice for the monster army.


    It was another fierce offensive and defensive war. The monster army paid a lot of casualties, but still failed to do anything to protect the mountain.


    After the formation, the monks took turns to fight, but they easily repulsed the attack.


    If things go on like this, I''m afraid that before the collapse of the mountain protection array, we can greatly weaken the monster army and create a chance of victory for ourselves.


    However, such a smooth situation has always made Meng Zhang feel uneasy.


    According to common sense, such a monster army should be controlled by three-level monsters before it can take shape.


    Otherwise, the second-order monsters from all ethnic groups are difficult to convince each other.


    No third-order monsters have appeared, or Meng Zhang is lucky. This army of monsters really doesn''t have the command of third-order monsters. Or the third-order monster is waiting for something.


    Meng Zhang thought left and right, but he couldn''t rest assured. As the leader of the two zongmen allied forces, he is burdened with countless expectations and destiny. He expects the enemy to be lenient and prepare for the worst in everything.


    During a rotation break, Meng Zhang tried to use Dayan divination to calculate whether there was a third-order monster command behind the monster army.


    Not surprisingly, the calculation failed.


    As a friar in the foundation period, he can''t predict the third-order monster that can compete with friars in the golden elixir period.


    However, although the calculation failed, Meng Zhang did not get nothing, but vaguely felt that the enemy in front of him was not all the enemies he would face.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and called the thunder god general.


    Among the friars in the foundation period, he flies the fastest, has rich experience and strong survivability.


    Meng Zhang called two capable Qi refining disciples and gave them the flying shuttle to resist the wind. In addition, he also summoned his spiritual pet to chase electricity.


    Meng Zhang asked Jinglei God to lead them to carefully search the nearby area to see if there were any abnormalities.


    In order to avoid causing panic and dampening everyone''s morale, Meng Zhang only secretly told Jinglei God General alone.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s instructions, Jinglei God will secretly take them and leave Taiyi gate secretly to carefully search the surrounding area to see if there are third-order monsters.


    The people in the mountain protection array are barely enough. It doesn''t matter if there is one thunder god general missing.


    Next, the monster army launched several fierce attacks on the mountain protection array, but it was always unable to break through the mountain protection array.


    The two sects had no other losses except a few disciples who were too tired.


    Time passed slowly. The enemy attacked and his own side defended. The enemy retreated and his own side took turns to rest.


    It would be nice if it could go on like this all the time. Although everyone is a little tired, at least it''s not dangerous.


    After this situation lasted five days, the thunder god secretly returned to the mountain protection array by flying shuttle against the wind.


    The thunder god will bring back a bad news to Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang''s worst guess has finally come true.


    It turned out that the Thunder God left the mountain protection array. After going outside, he divided them into three places to search the surrounding areas.


    Finally, the experienced Thunder God will be the first to find the target.


    Thousands of miles away from here, a huge third-order giant lizard has been wandering there.


    After the Thunder God found the third-order giant lizard, he immediately ran away as fast as he could.


    While the thunder god will find the third-order giant lizard, the third-order giant lizard also found him.


    The giant lizard seems to be seriously injured. It''s not in good condition, and it''s not good at flying, so it can''t stop the thunder general in time.


    Thunder God was so brave that he didn''t run away immediately. After escaping a distance and making sure that the other party didn''t catch up, he sneaked back and conducted a careful investigation.


    The giant lizard is indeed a third-order monster, and its strong strength can not be fake.


    However, there was a huge wound on the third-order giant lizard, with traces of lightning burning, and pus and blood are still flowing in the wound.


    The breath of the third-order giant lizard is also a little fluctuating. It seems that it is seriously injured and in poor physical condition.


    After the investigation, the Thunder God left secretly.


    On the way back, he joined the wind flying shuttle and chasing electricity, and rushed back here directly.

 Chapter 384

    After hearing the story of Jinglei, Meng Zhang''s face was heavy and fell into deep thinking.


    After all, the third-order monster is a third-order monster, which can compete with the golden elixir immortal.


    Even if you are seriously injured and in poor physical condition, you are not the foundation building friars of your own family who can compete.


    Moreover, according to the observation of the thunder god general, the third-order giant lizard still has at least more than half of its strength, and it can easily wipe out the friars in the foundation period.


    The means of friars in the foundation period will not cause any damage to third-order monsters.


    Now there seems to be only one choice for Meng Zhang.


    That is to immediately give up the territory of the two sects and lead the disciples to retreat quickly. Under the inevitable pursuit of the monster army, you can escape as much as you can, and as far as you can escape.


    Otherwise, it will really wait until the third-order monster comes here. The mountain protection array here is simply vulnerable and can be easily broken.


    After the monks of the two clans fled, many of the leading people in the territory had to obey their fate.


    It seems that this is the most rational and safest choice at present.


    But Meng Zhang is unwilling.


    Since I became the leader of Taiyi sect, I have worked hard for many years. I have experienced many bloody battles and infighting. It is not easy to lay this foundation and have today''s situation.


    To give up everything like this and leave home like a lost dog is really unacceptable.


    Besides, where can I find the shelter of Taiyi gate after leaving here?


    Even if it''s under the shelter of others, someone should be willing to take it in.


    After the monster army sweeps the Taiyi gate and the skillful hand gate, most of them will attack Feihong sect from behind. At that time, even Fei hongzong may not be able to resist the enemy.


    Once feihongzong is defeated, I''m afraid the whole endless sand sea will fall into the hands of monsters.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t manage the whole endless sand sea. He doesn''t have to bear these possible consequences.


    However, there is always a great reluctance in his heart.


    I really don''t want to give up everything I spent countless efforts on.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t make a decision alone. He simply took advantage of the interval of an attack by an army of monsters and beasts to call together several major friars in the foundation period and discuss them together.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, everyone was livid and shocked.


    We really did not expect that this army of monsters was the full strength of monsters. Unexpectedly, there is a third-order monster waiting behind.


    A group of friars in the foundation period faced the third-order monster. Even if the third-order monster was seriously injured, there was no chance of winning.


    The higher the cultivation level, the more difficult the challenge will be.


    We simply sum up. Before the third-order monster arrives here, we hurry to escape. It seems to be the only choice.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang, but everyone felt very unwilling.


    It''s not so easy to give up the foundation industry that skillful craftsman has worked hard for hundreds of years.


    During the foundation period of Taiyi gate, almost all monks watched the development of the sect step by step, just like watching their children grow up bit by bit.


    It is also not easy to make the decision to give up the sect and fly away.


    For a moment, everyone fell into silence.


    Meng Zhang opened his mouth again. He looked at Aunt Jin and asked very carefully, "senior, your skillful hand has been handed down for a long time. Have you left any treasures enough to resist the third-order monsters?"


    The background of the skillful hand sect is mysterious. Even Fei Hongzi dare not take it lightly. Moreover, when fighting Linquan Temple last time, aunt Jin also took out items that can resist pseudo third-order talismans.


    Meng Zhang still has expectations for Aunt Jin.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s inquiry, aunt Jin did not hesitate at all and directly replied, "leader Meng, you look up to the old woman too much. We are only a founder sect. How can we have treasures that can resist third-order monsters."


    Aunt Jin''s bitter smile didn''t seem to be lying.


    When talking to Jing Lei, Meng Zhang asked. He and the thick earth God will have no way to fight against the third-order monster.


    Jinglei God will clearly tell Meng Zhang. He and the thick earth God are far from recovering their strength. Even if they fight their old lives, they can resist the monks in the later stage of foundation construction at most. It''s too much to fight against the third-order monster.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang put his greatest hope on Aunt Jin, but got a negative answer.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s gloomy look, Jin Qiaoer hesitated for a moment, and then opened his mouth carefully.


    "I have two Yin thunder left by the elder. The elder once said that if the elder Jindan bullies me by bullying the small and bullying me by virtue of cultivation. As long as I sacrifice Yin thunder, I can teach each other a lesson."


    Jin Qiaoer didn''t say who the elder in her mouth was, but she shouldn''t be a member of the skillful sect if she can take out the Yin thunder that can hurt immortal Jindan.


    Hearing Jin Qiaoer''s words, Meng Zhang was happy. It was aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qiaoer who looked at Jin Qiaoer with blame. It was obvious that she shouldn''t take out these two Yin thunder.


    As Jin Qiaoer spoke, she took out two fist sized black balls.


    The experienced Thunder God just looked at it and said, "the friar refining these two Yin thunders must have at least the cultivation achievement in the middle of the golden elixir. The explosion of these two Yin thunders can indeed make ordinary golden elixir immortal disheartened and even slightly injured. But it''s much worse to defeat the third-order monster by these two Yin lightning strikes."


    The thunder god general had the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir period, and his judgment should be credible.


    After waiting for a while, seeing that the people around didn''t speak, Yang Xueyi spoke slowly.


    "I have a talisman left by the elder Jindan of Zijin sect in my hand. After years of hard cultivation, I barely understood the mystery."


    "As long as there are six friars in the foundation period, they can reluctantly urge this talisman. With the power of this talisman, they should be able to compete with third-order monsters."


    While talking, Yang Xueyi took out the bamboo slip handed down by Yang''s ancestors.


    This treasure led to the destruction of the Yang family. After falling into the hands of qingzhuzi, the leader of Qingzhu mountain, it was recovered by Yang Xueyi.


    The thunder god will pick up this bamboo slip, discuss it with the thick earth God, and then say, "if six monks in the later stage of foundation construction and activate the talisman at the same time, they can compete with the third-order monster."


    Among the monks of the two clans, only Meng Zhang was in the later stage of foundation building. Where can we find six monks in the later stage of foundation building.


    "If we urge this talisman, we don''t know how long we can last, let alone whether we can repel the third-order monster."


    "Between success and failure, we have at most 20% chance." Jinglei God will continue to say and give his own judgment.


    The crowd fell into silence again, and no one spoke for a long time.


    It is not so easy to make the choice of war or going.

 Chapter 385

    Thousands of miles away from the original Mountain Gate of jindaomen, a giant lizard is crawling slowly on the ground.


    Around it, there are no other third-order monsters with a large number of fellow monsters to serve.


    The giant lizard demon will also be the overlord of the Gobi. He has been in the Gobi for many years before taking refuge in the lion demon general.


    The giant lizard population under it is large and powerful.


    After being injured by immortal Feishi''s talisman last time, he was seriously injured and could not recover for a long time. Even when the lion demon will mobilize Gobi monsters to launch a large-scale aggression against the endless sand sea, it has to avoid the war temporarily so as not to affect the healing of the injury.


    It''s like human beings hunt monsters and use their skin, blood and flesh. The flesh of human friars also plays a great role in monsters.


    It is said that if you swallow a lot of human friars'' flesh and blood, you can enhance the potential of monsters, heal injuries and improve cultivation.


    Therefore, there is an irreconcilable situation between monsters and humans, not just competing for living space. But regarded each other as a panacea, natural materials and earth treasures.


    The giant lizard demon, who had been injured for a long time, thought of swallowing human flesh and blood to treat the injury.


    Most third-order monsters are no less intelligent than ordinary humans.


    The Dragon demon will still have a certain understanding of the current situation in the endless sand sea.


    Fei hongzong was trapped in the front battlefield, and the rest of the endless sand sea seemed very empty.


    There are many places bordering the Gobi and endless sand sea, and there are many places that can avoid feihongzong and invade on a large scale.


    The territory on the side of the skillful hand gate was thus selected by the Dragon demon, which became a breakthrough.


    The Dragon demon will kill here, devour a large number of human friars'' flesh and blood, and recover its own injury.


    As a third-order monster, the Dragon demon will not only rule its own ethnic group, but also command other monster ethnic groups.


    The Dragon demon will send its own ethnic groups to lead other monster ethnic groups to invade the territory of the skillful hand sect.


    Among the Dragon demon group, there are more than five second-order lizards alone, and countless first-order lizards.


    The Dragon demon will not be interested in mortals, but the flesh and blood of the cultivator.


    Although thousands of miles away, the Dragon demon will always pay attention to the situation ahead and give orders from time to time.


    It hid behind the monster army and split the monster army into two. It was worried that the revealed strength was too strong and scared away all human friars.


    All the actions of the monster army after entering here are just for one purpose, that is, to attract and entangle human friars as much as possible.


    It''s best to let the Dragon demon catch all these friars, so that it won''t have to hunt down human friars all over the world to find the source of blood and flesh.


    Originally, the Dragon demon was going to wait for a long time, hoping to attract more human friars here.


    As for how many monster lives will be lost in this process, it doesn''t care at all.


    As long as it can heal its wounds, even its own ethnic groups are willing to sacrifice a lot.


    Yesterday, the human friar seemed to find himself and recognized his level.


    If you continue to wait slowly behind, I''m afraid the human friar side has begun to escape.


    At this time, I don''t care if I will surprise the human friars. After some headache thinking, the giant lizard demon will begin to slowly rush to the original Mountain Gate of the golden knife gate.


    As long as it gets there, it can easily break through the mountain protection array of human friars, lead many monsters and directly kill the enemy''s Mountain Gate.


    The Dragon demon thought of this, and involuntarily accelerated the pace of progress.


    Its huge size, the flight speed is not fast, but also seriously injured, which further affects the state of the body.


    The Dragon demon will be too lazy to fly to the sky, but run all the way on the ground and rush to the destination.


    The giant lizard demon will run out less than 100 miles. In the high sky, six friars in the foundation period fell from high altitude, reduced their flying altitude and flew directly towards it.


    After a simple glance, the giant lizard demon made a disdainful expression about the very humanized.


    Just a few little friars in the foundation period, even if the number is a little more, they are vulnerable.


    When food is delivered to the door, the Dragon demon will be in a good mood.


    He decided to eat such clever food one mouthful at a time without wasting it at all.


    Yang Xueyi flew in front. She stretched out her right hand and threw the bamboo slips into the air.


    The bamboo slips disappeared in the air, and then six small bamboo forests appeared.


    These six small bamboo forests float in the air and surround the giant lizard demon.


    Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang, general Jinglei, general Houtu, aunt Jin and Jin Qiaoer flew into a bamboo forest.


    With the blessing of bamboo forest, the six friars in the foundation period greatly increased their strength and jointly launched a fierce attack on the Dragon demon.


    I saw a strong wind sweeping through the sky, flames in full bloom, thunder snakes running around and making loud noises.


    Yang Xueyi''s talisman, which is inherited from the golden elixir immortal of Zijin sect, will shine again after hundreds of years, which will bring great pressure to the Dragon demon.


    The Dragon demon will keep roaring, collide left and right, rush left and right, and resist the siege of the people.


    It was a tough battle and a severe test for every friar.


    Before leaving, aunt Jin took out six perfect tonic pills handed down by the ancestors of the skillful sect.


    After taking the medicine, the six friars in the foundation building period immediately recovered from their injuries and recovered to a good state.


    Although aunt Jin has some doubts about Meng Zhang''s decision to take the initiative. But really on the battlefield, she put everything aside, took out all her strength and threw herself into the battle.


    If this talisman falls into the hands of Jindan immortal, it can suppress the third-order inferior monster. But now there are only six friars in the foundation period, who can only reluctantly activate the talisman.


    Even so, it still caused great damage to the Dragon demon and overwhelmed it.


    The two sides fought fiercely day and night. Fight from night to dawn, and from dawn to night.


    Finally, the Dragon demon will forcibly break three bamboo forests at the cost of serious injury.


    The thick earth God general, the thunder god general and aunt Jin were all badly hurt.


    Seeing that the Dragon demon is about to break the bamboo forest where Jin Qiaoer is located, aunt Jin uses the secret method to forcibly suppress the injury and temporarily improve her cultivation.


    She was originally the peak cultivation in the middle of foundation building. She abruptly promoted her cultivation to the later stage of foundation building, and had a hard collision with the Dragon demon in the future.


    Aunt Jin died without a whole body and her body was torn apart.


    Jin Qiaoer held back her grief and seized the opportunity to sacrifice two Yin thunder, which blinded the eyes of the Dragon demon general.


    Finally, Meng Zhang made up the last blow. With all his strength, he sacrificed the golden and black lamps, released the true fire of the sun, burned the head of the giant lizard demon alive, and took its life.


    They risked their lives and finally killed the Dragon demon.

 Chapter 386

    At that time, when people were discussing before the war, they heard that in the face of third-order monsters, the chance of winning was very small. This judgment did not discourage people.


    Among the people present, except aunt Jin, the other monks were not very old and had a somewhat unyielding attitude.


    The thunder god general and the thick earth God general were once the golden elixirs. Even if they were down today, they still had some pride in the past. Facing a third-order monster, he despises each other at least psychologically.


    In particular, several young friars of taiyimen are very angry. They are absolutely unwilling to escape without fighting.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time before making the final choice.


    You can''t be such a pussy. Before the enemy came, your family ran away.


    It is conceivable that taiyimen will face many challenges and more powerful enemies in the future. It''s hard to escape. You have to escape every time. You don''t even have the courage to try?


    Even if you have only one chance to win, you should try your best and fight hard.


    If a sect always counsels and indulges, how can it compete with its opponents in the cultivation world in the future?


    Meng Zhang decided to fight with the third-order monster first. If it is really irresistible, then consider the withdrawal.


    Always try your best, so that you won''t leave regret.


    Now that we have decided to compete with the third-order monster, we must of course consider how we can use our strengths and attack the enemy''s weaknesses to give full play to our own advantages.


    Finally, we discussed a bold tactic.


    A small number of foundational monks are left in the mountain gate to lead the disciples in the Qi refining period to guard the mountain gate.


    Choose the six strongest friars in the foundation period, the talisman of the imperial envoy Yang Xueyi, and take the initiative to fight against the third-order monster.


    In addition to their own strength, the third-order monster has a strong command over its monster army.


    As long as the third-order monster appears in the monster army, even if it doesn''t fight directly, the monster army will greatly increase its combat effectiveness and become more difficult to deal with.


    Therefore, it must not be allowed to merge with the monster army.


    Since it is still thousands of miles away, we must seize its single fighter and beat it back first.


    So Meng Zhang and six other friars in the foundation period secretly left the mountain gate, boldly attacked and took the initiative to find the third-order monster.


    The result was surprisingly good. I thought it would be good to defeat the third-order monster. I killed it on the spot and completely removed this great trouble.


    Of course, it was an accident and a tragedy for Aunt Jin to die on the spot.


    The closest elder died in front of him. Even if Jin Qiaoer was a friar in the foundation period, he still almost collapsed.


    She carefully restrained aunt Jin''s body and kept it carefully.


    After a little recovery, although he felt that it might be a little inhuman, Meng Zhang could only harden his head and prepare to ask everyone to leave and urgently return to the mountain gate when he thought of his comrades in arms who were still struggling to support after the mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang was going to leave Jin Qiaoer, but Jin Qiaoer showed a firm side of her character at this time. Her tears didn''t dry, so she was going to continue to fight.


    Maybe the fierce battle can dispel the sadness in her heart. Meng Zhang thought.


    So he left the God of thick earth and the God of thunder, who were most seriously injured, and the other three returned with him.


    On weekdays, third-order monsters are rare in the endless sand sea. Except entering the Gobi, there is basically no trace of third-order monsters in other places.


    The third-order monster is full of treasure, flesh, blood and fur, which plays a great role.


    Flesh and blood can make all kinds of precious spiritual meals, and fur can make three-level runes


    In particular, the demon pill of the third-order monster is the most precious. It can be used as the main medicine to refine the foundation pill.


    If you use the demon pill of the third-order monster as the main medicine, the requirements for other auxiliary drugs are not too high. With the ability of taiyimen, you can also collect complete information.


    When Shi Changqing recovers from his injury and completely discharges erysipelas, he can open the furnace to refine pills.


    Qiaoshoumen lost aunt Jin this time. Although Jin Qiaoer didn''t mention the booty, they made great efforts.


    Meng Zhang can generally maintain justice in his life. When the Jidan is successfully refined, he will naturally compensate the skilled craftsman.


    Meng Zhang was about to leave. There were bursts of changes in the spirit beast bag he carried.


    He opened the spirit beast bag, two spirit pets chased electricity and glass, and jumped out at once.


    The two little guys looked at the giant lizard demon''s huge body and obviously hesitated.


    The third-order monster who has just died still remains a huge threat. It has a strong shock to the creatures at this level of two little guys.


    Meng Zhang said with a smile: "don''t you have a lot of courage on weekdays? How can you advise now? In the face of a corpse, you don''t have any courage."


    The two little guys are very smart and fully understand Meng Zhang''s meaning.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, the two unyielding little guys shouted angrily, boldly jumped on the body of the Dragon demon general and began to eat it.


    The flesh and blood of the third-order monster is a rare tonic for a low-level spirit beast like them.


    The God of thick earth and the God of thunder will look after them here, and don''t worry about their accidents.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang took a little effort to cut off the thick tongue of the third-order monster.


    Meng Zhang no longer delayed, took Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer, and hurried back quickly.


    When they arrived, because they had not left for a long time, the monster army did not find any abnormalities, and still attacked according to the original rhythm.


    All of a sudden, most of the combat effectiveness was lost. The monks behind the mountain protection array supported very hard.


    In such a short period of time, many monks in the Qi refining period have completely lost their strength, collapsed to the ground and couldn''t move.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t come back in time, I''m afraid some monks would have been drained by the mountain protection array and died here.


    In fact, Meng Zhang was equally exhausted, and most of his Qi was consumed.


    However, the three are all friars in the foundation period after all. After joining the defense with strong spirit, the other friars feel much less pressure. Some friars who were running out of oil and their lamps were dying, and finally had a chance to breathe.


    There is often a mysterious connection between the third-order monster and its subordinate monster groups.


    Shortly after the Dragon demon died, several second-order dragon lizards in the demon army in front seemed to have an induction.


    If it is any other monster, the third-order monster that controls his own family dies, most of them may flee immediately in fear and flee here far away.


    But the giant lizard is a monster with simple mind and rough character. It never plays cards according to common sense.


    After sensing the death of the Dragon demon, all the second-order lizards suddenly became violent.


    The crazy giant lizard sent out bursts of angry roars among the monster army, and began to drive his monster group to attack the mountain protection array desperately.

 Chapter 387

    Due to the relationship between the third-order monster lizard demon generals who command this monster army, the dragon lizard group under it has a special status and strong authority among the monster army.


    When the Dragon demon will be gone, these second-order dragon dragons will lead the demon army instead of it.


    Therefore, when all the second-order giant lizards went crazy and led the group to attack the mountain protection array desperately. The whole monster army was also forcibly driven and frantically rushed to the mountain protection army.


    Even other monster groups did not dare to disobey orders. They only rushed up and tried their best.


    The crazy attack of the monster army brought great pressure to the mountain protection array, which made the whole array a little unable to support.


    Wen qiansuan, who is in charge of the formation, sent a message to Meng Zhang and told him that if this continued, the mountain protection formation could last up to half an hour.


    If you lose the protection of the mountain protection array and the monks of the two sects face the monster army, you will definitely lose.


    Meng Zhang quickly asked Wen qiansuan if there were any countermeasures.


    Wen qiansuan soon gave the answer. You can deliberately let go of several channels in and out of the mountain protection array. As a result of habit, most of the monster army will pour in from the channel and will not attack other parts of the array with all its strength.


    Gather monks at the end of the three channels and let them block the impact of monsters with the blessing of the power of the big array.


    After listening to Wen qiansuan''s countermeasures, Meng Zhang just considered it a little and decided to act accordingly.


    After some tense arrangement, Wen qiansuan took the initiative to open the channel of the mountain protection array.


    There are three channels, which can pass through the mountain protection array and directly enter the interior.


    The sharp monster army immediately noticed this change. They thought that the human friars could not support it at last.


    Therefore, the monster army was divided into three groups and killed into three channels respectively.


    The crazy influx of demons and beasts blocked the three channels and almost trampled on each other.


    The passage from the foot of the mountain to the mountainside is not very long, but seven or eight miles.


    At the speed of the monster army, he soon rushed to the end.


    At the end of the passage, the friars of the three families were already in full readiness.


    At the command, countless talismans were shot at the rushing army of monsters.


    Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate are both rich in the endless sand sea. They are very willing to spend money when arming their own family.


    On weekdays, the two sects have accumulated a lot of talismans, pills and so on. Meng Zhang has also been to Dafeng City several times and made big purchases there.


    Especially after the war between Feihong sect and monster army, the two sects made every effort to prepare for the war and strive to accumulate all kinds of war materials.


    The war with dihuomen consumed a large part. Those friars who were temporarily transferred back from the front did not have much supplies.


    However, with the accumulation of two sects, we can still cope with one or two wars.


    A burst of indiscriminate bombardment of talismans finally blocked the pace of the impact of the monster army.


    However, the army of demons and beasts is endless, and people can hardly see the end.


    Releasing the talisman only needs to consume a little Qi, but a little makes a lot. After releasing the Qi for many times in a row, the true Qi in the monks is about to be consumed.


    From time to time, several monks had to be dragged down for treatment because they swallowed too many pills to restore their Qi in a short time.


    Many monsters have died, but more monsters immediately fill the gap, step on the body in front and continue to attack.


    Although with the blessing of the power of the great array, the monks recovered faster, they felt unable to support this situation.


    Seeing another wave of monsters rush over, many friars have collapsed to the ground and can''t resist it.


    A group of black puppets rushed out from behind the monks and took the initiative to meet the rushing army of monsters.


    Since he came into contact with the merchants of qiqiaozong in Dafeng City, Meng Zhang bought a large number of puppets.


    And because of the guarantee of the ancient moon and the butterfly, as long as the Taiyi gate can afford the spirit stone, the first-order and second-order puppets can be purchased at will.


    After the puppet bought by Meng Zhang was sent back to Taiyi gate, it was very popular with the disciples of the gate.


    Let''s not talk about those puppets with various functions. Just those combat puppets can improve their disciples'' actual combat ability by adding exercises on the test field.


    After finding that the puppet was unexpectedly easy to use, when the spirit stone of taiyimen became rich, Meng Zhang bought it from Dafeng City several times.


    Among the taiyimen, there are more than ten second-order puppets and hundreds of first-order puppets.


    These puppets are not flesh and blood. They are not afraid of fear, nor are they greedy for life and afraid of death. They will only follow the pre-set instructions, rush up and fight the enemy tirelessly.


    These puppets are slow and inflexible. They only know to act mechanically according to the set instructions.


    If it is in an open place, these puppets will slowly expose these defects.


    But in the narrow passage, both sides are a little unable to exert themselves. All the puppets are straight forward, just a few moves over and over, but they are surprisingly easy to use.


    Puppets and monsters fought bloody battles, with countless casualties on both sides.


    However, even if the puppet lacks arms and legs, or even most of his body is destroyed, as long as the core is not damaged, he will continue to fight the enemy. Even if it is rolling, it will take the initiative to meet the enemy.


    After all, the monster army is still a body of flesh and blood. In the face of huge casualties, it will still feel cold to see the flesh and blood everywhere.


    Puppets are easy to use, but they are too expensive. And driving the puppet also costs a lot of spirit stones.


    However, compared with the loss of his own disciples, Meng Zhang felt it was worth it even if he used up the last spirit stone in the library.


    After the initial madness, many monsters calmed down and instinctively felt afraid.


    In particular, under the cover of others, Meng Zhang burst into the monster group, sacrificed golden and black lanterns, and killed two second-order giant lizards.


    Then Meng Zhang flew up into the air, took out the tongue of the third-order giant lizard and waved it in front of many monsters.


    Even the tongue was cut off by human friars, and the end of the Dragon demon can be imagined.


    Moreover, the tongue is still fresh. The smell of the Dragon demon on it is still strong. Obviously, it can''t be fake.


    Several rational second-order monsters began to retreat with their own ethnic groups.


    The giant lizard group suffered heavy losses because of the second-order giant lizard, and was unable to suppress other monster groups.


    Without the third-order giant lizards, they naturally lost the power to command other monster groups.


    As soon as several monster groups retreated, the monster army could no longer remain intact.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and led the friars of the two sects to launch a counterattack, which soon defeated the demons still fighting.


    At this moment, the whole monster army was unable to support, and began to retreat back like a tide.

 Chapter 388

    Seeing the demon and beast army retreat, even if their own side is exhausted, under the leadership of Meng Zhang, all active monks summon up their remaining courage, rise up and pursue the enemy with all their strength.


    Pursuing the enemy when he retreats can cost the least and reap the greatest results.


    In many cases, only in pursuit can we cause the greatest damage to the enemy.


    However, although the monster army was defeated, its strength still existed, and people didn''t dare to chase it out too far. Just drive out the demons and beasts and keep them away from the mountain protection array. Then stop the pursuit and stop for the time being.


    They returned to the mountain protection array to heal their injuries, cultivate themselves and regulate their breath. For the time being, they were unable to launch a large-scale attack.


    After the monster army was far away from the mountain protection array, civil strife soon occurred.


    There are many contradictions between these monster groups. Now there is no third-order monster to suppress overhead, and all kinds of contradictions accumulated in weekdays broke out immediately.


    In particular, the giant lizard ethnic group, relying on the power of the giant lizard demon general, does not bully other ethnic groups.


    The oppressed monster group did not dare to resist, but only endured silently.


    At present, the giant lizard ethnic group has lost its strength because of Meng Zhang''s key attack. It is not only unable to continue to rule other ethnic groups, but also a little difficult to keep itself.


    Those ethnic groups who have long had a grudge against the giant lizard ethnic group are almost about to turn over and start fighting.


    Fortunately, although the second-order monster does not have the wisdom of human friars, it still has some intelligence. It is not stupid and hopeless.


    The great enemy of human friars is still eyeing. In the end, they did not break out internal strife, but forcibly suppressed the impulse.


    The third-order monsters have died, and the army of monsters is no longer ready to fight.


    In particular, some slightly clever monsters, thinking that humans can kill the Dragon demon general, their strength must be more than that in front of them.


    They rushed away with their own ethnic groups and rushed back to the Gobi like running for their lives.


    Under the leadership of these monster groups, most of them left with them.


    In this way, a powerful army of monsters fell apart.


    Most of the monster groups fled back to the Gobi, and a small number of monster groups scattered and disappeared. A very small number of monster groups, including the giant lizard group, are not willing to stay in place.


    After a period of recuperation, the monks in the mountain protection array recovered some strength. Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, they killed again from the mountain protection array and directly began to attack the demon and beast groups still staying nearby.


    The strength of this small group of monsters is not strong. In the face of the attack of human friars, they can''t even escape. Almost all of them were killed on the spot.


    The mountain gate was liberated, and the war with the monster army was a preliminary victory.


    Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate consumed a lot of materials. Aunt Jin died in the middle of foundation building, and many disciples in the Qi refining period were consumed alive.


    Such a loss makes both families very sad. Especially when Aunt Jin died in the war, the skillful hand door can be regarded as breaking the muscles and bones.


    Of course, the loss is huge, and the harvest is even greater. Not to mention the corpse of the third-order giant lizard, there are thick layers of monster corpses around the mountain protection array.


    The corpse of a monster is a precious cultivation resource, which can be used in many aspects of cultivation.


    In the past, in the barren endless sand sea, there had never been so many demon carcasses at one time.


    Just clean the battlefield carefully and recover the material losses of the two sects from these monsters.


    It is not easy to clean up the huge number of demon carcasses.


    Moreover, how to divide the corpses of monsters and how to skin and bone them is a knowledge. Related to the value of the booty of the final harvest.


    Meng Zhang selected several monks who were in good condition during the foundation period. Led by him, he continued to pursue the fleeing monster group.


    The rest of the monks, while cleaning the battlefield, seize the time to rest and strive to recover their strength as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang led several friars during the foundation period to fly out. Not far away, he saw the evacuating demon and beast group.


    There are a large number of monsters. They are really powerful when attacking. But when retreating, it becomes a burden and slows down the speed of retreat.


    Meng Zhang and others are not in a hurry to fight with the monster group, but slowly weaken the enemy, just like peeling onions. From the outside, peel off the monster group layer by layer.


    When a monster group was almost weakened, several friars in the foundation period rushed up and directly wiped out the whole group.


    With flexible tactics, Meng Zhang and others soon achieved great results.


    They didn''t stop attacking until they consumed more than half of their true Qi and were exhausted. They flew back to have a rest.


    Next, the two monks were busy.


    We should not only clean the battlefield and cut the useful parts of the monster''s body, but also hunt down the escaped monster and try to leave them.


    In particular, those well preserved monster groups have become the focus of Meng Zhang''s attack.


    He led the disciples of the two sects to weaken and disperse the demon and beast groups and reduce their harm.


    There are too many monsters. Meng Zhang can''t take care of the monsters that escape in all directions. His main energy now is still on chasing and killing large groups of monsters.


    Monsters are not all fools, and some flying monsters are very fast, and it is slippery to escape.


    Many monsters fled along the original road, directly into the Gobi, and went deeper and deeper.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to go too deep into the Gobi to avoid meeting other monster strongmen.


    If there is another third-order monster, Meng Zhang and others can''t resist it.


    The Dragon demon gave Meng Zhang and others an opportunity because he was seriously injured and his strength was far inferior to that in his heyday.


    If the giant lizard demon has good strength, Meng Zhang and others can''t do anything about it even if they do their best.


    After driving the main force of the remaining monsters into the depths of the Gobi, the friars of the two sects had the energy to slowly pursue the monsters who fled.


    These monsters are numerous and scattered. Some fast-moving have left the territory of skillful hand gate and entered the territory of Taiyi gate.


    It is conceivable that these monsters will bring great trouble to the territory of the two families for a long time to come. The elimination of these monsters will also be the next main work of the two sects.


    The thick earth God and the thunder god will deal with the body of the Dragon demon general, recover slightly, and take the initiative to come back.


    The two little guys, Zhui Dian and Liu Li, ate too much and swallowed too many flesh and blood of third-order monsters. They fell into a deep sleep and were brought back by the two gods.


    Meng Zhang carefully collected the two little guys and continued to be busy.


    After paying a huge price, he finally defeated the monster army. There are many troublesome things waiting for Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 389

    After defeating the monster army, the friars of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate worked hard for a whole month to clean up the battlefield, and basically cleaned up all the monsters on the two territories.


    Even though everyone has made great efforts, there are still many small demons running on the territory of the two sects, and even fled to the surrounding areas.


    As for the single monster, the number is even more.


    These monsters are a great security risk to the nearby oasis. Mortals and even low-level friars are mortally threatened by monsters.


    The disciples of the two sects alone can''t clean up such a vast territory overnight.


    In mingshafang city and huojingfang City, there have been a lot of scattered repairs.


    The two sects offered a reward to encourage these scattered practitioners to join the team of encircling and suppressing fleeing monsters.


    Killing monsters can reap booty, and there are rewards for two sects. Why not do this.


    Therefore, teams of scattered repairmen left the square city one after another and went to the nearby area to hunt and kill all kinds of monsters.


    Originally, according to Zhao liefeng''s order, after Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate defeated the invading monster army, the two sects should immediately rush to the front line and join the battle between Feihong sect and monster army.


    However, the friars of one or two families did suffer heavy losses and were exhausted. After such a long rest, they did not recover.


    Second, after two bloody battles in a row, Meng Zhang and others also had the idea of avoiding the war and were unwilling to go to the battlefield to fight for feihongzong.


    So Meng Zhang tried his best to delay time and didn''t go to the front line for a long time.


    There is no need to make up excuses. They are ready-made.


    There are many monster groups that have not evacuated and are still facing off with the friars of the two sects.


    A large number of monsters have rushed into the territory of the two sects and wreaked havoc everywhere, causing great losses to the two sects. The two sects need to spend a lot of time and energy to eliminate these monsters.


    In a word, both Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate are involved by monsters. They have no time to separate and are unable to support the front line.


    While Meng Zhang was still trying to delay time and was unwilling to go to the front line to fight with the monster army. In the front line of the battle between feihongzong and the monster army, the situation has changed.


    In a sudden bloody battle, under the cover of others, the flying general killed the third-order Python at the cost of serious injury.


    The lion demon had received the news that the Dragon demon would die before. Now he lost a third-order monster and began to retreat.


    The monster army invaded the endless sand sea and fought with feihongzong for so long without much success. However, the monster army suffered heavy losses and lost a lot of strength.


    In the Gobi, the lion demon will not have no enemies. If we lose too much here, I''m afraid it will give the enemy a chance to take advantage of it.


    After another setback, the lion demon will finally decide to withdraw.


    The monster army retreated quickly like the ebb tide.


    Due to the command and command of several third-order monster beasts, even if the monster army retreated, it did not appear chaotic and did not leave a chance for friar Feihong to pursue.


    Seeing that the enemy has no flaws, but his own side has suffered heavy losses and is exhausted. Therefore, the high level of Feihong sect can only watch the monster army retreat, but it is unable to launch a pursuit.


    But anyway, as soon as the monster army retreated, peace was restored on the front line, and Feihong Zong could finally free his hand.


    After the monster army retreated, immortal Xianghe and immortal Yunhe ignored the enthusiasm of immortal Feiyu and accepted the remaining reward before they left.


    It''s past to help Feihong Zong fight against the monster army, but if you continue to stay and help Feihong Zong deal with huoyun sect, it''s absolutely impossible.


    Although there are many contradictions within Jiuqu League, and we even want to eat meat and sleep with the enemy, we are still allies in front of outsiders, and we must not easily break out internal strife.


    After immortal Yunhe and immortal Xianghe left, the flying general had to close the door to heal because he was seriously injured. Only immortal Feiyu is left to support the overall situation on the front line.


    Although the monster army has retreated, he doesn''t dare to leave here easily.


    If the monster army kills a horse returning gun, he can resist it more or less.


    Near the Mountain Gate of feihongzong, after a long time of entanglement, the six Golden elixirs could not help each other and had to fall into a long confrontation.


    In this way, the six kept in touch with each other and waited for each other to reveal their flaws at any time.


    After the monster army retreated, the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect knew that the opportunity had passed. They simply disengaged and flew away from the place.


    The two golden elixirs of the Qi family have no intention of pursuing at all, while immortal Feishi can''t fight alone. He can only watch the great enemy who destroyed the mountain gate and leave so easily.


    In this way, the war in the endless sand sea is over, which is a temporary truce.


    In the desert not too far from the border between huoyun sect and Feihong sect, immortal Jinli, who has been wandering here, was finally relieved after receiving the news of the armistice in the rear.


    She took out a scroll and shook it. The scroll spread out, revealing a picture with thousands of miles of yellow sand. In the boundless yellow sand, you can see some small black spots in human shape, walking around inside.


    Immortal Jinli unfolded the whole painting in the air, and then cast a spell to sacrifice.


    After a while, the huoyun sect disciple who had been trapped in the painting for many days just felt a flower in front of him, changed the world and returned to the outside.


    Inexplicably, the disciples of huoyun sect trapped in the painting tried their best and used all kinds of means during this trapped time, but they couldn''t get out of the trap.


    These disciples from big schools have poor accomplishments, but they have extraordinary knowledge. They soon realized that they were trapped in an independent small world by means of heaven and earth in their sleeves and heaven and earth in their hands.


    On this expedition, huoyun sect disciples brought all kinds of supplies, and the survivability of practitioners was already very strong.


    So after being trapped for so long, these friars were not hurt except a little depressed.


    After getting out of trouble, the disciples of huoyun sect knew that they met an expert who could not resist. So I didn''t dare to stay in place at all, but ran for my life and escaped back to huoyun sect as fast as possible.


    Seeing the fire cloud sect friar escape, immortal Jinli was also relieved.


    These friars really want to stay here and even move on. She has no good way to stop them.


    It''s the limit to trap them with the yellow sand ten thousand mile map. Continue to play the side ball, regardless of face, I''m afraid I don''t have good fruit to eat.

 Chapter 390

    The friar of huoyun sect retreated voluntarily, which was the best result for immortal Jinli.


    Immortal Jinli looked at the distance, sighed, and soon left here.


    What happened here has not yet reached Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang, who stayed in his own territory, was relieved after receiving the news that the monster army had retreated and peace had been restored on the front line.


    Not only him, almost all the friars of the two sects of Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate were deeply relieved, and then they were overwhelmed by ecstasy.


    Finally, I don''t have to be summoned by Feihong Zong to go to the front and fight with the demon and beast army.


    In this war, Taiyi sect and skillful sect fought a series of bloody battles, with heavy losses, but the harvest was not small.


    Not to mention the harvest of so many demon carcasses, it is the captured land fire gate territory, which is a huge harvest.


    Although Fei hongzong repelled the invasion of the monster army, he also suffered heavy losses, and even the mountain gate was destroyed.


    Now feihongzong is busy recovering his strength and rebuilding the mountain gate. He doesn''t care about anything else at all.


    The earth fire gate is too far away from Feihong sect. Feihong sect is unable to take care of it for the time being.


    Not only that, but even the Mountain Gate of shuangfenggu and Qingzhu mountain have not enough people to manage.


    In these places, there are only a few Taiyi disciples who take care of Lingtian and pick up junk among the ruins.


    Feihongzong seems to have begun to shrink his strength, giving up too many peripheral strongholds and shrinking all his strength back to his direct territory.


    The loss this time was so heavy that Feihong Zong''s strength was greatly damaged and his muscles and bones were hurt.


    At this time, feihongzong must concentrate on meeting the next challenge.


    Although the monster army retreated temporarily, the loss is small, the main force still exists, and it may make a comeback at any time.


    And the army of friars of huoyun sect returned inexplicably. But no one knows when they will come back.


    Even the Mobei Qi family, who just helped Feihong Zong, is actually eyeing Feihong Zong and has no good intentions.


    It is very difficult for feihongzong, who has greatly lost his strength, to continue to suppress Mobei Qi family, let alone against foreign enemies.


    What the top management of feihongzong most expects now is that the longer the peace is maintained, the better. It''s best to have enough time for the new generation of friars of feihongzong to grow up.


    Meng Zhang of taiyimen also has this idea.


    Taiyimen annexed most of the territory of dihuomen this time, earned a lot of income, and ruled a lot of more people.


    As long as there is enough time, many of these mortals will awaken Linggen and join Taiyi gate to slowly make up for the recent losses of Taiyi gate.


    The restoration of peace in the endless sand sea is a great good thing for all Xiuzhen forces here.


    Everyone urgently needs to recuperate and recover.


    Seeing that there was no trend for the monster army to make a comeback, the high level of Feihong sect finally dissolved all the monks recruited after hesitating for a long time.


    The friars of various Xiuzhen forces recruited by Feihong sect left the front line and returned to their respective sects or families.


    After returning to the ancestral gate, the friar of tuxingmen, who was originally a neighbor of dihuomen, found that his neighbor had changed.


    In this bloody battle with the monster army on the front line, all the main forces of the earth gate came out and lost more than half of them on the battlefield. Even the friars who return to the sect safely are basically injured.


    With the current strength of Tuxing gate, I really don''t have the courage to challenge Taiyi gate.


    Although Taiyi gate was ingenious, it actually destroyed the Dihuo gate.


    In the face of taiyimen, which is gaining momentum, and tuxingmen, which has greatly lost its strength, not only took the initiative to send envoys to show goodwill, but also withdrew from the territory originally disputed with dihuomen and gave up some minerals.


    Taiyi sect is not that arrogant and aggressive sect. What''s more, before tuxingmen, it always wanted to form an alliance with taiyimen to fight against dihuomen.


    Now, although the earth fire gate is gone, the two zongmen still have the will to make friends.


    The situation in the endless sand sea has become more and more unstable in recent years, with frequent chaos. Many sects that have been inherited for hundreds of years have perished, giving people a feeling of wind and rain.


    Having a good neighbor is not expected to help much, but it is more or less useful.


    For a long time, the situation around taiyimen was generally stable.


    In addition to the occasional disturbance caused by a small group of monsters, or the news that monsters hurt people from time to time, there is no other trouble.


    Taiyimen also tries its best to eliminate the wandering monsters and slowly reduce their harm.


    At this time, we can see Meng Zhang''s foresight.


    The mortal oasis in taiyimen territory has long been distributed with mechanisms and instruments such as lightning crossbow and lightning gun.


    As long as mortals have strict organization and control these mechanisms and instruments, they have great lethality to low-level friars.


    Some solitary low-level monsters were killed one by one by mortals using mechanisms and instruments before friars needed to eliminate them.


    This batch of machine tools purchased from qiaozong merchants really played a great role. It greatly reduced mortal casualties, gave mortal oasis self-protection, and reduced the great pressure of friar taiyimen.


    In some remote oases, taiyimen even deployed some low-level puppets there to ensure security there.


    As long as they are not in groups, a few low-level monsters alone will not threaten these oases at all.


    Taiyimen has entered a relatively quiet period of development. All over the door, they are slowly repairing the damage caused by the war.


    In this war with the monster army, too many monster materials were harvested in the endless sand sea. As a result, monster materials plummeted, and the monster materials in the hands of major forces began to become less valuable.


    Taiyi gate organized the surrounding cultivation forces, including skillful hand gate and earth gate, set up their own second-order flying boats and made a special trip to Dafeng City.


    With the help of the ancient Moon Orchid, Meng Zhang sold these monster materials at a good price.


    Dafeng City with developed commerce and trade can easily eat a large amount of monster materials.


    After selling monster materials and purchasing them in Dafeng City, we all set foot on the way home.


    Being able to connect with such a big family of Xiuzhen as the ancient moon family surprised the fellow monks about Meng Zhang''s contacts.


    You know, the ancient moon family is powerful and famous. Even the Feihong sect is inferior to it.


    Not to mention, the ancient moon family is one of the Xiuzhen families that control Dafeng City. The power of gale city is so strong that it ranks first among the Jiuqu League, completely surpassing the huoyun sect.


    These monks who went to Dafeng City with Meng Zhang felt a little awe of Meng Zhang and felt that his background was a little mysterious.

 Chapter 391

    Meng Zhang went to Dafeng City this time to deliberately expose the relationship between his family and the ancient moon family. He didn''t hesitate to pull a big flag as a tiger skin. Of course, he had his own purpose.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang had many thoughts on the development of Taiyi gate.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it has been very reluctant to control such a vast territory. For the time being, it has no intention to expand outward and is unable to occupy the territory of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    He hoped to make good friends with the Xiuzhen forces around him and let everyone form an alliance together.


    This alliance should focus on taiyimen, and everyone can keep watch and help each other. At the critical moment, we can concentrate the strength of the whole alliance to do some great things.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect this alliance to compete with Feihong sect. He just wanted to play a role in the face of the invasion of demon and beast armies.


    Such as centralizing all the forces of alliance members, unified command and common advance and retreat.


    In terms of taiyimen''s current strength, it is more than enough to form such an alliance. However, the rise of taiyimen is too short and its prestige is far from enough. It may not be able to convince other forces.


    With the help of the momentum of the ancient moon family, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces can have a high look at Taiyi gate. Let them feel that taiyimen has a deep background and strong foreign aid behind it.


    Of course, it is unrealistic to form an alliance outside feihongzong now.


    Does feihongzong allow this alliance to appear? If the alliance is established, how to deal with the relationship with feihongzong?


    These problems forced Meng Zhang to act cautiously.


    Although Feihong sect is good at Taiyi gate now, it is because Feihong sect still needs Taiyi gate in many places, and Taiyi gate is not a threat to Feihong sect.


    If taiyimen continues to grow and make feihongzong feel that taiyimen is a threat, the situation is hard to say.


    In the cultivation world, the relationship between enemies and friends changes very quickly. It is very common for today to be friends and tomorrow to be enemies.


    Revealing the relationship between taiyimen and the ancient moon family is also to let Fei hongzong think more about it before dealing with taiyimen.


    Gale city is based on commerce and trade. It has no ambition in territorial expansion and is not interested in external aggression.


    However, the strength of gale city is strong enough to crush the major cultivation forces around.


    Therefore, for Dafeng City and the major Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City, the surrounding Xiuzhen strength is to make friends as much as possible, and generally will not offend easily.


    Taiyimen has a relationship with the ancient moon family, not to mention having an amulet, which can at least fool people who don''t understand the inside story.


    After returning from Dafeng City, Meng Zhang basically focused on Cultivation in addition to dealing with taiyimen affairs.


    The two Heaven and Earth Spirit objects, sun gold stone and Taiyin jade liquid, which he obtained from the dihuomen storehouse last time, are very useful to him. He spent a lot of energy to slowly refine these two Heaven and earth spirits.


    Last time, during the foundation period of Taiyi gate, the friars fought with the dihuomen first, and then fought with the monster army. Most of them were seriously injured and badly weakened.


    After the war, it took them a long time to heal and recover.


    When these friars left the customs one after another during the foundation period, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    With their help, taiyimen territory began to calm down gradually.


    After more than two years of isolation, Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple of Kaishan, successfully passed the pass.


    Without taking the foundation building pill, Niu Dawei successfully built the foundation and became a friar during the foundation building period by relying on his strong foundation and good qualifications.


    Niu Dawei cast the Taoist foundation, which is a small achievement. He is qualified to participate in the struggle in the cultivation world.


    His success in foundation building not only enabled taiyimen to have an expert in foundation building, but also enabled Meng Zhang to have a reliable successor.


    Now Meng Zhang can proudly claim that he finally has a successor.


    According to the standards of practitioners during the foundation period, Meng Zhang, who is only in his 60s, is not at all old.


    But in the bloody cultivation world, no one dare say that he will not encounter an accident.


    There are many talented monks in the foundation period of taiyimen, but they all have their own shortcomings.


    Although there are many candidates who can be the leader of Taiyi sect after Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang is not very satisfied.


    Only his eldest disciple Niu Dawei satisfied Meng Zhang in all aspects and felt that he was the most suitable person to inherit the position of leader of Taiyi sect.


    Of course, as long as Meng Zhang is still there, Niu Dawei will not be in the upper position. However, the cultivation of cattle can start slowly.


    Before Niu Dawei built the foundation, in order not to distract him too much, even if he was the first disciple of Kaishan, Meng Zhang didn''t let him get in touch with too many sect affairs.


    Now, Niu Dawei has succeeded in building the foundation, and his longevity has soared. He has more time to spend on sect affairs.


    Meng Zhang promoted Niu Dawei to be the elder of the sect and asked him to help him share all kinds of affairs in the sect.


    Niu Dawei looks simple and honest, but his mind is very clear. Many things can be done at one point, and all kinds of affairs can be handled in an orderly manner soon.


    Niu Dawei performed well and Meng Zhang was very satisfied. He slowly put a burden on him and asked him to help him share more sect affairs.


    Meng Zhang himself has more time to practice.


    Meng Zhang''s two spiritual pets chasing after electricity and colored glass fell into a deep sleep after swallowing a large number of third-order monsters'' flesh and blood last time.


    After more than a year, the two little guys finally woke up.


    After waking up, the two little guys entered the second level and became the second level spirit beast, which could compete with the ordinary builders in the foundation period.


    Moreover, they not only made great progress in their original talents, but also had new talents.


    In addition to flying faster and surpassing the speed of ordinary friars in the foundation period, power chasing also has strong lethality.


    Its new talent is that it can spray special yellow light from the bird''s beak to fix the enemy and make the enemy unable to move.


    This yellow light was named by Meng Zhang as the fixed body divine light.


    In addition to the great progress of Liuli''s original magic talent, he also has the ability to make doubles. When it is strongly hurt, it can let its own double take the damage instead of itself.


    For their new talent and ability, both little guys need time to get familiar with and exercise slowly.


    A lot of flesh and blood were obtained from the third-order monster. They were not sold, but collected in the sect library.


    Hu Jing, the leader of the Royal beast hall, spent a lot of good sect skills and exchanged many for his spiritual pet.


    In fact, there are too many materials obtained from the massive monster corpses, and taiyimen only sold part of them. Most of the materials are stored for digestion and use within the sect.

 Chapter 392

    Like monster fur, you can make more blank Rune paper. The rune paper made from the fur of that third-order monster can even be used to refine third-order runes.


    Although there is no third-order talisman in taiyimen at present, this precious strategic material will never be wrong to collect it carefully.


    With Yang Xueyi''s talent, she has accepted the inheritance of the third-order talisman of Zijin school, and it is very possible that she will grow into a third-order talisman in the future.


    Moreover, under the leadership of Yang Xueyi, Fu Tang has produced many excellent Fu makers. With these good Fu papers, we can make more Fu books.


    As a second-order talisman, Yang Xueyi''s second-order talisman books are very popular with even friars in the foundation period.


    Basically, it was robbed by the friars during the foundation period inside the door. Occasionally, if one or two of them came out to the outside, they would sell them at a high price.


    Countless monster flesh and blood, let the dining hall of taiyimen make a large number of all kinds of spiritual meals.


    Medicine is not as good as food. Compared with pills, eating spiritual diet has better effect and fewer side effects.


    In the past, taiyimen seized a prescription for brewing spirit wine in the Sutra Pavilion of Linquan temple, which needs a lot of fresh monster blood as materials.


    The higher the level of monster, the better the effect of spirit wine brewed in the future.


    Even the original Lin Quan Temple basically used the blood of first-order monsters to make wine.


    The spirit wine brewed is in short supply in the market.


    Now taiyimen has preserved a large number of fresh monster flesh and blood with secret methods. Not to mention the first-order monster, the second-order monster and even the third-order monster have sufficient blood.


    Yang Xueyi, who has not personally brewed spirit wine for a long time, couldn''t help making a lot of precious spirit wine.


    Materials such as claws and teeth on all kinds of monsters are piled up in the warehouse of the tool hall, which makes the tool refiner in the door busy.


    Even if it took decades for the current tool refiners of Taiyi gate to refine all these materials into magic tools.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, the mountain of monster corpses left by the failed invasion of the monster army has accumulated a large amount of materials for the whole sect for many years.


    Seeing that Feihong sect has been indifferent to the once dihuomen territory, it has not embarrassed Taiyi gate.


    After discussing with the elders in the gate, Meng Zhang quietly moved the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate to the original Mountain Gate of huomen.


    The original Fuzhao Valley, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, like the earliest Old Mountain Gate, has become an important branch base of Taiyi gate.


    In the Mountain Gate of dihuomen, there is a rare second-order superior spiritual pulse of endless sand sea. It has abundant aura and superior environment.


    Since the monks in the Mountain Gate surrendered voluntarily, all the buildings in the mountain gate were basically intact.


    Needless to say, the elixir garden and the spirit field are the most precious weapon refining room built by the elder friars of the earth fire gate who spent a lot of effort.


    Those masters of the earth fire sect took great risks, went deep into the depths of the earth, dragged the earth fire to the ground, and bound it with the secret method to use fire as a refining tool.


    The refining room of the earth fire gate can''t be said to be the best in the endless sand sea, but it can at least rank in the top three.


    Apart from feihongzong and huojingfang, there is no better tool refining room anywhere else.


    Huojingfang city originally belonged to dihuomen, but now it also falls into the hands of taiyimen.


    After taiyimen mastered huojingfang City, it adopted the same treatment method as dihuomen.


    Open the refining room of huojingfang city to all monks in the endless sand sea. As long as you can afford the rent, no matter who you are, you can rent it.


    This practice can not only bring a lot of income to the sect, but also gather a large number of weapon refiners in huojingfang city.


    With this, huojingfang has become a famous refining center in the endless sand sea.


    When many weapon refiners opened their furnaces in huojingfang City, the fire rose into the sky and thick smoke covered the sky. Such a spectacular scene can''t be seen in Feihong city.


    Meng Zhang, unwilling to attract the attention of Feihong sect, completed the relocation of Taiyi gate without making any noise.


    He didn''t even make a big move.


    In fact, taiyimen controlled such a large area and kept it quiet, which had unconsciously affected Feihong sect.


    At the beginning, huoyun sent immortal Jindan to destroy the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect. Many people can witness it in the nearby Feihong city.


    Later, the six Golden elixirs fought. Although immortal Feishi tried his best to stop it, the aftermath of the battle still caused great damage to the nearby Feihong city.


    According to the legend, the battle between the yuan God and the true monarch is called the disaster of heaven dumping because of its scene of heaven falling and earth breaking. It is one of the most terrible natural disasters in the cultivation world.


    The fighting power of Jindan immortal is not so terrible, but it will also have a great impact on the surrounding areas.


    In addition to the friars of Feihong sect and the friars of Feihong sect''s vassal family, there are also many foreign scattered friars, merchants from all over the city, all kinds of small forces of cultivation and so on.


    These friars who have little to do with Feihong sect are certainly unwilling to stay here and take risks.


    The last Jindan war caused great damage to the city and took the lives of many unlucky people.


    If we do it again, the whole city may be destroyed.


    Feihong city is located on a second-order superior spiritual pulse, and the city''s protection array is only second-order, which can''t stop the raging golden elixir immortal.


    As a result, many qualified monks have moved away and left this increasingly unsafe city.


    In the endless sand sea, except Feihong City, only taiyimen territory, especially huojingfang city and mingshafang City, is the safest.


    Although the Taiyi sect experienced the invasion of the monster army, the friars of the two sects of Taiyi sect and Qiaoshou sect succeeded in defeating the monster and did not let the monster destroy wantonly in the territory.


    At least for now, taiyimen territory is relatively safe and can be sheltered temporarily. Apart from others, at least there are not a lot of golden elixirs.


    The monks gradually flowed out from Feihong sect to Taiyi gate. Feihong city began to slowly become depressed, while taiyimen territory slowly became prosperous.


    As for these monks, why don''t they just move to safer Jiuqu League territory, such as gale city.


    The reason is very simple. Compared with Dafeng City, Feihong city is a rural town and the latter is a big city.


    Not everyone in a small town is qualified to settle down in a big city.


    In big cities, it is difficult to live in a big city.


    On the contrary, taiyimen territory, which is also in the endless sand sea, is suitable for the survival of these friars in terms of environment and other aspects.


    Of course, it is a slow process for friars in Feihong city to migrate to Taiyi gate. For the time being, it has not attracted the attention of Feihong Zong''s senior management.


    The high level of feihongzong is so busy that they can''t pay attention to the trend of a group of bottom friars for the time being.

 Chapter 393

    After the monster army repulsed by Feihong sect returned to the Gobi, although there was no large-scale attack again, recently, a small group of monsters began to attack the stronghold of Feihong sect near the Gobi.


    Feihongzong had to step up patrols and send patrol teams to patrol the places bordering the Gobi Gobi day and night to prevent sneak attacks by goblins.


    This is not the most troublesome. The real trouble comes from huoyun sect.


    After the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect returned, they learned what happened to the friars of huoyun sect. After several immortal Jindan discussed, immortal ChiYan went out alone.


    When immortal ChiYan returned to huoyun sect, he told the friars in the sect that what happened to the friars of huoyun sect would not happen again.


    This time, there is no mysterious immortal Jindan to help Feihong Zong eliminate the disaster and solve the problem.


    Therefore, the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect once again led the army of friars towards the endless sand sea.


    The army of huoyun sect friars did not hide their deeds, but marched towards the endless sand sea with a swagger and integrity.


    After entering the endless sand sea, the flying stone immortal of Feihong sect and the two golden elixirs of Mobei Qi family led an army of friars to block the way of the army of huoyun sect.


    In order to deal with the attack of huoyun sect, feihongzong transferred most of the forces to defend the Gobi direction.


    Except that immortal Feiyu led a small number of friars to stick, most friars were taken away by immortal Feishi.


    The flying general was seriously injured last time. He didn''t recover for a long time and has been healing in isolation.


    This time, the monks of Mobei Qi family also mobilized to form an army and joined the army of Feihong sect.


    The Allied forces of Fei hongzong and Mobei Qijia seem to have a strong momentum.


    The three golden elixirs of huoyun sect did not attack rashly this time, but confronted the enemy slowly.


    Although no large-scale fighting broke out between the two sides, small-scale conflicts, small groups of monks infiltrated, infiltrated and assassinated, and so on.


    In this seemingly low-intensity battle, both sides have paid a lot of casualties.


    Neither side wants to take the initiative to start a full-scale war, so it has always maintained this situation.


    For huoyun sect, the main forces of feihongzong and Mobei Qi family are contained here. If the demon beast army of Gobi takes advantage of this time, it will certainly achieve great results.


    Huoyun sect is not in a hurry to start, just waiting for the demon beast army in the Gobi to launch an all-round attack first.


    However, Fei hongzong and Mobei Qijia are not sure enough to defeat the huoyun sect army in front of them.


    They can only wait silently and try to delay time until new variables appear.


    Moreover, the flying generals of Feihong sect also need enough time to heal their injuries and recover their accomplishments.


    If the Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi.


    Of course, Fei hongzong also got the advice of experts. It is unlikely that monsters in the Gobi will invade on a large scale. At most, a few monsters will harass and attack.


    In this case, it is not necessary to recruit friars from the major cultivation forces in the endless sand sea.


    Even the strong feihongzong needs to pay a lot for each recruitment.


    Not to mention paying benefits to win people''s hearts, at the very least, people fight for you. You must be responsible for all kinds of supplies during the war.


    To supply a large number of friars, it is also a great burden for Feihong Zong.


    Feihongzong suffered from the enemy on both sides. Even with the help of Mobei Qi family, he can only barely maintain his current state. For the rest of the endless sand sea, there is no balance.


    In this case, Feihong sect mainly focuses on Huairou for other cultivation forces in the endless sand sea.


    Before the critical moment, feihongzong will not easily issue a recruitment order.


    Feihongzong was restrained, which gave taiyimen a golden period of development.


    Huojingfang city and mingshafang city within taiyimen territory have become more and more prosperous.


    The gathering of people and booming business have brought great benefits to taiyimen. Even if you want to give part of the benefits to the skillful door, you still make the Taiyi door full of money.


    Taiyi gate is becoming stronger and stronger. Niu Dawei builds a foundation. There are more and more disciples in the gate.


    In the last battle, the skillful sect lost two friars in the foundation period, including aunt Jin, the pillar of the sect.


    The strength gap between the skillful hand gate and the Taiyi gate is widening. When facing Taiyi gate, the skillful gate can''t get angry at all.


    Although the skillful hand gate is far from being a vassal of the Taiyi gate, it is the only thing that the Taiyi gate takes the lead in most things.


    With the full support of the skillful hand sect, Meng Zhang''s confidence in integrating the surrounding cultivation forces has become more sufficient.


    There are many good things in taiyimen recently, but it''s not the only one.


    After Shi Changqing closed for a long time, he finally completely discharged erysipelas, cured his injury and left the customs.


    Meng Zhang kept the third-order demon pill from the Dragon demon general carefully. Moreover, he also made every effort to collect all kinds of auxiliary drugs needed.


    Among the two kinds of pills commonly used in the foundation building pill, the one that uses the third-order monster pill as the main drug has relatively low requirements for auxiliary drugs.


    By the time Shi Changqing left the customs, everything was ready, except the east wind.


    After Shi Changqing adjusted his state, he immediately opened the furnace for alchemy.


    This time, Shi Changqing was lucky. He successfully refined a furnace of pills, and the success rate was much higher than that last time. Unexpectedly, he got five foundation pills.


    According to the original promise, Meng Zhang gave two foundation pills to the skillful hand gate as compensation.


    Without aunt Jin''s sacrifice and Jin Qiaoer''s Yin thunder, it would be difficult to kill the Dragon demon general on the spot.


    After the war, in addition to this third-order demon pill, a large part of the corpses of the giant lizard monster fell into the hands of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is fair to his allies.


    In addition, there is a foundation building pill for Shi Changqing as hard work.


    The last two foundation pills were put into the big library of taiyimen.


    Shi Changqing, who successfully refined a furnace of zhujidan, felt that he was in the right state and decided to strike while the iron was hot and continue to refine xiaozhujidan.


    The medicinal materials of Xiaozhu Jidan had long been collected. Shi Changqing was ready and began to open the furnace for alchemy.


    After learning the lesson of the last time, Shi Changqing finally succeeded in alchemy this time.


    However, the success rate was not very high, and finally got four Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Moreover, although alchemy was successful, Shi Changqing was infected by erysipelas in the process of alchemy.


    Although the situation is not as serious as last time, it still takes some time to excrete erysipelas.


    The difficulty of refining small base pills is not necessarily lower than that of refining base pills, and it is inevitable to be contaminated with erysipelas in the refining process. If there is not enough interest driven, I''m afraid many second-class alchemists are unwilling to refine this pill.

 Chapter 394

    Although the Shi family is a vassal of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang can''t call Shi Changqing for nothing.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, the reward to the alchemist must be paid.


    Among the four small building foundation pills refined this time, one is Shi Changqing''s reward.


    Shi Changqing is also an honest man. He doesn''t make small moves behind his back, such as withholding finished pills, greedy ink refining pills and so on.


    He only takes his share of the reward, and will never eat more and occupy more, or use his identity as an alchemist to play tricks.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s remuneration to Shi Changqing is not high.


    Shi Changqing only charged a friendship price because taiyimen is the master of the Shi family,


    The three small building Jidan, like Meng Zhang, were released into the sect library.


    The defect of Xiaozhu Jidan is no secret inside taiyimen. After Meng Zhang knew it, he took the initiative to disclose it to the disciples.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang simply set rules in the door. Only friars with inferior Linggen qualification can freely exchange Xiaozhu Jidan.


    Anyway, with their qualifications, the hope of breaking through to the golden elixir period is extremely slim.


    If they succeed in building the foundation after taking the small foundation building pill, there will be several more useful foundation building friars in taiyimen.


    The real foundation Dan, because the number is only two, Meng Zhang also set a rule. That is, the friars with intermediate Linggen qualification can give priority to exchanging the foundation Dan after the completion of Qi refining.


    It is difficult to collect the medicinal materials for refining Jidan. Although Meng Zhang has been collecting them with all his strength, he has achieved little effect.


    Therefore, these two foundation pills are particularly important to Meng Zhang.


    No one knows when taiyimen will be able to harvest zhujidan again.


    For Xiaozhu Jidan, Meng Zhang is more relaxed.


    If Shi Changqing succeeds in alchemy next time, he can distribute it to the vassal family and even sell it in exchange for other spiritual objects.


    Speaking of vassal, with the increasing prestige of taiyimen in recent years, more and more small families come to taiyimen territory and hope to become a vassal of taiyimen.


    Taiyimen''s territory is too vast. It can''t be managed by taiyimen alone.


    Meng Zhang took out some too remote or chicken rib territories and distributed them to these small families.


    Within a short time, there were seven or eight small families near taiyimen territory, which became the vassals of taiyimen.


    After so long operation, the organization called Tongxin association established by Meng Zhang began to grow.


    Some outstanding disciples of the Tongxin society were qualified to enter Taiyi gate.


    Among the Tongxin monks who went out with the taiyimen army last time, several performed well and became Meng Zhang''s eyes. They not only successfully worshipped Taiyi gate, but also were taken care of by Meng Zhang.


    When dealing with all kinds of sect affairs, Meng Zhang did not forget to continue refining sun gold stone and Taiyin jade liquid.


    Although Meng Zhang obtained only some leftover materials from the dihuomen library. But refining is also very difficult.


    Fortunately, the sun moon rotation Sutra, which he practiced, had many special means in refining the spiritual objects with the attributes of the sun and the Taiyin.


    After defeating the monster army for seven years, Meng Zhang finally thoroughly refined two Heaven and Earth Spirit objects, and his cultivation successfully entered the completion of foundation construction.


    Now, the whole endless sand sea, except for a few Jindan immortal, Meng Zhang can be called an invincible hand.


    Meng Zhang''s next step is to strive to break through the golden elixir period and become a golden elixir.


    Breaking through the golden elixir period is a very difficult thing for all friars who complete the foundation period.


    Even the so-called Golden elixir seeds painstakingly cultivated by the great spiritual sects can''t say that they can be 100% successful.


    Meng Zhang has a top-grade spiritual root and an excellent mind. He also dare not say that he will be able to build a foundation successfully.


    There are too many difficulties to overcome in order to make a successful breakthrough from foundation construction to golden elixir period.


    The various preparations made by Meng Zhang himself are not mentioned for the time being, but only the foreign objects needed.


    When a monk who is perfect in the foundation period breaks through the golden elixir, he usually needs to work on the third-order spiritual pulse.


    After successfully completing the pill, you also need a third-order spiritual pulse to help stabilize your accomplishments.


    At the beginning, there were no three levels of soul pulse in Lin Quan Guan''s life, but they absorbed the rain from the sky, and refined a large quantity of water extract.


    The aura contained in the essence of sunflower water is enough to support him to break through to the golden age.


    And the fire immortal of the earth fire gate got the pill at the beginning because he got a special earth fire given by the earth fire gate. The aura contained in the ground fire is huge enough for him to use.


    In fact, when the two golden elixirs broke through, they both took tricks, and the future trouble is not small. Afterwards, they need to spend a lot of time and energy to make up for it.


    Just like those friars in the history of Fei hongzong who broke through the golden elixir period by using the rain from heaven, they need to use a large number of white Tibetan soil crystals for a long time afterwards to neutralize the excess gas of Kushui in their bodies.


    Not to mention whether Meng Zhang is willing to accept this breakthrough method, he does not have those heaven and earth spirits that can be met and not sought.


    For him, honesty is the safest way to break through the third-order spiritual pulse.


    All the third-order spiritual veins in the endless sand sea are basically in the hands of Feihong sect. Mobei Qi family should also have third-order spiritual pulse.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to borrow the third-order spirit pulse of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang is very clear about the various means used by Fei hongzong to deal with monks who want to break through the golden elixir period in the endless sand sea.


    At the beginning, shuangfenggu was destroyed by Feihong sect because it wanted to cultivate its own golden elixir immortal.


    Even if taiyimen and feihongzong have a good relationship now, Meng Zhang dare not tell feihongzong that he is ready to break through the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang also dared not trust Mobei Qi family.


    The headmaster''s Chronicle in Meng Zhang''s hand records the cultivation experience of the leaders of previous dynasties, which once brought him great help.


    But this headmaster''s chronicle was refined after the reconstruction of taiyimen.


    The rebuilt Taiyi gate is only the Jindan sect. Most of the leaders are friars in the foundation period. Naturally, they have no experience in breaking through the Jindan period.


    The records left by a few Jindan monks are not detailed.


    As for the inheritance he obtained from the place of trial, the part below the golden elixir period is very detailed.


    How to break through the golden elixir period and practice after the golden elixir period is not much.


    Fortunately, the sun moon rotation Sutra practiced by Meng Zhang is relatively complete, including the cultivation content after the golden elixir period and the mental method of breaking through the golden elixir period.


    Of course, these alone are not enough to break through the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang himself still needs to make a lot of preparations.


    Therefore, after the foundation was completed, Meng Zhang still spent a lot of time to improve himself in all aspects.


    He carefully read all kinds of classics in the Sutra Pavilion, enriched his experience and absorbed the merits.

 Chapter 395

    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time reciting Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang.


    In the view of the vast majority of monks in the cultivation world, these scriptures that can not directly improve their own cultivation are useless furnishings.


    However, with the deepening of enlightenment, Meng Zhang gained more and more benefits from these scriptures.


    He felt his Tao heart becoming more and more transparent. In the mind, there is often unprecedented peace.


    The Taoist heart can''t be seen or touched. Many friars look very determined in daily life, but at the critical moment, whenever there is a big change, the Taoist heart will shake and the mind will be in a mess.


    However, Meng Zhang has understood daozang for many years. He can feel his own Taoist heart and find the problems in the Taoist heart, so he can make up for them.


    The heart of Tao became more and more clear, and Meng Zhang became more and more calm when he performed Dayan divination. He didn''t need to spend a lot of time to calm his mind and concentrate and calm down before he performed magic deduction.


    The harvest gained by Meng Zhang from daozang also directly affected the heavenly secrets.


    His practice of Dayan divination has made great progress again and entered a new level. From the first glimpse of the door in the past, I got a little gain, and now I have made little achievements.


    In the past, Meng Zhang needed to consume calculation chips every time he performed Dayan divine calculation. Spend a lot of time meditating every day in order to condense a calculation chip.


    In the actual casting process, a slightly more complex deduction will consume a lot of calculation chips. Most of the time, Meng Zhang spent several years accumulating calculations, which would be exhausted in a few times.


    Now, all the computing chips accumulated in the past have disappeared and condensed into a new computing chip.


    This kind of calculation chip is more durable. One calculation chip is almost equal to 50 or 60 calculation chips in the past.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to spend time meditating every day. Just meditating once a month can condense such a new calculation chip.


    Of course, only one of these new chips can be obtained every month.


    Anyway, this at least saves Meng Zhang a lot of time and can be used for other things.


    During Meng Zhang''s meditation practice, his eldest disciple Niu Dawei, with his support, also accomplished a great event.


    In the cultivation world, there are organizations like Dan master guild in every region.


    The original intention of such organizations was good at the beginning of their establishment. They can control the quality of pills on the market and avoid inferior pills. They secretly made pills and flowed into the cultivation world.


    Later, however, the local forces in charge of the pill guild used this organization to control the supply of miraculous drugs, monopolize the pill Market and raise the price of pills.


    Therefore, wild alchemists who did not belong to the Dan master guild appeared on the market, secretly refining pills and secretly selling them on the market.


    In the past, when Taiyi sect was just an out of class sect, Meng Zhang cooperated with wild alchemists to obtain cheap pills. Of course, he stood on the opposite side of the Dan master guild.


    But now taiyimen has become a regional overlord and has a strong power.


    At this time, organizations such as elixir guild are needed to control the circulation of elixirs in the market, monopolize the elixir market and master all kinds of elixirs.


    Meng Zhang had the idea of doing so a long time ago. However, the time has not been mature enough, and taiyimen has insufficient control over the surrounding area.


    Now, feihongzong is restrained and has no time to distract him. Taiyimen is in the nearby area. It can be said that it responds all the time, and no one dares to fight openly.


    In addition to controlling Shi Changqing, an excellent second-order alchemist, Taiyi gate also trained a large number of first-order alchemists.


    In particular, Zhang Yingying, the leader of Taiyi mendan hall, has made great progress in alchemy after years of careful teaching by Shi Changqing.


    Now the only thing that prevents her from being promoted to a second-class Alchemist is that her cultivation has not entered the foundation period.


    Of course, the day when she is going to close down and build the foundation is coming.


    Her practice has long been completed to the Qi refining period, and there is no lack of Jidan and Xiaozhu Jidan in Taiyi gate.


    Since the time was ripe to establish the Dan master guild, Meng Zhang immediately began to take action.


    He asked Niu Dawei to preside over this matter. In addition to training him, it also meant to let him accumulate prestige.


    Because enough preparations were made in advance, there were few difficulties, and everything was completed naturally.


    After the establishment, the Dan division guild was dominated by Taiyi gate, including the cultivation forces around skillful hand gate and earth gate.


    In the future, in the surrounding area, the members of the Dan master guild have the preemptive right to purchase any elixir that can be used to refine pills.


    All pills sold on the market must be tested and approved by the Dan master guild.


    Once the pills sold without this procedure are found, they will be confiscated, and both parties to the transaction will be severely punished.


    ¡­¡­


    With the Dan division guild, almost all the upstream and downstream of the alchemy industry in the surrounding area were controlled in their hands.


    Meng Zhang created this Dan master guild, not exactly like shuangfenggu in the past, just to earn high profits and use Dan medicine to suck blood from practitioners.


    Meng Zhang has made strict regulations for the Dan division guild and will also strengthen supervision.


    With the Dan division guild, you can optimize the allocation of resources. It can concentrate the resources of the surrounding area, cultivate a large number of excellent alchemists and refine more high-quality pills.


    In addition, the quality and safety of the pills sold after being approved by the Danshi guild are guaranteed at least. It won''t be manipulated secretly and planted prohibition and so on.


    Although this pill may be a little more expensive, compared with the protection it brings, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.


    Meng Zhang didn''t come forward in the whole process of establishing Dan master guild. Niu Dawei did all the work himself.


    As a friar in the foundation period and the first disciple of the leader of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei still has some cards.


    He spent some time persuading all the truth cultivation forces around him and coordinating everyone to act together.


    Through this event, Niu Dawei passed the preliminary test of Meng Zhang.


    If the situation is appropriate, Meng Zhang will slowly hand over many affairs in his hands, so that Niu Dawei can have more power.


    As the leader of a sect, he is also a friar who aspires to the road. We need to spend more time on cultivation.


    With Niu''s great help, Meng Zhang really saves a lot of trouble.


    Especially at the crucial moment when the foundation was completed and was about to impact the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang was unwilling to be too distracted by the sect affairs.


    After a period of preparation, Meng Zhang''s cultivation has been consolidated day by day. He is getting closer and closer to the day of attacking the golden elixir period.


    Of course, before closing to attack the golden elixir period, he must first solve the problem of the third-order spiritual pulse.


    Other auxiliary spirits and elixirs can be absent, but the third-order spirit pulse is essential.

 Chapter 396

    In fact, the thick earth God mentioned to Meng Zhang before that as a local teacher, he has a way to cultivate third-order spiritual veins.


    One way is to select a second-order top-grade spirit pulse, consume a lot of time, use countless precious spirit objects, slowly cultivate and wait for the spirit pulse to be promoted automatically.


    Of course, this takes too long. Without hundreds of years, we can hardly see any results.


    To shorten the time, we need to use some rare natural materials and earth treasures. Like the spirit source beads they got in the sand monster''s nest before, they are strange treasures that can quickly improve the quality of spirit vessels.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t have so much time to wait slowly, and he couldn''t get such a treasure as Lingyuan pearl.


    This cultivation method is not very practical for the time being.


    In the endless sand sea, there was no third-order spiritual pulse that could be used. Meng Zhang had to look beyond the endless sand sea.


    For his great cause, Meng Zhang decided to leave the endless sand sea for a long trip.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang explained all the affairs in the door.


    On weekdays, each department performs its own duties in the daily operation of the sect.


    During Meng Zhang''s absence, the eldest disciple Niu Dawei was responsible for the overall situation and the daily affairs of the sect.


    In case of major events that are difficult to decide, the elders in the door will discuss and solve them together.


    To this end, Meng Zhang also established a Presbyterian Council in the gate.


    All the elders in the foundation period are members of the Presbyterian Council.


    The Presbyterian Council is responsible for assisting the leader in governing the sect and managing the disciples in the sect. The important affairs in the gate need to be submitted to the Presbyterian Council and can only be carried out after the discussion of the elders.


    Meng Zhang''s establishment of the Presbyterian Council also takes into account that he is not the kind of person who has no choice but to make up for his shortcomings by having the elders find out and fill in the gaps for himself.


    Especially with the improvement of cultivation, he will spend less and less time on sect affairs.


    After becoming immortal Jindan, I''m afraid he will only deal with the major events in the door and ignore the general affairs.


    With the Presbyterian Council, the daily operation of the sect can be more stable.


    After arranging the affairs in the gate, Meng Zhang was ready to leave Taiyi gate and the endless sand sea.


    Of course, to the outside world, it can''t be said that Meng Zhang is an opportunity to go out and look for jiedan.


    Whether Fei hongzong would like to see Meng Zhang jiedan is still unknown. Meng Zhang is not willing to hand over his future and destiny to others.


    Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate. What Taiyi gate said to the outside world is that the leader Meng Zhang was invited by the friars of Guyue family in Dafeng City to attend the Dharma meeting of Guyue family in Dafeng City and communicate with the friars of Guyue family.


    After Meng Zhang left the endless sand sea, the great event Gu Yue Youlan chose could not be the master. She asked Meng Zhang to wait a few days for Gu Yue to decide.


    This kind of thing is not urgent, and there is a need for others. Meng Zhang can only wait patiently.


    After more than half a month, Gu Yue huaidie, who had been practicing in seclusion before, finished his practice and passed the customs.


    Meng Zhang met Gu yuehuai butterfly smoothly and said his request.


    Meng Zhang also said that if the ancient moon family helped him this time, he would be very grateful. I am also willing to pay enough spirit stones to thank the ancient moon family.


    Gu Yue huaidie hesitated before telling Meng Zhang that the Gu Yue family had a precedent for dealing with such things.


    Because every time a friar makes a pill on the third level spirit pulse, it is a great loss to the spirit pulse. Therefore, only friars close to the ancient moon family can get the opportunity to use the third-order spirit pulse at a sufficient price.


    With the relationship between the ancient moon and butterflies, the ancient moon family can trust Meng Zhang and regard him as a monk close to the family.


    However, the price that should be paid, even with the face of the ancient moon with butterflies, can not be avoided.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly gives two choices for Meng Zhang to choose.


    During this period, the ancient moon family will give the treatment of Rune alloy Dan friar status. Meng Zhang also needs to do his best for the Guyue family and obey the orders of the Guyue family.


    In the future, the whole Taiyi sect, including Meng Zhang, needs to obey the orders of the ancient moon family.


    Gu Yue huaidie clearly told Meng Zhang that borrowing the third-order spiritual pulse is very important. The third-order spiritual pulse is related to the foundation of the family. Even with her position in the Gu Yue family, she can''t be the master and needs to obey the arrangement of the family elders.


    She gave Meng Zhang two choices, which was the best condition she could win for Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it, you can ask around. There is no more sincere condition than this in the whole Jiuqu League.


    Far from it, there is a family with third-order spiritual pulse in gale city. If Meng Zhang comes to the door for help, they will only offer more harsh conditions.


    Finally, Gu yuehuai butterfly made no secret of her appreciation for Meng Zhang.


    On behalf of the ancient moon family, she expressed her solicitude for Meng Zhang.


    She hoped that Meng Zhang could become a Taoist companion with the nuns of the ancient moon family and become a member of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang can choose a suitable nun in the ancient moon family. He doesn''t even need to be redundant, but still retains his surname.


    Meng Zhang can only thank Gu yuehuai butterfly for her value and love.


    Meng Zhang was not satisfied with the two choices she gave and was not very willing to accept them.

 Chapter 397

    Meng Zhang was not interested in either serving the Guyue family for 60 years or making taiyimen a vassal of the Guyue family.


    Of course, he can also feel the kindness of Gu Yue huaidie. I believe this is the best condition she can provide.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t want to be a member of Xiuzhen family. He could only politely refuse the kindness of Gu Yue huaidie.


    His words didn''t mean death, but he reserved room.


    If in the end he really can''t think about it and is desperate, Meng Zhang will have to accept the kindness of Gu yuehuai butterfly even if he doesn''t want to.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly doesn''t have to accept Meng Zhang''s conditions. She said that the door of the ancient moon family has always been open for Meng Zhang. If Meng Zhang changes his mind, he can come back at any time. The ancient moon family always welcomes him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to leave Dafeng City after saying goodbye from Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    First, he inquired about the forces with third-order spiritual pulse and the conditions for lending third-order spiritual pulse through various channels, such as neutral commercial organizations such as sihailou.


    Finally, he collected enough information.


    Gu Yue huaidie really didn''t lie. The terms offered by the Gu Yue family to Meng Zhang are indeed the most generous. Even those monks who have always been close to the ancient moon family may not be able to get such good conditions.


    Like the Lu family, another big family of golden elixirs in Dafeng City, those friars who borrow his family''s third-order spiritual vein to knot Dan have to make cattle and horses for the Lu family almost half their life in order to pay off the favor of the Lu family.


    Such forces as huoyun sect and Huanglian sect are even more demanding.


    After understanding these situations, Meng Zhang also gave up the idea of borrowing the third-order spiritual pulse from other forces.


    While inquiring about these news, Meng Zhang also heard another news of interest.


    Ye Feifan, the famous broken Ye family in the middle and small of Dafeng City, robbed a treasure of the Huang family, killed several monks of the Huang family, and then ran out of Dafeng City.


    Moreover, ye Feifan has his party to help him. These accomplices may have something to do with ghost friars.


    The people who discussed it were amazed.


    No one thought that ye Fanfan, such a waste, could still have this ability to make the Huang family suffer such a great loss.


    Everyone looked out of sight. I didn''t expect this boy to be so tolerant. He kept hiding and pretended to be a pig and eat a tiger.


    It is said that this incident even alerted the Lu family in charge of Dafeng City. The Lu family has sent friars to investigate the matter.


    In this incident, the Huang family, who lost face and suffered the most, will not give up. The Huang family sent elite friars of the family to pursue Ye Feifan outside the city.


    When Meng Zhang heard the news, he was very happy. Fortunately, he was not confused by the old ghost Ye Feifan.


    Otherwise, if you really want to get involved in this dispute, you will suffer not only yourself, but also taiyimen.


    This leaf is extraordinary. At the beginning, it was said that all the members of the Ye family had been banned. I don''t know whether he was lying or whether he had a way to lift the ban.


    Ye Feifan''s family members who were still in the gale city after he fled were unlucky.


    Whether it''s direct or collateral, no matter how distant the blood relationship is. All the monks involved with the Ye family were basically taken by the Huang family.


    If there were no effective friars, the fate of these people would not be good.


    The reason given by the Huang family is that these people are in collusion with ghost friars.


    Ghost friars are almost street mice in the cultivation world, and everyone yells and beats. The reason for catching the followers of the ghost friar can still deceive many people. At least on the surface, the Huang family did not violate the rules of Dafeng City.


    Meng Zhang carefully recalled all the details of his initial contact with Ye Feifan. He didn''t seem to have exposed his identity.


    From beginning to end, ye Fanfan regarded himself as the son of a Xiuzhen family in Dafeng City.


    After ye Feifan fled gale City, he should not find himself. Meng Zhang was a little uncertain.


    After Meng Zhang inquired about the news about ye Fanfan, he put it aside for the time being and went to get busy with his business.


    It took him a lot of effort to find the black market in Dafeng City.


    The black market in Jiuqu League is closely related to the black market in the endless sand sea. The two are like different branches of the same large organization.


    Meng Zhang had always had a close relationship with the black market, but later, some things happened, which made him very dissatisfied with the black market. The two sides also moved farther and farther away, and the estrangement became deeper and deeper.


    Before the master and apprentice of deciduous left the endless sand sea, deciduous once said to Meng Zhang that in order to thank Meng Zhang for his help, she would guide Meng Zhang to an opportunity to tie the pill.


    When Meng Zhangzhu''s foundation is complete, you can come to Jiuqu League to find her.


    Meng Zhang is also somewhat arrogant. If he doesn''t ask for help from ye ye, he will succeed in getting Dan. Of course, he won''t look for ye ye.


    But now it seems that if you don''t want to accept the conditions of the ancient moon family, you have to ask ye ye for help.


    Defoliation is closely related to the black market. With the huge power of the black market, it should have a third-order spiritual pulse.


    Meng Zhang came to the black market of Dafeng City, saw a small leader and showed him a small mirror the size of a palm.


    This little mirror was given to him by the last shadow. In the endless sand sea, Jue Ying can keep in touch with him through this small mirror.


    After the shadow left the endless sand sea, the small mirror lost its communication function because the distance was too far.


    However, this small mirror is still a keepsake of the vanishing shadow. On the boundary of Jiuqu League, showing it to the black market can make the black market contact the shadow.


    Seeing this small mirror, the leader probably recognized his origin and became more polite to Meng Zhang.


    He asked Meng Zhang to wait, and then called a senior deacon in the black market.


    The Deacon warmly received Meng Zhang and wanted to inquire about the relationship between Meng Zhang and Jue Ying. Meng Zhang casually perfunctorily said that he wanted to contact jueying.


    The Deacon''s attitude was very good. He did not let Meng Zhangjiu wait, so he finished the matter.


    He told Meng Zhang that Jue Ying is not near Dafeng City now. He has sent Meng Zhang''s request to contact Jue Ying.


    He asked Meng Zhang to wait in Dafeng City for a period of time, about a month at most, and then he could receive a reply.


    Meng Zhang knew he couldn''t be in a hurry, so he promised to visit the black market again in a month.


    Meng Zhang also strolled around the black market to see if there was anything to buy.


    With his current vision and strength, there are not many things he can see.


    Occasionally, there are one or two items that he likes, but Meng Zhang doesn''t dare to buy them rashly because the origin is unknown and most of them are stolen goods.


    The Deacon is also very insightful. He knows that Meng Zhang has a long relationship with Jue Ying, so he provides some convenience for Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 398

    With the help of the senior deacon, Meng Zhang spent a lot of spirit stones and bought two pseudo third-order runes refined by Jindan immortal.


    Pseudo third-order talismans play a small role in the battle at the golden elixir level, but they can still play a decisive role in the battle between friars during the foundation period.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also bought a lot of sundries.


    He went out this time because he had enough spirit stones to rent the third-order spirit pulse. All with large storage rings and storage bracelets. I also have several storage bags with me.


    After shopping, Meng Zhang returned to the inn he stayed in.


    In the following days, Meng Zhang had a good time in Dafeng City. I also went to the ancient moon family and met the ancient Moon Orchid several times. He participated in several Dharma meetings held by the friars of the ancient moon family during the foundation period, and communicated with these friars on law, metaphysics and Taoism.


    Because of the relationship between the ancient moon and butterflies, these monks of the ancient moon family have a fair attitude towards Meng Zhang and do not regard him as an irrelevant outsider.


    When communicating with him, I am also willing to take out some dry goods and tell some useful things.


    Meng Zhang returned the favor and shared some of his own cultivation experience.


    Meng Zhang was also a monk who built a perfect foundation. He also received some inheritance from the heyday of taiyimen. He leaked something casually, which made the monks of the ancient moon family marvel and benefit a lot.


    Of course, the monks from Jindan family, such as Gu Yue family, are not in vain. They can also come up with a lot of useful things.


    During this period of communication, everyone felt that they had gained a lot and did not waste their time in vain.


    Unknowingly, more than half a month passed.


    That night, Meng Zhang just returned to the inn where he stayed. At the door of his small courtyard, he saw the long lost shadow.


    I haven''t seen you for many years, and the style of Jue Ying is better than before.


    Her face was covered with a thin veil, covering most of her stunning face.


    In the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang saw the true face of Jue Ying.


    Now the vanishing shadow has become more extraordinary.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang became a monk who built a perfect foundation, and jueying was also not idle.


    She has a better way to hide her breath and strength. Meng Zhang can''t help but use the false breaking method. At a glance, she can''t see through the true cultivation of Jue Ying.


    It is only a rough estimate that she has at least the accomplishments in the middle of foundation construction.


    Long time no mask, meet again, both a little excited.


    However, Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years, and has become very calm. He can almost keep his anger and joy in his face. Jueying has a weak temperament and is always cold. It rarely takes the initiative to show its emotions.


    She can show a little excitement, which is already a certain limit.


    Meng Zhang led Jue Ying into his rented courtyard. After taking his seat, the two people began to talk about their separation.


    When the evil Qi in the fallen leaves was dispelled and her strength was restored, she came to Jiuqu league with Jue Ying.


    After twists and turns one by one, the fallen leaves made pills successfully and became a golden elixir immortal.


    When the fallen leaves hit the golden elixir period, jueying also successfully built the foundation and became a friar in the foundation period.


    After that, the fallen leaves took the last shadow and stayed in Jiuqu League for many years.


    When Jue Ying told Meng Zhang about his experiences over the years, many places were vague.


    She did not hide it, and told Meng Zhang frankly that some things involved the secrets of the black market and could not be known to outsiders.


    From Jue Ying''s mouth, Meng Zhang also learned something about the black market.


    In most parts of the cultivation world, there is a black market, which basically belongs to an organization called Dark Alliance.


    Similar to the Jiuqu alliance, the Dark Alliance is also an alliance composed of many true cultivation forces.


    Of course, the overall strength of the Dark Alliance is far stronger than the Jiuqu alliance by countless times. The internal situation is more complicated and confusing.


    Fallen leaves and jueying came from a sect called Youying sect in the dark League.


    As for more information about Dark Alliance and Youying gate, Jue Ying has not been disclosed.


    In recent years, Jue Ying has been working for the black market of Jiuqu League. Within the black market, it has a certain position.


    Of course, Meng Zhang believes that this is a bit of status, but jueying is modest. Her position in the black market should be relatively high.


    As for the master of jueying, ye ye, well, it should be called Ye Ye immortal now. He went to central earth many years ago.


    When to come back, even her disciple Jue Ying doesn''t know.


    Meng Zhang also picked up what he could say about his experience over the years and told Jue Ying.


    Meng Zhang has made great progress in cultivation, and Taiyi gate is booming, becoming a regional overlord in the endless sand sea.


    Jue Ying praised Meng Zhang for her achievements.


    When hearing Meng Zhang''s talk about the conflict with the black market, Jue Ying felt angry first, and then helpless.


    The tea is cool, the fallen leaves have left the endless sand sea for a long time, and their influence over there is fading day by day. People really don''t buy it if they don''t give face. Jueying doesn''t have a good way.


    Although endless sand sea and Jiuqu league are closely adjacent, the black markets on both sides are two completely independent systems within the dark League, which are difficult to interfere with each other.


    If the fallen leaf immortal is here, as her golden elixir immortal, there will be some scruples over there. But the fallen leaf immortal is not here now. It''s really difficult to affect there with the status of a vanishing shadow.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care at all. When he came to jueying this time, he never expected to rely on the power of jueying teachers and disciples to deal with the black market on the other side of the endless sand sea.


    Now taiyimen can''t be provoked wantonly by the mere black market.


    The important base of the black market is located in the underground of huojingfang city. If Meng Zhang really annoys him, he can easily shovel that place by mobilizing people.


    In fact, after taiyimen took control of huojingfang City, the black market frequently courted taiyimen and wanted to clear up the hatchet with taiyimen.


    No way, the black market is now controlled by others and has to bow down for the time being.


    In addition to the black market in Feihong City, the black market in huojingfang city is the most important base of the Dark Alliance in the endless sand sea. If you are not desperate, you can''t give up easily.


    If the black market in huojingfang wants to continue to exist as before, it needs the tolerance and acceptance of taiyimen.


    However, Meng Zhang has always been neither hot nor cold, keeping enough distance from the black market.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knows that the forces behind the black market are huge. Even feihongzong has to tolerate its existence, and taiyimen is even more unlikely to eliminate the black market.


    He showed such a posture, as long as he wanted to be in a favorable position in future negotiations with the black market.


    Before Meng Zhang left the endless sand sea and went to Dafeng City, there was no chance to have direct contact with Meng Zhang on the black market.

 Chapter 399

    Meng Zhang didn''t continue to spend much time on the dispute with the black market, but talked about his main purpose of coming to Jiuqu alliance and borrowed a third-order spiritual pulse for himself to break through the golden elixir period.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Jue Ying said after a moment of silence: "brother Meng, you have been here for some time. You should know that it''s not easy to borrow the third-order spiritual pulse."


    Meng Zhang nodded. All the news he heard showed that it was not easy to borrow the third-order spirit pulse.


    He said the terms offered by the ancient moon family.


    There was nothing shady about such a thing, so he didn''t hide it.


    Jue Ying looked at Meng Zhang with a complicated look. "Brother Meng, it seems that the elder Gu yuehuai butterfly is really optimistic about you. He would offer such loose conditions."


    Even the well-informed jueying think that the conditions of the ancient moon family are very relaxed. It seems that the ancient moon family is really sincere to Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang felt that he owed a lot of favor to the ancient moon family.


    "Brother Meng, Dark Alliance is on the side of Jiuqu alliance, and there is a third-order spiritual pulse. But I suggest brother Meng not to borrow the spiritual pulse of Dark Alliance."


    "The conditions of the Dark Alliance are very harsh. Even if my master comes forward, it won''t do much. In addition, once we have such a close relationship with the Dark Alliance, it''s difficult to get rid of the Dark Alliance."


    "The most terrible consequence is that brother Meng is completely controlled by the Dark Alliance and completely becomes a thug and slave of the Dark Alliance."


    "All kinds of grudges, disputes and conflicts in the Dark Alliance are too complex. Neither brother Meng nor taiyimen should be involved."


    Originally, Meng Zhang did have some thoughts. He wanted to see if he could borrow the third-order spiritual pulse of the black market of Jiuqu League through the relationship of Jue Ying.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, with the huge power of the black market and in a rich place such as Jiuqu League, there should be a third-order spiritual pulse.


    Judging from Jue Ying''s answer, there is indeed a third-order spiritual pulse in the black market here, but Jue Ying doesn''t want Meng Zhang to borrow it.


    Since they met jueying master and apprentice, they have helped Meng Zhang a lot. Jueying must not deceive Meng Zhang. Since she doesn''t suggest that Meng Zhang borrow the spirit of the black market, Meng Zhang listens to her once.


    Since we can''t borrow the spirit of the black market, Meng Zhang has only one way left.


    He took out a jade pendant given to him by fallen leaves.


    At the beginning, jueying looked at the fallen leaves and gave this jade pendant to Meng Zhang. Of course, he knew what Meng Zhang meant.


    She said to Meng Zhang, "brother Meng, this is not a place to talk. You should come with me. This time we will leave for a long time. If you have anything to tell us, tell us as soon as possible."


    Meng Zhang came to Jiuqu League this time to look for the opportunity of jiedan. All kinds of affairs in the door have been explained for a long time.


    On the side of Dafeng City, he informed the ancient moon family that he had something to leave.


    Then, Jue Ying took Meng Zhang and left Dafeng City by flying boat.


    Jue Ying didn''t say the destination this time. Meng Zhang didn''t ask much, but went out with her.


    The territory of Jiuqu League is much broader than the boundless endless sand sea, and Jiuqu League is far richer and more prosperous than the endless sand sea.


    Standing on the flying boat, Meng Zhang looked at the villages, towns and occasional cities below.


    Beyond the endless sand sea, except for the boundless yellow sand on the earth, it is a touch of green that will appear for a long time.


    The Jiuqu League is a bit like a normal mortal world.


    Such a place not only has rich and incomparable cultivation resources, but also can carry more mortals. Only when there are more mortals can more monks be produced.


    In terms of absolute area, Jiuqu league can have up to ten times the endless sand sea. But when it comes to the strength of truth cultivation, Jiuqu League is thousands of times stronger than the endless sand sea.


    The conditions of endless sand sea are still too bad for ordinary people to survive. The number of mortals has not increased greatly for many years, which certainly affects the number of practitioners.


    Taiyimen now sits on a vast territory, but the mortals on the territory are only a few million. If it is on the side of Jiuqu League, such a large territory can easily carry tens of millions of mortals.


    Meng Zhang is also envious of the excellent conditions of Jiuqu League.


    Along the way, Jue Ying was a good tour guide to introduce Meng Zhang to the local conditions and customs, as well as the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League.


    The vanishing shadow, who has been in the black market, is well-informed and well-informed. He knows a lot of unknown secrets from Jiuqu League. He knows the origin of the major cultivation forces and the relationship between them.


    After hearing the introduction of Jue Ying, Meng Zhang was an eye opener and gained a lot.


    These are valuable intelligence. Even if you spend a lot of spirit stones, you may not be able to inquire easily.


    In Meng Zhang''s long-term plan for taiyimen, after his successful conclusion of Dan, if taiyimen wants to achieve greater development, it must slowly break away from the bondage of endless sand sea and begin to contact Jiuqu alliance.


    With the news provided by Jue Ying, Meng Zhang suddenly opened his eyes and made new arrangements for the future of taiyimen.


    Of course, all this is based on Meng Zhang''s success in jiedan.


    If he is unlucky and fails to jiedan this time, he will forget everything. Taiyimen is still honestly shrinking in the endless sand sea.


    Jue Ying took Meng Zhang around and spent more than half a circle in Jiuqu League. It took nearly a month to reach the final destination.


    It is a small town not far from the yujianmen Mountain Gate.


    The so-called Jiuqu League is called this name mainly because of the Jiuqu River.


    The Jiuqu River is long and winding, flowing through more than tens of thousands of miles.


    The Jiuqu River is winding and has many tributaries. There are nine huge bends, and there are countless small bends.


    In these nine huge bends, nine broad rivers are formed.


    On both sides of the Jiuqu River, including around the nine rivers, many large and small Xiuzhen forces gathered.


    Two or three thousand years ago, under the leadership of some major sects, these Xiuzhen forces were organized to establish such a loose alliance as Jiuqu League.


    Among the sects that took the lead in establishing Jiuqu League, there is a great Xiuzhen sect such as yujianmen.


    In the jade sword gate, there are not only many golden elixir immortal, but also a Yuanshen Zhenjun such as jade sword Zhenjun.


    Such a sect is powerful and well-known. The so-called endless sand sea overlords such as Feihong sect are unworthy of lifting shoes for Yujian sect.


    Fortunately, on the side of Jiuqu League, most of the sects are not interested in the endless sand sea. Otherwise, as long as these Yuanshen sect doors are gently pinched, they can crush the cultivation world of the endless sand sea like a small insect.

 Chapter 400

    Yujian gate is located in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River. It sits on a fourth-order spiritual vein. The range of the gate is very wide.


    This town is just an insignificant town near yujianmen. It seems that there is nothing strange.


    Jade sword sect, a sect dominated by sword cultivation, has always been cold and has not had much contact with the outside world.


    When it comes to bustling and bustling, let alone compared with a big commercial city such as Dafeng City, even if it is far inferior to the sect gate of Yujian gate compared with many forces.


    In fact, Dafeng City is far away from the core area of Jiuqu League. But the location is very good, located on the thoroughfare.


    It not only connects the endless sand sea, but also connects the prairie. Relying on Jiuqu alliance, it has developed into such a big business city.


    Religious sects like huoyun sect are actually marginalized within Jiuqu League.


    The core area of Jiuqu League is both banks of Jiuqu River and nearby areas. In addition, it is regarded as a remote place.


    Meng Zhang has long wanted to see the prosperous scenery on both sides of the Jiuqu River.


    However, yujianmen Mountain Gate is a rare cold place in the core area of Jiuqu League.


    Most of the people living in this small town are mortals, and few monks pass by.


    Jue Ying rented a mortal courtyard in the small town and brought Meng Zhang there. She closed the gate of the courtyard and set a simple prohibition outside the courtyard to isolate it from the outside world.


    After all this, Jue Ying said to Meng Zhang, "the conditions are limited. The external prohibition can only isolate the peeping of low-level friars. But it doesn''t matter. What we really need is not this prohibition."


    "Among the several Yuanshen Zhenjun in Jiuqu League, only the Yujian gate has been staying in the Mountain Gate in recent years. That''s why I brought you here to help the Yuanshen Zhenjun."


    As like as two peas were speaking, he took out a jade peat that was identical to the jade piece of Meng Zhang.


    "There seems to be no strong man on the other side of the endless sand sea, but in fact, the whole endless sand sea is under the gaze of several yuan God Zhenjun."


    "What I''m going to tell you next involves a fifth level power. If we rashly talk about things about this power in the endless sand sea and surrounding areas, it may be perceived by this power."


    Meng Zhang was a little nervous after hearing Jue Ying''s words.


    According to the general division of the cultivation world, the Yuanshen Zhenjun is only the fourth order. The fifth level power is the existence of surpassing the true monarch of the yuan God. If such existence is a cultivator of truth, it is the realm of returning to emptiness.


    Even in the heyday of taiyimen, although there were a large number of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it seemed that there were no experts who returned to the virtual realm.


    The Jue Ying only said that it was a fifth level power, but did not say that it was a cultivator who returned to the virtual realm. Most of the fifth level power was not a human cultivator.


    For a long time, the endless sand sea has been a famous backwater and wilderness in the cultivation world. There has never been any decent person. Immortal Jindan can dominate there.


    But jueying said that on the other side of the endless sand sea, there was not only the attention of the yuan God Zhenjun, but also the five levels of power, which really shocked Meng Zhang.


    Jue Ying paused and then continued: "master, she doesn''t know the specific situation of the existence of the fifth level."


    "I just know that this existence is not a human friar, a ghost or a devil, a demon or a monster, so I don''t know."


    "The state of his existence doesn''t seem to be very good. He has been trapped in the sea of death."


    "There are several Yuanshen Zhenjun, who are all thinking about him."


    If the fifth order exists in a normal state, it is enough to sweep the fourth order Yuanshen Zhenjun. Yuanshen Zhenjun absolutely does not dare to provoke easily.


    And Yuan Shen Zhen Jun dares to make the other party''s idea, which shows that there should be something wrong with the existence of the fifth level.


    Meng Zhang understood the meaning of jueying.


    Although these things are too far away from a friar like him in the foundation period. Even if he gets married successfully, he is not qualified to participate in it.


    But out of strong curiosity, Meng Zhang was very interested in what Jue Ying said, and almost forgot the business.


    "These yuan Shen Zhenjun have been secretly influencing the situation of the endless sand sea for hundreds of years."


    "From the destruction of Zijin sect to the rise of Feihong sect, it became the ruler of endless sand sea. Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect invaded endless sand sea in the middle, and Mobei Qi family appeared. Over the past hundreds of years, the situation of endless sand sea can not be changed without the handwriting of these Yuanshen Zhenjun."


    "The recent actions of huoyun sect are just a continuation of these skills. Whether Feihong sect, Mobei Qijia or huoyun sect, they are actually involuntarily."


    Jue Ying''s words made Meng Zhang a little uneasy.


    The endless sand sea has changed for hundreds of years. It turns out that there is Yuanshen Zhenjun behind it.


    Feihong sect is the so-called overlord of endless sand sea. In the eyes of Taiyi sect and other sects, it is a seemingly insurmountable mountain, but it can only be a chess piece in the hands of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is really a great power. It''s fascinating to turn clouds and rain in his hands and stir up the wind and cloud.


    "In the realm of the yuan God Zhenjun, they can easily perceive all kinds of things happening inside. However, the Zhenjun of the jade sword gate, who is always arrogant and indifferent to sword repair, won''t care what we little insects say."


    "With the jade sword gate, the Yuanshen Zhenjun''s field is isolated. Other experts, even if they are five levels of power, can''t penetrate their perception."


    "Of course, even in other places, let the fifth level master feel what we say. Most of him, who is high above, is too lazy to pay attention to little friars like us."


    "But the master told me that for the sake of insurance, it''s best not to mention things related to the fifth level power in other places."


    "Such a power is often unpredictable, and no one knows what he will do."


    Meng Zhang agrees with jueying''s caution.


    You can''t expect all great powers to have the style of an expert. Don''t worry about low-level practitioners.


    Meng has seen many children, even adults, when they are idle, they irrigate ants * holes, burn ants, and pedal all kinds of insects.


    In such a great power, Meng * and the shadow, including the fallen man, are just bigger insects. When people are interested, they will trample on several insects and happiness, * who else will stop them?


    "Moreover, our action this time will harm the interests of this great power. If it is exposed in advance, the consequences will be unimaginable."


    Jue Ying said that the endless sand sea and surrounding areas may be perceived by the other party when talking about the things related to the fifth order power.


    Meng Zhang felt deeply about such ability.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, he will feel on a whim when his life is about to be in danger.


    With the great power of the fifth order, Jue Ying would never dare to talk about things that would harm the interests of the other party without shielding his feelings from the field of the yuan God Zhenjun of the jade sword gate.

 Chapter 401

    Jue Ying''s attitude was very solemn, and slowly told Meng Zhang about some of the past events of the fifth level power.


    No one knows when the fifth order power appeared in the sand sea of death.


    Of course, at that time, the dead sand sea was not named as it is now, nor was it a restricted area for creatures, nor was it a scene of no grass at all.


    After the fifth order power came, he extracted a large number of spiritual veins from the surrounding area, causing devastating damage to the surrounding environment.


    The area where there were still people and living things turned into a dead sand sea.


    The adjacent endless sand sea becomes more desolate and the living conditions are worse.


    It seems that the purple gold sect, which ruled the endless sand sea at the beginning, also fell down the Yuanshen Zhenjun and many Jindan immortal because of this great power.


    Later, with the support of a Yuanshen Zhenjun, Feihong sect replaced Zijin sect and became a new ruler of endless sand sea.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect split the altar in Hedong, invaded the endless sand sea, and then were expelled by Feihong sect.


    The Xiuzhen clan in the Middle Earth also owns the Qi family of several yuan God Zhenjun. One of its branches was sent to the vicinity of the Jiuqu League because it made a big mistake.


    This branch of the Qi family later moved into the endless sand sea and became the famous Mobei Qi family in the endless sand sea.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang was amazed.


    Unexpectedly, the followers of Mobei Qi family, like taiyimen, came from the Middle Earth.


    Only one was sent and the other escaped.


    After the situation in the endless sand sea cultivation world stabilized, the disaster of sand monsters broke out from time to time.


    According to Jue Ying, the so-called disaster of sand monsters is entirely written by the fifth level power.


    As for why he created the disaster of sand monsters in the endless sand sea, the reason is unknown.


    Meng Zhang had guessed about the causes of the sand monster disaster before. In particular, he had seen the sand monster''s nest with his own eyes and found that the traces of the day after tomorrow were very heavy.


    Now it is confirmed from Jue Ying that the disaster of sand monsters was indeed created by Da Neng. He was a little sad in his heart.


    The disaster of sand monsters is a nightmare that has haunted the endless sand sea people for hundreds of years. Countless practitioners died at the hands of sand monsters, who destroyed countless oases and killed countless creatures.


    Even Meng Zhang himself had personally experienced many wars with sand monsters.


    Da Neng is da Neng. It can make sand monsters.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was filled with hatred for this great power.


    I only hate my low cultivation, otherwise Meng Zhang really wants to rush into the sand sea of death and have a good theory with this great energy.


    The opportunity of jiedan that deciduous said would point out to Meng Zhang fell on the sand monster.


    The fallen leaves stayed in the endless sand sea for a long time and were very familiar with all kinds of situations of the endless sand sea.


    She also expected that when Meng Zhang reached the completion of the foundation period and was ready to knot Dan, he would face the problem of requiring a third-order spiritual pulse.


    With the conditions of taiyimen and the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang can''t get the opportunity to use the third-order spirit pulse.


    Besides the endless sand sea, it is also not easy to use the third-order spirit pulse.


    If there is no third-order spiritual pulse, you need to find another good prescription and find another alternative.


    The alternative pointed out by the fallen leaves is to find the spiritual marrow.


    Spirit marrow is a very rare thing in heaven and earth, which contains pure and incomparable special aura.


    Meng Zhang only needs to have a small spiritual marrow, so he doesn''t need a third-order spiritual pulse, but directly absorbs the heaven and earth aura in the spiritual marrow to help him knot pills.


    Under normal circumstances, the spirit marrow, the spirit of heaven and earth, can be encountered but not sought. It''s even more difficult to get the spirit marrow than to borrow the third-order spirit pulse.


    However, the fallen leaves pointed a bright way for Meng Zhang. In the sand sea of death, there is a spiritual pulp.


    No one knows how the fifth order power created the sand monster. But in this process, it is very obvious that the spiritual pulp is consumed.


    In some special places in the dead sand sea, the spiritual pulp is stimulated in a special way to give birth to the seeds of the sand monster''s nest.


    When these seeds mature, they will cross the dead sand sea, enter the endless sand sea, look for a secret place to settle down.


    After a long time of growth, these seeds will grow into a complete sand monster nest. Then, in the sand monster''s nest, it will continue to give birth to all kinds of sand monsters with different levels.


    The fallen leaves did not know where to get the information, but actually mastered some special places.


    As long as Meng Zhang goes to these special places, he may get spiritual marrow.


    It was said that he was going to the sand sea of death. Under the eyes of the fifth level great power, he snatched food from the tiger''s mouth and seized the spiritual marrow belonging to the other party. Even Meng Zhang, who has always been bold, showed a few bitter smiles.


    No wonder the practitioners of endless sand sea regard the dead sand sea as a restricted area, and even the real Jindan dare not enter it.


    Jue Ying saw Meng Zhang''s expression and knew his concern.


    Jue Ying quickly explained to Meng Zhang. With their relationship with Meng Zhang, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to die.


    The sand sea of death seems very dangerous, but as long as you master the secret, you can get in and out safely.


    First of all, the five level power is not only in poor condition, but also restrained by the yuan God Zhenjun all the year round, so it is difficult to do it in person.


    Immortal Jindan of endless sand sea dare not enter it. Because the goal is too big.


    Even if the fifth level power pays some price, he will give priority to the golden elixir immortal.


    But if some friars in the foundation period enter the sand sea of death, even if they find out, most of them don''t bother to pay attention.


    This is like a mouse entering the tiger''s territory, and the tiger will generally ignore it. But if a wild wolf broke into the tiger''s territory, the tiger would not sit idly by.


    Of course, this does not mean that there is no danger for friars to enter the dead sand sea during the foundation period.


    In fact, when the friars enter the foundation period, they will face great danger all the time.


    The environment of the dead sand sea is so bad that even practitioners can''t survive in it. Many natural traps can even kill those who build the foundation period.


    The most terrible place inside is that there are countless sand monsters wandering around. Once human practitioners are found, they will flock to them and never die.


    In addition, in the sand sea of death, there are some ghost friars and even demon friars occasionally.


    These heretics and Heretics in the cultivation world are not allowed to enter there for various reasons. Once they find a true path cultivator like Meng Zhang, they will never let go easily.


    Ghost friars and evil friars are vicious and have mastered many mysterious tricks.


    Except for those gifted friars who came from big sects and families, ordinary orthodox friars are often not the opponents of ghost friars and demon friars at the same level.

 Chapter 402

    Jue Ying did not hide the slightest. She told Meng Zhang all the dangers she would encounter in the sea of death.


    She clearly told Meng Zhang that it was too dangerous to go to the sand sea of death and the probability of successfully obtaining spiritual marrow was very low.


    The reason why ye ye gave this choice was to prepare for Meng Zhang as a last resort.


    If Meng Zhang really can''t borrow the third-order spiritual pulse, or is unwilling to accept too harsh conditions, the path pointed out by the fallen leaves is his last choice.


    But now the ancient moon family has given very generous and relaxed conditions because they are optimistic about Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang has no need to take risks in the sand sea of death. He can choose to accept the conditions of the ancient moon family.


    According to Jue Ying, the Guyue family in Dafeng City is not an ordinary Jindan family. Its background is deep and its origin is mysterious. It is by no means as simple as it seems.


    If Meng Zhang can get the help of the ancient moon family, he will have a lot of opportunities to form a golden pill.


    The ancient moon family has produced many golden elixirs, which can provide rich experience and superior conditions.


    The favor of the ancient moon family is the dream of countless practitioners.


    Joining the ancient moon family is not a bad thing. Marry Bai Fumei, achieve the golden elixir, and then go to the peak of life.


    In fact, in order to join the ancient moon family and struggle less for decades, countless practitioners prefer to marry old women and grannies.


    As a jumper, Meng Zhang''s talent is so outstanding. Meng Zhang has a distinctive pride since he was a child.


    Later, after becoming the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang hid his pride for his own survival and the development of the sect. Pull down your face, flatter the strong and have the courage to please others.


    Over the years, after many trials, Meng Zhang''s pride never died.


    Even if the conditions provided by the ancient moon family are very favorable, Meng Zhang is still unwilling to agree easily.


    Meng Zhang always had a stubborn idea in his heart. We must rely on our own ability and find a way to form a golden elixir.


    He either wants to prove it to others, or he wants to obey his heart.


    To form a golden elixir, one of the major hurdles to pass is the heart demon level. It is necessary for practitioners to face their hearts and overcome their heart demons.


    According to the experience of predecessors who successfully tied the pill, the more understanding the cultivator''s mind is, the more successful his mind is, and the less difficult it is to break through the heart magic pass.


    Whether it was for his own mind or to break the heart demon pass when jiedan, he regarded the ancient moon family as the last choice.


    Even if there is a lot of danger and a narrow escape, Meng Zhang has to break through the sand sea of death.


    Meng Zhang told jueying his decision. He still wanted to try in the sand sea of death.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s determination, jueying seems a little relieved.


    She told Meng Zhang that although there were many crises in the sand sea of death, it was not without any vitality.


    The fifth level power is in a bad state and is restrained by the yuan God Zhenjun. It costs a lot every time. As long as there is no threat to his noumenon, he will not easily take action. Even if he found that someone had taken the pith, he would at most drive the sand monster to hunt down.


    The dead sand sea is almost the base camp of sand monsters, and a large number of sand monsters wander in it. However, third-order sand monsters are a minority after all.


    As long as he is not watched by the third-order sand monsters, it is difficult for ordinary sand monsters to entangle him with Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    As for those ghost friars and evil friars, others may be afraid, but Meng Zhang is not worried.


    As long as you don''t enter the golden elixir realm, no matter what ghosts and demons you repair, demons are strange, how many Meng Zhang dare to take it.


    Once he made up his mind, Meng Zhang put aside all his concerns and wholeheartedly prepared for entering the sand sea of death.


    Jue Ying put his jade pendant and Meng Zhang''s jade pendant together and gently urged them.


    The two jade pendants each emitted a faint light. The two faint lights converged in the air and turned into a human figure.


    That figure is the image of the long lost fallen leaves.


    She looked ahead and said, "Meng Zhang, take a few steps forward."


    Meng Zhang knows that this is the unique distraction ability of immortal Jindan. The empty shadow of the fallen leaves is transformed by a wisp of mind left by the fallen leaves.


    After the fallen leaves became the golden elixir immortal, they placed their thoughts in the jade pendant in Jue Ying''s hand. The jade pendant in my hand should be a keepsake to inspire the fallen leaves.


    Meng zhangshun stepped forward from the and came to the empty shadow of fallen leaves.


    The shadow of fallen leaves gently touched Meng Zhang''s forehead, and countless messages immediately poured into Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang knew that Jue Ying would not harm himself, so he did not make any resistance and let the information enter his mind.


    The content of the information was too much and miscellaneous. Meng Zhang didn''t look at it carefully, but just scanned it roughly.


    This information should be the detailed process from the completion of the foundation period to the golden elixir period. From these contents, Meng Zhang can get a lot of valuable experience and lessons.


    In addition, there are some senior friars'' key to breaking through the golden elixir. I don''t know where the fallen leaves came from.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang received the information.


    The shadow of the fallen leaves became dim after passing the message.


    The empty shadow of the fallen leaves looked at the Jue Ying, "since you have brought Meng Zhang here, it shows that he has the determination to enter the sand sea of death. You girl, have wanted to enter there for a long time, and will not miss this opportunity. I can''t persuade you. Just go with him."


    Jue Ying also moved forward and stood side by side with Meng Zhang in front of the virtual shadow of fallen leaves.


    The virtual shadow of the fallen leaves dissipated, and countless light spots fell from the sky onto Meng Zhang and Jue Ying.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying both felt that countless information came out of their minds.


    This information contains a lot of detailed information about the dead sand sea. There are all kinds of natural traps and harsh environment. How to sneak into it, how to avoid danger inside?


    There is too much information to read for a while.


    Meng Zhang was a little strange. He ventured into the sand sea of death. It can be said that he was forced to have no choice. But why does Jue Ying risk going there?


    Jue Ying doesn''t seem to have completed the foundation. Even if she has completed the foundation and wants to impact the golden elixir period, she shouldn''t worry about the third-order spiritual pulse, right?


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled eyes, Jue Ying said, "I have other important things to do when I enter the sand sea of death. Don''t worry, I won''t hinder you."


    "If you are really worried, we can go our separate ways and enter there from different places."


    Meng Zhang quickly shook his head. He was joking about what he was worried about.


    Although the cultivation of jueying may not be as good as herself, she has mastered many strange secrets, and her survival ability may not be weaker than herself. On many occasions, you may play a stronger role than yourself.


    Moreover, as a disciple of immortal Jindan, she was born into a super force such as Dark Alliance. She must have more cards in her hand than herself.


    It''s definitely a very favorable thing to walk with Jue Ying.

 Chapter 403

    When Meng Zhang entered the sand sea of death alone, he was still a little lonely. With the help of jueying, there is a greater chance of success.


    Two people walking together, it''s hard to say who has touched who''s light. However, with their joint efforts, they have doubled their combat power and stronger survivability.


    In that jade pendant, there is a wisp of spirit of fallen leaves. The jade pendant loses its function when the spirit of the fallen leaves is exhausted.


    The two pieces as like as two peas, but the material is totally different.


    The jade pendant in Jue Ying''s hand is made of warm jade that can warm and nourish the spirit. Meng Zhang''s jade pendant is just an ordinary spirit jade.


    However, Meng Zhang carefully put away the jade pendant.


    They didn''t leave in a hurry. They slowly digested the news from the God of fallen leaves in this small courtyard.


    In particular, the information obtained by Meng Zhang has a lot of valuable experience in breaking through the golden elixir period, which just makes up for one of his weaknesses.


    Even though Meng Zhang has always been very confident in himself, it is a surprise to be able to obtain these contents. It will play a great role in breaking through the golden elixir period in the future.


    The town they temporarily live in is just a mortal town. However, because it is located near the yujianmen Mountain Gate, its aura is stronger than many oases in the endless sand sea.


    However, they are both friars in the foundation period, and the aura here can not meet their daily needs. They all carry a lot of spirit stones, which are enough to consume slowly.


    After staying in the town for more than ten days, they have sorted out the information about the dead sand sea given by the fallen leaves.


    There are detailed records of various dangers in the dead sand sea and how to avoid them.


    Although Meng Zhang has not fully understood the experience of jiedan given by Ye Ye, he can slowly understand it in the future. It is urgent to rush to the sand sea of death as soon as possible to obtain spiritual marrow.


    After they left the town, they didn''t stop nearby, but turned around several times and returned to Dafeng City by flying boat.


    There was a regular flight between Dafeng City and feihongzong, and there has always been a second-order flying boat between the two places. However, after a series of changes in recent years, the flights between Feihong city and Dafeng City have been greatly reduced, not twice a month.


    On the other side of taiyimen, flying boats are sent to Dafeng City from time to time, and there is no fixed flight.


    The second-order flying boat from Dafeng City to Feihong city this month has flown away a few days ago. Meng Zhang and Jue Ying didn''t want to spend time waiting for a new flight, so they flew directly to feihongzong territory.


    Both of them are friars in the foundation period, and their flight speed is much faster than that of the first-order flying boat..


    Although Fei hongzong had a long-term confrontation with huoyun sect, he was relatively peaceful on the border with Dafeng City.


    No matter which sect, they don''t want to provoke gale city at this time.


    Because of the numerous wars in the endless sand sea in recent years, mineral production has been greatly affected. Various mineral resources transported to Dafeng City for sale have been severely reduced.


    After years of war, feihongzong''s Treasury is about to be emptied. Feihongzong''s purchasing power was greatly reduced, which made Dafeng City lose a lot of business.


    The endless sand sea is a very important business route for Dafeng City, which contains high profits.


    Due to the tension of endless sand sea, the business of Dafeng City is affected, and Dafeng City is very dissatisfied.


    If not for the intervention of the yuan God Zhenjun behind the endless sand sea situation, Dafeng City wants to forcibly subdue huoyun sect and Feihong sect and restore peace to the two sects.


    On the way, jueying told Meng Zhang that the situation behind the endless sand sea is a secret for most practitioners. However, those large-scale cultivation forces in Jiuqu League should have heard of them.


    After a long time, the cultivation forces in the endless sand sea are the most ignorant. Probably no other sect knows the truth except Feihong sect and Mobei Qi family.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart while flying with the Jedi shadow.


    They soon left the territory of Dafeng City and entered the territory of Feihong sect.


    Because the two defense lines of Gobi and huoyun sect involve most of the energy of Feihong sect, where it borders Dafeng City, Feihong sect can''t give consideration to it.


    Meng Zhang had seen the patrol team of feihongzong many times, but it had long disappeared.


    Even after entering the hinterland of Feihong sect, the defense here has become very sparse.


    After flying for a long time, they finally saw a patrol team of feihongzong.


    They had the power of pupil art and found the patrol team of feihongzong early.


    At such a tense moment, neither of them wanted to make trouble, so they avoided feihongzong''s patrol early and didn''t contact them.


    Although they delayed a little, they finally crossed the territory of Feihong sect and entered the territory of taiyimen.


    It was not long since he left the sect, and Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to return to the sect.


    Together with Jue Ying, he made a big circle and flew to the southwest. Through the original territory of shuangfenggu, he entered the territory of the original golden sword gate.


    It turned out that the golden Dao gate was close to the skillful hand gate. After the decline of the golden Dao gate, most of the territory of the golden Dao gate fell into the hands of the skillful hand gate.


    South and north of the Qiaoshou gate, there is a large area bordering on the dead sand sea.


    Strange to say, it is no secret that there are a large number of sand monsters wandering in the dead sand sea. But the sand monsters of the dead sand sea rarely leave the dead sand sea and enter the endless sand sea.


    The sand monsters in the endless sand sea are directly cultivated by the sand monsters'' nests in the endless sand sea.


    After Meng Zhang knew that the disaster of sand monsters was related to the five levels of power in the dead sand sea, he had more doubts in his heart.


    However, limited to his current strength, he can only temporarily suppress these doubts.


    On the territory of skillful hand sect, the patrol becomes tight.


    Especially in the face of the Gobi, the skillful hand gate strengthened the patrol here because of the invasion of monsters. Taiyimen also sent many disciples to join the patrol team there. Even the foundation building friars of the two families will take turns to sit there.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to delay at this time, nor did he want to talk slowly with the monks of the two families.


    Together with Jue Ying, he took the initiative to avoid the patrol team and fly towards the dead sand sea, just as he was on the territory of Feihong sect.


    They crossed the territory of the skillful hand gate and entered the dead sand sea from the north.


    Not far from entering the dead sand sea, there was a sky of sand and dust, violent aura fluctuation and overflowing vitality.


    They looked at each other. It was a coincidence that just entering the dead sand sea, they met a group of sand monsters fighting.


    I don''t know who is sacred. Fight the sand monster here?


    With this in mind, Meng Zhangyun broke the false magic eye and looked forward.


    Just one look, his face became strange.


    The one who is fighting with the sand monster in front is Jin Qiaoer of the skillful hand gate.

 Chapter 404

    Meng Zhang knew Jin Qiaoer when she was a little girl.


    Jin Qiaoer was regarded as a treasure by the skillful sect since she was a child because of her excellent qualification and talent.


    Especially aunt Jin and aunt Jin Qi regard her as a sweetheart. Hold it in your hand for fear of falling, and hold it in your mouth for fear of melting.


    However, the favor of everyone did not develop Jin Qiaoer''s arrogant character. She has always maintained a childlike heart and an excellent temperament.


    In her girlhood, after the kidnapping of the friar Huang Lian taught Hedong Fentan, she quickly matured and changed from an innocent girl to an excellent nun.


    Especially after witnessing aunt Jin''s death in front of herself, she seemed to grow up overnight, fade all her green and immature, and become a strong person who can be alone.


    Because of the close relationship between Taiyi gate and Qiaoshou gate, Meng Zhang had many contacts with Jin Qiaoer. Meng Zhang could feel Jin Qiaoer''s progress almost every time he contacted her.


    This progress is not only in cultivation, but also in mind, bearing and so on.


    Meng Zhang wondered why Jin Qiaoer appeared in the sand sea of death.


    Although it is said that after the foundation Dan was compensated by taiyimen, another monk of qiaoshoumen successfully built the foundation two years ago. However, due to the expansion of the skilled craftsmanship, there is still a shortage of manpower, especially friars in the foundation period.


    Jin Qigu, the leader of the skilled craftsman''s sect, is busy all day. Jin Qiaoer was really so idle that she ran to the dead sand sea and wandered around.


    With the relationship between Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate, it''s ok if you don''t meet them. Since you meet them here, it doesn''t seem good to say hello.


    Meng Zhang said to Jue Ying and led her to fly ahead.


    In the open desert ahead, Jin Qiaoer was surrounded by two second-order sand monsters and led more than 200 first-order sand monsters to attack continuously.


    Although Jin Qiaoer was only alone and faced the siege of many sand monsters, she was the one who really gained the upper hand in the battle.


    Jin Qiaoer stepped on a magic weapon in the shape of a cloud and made a glittering gold ring.


    Wherever the golden ring passes, the second-order sand monsters at both ends give way. Those first-order sand monsters who can''t dodge will immediately fall down as long as they are swept by the golden ring, and then turn into dust and dissipate.


    Seeing that Jin Qiaoer had the upper hand, Meng Zhang, who flew over, didn''t rush to help, but shouted: "girl Qiaoer, do you want me to help."


    Before Meng Zhang and Jue Ying flew close, Jin Qiaoer had found them.


    Jin Qiaoer smiled sweetly, "brother Meng, I don''t need your help. It''s just a few sand monsters. I can solve it alone."


    As if to prove what he said to Meng Zhang, Jin Qiaoer began to be powerful before his voice fell.


    I saw her as like as two peas, two gold and three gold rings, and three gold rings with the same gold. The gold ring was one hand, and the golden ring was one hand.


    The golden ring kept changing its position in the air and kept flying. The second-order sand monsters at both ends couldn''t dodge, so they were caught by a golden ring.


    The remaining gold ring rolled at high speed in the air and rolled towards those first-order sand monsters. Where the golden ring rolled over, the sand monsters were smashed one after another.


    After the two second-order sand monsters were trapped by the gold ring, Jin Qiaoer put his hands together a little hard and read a spell.


    The two gold rings tightened immediately and squeezed the two second-order sand monsters into powder.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, Jin Qiaoer wiped out all the powerful sand monsters in front of her.


    After the battle, Jin Qiaoer took the initiative to fly to Meng Zhang.


    After a while, Jin Qiaoer''s cultivation has made great progress. Now she is a monk in the middle of foundation building.


    Meng Zhang, who has always boasted of being a genius, feels ashamed of such a pace of progress.


    Jin Qiaoer not only made rapid progress in cultivation, but also had strong combat effectiveness. The magic tools in your hand and the spells you cast are not popular goods. It is obvious that they come from an extraordinary origin.


    "Long time no see, Qiaoer girl. Every time we meet, you give me a big surprise. Your progress is too fast."


    "It''s true that the waves behind the Yangtze River push the waves ahead. A new generation changes the old. Old guys like us will be caught up by young people like you sooner or later."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s praise, Jin Qiaoer showed a embarrassed expression.


    "Brother Meng flattered me. How can I catch up with you? By the way, this girl is..." Jin Qiaoer asked, pointing to Jue Ying.


    "I almost forgot to introduce you."


    "Jue Ying, this girl Jin Qiaoer is a talented friar of the skillful sect and a rising star in the endless sand sea."


    "Miss qiao''er, this is Jue Ying, an old friend of mine for many years."


    With the introduction of Meng Zhang, Jue Ying and Jin Qiaoer are officially acquainted.


    After chatting for a few words, Meng Zhang asked curiously, "girl Qiao, how did you appear here?"


    "The master told me that when I am free, I can go to the edge of the dead sand sea, find some sand monsters to practice and accumulate some combat experience."


    "However, the master specially told me that I can only go around the periphery of the dead sand sea and never go deep inside."


    Jin Qiaoer honestly said the reason why she appeared here.


    "Your master, miss qiao''er, don''t know who the master is?"


    Long ago, Meng Zhang knew that Jin Qiaoer had a mysterious master. It seemed very complicated. However, Jin Qiaoer didn''t take the initiative to mention it, and he couldn''t get to the bottom of it. Now that you have talked about this today, please ask by the way.


    "Originally, Shifu wouldn''t let me tell others. But since brother Meng asked, you''re not an outsider, it''s okay to tell you."


    "My mother-in-law and seven aunts used to call my master immortal Jin. The master told me her name was Jinli."


    Jin Qiaoer has nothing to hide from Meng Zhang.


    "Immortal Jin." this is really a strange name. However, since it is called a real person, it must be a golden elixir friar.


    There must be no such person in the endless sand sea. Meng Zhang is not very familiar with the situation of Jiuqu League, but only knows the names of a few Jindan real people.


    Meng Zhang glanced at Jue Ying. Jue Ying works for the black market in Jiuqu League. The information channel should be very well informed.


    Jue Ying saw Meng Zhang''s eyes and gently shook his head. It seems that she doesn''t know the details of this real Jinli.


    Jin Qiaoer simply mentioned his master and skipped the topic. Obviously, she didn''t want to talk more.


    Jin Qiaoer''s master is really a big hearted guy who can let his disciples fight sand monsters in the dead sand sea to exercise their actual combat ability.


    "By the way, brother Meng, how did you come here?" Jin Qiaoer asked curiously.

 Chapter 405

    After hearing Jin Qiaoer''s question, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying looked at each other. This question is very difficult to answer. Everyone is an ally and it''s not good to hide others. But if you don''t leak any information, you don''t seem to trust others enough.


    Meng Zhang pondered for a moment and said, "we are going to the north of the death sand sea."


    Meng Zhang said a general direction and didn''t lie, but Jin Qiaoer should not know his destination.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying were surprised. Jin Qiaoer thought about it and counted it slowly.


    "What''s there due north of the dead sand sea?"


    "On the other side of the Great Rift Valley, even my master dare not go there casually. You can''t go there."


    "Heifeng cemetery is a place where a group of ghost friars raise and refine corpses. It''s disgusting. Most of you are not interested in it."


    "There are many demon monks in the little devil cave. You shouldn''t go there to get rid of the devil guard."


    "What else is there in the due north direction? Oh, by the way, there is also lvyupo. You must be going there. You want to find the soul marrow."


    He and jueying had been plotting for a long time, but Jin Qiaoer broke it. If he didn''t know that Jin Qiaoer didn''t mean any harm, Meng Zhang doubted whether Jin Qiaoer had been monitoring himself.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s expression, knowing that he guessed his purpose, Jin Qiaoer looked very happy.


    "Qiao''er girl, how did you guess our destination?" Meng Zhang asked curiously.


    "In the past, when Shifu was with me, every time I finished practicing, Shifu told me a lot of stories, including about the sand sea of death."


    "I am very clear about the situation of various places in the dead sand sea and the dangers there."


    "The place you''re going to is a place where big villains give birth to sand monster nest seeds. There are many sand monsters guarding there, which is very dangerous."


    "In fact, it''s not just you. Over the years, many foundational friars have gone to that place to get spiritual marrow. But few of these people can succeed. Those who are lucky return without success, barely save a small life, and those who are unlucky are buried in it."


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying looked at each other. Many people know what they think is top secret.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s expression, Jin Qiaoer smiled.


    "In fact, several major forces in Jiuqu League know that they can get spiritual marrow from the dead sand sea."


    "Master, she said that the hypocrites of Jiuqu League dare not enter the dead sand sea. They only dare to send some young people in the foundation period to try their luck and pick up bargains."


    Listening to Jin Qiaoer''s tone, she is really familiar with all kinds of situations in the dead sand sea. Although we already have the information provided by the fallen leaf immortal, we are going to a very dangerous place. It''s no harm to know more.


    So Meng Zhang pulled down his face and asked Jin Qiaoer for advice.


    Jin Qiaoer didn''t hesitate to give advice, but she put forward a condition to go to the dead sand sea with Meng Zhang.


    In the conversation with Jin Qiaoer just now, Meng Zhang already knew that she had a master of Jindan immortal. How dare Meng Zhang take her with him.


    If she had any accident on the road, Meng Zhang would have to face the anger of immortal Jindan.


    However, Jin Qiaoer also has a temper. She must go with Meng Zhang, otherwise she won''t tell Meng Zhang more information.


    She solemnly declared that the place of lvyupo was not the depths of the dead sand sea. She went to that place, not against the master''s order.


    Jin Qiaoer especially told Meng Zhang that in the past, lvyupo was indeed the place to give birth to the seeds of sand monster nests.


    But over the years, the sand monster group has begun to shift as the foundation building friars harass them from time to time.


    The green jade park is thousands of miles around. There are too many places to hide the seeds of the sand monster''s nest.


    If you are outside, with the ability of two foundation building friars, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying, you can still find the target if it takes a little more time.


    However, in the dead sand sea, under the influence of mysterious forces, the environment is extremely bad and it is difficult to judge the direction. If you are not careful, even the friars in the foundation period will get lost. It is also common to get lost and die in the dead sand sea.


    Jin Qiaoer once heard his master mention the general orientation of the sand monster group after the transfer.


    Jin Qiaoer said so much that she just wanted to act with Meng Zhang.


    The spiritual marrow is a third-order spiritual object. Even if Meng Zhang performs Dayan divine calculation, it is difficult to calculate its whereabouts.


    With Jin Qiaoer who knows the situation to lead the way, it really needs to be much more convenient.


    Jin qiao''er saw Meng Zhang''s obvious heart and said to Meng Zhang while the iron was hot. She will not hold us back, and she has something for her life given by her master.


    Meng Zhang remembered that when he besieged the third-order monster, Jin Qiaoer took out the Yin thunder, which was able to inflict heavy damage on the third-order monster. The life-saving thing on her is really not simple. It''s a good thing to have a powerful master.


    Finally, Meng Zhang agreed to the requirements of Jin Qiaoer''s peers.


    Jin Qiaoer was as happy as a child who got the candy he wanted.


    Since Jin Qiaoer has been approved to go with him, Meng Zhang is not wordy. He directly asks Jin Qiaoer to see how much she knows about the situation in the dead sand sea.


    Jin Qiaoer, who was in a good mood, told Meng Zhang in great detail.


    Jin Qiaoer talked for a long time. Meng Zhang and Jue Ying looked at each other and felt very lucky.


    Most of the information given to them by the fallen immortal is OK. However, there is a small part of information, because the environment of the dead sand sea is changing at any time, this part of information is obviously outdated.


    In the sand sea of death, even a little seemingly insignificant deviation will lead to very serious consequences.


    Of course, in the information given by real person deciduous, he also specially reminded them. There are changes all the time in the sand sea of death, and this information can only be used as a reference.


    At first, Meng Zhang and jueying really ignored the reminder of immortal ye ye.


    Fortunately, I met Jin Qiaoer on the way and could correct some mistakes.


    Seeing the great value of Jin Qiaoer, they no longer excluded him from joining the team.


    After discussing the route, they left here and went deep into the dead sand sea.


    In the sand sea of death, the sun can hardly be seen all year round. All day long, the sky is dark and gloomy, and it is almost difficult to distinguish between day and night.


    The crazy roaring wind and sand almost never stopped. Huge tornadoes visible to the naked eye rolled up sand dunes and threw countless yellow sand around.


    Because the higher they fly, the more frenzied the wind they face. All three are unwilling to fly high and want to save some strength against the wind.


    The three men almost flew close to the ground and passed at low altitude.

 Chapter 406

    The endless sand sea is desolate enough, but it is far from the dead sand sea.


    There is no green or living creature in the dead sand sea.


    The three walked all the way and entered the dead sand sea for a distance. They were stunned and didn''t see any living creatures.


    The mountains in the dead sand sea were basically flattened by the strong wind. Occasionally I see several hills, which are very weathered. I don''t know when they will completely disappear.


    Sand dunes flow frequently. After a strong wind, the original sand dunes disappear and new sand dunes appear elsewhere.


    In this environment, almost no landmark terrain can be found as a reference.


    The three need to cast the pathfinding spell from time to time to ensure that they do not deviate from the original direction.


    I don''t know what power it is. It''s very difficult to cast pathfinding spell, and it''s easy to fail.


    This is the case even for monks like Meng Zhang who build a perfect foundation.


    The three stumbled forward, not very fast.


    After flying out for a long distance, the three took advantage of the interval of the strong wind to find a leeward dune to rest.


    Without saying more nonsense, they directly took out the spirit stone and began to meditate and regulate their breath to restore their true Qi.


    After enough rest, the three left there and moved on.


    Although Jin Qiaoer has heard a lot about the dead sand sea from his master. When I got to the place, I found that I was talking on paper.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying got a lot of information from the fallen immortal, but when they really entered the dead sand sea, they found that the situation was much worse than expected.


    At this time, jueying shows its super ability of how to adapt and survive in a harsh environment.


    In the face of many checkpoints, jueying first came up with a solution.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer admire jueying very much. They are glad to have her along the way.


    On the way, the three met wandering sand monsters many times.


    If the number of sand monsters is not large and their strength is not strong, the three will clean them up. However, if you encounter a large group of sand monsters, avoid them for the time being and try to avoid fighting.


    There are so many sand monsters in the dead sand sea that they can''t be killed at all. In order to save energy, the three took the initiative to avoid many unnecessary battles.


    Only when we can''t avoid it, will we have a big war.


    It took them almost half a month to get near their destination.


    Lvyupo, originally a huge lake, is named because the lake is as green as jade.


    But since the formation of the dead sand sea, the huge lake has completely dried up and can''t even see half a drop of water.


    The water completely disappeared, exposing the dry bottom of the lake and the high riverbed.


    This is a few obvious terrain in the dead sand sea, which is used as an important reference place by those monks who travel to and from the dead sand sea. The place name lvyupo has also been preserved.


    There were many small lakes and tributaries around lvyupo, which have long disappeared.


    At this place, Jin Qiaoer pointed to the northwest of lvyupo and said, "there are many underground caves there. The seeds of sand monster nests were born there."


    "It''s said that every time a sand monster''s seed is born, it consumes its soul marrow. Shifu, she is very distressed. She says that those sand monsters are killing nature."


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking, "girl qiao''er, since your master doesn''t like these things, why don''t you stop them?"


    Jin Qiaoer shook her head and said, "other Jindan immortal dare not enter the death sand sea. Master, her old man often goes in and out of the death sand sea, but she can''t do it easily."


    "The master didn''t tell me the specific situation. I just know these things. It seems to involve the agreement between the yuan God and Zhen Jun."


    It is said that it has something to do with the yuan God Zhenjun, so Meng Zhang didn''t ask any more questions.


    For him now, the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun is too high. He is not qualified to intervene in other people''s affairs.


    "From time to time, friars in the foundation period went to rob the spiritual marrow, so in previous years, sand monsters migrated to the West."


    "I don''t know where they are. I just know a general direction."


    Jin Qiaoer said a little embarrassed. Obviously, before departure, she slightly exaggerated her intelligence for the sake of her peers.


    Everyone has come here, and Meng Zhang didn''t say much. Jue Ying directly said what to do next.


    "I''ll go to the original place first to see if there are any traces left by the sand monsters."


    Jue Ying made a lot of sense. Everyone searched and advanced towards the northwest according to what she said.


    In order to ensure the search efficiency and ensure that there are no omissions, the three people are separated by a distance and go hand in hand.


    In the sand sea of death, Meng Zhang always felt that there was a power that enveloped the whole sand sea of death.


    This force put great pressure on him and made him a little distracted. His talent and magic power are greatly affected here, and he can''t see it too far.


    After flying out for a long distance, Meng Zhang was the first to gain.


    On the ground ahead, there are many large and small holes, which go directly into the ground.


    There are more holes, which have long been buried by the blowing sand.


    Meng Zhang, who is very familiar with the habits of sand monsters, knows that this is the nest of sand monsters, and it has been abandoned by sand monsters.


    When sand monsters abandon their original nests and migrate, they will take away the most important nest core and Lingyuan beads. In the abandoned sand monster''s nest, there are basically not many useful things to find.


    In order to ensure that everything is safe, Meng Zhang performed the art of unearthed hiding, sneaked underground and came to the abandoned sand monster nest.


    Many access channels have collapsed, and the original magnificent nest has been basically scrapped.


    Meng Zhang searched underground and did not find any useful clues. There was no other discovery except a few broken robes, a pile of discarded tools and occasional bones.


    However, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry because he already had a clue.


    Although he can''t directly deduce the whereabouts of the spiritual marrow with Dayan divine calculation, he can deduce the whereabouts of the sand monsters who once built their nests here according to the residual traces here as long as there are no third-order sand monsters.


    According to Jin Qiaoer, the sand monsters in the nearby nest are guards. Their duty is to guard the birth of new nest seeds.


    After the new sand monster nest seed is born, it will enter the endless sand sea through various ways. Then it grew slowly and became a major problem in the endless sand sea cultivation world.

 Chapter 407

    As long as Meng Zhang uses Dayan''s calculation to deduce the whereabouts of the guard sand monster, it should not be far from finding the spiritual marrow.


    Meng Zhang was only a little worried about whether his secret arts could be successfully applied in the sea of death.


    The mysterious power that enveloped the whole sand sea of death always made him feel very uneasy. If he hadn''t been a master of heavenly secrets, he would not have sensed the existence of this power.


    Meng Zhang fled to the ground, ready to meet Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying, and see what they found.


    As soon as he came to the ground, Meng Zhang heard something like a battle on his left.


    Meng Zhang dared not neglect, and immediately flew over.


    Before he got close to the battlefield, Meng Zhang found a scene that he could never imagine.


    In Dafeng City, ye Feifan, who had a dispute with Meng Zhang, unexpectedly appeared in the sea of death.


    At this time, ye Fanfan didn''t have the appearance of being down and out in Dafeng City. He was energetic and domineering.


    Ye Feifan didn''t use any magic tools. He suppressed Jue Ying and Jin Qiaoer with empty hands.


    Jue Ying and Jin Qiaoer both have accomplishments in the middle of foundation construction, especially Jue Ying, which is already the peak in the middle of foundation construction and may break through to the later stage of foundation construction at any time.


    But now they can''t do anything.


    Jue Ying, holding a dancing whip, danced out the whip shadow all over the sky and rolled up the howling wind.


    Jin Qiaoer sacrificed the golden ring and kept attacking Ye extraordinary.


    Ye Feifan is just like walking in a leisurely court. He swam easily under the fierce attack of the two people. A pair of palms flying up and down can force two women to retreat.


    I don''t know why Ye Feifan appeared in this place at this time, but also made friends with two women.


    Although knowing that both women have hidden cards, Meng Zhang is unwilling to continue to watch.


    Meng Zhang offered a silk wrapped soft sword and turned it into a competitive practice, so he rolled it to Ye extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang''s progress is too fast. This second-order flying sword, which was very popular at the beginning, can''t catch up with Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    Dancing Liu Jian Jue with the wind is only Meng Zhang''s conventional attack method. Quietly, he has taken out the golden and black lanterns and is ready to sacrifice at any time.


    Meng Zhang was recognized by Ye Feifan as soon as he made a move.


    "It''s you. Good boy, it''s a good means. You even deceived me at the beginning."


    "It seems that you have quietly cracked my heart bewitching secret. You can really act and act vividly."


    Ye Feifan spoke on his mouth, but did not stop on his hand. He shot directly and circled Meng Zhang into the battle group.


    "Boy, what exactly is your origin? I''ve inquired everywhere in gale City, but there''s no such person as you. Are you not a friar in gale city?"


    "I also lied to you that you are a family friar in Dafeng City. Can''t you see your origin?"


    Ye Feifan has extra strength besides fighting, and begins to inquire about Meng Zhang''s identity.


    Meng Zhang joined the battle in person and found out the extraordinary power of Ye.


    Meng Zhang was also a monk who built a perfect foundation and accepted the inheritance of taiyimen in its heyday. He was also a monk who had experienced all kinds of wars.


    But now he joined hands with Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying. They can only barely resist Ye Feifan and can''t get the upper hand at all.


    Of course, all three had reservations and didn''t show their killer mace.


    But look at Ye Fanfan. With his kind of wily temperament, will he have no hidden cards?


    Take the descendants of their own direct relatives as their own attachment tools and use the forbidden blood parasitic method in the cultivation world. Meng Zhang had never encountered such a before.


    The old ghost in Ye Feifan''s body was about to form a pill before falling. It seems that now not only the accomplishments have been restored, but also greater progress has been made.


    Jiedan, by the way, ye Feifan''s cultivation is close to jiedan.


    No matter how many followers he left in those years, he also needs a third-order spirit pulse or a similar spirit object.


    In his case, I''m afraid it''s difficult to borrow the third-order spirit pulse from the Jiuqu alliance.


    Although the blood parasitic method is hidden, it may not be able to hide from immortal Jindan.


    The masters of the Jiuqu league are also authentic sects, but there is no room for evil demons who use the blood parasitism method.


    Many major forces in Jiuqu League know the news of the existence of spiritual marrow in the dead sand sea. Ye Feifan should also have a way to know.


    He can''t use the third-order spirit pulse. He must have hit the spirit marrow.


    In this way, ye Feifan has become a direct competitor of Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang guessed Ye Feifan''s purpose, ye Feifan, an old fox, probably guessed Meng Zhang''s purpose.


    "Little brother, you have completed the foundation period. If you don''t stay at home and shut up well, you are ready to break through the golden elixir period, but you risk a great risk to come to the ghost place of death sand sea."


    "Isn''t it true that you don''t even have a third-order spiritual pulse in your family?"


    "The relationships among the major Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City are intertwined, and there are not a few marriages. Even if you don''t have a third-order spiritual pulse in your family, you should have the cheek to beg your old relatives and friends."


    "Now, I''m sure you''re not the son of the big family in Dafeng City."


    Ye Feifan''s face was peaceful, and his tone of voice seemed to see an old friend. He was very affectionate.


    But when he shot, he didn''t show any mercy and greeted Meng Zhang''s key everywhere.


    "Little brother, you are blessed. Unexpectedly, there are two charming beauties in the sand sea of death."


    "Little brother, I think you can''t afford two beauties alone. It''s better to give me one and I''ll take good care of you."


    Ye''s extraordinary obscene language, Jue Ying, as if he hadn''t heard it, was still so calm.


    But Jin Qiaoer, who has a thin skin, can''t hang on his face. She is ready to take out some powerful means to teach the old man a lesson.


    Meng Zhang stopped him by delivering a message in time.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang doesn''t want to clean up the old guy, but has made a new discovery.


    Not far away, a monk is flying here quickly.


    We don''t know whether the visitor is an enemy or a friend. It''s best to keep some cards.


    More than one group of friars flew over, but two groups of friars flew from different directions.


    When Meng Zhang found that others were close here, ye Fanfan also found it.


    He made a few moves, forced Meng Zhang and others, temporarily retreated to one side and secretly began to guard.


    Meng Zhang was relieved by Ye''s extraordinary response. It seems that ye Feifan''s accomplice should not have come. Otherwise, he wouldn''t behave like this.

 Chapter 408

    Meng Zhang and others didn''t wait long. Two groups of practitioners flew here almost at the same time.


    The group with the largest number of disciples was accompanied by five practitioners, but their strength was uneven. In addition to the young friar who was the first one who had completed the foundation building, the other four friars who looked like followers, except one in the later stage of foundation building, were three in the middle stage of foundation building.


    The other group of monks had four people in total, two of whom built the foundation perfectly and two of whom were in the later stage of foundation building.


    In the harsh environment of the dead sand sea, you must have at least the cultivation in the middle of foundation construction before you dare to enter here. If you want to get in and out more calmly, you should at least have a team of monks in the later stage of foundation construction.


    The two groups of practitioners who just came here know each other.


    "Mr. Lu, if you are not happy in Dafeng City, how can you take your attendants to the dead sand sea to eat sand?"


    "Wang Jiquan, I don''t need to explain to you hyenas when I act."


    As soon as the two groups of people opened their mouths, they looked at each other.


    The black market on the other side of Jiuqu League is also powerful and well-informed. Jueying has been in the black market for many years, and has heard a little about many monks in Jiuqu League.


    She whispered to Meng Zhang and told the origin of the two groups of monks.


    The young friar is Lu Chao, the elite friar of the Lu family in Dafeng City. The other four should be his subordinates.


    The other four practitioners are a well-known group of casual practitioners in Jiuqu League.


    The first friar named Wang Quanli, another friar named Ning Bo, and two twin brothers, Qian Kaiyu and Qian Kaizhou.


    Generally speaking, most of the casual practitioners in the cultivation world are low-level monks with poor qualifications who can''t worship the sect. Of course, there are also some monks who are either expelled by the pope or become monks after the collapse of the family.


    In addition, there are also some monks who naturally yearn for an unrestrained life and are unwilling to be bound by the rules of the sect, so they did not take refuge in the power of truth cultivation.


    This is probably the case with casual repair gangs like Wang Quanli and Ning Bo.


    The four have good qualifications and good accomplishments. The four of them, like-minded, worked together and made some achievements in the cultivation world.


    After hearing the introduction of jueying, Meng Zhang was very impressed.


    Jiuqu League is a small and well-known group of casual practitioners. When it is put into the endless sand sea, its strength may exceed that of most of the practitioners.


    The Lu family is the "death sand sea of Dafeng City. There are many dangers. As a human monk, I should work together in the same boat."


    Meng Zhang had a plan in mind after jueying told the origin of the two groups of monks.


    He shouted to Ye Feifan, "Ye Feifan, you robbed the Huang family''s precious treasure to help knot Dan, which angered the Huang family''s ancestors. The Huang family''s ancestors personally ordered and issued a high reward. You must be caught back."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, everyone brightened up.


    Lu Chao was born in Dafeng City. Naturally, he heard about the dispute between Ye Fanfan and Huang family some time ago. In his capacity, there is no need to curry favor with the Huang family. However, Meng Zhang mentioned the most precious treasure to assist jiedan, so he couldn''t help being unmoved.


    Not to mention the four people including Wang Qi, the reward offered by the ancestor of the golden elixir and the best treasure to help knot the elixir, each of them has irresistible temptation.


    There is no doubt that Meng Zhang is lying. The dispute between Ye Feifan and the Huang family is spreading in Dafeng City. If there is no treasure involved, how can such a big event happen.


    Ye Feifan saw the eyes of everyone, and he simply regarded himself as a prey. But he had no fear at all, and he still looked so leisurely and comfortable.


    "Are you ye Feifan?" Lu Chao asked impolitely.


    Ye Fanfan looked at Lu Chao with a little disdain. Lu Chao, a childe born in a big family, is his most hated object.


    Meng Zhang spoke again, "you guys, it''s a long dream. We might as well take ye Feifan first and then discuss how to distribute the treasure."


    Meng Zhang regards Ye Feifan as a great threat. Of course, he should encourage the practitioners present to fight together to win Ye Feifan.


    "You don''t have to talk too much about how you behave," Lu Chao said rudely to Meng Zhang. Then continue to stare at Ye extraordinary.


    "Boy, please hand over the treasure from the Huang family. I''m in a good mood. Maybe I won''t give you to the Huang family."


    Ye Feifan suddenly moved. His whole body suddenly turned into a burst of smoke and quickly floated away to the distance.


    Before his body disappeared, he looked at Meng Zhang deeply.


    No one thought that at the last moment, ye extraordinary stood there, and the next moment turned into smoke and disappeared.


    Lu Chao was stunned first and then became angry. He shouted angrily, then took four attendants and flew in the direction of the smoke.


    Of course, the four of them would not watch the prey run away. Naturally, they flew close behind.


    Meng Zhang and the two women looked at each other. They both took the opportunity to get rid of Ye extraordinary, and followed suit.


    Ye Feifan''s technique of smoke escape is better than concealment, but the speed of escape is not very outstanding among all kinds of escape techniques.


    Although he took the lead, he escaped for a long distance. But the pursuers behind soon caught up with him and kept a firm eye on him.


    Lu Chao was the first to catch up and broke Ye Feifan''s escape.


    Ye Fanfan had to recover his figure and beat Lu.


    There were other pursuers behind him. He didn''t dare to delay too long. He had to continue to escape.


    There are so many friars in the foundation period, and their strength is not weak. No matter how high Ye Feifan''s cultivation is and how strong his combat effectiveness is, as long as he is not a Jindan immortal, he is definitely not an opponent.


    Ye Feifan fights and walks. He doesn''t dare to stay in one place for too long.


    Due to the uneven cultivation, the team of practitioners chasing him was pulled very long.


    Wang Jiquan, Ning Bo and Lu Chao chased him in the front and entangled him firmly so that he could not get away.


    Meng Zhang knew that ye Feifan had many hidden backhands, so he deliberately left behind and asked others to go first.


    The rest of the practitioners really couldn''t keep up with the speed, so they slowly fell behind.


    However, when Lu Chao and others entangled Ye Feifan, he couldn''t get rid of the pursuit and completely escape.


    Everyone just chased and fled and flew north.

 Chapter 409

    After chasing out for a while, Meng Zhang first found that the situation was a little wrong.


    He, who has fought with Ye Feifan, knows the strength of this old thing very well. At his speed, if he deliberately runs away, even if he may not be able to catch up with him, not to mention Lu Chao and others.


    Even if he can''t escape with all his strength after being entangled, his performance should not be like this. He looked like he was deliberately luring people to chase him.


    Meng Zhang thought of the secret method created by the ghost friar by Ye Fanfan, the blood parasitic method, and the rumors of his collusion with the ghost friar. He moved in his heart and asked Jin Qiaoer around him, "miss Qiaoer, how much do you know about the ghost cultivation force in the dead sand sea?"


    "I''ve heard from Shifu that there are many ghost monks on the side of the dead sand sea. The largest gathering place is on the other side of Heifeng cemetery."


    "However, there is no golden elixir among these ghost friars, and the strongest one is just fake elixir."


    "If Shifu hadn''t been restrained, he would have killed these disgusting guys."


    Hearing that there was no real Jindan among the ghost friars in the dead sand sea, Meng Zhang was a little relieved. However, the guy with fake Dan''s strength can''t be underestimated.


    Meng Zhang had never dealt with false Dan friars before. He didn''t know how far there was between the perfection of foundation construction and false Dan.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, they chased Ye Feifan and entered a huge sand dune.


    The wary Meng Zhang first found that the situation was wrong. He shouted, "be careful."


    The change happened suddenly before the voice fell.


    In the sand sea of death, it is already dark and there is no light. A thick dark fog appeared out of thin air and shrouded all around.


    The worst of all the people present were the monks in the middle of foundation construction, and their reaction was not slow. At the sight of the change, the black fog greatly hindered his eyes, but he still saw a lot of things.


    Countless ghosts are hidden in the black fog. Under the ground, there are many zombies shuttling back and forth. In all directions, ghost friars are eyeing.


    Without letting the people wait too long, the ghost friars ambushed here began to attack.


    At least ten ghost friars attacked from all directions under the cover of black fog.


    Countless ghosts screamed bitterly, which made everyone feel numb and restless. They could hardly maintain the stability of their body.


    Dozens of zombies emerged from the ground and frantically rushed at the people.


    A series of sinister and uncanny ghost magic spells shot at everyone.


    Ye Feifan also attacked the people with those ghost friars.


    Meng Zhang''s three men were also attacked by the enemy.


    Ghost friars cultivate ghost skills, which is just a means to seek longevity. Many ghost friars still remain alive.


    However, some extreme ghost friars, in order to improve the power of ghost magic, resolutely abandoned the living body and transformed themselves into a ghost body.


    Such ghost friars are more insidious and difficult to deal with.


    Meng Zhang and them were entangled by three such ghost friars.


    A ghost friar has no flesh and blood all over his body, just a gloomy white bone.


    A ghost repair holding a soul summoning bell and a zombie holding a mourning stick.


    These three ghost friars all have the strength in the later stage of foundation building.


    The three of them worked together to display a strange array, which made Meng Zhang feel a little difficult.


    The black fog rolled, and more and more ghosts entered the battlefield.


    A strong breath rose from the other side of the battlefield. One of Lu Chao''s attendants screamed and was bitten off by a huge skull.


    This breath is immortal Jindan. No, it''s a little worse. It should be a false monk Dan.


    Meng Zhang discovered the strength of the hidden enemy.


    "It''s not suitable to stay here for a long time. Let''s go quickly." Meng Zhang greeted the two women and prepared to break through.


    At the moment, ye Fanfan has the help of a ghost monk. It is impossible to have another chance to kill him.


    Meng Zhang and these ghost practitioners have no deep hatred. There is no need to continue to entangle with them.


    Meng Zhang took out the golden and black lamps, and the hot sun and true fire gushed out.


    The sun''s true fire, which is just reaching the sun, is the bane of ghost friars. Without Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, you can''t suppress the fierce sun fire.


    Three ghost friars, who were besieging Meng Zhang and others, screamed repeatedly and kept retreating.


    Where the sun''s true fire passes, all ghost magic immediately disappears.


    Three ghost friars were forced back. Meng Zhang and others had no love for war. They recognized one direction and flew directly over.


    As for the other two groups of monks, they are not relatives, so Meng Zhang had to say sorry.


    However, whether it is the casual cultivation team who has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years, or the friars of Jindan family origin like Lu Chao, they should have a hidden card, and it is not so easy to fall here.


    Meng Zhang opened the way in front with a golden black lamp. The real fire of the sun burned the black fog into nothingness.


    The three broke through the encirclement and flew outside.


    At this time, a huge skull made strange noises and chased after him.


    The flying speed of the skull is still above that of Meng Zhang. Soon they flew over them. With a big mouth and an invisible suction, they dragged the three people all at once.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to get rid of the enemy''s suction.


    One by one, the golden ebony flew out of the golden ebony lamp and jumped on the skull one after another.


    Jin qiao''er and Jue Ying were not idle, and attacked and blasted at the skull.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s real sun fire from Jinwu lamps, the two women''s attack effect is not great.


    Meng Zhang knew that he could not be entangled by the enemy for too long. Otherwise, when the battle on the other side is over and several ghost friars spare their hands, it will be bad on their own side.


    Friar feidan is really strong. If he fights alone, Meng Zhang is really not an opponent. Even with the help of two women, they can only barely parry.


    Of course, although the false Dan friar has strong combat effectiveness, Meng Zhang will not envy each other at all.


    In order to exchange for strong combat effectiveness, false Dan friars lost the possibility of advanced golden elixir period in the future at the cost of their own path.


    Friars will not take the initiative to become false Dan friars unless they are cut off or have to.


    The false Dan friars among the ghost friars must pay a higher price. Seeing that the enemy has abandoned even the human body, leaving only such a skull, Meng Zhang disdains it very much.

 Chapter 410

    No matter how strong you are now, it''s just a moment. Meng Zhang thought.


    Although forced to the disadvantage, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry.


    When he was in Dafeng City, he bought two pseudo third-order runes from the black market.


    The pseudo third-order talisman is of no use to the golden elixir immortal, but it should be effective against the false elixir friars.


    Meng Zhang was about to take out the pseudo third-order talisman, but Jin Qiaoer did it first.


    She took out an animal skin the size of a palm and injected it with true Qi. Immediately, a burst of yellow sand flew into the sky.


    Thick yellow sand rolled up to the skull and wrapped it all at once.


    The skull struggled desperately, but it was hard to break free.


    As a disciple of immortal Jindan, Jin Qiaoer has a lot of good things in her hands. There is absolutely no shortage of items such as pseudo third-order talismans.


    While the skull was trapped by yellow sand, the three immediately sped away to the distance.


    The three men listened to the thundering roar and the constant roaring sound behind them. They didn''t look back, but buried their heads and ran away.


    With the help of Jin Qiaoer''s pseudo third-order talisman, the three finally escaped from danger and successfully escaped from the hands of ghost friars.


    After escaping far away and feeling safe, the three stopped to have a rest.


    In the sand sea of death, it is a very energy-consuming thing to travel at full speed. Compared with being outside, it has a lot of inconvenience.


    While taking a rest, the three discussed the next step.


    With such a narrow escape experience, the three experienced the danger of the sand sea of death.


    For Meng Zhang, the spiritual marrow is related to his own path. Of course, he will not stop because of this danger.


    Jin Qiaoer was a little afraid at first, and then felt a burst of excitement. She has come here, and she can''t go home alone.


    "Ye Feifan, an old man, is really with the ghost friar."


    Meng Zhang scolded fiercely, and then told his second daughter about his dealings with Ye Feifan.


    And Jin Qiaoer and they met Ye extraordinary by chance before. When the two sides disagreed, they started.


    After hearing that ye Feifan sacrificed his own descendants to use the blood parasitism method, Jin Qiaoer rushed to be very angry, and the Jue Ying disdained all over his face.


    "So, ye Feifan''s body should be an ancestor of the Ye family."


    "It''s really hard to deal with this vicious old guy with the help of ghost friars," said Jue Ying.


    "Our ultimate goal here is to capture the spiritual marrow. As long as we can find the spiritual marrow before ye extraordinary, there is no need to fight with these ghost friars." Meng Zhang said his plan.


    "But these ghost friars have found here, and we don''t know the specific whereabouts of the spirit marrow." Jue Ying said the difficulties they were facing.


    "I''ve heard from Shifu that even ghost friars can''t act recklessly in the sand sea of death. I''m afraid it''s difficult to start a war in a short time. Practitioners always have many secrets. Even if the relationship is intimate, it''s not suitable to ask the bottom.


    Meng Zhang took his second daughter back along the original road and returned to the abandoned sand monster nest.


    Meng Zhang fled underground and came to the abandoned sand monster nest.


    The sand monster''s nest is huge, just like a huge underground city. The three randomly found a hidden corner and slowly meditated and recovered.


    Meng Zhang found an excuse to get along alone.


    He sat on the ground with his legs crossed, concentrated and calmed down, and was ready to start his magic calculation.


    One calculation chip after another floated around Meng Zhang''s body. He kept pinching his hands and chanting words in his mouth. He wanted to deduce the whereabouts of the sand monsters by relying on the traces in the sand monsters'' nest.


    At the beginning of casting, Meng Zhang felt that there was something terrible in the dark. He was rapidly pursuing himself along some clue.


    His heart was shocked, and he had an intuition that if he continued to perform Dayan divination, there would be unpredictable disasters.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang believes in his intuition. This is not groundless intuition, but the ability of whim.


    Meng Zhang quickly interrupted the casting and took back all the inferences.


    Meng Zhang groaned and fell to the ground, spewing blood from his mouth.


    This is not only the damage caused by spell reverse phagocytosis, but also a mysterious force. It was moved by his secret arts and touched him gently.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t react quickly enough to stop casting the spell in time, I''m afraid he wouldn''t just be touched.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang began to take pills to slowly treat the injury.


    Tianji not only didn''t work, but caused great harm to him.


    You can''t infer with the magic of heaven. It must be more difficult to find the whereabouts of the spiritual pulp.


    However, Meng Zhang not only did not have the slightest depression, but his fighting spirit increased greatly. His temperament is that the more frustrated he is, the more brave he is, and he will never give up easily.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang failed to perform Dayan divine calculation, a burst of schadenfreude laughter rang out in a corner of the sand sea of death.


    "Who is this master who doesn''t know the greatness of heaven and earth, who dares to use his magic in the sea of death?"


    "Haven''t his elders warned him? Or are they too arrogant and really don''t believe in evil?"


    "Young people now..."


    Almost at the same time, Jin Li was patrolling a corner of the dead sand sea, and a voice suddenly sounded in her ear.


    "Just now, a master of heaven''s secrets performed his magic in the sea of death. It not only shocked the old ghost of the whole family, but also stimulated the great power."


    "The secret arts performed by this master are very interesting and bring me an inexplicable sense of familiarity."


    "Pay more attention to the surrounding situation, especially near the Heifeng cemetery, and try to find the secret master."


    After listening to the command, immortal Jinli respectfully saluted the sky and responded with a "yes".


    Then, immortal Jinli changed her direction and flew to Heifeng cemetery.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t know that because he rashly performed Dayan divination in the sand sea of death, he had shocked his existence.


    Because he was seriously injured in this accident, Meng Zhang had to spend a lot of time healing.


    He didn''t dare to wander around in the sea of death until he completely recovered.


    Jin Qiaoer and the second daughter of Jue Ying also stayed here with Meng Zhang and stayed underground for the time being.


    At least on the surface, the bottom of the dead sand sea is much safer than the ground.

 Chapter 411

    Meng Zhang was seriously injured due to the counterattack of heaven''s secrets. He hid under the ground to heal his wounds. It took almost half a month, but he just avoided many troubles on the ground.


    On the day when Meng Zhang and his disciples were ambushed by ghost friars, Meng Zhang saw the opportunity early and ran away in time with Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying. The other two groups of monks were a little unlucky.


    The loose cultivation group led by Wang Quanli showed a very clever skill of joint attack, and unexpectedly defeated a ghost monk with fake Dan strength. Relying on a pseudo third-order talisman, he forcibly broke the encirclement and successfully broke through and escaped.


    There was no other loss except that all four of them suffered some moderate injuries.


    The team with the worst luck is Lu Chao. As a monk from Dafeng City, ye Feifan hates these big family children very much, so he puts most of his energy on Lu Chao and others.


    Facing the siege of many ghost friars, Lu Chao played all his cards and couldn''t stand it.


    Finally, he abandoned all his followers and managed to fight his way out and ran away in a hurry.


    The unwilling ghost friar chased after him, so that he had no way to heaven and no way to earth.


    Finally, the desperate Lu Chao escaped into the sphere of influence of the little devil cave.


    There are a group of demon monks hiding in the little devil cave all year round. Even the ghost monks dare not break in easily.


    If ordinary friars are compared to civilians, ghost friars are bandits at best, and demon friars are barbarians invaded by foreign countries.


    In the face of demon friars, ghost friars basically retreat and avoid far away.


    Lu Chao escaped into the little devil''s cave and left the tiger''s den and entered the wolf''s nest.


    These ghost friars successfully ambushed once and searched around. They didn''t find the whereabouts of the escaped friars, so they had to give up temporarily.


    However, these ghost friars were not proud for long.


    A few days later, immortal Jinli found the black wind cemetery, the hometown of the ghost monk.


    Immortal Jinli stood in the air and looked down at the foul smelling place. Her face was full of disgust.


    She gently raised her hand, and the ground began to fluctuate like water waves.


    The violent earthquake made the earth seem to crack. Many ghost friars could not continue to hide under the ground and flew out one by one.


    Although due to some agreements, she can''t directly fight against these ghost friars, there''s still no big problem to play a side ball and block these guys.


    "Immortal, please accept the magic power."


    The huge skull that once chased and killed Meng Zhang, the arrogant and domineering momentum, certainly did not exist long ago, but carefully flew under immortal Jinli.


    "Immortal, we have been hiding in this place. We have never offended immortal. I don''t know why immortal is fighting here?"


    "I don''t need to explain to you. My hands and feet are itchy. Move your hands and feet here. Why, do you have any dissatisfaction?"


    Immortal Jinli looked at the bottom with disdain.


    That huge skull, incredibly humanized, made a wronged look. After dealing with Jin Li several times, he knew that this woman was difficult and did not dare to say anything more.


    A large number of ghost friars present were also silent for fear of attracting the attention of immortal Jin Li.


    Jin Li was quite satisfied with the attitude of these ghost friars, so she didn''t continue to toss them.


    "Recently, have you gone out to hunt foreign monks?"


    Immortal Jinli was ordered to look for a foreign secret master. But the sand sea of death is too vast. Without other clues, it is more difficult to find a foreign monk than looking for a needle in a haystack.


    Even if she is a powerful golden elixir, there is no good way.


    But these ghost monks hiding in the dead sand sea are bloodthirsty beasts. As soon as an alien monk enters the sand sea of death, he is like a cat smelling fishy smell. He can''t wait to harvest the alien''s blood, flesh, bones and even souls.


    Therefore, Jin Lizhen found these ghost friars and wanted to find out the news from them.


    "No, no..." the huge skull kept shaking left and right.


    "Let the real person know. I''ve been staying here honestly for a while, and I''ve never been out."


    "Really?" immortal Jinli obviously didn''t believe it.


    However, these ghost friars are old-fashioned. They decided not to tell the truth, and Jin Li didn''t have a good way.


    Immortal Jinli was very measured just now. At most, he just scared them. It''s impossible to really hurt them.


    Jin Li was intimidated and threatened, but she didn''t ask the answer she wanted. Finally, she had to leave reluctantly.


    When immortal Jinli became powerful, ye Feifan always hid among the ghost friars and dared not make any changes.


    In his heart, he was really envious of the prestige of immortal Jindan.


    After immortal Jinli left, he flew to the huge skull and said, "Taoist friends, you can see how powerful a golden elixir immortal is. As long as you help me get the spiritual marrow, I will be rewarded when I achieve the golden elixir in the future."


    The huge skull looked at Ye extraordinary with suspicious eyes, but said nothing.


    Although Ye Fanfan has practiced the secret method of ghost and blood parasitic method, in essence, he is not a complete ghost friar. Naturally, he can''t get the complete trust of these ghost friars.


    The status of these ghost friars in the dead sand sea is also very embarrassing, and they are not willing to take the initiative to attack the sand monster.


    Ye Feifan also knows that the other party has doubts. He is not in a hurry and allows the other party to think slowly.


    After leaving Heifeng cemetery, immortal Jinli continued to fly to the north and came near the little devil cave.


    Although she knew that there was no magic friar of Jindan level, real Jinli still showed fear on her face. After hesitation, she still didn''t go in, but took a detour to another place.


    Jinli looked around in the sand sea of death, but she didn''t know that the Heavenly Master she was looking for was with her disciple Jin Qiaoer.


    Meng Zhang and others did not live long when they hid underground.


    Before Meng Zhang''s injury was completely healed, several second-order sand monsters suddenly broke into their hiding place under the ground and attacked them madly.


    The sand monsters in the dead sand sea are divided into many different groups. Meng Zhang and others are looking for a sand monster group to protect the nest seeds. They have no intention to entangle with these irrelevant sand monsters.


    There are countless sand monsters in the dead sand sea. It is impossible to kill them. Killing sand monsters has no booty. Meng Zhang didn''t want to waste their energy. After a few moves with these attacking sand monsters, they took the initiative to retreat.


    After returning to the ground, they spent a little effort to get rid of the pursuit of these sand monsters.

 Chapter 412

    After Meng Zhang and others emptied their hands, they began to search for the whereabouts of the sand monsters guarding the nest seeds.


    When the sand monsters move, they will leave many traces. But most of the time in the dead sand sea is blown by wind and sand, and all traces will soon be buried.


    Fortunately, although Meng Zhang''s secret arts cannot be cast, other spells are not greatly affected. Among them, those spells such as trace tracing and pathfinding can be successfully performed with more effort.


    In particular, jueying is especially proficient in this kind of magic and has a strong ability in tracking.


    Based on Jue Ying, supplemented by Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer, the three finally found useful clues and began to follow them.


    Since entering the dead sand sea, the strong wind here has almost never stopped. Almost all the time, strong winds roll countless sand and dust from all directions.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and others started tracking, the big storm became more and more rampant.


    There was no light in the sky for a long time. It was dark and almost invisible. Even the divine consciousness of the practitioners during the foundation period has been greatly affected by the wind and sand, and can not be released too far.


    Meng Zhang showed his arrogant magic eye, barely recognized a direction, and ran over with his two daughters.


    In this case, they can''t even fly low to the ground. They can only run on the ground.


    I don''t know how far I ran out, and the surrounding storms began to stop gradually.


    Although the wind and sand are still very big, the three can finally accurately distinguish the direction.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying found that they had deviated from the original predetermined direction.


    Jue Ying was about to find his way again when two friars flew from the front.


    The figures of the two monks swayed in the air and seemed to fall at any time.


    Not far from the front, the two finally couldn''t maintain their balance. They fell straight from the air and fell to the ground.


    Fortunately, they were flying low against the ground, and there was soft sand on the ground, so they didn''t fall seriously.


    After landing, they were still struggling on the ground.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang and his second daughter immediately took the initiative to meet him.


    He has recognized the identity of the two men. They are members of Wang Quanli''s scattered repair Gang, Qian Kaiyu and Qian Kaizhou.


    When Meng Zhang came to the two brothers, the two brothers were pale, foaming at the mouth and rolling on the ground.


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, the two monks in the later stage of foundation construction were controlled by him without the slightest resistance.


    Meng Zhang made a backward pull with one hand. The two brothers who were unable to move were pulled in front of them by invisible forces.


    Just glancing at it, Meng Zhang said, "they are anxious and confused."


    Most monks know more or less medical skills. Meng Zhang has gained a lot of inheritance from the place of trial. He has a wide range of knowledge, has a wide range of knowledge, and knows a little in all aspects.


    In terms of medical skills, he barely entered the door and was able to deal with some less serious situations.


    Although the two brothers have been controlled, they look crazy and stare at Meng Zhang with angry eyes.


    As Meng Zhang spoke, he stretched out his hand to point out more than ten strong Qi and gently hit the two brothers'' key acupoints.


    After a while, the two brothers'' faces first showed the color of struggle, and then slowly recovered Qingming.


    After regaining their senses, the two brothers also understood their own situation.


    Meng Zhang saved the two brothers, but he was curious about what happened to them.


    With the strength of their scattered repair group, what happened to them will make them come to this end.


    Seeing that the two brothers recovered their senses, Meng Zhang separated the two brothers and asked Jue Ying about them respectively.


    Meng Zhang inquired about his brother Qian Kaiyu. When Meng Zhang asked about their experience, Qian Kaiyu was full of fear and then showed sadness and anger.


    It turned out that after they broke through the encirclement of ghost friars, they had been searching around for the whereabouts of the spirit marrow.


    They went around for a long time and flew over many places.


    Maybe it was a lucky turn, or maybe the emperor did his best. They found a sand monster nest seed in an underground tunnel not far away.


    In that tunnel, surrounded by countless sand monsters.


    After a little observation, the four rushed up and attacked fiercely.


    After a great war, they wiped out the guard sand monsters and destroyed the nest seed.


    In the ground near the nest seed, they found a pith.


    This pith is only the size of a baby''s head, and its weight is a little insufficient.


    Wang Quanli and Ning Bo have built a perfect foundation for a long time. For many years, he has been running around to achieve the golden elixir.


    The weight of this spiritual marrow is a little reluctant for one person to use, and it is not enough for two people at all.


    Wang Quanli and Ning Bo are both aspiring friars. They don''t want to be vassals of those great families of cultivation, so they want to rely on their own efforts to achieve the golden elixir.


    The opportunity to achieve the golden elixir is at hand, but only one person can enjoy it.


    There are many dangers in the sand sea of death. They have encountered many crises along the way. This time I was lucky enough to get this soul marrow. As for whether there will be such luck next time, no one knows.


    Therefore, unexpected and reasonable things happened.


    Wang Quanli and Ning Bo almost simultaneously plotted against each other and wanted to capture the soul marrow.


    Although Wang Quanli is the leader of this gang, he is just a little better in life, but his cultivation strength is between Bozhong and Ning Bo.


    The two sworn brothers, who are even closer than blood brothers, are ruthless and vow to take each other''s lives.


    They were injured by each other almost at the same time, and then pressed down the injury and began to fight for life and death.


    The Qian brothers on the sidelines were so surprised that they couldn''t react at all. After the reaction, they were at a loss and didn''t know which side to help.


    When the two brothers were still in a dilemma, Wang Quanli and Ning Bo, who were fighting for life and death, did not forget their brothers.


    With their nature of mind, of course, there will be no future trouble. Let the two brothers sit and reap the benefits.


    So Wang Quanli and Ning Bo involved the two brothers in the battle group.


    After a fierce tripartite scuffle, the two brothers of the Qian family slowly lost their mind and didn''t know what happened later.


    The two brothers did not recover until they were rescued by Meng Zhang.


    In the process of Qian Kaiyu''s narration, Meng Zhang has been exerting his talents, his heart and mind, and carefully monitored his mind.


    Whether from his external reaction or his inner thoughts, he didn''t lie and told the truth.

 Chapter 413

    On the Jue Ying side, she asked her brother Qian Kaizhou and got the same result as Meng Zhang.


    However, for the sake of prudence, they exchanged inquiries and repeatedly asked the two brothers, and got the same results.


    At this time, it was basically concluded that the two brothers were telling the truth.


    Their two brothers came to the end just now. Most of them were hit by some kind of magic to attack the mind in the battle.


    If they had not happened to meet Meng Zhang and were treated by Meng Zhang, most of their brothers would not be able to leave the dead sand sea alive.


    After some treatment and examination, Meng Zhang roughly determined that the two brothers had no serious problems.


    Now the two brothers'' prohibitions have not been lifted, and they still can''t move. Now is not the time to restore their freedom.


    Meng Zhang discussed with Jue Ying and them.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose of entering the sand sea of death this time is also for the soul.


    Now hearing the news of spiritual marrow, the three naturally can''t let go easily.


    No matter whose hand the spiritual marrow falls into, Meng Zhang will take it.


    It''s about his jiedan Avenue. At this time, Meng Zhang won''t take into account the identity of a righteous monk.


    He will never hesitate to seize, kill or seize treasure.


    I don''t know whether Wang Quanli and Ning Bo have won or lost at this time.


    However, whoever wins in the end should not stay here for long, but leave the sand sea of death as soon as possible.


    Without further delay, Meng Zhang took her two daughters on the road.


    With one move, he entangled the Qian brothers with two invisible Qi and carried them behind him.


    Along the direction just mentioned by the Qian brothers, Meng Zhang and them flew over directly.


    Before they flew far, they saw what the Qian brothers said about the tunnel.


    On the flat earth, dozens of tunnels crisscross and extend far.


    These huge tunnels, hundreds of feet deep, are like ugly scars, deeply engraved on the earth.


    Inside and outside the tunnel, there are a lot of special ashes, which should be the debris left after the sand monster was destroyed.


    Meng Zhang showed his arrogance breaking magic eye and looked carefully. Except for many traces of the battle, no battle was taking place.


    Is the battle over and the winner gone?


    With this guess in his heart, Meng Zhang flew to the place mentioned by the Qian brothers with his second daughter.


    They took Qian''s brothers and flew into a tunnel in the middle.


    When he fell to the bottom of the tunnel, he found that there were dense and different depths of tunnels around him, as well as traces left after various battles.


    On the ground in front, there were two bodies, which looked like Wang Quanli and Ning Bo.


    Are they dead together?


    Although he didn''t believe the result, Meng Zhang was still a little happy.


    If they really die together, it will save them a lot of hands and feet. They just don''t know where the spiritual marrow is now?


    Meng Zhang was thinking about his soul. His eyes extended everywhere. A crystal clear ball the size of a baby''s head fell into his eyes.


    Meng Zhang felt a burst of ecstasy, and then suddenly felt something wrong.


    The round ball sent out bursts of attractive light, which almost absorbed Meng Zhang''s eyes, so that they couldn''t move away.


    The ball seems to exude a mysterious power, quietly attracting the three people''s minds.


    Meng Zhang, who has a gifted divine power and his heart, is very sensitive to spiritual power. He was acutely aware that a strange force was invading his mind silently.


    Meng Zhang himself has many experiences of using his heart communication ability to invade and read the hearts of others. Moreover, there are also some contents of spiritual confrontation in the inheritance.


    Meng Zhang, who responded in time, immediately resisted this attack.


    At this time, Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying''s two daughters had begun to waver.


    Meng Zhang shouted, "be careful."


    The loud cheers that directly hit the heart pulled back the two women''s mind that was about to be fascinated.


    For all kinds of ghost tricks, I''m very familiar with the Jue Ying, and I''ll react immediately. There was a rare look of anger on her face, and then her face was full of murderous intent.


    Obviously, this spell trying to control her mind has completely angered her.


    Jin Qiaoer also reacted quickly and was also very angry.


    For practitioners, this behavior of intending to control their own mind is extremely hateful and absolutely intolerable.


    At this time, the ball on the ground was shining, and murmurs of vagueness sounded in the three people''s ears.


    The three first felt a shaking of their minds, and then immediately made effective defense.


    Meng Zhang kept drinking too much, which weakened the power of whisper.


    The Jue Ying''s neck lit up a burst of light, and she urged the body protection magic weapon Ningshen jade pendant.


    Jin Qiaoer also had a magic weapon to defend the enemy''s attack on his mind, blocking the whispering voice outside.


    Just as the three were fighting against the enemy''s means of invading their minds, the Qian brothers, who were originally controlled by Meng Zhang, struggled and confused for a while, then roared like a beast in their mouth and struggled to earn. They not only got rid of Meng Zhang''s prohibition on them, but also got rid of the shackles of Meng Zhang''s true Qi.


    As soon as they recovered their freedom, the two brothers rushed at Meng Zhang like wild animals.


    Wang Quanli and Ning Bo, who had been lying on the ground and were almost no different from the dead, jumped up from the ground and rushed over equally madly.


    Being attacked by the enemy on both sides, Meng Zhang had to bear the spiritual attack of the secret enemy. Meng Zhang and his three men fell to the disadvantage at once.


    However, they did not panic at all, but responded calmly.


    As long as there is enough defense, the hidden enemy''s spiritual attack will not play a great role. At most, it can harass the three people and make them a little distracted.


    Although the four of them seem crazy and fearless of death, their strength is much lower than before, and they obviously have no clear mind. They are basically puppets controlled by others.


    Under normal circumstances, Wang Jiquan''s casual repair gang can indeed pose a great threat to Meng Zhang. But in this case, they seem fierce, but in fact, their strength is greatly reduced, far from normal.


    Meng Zhang took out the golden and black lanterns and released the true fire of the sun, blocking the strongest Wang Quanli and Ning Bo.


    And Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying teamed up with the Qian brothers.


    When the Qian brothers were under control, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying checked repeatedly. There were no abnormalities in their bodies. However, the two suddenly changed, which really surprised Meng Zhang and them.


    In addition to being a little unprepared at the beginning, once they reacted, Meng Zhang successfully resisted the enemy''s attack and began to slowly reverse the situation.


    The enemy hidden in the dark cast the magic of attacking the soul, which brought Meng Zhang a familiar feeling.

 Chapter 414

    Meng Zhang remembered that ye Fanfan had used this silent means to invade his heart in front of him.


    That was when Meng Zhang extorted Jidan from ye Feifan in Dafeng City. Ye Feifan tried to use this deceptive secret method to control Meng Zhang.


    At that time, Meng Zhang pretended to be caught, showed superb acting skills and got rid of Ye Feifan in time.


    Now the monk hiding in the dark shows this method to be more hidden and powerful. And skillful in manipulation.


    Meng Zhang''s insight is good. He doesn''t think this secret method is the means of a ghost monk.


    When facing Ye Feifan in Dafeng City, because he saw through Ye Feifan''s ghost secret method blood parasitic method, Meng Zhang took this method as a ghost secret method.


    Now he has a fierce confrontation with this secret method, and he has seen the end of Wang Quanli''s casual repair gang with his own eyes. Meng Zhang has a general speculation in his heart.


    These means of manipulating people''s hearts and turning monks into living puppets are clearly the means of demon monks.


    Meng Zhang has long heard of the devil monk, but he has never been in contact with him.


    Meng Zhang had seen the miserable situation when the fallen leaves were stained by the magic Qi.


    Now, Meng Zhang was ambushed by the demon monk secretly, and he was extremely alert.


    Meng Zhang whispers Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying secretly. There are evil friars hidden in the dark. They must be careful.


    If you force this person out of his hiding place later, you must not keep everything.


    In fact, without Meng Zhang''s reminding, jueying had guessed that there might be a demon monk hiding in the dark.


    Ye ye suffered a great loss from the demon monk in those years. Why didn''t she teach her disciples well.


    Jin Qiaoer also heard about the terrible of the devil friar from the master. After being reminded by Meng Zhang, she became more careful.


    The fierce battle continued. Wang Jiquan and his four men attacked from both sides, but they could not break the defense of Meng Zhang and others. The two sides fell into a stalemate.


    Although Meng Zhang seems to be fighting fiercely with the enemy, a large part of his attention is focused on the hidden devil friar.


    But this man''s breath was not exposed at all, and his whisper voice was also floating, so it was difficult to judge his position.


    Meng Zhang burst into a loud voice. The silk wrapped soft sword turned into a peerless practice and rolled up a sword shadow in the air.


    Under the cover of sound and light, Meng Zhang''s body shook slightly. In the spirit animal bag hanging on his waist, two dark shadows sprang out quietly, and then disappeared into the field.


    Meng Zhang seemed to have done nothing. Without Ruth''s clue, he continued to fight with his opponent.


    Due to the interference of the hidden devil friars, Meng Zhang and the three people were unable to concentrate all their attention. In the face of the siege of the Four Wangs, it slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    Fortunately, when Wang Quanli and others broke through the encirclement of ghost friars, all their killer maces such as pseudo third-order talismans were consumed. Moreover, they have lost all their mind and have a powerful cultivation, but they can''t give full play to it at all.


    Therefore, the situation of Meng Zhang and others will not be too bad.


    Even so, if the demon monk was allowed to control in the dark, the fate of Meng Zhang would not be easy to say over time.


    In the tunnel, the magic flies in disorder, and the energy overflows. The people fight together, and the scene is very hot.


    The two dark shadows flying out of Meng Zhang''s spirit beast bag are his spirit pet chasing electricity and colored glass.


    These two little guys are not big and proficient in concealment.


    In the past, in addition to chasing electricity faster and playing a role, colored glaze was basically a cute role.


    When it comes to frontal combat, the combat power of the two Qi refining levels is basically not helpful to Meng Zhang.


    But since they swallowed the flesh and blood of the third-order monster and got evolution, the fighting power of the two little guys has greatly increased, and they can barely match the friars in the early days of foundation building. As for their respective talents and abilities, they have been greatly strengthened.


    When Meng Zhang and the enemy were fighting, the two little guys secretly hid their bodies and secretly began to search around.


    I have to say that this demon monk is really good at hiding. Even if a group of monks come here and search carefully, they may not be able to find his trace.


    Fortunately, these two little guys have the unique intuition of spirit beasts, especially the little cat Liuli, who has extraordinary magic talent and is also good at hiding.


    If the evil friar has been quietly hiding in the dark, the two little guys may have nothing to do with him.


    However, in order to interfere with Meng Zhang''s three people, he must show his magic skills, which will inevitably leave traces.


    Finally, Liuli found the clue. Relying on her talent and ability, she found the trace of the demon monk using magic to hide his body shape.


    There is a special feeling between the spirit pet and the master.


    After receiving the information from Liuli, Meng Zhang was calm on the surface. In fact, he secretly informed Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying.


    The three moved slowly with tacit understanding and moved the battlefield near the place where the demon monk hid.


    The demon friar was very vigilant and soon found that the situation was wrong, but Meng Zhang and the three had already started before he reacted.


    Jue Ying takes out a pseudo third-order talisman and casts it directly.


    In the sky, there was a shadow that kept twisting and changing, and then turned into more than a dozen black tentacles and patted the four people.


    The four of them were not conscious and didn''t know how to dodge. Instead, they took the initiative to meet this pile of tentacles.


    As soon as they contacted, the four of them were immediately entangled by tentacles and could not escape for the time being.


    Seizing the rare opportunity, Meng Zhang aimed at the hiding place of the evil Friar and directly released a pseudo third-order talisman.


    Meng Zhang was so frightened by the hidden devil friar that he didn''t dare to keep his hand at all. Once you seize the opportunity, you come up with the strongest means.


    The earth shook violently, and an Earth Dragon came out of the ground and jumped directly ahead.


    After a crisp sound, the space in front of the originally empty place cracked like glass, and a dark shadow appeared.


    After the violent collision, the black shadow gushed blood in his mouth and kept flying back.


    Evil friars are the public enemies of the cultivation world. It is not easy to survive in the cultivation world. The number of evil friars at the golden elixir level is rare.


    Therefore, among the demon friars, items such as pseudo third-order talismans are still relatively rare.


    In particular, these evil friars hiding in the dead sand sea have little contact with the outside world, and it is difficult to obtain various resources from the outside world. And there are no magic friars of Jindan level.


    In front of this demon monk, naturally there is no way to obtain the pseudo third-order talisman.


    Once exposed, you lose your biggest card. He is also a monk with a perfect foundation period. He really can''t resist the pseudo third-order talisman.

 Chapter 415

    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment from the fighting process just now, most of the cultivation of this demon friar is the heart demon among the demons.


    If this person is allowed to make preparations in advance and sneak attacks, even the powerful monk team such as Wang Jiquan will be caught accidentally.


    However, as long as he is prepared in advance and knows his deeds, he is at most a little better than the general friars who build a perfect foundation. He has absolutely no advantage of rolling.


    It was Jin Qiaoer who followed Meng Zhang. She also cast a pseudo third-order talisman.


    Anyway, she has a master of the golden elixir immortal. As long as she can give up the materials, there is still no shortage of pseudo third-order talismans.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang seems a little poor. When casting such a heavy weapon as pseudo third-order talisman, we must be careful.


    Resist two pseudo third-order talismans in succession, and the demon friar was seriously injured.


    A strange scream came out of his mouth. The four trapped Wang Quanli immediately broke out with all their strength and forcibly broke free from the entanglement of the dark tentacles in a self mutilation way.


    Regardless of their serious injuries, they rushed at Meng Zhang and others like crazy people.


    At least they were also monks who completed the foundation building and in the later stage of the foundation building. Once they began to die together, they began to work hard, but Meng Zhang and others did not pay attention.


    Even if they hated the demon monk again, they had to take care of their own lives first.


    Taking advantage of Meng Zhang''s temporary entanglement, the demon friar immediately performed his hiding skill and fled here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang had no time to separate and could only watch him escape.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t do anything, but secretly ordered him to chase electricity and secretly chased after him.


    The evil friar fled, and Meng Zhang and others were able to deal with the four kings with all their strength.


    The glaze was not fast enough. Instead of chasing electricity, it stayed.


    She secretly performed magic tricks to help Meng Zhang and others fight the enemy.


    Wang Quanli and Ning Bo are controlled by the secret arts of the devil''s way. They are deeply possessed by the devil, and their minds have been completely lost, leaving only the instinct of killing.


    After a hard struggle, Meng Zhang completely refined his whole body with the sun''s true fire.


    The brothers Qian Kaiyu and Qian Kaizhou are also controlled, but they are still shallow in magic.


    Liuli''s magic trick secretly made their two brothers lose consciousness for a moment, and then they were captured alive by Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang captured them, there were some things that had not been made clear, and he needed to get answers from them.


    This time, Meng Zhang, who was on guard, made great efforts to control the two brothers to ensure that they could not break free.


    After the battle, Meng Zhang had time to pay attention to his surroundings.


    The object that fell on the ground and looked like a spiritual marrow, as Meng Zhang expected, was transformed by the magic weapon of the demon Friar and used to confuse people.


    After Meng Zhang checked it, he incinerated it completely with solar fire.


    There are traces of magic tricks in many places around. With the escape of the demon monk, all illusions began to weaken and slowly exposed.


    Meng Zhang searched around and found nothing else.


    Next, Meng Zhang asked Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying to protect the Dharma for himself. He wanted to check the status of the Qian brothers.


    His main purpose was not to cure them, but to explore the mysteries of the devil''s way from them.


    This time, with preparation and determination, Meng Zhang directly checked the spirits of the two brothers.


    Sure enough, in the depths of the two brothers'' spirits, they were secretly banned. Every move of the two brothers was secretly controlled without knowing it.


    Therefore, in the face of the magic Friar''s confusing magic secret method, we have such a strong resistance.


    A friar who has built a perfect foundation can travel a hundred miles away. Even if his body is destroyed, he can have a chance to give up his rebirth.


    Meng Zhang slowly infiltrated his powerful spirit power into the spirits of the two brothers.


    After some hard work, Meng Zhang finally forcibly wiped out the prohibition within the two brothers'' spirits with his powerful spirit power.


    In this process, he personally made close contact with the magic secret method, and also made a close hand fight between gods and souls.


    Taking this opportunity, he read out many memories of the two brothers from the spirits.


    It turned out that the casual repair Gang met only an ordinary sand monster group. However, when fighting with the sand monster group, the demon friar hid in the dark and plotted against Wang Jiquan and others with his deceptive magic skills.


    After all, casual practice is casual practice. When facing the demon friars, unlike those large sect disciples, they have the experience handed down by the sect.


    Moreover, the extreme desire for spiritual marrow in their hearts also made their hearts flawed, which gave the devil friars an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    That demon friar should also be an old hunter. I know what these foreign friars want most.


    From the time he found Wang Quanli and others to luring them to take the bait, he was so skillful.


    A spirit marrow disguised by the secret method of the devil''s way, with a little secret provocation, let the two sworn brothers turn against each other and kill each other.


    When Wang Quanli and Ning Bo were both defeated, they were taken advantage of by the evil Friar and turned them into heart devil puppets.


    However, the Qian brothers were not possessed and had the strength to escape.


    The demon friar not only didn''t catch up immediately, but decided to use them to catch new prey.


    The two brothers, who thought they had successfully escaped, did not know that their spirits had long been invaded by the power of the devil friars.


    When they met Meng Zhang, they should not die.


    Meng Zhang not only broke the trap laid by the demon friar, but also captured their brother alive.


    After understanding the general process of the matter, the prohibition in the spirits of the two brothers was completely lifted. The powerful sun and moon Qi also washed all the bodies of the two brothers to ensure that there was no magic Qi residue and there would be no problems.


    After all this, Meng Zhang was relieved.


    As for the two brothers, the spirit was badly hurt this time. After waking up, it takes a long time to cultivate and heal. Moreover, it is impossible to have the opportunity to advance the golden elixir period in the future. The cultivation will certainly fall sharply. Even the cultivation in the middle of foundation construction may not be able to be maintained.


    Meng Zhang discussed with Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying. It''s not good to leave the two brothers here.


    In any case, the two experienced friars in the foundation period are still very valuable.


    Finally, Jue Ying, who has all kinds of rich experience, put the two brothers to sleep with a pill, and then took out a palm sized cloth bag.


    This is a race bag that can be used to hold living people. She skillfully put the two brothers in it.

 Chapter 416

    When Meng Zhang burned Wang Weili and Ningbo to ashes with the sun''s true fire. That demon monk who was running away, if he was hit hard during the flight, vomited several big mouthfuls of blood, and almost couldn''t keep his body in the air.


    He stabilized his shaky body and tried to make sure he didn''t fall to the ground. With the most resentful eyes, he looked at the place where he had just fought, and then continued to escape without saying a word.


    He fled all the way and arrived at his destination after a long time.


    He went into the ground, went underground for a while, and came to an underground cave.


    In that cave, ye Fanran was also among them.


    Sitting at the top is an old man in blood. Ye Fanfan sits at the bottom.


    The demon friar went in without saying hello.


    "Poison heart devil, how do you look like this? Which righteous expert did you meet?" Ye Feifan asked in surprise.


    The demon monk who plotted against Meng Zhang, ye Feifan''s poisonous heart devil, ignored Ye Feifan, but said to the old man in blood: "blood boss, how can this guy with both ends of the head and mice appear here?"


    While saying, he glanced at Ye extraordinary with disdain.


    The old man in blood said, "well, take care of yourself first. I and brother ye have been old friends for many years. Why can''t we get together?"


    "Poison heart devil, blood hand devil, blood boss and I have known each other for many years. When we met, you haven''t entered the Tao yet." Ye Fanfan said impolitely.


    The poisonous heart devil wanted to attack, but thought of his injury, he finally didn''t say a word and sat down in a corner of the cave.


    The blood hand devil ignored the poison heart devil, but said to Ye Feifan, "brother ye, the thing you just said is not my prevarication, it''s really difficult to do."


    It turns out that ye Feifan has a wide range of friends, and there is no lower limit. Not only has he colluded with the devil friar for a long time, but also secretly caught up with the devil Friar''s line.


    Before he fell, he colluded with the blood hand devil and did a lot of bad things.


    After his rebirth by using the blood parasitism method, he first made a lot of noise in Dafeng City. Later, in order to avoid the pursuit of friar Huang, he had to escape into the dead sand sea and shelter in the ghost friar he knew at that time.


    He wanted to persuade the ghost friar to help him get the soul marrow, but the ghost friar was afraid of offending the sand monster''s owner and had to refuse him.


    In desperation, he found the blood hand demon he knew at that time.


    The blood hand devil has long appreciated Ye extraordinary, who is cruel and inhuman. He has always wanted to pull him into the camp of demon friars.


    Ye Feifan came to the door, and the blood hand demon was certainly happy. The condition put forward by the blood hand devil is that ye Feifan should take the initiative to become a demon friar, so as to help him obtain the spiritual marrow.


    Ye Fanfan knows so well that he doesn''t even want to be a ghost friar, not to mention a demon friar.


    Once you become a demon monk, you will become the public enemy of the cultivation world and the enemy of this world. He wouldn''t be easily possessed if he didn''t have to.


    Before the poison devil came in, the two were bargaining there.


    After the poisonous devil came in, they said a few gossip and continued their conversation.


    Suddenly, the poisonous heart devil gave a dull hum and vomited a big mouthful of blood again.


    This was the time when Meng Zhang broke the prohibition in the spirits of the two brothers of the Qian family.


    Seeing the appearance of the poisonous heart devil, the blood hand devil and ye extraordinary stopped talking.


    The blood hand devil frowned, "what''s going on? Who let you suffer so much?"


    When the blood hand devil asked, although he was reluctant to make a fool of himself in front of Ye Feifan, the poison heart devil was honest and said everything that had happened before.


    It was originally a rich hunting, because I met a man and two women later, I not only lost all my prey, but also seriously injured myself and fled back.


    After listening to the story of the poisonous heart devil, the blood hand devil''s face was gloomy and his eyes showed killing intention from time to time.


    The thoughtful expression flitted across Ye Feifan''s face and didn''t speak.


    The blood hand devil smiled angrily, "these foreign friars are so brave that they refuse to die obediently and dare to hurt me. When I free my hand, I have to draw out their souls and put them on the magic fire to burn."


    Ye Feifan had other ideas in his heart, so he didn''t want to continue to entangle with the blood hand devil.


    He talked with the blood hand devil for a while, and took the initiative to leave.


    After ye Feifan left, the poison heart devil asked, "blood boss, you indulge this guy too much. Why are you so polite to him?"


    The blood hand devil sighed, "you don''t understand. Our demon friars seem fierce and powerful, but the actual talents wither and don''t become a climate."


    "If this guy can take the initiative to join the devil''s way, there will be a new situation in the future."


    After that, the blood hand devil fell into silence and didn''t say much.


    All the way, he tracked down the electricity of the poison heart devil and reached the place where the poison heart devil hid underground. Because he was not proficient in the art of earth hiding and worried about revealing his tracks, he did not escape into the ground, but waited silently in the sky.


    When ye Feifan said goodbye to the blood hand devil and came out from the ground, he secretly followed up.


    Ye Feifan didn''t find himself being followed, but flew directly to his destination.


    Meng Zhang, they have handled the affairs of the two brothers of the Qian family and are preparing to leave here.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang looked at the distance thoughtfully.


    Chasing electricity is following a monk and flying here.


    The electricity sent to track the demon friar flew back. Did the demon friar kill a horse gun.


    Because the distance is too far, Meng Zhang can''t clearly sense the specific situation of the power chasing side. There can only be a general induction.


    Meng Zhang took Jin Qiaoer and the second daughter of Jue Ying and flew to the top of the tunnel, watching the direction of chasing electricity.


    If the situation is not right, they will run away immediately.


    After a while, ye Fanfan''s familiar figure appeared in the eyes of the three.


    Chasing electricity to track the demon friar, how did you catch up with Ye Feifan? Isn''t he with the ghost monk? When did he catch up with the devil monk again?


    Ye Feifan flew over and saw the three men of Meng Zhang waiting in battle at a glance.


    Ye Feifan quickly spread his hand, "brother, I don''t have the slightest malice this time, but with sincerity, I specially came to find your cooperation."


    Originally, Meng Zhang was not prepared to talk more nonsense with Ye Feifan. He was ready to kill him as soon as he saw him. But his heart suddenly moved, ready to hear what he said.


    Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying looked at Ye Feifan angrily, but Meng Zhang didn''t start, and they had to endure for a while.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t start immediately, ye Feifan secretly shouted that there was a door.


    He went straight to the point and began to talk about his purpose.

 Chapter 417

    It turned out that ye Feifan had found a new place after the migration of sand monsters before, and found the existence of nest seeds.


    The nest seed is constantly absorbing the pure and incomparable aura in the spirit pulp and began to grow and develop slowly.


    With his own strength, he was unable to kill many guard sand monsters around and capture the spiritual marrow near the nest seeds.


    The ghost friar, who was close to him, dared not offend the owner of the sand monster and refused to help Ye Feifan deal with the sand monster.


    Seeing that the spiritual marrow was there, but he couldn''t get it in his hand, ye Feifan was very depressed.


    He thought of Meng Zhang, who had dealt in Dafeng City. Although there were some twists and turns in the process of dealing with both sides at the beginning, the final result was fairly good.


    Therefore, he came out specially this time to find Meng Zhang and them, work together with them to deal with the sand monster, and then divide the spiritual marrow equally.


    He was lucky. Without turning around a few times, he found the trace of Meng Zhang.


    After hearing Ye Feifan''s words, Meng Zhang looked at him with an idiot''s eyes.


    No matter how dizzy he is, he won''t seek skin from the tiger and cooperate with Ye Feifan.


    Not to mention anything else, after they killed the sand monsters who scattered the guard and captured the spiritual marrow, the group of ghost friars suddenly rushed out. Meng Zhang said that they could not protect the spiritual marrow, even their own lives.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s question, ye Feifan cursed and swore that he had absolutely no intention of harming Meng Zhang.


    He is willing to make a heart demon oath. This time, he will hide the matter of cooperation with Meng Zhang from the ghost friars and prevent them from doing bad things.


    He was even willing to make a ghost oath. As long as Meng Zhang and others died at the hands of ghost friars in the sea of death, he would not die well.


    Ye Feifan''s statement seems to be sincere enough. He is willing to use his own life to ensure that Meng Zhang and others will not die at the hands of ghost friars.


    If he didn''t accidentally know ye extraordinary details, Meng Zhang would probably be fooled.


    Although both ghost friars and devil friars are street mice in the cultivation world, they are not friends, but they have a lot of hatred.


    When a ghost friar meets a demon friar, don''t say cooperation and don''t fight.


    But ye Feifan, who has a close relationship with the devil friar, also colludes with the devil friar.


    If you only see ye Feifan cooperating with the devil friar, you will definitely preconceived that he will be regarded as a member of the devil friar, and you will never think of his relationship with the devil friar.


    Ye Feifan only said to use his own life to ensure that Meng Zhang and others will not die in the hands of the devil friars, but if Meng Zhang and others die in the hands of the devil friars, it has nothing to do with him.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to expose Ye''s extraordinary patterns, but showed a heartbeat.


    Jue Ying wanted to remind Meng Zhang that the man in front of him could not be trusted, but after receiving Meng Zhang''s eyes, she kept silent.


    Jin Qiaoer always had full trust in Meng Zhang, and didn''t open his mouth to interfere with him.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time, and then began to question Ye Feifan loudly.


    Ye Feifan is not only not angry, but secretly happy in his heart.


    Meng Zhang questioned him, but it shows that Meng Zhang was persuaded by him.


    After a heated debate, the two sides finally reached an agreement.


    Meng Zhang and ye Feifan went to the place where ye Feifan found the spiritual marrow.


    Let''s work together to kill the surrounding guard sand monsters and seize the spiritual marrow.


    How to divide up the spiritual marrow when it comes to hand? We''ll talk about it then.


    Ye Fanfan must keep the whole thing absolutely confidential and must not divulge it to the ghost friar.


    In this process, if a ghost friar appears, ye Feifan must immediately try his best to kill the ghost friar without slightest neglect.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s meaning, if a ghost monk appears, ye Fanfan will immediately cut himself.


    Ye Feifan resolutely opposed it without hesitation. His statement also seems reasonable. If a ghost friar accidentally passes by there and he clearly doesn''t do anything, he will cut himself down. Isn''t it too wrong to die.


    After several haggling, the two sides reached an agreement.


    Ye Feifan seems to suffer losses on the surface, but he is relieved in his heart.


    From the beginning to the end, Meng Zhang focused all his attention on the ghost friars, and all the precautions were set up for the ghost friars.


    He was very proud to take advantage of Meng Zhang''s blind thinking area.


    Since the two sides reached an agreement, Meng Zhang took out a ghost oath.


    After ye Feifan checked that there was no mistake, the two sides made a ghost oath to ensure that no one dared to repent.


    Made a ghost oath. The two sides that were originally hostile are allies for the time being.


    Next, the two sides began to discuss how to deal with the guard sand monster.


    Ye Feifan first took Meng Zhang and secretly came to the place where the nest seed was located and observed it secretly for a long time.


    Ye Feifan didn''t lie about the news about the spiritual marrow, but told the truth.


    After observing the surrounding situation and specifying a general action plan, the two sides will temporarily separate and make preparations respectively.


    Ye Feifan has good skills. He has found here long ago. If the strength of the sand monster was not too strong, he could not deal with it alone. I''m afraid the spirit marrow would have fallen into his hands.


    The devil friar was unwilling to help, but the devil friar put forward an unacceptable condition. In desperation, he thought of asking Meng Zhang for help.


    Of course, he already had a plan in his mind. He thought he could succeed in calculating Meng Zhang.


    As for who is calculating who and who can laugh to the end, we will soon know the answer.


    The two sides separated for less than two days and got together again.


    After this migration, the new stronghold selected by these sand monsters is located thousands of miles west of lvyupo. If ye Feifan didn''t show the way in advance, Meng Zhang alone would spend no less time and energy to find here.


    Ye Feifan did a big favor this time, helping Meng Zhang save a lot of energy.


    There is nothing strange on the surface here, but there are countless crisscross channels under the ground.


    In these channels, there are countless sand monsters coming in and out, dense like ants.


    Among them, there are many powerful second-order sand monsters.


    If a single friar falls into it during the foundation period, he will probably be beaten to death by many sand monsters.


    With many strange secrets, ye Feifan only dared to secretly investigate this place after he found it, and did not dare to easily disturb the sand monster inside.


    There is no good way to deal with so many sand monsters. We have to kill them by force. The conflict guards the interception of sand monsters, forcibly take away the spiritual marrow, and then run away.


    Ye Feifan chose a direction, rushed into the ground and killed it by force.


    Meng Zhang chose another direction and directly entered the underground channel.


    The two sides attack from two directions respectively, depending on who has stronger strength and better luck and can grab the spiritual marrow first.

 Chapter 418

    The sand monsters in the dead sand sea are very different from those on the other side of the endless sand sea.


    In the endless sand sea, all sand monsters belong to different sand monster nests, large and small.


    Each nest is a relatively independent force. On weekdays, they do not belong to each other and develop and grow.


    These sand monsters from different nests will also fight together when setting off the chaos of sand monsters and harming human practitioners.


    In the dead sand sea, it seems that no external cultivator has ever found the nest of sand monsters.


    These sand monsters don''t know where they come from. They are divided into different groups and wander around in the dead sand sea.


    There are also very few groups that will shoulder some special missions.


    For example, Meng Zhang is now facing a sand monster group, which is specially responsible for protecting the growing nest seeds.


    These sand monsters dig countless underground holes and passages, just like human cities, to defend against foreign invasion.


    Meng Zhang seems to have chosen a place to attack at random. In fact, after careful observation, this is a place where the sand monster''s defense is weak.


    There seem to be a lot of sand monsters in this direction, but most of them are first-order sand monsters, and there are not many second-order sand monsters.


    Each of the three showed what they could, killed countless sand monsters all the way, forcibly killed a blood path and burst into the ground.


    On the other side, ye Fanfan also tried his best to kill the sand monster in front and burst forward.


    The spirit marrow emits strong aura fluctuations all the time. The nest seed needs to absorb the aura of the spiritual pulp for growth, so it can''t hide this fluctuation. Instead, it makes more movement.


    Before they entered the ground, Meng Zhang and his disciples vaguely felt the strong aura fluctuation of the spiritual marrow when they were outside.


    When you enter the ground, you can more clearly sense the fluctuation as you get closer and closer to the target.


    With such accurate positioning, we don''t have to worry about missing the target. They made an all-out assault in the direction of Reiki fluctuation.


    This sand monster group guarding the nest seeds is numerous and powerful. If you only rely on the extraordinary strength of Meng Zhang and ye Zhang, it is really difficult to break their defense.


    But these sand monsters are scattered in all directions, and their forces are not concentrated. And now the two directions are attacked at the same time, and it is impossible to give consideration to both.


    All the monks who broke into the ground were proficient in earth hiding, and did not advance along the channel excavated by the sand monster at all. Instead, he recognized the position of the spiritual marrow and ran away directly, almost in a straight line.


    On the way forward, she encountered groups of second-order sand monsters to intercept. Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying both cast a pseudo third-order talisman and forcibly scattered the sand monsters blocking the way.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt a little embarrassed. He is a man and a leader. Compared with two women, he looks so poor.


    It''s nice to have a master of golden elixir. There is basically no lack of pseudo third-order talisman.


    At this time, he secretly lamented his luck. Fortunately, when he entered the sand sea of death, he met Jin Qiaoer on the way. It has not only obtained a lot of valuable information, but also added a strong combat effectiveness to our side.


    After killing a group of sand monsters, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking, "miss qiao''er, how many good things did your master give you?"


    Jin Qiaoer said, "in the past, the master said that I was not mature enough. I was afraid that I would develop the bad habit of relying too much on foreign objects and didn''t give me too many artifacts. I polished the master for a long time and she gave me two Yin thunder."


    "But the last time I experienced a life and death battle with a third-order monster, Shifu taught me a good lesson after knowing that. She said I didn''t know how to live or die. However, she gave me a lot of protective utensils later."


    Compared with immortal ye ye, a monk who has only recently advanced the golden elixir, Jin Qiaoer''s master seems to be more rich and powerful.


    You know, although the alchemy friars can basically refine pseudo third-order talismans, the materials consumed are definitely not small. The general forces of truth cultivation may not be able to afford it.


    While talking, the three of them had killed near their destination.


    The leaf on the other side is extraordinary, and there is still a distance from here.


    Although he is powerful and also hides many killer maces, he is still a lot worse without real Jindan as a master.


    What appeared in front of Meng Zhang''s eyes was a huge heart-shaped object, larger than the ordinary room. At this time, it was shaking rhythmically, as if living people were breathing.


    With each shaking of this item, a large amount of aura is sucked into its interior.


    Meng Zhang and the thick earth God general once entered the sand monster''s nest and saw the core of the sand monster''s nest with their own eyes.


    This heart like object is much smaller than the mature sand monster nest core, but its general shape is the same, and its breath comes from the same source.


    Needless to say, this is the seed of the sand monster''s nest. It seems that this seed is not far from maturity.


    Not far away, there is an adult''s head size, crystal clear, like a crystal ball.


    This round ball emits pure aura almost every moment.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he recognized that the ball was the soul he had been searching for.


    Several second-order sand monsters are guarding nearby. Seeing Meng Zhang who rushed in, they immediately rushed over madly.


    In the distance, there are more sand monsters coming from all directions.


    Knowing that the situation was urgent and could not be delayed for too long, Meng Zhang shouted and tried his best.


    Jin Qiaoer released a pseudo third-order talisman again and blew the second-order sand monsters out. Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and rushed to the spiritual marrow.


    He took out a talisman to cover the fluctuation of Reiki, pasted it on the spiritual pulp, and then put it away.


    The Jue shadow rushed to the sand monster''s nest seed, waved the wind whip and beat it hard. Split the immature seed.


    Then she selected several core parts and put them in the storage bag.


    After all this, a large number of sand monsters reinforced from all directions have rushed over.


    The three of them worked together to blow out a gap and fled to the outside.


    The seeds of the nest were destroyed and the soul marrow was robbed. The guard sand monsters around were crazy and rushed over desperately.


    Meng Zhang''s goal has been achieved. Of course, he will not stay here for long.


    They rushed all the way and ran out.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have many pseudo third-order talismans, but there are many ordinary second-order talismans.


    Taiyimen has Yang Xueyi, an excellent second-order talisman, who can basically guarantee the supply of talismans.


    Many second-order talismans were cast in all directions, temporarily repelling the sand monsters and forcibly killing a passage.


    After a hard struggle, the three finally broke through the interception of the sand monster, escaped from the ground and came to the ground.

 Chapter 419

    When Meng Zhang three people won the spiritual marrow and began to break through towards the ground, ye Feifan had sensed it.


    The three of them broke through and attracted countless sand monsters. The movement was too big to hide. Even the sand monsters who originally intercepted Ye extraordinary rushed in the direction of Meng Zhang and others.


    Ye Feifan also moved quickly. He got rid of the sand monster who was fighting with him and flew in the direction of Meng Zhang''s movement.


    As soon as Meng Zhang escaped from the ground, an overwhelming group of sand monsters came after him.


    They hurried to the distance, with a large group of sand monsters chasing after them.


    Before long, ye Feifan also escaped from the ground.


    He saw the movement in the distance and quietly followed up.


    After chasing for a while, these sand monsters guarding the nest seeds lost Meng Zhang and them.


    But ye Feifan has been closely following behind without the slightest relaxation.


    Among the three, the flight speed of Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying is not as fast as that of Ye extraordinary. Even Meng Zhang can''t say that he will be able to get rid of Ye extraordinary.


    Therefore, they flew out for a long distance. After they were sure to get rid of the sand monster, the three of them stopped and turned to look at Ye Feifan, who was chasing after him.


    Ye Feifan stopped moving in front of Meng Zhang and looked at Meng Zhang with a smile.


    "Brother, why don''t you run? Can''t you fly, or don''t you think it''s necessary to continue flying?"


    It''s also interesting to say that ye Fanfan has dealt with Meng Zhang several times. This time, both sides cooperate to win the spiritual marrow. But he didn''t know Meng Zhang''s name and origin.


    Of course, these are no longer important. In his eyes, Meng Zhang was basically a dead man.


    According to the agreement between the two sides, no matter who gets the spiritual marrow, the next step should be the division link.


    I don''t know whether it was intentional or unintentional. The two devious guys deliberately didn''t explain how to divide the spiritual marrow in advance.


    "Ye Feifan, you are too mean. I won''t let you have the opportunity to break through the golden elixir period by using your spiritual marrow, so that you won''t be a disaster in the future." Meng Zhang said solemnly.


    As he said, Meng Zhang took out a handful of dust on the spiritual marrow and threw it at Ye extraordinary.


    Sharing a little dust on your spiritual marrow is also a division. Meng Zhang didn''t break his promise.


    The smile on Ye Feifan''s face remained unchanged. He had expected Meng Zhang''s move.


    These self righteous monks always look dignified, but they can''t hide their greedy heart at all.


    In Ye Feifan''s plan, he never expected Meng Zhang to honestly divide the spiritual marrow to himself.


    "Why, you want to rob? There are three of us. You''re just alone." Meng Zhang said disdainfully.


    What ye Fanfan likes to do most is torture these monks from big families. He wants to see each other from complacency to despair.


    If ye Feifan is the only one, even if he can surpass Meng Zhang''s three people by relying on a strange secret method, most of them have no way to leave them.


    Of course, ye Fanfan never expected himself to leave each other alone.


    Ye Feifan shoots a flying amulet into the sky. The rune flew straight up into the air and exploded. A bright colorful light flashed, and a color light band constantly changing colors appeared in the sky, indicating this place.


    Before the action, ye Feifan has contacted familiar demon friars and asked them to ambush nearby early.


    These demon friars don''t want to help Ye Feifan capture the spiritual marrow for nothing, but they are very keen on hunting foreign friars.


    Even if they didn''t help Ye extraordinary, they would never let go when they met foreign monks.


    After receiving Ye Feifan''s signal, they will certainly rush here as soon as possible.


    With Ye''s extraordinary strength, it is not difficult to tightly entangle Meng Zhang and them.


    "It turns out that you are in ambush. No wonder you are so confident. Unfortunately, I also have a helper." Meng Zhang said calmly.


    Ye Fanfan''s disdain. In the sand sea of death, in addition to sand monsters, the most difficult is the devil friar. Even when a ghost monk meets a demon monk, he has to retreat.


    Just a bunch of foreign monks, at most, are just building a perfect foundation. No matter how many people come, they will become the soul of the dead sand sea.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem to see Ye''s extraordinary reaction. He was also very leisurely.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s helper really came first.


    In the distance, the body shape of chasing electricity is much larger than usual. It looks very eye-catching and is flying here rapidly.


    After chasing electricity, a group of ghost friars followed closely.


    When ye Feifan saw the group of ghost friars, the original confident smile on his face disappeared.


    He clearly remembered that in order to appease Meng Zhang at that time, he made a ghost oath. After winning the spiritual marrow, as long as a ghost monk appeared in front of himself and Meng Zhang, he must try his best to kill the ghost monk.


    Ye Feifan never thought that a group of ghost friars really appeared in front of him.


    At this time, ye Feifan began to lift a stone and hit his own feet.


    How terrible the consequences of violating the ghost oath are, ye Feifan knows very well in his heart.


    Speaking of it, ye Feifan is also a very decisive hero. Kill and decide, and make a decision when it is right.


    Soon after seeing the ghost friar, I had a decision in my heart.


    He left Meng Zhang and the three people present and took the initiative to fly over to meet the ghost friar.


    Those ghost friars knew Ye Feifan and saw him flying from here. Although it was a little strange, they didn''t take much precautions.


    When the two sides were about to contact, ye Feifan suddenly burst into trouble and killed these ghost friars directly.


    Ghost friars live all year round in the pursuit of friars from all sides in the cultivation world, and have always been very vigilant. Even in the face of Ye Feifan, an acquaintance who can be called a friend, he didn''t relax too much.


    In addition to being attacked secretly at the beginning and having suffered a little loss, they fought with Ye Feifan.


    The frightened and angry ghost friars also showed no mercy.


    Taking advantage of the fierce battle between the ghost monk and ye Feifan, chasing electricity quickly flew over to meet Meng Zhang.


    They stopped staying here and flew away in the direction of leaving the sand sea of death.


    Before the action, Meng Zhang sent his spiritual pet to chase electricity.


    It''s easy to find the whereabouts of ghost friars. After chasing the electricity and finding a group of ghost friars, he immediately rushed up to fight.


    Ghost friars have always been vicious and vicious. When they were chased by electricity, they were immediately provoked and followed closely.


    At the speed of chasing electricity, these ghost friars not only couldn''t catch up with him, but were led around by him.


    After Meng Zhang successfully captured the spirit marrow and fled, relying on the special induction between the spirit pet and the master, he chased the electricity and took the initiative to lead these ghost friars over.

 Chapter 420

    Ye Feifan absolutely didn''t think of it, because chasing electricity secretly tracked the poisonous heart devil, which made Meng Zhang find out his relationship with the devil friar, so he was on guard in advance.


    When ye Fanfan wants to use information asymmetry to calculate Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang is in turn ready to calculate him.


    He also did not expect that although Meng Zhang and the three men participated in the battle, they could not be separated. However, Meng Zhang had already sent a spirit pet to chase electricity to provoke the ghost friars and lure them over.


    When the ghost friar appeared in his eyes, if he didn''t want to break the ghost oath, he must try his best to kill each other.


    In this way, Meng Zhang not only easily got rid of Ye Feifan''s entanglement, but put Ye Feifan in danger.


    Ye Feifan, who has always been good at calculation and likes to take risks, was smart this time. Instead, he was smart. He lifted a stone and hit himself in the foot, but was counted by his opponent.


    As for whether ye Feifan can successfully kill those ghost friars, Meng Zhang has no leisure to care about it slowly.


    When the evil friar who colludes with Ye Feifan arrives, I''m afraid there will be many new variables.


    Speaking of this, Meng Zhang was able to successfully win the spiritual marrow this time. On the contrary, ye Feifan was very good. His spiritual pet chased electricity, but he made great contributions.


    Meng Zhang was just capricious at the beginning. He accepted the spirit pet chasing electricity, which was of low combat effectiveness and seemed to be of little use. But I didn''t expect that chasing electricity was a great help at the critical moment.


    After Meng Zhang left there, they flew directly out of the sand sea of death.


    The goal has been achieved. None of the three has the heart to stay here any longer.


    Meng Zhang has obtained the spiritual marrow, and jiedan is expected. Jueying got the core part of the sand monster''s nest seed, which also achieved its goal.


    After such an experience, Jin Qiaoer also learned a lot.


    On the way out of the sand sea of death, it was not plain sailing.


    I don''t know why, they encountered a lot of obstacles on the road.


    When I came here, I never met so many sand monsters. When I went back, it was as if I had rushed into the sand monsters on my own initiative. I met countless sand monsters along the way.


    A group of sand monsters stopped the three people''s way, and groups of sand monsters came from all directions.


    The three fought and walked. They didn''t dare to stay in one place for too long. They tried their best to escape to the sand sea of death.


    They have had a lot of resistance and difficulties along the way.


    After many bitter battles, the three almost exhausted their cards before they finally came to the edge of the sand sea of death.


    Meng Zhang bought two pseudo third-order talismans at a high price. One was used before, and the other had to be used.


    Jin Qiaoer and Jue Ying have a lot of good things to protect their lives. They have to show them one by one.


    Meng Zhang was once again glad to have Jin Qiaoer, a little rich woman, walking with him.


    If Meng Zhang enters the sea of death alone, there are no Jue Ying and Jin Qiaoer. Not only is it difficult for him to win the spiritual marrow, but he may not be able to retreat from the sea of death.


    When they crossed the last distance and completely separated from the sand sea of death, the three people finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Originally, there were a large group of sand monsters chasing after them, but at the junction of the death sand sea and the endless sand sea, there seemed to be an invisible wall that blocked all these sand monsters on the other side of the death sand sea.


    Countless sand monsters rushed forward. But at the junction, they suddenly stopped one by one and fell in pieces.


    Seeing this rare scene, the three became relaxed.


    All three were lucky on this trip to the dead sand sea.


    Three points of strength, seven points of luck, so that everyone did not return in vain.


    Although the time in the sand sea of death was not long, the three felt that they had spent a long time.


    All kinds of difficulties and obstacles encountered along the way, many fierce battles, and once fell into danger.


    The three lost a lot and felt physically and mentally exhausted.


    However, out of fear of the dead sand sea, the three still dragged themselves tired, far away from the junction of the dead sand sea and the endless sand sea, and completely entered the interior of the endless sand sea.


    None of them was a muddle headed man, because they had important things to do. After a long talk, they separated.


    Jin Qiaoer returns to the skillful hand gate alone.


    She is now the backbone of the skillful door. She must have delayed a lot when she left for so long this time. I don''t know how anxious she is in the door.


    Although it is not far from Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang has no intention to go back.


    For the sake of safety, it is mainly to guard against Feihong sect. He will not knot Dan in Taiyi gate.


    According to the plan he made before leaving taiyimen, he will not return to taiyimen until he has successfully completed the pill.


    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying took a rest and flew away to the endless sand sea.


    They hid their tracks and secretly left the territory of the skillful hand sect.


    Meng Zhang and jueying were almost ambushed in the day and out at night, trying their best to keep their tracks secret.


    It took them a little time to cross the territory of Feihong sect, leave the endless sand sea and enter the territory of Dafeng City.


    After returning to Dafeng City, Meng Zhang had no intention to contact the ancient moon family because he had such a treasure as spiritual marrow.


    Jue Ying has established many channels in Jiuqu League in recent years.


    Entrusted by Meng Zhang, she began to find a sufficiently secret and safe retreat for Meng Zhang.


    Because you have the spirit pulp, you no longer need to borrow the third-order spirit pulse. Therefore, Meng Zhang is no longer limited, and the range of closure sites available is large.


    Finally, jueying chose a secret valley near the jade sword gate as Meng Zhang''s retreat.


    This valley is located on a second-order spiritual vein and belongs to an industry directly managed by yujianmen.


    Because the aura here is quite abundant, and the location is remote and very quiet. Therefore, in terms of Yujian gate, many independent manors have been established here for rent to various monks.


    With the position of jade sword gate in Jiuqu League, no friar dared to provoke easily, both inside and outside the league.


    Sword repair sects like jade sword sect are always overbearing, murderous and powerful enough.


    The safety of yujianmen industry is guaranteed.


    Moreover, with the arrogance of the friar of yujianmen, even if he found that Meng Zhang had made pills in his own industry, he would not easily interfere with him.


    Meng Zhang came to this place and spent a lot of Lingshi to rent a most remote manor.


    With the gold lettered signboard of the jade sword gate, as long as he stays in the manor, he doesn''t have to worry about someone coming to make trouble.


    For the sake of perfection, Jue Ying also stayed with Meng Zhang to protect the Dharma.


    After settling down, Meng Zhang did not rush to attack the golden elixir. But first after a long rest, restore their loss in the dead sand sea, and slowly restore their state.


    At the same time, he also began to carefully read and understand the process of senior friars'' Dan knot, and slowly accumulated experience.

 Chapter 421

    In the endless desert, a man and a woman were riding a red feather Eagle under the scorching sun.


    These two monks are an Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, and an Muran, the third disciple.


    Meng Zhang has been traveling outside Taiyi gate for almost ten years.


    In fact, ten years is not a long time for friars to live in the foundation period. And before leaving, Meng Zhang also made arrangements for the door.


    Over the past ten years, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, has been in charge of the daily affairs of Taiyi sect. All aspects are in good order and everyone is very satisfied.


    In the past ten years, Taiyi gate has been booming and its strength has become more and more powerful. Several friars in the foundation period have appeared in the gate.


    Especially after Zhang Yingying, the leader of the Dan Hall, took the small foundation building pill and successfully built the foundation, she successfully advanced to a second-class alchemist.


    In this way, in addition to the vassal Shi Changqing, taiyimen itself has the ability to refine second-order pills.


    Although the materials for refining Jidan can not be collected for the time being, the materials for refining small Jidan can be barely raised.


    The current Taiyi sect can not only provide Xiaozhu Jidan for its disciples, but also sell a small amount of Xiaozhu Jidan to closely related vassal families.


    As for the defect that you can''t advance the golden elixir period after taking Xiaozhu Jidan, few monks will care.


    There are thousands of monks in the endless sand sea. How many people have the opportunity to advance to the golden elixir period. For most monks, it is a lifelong dream to be able to advance to the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang has long made the defects of Xiaozhu Jidan public, but there is still an endless stream of monks seeking Xiaozhu Jidan.


    In Taiyi gate, according to the rules set by Meng Zhang, only friars with inferior Linggen qualification are allowed to exchange Xiaozhu Jidan. Friars with medium grade or above Linggen qualification are absolutely not allowed to take Xiaozhu foundation pill to build foundation.


    The seemingly inhumane rules are actually for the long-term development of the sect. Moreover, there are many disciples in the Taiyi sect, but there are only a few friars with intermediate Linggen qualification, which has little impact.


    An Xiaoran and his brother an Muran went out this time for the purpose of a cave left by an elder monk.


    These senior friars have a great relationship with the ancestors of the an family. Before Zuohua, he told the then owner of an family the location of his cave.


    After that, almost every generation of monks who settled down went to this cave to try to get the opportunities left by their predecessors.


    The elder has a high vision and doesn''t want his family''s inheritance to fall into the hands of ordinary people. Therefore, many tests are set in the cave. Only the friars who pass the test can obtain the inheritance left by him.


    Many monks of the an family went to the cave before, but they basically gained little and their income was limited.


    An Lei, the owner of the family who settled in that year, secretly sent away some promising monks after he realized that he could not control the situation.


    Before an Xiaoran and his brother an Muran were sent away, an Lei personally told an Xiaoran the secret about the cave.


    From then on, an Xiaoran hid the secret in his heart and never revealed it.


    After joining the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was not greedy for the disciple''s secret and never took the initiative to inquire. Because it was a secret left by the family, an Xiaoran didn''t tell the door.


    Some time ago, an Xiaoran completed his gas refining period and began to prepare for the impact of the foundation period.


    With her qualifications, even if she doesn''t take the foundation building pill, she is very sure that she can succeed in building the foundation. But for the sake of perfection, she still wants to make more preparations.


    Now the scale of taiyimen is becoming larger and larger, and all kinds of rules are becoming more and more strict. Even if she is the leader''s own disciple, she also needs to spend enough sect good skills to exchange for building a foundation pill.


    An Xiaoran''s accumulated sect merits are far from enough, and she is arrogant and unwilling to accept the support of her senior brother Niu Dawei.


    Helpless, she thought of the cave left by the elder friars.


    If you can gain a lot from the cave, you may be able to exchange enough good deeds from the sect.


    So an Xiaoran called his brother an Muran and went to the cave together.


    This cave is located in the territory of Feihong sect to the west of the endless sand sea.


    The sister and brother rode the red feather eagle and flew thousands of miles all the way. It took a lot of effort to find the cave left by the elder.


    After the two brothers and sisters entered the cave, with their extraordinary qualifications and good understanding, they passed five passes and killed six generals. Finally, they passed the test left by their predecessors and got the inheritance left by their predecessors.


    After this experience, both sister and brother have become much more mature. In particular, an Xiaoran''s accomplishments became more complete and closer to the foundation period.


    After a month''s delay in the cave, the sister and brother finally came out with a full load.


    When they had just left the cave, before they could summon the red feather eagle, a flying boat fell from the sky and landed in front of them.


    A middle-aged monk with elegant appearance and mild temperament flew out of the flying boat, flew to the top of their heads and looked down at them.


    "Zeng Jiexiong." three words jumped out of an Xiaoran''s mouth, and there was an unspeakable hatred in his tone.


    "Good niece, we haven''t seen each other for years. In the blink of an eye, you have grown so big." Zeng Jiexiong said with a smile.


    Zeng Jiexiong took control of his family, forcing an Xiaoran''s sister and brother to flee.


    Later, Zeng Jiexiong instructed the bandits to chase them. If Meng Zhang did not happen, the consequences would be unimaginable.


    An Xiaoran has never forgotten this great enemy for many years.


    In her plan, when her cultivation is successful, she will kill her home, defeat her great enemy and recapture everything of her home.


    However, she never thought that she and her brother would be stopped by Zeng Jiexiong at this time and place.


    This place is the big secret of settling down. Only the direct family members who settle down will know it.


    Can it be said that among the direct family members who settled down, someone betrayed the family and took refuge in this guy.


    Zeng Jiexiong seemed to know what an Xiaoran was thinking. He made a gesture to the flying boat.


    Several friars who Ann Xiaoran knew very well jumped out of the flying boat.


    They looked at an Xiaoran''s brother and sister, their eyes were a little dodgy, and they didn''t dare to look at them directly.


    "Good niece, those who know the current affairs are heroes. Your uncles and uncles have honestly served me. As long as you hand over what you got from that cave, I will never treat you badly."


    "You can''t think about it." Ann Xiaoran refused without thinking about it.


    The elder who set up this cave at the beginning had great skills. It was not only difficult for outsiders to forcibly enter this cave, but also the people who settled down. If they could not pass his test, they could not get anything from the cave.


    If a powerful monk wants to break the cave by force, he will burn jade and stone and completely destroy all the relics.

 Chapter 422

    Since the people of the an family who took refuge in him knew the location of this elder cave, Zeng Jiexiong tried to invade it many times to obtain the inheritance inside.


    But with his aptitude and savvy, he tried many times and failed to pass the test left by his predecessors.


    He was afraid of attracting others'' covet, and did not dare to look for other people''s help.


    So he tried his best to break the prohibition in the cave and bypass the difficult tests. On the other hand, they also sent people to secretly monitor here to see if there were any exiled an family people who came here to visit the cave.


    More than a month ago, when Anjia''s sister and brother came to the cave, they were found by secret watchers, and then sent the news back.


    Zeng Jiexiong, who had been waiting outside for a long time, stopped them directly.


    An Xiaoran''s refusal changed Zeng Jiexiong''s face.


    "Good niece, don''t make a toast without penalty. My patience is limited and I won''t be so easy to talk all the time."


    Before the words were heard, the pressure of the friars in the foundation period fell from the sky and severely oppressed the sister and brother.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran silently resisted the powerful pressure, gritted their teeth and kept silent.


    Both of them are among the most powerful friars in the Qi refining period of Taiyi gate, and they also have the life protection talisman given by the elders of the gate.


    However, the huge gap between gas refining period and foundation period is not so easy to make up. Even if the two brothers and sisters fight for their lives, it is difficult to challenge beyond the level.


    Seeing that an Xiaoran and an Muran could not lower their heads under such pressure, Zeng Jiexiong''s face became more and more gloomy.


    He has decided to give up the cultivation of the two brothers and sisters, catch them, and then ask them slowly.


    "We are disciples of Taiyi sect. You bully the small and attack us suddenly. Shifu will not let you go." an Xiaoran said mercilessly.


    "Hum, Taiyi gate is so powerful. This is the territory of Feihong sect. It''s not your Taiyi gate''s arrogance." Zeng Jiexiong said disdainfully.


    Taiyi gate has been thriving in recent years. There are a large number of experts in the gate and its reputation is far-reaching. Settling down under Zeng Jiexiong''s control alone is indeed far inferior to taiyimen.


    But don''t forget that settling down is a vassal of Feihong sect. Moreover, Zeng Jiantang, Zeng Jiexiong''s younger brother, is an inner disciple of Feihong sect. He has a high status in the sect.


    No matter how strong taiyimen is, do you dare to fight against Feihong sect?


    Even if Zeng Jiexiong offended Taiyi gate, as long as he had the protection of Feihong sect, Taiyi gate could only stare at one side.


    Zeng Jiexiong was preparing to shoot. A deep and powerful breath fell from the sky.


    Where the breath went, Zeng Jiexiong felt that the pressure on his body increased greatly, and he felt that he could not stabilize his body.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran, who were struggling to support on the ground, felt relieved and the pressure disappeared.


    A monk descended from the sky. Seeing this, an Xiaoran shouted happily, "elder Houtu."


    When Zeng Jiexiong saw each other, he looked like a great enemy.


    In recent years, the two elders of taiyimen in the later stage of foundation construction, Houtu and Jinglei, have done a lot of great things and won such a great reputation.


    As soon as the thick earth God appeared, he controlled the situation.


    "You are a stubborn girl. You bear everything by yourself and don''t want to trouble others."


    "This time, we received a summons from your senior brother, so we followed your trail to find here in time."


    "Have you ever thought about the consequences if we are a little late this time?"


    After teaching an Xiaoran a lesson, he looked at Zeng Jiexiong.


    "With your contempt for taiyimen, we shouldn''t let you go. But you''re lucky and just in the right mood."


    "If you don''t get out, don''t let this seat change its mind."


    Zeng Jiexiong can be easily killed on the spot with the cultivation of the thick earth God in the later stage of foundation construction.


    Knowing that he was not his opponent, Zeng Jiexiong immediately took those an family members on a flying boat and left in frustration. He didn''t even dare to say a cruel word.


    "Let''s go, too. There''s a great event waiting for us in the door." the thick earth God said.


    "Elder Houtu, what''s the big news in the door?" an Xiaoran asked.


    "You''ll know when you go back." the thick earth God General sold it at this time.


    The thick earth God will return to taiyimen with his settled brothers and sisters, but Zeng Jiexiong, who was forced to retreat, is very angry.


    What he coveted for many years finally appeared in front of him, but he slipped away.


    Taiyimen, isn''t it? Thick soil, isn''t it? It''s so powerful. It''s just a building foundation sect gate, but it''s arrogant to be so arrogant for a moment. I really don''t know whether to live or die.


    After leaving, Zeng Jiexiong sent a group of his men away and flew to feihongzong alone.


    After feihongzong''s Mountain Gate was destroyed by huoyun sect Jindan immortal, feihongzong has also worked hard to rebuild the mountain gate over the years.


    However, feihongzong is facing two lines of pressure at the same time, and he really can''t draw out any manpower. Second, the continuous war in recent years has consumed too many resources of Feihong sect, so that Feihong sect really has no spare power to build and rebuild the mountain gate.


    Therefore, the original Mountain Gate of Feihong sect just cleaned up and rebuilt some simple buildings.


    Many of the original organizations of Feihong sect have moved to Feihong city near the mountain gate.


    Recently, it happened to be Zeng Jiexiong''s brother Zeng Jiantang''s turn to take turns in Feihong city.


    Even though Zeng Jiexiong was Zeng Jiantang''s brother, it took a lot of effort to see his brother.


    Zeng Jiexiong still has a lot of opinions about this proud and talented brother.


    Zeng Jiantang has a high position in Feihong sect, but he rarely helps Zeng Jiexiong directly.


    Many times, in the face of Zeng Jiexiong''s help, he was rejected by his door rules.


    Zeng Jiexiong once wanted his younger brother Zeng Jiantang to help him break the prohibition of the cave and obtain the inheritance of his predecessors. However, the arrogant Zeng Jiantang, who was born in the golden elixir sect such as Feihong sect, has a brilliant inheritance and doesn''t look up to the cave left by unknown friars.


    What good things can a vassal family like settling down leave? He didn''t want to waste his time on a trip.


    This time, Zeng Jiexiong made up his mind. Whether it''s soft grinding or hard bubble, he must convince his brother to oppress taiyimen with the power of feihongzong and get justice for himself.


    The owner of the vassal family of Feihong sect was bullied by the friar of Taiyi Sect on the territory of Feihong sect. Is there any reason?


    If feihongzong ignores it, how can feihongzong face, how to frighten the four sides, and how to control the endless sand sea?


    Zeng Jiantang was patient. After listening to his brother Zeng Jiexiong''s story, before Zeng Jiexiong finished his request, he rudely interrupted each other.


    "Now taiyimen is no better than it was. It''s not something we can easily provoke."

 Chapter 423

    Meng Zhang looked at the taiyimen Mountain Gate at his feet, feeling proud and proud of the world.


    It''s not easy. For Meng Zhang, who is confident and well prepared, this process of Dan knot is an unprecedented challenge and faces all kinds of life and death tests.


    At the thought of the process of impacting the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang felt a little afraid.


    In the valley belonging to the jade sword gate, after Meng Zhang closed the door, he seriously realized the knowledge about jiedan, fully absorbed the experience and lessons of his predecessors, and spent a long time to adjust his state.


    When everything was ready, he began to officially impact the golden elixir period.


    A monk who has completed the foundation period should be perfect in spirit, body and Qi, and attack the golden elixir period with a firm and incomparable Taoist heart.


    Meng Zhang, who has the top-grade spiritual root qualification and super savvy, has never encountered too many difficulties in his previous cultivation.


    Whether it is incomplete cultivation skills or insufficient cultivation resources, he can slowly overcome them with his own strength.


    After he got the inheritance of taiyimen in its heyday, led the rise of taiyimen and obtained sufficient resources, his cultivation was even more rapid and smooth all the way.


    For him, the so-called threshold and bottleneck on the road of cultivation are basically nonexistent.


    He did not take the foundation building pill, so he succeeded in building the foundation more easily.


    In the cultivation after the foundation period, I also had a smooth journey, almost without obstacles.


    In addition to his practice, he still had time to practice the divine calculation of Dayan, and became a master of divine calculation.


    He made rapid progress in cultivation, but he also didn''t lower his combat ability. The little magical power of Liangyi Tongtian sword and various secret methods let him show his divine power on the battlefield.


    Since he embarked on the road of practice, Meng Zhang, who has never encountered too much difficulties, has encountered great difficulties when facing the gateway of forming a golden pill.


    Jiedan is different from foundation building. When monks in the Qi refining period impact the foundation building period, even if they fail, they will not face too much danger.


    Even if you fail to build the foundation, you will suffer great damage at most and be seriously injured. It is rarely heard that friars in the period of Qi refining failed to build the foundation, but lost their lives.


    But in the process of getting rid of Dan, monks will face many dangers. Maybe you''ll even worry about your life


    There are not many difficulties in the process of getting rid of Dan. Meng Zhang was almost trapped by the biggest pass - Xinmo pass.


    Originally, Meng Zhang felt that his mind was firm enough. The Tao heart is firm, the mind is transparent and flawless, and will not be fascinated by foreign things at all.


    However, after entering the heart devil pass, in the face of the heart devil, there were many illusions in his mind, which made it difficult for him to distinguish between true and false.


    If a friar is confused by his own demons and can''t get rid of them, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    The so-called mind demons actually refer to people''s spiritual defects and spiritual flaws, including hatred, greed, delusion, obsession, resentment and so on.


    In everyone''s heart, there is a heart demon. But most people can''t feel it. Or I sensed it and subconsciously ignored it.


    When the monk gets married, these defects and flaws will be magnified thousands of times. The original invisible heart demons will also appear in the monk''s body.


    In this process, once the monk can''t grasp his heart, the heart devil will get out of control. If it is light, it will lose all consciousness and turn into a walking corpse without its own consciousness. The most important thing is to leave your soul on the spot and die.


    In the heart demon pass, Meng Zhang encountered countless fantasies, including all his previous and current life experiences, trying to make him completely indulge in them.


    Countless extreme emotions, pain, hatred, anger, ecstasy, joy... Filled his heart.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to keep his final soberness and not let himself completely indulge in these illusions.


    He is like a boat in an endless sea of suffering, struggling to persist in the strong wind and waves.


    This little boat drifting with the tide will face the disaster of destruction and overturn completely at any time.


    However, Meng Zhang, with his tenacious heart of Tao, always firmly held the leaf boat.


    In the worst environment, Meng Zhang maintained his final reason and did not let himself sink completely.


    With the greatest concentration, he grasped his heart and began to separate from the dreamland, so that his heart slowly recovered its clarity.


    After successfully breaking through the heart demon pass, Meng Zhang''s mind has been tempered unprecedentedly, and the whole person seems to be reborn.


    With a prepared pith, he doesn''t need a third-order pulse.


    He quickly absorbed a large amount of Reiki from the spiritual marrow, integrated his own essence, Qi and three treasures, and successfully formed a golden elixir.


    Meng Zhang''s golden pill is mellow and full of breath.


    With such a top-grade gold pill, he will have a further opportunity in the future.


    When Meng Zhang tied the pill, it also triggered a strong vision of heaven and earth.


    The clouds are steaming, the clouds are churning, the golden light is flourishing, and the rays are shining.


    The surrounding courtyards are far apart, and the courtyard rented by Meng Zhang is even more remote.


    However, such a strong vision of heaven and earth still disturbed the neighbors and the monks of yujianmen here.


    At most, these monks are only in the foundation period, and they dare not make a new attempt in the face of the jiedan vision. Even if one or two curious friars wanted to get close to observe, they were expelled by the Jedi shadow.


    At this time, the friars of jade sword gate here also showed the style of big sect friars.


    Since they spent a lot of Lingshi in advance, they rented the courtyard. As long as people do not wantonly destroy it and cause bad influence, no matter what people do inside, it is their freedom.


    The friar of yujianmen not only has no reason to interfere with the tenants inside, but should ensure that the tenants are not disturbed by outsiders.


    With the attitude of the friar of yujianmen, Meng Zhang was not disturbed at the last minute and successfully tied the pill.


    From then on, Meng Zhang was a Jindan immortal, and everyone else had to call him Meng immortal.


    The adult brain size of the pith, actually consumed a full two-thirds.


    Because Meng Zhang has not used the third-order spiritual pulse, he needs to slowly absorb the aura in the spiritual marrow in the future to consolidate his cultivation in the golden elixir period.


    After the success of jiedan, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave the pass. First, he thanked the friar of yujianmen for his generosity, and then apologized to his neighbors.


    Of course, the neighbors around did not dare to say, and greeted Meng Zhang warmly.


    For a group of friars in the foundation period, they may not have the opportunity to make friends with immortal Jindan all their life.


    Now I''m watching a monk get married successfully. The other person doesn''t seem to be inhumane. Of course, we should try to win over and at least get familiar with immortal Jindan.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang, the newly released golden elixir, welcomed the first batch of monks who came to congratulate him.

 Chapter 424

    Meng Zhang had no self-consciousness of the new golden elixir immortal and warmly entertained all friars in the foundation period.


    It''s rare to have such an approachable immortal Jindan. Everyone is very excited.


    In the process of contact with these foundational monks, Meng Zhang did not get nothing.


    Some friars in the foundation period expressed their willingness to take refuge.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to agree or refuse, but politely changed the topic.


    After receiving these friars during the foundation period, Meng Zhang found the friar of yujianmen who was in charge of this place and asked for a door-to-door visit.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t get any help from yujianmen, he successfully married Dan on other people''s territory quietly. Afterwards, he really should come to say hello and have a good chat with the host''s family.


    The friar of yujianmen, who was in charge of this place, conveyed Meng Zhang''s request back to the mountain gate.


    Yuanshen sect like Yujian sect doesn''t pay much attention to a new Jindan friar. Moreover, the jade sword gate is also the gate of sword cultivation. It is always arrogant and closed. Even if it refuses people thousands of miles away, it is not strange.


    However, to Meng Zhang''s surprise, yujianmen not only agreed to his visit, but also sent a Jindan elder to receive him.


    The place where they met was not the Mountain Gate of Yujian gate, but a manor near Yujian gate.


    After a long talk between the two sides, although most of them were polite, there were still some dry goods.


    The golden elixir elder of the jade sword sect intentionally or unintentionally mentioned Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was very grateful for his advice and expressed his family''s admiration and longing for the jade sword gate.


    The elder did not answer Meng Zhang''s words, let alone continue to say more.


    After another chat, Meng ZhangCai left.


    Because there is still a lot of spiritual marrow left, Meng Zhang doesn''t need a third-order spiritual pulse in a hurry.


    He returned to the courtyard where jiedan was. While consolidating his accomplishments, he took time and began to observe the casual practices he wanted to take refuge in.


    In addition, the Qian brothers who were saved by Meng Zhang and brought back by Jue Ying in the race bag. After years of cultivation, the injury has almost recovered.


    However, their future is ruined and they have no hope of further development for life. Even the accomplishments can only be reluctantly restored to the middle stage of foundation construction.


    The two discouraged brothers have no intention to continue wandering around.


    They also wanted to repay Meng Zhang for his help.


    The Qian brothers proposed to take refuge in Meng Zhang and serve him.


    After becoming the golden elixir immortal, Meng Zhang''s gifted magic powers, his mind and false magic eyes, have made great progress.


    Having determined that the two brothers were sincere and had no differences, Meng Zhang readily accepted them.


    After entering the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang also needs to practice some new secrets and master the unique means of the real people in the golden elixir period. Only in this way can we really have the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir period and match the new identity.


    Meng Zhang continued to stay here for several years, during which he accepted the refuge of four friars in the foundation period.


    After the cultivation was completely stable, Meng Zhang took the newly accepted men of the foundation period and embarked on the road of returning to Taiyi gate.


    The Jue Ying left on its own after Meng Zhang got married to Dan.


    However, before leaving, she made it clear that she might ask Meng Zhang for help in the future and hoped that Meng Zhang would not refuse.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who doesn''t recognize his old friends when his cultivation is high. He made a promise that if jueying needed his help, he would come as soon as he was informed.


    Leaving the territory of yujianmen, Meng Zhang and others tossed around and came to Dafeng City.


    Meng Zhang arranged his men and went to visit Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    But unfortunately, Gu yuehuai butterfly was not at home. It was Gu yueyoulan who came out to receive Meng Zhang.


    The ancient Moon Orchid was really surprised that Meng Zhang successfully formed a golden pill without borrowing the third-order spiritual pulse of the ancient moon family.


    When Meng Zhang said that he had gone through thousands of hardships to win the spiritual marrow from the sand sea of death, the ancient moon Youlan was even more amazed.


    As a young descendant of the ancient moon family, she has heard of many situations in the sand sea of death.


    Meng Zhang''s experience is really a blessing in heaven.


    During the advanced golden elixir period of Meng Zhang, their identities were different. The ancient moon Youlan paid more respect to him and his attitude became more respectful.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not put on the airs of a real Jindan in front of his old friends. And the ancient moon family is such a Xiuzhen family. Immortal Jindan never lacks it.


    Introduced by the ancient moon Youlan, Meng Zhang visited a Jindan elder in charge of foreign affairs in the ancient moon family.


    They talked happily and reached many intentions of cooperation.


    Meng Zhang became the golden elixir immortal, and the Taiyi gate naturally rose and became the golden elixir gate.


    Now taiyimen is barely qualified to deal with the ancient moon family on an equal footing.


    After visiting the ancient moon family, Meng ZhangCai returned to Taiyi gate with a group of his men.


    This time, Meng Zhang did not hide his deeds, but swaggered and returned to Taiyi gate.


    He left the sect for almost ten years. When he went out, he was still a friar in the foundation period. When he returned, he was already a golden elixir immortal.


    Meng Zhang''s return excited the whole Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen is boiling, all the vassal families are boiling, and all the Xiuzhen forces around are boiling.


    Meng Zhang, however, has been in bad luck since the Guangzhi immortal of Lin Quan temple and the flaming immortal of dihuomen.


    Since the formal war between huoyun sect and Feihong sect, the fate of Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal has spread all over the endless sand sea.


    According to huoyun sect, it was Feihong sect that murdered two real people in the name of resisting the invasion of monsters. The purpose is to get rid of all Jindan real people who do not belong to Feihong sect in endless sand sea, so as to ensure Feihong sect''s rule over endless sand sea.


    The Feihong sect, of course, has another saying.


    Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal should take advantage of the opportunity of the monster army invading the endless sand sea and collude with huoyun sect to enter the endless sand sea.


    That''s why feihongzong decided to kill Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal.


    As for that statement is the truth, only the two sides themselves know.


    At least on the surface, all the Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea firmly believe in the statement of Feihong sect and will always be loyal to Feihong sect. They will never believe the vicious rumors spread by huoyun sect.


    Whatever the reason, it is an indisputable fact that two golden elixirs who do not belong to Feihong sect died at the hands of Feihong sect.


    The attitude of Fei hongzong towards the endless sand sea who tried to cultivate the power of Jindan immortal is still fresh in everyone''s memory.

 Chapter 425

    Many people are not optimistic about the fate of Meng Zhang, the new golden elixir.


    Meng Zhang is not worried about this problem at all. After forming the golden elixir, he went back to Taiyi gate in a fair and honest way, and has been in charge of the sect.


    He had long expected the situation he would face.


    Today is different from the past. Today''s Feihong sect is no longer the endless sand sea overlord.


    When Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal tied the pill, the endless sand sea had not been invaded by large-scale foreign enemies. Feihong Zong still had spare power and could solve the internal problems first.


    But now, the situation is very different from that at that time.


    Both huoyun sect and Gobi have brought great pressure to Feihong sect. Feihongzong, who is strong outside but weak in the middle, is just forced to support.


    At this time, if a new Jindan immortal and Fei hongzong are enemies, it may become the last straw to crush the camel.


    Feihongzong, who fought on the two fronts, even if he wanted to, was really unable to make an enemy of Meng Zhang, the new Jindan immortal.


    In fact, the current feihongzong is at the most critical time in history.


    Whether it is the recovery of the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect, or another large-scale invasion of Gobi monsters, it will completely defeat Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang was very clear about the situation of Feihong sect.


    After staying in Jiuqu League for so long, he learned a lot of information he couldn''t touch before. Standing outside, he had a deeper understanding of the situation of the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang can be sure that Fei hongzong at this time will not embarrass himself, but will please himself and stabilize himself.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang''s judgment is wrong. Fei hongzong can''t draw out powerful power to deal with Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang will make a swaggering appearance and make himself a real Jindan, which is well known.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang will hold a grand celebration to celebrate his becoming a golden elixir and declare his existence to the whole endless sand sea.


    Since the development of taiyimen, there is no need to continue to look at the eyes of others to survive. It is enough to occupy one side and dominate in the endless sand sea.


    This celebration is not only Meng Zhang''s golden elixir celebration, but also the celebration of the rise of taiyimen.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, he made this decision.


    There are enough monks in Taiyi gate at present when it comes to the foundation period.


    In addition to the original foundation building friars in the gate, there are several new foundation building friars in recent years. In addition, Meng Zhang also brought back a group of foundation building friars.


    The number of more than ten friars during the foundation building period has exceeded the shuangfenggu, which was originally known as one gate and ten foundations, second only to the current Feihong sect.


    There are so many friars during the foundation period, of course, they become less precious.


    In the past, friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate were basically elders in the gate.


    But in the future, the threshold of elders in the door should be raised accordingly.


    The original elder didn''t say it. From then on, if you want to become an elder of Taiyi sect, you must at least have the cultivation in the middle of foundation building, and make great contributions to the sect and accumulate a certain amount of good deeds.


    As for the group of foundation building friars brought back by Meng Zhang, they all serve Taiyi gate in the status of guest Qing for the time being.


    Since Meng Zhang decided to hold his own golden elixir ceremony, the whole Taiyi gate has been busy.


    Organizing and arranging, arranging the venue, issuing invitations and inviting guests... A series of complex and trivial affairs fell on the disciples in the door.


    Meng Zhang did not intervene in these matters and handed them all over to Niu Dawei.


    In the years since Meng Zhang left, Niu Dawei acted as the leader in the capacity of the leader''s disciple and cooperated with the elders to keep the whole sect in good order. The development of the sect is booming.


    After Meng Zhang returned, he was very pleased to face this situation. All the people in the gate, including Niu Dawei, did not live up to their expectations.


    Taiyimen''s vast territory has been firmly controlled. Moreover, the sphere of influence extends quietly to the four directions.


    The endless sand sea is so vast that even the ruler of Feihong sect dare not say that he can master every place.


    Taiyimen, as an emerging force, if you don''t want to challenge feihongzong, you have to get more resources from places that have not been paid attention to before.


    The thick earth God will thoroughly refinate the heaven and Earth Spirit, the mountain stone, and the thunder god will completely refinate the essence of the sky thunder. Both Dharma protectors restored their accomplishments to the later stage of foundation construction.


    During Meng Zhang''s absence, they spent most of their time and energy on external exploration, in addition to helping Niu Dawei deal with some sect affairs.


    In these years, they have traveled all over the endless sand sea and explored many places that had not been touched before.


    Their purpose is not only to find new cultivation resources for the sect, but also to obtain useful spiritual objects that can awaken other Dharma protectors who are still sleeping.


    In order to capture a miraculous medicine that can repair the spirit, the thick earth God and the thunder god will even kill into the Gobi of the demon wind to fight against the demon animal groups inside.


    They killed many second-order monsters, successfully captured the elixir, and escaped from Shengtian under the third-order monsters.


    It was this war that made them famous and became well-known strongmen in the endless sand sea.


    It is because of them that in these years when Meng Zhang was not in the sect, there was no curfew who dared to easily provoke Taiyi sect.


    Of course, the return of Meng Zhang jiedan has completely covered up their glory.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the sect, the thick earth God General returned with an Xiaoran and an Muran''s siblings.


    I haven''t seen you for many years. Naturally, I have something to say. Even if everyone is not a mother-in-law, he has been wordy for a long time.


    An Xiaoran told Meng Zhang what he had gained from the elder monk''s cave this time.


    One of the most important gains is that she got a superior skill "Fusang Sutra" that perfectly fits her spiritual root.


    After Meng Zhang read this Kung Fu, he was also full of praise. Compared with the sun moon rotation method he practiced, this skill suitable for the cultivation of fire wood attribute physique is better than the Fusang Sutra.


    Under the guidance of Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran dissipated his true Qi and turned from the original wood burning skill to the newly acquired Fusang Sutra.


    As for the grudges between an Xiaoran''s sister and brother and Zeng Jiexiong, Meng Zhang doesn''t care at all.


    With his current state and status, he has no leisure to pay attention to some young people in the foundation period.


    Zeng Jiexiong and Zeng Jiantang brothers, as long as they don''t have a brain problem, they absolutely don''t dare to continue to calculate and settle down.


    The personal disciple of immortal Jindan, what kind of identity is that and what they can provoke.


    When the settled brothers and sisters become successful in their cultivation in the future, they will naturally solve these past grievances.

 Chapter 426

    On the fifth day of the twelfth lunar month, if it was near the Middle Earth continent, I''m afraid it would have been cold wind and snow at this time.


    But in the endless sand sea with little climate change throughout the year, it still looks like the scorching sun hanging high and the heat is unbearable.


    Today is the day when the mengzhang golden pill celebration is held. Near the taiyimen Mountain Gate, from the foot of the mountain to the top of the mountain, lanterns and colorful flags have been put on for a long time.


    Although I have been very busy recently and have been tossed about by a lot of complicated affairs, I am very happy and satisfied up and down Taiyi gate.


    Especially on today''s happy day, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate are jubilant and elated.


    With Meng Zhang, the golden elixir immortal, Taiyi gate will soar to the sky. Everyone can benefit from it.


    At this time, the square outside the head Hall of Taiyi gate was already well arranged and full of friends.


    Meng Zhang Gao, according to the leader, is seated below. In addition to the important people in the door, there are also visitors from all sides.


    The friars in the door came as soon as they could.


    Even many old disciples who had already left the sect attended.


    Tianzhen, who returned home to provide for the elderly, sat impressively in front. At this time, old tears filled my eyes and wept with joy.


    Long white haired, he can finally see the rise of taiyimen in his lifetime.


    In his youth, Meng Zhang, who was favored by him, did not live up to his expectations and successfully revitalized the long declining taiyimen.


    Although the current taiyimen is far from being compared with its heyday, it is much stronger than when it fled into the endless sand sea.


    Taiyi gate can have today''s situation. Tianzhen Laohuai is gratified and satisfied.


    As for the disciples present, it was hard to hide the excitement on their faces.


    With immortal Jindan in the door, you can strive for more benefits for the sect.


    As disciples of Taiyi sect, they feel the most clearly about the promotion of the sect''s status.


    A more powerful sect can bring more cultivation resources to its disciples.


    Taiyi disciples will become more confident when they go outside.


    Next to the disciples of Taiyi sect, there are guests from the vassal forces of Taiyi sect.


    These small families attached to the existence of taiyimen have become stronger, and they can be more at ease.


    Skillful hand sect, an ally, sends guests close to Taiyi sect disciples.


    Taiyimen became stronger and stronger, and their allies became closer and closer.


    On the other side, there are envoys sent by nearby Xiuzhen forces such as tuxingmen.


    When they saw Meng Zhang and Meng immortal, they were all in awe and humility.


    At the outermost, there are envoys sent by other Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea.


    For Meng Zhang jiedan, their faces were complicated and their emotions were myriad.


    Outside the square, the master of ceremonies disciple of Taiyi gate is still loudly announcing the guest''s name.


    Suddenly, countless light bands were scattered in the sky, and a heroic voice came down from the sky.


    "Flying General of Feihong sect, I''d like to congratulate immortal Meng on his wedding."


    With this sound, an old man with a powerful face and a tiger back slowly fell from the sky.


    On such a happy day today, the mountain protection array of taiyimen Mountain Gate has been completely closed.


    With Meng Zhang as the golden elixir, the mountain protection array basically has no room to play a role.


    Seeing the flying general falling down, Meng Zhang stood up from his seat.


    "Meng Zhang, the last to learn, saw the flying general." Meng Zhang respectfully saluted.


    No matter what the relationship with Feihong sect in the future, as the master, the minimum etiquette will not be lacking.


    Flying general immortal is a senior in the advanced golden elixir period for many years. Regardless of age and seniority, Meng Zhang is far above Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang respects him a little, which can be regarded as respecting the elderly.


    Seeing Meng Zhang get up and salute, all the guests sitting below got up and salute one after another with a humble attitude.


    "Immortal Meng, you''re welcome. You''re already one of our generation. You don''t need to be so polite."


    The flying general is not as domineering as the big real person, but very gentle.


    Meng Zhang had long expected such a friendly attitude towards the flying general.


    Flying general immortal fought with the monster army and was seriously injured. Since then, he has been closed to heal.


    If he hadn''t come to attend Meng Zhang''s golden elixir celebration today, he probably wouldn''t have left the customs.


    Although the advanced golden elixir period is not long, Meng Zhang''s eyesight is not poor because of his complete inheritance.


    In his eyes, although the real flying general can''t see any difference on the surface, the breath in his body is still unstable, and it is obvious that the injury hasn''t completely healed.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, feihongzong sent the wounded immortal to congratulate himself. I''m afraid it''s also releasing goodwill to himself, indicating that feihongzong didn''t aim at himself.


    Fei landed the real person directly in front of Meng Zhang, and then talked with Meng Zhang warmly.


    Many Jindan sects are headed by friars in the foundation period. Of course, such a leader is actually a big housekeeper, and his power will be greatly limited.


    After Meng Zhang advanced into the golden elixir period, he still retained the position of leader.


    It''s not that he is reluctant to go, or greedy for the position of leader. But as a master of heavenly secrets, his intuition tells him that continuing to be the leader of Taiyi sect is of great benefit to himself and the whole sect.


    Since he is the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang represents not only himself, but the whole Taiyi sect.


    In addition to paying tribute to the flying general at first, he was neither humble nor arrogant in the following conversation.


    Seeing the two golden elixirs talking happily above, many monks below breathed a sigh of relief.


    It''s good that he didn''t fight. It seems that Fei hongzong has a good attitude towards the real Meng.


    If taiyimen and feihongzong really go to war, then other Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea will sit on the wax.


    Of course, there are a few guys who are afraid that the world will not be chaotic and secretly feel disappointed there.


    Flying general immortal came here with goodwill.


    In order to express his attention to Meng Zhang, feihongzong sent Jindan immortal.


    In order to show that there is no malice, the flying general immortal, who is still injured and can''t fight, was sent.


    Flying generals not only verbally released goodwill, but also showed a lot of sincerity.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang needs three levels of spiritual pulse cultivation, the flying general invited Meng Zhang to feihongzong Mountain Gate.


    Of course, in order to avoid unnecessary ideas, Meng Zhang spent a lot of words to show his sincerity.


    Meng Zhang politely declined the kindness of the flying general.


    He didn''t want to run to help feihongzong sit at the mountain gate at this time. If you are unlucky, you may stop the disaster for Feihong sect.


    Moreover, with the lessons of Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal, Meng Zhang maintained a minimum of vigilance even though he knew that Fei hongzong would not attack him.

 Chapter 427

    I''m probably worried about Meng Zhang''s misunderstanding. Seeing that Meng Zhang refused his kindness, the flying general didn''t force it.


    In order to show the friendship of Feihong sect, feijiang immortal gave many benefits.


    For example, near Taiyi gate, the Mountain Gate of Shuangfeng Valley and the territory of Qingzhu mountain, Feihong sect has long been unable to take into account, and Taiyi gate forces have long penetrated into those places.


    The flying general is very generous and gives all these sites to taiyimen.


    From then on, taiyimen didn''t have to sneak in and take advantage of these places. It could occupy these places openly and start large-scale development.


    In addition, the flying general immortal also hinted that the cultivation forces around Taiyi gate, such as Tuxing gate, were handed over to Taiyi gate.


    Of course, taiyimen can''t go too far. At least we should maintain the face of feihongzong.


    Although he didn''t want to annex these sects, with the hint of flying generals, Meng Zhang can start his next plan.


    Between the words of the two golden elixirs, a few words of Kung Fu determined the ownership of a large area of territory and the fate of many Xiuzhen forces.


    Of course, flying generals give these benefits, certainly not without any requirements. He vaguely hinted that he hoped Meng Zhang would join the camp of Feihong sect, either fight with huoyun sect or help resist the invasion of Gobi monsters.


    With such a little benefit, Meng Zhang wants to work hard. A golden elixir immortal is not so cheap.


    Meng Zhang kept saying good things, but when it comes to joining the war, there is no one''s letter.


    Flying general immortal himself is that kind of straightforward temperament, and his temper has always been grumpy.


    This time he pulled down his face and showed kindness to Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang was still there, and he was very unhappy.


    If he didn''t know that the current feihongzong should no longer make strong enemies, he would have had an attack.


    Just then, Niu Dawei, the master of ceremonies disciple of Taiyi gate and the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, shouted loudly.


    "The fallen leaves are visiting."


    Most of you have never heard of the name of the fallen leaf real person, but since it is called a real person, its status can be imagined.


    In the curious eyes of the people, the fallen leaf immortal walked in briskly.


    The timely arrival of immortal ye ye helped Meng Zhang solve the siege. Meng Zhang confessed to the flying general and took the initiative to meet the fallen immortal.


    "I''ve seen the fallen leaves. I''ll never forget the kindness of guidance given by the elder."


    Immortal ye ye not only pointed out a bright way for Meng Zhang to get spiritual marrow. And the experience of jiedan taught to him was very helpful to him.


    "Don''t say more if you''re polite. It''s also your opportunity to make today''s achievements. It was you who helped me first that we could have a good relationship."


    Meng Zhang exchanged greetings with immortal ye ye, then led her to immortal Fei Jiang and briefly introduced her to them.


    The flying general looked at Meng Zhang with a little doubt. He didn''t know when he met the fallen leaf immortal.


    For the details of the fallen immortal, the flying general immortal is also unclear.


    However, in his eyes, every Jindan real person is a figure that can not be ignored.


    The fallen immortal nodded slightly to the flying general and sat down not far from him.


    If Meng Zhang has an unknown Jindan immortal as a strong aid, I''m afraid Feihong Zong''s attitude towards Meng Zhang will have to be readjusted.


    Flying general immortal murmured in his heart. He thought Meng Zhang was just a lucky guy and reluctantly married Dan. I am helpless and have not squeezed into the circle of Jindan immortal. Unexpectedly, he is really not simple.


    What made the flying general immortal even more unexpected was still ahead. Just when he thought that the fallen immortal was Meng Zhang''s card, Niu Dawei shouted again.


    "Immortal huaidie of the ancient moon family arrived."


    Hearing the name of Gu Yue Huai butterfly, the real flying general finally couldn''t help but change his face.


    Fei hongzong knows Dafeng City, an old neighbor and the biggest business partner very well.


    The flying general is very clear about the position of the ancient moon family in Dafeng City and the position of the ancient moon butterfly in the ancient moon family.


    In the past, the Xiuzhen forces around Taiyi gate had been circulating that Meng Zhang had a close relationship with the ancient moon family and had frequent contacts.


    When the news reached the high-level ears of Feihong sect, everyone sneered. What is the status of the ancient moon family? Where can Meng Zhang cling to.


    At most, maybe taiyimen and the ancient moon family have some business contacts. Meng Zhang had the cheek to stick it up and insisted that he had a special relationship with the ancient moon family.


    In fact, it''s just bullying the inexperienced hick and putting money on his face.


    But now, an important figure of the ancient moon family, immortal Gu Yue huaidie, attended Meng Zhang''s golden elixir celebration, which shows that Meng Zhang is not a dispensable existence in the eyes of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang pleaded guilty and left the position of the fallen leaf immortal and the flying general immortal to warmly welcome the distinguished guest Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t come alone, but brought her disciple Gu yueyoulan.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to greet Gu yuehuai butterfly and Gu yueyoulan.


    The two sides have had many contacts and have a good relationship. Without too much politeness, Meng Zhang led him to the flying generals and fallen leaves.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and immortal Gu yuehuai die who have known each other for a long time, feijiang''s heart sank.


    What he is worried about now is not Meng Zhang, but the ancient moon family.


    If Meng Zhang really took refuge in the ancient moon family, and the ancient moon family wanted to interfere in the affairs of the endless sand sea through Taiyi gate, Feihong sect would be in great trouble.


    There are also strong and weak Jindan sects.


    Although feihongzong is the overlord of the endless sand sea, it has special reasons. Really speaking of strength, Feihong sect is not outstanding among Jindan sect.


    At the beginning, it was not only their own strength that could dominate the endless sand sea and expel the forces of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect.


    Let''s not talk about the past. Now, the strength of huoyun sect is actually far above Feihong sect.


    Even with the help of Mobei Qi family, Feihong sect has been very hard to resist the invasion of huoyun sect.


    The strength of the ancient moon family is not under the huoyun sect. If the ancient moon family, as a new force, also wants to intervene in the endless sand sea, feihongzong may have to raise his hand and surrender.


    Although there are thousands of thoughts in my heart, I am also surprised and uncertain about the intention of holding butterflies in the ancient moon. But on the surface, the flying general is still very polite, even a little flattering. He warmly greets Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t have the shelf of a big family friar, so he politely greeted the flying general. Then he chatted with the fallen leaf immortal.


    Others don''t know the details of real person ye, but Gu yuehuai butterfly has a certain understanding of real person ye and the Dark Alliance behind her.

 Chapter 428

    What kind of person is Gu yuehuai butterfly? You can see at a glance what the flying general is worried about.


    She said: "I came to congratulate Meng Xiaoyou in my personal capacity, which has nothing to do with the ancient moon family."


    Gu yuehuai butterfly''s words didn''t release the flying general. He couldn''t easily believe each other. Moreover, even if what the other party says is true, personal friendship is often stronger than that between clans.


    Seeing that the flying general was respectful on the surface and secretly hid a few lines of alert, Gu Yue smiled with a butterfly and said nothing more.


    Meng Zhang sent out the invitation through Jue Ying. Unexpectedly, immortal ye ye would really come.


    When he sent the invitation to the ancient moon family, Meng Zhang didn''t expect that the ancient moon huaidie would give face and come to congratulate him in person.


    After dealing with the ancient moon family for so many years, Meng Zhang also has a certain understanding of the ancient moon family.


    The cultivation of Gu Yue''s butterfly golden elixir in the middle period is not particularly outstanding in the Gu Yue family, but she has a high position in the family.


    According to some descendants of the ancient moon family, the ancient moon huaidie is probably the master of the ancient moon family. It has a lot of weight and can even determine the strategic direction of the family.


    Such a person will not take care of himself because of his friendship with taiyimen ancestors. She must have a different purpose this time.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    Of course, on the surface, he looked flattered and was very enthusiastic about the ancient moon butterfly.


    After the arrival of the ancient moon and the butterfly, all the guests arrived.


    Next, there are some complicated red tape.


    Fortunately, practitioners pay attention to efficiency and don''t waste too much time on useless links.


    After the end of those red tape, it is time for Meng Zhang to give lectures.


    Meng Zhang is already a golden elixir immortal, and his spirit is different from that of a monk in the foundation period.


    There are a lot of dry goods in the content, and there are a lot of valuable practice experience and cultivation insights.


    After a speech, almost everyone in the field was intoxicated and fruitful.


    When Meng Zhang finished his lecture, everyone was still reluctant to part with it.


    After completing the lecture, Meng Zhang also withdrew.


    Next, the elders of the foundation period of Taiyi gate were responsible for receiving visitors from all parties, while Meng Zhang personally received three golden elixirs and took them to a quiet room.


    Before Taiyi gate, it was just a building foundation sect gate. There was not even a third-order spiritual vein in the mountain gate. All kinds of buildings were just passable and looked very poor.


    However, none of the three golden elixirs cares about this. They came here for different purposes.


    When we sit together, many words are not easy to say.


    There are many private collusions. It''s really inappropriate to put them on the table and make them known to all.


    The four people talked nonsense without nutrition, and they were reluctant to get to the point.


    The flying general immortal saw the fallen leaf immortal and the ancient moon huaidie here. He didn''t want to force Meng Zhang too much, but finally he couldn''t help saying: "immortal Meng, I hope you can do your part for the overall situation of the endless sand sea. Whether it''s the huoyun sect or the monster of the Gobi, if you want them to invade the endless sand sea on a large scale, the consequences will be unimaginable."


    "Under the cover of the nest, there is no finished egg. In the face of these foreign invaders, taiyimen can''t think of being alone."


    "I won''t say anything else. I just hope Meng Zhen will think more about the overall situation and the future."


    After that, the flying general left regardless of Meng Zhang''s request.


    Looking at the back of the flying immortal, Gu yuehuai butterfly smiled and shook her head.


    "I''ve long heard that feihongzong, a real flying general, has a hot temper and straightforward personality. When I saw him today, he really deserves his reputation."


    "There is no one in Feihong sect. He sent him to persuade leader Meng."


    With the identity and accomplishments of Gu yuehuai butterfly, I am fully qualified to comment on Fei hongzong and flying generals.


    With these words, Gu yuehuai butterfly looked at the fallen immortal and said, "it''s rare to come to the endless sand sea. I''ll go outside first."


    After that, he left directly and left Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye behind.


    "She''s funny and doesn''t stay here shamelessly." the real person deciduous murmured.


    With the character of fallen leaf immortal, I can''t stand the self righteous expert style of Gu Yue huaidie.


    Seeing that there were only himself and Meng Zhang, immortal deciduous waved at random, he set up a prohibition to block inside and outside and avoid peeping and listening.


    "Headmaster Meng, how much do you know about the Gobi of evil wind?"


    Immortal jueying didn''t say more nonsense, so he went straight to the point.


    The Gobi is occupied by monsters all year round. Meng Zhang basically hearsay about the situation inside.


    In those years, he once passed by the edge of the Gobi of evil wind. Although the God General of thick earth and the God General of thunder burst into the Gobi of evil wind to seize magic medicine, they did not enter too deep.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know much about the Gobi, especially its depths.


    Meng Zhang completely revealed all his knowledge of the Gobi.


    The fallen leaf immortal listened and shook his head.


    "Headmaster Meng, you are already a Jindan immortal. You can''t be so ignorant of your neighbors."


    Then, the fallen leaf immortal told Meng Zhang in detail, told her the information she had obtained from the black market, and told all kinds of situations inside the Gobi of evil wind clearly and plainly.


    Meng Zhang knew before that he had strong intelligence capability in the black market. Knowing from Jue Ying that the black market belongs to a powerful organization called Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang raised his evaluation of the black market.


    But he never thought that the black market could have such a deep understanding of the Gobi.


    You know, in the Gobi of evil wind, there is no foothold for human friars in the world of evil beasts.


    I don''t know where the black market, or the Dark Alliance behind it, got so much information about the Gobi.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s undisguised surprise, the fallen immortal sighed.


    "Not all of the Dark Alliance are Terran friars."


    "In fact, the Dark Alliance is a huge organization that spans the human race, demon race and other major races, including the right and evil and even the devil friars."


    "The golden tiger demon general in the Gobi was once a member of the Dark Alliance."


    Meng Zhang was really surprised by the words of immortal ye ye.


    The Dark Alliance, a hidden organization, has so much energy.


    To put it mildly, this is called inclusiveness and inclusiveness. To put it awkwardly, that is to hide dirt and accept dirt, good and bad.


    After Meng Zhang digested the news, immortal Ye threw out more material.


    "The golden tiger demon general is not a wild monster. In those days, he was the spiritual pet of an elder of the purple gold sect."


    "The Zijin sect perished. After many senior masters died in the war, the golden tiger monster also fell into the Gobi of evil wind and became a big demon."

 Chapter 429

    "Since the Zijin sect perished and the Feihong sect became the overlord of the endless sand sea, the golden tiger has always wanted to avenge the Zijin sect."


    "He fought against feihongzong many times. Finally, he was chased by feihongzong Jindan immortal all the way, so he had to escape into the Gobi of evil wind."


    "The golden tiger is a strong one among the third-order monsters, but with his own strength, he is still unable to resist the golden pill sect like Feihong sect."


    "After some twists and turns, the golden tiger later joined the Dark Alliance. As a member of the Dark Alliance, he worked for the Dark Alliance for many years."


    The fallen leaf immortal was not ill and slowly told Meng Zhang these unknown secrets.


    "The ultimate goal of Gold Tiger''s investment in the Dark Alliance is to use the power of the Dark Alliance to avenge his family and fight feihongzong."


    "Unfortunately, on the one hand, the Dark Alliance rarely takes the initiative to fight against the regional rulers around the Xiuzhen world. On the other hand, the relationship behind the Feihong sect is significant, and the Dark Alliance is even more reluctant to have any disputes with the Feihong sect."


    "The golden tiger has been in the Dark Alliance for many years. After finally understanding the attitude of the Dark Alliance, he left the Dark Alliance and returned to the Gobi of evil wind."


    "When he left the Dark Alliance, he stole a very important treasure."


    "You know, the situation behind the endless sand sea is too complicated. It involves both five levels of power and the yuan God Zhenjun. Even the powerful forces of the Dark Alliance are unwilling to get involved easily."


    "So over the years, the Dark Alliance has not sent anyone to enter the Gobi of evil wind to recapture the treasure."


    "Recently, I have an important thing that I need to use that treasure. But I can''t get any help inside the Dark Alliance. I came to ask leader Meng for help as a last resort."


    "I hope to work with leader Meng to recapture the treasure from the golden tiger."


    After listening to the words of immortal deciduous, Meng Zhang''s face showed an embarrassed look.


    Based on the relationship between them, Meng Zhang did not hide and directly expressed his concerns.


    "The golden tiger hides in the Gobi of evil wind. In the Gobi of evil wind, it is the base camp of evil beasts. It has almost endless evil beasts, including many third-order evil beasts."


    "With your and my strength, it''s not easy to retreat after going deep into it, let alone recapture the treasure from the golden tiger."


    Meng Zhang is not unwilling to help, but unwilling to participate in such things that are doomed to failure and risk his life for no reason.


    "Headmaster Meng, don''t worry. I won''t overestimate myself. I have to take risks in the Gobi."


    "The golden tiger has been in the Dark Alliance for many years, and the Dark Alliance also has a deep understanding of him."


    "I have a way to lead him out of the Gobi."


    "But I''m not sure I can keep him alone, so I need leader Meng''s help."


    Meng Zhang was relieved by the words of immortal ye ye.


    Monster is the great enemy of human race. As long as he doesn''t go deep into the Gobi, he won''t show mercy to monster outside the Gobi.


    Next, the fallen leaf immortal said a lot about his plan and everything about the golden tiger.


    She didn''t say the details of the plan this time. She just said hello to Meng Zhang in advance so that Meng Zhang could be prepared.


    In order to deal with a strong enemy like Jinhu, she also needs to make a lot of preparations, and now the time is not ripe and needs to wait slowly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let immortal ye down. Knowing that the plan was feasible, he immediately agreed to help without hesitation.


    After talking about his intention this time, the fallen leaf immortal also talked a lot.


    Although Meng Zhang is already a Jindan immortal, he is not taught by his elders and is not familiar with the circle of Jindan immortal.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, immortal Ye spent a lot of time telling Meng Zhang everything a Jindan immortal should know.


    The general details of the surrounding forces'' Jindan immortal, how to contact other Jindan immortal and expand their contacts. There are those golden elixir immortal circles, Meng Zhang can join. How to obtain the resources needed by immortal Jindan


    The words of immortal ye ye, who did not hide anything, made Meng Zhang gain a lot and made up his biggest weakness.


    These precious information collected by the black market for many years may not be known by many big forces. Even if Meng Zhang spends more spiritual stones, he will never find out.


    The help of immortal deciduous made Meng Zhang owe a great favor.


    After talking about business and making an agreement with Meng Zhang, immortal ye ye also left.


    Soon after the fallen immortal left, Gu yuehuai butterfly, who had been outside for a long time, came to Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang is the younger generation of Gu yuehuai butterfly, he is now a real Jindan. Gu yuehuai butterfly also treats him as a peer.


    Without much nonsense, Gu yuehuai butterfly also directly entered the topic.


    The ancient moon butterfly wants to get a treasure from the mirage.


    She hopes Meng Zhang can help her.


    Meng Zhang is no stranger to mirage secret land. Although I have never been in person, I have heard of the situation there for a long time.


    Mirage secret land is located in the center of mirage desert.


    Mirage secret place was a secret place opened up by the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Zijin sect when it ruled the endless sand sea.


    When the Zijin sect was still there, it was always the place where the disciples of the Zijin sect tried to refine Qi.


    After the fall of Zijin sect and the rise of Feihong sect. The Feihong sect without the original God Zhenjun is naturally unable to open up a new secret realm. It doesn''t have the ability to completely master the mirage secret realm.


    After a lot of effort, feihongzong can only reluctantly use a small part of the mirage secret place.


    Every hundred years or so, when the mirage secret place is opened, feihongzong will send out excellent Qi refining disciples to enter the mirage secret place, picking all kinds of miraculous medicines and sowing new miraculous seeds.


    Because there are many dangers and monsters in the mirage secret land, Feihong Zong also offered various favorable conditions to entice all excellent disciples in the Qi refining period to enter it to resist monsters and collect miraculous medicine.


    Over the years, feihongzong has benefited greatly from the mirage secret land and obtained countless miraculous medicines. In particular, most of the main and auxiliary drugs of Feihong sect for refining Jidan come from the mirage secret land.


    Gu Yue Huai butterfly wants to make the idea of mirage secret place. Feihong Zong must have some unknown taboos.


    Of course, as the master of the ancient moon family, it is impossible to be unaware of these situations.


    She openly told herself to take treasure from the mirage and asked herself for help. Then she probably had a plan to overcome these problems.

 Chapter 430

    Meng Zhang looked at Gu yuehuai butterfly and knew that she must have a way to solve these problems.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly did not directly enter the topic, but asked Meng Zhang a seemingly irrelevant question.


    "Leader Meng has a good relationship with immortal ye ye. She seems to have something important to discuss with you?"


    Meng Zhang smiled and didn''t answer. He is not a gossip woman. How could he casually tell others about his agreement with the fallen leaf immortal.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t care about Meng Zhang''s silence, turned a topic and continued to ask, "leader Meng is now a real Jindan. I don''t know if you have made any arrangements in the future?"


    "Future arrangements?"


    "Yes, leader Meng achieved the golden elixir by absorbing the aura of the spiritual marrow without borrowing the third-order spiritual pulse. This is a great good thing, but the spiritual marrow in your hand should be almost exhausted."


    "A golden elixir immortal, without a third-order spiritual pulse, must use the top-grade spiritual stone to meet the needs of daily cultivation. In the long run, the consumption of the top-grade spiritual stone is huge. Even if the Taiyi family is big, I''m afraid it will be very difficult."


    The spiritual marrow in Meng Zhang''s hand is much bigger than Gu yuehuai butterfly imagined. Even after the consumption of Meng Zhang jiedan, the rest is enough for Meng Zhang to use for ten or twenty years.


    But her words are also very reasonable. The spiritual marrow will be exhausted sooner or later, and the heaven and earth auras that immortal Jindan breathes every day are massive. In the absence of third-order spiritual pulse, Meng Zhang must consume a lot of top-grade spiritual stones in order to stabilize his cultivation.


    In the endless sand sea, the circulation is mainly low-grade spirit stones, and middle-grade spirit stones are relatively rare. Taiyi sect sometimes needs medium-grade spirit stones, such as those used to drive second-order puppets, which have to be exchanged at a lot of cost.


    As for the top-grade spirit stone, it is rare to see it in the endless sand sea.


    The endless sand sea does not produce the top-grade spirit stone, and no merchant will use the top-grade spirit stone for trading.


    In fact, even in Jiuqu League, Lingshi mines that can produce top-grade Lingshi are very rare.


    If Meng Zhang needs to use the top-grade spirit stone, he must pay a high price and exchange it at Dafeng City, and the quantity cannot be guaranteed.


    Although taiyimen currently occupies a vast territory, it seems that its income is good. But if you want to support Meng Zhang, the golden elixir, it is also difficult to bear.


    In the long run, Meng Zhang must occupy a third-order spiritual pulse in order to solve the problem once and for all.


    However, the current third-order spiritual pulse of the endless sand sea has a master. Meng Zhang will definitely pay a lot if he wants to borrow from others.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly looked at Meng Zhang solemnly.


    "Headmaster Meng, for immortal Jindan, the third-order spiritual pulse is indispensable. Without the third-order spiritual pulse, there will always be a lot of inconvenience."


    Meng Zhang smiled helplessly. He didn''t understand this truth, but where should he get a third-order spiritual pulse?


    Are you going to rob Feihong Zong and Mobei Qi family, or are you willing to be controlled by others and turn to Feihong Zong and Mobei Qi family for help?


    Gu yuehuai butterfly seemed to understand Meng Zhang''s helplessness. She said with a smile: "leader Meng, have you forgotten the Gobi of evil wind?"


    Yes, there are so many third-order monsters in the Gobi. There must be third-order spirit veins in it.


    However, there are too many monsters in the Gobi, and Meng Zhang has no ability to fight the Gobi.


    "Leader Meng, feihongzong has been suffering from the Gobi for a long time, but he has been unable to solve this problem."


    "If you and I work together with Feihong Zong, we should be able to attack the Gobi of evil wind, kill a large number of evil beasts inside, and win a third-order spirit pulse for leader Meng."


    "In this way, feihongzong solved the big trouble of Gobi, and leader Meng got the third-order spirit pulse, which can be described as the best of both worlds."


    You also got the understanding of feihongzong. Meng Zhang added.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly helped feihongzong such a big favor and solved his dilemma of being attacked on both sides. Gu yuehuai butterfly takes this as a condition and wants to fight against the mirage secret place. Most of the Feihong sect will agree.


    However, Gu yuehuai butterfly is quite particular about things. If she relies on the power of the ancient moon family to forcibly suppress feihongzong, she will directly fight against the mirage secret land. In the current situation of feihongzong, it is mostly difficult to make a strong response.


    She went around in a big circle and used such a gentle method. She was all inclusive and didn''t completely tear her face with feihongzong.


    Now, there is only one last question left. That is, does Gu yuehuai butterfly have the ability to crack the means left by Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect, and forcibly enter the mirage secret realm?


    Thinking of the strong strength of the ancient moon family and the unfathomable background, since the ancient moon Huai butterfly dares to make the idea of mirage, it should have a certain grasp.


    "I don''t know who sent out the strong men of the ancient moon family to forcibly break the mirage secret place this time?" Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking.


    "Leader Meng, you also know that the form behind the endless sand sea is complex, and several yuan gods and true kings are involved."


    "I''m Gu yuehuai butterfly. It''s nothing to do here alone. I''m afraid it will bring some bad effects by sending out family friars to fight here."


    "Therefore, I still need the help of leader Meng to fight against the mirage secret place this time."


    I see. Even the ancient moon family is unwilling to wade in the muddy water of the endless sand sea. No wonder the ancient moon huaidie treats the Feihong sect so gently.


    However, can you really crack the means left by Yuanshen Zhenjun by yourself and Guyue huaidie alone?


    Meng Zhang expressed his doubts. His question is also the most uncertain place of the ancient moon butterfly.


    "Although I have a way to crack the means of the predecessors of the Zijin sect, I still need some effective helpers."


    "I''d like to persuade Feihong sect. Feihong sect may send a Jindan immortal. With leader Meng, the number is a little less."


    "I can''t use the family''s hands. Although I have some contacts, almost all the surrounding Jindan immortal know the inside story of the endless sand sea. No one will be willing to do it here for no reason."


    Gu yuehuai butterfly said and fell into thinking.


    "Elder, do you think it''s appropriate for immortal ye ye to join in?"


    "Of course, if you want immortal ye to help, you still need a little help from your predecessors."


    Meng Zhang said tentatively.


    Although the fallen immortal has a plan to deal with the golden tiger, Meng Zhang thinks it''s best to add an insurance.


    The golden tiger, an old qualified third-order monster, has deep cultivation and strong strength. It''s not a long time for me to get married with immortal deciduous. I''m still a junior among immortal Jindan. Even if it is a combination of two people, it may not be able to solve the golden tiger.


    If you can have the help of ancient moon Huai butterfly, the golden tiger will probably not be spared.


    So Meng Zhang wanted to pull the ancient moon butterfly in without consulting with immortal ye ye in advance.

 Chapter 431

    Meng Zhang didn''t sell off. He directly mentioned his plan with the real person deciduous to Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    It''s not a big deal for the ancient moon butterfly to help deal with a third-order monster.


    Even if the golden tiger was once the spiritual pet of the predecessors of the purple gold sect and later joined the Dark Alliance, so what?


    Monsters are monsters. It is natural for people to hunt monsters. Naturally, they have the name of righteousness.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly thought a little and agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly agrees to help, and Meng ZhangCai has a greater confidence that he can help the fallen immortal solve the problem of the golden tiger.


    The forces of several parties cooperate with each other and help each other solve problems. Everyone is happy and takes what they need.


    Of course, these are only the preliminary ideas of Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Huai butterfly. There is still a lot of work to be done to turn this idea into a workable plan.


    Next, Meng Zhang and Gu yuehuai butterflies began to run.


    Meng Zhang is going to contact immortal ye ye and tell her that the plan has changed. Gu yuehuai butterfly is the helper.


    The task of Gu yuehuai butterfly is the most important. She needs to persuade feihongzong to accept her plan.


    After Gu yuehuai butterfly left, Meng Zhang went to Jiuqu League again and contacted the fallen leaf immortal.


    After the two met, the fallen leaf immortal did not have any dissatisfaction with Meng Zhang''s self assertion.


    In fact, she also considered that relying on herself and Meng Zhang alone may not be able to leave the golden tiger.


    However, due to the complexity of the endless sand sea, it is also difficult for her to get more help from the Dark Alliance.


    She is also considering how to temporarily enhance her combat effectiveness. Now Meng Zhang has brought the good news that the ancient moon huaidie will sell, which can be regarded as a solution to a big problem.


    With the strong support of Gu yuehuai butterfly, immortal deciduous soon left Jiuqu League and came to the endless sand sea with Meng Zhang.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, because there was no news from the ancient moon huaidie, Meng Zhang and immortal ye had to wait patiently for the time being.


    Meng Zhang has returned now. As the leader of a sect, he needs to decide many important events in the sect.


    Niu Dawei, who used to act as the leader temporarily, has relieved a burden and only needs to deal with the daily affairs of the sect.


    Meng Zhang became a golden elixir. Many previous ideas began to be implemented one by one.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to eat the benefits given by the immortal Feihong zongfei.


    Friar taiyimen swaggered into the original Mountain Gate of shuangfenggu, met the fellow disciples who secretly picked up cheap there, built large-scale construction there and began large-scale construction.


    The original territory of Qingzhu mountain, including the mountain gate, was also included by Taiyi gate.


    In this way, Taiyi gate directly borders the territory directly under Feihong sect.


    Those Xiuzhen forces around are keenly aware of the recent changes in the situation. Feihongzong''s concession and solicitation attitude towards taiyimen prompted them to make a choice.


    These Xiuzhen forces, ostensibly vassals of the Feihong sect, all sent their principals to the Taiyi gate and privately expressed their willingness to take refuge in the Taiyi gate and be loyal to the Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen did not hesitate to accept the refuge of these Xiuzhen forces.


    Even if these Xiuzhen forces now just want to show an attitude and formally loyal to taiyimen.


    However, Meng Zhang believes that with the development of the situation and the subtle influence of a certain time, taiyimen can slowly and completely absorb these Xiuzhen forces into its own system.


    There are many Xiuzhen forces of all sizes around. Taiyimen will not destroy them all and forcibly annex them.


    Taiyi sect is also an authentic sect. We should also pay attention to eating.


    When he is down and out, taiyimen can do anything without face. But now that we have become the golden elixir sect and the overlord, we need to do some face Kung Fu.


    This is just like those energetic social figures in Meng Zhang''s previous life. When their career has developed to a certain extent, they have to wash white and go ashore and put on the skin of local sages.


    The whole cultivation world is still the so-called orthodox sect with great potential. If taiyimen wants to have further development, it must learn more from the style of the orthodox school, integrate into it, and thoroughly incarnate as one of them.


    Taiyimen has established an alliance around it to include all nearby Xiuzhen forces.


    Taiyimen is naturally the leader of this alliance and can command all alliance members.


    Because more or less still have some scruples about Feihong sect, taiyimen did not publicize the alliance.


    The alliance also has no strict organizational structure, which is relatively loose.


    At present, the alliance is mainly to exchange needs and facilitate the concentration of resources.


    With the golden elixir, Taiyi gate, which is dominated by real people, also began to become bold in some other aspects.


    Taiyimen continuously purchased many flying boats from Dafeng City and established an air network throughout the alliance.


    In addition to the original regular flights to Feihong City, taiyimen has also opened a direct route to Dafeng City.


    Flying boats regularly go to Dafeng City to transport various resources produced by the endless sand sea and bring back the resources lacking in the endless sand sea. The exchange and flow of personnel between the two places have also become frequent.


    There are many friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate. They have sufficient manpower to protect the safety of these long-range flying boats.


    In the past, as the ruler of endless sand sea, Feihong sect monopolized most of the transactions with Dafeng City.


    The resources produced by endless sand sea are basically transported to Dafeng City through feihongzong. The items purchased from Dafeng City are basically sold in Feihong city.


    When Lin quanguan and the vassal forces were blocked by Feihong sect, they went directly to Dafeng City to trade.


    After the demise of Linquan temple, Taiyi gate, with the tacit consent of Feihong sect, was qualified to deal directly with Dafeng City, but the scale was not large and the number of transactions was very limited.


    Taiyimen now deals with Dafeng City on a large scale, which completely breaks the monopoly of Feihong sect and greatly damages the interests of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang''s doing so, in addition to pursuing interests, is also a test of Feihong sect.


    Let''s see if feihongzong''s tolerance for taiyimen and his golden elixir is as high as he imagined.


    The result proved Meng Zhang''s conjecture that there was no response from feihongzong, and taiyimen was allowed to move freely.


    The long-term confrontation with huoyun faction has put great pressure on both lines. Fei hongzong is very tired and unable to distract himself from these things.


    Zongmen is in danger of life and death, and then major interests can only be put aside first.


    So Meng Zhang released the remaining friars of the dihuomen who had been imprisoned for a long time.


    Meng Zhang generously gave them a first-order spiritual pulse as their shelter to continue the inheritance of the dihuomen.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s heart demon oath was completely completed.

 Chapter 432

    Meng Zhang seized the Shangguan Wen of dihuomen and watched dihuomen attack Feihong Zong.


    Later, he used Shangguan Wen to persuade the left behind disciples of dihuomen to surrender and completely accept the Mountain Gate of dihuomen.


    For one thing, I was worried that Shangguan Wen would disclose this matter, which led to my being hated by Feihong Zong. Second, it is also to save the lives of the left behind disciples of dihuomen and prevent them from being retaliated by Fei hongzong.


    Meng Zhang has now become a Jindan immortal. Those past events are insignificant to feihongzong and him.


    Even if Fei hongzong was dissatisfied, he would not quarrel with Meng Zhang, the golden elixir, at this time.


    The earth fire gate has a place to survive. Meng Zhang has fulfilled his promise and made the earth fire gate immortal.


    With Meng Zhang''s current status and strength, there is no need to worry about the discontent and resentment of the remaining evils of dihuomen.


    Anyway, he has fulfilled his promise. If the remaining evils of dihuomen don''t know how to be smart, they may be killed sometime.


    He doesn''t even need Meng Zhang''s order. He just needs to show his attitude. Some experts rush to clean up those guys and completely destroy the Jedi fire gate.


    After dealing with this trivial matter, Meng Zhang had a lot of feeling in his heart.


    In the cultivation world, the cultivation realm is really of great significance.


    With high accomplishments and improved realm, many difficult problems will be solved.


    When Meng Zhang was dealing with the affairs of taiyimen, Gu yuehuai butterfly finally communicated with feihongzong.


    Feihongzong agrees that the ancient moon huaidie enters the mirage secret place, but she must not wantonly destroy the environment and affect the growth of various miraculous drugs.


    In return, the ancient moon huaidie society organized Meng Zhang and others to jointly attack the Gobi of evil wind and help Feihong Zong reduce the pressure from the army of evil beasts.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly came to Taiyi gate and brought the good news to Meng Zhang.


    At the same time, she also met with real person ye ye.


    Although the fallen immortal always dislikes the ancient moon with butterflies, there is no ambiguity in the business.


    The mirage secret place was originally opened only once in a hundred years, but Gu yuehuai butterfly has a way to open it in advance.


    Of course, to open the mirage secret place in advance, the advantages of time, place and people are indispensable.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly has calculated that the best time to open the mirage is probably more than a year later.


    Before opening the mirage, they still have time to help the fallen immortal solve the problem.


    According to the original plan of immortal ye ye, it was to lead the golden tiger out of the Gobi and solve him in the endless sand sea.


    Despite the organization of the ancient moon butterfly, Meng Zhang has plans to attack the Gobi. However, if you want to solve the problem of the fallen immortal as soon as possible, you''d better kill the golden tiger on the periphery of the Gobi according to the original plan.


    The golden tiger has been in the Dark Alliance for many years, and has also revealed many of its own details and secrets.


    After the golden tiger left the Dark Alliance, the Dark Alliance also spent great efforts to track him down and know many details of him.


    On the side of the endless sand sea, the Dark Alliance can''t easily send immortal Jindan because it''s worried that it will lead to the misunderstanding of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    However, it has been a practice for many years for the Dark Alliance to build and develop a black market in various parts of the cultivation world, and it has also been tacitly approved by many major forces.


    At least on the surface, the endless sand sea is still the territory of Feihong sect. After the Dark Alliance persuaded Feihong sect, it opened a black market here.


    Although no immortal Jindan was sent to preside over it, there were a lot of friars in the foundation building period and the Qi refining period.


    With the Dark Alliance as a backer, the black market has developed well and established a very large information channel.


    Of course, the dark alliance established a black market in the endless sand sea, not just to track down the golden tiger.


    Tracking down the golden tiger is really not an important task of the Dark Alliance. The black market will not invest too much in this matter.


    However, the intelligence capability of the black market is really strong. It is just a routine investigation. Without investing too much strength, we have gained a lot of information related to the past of the golden tiger.


    After the fallen immortal decided to attack the golden tiger, he also spent a lot of effort to inquire about all kinds of intelligence related to the golden tiger.


    Immortal Jindan came forward in person and was willing to pay a lot of money. The black market on the side of the endless sand sea would sell her face and investigate the matter carefully even if she did not belong to immortal Ye.


    Combined with the intelligence collected by the black market for many years and the latest investigation results, the fallen immortal discovered a big secret about the golden tiger.


    Over the years, the golden tiger has been secretly enslaving the human friars, and even does not hesitate to take some friars into favor, allowing them to secretly move around in the endless sand sea and carry out some secret activities.


    Although it is not clear what secret activities these friars did, all their activities are vaguely related to the Zijin sect in those years.


    Even if the Yuanshen sect like Zijin sect is destroyed by Feihong sect, there will still be many dark hands left, which is convenient for future generations to revive the sect.


    After the Feihong sect ruled the endless sand sea, it wantonly pursued and killed the remaining evils of the Zijin sect and wantonly destroyed the layout left by the Zijin sect.


    Just like the vassal Shi family of taiyimen, it was only a vassal family closely related to the Zijin sect. After the death of Zijin sect, it failed to surrender to Feihong sect in time, so it was chased and killed by Feihong sect all the way.


    It''s not easy for the stone family to pass on to this day. In addition to the efforts of the ancestors of the Shi family, it is good luck to a great extent.


    As for other remaining evils of Zijin sect, there is no such luck as Shi family.


    On the surface, many of the followers of Zijin sect were destroyed by Feihong sect. Most of the monks of Zijin sect were also hunted to death. A few fish that slip through the net will not become a climate.


    However, Zijin sect is a great sect of Xiuzhen, which has been born out of Yuanshen Zhenjun. The back hand left by the yuan God Zhenjun is not something that only a group of Jindan real people can see through.


    As the spiritual pet of the elder friars of Zijin sect, Jin Hu must know many secrets of Zijin sect.


    He probably knows the successor left by Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect.


    According to the judgment of immortal ye ye, Jin Hu was afraid of being besieged by immortal Feihong Zong Jindan and did not dare to easily enter the endless sand sea, so he sent enslaved Terran friars to secretly move in the endless sand sea.


    Therefore, the plan of fallen leaf immortal is to start with the activities of these friars, hoping to lead to the golden tiger.


    Over the years, feihongzong fought on two fronts and greatly reduced his control over the endless sand sea.


    If there is any news left by Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect, with the temperament of Gold Tiger, most of them will not help coming out of the Gobi of evil wind.


    After all, it was what Jinhu had been looking for for for years, which had an extraordinary temptation to him.


    At that time, it is the best time for everyone to ambush the golden tiger.


    Of course, before that, we need to choose a good place that can not only deceive the golden tiger, but also facilitate ambush from the activity track of those people who love the golden tiger.

 Chapter 433

    The fallen immortal took out a map, which is the area where the golden tiger''s pet once moved.


    The three golden elixirs need to search these places respectively to find out the traces left by the predecessors of Zijin sect, so as to select the place where they set up an ambush.


    Meng Zhang asked someone to call Shi Changqing over while looking at the map.


    The ancestor of the Shi family is a loyal vassal of the Zijin sect. He may know some useful news.


    Shi Changqing was brought to the three golden elixirs. He was so respectful that he didn''t even dare to take a breath.


    In the past, Shi Changqing took refuge in Meng Zhang and made the Shi family a vassal of the Taiyi gate. To a large extent, it was a last resort. It was inevitable that there would be some reluctance in his heart.


    With the return of Meng Zhang''s golden elixir, all the careful thoughts in Shi Changqing''s heart disappeared.


    At Meng Zhang''s age, as long as he didn''t die by accident, he still had a life of at least 500 or 600 years.


    For such a long time, even if Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are no longer improved, it is enough to develop Taiyi gate into a powerful gate side by side with Fei hongzong.


    The Shi family was a vassal of the Zijin sect. Now the Shi family has become a vassal of the Taiyi sect with great prospects. There is nothing unacceptable.


    After Meng Zhang tied the pill, his gifted magic power and his mind skills also advanced.


    Ordinary friars in the foundation period can hardly escape his mind as long as they have no special secret skills.


    Although he didn''t deliberately read Shi Changqing''s mind, the change of Shi Changqing''s mentality still didn''t hide from Meng Zhang.


    Practitioners naturally pursue freedom and are unwilling to be constrained. It is already a limit to have a sect door in the cultivation world.


    No matter how strict the management of the sect is, it is impossible to control all aspects of the cultivator just as the mortal government manages mortals.


    Especially the Taoist sect, due to the influence of Taoist atmosphere, its management is even more loose.


    A bloated Taiyi gate is not only difficult to manage, but also does not meet Meng Zhang''s expectations. Too vast territory is also difficult to carry out fine management and full development.


    Supporting some reliable vassal forces can serve as the wings of Taiyi gate and share many of the burden of Taiyi gate. It can also more efficiently develop sites that taiyimen can''t take into account.


    As long as taiyimen remains strong and ensures the crushing advantage to the vassal forces, there is no need to worry about the loyalty of these vassal forces.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s inquiry, Shi Changqing answered honestly and dared not hide anything.


    Although the Shi family was a loyal vassal of the Zijin school, it was not the core after all. Like some important sect secrets, it is impossible for Zijin sect to divulge them to vassal families such as Shi family.


    Shi Changqing asked Meng Zhang about the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Zijin sect.


    Shi Changqing''s reaction was not beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation. He was just a dead horse as a living horse doctor and tried at will.


    He waved Shi Changqing back, but he still focused on the map given by the fallen immortal.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang''s eyes coagulated and focused on a place.


    The place on the map is less than 300 li away from the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate. It is a seemingly insignificant barren slope.


    This place, even in the past few decades, Meng Zhang still has a fresh memory.


    In those years, when Meng Zhang was a little monk in the period of Qi refining, the thick earth God found a first-order spiritual pulse there. On the small spiritual pulse, there is a hidden monk''s cave.


    Meng Zhang once went to explore the cave with the thick earth God general.


    There, they met a group of casual practitioners.


    According to the observation of the thick earth God general, the leader of this group of scattered cultivation is the pet of the people who are kept by monsters and beasts.


    After the people entered the cave, the prohibition in the cave was triggered. The thick earth God fought his old life before he escaped with Meng Zhang.


    Later, the thick earth God will tell Meng Zhang that the power level involved in the means in the cave is too high, and the Jindan friars may not have such means. Therefore, he did not tell Meng Zhang the specific situation.


    Meng Zhang is now a Jindan immortal. Even if he doesn''t have the means to crack it, he is always qualified to know. Moreover, this place involves the layout of three golden elixirs for the golden tiger, which may be related to the predecessors of the purple gold sect. In any case, Meng Zhang should make it clear.


    In the past, because Meng Zhang''s cultivation level was too low, Houtu God would always hide something from him. Every time Meng Zhang asked about taiyimen, he always talked about him.


    This time, I''m not asking about taiyimen, but something else. The thick earth God will not continue to hide himself.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang sent someone to invite the God of thick earth to see him.


    Speaking of it, after Meng Zhang formed a golden pill and returned to the sect, he didn''t have a chance to talk to the thick earth God.


    If there is a chance, Meng Zhang really wants to talk to the thick earth God general and get more information about taiyimen from him.


    While waiting for the thick earth God to come, Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Youlan and ye ye continued to check the map.


    From the map alone, I really can''t see any clues.


    I just know that the Terran friars sent by the golden tiger have footprints almost all over the endless sand sea, walked around and reached many places.


    They must be looking for something, but they don''t know if they have anything to gain.


    The three discussed it, but there was no clue.


    The original intention of immortal Ye Ye was to create some visions directly there, no matter what the mystery in these places was, so that the news could spread.


    With Jinhu''s attention to those places, we will always pay attention to their movements. Hearing the news of a strange phenomenon, most of them can''t help coming to investigate.


    At that time, it was time for immortal ye ye and his helpers to surround and kill him.


    Meng Zhang felt that this plan was a little too careless and needed to be improved. Moreover, he was also very interested in the layout left by Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect.


    While the three were discussing, the thick earth God came.


    The God of thick earth has been in the Mountain Gate recently, and he has enough respect for Meng Zhang. As long as he was not involved in something, he almost obeyed Meng Zhang.


    Hearing the news of Meng Zhang''s summoning, he rushed over immediately.


    Meng Zhang didn''t avoid it either. He talked about it directly in front of the fallen leaf immortal and the ancient Moon Orchid.


    Hearing Meng Zhang talking about this matter, the God of thick earth also told him frankly.


    His cultivation was far from being restored. His eyesight was not good enough. He didn''t see through the layout there, so he almost fell into it.


    Because he found that the place involved the power of super far golden elixir level, later, even if his strength began to recover slowly, he did not approach the place again.


    The thick earth God general was originally a very cautious man. He felt that taiyimen was reduced to this point, and it was really inappropriate to get involved in some powerful arrangements.


    As for the idea of obtaining opportunities and benefits from it, Houtu God has never been born.

 Chapter 434

    The thick earth God general was also the Dharma protector of the Taiyi gate in those years. He was also a figure who had seen big scenes. He was not a shallow earth cannon.


    In his case, he only needs to recover his accomplishments step by step, and sooner or later he can regain the strength of the golden elixir period.


    It''s not worth the loss to visit the unknown layout left by senior experts at great risk.


    Of course, now the three golden elixirs are interested in that place. That''s another matter.


    Immortal Jindan is already strong enough to be a hero in the cultivation world.


    Even if it is the arrangement left by the yuan God Zhenjun, it is impossible to kill the three golden elixir immortal easily.


    Meng Zhang only needs to be careful. The risk is still controllable.


    The thick earth God will not know much about that place, but that it is part of some kind of huge layout.


    If you want to get more information, you need to get close and observe.


    After listening to the story of the thick earth God general, the three golden elixirs all thought that the place was really related to the arrangement of the predecessors of the Zijin sect.


    The three of them are not here to continue their fantasy. They all decided to go and see it.


    In addition to the three golden elixirs, Meng Zhang also called the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan.


    As a local master, the thick earth God has special means in the art of geomancy. Wen Qian is very talented in array prohibition. He may be useful to him.


    After inviting Wen qiansuan, the five people boarded the Yufeng flying shuttle of Taiyi gate and rushed to that place.


    When the Yufeng shuttle was flying at full speed, the speed was still higher than that of the friars in the later stage of foundation building. It didn''t take much time to get to the destination.


    When the prohibition in that cave was inspired, a big earthquake occurred here.


    A large area of the surrounding area fell down, and a huge bottomless pit was formed in the middle part.


    At that time, many curious monks came here to see if there were any benefits.


    Of course, most of these friars are small friars in the Qi refining period, and the strongest is just a few in the foundation period. With their eyesight and insight, they can''t find any clues.


    The Yufeng shuttle stopped in the air, and the five people flew over the bottomless pit and flew down.


    After a short time, the five flew to the bottom of the huge pit.


    After some rough observation, the bottom of the giant pit looks normal, and there are no valuable clues around.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly flew among the five people, slightly closed her eyes, hid her hands in her sleeves, and quickly pinched them a few times.


    A moment later, she opened her eyes. On the surface, he remained calm, but he had some plans in mind.


    Everyone was looking around and searching. No one noticed the small movements of the ancient moon butterfly.


    Only Meng Zhang, also a master of heavenly secrets, had some feelings.


    Meng Zhang looked at the ancient moon butterfly without revealing any trace. If she didn''t practice the secret arts at such a close distance, Meng Zhang really couldn''t find that she was also a secret artist.


    Meng Zhang practiced Dayan divination and became a master of heavenly secrets for some years. This is because he has never contacted other masters of heavenly secrets, let alone entered the circle of heavenly masters.


    He also knows a little about many rules and Taboos between Tianji masters.


    How to judge the enemy and US and how to get along with each other. Before this problem is clarified, Meng Zhang will not reveal to Gu yuehuai butterfly that he is the secret of the Heavenly Master.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly was also careless for a while. He didn''t expect that people who knew him were all around him. A younger generation who has known him for many years is a mystery master, and has seen through his identity.


    Meng Zhang has been keeping his identity secret for many years. Now he has taken the lead.


    After Meng Zhang entered the golden elixir period, Tianji did not make significant progress, and remained at the previous level.


    If he wants to further improve Tianji, he has to practice hard for a long time.


    Gu Yue has cherished the butterfly knot pill for many years, and the secret arts must not be too weak.


    However, if there is really a layout left by the yuan God Zhen Jun here. No matter how clever her secret arts are, it is difficult to calculate the specific situation.


    In fact, the ancient moon butterfly did not get any information in the short calculation just now.


    But because there was no information, she could boldly judge that this place was really related to the layout of the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Zijin sect.


    In the endless sand sea, only Zijin once sent the yuan God Zhenjun. She can return to heaven without success, either a more brilliant master of heaven, or a friar such as Yuanshen Zhenjun whose accomplishments are far above her.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly combined with the information he obtained, I believe this is the latter case.


    At this time, the interest of ancient moon butterfly increased greatly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly wants to enter the mirage secret place in order to obtain a treasure left by Zhenjun, the yuan God of Zijin sect.


    The layout left by Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect, is very valuable to her.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly came here this time in exchange for the help of fallen immortal. Unexpectedly, there was such an unexpected harvest.


    In the case of having a definite opinion, we have made some discoveries one after another.


    Immortal Jindan''s eyesight is not comparable to those little friars in those years.


    The ancient moon carries butterflies and flies to an empty and seemingly empty area. Stretch out your right hand and gently stroke towards the front.


    In front of nothing, it was as if the curtain had been lifted, revealing a black stone tablet behind.


    On the stone tablet, there are countless runes flashing constantly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly stands in front of the stone tablet and carefully observes the runes on it.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly has made a good start. More and more abnormalities fall into the eyes of everyone.


    There was a spiritual pulse here, but it disappeared without a trace. There was no trace left.


    The thick earth God will fly into the air and observe the bottom carefully.


    He took out the means of the earth master and soon found the trace of the disappeared spirit pulse.


    In another corner of the giant pit, he found a small array, which was still running secretly, completely covering up the spirit pulse.


    Others, more or less, have made some discoveries.


    They summarized their findings and had a certain understanding of this place.


    The hidden prohibition here is not only a part of a huge layout, but also a key node.


    Starting from this node, along some traces, the five people separated and flew in different directions.


    The whole leopard is known by peeping at a spot. With the discovery here, the five people spent a lot of time and found three other similar places in thousands of miles.


    These three places are the places where the Terran friars sent by the golden tiger have been.

 Chapter 435

    The five people who each had a harvest got together again.


    With a stroke of immortal deciduous, a map appeared in front of everyone.


    This map shows the main activity track of the pet sent by the golden tiger in the endless sand sea.


    At the beginning, the black market found this situation, but did not easily disturb them, just to make it easy to understand the golden tiger''s plot in the future.


    Human pet is not too precious for a third-order monster like golden tiger. Even if you take these people''s pet, you can''t hurt the golden tiger.


    Moreover, with the character of golden tiger, these people must have means. They don''t have to worry about being tortured and soul searching.


    The caution of the black market helped a lot this time.


    They have been secretly monitoring the movements of these people''s pets and recording them all.


    Only when the fallen immortal obtains these records can he judge the purpose of the golden tiger.


    On the map, the four places that have been found are first connected.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly has rich experience. The fallen immortal and Meng Zhang have a good inheritance. The thick earth God general and Wen Qian are even better at array prohibition.


    With a breakthrough, people thought for a long time, discussed and began to point and draw on the map.


    After a long time, many points on the map were linked to form a general shape.


    "Good means, good means, really good means. Indeed, it is worthy of being the true monarch of the yuan God. Unexpectedly, it can set up such a large void interdiction array."


    The thick earth God, who has always been calm and calm, looked at the map and couldn''t help but praise it.


    If the ancient moon Huai butterfly has a deep meaning, he looks at the thick earth God. With her eyesight, she had not recognized the origin of the big array. But the thick earth God will tell the name of this big array at once.


    A friar in the foundation period has such a vision. The Taiyi sect is indeed worthy of the great sect of Yuanshen. Even if it is reduced to poverty, it still retains some details.


    The void forbidden array is a famous array in the cultivation world. Everyone present knows it more or less.


    The void forbidden array is to communicate the void and connect another independent small world in the void with the help of the earth pulse.


    This small world is completely isolated from this world. Only through the big array can we communicate with each other.


    The void interdiction array has a feature. The larger the range, the stronger the earth vein force.


    From the map, the nodes of this void interdiction array are all over almost the entire endless sand sea. The scope of coverage is so large that the thick earth God can''t help but marvel.


    The endless sand sea is a barren wasteland, but its area is huge and boundless.


    Even if Zijin sect was the ruler of endless sand sea in those days, it would never be easy for it to set up such a large array with its human and material resources.


    Almost the whole school left such an arrangement. Of course, Zijin school has its purpose.


    Meng Zhang and others inferred that the small world connected by the big array should be a way for future generations left by the predecessors of Zijin sect, so as to ensure that the inheritance of the sect will not be cut off.


    In that small world, most of them have the inheritance of Zijin sect, and even various treasures accumulated by Zijin sect for many years.


    Almost everyone thought of this problem. Except that the thick earth God could keep calm, the other four people were very excited.


    The complete inheritance left by a Yuanshen sect is of immeasurable value.


    Although Meng Zhang obtained some inheritance of taiyimen in the heyday in the place of trial, most of those inheritance stopped in the golden elixir period. Meng Zhang has no way to get the complete inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    If you can get the inheritance of Yuanshen school and Zijin school, it is also a good substitute.


    Although the inheritance of Taiyi sect and Zijin sect are certainly quite different, it is of great help for Meng Zhang to complete the inheritance of Taiyi sect with the inheritance of Zijin sect as a reference.


    Even if Guyue huaidie comes from a strong Xiuzhen family like Guyue family, he can''t resist the temptation of the inheritance of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    She tried her best to break into the mirage in order to get a treasure left by the purple gold sect.


    In fact, she was not 100% sure that the treasure was in the mirage secret place. She just did her best to listen to fate.


    Now she has obtained the inheritance clues of Zijin sect and given her a better choice.


    Although the fallen leaf immortal was born in the Dark Alliance, he can''t get all kinds of resources from the Dark Alliance out of thin air. He also needs his own efforts to exchange them.


    The treasure left by the Yuanshen sect like Zijin sect can save her many years of struggle.


    Originally, the fallen immortal wanted to use these arrangements to lure the golden tiger away from the Gobi, but now he has found a new target. Compared with new targets, the benefits of hunting golden tigers are not worth mentioning at all.


    There is no need to discuss. Everyone is secretly determined to bite off a large piece of meat even if they can''t monopolize the heritage of Zijin sect.


    Money and wealth move people''s hearts. Although Meng Zhang and real ye ye and Gu yuehuai butterfly have been friends for many years, we should be careful to avoid turning over at the critical moment for some reasons. It''s better to be prepared in advance.


    It is safe to be a villain before a gentleman.


    After discussing with the three golden elixirs, they reached a rough agreement.


    We work together to open the small world of Zijin sect. After entering that small world, we must not kill each other. We should jointly deal with all kinds of dangers and be consistent with the outside world.


    As for the distribution of treasures, whoever gets them first is the one who gets them together, which shall be distributed according to their respective efforts.


    Even if others have the treasures they need, they should also discuss the transaction. They must not extort them.


    I don''t know what will happen in advance, so I can only reach a general agreement first.


    In order to reassure each other, the three made a heart devil oath to ensure that everyone would not violate the agreement.


    As for the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan, the friars in the foundation building period are not qualified to join the agreement between Jindan immortal. Moreover, they are disciples of Taiyi sect and are naturally regarded as one with Meng Zhang.


    With this agreement, the three golden elixirs have no worries at home and can safely give their backs to their companions.


    The next biggest problem is how to enter the small world through this void interdiction array, communicate with the void and enter the small world.


    In order to maintain the operation of the void interdiction array, so many secret arrangements need to be left in the whole endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang and his colleagues have found these arrangements now, so they need to find out the details of the void interdiction array through these arrangements.


    In this regard, the thick earth God and Wen qiansuan can play a great role.


    Of course, they are only in the foundation period after all. Because there is too much difference in accomplishments, even if the array attainments are higher, I''m afraid I will encounter many difficulties.


    The array skill of Gu Yue Huai butterfly is not weak, but it is far from enough.


    Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye can only say that they know a little about the way of array.

 Chapter 436

    The three golden elixirs still need to face a big problem in plotting the small world left by the purple gold sect, that is, other competitors.


    Jin Hu was the spiritual pet of the predecessors of Zijin sect. He must know many secrets of Zijin sect. He sent people to search these places, which showed that he probably knew the void interdiction array, but he absolutely didn''t know it in detail.


    If the small world left by the purple gold sect is opened, the golden tiger will surely come to rob it.


    In addition, as the new overlord of the endless sand sea, Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. It would be too contemptuous to say that it knows nothing about the layout of Zijin sect.


    As for how much Fei hongzong knows, it is unknown.


    As a landlord, Fei hongzong''s threat cannot be ignored even if the current situation is poor.


    Because Feihong sect has spared no effort to pursue and kill the remaining evils of Zijin sect over the years, almost killing most of the monks related to Zijin sect. The threat from the descendants of the Zijin sect is negligible.


    If the three golden elixirs want to swallow this fat meat, they will face many difficulties.


    After some discussion, the three acted separately.


    The thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan gave full play to their respective strengths and continued to study this void interdiction array.


    The ancient moon Huai butterfly is ready to use the small world left by the purple gold sect as a bait to contact some reliable Jindan immortal to get more help.


    Even in the face of the temptation left by the Yuanshen sect, the ancient moon huaidie remained calm and did not want to let the ancient moon family get involved in this muddy water.


    The disputes behind the endless sand sea are too complicated to bury the Jindan sect.


    Other golden elixir immortal, especially some casual practitioners without doors and sects, have no concerns and scruples. Most of them can''t withstand the temptation of the inheritance of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Although it is said that if there is one more Jindan immortal, there will be one more opponent to distribute the booty. However, when things are not available, it''s better to give more help in order to have a greater confidence that you can enter the small world.


    After all, it is the backhand left by Yuanshen Zhenjun. Even if the Yuanshen Zhenjun has fallen for many years, no one dare to be careless.


    Meng Zhang''s time to get rid of Dan is too short. He hasn''t had time to practice magic.


    During the foundation period, he practiced the little magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword. As long as it takes a period of time to practice again, he can upgrade this little magic power to a real magic power.


    In fact, the quickest way for Meng Zhang to improve his combat effectiveness is to refine one or two applicable third-order magic tools.


    The third-order magic weapon is also called spirit weapon. It needs immortal Jindan to fully exert its power.


    Even in such a big commercial city as Dafeng City, there are not many spirit tools to buy and sell. It really takes a bit of luck to buy a useful spirit tool.


    Even among the golden elixir immortal, not everyone has spiritual tools that meet their wishes.


    Every time a good spirit tool appears, there will be some competition of Jindan immortal.


    Meng Zhang went to Dafeng City several times, or he didn''t encounter a good spirit tool. Or the price is too high by competitors, so that Meng Zhang can''t afford it.


    At an auction in Dafeng City, Meng Zhang met two spiritual tools that met his heart.


    Unfortunately, the competitor he faces is an old Jindan from the Jindan School of Jiuqu League. Meng Zhang was far inferior to others in terms of financial resources and contacts. In the end, he had to return empty handed.


    At this time, we can see the gap in sect details.


    In the eyes of Taiyi disciples, especially in the eyes of Taiyi elders, Taiyi gate has risen.


    However, before Meng Zhang jiedan, Taiyi gate was only a gate for building foundations, and the resources that could be accessed and collected were very limited.


    The Taiyi gate after Meng Zhang married Dan, although it can barely be regarded as the jindanzong gate. However, Meng Zhang is the only golden elixir immortal, and he has not accumulated much in the sect for a short time.


    It is conceivable that if the small world is opened and Meng Zhang enters, he will certainly encounter many powerful opponents and face no small crisis.


    If there is a good spirit weapon, the combat effectiveness will be much stronger and Meng Zhang will have more vitality.


    When Meng Zhang had a headache, he was reminded by Jing Lei.


    There is also a broken spirit soldier spirit snake spear in the spirit eye of the spirit vein of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    The spirit snake spear, a spirit soldier, has the ability to repair itself. It was only because of the heavy trauma that the spirit almost collapsed and could not recover itself.


    After years of nourishment, the spirit of spirit snake spear has recovered a lot. If you can find some suitable materials to repair, the spirit snake spear can temporarily restore most of its combat effectiveness.


    Jinglei God knows the spirit snake spear very well. He also has deep attainments in the art of refining utensils.


    He gave Meng Zhang a list of several rare spiritual materials.


    Meng Zhang or taiyimen alone could not get these spiritual materials. Meng Zhang had to ask immortal ye ye for help.


    The fallen leaf immortal was not vague and readily agreed to help.


    Through the black market channel of Jiuqu League, immortal deciduous spent a lot of spiritual stones to gather these spiritual materials.


    In addition, immortal ye ye also helped Meng Zhang buy a third-order flying sword shadow killing sword.


    Shadow killing sword is the unique flying sword of Youying sect, the sect of immortal ye ye. It needs to be refined by the third-order weapon refiner in the sect with the secret method in the sect.


    Only by using the secret skill of Youying sect can you exert the full power of shadow killing sword.


    You shadow sect rarely sells shadow killing swords. It took a lot of effort and a lot of kindness to get this flying sword.


    Meng Zhang almost emptied most of taiyimen''s warehouse before settling the bill.


    After he got the spirit material, he worked with Jinglei for a long time, and reluctantly integrated several spirit materials into the spirit snake spear.


    Without a third-order refiner, he can''t repair it to a perfect state. Meng Zhang can only make do with it for the time being.


    The shadow killing sword didn''t fit with Meng Zhang''s cultivation skills, but Meng Zhang used the sword formula of no life killing sword to resist the shadow killing sword, which could give about 80% of the power of the shadow killing sword.


    Speaking of the sword formula, Meng Zhang began to practice the Liu sword formula dancing with the wind in the place of trial from the Qi refining period. When the foundation was built, the sword formula was completed. In the golden elixir period, this sword formula can only be said to be ordinary.


    He also practiced the Qizheng sword formula handed down by Zijin sect, which is a very clever sword formula. Even in the golden elixir period, it doesn''t seem out of date.


    Unfortunately, the clever sword formula also has high requirements for flying sword.


    He doesn''t have two flying swords that can cooperate with each other. He can only practice the sword formula of no life and death sword with all his strength.


    When Meng Zhang took the time to improve his combat effectiveness, the action of Gu yuehuai butterfly was not very smooth.


    When the friar reaches the level of Jindan immortal, the activity radius will increase many times.


    Immortal Jindan, who made friends with Gu yuehuai butterfly, unfortunately went to other places recently. He is not near Jiuqu League. It is difficult to get in touch for the moment.

 Chapter 437

    Guyue huaidie didn''t find a reliable helper and didn''t want the Guyue family involved in this matter. It seems very difficult for them to enter the small world of Zijin sect alone.


    However, while everyone was thinking hard about countermeasures, an unexpected help came to the door and appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who is practicing magic in Taiyi gate, received a letter from Jin Qiaoer. The letter said that her master, immortal Jin Li, wanted to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that Jin Qiaoer''s master, immortal Jinli, was a powerful old Jindan immortal. He did not dare to neglect, immediately wrote back to Jin Qiaoer and agreed on the time and place for the two sides to meet.


    Jin Qiaoer told Meng Zhang in the letter that her master didn''t want to make too much publicity. It''s best to keep a low profile at this meeting.


    Meng Zhang chose to meet at the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    The Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate first moved to Fuzhao Valley, and then moved far to the original Mountain Gate of huomen.


    This old mountain gate has become increasingly deserted. Except for a few left behind disciples, only Jinglei God will often stay here.


    Meng Zhang came here early before the appointed time, opened the channel of the mountain protection array, and waited silently outside the gate.


    Several left behind disciples were also supported by Jinglei God early. Inside and outside the mountain gate, it seems very quiet.


    When the appointed time was approaching, a beautiful young woman with better skin than snow fell from the sky with Jin Qiaoer and fell in front of Meng Zhang.


    In the cultivation world, a person''s age is never judged by his appearance. The woman looks young, but when it comes to her real age, Meng Zhang can''t even catch up with other people''s change.


    Meng Zhang had already learned something about immortal Jinli from Jin Qiaoer.


    "Younger generation Meng Zhang, I''ve seen immortal Jinli."


    Immortal Jinli glanced at Meng Zhang obliquely.


    "You are a brave boy. A few years ago, you and qiao''er ran into the dead sand sea together."


    "This girl has never known heaven and earth. As the leader of a school, you don''t know to be steady."


    Hearing that immortal Jinli taught Meng Zhang a lesson, Jin Qiaoer, standing behind her, secretly made an sorry expression to Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he met Jin Qiaoer several times.


    Jin Qiaoer once told him that her master was furious because she sneaked into the dead sand sea last time, and was punished by her master Haosheng.


    "What the elder taught me is that the younger generation really didn''t think about it at that time." Meng Zhang honestly admitted his mistake according to the words of immortal Jinli.


    Immortal Jinli is not only an elder, but also a strong person in the later stage of Jindan.


    If we say that in the gas refining period and foundation building period, there are still some talented monks who can challenge beyond their level. In the golden elixir period, this situation is extremely rare.


    Meng Zhang only entered the early stage of Jindan. Even if he met the friars in the middle of Jindan, he couldn''t resist.


    As the strong man in the later stage of Jindan, immortal Jinli just stood there and showed a little breath, which shocked Meng Zhang and raised a feeling that he could not resist.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude was pretty good, which barely satisfied Jin Li.


    Immortal Jinli''s breath was also put away, and he didn''t continue to be difficult for him.


    Seeing that he had passed, Meng Zhang respectfully invited immortal Jin Li in.


    After taking immortal Jinli to a quiet room and taking his seat, immortal Jinli didn''t have a word of nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    "Recently, you and the little fox of Gu yuehuai butterfly and the girl of Dark Alliance are plotting the small world left by Zijin sect."


    After hearing what immortal Jinli said, Meng Zhang almost didn''t cry out.


    They kept this matter strictly confidential, and there was almost no possibility of leakage. And they decided to cooperate to enter the small world, and it didn''t take long. How come real Jinli already knows everything?


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s surprised expression, immortal Jinli said proudly, "in the endless sand sea, few things can hide from me."


    "Do you think the small world of Zijin sect is really a big secret? Besides you, there are a lot of guys who want to make ideas about that place over the years."


    "Why did Huang Lian teach Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect invade the endless sand sea? In addition to trying to butter up the old guy, the main purpose is to leave this small world for the Zijin sect."


    "Huang Lian taught Hedong to divide the altar. After a loss, he learned well. But the people of huoyun sect have been pestering and have to compete with Feihong sect."


    Find the void forbidden array and judge the existence of the small world left by the Zijin sect. I thought I had discovered a great secret. Unexpectedly, there were many coveters long ago.


    Looking at Meng Zhang a little depressed, Jin Li seemed to feel that he was not beaten enough and said earth shaking words.


    About 800 years ago, a fifth order great power came from the sky and came to the north of the Jun dust world, which is where today''s death sand sea is located.


    When the great power came to the Jun dust world, he was already seriously injured. In order to heal his wounds, he drained the spirit veins around the place of arrival, which directly led to the emergence of the dead sand sea.


    Soon after, Tianzhu Zhenjun, known as the first person on the left road, appeared nearby and fought with the fifth level power.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is a yuan God, and his later cultivation achievements can be called several strong men in the whole Jun dust world.


    Although he is a non sectarian casual practitioner, he has traversed the Junchen world for hundreds of years, experienced thousands of fierce battles and established his prestige. Don''t say that ordinary practitioners, even those big sects, don''t want to provoke him easily.


    The five level great energy who was still injured fought with Tianzhu Zhenjun, and fell into a protracted struggle.


    I don''t know what benefits this fifth level great energy has. In addition to Tianzhu Zhenjun, there are other Yuanshen Zhenjun, who covet it.


    First, Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect, with a group of Jindan immortal, wanted to intervene in their struggle and reap the benefits.


    Even though they were fighting, the fifth level great energy and Tianzhu Zhenjun each used a little tricks and destroyed all the monks of Zijin sect.


    In order to ensure that his battle would not be more disturbed, the remaining anger of Tianzhu Zhenjun supported the then Feihong sect and asked the Feihong sect to fight against the Zijin sect and replace the hegemony of the Zijin sect.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect, which had a long-standing feud with Zijin sect, also launched a massive invasion of endless sand sea at the instigation of Zhenjun Xuanfeng Zhenjun, the yuan God of Jiuqu League.


    In addition, the Qi family of the Xiuzhen clan in the middle land was sent to a branch of the Jiuqu League. Under the instruction of the family elder Qi mingyunzhen, they were also involved in the chaos of the endless sand sea.

 Chapter 438

    As for the result of the turmoil in the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang is certainly very clear.


    After years of entanglement in large-scale combat, the outcome was finally divided.


    Fei hongzong became the new overlord of the endless sand sea. The Qi family was suppressed in Mobei and could not move. Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect were directly expelled from the endless sand sea.


    Of course, to achieve this result, feihongzong cannot do without the secret support of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    After that, on the one hand, they refused to accept the failure of that year. On the other hand, in order to seize the inheritance of Zijin sect, with the secret support of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, huoyun sect invaded the endless sand sea many times and was repulsed by Feihong sect.


    It was not until the defeat three or four hundred years ago that the elder Yunyan of huoyun sect was forced to make a ghost oath that huoyun sect stopped temporarily.


    Probably Jin Qiaoer said a lot of good things in front of immortal Jin Li. Immortal Jin Li confided a lot of unknown inside information to Meng Zhang.


    In order to completely defeat the five level power and prevent the other party from burning jade and stone, Tianzhu Zhenjun exercised a Taoist art called this ebb and flow.


    And the fifth level great energy calmly accepted the Taoist art and wanted to win or lose.


    The so-called Daoism is a special technique that can mobilize the power of the great road only when the yuan God Zhenjun can perform it.


    Through this one fades and the other grows, the Tianzhu Zhenjun who casts the spell and the five levels of power who receives the Dharma are forcibly connected by the power of the avenue.


    They do not decide the outcome through a single battle, but through gambling battles of different sizes and forms to determine the growth and decline of their strength.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun had many gambling fights with the fifth level power. The victory of every gambling fight is related to the comparison of strength between each other.


    For this gambling fight, the two sides have made many rules.


    Like all kinds of strange rules in the sand sea of death, it comes from this.


    Before the beginning of each gambling fight, on the surface, it is relatively fair, and both sides have a chance to win.


    The situation of endless sand sea has changed for hundreds of years, and many major events are related to these gambling battles.


    For example, when Lin quanguan Guangzhi was young, he once entered the sand sea of death. He was favored by the fifth level great power and became his own chess piece.


    Through Guangzhi immortal, there have been many gambling fights between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level power.


    Whether immortal Guangzhi can successfully tie the pill and whether Lin quanguan can persist under the heavy pressure of Feihong sect


    Meng Zhang has either heard of these things or experienced them personally.


    In particular, the event that Feihong sect ordered taiyimen and other sects to destroy Linquan temple was a very important gambling fight.


    Therefore, there are constraints that feihongzong can''t do it himself.


    As Meng Zhang was a master of heavenly secrets, the situation changed unexpectedly, which made Tianzhu Zhenjun win the game.


    When Meng Zhang heard immortal Jinli talk about it, he had a very strange feeling in his heart.


    The battle of life and death, which determines the lives and deaths of countless people and relates to the fate of several families, is just a gambling fight in the eyes of real experts.


    With more and more victories, Tianzhu Zhenjun has more and more advantages over the fifth level power.


    When this advantage reaches a certain degree, Tianzhu Zhenjun will win without fighting and win the final victory.


    Of course, as Tianzhu Zhenjun became more and more dominant, he fell deeper and deeper in the struggle with the fifth level power, and it was more and more difficult to distract him.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun of Jiuqu League was also born in sanxiu.


    He was involved in this struggle and did not get the support of other yuan gods of Jiuqu League, so he was unable to use the power of the whole Jiuqu League.


    There are not many pieces he can use, and huoyun sect is the most important one.


    Originally, Huang Lian taught Hedong Fentan to curry favor with him, and was always willing to listen to him. However, after some events, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar also became less obedient.


    Qi Mingyun Zhenjun of the Qi family has already entered the game.


    In dealing with the five level power, the three yuan God Zhenjun had some tacit understanding. But they have countless open and secret fights with each other.


    Qi Mingyun and Xuanfeng would never dare to fight against Tianzhu Zhenjun if they were not entangled by the fifth level power and with the strength of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    But Tianzhu Zhenjun really has no time to separate himself. It is difficult to free up his hands to deal with Qi Mingyun Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Of course, Qi Mingyun and Xuanfeng dare not force Tianzhu too hard.


    If Tianzhu Zhenjun is forced to rush and the dog jumps over the wall, there may be some killer mace that can pose a fatal threat to the two Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After all, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s name is too loud and his magic power is too great. Who knows what hidden cards he has.


    Therefore, in the case of mutual scruples, the three yuan gods Zhenjun also reached some agreements to avoid direct conflict between them.


    Feihongzong, Mobei Qijia and huoyun sect became their respective agents, and the three parties fought an agent war.


    As for immortal Jinli, she claims to be a younger generation of Tianzhu Zhenjun and has been working for Tianzhu Zhenjun in recent years.


    For the origin between her and the skillful hand gate, immortal Jinli didn''t hide it, but said it openly.


    The surname Jin was originally a big surname in the skillful sect. There are many people surnamed Jin, whether friars or mortals.


    Immortal Jinli originally came from a mortal family under the rule of the skillful sect.


    When the master of immortal Jinli came to endless sand sea to visit his old friend Tianzhu Zhenjun, he met immortal Jinli who just woke up Linggen.


    The master of immortal Jinli took a fancy to her qualifications and took her away from the endless sand sea.


    Immortal Jinli has been practicing outside for many years. He has made little achievements in refining Qi, building foundation and forming pills all the way.


    More than a hundred years ago, immortal Jinli returned to the endless sand sea and worked under Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Because of the incense affection in those years, immortal Jinli also took care of the skillful hand door.


    Especially after discovering Jin Qiaoer, out of love for talents, she accepted Jin Qiaoer as her own disciple. After that, her relationship with skillful hand door became closer.


    Feihongzong also knew the origin of immortal Jinli and the skillful hand gate, so he always looked at the skillful hand gate differently.


    Although the skillful hand gate has the great backing of immortal Jinli, it has always maintained a low profile and has no strong will.


    As for immortal Jinli herself, if she really wants to act recklessly, there are really few people who can stop her except the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Therefore, Qi Mingyun Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun also specially reached an agreement with Tianzhu Zhenjun not to allow immortal Jinli to shoot at will in the endless sand sea.


    For example, immortal Jinli trapped the friars of huoyun sect with the yellow sand ten thousand mile map last time. This kind of behavior of playing a marginal ball can''t be repeated.


    If she doesn''t know interest any more, I''m afraid she will face the punishment of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Jinli immortal also clearly told Meng Zhang that her ability to intervene in the situation here in the endless sand sea is very limited because she can''t do it herself.

 Chapter 439

    Qi Mingyun and Xuanfeng are not monolithic, but there are also many fights.


    The Mobei Qi family stood on the side of Feihong sect to jointly resist the invasion of huoyun sect, which was ordered by Qi Mingyun Zhenjun.


    Mobei Qi family and Feihong clan have a lot of gratitude and resentment, but with the order of their elders, they have to put aside all their gratitude and resentment and cooperate with Feihong clan for the time being.


    Qi Mingyun Zhenjun was involved in this struggle only in his personal identity, not the attitude of the whole family.


    Mobei Qi family, as a branch expelled for mistakes, has the opportunity to return to the family and recognize their ancestors with the help of their elders.


    Therefore, they obeyed Qi Mingyun and did not dare to violate him at all.


    Of course, Qi Mingyun, as the true monarch of the yuan God, did not mistreat this branch.


    Mobei Qi family can persist in that extremely barren place in Mobei. The golden elixir immortal in the family has not been cut off, so it depends on the help of Yun Zhenjun of Qi Ming.


    Although Xuanfeng Zhenjun was the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Jiuqu League, he was born in sanxiu. He didn''t have a strong sect support behind him, and didn''t get the complete trust of other Yuanshen Zhenjun of Jiuqu League.


    He has a high position in the Jiuqu League, but he has no real power.


    He intervened in the struggle between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the five level great power, which was strongly opposed by other Yuanshen Zhenjun of Jiuqu League.


    Therefore, Xuanfeng Zhenjun can only be involved in this struggle as a personal identity.


    If there are not enough interests to drive, huoyun sect will not work for him easily.


    Although immortal Jinli didn''t come to the endless sand sea for a long time, he was from a strategically advantageous position, saw the situation of the endless sand sea very clearly, and had an in-depth understanding of the disputes between various forces and many secrets.


    Her words helped Meng Zhang solve many mysteries that had puzzled him for a long time, and gave him a deeper understanding of the situation of the endless sand sea.


    Immortal Jinli is outspoken. Now that Meng Zhang is already a Jindan immortal and a Jindan immortal born in the endless sand sea, he is not an indispensable chess piece, but an important weight.


    Meng Zhang is qualified to know these secrets and needs to know them.


    Immortal Jinli told Meng Zhang this because she asked for Meng Zhang.


    The small world of Zijin sect is of great importance. It is related to an important gambling fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level power.


    With the skill of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it''s really not difficult to crack the means left by friars of the same level.


    However, none of the three Yuanshen Zhenjun can make a direct move.


    Jin Li didn''t tell Meng Zhang the details of the gambling fight.


    She just needs Meng Zhang to open the small world as soon as possible and enter it.


    The inheritance of Zijin sect can fall into anyone''s hands, but not into the hands of huoyun sect, Qijia and Jinhu.


    Although immortal Jinli can''t do it directly, she can give Meng Zhang some help.


    After hearing Jin Li''s story, Meng Zhang fell into meditation.


    In fact, even without the command of immortal Jinli, they will enter the small world and seize the inheritance of Zijin sect.


    Jin Li''s words made him mentally prepared for the strong enemy he was about to face.


    Even in the face of Jindan sect like huoyun sect, he can''t give up the inheritance of Zijin sect.


    What immortal Jinli wants Meng Zhang to do does not conflict with Meng Zhang''s purpose.


    However, out of careful consideration, Meng Zhang still didn''t agree to Jin Li''s request, but said he needed to discuss with his two companions.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t force Meng Zhang, but asked them to make a decision as soon as possible. After leaving the contact information, Jin Li left with Jin Qiaoer.


    Meng Zhang quickly rushed back to the gate of Taiyi gate and contacted the fallen immortal and Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    After the three got together, Meng Zhang told the truth about what Jin Li said, almost without any concealment.


    The inside information mentioned by immortal Jinli didn''t surprise them too much.


    They have known these things behind the endless sand sea for a long time.


    In particular, the ancient moon Huai butterfly, through the power of the ancient moon family, has long been clear about these internal affairs.


    Although immortal ye ye didn''t get Dan for a long time, he also had a certain understanding of these things in the well-informed Dark Alliance.


    The words of immortal Jinli quoted by Meng Zhang only helped them complete some details.


    However, about the news about the small world of Zijin sect, they still said, "if you fail this time, Tianzhu Zhenjun will be very unhappy."


    These words of immortal Jinli are tantamount to forcing the three to go all out and never have the slightest idea of retreat.


    Jinli immortal also provided them with great help.


    The three had no good idea how to open the small world of Zijin sect. But Jin Li told them a shortcut directly.


    Mirage secret is a core node of the void forbidden array. As long as you pass through the mirage secret place and take it as a springboard, you can enter the small world more smoothly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly originally wanted to enter the mirage and obtain a treasure left by Zhenjun, the yuan God of Zijin sect.


    In exchange for the help of the fallen immortal, she followed Meng Zhang and them to pursue the track of the golden tiger.


    After inadvertently discovering the existence of the small world, she thought that the treasure was more likely to exist in the small world, so she gave up the idea of entering the mirage and attempted to enter the small world.


    Unexpectedly, the shortcut to enter the small world should pass through the mirage secret land.


    After walking around for a long time, she returned to the origin.

 Chapter 440

    Gu yuehuai butterfly has a feeling that she can''t cry or laugh. After a long time, she still needs to enter the mirage secret place first.


    Immortal Jinli gave a detailed way to enter the small world through the mirage.


    In contrast, the method of entering the mirage secret place prepared by the ancient moon butterfly seems too careless.


    Mirage secret place is a place that can only be opened once in a hundred years due to the prohibition set by the yuan God Zhenjun. Only small friars who practice during the Qi refining period can enter.


    During the foundation period, monks can enter the mirage desert, but absolutely cannot enter the mirage secret land.


    If friar Jindan rashly approaches the mirage desert, he may be attacked by forbidden forces.


    The original plan of Gu yuehuai butterfly was to borrow a treasure from an elder of Jiuqu League, and then set up an array to concentrate the power of many Jindan immortal, mobilize the power of heaven and earth, bombard the mirage secret place and forcibly open a door.


    Borrowing the treasures of our predecessors costs a lot. It''s not easy to get enough golden elixirs, and Gu yuehuai butterfly can''t guarantee that this method will be 100% successful.


    The method given by Jin Li is obviously much better.


    First, according to the technique given by her, they stimulated each node of the void interdiction array all over the endless sand sea.


    Then she will lend Huang Sha Wan Li Tu and let Gu Yue Huai die and others manipulate the treasure.


    The people sacrificed the power of the treasure together to open the mirage secret place in advance.


    After the mirage secret place was opened, a group of elite Qi refining disciples were selected to enter it.


    These Qi refining disciples will take the talismans provided by immortal Jinli and enter the key nodes in the mirage secret territory to stimulate these talismans in those places.


    After the talisman is inspired, it will arouse the power of prohibition and let it communicate with the small world in the void. At that time, Meng Zhang and them can take the opportunity to set foot on the channel into the small world.


    This method sounds simple, but many details need to be handled well.


    Immortal Jinli said clearly that this method was not her idea, but Tianzhu Zhenjun carefully studied the layout left by the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Zijin sect. After a long time of thinking, he came up with this feasible method.


    Since it was the way that Yuanshen Zhenjun came up with, the feasibility must be much stronger than the superficial way of holding butterflies in the ancient moon.


    Without much hesitation, they decided to act according to the way of immortal Jinli.


    However, before taking action, there is another problem, that is, how to deal with the relationship with Feihong sect.


    According to immortal Jinli, feihongzong is an important chess piece of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Over the years, although he didn''t make a direct move, Tianzhu Zhenjun still helped Feihong Zong in many ways.


    In the face of all kinds of strong enemies, Fei hongzong can still sit on the throne of endless sand sea overlord, thanks to the secret help of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Over the years, it has become more and more difficult for Tianzhu Zhenjun to distract him, and the situation of feihongzong is getting worse and worse.


    However, in any case, Feihong sect is deeply rooted in the endless sand sea and has a huge influence. If Meng Zhang and others start to take action, it is difficult to hide from Feihong sect.


    Moreover, even if Meng Zhang and others do not inform feihongzong, based on the relationship between feihongzong and Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Jinli will certainly inform feihongzong.


    In the face of Tianzhu Zhenjun and Jin Li, Meng Zhang and Fei hongzong are not good enemies.


    After the three discussed, especially Jin Li asked them a few words. They decided to let feihongzong join the plan.


    At least in the face of huoyun sect and other strong enemies, feihongzong is still a friendly army.


    After entering that small world, how to compete is another matter.


    After the decision, immortal Jinli contacted feihongzong.


    In the time after that, Meng Zhang, the three of them met several golden elixirs of feihongzong, and the two sides had some rough agreements.


    In the process of meeting, Meng Zhang can clearly feel that the state of mind of feihongzong''s golden elixir is very complex.


    No wonder. Originally, Feihong sect ruled the endless sand sea for many years, and had long regarded the small world of Zijin sect as something in its own bag.


    Over the years, Tianzhu Zhenjun has always refused to help feihongzong enter the small world on the grounds that the time is not ripe.


    Although I knew the existence of that small world a long time ago and coveted it very much. But because of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s intention, feihongzong can only watch helplessly.


    This kind of situation, which clearly saw that the thing with incomparable desire was in front of us, but was out of reach, really tormented several generations of Feihong sect.


    If it had been like this, it would have been enough, but what feihongzong never imagined was that a group of outsiders like Meng Zhang got the opportunity to enter that small world.


    Fei hongzong served for Tianzhu Zhenjun for many years and made countless sacrifices in previous wars. Several generations of people sacrificed their lives, but Meng Zhang and others picked up a big bargain.


    How could friar Fei hongzong be reconciled?


    However, all this is the meaning of Tianzhu Zhenjun. Feihongzong can''t disobey it at all. It''s just a Jinli immortal. It''s enough to hang Feihong sect all over the door. Friar Fei hongzong was no longer unwilling, but had to bear it silently.


    Meng Zhang noticed friar Feihong''s unwillingness, but he disdained it.


    In those days, Fei hongzong was just an ordinary jindanzong sect with mediocre strength. He was squeezed by Zijin sect for many years and acted as a running dog.


    Without the help of Tianzhu Zhenjun, how could feihongzong have today''s status?


    Although Fei hongzong tried his best to hide the unbearable history before his rise, Meng Zhang obtained a lot of black history about Fei hongzong from the ancient moon huaidie and the fallen leaf immortal. Even immortal Jinli did not hide the past of Feihong sect in front of Meng Zhang.


    Since Fei hongzong relies on Tianzhu Zhenjun, of course, he can''t help working for Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun will not help you for no reason. Naturally, it is because you have utilization value that you will put capital on you.


    What''s wrong with one willing to fight and the other willing to suffer?


    Of course, Meng Zhang hid his disdain in front of friar Feihong Zong.


    We are all friendly forces and need to maintain good relations for the time being.


    Friar Fei hongzong''s attitude, at least on the surface, was very correct.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang and others, feihongzong began to take positive action.


    Feihongzong transferred a group of elite alchemy friars from the front line to prepare them for entering the mirage secret place.


    Feihongzong has done such things many times before. This time, it was just that the time to enter the mirage was advanced.


    Moreover, the transfer of a group of alchemy friars will not have a great impact on the front line.


    In addition to mobilizing the Qi refining friars of taiyimen and its vassals, Meng Zhang, together with Feihong Zong, announced to the whole endless sand sea that the mirage secret land will be opened in advance. All Qi refining friars are welcome.

 Chapter 441

    There are all kinds of dangers in the mirage secret land, especially all kinds of monsters, which are very difficult to deal with.


    In the past, Feihong sect used to launch the whole endless sea of sand to refine Qi. Friars entered it, and then they could barely pick enough miraculous medicine.


    Even these friars in the Qi refining period are the elite of major cultivation forces, and they have made full preparations in advance. But every time after entering, there will be heavy casualties, one out of ten.


    According to the plan of immortal Jinli, we need internal and external response and internal and external cooperation to break the prohibition of the mirage secret place, so as to stimulate the power of the void interdiction array and open the channel to the small world.


    This operation is different from the past. It requires the cooperation of these alchemy friars to clear the obstacles in the mirage secret place. They must not compete with each other and kill each other as before.


    Relying solely on the Qi refining disciples of Taiyi sect and Feihong sect, it is too much to complete the task.


    Moreover, although the Qi refining disciples are insignificant in the eyes of immortal Jindan, these elite Qi refining disciples are the elite of the sect and the pillars in the future.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor the top leaders of Feihong sect want their disciples in the Qi refining period to suffer heavy casualties.


    Therefore, taiyimen and feihongzong sent a message to recruit excellent alchemy friars from the whole endless sand sea.


    These Qi refining disciples need to make a blood oath in advance. After entering the mirage secret place, they must not kill each other. They must cooperate with the disciples of the two sects to sweep away monsters and go to several key places.


    In order to attract the powerful Qi refining friars, taiyimen and feihongzong both offered high prices.


    There are a large number of holy stones, all kinds of pills, magic tools, talismans and other precious items.


    Those friars who perform well in the period of Qi refining also have the opportunity to join taiyimen.


    If you can make a great contribution, you can even exchange Xiaozhu Jidan from taiyimen.


    Fei hongzong, even though he has suffered huge losses and financial constraints in recent years, also made a high price to these friars in the period of Qi refining.


    For a moment, these monks in the Qi refining period at the bottom of the cultivation world suddenly became popular.


    Countless monks in the Qi refining period swarmed from all directions. Even if they knew that things were not easy to take and needed their own life to fight, they did not shrink back.


    It''s a good thing for a poor bottom friar to have a chance to fight for his future.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time screening these large number of monks in the Qi refining period to ensure their reliability.


    In fact, the move of Meng Zhang and others to open the small world is in line with the wishes of many golden elixirs. Even huoyun sect, which is hostile to Feihong sect, will not send people to make trouble at this time.


    In the process of Meng Zhang''s screening, he did not find any malicious and destructive guy. It''s just to eliminate some guys who are too weak and want to fish in troubled waters, as well as a bunch of garbage that are difficult to use.


    When Meng Zhang was screening these alchemy friars, a group of foundation building disciples of Taiyi sect, led by immortal Gu Yue Huai die and fallen leaves, began to search for each node of the void interdiction array in the whole endless sand sea according to the guidance of immortal Jin Li.


    After finding these nodes, they began to activate these nodes one by one with the technique taught by real Jin Li.


    This process is long and takes a lot of time. Fortunately, there is more than enough time in Jinli''s real life plan. Don''t worry.


    When Meng Zhang was screening those monks in the Qi refining period, his own cultivation did not fall behind.


    He began to practice some magical powers and secrets that could be used by friars in the golden elixir period.


    Because it is a cooperative relationship with feihongzong now, Meng Zhang asked immortal Jinli to come forward and connect with him. Meng Zhang spent a lot of money and borrowed a vein from feihongzong.


    This vein seems to be an ordinary black iron vein, but deep underground, it is connected with a Shaqi pit.


    The evil spirit in this evil spirit pit is rich, and even condensed a lot of evil spirit stones.


    When Meng Zhang was a friar in the foundation period, he got a pile of evil Qi stones from Feihong sect to cultivate the small divine power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    That pile of evil Qi stone is produced from the evil Qi pit under this vein.


    Because it was difficult for Feihong sect to make use of this pile of evil Qi stones with Yin and Yang attributes, Meng Zhang was finally cheap.


    After Meng Zhang entered the golden elixir period, in order to promote Liangyi Tongtian sword from a small magic power to a great magic power, he needs to absorb a large amount of Yin-Yang evil Qi.


    After borrowing this vein from feihongzong, he went deep underground and began to absorb the rich yin-yang evil Qi in the evil Qi pit, which was refined and transformed into the sword Qi of Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    With the foundation of cultivating small magical powers, Meng Zhang did not spend much time to completely refine this big magical power.


    With such a magical power, Meng Zhang was sure to compete with other golden elixirs.


    Since immortal Jinli said that his family would try their best to help, Meng Zhang had the cheek to find her and ask for some treasures that could increase combat effectiveness.


    Immortal Jinli can''t do it himself. Naturally, he can only place his hope on Meng Zhang and others.


    Immortal Jinli also knows that Meng Zhang''s Dan knot will not be long, and taiyimen doesn''t have much inside information, so it''s impossible to provide too much help for Meng Zhang.


    Enhancing Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness is indeed conducive to Tianzhu Zhenjun''s gambling.


    In order not to let Meng Zhang become the one who pulled back, immortal Jinli did spend some time.


    Immortal Jinli first found a third-order flying sword and burning sun sword for Meng Zhang.


    Among the three-level flying swords, this fiery sun sword is a small masterpiece. Moreover, Meng Zhang''s practice of the sun moon rotation Sutra can exert the true Qi of the sun. This fiery sun sword coincides with his skill and can exert 100% of his power.


    In addition, immortal Jinli gave Meng Zhang three tianleizi.


    The lowest level tianleizi can be refined by monks in the later stage of foundation construction.


    However, the friars in the later stage of foundation construction only dared to absorb the air of thunder at the edge of thunder clouds. The refined tianleizi can only threaten the friars in the early stage of foundation construction.


    The tianleizi refined by immortal Jinli was made by her own secret method, taking great risks, going deep into the depths of thunder clouds, absorbing the pure air of Tianlei in the thunderstorm, and then adding all kinds of precious spiritual objects.


    Such tianleizi is very difficult and expensive to refine even by immortal Jinli.


    Of course, these three tianleizi are also extremely powerful. Even if the friars in the early days of the golden elixir accidentally get one, they may have life worries.


    Immortal Jinli not only has a brilliant inheritance, but also has a very high talent in refining all kinds of thunder balls.


    Like the two Yin thunder she gave Jin Qiaoer at the beginning, it can pose a threat to Jindan immortal. Later, it played a key role in killing third-order monsters.

 Chapter 442

    Immortal Jinli spared no effort to enhance Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang, who got these benefits, still has a little more to say.


    In front of Jin Li, he cleanly threw away all his face and brazenly continued to beg for benefits.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is the Yuanshen Zhenjun. If he leaks something in his hand, it will be enough for Meng Zhang.


    Jin Li is certainly not used to this kind of aggressive behavior.


    She refused Meng Zhang''s request unhappily, and Haosheng scolded him.


    Meng Zhang really dares to think, even the idea of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The treasure of Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t be used even if it is given to him.


    Immortal Jinli especially stated that the fiery sun sword and tianleizi she gave Meng Zhang were only lent to him for temporary use. After this time, Meng Zhang needs to return all the money.


    Meng Zhang, who was scolded and a little disheartened, didn''t mean to be unhappy.


    The benefits have been eaten in your mouth, where will you spit out honestly.


    There is no need to find excuses. They are completely ready-made.


    Isn''t it normal to lose a third-order flying sword and consume several tianleizi in the war with immortal Jindan?


    Almost the whole taiyimen mobilized to prepare for the next action.


    At this time, the God of thick earth and the God of thunder brought Meng Zhang a surprise.


    That day, the God of thick earth sent a letter to ask Meng Zhang to go to the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate and say he had something to tell him.


    The thick earth God will always be stable and will not aim at nothing.


    After receiving the letter, Meng Zhang soon came to the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    The thunder god, who had been waiting for Meng Zhang outside the mountain gate, directly took him to the underground secret room where Lingyan was located.


    There, in addition to the thick earth God general, there is a woman with a cold face, tall and slim, skin like curd and beautiful as heaven, standing there quietly.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming in, the thick earth God saluted him and said he had seen the leader.


    The woman looked at Meng Zhang unscrupulously, and her eyes showed that kind of rebellious and lawless eyes.


    After half a ring, she had a snack. Unwilling, she saluted Meng Zhang and said casually, "you are the head of Taiyi sect."


    Thick earth God will quickly introduce Meng Zhang.


    This woman is also the original Dharma protector General of taiyimen. She can be called weak water god general.


    Seeing the woman in this place, Meng Zhang guessed her identity. Now the introduction of the thick earth God is just for Meng Zhang to finalize.


    Meng Zhang felt a little strange. The thick earth God was obviously afraid of the woman.


    The thunder general, who always had eyes above the top and acted impulsively, almost felt unable to lift his head in front of the woman.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the golden elixir period, we can clearly feel that this woman, that is, the weak water god general, is clearly no more than the perfect accomplishments of refining Qi.


    He subdued two Dharma protectors at the later stage of foundation construction with the perfect cultivation of Qi refining. This weak water god is really a little difficult.


    Since the thick earth God will wake up and reshape the God body, he has tried to help other Dharma protectors and want them to recover like himself.


    Later, after the thunder god recovered, he also worked hard to help the thick earth God.


    A few years ago, when Meng Zhang was not at taiyimen and went out to get pills, the thunder god general and the thick earth God General even risked great risks to sneak into the Gobi of evil wind and seize a miraculous medicine that can repair the spirit.


    After years of unremitting efforts, they finally achieved results and successfully awakened the sleeping weak water god general.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang is a little disappointed with the cultivation of weak water god general.


    At the beginning, when the thick earth God would wake up, although it was also the cultivation of Qi refining period. But at that time, taiyimen was just a small sect for refining Qi, and the thick earth God would play a great role.


    But now, Meng Zhang has become a golden elixir immortal, and Taiyi gate has many friars in the foundation period. A friar in the period of Qi refining can play a limited role.


    Seems to feel Meng Zhang''s contempt, weak water''s face showed an undisguised anger.


    "I heard about the current situation of taiyimen from these two guys. I know that we need powerful gas refining friars."


    "That''s why I suppressed my cultivation to perfection in the Qi refining period."


    Meng Zhang was a little ashamed of the words of the weak water god general. He didn''t have the airs of the golden elixir, nor did he think that he was the leader. He sincerely apologized to the weak water god general, saying that he had a shallow vision and failed to understand the good intentions of the weak water god general.


    The weak water god who remained angry did not continue to quarrel with Meng Zhang, but found an excuse to scold the Thunder God.


    The innocent thunder General lying with a gun looked wronged and stood there to be scolded.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t understand the relationship between them. Maybe this is the way several Dharma protectors get along with each other.


    Meng Zhang chatted with everyone.


    Weak water is obviously not a talkative person. She talked with Meng Zhang every sentence. Many times, Meng Zhang said ten sentences, but she didn''t necessarily answer one.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to get some information about taiyimen from the weak water god general. Seeing that everyone couldn''t talk together, he had to leave.


    As for the weak water god general, naturally there are thick earth God general and thunder god general who are responsible for the placement.


    The God of the thick earth sent Meng Zhang out. When he went outside the hall, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking about the future of the God of the thick earth.


    He is already a golden elixir immortal. He should be qualified to understand the history of taiyimen that year. Especially why the Taiyi gate was attacked and destroyed one after another, and finally reduced to a small sect of Qi refining, which almost couldn''t even keep the last inheritance.


    Meng Zhang almost tore up the headmaster''s notebook and didn''t get these key information.


    Although there are many contents recorded above, there is no mention of this issue.


    The thick earth God wanted to pretend to be confused as before and perfunctory for the time being.


    But Meng Zhang grabbed him and stared at him firmly with his oppressive eyes. If you don''t reach your goal, you must say something to the God of thick earth.


    Even, Meng Zhang used his identity as the leader of Taiyi sect to forcibly force the thick earth God general to avoid him from prevaricating himself with the excuse that his memory has not recovered, so as not to give him the opportunity to pretend to be confused.


    Thick earth God will be forced by Meng Zhang to have no way, and finally had to give a promise.


    When Meng Zhang returns safely from the small world of Zijin sect this time, he will tell Meng Zhang everything he knows.


    After knowing the God of thick earth for so long, Meng Zhang still has a certain understanding of him.


    The thick earth God, who has always been silent, will be a character who will not easily promise others anything. Once he agrees, he will do it.


    Since he promised to answer Meng Zhang''s questions at that time, he should be able to do so.

 Chapter 443

    After Meng Zhang left, Hou Tu told Jing Lei and weak water about his promise to Meng Zhang.


    Both of them have no objection to this. Even the rebellious weak water god, who seemed very rude to Meng Zhang, didn''t say much.


    Since Meng Zhang formed the golden pill, he began to be recognized by the Dharma protectors.


    In particular, the thick earth God will wake up first. He has been in Taiyi gate for many years and knows Meng Zhang very well. I think he is a qualified leader even though he has many shortcomings.


    Both personal qualifications and the ability to run schools are excellent. Especially his loyalty to the sect is the most commendable.


    If Meng Zhang can successfully return from the small world of Zijin sect, it shows that his survival ability is enough.


    After passing this test, Meng Zhang was qualified to learn the big secret of Taiyi gate.


    In fact, after the God of thick earth restored his cultivation to the foundation period, he has almost awakened most of his memory.


    With the wake-up of Thunder God, the cultivation of thick earth God will continue to recover, and now the weak water god will wake up again.


    With the help of each other, the Three Dharma protectors have awakened all their memories and recalled those great secrets.


    Maybe the next time I meet Meng Zhang, they will tell him these secrets.


    After such an episode, Meng Zhang''s main energy continued to focus on improving his combat effectiveness.


    Ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal led the taiyimen team to make a full circle in the endless sand sea. It took nearly three years to activate almost all nodes of the void interdiction array.


    With the activation of these nodes, the void interdiction array began to operate slowly.


    In the endless sand sea, all kinds of visions began to appear everywhere.


    In some places, there was lightning and thunder in the sky, and the earth began to vibrate violently. In some places that have been dry for a long time, it rains cats and dogs


    Seeing all this happening, we all know that the time is ripe to start the next step.


    In the past three years, many Qi refining monks recruited by Taiyi sect and Feihong sect, together with the Qi refining disciples of the two sects, received various special training to deal with various crises in the mirage secret land.


    Although feihongzong did not completely master the mirage secret, he was able to lead the exploration of the mirage every hundred years. For hundreds of years, we have accumulated countless valuable information about the mirage.


    In fact, in these hundreds of years, in the endless sand sea, all Xiuzhen forces who have inherited for a few years have the experience of sending disciples into the mirage secret land. They also got a lot of information from their predecessors.


    Under the strong demand of immortal Jinli, all the Xiuzhen forces, including feihongzong, disclosed these intelligence and shared it with taiyimen.


    The action in the mirage secret place is very important, which is related to whether the small world of Zijin sect can be opened. There is nothing wrong with this. Immortal Jinli wants to ensure that everything goes smoothly.


    Of course, we don''t know whether feihongzong will hide private things.


    After targeted special training, the survival ability of all alchemists in the mirage secret environment has been greatly improved.


    It''s time to raise troops for thousands of days and use them for a while. Now is the time to use these people.


    Immortal Jin Li, Meng Zhang, ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf led the alchemy friars on the other side of Taiyi gate to enter the mirage desert in a flying boat.


    At a distance from the mirage desert, the flying boat stopped.


    Because each node of the void interdiction array was excited, the mirage secret place that would have been opened only once in a hundred years was opened in advance this time.


    In the mirage desert, various illusions have begun to appear.


    Before long, the flying boat team of feihongzong also arrived here and joined the team of taiyimen.


    Feihongzong''s team is led by Feiyu real person and feijiang real person.


    After years of recuperation, especially with the help of immortal Jinli, the injury of immortal feijiang has basically healed and restored his complete combat effectiveness.


    Immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang flew over to salute immortal Jinli.


    After several immortal Jindan exchanged greetings for a while, they began to act according to the long planned plan.


    Due to the prohibition left by Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect, several Jindan immortal dared not directly enter the mirage desert.


    Seeing all kinds of illusions in the mirage desert from a distance, I knew that it was not too late. Several golden elixir immortal explained several leading disciples in the Qi refining period for the last time, and let them start to take action.


    Immortal Feiyu emphasized that the mirage secret land was opened in advance because the time did not come.


    The various miraculous medicines planted by Fei hongzong are far from mature. Therefore, monks who enter the inside must not wantonly spoil the elixir with insufficient heat.


    The disciples of the two sects in the Qi refining period headed directly towards the mirage desert.


    It is worth mentioning that the disciples in the Qi refining period led by Taiyi sect, in addition to the weak water god general, there are also the sister and brother an Xiaoran and an Muran, two of Meng Zhang''s own disciples.


    Needless to say, the weak water god general was the Dharma protector of Taiyi gate in those years. He had the cultivation of golden elixir in his heyday. Now, even if it is only the cultivation in the Qi refining period, the combat effectiveness is definitely not comparable to that of ordinary friars in the Qi refining period.


    After an Xiaoran rebuilt the excellent skill "Fusang Sutra", he changed all his Qi and greatly improved his combat effectiveness.


    Like his sister an Xiaoran, an Muran''s accomplishments have entered the perfection of Qi refining.


    Originally, the two should have started preparing for the impact foundation. But both of them took the initiative to ask Meng Zhang for war and asked to enter the mirage secret land.


    The cultivator is not a flower in the greenhouse. He needs to experience all kinds of ups and downs in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang can''t keep them in the sect forever. They will face all kinds of tests sooner or later.


    Moreover, entering the mirage secret realm this time really needs a powerful alchemy friar.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang agreed to their request and let them lead the people into the mirage secret place as a team friar.


    As the leader''s own disciple, they have a lot of cards to protect their lives.


    There are second-order talismans refined by Yang Xueyi, second-order puppets purchased by Meng Zhang from Qiqiao sect, and tianleizi refined by Jinglei God


    In fact, all the monks in the refining period who entered the mirage secret realm this time have all kinds of cards on their bodies.


    In recent years, the Fu Hall of Taiyi gate is under the hall leader Yang Xueyi, and the Dan Hall is under the hall leader Zhang Yingying... Everyone is very busy refining various items for these friars in the Qi refining period.


    The caravan of taiyimen went to Dafeng City many times to buy various items that can enhance the combat effectiveness of friars during the Qi refining period.


    The situation of feihongzong is roughly the same.


    It can be said that both zongmen did everything they could.


    As for whether it can succeed this time, we have to do our best to listen to fate.

 Chapter 444

    After the Qi refining disciples of the two sects entered, several immortal Jindan found a place and waited silently.


    Even though they were immortal Jindan, they could not interfere with what happened in the mirage secret place. They could only expect the disciples to be more energetic.


    After a few days, Meng Zhang, the youngest, was probably too worried about his disciples. Casually approached, inadvertently flew to the edge of the mirage desert.


    Suddenly, he keenly felt that there was a force threatening his life in the mirage desert, which was slowly waking up.


    It was as if he had met a natural enemy. He was surprised and hurried back.


    Immortal Jinli smiled and said, "boy, you know how powerful it is. Even after hundreds of years, the layout left by Yuanshen Zhenjun is still beyond the resistance of ordinary Jindan immortal."


    When Meng Zhang was a friar in the Qi refining period, he once entered the mirage desert and ambushed the friars in Qingzhu mountain.


    Now he has become a golden elixir immortal, but he can''t get close to there freely.


    Meng Zhang recalled the feeling just now.


    He estimated that about five or six friars in the early days of the golden elixir should be able to resist the hidden power in the mirage desert.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t know whether the yuan God Zhenjun will leave other backhands.


    After about half a month, the whole mirage desert seemed to shake, and then returned to normal.


    Several golden elixirs were inspired. This is the talisman given by immortal Jinli. It was inspired in the right position.


    I don''t know which disciple of which sect completed the task first and won the first place.


    We waited for several more days, and a similar situation happened in the mirage desert.


    This relieved the tense mood of several golden elixirs.


    Another Rune was inspired and another one was done.


    Those who carry the talisman given by immortal Jinli are elite disciples of the two sects. For example, the Taiyi gate is carried by the weak water god general and an xiaoran''an''s silent siblings.


    With the cover of many refining monks, they should be able to complete the task.


    In the following time, one after another runes were inspired.


    Several golden elixirs didn''t know what happened in the mirage. However, judging from these movements, their actions should be relatively smooth.


    After more than two months, all the talismans were inspired in the right place.


    Jin Li nodded. The disciples of the two sects in the Qi refining period did not disappoint themselves. They successfully completed the task.


    At this time, all kinds of illusions in the mirage desert began to disappear rapidly.


    Several golden elixirs could almost feel that the power that could threaten their lives in the mirage desert was gradually disappearing.


    Because the disciples of the two sects in the Qi refining period haven''t come out safely, especially the disciples of Meng Zhang. Several golden elixir immortal waited a little longer and didn''t hurry.


    Immortal Jindan''s hand is too powerful. The aftershock is enough to bury a group of friars in the period of Qi refining.


    Before long, a monk came out of the mirage.


    Slowly, more and more monks came out of the mirage.


    The monks who came out looked tired and exhausted one by one.


    Most people have all kinds of injuries.


    There are not a few friars with incomplete limbs, even half of them.


    Fortunately, before entering this time, the two zongmen issued strict orders.


    The monks who enter the mirage know that they take care of each other and help each other.


    With the help of their companions, these seriously injured friars managed to escape from heaven.


    The two families had already arranged friars to meet them outside.


    Seeing the wounded friar, they immediately rushed up to start treatment.


    Among the monks who came out, Meng Zhang didn''t see an Xiaoran''s sister and brother. Meng Zhang felt a little worried.


    However, thinking of their good strength and all kinds of cards, Meng Zhang felt that they should not encounter accidents.


    As these monks came out of the mirage, more and more news gathered. All kinds of situations in the mirage were spread to Meng Zhang and others.


    Soon after many monks entered the mirage, they were frantically besieged by countless monsters.


    In addition to the massive first-order monsters, there are many second-order monsters.


    You know, these monsters, especially the second-order monsters, have their own territory in the mirage secret place. They occupy one side and have little contact on weekdays.


    It is really rare for such monsters of different ethnic groups to besiege human friars regardless of life and death.


    Fortunately, these friars in the Qi refining period have good combat effectiveness and countless treasures.


    After paying huge casualties, they broke out from the monster group and fled in all directions.


    After escaping the siege of monsters and beasts, the disciples of the two sects with missions began to perform their respective tasks.


    They went through countless dangers and hardships before they finished the task.


    As for the various wonderful details, it is enough to talk for three days and three nights.


    Several golden elixir immortals don''t have such good patience to listen to the stories of a group of friars in the period of Qi refining.


    Only Meng Zhang is very interested in the realization of some elite disciples of Taiyi sect.


    While listening to the stories told by these monks, I waited slowly.


    After several days, Meng Zhang''s most valued sister and brother settled down and left the mirage desert with the weak water god.


    In addition to completing the task, the three of them also gained a lot in the mirage secret land.


    In the past, every time a disciple entered the mirage secret place, it was impossible to scrape away the miraculous medicine in the secret place.


    In fact, what they can scrape is only a part of the mirage. There were also many miraculous drugs that escaped their sight.


    A large part of these miraculous drugs were swallowed by monsters, and many of them were successfully preserved.


    Especially those miraculous medicines that can be used to refine and build Jidan, feihongzong is salivating.


    Many miraculous medicines have strict requirements for the growth environment. They can not be successfully planted by opening up a few miraculous medicine gardens on the spiritual pulse.


    The environment in the mirage is very suitable for the growth of various miraculous drugs. There are many kinds and quantities of miraculous drugs growing in it, far exceeding the miraculous medicine garden carefully operated by feihongzong.


    After entering the mirage secret place this time, the weak water god general and his sister and brother, in addition to completing the task, are trying their best to collect and scrape all kinds of miraculous drugs.


    Led by the battle experienced weak water gods, they successfully avoided many dangers, killed a large number of monsters guarding the elixir and obtained a lot of elixirs.


    An Xiaoran''s secondary occupation was alchemy.


    Although he has no ability to refine Jidan, he knows the recipe of Jidan very well.


    She roughly estimated that the elixir they picked this time was enough to refine more than two heats of foundation building pills.

 Chapter 445

    An Xiaoran Linggen has good qualification, and his physical attribute is a mixture of fire attribute and wood attribute. He is a natural talent suitable for practicing alchemy.


    Since she joined the Taiyi sect, she spent a lot of time and energy on alchemy besides practicing the basic skills.


    With her talent and hard work, her alchemy improved rapidly and soon became a strong one among the first-class alchemists.


    Now, the only thing that hinders her from raising her level as an Alchemist is that her accomplishments are only in the Qi refining period.


    Only when the foundation is built successfully, she will raise her alchemist level to level 2.


    As an alchemist, she has a deep understanding of all kinds of miraculous drugs.


    Let an excellent alchemist enter the mirage secret place, where there are countless miraculous drugs, it''s like a mouse into a rice jar.


    With the cover of the weak water god general and his brother an Muran, an Xiaoran gained a lot of magic medicine.


    Now Meng Zhang doesn''t know how much surprise he will bring to himself as a female disciple.


    After the weak water god general and his family came out of the mirage, several Jindan immortal waited for a while.


    There are fewer and fewer monks coming out of the mirage. In the end, few people continued to come out of it.


    At this time, the important figures of the two sects had basically left the mirage secret land. In addition to a large number of hired friars, there are also many disciples of the two sects, including some elite disciples favored by the elders of the school.


    It''s no longer appropriate to delay. Several golden elixirs are going to fight.


    As for a few monks who may still stay in the mirage secret place, they have to admit bad luck. Their lives are not important enough to affect the plan of Jindan immortal. I just hope they are lucky enough and will not be affected by the aftereffects of Jindan immortal''s shot.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly first flew into the air and took out the yellow sand Wanli map temporarily lent to her by immortal Jinli.


    The right hand of the ancient moon butterfly shakes, and the picture is unfolded.


    Since immortal Jinli had already released the prohibition, she was allowed to refine slowly during this period of time. The ancient moon butterfly can resist this treasure.


    The picture of thousands of miles of yellow sand in the picture seems to have come to life. Countless crazy sand swept over the mirage desert.


    The originally empty place rippled like water waves, and the space began to fluctuate violently.


    The other golden elixir immortal dared not neglect, but flew into the air and bombarded the place.


    With their bombardment, more than ten columns of light rose in the mirage secret land, and the whole mirage desert began to vibrate violently, as if there were a big earthquake.


    The earthquake spread in all directions and affected a wide range.


    In particular, the mirage at the center of the earthquake, even an independent space, is still greatly affected.


    The power of immortal Jindan constantly bombards the front. The scattered afterwaves inevitably spread to the mirage secret place.


    At this time, the mirage is like the end of the day. Natural disasters occur frequently.


    The monsters inside were frightened and uneasy, and some crawled on the ground and dared not move. Some seem crazy and run around


    Some friars who haven''t left the mirage secret place can only seek their own blessings at this time.


    Almost at the same time, the nodes all over the endless sand sea began to shine and vibrate violently.


    This dusty void interdiction array was finally completely inspired.


    Mirage secret place is a part of the Junchen world, which is attached to the Junchen world.


    The small world of Zijin sect was opened up in the void, completely independent of the Junchen world.


    The void is vast and boundless, and even the yuan God Zhenjun will be lost in it.


    The void interdiction array is like a ship anchor. Its main function is to tightly connect the small world to the Jun dust world to avoid being swept away by the void turbulence.


    Through the void interdiction array, all talents have the opportunity to enter the small world.


    As the void interdiction array was completely excited, a huge black hole appeared above the mirage desert, enough to accommodate more than ten people to pass at the same time.


    Several golden elixirs stopped at the same time, looked at the black hole in front, looked at each other, and hesitated.


    The black hole is so deep that even the Jindan immortal can''t see the situation inside.


    With one move, immortal Jinli took back the yellow sand Wanli map in the hands of ancient moon Huai butterfly.


    "What are you hesitating about? What are you shrinking like?"


    After being scolded by immortal Jinli, several immortal Jindan couldn''t continue to hesitate.


    The most impatient flying general threw his heart horizontally and flew directly into the black hole.


    Before immortal Feiyu could stop it, immortal feijiang had already started to act.


    Although he has long been used to the action style of the real flying general, the real flying feather still couldn''t help scolding and flew in with the real flying general.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly, fallen leaf immortal and Meng Zhang looked at each other, gritted their teeth and flew into the black hole.


    Although we know that this is the gateway to the small world of Zijin sect, no one knows what we will encounter. It is even more unclear what kind of means the yuan God Zhenjun has left behind.


    In the face of unknown things, even immortal Jindan will be afraid and hesitate.


    Of course, with their nature, they can easily overcome their fear and rush in bravely.


    Once the void interdiction array is excited, it will run spontaneously and will not stop in a short time. This black hole will also exist for a long time.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and his disciples went in, immortal Nu Yan and immortal dark Yan of huoyun sect flew over together.


    "You guys have been hiding secretly for so long, and finally willing to come out." Jin Li said disdainfully.


    Immortal Nu Yan and immortal dark Yan looked at immortal Jin Li with a little fear. Although they knew that immortal Jin Li would not make a move, they still shrank a little.


    Seeing immortal Jinli finish this sentence, there was no other reaction. They had the courage to fly into the black hole.


    Before long, the Qi Nanfei immortal of the Qi family also flew over and looked at Jin Li with a little fear.


    "I knew you were unreliable." immortal Jinli muttered.


    Immortal Qi Nanfei didn''t have what immortal Guan Jinli said, but crashed into the black hole.


    After a while, several golden elixirs flew over again and again.


    These people are basically Jindan immortal of nearby forces, including Linghe immortal and Yunhe immortal of Heming sect.


    "The news spread so fast that it brought all the ghosts and ghosts." immortal Jinli was very dissatisfied.


    However, she still didn''t do anything and didn''t stop these people.


    If Immortal Jinli doesn''t do it, there will be no power here to stop a group of Jindan immortal.


    These golden elixirs smoothly entered the black hole.

 Chapter 446

    Real Jinli sat cross legged in the air, staring at the black hole in front without expression, and didn''t know what she was thinking.


    After a long time, several golden elixirs flew over together.


    When immortal Jinli, who was originally sitting in the air, saw the visitor, her eyebrows stood up, her pink face was evil, and her Phoenix eyes were powerful. She looked very angry.


    "Hong Siming, you are so brave that you dare to appear in front of this real person."


    Among the golden elixir immortal, a white faced and bearded old man came out with a bitter smile, flew to immortal Jinli and kept bowing.


    "Please calm down, please calm down..."


    "I''m here with some friends today. I have no other ideas."


    This old man named Hong Siming is also a golden elixir. He is one of the top leaders of the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect.


    Many years ago, when Jin Qiaoer was a friar in the period of Qi refining, she went to Dafeng City with a joint caravan composed of several sects.


    There, she was caught in the eye of a monk in the later stage of building the foundation of Hedong sub altar taught by Huang Lian. On the pretext of accepting her as an apprentice, she wanted to take her away.


    Due to the interference of the patrolling friar in Dafeng City, the friar of Huanglian cult failed.


    After Jin Qiaoer returned to the endless sand sea, Huanglian cult once sent people to sneak into the endless sand sea to take her away.


    When Jin Qiaoer was very young, she was favored by immortal Jin Li and accepted as a disciple.


    Only in those years, immortal Jinli had been running around and had no time to take care of children, so she stayed in the skillful door and was taken care of by Aunt Jin and others.


    After staying in the skillful hand gate for many years, Jin Qiaoer had a deep feeling for it, and later was unwilling to leave.


    Immortal Jinli wants to stay around the endless sand sea and work for Tianzhu Zhenjun anyway, so she can''t help jinqiao''er.


    The monk of Huanglian sect made Jin Qiaoer''s idea, but he violated immortal Jin Li''s rebellion.


    Immortal Jinli is restricted, but she can''t do it at will in the endless sand sea. The yellow lotus sect is a force in the Jiuqu League and is not within the limit.


    Later, immortal Jinli hit the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect and made a big fuss, which made the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect in a mess.


    Immortal Jinli has the accomplishments of the later stage of the golden elixir, and her combat effectiveness is even stronger. And she is smart, often beat and leave, and never let herself fall into the siege of others.


    When it comes to fighting alone, no one can rival immortal Jinli in the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect. Want to rely on the number of advantages to siege, but they can''t encircle each other.


    Under the harassment of immortal Jinli, Huanglian taught Hedong to divide the altar. It was a chicken flying dog jumping and miserable.


    More importantly, there is Tianzhu Zhenjun behind immortal Jinli, but Zhenjun, the yuan God of Huanglian sect, has been missing for a long time.


    Finally, in desperation, Huanglian sect Hedong sub forum had to ask the elders of Jiuqu League to make peace with immortal Jinli.


    Although Huanglian sect has its own grievances, it is a member of Jiuqu League after all. If Immortal Jinli continues to make such a fuss, someone in Jiuqu League will be out of sight.


    Immortal Jinli is not brave and resourceless. She knows that it''s good to see good. She blackmailed Huang Lian to teach Hedong to divide the altar, and then reluctantly exposed it.


    Now, the people who taught Hedong to divide the altar again appeared in the endless sand sea and ran to her eyes. It''s strange that she didn''t blow her hair.


    At the beginning of the fight, Hong Siming suffered from immortal Jinli. He ignored the face of the big sect friars and quickly explained to immortal Jinli.


    The Huanglian sect is deeply rooted and cannot be easily shaken by a real Jinli. The last time she forced Huang Lian to teach Hedong to divide the altar to that point, it was the result of her careful calculation and all-out efforts.


    If it is not necessary, immortal Jinli is not willing to take over a real deep hatred with Huanglian cult.


    "You''d better be honest." Jin Li said fiercely, and stopped paying attention to these people.


    Including Hong Siming, several immortal Jindan breathed a sigh of relief.


    If you really annoy immortal Jinli, even if she can''t fight in the endless sand sea, there are plenty of opportunities to clean them up after they leave the endless sand sea.


    Several golden elixirs dared not stay here any more, but rushed into the black hole.


    In less than a day''s effort, several groups of golden elixirs came from front to back.


    The friars of taiyimen and feihongzong who were still in the mirage desert almost held their breath when they looked at these golden elixirs from a distance.


    I''m afraid they have never seen so many golden elixirs in their life.


    If any of these golden elixir real people blow their breath, they will be wiped out.


    Even an Xiaoran, who has always been bold, became honest at this time and dared not shout at will.


    The weak water god looked at these golden elixirs, and an inexplicable look flashed on his face.


    In her heyday, she was a strong person of Jindan real person level, but she killed many with her own hands.


    Those golden elixir immortals who fly here are all for the small world left by the purple gold sect, but they don''t care about a group of small friars in the Qi refining period below.


    They are more reluctant to stay in front of Jinli immortal for too long, so as not to be hated by Jinli immortal with bad temper.


    Zijin sect, as a sect that has been out of the yuan God Zhenjun, has left a small world that is very attractive to many Jindan immortal.


    There are golden elixirs in huoyun sect, Heming sect and even Huanglian sect. They can''t stand such temptation.


    If it weren''t for the strong fighting method of Yuanshen Zhenjun level behind the endless sand sea, I''m afraid more Jindan immortal would come this time.


    Fortunately, even with the connection of the void forbidden array, if you want to enter the small world in the void of the purple gold sect, you need at least the strength of the golden elixir level.


    Otherwise, this place would have been crowded with monks.


    Time passed quickly. After a long time, when immortal Jinli thought that what should have come had come and no one else would continue to come, three shadows flew over from a distance.


    A strong man with a tiger head, a guy with a crow head and a pair of wings behind him, and a fox with a huge body like a hill.


    Golden Tiger demon general, dark crow demon general and earth fox demon general are all famous third-order monsters in the Gobi.


    Among the three guys, the golden tiger demon and the dark crow demon will be the third-class monster, and only the earth fox demon will be the third-class monster.


    The golden tiger demon general and the dark crow demon general are usually separated from each other. They do not belong to each other and are not convinced of each other.


    In those years, after the lion demon was upgraded to the third-class middle-class monster, he deliberately integrated the power of all monsters in the Gobi and invaded the endless sand sea together.


    But these three guys not only refused to cooperate with the lion demon general, but opposed him everywhere.


    In particular, the golden tiger demon general despises the earth steamed stuffed bun like the lion demon general, let alone obey his orders.

 Chapter 447

    The golden tiger demon general was born in the purple gold sect, not a wild Monster without heels. Both insight and strength are not simple.


    The dark crow demon will be of extraordinary origin, also has a brilliant inheritance, and has a strong combat effectiveness.


    The earth fox demon will be the weakest. It has no position in front of the two strong men and is often driven.


    In the world of monsters, it is natural for the weak to obey the strong unconditionally.


    The earth fox does not covet the small world of the purple gold sect. This time, if it is not forced by the golden tiger demon and the dark crow demon, it is not interested in going through this muddy water.


    If these three guys were willing to fully cooperate with the lion demon general, I''m afraid feihongzong would have been unable to resist and let the demon army occupy the endless sand sea.


    Unfortunately, if there is no strong enough to subdue all monsters, the internal struggle between monsters is more intense than that between human practitioners.


    Human beings often say that it is not our race, and their hearts must be different.


    All humans can be called Terrans, at least there is not much difference in form.


    The demon clan is a too broad title. Birds and animals, flowers, birds, fish and insects... The differences between different kinds of demon clans are far greater than those between people.


    It is precisely because the internal fighting between demons and beasts in the Gobi is too fierce to concentrate all its strength, so it can not pose a fatal threat to Feihong sect.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun and the five level power, with the endless sand sea as the chessboard and all the creatures in it as chess pieces, are engaged in a gambling fight spanning hundreds of years.


    The fifth level great power used his secret skills to create the species of sand monsters, with the intention of subverting the human cultivation world in the endless sand sea.


    The disaster of sand monsters, which breaks out every once in a while, has become the biggest natural disaster in the endless sand sea, which has harmed people for many years.


    In order to quell the disaster of sand monsters, Feihong sect spent too much power.


    Although the endless sand sea is barren, it is also the place where the Yuanshen sect of Zijin sect was born.


    Feihongzong has the resources of almost the entire endless sand sea, and its development has been limited for hundreds of years. Not to mention the cultivation of Yuanshen Zhenjun, even the quantity and quality of Jindan immortal are not high.


    Especially in the recent 200 years, feihongzong has been going downhill, and its strength is far inferior to that in its heyday.


    The biggest reason for this is that the continuous attacks of sand monsters have greatly damaged the elites of feihongzong and eroded the potential of feihongzong.


    If it''s just like this, Tianzhu Zhenjun can also accept it. His purpose of supporting Feihong sect was to fight for his own gambling. He didn''t really want Feihong sect to become a Yuanshen sect like Zijin sect.


    However, the five level great power in the dead sand sea saw that the sand monster alone could not overthrow Feihong sect, so he decided to go to the Gobi of demon wind.


    The fifth level great power is neither human nor demon. He is equally hostile to the human race and the demon race. The sand monster he created will never be soft when killing monsters.


    However, when these monsters are needed, the fifth level power can also give up prejudice.


    According to the knowledge of immortal Jinli, there are monsters in the Gobi of evil wind who once went to the sand sea of death and contacted the fifth level power.


    After that, there was a large-scale invasion of the endless sand sea by the demon beast army from the demon wind Gobi.


    At the instigation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Jinli secretly made a lot of efforts to help feihongzong solve most of the pressure from the Gobi.


    Because the situation in the Gobi is too complex, even Jin Li is difficult to completely solve this problem.


    Seeing the golden tiger demon kill these three guys here, immortal Jinli suddenly stood up and showed her murderous spirit on her face.


    The monster who doesn''t know how to live or die dares to appear in front of him.


    After the golden tiger demon will fly close, he will feel the murderous spirit of immortal Jinli. The golden tiger demon will quickly shout, "immortal, we are not with the guy of the lion. We have nothing to do with the evil thing of the dead sand sea."


    The dark crow demon general, who had always been silent, also said: "immortal Jinli, I am the old minister of the king in those days, and I swear against the evil thing."


    Immortal Jinli has been to the endless sand sea for so many years, and he is also very clear about the history of the Gobi.


    When the Zijin sect was still in existence, there was a fourth order monster in the Gobi, which ruled the Gobi.


    The fourth order monster is called the demon king. It is enough to dominate and dominate in the cultivation world.


    However, due to the strong suppression of Zijin sect, the demon king was difficult to stretch and could only be trapped in the Gobi of demon wind.


    Of course, Zijin sect can''t conquer the Gobi. It can only default that the Gobi is the territory of the demon king.


    Later, the fifth order great power came from outside, and I don''t know how to conflict with the demon king.


    The result of the conflict is that the demon king falls and the fifth level great power is seriously injured.


    Without the command of the demon king, the whole Gobi was immediately in chaos, and the demons of all ethnic groups fought against each other.


    As a righteous monk, it''s my duty to kill demons and demons. In the eyes of real Jinli, all monsters deserve to die.


    However, as the golden tiger and others said, they will always be hostile to the lion demon, and they will not work for the fifth level power. If Immortal Jinli really starts with them, the male lion demon will kill that guy for nothing.


    More importantly, in the gambling fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the five level power, immortal Jinli has all kinds of constraints in the endless sand sea, so it is difficult to give full play to her strength.


    Thinking of this, immortal Jinli was silent for a moment, then sat cross legged and ignored them.


    The golden tiger demon was relieved and did not dare to delay here. He immediately flew into the black hole.


    After the golden tiger demon will wait in, no one will come.


    It seems that they should be the last to go in.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t leave, but sat cross legged in the air and waited here quietly.


    The disciples of the two sects took a rest nearby.


    After a few days, the mirage secret land began to close again.


    Sure that no one came out of it, these monks in the period of Qi refining took flying boats and embarked on the way home.


    Although Taiyi sect and Fei hongzong lost many disciples during the Qi refining period, some of the hired friars were qualified to join the two sects after being tested.


    With the addition of such fresh blood, we can barely make up for the loss.


    Besides the monks who entered the black hole.


    Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly and the fallen leaf immortal followed behind the flying general and flying feather immortal. It was dark all around, not even the faintest light. There was a terrible silence without the slightest sound.


    According to the description from immortal Jinli, Meng Zhang knew that he had entered the void.

 Chapter 448

    The world Meng Zhang lived in was called Junchen world. It was a huge world dominated by Taoist practitioners.


    Beyond the Junchen world, there is an endless void.


    Emptiness, as the name suggests, is nothing but emptiness.


    Most of the void is empty.


    Although the endless sand sea where Meng Zhang was born is a famous backwater in the Junchen world, the living environment is very bad. But compared with the void, it is a paradise.


    Not to mention the dangers in the void, just the void itself, the monks in the period of Qi refining and foundation building can not survive in the void for a long time.


    Although immortal Jindan can survive in the void for a long time, it also needs a lot of supplies.


    In the void, of course, there are other worlds.


    Of course, these worlds are often far apart. Even with the power of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is difficult to communicate.


    Immortal Jindan rushed into the void. The most likely consequence is that he ran out of supplies and finally died alive.


    The greatest function of the void forbidden array laid by the predecessors of Zijin sect is to point out the direction for immortal Jindan so that he can safely reach the small world.


    Even Meng Zhang''s eyes can see far in the dark. But the sight of the place, or nothing, a nothingness.


    After a while, the freshness faded and Meng Zhang began to do business.


    He let out his mind and began to feel it carefully.


    There are only five senses for practitioners in the Qi refining period. After entering the foundation period, they will awaken. It is said that the sense of divine mind is more acute and subtle than divine consciousness.


    In the place invisible to the naked eye, Meng Zhang''s mind clearly sensed that there was an invisible existence like a road sign in the void.


    He was told by immortal Jinli in advance. Meng Zhang knew that these road signs were made by the void interdiction array to point out the direction for future generations.


    Meng Zhang flew directly in the direction indicated by these road signs.


    After flying a long distance, he broke away from the guidance range of the road sign. Meng Zhang once again released his mind to explore and found a new invisible road sign.


    He continued to fly along the guidance of the new road sign.


    Zijin sect set up this void forbidden array to show future generations a clear way to safely lead to that small world.


    This bright road has been repeatedly explored by the predecessors of Zijin sect. There are basically no common dangers in the void.


    With the guidance of these road signs, jindanzhen people will have a clear direction and will not be lost in the boundless void.


    Of course, if there are powerful monks, they don''t have to follow the road signs left by the Zijin sect. They can search in the void and swagger to find the small world.


    As for how much time it will take and how much danger it will encounter, it is unknown.


    After Meng zhangfei went out for a distance, he felt something wrong.


    I don''t know why, flying all the way, he always has a strange feeling. But I can''t say exactly what it feels like.


    As a golden elixir immortal and a mystery master, Meng Zhang attaches great importance to these inexplicable feelings. Even if he didn''t feel the crisis on a whim, he stopped temporarily and observed his surroundings carefully.


    Meng Zhang entered the void and has been flying for a long time along the guidance of the road sign.


    Although he then used his destructive magic eyes and looked far away, there was no end to the emptiness up, down, left and right. He exhausted his eyesight and saw nothing but nothingness.


    Meng Zhang hesitated. Did he really think too much.


    But then he threw away this hesitation and chose to believe his feelings.


    Meng Zhang stood for a while, then suddenly took out his sword.


    The blazing sun sword he sacrificed chopped at the void in front of him, but it had no effect.


    Take back the blazing sun sword, and the shadow killing sword flew out silently. There was a burst of puncture before, after, around and without any impact.


    Meng Zhang put away two third-order flying swords and carefully took out the spirit snake spear.


    This spirit soldier is seriously damaged. Even if Meng Zhang tries to repair it, he can only use it. Its power is far less than that in its heyday.


    Before entering the void, Meng Zhang made up his mind to use the spirit snake spear as little as possible. If he can not use it, he will not use it, so as not to consume the spirit soldier too much.


    Unexpectedly, after entering the void, Meng Zhang had to use the spirit snake spear before he met the enemy.


    The spirit snake spear really deserves to be the top spirit soldier inherited from the ancestors of Taiyi clan. Meng Zhang just took it out and didn''t start using it, the spirit snake spear automatically reacted.

 Chapter 449

    The spirit snake spear is a spirit soldier. The so-called spirit soldier is a weapon with spirit.


    The third-order magic weapon used by immortal Jindan is called spirit weapon. There are many kinds and uses of spirit tools.


    Spirit soldiers have the same level as spirit tools, but they have a single function and are basically used for fighting.


    The spirit snake spear has been handed down for many years. The leader Meng Zhang doesn''t know exactly when it was handed down from Taiyi sect.


    The spirit snake spear was seriously damaged and lost its spirit.


    After many years of recovery in the spiritual eye of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang and Jinglei God have integrated many precious spiritual materials, so they barely recovered some spirituality.


    Looking at the vibrating snake spear, Meng Zhang moved in his heart, injected his true Qi into the snake spear, and then made a gentle stroke in front of him.


    A faint light flashed across the spear tip of the spirit snake spear, and the void in front was like a piece of paper, which was gently cut and exposed a gap.


    Meng Zhangyun raised his false magic eyes and looked down the gap. There was also an empty void behind him.


    At least Meng Zhang has also accepted the inheritance of taiyimen, and the various classics he has read are even more loaded. Looking at this situation, he just thought a little and understood what was going on.


    The void where he is is is intercepted by Da Neng from the normal void by some means and becomes an independent space.


    If the spirit snake spear didn''t threaten this time, Meng Zhang couldn''t find the clue all the time. Even if he flies along the road sign, he will only keep circling in this space. He will never want to fly to his destination or leave here.


    This means of Space folding is really respectable and awesome. Although Meng Zhang had never seen the action of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun with his own eyes, he also knew that such means could not be used by ordinary yuan Shen Zhen Jun.


    It''s beyond imagination that Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Zijin sect, has such magical powers.


    Zijin sect, which had been a strong one, was destroyed by Tianzhu Zhenjun''s means. Meng Zhang''s heart was full of vigilance against the real king of Tianzhu who had never met.


    Now that we know what''s going on and there are spirit soldiers and spirit snake spears in hand, it''s hard to trap Meng Zhang in this folded space.


    Meng Zhang waved the snake spear again and cut the folded space, revealing a big gap.


    He jumped into the gap.


    After a bout of dizziness, Meng Zhang appeared in a new space.


    This is almost as like as two peas in the void. Around the same scene, Meng Zhang''s mind can also feel the road sign established by the void interdiction array.


    But Meng Zhang knows that he is in two different spaces now and just now.


    He was a little worried. He didn''t know whether immortal ye ye and Gu yuehuai butterfly could successfully get out of trouble.


    Although they are more sophisticated and have better accomplishments than themselves, they may not have their own keen sense.


    But in this case, Meng Zhang also knew that he could not help. The only thing he can do is to go to the small world of Zijin sect as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang flew forward along the sensed road sign.


    This time, not in the folded space, Meng Zhang is on the right path.


    After Meng zhangfei went out for a long distance, he saw the ancient moon butterfly quietly waiting there.


    Meng zhangfei asked curiously, "are you waiting for me here? How did you know I would be here?"


    Gu yuehuai butterfly smiled awkwardly and thought it was hard to answer this question.


    It turned out that the ancient moon Huai butterfly had a family background. After being trapped in the same folding space, it quickly reacted. And without much effort, he successfully got out of difficulties.


    After getting out of trouble, Gu yuehuai butterfly knew that there would be many difficulties along the way. It''s better to gather the strength of three people in order to have stronger adaptability.


    In the vast void, it is very difficult for many monks to meet their lost companions.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, Gu yuehuai butterfly has many means to display.


    When Meng Zhang was a monk in the foundation period, the ancient moon huaidie couldn''t see through him.


    Therefore, when the ancient moon Huai butterfly performs its heavenly skill, it does not calculate Meng Zhang, but the location where the fallen immortal will appear.


    She figured out a rough place and waited here to meet with the fallen leaves.


    Unexpectedly, she didn''t meet the fallen leaf immortal. Instead, she joined Meng Zhang first.


    Almost all Tianji masters will subconsciously keep their identity secret.


    Although he has a good relationship with Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly is still reluctant to expose his identity as a Heavenly Master in front of Meng Zhang.


    Just as the ancient moon Huai butterfly was ready to turn off this topic, there was a violent vibration in the void ahead.


    Then the fallen leaf immortal looked a little embarrassed and stumbled out of the front.


    Although there is basically no light in the void, with the eyesight of immortal Jindan, you can still see far away.


    Seeing the appearance of fallen leaf immortal, Meng Zhang and Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t care about greetings and immediately flew to meet her.


    After the three met, they talked about their experiences.


    Everyone''s experience is similar. After passing through the black hole outside, they are trapped in a folded space. Then they found that the situation was wrong and tried to get out of trouble.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly was born in the Gu Yue family. Both her knowledge and understanding of the neighbor of Zijin sect are far above Meng Zhang.


    She said, "this should be a means for the former Yuanshen of Zijin sect to screen the latecomers."


    "If the latecomer is a descendant of the Zijin sect, most of them will know this trap and have simple means to get out of trouble. If he is a foreign monk, most of them will be trapped without knowing the specific situation. Even if he finally gets out of trouble, it will delay a lot of time."


    After listening to the judgment of Gu yuehuai butterfly, we decided not to delay here, but to start on the road immediately and rush to the small world as soon as possible.


    The three are on their way again. With the guidance of road signs, they haven''t lost their way.


    On the way, they encountered several minor troubles again. But the three people worked together and solved it easily without spending too much time.


    The three flew far away in the void. When they began to be a little confused about the concept of time and distance, they finally came to their destination.


    It was a huge land, floating quietly in the void ahead.


    The land area is vast and boundless, covering thousands of miles, which has exceeded the current territory of taiyimen.


    The whole huge land was shrouded in a thick black fog. There were few traces in the dark void.


    If they were not guided by road signs, they would really miss this land if they were not careful.


    If the road signs are correct, this huge land should be the small world created by the predecessors of the Zijin sect.

 Chapter 450

    Looking at the huge land in front of him, Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing: "the yuan God Zhenjun of Zijin sect is really a good means to create such a place out of thin air."


    Gu yuehuai butterfly, a family member, has a better understanding of the means of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    She shook her head. "The predecessors of Zijin sect didn''t create such a land out of thin air. He mostly found such a floating land in the void, and then used various means to transform the land, so he had such a small world."


    "Even so, the elder''s means are not simple," said the fallen immortal.


    The three of them were not in the mood to argue about meaningless issues, but began to discuss how to enter the small world and look for the treasures left by the purple gold sect.


    The main purpose of Zijin sect''s predecessors in building such a small world should be to stay behind. It is hoped that after Zijin sect''s extermination, future generations can revitalize Zijin sect and make a comeback with the treasures in the small world.


    The land is huge. The treasure of Zijin sect is hidden in it. I''m afraid it can''t be found in a short time.


    Immortal Jinli worked so hard to help them, and specially reminded them in advance. They all know that more competitors will come here soon.


    The three of them are not descendants of the Zijin sect. Naturally, they have no advantage in information.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and Meng Zhang don''t know each other''s identity. With their attainments in heaven''s secrets, they can''t calculate the treasure left by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    If there is no clear clue, just rush into the land in front. Don''t talk about all kinds of dangers. If you bump like a headless fly, you may not be able to find the treasure of Zijin sect first.


    When Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye were a little helpless, Gu yuehuai butterfly secretly began to use the magic of heaven and calculate.


    Of course, what Gu yuehuai butterfly calculates is not the specific information of the treasure, but the most appropriate action of the three people in the next step.


    The ancient moon Huai butterfly is close at hand to perform the secret arts, and Meng Zhang certainly feels it. However, he remained silent as if he had found nothing.


    After half a ring, Gu yuehuai butterfly finally calculated the result.


    "The three of us had better not rush into this land. If we wait a little longer, we will have twice the result with half the effort."


    "By the way, we''d better find a way to hide ourselves and don''t show any trace."


    Among the three, Gu yuehuai butterfly cultivation is the best, the oldest and the most knowledgeable. Most of the time, Meng Zhang and the fallen leaf immortal will respect this elder''s opinion.


    The fallen immortal took out a dark handkerchief and motioned Meng Zhang and Gu yuehuai butterfly to approach her.


    When they leaned over, the fallen leaf immortal threw it away. The handkerchief flew into the air, expanded and expanded, and wrapped all three people.


    Then the handkerchief and the three people wrapped up disappeared in place.


    Whether it is to detect with the mind or to see with the pupil magic power, we can''t find the slightest clue.


    After not knowing how long, the flying general and flying feather immortal of feihongzong flew here in a hurry.


    Behind them, there are two people chasing after them. They are the two real people of huoyun sect, dark Yan and nu Yan.


    When they arrived here, they found the land shrouded in black fog in front of them. The four people couldn''t help slowing down and stopping slowly.


    "Run, keep running, why don''t you two run?" angry Yan said disdainfully.


    The flying general roared and was about to rush over to fight. He was stopped by flying feather in time.


    "There are many opponents here. Now is not the time to argue with them."


    On the other side, immortal dark Yan also whispered to immortal Nu Yan.


    "Our purpose of entering here this time is for the treasure left by the purple gold sect, not to entangle with those two guys."


    "There will be plenty of opportunities to deal with them in the future. Now don''t be in a hurry. It''s important to get down to business first."


    The small world was close at hand. The four people restrained their impulse and thought about how to enter it and obtain the treasure left by the purple gold sect.


    Fei hongzong was the vanguard of the destruction of the Zijin sect. As the final winner, he occupied the Mountain Gate of the Zijin sect.


    Although the monks of Zijin sect destroyed important buildings such as Sutra Pavilion and large library before the mountain gate was broken. However, feihongzong still seized many booty and rescued many remaining items.


    In the following hundreds of years, Feihong sect spared no effort to hunt down the escaped fish of Zijin sect. Due to the secret guidance of the yuan God Zhenjun, Tianzhu Zhenjun, Feihong sect was very successful in chasing the remaining evils of Zijin sect, killing and capturing many monks of Zijin sect.


    Through various methods, many people''s mouths were pried open and a lot of information was obtained.


    Among them, there is a lot of information about this small world.


    In addition, the huoyun sect also invaded the endless sand sea on a large scale.


    After the fall of Zijin sect, huoyun sect also mastered some secrets of Zijin sect through many means.


    Huoyun sect knows nothing about this small world in front of us.


    The target was close at hand, and the four were a little uncontrollable.


    Flying general immortal and flying feather immortal were the first to enter the void. After they were trapped, although they knew there was such a trap for a long time, they did not have the means of ancient moon Huai butterfly and fallen leaf immortal, nor did they have such sharp spirit soldiers as spirit snake spear.


    It took them a lot of time to get out of trouble.


    Although the two real people of huoyun sect entered here later, their means are obviously better. It didn''t take much time to get out of trouble.


    When they met their companions, the four met by chance. So there was a scene of chasing and running.


    Flying generals and flying feather ran away in front, but they were not really afraid of dark Yan and angry Yan. They just didn''t want to entangle more and waste time on meaningless battles.


    With their understanding of the small world of Zijin sect, they can gain great advantages as long as they can enter there first.


    Now I come here, because I haven''t got rid of immortal dark Yan and immortal angry Yan on the road. Flying generals and flying feather are not easy to enter the small world directly. They are worried that they will expose important information.


    Because of their own scruples, the two groups did not take direct action, but just waited.


    After waiting for a while, the two real people of feihongzong were unwilling to wait.


    Although they were the first to enter the void, they didn''t know how many monks came behind. But all the friars of huoyun sect appeared here. It can be imagined that most of the other monks came in.


    Immortal Feiyu cast a spell, and countless lights flashed around immediately. Under the cover of the light, he and the flying general took the opportunity to plunge into the black fog covering the land.


    The two real people of huoyun sect hesitated, chose another direction and rushed into the black fog.

 Chapter 451

    Feihongzong''s cultivation thought that he had mastered a lot of information about this small world and had an advantage over others.


    The friars of huoyun sect also have similar ideas.


    So we entered the thick black fog from different directions.


    Feihongzong is an ally for the time being. It is not appropriate to be an enemy with them at present.


    Therefore, under the sign of Gu Yue Huai butterfly, the three secretly followed the two golden elixirs of huoyun sect under the cover of the treasure of real person deciduous, and entered the black fog together.


    The black fog is extremely thick, which can block the mind and eyes.


    Even the golden elixir immortal needs to come to a place close to the black fog in order to penetrate the black fog and barely find the huge land covered by the black fog.


    After entering the black fog, we all found that this layer of black fog was just a little inconvenient, but it had no blocking effect.


    Immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan opened the way in front, wrapped the handkerchief of Meng Zhang, and secretly followed behind.


    Through the black fog, immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan flew directly to the huge land in front.


    They obviously knew something about the situation here long ago and flew directly to the west of the land.


    The terrain environment above the land is very complex, and the landform is rich and changeable.


    Forests, swamps, grasslands and deserts are mixed among the mountains.


    A number of long undulating mountains meander across the earth.


    The two golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect flew to the target where the main peak of a mountain lies.


    All the way, there are many birds in the sky. Many of them are demon birds, and in groups.


    Under the leadership of some second-order demon birds, the surrounding sky was divided into different spheres of influence.


    Immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan only used a little means to kill or disperse these demon birds.


    They landed smoothly to the top of a tall and steep main peak.


    Because no humans have come here for a long time, many demon birds have used it as a nest.


    It was another fight. The two golden elixirs took a lot of trouble to completely clean up the surroundings to ensure that the next action would not be disturbed.


    Although most of the void is empty, there are countless precious resources in a few places. Many resources are basically undetectable in the Jun dust world.


    The top bulk gates in the Jun dust world have the power to cross the void and can obtain resources from the void.


    In the heyday of Zijin sect, the middle and senior levels of the sect, including the Yuanshen elders of Zijin sect, were still very enterprising.


    At first, the Yuanshen elder of Zijin sect found this huge land in the void and slowly transformed it into a small world that can accommodate monks. He was ready to use this small world as the advance base for Zijin sect to enter the void.


    From here, we can explore the surrounding void and obtain all kinds of precious resources unique to the void.


    The transformation of this land and the establishment of a void interdiction array connecting this land and the Junchen world have consumed too many resources of the Zijin sect.


    Even if the Zijin sect exhausted its efforts, it could only make this land take shape and could not carry out further transformation and construction.


    Especially after the fifth order great power came from the sky, it attracted most of the attention of the purple gold sect and had no intention to focus on this small world.


    When preparing to get involved in the struggle between level five Daneng and Tianzhu Zhenjun, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Zijin sect also made some preparations in advance, leaving a lot of arrangements in this small world, containing the inheritance and treasures of Zijin sect.


    Huoyun sect is a sect of golden elixirs. There are many golden elixirs in the sect, but they are not very outstanding. Even there are no friars in the later period of golden elixirs.


    There are many reasons for this. The most important reason is that there are problems in the inheritance of huoyun sect. The cultivation after the golden elixir period is not complete.


    Therefore, the inheritance of Zijin school is of great significance to huoyun school.


    Huoyun sect has been obsessed with endless sand sea for so many years and has always been hostile to Feihong sect, not only because of hatred, but also for the further development of huoyun sect.


    Zijin sect owned this small world at the beginning. There were many insiders in some nearby sects.


    In order to transform this small world, many monks in the door were mobilized. The Yuanshen Zhenjun personally sent them here to work here for a long time.


    After the demise of Zijin sect, including huoyun sect and Feihong sect, all believed that the last inheritance of Zijin sect was hidden in this small world.


    However, a group of golden elixir immortal did not enter the void to search for the power of the small world, nor did they have the ability to start the void interdiction array.


    If it weren''t for the gambling fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the five level powerful man, I''m afraid Tianzhu Zhenjun wouldn''t easily let immortal Jinli come forward and instruct taiyimen and Feihong sect how to start the void prohibition array.


    In the face of this once-in-a-lifetime situation, huoyun faction should certainly go all out.


    Unfortunately, the three golden elixirs have not recovered from serious injuries so far, and the strongest real person ChiYan is entangled by real person Feishi. Real person dark Yan and real person angry Yan are the strongest forces that huoyun sect can send.


    Over the years, although it has been unable to enter this small world, huoyun sect has been doing its best to collect information related to this place.


    Many of the remaining evils of the Zijin sect who were chased by the Feihong sect and couldn''t get a foothold in the endless sand sea fell into the hands of the huoyun sect after fleeing the endless sand sea.


    From these remaining evils, huoyun''s understanding of this small world is definitely more than Feihong Zong imagined.


    Immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan didn''t know what means they used. They made a big gap at the top of the mountain and exposed a big hole below.


    In the pit, more than ten sealed boxes were stacked neatly.


    The secret box is a storage appliance refined by special means. The surface of the box is generally pasted with runes. If it is not opened by special means, but forcibly opened, the box and the items inside will be destroyed automatically.


    Immortal Jindan with divine mind can open most secret boxes if he takes time to try slowly.


    Seeing that immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan put away all the secret boxes, Meng Zhang was a little ready to move.


    However, they still held back.


    I''ve just entered this small world. I don''t know if the two golden elixirs of huoyun sect will gain anything else.


    It seems too early to seize the treasure now.


    Meng Zhang decided not to be busy killing and looting, but to follow them first.


    After the immortal Jindan of Feihong sect and huoyun sect entered this land, some immortal Jindan arrived here successfully under the guidance of road signs.


    Of course, there are a few unlucky people with mediocre strength who are still trapped in a trap and can''t get away.

 Chapter 452

    This land is too vast. Without obvious clues, even immortal Jindan is difficult to search around and find valuable targets in a short time.


    Among the several teams here, except Feihong sect and huoyun sect, the golden tiger demon will be the most familiar here.


    The master of Jinhu was a high-ranking elder of Zijin sect.


    As a spiritual pet trusted and loved by his master, Jin Hu knows many secrets that the top level of Zijin sect only knows.


    He knows the void forbidden array and the small world of Zijin sect very well.


    Over the years, the golden tiger has sent its own controlled human friars to visit almost the entire endless sand sea and found many important nodes of the void interdiction array.


    Unfortunately, with his ability, he can''t inspire the big array and open the channel to the small world.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong''s big moves were not deliberately concealed.


    The golden tiger who always pays attention to the endless sand sea. After knowing this, he paid a lot of prices and persuaded the dark crow demon general to help himself.


    Coupled with the soil fox demon generals who have been driven all the time, their team is a very strong one.


    Although they delayed a little on the road because of some accidents, they soon caught up with the two real people of Fei hongzong after entering.


    The goal chosen by flying feather immortal and flying general immortal is a very important inheritance of Zijin sect.


    In that place, there was a decoration left by Zhenjun, the yuan God of Zijin sect.


    Next to a hill that looks insignificant and is not much different from other places, flying feather immortal and flying general immortal have found their targets and are preparing to break the prohibition.


    On the other side, immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan are going to another target.


    As soon as they landed near a hill, they were besieged by monsters entrenched around them.


    They easily dispersed the surrounding monsters and walked to the front of the hill.


    Many caves have been dug on the wall of the hill. There are also signs of human activity around the hill.


    They searched the cave carefully. Except for a pile of white bones, there were only some ordinary storage bags.


    In this small world transformed by the predecessors of Zijin sect, the living environment is very bad. Even the friars in the Qi refining period can''t survive here for a long time, let alone mortals.


    In those years, the foundation building friars of Zijin sect were stationed here all year round to take care of this new small world.


    Immortal Jindan needs to follow the signpost of the void interdiction array to come here safely.


    These friars in the foundation period did not have the ability to go deep into the void. They were brought by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Later, the Zijin sect changed greatly and suffered the disaster of extermination. These friars in the foundation period were naturally forgotten here, and no one paid attention to them. They can''t leave. They can only get moldy in this place.


    The aura here is thin. It is very difficult for friars to maintain their daily practice during the foundation period, let alone break through the golden elixir period.


    Hundreds of years later, all the friars in the foundation period were exhausted and turned into white bones.


    The things left by a group of friars during the foundation period can''t enter the eyes of the two golden elixirs.


    Both immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan were disappointed and were ready to find the next target.


    Meng Zhang''s three people are covered by the treasure of fallen leaf immortal. As long as they don''t take the initiative, they won''t expose their tracks.


    It''s also their bad luck. They were quietly monitoring the lower part of the sky. Suddenly, a large number of demon birds flew from a distance, covering almost the whole sky, directly involving them in the demon bird team.


    The dense demon and bird team inevitably bumped into them.


    By such a collision, the three of them accidentally exposed their flaws and their whereabouts.


    The vigilant immortal dark Yan immediately found the three of them.


    Meng Zhang reacted most decisively.


    "Kill them and take their harvest."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s voice, immortal deciduous and ancient moon huaidie followed him and killed him.


    As for that group of evil demon birds, they just brushed it, rolled up a gust of wind, involved countless demon birds, and hit their heads and blood in it.


    Huoyun sect and Dafeng City have been old neighbors for many years. Immortal Nu Yan recognized Gu yuehuai butterfly at a glance.


    "Your ancient moon family also wants to go through this muddy water?"


    Gu yuehuai butterfly ignored him and killed him.


    Although the ancient moon family is not afraid of huoyun sect, the ancient moon huaidie doesn''t want to add a big enemy to the family because of her personal behavior.


    That''s it. Of course, we have to kill people, seize treasure and kill people.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the shadow killing sword and directly cast the lifeless killing sword.


    The seemingly simple sword move contains endless killing opportunities.


    The fallen leaf immortal also sacrificed a shadow killing sword, but showed another completely different sword formula.


    Under the cover of shadows all over the ground, the shadow killing sword jumped silently inside. Suddenly disappeared and suddenly flashed. Every time it flashed, it attacked the opponent very insidiously.


    Meng Zhang didn''t knot Dan for a long time, but his combat effectiveness was not weak and was not inferior to these old golden elixir real people. The fallen leaf immortal is even more proficient in the art of assassination. Every time he makes a move, he points directly at the opponent''s weakness, making it impossible for the opponent to defend.


    Gu yuehuai die is a monk in the middle of Jindan. Even without the help of Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye, immortal Yan and immortal Yan can''t resist her alone.


    Although immortal Jindan has strong survivability, it is easy to defeat but difficult to kill.


    However, when there is a huge gap in strength, the fall of Jindan immortal is inevitable.


    After a hard battle, immortal Nu Yan died on the spot.


    By the last counterattack before the death of immortal Nu Yan, immortal dark Yan found an opportunity to escape from the battle and escape here desperately.


    Meng Zhang and the fallen leaf immortal flew into the sky and followed him closely.


    After flying over a distance, the ancient moon butterfly who handled the battlefield also caught up from behind.


    Immortal dark Yan may have a way to get rid of Meng Zhang and immortal fallen leaves, but there is absolutely no way to get rid of the ancient moon butterfly in the middle of Jindan.


    Looking at the figure of ancient moon huaidie approaching rapidly, immortal dark Yan was a little desperate.


    Suddenly, three more figures flew here from a distance.


    Immortal dark Yan knew that there must be other golden elixir immortal entering here. If you can muddy the water with the help of the power of the comer, you will have a chance to escape from life.


    When he fixed his eyes, his face was immediately filled with despair.


    The three people who are flying here are actually real Feiyu and flying General of Feihong sect, and Qi Nanfei of Mobei Qi family.


    They seemed to be fleeing, desperately flying towards this side, and they didn''t know what enemy was chasing them behind them.


    Immortal dark Yan didn''t meet the friar who disturbed the situation, but met the enemy of zongmen. It''s really unlucky.


    At this time, the ancient moon and the butterflies also chased after them.


    The immortal dark Yan, who knew that he could not be spared, once his heart was horizontal, he had bad luck with Zhenyuan. He wanted to explode the golden pill and die with the enemy.

 Chapter 453

    The golden elixir immortal explodes the golden elixir with great power. If you get too close, even the ancient moon and butterfly can''t avoid injury.


    Unfortunately, the timing of real person dark Yan''s self explosion is not good. Meng Zhang hasn''t caught up with them yet.


    Sensing that the breath of immortal dark Yan fluctuated violently, the golden elixir began to beat violently. Meng Zhang immediately stopped moving forward without hesitation and retreated towards the rear.


    I''ve never eaten pork. I''ve always seen pigs running. Although Meng Zhang has never seen the self explosion of Jindan immortal, he is still very clear about the power of Jindan self explosion.


    The other three golden elixir immortals who are desperately fleeing here also found the movement here.


    Immortal Jindan blew himself up and was hit by them.


    They dared not neglect, and immediately fled in the opposite direction.


    Jindan immortal self explosion doesn''t mean self explosion. It takes time to brew and reverse Zhenyuan. With such a short delay, the people had long avoided it.


    After the loud noise, dark Yan''s face was unwilling, and his whole body was blown into powder from the inside out.


    A mushroom shaped cloud rose there and a huge annular pit appeared on the ground.


    After the aftermath of the explosion disappeared, Meng Zhang three people flew over.


    With the self explosion of real person dark Yan, all the items he took with him also disappeared in the explosion. Meng Zhang did not get any harvest from him.


    Over there, three golden elixirs also flew over.


    Able to force the old rival immortal dark Yan to explode, feihongzong and the Jindan immortal of Mobei Qi family all looked at the ancient moon and huaidie in awe.


    In their eyes, the unknown fallen leaf immortal and Meng Zhang, who had just married Dan, certainly didn''t have that ability.


    "How did you three get together?" Gu yuehuai butterfly asked in surprise.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal looked at each other, which was a little embarrassed. Qi Nanfei''s face was even more embarrassed.


    However, the ancient moon huaidie asked, and they also asked for help from each other, so you said everything as it was.


    It turned out that Qi Nanfei secretly left some traces on the real flying general a long time ago.


    After entering this small world, with these traces, Qi Nanfei successfully caught up with the flying general.


    It was very unexpected to find Qi Nanfei''s figure and the real flying feather and flying general who were breaking the ban.


    The real flying general quickly reacted that he accidentally hit the road and was followed by Qi Nanfei.


    The two golden elixirs of Fei hongzong have not figured out how to deal with Qi Nanfei, and the golden tiger demon has brought them there.


    After a great war, the three human golden elixirs were defeated by monsters and fled.


    The golden tiger demon will them, as if they have no intention of tracking the enemy.


    Speaking of losing in the hands of monsters, the faces of the three golden elixirs showed some shame.


    Human friars often have an inexplicable sense of superiority in the face of monsters of the same level.


    They lost face this time.


    The focus of Meng Zhang''s attention is not the defeat of the three golden elixirs, but the arrangement left by the predecessors of the Zijin sect.


    "How can the inheritance of the Terran predecessors fall into the hands of demons and beasts." Meng Zhang said with righteousness and strictness.


    "If we watch those monsters succeed this time, we will always become the laughing stock of the cultivation world."


    With the name of righteousness, the three groups of people with ghosts decided to work together to solve the problem of monsters first.


    There are six Golden elixirs. Can''t you deal with a few monsters?


    Including the three golden elixirs who have just lost the battle, they have greatly increased their confidence and fiercely killed the target.


    After such a delay, the golden tiger demon will soon finish there.


    When Meng Zhang and them flew over, the golden tiger demon broke the layout left by the elder yuan God.


    In the sky, a high platform formed entirely by clouds appeared.


    Seeing the goal of thinking day and night for hundreds of years, the golden tiger demon will fly directly to the high platform with two companions.


    Meng Zhang''s six people have just flown here. They are very anxious to see this scene.


    Worried that the inheritance would be taken away, they immediately accelerated and flew in a fierce manner.


    Suddenly, with the sound of ethereal music, a huge column of light rose on the high platform, and a huge figure condensed in the sky.


    This is an old man wearing Taoist robes. Although he is only an empty shadow, he can see his fairy spirit and majesty.


    The wise eyes of the old man seemed to see through the vicissitudes of the world. Just looked at the four sides gently, and his eyes couldn''t help showing a sad color.


    As soon as the old man appeared, all the people and monsters had to stop their original actions and looked at him in horror.


    They are either golden elixir immortal or third-order monster, but in front of the old man, they are not only small in size, but also extremely weak in strength.


    This is clearly the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Is it true that Zijin sect and Yuanshen Zhenjun have not fallen and have been hiding in this small world?


    "Since you outsiders came here, it seems that the purple gold sect has perished."


    "It''s damned that even monsters dare to set foot in this place."


    The old man''s plain words were full of deep killing intention.


    "He should be just a wisp of divine thoughts differentiated from the yuan God Zhenjun, and definitely not the original Buddha."


    The most knowledgeable ancient moon butterfly first saw the origin of each other.


    The powerful Yuanshen Zhenjun has the ability to distract and change his Yuanshen into wisps of spiritual thoughts.


    These thoughts continue to develop and grow, and can grow into the distraction of the original God Zhenjun, which can be used to refine external incarnations.


    The external incarnation has infinite wonderful functions. With the external incarnation, the yuan God Zhenjun is equivalent to one more life. In some special cases, even if the Buddha falls, he can be reborn on the outer incarnation.


    Of course, it is very rare for the yuan God Zhenjun to have the ability to refine the outer incarnation. It not only needs the yuan God Zhenjun to have high cultivation, but also needs some extremely rare natural materials and earth treasures.


    The old man in front of him was at most a distraction, not an incarnation.


    But even if it''s just a distraction of the yuan God Zhenjun, it''s not something that a group of Jindan real people and third-order monsters can resist.


    The old man stretched out a purple golden finger and rolled over the three monsters.


    "The monster should be killed."


    I don''t know what hatred he has with the monster, but he chose the monster as the target first.


    Huge purple and gold fingers swept across the sky with an irresistible momentum.


    The golden tiger demon had no time to dodge and had to fight at the same time to resist this attack.


    After a series of explosions, the earth fox demon will be swept out like a ball.


    The golden tiger demon and the dark crow demon will spray blood in their mouths, and their bodies keep retreating.

 Chapter 454

    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s distraction is really extraordinary. His strength may not be as good as one tenth of his own, but just a random blow can hurt three powerful third-order monsters.


    When the distracted Golden Tiger demon attacked them in the sky, Meng Zhang immediately prepared to fly away from here.


    This distraction is so strong that several golden elixirs can''t fight against it.


    The ancient moon Huai butterfly, who knows the most about the power of the yuan God Zhenjun, did not forget to explain to several companions when he retreated.


    "It''s a distraction. It''s not a dead thing that only knows how to act mechanically. Having the fighting consciousness of Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if it can only give play to a small part of Yuanshen Zhenjun''s strength, it''s enough to crush us."


    The huge purple and gold finger swept across the sky, forcing the golden tiger demon to retreat the three guys and lose their foothold.


    "I still want to run now. It''s too late."


    After a disdainful cold hum, another purple golden giant finger caught up with Meng Zhang and pressed them hard.


    Facing the distraction of Yuanshen Zhenjun, several people tried their best to deal with it and tried their best to block this round of attack.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the shadow killing sword, displayed the lifeless killing sword, and fully met the purple golden giant finger.


    On the other side, the golden tiger demon will try his best to resist and shout: "senior, I''m not an enemy, I''m from the purple gold sect."


    "Bold, just a demon, and dare to pretend to be a disciple of the purple gold sect."


    With the roar came a more ferocious attack.


    The golden tiger demon was so depressed that he was indeed a member of the purple gold sect.


    As a spiritual pet, he has lived in Zijin sect for many years. He is very loyal to his master and has a good impression of his sect.


    All along, the golden tiger demon has always boasted of being a member of the purple gold sect.


    After the demise of Zijin sect, he risked his life and entangled with Feihong sect, the great enemy of Zijin sect, for many years.


    Although there were some of his small abacus, he was really avenging the purple gold sect at that time.


    The golden tiger demon general, who is regarded as a disciple of Zijin sect, has always felt that he should be a worthy successor to the legacy of Zijin sect.


    This time, he paid a lot of price and persuaded the dark crow demon to help, that is, to get back his own heritage.


    Unexpectedly, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Zijin sect was distracted and regarded him as a demon. He didn''t admit that he was a disciple of Zijin sect at all.


    This makes the golden tiger demon feel very hurt and unspeakable grievance.


    But the enemy in front of him won''t reason with him, just keep launching fierce attacks.


    The golden tiger demon general and the dark crow demon general can barely support. The earth fox demon general with the weakest strength is already a little unbearable.


    This distraction is also too fierce. At the same time, it can have an absolute advantage over nearly ten strong soldiers of Jindan level.


    "This distraction can''t exist forever. When the strength in his body is exhausted, he will dissipate naturally. We don''t have to fight with him and avoid it first."


    The ancient moon Huai butterfly has the best eyesight and sees the situation most clearly.


    Everyone listened to the opinions of Gu Yue huaidie, fought and retreated, and slowly moved away from here.


    The golden tiger demon will be there. They should also have the same judgment as the ancient moon huaidie. They are not willing to fight with the enemy.


    The golden tiger demon and the dark crow demon will try their best to stop a wave of attack and will fly away from here immediately.


    The weakest earth fox demon will become the target of key attack.


    They only care about their own escape, not the earth fox demon general.


    A shrill scream sounded. The earth fox demon broke half of the body, and the rest of the body also lost the breath of life and flew away from one side.


    Meng Zhang, who was evacuating from the battlefield, saw this scene and almost didn''t think much. He immediately flew over and put away half of the body of the earth fox demon.


    "Bold."


    The more ferocious attack in the sky came down, pointing directly at the key of Meng Zhang.


    The two real people of Fei hongzong looked at Meng Zhang with a little schadenfreude. In their hearts, they wish Meng Zhang would die here, and there would be one less variable and a lot of trouble on the other side of the endless sand sea.


    The Qi Nanfei immortal of Mobei Qi family also has no intention to rescue Meng Zhang.


    But the fallen immortal is the farthest away from the ancient moon Huai butterfly. It''s too late to fly over to help.


    In the face of the unprecedented ferocious attack, Meng Zhang showed all his skills. At the same time, he sacrificed the scorching sun sword and shadow killing sword and used the Qizheng sword formula.


    Two flying swords, one positive, one strange, one bright and one dark, took the initiative to meet the enemy''s attack.


    "Qizheng sword formula." with a confused voice, the fierce attack slowed down a little.


    Seizing this rare opportunity, Meng Zhang retreated quickly while resisting the enemy''s attack, and fled the battlefield as quickly as possible.


    As Meng Zhang was the last to leave the battlefield, the short but fierce battle was over.


    The distraction should have some restrictions and can''t leave the area too far.


    "You were too adventurous just now," immortal deciduous said to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang smiled a little embarrassed. He was so impulsive this time, which was completely an instinctive reaction without going through his brain.


    The earth fox demon broke his body, but the demon Dan was still well preserved.


    The inner alchemy of a third-order monster is too important for taiyimen who lack foundation building alchemy.


    When it comes to Meng Zhang, the leader, he doesn''t hesitate to take risks and try his best to seize it.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was lucky enough to retire. Among them, the Qizheng sword formula he obtained from the purple gold sect monk''s cave was very helpful.


    At this time, the six Golden elixirs and two third-order monsters on the human side were facing each other at a distance.


    Just now Meng Zhang risked his life to snatch the body of the earth fox demon, and finally returned successfully, which made immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang envy very much.


    The inner alchemy of a third-order monster means building a base alchemy.


    Even for feihongzong, there will never be too many foundation pills.


    Especially in recent years, the friars of feihongzong consumed a lot during the foundation building period, and needed new blood urgently. Jidan has become a scarce resource.


    Immortal feijiang and immortal Feiyu are thinking about how to persuade everyone to fight together, kill two third-order monsters and seize their inner alchemy. By the way, it can be regarded as revenge just now, and it can be a shame.


    The Qi Nanfei immortal of Mobei Qi family also had the same idea and winked with the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect.


    They were preparing to whisper to Meng Zhang. The earth began to shake violently.


    Everyone looked at each other and was a little confused about what had happened.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly closed her eyes. After a while, she said in a panic: "no, the road sign established by the void interdiction array is disappearing."


    The words of Gu Yue Huai butterfly surprised everyone.


    Without the guidance of road signs, they can''t go through the vast void and return to the Junchen world.


    Immortal Jindan is trapped in the void. Unless he is unlucky, he will only end up trapped alive.

 Chapter 455

    As for staying in this small world, it is not an acceptable choice.


    In this place, there is no third-order spiritual pulse. Immortal Jindan can''t maintain his daily cultivation, let alone improve his cultivation.


    Not to mention, we all have a big stall in the Junchen world. If you leave the Junchen world for too long, you will have big problems.


    Especially Meng Zhang, as the leader of a sect, if he is trapped in this place, what should Taiyi gate do?


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang retreated.


    There are many ways to make up for the shortcomings of your own practice. There is no need to fight here.


    Meng Zhang looked at everyone and found that everyone had the same mind.


    Even the golden tiger demon generals over there who are most eager for the inheritance of the purple gold sect obviously don''t want to be trapped here.


    So, no matter people or monsters, they all flew into the sky and were ready to fly away from this small world.


    The movement was so great that the road signs established by the void interdiction array began to disappear slowly. That was a very obvious thing.


    After a while, a immortal Jindan flew up from the land and ran out.


    A large group of golden elixir immortal quickly flew away from the small world one after another. While the road sign had not completely disappeared, they flew away from the void as fast as possible along the guidance of the road sign.


    On the way, these golden elixirs met occasionally.


    Whether they knew each other before or had an old grudge, they didn''t bother at this time, but hurried to fly in the direction of coming.


    These golden elixirs flew all the way to the end of the road sign along the guide of the road sign.


    Here and there, there is a thin light mask covering a huge portal.


    Several impatient golden elixir immortal shot one after another, broke the light mask a few times and exposed the back door.


    According to the road signs, this is the way out of the void.


    People no longer hesitated and jumped into it one after another. Meng Zhang is no exception.


    After another whirl, Meng Zhang fell out of the black hole and returned to the mirage desert.


    There are many golden elixirs coming out with Meng Zhang''s front and rear feet.


    After they came out, they quickly recovered one by one and divided into different teams.


    The change of the void forbidden array has already alerted immortal Jinli.


    She was a little worried, but she couldn''t rush in to find out.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and others coming out, she quickly flew over and asked.


    In fact, most of the golden elixir real people present did not know what had happened.


    They just felt that the road signs began to disappear and worried about being trapped in the void, so they hurried away.


    These golden elixirs were not in a hurry to leave, but were waiting nearby to get some new information.


    Meng Zhang and others gathered around immortal Jinli. If you say anything to me, you will meet the distracted Yuanshen Zhenjun of Zijin sect and tell immortal Jinli all about it.


    After hearing this, immortal Jinli was also stunned. Such a situation was beyond her expectation.


    "It seems that the change of the void forbidden array should be the distracted pen."


    "I didn''t expect that Zhenjun, the original God of Zijin sect, had fallen for so long, and there was still a distracted person left."


    Jin Li sighed and said something.


    It turned out that there was more than one true monarch in the history of Zijin school.


    It was an elder of Zijin sect who found that land in the void and transformed it into a small world.


    Many years ago, the elder had exhausted his life.


    According to the description of Meng Zhang and others, immortal Jinli inferred that the distraction should belong to Zhu Zizhen, the last yuan God of Zijin sect.


    At that time, it was Zhu zizhenjun who led a group of golden elixirs in the door to intervene in the struggle between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the five level great power.


    As the only Yuanshen Zhenjun of Zijin sect at that time, Zhu Zizhen left a lot of backhands before he took action to ensure that the inheritance of Zijin sect will remain in case of his failure.


    After his fall, most of these backhands were cracked by feihongzong.


    However, he still had a distraction in that small world. Such a backhand really surprised Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    According to the requirements of Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level great power, the outcome of the gambling fight is determined by who owns the legacy of Zijin sect.


    Now there are such variables, and most of the gambling fight can''t go on.


    The Jindan real people present, even if they had a little harvest in that small world, they were far from inheriting the heritage of the Zijin sect.


    Could it be that this gambling fight, because there is no winner, will be counted as a draw? Jin Li thought to herself.


    While Meng Zhang and Jin Li were talking to each other, the black hole completely disappeared with violent vibrations.


    The nodes of the void interdiction array also slowly returned to calm. All visions disappear and the array is completely closed.


    Without the guidance of the void forbidden array, a group of golden elixir immortal do not have that ability. They can find the small world of Zijin sect from the vast void.


    Jin Li has a headache. She doesn''t have a good way to deal with this unexpected thing.


    She can only tell Tianzhu Zhenjun what happened here and see if Tianzhu Zhenjun has any instructions,


    Meng Zhang and Jin Li didn''t keep it a secret when they talked to each other. Everyone present basically heard their dialogue.


    It seems that they can''t get involved in the small world of Zijin sect.


    Looking at the poor looking immortal Jinli, these immortal Jindan are unwilling to stay here, but leave quickly one after another.


    If they didn''t covet the small world of Zijin sect, where would they risk offending the yuan God Zhenjun and enter the endless sand sea.


    Since they can''t touch the small world of Zijin sect for the time being, they certainly don''t want to stay in this place of right and wrong.


    In particular, the golden fox demon general and the dark crow demon general ran the fastest, as if they were running for their lives, and fled here quickly.


    As a third-order monster, they are in the middle of a group of human golden elixirs, but they rush to the pressure mountain.


    For immortal Jindan, the corpse of the third-order monster is not a small fortune.


    Moreover, it was the golden tiger demon who distracted Zhu Zizhen.


    He was very worried that he would be angered by a group of human friars, including real Jinli.


    Fortunately, everyone is a little restless now. They don''t care about two third-order monsters.


    Immortal Jinli confessed to Meng Zhang. Ignoring to get back the flying sword and tianleizi he lent to Meng Zhang, he left in a hurry.


    She wants to report what happened here to Tianzhu Zhenjun as soon as possible and listen to Tianzhu Zhenjun''s next instructions.


    After a few words, Meng Zhang left here and returned to Taiyi gate.


    When the crowd dispersed, such an exploration that had been brewing for a long time and made a lot of preparations came to an end.

 Chapter 456

    After Meng Zhang, immortal ye ye and Gu yuehuai die returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, they were all a little depressed.


    Meng Zhang''s hope of obtaining the inheritance of Zijin sect has failed. In the future, he can only find ways to obtain other inheritance and make up for his shortcomings.


    Anyway, he''s not married long now. He''s not so urgent for the follow-up cultivation. There is plenty of time to find other ways slowly.


    The fallen leaf immortal originally wanted to kill the golden tiger demon general and take a treasure from him. Later, I found the small world of Zijin sect and wanted to obtain the heritage of Zijin sect.


    This time, she met the golden tiger demon general from a distance and roughly estimated the strength of the golden tiger demon general.


    She really didn''t expect that the golden tiger demon would be a third-class monster, which is equivalent to the state of friars in the middle of human golden elixir.


    It is more difficult for monsters to advance than human friars, and it takes a long time.


    When the golden tiger demon was about to leave the Dark Alliance, they were only third-order inferior monsters. Now he is advanced and his strength is greatly increased. It is almost impossible for immortal deciduous to kill him in front.


    And after such an incident, the golden tiger demon will return to the Gobi of evil wind. I''m afraid it''s difficult to come out of it. Her plan to lure the golden tiger demon to leave the Gobi of evil wind prepared in advance was also defeated.


    The fallen real man was in a low mood when he was faced with the empty result of drawing water with bamboo baskets.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is also not in a good mood. She thought that the treasure she was looking for was in the mirage secret place, and she was going to pay a price and hire several Jindan real people to help her break the mirage secret place by force.


    After discovering the clue of the small world of Zijin sect, she decided that the treasure was in the small world of Zijin sect.


    As a member of the ancient moon family, she is also under a lot of pressure when she is involved in the disputes on the side of the endless sand sea. But this time she came back in vain, leaving her busy for a long time.


    Meng Zhang has the best mentality. Even if he has not been inherited by Zijin sect, he has another way out.


    He looked at the ancient moon huaidie and asked tentatively whether he needed to enter the mirage secret land again. Maybe the treasure pursued by the ancient moon butterfly will be in that secret place.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly shook her head and refused Meng Zhang''s kindness.


    After the void forbidden array was closed, the mirage secret place was also closed.


    I''m afraid the mirage secret place will return to the previous opening law and will not open again for about a hundred years.


    Even if Gu yuehuai butterfly borrows the yellow sand ten thousand miles map of immortal Jinli and concentrates the power of several Jindan immortals to forcibly open the mirage secret place, it doesn''t make much sense.


    Zijin sent Zhu Zizhen''s distraction to stay in the small world. It can be proved that the treasure is in the small world.


    Meng Zhang is powerless and can''t help the goal of Gu Yue Huai butterfly. However, the goal of immortal Ye Ye is basically the same as that of taiyimen in the next step.


    Meng Zhang comforts the fallen immortal that it doesn''t matter if the golden tiger demon runs away this time.


    If a monk can run away, he can''t run away from the temple. As long as he is still hiding in the Gobi of evil wind, he will have a way to deal with him.


    After Mencius and Zhang jiedan, Taiyi gate became the Jindan sect, which needed a powerful object and a new expansion goal.


    Meng Zhang really doesn''t like those poor people in the surrounding area. Moreover, almost all the people have surrendered, and taiyimen can''t have to destroy them.


    There is a third-order spiritual pulse urgently needed by Meng Zhang and a large amount of cultivation resources in the Gobi of evil wind. Even the monster itself is a great wealth.


    Moreover, the monsters of the Gobi have invaded on a large scale, causing great danger to Taiyi gate.


    Now that conditions are available, Meng Zhang will strike first and resist the enemy outside the country.


    Meng Zhang''s strength alone can''t stop the evil wind. There are so many third-order monsters in the Gobi. Taiyi sect is the power of a sect, and it is not the opponent of the monster army.


    Meng Zhang needs strong reinforcements.


    Fallen leaf immortal didn''t give up his idea because the golden tiger demon would become a third-class monster.


    It''s her intention to help taiyimen attack the Gobi of evil wind.


    Before, Gu yuehuai butterfly promised to help fallen immortal deal with the golden tiger demon general.


    Now that the situation has changed, she has no intention of breaking her promise.


    Anyway, she has been involved in all kinds of affairs in the endless sand sea in her personal capacity. Now she continues to attack the Gobi, and she doesn''t hesitate any more.


    Moreover, as a human friar, killing demons and killing demons and beasts already has the reputation of righteousness.


    Most of the time, this kind of name is empty talk without eggs, but it is still a little useful for the ancient moon huaidie who came from the ancient moon family of Jiuqu League.


    At least those famous and decent people still need such things when they decorate their appearance.


    With the help of fallen leaf immortal and ancient moon huaidie, it''s not enough.


    Meng Zhang is ready to take feihongzong and even Mobei Qi family to attack the Gobi.


    Speaking of Fei hongzong, I''m really lucky.


    This time, although they also failed to return in the small world, the immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan of huoyun sect died in it, which is a big trouble in addition to Feihong sect.


    The two golden elixirs of huoyun sect were also unlucky. Nothing happened to the other golden elixirs. With bad luck, they met Meng Zhang and lost their lives in vain.


    Originally, immortal dark Yan and immortal Nu Yan sneaked into the endless sand sea and entered the small world. The front line that confronts with feihongzong is only immortal ChiYan, a golden elixir.


    He was alone in the face of flying stone immortal and Qi nangui, the two golden elixirs, so he could only try his best to support them.


    After flying general and flying feather came back, they immediately went to the front line and joined the attack on huoyun sect.


    Immortal ChiYan can''t support it at last.


    It was difficult for him to support alone, but he led the army of huoyun sect and fought and retreated.


    Fortunately, immortal ChiYan has great strength, and the army of friars of huoyun sect is even more elite. And at a critical time, Mobei Qi''s family intentionally or unintentionally released water.


    Finally, after paying some price, ChiYan led the huoyun sect army, withdrew from the endless sand sea and successfully returned to the territory of huoyun sect.


    The unwilling flying general immortal also wants to take advantage of the situation to pursue and kill, kill into the territory of huoyun sect, destroy and kill wantonly, and be ashamed before a snow.


    You know, the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect was destroyed by immortal Jindan of huoyun sect.


    But immortal Feiyu held him and didn''t let him do it again.


    Huoyun sect invaded the endless sand sea on a large scale, and Feihong sect was forced to fight back. That''s a matter of course.


    However, if Feihong sect takes advantage of the situation and invades the territory of huoyun sect, it won''t work.


    Anyway, huoyun sect is still a member of Jiuqu League.


    Invading huoyun sect is tantamount to beating the face of Jiuqu League.


    Huoyun sect does not have no friends in Jiuqu League, let alone no voice at all.


    When huoyun sect is invaded, most of them will ask Jiuqu League for help.


    The senior leaders of Jiuqu League will not reason with feihongzong. They only know how to protect the face and interests of Jiuqu League.

 Chapter 457

    Jiuqu League, which has more than one yuan God Zhenjun, is extremely powerful. It can''t be provoked by a Jindan sect of Feihong sect.


    Not to mention the whole Jiuqu League, these neighbors next to the endless sand sea, Dafeng City, Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect and even huoyun sect belonging to Jiuqu league are much better than Feihong sect.


    Fei hongzong was very reluctant to repel the invasion of huoyun sect this time. He had a lot of luck.


    And Tianzhu Zhenjun behind Jiuqu alliance will not want feihongzong to go to war with Jiuqu alliance.


    As the overlord of the endless sand sea, feihongzong can say nothing in the endless sand sea, but this time he can only fail in the face of such a behemoth as Jiuqu League.


    Even if the heart is unwilling, even if it is unwilling to let the tiger go back to the mountain, the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect can only reluctantly accept the reality.


    However, in any case, feihongzong''s victory was a temporary relief from the threat of huoyun sect, and there was no trouble in two-line operations.


    Now, feihongzong can concentrate all his strength to deal with the threat from the Gobi.


    In fact, after the retreat of huoyun sect, immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang rushed to the front line facing the Gobi of evil wind as soon as possible.


    They also took a great risk in sneaking away this time.


    If the Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gob.


    Feihongzong could no longer draw out other Jindan immortal to stop the third-order monster.


    Fortunately, feihongzong has good luck.


    During this period, the front line was relatively calm, and there were no major battles except for some routine minor conflicts.


    The monster didn''t seem to find the falsehood and reality of Feihong sect, and didn''t take advantage of the situation to attack.


    After flying feather immortal and flying general immortal returned, feihongzong was relieved.


    After Meng Zhang, immortal ye ye and ancient moon huaidie had discussed the joint attack on the Gobi, he sent messengers to feihongzong and Mobei Qijia to contact the senior leaders of the two forces.


    Taiyimen is now a force of the same level as Mobei Qi family. Whether feihongzong wants it or not, taiyimen has the qualification to sit on the same level as feihongzong.


    After Meng Zhang got empty, he began to deal with the corpse of the earth fox demon.


    Although it is only half a corpse, the demon pill remains intact and can be used to refine and build the base pill.


    This is also the main purpose of Meng Zhang Gan''s taking strange risks to seize the corpse.


    The rest of the body plays a great role.


    Besides, the two little guys raised by Meng Zhang and the spiritual pet at the middle and high levels of the door have fresh flesh and blood to swallow.


    After handling the corpse of the earth fox demon general, Meng Zhang''s disciple an Xiaoran came to visit him.


    An Xiaoran brought Meng Zhang a great surprise. She told her master all her great gains in the mirage secret land.


    An Xiaoran and his wife unexpectedly picked up the elixir that could be used to refine the foundation pill in the mirage secret place.


    This surprised Meng Zhang, but at the same time, he was a little afraid.


    I risked to rob the corpse of the earth fox demon. Now it seems a little redundant.


    The son of a thousand gold is sitting in the hall. As the only golden elixir immortal of Taiyi sect, he is also the leader of the sect. He has high expectations of the whole sect. He can''t take such risks in the future.


    Meng Zhang was alert in his heart and kept reminding himself.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang''s risk-taking value is greatly reduced, it still has important significance.


    An Xiaoran has a magic medicine that can refine at least two heats of building Jidan. With the demon pill of the earth fox demon general, there will be three opportunities to open the furnace to refine building Jidan.


    In addition to allowing Shi Changqing to shoot twice to ensure a certain output of pills, Zhang Yingying, the leader of the Dan Hall, can also have a chance to practice.


    Shi Changqing is respectful again. After all, the Shi family is only a vassal, and he is not a disciple of Taiyi sect after all.


    Zhang Yingying is a disciple of Taiyi sect. She is obviously more reliable and trusted by the people in the sect.


    Refining Jidan, a highly difficult pill, is also a great exercise for Zhang Yingying, which can greatly improve her alchemy.


    As the only second-class alchemist of Taiyi sect, Zhang Yingying will naturally get the full training of the sect and many opportunities.


    In addition to telling Meng Zhang about the harvest of her party, an Xiaoran also came to report to Meng Zhang. She was ready to close down and impact the foundation period.


    With this huge harvest in the mirage secret place, she can get enough sect good deeds to exchange for the only foundation pill in the door.


    For an Xiaoran, it was just a policy. With her qualifications and foundation, she is confident that she can successfully build a foundation without taking the foundation building pill.


    Meng Zhang encouraged an Xiaoran to say that what he should do and say had already been done.


    He didn''t say much, so he let an Xiaoran leave.


    With enough miraculous medicine, Taiyi gate can open the furnace again to refine Jidan.


    Before Meng Zhang set out for the Gobi, there is another very important thing to do, that is to meet the thick earth God general and let him fulfill his promise.


    But when Meng Zhang asked someone to call the thick earth God general, he found that he was not in the door at any time.


    According to the disciples of the sect, after returning from the mirage, general weak water left Taiyi gate with general thunder and general thick earth.


    The information they left in the door seemed to be looking for the whereabouts of a spirit in heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang was a little helpless. The thick earth God had them leave the sect at this time.


    Meng Zhang was a little suspicious. These three guys didn''t deliberately hide themselves.


    Could it be that they didn''t want to tell themselves the past of taiyimen, so they tried to hide themselves?


    However, such a practice is obviously not in line with the daily behavior of the thick earth God general, nor is it the behavior style of the thunder god general.


    Could it be that both of them were corrupted by the arrogant woman by the weak water god?


    Meng Zhang thought for a while. He didn''t have the slightest clue or any other good way. He had to put the matter aside first.


    After all, they are members of Taiyi sect. They can''t never return to Taiyi sect, nor can they hide from their leader forever.


    One day, Meng Zhang will know all the truth from them.


    On the other side, Meng Zhang''s envoys successfully met the high-level officials of feihongzong and Mobei Qi family.


    There are many voices of opposition within Feihong sect.


    They believe that we should take advantage of the end of the war with huoyun sect to recuperate and slowly recover the losses of the sect.


    It''s unwise to invade the Gobi at this time and start a war.


    However, the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect agreed with Meng Zhang''s suggestion.


    In recent years, Fei hongzong has experienced several wars and suffered heavy losses. His disciples are also tired and can''t breathe. They are already exhausted.


    However, from the long-term interests of the sect, we must continue to use troops against the Gobi for a period of time.


    Now that the huoyun sect is defeated and unable to interfere with the endless sand sea, it is the best time for Feihong sect to completely solve the great enemy of the Gobi.

 Chapter 458

    Huoyun sect lost two golden elixirs this time. It''s a little broken, but it still has strong strength.


    Don''t forget, there are three golden elixir immortal in huoyun sect who are healing in isolation, and one intact golden elixir immortal has been in charge of the sect.


    The huoyun sect will never give up, whether it is the huoyun sect''s style of doing what is necessary to repay, or the deep hatred between the huoyun sect and Feihong sect for hundreds of years.


    If the seriously injured Jindan immortal recovers from his injury, huoyun sect will probably invade the endless sand sea again and continue to tangle with Feihong sect.


    The monsters in the Gobi are still relatively calm, but no one knows how long this calm will last.


    If the huoyun sect invades on a large scale next time, the monster army of the Gobi will also invade, then Feihong sect will fall into the dilemma of two-line operation again.


    At that time, feihongzong may not be so lucky this time.


    In terms of strength, both huoyun sect and Gobi have actually surpassed Feihong sect.


    In recent years, feihongzong has won a series of victories, which is really a little lucky.


    In this war with huoyun sect, Mobei Qi family obviously didn''t work.


    When huoyun sect retreated, Mobei Qi family secretly released water, which did not hide from the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect.


    Although it has long been known that Mobei Qi family is unreliable, the combination of the two is only an expedient measure. However, the performance of Mobei Qi family still makes Feihong Zong''s high-level leaders have a great sense of vigilance.


    Perhaps, the Mobei Qi family will not necessarily be a temporary ally in the next war with huoyun sect.


    Therefore, the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect unanimously decided to join hands with taiyimen first and give priority to solving the threat of evil wind and Gobi.


    When attacking the Gobi of evil wind, feihongzong can obtain a large number of booty and rob many cultivation resources.


    These years of war have almost exhausted the potential of Feihong sect. It can be regarded as reincarnation to get some supplement from the Gobi of evil wind.


    No other resources in Gobi are mentioned, that is, a large number of monsters are rare resources.


    In particular, the demon pill of the third-order monster can be used to refine the foundation pill.


    At present, feihongzong is also very lack of foundation Dan.


    The mountain gate was destroyed, and the sect owned elixir garden lost more than half. The sect''s large storehouse is drying up day by day, and there are not enough resources to exchange for building Jidan.


    The third-order monster in the Gobi has become the only hope of Feihong sect.


    Feihongzong agreed to Meng Zhang''s proposal and joined the team of invading the Gobi.


    The Mobei Qi family also readily agreed.


    Mobei is relatively barren in the endless sand sea.


    For so many years, the Qi family has been shrinking in that place, with difficult survival and slow development.


    If Qi Mingyuan and Zhenjun had not secretly helped and supported for many times, the Mobei Qi family would have been unable to survive in the face of the pressure of Feihong sect.


    There are too many advantages to attack the Gobi, and Mobei Qi family will not refuse. This opportunity to obtain a lot of valuable resources is rare.


    Both Fei hongzong and Mobei Qijia are willing to participate in the grand event. Meng Zhang has a full grasp of this battle.


    There are eight human friars who are the golden elixir immortal alone. No matter how powerful the monsters in the Gobi are, they can''t resist such a powerful enemy.


    It is conceivable that the war that will start next will not end in a short time. Maybe it''s another protracted war.


    Even if everyone wants to start the war as soon as possible, the preparations before the war should be done as well as possible.


    Meng Zhang took the fallen leaf immortal and the ancient moon huaidie and met with feihongzong and the Jindan immortal of Mobei Qi family.


    During the meeting, it was probably because Meng Zhang had the support of ancient moon and butterfly. Several other Jindan immortal did not despise Meng Zhang, a new Jindan immortal.


    After a discussion and bargaining, the people reached a consensus and had a preliminary opinion.


    Immortal Jindan has reached an agreement, and the next thing is easy to do.


    The three forces began to race against time to prepare for the war.


    In taiyimen alone, they began to collect all kinds of war materials.


    All the halls with production tasks in the sect are fully engaged in production, a busy scene.


    Flights to gale city suddenly became dense.


    The flying boat between taiyimen and Dafeng City sends the spiritual materials from the endless sand sea to Dafeng City and brings back a large number of finished products from Dafeng City, a commercial city.


    Those forces in the area around Taiyi gate are basically blatantly submissive to Taiyi gate and take refuge in Taiyi gate one after another.


    Meng Zhang also impolitely issued a recruitment order to these forces to collect all kinds of resources and recruit the monks of these forces.


    In Taiyi gate, mobilization began long ago.


    The disciples gathered one after another to carry out various practical exercises.


    The allies of Taiyi sect are skillful. They always put themselves in a correct position. After Meng Zhang jiedan, he put his posture very low and almost regarded himself as a subordinate of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang attached great importance to the skillful craftsmanship. He never treated his ally badly, nor did he command others from a commanding position.


    Not to mention that the two sects have been close allies for many years, Meng Zhang has to take Jin Qiaoer and Jin Li, Jin Qiaoer''s master, seriously.


    Of course, the skillful hand sect has always been very knowledgeable. It has never been pretentious and domineering by virtue of the master apprentice relationship between Jin Qiaoer and immortal Jin Li.


    The skillful sect has always followed the lead of the Taiyi sect and almost obeyed the Taiyi sect.


    The Taiyi gate is going to attack the Gobi of evil wind this time. Naturally, the skillful gate cooperates fully and goes out with it.


    The vassal families under the Taiyi sect still go all out even if their strength is not strong and their monks are limited.


    Years of continuous blood loss made feihongzong look very weak.


    However, under the strong promotion of the three golden elixirs, Feihong Zong was still fully engaged in war preparation.


    At this time, we can see the details of the overlord who rules the endless sand sea.


    Feihongzong not only sent a powerful army of monks, but also recruited the Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea. A large number of monks from these forces were transferred to piece together a strong army.


    Mobei Qi family has always been excluded from the endless sand sea cultivation forces. Taiyimen and surrounding forces have now started a new stove


    With the accumulated prestige of ruling the endless sand sea for many years, Fei hongzong can successfully drive other places in the endless sand sea.


    Due to the top-down promotion of the three forces, the preparations for the war proceeded smoothly.


    Without spending too much time, they had enough war materials to start a new war.


    The armies of the three forces began to gather and prepare to launch a large-scale invasion of the Gobi according to the predetermined war plan.

 Chapter 459

    Just as the Taiyi gate was preparing for the war, the thick earth God general, thunder god general and weak water god general returned to the Taiyi gate together.


    After returning to the sect, the three asked to see the leader Meng Zhang together.


    The war was coming, and the three guys finally came back.


    Although there are a large number of friars in the foundation period of taiyimen, there will never be too many friars with strong combat effectiveness.


    Not long ago, the weak water god general was still in the cultivation period of Qi refining. He went out and came back with the cultivation in the foundation period.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, the God of thick earth will have no nonsense and directly enter the topic.


    He promised Meng Zhang last time that as long as Meng Zhang came back from the small world of Zijin sect alive, he would tell all the past events of Taiyi gate he knew.


    The thick earth God will not break his promise and tell it slowly.


    Of course, because the God of thick earth will be born after the reconstruction of taiyimen in the Daheng mountains, it is not very clear about the past of taiyimen in the Middle Earth continent. Many of them are just hearsay.


    More than a thousand years ago, taiyimen was still a first-class sect in the Middle Earth. There were many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate, which was located very close to the core of the Middle Earth.


    Later, there were some unknown disputes between taiyimen and shengshengzongmen guantian Pavilion.


    In the whole cultivation world, there are only a few forces that can be called holy land.


    These holy places, which live at the top of the whole cultivation world, are the real masters of the cultivation world and control almost half of the cultivation world.


    Even a large gate like Taiyi gate has little power to fight back in the face of major holy places of practice.


    In an instant, the whole Taiyi gate, including many monks in the same gate, including the powerful yuan God Zhenjun, was quietly erased.


    When the Taiyi sect perished, those monks who were lucky not to be in the sect fled thousands of miles and fled the Middle Earth after receiving the news of the sect''s demise.


    In fact, the survivors of the Taiyi gate are not very clear about what happened when the Taiyi gate was destroyed and whether it was guantian Pavilion.


    However, because the Taiyi gate had a dispute with the guantian Pavilion before, and can destroy the Taiyi gate silently, I''m afraid only the major holy places can have such strength.


    Therefore, the survivors of Taiyi gate regard guantian Pavilion as the murderer of the gate.


    The sect gate of guantian Pavilion is a different kind among the sect gates of major holy places.


    The way of observing heaven and the way of carrying out heaven are the declared purpose and code of conduct of guantian Pavilion.


    The temple of heaven, which claims to be the spokesman of the way of heaven, is extremely arrogant and doesn''t even look up to other holy places. I''ve always been alone and go my own way.


    In the eyes of many practitioners, guantian Pavilion is like an immortal high above the world. It stands aloof and rarely mixes with all kinds of grievances and grievances in the world of cultivation.


    However, when a certain force or a monk in the cultivation world becomes an obstacle to the operation of the way of heaven in the eyes of guantian Pavilion, it will face a ruthless blow from guantian Pavilion.


    With the arrogant attitude of guantian Pavilion, after the Taiyi gate was destroyed, he disdained to pursue the remaining evils of Taiyi gate.


    Of course, it may also be because after the demise of taiyimen, the small fish and shrimp that escaped by chance have no longer become an obstacle to the operation of heaven in the eyes of guantian Pavilion, and it is not worth pursuing and killing by guantian Pavilion.


    Some monks who successfully escaped from the center of the Middle Earth continent, after many twists and turns, traveled millions of miles, and finally worked together to rebuild Taiyi gate in the Daheng mountains, the most marginal place in the north of the Middle Earth continent.


    After the reconstruction, taiyimen also had a good time of stable development.


    Although there has never been a true monarch of the yuan God in the door, with the joint efforts of all Jindan immortals, they still established a foundation in the Daheng mountains.


    They were also worshipped by the God of thick earth at that time.


    They were originally disciples of Taiyi sect. After the advanced golden elixir period, they lost the possibility of further development for various reasons and could never advance to the yuan Shen period.


    Therefore, they used taiyimen to inherit the secret Dharma. After consuming a lot of resources, they transformed themselves into Dharma protectors and transformed this special existence.


    The Dharma protector will have a long life, almost comparable to the yuan God Zhenjun. And the combat effectiveness is strong, far more than ordinary golden elixir real people.


    People thought that taiyimen could develop smoothly and slowly accumulate strength. But the good time did not last long. A magic disaster swept the whole Daheng mountains broke out.


    As for the next thing, that is the history of taiyimen known to Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi gate was destroyed again. The survivors fled far away from the Middle Earth continent, fled to the north, and finally fled into the endless sand sea.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang read from the headmaster''s notebook that Taiyi gate was destroyed three times in a row and the survivors fled in a hurry. On the one hand, he lamented the tenacity of Taiyi sect elders. On the other hand, he also had some doubts and felt that Taiyi sect was too unlucky.


    The next words of the thick earth God answered some of Meng Zhang''s doubts.


    Since guantian Pavilion dares to regard itself as the spokesman of heaven, it naturally has its foundation.


    According to legend, the strong of guantian pavilion are proficient in the way of Qi and can use the power of heaven to reduce the opponent''s Qi.


    The thick earth God put their knowledge and experience far above Meng Zhang. After they recovered, they also discussed this problem.


    They speculated that the guantian Pavilion should use what method to cut off the luck of the Taiyi gate, and the Taiyi gate would be in bad luck and encounter the disaster of extermination one after another.


    After taiyimen moved to the endless sand sea, I don''t know what the reason is. Maybe it''s extremely peaceful. Only then can taiyimen rise again.


    Taiyi sect, which has a long history, will certainly leave some behind for the inheritance of the sect. However, in front of the holy land, these backhands have hardly played a role.


    Taiyi sect can gain a firm foothold in the endless sand sea and has a phase of rejuvenation, which happened after Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Therefore, the thick earth God guessed them that Meng Zhang should be a man of great fortune.


    Hearing the speculation of the thick earth God, Meng Zhang smiled and said nothing.


    As a transgressor, I crossed from another world to Jun dust world. I don''t know if it can be regarded as deep luck.


    The story of the thick earth God is not very detailed, and there are many guesses.


    But after listening to Meng Zhang, he finally solved some doubts. I understand what kind of enemies the Taiyi goalkeeper will face in the future.


    The temple of heaven in the holy land is a powerful sect gate that can be easily erased even the Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Such a powerful enemy makes people feel desperate.


    Even Meng Zhang, who is as determined as Meng Zhang, can only put this problem aside for the time being and do not think about how to face it in the future.


    The only thing he can do is take care of his eyes first.


    Those holy places are far away in the Middle Earth, far away from the endless sand sea. I don''t think I will pay attention to it.


    Meng Zhang secretly comforted himself.

 Chapter 460

    Meng Zhang didn''t let his heavy heart affect him for too long after his conversation with the general of the thick earth God.


    The invasion of the Gobi is imminent. This is the top priority, which is related to the next development of Taiyi gate and the cultivation environment of Meng Zhang.


    Future things will be discussed in the future. Take care of the present first. Thinking too much will only waste your efforts in vain.


    The whole taiyimen is like a high-speed war machine, running in precision and order.


    On the appointed day, taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia launched a massive invasion of the Gobi.


    From north to south, three armies attacked the Gobi from three different directions.


    A coalition led by taiyimen attacked from the northernmost side.


    Taiyi sect sent out more than ten friars during the foundation period and led a large army of friars to attack the Gobi of evil wind first.


    Meng Zhang, the fallen leaf immortal and the ancient moon huaidie, the three golden elixirs, sit in the rear, follow the action of the army and be ready to respond at any time.


    The Allied forces led by Fei hongzong invaded the Gobi from the southernmost side.


    The friars of Fei hongzong''s lineage led the friars of major vassal forces to march forward with great momentum.


    This army has the largest number and the largest scale.


    The friars of Mobei Qi family invaded the Gobi of evil wind between feihongzong and taiyimen.


    The three armies were sent out to attack from three different directions.


    It seems aggressive, but also has many flaws.


    If the monster army detects the human trend, no matter how many ways the enemy comes, I only go all the way and concentrate all my efforts on attacking the human friars army in one way. I''m afraid the unlucky one of the three armies will suffer a heavy loss.


    The golden elixir immortal on the human side is a generation old in the battle field. Even the youngest Meng Zhang has experienced several wars in the cultivation world.


    With their experience and planning, of course, they will not leave such obvious flaws.


    This flaw was deliberately left to attract the main force of the monster army to attack.


    If we can annihilate the main force of the monster army outside the Gobi, it will certainly be of great benefit to occupy the Gobi.


    The three armies seem far apart, but each army has the power to deal with the siege of the monster army alone in a short time.


    And with enough flying boats, it is also very convenient to support each other.


    As for several golden elixirs, they have a very strong mobility. You can go out quickly and support each other at any time.


    To the surprise of several Jindan immortal, the attack on the Gobi was surprisingly smooth.


    Taiyimen and Mobei Qijia did not encounter any strong resistance. Almost drove straight in, very smoothly crossed the boundary between the endless sand sea and the Gobi, and soon began to go deep into the Gobi.


    Feihongzong encountered a little resistance.


    Because this is the place where Fei hongzong and the monster army have been facing each other for a long time, the monster side has a strong defense force here.


    However, facing the full attack of feihongzong''s army, the monster army responsible for guarding here was soon defeated.


    A third-order fierce crocodile was responsible for commanding the monster army here. Facing the two golden elixirs, flying feather immortal and flying general immortal, he just managed to parry for a while, so he took the initiative to lead the monster army to retreat.


    The monster army does not have the discipline and quality of human friars. As soon as the retreat began, it fell into chaos.


    The third-order fierce crocodile is in a bad situation. He leaves the monster army and will run away with his family group.


    Immortal feijiang and immortal Feiyu are chasing after them, while the friars of Feihong sect are chasing and killing fleeing monsters everywhere.


    Feishi immortal, the most powerful fighter of feihongzong, stayed alone at the border between feihongzong and huoyun sect to prevent huoyun sect from making trouble and affecting feihongzong''s plan.


    In this attack, feihongzong won a complete victory.


    Not only did he kill a large number of monsters and capture countless, but even the third-order fierce crocodile was severely damaged by immortal feijiang and immortal Feiyu. He didn''t even care about his family group and ran away alone.


    The smooth start of the war was really beyond the expectation of the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect.


    They even couldn''t help but wonder if there was fraud in it. What was the conspiracy of the demon beast?


    But from the beginning of the attack to the end of the attack, the monster side did not come up with anything to change the situation.


    So it seems that the monster side is really defeated, not feigned defeat.


    The flying general could not help thinking that if he had known that the defense of the Gobi was so weak, Feihong sect would not have been restrained here.


    Immortal Feiyu thought deeply. Those powerful third-order middle-class monsters didn''t appear here. Where did they go?


    What is so important that the monsters gave up their defense against feihongzong regardless of everything?


    Although there was doubt in his heart, immortal Feiyu didn''t stop moving forward and still ordered the army to continue to move forward.


    Fei hongzong chased monsters and cleaned the battlefield. He delayed a little and fell behind.


    The taiyimen and Mobei Qijia encountered little resistance, even a decent monster group, so they marched smoothly.


    Such a smooth March made Meng Zhang a little uneasy.


    Those powerful third-order monsters will never allow human friars to rage in the Gobi. When will they appear and where will they wait for human friars?


    The arrow is on the line and has to be fired. At this time, of course, the attack will not stop because Meng Zhang is a little uneasy.


    And most importantly, Meng Zhang did not feel any crisis.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, there is also Gu yuehuai butterfly, a Heavenly Master in the team. She also didn''t feel any abnormality, let alone the feeling of crisis.


    Taiyimen''s army continued to advance, and Mobei Qijia''s army also continued to advance.


    According to the agreement reached by several Jindan real people before the war.


    After entering the Gobi desert, the territory occupied by which force belongs to which force, and others can''t rob it.


    Finally, the booty shall be divided fairly according to the contributions made by the three forces.


    In the Gobi desert, the environment is much better than the barren endless sand sea.


    Soon after entering the Gobi, you can see wisps of green.


    After a little survey, the thick earth God in the team found many spiritual power nodes and even several first-order spiritual veins.


    As long as these places are slightly transformed, they are oases that can accommodate human survival.


    In the nests of some monster groups, many precious miraculous medicines have grown.


    The environment here is suitable for the growth of miraculous medicine and can be transformed into a miraculous medicine garden.


    The evil wind Gobi is so rich that it has aroused the greed of the friars of the three forces.

 Chapter 461

    In the past, the Gobi was a forbidden area for human friars.


    Human friars have been active at most on the edge of the Gobi, and have never gone deep into it.


    Most human friars don''t know much about the situation inside the Gobi, let alone how rich it will be.


    Even if there are a small number of monks who covet the Gobi monster resources and fear the powerful strength of the monster, they only dare to make a small fuss on the periphery and hunt the lone monster. They simply don''t dare to go deep into it easily.


    This time, the arrival of the three forces'' monk army is the first time that a human monk army has set foot in this place since the demise of the Zijin sect.


    Since the Gobi is called Gobi, the environment will not be very good.


    The main terrain inside is mainly Gobi dangerous desert. There are some grasslands, swamps and mountains in the middle.


    It is far from enough to say how rich it is. Most of it is also a barren land without living creatures.


    But compared with the endless sand sea, it can be called a rich place.


    The friars of the three forces stayed in the endless sand sea for a long time. They were afraid of hardship and poverty. When they saw the appearance of the Gobi, they became possessive.


    The Mobei Qi family had the least number of monks. They moved forward lightly and rushed ahead.


    All the areas passed by Mobei Qi family will have special monks who will leave signs around to prove that this is the booty of Mobei Qi family, and outsiders are not allowed to touch it.


    The other two clans were a little behind and took the same action.


    Fortunately, the three forces attack in different directions and pass through a distance. There will be no conflict for the time being.


    When the human friars doubted the whereabouts of the powerful third-order monster in the Gobi, a fierce conflict broke out in the depths of the Gobi.


    In the center of the Gobi desert, there is a continuous huge mountain range.


    There are many peaks in the mountains, including many towering peaks.


    To the south of the mountains is a vast plain.


    The rest of the mountain goes deep into the plain, which has many hills.


    On weekdays, monsters in the Gobi dare not easily get close to here.


    Even those powerful third-order monsters will consciously stay away from here.


    But now, the male lion demon will lead a huge army of demons and beasts to rush into this plain and is preparing to continue to move towards the mountains in front.


    In the mountains ahead, there is the only four level monster in the Gobi, the nest of the white lion demon king.


    That year, the white lion demon king led many third-order monsters to besiege the wounded fifth-order power in the dead sand sea.


    After a great war, most of the third-order monster fell, and the white lion demon king was also seriously injured and dying.


    After dragging his last breath back to the nest, the white lion demon king sat down.


    After the white lion demon king sat down, many monsters in the Gobi fell into chaos.


    After that, Fierce wars broke out among different monster groups.


    The dark crow demon general, who was most loyal to the white lion demon king, led the dark crow group to settle in the mountains ahead after the white lion demon king sat down.


    The dark crow demon general was the closest guard trusted by the white lion demon king at that time. For some reason, he missed the battle with the fifth level power, which made the dark crow demon general regret all the time.


    The dark crow demon will always sit here and no other monster is allowed to come near.


    The dark crow demon will announce that the white lion demon king has not completely fallen, and will return one day.


    For the dark crow demon, other third-order monsters don''t believe it at all.


    In the hearts of other third-order monsters in the Gobi, the dark crow demon will clearly want to occupy the nest of the white lion demon king alone and swallow all the legacy of the white lion demon king, so he made up such an excuse.


    But the dark crow demon will be powerful and has long been a third-class monster. The dark crows under its command are also several powerful monster groups in the Gobi.


    There are also some demon beasts loyal to the white lion demon king, or support the dark crow demon general openly or secretly.


    The dark crow demon will clearly eat alone, which of course will attract the hatred of monsters who covet the inheritance of the white lion demon king.


    Among them, the lion demon general hates the dark crow demon general most.


    The male lion demon will think that he is the same race as the white lion demon king, and he is most qualified to inherit the inheritance of the white lion demon king.


    The white lion demon king, as a fourth-order monster, is the king among the monsters and has ruled the Gobi for many years.


    The treasures or skills left after his fall are invaluable.


    There are great differences between monsters. The skills suitable for one kind of monsters may not be suitable for other kinds of monsters.


    The male lion demon will feel that the racial difference between himself and the white lion demon will be the smallest, which is most suitable for practicing the skill left by the white lion demon king.


    Over the years, the male lion demon will try his best to get the inheritance of the white lion demon king, but they are all stopped by the dark crow demon, but almost died in the hands of the dark crow demon.


    If you think it''s a lion, you can climb up to the king and pretend to be his kin. There are many monsters in the form of lions in the Gobi, but none of them has anything to do with the white lion king.


    This is the mockery of the dark crow demon general, and the words of the male lion demon general are indeed reasonable.


    Those monsters that look similar in appearance are very different and belong to unrelated ethnic groups.


    Where will the dark crow demon pay attention to the male lion demon, and won''t admit that this guy is the same race as the white lion demon king.


    In the past, the strength was far inferior to that of the dark crow demon general, and the lion demon only had hatred in his heart.


    However, after inadvertently entering the sand sea of death and accidentally meeting the fifth level power, the fate of the male lion demon general changed.


    With the help of the fifth level great power, the male lion demon will be successfully promoted to the third level middle grade, and has the strength to compete with the dark crow demon general.


    Then it held high the banner of uniting all the monsters in the Gobi, used both soft and hard, subdued a group of third-class inferior monsters, gathered a lot of monster groups, and formed a huge army of monsters.


    The male lion demon will not rashly conflict with the dark crow demon, but will summon the demon beast army to attack the endless sand sea according to the command of the fifth level power.


    After being defeated by Feihong sect, the lion demon will always confront Feihong sect.


    His two third-order monsters died successively, which made the lion demon general wary of human friars and unwilling to fight with human friars easily.


    The male lion demon will maintain the pressure on Feihong sect and keep a low-intensity battle, but never attack on a large scale.


    When the golden tiger demon will invite the dark crow demon general to explore the small world of Zijin sect, he took the earth fox demon general by the way.


    The lion demon will be keenly aware of this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.


    It immediately led the monster army to the nest of the white lion demon king.


    It will take advantage of the absence of the dark crow demon, take advantage of the weak point, capture the nest of the white lion demon king and seize all the heritage left by the white lion demon king.

 Chapter 462

    In addition to leaving the fierce crocodile demon general and leading a small part of the demon army to continue the confrontation with Feihong sect, the male lion demon will almost take all the main force of the demon army with him and kill the dark crow demon general''s nest.


    Because feihongzong was always on the defensive, he didn''t notice the military mobilization of the monster army in time.


    The monster army is mobilized on a large scale and has a great momentum. It can''t hide from the major monster groups in the Gobi.


    Before leaving, the dark crow demon once asked the poison sand demon general to take care of his nest for a while.


    The poison sand demon general was a subordinate of the white lion demon king. The white lion demon king fought with the fifth level power, and the poison sand demon general also participated in it personally.


    When the white lion demon fled with serious injuries, it also fled the battlefield. It didn''t die on the spot like other third-order monsters.


    After escaping back to the Gobi, the white lion demon king fell, and all kinds of Gobi monsters and beasts fought in chaos.


    The seriously injured poison sand demon will be protected by the dark crow demon general before avoiding the next scuffle.


    After the injury healed, although the poisonous sand demon general did not join the command of the dark crow demon general, he was still dominant. But it has always supported the dark crow demon general. In many things, it obeys the orders of the dark crow demon general.


    This time, the lion demon will lead the monster army to attack the nest of the dark crow demon. The poisonous sand demon will immediately lead its own monster group to help defend.


    The poisonous sand lizards under the command of the poisonous sand demon are numerous and powerful. They are also a bully in the Gobi of evil wind.


    In the face of the monster army led by the lion demon, the poison sand demon welcomed his men without fear.


    Seeing the poisonous sand demon general who blocked him, the male lion demon was very angry, and new and old hatred surged up at the same time.


    At the beginning, after the male lion demon was upgraded to the third-order middle-class monster, he intended to integrate the monster groups in the Gobi and gather into a large army to invade the endless sand sea.


    The lion demon will be powerful, eloquent and depict a wonderful prospect.


    The fierce crocodile demon will attach four third-order monsters to it, work under its command and go out with it.


    But in the Gobi, there are some monsters who don''t buy the accounts of male lions and demon generals at all.


    The followers of the golden tiger are the spiritual pet of the predecessors of the Zijin sect. They regard themselves as Taoist spirit beasts. They don''t look down on a group of vulgar earth buns.


    And the Golden Tiger comes and goes alone, almost never with other monsters.


    From the beginning, the male lion demon never thought that he could bring the golden tiger under his command.


    The earth fox demon has always pretended to be a tiger, either attached to the golden tiger demon general, or flattered the dark crow demon general, or ignored the male lion demon general.


    The dark crow demon general was the guard of the white lion demon king at that time. Not only did he despise the male lion demon general, but also because the male lion demon would covet the legacy of the white lion demon king, he taught the male lion demon general several times, and it was impossible to take refuge in it.


    The lion demon had spent a lot of effort to persuade the poison sand demon to join his command.


    In his opinion, the poisonous sand demon, as an old minister of the white lion demon king, has always been ambitious. He should be able to understand the ambition of the male lion demon general and invade the endless sand sea with him.


    The poisonous sand demon will be a third-order monster with old qualification in the Gobi. When it was working under the white lion demon king, the male lion demon would still be an out of class guy.


    The poison sand demon general who relies on the old and sells the old not only did not accept the solicitation of the lion demon general, but ridiculed his good life, which made the lion demon lose face.


    If it weren''t for the dark crow demon general who was worried about making friends with the poisonous sand demon, the male lion demon general would have to fight the poisonous sand demon general at that time.


    In other words, the flying stone immortal of feihongzong was able to suppress the whole Gobi on his own, not only because of his strong personal strength, but also because of the chaotic situation in the Gobi.


    Powerful third-order middle-class monsters such as the golden tiger demon general and the dark crow demon general have their own plans and have no intention to invade the endless sand sea on a large scale.


    If it were not for the male lion demon, he would advance to the third-order middle-class monster. The Gobi of evil wind is not a great threat to Feihong sect at all.


    Although the male lion demon general organized the demon beast army to invade the endless sand sea, it is far from controlling everything in the Gobi of demon wind.


    Therefore, what it craves most is the legacy of the white lion demon king, hoping to help it advance again.


    The poisonous sand demon general, this annoying guy, dares to stop the lion demon general. Of course, the lion demon will not be merciful and immediately launch an attack with all his strength.


    On the defensive side, there are a large number of dark crows in addition to the poisonous sand demon generals and their groups.


    The lion demon will lead the monster army to attack the poison sand demon general, and the vulture demon will lead his men to the dark crow group.


    Vulture demon will be a very cunning guy. It is also forced by form to join the lion demon general. There is no loyalty.


    Knowing that the dark crow demon would be powerful, he deliberately released water and did not wantonly kill the opposite dark crow group.


    Under the fierce attack of the lion demon general, the poison sand demon will not be able to resist and can only retreat step by step.


    The vulture demon will have been merciful, but the dark crow group opposite doesn''t appreciate it. He rushed over regardless of the threat of the third-order monster.


    Especially after seeing that the poisonous sand demon would lose the enemy and fall downwind, countless dark crows poured in from all directions and frantically rushed at the enemy.


    The male lion demon will be very angry and kill mercilessly.


    Under the covetous eyes of the lion demon, the vulture demon dared not continue to discharge water and began to show his real skills.


    The number of dark crows is huge, and the combat effectiveness of dark crows is also very strong. However, the strongest among the dark crows is the second-order dark crows. There is an irreparable gap in the face of the third-order vultures.


    After a fierce battle, the seriously injured poisonous sand demon will keep retreating. The poisonous sand lizard and dark crow groups have suffered heavy casualties and more than half of the losses.


    The male lion demon who has the upper hand will be pressed step by step, with a look of vowing to kill all.


    Just when the poisonous sand demon will really be unable to support and consider whether to leave the group and escape alone, the golden tiger and the dark crow demon will finally come back in time.


    Because Zhu Zizhen''s distraction appeared in the small world of Zijin sect, the void interdiction array changed, and the channel connecting the small world was closed in advance.


    Therefore, these experts who went to explore the small world did not delay much time and came back earlier than expected.


    The dark crow demon general who had just returned to the Gobi met the lion demon general who led the demon army to attack his nest.


    Seeing the dark crow group with heavy casualties, the dark crow demon will be angry and attack the male lion demon without hesitation.


    The golden tiger demon will get the help of the dark crow demon this time. I owe an adult please. And he has always hated this guy.


    After a little hesitation, the golden tiger demon will also join the battle.


    With the help of two third-class monsters, the poisonous sand demon will stabilize his position and turn the crisis into safety.


    At this time, almost all the powerful monsters in the Gobi gathered here and launched a fierce internal battle.

 Chapter 463

    The golden tiger demon general and the dark crow demon general were seriously injured when they were distracted by Zhu Zizhen in the small world.


    After leaving the small world, they rush back and have no time to heal slowly.


    However, they were third-class monsters many years ago. In terms of strength, it is all above the lion demon general.


    Now, even if you can''t give full play to your strength because of your injury, your combat effectiveness is not necessarily weaker than that of the male lion demon.


    However, because the poison sand demon will be seriously injured, he left the battlefield and began to heal soon after seeing the reinforcements. The dark crow group and the poisonous sand lizard group suffered heavy casualties in the previous battle, and their strength was greatly reduced.


    The lion demon will be on the side. The third-order monster is only it and the vulture demon will. The vulture demon will be only the third-order inferior, and is weak in high-end combat power.


    However, it has a large number of monster armies, especially the lion demon''s own ethnic group, because the lion demon will be deliberately cultivated for many years, and its strength is even stronger, which will be of great help to the lion demon.


    As long as a monster has the blessing of the group, it can play a far more powerful combat effectiveness than when it was single.


    The two sides, each with its own advantages and short board, fell into a state of adhesion.


    The battle between Jindan immortal is often protracted, and so is the battle between third-order monsters. Especially when there are many monster groups participating in the war, the battle process is even longer.


    Neither of the two sides has the ability to make a quick decision. They can only be unwilling to fall into a protracted war.


    Both sides have long killed red eyes, but also forged a blood feud. They are not willing to give up.


    If there is no external force involved, such a battle will certainly end with the destruction of one party, so as to distinguish the final victory and defeat.


    The main forces of monsters in the Gobi are basically gathered here, which is a big bargain for the three forces of taiyimen who are unaware of it.


    The armies of the three forces made great strides in the Gobi of evil wind, attacking cities and land, and going deeper and deeper into the depths of the Gobi of evil wind.


    At this time, the lion demon general and the dark crow demon general got the news of the massive invasion of human friars through their respective intelligence channels.


    At this time, even if they are reluctant, both sides can only temporarily stop the war.


    Originally, the best choice for both sides at this time is to work together temporarily to defeat the invading human friars first, and then slowly deal with the grievances of both sides.


    But the monster is not human after all. Even if the wisdom is not below human beings, there are still a large number of animal remains in the body, which is difficult to completely get rid of the shackles of instinct.


    For human friars, there are no eternal friends and no eternal enemies. Friends and enemies change each other, only in one thought.


    From this point of view, the monster is still very young. Even the most cheeky lion demon general can''t afford to discuss with the dark crow demon general, and can''t immediately turn the enemy into a friend and fight the enemy together.


    Several third-order monsters have some tacit understanding, but they are far from United.


    With the acquiescence of the dark crow demon general, the lion demon will lead the demon beast army, slowly get out of the battle and leave this place.


    The dark crow demon will see off. After the male lion demon will lead the army to leave, let his dark crow group rest quickly to deal with the next battle.


    Both the dark crow demon general and the arsenopyrite demon general understand that now they should be consistent with the lion demon general to fight against human friars.


    But both of them have a evil fire in their hearts.


    The poison sand demon will be seriously injured by the male lion demon. His face is damaged and his injury is not light.


    The dark crow demon will be because the male lion demon will always covet the legacy of the white lion demon king and commit its biggest taboo.


    The huge casualties of their demon animal groups make them want to tear up the male lion demon general alive.


    After the lion demon will lead the monster army out of the battlefield, he will soon find out the strength of the invading human side through various channels.


    Faced with the grim situation, it is a headache.


    The combination of the three human forces, whether in terms of high-end combat power or the whole friar army, far exceeds the lion demon general.


    Facing the overwhelming enemy, the male lion demon will really be unable to resist.


    At this time, the male lion demon will regret his previous actions. He really shouldn''t tear their faces and start a war with the poisonous sand demon.


    Lost a lot of monsters, but did not get any benefits, it is a loss of strength in vain.


    In desperation, the lion demon will only lead the demon army to return to his nest first, hoping to rely on the geographical advantage to hold the place.


    At the same time, it also sent its men to spread the news of the massive invasion of human friars throughout the Gobi, so as to make all the goblin groups ready as soon as possible.


    It sent a message to the fierce crocodile demon general, asking him not to use his Mantis as a cart, and to resist human friars beyond his power. Instead, we should join ourselves as soon as possible and work together to keep our nest.


    The two most powerful monster forces in the Gobi were stunned by the strong lineup of human friars and did not come forward to resist.


    The army of the three forces, in the Gobi of evil wind, is like entering an uninhabited land and running wild.


    Except for a few monster groups and scattered monster groups, they basically did not encounter any decent resistance.


    The friars of the three forces are almost like a festival, chasing and killing fleeing monsters everywhere.


    Hunting monsters is different from killing sand monsters. It can harvest rich booty. The corpse of a monster is a valuable booty.


    There is no contact with the main force of monsters, so the army should not be too scattered.


    Under the strict order of Meng Zhang, the friars of Taiyi gate who pursue and kill monsters are not allowed to go too far. Moreover, it''s best to form a team and try not to act alone.


    Only a small number of friars scattered to hunt down monsters. The main friars of Taiyi gate still maintain a strict formation and respond to changes at any time.


    Feihongzong and Mobei Qi family are experienced forces. Naturally, they will not make some low-level mistakes. They have taken similar measures as taiyimen.


    After taiyimen entered the Gobi of evil wind, he gained a lot in all aspects, but he never found the third-order spirit pulse that Meng Zhang needed most.


    Monster and human friars are very different. Although monster cultivation also needs heaven and earth Reiki, there are some other ways to replace Reiki when Reiki is insufficient. The most is that the cultivation efficiency is a little poor, and the advanced level is just a little slower.


    Every night when the moon is in the sky, the monster can absorb the spirit of the moon. At the full moon, there will even be emperor''s slurry falling.


    When a second-order monster is advanced to a third-order monster, even if there is no third-order spirit pulse, there is a way to replace it. You can successfully advance.


    Of course, the spirit pulse is also precious to monsters. Sufficient aura is also conducive to the promotion of monsters.


    The strength of monsters in the Gobi is mediocre, and the improvement of cultivation is slow. To a large extent, it is also because there are not enough spiritual veins here.

 Chapter 464

    In fact, there are not many third-order spiritual veins in the Gobi.


    Because few human friars have gone deep into the Gobi of evil wind before, the other two forces on the side of human friars, except Feihong sect, do not know enough about the Gobi of evil wind.


    Feihongzong is familiar with the situation here because immortal Feishi has been in charge of the Gobi for a long time.


    Feihong sect has a rough understanding of the distribution of spirit veins and the output of various resources in the Gobi.


    Of course, feihongzong will not share such valuable information with two temporary allies.


    With this information, even if feihongzong''s army falls behind, it is confident to eat the sweetest fruit of victory.


    On the other side of Taiyi gate, before the army took action, Meng Zhang sent a thick earth God general to explore the way ahead and look for the third-order spiritual pulse by the way.


    When the cultivation was restored to the later stage of foundation construction, the thick earth God General''s ability as a local teacher also became stronger and stronger, and was able to cast many secrets that could not be used before.


    As a deputy of the local division, he is best at finding veins and prospecting.


    Even if he has never been to the Gobi before and knows nothing about the situation here, the thick earth God is still confident that he can find the clue of the third-order spirit vein as soon as possible.


    Because the resistance of the monster side was unexpectedly weak, it not only made the plan of luring the enemy useless, but also made everyone suspicious.


    Therefore, the golden elixir immortal on the human side all broke away from the brigade and formed a small team. Before the army, they first went deep into the hinterland of the Gobi for careful exploration.


    Many second-order monsters in the Gobi have high intelligence and can clearly accept orders from third-order monsters.


    The dark crow demon general, the poisonous sand demon general and the golden tiger form a faction and retreat to the nest of the dark crow demon general.


    The lion demon general gathered the fierce crocodile demon general and the vulture demon general who followed him. They gathered a large army of demons and beasts and waited in the nest of the lion demon general.


    At the same time, the male lion demon will also send some second-order demon birds with fast flight speed to summon various demon animal groups scattered throughout the Gobi. Want to concentrate all of them and expand the power of the monster army.


    The human friar invaded the Gobi on such a large scale. The main purpose of his attack on the Gobi in history is to seize the third-order spiritual pulse.


    So far, the thick earth God has found no clue of other third-order spiritual veins. The only two known third-order spirit veins are located in the nests of the dark crow demon general and the male lion demon general.


    From this point of view, attacking any monster first seems to make little difference.


    The goal of fallen leaf immortal is the golden tiger. The golden tiger demon will now stay with the dark crow demon.


    If you want to help the fallen immortal kill the golden tiger, it seems that you should give priority to attacking the dark crow demon general.


    However, Meng Zhang also has concerns.


    In terms of high-end combat power, the dark crow demon will be significantly stronger there.


    From a strategic point of view, we should first eliminate the weak male lion demon generals, so as to effectively weaken the strength of the monster and avoid any accidents.


    As a leader, I have to think more often. It was because he thought too much that Meng Zhang could not make a decision.


    As for the foolish idea of dividing troops to attack, no one will put forward it at all.


    The strength of the monster is not necessarily weaker than that of human beings. The human side just takes advantage of the internal fight of the monster. If the human side really dares to divide troops, we don''t know who killed who.


    Meng Zhang did not make a statement. Fei hongzong and Mobei Qi family had great differences and refused to step back.


    As a result, several golden elixirs were in a stalemate and could not agree at all.


    When several golden elixirs were in a stalemate, the friars of the three forces did not stop, but were busy attacking cities, seizing territory and plundering all kinds of resources.

 Chapter 465

    Because the movements of the two groups of monsters have been clearly explored by immortal Jindan.


    Therefore, the friars of the three forces don''t have to worry about being raided at all.


    The two groups of monsters are trapped in two nests respectively. They can''t get out of the way in a short time.


    Thus, the three forces of the friars began to become scattered.


    A small and vigorous team of friars spread out on the vast Gobi, exploring the terrain, looking for mineral veins and seizing resources


    For a moment, the Gobi was filled with evil wind, chicken flying and dog jumping, and there was a miasma.


    The thick earth God general who got Meng Zhang''s order even took the time to look for clues to the third-order spiritual pulse.


    In fact, so far, the three forces are not deep into the Gobi. The territory occupied by the three is only a small part of the whole Gobi.


    The area of Gobi is much larger than many people think.


    The nests of the male lion demon general and the dark crow demon general have not gone deep into the Gobi for a third of the distance.


    Continue to go inside, there are still large areas of vast land, which are still occupied by monsters.


    In the depths of the Gobi, there are other monster forces.


    To the north of the Gobi, the Gobi is the forbidden area of life and the sand sea of death. To the south is the territory of Jiuqu League. To the west, there is an endless sea.


    From the East, the three forces go deep into the Gobi of evil wind along an oblique front. There is still a very long way to go to break through the Gobi of evil wind.


    In fact, no matter which of the three forces, they never expected to completely eliminate the monster forces in the Gobi through this joint attack.


    Even the Feihong sect, which is suffering from Gobi monsters, aims to eliminate the lion demon and temporarily solve the urgent problem.


    The golden elixir immortal of the three forces did not reach an agreement, and his friars were also busy grabbing territory and resources.


    Many monster animals are also intelligent. There are also ways to transmit information among different monster groups.


    The three forces made such a big noise in the Gobi of evil wind. Naturally, the news soon spread to the Gobi of evil wind and went deeper and deeper.


    Soon, an old qualified third-order monster, alarmed by the news, left his nest and came here.


    This third-order monster is a highly qualified long haired demon general in the Gobi. When the white lion demon king ruled the Gobi, it was already a well-known elder among the demon beasts.


    Even the white lion demon king respected the old master and attached great importance to him.


    There is no human ethical concept of respecting the old and loving the young in the demon family. The long haired demon will be so valued by the white lion demon king. Of course, it has its unique ability.


    Although the life span of monster is much longer than that of human friars, it is not endless.


    When Shouyuan arrives, the monster will also weaken and die.


    The long haired demon general in his heyday was a third-class monster. However, its strength has been declining due to its old age. Now it can''t even maintain the strength of third-class middle-class products.


    Of course, the long haired demon will be valued by the white lion demon king, not only by its own strength.


    The long haired demon will be a long haired demon elephant.


    Among many monsters, the long haired demon elephant is not good at intelligence, but is famous for its stupidity and slowness.


    However, the long haired demon will be an exception among the ethnic groups. Instead of those shortcomings in the nature of the long haired demon, he is a famous wise man in the Gobi with high intelligence.


    When the white lion demon king ruled the Gobi, the long haired demon would play the role of a military division.


    At that time, the white lion demon would lead a group of third-order monsters to besiege the fifth-order great power, regardless of the bitter advice of the long hair demon general.


    When receiving the news that human friars have invaded the Gobi, the long haired demon will be very vigilant.


    Since the demise of Zijin sect, although the Gobi is in chaos because of the loss of the white lion demon king. But human friars don''t dare to think about it easily.


    As the ruler of the endless sand sea, feihongzong also took a defensive stance against the Gobi.


    If the human friars succeed in this active attack, after tasting the sweetness, they will regard the Gobi as a hunting ground and do whatever they want.


    The long-term hairy demon will certainly not want to see this happen.


    It has the concept of the overall situation. It hopes to gather the power of all monsters and animals, try its best to defeat human friars and let them pay a heavy price.


    Since then, with such a deterrent, human friars will not continue to covet the Gobi.


    The first two targets that the long hair demon will unite are the dark crow demon general and the lion demon general, who are the most powerful in the Gobi.


    The long haired demon will leave his ethnic group and habitat and embark on a long journey alone.


    The first object it visited was the dark crow demon general.


    In those days, the long hair demon and the dark crow demon all worked under the command of the white lion demon king. They had a good relationship.


    However, it is different from the dark crow demon because it has another mission and does not participate in the battle between the white lion demon king and the fifth level power. The long hair demon was wily and knew that the war was bad, so he tried his best to find an excuse to avoid the war.


    The result of the war was as expected by the long haired demon. It was very bad.


    The white lion demon king was badly hurt and soon sat down after returning to the Gobi.


    Most of the third-order monsters who participated in the war died on the spot.


    Therefore, no matter the dark crow demon general who is a loyal subordinate of the white lion demon king, or the poisonous sand demon general who escaped from death on the battlefield, he is a little disgusted with the long hair demon general.


    The long haired demon general, who knew he was wrong, had supported the dark crow demon to monopolize the inheritance of the white lion demon king over the years, and barely maintained the apparent harmony with the dark crow demon general.


    The long haired demon will take the initiative to visit, and the dark crow demon will receive it politely and distantly.


    The golden tiger demon general and the poisonous sand demon general also met with the old master.


    When the long haired demon will put forward the hope that the dark crow demon and the lion demon will join hands to fight against human friars, the dark crow demon will impolitely interrupt the long haired demon general.


    The dark crow demon will not listen to the long hair demon''s painstaking and bitter words.


    For the arrogant dark crow demon general, it is an insult to cooperate with the lion demon, which he doesn''t look up to.


    In the eyes of the dark crow demon general, it is impossible to break his nest with the strength of human monks.


    The poison sand demon will hate the lion demon and will not cooperate with it.


    The golden tiger doesn''t regard itself as a member of the monster at all. The Gobi is just a foothold of itself.


    It''s meaningless to fight with the human golden elixir for the Gobi and the monsters living here.


    If it weren''t for returning the favor of the dark crow demon general, he wouldn''t want to participate in the war at all.

 Chapter 466

    Although the golden tiger demon general doesn''t look up to the lion demon general, he doesn''t exclude the temporary cooperation with the lion demon general.


    In the view of the golden tiger demon general, relying solely on his own current strength, he has more defense, but he is unable to fight back. If you can join hands with the lion demon general, you may defeat the human cultivators and completely drive them out of the Gobi.


    But the dark crow demon would have that attitude, and it didn''t say much.


    Anyway, the outcome of the war has little to do with him. What if mankind wins? Even in the worst case, he is sure to get out of it.


    The long haired demon will try his best to persuade the dark crow demon to change their mind.


    In desperation, the long haired demon will have to leave.


    The attitude of the dark crow demon will let the long haired demon know that most of his plan to unite various demon forces has failed.


    However, with the idea of making the last effort, he ran to visit the lion demon general.


    The lion demon received the old man very warmly.


    Seeing that the atmosphere was good, the long haired demon took the opportunity to let the male lion demon and the dark crow demon join hands to jointly resist the invading human friars.


    Although the male lion demon will also hate the dark crow demon, and it is almost irreconcilable, the male lion demon will be more pragmatic.


    More importantly, when the male lion demon was carrying out the third-order middle-class monster with the help of the fifth level great power, he promised the great power to invade the endless sand sea.


    In these years, the male lion demon will not want to suffer too much loss because of his own interests and will not pay much attention to the promised things.


    But it knows in its heart that what it has promised will be completed sooner or later.


    This is not because the lion demon will promise a thousand gold, but because it knows the terror of the fifth level power.


    You can find an excuse to delay what you have promised, but you must not do it.


    If there is a chance to hit the human friars, it will certainly be of great benefit to invade the endless sand sea.


    Under the persuasion of the long hair demon general, the male lion demon general who had thought for a long time reluctantly relented and agreed to the other party''s proposal.


    Of course, joining hands against human friars is two things. Relying on the lion demon alone is just a hot shaving burden. If the dark crow demon doesn''t want to join, it''s useless for them to talk here.


    When the lion demon general asked about the attitude of the dark crow demon general, the long haired demon would hesitate a little.


    It''s no use lying about such things. The dark crow demon will not change his mind one day, and the male lion demon will not be able to cooperate with it one day.


    The lion demon will not be a resourceful person, but he is not a fool. It has at least a higher level of intelligence than ordinary humans.


    The long haired demon will understand his attitude and let him understand it.


    At the thought of the dark crow demon''s resentment and contempt for himself, his heart was boiling with anger and was almost uncontrollable.


    The hairy demon will also know that the male lion demon will be unhappy. It kept appeasing the lion demon general, said all kinds of good words, and said that he would be able to persuade the dark crow demon to change his mind.


    In addition, it also said that it could go to the depths of the Gobi and lobby some third-order goblins there to help.


    The male lion demon general didn''t say anything on the surface, but he hated the long hair demon general in his heart.


    When the male lion demon was about to unite the forces of demons and beasts in the Gobi, the long haired demon was slippery enough to offend the male lion demon general.


    On the surface, I promised that I would consider joining the coalition. But in fact, he played the drag tactic and kept looking for excuses to shirk, that is, he didn''t fulfill his promise.


    At that time, the lion demon was very dissatisfied with the old thing. Just because of various factors, I didn''t turn against it.


    Now, the hairy demon will still want to deceive himself. The lion demon will be filled with new and old hatred. He wants to slap it to death.


    The male lion demon will endure and endure, and then resist the impulse to start immediately.


    He tried to control his mood and talked with the long haired demon before sending the old thing away.


    The lion demon will know in his heart that it is impossible to join hands with the dark crow demon because of its attitude. But the arrival of the long haired demon gave it other inspiration.


    Carrying his demon army, the male lion demon will secretly start to act.


    The long haired demon will rush to the lion demon and leave there. After that, he will visit the dark crow demon again.


    On the side of human friars, because several golden elixirs could not reach a consensus, the all-round attack had to be suspended.


    Both ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal did not participate in their negotiation on the grounds that they were not endless sand friars.


    After a long stalemate, there was a real fire between feihongzong and the Jindan immortal of Mobei Qi family.


    Meng Zhang suggested that everyone go back and calm down, think more, and then get together again.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the taiyimen camp, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, brought a special prisoner.


    During this time, although there was no large-scale battle between human friars and monsters, small-scale conflicts continued.


    The friars of the three forces formed a powerful team to hunt monsters in the surrounding areas.


    The dark crow demon has a large range of activities because it is related to birds.


    In the past, a large number of dark crows were divided into teams to patrol almost the whole Gobi. Almost no one dares to provoke where they pass, and all kinds of monsters retreat one after another.


    Although the battle with the male lion demon general caused heavy losses to the dark crow group, after the war, there were still many dark crow teams, far away from the nest of the dark crow demon general, patrolling in the nearby area. Even some brave second-order dark crows went deep into the vicinity of human friars for investigation.


    As the chief disciple, Niu Dawei will patrol around the taiyimen army regularly.


    While patrolling, Niu Dawei accidentally met this second-order dark crow.


    After the fight, the defeated dark crow wanted to escape.


    Demon birds like dark crows fly very fast. It is difficult for ordinary friars to catch up during the foundation period.


    However, Niu Dawei, who practiced the true solution of wind and thunder, was proficient in wind and thunder evasion and was faster. After catching up, he captured the second-order dark crow alive.


    The dark crow demon general is the number one enemy faced by the coalition forces of the three forces. Niu Dawei attaches great importance to the captured dark crow.


    He personally took him back to the camp to ask immortal Jindan to search his soul.


    Originally, nuns like Niu Dawei during the foundation period could also search the soul of this second-order dark crow. But for the sake of perfection, he decided to trouble immortal Jindan.


    Meng Zhang just came back and met this thing.


    Niu Dawei''s caution greatly satisfied Meng Zhang. After searching the soul of the second-order dark crow, Meng Zhang really got very important information.


    The dark crow is a very intelligent monster. The intelligence of the second-order dark crow is not much worse than that of ordinary humans.

 Chapter 467

    The long hair demon will visit the dark crow demon general and persuade the dark crow demon general to cooperate with the lion demon general. The dark crow demon general did not hide it from his men.


    The second-order dark crow is already a very important grass-roots leader in the dark crow group. It is qualified to know and even participate in some major events in the group.


    The second-order dark crow captured by the cow was very clear about the conversation between the long haired demon and the dark crow demon.


    After searching the soul, Meng Zhang took out almost all the secrets of the second-order dark crow, and naturally knew about it.


    After thinking for a while, he asked Niu Dawei to invite immortal ye ye and Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    After their arrival, Meng Zhang did not hide it and told them everything.


    After hearing this, the fallen leaf immortal was a little worried.


    If two groups of monsters merge, the human friar may not have a chance to win.


    Then she will never have a chance to finish the killing of the golden tiger demon general.


    Immortal ye ye suggested that Gu yuehuai butterfly should come forward to forcibly suppress the differences between Feihong sect and Mobei Qi family, and the three forces selected a group of monsters to fight. Strive to destroy one of the two evil beasts before they join hands and take the lead in the next battle.


    As soon as the proposal of the fallen immortal was exported, it was opposed by the ancient moon butterfly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly thinks it''s inappropriate for her to come forward and forcibly subdue feihongzong and Mobei Qijia.


    The ancient moon butterfly does not want to be too deeply involved in the internal affairs of the endless sand sea. On this expedition, she only helped human friars fight against monsters as a member of the righteous friars.


    Moreover, even if the ancient moon huaidie really subdued the four golden elixirs of feihongzong and Mobei Qi family. They are also unwilling to accept it. In future operations, they will never sincerely contribute.


    After Gu yuehuai butterfly said his idea, Meng Zhang agreed very much and put forward another scruple.


    The two groups of monsters are now hostile to each other because of their previous resentment, and there is no trend to join hands for the time being.


    At this time, if the human friars attack with all their strength, it may promote the two groups of monsters to join hands.


    Meng Zhang''s idea is also very reasonable. Gu yuehuai butterfly and deciduous immortal agree very much.


    If the status quo is maintained, the two groups of monsters do not feel too much threat and will not easily come together.


    But if we don''t attack on a large scale, when can we solve the problem on the Gobi side.


    Taiyimen can afford to wait, but in the face of Feihong sect of huoyun sect, they may not be able to wait.


    The task of thick earth God to find the third-order spiritual pulse is not going well.


    He surveyed a large area around and found no clue of the third-order spirit pulse.


    I think so. If there were third-order spirit veins nearby, they would have been discovered by the monsters living here.


    The Gobi has been under the control of goblins for thousands of years. It is basically impossible to have a large spiritual vein that is not clear to goblins.


    According to this posture, if Meng Zhang wants to obtain the third-order spirit pulse, he can only take it from two groups of demons.


    Of course, the geomancy work of the thick earth God general is not without effect.


    Through Kanyu, he found out the surrounding mineral resources and found some first-order spiritual veins. It is of great significance to the development and utilization of taiyimen in the future.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide the information about the long haired demon general and asked people to inform Fei hongzong and Mobei Qi family.


    After getting the information, the two golden elixirs of Fei hongzong wanted to find a way to confirm it, and then flew over to discuss with Meng Zhang.


    After discussing for a while, the three did not have a good way. They could only maintain the status quo temporarily according to Meng Zhang, and were not busy taking the initiative to launch a large-scale attack.


    Of course, we all know that this is not a long-term plan, but for a while, we can only do so.


    After all, it is still lack of strength. In the face of powerful monsters, human friars have no absolute advantage.


    After discussion, the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect returned to their camp.


    On the other hand, there was no news from Mobei Qi family after receiving the information from Meng Zhang.


    Qi Nanfei and Qi nangui, two golden elixirs, have never been seen.


    The friars of the three forces are not idle these days. They are wantonly plundering all kinds of resources on the Gobi.


    In fact, for taiyimen, this situation is really good.


    Almost every day, friar taiyimen can gain a lot.


    Although the mineral resources in the Gobi are not as rich as those in the endless sand sea, there is still a certain amount of mineral resources.


    Monsters don''t have the ability of human exploration and mining. Only a few monsters can make inefficient use of these mineral resources by instinct.


    If we can occupy here for a long time and make full use of these mineral resources, it will be a very rich income.


    Monster and human friars seem to be in some strange stalemate.


    Both sides have no intention of launching a war, but the small-scale battle between human friars and small groups of monsters has never been interrupted, and it is becoming more and more intense.


    In this way, half a month later, Qi nangui immortal of Mobei Qi family took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang.


    In the past half a month, Meng Zhang also wanted to discuss the next step with the two Jindan real people of Mobei Qi family, but they couldn''t be seen.


    Now Qi nangui takes the initiative to come to the door. Meng Zhang inevitably has some ideas in his heart.


    However, when Qi nangui told his intention, Meng Zhang was very shocked and put aside all the ideas in his mind.


    It turned out that during this period of time, the two golden elixirs of the whole family secretly got on the line with the lion demon.


    Both sides have a common goal. They want to enter the nest of the dark crow demon general and obtain the legacy left by the white lion demon king.


    I don''t know what the two sides talked about. The two sides actually reached an agreement and decided to work together to solve the biggest obstacle of the dark crow demon.


    Human friars collude with monsters. It doesn''t sound good, and they can''t publicize it.


    But in fact, many orthodox monks, not to mention colluding with monsters, even colluding with ghost monks.


    For the sake of interests, colluding with different kinds and enemies is not a thing at all.


    Moreover, the two golden elixirs of Mobei Qi family colluded with the lion demon general, and did not sell the interests of mankind, but set their goal on the dark crow demon general.


    Meng Zhang is not that stubborn person. It is not a bad thing to join hands with the lion demon general to destroy the dark crow demon general first.


    Anyway, you can do anything that weakens the strength of monsters.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much of the whole family''s collusion with the lion demon general.


    Of course, the whole family secretly made this matter behind the back of feihongzong and taiyimen. Let Meng Zhang be more alert to the whole family.


    After seeing and persuading Meng Zhang, the two golden elixirs of the Qi family took Meng Zhang and went to see the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect.

 Chapter 468

    The two golden elixirs of the Qi family, with Meng Zhang, met with the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect. As soon as they said the preliminary agreement they would reach with the lion demon, Feiyu and feijiang broke out immediately and showed great anger.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t persuaded them in the middle, maybe the two sides would start a big quarrel again.


    Meng Zhang said good things and bad things to calm them down and listen to the whole thing.


    When Qi Nanfei told the whole story, Feiyu and feijiang kept a straight face.


    Originally, feihongzong regarded the lion demon as Meng Zhang, superficially echoing the words of real Qi Nanfei, but secretly he kept sneering. I really regard the third-order monster as a fool. I think I can fool it at will.


    When Qi Nanfei spoke, Feiyu and feijiang knew it. It was difficult for them to object directly. Most of them still pretended to be angry and wanted to strive for more interests for Feihong sect.


    The two golden elixirs of Fei hongzong threw away their prejudice and made a realistic judgment. Qi Nanfei''s plan is still very feasible.


    Join hands with the lion demon temporarily to destroy the dark crow demon first. After that, how to deal with the lion demon will not be a word.


    Several Jindan immortals discussed and argued for a while, and they reluctantly reached a consensus.


    Anyway, first contact the lion demon to see the effect.


    Next, immortal Feiyu, Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei, three golden elixirs, go to talk with the lion demon general.


    The male lion demon will be alone and dare to meet the three golden elixirs.


    As a third-class monster, even if you can''t fight the three golden elixirs in the early stage, it''s not a big problem to retreat.


    After the meeting, the lion demon general''s attitude was neither humble nor arrogant, and did not show his fear of human friars at all.


    As soon as he opened his mouth, he cursed the dark crow demon general, as if he were at odds with each other.


    After Meng Zhang entered the golden elixir period, his spiritual skills were greatly improved.


    Of course, basically all the golden elixir immortal will not be easily read by the friars of the same level.


    The process of monks'' Dan binding is a process of high concentration of essence, Qi and spirit. After the pill, the spirit is restrained, which can not be easily shaken by the mind reading magic power.


    Third order monster and human golden elixir exist at the same level. Meng Zhang''s mind is also difficult to read their thoughts directly.


    But vaguely, Meng Zhang can still judge that the hatred of the lion demon to the dark crow demon is very real.


    But that doesn''t mean much. The lion demon will hate the dark crow demon, and will not have goodwill to mankind.


    After the lion demon scolded, everyone got to the point.


    The lion demon will express his willingness to help the human side attack the dark crow demon.


    How to help? It can provide information for human friars. Not only will it not help the dark crow demon general, but also it will prevent other monsters from reinforcements.


    The so-called help of the male lion demon will certainly not satisfy the human friars, especially immortal Feiyu.


    What if the male lion demon steals from behind when the human friar attacks the dark crow demon?


    Therefore, immortal Feiyu insisted that the male lion demon would attack the dark crow demon with the human friars.


    The lion demon will naturally not agree to this request. According to its statement, it openly cooperates with human beings. How can it convince its subordinates and gain a foothold in the Gobi?


    The two sides argued for a long time, because the differences were too big to reach an agreement at all.


    Immortal Qi Nanfei is also a little unhappy. When the lion demon was going to contact him, it was not the words in front of him.


    The lion demon will be able to say that he will deal with the dark crow demon with humans.


    If you are unhappy, immortal Qi Nanfei can''t watch immortal Feiyu and the lion demon collapse completely.


    The two golden elixirs of the Qi family knew that the white lion demon king had left a treasure, which they coveted very much.


    Many years ago, the two golden elixirs of the Qi family once sneaked into the Gobi of evil wind, trying to seize this treasure from the dark crow demon general.


    However, even if the two golden elixirs of the Qi family work together, they are not the opponents of the dark crow demon general.


    Defeated by the dark crow demon, they fled in a hurry.


    The male lion demon general who also wanted to seize the inheritance of the white lion demon king met the two golden elixirs of the Qi family at that time.


    However, at that time, the two sides did not trust each other, and the dark crow demon would have a good relationship with the golden tiger demon, with the full support of the poison sand demon general. Even if they join hands, they are not sure of winning.


    Many years later, the human friars invaded the Gobi and swept all the way to the nest of the lion demon general.


    At this time, the lion demon secretly took the initiative to contact the real Qi Nanfei.


    The lion demon will frankly say that the treasure that the Qi family wants to seize is meaningless to it.


    As long as the whole family and it work together to break the nest of the dark crow demon general, the treasure can belong to the whole family, but all the other legacies of the white lion demon king should belong to it.


    The Qi family and the lion demon will hit it off immediately. After the two sides reached a preliminary agreement, the Qi family informed Meng Zhang and feihongzong.


    Qi Nanfei, who has selfish thoughts, certainly hopes that the cooperation can be successfully reached.


    Of course, both sides were very cautious about such a major matter.


    Although she is not the kind of person skilled in conspiracy and calculation, she is used to all kinds of vicious means and tricks. He simply scoffed at the so-called negotiation of such intrigues.


    After hearing this, Gu yuehuai butterfly thought about it and put forward a very bold plan.


    Gu Yue Huai die is the master of the Gu Yue family. Besides her unknown status as a master of heaven, she is also resourceful and often has tricks.

 Chapter 469

    Gu yuehuai butterfly carefully analyzed the current situation and spent a lot of thought to come up with this plan.


    When she said her plan, even the fallen leaf immortal who had always been a little dissatisfied with her rarely praised her and said that she was really insidious.


    Meng Zhang is full of admiration for the ancient moon huaidie. He lacks such calculation skills.


    In the past, Meng Zhang also had a dog headed military Master Li Xuan around him. However, as the dispute level of Taiyi gate''s participation became higher and higher, and the objects of contact became stronger and stronger, Li Xuan began to slowly lose track of Taiyi gate due to his cultivation and knowledge.


    During the Qi refining period, the friars could not measure the idea of Jindan immortal, nor could they participate in the vertical and horizontal connection between Jindan sects.


    As the leader of the foreign affairs hall, when dealing with other forces on behalf of taiyimen, he felt that his cultivation was lagging behind.


    A friar in the period of Qi refining can hardly speak on behalf of a Jindan sect.


    Not long ago, he asked Meng Zhang to resign as the head of the foreign affairs hall and return to his hometown to provide for the aged.


    There are more and more young rising generations in Taiyi sect, and excellent talents are constantly emerging. During the period of Qi refining, there will be fewer and fewer monks holding the position of hall leader.


    Meng Zhang often feels that he lacks an effective counselor around him.


    For example, the ancient moon Huai butterfly can become the master of the ancient moon family. Not to mention its identity as a Heavenly Master, its wisdom alone is competent.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t expect to have a counselor like Gu yuehuai butterfly in Taiyi gate. He just hopes to have a person who can be used for great purposes.


    The top priority now is the war in the Gobi. Meng Zhang put these things away from his mind.


    Meng Zhang and immortal deciduous listened to Gu Yue''s plan to conceive a butterfly, discussed it together, and finally decided.


    With the new plan, Meng Zhang quietly waited for the next meeting with the lion demon general.


    Before long, Meng Zhang, Qi Nanfei and immortal Feiyu will get together with the lion demon again.


    In fact, both sides are willing to deal with the dark crow demon general, but they can''t agree on many details.


    Sure enough, after the talks began, due to mutual distrust, the negotiations soon reached an impasse.


    In the cultivation world, there are many ways to win people''s trust.


    It is feasible for both sides to make a heart devil oath or a ghost oath.


    Unfortunately, the binding force of the heart demon oath on the monster is not high. And to make a ghost oath, both sides are reluctant.


    On the surface, the two sides discussed to deal with the dark crow demon general together, but in their hearts, they were full of malice and calculation towards each other.


    Everyone knows this and knows that they are seeking skin from the tiger. However, we all have to maintain superficial cooperation.


    If you want to make a ghost oath, you have to say a lot of things and involve some details.


    In particular, Fei hongzong used ghost oath to calculate Guangzhi immortal and flaming immortal. Of course, we should be very cautious about this. Even taiyimen and Mobei Qijia, as allies of Feihong sect, should be secretly careful of Feihong sect, not to mention the lion demon general.


    But once many things are said, everyone''s current apparent peace will immediately disappear.


    Immortal Feiyu and Meng Zhang''s idea is to solve the dark crow demon general first, and then slowly clean up the lion demon general.


    The lion demon will also not be stupid. He can''t guarantee his own safety first, and it won''t help calculate the dark crow demon.


    Because everyone has enough vigilance to play tricks such as language traps, which is of no use at all.


    Seeing that the two sides can''t agree at all, this time they will break up unhappily. Meng Zhang, who had not put forward any opinions during several meetings, said something.


    What he said caught the key of the matter. The reason why we can''t agree is that we don''t trust each other.


    In order to solve this problem, we can all show some sincerity.


    The male lion demon will be able to do a small favor for the human friars first to help get rid of a third-order monster over there.


    Of course, the male lion demon will not have to come forward directly, but only need to provide opportunities for the human side.


    After the human friar gets rid of the third-order monster, he must immediately launch an all-round attack on the dark crow demon.


    Meng Zhang''s proposal brightened everyone''s eyes. This method is good.


    The lion demon will provide an opportunity for human friars to get rid of the third-order monster over there. It can not only weaken the strength of the dark crow demon general, but also make the male lion demon completely lose the possibility of the combination of the dark crow demon general.


    The lion demon will seem to have suffered a little, but he doesn''t care much.


    The male lion demon will have long been desperate for the dark crow demon, and it is impossible to unite with the dark crow demon.


    And weakening the strength of the dark crow demon is what it wants.


    As long as the human side follows the agreement and attacks the dark crow demon afterwards, it will achieve its goal.


    If the human side weakens the dark crow demon, it will break the contract immediately, and the male lion demon will have no loss.


    Anyway, it was the dark crow demon general''s men who died, and their strength was not damaged. Even in the worst case, if the human friar attacks himself with all his strength, it is sure enough to resist for a long time.


    And most importantly, the lion demon will understand the dark crow demon. Human beings kill the third-order monster on its side, and it will never give up. With its always arrogant character, it will most likely take the initiative to launch an attack on the human side.


    No matter how calculated, the lion demon will feel that he has no loss.


    Of course, although it was secretly moved, it still didn''t let go easily and continued to bargain with Meng Zhang.


    After another hard tug of war, the two sides reluctantly reached a final agreement.


    The content of the agreement is roughly similar to Meng Zhang''s proposal, with only some detailed modifications.


    When we reach an agreement, it''s time to act immediately.


    According to the agreement, the male lion demon will provide the human side with an opportunity to kill the third-order monster on the side of the dark crow demon.


    In addition to the dark crow demon general, there are golden tiger demon general and poisonous sand demon general on its side.


    The male lion demon will hit the poison sand demon this time. They have a lot of resentment against each other. It''s hard to lure the poison sand demon out.


    The golden tiger demon will be there, and the lion demon will never deal with him.


    According to the long haired demon general, the golden tiger demon will not seem to exclude cooperation with the lion demon.


    Even if the long haired demon will exaggerate, at least the golden tiger demon should be less hostile to the lion demon.


    In the plan of the lion demon general, it can lead out the golden tiger demon through the long hair demon general, so that the human friars can ambush in advance and launch it in time.


    The human friar killed the golden tiger demon general, and the lion demon general showed sincerity even if he completed the agreement.


    Next, we should see how the human side acts.


    During this time, the long haired demon will travel between the lion demon general and the dark crow demon general for many times, trying to match the two together.


    It''s not difficult for the male lion demon to contact it.

 Chapter 470

    The long haired demon will receive the request of the male lion demon to meet him. Come and meet him quickly.


    The long hair demon has made little progress in matching the two during this period. The main obstacle is the dark crow demon.


    The dark crow demon will be extremely stubborn. If you believe in something, you must stick to it to the end.


    No matter how hard the hairy demon will persuade, it doesn''t loosen at all.


    In contrast, the male lion demon will be very reasonable,


    Even an old guy like the long haired demon general feels good when facing the lion demon general.


    After the meeting, the lion demon would talk endlessly.


    It first expressed its sincerity to join hands with the dark crow demon. It has repeatedly stressed that for many years, it has been committed to uniting all kinds of demons and beasts in the Gobi, integrating everyone''s strength and fighting against human friars.


    Now the human friars are at the foot of the city. We should put aside our past grievances and join hands to fight against foreign enemies first.


    The lion demon will speak with justice and strictness, and the long haired demon will agree.


    It''s old and still dragging the old and weak around, just to let the monsters unite temporarily and defeat mankind first.


    The dark crow demon''s attitude of not entering the oil and salt made the long haired demon very disappointed and even angry.


    In order to stabilize the lion demon general, the long haired demon general has always said that he has made progress in the dark crow demon general, but it still needs some time.


    As for the long haired demon will tell the lion demon will that it will mobilize other third-order monsters in the Gobi, it is pure deception.


    There are other third-order monsters in the depths of the Gobi.


    But these third-order monsters have their own big trouble and can''t care about this side at all.


    I''m afraid they will have to fight passively only when human friars continue to go deep into the Gobi and really kill them.


    So far, the male lion demon has a good attitude towards the long haired demon general. On the surface, I still respect the older generation of the monster.


    The male lion demon will seem very easy to talk, but also understand the difficulties of the long haired demon.


    It is very intimate to put forward a suggestion, since the dark crow demon will be too hostile to himself, he is unwilling to join hands with himself. Then it can try to persuade the dark crow demon to kill other monsters around him.


    The golden tiger demon will have no enemies with himself in the past and no grievances in recent days. It is an object that can be exchanged.


    The male lion demon will ask the long haired demon general to ask him to ask the golden tiger demon general out and let him have a good chat with him.


    If you first convince the golden tiger demon general and let the golden tiger demon general convince the dark crow demon general, the possibility of success will be greater.


    Without any doubt, the long haired demon accepted the statement of the lion demon general, but praised that the lion demon general was thoughtful.


    Of course, it never thought that the lion demon would collude with human friars.


    In fact, the Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi. Experience is far from enough, let alone cunning.


    In the history of Gobi, there has never been a precedent of collusion between monsters and humans, at least on the surface.


    Even the long haired demon has a solidified idea in the eyes of such an old generation. There is no contradiction between human friars and monsters, and it is absolutely impossible to come together.


    The long haired demon general who fully accepted the idea of the lion demon general left happily.


    The long hair demon will rush to the dark crow demon general and enter the dark crow demon general''s nest very smoothly.


    During this time, the long haired demon will go in and out of this place many times. The dark crow demon general''s men are very familiar with it, and naturally have no defense against it.


    Although the dark crow demon will not agree to cooperate with the lion demon, on the surface, he still maintains his respect for the hairy demon general.


    The long haired demon will enter and leave the dark crow''s nest freely, and there is still no problem.


    This time, instead of meeting the dark crow demon general and the poisonous sand demon general, the long haired demon directly met the golden tiger demon general.


    The golden tiger demon will live in the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi of the Gobi.


    When he settled down, he spent most of his time here.


    During this time, human friars invaded on a large scale, and he basically stayed here to help the dark crow demon fight against human friars.


    The long haired demon will see the golden tiger demon very smoothly.


    The old guy has good oral skills. After some persuasion, he persuaded the golden tiger demon general.


    No matter whether they will join hands with the enemy in the end, it is not a big event or a bad thing to meet the lion demon.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the lion demon will have a bad heart. With its strength, it can''t help the golden tiger demon general.


    The golden tiger demon will not be afraid at all. What will the male lion demon do.


    The golden tiger demon will be a friend of the dark crow demon general, not his subordinate.


    The golden tiger demon will pay attention to this friend, but will never obey it, let alone act according to its face.


    To be honest, the golden tiger demon will have a lot of opinions about the dark crow demon will''s emotional style, which only cares about his own likes and dislikes.


    Mingming and the lion demon will work together against the enemy, which is the best way to deal with the current situation, but it is not willing to adopt it at all.


    Even if it is a third-order monster, the beast will overwhelm rationality and can''t be rational enough.


    Not to mention the dark crow demon general, even the golden tiger demon general, a guy from the purple gold sect, can''t completely overcome his beast nature.


    After the golden tiger demon will agree to meet the lion demon, the long hair demon will also rush to the lion demon general and tell it the good news.


    After the long hair demon will bring the news that the golden tiger demon will agree to meet, the male lion demon will secretly breathe a sigh of relief. Their own calculations have finally succeeded, and most of the agreements with humans have been completed.


    Next, the long hair demon will contact in the middle, and the male lion demon and the golden tiger demon will agree on the time and place to meet.


    There is a distance of more than 5000 Li between the old nest of the male lion demon general, the male lion ridge, and the old nest of the dark crow demon general.


    In order to show sincerity, lion demon did not invite Golden Tiger demon to meet him at lion ridge. Instead, they chose a place between Xiongshi ridge and crow''s nest as the place for the two sides to meet.


    On the appointed day, the long hair demon will go to see the golden tiger demon general early and ask him to go to the appointment with himself.


    The long haired demon will act as an intermediary to ensure that there is no serious conflict between the two sides and the meeting goes smoothly.


    Even though he has always looked down on most monsters in the Gobi, the golden tiger demon will still trust the elder long hair demon general.


    With the long haired demon will guarantee, it is more relieved of this meeting.


    The long hair demon and the golden tiger demon left the crow nest early in the morning and flew to the agreed place.


    In less than half a day, they arrived at their destination.


    It was a desolate and dangerous Gobi desert. Looking down from the air, there was no barrier around it, almost endless.

 Chapter 471

    The long haired demon general and the golden tiger demon general are unprepared. In their view, the lion demon will have no reason to attack them at all.


    The two demons will fall to the ground and are about to wait for the arrival of the lion demon.


    As soon as they landed, their foothold was unstable, and a huge handkerchief suddenly appeared in the air next to them.


    The handkerchief changes and shrinks, revealing the five golden elixirs wrapped in the handkerchief.


    Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly, fallen leaf immortal, flying feather immortal and flying general immortal have been waiting here for a long time.


    The lion demon general had already told Meng Zhang about his agreement with the long hair demon general.


    With the time and place to meet, Meng Zhang and his family ambushed here early in advance. Using the handkerchief like treasure of the fallen immortal, they completely covered their body shape and breath, and completely hid themselves without revealing the slightest trace.


    The golden tiger demon and the long hair demon will be caught this time.


    Seeing the human golden elixir real person appear, the golden tiger demon and the long hair demon will react immediately. They are in an ambush.


    The lion demon sold this guy to the human friars. This damn guy, how dare he?


    This time is no longer the time to investigate this problem. Facing the human golden elixir with absolute superiority in number, the first thing to consider for two third-order monsters is how to break out of the siege and escape from the sky.


    As soon as the five prepared golden elixir immortal showed their figure, they began to attack one after another.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang sacrificed two flying swords, the burning sun sword and the shadow killing sword, and showed the Qizheng sword formula.


    A scorching sun rose above the golden tiger demon''s head and fell towards him with a dignified momentum.


    Almost at the same time, the shadow killing sword turned into a shadow, silently pressed against the ground and killed the foot of the golden tiger demon general.


    "Qizheng sword formula." there are complex feelings in the voice of the golden tiger demon general.


    He was born in Zijin sect. How could he not recognize this excellent sword formula that is famous in Zijin sect.


    The golden tiger demon general was loved by his master.


    But the monster is a monster after all. No matter how much his master likes him and how loyal he is to the Zijin sect, he can''t get the real trust of the top level of the Zijin sect or learn the advanced skills of the Zijin sect.


    Thinking that he was in that small world, he was distracted by Zhu Zizhen and treated like an ordinary monster. He was almost killed on the spot.


    The human being in front of him was distracted by Zhu Zizhen just because he knew the magic sword formula with both hands.


    At the thought of this, the golden tiger demon will have a violent spirit in his heart, which is really unbearable.


    A roaring roar, a tiger roar with special power, made everyone''s actions in the field a meal.


    The golden tiger demon pounced on Meng Zhang fiercely and vowed to tear him to pieces.


    Among the five golden elixirs, the ancient moon butterfly was hardly affected.


    As a monk in the middle of the golden pill, she is also the only person who can block the golden tiger demon general.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly took the initiative to meet the golden tiger demon general. The white Ling in her hand danced and forcibly blocked all the ferocious attacks of the golden tiger demon.


    Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye only shook their minds a little and immediately recovered.


    Then they were able to attack the golden tiger demon from both sides.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal brothers worked together to kill the long haired demon general.


    If it is the long haired demon in its heyday, it can easily defeat the two opponents in the early days of Jindan.


    However, as Shouyuan is about to run out, its strength is far less powerful than that in its heyday.


    Facing the joint attack of two human golden elixirs, it can only barely maintain an invincible situation.


    As the saying goes, the older the Jianghu, the less courage. The hairy demon will be more afraid of death as he gets older.


    At its age, its longevity is running out.


    Such a little longevity yuan, it can''t cherish, and it can''t bear to be easily consumed.


    When fighting with the human golden elixir, the long haired demon will need to lose a lot of energy. If you lose too much vitality, you will lose its little life.


    Every time I make a move, I feel that the vitality in my body is slowly consumed, and the long haired demon will be very distressed. It''s like a miser watching his wealth be taken away alive bit by bit.


    The long haired demon will have no fighting spirit at all and have no intention to continue fighting.


    If feijiang and Feiyu hadn''t attacked too hard and tangled too tightly, it would have retreated immediately.


    The long hair demon will not care about the golden tiger demon, but fight and retreat and leave this place slowly.


    Immortal ye ye came to the endless sand sea this time. His main purpose is to kill the golden tiger demon general and seize something in his hand.


    For this purpose, she did not hesitate to owe the favor of Gu yuehuai butterfly, but also did not hesitate to take great risks.


    The golden tiger demon put this goal close in front of her. She also took out all her skills and vowed to keep each other.


    The same shadow killing sword, in Meng Zhang''s hand, is only a special soldier to cooperate with the blazing sun sword. But in the hands of fallen leaf immortal, it is extremely insidious and hidden.


    As the master of the ancient moon family, Gu yuehuai butterfly is not the kind of person who can only play tricks. When it comes to combat effectiveness, it is definitely not weak.


    Although she is a female generation, she has no fear of bumping such a fierce monster with the golden tiger demon.


    When the golden tiger demon was in the purple gold sect, he also learned a lot. Later, he entered the Dark Alliance and gained a lot.


    Experienced in many battles, he has rich combat experience. Even if he is an enemy of three, he is not afraid. He also shows his ability to fight the enemy vividly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly was born in a big family. He has excellent cultivation skills and extraordinary magic tools.


    Meng Zhang married Dan for a short time, but his combat effectiveness is not like the newcomers who just married Dan.


    Fallen leaf immortal is a very clever assassin. Every time he makes a move, he can bring great pressure to golden tiger immortal.


    At this level of battle, it is often easier to defeat than to kill.


    Golden Tiger immortal is not easily defeated even if he falls down.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t been too tight with the three of them, he would have escaped.


    At the end of the fight, Gu yuehuai butterfly struggled to get hurt and temporarily limited the action of the golden tiger demon general. Meng Zhang took the opportunity to take out the tianleizi given to him by immortal Jinli last time, which made the golden tiger demon dizzy and hurt a lot.


    Fallen leaf immortal dares to hunt the golden tiger demon general alone. Of course, he also has his cards.


    She seized the opportunity and took out a rune. After casting it, she directly hit the golden tiger demon general and greatly reduced his combat effectiveness.


    Finally, the fallen leaf immortal and Meng Zhang both suffered some serious injuries before they completed the killing of the golden tiger demon general.


    After killing the golden tiger demon general, immortal deciduous took the treasure he was looking for from him and cut off his head at the same time.


    The body of the golden tiger demon and the demon pill belong to Meng Zhang. Most of the rest of his belongings belong to the ancient moon butterfly.

 Chapter 472

    What the fallen immortal took from the golden tiger demon was a black round bead.


    What is the origin and function of this round bead. She didn''t say, and Meng Zhang didn''t ask much.


    The golden tiger demon surprised everyone by his wealth.


    There are a lot of storage magic tools on your body, which are filled with all kinds of spiritual objects.


    As the main force of this battle, Gu yuehuai butterfly blocked the golden tiger demon general in the front. She took most of the booty, which was highly agreed by Meng Zhang and fallen leaf immortal.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied when he got the body of the golden tiger demon general and the demon pill.


    With this demon pill, the alchemist in the door can refine another furnace of foundation pill.


    With the accumulation before, taiyimen didn''t have to worry about building Jidan for a long time.


    When the golden tiger demon was about to die, the battle on the other side had long been divided.


    The long haired demon will not love the war. After fighting with the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect for a while, he finds an opportunity to leave the battle group and quickly escape here.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal have no intention to chase it.


    If you can leave the golden tiger demon general, you have achieved the predetermined goal.


    They are also a little selfish, unwilling to work hard with the long haired demon, resulting in serious damage to their own family.


    The long haired demon will take the initiative to escape, and the result is not bad.


    During the bloody battle here, the two golden elixirs of Mobei Qi family were not idle. They have been patrolling around the battlefield to prevent accidents.


    As the biggest defense object, the lion demon general has not changed. The dark crow demon general did not receive any news and came to help the golden tiger demon general.


    The human friars completed the task smoothly.


    Without the golden tiger demon general and the dark crow demon general, there are only two third-order monsters, the dark crow demon general and the poisonous sand demon general, whose strength is greatly reduced.


    The long haired demon will the old guy, knowing that he was designed by the lion demon general this time.


    After the battle, it secretly returned to the vicinity of the battlefield.


    The third-order monster is killed. Like the fall of human golden elixir, there will be miracles. It can be seen within hundreds of miles or even thousands of miles.


    After the golden tiger demon will be killed, a pillar of Qi rises into the sky and cannot dissipate for a long time.


    The long haired demon will see this scene. I don''t know that the golden tiger demon will be killed.


    He was so frightened that he hurried out of here and fled all the way back to his nest.


    The golden tiger demon will be called out by him. He can''t speak clearly all over his body.


    With the temper of the dark crow demon general, he will certainly regard him as an accomplice of the lion demon general.


    The long haired demon will not dare to see the dark crow demon general, nor dare to argue with the lion demon general. He can only escape from this place far away.


    As for the plan of uniting all kinds of demons and beasts to jointly fight against human cultivators, it has long been forgotten.


    Compared with the future of Gobi, it is more important to have your own life.


    When the long haired demon fled, the strength of the monster became weaker.


    The lion demon general has completed the agreement and showed his sincerity.


    Now, it''s the human side''s turn to fulfill its promise and attack the dark crow demon with all its strength.


    The vision after the golden tiger demon killed was so obvious that it was soon discovered by the dark crow patrolling, and then reported to the dark crow demon general layer by layer.


    The dark crow demon will be unbelievable at first, and then a burst of rage.


    Dark crow demon will always be arrogant and rarely communicate with other third-order monsters. The same arrogant Golden Tiger demon general is one of its few friends.


    The two sides have known each other for many years and have helped each other a lot. The golden tiger demon will be killed, and the dark crow demon will lose a general here, and its strength will fall sharply.


    However, the angry dark crow demon will have ignored these.


    Although I didn''t see the battle process with my own eyes, there was no other power to kill the golden tiger demon except the invading human friars.


    The dark crow demon will immediately recruit the arsenopyrite demon general, and then gather his demon animal group to attack the human friars.


    The ambitious dark crow demon general doesn''t think that human friars can do anything about themselves.


    As a third-class monster, it has the blessing of its dark crow group, and its combat effectiveness is still above the golden tiger demon general.


    The golden tiger demon will be alone. There will be no external help after being besieged.


    The dark crow demon will not be afraid of siege as long as it gathers with its own ethnic group, and it is difficult for human monks to trap it.


    There is no need for humans to attack. The dark crow demon will have begun to gather monsters and prepare to attack humans.


    The three forces sent elite friars to pay attention to the situation of the dark crow demon general all the time.


    The action of the dark crow demon was soon sent back to several golden elixirs.


    The two golden elixirs of Mobei Qi family were overjoyed. The action of the dark crow demon general was just what they wanted.


    If you can destroy the dark crow demon in the wild, you don''t have to attack the crow nest.


    The three forces also began to recall the monks scattered around and concentrate on preparing for a frontal battle with the dark crow demon.


    The three forces have a large number of flying boats and flying mounts, and the mobility of the team is very good.


    Mobei Qijia''s flying boat team took the lead and drove towards the crow''s nest.


    The Mobei Qi family was willing to be the vanguard this time because, according to the agreement of several golden elixirs, after conquering the crow nest, the Mobei Qi family first selected the booty.


    Moreover, feihongzong and taiyimen have played their part in the battle of subduing and killing the golden tiger demon general. Now it''s time for Mobei Qi family to perform.


    Following the Qijia flying boat team in Mobei is the flying boat team of Feihong sect.


    As expected, Fei hongzong has a deep foundation. In addition to ordinary flying boats, there are two third-order warships.


    Compared with ordinary flying boats, warships specially used for air operations have great advantages in all aspects. Fierce firepower, faster speed, stronger defense.


    As long as you are willing to give up the spirit stone, ordinary flying boats can be bought in Jiuqu League. However, if there are no channels and channels for warships, no matter how much they cost, they are difficult to buy.


    These two third-order warships are the treasures of Feihong sect. In a large-scale battle, it''s a prop. Many times, it can even play a decisive role.


    At the back is the flying boat team of taiyimen.


    Compared with Mobei Qijia and Feihong sect, Taiyi gate has the shallowest foundation, the flying boat team is rare, and the number of monks is the least.


    The flying boat teams of the three forces were divided into the front, middle and rear teams and flew towards the front.


    Before reaching the crow nest, countless dark crows flew in the face.


    A large area of dark crows, black all over the sky, rushed towards the human flying boat team.


    Mobei Qi family''s flying boat immediately lowered its height. Before the flying boat landed, a monk jumped from the flying boat and discharged his formation on the ground.


    Qi Nanfei and Qi nangui, two golden elixir immortal in the team, have explored the dark crow demon general in front with their mind.


    Although the two sides have not met yet, their respective Qi machines have been firmly locked in each other and can launch a thunderbolt at any time.

 Chapter 473

    In the sky, Qi Nanfei and Qi nangui, two golden elixir real people, suspended in the air and looked ahead without any distraction.


    On the ground, the people of the whole family have formed an array and faced the swarming dark crows.


    The dark crow demon, as a third-order middle-class monster and blessed by the power of the ethnic group, can''t defeat it alone by the two friars in the early days of the golden elixir.


    But at the thought that the team behind feihongzong and taiyimen were not far away, they were full of confidence in winning.


    They only need to delay a little until the subsequent reinforcements arrive, which is the situation of human golden pill beating the dark crow demon general.


    The dark crows poured in from beginning to end. In the plan of carrying butterflies in the ancient moon, we should give priority to solving the demon force of the lion demon.


    This is the scheme that best suits the interests of taiyimen and feihongzong.


    Both feihongzong and taiyimen have been attacked by monsters on a large scale. There is a deep hatred between feihongzong and the lion demon general.


    The lion demon will not be eliminated. Neither Feihong sect nor Taiyi sect will be at ease. Feihong sect is even less likely to concentrate on dealing with the threat of huoyun sect.


    Although Feihong Zong did not know why Mobei Qi family insisted on solving the dark crow demon general first, he did not know that the two golden elixirs of Qi family wanted to seize the treasure left by the white lion demon king.


    However, the Feihong sect, of course, should give priority to ensuring its own interests. Moreover, the Qi family''s covet of the white lion demon king''s heritage also shows some clues. Naturally, feihongzong cannot easily let the whole family achieve their wishes.


    Feihongzong joined hands with Mobei Qijia temporarily before. It was forced by the situation. Neither side was sincere.


    When pursuing the army of huoyun sect friars, Mobei Qi family almost blatantly released water, which has greatly angered the high-level of Feihong sect. More than one Jindan immortal wanted to kill.


    Feihongzong has ruled the endless sand sea for many years and has a profound foundation. Even if it is not smooth in these years, its strength is still strong.


    If you want to make a choice between feihongzong and Mobei Qijia, Meng Zhang will certainly choose feihongzong.


    Some time ago, when there was a dispute between Fei Hongzong and the North Qi family, Meng Zhang did not show his inclination, but adjusted it in the middle. But in his mind, he had already been on the side of Feihong Zong.


    The ancient moon butterfly really deserves to be the master of the great family of cultivation like the ancient moon family. She is resourceful and good at calculation.


    Within Jiuqu League, many zongmen families are not monolithic, and the internal struggle is also fierce. Even in Dafeng City, there are many open and secret battles between the ancient moon family and other families.


    Compared with the struggle of Jiuqu League, there are only a few Jindan forces in the endless sand sea, and the situation is not too complicated.


    The ancient moon butterfly also knows the endless sand sea and Gobi.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly, who has rich fighting experience, has formulated this plan for taiyimen, which can not only ensure the interests of taiyimen to the greatest extent, but also has great feasibility of success. Moreover, by the way, it also solved the problem of fallen leaf real person, which really killed many birds with one stone.


    This plan is not complicated. Meng Zhang first secretly contacted the two golden elixirs of feihongzong and reached an agreement with them.


    Then, when meeting with the lion demon general, he proposed to kill the third-order monster over there.


    In order to win the trust of others, the male lion demon launched the golden tiger demon as the target.


    Taiyimen and Feihong Zongfu killed the golden tiger demon general. The Mobei Qi family and the lion demon general thought they would take the dark crow demon as the next target.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong have already fought. If Mobei Qi family wants to have a greater say in the distribution of the white lion demon king''s heritage after the war, they have to take the lead and act as the vanguard of attacking the dark crow demon general.


    Now, Mobei Qi family and dark crow demon will fall into a war.


    Once a war begins, it doesn''t mean to stop or go. Unless the two golden elixirs of the Qi family are willing to give up the friar army of the Qi family and leave the battlefield alone. Otherwise, it will be difficult for them to get away easily.


    Only when the whole family entangles the dark crow demon general, Fei hongzong and taiyimen can concentrate on dealing with the lion demon general.


    This time I calculated the whole family, and I must have offended the whole family to death. However, when taiyimen and feihongzong come together, they don''t have to care too much about the idea of the whole family.


    Even if the whole family wants revenge, they have to survive the current level first.


    The flying boat team of taiyimen accelerated forward and soon crossed a long distance, getting closer and closer to Xiongshi mountain.


    At a distance from Xiongshi mountain, the male lion demon will lead a huge army of monsters and beasts, heading towards the crow nest, and bumped into the flying boat team of Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 474

    Meng Zhang was not surprised when he ran into the monster army led by the lion demon outside Xiongshi mountain.


    From the beginning to the end, they never trusted the lion demon general.


    Even humans have to cheat each other, not to mention between humans and monsters.


    The lion demon will encourage the human friars to attack the dark crow demon. If there is no calculation in the process, it is insulting everyone''s IQ.


    However, Mobei Qi family did not regard the lion demon as the primary enemy and thought it could cooperate temporarily.


    But Fei hongzong and taiyimen decided to destroy the lion demon first from the beginning. All calculations are for the moment.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong calculate the lion demon general. The lion demon general also wants to take advantage of the human friars'' war with the dark crow demon general to sneak in and attack the human friars from behind.


    The lion demon will lead the monster army to leave Xiongshi mountain on his own initiative, which saves Taiyi gate a lot of strength from attacking Xiongshi mountain, which has been operated by the enemy for many years.


    At Meng Zhang''s command, all the flying boats immediately lowered their altitude and began to prepare for landing.


    Before the flying boat landed, Taiyi disciples had jumped out one after another and lined up on the ground.


    Among the flying boat team, in addition to the disciples of the Taiyi sect, there are also friars of the surrounding cultivation forces convened by the Taiyi sect. Sects such as the skillful sect and the earthly sect are all led by the leader himself.


    Among the taiyimen army, there are nearly 20 friars in the foundation period and thousands in the Qi refining period.


    Naturally, under the command of the middle and high levels of the Taiyi sect, the disciples of the Taiyi sect lined up one formation after another.


    The friars outside Taiyi gate are also ready to meet the enemy at any time according to the previous preparation plan.


    The monster army led by the male lion demon soon rushed over and began a fierce battle with the army on the side of Taiyi gate.


    There are three third-order monsters on the monster side, including lion demon general, vulture demon general and fierce crocodile demon general. Lion demon will be a third-order middle-class monster.


    On the human side, among Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly and deciduous immortal, only Gu yuehuai butterfly is the cultivation in the middle of Jindan.


    The monster army has an absolute advantage in quantity. The friars of Taiyi gate are of higher quality and more organized.


    The male lion demon will have the blessing of his family group, with great strength and fierce power.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly comes from a big family. It not only inherits wisdom, but also has many treasures to protect itself. With her own strength, she blocked the lion demon general and his ethnic groups.


    The fierce crocodile demon was the first third-order monster to fight the invading human friars.


    When it was defeated by Feihong sect, it left its own ethnic group and ran away alone.


    Now it has no power of the ethnic group, and its injuries have not yet healed. It really feels that it can''t help it when it comes to the fallen leaf immortal.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect have arranged several formations, one of which is the heaven and earth reversal array presided over by Niu Dawei.


    Meng Zhang fell into the array and took over the dominance of the array from his eldest disciple.


    The vulture demon will gather the strength of his group and kill them fiercely.


    Meng Zhang controlled the formation and took the initiative to welcome it.


    One is to give play to the monster talent and have the power of the ethnic group. On the one hand, there is a brilliant array created by human friars, which also has the power of array blessing.


    Meng Zhang and the vulture demon will enter a white hot state as soon as they hand over.


    The blazing sun sword is hanging high in the air, like a brilliant sun, reaching the sun to the hard. The shadow killing sword stealthily attacks, dark and poisonous.


    One is positive, one is strange, one is bright and one is dark, which has the meaning of one Yin and one Yang.


    Although immortal Jindan can''t directly use the power of the avenue, he has been able to understand the true meaning of the avenue.


    Meng Zhang''s constitution is originally Yang attribute and Yin attribute, and he practices the sun moon rotation Sutra. The heaven and earth reversal array he now presides over also has the meaning of Yin-Yang reversal.


    During the war, Meng Zhang came to realize that he really understood the meaning of Yin-Yang Avenue.


    The power of the burning sun sword and the shadow killing sword has greatly increased, and the Qizheng sword formula has been brought into full play.


    Facing the vulture demon, Meng Zhang began to gain the upper hand slowly.


    The friars at Taiyi gate have a strong organization and help from the array. In the face of monsters that seem to be able to drown their own side, they are just like the mainstay. In turn, they can kill a large number of monsters that rush over.


    The battle between taiyimen and the monster army is difficult to decide in a short time.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. Now he has entangled the demon army. When the feihongzong army in the rear arrives, the two will naturally defeat the lion demon general.


    The lion demon will be equally in no hurry. Now from the scene, the monster army is on the offensive with the advantage of quantity. It is the party that takes the initiative to attack.


    Moreover, the lion demon general has a killer mace in his hand and is about to reach the battlefield.


    Feihongzong''s flying boat team is not too far away from taiyimen''s team, less than a hundred miles away.


    When taiyimen and the monster army went to war, the flying boat team of feihongzong was about to arrive.


    The vanguard of feihongzong''s team is two third-order warships. Their huge hull has appeared in the sky not far away.


    The lion demon took refuge in the fifth level power in the sea of death. Not only got the chance to evolve into a third-order middle-class monster, but also got the way to contact the great power.


    After receiving the news of the massive invasion of human friars, the male lion demon will contact the fifth level power urgently to get help.


    Although the fifth level great power cannot leave the sand sea of death, he can also help the lion demon general.


    But this help comes at a price. If it is not forced, the male lion demon will not want to ask for help from the great power.


    After learning the attitude of the dark crow demon general from the long haired demon general, the angry male lion demon general made up his mind and paid enough price to get a reinforcement from the great power.


    Seeing the warship of Feihong sect appear, the lion demon will have no panic at all.


    In the sky not far from here, yellow tornadoes appeared, rolling up the dust all over the sky.


    The feihongzong warship, which was preparing to come to reinforce taiyimen, immediately stopped moving and turned to face the tornadoes.


    Feihongzong''s disciples are too familiar with such a scene. It is clear that this is the formation of the sand monster army.


    Fei hongzong has been fighting with sand monsters for hundreds of years. He is very familiar with sand monsters.


    For hundreds of years, countless friars of Feihong sect were killed in the war with sand monsters. Most of the disciples of Feihong sect who participated in the war have deep blood feuds with sand monsters.


    Even if friar Feihong knew that the sand monster was a puppet without self-consciousness, it was still difficult to hide his hatred for the sand monster.


    Seeing the army of sand monsters appear, feihongzong has neglected to reinforce taiyimen. Whether out of hatred or the actual war situation, feihongzong must first solve the sand monster army in front of him.

 Chapter 475

    Feihongzong''s two third-order warships rushed directly to the sand monster army. Before approaching, the warship shot out columns of light and frantically bombarded the sand monster army.


    The third-order warship not only has the ability to carry, but also has a strong combat effectiveness. In terms of pure lethality, it is not much weaker than ordinary alchemy friars.


    Flying feather immortal and flying general immortal stand in front of the flying boat team of Feihong sect and command the friars of Feihong sect to form an array to deal with the attack of the sand monster army.


    The army of sand monsters is not only numerous, but also has two third-order sand monsters. In terms of combat effectiveness, it is not necessarily much weaker than the army of friars Fei hongzong.


    Friar Feihong, who has rich experience in fighting sand monsters, started fighting with the army of sand monsters in an orderly manner under the leadership of two Jindan immortal.


    Friar Fei hongzong''s army fought with sand monsters. Naturally, they couldn''t support taiyimen. Now, taiyimen can only rely on its own strength to deal with the strong enemy in front of it.


    When the monster army first saw the emergence of the sand monster army, there was a little commotion.


    After all, sand monsters are not only the great enemy of mankind, but also will never be soft when killing monsters.


    Fortunately, the sand monster army is still a long distance from here, and it fell into a war with friar Feihong, so the commotion in the monster army did not turn into a riot.


    The lion demon will see this and secretly rejoice in his foresight.


    There are many sand monsters in the dead sand sea, but generally they will not enter the endless sand sea and Gobi.


    The male lion demon will pay a great price to let the fifth level great power send such a sand monster army to the Gobi.


    The fifth level great energy specially told it not to bring this sand monster army into the endless sand sea. It can only be used in the Gobi of demon wind.


    In order to avoid bringing chaos to his monster army, the male lion demon will let the sand monster army follow far behind the monster army and deliberately keep a sufficient distance.


    Now it seems that the lion demon has taken this step right.


    The negative impact of the sand monster army on the monster army is still on its imagination.


    Moreover, as a strange soldier, the sand monster army just blocked the friars of Feihong sect.


    As a newly rising sect, Taiyi sect has met a severe test alone in the face of the demon army led by the lion demon.


    At this time, Meng Zhang no longer expected the support of feihongzong.


    Even if Fei hongzong can destroy the army of sand monsters, he may not have much left.


    With the help of the array, Meng Zhang used the Qizheng sword formula incisively and vividly, constantly reducing the number of vulture groups he faced.


    The friars of Taiyi sect, whether disciples of our sect or those of other forces, all showed their true skills and spared no effort to fight the monster army.


    In particular, Dharma protectors such as general Houtu, as well as friars Wen qiansuan, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer during the foundation period, have played a mainstay role and used their own Dharma array to firmly block the monster army.


    Although the number of monster armies is huge, they have madly attacked for so long and achieved few results.


    On the contrary, the monster army itself paid heavy casualties, leaving the corpses of monsters all over the ground.


    If the number of monster armies were not too large, I''m afraid taiyimen would start to pull back the situation.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong were able to attack and defend against their opponents.


    But the war situation in Mobei Qi family is very bad.


    Relying on their treasures, the two golden elixirs of Mobei Qi family reluctantly blocked the dark crow demon general temporarily. Great pressure can crush them at any time.


    The whole family has a large number of well-trained friars. Under the leadership of a group of elite family members, they are inseparable from the dark crow group.


    The whole family thought that the reinforcements of taiyimen and feihongzong could come to support at any time, so they had high morale and played a strong combat effectiveness.


    But as time went on, the reinforcements of Fei hongzong and taiyimen didn''t appear for a long time. The other monks of the whole family were just a little confused because the war situation was not bad. Qi Nanfei and Qi nangui, two real people, began to feel uneasy.


    Feihongzong and taiyimen''s flying boat team are not too far away from here, but they haven''t appeared yet.


    Either there was an accident, or the two sects were ill intentioned and deliberately consumed the strength of the whole family.


    Either of these two situations is a great bad thing for the whole family.


    At this time, if Qi Nanfei and Qi nangui are willing to pay some price, they can still retreat.


    Of course, the army of monks who are fighting with the dark crow group can only be abandoned.


    These monks are not only the two blood relatives of Jin Dan, but also the descendants of direct descendants.


    If they all lose here, the Mobei Qi family will lose all their talents and have no successors. Such losses may not be able to be made up after one or two hundred years.


    Whether emotionally or in terms of interests, the two golden elixirs couldn''t leave them and just ran away by themselves.


    Moreover, the situation is unknown. Perhaps Fei hongzong and taiyimen have only been delayed temporarily, and the situation may not be so bad.


    The fluke mentality of the two golden elixirs made them lose the last chance to retreat.


    Before long, the poisonous sand demon will lead an army of monsters and kill them from a distance.


    The poisonous sand demon was seriously injured by the lion demon last time. Up to now, he hasn''t recovered. He can''t even play half of his combat effectiveness.


    Its monster army is dominated by poisonous sand lizards.


    The poisonous sand lizard group also suffered heavy losses in the battle with the male lion demon general. Even with some subdued monster groups, the combat effectiveness is not very strong.


    However, the poisonous sand demon will lead such a force to appear, and still become a heavy weight on the balance of victory and defeat.


    At this moment, not to mention the two golden elixirs of the Qi family, they couldn''t hold on any longer. Even the army of monks of the Qi family began to fall to the disadvantage.


    Immortal Qi Nanfei has released two communication flying swords, but there has been no reply.


    At present, the war was about to collapse, and there was nothing he could do. He released the third messenger flying sword. In desperation, even if he was no longer willing, he had to place his hope on feihongzong and taiyimen.


    This time, immortal Qi Nanfei didn''t wait too long, so he got the summoned flying sword from immortal Feiyu.


    The message in the messenger flying sword is very simple, but it completely makes the two Jindan real people of the whole family desperate.


    Friar Fei hongzong was entangled by the army of sand monsters and could not get away for the time being. The friar of taiyimen was surrounded by the monster army led by the lion demon, which was difficult to break through.


    Feihongzong and taiyimen are now unable to protect themselves and can''t support the whole family at all. The whole family can only fight alone and deal with the dark crow demon general alone.

 Chapter 476

    After receiving the summons of flying sword from immortal Feiyu, Qi nangui and Qi Nanfei immediately knew that the event was bad.


    It has become more and more difficult to resist the dark crow demon. They have to give up everything and try their best to break through.


    As for the whole family friars who are fighting with monsters, they really don''t care.


    What blood relatives, what lineal descendants, and what family''s future are not worth mentioning compared with their own lives.


    As long as the two golden elixirs are still there, the Mobei Qi family will not perish. If we lose two golden elixirs, the Qi family, which has no use value, will not get the help of Qi Mingyun Zhenjun, and will not have enough strength to protect itself. It will only decline and die slowly.


    The two golden elixirs wanted to escape, but it was not so easy.


    In the face of the dark crow demon, the third-class monster and the poisonous sand demon will help to get out of the battle. It''s really difficult. Even if you have the body protection treasure given by the original God Zhenjun, it is the same.


    After a fierce fight, Qi nangui immortal finally didn''t escape and was killed by the dark crow demon on the spot. Qi Nanfei dragged his seriously injured body and managed to escape.


    The two golden elixirs of the Qi family were defeated, and the army of monks of the Qi family naturally collapsed without fighting.


    The friars of the whole family who lost all their fighting spirit, regardless of the formation, broke through all around and ran for their lives.


    Without the cover of the formation, the dominant dark crow population can easily gain the upper hand.


    The dark crow demon will be hurt by the last counterattack of immortal Qi nangui before he dies. Secondly, it is arrogant and disdains to pursue and kill a group of defeated soldiers.


    Although the poisonous sand demon will join the pursuit, it can''t give full play to its combat effectiveness, and it''s difficult to leave all the enemies.


    The friars of the whole family fled and fought with the intercepted monsters. Finally, there were a few lucky family friars who escaped from the battlefield.


    The battle with the Qi family friar ended with the victory of the dark crow demon general.


    After winning such a battle and killing a large number of human friars, the dark crow demon calmed down his anger a little and recovered a little calm.


    At this time, he did not know that the male lion demon would be fighting with human friars.


    It is now wounded and has no assurance of completely annihilating the invading friars. It seems meaningless to continue to attack.


    After venting, the dark crow demon will lead his monster group to return to his nest.


    When the dark crow demon was about to win over the friars of the whole family, taiyimen and feihongzong began to distinguish the victory from the defeat.


    Among the three third-order monsters facing Taiyi gate, the fierce crocodile demon will have the weakest strength, and his injury is not healed.


    As an assassin of Youying sect, immortal Ye is best at finding the enemy''s weaknesses and flaws, and then take advantage of the weak point to kill him with one blow.


    The fierce crocodile demon will be a monster with a rough way of fighting. He doesn''t pay attention to all kinds of details at all.


    As like as two peas, the deciduous human life first put out a precious three level avatar, and turned out a similar incarnation.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity to entangle the fierce crocodile demon general, she turned into a virtual shadow and dived into the shadow on the ground.


    The fierce crocodile demon will just scatter the avatar. The virtual shadow of the fallen leaf real person jumps out of an insignificant shadow and directly jumps on the top of the fierce crocodile demon general.


    The shadow killing sword turned into a shadow and silently stabbed the fierce crocodile demon general''s head and deeply stabbed him from the top.


    Even if the fierce crocodile demon will struggle to the death and give a severe blow to the fallen leaf real person, she will not dodge and fight hard with all her strength, just to ensure that this sword will not be affected and give full play to its power.


    Shadow killing sword is the secret sword of Youying sect. Its lethality is amazing. After being urged by immortal ye ye with a secret method, it gives play to the power of one hit.


    At the cost of his own injury, immortal deciduous finally killed the fierce crocodile demon general on the spot.


    After a war between the vulture demon and Meng Zhang, although his vulture group suffered great losses, a large number of monsters were killed by Meng Zhang. However, it did not fall to the obvious disadvantage, and there was still room for attention to the surrounding war situation.


    When the fierce crocodile demon will be killed by the fallen leaf real person, it will know that things are bad.


    It and the lion demon will be entangled by their opponents and can not rescue the fierce crocodile demon in time, resulting in the fierce crocodile demon will be killed on the spot.


    If a golden elixir immortal on the human side gives up his hand, the balance of victory and defeat will fall to the human side, and the war situation will be overturned.


    Vulture demon will always be smart and can be regarded as a rare understanding demon.


    At the beginning, the lion demon will be powerful. It does not hesitate to take refuge in the lion demon general. Now that the war situation was unfavorable, it immediately thought of retreating.


    In the battle with Meng Zhang, it can also attack and defend, advance and retreat freely.


    It is ready to find a suitable opportunity to lead the ethnic groups to slowly withdraw from the battlefield.


    Of course, it''s not busy yet. After all, the lion demon will still be in fierce battle. If it runs away directly, I''m afraid it will annoy the lion demon general.


    It is ready to communicate with the lion demon general first. It must be that the lion demon will not be the rigid generation who will fight hard and never retreat. It should know how to be flexible.


    If the lion demon is really that kind of dead brain, it has to take care of itself first.


    As long as their strength is not damaged, their ethnic groups are still there. In the Gobi, it is not difficult to find a foothold.


    The vulture demon will be killed because the fierce crocodile demon will be killed. He starts to think about the way back and is temporarily distracted. This less obvious flaw was keenly grasped by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who uses the power of the array to exert the extraordinary killing power of the Zheng sword formula, seems to have done his best without reservation.


    But in fact, he always has a spare part.


    Especially in the battle just now, he realized the true meaning of yin and Yang. He got a lot. He immediately wanted to fry and sell it now, so that this vulgar monster could see the power of the true meaning of yin and Yang.


    The blazing sun sword shines in the air, and the Blazing Sword Qi sweeps across the four directions. The shadow killing sword lurks in the shadow and the killing mechanism is hidden.


    After fighting with Meng Zhang for a while, the vulture demon asked himself that he had found out the details of the human golden elixir in front of him.


    This golden elixir has a solid foundation and strong strength. Especially the sword formula, two three-level flying swords, one bright and one dark, is really powerful. But as long as we take precautions in advance, it is not difficult to resist.


    When the vulture demon paid attention to the Qizheng sword formula, especially to prevent the hidden shadow sword, Meng Zhang''s real killing moves came out.


    Meng Zhang broke away from the cover of the array and suddenly rushed into the huge vulture group.


    The golden elixir real person who sprints with all his strength has amazing speed and irresistible prestige.


    But in the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang appeared in front of the vulture demon general at the front of the vulture group.


    The spirit snake spear silently appeared in his hand and fiercely stabbed the vulture demon general.


    The vulture demon only had time to twist his huge body a little, and was stabbed by the spirit snake spear.

 Chapter 477

    The spirit snake spear is the top spirit soldier from Taiyi clan. It has had countless brilliant achievements and killed countless enemies. Even Meng Zhang, the master, dared not be careless.


    One Yin and one Yang are not just two three-level flying swords controlled by Qizheng sword formula.


    The blazing sun sword is Yang, and the shadow killing sword is Yin. Qizheng sword formula can also be Yang, and spirit snake spear is Yin.


    Lure the enemy with a positive face and attack and kill with a negative face. Yin and Yang transform and complement each other, making it impossible to prevent.


    This is the true meaning of yin and Yang realized by Meng Zhang. He can immediately apply what he has learned and use it flexibly.


    Vulture demon just twisted his body and didn''t completely avoid the key. A ferocious spirit came from the spirit snake spear and ran continuously towards its body along the deep wound.


    Monster advanced level 3 is more difficult than human friars to knot Dan. Vulture demon will be able to evolve into a third-order monster. It has also experienced countless tests and trials and suffered all kinds of hardships. If it comes to endurance to pain, it is still above many golden elixirs.


    But the great pain from the wound was something it had never experienced before, and it couldn''t help but scream.


    The ferocious gas running wildly in its body destroys everything in its body and destroys its vitality fiercely.


    That kind of intuition from the beast tells the vulture demon that he will continue to stay here and he will really die.


    And it is more clearly aware of how much his injury is and how bad his internal state is.


    At this time, not to mention the lion demon general, it can''t even care about its own vulture group. Nothing is more important than your own life.


    Vulture demon will be a demon bird, which is good at speed. When facing the crisis of life and death, he took out the life-saving magic.


    The vulture demon will forcibly suppress the injury in his body. The whole huge body turns into a streamer, and the lightning sweeps away.


    Meng Zhang, who has hit the vulture demon general hard, can''t catch up. He can only watch the vulture demon escape.


    Meng Zhang felt a little sorry that the spirit snake spear was far from being repaired and could only play a small part of its power. Otherwise, the vulture demon will have no chance to escape after being recruited.


    If you run away, you''ll run away. The war is not over yet. Let''s take care of the current situation first.


    As soon as the vulture demon escaped, the huge monster group was left in place by it.


    The scorching sun sword and the shadow killing sword were killed from two directions, which easily stirred up the vulture group and left corpses all over the ground.


    Without the leadership of third-order monster, no matter how large the number of monster groups is, they can''t resist the attack of Jindan immortal.


    Meng Zhang now doesn''t care about killing these vultures who don''t have much fighting power. After killing the enemy''s team, he leaves these vultures to his disciples. He flies to the battlefield of lion demon general and ancient moon huaidie.


    After killing the fierce crocodile general, immortal deciduous adjusted his breath a little, stabilized his injury and flew to the lion demon general.


    The male lion demon will lead his own group to fight with the ancient moon Huai butterfly at this time.


    Monsters have their own family group blessings, which can greatly enhance their combat effectiveness. But in some cases, their own ethnic groups will also become a burden.


    At the beginning, in order to trap the flying stone immortal of Feihong sect, the male lion demon and his third-order monsters went to the battle with light clothes and rushed thousands of miles to be surprised.


    If it were not for that special situation, the third-order monster would not easily break away from its own ethnic group.


    The male lion demon has spent a lot of effort these years to cultivate such an ethnic group. It is a little reluctant to let it give up easily.


    This is not because of emotional factors, but without the blessing of ethnic groups, its combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced, making it more difficult to face the future war situation.


    The number of ethnic groups is large, but the speed is not fast. With the drag of ethnic groups, it is difficult to escape the pursuit of Jindan immortal.


    This dilemma made the lion demon hesitate for a while.


    In such a short time, Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye flew from two different directions and directly joined the battle.


    The spirit snake spear is far from being completely repaired and should not be used for a long time.


    Meng Zhang took up the spirit snake spear, sacrificed the shadow killing sword and the scorching sun sword, performed a strange positive sword formula, and attacked the lion demon general from the side.


    Instead of directly attacking the lion demon general, he focused on the group that the lion demon will control.


    While the male lion demon will try his best to deal with the ancient moon pregnant butterfly and can''t take into account his own family group, Meng Zhang has great power and wantonly kills the monster group under his control.


    Fallen leaf immortal chose the same fighting method as Meng Zhang. He was also in no hurry to directly attack the lion demon general, but first weaken the monster group under him.


    The male lion demon takes the first-order lion monsters as the main group, including a large number of second-order lion monsters, as the leader, who is responsible for commanding each team.


    The two golden elixirs tried their best to avoid the front of the male lion demon general, and specifically found these low-level demon beasts. The male lion demon general entangled by the ancient moon Huai butterfly is really a little too defenseless.


    Every time the male lion demon wanted to give Meng Zhang a heavy blow, but the ancient moon butterfly stopped it in time and let it return in vain.


    With the agility and combat experience of the ancient moon butterfly, the male lion demon will have no chance to take advantage of it.


    As a large number of monsters were killed by Meng Zhang and fallen leaves, the male lion demon began to reduce the number of monsters under his command rapidly, and the reduction speed was faster and faster.


    With fewer and fewer monsters under his command, the power of blessing is getting weaker and weaker. The ancient moon Huai butterfly that the front and the male lion demon will fight against is becoming more and more handy.


    At this time, the male lion demon will finally know that the group he has worked hard for many years can''t be maintained at all.


    If you keep pestering, I''m afraid you can''t even escape.


    The male lion demon will not be the kind of stubborn and unrelenting brain. If the war situation is not good, we should naturally turn in time.


    Since it is a flight, the ethnic group that has been trained for many years can only give up.


    Lion demon moved his mind to escape, but did not hide from his three opponents.


    Meng Zhang is a man with rich combat experience and thorough mind. He can''t see the intention of the lion demon general.


    The vulture demon can be let go temporarily, but the lion demon can''t be let go.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong made a large-scale attack on the Gobi of evil wind. The main purpose is to eradicate the male lion demon general and completely remove the great threat from the Gobi of evil wind. They do not hesitate to calculate Mobei Qi family, but take the lion demon as the main target.


    The male lion demon will not be eliminated, Meng Zhang will not be at ease, and taiyimen will not be able to safely enjoy the fruits of victory.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and immortal ye ye are sincerely helping this time. Naturally, they will not leave Meng Zhang such a big future trouble.


    There is no need to communicate in front of the battle. Meng Zhang has a tacit understanding of each exhibition means to entangle the lion demon and make it unable to get away.

 Chapter 478

    With the tacit cooperation of the three golden elixirs, it is not so easy for the male lion demon to escape.


    Now with the blessing of the ethnic group, the male lion demon will be able to barely support. If you break away from the ethnic group and fight against the three golden elixirs alone, you will not be an opponent at all.


    The lion demon will understand this, but he can''t escape, but he doesn''t have a chance to retreat.


    This form makes the lion demon''s heart more and more anxious.


    Meng Zhang was very patient and slowly weakened the enemy''s strength. There was no tendency to advance rashly at all.


    The battle at this level can not be decided in a short time. They have long been prepared to fight a protracted war. Even if it takes ten days and a half months, or even three or five months, they will completely solve the lion demon general.


    The battle continues, and the lion demon will feel that the situation is getting worse and worse.


    On the earth, the friars of taiyimen are fighting with the monster army, and the two sides are also in a stalemate.


    However, there are a large number of elites in Taiyi gate, not to mention the Dharma protectors such as thick earth God general and thunder god general, but also the young generation of Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan, who have shown strong combat effectiveness.


    With these elites as the pillar, the casualties of the friars of taiyimen are controllable, but they have brought huge casualties to the demon army.


    Of course, neither the lion demon general nor the three golden elixirs who besieged him could care about anything else. The battle between the two sides has entered a critical stage.


    The male lion demon will be able to have the realm of today, and has experienced many trials. It judged the situation and finally decided to leave here first, even if it paid some price.


    The lion demon will do things very decisively. Once he makes up his mind, he will implement it immediately.


    It found an opportunity to fight with the ancient moon Huai butterfly, took the initiative to leave the group, flew into the air alone, and was ready to escape immediately.


    Meng Zhang, who was using the Qizheng sword formula to kill the monster group, immediately seized the opportunity. Instead of using the imperial flying sword, he directly used the divine power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    I saw a sharp sword mixed with black and white, and cut the lion demon general like lightning.


    The male lion demon will know that he can''t entangle with Meng Zhang more, otherwise he will lose the chance to escape.


    It did not dodge, but was hit hard.


    The fierce sword Qi cut through its thick body protecting evil spirit and directly cut it on its left arm.


    The male lion demon will groan, endure the pain and continue to escape.


    The power of this blow was far beyond its expectation and made it seriously injured. The fierce sword spirit was still raging in its wound, but it had no time to deal with the wound and just ran for its life.


    As an excellent assassin, immortal ye ye looks for opportunities better than Meng Zhang, and can grasp the enemy''s key and destroy the enemy''s plot.


    When Meng Zhang wielded Liangyi Tongtian sword, she threw a black veil at the lion demon.


    The black yarn turned into a dark shadow in the air and fell on the lion demon general gently and skillfully.


    The male lion demon will not feel too much threat. In order to avoid missing the chance to escape, it decides to take the blow.


    After the shadow fell on the lion demon general, it did no direct harm to him. This makes it feel a little relaxed and confused at the same time.


    The lion demon flying high in the sky will be preparing to fly far away and escape from here.


    It flew a distance towards its old nest Xiongshi ridge and felt that the situation was wrong.


    The seemingly harmless black veil fell on it. When it encourages the evil spirit to fly at high speed, it will immediately produce a strange force, hinder its evil spirit operation, greatly affect its flight speed, and can''t mention it at all.


    Knowing that the situation is wrong, the male lion demon wants to drive out the shadow. But no matter what method it tried, the shadow was like a gangrene attached to the bone, firmly wrapped around it, leaving it helpless.


    In order to kill the golden tiger demon general, immortal deciduous made a lot of preparations before coming to the endless sand sea.


    The last time she killed the golden tiger demon, she didn''t use many prepared means.


    These means are now used on the lion demon general, which can be regarded as making the best use of everything.


    Due to the influence of this strange shadow, the male lion demon will not be able to escape at full speed.


    The ancient moon Huai butterfly, Meng Zhang and the fallen immortal did not entangle with other monsters and directly chased the lion demon.


    The lion demon was not fast enough and was easily caught up by Meng Zhang.


    After another fierce battle, because of the loss of the blessing of the power of the ethnic group, the male lion demon will have a significantly weaker combat power and can''t resist the joint attack of the three human golden elixirs.


    There are more and more scars on his body. As a last resort, the male lion demon will have to fight and retreat towards his hometown Xiongshi mountain.


    Meng Zhang''s three men pursued him and attacked him all the way, so that the lion demon could not retreat at ease.


    In this way, the two sides flew out for hundreds of miles, getting closer and closer to the lion ridge, the nest of the lion demon general.


    But when he escaped here, the male lion demon would be unable to continue to escape.


    The wound on his body is so serious that he can''t hold it down.


    Three cunning human golden elixirs tried all kinds of sinister means to hurt it. At this time, these accumulated injuries finally broke out completely.


    The male lion demon, who was forced to a desperate situation, would like to explode the demon pill and die with the enemy.


    However, the third-order monster self exploding demon pill is much more complex than the human golden pill and the real person self exploding golden pill. It takes a lot of time to prepare in advance.


    Three golden elixirs with rich combat experience will not give it this opportunity at all.


    They kept a close eye on it and broke it many times, completely destroying its plot.


    Finally, the lion demon will die until the war. He doesn''t get the chance to explode the demon Dan. He can only reluctantly close his eyes and die with hatred.


    The three golden elixirs finally breathed a sigh of relief and were completely relieved, although they all consumed a lot and suffered a lot of injuries.


    As soon as the lion demon will die, there is no suspense about the victory or defeat of this war. Meng Zhang has completely removed the trouble in his heart.


    After a little rest, Gu yuehuai butterfly put away the body of the lion demon, and the three rushed back to the battlefield just now.


    When Meng Zhang pursued and killed the lion demon general, his eldest disciple Niu Dawei had collected the body of the fierce crocodile demon general and scattered the vulture group under the vulture demon general.


    When Meng Zhang and his disciples came back, Niu Dawei was directing his disciples to join other battle groups and wantonly kill monsters.


    Even though the three golden elixirs were in bad condition, they joined the battle and soon gained an overwhelming advantage. They completely killed and scattered this huge army of monsters, causing many monsters to panic and run for their lives.


    Next, the friars of taiyimen and allies began to chase and kill the scattered monsters.

 Chapter 479

    At the beginning, the male lion demon general spent countless efforts to search more than half of the Gobi with his third-order monsters, so he finally gathered such an army of monsters.


    The number of monsters is too large. Even after such consumption, there are still a large number of monsters running around.


    Xiongshi mountain is the ultimate goal of taiyimen''s march into the Gobi of evil wind. That place is still in the hands of evil beasts. This war is not over.


    Meng Zhang summoned a team of capable monks and asked them to take a flying boat, follow the three golden elixirs and head directly towards Xiongshi mountain.


    Meng Zhang entrusted Niu Dawei with the responsibility of chasing and killing the enemy and cleaning the battlefield. He commanded the group of monks left behind to deal with the follow-up chores.


    Three golden elixirs led this small but very capable team to fly towards Xiongshi mountain.


    It''s only hundreds of miles away from Xiongshi mountain. It didn''t take long to fly. A towering and magnificent mountain appeared in front of everyone.


    When discussing with the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect before, Taiyi gate, which lacked third-order spiritual pulse, urged to get Xiongshi mountain.


    After taiyimen made concessions elsewhere and paid a lot of price, feihongzong agreed to taiyimen''s requirements.


    Although he got the promise of immortal Feiyu, what he ate in his mouth was his own. Meng Zhang even had no time to pay attention to the battle between feihongzong and the sand monster army. He also wanted to occupy Xiongshi mountain first.


    No matter for him or taiyimen, a third-order spiritual pulse plays an irreplaceable role.


    Xiongshi mountain was originally an unknown mountain. The discovery of the third-order spirit vein here attracted all kinds of demons, especially the third-order demons everywhere.


    These third-order monsters are third-order inferior monsters, and there is little difference in strength between each other. The result of fighting with each other is that there are victories and defeats for each other, and no one can remain invincible.


    Because the scale of this third-order spirit vein is small, it can only accommodate one or two third-order monsters for cultivation at a time.


    In desperation, these monsters can only enter here in turn and absorb the aura in the spiritual pulse for cultivation.


    If there is a third-order monster who absorbs a lot of Reiki and makes great progress in cultivation, if he wants to dominate the spirit vein, he will immediately attract the joint attack of other monsters.


    Later, after the male lion demon advanced to the third-order middle-class monster, he subdued other third-order monsters in one fell swoop, and completely occupied this place, and named this mountain Xiongshi mountain.


    Although he took his own ethnic group into Xiongshi mountain and took root in it. However, in order to win over the third-order monsters under his hand, the male lion demon will still maintain the previous rules and let all the third-order monsters under his hand practice in the spirit vein in turn.


    After the lion demon led the monster army, he not only took all the third-order monsters, but also took most of the low-level monsters.


    When they reached Xiongshi mountain, Meng Zhang encountered very weak resistance.


    Almost without any effort, he wiped out the monsters stationed here and completely occupied the place.


    Although monsters basically can''t the array of human cultivators, some monsters can create some array effects with their own talents.


    Xiongshi mountain was transformed by the lion demon.


    The thick evil spirit is almost all over the whole mountain, which hooks the underground spirit pulse and drives the heaven and Earth Spirit to form a natural prohibition similar to the array.


    If the male lion demon does not lead the army out, but sits in this place and occupies the right place. Even if taiyimen and feihongzong attack together, they are not so easy to win.


    Occupy Xiongshi mountain, but as for the next transformation of Xiongshi mountain, we should make a good plan.


    The thick earth God general, who is proficient in the way of geomancy, has the opportunity to give full play to the expertise of his local division profession this time.


    Meng Zhang called him over and asked him to carefully survey around xiongshiling and formulate a transformation plan.


    Xiongshi mountain is the nest of the lion demon generals. Meng Zhang and his disciples have acquired a lot of booty in it.


    Some fragmentary minerals collected by monsters and many transplanted miraculous medicines are very valuable.


    The ancient moon got the corpse of the lion demon general before she conceived the butterfly, which was the richest booty.


    Taiyimen got the corpse of the fierce crocodile demon general, and the harvest was also good.


    The male lion demon asked the fallen immortal to choose the booty in the nest, Meng Zhang and Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Immortal Ye Ye is satisfied that he can kill the golden tiger demon general and win the treasure this time. She didn''t pay much attention to the rest.


    However, Meng Zhang and Gu yuehuai die are so generous that she also selects some items at will, which can be regarded as additional income.


    After the selection of fallen leaf immortal, Gu yuehuai butterfly chose several at random and gave all the remaining items to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not busy counting. He gives these items to the disciples of the sect. He has other things to do.


    When taiyimen won a complete victory, feihongzong paid a great price and finally wiped out the sand monster army.


    Sand monsters are different from monsters. They don''t escape. They only know that they will fight to the death. What''s more, killing sand monsters basically won''t have any booty.


    When immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang led their disciples to Xiongshi mountain, the battle here had already ended, and Taiyi gate had completely occupied this place.


    The two golden elixirs of Fei hongzong have no intention of breaking the previous agreement and admit that this place belongs to Taiyi gate.


    In this war with the lion demon general, taiyimen reaped a lot and obtained almost all the booty. The Feihong sect suffered a lot of casualties, but did not gain anything.


    Meng Zhang was a little upset. He wanted to give some of the booty to Feihong Zong so as not to make the scene too ugly.


    However, Gu yuehuai butterfly, who is experienced in dealing with the world, dispelled Meng Zhang''s idea in a word.


    Such a little booty can neither buy feihongzong nor affect the ideas of the high-level of feihongzong.


    Meng Zhang thought, this is also the truth. Taiyimen and feihongzong have a pure interest relationship, and human relations are irrelevant at all.


    The most important thing is to completely eliminate the lion demon general and remove the threat from the Gobi, which is the greatest harvest for Feihong sect.


    Now taiyimen and feihongzong have successfully ended their respective battles. Next, the two zongmen are taking a rest to cope with the next situation.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, after chasing and killing the fleeing monsters for a while, Meng Zhang summoned the scattered friars to prepare them for a new battle.


    Those fleeing monsters are not organized, let alone led by three-level monsters. They are insignificant at all.

 Chapter 480

    While resting, taiyimen and feihongzong did not forget to investigate the enemy situation.


    Immortal Jindan personally sent out to investigate the surroundings. Naturally, he didn''t miss the battle between Qi family and dark crow demon.


    The experience of Mobei Qi family soon came into everyone''s ears.


    No one feels sympathy for the experience of Mobei Qi family.


    Although taiyimen and feihongzong killed the whole family this time, in fact, from what happened later, the actions of taiyimen and feihongzong were beneficial to the overall war situation.


    If taiyimen and feihongzong don''t take the initiative to attack the lion demon general, when the lion demon will sneak from behind, it will be difficult for Mobei Qi family to survive, even taiyimen and feihongzong will suffer.


    It is precisely because Mobei Qi family has entangled the dark crow demon general that taiyimen and Feihong sect can have enough time to give priority to solving the lion demon general.


    Mobei Qi family sacrificed for the overall situation, and their efforts ensured the victory of human friars.


    Of course, taiyimen and feihongzong may not remember their sacrifice and sacrifice.


    After the defeat of Mobei Qi family, the dark crow demon will take the initiative to return to the crow nest to prepare for the next attack of human friars.


    The crow''s nest, just in front of the white lion demon king''s nest, is a forward stronghold.


    At that time, the dark crow demon, as the most trusted guard of the white lion demon, placed its nest in this place, which also meant to protect the white lion demon king.


    Although the white lion demon king has been dead for many years, as a fourth-order monster capable of fighting against the yuan God Zhenjun, there will probably be some special arrangements near its nest.


    The dark crow demon will sit in the right place. Even if its strength is much weaker, it is difficult for the human friars to defeat it easily.


    How to attack the crow''s nest still needs to be discussed and planned carefully.


    Meng Zhang personally captured a second-order dark crow patrolling outside the crow nest.


    Meng Zhang did not hurt the second-order dark crow, but asked it to bring a word to the dark crow demon general. The male lion demon general and the long hair demon general joined hands to plot against the golden tiger demon general.


    The human friar killed the lion demon general and helped the golden tiger demon general take revenge.


    Dark crow is a monster with extremely high wisdom. Even a second-order monster has not low intelligence and can understand Meng Zhang''s words.


    After Meng Zhang released the second-order dark crow, as Meng Zhang expected, the second-order dark crow flew directly back to the crow nest and told all Meng Zhang''s words to the dark crow demon general.


    Meng Zhang did this not to eliminate the hostility of the dark crow demon general, but to alienate its relationship with the long hair demon general.


    As long as the dark crow demon and the long haired demon will not trust each other, it will be difficult for it to get the assistance of the long haired demon general.


    Meng Zhang''s practice soon had some effects.


    After the dark crow demon will get the news brought back by his men, although reason tells it not to believe the words of human friars, human friars must be lying and alienating themselves from the long haired demon general.


    But the thought that the long haired demon and the golden tiger demon will leave the crow''s nest together, and the golden tiger demon will fall, but the long haired demon will have no news, makes it confused.


    In order to solve the question in his heart, the dark crow demon will specially send a second-order dark crow he trusts to fly to the nest of the long haired demon general and invite the long haired demon to visit the crow nest in the future.


    After taking command, the second-order dark crow flew directly to the lair of the long haired demon general.


    As the messenger that the dark crow demon will value, this dark crow has traveled between the crow nest and the long haired demon general''s nest for many times to deliver messages for both sides.


    As a subordinate of the white lion demon king, the dark crow demon general and the long hair demon general have a lot of contacts and exchange information from time to time.


    The second-order dark crow came to the lair of the long haired demon general, but did not see the long haired demon general, but a stupid long haired demon elephant came forward to receive it.


    This stupid mammoth turned over and over.


    The long haired demon and the golden tiger demon will be ambushed by human friars, and the long haired demon will escape with serious injuries. Now the long haired demon is closing the door to heal his wounds. He really can''t come out to see the guests.


    No matter what method the second-order dark crow used, the stupid long haired demon elephant was unmoved and didn''t give it a chance to meet the long haired demon general at all.


    The second-order dark crow had no choice but to leave a message and ask the long haired demon to go to the crow''s nest. Then it would not be willing to leave and bring the situation back to the dark crow demon.


    The dark crow demon heard the news brought back by his men, and his heart was really suspicious.


    If the long haired demon general didn''t have a ghost in his heart, how could he avoid the emissary he sent out.


    Although I have doubts in my heart, the long haired demon will not be in front of me, and the dark crow demon will not be able to question it, so I can only put it aside for the time being.


    The guilty long hair demon will not dare to meet the messenger of the dark crow demon general. After hearing the words left by the other party, it is impossible for it to go to the nest of the dark crow demon general.


    If the dark crow demon will think that it colluded with the lion demon will secretly harm the golden tiger demon general, it will never let it go.


    The long haired demon will not only organize the support to the crow nest, but also avoid the place of the crow nest.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he had played such a great role with a random action. He completely cut off the dark crow demon and would get reinforcements from the outside world.


    During this period of time, several golden elixirs went to the outside of the crow''s nest for many times and carefully investigated.


    The result of the investigation is not good. There are indeed many clever arrangements here. Compared with the third-order mountain protection array in the human cultivation world, it is no less impressive.


    If you want to forcibly attack here, it is definitely not an easy thing.


    However, the human friars have overwhelming power. Moreover, the arrangement of monsters is still too careless. After all, it is not a real third-order mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang believes that as long as he attacks with all his strength, with the eyesight and insight of several Jindan immortal, he can still find the flaws of the enemy.


    After several immortal Jindan consulted, they were ready to launch a forced attack.


    As long as the crow nest is conquered and the dark crow demon general is removed, the Gobi will be almost calmed down, the Taiyi gate will completely remove the future troubles, and Meng Zhang can operate Xiongshi mountain at ease.


    The friars of the two families began to mobilize and were ready to move towards the crow nest at any time.


    At this time, immortal Feiyu anxiously informed Meng Zhang. There are changes in huoyun sect. It''s difficult to deal with them by immortal Feishi alone.


    In order to prevent huoyun sect from entering the endless sand sea, he had to return to the division immediately and reinforce immortal Feishi.


    After informing Meng Zhang, immortal Feiyu even led the main force of friars of Feihong sect to board the flying boat and leave without waiting for Meng Zhang to have too much reaction.


    Feihongzong only left a small team to deal with the booty obtained by feihongzong from the territory occupied by feihongzong in the Gobi.


    Fei hongzong''s sudden withdrawal caught Meng Zhang off guard and disrupted all his arrangements.


    The plan of the two sects to jointly attack the crow''s nest is naturally invalidated.


    Now, it''s taiyimen''s turn to deal with the dark crow demon alone.

 Chapter 481

    Fei hongzong''s withdrawal at this juncture of the upcoming joint attack is a blow to taiyimen, a temporary ally.


    The reason given by Fei hongzong is that there are changes in huoyun sect, but Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it.


    There is no such coincidence in the world. Huoyun sect doesn''t change early or late. It happens that it changes at this time.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, Feihong sect has ulterior motives.


    For Feihong sect, the main purpose of this large-scale attack on the Gobi has been achieved after the elimination of the male lion demon general.


    Next, it is not so necessary for Feihong Zong to continue to sweep away the Gobi.


    The dark crow demon will always keep close to his nest. The crow nest basically has no act of wantonly expanding, and has never left the Gobi of evil wind.


    Eliminating the dark crow demon general is of limited benefit to Feihong sect. But leaving the dark crow demon general can always contain taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate has only a third-order spirit pulse like the newly acquired Xiongshi mountain. It will definitely hold on to it.


    It''s only thousands of miles from the crow''s nest. How can others snore on the side of the bed? If taiyimen wants to keep this place, it must face the threat of the dark crow demon general.


    The dark crow demon will not pose a direct threat to Feihong sect, but it is a major problem of Taiyi sect.


    Feihongzong ruled the endless sand sea for so many years, relying not only on overwhelming strength, but also on various strategies and means.


    I didn''t turn against Taiyi gate, so I quietly set Taiyi gate in the Gobi, avoiding other variables in the endless sand sea. Feihongzong played such a routine very skillfully.


    Meng Zhang is not a resourceful figure, but he grew up in the endless sand sea, where he grew up to the present day. He has a deep experience and understanding of the various means of Feihong sect.


    We can''t blame him for his thoughtfulness, but feihongzong has played with similar means too many times in history.


    Feihongzong put Meng Zhang together, but Meng Zhang couldn''t turn against feihongzong.


    Taiyimen still has many places to cooperate with feihongzong.


    Feihongzong withdrew his troops, and the original attack plan had to be cancelled for the time being.


    Meng Zhang, together with the ancient moon pregnant butterfly in the middle of Jindan and the fallen immortal in the early stage of Jindan, is much stronger than the dark crow demon.


    The dark crow demon will be the third-class monster, and the poisonous sand demon will be the third-class monster. However, they rely on the geographical advantage and rely on the layout left by the white lion demon king to defend, but they are not without the power to fight back.


    The dark crow demon will be a little arrogant, but he is not a fool.


    The long haired demon can''t trust there. Naturally, he doesn''t expect assistance from the outside world. The strength of human friars is too strong. It can only shrink in an all-round way and stick to its own nest.


    Meng Zhang did not press the whole army to launch an all-round attack. But let the friar of taiyimen stay in the rear. He and Gu yuehuai butterfly and real fallen leaf tentatively attacked.


    Meng Zhang three people burst into the vicinity of the crow nest. The dark crow demon and the poisonous sand demon fought with them with the help of the arrangement there.


    Meng Zhang''s three men used their own means and soon gained the upper hand, but they have been unable to obtain a decisive advantage.


    After fighting for a long time, they had not achieved any decent results, and the three had to retreat temporarily.


    After that, the three tried to attack several times, each time they were blocked by the dark crow demon, and finally failed.


    After so many temptations, they all found a way to understand the details of the enemy.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t hide and tuck in, so he spoke directly to Meng Zhang.


    To completely break the enemy''s layout, kill the dark crow demon general and the poisonous sand demon general. At least one of them has to pay a heavy price. Even if you don''t die, you will be hit hard enough to shake your foundation.


    In order to be just a dark crow demon general, Meng Zhang is naturally unwilling to pay such a price.


    As the host family, he is unwilling to pay such a price. Naturally, there is no reason to ask for help from friends.


    Although the ancient moon butterfly and the fallen leaf immortal have their own purposes, they have also obtained many benefits. It''s impossible to make people pay such a high price. It''s one thing to help, but it''s another to shake the foundation and even die.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even say much about this issue. I''m afraid he was testing everyone''s friendship.


    Since there was nothing to do, the three had to retreat temporarily.


    It seems that taiyimen and dark crow demon will fall into a long-term stalemate.


    Taiyimen is now superior in strength and has the upper hand. It can also suppress the dark crow demon general.


    But don''t forget that both the ancient moon butterfly and the fallen leaf immortal belong to each other. They are not from Taiyi gate. They can''t stay here for a long time and never leave.


    In fact, after leaving the battlefield, Gu yuehuai butterfly told Meng Zhang that he could stay here for about three years at most and had to return to his family.


    The fallen leaf immortal also told Meng Zhang that she is not a free person, and she still shoulders many tasks. She must return to the Dark Alliance within ten years.


    Without the help of ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal, Meng Zhang alone, let alone suppress the dark crow demon general, can''t even defend xiongshiling.


    Originally a good situation, because of the sudden withdrawal of feihongzong, it finally became like this. Meng Zhang was very angry.


    After ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal left, Meng Zhang needs at least one Jindan level combat power to help defend Xiongshi mountain.


    Fortunately, the matter is not particularly urgent. Meng Zhang still has time to plan slowly.


    Probably considering Meng Zhang''s difficulties, Gu yuehuai butterfly and immortal ye ye were willing to help Meng Zhang do more things before they left.


    The three golden elixirs swept around together and thoroughly cleaned the area thousands of miles to ensure that there were no large groups of monsters.


    As for those few fish that have escaped the net and some scattered monsters, it is natural that the friars of taiyimen will hunt down and eliminate them.


    Then, the ancient moon huaidie and the fallen leaf immortal, together with Meng Zhang, go outside the crow nest to provoke, or even attack directly.


    Meng Zhang''s calculation is good. If the dark crow demon can''t bear it and takes the initiative to fight with the three of them, they will take the opportunity to get rid of this scourge.


    Unfortunately, the dark crow demon will not be so stupid. He will take the initiative to give up the geographical advantage and run out to die for nothing. Meng Zhang''s abacus has completely failed.


    In desperation, they only stepped up their attack on the crow nest and made a vow to break the posture of this place.


    Although we can''t really break the crow''s nest, we should take advantage of the presence of the ancient moon huaidie and the fallen real person to severely suppress the dark crow demon general and put great pressure on him.


    In this case, even if the ancient moon pregnant butterfly and the fallen leaf immortal leave, the dark crow demon will not dare to make any changes in a short time.


    Their suppression of the dark crow demon was very successful. The dark crow demon compressed all the monsters on one side into the crow nest.


    Including the dark crow demon general, they only dare to stick to it and dare not show up easily.

 Chapter 482

    Although feihongzong''s brigade withdrew, the small team left behind did their best and did their own work.


    The three forces invaded the Gobi and occupied a vast territory. In particular, after destroying the lion demon general and conquering the lion ridge, naturally there are many booty to be divided up.


    The main work of feihongzong''s small team is to deal with the spoils obtained by feihongzong.


    Although Fei hongzong has withdrawn his troops, Meng Zhang is not prepared to violate the agreement and swallow all the booty.


    Of course, as a golden elixir immortal, it is not necessary for him to lower his status and haggle with a group of young people.


    Meng Zhang gave Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, full authority to share the spoils of war with Feihong Zong.


    Because of the previous agreement and mutual scruples, the process of dividing the booty was relatively smooth.


    Xiongshi mountain has long been agreed to be owned by Taiyi gate, and now it is occupied by Taiyi gate. Naturally, there is no objection to its ownership.


    The territories occupied by taiyimen and feihongzong have basically remained unchanged.


    Mobei Qi family was defeated this time. Immortal Jindan was killed and injured. Almost all the friars were destroyed, and only a few friars survived.


    Forced by the situation, Mobei Qi''s forces have already taken the initiative to evacuate the Gobi.


    The territory originally occupied by Mobei Qi family was naturally divided up by taiyimen and Feihong sect.


    As for the corpses of those monsters and the resources plundered along the way, there is no dispute about who robbed them.


    In addition to occupying a vast territory including Xiongshi mountain, Taiyi gate also tried to expand to the South and made every effort to open up a channel directly to Jiuqu League.


    With this passage, the flying boat of Taiyi gate can go directly to Dafeng City without passing through the territory of Feihong sect.


    This channel connecting Jiuqu alliance is of great strategic significance to taiyimen.


    After defeating the lion demon general, Meng Zhang ordered the sect elder Yang Xueyi and the Dharma protector general weak water to go all out to achieve this strategic goal.


    Later, feihongzong also discovered the intention of taiyimen and sent a team of monks to seize the site to compete with taiyimen.


    In the case of not easily turning against feihongzong, Yang Xueyi and weak water god will exhaust all means to ensure the successful completion of the task.


    Despite some overt or covert interference and obstruction from Feihong sect, Yang Xueyi and weak water god general still lived up to their expectations and led a team of monks to successfully open up this channel.


    Moreover, they also led a team of monks to constantly sweep away the surrounding monsters to ensure the safety of the passage.


    With this long and narrow passage, taiyimen''s dependence on Feihong sect has been greatly reduced.


    In general, taiyimen''s massive invasion of the Gobi is very successful and has achieved great results.


    Especially after obtaining the third-order spirit pulse above Xiongshi mountain, Taiyi gate has the ability to support immortal Jindan.


    However, after careful investigation, the God of thick earth brought Meng Zhang not very good news.


    Xiongshi mountain, a third-order spirit vein, has been used by third-order monsters for many years.


    These monsters don''t know the truth of small water flowing like humans.


    The third-order monsters who use the spirit pulse in turn are reckless and try their best to absorb the spirit spirit every time it''s their turn to use it, for fear of losing.


    In the long run, this third-order spirit pulse was seriously consumed and almost shook to the foundation.


    Fortunately, as an excellent earth master, general Houtu is good at regulating spiritual vessels.


    After simple conditioning, this spiritual pulse can barely be used. If he wants to solve the problem completely, he must go deep into the ground and spend a long time to slowly regulate this spiritual pulse.


    For the thick earth God general, regulating the third-order spiritual pulse is also an exercise for himself. After he told Meng Zhang, he handed over all his affairs and devoted himself to his work.


    Meng Zhang''s three people used this third-order spiritual pulse in turn, but there was no big problem.


    After Meng Zhang formed the golden elixir, both the fallen leaf immortal and the ancient moon huaidie were guests who came to help. As the host, Meng Zhang had no conditions before. Now he has a third-order spiritual pulse. Of course, he should give priority to meeting the needs of the guests.


    When fighting, the allies can''t be hungry.


    It''s not Daming in another world. He asked the guest army to provide their own food and salaries, which the master ignored.


    With the help of ancient moon pregnant butterfly and fallen leaf immortal, the dark crow demon will have to defend the crow nest. Taiyimen''s rule over the newly occupied territory has gradually stabilized.


    The monks of various cultivation forces, including the skillful hand sect, were dismissed by Meng Zhang and asked them to return.


    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei, who helped him deal with his daily affairs, are both of a clear nature of reward and punishment.


    These friars contributed a lot in this war. Naturally, taiyimen will not forget. According to their fighting achievements, taiyimen also gave them rich rewards. There are also rich pensions for monks who died in the war.


    Although the new site has not been developed in time, the various Booties seized in the battlefield alone have made taiyimen a fortune.


    Taiyimen, who is rich and powerful, is also very generous in reward. All friars shouted that they didn''t go in vain this time.


    Meng Zhang also entrusted Niu Dawei with the responsibility of rewarding Taiyi disciples on merit.


    At the end of the war, while dismissing all monks, most Taiyi disciples also returned to their original territory.


    As for the development of the newly occupied territories, it is destined to be a long and complex thing.


    Limited to the limited manpower, taiyimen can only carry out simple development at present. Even so, taiyimen can get rich harvest.


    Especially now the territory of taiyimen has been directly connected with the territory of Dafeng City. Since then, the flying boat of taiyimen can go directly to Dafeng City without passing through the territory of Feihong sect.


    This not only shortened a long voyage, but also made taiyimen completely get rid of its final dependence on feihongzong.

 Chapter 483

    Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly and fallen leaf immortal often go outside the crow nest to provoke, so that the dark crow demon will not dare to act rashly.


    Without the interference of the dark crow demon general, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, organized Taiyi disciples to carry out preliminary construction and development of the Gobi.


    He first selected several second-order and first-order spirit veins and established a stronghold on them.


    Relying on these strongholds, the disciples of Taiyi sect stationed in Taiyi sect took turns to attack, eliminate sporadic demons and beasts nearby, and mine some easily mined minerals nearby.


    On the spiritual pulse, he also slowly reclaimed the spiritual field and planted spiritual Valley and spiritual medicine.


    When the conditions are ripe, some spiritual fields can even be transformed into spiritual medicine gardens.


    Taiyimen also arranged some first-order flying boats and flying mounts to travel between these strongholds.


    On the one hand, it is responsible for patrolling in the air, on the other hand, it is also responsible for supporting and supplying various strongholds.


    The flying boat network established by taiyimen on the other side of the endless sand sea has also been transplanted by Niu Dawei into the Gobi of evil wind.


    A fixed route has been established in the Gobi desert to directly connect with the route over the endless sand sea.


    The second-order flying boat from the endless sand sea will continue to sail to gale city after resting and replenishing supplies here.


    The second-order flying boat returning from gale city will bring a lot of materials lacking in endless sand sea.


    The establishment of the flying boat route marks that the territory of the Gobi has been completely incorporated into the Taiyi gate system.


    Taiyimen did not adopt the policy of killing all the monsters in the Gobi.


    In the barren land of endless sand sea, monster is a very precious resource.


    Taiyimen, together with feihongzong and Mobei Qi family, invaded the Gobi, killed countless goblins and seized a large number of goblins, including two of the third-order goblins.


    A large number of resources harvested from monster corpses were transported to Dafeng City, which almost affected the price of all kinds of monster products in Dafeng City market.


    Although taiyimen has gained a lot this time, it is only a hammer deal, and it will take a long time.


    Therefore, in addition to capturing some monsters and sending them back to the gate for domestication, Taiyi gate deliberately retains many monsters in the wild.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect drove away these monsters, drove them away, kept them away from all strongholds and traffic arteries, and didn''t let them affect the development of Taiyi sect.


    These monsters who have been driven to remote places are the training objects of Taiyi disciples, which is convenient for them to carry out practical training. It can also provide a steady stream of monster corpses for Taiyi gate, which can be regarded as killing two birds with one stone.


    Of course, when taiyimen regularly hunt these monsters, they will not dry up and fish, but retain the opportunity for them to reproduce. Like cubs and pregnant females, they will deliberately keep them.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the preliminary development plan formulated by Niu Dawei and several elders in the gate.


    As long as it develops in strict accordance with this plan, the Gobi will become a huge cornucopia and continuously provide wealth for taiyimen.


    With the income of the Gobi, Taiyi gate can barely be called a qualified jindanzong gate.


    Taiyimen also has a huge stall on the other side of the endless sand sea. Of course, we can''t give up easily. The resources that can be put into the Gobi are limited, and the development is slow and smooth.


    Of course, Niu Dawei didn''t bring all the good news.


    Meng Zhang''s elder martial brother, Tian Zhen, the original commoner elder of Taiyi gate, died in his hometown when the three allied forces invaded the Gobi of evil wind.


    When Tianzhen died, it was the tense moment of the war on the Gobi side of the demon wind. According to his last words before his death, his family can''t inform the sect of his death until the war here is over.


    The elder who made great contributions to the Taiyi sect thought about the overall situation of the sect and worried that it would affect Meng Zhang''s battle. This is really well intentioned.


    After Meng Zhang received the news of Tianzhen''s death, he was a little incredulous, and then thought it was natural.


    As a monk in the period of Qi refining, Tianzhen is almost 100 years old. It''s a long life to die at this age.


    Meng Zhang has deep feelings for such a senior brother who grows up with him and has always firmly supported him.


    When Tianzhen completely gave up his way of self-cultivation, Meng Zhang knew that day would come sooner or later.


    But when this day came, Meng Zhang still refused to accept it.


    Since Tian Zhen resigned as an elder and returned to his hometown to provide for the elderly, Meng Zhang met him less and less.


    The last time they met was when Meng Zhang''s golden elixir ceremony.


    At that time, Meng Zhang was deeply impressed by the free and easy appearance of Tianzhen where his wish had been fulfilled.


    The death of Tian town not only makes Meng Zhang lose a relative, but also marks the end of an era.


    Before that, Taoist priest Qingling and several of his disciples died one after another. Now Tianzhen has gone, and Meng Zhang has no peers and elders in Taiyi gate.


    The death of Tian Zhen made Meng Zhang depressed and didn''t recover for many days.


    Please let the ancient moon huaidie and the fallen leaf immortal take care of the Gobi for the time being. Meng Zhang went back to the endless sand sea himself.


    He didn''t disturb anyone and returned to the sweet water oasis alone.


    This place is where he spent his childhood and where Tian town was born and died.


    Among descendants of the Tianzhen, no one awakened spiritual root and embarked on path of the practice.


    As Tatian Town, even if he dies, the Taiyi disciple who manages the sweet water oasis will take good care of his family.


    Tian Li, the younger generation most valued by Tian Zhen, failed to build the foundation at the beginning, but he never recovered.


    Many years ago, Tian Li gave up cultivation and returned to his hometown to provide for the aged.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go to see Tianzhen''s family, let alone Tian Li. He just went to Tianzhen''s grave alone and put a incense stick in front of it. He remained silent for a long time.


    I don''t know how long it took, Meng Zhang sighed deeply, then soared into the sky, flew high into the sky, and flew rapidly towards the Gobi.


    Due to the existence of the dark crow demon general, the situation over there is not stable, and Meng Zhang should not leave for too long.


    After returning to Xiongshi mountain, Meng Zhang put aside all his emotions and devoted all his energy to cultivation except for the routine suppression of the dark crow demon general.


    There has been no war with the dark crow demon general. It is rare to have free time to practice.


    In addition, there are two Jindan elders, ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal, here, and Meng Zhang also has an object for consultation and exchange.


    Since entering the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang has not had the opportunity to communicate with other golden elixirs. He has always practiced alone.


    It''s not long for fallen immortal to enter the golden elixir period. Gu Yue huaidie is an old golden elixir friar, and he is also a middle-term friar of golden elixir. For the cultivation of golden elixir period, he has extremely rich experience and many brilliant opinions.

 Chapter 484

    Before that, Meng Zhang got a lot of advice from the fallen leaf immortal.


    Immortal ye ye not only generously shared her cultivation experience with Meng Zhang, but also revealed a lot of cultivation experience accumulated by her elders to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, about the secrets of his own school and the unique skills and inheritance of the sect, immortal ye still dare not disclose it.


    Once these contents are leaked, she will not only have great trouble, but also implicate Meng Zhang.


    What she shared with Meng Zhang was some common experience, which never involved sect secrets.


    After this time of getting along and fighting together, Gu yuehuai butterfly not only established a deep friendship with Meng Zhang, but also was very optimistic about the future of the young Jindan.


    Without affecting their own interests, Gu yuehuai butterfly is willing to make friends with such a promising monk, and does not hesitate to provide a little help.


    Gu Yue has cherished the butterfly knot pill for many years, with broad friends, extensive knowledge and rich experience. In addition to the inheritance of the ancient moon family, she also came into contact with some other inheritance.


    When communicating with Meng Zhang, she gave him a lot of advice and let him see many new things he had never seen before.


    Listening to your words is better than reading for ten years. This is not an exaggeration.


    Sometimes, Gu yuehuai butterfly gently clicks a few words, just like clearing the clouds to see the sun, which can easily solve some problems that have puzzled Meng Zhang for a long time.


    Meng Zhang, such a gifted and intelligent monk, finally felt a little hard after entering the golden elixir period.


    He didn''t encounter any bottleneck in the gas refining period and foundation building period. He will face more and more problems after practicing smoothly all the way.


    In fact, all the monks who can cultivate to the golden elixir period are not amazing? Which golden elixir friar is not a genius friar in the eyes of everyone?


    Meng Zhang is really not too outstanding among these people. If you want to keep people alive, you can only redouble your efforts.


    Meng Zhang''s top-grade Linggen, after entering the golden elixir period, can''t play much advantage.


    In the golden elixir period, one must get twice the result with half the effort.


    Absorbing the experience of senior friars and communicating with friars at the same level can not only make up for their own shortcomings, but also save their own time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who just can''t get in and out. He is also willing to share his own practice experience with two elders when it does not involve his own private inheritance.


    Meng Zhang''s experience is not worthless. His occasional flash of ideas can make Gu yuehuai butterfly and deciduous immortal think for a long time, and then gain a little.


    In the communication with the ancient moon huaidie and the fallen leaf immortal, time passed so fast that Meng Zhang didn''t feel much.


    During this period of communication, all three have gained, and Meng Zhang has gained the most.


    When Gu yuehuai butterfly left, she reluctantly said goodbye to her two friends and returned to Dafeng City.


    Before she left, Meng Zhang asked her to help buy a third-order mountain protection array.


    Without Gu yuehuai butterfly, a master in the middle of the golden pill, Meng Zhang and real Ye alone can''t stop the dark crow demon general.


    If there is a three-level mountain protection array on Xiongshi ridge, Meng Zhang will have the confidence to resist the dark crow demon general.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly quietly left here. Meng Zhang still showed up outside the crow''s nest from time to time.


    The deterrence of human friars is still there, and the dark crow demon will not dare to attack easily.


    In fact, even if the ancient moon pregnant butterfly leaves the Gobi in front of the dark crow demon general, the dark crow demon will regard it as a trick for humans to lure themselves into attack and will not pay attention to it.


    In the past, the dark crow demon liked to stay in the crow nest and rarely went out. I don''t know what it''s tossing about in the crow''s nest. Anyway, it''s a house demon to the letter.


    For hundreds of years, it has not left the crow nest many times. Like the last time he went to the small world of Zijin sect with the golden tiger demon, it was a time when he rarely left the Gobi.


    Being trapped in the crow''s nest may be a little oppressive to other monsters. For the dark crow demon general, it doesn''t have much impact.


    These days, it still does what it should do as usual.


    The poisonous sand demon will even have an illusion that if there is no external force to destroy, the dark crow demon will stay in the crow nest until the end of time.


    Meng Zhang was relieved by the behavior of the dark crow demon general, which greatly reduced his pressure.


    Although the Three Dharma protectors have not fully recovered all their memories about the golden elixir period, with the slow recovery of cultivation, more and more memories appear in their minds, including many contents about the cultivation of the golden elixir period.


    Before becoming the Dharma protector, the three were excellent golden elixir friars of Taiyi sect. The content in their minds is of great value.


    The three communicated, and the weak water god general sorted it out. Jinglei God handed the two jade slips to Meng Zhang.


    A jade slip records the contents related to the cultivation in the golden elixir period. I have a lot of cultivation experience, some precautions, and several passes and difficulties of practice in the golden elixir period.


    Although a large part of Meng Zhang''s content has been learned in the communication with ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaves. But the remaining part is still very helpful for a new Jindan friar like him.


    Another jade slip records a technique called Hongguang dunfa.


    Before entering the golden elixir period, from the Qi refining period, Meng Zhang wanted to practice a secret method that was easy to escape. After entering the foundation period, he spent a lot of effort to collect all kinds of evasion skills.


    Especially after he suffered losses because he was not fast enough for several times, he wanted to practice a fast escape technique.


    No matter the inheritance he obtained from the place of trial or other inheritance he specially collected, there is no outstanding escape method.


    Moreover, because of his cultivation of martial arts, like the wind and thunder Dun method practiced by his eldest disciple Niu Dawei, he is also difficult to practice in depth.


    The wind and thunder escape method uses the power of wind and thunder to escape very fast. However, if you want to practice to a higher level, you must major in the skill "true interpretation of wind and thunder".


    The sun moon rotation Sutra practiced by Meng Zhang is still incomplete and lacks the content of evasion.


    His main cultivation is the five elements escape technique, especially the earth escape technique.


    Although the technique of earth hiding is hidden enough and useful, it is not fast.


    Because he was not majoring in the five element skill, his attainments in the five element evasion were also mediocre.


    The Hongguang Dun method he acquired this time is an excellent Dun method that can only be practiced in the golden elixir period.


    Hongguang Dun is a fast dun. After cultivation, you can obtain a very high speed, which can make up for Meng Zhang''s weakness in speed.


    No matter what kind of attribute you are cultivating, you can practice this Hongguang Dun method.


    This Hongguang Dun method has high requirements for the practitioners'' qualifications, especially their understanding.

 Chapter 485

    Cultivating Hongguang Dun method also requires some external coordination. One of the most important aids is to go deep into the high-altitude clouds and absorb the essence of sky light.


    This process is extremely troublesome and dangerous.


    On the nine days, the sharp wind is almost invincible. If you fly too high and are swept by the vigorous wind, even immortal Jindan will be in danger.


    No matter how many difficulties he has to face, Meng Zhang has to practice this excellent Dun method. All dangers can be overcome slowly.


    With this Hongguang Dun method, Meng Zhang''s survivability will be greatly increased, and his tactics will become diverse.


    After Gu yuehuai butterfly left, the dark crow demon general who couldn''t figure out the reality of the human friars didn''t go out easily.


    In many cases, the dark crow demon will still be more rational. In the absence of strong stimulation, it will weigh more before doing things.


    Last time, the death of the golden tiger demon angered the dark crow demon general, which made him angry and sent troops.


    Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye appear outside the crow nest from time to time, and always maintain an oppressive attitude.


    The dark crow demon and the poisonous sand demon did not respond and let the human friars show their strength.


    Meng Zhang was relieved to confirm that the dark crow demon had no intention to fight easily.


    Of course, necessary precautions are still needed. It is urgent to enhance the combat effectiveness of taiyimen.


    If there is one more Jindan friar in Taiyi sect, many problems will be solved.


    Unfortunately, among the younger generation of disciples, Yang Xueyi, who has the highest accomplishments, is only in the middle of foundation building.


    Although general Houtu and general Jinglei have recovered their accomplishments in the later stage of foundation construction, they also have a long way to go to restore their strength in the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang also knows that this kind of thing is not urgent. The recovery time of taiyimen is too short. The disciples are still very young. There is not enough time for them to grow up. At this time, these disciples can''t count on it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s greatest hope is to get some special third-order heaven and earth spirits to help the thick earth God restore their cultivation as soon as possible.


    Although Meng Zhang asked Gu yuehuai die for help, he also instructed taiyimen to pay attention to the caravan to Dafeng City. However, the third-order items are more precious, especially the third-order heaven and Earth Spirit items, which can not be bought at the cost of spirit stones. They often appear in some places where things are exchanged and need to be exchanged with items of the same level.


    Meng Zhang just tried his best to make some arrangements. No one knows whether it will be useful.


    The current Taiyi sect cannot provide the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir period, but the growth of Taiyi sect disciples is still very rapid.


    Not to mention the previous savings, taiyimen won enough inner alchemy of two third-order monster beasts just by invading the Gobi.


    Taiyimen didn''t have to worry about the lack of foundation Dan for a long time.


    In addition, taiyimen will regularly refine Xiaozhu Jidan. For those friars with general qualifications and no higher pursuit, the defect of taking Xiaozhu Jidan is completely acceptable.


    Under the command of Meng Zhang, the interior of taiyimen was still strictly controlled for Xiaozhu Jidan. Those disciples who are favored by him or the middle and high level of the sect can hardly get the Xiaozhu Jidan.


    A large part of the Xiaozhu Jidan refined by taiyimen flowed out. The surrounding cultivation forces, vassal families and even casual cultivation can exchange Xiaozhu Jidan as long as they pay enough price.


    In these years, the number of friars in the foundation period around Taiyi gate has increased greatly.


    Among the disciples of Taiyi sect, many excellent friars in the foundation period have emerged.


    An Xiaoran, the second disciple and an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang, took the initiative to come to the Gobi of evil wind to help the master brother Niu Dawei develop here after successfully building the foundation and consolidating his accomplishments.


    An Xiaoran had a very high talent for alchemy. The "Fusang Sutra", a fire wood attribute skill, was also very suitable for alchemy.


    Soon after building the foundation, she successfully advanced to a second-order alchemist.


    After she came to Xiongshi mountain, she established an alchemy room here to refine all kinds of pills on a large scale by using the monster materials collected here.


    Xiongshi mountain has three levels of spiritual veins. In fact, it is more suitable as the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    However, the dark crow demon will not be eliminated for a day, and the Taiyi gate will not be completely stable in the Gobi desert.


    Therefore, although Meng Zhang sits in Xiongshi mountain all the year round, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate has not been relocated.


    All kinds of affairs in the endless sand sea can only be handled by the elders and hall leaders in the door.


    Soon after returning to the ancient moon family, Gu yuehuai butterfly entrusted Meng Zhang with good news.


    She helped Meng Zhang get a very good third-order mountain protection array - golden wind flame array.


    Even if the third-order mountain protection array is on the side of Jiuqu League, it is an important strategic item.


    A small number of third-order mountain Protection Arrays sold in Dafeng City are high price and mediocre road goods.


    The power of the ancient moon family can get a good third-order mountain protection array, but the ancient moon huaidie is out of personal friendship and help with Meng Zhang. Of course, we can''t easily use the family''s resources.


    Last time in the small world of Zijin sect, immortal Nu Yan and immortal dark Yan of huoyun sect got many secret boxes left by the monks of Zijin sect.


    Dark Yan immortal blew himself up, and the secret box he was carrying was naturally destroyed. However, immortal Nu Yan was surrounded and killed by Meng Zhang. The secret box on his body naturally fell into the hands of Meng Zhang.


    After they left the small world, they tried to open the secret boxes and get the contents.


    What I thought was easy to catch, but it didn''t go well.


    With their cultivation, it is not difficult to open the secret box. However, if you forcibly open it, you may not be able to keep the items inside.


    In desperation, the three had to put these secret boxes aside for the time being.


    When Gu yuehuai butterfly returned to Dafeng City this time, he brought these secret boxes and was ready to ask someone to open them.


    After returning to the family, Gu yuehuai butterfly contacted a familiar dexterous immortal Zong Jindan and asked him for help.


    It was really a secret box specialized in the art industry that made Meng Zhang helpless. It was easily opened by the clever immortal Zong Jindan without much effort.


    These secret boxes came from ordinary disciples of Zijin sect. Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to them.


    But after opening, there were two treasures in these secret boxes, which made the Jindan immortal of Jiqiao Zong salivate.


    Of course, he really didn''t have the courage to rob Gu yuehuai butterfly. He can only make a request politely, hoping to exchange with Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly thought that Meng Zhang needed a third-order mountain protection array, so she proposed to exchange these two treasures for a good third-order mountain protection array.


    Qiqiao sect is proficient in the art of mechanism puppets and has made great achievements in array prohibition.


    After some twists and turns, Gu yuehuai butterfly finally completed Meng Zhang''s entrustment and helped him get the golden wind flame array.

 Chapter 486

    Gu yuehuai butterfly personally went to the Gobi and brought the mountain protection array to Meng Zhang.


    Originally, the placement of this level of mountain protection array needs to send array mages who are familiar with the array to the site. After surveying the terrain, organize people to deploy carefully.


    The array mage of Qiqiao sect didn''t want to go to the Gobi of evil wind. Meng Zhang felt that the details of the deployment of the large array were the secrets of Taiyi gate and should not be manipulated by others.


    Therefore, the third-order array was independently deployed by taiyimen.


    This third-order array has many drawings and a lot of array flags and plates. It takes a lot of time to sort out these items alone.


    As for the other items in those secret boxes, they were all ordinary spiritual objects. The three golden elixirs divided them at will.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly took things to Meng Zhang and left in a hurry.


    The thick earth God general, who was regulating his spiritual pulse, also temporarily stopped his work and studied the array carefully with Wen qiansuan.


    The cultivation of Wen qiansuan has long entered the middle stage of foundation building, and the array attainments have made great progress. However, he assisted the thick earth God to study this array, which still made him feel very difficult.


    It took more than three years for Meng Zhang and the fallen immortal to deploy the mountain protection array under the assignment of the thick earth God General for many times.


    The thick earth God will clearly tell Meng Zhang that the layout of this large array is not perfect due to the strength of him and Wen qiansuan. There are many details, which can only be adjusted slowly after he recovers his strength or Wenqian calculates the advanced golden elixir period.


    However, this big array is barely usable, but it can''t exert its full power.


    In addition, the third-order spirit pulse of Xiongshi mountain provides limited aura. On weekdays, most of the functions of this mountain protection array are closed. The fire will be fully opened only when a strong enemy attacks.


    Although there are many unsatisfactory places, at least there is the protection of the third-order mountain protection array.


    In the worst case, taiyimen can give up all the strongholds above the Gobi, retreat to xiongshiling and rely on this mountain protection array.


    Many disciples of Taiyi sect led by Meng Zhang rely on the big array defense. Even the dark crow demon general can''t break the big array and attack Xiongshi mountain.


    With Meng Zhang, we have more confidence.


    A few years later, the dark alliance began to call immortal ye ye back. She could no longer stay here and had to leave.


    The fallen immortal sneaked away quietly. Meng Zhang had to show up outside the crow nest, so that the dark crow demon would not know the truth.


    The intelligence ability of the monster side is far inferior to that of the human friars, especially the dark crow demon that has always been unable to defend. So far, they have not figured out the specific situation on the human side.


    Of course, the ancient moon Huai butterfly has not appeared for a long time, which still makes the poisonous sand demon a little suspicious.


    Meng Zhang walked around outside the crow''s nest and felt that this was not possible. Lack of strength depends on bluffing, not a long-term plan.


    Monsters are not idiots. Sooner or later, they will find out their own reality.


    By that time, the excellent situation of taiyimen may be completely destroyed.


    Although Meng Zhang is sure of guarding Xiongshi mountain, he really has to retreat to Xiongshi mountain, which means that taiyimen must give up all the development achievements in the Gobi of evil wind, resulting in too much loss.


    Meng Zhang would not make such a choice unless he had to. In the best case, we can continue to suppress the dark crow demon general.


    Since there is no possibility of the birth of the golden elixir combat power in taiyimen in a short time, we still have to ask for help.


    Don''t think about the endless sand sea. You can only see if there is any good way to Jiuqu League.


    After Gu yuehuai butterfly and immortal ye ye went back, they didn''t completely break their contact with Meng Zhang.


    Every once in a while, there will be a caravan from taiyimen to Dafeng City for trade.


    These flying boat teams carrying valuable goods are often escorted by friars in the foundation period, of which friars taiyimen are the main force.


    The letters between Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai die and the fallen leaf immortal were delivered by these taiyimen friars.


    Meng Zhang sent a letter to ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal respectively, asking them to help themselves pay attention and see if they can find a suitable Jindan immortal for temporary employment by taiyimen.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s letter, Gu yuehuai butterfly and real person ye ye tried their best to help Meng Zhang inquire.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly has a wide range of people, and soon contacted several Jindan real people.


    But these golden elixirs either refused as soon as they heard that they were going to the Gobi of evil wind. Or offer a high employment price, so that taiyimen can''t afford it at all.


    The fallen leaf immortal has worked in the Dark Alliance for many years, and the news is very well informed. After some twists and turns, she chose a suitable employment object for Meng Zhang.


    His name is Qin Hongying. He is the supreme elder of a Xiuzhen family in Jiuqu League and the only Jindan friar in the family.


    Qin Hongying''s accomplishments have reached the peak of the initial stage of the golden elixir, but she can''t step over the threshold and enter the middle stage of the golden elixir.


    She is more than 500 years old, and the remaining longevity yuan is estimated to have not even a nail.


    At this point, she has completely abandoned her path. Now the only thing I can trust is my family.


    Jiuqu League seems peaceful, but the competition is very fierce, and all kinds of open and secret battles have never been cut off.


    After Qin Hongying sits down, the Qin family is bound to fall from the Jindan family and lose many interests.


    There are many such examples in the history of Jiuqu League.


    After the Qin family was weak, they had to lie dormant and wait for their revival in the future.


    If we can cultivate a golden elixir immortal again in the future, the Qin family may not be able to reproduce its brilliance.


    However, Qin Hongying once made many enemies, including a narrow-minded Jindan immortal.


    When Qin Hongying was alive, his enemies had nothing to do with the Qin family. But once Qin Hongying sits down, the Qin family will be in big trouble.


    Of course, Jiuqu League still has rules. Even if they hate the Qin family again, they dare not openly and wantonly kill the Qin family.


    However, as a golden elixir immortal, he has enough ability to secretly trip up the Qin family and slowly die.


    People are in love, people walk, tea is cold. After Qin Hongying sat down, relying solely on some face and human feelings in front of her can''t protect the Qin family for too long.


    In order to deal with the things behind him, Qin Hongying was pregnant. She thought of many ways, but they were not appropriate and could not completely solve the problem.


    When immortal deciduous knew about it, he took the initiative to visit Qin Hongying and spent some time persuading her.


    Then, immortal deciduous took Qin Hongying to the Gobi of evil wind and found Meng Zhang at Xiongshi mountain.


    After some discussion, the three reached an agreement.


    Qin Hongying, as the guest of Taiyi gate, has worked for Taiyi gate for 30 years.

 Chapter 487

    In order to hire Qin Hongying, a temporary guest, taiyimen needs to pay a high price.


    When Qin Hongying was stationed in Xiongshi mountain, she needed three levels of spiritual pulse to maintain her daily cultivation and ensure that her accomplishments would not fall sharply.


    Taiyi sect needs to pay a large amount of cultivation resources to the Qin family.


    Among them, there are hundreds of thousands of low-grade spirit stones, as well as many other minerals, miraculous drugs and other materials.


    With taiyimen''s current financial resources, it is equally difficult to take out so many things at one go.


    Fortunately, Qin Hongying was reasonable and agreed to pay by installments at taiyimen. There was no need to rush for a while.


    The most important thing in the agreement is that after Qin Hongying sits down, Meng Zhang and immortal ye need to keep the inheritance of the Qin family and prevent the Qin family from being destroyed by their enemies.


    Taiyi sect is a little-known sect, which is far away from the endless sand sea, and Meng Zhang is not long after his death.


    Qin Hongying didn''t expect too much from Meng Zhang. Her main hope was put on the fallen leaf immortal.


    As a golden elixir immortal born in Jiuqu League, Qin Hongying has heard of forces such as black market and dark League. She knows that immortal Ye is born extraordinary and has strong strength. As long as immortal ye ye agrees to help, it won''t be a big problem to keep the Qin family.


    Fallen immortal cannot be stationed in Xiongshi mountain for a long time. Meng Zhang really needs the combat power of Qin Hongying, the golden elixir.


    The fallen leaf immortal agreed to Qin Hongying''s conditions and promised that in the future, the Qin family would help in a private capacity.


    She helped Meng Zhang again this time, and Meng Zhang owed a great favor again.


    After negotiating the terms, each of the three made an oath to ensure the implementation of the agreement.


    Then the fallen immortal hurriedly left the Gobi and returned to Jiuqu League.


    When making the agreement, Qin Hongying also stressed one thing. She just helped Meng Zhang fight against monsters and will never participate in all kinds of grievances in the cultivation world here.


    Meng Zhang can also understand Qin Hongying''s idea. She is about to sit down. She really doesn''t want to have more rights and wrongs, leaving future troubles for the Qin family.


    Understanding belongs to understanding. Meng Zhang still has a pimple in his heart.


    I hired Qin Hongying as a guest for 30 years, and the price was too high.


    There''s no way. Jindan is a complete buyer''s market in Jiuqu League. There is a price but no market. The attraction of Taiyi gate to Jindan immortal is almost zero.


    Either they are willing to pay a high price, or they must agree to some harsh conditions before they can be successfully employed.


    Since Qin Hongying has paid so much to be the guest Qing for 30 years, Meng Zhang must make good use of her and at least earn back the cost.


    Qin Hongying explained all the affairs of the Qin family. After settling down in Xiongshi mountain, Meng Zhang called her to go outside the crow''s nest.


    Ancient moon butterfly and fallen leaf immortal have not appeared for some years. It''s been a while since Meng Zhang appeared outside the crow''s nest alone.


    The dark crow demon will remain silent, but the poisonous sand demon will be a little angry.


    The poison sand demon will not have the good temperament of the dark crow demon, and can stay quietly in the crow nest for so long.


    It decided to go out to test and feel the reality of the human friars.


    Although he is not good at speed, the poisonous sand demon general who has made various preparations in advance thinks that even if he meets two or three human golden elixirs, he is sure to retreat.


    Coincidentally, when the poisonous sand demon came out of the crow''s nest and was preparing to go near xiongshiling, Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying just came.


    Employers pay a lot of money to hire themselves. Qin Hongying also wants to let employers see his skills and prove that he is really worth the price.


    Before approaching the poisonous sand demon general, Qin Hongying unscrupulously released her breath.


    As a monk at the peak of the golden elixir in the early stage, Qin Hongying''s cultivation level is only one step lower than that of the ancient moon with butterflies.


    Although she is also a female generation, Qin Hongying is not as introverted as Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    From the momentum shown, Qin Hongying''s strength is better than that of Gu Yue Huai butterfly.


    In the face of a strange human golden elixir, the momentum is so terrible. Without the slightest hesitation, the poisonous sand demon fled back to the crow''s nest as soon as possible, so that Meng Zhang couldn''t catch up.


    Meng Zhang looked at Qin Hongying with a smile. He fully understood each other''s mind.


    Qin Hongying, who has only a few longevity yuan left, will spend a lot of energy every time he fights with opponents at the same level.


    If her vitality is consumed too much and she can''t reply in time, it will greatly affect her remaining longevity.


    In this case, Qin Hongying will try to avoid direct combat with opponents at the same level if he can''t avoid it.


    Releasing the breath, showing a strong momentum and scaring the enemy away has become a good way to avoid fighting.


    Meng Zhang is not good at demanding an old elder who will be exhausted by Shou yuan, and he can''t give strong orders to others.


    He just kept this matter in mind and was cruel secretly. Taiyimen must cultivate a new golden elixir immortal as soon as possible.


    Outsiders who spend money to hire are not only difficult to use, but also unreliable at critical moments.


    However, it''s useless to be in a hurry.


    There are many monks of the next generation of Taiyi sect who may break through the golden elixir period, but they still need enough time to grow up.


    The Three Dharma protectors can''t count on them for the time being.


    In the endless sand sea, after the Mobei Qi family''s last defeat in the Gobi, they did their best to shrink and completely retracted their nest.


    As the pillar of the family, the two golden elixirs were killed and seriously injured, and the monks in the family suffered countless casualties.


    Let alone the Feihong sect, that is, the Taiyi sect. If they can spare their hands, they can destroy the Mobei Qi family.


    Mobei Qijia''s territory is located in the north of the endless sand sea. It is extremely barren and lack of resources. However, if you can support immortal Jindan, there must be a third-order spirit pulse.


    After the fallen immortal left, Meng Zhang thought in his heart whether taiyimen should give up the territory of the Gobi, including lion ridge, to avoid the edge of the dark crow demon general.


    In this way, the trouble was thrown to feihongzong. It depends on whether Feihong Zong is willing to give up his territory in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Then he personally led the friars in the door to attack the Qi family in Mobei and seize the territory and third-order spiritual pulse of the Qi family.


    However, after careful thinking, Meng Zhang gave up the idea.


    In addition to not willing to give up the territory on the Gobi side of the evil wind, he mainly cares about Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun behind Mobei Qi family.


    Even if a Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t make a direct move, there are many ways to exert influence on the Jindan sect.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, you can''t afford to offend a yuan God Zhenjun.


    Since the Mobei Qi family can''t think about it, taiyimen has to occupy the territory of the Gobi Gobi.


    To some extent, taiyimen has become a barrier to help feihongzong block the threat from the Gobi.

 Chapter 488

    After feihongzong withdrew from the Gobi, taiyimen has been paying attention to the trend of feihongzong.


    Taiyi gate, as a newly rising golden pill sect gate in the endless sand sea, still has many lessons to fill. Intelligence capability is a very important one.


    Compared with the deeply rooted Feihong sect, Taiyi gate is too far away in this regard.


    Of course, Feihong sect is not without weaknesses and flaws.


    Feihongzong has controlled the endless sand sea for so many years and accumulated a large number of potential enemies. Some friars who were dissatisfied with Feihong sect gradually began to communicate secretly with Taiyi gate.


    After many efforts, taiyimen slowly found out some trends of feihongzong.


    Sure enough, as Meng Zhang guessed, the last time Feihong Zong withdrew from the Gobi, what he informed himself was all nonsense.


    The change of huoyun sect is just an excuse.


    At the border between huoyun sect and Feihong sect, as before, small conflicts and battles continued, but large-scale battles never broke out.


    The three seriously injured golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect have not recovered yet. Relying on immortal ChiYan alone, you can''t help immortal Feishi.


    After flying feather and flying general led the army back, they began to rest for a long time.


    The lion demon on the other side of the Gobi has been removed, and Taiyi gate acts as a barrier to stop the threat from the Gobi. Huoyun sect has not regained its vitality and cannot pose a great threat to Feihong sect.


    Seizing the rare quiet time, feihongzong began to recover quickly.


    Feihongzong is still very deep and has many hidden family backgrounds. After so much consumption over the years, we can still come up with a lot of resources.


    The lost disciples began to be supplemented slowly, and the disciples in the new gas refining period and even the foundation building period began to emerge slowly.


    As long as feihongzong can have hundreds of years of stable development, it is hard to say about the monks in the golden elixir period, but the monks in the Qi refining period and the foundation building period can basically supplement and complete.


    Fei hongzong made a hole in Taiyi gate this time, but he didn''t have any hatred with Taiyi gate. What''s more, as the ruler of endless sand sea, Feihong sect is instinctively vigilant against Taiyi gate and makes subconscious actions.


    Meng Zhang, trapped in the Gobi of evil wind, knows that he can''t turn against Feihong Zong now. With his temperament, he won''t do nothing.


    Two years after Qin Hongying settled in Xiongshi mountain, the form of the Gobi is still relatively stable. Under the guidance of Meng Zhang, Taiyi gate made a big move.


    Taiyimen took the lead, including the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, and established a large alliance called Hanhai daomeng.


    Including the traditional ally of the Taiyi gate, the skillful hand gate, and the Tuxing gate, which had long been subject to the Taiyi gate, all actively joined the Hanhai Dao alliance.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, it is not a good way to directly annex the surrounding forces or turn these forces into vassals of Taiyi sect.


    In the form of establishing an alliance, integrate all the cultivation forces around. The means should be softer and the food looks better.


    At least on the surface, all members of the alliance have equal status and are allies.


    Each clan and family can preserve their own inheritance.


    In addition to these cultivation forces, taiyimen also included qualified scattered cultivation in the alliance.


    In the eyes of some so-called discerning people, Meng Zhang is a rising star, and the Taiyi goalkeeper will become a new overlord in the endless sand sea.


    It''s too late to burn the cold stove now, but if you take refuge in time, you can still get some benefits.


    Including the original vassal families of taiyimen, nearly 30 Xiuzhen forces have joined Hanhai daomeng, and all kinds of scattered repairs have enthusiastically joined.


    Among them, the remaining evils of dihuomen, which almost perished after openly rebelling against Feihong sect, also joined hanhaidao alliance in the name of the reconstructed dihuomen.


    After the remaining evils of the earth fire gate were released by Meng Zhang, they have always been honest and dare not have the slightest disagreement.


    They kept a first-order spiritual pulse and struggled to maintain the inheritance of their family.


    Meng Zhang is now openly pushing out the dihuomen. In addition to disgusting Feihong sect, it is also a message to other Xiuzhen forces. Even the dihuomen sect, which is extremely hated by Feihong sect, Taiyi sect has the ability to protect it and keep its inheritance.


    If dihuomen has always been loyal to taiyimen and honestly serve the alliance, there may not be a day of revitalization.


    The establishment of Hanhai Dao alliance was not Meng Zhang''s whim, but had such ideas and arrangements for a long time.


    Integrate all the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, concentrate all resources, expand the alliance, and compete with the sect including Feihong sect.


    Taiyi sect, as the only jindanzong sect among these cultivation forces, is in a leading position. Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, is a golden elixir immortal. He is also a popular candidate for the leader of the alliance.


    Meng Zhang needs to sit on the Gobi side for a long time and has no time to separate. So he sent his eldest disciple Niu Dawei to preside over various specific affairs of the establishment of Hanhai daomeng.


    Niu Dawei''s own ability is very strong. After years of experience, he is fully enough to take charge of the matter properly.


    Meng Zhang felt that taiyimen''s intelligence capability was insufficient, and with the establishment of Hanhai daomeng, the enemies inside and outside daomeng will gradually increase.


    Meng Zhang has long intended to set up a special entrance to spy on intelligence and secretly deal with some dirty work that is inconvenient for Taiyi gate.


    This entrance was named dark hall by Meng Zhang. It is a crucial entrance in Taiyi gate. It must be controlled by a trusted confidant of Meng Zhang.


    An Muran has been worshipped by Meng Zhang for many years. He has a calm and calm personality. He is a young man who can be used greatly.


    Meng Zhang entrusted the preparation of the dark hall to an Muran.


    In addition to his full help and allowing Anmo to use taiyimen''s resources. Meng Zhang also sent a letter to immortal ye ye, asking his old friend Jue Ying to come to the Gobi of evil wind.


    Jue Ying and Meng Zhang are really old friends. They have fought side by side.


    Even after Meng Zhang became a Jindan immortal, he did not forget his friendship, nor did he look down on each other.


    After receiving the news, Jue Ying soon came to the Gobi of evil wind to meet Meng Zhang.


    Not seen for many years, jueying''s cultivation has entered the later stage of foundation construction. I don''t think it will be long before she will face the impact of the golden elixir period.


    After the two talked about the past, Meng Zhang entrusted her with an important task.


    Meng Zhang hopes Jue Ying can help an Muran set up a dark hall and give an Muran various instructions.


    Jue Ying was born in the dark League and is a very excellent assassin and spy. All she has learned is just right for the job.

 Chapter 489

    The dark League itself is good at cultivating assassins and spies, and has its own unique training system.


    Meng Zhang had no contact with the Dark Alliance, but he had a lot of dealings with the black market subordinate to the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang was deeply impressed by his excellent intelligence ability in the black market.


    The ability of the black market to collect and analyze intelligence comes from the Dark Alliance.


    After Meng Zhang fell out with the black market on the side of the endless sand sea, although the black market tried to repair the relationship between the two sides, taiyimen has always been brooding about the old things, and the relationship between the two sides can no longer return to the past.


    Meng Zhang will no longer trust the black market and does not want to continue to turn to the intelligence system of the black market.


    After Meng Zhang''s return from jiedan, the black market made good to Meng Zhang again and again.


    The black market still showed sincerity in treating Jindan immortal.


    The black market respects Meng Zhang''s strength and the upstart taiyimen.


    Although Meng Zhang looks magnanimous and ignores past grievances on the surface, he is always alert to the black market in his heart.


    Jueying will not disclose the internal secrets of the Dark Alliance, let alone copy all the systems of the Dark Alliance and the black market to taiyimen.


    However, with her rich experience and insight, even with a little guidance, an Muran can learn a lot, and taiyimen can avoid many detours.


    In fact, Jue Ying lived up to Meng Zhang''s trust and tried his best to help taiyimen set up a dark hall.


    In addition to some secrets and secrets, she gave anmuran almost everything and had no reservations.


    With the help of Jue Ying, Meng Zhang also ensured that taiyimen would provide sufficient resources. The establishment process of the dark hall was very smooth, and an Muran soon started his new job.


    Of course, a structure like the dark hall has a complex process from establishment to development and growth, and then to play a role, which requires a lot of time to accumulate slowly.


    Now an Muran is just getting started. There is still a long way to go to become a master in this field.


    Although Meng Zhang plans to slowly shift the focus of taiyimen to the Gobi of evil wind, especially Xiongshi mountain.


    But there are too many interests on the other side of the endless sand sea, and hanhaidao alliance is mainly located there.


    Under the current circumstances, in addition to Meng Zhang personally taking charge of Xiongshi mountain, the main force of Taiyi gate is still concentrated on the endless sand sea.


    The internal organizational structure of Taiyi gate is becoming more and more perfect, the original halls are growing, and some new halls are added.


    With the increasing number of friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate, the main leaders of each hall are basically friars in the foundation period. The elders in the middle and later stages of foundation building in the gate have gradually become the climate.


    Before Niu Dawei left the Gobi, Meng Zhang gave him a lot of advice. He acted according to Meng Zhang''s plan and built a rough skeleton.


    After some debate and bargaining with many monks, taiyimen led the establishment of various systems and departments within Hanhai daomeng.


    The purpose of Hanhai road alliance is very simple, that is, all forces in the alliance, under the leadership of taiyimen, respond to various difficulties and challenges and grow day by day.


    If a foreign enemy invades, all forces of Hanhai daomeng should be united to the outside world. No one can be merciful to the enemies in the league.


    On the surface, at least, all members of the league are equal in status.


    Niu Dawei set up an organization called the conference hall, where there were many counsellors. In the future, the major events of Hanhai daomeng can be discussed in the discussion hall.


    Every faction in the Taoist League has a seat in the Council hall and can send monks to serve as counsellors in the Council hall.


    As for the number of seats, there is naturally a clear calculation method. Generally speaking, the stronger the power, the more seats.


    The discussion hall sounds tall. In fact, it is mainly an organization used to appease various Xiuzhen forces, and has no real power.


    It is the elders'' Association in the league that dominates all affairs within the league.


    The Senate is in power and is the real core of Hanhai daomeng.


    At present, those who can enter the Senate are at least friars in the foundation period. And you should have a skill and be able to convince the public.


    The number of friars of the taiyimen family during the foundation period exceeded the sum of all other forces.


    Most of the elders of the Senate are taiyimen friars.


    In addition, there are some sects, such as the skillful sect and the earthbound sect, which can have a few elders.


    All other sects are just. Meng Zhang still attaches great importance to the skillful sect.


    Immortal Jinli has a long history with the skillful hand sect, and also accepted Jin Qiaoer as his own disciple.


    If Immortal Jinli fully supports the skillful hand gate, she can compete with Taiyi gate.


    Fortunately, immortal Jinli has no interest in all kinds of affairs of the skillful hand gate, and can''t directly interfere with the endless sand sea.


    The whole skillful hand door, only Jin Qiaoer, is what she really cares about.


    The skillful hand door has always been informed and interested, and has placed its own position very correctly. It has never said that it dares to raise its tail by virtue of its relationship with immortal Jinli.


    And Jin Qiaoer is even more indifferent. She mainly focuses on her own cultivation, and rarely cares about the specific affairs of the skillful sect. Of course, there is also the meaning of real Jin Li.


    Skillful hand sect has always been a traditional ally of Taiyi sect. When Hanhai daomeng was established, it was also a loyal supporter and follower of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to the skillful hand gate, whether in the face of Jin Li or in consideration of the horse bones of Qianjin city.


    Taiyi gate even gave away a lot of interests and tried to support the skillful gate.


    Other members of hanhaidao alliance can only get Xiaozhu Jidan from taiyimen. Only skillful hands can gain very few foundation pills.


    There are a large number of excellent friars in the current skillful hand gate, including a full six friars in the foundation period. The territory has expanded a lot, and its strength is unprecedented.


    Under the leadership of the Senate, all forces within Hanhai daomeng have their own obligations. To some extent, the whole Hanhai Dao alliance is a tool to support Taiyi gate and a chess piece to help Taiyi gate rule.


    Of course, with the protection of the powerful Jindan sect like taiyimen, the security of these forces is also guaranteed.


    In the cultivation world of the law of the jungle, members of the league can hold together to keep warm, and Taiyi gate can be attached.


    Compared with Jiuqu alliance, the current hanhaidao alliance is far inferior in strength, but it has stronger internal cohesion and no unnecessary noise because it is dominated by taiyimen.


    None of the sects in Jiuqu league can dominate. Several sects with similar strength contain each other. On the contrary, they have many internal problems, which consume a lot of strength in the open and secret struggle within the league.


    The new Hanhai road alliance is vibrant and is in the rising stage. In contrast, Jiuqu alliance, which seems to be many times stronger than hanhaidao alliance, has a bit of twilight.

 Chapter 490

    Meng Zhang sat on the high platform and received the great gifts of the monks below.


    This is a grand ceremony to celebrate the official establishment of hanhaidao alliance. The grand ceremony has a large scale, many guests and great excitement.


    Niu Dawei has become more and more capable after years of experience.


    After accepting Meng Zhang''s will, he devoted himself to the establishment of Hanhai daomeng.


    Taiyi gate is so powerful that all the surrounding sects have no room to resist. Moreover, all Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea are nominally vassals of Feihong sect. From a vassal of Jindan sect to another ally of Jindan sect, it seems that progress is not small.


    No matter what the actual situation is, on the surface, these Xiuzhen forces around are competing and eager to join Hanhai daomeng.


    After more than two years of preparation, Hanhai road alliance was officially established just now.


    Taiyimen prepared a grand ceremony in Xiongshi mountain to celebrate the establishment of Hanhai road alliance.


    Before that, Hanhai daomeng had actually begun to operate.


    The Council of elders, the hall of deliberation and other key institutions were established successively. All the Xiuzhen forces that joined the Hanhai Dao alliance acted in accordance with the orders of the alliance.


    Today''s grand ceremony is only a form, but it is not a simple grand ceremony.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. In the endless sand sea, except Mobei Qi family, no Xiuzhen force can compete with it.


    Lin quanguan and dihuomen, who once appeared as immortal Jindan, once had a trend of juxtaposing with Feihong sect, but both sects soon died out.


    Now Taiyi gate has become the golden elixir gate. Fei hongzong has to recognize the existence of Taiyi gate because of external pressure.


    Now Meng Zhang is not satisfied with such a position.


    In addition to the sect itself, Taiyi sect also gathered a group of Xiuzhen forces. At least in terms of momentum, they wanted to say goodbye to Feihong sect.


    Holding today''s ceremony, in addition to deterring the major Xiuzhen forces in the league, it also means to make a public challenge with Feihong sect.


    After receiving the respectful visits of the monks below, Meng Zhang was quite satisfied with the effect of the ceremony.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect and the only golden elixir of Hanhai daomeng alliance, Meng Zhang is naturally the leader of the alliance.


    With the power of immortal Jindan, you can easily subdue the friars below.


    Moreover, in the past period of time, there have been disturbances within two families and one family. The original top was swept away, and the new members were supported to the top.


    Behind the change of masters within the three forces, the shadow of Taiyi gate looms.


    Although I don''t know why Taiyi sect is targeting these three forces, Taiyi sect has exposed its fangs, which proves that it can control the life and death of friars in the league.


    All the Xiuzhen forces in the newly established Hanhai road alliance are in awe of Taiyi gate and dare not disobey it at all.


    In addition to the leaders of various forces in the alliance, there were many guests from Dafeng City.


    Over the years, more and more caravans sent by Taiyi sect to Dafeng City for trading.


    With the opening of the direct route between taiyimen and Dafeng City, the exchanges between the two places have become closer and closer.


    Because of the close relationship with the ancient moon family, especially after Taiyi gate became Jindan sect, the status of the sect changed greatly.


    Many Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City intend to connect with Taiyi gate.


    Although the ancient moon huaidie didn''t come personally at the founding ceremony of Hanhai road alliance, the ancient moon family sent messengers to congratulate him.


    Following the messenger of the ancient moon family, there were many visitors from the Xiuzhen family of Dafeng City.


    Meng Zhang is certainly very happy about this situation.


    Taiyi sect is no longer a vassal of Feihong sect. Naturally, it has to deal with the external Xiuzhen forces in an independent position.


    Feihongzong can sell various cultivation resources of endless sand sea to Jiuqu League, especially some special products.


    Taiyimen, also located in the endless sand sea, can naturally provide these cultivation resources to the outside world.


    As a new Jindan sect, Taiyi sect should expand its contacts and open up new business channels.


    It is probably the relationship between the ancient moon and the butterfly. The ancient moon family has provided great help in this matter, making taiyimen less detours.


    Mobei Qi family did not send anyone to attend this ceremony, which is normal.


    Taiyimen has never had any contact with Mobei Qi family. Moreover, after the defeat of the Gobi in the evil wind last time, the Mobei Qi family, which was greatly weakened, contracted in an all-round way, almost closed the mountain completely, and basically cut off all contacts with the outside world.


    Fei hongzong did not send envoys to attend the ceremony, which was also not beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Taiyimen established Hanhai road alliance, which made it clear that cars and horses would bid farewell to Feihong sect.


    As the overlord of endless sand sea, it is the limit for Feihong sect to tolerate the existence of Taiyi gate. For the slightly provocative behavior of the establishment of Hanhai daomeng, of course, there will be no good face.


    In fact, before the grand ceremony, Hanhai road alliance had been established and began to operate.


    Feihongzong''s attitude towards this was very indifferent and obviously expressed dissatisfaction.


    Feihongzong took the initiative to cut off the exchanges with Hanhai daomeng and interrupted the trade between the two sides.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong are both sects of endless sand sea. The complementarity of resources between the two sides is not strong.


    Taiyimen also has most of the cultivation resources owned by feihongzong.


    Taiyi sect is growing and talented. More and more monks have made achievements in cultivating the true arts.


    There are more and more deputies in production, such as alchemists, tool refiners, talismans and animal guards, and the production capacity of the sect is becoming stronger and stronger.


    In terms of pills, magic tools and talismans, taiyimen is basically self-sufficient, and there is no need to turn to feihongzong.


    Even if we completely cut off contact with Feihong sect, it will have little impact on Taiyi gate.


    The caravan of taiyimen can go directly to Dafeng City to trade without passing through feihongzong territory. Materials that are really needed can be purchased directly from Dafeng City.


    In response, taiyimen stopped flying boats regularly bound for feihongzong territory. Sentry posts and patrol teams were set up at the junction with feihongzong.


    Personnel exchanges between the two places have also basically stopped. Friars who really need to communicate have to find a way to cross the border between the two forces.


    With the establishment of Hanhai road alliance, the relationship between taiyimen and feihongzong, two temporary allies, turned sharply downward and directly entered the freezing point.


    Of course, the two sides are just a little indifferent to each other. At most, there is a bit of hostility. Because of their respective circumstances, neither side is willing to have another enemy at this time.


    Taiyimen rose soon, and there is still a big gap between its strength and feihongzong. While feihongzong was eyeing the huoyun sect, he didn''t want to be attacked.


    Both sides were unhappy with each other, but both maintained enough restraint.

 Chapter 491

    After the founding ceremony of Hanhai daomeng alliance, Meng Zhang received several powerful guests, talked warmly, took the initiative to leave and returned alone.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, will naturally handle the rest. It is Niu Dawei''s duty to handle affairs with the members of the league.


    With the development and construction of xiongshiling by taiyimen, various buildings on xiongshiling have gradually begun to be completed.


    Meng Zhang looked at a mountain not far away, and a few unhappy colors appeared on his face.


    Meng Zhang had personally invited Qin Hongying to attend such a celebration ceremony today, but Qin Hongying politely declined.


    According to her, she had a word in advance and would not participate in the disputes between the cultivation world here, but just help taiyimen resist monsters.


    Qin Hongying, as the guest Qing of Taiyi gate, has been supported by Taiyi gate for so long, but he doesn''t give this face. Of course, Meng Zhang is unhappy.


    After years of efforts by the thick earth God, most of the third-order spirit veins in Xiongshi mountain have been restored.


    This third-order spiritual pulse is congenitally deficient and seriously consumed the day after tomorrow. It doesn''t provide much aura. Except for the third-order mountain protection array, golden wind and flame array, most of the aura is supplied to Qin Hongying.


    As the master, Meng Zhang did not get enough aura from the third-order spiritual pulse.


    Immortal Jindan needs to absorb a lot of Reiki every day, otherwise he can''t maintain his original cultivation.


    Different from Qin Hongying, who was cut off from the road, Meng Zhang entered the golden elixir period soon, which was the time for his cultivation to advance by leaps and bounds.


    If there was not a little spiritual marrow left in his hand, which added a lot of Reiki needs, it would be difficult for him to maintain his cultivation, let alone make progress.


    That spiritual marrow consumed more than half when he broke through the golden elixir period. After years of continuous consumption, it became smaller and smaller. It is estimated that it will be completely exhausted in a short time.


    At that time, the aura provided by the third level spirit pulse was insufficient. To maintain his cultivation, Meng Zhang needed to consume the top-grade spirit stone continuously.


    Taiyimen seems to have a vast territory and a lot of resources.


    But the family is big and the business is big, and the consumption in all aspects is also big. Besides, taiyimen paid a high price just to hire Qin Hongying, the golden elixir.


    The Lingshi and resources promised to the Qin family have not been delivered yet.


    If the Taiyi sect wants to support Meng Zhang''s needs again, it will be a heavy burden and even affect the development of the sect.


    At the thought of these things, Meng Zhang was more and more dissatisfied with Qin Hongying.


    The golden elixir you hired is too cheap. At the beginning, Meng ZhangCai had to agree to Qin Hongying''s conditions because of the pressure from the dark crow demon.


    Sometimes, Meng Zhang even felt that he had been trapped by Qin Hongying.


    If there is no other candidate, Meng Zhang really wants to hire a Jindan Keqing again.


    Meng Zhang shook his head, put aside these worries and returned to the courtyard where he usually lived.


    Soon after he came back, the God of thick earth and the God of weak water came to visit him.


    Meng Zhang received the two Dharma protectors in the courtyard.


    In order to cultivate the combat power of the golden elixir belonging to the Taiyi sect as soon as possible, the Taiyi sect has collected all kinds of applicable heaven and earth spirits and supplied them to the Three Dharma protectors for absorption and utilization over the years.


    After absorbing the spirits of heaven and earth, Houtu and Jinglei have recovered to the state of perfect foundation building. It seems that it is only one step away from returning to the golden elixir period.


    But it''s the distance of this step. I don''t know how long it will take to cross it.


    The spirit objects that can let the thick earth God restore them to the golden elixir cultivation are no longer eligible for Taiyi gate.


    At present, the only thing taiyimen can do is to search on their own territory and develop everywhere to see if there is a chance to mine these spirit objects.


    This kind of thing, to put it bluntly, is to take a chance. The real thing can be met but not asked.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not at all helpless.


    He has been in the golden elixir period for some time. In addition to practicing hard and practicing various magical powers and secrets, he has not stopped his understanding of heaven''s secrets.


    He had a faint feeling that his secret arts would soon break through.


    If his magic breaks through again. At that time, he can use the magic of heaven to calculate the whereabouts of the spirits he has been searching for.


    Dayan''s divine divination has helped Meng Zhang solve many problems, and almost never disappointed Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang puts his hope on the secret arts.


    Of course, Tianji is very different from other secret arts of cultivation. Sometimes I feel that a breakthrough is not far away, but I have to go through some twists and turns.


    Meng Zhang is not very clear when Dayan can enter the next realm.


    He is really a rare guest to visit Meng Zhang''s weak water god general with the thick earth God general.


    Although on the surface, the weak water god general maintained his respect for Meng Zhang, he vaguely didn''t look at Meng Zhang.


    On weekdays, she seldom deals with Meng Zhang, and it is even rare to visit Meng Zhang on her own initiative.


    A capable person has a normal temper, and Meng Zhang is not a person without tolerance.


    The weak water god general is very strong in all aspects and has his own uniqueness, which is of great value to the sect.


    It''s only a few years since she woke up. When she woke up, she was only a complete cultivation of Qi refining. Now she has recovered to the cultivation in the later stage of foundation building.


    Although there is no lack of sects providing all kinds of water system spirits, the efforts of the weak water god himself can not be ignored.


    Compared with the future of the God of thick earth and the God of thunder, she recovered faster after waking up.


    Especially in terms of combat effectiveness, she often shows combat effectiveness far beyond her cultivation level.


    In the cultivation world, there are few challenges. But the weak water god will have such ability.


    When taiyimen invaded the Gobi and fought with the monster army, the weak water god was powerful every time and killed many powerful second-order monsters.


    It can be said that in addition to the battles of Meng Zhang and other Jindan monks, the battle that the weak water god will participate in has played a great role in laying the final victory.


    Moreover, the weak water god will have a wide range of knowledge, and he is also good at cultivating truth and art.


    She has a very good spiritual planting skill and has a lot of experience in cultivating spiritual medicine.


    At present, several of the most important miraculous medicine gardens in taiyimen are built by the weak water god after the thick earth God will regulate the spiritual pulse.


    All kinds of miraculous medicines inside are painstakingly cultivated and transplanted by the weak water god.


    With the weak water god general, the miraculous medicine output of Taiyi gate has reached a big level in both quality and quantity.


    Weak water god will also be proficient in Lingshui pregnancy pill, which is very rare in the cultivation world, and can refine some special pills.


    She is also quite accomplished in the art of water refining, which is rare in the art of refining utensils.

 Chapter 492

    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang has all kinds of people.


    It''s impossible for everyone to be satisfied with his leader, and he won''t like everyone.


    Every time Meng Zhang meets with the weak water god, she can feel her attitude of overlooking herself from her rebellious eyes.


    Although his heart is inevitably a little bumpy, he still shows his broad-minded side and doesn''t have the same view as her.


    Without Meng Zhang''s inquiry, the thick earth God general said his intention.


    It turns out that there are several elixirs that can repair the spirit among the elixirs that the weak water god will be able to refine with Lingshui pregnancy elixir.


    These elixirs for repairing the soul of gods play a great role in the soul of the sleeping Dharma protector.


    Recently, she has been collecting various elixirs for refining these pills.


    At this time, we can see the shallowness of Taiyi gate.


    There are no third-order items in the large library, such as third-order spiritual objects, third-order magic tools, third-order elixir, etc.


    Because the creation time of the miraculous medicine garden in the sect is too short, there is a lack of miraculous medicine with enough years.


    Whether it is collected in the field or purchased from outside, the quantity is not enough.


    In particular, it is more difficult to use some specific miraculous drugs.


    The weak water god spent a lot of energy and failed to collect all the needed miraculous drugs.


    This time, a grand auction will be held in the Sihai building in Dafeng City. The auction has a special session of miraculous medicine, on which there is the miraculous medicine that the weak water god will need.


    The Three Dharma protectors are all sect elders in Taiyi gate, which can be said to be of high power. And each has his own position, and he has deep attainments in cultivating all kinds of Arts.


    The three of them not only gained a lot of sect good deeds, but also had the means to earn a lot of spirit stones.


    However, truly valuable panacea is rare. Once it appears at the auction, it will immediately attract everyone''s competition.


    With the financial resources of the Three Dharma protectors, I''m not sure I can take the magic medicine I want.


    The weak water god general, who had always been unwilling to make more contact with Meng Zhang, had to call the thick earth God general to come to Meng Zhang for help.


    Taiyimen now has a large family business, and the trade with Dafeng City is even hotter. Although there are many places where spiritual stones are used, it is not a problem to temporarily mobilize a large amount of spiritual stones.


    These Dharma protectors have deep feelings with each other. After each Dharma protector will wake up, he will try to find a way to wake up his companions.


    Especially taiyimen is developing well now. The Three Dharma protectors will have more time and energy to help their companions.


    These Dharma protectors were strong at the golden elixir level. Even if their strength was not fully restored, they could play a great role.


    Every additional Dharma protector will increase the strength of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang fully agrees with and fully supports the awakening of the Dharma protector.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang agreed to the request of the thick earth God general. He gave him an oracle and asked him to go to Meng Mingyuan, the leader of the common affairs hall, to get the required spirit stone.


    Meng Zhang even stated that the spirit stone was recorded in the sect account and did not need to be repaid by the thick earth God.


    Even the weak water god general, who has always been dissatisfied with Meng Zhang, eased his face when he heard Meng Zhang''s words.


    Meng Zhang will be very curious about these Dharma protectors. However, including the thick earth God general, they are reluctant to talk about the past.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but ask, how many Dharma protector gods are still sleeping in that pearl. What are their origins and abilities?


    The thick earth God will clearly tell Meng Zhang that there is only one Dharma protector general whose ghost is still sleeping.


    Including the three who have awakened, this pearl can provide taiyimen with four Dharma protectors. Taiyimen is indeed worthy of being the top school that had been brilliant. Even if it was reduced to the extreme later, it still left something for future generations. Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    When Meng Zhang asked about the origin and skills of the Dharma protector general who had not yet awakened, the thick earth God hesitated.


    The rebellious weak water god, who has always been fearless, showed an obvious color of fear on his face and a flash of fear in his eyes.


    Before the thick earth God opened his mouth, the weak water god scolded fiercely: "what does that sword madman have to say?"


    After listening to the words of the weak water god general, the thick earth God will immediately shut up and no longer answer Meng Zhang''s questions.


    "Sword madman." Meng Zhang was stunned. He can be called a sword madman, which shows that the Dharma protector is mostly proficient in swordsmanship. Maybe he is still a rare sword practitioner.


    According to Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect is not a sword repair sect, and there is no well-known sword repair inheritance.


    Meng Zhang had to ask again, but after looking at the appearance of the thick earth God general and the weak water god general, he knew that it was useless to ask, so he temporarily suppressed his curiosity.


    Weak water god''s duplicity did not deceive Meng Zhang, who was proficient in people''s hearts.


    On the surface, she scolded fiercely, as if she hated the Dharma protector. However, judging from her actions of running around and wholeheartedly awakening each other, her feelings for the Dharma protector general are unusual.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to ask about the private affairs of these Dharma protectors. He asked the thick earth God general a few other things and asked them to step down.


    Shortly after the retreat of the thick earth God and the weak water god, the new dark hall Lord an Muran came to visit Meng Zhang.


    Although he has not been guided by Jue Ying for a long time, Ann''s quiet temperament is obviously different from before.


    In the past, he was just indifferent and indifferent. Now he became very calm, with a faint sinister temperament.


    With Meng Zhang''s full support and sufficient resources, he was able to mobilize the manpower of the whole taiyimen. However, in more than two years, the dark hall has built a preliminary frame and began to play a role slowly.


    The main members of the dark hall are selected from the disciples of Taiyi sect. The training time is too short to be of great use.


    To be used externally, especially against opponents such as feihongzong, we still need a lot of heat. However, within Hanhai daomeng, it can be used because of favorable weather, location and people.


    Some time ago, the three cultivation forces within Hanhai daomeng changed greatly. The original high-level was cleaned up and a new principal was replaced, which was done by the dark hall led by an Muran.


    These three forces apparently belong to the Taiyi sect. In fact, they secretly collude with the Feihong sect. They can even be said to be the dark son of the Feihong sect from beginning to end.


    Although an Muran is still young, the dark hall is a new creation. However, due to the guidance of the shadow, the dark hall still grasped the tail of the three forces and investigated their details.


    Although the means adopted by an Muran was a little rough, slightly rough and not fine enough, it still played a role.


    The first is to train the disciples of the dark hall and give everyone practical experience. Second, set an example to others, deterred all members of the Tao League, especially some half hearted members.

 Chapter 493

    The first time an Muran made a move, he achieved good results and solved a big problem.


    However, he had no expression on his face, neither arrogant nor impetuous, and did not feel that he had done anything great.


    The secret hall is hidden in the dark. In addition to spying on intelligence and monitoring inside and outside, it is to deal with some problems that taiyimen is not convenient to deal with publicly.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong are indifferent and hostile to each other. But after all, we are not officially hostile. On the surface, we are still friends.


    All members of Hanhai daomeng, including taiyimen, were originally vassals of Feihong sect, or vassals of vassals.


    It is not strange that many forces still maintain contact with Feihong sect.


    Even though Taiyi sect is already the Jindan sect, there is still a big gap in strength between Taiyi sect and Feihong sect.


    One of the reasons for these cultivation forces around Taiyi gate is that Feihong Zong gave them up long ago in order to win over Taiyi gate. Second, they are too far away from feihongzong and too close to taiyimen. If they don''t fall to Taiyi gate, Feihong sect can''t care about them.


    These Xiuzhen forces only fell to the Taiyi gate because of the situation, and there is no loyalty to the Taiyi gate.


    After that, the taiyimen naturally wants to use various means to completely subdue these forces and tie them all to the taiyimen chariot.


    The Taiyi sect can''t deal with those forces that have completely fallen to the Feihong sect in private. They can''t deal with others because they are close to the Feihong sect.


    At this time, the secret hall needs to make a secret move.


    Taiyimen now takes feihongzong as its goal and wants to become a real overlord. In terms of style of conduct, we should naturally move closer to those famous and decent schools.


    It''s easy not to do things with a bad name and a bad word, but to do them secretly.


    Dark hall''s small test of ox knife proves the value of dark hall.


    Next, the dark hall has a lot to do. In addition to integrating taiyimen''s original intelligence system, we should also try to expand our forces to the outside world.


    Now the dark hall can only barely monitor Hanhai daomeng.


    Many more people are needed to further develop. In addition to internal selection in taiyimen, it will also solicit manpower from the outside world.


    Jueying cannot reveal the special training system of the dark League, but some common methods and means were taught to an Muran.


    An Muran has prepared to secretly collect some qualified young children and cultivate them from an early age to train spies with special functions.


    With the guidance of jueying not hiding, an Muran made rapid progress and the dark hall developed smoothly.


    As the leader of the dark hall, an Muran only reports to Meng Zhang regularly and doesn''t pay much attention to other elders in the door.


    After listening to an''s silent report, Meng Zhang''s face showed a happy look.


    He was too satisfied with the disciple an Muran. He has a clear mind, always knows what he is doing and what he wants to do, and tries to achieve his goal.


    Meng Zhang initially appointed an Muran as the first leader of the dark hall and was responsible for the establishment of the dark hall, mainly because an Muran was his own disciple and most trusted by him.


    Now it seems that an Muran is really the best candidate to be the leader of the dark hall.


    After listening to an Muran''s report, Meng Zhang instructed him and encouraged him a few words before letting him step down.


    Because Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, helps with daily affairs, there are not many things that Meng Zhang needs to deal with personally.


    After entering the golden elixir period, the road of cultivation is more difficult. Even Meng Zhang''s aptitude and understanding should devote most of his time and energy to cultivation.


    I can''t relax for a moment when I''m majoring in the cultivation of the sun moon rotation Sutra. The cultivation of various supernatural powers and secrets also takes up a lot of time. In particular, he had to spend a lot of time on Hongguang Dun, which had just begun to practice.


    In addition, he has to spend time reading Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang.


    It''s the cultivation of heaven''s secret arts. You can''t be too demanding. It has a taste of fate.


    With the formal establishment of Hanhai road alliance, the influence began to ferment slowly.


    The news spread towards Jiuqu alliance, and many forces knew the existence of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    A jindanzong gate with only one Jindan immortal can''t be ranked in Jiuqu League.


    However, because taiyimen led the establishment of Hanhai daomeng, it showed the potential to compete with Feihong Zong. The discord and estrangement between them fell into the eyes of some people with intentions.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been almost eight years since the establishment of hanhaidao alliance. Qin Hongying has been the guest Qing of Taiyi gate for ten years.


    In the past eight years, Hanhai daomeng has developed very smoothly and its reputation has gradually become famous.


    Taiyimen occupies a vast territory in the Gobi of evil wind, and its resources are far richer than the endless sand sea.


    Under the instruction of Meng Zhang, the middle and senior management of the door opened some very chicken rib resources to the members of hanhaidao alliance.


    Members of Hanhai road alliance can develop those resources as long as they pay enough price.


    It''s such a pile of tasteless and pitiful things that help taiyimen win a wave of people''s hearts.


    If they can get more benefits from Taiyi gate, these forces of truth cultivation are certainly more willing to follow Taiyi gate.


    Qin Hongying has been a guest of Taiyi for ten years. Except when she first came here, she showed up outside the crow nest and gave a hand, she never had a chance to do it again.


    She spent most of her time meditating on Xiongshi mountain. Every once in a while, she followed Meng Zhang to expose herself outside the crow nest to frighten the demons and beasts inside.


    The monster headed by the dark crow demon in the crow nest has no intention to rush out.


    At most, they are just a few monsters, mainly dark crows, patrolling around the crow nest.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to deal with these low-level monsters. Instead, he asked Taiyi disciples to practice with these monsters.


    In the long run, later, the crow nest seemed to agree with this level of fighting.


    From time to time, a small group of monsters came out of the crow nest, basically first-order and second-order monsters.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, monks in the period of Qi refining and foundation building were also sent to fight with these monsters.


    For the monster of the law of the jungle and the survival of the fittest, such a battle is needed to maintain blood courage and animal nature.


    This is a rare opportunity for Taiyi disciples to practice.


    There were casualties between the two sides in many battles. Generally speaking, the casualties on the side of Taiyi gate were very weak, but they gave great damage to the monster side.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the performance of Taiyi disciples in actual combat training. But the dissatisfaction with Qin Hongying is slowly accumulating.


    Qin Hongying did too little and got too much.


    Most importantly, as the guest Qing of Taiyi gate, Qin Hongying always regarded herself as an outsider and had no intention of being close to Taiyi gate.


    He won''t be soft when receiving remuneration, but he always wants to draw a clear line with taiyimen.


    But in Qin Hongying''s opinion, what she got was what she deserved.

 Chapter 494

    The Taiyi sect is such a small and broken sect. If it hadn''t been lucky enough to have a golden elixir like Meng Zhang, it wouldn''t have been on the table at all.


    If it weren''t for making friends with the fallen leaf immortal of the Dark Alliance, she wouldn''t agree to become the guest Qing of Taiyi gate.


    She condescended to the broken place of the Gobi to help taiyimen resist monsters. Taiyi gate is full of people. You should be grateful to her.


    The Qin family is in the Jiuqu League and is also a prestigious Xiuzhen family. Not to mention the various expenses of the family, the third-order spiritual pulse owned by the family is far from comparable here.


    It''s funny, too. The Taiyi sect looks despondent and poor. Even the third-order spirit pulse looks broken. The Reiki provided is of poor quality and small quantity.


    Qin Hongying has always had these ideas in her heart. She treats Taiyi gate with a condescending attitude and despises Taiyi gate at all.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t read her thoughts, she can also feel one or two from her words, deeds and attitudes.


    After so many years of experience, Meng Zhang has raised Chengfu. On the surface, he is calm, but in fact, his dissatisfaction is increasing day by day.


    Of course, now taiyimen is still temporarily inseparable from Qin Hongying, and Meng Zhang can only endure temporarily.


    On the other side, the thick soil God and the weak water god, after calling large quantities of Lingshi from the faction, finally bought the necessary medicine.


    When the elixir arrived, it took the weak water God more than half a year to refine the elixir to restore the power of the spirit.


    These elixirs can not only repair the damaged spirit, but also enhance the power of the spirit after being taken by friars during the foundation period.


    At the beginning, Shuangfeng Valley collaborated with ghost friars to refine jade soul liquid, which was used to help Shuangfeng Valley''s friars strengthen their spirits in the later stage of foundation building, so as to break through the golden elixir period.


    These jade soul liquid finally cheaper Meng Zhang and played a key role in awakening the thick earth God general.


    The effect of these pills refined by weak water god is not as good as jade soul liquid, but the cost is lower and it is not difficult to obtain.


    With the alchemy of the weak water god general, there are a lot of pills every time the furnace is opened. The medicine power is not enough. The quantity of these pills is enough to use.


    Meng Zhang was greatly moved after knowing the efficacy of these pills.


    He can''t use these pills now. However, if a disciple of Taiyi sect is ready to attack the golden elixir period in the future, he can use these elixirs to strengthen the spirit in advance.


    Meng Zhang mentioned it to the weak water god general once. The weak water god general was very happy about this matter. She not only recorded Dan Fang, but also handed it over to the Sutra Pavilion at taiyimen. She promised that she could refine these pills for the sect as long as she could guarantee the supply of miraculous drugs.


    Although the weak water god general doesn''t deal with the leader Meng Zhang, he still knows the general. I''m very concerned about the future of the sect.


    This is also the point that Meng Zhang is more satisfied with the weak water god.


    The jewel has been placed in the spirit eye of the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate, and the spirit inside is slowly moistened by special forces.


    But the sleeping Dharma protector will suffer too much. After so many years of nourishment, the spirit is still far from recovering.


    The weak water god himself made a trip and turned the power of these pills into a jewel for the sleeping Dharma protector to absorb.


    More than a year later, the spirit of the Dharma protector general slowly woke up, but it had not completely recovered, let alone molded a new God body.


    Meng Zhang is still very curious about the Dharma protector who can make weak water gods afraid or even afraid.


    He caught an opportunity for Jinglei God to come to Xiongshi mountain and asked Jinglei God.


    When Meng Zhang asked, he told the origin and details of the Dharma protector.


    The sleeping Dharma protector general is called the extreme sword general, and as Meng Zhang guessed, he is a rare sword practitioner.


    Compared with the other three gods, Jijian is a real elder.


    The thick earth God general, the thunder god general and the weak water god general are all disciples who fled to the Daheng mountains on the edge of the Middle Earth more than a thousand years ago after the demise of the Taiyi gate in the Middle Earth. After reconstruction about a thousand years ago, they continued to worship the Taiyi gate.


    In the rebuilt Taiyi gate, for various reasons, there was no Yuanshen Zhenjun again. The most powerful monk in the door is immortal Jindan.


    The Three Dharma protectors were also talented disciples of the sect before they became Dharma protectors.


    If they were in the Taiyi gate in its heyday, they were all the seeds that had the opportunity to achieve the true monarch of the yuan God.


    However, in the rebuilt taiyimen, they lost the opportunity to advance to the yuan God period for various reasons.


    The reconstructed taiyimen has lost a lot of inheritance. However, because there are many taiyimen old people, many miraculous and secret skills have been preserved.


    The method of refining the Dharma protector general has also been completely handed down.


    Some excellent alchemy friars in the gate lost the hope of advanced Yuanshen period. The door can spend a lot of resources to refine them into Dharma protectors.


    After they become Dharma protectors, their accomplishments will fall to the early stage of the golden elixir, but Shouyuan can increase significantly.


    Their longevity is much better than that of the true king.


    But from then on, unless they get a great chance, their cultivation will not continue to improve.


    The three generals of thick earth God are loyal to the sect and meet all conditions.


    After some twists and turns, the three were refined into Dharma protectors.


    The origin of Jijian God general is different from that of Houtu God general.


    Born in the heyday of taiyimen, Jijian God has shown great talent in swordsmanship since childhood. He himself is determined to become a swordsman.


    In addition to practicing the inferior sword cultivation inheritance in Taiyi gate, he also had an opportunity to obtain a more profound sword cultivation inheritance when traveling outside.


    After the Taiyi gate was destroyed, the extremely sword God who was traveling abroad at that time narrowly escaped.


    Those survivors of taiyimen can successfully escape from the Middle Earth and into the Daheng mountains. The great sword God will take great credit.


    Jijian God general also fought against a strong enemy for this, damaged the foundation and lost the hope of advanced Yuanshen period.


    When rebuilding Taiyi gate in Daheng mountains, Jijian God will be a very important elder.


    Later, he volunteered to become a Dharma protector and continued to work for the sect.


    Later, the rebuilt Taiyi gate was destroyed in the magic disaster. A group of Dharma protectors were either killed on the spot and completely scared. Or the divine body is destroyed, the divine soul is seriously damaged and falls into a deep sleep.


    Meng Zhang is quite clear about this period of history.


    When Jinglei told Meng Zhang about the origin of Jijian, he also told Meng Zhang that after Jijian fully recovered, Meng Zhang could ask him about Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    As the only surviving elder, Jijian master knows much more about many past events than Houtu master.


    Especially what taiyimen experienced in its heyday, Jijian God will be the one who experienced it, while Houtu God general three have only heard from others.


    In addition to describing the origin of Jijian Shenjiang, Jinglei Shenjiang is full of praise for the skill of Jijian Shenjiang.


    It is said that in the heyday of Taiyi gate, Jijian God will be called the yuan God in the gate. Speaking of this, Meng Zhang has embarked on the road of truth cultivation for so many years. He is also a Jindan immortal and has not seen the real sword cultivation.


    There is no real sword cultivation on this side of the endless sand sea. A bunch of half baked sword practitioners. Their swordsmanship is not as good as Meng Zhang''s.


    Jade sword sect is a pure sword sect in Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang was in the territory of the jade sword gate when he tied the pill.


    After jiedan, although I had contact with people in Yujian sect, I still didn''t really see others fight against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang can only imagine what kind of skill sword cultivation has and how strong its combat effectiveness is.


    Jinglei God will be a very proud guy. Jijian God will be able to praise him so much. He must have real skills.


    In those days, Jijian God general was able to roam the Middle Earth. He was definitely better than the sword cultivation of Yujian gate.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhangsheng was too late to witness the demeanor of Jijian God general.


    A conversation with Jinglei made Meng Zhang deeply curious.


    Anyway, for so many years, there has been no change in the crow nest, and the dark crow demon has never come out.


    In this case, Xiongshi ridge is relatively stable.


    After a routine appearance outside the crow''s nest, Meng Zhang quietly left the Gobi, hurried as fast as possible, and secretly returned to the old mountain gate of Taiyi gate.


    The spirit of the extreme sword general has awakened and regained consciousness. But without creating a new body, his spirit continued to stay in the Pearl.


    At the beginning, the three men of the thick earth God used many precious heaven and earth spirits to reshape the God body.


    Because of their different personal attributes and cultivation methods, they need different heaven and earth spirits.


    When Meng Zhang came to Lingmai Lingyan, the weak water god was guarding there.


    The spirit of the extreme sword God general is still in the Pearl, as if he has not fully recovered.


    However, the spirit of Jijian general can communicate with the outside world.


    Meng Zhang went to the Pearl and introduced his identity to the soul of the sleeping sword general.


    Meng Zhang knew that Jian Xiu''s temperament was often rebellious and lawless. He originally thought that Jijian God general should also be a bad tempered guy, and may not look up to the head of Taiyi sect.


    With the lesson of the weak water god general, Meng Zhang has been psychologically prepared.


    But unexpectedly, the voice of a very gentle middle-aged man came from the Pearl.


    In the voice, there is no tyranny, let alone the slightest murderous spirit.


    For Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, Jijian God respects him very much. His tone is gentle, his attitude is kind, and he has the style of an elder.


    The attitude of Jijian God general was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    It''s said that the sword repair is unruly. How can the sword madman in the mouth of the weak water god be like this?


    Meng Zhang was stunned for a moment before he reacted.


    His time is very tight. He can''t leave the Gobi for too long. He exchanged a few greetings and went straight to the point.


    For the questions asked by Meng Zhang, Jijian God answered them as much as possible.


    Of course, because the spirit has not fully recovered, his memory is not complete and can not answer all Meng Zhang''s questions.


    But many of the things he revealed were unheard of by Meng Zhang.


    Compared with the story of thick earth God about the past of taiyimen, Jijian God will say it in more detail.


    In the heyday of taiyimen, of course, Meng Zhang still had many unanswered questions after listening to the story of Jijian God general.


    The biggest question in his mind was why he attacked Taiyi gate in those days.


    This question can not be answered. In the deepest part of his heart, there is always a fear.


    Although taiyimen has fled to the endless sand sea, it has already been revived under the leadership of Meng Zhang. But will the destruction of taiyimen in the past repeat itself?


    This problem has always plagued Meng Zhang, which is the most worried thing in his heart.


    Jijian God will tell Meng Zhang that he was not in the gate when Taiyi gate was destroyed. Moreover, he has always been obsessed with Kendo, rarely cares about all kinds of affairs in the sect, and doesn''t know much about the secrets in the sect.


    So he couldn''t answer Meng Zhang''s question.


    For this result, Meng Zhang is helpless.


    Although Meng Zhang did not get answers to some key questions, he still gained a lot.


    As Meng Zhang mentioned about the inheritance of taiyimen, Jijian God gave Meng Zhang a solution.


    Meng Zhang frankly said that his taiyimen inheritance is incomplete. Can there be a way to make it up.


    Jijian God will tell Meng Zhang that although the rebuilt Taiyi gate was destroyed in the demon disaster, there are still many inheritance in the mountain gate.


    Demons are not interested in these things. Even after so many years, Meng Zhang can gain a lot if he can enter there.


    Meng Zhang once heard from the ancient moon huaidie that since the magic disaster broke out in the Daheng mountains and the destruction of the rebuilt taiyimen. Some big Xiuzhen sects around blocked the area completely.


    It is not easy for Meng Zhang to enter the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate. Even if we can break through the blockade of those Xiuzhen sects, we still have to face many demons.


    Just a real Jindan, if you want to get in and out of the current Daheng mountains, you must risk your life.


    Although the idea provided by Jijian God is extremely dangerous, it somehow gives Meng Zhang a direction.


    Meng Zhang does not have the ability to enter there now, which does not mean that he will never.


    Moreover, with the increasing development of Taiyi gate, more and more golden elixir immortal will emerge in the gate.


    Anyway, you don''t have to worry too much about getting inheritance. We can wait until Meng Zhang is strong enough and has the help of his peers before we go slowly.


    Moreover, Jijian God also told Meng Zhang that although he was a sword practitioner, all his accomplishments were in kendo. But he still knows a little about the superior inheritance of taiyimen.


    When his memory is fully restored in the future, he can give some advice on Meng Zhang''s practice.

 Chapter 495

    Although Meng Zhang did not achieve his goal, he gained a lot from this conversation with Jijian God general.


    At the end of the conversation, Meng Zhang asked the Jijian God general what heaven and earth spirits he needed to help him reshape his God body.


    Jijian God will tell Meng Zhang that what he needs is some vigorous and life rich spirit of heaven and earth. The thick earth God will them and has been doing his best to help him collect.


    These protectors will need different spiritual objects, such as the thick earth God who used the essence of the earth to reshape the body.


    With the current power of taiyimen, it''s not difficult to collect ordinary heaven and earth spirits. However, it still takes a lot of effort to collect high-level heaven and earth spirits.


    The better the quality of heaven and Earth Spirit, the greater the help to the recovery of the Dharma protector.


    Meng Zhang didn''t just listen to the Jijian God general. He also briefly introduced the current situation of Taiyi gate to the Jijian God general.


    The Taiyi gate, which has been reduced to the extreme, has developed to the present level in the hands of Meng Zhang. No one can say that Meng Zhang has no ability.


    The extremely sword God greatly appreciated Meng Zhang, the leader, and called him out. He even said that he was the ZTE leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang was very happy with the recognition of the master of Jijian.


    He felt that his hard work was indeed not in vain and did not disappoint his ancestors.


    After hearing that taiyimen currently needs Jindan level combat power, Jijian God hesitated and asked Meng Zhang to help collect some special items.


    What Jijian God will ask for is not magic tools or pills, but something that has been used by powerful sword practitioners and has a certain spirit.


    The power of the item itself is not important, and the grade is not important. The most important thing is that the owner of the item must be sword repair, and the stronger the better.


    The request of Jijian Shenjiang is a little strange, and it also makes Meng Zhang a little embarrassed.


    Endless sand sea, needless to say, there is no real sword repair at all. There is a jade sword sect in Jiuqu League, which is a sword cultivation sect. In addition, there are some scattered sword repairs.


    For a while, it''s really not easy to find the items used by sword repair.


    However, Jijian God solemnly asked Meng Zhang, the leader, and Meng Zhang naturally wanted to fully meet this elder.


    Because he was worried about the situation in the Gobi, Meng Zhang didn''t want to leave for too long. He left in a hurry after talking with the Jijian God general.


    After Meng Zhang left, the weak water god general, who had not spoken during the conversation just now, glanced at the Pearl where the spirit of the extreme sword God was hiding, and said in a sarcastic tone: "look at your appearance just now, it doesn''t look like a straight sword repair. It''s like an old philistine fox."


    "Didn''t you say that you''d rather take straight than seek in music. No matter what problems you encounter, you can only cut them with one sword."


    "By the way, since you respect the leader so much, why don''t you tell him about it, but don''t mention it."


    After listening to the words of the weak water god general, the extremely sword God general was silent for a while and said, "do you have any misunderstanding about the sword repair, thinking that all the sword repair are people who don''t know how to change. I understood the truth of easy folding hundreds of years ago."


    "It was too heavy for him, a junior at the beginning of the golden elixir, to bear."


    "It''s for his good that I don''t tell him."


    After that, they fell into silence.


    Meng Zhang did not know that such a scene had happened there after he left.


    He left the Gobi for a short time. After returning to Xiongshi mountain, nothing happened, and no one found his short departure.


    After returning to taiyimen, Meng Zhang''s life was the same as before. Under the command of the leader, the whole Taiyi sect mobilized and used a lot of resources to collect the items needed by the Jijian God general.


    Taiyimen has long established a stable business path and many relationships with Jiuqu League.


    As long as you are willing to pay resources, you can still collect some precious heaven and earth spirits.


    The extreme sword God will recover the divine body and strength quickly after getting the required heaven and Earth Spirit.


    Three years later, the sword master appeared in front of Meng Zhang. He looked like an elegant middle-aged scholar. He couldn''t see the sharpness of sword repair.


    In Meng Zhang''s divine perception, the cultivation of Jijian God general is only in the middle stage of foundation construction at first sight, but it is not clear after careful induction.


    The strength of the foundation period can hide from the golden elixir immortal himself. The extremely sword God general is really not simple.


    Jijian God is an elder of Taiyi sect. After waking up, he was appointed as the sect elder by Meng Zhang.


    In fact, except for a few people in Taiyi gate, they don''t know the true origin of the four Dharma protectors, but they just regard them as the cards secretly cultivated by Taiyi gate.


    Jijian God general met Meng Zhang and talked for a while. Then he left the Gobi and went to Jiuqu League.


    Although Taiyi gate paid a lot of resources, it successfully collected the required heaven and earth spirits and let the Jijian God recover. It can be regarded as achieving Meng Zhang''s goal.


    However, it was not very smooth in collecting the items used by sword repair.


    Meng Zhang married Dan on the territory of the jade sword gate, and also took the opportunity to meet several monks of the jade sword gate.


    His first thought was to turn to these monks.


    Meng Zhang shamelessly sent messengers to the jade sword gate to visit the friars of the jade sword gate.


    These friars of yujianmen were not enthusiastic about the envoys sent by Meng Zhang, but received them as a routine.


    For Meng Zhang''s request, they wanted to buy some spiritual items used by sword cultivation. They all said they could not help.


    Taiyi gate has spent a lot of effort, but it has hit a wall everywhere.


    Sword cultivation is not the mainstream in Jiuqu League. Among so many sects, only one jade sword sect is a pure sword sect.


    As for other sword repair, it is even more rare.


    Finally, after knowing this, Jue Ying took the initiative to send a letter to immortal ye ye for help.


    The forces of the Dark Alliance are almost all over the whole cultivation world, and there is a black market in most parts of the Jun dust world.


    Immortal ye ye entrusted some relationships to help Meng Zhang buy two items used for sword repair from outside Jiuqu League and near the Middle Earth mainland.


    The owners of these two items are two powerful Jin Dan Jian Xiu.


    One item is a half third-order flying sword.


    This third-order flying sword was originally the life flying sword of a sword practitioner. After the sword repair fell, the flying sword was also damaged, leaving only a short section less than half a foot long.


    Another item is a gray pocket that looks tattered and only the size of a palm.


    This pocket is called sword bag. It is a special treasure used by sword repair to warm up flying sword.


    After the sword bag was damaged, it lost its original function of warming and raising flying sword, so it could be bought by Meng Zhang at a high price.


    Otherwise, many golden elixirs will fight for this special treasure, which plays a great role, and will not fall into the Jiuqu League at all.


    Meng Zhang carefully collected these two items. He didn''t know whether they would be useful to Jijian God.


    In addition to occasionally dealing with some similar chores, Meng Zhang''s main energy is still on cultivation.


    The initial cultivation of the golden elixir has been completely consolidated, and some powerful magical powers and mysteries have been cultivated. Meng Zhang asked himself that among the friars in the early days of Jindan, he was definitely not weak.


    In particular, Hongguang Dun, which has spent a lot of energy on cultivation, also gained a little.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally learned a fast escape method. At the critical moment, you can save your life.


    Since taiyimen began to develop the Gobi, it has obtained many cultivation resources and greatly increased the sect''s income.


    Especially with the organization Hanhai daomeng, taiyimen''s access to resources has been greatly accelerated.


    Like the zongmen family in hanhaidao alliance, they rent some minerals from taiyimen and pay the rent to taiyimen every year. In addition to a large amount of spiritual stones, there are many spiritual materials.


    Taiyimen itself has limited manpower. After mobilizing the whole Hanhai road alliance in various ways, the shortage of manpower has been made up slowly.


    In the Gobi desert, the living environment is actually much better than the endless sand sea.


    In the vast Gobi, there are many oases and lakes.


    In the past, these oases were the habitats of various monsters.


    After the repeated suppression of taiyimen, many monsters on the oasis were eliminated and the place was completely empty.


    Including taiyimen, the friars of Hanhai daomeng entered these oases and established strongholds one by one.


    Because he did not completely remove the threat from the dark crow demon, Meng Zhang did not intend to immigrate to the Gobi at this time.


    However, for various reasons, various Xiuzhen forces, including taiyimen, have moved a small number of mortals to the oasis here for many times.


    The mortal family members of some practitioners residing here, the mortal servants serving the practitioners, and even the mortal criminals exiled from the endless sand sea


    More and more mortals came here and multiplied here.


    On the other side of the endless sand sea, because the living environment is too bad, it greatly limits the growth of the number of mortals.


    Now there is such a new living space as the Gobi. Naturally, we can''t ignore it and let it be wasted.


    Even Meng Zhang, the leader of Hanhai Dao alliance, can hardly stop people''s desire for a new living space.


    The increase in the number of mortals is a good thing. It will provide more monks for Hanhai daomeng. Meng Zhang did not stop these acts.


    Anyway, now the number of mortals in the Gobi is not too much. If there is any accident, there is time to withdraw with a flying boat.


    By the way, taiyimen is now a big customer of Zhongji qiaozong of Jiuqu League.


    In addition to buying a large number of flying boats from qiqiaozong, taiyimen also keeps buying all kinds of puppets of different levels.


    Watching Ji Qiao Zong earn a lot of spirit stones from Taiyi gate, some careful elders in Taiyi gate naturally had other ideas.


    At the suggestion of some elders, Meng Zhang set up a brand-new entrance magic hall in Taiyi gate.


    The main task of the Shengong hall is to make all kinds of mechanism creations, such as flying boats and puppets.


    Among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial in those years, there are some relatively superficial aspects of mechanism technology.


    Based on the current ability of Taiyi sect, it is too advanced to obtain the secret mechanism art classics handed down by others, but some ordinary and popular mechanism art books can still be obtained.


    Select some disciples who are interested in mechanism skills or have talents in this field from the sect and invest resources to cultivate them slowly.


    Anyway, this kind of thing doesn''t need to be too urgent. You can take your time.


    After a period of training, taiyimen also trained some low-level mechanism teachers. They can make some ordinary mechanism creations and carry out simple maintenance on complex mechanism creations.


    Now the Taiyi sect has enough financial and material resources to slowly make up for the previous deficiencies and slowly improve the sect structure.


    When taiyimen developed rapidly, the outside world was not calm.


    The small-scale conflict between huoyun sect and Feihong sect has never been interrupted.


    Although huoyun sect is short of strength temporarily, it has never forgotten its deep blood feud with Feihong sect. Even if you are unable to attack on a large scale, you should continue to entangle with taiyimen.


    But soon after, with the news, huoyun sect suddenly became honest.


    Another friar of feihongzong tied the pill, and a new golden pill immortal appeared.


    Fei hongzong, a monk who has recently married Dan, is no other than Wu Mingwei, the golden elixir seed of Fei hongzong.


    At that time, Wu Mingwei, the golden elixir seed of Feihong sect, under the protection of immortal Feiyu and immortal feijiang, was ready to form a golden elixir by using the rain that only appeared once in 300 years.


    However, because Shuangfeng valley was robbed in the same way, Fei hongzong and Shuangfeng Valley snipe and clam fought against each other. Lin quanguan, a fisherman, picked up a big bargain. He was robbed of the opportunity by real Guangzhi and successfully tied the pill with the sweet rain from the sky.


    The counterattack of jiedan''s failure seriously injured Wu Mingwei.


    Both inside and outside Feihong sect thought that after this failure, Wu Mingwei would never recover and the road would be completely cut off.


    As expected, Wu Mingwei quickly disappeared from the public''s sight.


    I really didn''t expect that the news of Wu Mingwei''s successful conclusion of Dan came out at this time.


    It seems that Wu Mingwei, the golden elixir seed, was hidden by Feihong sect.


    This person is really good. After such a major setback, he can make a comeback and stand up wherever he falls.


    After all, feihongzong is a golden elixir sect with a complete inheritance, no shortage of resources, and a third-order spiritual pulse.


    As long as there are enough excellent disciples, it is natural to cultivate new golden elixir immortal.


    However, Wu Mingwei jiedan is not just as simple as Feihong sect has an additional Jindan immortal.


    It will have a great impact on the surrounding Xiuzhen forces. The situation of the entire endless sand sea may change again.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, felt a heavy pressure.


    Feihongzong has become stronger, which is definitely not a good thing for taiyimen at this time.


    It can even be said that Taiyi sect is more reluctant to see Feihong sect completely recover its strength than huoyun sect.

 Chapter 496

    There are three golden elixir forces in the endless sand sea.


    After the last disastrous defeat, Mobei Qi family has a tendency to fall back. Moreover, the Qi family''s forces are all shrank in Mobei, which poses little threat to Feihong sect.


    The most important thing is that Mobei Qi family is a branch of the Xiuzhen family in the Middle Earth continent. Even if the Qi family doesn''t pay attention to the exiled branches, Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun has been supporting the Qi family in Mobei.


    No matter how strong Fei hongzong is, he doesn''t dare to ignore a true monarch.


    If there is no special reason, it is not necessary for Feihong sect to completely exterminate the Qi family.


    As a newly rising jindanzong gate, Taiyi gate has the lessons of Linquan view and dihuomen.


    In the past, feihongzong lacked strength and external pressure, so it needed to win over taiyimen.


    Now the use value of taiyimen has declined, and Meng Zhang came forward to establish Hanhai road alliance, openly competing with Feihong Zong.


    If Fei hongzong wants to regain his prestige, he may really attack taiyimen. Moreover, the resources taiyimen now has are enough to move Feihong Zong.


    Although feihongzong has suffered many losses, its overall strength is still far above Taiyi gate, especially in terms of high-end combat power. Feihongzong has already owned a full four Jindan immortal. On the side of Taiyi gate, Qin Hongying can''t count on it at all. Meng Zhang alone supports the overall situation.


    Meng Zhang really did not expect that the form would change so quickly.


    Wu Mingwei jiedan immediately caused a great change in the situation.


    It can be seen that in the cultivation world, the influence of the top cultivators. One more Jindan immortal is enough to change the strength comparison of the whole region.


    Wu Mingwei experienced such a painful setback last time. He didn''t sink here, but he can learn from the pain and rise again. He is really a character.


    With the addition of Wu Mingwei, the golden elixir immortal, the threat of Feihong sect to Taiyi sect has become a little imminent.


    Ancient moon Huai butterfly and fallen leaf immortal had already left the endless sand sea, and before they left, they told Meng Zhang that they would not easily get involved in the disputes on the endless sand sea in the future.


    If taiyimen is really in great danger, immortal ye ye may help, then Gu yuehuai butterfly can''t count on it at all.


    For one thing, the ancient moon huaidie has to worry about the position of the family. The ancient moon family will not easily become enemies with Feihong sect. Second, although she had the experience of fighting side by side, Meng Zhang''s friendship with Gu yuehuai butterfly was not enough to make her fight against feihongzong.


    The more Meng Zhang thought, the more he felt that the threat of Feihong sect was too great.


    When there was no other way, he went to the skillful hand gate to find Jin Qiaoer and asked Jin Qiaoer to contact her master, immortal Jin Li, to hand over a letter.


    If Immortal Jinli, the great master in the later stage of Jindan, is willing to come forward and say a few words, Feihong sect should have some scruples.


    Jin Qiaoer and Meng Zhang have always had a good relationship. Meng Zhang never put on the airs of a real Jindan man in front of Jin Qiaoer even after he tied the pill. He was still the big brother.


    Moreover, over the years, Taiyi gate has taken great care of qiaoshoumen, a loyal ally, and has given many benefits.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, Jin Qiaoer agreed without any hesitation.


    Jin Qiaoer immediately tried to contact his master and handed over the handwritten letter of Meng Zhang.


    In the letter, Meng Zhang first gave a very humble greeting to immortal Jinli, and then went straight to the subject to express his concern about Feihong sect. He hoped that immortal Jinli could come forward and avoid the direct confrontation between Taiyi sect and Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay long in the skillful hand gate, so he went straight back to Xiongshi mountain.


    A few days later, Jin Qiaoer came to Xiongshi ridge and brought a message from immortal Jin Li.


    Immortal Jinli clearly told Meng Zhang that she would not interfere in the affairs between feihongzong and taiyimen.


    If there is any problem between the two families, they need to solve it by themselves.


    Meng Zhang was greatly disappointed by the message from immortal Jinli. If feihongzong attacked Taiyi gate, how could Taiyi gate resist?


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s undisguised disappointment, Jin Qiaoer patted her chest and told Meng Zhang that she would ask immortal Jinli again and must ask immortal Jinli for help.


    Jin Qiaoer''s attitude made Meng Zhang a little embarrassed. Now, I owe another big favor.


    Shortly after Jin Qiaoer left Xiongshi mountain, another guest visited Xiongshi mountain secretly.


    The arrival of this guest was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Like a great enemy, he completely opened the third-order mountain protection array, the golden wind and flame array, and then dared to meet the guest in the array.


    "Immortal ChiYan, if you dare to come here, I''m not afraid that we will leave you. Huoyun sect will have a hard time without you."


    As a monk in the middle of the golden pill, although the cultivation of immortal ChiYan is far above Meng Zhang, he is also in danger within the third-order mountain protection array.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, immortal ChiYan said indifferently, "immortal Meng, don''t talk about the scene. Are you really willing to take over the death revenge with my huoyun sect for the sake of Feihong sect?"


    The words of immortal ChiYan stunned Meng Zhang. Speaking of it, taiyimen and huoyun sect really have no grudge.


    Huoyun sect invades the endless sand sea. The real enemy is Feihong sect.


    The hostile relationship between taiyimen and huoyun sect is also due to Feihong sect.


    "How good can it be for Taiyi gate to wave flags and shout behind Feihong sect?"


    "Before the Taiyi gate, both Lin Quan temple and the earth fire gate were immortal Jindan. Immortal Meng knows what will happen to these two sects."


    "Feihongzong has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. Meng Zhenren has personally experienced its harsh means."


    Real ChiYan saw Meng Zhang''s expression and knew that he had listened to his words. He continued to add weight: "if Meng Zhenren is willing to give up in time and go his separate ways with Feihong sect, huoyun sect will certainly stand on the side of Taiyi gate."


    "Maybe immortal Meng doesn''t know. The three golden elixir elders injured in huoyun sect have basically recovered."


    "We have kept this matter secret. We are going to surprise Fei hongzong at that time."


    When ChiYan talked about it, his face was full of self-confidence, which didn''t seem to be lying.


    "If Immortal Meng has any requirements and conditions, just mention them. If I can meet them, I will not refuse."


    Real ChiYan looked very forthright.


    I have to say, the words of immortal ChiYan moved Meng Zhang.


    Huoyun sect has a long history, and its details are far above Feihong sect. Although it fell to the disadvantage for the time being because of a bad start, the inside story is still there. It is uncertain when it will be able to come up with a card that can reverse the situation.


    If Immortal ChiYan didn''t lie, huoyun sect now has the strength to fight against Feihong sect.


    Wu Mingwei, the founder of Feihong sect, made Meng Zhang see the details of Feihong sect and fully realize that we must not underestimate these ancient Jindan sect.


    There is Tianzhu Zhenjun behind Feihong sect and Xuanfeng Zhenjun behind huoyun sect.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength and vision, he is naturally not qualified to judge the strength between the yuan God and the true monarch.


    According to immortal Jinli''s original statement, it seems that Tianzhu Zhenjun is much stronger than Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    However, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is the top level of Jiuqu League.


    Although other Yuanshen Zhenjun of Jiuqu League will not interfere in the dispute between Tianzhu Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun. But who can explain the actual situation clearly.


    If the critical moment comes and several Yuanshen Zhenjun of Jiuqu League rush forward, Tianzhu Zhenjun, even the well-known strong among Yuanshen Zhenjun, may not be able to resist.


    As for the huge strength gap between Jiuqu League and feihongzong, let alone.


    Jiuqu league can easily crush feihongzong with a little finger.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had been moved by his words, immortal ChiYan didn''t continue to lobby while the iron was hot, but said something with an expert style.


    "I''ve done my best. Please think carefully about where to go."


    "No matter what choice immortal Meng makes, as long as taiyimen does not take the initiative to make an enemy of huoyun sect, huoyun sect will not regard taiyimen as an enemy."


    "Finally, I remind immortal Meng that Tianzhu Zhenjun behind Feihong sect was not born as a righteous friar. He has acted perversely and has become more and more unbearable over the years. Under the influence of this man, Feihong sect has already fallen into an evil way, and sooner or later some righteous experts will not see it."


    "Immortal Meng doesn''t have to make a decision in a hurry, but take your time. If you think about it, you can come to me at any time. I will sweep my bed to meet you."


    After saying that, immortal ChiYan simply left.


    Meng Zhang naturally did not use the power of the mountain protection array to stop him, but let him leave freely.


    Looking at the back of immortal ChiYan, Meng Zhang fell into deep thinking.


    The attitude of immortal ChiYan was more gentle than expected. He was not so grumpy as in the legend, nor did he have the arrogance of a large family background.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang had personally seen the fiery temper of the earth fire door friar. The huoyun sect friars, who are also interested in practicing fire skills, seem to have no problems in this regard.


    Immortal ChiYan was not aggressive, but patiently reasoned with Meng Zhang.


    He''s not talking nonsense, he''s telling the truth.


    Now facing the direct threat of Feihong sect, Taiyi sect seems to be able to stand on the side of huoyun sect.


    Moreover, if the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect have really healed, the strength of huoyun sect may not be weaker than Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang has no psychological burden when he changes his camp and falls into the arms of huoyun sect.


    It is a very common thing to change enemies and friends in the cultivation world.


    If Taiyi sect forms an alliance with huoyun sect, it will certainly benefit a lot from huoyun sect.


    With Meng Zhang''s character of not seeing rabbits and not scattering eagles, he will have to get enough guarantee before he will completely fall to huoyun sect.


    As for the right and evil words said by immortal ChiYan, they were all ignored by Meng Zhang as nonsense.


    Many years ago, taiyimen once abandoned Linquan view and turned to Feihong sect.


    Now he has changed the court again, and Meng Zhang does not resist.


    But I don''t know why, Meng Zhang always felt a little inappropriate.


    There must be hidden dangers behind the seemingly logical things.


    After immortal ChiYan left, Meng Zhang secretly summoned several taiyimen elders to discuss this matter with everyone.


    It is a key choice whether to turn to huoyun sect or maintain the previous hostile attitude towards huoyun sect.


    Several elders in the sect also disagreed on this matter.


    Some elders believe that since Feihong sect is powerful now, it should fall to huoyun sect and protect itself with the power of huoyun sect.


    Some elders objected. They thought that Feihong sect had no tendency to attack Taiyi sect, and Taiyi sect could not scare itself.


    Feihongzong''s strength has greatly increased, but there is the pressure of huoyun sect outside. There are Mobei Qi family in the endless sand sea. Feihongzong still needs the power of Taiyi gate.


    If Taiyi sect turns to huoyun sect at this time, it will provoke Feihong sect and lead to the crusade of Feihong sect.


    Several elders insisted on their own words and argued endlessly.


    These taiyimen elders, Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan, Hu Jing and Zheng Chao, are all the younger generation of Meng Zhang. Although they argued fiercely, they all kept some restraint in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang himself couldn''t make up his mind, so he wanted to listen to the opinions of these elders. But the elders had different opinions, and he was a little at a loss.


    Meng Zhang was a little depressed. He was about to make a breakthrough, but he couldn''t really make a breakthrough and stayed at the original level.


    Otherwise, you can use Dayan''s calculation to see if Taiyi sect should fall to huoyun sect.


    However, the realm of heavenly secrets is not enough, and it is impossible to calculate the struggle at the level of golden elixir.


    I don''t know if it''s the reason for his guilty heart. Meng Zhang has always been very afraid of Feihong sect.


    Although feihongzong is silent now, once it is launched, it will be a thunderous momentum. Taiyimen may not have time to respond.


    Amid the voices of argument, the taiyimen Presbyterian meeting was over.


    After seeing these elders leave, Meng Zhang still couldn''t make a decision.


    After several days, Meng Zhang was getting more and more depressed. Jin Qiaoer came to Xiongshi ridge.


    Jin Qiaoer finally brought good news this time.


    It turned out that after Jin Qiaoer left here, she directly contacted her master, immortal Jin Li.


    Immortal Jinli spent most of his time in the sand sea of death and did not touch others. Even if a real Jindan like Meng Zhang wants to see her, it''s not easy.


    As the favorite disciple of immortal Jinli, Jin Qiaoer can easily contact immortal Jinli. Besides, immortal Jinli usually won''t refuse the disciples'' request. As long as there is nothing important, she will take the initiative to go to the skillful hand gate to meet Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Qiaoer didn''t wait long before she saw her master.


    After meeting, Jin Qiaoer became entangled with immortal Jin Li and asked her to help solve Meng Zhang''s trouble.


    Immortal Jinli, who was entangled by his disciples, had to say something and asked Jin Qiaoer to bring it to Meng Zhang so that Meng Zhang could feel at ease.


    Immortal Jinli sent a message to Meng Zhang. Now that feihongzong''s strength is restored, it should not be taiyimen, but Mobei Qijia.


    Taiyimen doesn''t have to worry until Mobei Qi''s house is collapsed.


    Jin Qiaoer finished the original words of immortal Jin Li. Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled appearance, she explained it to him in detail.


    Of course, half of the words of these explanations are prepared by immortal Jinli to tell Meng Zhang, and the other half is the information Jin Qiaoer usually obtains from her master.

 Chapter 497

    Immortal Jinli is not wary of her own disciples. Naturally, she will not deliberately hide some information.


    In her daily conversation, she told many secrets intentionally or unintentionally.


    It turned out that the relationship between immortal Jinli and Tianzhu Zhenjun was not as close as expected.


    The master of immortal Jinli, who was close friends with Tianzhu Zhenjun, once wandered through the cultivation world side by side.


    Even if Tianzhu Zhenjun has been in the endless sand sea for years, the two have not stopped communicating.


    Both immortal Jinli and her master have many enemies.


    Before sitting down, her master instructed immortal Jinli to take refuge in Tianzhu Zhenjun, mainly to let her good friend Tianzhu Zhenjun protect her disciples.


    With Tianzhu Zhenjun, the yuan God Zhenjun, sheltered by several strong people, those enemies naturally dare not pursue to the endless sand sea for revenge.


    However, friendship is friendship, and immortal Jinli''s master has been seated. This friendship needs to be discounted.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun will not protect immortal Jinli for nothing.


    In order to obtain the protection of Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Jinli needs to work under Tianzhu Zhenjun and work hard for Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Before the arrival of immortal Jinli, Feihong sect was a very useful chess piece under the hand of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Compared with Jin Li, the successor, Tianzhu Zhenjun obviously trusts Feihong Zong more.


    Of course, the cultivation of immortal Jinli in the later stage of Jindan is of great value to Tianzhu Zhenjun. On the surface, feihongzong also respects her very much.


    Because of some agreements, immortal Jinli can''t shoot directly in the endless sand sea.


    In the planning of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Feihong sect is the master of the endless sand sea. He has arbitrary power over all kinds of affairs in the endless sand sea.


    As long as Feihong sect did not violate the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Jinli would not easily ask how Feihong sect acted.


    If feihongzong really wants to fight taiyimen, immortal Jinli''s face may not be able to stop feihongzong.


    The premise that feihongzong respects immortal Jinli is that she will not dictate the affairs of the endless sand sea.


    This is why immortal Jinli asked Jin Qiaoer to send a message last time. She would not interfere in the affairs between taiyimen and feihongzong.


    Immortal Jinli should also worry about the idea of Tianzhu Zhenjun and should not easily intervene in the action of Feihong sect.


    This time, Jin Qiaoer couldn''t help it. Immortal Jin Li had to reveal some other things.


    The fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level power has reached a very critical moment. Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun, the guy who was forced in later, became more and more eye-catching in the eyes of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Although it is temporarily impossible to directly align with Mingyuan Zhenjun, Tianzhu Zhenjun has instructed Feihong Zong to have the opportunity to destroy Mobei Qi family and cut off one arm of Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun.


    In the past hundreds of years, feihongzong had many opportunities to completely exterminate Mobei Qi family.


    Only Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t want to tear his face completely with Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun, so he instructed Feihong Zong to show mercy.


    Therefore, Feihong sect only firmly suppressed the Qi family in Mobei in the barren land of Mobei, and there was no real death hand.


    Of course, after the Feihong sect began to weaken slowly, it really had no power to Mobei Qi family.


    Now, the strength of feihongzong has recovered a lot, while Mobei Qi family has reached the weakest time.


    The reason why feihongzong has always been trusted and reused by Tianzhu Zhenjun is that feihongzong has always carried out the orders of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Immortal Jinli believes that feihongzong will not miss the present opportunity and will fight against Mobei Qi family as soon as possible.


    On the one hand, he flattered the real king of Tianzhu, on the other hand, he wiped out the old enemy for hundreds of years and completely solved a problem.


    Although feihongzong is very strong, he is not strong enough to fight on two fronts and easily defeat taiyimen and Mobei Qijia at the same time.


    Therefore, before exterminating Mobei Qi family, feihongzong will not rashly tear his face with taiyimen.


    After hearing Jin Qiaoer''s explanation, Meng Zhang was a little relieved.


    He secretly sighed that whether it was himself or the whole taiyimen, he had good luck this time.


    Because of the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Fei hongzong first solved the Mobei Qi family and set aside a breathing space for Taiyi gate.


    With this breathing machine, taiyimen has room for maneuver.


    Although Jin Li didn''t do it himself this time, the information revealed has helped a lot.


    Meng Zhang thanked Jin Qiaoer for his help again and again, and then sent Jin Qiaoer away in person.


    After Jin Qiaoer left, Meng ZhangCai thought carefully about how Taiyi gate should go next.


    This rare breathing machine can''t be wasted. After Fei hongzong destroyed Mobei Qi family, his next goal may be Taiyi gate.


    After destroying taiyimen and Mobei Qijia, feihongzong unified the endless sand sea, he could regain his prestige and become the overlord who said one thing in the endless sand sea again.


    Fortunately, with the reminder of immortal Jinli, taiyimen didn''t have to stand in line and immediately fell to huoyun sect.


    If the taiyimen openly took refuge in the huoyun sect before feihongzong attacked Mobei Qi family, feihongzong will probably give up the original plan and clean up the taiyimen first.


    Even if huoyun sect can help in time, and can resist Fei hongzong, the loss of Taiyi sect is definitely not small.


    Now, knowing the form of Meng Zhang, there is more room for maneuver.


    If feihongzong goes to war against Mobei Qi family, taiyimen must not watch Mobei Qi family be destroyed.


    Taiyimen can secretly provide support to help Mobei Qi family resist feihongzong, try to delay the time for feihongzong to destroy Mobei Qi family, and strive for more development time for taiyimen.


    The preliminary plan is easy to formulate but very difficult to implement.


    With the ability of taiyimen, can you secretly provide support to Mobei Qi family without exposing yourself?


    Even if Mobei Qi family and taiyimen join hands, they are not necessarily the opponents of feihongzong. How long can Mobei Qi family resist Feihong sect even with the secret support of taiyimen?


    These problems are not easy to solve, which makes Meng Zhang''s head a little bigger.


    Fortunately, feihongzong has not launched an attack on Mobei Qi family, leaving a lot of time for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang summoned the elders in the gate again and informed everyone of the latest information and forms.


    These elders are not ordinary people. After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, they all agree with Meng Zhang''s judgment and plan.


    We should secretly provide help to Mobei Qi family and make it more difficult for Feihong Zong to destroy Mobei Qi family. But taiyimen can''t take the initiative to show up, so as not to lead to the attack of feihongzong in advance.


    As for how to act, we are also full of gossip and put forward many feasible strategies.


    After many discussions, the whole taiyimen was secretly mobilized.


    A large number of war materials were secretly collected and ready to be sent to Mobei Qi''s house at any time.


    An elder of taiyimen secretly went to Dafeng City and contacted the black market of Jiuqu League through the relationship with immortal deciduous.


    The black market on the side of endless sand sea will not accept the employment of feihongzong, but the black market on the side of Jiuqu League does not have so many concerns.


    Moreover, taiyimen does not want the black market to be the enemy of feihongzong directly. I just hope to hire some lawless, bold and ruthless monks who want money but don''t want life through the intermediary of the black market.


    If Fei hongzong attacked Mobei Qi family, these friars could serve as reinforcements to support Mobei Qi family.


    The news that Fei hongzong was about to attack Mobei Qi family was secretly transmitted to Mobei Qi family by Meng Zhang through some channels.


    Mobei Qi family got the news and made preparations in advance. It must be able to resist Feihong Zong for a long time.


    Fei hongzong is going to do something about Mobei Qi family. Meng Zhang also secretly revealed it to huoyun sect through some relations with Dafeng City.


    With the style of huoyun sect, I''m sure I won''t watch feihongzong complete his combat objectives.


    Immortal ChiYan said that the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect who were seriously injured had recovered. He just kept it from feihongzong and was ready to take action at the critical moment.


    If huoyun sect decides to help Mobei Qi family, it has a great chance to judge the authenticity of what immortal ChiYan said.


    Mobei Qi''s family had long received the news from Meng Zhang, but there was no news.


    I don''t know whether the Mobei Qi family didn''t believe the news of unknown origin, or whether everything was as usual on the surface and secretly ready for war.


    Meng Zhang deeply hoped that the actual situation would be the latter.


    After receiving the news, the huoyun sect also made no big moves.


    Of course, with the current intelligence capability of taiyimen, it can barely cover its own territory, even the endless sand sea can not be fully taken into account, and there is no way to obtain the accurate trend of huoyun sect.


    Taiyimen doesn''t know whether huoyun sect has any action or not.


    With the passage of time, taiyimen began to prepare for the war, but the war of feihongzong against Mobei Qi family never came.


    What on earth is Fei hongzong doing? Why did he delay doing it? Meng Zhang was very confused, but he didn''t doubt Jin Li''s words.


    There was no news from the outside, but the undercurrent began to flow inside Hanhai daomeng.


    After all, the establishment time of Hanhai daomeng is too short, and the prestige and strength of taiyimen are far inferior to feihongzong.


    After the news that Wu Mingwei, the founder of Feihong, had successfully formed the pill, the people inside Hanhai daomeng were terrified, and many people had other thoughts.


    Fortunately, because Meng Zhang''s deterrent power is not low, and there are lessons from the three Xiuzhen forces there, the interior of Hanhai daomeng remains stable for the time being. At least on the surface, no zongmen dares to collude with Feihong Zong.


    During this time, the taiyimen dark hall under the leadership of an Muran also became busy.


    In addition to paying attention to the trend of feihongzong at any time, they also monitor the internal situation of Hanhai daomeng at all times.


    Even though the dark hall has developed rapidly in recent years, its scale has been expanding after several expansions. But the heavy task still kept all the disciples of the dark hall busy, including the hall leader, an Muran.


    In a flurry of chicken flying and dog jumping, the extremely sword God general who went out to Jiuqu League quietly returned to Taiyi gate and directly came to Xiongshi ridge.


    After arriving at Xiongshi mountain, Jijian God will take the initiative to visit Meng Zhang, the leader immortal.


    Seeing the extremely sword general again, Meng Zhang almost couldn''t believe his eyes.


    This cultivation is recovering too fast. The other three Dharma protectors do not have the ability to recover quickly.


    However, it hasn''t been seen for several years. The cultivation of Jijian God general, who is perceived by Meng Zhang''s divine mind, has returned to the perfect state of the foundation period.


    Of course, it is not easy for Jijian God general to cross the huge gap between the foundation period and the golden elixir period, even if he is an ox break.


    The extreme sword God did not return to the golden elixir period, which greatly disappointed Meng Zhang and secretly relieved.


    Fortunately, even the Dharma protector General of taiyimen can''t violate some basic laws of the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God talked in detail. Jijian God told some stories about his travels in Jiuqu League. Meng Zhang also told the extremely sword general about the current form of taiyimen.


    During the conversation, Meng Zhang also collected the two items left by sword repair last time. The broken flying sword and the damaged sword bag were handed to the extreme sword general.


    The extremely sword God just glanced at the broken third-order flying sword. Seeing the damaged sword bag, a trace of joy appeared on the face of Jijian God.


    He put away both items and thanked Meng Zhang.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, the Jijian God thought for a moment before saying, "I always only know how to fight, and I don''t know much about wisdom. I wake up too soon and don''t know much about the endless sand sea. I really don''t have any good ideas about how to act, which can be provided to the leader."


    "I have only one piece of advice to give to the headmaster. You''d better not act rashly before you know the real trend of others. It''s better to be quiet than to move. If you move, you may make mistakes."


    Meng Zhang really didn''t expect that as a sword repairman who has always been famous for daring to fight and fight, Jijian God would give such a very conservative opinion.


    Could it be that Jijian God is an alien in sword cultivation, or simply a fake sword cultivation.


    Jijian God finally gave Meng Zhang a great good news.


    With the two items left by sword repair provided by Meng Zhang, plus the harvest of his trip abroad. When needed, he can temporarily give play to the combat effectiveness of sword repair in the golden elixir period.


    Although it can''t last, it''s only a few hits. But at the critical moment, it can still play a great role.


    In this way, less than half of the golden elixir immortal has been temporarily added to the Taiyi gate.


    The elder is the elder. He can really surprise Meng Zhang.


    In fact, not only did Jijian God surprise Meng Zhang, others also brought Meng Zhang some good news.


    During this time, the thick earth God and Wen qiansuan practiced an array together.


    As long as enough friars in the foundation period are gathered, they can reluctantly block immortal Jindan for a period of time with the power of the array.


    And Yang Xueyi, with her growing cultivation, has become more and more proficient in mastering the talismans left by the predecessors of Zijin sect.


    As long as you can concentrate a number of friars in the foundation period, you can drive the runes and temporarily give play to the combat effectiveness no less than that of ordinary golden elixirs.


    Although there is still no new golden elixir real person in taiyimen, with these means, we can greatly make up for the gap in high-end combat power.


    With these methods to temporarily rival immortal Jindan, Meng Zhang also had more confidence in his heart.


    There are many friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate, and there are enough resources. If we really go to war with feihongzong, we will have a certain resistance.

 Chapter 498

    Meng Zhang initially thought that after feihongzong''s strength soared, he was likely to attack Taiyi sect.


    According to the information from immortal Jinli, feihongzong took Mobei Qi family as his primary goal. When Meng Zhang was relieved, he also began to secretly mobilize the top and bottom of Taiyi gate to be ready to support Mobei Qi family at any time.


    But with the passage of time, after a few years, feihongzong has not started against the Mobei Qi family.


    This makes Meng Zhang feel a little confused. He has made a wrong judgment once. Is the news of immortal Jinli also wrong?


    However, Meng Zhang was confused, but he did not act rashly.


    The extremely sword God would give him advice, and he finally listened to it. I didn''t care at that time. In retrospect, the more I think about it, the more reasonable I feel.


    It''s better to wait for feihongzong to take action before he can make a response.


    Although the Taiyi sect has made great efforts to enhance its combat effectiveness, it has some means to counter immortal Jindan. However, facing the four golden elixirs of Feihong sect, they are still at an absolute disadvantage.


    In addition to tapping the potential of the people in the gate, as the only golden elixir immortal in the gate, Meng Zhang can do is to cultivate hard and enhance his combat effectiveness as soon as possible.


    That night, Meng Zhang was practicing as usual.


    At this time, he practiced his major practice, the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    He flew into the sky, absorbed the air of the Taiyin between heaven and earth, and condensed the real water of the Taiyin.


    When the sun was shining at noon during the day, he had already flown into the sky to absorb the blazing sun''s gas and condense the sun''s true fire.


    Compared with the solar true fire and lunar true water condensed during the foundation period, the solar true fire and lunar true water condensed after the golden elixir period not only have a higher level. It can also be combined into one to cultivate a magical power, sun, moon and divine light.


    After years of cultivation, Meng Zhang has begun to see the path of this powerful magic power.


    If Meng Zhang, who was practicing, felt it, he lifted his eyes and looked into the night sky far away.


    A large number of flying boats are flying here from a distance. Judging from the marks outside the flying boat, this is clearly the team of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang was shocked. Why did Fei hongzong come directly to Taiyi gate? Doesn''t it mean that Feihong sect should first solve Mobei Qi family?


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t have much time to think about this problem.


    He immediately landed in Xiongshi ridge and opened the third-order mountain protection array golden wind flame array as soon as possible.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s message, the disciples on patrol at night began to wake up the disciples in the station.


    According to the previous drill, a well-trained disciple of Taiyi sect rushed to each node of the grand array and began to help Meng Zhang control the grand array.


    The whole Xiongshi mountain station was awakened, and they soon entered the state of being ready for battle.


    A heavy curtain of light rose over the station. On the light curtain, the golden wind roared and the flames were raging. The power of the big array had begun to be urged out slowly.


    With the blessing of this third-order mountain protection array, Meng Zhang felt at ease. But at the thought that feihongzong actually came here at this time, he felt a big headache.


    Judging from the scale of the flying boat team, feihongzong sent out a large army this time.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it is impossible to take the initiative to attack. We can only rely on the third-order mountain protection array.


    In this way, taiyimen''s many strongholds in the Gobi of evil wind have to give up.


    If feihongzong divides his troops to attack, taiyimen can''t defend the Mountain Gate in the endless sand sea and the huge territory.


    With the style of the gang of headlands in hanhaidao alliance, the whole hanhaidao alliance will collapse in an instant.


    Meng Zhang led taiyimen to struggle for so many years. It was not easy to have the current situation. Feihongzong''s action will soon make everything come to naught.


    Let''s not talk about the huge losses that Taiyi gate will encounter. If xiongshiling camp is lost, maybe Taiyi gate will be completely extinct.


    Meng Zhang''s face was livid and he regretted it.


    What he regretted was not that he had turned against feihongzong. Even if the Taiyi sect has always been a good friend of Feihong sect and has a good relationship with Feihong sect, when Feihong sect feels that Taiyi sect is a threat and can free up his hands, he will never let go of Taiyi sect.


    The relationship between enemies and friends among sects will not be affected by personal feelings.


    He regretted that he had not prepared early and left a way back for taiyimen.


    In the cultivation world, many of their strength is not as good as the current taiyimen forces. Anyone who inherits history will secretly leave some backhands. In case of the disaster of extermination, we can keep some seeds of inheritance and leave the opportunity to make a comeback in the future.


    Although Taiyi gate has a long history, it has long fallen to the bottom of the valley. Only after Meng Zhang became the leader did he improve.


    According to the standard of Jindan friar, Meng Zhang is still too young. Although he has encountered many difficult challenges along the way, on the whole, he has gone too smoothly.


    Overcome many difficulties along the way and develop taiyimen.


    On the surface, there is nothing to show on weekdays, but in his heart, Meng Zhang is still very proud.


    When he was young and successful, he had never encountered a barrier that he couldn''t go. Naturally, he didn''t think about the long term and left the seeds of inheritance for the sect.


    Now the army of feihongzong is killing fiercely, and Meng ZhangCai suddenly realizes this problem.


    At this time, it''s time to prepare for the worst.


    Meng Zhang called the three disciples, Niu Dawei and Anjia''s siblings, and whispered orders.


    Wait, if the situation is bad, once the mountain protection array is broken. The three of them immediately ran away separately, and they would try their best to buy time for them.


    After leaving Xiongshi mountain, don''t stay in the Gobi, let alone go back to the endless sand sea. They must immediately go to gale City, contact the fallen leaf immortal and seek her asylum.


    After the command, Meng Zhang saw what the three wanted to say and immediately stopped them. This is not the time for babbling. We need to act decisively.


    Meng Zhang ordered that even if they were unwilling, they had to accept it silently.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to escape, but knew that if feihongzong broke the mountain protection array, he would certainly be the number one target of feihongzong, which attracted the full pursuit of feihongzong''s Jindan immortal.


    In that case, it''s better to stay and delay the enemy and fight for the chance to escape for the disciples.


    His three disciples have excellent qualifications and great prospects. As long as they can escape successfully, taiyimen will have a day of rejuvenation and hope to avenge themselves.


    Meng Zhang told his disciples and was directing the people to urge the mountain protection array. A figure rushed over from a distance.


    When Qin Hongying came to Xiongshi mountain, she also brought a group of Qin family members and their men around for her to drive at any time.


    The visitor is a middle-aged woman, one of Qin Hongying''s maidens.


    The third-order mountain protection array is fully launched, which needs to absorb a lot of the aura of the third-order spiritual pulse, which naturally affects Qin Hongying''s daily homework.


    Moreover, the Xiongshi mountain station made such a big noise at night. It was like facing a great enemy, which had already alerted Qin Hongying.


    She sent the maid to inquire about the situation.


    If it is on weekdays, Meng Zhang will be more polite. But now that the great enemy is coming, he has no intention of greeting just a maid.


    "Go back and tell your master that Xiongshi mountain will be attacked by the great enemy. If she doesn''t want to be affected by the battle, leave as soon as possible."


    For Qin Hongying, Meng Zhang never expected.


    With her usual attitude, she would never get involved in this muddy water and help taiyimen against the enemy.


    Facing the immortal Jindan who was not angry, the maid didn''t dare to say anything, so she immediately turned and flew away.


    After a while, two flying boats flew up at the top of the mountain where Qin Hongying lived and flew high into the sky.


    "I''m sorry, leader Meng. I have a word in advance. I won''t interfere with the gratitude and resentment of Taiyi sect."


    Two flying boats flew to a high altitude not far away, and did not immediately fly away.


    It seems that Qin Hongying also wants to see the situation and inquire about the war situation.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking that if Taiyi gate was defeated and Xiongshi mountain station was lost, would Qin Hongying take the fire to rob and bite Taiyi gate.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s careful attitude towards a gentleman, but his correct judgment based on his understanding of Qin Hongying.


    Qin Hongying, an old woman, is a very typical cultivator. There is no right or wrong in my heart. I am mercenary and will only act in accordance with the policy beneficial to myself.


    At the beginning, the two sides made the heart demon oath, but it only stipulated that Qin Hongying helped taiyimen against the monster army. For Qin Hongying''s other behaviors, there are no constraints.


    Qin Hongying took the initiative to leave and broke away from the third-order mountain protection array, the golden wind and flame array, which made Meng Zhang less worried about his future.


    In a very short time, xiongshiling station made all kinds of preparations. The Taiyi gate is in full readiness to meet the enemy at any time.


    Meng Zhang flew into the air, picked up the method of breaking delusion, looked into the distance and observed the trend of feihongzong''s flying boat team.


    Feihongzong''s flying boat team came quickly and rushed directly to the location of Xiongshi mountain.


    Meng Zhang always pays attention to the trend of the other party and is ready to take action at any time.


    Feihongzong''s flying boat team is fierce, especially the two third-order warships led by it.


    Seeing this ill intentioned flying boat team approaching Xiongshi mountain, the two leading third-order warships suddenly turned in the air and flew in another direction.


    The whole team followed the leading warship, made a big circle, bypassed Xiongshi mountain and flew to the north.


    What is Fei hongzong doing? Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    After the flying boat team bypassed Xiongshi mountain, they accelerated directly and soon disappeared into the night.


    Meng Zhang didn''t relax his vigilance, but still used his destructive magic eye to carefully observe the other party''s flight trajectory. The third-order mountain protection array at the bottom still keeps urging.


    After a long time, feihongzong''s flying boat team flew farther and farther, and slowly disappeared in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    That direction seems to be the direction of the crow''s nest. What is the army of Feihong sect doing there?


    Meng Zhang was puzzled. For fear that Feihong sect is playing tricks, it will kill a horse gun at any time. He told the disciples of Taiyi sect to be on guard and be ready to launch the mountain protection array at any time.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, worried about fraud and worried about the trend of feihongzong''s team.


    He glanced at the bottom. There were so many disciples in the foundation period in the big array. Even if Immortal Jindan attacked, he should not be able to break the mountain protection array in a short time.


    And he himself is sure enough not to be ambushed by the enemy.


    With an idea in mind, Meng Zhang immediately took action.


    He flew in the direction of feihongzong''s flying boat team.


    The flying speed of Jindan immortal is far above that of these flying boats.


    Without much time, Meng Zhang caught up with feihongzong''s flying boat team from behind.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to get too close. He only dared to hang far behind and stare at the front from a distance.


    The flying boat team of Fei hongzong really aims at the crow nest.


    There was no pause in the group, and they rushed to the crow''s nest.


    Outside the crow''s nest, there are often monsters dominated by dark crows to patrol nearby.


    Although it was night, feihongzong''s team killed it so loudly and openly that it soon alerted the patrol monsters.


    After being alerted by the patrol monsters, the crow nest soon boiled up, and countless monsters were awakened from their sleep. Driven by some monster leaders, a large number of monsters have entered the state of alert.


    Feihongzong''s flying boat team didn''t care about these at all. Three golden elixirs flew out of a flying boat and came to the front of the whole team.


    Flying stone immortal and flying general immortal Meng Zhang have met before. The unknown golden elixir immortal should be immortal Wu Mingwei who recently married Dan.


    After the three golden elixirs flew out, they led two third-order warships to attack the crow''s nest.


    The flying boats in the rear began to slow down and reduce their flight altitude. A friar named Feihong jumped out of the flying boat and fell to the ground.


    A large number of friars of Feihong sect lined up on the ground and assumed an attack posture.


    In front, three golden elixirs and two third-order warships have begun to attack the layout outside the crow nest.


    Meng Zhang was finally relieved by friar Fei hongzong''s actions.


    It turned out that the goal of the friar army of Feihong Zong was not Taiyi gate, but crow nest.


    Meng Zhang and the whole Taiyi gate were a false alarm just now.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t figure out how the dark crow demon would provoke Feihong sect? He let Feihong Zong ignore Taiyi gate''s trouble, and didn''t follow Tianzhu Zhenjun''s order to attack Mobei Qi family.


    Of course, in any case, it is a great good thing for both taiyimen and Mobei Qi family that feihongzong takes the crow nest as the primary target.


    Meng Zhang had personally explored the layout of crow nests in combination with ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal.


    Although the three golden elixirs didn''t do their best, they didn''t mobilize Taiyi disciples to help. But they all really felt the uniqueness of the crow nest.


    It goes without saying that the dark crow demon will this third-class monster. The arrangements left by the white lion demon king alone are not easily broken by ordinary Jindan immortal.


    As long as Fei hongzong starts to fight the crow nest, he will soon fall into a difficult battle. In a short time, there will be no victory at all.

 Chapter 499

    The white lion demon king is a fourth-order monster, even if he doesn''t know any array. But at that level of its existence, it has been able to touch the rules of the avenue and know how to borrow the power of heaven and earth.


    The layout left by it at that time contains the power of terror with the help of geographical advantage. Once triggered, it will immediately lead to an earth shattering attack.


    Feihongzong''s idea is probably to make a quick decision. As soon as he comes up, he will attack with all his strength.


    Three golden elixirs and two third-order warships easily broke through the external interception and entered the crow nest.


    By this time, the dark crow demon and the poisonous sand demon have also reacted.


    The two demons will lead the layout left by the white lion demon king to fight the invading enemy with all their strength.


    On the ground, after the disciples of feihongzong listed the formation, they steadily pushed forward.


    A large number of monsters swarmed in and fought to death with feihongzong''s disciples.


    Meng Zhang hid behind and watched for a long time.


    The friar army of feihongzong has fallen into a fierce battle with the monster army. The three golden elixirs are entangled in the layout left by the white lion demon king.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can finally be sure. Feihongzong really didn''t do anything, but really fought with the dark crow demon.


    No matter what reason Feihong sect is, it has to attack the crow nest. Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief. For the time being, he didn''t have to worry about the destruction of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang finally took a look at the battlefield and knew that there was no winner or loser here in a short time. He turned and flew away to the direction of Xiongshi mountain.


    After returning to Xiongshi mountain, he dismissed most of his disciples. However, the remaining disciples on duty have been specially told by him. We must be vigilant and not careless.


    In order to reduce the burden of the third-order spirit pulse, most of the powers of the third-order mountain protection array have also been converged, but they can be excited at any time.


    Meng Zhang summoned the three disciples and other friars in the foundation period stationed in Xiongshi mountain and informed them of the trend of Feihong sect.


    Everyone was relieved to hear that the feihongzong army went to attack the crow''s nest.


    No matter why Fei hongzong attacked the crow nest, as long as he didn''t attack taiyimen.


    As for why Fei hongzong did this, they discussed it, but they couldn''t come up with a result.


    After the crowd dispersed, Anmo stayed alone.


    An Muran directly apologized to Meng Zhang, saying that as the leader of the dark hall, he didn''t do his duty and let the army of feihongzong kill directly in front of Xiongshi mountain.


    Fortunately, the goal of Feihong sect is not Xiongshi mountain, otherwise the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang knew very well that this was not an Muran''s mistake. The dark hall has just been established. It''s good to be able to protect the interior of hanhaidao alliance. With the current strength of the dark hall, it is difficult to go deep into the Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang did not blame an Muran, but encouraged him a few words and asked him to quit.


    After Anmo retreated, Meng Zhang''s face suddenly became gloomy.


    This time, Fei hongzong deliberately posed this pose in order to frighten Taiyi gate and frighten Taiyi gate.


    Feihongzong''s action has indeed achieved a large part of his goals.


    From the results of the conversation with everyone just now, everyone was a little impressed by the prestige of Feihong sect and dared not propose to obstruct Feihong sect''s attack on the crow''s nest.


    Even Meng Zhang himself was a false alarm and finally calmed down. After calming down, his mind against Feihong Zong also weakened a lot.


    However, Meng Zhang, after all, is a real Jindan. He soon noticed the change of his state of mind and soon adjusted it.


    No matter why Fei hongzong attacked the crow nest, Meng Zhang would not watch Fei hongzong succeed easily.


    Of course, the dark crow demon will be a monster, and it is not easy for human friars to connect with it. Even if you want to help, you can''t start.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience in attacking the crow''s nest, even if feihongzong goes out on a large scale, it will take some time to break through the crow''s nest.


    During this time, I must come up with ways to obstruct and even weaken Feihong sect.


    Funny to say, seeing that everything in Taiyi gate returned to normal and had not been invaded by foreign enemies, the old woman Qin Hongying, with a group of attendants, returned to the peak where she lived as if nothing had happened and settled down.


    Meng Zhang can only hehe about this and will not comment.


    Next, Meng Zhang sent out his spiritual pet to catch up with the electricity, and also sent out several foundation building friars in the door to let them rush to the vicinity of the battlefield, cooperate with each other, take turns to monitor the war situation there, and always pay attention to the every move of Feihong Zong.


    Meng Zhang himself also reduced his training time and spent most of his time on the crow nest, paying attention to the progress of Feihong sect.


    The battle of Fei hongzong attacking the crow''s nest was as difficult as Meng Zhang imagined.


    I don''t know whether Feihong Zong underestimated the layout of the dark crow demon and the crow nest, or whether the means left by the white lion demon king is really so powerful. Anyway, after a fierce attack, Feihong Zong easily wiped out the periphery of the crow nest, but with more and more going deep into the inside of the crow nest, the resistance is also increasing.


    Facing the dilemma, feihongzong''s response was also greatly beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    After the low-level friars of Fei hongzong formed a battle array, they did not spend much effort to repel the army of monsters blocking the way.


    In particular, feihongzong took out a large-scale war law array, quadrupole Zhenyue array, surrounded by four huge stone tablets, and a large number of friars of feihongzong used the power of the array to destroy the demons and beasts, and steadily pushed forward.


    Then, the mountain array of quadrupole town began to be hard and fierce with the layout left by the white lion demon king.


    Friar Fei hongzong was like crazy. He rushed forward and desperately destroyed all kinds of arrangements in front of him.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang was cold in his heart. What happened to feihongzong? This is to fill in with human life, and the sacrifices are all Feihong sect disciples, not friars of vassal forces.


    Feihongzong, such a righteous sect, has its own rules and will not violate them easily.


    Now, at the expense of the disciples in the sect, we must consume the enemy''s strength and break the layout in front as soon as possible. Such determination and such means are unprecedented.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he could not make such a decision by putting himself in the high-level position of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang was more curious about the purpose of Feihong sect.


    His curiosity didn''t last long and was solved.


    Meng Zhang, who is monitoring the war situation on the periphery of the battlefield, received a messenger flying charm from the rear. The third disciple, an Muran, has important information to report to himself.


    An Muran is the leader of the dark hall and is in charge of the information system of taiyimen. Meng Zhang dared not neglect his report.


    Meng Zhang immediately rushed back to Xiongshi mountain and saw an Muran, who had been waiting for a long time.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, an Muran didn''t bother. He went straight to the subject and reported an important information to Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that Feihong Zong made every effort to attack the crow''s nest. He didn''t even care about taiyimen and Mobei Qi family. It was for a treasure left by the white lion demon king.


    Hundreds of years ago, when the overlord of the endless sand sea was the Zijin sect, the great sect of Xiuzhen in central earth was destroyed by its enemies. Li Chongzhen, one of the yuan gods of chongxuanzong, was lucky to escape.


    Later, in order to escape the pursuit of his enemies, Mr. Li Chongzhen fled far away from the Middle Earth, fled all the way north and fled into the endless sand sea.


    When Li Chongzhen was traveling in the north, he met Zhu Zizhen of Zijin sect, and the two became good friends.


    Li Chongzhen, who fled into the endless sand sea, is ready to go to Zhu Zizhen, a good friend he made that year, and get help from him.


    In the face of Li Chongzhen, Zhu Zizhen welcomed him and warmly received him.


    Chongxuanzong has destroyed the door. As the surviving yuan God Zhenjun, Li chongzhenjun has the responsibility to rebuild the door.


    Zhu Zizhen supports his old friend Li Chongzhen very much and is willing to set aside a site for Li Chongzhen to use in the endless sand sea.


    Zhu Zizhen''s kindness moved Li Chongzhen so much that he unknowingly relaxed his guard.


    Unexpectedly, Zhu Zizhen unexpectedly took advantage of Li Chongzhen''s unprepared and suddenly plotted against him.


    Chongxuanzong, as a great sect of truth cultivation in the Middle Earth, has had many Yuanshen Zhenjun, who are far above the Zijin sect in terms of strength and reputation.


    Among the Yuanshen sects, there are also strong and weak. Schools like Zijin sect are relatively weak among Yuanshen sects.


    Chongxuanzong can be inherited for thousands of years and can occupy a place in the Middle Earth continent. Its inheritance naturally has its uniqueness.


    Mr. Li Chongzhen has an inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong.


    As long as this inheritance treasure is in hand, even if chongxuanzong has perished, Mr. Li Chongzhen can pass on all the inheritance of chongxuanzong completely.


    Li Chongzhen didn''t take much precautions against the enthusiastic Zhu Zizhen. After Zhu Zizhen knew the existence of this inheritance treasure, he began to covet it.


    Zhu Zizhen made a sneak attack on Li Chongzhen, but he still didn''t leave him. He dragged his seriously injured body away.


    After Li Chongzhen escaped, he was so unlucky that he ran into the white lion demon king.


    As a monster, if you encounter a seriously injured human friar, the result is needless to say.


    The white lion demon king killed Li Chongzhen and took the inheritance treasure.


    Unfortunately, as a monster, the white lion demon king is not human. Naturally, he cannot inherit this inheritance treasure, so he can only save it temporarily.


    Later, the white lion demon king entered the dead sand sea, besieged the fifth level great power, failed, and seriously escaped back to the Gobi.


    The white lion demon king sits in his nest, and the inheritance treasure is naturally in his nest.


    After hundreds of years, feihongzong didn''t know where to get the news. Then, what happened before.


    Fei hongzong said he was the overlord of the endless sand sea. In fact, he was just a golden pill sect. If it were not for the care of the true emperor Tianzhu, he might not be able to dominate the cultivation world and sit on the throne of the endless sand sea.


    You know, the ruler before the endless sand sea was the Zijin sect of Yuanshen sect.


    For hundreds of years, what feihongzong has been pursuing is to go further and become a real overlord.


    In these hundreds of years, feihongzong pursued hard and exhausted all his thoughts, but he could not achieve this goal.


    Feihongzong has been longing for the inheritance of Zijin sect, in order to make up for the shortcomings of his own inheritance, hoping to cultivate a true king of Yuanshen.


    Unfortunately, Feihong sect has never been inherited by Zijin sect.


    The last time the small world of Zijin sect was opened, it was originally the best opportunity for Feihong sect. However, due to the distraction of Zhu Zizhen, the immortal Jindan of Feihong sect had to flee in a hurry.


    Now, the inheritance of chongxuanzong, which is far better than that of Zijin school, has emerged. Even if feihongzong did his best, no matter how much he paid, he must seize it.


    No wonder, the Feihong sect couldn''t even care about Taiyi gate, and even the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun was put aside.


    After listening to an Muran''s story, Meng Zhang understood the reason why feihongzong made every effort to attack the crow nest, and why feihongzong''s army behaved so crazy.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang asked an Muran where he got the information.


    This kind of thing is related to the inheritance of Yuanshen sect. Feihong sect will naturally keep it secret.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t despise the dark hall. With its current strength, he can at most inquire into some peripheral intelligence of Feihong sect. It''s impossible to get access to this top secret.


    An''s silent answer was not beyond Meng Zhang''s imagination.


    After getting the order from Tianzhu Zhenjun from immortal Jinli that feihongzong was looking for an opportunity to get rid of Mobei Qi family, taiyimen tried every means to contact Mobei Qi family secretly.


    Although taiyimen and feihongzong attacked Mobei Qi family together last time, it greatly damaged Mobei Qi family''s vitality.


    But now, facing the common threat, the two forces have successfully connected the line.


    Taiyimen has long tipped off the Qi family in Mobei and set about establishing a secret channel to secretly support the Qi family.


    Just two days ago, Mobei Qi family passed on the beginning and end of feihongzong''s action to Taiyi gate through that secret channel.


    Hearing that the intelligence source was Mobei Qi family, Meng Zhang was stunned at first, and then sneered: "if so, Mobei Qi family is really a good abacus."


    Meng Zhang remembered that the Mobei Qi family was determined to attack the crow''s nest first when the three allied forces attacked the Gobi, and even didn''t hesitate to quarrel with Feihong sect.


    It seems that at that time, Mobei Qi family already knew the whereabouts of the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong.


    Mobei Qi family went for the inheritance treasure.


    These great forces with a long history indeed have many secrets. I don''t know when Mobei Qi family knew such important information.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s warning, the frail Mobei Qi family knew that they could not resist Feihong Zong, so they threw out this information to distract Feihong Zong''s attention.


    Mobei Qi family''s move brought disaster to the East, successfully achieved its goal, led the attack direction of Feihong sect to the crow nest, and let the family get rid of the crisis temporarily.


    Fei hongzong took so long to start. He should be trying to find a way to verify the authenticity of this information.


    By means of feihongzong, with such a clear direction, it should be enough to prove the authenticity of the information.


    In the face of the goal that the whole sect has been longing for for for hundreds of years, Feihong sect finally couldn''t stand the temptation.

 Chapter 500

    Mobei Qi family deliberately revealed the news that chongxuanzong inherited the treasure, which is the yangmou of chiguoguo.


    Even if Fei hongzong knew the calculations of Mobei Qi family, he would be desperate to rob them.


    As for why Fei hongzong didn''t wipe out Mobei Qi family and Taiyi gate first, and then go to destroy the crow nest and seize the treasure. I''m afraid feihongzong is also worried about long dreams.


    In the face of the clan''s hard pursuit of the goal for hundreds of years, feihongzong must not lose this time. He must seize it.


    Taiyimen and Mobei Qijia, in contrast, are simply insignificant and easily put aside by Feihong sect.


    If the delay is too long and other competitors are attracted, it will be a big trouble.


    Meng Zhang also admired Mobei Qi''s decision. At the critical moment, he was willing to throw out such a bait that feihongzong could not refuse.


    Of course, when the family is facing the extinction crisis, what kind of inheritance treasure is no longer important.


    As long as the family can escape the fate of destruction, I''m afraid it will pay any price.


    Mobei Qi family now revealed the news to taiyimen, which is also ill intentioned.


    The opposition between taiyimen and feihongzong can''t hide from Mobei Qi family.


    If Feihong sect gets the inheritance treasure of Chongxuan sect, complements the inheritance and makes great progress in strength, I''m afraid the life of Taiyi sect will be even harder.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang will find a way to stop Feihong sect and even fight for it.


    Mobei Qi family is really good at calculating. If they throw out such a news, they can sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight.


    Feihongzong fought with taiyimen, and Mobei Qi family was temporarily relieved.


    Mobei Qi family is not a good thing, but Meng Zhang clearly has seen through Mobei Qi family''s calculations and still has to enter the game.


    Of course, even if we want to stop feihongzong, Meng Zhang should think about what to do. It''s best to try to avoid direct conflict with Feihong sect, so that Feihong sect can return in vain.


    After an Muran reported to Meng Zhang, seeing Meng Zhang''s face showing a look of thinking, he hesitated and told Meng Zhang another thing.


    It turned out that when Li Chongzhen, who had been loyal to Xuanzong, fled to the endless sand sea, he also accepted a registered disciple.


    This named disciple is the one who settled down.


    Li Chongzhen didn''t take it as a major event, so he didn''t tell Zhu Zizhen.


    Later, after the news that Li Chongzhen was chased and killed by the Zijin sect spread, the registered disciple dared not reveal the origin of his apprenticeship.


    At that time, Zijin sect was still the overlord of endless sand sea, and Feihong sect was just a vassal of Zijin sect. Settling down is just one of the many humble Xiuzhen families in the endless sand sea.


    Before sitting down, the registered disciple of Li Chongzhen did not dare to leave the inheritance from Li Chongzhen directly in his home.


    He left inheritance and arrangement outside in the name of a casual practitioner.


    Among the descendants who settled down in the future, only by passing the test left by him can they be inherited.


    The last time an Xiaoran and an silently returned to the territory of Feihong sect, they were almost caught in order to obtain this inheritance.


    The settled grandparents who left behind the inheritance, especially the settled descendants who obtained the inheritance, must not disclose his origin.


    When they returned to Taiyi gate with inheritance, it was just when Meng Zhang jiedan returned.


    They told Meng Zhang all the skills they had obtained, but they didn''t disclose the origin of the ancestor.


    After saying this, an Muran seemed to finally breathe a sigh of relief and asked Meng Zhang for forgiveness.


    Meng Zhang smiled and didn''t take it to heart.


    The grandfather who settled down was so careful to protect the family. Of course, he would never have thought that the Zijin sect, which had dominated the endless sand sea, had completely disappeared after hundreds of years.


    As for the little secret kept by the settled brothers and sisters, it is not worth mentioning.


    In the cultivation world, every cultivator has a little secret more or less. Even if he is close to his father and son, he will not disclose it easily.


    To tell secrets, Meng Zhang has more secrets.


    He never revealed the secret that he was a transgressor. Even the secret of entering the place of taiyimen trial has been kept in his heart.


    Meng Zhang can understand the thoughts of his sister and brother. However, he casually knocked an Muran for a few words.


    The settled ancestor who was accepted as a registered disciple by Li qiangzhen did not get much inheritance from Li qiangzhen. For various reasons, he was just a monk in the later stage of foundation construction, and he didn''t even break through the golden elixir period.


    Of course, even if the yuan God Zhenjun gives a few casual instructions, the value is immeasurable. Moreover, he was taught several skills.


    For the inheritance treasure of Xuanzong, the settled ancestor once heard Li qiangzhen mention it. He recorded it in the information he left to future generations.


    The treasure passed down is called Wan Chongfeng. When there is no sacrifice, it looks like a palm sized mountain toy.


    To sacrifice this treasure, you need to place it on the third level spirit pulse with the help of the earth pulse.


    Once sacrificed, Wanchong peak will turn into a series of real peaks and stand on the earth.


    This numerous mountain peaks build a special large array, which has the wonderful function of trapping and confusing the enemy, and can not be broken easily.


    Hearing an Muran say this, Meng Zhang''s heart moved and thought of one thing.


    Behind the dark crow demon''s nest, there are many continuous peaks, forming a long mountain range.


    At the beginning, when he tried to attack the crow''s nest with Gu yuehuai butterfly and fallen leaf immortal, he vaguely felt that the numerous peaks were very extraordinary.


    He once used the broken delusion method to see the numerous peaks from a distance, but he could not see through them all the time.


    At that time, he thought it was the arrangement left by the white lion demon king.


    The fourth order monster is called a demon king, juxtaposed with the human God Zhenjun. With his cultivation in the golden elixir period, he can''t see through these arrangements naturally.


    Now when an Muran mentioned this, Meng Zhang thought that the numerous peaks were transformed by Wan Chongfeng.


    The white lion demon king is at least a fourth-order monster. Even if he can''t refine wanchongfeng completely, I''m afraid it''s not impossible to sacrifice it.


    After Meng Zhang sent Anmo away, he immediately flew to the crow''s nest and looked carefully at the mountains in the distance.


    With a definite view in his mind, Meng Zhang saw more and more, and found that the numerous peaks could really be transformed by the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong.


    In his eyes of breaking delusion, the numerous peaks revealed layers of light.


    I just don''t know Mobei Qi family and Feihong sect, and do you know the details of Wan Chongfeng.


    Meng Zhang habitually took a look at the war. I found that I had left for such a short period of time, and the war situation had changed again.


    Perhaps feihongzong is also worried about what will happen and is unwilling to delay too long. So let the disciples of the door consume all the arrangements left by the white lion demon king at the cost of their lives.


    In the eyes of the high level of Feihong sect, low-level disciples can sacrifice when necessary.


    Don''t think that the cultivation of low-level disciples is too low to play a big role.


    In fact, as long as low-level disciples form an array and have the power of the array to help, they can also defeat the strong with the weak and play a great role.


    As a well-known large-scale war law array, feihongzong''s quadrupole town Yue array really deserves its great name.


    With the help of this dharma array, many disciples forcibly consumed many of the enemy''s strength and killed countless monsters.


    Of course, feihongzong also paid a great loss.


    Two of the four stone tablets that served as the fulcrum of the Falun were destroyed during the war. The lower level disciples were even more seriously killed and injured.


    With the great sacrifice of low-level disciples, flying stone immortal, flying general immortal and Wu Mingwei were able to free their hands and forcibly break the crow nest.


    In particular, the three golden elixirs took out several powerful third-order runes and some items similar to tianleizi, which played a great role in the battle.


    Meng Zhang, who was watching the war in the distance, was envious.


    Fei hongzong really has a deep foundation. At the critical moment, he can still take out some things to press the bottom of the box.


    If Gu yuehuai butterfly and fallen leaf immortal were here at the beginning, he could take out so many killer maces and sacrifice most Taiyi disciples, I''m afraid he would have broken the crow nest long ago.


    Even at the level of Jindan immortal, you still have to fight for your family during the war.


    Unfortunately, there is a great shortage of third-order items in Taiyi gate.


    The poisonous sand demon saw that the crow''s nest could not be held, and roared and jumped on a third-order warship in the air.


    The third-order warship was blown up by it, and it was also seriously injured by the power of warship explosion.


    The flying general took the opportunity to kill the poison sand demon on the spot.


    The dark crow demon will be entangled by the flying stone immortal and has no time to help.


    With the spirit of dark crow demon, we should work hard with human friars at this time. I don''t know what''s going on, the dark crow demon will fight and take a blow, throw down his nest, turn around and escape, and fly to the heavy mountain in the rear.


    Immortal Feishi said hello. Immortal feijiang and Wu Mingwei followed him and chased the dark crow demon general into the mountains.


    The war situation changed so fast that Meng Zhang had no time to respond.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s original idea, taiyimen tried not to have a direct conflict with Feihong sect, but secretly helped the dark crow demon to resist Feihong sect.


    If there is no way to support the dark crow demon general, you can also secretly inform the huoyun sect.


    Huoyun sect has been trying to capture the endless sand sea for so many years. A large part of its purpose is to seize the inheritance of the original Zijin sect.


    If the news that chongxuanzong inherits the treasure in the crow''s nest is spread, the huoyun sect will try its best to seize it. Even if you can''t succeed, you will try your best to hinder Feihong sect and won''t let Feihong sect succeed.


    But looking at the current situation, the crow nests have been broken. The three golden elixirs of Fei hongzong chased the dark crow demon and killed them into the mountains.


    I''m afraid the dark crow demon will be killed soon. The inheritance treasure of Chongxuan sect will also fall into the hands of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang will never watch this happen. He must try his best to stop it.

 Chapter 501

    Meng Zhang secretly made up his mind that even if he tried to tear his face with Feihong Zong this time, he must stop Feihong Zong and not let Feihong Zong achieve his wish.


    Fei hongzong was already far more powerful than Taiyi gate and was eyeing it. If we let Feihong sect get the inheritance left by Chongxuan sect, it would be great.


    At that time, I''m afraid there will be no place for taiyimen in the endless sand sea.


    It''s too late to contact huoyun sect now. Meng Zhang has to fight naked.


    It''s a bit lonely to rely on him alone. Facing the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect, they can''t play a big role.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and came up with a crooked idea.


    At this time, the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect chased the dark crow demon and broke into the mountains.


    Some of the friars of feihongzong are resting in place, and some are dispersing the demons and beasts staying nearby to keep them away from here.


    He greeted those Taiyi disciples who were still monitoring the battle situation of Feihong sect nearby and asked them to return to Xiongshi mountain immediately.


    Meng Zhang showed his Hongguang Dun method, went all out and flew to Xiongshi mountain as fast as possible.


    The Hongguang Dun method is indeed a superior Dun method that is good at speed. Meng Zhang''s figure turned into a rainbow and flashed across the sky.


    The lion ridge and the crow nest are four or five thousand miles apart. It took him half a day to get back to Xiongshi ridge.


    After returning to Xiongshi mountain, he couldn''t even adjust his breath, so he quickly summoned his eldest disciple Niu Dawei.


    He asked Niu Dawei to summon all the elite disciples of Taiyi sect stationed there as soon as possible. Then they gathered the Taiyi disciples in xiongshiling and immediately rushed to the vicinity of the crow nest.


    All the disciples are ready for battle. They are not allowed to move lightly without their own orders. As soon as he gave the order, he immediately launched a fierce attack on the friar army of Feihong sect.


    Now there are many flying boats at Taiyi gate. Even if Xiongshi mountain is far away from the endless sand sea, it is very convenient to mobilize disciples. It won''t take much time to gather the main force of taiyimen.


    Of course, this is only Meng Zhang''s first-hand preparation in advance. He would not order the disciples of Taiyi sect to attack unless he had to.


    After ordering Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang adjusted his breath a little and went to see Qin Hongying.


    After knowing Qin Hongying''s temperament, Meng Zhang basically didn''t take the initiative to contact her except when he routinely asked her to go around outside the crow''s nest.


    Meng Zhang, as the master of Xiongshi mountain, Qin Hongying apparently maintained some respect for him.


    After seeing Qin Hongying, Meng Zhang didn''t bother. He went straight to the point and told the whole story of Feihong sect''s attack on crow''s nest.


    Meng Zhang is completely honest and has nothing to hide. But when it comes to the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong, it exaggerates a few words.


    Among the treasures of inheritance, there are all the inheritance of chongxuanzong, as well as many treasures collected by chongxuanzong, needless to say, such as pills, magic tools, heaven and earth spirits.


    At the beginning of Meng Zhang''s story, Qin Hongying was still indifferent. However, when Meng Zhang talked about the inheritance of the supreme treasure of Xuanzong, she was finally moved.


    Chongxuanzong is not an ordinary Xiuzhen sect in central earth, but a famous Yuanshen sect. Its reputation has spread far and wide. Even on the side of Jiuqu League, many well-informed monks have heard of it.


    Qin Hongying is not an ignorant person. On the contrary, she is old, experienced and knowledgeable.


    She not only heard of the great name of chongxuanzong, but also knew a little about chongxuanzong.


    As far as she knows, chongxuanzong has a brilliant inheritance and is unique in alchemy, refining utensils and so on. In particular, chongxuanzong has several unique pills, which are very helpful for friars to break through the pass.


    The reason why Qin Hongying accepted Meng Zhang''s employment and served as the guest Secretary of Taiyi for 30 years is that she has no hope of making a breakthrough because her life will be exhausted.


    On the surface, she seems to have accepted her fate, but she has always been deeply unwilling in her heart.


    A friar like her will not be willing to wait for the time of death.


    Now listening to Meng Zhang''s talk about the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong, she felt moved and regarded it as the last chance given by God.


    She is now the peak cultivation in the early stage of Jindan. If she can gain something from the inheritance of Xuanzong, maybe she can break through to the middle stage of Jindan.


    After entering the middle of the golden elixir, Shouyuan increased for decades at least and hundreds of years at most.


    For Qin Hongying, who has not many years to live, this sudden opportunity is her last straw. She will never let go.


    After Meng Zhang finished speaking, before he could continue to encourage, Qin Hongying took the initiative to rob the inheritance treasure of Xuanzong.


    Even, she was afraid that Meng Zhang was afraid of the power of Feihong sect and did not dare to rob him. She promised a lot of benefits to Meng Zhang and herself.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that Qin Hongying would be so easily persuaded. She was so impatient that she couldn''t even see the calmness of the golden elixir.


    Of course, this is just right. It saves him a lot of time.


    Qin Hongying promised many benefits. The most realistic thing is to eliminate the large amount of resources that taiyimen has not paid to the Qin family.


    Meng Zhang impolitely accepted the benefits that could be obtained immediately, and soon reached an offensive and defensive alliance with her.


    Facing such a strong enemy as feihongzong, none of them is sure to deal with it alone.


    If they want to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth, they must work together to have a chance of victory.


    Qin Hongying makes some preparations and will set out with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang called the Jijian God general and asked him to go on the road with himself.


    The polar sword God general should not be a boastful figure. He once said that he can make several attacks with the power of the golden elixir.


    In this case, Meng Zhang regarded the Jijian God as a small half of the golden elixir immortal.


    Qin Hongying was puzzled by Meng Zhang''s insistence on bringing a friar in the foundation period.


    But now Meng Zhang still needs to do it, and she doesn''t care about these insignificant things. But secretly despised in my heart. There was no one in Taiyi gate. In the face of the battle at the golden elixir level, I actually took the friars in the foundation period to make up for it.


    When they were ready, they set off.


    Hongguang Dun method can lead people to fly. Meng Zhang wrapped the extreme sword God General in dunguang, and the speed was not affected at all.


    Qin Hongying and Meng Zhang galloped all the way. It took half a day to get outside the crow''s nest.


    The friars of Fei hongzong are resting near the broken crow nest.


    They didn''t want to waste time on these monks. They bypassed them and approached the heavy mountain from the side.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying have two choices.


    Or break into the middle of this heavy mountain and join the snatch directly. Or wait here quietly, wait for the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect to get the treasure, and then they grab it.

 Chapter 502

    After a brief discussion with Qin Hongying, Meng Zhang chose them to break in and stop friar Feihong from seizing the treasure, which can avoid this situation.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang found that after the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect entered these mountains, many of them disappeared, and more of them became scarred and broken.


    According to an Muran, the numerous peaks transformed by Wan Chongfeng, a treasure, can trap and confuse the enemy. But in terms of attack and defense, it seems that they are not very outstanding.


    It''s almost a day since the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect broke into it. If they continue to delay, they may really succeed.


    Qin Hongying and Meng Zhang''s only chance to win is to make a surprise attack when the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect break through Wan Chongfeng and consume too much energy on the dark crow demon.


    Only when they are weak can they make up for the huge gap in strength.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang, Qin Hongying and Meng Zhang broke into the mountains ahead.


    Qin Hongying and Meng Zhang broke in side by side, and the Jijian God followed Meng Zhang.


    Since leaving Xiongshi mountain, Jijian God general has not said a word, but followed Meng Zhang silently.


    After breaking into the mountains, the three felt a flower in front of them, and the scene in front of them changed greatly.


    Surrounded by layers of thick fog, not only covered the three people''s five senses, but also the immortal Jindan''s mind could not extend too far in the fog.


    At this time, the heavy peaks that originally stood on the ground actually floated in the air and moved slowly along a certain track.


    In the fog, these peaks appear and disappear from time to time, which makes people can''t see clearly.


    If the three of Meng Zhang are Meng Zhang, they have a good inheritance and strong foundation. Qin Hongying''s accomplishments are profound and knowledgeable. They didn''t spend much time knowing what to do.


    They shot almost at the same time.


    The blazing sun sword rose in the air, like a hot sun, falling heavily to a looming mountain in front.


    Qin Hongying''s leading crutch turned into a black dragon, flew into the air and jumped at the same target.


    A curtain of light rose above the heavy mountain to block Meng Zhang''s blazing sun sword.


    The blazing sun sword made a sudden force and cut through the light curtain.


    Then the Dragon transformed by the dragon head crutch came and directly hit the mountain.


    After the explosion, the heavy mountain shook violently, and several deep cracks appeared on it.


    If it is an ordinary mountain peak, immortal Jindan can turn it into powder with one blow at will.


    The mountain was hit by Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying, but the damage was not too heavy.


    At this time, Meng Zhang completely determined that this numerous mountain peak was indeed the treasure of chongxuanzong.


    Although Qin Hongying didn''t get information about Wan Chongfeng from Meng Zhang, she can still find many problems with her old and spicy.


    They didn''t speak, and they continued to shoot with a very tacit understanding.


    After several attacks, the heavy mountain was broken. The surrounding fog also subsided, revealing a big blank.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying continued to move forward and kept shooting at the mountain in front all the way.


    Flying all the way, the two shot for many times, leaving behind them mountain debris and a broken small half of the mountain.


    As they moved forward, the thick fog dissipated continuously.


    The traces left by the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect have pointed out the way forward for them.


    Their goal is to move towards the central position surrounded by mountains.


    Wan Chongfeng, an inheritance treasure, really only has the ability to trap and confuse the enemy, and has little lethality. The defensive power is average and does not exceed the limit of the golden elixir real person.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying took a lot of effort to get through the obstacles and come to the center.


    In front, there is a tall mountain standing there. The towering peaks stand out like chickens.


    Around some small peaks, like the stars and the moon, revolve around the mountain.


    Above the main peak, there is a huge palace, occupying almost half of the peak.


    Meng Zhangyun looked at the dark crow demon at this time.


    A huge dark crow guarded the gate of the palace and was fighting to stop the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect.


    On the square at the gate of the palace, there were all kinds of monster bodies.


    The corpses of these monsters who have just died still exude a strong smell and strong evil spirit.


    These dead monsters are the best of the second-order monsters. Some of the strong ones are very close to the third-order monsters.


    Meng Zhang was surprised. He didn''t expect that the dark crow demon would hide such a power in this place.


    If these monsters are placed outside, the strength of the dark crow demon will expand dozens of times.


    If Meng Zhang had known that the dark crow demon would have such a hand, he might not have the confidence to occupy Xiongshi mountain.


    But now, such a powerful force is completely lost in the hands of the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect.


    Fei hongzong''s attack on the crow''s nest cost him a lot.


    The only two third-order warships in the door were completely damaged. A light trauma ship is still outside.


    The disciples of the sect have suffered numerous deaths and injuries, including many friars in the foundation period.


    Among the three golden elixir immortals who rushed here, the flying general immortals looked seriously injured and were sitting aside to regulate their breath.


    Flying stone immortal takes Wu Mingwei to attack the dark crow demon general.


    The dark crow demon was scarred and his limbs were incomplete. It seems that it won''t last long.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying looked at each other and understood each other''s meaning.


    If you don''t do it again, when the dark crow demon will die, you won''t have a chance to win.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying rushed directly, crossed the not short distance in front and came directly to the vicinity of the main peak.


    The small peaks revolving around the main peak should have played a role in protecting the main peak and blocking foreign enemies. But before, when the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect broke in, they either destroyed or severely damaged these small peaks.


    Most of the remaining small peaks are broken, and a few are relatively intact. They can''t gather into an array, so they can''t play a great defensive role at all.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying passed through the gaps between these small peaks, flew into the main peak and came to the broad square outside the palace gate.


    The real flying general who has been meditating and regulating his breath is very vigilant and reacts immediately.


    He sacrificed a huge sword and cut it at Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying.


    Meng Zhang didn''t knot Dan for a long time, but his combat effectiveness is not weaker than many old Jindan real people. Even if it is intended to hide its clumsiness, it still shows extraordinary combat effectiveness.


    Qin Hongying, who has the peak cultivation in the early stage of the golden elixir, is even more powerful. He has experienced many battles and is extremely old. Once he makes a move, he poses a great threat to the flying general.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying have no intention of mercy. The two joined hands, but one face to face, they forced feijiang to the disadvantage.


    The flying general shouted, "Meng Zhang, dare you. I have to level your Taiyi gate."


    They have already started to fight. What else dare you. As for the threat of flattening Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang will not take it to heart.


    If you don''t stop it and really wait for Feihong sect to get the inheritance of Chongxuan sect, it will be the disaster of Taiyi sect.


    The flying general was seriously injured and was jointly attacked by Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying. However, in a short time, there were dangers and they were about to be overwhelmed.


    The flying stone immortal who is attacking the dark crow demon will certainly not watch the flying general in danger.


    He pointed with one hand, a spirit instrument in the form of a mountain, which was originally holding the dark crow demon general. Driven by him, he pressed Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying.


    The friars in the middle of Jindan were really extraordinary. Once they made a move, they suppressed Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying.


    This mountain peak is the holy weapon of flying stone immortal. It has been nurtured by him for many years and contains great power.


    The two of them face the peak above their heads and feel great pressure coming on them.


    As soon as the dragon''s head crutch and two flying swords took off into the air, they desperately resisted the falling mountains.


    The dark crow demon general, who was already on the verge of death, saw that immortal Feishi was distracted. The war situation turned around. He tried his last spare power to get rid of the suppression of immortal Feishi and was about to flee to the palace.


    Wu Mingwei, who was not long after jiedan, was the weakest and was not paid much attention by the dark crow demon. But seeing that the dark crow demon was about to escape, it broke out immediately.


    An iron whip in his hand suddenly glowed and waved hard at the head of the dark crow demon general.


    A sect with a long history and profound heritage has this advantage. Wu Mingwei just finished his pill, and a useful third-order magic weapon was given in the door.


    Where is Meng Zhang so hard to force? After the pill, in order to find a suitable magic instrument, we have to search everywhere and spend a lot of effort, but we may not be able to achieve our wish.


    The dark crow demon could not dodge and was hit heavily on the head by an iron whip.


    With the shrill scream, the dark crow demon split most of his skull and sprayed blood everywhere.


    The dark crow demon would fight for the last point of strength, and the whole incomplete body rushed into the palace.


    After this long-standing attack, Wu Mingwei also stopped to breathe.


    It''s the real flying general. Because the real flying stone suppressed Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying, he temporarily vacated his hand.


    Seeing that the flying stone immortal has shot, the flying general will no longer pay attention to the two enemies in front of him, but chase the dark crow demon and rush into the palace.


    The three golden elixir immortal Fei hongzong did not know that Wan Chongfeng was the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong.


    As long as Wan Chongfeng turns into a heavy mountain, it is easy and difficult to move after landing. As long as you control the pivot, you can slowly refine this treasure.


    It''s even more impossible for them to know.


    The three of them took it for granted that the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong should be on the dark crow demon general.


    The white lion demon king captured the treasure from Li Chongzhen because he was a monster and could not use it. After the white lion demon king died, his remains were buried near the crow nest. All its heritage naturally fell into the hands of the dark crow demon general.


    The dark crow demon general, who was already seriously injured and dying, should die soon after being hit by Wu Mingwei.


    The flying general was so angry that he almost scolded Meng Zhang. They can barely resist immortal Feishi by working together. How can they stop such a master in the middle of the golden elixir by themselves now.


    What a damn old woman, you shouldn''t expect anything from her.


    When Qin Hongying''s body appeared again, it was beside the palace gate.


    Without any pause, she chased the real man into the room.


    Immortal Feishi is suppressing Meng Zhang and Wu Mingwei is breathing back. They didn''t have time to stop her.


    As soon as immortal Feishi''s face changed, he sacrificed the spirit weapon in the shape of the mountain and fixed Meng Zhang firmly in place.


    Ignoring further attacks on Meng Zhang, he would rush into the palace.


    A shrill scream came from the palace.


    With the sound of bursts of air waves and explosions, Qin Hongying''s whole body flew upside down from inside and kept shouting: "it''s impossible. Why aren''t you dead?"


    Qin Hongying''s body hasn''t landed yet. The flying general throws the real body out of it.


    After their bodies fell to the ground, they were spitting blood in their mouths. Obviously, they were seriously injured.


    Especially the real flying general, his left arm disappeared, and the blood gushed at the fracture.


    Immortal Feishi stopped moving forward, took back the life spirit tool that suppressed Meng Zhang, and looked seriously at the palace.

 Chapter 503

    As immortal Feishi took back his life artifact, Meng Zhang got rid of the situation of being suppressed for the time being. But there was no joy on his face. Instead, he looked at the palace with a solemn face.


    Wu Mingwei threw out a healing talisman after returning Qi.


    The talisman fell on the flying general and turned into a green light into his body.


    The flying general immortal whose injury was barely controlled quickly swallowed the pill and used his kung fu to heal the injury.


    Qin Hongying''s injury is much lighter than that of the flying general. With such a cushion, she has stood up.


    However, the fear on her face remained and she stared at the front.


    The change came quickly and didn''t make people wait long.


    A huge white lion rose slowly from the top of the palace and looked down at the people from above.


    "White lion demon king." immortal Feishi said the name almost word by word.


    "How could it be so? Didn''t you die long ago?" Wu Mingwei was almost as flustered as Qin Hongying.


    It''s probably because the newborn calf is not afraid of tigers. Among all the people present, Meng Zhang is the youngest and the least afraid of the white lion demon king.


    When the white lion demon king crossed the endless sand sea, his fierce reputation was widely known, almost everyone knew it, and even stopped children''s crying at night.


    But that was hundreds of years ago. At that time, the overlord of endless sand sea was Zijin sect.


    Older monks such as Qin Hongying and immortal Feishi still remember the evil deeds of the white lion demon king.


    In their hearts, the white lion demon king is still the demon king of that generation.


    In Meng Zhang''s generation, the white lion demon king is already a legendary monster, basically just a symbol.


    Meng Zhang subconsciously raised his false magic eye and carefully looked at the huge white lion virtual shadow.


    Although not completely see through each other, the income is limited. But the information he got was enough to offset his fear.


    "Don''t panic, this big guy is in the wrong state."


    In fact, there is no need for Meng Zhang to remind. Everyone has found this problem.


    Even Qin Hongying, who was almost frightened just now, soon saw the details of the opposite.


    The empty shadow of the white lion opposite, although it looks terrible, can easily surpass the golden elixir immortal present. However, if you observe carefully, you will find that the other party has a feeling of being strong in the outside and weak in the middle.


    The white lion demon king in a complete state is a fourth-order monster that can rival the yuan God Zhenjun. With a little strength, you can crush all the golden elixirs present like crushing small insects.


    But now, there is momentum in the air, but there is no power to match it.


    At that time, if Qin Hongying and the flying general didn''t have enough defense and suddenly made a sneak attack, it might not be able to easily hurt them.


    Immortal Feishi has the highest cultivation and the most poisonous vision. He has seen through the details of each other.


    "Just a remnant soul. If you don''t honestly wait for death, you dare to jump out and make waves. You really don''t know whether to live or die."


    It seemed to be angered by the words of immortal Feishi. The white lion''s virtual shadow roared, which made everyone''s ears buzzing.


    "The dark crow, who can''t even do a little thing well, let you break into here."


    "Now that you''re here, don''t go. Go underground to accompany the waste crow."


    In the sound like thunder, the white lion''s virtual shadow shot directly.


    The overwhelming air waves fiercely rushed at everyone in the field.


    Although immortal Feishi said it easily, he didn''t dare to be careless if he really started.


    This life spirit tool flies to the top of my head and protects my whole body.


    The white lion demon king''s move is a large-area group attack skill, which envelops everyone present.


    At this time, in the face of undifferentiated attacks by strong enemies, we can no longer take into account the gratitude and resentment between each other, and only temporarily join hands with the enemy.


    So, everyone showed what they could, took out a lot of magical powers and secrets, and met the ghost of the white lion demon king.


    Of course, everyone has reservations. No fool will try his best at this time without retaining some strength.


    The five golden elixir immortals on the scene quickly entered a white hot stage against the remnant soul of the upper fourth order monster white lion demon king.


    The white lion demon king looks fierce and powerful, but in fact, he is really a bit strong.


    Hundreds of years ago, the white lion demon king entered the dead sand sea and led his men to besiege the fifth level power.


    After a great war, the third-order monster under his command suffered heavy losses, and the white lion demon king was also seriously injured and dying.


    It was not easy to escape back to his nest. The body of the white lion demon king finally couldn''t hold on, completely collapsed, and only the soul remained.


    Unlike Zhenjun, the original God of human beings, most of the abilities of the fourth order monster are in their own flesh.


    Even if the human Yuanshen Zhenjun''s flesh collapses, the Yuanshen can exist independently and retain a large part of his strength.


    A simple yuan God can be converted to a ghost fairy or embark on the path of ghosts and gods.


    But the fourth order monster doesn''t have such a good thing. After the body runs away, the power of the remnant soul is not strong, and will only decline day by day.


    Even if you want to give up and be reborn, it is difficult to find a body that can accommodate the remnant soul.


    The monster is not a Taoist friar. It is impossible to turn to a ghost fairy. As for the way of ghosts and gods, the white lion demon king is not allowed to enter.


    Seeing the ghost of the white lion demon king, it can only dissipate slowly. Fortunately, there is no unique road in the sky. The white lion demon king thought of the last road to go.


    At that time, the white lion demon king took advantage of the danger of others, killed Li Chongzhen, who was seriously injured, and seized the treasure of Wan Chongfeng.


    Wan Chongfeng is a fourth-order magic weapon. In the cultivation world, the fourth-order magic weapon is also called treasure or magic weapon.


    Third order magic tools have certain spirituality and are called spirit tools. The fourth-order magic tools, that is, treasure tools, generally have a spirit.


    Tool spirit is a special creature with intelligence and many special abilities.


    Wan Chongfeng also has an instrument spirit. But its spirit is not strong enough and is not good at fighting.


    The last way the white lion demon king came up with was to devour the spirit of Wan Chongfeng with his residual soul and take Wan Chongfeng as his new body.


    Although Wan Chongfeng''s attack power and defense power are very general, after all, it is a fourth-order magic weapon with extraordinary essence, which can fully accommodate the remnant soul of the white lion demon king.


    The remnant soul devours the spirit of the instrument, which can be greatly supplemented. With a new body, combat effectiveness can be restored by at least half.


    As long as it is completed, the white lion demon king is the demon king who dominates the country again.


    The ghost of the white lion demon king has been hiding here for hundreds of years. Its most trusted subordinate, the dark crow demon general, is responsible for guarding outside.


    With all the arrangements it left outside, and the strong dark crow demon general, it can almost stop all prying from inside and outside the Gobi.


    In order to avoid external interference, the white lion demon king kept this matter strictly confidential. It even does not hesitate to spread the news of its own death in order to confuse possible enemies.


    In addition to the dark crow demon who will guard outside, there is an elite demon guard outside the palace day and night.


    The white lion demon king, who has arranged everything properly, safely closes here and devours the spirit of wanchongfeng wholeheartedly.


    What the white lion demon king didn''t expect was that Wan Chongfeng''s weapon spirit combat effectiveness was rubbish and looked cowardly. But in fact, it is extremely difficult and tenacious.


    The white lion Demon King spent hundreds of years and could not devour it completely.


    The spirit of Wan Chongfeng has been doing all kinds of resistance to prevent the white lion demon king from achieving his plot. Even if the white lion demon king swallowed most of them, only a small part of the spirit body remained, they still tried their best to make the final resistance.


    Of course, the white lion demon king is a fourth-order monster after all. The remnant soul also has strong strength and many means.


    After hundreds of years of hard work, the spirit of wanchongfeng was about to be completely swallowed up by it.


    If there is no accident, the white lion demon king can achieve its goal in a short time.


    Unfortunately, God is not beautiful. When its success is imminent, a group of human golden elixirs unexpectedly broke through the crow nest and chased the dark crow demon all the way.


    The dark crow demon and the monster guard will all die, and only the white lion demon king will fight the enemy himself.


    The key process was interrupted, and the white lion demon king was furious.


    The most important thing is not to let these human friars leave alive.


    Otherwise, the leakage of the secret that he is still alive may attract some enemies of that year.


    In the current state of the white lion demon king, he doesn''t have much resistance to his enemies.


    The murderous white lion demon king made no reservation as soon as he shot, almost made every effort, and vowed to keep these human friars here.


    After all, the remnant soul is only the remnant soul. Without the most powerful body of the monster, the white lion demon king looks fierce and powerful, and the actual combat effectiveness is limited.


    If the five human golden elixir friars present can unite as one, join hands with the enemy wholeheartedly, not to mention defeating the white lion demon king, at least they will not be defeated.


    Unfortunately, the five people are divided into two groups. They all have evil intentions and distrust each other. Even between Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying, there has long been a gap in their hearts.


    They all hope that others can do their best to attract the attention of the white lion demon king and save their energy.


    The three golden elixirs of Fei hongzong are united. However, in order to prevent Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying, they also retained a large part of their strength and would not try their best at all.


    The five golden elixirs are too clever to work hard and hope others will bear the pressure.


    In this way, the white lion demon king, with one enemy against five, was able to press all directions and slowly gained the upper hand.


    The white lion demon king, who felt that his sword was not old, was very proud.


    While suppressing the five golden elixir real people, he still has spare no effort to pay attention to his surroundings.


    "There are two small insects."


    The white lion demon king snorted disdainfully, and a huge claw turned by the evil spirit beat it hard to the empty air on the left.


    After a series of brittle sounds of broken glass, the space seemed to have broken a big hole. The two figures flew out of it in some confusion.

 Chapter 504

    The two figures forced out by the white lion Demon King appeared in front of the people, and were recognized immediately.


    "Hong Siming, Qi Nanfei, how can you two get together?" immortal Feishi shouted.


    Neither of them paid attention to immortal Feishi, but were busy escaping the attack of the white lion demon king.


    Meng Zhang has collected information from the surrounding Jindan friars since jiedan.


    Hong Siming is a Jindan friar of the Hedong branch altar of the Huanglian sect. Meng Zhang has heard of it.


    Qi Nanfei, not to mention, Meng Zhang had many contacts with him when the three coalition forces attacked the Gobi.


    The two of them appeared together, which seemed a little unexpected at first glance. When they thought about it carefully, it was reasonable again.


    Qi Nanfei, the guy, revealed the secret of chongxuanzong''s inheritance of treasures. He had to do it.


    In addition to attracting the attention of feihongzong, there is also the purpose of provoking taiyimen to fight with feihongzong.


    For the inheritance and treasure of chongxuanzong, he must not be willing to give in in in vain.


    As for how he colluded with Hong Siming of the East Branch altar of the Huanglian sect, it is unknown.


    They sneaked here and hid aside secretly. Obviously, they wanted to catch cicadas with mantis, and the Yellow finches were behind.


    Meng Zhang can think of things, and the present Jindan friars can naturally think of things.


    Immortal Feishi snorted coldly, killing him in his eyes. However, the enemy is now big. For the time being, he doesn''t care about arguing with Qi Nanfei.


    Wang Zhi, the white lion demon, was satisfied and felt that he had foiled another plot of human friars and forced out the ambush hidden aside.


    After forcing Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming out, it immediately rolled them into the battle group.


    Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming, who knew it was difficult to get away, had to fight reluctantly.


    With one against seven, the white lion demon king was fearless and looked full of confidence.


    It''s also funny. Originally, the five golden elixirs fought against the white lion demon king together, but they fell slightly lower.


    Now there are two more golden elixirs as comrades in arms. The situation should be better.


    Unexpectedly, the addition of two golden elixir immortals is not a help, but a hindrance.


    The seven golden elixirs present only wanted to preserve their strength, and no one was willing to face the enemy honestly.


    At present, their defense against each other exceeds their attention to the white lion demon king.


    The seven people are mainly evasive. Unless they have no choice but to avoid, they will parry the attack of the white lion demon king.


    Although the seven golden elixirs still have the least sense, they don''t kill each other at this time. But between them, they are beggars for their neighbors. They want others to be the main force to resist the white lion demon king. Sometimes, they even plan others intentionally or unintentionally.


    In this case, the white lion demon king was so powerful that he almost completely pressed seven people and took the initiative.


    Among the people present, Meng Zhang was not the weakest, but he restrained his breath and did not see that he was much weaker than Wu Mingwei.


    In response to the attack of the white lion demon king, he was also the most embarrassed.


    Several times, Meng Zhang was so dangerous that he escaped the attack of the white lion demon king and was almost hit.


    Putting on a posture that was about to be unsustainable, Meng Zhang shouted, "you guys, the strong enemy is now, we shouldn''t fight inside. Let''s solve the big guy in front of us first, and then slowly discuss the ownership of the inheritance and treasure of chongxuanzong."


    "Elder Feishi, what do you think?" Meng Zhang shouted to immortal Feishi again.


    Meng Zhang''s thought of hiding strength can''t escape the vision of immortal Feishi. No matter how realistic he is, flying stone will not believe it.


    However, Meng Zhang''s words are somewhat reasonable.


    If we continue like this, we will drag each other back. At that time, if it is broken by the white lion demon king, it will become a big joke.


    Among all the people present, the flying general is actually the worst. He had been seriously injured and was attacked by the white lion demon king.


    Now it''s just dragging the body with serious injuries and holding on there reluctantly.


    If this continues, he will be the first to lose support.


    As the only friar in the middle of the golden elixir, immortal Feishi seems to be the natural leader.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, I''ll kill this Liao first, and then discuss others."


    The appeal of immortal Feishi is not comparable to that of Meng Zhang. After listening to the words of immortal Feishi, the two fellow disciples of Feihong sect don''t have to say, and the other immortal Jindan nodded and agreed one after another.


    Seeing that everyone agreed, immortal Feishi expected that when the great enemy was not eliminated, everyone still had the foundation to work together.


    As a leading figure, flying stone immortal certainly needs to make more efforts and play a leading role.


    He pinched the Jue with both hands, sacrificed his life spirit tool, the huge mountain peak, and directly crashed into the white lion demon king in the air.


    Everyone is a real Jindan. No matter their eyesight or reaction, they are first-class.


    Seeing that immortal Feishi took the lead, they also took the lead.


    This time, they each took out a lot of strength and did not continue to cheat and play tricks.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the burning sun sword and the shadow killing sword at the same time, and showed a strange positive sword formula, looking like an active attack.


    The white lion demon king, who had the upper hand, immediately felt great pressure in the face of the active attack of the seven people.


    The white lion demon king was originally a grumpy and rough temper. A group of mole ants were going to crush it, which made it angry and couldn''t suppress its anger immediately.


    The magnificent evil spirit erupted from it. It roared and waved a pair of sharp claws to its opponent fiercely.


    The huge white lion demon king was like a hill. His claws rolled up gusts of wind, like Mount Tai pressing the top, and swept to the seven golden elixirs.


    As the main force to resist the white lion demon king, immortal Feishi rushed first and became the white lion demon king. From the smell alone, Meng Zhang was the weakest among the people present.


    The white lion demon king with only the remaining ghost did not notice that Meng Zhang restrained some of his breath. He was only angry because he was offended by small insects.


    The white lion demon king made another fierce attack. The two flying swords were swept to one side. Meng Zhang''s whole body flew upside down and flew away from a distance. I don''t know where he flew.


    The white lion demon king killed a monk in the golden elixir period with one blow. The rest dared not be careless any more. They took out their killer maces and kept attacking the white lion demon king.


    Some people even look down on Meng Zhang in their hearts. At least he is also a golden elixir immortal. He is so vulnerable.


    Compared with human friars, monsters rely on their own powerful flesh.


    Even if the white lion demon king is a fourth-order monster, he will lose more than half of his strength after losing his flesh. And its residual soul is also not perfect.


    Really speaking, the real combat effectiveness of the white lion demon king may not be better than that of a monk in the later stage of the golden pill.


    It was only because several Jindan friars who besieged it had their own ghosts and their own policies that they gave it the upper hand.


    Now people are aware of its danger and led by immortal Feishi. Everyone intends to solve it first.


    Honest ones have taken out 70% of their strength, and treacherous ones have taken out 60% or 70% of their strength. Each other, no longer intentionally or unintentionally holding back, consciously began to cooperate with each other.


    At this time, the six people not only immediately reversed the situation, but also forced the white lion demon king to an absolute disadvantage.


    The situation changed suddenly. The white lion demon king hasn''t reacted yet.


    Then it became angry and became angry at once.


    The white lion demon king tried his best, but he was no longer able to reverse the situation and regain the upper hand.


    Spirit tools hit the huge white lion''s virtual shadow one by one, and the white lion''s virtual shadow kept shaking.


    The white lion demon king has fallen to the absolute disadvantage and has been weakened all the time.


    The shadow of the huge white lion became smaller and smaller, and its soul became weaker and weaker.


    "The fourth order monster is just like this."


    "Don''t be careless. Now it''s just that the falling Phoenix is not as good as the chicken. The fourth order monster still has strength."


    "A hairless Phoenix is not as good as a chicken. Isn''t that a troubled lion not even as good as a dog?"


    ¡­¡­


    The monks present were all crafty and crafty. As long as someone started, they began to ridicule the white lion demon king.


    Even knowing that these human friars deliberately angered themselves, the white lion demon king couldn''t help being angry.


    In this level of battle, anger can''t bring more power, it will only make more mistakes.


    After a hard battle, even if the white lion demon king was unwilling, he slowly lost his strength to resist.


    The virtual shadow of the huge white lion has been reduced a lot, and there is no longer the arrogant momentum when it first appeared.


    As a fourth order monster, the white lion demon king still has the Qi of a demon king. Even at the last minute, he didn''t mean to beg for mercy from these human friars. Of course, even if it is willing to beg for mercy, people may not let it go.


    On the contrary, knowing that it can not be spared today, it has the heart of fish dying and net breaking.


    The main peak at war, including many peaks outside, was transformed by Wan Chongfeng, a fourth-order inheritance tool of chongxuanzong.


    The ghost of the white lion demon king has devoured most of the spirit of Wan Chongfeng, and naturally has mastered most of the authority of this fourth-order magic weapon.


    However, Wan Chongfeng''s magic weapon is not used for attack and cutting, and its attack power and defense power are not outstanding. Originally, there was a certain ability to trap and confuse the enemy, but when you Jindan immortal broke into here, you had destroyed most of them.


    Now wanchongfeng is a kind of goods without any lethality.


    However, the fourth-order magic weapon is still a fourth-order magic weapon after all. Its level is far higher than the third-order magic weapon, and its essence is far better than the golden elixir immortal present.


    Since the white lion demon king knew that today was his death date, the beast drove away the remaining reason and was fierce. Even if he died here, he could not make the enemy feel better. He had to drag the enemy on the road.

 Chapter 505

    The white lion demon king showed a determined color on his face, seized an opportunity and exploded the remnant soul without hesitation.


    I saw the huge white lion''s virtual shadow shrink suddenly, and then suddenly burst open.


    After all, after so long consumption, the power of the remnant soul has been very limited. At best, it is better than the self explosion of ordinary Jindan real people.


    However, the white lion demon king not only blew up his own ghost, but also detonated the fourth-order magic weapon from the core by using his control over Wan Chongfeng.


    The huge palace below suddenly exploded with the self explosion of the ghost of the white lion demon king.


    The violent air waves spewed out towards the four directions and eight methods, and the terrible lethality directly fell on the golden elixir immortal present.


    As the main force to resist the white lion demon king, flying stone immortal bears the brunt.


    Whether he wanted it or not, he helped others resist the wave at this time.


    His original life artifact, the huge mountain, shook violently in the explosion, and then was immediately blown into several pieces and flew out.


    This life''s spirit weapon was destroyed. Immortal Feishi gushed a mouthful of blood and collapsed to the ground powerlessly.


    The violent waves swept all directions, shaking all the golden elixirs present.


    Wu Mingwei, who is behind immortal Feishi, forcibly resists the power of the explosion and wants to take care of immortal Feishi.


    With the explosion of the palace, countless light clusters flew out of it and flew in all directions.


    Wan Chongfeng is a rare space magic weapon. There is a huge independent space in it.


    All the inheritance of chongxuanzong and all kinds of treasures are hidden in the deepest space.


    In addition to the owner of Wan Chongfeng, a fourth-order magic weapon, others can only get these inheritance and treasures unless they completely crack the mystery of space and enter the innermost layer.


    The white lion demon king has never completely swallowed the spirit of Wan Chongfeng, nor has he completely mastered this fourth-order magic weapon, so he can''t get these things naturally.


    However, it now forcibly detonates wanchongfeng, and those items hidden in the deepest part of space eject one after another and fly away in all directions.


    The golden elixir real people present were all crafty and crafty people, and their eyesight was not bad. They soon found the uniqueness of these light groups.


    They were about to collect these light masses when they suddenly felt that the ground began to shake violently and the main peak under their feet had begun to collapse.


    Wan Chongfeng is detonated, and the independent space inside will naturally collapse.


    However, the collapse of this level is not achieved overnight, but has a process.


    Before the complete collapse of space, people still have time to collect these flying light masses.


    Qin Hongying, the old woman, reacted the fastest. She jumped up and flew into the air. She was going to capture a light mass not far ahead.


    When she just flew into the sky, she suddenly screamed, and a deep bone wound appeared on her body.


    Originally, with the slow collapse of this independent space, many large and small space cracks have begun to appear around.


    Once you accidentally rub these space cracks, even the real Jindan will inevitably be injured. If you have bad luck, you may even worry about your life.


    Qin Hongying''s experience didn''t scare others. They all flew into the sky and chased these light groups.


    Even Qin Hongying herself handled her injury a little and flew away.


    The flying stone immortal with the highest cultivation among the people was seriously injured due to the destruction of his life''s spiritual weapon. He didn''t catch up with those light groups in time.


    He waved to Wu Mingwei.


    "Don''t worry about me. Go after those things. There should be the inheritance of chongxuanzong. It''s related to the future of our Feihong sect. We must not fall into the hands of others."


    Seeing Wu Mingwei hesitant, he shouted, "I can take good care of myself. Go quickly."


    Wu Mingwei nodded his head, immediately flew into the sky and chased him.


    The flying general forced down the injury and flew into the sky to chase those light groups.


    The mountain collapsed and the flying stone immortal couldn''t stay in place.


    He released a talisman, released a light shield to protect himself, then struggled to fly up and slowly left the main peak.


    Besides Meng Zhang, he took the initiative to attack the white lion demon king, of course, not to show off, let alone to help everyone against the enemy.


    Facing his active attack, the white lion demon king gave him a heavy blow as expected.


    Taking the opportunity of this heavy blow, Meng Zhang flew away from the battlefield and pretended to be seriously injured and dying.


    In fact, Meng Zhang didn''t mean anything else. He just wanted to save some energy and avoid fighting. He also didn''t think that with such a clumsy means of pretending to be dead, he could hide from the golden elixir immortal present.


    He was still lying on the ground pretending to be dead, and a series of accidents happened later.


    Seeing all kinds of light flying all over the sky, he wanted to seize it. He felt a little confused about where to start.


    Suddenly, his heart moved, and a feeling of happiness welled up in his heart.


    He no longer lay on the ground pretending to be dead. He flew directly to the sky, flew to the front of a light mass, stretched out his hand and fished, feeling as if he had found a miniature Pavilion.


    He was not in a hurry to take a closer look. He received it in his arms, so he had to continue to collect these light masses.


    Just after flying out for a distance, he suddenly stopped moving.


    He picked up the broken delusion method and fixed his eyes. Not far ahead, he didn''t know when a thin undetectable space crack appeared.


    It was so close that Meng Zhang almost hit it.


    If Meng Zhang bumps into this space crack without precaution, he will peel off the skin if he doesn''t die.


    After such a slight delay, the light regiments that originally flew in front flew without a trace.


    The rest of the golden elixir immortal chased these light masses and flew around.


    Meng Zhang, of course, was no exception. He began to chase and fly out, ready to collect these light masses.


    Of course, with the lesson just learned, he became extra careful. Not only has he been sending out his mind to monitor the surroundings, but also from time to time he has cast his eyes of breaking delusions and looked at them in all directions.


    All the way, Meng Zhang''s luck was neither good nor bad. He collected a total of five light groups.


    In addition to the initial light mass, the other four light masses can be put into the storage magic weapon.


    There are generally two situations for items that cannot be put into storage magic tools.


    One is a living thing, and the other is an object with its own spatial force, which itself is a spatial attribute.


    This place is full of dangers, and Meng Zhang has to pursue those flying light groups. He has no time to count his harvest slowly.


    Meng Zhang took a rough look. At the beginning, the light mass was mostly a space magic weapon, so it could not be included in the storage magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang hid it close to him, so he didn''t take care of it anymore, but began to search for those light groups wholeheartedly.

 Chapter 506

    Wan Chongfeng, a fourth-order magic instrument, has a large space. Now the space gradually begins to collapse and the whole space begins to vibrate. More and more space cracks, even space turbulence, began to appear around.


    The mind of the alchemy friars has been greatly disturbed, and all kinds of detection spells are becoming more and more ineffective.


    The real people who were looking for those golden elixirs soon separated from each other and were difficult to contact each other.


    Meng Zhang came all the way and collected several light groups. But with the passage of time, it became more and more difficult to collect light masses, and there were fewer and fewer light masses in his eyes.


    The degree of space collapse is deeper and deeper, and Meng Zhang has a retreat in his heart.


    If you delay here for too long and get stuck here completely, it will be difficult for even immortal Jindan to save his life after the space is completely collapsed.


    Suddenly, a large group of red light, which was obviously larger than other light groups, flew from the left to Meng Zhang. Behind the red light, a figure was chasing after him.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang suddenly accelerated to fly over and grabbed the red light in his hand.


    A fierce spirit attacked Meng Zhang mercilessly. Meng Zhang leaned away and looked coldly at Qin Hongying who was flying over.


    Qin Hongying didn''t have the slightest self-consciousness as a guest of Taiyi at this time. She shouted with a ferocious face: "immortal Meng, hand over your things and let you go."


    If you eat it, no one will just hand it in.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, at this time, everyone depends on his ability, and whoever grabs it is who. Qin Hongying ate and set her posture, which made Meng Zhang angry.


    However, Meng Zhang restrained his anger and said, "immortal Qin, don''t forget. When we entered here, we made an evil oath. We should work together against the enemy."


    "If you take the initiative to break the oath, are you not afraid of being haunted by demons in the future?"


    Qin Hongying has been chasing the light regiment here. She is aware that most of the obviously different light regiments have extraordinary things and may be able to help herself.


    If you can''t get the inheritance or pill of chongxuanzong and make a breakthrough in your cultivation, Qin Hongying''s Shouyuan can''t be continued.


    Even her life is almost gone. She can''t take care of any demonic oath.


    Even if you are haunted by demons, it will be in the future. We''d better solve the urgent problem first.


    Besides, there is no solution to breaking the heart demon oath. Qin Hongying has rich experience and extensive knowledge. She thinks she can find a way.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had no intention of giving in, Qin Hongying stopped talking nonsense and directly attacked Meng Zhang.


    Qin Hongying''s attitude of completely ignoring herself finally angered Meng Zhang. At this moment, he could not endure any more and began to fight.


    Anyway, Qin Hongying first broke her heart demon oath, and Meng Zhang could fight back without pressure.


    Seriously, if Qin Hongying has a better attitude, discuss it with Meng Zhang. Perhaps Meng Zhang might agree to share this light with her for the purpose of wooing her.


    However, her attitude of forcibly seizing Meng Zhang when she came up directly as if she had nothing really made Meng Zhang angry.


    In particular, her ruthless sneak attack at the beginning made Meng Zhang''s heart kill.


    Thinking of Qin Hongying''s old woman''s lofty attitude in the past, new hatred and old hatred poured into his heart, and Meng Zhang''s hand became more and more cruel.


    The scorching sun sword and the shadow killing sword are one positive, one strange, one bright and one dark. The killing moves are all out, and the power is extraordinary.


    In terms of accomplishments, Qin Hongying, an old woman, is much better than Meng Zhang in the peak accomplishments at the beginning of the golden pill.


    However, before that, Qin Hongying was attacked by the ghost of the white lion demon king. Later, the ghost of the white lion demon king triggered the core of wanchongfeng to explode. Even if the flying stone immortal suffered the strongest power, Qin Hongying and other Jindan immortal were also affected by the explosion and suffered varying degrees of injuries.


    Qin Hongying, who is seriously injured, can''t give full play to her strongest combat effectiveness. But she has experienced many battles and has experienced many battles between Jindan real people. He has rich experience in fighting and his fighting style is very old and spicy.


    After a battle, the two fought hard, and it was difficult to tell the victory or defeat for a moment.


    Of course, so far, they have only used conventional means, and many cards and Maces have not been taken out.


    Compared with Qin Hongying, Meng Zhang is still very young. Its combat experience, especially the experience of fighting with human golden elixirs, is not very sufficient.


    In those years, immortal ye ye and Gu yuehuai butterfly had a duel with him many times, but the duel was only a duel after all. They had discretion under their hands and wouldn''t come up with killing moves.


    Now the battle between Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying is a battle of life and death, which is a completely different battle.


    Meng Zhang relied on the opportunity of the other party''s injury to be able to struggle with the other party.


    Meng Zhang is highly qualified and gains a lot in such a battle.


    He is like a sponge. He madly absorbs the experience of fighting with real Jindan and sees more and more means of Qin Hongying.


    With the passage of time, Meng Zhang became more and more adapted to such a battle. His progress was soon reflected in the ongoing battle.


    Of course, the spicy Qin Hongying soon discovered this situation. Her face was so ugly that she was angry.


    Originally, she didn''t see the endless sand sea as a remote place. In front of Meng Zhang, she has great psychological advantages and always has a high attitude.


    But when she really got to know Meng Zhang, she found that she underestimated her opponent.


    The other side is not only strong, but also has strong growth. It can grow in the battle with itself.


    Is this a sparring or a grindstone?


    Qin Hongying felt ashamed and angry, but she also felt a little afraid.


    If Meng Zhang continues to grow, that''s good.


    For Qin Hongying, the golden elixir immortal who will live to the end of her life, the most common is young talents such as Meng Zhang.


    Since the conventional means didn''t work, she had to take out the real mace and kill Meng Zhang on the spot.


    She quietly prepared, and a strange pleasure rose in her heart.


    Meng Zhang, who was immersed in the battle, suddenly felt a strong threat.


    Meng Zhang will never be careless if he can alert his impulsive ability.


    He doesn''t want to keep fighting with Qin Hongying. Without certain certainty, he is not willing to easily come up with a killer mace.


    A bright light suddenly rose, temporarily obscuring Qin Hongying''s perception.


    She stopped to use her killer mace for a while and protected herself first.


    Meng Zhang, who showed the divine light of the sun and moon, flashed back without hesitation and escaped from the battle as soon as possible.


    Qin Hongying, who reacted, was stunned at first, and then immediately caught up with her and followed her closely.


    Before the battle, Meng Zhang had long been optimistic about the surrounding environment.


    After flying out for a distance, he made use of a sudden spatial turbulence and successfully got rid of Qin Hongying''s pursuit.


    In such a chaotic place, as long as the other party is out of sight, it is difficult to find the other party again.


    After Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying separated, they didn''t want to stay here more.


    However, because the space is collapsing, it is difficult to leave here directly. We need to find a way out again. And flying all the way, he found other light masses, and he chased and captured them.


    In this way, he delayed a lot of time and stayed here longer.


    Besides, several other golden elixir immortals, after chasing desperately, each had some harvest.


    The most unlucky is the real flying general. First, he was separated from Wu Mingwei. Then he accidentally bumped into a space crack, and he was seriously injured, which was even worse.


    His bad luck is not over yet. When chasing a light regiment, he unexpectedly bumped into two golden elixirs, Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming.


    Qi Nanfei needless to say, Mobei Qi family and feihongzong have fought for many years. Last time Mobei Qi family helped, but feihongzong pit them once.


    Some time ago, after the Mobei Qi family got the news that Feihong wanted to destroy the family, they had to release the exclusive news about the inheritance treasure of Xuanzong.


    Now the enemy meets, that is particularly jealous.


    Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar invaded endless sand sea in history and was later expelled by Feihong sect.


    Although for some reason, Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar did not continue to tangle with Feihong sect, the two sides have never been friends and have always maintained a hostile relationship.


    Seeing that the flying general was obviously seriously injured, Hong Siming didn''t mind beating the water dog, so he cut off the wings of the flying hongzong.


    There is no need to say more nonsense. Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming directly try their best to recruit the key of the flying general.


    It was another tragic battle of life and death. The flying general was killed on the spot without giving full play to his strength.


    He didn''t even have time to explode the golden elixir. Everything on him became the booty of Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming.


    Except that Qi Nanfei was hurt by the heavy blow before he died, he had no other achievements.


    When being besieged, the real flying general also tried his best to ask for help and released the distress information.


    Unfortunately, the space is collapsing, which affects the transmission of distress signals. When flying stone arrives, he can only collect the body of flying general.


    Seeing the body of the flying general immortal, the angry flying stone immortal ignored his own injury and forcibly suppressed the injury. He was going to avenge the flying general immortal and leave Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming.


    In the face of flying stone immortal in the middle of Jindan, even Hong Siming, who was born in the great school of truth cultivation of Huanglian sect, has no love for war.


    Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming parried immortal Feishi several times, so they each looked for an opportunity to escape.


    The unwilling flying stone immortal still wanted to pursue, but because he forced his hand, he triggered a suppressed injury.


    Due to the impact of serious injuries, he had to watch the two enemies escape.


    In addition to this battle of life and death, several golden elixirs have encountered several times and handed over their hands several times.


    First, the environment is not suitable for dead fighting. Second, it is our main goal, or to search and capture those light masses. So everyone didn''t want to fight. Every fight was basically a taste and soon separated.


    Meng Zhang also encountered Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming once later. After testing, he separated.


    It flew out for a long distance and was about to leave this space. Meng Zhang met Qin Hongying again.


    When Meng Zhang appeared, Qin Hongying was fighting Wu Mingwei.


    In order to snatch a light, Qin Hongying firmly suppressed Wu Mingwei and looked like she had to kill him.


    Meng Zhang entered here with Qin Hongying at the beginning. They are naturally the same people.


    Even a Qin Hongying can''t resist, plus Meng Zhang.


    Worried about being besieged by the two, Wu Mingwei made an unexpected move in order to protect his life.


    He took out a large handful of the light he had just captured and threw it around.


    Qin Hongying immediately gave up attacking Wu Mingwei and began to collect the surrounding light group.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Wu Mingwei desperately escaped from the battle and ran away at full speed.


    Meng Zhang lamented Wu Mingwei''s decision and wantonly collected the light he threw.


    When Meng Zhang appeared, Qin Hongying had no intention to continue to entangle with Wu Mingwei.


    Wu Mingwei took the initiative to escape, just as she wanted.


    The number of this light group was not much, and it was soon robbed by Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying.


    Then, without any warning, they suddenly burst up and launched a fierce attack on each other.


    Qin Hongying directly cast a third-order top-grade talisman and killed Meng Zhang with one blow.


    Meng Zhang cast tianleizi that immortal Jinli gave him last time. He has been carefully collecting what has not been consumed.


    Tianleizi''s casting speed is much faster than the third-order talisman. Tianleizi is almost close, and the talisman has not been fully released, but floats in front of Qin Hongying, emitting a bright light.


    Feeling the thunder breath contained in tianleizi, Qin Hongying dared not resist hard, so she had to dodge and retreat.


    Tianleizi exploded next to the third-order talisman, and then detonated the terrorist power contained in the talisman.


    The powerful explosive force swept through, and Qin Hongying, who had no time to avoid in the future, was involved.


    Qin Hongying had a flash of light on her body, which exhausted her body protection and barely blocked the power of the explosion.


    Before she could take a breath, the scorching sun sword and shadow killing sword came from both sides. She had to fight with all her strength.


    Qin Hongying, who lost her first chance, fell to the disadvantage for the time being.


    Meng Zhang showed Qizheng sword formula to the limit, but he still couldn''t win Qin Hongying.


    While they were fighting fiercely, another man appeared near the battlefield.


    When Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying broke into the main peak, the speed of the foundation construction period of Jijian God was too slow to keep up in time, but they avoided a series of subsequent changes.


    When you Jindan immortal fight the ghost of the white lion demon king, you know that your strength is far from restored and you are not qualified to participate in such a battle. The extreme sword God will avoid it far away.


    Later, when the ghost of the white lion demon king exploded and the light regiment flew disorderly, the extreme sword God General in the distance also quietly joined the chase.


    Similarly, I felt that the space was about to completely collapse. The extreme sword general who began to leave here just ran into Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying not far from the exit.

 Chapter 507

    Seeing the appearance of Jijian God, Qin Hongying didn''t care much.


    Just a friar in the foundation period, he didn''t put it in her eyes at all.


    If the main attention was not focused on Meng Zhang, Qin Hongying could easily kill the extremely sword general.


    Although it fell to the disadvantage temporarily, Qin Hongying was not in the slightest panic. In addition to the third-order top-grade talisman, she has hidden other killer maces that have not been displayed.


    She has full confidence. As long as she shows her biggest killer mace, Meng Zhang will die.


    After fighting Meng Zhang for so long, Qin Hongying has been looking for an opportunity to use her killer mace.


    She is not going to give Meng Zhang another chance to escape. This shot must be killed with one blow.


    The speed of space collapse is accelerating, leaving us little time. Qin Hongying is not ready to wait any longer. Even if she tried to get a blow from Meng Zhang, she would also leave Meng Zhang behind.


    Meng Zhang seemed to notice something, and the attack became more fierce.


    Qin Hongying is preparing. The extremely sword general who has not been paid attention to by her all the time, suddenly makes a move.


    A broken third-order flying sword came through the air. It really has the power of immortal Jindan.


    Qin Hongying, who was fighting with Meng Zhang, was a little embarrassed by the sudden attack.


    This is not over yet. The Jijian God took out the sword bag collected by Meng Zhang. I don''t know how to stimulate it.


    Dozens of extremely fierce sword Qi burst out and shot at Qin Hongying.


    Qin Hongying''s face was full of horror. It was clear that she was just a friar in the foundation period, but she could make such a fierce attack.


    Is it true that this person is a Jindan sword repairman who has always hidden his identity and strength in order to calculate himself?


    Qin Hongying didn''t even care about Meng Zhang at this time. She only knew how to resist the attack of the extreme sword general desperately.


    Such ferocious means are very much like gold pill sword repair.


    At the thought of those terrible sword maniacs, Qin Hongying was in a panic.


    As the saying goes, the older the Jianghu is, the less daring it is.


    Qin Hongying, who has rich experience, saw the horror of Jindan sword repair with her own eyes.


    If he is a monk with less extensive knowledge, he may be fearless to the ignorant.


    However, Qin Hongying, who was well-informed, suddenly became depressed because of her fear of Jindan sword repair.


    Qin Hongying was overwhelmed by another broken third-order flying sword.


    He has made three attacks in a row that exceed the current cultivation, and the Jijian God will do his best.


    After the last Jindan level attack, the extreme sword god suddenly became depressed and almost couldn''t stand stably.


    Qin Hongying hurriedly resisted the three attacks and began to react.


    The enemy''s offensive is just superficial and empty, but it has no real power of golden elixir sword repair.


    When she found that the momentum of Jijian god suddenly became depressed, Qin Hongying finally put her heart down.


    Although I don''t know how the other party made that seemingly terrible attack. But the other side was really just a friar in the foundation period. Her real strength was very limited and could not threaten her at all.


    At this time, Meng Zhang took advantage of Qin Hongying''s distraction and killed him silently.


    Meng Zhang, who has had in-depth communication with the fallen leaf immortal, learned a lot of Assassin skills from her.


    Meng Zhang, who is proficient in Qizheng and the way of yin and Yang, is an excellent assassin at the moment.


    When Qin Hongying reacted, the spirit snake spear had stabbed the target.


    This fierce spirit soldier from Taiyi clan easily took Qin Hongying''s life.


    Meng Zhang, who succeeded in the assassination, immediately put away Qin Hongying''s body, took the extremely sword general and left here as soon as possible.


    Because of the fierce fight with Qin Hongying, Meng Zhang was the last person to leave the space transformed by Wan Chongfeng.


    Not long after he flew out of it, the whole space began to collapse.


    All the peaks collapsed rapidly, and huge explosions came one after another.


    He desperately flew to the distance, flying faster and faster, to escape from here and avoid the power of space collapse.


    The golden elixir immortal who escaped from the inside didn''t stay here for a long time, but left quickly.


    Before the collapse of Wan Chongfeng''s space, the army of friars of taiyimen had already assembled, and under the leadership of Niu Dawei, they rushed to the vicinity of the crow''s nest.


    Due to the use of a large number of flying boats, the taiyimen friar army showed a very strong mobile force.


    After the taiyimen friars arrived, they began to wait silently.


    As long as Laimeng Zhang gives an order, they will launch a fierce attack on friar Feihong.


    The thick earth God in the team looked at the third-order warship over feihongzong''s team, and his face showed fear.


    When the large-scale friars fight, the third-order warship plays a huge role and can almost play the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir.


    Once the war begins, the God of thick earth must command the array of taiyimen and control the action of the third-order warship first.


    Friar Fei hongzong is not blind or deaf. They also found the covetous army of taiyimen friars.


    First, after the battle of conquering the crow''s nest, the friars of Feihong sect suffered heavy losses and greatly reduced their combat effectiveness.


    Second, the three golden elixirs are not here. Friar feihongzong, who temporarily commands the friar army, can''t take the initiative to fight with taiyimen. In addition to making everyone more alert and ready to fight with friar taiyimen at any time, we can''t do more.


    So, taiyimen and the friars of feihongzong fell into a silent confrontation.


    Worried about immortal Feishi''s revenge, Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming left here long ago.


    After leaving the space of Wan Chongfeng, the seriously injured immortal Feishi returned to the friars of Feihong sect together with Wu Mingwei.


    Just lost the flying general immortal and was seriously injured. Flying stone immortal has no intention to continue to entangle with friar taiyimen.


    Wan Chongfeng has completely collapsed, and there is no other value here.


    Feihongzong''s army has stayed here for a long time, and the endless sand sea is empty.


    Flying stone immortal who is anxious to return to the endless sand sea doesn''t even have the mind to leave a small team to occupy this place.


    At his command, he led the army of friars of Feihong sect to board the flying boat and left quickly.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the taiyimen team, without saying a word, he silently watched feihongzong''s flying boat team away.


    Feihongzong also has two golden elixir immortal. He doesn''t know how much Feishi immortal is injured. Meng Zhang naturally doesn''t dare to take the initiative to attack.


    After confirming that the flying boat team of Feihong sect was completely far away, Meng Zhang ordered the army of friars of Taiyi gate to move forward and completely occupy the crow nest.


    The power of space collapse is terrible. There are space storms. The numerous peaks transformed by Wan Chongfeng almost completely disappeared.


    Where the original peaks were, there were many circular pits on the ground.


    These holes are large and go deep into the ground.


    After the power of the explosion disappeared, it took many days for the space storm to subside and return to normal.


    The crow''s nest is the nest of the dark crow demon general. It only has several second-order spirit veins.


    The place where Wan Chongfeng unfolded and turned into many peaks was the nest of the white lion demon king.


    This originally had a good third-order spiritual pulse, which was second to none in the vast Gobi.


    It is with such a third-order spirit pulse that Wan Chongfeng can be placed here.


    The explosion of Wan Chongfeng, the third-order spirit pulse closely connected with it, was naturally greatly affected.


    The most valuable thing around is this third-order spiritual pulse, which Meng Zhang attaches most importance to.


    When the surrounding conditions returned to normal, he asked the thick earth God general to check it himself.


    The original demon and beast army of crow nest has been scattered by friars of Feihong sect. The friars of Taiyi gate almost effortlessly occupied here and brought the surrounding areas into the jurisdiction of Taiyi gate.


    This time, taiyimen picked up another big bargain and got a vast territory for nothing.


    Within thousands of miles around the crow nest, powerful monsters are basically concentrated in the crow nest.


    After being wiped out by Feihong sect this time, it''s hard to find any monster that can challenge Taiyi sect.


    The crow''s nest was destroyed, and a huge vacuum appeared around it. It was a good time for taiyimen to take advantage of it.


    If we connect the crow nest and Xiongshi mountain, taiyimen occupies at least a quarter of the Gobi.


    Such a vast territory has such rich resources. As long as it is developed, it is enough to support Taiyi gate to develop into a strong one in Jindan sect.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to dismiss the friars of taiyimen, but sent a small team to hunt and expel the escaped monsters around.


    The main force of the friars still gathered together to deal with all kinds of accidents at any time.


    After settling down, Meng Zhang took care to sort out all kinds of gains from Wan Chongfeng.


    The extreme sword God didn''t hide anything. He took out the light masses he collected among the ten thousand peaks.


    The light shield outside these light masses is a protective spell. After breaking, you can see the contents clearly.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God added up and harvested dozens of light groups this time, as well as the ten or twenty light groups found on Qin Hongying. After they were all broken, Meng Zhang was stunned by the dazzling harvest.


    There are many jade slips inside, which record all kinds of inheritance of chongxuanzong. There are cultivation skills, and there are contents of cultivating all kinds of skills, such as Dan Shu, secret script of mechanism art, etc.


    Among them, the most valuable are the three inheritance pearls.


    Inheritance pearl is a more high-end and rare information carrier than jade slips.


    This kind of golden elixir is a treasure that can be refined by real people. It can store a lot of information, and even store all kinds of cultivation feelings of senior friars.


    Among the three inheritance pearls, they respectively record the alchemy, weapon refining and a cultivation skill of Xuanzong.


    This cultivation skill is one of the fundamental inheritance of chongxuanzong, which directly refers to the Fusang Jinwu code of the yuan God period.


    The Fusang Sutra practiced by an Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, is an incomplete version derived from this skill.


    Alchemy and device refining are also inherited and integrated.


    If you fall into the hands of talented monks, you can grow from zero foundation to an excellent alchemist or tool refiner.


    These two inheritance jewels can greatly strengthen the inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    In addition, there are some third-order runes, third-order pills and several third-order magic tools in these light clusters.


    In particular, Meng Zhang received the first large light mass because of his intuition.


    After breaking the outer light mask, a palm sized pavilion was exposed.


    There are special prohibitions outside the pavilion. It takes a lot of time to break through the strength of Meng Zhang.


    As a great sect of Yuanshen, chongxuanzong''s trump card for the younger disciples to make a comeback after the crisis of extermination was really extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang lamented the profound foundation of chongxuanzong in his heart, and felt sorry in his heart.


    The light that fell into his hands was only a small part of the light that flew out at that time.


    Most of the other light masses, except those that fell into the hands of the other golden elixirs, were annihilated when the space collapsed.


    If we can get all the light masses, we may be able to start from scratch and re-establish a new chongxuanzong.


    Of course, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang will certainly not rebuild chongxuanzong.


    However, the inheritance of chongxuanzong fell into the hands of Taiyi gate. To some extent, the inheritance of chongxuanzong also passed down through Taiyi gate.


    With these gains, the foundation of Taiyi sect has been greatly enhanced, and can also be quickly transformed into the strength of Meng Zhang and the whole sect.


    In addition to these gains, there are also many gains in Qin Hongying.


    There were no more sundries such as spirit stone, talisman and elixir. A silver page attracted Meng Zhang''s attention.


    Some special words were drawn on the page. Not to mention Meng Zhang, even the well-informed old master Jijian God and several other Dharma protectors can''t recognize the origin of these words.


    This page is extremely tough. Meng Zhang tried it carefully. Even with his current cultivation and means, he can''t cause any damage to this page.


    No matter whether it''s a soul killing soldier like spirit snake spear, or the real fire of the sun and the real water of the Taiyin, they can''t make any ripples when they fall on this page.


    After repeated attempts, Meng Zhang finally mastered a function of this page.


    He kept inputting real yuan into the page. When he almost exhausted all the real yuan in his body, an aperture flew out of the page. He can manipulate this aperture to trap the enemy.


    Once the enemy is trapped by this aperture, it is difficult to break free easily and can only let the mermaid flesh.


    When dealing with immortal Jindan, this can be Meng Zhang''s mace.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t easily use this killer mace because he consumes too much real yuan.


    The killing of Qin Hongying really brought Meng Zhang a lot of unexpected joy.


    With Qin Hongying''s death, taiyimen lost a huge burden.


    Moreover, because the dark crow demon will die and the crow nest will be destroyed, taiyimen finally gets rid of the biggest trouble, the external pressure is completely eliminated, and has a firm foothold in the Gobi.


    In the future, taiyimen can fully develop the Gobi and obtain all kinds of truth repair resources.


    When taiyimen picked up a big bargain from Feihong sect, great changes took place in Feihong sect.


    This great change had a far-reaching impact and directly changed the situation of the entire endless sand sea.

 Chapter 508

    At first, Meng Zhang was prompted by immortal Jinli and knew that Feihong sect was about to attack Mobei Qi family. In addition to secretly notifying Mobei Qi family and asking taiyimen to prepare assistance, he also secretly passed the news to huoyun sect.


    On the surface, the huoyun sect is quiet. As for whether huoyun sect secretly contacted Mobei Qi family, it is unknown.


    Later, feihongzong did not attack Mobei Qi family, but sent out on a large scale to raid the crow nest.


    After the army of friars of Feihong sect was dispatched, only immortal Feiyu stayed.


    At this time, huoyun sect suddenly launched a raid and went straight to Feihong sect.


    After the first World War, the left behind friars of feihongzong were defeated miserably, and even immortal Feiyu seemed to have been wounded.


    The friars from huoyun sect marched into the endless sand sea and reached the hinterland of Feihong sect.


    The Gobi desert is a little far from the endless sand sea. There is always a little lag in the news from there.


    An Muran, who is in charge of the secret Hall of taiyimen, has been in charge since his last mistake. Knowing the shame and then being brave, he tried to strengthen the monitoring of the endless sand sea, especially the Feihong sect.


    After his many efforts, he has mastered some reliable news channels and can get the latest news there.


    Especially after the huoyun sect invaded the endless sand sea again, the leader of the dark hall, an Muran, went out to investigate the intelligence there.


    Subsequently, the thunder god general and other strong men in the door were also sent out by Meng Zhang to help an Muran monitor the situation changes in the endless sand sea.


    With the arrival of the experts sent by Taiyi sect, more and more news came back to Taiyi sect from there.


    It turned out that among the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect who were seriously injured by feihongzong''s plot last time, the dark cloud immortal and lieyun immortal in the early stage of golden elixir have recovered from their injuries.


    Huoyun sect kept this secret and kept it from Feihong sect.


    In this way, the words that immortal ChiYan came to persuade Meng Zhang last time are still more credible.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s secret message, huoyun sect secretly strengthened the monitoring of Feihong sect.


    When the three golden elixirs of Feihong sect led an expedition to crow''s nest, immortal ChiYan, immortal dark cloud and immortal lieyun of huoyun sect took advantage of the opportunity to lead the friars of huoyun sect to launch a sudden attack on Feihong sect.


    Although the friar army of Feihong sect did not attack Mobei Qi family as the news received by huoyun sect, but attacked crow nest. But this is actually better, because Feihong''s residence in the crow nest takes longer.


    Feihongzong''s main force is not here. It''s too empty. The only immortal Feiyu left behind is also a lonely palm, which is difficult to resist the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect.


    After a fierce attack, the friars of huoyun sect made great progress and continued to attack the front.


    Although immortal Feiyu tried his best to delay time, the strength gap was too large and did not achieve much results at all.


    Feihongzong lost too much this time, and the left behind friars were basically wiped out. Even immortal Feiyu, after being badly hit by immortal ChiYan, was chased and killed by immortal dark cloud and immortal lieyun, and finally he could not escape death.


    After the death of immortal Feiyu, Feihong sect collapsed completely.


    Not only did he lose most of his territory, but even Feihong city fell into the hands of huoyun sect.


    When immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei led the friars back, they were faced with such a miserable situation.


    Immortal Feishi is seriously injured and can hardly play much combat effectiveness.


    At the crow''s nest, immortal Feishi didn''t capture many light groups, and most of the light groups captured by Wu Mingwei took the initiative to give up.


    They didn''t rob the light mass captured by others. They didn''t want to, but they couldn''t.


    As soon as Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming left Wan Chongfeng, they ran away. They had no time to intercept.


    On the other side of Taiyi gate, they didn''t know that Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying were fighting against each other.


    Taiyi gate has two golden elixirs, Meng Zhang and Qin Hongying, and a powerful army of monks.


    According to the state of the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect and the army of friars at that time, if you fight hard with taiyimen, the odds of winning are not high.


    Therefore, immortal Feishi ordered to withdraw very decisively.


    When he wants to come, the future is long, so he doesn''t have to rush for a while. After friar Fei hongzong''s army returned, wait until he recovered from his injury, and then settle accounts with taiyimen slowly.


    What surprised immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei was that they had to face such a bad situation after returning to the endless sand sea.


    The situation has collapsed so far that they are really unable to recover.


    Huoyun sent troops to Zhengsheng, and they couldn''t resist it.


    As a last resort, immortal Feishi made a difficult decision.


    He didn''t lead the friar army to compete with the army of huoyun sect, but took the initiative to turn in and withdraw to Huangsha ridge.


    Hundreds of years ago, the Zijin sect ruled the endless sand sea. Huangshaling is the gate of Feihong sect.


    Huangsha ridge is located in the east of the endless sand sea, far from the core of the endless sand sea. It is a very desolate and remote place.


    After the Feihong sect replaced the Zijin sect and became the new overlord of the endless sand sea, the main forces of the Feihong sect moved to the core of the endless sand sea and settled in the original Mountain Gate of the Zijin sect.


    At that place in huangshaling, feihongzong did not give up, but arranged some left behind disciples to continue to operate.


    After feihongzong slowly gained a foothold in the core area of the endless sand sea, the original Mountain Gate of huangshaling became less and less important.


    Slowly, it became the place where the disciples of the exile sect committed serious crimes.


    Immortal Feishi led the friars of Feihong sect to retreat quickly, successfully avoided the friars of huoyun sect and retreated all the way to Huangsha ridge.


    After the army of friars feihongzong stationed in huangshaling, they immediately strengthened their defense by relying on the mountain protection array here.


    Immortal Feishi''s quick decision preserved the only main force of Feihong sect and the hope of counterattack in the future.


    However, many vassal families of Feihong sect had no time to retreat, which was tantamount to being abandoned by Feihong sect.


    Some of the vassal families of Feihong sect were wiped out and some voluntarily surrendered in the face of the army of huoyun sect friars.


    The Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea who originally submitted to Feihong sect, except that a few diehard elements insisted on allegiance to Feihong sect and were destroyed by huoyun sect. Most of the other Xiuzhen forces are well aware of current affairs and surrender to huoyun sect.


    This crazy attack like a storm made huoyun sect achieve great results.


    Most areas of the endless sand sea are under the control of huoyun sect, and most of the Xiuzhen forces have surrendered.


    Now, huoyun sect has replaced Feihong sect and become the new overlord and ruler of endless sand sea.


    What makes people feel a little strange is that the army of huoyun sect did not pursue the victory, continued to attack huangshaling and killed all feihongzong, but just stood still.


    Many people believe that huoyun sect suffered a lot of casualties in the previous battle, and now it should be taking a rest. Moreover, huoyun sect needs to digest and absorb such a large territory in one breath. For the time being, it doesn''t care to completely eradicate Feihong sect.


    All kinds of news came back to xiongshiling and Meng Zhang''s ear.


    Some of these news were obtained by friar taiyimen himself, and some were just speculation. Most of the news is true, but some are not reliable enough.


    After the feihongzong army retreated from the Gobi, Meng Zhang led the taiyimen friar army back to Xiongshi mountain to deal with the changes on the other side of the endless sand sea at any time.


    Meng Zhang felt overwhelmed by a series of recent changes in the endless sand sea.


    Huoyun sect made a decisive move this time and achieved unprecedented great results, which was a little unexpected to Meng Zhang.


    On second thought, Meng Zhang thought it was understandable. Even, he wondered if he had secretly tipped off the huoyun sect and played a role in fueling the flames.


    Last time, immortal ChiYan took the initiative to visit Xiongshi mountain, which brought the goodwill of huoyun sect. Meng Zhang didn''t respond in time.


    At that time, immortal ChiYan wooed Meng Zhang to fight against the powerful Feihong sect.


    Now that the situation is reversed and huoyun sect has an absolute advantage, will it also have goodwill for taiyimen? Is the original promise of immortal ChiYan still valid?


    Meng Zhang had no answer in his heart and dared not relax his guard against huoyun sect.


    Under such circumstances, Meng Zhang did not rashly intervene in the situation on the other side of the endless sand sea, but prepared for the war and watched its change.


    In the waiting days, his cultivation also did not relax.


    Among the third-order pills obtained this time, there are some pills that can help the golden elixir friars improve their accomplishments, which can be used.


    Without Qin Hongying, the aura of the third-order spirit vein of Xiongshi mountain is more than enough for Meng Zhang to use.


    The pith in his hand was only the size of a baby''s fist.


    Now that there is sufficient Reiki supply, this spiritual marrow is saved.


    With the help of Dan medicine, Meng Zhang''s cultivation has made rapid progress. At this time, he was a strong man among the friars in the early days of the golden elixir.


    Especially this life and death battle with Qin Hongying made him gain a lot.


    After the battle, all kinds of experiences and insights were enough for him to digest for a long time.


    After the huoyun sect''s friars entered the endless sand sea, they did nothing more than occupy the territory of the original Feihong sect and surrender the original major Xiuzhen forces.


    For the territory of taiyimen, as well as the members of Hanhai road alliance, they are invincible.


    In this case, Meng Zhang will not take the initiative to provoke huoyun sect.


    However, feihongzong is now in bad luck. Meng Zhang will not beat a drowning dog, but he should take advantage of the opportunity.


    He sent the friars of Taiyi gate during the foundation period and asked them to lead the people and horses to occupy all the territory of Feihong Sect on the side of the Gobi.


    Feihongzong lost most of his territory, and all the remaining forces retreated to Huangsha mountain. The territory on this side of the Gobi is no longer bordered by feihongzong, but has become an enclave.

 Chapter 509

    Especially after the news from the endless sand sea continued to spread, the disciples of Feihong sect in these territories became terrified one by one.


    Taiyimen suddenly turned his face and sent a large team to the door. These friars couldn''t resist at all.


    And everyone knows that in the current state of feihongzong, he can''t care about the enclave here in the Gobi.


    Feihongzong doesn''t even have enough strength to defend huangshaling. Where else is there surplus strength to reinforce here.


    The disciples of Feihong sect here are basically abandoned children of the sect.


    However, Meng Zhang has a long-term vision. I didn''t kill these disciples of the Feihong sect because of the temporary defeat of the Feihong sect.


    The order he gave to the taiyimen friars was to try not to hurt these Feihong disciples and expel them.


    As long as there is no wanton killing and blood feud, there will be room for maneuver between taiyimen and Feihong sect in the future.


    Meng Zhang didn''t forget that there is a real king of Tianzhu behind Feihong sect. Who knows what will Tianzhu Zhenjun do after Feihong sect is forced to a desperate situation.


    It''s OK to take advantage of Feihong sect. Now is not the time to break with Feihong sect completely.


    There are no powerful foreign enemies in the Gobi. The cultivation of the left behind disciples of Feihong Zong here is not strong, and there are not many friars in the foundation period.


    The friar of Taiyi sect had an overwhelming advantage and easily won the Feihong sect disciple who didn''t have much fighting spirit.


    Then, all the disciples of Feihong sect were gathered together and sent out of the country by the friar of taiyimen.


    It has nothing to do with taiyimen where they will go and what will happen after they leave the Gobi.


    The area of feihongzong''s site in the Gobi of evil wind is far less than that of taiyimen, but the resources above are richer and richer.


    If you swallow such a big piece of fat, you will feel like you have to eat up and down taiyimen.


    Even if the power of the whole Hanhai road alliance is put here, it is difficult to completely digest such a vast and rich territory.


    Because of the changing situation in the endless sand sea, under the command of Meng Zhang, Taiyi gate has slowly moved to the Gobi of evil wind.


    All parts of the sect, a large number of monks and a large number of mortals began to migrate to the Gobi.


    Meng Zhang''s idea is very simple. If the situation on the other side of the endless sand sea continues to change and it is difficult for taiyimen to hold its territory in the endless sand sea, it will retreat to the Gobi of evil wind.


    The Gobi is far richer than the endless sand sea, which is more conducive to human survival.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not easily give up taiyimen''s territory in the endless sand sea unless he has to.


    After all, in the endless sand sea, there are many unique resources with great value.


    Elite friars from Taiyi sect constantly monitor the next move of huoyun sect and keep sending messages back to xiongshiling.


    After a period of hard work, Meng Zhang finally broke the ban on the small attic and preliminarily mastered the usage of this treasure.


    This treasure is called Baicao Pavilion. It is a third-order top-grade space magic weapon.


    After Meng Zhang injected Zhenyuan, Baicao Pavilion flew into the air and fell to the ground after the change, becoming a real attic.


    The attic has six floors, each of which is an independent space.


    There are many large and small rooms in the whole attic.


    Some rooms are special alchemy rooms with various equipment for alchemy.


    In each alchemy room, there is an alchemy furnace.


    The second order of these alchemy furnaces is the second-order alchemy furnace, and the best is the third-order top-grade alchemy furnace.


    At present, the best alchemist in taiyimen is only a second-order alchemist, and is not qualified to use a third-order alchemy furnace.


    Alchemists will get great blessings when they refine in these special alchemy rooms.


    In other rooms, there are many processed elixirs stored.


    These precious miraculous medicines have been preserved by special means. Although they have been preserved for hundreds of years, their properties are still intact.


    With Meng Zhang''s limited knowledge of pills, he made a rough inventory.


    There are many kinds of elixirs inside, which are suitable for refining all kinds of pills.


    There are not only various miraculous medicines for refining the foundation pill, but also many miraculous medicines that can refine the third-order pill.


    Apart from other things, Meng Zhang''s trip was worthwhile only after he harvested these miraculous drugs.


    In addition, Baicao Pavilion also comes with a huge elixir garden. The herb Pavilion needs to be placed on the third level spirit pulse before the miraculous medicine garden can be expanded.


    Meng Zhang''s intuition was right. This hundred grass Pavilion is an important part of wanchongfeng and a treasure that can exist independently.


    The third level spirit pulse of Xiongshi mountain provides limited aura. Now it is only enough for Meng Zhang''s cultivation. If it is used to place Baicao Pavilion and let Baicao Pavilion play its full role, it is still slightly insufficient.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang''s cultivation is advancing by leaps and bounds, and he is not willing to give up his spiritual pulse and delay his cultivation.


    Meng Zhang only hoped that the place where Wan Chongfeng had been placed had not been greatly damaged.


    Unfortunately, things in the world can not be satisfactory.


    After careful investigation by the thick earth God, the third-order spirit vein closely connected with wanchongfeng was affected by the explosion and was also severely damaged.


    Now not only the aura has been lost, but even the earth veins have shifted.


    Hearing the report from the general of thick earth, Meng Zhang was distressed to death.


    The spirit vein near the crow''s nest was the nest of the white lion demon king. I don''t know how many times stronger than the third-order spirit vein of xiongshiling.


    The third-order spirit vein of Xiongshi mountain is only enough to support Meng Zhang. If another golden elixir immortal appears in Taiyi sect in the future, it will fall into the dilemma of insufficient aura.


    If the next golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate is still far away, how to place the Baicao pavilion has become a top priority.


    If Baicao Pavilion can be fully utilized, the alchemy level of taiyimen will certainly go to a new level.


    As a local teacher, the thick earth God general became the object of Meng Zhang''s help.


    The thick earth God will tell Meng Zhang after thinking for a long time. He can try to repair the third-order spirit pulse, but he is not guaranteed to succeed.


    After all, his accomplishments have now returned to the completion of the foundation period, and many local teachers can''t use their means.


    Judging from the damage degree of that spiritual vein, even if the third terrace master makes a move, he may not be able to repair it.


    The thick earth God also told Meng Zhang that to repair that spiritual vein, we need to use a lot of human and material resources, at least half of taiyimen.


    Therefore, he asked Meng Zhang to give him permission to mobilize all the disciples of Taiyi sect and the materials of the whole sect.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and gritted his teeth and agreed to the thick earth God general.


    The third-order spiritual pulse is related to the future of taiyimen. It''s a grand plan for a hundred years. No, it should be a grand plan for a thousand years.


    All the investment in the third level spirit pulse is worth it.


    The situation over the endless sand sea is still relatively stable for the time being. Neither the huoyun sect nor the Feihong sect can see any sign of a big fight.


    Could it be that huoyun sect is satisfied with its current achievements?


    Meng Zhang felt vaguely that it was not so simple.


    However, in any case, as long as the huoyun sect does not continue to expand, taiyimen will not have to worry for the time being.


    The thick earth God will act immediately after he is authorized by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, he also knows that the situation in the endless sand sea changes, and taiyimen has to respond at any time.


    Therefore, he did not mobilize many people at the beginning, and most of them chose disciples with mediocre combat effectiveness.


    In this way, although the progress of repairing the third-order spirit pulse will be very slow, at least it will not spare the strain power of taiyimen.


    In addition to paying attention to the movements of huoyun sect and Feihong sect, Meng Zhang also assigned some forces to monitor the movements of Mobei Qi family.


    I don''t know what benefits Qi Nanfei got from wanchongfeng last time. Anyway, after he returned to Mobei Qi''s house, he stayed closed and guarded the mountain gate.


    Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming jointly killed the flying generals of Feihong sect last time, and they had a blood feud with Feihong sect. Moreover, Feihong sect still wanted to destroy Mobei Qi family.


    According to the truth, Mobei Qi family should join hands with huoyun sect to beat feihongzong, a drowning dog.


    However, Mobei Qi family kept silent and had no intention of getting involved in the war between huoyun sect and Feihong sect.


    The trend of Mobei Qi family makes Meng Zhang a little confused.


    However, he later thought that behind huoyun sect, feihongzong and Mobei Qi family, there was the support of Yuanshen Zhenjun. All their actions should have the will of the original God Zhenjun.


    These seemingly invincible golden elixir forces are just pieces in the struggle of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If the yuan God Zhen Jun gives orders, it is not surprising that their actions are no longer unreasonable.


    Having figured this out, Meng Zhang had a new understanding of the situation of the endless sand sea.


    He kept telling himself that he must keep taiyimen away from these troubles and never get involved in their disputes.


    The recent series of changes in the endless sand sea have made all the Xiuzhen forces in the Hanhai Taoist alliance become honest.


    Originally, I saw Feihong Zong''s wumingwei jiedan. These cultivation forces were a little shaken and even ready to move.


    However, huoyun sect suddenly killed and Feihong sect was defeated, which really frightened these Xiuzhen forces.


    If they had colluded with Feihong sect earlier, even if they were not cleaned up by huoyun sect, they would be cleaned up by Taiyi sect.


    While secretly congratulating themselves on their escape, they became particularly honest and restrained all their careful thoughts.


    Meng Zhang saw all these things, but he didn''t care.


    These small fish and shrimp can''t turn big waves. As long as taiyimen always maintains an overwhelming advantage, they will always be loyal running dogs of taiyimen.


    In the long run, they will be thoroughly digested by the Taiyi gate and become a part of the Taiyi gate as the outward extension of the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied with the seemingly calm situation and does not want new changes. But the arrival of a guest will break the calm situation.

 Chapter 510

    This visitor is immortal ChiYan of huoyun sect.


    Real ChiYan is no longer so high-profile as real ChiYan''s action. His swaggering door-to-door visit actually puts himself and the whole Taiyi gate on the fire.


    In the eyes of people who don''t know the truth, I''m afraid they think taiyimen and huoyun sect have come together.


    Although huoyun sect defeated Feihong sect, it occupied more than half of the endless sand sea and was subject to countless Xiuzhen forces. However, although Fei hongzong was defeated, he was not without the power to fight back.


    If the situation reverses again and feihongzong turns defeat into victory, how will Meng Zhang and taiyimen deal with themselves in the future?


    Originally, Feihong sect was secretly hostile to Taiyi sect. Now that it''s out, isn''t Taiyi sect a thorn in Feihong sect''s eye and flesh?


    When feihongzong was strong, Meng Zhang was eager to weaken feihongzong.


    Feihongzong wants to destroy Mobei Qi family. He is ready to secretly support Qi family and even provide information to huoyun sect.


    But now feihongzong was defeated and began to weaken. Facing the awesome fire cloud faction, he hoped that Fei hung Zong could give him more strength and attract more attention from the clouds.


    However, it seems that even if Meng Zhang has tried to keep a low profile, he can''t avoid being noticed by huoyun sect.


    I think so. At least Taiyi sect is also the Jindan sect. Huoyun sect''s strategy is endless sand sea. How can Taiyi sect be ignored?


    After Meng Zhang welcomed immortal ChiYan into the camp under the protection of the mountain protection array, he was full of good words.


    Immortal ChiYan patiently listened to Meng Zhang for a long time. Every time he wanted to get to the point, Meng Zhang opened the topic.


    Meng Zhang''s little trick is not worth mentioning in front of an old master like immortal ChiYan.


    Speaking of eloquence, real ChiYan is not so excellent. But he was a monk in the middle of the golden elixir, and his accomplishments far exceeded those of Meng Zhang.


    If it weren''t for the protection of the third-order mountain protection array, Meng Zhang didn''t even dare to get too close to the real ChiYan with unknown enemies and friends.


    The red Yan immortal gently spits out a few words in his mouth and suppresses all the words of Meng Zhang.


    Without waiting for Meng Zhang to continue his action, he went straight to the subject.


    The purpose of immortal ChiYan is very simple, and he doesn''t hide it at all. He just came to win over Meng Zhang and hoped that taiyimen would form an alliance with huoyun sect to jointly deal with Feihong sect.


    Among chiyanzhen''s population, feihongzong is already a lost dog and is simply vulnerable. Taiyi sect and huoyun sect can easily destroy Feihong sect.


    Immortal ChiYan promised that after the success, taiyimen and huoyun sect will divide up the endless sand sea together. Everything seized from feihongzong is left to taiyimen to choose first.


    Immortal ChiYan sincerely told Meng Zhang that huoyun sect belongs to Jiuqu League after all. The focus of the sect should be put back to Jiuqu League in the future. It really can''t take into account the endless sand sea.


    After the elimination of Feihong sect, the overlord of endless sand sea should be done by Taiyi gate.


    Huoyun sect only retains some interests in the endless sand sea and will never interfere in the internal affairs of the endless sand sea.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang was moved for a moment when real ChiYan said one condition and gave one benefit after another.


    Then peace returned to him.


    The war between huoyun sect and Feihong sect involves the struggle of the yuan God Zhenjun behind them. The water in the middle is too deep. Taiyimen doesn''t dare to get involved easily.


    The situation of endless sand sea, maintaining the current state is the best. If the confrontation between feihongzong and huoyun sect can continue for a long time, that is the most favorable situation for taiyimen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knows that this ideal situation is absolutely impossible.


    However, he was a little surprised that huoyun sect came to the door so soon.


    In the face of the attractive conditions offered by immortal ChiYan, Meng Zhang chose to ignore them.


    Instead of directly rejecting real ChiYan, he began to find various excuses to shirk it.


    It was not long before huoyun sect defeated feihongzong. Meng Zhang didn''t want to offend immortal ChiYan.


    Immortal ChiYan ignored Meng Zhang''s excuses and did not entangle in these details. Instead, he added weight layer by layer and offered more and better conditions.


    Seriously, if huoyun sect can really fulfill these conditions, it will be enough to win over jindanzong gate, which is more powerful than Taiyi gate.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a resourceful person, he still has a keen sense of smell after all these years of climbing and rolling in the cultivation world.


    Huoyun sect is so eager to win over itself and offer such good conditions. There must be something they don''t know.


    Huoyun sect asked real ChiYan in the middle of Jindan to visit, which showed that they attached importance to Meng Zhang and gave Taiyi face.


    Immortal ChiYan has high reputation and profound cultivation, but he is not a good negotiator.


    He saw that Meng Zhang had not promised, and thought that Meng Zhang did not believe in himself.


    He said to Meng Zhang in good faith that he was willing to make a demon oath, or even a ghost oath, to ensure that his promise would be fulfilled.


    Huoyun sect attached too much importance to Taiyi sect, offered such favorable conditions and showed enough sincerity.


    While Meng Zhang was a little moved, he felt uneasy.


    Just a Taiyi gate, isn''t it worth the huoyun sect''s treatment?


    Meng Zhang''s attitude of not entering oil and salt obviously made immortal ChiYan a little unhappy.


    He forced down his anger and gave the final bottom line of huoyun sect.


    Huoyun sect can not join taiyimen in the battle against Feihong sect.


    As long as Meng Zhang made a ghost oath, he promised that the whole Taiyi gate would remain neutral, watch all the time and never participate in the war between huoyun sect and feihongzong. The benefits he had promised Meng Zhang could be cashed without any discount.


    The more true ChiYan was, the more uneasy Meng Zhang was.


    Such conditions are really too generous, and there is no loss to taiyimen. It seems that taiyimen can reap countless benefits afterwards without paying anything.


    The worst case is that huoyun sect was defeated by Feihong sect and completely withdrew from the endless sand sea, but what does that have to do with Taiyi gate?


    Taiyimen did not participate in the attack on feihongzong, but always maintained a goodwill neutrality.


    If you change a person, you may be moved by real person ChiYan and agree to the requirements of real person ChiYan.


    However, Meng Zhang, out of the intuition of a Heavenly Master, still didn''t promise immortal ChiYan.


    Of course, he did not refuse, but constantly stressed his difficulties and found various excuses to shirk them.


    After a while, he said that the situation in the Gobi was unstable and he couldn''t get away. After a while, it was said that the constant harassment of demons and beasts in the Gobi had restrained the main force of friars taiyimen

 Chapter 511

    Seeing that Meng Zhang was iron, he refused to agree immediately, and immortal ChiYan had no better way.


    He has made all the terms he can offer.


    Offering such generous conditions will cause many disputes within the huoyun sect. Even he, a monk in the middle of the golden elixir, needs to pay a great price to put an end to the opposition in the pingmen.


    Immortal ChiYan is not a fool. Of course, he knows the truth that haste makes waste. He also knows that the more he offers rich conditions, the more Meng Zhang doubts.


    Unfortunately, many things can''t be decided by real ChiYan.


    The next move of huoyun sect is the embodiment of Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s will, which can''t be lost.


    To be honest, if Meng Zhang showed endless greed like a normal cultivator, immortal ChiYan wouldn''t be so helpless.


    If you change to the leader of another school, you should seize the opportunity to ask huoyun for more benefits.


    However, Meng Zhang showed a look of no desire and no desire, and did not give a quasi letter at all.


    After wasting a lot of words, seeing that Meng Zhang could not be moved all the time, immortal ChiYan had to give up.


    He didn''t tear his face with Meng Zhang. He didn''t even have an unhappy expression.


    He told Meng Zhang that his commitment had always been valid. As long as Meng Zhang remained neutral until huoyun sect completely defeated Feihong sect, he promised no less benefits.


    Meng Zhang was submissive and had a good attitude. He just didn''t let go and promised immortal ChiYan.


    He knew in his heart that as long as he let go, there would be no room for repentance.


    In the cultivation world, there are ways to ensure the fulfillment of promises.


    Once he let go, he would be forced to make a ghost oath or something.


    The real person ChiYan was very free and easy, and ignored Meng Zhang''s insincere retention. After talking about business, he took the initiative to leave.


    When Meng Zhang sent him out and said goodbye to him, he couldn''t help but give a threat.


    His threat is very obscure, just a simple comparison of the strength of huoyun sect and Feihong sect. It is also revealed that huoyun sect has many hidden Maces. As long as huoyun sect makes up its mind, it will be able to eliminate Feihong sect.


    If any force dares to stand on the side of Feihong sect, it will surely usher in the Revenge of huoyun sect.


    The strength of huoyun sect revealed by immortal ChiYan made Meng Zhang feel nervous.


    Now there are the leader huoyun immortal and the elder LAN Yan immortal in the Mountain Gate of huoyun sect. Both of them are cultivation accomplishments in the middle of Jindan.


    After that, immortal ChiYan didn''t stay much, so he left with his entourage.


    Looking at the flying boat, Meng Zhang felt a little overwhelmed.


    To be honest, he doesn''t want to occupy Feihong sect and fight against huoyun sect together.


    Immortal ChiYan asked Taiyi gate to remain neutral, which should be in line with Meng Zhang''s mind and Taiyi gate''s interests.


    But Meng Zhang, out of his intuition, didn''t promise immortal ChiYan.


    Is your intuition accurate and will it delay major events?


    Meng Zhang, who felt something, sat alone after real ChiYan left, and fell into a long period of meditation.


    About half a month later, Meng Zhang, who was meditating, suddenly opened his eyes. His eyes were full of energy and his face was full of unspeakable self-confidence.


    Just now, he finally made a breakthrough in his long stagnant cultivation of Tianji.


    Now he has the ability to perform Dayan divine calculation and push the affairs of Jindan immortal level.


    A long time ago, he felt his secret arts, and there was only a thin barrier to break through.


    But it was such a thin barrier that troubled him for so long.


    He painstakingly understood and recited the Taoist Scriptures, but he could not break through this barrier.


    The opportunity of real ChiYan''s door-to-door visit gave him a chance to break through.


    As expected, Tianji is a mysterious and unpredictable knowledge, which can not be measured by common sense. Breakthrough needs chance and coincidence.


    Now Meng Zhang can be called master Tianji.


    After the breakthrough of Tianji, he meditated again for a period of time, and then performed Dayan divine calculation to calculate the visit of real person ChiYan.


    Having exhausted all the calculations accumulated before, Meng Zhang deduced the desired results.


    The result of deduction proves that Meng Zhang''s intuition is correct. If he agrees to the conditions of immortal ChiYan, it will cause great disaster.


    Meng Zhang wanted to continue to deduce the details, but it was vague.


    Tianji is not omnipotent, and Tianji master does not know everything.


    It is normal for Tianji master to obtain ambiguous results when he uses Tianji to deduce.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied with the result.


    Dayan divinity is a very clever magic among many heavenly secrets.


    Meng Zhang can''t deduce the details. There are many possible reasons.


    Immortal ChiYan has a special treasure that interferes with his own calculation. Another Tianji master disturbed the Tianji


    Meng Zhang believes that the most likely reason should be that the action of immortal ChiYan involves the yuan God Zhenjun, which is beyond his ability to deduce.


    Meng Zhang was a little proud. His intuition still played a great role in making the right choice at the critical moment.


    He was a little puzzled again. Keeping neutral in the struggle between huoyun sect and Feihong sect is the policy set for Taiyi sect.


    Even if Immortal ChiYan doesn''t visit him or put forward these conditions, if huoyun sect and Feihong sect go to war, Taiyi sect will probably remain neutral and avoid getting involved.


    Is there any irresistible force to force taiyimen to join Feihong sect?


    Is it self defeating for immortal ChiYan to come to the door this time?


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time, but he didn''t figure it out. On the contrary, his mind became more and more confused.


    He put these things aside for the time being and resumed his normal life.


    After ChiYan left Xiongshi mountain, he didn''t take the initiative to contact Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang told the middle and high level of the door the details of the visit of real person ChiYan.


    Although some people in the middle and senior levels of these doors do not understand Meng Zhang''s decision, no one dares to publicly question Meng Zhang because of his supreme prestige in Taiyi gate.


    It was Yang Xueyi, the elder in the door, who asked a question.


    What immortal ChiYan is doing now is clearly disintegrating the possible support of Feihong sect.


    After visiting taiyimen, will he visit Mobei Qi''s family next?


    If Mobei Qi family agreed to the conditions of immortal ChiYan and joined huoyun sect, how should taiyimen deal with it?


    Yang Xueyi''s question is very realistic, but Meng Zhang is a little difficult to answer.


    It is very likely that immortal ChiYan will win over Mobei Qi family. Meng Zhang doesn''t know what choice Mobei Qi family will make.


    If we consider the grudges between Mobei Qi family and Feihong sect, Mobei Qi family may not stand on the side of Feihong sect.


    Meng Zhang just answered Yang Xueyi and watched the change.


    After that, he ordered the dark hall to strengthen the monitoring of Mobei Qi''s house and keep abreast of the latest news.

 Chapter 512

    The next action of immortal ChiYan didn''t surprise Meng Zhang.


    Soon after he left taiyimen, he went to visit Mobei Qi''s house with great fanfare.


    After arriving at the Qi family, immortal ChiYan was warmly received by immortal Qi Nanfei. What did he talk to immortal Qi Nanfei? The spies of taiyimen don''t know.


    Meng Zhang tried to deduce it with Dayan divine calculation, but he could only see a vague scene.


    He had long expected this situation.


    After leaving Mobei Qi''s house, immortal ChiYan didn''t visit Taiyi gate again, but directly returned to the residence of huoyun sect in endless sand sea.


    After returning, immortal ChiYan did not immediately launch an attack on the Huangsha ridge of feihongzong Mountain Gate, but continued to maintain the status quo.


    With the improvement of Tianji, Meng Zhang has more confidence and can deal with different situations.


    Although he failed to successfully deduce the purpose of real ChiYan, as a master of heaven''s secrets, his whim ability has also been strengthened.


    As long as it''s not yuan Shen Zhen Jun who makes a direct move, or there''s another Tianji master who disturbs the Tianji. He will be alert before the crisis comes.


    Taiyimen and the whole Hanhai daomeng, ostensibly as usual, secretly began to prepare for war.


    Taiyimen has occupied a large area of the Gobi. Even if it is only preliminarily developed, it still has a lot of income.


    Especially after Qin Hongying''s death, taiyimen lost a huge burden.


    When Qin Hongying asked Meng Zhang to go to the crow''s nest with her, she personally promised Meng Zhang many benefits.


    Now that Qin Hongying is dead, Meng Zhang naturally wants to help her fulfill her promise.


    Qin Hongying still has a lot of belongings in her residence at taiyimen. Naturally, these possessions were impolitely confiscated by taiyimen.


    Taiyimen should have paid all kinds of resources to the Qin family in installments. Naturally, there is no need to give them any more.


    If the Qin family lost the only golden elixir immortal Qin Hongying, they would soon face all kinds of troubles. Where would they still want to entangle with taiyimen.


    Immortal ye ye and Meng Zhang promised Qin Hongying that they would keep the inheritance of the Qin family, but they didn''t say they wanted to keep the current status and sphere of influence of the Qin family.


    The Qin family, which has lost the protection of immortal Jindan, will certainly be in trouble and decline sharply. When the family is facing the crisis of life and death, it is time for Meng Zhang and immortal ye to intervene.


    The large amount of resources saved by taiyimen were continuously sent to Dafeng City and sold in exchange for a large amount of war materials.


    In fact, before that, huoyun sect and Feihong sect had purchased all kinds of war materials from Dafeng City for many times.


    Far away, in recent years, businesses in Dafeng City have made a lot of money by selling all kinds of war materials.


    Because of years of war, Dafeng City, as a commercial and trading place closest to the endless sand sea, has more than doubled the price of all kinds of war materials.


    What the major forces in Dafeng City want to see most is that the war in the endless sand sea continues, and it''s best not to end forever.


    Huoyun sect, feihongzong and taiyimen all know this, but they have nothing to do.


    Take Taiyi gate as an example, although the important halls in the gate have been relatively perfect, such as pills, talismans and magic tools can be produced by themselves.


    However, once a war begins, the consumption of all kinds of war materials is astronomical. The production capacity of the sect alone can not supply it, and a large number of war materials must be purchased from the outside world.


    What taiyimen has to do now is to desperately exploit various resources in exchange for a large amount of war materials and slowly hoard them.


    Since huoyun sect hasn''t started with Feihong sect for the time being, Meng Zhang has enough time to read all kinds of classics slowly.


    He got a lot of jade slips from Wan Chongfeng last time. He just took this opportunity to read them slowly.


    In particular, the "Fusang Jinwu canon" recorded in the inheritance of precious beads is a fundamental classic that directly points to Yuanshen Avenue. Although it is impossible for him to give up his major in Dharma and turn to practice. However, after reading comprehension, you still benefit a lot, which can be used as an important reference.


    He also got a big surprise when reading all kinds of classics.


    A seemingly insignificant jade slip, which mainly records the travel notes of a Yuanshen elder of chongxuanzong.


    The elder Yuanshen loved to travel, and his footprints were all over many parts of the Middle Earth. He is well-informed and has encountered many interesting things.


    In his account, there are many introductions about the mysterious profession of Tianji master.


    Meng Zhang embarked on the road of Heavenly Master through a book called Dayan divine calculation, and has never communicated with other heavenly masters.


    I''ve been in contact with Gu yuehuai butterfly, the Heavenly Master, but I haven''t been able to identify myself.


    Although he is already a rare master of Tianji among Tianji masters, Meng Zhang still knows little about the profession of Tianji masters.


    By reading this narrative, he can be regarded as helping him make up an important lesson.


    There are two diametrically opposite paths among the heavenly masters, going along the sky and going against the sky.


    Tianji master deduces the changes of Tianji and peeps into the mysteries of the way of heaven through a variety of Tianji techniques.


    There is a price to pay for pushing the secret of heaven. Peeping into the way of heaven is naturally easy to lead to the counterattack of the way of heaven.


    Tianji masters often don''t live long, so they are more likely to be doomed than other practitioners.


    In order to resolve the counterattack of the way of heaven, some Tianji masters pay attention to responding to people according to the nature on weekdays.


    Conforming to the way of heaven is their code of conduct. They even find out and fill in deficiencies for the way of heaven and make up for what the way of heaven doesn''t take into account.


    Their ultimate goal is to become the spokesperson of heaven and act on behalf of heaven.


    The representative of this kind of Tianji master is the Tianji master of guantian Pavilion, the holy land of practice in the cultivation world.


    The whole heaven viewing Pavilion takes the way of observing heaven and the trip to heaven as its fundamental purpose.


    However, another kind of Heavenly Master is dedicated to looking for the loopholes of the heavenly way and avoiding the counterattack of the heavenly way.


    This kind of Heavenly Master goes against the way of heaven, which is naturally more likely to lead to the dislike of the way of heaven.


    Their ultimate goal is to completely break away from the bondage of the Tao of heaven and achieve real freedom.


    Although the ultimate goals and means of the two types of heavenly masters are diametrically opposite, they are not incompatible. Between the two, they often change each other.


    A master of heavenly secrets who acts according to heaven will inevitably have to disobey God''s will.


    The Heavenly Master who goes against the sky will also succumb to the majesty of the way of heaven.


    The really terrible ones in Tianji are a special kind of guys.


    This kind of Heavenly Master thinks that the heavenly way is a substitute for the walker, and is extremely enthusiastic about the heavenly way. He thinks that other heavenly masters, without the recognition of the heavenly way, will peep into the mystery of the heavenly way at will, which is not only disrespectful to the heavenly way, but also lead to terrible disasters and affect all living beings in heaven and earth.


    Therefore, they hunted and killed other heavenly masters crazily. Almost when you see one, you have to kill the other completely.


    This kind of Tianji master is regarded as a madman by other Tianji masters and is a public enemy among Tianji masters. Almost people hate people, but also people fear people.

 Chapter 513

    This kind of crazy Tianji master is nicknamed by other Tianji masters as blood hunting Tianji master.


    The nickname comes from their crazy and bloody hunting of other heavenly masters.


    Many Tianji masters believe that these so-called blood hunting Tianji masters have long been possessed and lost their consciousness. They are not human beings with independent will, but outright puppets, manipulated by inexplicable forces.


    In fact, because Tianji masters are very rare in the cultivation world and deliberately remain mysterious, many practitioners are not clear about the disputes between Tianji masters.


    Countless Xiuzhen forces want to have Tianji master.


    In order to protect their own Tianji masters, the cultivation forces with Tianji masters will not easily disclose any information about Tianji masters.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is a very famous monk in Dafeng City, but no outsiders know her identity as a Heavenly Master.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t have found it if it wasn''t a coincidence.


    After reading this paragraph, Meng Zhang has a good understanding of Tianji master. He was also glad that he had been cautious and did not easily expose his identity as a Heavenly Master because of his friendship with Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Although Gu yuehuai butterfly is gentle and friendly, it doesn''t look like a fanatical Blood Hunter. But there was no inscription on the Blood Hunter''s face.


    If she is really a blood hunter, in the face of the dispute over the avenue, she can kill without hesitation, not to mention her only friends, but also her classmates and relatives.


    As for the differences between the two paths of heaven and heaven, Meng Zhang has no clue for the time being.


    It''s just that he must try his best to act according to nature.


    He is not a sophomore. Before he grew up, he shouted to go against the sky and to the air every second.


    Meng Zhang still had a little doubt in his heart. It is said that Tianji is easy to cause disaster. However, although he has been a master of natural secrets for so long, he has encountered many dangers, it''s really hard to say if there are any major disasters.


    Is it because he is a transgressor, so God sees himself particularly pleasing to the eye and doesn''t drop disasters at will?


    Meng Zhang put aside this unreliable speculation and did not waste energy on these unthinkable things.


    Meng Zhang should keep his identity as secret as possible in order to avoid the crazy hunting of Blood Hunter.


    In addition to these records about Tianji master, other contents recorded above also opened Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    The major spiritual shrines in the Middle Earth continent, the various religious forces distributed, and the disputes between religious forces are very interesting.


    The richness of the Middle Earth mentioned in it is the envy of Meng Zhang.


    Compared with the endless sand sea and Gobi, the Middle Earth continent is extremely prosperous. It is a treasure land of cultivation that countless practitioners yearn for.


    The door of Taiyi is loose and tight, and Meng Zhang lives a leisurely life.


    Less than two months after Meng Zhang''s leisurely life, he was interrupted by an uninvited guest.


    Long lost immortal Jinli suddenly came outside Xiongshi mountain to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang respectfully invited immortal Jinli in. Just when he guessed the purpose of immortal Jinli in his heart, immortal Jinli shouted, "Meng Zhang, how dare you collude with huoyun sect."


    Meng Zhang was startled and calmed down immediately.


    If Immortal Jinli is really malicious, just do it directly.


    With her cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir, even with the help of the third-order mountain protection array, she is not her opponent.


    Jin Li seemed to intimidate herself, but in fact she gave herself a chance to explain.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect and immediately tried to explain.


    In his mouth, the red Yan immortal of huoyun sect tried his best to seduce himself although he offered various conditions. But I always stick to my heart and refuse his solicitation.


    As soon as Meng Zhang opened his mouth, he talked endlessly.


    Jin Li looked at Meng Zhang with a smile. After Meng Zhang finished, he said, "you''re still honest. You didn''t hide the things you deal with immortal ChiYan."


    "If you just refused to honestly admit that you had dealt with real ChiYan, even if you don''t want to do it again, you have to do it."


    Meng Zhang wiped a cold sweat that didn''t exist and showed his loyalty to immortal Jinli, saying that he would never collude with huoyun sect.


    In his heart, he secretly vomited. The red Yan immortal Meng Zhang has a teachable expression on the surface, but he doesn''t believe it at all in his heart.


    It''s true that Tianzhu Zhenjun has great powers and has good ears and eyes, but he is not an omniscient immortal. Besides, he certainly didn''t know the fact that he was a transgressor.


    Next, immortal Jinli beat Meng Zhang.


    As a great master in the later period of Yuanshen, Tianzhu Zhenjun is the real master of the endless sand sea. Even Fei hongzong, the ruler of the endless sand sea, is just his thug.


    Taiyi gate, as the sect gate of endless sand sea, no matter how developed and expanded, as long as there is no power against the true monarch of Yuanshen, it must obey the true monarch of Tianzhu.


    Since Tianzhu Zhenjun chose Feihong sect as the ruler of endless sand sea, Taiyi gate should obey Feihong sect. Even if Taiyi gate becomes jindanzong gate, we can''t easily disobey Feihong sect.


    Some time ago, what taiyimen did caused the opposition between taiyimen and Feihong sect.


    In particular, the fact that taiyimen dared to secretly communicate with huoyun sect, an outsider, made Tianzhu Zhenjun very unhappy.


    Fortunately, taiyimen and huoyun sect did not actually collude, and Meng Zhang did not accept the conditions of huoyun sect and reached any agreement with it.


    In addition, immortal Jinli gave taiyimen good advice, so Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t care too much.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang was naturally grateful to immortal Jinli and said many words of gratitude.


    Immortal Jinli ignored these nonsense and directly said her intention.


    Huoyun sect is about to fight feihongzong. In this war, taiyimen must stand on the side of Feihong Zong and help Feihong Zong against the war cloud sect.


    This is the meaning of Tianzhu Zhenjun. There is no room for Taiyi door to shirk.


    Although he knew that taiyimen could not refuse Tianzhu Zhenjun''s order, Meng Zhang still showed an embarrassed look.


    He didn''t want to disobey the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, but to bargain and seek more benefits for taiyimen.


    So Meng Zhang began to complain.


    In his mouth, Taiyi gate was full of people, who were very willing to serve Tianzhu Zhenjun. However, taiyimen is now facing many difficulties. It is difficult to draw up enough strength to assist feihongzong.

 Chapter 514

    Meng Zhang will push aside the words of immortal ChiYan and repeat them in front of immortal Jinli.


    What evil wind? The situation in the Gobi is unstable. Evil beasts may counterattack at any time. Taiyimen must be vigilant at all times


    In short, the meaning is very simple. It''s not Meng Zhang''s unwillingness to support feihongzong, but that the monsters in the Gobi are too powerful and the pressure is too great. He has no time to separate.


    Jin Li, who was very impatient by Meng Zhang''s complaint, interrupted Meng Zhang''s wordiness.


    Her attitude is very firm. Meng Zhang must mobilize the strength of the whole taiyimen to unconditionally support feihongzong.


    Immortal Jinli even moved out of Tianzhu Zhenjun and threatened Meng Zhang to obey the order.


    Looking at the seemingly stern appearance of immortal Jinli, Meng Zhang understood the idea of immortal Jinli.


    It seems that there is not a single heart between immortal Jinli and feihongzong.


    Immortal Jinli moved out of Tianzhu Zhenjun, which made Meng Zhang see through a lot of things.


    I remember that immortal Jinli once said that Tianzhu Zhenjun not only had to entangle with the fifth level great power, but also had to deal with the yuan God Zhenjun of the whole family. He really faced a lot of pressure.


    According to Meng Zhang''s understanding, there are many small moves before Taiyi gate, which are even more opposed to Feihong sect. Not long ago, Taiyi sect expelled feihongzong''s disciples and occupied feihongzong''s territory in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun did not take substantive action against Taiyi gate, but asked immortal Jinli to come to the door to warn.


    This shows that it is difficult for Tianzhu Zhenjun to directly interfere in the affairs of the endless sand sea.


    Especially now that the supremacy of Feihong sect is not guaranteed, there must be something wrong with Tianzhu Zhenjun''s control of the endless sand sea.


    As for immortal Jinli, she has been running for Tianzhu Zhenjun for many years as a chess piece, and her loyalty to Tianzhu Zhenjun should also be limited. At least between feihongzong and taiyimen, she obviously didn''t stand on the side of feihongzong.


    Of course, Yuanshen Zhenjun is Yuanshen Zhenjun after all. Who knows what means others have. Maybe Tianzhu Zhenjun can destroy Taiyi gate with a little more effort.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang will never hardtop, but just grind hard. He did not disobey the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, but there were some substantive difficulties.


    He said so much just to get some benefits.


    Although immortal Jinli scolded Meng Zhang with fierce words, she still had to let go in the face of Meng Zhang''s soft and hard work.


    The emperor is not bad for hungry soldiers. Taiyimen is not the direct line of Tianzhu Zhenjun. If you want taiyimen to work hard, you should give benefits.


    The last time Meng Zhang entered the small world of Zijin sect, immortal Jinli gave him a lot of benefits. She didn''t want to let Jin Li bleed again this time.


    Meng Zhang hinted in his words that he could speak to Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    With the wealth of Yuanshen Zhenjun, a small family like taiyimen can benefit from pulling out a hair at will.


    Meng Zhang also kindly gave a list and asked immortal Jinli to hand it over to Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    On this list, there are all kinds of heaven and earth spirits listed by Meng Zhang.


    These heaven and earth spirits will help the Dharma protector in the door to recover his cultivation. Taiyimen has been collecting with all its strength, but it has gained little.


    It''s rare to have the opportunity to speak to the yuan God Zhenjun. Meng Zhang won''t be polite.


    Meng Zhang''s careful thinking can''t hide from immortal Jinli at all.


    However, she doesn''t want her to bleed anyway, and she won''t be this villain.


    After taking the list, Jin Li glanced at it and scolded, "you really have a big appetite. Forget it, it''s none of my business anyway, and I don''t care about you."


    "Anyway, you should be ready first. Once the war starts, you must immediately support Feihong Zong. If you miss the overall situation, Tianzhu Zhenjun will not spare you."


    After that, immortal Jinli left.


    Meng Zhang knows that immortal Jinli is right. Taiyimen has not rejected the power of Tianzhu Zhenjun and must obey his orders.


    Because of his intuition as a Heavenly Master, he refused to be courted by immortal ChiYan of huoyun sect. Then he can only stand on the side of Tianzhu Zhenjun and work for Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Asking for benefits is one thing, but we must not miss the point.


    Fortunately, taiyimen has been actively preparing for war because of the changes in the endless sand sea over the years.


    As long as the sect needs it, it will soon be able to gather an army of friars and rush to the battlefield of endless sand sea.


    Immortal Jinli came here to let Meng Zhang know that the war was inevitable.


    From the perspective of paper strength, even if feihongzong and taiyimen join hands, they may not be the opponents of huoyun sect. Moreover, the attitude of Mobei Qi family has to be considered more.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can only hope that Tianzhu Zhenjun and Jinli immortal have considered these problems in advance and come up with solutions.


    After leaving the Gobi, immortal Jinli flew directly to the sand sea of death.


    Shortly after flying into the dead sand sea, Jin Li flew to an insignificant sand dune.


    On the sand dune, a middle-aged man with waxy yellow skin and abnormally tall and thin figure stood with positive and negative hands and stared at the sky.


    Immortal Jinli flew to the middle-aged man and saluted respectfully. "I''ve seen you, martial uncle."


    "Didn''t that boy make any moths?" the middle-aged man asked.


    "Under the prestige of martial uncle, there is only a little Jindan generation who dares to disobey you. Meng Zhang, the boy, has promised to lead the friars of taiyimen to fight. Just..." immortal Jinli lowered her head.


    "Just what?" the middle-aged man''s face sank.


    Jin Li handed over the list and said Meng Zhang''s requirements at the same time.


    The middle-aged man laughed angrily.


    "What a bold young man. I''ve been ripped off."


    "I can''t get away from the deep sand sea of death. This separated body has to deal with the old ghost of the whole family."


    "It seems that I have to let this boy take advantage of it."


    This middle-aged man is not the true master of Tianzhu Zhenjun, but an incarnation of him.


    When the Yuanshen Zhenjun reaches the middle stage of Yuanshen cultivation, he can divide the Yuanshen and condense a distraction again.


    If distraction can find the right sustenance, it can be cultivated into an external incarnation.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s Buddha is entangled with the fifth level power in the deep sand sea of death. Only this external incarnation can move freely.


    And because of the original agreement with the great power, this external avatar can''t take the initiative to fight the enemy in the endless sand sea.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun was commensurate with immortal Jinli''s master brother, so immortal Jinli called him Shibo.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun took in Jinli immortal who had fled to the endless sand sea and gave her shelter.


    In return, Jin Li will work for him.


    The relationship between two people needs and uses more elements of each other. Elder martial uncle and nephew are just polite titles, and they don''t have much affection for the school.

 Chapter 515

    "He''s really a greedy boy. He can''t go far on the road of practice because of his character of forgetting his life in the face of small profits and cherishing his body in the face of major events."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation gave an evaluation of Meng Zhang, and his tone was full of disdain.


    Meng Zhang''s insatiable practice is the norm among practitioners. Although Tianzhu Zhenjun is a little unhappy, it is understandable.


    In particular, he was originally a casual practitioner and did a lot of things to take great risks and seize every opportunity to seek benefits.


    He glanced at the list.


    "Although we can use this boy now and let him take advantage of it, we can''t let him take whatever he wants."


    He took out several items from his body and threw them to immortal Jinli.


    "Tell the boy that these things will be given to him by the old man."


    "Since you have received my things, you must do things well. If you miss my important event, I can''t spare him, and the whole Taiyi gate will bury him."


    Immortal Jinli, who took over the things, was ordered to leave and fly away from this place.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation is more arrogant than his own.


    Because the situation forced him to shed a little blood, he was very upset.


    He is not distressed about this loss, but a little upset.


    When did a little golden elixir dare to ask for benefits from Yuanshen Zhenjun? Is there any reason?


    If he can do it freely, he can easily wipe out the whole endless sand sea. Taiyimen and huoyun sect are mole ants and are vulnerable at one blow.


    Unfortunately, now he has to rely on mole ants like taiyimen to deal with another more powerful mole ant huoyun sect.


    When he was upset there, a gentle breeze blew near the hill.


    "Xuanfeng boy, don''t get out of Benzhen."


    A breeze turned in the air, turned into a figure, fell on the sand dune, and stood face to face in front of the incarnation outside Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    This is a middle-aged man who looks quite elegant and elegant. He is the Xuanfeng Zhenjun of Jiuqu League.


    "Brother Tianzhu, why are you so angry? How did you think about the matter I mentioned last time?"


    "It''s true that the tiger fell flat and the sun was bullied by the dog, and the Longyou shoal was played by the shrimp. I was entangled, and all cats and dogs jumped out."


    "Xuanfeng boy, you''re dead. I''d rather not achieve great things than let you take advantage of others."


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is also a Yuanshen Zhenjun at least. He is also highly respected in Jiuqu League and is respected by countless practitioners.


    He was also the true God of the Yuan Dynasty, but he was so mercilessly scolded by the incarnation of the true God of Tianzhu that he couldn''t hang on his face.


    "Old Tianzhu, don''t be unkind. I''m good at talking to you, but you hurt people. You really think I can''t do anything with you."


    "It really annoys me. Believe it or not, I''ll let you lose all your previous efforts."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation was full of disdain.


    "Do you have that skill? What kind of goods are you? I don''t know yet. Take out whatever Niuhuang and mabao you have."


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is not the first time to deal with Tianzhu Zhenjun. It''s the first time to be so abused.


    It''s also his bad luck. He just ran into each other when he was in a bad mood.


    "Wait, I''ll show you the power."


    Knowing that it was useless to say more, Xuanfeng Zhenjun left a cruel word and left directly.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s original self is the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage. This incarnation also has the cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle stage.


    Although Xuanfeng Zhenjun was also a monk in the middle of the yuan God, he didn''t dare to say that he could defeat each other.


    Before leaving, Xuanfeng Zhenjun looked at the back of the dune.


    After he left, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation said angrily, "come out, old ghost of the whole family. You hide there, and the boy has already found you."


    Before the voice fell, the air behind the sand dunes rippled, and a tall old man with a gloomy face appeared out of thin air.


    "I didn''t mean to hide here. I just didn''t bother to talk to this villain."


    "He is a villain, and you are not a good bird. You can only take advantage of people''s danger. You are all birds of a feather."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation also has no good face to each other.


    "Are you Qi Mingyun or Qi Mingyuan now? Although one body and two souls are rare in the cultivation world, I have heard of them. However, one body and two souls can also cultivate to the realm of Yuanshen. You are the first person in the cultivation world."


    The old man who has just appeared is the yuan God Zhenjun of the whole family. He is not only the true monarch of Qi Mingyuan, but also the true monarch of Qi Mingyun.


    In the same body, there are two completely different souls.


    He was born with one body and two souls. He has a strange talent and magic power.


    After embarking on the road of cultivation, after countless hardships, he finally became the true monarch of the yuan God.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, the advantages of one body and two souls have been brought into full play.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation doesn''t look up to Xuanfeng Zhenjun, but he doesn''t dare to despise this old opponent who is also the cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle period.


    If he really wants to start, he really can''t beat the other party''s grasp.


    "Ming is far away. I''m Qi Mingyun. But it doesn''t make much difference to you anyway." said Qi Mingyun Zhenjun.


    "It seems that you and Xuanfeng have broken down. In this way, you have to accept my conditions."


    "I can''t help it. I like you better. I''d rather bargain with you than the rat." Tianzhu Zhenjun incarnated a look of unwilling.


    Qi Mingyun turned his eyes.


    Not long ago, Tianzhu Zhenjun also instructed feihongzong to eradicate Mobei Qi family and completely cut off his arm.


    Now, because of Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s relationship, huoyun sect has succeeded in raiding Feihong sect. In order to avoid the complete collapse of the endless sand sea, Tianzhu Zhenjun had to compromise with Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun in exchange for Mobei Qijia to stand on the side of feihongzong.


    To tell the truth, Tianzhu Zhenjun made such a choice, which was a little unexpected for Qi Mingyuan and Qi Mingyun.


    In the past, Tianzhu Zhenjun and he jointly rejected Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who didn''t want to stir up the situation.


    Now Xuanfeng Zhenjun has entered the game. He just gets enough benefits from Tianzhu Zhenjun and doesn''t touch the bottom line of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    What Qi Mingyun and Qi Mingyuan covet is the forbidden land of Tianzhu Zhenjun, which is related to the avenue of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    It''s a little strange that Tianzhu Zhenjun would rather compromise with Qi Mingyuan and expel Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Of course, Tianzhu Zhenjun took the initiative to compromise with Qi Mingyuan. Naturally, they have no reason to refuse.


    While they negotiated the terms with Tianzhu Zhenjun, they secretly guarded in their hearts and strengthened their defense against Tianzhu Zhenjun.

 Chapter 516

    The will of Yuanshen Zhenjun determines the future of the endless sand sea. Since the enemies and friends between the three Yuanshen Zhenjun have been clear, huoyun sect, taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia will also be divided into different camps to start a new round of war.


    In other words, immortal Jinli left the sand sea of death and came to Xiongshi mountain again with several Heaven and earth spirits given by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has been stationed in the garrison on this side of Xiongshi mountain and rarely leaves.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, she said unhappily, "you''re lucky. Martial uncle Tianzhu decided to let you pick up a big bargain."


    While talking, immortal Jinli threw several Heaven and Earth Spirit objects to Meng Zhang.


    "Boy, remember, this kind of thing can''t happen again. It''s not easy to take advantage of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Martial uncle Tianzhu is not so easy to talk every time."


    "You are lucky to succeed this time. Don''t be contemptuous of the yuan God Zhenjun."


    Immortal Jinli warned Meng Zhang very seriously.


    Meng Zhang can certainly feel the kindness of immortal Jinli.


    He smiled a little embarrassed. It was time to change his problem that he was uncomfortable when he didn''t take advantage of it. At least he is also a golden elixir. He is also the respect of a school. He still needs to talk about his face more or less.


    Meng Zhang took over several Heaven and Earth Spirit objects. At a glance, his face immediately showed an uncontrollable color of ecstasy.


    The whole Taiyi sect is hard to find. It''s a rare thing in heaven and earth. Yuanshen Zhenjun can take it out easily. This is the gap.


    If every time he pulls down his face, he can harvest a batch of heaven and earth spirits, Meng Zhang would rather throw his face to the ground.


    The most precious of these things is a small bottle of Tianyi real water.


    Tianyi real water plays a great role in the yuan God Zhenjun who practices the water system skill. Tianzhu Zhenjun was so generous that he was willing to take it out, which was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    However, after careful inspection, Meng Zhang found that this small bottle of Tianyi real water was not only poor in quantity, but also not pure enough.


    No wonder Tianzhu Zhenjun is willing to take it out. Tianyi Zhenshui, which is not pure enough, is very chicken ribs for Yuanshen Zhenjun and is not enough to do anything.


    Of course, the things that Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t look up to are rare treasures for friars in the foundation period and even immortal Jindan.


    With this small bottle of Tianyi real water, the weak water God should be able to recover most of his accomplishments.


    Several other celestial spirits are not as valuable as this small bottle of Tianyi real water, but they are also very precious. It is of great use to the current Dharma protectors of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang tried to suppress the happy look on his face, but still didn''t forget to complain to immortal Jinli.


    He complained this time, without many acting elements, and really said the difficulties he faced.


    In addition to the huge number of friars in huoyun sect, there are three real people, ChiYan real person, dark cloud real person and lieyun real person, who enter the endless sand sea.


    In the Mountain Gate of huoyun sect, there are also the leader huoyun immortal and LAN Yan immortal.


    Both of them are accomplishments in the middle of the golden elixir. Once they enter the endless sand sea, no one can resist Feihong Zong and Taiyi gate.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, immortal Jinli looked disdainful, so Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry about it. Immortal huoyun and immortal LAN Yan are not enough to suffer. It is impossible to enter the endless sand sea.


    The strength comparison of immortal Jindan is related to the victory or defeat of the next war. Meng Zhang did not easily accept the statement of immortal Jinli and asked her to tell all the details.


    Jin Li first showed an embarrassed look on her face, and then slowly told Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that although immortal Jinli could not take the initiative to fight in the endless sand sea, there was no such restriction outside the endless sand sea.


    If the huoyun sect has no background, immortal Jinli can make the huoyun sect uneasy and have no time to care about him alone.


    But huoyun sect is not only a member of Jiuqu League, but also secretly supported by Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Immortal Jinli is so brave that she doesn''t dare to attack huoyun sect directly.


    However, she obeyed Tianzhu Zhenjun''s orders and has been monitoring the movements of huoyun sect.


    With her cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir, the huoyun sect not only couldn''t help her, but also dared not take the initiative to provoke her.


    In recent years, Feihong sect has repeatedly gained the upper hand in the war with huoyun sect, largely because the intelligence provided by immortal Jinli has made Feihong sect clear about the reality of huoyun sect.


    But some time ago, Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s disciples tried to entangle immortal Jin Li, so that she had no time to distract herself and continue to monitor huoyun sect.


    The fire cloud sect kept the news that immortal lie Yun and immortal dark cloud of the fire cloud sect had recovered from their injuries. The fire cloud sect kept it strictly confidential and hid immortal Jin Li.


    It was precisely because two Jindan immortal joined as a new force that the empty Feihong sect collapsed thousands of miles, and even immortal Feiyu died in the war.


    In addition to Feihong sect''s Jindan immortal being too greedy and focusing on the crow nest, Jinli immortal is also to blame for the defeat of Feihong sect.


    Feihongzong did not follow the instructions of Tianzhu Zhenjun to eradicate the Mobei Qi family. Instead, he played his own small abacus and attacked the crow nest.


    Feihongzong suffered a serious failure and lost control of the endless sand sea, which made Tianzhu Zhenjun very angry.


    However, feihongzong still has great utilization value, and Tianzhu Zhenjun can''t live without them. Therefore, he could only resist his anger and, in turn, support feihongzong''s counter attack.


    The dereliction of duty immortal Jinli became the object of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s anger. She was scolded and suffered a lot.


    Probably with the idea of atoning for her meritorious deeds, immortal Jinli strengthened the monitoring of huoyun sect, and even ventured to sneak into the Mountain Gate of huoyun sect.


    Kung Fu pays off, and finally she gets the latest information about huoyun sect.


    Huoyun immortal, the leader of huoyun sect, needs to master a treasure of huoyun sect. He can''t leave the Mountain Gate of huoyun sect too far.


    With this treasure in hand, he is near the Mountain Gate of huoyun sect and can fight against the monks in the later stage of Jindan.


    But because of the drag of this treasure, he was also dragged around the Mountain Gate of huoyun sect.


    Last time, immortal LAN Yan, immortal dark cloud and immortal lie Yun were designed by Heming sect and fell into the siege of Feihong sect.


    After the three were seriously injured and fled back to huoyun sect, immortal LAN Yan was the most seriously injured and in the worst condition.


    The injuries of dark cloud immortal and fierce cloud immortal have recovered, but the situation of LAN Yan immortal is getting worse and worse.


    Now, immortal LAN Yan can''t even get out of bed, let alone fight with others.


    Dying, he lingered in bed all day, and there were not many days to live.


    Huoyun sect nominally has two monks in the middle of Jindan, but they can''t be used in the next war in the endless sand sea.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s skeptical eyes, immortal Jinli insisted that her intelligence was correct. In order to win the trust of others, she even had to swear.


    Seeing the appearance of Jin Li, Meng Zhang chose to believe her intelligence.

 Chapter 517

    Meng Zhang remembered the words that immortal ChiYan threatened his family last time. The old guy was obviously bluffing.


    The old guy looks like an honest man, but he doesn''t blink when he tells a lie.


    At the beginning, immortal ChiYan, later immortal lieyun and immortal dark cloud appeared in the endless sand sea, suddenly participated in the war and established the victory.


    When he came to the door again, he threatened Meng Zhang with immortal huoyun and immortal LAN Yan.


    Some true and false words almost frightened Meng Zhang.


    If Jin Li didn''t tell the truth today, Meng Zhang didn''t know that Chi Yan was lying. I''m afraid he had to worry about huoyun and LAN Yan all the time.


    Sure enough, there is no aversion to fraud. Half true and half false lies are the hardest to see through.


    Since immortal huoyun and immortal LAN Yan cannot enter the endless sand sea to fight, from the level of immortal Jindan, taiyimen and feihongzong are no weaker than their opponents.


    Flying stone immortal in the middle of Jindan, Wu Mingwei in the early stage of Jindan, and Meng Zhang in the early stage of Jindan. For the ChiYan immortal in the middle of the golden elixir, the dark cloud immortal and the strong cloud immortal in the early stage of the golden elixir, they are really equal.


    I just don''t know if Immortal Feishi''s injury has recovered?


    Immortal Jinli told Meng Zhang that there was a panacea given by Emperor Zhenjun of Tianzhu. Immortal Feishi''s injury has almost healed and can be shot at any time.


    In addition, she told Meng Zhang that Mobei Qi family would also stand on the side of Feihong sect and participate in the battle against huoyun sect.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing. Qi Nanfei and Hong Siming killed the flying general. The Mobei Qi family had taken over a blood feud with Feihong Zong, and Feihong Zong was almost going to exterminate the Mobei Qi family.


    But in the twinkling of an eye, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia became comrades in arms on the same front.


    I don''t know if I will feel embarrassed when the senior leaders of the two forces meet.


    The transformation of the relationship between enemies and friends in the cultivation world is so sudden, so unexpected, and is not affected by personal feelings.


    For Mobei Qi family, joining Feihong sect is also unprofitable and even thankless.


    But the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun outweighed the interests and emotional tendencies of the family.


    Next, the air in the endless sand sea became tense.


    Feihongzong, taiyimen and other sects are almost undisguised preparations for war.


    Immortal Jinli went back and forth several times to bridge the three forces and coordinate their differences.


    Those other cultivation forces in the endless sand sea were keenly aware of the coming storm.


    Unfortunately, they are weak. In such a storm, they have no independent power at all. They can only float in the wind like duckweed in the storm.


    Except for several Dharma protectors who are refining the spirits of heaven and earth, the power of the whole sect has been mobilized.


    Hanhai road alliance has been established for so long, and its members have enjoyed many benefits. Now it is time for them to contribute to the road alliance.


    With the issuance of Meng Zhang''s call-up order, each force in Hanhai Dao alliance was elite and sent most of the forces in the door.


    With the taiyimen friar as the core and the friars of various forces of Hanhai daomeng as the wings, a huge army of friars was formed.


    Feihongzong lost more than half of the endless sand sea because of his last failure. Not only did our friars suffer heavy losses, but also almost all the vassal families were lost. The great Xiuzhen forces that had been subject to Feihong sect also changed their masters.


    Immortal Feishi knew that Tianzhu Zhenjun was very angry because of Feihong Zong''s last action.


    Don''t look at how beautiful feihongzong used to be. But without the support of Tianzhu Zhenjun, feihongzong is nothing.


    As long as Tianzhu Zhenjun is willing, he can knock down feihongzong at any time.


    This is the last chance for Feihong sect. If we can''t make up for our mistakes, Feihong sect will have no future.


    Therefore, Feihong sect is the friars in the door, forming an army of friars that can barely catch the eye.


    It''s the Qi family in Mobei. Immortal Qi Nanfei said that the Qi family lost too much in the Gobi last time, and most of the monks in the door lost. It''s really impossible to send too many monks to fight.


    Qi Nanfei only took more than ten people with him, so he went to the battlefield in a flying boat.


    Anyway, as long as he is willing to fight, it is a good thing.


    At least at the level of Jindan immortal, feihongzong has an advantage.


    In this war, feihongzong took the initiative to attack.


    After the army of friars Fei hongzong left Huangsha ridge, they took a flying boat and killed directly to the original Feihong mountain.


    It was the earliest Mountain Gate of Zijin sect, called Zijin Mountain. After the demise of Zijin sect, it became the new Mountain Gate of Feihong sect and was renamed Feihong mountain.


    Now it''s in the hands of huoyun sect. I haven''t had time to change my name.


    This place is the best place for the whole endless sand sea to practice and is the ruling core of the endless sand sea. The whole mountain is located on a third-order spiritual vein. It has abundant aura and rich resources around.


    Feihong mountain once suffered heavy losses during the raid of huoyun sect Jindan immortal, and completely turned into ruins.


    Later, although feihongzong rebuilt this place, it was far less than that in its heyday.


    In the last attack, huoyun sect not only broke through the mountain protection array arranged here, but also destroyed most of the buildings on the mountain.


    The huoyun sect has occupied here for too short a time and has not had time to rebuild it.


    Immortal Jindan in the gate just arranged a three-level mountain protection array here as the last support.


    Feihongzong, taiyimen and Mobei Qijia are three forces, because everyone has a criminal record of harming his teammates. Now, because of the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun, we have to come together and become temporary comrades in arms.


    But there is absolutely no trust between them. Even if he knows that the other party does not dare to disobey the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun, he will betray. But they were still wary of each other and carefully guarded against each other.


    Since the three forces have no trust at all, it is naturally impossible to join forces.


    They were simply divided into three completely independent teams, keeping an appropriate distance from each other.


    An appropriate distance can not only make them feel at ease with each other, but also enable them to take care of and support each other at critical moments.


    The huoyun sect, facing the active attack of Feihong sect, has no plan to defend Feihong mountain by relying on the third-order mountain protection array.


    But the main force did its best, the army pulled out and took the initiative to meet the invading enemy.


    In addition to the friars of the huoyun sect, a large number of dependent friars were mobilized as servants.


    Feihongzong''s original vassal family, the various Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea, since they have changed their masters, they must obey the new masters.


    Facing the powerful army of huoyun sect friars, they were unable to compete. They were unwilling to fight against the old master Fei hongzong.

 Chapter 518

    Under the strict order of huoyun sect, these forces who have recently taken refuge have also dispatched all those who can fight in the gate to listen to orders around Feihong city.


    These friars with complex sources have low morale and no fighting spirit. Naturally, friars of huoyun sect will not trust them, let alone reuse them.


    Huoyun sent friars to organize them into servants and soldiers, which is to use them as cannon fodder to consume the enemy''s strength on the battlefield.


    These monks are not fools. They know their own fate, but they are unable to resist at all.


    If you are honest and obedient, there may be a glimmer of life on the battlefield. But if you dare to disobey the order, you will be wiped out by the friars of huoyun sect immediately. Not only is it difficult for one''s family to escape death, but also it will affect the family and clan behind it.


    The most important thing to hang out in the cultivation world is to know the current affairs. The friars of huoyun sect don''t have to make an example. They are all obedient, which saves a lot of energy for the friars of huoyun sect.


    Therefore, the friars of huoyun sect easily manipulated them, drove away the cannon fodder as the precursor, and took the initiative to meet the attacking three forces.


    In addition to the small number of Qi family in Mobei, the friars of taiyimen and feihongzong are listed in a large array, advancing step by step towards the friars of huoyun sect.


    Huoyun sect did not stick to it, but took the initiative to fight with the friars of the three forces. Naturally, it also has confidence.


    The cannon fodder was driven to the front by the friars of huoyun sect. The friars of huoyun sect deployed the war law array at the bottom of the huoyun sect - haodang huoyun array.


    Feihongzong''s quadrupole Zhenyue array and taiyimen''s yin-yang rotation array easily defeated the loose formation of cannon fodder friars and hit the mighty fire cloud array.


    The Dharma array composed of a large number of monks collided and fought on the earth. You come and I go, and each other has attack and defense.


    In such a friar war, it is basically a war between soldiers and generals.


    Immortal ChiYan of huoyun sect flew into the air with immortal dark cloud and immortal strong cloud and took the initiative to invite feihongzong to fight.


    Immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei rushed over without showing weakness, looking aggressive.


    Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei exchanged helpless eyes and knew that the fight could not allow them to shrink back.


    They flew in two different directions and joined the battle.


    The seven golden elixirs were divided into two opposing camps and fought in the air.


    I saw the fire clouds surging in the air, the heat waves rolling, the strength overflowing, and the wind roaring. All kinds of spells are bombarded, and all kinds of magic instruments are flying around.


    Feihongzong has a number advantage, and the combat effectiveness of the four golden elixirs is not poor. But in the face of huoyun sect, the three golden elixirs worked together, but they couldn''t get the upper hand.


    The two sides fought for a long time, but it was hard to tell which was the winner.


    Huoyun sect is far more powerful than Feihong sect as a golden elixir sect. The inheritance of the sect is better and deeper. All the magic tools, talismans and other articles used by the three golden elixirs, including immortal ChiYan, are exquisite.


    The three of them showed great combat effectiveness. Even if the number was one less, they did not show weakness and attacked the enemy, and did not lose the wind at all.


    Immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei stopped talking. The Mobei Qi family, born of immortal Qi Nanfei, is a branch of the Qi family, the Xiuzhen family in mainland China. Even if you can''t get the true biography of your family, you can also have an authentic and superior inheritance.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, although he didn''t finish the pill for a long time, in terms of combat effectiveness, few monks in the early days of the golden pill could defeat him.


    If Qi Nanfei and Meng zhangken wholeheartedly cooperated with feihongzong and Jindan, I''m afraid the war situation would have changed long ago.


    Unfortunately, the two of them were unwilling to participate in the battle that had little to do with their own family. Even if he had to go to the battlefield because of the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun, he had no intention to go all out.


    With the help of Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei, Feihong sect will not lose. But they don''t want feihongzong to have the upper hand.


    It really makes the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect anxious. Once they fight for their lives, what should they do?


    Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei are the pillars of their respective forces. They are delicate and expensive, and can''t tolerate any mistakes.


    Feihong Zong won''t do them any good. There''s no need to work too hard.


    Even if they fight hard, feihongzong doesn''t necessarily appreciate them.


    Now the situation is the best, invincible, and everyone is equal.


    If such a battle can continue until the end of time, it would be best.


    Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei both held such a mind. Naturally, they didn''t take out their own killer mace, but just used conventional means to fight the enemy.


    Of course, they are not completely out of work. If they don''t put out some strength, the two golden elixirs of feihongzong can''t resist their opponents.


    Seven golden elixirs fight in the air. It seems that the war is fierce, but there have been no casualties, and neither side has been defeated.


    Immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei are not fools, especially immortal Feishi, as friars in the middle of the golden elixir, has a very sharp vision. He has long seen that Meng Zhang and immortal Qi Nanfei have two hearts.


    But I can see how it can be. If others do not contribute, they can only master it by themselves.


    Immortal Feishi also whispered several times, urging them to take some real skills and defeat their opponents as soon as possible.


    Immortal Qi Nanfei didn''t bother to talk to him at all, and didn''t have a good face to show him.


    Meng Zhang gave him some face and explained his grievances.


    I''m not old enough to get married soon. I have only such a little strength. The opponent is too strong. Even if he shows all his skills, he has only such performance.


    I don''t want to help, but I''m powerless. I''ve tried my best. There''s really no way.


    Meng Zhang didn''t explain. As soon as he explained, immortal Feishi felt a burst of fire.


    But Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei are like this, and he has no better way.


    Only everyone knows their real strength and how many killer maces they have. Even if Immortal Feishi has a good eye, he can''t catch their painful feet.


    Even, immortal Feishi only hid his dissatisfaction in his heart and didn''t dare to scold them at will.


    Although Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei immortal had to stand on the side of feihongzong and help feihongzong fight because of the order of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    But behind the huoyun sect, there is also the support of Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Qi Nanfei may not dare to disobey the order of the yuan God Zhenjun of the Qi family, but Meng Zhang doesn''t have so many scruples. He has no loyalty to feihongzong or Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    It really annoyed him. He threw himself into the camp of huoyun sect and sought the shelter of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. The strength will be reversed immediately and the war situation will collapse soon.


    Immortal Feishi doesn''t know enough about Meng Zhang. He can only guess him with the worst mind.

 Chapter 519

    Flying stone immortal is also helpless. He can only default to the current situation.


    It''s better to win than lose.


    With such an idea in mind, immortal Feishi''s idea of revenge can only be suppressed temporarily. He put aside his resentment and tried his best to maintain the current war situation.


    The three golden elixirs of huoyun sect have a strong desire to win, but they can maintain such a draw with the weak against the strong, which is the result of their all-out efforts.


    Whenever they want to beat Feihong sect, Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei will also have a tacit understanding and work hard to maintain the balance of the war.


    When they are exhausted and start to breathe back, Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei will also stop their strength and pretend that they can''t catch it.


    Because Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei had their own ghosts, the war situation in the air fell into a stalemate.


    On the ground, Fei hongzong and the friars of taiyimen joined hands against the friars of huoyun sect.


    Wen qiansuan, as the most excellent array mage of taiyimen, is responsible for directing the array arrangement of taiyimen friars.


    Before the war, Meng Zhang specially entrusted him. In this war, we do not seek to win. The first priority is to preserve our strength and save the lives of our friars.


    Other forces of hanhaidao alliance also sent a large number of monks to form a military array. Move beside the yin-yang reversal array of Taiyi gate and fight with the friars of Taiyi gate.


    Friar Fei hongzong and Friar huoyun sect are enemies. They are very jealous.


    There was no need to mobilize, let alone a word of nonsense. Soon after the war, the monks on both sides immediately began to fight desperately.


    Of course, although the two sides had deep hatred, they were not carried away, let alone confused. In such a war, the individual strength of monks is seriously suppressed. We need to cooperate with each other and rely on the strength of the array to lay the victory or defeat.


    The four pole Zhenyue array and huoyun haodang array collided and impacted constantly, and casualties soon appeared in the Dharma array.


    The strength of huoyun sect is above Feihong sect.


    Don''t say that he has experienced many losses. Even in his heyday, it is difficult for Feihong sect to stop the friars of huoyun sect.


    Fei hongzong took out his old capital and pieced together the seemingly strong army of monks in front of him. But after a fierce battle, it slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    Fortunately, there are friars of taiyimen nearby to help.


    Wen qiansuan commanded friar taiyimen to attack from the side, which played a great restraining role, making friars of huoyun sect unable to deal with friar feihongzong with all their strength, which helped feihongzong reduce a lot of pressure.


    The miscellaneous team composed of various members of Hanhai daomeng followed the movement of the friars of taiyimen, but it didn''t play much role.


    After being scattered by the army of Feihong sect, the friars who took refuge in the forces of huoyun sect gathered reluctantly under the orders of several friars of huoyun sect.


    Although these friars without the slightest fighting spirit can not play a role in frontal combat, they can harass feihongzong from the side.


    While commanding the yin-yang rotation array of Taiyi gate, Wen qiansuan always paid attention to the changes in the whole war situation. Naturally, he immediately found the trend there.


    The allied army of Hanhai road alliance did not play a big role, but was a little in the way.


    It is Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, who commands the coalition army. Jin Qigu herself is very capable and resourceful. Before, she also commanded this army in an orderly manner.


    But after the golden elixir sect like shanghuoyun sect, don''t mention other forces, even Jin Qigu herself has a little guilty. Therefore, the performance in the face of the war is not good, which makes Wen qiansuan very disappointed.


    Seeing that the enemy was reorganizing not far away, Wen qiansuan simply ordered Jin Qigu to lead the coalition of hanhaidao alliance to attack the servant cannon fodder of huoyun sect.


    After the order, everyone, including Jin Qigu, breathed a sigh of relief.


    They are not confident enough in the face of huoyun sect. They really don''t have any pressure on these patchwork servants.


    Although the number is less than the other party, and the overall strength is also inferior. But with high morale, they took the initiative to attack their opponents.


    Miscellaneous brand vs. miscellaneous brand, cannon fodder vs. cannon fodder, I really feel like I will meet a good talent and match my opponent.


    The two sides banged and banged, with great movement, but few casualties.


    Hanhai Dao alliance is almost a speech hall of Taiyi gate, and other forces in the alliance are essentially vassals of Taiyi gate.


    How is it possible for them to work for taiyimen regardless of their own losses?


    It''s not a big problem to fight with the wind and Taiping boxing like now. It''s a little difficult for them to work hard with their opponents.


    Their opponents, those who used to depend on Feihong sect and are now forced to take refuge in huoyun sect, have no fighting spirit.


    Even if the huoyun sect friars who are in charge of the war yell at them, they are just pretending that they don''t work.


    Speaking of it, we are all the forces of truth cultivation in the endless sand sea. We have something to do with each other, and there are even some familiar people.


    Some brave guys, when fighting, secretly don''t forget to communicate with each other, pull a relationship, make love, and let each other show mercy.


    In this way, it is divided into three battlefields, each with different performances.


    Among the three battlefields, the most fierce battle is the battlefield of the seven golden elixirs, but there have been no casualties.


    The battlefield where the friars of Feihong sect fought with those of huoyun sect suffered the most casualties.


    After a fierce bloody battle, not only the friars of feihongzong and huoyun sect suffered heavy losses, but also many casualties occurred in taiyimen, which was holding back the attack.


    Wen qiansuan, who was in charge of commanding the battle, was of course saddened by the casualties of his fellow soldiers. But he knew that these casualties could not be avoided.


    Only after the tempering of World War I can friar taiyimen grow into a master of all wars.


    It was the third battlefield with the most lively fighting, and there were few casualties.


    The war lasted a whole day and night.


    The friars of Hanhai Taoist League and their opponents were exhausted and unable to fight.


    We fought powerlessly. Many people didn''t even bother to pretend. They went directly to a place to meditate and regulate their breath.


    The friar army of Feihong sect and the friar army of huoyun sect fought for so long, shed enough blood, and the fighting enthusiasm of both sides also dissipated a lot.


    The frequency of attacks by both sides is decreasing, and the interval between attacks is getting longer and longer.


    The seven golden elixirs in the sky are not tired. Everyone is fighting in high spirits.


    For immortal Jindan, even if such a battle lasts for ten days and a half months, he will not feel the slightest fatigue.


    The war on the two battlefields on the ground began to end. Everyone called in gold and drew back, ready to go back to rest and fight again.


    The seven golden elixirs are not affected by the outside world. They still fight according to the original rhythm, and there is no sign of ending in a short time.

 Chapter 520

    After returning to recuperate, the low-level friars of several forces fought again.


    Everyone was tired and went back to rest. After rest, they continued to fight.


    Although there were many casualties, it was still difficult to tell the outcome.


    After several repetitions, everyone knows that unless the golden elixir immortal can decide the outcome as soon as possible, it will be a long-lasting war.


    The seven golden elixirs fought in the sky for more than ten days, but it was still an invincible ending.


    Finally, the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect couldn''t stand it. After forcing their opponents back, they took the initiative to fly back to their own friars and command the friars to retreat slowly.


    Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei have no intention to pursue, and immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei have no courage to go deep alone. With a helpless look at each other, they also joined the disciples of Feihong sect and slowly withdrew from the battlefield.


    Next, huoyun sect, feihongzong and taiyimen all set up camp in the field and set up a temporary protection array.


    The war thus entered a stalemate.


    Every once in a while, the seven golden elixirs come out to fight. It''s always an unbearable situation.


    When the fight is tired or bored, both sides will end the fight and return respectively.


    The armies of monks on both sides will also be in formation and fight once in a while.


    In addition to leaving a pile of corpses and bleeding in vain, there is no victory or defeat, nor can it determine the direction of the war.


    Huoyun sect and Feihong sect are certainly not satisfied with this situation, but they can''t find a way to break the situation for the time being.


    Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei are real people, but they are eager to do so. They are very satisfied with the current situation.


    The death and injury of the taiyimen friar made Meng Zhang a little heartache. He can only regard this as a kind of exercise for his disciples.


    The friars of the three sects set up their strongholds in the wild, and there is no spiritual pulse to use.


    From the golden elixir immortal in the door to the disciples in the Qi refining period in the door, they need to spend a lot of spirit stones continuously in order to maintain their daily needs and ensure lessons such as meditation and breath regulation.


    Especially immortal Jindan, if you want to ensure that your accomplishments do not fall, you need to spend the top-grade spirit stone to set up a spirit gathering array. If you want to ensure continuous daily cultivation and continuous progress in cultivation, you need to consume spiritual marrow.


    Especially in the continuous war, all friars lost their true Qi seriously and needed more spirit stones.


    After the war lasted for some time, there was no problem with the rich huoyun sect. Taiyimen and feihongzong are two zongmen, but they feel a little overwhelmed.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for many years. There are still some details, and the family background is even better. But after so many years of continuous consumption, especially the last defeat, even the mountain gate was lost, and the loss was extremely heavy.


    He lost almost all his territory and control over the endless sand sea, and feihongzong lost almost all his sources of income.


    Now feihongzong is forced to support by a few old sources.


    If it''s okay to make a quick decision, the war will drag on for a long time, and Feihong Zong''s old capital will soon be exhausted.


    After so many years of preparation, taiyimen has been actively preparing for war. According to principle, the preparation for war has been very sufficient.


    But after the war, Meng ZhangCai found that he still underestimated the consumption of the war between Jindan zongmen.


    The materials accumulated before the taiyimen war are consumed rapidly, but it is difficult to supplement them.


    Taiyimen currently occupies such a vast and rich territory, but it has not been given enough time for development.


    Most of the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng are tied up in the battlefield. There is no enough manpower on the Gobi side, and all development work has entered a semi stagnant state. The obtained resources can barely meet the needs of the Gobi.


    The territory of taiyimen in the endless sand sea is a little barren, but after years of full development, everything is on the right track. Even if most of the friars are removed, they can continue to provide various resources to supplement the friars of taiyimen.


    Of course, this supplement is a drop in the bucket compared with the daily consumption of the army.


    Although the materials accumulated before the taiyimen war are far from exhausted, they can continue to support for a long time.


    However, Meng Zhang felt very painful and felt that this consumption was meaningless.


    At this time, Meng Zhang doubted his previous decision.


    He had hoped that feihongzong and huoyun sect would fall into a protracted war and both sides would continue to consume. But I never thought that the taiyimen army would also be dragged here and consumed.


    During the intermission of the war, the sect elders Wen qiansuan, Hu Jing and Yang Xueyi all came to Meng Zhang to express their dissatisfaction with the current situation and put forward similar opinions.


    Rather than let taiyimen suffer losses here in vain, it''s better to try our best to help Fei hongzong, expel huoyun sect first and end this costly war.


    After the huoyun sect was expelled, even if Fei hongzong regained his position as the overlord of the endless sand sea, everything in the endless sand sea can no longer return to the past.


    It takes a lot of time and energy to clean up the mess left by huoyun sect.


    As long as taiyimen and Mobei Qi family echo each other, they are not afraid that the seriously weakened Feihong sect can threaten them.


    Meng Zhang is limited to his intellectual level and experience, and often can''t make the best choice. There are often many omissions in the decisions made.


    But one advantage of him is that he is not stubborn. Few people are self righteous and can listen to other people''s opinions.


    Meng Zhang thought what the elders said was reasonable. After discussing with them, he changed his original decision and decided to help Feihong sect defeat huoyun sect first.


    Of course, Meng Zhang only dared to say that he could defeat huoyun sect and expel them from the endless sand sea. But I never dare to expect that I can kill each other''s golden elixir real person and seriously hurt each other''s friars.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor the whole taiyimen are willing to pay too much in this war.


    In fact, after the defeat of huoyun sect, it''s best to preserve a certain strength and continue to pose a threat to Feihong sect.


    With the pressure of external enemies, we can distract feihongzong''s attention, so that feihongzong has no time to calculate taiyimen and Mobei Qi family.


    Meng Zhang has made a decision. He needs to talk to immortal Qi Nanfei first.


    After all, the next war still needs the help of others.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s proposal was not recognized by Qi Nanfei. He thinks the current situation is very good. He has no intention of changing the status quo at all.


    Anyway, the Mobei Qi family did not send a large army of monks to fight, but a few monks pretended on the battlefield, which would not consume much at all.


    Although Qi Nanfei himself needs to consume many top-grade spirit stones, he can still support it with the hundreds of years of information of Mobei Qi family.

 Chapter 521

    For Qi Nanfei, the situation is just right now. Feihongzong, huoyun sect and taiyimen are constantly consuming and losing blood, which suits his heart best.


    Although Meng Zhang has a tacit understanding with him at present, taiyimen had a secret conversation with Mobei Qi family. But it was the Taiyi sect that needed Mobei Qi family to contain Feihong sect out of its own interests.


    In Qi Nanfei''s eyes, feihongzong is the enemy of life and death, and taiyimen is also not a friend. He didn''t forget that Mobei Qi family was killed by taiyimen and Feihong zongkeng in the Gobi war.


    Now Meng Zhang wants Qi Nanfei to cooperate and defeat huoyun sect together. He won''t agree at all.


    Meng Zhang was patient, tried hard to persuade Qi Nanfei, and even offered some conditions to buy him off.


    But Qi Nanfei not only rejected Meng Zhang, but ridiculed him.


    Later, Meng Zhang was angered by Qi Nanfei. They were angry, but they didn''t completely tear their face.


    Meng Zhang, who returned without success, was not discouraged. Instead, he was cruel in his heart.


    Without butcher Zhang, you don''t eat pigs with hair. Even without Qi Nanfei''s cooperation, he has to break the deadlock on his own.


    Jiedan has made great progress in both mana and supernatural power for so long. He didn''t believe that he would lose to other friars.


    In the subsequent struggles, Meng Zhang paid silent attention and carefully looked for opportunities.


    The war situation has been deadlocked for two or three months. Not only a few friars have been exhausted, but even several golden elixirs are a little tired.


    On that day, the seven golden elixirs flew to the top of the center of the battlefield again, as if they were routine, and began a new round of fighting.


    In the previous battles, feihongzong and huoyun sect''s Jindan immortal tried to hit the enemy hard and decide the outcome.


    However, due to the disturbance of Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei, after several futile efforts, they gave up this idea and had to maintain the status quo.


    This battle seems no different from the past.


    However, just after the war, Meng Zhang took the lead and rushed to immortal lie Yun.


    Meng Zhang seldom took the initiative. Although immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei were a little surprised, they still followed him to prevent Meng Zhang from being surrounded by the enemy.


    Even if they don''t like Meng Zhang anymore, immortal Feishi won''t watch Meng Zhang fall into danger.


    Qi Nanfei looked at Meng Zhang disdainfully, and despised each other in his heart.


    It''s naive of you to think that if you take the initiative to charge, everyone will follow you desperately.


    Qi Nanfei lazily flew in the back and flew to the front slowly.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s bold charge, the three golden elixirs of huoyun sect thought he was young and energetic, and began to lose his temper.


    Originally, they did intend to take the opportunity to inflict heavy damage on Meng Zhang, but they lost the opportunity by following immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei.


    As Meng Zhang''s target, immortal lie Yun doesn''t care about Meng Zhang.


    In many previous fights, Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei''s small moves did not hide from their teammates or the enemy.


    Immortal lie Yun is not afraid of Meng Zhang''s sneaky and slippery guy. He took the initiative to welcome him.


    As soon as they got in touch, they began to fight.


    Immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud, who followed immortal lie Yun, were entangled by immortal flying stone and Wu Mingwei before they started.


    Immortal Feishi and immortal ChiYan have had the experience of fighting for many times. They can be regarded as meeting good talents and finding a match. Even if they fight for ten days and a half months, it is difficult to tell the winner.


    Wu Mingwei''s time to get rid of Dan is too short, and he doesn''t have the chance like Meng Zhang. Against the old golden elixir immortal dark cloud immortal, there is a difference. Soon after the two fought, he slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    On Meng Zhang''s side and immortal lie Yun''s side, shortly after the two fought, Meng Zhang began to retreat actively, fight and go, and slowly lead immortal lie Yun away from here.


    Originally, at this time, Meng Zhang should move closer to Qi Nanfei and take care of each other. At the same time, he still has the spare power to take into account Wu Mingwei.


    However, Meng Zhang retreated to the distance. In Qi Nanfei''s opinion, Meng Zhang may not be willing to ask for help because he was angry with himself last time.


    The young man''s skin is still too thin. Qi Nanfei shook his head disdainfully.


    It''s difficult to really decide the outcome of the battle between Jindan friars in a short time. And it is often easy to distinguish between victory and defeat, but difficult to distinguish between life and death.


    Qi Nanfei didn''t bother to take charge of Meng Zhang. Instead, he flew to Wu Mingwei and immortal dark cloud. He was powerless and showed some skills to help Wu Mingwei block immortal dark cloud.


    Of course, he dare not disobey the order of the yuan God Zhenjun of his family. On the battlefield, we should make more or less efforts to ensure that our side will not fail.


    Besides Meng Zhang and immortal lie Yun, they fought and walked. They have left there for a long distance.


    Meng Zhang showed his strange formula of positive sword. At the same time, he sacrificed the burning sun sword and shadow killing sword, and kept attacking immortal lieyun.


    Immortal lieyun offered a cloud sail and easily blocked two flying swords. He didn''t forget to give an evaluation in his mouth.


    "The sword formula is brilliant, like a flying sword." it seems like an elder master''s posture.


    He threw out a cloth bag the size of a fist, turned into a fiery red cloud in the air, wrapped in a hot heat wave, and rushed at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s fingers flicked continuously, shooting out fierce sword Qi.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword, a small magic power, made countless contributions when Meng Zhang was a friar in the foundation period.


    When he entered the golden elixir period, this little magic power was promoted to a real magic power by him.


    Now, the black-and-white sword Qi has resisted the killing magic weapon of immortal lieyun.


    In many previous battles, Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei deliberately released water. Meng Zhang, in particular, let immortal lie Yun misjudge and underestimated his strength when he deliberately hid his clumsiness.


    If Meng Zhang wants to change the war situation as soon as possible, he must end the stalemate between Jindan immortal.


    Now he no longer hides his strength and shows his true ability.


    Although immortal lieyun was a little surprised at Meng Zhang''s fighting power, he was not afraid. As a veteran Jindan immortal of huoyun sect, he has experienced many battles. How can he be afraid of just a younger generation.


    The two fought more and more fiercely and took out their own Maces.


    Fortunately, when Meng Zhang just started the war, he led immortal lie Yun away from the battlefield. Otherwise, the scene of their fierce battle will fall into the eyes of other Jindan real people, and they may be ready to intervene at any time.


    After a hard battle, Meng Zhang suddenly took out the spirit snake spear under the cover of Qizheng sword formula and gave immortal lie Yun a very fierce blow.


    The spirit snake spear easily pierced the body protector of immortal lieyun, leaving a big hole in him.


    The terrible killing Qi invaded his body, defeated his true yuan a few times, and directly began to destroy everything in his body.


    Lie Yunzhen screamed bitterly in the crowd, tried his best to avoid Meng Zhang and flew away from the battlefield.


    Immortal Jindan''s mind covers a wide range and his perception is amazing.


    Although Meng Zhang had taken immortal lie Yun away from the battlefield where several Jindan immortal fought as far as possible. But the noise they made immediately alerted others.


    Without hesitation, immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud immediately left their opponents and flew over there.


    According to the current situation of huoyun sect, it can no longer afford the loss of a Jindan immortal. Immortal lieyun must not die here.


    After a startling blow, Meng Zhang exhausted most of his real yuan and had to stop to breathe back.


    The speed of immortal Jindan, especially immortal lieyun, who ran for his life, almost stimulated all the potential in the body.


    When Meng Zhanghui''s Qi is over and he is ready to pursue, immortal ChiYan and immortal lieyun have joined together and protected him.


    Immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei chased and flew over, but they were temporarily blocked by immortal ChiYan.


    Qi Nanfei was shocked by Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness and regretted falling out with Meng Zhang.


    But on second thought, taiyimen and Mobei Qi family are not the same people. What is the use of superficial harmony?


    Even if the relationship between the two sides is intimate again, no one will show mercy when there is a conflict of interest.


    Qi Nanfei deliberately fell behind and didn''t join the attack on real ChiYan.


    Immortal ChiYan blocked immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei. Immortal dark cloud saved immortal lieyun. Then the three met, fought and retreated, and slowly left the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang gave the blow just now, and the loss was not small. After air return, it only recovered less than half.


    In the face of his evil comrades in arms, he did not dare to give his back to them. In order to maintain a good fighting state, he is not willing to continue to consume too many real yuan.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed two flying swords to join the pursuit, but he couldn''t leave the enemy.


    Chi Yan''s mind was very clear, and he recognized the form in front of him directly.


    Immortal lie Yun has suffered a heavy blow and doesn''t know his life or death.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang, who had intended to hide his clumsiness, showed his real strength.


    With one increase and one decrease, huoyun sect is at an absolute disadvantage at the level of Jindan immortal.


    In most battles in the cultivation world, as long as the war situation at the top level collapses, the bottom friars can''t return to the sky no matter how hard they try.


    Today''s battle is no exception. Huoyun sect is now doomed.


    However, as long as it is handled properly, the losses of huoyun sect can still be controlled, and there may not be a day of comeback in the future.


    Immortal ChiYan quickly returned to the army of friars of huoyun sect, and then commanded the army to retreat slowly.


    Although the huoyun sect was defeated, even when it retreated, it maintained a complete formation and left no opportunities for the enemy.


    Seeing that the enemy was retreating, the friars of Fei hongzong immediately boosted their morale and wanted to pursue the victory.


    However, on the one hand, the enemy''s defense was tight, and on the other hand, the friars of taiyimen did not actively cooperate.


    After a fierce pursuit battle, the huoyun faction lost a lot, but the main force withdrew from the battlefield safely.


    The battlefield you chose this time is not far from Feihong city.


    However, the friars of huoyun sect did not withdraw to Feihong City, but directly to Feihong mountain.


    When the last friar of huoyun sect retreated into Feihong mountain and the light of the third-order mountain protection array on Feihong mountain lit up, the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect were unwilling, but had to accept that the enemy escaped this time.


    When the huoyun sect''s friar army retreated, it was natural to ignore the pile of forcibly recruited cannon fodder and join the army.


    As the weak, they naturally have their own way of survival.


    Seeing the defeat of huoyun sect''s friars, this patchwork servant joined the army and immediately dispersed.


    Some friars took out all their strength and desperately fled the battlefield, only thinking of escaping from here far away.


    Some friars also took the initiative to fly to the camp of feihongzong and taiyimen. As soon as he flew to the front, he knelt down and cried loudly.


    They complained loudly about the sins of huoyun friars, one by one, about the numerous evil deeds they had committed. Constantly explain how innocent they are and how they can''t help themselves


    These people are really smart people who deeply understand the survival of the weak.


    Both Feihong sect and Taiyi sect boast of the orthodox sect and generally do not commit the evil act of killing prisoners. Moreover, they voluntarily surrendered in public, with full sincerity.


    Seeing that the friar of huoyun sect retreated successfully under his own eyes, friar Feihong held a fire in his heart. They wanted to vent on these prisoners, but there were also monks from taiyimen and mobeiqi family present.


    The face of the authentic sect is still valuable. You should pretend in front of outsiders.


    Feihongzong accepted the surrender of these friars. How to punish them in the future is another matter.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong were temporary comrades in arms, and some monks surrendered to taiyimen.


    There are also countless ties between the major forces of Hanhai daomeng and many surrendered monks.


    These monks belong to different forces. They not only surrender on behalf of themselves, but also surrender to taiyimen on behalf of their forces.


    These friars who voluntarily surrendered to the Taiyi gate probably heard of the reputation of the Taiyi gate.


    These large doors look dignified, but they are actually hungry wolves who eat people and don''t spit bones.


    The lesser of the two evils is the right. Compared with hongzong, Taiyi gate seems less domineering.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much of these friars, let alone the forces behind them.


    Now it is time to join hands with feihongzong against the enemy. He is a little unwilling to accept these forces. He is worried that feihongzong has other ideas.


    However, seeing these monks'' pleading appearance, Meng Zhang thought of himself and taiyimen, who had not yet risen.


    How familiar this scene is. Once upon a time, like these monks, I had to give in to the strong. For the survival of the sect, I had to go against my will and beg for people everywhere.


    As soon as Meng Zhang was soft hearted, he motioned to the disciples to accept the surrender of these friars and the refuge of the forces behind them.


    As for how to deal with them and the forces behind them, we can only talk about it later.


    Immortal Feishi glanced at the team of Taiyi gate and suppressed his dissatisfaction.


    These walled grasslands were all subordinates of Feihong sect. Later, they were forced to join the huoyun sect.


    Feihong sect has never been that kind of magnanimous sect, and immortal Feishi is not a good man regardless of past grievances.


    If traitors are not severely punished, how can they demonstrate the majesty of Feihong sect and warn others.


    For these traitors, immortal Feishi has long had the idea of rectifying them.


    Do you really think that the Feihong sect will be forced by the face of famous and decent families to let them go so easily?


    Now some friars, together with the forces behind them, surrender to taiyimen, which has greatly affected immortal Feishi''s plan.


    He would not think that Meng Zhang was moved by compassion. He would only think that Meng Zhang remembered his previous gratitude and resentment and intended to oppose Fei hongzong.


    However, now is the time to employ people. Meng Zhang has just shown strong combat effectiveness and laid a victory.


    Immortal Feishi can only suppress his dissatisfaction and keep it in mind. He doesn''t care about Meng Zhang.


    Both friars who took refuge in Feihong sect and Taiyi sect were temporarily guarded by the two sects.


    The war is not over. It''s not time to set them free.


    Especially those monks who surrendered to feihongzong were under very strict supervision.


    If the friars who voluntarily surrendered might still have a chance of survival, those who fled in all directions had already been sentenced to death in the heart of immortal Feishi.


    Take prisoners, clean the battlefield and rest the team. After all this, most of the time has passed.


    Feihongzong and the friars of taiyimen did not continue to delay time and directly killed Feihong city not far away.


    Feihong City, as the main city in the former ruling area of Feihong sect, was once the most prosperous and lively place in the endless sand sea.


    After several storms, it has already begun to decline slowly.


    After huoyun sect defeated Feihong sect and took charge of Feihong city. Because the time is too short, huoyun sect doesn''t care to operate here.


    Originally, a big city with a mixed population of more than 100000 has become cold and almost turned into a ghost city.


    The huoyun sect invaded the endless sand sea, which was a predatory gesture.


    It''s probably the top level of huoyun sect. I don''t know how long huoyun sect can stand in the endless sand sea. The huoyun sect army occupied here for a short time, but almost plundered all around.


    All kinds of wealth accumulated in Feihong city for hundreds of years, even ordinary people in the city, were forcibly plundered by huoyun sect, and then returned to the sect territory.


    Although Jiuqu League is richer than the endless sand sea, it is also not too prosperous.


    Especially in this area near the endless sand sea, the environment is not very good, and the population is far from dense.


    In the cultivation world, mortals, especially a large number of mortals, are also a wealth.


    Huoyun sect forcibly carries away the mortals around, which is basically cutting off the foundation of Feihong sect.


    Moreover, many of these mortals are related to friars of Feihong sect.


    Watching their mortal relatives being carried away by the enemy, they don''t know life or death and their whereabouts are unknown. I''m afraid the morale of the lower friars of Feihong sect will also be greatly affected.


    At present, the enemy is great, and feihongzong still doesn''t care about things too far away. The foundation of any sect and the mortal relatives of its disciples can only be put aside temporarily.


    If we can''t defeat huoyun sect as soon as possible and drive them out of the endless sand sea, Feihong sect will be in great trouble.


    After the army of huoyun sect monks retreated back to Feihong mountain, a few huoyun sect monks stationed in Feihong city also voluntarily gave up here and retreated back to Feihong mountain to join the main force of the sect.


    Now only a small number of servants and friars as cannon fodder remain in Feihong City, and they are a little overwhelmed.


    Shortly after huoyun sect''s friars left, Fei hongzong and the army of friars of taiyimen rushed here.


    Facing the scene of the army pressing on the border, they did not have the slightest resistance at all and surrendered one after another.


    Feihongzong and the friars of taiyimen successfully took over Feihong city and jointly managed it for the time being.


    A friar named Feihong Zong felt very sad that the core city of his clan and the former ruling center of the endless sand sea had turned into a dilapidated look today.


    In particular, to their humiliation, they had to give in to taiyimen and let taiyimen friars take over many areas of the city.


    Taiyimen is now an indispensable ally and has shown strong combat effectiveness. Friar Fei hongzong had to endure humiliation and accept the reality helplessly.


    The biggest advantage of recovering Feihong city is that taiyimen and Feihong sect have a reliable foothold, and can greatly reduce the consumption of the army.


    Feihong city sits on a second-order top-grade spiritual pulse. The spirit pulse covers a wide range, has abundant vitality and is very pure.


    Although there are many friars in feihongzong and taiyimen, the aura here is enough for them to use.


    In this way, the two armies will not have to consume a large amount of spirit stones every day.


    As a golden elixir immortal, the aura here is not enough. However, it has solved the needs of low-level disciples, and the pressure of Taiyi sect and Feihong sect has been greatly reduced.


    The resources stored by feihongzong can last longer, and taiyimen also has a breathing space. Meng Zhang doesn''t have to be too eager to fight.


    Immortal lieyun was hit by the spirit snake spear. Meng Zhang was very confident in his strength and the power of the spirit snake spear.


    Although he successfully retreated from the battlefield, it is very difficult for immortal lieyun to keep his life, let alone recover.


    No matter what panacea he has or what secret skills he has, at least in this war, immortal lieyun is almost out.


    In this way, Feihong sect has an overwhelming advantage at the level of Jindan immortal. Even if Immortal Qi Nanfei continues to release water, the other three golden elixirs are enough to surpass immortal Chi Yan and immortal dark cloud.


    After recovering Feihong City, immortal Feishi was anxious to continue the attack and completely defeat huoyun sect.


    The friars of huoyun sect are huddled on Feihong mountain, and there are three-level mountain protection array to guard it.


    As a defensive side, the advantage is too big. Even if you are at an absolute disadvantage in strength, you can hold it steadily.


    Meng Zhang is not sure about the next battle.


    If you want to break through the third-order mountain protection array that the enemy strictly defends, you need a protracted siege and slowly consume the enemy.


    Of course, if you want to speed up the progress, you can also sacrifice a large number of low-level disciples and use their lives to consume the strength of the mountain protection array.


    This was the way feihongzong''s army used to attack the crow''s nest.


    The tragic battle scene taught Meng Zhang a good lesson.


    In his heart, he was extremely exclusive and disgusted with this practice.

 Chapter 522

    After the huoyun sect''s friars retreated to Feihong mountain, they could not defend it. Only immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud occasionally took turns to investigate the enemy situation.


    At first, Meng Zhang and immortal Feishi both deliberately set up ambushes outside, trying to hurt them or leave them.


    However, immortal ChiYan and they are both very smart old Jianghu. They come out at different times and their route is erratic, so Meng Zhang can''t catch their whereabouts at all.


    After several unsuccessful attempts, Meng Zhang and his disciples also died, knowing that they had to attack Feihong mountain by force.


    Huoyun sect''s army of the friars guarded Feihong mountain with the no intention of the retreating. And Feihong city is not far from the foot of Feihong mountain. With the flying speed of the flying boat, it is almost instantaneous.


    Feihongzong and taiyimen were not strong enough, so they had no plan to besiege Feihong mountain.


    Immortal Feishi mobilized all the forces of Feihong sect and began to prepare for a forced attack.


    Meng Zhang is not optimistic about the action of immortal Feishi, and he is not willing to let friar taiyimen consume the mountain protection array with human life.


    However, immortal Feishi is determined to attack, and we have no other better way, so we can only let it go.


    Due to the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang can''t retreat and must join the war.


    After defeating huoyun sect and recovering Feihong City, Meng Zhang took advantage of the opportunity for the army to rest. Meng Zhang screened among the taiyimen friars.


    Some friars with poor life-saving ability were selected by Meng Zhang and asked them to return to Taiyi gate in the name of raising materials for attacking the mountain.


    Although immortal Feishi is a little anxious to defeat huoyun sect, he also knows that conquering Feihong mountain is not done overnight. There is a lot of preparation to do before the attack.


    Immortal Feishi organized all the surrendered friars and carried out strict management.


    In addition, a group of friars of Feihong sect left Feihong city and rushed to various places in the endless sand sea.


    Except for the members of Hanhai Taoist League, all the Xiuzhen forces in the endless sand sea were forcibly driven by Feihong sect to join the war here.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for so many years. Its understanding of here and its mastery of various Xiuzhen forces are far from comparable to that of huoyun sect.


    Huoyun sect originally recruited friars from all walks of life to form cannon fodder servants to join the army. First, the time was too short. Second, they didn''t know enough about the situation. Many sects and families dealt with it by deception.


    Now Fei hongzong does the same thing, but the effect is quite different.


    No matter which sect or family, there is no way to perfunctory Feihong sect. Only forced by Feihong sect, he honestly obeyed the recruitment.


    Because he knew that the cost of attacking Feihong mountain must be huge, Feihong Zong''s forced recruitment was very strong this time.


    In the past, when Feihong sect was the ruler of endless sand sea, it had to take into account its own reputation and would not dry up all kinds of Xiuzhen forces.


    But after a disastrous defeat and falling from the throne of the ruler of the endless sand sea, Feihong Zong couldn''t care about his face.


    If we can''t recover Feihong mountain, Feihong sect will have no future, so Feihong sect won''t consider the future at this time.


    As a result, all the cultivation forces in the endless sand sea except Hanhai daomeng were almost wiped out by Feihong sect. Except for a few old, weak, sick and disabled who were really unable to fight, the vast majority of friars were forcibly taken away by friar Feihong Zong.


    As for resistance, it basically does not exist. They didn''t dare to resist huoyun sect at first, and now they don''t dare to resist the old owner of feihongzong.


    Moreover, after huoyun sect gained power, these Xiuzhen forces all had a black history of surrendering to huoyun sect. In the face of feihongzong, they felt even more guilty.


    At the beginning, huoyun sect tried its best, but it only recruited more than 1000 monks, and the good and bad were mixed.


    In less than half a month, Feihong Zong recruited more than 4000 monks, including all the elite of various Xiuzhen forces.


    With the passage of time, Feihong sect is still forcibly recruiting more and more monks, and a steady stream of monks gather in Feihong city.


    Not only friars of various Xiuzhen forces, but also scattered friars everywhere. If friars of Feihong sect find out, they will also be driven to Feihong city.


    For a moment, the whole endless sand sea was in a state of panic. Capable and qualified monks fled one after another, and the remaining monks were also in constant panic.


    Seeing feihongzong''s desperate collection of cannon fodder, Meng Zhang was still a little busy at first. Anyway, he won''t let friar taiyimen shangmeng Zhang and immortal Jinli know each other very well, because with Jin Qiaoer as a bridge, their relationship has always been good.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, immortal Jinli had no kindness in the past, but a serious expression on her face.


    She didn''t talk nonsense with Meng Zhang and went straight to the point.


    Immortal Jinli told Meng Zhang that the gambling fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level power had entered a very critical moment.


    Because Feihong sect lost its position as the ruler of endless sand sea, Tianzhu Zhenjun began to lose his advantage slowly in the gambling fight with the fifth level power.


    If this situation continues, Tianzhu Zhenjun will lose all the advantages he has gained for hundreds of years. All his plans will be in vain.


    At that time, no one knew what terrible things he would do. For example, the clan of Fei hongzong and Taiyi gate, which are not doing well, may be destroyed.


    When immortal Jinli visited Tianzhu Zhenjun this time, he obviously felt that Tianzhu Zhenjun was about to lose control of his anger.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, as a scattered practitioner, can break into such a great reputation in the cultivation world that no one dares to provoke him easily. Part of the reason is that he acts ruthlessly and has a crazy character.


    When master Jinli was still there, he said many things about wandering with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is easy to get along with on weekdays. Once he breaks out, he will be killed by his relatives. If he moves, he will destroy people all over the house.


    Immortal Jinli has been warned by the master and has always been wary of Tianzhu Zhenjun. If you are not desperate, you will not come to take refuge in Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    She has been a little afraid of Tianzhu Zhenjun in her heart. She is also respectful and respectful on weekdays, and dare not offend at all.


    Immortal Jinli quickly reminded Meng Zhang that taiyimen can''t continue to hide and be clumsy, so she must try her best. Even if all the elite of Taiyi gate are buried here, we must conquer Feihong mountain within the specified time.


    Otherwise, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Once Tianzhu Zhenjun fails, all the agreements will be invalid. Without Tianzhu Zhenjun''s action, she will be forced to attack Taiyi gate, and even wash the whole endless sand sea with blood.


    Meng Zhang knew that Jin Li would not be so merciless if the matter was not extremely urgent and there was no room for maneuver.


    At this point, Meng Zhang had to prepare for the worst even if he was reluctant.


    After telling the truth, immortal Jinli left in a hurry.


    In addition to meeting Meng Zhang in private, she also warned feihongzong and Mobei Qi family respectively.


    After immortal Jinli left, the three forces seemed crazy. They made every effort to prepare for the war and desperately enhanced their combat effectiveness.


    Needless to say, Fei hongzong continued to search the whole endless sand sea with all his strength and desperately levied cannon fodder.


    Even Qi Nanfei had to use his old capital to search Mobei Qi''s family and come up with a barely usable army of monks.


    Meng Zhang also put away his affectionate veil and searched out the friars who had recently taken refuge in taiyimen, squeezed out every drop of their potential and forced out their last available friar.


    Meng Zhang did not forget the sweet jujube in his other hand while holding a big stick.


    He clearly told these newly joined Xiuzhen forces that if they did their best and performed well in the next battle, they would be included in Hanhai Dao alliance after the war and let them become full members of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    As for the original members of Hanhai Dao alliance, Meng Zhang also forced them to send all available monks to Feihong city to listen to orders.


    After the establishment of the dark hall, there were few external achievements, but the internal monitoring and control were very successful.


    The details and hidden secrets of all members of Hanhai Dao alliance have not escaped the ears and eyes of the dark hall.


    With accurate information, Meng Zhang can be targeted and accurately force out their final strength.


    In addition, when taiyimen knew that Feihong sect was going to exterminate Mobei Qi family, they secretly contacted a group of monks, focusing on the scattered cultivation of Jiuqu League, and prepared to hire them to support Mobei Qi family.


    Although these friars were not used in the end, the communication channel taiyimen remained.


    Now it is time to need a lot of cannon fodder. Meng Zhang ordered to spare no effort to hire these friars to Feihong city to fight at Lingshi.


    Although the next battle is obviously dangerous, as long as you are willing to spend the spirit stone and accept it no matter how high the price is, you can always hire monks.


    In the cultivation world, there are some friars who want money but not life, or are desperate. Only friars who fight with their lives.


    Although Meng Zhang was a little stingy with the spirit stone, he would not be vague when it was time to spend the spirit stone. Compared with the lives of Taiyi disciples, external objects such as Lingshi are nothing at all. If the casualties of disciples in the sect can be reduced, he can accept even more spirit stones.


    Time is too tight. There is not much time left for everyone to prepare. Taiyimen took out the resources at the bottom of the medium voltage box of the large warehouse and was ready to invest in the battle.


    Even Meng Zhang personally went to Dafeng City and contacted the senior management of the ancient moon family through the relationship between the ancient moon and the butterfly. Taking the resources above the Gobi as collateral, I borrowed a large amount of spirit stone from the ancient moon family.


    With the help of this Lingshi and the ancient moon family, taiyimen has accelerated the progress of hiring monks in Jiuqu League.


    As for all kinds of magic tools and talismans that can be used to attack the mountain protection array, they are the targets of the three forces.


    The deadline given by Tianzhu Zhenjun was only half a year. The three forces spent half a month to make final preparations.


    Then, whether the preparations are completed or not, everyone must act immediately.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s strong request, he agreed to some conditions of immortal Feishi. The first cannon fodder is the friar summoned by Feihong Zong.


    Fei hongzong has rich experience in how to drive servants and friars and how to use cannon fodder efficiently.


    Nearly 5000 monks, with varying degrees of accomplishments and quality, were divided into dozens of teams. Behind each team, three forces sent friars to form a supervision team.


    Even if we let cannon fodder die, we should pay attention to some ways and methods.


    If you know it''s a dead end and you just die in vain without any return, you can imagine the morale of the team.


    Everyone must have no fighting spirit. They only know how to cheat and play tricks, and only want to save their lives. Even some brave guys may turn against Feihong sect.


    Feihongzong''s method is very simple, but it is surprisingly easy to use.


    Led by Fei hongzong, the three forces have issued a lot of bad checks and promised countless benefits.


    As long as these monks fight bravely and move forward desperately. After the war, both they and their forces will receive rich rewards and reap countless benefits.


    For these low-level friars with extremely narrow upward channels, even if they know that the promises of the three forces are not necessarily reliable, they will be tempted.


    There must be risks on the battlefield. If you fight hard, you may really be able to make war achievements and fight a great future for yourself, your family and your clan.


    In addition to giving kindness, the three forces pay more attention to coercion.


    Those who resist orders, disobey orders and retreat on the battlefield are determined to cut off. Even the family or clan to which the friar belongs will be affected.


    As for those carefree casual practices, the three forces also have ways to control them. It''s nothing more than old-fashioned means such as coercion and inducement.


    After a period of rectification, these cannon fodder friars finally have the strength of World War I and can play a role.


    On the day of the war, the friars of the three forces formed a military formation, drove away the cannon fodder servants and stormed into Feihong mountain.

 Chapter 523

    The three forces are going to attack with great fanfare. The movement here has already alerted the friars of huoyun Sect on Feihong mountain.


    Under the leadership of immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud, many monks began to take their places. The mountain protection array was inspired, and a thick light curtain was lit outside the array.


    The third-order mountain protection array deployed by huoyun sect in Feihong mountain is a large fire covered array among the few third-order arrays mastered by huoyun sect.


    This large array contains fire attributes and soil attributes. It generates soil with fire and has both attack and defense.


    Most of the disciples of huoyun sect are majoring in the martial arts of the fire family. When they urge the big array, they can not only enhance the fire power of the big array to hurt the enemy, but also stimulate the protection power of the earth family.


    Although they were temporarily defeated in the first World War, the huoyun sect friars remained determined and confident enough to keep the enemy out of the array.


    In the sky, immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei, two golden elixirs, escorted the only third-order warship left by feihongzong, and slowly tested and flew into the periphery of the mountain protection array of Feihong mountain.


    When the disciples of Feihong sect collected cannon fodder everywhere, they were not idle and tried to find out the details of the third-order mountain protection array many times. For example, they have a little understanding of the power, shrouding range, attack distance and other key intelligence of the large array.


    They did not dare to get too close to the mountain protection array, but began to attack at a distance from the array.


    The spells exploded on the light curtain outside the mountain protection array, with ripples.


    The third-order warships shot beams of light from the hull and bombarded the array fiercely. The power of attack is no worse than that of ordinary golden elixir.


    The mountain protection array, a fixed target, is just suitable for warships to play.


    After being warned by immortal Jinli, Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei both put away their own careful thoughts, cheer up and fight the enemy with all their strength.


    They flew not far from flying stone immortal and Wu Mingwei. On the one hand, they acted as a support, and on the other hand, they covered each other to attack the mountain protection array.


    The real power of the mountain protection array has not been brought into play, and the golden elixir immortal in the array is a great enemy. They just took out part of their strength to attack the array and were ready to respond at any time.


    On the ground, the supervisor team of Feihong Zong supervised the cannon fodder friars and slowly approached the mountain protection array.


    Dozens of monks took turns to fight, began to cast talismans, and bombarded the array.


    Although these friars were cannon fodder, they still paid a lot of money when the three forces armed them.


    Feihongzong, taiyimen and Mobei Qijia almost ran out of their own large library and took out all available talismans and magic tools.


    In addition, they continue to buy in Dafeng City. Just after the attack began, there were special transportation teams to transport all kinds of war materials from Dafeng City.


    As the saying goes, ants kill elephants. Even if they are low-level friars, they are still a little lethal. Even if their combat effectiveness is mediocre, their talismans can''t be fake.


    Thousands of talismans rushed to the mountain protection array almost at the same time, and the light curtain outside the array shook violently, looking like falling.


    Whether the friars in charge of the war or those cannon fodder friars, their morale was greatly boosted. They thought success was in sight, and the array was about to lose its hold. Therefore, they attacked more vigorously and flew out one by one without money.


    The four golden elixirs in the sky were unmoved and still acted calmly according to their own rhythm.


    In their eyes, of course, they know that things are not so simple. If the third-order array is so easy to break, it will not become a necessary thing for the Jindan sect.


    At the beginning, several golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect joined hands and took advantage of the weakness to break the mountain protection array of Feihong mountain.


    Now the situation is reversed and the Feihong sect came to attack Feihong mountain. Facing the mountain protection array with strong defense, feihongzong had a chance to win only at a huge price.


    With the control of the monks in the array, the fire covered the ground array produced another change.


    I saw a yellowish light curtain rising from the ground, just like an indestructible wall, blocking all attacks.


    After a while, a hot flame suddenly appeared on the light curtain, gushed out, and frantically rushed to the friars in front of the array.


    The nearest friar team to the grand array consists of nearly 100 friars, forming a simple square array.


    When the flame came, no one in the friar team had time to react, and the whole team was swallowed by the flame.


    These friars have long been applied with various protective spells, and each friar himself has more or less protective means.


    But when facing the flames, they couldn''t even stop it a little, and everyone was burned to ashes.


    Several teams far away finally responded in time.


    Some friars took the initiative to cast spells to stop the flames, and some friars sacrificed all kinds of magic instruments. There are also some friars who will start to escape regardless of the resistance of the war warden.


    The speed of the flame is very fast. All spells and magic tools have no blocking effect. Many monks were immediately buried in the flames, and few escaped.


    Flames continued to gush out and frantically rushed to the friars. There was a flurry in the team, and even the war warden could not keep calm.


    Meng Zhang flew over and showed the sun and moon. As soon as the divine light shines, all the flames are suppressed and then extinguished one after another.


    It seems that the attack was dismissed lightly, but Meng Zhang''s heart was not relaxed at all.


    It''s just a counterattack to defuse the mountain protection array, which requires the magic power of the sun and moon. Meng Zhang is not optimistic about the next battle.


    Another group of friars of Feihong sect flew over from the rear. They reorganized their team while pacifying their classmates.


    After the efforts of friar feihongzong, the cannon fodder friars slowly calmed down. After a rest, he was driven to the battlefield by the warlord friar.


    After learning the lesson just now, four golden elixirs came to look after this side in turn to supervise the attack of these friars.


    This third-order flame covered ground array is located on the third-order spiritual pulse and controlled by the friars of huoyun sect. The array is not only powerful, flexible and changeable, but also has long afterforce, which is enough for long-term operation.


    In fact, the hard attack of these cannon fodder friars had little impact on the array, and basically did not cause any consumption.


    They risked their lives to attack desperately. The biggest role is to lead to various changes in the big array and let the four golden elites know more about the big array.


    It''s the exploratory attack of the four golden elixirs, which can more or less consume the power of the big array. After all, the power of the same level is not so easy to dissolve.

 Chapter 524

    With the care of immortal Jindan, the safety of cannon fodder friars has been guaranteed to a certain extent.


    Every time the big array changes and starts to fight back, immortal Jindan can react in time to block the big array''s counterattack.


    The cannon fodder monks saw their gold Dan people so awesome, and they were also motivated by morale and began to fight harder.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for hundreds of years and has extremely rich experience in controlling cannon fodder friars.


    In fact, many of these friars who participated in the war have had experience in fighting under the banner of Feihong sect before.


    When the imperial envoy of Feihong Zong sent these cannon fodder friars, he didn''t force them blindly, let alone let them die in vain.


    All cannon fodder friars take turns to fight. After each team of friars completes a round of attack mission, they will get a chance to rest.


    The cannon fodder friars greatly improved their attack efficiency, played a greater and greater role, and began to put pressure on the big array.


    Friars of huoyun sect will not watch or react.


    Hiding behind the array, they have too many means to use.


    When it was Qi Nanfei''s turn to look after these cannon fodder friars, real ChiYan personally controlled the fire covering the ground array and produced multiple changes. Not only did he kill a large number of cannon fodder friars in one breath, but even Qi Nanfei was disheartened and almost injured.


    Fortunately, immortal Feishi responded in time and launched a containment attack on the array, which helped immortal Qi Nanfei solve the siege.


    Qi Nanfei, who was greatly disgraced, was really angry. Those cannon fodder friars, seeing that they were under the care of immortal Jindan, suffered heavy casualties, and their morale immediately collapsed.


    In the face of life and death, all their relatives and fellow disciples are forgotten by them. They just run for their own lives.


    Wu Mingwei took the initiative to fly over and personally executed a group of guys who escaped first, so as to frighten the people.


    Then the friars in charge of the battle of Feihong Zong made efforts one after another and began to reorganize these cannon fodder friars.


    However, after such an attack, it was impossible to continue the attack that day, and time was wasted.


    After a night''s rest, feihongzong reluctantly controlled the ranks of cannon fodder friars with his rich imperial experience. The practice in Taiyi gate is similar to that of Feihong sect. The friars of Taiyi gate drive the cannon fodder friars to participate in the war.


    Not only were these Xiuzhen forces who had recently taken refuge in taiyimen called up, but also all members of hanhaidao alliance were not spared.


    Meng Zhang, probably because he is still young, also retains some of the mentality before crossing, and there is always a trace of goodwill in his heart.


    Of course, in the eyes of those friars who were determined to kill and attack, he was the benevolence of women. The members of Hanhai daomeng think he is hypocritical and hypocritical.


    No matter what others think, Meng Zhang still tries to act according to his own heart and tries to make his thoughts accessible.


    Before the war, he spent a lot of money to buy a large number of mechanism puppets from Qiqiao sect.


    He did not hesitate to have the cheek to ask Gu yuehuai butterfly to come forward and ask Jiqiao Zong to sell some mechanism creations that were not sold to the outside world.


    Taiyimen has frequent transactions with qiqiaozong in recent years and is a rare big customer.


    Taiyimen needs the mechanism creation of qiaozong, and qiaozong also needs all kinds of spiritual materials provided by taiyimen, especially some unique mineral resources in the endless sand sea.


    In the face of the strong request of Taiyi gate and the face of the ancient moon family, qiaozong sold some rare mechanism creations to Taiyi gate, and specifically told Taiyi gate that they can only be used by their own family, and they must not be allowed to flow out.


    Before the cannon fodder friars attacked, friar taiyimen released countless mechanism puppets.


    In addition to a large number of first-order puppets, there are many second-order puppets.


    Under the cover of these puppets, the cannon fodder friars began to attack the mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of Lingshi this time and almost emptied the inventory of qiaozong. Stimulated by the high spirit stone, Ji Qiao Zong is now working overtime to make various mechanism creations for Taiyi gate.


    The cannon fodder friars of Taiyi gate are also hierarchical.


    Those monks who have recently taken refuge can use it at will. The top management of taiyimen will not be distressed after all consumption. At most, Meng Zhang can''t bear it.


    The members of hanhaidao alliance and the casual repairmen hired from Jiuqu alliance should cherish a little and can''t be consumed casually.


    In addition to the commonly used talismans and magic tools, these cannon fodder friars also have many mechanism creations given by Taiyi gate.


    Mechanism creations such as Thunderbolt and flame gun do not need to consume real Qi at all. As long as the spirit stone is installed, it can be easily excited.


    Armed because of adequate preparation. The number of friars dispatched by Taiyi gate is far less than that of Feihong sect, but the pressure on the array is not much less.


    In particular, some mechanism creations controlled by taiyimen friars are specially used to attack the protective array.


    For example, a thunderbolt can be fired far away from the mountain protection array.


    Each time it was excited, it made a thunderous sound, emitted a thunderous light, and hit the mountain protection array heavily.


    There are landslides, tens of feet long and nearly ten feet high.


    Controlled by the friar taiyimen, he rushed from a distance, like a mountain collapse, and hit the mountain protection array, shaking the protective light curtain of the array constantly.


    ¡­¡­


    They are also members of Jiuqu League. Of course, immortal ChiYan recognized the mechanism creation of Jiqiao sect.


    They secretly scolded Jiqiao sect for ignoring the friendship of the alliance, only earning Lingshi and wantonly selling mechanism creations to the enemies of huoyun sect.


    In the eyes of such golden elixirs as immortal ChiYan, it used to be a mechanism creation of qiaozong.


    He believed that these strange skills and obscenities did not help the friars to improve their accomplishments. If low-level friars indulge in these things, they will delay their accomplishments. These things seem to be powerful, and they can only show off among low-level friars.


    Now, these mechanism creations have fallen into the hands of taiyimen and have played a great role, posing a great threat to the mountain protection array.


    Seeing that the mechanism creation of Jiqiao sect is so easy to use, Feihong sect and Mobei Qi family are ready to buy it from Jiqiao sect.


    In the absence of stock, they even have the cheek to ask taiyimen to give them some points.


    Now we are all grasshoppers on the same rope, working for the same goal.


    Meng Zhang made an effort and gave them a batch.


    The Shengong Hall of Taiyi gate has developed well. It can not only repair many mechanism creations purchased from Jiqiao sect, but also has a certain refining ability to refine some simple items.


    Because Meng Zhang paid more attention to the manufacturing ability of mechanism masters, and there was no lack of their combat power in the door, the monks of the divine engineering hall rarely went to the battlefield.


    In this war, the mechanism creations stored in the door were consumed rapidly. All the monks of the divine engineering hall went all out to refine the mechanism creations in addition to maintaining daily maintenance, so as to provide help to the front-line army.


    The attack on Feihong mountain is continuing, and the losses of the three forces are becoming more and more serious.


    After the cannon fodder friar lost a lot, no matter how unwilling, the three forces must send their own disciples to play.


    Although the losses of the attacking party have been reduced due to the extensive use of mechanism creations.


    However, after more than a month of siege, not only the cannon fodder friars lost more than half, but also the direct disciples of the three forces were seriously killed and injured.


    Of course, it is not useless to pay so much life.


    The details of this fire covered array were basically understood by the four golden elixirs.


    Even the third-order mountain protection array is not indestructible. After a long period of high load operation, even if the large array can support it, many parts of the large array begin to have problems.


    The three forces paid such a great loss, which finally caused a certain loss to the array.


    The current situation depends on who can continue to bear the losses until the end.


    Did the three forces consume their lives first, or did the mountain protection array of huoyun sect collapse first?


    In addition to the bloody fighting on the battlefield, the undercurrent surges and fights endlessly.


    The Qiqiao sect, which has been selling mechanism creations to Taiyi gate, has been informed by the trustee that their transaction with Taiyi gate will be suspended for the time being.


    They will no longer sell mechanism creations to taiyimen, and all orders that have been placed will be cancelled.


    Qiqiao sect is also the door of Jindan sect. Among Jiuqu League, it is a big business that attaches great importance to goodwill. We can imagine the pressure behind being able to let qiaozong not earn a lot of smart stones and take the initiative to lose their own interests.


    Soon after, Gu yuehuai butterfly sent a messenger to let Meng Zhang inform the whole story.


    Ji Qiao Zong was forced to break the contract because Xuanfeng Zhenjun intervened.


    In the face of the pressure of Yuanshen Zhenjun, don''t say that Qiqiao sect, even the ancient moon family, should retreat.


    The messenger regretfully told Meng Zhang that the ancient moon family had to temporarily interrupt their contact with taiyimen and could not continue to provide help to taiyimen in the future.


    This is not over yet. Before long, bad news came from gale city.


    Gale city officially announced that since then, gale city has suspended all transactions with taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia.

 Chapter 525

    The official of Dafeng City does not allow the caravans of Feihong city and other three forces to go shopping in Dafeng City. Before the end of the war, all caravans in gale city are not allowed to step into the endless sand sea.


    The official regulations of gale city are very detailed without any loopholes, blocking all channels of foreign transactions of the three forces.


    Dafeng City is the closest commercial city to the endless sand sea. It is difficult for the caravan of the endless sand sea to bypass Dafeng City and continue to trade in other places of Jiuqu League. Even if you enter the Jiuqu League, I''m afraid there is no force that will offend a yuan God Zhenjun for just a little business.


    Dafeng City, as one of the largest commercial cities in Jiuqu League, occupies a prominent position. If it were not for the lack of a true monarch, it would have become the top force of Jiuqu League.


    It also takes a lot of effort for Xuanfeng Zhenjun to subdue Dafeng City.


    He raised the banner of internal unity of Jiuqu League, raised the friendship of allies, and claimed that Dafeng City and huoyun sect were both members of Jiuqu League and should take care of each other. If gale City deals with the enemy of huoyun sect, it is funding the enemy,


    In addition to moral kidnapping under these aboveboard excuses. Secretly, Xuanfeng Zhenjun also did a lot of work.


    Although the Lu family and Guyue family in charge of Dafeng City do not have Yuanshen Zhenjun, they can find Yuanshen Zhenjun to help with their inside information.


    However, the kindness of Yuanshen Zhenjun is too precious. They are not willing to use the family''s cards for the trade on the other side of the endless sand sea. The benefits brought by the three forces such as Fei hongzong are not worth paying so much to offend a yuan God Zhenjun.


    Gale city has cut off the trade with endless sand sea, which has a great impact.


    The war in the Xiuzhen world also attaches great importance to logistics and consumes a lot of war materials.


    The three forces now consume a lot of pills, talismans, mechanism creations and so on every day. Lost the supply from gale City, relying solely on its own inventory can not last long.


    Among the three forces, Feihong sect has the most profound foundation, and once had the most powerful production capacity of the whole endless sand sea. However, after many disasters, the Feihong sect lost even the mountain gate, and most of these production capacity dissipated.


    Although Feihong sect left some friars to stay in Huangsha ridge, these friars refined all kinds of necessary materials day and night. However, the poor production capacity is far from keeping up with the consumption of the front line.


    The defect of taiyimen is that the rise time is too short and the details are too shallow. The door-to-door production system developed by Meng Zhang is just taking shape and is far from enough to support such a war.


    Mobei Qi family, not to mention. In Mobei, the most remote and barren place in the endless sand sea, there is a lack of resources. It all depends on the blood transfusion of Qi Mingyun Zhenjun to persist until now. The production capacity of the whole family can not catch up with the current taiyimen.


    Originally, the three forces thought they would have more than three months to conquer Feihong mountain.


    But Xuanfeng Zhenjun made such a fuss, and the war materials of the three forces can support two months at most.


    In addition, since Xuanfeng Zhenjun has already shot, most of them are not so simple. I''m afraid he still has some follow-up means to make them unable to parry.


    Their biggest hope now is that Tianzhu Zhenjun can do it in time.


    However, when Tianzhu Zhenjun shot and how to compete between Yuanshen Zhenjun are not what they can interfere with.


    The only thing the four golden elixirs can do is to continue fighting and strengthen the attack on Feihong mountain.


    The situation is grim. At this time, the three forces dare not hide their secrets and have come up with their final capital.


    Originally, several Dharma protectors of Taiyi gate stayed in the mountain gate to refine the spirits of heaven and earth. But when the sect was in urgent need of combat effectiveness, Meng Zhang had to recruit them.


    In addition to the weak water god who will refine Tianyi real water at the most critical moment, the other three Dharma protectors will soon arrive at the battlefield.


    Among the heaven and earth spirits given by Tianzhu Zhenjun, in addition to Tianyi Zhenshui, which is being refined by the weak water god, there are two spirits for Jing Lei general and Ji Jian general.


    The two Dharma protectors who have successfully refined the spirits of heaven and earth have made great progress in their cultivation.


    The thunder god general was still a little short of fire before he could recover his cultivation in the golden elixir period. The cultivation of Jijian God general has been restored to the foundation period.


    The thick earth God had already restored to the perfect cultivation during the foundation construction period. Some time ago, he has been in charge of repairing the third-order spirit vein over the crow nest.


    After a period of repair, it took a lot of human and material resources, and finally achieved a little result.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s letter, he rushed to the front with a group of his men.


    After the thick earth God came to the front line, Meng Zhang specifically asked him if there was a better way to crack the fire covered ground array under the huoyun faction.


    As a local master, the thick earth God has deep attainments in the way of array. And once a strong man of the golden elixir, he is no stranger to the third-order mountain protection array.


    Wen qiansuan, the array master in the gate, has high attainments in array, but only the accomplishments in the foundation period. There is basically nothing to do with the third-order array.


    When he attacked the gate of Linquan mountain view, the thick earth God broke a second-order mountain protection array by cutting off the earth vein.


    Meng Zhang now wants to know whether the thick earth God can repeat his old skills and think of some shortcuts to break the array.


    The thick earth god spent a lot of effort to survey carefully, walked around Feihong mountain and thought for a long time.


    Finally, he told Meng Zhang that Feihong mountain was no better than Linquan temple in those years. The earth vein around here was stable. Even if the three forces went all out and spent ten or eight years, they might not be able to cut it off.


    Although he has some unique means of the local division, he is limited to the current lack of cultivation and can''t show it at all.


    This large array of flames covering the ground is very clever and has few flaws. If you want to break through the array, I''m afraid there''s no other shortcut except the slow consumption of hard hitting.


    Since the thick earth God general said so, Meng Zhang was greatly disappointed. At the same time, he also knew that if he wanted to consume the big array, he had to pile it with human life.


    The thick earth God will be his bottom card, which did not surprise him.


    However, the Three Dharma protectors who completed the foundation period came to the war, which greatly improved the combat effectiveness of taiyimen.


    Although they do not have the strength of the golden elixir period, they have the vision and experience of the golden elixir period. On the battlefield, the great role played is far from comparable to that of ordinary friars in the foundation period.


    The three forces stepped up their attack on Feihong mountain. Not only did they lose a lot of cannon fodder, but also their own friars began to suffer many casualties.


    Although Meng Zhang tried to take care of the disciples of the sect, the disciples of Taiyi sect still suffered a lot of war damage on this cruel battlefield.

 Chapter 526

    The deadline given by Tianzhu Zhenjun is less than two months.


    During this period, the three forces made every effort to launch continuous attacks regardless of cost and loss.


    Although they have achieved some results, they have paid a greater price.


    The loss of materials is not mentioned. People can''t bear to look directly at the loss of personnel alone.


    Most of the cannon fodder friars lost, and most of the rest were seriously injured. Even if the friars were lucky, they had no morale, just like walking corpses.


    The monks of the three forces also suffered heavy losses. Taiyimen alone, even with the deliberate support of Three Dharma protectors, still suffered heavy losses. Even several friars died in the foundation period.


    In the current Taiyi gate, monks in the middle of foundation construction are qualified to compete for the position of elder. The loss of several friars in the foundation period has hurt the muscles and bones.


    Even if Taiyi gate is now the golden pill sect, the number of monks during the foundation period is still quite limited.


    Fortunately, during the lost foundation period, the friars mainly focused on the guest Qing in the door. The lineages in the door favored by Meng Zhang have been preserved.


    The friars of huoyun sect basically did not suffer any casualties, and the third-order mountain protection array and the flaming earth covering array were not fundamentally damaged.


    If the war situation continues like this, even if the friars of the three forces drain all their blood, they can''t help the friars of huoyun Sect on Feihong mountain.


    The war did not last long, but it was extremely cruel. The friars of the three forces were exhausted, and even the four golden elixirs were a little depressed.


    If you pay too much and gain too little, how can you continue to fight such a war?


    If the material support is sufficient, it can continue reluctantly. However, if the material supply fails to keep up, the casualties will only be greater and the war results will only be smaller.


    In fact, real ChiYan was keenly aware of the enemy''s weakness during the battle. If not for the strong opposition of dark cloud immortal with stable personality, I''m afraid immortal ChiYan is ready to launch a counter attack.


    No matter how big the loss, the three forces will still have an advantage over huoyun sect as long as Jindan immortal is not damaged.


    Huoyun sect can keep the enemy out by virtue of the three-level mountain protection array. If it takes the initiative to go out and fight with the enemy, it may be another situation.


    The friars of huoyun sect are as stable as an old dog and don''t leave any loopholes for the three forces. Without the intervention of external forces, the three forces would not be able to turn the situation around.


    Although they still habitually attack every day, the four golden elixirs know in their hearts that the hope of winning is becoming more and more slim.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what others think. In his heart, he has begun to consider the way back.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun does what he says. If he doesn''t complete the task, taiyimen will certainly be unable to gain a foothold in the endless sand sea, and the foundation of the evil wind Gobi will not be preserved. Next, taiyimen has only one way to go in exile.


    Not only Meng Zhang''s heart retreated, but the other three golden elixirs also obviously began to be distracted and didn''t focus all their attention on the battle.


    Since there is no hope of victory, Meng Zhang is unwilling to continue to do useless work here and waste the lives of the disciples in vain.


    Under his promotion, the attack of the three forces on Feihong mountain began to slow down, and everyone consciously began to preserve their strength.


    Nearly a month later, less than a month has passed since the deadline given by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The offensive of the three forces became more and more weak, and the four golden elixirs began to consider the way back.


    How to retreat and continue the sect and family when offending a true monarch?


    Just when the four immortal Jindan were terrified, immortal Jinli came to them again.


    Immortal Jinli has worked for Tianzhu Zhenjun in recent years, which is almost the spokesman of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang thought that immortal Jinli came to plead guilty or supervise the war, so they were very guilty when facing immortal Jinli.


    Fortunately, immortal Jinli came to help this time.


    The little moves made by Xuanfeng Zhenjun behind his back did not deceive Tianzhu Zhenjun. The plight of the three forces on the battlefield had long been heard back to him.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun has always been competitive. This time, it is related to his planning for hundreds of years. Of course, he will not sit idly by and let the enemy make small moves behind his back.


    Although he can''t make a direct move, Tianzhu Zhenjun still has a way to turn the war around.


    Jin Li carefully took out a golden bamboo leaf in front of the four golden elixirs.


    There are many treasures on Tianzhu Zhenjun, but it''s hard to make a choice not only to have enough power to break the third-order mountain protection array, but also to be controlled by Jindan immortal.


    Finally, as the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he did not hesitate to break his cultivation, took the initiative to break a finger and turned into the golden bamboo leaf in front of him.


    In addition to this golden bamboo leaf, immortal Jinli also brought two third-order array breaking runes.


    Broken array talisman is a rare precious talisman in the cultivation world.


    Refining the broken array talisman requires the cooperation of skilled talisman and array mage, and spends a lot of precious materials to successfully refine it.


    The first-order array breaking Rune can be bought with some spirit stone, but the second-order array breaking rune is difficult to buy. The third-order array breaking talisman is an important strategic material and will not appear on the market.


    Yang Xueyi, the talisman of Taiyi sect, and Wen qiansuan, the array mage, once worked together to refine the array breaking talisman. They spent a lot of effort to refine a few second-order breaking runes.


    The refining success rate is very low and too many materials are consumed. It is not very cost-effective in terms of cost alone.


    But the value of the broken array Rune can not be measured by the spirit stone alone.


    Before the war, the three forces expected that they might need to attack the third-order mountain protection array, so they all spent a lot of effort to obtain the third-order array breaking charm.


    Neither the Feihong sect, which has a profound foundation, nor the Taiyi sect, which has a close relationship with the ancient moon family, has succeeded.


    Later, after starting to attack the fire covered array, Meng Zhang asked the Gu Yue family again.


    I don''t know whether the ancient moon family is unwilling to help or really powerless. Meng Zhang has always been unable to obtain the third-order array breaking charm.


    Even immortal Jinli, a strong man in the later stage of the golden elixir, has no way to obtain the array breaking talisman. The two pieces of broken array talisman she took out came from the collection of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The four golden elixirs, who had been helpless about the third-order mountain protection array and the fire covering the ground array, saw the treasure taken out by immortal Jinli, immediately cheered up and ignited their fighting spirit again.


    These days, Meng Zhang and them are fighting hard on the battlefield, and immortal Jinli is not idle.


    She has been hiding in the dark, secretly observing the fire covered array, recording all the changes and looking for all kinds of flaws.


    Then, she returned to the dead sand sea, met with Tianzhu Zhenjun, reported to Tianzhu Zhenjun, and discussed with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    With the eyesight of immortal Jinli and the insight of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he soon had a strategy to break the array.


    Therefore, immortal Jinli came here.


    She gave the things to Meng Zhang and gave them advice.


    After listening carefully, Meng Zhang and others dispersed and made various preparations.


    The Allied forces of the three forces also temporarily stopped their attacks and began to take a rest.


    This battle break is of great importance. After Jin Li''s explanation, he didn''t stay away, but ran to a nearby mountain to stay and quietly wait and see the situation.


    Three days later, the four golden elixirs who had adjusted themselves to their best state came to the mountain protection array not far away.


    The top leaders of the three forces have already been specially told.


    Today, the three forces are all elite. The middle and high levels of the sect went to battle one after another, leading many disciples to kill in the mountain protection array.


    It seems that this attack is no different from the past. The cannon fodder friars take the lead, and the legitimate friars of the three forces supervise the war and serve as a reserve force.


    Soon after the war, the battle became fierce. The friars of huoyun sect controlled the fire covering the ground array and made many changes to shut out all the enemies.


    Outside the battlefield, Jin Li, who had been paying attention to the war, suddenly frowned and scolded impolitely.


    "Dead fat pig, if you don''t get out, you can''t invite me to invite you."


    With the sound of scolding, a fat male friar who looked like a meat mountain appeared in the air out of thin air.


    He looked at immortal Jinli fiercely and fought back: "Jinli, your thief mother''s mouth is still so smelly."


    "Unconvinced, we can practice, real pig." real Jin Li accentuated the tone on the word pig.


    This male monk is a disciple of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. His name is Zhu Liangyu.


    Because he is fat like a pig, his surname is similar to the pronunciation of a pig. So some Jindan immortal who didn''t deal with him took the nickname of pig immortal for him.


    Zhu Liangyu hates this nickname very much. As long as others don''t want to tear their faces with him face to face, they can at most shout behind their backs.


    As a master in the later stage of Jindan, and in a hostile position with him, immortal Jinli was naturally rude to him.


    When in a good mood, call him a real pig, and when in a bad mood, call him a dead fat pig.


    Zhu Liangyu can''t beat each other again. He has to bite his teeth and endure every time.


    This time, in the face of Jin Li''s provocation, Zhu Liangyu didn''t shrink back as before, let alone get angry. He laughed proudly.


    "Jin Li, it seems that these three forces can''t help huoyun sect and can''t recapture Feihong mountain."


    "Your master Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan is broken. Guess how he will punish you poor dog slaves."


    As a disciple of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, Zhu Liangyu knows something about Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan.


    Over the years, because of the orders of his master, he has also participated in the plan against Feihong sect many times.


    As Xuanfeng Zhenjun, it''s not good to negotiate with huoyun sect in person. He has been dealing with huoyun Sect on behalf of his master all the time.


    He was not only a bystander, but also a promoter of the many wars between huoyun sect and Feihong sect.


    Immortal Jinli looked at Zhu Liangyu disdainfully and didn''t continue to show off her tongue.


    The next scene will soon teach Zhu Liangyu to be a man.


    On the battlefield not far away, with the fire covering the ground and the great power of the big array, the mountain attacking monks of the three forces fell one after another.


    Even the four golden elixirs in the air are a little overwhelmed.


    After a long time, they finally caught a flaw when the fire covered the ground array had just changed.


    They have attacked many times. Based on the experience of immortal Jindan, they have a certain understanding of the third-order mountain protection array. Immortal Jinli gave them advice in advance and pointed out a bright way for them.


    The opportunity is rare. The treasure in their hands is only enough for one shot. If a blow is futile, they will lose the last chance to win.


    The four golden elixir immortal who dared not neglect immediately made a move without hesitation.


    Wu Mingwei and Qi Nanfei made a sudden advance together and flew to the shrouded area of the mountain protection array.


    This is a very dangerous thing. Even immortal Jindan will worry about his life if he really enters this position.


    Seeing this, immortal ChiYan is preparing to urge the array and stimulate the killing moves of the array. Even if you can''t leave them, you''ll hit them hard.


    However, Wu Mingwei and Qi Nanfei shot ahead of immortal ChiYan and each cast a third-order array breaking charm.


    The two broken array symbols turned into a streamer, and then shot directly onto the mountain protection array.


    The power of the two array breaking talismans caused problems in the operation of the whole mountain protection array. The array was one ton and temporarily stagnated.


    The power of two array breaking talismans alone is not enough to completely break the fire covered array. At most, the large array can only be fixed in a short time, so that the large array can not play a role.


    The fire covered the ground and opened the door at once, losing all defense forces.


    The morale of the friars who were besieging the mountain protection array was boosted. Under the leadership of the Three Dharma protectors of taiyimen, they charged at Feihong mountain.


    Immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud began to run Zhenyuan. They wanted to dispel the power of the broken array Rune and restore the operation of the mountain protection array as soon as possible.


    The defensive friars of huoyun sect are mobilized one after another, ready to fight the enemy who rushed over at any time.


    At this time, Meng Zhangyun lost the shield of the power of the large array. According to the instructions of immortal Jinli, Meng Zhangyun found the array eye of the flaming ground covering array.


    Immortal Feishi and Meng Zhang injected Zhenyuan at the same time, which inspired the golden bamboo leaf in Meng Zhang''s hand. Then Meng Zhang held his right hand high and shot the bamboo leaf out.


    After this blow, Meng Zhang seemed to be drained of his strength and fell weakly to the ground.


    The golden bamboo leaves turned into sharp arrows and shot at the eye of the array like lightning.


    Many friars of huoyun sect, including the two golden elixirs, did not have time to make any response.


    After an earth shaking noise, the whole flame covered array began to collapse.


    This is not a temporary failure of the big array, but a complete collapse of the whole big array, which can no longer be recovered.


    With the collapse of the mountain protection array, many friars of huoyun sect who were originally maintaining the operation of the Dharma array were also affected.


    A monk was shocked and bleeding from his seven orifices. He collapsed to the ground powerlessly and didn''t know whether he was alive or dead.

 Chapter 527

    From Wu Mingwei and Qi Nanfei casting the array breaking talisman to Meng Zhang shooting the golden bamboo leaf, it was just a moment. When someone reacts, it''s all over.


    Hearing the sound of the mountain falling and the earth cracking not far away, Zhu Liangyu saw with his own eyes the collapse of the third-order mountain protection array. Zhu Liangyu couldn''t accept it.


    "Well, how can this be possible? This is a third-order mountain protection array."


    "By the way, such a powerful attack is not what immortal Jindan can do. It must be the handwriting of the yuan God Zhenjun."


    Zhu Liangyu pointed to immortal Jinli and said, "you''re cheating. You''ve done something behind your back."


    Jin Li smiled disdainfully. "Aren''t you also doing things behind your back? If you can do it for the 15th day, don''t blame others for doing it for the first day of the first day of the first day."


    Zhu Liangyu can''t accept the fact. In his eyes, it was absolutely impossible to be broken by a gang of mobs. It was so easy to be broken.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang found the eye of the array, he may not be able to break the whole array at one stroke with the attack of Jindan real person level alone.


    The golden bamboo leaf looks insignificant, but it actually contains the unique power of the true king of Tianzhu. From the power level alone, it has exceeded the limit that the third-order array can bear. What''s more, Meng Zhang directly hit the eye of the array, hit the key and beat the Yellow Dragon.


    Without the protection of the mountain protection array, the friars of huoyun sect were directly exposed to the enemy.


    The sudden collapse of the mountain protection array not only implicated many huoyun sect disciples, but also caused heavy casualties. Even if the monks were not affected, they were confused and at a loss.


    Wu Mingwei and Qi Nanfei, who had already rushed into the array, first rushed inside, followed by immortal Feishi. Only Meng Zhang was still breathing back and slowly restored Zhenyuan.


    The morale of the three forces allied forces fiercely killed Feihong mountain and fought with the friars of huoyun sect.


    Immortal lie Yun hasn''t recovered since he was badly hurt by Meng Zhang last time. He thought a lot of ways and took a lot of pills, but he couldn''t get rid of the heavy damage brought by the spirit snake spear.


    Immortal lieyun cannot fight. Immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud cheer up, temporarily put aside their shock and doubt, and led all their disciples to fight.


    As the defensive side, the friars of huoyun sect were suddenly broken because of the big formation. The incident happened in a hurry. They had no time to put up any formation at all.


    The coalition forces of the three forces have complex sources and are busy charging, but they also do not put forward an array.


    The friars of both sides dispersed passively and began a scuffle.


    In fact, well-trained elite monks can form a small team in time to cooperate and cover each other.


    Among them, friar taiyimen''s performance on the battlefield is the most eye-catching.


    Among the four warring forces, taiyimen has been rising for a short time and has a shallow foundation. It is precisely because they are emerging forces that friars of taiyimen have a thriving temperament. They haven''t had time to get infected with those bad habits, and they don''t have the stale atmosphere of those old sect friars.


    Even if the losses were heavy some time ago and the operation was not smooth. However, after fighting with the friars of huoyun sect, they still broke out with high morale and played a strong combat effectiveness.


    The formation of this small team seems simple. In fact, it is a practical formation handed down from the Taiyi gate in its heyday, which has been tempered and tested for many years.


    Almost all disciples of Taiyi sect have more or less experienced training in the battle hall in the sect.


    On weekdays, the main text of the array in the gate is a thousand calculations, and he has instructed the disciples of the gate to rehearse various common formations many times.


    During this war, the foundation building friars of Taiyi sect, as the backbone, led a group of Qi refining disciples. Like a sharp knife, it fiercely inserted into the friars of huoyun sect.


    In particular, the Three Dharma protectors, the thick earth God general, the extreme sword God general and the thunder god general, easily disturbed some organized friars of huoyun sect.


    Kill the leader and disperse ordinary disciples. They come and go, almost unstoppable.


    The golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect can''t spare his hand. No one in huoyun sect can stop them. They can only let them kill one seven in and seven out.


    The appearance of the Three Dharma protectors'' great power on the battlefield not only made all the friars on both sides of the enemy look at it, but also several immortal Jindan in the fierce battle couldn''t help looking at it more.


    Qi Nanfei stopped holding his hand this time and cooperated with immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei to suppress immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud, so that they could not support the low-level friars of huoyun sect.


    After a short period of fighting, the coalition forces of the three forces began to gain the upper hand. Under their fierce impact, the fire cloud sect friars showed their decline, and they were already a bit unsustainable.


    The expression on Zhu Liangyu''s face, who was watching the war not far away, became more and more ugly.


    After a short breath, Meng Zhang recovered most of the Zhenyuan. Instead of joining the siege of immortal ChiYan, he killed the low-level friars of huoyun sect regardless of his identity.


    If the friars of huoyun sect can discharge the formation and gather the strength of the people, they can barely fight with Meng Zhang. But in the scuffle, they lost the biggest means to fight against Jindan immortal. Even the best friars in the foundation period can''t resist a golden elixir under such circumstances.


    Seeing Meng Zhang killing there, Zhu Liangyu finally couldn''t stand it.


    "It''s shameless to bully the small and rely on the strong to bully the weak. This person is the shame of immortal Jindan and the scum of those who practice truth."


    He denounced in his mouth and offered a flying sword, so he would fly over and kill Meng Zhang.


    The flying sword turned into a streamer and was about to shoot at Meng Zhang. Immortal Jinli flew into the sky and blocked the way of the flying sword.


    The flying sword had no time to turn and stabbed immortal Jinli directly. Zhenyuan, the protector of immortal Jinli, flicked away.


    Jin Li''s face was not angry because she was hit by mistake, but full of excitement.


    "You dead fat pig, dare to take the initiative to attack this real person. You really don''t know how to live or die."


    "Since you start first, the real man will have to fight back."


    Immortal Jinli smiled proudly and attacked Zhu Liangyu.


    "I haven''t hit anyone for a long time. Today, I will beat you all over my face."


    Zhu Liangyu shouted bad luck. Accidentally, he was caught by immortal Jinli and gave her a reason to do it.


    The two men only fought for a moment, and Zhu Liangyu fell to the disadvantage.


    "Dead fat pig, aren''t you proud? Aren''t you sharp? Why, you''re mute now?"


    Jin Li has never been a magnanimous person. As a woman, even if she has the cultivation of golden elixir, she should be careful.


    Zhu Liangyu, with a bitter face, fell into a storm like attack.


    On Feihong mountain, the battle continues.


    Zhu Liangyu was entangled by immortal Jinli. Huoyun sect lost its last reliance and its last chance of victory.


    With the passage of time, immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud slowly fell to the disadvantage. The low-level friars of huoyun sect suffered heavy losses and began to collapse.


    In the face of life and death, many remaining friars of huoyun sect forgot the strict order of the sect and began to escape regardless of the life and death of their peers.


    Immortal lie Yun, who was seriously injured and couldn''t do anything, watched for so long and saw the situation clearly.


    Whether others in the door are willing to accept the reality or not, he clearly knows that the general situation is over and he is unable to return to heaven.


    The best choice for huoyun sect is to get out of the battle as soon as possible and run for your life as soon as possible.


    Especially immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud, they must escape immediately in order to keep the vitality of huoyun sect.


    But as soon as Chi Yan and dark cloud were in the Bureau, they didn''t see as clearly as lie Yun. Second, they still have some illusions and don''t want to believe that the situation has completely collapsed..


    As the golden elixir elder of the sect, he left so many low-level disciples here to die and just ran for his own life. Not only can they not get through the heart, but also when they go back, they can''t lift their heads to be human inside and outside the door.


    Moreover, even if real ChiYan wants to break through, it''s not so easy.


    Immortal flying stone, the three of them are very tight, and there is no leak to drill. Meng Zhang, who killed the lower level disciples of huoyun sect over there, paid a lot of attention to the battle between Jindan immortal.


    Immortal lieyun is far more decisive than immortal ChiYan. They know that things can''t be done, so they must make a decisive choice.


    A determined look appeared on his face, took out a red pill the size of a finger, swallowed it, and then operated the real yuan in his body according to the secret method.


    After a while, there was an abnormal flush on the face of immortal lieyun, but his momentum was rising.


    He had been very weak since his injury. He not only basically returned to normal, but also recovered most of his cultivation.


    Immortal lieyun took the initiative to fly to the battlefield of the five golden elixirs. While secretly transmitting a message to immortal ChiYan, he asked them to retreat quickly and helped them block immortal Feishi.


    Seeing the vigorous appearance of immortal lie Yun, the faces of immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud showed grief.


    It''s not without cost that immortal lieyun recovers his combat effectiveness so quickly. He who uses the secret mind method to stimulate the secret medicine in the door will lose his life irreparably because the medicine power fades after a short outbreak.


    Immortal lieyun risked his life to keep the vitality of huoyun sect.


    After understanding the intentions of immortal lie Yun, immortal Chi Yan and immortal dark cloud gave up all unrealistic fantasies, put aside all their concerns and prepared to break through.


    Meng Zhang has been monitoring the battle between real Jindan people. After real lieyun joined the war, he gave up the fight of bullying children and took the initiative to fly to the battlefield of real Jindan.


    Meng Zhang is very confident in the lethality of the spirit snake spear. He obviously feels the power of the forced promotion of immortal lieyun.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, any secret method or pill that forcibly suppresses the injury and reluctantly restores strength has serious adverse consequences.


    Immortal lie Yun seems to be trying his best to do so.


    Meng Zhang, who has hit immortal lie Yun hard, certainly doesn''t want him to escape successfully. Now that we have made a big enemy, we should strike while the iron is hot and get rid of him so that he will not become a future trouble.


    Flying stone immortal three also noticed the retreat of immortal ChiYan and dark cloud. They were unwilling to let the tiger go back to the mountain. After Meng Zhang joined, the four stepped up their attack to keep the three real people ChiYan.


    Immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud are both golden elixirs. Since they have a retreat intention, it is difficult to be stopped.


    In particular, immortal lieyun knows his life soon and desperately delays the enemy. The game of exchanging injury for injury and life for life really gives people a headache.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor the other three are willing to lose with immortal lie Yun. In the face of crazy immortal lie Yun, they all have some scruples in their hearts.


    After a bitter battle, immortal lie Yun succeeded in holding down the enemy at the cost of his own life. Immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud successfully fled the battlefield with serious injuries.


    Immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud informed the disciples of huoyun sect before they fled.


    However, in order to prevent the complete collapse of the war, they only secretly informed a few trusted disciples.


    Almost at the same time that immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud fled, the friars of huoyun sect completely collapsed. Almost everyone had no intention of fighting and only knew to run for their lives in a hurry.


    The friars of the three forces took advantage of the situation to pursue and kill the fleeing friars of huoyun sect. They had no way to heaven or earth.


    Meng Zhang''s four golden elixirs pursued and killed immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud all the way after the death of immortal lie Yun. After they left Feihong mountain, they chased and fled and flew all the way to the south.


    After immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud successfully left the endless sand sea and fled into the territory of huoyun sect, Meng Zhang and his four people were unwilling to give up the pursuit and had to return.


    Even if you want to kill immortal ChiYan again, you will completely avoid future troubles. They are not willing to intrude into the sphere of influence of Jiuqu League.


    Jiuqu League is such a monster. Don''t say it''s them. Even Tianzhu Zhenjun doesn''t want to be easily provoked.


    The four golden elixirs who watched the enemy escape were all angry.


    After returning, probably to vent their anger, the four joined the pursuit of the escaped friars of huoyun sect regardless of their identity.


    These accomplishments are at most just huoyun sect friars in the foundation period. It''s not easy to escape from the endless sand sea.


    Finally, except for the red Yan immortal and dark cloud immortal who had fled long ago, almost all the friars of huoyun sect stayed in the endless sand sea forever.


    It took only a few years for huoyun sect to win the battle of invading the endless sand sea from the initial victory to the final defeat.


    The invading army was almost wiped out, and even Jindan immortal lost one. This failure really hurt the vitality of huoyun sect. Without a long rest, we can''t recover at all.


    It is conceivable that for a long time to come, everyone will not have to worry about the threat of huoyun sect.


    At the same time that huoyun sect was defeated, Zhu Liangyu, a disciple of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, was also severely taught a lesson by immortal Jinli. He was black and blue and embarrassed. He only left the endless sand sea in a gray way.

 Chapter 528

    Zhu Liangyu seems to be in a mess, but he has no worries about his life.


    Thanks to his master''s blessing, immortal Jinli never wanted to kill him.


    Immortal Jinli works for Tianzhu Zhenjun. She has offended enough people. She doesn''t want to take a dead revenge with a yuan God Zhenjun.


    Seeing that the Allied forces of the three forces recaptured Feihong mountain, huoyun sect was unable to fight again to ensure that there would be no more changes, she also flew to the dead sand sea and returned to Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Although there were twists and turns in the middle, the three forces still completed the task assigned by Tianzhu Zhenjun and were finally able to hand over the task.


    After the three forces recovered Feihong mountain, they naturally had many things to do.


    A series of things, such as admitting the wounded, cleaning up the battlefield, chasing and killing the enemy, and recovering from recuperation, kept the senior leaders of the three forces busy for most of the day.


    After these things are finished, it is the arrangements after the war.


    Feihong sect recovered Feihong mountain and naturally wanted to continue to serve as the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect.


    Compared with the Old Mountain Gate in huangshaling, the conditions here are countless times better.


    Taiyimen and Mobei Qijia, who helped Feihong mountain fight this time, basically did not get any benefits, but paid countless costs.


    When Meng Zhang calculated the gains and losses, he naturally put aside the heaven and Earth Spirit given by Tianzhu Zhenjun, and only calculated the loss of Taiyi gate this time.


    The consumption of materials and the loss of Lingshi will not be mentioned. The casualties alone give him a big headache.


    Taiyimen has been suffering from shortage of manpower. It occupies the vast territory of the Gobi desert, but there are not enough people for large-scale development.


    Now there are so many disciples killed and injured. I don''t know when I can make up for such a big loss.


    Other members of Hanhai road alliance suffered heavy casualties.


    Like the traditional ally of Taiyi gate, the skillful gate will inevitably suffer heavy losses when Taiyi gate is unable to protect itself.


    In order to continue to keep Hanhai daomeng, taiyimen needs to find ways to appease its allies and take out many interests to compensate everyone.


    The friars sent by those who have recently taken refuge in taiyimen are almost wiped out.


    Meng Zhang does what he says and is not prepared to give up these forces.


    Survivors of friars participating in the war will be rewarded by taiyimen. All forces who have contributed can get the opportunity to join Hanhai Dao alliance.


    It seems that the number of members of hanhaidao alliance has increased, but because of this loss, the strength has decreased greatly, and it will take a long time to be supplemented.


    Give priority to internal affairs, and Meng Zhang can take care of external affairs.


    Taiyimen helped feihongzong recover the Mountain Gate this time. It''s a blessing for survival.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about giving kindness. It doesn''t sound good, but Feihong sect is poor after suffering. Even if feihongzong is willing, he can''t take out any decent items to compensate taiyimen.


    This time, taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qi family joined hands to fight against the enemy under the strict order of Tianzhu Zhenjun. But the relationship between them will not change. What should be done or what should be done.


    After the war, taiyimen and feihongzong were still competitors. Mobei Qi family and Feihong sect will never forget their hatred.


    Taiyimen and Mobei Qijia have a basis for cooperation in the face of their common opponent Fei hongzong. Even if they don''t trust each other, they have to try to unite.


    Soon after recovering Feihong mountain, taiyimen and Mobei Qi''s army of monks set out on their way home.


    Most of the friars forcibly recruited by Fei hongzong suffered casualties, and a small number of survivors.


    Feihongzong didn''t mean to put them back, but forced them to continue to work for feihongzong.


    Mining the mines abandoned because of the war and taking care of the abandoned spiritual field


    Feihongzong, which suffered heavy losses, was also extremely short of manpower. The utilization value of these wallflower was squeezed to the limit by feihongzong.


    Feihongzong is now the weakest time in hundreds of years. The strength of the sect has long fallen to the bottom.


    The primary task of the whole sect is to recover as soon as possible.


    For this task, the reputation of any famous and decent sect and the dignity of any major sect can be put aside.


    As for those friars and the forces behind them, they will certainly have hatred for Feihong sect, but the top level of Feihong sect doesn''t care at all.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for so many years. Are there still few enemies? How many people have scolded and hated Feihong sect? Have you ever seen how they got half of Feihong sect?


    In the cultivation world, strength is always respected. Even if thousands of people point out and are scolded by hundreds of millions of people, so what?


    As long as there is no power to resist the Feihong sect, we should be honestly oppressed by the Feihong sect. We can''t think of the possibility of resistance.


    Both mengzhang and taiyimen are rising soon. They are not as old as feihongzong in terms of means to resist. Moreover, Meng Zhang always has his own bottom line in his heart and can''t do it by any means.


    After returning to the Gobi, the whole Taiyi gate was licking its wounds.


    Meng Zhang still has a hidden worry in his heart.


    He hit immortal lieyun hard this time, and later broke the fire covered array with his own hands, which can be regarded as the culprit of the defeat of huoyun sect.


    This time, he had a dead feud with huoyun sect and completely tore his face. The contact established with real ChiYan before has long disappeared.


    And the old Jindan sect like huoyun sect become enemies. There will be trouble in the future.


    Fortunately, there is also Feihong sect in front. If you have any trouble, you have to find Feihong sect first.


    He presided over the reward of the monks in the sect for their meritorious deeds, so that all the disciples were rested. After that, many work that had to be interrupted was restarted.


    Taiyimen''s subordinates on the other side of the endless sand sea speed up their migration to the Gobi of evil wind.


    The environment here is better, more suitable for human survival, and more suitable for practitioners to practice.


    Xiongshi mountain has become the new Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate. The reconstruction and development of xiongshiling and various construction work soon began.


    The thick earth God will continue to repair the third-order spirit vein over the crow nest.


    Meng Zhang increased his support for him and allowed him to mobilize more human and material resources.


    Baicao Pavilion urgently needs the placement of the third-order spiritual pulse, and the third-order spiritual pulse in xiongshiling is only enough for Meng Zhang to practice alone.


    After returning to Mobei, immortal Qi Nanfei sent someone secretly to the Gobi of evil wind and established a fixed contact with Taiyi gate.


    Despite the current situation of endless sand sea, feihongzong was unable to continue to invade taiyimen and Mobei Qijia.


    Moreover, because the relationship between Tianzhu Zhenjun and Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun is relaxed, it is not necessary for Feihong sect to continue to take Mobei Qi family as the goal of elimination.


    But taiyimen, Mobei Qijia and feihongzong are among the three forces. Two weak and one strong. In the face of the only strong, the two weak are naturally allies.

 Chapter 529

    Taiyimen and Mobei Qi family are still very wary of each other, although there is a hidden trend of alliance in the face of Feihong sect.


    Moreover, in order to avoid stimulating feihongzong, the two forces have no contact on the surface.


    In fact, given the current situation in the endless sand sea, the possibility of civil war in a short time is very small. The alliance between taiyimen and Mobei Qi family is just in case.


    Meng Zhang''s main vision began to look beyond the endless sand sea.


    After the defeat of huoyun sect and the end of the war, Xuanfeng Zhenjun behind huoyun sect has no new action for the time being. However, the trade between Dafeng City and the endless sand sea did not resume immediately.


    Such an approach is certainly not the original intention of Dafeng City.


    Most of the reasons why Dafeng City can become a big commercial city are because it is located in a thoroughfare.


    It is connected to the endless sand sea in the north and the core area of Jiuqu League in the south. To the west is the vast sea and to the East is the endless prairie.


    All kinds of resources and specialties produced by the endless sand sea are basically imported into Dafeng City, which sells all kinds of cultivation materials to the endless sand sea all year round.


    Especially after taiyimen occupied a large area of the Gobi, it began to buy the production of the Gobi into Dafeng City.


    If these businesses are lost, the overall transaction scale of Dafeng City will drop by at least 30%.


    Of course, Dafeng City doesn''t want to lose these businesses forever. Xuanfeng Zhenjun is not easy to provoke, but his interests can''t be given up easily.


    When huoyun sect invaded the endless sand sea, Dafeng City cut off all transactions with the endless sand sea according to the will of Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Now, although the war is over, the face of Yuanshen Zhenjun still needs to be taken care of.


    Gale city did not publicly resume trading with the endless sand sea. But at the border between the two places, a large number of smugglers suddenly appeared. Running back and forth between the two places to trade materials.


    There is also a not too long border between Gobi and Dafeng City, and there are also many smuggling caravans.


    Last time, Meng Zhang hired many casual practitioners from Dafeng City to fight in the endless sand sea.


    In the war, these scattered repairs suffered heavy casualties.


    After the war, Meng Zhang did not eat his words. Promised the benefits, a lot of points to go out. Even for those who died in the war, Meng Zhang gave the promised reward to their relatives and friends according to their wishes.


    Although this has put taiyimen under heavy financial pressure, it has many benefits.


    Some survivors expressed their willingness to continue to serve taiyimen.


    Among the smuggling caravans sent by Taiyi sect, these casual practitioners who are familiar with the situation of Jiuqu League participate.


    Taiyimen''s reputation for abiding by its promise slowly spread in Jiuqu League.


    Fame is invisible and seemingly useless, but it can play an unexpected role at some times.


    A sect that adheres to its promise will have many intangible conveniences when communicating with other forces and conducting business exchanges.


    Although the officials of Dafeng City did not resume the transactions with taiyimen and feihongzong, they also restored a lot of business through these smuggling caravans.


    Gu Yue''s family also secretly sent messengers to visit Meng Zhang at Xiongshi mountain to express the family''s apology.


    The messenger is Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, Gu yueyoulan. Her attitude was very low and fully described the difficulties of the family at the beginning.


    In order to express the apology of the ancient moon family, she gave a lot of compensation on behalf of the family.


    Previously, taiyimen borrowed a large amount of spirit stone from the ancient moon family with the production of the Gobi.


    The ancient moon family is willing to reduce part of the interest and extend the repayment period.


    In terms of business between the two sides, the ancient moon family is willing to make some concessions and give more benefits.


    When the ancient moon family sent someone to cut off contact with Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang understood, but he couldn''t accept it.


    Previously, because he was a good friend of the ancient moon huaidie, he thought the ancient moon family was a reliable friend of taiyimen.


    Now it seems that Meng Zhang''s expectations are too high. Facing the pressure of Yuanshen Zhenjun, there are no reliable friends.


    This also taught Meng Zhang a lesson and made him understand that different forces in the cultivation world must not rely on personal feelings to maintain their relationship.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Gu yueyoulan also pointed out that the last decision made by the family was strongly opposed by her and Gu yuehuai butterfly. However, they were too modest to change the views of other elders in the family and the decision of the patriarch.


    She and Gu yuehuai die are very sorry about this. She came here this time with an apology from Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    After Meng Zhang became the golden elixir immortal, he knew the divine power of this talent and could easily read the thoughts of ordinary friars in the foundation period.


    However, monks like the ancient Moon Orchid, who came from a large family, either practiced the secret heart locking method or carried a magic weapon to prevent heart reading. Meng Zhang is difficult to read her mind, and it is difficult to judge whether what she said is true or false.


    Anyway, no matter what attitude the ancient moon holds butterflies. Anyway, since then, Meng Zhang will have a long mind and secretly strengthen his defense against the ancient moon family.


    As the leader of the sect, no matter what he thinks, Meng Zhang''s superficial practice should try to ensure the interests of taiyimen.


    He expressed the meaning of letting bygones be bygones and fully understood the difficulties of the ancient moon family.


    The ancient Moon Orchid had a good relationship with him when he was a monk in the foundation period. Of course, he would not blame his old friends.


    The elder Gu yuehuai butterfly helped him a lot, and he never forgot it.


    No matter what unpleasant things happened between the ancient moon family and taiyimen, the ancient moon huaidie will always be his close friend of Meng Zhang.


    In front of the ancient Moon Orchid, Meng Zhang has no pride as a golden elixir. He is still an approachable and equal attitude.


    For the contacts between taiyimen and the ancient moon family, Meng Zhang certainly hopes to return to normal as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude made Gu yueyoulan very satisfied. She also achieved the purpose of this visit.


    Although the ancient moon Youlan is just a friar in the foundation period, as a disciple of the ancient moon huaidie, she is also the next generation of Tianji master trained by the family. Within the ancient moon family, its status is second only to those elders in the golden elixir period.


    Like Taiyi gate, which has only one Jindan immortal, she really doesn''t like it if it''s not Meng Zhang''s relationship.


    For Meng Zhang, the ancient moon family is very different from the current taiyimen. Although this thigh is unreliable, you should try to hold it.


    Now taiyimen has occupied a territory as big as the Gobi, which is rich in resources. In the eyes of many families in Dafeng City, taiyimen is a family with great development potential.


    Among the Jiuqu League, there have long been forces coveting the resources of the Gobi. Just because of the relationship between Tianzhu and Zhenjun, no force dared to invade rashly before.


    In the eyes of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, the endless sand sea, the Gobi of evil wind and the sand sea of death have been acquiesced to be the territory of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Taiyimen developed these resources and shipped them to Dafeng City for sale, which gave them a channel to get these resources.


    The ancient moon family is anxious to repair the relationship with taiyimen. Most of the reasons are for the various resources of the Gobi.


    Gu yueyoulan stayed in Xiongshi mountain for several days and left after negotiating the details of the continued cooperation between the two sides.


    After the ancient moon Youlan left, Meng Zhang summoned the elders in the gate to discuss the business plan of Taiyi gate.


    Among the Taiyi sect, there are more and more monks who have achieved success in cultivating all kinds of skills. On weekdays, it can meet some of the needs of the door. But taiyimen still needs to buy a lot of materials from the outside. Especially during the war, taiyimen had a greater demand for external materials.


    What happened this time proved that Dafeng City, a seemingly neutral trade city, was simply unreliable at the critical moment.


    Taiyimen cannot place all its business lifeblood on Dafeng City.


    Next, taiyimen will find ways to open up new trade channels.


    It is easy to say but difficult to do.


    Taiyimen now occupies a large area of Gobi and endless sand sea.


    To the north is the dead sand sea. Naturally, there is no trade.


    The northeast is Mobei Qijia.


    Mobei Qi family''s territory is very barren and has little production. The family itself does not have a strong production capacity, which is of little help to taiyimen.


    In fact, now it is Mobei Qi family begging taiyimen.


    Mobei Qi family has been suppressed by feihongzong for many years, and its foreign trade channels are limited. It all depends on Qi Mingyun Zhenjun''s occasional blood transfusion, so the family can stick to it.


    With taiyimen, a powerful new neighbor, Mobei Qijia has a convenient business channel. Mobei Qi family also purchases pills, talismans and other items from Taiyi gate.


    The business profits between Mobei and Qijia are not high, at least they are profitable, and taiyimen has been maintained.


    To the east of Taiyi gate is Feihong sect. The resources produced by the two sides are highly overlapped, and there are few places to exchange what is needed.


    After feihongzong experienced great changes, the production capacity inside the door was greatly reduced.


    The trade with feihongzong didn''t help taiyimen much.


    Feihongzong continued to the East, with a section of boundary line bordering the prairie.


    The business and trade exchanges with the prairie are forbidden by Feihong sect, and no one is allowed to touch them.


    To the west of Taiyi gate is the rest of the Gobi. It is still the territory of monsters, and there are many third-order monsters living there.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, it''s a great good thing that those monsters don''t take the initiative to attack Taiyi gate.


    Only Meng Zhang, a golden elixir immortal, is too weak to continue to expand in that direction.


    And now we are talking about the business of the sect, not the next expansion direction of the sect.


    There will be no trade between Taiyi gate and those monsters.


    After thinking about it, the people discussed for a long time. If taiyimen wants to open up new business channels, it still needs to find a way in Jiuqu alliance.

 Chapter 530

    Gale city is one of the heroes in the Jiuqu League. Casual forces dare not offend easily.


    The official of Dafeng City and the major Xiuzhen families are the main trading objects of taiyimen. Of course, they don''t want to see taiyimen open up new trade channels.


    It is definitely not an easy task for taiyimen to bypass Dafeng City and find new trading partners in Jiuqu League.


    Taiyimen''s current relationship is mainly concentrated in Dafeng City, which is not useful at all.


    Meng Zhang has a good relationship with the fallen leaves in the black market. However, this kind of communication between the two forces, private relations can not play a decisive role.


    The fallen leaf immortal has a high position in the black market on the other side of Jiuqu League, but he is far from the main person.


    The fallen leaf immortal reminded Meng Zhang that the black market seems easy to deal with. In fact, eating people without spitting bones has never been a trusted object.


    If taiyimen carries Dafeng City to contact the black market, the biggest possibility is that the black market will turn around and buy taiyimen in order to make friends with the more powerful Dafeng City.


    In addition, Meng Zhang and yujianmen have dealt with each other, and they have such a trivial friendship.


    Jade sword sect, as a sect of sword cultivation, is a special existence in Jiuqu League and has its unique principles. If Taiyi gate wants to rely on jade sword gate for such things, it is also very unreliable.


    There is no direct channel to use, so we have to slowly find new channels.


    This kind of thing should not only avoid the eyes and ears of Dafeng City, but also hide from the ancient moon family.


    Jue Ying, the disciple of immortal ye ye, has been staying in the Gobi of evil wind all these years, teaching an Muran all kinds of skills and helping him establish and develop the dark hall.


    The last time the three forces allied forces fought against huoyun sect, Meng Zhang asked Jue Ying to stay in the Gobi of evil wind to help taiyimen watch the house.


    Jue Ying has stayed at taiyimen for a long time, and she is ready to leave.


    Jue Ying, an old friend, helped a lot this time. Of course, Meng Zhang should thank her very much.


    When Jue Ying left, Meng Zhang asked her for one thing.


    He chose two clever monks from the foundation period of taiyimen and asked them to go to Jiuqu league with Jue Ying.


    Their task is to get familiar with the situation of Jiuqu League and slowly find new business objects with the help of Jue Ying.


    If possible, the dark hall under the leadership of an Muran should also try to establish branches in Jiuqu League, arrange ears and eyes, and obtain all kinds of information.


    After these things, Meng Zhang was able to put his main energy back to his cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s major practice, the sun moon rotation Sutra, contains all the contents from the Qi refining period to the golden elixir period. He doesn''t have to worry too much about the problem of skill in the early stage, middle stage and even later stage of Jindan.


    The original communication with ancient moon huaidie and fallen leaf immortal brought him a lot of valuable cultivation experience.


    After Jijian God woke up, Meng Zhang also took the initiative to ask him for advice several times. Each time, he gained a lot and learned a lot of useful experience.


    The third-order spiritual pulse of Xiongshi mountain is more than enough for him to cultivate alone.


    Several battles with the opponents of the golden elixir period not only improved his combat experience, but also deepened his understanding of the skill.


    After recovering Feihong mountain, Meng Zhang successfully broke through the middle of Jindan within a few years.


    At this time, he was only 109 years old.


    In the period of gas refining and foundation construction, it was built thousands of miles a day. After entering the golden elixir period, his cultivation speed did not slow down too much.


    The cultivation in the middle of Jindan has a place among Jindan immortal.


    Many golden elixir immortals, such as Qin Hongying, the guest Qing before Taiyi gate, are only the cultivation of golden elixir in the early stage until Shouyuan is about to run out.


    Meng Zhang broke through to the middle of Jindan at this age. He is really young and promising.


    After entering the middle stage of Jindan, Meng Zhang''s demand for heaven and earth aura increased significantly again. At this time, the aura provided by the third-order spirit vein of Xiongshi mountain is a little short of supply.


    After years of efforts and a lot of human and material resources, Houtu God has made great achievements in repairing the third-order spirit vein of the crow nest.


    Although the third level spirit pulse is far from being repaired, the aura provided is far from enough to support Jindan immortal. But after using some means, it can barely be used to house the herb Pavilion.


    The thick earth god spent a lot of precious materials to set up a huge spirit gathering Dharma array to gather all the auras here, and then Meng Zhang placed the hundred grass Pavilion in it.


    After the Baicao Pavilion is settled, it will start by itself. In addition to a tall attic, there is also a miraculous garden covering an area of more than 100 mu.


    The miraculous medicine garden is full of all kinds of miraculous medicines.


    The elixir inside has been planted for more than hundreds of years.


    Although the years are long enough, on the one hand, the supply of aura in it is not enough for a long time, and on the other hand, it lacks the careful care and care of the spiritual farmers. These miraculous drugs are not sold well, and the drug properties are not so sufficient. Many elixirs are even dying and are about to lose their vitality.


    The spirit vessel of crow''s nest doesn''t provide enough aura. It also needs to invest a lot of spirit stones regularly in order to ensure the continuous growth of magic medicine in it.


    Facing the problem of lack of care for the miraculous medicine in the miraculous medicine garden, Meng Zhang recruited the best spiritual farmers in the door. They should go all out and try to revive all the magic drugs inside.


    In order to maintain this miraculous medicine garden, taiyimen needs to continuously invest a lot of human and material resources, which is a huge burden.


    However, there are a wide variety of miraculous drugs in the miraculous medicine garden, which is full of years. Even several main and auxiliary medicines for refining Jidan can be found.


    As long as there is the production of this miraculous medicine garden, Taiyi gate can ensure the supply of building Jidan, which is of great strategic significance to the inheritance of the sect.


    In fact, because the materials for refining Jidan have been obtained several times before, taiyimen has opened the furnace to refine Jidan several times. As for the number of times to refine Xiaozhu Jidan, that''s more.


    At present, taiyimen has nearly 40 monks in the foundation period.


    Other forces of Hanhai daomeng have also benefited a lot. Forces close to Taiyi gate can buy Xiaozhu Jidan from Taiyi gate.


    Traditional allies like the skillful hand gate even have the qualification to buy the foundation Dan.


    In the whole Hanhai Dao alliance, there are more than 30 friars in the foundation period except taiyimen.


    Many friars in the foundation period not only consolidated the basic plate of Hanhai daomeng, but also accelerated the development of the Gobi. And enough friars in the foundation period, as long as they set up some special Dharma arrays, they have the power to resist the golden elixir immortal.


    In addition, there are many third-order elixirs in the elixir garden. After taiyimen has a third-order alchemist, it can refine a third-order elixir that can be used by real people.


    Less than two years after Meng Zhang broke through the golden elixir, the weak water god who has been closed to refining Tianyi real water has finally successfully passed the pass.


    After leaving the pass, the cultivation of the weak water god general finally recovered to the early stage of the golden elixir.


    Among the four Dharma protectors, the weak water god will be the penultimate. Before becoming the Dharma protectors, she was the top friar of taiyimen after the initial reconstruction. The cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir is unique and is the powerful pillar of the sect.


    The weak water god who was expected to enter the Yuanshen period completely lost the possibility of breaking through the Yuanshen period because of an accident.


    Later, she took the initiative to become a Dharma protector general, and her accomplishments fell to the early stage of the golden elixir.


    In the eyes of the weak water god general, it is not happy to restore the cultivation in the early stage of the golden elixir.


    The four Dharma protectors were all gifted friars in the door and had the opportunity to become the true monarch of the yuan God. After breaking through hopelessness, they took the initiative to become Dharma protector generals and continue to guard the sect.


    The Dharma protector will have a long life, but it also has many disadvantages.


    Among the four Dharma protectors, except the Jijian Dharma protectors, all the other Dharma protectors have only the cultivation in the early stage of the golden elixir.


    Even after they were transformed into Dharma protector generals, they worked hard and tried everything, but their accomplishments could not be broken through.


    In the eyes of most monks in the cultivation world, how tall the golden elixir friars are, how unreachable the golden elixir friars are.


    However, these Dharma protectors will basically be the strong ones in the golden elixir immortal before transformation. It''s really not a happy thing to turn into a Dharma protector general with only the initial cultivation of the golden elixir.


    It is not a simple thing to transform immortal Jindan into a Dharma protector general. It has a high probability of failure.


    Otherwise, the taiyimen in those years would have been transformed into Dharma protector generals.


    I don''t dare to say anything about the upper yuan God sect, but among the Jindan sect, I can completely dominate.


    It is precisely because of the extremely low conversion success rate that the Dharma protector God will appear so precious and rare.


    Because the weak water god general had the cultivation at the beginning of the golden elixir, but now he is just restoring his cultivation, there is no vision when the friars in the foundation building period broke through the golden elixir period.


    After the weak water god restored his cultivation, he had no contact with the others in the door. Only the other three Dharma protectors would know about it.


    After discussing with the Three Dharma protectors, Meng Zhang decided to temporarily block the news and hide the weak water God as a card in the Taiyi gate.


    External, including other friars of taiyimen, are strictly confidential. It''s just that the weak water god will still be closed and hasn''t gone out.


    For the friars in the foundation period, seclusion for decades is not common, but it still happens from time to time.


    It is a good thing that the weak water god will restore the cultivation of golden elixir, but it also brings a new problem.


    The third-order spirit pulse of Xiongshi mountain is very reluctant to support Meng Zhang. Now there are more weak water gods, and the spirit is not enough.


    The thick earth God will repair the spiritual pulse there. It is still far from completion.


    On weekdays, the weak water god will try to avoid absorbing the aura of the third-order spirit pulse, but consume the top-grade spirit stone to set up a spirit gathering array.


    Anyway, as a Dharma protector, it is difficult to make progress in cultivation. As long as you can barely guarantee your daily cultivation and keep your accomplishments from falling, that''s all.


    Meng Zhang knows that this is not a long-term plan.


    The weak water god will consume a large number of top-grade spirit stones on weekdays, which is a heavy burden on the whole sect. And no matter he or other God generals, in fact, they still hope that the weak water god will continue to make progress in cultivation.


    Among the young disciples of Taiyi sect, people with excellent talents such as Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi have long entered the later stage of foundation building. It is not far from the golden elixir period.


    Now, Taiyi sect''s demand for third-order spiritual pulse has become an unavoidable problem.


    Looking at the whole endless sand sea, there is no ownerless third-order spiritual pulse.


    There is a third-order spirit pulse in Mobei Qi family, but it seems to have some defects. Moreover, Mobei Qi family is a potential ally, and taiyimen can''t make each other''s ideas.


    Feihong sect has the best conditions and has two third-order spiritual veins. Especially the third-order spirit vein of Feihong mountain, which was originally owned by the Yuanshen sect of Zijin sect, is of excellent quality.


    Don''t say that there are only two Jindan immortal in Feihong sect. Even if there are a few more, the aura provided by the third-order spirit pulse is more than enough.


    Unfortunately, no matter from that aspect, it is impossible for taiyimen to start against feihongzong.


    As for the remaining areas of the Gobi, first, it is impossible to determine whether there are third-order spirit veins. Second, there are many third-order monsters in it, which are difficult to eradicate.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and thought of the only feasible way. That is to go to the sand sea of death again and try to capture the spiritual marrow inside.


    Of course, this time he didn''t go in person.


    He once heard from real Jinli. The death sand sea is the battlefield where the fifth level great power competes with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    In particular, the fifth order great power, through his countless sand monsters, has always paid great attention to the dead sand sea.


    During the foundation period, the friar entered the sand sea of death, and the fifth order power might not care.


    But immortal Jindan has the strength to act as a chess piece in his fight with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Therefore, once immortal Jindan enters the dead sand sea, he will soon be discovered by the fifth level great power, and then a steady stream of sand monsters will follow him. Even if he escaped the pursuit of the sand monster, the fifth level great power may pay some price and take action in person.


    This is also the reason why other Jindan immortal dare not enter the dead sand sea.


    Immortal Jinli dared to go in and out of the dead sand sea because Tianzhu Zhenjun reached an agreement with the fifth level great power. Moreover, immortal Jinli can''t take the initiative in the sea of death.


    Meng Zhang decided to select a group of elite friars from the foundation period of taiyimen and let them go to the sand sea of death.


    This is not only an experience for them, but also an attempt to capture the spiritual marrow.


    In fact, the current training sites of taiyimen and other Hanhai Taoist friars are mainly concentrated in the Gobi of evil wind.


    However, with a large number of monsters around being hunted and killed, it was more and more difficult for friars to get full exercise during the foundation period.


    There are only other friars in the foundation period of Hanhai road alliance. Friar taiyimen will have all kinds of training if he is willing to break through the golden elixir period.

 Chapter 531

    At present, many monks in Taiyi gate sneak into the territory of Jiuqu League through the channels of smugglers, and then travel around.


    The official of gale city turned a blind eye to this kind of thing.


    As Xuanfeng Zhenjun, it''s impossible to stare at a group of low-level friars of taiyimen all day.


    The huoyun sect is licking the wound and has no time for him. Second, within the scope of Jiuqu League, huoyun sect can''t hunt and kill other monks at will.


    Therefore, as long as these low-level friars of taiyimen are not too unlucky or deliberately make trouble, their safety still has a certain guarantee within the territory of Jiuqu alliance.


    Meng Zhang still has a lot of preparatory work to do if he wants to use the dead sand sea as a new training place for friars during the foundation period of taiyimen.


    These friars must receive sufficient targeted training to survive after entering the sand sea of death.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also asked Jin Li immortal through Jin Qiaoer to take care of these taiyimen friars who entered the sea of death.


    Jin Li spent most of his time in the sand sea of death. Even if she can''t take the initiative, she still has a way to help these taiyimen friars as long as she is willing.


    When Meng Zhang talked about it to Jin Qiaoer, Jin Qiaoer was very interested.


    Jin Qiaoer herself has experienced many times on the edge of the sand sea of death. At first, immortal Jinli scolded her several times. Later, seeing that Jin Qiaoer had more and more combat experience and stronger self-protection ability, she didn''t bother to take care of her.


    Although she seldom goes deep into the dead sand sea, Jin Qiaoer is very familiar with the situation inside.


    The third-order sand monsters in the dead sand sea are basically around the fifth-order great power, and rarely wander around.


    As long as the team composed of friars in the foundation period is careful enough not to fall into the siege of sand monsters and not be watched by ghosts and demons, their life safety is guaranteed.


    Jin Qiaoer talked with Meng Zhang for a long time. She not only wanted to tell her master, immortal Jin Li, about it, but also prepared to let some excellent friars of the skillful hand sect go in to practice.


    The dead sand sea looks barren. There is only a vast Yellow sand. In fact, there are also many resources.


    Before the advent of the fifth order power, the sand sea of death was far less barren than it is today. There are also oases, human settlements and activities, and the existence of Xiuzhen forces.


    After the arrival of the fifth level power, the cultivation forces in the dead sand sea disappeared, and mankind disappeared. However, various underground mineral resources have not disappeared out of thin air.


    Of course, a few friars who broke into the dead sand sea during the foundation period could not wantonly exploit all kinds of minerals in it and collect some precious minerals at most.


    In addition, there are countless sand monsters in the dead sand sea, and there are not a few sand monsters'' nests. If you have the courage to go deep into the sand monster''s nest, you may harvest very precious Lingyuan beads.


    Meng Zhang asked the taiyimen friars to go in for training. He didn''t expect them to collect much cultivation resources, but mainly hoped that they could get enough exercise.


    Due to Jin Qiaoer''s active running, this matter was soon on the right track.


    Immortal Jinli agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    Of course, she is not a nanny. She can''t take photos of these monks all day. The best she can do is to help when it''s convenient.


    In return, Taiyi gate should take more care of the skillful gate in the future.


    Although Jin Qiaoer grew up in the skillful hand gate, her inheritance comes from Jin Li immortal.


    Immortal Jinli doesn''t care much about the foundation sect gate of the skillful hand gate, and doesn''t want Jin Qiaoer to stay in the skillful hand gate forever.


    But in recent years, she had to run for Tianzhu Zhenjun here in the endless sand sea, so she didn''t take Jin Qiaoer away.


    Jin Qiaoer has lived in the skillful hand gate since childhood and has a very deep feeling for the skillful hand gate.


    For Jin Qiaoer''s sake, immortal Jin Li takes a lot of care of the skillful hand door.


    As a staunch ally of Taiyi gate, skillful hand gate cannot pose a threat to Taiyi gate. Whether in the face of immortal Jinli or out of the consideration of the horse bones of Qianjin City, Taiyi gate will treat the skillful hand gate well.


    Jin Li made this request, and Meng Zhang naturally agreed very readily.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer are both decisive characters. Once it''s arranged, start acting immediately.


    Among the Taiyi gate, the extremely sword and thunder generals who built the foundation perfectly, Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi in the later stage of foundation building, and Jin Qiaoer in the later stage of foundation building of skillful hand gate.


    The five men, as the backbone, led the friars in the foundation building period of the two families, divided into several teams and entered the sea of death in turn.


    General weak water didn''t want to stay in the door all the time since he recovered the cultivation of golden elixir. He wanted to go out and walk around.


    Because Meng Zhang took her as a hidden card of the sect, she was not suitable to go to other places in the cultivation world to avoid exposing her deeds.


    After thinking for a while, the weak water God went to the depths of the Gobi.


    At present, Taiyi gate occupies a large area of Gobi, eliminates most of the monsters above, and firmly grasps here.


    There are no third-order monsters here, only a few first-order monsters deliberately reserved, and some second-order monsters who have escaped the pursuit of human friars.


    But continue to advance to the depths of the Gobi, which is still the territory of goblins, with a large number of goblins.


    After taiyimen occupied the east area of the Gobi, it never paid more attention to the large area in the West.


    Meng Zhang knows that there are a large number of monsters in the depths of the Gobi, including many third-order monsters.


    But all along, these monsters stayed in the West and never entered the East.


    In fact, before Taiyi gate entered here, the monsters in the Gobi were divided into several forces, and they didn''t have much contact with each other.


    Especially those monsters in the west of the Gobi have never been to the East.


    When the lion demon tried to unify the Gobi, the goblins there didn''t buy his account at all, and he had nothing to do with the goblins there.


    In the past, taiyimen''s main attention was on the other side of the endless sand sea. Compared with monsters, human practitioners are the biggest enemy of taiyimen.


    The demon beasts in the depths of the Gobi never come out and pose no threat to Taiyi gate. However, after taiyimen moved the mountain gate to Xiongshi mountain, Meng Zhang decided to investigate the situation there as much as possible and find out the details of these monsters.


    The restless weak water god will take the initiative to go to the depths of the Gobi. Meng Zhang will not stop him.


    With the rich experience of the weak water god general, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to say much.


    After the weak water god will leave, there is only Meng Zhang, a golden elixir immortal left in Taiyi gate.


    He sits in Xiongshi mountain and spends most of his time in practice except occasionally dealing with major events in the door.


    As a monk in the middle of the golden pill, Meng Zhang has cultivated several magical powers, but the third-order magic tools in his hand are not very satisfactory.


    The most powerful third-order spirit soldier spirit snake spear in his hand is seriously damaged and its power is greatly reduced. He doesn''t dare to use it at all for fear of causing more damage.


    There is no third-order weapon refiner in Taiyi gate, so we can''t completely repair this third-order spirit soldier.


    There are three-level weapon refiners in Jiuqu League. First, Meng Zhang had no way to contact these weapon refiners. Second, he was unwilling to let outsiders repair the most powerful soul soldier in his hand, so as not to expose the details of the killer mace.


    Later, the extremely sword God helped him think of a way.


    Many sword practitioners practice the art of pregnant sword, which is used to warm and grow their own life flying sword.


    Many excellent tool refiners also have the method of pregnant and raising magic tools.


    The extremely sword God summarized a special skill of pregnant weapons based on the skill of pregnant swords of a sword cultivation, combined with the means of some weapon refiners he knew, and taught it to Meng Zhang.


    As long as Meng Zhang regularly runs this secret method, slowly conceives and raises with his own Zhenyuan, and from time to time, inputs some precious refining materials to let the spirit snake spear fuse spontaneously, it is possible to completely repair the third-order spirit soldier of the spirit snake spear.


    After all, the spirit of spirit soldiers such as spirit snake spear still exists. If Meng Zhang cooperates, the spirit soldiers will repair it spontaneously.


    The extremely sword God General really deserves to be the oldest and most knowledgeable senior of Taiyi sect. Meng Zhang found that the secret method he summarized worked well after using it for a period of time.


    After Meng Zhang entered the middle stage of Jindan, all his sun and moon Qi was transformed into sun and moon real yuan. It is not only more profound and pure, but also very spiritual.


    There may not be many other resources in the endless sand sea and Gobi, but all kinds of mineral resources are not small.


    A major source of income for taiyimen and even the whole Hanhai road alliance is the mining of these minerals.


    As Meng Zhang, he can mobilize the power of the whole sect. Without too much effort, he can get a lot of precious spiritual materials for the integration of spirit snake spears.


    The spirit snake spear was repaired with immediate speed, and its power began to recover slowly.


    At the beginning, in wanchongfeng, Meng Zhang and Jijian Shenjiang both obtained some third-order magic tools left by chongxuanzong.


    These magic instruments were collected by Meng Zhang into the large storehouse of the gate for the friars of the golden elixir period in the gate.


    The third-order magic tools that immortal Jindan can control at the same time are limited, and there will certainly be other immortal Jindan in the door in the future.


    Meng Zhang only chose one defensive magic weapon for his own use, and none of the other magic weapons were used.


    After the weak water god restored the golden elixir cultivation, he exchanged two pieces with the sect contribution.


    When Wan Chongfeng exploded, the monks who broke into it had their own harvest. However, a large part of the light mass storing various treasures completely disappeared with the explosion of wanchongfeng.


    Taiyi gate only got part of the inheritance left by chongxuanzong. Qi Nanfei and immortal Feishi should also have some treasures left by chongxuanzong. Maybe there are other inheritance of chongxuanzong.


    When the three forces fought against huoyun sect together, Meng Zhang carefully tested immortal Feishi and Wu Mingwei several times while everyone was still an ally at that time, trying to find out their harvest.


    But they were very tight lipped and didn''t reveal any of their harvest. On the contrary, they wanted to explore Meng Zhang''s harvest.


    Meng Zhang is very clear about Fei hongzong''s desire to attach importance to Xuanzong''s inheritance. Naturally, he will not expose the details. He changed the subject and fooled the matter casually.


    After defeating huoyun sect, Meng Zhang tested Qi Nanfei again.


    Qi Nanfei broke into there with Hong Siming of Huanglian cult. Meng Zhang not only wanted to understand his harvest, but also wanted to test his relationship with Huanglian sect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean any harm. If Qi Nanfei has the inheritance of Xuanzong, Meng Zhang can make a deal with Qi Nanfei and exchange and borrow from each other.


    However, Qi Nanfei also did not expose his harvest, and directly rejected Meng Zhang''s transaction request.


    Meng Zhang always regretted that he could not get the complete inheritance of chongxuanzong. He tried to make up for it, but he didn''t succeed.


    Of course, attaching importance to the incomplete inheritance of Xuanzong is also of great benefit to the disciples.


    Like Meng Zhang''s second disciples an Xiaoran and an Muran, they used to practice the incomplete chongxuanzong skill. Now, after completing the skill, not only the cultivation progress is faster, but also the combat effectiveness is thousands of miles with each passing day.


    Meng Zhang read all kinds of classics of chongxuanzong and learned from some cultivation skills.


    Now the endless sand sea and the Gobi are peaceful, let alone invaded by foreign enemies. Meng Zhang seldom had a long quiet day, so he could meditate and practice.


    The team composed of disciples of Taiyi gate and skillful hand gate during the foundation period has made great progress after entering the sand sea of death.


    Some of the original young disciples came back like a sharp blade out of the scabbard, with a special edge.


    Some lucky disciples were able to harvest some spirit objects in the sand sea of death.


    In particular, a team of friars led by the extreme sword general destroyed a sand monster nest and brought back several precious Lingyuan beads.


    Lingyuan pearl, a treasure that can improve the quality of spiritual pulse, is in short supply in the cultivation world.


    More importantly, the thick earth God general who is organizing and repairing the third-order spiritual pulse needs Lingyuan beads.


    The quality of these spirit source beads can not directly promote the second-order spirit pulse to the third-order spirit pulse. However, a large number of Lingyuan beads are important materials for repairing Lingmai.


    The thick earth God will take away these Lingyuan beads and propose to Meng Zhang to invest more power in the dead sand sea to obtain more Lingyuan beads.


    As long as there is sufficient supply of spirit source beads, the speed of repairing the third-order spirit pulse can be greatly accelerated.


    Meng Zhang rewarded the friars and encouraged them to continue their efforts to obtain more Lingyuan beads in the future.


    Meng Zhang used various methods to encourage the friars of taiyimen, even the friars of the whole Hanhai Taoist League, to go to the dead sand sea for training and strive to capture the Lingyuan beads from the sand monster''s nest.


    If a friar wants to enter the dead sand sea alone, he must have at least the cultivation of more than the middle stage of foundation building, so as to barely ensure the strength of survival.


    However, with two Dharma guardians from taiyimen leading the team, the friars'' accomplishments can be slightly relaxed. Some excellent friars at the beginning of foundation construction can also join the team.


    With the encouragement of Meng Zhang, more and more friars in the foundation period began to join the team and go to the dead sand sea for training.


    Unfortunately, sand monsters are rampant in the dead sand sea. It is not an easy thing to kill a blood path among countless sand monsters and seize the Lingyuan beads in the sand monster''s nest.


    Several teams of elite friars in the foundation period entered the dead sand sea. Instead of obtaining Lingyuan beads again, there were casualties.


    Meng Zhang did not prevent these monks from entering the sand sea of death, but just tried to strengthen their combat effectiveness and make them make more preparations.

 Chapter 532

    Before those monks entered the sand sea of death, Meng Zhang repeatedly stressed the dangers inside.


    Practitioners are not children and should be responsible for their choices.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang is sad about the casualties of Taiyi friars, but he will never forcibly change their choice.


    Since it is experience, we must face all kinds of challenges and tests. It is normal for casualties to occur. Meng Zhang is not a nanny. He can always protect his disciples from harm.


    Based in the cultivation world, there is always a time to face all kinds of dangers alone, and no one can avoid it.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to warn them in advance and try to enhance their combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang himself has a mediocre talent for making runes. With the help of Yang Xueyi, he spent a lot of precious materials to refine some pseudo third-order talismans and gave them to his valued disciples as a card to protect their lives.


    At present, the situation in the endless sand sea is stable, and no major events have taken place in the Gobi. Enter the stable development of Taiyi gate and gradually develop various resources in the territory. In addition to slowly repaying the debts of the ancient moon family, they also began to slowly enrich the large library in the gate.


    During the foundation building period of Taiyi gate, the friars were not so rich, but at least their equipment was passable. Some excellent friars have life-saving things given by their elders, and their survival ability is not poor.


    The monks of Hanhai Taoist league who entered the dead sand sea were also specially cared for by Meng Zhang. They all have the opportunity to exchange various items from taiyimen to enhance their combat effectiveness and life-saving ability.


    For taiyimen now, there is no shortage of low-end resources. What is really needed in the gate are items that are useful to the golden elixir immortal, or help the friars in the foundation period to impact the golden elixir period, as well as special spiritual objects such as Lingyuan beads.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was very willing to arm these foundation building monks who entered the dead sand sea.


    This is equivalent to consuming low-level resources in exchange for high-level resources. The biggest loss is casualties.


    With the continuous investment of the whole taiyimen, monks in the foundation building period formed a team to enter the dead sand sea, and brought back some harvest one after another.


    In addition to the spirit source beads that the thick earth God will call for, there are some other precious spirit objects. Like some Linghua lingcao with special requirements for the growth environment.


    A team led by Yang Xueyi went deep into the vicinity of Heifeng cemetery and got two soul tonifying herbs.


    Soul tonic herb is a panacea that can repair and enhance the soul. It is of great use in many aspects.


    Before the foundation period friars break through the golden elixir period, they must achieve the perfection of the spirit, the flawless body and the integration of true Qi. After being taken by friars, soul tonic grass can help to replenish the spirit.


    A friar whose soul is injured can repair the wound of the soul by taking soul tonic grass.


    If soul tonifying herb is refined into a pill, it can stimulate the medicine power and have better effect.


    At present, there is no shortage of second-class alchemists in Taiyi sect, especially an Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang. After receiving part of the inheritance of chongxuanzong, he not only improved rapidly, but also made great progress in alchemy.


    Alchemy, a common skill in all kinds of cultivation skills, requires monks to study hard and have super talents.


    An Xiaoran belongs to the kind of person who has both talent and enough effort. She is young, and her attainments in alchemy have surpassed the old alchemist Zhang Yingying, the hall leader of the sect. She is close to an alchemy expert like Shi Changqing.


    If an Xiaoran didn''t intend to fight for power and profit, and didn''t mention her identity as a leader disciple, she would be qualified to compete for the position of leader of the Dan Hall only by her superb alchemy.


    With excellent alchemists, many Dan prescriptions have been collected in the gate for a long time. The demand of Taiyi sect for various miraculous drugs slowly began to increase.


    Taiyi gate itself has a shallow foundation. The time of establishing its own miraculous Medicine Park in the gate is too short. It can only produce some mass-produced low-level miraculous medicines.


    The original channels to obtain high-level elixirs are to buy a small amount from Dafeng City and to pick them in the wild.


    There are many miraculous medicines in the wild in the Gobi, and the quality is not bad.


    However, wild picking still depends on a little luck. The supply is not so stable.


    When Meng Zhang was about to launch the herbal Pavilion of Xuanzong, Taiyi gate could be regarded as a relatively stable source of high-level miraculous medicine.


    However, the elixir garden in Baicao Pavilion is still dominated by maintenance. Meng Zhang asked to pick as few high-level elixirs as possible.


    Those monks who entered the sand sea of death actually brought back some special miraculous drugs, which interested the alchemist University in the door.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t specifically ordered, the monks with insufficient combat effectiveness in Taiyi gate, especially those of production type, would not be allowed to enter the sand sea of death for training. I''m afraid there would have been an alchemist looking for the elixir long ago.


    The dead sand sea, a barren land and a forbidden area for living creatures, has secretly grown some special high-level elixirs. This makes Meng Zhang sigh the magic of life and increase his investment in the sand sea of death again.


    Whether in Taiyi gate or in Hanhai daomeng, there are many monks who take Xiaozhu foundation pill to build foundation.


    From the perspective of the interests of the sect, these monks who have basically cut off the path of cultivation and can never get Dan are the objects that can be sacrificed.


    In order to cultivate those elite monks who are expected to make a pill, these ordinary monks can be used as stepping stones.


    As the leader of a sect who has mastered a lot of resources, Meng Zhang does not need to take the initiative to order. He only needs to issue a high reward. Many friars will go to the dead sand sea to explore according to his wishes.


    In particular, other members of Hanhai road alliance are very eager for pills that can help build the foundation.


    Taiyimen doesn''t have to take out the foundation building pills, but takes out a batch of small foundation building pills as a reward. The foundation building monks of various forces will willingly go to the death sand sea.


    Meng Zhang only strictly restricted the weak friars of taiyimen from entering the dead sand sea. There was no such restriction for the friars of other members of Hanhai daomeng.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang was really limited, others did not necessarily appreciate it. They thought he was too stingy to give up those rewards.


    As more and more monks enter the sand sea of death during the foundation period, they bring back more and more surprises.


    The dead sand sea, which has been deliberately avoided by practitioners before, is really a cornucopia.


    Special magic medicine, rare magic material outside, hidden underground mineral resources


    Jin Qiaoer got a lot of information about the dead sand sea from immortal Jin Li, and generously shared it with everyone.


    After a long time of exploration, the team entering the dead sand sea has mastered a lot of first-hand information.


    With enough experience, monks know to seek advantages and avoid disadvantages, and take the initiative to avoid all kinds of dangers. As a result, casualties were greatly reduced, but the harvest was greatly increased.

 Chapter 533

    The wind is howling and the yellow sand is all over the sky. An Xiaoran leads a group of monks to trudge in the sand sea of death.


    Since becoming a second-order alchemist, an Xiaoran has devoted a lot of energy to refining various pills.


    This can not only meet the needs of the sect, but also her interests.


    After practicing the alchemy inherited by chongxuanzong, she mastered many Dan prescriptions.


    The last time a team returned from the dead sand sea, it brought back a message.


    Near the Heifeng cemetery, a large area of silver moon grass grows.


    At that time, they wanted to go to pick, but they were scattered by the sudden emergence of sand monsters.


    The narrowly escaped team knew that they could not go to the dangerous area to pick by their own strength alone.


    So they returned to the Gobi and sold the news.


    Since about ten years ago, taiyimen took the lead to mobilize the power of the whole Hanhai daomeng and began to explore the dead sand sea on a large scale. More and more monks join the team of exploration, and the scale of exploration is also increasing.


    Some special resources in the dead sand sea are expensive, and taiyimen offers a high premium.


    Taiyimen provides many conveniences for the teams to and from the Gobi, such as free supplies, maps, etc.


    After the deliberate exaggeration and spread of taiyimen, the news of some lucky teams getting rich overnight soon spread to the whole endless sand sea, and even to the Jiuqu League.


    Now, not only the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, but also the friars of Mobei Qijia and Feihong Zong have formed teams to explore.


    Many monks from Dafeng City are nominally casual monks, but the information of the dark hall shows that many of them belong to the major Xiuzhen families of Dafeng City.


    These friars went to explore the sand sea of death through the Gobi.


    For external monks, Meng Zhang did not prevent them from going to the sand sea of death.


    One is that the sand sea of death is too vast and there are too many borders. He can''t stop others from entering. Second, it is too dangerous in the sand sea of death. The more cannon fodder to explore the way, the better.


    In fact, so many teams entering the dead sand sea can really gain, not many.


    Let''s not talk about the teams with casualties. Many teams made an empty trip and lost many talismans and pills in vain.


    If taiyimen had not provided various subsidies, these teams would have been unable to make ends meet and support.


    The phenomenon of buying and selling all kinds of resource intelligence has become very common.


    An Xiaoran needs some silver moon grass to refine a pill. She bought yinyuecao through sect channels, but she failed all the time.


    Fortunately, her brother an Muran is the dark hall leader in charge of intelligence affairs of Taiyi gate. He is well-informed and has a variety of skills.


    After an Xiaoran took out his sister''s dignity and squeezed his brother, an quietly tried to buy the information.


    An Muran originally asked an Xiaoran to hire a team to pick that large piece of silver moon grass. However, an Xiaoran was worried about others and couldn''t wait.


    So she organized a team in the door and was going to pick the large piece of silver moon grass.


    As an alchemist of Taiyi sect, in theory, Zhang Yingying, the leader of the Dan Hall, should control it. But an Xiaoran didn''t like Zhang YingYing and wouldn''t accept her control.


    Although Meng Zhang forbids the production friars in the gate to take risks in the sand sea of death, an Xiaoran is different from those weak chicken production friars in the gate. He practices the excellent skill "Fusang Sutra" directed by chongxuanzong to Yuanshen Avenue. He has the cultivation in the middle of foundation building, and his combat effectiveness is even better.


    Meng Zhang was so entangled by her that he acquiesced in her actions for the purpose of training his disciples.


    Ann Xiaoran is not a reckless person. She knows that there are many dangers in the sand sea of death. Of course, she should make all kinds of preparations in advance.


    An Xiaoran has a good relationship with the weak water god general and has received many teachings from the weak water god general.


    Meng Zhang hid the news that the weak water god general had restored his cultivation in the golden elixir period. Except for the Three Dharma protectors, no one in the door knew it.


    An Xiaoran was going to find the weak water god general and asked her to go with him. But the weak water God left Taiyi gate long ago and went to the depths of the Gobi.


    An Xiaoran, who did not find the weak water god general, retreated to the second place and found the thunder god general.


    The thunder god didn''t say much and agreed to join her team.


    Then, an Xiaoran invited Qian Kaiyu and Qian Kaizhou to join the team.


    The two brothers of the Qian family have been engaged in casual cultivation in the vertical and horizontal cultivation world for many years, and they have a lot of experience.


    They joined taiyimen after they were rescued by Meng Zhang in the last accident in the dead sand sea.


    After these years of trials, the two brothers'' loyalty to the sect was affirmed by Meng Zhang and truly became a member of Taiyi sect.


    The two brothers were originally monks in the middle of foundation construction. After encountering changes, their accomplishments fell to the early stage of foundation construction, and the road ahead has been cut off.


    They had already married and had children in the Taiyi gate and multiplied their descendants. It won''t be long before they will provide for the aged in peace.


    In the face of an Xiaoran who came to the door, they couldn''t help but give face to the leader''s personal disciples and wanted to take over a good fortune for future generations.


    An Xiaoran found three more friars in the foundation period from Taiyi gate and asked them to join the team.


    An Xiaoran, who inherited the wealth of the ancestors of the an family, was originally a little rich woman. She could use a lot of wealth to hire friars. Moreover, she is also the second-class alchemist with the most excellent alchemy in the door. She has many monks who ask for her on weekdays.


    An Xiaoran didn''t take much time to gather a team.


    After making all kinds of preparations, the team entered the sand sea of death and began the treasure hunt.


    After some twists and turns, an Xiaoran led the team, which was close to the goal.


    Among the dead sand sea, the most common is the wandering sand monster.


    Sand monsters often appear in groups, and once they find that human monks are like mad dogs, they try their best to attack.


    The team with real strength and strength will not be afraid of these sand monsters after having some experience.


    If you encounter a small group of sand monsters, kill them directly. If you encounter a large group of sand monsters that can''t fight, just avoid them early.


    Some brave teams even dare to take the initiative to attack the sand monster''s nest and seize the Lingyuan beads inside.


    The real terror of the dead sand sea is the ghost cultivation and demon cultivation hidden in it.


    In particular, demon cultivation is not only the biggest enemy of practitioners, but also the public enemy of the whole cultivation world.


    If a friar wants to enter the dead sand sea, the initial cultivation is the minimum requirement. The cultivation in the middle and later stages of foundation building is not outstanding. Even many monks who have completed foundation building enter the sand sea of death in order to obtain spiritual marrow.


    Even if the strength is a strong team, there will be a danger of total annihilation after meeting the devil repair.


    Many teams that disappear silently in the dead sand sea are likely to be the plot of bad ghost cultivation and demon cultivation.


    Over the years, more and more monks have entered the sea of death. Occasionally, some teams have encountered ghost repair and demon repair, and paid painful casualties.


    An Xiaoran must invite Jinglei to accompany him, just to prevent accidents and being plotted by ghost repair or demon repair.


    "Just ahead. It''s coming."


    Seeing that the morale of the people in the team was a little low after a long journey, an Xiaoran encouraged them.


    Along the way, the journey was not smooth. We encountered sand monsters several times on the road and experienced several life and death battles. Everyone was a little tired.


    Ahead is the Heifeng cemetery where ghost repairs gather. Ghost repairs often haunt it.


    In the dead sand sea, there are generally no golden elixir friars. Even if it is a ghost monk, the monk with the highest cultivation is the false Dan monk.


    However, ghost cultivation is insidious and secretive, and it is not an easy opponent to deal with.


    Monks who enter the sand sea of death know that Heifeng cemetery is the nest of ghost cultivation, and they will deliberately avoid it. If it''s not a last resort, rarely approach actively.


    The team that found silver moon grass also accidentally took the wrong road and came to that position.


    First, they encountered the impact of sand monsters, and then found that ghosts were around. Only then did they lose the courage to directly pick silver moon grass and choose to sell the news to make a profit. Well informed Ann was able to get the news.


    The closer we are to Heifeng cemetery, the more cautious we are. Everyone cheered up and observed the situation around him.


    Probably all the bad luck along the way was exhausted, and an Xiaoran and they began to transport.


    This team, which has turned the corner, has reached its destination safely without fear and risk, and has not encountered any changes.


    An Xiaoran couldn''t believe his good luck. Under the cover of her teammates, she quickly picked the mature part of the silver moon grass.


    Silver moon grass is a kind of spirit grass with strict requirements for growth environment.


    As a qualified alchemist, an Xiaoran didn''t dry up, but only picked up mature elixirs and didn''t touch those who were not mature. She just wrote down the information and picked it up later.


    After picking the herbs, an Xiaoran relaxed and said with a smile, "my brother has no other skills. It''s good to inquire about these news. It''s really unexpected that he can provide such accurate information."


    In the dead sand sea, the terrain often changes and it is difficult to locate. To successfully find here, in addition to the fact that the information is indeed accurate, an Xiaoran is really lucky.


    An Xiaoran''s voice didn''t fall, and his face suddenly turned and looked to the left.


    Before an Xiaoran did something, the thunder god would have reacted and looked over there.


    At this time, others looked at the past, with a blank face and then extreme shock.


    In the distant sky, dark clouds are moving towards this side quickly.


    In front of the clouds, there is a white whirlwind moving rapidly, as if it was avoiding the pursuit of the clouds.


    An Xiaoran''s face was dignified, and he hesitated to ask Jinglei general, "demon repair?"


    The thunder god didn''t speak, just nodded.


    The demon cultivation is still far away. The thunder god general has begun to appear flashing lightning, and his eyes seem to be about to spit out fire.


    As a disciple of Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran learned a lot from Meng Zhang. Among them, there are some history of taiyimen, and the origin of Jinglei God.


    Taiyimen, rebuilt in the Daheng mountains, perished in the demon disaster. In that year, the Thunder God was also in the war with demons. The God body was destroyed and the God soul was severely damaged, so he had to fall into a long sleep.


    If not for a Meng Zhang from Taiyi sect, the sect would rise again. I''m afraid the thunder god will never have a chance to wake up.


    Seeing demon Xiu appear in front of us, Jinglei God will be extremely jealous when his enemies meet. An old man like him who has lived for a long time will lose his temper.


    The white whirlwind is flying towards this side quickly, and the black clouds behind are chasing after them. They are about to come to the public.


    An Xiaoran had intended to lead the team to avoid first. It''s no good for her to fight with demon Xiu.


    "The ghost repair in front is up to you, and the demon repair master behind will deal with it."


    The thunder god greeted him and took the initiative to fly into the sky.


    An Xiaoran smiled bitterly. He had long heard that Jinglei was grumpy and belligerent.


    Along the way, he has been playing the role of a team member honestly. He is the captain of the team in charge of major and minor matters. He has never made a fuss.


    An Xiaoran once thought whether everyone would have any misunderstanding about Jinglei God. Unexpectedly, the thunder god will attack at this time.


    As a junior in the sect, an Xiaoran naturally can''t ignore the elders in the sect. Just take care of himself to avoid the war.


    An Xiaoran called the five monks behind him and led them to kill the white whirlwind.


    An Xiaoran didn''t see through the origin of the white whirlwind, but the Thunder God said it was a ghost repair, and it was probably no problem.


    As a righteous friar, it''s natural to see ghost monk take the initiative.


    An Xiaoran''s body is fire wood attribute. He practiced "burning wood skill" since childhood, and later transferred to the "Fusang Sutra" of Xuanzong.


    The skill of fire wood attribute not only helps her to refine pills, but also has the advantage of defeating the enemy, especially the ghost cultivation.


    An Xiaoran flew to the front of the white whirlwind, and with one hand, a huge green tree rose in front of her. One flame after another fell from the huge tree and flew to the white whirlwind ahead.


    The Qian brothers and three other friars in the foundation period also attacked the white whirlwind at the same time.


    The white whirlwind soon dispersed, revealing a snow-white skull.


    The ghost Xiu was chased and killed by the demon Xiu for a long time. He had already been seriously injured. Being led by an Xiaoran, he immediately lost all his strength and only half his life.


    "I surrender, I surrender, don''t fight again."


    The white skull kept begging for mercy.


    Ann Xiaoran had never been in contact with the ghost Xiu before and didn''t know his nature.


    However, in the cultivation world, ghost Xiu, who is famous for her cruelty, was so soft, which was a little unexpected.


    The other party took the initiative to beg for mercy. An Xiaoran also wanted to catch a prisoner and learn more about the dead sand sea.


    She took out a fiery red net pocket, put the skull in it, and pasted a rune to prevent him from escaping.

 Chapter 534

    When an Xiaoran solved the battle here and looked at the thunder general in front, he found that his situation was not very good.


    The thunder god will be proficient in the skill of thunder attribute. The power of thunder is dignified and has the function of killing demons and breaking evil spirits.


    The complete cultivation during the foundation period has the experience of the friars in the golden elixir period. The combat effectiveness of the thunder god general is absolutely the best friar in the foundation period.


    But after the demon cultivation who chased and killed ghost Xiu in the back, he slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    I saw that the thunder god would condense a thunder spear and keep throwing it at the black cloud.


    As the thunder spear went, huge gaps began to appear in the black clouds. However, black air immediately rose behind and quickly filled these gaps.


    More black Qi turned into dark tentacles and twisted to the thunder god general.


    Thunder God had a bloody battle with the real demons. Where did he pay attention to a group of demons. But after the real move, it fell to the disadvantage.


    This is not that the thunder god is not strong, but that the demon cultivation is too cunning and hasn''t gone all out before. When chasing the ghost Xiu, he retained a large part of his strength.


    Now, demon Xiu naturally showed his whole body skills against such a strong enemy as Shangjing thunder general, and no longer had the slightest reservation.


    The dark clouds rolled all over the sky, and the magic Qi surged and turned into thousands of weather.


    Although the power of thunder can kill demons and break evil spirits, it is insufficient. In the face of strong demonic Qi, it is a drop in the bucket.


    After all, the thunder god general has rich combat experience. Even in the face of cunning demon cultivation, he can firmly hold it even if the other party uses all kinds of means. At most, the scene is a little ugly.


    An Xiaoran, after they have finished the battle with ghost repair, is preparing to come to reinforce the thunder god general, but they are stopped by the thunder god general in time.


    To deal with demon cultivation, the more people, the better.


    Magic cultivation means are mysterious and changeable, and are good at finding the weakness of human nature. A group of unprepared friars besiege the demon cultivation, but they will be taken advantage of by the demon cultivation.


    Jinglei God has rich experience in dealing with demons. There seems to be nothing wrong with transplanting it to demon Xiu.


    The opposite demon monk showed the strength of the false Dan friar, which was enough to suppress the thunder god general, but the thunder god general has been firmly blocking each other, and sent a voice to an Xiaoran and gave them advice.


    A moment later, an Xiaoran and others took action according to the command of Jinglei general.


    They were not in a hurry to help the thunder god general, but first set up a small array.


    Taiyi sect has a brilliant array inheritance. Most of its disciples have been taught some simple arrays, which is convenient for them to fight together against the enemy.


    During the foundation period, the friars lived a long life and had a lot of time to be familiar with and practice some arrays.


    The array that an Xiaoran and his disciples are now putting forward is the Sun Moon Star battle array among the group battle arrays commonly used by Taiyi disciples.


    The Sun Moon Star battle array method is easy to learn but difficult to master. It is easy to get started, and the layout requirements are not high. It can be set at any time.


    As few as three or five people, as many as dozens or hundreds of people can be deployed.


    All Taiyi disciples have basically practiced this array, but their attainments are different.


    An Xiaoran and the six of them were all friars during the foundation period. They soon set up an array and made good defense.


    You must not advance rashly when you fight with devil cultivation. First, protect yourself from being taken advantage of by devil cultivation.


    Especially those demons who are good at bewitching people are best at finding gaps and breaking through the enemy team from the inside.


    After the array was laid out, with the blessing of his fellow disciples in the array, an Xiaoran Ran Ran Ran Ran the Fusang Sutra, and a huge tree appeared in front of him. A crow composed of flame flew from the huge tree and rushed one after another into the black clouds in front.


    The sound of magic gas burning by fire sounded in the air, and Jinglei God will feel greatly reduced pressure.


    At this time, a sharp sword fell from the sky and accurately hit a place not far from the Thunder God.


    In the originally empty air, a black figure suddenly appeared. The place where he was cut by the sword Qi is constantly spraying blood.


    The extreme sword God will fall from the sky, and several fierce sword Qi will continue to cut to the black figure who is dodging and parrying.


    The black clouds in the sky seemed to be angered and suddenly expanded. Countless black gases formed thick tentacles and poured into the extreme sword general.


    The extremely sword God General''s face was calm, but his index and middle fingers were close together and kept moving quickly.


    Every time you move, you will send out a sharp sword Qi.


    Where the sword Qi passes, it directly cuts the huge tentacles that seem terrible.


    The black figure took the opportunity to throw into the black cloud and avoid the pursuit of the extreme sword general.


    After the extreme sword God General appeared, he not only showed more combat effectiveness than the thunder god general, but also united with everyone present to tear down the black cloud.


    Finally, a black cloud of smoke wrapped around the demon Xiu ran away.


    The angry Thunder God wanted to pursue and was stopped by the extreme sword God.


    Among the four Dharma protector generals, whether they are steady thick earth generals, grumpy thunder generals, or rebellious weak water generals, they generally obey the orders of the elder general Jijian.


    "After hundreds of years, you are still so impulsive."


    "When the war just started, you didn''t find the enemy hidden in the dark. Now the enemy''s combat power is still there. You don''t know whether there is reinforcement or not. You have to rush after him. Isn''t that asking for trouble?"


    In front of the younger generation, Jijian God saved face for Jinglei God. He just ordered him and didn''t scold him.


    Everyone was very happy that Jijian God would appear in time. An Xiaoran thought that things in the world would not happen so coincidentally, so he asked two more questions.


    It turned out that before an Xiaoran left, Jijian God, together with Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi, broke into a sand monster''s nest and captured many Lingyuan beads. He had just returned from the dead sand sea.


    Meng Zhang was a little worried about the disciple an Xiaoran, so he personally asked Jijian God to take care of him.


    Jijian God general always respected Meng Zhang, the leader, and agreed without hesitation.


    He had already secretly followed Ann Xiaoran behind them, without revealing his whereabouts all the way. If he hadn''t fought with demon Xiu, I''m afraid he wouldn''t show up all the time.


    Master Meng Zhang is so concerned about himself and thoughtful, which makes an Xiaoran very moved and a little embarrassed.


    After a brief conversation with Jijian God, he told everyone that it was not suitable to stay here for a long time.


    The people who had just met the demon cultivation didn''t want to stay here more, so they immediately left here and rushed to the direction of the demon wind Gobi.


    While resting on the road, an Xiaoran, with the help of two Dharma protectors, carefully interrogated the ghost monk who voluntarily surrendered.


    At first, the ghost Xiu wanted to play tricks with everyone. His mouth was full of unreliable lies.


    However, when the real fire condensed by an Xiaoran began to burn his only skeleton head, he finally became honest.


    With two experienced Dharma protectors aside, he had no chance to prevaricate. If there is anything unclear in the words, it will lead to a thunderstorm.


    In this ghost monk''s mouth, people know a series of recent changes in the dead sand sea.


    This ghost repair is called dagger bone. Among many ghost repairs in the dead sand sea, it is a very famous figure.


    I don''t know when the black wind cemetery in the dead sand sea has become a gathering place for ghost repair.


    There are foreign ghost practitioners and local fellow practitioners.


    Although there are many disadvantages in the practice of ghost Road, it is a feasible choice for many friars who are desperate.


    Many ghost monks gather in Heifeng cemetery, which is the second largest gathering place of monks in the dead sand sea except the little devil cave.


    The ghost monk here is led by four monks who are false Dan monks. The knife bone is a small leader in it.


    Some time ago, ye Feifan, a monk who has a close relationship with these ghost practitioners, pretended to be transformed into ghost practitioners.


    There were many monks who could not stand in the outside world and fled into the sand sea of death.


    At the beginning, they could barely insist, but in the end, they either turned into ghost cultivation or fell into the devil road and became demon cultivation.


    Ye Feifan was originally related to Beaver bone, a ghost repair leader in Heifeng cemetery.


    He couldn''t get a foothold in gale city. After escaping into the dead sand sea, the ghost repair leader, beaver bone, always wanted him to be transformed into ghost repair.


    Ye Feifan never promised. Later, he was involved in something related to the mysterious death of several ghost practitioners.


    The ghost practitioners also fought fiercely internally and the law of the jungle, but when they were external, they were barely able to unite.


    After this, ye Fanfan and the ghost practitioners are getting farther and farther away.


    Now ye Fanfan takes the initiative to come to the door. Many ghost repairs don''t trust him, and even some people are hostile to him.


    Ye Feifan took the initiative to ask to be transformed into ghost repair, which was strongly supported by beaver bone.


    Beaver''s bone strength ruled out the public debate and persuaded everyone to accept Ye extraordinary.


    Just as the beaver bone and other ghost practitioners were preparing to transform the Dharma array for ye Feifan, the demon practitioners of the small demon cave invaded Heifeng cemetery on a large scale.


    Because of Ye''s extraordinary combination of inside and outside, the demons broke the Heifeng cemetery without effort.


    The ghost practitioners were afraid of evil cultivation. They lost the opportunity and soon lost the battle.


    The knife bone guy was smart enough to escape.


    Of course, he didn''t run away completely, but was chased by demon Xiu all the way. If he hadn''t bumped into an Xiaoran and them by chance, he would have fallen into the hands of demon Xiu.


    As a ghost monk, death is not the most terrible thing. Falling into the hands of the devil, being infected by the devil''s Qi and falling into the devil''s way is the real eternal doom.


    According to the observation before the knife bone escaped, the ghost Xiu who was taken by the demon Xiu was basically not killed, but was dyed by the devil and transformed into a demon.


    Dao Gu''s words made an Xiaoran and them pay attention.


    Compared with ghost cultivation, demon cultivation is the real enemy of cultivators and the object that every cultivator wants to get rid of.


    Because of the special situation of death sand sea, there is a place like little devil cave.


    If it was outside, where the devil friars openly gathered, it might have been leveled by the major Xiuzhen sects.

 Chapter 535

    Although there are many crises in the dead sand sea, the situation has been relatively stable. In addition to the sand monsters wandering around, the main forces inside are the ghost repair of Heifeng cemetery and the demon repair of small demon cave.


    Now the devil cultivation in the little devil''s cave is suddenly in trouble. It directly breaks through the Heifeng cemetery and turns the devil cultivation into a devil. Undoubtedly, its strength has increased greatly.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, taiyimen is vigorously exploring the sand sea of death, and has also introduced many foundation building monks from the outside world.


    At this time, the death sand sea changed. Will it affect Meng Zhang''s plan? The Gobi desert is close to the dead sand sea. Will it be affected by the changes of the dead sand sea?


    At the thought of these problems, an Xiaoran didn''t want to stay in the sand sea of death.


    At her urging, everyone accelerated their progress. Except for the large group of people who had avoided the sand monster twice on the road, they left the dead sand sea without delay because of other things.


    Not far from the dead sand sea, in the area of the Gobi, there is a place called the tiger wolf plain.


    Here is an endless plain, separated by a large mountain range and a sea of dead sand. In the center of the plain lies a second-order spiritual pulse.


    After taiyimen increased its investment in the dead sand sea, it built a square city in this place, named tiger wolf square.


    This square city is the base for taiyimen to march into the dead sand sea.


    Go to the team exploring the dead sand sea and gather and prepare here. The team returning from the dead sand sea will rest and supply here.


    The foundation construction teams passing here have brought a lot of people and a lot of business to the square city.


    The customers here are mainly friars in the foundation period, with a small number, but they have strong purchasing power and consumption power.


    However, in just a few years, it has developed into a fairly prosperous place.


    In order to effectively manage this place, deter the coming and going friars during the foundation period and let them be calm and honest, taiyimen has not only set up a second-order protection array in the tiger wolf square, but also arranged a number of friars during the foundation period to garrison all year round.


    Originally, an Xiaoran was going to rush back to Xiongshi ridge, the current Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, but everyone was a little tired all the way. And after leaving the dead sand sea, everyone felt relaxed and wanted to take a break, including the Qian brothers.


    Seeing that the thunder god general and the extreme sword God general have no objection, and the threat of sand monsters in the dead sand sea has never left the dead sand sea. As the captain, an Xiaoran agreed and took everyone to the tiger and wolf square.


    An Xiaoran and his party are all disciples of Taiyi sect, and they are all distinguished figures in the sect.


    The taiyimen friar stationed in the tiger wolf square recognized them at a glance and immediately received them warmly.


    Even the friars in charge of taking care of the foundation period of the protective Dharma array took the initiative to greet them.


    Tiger wolf square covers a small area. Although the small temple is small, it has all kinds of internal organs. There is no shortage of buildings and facilities.


    There are two very good inns in the square city, which specially receive monks.


    An Xiaoran and his family have chosen an inn opened by taiyimen and are preparing to check in. Suddenly, a female disciple wearing a skillful door system robe came to an Xiaoran in front of them.


    This female disciple only had accomplishments in the period of Qi refining, but she was neither humble nor arrogant in the face of a group of friars in the period of foundation building.


    She first saluted the crowd, and then said that an elder in the door asked them to come over for a while.


    An Xiaoran''s gang are very extraordinary in both identity and cultivation. Especially Jing Lei and Ji Jian, even if Jin Qigu, the leader of the skillful sect, is in front of them, she must perform younger generation rites. It''s amazing that someone in the skillful sect asked them to come over instead of coming to visit.


    Skillful hand sect is nominally a member of hanhaidao alliance and a loyal ally of Taiyi sect, but in the eyes of some friars of Taiyi sect, skillful hand sect is regarded as a vassal.


    I don''t know that the friars who are mere vassals are so big.


    An Xiaoran is not as shallow as those friars, and he knows Meng Zhang''s emphasis on skillful craftsmanship.


    Ignoring the displeasure of several teammates, she took the whole team and followed the skillful female disciple.


    The female disciple led the crowd some way and came to the back of a shop opened by a skillful hand door.


    There is a small door behind. After entering, there is a small and exquisite courtyard.


    Just as they entered the courtyard, a flash of light flashed, and the whole courtyard was shrouded by a Dharma array.


    Everyone''s face changed, and those who have a bad temper have to fight.


    "Don''t be nervous, I mean no harm. This dharma array is just to isolate the inside and outside, just in case."


    With the voice of talking, Jin Qiaoer came over from the side with an ancient mirror.


    Most of the taiyimen friars present knew Jin Qiaoer and knew that she had a deep relationship with the leader Meng Zhang.


    In the mouth of some gossip Taiyi disciples, there are even rumors about the intimate relationship between Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer.


    Seeing Jin Qiaoer appear, although everyone didn''t completely relax their vigilance, they were no longer the appearance of being at war.


    Jin Qiaoer didn''t talk long and went straight to the point.


    Originally, because she often entered the sand sea of death to experience. There are small devil caves in the sand sea of death, and demons come and go from time to time.


    Before coming to the sand sea of death, immortal Jinli had dealt with demon Xiu and was always very vigilant against demon Xiu.


    Worried that the disciple was calculated by the devil, she gave Jin Qiaoer the mirror. As long as a demon appears within a certain range, the mirror will take the initiative to warn.


    Most of the demons, including the invisible ghost without trace, are difficult to escape the monitoring of the mirror.


    Jin Qiaoer, who often goes in and out of the dead sand sea, is also a regular guest of the tiger wolf workshop.


    She was taking a rest in the industry of skillful hand door. The mirror suddenly warned that there were demons.


    Jin Qiaoer was startled first. She looked around carefully and found that there was nothing unusual around. Then, following the guidance of the mirror, I found an Xiaoran and his party.


    Of course Jin Qiaoer knew Meng Zhang''s second disciples and knew that they could not have anything to do with demons. The biggest possibility is that the team is mixed with demons, or someone is accidentally possessed by demons.


    In order to avoid startling the snake, she sent a skillful disciple to lead an Xiaoran and them here.


    The Dharma array has long been set up here to isolate the inside and outside and block the space, which can effectively prevent the devil from escaping.


    The existence of demons is a disaster. They must be completely eliminated. They must not have a chance to escape, otherwise the consequences will be unimaginable.


    After Jin Qiaoer said that, she raised the mirror in her hand and gently shone on the friars in an Xiaoran''s team, trying to force the demon out as soon as possible.


    After listening to Jin Qiaoer''s words, everyone was stunned. Even an Xiaoran was a little skeptical. He didn''t know how the devil would mix into the team.


    But the extremely sword God general and the thunder god general all changed their faces after hearing Jin Qiaoer''s story.


    The extreme sword God shot two sharp eyes like a sharp sword in his eyes and swept around.


    Including an Xiaoran, everyone in the team instinctively avoided the eyes of the extreme sword general.


    "Give me the blade bone." the extremely sword God said to an Xiaoran.


    Jijian Shenjiang''s tone was serious and his expression was very ugly. An Xiaoran didn''t know what had happened, but he handed the net bag with knife bone to Jijian Shenjiang.


    This fiery red net bag is also a magic weapon, which is specially used to imprison prisoners.


    The extreme sword God untied the net bag and revealed the snow-white skull of the blade bone.


    "I beat wild geese all day, but I was pecked blind by wild geese. I taught Jinglei that he was too careless before. Unexpectedly, I was unprepared and was almost concealed by this thing."


    The extreme sword God finished this sentence coldly and began to fight against the blade bone.


    When the extreme sword God took out the blade bone, the magic mirror in Jin Qiaoer''s hand changed.


    "It turned out that the demon was hidden in this skull and didn''t mix into your team." Jin Qiaoer looked at the mirror in his hand and said.


    The thunder god general''s expression was very embarrassed and explained two sentences.


    "When we were in the sand sea of death, because the time was too short, we didn''t have time to interrogate the blade bone in detail. We were also ready to get more information and details from the blade bone when we came back. In order to avoid hurting this guy''s spirit, we didn''t check his spirit."


    "I didn''t expect that there was an invisible ghost hidden in the spirit of the blade bone."


    The Thunder God has always claimed to be an expert against demons, but this time he made a series of mistakes and felt unable to hang on his face.


    "We slept too long and our brains were numb before we made such a low-level mistake." the extremely sword God said with self mockery.


    With his ability, as long as he is reminded, he can quickly find the problem.


    The extreme sword God will send out fierce sword Qi, but like embroidery, carefully control the sword Qi into the skull.


    The whole body of the blade bone was lost in the previous battle, leaving only a skull to hide the spirit. Fortunately, he is a ghost, so he can continue to survive in this state.


    Dagger bone didn''t know when he was possessed by the devil. He was frightened to see the sword spirit stabbed into the skull and then penetrated into the hidden spirit.


    The pain of cutting the spirit with the sword spirit was like being too late. The unprecedented pain made him scream and beg for mercy loudly.


    The extreme sword God will continue his action regardless.


    After a while, the scream of the knife bone became weaker and weaker, with a look of hoarseness.


    A black smoke flew out of the skull and was about to fly away. A powerful sword Qi swept in and smashed the smoke without leaving a trace.


    "Well, the demon is solved."


    After repeatedly confirming that there was no trace of demon residue, the extremely sword God said in a deep voice.


    After this toss, the knife bone also lost consciousness and fell into a coma.


    Jin Qiaoer checked repeatedly with the magic mirror in her hand to make sure that the demon had been completely solved, so she let go of the outside array.


    An Xiaoran once again put the knife bone into the net pocket, and then sincerely thanked Jin Qiaoer.


    If the demon continues to hide in the spirit of the blade bone, once he finds the opportunity to explode, I don''t know how much trouble it will cause.


    Jin Qiaoer politely said a few words and talked with an Xiaoran. She was obviously interested in the extreme sword and thunder.


    She knew before that several Dharma protectors in Taiyi sect were very powerful. When she saw them today, she knew that they deserved their reputation.


    They probably thanked Jin Qiaoer for this reminder and were polite to her.


    Several people talked for a while before they left.


    After leaving the courtyard, because of this incident, an Xiaoran and his teammates were not in the mood to continue to stay in the tiger wolf square.


    After telling the taiyimen disciples stationed here, they gave up the rest plan, immediately set out on the road and rushed back to Xiongshi mountain.


    All the way, they didn''t encounter any twists and turns on the road and returned to Xiongshi mountain smoothly.


    As long as he is in the Gobi, Meng Zhang sits in Xiongshi mountain most of the time.


    An Xiaoran took the team and went directly to see Meng Zhang.


    As long as there was no major delay, Meng Zhang would meet his three disciples in time.


    An Xiaoran and others came to Meng Zhang without much nonsense. Just you and I told the whole story.


    After listening to an Xiaoran''s story, Meng Zhang was really interested.


    First, he checked all the people in the team again and decided that no one was infected by the devil and no devil continued to hide. Then he began to think about what an Xiaoran said.


    It''s really a big event for the devil repair in the dead sand sea to swallow up the ghost repair.


    In particular, ye Feifan''s long lost name reminds Meng Zhang of a memory.


    At the beginning, this guy calculated Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang calculated and fell into the trap arranged by Meng Zhang.


    Later, Meng Zhang was anxious to leave the dead sand sea and did not have time to pay attention to Ye extraordinary''s end.


    After jiedan, Meng Zhang is even less likely to enter the sea of death.


    Ye Feifan is really lucky. He not only escaped from the trap, but also joined the camp of demon cultivation.


    Meng Zhang really attaches importance to this ruthless old opponent. If he falls into the devil''s way, he may have another difficult old devil.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch that he and ye Feifan would meet again and become rivals again.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang always believes in his hunch.


    He felt that he should pay more attention to the movements of the devil friars in the dead sand sea.


    As a golden elixir immortal, it is inconvenient for him to directly enter the sand sea of death. However, it was too late for the friars who entered the foundation building period of the dead sand sea to avoid the demon cultivation. How dare they take the initiative to provoke them.


    Meng Zhang is not willing to let Taiyi disciples take this risk.


    It''s one thing to enter the sand sea of death to experience. It''s another thing to take the initiative to explore the demon cultivation.


    The difficulty of the two is not the same.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang felt that this matter should still be put on immortal Jinli.


    Immortal Jinli often goes in and out of the dead sand sea and is very familiar with the situation there. And it is her responsibility to monitor the changes of the dead sand sea.


    The demon Xiu of the little devil cave went out on a large scale this time and swallowed up the ghost Xiu of Heifeng cemetery, which should attract her attention.

 Chapter 536

    Meng Zhang dismissed an Xiaoran''s team and asked others to retire.


    He just left an Xiaoran and two Dharma protectors.


    The two Dharma guardians will enter the sand sea of death many times in recent years and have a better understanding of the situation there.


    An Xiaoran is his own disciple and is qualified to know the secrets of the door.


    Meng Zhang asked the two Dharma protectors whether they would be able to sweep away the sea of death if the current Hanhai Taoist alliance mobilized fully.


    The answers of the two Dharma protectors did not surprise Meng Zhang. Even without considering the factors of demon cultivation, the strength of countless sand monsters wandering in the dead sand sea is far more than that of the whole Hanhai road alliance.


    Meng Zhang also went to the dead sand sea and knew something about it. Now hearing the answers of the two Dharma protectors, he also stopped thinking of taking the initiative to solve the problem.


    The dead sand sea is close to the Gobi and endless sand sea. Many places in taiyimen territory are bordered by the dead sand sea. If there is any accident in the dead sand sea, taiyimen will bear the brunt and bear the pressure for feihongzong and Mobei Qi family first.


    In order to prepare for a rainy day, Meng Zhang wanted to inform immortal Jinli as soon as possible and let immortal Jinli find out the situation inside. On the other hand, we should continue to increase investment to urge more monks to go to the dead sand sea and act as the ears and eyes of Taiyi gate.


    After discussing the business, Meng Zhang put on the airs of a master and scolded an Xiaoran a few words before ending the conversation.


    After that, Meng Zhang sent someone to tell Jin Qiaoer all the changes in the dead sand sea and asked her to tell Jin Li immortal.


    Although immortal Jinli spent most of his time near the dead sand sea, his whereabouts were uncertain, and he occasionally went a long way.


    Jin Qiaoer has a way to contact immortal Jin Li, but when immortal Jin Li will respond and come back, that''s not what she can decide.


    Meng Zhang had no other way but to wait slowly and wait for the response from immortal Jinli.


    After waiting for a long time, Meng Zhang didn''t wait for the news from immortal Jinli. Instead, he waited for the weak water god general first.


    A few years ago, the weak water god will take the initiative to explore the depths of the Gobi. I''ve been there for several years, and now I''m back safely.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, the weak water god general came directly to meet the leader Meng Zhang.


    The weak water god general is always rebellious. Even the leader Meng Zhang doesn''t pay much attention to him. But she can still distinguish her priorities and won''t be confused about major events.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, the weak water god general didn''t even have a word of greeting, so he went straight to the subject and told Meng Zhang what he had seen and heard in the depths of the Gobi.


    The territory currently occupied by taiyimen is located in the east of the Gobi, and there are a large number of goblins in the West.


    This time, the weak water God left the taiyimen control area all the way west and entered the area occupied by monsters.


    The weak water God has profound cultivation and rich experience. He is no stranger to sneaking in and spying.


    She didn''t tell much about how she went deep into the monster control area and how she fought with the monster. The main content she talked about was the strength of the monster and the overall situation there.


    There are still a large number of monsters living in the area where Taiyi gate is still inaccessible, including many third-order monsters.


    Although there are occasional fights among the monsters here, they are still relatively united as a whole.


    Last time, the Allied forces of the three forces invaded the Gobi Gobi on a large scale and occupied a large area. Later, taiyimen took advantage of Feihong sect, even around the crow nest.


    Those monsters are not ignorant of this situation, nor do they want to expel humans. But because of trouble and self-protection, I don''t care about human beings.


    At the west end of the Gobi, there is an endless sea. This sea area is part of the West Sea.


    In the sea, there is a strong ethnic group called Hai nationality.


    Over the years, the Hai people have been constantly attacking the west coast of the Gobi Gobi, trying to invade the Gobi Gobi and occupy the territory of the mainland.


    Many monsters living in the west of Gobi are naturally unwilling to give up their homes for nothing.


    The demons and beasts united and fought many wars with the sea clan to stop the invasion of the sea clan.


    For the Hai people, the purpose of invading the mainland is to occupy the Gobi and plunder the resources on the mainland.


    The Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gob.


    The sea clan has no mercy on the monsters who dare to resist the sea clan army. They have killed and captured countless monsters.


    The strength of the sea clan will be greatly reduced when they leave the sea and come to land.


    Even so, even if these monsters work together, they can''t resist the invasion of the sea clan.


    In many wars, the monsters fell to the absolute disadvantage. Retreat one after another.


    If the sea clan hadn''t invested too much power in the Gobi, the goblins would have been unable to resist.


    Now the situation in the west of the Gobi is that led by some third-order goblins, a large number of goblins have been gathered to barely resist the attack of the Hai clan.


    As for how long the monsters can resist and whether the sea clan will continue to go deep after an all-round victory, it is unknown.


    After hearing the story of the weak water god general, Meng Zhang felt that he and taiyimen were really lucky.


    The monsters in the depths of the Gobi were restrained by the sea clan, so that taiyimen easily occupied a large area of the Gobi and had no time to distract him.


    Without the threat of these monsters, taiyimen can safely develop all kinds of resources in the Gobi.


    Of course, taiyimen is not without hidden worries.


    If those monsters can''t resist the attack of the Hai clan and retreat towards the rear, they will inevitably enter the territory of Taiyi gate and have a conflict or even a war with Taiyi gate.


    What''s more worrying is that no one knows how much appetite those Hai people have. If they occupy the area west of the Gobi and continue to move eastward, it will be an unprecedented enemy of taiyimen.


    The information brought back by the weak water god is very important, which makes Meng Zhang, the leader, understand the situation of the Gobi and what the Taiyi gate will face.


    Long ago, after the Taiyi gate occupied the eastern area of the Gobi, Meng Zhang and some elders of the gate wanted to continue to move westward. They wanted to occupy the whole Gobi as the foundation of the Taiyi gate when the time was ripe.


    Now it seems that their ideas at that time were too childish.


    In addition to a large number of monsters, there are powerful sea people in the west of the Gobi. Taiyi gate can''t touch them at all.


    The way to the west of Taiyi gate has almost been blocked.


    To the south of Taiyi gate is Jiuqu alliance, and there is no room for Taiyi gate to expand.


    To the north is the dead sand sea. There are many resources in it, but it is not suitable for human survival.


    In the south is the interior of the endless sand sea, which is occupied by feihongzong and Mobei Qijia


    Although taiyimen''s existing territory is far from being fully developed, as the leader, Meng Zhang has to think about the long term.


    He who does not seek immortality is not enough for a moment. Those who do not seek the overall situation are not enough to seek a corner. If we don''t think about the long term now, how can we expand and develop rapidly in the future.


    If there is no factor of Yuanshen Zhenjun, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia should be the target of Taiyi gate''s next strategy.


    We can''t be careless about the west of the Gobi. We must pay attention to it at any time.


    According to the information provided by the weak water god, there are at least five third-order monsters in the depths of the Gobi, each leading a huge army of monsters.


    However, in the face of the invasion of the sea clan, the monster side is always at a disadvantage.


    Fortunately, the weak water god will have a relatively clear judgment on the situation. The monster side can still insist. If there is no accident, it can stand in a stalemate with the sea clan for a long time.


    For such a period of time, taiyimen will certainly have greater development and accumulate more powerful strength.


    In fact, the two young elders of Taiyi sect, Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi, have been honed in the sea of death for a period of time. Their accomplishments have been polished more pure and complete, which is not far from the period of impacting the golden elixir.


    What taiyimen needs most now is enough development time.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t want to fight outside unless he had to. It was his greatest expectation to keep going and bury himself in farming.


    After the weak water god reported, Meng Zhang asked her to stay in the Taiyi gate for the time being. Don''t run around in a hurry.


    If the changes on the other side of the death sand sea affect the Gobi side, taiyimen still needs her golden elixir combat power.


    As for the situation in the west of the Gobi, taiyimen is unable to intervene and is not willing to get involved easily.


    Meng Zhang just told his disciples to strengthen their surveillance of the west of the Gobi and pay attention to whether something big happened at any time.


    After talking about business with Meng Zhang, the weak water God took the initiative to leave.


    After leaving the sect for several years, she also has a lot of things to do in the door.


    Before leaving, she gave Meng Zhang a pearl the size of a head.


    The weak water god will go to the west of the Gobi, all the way to the west coast, and even deep into the sea.


    While wandering near the sea, the weak water god will accidentally encounter a seriously injured thousand year old clam.


    The weak water god, who specializes in water attribute skill, is almost half the home court in the sea, and can give full play to the power of water system magic. Even if you encounter a powerful monster in the water, you won''t lose the wind at all.


    After a hard battle, the weak water god will successfully kill the thousand year old clam and capture its body.


    Clam demons usually breed clam beads, which are the most valuable items on the clam demon.


    This thousand year old clam is no exception. Indeed, there is a thousand year old clam bead in its body.


    Weak water god will know a little about Meng Zhang''s major skill, Sun Moon rotation Sutra, especially the associated magic power of Sun Moon divine light.


    After the cultivation of the magic power of sun and moon divine light is successful, you can refine a spirit bead into a sun and moon divine bead.


    This magic weapon, the sun moon divine pearl, can not only increase the power of the sun moon divine light, but also have wonderful functions.


    After Meng Zhang cultivated the sun and moon divine light, he also moved his mind to refine the sun and moon divine beads.


    But if you want to carry the sun, moon and divine light, you need at least three level spirit beads.


    Spiritual objects above the third level are often valuable without market. With the current channels of taiyimen, we can''t collect it for a while.


    Unexpectedly, the weak water god will keep this matter in mind all the time. After getting the Pearl, he took the initiative to give it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who is in a good mood, knows her temperament and doesn''t say any more thank-you nonsense. If you really say thank you, you seem to have points.


    After waiting for Jin Li''s return, Meng Zhang began to refine the Pearl slowly according to the method recorded in the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    For example, the sun moon rotation Sutra, which is a kind of excellent skill method, records not only the major skill method, but also the magic power derived from the major skill method, but also the refining of some special magic tools that cooperate with the major skill method or magic power.


    It''s not difficult to refine these special magic tools, but they have strict requirements for cultivating skills. Even monks who are not very good at refining utensils can succeed as long as they have appropriate materials and polish them slowly with their major skills.


    Meng Zhang kept exerting his magic power day and night, and carefully washed and practiced this third-order pearl. Wash the evil spirit attached to the spirit bead and let it slowly absorb the breath of sun and moon.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang started refining the sun moon god beads, immortal Jinli received the news from Jin Qiaoer and returned from other places to Xiongshi mountain.


    At first, immortal Jinli received the news from Jin Qiaoer and said that Meng Zhang had something to discuss with herself. She was a little subconsciously embarrassed.


    Previously, Meng Zhang asked immortal Jinli to take care of the friars from Taiyi sect to the dead Shahai.


    Immortal Jinli agreed at once, but asked Meng Zhang to take care of the skillful door.


    Meng Zhang fulfilled his promise and gave a lot of benefits to the skillful door.


    However, immortal Jinli had something to do during this time. Instead of staying in the sea of death, he entered the Jiuqu League.


    Immortal Jinli is not in the dead sand sea. Naturally, she can''t take care of friar taiyimen. And she also heard that the friars who entered the sand sea of death at taiyimen seemed to be dead and injured.


    Immortal Jinli thought Meng Zhang was going to ask for punishment. She felt wronged and didn''t know how to face Meng Zhang.


    But then, Jin Qiaoer came more detailed news.


    After hearing the changes in the sand sea of death, the devil repair in the little devil cave broke through the black wind cemetery and took all the ghost repair, immortal Jinli knew that something was wrong.


    She finished her work in Jiuqu League as soon as possible and hurried back to the Gobi of evil wind


    She first went to see Jin Qiaoer and asked her to tell it in front of her. Then she took Jin Qiaoer to meet Meng Zhang.


    After Jin Li saw Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang told her the whole story again.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, immortal Jinli was speechless for a long time. After a long silence, she said something to Meng Zhang.


    It turns out that the fifth order power in the depths of the death sand sea rarely cares about what happens in the death sand sea.


    Soon after he came to the sand sea of death, many demons came here, and then demons came again and again.


    I don''t know what agreement ghost Xiu and demon Xiu have reached with the fifth level power. The base Heifeng cemetery established by Guixiu and the small devil cave established by Moxiu have not been attacked by the sand monster army.


    Ghost Xiu and devil Xiu walked in the dead sand sea. Although they had conflicts with sand monsters from time to time, they had never had a war with sand monsters.


    Immortal Jinli couldn''t figure it out for herself. Although ghost cultivation and devil cultivation are mysterious and unpredictable, after all, this is only a group of friars in the foundation period. I don''t know how they got into the eye of the fifth level powerful Dharma?


    For hundreds of years, more and more monks have been desperate and fled into the sand sea of death. Or some monks looking for treasures, such as spiritual marrow, come to the sand sea of death intermittently.


    In addition to many friars who died in the hands of sand monsters, there are some friars who are either transformed into ghost cultivation or demon cultivation.


    For a group of ghost practitioners whose accomplishments during the foundation period are the strongest but fake Dan accomplishments, immortal Jinli ate them to death.


    If he didn''t want to be busy, immortal Jinli would have been able to deal with them.


    But in the face of demon cultivation, immortal Jinli seemed very cautious.


    As a strong man in the later stage of the golden elixir, even if she was a friar in the early stage of the golden elixir, she wouldn''t pay attention to it.


    However, a group of small demon caves occupied by demon cultivation during the foundation period made her wary and unwilling to approach easily.


    According to the judgment of immortal Jinli, the fifth level great power came from tianwai. The earliest demon cultivation in the world also came from tianwai.


    Who knows if there is any connection between the two?


    Immortal Jinli is not a mystery master and has no ability to make a whim. But a friar like her has more or less spiritual awareness.


    Immortal Jinli could vaguely feel the danger of that place in the little devil''s cave.


    A group of evil practitioners who built the foundation period dared not hide their malice in front of her.


    Immortal Jinli went in and out of the dead sand sea, not his original intention, but for Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    She also experienced the difficulty and insidiousness of demon cultivation.


    As long as she didn''t take the initiative to provoke her, she was not willing to easily become the enemy of demon Xiu.


    Now after hearing what Meng Zhang said, she can''t help ignoring it.


    There are many dangers in the death sand sea, but the situation has always been stable. Both the little devil''s cave and the black wind cemetery are old forces that have existed for hundreds of years.


    The demon Xiu in the little devil''s cave suddenly started on the ghost Xiu in Heifeng cemetery. There must be something she didn''t know.


    She repeatedly asked Meng Zhang, but what Meng Zhang knew was also very limited.


    The captured ghost xiudao bone was interrogated by the Dharma protector general in the door and even Meng Zhang himself. There were many other valuable information, but the Dao bone really had limited knowledge about the intelligence of demon xiudao.


    Heifeng cemetery and Xiaomo cave are in the dead sand sea. They have been at peace for many years. Ghost practitioners have always been afraid of devil cultivation and never dare to provoke devil cultivation. Even if I occasionally go out and meet, I immediately hide away.


    Why did demon Xiu suddenly attack ghost Xiu this time, break through Heifeng cemetery and capture a large number of ghost Xiu? I''m very confused now.


    We can''t get more useful information from Meng Zhang. To further understand the situation, immortal Jinli needs to go to the little devil cave in person and start with those demon practitioners.


    But immortal Jinli resisted this very much and was unwilling to deal with demon Xiu.


    Meng Zhang urgently hopes that immortal Jinli will find out the whole story, but immortal Jinli wants to shirk it.


    Finally, she told Meng Zhang to wait a little longer. She will report to Tianzhu Zhenjun to see what Tianzhu Zhenjun has done with this matter.

 Chapter 537

    Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t pay enough attention to ghost cultivation and demon cultivation in the dead sand sea.


    Moreover, when he had a gambling fight with the fifth rank great power, among the agreements reached, he did not take the initiative to interfere in the affairs of the death sand sea.


    Of course, Tianzhu Zhenjun is not indifferent to what happened in the dead sand sea. Over the years, Jin Li has been monitoring the movement of the dead sand sea for him.


    Now there is a change in the dead sand sea. If Meng Zhang hadn''t sent the news in time, immortal Jinli didn''t know when he would find out.


    At that time, if she neglects her duty, she will certainly have a meal of spare ribs at Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Immortal Jinli received Meng Zhang''s love. Before leaving with Jin Qiaoer, she also told Meng Zhang that she would certainly express something in the future.


    After leaving Xiongshi mountain, immortal Jinli first sent Jin Qiaoer back to the skillful hand gate, and then went directly to the death sand sea. Since then, there has been no news. And after she left, there was no news. Even Jin Qiaoer couldn''t contact her.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to put the matter aside for the time being and put his mind back on cultivation.


    Even immortal Jinli is unwilling to take the initiative to provoke the devil cultivation in the little devil''s cave, and Meng Zhang can''t be bothered.


    He solemnly told the monks of Hanhai daomeng who entered the dead sand sea not to be close to Heifeng cemetery and little devil cave.


    In fact, without Meng Zhang''s reminding, these friars will stay away from those two places. They go inside to seek benefits. They are absolutely unwilling to provoke ghost cultivation and demon cultivation.


    Before Meng Zhang received the news that Heifeng''s grave was captured by the devil, the monks who entered the dead sand sea rarely encountered the devil, and never encountered the devil.


    After Heifeng cemetery was captured, all the friars met no other foreign enemies except sand monsters in the dead sand sea.


    In this case, in addition to reminding everyone to pay more attention, Meng Zhang only ordered the monks in the gate to strengthen patrol and regularly patrol the junction between the Gobi and the dead sand sea to prevent any accidents.


    Until Jin Li returns, he can only maintain the status quo.


    He put his mind back to the cultivation of Meng Zhang, and spent a period of time refining the spirit bead completely, and refining it into the rudiment of the sun moon god bead.


    Next, it''s time to grind. You need to slowly warm up the sun and moon real yuan you cultivate, and pour the power of the magic light of the sun and moon into it a little bit.


    While Meng Zhang was concentrating on refining the sun moon god beads, the Taiyi disciples were not idle.


    Meng Zhang''s disciples who had been favored by Meng Zhang made great progress, and a new generation of disciples were born one after another.


    Since taiyimen moved to the Gobi on a large scale, mortals under the rule have settled down here.


    In this place with more abundant resources and more suitable for human survival, the number of ordinary people under the rule is growing rapidly


    With a large number of mortals, the number of awakened spiritual roots is also increasing.


    Now Taiyi sect is not the sect that was sparsely populated at the beginning. Now, there are more and more disciples. When recruiting new people, they are no longer as hungry as they used to be, but have a certain threshold.


    The qualification is too poor. If there are no special circumstances, you can''t directly join taiyimen.


    Of course, being unable to join taiyimen directly does not mean that these people cannot embark on the road of practice.


    Taiyi sect has long established a peripheral organization Tongxin Association, which has attracted a large number of monks from scattered monks and other family sects. It also has arrangements to recruit new practitioners.


    Even the most inferior friars, after joining the concentric society and embarking on the road of practice. If you can pass through many tests and get the attention of Taiyi gate experts, you will also have the opportunity to join Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen has many vassal families now. These vassal families are not picky about food when replenishing new blood.


    In addition, there are many members of Hanhai daomeng. They don''t have the right to pick and choose like taiyimen. In particular, some relatively weak cultivation forces are very satisfied to have new people to join.


    The threshold for Taiyi sect to recruit disciples has been raised, and the quality of new disciples is getting higher and higher. After the cultivation of the sect, the real outstanding people will soon come to the fore.


    The original old disciple of the sect has been in school for a long time and has gone further on the road of cultivation for a while.


    Yang Xueyi, a disciple of Meng Zhang, spent a lot of effort to earn income from the sect. After this period of training in the dead sand sea, she finally completed the foundation period.


    A long time ago, she resigned as the leader of the rune hall in the door. She just served as the sect elder and had more time to practice.


    Not long ago, she told Meng Zhang that her family would close down and impact the golden elixir period.


    Yang Xueyi has made a great contribution to the sect. I won''t mention her meritorious deeds in foreign operations. She has continuously refined a large number of talismans for the sect and trained many excellent talismans for the sect.


    Now taiyimen is eager for the combat power of the golden elixir.


    In order to support Yang Xueyi''s impact on the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang let out the place with the strongest aura in Xiongshi mountain for her to shut down.


    The aura of the third-order spirit pulse of Xiongshi mountain is enough for Yang Xueyi to impact the golden elixir period. Therefore, Meng Zhang actively reduced the frequency of absorbing Reiki.


    Before Yang Xueyi closed the door, Meng Zhang taught Yang Xueyi all his experience in the golden elixir period one by one.


    In fact, after Meng Zhang got the pill, he recorded all his feelings and experiences when he got the pill, as well as the key points of getting the pill from immortal ye ye, and put them into the Sutra Pavilion.


    Later, with the continuous progress of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, he had a deeper understanding of Jindan cultivation. He also learned a lot by communicating with the fallen leaf immortal and the ancient moon butterfly. This knowledge is also recorded in the Sutra Pavilion.


    Even several Dharma protectors of the taiyimen, after their memories were restored, added their experience of knot Dan to the classics of the Sutra Pavilion.


    Before preparing for the pill, Yang Xueyi naturally spent the good work of the sect, exchanged the relevant contents from the Sutra Pavilion, and read them carefully and repeatedly.


    Now Meng Zhang teaches it herself. Although there are many repeated contents, she still gains something.


    In addition, some time ago, Jijian God and Jinglei God went deep into the dead sand sea together. After many hard battles, they destroyed a sand monster nest seed and successfully captured a soul marrow.


    They didn''t hide anything, so they gave this spiritual marrow to the leader Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang gave Yang Xueyi this carefully preserved soul marrow for a rainy day.


    In the cultivation world, there are many kinds of pills and spiritual objects that help to knot pills. Each one is not only expensive, but also very rare. It is rarely sold on the market. Even if you are willing to spend the spirit stone, you may not be able to buy it.


    On the side of Jiuqu League and endless sand sea, even Jidan is regarded as an important strategic material, not to mention the pill and spirit thing that can assist in jiedan.


    According to the current situation of taiyimen, it is really impossible to provide other spiritual objects that can help to knot Dan.


    Yang Xueyi doesn''t think so. As long as there is sufficient Reiki from the third-order Reiki pulse, she will have the strength and confidence to impact the golden elixir period.


    After Yang Xueyi made all kinds of preparations, she began to close the door and impact the golden elixir period.


    During Yang Xueyi''s retreat, Meng Zhang and weak water god will stay in Xiongshi mountain to protect her Dharma.


    Five years later, the aura over Xiongshi mountain surged, the clouds were steaming, and the frenzied aura gathered quickly, forming tides. Many Taiyi disciples who were practicing meditation had to stop their practice and looked in the direction of the surge of aura.


    Meng Zhang and other middle and high-level officials who knew the inside story first looked nervous and stared in that direction without blinking.


    After half a ring, the surrounding aura returned to calm, and there was a glow in the sky.


    Meng Zhang, who came here, was greatly relieved.


    Since then, there was another golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate.


    Like other monks, when Yang Xueyi formed the golden elixir, she had a very obvious vision of forming the elixir. She couldn''t hide it from others at all.


    Before long, the news that Yang Xueyi of Taiyi gate became a Jindan immortal spread all over Taiyi gate and soon spread to all corners of the endless sand sea.


    There is one more golden elixir immortal in the gate, and everyone in Taiyi gate is excited.


    In the past, Taiyi sect was said to be the Jindan sect, but only Meng Zhang was a Jindan immortal. Meng Zhang was responsible for the success or failure of the whole sect.


    Now, Yang Xueyi, the golden elixir immortal, is added to the door. The sect has greater security and the disciples have more confidence.


    The Taiyi gate now has a firm foothold in the Jindan sect gate.


    Because Meng Zhang kept it strictly confidential, the disciples of the sect basically didn''t know that the weak water god general had already restored the cultivation of the golden elixir period. Otherwise, I''m afraid there would have been a big celebration in the door.


    Among the members of Hanhai Dao alliance, those Xiuzhen forces who are loyal to Taiyi gate naturally feel happy and relieved because of the increased power of Taiyi gate. Those convinced and unsatisfied Xiuzhen forces secretly put away their unwarranted thoughts.


    There is one more golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate, whose strength exceeds that of Mobei Qi family. How to get along with taiyimen in the future requires the Mobei Qi family to think about it.


    At this time, the Feihong sect was full of people, and their mood was very complex.


    Feihongzong, who has ruled the endless sand sea for many years, experienced disaster in the past few years, continued to lose blood and became weak. In recent years, we have had the opportunity to recuperate.


    However, Taiyi gate, an insignificant small sect gate at the beginning and the vassal of Feihong sect and shuangfenggu, has been growing and rising step by step.


    Taiyimen occupies a large area of the Gobi and has the potential to compete with feihongzong. After Yang Xueyi tied the pill, taiyimen really had the strength to confront feihongzong.


    Feihong sect was full of complex feelings up and down the door, not to mention that Yang Xueyi on the side of Taiyi gate was not in a hurry to get out of the Customs after she married Dan. She also needs time to consolidate her accomplishments in the golden elixir period and become familiar with a new realm.


    Yang Xueyi tied the pill this time without the help of any external force. She didn''t even use the spiritual marrow.


    She married Dan very smoothly, leaving no sequelae or the like.

 Chapter 538

    After Yang Xueyi married the pill, but it took about half a year to completely consolidate her accomplishments and fully master the power of monks in the golden pill period.


    Then she left the customs and went to see the leader Meng Zhang.


    Yang Xueyi''s attitude was right. After leaving the customs, Meng zhanghaosheng encouraged her, communicated with her for a long time, and imparted her golden elixir cultivation experience one by one.


    Next, what Yang Xueyi needs to do is to continue to consolidate her accomplishments, cultivate the magic powers that can be mastered by friars in the golden elixir period, and truly have the combat power of the golden elixir immortal.


    There are also several third-order magic tools in the taiyimen library. These magic weapons handed down by chongxuanzong are of good quality and are very worthy of possession. As the only golden elixir immortal in Taiyi sect, Yang Xueyi is qualified to exchange the sect''s good skills for one or two.


    Yang Xueyi has the talisman left by the elder of Zijin sect. She doesn''t need the third-order magic weapon urgently.


    Yang Xueyi has become a golden elixir immortal and is also qualified to know some secrets of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang found an opportunity to have a long talk with Yang Xueyi and told her the origin of Taiyi sect and the history of the sect without reservation.


    The origin of the four Dharma protectors, including the secret that the weak water god general has recovered the cultivation of the golden elixir period, was also not hidden from her.


    Learning the history of Taiyi gate from Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi felt very heavy.


    In history, Taiyi gate suffered several disasters and was destroyed several times. I wonder if the same fate will come to taiyimen now.


    She admired Meng Zhang very much. With so many secrets on her back, she could resist silently and lead the rise of taiyimen wholeheartedly.


    Yang Xueyi is also a determined person who has not let negative emotions affect her for too long.


    She has just married Dan. She still has a lot to do.


    There are many classics in the taiyimen Sutra Pavilion, including all kinds of magic powers that can be cultivated by immortal Jindan.


    There are the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang from the place of Taiyi gate trial, the inheritance of Zijin sect, the incomplete inheritance of chongxuanzong, and the inheritance of Taiyi gate provided by several Dharma protectors


    As long as the cultivation skills are not too popular, ordinary golden elixir immortal can find magic powers for their own cultivation.


    Yang Xueyi''s inheritance from the elder Jindan of Zijin sect is enough for her to cultivate for a long time. The classics collected in taiyimen Sutra Pavilion can meet most of her needs.


    There are now three golden elixir friars in Taiyi gate. The third-order spirit vein of Xiongshi mountain has been overwhelmed.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t use the spiritual marrow when she tied the pill. In the end, she didn''t save it and took it out for everyone to absorb in turn.


    That spiritual marrow can''t be used for a long time, and the third-order spiritual pulse of Xiongshi mountain can''t be extracted too much for a long time.


    If taiyimen wants to support the three golden elixir immortal, they can either obtain more spiritual marrow or another third-order spiritual pulse.


    Spiritual marrow is very precious. It is often valuable without market in the cultivation world. Apart from the dead sand sea, I haven''t heard of any place where there is a fixed spiritual pulp.


    The sand sea of death is very dangerous. Even though Meng Zhang keeps increasing investment and more and more monks enter it, he has not harvested new spiritual marrow.


    Meng Zhang has no clue about seeking a new third-order spiritual pulse.


    Meng Zhang never thought that one day he would feel distressed because there were too many Jindan friars in the sect.


    Three years after Yang Xueyi married Dan, two uninvited guests came outside the small magic cave, the notorious gathering place of evil cultivation in the dead sand sea.


    One of the two uninvited guests is the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun and the other is immortal Jinli.


    The so-called little devil''s grottoes were originally just many continuous grottoes, extending for a long distance under the dead sand sea.


    Later, after some demons settled here, they transformed the place and became the headquarters of the dead sand sea demons. Only then did the name of the little devil cave come out.


    The incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun stood quietly in the sky, looked at the small Magic Cave below and said, "if you hadn''t reminded me, I would have been concealed by this old thing."


    "It''s a pity that this old thing also existed in various circles, but now it has been reduced to colluding with a group of little devil cubs."


    "You girl did a good job this time. It''s a contribution."


    Immortal Jinli said respectfully, "disciples dare not take credit. The abnormality of the little devil cave was discovered by Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, and then informed the disciples."


    Immortal Jinli didn''t hide the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun from these things.


    "Taiyimen, that greedy boy, is interesting." Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation said to himself.


    "Here you are. It''s worth waiting for me for so many years. Old man, I''ve caught you this time."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation tone suddenly became excited.


    Two third-order sand monsters flew out of the small devil''s cave and were about to disappear into wind sand. As soon as the incarnation outside Tianzhu Zhenjun stretched out his hand, he fixed the two third-order sand monsters.


    The two third-order sand monsters struggled desperately, but they couldn''t move at all.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation held his right hand in the air, and then squeezed it heavily. The three-level sand monsters who were not easily provoked by the two ordinary golden elixirs were oppressed by the invisible force, and then turned into flying ash.


    Although he is not the leader of a sect, even if Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, helped him share most of the work, he still has a lot of things to deal with himself.


    After Yang Xueyi left the gate, many greatly inspired elders ran to Meng Zhang and suggested that Taiyi gate hold a grand golden elixir celebration. The first is to celebrate Yang Xueyi''s success in getting married and becoming one of the golden elixirs. Second, I hope to use this golden elixir celebration to deter the endless sand sea and the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    The more powerful the sect is, the more benefits the disciples of the sect can enjoy, and the more attention they can get from other cultivation forces.


    Meng Zhang was a little excited about the proposal, but after considering Yang Xueyi''s opinions, he rejected the proposal.


    The more powerful taiyimen is, the more threatened feihongzong is. Taiyimen continues to grow and develop. Maybe Mobei Qijia will fall to Feihong sect.


    In order to avoid stimulating feihongzong and Mobei Qijia, taiyimen had better keep a low profile about Yang Xueyi''s Dan knot, and should not engage in any golden pill celebration on a large scale.

 Chapter 539

    After Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation and immortal Jinli left the small magic cave, not long after, immortal Jinli left the dead sand sea with Tianzhu Zhenjun''s order to visit the scheduled targets.


    Niu Dawei, who was in charge of the daily affairs of Taiyi gate, who was visited by real Jin Li, knew that he didn''t have enough weight. He specially invited Yang Xueyi, who was in seclusion, to receive real Jin Li together.


    It''s a little inconvenient not to see Meng Zhang. However, Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei can also make decisions in Taiyi gate. She explained her intention and left in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang is not in Xiongshi mountain. He doesn''t want to hide from immortal Jinli, but really has something important to go to Jiuqu League.


    After being told by immortal Jinli, Niu Dawei hurriedly informed Meng Zhang to return as soon as possible through the channel of the sect.


    At this time, Meng Zhang has come to xihefang city.


    Meng Zhang came to Jiuqu League this time because he was invited by immortal ye ye to deal with some of the heads and tails of the Qin family.


    When Qin Hongying was hired by Meng Zhang as the guest Secretary of Taiyi gate, in addition to asking for many benefits from Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang and immortal ye made a heart devil oath to try their best to keep the Qin family''s inheritance.


    Qin Hongying has long died in Wan Chongfeng, but the Qin family still exists endlessly. Meng Zhang and immortal ye still have to try their best to ensure that they fulfill their vows.


    Qin Hongying, an old woman, has always been arrogant and domineering. Relying on her strong cultivation, she has acted tyrannically and forcibly, offended many forces and provoked many enemies.


    She was good enough to protect her family. But after her death, those enemies came to the door one after another, which overwhelmed the Qin family without Jindan immortal.


    Of course, the main purpose of most of these so-called enemies is not revenge, but to tear a piece of fat from the Qin family.


    The Qin family was the golden elixir family in those days. Relying on Qin Hongying''s strength, they occupied many interests. Now that Qin Hongying is gone, of course, we should spit out all our interests.


    In Jiuqu League, this situation is very common. Many families and sects also have ups and downs.


    When the Qin family was unable to resist, the first thing they thought of was to ask immortal ye ye for help.


    Although Meng Zhang has never complained about Qin Hongying''s actions after she became the guest of Taiyi, real person Ye Ye has heard about them.


    Moreover, immortal ye ye promised to keep the inheritance of the Qin family as far as possible, but he didn''t promise to keep the original power of the Qin family.


    For the Qin family''s door-to-door help, immortal ye ye didn''t refuse, but was perfunctory and slowly procrastinated.


    Taiyimen has gained momentum in recent years, and its reputation has slowly spread to Jiuqu League.


    However, after Qin Hongying''s death, taiyimen stopped delivering all kinds of materials promised to the Qin family.


    The Qin family, who lost the only golden elixir immortal, dared to be angry and speechless in the face of the golden elixir sect such as Taiyi gate, and did not dare to continue to entangle at all.


    Now the family is facing a crisis. The Qin family not only asks Qin Hongying for help, but also sends a message to taiyimen. They are willing to pay some price in exchange for Meng Zhang''s help.


    Before receiving the Qin family''s help, Meng Zhang received a letter from immortal ye ye.


    When Meng Zhang interacted with immortal ye ye, he thought she was a kind elder and a close Taoist friend.


    In fact, how can a person who comes from an organization like the dark League be a good man and a faithful woman. When the time comes, she can eat people without spitting bones.


    Now that the Qin family is in trouble, it is an opportunity. You don''t have to dirty her hands and you can make a lot of money. Why not?


    Originally, immortal ye ye could do this alone, but it occurred to me that taiyimen had paid a lot to hire Qin Hongying, a guest Qing.


    Qin Hongying simply called Meng Zhang to compensate him.


    There are now two golden elixir masters in Taiyi gate, Yang Xueyi and the weak water god general, one bright and one dark. Even if Meng Zhang is not in the gate, he can protect himself. Moreover, the surrounding situation has been stable recently, and there has been no new change in the death sand sea.


    Meng Zhang thought about it, accepted the kindness of immortal ye ye and set off for Jiuqu League.


    The territory of the Qin family is located in the southeast of Jiuqu League, which is not the core area. But compared with the endless sand sea, it is a rare place.


    Meng Zhang first went to Dafeng City to investigate the layout of Taiyi gate in the local area, including various businesses and stronghold construction. Then he went all the way south. After several twists and turns, he came to xihefang city to meet with real person deciduous.


    Xihefang city is named because it is close to a river called Xihe. The name is Xihe, which is actually a magnificent river. As a tributary of Jiuqu River, the river runs and extends meandering all year round.


    Xihefang city was originally a square city jointly established by several Jindan forces around it, which is located on a third-order spiritual vein.


    Because of its strategic location and effective operation, it has long become the most prosperous place in the surrounding area.


    Originally, the Qin family also occupied a certain share in xihefang city and was one of the management parties of xihefang city.


    However, after Qin Hongying''s death, the Qin family was not only expelled from the management of xihefang City, but also lost all their interests in xihefang city.


    This is just the beginning of the Qin family''s bad luck. Many surrounding forces have clashed with the Qin family with various excuses, including the golden elixir force.


    In the Jiuqu League, there is a basic order in the cultivation world. Tragedies like blatant extermination usually don''t happen.


    However, practitioners have various means and many secret spells. Some are ways to secretly calculate their opponents.


    Recently, the Qin family has lost too many experts because of various reasons.


    Some are abolished in the open fight with others; Some can''t stand the provocation of others and take the initiative to kill their opponents; Others even disappeared directly. There are no people alive and no bodies dead


    During the foundation period of the Qin family, the cultivators have almost lost all. If it goes on like this, maybe a group of foreign bandits will rush into the Qin family that day and kill and plunder wantonly.


    Even if the Qin family will not be destroyed, it will decline completely and never recover.


    The top level of Jiuqu League will not care about the struggle at the bottom. Even many radical friars believe that the law of the jungle and the survival of the fittest can maintain the vitality of the Jiuqu League.


    After Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye met, they had a simple discussion and had a general plan.


    Next, they ignored the Qin family''s request for help, but strolled around xihefang city with great interest and leisurely. From time to time, they also visited the surrounding forces and communicated with the nearby Jindan immortal.

 Chapter 540

    On that day, in the conference hall of xihefang City, Meng Zhang and shiye were sitting in the guest seat. The first thing they did was two Jindan immortal stationed in xihefang city all the year round. They were also the elders of the two nearby Jindan sects.


    Standing behind Meng Zhang is Meng Qingyu, a disciple of Taiyi sect.


    With the development of Taiyi sect, more and more resources are provided to the disciples in the sect. Especially with the popularity of Xiaozhu Jidan, the number of friars in the foundation period of taiyimen ushered in a wave of explosion.


    For the alchemy friars, any pill that helps to build a foundation has an irresistible temptation.


    Facing the expectations of many bottom disciples, Meng Zhang was also a little helpless. And now the taiyimen stall is getting bigger and bigger, so it is really necessary to increase the number of monks during the foundation period.


    Don''t mention the sect like Taiyi sect, that is, the sect of Yuanshen sect, which is the backbone of the sect all year round. It is also dominated by friars in the foundation period.


    In order to try his best to reduce the negative impact of Xiaozhu Jidan on the monks in the door, he thought of two ways.


    First, he forcibly ordered that the key seed disciples in the sect should not build a foundation with a small foundation pill as a last resort. Second, the threshold for exchanging Xiaozhu Jidan was raised.


    Meng Qingyu was born in the Meng family. He is a close relative of Meng Zhang.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang tries his best to keep a bowl of water flat, acts impartially and will not take special care of his relatives.


    But his identity is there. Even if he does nothing and says nothing, the people of the Meng family will always be taken care of intentionally or unintentionally inside and outside Taiyi gate.


    After so many years of development, the Meng family has developed into one of the largest among the vassal families of Taiyi clan. Only the Yang family of Yang Xueyi''s origin can barely surpass the Meng family.


    Meng Qingyu joined Taiyi gate in his early years. He had average qualifications and didn''t have much ambition in cultivation. I once exchanged a small foundation building pill. After taking it, I impacted the foundation building pill.


    Although Meng Zhang''s genius water to canal achievement can build the foundation successfully, in the cultivation world, it is always a matter of not too high success rate for friars in the Qi refining period to impact the foundation building period.


    Not to mention taking the small foundation building pill, but after taking the foundation building pill, there are a large number of monks who failed to build the foundation.


    Meng Qingyu failed to build the foundation, but was seriously injured.


    Fortunately, he was born in the Meng family, and he has great ability to get it. Now, Meng Zhang and immortal ye are swallowing the flesh and blood of the Qin family together with the owner of xihefang city.


    The fallen leaf immortal was born in the dark League. He has seen a lot of sinister means. Naturally, he has learned more or less.


    Some time ago, she and Meng Zhang ignored the Qin family''s request for help. After the Qin family was in a desperate situation, they appeared as a Savior from heaven.


    The desperate Qin family did not have the slightest resistance in front of the two golden elixirs, and only accepted their arrangements.


    When Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye visited the surrounding forces, they reached an agreement with each other one by one.


    The two golden elixir immortals, especially one of them who is an expert in the middle of golden elixir, are still valuable for their face.


    Although due to the relationship between the Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye can''t kill openly. However, with their magic powers, there are some means to make it difficult for those who do not give face.


    The surrounding forces are very knowledgeable and willing to buy two Jindan real people a face.


    After some twists and turns, the Qin family''s industry was almost divided up.


    Meng Zhang and fallen leaf immortal took a large share, and the rest was used to appease the surrounding forces.


    Although the share of the Qin family in xihefang city did not come back, some shops in xihefang city were given to Meng Zhang by the Jindan immortal who managed xihefang city as a goodwill gift.


    The Qin family finally got rid of the imminent crisis, but the family''s large Treasury was almost looted and the industry was lost. In the future, the whole family can only live on a small territory.


    Meng Zhang is a kind-hearted man. He still has to do something when he takes advantage of others.


    Taiyi gate is too far from the Qin family. Something really happened. It''s hard to quench your thirst with far water.


    He suggested to the owner of the Qin family that some Qin family members could be relocated to the endless sand sea to exist as the vassal family of Taiyi gate. In this way, even if something happens to the Qin family, the inheritance of the Qin family will not be cut off.


    For many Xiuzhen families, cunning rabbit three Grottoes is a routine operation.


    The head of the Qin family accepted this proposal, selected a group of people who were not valued in the family and asked them to go to the endless sand sea with Meng Zhang.


    There are many vassal families in Taiyi gate. It''s not a problem to have one more Qin family.


    Moreover, the Qin family has such a branch under the wings of Taiyi gate. In the future, even if the Qin family becomes extinct, the inheritance of the Qin family can still continue, and Meng Zhang did not break his oath.


    Next, Meng Zhang, the leader of the Qin family, will not do it himself,


    He handed over all these chores to Meng Qingyu, and left xihefang city with immortal deciduous.


    Meng Zhang jiedan was far behind immortal ye ye, and he was a younger generation on the road of practice. But he first entered the middle stage of Jindan and was ahead of the fallen leaf immortal.


    Immortal deciduous praised Meng Zhang''s qualifications, and his attention to Meng Zhang increased sharply.


    In the past, she just regarded Meng Zhang as a potential descendant. Now, she regards Meng Zhang as a pioneer on the road of practice.


    In front of Meng Zhang, immortal deciduous took the initiative to reveal something to him that had not been disclosed before.


    Such as some disputes within the dark League, her situation within the dark League.


    She hinted that she might turn to Meng Zhang for help in the future.


    Meng Zhang understood the hint of immortal ye ye and almost patted his chest to ensure that he would try his best to meet his friend''s requirements.


    Meng Zhang''s statement was very gratifying to immortal Ye. She accompanied Meng Zhang on a tour within Jiuqu League and introduced him to many situations within Jiuqu League.

 Chapter 541

    Immortal ye ye and Meng Zhang didn''t travel long in Jiuqu League. Meng Zhang received a letter from Taiyi gate.


    It''s probably because of confidentiality. The letter didn''t say in detail. It just said that real Jin Li came to visit and that Meng Zhang needs to hurry back as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang had to say goodbye to immortal ye ye and prepare to return to Taiyi gate.


    On the occasion of parting, immortal ye ye hesitated for a long time before telling Meng Zhang a great secret.


    Before opening his mouth, the fallen leaf immortal took out a palm sized tent and threw it to the ground to turn it into an exquisite tent enough to accommodate several people. She took Meng Zhang inside and slowly opened her mouth.


    It turned out that the fallen immortal went to the endless sand sea to kill the golden tiger demon general and recapture a treasure that the golden tiger demon will take away from the Dark Alliance.


    When she received the reward from the dark League, an elder who had a good relationship with her reminded her to stay away from the endless sand sea and try not to get involved in the disputes there, so as not to cause trouble.


    Immortal ye ye asked the elder why, but the elder refused to say more. Immortal ye ye took out the pestering Kung Fu she learned in her girlhood and twisted the elder.


    The elder had no choice but to tell her the secret and told her again and again that he must not spread the secret.


    Now, immortal ye ye and Meng Zhang are about to separate. They are worried that Meng Zhang will suffer unintentionally after he goes back, so they tell him the secret.


    Immortal ye ye also told Meng Zhang that he could not spread the secret at will.


    This secret involves the five levels of power and the yuan God Zhenjun. In order to prevent them from generating induction, it is told in this tent.


    With the shielding of this tent magic weapon, the fallen leaf immortal dared to tell the secret unscrupulously.


    The fifth order power in the sand sea of death comes from outside, not from the world.


    This powerful life form is very special. It is neither human nor demon, nor ghost nor demon. Among the Dark Alliance, some elders who have visited other worlds recognized the origin of this great power and said that it was a racial spirit from other worlds.


    The spirit clan has many branches. This fifth level power belongs to the Earth Spirit clan.


    The earth spirits are naturally raised and are not easy to be born.


    The spirits of heaven and earth gathered into the body of the Earth Spirit, and then the spirit was slowly born in the long years.


    Although the earth spirits are born with supernatural powers, they have strong instincts and talents. But it is also very difficult to grow to level 5.


    Fifth order Tuling Mo said that it is very rare among the Tuling family, even among the whole spiritual family.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit didn''t know what happened. He was seriously injured and wandered into the world.


    The body of the fifth order Earth Spirit itself is a rare treasure of heaven and earth, which is naturally coveted by many great supernatural powers.


    When the fifth order Earth Spirit came, it caused great disaster and formed today''s death sand sea.


    Therefore, Zijin sect, the nearest Yuanshen sect, took this as an excuse to lead the elite of the sect to fight against the five rank Earth Spirit.


    In addition, the white lion demon king of the Gobi was also hit hard by the fifth level Earth Spirit. He wanted to take advantage of people''s danger and take advantage of the opportunity.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knew their fate long ago.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun also came to Jiuqu League at that time.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun was born in scattered cultivation, but he was able to cultivate all the way to the later stage of Yuanshen and became a famous strong man in the cultivation world. In addition to his own talent and efforts, but also because he has a deep relationship with the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised when immortal deciduous talked about the origin of Tianzhu Zhenjun and Dark Alliance.


    In his understanding, organizations such as the Dark Alliance belong to the dark side of the cultivation world and have been hidden in the dark. They should not be allowed to be accepted by all famous sects.


    Although Tianzhu Zhenjun is ruthless and overbearing, he is still a true monk.


    All along, he has also made friends with the major orthodox schools.


    The fallen leaf immortal disdained Meng Zhang''s surprise.


    Taiyi sect is also a member of famous and decent sects. Meng Zhang should be very clear about the virtues of those so-called famous and decent sects.


    As a member of the right path, Meng Zhang is not closely related to the fallen leaf immortal from the Dark Alliance.


    The words of immortal ye ye made Meng Zhang silent.


    At any rate, Taiyi sect is also a hegemon. Meng Zhang knows what the so-called famous and decent sects are all about.


    As long as it is a Taoist inheritance, majoring in Taoist skills, has a certain strength, is ostensibly determined to draw a clear line with demon cultivation and ghost cultivation, complies with the prevailing rules of practice in the cultivation world, and has decent face and Kung Fu, it can be proud to call itself a famous and decent school.


    It''s the same truth about the right people and the right friars.


    All the cultivation methods are not Taoist, that is, they are heretical and do not ascend the hall of elegance.


    If you don''t have a good reputation or don''t know how to package it, it''s a heretic friar.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun said he was a righteous friar, but he acted with fierce means. Even some evil friars were ashamed of themselves.


    On the surface, the Dark Alliance is not allowed to be among the famous and decent sects, and is regarded as an evil way. The main reason is that the inheritance of Dark Alliance is complex. Most of the inheritance has nothing to do with Taoism or heresy in Taoism.


    Although the Tao is different from each other, there is a secret connection between the Dark Alliance and the famous sects that dominate all over the world.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is very powerful and famous on the surface. But deep in his heart, there was deep pain.


    Casual cultivation background means that there is no complete inheritance of the school. Even though he got a lot of benefits from the Dark Alliance, his road of cultivation almost came to an end after he practiced to the later stage of the yuan God.


    The longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun is generally between 1800 and 2800, and the limit will not exceed 3000.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is more than 2000 years old, but he can''t see the hope of breaking through to the realm of returning to emptiness.


    At this time, the seriously injured fifth order Earth Spirit came to the dead sand sea, giving him a chance.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun once got a side door secret method, which can place his yuan God on a special creature such as Earth Spirit, devour the spirit body of Earth Spirit and seize its body.


    With this fifth order Earth Spirit as the food, Tianzhu Zhenjun has further hope.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun made a deal with the Dark Alliance, paid a lot of prices and won the support of the Dark Alliance. Then he went deep into the sand sea of death and faced the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    In order to prevent the fifth order Earth Spirit from burning jade and stone at the end of the road, Tianzhu Zhenjun did not force him too much, but left a glimmer of vitality for it to turn over.


    Therefore, Tianzhu Zhenjun practiced the Taoist art of this change and that of the other.


    The fifth level Earth Spirit accepted the Taoist art and wanted to catch the last straw.


    Taoism leads to the power of the great road. The expression of the power of the great road is all kinds of rules between heaven and earth.


    The winner takes all. The rules are equally fair to them. The fifth order earth spirit still has a chance to win.


    Once the fifth order Earth Spirit wins, it can not only escape from heaven, but also devour the yuan God of Tianzhu Zhenjun in turn.


    Through this Taoist art, the true king of Tianzhu who cast the magic and the fifth level Earth Spirit who received the magic were forcibly connected by the power of the avenue.


    They should abide by all kinds of rules and fight within the rules.


    They do not decide the outcome through a single battle, but through gambling battles of different sizes and forms to determine the growth and decline of their strength.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit had many gambling fights. The victory of every gambling fight is related to the comparison of strength between each other.


    For hundreds of years, Tianzhu Zhenjun has won one victory after another and accumulated advantages bit by bit. By now, their struggle has reached the last and most critical juncture.


    Of course, for their great power, the so-called last minute is also a long time.


    The more at this time, Tianzhu really Lacrosse is sensitive.


    For the fifth order Earth Spirit, victory or defeat is related to life and death. For Tianzhu Zhenjun, he also gambled on everything, including life, just for the last hope on the road.


    It''s a sworn enemy to block people from becoming a Taoist priest. Whoever jumps out at this time to want bad things is definitely the great enemy of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Immortal ye ye specially reminded Meng Zhang that he must be careful not to be regarded as an obstacle by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    A bold guy like Xuanfeng Zhenjun seems to jump out against Tianzhu Zhenjun. In fact, he just wants to take the opportunity to extort some benefits.


    The Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun of the Qi family also wanted to take the opportunity to share a share, so he got involved in the struggle early.


    Both Meng Zhang and taiyimen are just chess pieces. They are unable to interfere with the decision of Yuanshen Zhenjun and can only be passively involved in the struggle.


    Meng Zhang was enlightened when he learned the cause and effect of the whole thing from immortal ye ye and the root cause of the situation changes in the endless sand sea for hundreds of years. He had some new ideas about how to act in the future.


    After reminding Meng Zhang, immortal Ye Ye has nothing more to say.


    After repeatedly thanking her, Meng Zhang hurried back to Taiyi gate.


    Immortal ye ye will go to protect the Dharma for his disciple Jue Ying soon.


    After years of hard cultivation, jueying has reached the completion of the foundation building period, and is about to begin to retreat and impact the golden elixir period.


    As a member of the Dark Alliance, the conditions of jueying are relatively superior. All kinds of preparations required to impact the golden elixir period have been relatively perfect.


    Because he was in a hurry to go back, Meng Zhang did not delay on the road and directly embarked on his return journey.


    When he returned to taiyimen, immortal Jinli had left. However, before she left, she had explained everything properly.


    Niu Dawei told Meng Zhang the original words of immortal Jinli.


    It turned out that immortal Jinli came to Taiyi gate this time to make Meng Zhang prepare for war immediately and prepare to attack the dead sand sea in a large scale soon.


    Because of the secret activity between the fifth level great power and demon Xiu, he was smashed by Tianzhu Zhenjun on the spot. According to the fighting rules of both sides, Tianzhu Zhenjun has the right to mobilize his subordinates to eliminate the dead sand sea, completely eliminate the sand monsters there, and completely cut off the wings of the fifth level power.


    Because the rules are broken, the fifth level power is also restrained by Tianzhu Zhenjun and can''t be distracted.


    Therefore, during the campaign to eliminate the dead sand sea, the Jindan friars were free to participate in the war.


    As the leader of the Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang can personally lead the Taiyi sect friars to attack.


    Immortal Jinli also reminded that although the fifth level powerful man could not directly fight, he was surrounded by a group of third-level sand monsters all year round. If the dead sand sea is invaded on a large scale, most of the third-order sand monsters will go to reinforce it.


    Immortal Jinli also knows that relying on the power of taiyimen alone, he wants to eliminate the dead sand sea, which is simply unrealistic.


    So she not only contacted taiyimen, but also mobilized the power of feihongzong and Mobei Qi family.


    At that time, gather the forces of the three families to form a coalition to attack the dead sand sea.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang thinks Jin Li is too optimistic. Even if taiyimen and other three forces join hands, they may not be able to complete the task of eliminating the dead sand sea.


    Meng Zhang is not very clear about the combat effectiveness comparison of Jindan level, just the combat effectiveness comparison below Jindan.


    Meng Zhang personally went to the dead sand sea in those years. Many teams who went to the dead sand sea in these years brought back many golden elixirs. They are not tireless and never wear out combat machines. Sand freaks are puppets who have no feelings and only know how to fight and kill.


    Once you fall into the army of sand monsters and don''t retreat in time, as long as the number of sand monsters is enough, it is entirely possible to consume the golden elixir alive.


    Meng Zhang was very resistant to the mission.


    However, immortal Jinli brought the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, and the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun could not be violated.


    Even if Meng Zhang is no longer willing, he must honestly obey orders.


    It''s absolutely impossible to disobey orders, but after entering the dead sand sea, whether you can find a chance to work without effort or even avoid war is another matter.


    Anyway, on the surface, Meng Zhang responded very positively to the order sent by immortal Jinli.


    Soon after returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang issued a mobilization order as the leader of Taiyi gate and the leader of hanhaidao alliance.


    Next, taiyimen and the whole hanhaidao alliance, who enjoyed a peaceful life, mobilized quickly again.


    This attack killed Shahai. The situation is different from the last battle to subdue Feihong mountain. Tianzhu Zhenjun has no strict time limit.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, there will be enough time for various preparations before the war.


    At present, the business relationship between taiyimen and Dafeng City has not completely returned to normal, but through various channels, taiyimen still purchased a large number of war materials from Dafeng City.


    The ancient moon family is also very active to help this time, helping taiyimen buy materials and soliciting scattered repairs.


    Although the quality of casual practitioners varies, taiyimen still needs to recruit a large number of casual practitioners as cannon fodder if they want to reduce the casualties of their own monks.


    Taiyimen had the experience of soliciting scattered repairs from Jiuqu League before, and the good reputation of taiyimen''s generosity had long spread to Jiuqu League.


    Taiyimen''s work of soliciting casual repairs went very smoothly. In fact, it is not only casual practice, but also some unsuccessful monks in small clans and families have accepted employment to fight for a future and an opportunity on the battlefield.

 Chapter 542

    After Meng Zhang''s return, Taiyi gate was ordered by him as the leader and began to make full preparations for the war. Before that, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia had already been fully mobilized.


    In fact, none of the three forces is willing to go to war at this time.


    It is less than 20 years since the last big defeat of huoyun sect and the recovery of Feihong mountain.


    The three forces paid a heavy price in that war. Feihong sect, in particular, paid too much to recapture Feihong mountain.


    Such a short time is not enough for the three forces to lick their wounds and recover their vitality.


    Taiyi sect is in the best situation. After all, it is a sect in the rising stage. Hanhai road alliance was established to fully develop the Gobi of evil wind. With sufficient resource support, it has slowly made up for the loss.


    After feihongzong regained the supremacy of the endless sand sea, with the support of more than half of the endless sand sea resources, he also began to recuperate and slowly recover.


    Only Mobei Qi family has shallow background and insufficient resources. After so many years of cultivation, the strength is far from being restored.


    Even for the best taiyimen, now is not a good time to start the war.


    Unfortunately, the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun is not defied by the three forces. Even if they are reluctant, they must be fully prepared to attack the dead sand sea at any time.


    Two months after taiyimen began to prepare for the war, immortal Jinli visited again.


    Meng Zhang took his eldest disciple Niu Dawei and received her with immortal Yang Xueyi.


    As soon as they met, immortal Jinli looked at Meng Zhang a little unexpectedly.


    "The cultivation of leader Meng has made rapid progress. At your age, it seems that you are the yuan God in the future."


    Meng Zhang hastened to be modest and praised immortal Jinli in turn.


    The cultivation of immortal Jinli''s golden elixir realm is almost complete. She is just a monk in the middle of golden elixir. She shouldn''t have paid attention to it.


    However, Meng Zhang did not hide his accomplishments and breath. From his pure breath, it can be seen at a glance that his accomplishments are very pure and his foundation is solid and thick. Thinking that Meng Zhang was only in his 100s, Jin Li had to look up at him.


    According to the progress of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, I don''t know when it will be enough to keep pace with immortal Jinli.


    Originally, immortal Jinli had a close relationship with Meng Zhang. Now he is more optimistic about Meng Zhang. He didn''t hide some things from him, but told him a lot of inside information.


    The battle between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the five level power is about to win.


    If we can clear the sand sea of death at this time, the fifth level power will completely fail in the gambling fight. The accumulated strength of many successful gambling fights is enough for Tianzhu Zhenjun to complete his plan.


    This time, the three forces attacked the dead sand sea, which is related to the last gambling fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level power.


    So both sides are unreserved and will show all their cards.


    Besides the three forces in the endless sand sea, there are also foreign reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang was relieved when immortal Jin Li said that there were foreign reinforcements. It is too reluctantly to attack the dead sand sea only by the power of taiyimen and other three forces.


    When Meng Zhang asked about the details of the reinforcements, Jin Li showed an unpredictable smile.


    Without selling for too long, she told Meng Zhang what she wanted to know.


    This time, in addition to the three forces on the side of the endless sand sea, Heming Sect on the other side of Jiuqu League will also send people to participate in the war.


    Hemingzong''s banner this time is to walk on behalf of heaven and eliminate ghost and demon practitioners in the dead sand sea. As an authentic sect, it is not in conflict with members of the league. Such a move is understandable.


    If Meng Zhang could understand Heming sect''s participation in the war, then immortal Jinli said that the mountain altar of Huanglian sect would also participate in the war on a large scale. Meng Zhang seemed a little confused.


    Although Huanglian sect has many mountains and is basically in a semi separatist state, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and Feihong sect have accumulated resentment for many years. Huanglian sect mountain sub altar and Hedong sub altar are also one family. Why did mountain sub altar come to help Feihong sect regardless of Hedong sub altar''s feelings?


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled expression, immortal Jinli slowly explained it to him.


    Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and mountain sub altar are the closest, but their relationship is the worst. There are many conflicts between each other, and slowly accumulated a lot of hatred.


    The strength of mountain sub altar has always been inferior to that of Hedong sub altar, which has been suppressed by Hedong sub altar for many years. It was not until about 300 years ago that Yue Feng, the great elder of the mountain sub altar, became the true monarch of the yuan God that the situation was completely reversed.


    After the leader of Huanglian sect disappeared, only the general altar had a yuan God Zhenjun who didn''t ask about foreign affairs. In addition, Yuefeng Zhenjun was the leader of Huanglian sect, but Meng Zhang really didn''t know what immortal Jinli said next.


    There are great origins between Yuefeng Zhenjun and Tianzhu Zhenjun. Yuefeng Zhenjun was able to successfully break through the Yuanshen period, largely because he was instructed by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Jin Li, a real person, only learned about this recently. Before, Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t leak anything to her at all.

 Chapter 543

    Strictly speaking, Yuefeng Zhenjun is a chess piece planted by Tianzhu Zhenjun in Jiuqu League.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun controls the mountain altar of Huanglian sect, and has blocked many Xiuzhen forces who want to intervene in the endless sand sea for many years.


    To a large extent, feihongzong benefited from being able to sit firmly on the throne of the overlord of the endless sand sea.


    The mountain sub altar not only blocked Hedong sub altar''s covet of the endless sand sea, but also played a great role in restraining huoyun sect.


    Hemingzong and huoyun sect have been hostile for many years and have always been at a disadvantage. Especially after huoyun sect was supported by Xuanfeng Zhenjun, Heming sect almost lost all its resistance.


    Although due to the rules of Jiuqu League, it is difficult for Xuanfeng Zhenjun to directly intervene in the struggle between huoyun sect and Heming sect, let alone help huoyun sect attack Heming sect.


    However, as the true monarch of the yuan God, he secretly displayed some small hands, which made Heming sect very uncomfortable and almost overwhelmed.


    Fortunately, Yuefeng Zhenjun, who taught Huanglian to divide the mountain altar, did not respect Xuanfeng Zhenjun at all after he became the Yuanshen Zhenjun. Instead, he had many conflicts with him and even opposed him everywhere.


    Yue Fengzhen is very ambitious. Besides coveting the strength of the whole Huanglian sect, he also doesn''t forget to win over other forces.


    Heming sect probably entered the eyes of Yuefeng Zhenjun and became the object of his solicitation.


    Heming sect took refuge in Yuefeng Zhenjun and resisted huoyun sect supported by Xuanfeng Zhenjun with the help of Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Heming sect has provided help to Feihong sect several times, and also sent immortal Jindan to help Feihong sect resist the monster army, which was inspired by Yue Fengzhen.


    Hemingzong sent out a large army to attack the dead sand sea, which also has the will of Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun has always kept the chess piece of Yue Feng Zhenjun strictly confidential and has never disclosed it to the public.


    Immortal Jinli has been working for Tianzhu Zhenjun for many years. But Tianzhu Zhenjun still didn''t trust her enough and kept many secret arrangements.


    This time it was because the fight with the fifth level power reached the last minute, and Tianzhu Zhenjun wanted to finish his work in the first battle. So he took out all his cards and showed the chess piece of Yue Feng Zhenjun without any scruples.


    It was said to be exposure. In fact, Tianzhu Zhenjun just told Jin Li about it and warned her to keep it confidential and not to spread it at will.


    Immortal Jinli can understand the practice of Tianzhu Zhenjun. But in my heart, I always have a pimple.


    So she told Meng Zhang all these secrets regardless of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s warning.


    For one thing, she is optimistic about Meng Zhang and doesn''t want Meng Zhang to suffer because he doesn''t understand the inside story and gets involved in inexplicable disputes. Second, there is inevitably an intention to vent.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s calculation is old enough.


    Mingli is ruled by feihongzong, a chess piece, to block all foreign invaders. Secretly, he also laid chess pieces on the side of Jiuqu League as a secret support.


    The fallen leaf immortal didn''t tell Meng Zhang about Yue Fengzhen Jun at the beginning. She didn''t hide her intention. It should be that she didn''t know about it.


    Immortal Jinli only knew about Yue Feng Zhenjun, and most of them knew nothing about the relationship between Tianzhu Zhenjun and Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang opened his mouth and finally gave up. He didn''t tell immortal Jinli about the connection between Tianzhu Zhenjun and Dark Alliance.


    It''s a secret told by fallen leaf immortal. You shouldn''t disclose it to others. Otherwise, it will bring trouble to yourself and the fallen leaf immortal.


    Although so far, Meng Zhang has not seen Tianzhu Zhenjun once. All the information about Tianzhu Zhenjun is heard from others.


    However, in his mind, he has begun to outline a figure who is resourceful and decisive.


    Not to mention the strong cultivation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang should learn from his tricks and means of layout for hundreds of years.


    Of course, now Taiyi gate is working under Tianzhu Zhenjun. All kinds of means under Tianzhu Zhenjun''s cloth are harmful to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang, who had many scruples about the death of the attack, became calm when he knew the existence of reinforcements.


    Not to mention Yuefeng Zhenjun, the yuan God Zhenjun, the strength of Huanglian mountain sub altar and Heming sect is not under Feihong sect in its heyday.


    If these two forces are willing to do their best to help each other, their own strength will not only be doubled.


    Immortal Jinli took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang and said so much inside information. The main purpose is to reassure him.


    With the arrival of strong aid, taiyimen can safely and boldly attack the dead sand sea without any worries.


    In Mobei Qijia and feihongzong, immortal Jinli also told them about the reinforcements. However, the origin of Yuefeng Zhenjun and Tianzhu Zhenjun has not been explained in detail.


    Fei hongzong has worked for Tianzhu Zhenjun for many years and knows many secrets. From the situation of the reinforcements, we can guess that there is a relationship between Yue Feng Zhen Jun and Tian Zhu Zhen Jun.


    Anyway, it''s always a good thing to have strong reinforcements coming.


    This at least shows that Tianzhu Zhenjun did not let the three forces die in vain, but arranged enough strength to conquer the sand sea of death.


    Because it was the last war and it was very important, Zhenjun Tianzhu set aside enough time for all the forces participating in the war to make full preparations before the war.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun appoints Jin Li as the commander-in-chief and has full authority to command the battle.


    At the same time, Jin Li has the task of supervising the major forces participating in the war.


    Which faction dares to retain its strength, flinches, fears and avoids the war, and Tianzhu Zhenjun will not spare it later.


    In fact, there is no need for Tianzhu Zhenjun to come forward. Relying solely on the perfect strength of Jinli immortal, as long as Yue fengzhenjun has no opinion, she can subdue all the forces participating in the war.


    After leaving Taiyi gate, immortal Jinli ran around in endless sand at home and abroad, contacting various forces participating in the war and helping them solve various problems.


    In this process, the Huang family of Xiuzhen family in Dafeng City didn''t know where to hear that feihongzong and other sects were going to make every effort to attack the dead sand sea.


    The Huang family sent messengers to find a way to meet immortal Jin Li. They said that the Huang family, as a member of the right way, was at odds with the monks of the evil way. They were also willing to contribute to the just act of sweeping away the dead sand sea. They hoped to join the actions of several sects to eliminate demons, guard the right and ward off evil.


    At first, immortal Jinli was a little confused about the actions of the Huang family. Later, after Meng Zhang knew about it, he told her all kinds of grievances between Ye Feifan and the Huang family.


    The news that ye Fanfan fled into the dead sand sea should have been known by the Huang family.


    I don''t know why. The Huang family has an extraordinary potential for leaf.


    It was only because the Huang family had no ability to invade the sand sea of death and catch Ye Feifan that they endured temporarily.


    Now several forces jointly attack the dead sand sea, but the yellow family naturally wants to catch this downwind ship.

 Chapter 544

    Meng Zhang once blackmailed Ye Feifan when he went to Dafeng City.


    Ye Feifan, a cruel and ruthless guy, was reborn on his blood descendants by the method of blood parasitism and murdered many friars in the Huang family and Dafeng City.


    Later, ye Feifan fled into the dead sand sea and united with the ghost practitioners in it, which maimed many monks who entered the dead sand sea.


    Now, under the banner of fighting against ghost repair, the Huang family in Dafeng City wants to take the opportunity to enter the dead sand sea to pursue Ye Feifan. It is not a bad thing for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, has a strong intuition and feels that he will encounter with Ye Feifan in the future.


    When Meng Zhang was hostile to Ye Fanfan, Meng Zhang was still a friar in the foundation period and failed to gain the upper hand.


    Meng Zhang has now become a golden elixir immortal. He still has deep scruples about ye Feifan in his heart.


    Gale City Huang Jiading is in front. Go to fight ye Feifan. Meng Zhang is happy to build a cheap one.


    After finding out that the Huang family had no malice, immortal Jinli agreed to join the Crusade army.


    At least the Huang family is also a Jindan family. It has been inherited for many years, and the family still has some strength. It can strengthen your own strength. There is no reason to refuse.


    After getting the consent of Jin Li, the Huang family also began to mobilize in an all-round way and actively prepare for the war.


    From endless sand sea to Jiuqu League, several forces took action almost at the same time to prepare for a war.


    Many nearby forces were alarmed and focused on this side one after another.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t keep the battle strictly confidential, and there was no way to keep it confidential. With the full mobilization of several religious forces and the participation of a large number of monks, how can the news not be leaked?


    Immortal Jinli simply made clear his banner and claimed that he would unite with friars of several forces to completely wipe out the sea of death, wipe out the small devil cave inside, kill the devil who is harming the common people, and raise my righteous prestige.


    For a moment, many monks who didn''t know the truth applauded it.


    Of course, in the eyes of those who know the inside story, they regard it as a joke.


    If it weren''t for the fact that Tianzhu Zhenjun was entrenched in the sand sea of death and fought with the fifth level great power, many monks didn''t dare to approach at will, where would there be room for the existence of a small magic cave?


    To some extent, Tianzhu Zhenjun should bear great responsibility for the existence of the cancer of Xiaomo cave.


    This world is the world of Taoism, and the so-called authentic Taoism is in charge of the cultivation world. Devil cultivation is just a rat crossing the street in the cultivation world. You can''t expect to gather in public.


    The little devil cave has been in the sand sea of death for many years. There has been no powerful friar to fight against it. It is really an anomaly.


    In any case, immortal Jinli now organizes friars of several forces to crusade against the dead sand sea, which is a good thing for the orthodox sect.


    The preparation work of several forces was not only unimpeded, but also taken care of by some sects.


    Meng Zhang is eager to prepare for war as long as possible. It''s best to continue to the end of the world.


    Even knowing that with reinforcements, the battle of invading the dead sand sea had greatly increased, he was still not interested in the battle.


    Although taiyimen may get some benefits in the war. But in the final analysis, taiyimen is still the chess piece of Tianzhu Zhenjun. Let Tianzhu Zhenjun play with it and serve Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan.


    I can''t help it. The feeling of being controlled by others makes Meng Zhang very uncomfortable.


    Unfortunately, Tianzhu Zhenjun cannot allow several forces to delay for a long time.


    Only a little more than two years after he ordered to prepare for the war, he ordered Jin Li to start the attack.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t dare to neglect, so he immediately summoned the friars of several forces to take action.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was prepared to let Wen qiansuan and Hou Tu Shen Jiang, two masters proficient in array, be responsible for commanding the disciples and arranging battle array to meet the enemy.


    However, Wen qiansuan completed the foundation period and felt the opportunity to break through the golden elixir period.


    Heaven and earth are big, and there is no road. Meng Zhang did not hesitate to let Wen qiansuan stay in the door.


    The thick earth God will repair the third level spirit pulse there, and it is also at a critical juncture. If it is interrupted at this time, most of the previous achievements will be wasted. Decades of hard work and the efforts of the whole sect will be wasted.


    The thick earth God will also be ordered by Meng Zhang to stay and continue to repair the third-order spiritual pulse.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang went to find immortal Jinli once.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s order is to fully mobilize all forces and go all out. But the person in charge of the command is Jin Li.


    Meng Zhang had a good relationship with immortal Jinli. He asked her for a favor and made up a bunch of excuses to let Taiyi gate leave some monks to garrison the Gobi of evil wind.


    Immortal Jinli wanted to make friends with Meng Zhang, so she agreed with one eye open and one eye closed.


    Many friars were left in the Taiyi gate this time.


    The weak water god general has not exposed the cultivation of the golden elixir period. Meng Zhang also left him in the door as a hidden card of the sect.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi, two golden elixirs, gathered an army of more than 2000 monks.


    It includes most of the elite disciples of Taiyi sect, the main force transferred by all forces of Hanhai Taoist League, and various scattered practitioners recruited from nearby.


    In addition to taiyimen elite and well-trained, they can be the main force. Most of the other monks are mixed, and they are used as cannon fodder.


    Due to the key supervision of immortal Jinli, feihongzong was unable to hide his privacy. He also assembled an army of nearly 3000 monks.


    Only Mobei Qi family, even if Qi Nanfei took the time out of the whole family, there were only more than 400 monks who could be dispatched.


    Regardless of their relationship, the three forces are masters in front of outsiders, and can be regarded as the aborigines of the endless sand sea.


    The friars of the three forces took a flying boat and began to gather at the junction of the Gobi and the sea of death.


    Taiyimen, as the landlord of the Gobi, chose hulangfang city not far from the border as the assembly site.


    Most of the monks who originally came from all sides and formed a team to explore the dead sand sea were dissolved during this period.


    Friars of the sect, such as Taiyi sect and Feihong sect, should return to the sect and join the sect''s Crusade army.


    There are also some monks who believe that the death of the sand sea is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. They can follow behind and take advantage of it.


    As a result, these friars communicated with the taiyimen and other zongmen to avoid being accidentally injured after entering the dead sand sea.


    Free thugs want nothing, and taiyimen and feihongzong acquiesced in their existence.


    As the owner of Taiyi gate, it is closest to tiger wolf square city. The flying boat team composed of its friars is the first to arrive at the destination.


    Without waiting long, the flying boat team of feihongzong and Mobei Qijia also arrived here one after another.


    Finally, a team of monks led by Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family, arrived at hulangfang city.

 Chapter 545

    When Meng Zhang was dealing with Ye Feifan, he once heard him mention that Huang tannian, the ancestor of the golden elixir of the Huang family, had a problem in cultivation, half of his body was stiff and inconvenient to move, so he had to hide in the cave for a long time to meditate.


    But now, Huang tannian, the ancestor of the golden elixir of the Huang family, doesn''t look uncomfortable at all. He appears in front of Meng Zhang.


    Huang tannian didn''t come alone. He brought an army of more than 500 monks and rushed to tiger wolf square by flying boat.


    Among many Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City, led by Lu family and Gu Yue family, their strength and prestige are far superior to other Xiuzhen families.


    Both the Lu family and the ancient moon family have a number of Jindan real people, while the other families generally have only one or two Jindan real people, and the Jindan real people of the family will have faults from time to time.


    Meng Zhang had a malicious guess after knowing the situation of Dafeng City. The Lu family and the ancient moon family may have secretly used some means to suppress other Xiuzhen families to ensure that their strength is maintained within a certain range and will not affect the status of the Lu family and the ancient moon family.


    The specific relationship between the Xiuzhen family in Dafeng City is limited to outsiders, and Meng Zhang only guesses at will.


    Huang tannian, the only golden elixir of the Huang family, has been locked up in the family for many years. This time, he personally went to the dead sand sea to denounce ghost repair, which was really beyond the expectation of countless people.


    Even Jin Li, who knows the grievances between Ye Feifan and Huang Jiaen, feels that Huang tannian is making a mountain out of a molehill.


    Only Meng Zhang guessed something, but no one told him.


    After the Huang family''s team arrived, Meng Zhang, as the host, inevitably had to greet them.


    The four forces gathered in the small place of tiger wolf square, which was crowded by countless monks.


    Immortal Jindan of the four forces found a clean place and gathered together to discuss the next battle.


    As the commander, immortal Jinli never appeared. The originally scheduled reinforcements of Huanglian sect mountain sub altar and Heming sect did not arrive for the same long time.


    Meng Zhang and others were a little muttering. Didn''t Yue Feng Zhenjun stand us up?


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s reinforcements did not appear. Relying solely on the coalition forces of the four forces in front of him, he was not sure that he could complete the task of sweeping away the dead sand sea.


    Just when everyone was suspicious, immortal Jinli finally appeared.


    The face of Jin Li, who appeared in front of the crowd, was livid and covered with anger.


    She told everyone that there was no need to wait for reinforcements. Reinforcements had already set out. A few days ago, the army of friars led by Yue Fengzhen swaggered into the dead sand sea from the junction of Jiuqu League and the dead sand sea.


    After hearing what immortal Jinli said, everyone''s expressions were very subtle. We can guess the general situation.


    Although Tianzhu Zhenjun ordered Jin Li to be in charge of commanding and commanding the coalition forces of several forces. But Yue Fengzhen, as a dignified God, can''t be willing to be commanded by immortal Jinli.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun may not be able to clearly violate Tianzhu Zhenjun''s intention, so he simply led the army all the way alone and directly entered the dead sand sea from a completely different direction. The province faced immortal Jinli.


    Huanglian sect''s mountain altar and Heming sect follow the orders of Yuefeng Zhenjun. Of course, we should obey his command and ignore immortal Jinli at all.


    In fact, even Tianzhu Zhenjun can''t directly command the two forces of Huanglian sect, mountain sub altar and Heming sect. He needs to control them through Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Now Yuefeng Zhenjun doesn''t buy Jin Li''s account, and Jin Li is helpless.


    She''s not going to cry in front of Tianzhu Zhenjun. At least she is also a golden elixir. She really can''t afford to lose this person.


    Immortal Jinli was probably angry with Yue Feng Zhenjun and looked like he was going to attack at any time in front of everyone.


    Including Meng Zhang, we all know that we must not provoke immortal Jin Li at this time. Each one is extremely clever and honest.


    Immortal Jinli impolitely gave an order and began to March.


    As a guest army, Huang tannian should not have been commanded by Jin Li. But in the face of an angry Jindan perfect strong man, only Jindan''s initial cultivation, he really can''t afford to oppose.


    After explaining his battle plan and specific deployment, Jin Li left angrily without saying more nonsense.


    Several immortal Jindan looked at each other and said nothing more. They left and went back to their own team to start arrangement.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi returned to the team of taiyimen, immortal Jinli came to the door.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t treat Meng Zhang as an outsider. In front of Meng Zhang, she no longer suppressed her temper and began to scold Yue Fengzhen.


    When it comes to age, Yue Fengzhen is not much bigger than Jin Lizhen. They are monks of the same generation.


    But Yue Feng Zhen Jun took the first step on the road of cultivation and became the yuan God Zhen Jun first. Naturally, he can easily suppress Jin Li immortal.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t hide in front of Meng Zhang and poured out the bitter water.


    After she accepted the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, she ran around and concentrated on preparing to sweep away the dead sand sea.


    She went to Jiuqu League several times to visit Yue Feng Zhenjun, but she never saw each other. Every time they come forward to receive immortal Jin Li, they are all junior friars in the mountain altar, and their attitude is neither cold nor hot, which is definitely not respected.


    Immortal Jinli forbeared every time. As long as he could complete the task assigned by Tianzhu Zhenjun, these are details.


    But this time, Yue Feng Zhenjun''s action was really too much. He actually regarded Jin Li as nothing and began to act without permission.


    Immortal Jinli not only lost face, but also lost the opportunity to command the reinforcements. The strength of this army is limited. After entering the dead sand sea, he will certainly face many difficulties.


    Jin Li complained and admired Yue Fengzhen''s methods.


    This time, not only the mountain branch altar of Huanglian sect and Heming sect jointly sent troops, but also Hedong branch altar, which was subdued by the mountain branch altar, had to send an army of monks to accompany the expedition under the strong order of Yue Fengzhen.


    Along the way, Yuefeng Zhenjun, not to mention Yuefeng Zhenjun, the yuan God Zhenjun, the strength of the friar army under his hand is far more than that commanded by immortal Jinli.


    Facing Jin Li, who was a little depressed, Meng zhanghaosheng comforted her and said a lot of good words.


    No matter what the attitude of Yue Feng Zhenjun is, he is still a friendly army. His army of monks also worked hard to sweep away the sand sea of death.


    Moreover, the army of friars took the lead, with great momentum, and most of them would attract the main attention of the sand monsters in the dead sand sea.


    The army of friars from taiyimen and other forces can take advantage of the weakness and save a lot of strength.

 Chapter 546

    Meng Zhang spent a long time and said a lot of good words before he let immortal Jinli relax.


    Immortal Jinli is not a person who doesn''t understand the truth, but she is really angry. She vented in front of Meng Zhang, an acquaintance.


    As the true monarch of the yuan God, Yue Feng also controls the powerful forces such as the mountain sub altar of Huanglian sect. Where can a Jinli immortal compare.


    Of course, Jin Li is definitely not a magnanimous person. She kept it in her mind secretly, waiting for a chance to return it in the future.


    After calming down her anger, immortal Jinli discussed some business with Meng Zhang before leaving here.


    Before immortal Jinli arrived, most of the friars of the four forces who had come here long ago entered the tiger wolf square city.


    The large number of monks of the four forces immediately packed the small place of hulangfang city.


    Considering that the war is imminent, several golden elixirs don''t have too many constraints on the monks under their hands and let them relax outside.


    For many monks in the team, this may be the last time in their life to relax.


    Thousands of monks crowded into the city of tiger wolf square and made it a mess. As soon as the number of people is large, there will inevitably be many disputes.


    The members of Hanhai road alliance, led by taiyimen, usually regard themselves as the orthodox door and do not operate industries such as brothels. On the contrary, they have lost an opportunity to make a lot of money.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, this attack will certainly pay heavy casualties.


    Meng Zhang is also very generous to the dying.


    He specifically ordered the taiyimen law enforcement friars in the tiger wolf square city not to interfere with them too much as long as these foreign guests don''t smash, loot, kill and set fire in the square city.


    After immortal Jinli arrived at the tiger wolf square city, she was very dissatisfied with the chaotic scene in the square city.


    What she wants is an elite friar with strong combat effectiveness, not a mob.


    As soon as immortal Jinli lost his temper, you immortal Jindan quickly summoned all the disciples, gathered the team and prepared to go out at any time.


    At least friars are not mortals. Even if they are scattered again and there is chaos, immortal Jindan will soon return to the team and complete the assembly in the shortest time.


    However, in half a day, the tiger wolf square city was empty. Outside the square city, there were four more friars with a strict lineup.


    Jin Li''s face looked a little better. At her command, the army of monks of the four forces took a flying boat and stormed into the sand sea of death.


    Although the reinforcements did not arrive, it was good for everyone that Yue Fengzhen led the friars into the dead sand sea first.


    Just as Meng Zhang comforted immortal Jin Li, it would be a lot easier for everyone to have Yue Fengzhen at the top.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun, as a leading bird, will certainly attract the main attention of the sand monster.


    Even many people secretly expect that Yuefeng and Zhen Jun should give them strength and clear up the awesome sea of sand early, so that we can save a little bit of energy.


    Unfortunately, such a good thing will never happen.


    Soon after entering the dead sand sea, the coalition composed of four forces encountered many wandering sand monsters.


    A sand monster team, like ants, crowded the space on the ground.


    Although taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia have had experience in joint operations, they still do not trust each other, but have a little tacit understanding. Now it''s even harder to cooperate with the monks of the Huang family.


    The dead sand sea is vast, and the sand monster''s nest is deeply buried underground. It is not easy to destroy all sand monsters and destroy every sand monster nest.


    Not to mention fighting with sand monsters, it is not easy to find out the deep buried sand monsters'' nests.


    Before entering the dead sand sea, Jin Li made a simple deployment.


    The army of monks of the four forces was divided into four routes and went hand in hand. It was like a wall advancing towards the sand sea of death and sweeping all the way.


    Keep in touch with all armies for reinforcement at any time.


    Immortal Jinli is in the middle of the command and can support all armies at any time.


    Everyone has no opinion on the deployment of Jin Li.


    Separate from each other so as not to interfere with each other. With the help of immortal Jinli, we are not afraid of any accidents.


    Although the number of sand monsters encountered by the fourth Route Army is large, their level is not high. They are mainly first-order and second-order sand monsters. There is no third-order sand monster that can compete with Jindan real person.


    The main task of the fourth Route Army is to eliminate all sand monsters in front of us and destroy every sand monster nest found.


    Strange to say, the previous death sand sea is shrouded in black fog all year round, and there is hardly much sunshine.


    In the sand sea of death on weekdays, the wind often howls and sand sweeps.


    However, after the four-way army entered the dead sand sea this time, most of the black fog overhead was dispersed. Although there was still wind and sand from time to time, it obviously became much calmer.


    Meng Zhang, who had entered the dead sand sea once, initially thought that everyone was lucky and caught up with the good weather in the dead sand sea.


    But as time went on, people went deeper and deeper into the sand sea of death, and the originally violent sandstorm disappeared.


    Meng Zhang felt that this situation was certainly not so simple. During a routine contact with immortal Jinli, immortal Jinli told the truth.


    The reason why the original death sand sea appeared was mainly affected by the power leaked by the fifth order power. However, as its struggle with Tianzhu Zhenjun reached the key point, it had to take back all its strength and try its best to deal with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Without the influence of the fifth order power, the dead sand sea will slowly return to the normal sky.


    Although the environment of the dead sand sea is far worse than the endless sand sea, it is just an ordinary desert without the influence of external forces.


    Meng Zhang is only a golden elixir immortal now. He doesn''t even dare to expect the power of the yuan God Zhenjun, let alone imagine the divine power of the fifth level power.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit, who can affect such a vast area as the death sand sea, is really respectable and awesome.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is very hard against such an opponent, even if he is seriously injured.


    Before that, Meng Zhang never considered the possibility of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s failure.


    According to the information he knew, it seemed that Tianzhu Zhenjun took the initiative to find the fifth level Earth Spirit. In the struggle, he also always had the upper hand and took the initiative.


    But at this time, Meng Zhang was a little worried. If Tianzhu Zhenjun fails, it will be really bad.


    With the power of taiyimen and other sects, even the yuan God Zhenjun can''t resist, not to mention the five levels of power.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang had a heavy shadow in his heart.

 Chapter 547

    Meng Zhang had hidden worries in his heart, but he had nothing to do.


    The level of the struggle between the yuan God Zhenjun and the fifth level of power is too high. For him now, he has no power to interfere, so he has to wait for the result.


    Once again, he realized this sense of powerlessness, which made Meng Zhang feel a burst of boredom and calmed down for a long time.


    He really wanted to lead the team away immediately and stay away from the dispute. But he really wanted to do that. Not to mention that Tianzhu Zhenjun couldn''t pass the pass. Even immortal Jinli, who supervised the war behind, wouldn''t allow it.


    Meng Zhang only had to be more careful, and gave a special account to several confidants in the team. If the situation is wrong, everyone retreat immediately.


    After entering the sand sea of death, Meng Zhang seemed to be a little worried.


    The four-way army encountered many sand monsters along the way, but the level is not high and can be easily eliminated.


    The death sand sea has no influence of the power of the fifth order Earth Spirit, and many magic powers can be cast freely without obstacles.


    Although the sand monster''s nest is deeply buried underground, the golden elixir immortal has many means, and there is still a way to find it slowly.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, secretly performed Dayan''s divine calculation, which can easily calculate the whereabouts of these sand monster nests.


    As a master of the secret of heaven, although he is not able to predict the battle between level 5 Da Neng and Tianzhu Zhenjun, it is relatively easy to calculate these low-level sand monster nests.


    These sand monsters have low nest levels and can only breed first-order and second-order sand monsters. After complete destruction, you can still harvest some Lingyuan beads more or less.


    Unknowingly, the friars of taiyimen destroyed the most sand monster nests, with the most brilliant record.


    Anyway, there are many kinds of exploration spells in the cultivation world, and Meng Zhang is not afraid of others thinking that he is a Heavenly Master. Apart from other things, his own gifted magic power of breaking false magic eye is a very clever magic power of probing pupil.


    When it comes to gifted powers, Meng Zhang''s other gifted power is his mind power. After he advanced to the golden elixir period, his powers were also advanced, but they were less used.


    After entering the golden elixir period, the monk gave birth to divine thoughts, and his mind was naturally restrained, which was difficult to explore. What''s more, many golden elixir immortals are more or less able to hide their minds.


    Even if Meng Zhang was a friar in the middle of Jindan, it would be difficult to read the mind of the friars in the early stage of Jindan under normal circumstances.


    Of course, his mind is not useless.


    Observing people''s hearts and distinguishing between good and evil, he knows the magic power of heart, which can make Meng Zhang roughly feel whether others are kind or malicious to him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t try in front of the yuan God Zhenjun, but in the presence of immortal Jinli, he can clearly feel that immortal Jinli has no malice to himself, so he has always been sincere to make friends with immortal Jinli.


    Like other golden elixir immortals who went on the expedition this time, Meng Zhang showed his heart and felt their thoughts when he contacted them.


    Although Meng Zhang could not successfully read their thoughts, he could clearly feel that the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect, immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei, were full of malice to themselves.


    On the surface, Qi Nanfei of Mobei Qi family deliberately made friends with Meng Zhang, but in his heart, he also had no goodwill to Meng Zhang.


    Only Huang tannian of the Huang family had no other meaning for Meng Zhang in his heart. He was completely irrelevant passers-by.


    Meng Zhang can guess the thoughts of these temporary allies.


    Fei hongzong''s attitude towards taiyimen is no secret. Mobei Qi family treated taiyimen as a friend.


    He knew the magic power of heart, which made Meng Zhang more sure of his situation and more vigilant in his heart.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power to break the false magic eye, combined with the divine calculation of Dayan, made him find many sand monster nests and completely destroy them.


    The thick earth God will repair the third-order spiritual pulse. It is when the spiritual source beads are needed, Meng Zhang did not deliberately hide his clumsiness.


    In addition to Lingyuan beads, the taiyimen friar army will also harvest some other resources.


    However, due to the heavy task of wiping out the dead sand sea, friar taiyimen ignored the wanton plundering of resources, but took advantage of the small group of friars who followed the army.


    After the Fourth Army entered the dead sand sea, it was quite smooth all the way.


    There are many sand monsters on the road, but they are not strong. They can be easily destroyed without paying any casualties.


    We found and destroyed many sand monster nests along the way, and we can harvest more or less.


    Immortal Jinli once said that there were many third-order sand monster guards around the fifth order great energy. The dead sand sea is invaded on a large scale. Those third-order sand monsters will surely come to the war.


    However, the four armies have been in the dead sand sea for so long, and all they encounter are low-level sand monsters. They have not encountered third-order sand monsters at all, not to mention ghost repair and demon repair entrenched in the dead sand sea.


    Everyone was very optimistic. They thought that the main force of sand monsters on the side of the dead sand sea was mostly attracted by the army on the side of Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    The fighting along the way was very easy, so that everyone didn''t think it was a hard job.


    It would be great if the war could continue like this.


    Because there has been no strong sand monster army, in order to speed up the efficiency of searching for sand monster nests, the four armies have divided many small teams, scattered in a wide area and began to search respectively.


    Although Meng Zhang was not as optimistic as others, he sent a small team to guide them to find the sand monster''s nest and destroy it.


    In this way, the four-way army spent more than a month and went thousands of miles into the dead sand sea.


    It was at this time that the change took place.


    First, a small team of Feihong sect went out to search for the sand monster''s nest and didn''t return to the army for a long time.


    Then, the four armies sent teams and did not return beyond the agreed time.


    Several Jindan real people who were in charge of their respective armies felt that the situation was wrong.


    After receiving the report, Meng Zhang performed Dayan divine calculation.


    After calculating the result, he immediately ordered to release the summons and recall all the taiyimen friars outside.


    Then, he asked Yang Xueyi to continue to sit in the army and hurried out.


    Meng Zhang ran into two evil monks who were attacking a team of taiyimen friars about 600 miles north of the taiyimen friars'' army.


    The two evil monks were just friars during the foundation period. Meng Zhang easily destroyed them and saved the attacked taiyimen friar.


    He just told the team to return as soon as possible to join the army, and Meng Zhang flew away again.


    This time, Meng Zhang ran into a third-order sand monster more than 500 miles south of the taiyimen friar army.


    When he got there, the third-order sand monster was rolling up a gust of wind and sand, firmly trapped a team of taiyimen friars, and was about to take them all.

 Chapter 548

    Meng Zhang fought with the third-order sand monster for a few moves. The third-order sand monster knew he was defeated and took the initiative to retreat.


    Meng Zhang was anxious to save people. He didn''t continue to chase and kill, so he let him escape.


    He told the saved disciples a few words, then flew away again and rushed to the next place.


    Meng Zhang performed Dayan divination and figured out where the disciples were in danger. He galloped all the way, ran around, fought several times and saved most of his disciples.


    Meng Zhang killed several demons and repelled the third-order sand monster, but he was not proud at all.


    As a puppet, sand monsters only know to act according to preset instructions.


    When ordinary sand monsters encounter humans, they immediately fight endlessly. The third-order sand monster knows how to advance and retreat and how to act flexibly. However, they are still extremely hostile to humans and will take the initiative to attack when they encounter humans.


    These demons are basically human beings, but they can attack together with sand monsters. It seems that there should be the will of the fifth order power. It definitely exerts influence on sand monsters, and sand monsters will cooperate with humans.


    Because of the existence of Meng Zhang, most of the friars released by taiyimen were saved, and the loss was relatively small.


    The other three forces, however, did not respond in time and did not have time to carry out rescue. Many teams were attacked and suffered heavy casualties.


    When immortal Jindan reacted and began to gather the team, there were no friars left.


    This is not the end. The third-order sand monster cooperated with the devil friars to harass the four-way friars'' army, and soon found out the reality.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong not only have a large number of friars, but also have two golden elixirs each. They are a hard bone.


    Mobei Qi''s team had the worst luck. They were treated as soft persimmons and were attacked by two third-order sand monsters and a group of demons.


    The two third-order sand monsters are powerful. They can easily beat Qi Nanfei immortal together.


    Although they were only friars in the foundation period, they had a variety of mysterious and poisonous magic skills, and often could use many unexpected means.


    Less than ten demonic friars suppressed hundreds of Qi family friars and let them fall completely to the disadvantage.


    Fortunately, the Qi family members were well-trained, discharged the battle array in time, and reluctantly blocked the crazy attack of demon Xiu by relying on the strength of everyone.


    From left to right, the four friars are taiyimen, Huangjia, feihongzong and Mobei Qijia.


    The four armies are only tens of miles away from each other. Even between taiyimen and Mobei Qijia, which are the farthest away, they are less than 200 miles away.


    This distance can be crossed by the speed of the largest number of second-order flying boats in the army for up to one incense.


    If Immortal Jindan goes out in person, the time will only be shorter.


    When Mobei Qi family was attacked, it was coincidental that Jin Li, who should have taken an overview of the overall situation and was responsible for supporting, had some doubts because he had not encountered the main force of sand monsters during this period of time.


    When everyone was attacked, she was flying forward to check the movement of the sand monster herself.


    By the time she came back after receiving the news of the attack on the rear, the battle had begun for a long time.


    Immortal Jinli rushed directly to reinforce the Qi family. The sand monsters and demons who were frantically attacking the Qi family turned and fled as soon as they saw immortal Jinli appear.


    Angry immortal Jinli was about to catch up and kill wantonly. A demon monk threw a dark token.


    The token turned into black smoke in the air and shrouded the sand monsters and demons.


    When immortal Jinli dispersed the black smoke, the sand monster and demon Xiu had disappeared.


    The secret method of demon cultivation is really difficult. Even immortal Jinli will miss it if she is not careful.


    Unwilling, she was preparing to continue her pursuit, but thinking of other teams and not knowing their situation, she suppressed her anger and contacted feihongzong and other teams first.


    Finally, after confirming that everyone was all right, immortal Jinli was relieved.


    She is not really worried about the life and death of feihongzong, but as the commander appointed by Tianzhu Zhenjun, her friars suffered inexplicably heavy losses. She can''t hang on her face, and it''s hard to explain to Tianzhu Zhenjun in the future.


    Next, for fear of being broken by each, the four armies quickly drew close and appeared within each other''s sight.


    Immortal Jinli called several immortal Jindan together to discuss countermeasures.


    With the intelligence quotient of sand monsters, even the third-order sand monsters should not be so cunning and know how to seize the opportunity. Needless to say, after the sand monster and demon Xiu joined hands, demon Xiu should play the role of a counselor.


    These guys knew that facing the enemy was not the enemy of the four-way army, so they played guerrilla warfare.


    In the dead sand sea, sand monster nests are scattered. If you want to completely destroy the sand monster''s nest, you must disperse the team so as not to miss it.


    But in this case, it is easy for the sent team to recruit raids.


    Moreover, the enemy is strong. Only the enemy who has appeared can not be easily won by any army.


    After the four armies converged, the enemy immediately disappeared and did not know where to hide.


    If Meng Zhang uses Dayan''s divine calculation, he is very sure that he can calculate the whereabouts of the enemy.


    But how could he expose his identity as a mystery master under such circumstances.


    In the final analysis, this is the war of Tianzhu Zhenjun, and taiyimen is forced to go to the battlefield.


    At this time, Jinli real person showed the details of being an old Jindan real person.


    She took out a simple mirror from her body, then flew into the air, exercised her secret skills and looked around for a while.


    After a while, she fell to the ground, pointed to a few black spots on the mirror and said that was where the devil was hiding.


    It''s not easy to deal with these slippery enemies. Immortal Jinli directly summoned the other six immortal Jindan and set out with them in person.


    The four armies of friars were left in place, each in a defensive formation.


    The luxurious lineup composed of seven golden elixir real people is enough to kill the city and destroy the sect elsewhere. In particular, there are Jinli immortal, the perfect strong person of the golden elixir. Even in the Jiuqu League, few forces can arrange such a lineup except those Yuanshen factions.


    Immortal Jinli led the team and began to sweep away sand monsters and demons in turn according to the guidance of the ancient mirror.

 Chapter 549

    These demons and sand monsters did not gather together, but divided into several different teams.


    There are several demon friars in each team. Among the three most powerful teams, there is a third-order sand monster.


    Magic cultivation is responsible for command and side support, and the third-order sand monster is responsible for frontal attack.


    With mutual cooperation, they complement each other and can give full play to their abilities.


    This team is secretive and has been wandering nearby. Once you find a single team, you will jump on it and attack madly.


    Immortal Jinli is also a decisive person. As soon as he found the trace of the enemy, he took the team to kill the door.


    These demons thought they were hidden and the enemy would never find them.


    In the cultivation world, demon cultivation has been rampant for many years. Many sects and friars have painstakingly studied the spells and tools to deal with demon cultivation.


    Because of her early experience, immortal Jinli had a lot of disputes with demon cultivation, and naturally mastered many means to deal with demon cultivation.


    The rest of the golden elixir immortals know more or less about magic cultivation. With preparation in advance, they still have great advantages in dealing with magic cultivation.


    When immortal Jinli killed the door, the demons and sand monsters immediately fell into a siege.


    No matter how powerful the magic cultivation method is, it is finally just a group of friars in the foundation period. The number of third-order sand monsters is too small to defeat the siege of so many Jindan immortal.


    Moreover, in order to facilitate the ambush, these enemies were divided into several teams and scattered in different places, which just gave immortal Jinli a chance to break each one.


    After some running, none of the teams missed the net and were all hanged.


    The elimination of the enemy hidden in the dark has finally eliminated a major problem.


    After the return of the seven golden elixirs, they led their teams again to continue to eliminate the sand monster nests hidden underground.


    This time, with the lesson of the last time, the four-way friars'' army was more cautious.


    And with the strict order of immortal Jinli, they have increased their care for each other whether they like it or not.


    Immortal Jinli patrolled around in person to prevent similar raids from happening again.


    After this experience, the sand monster and the devil repair seemed to be at a loss, and there was no other action.


    The army of four friars went hand in hand and continued to sweep away the sand sea of death.


    The action of the army was very smooth and never encountered strong obstacles again.


    The ranks of those low-level sand monsters are simply vulnerable in front of the friar army.


    You don''t need immortal Jindan to shoot. Only your disciples can kill these sand monsters on the spot.


    The army advanced all the way, slowly going deep into the dead sand sea, and approaching the core area step by step.


    Before long, the fourth Route Army came near Heifeng cemetery.


    This place used to be the base of ghost cultivation. Ghost cultivation in the dead sand sea mainly gathered here.


    However, the army of four-way friars came all the way. They basically didn''t encounter any ghost repair on the way. Even when they came to the ghost repair base camp, they still didn''t find any trace of ghost repair.


    After the Heifeng cemetery was broken by demon Xiu, almost all the ghost Xiu were taken away, and the place was completely abandoned.


    Meng Zhang only interrogated what had happened here from the mouth of ghost Xiu''s captured knife bone before. He was still Ye Fanfan who colluded with ghost Xiu and mutilated the monks who entered the dead sand sea. It''s no secret. It''s been circulating for a long time.


    Therefore, friar Huang hopes to find clues related to Ye Feifan here in Heifeng cemetery.


    Ye Feifan was calculated by Meng Zhang and turned against ghost Xiu. Meng Zhang didn''t publicize it.


    Ye Feifan took refuge in the devil cultivation and joined forces inside and outside to break the Heifeng cemetery. This was interrogated by the disciples of Taiyi sect from the mouth of the knife bone. Meng Zhang told immortal Jinli, who informed Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    But the Huang family doesn''t know, let alone the activities of Ye Feifan and demon cultivation.


    Meng Zhang, who looked on coldly, did not remind the Huang family. The Xiuzhen family like the Huang family is also not a good man and woman.


    Friar Huang spent a lot of effort in vain and offended many fellow disciples, but he didn''t find any valuable clues in Heifeng cemetery.


    The army can''t stay here forever.


    After a delay in Heifeng cemetery, the four-way army continued to move forward.


    The sand sea of death is too vast. It will not be done overnight to completely eliminate it.


    In fact, it costs us a lot to fight in the dead sand sea and eliminate all the way.


    So many monks need to spend a lot of spirit stones and pills every day, which is a great burden for each faction.


    But in the battle of the dead sand sea, not much booty was obtained. Even if some precious mineral resources are found on the road, there is no time to mine them slowly.


    With the passage of time, everyone was full of resentment and criticized Tianzhu Zhenjun a lot.


    However, in the face of the supreme yuan God Zhenjun, everyone dared to be angry.


    The friars of the four forces have become lazy and even languid all day.

 Chapter 550

    Many monks began to become slack, and their willingness to fight was naturally greatly affected.


    The other three forces are a little better, that is, the army of monks of the Huang family, not long after they left Heifeng cemetery, there was an obvious feeling of war weariness among the monks.


    Although they dare not openly oppose Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family, they are a little helpless because of all kinds of public obedience and negative violation and slow work.


    So Huang Tan went to see immortal Jin Li years ago and said that the friars of the Huang family need to stay and rectify themselves slowly before they can fight again.


    Since entering the dead sand sea, taiyimen and Feihong sect have suffered little loss among the four-way friars. Mobei Qi family suffered the most casualties because of the last sneak attack. Now friar Huang wants to leave the team. Immortal Jinli is a little reluctant.


    However, friar Huang came to the war with his own dry food, not her subordinates. She was ordered by Tianzhu Zhenjun to command only taiyimen and other forces.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t want to oppress the Huang family, so she agreed to the request of Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family.


    Therefore, the army of friars of taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qi family continued to advance, and the friars of the Huang family stayed in place and were rectified by the year of Huangtan.


    The army of the four forces has been fighting in the dead sand sea for a long time. All forces strive to maintain contact with the rear and obtain intelligence from the rear at any time.


    Although the dark hall of taiyimen was not established for a long time, Meng Zhang was willing to invest resources, and an Muran himself really had this talent. When it comes to intelligence ability, the dark hall is no worse than the Feihong sect that has been devastated several times.


    Especially in Jiuqu League, taiyimen has a good relationship with the ancient moon family, and can obtain the information of Dafeng City through the ancient moon family at any time.


    Although they are all ordinary intelligence and have to be dealt with by the ancient moon family first, they have broadened the horizon of taiyimen after all.


    Due to the reason of fallen leaves, taiyimen and Jiuqu League also have more cooperation in the black market. As long as it costs enough, we can get a lot of valuable information from the black market.


    Some time ago, a very important piece of information came from the rear from the dark hall of taiyimen.


    Soon after Yuefeng Zhenjun led the friar army to invade the dead sand sea, he was intercepted by the sand monster army.


    The army of sand monsters led by the third-order sand monsters is endless, and there are magic cultivation to help the war, and even the magic cultivation in the golden elixir period.


    Yue Fengzhen did not appear in the army of monks. The army of monks composed of mountain sub altar, Hedong sub altar and Heming sect of Huanglian cult fell into hard battles.


    By the time Meng Zhang received the information, the war was not over. The war between the two sides became more and more intense, with heavy casualties.


    In order to obtain this information from the black market, taiyimen paid a high price. This information is also very meaningful to Meng Zhang.


    The enemy''s strength is really strong. If Yue Fengzhen didn''t attract most of the enemy''s strength first, it''s Taiyi gate and other zongmen who are now in a hard battle.


    In particular, the emergence of magic cultivation in the golden elixir period made Meng Zhang secretly vigilant.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and did not hide the information. Instead, he found immortal Jinli and shared the information with her.


    After hearing this, Jin Li''s reaction was similar to that of Meng Zhang. She was also afraid of the magic cultivation in the golden elixir period.


    According to her, in the past, the fifth level great power allowed demon Xiu and ghost Xiu to settle down in the dead sand sea, mostly regarded it as a hindhand.


    First, out of necessary vigilance, and second, out of scruples about the reaction of Tianzhu Zhenjun, both ghost and demon practitioners were forcibly suppressed, and the golden elixir friars are absolutely not allowed.


    Now it seems that it should not be able to resist the pressure of Tianzhu Zhenjun. The fifth level power made a choice and completely merged with demon cultivation.


    Let the devil repair annex the devil repair, let the devil repair break through to the golden elixir period, all in order to enhance its power as soon as possible.


    Before that, Tianzhu Zhenjun, as the Yuanshen Zhenjun, did not pay attention to a group of friars during the foundation period, so he tolerated the existence of demon cultivation and ghost cultivation.


    Now the magic cultivation in the golden elixir period is a mistake of his. He has added great enemies to the monks out of thin air.


    Meng Zhang knew that the fifth order great power was a fifth order Earth Spirit from outside the sky. The inheritance of demon cultivation was not born in this world, but also from outside.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how the inheritance of the devil took root in this world, let alone what the world outside the sky was like.


    However, he guessed that there must be many unknown secrets in the collusion between the fifth order Earth Spirit and the devil cultivation.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Li talked for a long time before they separated.


    After returning to the army, Meng Zhangjing calmed down and began to calculate with Dayan divine calculation.


    Of course, he is not calculating the activities between the devil cultivation and the fifth order Earth Spirit. He is not stupid enough to ask for trouble. What he is calculating now is the year of Huangtan.


    The higher the level of calculation, the more difficult it is to obtain clear information. Huang tannian and Meng Zhang were both monks of the golden elixir period. Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to calculate a general result.


    He thought for a while, then called Yang Xueyi and asked her to continue to lead the army forward. He wanted to leave secretly for a while.


    Anyway, the main force of the enemy is not here. What several forces do is basically time-consuming water grinding work, and there is no need for Jindan immortal to keep an eye on it all the time.


    The fact that Yang Xueyi, a real Jindan, sits in the army is also enough to deal with accidents.


    After Meng Zhang confessed, he secretly left the taiyimen friar army and rushed to the place where friar Huang stayed alone.


    On the other hand, after Huang tannian ordered his monks to stop and rest, Huang''s flying boat team landed on a flat ground, and then established a simple camp with many prohibitions around it.


    Under the order of huangtannian, the monks in the family basically stayed in the temporary camp and were not allowed to go out easily.


    Some time ago, most of the performance of the friar Huang family was deliberately connived by Huang tannian. The family friars dare not disobey his orders.


    After waiting for several days, it was estimated that the other three monks had left here. One night, Huang tannian secretly left the temporary camp with a group of family monks and flew out to the north.


    About three hundred miles away, they stopped and landed on the ground.


    Huang tannian went out more and more. He went to an open space in front of him, took out a half piece of Xin Xiang from his arms, lit it gently, and then inserted the Xin Xiang on the ground.


    Huang tannian said nothing and waited silently.


    It seems that there is only a short section of Xinxiang, but it is unexpectedly resistant to burning. After more than an hour, only a small part was consumed.


    Time passed slowly. After more than three hours, with a burst of wind, a dark shadow came quickly from a distance.


    The shadow came with the wind and fell to the ground, showing ye extraordinary figure.


    "Sure enough, it''s you. You''re really not dead." Huang tannian''s expression was complex and his tone was low.


    "At that time, I thought you had escaped early. Unexpectedly, you dared to risk the world''s condemnation and regenerate your blood descendants with the method of blood parasitism."


    "You should be glad that I miss my old love and didn''t kill all your Ye family members and cut off your blood inheritance."


    Ye Feifan listened to Huang tannian''s words and looked disdainful.


    "You old ghost, you don''t care about the old relationship. You don''t know my whereabouts. You want to keep my Ye family to see if I will show up."


    Huang tannian did not continue that topic and went straight to the topic.


    "Don''t mention the past. Since you came at my call, you must still want to communicate with me."


    "Well, as long as you hand over your things, I can make a ghost oath and cancel your gratitude and resentment. I won''t pursue you anymore."


    Ye Feifan couldn''t help laughing. Huang tannian''s seemingly magnanimous words were all nonsense in his eyes.


    "It''s rare that you old ghost have a heart and still keep the letter incense we contacted each other in those years."


    "Huang Laogui, you think I sensed the position of Xinxiang and came here immediately to make a deal with you."


    "Old man, I want your life."


    This time, it was Huang tannian''s turn to laugh.


    "People who don''t know how to live or die think that if they take refuge in ghost cultivation and learn some unsophisticated ghost magic, they can challenge me."


    When Chu Ye fled from Dafeng City, Huang tannian made an in-depth investigation.


    A friar in the early stage of refining Qi from waste materials suddenly showed enough combat power to kill friars in the foundation period. It''s definitely not an adventure. What can be explained by pretending to be a pig and eating a tiger.


    There is a process for monks to practice. Even if it is an evil sect, it is difficult to achieve it overnight. So many accomplishments can be broken through at once.


    After the news that ye Feifan escaped into the sand sea of death and colluded with ghost repair came out, Huang tannian finally judged that he mostly used the blood parasitism method.


    Nearly two hundred years ago, when the year of Huangtan had not yet ended, he and the ancestors of the Ye family were monks in the foundation period.


    The Ye family is a vassal of the Huang family, and the ancestor of the Ye family is also the most powerful friar around him.


    Later, the two turned against each other because of an elder cave. The ancestor of the Ye family seriously escaped, but took the keepsake that opened the cave.


    Huang tannian later used many means to make the Ye family decline. He kept the Ye family members under close surveillance, hoping that the fleeing Ye family ancestors could not help contacting the Ye family members.


    He never thought that the ancestors of the Ye family were so cruel and cruel that they would use the blood parasitism method to regenerate their descendants.


    Although Ye Fanfan had long known that he was hiding in the sand sea of death, Huang tannian dared not enter here.


    This time, immortal Jinli summoned several forces to attack the death Shahai on a large scale. In spite of the opposition of the family, Huang tannian forcibly subdued the people and led the friars of the Huang family to join the war.


    He didn''t find the clue of Ye Feifan''s whereabouts in Heifeng cemetery. As a last resort, he tried to contact him with Xinxiang, who had contacted each other in his early years.


    He didn''t expect that it would be so smooth. Ye Feifan easily appeared in front of him.


    Huang tannian didn''t know that ye Fanfan later fell into the devil''s way, colluded with devil repair and sold ghost repair.


    In his eyes, even if ye Fanfan learned a little ghost magic, so what. As long as one day does not break through the golden elixir period, he is definitely not his opponent.


    Under the condition of dead sand sea, it is difficult to have ghost repair in Jindan period.


    Huang tannian didn''t bother to say more about Tongye Feifan, but ordered directly.


    "Take him down and keep his life."


    As soon as the voice fell, the seven monks of the Huang family behind Huang tannian came forward and discharged a Dharma array according to the Seven Star orientation.


    As a family inherited in Dafeng City for many years, the Huang family still has some details.


    Seven friars in the foundation period set up a seven star soul locking array, which can give full play to the strength of the friars in the array. Moreover, this array is specially used to restrain ghost cultivation. Even for ghost cultivation in the golden elixir period, it can fight for a while without losing the wind.


    Huang tannian is eyeing one side and can take action at any time.


    In his opinion, even if ye Feifan is lucky, he is at most a ghost Xiu in the realm of fake Dan. You don''t have to do it yourself. These men alone can make him overwhelmed.


    We are outnumbered. Ye Feifan not only has no fear, but also smiles strangely at Huang tannian.


    Unexpected things happened. The seven monks of the Huang family who had originally arranged the Seven Star soul lock array suddenly clashed with each other.


    Two of the Huang family friars suddenly attacked other companions.


    The seven monks set up the Dharma array together. They are very familiar and close to each other. They would never expect to be betrayed and attacked by their companions.


    Caught off guard, five monks were knocked down one after another and couldn''t afford to be injured.


    Huang tannian, who was originally very relaxed, couldn''t help but change his face. He pointed to Ye Fanfan and asked, "what the hell are you doing? What have you done?"


    With a mixture of shock and anger, he didn''t dare to take action immediately.


    Ye Fanfan ignored Huang tannian. Instead, he brushed a black breath on the five monks of the Huang family on the ground.


    The five monks on the ground were not seriously injured. It was not the mercy of the person who took the shot, but ye Fanfan had other arrangements.


    At this time, Huang tannian finally reacted.


    "Evil spirit, are you the devil?"


    Most practitioners in the cultivation world have inexplicable fear and even fear of magic cultivation, and the golden elixir immortal Huang tannian is no exception.


    Seeing that Huang tannian began to shrink, ye Fanfan pushed forward with an inch and immediately rushed up.


    His whole body was full of black gas, which turned into tentacles all over the sky, constantly twisted and twitched, and surrounded Huang tannian.


    At any rate, Huang tannian was also a golden elixir. His panic soon subsided, and he immediately reacted and began to fight.


    As soon as he handed it over, he found Ye extraordinary difficult.


    The opponent''s strength is clearly the golden elixir friar, and his skill is deep and secret. The magic method used by Huang tannian has little effect.


    After only a short fight, Huang tannian was forced to the disadvantage.


    As a veteran Jindan friar, he was never so embarrassed.


    When ye Feifan forced Huang tannian, two members of the Huang family controlled by him slapped and clicked on the other five Huang friars on the ground.


    But in a moment, the five friars of the Huang family had black gas on their faces and red eyes.


    Huang tannian inadvertently glanced and became more angry.


    "The thief is so brave that he dares to demonize the people of the yellow family."

 Chapter 551

    I haven''t eaten pork and I''ve seen pigs running. As a golden elixir immortal with family inheritance, Huang tannian''s eyesight and insight are not too bad. He can see through Ye extraordinary''s actions at a glance.


    The most frightening and hated thing about magic cultivation is that kind of special magic ability.


    Once a creature is completely demonized by the demon cultivation, it will become a demon. Even if the demon is dead, it is difficult for the soul to return to the underworld.


    For practitioners, especially those above the foundation period, even if the body dies, the soul still has a destination. With good luck, there is even a chance of rebirth.


    However, after the practitioners are demonized, they are basically immortal.


    In the cultivation world, demon cultivation is like a plague. Constantly demonize creatures and affect more and more areas.


    Therefore, once there is a demon cultivation in the cultivation world, it will often be besieged by nearby cultivation forces.


    If the death sand sea is not a special case, there will be no place like little devil''s cave.


    Huang tannian was angry on the surface and wanted to work hard with Ye. But in fact, they are already looking for a way back.


    Facing the magic cultivation in the golden elixir period, his heart was already empty. After the fight, he had no spirit and completely rejected the idea of solving the other party.


    Devil cultivation is good at manipulating people''s hearts, and naturally he is also good at understanding other people''s minds.


    Ye Feifan, who has long seen through Huang tannian''s strong outside but strong in the middle, made more reckless moves.


    He firmly entangled Huang tannian and didn''t give him a chance to get out. When the five monks of the Huang family on the earth are completely demonized, it will be the end of the year of Huangtan.


    At the thought of being able to demonize a Jindan monk, ye Feifan couldn''t help feeling very excited.


    Before falling into the devil''s way and turning into devil''s cultivation, ye Fanfan still rejected devil''s cultivation. Although he colluded with demon Xiu, he never relaxed his vigilance against demon Xiu.


    After being calculated by Meng Zhang, he had to bow to demon Xiu in exchange for demon Xiu''s help to kill the ghost Xiu who appeared in front of him.


    After that, under the pressure of demon cultivation, he was unwilling to turn into demon cultivation.


    When he really became a demon, ye Fanfan felt like a fish in water and was very happy.


    As those masters of magic cultivation said, ye Fanfan is indeed born with magic cultivation, and magic is the most suitable avenue for him.


    There is a fundamental difference between the cultivation of evil and the cultivation of right. There are many side door means to quickly improve cultivation.


    The most common means of demon cultivation is to communicate the great demons in the demon world with secret methods. Then use various means to please the great devil and get the reward of the great devil.


    The most effective way to please the great devil is to demonize all kinds of creatures. The more demonized creatures, the stronger the demonized creatures, and you can get more rewards from the great devil.


    Shortly after ye Feifan became a demon, he successfully communicated with a great demon in the demon world and got the favor of the great demon.


    Later, after breaking the Heifeng cemetery, all the captured ghosts were demonized and transformed into various demons.


    Ghost cultivation is a creature with low resistance to evil Qi and can be easily transformed. Many demon practitioners have demons transformed by ghost practitioners to drive them.


    Therefore, ghost Xiu regarded demon Xiu as a natural enemy and was very afraid to avoid it.


    With so many demonic practices demonized in one breath, many demonic practices have made great progress. Ye Feifan''s magical cultivation with extraordinary talent has directly broken through the golden elixir period.


    In fact, although the monks in the little devil cave are mainly friars in the foundation period, they are at most friars in the golden elixir. But after colluding with the fifth order Earth Spirit, he got the secret help of the fifth order Earth Spirit and tried his best to cultivate demons.


    Through this group of demons, the fifth order Earth Spirit contacted the great demons in the demon world.


    The great devil gave resources and almost made these demons cultivate demons that can rival the original God Zhenjun.


    Fortunately, Tianzhu Zhenjun found it early and killed it by thunder, so as to avoid a magic disaster.


    Although the demons were destroyed, most demons avoided them long before they were exposed.


    In the process of cultivating demons, many demons get benefits and make great progress.


    The army led by Yue Fengzhen Jun entered the sea of death and fell into a bitter battle, largely because it was blocked by a powerful demon cultivation.


    If ye Fanfan can demonize Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family, then he can even demonize the whole army of monks of the Huang family.


    Such a great achievement, but it can make ye extraordinary useful.


    With such great power, ye Feifan can''t easily let go of huangtannian.


    Huang tannian had intended to retreat for a long time, but ye Feifan was too tight, and he never had a chance to get away.


    Ye Feifan just used Huang tannian and his men''s unprepared time to secretly display the way of heart demons. Silently, he seduced and demonized two friars of the Huang family. Then he controlled them to get angry and put so many friars of the Huang family at once, removing the help of Huang tannian.


    Taking advantage of Ye Feifan''s opportunity to entangle Huang tannian, these friars of the Huang family completed the final demonization and completely became Ye Feifan''s demonization puppet.


    It was very hard for Huang tannian to resist Ye Fanfan. It was even more difficult to parry seven demonized puppets who joined the battle group.


    After being demonized, the seven foundational friars became pure puppets. No feelings, no joy or anger, don''t care about life and death, just act according to the master''s instructions.


    Their combat effectiveness has greatly increased. They have been able to cross the huge gap between the foundation period and the golden elixir period, participate in the battle at the golden elixir level, and pose a great threat to the year of Huangtan.


    Knowing that the descendants of the seven families had been completely hopeless, Huang tannian forcibly expelled the last trace of intolerance in his heart and began to kill them.


    The seven puppets look like living people, but after being demonized, they are another kind of creatures.


    Ye Feifan doesn''t care much about the life and death of these demonized puppets. His biggest goal is the golden elixir Huang tannian.


    After fighting for a long time, three demonized puppets were smashed by Huang tannian. But on Huang tannian, ye Feifan also left several scars.


    The scar seems not deep, but it is haunted by evil spirit and constantly invades Huang tannian''s flesh.


    Huang tannian tried every means to dispel the evil Qi above. Instead, he was distracted in the battle and added several wounds to his body again.


    At this time, Huang tannian knew that he could not get away.


    Of course, he knows that once he loses, he will be demonized, which is a more terrible consequence than death.


    As a Taoist monk, he would rather die than be demonized.


    Once he made up his mind, Huang tannian became calm.


    He started to run Zhenyuan, urged Danyuan, and was about to explode the golden pill.


    The self exploding golden elixir needs a long time of preparation in advance. There is a lot of movement. Ye Feifan has enough time to dodge.


    The main purpose of Huang tannian''s self exploding golden elixir is not to deal with Ye Feifan, but to end his life and avoid falling into Ye Feifan''s hands and being demonized by him.


    Since ye Feifan wants to demonize a Jindan immortal, how can he not be prepared enough.


    In silence, he had already shot.


    Just as the golden elixir of Huangtan year began to riot and was about to break out, his mind was in a trance and his action could not help slowing down.


    Ye Fanfan knew that Huang tannian''s mind had been affected. He continued to work hard, trying to completely confuse his mind.


    If you hadn''t done so much bedding in advance, ye Feifan wouldn''t be so easy to get it. He dared not neglect and continued to cast the spell.


    At this time, a bright light fell from the sky. Once illuminated by this light, Huang tannian''s confused mind suddenly recovered.


    He didn''t have time to think about what had happened. He continued to urge Dan yuan to detonate the golden pill desperately.


    Seeing someone intervene, ye Fanfan knows that nothing can be done. He will be hurt by the self explosion of the golden pill. He will take the puppet back.


    The light in the sky was so bright that it suddenly shone on Ye Fanfan and the demonized puppet.


    Ye Fanfan fell into the dazzling light, as if he had fallen into the mire, and his action had to slow down a lot.


    The black gas on those demonized puppets evaporated continuously, and their bodies seemed to begin to melt.


    After an earth shaking noise, Huang tannian''s body was shattered by the self exploding golden pill. The remaining demonized puppets are also dead, broken and completely disappeared.


    Ye extraordinary''s body was blown upside down, and blood gushed from his mouth.


    At this time, Meng Zhang appeared in the dark. The sun and moon god beads on the top of the head shed boundless light.


    The sun and moon divine light melted by the sun''s true fire and the Taiyin''s true water combines the power of water and fire, has the beauty of yin and Yang, and has the power to break demons and exorcise evil spirits.


    With the blessing of the sun and moon god beads, Meng Zhang''s magic power, the sun and moon god light, has greatly increased, causing a fatal threat to Ye Feifan.


    When Meng Zhang was in the taiyimen army, he ran Dayan''s divine calculation. His chance to kill Ye Fanfan fell on Huang tannian.


    He sneaked to the Huangjia camp and kept hiding in the dark.


    Huang tannian left the camp with the friars of the Huang family, and he followed him secretly.


    What happened to Huang tannian and others and ye Feifan was in his eyes, but he didn''t mean to interfere.


    Until the year of Huangtan fell to the disadvantage and was in danger of defeat, he never made a move.


    Although the self-confidence cultivation is far above Ye extraordinary, the magic cultivation means are mysterious and changeable. Meng Zhang would rather spend more effort and trouble, and try to weaken Ye Feifan to ensure that he can kill each other after he makes a move.


    Huang tannian is not related to him. Of course, he will not spare his life.


    When he was in Dafeng City, Meng Zhang had long been in contact with these Xiuzhen families.


    These show that most of the decent families are not good things and do all kinds of bad things secretly.


    It''s hard to tell who is right and who is wrong just based on the gratitude and resentment between the Ye family and the Huang family.


    As a qualified cultivator, what Meng Zhang does, of course, should start from his own interests and try to maximize his interests.


    He waited until the last minute to help Huang tannian explode the golden pill, which was to give ye Feifan the biggest blow.


    As soon as Meng Zhang made a move, ye Feifan, who was affected by the self explosion force of the golden elixir, immediately fell to the disadvantage.


    Ye Feifan really deserves Meng Zhang''s hard calculation. Facts have proved that Meng Zhang didn''t worry much.


    After only a short fight, ye Fanfan adjusted and slowly pulled back his disadvantage.


    On the realm of cultivation, ye Feifan is at best equivalent to the friars in the early days of the golden elixir. However, the combat effectiveness of demon cultivation cannot be measured only by the realm of cultivation.


    Ye Fanfan''s strange and changeable magic methods were displayed one by one, and actually played a great role.


    Although Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are high and his combat experience is rich, he has never had combat experience with Jindan demon cultivation before.


    At the beginning, I felt a little passive when I faced the strange magic secret method.


    No wonder most practitioners are very afraid of magic cultivation. If the cultivator has no special means, he will probably fall below when he is in the same state as the devil.


    Meng Zhang is gifted and has a deep foundation. What he accepts is the superior inheritance of the great Xiuzhen school. After the initial discomfort, he slowly suppressed Ye extraordinary.


    Meng ZhangYue plays more smoothly and plays better.


    The powerful power of the sun and moon divine light to break the devil suppressed Ye extraordinary''s many means, and constantly consumed his magic Qi.


    After the Liangyi Tongtian sword is displayed, the sword Qi is vertical and horizontal, invincible and invincible. The power of yin and Yang cleanses back and forth and completely turns the evil Qi into nothing.


    Ye Feifan, who had only parry but no ability to fight back, began to soften his mouth and kept saying good words to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang remained unmoved and continued to hurt the killer.


    Although Ye Feifan was completely suppressed, he never stopped talking.


    "You know why the old ghost of the Huang family never forgets me and has to catch me."


    "I have a keepsake left by the leader of Daoyun sect. With this keepsake, you can enter the dark Library of Daoyun sect and obtain the inheritance and treasures left by Daoyun sect."


    "As long as you let me go today, I will give you the keepsake and indicate the location of the dark Library of Daoyun sect."


    "Daoyun sect is a great practice sect that has produced many Jindan immortal. It once dominated the sect. The secret library left in the door is of immeasurable value."


    Meng Zhang, the name of Daoyun sect, has indeed heard of it. It was the great Xiuzhen sect originally located in the area of the dead sand sea.


    When the fifth order Earth Spirit came from heaven, Daoyun sect was destroyed by it, which led to the emergence of the dead sand sea.


    Most of the sects like Daoyun sect have a dark library, so that future generations can rise and revitalize the sect in case of accidents.


    Meng Zhang is really excited about the dark Library of Daoyun sect, but he is unwilling to let Ye extraordinary go.


    In his heart, even if he spends a big price today, he will kill Ye Feifan here.


    When ye Feifan speaks to seduce Meng Zhang, he secretly exerts the magic of bewitching mystery to affect Meng Zhang''s mind.


    However, Meng Zhang was determined and his intention to kill him was too determined. He was not affected by the secret arts at all.


    Ye Feifan exhausted all his methods and couldn''t shake Meng Zhang''s killing intention.


    The battle continues. Meng Zhang has more and more advantages, and ye Feifan is hurt more and more deeply.


    Meng Zhang did his best to kill Ye Feifan. He had no way to escape and was covered with heavy damage.


    Finally, seeing that there was no hope of escape, ye Feifan wanted to temporarily communicate with the great devil in the demon world and prayed for the great devil to lower his magic and help him kill his opponent.


    Meng Zhang seized Ye Feifan''s opportunity to communicate with the great devil. First, he suddenly hit him with a spirit snake spear, and then refined him alive with the divine light of the sun and moon.

 Chapter 552

    Under the almost endless light of the sun and moon, ye extraordinary''s whole body turned into ashes, including the spirit.


    When ye Feifan completely disappeared from the world, a seeming power was projected into the sky, forming a blood red vertical pupil. Just looked at Meng Zhang, and the vertical pupil immediately disappeared.


    The time of vertical pupil is very short. If it is someone else, I''m afraid I will think I''m dazzled.


    Meng Zhang''s sensitivity was incomparable. Of course, he noticed this situation.


    His heart sank slightly, which was not a good thing.


    With his experience and insight, he was watched by a great power.


    Just killed a demon Xiu, he was watched by Da Neng. It was mostly a demon Da Neng.


    The devil''s power didn''t attack himself immediately. It''s probably impossible to do it directly.


    Meng Zhang cannot ignore this situation. Even if you avoid it now, you can avoid it for a while, but you can''t avoid it for a lifetime. In the future, trouble will inevitably come to you.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and began to calculate the foundation of Ye extraordinary.


    Ye Feifan must have some secrets, otherwise he won''t attract the attention of Demon power because of his death.


    Ye Feifan''s cultivation is not as good as Meng Zhang''s, and he has died. Meng Zhang''s Dayan divine calculation should be able to calculate one or two.


    As soon as Meng Zhang performed Dayan divination, he felt that the casting was very smooth. If there was divine help, he was smooth and calculated a lot of information.


    Ye Feifan is a very gifted demon. As soon as he was transformed into a demon cultivation, he attracted the attention of a great demon in the demon world in a grand sacrifice, and was valued by the great demon.


    Ye Feifan really deserves this value. He has made a lot of contributions to the cultivation of the devil way. Later, the great devil lowered his magic power and offered Ye Feifan to improve his cultivation.


    If ye Feifan didn''t die here today, he might be able to grow into a generation of demon giants in the future, bring disaster to the world, make waves in the cultivation world and harm the living creatures.


    Meng Zhang killed Ye Feifan and let the great devil''s previous investment in Ye Feifan drift. Naturally, he will deeply offend the great devil.


    Because the calculation was smooth, Meng Zhang was a little complacent and wanted to calculate the foundation of the great devil. Meng Zhanggang was ready to take action. An inexplicable force made him wake up immediately and stopped this obvious behavior of looking for death.


    "It''s dangerous." Meng Zhang wiped a cold sweat on his forehead.


    The great devil who valued Ye extraordinary was in the demon world. No matter how powerful he was, he couldn''t directly fight Meng Zhang across the barriers of many worlds.


    However, if Meng Zhang tries to kill himself and takes the initiative to calculate the great devil with Dayan divine calculation, he will soon establish contact with the great devil.


    After that, the great devil will follow this connection, infiltrate his power into the world bit by bit, and secretly invade Meng Zhang''s body.


    As time goes on, Meng Zhang will be infected by magic, slowly demonized, and finally completely fall into the devil''s way.


    The evil way was really dangerous. The powerful means of the evil way were even more mysterious. Meng Zhang was careless and almost got caught.


    As for the mysterious power that helped Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang also guessed its origin.


    It was not ordinary power, but the power of merit and virtue he had just obtained by killing demon xiuye extraordinary.


    The inheritance of demon cultivation comes from the demon world and takes demonizing creatures and damaging the foundation of the world as the cultivation means.


    If it is not stopped, the demon cultivation will eventually demonize all things in the world, turn the world into a demon realm, and finally fall into the demon world.


    Heaven and earth are unkind, and all things are ruminant dogs. Heaven and earth treat all things the same and treat them equally. They are neither particularly good nor particularly bad. Everything develops with its nature.


    The will of heaven and earth, abbreviated as Providence, is commonly known as God. The way of heaven is the rule of the will of heaven and earth.


    Heaven is selfless, and God is the most fair.


    All things are born to support people, and people have nothing to report to heaven. As a living creature growing in this heaven and earth, if he makes a certain contribution to this heaven and earth, the will of heaven will lower the merits and virtues of heaven as a reward.


    Evil cultivation is the cancer of the world. Meng Zhang''s killing of evil cultivation is acting on behalf of heaven.


    In particular, ye Fanfan is not an ordinary demon cultivation, but valued by the great devil in the demon world. He contains the power of the great devil and is an important figure related to the great devil''s plan.


    If it is someone else, there is probably some ignorance at the moment. However, as a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang has a certain understanding of the operation of the heavenly way.


    He didn''t know the specific collusion between Ye Feifan and the great devil in the demon world. He only knew that he killed Ye Feifan and made great contributions to heaven and earth. Only then did he get the reward from heaven and have such a trace of merit and virtue.


    It was such a little merit that he got rid of a crisis just now.


    For a master of heavenly secrets like Meng Zhang, the merits and virtues of the heavenly way are in the body, which is conducive to the application of the art of pushing and deriving the heavenly secrets, and can reduce the backfire brought by the art of heavenly secrets.


    In various senses, Meng Zhang is not a good man. His hands are stained with blood and he has done a lot of bad things.


    However, in the eyes of heaven, all the gratitude and resentment in the cultivation world, and the cultivation people kill and kill, are meaningless.


    No matter how many people you kill, you can do all the bad things. As long as you make contributions to heaven and earth, you may get the merits of heaven and earth.


    What? Killing too much hurts Tianhe and so on. It''s bullshit.


    Meng Zhang can understand this truth. Those masters in the cultivation world and those holy places must also know it.


    With a flash of insight in his heart, Meng Zhang vaguely grasped the track of those holy places.


    Ye Feifan used Daoyun Zong''s treasure to seduce Meng Zhang. He was refined into ashes in the light of the sun and moon. Everything on his body, including the clues of treasure, naturally disappeared.


    According to Meng Zhang''s current vision, the treasure of Jindan sect is not so important. It''s a good thing to succeed. Even if you miss it, it doesn''t matter.


    In front of the demon Xiu who killed Ye Feifan, these things are irrelevant.


    If it was the treasure of Yuanshen sect, he might hesitate.


    Meng Zhang simply cleaned up the battlefield and flew away from here.


    Besides the Huang family''s temporary camp, Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family, sneaked out with a group of capable men and never returned.


    The family friars who stayed in the camp could not wait for the return of the family ancestors. Later, they contacted the ancestors with the family secret method, but they couldn''t get in touch until they found that the situation was wrong.


    The news of Lao Zu''s disappearance soon spread. Friar Huang''s family became frightened and at a loss.


    In the Huang family''s temporary camp, there were only a group of friars in charge during the foundation period. They couldn''t hold back at all. They saw that the situation was about to start to get chaotic.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Jin Li, two golden elixirs, came to the Huang family''s temporary camp together.


    As soon as the two golden elixirs arrived, they forcibly stabilized the situation by tough means.

 Chapter 553

    After leaving the battlefield, Meng Zhang flew back directly to meet immortal Jinli.


    Huang tannian died, and his side lost a golden elixir. However, this man didn''t really want to help his side eliminate the dead sand sea, but through the power of taiyimen and others, he entered the dead sand sea and looked for ye extraordinary.


    If it were not for this opportunity, even if Huang tannian did his best, he would not dare to step into the sea of death.


    Even if Huang tannian dies, the remaining three or four hundred monks of the Huang family can still be used. Now taiyimen and others are fighting against the dead sand sea. It''s time to need cannon fodder.


    Meng Zhang did not hide the struggle between Huang tannian and ye Feifan in front of immortal Jinli. What happened later, he only said that he killed Ye Feifan, without mentioning anything else.


    As for how to deal with the remaining friars of the Huang family, they both hit it off.


    So they immediately rushed to the Huang family temporary camp and forcibly subdued all the Huang family friars.


    According to Meng Zhang, Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family, took his people to hunt down demon Xiu. He was careless and fell into the trap of demon Xiu. He was plotted to death by demon Xiu.


    All members of the Huang family should uphold the legacy of their ancestors and be at odds with evil cultivation. Now, Meng Zhang and Jin Li will lead them to kill devil Xiu and avenge the ancestors of the Huang family.


    What Meng Zhang said doesn''t matter. The power of the two golden elixirs is true. No friar of the Huang family dares to refute face to face.


    Under the supervision of Meng Zhang and Jin Li, the team of friars from the Huang family soon left here and rushed to meet the sect gates such as Taiyi gate.


    After the meeting, the monks of the Huang family were forcibly separated and divided up by the taiyimen and other three forces.


    Mobei Qi family was the weakest in strength and suffered the most heavy losses some time ago. At the request of immortal Qi Nanfei, Mobei Qi''s team was assigned the most monks of the Huang family.


    In the middle, friar Huang certainly disagreed, and even wanted to oppose. However, in the face of the strong pressure of several golden elixirs, all those who refused to obey were forcibly pressed down.


    Next, the friar coalition continued to eliminate the dead sand sea and search for sand monster nests everywhere.


    In Tianzhu Zhenjun''s order, the most important thing is to destroy all sand monster nests. Losing all the sand monster nests means that the fifth level power has lost control of the dead sand sea.


    With the deepening of the death sand sea, the resistance of the friar coalition is becoming more and more intense.


    Finally, a third-order sand monster led the sand monster army, appeared in the front, and fought with the friar alliance.


    Many demons hid in the dark and attacked secretly by various means.


    The friar coalition fell into bloody battles and kept fighting with the enemy in the open and in the dark.


    In the continuous war, the number of the originally large army of friars decreased rapidly, and there were more and more heavy casualties.


    First, the monk of the Huang family who was forcibly driven was consumed by the golden elixir immortal of the three forces.


    Dead friends don''t die. It''s better for others to die than for their own family.


    In this process, a few unbearable friars of the Huang family wanted to escape and were disposed of by several Jindan immortal by thunder.


    We are all experienced in how to control and drive the cannon fodder.


    After the friars of the Huang family are exhausted, the next is the scattered cultivation hired by each of them, various vassal forces, and finally the direct members of the three forces.


    It took three full years and countless hard battles before the three forces of taiyimen completely defeated the front sand monster army.


    Then it took another two years to chase and kill the demon cultivation hidden in the dark.


    Several golden elixir immortals were very puzzled. The devil cultivation was always cunning. How could he be so stubborn this time? Even if he lost his own life, he had to work for the fifth level great power and try his best to stop the friars'' army.


    Could it be that the fifth level master could use any clever means to completely control the group of demons?


    In any case, since the devil cultivation has no regard for his life, he will be in trouble with the three forces. Naturally, the three forces will go all out to hunt down and destroy these demons.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, after personally experiencing the benefits of killing Ye Fanfan, the demon Xiu, was most concerned about chasing the demon Xiu.


    It is not difficult to calculate the whereabouts of these demons based on his attainments in heaven''s secrets.


    Among the previous sneak attacks of demon Xiu, taiyimen suffered the least losses. Among the chases presided over by Meng Zhang, the most demons were destroyed.


    However, after killing so many demons, Meng Zhang''s merit is very little and can hardly feel it.


    If he wasn''t a master of heavenly secrets and extremely sensitive to the merits of the heavenly way, he would think he was busy in vain.


    At the beginning, killing Ye Fanfan can get obvious heavenly merits. That ye Fanfan should be a big tumor for this world.


    Ye Fanfan can have such a position. He must be valued by the great demons in the demon world.


    Meng Zhang felt a little headache at the thought of being remembered by the great devil in the demon world.


    However, it is useless to think about it. Even after a while, Meng Zhang will probably make the same choice.


    When everyone was chasing demon Xiu, Meng Zhang received a message from the rear. Wen qiansuan, who was closed in the door, finally made a successful breakthrough and was promoted to the golden elixir period.


    Another golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate is a great wedding. If he was not on the battlefield, but in the door, Meng Zhang couldn''t help celebrating.


    After receiving the good news from the rear, Taiyi gate was elated and morale was boosted.


    Wen qian can''t hide the golden elixir vision when he broke through the golden elixir period.


    When he broke through, the whole Xiongshi mountain was surrounded by visions and great momentum.


    After feihongzong and Mobei Qi''s senior management received the news that Wen qiansuan had become a real Jindan, they both hated and envied and beat their chest and feet.


    Immortal Feishi specially asked to see immortal Jin Li. He said that since Wen qiansuan has finished his pill, he should come to the front line as soon as possible to participate in the war. He must not delay.


    Jin Li could clearly see the dispute between Fei hongzong and Taiyi gate. She wanted to buy Meng Zhang a favor, so she rejected immortal Feishi.


    She said that Wen qiansuan had just broken through the golden elixir period. His foundation was weak and his realm was unstable. He still needed time to consolidate his cultivation realm.


    Seeing immortal Jinli obviously standing at Taiyi gate, immortal Feishi had no choice but to leave.


    After the constant pursuit and killing of the three forces, the evil cultivation in the dark was finally eliminated.


    Without external interference, the three forces can concentrate on cleaning up the sand monster nests underground.


    On the other side, the army of monks led by the mountain sub altar of Huanglian cult also completely defeated the sand monsters and demons, and began to make every effort to eliminate the underground sand monsters'' nests.


    Nine years after the army of friars from taiyimen and other forces entered the dead sand sea, the whole dead sand sea was finally completely eliminated except for the core area.

 Chapter 554

    Outside the last restricted area of the dead sand sea, the two friar allied forces finally successfully joined forces.


    Continuing to the north, it is the battlefield where the fifth level power is competing with Tianzhu Zhenjun. Before approaching, the whole area was shrouded in crisscross forces.


    Two huge armies of monks dared not move forward.


    If you are rashly involved in the struggle at that level, even immortal Jindan may turn into powder, not to mention others.


    It is said to be a meeting. In fact, the two armies of friars are just separated by a distance. There is no intersection between them.


    Even if Feihong sect and Heming sect had cooperated, this time is not the time to make friends.


    In the previous years of fighting, we all suffered heavy losses and consumed a lot of enthusiasm. At this time, no one is interested in interpersonal communication.


    In particular, immortal Jinli was unwilling to take care of the monk opposite because of his unhappiness with Yue Fengzhen.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is not in the army. The main thing is the friar of Hedong sub altar taught by Huanglian. They, who have the yuan God Zhenjun in the door, are very proud, and they are not willing to take the initiative to greet immortal Jinli.


    The two armies of friars were so close, but there was no communication between them. Everyone was silent.


    The dead sand sea is basically cleared, and only the area in front is inaccessible.


    Despite some twists and turns, it paid a heavy price. But the task assigned by Tianzhu Zhenjun was finally completed.


    As for what to do next, we have to wait for instructions.


    Immortal Jinli contacted Tianzhu Zhenjun with a secret method and asked him for the next step


    Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t ask everyone to wait long, and soon gave you instructions.


    In accordance with the instructions of Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Jinli led this army of friars on the way home.


    The army of friars opposite, most of whom also received the instructions of Yue Fengzhen, also began to be a teacher.


    After years of hard work and countless sweat, there was finally a result at this time. Although Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t have any reward, they were still very happy to leave the dead sand sea and return to their hometown.


    Taiyimen, feihongzong and Mobei Qi''s friars took a flying boat and flew out. Within half an hour, immortal Jinli summoned several Jindan immortals together.


    Immortal Jinli announced to everyone the new order of Tianzhu Zhenjun. The friar army continued to return, but all Jindan immortal in the army must follow her into the last restricted area in the dead sand sea to prevent the fifth level power from doing anything else.


    Immortal Jinli''s words made everyone in an uproar. He entered the battlefield where the fifth level great power fought with the yuan God Zhenjun and faced such a terrible strong man. Didn''t it put them in danger?


    Immortal Jinli was very patient and patient to explain to everyone.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun has forced the fifth level power to a desperate situation and is about to win completely. In the past, these golden elixirs didn''t want to directly intervene in the battle, but just watch the battle in case.


    After Tianzhu Zhenjun''s complete victory, he will never forget everyone''s credit and will express something.


    Knowing that opposition was useless, everyone was silent. Only Qi Nanfei of Mobei Qi family asked one more question. Will the golden elixir immortal in the team under Yue fengzhenjun also enter the restricted area?


    Immortal Jinli patiently replied that Tianzhu Zhenjun was not familiar with and distrusted Yue fengzhenjun''s men, so he let them leave, but called immortal Jindan of the three forces to go. This shows that Tianzhu Zhenjun attaches great importance to everyone.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan succeeds, the three forces will enjoy endless benefits.


    No matter what Jin Li said is true or false, if she is willing to explain to everyone, everyone should be satisfied.


    If someone really doesn''t know interest, immortal Jinli can easily suppress it without Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Before setting out with immortal Jinli, several immortal Jindan must return to their own team and explain to Haosheng,.


    This time, Meng Zhang can use the magic of heaven to calculate the death sand sea smoothly because the power of the fifth level power to cover the death sand sea disappears.


    Every master of heavenly secrets should exercise restraint and not abuse it at will.


    Meng Zhang''s Dayan divine calculation is used to calculate the whereabouts of the spiritual marrow, in addition to chasing demons and searching for sand monster nests.


    The soul marrow in the dead sand sea is often next to the sand monster''s nest seeds. The nest seed absorbs the pith, and when it grows completely, the pith naturally disappears.


    According to the result calculated by Meng Zhang, the disciples of Taiyi sect found the hidden nest seed and successfully destroyed it. In total, they captured seven spiritual pithes of different sizes.


    Five of them are too small. It is estimated that they are not enough for friars to break through the golden elixir period during the foundation period. They can only be used for the daily cultivation of the golden elixir immortal, and they will be exhausted in a few times.


    The two largest spiritual pithes are the most precious. They were originally kept by Meng Zhang himself. Now we are going to enter a dangerous battlefield. It''s hard to predict misfortunes and blessings. Life and death are unknown. Although immortal Jinli said easily, who knows what will happen then. What really happened? Immortal Jinli can''t even protect herself, let alone take care of others.


    Meng Zhang gave all the spiritual marrow to Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, and asked him to take it back to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang figured out what happened when he went here. With the third-order spiritual pulse of Xiongshi mountain and these spiritual marrow, the immortal Jindan of Taiyi gate will not be cut off, and the momentum of the rise of the sect will not be interrupted.


    After Meng Zhang confessed, he took Yang Xueyi to meet immortal Jinli.


    After several immortal Jindan explained to the disciples, they followed immortal Jinli on an unknown road.


    The friars of the three forces continued their journey and flew out of the dead sand sea.


    With five golden elixirs, immortal Jin Li, immortal Feishi of Feihong sect, immortal Wu Mingwei, immortal Qi Nanfei of Mobei Qi family, immortal Meng Zhang and immortal Yang Xueyi of Taiyi gate, they hurried all the way and soon flew outside the restricted area.


    Immortal Jinli solemnly confessed to the people behind him and asked them to keep up with themselves and never fall behind.


    Then she took out a talisman and threw it heavily in front of her.


    The talisman automatically shines without wind and flies towards the front.


    Immortal Jinli followed Fu Li and flew over. They didn''t dare to neglect. They followed him and flew over.


    The trajectory of Rune flying is exactly where various forces entangle each other and have the least impact on the surrounding. Moreover, where the talisman passed, the powerful force that had been entangled in the front suddenly weakened a lot.


    The area where immortal Jindan was afraid to avoid is now barely tolerable.

 Chapter 555

    After the six Jindan real people led by Jin Li entered this area, they all felt great pressure.


    No wonder Tianzhu Zhenjun just ordered a group of Jindan immortal to enter, and didn''t ask the friars to come here.


    This kind of ghost place even immortal Jindan feels uncomfortable. If Immortal Jinli didn''t release the talisman, maybe everyone would be in danger. I''m afraid other low-level friars were blown to powder before they got close.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t dare to fly randomly, but honestly followed the talisman. It seems that the talisman was not refined by her, but mostly by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The six Golden elixir immortals walked a distance. Immortal Feishi suddenly asked, "have we entered the jurisdiction of master Tianzhu?"


    "You have a little eyesight. Yes, this is indeed the jurisdiction of martial uncle Tianzhu. But it''s not his jurisdiction alone, but the intersection between him and the jurisdiction of the five levels of power." immortal Jinli replied casually.


    Meng Zhang heard the dialogue between them and recalled some knowledge that Jijian God would teach him.


    Since the recovery of Jijian God, he has instructed Meng Zhang to practice many times. Although he is now only a complete accomplishment during the foundation period, he has a brilliant vision and extensive knowledge, and often can point out the key points.


    Jijian God general was born in taiyimen in the heyday. Although I was not able to promote Yuanshen, I still have a certain understanding of the cultivation of Yuanshen period.


    When communicating with Meng Zhang, he did not cherish himself, but told a lot of what he saw and heard.


    After entering the primordial period, monks can condense their divine thoughts into essence and control an area around their body.


    With the improvement of cultivation, the control ability is stronger and stronger, and the scope of control is larger and larger. In the later period of Yuanshen, you can even control part of the rules of heaven and earth in this area.


    This area completely controlled by the yuan God Zhenjun is the legendary jurisdiction.


    The size of the jurisdiction and the rules of the jurisdiction are based on the cultivation of the yuan God Zhenjun and his mastery of the avenue.


    "This is just the periphery of martial uncle Tianzhu''s jurisdiction. The more you go inside, the more powerful the jurisdiction is. Be careful not to do anything that will lead to misunderstanding by martial uncle Tianzhu and save yourself from being hurt by the jurisdiction." immortal Jinli didn''t forget to remind everyone.


    Meng Zhang also saw a high sand dune in front of him. On the sand dune, three figures stood there quietly.


    Immortal Jinli whispered to remind the people behind her.


    "The tallest one in the middle is the incarnation of martial uncle Tianzhu. You must not neglect him and respect him as you respect martial uncle Tianzhu."


    "The one on the left, Taoist Qi, should be very familiar. That''s Qi Mingyun Zhenjun, the ancestor of your Qi family, and Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun."


    Immortal Jinli also heard about Qi Mingyun and Qi Mingyuan''s two brothers'' integration and two souls from Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    "The one on the right is Yue Fengzhen Jun, who taught Huanglian to divide the altar into mountains." when she said this, her tone suddenly became low.


    Everyone knew that immortal Jinli had been angry with Yuefeng Zhenjun. At this time, he was interested and didn''t speak.


    Six Golden elixirs flew to the bottom of the sand dune, led by immortal Jinli, and saluted the three yuan gods Zhenjun above.


    Even if Immortal Jinli was no longer unhappy with Yue Feng Zhenjun, he didn''t dare to neglect him at this time.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation waved and motioned the people to get up.


    After they got up, except that Qi Nan flew to look at the ancestors of the Qi family, the other five followed suit with the real king of Tianzhu.


    Qi Mingyun Zhenjun didn''t seem to see Qi Nanfei and didn''t pay attention to him at all.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t speak, but looked into the distance. Everyone looked at him.


    About twenty miles away from here, there is a huge stone mountain. Standing on a flat desert, it looks very conspicuous.


    On the ground several miles away from the stone mountain, an old man with a face extremely similar to the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun is sitting cross legged and facing the stone mountain quietly.


    Compared with the tall stone mountain, the old man is almost the size of an ant. If the people here were not people with amazing eyesight, I''m afraid I couldn''t find him so far away.


    Without the introduction of immortal Jinli, the other five people know that the old man should be the true master of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The stone mountain is a mountain at first glance. If you look carefully, you can find that there is a rough human outline on the mountain wall, and the extended peaks seem to be some kind of limbs.


    Several immortal Jindan just looked at the stone mountain for a few times, but they didn''t dare to look more.


    The stone mountain is soaring, and countless boulders on the surface are twisting and dancing, giving people a strong sense of strangeness. A fixed look, as if it could hurt people''s eyes.


    This terrible stone mountain should be the fifth level power to fight with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei talked secretly and began to guess the origin of such an image of level five power.


    With their knowledge, neither of them recognized the origin of the fifth level power. Just know that from the appearance alone, this great energy should not be a Terran friar.


    Meng Zhang heard from immortal ye ye that this great power is the Earth Spirit of the spirit family. But he and the fallen leaf immortal didn''t know much about the heavenly race like the spirit family.


    From the comparison of body shape, Tianzhu Zhenjun is not even a mole ant in front of the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    When it comes to momentum, the momentum of the fifth level Earth Spirit is overwhelming. Even if it is so far away, it can frighten a group of golden elixir immortal. But Tianzhu Zhenjun is an ordinary Terran elder, whose breath is so ordinary that people can''t believe it.


    But it is such an ordinary breath that shows his extraordinary place.


    Meng Zhang had heard from immortal Jinli that Tianzhu Zhenjun had fought with the fifth level Earth Spirit for hundreds of years, and what Taoism did Tianzhu Zhenjun perform.


    Judging from the current situation, he simply can''t understand the struggle between the two, and can''t figure out who is strong and who is weak, and who has the upper hand.


    In fact, it''s not just Meng Zhang. Except Jin Li, the real Jindan people present didn''t understand anything.

 Chapter 556

    Looking at the expectant eyes of the people behind him, immortal Jinli glanced at the three yuan gods Zhenjun above and said a few words simply.


    "The five level great power looks powerful. In fact, he is at the end of his power. He can''t control his own power at all. On the contrary, martial uncle Tianzhu is as motionless as a mountain and has a good chance of winning."


    After all, immortal Jinli is an expert who is only one step away from the yuan God. Moreover, I''ve been promoted by the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun before, and I still have a little understanding of the war ahead.


    After a few words, Jin Li didn''t continue to speak, but focused on the confrontation in front.


    Meng Zhang once heard that the great sword God general said that practitioners can use the power of the great road when they reach the yuan God period. The struggle between Yuanshen and Zhenjun often depends on their use of the power of the road.


    Meng Zhang''s physical attributes are Yin attributes and Yang attributes, and he practices the sun moon rotation Sutra of yin and Yang attributes. I have a good taste of daozang and amazing understanding. I have a little understanding of the avenue of yin and Yang. But for other avenues, the knowledge is limited.


    In his eyes, he couldn''t understand the struggle between the fifth level Earth Spirit and Tianzhu Zhenjun. After watching it for a long time, he even felt bored.


    He knew that this feeling was very wrong. He personally observed the opportunity of such a strong man to fight, but it was hard to meet, and he should cherish it. But looking at Tianzhu Zhenjun sitting there all the time, he really felt a little bored.


    In addition to Jin Li, the other Jin Dan immortals probably have the same thoughts and feelings as Meng Zhang.


    Since he couldn''t understand the operation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang summoned up his spirit, endured his discomfort, used his eyes to break the delusion, and carefully watched the fifth level Earth Spirit.


    This time, he just stared at the fifth order Earth Spirit. Meng Zhang seemed to see some clues.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit is huge and impressive. But vaguely, it seems a little unnatural.


    Meng Zhang had heard many times before that the fifth level Earth Spirit had been seriously injured. According to Meng Zhang''s current observation, the fifth order Earth Spirit is a little out of tune with the world.


    Meng Zhang has read in the classics that after the creatures from other worlds come to this world, they will be more or less excluded by this world. The stronger the cultivation, the more publicized the existence, and the stronger the rejection.


    The strength of the fifth order Earth Spirit is already at the peak of the world. After it came to this world, it made so much noise, wantonly harmed such a vast area, and created a restricted area for creatures such as the dead sand sea.


    Meng Zhang''s world, this world, of course, should exclude foreign invaders like him.


    According to the level of strength, Tianzhu Zhenjun is only level 4. However, he skillfully borrowed the power of heaven and earth. With the help of this heaven and earth, he rejected the enemy and limited the enemy. Unexpectedly, he defeated the strong with the weak and challenged beyond the level, but forced the fifth level Earth Spirit to the disadvantage.


    Time passed slowly, and everyone present was not impatient, but stood there like a wooden man, waiting for Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit to decide the final victory or defeat.


    On the face of the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, there was an irrecoverable joy. Jin Li was so excited that she couldn''t help clapping her hands. "Martial uncle Tianzhu is almost finished."


    At this time, Qi Mingyun Zhenjun looked at the distance and said, "Xuanfeng is really good at picking time. He came at this time."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation disdained a cold hum.


    "The overall situation has been decided. He thinks he can turn the world around with his own strength."


    "When I''m finished, I''ll go to Jiuqu League in person and talk to him."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s tone has unspeakable pride.


    If Tianzhu Zhenjun really completely captured the flesh and spirit of the fifth level earth spirit, the advanced return to emptiness period is expected, and he is almost at the top of the world''s cultivation world.


    At that time, even if the Jiuqu League is strong and powerful, they have to bow their heads in front of him. A mere Xuanfeng Zhenjun is not worth mentioning.


    Between the two people talking, a breeze gently floated to the top of the hill, showing a human figure, which is the long lost Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    "Xuanfeng old ghost, you''re late." Yue Feng Zhenjun mocked faintly.


    In the past, in the Jiuqu League, he had to hide his relationship with Tianzhu Zhenjun, so as not to attract the dissatisfaction of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the league. But now that the overall situation has been decided, he is completely reckless.


    His backer, Tianzhu Zhenjun, is about to be successful. Where would he care about Jiuqu League.


    "I don''t know the superiority of heaven and earth. It''s a small man''s ambition." Xuanfeng Zhenjun glanced at Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    "I said to several Taoist friends in the alliance that you, a young generation, colluded with the Tianzhu old thief. It was a chess piece arranged by the Tianzhu old thief in our Jiuqu League. You should have been eliminated for the sake of the stability and unity of our Jiuqu League."


    "Unfortunately, several Taoist friends are indecisive and kind-hearted, so they saved your life."


    After scolding Yuefeng Zhenjun, Xuanfeng turned his eyes to the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun. His eyes were full of provocation.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation frowned impatiently and said, "Xuanfeng boy, you should know that the general situation is over. As the yuan God Zhenjun, you should be more or less decent. You might as well give up honestly."


    Seeing Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s unmoved appearance, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation tone became worse and worse.


    "You stupid fool who can''t tell your priorities, do you really want to make a death feud with me?"


    "Talk more nonsense with him. Let''s do it together and leave the old ghost here." Yue Feng Zhenjun has begun to mobilize the power of the road and is ready to take action at any time.


    As a member of Jiuqu League, he had no friendship with Xuanfeng Zhenjun, but accumulated deep resentment.


    The two have never dealt with each other, and have had explicit or implicit conflicts on many occasions.


    As an elder, Xuanfeng Zhenjun, with the cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle stage, has steadily stabilized the pressure of Yuefeng Zhenjun in the early stage of Yuanshen. In the past conflicts, it basically ended with Xuanfeng Zhenjun gaining the upper hand.


    If it had not been for their scruples about the views of other Yuanshen Zhenjun in the league, they would have completely torn their faces.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is eager to try. He wants to take Xuanfeng Zhenjun immediately. Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation is a little hesitant.


    The hatred between Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun was not worth mentioning in his eyes.


    If it is normal, it will be cleaned up by a Xuanfeng Zhenjun. But now the Buddha is at a critical moment, and it is really inappropriate to create complications. If you can persuade Xuanfeng Zhenjun to take the initiative to retreat, that is the best result.

 Chapter 557

    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s master is at the last critical moment. He can''t tolerate the slightest interruption, let alone any accidents.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun is not only afraid of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, but also Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun and Qi Mingyun Zhenjun.


    In his eyes, Xuanfeng Zhenjun was like a vulture. When he saw the benefits, he immediately rushed over and stared at it. It seemed that he had no fundamental conflict of interest with himself. What he has done so far is just trying to take advantage of people''s danger and take the opportunity to seek benefits.


    Qi Mingyuan and Qi Mingyun are two brothers with one body and two souls. What they pursue will damage the fundamental interests of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The strange state of their two brothers with one body and two souls has many advantages in cultivation and battle before entering the yuan God period, even in the early stage of the yuan God, so that they can take a great advantage.


    However, after entering the middle period of Yuanshen, the state of one body and two souls began to have various inconveniences.


    Their two brothers'' original flesh bodies have become more and more difficult to carry the two yuan gods.


    The friars in the middle period of Yuanshen can become distracted and refine their outer incarnations.


    In the case of the two brothers of the Qi family, it should be possible to refine an outer incarnation to accommodate one of the yuan gods.


    But there were two hidden dangers, which made the two brothers give up the plan.


    The first is that both of them are the main gods, not ordinary distractions. The power of Yuanshen is too strong for ordinary incarnations. Second, the incarnation outside the body, after all, is refined the day after tomorrow, which is far less in line with the original God than the natural flesh.


    If one of the two brothers chooses to incarnate the yuan God outside his body, he will not be able to make progress in his cultivation in the future. He can only stay in the middle of the yuan God forever.


    The two brothers of the Qi family were born into the Xiuzhen family. They are the real children of Tianjiao. They are arrogant and have the spirit to impact a higher level early. Where are they willing to accept the result that cultivation cannot improve?


    Later, by chance, the two brothers came to the dead sand sea and found the existence of the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    The body of the fifth level Earth Spirit is a rare treasure of heaven and earth. It is used to accommodate the yuan God of one of the two brothers. It is definitely promising and beneficial.


    Unfortunately, this fifth order Earth Spirit was watched by Tianzhu Zhenjun early and became his scheduled prey.


    The two brothers, let alone fight with Tianzhu Zhenjun, even his external incarnation is difficult to defeat.


    Fortunately, Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level Earth Spirit fought and couldn''t get away. The outer incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun was unable to completely expel the Qi brothers, so he had to tolerate their existence.


    Because of the accident of the Zijin sect, the situation in the endless sand sea has changed greatly and fallen into chaos.


    A branch of the Qi family happened to be exiled near the Jiuqu League. The Qi brothers moved this branch to the endless sand sea and tried their best to support them.


    This branch of the Qi family took root in the endless sand sea and became a chess piece for the fight between the Qi brothers and Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    In the middle, Xuanfeng Zhenjun, a troublemaker, promoted the invasion of the endless sand sea of huoyun party.


    Logically speaking, Tianzhu Zhenjun should compromise with Xuanfeng Zhenjun and deal with the Qi brothers first.


    But I don''t know why, in the heart of Tianzhu Zhenjun, there is always a deep vigilance against Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    At the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, especially Tianzhu Zhenjun is still the strong one in the later stage of Yuanshen. Even if he is not a Tianji master, he is more or less similar to the ability of whim, and has a certain perception of good and bad luck.


    Although he despised Xuanfeng Zhenjun on the surface, he secretly raised his vigilance and regarded him as his great enemy.


    He would rather compromise with the Qi brothers and set aside enough strength to deal with Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    In order to temporarily stabilize the Qi family brothers, Tianzhu Zhenjun does not hesitate to make a heart devil oath. After his success, he will find a body for the Qi family brothers at all costs, enough to accommodate their brother''s yuan God.


    Although he temporarily stabilized the Qi brothers and turned them into unreliable allies, Tianzhu Zhenjun never really trusted them.


    Even after the Qi family brothers ordered Mobei Qi family and feihongzong to join hands several times to fight the enemy, fight huoyun sect and eliminate the dead sand sea, Tianzhu Zhenjun can''t rest assured.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun has been able to use the power of the road. The most reliable way to make a contract between them is to make a road oath.


    With the power of heaven and earth Avenue, those who break the oath will be eaten by the avenue, and their accomplishments will be destroyed if they don''t die.


    Because of the strong request of the two brothers of the Qi family, they made a heart devil oath with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The heart demon oath does have a strong binding force on the yuan Shen Zhen Jun, but many yuan Shen Zhen Jun have a way to avoid the heart demon oath as long as they pay enough price.


    Not to mention the heart devil oath, even if it is a ghost oath that many golden elixirs fear like a tiger, the yuan God Zhenjun also has a way to avoid it.


    It is the ghosts and gods of the underworld who supervise and punish those who break the oath.


    The ghosts and gods of the underworld are naturally vertical and horizontal in the underworld, but in the sun, the yuan God Zhenjun has many ways to resist.


    It is precisely because the checks and balances between the two brothers and the Qi family are not strong enough. On the surface, Tianzhu Zhenjun is temporarily allied with them, but actually he has a lot of caution for them.


    Therefore, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation is unwilling to fight Xuanfeng Zhenjun at this time, so as not to give the Qi brothers an opportunity.


    The attitude of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation fell into the eyes of everyone. Qi Mingyuan smiled and said, "Yuefeng boy, don''t bully others. Anyway, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is an elder of Jiuqu League."


    "Qi family, don''t talk nonsense there. You really think I don''t know what''s behind you. Why, do you think you can make trouble for me by provoking those fools in Hedong Fentan?"


    Yue Feng Zhenjun was equally rude to the two brothers of the Qi family.


    Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar was suppressed by Yuefeng Zhenjun and almost became a subordinate of the mountain sub altar. How can the golden elixir immortal in the sub altar be reconciled?


    If you want to get rid of the control of the mountain sub altar, you must have the power to resist the real king of Yue Feng.


    Therefore, Hedong Fentan looked for backers everywhere.


    Immortal Hong Siming of Hedong sub altar is very close to immortal Qi Nanfei, and they are often in collusion.


    The purpose of immortal Hong Siming is to take the opportunity to contact Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun, hoping to compete with Yue Feng Zhenjun with the help of Qi Mingyuan Zhenjun and get rid of the current situation of being controlled by others in Hedong sub altar.


    The small movement of Hedong sub altar has long been seen by Yue Feng Zhenjun. He has never had an attack, that is, he thinks everything is under control, and Hedong Fentan can''t escape his palm.


    However, he was still very annoyed by the Qi family''s interference in the internal affairs of Huang Lian cult and trying to make trouble for him.


    He was already very dissatisfied with Qi Mingyuan and Qi Mingyun.

 Chapter 558

    Although the brothers of the Qi family have higher seniority and deeper cultivation than him, Yue Fengzhen won''t give them any face with the support of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    He didn''t care about their face. He directly revealed his private hook, but he didn''t tear his face directly.


    The brothers of the whole family are one and two souls, and their personalities are very different. Qi Mingyuan''s character is gloomy and silent, while Qi Mingyun''s character is jumping off and his mouth is open. When dealing with others, Qi Mingyun often speaks. Many people only know the name of Qi Mingyun.


    Few people in the cultivation world know that the two brothers of the whole family share a flesh body, but everyone present happens to know this secret.


    Qi Mingyun was so contradicted by a junior that he couldn''t hang on his face. Before he opened his mouth, Qi Mingyuan in the same body said sadly, "when my brother became famous, you were still sucking. You can''t control your own men, but you are angry with me. It''s really a child''s temper."


    This sentence made Yue Feng Zhenjun''s face turn blue. He hasn''t had time to respond. Xuanfeng Zhenjun not far away laughed with a look of fear that the world will not be chaotic.


    "Yue Feng, these are your elders. Don''t be naughty."


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun deliberately made the tone of coaxing children, which made Yue Feng Zhenjun blush.


    Several golden elixir real people present looked at their nose and heart one by one. They didn''t even dare to go out. They looked like they didn''t hear anything.


    The dispute between Yuanshen and Zhenjun is not what they should be involved in.


    Meng Zhang is honest on the surface, but he is secretly make complaints about it. At least they are the true monarch of the yuan God. The older ones are one or two thousand years old, and the younger ones are at least hundreds of years old. Why are they still like children? Is this the legendary pure heart?


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation was helpless. How could there be a meaningless quarrel like this.


    Yue Feng is really a boy. He was quite honest in those years. How did he become so competitive after he became a Yuanshen?


    Tianzhu Zhenjun wanted to say something about him, but he thought that now everyone is Yuanshen Zhenjun. Even if he is his benefactor and elder, he should save face for him in front of everyone.


    Just as Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation had not figured out how to calm the senseless dispute, Yue fengzhenjun couldn''t stand it and took the initiative.


    The Qi brothers and Tianzhu Zhenjun are allies for the time being, which is difficult to deal with. With a roar, he jumped at Xuanfeng Zhenjun and made the old enemy the object of vent.


    He was like a mountain approaching, with infinite power, to suppress Xuanfeng Zhenjun in one fell swoop.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was not afraid at all. His face relaxed and took the initiative to meet him, so he fought with Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation tries to avoid fighting at this time, but Yue fengzhenjun has already shot, so he can''t continue to sit and watch.


    The Qi brothers are unreliable at all. Only Yue Fengzhen, who was supported by him, is his reliable companion.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is nothing more than the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage. Facing the Xuanfeng Zhenjun in the middle stage of Yuanshen, there is absolutely no chance of winning.


    If Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation doesn''t act in time, Yuefeng Zhenjun will probably suffer.


    As long as you delay this time and wait for the Buddha to finish, that is the situation where birds fly in the sky and fish jump in the sea. But Yue Feng is always so impulsive.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation sighed helplessly and jumped at Xuanfeng Zhenjun who was fighting with Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    The figures of the three Yuanshen Zhenjun constantly flashed in the air, and there were bursts of heavy thunder.


    In the sky, sometimes there are virtual shadows of peaks, sometimes there are gusts of strong wind, and sometimes there is a soaring virtual shadow of jade bamboo


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun are all old figures in the battlefield, even if they had more plans before the war. Once the hand, immediately put aside all concerns and make every effort to fight the enemy.


    The following immortal Jindan kept their eyes on it and carefully observed the fierce battle between the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The fight on this side is much better than the fight on the other side.


    The level of this battle is lower, but it can be barely understood by several golden elixirs.


    As soon as the three Yuanshen Zhenjun made a move, they had no reservation and all took out their true skills.


    They have mobilized the power of the road to forcibly suppress the enemy.


    The three true gods mobilized different forces of the road.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun should be the avenue of wood in the five elements Avenue, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is the avenue of wind, and Yuefeng Zhenjun seems to be the avenue of power.


    It''s rare for yuan Shen and Zhen Jun to fight each other. Several golden elixir immortals are eager to absorb benefits from it and want to learn as much as possible.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun are still within the jurisdiction of the entanglement between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit. However, because of their high strength and the lack of time on the other side, they have not been greatly affected.


    The three yuan gods, Zhenjun, deliberately controlled the scope of the battle. Their strength was very restrained and did not spread out wantonly.


    Otherwise, several immortal Jindan would have been unable to stand here for a long time.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang felt relaxed, and the power around him that was enough to threaten his life disappeared completely.


    Other immortal Jindan had similar feelings. After looking at each other, immortal Jinli said the secret.


    "Martial uncle Tianzhu and the fifth level great power have put away their own jurisdiction. Their struggle is at the last minute, and they must make use of every strength."


    In the sky, the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun have begun to force Xuanfeng Zhenjun to the disadvantage.


    At this time, the Qi family brothers who were watching the excitement shouted, "Tianzhu Daoyou, let me help you."


    Before the words fell, Qi Mingyun Zhenjun flew into the sky and wanted to join the battlefield.


    With a fierce look, he jumped directly at Xuanfeng Zhenjun. However, when flying over the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he suddenly made a sneak attack on each other from behind.


    One palm easily broke through the defense of the incarnation outside Tianzhu Zhenjun and patted him on the back.


    On the opposite side of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation, Xuanfeng Zhenjun made a sudden effort and almost attracted all his attention.


    Seeing that the palm was about to hit the target, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s Avatar smiled proudly.


    "I know you''re unreliable. I''ve been guarding against you." as he spoke, he stretched out his hand to push away the palm and avoided the sneak attack of Qi Mingyun Zhenjun.


    Qi Mingyun really didn''t care. He wasn''t depressed because of the failure of the sneak attack.


    He and Xuanfeng Zhenjun joined hands and could easily beat each other and gain the upper hand.


    Although the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun is strong, the strength of Yuefeng Zhenjun is too weak, which hinders him.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation naturally knows the strength comparison between the two sides, but he is not in a hurry. Even without Yuefeng Zhenjun''s help, he can hold each other down alone.


    He doesn''t want to beat each other. He just needs to delay enough time and wait for the master to release his hand. His own side will naturally win.


    The battle between the yuan God and the true monarch is not so easy to distinguish between life and death. Even if the two sides fight for ten days and a half months, it is a matter of leisure.


    On the same day, when Zhu Zhenjun''s outer incarnation blocked Qi Mingyun''s attack again, Yue Fengzhen, who was originally very brave, couldn''t resist Xuanfeng Zhenjun and had to retreat step by step, not far behind the outer incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    When the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun was brushed, a virtual shadow of jade bamboo flashed, blocking the Xuanfeng Zhenjun who pursued the victory.


    The incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, who had no time to attend to him, didn''t notice. Yue fengzhenjun quietly punched behind him and hit him hard on the back.


    The fist pierced all the defense spells of the incarnation outside Tianzhu Zhenjun and hit the key severely.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, who couldn''t dodge, screamed outside his body and was beaten out heavily.


    Qi Mingyun Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun took the opportunity to catch up with each other. They chased the avatar and beat it all over with scars.


    Seeing that with a force, you can completely kill this external avatar, but Qi Mingyun Zhenjun took the initiative to leave the battle and flew to another battlefield not far away.


    Without an enemy, the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun finally slowed down. He tried his best to resist Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Seeing that Yuefeng Zhenjun not far away was coming to join the battle, he shouted to several Jindan immortal: "what are you doing? Don''t stop the traitor quickly."


    Several immortal Jindan, including immortal Jinli, were stunned. The changes in the field are happening so fast that they have just reacted.


    Seeing that the ancestors of the Qi family secretly attacked the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Qi Nanfei secretly moved away from several other Jindan immortal and looked at them with caution.


    Qi Mingyun Zhenjun suddenly turned against Tianzhu Zhenjun this time. He didn''t leak any news in advance. Immortal Qi Nanfei didn''t know it at all.


    Although his heart was full of the ancestors of feizong family, immortal Qi Nanfei did not hesitate to stand in line.


    Qi Mingyun Zhenjun flew to the battlefield over there. People thought that Tianzhu Zhenjun''s original master could not distract him, and he would suffer a great loss.


    But something unexpected happened again. There came the proud voice of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    "I''ve known for a long time that the younger generation of the whole family can''t be trusted. Fortunately, I''ve been prepared to guard against you."


    Hearing the angry voice of Tianzhu Zhenjun, immortal Jinli, who was still hesitating, immediately made a choice.


    She shouted, "let''s go together and help me stop the traitor Yue Feng."


    Immortal Jinli took out a scroll and shook it hard. There was an extra picture of yellow sand thousands of miles in her hand.


    After Meng Zhang passed the message to immortal Yang Xueyi, he also followed him and flew out.


    Although immortal Yang Xueyi was reluctant, he still obeyed the order of the leader Meng Zhang and flew to Qi Nanfei. Immortal Yang Xueyi wanted to fight with him.


    Seeing that immortal Yang Xueyi took the lead and picked away the soft persimmon, immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei had no choice but to fly over and fight side by side with immortal Jinli.


    Immortal Jinli was originally a perfect monk of the golden elixir. He was only one step away from the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The picture of ten thousand miles of yellow sand in her hand is a treasure left to her by her teacher.


    Wanli yellow sand map is a fourth-order magic tool used by the yuan God Zhenjun. It is difficult for Jindan immortal to drive it.


    However, the master of immortal Jinli left his mind in this magic weapon to help immortal Jinli control this treasure.


    With the strength of immortal Jinli, you can not only exert most of the power of this magic weapon, but also lend it to others.


    During the years of sweeping the dead sand sea, immortal Jinli told several immortal Jindan the details of this magic weapon because she was afraid of encountering unexpected strong enemies, and also practiced with them a little to let them know how to cooperate with themselves to drive this ten thousand mile yellow sand map.


    Immortal Jinli threw the picture of thousands of miles of yellow sand into the air. A tornado composed of yellow sand fell from the sky and fell at her feet.


    Immortal Jinli stood at the head of the tornado, while immortal Meng Zhang, immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei stood in the middle and tail of the tornado respectively.


    When the tornado danced in the air, it took the initiative to jump at Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    The shadow of a mountain behind Yuefeng Zhenjun rose and pressed hard against the huge tornado.


    According to the previous drill, Meng Zhang and other three Jindan real people injected Zhenyuan into the tornado, while Jinli real person controlled the tornado, danced wantonly in the air and fought with Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Immortal Jinli dared to be angry with Yue Fengzhen. Of course, he has a certain confidence.


    The four of them joined hands. With the power of Huangsha Wanli map, even if they were not Yue Fengzhen''s opponent, there was still no big problem holding him down for the time being.


    On the other side, immortal Yang Xueyi has flown over to fight with immortal Qi Nanfei.


    Yang Xueyi was less than a fraction of Qi Nanfei''s age. When Qi Nanfei married Dan, she was not born.


    As a new and tender immortal Yang Xueyi, Qi Nanfei, an old golden elixir, has no fear. She not only takes the initiative to attack, but also does not lose the wind at all.


    Meng Zhang knew their strength, so he asked Yang Xueyi to find this soft persimmon.


    Although Yang Xueyi is a new golden elixir, she is much better than Qi Nanfei.


    Meng Zhang specially told Yang Xueyi that he didn''t need to beat Qi Nanfei, just entangle him.


    In this way, Yang Xueyi can avoid the fierce Yuanshen level battle.


    If Meng Zhang''s situation is bad, Yang Xueyi must give up the fight, retreat immediately and return directly to Taiyi gate.


    With the strength of immortal Jindan, it can''t play a big role in today''s struggle at this level.


    Although Meng Zhang could not clearly resist the order of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he had to join the battle. But he still tried to make arrangements and try to keep the vitality of taiyimen.


    Immortal Jinli showed her real skills and performed very well. Unexpectedly, he really dragged Yue Feng Zhenjun, so that he could not join the battle between Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    "You traitor, your conscience has been eaten by the dog. Martial uncle Tianzhu is so kind to you that you dare to betray."


    "Without the help of martial uncle Tianzhu, you can''t become a yuan God. Where will you have today''s scenery? How can you climb to such a high position?"


    Yue Fengzhen only replied to immortal Jinli''s scolding, "ignorant fool." he was too lazy to say more with immortal Jinli.

 Chapter 559

    Although Yuefeng Zhenjun colluded with outsiders, betrayed Tianzhu Zhenjun and attacked his incarnation.


    But if it is not necessary, he is not willing to fight directly with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    It''s not that he cares about his old love, but that he goes after the advantages and avoids the disadvantages, so that Xuanfeng Zhenjun and the Qi brothers can eat the hard bones.


    Compared with the unpredictable Tianzhu Zhenjun, he is more willing to fight with the weak chickens like immortal Jinli.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s look of contempt made immortal Jinli angry. New hatred and old hatred surged into her heart and made her come up with a real killing move.


    Jin Li said silently in her heart, and a girl in yellow appeared in front of her out of thin air.


    Most of the fourth order magic tools have spirit.


    The third-order magic instrument has spirit. When the spirit grows to a certain point, the spirit will be born.


    Most of the fourth-order magic tools are not directly refined, but from the third-order magic tools with growth potential. After a long time, painstaking cultivation and hard breeding, they slowly grow and evolve.


    The girl in yellow in front of immortal Jinli is the spirit of the fourth order magic weapon, Huangsha Wanli map.


    In those days, the master of immortal Jinli didn''t hesitate to consume his own mind and pour it into this magic instrument in order to gestate the spirit of the instrument.


    After the birth of this artifact spirit, he had some characteristics of Jinli immortal master and was very close to Jinli immortal. Regardless of the lack of cultivation of immortal Jinli, the spirit was willingly driven by immortal Jinli.


    It is precisely because of the full help of the tool spirit that Jin Lizhen can easily drive the Huangsha Wanli map and give full play to most of the power of magic tools.


    Immortal Jinli ordered Qi Ling to say a few words, and Qi Ling immediately took action to help her summon the power of the magic weapon.


    High in the sky, a tornado composed of yellow sand fell from the sky and circled towards Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Yue Fengzhen snorted coldly, disdained by Jun. the virtual shadow of the mountain appeared behind him, and fought with immortal Jinli and others.


    In the distance, Tianzhu Zhenjun, who had been on guard for a long time, continued to suppress the fifth order earth spirit while temporarily resisting the Qi brothers.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation and Xuanfeng Zhenjun fought endlessly. Because of the previous serious injury, he was soon completely suppressed by Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    However, the strength of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation is extraordinary, and he has his own combat experience and understanding of the avenue. For a moment, Xuanfeng Zhenjun has no way to take him.


    "Tianzhu old son, how does it feel to be betrayed?" Xuanfeng Zhenjun laughed proudly.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation has a mysterious connection with the Buddha, and they can share their feelings with each other. Of course, he was very angry about Yue Fengzhen''s betrayal.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun was deeply favored by Tianzhu Zhenjun, but betrayed at the critical moment. It was really beyond Tianzhu Zhenjun''s expectation.


    Although the cultivation world is full of intrigues, all kinds of betrayal and deception are common. But in front of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Yuefeng Zhenjun was always honest and respectful, obeying orders, and there was never anything wrong.


    In addition, Tianzhu Zhenjun never controls his men only by kindness. In his hands, there is the fatal weakness of Yue Feng Zhenjun. As long as he can spare his hand, he can easily let Yue Fengzhen die without a burial place.


    And the Qi family brothers, who have long vowed to form an alliance with Tianzhu Zhenjun. Now that they are in trouble, it shows that they have long been premeditated.


    When and why Xuanfeng Zhenjun, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Qi brothers colluded together, Tianzhu Zhenjun had no clue.


    "Xuanfeng, do you really want to be immortal with me?" even if you know that the threat is useless, the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun still can''t help making the last effort.


    In his opinion, there is no irreconcilable contradiction between him and Xuanfeng Zhenjun. It should not be a dead enemy.


    "Tianzhu old son, either you die or I die today." Xuanfeng Zhenjun looked fierce.


    Just then, there came a cry from the master of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    "What did you do? No, something happened to Feihong mountain."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation is closest to Yuefeng Zhenjun. He couldn''t help but look at him.


    Just now, Feihong mountain, the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect, was conquered by huoyun sect again.


    Immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei of feihongzong took the main force of the sect to the dead sand sea to fight. Of course, there are arrangements for the defense of the sect.


    At the beginning, Yuefeng Zhenjun squarely occupied the side of Tianzhu Zhenjun. To some extent, the mountain sub altar, Hedong sub altar and Heming sect of Huanglian sect have become allies of Feihong sect.


    According to the news from the mountain altar of Huanglian sect, after the last defeat of huoyun sect, immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud have been seriously injured and have to rest in the mountain gate. Moreover, the huoyun sect suffered heavy losses and was unable to launch foreign expedition.


    After feihongzong''s main force set out to fight, the mountain altar of Huanglian cult also assured immortal Jinli that they would keep an eye on forces such as huoyun sect to prevent foreign enemies from taking advantage of the weak points and invading the endless sand sea at this time.


    Yue Fengzhen betrayed you just now. Everyone realized that friendly forces such as Huanglian mountain sub altar have become enemies at the moment. The original promise is naturally not trustworthy.


    But no one could have imagined that the consequences would appear so quickly.


    Indeed, these enemies had planned for a long time. When they launched here, even earlier, the enemy began to attack Feihong mountain.


    Immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei changed their faces when they heard the news of the accident in Feihong mountain. They had the impulse to leave everything and rush back immediately.


    Fortunately, they didn''t lose their heads and knew that they must not run away now.


    There is a very important content in the gambling between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit, which is about the ownership of Feihong mountain.


    When Feihong mountain was conquered by huoyun sect, the power of the fifth order Earth Spirit increased greatly. If the three forces such as Feihong sect didn''t recapture Feihong mountain in time, Tianzhu Zhenjun might suffer a great loss.


    Now Feihong mountain has been captured again, and the power balance of the two people affected by Taoism has changed again.


    The momentum of the fifth level Earth Spirit was rising. Tianzhu Zhenjun no longer had the calm expression that everything was under control, and his face became very ugly.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who was fighting with Tianzhu Zhenjun, stepped back and took out a purple gold knife to cut the enemy.


    "Zijin Dao, why is this magic weapon in your hand?" the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun couldn''t help crying out.


    The fourth order magic weapon, purple gold sabre, was originally a zhenpai magic weapon of the purple gold sect. It is famous and powerful.


    At the beginning, after Zhu Zizhen led the elite in the door to surround and kill the fifth level Earth Spirit failed, the purple gold knife disappeared completely.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun also pursued this magic weapon at the beginning, but he returned in vain. He guessed that most of the purple gold Dao fell into the hands of the fifth level earth spirit, but the fifth level Earth Spirit had never used the purple gold Dao in front of him.


    Now Xuanfeng Zhenjun is holding a purple gold knife. It is obvious that the human friar is far more suitable for imperial use than the fifth level Earth Spirit.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation looked at Xuanfeng Zhenjun. At this time, he finally knew that the warning in his heart had not gone wrong. Xuanfeng Zhenjun was really his great enemy of life and death.


    They have been planning for so long to kill themselves.


    This is not only the collusion of several human gods Zhenjun, but also the collusion of the fifth order Earth Spirit from outside the world at the risk of universal condemnation.


    "Why?" the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s face was dignified and asked in a deep voice.


    "Why, you still have the face to ask why. Tianzhu old son, have you forgotten the sea island 1500 years ago and millions of creatures on the island?"


    The card had been opened. Xuanfeng Zhenjun had no scruples at this time and drank fiercely.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation has most of his memory. For Yuanshen Zhenjun, there is no problem of forgetting. As long as there are memories in my mind, they can be reproduced.


    The incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun recalled the past 1500 years ago.


    Fifteen hundred years ago, the evil cultivation on the sea island made a riot and wanted to demonize the whole island.


    At that time, Tianzhu Zhenjun was entrusted by the nearby Xiuzhen sect to deal with the matter.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, who achieved Yuanshen soon, also intends to use this to establish his prestige and establish his position in the cultivation world.


    After successfully killing the evil Xiu who made trouble, he worried that there were still evil Xiu hiding among the mortals on the island. Moreover, many of the creatures on the island have been demonized by demon cultivation.


    The existence of devil cultivation is like a plague. If it cannot be completely exterminated at the first time and allowed to mix with ordinary creatures, devil cultivation will soon recover and trigger a new round of devil disaster.


    In order to solve this problem once and for all, Tianzhu Zhenjun triggered an undersea volcano and sank the sea island with the power of heaven and earth, completely exterminating all the creatures on the island.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s decisive behavior of killing and cutting has attracted a lot of praise for him in the cultivation world.


    Many practitioners praised him for having the wind of a great general and strangled a catastrophe in advance.


    As for the millions of extinct creatures on the island, countless mortals and practitioners, few people care about their fate.


    Some people may talk behind his back that Tianzhu Zhenjun''s means are too vicious and kill too much. If he hurts Tianhe, he will be punished by heaven.


    In this case, even if Tianzhu Zhenjun heard it, he wouldn''t care at all.


    In the eyes of heaven, mortals are just a group of mole ants, and practitioners are at best a group of larger mole ants.


    No matter how many mole ants die, they will not attract the attention of heaven. What does it have to do with the way of heaven?


    There are many bloody guys in the cultivation world. Who has incurred the scourge?


    In fact, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s killing of demons is to drive away the cancer of the world. On the contrary, he may get the reward and merit of heaven.


    Thinking of the past, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation pointed to Xuanfeng Zhenjun and said solemnly, "are you the last evil of evil repair and want to avenge me?"


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was laughed by the shameless spirit of the enemy. With your enemies are evil, can''t you fix the remaining evils?


    In his early years, Xuanfeng Zhenjun was a friar born on the sea island. He had his classmates and relatives on the island.


    When the sea island sank, he happened not to be on the island, so he avoided the disaster.


    In the eyes of others, Tianzhu Zhenjun is a great hero to quell the evil disaster, but in the eyes of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, he is a sworn enemy.


    In the following 1500 years, Xuanfeng Zhenjun made great progress in his practice. During the foundation building period, the golden elixir period and the Yuanshen period, the cultivation continued to progress, but never forgot this blood feud.


    Perhaps for other Yuanshen Zhenjun, after a long time, the feelings belonging to mortals will continue to fade. What seemed to be a big thing at first will later become a small thing that is despised.


    The rational Yuanshen Zhenjun will never fight against the strong because of insignificant old people and things.


    But Xuanfeng Zhenjun is an anomaly among the yuan God Zhenjun. He has passionate feelings and never forgets this hatred. Even, this hatred has become the driving force for him to forge ahead bravely.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun came to the dead sand sea and fell into a fight with the fifth level Earth Spirit. In Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s eyes, God opened his eyes and sent his enemy to himself.


    Knowing that the strength gap is too large, Xuanfeng Zhenjun has been carefully hiding his real intention and making a look of lust for profit. It seems that he is fighting with Tianzhu Zhenjun in order to seek benefits.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun waited silently for a long time and calculated in the dark for a long time before waiting for this opportunity. The best time for revenge is when the weather, people and geography are available.


    Secretly formed an alliance with the Qi brothers, paid a heavy price to buy Yue Fengzhen Jun, persuaded him to turn against him, and even dared to secretly contact the fifth level Earth Spirit at the risk of universal condemnation... What Xuanfeng Zhen Jun did is for today.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, the incarnation outside the body, is refined with a jade bamboo as the main body. The fundamental attribute is the attribute of wood. It is also the avenue of wood to practice.


    Zijin Dao was the treasure of Zijin sect at that time. It was the best of the gold magic tools.


    Jin Kemu and Zijin Dao just restrain Tianzhu Zhenjun''s external incarnation in terms of attributes.


    Moreover, in the previous battle, this external Avatar was first seriously attacked by Yue Fengzhen Jun, and then surrounded and beaten by Xuanfeng Zhen Jun and Qi brothers.


    Now, the outer incarnation is broken, both inside and outside are damaged, and its strength is much lower than before.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t bother to talk more nonsense with this external incarnation. Tianzhu Zhenjun''s self is his final goal.


    Since the fifth order Earth Spirit secretly handed the purple gold sword to him, he tried his best to refine it.


    Even if his major avenue is not the Golden Avenue and his attributes are inconsistent, he can still exert most of the power of this magic weapon.


    With a gentle stroke of the purple gold knife, an invincible and fierce sword Qi directly cuts into the incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Facing Xuanfeng Zhenjun with purple gold knife, this incarnation has no effective means of confrontation. Even if he tried hard, he couldn''t resist.


    In the sky, the sword light shines and the purple gas soars to the sky. Murderous Qi gushed out and covered the sky and the earth.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation just parried a few moves, and there were several more wounds on his body.


    The fierce sword spirit constantly destroys his flesh, and the ferocious spirit wants to destroy the distraction in his incarnation.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun kept using the power of the avenue to urge the power of the purple gold sword.


    The golden wind roared, and the sword Qi wrapped in the strong wind kept cutting at the opponent.


    The strength is clear. The incarnation of Tianzhu Zhenjun can''t reverse the situation. The Jedi has no means to overturn the situation, and there is no suspense about the result of the bloody battle.

 Chapter 560

    When Xuanfeng Zhenjun waved the purple gold knife for the last time, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation was cut in two. After falling to the ground, the original human body became two jade bamboos. The jade bamboo withered and shriveled, and there was no vitality at all.


    Seeing Tianzhu Zhenjun''s incarnation cut off with his own eyes, Meng Zhang and other Jindan immortal were shocked.


    If it were not for the temporary inability to leave the yellow sand Wanli map, I''m afraid Meng Zhang and others would have fled long ago.


    Immortal Jinli manipulated the Wanli map of yellow sand. While resisting Yuefeng Zhenjun, he paid attention to the trend of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. Once the situation is wrong, she will immediately escape with this fourth-order magic weapon.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun looked at this side and scared immortal Jinli and others very nervous.


    His real enemy is Zhenjun Tianzhu. He is too lazy to waste time on a group of small shrimps.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun stared at Tianzhu Zhenjun in the distance, and his eyes seemed to spray fire. By this time, he had no need to endure.


    He gave a long whistle and rushed over.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun left, and immortal Jinli and other talents breathed a sigh of relief.


    The four of them reluctantly resisted Yue Feng Zhenjun with the power of Huangsha Wanli map, and had had a very hard time dealing with it. If Xuanfeng Zhenjun joins in, they can''t even escape.


    There is only one Yue Feng Zhenjun left, but he can barely deal with it.


    Yue Fengzhen didn''t show all his strength to deal with the four golden elixirs.


    He knows Tianzhu Zhenjun very well and knows that this old man hides deeply. Now it seems to be down, but who knows what hidden cards he has? Even if he immediately turned over the next moment, Yuefeng Zhenjun didn''t feel strange.


    At the beginning, Yue Feng agreed to plot against Tianzhu Zhenjun. In addition to Xuanfeng Zhenjun paying a huge price, he was also too afraid of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    No one is willing to be controlled by others and controlled by others forever.


    Before the achievement of Yuanshen, Yue Feng Zhenjun was honest and obedient. He was submissive to Tianzhu Zhenjun and had no other ideas.


    But people will change. After becoming the yuan God, he feels that the Tianzhu Zhenjun riding on his head is too annoying.


    A little so-called kindness means you have to work hard for him and manipulate yourself like a chess piece. It''s too contemptuous of yourself. At least you are also the true monarch of the yuan God and the Lord of the party.


    Yue Fengzhen is very ambitious and is not satisfied with taking charge of the mountain division altar of Huanglian cult. Controlling Hedong sub altar is just his plan. Qi Nanfei''s fighting spirit is also not high. He and Yang Xueyi''s regiment move slowly and are actually far away from the other two regiments. His mind is the same as Yang Xueyi. Once the situation is wrong, he runs for his life immediately.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun had already forced the fifth level Earth Spirit to a desperate situation, but now the Qi brothers came to join the war. He finally divided some power and suppressed the Qi brothers with hidden cards. After a while, Xuanfeng Zhenjun killed him with a purple gold knife.


    Although Tianzhu Zhenjun is strong, he has no extra strength to resist an expert in the middle of Yuanshen.


    Moreover, Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who has a deep blood feud, has a heart of fighting and is really trying his best.


    On the same day, Zhu Zhenjun finally woke up after he was left with a deep bone wound by the purple gold knife.


    His plan for hundreds of years has completely failed. He not only lost the chance to occupy the fifth level earth spirit body, but also lost his life here.


    If he can''t finish the plan, he can''t go further. His age and accomplishments mean that his path has been basically cut off.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, who should have been angry and sad, suddenly calmed down, which made people feel afraid.


    Without further delay, Tianzhu Zhenjun made a decision immediately.


    In silence, he interrupted the art of this and that of the other.


    Forcibly stop Taoist art and let him be deeply eaten. Not only was he seriously injured immediately, but the power of the road destroyed his cultivation foundation. Don''t say it''s further. Before long, his cultivation will degenerate rapidly until he loses all his cultivation.


    The degeneration of cultivation is the future. Tianzhu Zhenjun pays attention to the present.


    He took several pills, worked the secret method, forcibly suppressed the injury on his body, and restored his state to the best.


    Without roaring and drinking, Tianzhu Zhenjun did his best to run Zhenyuan and mobilize the power of the avenue.


    The first recruit is the Qi brothers. The already overburdened body they shared was blasted alive by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The Qi brothers were frightened by the violent Tianzhu Zhenjun and lost their confidence to continue fighting.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun lost his body, leaving only Yuanshen. Not only will his cultivation and combat effectiveness fall sharply, but also the single Yuanshen is the favorite prey of many evil and evil cultivation.


    The Qi brothers didn''t continue to stay here. The two yuan gods set up a light escape, left their comrades in arms and ran away directly.


    "The upright son is nothing to do with the plot." Xuanfeng Zhenjun scolded angrily.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun broke the flesh of the Qi brothers, the purple gold knife in his hand cut each other several times, leaving several wounds on each other. Tianzhu Zhenjun ignored these wounds. Continue to mobilize the power of the avenue to suppress Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun paid countless prices for revenge and worked hard for hundreds of years. Before he started, he made up his mind to kill Tianzhu Zhenjun, a great enemy, even if he fought his own life.


    But when things came to an end, in the face of the outbreak of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he hesitated a little.

 Chapter 561

    Before today, Xuanfeng Zhenjun had imagined countless times what to do when he and his great enemy Tianzhu Zhenjun fought for life and death. He swore in his heart more than once that even if he lost his life, he would take Tianzhu Zhenjun to die together.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun forcibly broke the flesh of the Qi brothers, he had to bear the attack of Xuanfeng Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    The yuan God of the Qi brothers fled. Xuanfeng Zhenjun should fight to come forward and firmly entangle Tianzhu Zhenjun to create opportunities for the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    But when things came to an end, he hesitated a little.


    As a mid-term friar of Yuanshen who is only over 1500 years old, his life span is still very long, and he has at least hundreds of years to live.


    He was a little reluctant to throw his life here. For a moment, it was difficult for him to make a decision to lose both sides with the enemy.


    Xuanfeng''s hesitation gave Tianzhu Zhenjun a chance to take advantage of it.


    The true emperor of Tianzhu, whose path is cut off, is really carefree. Anyway, there are not many days to live. It''s better to take the enemy who has ruined his great event on the road.


    In the eyes of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is the culprit who has brought himself to this point. Even if he risked his life, it would not make him feel better.


    Regardless of the limit of his family, Tianzhu Zhenjun tried his best to squeeze out every potential in his body and fully mobilize the power of the road.


    At this time, it seems that God is on his side. The power of this heaven and earth to suppress the fifth level Earth Spirit increased greatly, so that it was almost out of breath when it was seriously injured.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun used the method of exchanging injury for injury, and made several moves with Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    They were hurt by the power of the road almost at the same time, and their bodies fell heavily to the ground.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun finally retreated. He didn''t have the ruthlessness of Tianzhu Zhenjun and didn''t take his life seriously.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun tried his best to get rid of Tianzhu Zhenjun, and then fled the battlefield without looking back and flew away from the dead sand sea.


    When the body of the Qi brothers was blown up and the yuan God fled, immortal Qi Nanfei, who had been paying attention to the movements of the ancestors of the family, almost didn''t hesitate to turn around and run away.


    Anxious to escape, he opened the empty door and was seriously remembered by real Yang Xueyi.


    Desperate, he dragged his injured body and ran away.


    Yang Xueyi, who was going to pursue, thought of Meng Zhang''s instructions, stopped and watched the situation in situ.


    Although Yuefeng Zhenjun has looked at Tianzhu Zhenjun as high as possible, he never thought that under such bad circumstances, he was in an absolute disadvantage and really turned over the Jedi.


    In Yuefeng Zhenjun''s imagination, Tianzhu Zhenjun paid a heavy price and the Jedi turned over the plate to temporarily repel the Qi brothers and Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    At that time, he is in good condition. He is a rare commodity and can be sold at a high price to see which side can pay a higher price to buy him.


    Of course, in his heart, he still prefers the side of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. The best result is to squeeze all the benefits from Tianzhu Zhenjun, and then solve the old guy.


    Looking at the Tianzhu Zhenjun who has just made great power, even Yue Feng Zhenjun knows that he will never be as lively as he looks on the surface. He must have been injured. However, the influence of the other party''s perennial prestige still makes Yue Fengzhen feel withdrawn.


    Seeing the fifth order Earth Spirit struggling to rush over, Tianzhu Zhenjun summoned up his spare strength and pressed him down again with the power of heaven and earth.


    As soon as the figure of Tianzhu Zhenjun flashed, he crossed the distance of tens of miles and appeared not far from Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s initiative to attack made Yuefeng Zhenjun lose his last will to resist.


    He left his opponent and had to flee here.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun, who was only running for his life, had to take Tianzhu Zhenjun''s move. Then he spewed blood in his mouth and fled here in a hurry.


    Immortal Jinli and others were heartened to see that Tianzhu Zhenjun was so brave that he defeated all the enemies in one fell swoop.


    Immortal Jinli secretly called for danger. Fortunately, she didn''t waver at the critical moment and stood on the side of Tianzhu Zhenjun as always.


    However, she immediately remembered her hesitation and hoped that Tianzhu Zhenjun would not notice that she was not firm for a moment.


    The figure of Tianzhu Zhenjun flashed again and appeared not far away from the fifth level earth spirit, again suppressing the guy who had just got out of trouble.


    Immortal Jinli put away the yellow sand Wanli map. Meng Zhang and others flew into the air and were ready to follow immortal Jinli to visit Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    "Don''t come here. Just stand there and listen to me. I don''t have much time. Let''s make a long story short."


    Tens of miles apart, the words of Tianzhu Zhenjun still clearly appeared in everyone''s ears.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s words changed everyone''s face. What is time running out?


    Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t wait for everyone to react, so he continued to talk.


    "My foundation is completely destroyed, my vitality is dead, and I rely on the last breath. This breath won''t last long, and it will completely dissipate."


    "Before I die completely, I have a few things to tell you. Listen carefully."


    Mingming just now, Tianzhu Zhenjun was still very powerful. Why did he start to explain his last words in a twinkling of an eye.


    "Jin Li, you''ve called my martial uncle for so many years. It''s a pity that my martial uncle always makes you run around these years and doesn''t take care of you enough. If your master quanxia knows, I''m afraid he will blame me."


    Before immortal Jinli spoke, Tianzhu Zhenjun said it himself.


    "The body of the Qi brothers was destroyed this time, and only the yuan God escaped. They dare not come back here until they get a new body."


    "Yue Feng, a traitor, was hurt by me this time. He will certainly escape back to Jiuqu League and seek the protection of the middle and high levels of the league."


    "Xuanfeng lost all his courage this time, and most of them didn''t dare to come back on their own."


    "After my death, I can frighten them for at least decades with my remaining power."


    "But if I don''t show up, they will be suspicious sooner or later. For a hundred years at most, they will try to test the truth."


    "If there is no new Yuanshen Zhenjun among you, most of you can''t escape their exploration. With their character of vengeance, they will certainly annoy you. Once the news of my death is confirmed, they will do it soon."


    "After I die, you''d better think more about where to go."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s words cast a shadow on everyone''s heart.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun dies, how should he face Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    After so many twists and turns, even if you sell yourself at this time, people may not accept it.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun died, he was completely relieved. Immortal Jinli is alone and free to come and go.


    However, Meng Zhang and Fei hongzong, two golden elixirs, have a large family of children. What should we do?


    Taiyimen alone is not hanhaidao alliance. And ordinary mortals in the territory. There are three or four thousand disciples alone. Plus the mortal relatives of these disciples, there are tens of thousands of people.


    How can so many people leave the endless sand sea secretly? Where can I find a place to live?


    Among the several Jindan real people present, jinlizhen talent is what Tianzhu Zhenjun really values.


    Meng Zhang is not familiar with him, and he has a bad impression of Meng Zhang.


    In his eyes, the potential of the two golden elixirs of Fei hongzong has long been exhausted, not to mention the Yuanshen period, even the later stage of the golden elixir is far away.


    Only immortal Jinli, an old friend, has a perfect cultivation of golden elixir. His qualification, root bone and understanding are the best choice.


    If she can get her own guidance, she has great hope of breaking through to the Yuanshen period.


    It''s probably that people are dying and their words are good. It''s rare for Tianzhu Zhenjun to be kind and generous before he dies.


    He didn''t continue to talk, but communicated with Jin Li with his mind, and Hao Sheng gave her some advice.


    He threw a few stored items to immortal Jinli, which was entrusted to the afterlife.


    Immortal Jinli has been under his door for many years. He still knows immortal Jinli better. Although Yue Fengzhen betrayed him, he had no choice but to trust Jin Li.


    After explaining to immortal Jinli, Tianzhu Zhenjun continued to speak.


    "Before I die, I won''t leave harm to the world. When I leave, I will take the fifth level Earth Spirit on the road."


    "When you wait, just leave here and go as far as possible. In a short time, you must not approach the area hundreds of miles around here."


    Tianzhu Zhenjun''s original angry voice became smaller and smaller, and the weakness in his voice could no longer be covered up.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit, who was temporarily trapped by him using the power of heaven and earth, struggled desperately, broke free from the suppression of the power of heaven and earth, and could get out at any time.


    "Come on, I can''t hold on. I must start at once."


    Before the voice fell, Tianzhu Zhenjun turned into a streamer, dragged a long light band, and jumped at the fifth level Earth Spirit.


    The bright light band surrounded the huge body of the fifth order Earth Spirit, almost made a full circle, and then completely invested in the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    Meng Zhang and others dare not neglect, and dare not ignore the warning of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    They worked together to fly far away and try to stay away from this place.


    As soon as they flew out for dozens of miles, they felt violent hurricanes blowing behind them, which made their bodies flying in the air almost unable to maintain their balance.


    They dare not stop and continue to fly at high speed in the strong wind.


    After flying more than 100 miles, there was a loud noise like thunder behind him. The unprecedented noise made their ears numb and soon lost their hearing.


    They ran away from here at the speed of their lives.


    A rising sun seemed to rise behind them. Even with their backs to the rear, they could feel the dazzling light.


    They didn''t dare to look back, but there was still a vast expanse of white in front of them, almost blinding their eyes.


    They flew out more than two thousand miles at a time before they stopped to catch their breath and dared to look back.


    The dazzling light disappeared, but the hurricane became more and more intense.


    The distant heaven and earth seemed to collapse, and black holes and countless cracks appeared in the sky.

 Chapter 562

    Looking at the scene in the distance, which seemed like the end of the world, everyone was stunned.


    After half a ring, immortal Jinli reacted first.


    "Martial uncle Tianzhu burned his own life, forced the power of the avenue, and died with the fifth level Earth Spirit."


    "Around the battlefield, there are all kinds of visions because of the great changes in the rules of heaven and earth. The monks in the golden elixir period had better not get close to there easily, so as not to be hurt by their residual power of the road."


    "Well, put aside the matter of martial uncle Tianzhu for the time being. What are your plans next?"


    Hearing the question of immortal Jinli, everyone was rare to be silent.


    Finally, immortal Feishi spoke first.


    "Since master Tianzhu said something had happened to Feihong mountain, it probably wouldn''t be false."


    "Even if Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun don''t know the news of Tianzhu''s death and don''t dare to fight easily, most of their forces will be used as pawns to explore the way."


    "We don''t know anything about the specific situation now. Let''s first understand the current situation and then find a way to make plans."


    Meng Zhang agrees with immortal Feishi very much. No matter what decision he makes or what plan he has, he still knows the latest situation first.


    The five golden elixirs set out on the road again, put aside everything in the dead sand sea and quickly flew away from this place.


    They galloped all the way. After leaving the dead sand sea, they caught up with the army of monks who left first not far from the border between the Gobi and the dead sand sea.


    This army composed of three forces friars has just left the dead sand sea and has not had time to contact their hometown.


    I don''t know how immortal Qi Nanfei thought that after fleeing the battlefield, there were no friars. The army stopped moving, and then tried to contact the friars in his hometown.


    After leaving the dead sand sea, the nearest is taiyimen''s stronghold in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Since the taiyimen friar army entered the Gobi to fight, the communication channel with the rear has been kept unblocked.


    Before long, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi received the latest information from the dark hall of taiyimen.


    Huoyun sect, with the help of Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect, organized a strong team of friars. Suddenly, it attacked Feihong mountain, the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect.


    Because I believe in the promise of Huanglian mountain altar, I believe too much in the strength of Yuefeng Zhenjun. Feihongzong''s elite went to the sand sea of death to fight. His strength in the mountain gate was too weak.


    Originally, Feihong mountain had been captured by huoyun sect before. Feihongzong did strengthen the defense of Feihong mountain.


    However, facing the coalition forces of Huanglian sect Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect, Feihong mountain did not resist for long, but fell again.


    The Allied forces seized the victory and pursued the attack, sweeping the territory of feihongzong in an all-round way. Probably in order to pre empt, the coalition sent three golden elixirs to attack Xiongshi ridge, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, in order to stage a great victory again.


    Wen qiansuan, soon after jiedan, responded in time, relying on the third-order mountain protection array in xiongshiling.


    Wen qiansuan, who had excellent array skills, gave full play to the power of the mountain protection array and blocked the enemy''s attack after becoming a Jindan immortal.


    Just when the enemy''s attack failed for a long time, the weak water god who had been watching for a long time suddenly made a sneak attack and seriously damaged an incoming golden elixir immortal.


    Wen qiansuan took advantage of the enemy''s chaos to urge the power of the big array to counter attack and hit an enemy again.


    Finally, the three golden elixirs who attacked paid the price of one minor injury and two serious injuries and had to retreat sadly.


    After this war, the Allied forces of the invading huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong Fentan probably knew that Taiyi gate was a hard bone to chew. Even if the main force is not in the door, it can not be easily won.


    On the one hand, it is necessary to sweep the surrounding areas of Feihong mountain and on the other hand, it is necessary to guard against the counter attack of taiyimen. Therefore, the two allied forces did not continue to move towards the Gobi of evil wind, but first to consolidate the territory occupied by themselves.


    Under the sweep of the two allied forces, most areas of the endless sand sea have been occupied. Even the old gate of Feihong sect, Huangsha ridge, was captured by the enemy.


    After receiving this information, Meng Zhang didn''t hide it, but called immortal Jinli and feihongzong, two golden elixirs, together and informed them of the information.


    When the secret Hall of taiyimen passed information to Meng Zhang, feihongzong also found out what happened in the endless sand sea through other channels.


    The territory of taiyimen is basically intact. As long as Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi lead the army back, they are at least strong enough to resist.


    The worst thing is feihongzong. His old nest fell, lost all his territory and became a lost dog.


    Immortal Feishi looked at Meng Zhang, his face was blue and his heart was bitter.


    Soon after Wen qiansuan of Taiyi gate broke through the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang tried to stay in the gate. The most surprising thing is that there is a hidden golden elixir immortal in taiyimen, which has never been known. It played a decisive role at the most critical moment.


    "Leader Meng is really a good means." immortal Jinli was also a little dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s behavior of hiding his strength.


    Meng Zhang has no excuse. If he does it again, he will still try to hide his strength. This time, if there were no weak water god, the enemy would not be easily defeated.


    Feihongzong lost his territory, and the biggest supporter, Tianzhu Zhenjun, has also passed away.


    Facing the possible Revenge of Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun, if Immortal Feishi left the endless sand sea directly, then Taiyi gate will bear all the pressure.


    It''s not easy for taiyimen to find a place to live after leaving here?


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi have discussed before and try to keep the current foundation. Never give up unless you have to.


    In the face of the bad situation, where will feihongzong go? This is a real test of immortal Feishi and immortal Wu Mingwei.


    The two had long discussed the issue. When the people gathered, they whispered in private before making the final decision.


    Immortal Feishi''s attitude is very firm. All the people of Feihong sect are born in endless sand sea. They were born in Si and grow up in Si. Even if they die, they will die in endless sand sea.


    Of course, immortal Feishi speaks beautifully, and naturally has his consideration and judgment in his heart.


    Because they didn''t know the news of the death of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Yue Feng Zhenjun and Xuan Feng Zhenjun didn''t dare to enter the endless sand sea again in a short time even if they were cured.


    Even if they want to find out the situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, the most they can do is to send controlled friars to test step by step.


    As long as the Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t make a direct move, Fei hongzong and taiyimen should be able to resist.


    As for the two Yuanshen Zhenjun who found that the situation was wrong and doubted the survival of Tianzhu Zhenjun, it should be a long time later.


    No matter what feihongzong wants to do later, he needs to settle down temporarily and deal with all kinds of affairs.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if feihongzong wants to escape from the endless sand sea in the future, it takes a lot of time to do all kinds of preparations before fleeing.


    Feihong zongken stayed, and Meng Zhang was certainly very welcome. But it''s a little troublesome how to arrange Feihong sect.


    It''s easy to say that immortal Jindan is stationed in a place for a long time. It''s best to have a third-order spiritual pulse.


    The third-order spirit vein of the lion mountain of Taiyi gate can''t even support two golden elixirs. Now there are four golden elixirs in Taiyi sect. I don''t know what to do. Where else can I help Feihong sect?


    After the cultivation of Jindan immortal enters the later stage of Jindan, you can go to Jiutian and collect the essence of Jiutian to absorb refining. The demand for spiritual pulse is greatly reduced.


    Immortal Jinli doesn''t need the third level spirit pulse very much, but she can understand the difficulties of feihongzong and taiyimen.


    Fei hongzong lost even huangshaling this time. He really had nowhere to live.


    Immortal Jinli asked, "where should you settle down next? Do you have any ideas?"


    Immortal Feishi bowed to immortal Jinli, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi and said politely, "please help me and take down the Mountain Gate of the whole family together."


    Mobei Qi family, yes, how can I forget the Qi family. Although the Qi family lives alone in Mobei, the family residence is indeed a third-order spiritual vein.


    No matter what immortal Qi Nanfei, the current leader of Mobei Qi family, thinks, because of the actions of Qi Mingyun brothers, the ancestors of Mobei Qi family, Mobei Qi family has become the enemy of Feihong sect and Taiyi sect.


    If there is no conflict of interest, Meng Zhang and others may not consider dealing with the Qi family.


    However, Feihong sect took a fancy to the third-order spiritual pulse of the Qi family Mountain Gate, and Taiyi gate was happy to see its success. The Mobei Qi family could not escape this time.


    Meng Zhang and others agreed to the request of immortal Feishi.


    Immortal Jinli was the most decisive. "Since we have decided to start with the whole family, we should act as soon as possible instead of late. We''d better act as soon as possible to avoid other changes."


    Meng Zhang nodded and agreed. Immortal Qi Nanfei fled in a hurry and couldn''t even care about meeting his own friars. At this time, if everyone suddenly launches an attack, he can certainly be caught off guard.


    The five golden elixirs simply discussed a few words and began to act.


    The five left the team and flew to Mobei together.


    Mobei Qijia''s Mountain Gate is located in the north of the endless sand sea, at the junction with the death sand sea. It''s not too far from their current position. It''s only five or six thousand miles at most.


    Five golden elixir immortals galloped all the way through the desert and entered the territory of Mobei Qi family.


    Mobei Qijia''s territory is not small, and it controls thousands of miles around.


    However, this area is too barren and far less rich than the core area of the endless sand sea.


    If you don''t have a third-order spirit vein, the environment here can''t catch up with the territory of shuangfenggu.


    There are only a few oases in an area thousands of miles around. Each oasis has a small area and can only accommodate a small number of people.


    Meng Zhang had never been to Mobei Qi family''s territory before. He only heard about the situation here.


    He came here in person and saw it with his own eyes. He was a little surprised by the barrenness here.


    It''s not easy for such a place to support a Jindan family for its reproduction and continuous inheritance.


    The five people didn''t stop on the road. They flew all the way to the Mountain Gate of Qi family.


    This is a hilly area called falling dust hill.


    A series of hills with different heights extend tens of miles away. In the center of the hilly area, there is a valley surrounded by hills, where the Mountain Gate of Qi family is located.


    Mobei Qi family is not strong at all, but they have experienced several major losses over the years. The family elite has almost lost all their strength.


    The last foundation of the whole family is the army of monks who died in the Shahai.


    This army of friars has been raided by five golden elixirs. It is completely finished.


    Mobei Qi family, even Qi Nanfei, the golden elixir, is very difficult to continue to inherit.


    A family cannot rely entirely on a golden elixir. The family also needs many middle-level and lower level friars to support the skeleton and flesh of the family.


    Qi Nanfei saw Tianzhu Zhenjun blow up the Qi brothers with his own eyes. Frightened, he abandoned everything like a frightened bird and fled back to the falling dust hill as quickly as possible.


    After returning to the family Mountain Gate, Qi Nanfei did not relax.


    After Tianzhu Zhenjun wins, he will certainly not let Mobei Qi family go. We must make early plans while there is still time.


    Qi Nanfei has been complaining in his heart that the ancestors of the clan are unreliable and are enemies of Tianzhu Zhenjun, but they are not opponents of others. Well, they left, but Mobei Qi family is going to be unlucky. It''s really a legacy for future generations.


    Qi Mingyuan and Qi Mingyun Zhenjun have been in the endless sand sea for many years, and the Mobei Qi family has been carefully serving them.


    Immortal Qi Nanfei still knows a little about the two yuan gods Zhenjun of the Zong family. After this disastrous defeat, most of them will flee directly to the Middle Earth.


    The Qi family is a first-class immortal cultivation family in the Middle Earth, but the endless sand sea is too far away from the Middle Earth, so it is difficult for the Qi family to project its power here.


    Qi Mingyuan and Qi Mingyun brothers would not have come to this place unless it was a coincidence.


    In the face of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s next revenge, the power of the Zong family can''t count on it. The only thing Qi Nanfei can do is to run away with his people as soon as possible and escape from the endless sand sea.


    Anyway, the Qi Mingyun brothers have fled, and Qi Nanfei can''t take care of the task they assigned.


    There are few people left in the Qijia Mountain Gate. They are basically old, weak, sick and disabled.


    Qi Nanfei commanded them to move to the warehouse, pack up and prepare for escape.

 Chapter 563

    Qi Nanfei, who was directing his people to move, would never have thought that the five golden elixirs would come to the door so soon.


    The five golden elixirs came to the outside of Qijia Mountain Gate. Without a word of nonsense, they directly began to attack the mountain protection array guarding the mountain gate.


    Qi Nanfei felt wronged. The two brothers of the Qi family didn''t know anything about Tianzhu Zhenjun. Even if Tianzhu Zhenjun wants revenge, shouldn''t he revenge the traitor Yue Feng Zhenjun first?


    As he fled the battlefield early, Qi Nanfei knew nothing about what happened later. He just saw Tianzhu Zhenjun''s great power and smash the flesh of the Qi brothers.


    Qi Nanfei, who thought that the five golden elixirs were ordered by Emperor Tianzhu to attack the Qi family, had no fighting spirit in his heart.


    Facing the five golden elixirs, he knew he couldn''t resist them, and the mountain protection array was not enough.


    He tried his best to hold up the mountain protection array to block the enemy''s attack, but he kept begging for mercy. He said he was willing to make a ghost oath and loyal to Tianzhu Zhenjun from then on.


    Meng Zhang wanted to save some energy and agreed to Qi Nanfei''s request for mercy. He asked him to let go of the mountain protection array and take the initiative to come out and catch him.


    Qi Nanfei is very clever on matters related to his life and death. He insisted that Meng Zhang give enough guarantee before he would surrender.


    Listening to the nonsense of Meng Zhang and Qi Nanfei, immortal Jinli has been impatient for a long time. With her cultivation, even without the help of others, she can break the mountain protection array in front of her.


    As soon as Jinli immortal became powerful, the other four Jindan immortal began to work hard.


    After a fierce attack, Qi Nanfei did not stop the enemy''s attack even though he tried his best to urge the mountain protection array.


    Five Jindan immortal broke the mountain protection array and entered the Qi family gate. They not only killed Qi Nanfei on the spot, but also all the Qi family members were slaughtered.


    Immortal Jin Li, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi are not interested in killing the weak. But the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect pulled their faces and killed them in person.


    Feihongzong has been reduced to the present. The mask of the so-called orthodox sect has long been completely torn open by them. Do things, no longer have the slightest scruples.


    Falling dust hill is the most important place in Qi family territory. Qi''s territory is extremely barren, but this third-order spirit vein in Luochen hill is very rare and can make up for all the defects of the territory.


    Meng Zhang didn''t survey carefully. He didn''t know the scale and quality of this third-order spirit pulse.


    However, this third-order spirit vein can accommodate the Jindan immortal of the whole family to practice for hundreds of years. It must be no worse than Xiongshi mountain.


    Meng Zhang was a little jealous and wanted to occupy it. However, he also knew that if he did, he would completely tear his face with Feihong Zong, lose his only ally at present, and offend immortal Jin Li.


    In the current situation, taiyimen really needs the existence of feihongzong as an ally to help share external pressure.


    Of course, Fei hongzong also needs taiyimen to continue to gain a foothold in the endless sand sea.


    Immortal Jin Li, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi helped to break the Qijia Mountain Gate. Feihongzong occupied Qijia Mountain Gate. As the biggest beneficiary, it seems that they should make good compensation to the three of them.


    Flying stone immortal showed great atmosphere and opened the big library of Qi family in front of everyone.


    The Qi family is also a Jindan family that has been inherited for hundreds of years. Even if it has been unsuccessful, there are still some things in the big library.


    With the eyes of Jin Li, she couldn''t see the items inside. She said that feihongzong had lost even the mountain gate. Everything needed to start over. It was not easy to survive. The items in the library are reserved for the reconstruction of Feihong sect.


    Jin Li said so. Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi were embarrassed to ask for items from inside.


    Meng Zhang was simply generous and gave up the booty. He just asked to copy all the classics of Qijia Sutra Pavilion.


    For Meng Zhang''s request, immortal Feishi didn''t refuse, but agreed very happily.


    After the five golden elixirs occupied the Mountain Gate of the Qi family, the friars of Feihong sect soon entered here.


    Rebuild the mountain gate and sweep around. Friar Feihong is busy next.


    Under the leadership of Niu Dawei, the friars of taiyimen returned directly to Xiongshi mountain.


    After Meng Zhang gets what he wants, he will leave with Yang Xueyi.


    Meng Zhang also knew that if he carefully searched the Mountain Gate of Qi family, there would be more booty. However, under the present circumstances, it is really inappropriate for him to compete with feihongzong. Moreover, feihongzong, whose vitality has been greatly damaged, is also in need of supplement.


    Before leaving, immortal Jinli organized several Jindan immortals to make a heart devil oath together. The fate of Tianzhu Zhenjun must not be disclosed to the outside world. At most, it can be known to the top-level or trusted disciples of their respective sects.


    We must keep this matter strictly confidential, especially not let Yue Feng Zhenjun and Xuan Feng Zhenjun know the truth.


    Everyone sincerely wants to keep the news of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s death secret, which is in everyone''s interest.


    After the oath was completed, the two golden elixirs of Feihong sect stayed to settle the disciples. Jin Li and Meng Zhang left together.


    Flying all the way, when they were about to return to Xiongshi mountain, immortal Jin Li and Meng Zhang separated them.


    Before leaving, immortal Jinli told Meng Zhang that after a period of time, she would have something important to discuss with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Xiongshi mountain, the army of friars had already returned to the mountain gate.


    Wen qiansuan, who has been in charge of the mountain gate, and the weak water god general came out to meet Meng Zhang, the leader, and reported to him what had happened in the sect in recent years.


    Even if the army went out, Meng Zhang kept in touch with menzhong and knew more about the various conditions of the sect. Moreover, he is also very relieved for the senior leaders of the left behind sect.


    He mainly inquired about the current situation in the endless sand sea.


    Since the massive invasion of the coalition forces of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong Fentan, the taiyimen dark hall has spared no effort to pay attention to the latest trends of the enemy.


    The Allied forces of the two sects have seized all the territory of feihongzong and occupied most of the endless sand sea.


    Due to the strong combat effectiveness of taiyimen, the Allied forces of the two zongmen dare not easily invade the territory of taiyimen.


    Huoyun sect learned the lesson of the failure of the last invasion. First, it swept the surrounding areas to eliminate the residual forces of Feihong sect. For those wall grass forces attached to Feihong sect, they ruthlessly kill and destroy them one by one, and don''t accept their surrender and subordination at all.


    Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar did not participate in the sweeping of huoyun sect, but was busy searching for booty and plundering all kinds of truth cultivation resources.


    These guys are just a group of ferocious hungry wolves. They don''t pay attention to food at all.

 Chapter 564

    Originally, the area under the rule of Feihong sect is now a miserable scene.


    Due to the reckless actions of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, all Xiuzhen forces were completely destroyed. Those who survived by chance could not continue to survive there, and had to flee to the four directions in search of new vitality.


    Huoyun sect wants to consolidate its rule. Huanglian sect is busy plundering Hedong sub altar. They don''t care about chasing and killing these fleeing practitioners, but let many of them escape from heaven.


    A large part of these scattered practitioners fled to the nearby taiyimen territory.


    After hearing the report from the disciples, Meng Zhang made a new judgment. In a short time, huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar should not consider invading taiyimen territory.


    This time, taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng sent out elite disciples to form a large army of friars.


    Now that the war is over, Meng Zhang ordered the army to be demobilized. The monks of all members of Hanhai daomeng also returned home.


    Then, he asked general weak water and Yang Xueyi to lead a capable force to set up defense at the edge of taiyimen territory to prevent the attack of the two zongmen.


    The rest of the monks in the door should hurry to rest and get ready for the next war.


    On the other side of Feihong sect, they soon controlled the territory of Mobei Qi family and established effective rule.


    In order to prevent the invasion of the two sects, immortal Feishi also led a capable force to set up defense at the border to prevent the enemy''s invasion.


    No matter how dirty and calculated taiyimen and feihongzong used to be. At least at this time, both sides need each other.


    The two families have always kept in touch and echoed each other. If the huoyun sect and the Huanglian sect have a change in the Hedong sub altar, feihongzong and taiyimen will react immediately.


    Although feihongzong was weak, taiyimen rose again. The current strength of taiyimen is not much worse than that of feihongzong in its heyday.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect occupied such a large territory and seized too many interests. In a short time, they have no motivation to continue to expand.


    In order to thoroughly digest the spoils obtained and develop the vast territory, it is a very labor-intensive and material thing.


    And Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun were injured last time and escaped from the dead sand sea. After returning to Jiuqu League, they have been healing in isolation.


    Without the pressure from the yuan God Zhenjun, the huoyun sect and the Huanglian sect can first take into account the interests of their own sect and do not have to rush to launch a senseless battle.


    Huoyun sect has a deep blood feud with Feihong sect and Taiyi sect, and it has accumulated resentment with Feihong sect for hundreds of years. However, in the face of sufficient interests, hatred can be put aside for the time being, and the benefits can be reaped enough first.


    Therefore, the endless sand sea fell into silence after undergoing great changes some time ago and even changing the ruler.


    The friars stationed at the border of taiyimen and feihongzong strengthened their patrols and carefully screened the fleeing friars.


    Both sects need foreign monks, especially taiyimen, which occupies the vast territory of the Gobi, and there is an urgent need for more monks to join the development.


    But among these fleeing monks, there must be spies from huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar.


    How to screen, how to distinguish, and how to find out evil spies are a difficult problem to test the bottom friars of taiyimen and Feihong sect.


    There are less than 2000 foreign monks who have fled. If Meng Zhang works harder, he can still complete the screening work in a short time.


    But all the work is done by his leader. Why do you need disciples?


    In a normal sect, the bottom friars revolve around the top friars, and a large number of bottom friars serve a few top friars. Instead of the other way round, the top friars do everything and the bottom friars enjoy their success.


    In fact, Meng Zhang has been very busy since he returned to the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pass on the situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun at will, but told the Jindan friars and several Dharma protectors in the door. In addition, only his eldest disciple Niu Dawei knows.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun must be curious about the last battle that day.


    They are afraid of Tianzhu Zhenjun and dare not go to the dead sand sea to explore in person. Most of them will send their hands to investigate.


    The final battlefield between the true king of Tianzhu and the fifth order Earth Spirit is full of visions and the power of the spreading Avenue. Ordinary golden elixir immortal can''t get close to it in a short time.


    As time goes by, the power of the road will slowly disappear. Only then will it be possible to enter the battlefield.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong must take the initiative before others enter the battlefield for investigation.


    Soon, a series of rumors about the true king of Tianzhu spread from taiyimen territory, slowly spread to the whole endless sand sea, and then spread to Jiuqu League.


    These rumors are diverse. Some of them sound false, and some sound serious. True and false rumors are mixed together, making it impossible to judge.


    Some rumors say that Tianzhu Zhenjun completely swallowed the body and spirit of the fifth order Earth Spirit, and is now digesting in isolation. When the complete digestion is completed, it is the time for Tianzhu Zhenjun to return to the virtual realm.


    After Tianzhu Zhenjun returns to emptiness, he will sweep everything, and there will be revenge and resentment.


    Another rumor is quite the opposite. It is said that Tianzhu Zhenjun failed to fight with the fifth order Earth Spirit, but was swallowed up by the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit will fully recover after complete digestion.


    At that time, the fifth order Earth Spirit will sweep away the four directions and bring an unprecedented catastrophe to the world and the whole Jun dust world.


    It sounds like the most reliable rumor that Tianzhu Zhenjun failed to swallow the fifth level Earth Spirit and had to kill the fifth level Earth Spirit completely.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, who used the secret method to stimulate his potential, could no longer hold on after the war. He had to close the door to heal his wounds and slowly recover from his injuries.


    What Tianzhu Zhenjun has been seriously injured and is about to sit down. The rumor that Tianzhu Zhenjun''s foundation is damaged and his accomplishments fall is even more popular.


    ¡­¡­


    Within a short time, rumors spread completely and spread to countless people.


    For the lower friars in the cultivation world, the most favorite thing to listen to is the gossip of the top friars.


    The fight between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit was originally a secret thing, which was known only to the high-level friars in the cultivation world.


    The monk who knew it never dared to spread it casually. He was worried that he would annoy the strong man Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Now it is not only well known, but also the talk of countless monks.


    On the other side of the Jiuqu League, there are already bold storytellers who have compiled these rumors into storytelling stories and talked about them everywhere.

 Chapter 565

    From the endless sand sea, to the nearby gale City, to the whole Jiuqu League, and even outside the Jiuqu League, countless monks talked with interest about the rumors about the true king of Tianzhu.


    Even though Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun were healing in isolation, these rumors came into their ears.


    It is impossible to judge the current situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun from these true and false rumors alone.


    However, the emergence of these rumors is in itself disrespectful to Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The supreme god Zhenjun is not the object of discussion and recreation.


    Rumors originated from endless sand sea. Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t respond to these rumors and let the rumors spread. There must be a problem.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun did not dare to guess that Tianzhu Zhenjun had died. They just thought that he was seriously injured in the war with the fifth level earth spirit, and his condition was very bad, so they were unable to intervene in other things.


    But they are not sure of their guess, and they have no way to judge whether it is true or false. I want to come to the door and check it myself, but I don''t have the courage.


    If this is Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan to lure the enemy and deliberately set a trap to attract the enemy, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun will come to the door, which is a real way to die.


    Especially Yue Feng Zhenjun, with his understanding of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Tianzhu Zhenjun is likely to do such a thing.


    In the past war, although Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun successfully escaped, they were interrupted by Tianzhu Zhenjun, and their hearts were full of fear and fear of him.


    Not to mention the injury is not healed, even in good condition, they dare not face Tianzhu Zhenjun again.


    However, we can''t ignore the situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun. We must know the current situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun in order to arrange countermeasures.


    Therefore, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun both sent their Jindan immortal to secretly go to the battlefield of the dead sand sea to explore the specific situation.


    This kind of exploration itself is full of risks, which is tantamount to gambling on your own life.


    If Tianzhu Zhenjun is in good condition, pulls down his face and ignores the image of senior experts, the situation of these Jindan immortal who went to explore is not wonderful. Maybe he will worry about his life.


    Even the most loyal subordinates to the two yuan gods Zhenjun were full of complaints about the action of being forced to dance on the tip of the knife.


    Of course, the will of Yuanshen Zhenjun cannot be violated. Several golden elixirs were forced to embark on the journey.


    After some discussion, everyone they explored felt that the best choice for taiyimen was to find a way to join Jiuqu League, become a member of Jiuqu League and get the asylum of Jiuqu League.


    After discussing with the people, Meng Zhang left Xiongshi mountain alone and rushed to Dafeng City to visit the ancient moon family.


    Although Meng Zhang''s heart has long been estranged, at least on the surface, taiyimen and the ancient moon family are still very close friends.


    He didn''t rush to visit the ancient moon butterfly. As the master of the ancient moon family, Gu yuehuai butterfly is resourceful, very keen and a master of heaven''s secrets.


    Meng Zhang was worried that if he discussed with her about taiyimen''s joining the Jiuqu League, she would talk out and expose the falsehood and reality of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang visited the ancient moon family this time and specially chose a time when the ancient moon huaidie was away.


    After he came to the ancient moon family, he was warmly welcomed by the ancient moon family.


    The business between taiyimen and Guyue family is getting bigger and bigger, and everyone has benefited a lot from it.


    Some time ago, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun failed in the sand sea of death. Although they deliberately concealed the matter, the well-informed Gu Yue family still got some relevant information.


    While marveling at the power of Tianzhu Zhenjun, the ancient moon family couldn''t help looking at Taiyi gate.


    After all, taiyimen worked under the command of Tianzhu Zhenjun, participated in several wars and made great contributions.


    The ancient moon family sent elders to receive Meng Zhang. Many monks of the family also took the initiative to participate in the reception.


    They either asked straight to the point or beat around the Bush, trying to ask Meng Zhang about the specific war situation that day and the current situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Before coming to the ancient moon family, Meng Zhang considered that he would be asked this question and how to answer it in advance.


    Meng Zhang''s answer is very simple. He was only involved in the first half of the war. After all the foreign enemies were driven away, Tianzhu Zhenjun fought one-on-one with the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    The two beings are too powerful to directly mobilize the power of the avenue against the enemy. They don''t like people watching the war. They don''t have the slightest scruples when they start.


    Meng Zhang and others did not dare to stay nearby for fear of being hurt by the aftermath of the battle.


    They fled the battlefield far away from the edge of the power of the road.


    As for the result of the battle, Meng Zhang and others knew nothing.


    They did not witness the war on the scene, and did not dare to get close to the battlefield entangled with the power of the avenue.


    As for Tianzhu Zhenjun, whether he wins or loses, whether he lives or dies, it''s not just a group of Jindan real people who can know where he went.


    Meng Zhang''s lies did not deceive the people of the ancient moon family, and he never expected lies to solve all problems.


    Even if the people of the ancient moon family knew that what Meng Zhang said was not true, they did not dare to force too much because they were afraid of the existence of Tianzhu Zhenjun, and they would not tear their faces with Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 566

    Meng Zhang has made friends with Gu Yue Huai die for many years, and taiyimen has a large-scale business relationship with Gu Yue family.


    Including the leader Meng Zhang, there are many familiar friends and close friends among the two members of taiyimen and Guyue family.


    Meng Zhang''s visit to the ancient moon family was not a formal visit, but a visit to relatives and friends, and visited many friends.


    As a leader of a sect and a real Jindan, he has no airs at all. He is kind to people, even his friends during the foundation period are treated equally and never despise others.


    After meeting my old friends, I talked and talked about my old feelings. There was no such arrogance as immortal Jindan.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments have made too fast. Many of the ancient moon family friars who were in the foundation period with him in those years have been married for many years, and the other party is still wandering in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang is polite, but the ancient moon family can''t neglect others. The family sent elders of the golden elixir period to accompany him all the way and meet his various needs at any time.


    Some members of the ancient moon family, either openly or secretly, inquired about the real king of Tianzhu from Meng Zhang. Even if you don''t get the answer, you don''t get stuck.


    Although the situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun has greatly affected the surrounding situation, it has no direct relationship with the ancient moon family after all.


    What is the rumor that Tianzhu Zhenjun is about to break through the period of returning to emptiness? Well-informed families such as the ancient moon family will not believe it at all.


    Not to mention the Jiuqu League and its surrounding areas, even in the Middle Earth, where the Xiuzhen civilization is extremely developed, there are many Xiuzhen holy places, and the Tianjiao strong emerge in endlessly, there are few great powers in the period of returning to emptiness.


    You Tianzhu Zhenjun are famous again, but after all, you are a casual practitioner. How can he de break through the period of returning to emptiness?


    If you devour a fifth level earth spirit, you can break through the period of returning to emptiness. There have long been strong people from the great sect of cultivating immortals and even the holy land of cultivating immortals.


    Only Tianzhu Zhenjun, a man of casual cultivation background, has insufficient knowledge, so he will be whimsical and desperately grasp a useless life-saving straw.


    Although the ancient moon family is just the Jindan family, it has a mysterious origin and extraordinary background. It has the confidence to despise the real king of Tianzhu.


    As long as Tianzhu Zhenjun did not break through the period of returning to emptiness, he could not shake the rule of Jiuqu League and could not affect the ancient moon family.


    Before the conflict of interest, the ancient moon family still attached great importance to taiyimen as a friend.


    The ancient moon family will secretly spy on the secrets of Taiyi gate, but they will not have an unpleasant relationship with Taiyi gate in order to avoid losing this increasingly important business partner.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be casual when talking to the monks of the ancient moon family and asked many questions about the Jiuqu League, including many questions about how to become a member of the Jiuqu League.


    The ancient moon family has a long history. It not only rules Dafeng City with the Lu family, but also is a powerful family at the top of Jiuqu League.


    If there were no true monarch of Yuanshen in the family, the ancient moon family would have become the core family of Jiuqu League.


    The friars of the ancient moon family are very familiar with all kinds of information of the Jiuqu League, the rules on the surface, the hidden rules, and many unknown dark activities.


    Since Meng Zhang asked, these ancient moon family friars had no intention of keeping secrets, he said it casually.


    On the surface, Jiuqu alliance is an authentic alliance. Although there are constant disputes within it, it can still maintain peace on the whole. When we go abroad, we can basically work together in unison.


    However, if we can have an in-depth understanding of the internal situation of Jiuqu League, we will know that there are many tricks of intrigue and the law of the jungle in the cultivation world.


    The dark history of specific struggles will not be mentioned. According to the information obtained from the people, Meng Zhang summarized it at home and came to various problems that taiyimen needs to face to join Jiuqu League.


    The Jiuqu league leaders certainly welcome such things as absorbing new blood and expanding forces. It is generally not difficult for new sects and families to join Jiuqu League.


    But the situation of taiyimen is very special.


    Taiyi gate is a sect born in endless sand sea. At least on the surface, it is a loyal subordinate of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    If taiyimen joins Jiuqu alliance, it will lead to the conflict between Jiuqu alliance and Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    The high level of Jiuqu League will not offend an expert in the later period of Yuanshen for the sake of a mere taiyimen.


    Even if Tianzhu Zhenjun doesn''t care about taiyimen and allows taiyimen to join Jiuqu alliance, Jiuqu alliance will not accept it easily. Who knows if taiyimen is the undercover of Tianzhu Zhenjun who broke into Jiuqu League in order to destroy Jiuqu League internally.


    This is the choice that the senior management of Jiuqu League will make without knowing the life and death of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    If Meng Zhang confesses everything to the senior management of Jiuqu League and tells the fate of Tianzhu Zhenjun, can he be allowed to join Jiuqu League?


    The answer is very difficult.


    Don''t forget, taiyimen was the enemy of Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    The senior management of Jiuqu League will not ignore the idea of their own Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Among the powerful forces like Jiuqu League, Yuanshen Zhenjun is an absolute high-level and has great power.


    Even if Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun ignore their past grievances and agree to taiyimen join Jiuqu alliance, taiyimen will still face many problems.


    If a Yuanshen Zhenjun wants to embarrass a Jindan sect, it will be very sad unless the Jindan sect can be protected by another Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In a word, with the current situation of taiyimen, it is very difficult to join Jiuqu League.


    The only way out is to get the protection of other Yuanshen Zhenjun in Jiuqu League.


    However, Meng Zhang could not accept the price that would have to be paid for a yuan God Zhenjun to provide protection to Taiyi gate at the risk of offending friars of the same level.


    Although these lofty Yuanshen Zhenjun look dignified on the surface, they are also people who eat people and don''t spit bones. They have an amazing appetite.


    Even if Taiyi sect loses the whole sect, it may not be able to fill this bottomless hole.


    Meng Zhang was extremely disappointed. He knew that taiyimen''s road to join Jiuqu alliance would not work for the time being.


    On the surface, he remained calm, still visited friends in the ancient moon family, and toured around Dafeng City.


    In order not to expose his true intention, Meng Zhang must look indifferent to these news, and try to distract the attention of the ancient moon family friars.


    He told the friars of the ancient moon family that taiyimen would increase investment in Dafeng City and develop vigorously here in the future.


    As one of the masters of gale City, the ancient moon family certainly welcomes it. The better the development of Dafeng City, the more prosperous it is, and the ancient moon family can get more benefits from it.

 Chapter 567

    After Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun retreated from the dead sand sea and healed in isolation, the official attitude of Dafeng City towards Taiyi gate is also quietly changing.


    The previous ban on taiyimen in Dafeng City quietly disappeared, no longer blockaded the border between the two countries, and the two forces resumed normal business exchanges.


    There is no need to transit through smuggling caravans. Many caravans can travel between the two places in a fair way.


    With the further development of the Gobi desert by taiyimen, more and more resources have been excavated, the scale of trade between the two countries has been expanding, and caravans have been coming and going.


    Taiyimen, with four golden elixirs and a thriving scene, is regarded as a potential emerging force in the eyes of Dafeng City.


    If we forget the gratitude and resentment between several yuan gods and Zhenjun, it is profitable to make friends with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Dafeng City for a long time. In addition to visiting the ancient moon family, he was also brokered by the friars of the ancient moon family to visit the main house of Dafeng City.


    The power pattern of Dafeng City is that the Lu family and the ancient moon family are juxtaposed. The Lu family is the main family, supplemented by the ancient moon family, and the other families are driven by the two families.


    The leader of Dafeng City has always been held by immortal Jindan sent by the Lu family.


    When they are abroad, the Lu family is also the official representative of Dafeng City and the leader of various affairs.


    When Meng Zhang visited the city master''s residence, he did not see the city master of Dafeng City, but he was received politely and alienated by friars of the Lu family.


    The relationship between Lu family and Gu Yue family in Dafeng City is also quite delicate.


    Although the ancient moon family is willing to live under people, it has a posture of taking the lead of the Lu family. However, the Lu family can''t look down on the ancient moon family. They must regard it as a partner rather than a subordinate.


    Lu family and Guyue family have always respected each other and have a tacit understanding on many matters.


    Since taiyimen is a friend of the ancient moon family, it also entered Dafeng City through the ancient moon family. The Lu family naturally kept away from taiyimen to show their respect for the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang''s visit to the city Lord''s residence is also a courtesy visit out of respect for the Lu family, the ruler of Dafeng City.


    Even if he wants to leave the ancient moon family and start a new stove, he will not be foolish enough to choose the Lu family on a large scale.


    In Dafeng City, Meng Zhang only pointed out some general development directions. As for the specific implementation, it is natural that the disciples of Taiyi sect are responsible.


    Not only in Dafeng City, but also in the whole Jiuqu League, Taiyi gate began to build some open or dark strongholds and arranged many monks in the gate.


    Because it is related to the grand plan of the sect, taiyimen is very willing to invest in Lingshi and various resources in this matter.


    Over the years, we have achieved some results, which can be regarded as a success in taking root within Jiuqu League.


    After handling the affairs of Dafeng City, Meng Zhang returned to Xiongshi mountain in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Meng Zhang slowed down his flight from time to time as he passed over the Gobi Gobi along the way, carefully observed the bottom and saw the development progress of taiyimen here.


    The Gobi is rich in resources, far richer than the endless sand sea. If it were not for a series of coincidences, taiyimen could not occupy such a vast territory.


    Even now, if the surrounding situation was not complex and the remaining power of Tianzhu Zhenjun was still there, it would be difficult to hold this territory only by relying on the strength of taiyimen.


    Looking at the vibrant oases below, people come and go. From time to time, caravans shuttle through them. Meng Zhang showed a smile on his face.


    The Gobi of evil wind is a treasure land. If Taiyi gate can completely develop here, it will be enough to support Taiyi gate to further enhance its strength.


    Of course, taiyimen also faces many problems. Not to mention anything else, the lack of third-order spiritual pulse alone is a big problem.


    The third level spirit vein of Xiongshi mountain supports one or two golden elixir immortal at most, but there are four golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate.


    This time, I got a batch of spiritual marrow from the dead sand sea, which can last for a period of time. But when the soul marrow is exhausted, you have to consume a large number of top-grade spirit stones.


    There are no large-scale Lingshi mines in the endless sand sea and Gobi. At most, there are some scattered and broken low-level ore caves, which produce a small amount of low-grade Lingshi, and occasionally a small amount of medium-grade Lingshi.


    Taiyimen wants to obtain the top-grade spirit stone, or endure the huge price difference and exchange it with the middle-grade and bottom-grade spirit stones. Or sell a lot of valuable resources and exchange them slowly.


    In the long run, it will be a huge burden to the whole sect.


    Over the years, there have been frequent wars in the endless sand sea. Many Jindan immortal stayed on the third-order spirit pulse for a short time. They all went out and consumed a lot of top-grade spirit stones.


    On the other side of Jiuqu League, it has been going deep into other shops and markets of Jiuqu league from the nearest Dafeng City. The exchange price of top-grade Lingshi has gone up all the way, even with price but no market.


    Many times, even if enough middle-grade and low-grade spirit stones are provided, it is difficult to exchange a large number of high-grade spirit stones.


    After Meng Zhang knew this situation, he discussed it with the taiyimen senior management. They don''t know whether this is normal market behavior or whether there are forces deliberately targeting taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang thought all the way, and soon crossed a long distance and returned to Xiongshi mountain.


    Shortly after returning to Xiongshi mountain, the thick earth God general who had not appeared in front of him for a long time appeared in front of him with good news.


    After so many years of efforts and massive resources, Houtu God will finally barely complete the repair of the spirit vein on the other side of the crow nest.


    After the third-order spiritual pulse is repaired, it will not only be enough to accommodate the space magic weapon Baicao Pavilion and provide enough aura for the growth of miraculous drugs inside, but also for a golden elixir immortal to practice nearby.


    The repair of the spirit pulse is not perfect. It is much worse than before.


    But there is no way. This is the limit of the current ability of the thick earth God.


    Although he is an excellent local teacher with extraordinary ability, he is still far from recovering his accomplishments, and many means can not be used. Being able to repair this seriously damaged third-order spirit pulse to its current state is a super level play.


    Looking at the thick earth God general who was a little embarrassed, Meng zhanghaosheng comforted him.


    The thick earth God has worked hard and made great achievements. He made a great contribution to the whole sect this time, and Meng Zhang was deeply grateful to him.


    This third-order spirit vein was repaired, which solved the urgent need of Taiyi sect and greatly alleviated the cultivation problem of immortal Jindan.


    That place was originally the nest of the dark crow demon, which was called the crow nest.


    Now the dark crow demon has been dead for many years, and taiyimen has completely occupied it. Third level spirit vessel repair. It must be an important stronghold of Taiyi gate in the future. It should have a new name, which means a new beginning.


    Baicaopo is Meng Zhang''s new name for that place.

 Chapter 568

    Baicaopo was originally a continuous mountain range. However, due to the explosion of magic weapon wanchongfeng, the huge explosive force destroyed a large number of mountains, shook the earth''s veins, and made earth shaking changes in the terrain.


    When the thick earth God organized people to repair the third-order spiritual veins there, he naturally transformed the local terrain to facilitate the next development and utilization.


    At present, the main terrain of that place is continuous and fluctuating slopes. In addition, the magic instrument of Baicao pavilion was placed there, and Meng ZhangCai took such a name.


    Baicaopo is regarded by Meng Zhang as an important stronghold second only to the mountain gate and strives for construction. In addition to arranging the third-order mountain protection array, we are also going to arrange the golden elixir immortal in the door to sit in turn.


    Meng Zhang arranged Wen qiansuan to set up a three-stage mountain protection array on baicaopo and guard the place by the way.


    He stayed in Xiongshi mountain. In addition to his daily cultivation, he accumulated calculation chips for performing Dayan divine calculation.


    Long after Meng Zhang entered the golden elixir period, Tianji was promoted and promoted to Tianji master.


    After the upgrade of Dayan divine calculation, it takes almost half a year to accumulate a calculation chip.


    According to the difficulty of calculating things, the number of calculations varies.


    When the calculation is not enough, Meng Zhang can also consume his own longevity yuan instead.


    As a friar in the middle of Jindan, he has a life of at least 600 or 700 years. At the critical moment, it is not unacceptable to consume a little life yuan.


    Now taiyimen and feihongzong have joined hands to confront the coalition forces of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar. It seems that the situation is stable, but Meng Zhang still has hidden worries in his heart.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun need not be considered for the time being. What he is most worried about now is that feihongzong takes the initiative to take refuge in Xuanfeng Zhenjun or Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    In fact, Meng Zhang also had such an idea after he knew that it was difficult to take refuge in Jiuqu League in Dafeng City.


    Anyway, there is no deep hatred between taiyimen and the two yuan gods. If we can take the real situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun as a chip, we may really be accepted by the two yuan gods Zhenjun.


    As for breaking the demon oath made in front of immortal Jinli, Meng Zhang believes that sooner or later he can find a way to avoid it.


    However, when such an idea came into his mind, the spiritual sense from the Heavenly Master stopped him in time. He had a premonition that if he did, he would have a very bad result.


    Master Tianji has a keen sense of spirit. Often this inexplicable feeling is more reliable than rational analysis and inference.


    Meng Zhang chose to believe in his spiritual consciousness and gave up the idea of taking refuge in Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    After returning to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, he calmed down and thought that he would have the idea of taking refuge. Would feihongzong, who is in the same situation as taiyimen, also have the idea of selling himself.


    Feihong sect has ruled the endless sand sea for many years and has a deep blood feud with huoyun sect, but there seems to be no big feud with the two yuan God Zhenjun, especially Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    In addition to explaining the secret Hall of taiyimen, Meng Zhang secretly strengthened the monitoring of Feihong sect. After accumulating a certain amount of calculation chips, he also performed Dayan divine calculation for a deduction.


    The result of deduction is not very clear, but it shows that feihongzong did not sell himself to the two true gods.


    No matter why Feihong sect chose to maintain the status quo instead of relying on Yue Feng Zhenjun and Xuan Feng Zhenjun, it was a great good thing for Taiyi gate.


    Although most areas of the endless sand sea fall into the enemy''s hands, the Gobi is still relatively calm.


    Feihongzong occupied the territory of Mobei Qi family and covered each other with taiyimen. For the time being, he didn''t have to worry too much about the invasion of foreign enemies.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong will not take the initiative to trigger a war to break the rare stable situation.


    In the blink of an eye, time passed quickly. It has been more than three years since Tianzhu Zhenjun fell.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong have nothing to do, but immortal Jinli is in trouble.


    Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family in Dafeng City, led the army of monks of the Huang family and took the initiative to join the battle under immortal Jinli in the name of eliminating ghost repair and demon repair.


    As a result, not only Huang tannian, the ancestor of the Huang family, died in the dead Shahai, but also none of the many Huang family friars could return to Dafeng City alive.


    Immortal Jin Li and Meng Zhang had already agreed to speak to the outside world. They only said that all the friars of the Huang family were buried in the hands of the devil.


    For such a simple statement, the Huang family in Dafeng City naturally refused to accept it. The golden elixir of the family died, and the elite friars of the family lost all their lives. This result is too tragic.


    At least the Huang family is also a member of the Jiuqu League, not an idle family without a foundation.


    A group of monks in the family ran to the high level of Jiuqu League and cried. The high level of Jiuqu League, out of the friendship of the alliance, could not ignore it.


    The Huang family is stationed in Dafeng City, and the senior management of Jiuqu League handed over the trouble to the Lu family.


    The Huang family joined the war under the command of real Jinli. Of course, real Jinli bears the greatest responsibility.


    The Mobei Qi family, the three forces that fought together, has perished. Feihong sect is now firmly entrenched in its territory and has little contact with Dafeng City.


    Taiyimen has a close relationship with the ancient moon family. The Lu family should give the ancient moon family some face.


    The friar of the Lu family found immortal Jinli and asked him to give a statement.


    Of course, immortal Jinli still said that. All the friars of the Huang family died in the hands of the devil. Death is brave and glorious.


    As for the details of the death of friar Huang, she was vague.


    This statement obviously can not satisfy the friars of the Lu family.


    The Lu family is also unwilling to completely tear their faces with a strong man like Jin Li. They gave immortal Jinli a way out.


    Immortal Jinli paid a certain price to compensate the Huang family, appease the Huang family and let the Huang family stop making trouble.


    In this way, everyone said in the past, the Lu family also had an explanation. Then you can turn big things into small ones.


    But immortal Jinli is not willing to pay the price. He is a cheap member of the Huang family.


    According to her, the war was dangerous. Under the leadership of Huang tannian, friars of the Huang family took the initiative to fight. Naturally, they should be conceited about life and death. He has absolutely no obligation to be responsible for the monks who died in the war, let alone compensate the Huang family.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t cooperate and the matter couldn''t be solved. Naturally, the Lu family refused to give up.


    Immortal Jinli doesn''t give face to the Lu family and doesn''t accept the Lu family''s proposal. The Lu family won''t make her feel better.


    The Lu family sent a number of Jindan real people to take the initiative to find the trouble of Jinli real person in the name of exchange and discussion.


    They fight alone, not rivals. Relying on the advantage of number, they rush forward and bully the few with the crowd.

 Chapter 569

    For the time being, the Lu family is not willing to completely tear their faces with immortal Jinli. They are also worried about the existence of Tianzhu Zhenjun, so they have room to do things.


    The friars sent by the Lu family to besiege immortal Jinli know how to be merciful and try to avoid getting angry.


    Immortal Jinli is also unwilling to make enemies with the powerful Jindan family like the Lu family. She has always left room for action and tried not to hurt each other.


    But as long as the two sides do not compromise for a day, the battle will not stop.


    If Immortal Jinli couldn''t stop and hurt the friars of the Lu family, the Lu family would not give up. Once the situation escalates, it will turn into a battle of life and death.


    Moreover, he has been pestered by friars of the Lu family. Immortal Jinli can''t even do business. He is really tired of it.


    Meng Zhang soon knew the situation of immortal Jinli, but he couldn''t help it and couldn''t intervene.


    Dafeng City is the most important business object of taiyimen at present. Meng Zhang naturally does not want to offend the Lu family.


    Meng Zhang''s weight is not qualified to mediate this matter.


    With Jin Li''s temper, she won''t bow her head easily, even if Meng Zhang tries to persuade her.


    Fortunately, both sides know the sense of propriety. At present, there are no casualties and things have not gone out of control.


    However, no one can tell how things will end.


    After more than a year, immortal Jinli suddenly came to Xiongshi mountain and named to visit Meng Zhang.


    Now there is only Meng Zhang, a Jindan immortal in Xiongshi mountain. He came forward to receive Jinli immortal.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that immortal Jinli was going to help her fight against the Lu family with the help of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was thinking, what can taiyimen help? How to deal with this matter without tearing the face of the Lu family?


    After Meng Zhang met Jin Li, Jin Li didn''t talk to him about Lu''s family, but discussed other important things.


    It turned out that before the fall of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he gave many instructions to immortal Jinli.


    At present, the biggest goal of Jinli immortal Jindan is to break through the Yuanshen period.


    After becoming the original God, the true king of Tianzhu has a keen sense of spirit, which is very suitable for the cultivation of Tianji master.


    However, he has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years, but he has not received the inheritance of Tianji suitable for his cultivation.


    Before Tianzhu Zhenjun died, he once told immortal Jinli many times. If he could get the help of the Tianji master and let the Tianji master use his spiritual sense, maybe he would have found the weakness of the fifth level Earth Spirit and ended the battle ahead of time.


    It''s a pity that there are so few heavenly masters. Even the great masters in the later period of Yuanshen, it is difficult to find a Heavenly Master who meets their wishes.


    Before he died, Tianzhu Zhenjun had a very clear mind and a very sharp sense of spirit.


    Half of it comes from spiritual awareness and half from extraordinary insight. Tianzhu Zhenjun told immortal Jinli that her chance to become a Yuanshen was in the small world of Zijin sect.


    At the beginning, immortal Jinli tried her best to open the small world of Zijin sect and sent a large number of Jindan immortal to explore inside.


    After they entered the small world, Meng Zhang gained a lot.


    But later, Zhu Zizhen''s distraction appeared and madly attacked all the golden elixir real people who appeared in front of him.


    Even if it''s just a distraction of the yuan God Zhenjun, it''s not something that a group of Jindan real people can directly confront.


    The immortal Jindan, including Meng Zhang, ran for their lives in a hurry and fled the small world.


    Afterwards, the void interdiction array that communicated with the small world was closed.


    Now, immortal Jinli faces many difficulties if he wants to enter the small world of Zijin sect.


    With Zhu Zizhen''s distraction, even a monk like immortal Jinli, who has a perfect golden pill, may not be able to retreat.


    However, according to the judgment of immortal Jinli, Zhu Zizhen had fallen for many years and was distracted only by the remaining strength in the past.


    The last time I woke up from a deep sleep, it must have consumed a lot of the distracted power.


    It has been decades since I entered that small world last time. Zhu Zizhen''s distraction should be continuous weakness, getting weaker and weaker.


    If Immortal Jinli can cooperate with other immortal Jindan, he is very sure that he can kill the distracted.


    In this way, immortal Jinli can completely control the small world and slowly look for the opportunity to achieve the yuan God.


    The perfection of the golden elixir seems to be only one step away from the Yuanshen period, but this distance blocks countless monks.


    Immortal Jinli has a complete inheritance of the school and can practice until the yuan God period. In addition, he has the guidance of Tianzhu Zhenjun, a later monk of the yuan God period. But she also knew that it was still very difficult for her to achieve Yuanshen.


    Over the years, she has been slowly making up for her defects in all aspects and working hard to achieve the yuan God according to the instructions of Tianzhu zhenjunlin before her death.


    The Lu family came to find trouble, which not only greatly delayed her cultivation, but also disgusted her.


    Immortal Jinli was originally prepared to wait for a long time. After Zhu Zizhen''s distraction became weaker in the small world, he went to pick up bargains.


    But the Lu family disturbed her and she had to advance her plan.


    She wanted to see if the Lu family dared to find trouble for themselves as before after she became the true monarch of the yuan God.


    I''m probably worried that Meng Zhang refused himself. Before Meng Zhang spoke, immortal Jinli offered a lot of benefits.


    The most important thing is that she promised that as long as she became the true monarch of the yuan God, she would stay in the sand sea of death and shelter taiyimen for a hundred years.


    Immortal Jinli explained in detail the importance of the protection of the yuan God Zhenjun for Meng Zhang.


    In the cultivation world, Jindan sect can occupy one side and be a local tyrant. But if you want to really have an independent status, you don''t have to look at other people''s eyes to live, at least it should be Yuanshen sect.


    The ruler before the endless sand sea was the Zijin sect of Yuanshen sect. Later, Feihong sect was able to control the endless sand sea because there was a real king of Tianzhu behind it.


    Taiyi gate occupies such a vast territory as the Gobi of evil wind. If it is not blessed by the yuan God Zhenjun, it can''t keep this foundation.


    Not to mention Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun, other people in this territory will not make Taiyi gate feel better.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, taiyimen is qualified to occupy the Gobi of evil wind alone only with the protection of the characters of the yuan God Zhenjun level.


    Immortal Jinli said so much just to persuade Meng Zhang to enter the small world of Zijin sect with her.


    After all, although they have a good relationship, it is still a little difficult for Meng Zhang to face Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    In fact, even if Jin Li doesn''t say so much, Meng Zhang will help him.


    Meng Zhang saw clearly that he and Jin Li were on the same boat. Both lose and prosper.


    As long as immortal Jinli becomes the original God, many problems faced by Taiyi gate will be solved.

 Chapter 570

    Without the persuasion of immortal Jinli, Meng Zhang had already weighed the pros and cons in his heart and decided to try his best to help immortal Jinli become a yuan God.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude made Jin Li very satisfied. She told Meng Zhang that as long as she became the yuan God, she would cover the Taiyi gate in the future.


    Relying on the power of taiyimen alone, immortal Jinli is not very relieved. She decided to bring Fei hongzong in.


    In particular, the flying stone immortal of Feihong sect is an old golden elixir. He is much older than Jin Li immortal. The cultivation of golden elixir is very trustworthy.


    After leaving Xiongshi mountain, immortal Jinli went to Luochen hill and discussed with two immortal Jindan of Feihong sect.


    Immortal Feishi is very clear about the current situation and is also willing to fully support immortal Jinli to become the yuan God.


    With the support of taiyimen and feihongzong, immortal Jinli has a greater confidence in defeating Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    With the vigorous and resolute nature of immortal Jinli, since she decided to start, she naturally wanted to take action immediately.


    However, neither Meng Zhang nor immortal Feishi can act so quickly. We need to consider the interests of the sect.


    If taiyimen and feihongzong send immortal Jindan to act with immortal Jinli, the sect will be empty and may give the opponent an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang discussed with immortal Feishi and decided to launch a counterattack against the endless sand sea before entering the small world of Zijin sect. Even if you can''t completely defeat the invaders and recapture the lost land, you should try to hit the enemy hard and give enough deterrence to make them dare not act rashly.


    Although immortal Jinli was a little anxious, she knew that she still needed Meng Zhang''s help, so she agreed to their proposal.


    After some preparation, feihongzong and immortal Jindan of Taiyi gate flew out together to Feihong mountain, the original Mountain Gate of feihongzong.


    In order to achieve the effect of the raid as much as possible, jindanzhen people were the first to go out and pack light. Taiyimen and feihongzong did not mobilize on a large scale, but sent some elite friars to take a flying boat and follow several Jindan real people at any time.


    Flying stone immortal, Wu Mingwei immortal, Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan and weak water general, a total of six Jindan immortal, formed a team and flew to the target.


    Immortal Jinli quietly flew behind as their biggest backup.


    A flying boat team took off slowly after Jindan immortal set out and flew towards the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang and others ignored the strongholds along the way. Their purpose is to make trouble with the Yellow Dragon, not to entangle with the pawn.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar invaded the endless sand sea this time, which was inspired by the yuan God Zhenjun behind them.


    When Xuanfeng Zhenjun secretly contacted other Yuanshen Zhenjun to plot against Tianzhu Zhenjun, he also drove huoyun sect to conquer Feihong mountain and occupy the endless sand sea while the main force of Feihong sect was away.


    Despite the heavy losses of the last defeat, he has not recovered his strength until now. But when Xuanfeng Zhenjun gave the order, huoyun sect only had to listen to the order.


    Huoyun sect has worked for Xuanfeng Zhenjun for many years, and it doesn''t get any benefits.


    The huoyun party is of great use to Xuanfeng Zhenjun. In order to win over the huoyun sect, he is also willing to pay.


    With the help of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, some friars of huoyun sect successfully tied pills a few years ago.


    Immortal Lvyan is the new golden elixir of huoyun sect. This time, I went to the endless sand sea with immortal ChiYan and immortal dark cloud.


    In order to strengthen the power of invading the endless sand sea, Yue fengzhenjun mobilized the power of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar to participate in this matter.


    On the one hand, Hedong sub altar can not resist the will of Yue Fengzhen, on the other hand, it is also jealous of the vast territory of the endless sand sea.


    The first master of Hedong sub altar, immortal Xiaolian in the later stage of Jindan, Hong Siming and Hong Zhengqi in the early stage of Jindan, together led a large army of monks to join the invasion.


    The Allied forces of the two sects took advantage of the weakness and easily conquered important strongholds such as Feihong mountain and Huangsha mountain, occupying more than half of the endless sand sea.


    If the Hong brothers and immortal Lvyan hadn''t failed in the sneak attack on Xiongshi mountain together, I''m afraid they would defeat taiyimen in one fell swoop, even the Gobi of evil wind.


    Fortunately, due to the great power of Wen qiansuan and the weak water god general, the enemy was afraid.


    After Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun retreated from the dead sand sea, the friars of huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar were a little alarmed at first.


    However, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun soon gave them a reassurance.


    They said that Tianzhu Zhenjun was seriously injured and couldn''t move easily. They only need to face the possible counterattack of feihongzong and taiyimen, and there is no need to worry about anything else.


    Of course, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun actually don''t know the real situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun. They let the two sects continue to occupy the endless sand sea, and their main intention was to test the falseness and reality of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    If Tianzhu Zhenjun, regardless of his identity, takes action in person and annihilates the Allied forces of the two zongmen in one fell swoop. Then Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun hid as far as they could, and they absolutely didn''t dare to get close to the endless sand sea.


    If Tianzhu Zhenjun ignores the alliance of the two sects, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun will have to think about it.


    Is Tianzhu Zhenjun in the wrong situation and unable to take action, or does he deliberately keep the alliance of the two sects to lure the two Yuanshen Zhenjun close to the endless sand sea?


    In any case, in order to test the reality of Tianzhu Zhenjun, in the eyes of the two yuan gods Zhenjun, the friars dispatched by huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar can be sacrificed.


    In particular, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, although ostensibly submitted to Yuefeng Zhenjun, has been making small moves secretly, trying to get rid of Yuefeng Zhenjun''s control.


    Let Hedong Fentan pay a price and learn a lesson, and they will become honest.


    No matter whether the top leaders of the two sects have seen through the thoughts of the two yuan gods, they are unable to resist anyway, and only obedience.


    After occupying the endless sand sea, they all tried their best to plunder resources and seize all kinds of benefits. Even if it is really hit, it can recover part of the loss.


    With this mentality, the Allied forces of the two zongmen were unwilling to continue to expand and took the initiative to attack taiyimen and feihongzong.


    But today, taiyimen and feihongzong killed the door in turn.


    Huoyun sect and Feihong sect have been entangled for hundreds of years and sacrificed countless lives. Even if Fei hongzong falls here, he doesn''t dare to underestimate his old enemy.


    At the insistence of huoyun sect, the two sects sent Jindan immortal in turn to monitor the movements of Taiyi sect and Feihong sect at all times.


    Today, the real person of huoyun sect is responsible for monitoring the enemy''s movements at the border.


    He saw a large group of golden elixirs from a distance. He didn''t dare to delay at all. He immediately ran desperately towards Feihong mountain, and timely released the messenger flying sword to warn his own side.

 Chapter 571

    Immortal dark cloud saw the opportunity early and fled in time. He was not surrounded by the enemy.


    The other golden elixir immortal in the rear soon received the summons flying sword from dark cloud immortal and knew that the enemy was attacking on a large scale. Start gathering immediately.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong should guard against the attack of huoyun sect and Hedong Fentan. Huoyun sect are also worried about the enemy''s counterattack.


    Their golden elixirs are not very scattered, and the distance between them is not far.


    As for the elimination of the vast endless sand sea and the plundering of various resources, they were handed over to the friars dispatched by the two sects.


    Unless you encounter a hard bone that you can''t chew, you will invite immortal Jindan to help.


    There are many practitioners of endless sand sea, but there is no time to use the golden elixir immortal.


    All the resistance forces can be easily eliminated by sending out the friars of the two sects.


    It was learned from the summoning flying sword of immortal dark cloud that the enemy dispatched six Jindan immortal. Huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar dare not be careless. All the golden elixirs gather in Feihong mountain to avoid being broken by the enemy.


    Immortal dark cloud tried his best to escape. Finally, before Meng Zhang''s six people arrived, he joined the same door first.


    Meng Zhang''s six people galloped all the way. In order to avoid wasting too much real yuan, they didn''t move forward at full speed.


    They did not deliberately hide their whereabouts, nor did they expect to sneak into unsuspecting enemies.


    When I fly to Feihong mountain, I happen to meet the enemy Jindan immortal who is waiting in battle.


    The two brothers Hong Siming and Hong Zhengqi of Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar, together with the red Yan, dark cloud and green Yan of huoyun sect, have been waiting here for a long time.


    After occupying Feihong mountain, the high-level of the East Branch altar of Huanglian cult deployed a three-stage mountain protection array here to strengthen defense and defense, and build it as a base in the endless sand sea.


    The strength of huoyun sect is not as good as that of Huanglian sect. After the last disastrous defeat, there are not enough monks to fight.


    Among the Allied forces of the two sects, the monks of the East Branch altar of Huanglian sect account for the vast majority, and the strength of their high-level monks is also stronger than that of huoyun sect.


    Therefore, among the Allied forces of the two zongmen, Hedong Fentan is the main force, and immortal Xiaolian is the commander-in-chief of the allied force.


    Immortal Xiaolian has always acted arrogantly and overbearing. Even huoyun faction, an ally, had to give way when seizing interests.


    Feihong mountain and its surrounding areas are the most prosperous places in the endless sand sea. Hedong sub altar takes it in its due course.


    Now facing the counter attack of taiyimen and feihongzong, Hedong Fentan naturally has to bear the responsibility of resistance.


    If Immortal Xiaolian leads the people to retreat to Feihong mountain and defends by relying on the mountain protection array, it is absolutely peace of mind. No matter how strong the enemy is, they can''t attack the mountain.


    However, in this way, it is tantamount to giving up all peripheral strongholds and giving in to most of the previous achievements.


    They will not do this unless they have to and can''t resist it.


    Including immortal Xiaolian, the six Golden elixirs all know the strength of the enemy.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong strictly guard against the invading enemy and try to find out the enemy''s intelligence. Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect are doing the same.


    Immortal Xiaolian thinks that his own strength is stronger than the other. Although the active attack may be insufficient, the passive confrontation is more than enough.


    In fact, in the eyes of immortal Xiaolian, if your side doesn''t take the initiative to attack, Fei hongzong and taiyimen should be thankful. They dare to come to the door on their own initiative. They really don''t know the superiority of heaven and earth.


    "When did Hedong sub altar become a slave of mountain sub altar and work wholeheartedly for the master''s son Yue Feng?"


    Before he got close, the flying stone immortal screamed at a long distance.


    "Master Feishi, you don''t know. You can make a dog for Yuanshen Zhenjun, but the only way out for these wastes." Meng Zhang laughed.


    "I really don''t know what it means to try to show off my tongue." immortal ChiYan snorted coldly.


    Real person Xiaolian is just like his name. He always has a smile on his face, and there are few other expressions.


    He smiled and looked at the flying opponent without saying a word.


    The golden elixir immortal present are monks who have lived for a long time. How can they be easily moved by words.


    Seeing that they were about to start contact, Meng Zhang and them stopped talking nonsense.


    Drinking, scolding and negotiating are superfluous things. Everyone is not interested in wasting time on them.


    As soon as we entered the attack range, everyone began to attack.


    Immortal Feishi found an old enemy and an old opponent, immortal ChiYan. Both of them are friars in the middle of Jindan. They have fought many times before.


    Now it''s an enemy meeting, especially jealous, and they fight together without saying a word.


    Meng Zhang, the only monk in the middle of the golden elixir, had to take the initiative to find the enemy''s strongest immortal Xiaolian because of the intentional or unintentional actions of immortal Feishi.


    Meng Zhang did not lose his fighting spirit because his cultivation was not as good as the other party, but rushed up with high fighting spirit.


    The sun and moon god beads hang high above the head, emitting bursts of divine light.


    The blazing sun sword turns into a hot sun in the air and kills each other with bursts of blazing heat waves.


    The shadow killing sword is hidden in the shadow, looming and constantly jumping and stabbing.


    After years of hard cultivation and many times of exertion, Qizheng sword formula, an excellent sword formula handed down from Zijin school, shines brilliantly and gives full play to Meng Zhang.


    There was no change in the smiling face of immortal Xiaolian. There was a yellow lotus on his head, his feet stepped on a group of auspicious clouds, and his hands closed. Immediately, there was a lot of hype. Countless yellow petals fell from the sky and jumped on Meng Zhang who was rushing.


    In the face of immortal Xiaolian, whose cultivation level is better than his own, Meng Zhang dare not have the slightest reservation. He uses all his means and shows all his powers.


    The fierce black-and-white sword Qi crisscross in the air, which already contains a trace of the true meaning of the change of yin and Yang.


    After Meng Zhang and immortal Feishi found their opponents, the other immortal Jindan looked for their opponents and fought against each other.


    In addition to Meng Zhang and immortal Xiaolian, the cultivation of the other five pairs of opponents is similar, and there is little difference in combat effectiveness. After fighting for a long time, it was a tie. Even if someone can get the upper hand, it will not take a day to distinguish between victory and defeat and even life and death.


    Many factors, such as inheritance, talent and effort, made Meng Zhang enter the middle of Jindan at a young age, and he was not weak among the monks in the middle of Jindan.


    Even so, it is difficult for him to surpass the challenge. Across the gap of a realm, it is comparable to immortal Xiaolian.


    Huanglian sect is at the top of many sects in Jiuqu League. If the leader of the Huanglian sect had not disappeared for many years, the Huanglian sect would not only have this momentum at present, but also would not split internally.


    A skinny camel is bigger than a horse. Even if there are many problems within the Huanglian sect, it can still occupy a place in the top level of the Jiuqu League. It is easy for no force to dare to provoke.


    The inheritance of Huanglian cult accepted by immortal Xiaolian is also very clever. When it comes to combat experience and effort, he is better than Meng Zhang.


    After the two began to fight, immortal Xiaolian also had no reservation and took out his real skills. After seeing Meng Zhang''s extraordinary, he secretly added strength and wanted to keep Meng Zhang here.


    Among the six pairs of opponents, Meng Zhang is in the worst position. In the face of immortal Xiaolian''s seemingly understated but powerful attack, he soon fell to the disadvantage and slowly lost his initiative.


    Even if he was suppressed by immortal Xiaolian, Meng Zhang was still not nervous because he only parried and had no power to fight back. He still has his cards left. There''s no need to worry.


    Moreover, he is very interested in playing against the strong. Even if the battle is not going well, he can still learn a lot from the battle.


    However, no matter how talented Meng Zhang is, he can''t cross the huge strength gap. As the battle went on, his condition became worse and worse.


    If the war situation does not change, Meng Zhang will be in danger if it continues like this.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s trump card, immortal Jinli, fell from high into the air not far from the battlefield.


    Immortal Xiaolian, who is fighting with Meng Zhang, first discovered the arrival of immortal Jinli.


    For a long time, immortal Jinli couldn''t take the initiative in the endless sand sea because of the agreement between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level Earth Spirit.


    In the long run, many people subconsciously ignored her existence and did not include her in the calculation of combat power.


    The real king of Tianzhu and the fifth level earth spirit are gone. Without any constraints, Jinli immortal who can freely fight in the endless sand sea has the pleasure of getting out of the cage and flying wantonly.


    Immortal Xiaolian had the same smile on his face, and his heart was already angry and his killing intention surged wildly.


    It was the disciple of immortal Xiaolian who caused trouble in Dafeng City and wanted to take Jin Qiaoer away by force.


    Later, immortal Jinli took this as an excuse to make a big fuss about Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, which caused a lot of trouble.


    At the beginning, immortal Xiaolian has not been promoted to the later stage of Jindan, but only the cultivation in the middle stage of Jindan. In the whole Hedong sub altar, no friar can stop immortal Jinli.


    Immortal Jinli caused a great loss to Hedong sub altar and made Hedong sub altar lose face. If there were no other scruples, immortal Jinli would not stop easily.


    It is also because immortal Jinli''s trouble exposed the falsehood and reality of Hedong sub altar, which made Hedong sub altar unable to continue to resist the penetration of mountain sub altar and had to submit to Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Speaking of it, immortal Jinli is the culprit of Hedong sub altar becoming Yue Feng Zhenjun''s chess pieces.


    At the thought that immortal Jinli killed his beloved disciple alive in front of him, immortal Xiaolian had an impulse to give up the fight with Meng Zhang and rush to fight with immortal Jinli.


    Of course, friars at the level of immortal Xiaolian will not allow their emotions to control themselves.


    It''s not a good thing that immortal Jinli appears at this time.


    Immortal Xiaolian is making progress, and immortal Jinli is also making progress. Immortal Jinli, who has completed the golden elixir, dare not say that she is invincible in sweeping the golden elixir. At least she can catch an opponent like immortal Xiaolian.

 Chapter 572

    With the temper of immortal Jinli, you don''t care about such problems as taking more as victory and being invincible.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s downwind and more and more difficult to resist, she was ready to fight.


    Jin Li, who was just about to make a move, suddenly looked up at the air in the distance and said with disdain: "you dead fat pig, you know to hide and make some small moves in the dark. If you don''t get out quickly, do you want me to invite you?"


    Immortal Jinli drank and scolded mercilessly and soon played a role.


    In the distant air, a long lost figure quietly appeared, looking at immortal Jinli.


    Although Xuanfeng Zhenjun himself is healing in seclusion, his attention to the endless sand sea has never been reduced by half.


    In addition to the massive invasion of the endless sand sea by huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, he also sent his most trusted disciple Zhu Liangyu to stay in the endless sand sea and monitor the movement here all the time.


    Seeing that immortal Jinli was going to fight shirtless, Zhu Liangyu couldn''t bear it at last.


    "Jinli, don''t act recklessly. Do you really think no one can do anything about you?"


    For Zhu Liangyu''s warning, immortal Jinli simply scoffed. As long as there is no Yuanshen Zhenjun, she will never shrink back.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and immortal Xiaolian fighting more and more fiercely, immortal Jinli stopped talking nonsense and shot directly.


    She didn''t even use the big killing tool Huang Sha Wan Li map at the bottom of the box. With one hand, several thunders fell in the sky and split at immortal Xiaolian, which made immortal Xiaolian embarrassed.


    Immortal Jinli is proficient in thunder, is good at controlling thunder, and can refine all kinds of powerful thunder balls.


    Although he knew that he was not the opponent of immortal Jinli, he was ignored by immortal Jinli in front of so many people, which made Zhu Liangyu, who always loved face, unable to hang on his face.


    He took out a big flag and shook it vigorously. Several extremely fierce blades were rolled up in the air and chopped at immortal Jinli from all directions.


    After fighting with Zhu Liangyu for so many years, immortal Jinli knows how capable this old opponent is. She disdained to fly to Zhu Liangyu and was ready to teach him a lesson again.


    Seeing Zhu Liangyu''s hand, immortal Xiaolian felt that she had something to rely on, forced Meng Zhang back a few times, and took the initiative to rush to immortal Jinli.


    Zhu Liangyu and immortal Xiaolian, two masters in the later stage of Jindan, had a tacit cooperation. One before and one after, they attacked immortal Jinli almost at the same time.


    I saw the strong wind roaring in the air and the hype falling. Immortal Jinli tried her best to resist, while attracting a thick thunder.


    The thunder snake danced wildly and the lightning flashed. Zhu Liangyu and immortal Xiaolian dared not neglect the counterattack of immortal Jinli and cast spells and parries one after another.


    Immortal Jinli not only had no fear, but also took the initiative to attack with high fighting spirit and set the other party''s posture.


    When the three fought, there was great movement and noise, affecting a wide range. The rest of the golden elixir immortal who are fighting against each other intentionally or unintentionally avoid being hurt by the aftermath of the battle.


    Meng Zhang did not dodge, but took the initiative to fly into their battle group to help immortal Jinli against the enemy.


    Although Meng Zhang is the weakest among the four, he is not good for nothing. With all his strength, he brought no small threat to Zhu Liangyu and immortal Xiaolian, which greatly interfered with their action.


    Jin Li, who fought one against two, no longer kept all of them. He directly took out the fourth-order magic weapon at the bottom of the pressure box, the yellow sand Wanli map. Due to Meng Zhang''s cover, the enemy did not have time to stop her action.


    A virtual shadow of a girl in yellow appeared beside immortal Jinli.


    Jin Li looked at the girl''s virtual shadow with a spoiled look on her face. She said politely, "thank you."


    After hearing the order, the girl directly urged the magic weapon. I saw the changes in the surrounding space, and the endless yellow sand filled the world.


    This picture of thousands of miles of yellow sand was refined by immortal Jinli. There is an independent space in the picture, which has become a world of its own.


    As long as immortal Jinli casts a spell to trap the enemy in the picture, it is equivalent to a home battle. You can use the power of the space in the picture to trap and hurt the enemy.


    Although Zhu Liangyu has fought with immortal Jinli many times before, immortal Jinli can beat him steadily without using the yellow sand map every time.


    Zhu Liangyu knows that immortal Jinli has such a powerful magic weapon, but he has never personally experienced its power.


    As for immortal Xiaolian, he is not familiar with the means of immortal Jinli. When he fought with immortal Jinli before, immortal Jinli didn''t show much real skills at all.


    Without checking for a moment, they were easily trapped by immortal Jinli with a ten thousand mile map of yellow sand and fell into endless yellow sand.


    Immortal Jinli called Meng Zhang and, under the cover of the yellow sand, attacked the two opponents.


    Zhu Liangyu knew that the situation was wrong from the moment he was trapped by the yellow sand wanlitu. If you are trapped for a long time, you may lose all resistance and let the enemy fish and meat.


    Zhu Liangyu is also a decisive person. He immediately called immortal Xiaolian and took out the strongest means to break the prohibition of Huangsha Wanli map in one fell swoop.


    Immortal Xiaolian exploded a yellow lotus and blew a small gap in the yellow sand.


    Zhu Liangyu released a talisman given by Xuanfeng Zhenjun, summoned a breeze, wrapped him and immortal Xiaolian''s body, and escaped from the siege of Huangsha Wanli map.


    In the process of escape, they were inevitably beaten by immortal Jinli.


    A breeze came down in the air, and the bodies of Zhu Liangyu and immortal Xiaolian fell heavily to the ground. They were in a mess and were seriously injured.


    This is the result of real Jinli''s mercy.


    Although he is now hostile to Xuanfeng Zhenjun, it comes from the gratitude and resentment of Tianzhu Zhenjun. There is no deep hatred between immortal Jinli and Xuanfeng Zhenjun. If not necessary, she would not take a blood feud with the other party.


    Zhu Liangyu and immortal Xiaolian stood up and looked at immortal Jinli with lingering fear. They dared not continue to entangle, but greeted their own golden elixir immortal in the field.


    On their side, whether they are the real people of Jindan who are in the upper or lower position, they all try to get rid of the opponent''s attack and move closer to Zhu Liangyu.


    After a while, Zhu Liangyu and his immortal Jindan gathered together.


    Facing the enemy Jindan immortal chased from the rear, they resisted and retreated.


    In this way, they fought and retreated, slowly separated from the battlefield and retreated directly into Feihong mountain.


    After retreating into Feihong mountain, they immediately opened the mountain protection array of Feihong mountain to stop the pursuit of the enemy.


    Everyone, including immortal Jinli, is not interested in trying the power of the mountain protection array in front of us.


    Watching the enemy retreat into Feihong mountain, they took the initiative to give up the pursuit.


    In this short fight, because immortal Jinli was very powerful, taiyimen and feihongzong temporarily gained the upper hand and forced the enemy back.

 Chapter 573

    Because immortal Jinli intended to release water, all the enemy''s immortal Jindan safely returned to Feihong mountain.


    Immortal Jinli is about to go to the small world of Zijin sect to seek an opportunity to break through the Yuanshen period. If taiyimen and feihongzong hadn''t made great efforts, she wouldn''t be willing to make trouble at all and start the war at this time.


    Although she respected Meng Zhang''s opinions, agreed to go to war, and did actively participate in the war. But she didn''t want to kill the enemy''s golden elixir.


    As long as there is no death or injury of the golden elixir, the scale of the war is controllable.


    But once you kill the other person''s golden elixir, the nature will change. The other side will not give up, but will continue to increase the weight and send more powerful forces to fight in the endless sand sea.


    For immortal Jinli, the most important thing now is to impact the Yuanshen period. She absolutely didn''t want to be disturbed, let alone delay the event.


    Immortal Jinli looks a little careless and even a little careless on weekdays. However, she is by no means a person who has no intention to grow up to now.


    In her heart, she still had some calculations. Be able to calculate all kinds of advantages and disadvantages very clearly and make the most favorable choice for yourself.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t hide this little thought. Meng Zhang and immortal Feishi saw it clearly.


    According to the current situation of taiyimen and feihongzong, it is really not suitable to participate in large-scale bloody war. Their purpose of launching this attack is also to deter the invading enemy and make them dare not start the attack easily.


    Immortal Jinli doesn''t want to kill the enemy''s immortal Jindan, so they have to let it go.


    After Zhu Liangyu led a group of golden elixirs to retreat into Feihong mountain, they were protected by a three-level mountain protection array, and their safety was guaranteed.


    Of course, they are not satisfied with their whole family.


    The golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar should also take into account the disciples in the sect.


    Immortal ChiYan and immortal Xiaolian summoned all the disciples distributed in the endless sand sea and issued the latest orders.


    These disciples can''t resist the enemy''s golden elixir. There''s no need to die in vain.


    So the order they received was to ask them to take the initiative to avoid the war.


    They either immediately put down everything in their hands, fled the endless sand sea as soon as possible and returned to the boundary of Jiuqu League. Or close to Feihong mountain, and the immortal Jindan in the mountain will pick them up and enter Feihong mountain.


    The friars of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect in Hedong branch altar took action immediately after receiving the summons from the immortal Jindan in the door.


    Without the golden elixir immortal who can catch the enemy, Meng Zhang and Feishi immortal will not let go of these small shrimps.


    Immortal Jinli just doesn''t want to kill the enemy''s immortal Jindan. He doesn''t care about the life and death of these low-level disciples at all.


    Worried that the strength is too scattered, the enemy will take the initiative to kill out of Feihong mountain, which is difficult for his own side to resist.


    Therefore, only Wen qiansuan and Wu Mingwei, the two golden elixirs with the lowest cultivation, go after and drive away the scattered low-level friars of the enemy. The rest of the golden elixir immortal stayed outside Feihong mountain to monitor the enemy''s actions all the time.


    Huoyun sect and Hedong Fentan friars who took the initiative to avoid the war have little resistance to the enemy''s golden elixir.


    However, Wen qiansuan and Wu Mingwei are also separated and lack skills. It is difficult to pursue and kill the fleeing enemy.


    After a simple sweep, they killed a group of enemy friars and destroyed many enemy strongholds.


    The friars sent by taiyimen and feihongzong had already arrived nearby by this time.


    They entered the strongholds abandoned by the enemy and began to plunder resources and rush to transport materials.


    A group of golden elixir immortals on Feihong mountain joined hands many times to leave Feihong mountain to cover their retreating friars and help them retreat safely to Feihong mountain.


    Immortal Jinli led a group of immortal Jindan, intercepted them many times and fought with them constantly.


    After many battles, immortal Jinli slightly injured the enemy''s Jindan immortal and killed many enemy low-level friars.


    After the low-level friars of our side basically withdrew, the group of golden elixirs on Feihong mountain simply stuck to Feihong mountain and didn''t leave the mountain protection array for half a step.


    Immortal Jinli and other immortal Jindan garrison outside the mountain protection array, constantly monitor the movements of the enemy on the mountain and trap the enemy firmly on the mountain.


    Then the two friars of taiyimen and feihongzong stationed in abandoned strongholds one after another to collect as much materials as possible that the enemy could not take away.


    This time, the friars of taiyimen and feihongzong scraped the ground three feet and took everything they could. With the help of feihongzong, a local snake, they are very efficient in searching resources, and there are few omissions.


    Resource producing areas such as mine caves that cannot be taken away have been damaged to a certain extent. If the enemy wants to develop in the future, he must repair it first. This undoubtedly greatly increases the difficulty and cost of the enemy''s mining.


    Under the command of immortal Zhu Liangyu, the two zongmen even gave up the stronghold in huangshaling and reduced all their strength to Feihong mountain.


    Mo said that immortal Jinli had no intention to attack the mountain. Even if she really organized the attack on Feihong mountain, there was no possibility of success.


    At this time, at least from the point of view of the scene, the coalition forces of taiyimen and feihongzong had an advantage and firmly suppressed the enemy.


    From the original intention of launching the war, taiyimen and feihongzong barely achieved their goal.


    Regardless of the enemy, we both know that this war cannot last forever.


    After surrounding Feihong mountain for more than two months, immortal Jinli took the initiative to retreat with immortal Jindan of the two sects.


    Before that, the friars of taiyimen and feihongzong had roughly completed the task of plundering and destruction, and began to retreat one after another.


    With the active retreat of the two sects, the war, which lasted not long and the battle intensity was not high, was finally over.


    Judging from the scene, the war was a complete victory for the coalition forces of taiyimen and feihongzong. Not only did they firmly suppress the enemy and make him unable to fight back, they also seized a large amount of materials and obtained rich booty.


    If Immortal Jinli hadn''t been anxious to enter the small world of Zijin sect and didn''t want to keep pestering, taiyimen and Feihong sect wouldn''t have given up so easily.


    Meng Zhang, of course, they should respect the idea of real Jin Li. Jin Li played a decisive role in the outcome of the war.


    After this war, huoyun sect and Huanglian teach Hedong to divide the altar. They should be honest for a long time and slowly lick the wound.


    Although immortal Jindan, as the pillar of the sect, did not suffer any loss, the two sects suffered a lot in other aspects.


    To restore everything to the old view, continue to occupy the endless sand sea and continue to plunder the resources here, both sects need to pay a lot of time..

 Chapter 574

    Under the leadership of immortal Jin Li, Fei hongzong and taiyimen won a small victory and left, leaving the friars of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect in Hedong sub altar to slowly clean up the mess.


    With the strength of taiyimen and feihongzong, they occupy such a large territory and may not be able to hold it. It''s better to give up temporarily and wait for the future.


    Among the territories seized this time, Feihong sect can give up other territories. However, after the successful capture of the original Mountain Gate of Feihong sect in Huangsha ridge, Feihong sect was unwilling to give up easily.


    After all, the area near the falling dust hill is too barren. Even the third-order spiritual pulse where the falling dust hill is located is too inferior and can only accommodate a golden elixir immortal for cultivation. It''s really a lot worse than huangshaling.


    With the current strength of feihongzong, it is unable to develop two distant territories at the same time. Therefore, according to the meaning of immortal Feishi, the main force of feihongzong will temporarily give up the falling dust hill, return to Huangsha ridge, settle down here and guard the original Mountain Gate with all his strength.


    For the place of luochenqiu, feihongzong will not give up easily, but leave a small team of friars to garrison and regard it as an important sub base.


    Meng Zhang instinctively felt that the practice of flying stone immortal was inappropriate.


    The falling dust mound is located to the north of the endless sand sea, far away from the core of the endless sand sea, but closer to the Gobi.


    Evil wind Gobi and falling dust mound are horns for each other. If one party is in trouble, the other party can support in time.


    After the main force of feihongzong settled in huangshaling, there was no such convenience.


    Huangsha ridge is located in the southwest of the endless sand sea, between the Gobi and the Gobi, across a large area of the endless sand sea.


    The two places are far apart, and the straight-line distance is more than ten thousand miles away. It is not easy to reinforce each other in the future.


    If something happens to one side, the reinforcements sent by the other side can easily be intercepted by the enemy on the road.


    Meng Zhang persuaded immortal Feishi for a few words. Instead of persuading immortal Feishi, he was regarded by immortal Feishi as having ulterior motives.


    According to the current situation of Feihong sect, if it has been shrinking in Mobei, it can only barely settle down and survive, and there is no possibility of further development.


    The barren Mobei does not support the development of Feihong sect, and the Feihong sect trapped in a corner will only weaken day by day.


    Feihongzong recaptured the original Mountain Gate Huangsha ridge, which was regarded as jumping out of the quagmire and obtaining a new development space.


    Only in this way can Fei hongzong slowly recover his vitality, restore his original strength and have the hope of regaining the dominant position of the endless sand sea.


    From the perspective of taiyimen, we now need feihongzong as an ally to help resist external pressure. But he doesn''t want feihongzong to restore his original strength and regain his prestige.


    The weak Feihong sect is in the interests of taiyimen. With the development of Taiyi gate, perhaps Feihong sect will slowly fall into the control of Taiyi gate and become a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    Immortal Feishi, who thinks he can see everything clearly, certainly doesn''t want taiyimen''s plot to succeed. He doesn''t hesitate to refuse Meng Zhang''s persuasion.


    Heaven and earth conscience, Meng Zhang really didn''t think so far at that time, but instinctively felt inappropriate.


    Even if the coalition forces of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect in the endless sand sea have not been reinforced, their current strength alone is a great threat to taiyimen and feihongzong. The two sects must work together in order to be hostile to it.


    There is something wrong with the cooperation between taiyimen and feihongzong, which is definitely not a good thing.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts and thoughts are how the two sects can better join hands and better cooperate with the enemy.


    Immortal Feishi''s attitude suddenly became cold, and Meng Zhang soon found the problem.


    It''s rare to be kind, but he was misunderstood by others. Meng Zhang can''t help it. He was too lazy to say much and let Feihong Zong act.


    Immortal Jinli won''t care about these trivial things. What she values most now is how to enter the small world of Zijin sect and kill Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    The monks of taiyimen gave up the territory they had just occupied and all returned to the Gobi of evil wind.


    Even the territory originally in the endless sand sea left only a few monks to garrison.


    The main forces of the whole taiyimen and Hanhai road alliance are concentrated on the Gobi side of the evil wind.


    After seizing huangshaling, feihongzong fully managed huangshaling and its surrounding territories.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect''s Hedong sub altar may be really deterred this time, and they dare not despise the strength of taiyimen and Feihong sect. In particular, as long as Jin Li was alive for one day, they didn''t dare to provoke easily.


    Immortal Jinli is making final preparations for entering the small world of Zijin sect. In the middle, several Jindan friars of the Lu family in Dafeng City came to the door again and continued to tangle with her.


    Immortal Jinli angrily beat these people away.


    She tried to control her temper so that she didn''t kill them.


    Being so noisy, immortal Jinli became more eager to break through the Yuanshen period.


    As long as she becomes the true monarch of the yuan God, she doesn''t believe it. Those guys of the Lu family dare to keep pestering.


    After making preparations, immortal Jinli didn''t delay any longer. He called Meng Zhang and they were about to take action.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, in addition to leaving Yang Xueyi to guard the sect, Meng Zhang, Wen qiansuan and the weak water god general all went out together.


    On the side of feihongzong, Wu Mingwei stayed at Huangsha ridge, and immortal Feishi followed him.


    There are strong enemies outside. They dare not leave for too long. They must go and return quickly.


    One night, Jin Li led Meng Zhang and four other Jin Dan immortals to the outside of the mirage desert.


    Last time Meng Zhang and his disciples entered the small world of Zijin sect, they needed to start the void interdiction array in advance, which spread all over the nodes of the endless sand sea, and then sent their Qi refining disciples to enter the mirage secret place to stimulate the power of the array. Finally, the ancient moon butterfly, who was the highest in cultivation at that time, urged the yellow sand Wanli map to forcibly open the channel.


    This time, immortal Jinli, a great master of Jindan, personally led the team, so it doesn''t need to be so troublesome.


    In fact, it has been decades since the last channel was opened.


    Zhu Zizhen was distracted. The power of forcibly closing the void and banning the big array had become weaker and weaker with the passage of time.


    Jin Li had investigated the situation here long ago and came up with countermeasures.


    Immortal Jinli took out the picture of Huang Sha Wan Li, shook it, and put her and Meng Zhang into the independent space in the picture.


    The picture of yellow sand turns into a tornado composed of yellow sand. The figure of a girl in yellow on the faucet is looming.


    Immortal Jinli commanded everyone to work together and input their true yuan into the figure.


    The Yellow tornado flew into the sky and hit the front heavily.


    The originally stable space is like a piece of white paper torn open, revealing a black crack.


    The Yellow tornado skillfully rolled and smoothly broke into the crack.

 Chapter 575

    The Yellow tornado broke into the space crack and directly into the void.


    Originally, the void interdiction array set up here by Zijin sect had a certain blocking effect on foreign invaders. It can create many different independent spaces to separate foreign invaders.


    However, since it was last opened, the void interdiction array has accumulated hundreds of years of power, consumed most of it, and many functions cannot be started.


    The road signs left by the void forbidden array are faintly visible and directly point to the small world of Zijin sect.


    Zhu Zizhen was distracted and tried to hide these signs. But with the passage of time, the power he left slowly lost, and he could not completely hide all the road signs.


    The Yellow Dragon stretched its body, swam in the air and moved in the direction indicated by the road signs.


    Because of the protection of this magic weapon, the people hiding in the yellow sand ten thousand mile map successfully avoided the possible threat in the void.


    The tornado transformed by Huangsha Wanli map moves forward very fast. However, it took half a day to cross the distant distance in the void and come to the outside of the small world of Zijin sect.


    The Yellow tornado jumped forward and crashed into the small world.


    Meng Zhang, Gu Yue, Huai die and ye ye told immortal Jinli everything they had seen and heard when they left here and returned to the outside last time.


    Immortal Jinli reported this matter to Tianzhu Zhenjun and waited for Tianzhu Zhenjun''s decision.


    The emperor of Tianzhu Zhenjun was entangled with the fifth order Earth Spirit at that time, and he couldn''t move at all. His incarnation should always be on guard against his family brothers.


    Although Zijin sect is the Yuanshen sect, it is the lowest existence in the Yuanshen sect. Compared with the Xiuxian family and Qijia family in Middle Earth, it''s a big difference.


    Whether it is the inheritance of the sect door or the treasures in the door, there is no place to attract Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Among the true monarchs of Yuanshen sent by Zijin, the strongest is the middle period of Yuanshen, which is far inferior to the true monarch of Tianzhu.


    If you are free and free on weekdays, several Yuanshen Zhenjun gathered here in the endless sand sea may take some time to go to this small world, play treasure hunting games and see if you can find some valuable items.


    However, at the critical moment of the struggle between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level earth spirit, each Yuanshen Zhenjun has their own calculations and their plans are about to start.


    At this juncture, no one wants to get involved, and they have no intention of entering the small world of Zijin sect.


    Therefore, this small world was lucky to avoid a disaster, and no one has bothered it until now.


    At this moment, immortal Jinli broke into here with several companions, breaking the peace for many years.


    After entering the small world, people jumped out of the yellow sand picture and came outside.


    Immortal Jinli led everyone to fly to the place where Zhu Zizhen was distracted last time.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun probably reached the last moment of his life, and his spiritual sense became unusually sensitive. Even if I''m not a master of secrets, I still see some changes.


    In his last instruction to immortal Jinli, immortal Jinli must break into this small world and face Zhu Zizhen''s distraction before he can get the opportunity to break through the Yuanshen period.


    In the cultivation world, there are not few monks who have reached the perfection of the golden elixir. Especially in the Middle Earth where Xiuzhen civilization is extremely developed, there are a large number of golden elixirs.


    However, only a few of these monks can successfully break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Even those Tianjiao disciples from the Holy Land Sect have everything. They dare not say that they will be able to break through the Yuanshen period.


    If there is no other chance, immortal Jinli can''t guarantee that she will break through the Yuanshen period.


    Therefore, she attached great importance to the last guidance given by Tianzhu Zhenjun and regarded it as her greatest hope.


    It''s not difficult to enter this small world of Zijin sect. It''s rare how to face Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    According to the news obtained from Meng Zhang and them, Zhu Zizhen''s distraction has a deep hostility to all foreign intruders. He almost hurts the killer as soon as he sees it.


    After all, the distraction of Yuanshen Zhenjun is not the original statue of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and his strength should be limited.


    From Meng Zhang''s description, Jin Li obtained a lot of useful information. And then she got the advice of Tianzhu Zhenjun. She also had a certain guess about the distracted strength.


    This distractor has been sleeping in the small world and knows nothing about the outside world. When Meng Zhang and others broke into the small world, they woke up and judged that the Zijin sect had perished.


    Obviously, before Zhu Zizhen went to the sand sea of death, he had taken the initiative to cut off the connection between the self and distraction, so as to avoid being implicated by the self.


    Zhu Zizhen''s self has fallen for a long time. This distraction has no control over the self and can only act according to some instinct and pre-set criteria.


    In this small world, the aura is thin, and there is no third-order aura. Naturally, it can''t provide a lot of aura for this distracter to absorb.


    Jun dust world has only third-order spiritual pulse, not fourth-order spiritual pulse. There are only two ways for Yuanshen Zhenjun to absorb enough aura.


    One is to go to the nine days and absorb the essence of the nine days.


    One is to go to the extraterritorial void to find the magic opportunity hidden in the void.


    There are no nine days in this small world, and naturally there will be no essence of the nine days.


    And a distractor without the control of his own master, nor does he have the strength to go deep into the extraterritorial void and look for spiritual opportunities.


    This distraction should have been losing power since the last awakening, but it can''t be replenished enough.


    In the long run, it will only become weaker and weaker.


    If Immortal Jinli waited for hundreds of years to enter here, I''m afraid this distracter probably didn''t even have the strength to do it.


    But chance is fleeting, and Jin Li is also afraid of long dreams.


    If the delay is too long, Zhu Zizhen''s distraction has disappeared in time, and immortal Jinli wants to cry without tears.


    In order to break through the opportunity of Yuanshen period, what is a sub God. Even the great risk can''t make Jin Li retreat.


    This time, immortal Jinli came to the door with a fourth-order magic weapon and a group of companions. She was still a little confident.


    Immortal Jinli led Meng Zhang. Without any twists and turns on the road, they came to their destination smoothly.


    Last time, Zhu Zizhen''s distractions appeared here, with great power to repel the people.


    As soon as they got close to here, they felt an inexplicable breath rising slowly around them. It seems that some sleeping beast is waking up quickly.


    Before they made any more response, a huge human shadow appeared in the air ahead out of thin air.


    Just looking at the breath, you can easily judge that the humanoid virtual shadow is the goal of immortal Jinli this time.

 Chapter 576

    Seeing Zhu Zizhen''s distraction, although he knew that persuasion was useless, immortal Jinli still had to make the last effort to avoid a dangerous battle.


    "Zhenjun, the Zijin sect has perished. If Zhenjun agrees to the younger generation''s request, let the younger generation understand in this small world for a period of time. The younger generation is willing to fully assist in the reconstruction of the Zijin sect and strive to preserve its inheritance."


    Immortal Jinli first saluted respectfully, and then said very sincerely.


    Yuan Shen Zhen Jun''s distraction, even if there is no control of the Buddha, still has a certain intelligence and can communicate with him.


    The huge human shadow in the sky, that is, the distraction of Zhu Zizhen, ignored immortal Jinli, but whispered a few words.


    "The Zijin sect is dead and this place has been found. It seems that it is difficult to rebuild the Zijin sect."


    In fact, Zhu Zizhen''s distraction has known the result since Meng Zhang and his family broke into here last time.


    Now immortal Jinli brings people in again. In addition to confirming the result, this distracter also knows that if he is not sure of dealing with himself, the other party will not take the initiative to come to the door and die.


    Any intelligent creature is afraid of death, avoids death, and is unwilling to accept the fate of death easily.


    Zhu zizhenjun, a distracted man, has enough wisdom to know that he is doomed and cannot avoid the fate of extinction.


    First there was a sense of decadence, and then there was an inexplicable madness.


    As long as those who enter this small world are not disciples of Zijin sect, they must be enemies. We must not compromise with the enemy. We must not let the enemy occupy here.


    This is the supreme order implanted in the distraction of Zhu Zizhen.


    The huge human shadow in the sky became crazy without any sign. He raised his hands and suddenly patted the people below.


    Immortal Jinli has long known that persuasion is mostly useless, but it''s just a try. From the beginning to the end, she and others did not relax the slightest vigilance.


    As soon as Zhu Zizhen''s distraction began, everyone reacted and fought one after another.


    Facing the distraction of the yuan God Zhenjun, immortal Jinli dared not have the slightest reservation. As soon as she shot, she took out the strongest means and sacrificed the fourth-order magic weapon Huangsha Wanli map.


    In the sky, yellow sand covered the sky, and tornadoes composed of yellow sand poured into Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    Immortal Feishi spent countless resources in the past few years after his life magic weapon was destroyed in the last battle at the crow''s nest. He refined it again with the remains of the original life magic weapon, barely restoring 80% of the power of the original magic weapon.


    A hill rose above his head, flew into the air, turned into a huge mountain peak, and fiercely hit Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    The reason why Meng Zhang left Yang Xueyi behind this time and took action with the above thousand calculations is to borrow his array talent.


    Practitioners win the strong with the weak. Low-level friars resist high-level friars mainly by borrowing array power and giving full play to their own advantages.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t have enough preparation time and didn''t want to divulge sect secrets, Meng Zhang would like to let immortal Jinli and immortal Feishi practice the array together.


    However, in the end, he still felt that it was more reassuring for people in his family to form a team together.


    Wen qiansuan was highly accomplished in the way of array. Soon after he finished the pill, he successfully advanced to the third-order array mage.


    Now, Wen qiansuan began to give full play to his array talent.


    He solemnly took out nine array flags and sacrificed them.


    The array flag flew into the air and circled a pattern. Meng Zhang, Wen qiansuan and the weak water god will fly to the array flag and begin to arrange the array.


    Yin Yang rotation array is the most common array used by friars in Taiyi sect.


    This array has no rigid requirements on the number of friars and their accomplishments. Even a few friars in the Qi refining period can barely form an array and give full play to their power.


    Of course, the more monks who make up the array, the higher their accomplishments, the more proficient they are in the array and the stronger their power.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples are not many in number, but they are all immortal Jindan, and the array is presided over by an array master like Wen qiansuan.


    This yin-yang rotation array has just taken shape, showing an extraordinary momentum.


    Wen qiansuan stands in the Yang position, the weak water god will stand in the Yin position, and Meng Zhang stands in the center of yin and Yang.


    The three are already very familiar with the common array in Taiyi gate. Before this operation, it was specially painstakingly rehearsed.


    The array began to work. The power of yin and Yang was like a millstone, squeezing Zhu Zizhen in the air.


    Under the cover of the power of the array, the three people in the array can show their abilities and come up with a lot of killer Maces.


    Soon after Wen qiansuan finished the pill, he exchanged a magic weapon handed down by the heavy Xuanzong from the big library.


    With one finger in one hand, he flew into the air with a third-order magic weapon like a knife, and fiercely chopped at Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    The weak water god held his hands high and a huge waterfall fell from the sky, covering the distracted head.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the burning sun sword and the shadow killing sword at the same time, and showed the Qizheng sword formula.


    The burning sun sword and the shadow killing sword killed Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    When Meng Zhang showed his Qizheng sword formula, he couldn''t help laughing.


    "It''s easy to laugh at others."


    Zhu Zizhen''s ability to distract all comes from the master. He is very familiar with the famous excellent sword formula of Zijin sect.


    Meng Zhang used Qizheng sword formula in front of him, which was basically playing with a big knife in front of Guan Gong.


    This distracted skillfully cracked Meng Zhang''s attack, but also made a few comments, pointing out Meng Zhang''s shortcomings and shortcomings.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what to think, and he didn''t show other skills, that is, he specially used Qizheng sword formula against the enemy. The most is to increase the power of the sword formula with the help of the power of the yin-yang rotation array.


    Under the command of Wen qiansuan, the three manipulated the array and displayed various changes of the array.


    The array has both powerful and incomparable masculine power and concealed and sinister feminine power.


    After a while, the three moved, yin and Yang in the array changed, and the power of yin and Yang suddenly reversed, making the enemy defenseless.


    Especially when the power of yin and Yang is integrated, it can be hard or soft, water and fire work together, and has invincible power.


    Although Zhu Zizhen''s distraction has several success powers, it surpasses the Jindan friars present at the level.


    But it has not been supplemented. It has been weak for a long time and lacks strength. It can''t give full play to its combat effectiveness at all.


    Facing the siege of five golden elixirs, I was a little overwhelmed.


    In particular, immortal Jinli, who is holding a fourth-order magic instrument, can even fight against the upper yuan God Zhenjun, and will not fall into the wind.


    He was distracted by this, but he was not afraid. He took the initiative to undertake the important task of frontal main attack and took over most of the other party''s attacks.

 Chapter 577

    Since immortal Jinli took on most of Zhu Zizhen''s distracted attacks, the other four people were able to launch the attack more easily and constantly weaken each other.


    This distracter needs to constantly consume the power accumulated in the body every time he dissolves the enemy''s attack and counterattacks the enemy.


    The symbolic means of Yuanshen Zhenjun is his own jurisdiction, but this distraction obviously does not practice the jurisdiction.


    After all, distraction is not the master, and it is impossible to master all the abilities of the master.


    The common means of Yuanshen Zhenjun in battle is to use the power of the road to change the rules of heaven and earth around him to a certain extent.


    Zhu Zizhen was proficient in the Golden Road, which was a distraction and mastered the same power.


    A sharp weapon appeared in the surrounding space, including sabres, spears, halberds, axes, hammers and spears. It attacked the people with an invincible momentum.


    Immortal Jinli tried to resist the envoy Huangsha Wanli map and blocked most of the attacks. However, there are still many missing fish, killing Meng Zhang and others.


    The three of Taiyi sect use Yin Yang rotation array to resist the enemy''s attack with the power of Dharma array.


    Immortal Feishi is alone and has to fight alone. He recalled his life magic weapon and blocked the mountain in front of him.


    Countless blades rushed to the mountain one after another, chopping it fiercely, shaking the mountain constantly.


    The biggest threshold for immortal Jindan to break through the Yuanshen period is his understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Immortal Jinli, who has completed the golden pill, has done very well in this regard.


    Although she can''t use the power of the road, she has a deep understanding of the power of the road.


    She understood the road of earth, the road of gold, and even the essence of thunder road.


    In the face of the power of the avenue controlled by Zhu Zizhen Jun, she can always use the yellow sand Wanli map to block it in time.


    Generally speaking, only the power of the road can resist the power of the road.


    But after all, this is only Zhu Zizhen''s distraction. There is no deep understanding of the way of heaven and earth, but only the ability to copy the Buddha. It can be regarded as imitating the cat and painting the tiger. The power of the road is empty, but it is far from enough without its God.


    The five golden elixirs present can still withstand what they can.


    After fighting for a long time, the two sides were inextricably divided.


    It seems that even if they continue to fight for ten days and a half months, it is difficult to tell the results.


    The weak water god general in the array keenly found that the human shadow in the air began to dim slowly.


    As the original Dharma protector of the Taiyi sect, the weak water god general is well-informed, experienced and has a high fighting talent.


    If the gap between accomplishments is not too large, Jin Li may not be her opponent.


    When it comes to judgment and timing, she is still above real Jinli.


    Zhu Zizhen''s distracted power was consumed too quickly and could not be supplemented at all. You don''t need to beat him head-on. You just need to delay and consume him slowly, and you can drag him to death.


    The weak water god will find the problem, and others have found it again and again.


    However, based on years of combat experience, the weak water god guessed that Zhu Zizhen''s distraction would surely have a dying counterattack before it disappeared.


    She secretly reminded Meng Zhang and Wen Qian to be careful. They were secretly preparing together.


    In the small world, the passage of time is different from the outside world.


    People calculate the passage of time according to the timing habits of the outside world.


    The battle lasted for three days and three nights. Zhu Zizhen''s distraction became weaker and weaker. His weakness was very obvious, and the five golden elixirs clearly felt it.


    In the end, he probably knew that he could not be spared, and the strong man''s self-esteem made him unwilling to be consumed alive.


    Before his strength was completely exhausted, the distractor tried his last strength and launched a wave of counterattack to burn down with the enemy.


    There was golden light in the sky, and there were golden raindrops.


    The surrounding space is full of sharp spirit, as if countless invisible swords are sweeping all directions.


    Immortal Jinli, who has borne most of the power in the front, had to temporarily hide in the yellow sand ten thousand mile map and resist the enemy''s attack with the help of the power of this fourth-order magic weapon.


    Most of the power was blocked by immortal Jinli with the help of Huangsha Wanli map.


    When the remaining power attacked the flying stone immortal and Meng Zhang, I don''t know why I hesitated a little, and then threw the main power to the flying stone immortal.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s distracted dying counterattack almost played the power of Yuanshen Zhenjun level.


    The sound of fierce collision sounded outside the yellow sand Wanli map, and deep cracks appeared on the intact map.


    The girl in yellow appeared beside Jin Li, holding her head and shouting pain.


    Regardless of the damage suffered by the magic weapon, immortal Jinli tried her best to resist the magic weapon and resist the enemy''s final attack.


    Countless swords suddenly appeared around immortal Feishi. They cut the mountain that protected him in pieces, and then cut his body into pieces.


    Countless swords also appeared not far from Meng Zhang''s side, desperately waving and chopping at them.


    The yin-yang rotation array operates at a high speed, and the force of yin-yang is constantly released.


    The three in the array kept changing positions and took turns to bear the great pressure.


    After a long time, these swords slowly disappeared.


    After the last attack, the human shadow in the sky completely turned into a burst of golden light and dissipated.


    Zhu zizhenjun''s distraction finally fell completely.


    At the last moment, he took the flying stone immortal on the road.


    Immortal Jinli jumped out of the yellow sand picture and looked at the broken body of immortal Feishi. Her face was a little ugly.


    Immortal Feishi not only had his body cut off, but also had his soul dissipated because he was hurt by the power of the road. Let alone rebirth, whether it can enter reincarnation is unknown.


    Immortal Feishi is willing to take strange risks this time and is willing to accompany immortal Jinli into this small world of Zijin sect to face Zhu Zizhen''s distraction. The main purpose is to hope that immortal Jinli can protect Feihong sect after becoming the yuan God.


    He never thought that he would die here before he saw the revival of Feihong sect.


    Immortal Feishi died for herself, and immortal Jinli felt that she owed a great favor. In her heart, she secretly decided that after she became the yuan God in the future, she must take care of Fei hongzong more, so as to return today''s favor and get the life paid by immortal Shi.


    After Zhu Zizhen''s distraction dissipated, immortal Jinli restrained the broken body of immortal Feishi, and then rested with Meng Zhang.


    When they recovered, they began to search carefully around.


    Zhu Zizhen''s distraction has been guarding here for no reason.


    After a careful search, the four found three treasures left by the purple gold sect in the nearby area.

 Chapter 578

    Immortal Jin Li and Meng Zhang counted the three treasures together.


    These three treasures should be the successors left by the predecessors of Zijin sect. I hope that in case the sect is robbed, the younger disciples can make a comeback with the treasure.


    There are many treasures in the three treasure houses, with a large number of spiritual stones, pills, magic tools and other materials.


    The Zijin sect is indeed worthy of being the Yuanshen sect. Even there are many rare third-order items in the market, such as third-order magic tools and third-order heaven and earth spirits, which fully shows the strong heritage of the Zijin sect.


    What Meng Zhang valued most in the treasure house was the various inheritance classics of Zijin sect. Among them, there are many wonderful skills, including the fundamental skills of Zijin school, which can directly point to the Zijin secret code of Yuanshen Avenue.


    Meng Zhang felt that this trip was not in vain if he could get these booty by risking the distraction of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Real Jin Li''s mood is not very high. She came here this time to find an opportunity to break through the Yuanshen period. These things in front of her are really precious, but they have no direct effect on her breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    She flipped through various ancient books of Zijin sect at will, which really served as a reference. However, she has long been majoring in martial arts, has a profound inheritance of her school, and has been instructed by Tianzhu Zhenjun in the later period of Yuanshen. Relying on these ancient books alone, she will not make breakthrough progress.


    Immortal Jinli didn''t say much, and shared the spoils with Meng Zhang.


    As the main force to stop Zhu Zizhen''s distraction, immortal Jinli blocked most of his attacks and should receive the biggest booty.


    In this matter, she will not be timid, let alone talk about some false human feelings.


    Immortal Jinli accepted her share, and the rest was divided between taiyimen and feihongzong.


    Taiyimen dispatched three golden elixirs this time, which contributed a lot. Feihongzong did a little less, but immortal Feishi lost his life.


    Under the auspices of immortal Jin Li, it can be regarded as a fair distribution of booty.


    Among them, the inheritance classics of Zijin sect were naturally owned by immortal Jinli. At Meng Zhang''s strong request, he, Wen qiansuan and weak water god general engraved a copy together.


    Although she gained a lot, there was not much joy on Jin Li''s face.


    She thought carefully, then left the treasure house and flew into the sky. She walked around alone.


    When she came to the place where Zhu Zizhen''s distraction dissipated, she fell to the ground and closed her eyes to meditate.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun once said that if she wants to break through the Yuanshen period, her biggest opportunity is to enter this small world and face Zhu Zizhen''s distraction.


    She and the others worked together to kill the distractor and harvest the treasure house of Zijin sect, but she didn''t get the so-called opportunity.


    She slowly recalled the scenes when she fought with the distracted, and carefully afterthought her feelings in the battle.


    If you feel it carefully in this place, you can also feel the trace left after the power of the avenue dissipates.


    After half a ring, immortal Jinli suddenly opened her eyes. She already has a clue about how to break through the Yuanshen period.


    She called Meng Zhang and told them to shut up in this small world. If she doesn''t fulfill the word of the yuan God, she vows not to leave the pass.


    She entrusted Meng Zhang to take back the booty belonging to Feihong sect when they left, give it to immortal Wu Mingwei of Feihong sect, and convey her apology.


    If she becomes a Yuanshen, she will express something after she leaves the customs to make up for the loss of Feihong sect.


    In addition, her disciple Jin Qiaoer has reached the completion of the foundation building period and is about to be ready to knot Dan.


    She gave Meng Zhang several storage bags and asked him to hand them over to Jin Qiaoer.


    Immortal Jinli couldn''t take care of Jin Qiaoer because she broke through the Yuanshen period. She asked Meng zhanghaosheng to take care of Jin Qiaoer, provide her with help within her ability, and try her best to help Jin Qiaoer get married.


    She owes Meng Zhang a favor and will certainly repay her in the future.


    After explaining all kinds of things, immortal Jinli urged Meng Zhang and them to leave.


    She wants to stay alone in this small world, practice in isolation and try her best to break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang said goodbye to immortal Jinli and embarked on their way home.


    It is not easy to return to the Junchen world from the void.


    Fortunately, the landmark of the void forbidden array is still there. After Zhu Zizhen''s distraction dissipated, without the shelter of external forces, these road signs became more and more clear.


    Their luck was not too bad. They didn''t encounter any accidents all the way. They returned to the Junchen world with the wind and water and appeared outside the mirage desert.


    After returning, Meng Zhang made a special trip to Huangsha ridge, the current Mountain Gate of Feihong sect. He wanted to take all the items entrusted by immortal Jinli to him and bring them to immortal Wu Mingwei.


    On the way, Meng Zhang thought about whether to swallow some items handed over to Feihong Zong.


    But on second thought, my status today is different from that before. I can''t do such a tasteless thing.


    The most important thing is that if such a thing is really done, once immortal Jinli leaves the customs and communicates with feihongzong a little, he will be no one inside and outside.


    Meng Zhang came to huangshaling and met the only remaining golden elixir immortal Wu Mingwei of Feihong sect.


    He gave a general account of his experience in that small world and the death of flying stone.


    Then he gave the words entrusted by immortal Jinli and a lot of cultivation resources to each other.


    Wu Mingwei never expected that immortal Feishi would die in this way. This is an unprecedented huge loss of Feihong sect, which almost shakes the foundation of Feihong sect.


    Wu Mingwei is also a determined person, but he feels powerless at the thought of supporting the overall situation of Feihong Zong alone in the future.


    Meng Zhang finished what immortal Jinli told him, comforted immortal Wu Mingwei, and took the initiative to leave.


    At this time, if you say too much, people will think you are gloating.


    When Meng Zhang returned to Xiongshi mountain, Wen qiansuan and weak water god general had already returned.


    They are slowly counting the spoils of the war and sorting them into categories.


    Although immortal Jinli took the big head of the booty, he didn''t treat Meng Zhang badly.


    In addition to some common resources, there are also some third-order heaven and Earth Spirit objects and several third-order magic tools, which are urgently needed by Taiyi gate.


    Immortal Jinli is practicing in the small world of Zijin sect. This news must be kept strictly confidential. Meng Zhang didn''t even disclose Wu Mingwei. He just told him that immortal Jinli had something important to delay and needed to leave the endless sand sea for a while.


    Without immortal Jinli and immortal Feishi, taiyimen and feihongzong fell behind again in the face of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar.


    Meng Zhang can only hope that the deterrent force of the last war is enough to make the enemy dare not move and buy enough time for his own side.

 Chapter 579

    In the following days, up and down Taiyi gate, as if nothing had happened, still developed according to the original plan.


    After Meng Zhang handed over the cultivation materials handed over by immortal Jinli to Jin Qiaoer, Jin Qiaoer simply stayed in Xiongshi mountain for a long time and accepted the guidance of Meng Zhang and other Jindan friars.


    After five years of isolation of Jinli immortal, a series of earthquakes of different sizes occurred near baicaopo in the Gobi Gobi, which had a certain impact on the surrounding terrain.


    Thick earth God will personally dive underground to explore the root cause of the earthquake and find that it is the displacement of underground veins.


    After the earth vein shift, an underground river appeared at the bottom of baicaopo.


    This underground river is unfathomable. I don''t know its specific origin and source.


    Everything else is all right. The underground river is so full of vitality that it exceeds the third-order spirit pulse of baicaopo.


    After careful investigation, Houtu God will confirm that there are no other problems with the this sudden underground river, which can be safely and boldly used.


    The thick earth God will also have some speculation about the origin of this underground river.


    Last time, the fourth order magic weapon wanchongfeng exploded, which must have greatly shaken the underground vein. In addition, in order to repair the third-order spiritual pulse, he built a large number of buildings nearby and used the earth teacher''s secret method many times.


    When all kinds of factors add up, the underground veins change and the underground aura gushes out, which leads to the emergence of this underground river.


    According to the preliminary calculation of the thick earth God general, the aura provided by this underground river can fully support three or four Jindan immortal. Moreover, there has been a large amount of aura, which is constantly pouring into the underground river from a deeper level.


    Meng Zhang, who was having a headache because of the lack of third-order spiritual channels in the door, was very happy after hearing the good news.


    He called several Jindan friars in the door to go deep into the ground and have a good look at the underground river.


    After confirming that there was no hidden danger here for the time being, the people discussed how to develop and utilize this place.


    It is full of vitality and buried deep in the ground. It is very secret. It can be used as a secret base of taiyimen.


    Everyone agrees that this place is a trump card of Taiyi gate. It can''t be leaked easily. Only a few trusted disciples of the sect are qualified to know here.


    Many precious spirit fish can be cultivated in the underground river, and some special magic medicines can be planted around


    Thick earth God will propose that it is very close to baicaopo, almost underground. You can secretly introduce the aura here into the third-order spirit vein where baicaopo is located by arranging a Dharma array.


    In this way, after the third-order spirit pulse is strengthened, it can not only provide more Aura to the hundred herbs Pavilion and plant more miraculous medicines. And it can also support more Jindan immortal cultivation.


    Several Jindan friars in the door discussed and agreed to the proposal of the thick earth God general.


    Of course, this project is very secret. The thick earth God can''t summon people on a large scale. He can only find a few trusted disciples to start construction together.


    In the following decades, the endless sand sea has been relatively calm and the situation is relatively stable.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar don''t know if they were stunned by immortal Jinli. They have never had the idea of taking the initiative to attack.


    They seem to be determined to manage the territory on this side of the endless sand sea.


    The original cultivation forces of endless sand sea were basically cleared, and the large gap left was soon filled.


    In addition to sending a large number of people from the two sects, they also introduced many friars from the Jiuqu League, mainly scattered friars and friars of small families and sects, to help develop the resources of the endless sand sea.


    Many of these monks were employed by the two clans as spiritual farmers or miners.


    Some small forces with rich capital and sufficient manpower have contracted a territory or a mine from the two zongmen for operation and development.


    The two religious sects are flourishing and have obtained a lot of truth cultivation resources. The losses they paid for the massive invasion were soon made up.


    Seeing that the two sects occupied their own territory and plundered their own Xiuzhen resources, Feihong sect was furious.


    However, after losing immortal Feishi, only immortal Wu Mingwei supported the crisis alone. It was not easy for feihongzong to survive.


    Immortal Wu Mingwei kept the news of the fall of immortal Feishi, but only told a few high-level officials in the door. But this secret can''t be kept for long. It will be revealed one day.


    Immortal Feishi hasn''t appeared for a long time. Others will be suspicious.


    After seizing huangshaling, feihongzong not only managed the territory here and nearby, but also resumed business exchanges with the prairie.


    Last time, Meng Zhang handed over a lot of resources to immortal Wu Mingwei. Coupled with the painstaking accumulation of Feihong sect, immortal Wu Mingwei began to make every effort to cultivate the next generation of Feihong sect, hoping to cultivate a new Jindan immortal as soon as possible and help him share the pressure.


    Cultivating Jindan immortal can''t be accomplished overnight.


    And I don''t know what happened. After losing Feihong mountain and retreating to Huangsha mountain, Feihong Zong seemed to have bad luck.


    The newly recruited disciples are not only insufficient in number, but also extremely poor in overall quality. They are full of a large number of crooked melons and split dates.


    Feihongzong lost more than half of the elite who had training value in previous battles. And the disciples of the new income sect are like this again. Feihong sect unexpectedly began to be out of touch.


    Immortal Wu Mingwei knows the root cause of this situation. This is not the bad luck of Feihong sect, but an inevitable phenomenon after losing most of its territory.


    Mortals are the foundation of practitioners. The greater the number of mortals, the greater the possibility of birth of practitioners.


    Feihongzong''s current territory is so large that there are limited mortals who can support him. Naturally, there will be problems with his foundation.


    For this situation, immortal Wu Mingwei has no better way to solve it.


    On the one hand, he bought a large number of mortals through trade with the prairie, regardless of whether the territory could bear it or not. On the other hand, it is hoped that immortal Jinli will achieve the yuan God as soon as possible, so that Feihong Zong can regain the lost land.


    In sharp contrast to Fei hongzong, it is taiyimen.


    In the absence of external interference, taiyimen has developed rapidly, and all aspects are very smooth.


    The Gobi has a superior environment, far exceeding the endless sand sea.


    After a large number of mortals moved there, but in just a few decades, the number of mortals ushered in an explosive growth.


    More and more mortals are awakening their spiritual roots.


    Long ago, taiyimen could only collect some crooked melons and split dates with inferior Linggen.


    Now, there are not only a large number of friars of middle grade Linggen, but also friars of top grade Linggen in Taiyi gate.


    The sect has acquired more and more resources for cultivation, and the cultivation conditions of the disciples are changing with each passing day.


    There are more and more excellent disciples in the sect, and rising stars emerge one after another.


    The quality of the disciples of the sect has been improved, and the thresholds within the sect are getting higher and higher.


    Now, it is difficult for those disciples who take the Xiaozhu foundation pill to become inner disciples who have basically no hope of impacting the golden elixir period in this life.


    The inner disciples of Taiyi sect are basically elite friars who are expected to attack the golden elixir period.


    Among the top ranks of the sect, the high-end combat power has also been greatly improved.


    Thick earth God will be impacted by a large amount of aura when he arranges a Dharma array to guide the flow of aura of underground rivers.


    After the initial discomfort, he slowly used the aura rushed into his body and began to use it to restore his strength.


    As the first of the four Dharma protectors to wake up and accumulate the most wealth, he took advantage of this rare opportunity and spent less than ten years to restore the strength of the golden elixir period.


    Thick earth God will restore the strength of Jindan period, which will not only greatly enhance the high-end combat power of taiyimen. Moreover, he can also cast many earth division secrets that he could not cast before.


    After consolidating his cultivation, he began to further repair the third-order spirit vein of baicaopo.


    With the supplement of underground rivers, he did not need to use too many hands to slowly achieve his goal.


    Not counting Xiongshi mountain, the third-order spirit veins of baicaopo have been repaired, and there are underground rivers, which are enough to support all the current Jindan friars of Taiyi gate.


    Moreover, with the current emergence rate of the golden elixir friars of Taiyi sect, Taiyi sect will not have to worry about the lack of spiritual channels for a long time in the future.


    Because the conditions at baicaopo are far better than those at Xiongshi mountain. After a simple discussion with the top management of Taiyi gate, they began to move slowly and moved the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate to baicaopo.


    After the completion of the foundation period, Jin Qiaoer began to break through the golden elixir period after a period of polishing.


    Whether it is Jin Li''s advice or Meng Zhang''s friendship with Jin Qiaoer, he should take good care of her.


    Jin Qiaoer chose to practice in Xiongshi mountain and make a breakthrough.


    He is gifted with abundant resources. After 11 years of isolation, Jin Qiaoer successfully broke through the golden elixir period.


    Jin Qiaoer is not a disciple of Taiyi sect, but her breakthrough is more significant.


    Meng Zhang won a golden elixir battle power. There are golden elixir real people other than taiyimen friars in Hanhai Dao alliance, which is of great benefit to strengthen the cohesion of Dao alliance.


    After Jin Qiaoer succeeded in getting rid of Dan, she continued to stay in Xiongshi mountain for cultivation.


    Because Jin Qiaoer became a golden elixir, the skillful hand sect is also famous. Not only consolidated Hanhai road Alliance

 Chapter 580

    The easternmost part of Jiuqu League is more than one million miles away from the endless sand sea in the north. At the moment, Meng Zhang is flying over a magnificent mountain with his good friend Jue Ying.


    This is the junction of Jiuqu League and Yuantu prairie, and it is also one of the heavily fortified areas of Jiuqu League.


    Yuantu prairie is vast and boundless. It is an area many times larger than the endless sand sea.


    On the Yuantu prairie, there were many forces of truth cultivation, and there were countless people of truth cultivation.


    If it were not for the fact that these Xiuzhen forces are not united and the internal struggle is too fierce, I am afraid that the Yuantu prairie will become the heart and soul of the Jiuqu alliance.


    It is precisely because these Xiuzhen forces are unable to pose a threat to Jiuqu League, and there is no conflict of interest with Jiuqu League. Therefore, Jiuqu League has always been kind to them. The two sides have close relations and frequent business exchanges.


    About 600 years ago, a powerful barbarian tribe attacked from further east and launched an all-round invasion of Yuantu prairie.


    In the face of the powerful barbarian invaders, the Xiuzhen forces on the Yuantu prairie, who were all focused on fighting, were almost defeated and lost their city and land.


    Many cultivation forces were destroyed, and countless practitioners died in battle. Most of the Yuantu prairie fell into the hands of the barbarians.


    Seeing that Yuantu prairie was about to fall completely, Jiuqu League finally sent troops to the war.


    At this time, the defeated Xiuzhen forces, with the help of Jiuqu alliance, stabilized their positions and temporarily blocked the barbarian invasion.


    These Xiuzhen forces, which were originally a mass of loose sand, learned from their failures, abandoned internal disputes, United and established a loose alliance to fight the invading barbarians.


    For these sudden barbarians, many practitioners feel mysterious. There are many kinds of statements about their origin. I don''t know which is true.


    Jue Ying was born in a well-informed dark League. He knows a little about the origin of these barbarians.


    She told Meng Zhang that these barbarians were not natives of the Junchen world, but invaders from other worlds.


    It is said that in many foreign void worlds, barbarians are notoriously aggressive, brutal and ferocious.


    After the barbarians occupied more than half of the Yuantu prairie, in addition to the Jiuqu League, some Xiuzhen sects in the South sent elite friars to the battlefield to fight against the barbarians.


    As far as the current situation of Yuantu prairie is concerned, the war situation is still relatively stable. The Jiuqu alliance side has stabilized its position and firmly guarded its own front.


    In many local areas, Jiuqu League and barbarians are constantly tugging at each other, and small-scale bloody battles often occur.


    Meng Zhang watched with his own eyes that taiyimen thrived and developed in the Gobi. While feeling gratified, but also because of the hidden worries in my heart, I took the heart to prepare for a rainy day.


    In the cultivation world, some families or sects with a little age and strength will lay down dark hands in case that future generations can make a comeback after being robbed.


    As the helmsman of a large business, we should take a long enough view. We should not only see the current beauty, but also the danger behind it.


    Taiyimen, which has a strong enemy outside, really should arrange a retreat early. Cunning rabbits and three caves are the way of survival in the cultivation world.


    Looking around, only in the Jiuqu league can we fall behind.


    Although due to Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun, taiyimen could not join Jiuqu League and become a member of Jiuqu League.


    However, Jiuqu League has a huge force, vast territory, complex internal situation and numerous mountains.


    It''s not too difficult for taiyimen to secretly hide several dark sons on the territory of Jiuqu League in case of emergency.


    Before Jin Qiaoer made the pill, Meng Zhang received the news that Jue Ying had successfully broken through the golden pill period.


    Because of the trivial matters in the door, after losing the flying stone immortal of Feihong sect, his strength fell sharply. Facing the huoyun sect and the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect, he was obviously in a weak position. Therefore, Meng Zhang had no time to get out and had to sit in the gate to prevent accidents.


    For a long time, huoyun sect and Huanglian sect were relatively honest.


    Small groups of friars from the two families often fight with the taiyimen friar team at the border. But large-scale fighting has almost never happened.


    Taiyimen dark hall has been fully monitoring the movements of these two forces to ensure that they are not likely to launch a large-scale attack in a short time.


    Moreover, with Jin Qiaoer forming the pill, the thick earth God will restore the cultivation of the golden pill period. The defensive strength of Taiyi gate has greatly increased, and Meng Zhang can also free up his hand.


    Meng Zhang secretly left the Gobi of evil wind, entered the boundary of Jiuqu League and saw the shadow of the golden elixir.


    Now the Jue Ying should be called Jue Ying real person.


    After jueying became Jindan immortal, immortal Ye left Jiuqu League and went out to perform tasks.


    After seeing immortal jueying, Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask for her help generously, saying that he would lay some dark sons on the side of Jiuqu League.


    Both masters and disciples are golden elixir immortal. Jueying immortal is still very important in the Dark Alliance. Although she has never liked to deal with affairs, she still has a lot of power.


    Even without using the power of the dark League and the black market, her status alone can help a lot.


    Jueying immortal is very generous in helping his old friends. He doesn''t hesitate to invest a lot of personal resources. Many intelligence information inside the dark League was used by her for personal gain.


    In addition to helping taiyimen establish a chamber of Commerce in Dafeng City, she also helped Meng Zhang develop forces within Jiuqu League.


    She now accompanied Meng Zhang all the way to the edge of Jiuqu League, which is for this matter.


    In a large-scale tug of war with the barbarians not long ago, the friar of yujianmen, as an important pillar of Jiuqu alliance, won a brilliant victory on the battlefield and won a large territory.


    The sword cultivation of the jade sword sect is good at fighting in battle and has little interest in the way of management. They can''t even manage the sites near their home. Where do they have the leisure to manage these marginal sites.


    Therefore, the jade sword gate divided this large area into territories and sold them to the outside.


    Friars who buy these territories, in addition to paying a large amount of spirit stone to yujianmen at one time, have to turn in a certain amount of sacrifice every year.


    Even under such harsh conditions, there are still an endless stream of monks looking for these territories.


    Not only casual repair, but also many small families and sects have joined the rush purchase.


    Meng Zhang bought a valley here through the relationship of jueying.


    There is a second-order spirit vein in the valley, and the surrounding territory is very spacious.


    The environment here is good and the conditions are superior. It can carry a Jizong gate or family.


    Meng Zhang didn''t come forward to buy this valley. It seems that it has nothing to do with taiyimen.


    Now, Meng Zhang and Jue Ying go to have a look at the valley they bought.

 Chapter 581

    Meng Zhang and Jue Ying flew into the valley and Haosheng looked around. He was very satisfied with the site.


    He knew very well that if Jue Ying didn''t help him this time, even if he was willing to spend Lingshi as an outsider, he couldn''t buy this site.


    There are too many large and small cultivation forces in Jiuqu League. Only the cultivation forces of Jindan immortal can attract some attention.


    It is difficult to sort out the other foundation building forces one by one.


    Taiyimen secretly sent a group of loyal friars to establish a manor here and settle down slowly. As long as they do not take the initiative to expose their relationship with taiyimen, they will not attract too much attention from others.


    This can be used as a secret stronghold of Taiyi gate in Jiuqu League, or as a retreat.


    Taiyi sect is really unable to get a foothold in the Gobi of evil wind, so it has to disperse its disciples and secretly place them in these places for a comeback.


    During this time, Jue Ying helped Meng Zhang a lot. There is no need to say any words of thanks for the relationship between Emmon Zhang and their teachers and disciples.


    Meng Zhang keeps these human feelings in mind and will give back when he has a chance in the future.


    After making some arrangements in Jiuqu League, Meng ZhangCai felt at ease.


    Even if the worst happens, taiyimen will be destroyed. These arrangements can at least keep some seeds for taiyimen, and the inheritance of the sect will not be cut off.


    After finishing the work, Meng ZhangCai said goodbye to Jue Ying and embarked on the way back to the Gobi of evil wind.


    When passing Dafeng City, Meng Zhang visited the ancient moon family.


    He didn''t see the patriarch of the ancient moon family this time, but he saw an old friend, the ancient moon huaidie, who had not seen him for a long time.


    Not seen for many years, the ancient moon butterfly not only makes great progress in cultivation, but also has a more elegant breath.


    Meng Zhang knew that Gu yuehuai butterfly was the secret of a Heavenly Master. Before he knew what kind of Heavenly Master she was, Meng Zhang was always secretly wary in front of her.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t know Meng Zhang''s mind. When receiving Meng Zhang, she was very warm.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong joined hands to fight against huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar.


    Although gale city is not involved, it still supports taiyimen secretly.


    This is not because of the friendship between the ancient moon family and taiyimen, but because of the stakeholders.


    In the past, when Feihong sect ruled the endless sand sea, most of the resources produced by the endless sand sea were sent to Dafeng City and sold in Dafeng City. Then feihongzong purchased all kinds of materials in Dafeng City.


    In this way, Dafeng City can get a lot of benefits from it. Even, Dafeng City can become an important trade town in north of the Jiuqu League, which has a great relationship with the it.


    Over the years, Dafeng City has been quite satisfied with feihongzong, an important trading partner.


    However, after several great changes in the endless sand sea, the business exchanges with Dafeng City have been greatly affected.


    Especially now huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar occupy most of the endless sand sea and try their best to plunder all kinds of resources, including many unique resources of the endless sand sea.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect didn''t deal with Dafeng City, but now there is a new conflict of interest.


    The two zongmen did not send most of the resources back to Dafeng City for sale as feihongzong did at that time, but had another way to dispose of them.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun is a very ambitious man. It has been committed to developing and expanding the forces under its hands and preparing for seizing the ruling power of the whole Huanglian cult.


    To develop forces and cultivate subordinates, we need a large number of truth cultivation resources.


    If we only rely on the strength of the mountain sub altar itself, the speed will be too slow.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun has great vision and strong action force. Many years ago, he established a large square city on the site of mountain Fentan, tried to develop commerce and trade, and tried to replace Dafeng City.


    After huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar occupied the endless sand sea, most of the resources obtained were sent to the mountain sub altar for sale.


    Because this is the meaning of Yue Feng Zhenjun. Even if the two sects lost a lot of interests, they dare not disobey at all.


    Huoyun sect is better. Yue Feng Zhenjun won''t let them lose too much because of Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s face. But Hedong Fentan is miserable, because Yuefeng Zhenjun intends to suppress and weaken, and the loss will be great.


    Now Yuefeng Zhenjun still needs these two sects and needs them to test the reality of Tianzhu Zhenjun. Therefore, Hedong sub altar still makes money in the endless sand sea. If you lose this use value, Yue Fengzhen''s exploitation will only be more ruthless.


    Of course, the biggest damage to interests is not the two zongmen, but the neighboring gale city.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s practice is simply shaking the foundation of Dafeng City.


    If it had not been for taiyimen, a new big customer, and Dafeng City, which has lost its important business road, the market would have become much depressed.


    Taiyimen''s main territory now is in the Gobi of evil wind. It occupies only a barren corner area in the endless sand sea. Coupled with the decline of Feihong sect, the resources obtained by the two sects in the endless sand sea are very limited. In particular, some characteristic resources of endless sand sea have become more and more difficult to supply Dafeng City.


    Cutting off one''s wealth is like killing one''s parents. The practice of huoyun''s two families is to cut off the wealth of Dafeng City.


    Gale city has not sent envoys to visit the two zongmen.


    Gale city doesn''t expect everything to return to the way it used to be. I just hope that the two sects can leave room for work and do not completely cut off the business road between endless sand sea and gale city.


    But huoyun sect, supported by the yuan God Zhenjun, didn''t care about the reaction of Dafeng City.


    Of course, because the whole thing came from the will of Yue Fengzhen, they themselves had little room for objection.


    Gale city was furious about this. Although they couldn''t help each other for the time being, they secretly wrote down a pen.


    On the contrary, taiyimen, which occupied the Gobi of evil wind, has become a business partner of Dafeng City.


    The relationship between Dafeng City and taiyimen is getting better and better. In addition to normal business exchanges, the two sides have many other collusions.


    Taiyimen and feihongzong alliance against the alliance of huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar. Gale City firmly stood on the former side.


    Although gale city will not directly play at the risk of offending Yuanshen Zhenjun, this kind of standing in line is not useless at all.


    Taiyi sect joined hands with Fei hongzong. It seems that they are equal to huoyun sect and will not lose the wind.


    But Meng Zhang knew in his heart that this was because the other party had not gone all out.


    Let alone the action of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Heming sect and mountain sect are in the game, and taiyimen and Feihong sect can''t support it.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang attaches great importance to Dafeng City, a potential ally.

 Chapter 582

    At present, taiyimen seems to be thriving and in a rising period. But in fact, the situation is extremely dangerous, and there is a danger of overturning.


    Feihongzong, an unreliable ally, is too weak to protect himself. Whether immortal Jinli can become the yuan God is still unknown.


    Every possible help is a life-saving straw. Taiyimen must firmly grasp it.


    Gale city just stood on the side of taiyimen because of its interests. Facing Yuanshen Zhenjun, gale city may not be able to do anything.


    But gale city is the only external help that taiyimen can find. Of course, Meng Zhang is not willing to let go easily.


    Moreover, the interest relationship sounds bad, but it is a very reliable relationship, which is far more reliable than friendship, kindness, morality and so on.


    Every time he comes to Dafeng City, Meng Zhang will take the initiative to visit important figures of the ancient moon family. When talking, they always give huoyun some eye medicine intentionally or unintentionally.


    The ancient moon family, as the gale City, is an old friend of the ancient moon with butterflies, and has a deep understanding of Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang didn''t play any tricks in front of her. He told her directly that it was more and more difficult for taiyimen and huoyun sect to coexist.


    As the master of the ancient moon family, the ancient moon Huai butterfly has many ears and eyes and is well-informed. Of course, it is very clear about the situation on the other side of the endless sand sea.


    As an old friend of Meng Zhang for many years, she certainly tends to Meng Zhang emotionally. In terms of interests, they are also willing to support taiyimen.


    However, the internal situation of Jiuqu League is complex, and the situation around Dafeng City is not stable. This is not the time for the ancient moon family to act rashly.


    The ancient moon butterfly did not hide the position of the ancient moon family. She also told Meng Zhang frankly that now the ancient moon family will not directly intervene in the disputes over the endless sand sea.


    In the same words, Meng Zhang didn''t come to Dafeng City. Meng Zhang didn''t have to hide his deeds and could appear in public.


    In addition to organizing many caravans to and from Dafeng City, taiyimen also established chambers of Commerce, purchased shops and carried out various operations in Dafeng City.


    Taiyimen is a tall building at the headquarters of Dafeng City Chamber of Commerce. Named by Meng Zhang himself, it is called Hengyuan building.


    Back then, it was not easy for taiyimen to establish its own business organization in Xiaofang city beyond the endless sand sea. After the relocation of taiyimen, the mountain gate has officially moved to baicaopo.


    In Xiongshi mountain, the original spirit field and medicine garden will naturally continue to operate. Because Jin Qiaoer has been practicing in Xiongshi mountain recently, Taiyi gate has not arranged other Jindan friars to garrison there.


    When passing Xiongshi mountain, Meng Zhang visited Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Qiaoer successfully tied the pill this time, but taiyimen helped a lot.


    No matter whether taiyimen did it in the face of immortal Jinli or not, Jin Qiaoer himself is the key to this favor.


    Jin Qiaoer warmly received Meng Zhang who came to visit.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang is the landlord here, and Jin Qiaoer only relies on it for the time being.


    The main purpose of Meng Zhang''s visit to Jin Qiaoer is to have a good communication with her.


    Jin Qiaoer has been busy consolidating her accomplishments and cultivating some magic powers that can only be mastered by friars in the golden elixir period.


    With the teaching of immortal Jin Li, she is not lack of both her major in martial arts and various magic powers, and her learning is very clever.


    Of course, the cultivation effect of a person making a car behind closed doors will certainly not catch up with the exchange and consultation with his peers.


    Although before jiedan, immortal Jinli taught all that should be taught, and left a lot of jade slips for Jin Qiaoer.


    However, under the guidance of Meng Zhang, an expert in the middle of Jindan, Jin Qiaoer still benefited a lot.


    Meng Zhang not only talked with Jin Qiaoer, but also exchanged views with her to help her improve her combat experience.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Xiongshi mountain for more than two months. In the process of communicating with Jin Qiaoer, he also has some harvest.


    Jin Qiaoer''s inheritance is very clever, and there is such a famous teacher as Jin Li. Many times, she can surprise Meng Zhang.


    After the exchange, before leaving, Meng Zhang inadvertently asked whether Jin Qiaoer knew the current situation of real Jin Li and whether there was any way to contact her.


    Jin Qiaoer sincerely told Meng Zhang that since immortal Jin Li entered the small world of Zijin sect, she just lost all contact with the master and didn''t know her current situation.


    Meng Zhang saw that Jin Qiaoer didn''t seem to be faking. He only sighed in his heart, and then left.


    Time passed in a flash. At this time, it has been more than 30 years since Jin Li was closed in that small world. But she still has no news, and I don''t know whether she succeeded or failed.


    Immortal Jinli hasn''t appeared around the endless sand sea for such a long time, which has begun to arouse some people''s doubts.


    These people doubt that immortal Jinli has nothing. If they doubt the situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, it will be a real disaster.


    After Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo, there was no better way except to practice hard and improve his combat effectiveness.


    Ten years later, Meng Zhang''s cultivation became more and more advanced.


    Even after entering the middle stage of Jindan, his cultivation speed did not slow down.


    With the current financial resources and contacts of taiyimen, you can buy some third-order items from Jiuqu alliance.


    Among them are third-order magic tools, third-order spiritual objects and third-order elixirs.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang will naturally be worshipped by the sect. Disciples of the sect try their best to collect some things he can use.


    From time to time, Meng Zhang can take some third-order pills or refine some third-order spiritual objects.


    Although the supply of cultivation resources is far from sufficient, it is valuable for Meng Zhang.


    In the process of leading the rise of taiyimen, he encountered the shortage of cultivation resources for many times.


    At this stage, Taiyi sect can feed the high-level friars in the sect, instead of requiring high-level friars to subsidize the sect as before.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t checked the big treasury of Taiyi gate for a long time. He doesn''t know the current family background of Taiyi gate.


    The higher your accomplishments, the longer you spend on cultivation. He has entrusted most of the affairs of the sect to the disciples. In particular, Niu Dawei, his eldest disciple, almost perfectly played the role of acting leader and handled most of the daily affairs of the door.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, only participates in the major events in the sect. He will take the initiative to speak at a major moment related to the future and destiny of the sect.


    When Meng Zhang was less than 200 years old, he achieved perfection in the middle of the golden elixir. Only one step away, we can step into the later stage of the golden elixir.


    At this time, Meng ZhangCai finally ran into a bottleneck and his cultivation stopped temporarily.


    Cultivation is stagnant, but cultivation can''t stop. He has too many magic powers and needs to learn and practice slowly.


    The more magic powers you master, the more means you have against the enemy, and the stronger your combat effectiveness.


    In the face of powerful foreign enemies, Meng Zhang certainly needs to master strong combat effectiveness.


    Over the years, in addition to Meng Zhang''s progress, others in the door are also making progress.


    For example, Yang Xueyi almost completely refined the talisman inherited from the elder Jindan of Zijin sect, and mastered many clever talisman means.


    After Wen qiansuan became a golden elixir, he finally found the most suitable way for himself. He integrated his brilliant array methods into his cultivation and mastered many ways to use the array to enhance his combat effectiveness.


    The two elders in the gate, Hu Jing, the former head of the Royal beast hall, and Zheng Chao, the current head of the war hall, closed their doors and began to attack the golden elixir period after completing their training during the foundation building period.


    There are a lot of Jindan friars in taiyimen now. According to Meng Zhang''s assumption, the elders of taiyimen in the future should preferably be Jindan friars. Except for a few special circumstances, friars in the foundation period can no longer become elders.


    Of course, there were so many foundation building elders in Taiyi gate before. Their status will be preserved. They are still elders in the gate.


    In fact, with the passage of time. If the elders in the foundation period cannot be promoted to the golden elixir period, they will be eliminated by time sooner or later.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who fled from the endless sand sea, began to doubt the state of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Although it is said that the yuan God really lived a long life, it is common even if he did not appear for hundreds of years. For example, when Tianzhu Zhenjun was entangled with the fifth order Earth Spirit, he stayed in the depths of the dead sand sea for hundreds of years.


    But after the betrayal of Yuefeng Zhenjun and the calculation of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, he can be so calm with his character and has no reaction. This is not like him.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun has never been that kind of magnanimous character, but a vengeful and vicious man.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun communicated several times and felt that Tianzhu Zhenjun was mostly in a bad state.


    But they dare not go to the dead sand sea to investigate in person. They worried that if this was Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan to lure the enemy, didn''t they take the initiative to send it to the door?


    They hid in the territory of Jiuqu League. As long as Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t return to the virtual period, he didn''t dare to risk a war with the whole Jiuqu League and come to trouble them.


    In order to determine the state of Tianzhu Zhenjun, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun ordered the Jindan immortal to use all kinds of methods to strengthen the test, and be sure to determine the reality of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    More and more immortal Jindan sneaked into the dead sand sea to investigate the battlefield of Tianzhu Zhenjun and level 5 Earth Spirit.


    Immortal Jinli was closed in the small world of Zijin sect, and no one came out to stop them.


    However, the power of the remaining Avenue in the center of the battlefield has not dissipated. Even the golden elixir immortal will be seriously injured if he is touched by the power of the road.


    These golden elixir immortals have been around for a long time, and they dare not rush over.


    They are not fools who know nothing, but old Youzi who know well.


    Even if they are loyal to the two true gods, they will not risk their own lives.


    A famous Golden elixir came and went. He was always unable to get close to the core area of the battlefield. Naturally, he could not find out what happened on the battlefield at that time.


    We can''t directly try to find out the deficiency and reality of Tianzhu Zhenjun. There are other ways.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar no longer focus on obtaining cultivation resources, but began to work at the border.


    The two zongmen sent more patrols, crossed the default stable border many times, went deep into taiyimen and feihongzong, and clashed with the garrison friars there.


    Conflicts are becoming more frequent, more intense and more bloody. The four families have paid casualties, and the conflict is still escalating.


    The alchemy friars have been far away from this bloody battlefield, and the foundation building friars of both sides began to participate in a large number of wars and fight madly.


    Immortal Jindan is not far from the battlefield and constantly monitors the changes of the war situation.


    Even in some cases, some golden elixir real people will act recklessly to bully the small. At this time, the other person''s golden elixir will also act in time.


    Fortunately, the golden elixir immortal on both sides kept restraint, tasted it and did not continue to entangle, so as to avoid directly opening the golden elixir war.


    Meng Zhang''s order to Taiyi gate is to resolutely fight back against the enemy''s provocation and never retreat in the conflict.


    At this time, taiyimen must be tough enough not to let the enemy find his weakness.


    Without immortal Jin Li and immortal Feishi, even if there are more Jin Qiaoer and thick earth God generals in Taiyi gate, they are still at a disadvantage in terms of the combat power of the golden elixir.


    Fortunately, huoyun sect and Huanglian sect still have scruples about Hedong sub altar and are unwilling to start a war rashly.


    Although they escalated the conflict and invested more and more strength, they still exercised restraint and did not launch an all-round attack, but always limited the battle to a local battlefield.

 Chapter 583

    As long as a full-scale war does not break out, taiyimen and feihongzong can still persist.


    Without immortal Jinli and immortal Feishi, taiyimen and feihongzong are absolutely inferior in the combat power of Jindan, but they can attack and defend and fight with the enemy in the struggle of low-level disciples.


    This fight, which is destined to last for a long time, is a refining of blood and fire for Taiyi disciples.


    A large number of disciples were lost in bloody battles, and many excellent disciples stood out.


    Meng Zhang and several Jindan friars in the gate went to the front line to supervise the war in turn and always pay attention to the changes of the war situation.


    A group of low-level disciples of the four sects went to the battlefield and struggled to survive in the bloody meat grinder.


    At this time, no one has a way back, and everyone must stick to it.


    Although we know that sacrifice cannot be avoided in war, it is inevitable that dead people will die in war. However, Meng Zhang could not bear to see a disciple of the famous Taiyi sect who had been carefully trained for many years, just like consumables, quickly consumed on the battlefield.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, as the initiator of the war, also don''t want to see this scene.


    The huoyun sect, in particular, suffered heavy losses when invading the endless sand sea several times before, and has not recovered so far.


    Apart from immortal Jindan in the gate, huoyun sect is not much better than hongzong in terms of low-level disciples in the gate.


    However, as a new force, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar not only has strong strength, but also recruited many vassals to participate in the war.


    Before the split, the Huanglian sect was a powerful force in the forefront of the whole Jiuqu League. Even after the division, the power of each punishment altar is stronger than most Jindan sect of Jiuqu League.


    Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar undertook the main offensive task this time and sent a steady stream of monks to participate in the war.


    Of course, even Hedong Fentan, a big family, still feels meat pain in the face of heavy losses.


    Even if high-level friars don''t treat low-level disciples as people, they don''t want to lose too much to affect all aspects of the sect.


    Unfortunately, huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar don''t have many choices.


    They chose this way to fight taiyimen and feihongzong, which was also a last resort.


    They are trying to reduce their losses by looking for all kinds of excuses and refusing to start a full-scale war.


    They took the initiative to start fighting this time, which is also part of the exploratory task.


    If you can''t test out the reality of Tianzhu Zhenjun for a long time, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun behind them will certainly force them to launch an all-out war.


    I just don''t know how long the two Yuanshen Zhenjun can endure.


    It''s one thing to train sect disciples, and it''s another thing to let them die in meaningless fighting. After staying at the front line for a while, Meng Zhang felt that he could not sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang did not take the initiative in the war, and he was even more reluctant to escalate the war.


    Although the casualties are a little heavy now, the war situation can still be maintained. If all the enemy''s golden elixirs come to an end, taiyimen and feihongzong may not be able to resist.


    In order to deal with this kind of battle, taiyimen invested a lot of money to buy a large amount of war materials from Dafeng City and distribute them to the disciples participating in the war.


    Regardless of the cost, Taiyi sect can improve the combat effectiveness of its disciples and reduce casualties at most, but it can not solve the fundamental problem.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang thought that the best way was to have other forces to take part in the war instead of disciples.


    At the beginning of the war, taiyimen had already offered a high reward and hired monks from Jiuqu League to participate in the war.


    Huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar have been handed down for thousands of years, and their heritage is far richer than that of Taiyi gate. Really take out the family background. The financial resources are not weak compared with taiyimen.


    Taiyimen can hire cannon fodder, they can also hire cannon fodder, and even offer better conditions to hire more cannon fodder.


    Taiyimen has many cultivation forces in hanhaidao alliance to drive. Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect also have many vassals.


    As the war continued, a large number of hired friars were lost on the battlefield, and it was more and more difficult for both sides to hire new cannon fodder.


    No matter how high the reward is, you have to have life to spend it.


    The combat effectiveness of the friars of the vassal forces is limited. They need to send their direct disciples as the backbone to undertake the main combat tasks.


    Seeing that he couldn''t think of a better way for the time being, Meng Zhang made up his mind to Tianji.


    With the deeper attainments of Tianji, Meng Zhang is less and less easy to perform Tianji once.


    The more you touch the way of heaven, the more you will feel fear and become more cautious.


    If you use the magic of heaven to spy on the changes of heaven and deduce the past and future, it will be eaten by heaven sooner or later.


    Although Meng Zhang has not been backfired yet, one reason is that he has not accumulated enough backfire.


    If we continue to display the secret arts without scruples, the accumulated anti phagocytic power will only become stronger and stronger, and there will be an outbreak one day.


    Second, because he killed the demon xiuye Feifan last time, he obtained the merit of heaven, which can offset the backfire to a certain extent.


    Meng Zhang is now becoming more and more cautious about the use of heaven''s secrets. If it''s not really necessary, he usually won''t do it easily. Moreover, he will not take the initiative to touch the problem that the calculation is too difficult.


    It''s like the dangerous situation taiyimen is facing, because it involves the yuan God Zhenjun. If he rashly calculates the solution, the consequence of getting nothing is still light. Once it is swallowed by the way of heaven, it may lose its life.


    Therefore, in the face of problems, Meng Zhang can only see the moves and solve them bit by bit.


    After careful consideration and weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang felt that his calculation should not lead to bad consequences and can solve the problem, so he was ready to start.


    Because the golden elixir friars of both sides did not directly participate in the war, the Taiyi gate was well staffed. Meng Zhang left the front line and returned to the door.


    After returning to baicaopo, Meng Zhang closed the door to cast magic and performed Dayan divine calculation. After some deduction, he had the answer in his heart.


    As soon as he told his disciples, he left Baicao slope and flew towards the sand sea of death.


    Without delay on the road, Meng Zhang flew directly to the center of the dead sand sea, not far from the battlefield where Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit died together.


    Originally, because of their war, like the coming of the end, the space was torn, and countless space cracks loomed and appeared.


    Storms from different spaces roar past, and the earth often vibrates violently. The earth is covered with bottomless gullies, and the magma flowing from the ground flows everywhere. The sky was full of black smoke and poisonous fire, and thick black clouds blocked the sun.


    The most terrible thing is that the warring sides wantonly urge the power of the road and distort the rules of heaven and earth around them. The rules here are chaotic.


    Magma flows toward the sky like a backward waterfall. Flame and rain are intertwined and do not affect each other.


    If ordinary practitioners enter this place, they are completely upside down, left and right, and will soon lose the minimum sense of space.


    If you take a step at will, you may fall into another space. Bad luck will be directly chopped by space cracks.


    When immortal Jindan came here, he only dared to wander around the periphery and never dared to go deep easily.


    The closer to the center of the battlefield, the more powerful the remaining power of the avenue is, and it is easy to hurt immortal Jindan.


    Meng Zhang stood in the distance and looked at the direction of the battlefield. His face was very ugly.


    Since the war of that year, Meng Zhang has come to this place every once in a while to investigate the changes here.


    The situation here is much better than when Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level Earth Spirit died together. If you carefully sense it, you can clearly feel that the residual force of the road around becomes weaker and weaker with the passage of time.


    The traces left by the war may not disappear for thousands of years, but after the power of the road subsides, there is no power to prevent outsiders from entering the center of the battlefield.


    After the fall of Yuanshen Zhenjun, there will generally be the phenomenon of Tao elimination. Such a vision can last for hundreds of years.


    Without the shelter of the residual power of the outer Road, the cultivator can find the Tao elimination phenomenon as long as he is a little closer, and he knows that Tianzhu Zhenjun must have fallen.


    Without the deterrence of Tianzhu Zhenjun, it is not necessary for Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun to start. Their men alone can easily destroy Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang estimated the speed of the disappearance of the power of the avenue. Taiyimen still has 30 years at most.


    If at that time, immortal Jinli has not succeeded in achieving the yuan God, taiyimen will make other plans.


    Meng Zhang put aside these troubles for the time being and took care of his eyes first.


    He bypassed the battlefield and searched carefully along the results derived by himself.


    After searching around for several days, Meng Zhang finally found his target when he passed a sand dune.


    Under the observation of his destructive magic eye, through the yellow sand hundreds of feet deep. A strange crystal, the size of a head and the shape of a honeycomb, was quietly buried underground.


    With a gentle stroke of one hand, the whole dune was blown away by invisible force. Countless yellow sand rose from the ground, and then was heavily thrown into the distance, revealing the crystal.


    Meng Zhang once again showed his false magic eye, but he could not see through the inside of the crystal. He searched repeatedly with his mind and found nothing wrong.


    His psychic awareness did not warn, indicating that the crystal was not a dangerous object.


    Meng Zhang held the crystal in his hand with a gentle move with his right hand.


    After repeated observation, Dayan divine calculation was even used to calculate. Meng Zhang finally figured out the details of the crystal.


    This crystal is neither a magic weapon nor a spiritual object, but a rare treasure.


    The so-called rare treasures in the cultivation world are often treasures with special functions.


    Qizhen is either refined by power or born in heaven and earth.


    Qizhen contains magical power. It can''t be graded by the grade classification commonly used in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang did not know the function of this treasure for the time being, and this place is not a quiet place to study.


    Meng zhangfei went up into the air and returned directly to baicaopo, the gate of Taiyi gate, with this new treasure.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang first contacted the friar Jindan who was on duty at the front line and confirmed that there was no new change in the war situation. Then he calmed down and slowly studied the treasure.


    Meng Zhang''s research took more than three months to find out the general details of this rare treasure.


    This treasure is not the product of Jun dust world, but comes from another world of extraterritorial emptiness.


    This treasure is not produced naturally by heaven and earth, but refined the day after tomorrow.


    As for its origin and specific refining process, Meng Zhang is not clear.


    Many of his own guesses about this rare treasure.


    Dayan God is not omnipotent. Even if Meng Zhang puts aside his scruples and tries his best, he can only calculate part of the information.


    According to Meng Zhang''s conjecture combined with various information, this treasure did not know how to fall into the hands of the fifth level Earth Spirit and was brought to the Jun dust world by it.


    This treasure has the magical ability of derivation and reproduction, and can create all kinds of creatures according to various templates.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit estimated that he designed a set of templates with reference to many characteristics of the Earth Spirit family and created a new species of sand monster.


    The earliest sand monster was born from this treasure.


    The ability of the fifth order Earth Spirit is certainly not comparable to that of a Jindan friar like Meng Zhang. It can not only give full play to the role of this treasure, but also imitate it after finding out its details, creating a sand monster nest.


    The speed of creating sand monsters is too slow to meet the requirements of the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    It imitates the sand monster nest created by this treasure. Although it has many defects, it is far less functional than this treasure, but it is barely enough.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit came to this world alone and faced repeated Crusades.


    When it had a gambling fight with Tianzhu Zhenjun, at first, Tianzhu Zhenjun saw that it had no help. It was alone and thought it would win soon.


    But with this treasure, the fifth order Earth Spirit can create a large number of sand monsters as his helpers. In the gambling fight, he fought with Tianzhu Zhenjun''s men.


    Later, I felt that the speed of making sand monsters was too slow. The fifth level Earth Spirit imitated the strange treasure and first created the seeds of the sand monster''s nest. These seeds were spread to the whole dead sand sea by various means, grew into sand monster nests all over the dead sand sea, and gave birth to countless sand monsters.


    There are also many sand monster nest seeds, which are scattered to the endless sand sea and grow into sand monster nests. In the history of endless sand sea, the disasters of sand monsters have been set off again and again, creating havoc and bringing huge losses to the cultivation world of endless sand sea.


    If Feihong sect didn''t deal with it effectively and with the help of immortal Jinli, I''m afraid the whole endless sand sea would be subverted by endless sand monsters.


    It is precisely because the disasters of sand monsters involve a lot of energy and consume a lot of resources of Feihong sect. As the ruler of the endless sand sea, Fei hongzong has always been unable to make a breakthrough and can only defend the endless sand sea.


    It is estimated that this treasure was carried by the fifth order Earth Spirit. After it was blasted by Tianzhu Zhenjun, the treasure was thrown out and fell on the periphery of the battlefield.

 Chapter 584

    I don''t know whether it was God''s will or Meng Zhang''s great fortune. He used the great Yan divine calculation to calculate the whereabouts of the rare treasure and collected it.


    Heaven did not take it, but was blamed. Since the treasure came to the door, Meng Zhang naturally accepted it impolitely. As for whether there will be any future trouble after receiving this rare treasure, Meng Zhang can''t care about it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s use of Dayan divination is to deduce that he has new fighting forces and reduce the loss of his low-level friars.


    After figuring out the general function of the treasure, he had a clue in his mind.


    In the cultivation world, some powerful sects will have the method of feeding and refining Taoist soldiers.


    According to different refining methods and inheritance factions, the sources of Taoist soldiers are complex and various.


    Humans, monsters and even some spirits can be used as raw materials for refining Taoist soldiers.


    In the heyday of taiyimen, there were naturally some unique Taoist soldiers.


    Strictly speaking, the Dharma protector in Taiyi gate is also a kind of Taoist soldiers.


    So far, many of the taiyimen''s inheritance has been lost. Even in the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang in the place of trial, there is no means to refine Taoist soldiers.


    In the small world, Meng Zhang harvested the inheritance classics of the Zijin sect, which recorded the refining techniques of the two Taoist soldiers of the Zijin sect.


    However, refining Taoist soldiers needs to invest a lot of human and material resources and consume a large amount of cultivation resources. Moreover, there are not many monks in Taiyi sect who practice Zijin sect''s inheritance skills. Therefore, Meng Zhang did not refine the characteristic Taoist soldiers of Zijin school before.


    When this treasure is in the hands of the fifth level earth spirit, it can be used to refine sand monsters. Sand monsters are also a kind of Taoist soldiers.


    Sand monster is a puppet, not a living creature, but it can be used as a qualified war tool.


    Meng Zhang''s use of this treasure can also be used to refine Taoist soldiers.


    Some Taoist soldiers who are difficult to refine can simplify the refining process and reduce the difficulty of refining after having this treasure.


    Meng Zhang spent a little time figuring out how to use this treasure.


    There are two conditions to use this rare treasure to refine Taoist soldiers.


    One is to provide a template for Taoist soldiers.


    Like the first mock exam of the five order, it is the creation of a template of sand monster, which has absorbed some of the characteristics of the native spirit family and added the creativity of their own family.


    Meng Zhang did not hide the idea of the middle and senior level of the door about the origin and function of this rare treasure.


    Although the extremely sword God general and the thunder god general are only successful accomplishments in the foundation period, they are enough to sweep all the foundation period friars, and even have a few moves with the Jindan period friars.


    Meng Zhang was worried that he would use them to sweep out the enemy''s low-level friars and stimulate huoyun sect and Huanglian sect to divide the altar in Hedong, so he didn''t send them to the battlefield.


    The extremely sword God general who had stayed in the door soon appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Jijian God did not disappoint Meng Zhang and provided many valuable suggestions.


    Jijian Shenjiang is a living fossil of Taiyi gate. He is very clear about many inheritance of Taiyi gate. Moreover, he has a wide range of knowledge and has contacted and fought many different kinds of Taoist soldiers.


    Meng Zhang dreams of refining the future of the Dharma protector of Taiyi gate. However, although with the help of rare treasures, and the extremely sword God will be able to provide detailed refining methods, the current taiyimen is still far from providing refining conditions.


    Meng Zhang also had to retreat to the second place, hoping to refine the Taoist soldiers who could compete with the friars in the foundation period.


    After some discussion, Meng Zhang and Jijian God will weigh the pros and cons and synthesize the cost performance, and agree on the templates of two Taoist soldiers.


    One is the sand monster created by the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    In this treasure, there is also a template of sand monster. What Meng Zhang needs to do is make some adjustments.


    First of all, the image of the sand monster must be changed, not completely copied.


    Sand monsters have caused countless havoc in the history of endless sand sea, and there are countless victims. Even Meng Zhang himself can be said to be one of the victims of the sand monster.


    As the public enemy of the practitioners, sand monsters have left a shadow on everyone in the endless sand sea. Up to now, there are still many horror legends circulating.


    If the sand monster appears in the Taiyi sect intact, it will certainly arouse the doubts of Taiyi sect disciples and vassal forces.


    Even if Meng Zhang could subdue all the different voices, he would alienate everyone.


    Moreover, if it is spread to Jiuqu League, it will damage the image of Taiyi sect. If not, they will be labeled as heretical by hostile forces.


    Secondly, the fifth order power has the power of void creation. Although the sand monster is not a living creature, it still has strong intelligence and fighting instinct.


    Meng Zhang has no such ability. Even with the help of rare treasures, he can only greatly weaken his ability in this regard.


    The template of Taoist soldiers selected by Meng Zhang and Jijian God takes special loess as the main material and integrates all kinds of spiritual materials, such as red copper and black iron. After this rare treasure was strengthened, the Taoist soldiers were named loess Lishi by Meng Zhang.


    Loess lux is mainly in human form and can be changed into other forms when necessary.


    Compared with sand monsters, loess warriors have much weaker fighting instinct, appear rigid, and have poor independent combat ability.


    In Meng Zhang''s vision, loess Lishi, as the servant of the disciples in the gate, cooperates with the disciples in the gate to fight. It can be used as a meat shield or cannon fodder. The main function is to improve the fighting effectiveness and survivability of the disciples.


    It is not difficult to find the materials for refining loess Hercules. They are basically everywhere in the Gobi. The most valuable should be the spirit stone used to urge Huang Tu Lishi.


    Although there are no top-grade spirit stones in the Gobi, the lower and middle grade spirit stones can be collected occasionally.


    For refining loess lux, middle-grade and low-grade spirit stones are enough.


    Taiyimen and Dafeng City have close business contacts, and all kinds of materials can be supplemented from Dafeng City.


    Especially after the war between taiyimen and huoyun sect, Dafeng City intentionally or unintentionally increased the material transportation to taiyimen.


    This treasure looks like a honeycomb, and its main function is to refine Taoist soldiers. Meng Zhang named it bingchao.


    When the soldier''s nest is collected, it is only the size of a head. After being refined by Zhenyuan, it can be placed on the spirit pulse. After absorbing enough aura, the soldier''s nest can be slowly expanded.


    The third-order spirit pulse on baicaopo has been strengthened by the thick earth God. It has been supplemented by the spirit spirit from the underground river and has become very stable. In addition to meeting the Reiki needs of Baicao Pavilion, it can also support two or three Jindan immortal.


    Now put the soldier''s nest on this third-order spirit pulse, and the golden elixir immortal in the door is basically absent. Before long, the soldier''s nest full of aura began to expand.


    In a small valley, a huge building like a beehive crowded this nearly 100 mu flat land.


    All kinds of materials for refining Taoist soldiers were quickly collected and put into the soldiers'' nest.


    The treasure of soldier nest is very spiritual. As long as the Taoist soldier template is set in advance and enough materials are input, it can start refining automatically after starting.


    At the beginning, the refined Huangtu Taoist soldiers were all first-class Taoist soldiers, with incomplete shape and lack of arms and legs.


    Meng Zhang learned from his experience, controlled the operation of the army nest and slowly adjusted it, so that the situation began to get better.


    Before long, the soldier nest can make a second-order loess Taoist soldier.


    At least in terms of strength, the second-order loess Taoist soldiers are similar to ordinary friars in the foundation period. The preset combat mode and magic skills are not too bad.


    Meng Zhang specially recruited the friars in the foundation period who stayed at the gate and asked them to try to command these loess warriors to fight.


    After some tests, I have a certain understanding of the combat effectiveness of loess lux.


    Before Taiyi gate, a large number of puppets were purchased from Qiqiao sect of Jiuqu League. It played a great role in the battle.


    Unfortunately, it is always inconvenient to buy puppets, and they are inevitably controlled by others.


    Taiyi sect also tried to train the mechanism masters in the sect to learn how to refine mechanism puppets.


    But so far, taiyimen can only refine first-order mechanism puppets.


    Meng Zhang did not know the cost of refining second-order puppets by Jiqiao sect. However, the cost of the first-order lux made from the military nest is equivalent to 12 / 10 of that of the first-order puppets made by taiyimen.


    The cost of refining second-order loess Hercules is less than one tenth of that of purchasing second-order puppets.


    More importantly, loess lux can be mass produced. As long as the materials keep up, the soldier nest can run at high speed and produce loess lux continuously.


    Loess lux has a single type, few combat means and low intelligence. But the victory lies in the low cost, and it is independently manufactured by taiyimen.


    In addition, after many tests, Meng Zhang and his disciples also summarized many tactics of using loess Lishi.


    The best place to give full play to the advantages of loess lux is that several second-order loess lux lead a large group of first-order loess lux to form a military array. In a large-scale war, it is directly used for the hard struggle on the front battlefield.


    At present, the only bottleneck restricting taiyimen''s violent soldiers is the production speed of soldiers'' nests.


    It produces the lowest level of first-order loess lux. The soldier nest can produce hundreds of soldiers every day. However, to produce a second-order loess lux that can be used, it takes 10 days and a half months to produce each one, and it may produce defective products.


    Anyway, the war on the front line can not be ended in a short time. Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry too much. He can slowly produce loess Lishi and slowly accumulate troops.

 Chapter 585

    Originally, Meng Zhang and Jijian general selected another Taoist soldier template together, and prepared to use this Taoist soldier to make up for the deficiency of loess Lishi and cooperate with loess Lishi.


    However, limited to the production speed of the soldier''s nest, when the soldier''s nest is fully producing loess lux, it is unable to carry out other production, so it can only shelve another Taoist soldier for the time being.


    In less than a year since the bingchao was put into production, more than 20 second-order loess lux have been accumulated.


    Although these loess warriors are inanimate puppets, they are still a little spiritual. In terms of IQ, it is much better than ordinary cats and dogs.


    At the time of manufacture, these loess Hercules were endowed with a certain combat instinct and infused with a lot of combat experience.


    After the Loess Lishi is made, it will unconditionally obey all the orders of the owner of the military nest, that is, Meng Zhang.


    With Meng Zhang''s permission, Taiyi disciples only need to squeeze out a few drops of blood and drop it on Loess lux, and then read a few spells to make a simple blood deed and obtain the control of these loess lux.


    Some disciples of Taiyi sect who have been rotated from the front line return to the sect. Start to slowly practice how to drive these loess warriors and how to make them cooperate with themselves.


    After the rest, these Taiyi disciples took the Loess Lishi assigned to them and went back to the battlefield.


    With a large number of loess warriors as cannon fodder, the casualties of taiyimen disciples began to decline.


    The low cost and easy mass production made Huang Tu Lishi surpass talismans, puppets, demons, etc. and become the first choice for many Taiyi disciples.


    More and more loess Hercules have been made to become servants of Taiyi disciples and follow them to the battlefield.


    The friars of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect in Hedong branch altar soon discovered the changes of Taiyi disciples, and they fought with loess Hercules in person.


    Although the emergence of loess lux surprised them a little, they were not surprised. There are countless similar puppets and servants in the cultivation world. No one can tell how many there are.


    But there is one thing in common, that is, whether it is made by itself or purchased from the outside, it needs cost.


    They don''t believe that taiyimen, such a young sect, can have how much information and how much savings can be used for consumption.


    In fact, with the production speed of the army nest, the Loess lux produced can not keep up with the consumption on the battlefield. However, its replenishment to the battlefield has never been interrupted, and its number has far exceeded the enemy''s expectations.


    When Meng Zhang was busy using the army nest to produce loess lux, the two taiyimen friars who had previously closed the door to attack the golden pill also left the customs one after another.


    Hu Jing, an elder who is proficient in the art of controlling animals, successfully tied the pill and became another golden elixir immortal of Taiyi sect.


    Zheng Chao, the brave and good at fighting leader of the war hall and another elder, failed to tie Dan, but hurt a little vitality.


    Jiedan is an unpredictable thing. Even if sufficient preparations have been made in advance and various conditions have been mature, it is still impossible to achieve 100% success.


    In fact, all levels of taiyimen are more optimistic about Zheng Chao and think that his chance of success in knot Dan is much greater than Hu Jing.


    Everyone didn''t expect such a result in the end.


    Fortunately, aggressive people generally have good willpower and don''t easily admit defeat.


    The failure of jiedan didn''t make Zheng Chao depressed, let alone give up completely.


    He is still full of confidence in the path and has enough spirit to impact the golden elixir period again.


    At least half of Hu Jing''s skill is in the demon pet of her imperial envoy. Even after jiedan, it''s still the same.


    In addition to consolidating her cultivation, she is trying to improve the combat effectiveness of the demon pet.


    It took Zheng Chao some time to recover. After that, he was not in a hurry to impact the golden elixir period again, but decided to precipitate for a period of time and fully absorb the lessons of this failure.


    After hearing the tragic war on the front line, he couldn''t sit still and took the initiative to ask Meng Zhang for war.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang could not stop him, he happily agreed to his request to go to the battlefield. Just before he left, several second-order loess lux were prepared for him.


    The war between taiyimen, feihongzong, huoyun sect and Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect has completely turned into a protracted war. Both sides have completely fallen into the mire of war and can''t get out in a short time.


    Fortunately, although the battle is very fierce and bloody, the scale of the war has been deliberately controlled by both sides and has not been easily expanded.


    At the border between the two sides, a small team of friars fought fiercely, and many friars died at any time.


    However, it seems that neither side has been greatly affected within their respective sites, and most of the work is carried out as usual.


    Taiyimen is still developing steadily, exploiting resources, trading with Dafeng City and carefully cultivating disciples.


    The situation of feihongzong is similar to that of taiyimen, but the main object of trade is Yuantu prairie.


    In addition to maintaining the front-line war, the huoyun sect and the Huanglian sect did not have much impact on the development of the endless sand sea.


    Time passed slowly, and this abnormal situation became the norm. Although both sides suffered heavy casualties and began to feel tired, they had no intention or ability to change the status quo.


    It has been fifteen years since Meng Zhang got the soldier''s nest and began to produce loess lux.


    When he collected the soldiers'' nest, he personally observed the situation of the dead sand sea. According to his estimation, it will take about 30 years for the residual power of the avenue there to dissipate completely.


    At that time, Tianzhu Zhenjun''s life and death can no longer be concealed. If Immortal Jinli hasn''t achieved Yuanshen, taiyimen will make another plan.


    However, Meng Zhang did not expect that the crisis always comes inadvertently. Taiyimen has no time for 30 years.


    That day, a kind-hearted old man in white with a peaceful face, like a kind neighbor''s grandfather, came to the sea of death.


    This old man is called Qianying Zhenjun, a Yuanshen Zhenjun from the Dark Alliance.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun was entangled with the fifth order Earth Spirit in the dead sand sea, and he was not disturbed much. In addition to Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who has a deep hatred with him, he is the Qi family brother who covets the body of the Earth Spirit.


    One of the important reasons is that Tianzhu Zhenjun paid a great price. Please move the Dark Alliance to help him block many potential opponents.


    If not for the Dark Alliance''s secret efforts to find Tianzhu Zhenjun in the dead sand sea, it would be more than Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Qi brothers.


    According to the agreement between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the Dark Alliance, as long as he accepts the help of the Dark Alliance, he needs to work for the Dark Alliance for a certain year regardless of success or failure.


    Dark Alliance also spent a lot of effort to help Tianzhu Zhenjun. As the creditor of Tianzhu Zhenjun, the Dark Alliance naturally cares about the success or failure of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    In the Dark Alliance, Qianying Zhenjun has always been responsible for contacting Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    After years of death and great changes in the sand sea, Tianzhu Zhenjun first encountered the betrayal of Yue Feng Zhenjun, and then made great power and defeated all his opponents. In terms of Dark Alliance, we have the intention to check the situation and confirm the state of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    But Qianying Zhenjun, who was in charge of this matter, was just tripped by one thing and couldn''t get away in a short time. This thing was delayed.


    Until recently, Qianying Zhenjun finally released his hand and was able to come to the sand sea of death, ready to have a good chat with Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    When he came to the inside of the dead sand sea, he looked at all kinds of heaven and earth visions not far away and felt the residual power of the road. Qianying Zhenjun frowned.


    The front is an insurmountable natural barrier for immortal Jindan, but for him, it''s just something that takes a little more effort.


    Qianying Zhenjun strode forward, just like walking in the air, moving forward quickly.


    Wherever he passed, the residual power of the road was easily dispelled by him, and all kinds of heaven and earth visions began to subside slowly.


    Qianying Zhenjun seems relaxed, but it''s still a little hard.


    It took him more than an hour to arrive at the core of the dead sand sea, where Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit died together.


    He doesn''t need to move on, he already knows the result.


    In the air ahead, there are two black holes not far away. The rich heaven and earth aura spewed back and forth in the black hole, setting off bursts of strong aura tides.


    This is the daoxiao celestial phenomenon of the fall of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and from the celestial phenomenon, at least two strong people of Yuanshen Zhenjun level fell.


    In the dead sand sea, can there be other yuan God Zhenjun who died here?


    And one of them revealed the very familiar breath of Qianying Zhenjun, which was clearly the breath of Tianzhu Zhenjun who had not seen him for a long time.


    In another place, the Tao disappears from the sky, and the breath is strange and unpredictable. It should belong to the fifth level Earth Spirit.


    If the fifth order great energy born in Jun dust world falls here, there may be a rare celestial phenomenon that heaven and earth are sad together.


    The fifth order Earth Spirit is an outsider from the extraterritorial void. After complete death, naturally, it can not cause the heaven and earth to be sad, and there will be the Tao elimination heaven at most.


    Looking at the two phenomena in front, Qianying Zhenjun''s brain made up the general course of the matter.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun reached an agreement with the Dark Alliance, many people in the Dark Alliance didn''t think much of him and thought he was mostly in vain.


    However, Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level Earth Spirit died together, which was really beyond the expectation of Qianying Zhenjun.


    With the death of Tianzhu Zhenjun, all the investment of the Dark Alliance in him has been wasted. The Dark Alliance has lost a lot of money this time.


    Nothing else, just to help block some yuan God Zhenjun who coveted the fifth order Earth Spirit, the Dark Alliance sent out a strong force and paid a lot of human favor and price.


    Now that Tianzhu Zhenjun is dead, it''s all over, but it''s a terrible dark alliance.


    Qianying Zhenjun resisted the urge to scold, floated quietly in the air, and his face changed for a while.


    After half a ring, he sighed, turned his body, left here along the same road when he came, and then slowly left the sand sea of death.

 Chapter 586

    On the periphery of the death sand sea, there are often golden elixirs wandering around, paying attention to the movement inside at any time.


    Long ago, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun ordered their Jindan immortal to go to the dead sand sea to explore. They are afraid of the remaining power of the road and dare not get too close. But if you return in this way, you will annoy the two Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Therefore, these golden elixir real people basically tour around the dead sand sea. They don''t work hard, but they do their best.


    When Qianying Zhenjun came to the sand sea of death, there had long been Jindan immortal around him.


    Qianying Zhenjun didn''t hide his accomplishments, and the momentum of Yuanshen Zhenjun was incomparably high. These golden elixirs dare not rush to disturb a yuan God Zhenjun who doesn''t know his origin.


    Qianying Zhenjun drove away the power of the avenue, opened up a safe passage, and then the appearance of safe access fell into the eyes of these people.


    Qianying Zhenjun came and went in a fair manner, and had no intention of hiding his deeds at all.


    After Qianying Zhenjun left, the brave immortal Jindan successfully avoided the remaining power of the avenue and entered the core of the dead sand sea along the access route of Qianying Zhenjun.


    As soon as you enter there, the first thing you see is the extremely obvious Tao Xiao sky phenomenon.


    With the intelligence of immortal Jindan and some intelligence, it is not difficult to judge the truth. Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level Earth Spirit have died together.


    Several golden elixir immortals outside the dead sand sea are all shouldering important tasks.


    For example, Meng Zhang and taiyimen Jindan friars have visited nearby for many times before. They all deliberately avoided it. The two sides also have a tacit understanding, and there was no conflict.


    Now that they have discovered the real situation of Tianzhu Zhenjun, they have finally completed the task.


    Soon, the news passed through layers and quickly passed to Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    They carefully asked the immortal Jindan and determined that this was not Tianzhu Zhenjun''s plan to lure the enemy.


    A few days later, Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun came to the dead sand sea together.


    With great courage, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun entered the core of the sand sea of death and easily found the phenomenon of Tao Xiao.


    Tao Xiaotian can''t cheat. Tianzhu Zhenjun didn''t cheat. He really died.


    Uncontrollable ecstasy rose in the hearts of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In particular, Yue Feng Zhenjun, as a traitor on the verge of defection, is well aware of the means of Tianzhu Zhenjun. He has been under great pressure over the years for fear of being retaliated by Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Now it is confirmed that Tianzhu Zhenjun has fallen, and his heart is like removing a mountain, which suddenly becomes much easier.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s heart was full of ecstasy, and then uncontrollable loss and loss.


    This big enemy, whom he hated for many years, had exhausted all his tricks and means and could not do anything, so he fell.


    For a moment, Xuanfeng Zhenjun felt dull and didn''t know what to say.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun were silent and looked at each other.


    No matter how Tianzhu Zhenjun fell, they have achieved their goal. Without Tianzhu Zhenjun''s obstruction, they can do whatever they want.


    As for the next things, such as the ownership of the endless sand sea, as well as the existence of taiyimen and feihongzong, in their eyes, they are trivial things.


    After staying here for a long time, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun embarked on their return journey and left the sand sea of death.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun knew the fall of Tianzhu Zhenjun, and then they acted without scruples.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, because of the continuous war on the front line, although immortal Jindan didn''t need to directly start, he still had to monitor on the front line in turn. For a moment, he didn''t notice the changes on the other side of the dead sand sea.


    But soon, the top level of taiyimen judged from the enemy''s troop mobilization that the enemy would make big moves.


    Meng Zhang considered that feihongzong''s golden elixir was insufficient, and Wu Mingwei alone supported the overall situation. So he sent out the thick earth God and weak water god in the door to reinforce Feihong sect.


    The two Dharma protectors will be the most powerful golden elixir in Taiyi gate except Meng Zhang.


    They went to reinforce feihongzong. Even if the enemy invaded on a large scale, feihongzong could support it and wait for the rescue of taiyimen.


    Of course, before they left, Meng Zhang also specifically explained that if the enemy is too strong to do anything, they still keep themselves as the top. Don''t be foolish enough to bury Fei hongzong.


    After the thick earth God and weak water God set out, Meng Zhang also began to order the mobilization of Taiyi gate, mobilized the main monks in the gate, and also began to recruit a large number of monks from hanhaidao alliance.


    Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan, Jin Qiaoer, and Hu Jing, who had just married Dan, all gathered at the front line to deal with changes at any time.


    The enemy didn''t let Meng Zhang wait too long. The speed of mobilizing the army of friars in the cultivation world was much faster than that of mortals.


    In a short time, huoyun sect and Huanglian sect went all out to attack Hedong sub altar.


    In Yuefeng Zhenjun''s eyes, taiyimen and feihongzong are dead bones in the grave. Don''t care too much. With the help of this war, he wanted to weaken Hedong Fentan and strike at the rebellious spirit of Hedong Fentan.


    Under the order of Yue Fengzhen, the East Branch altar of Huanglian sect not only mobilized all the forces stationed in the endless sand sea, but also the left behind forces of the Mountain Gate had to be transferred to the endless sand sea.


    Huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar played tricks some time ago, which did not hide from Yue Feng Zhenjun''s eyes.


    Before, his attention was focused on the life and death of Tianzhu Zhenjun, and he didn''t care to argue with these guys slowly.


    Now, he sent a group of monks from the mountain altar of Huanglian sect. Let them form a supervision team and go to the front line to urge Hedong Fentan to fight with huoyun sect.


    This time, they can''t tolerate sneaking and playing tricks. They must fully open the war and eliminate feihongzong and taiyimen as soon as possible.


    Huoyun sect is better, with the protection of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. The friars of Hedong sub altar, but no one cares about their life and death. They have to die a group of monks, which is in line with Yue Fengzhen''s heart.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s will is inviolable. Even if huoyun sect and Hedong sub altar are unwilling, they have to mobilize with all their strength.


    The strength of the two zongmen allied forces was greatly enhanced. The troops were divided into two routes, driving Feihong Zong all the way. He appeared all the way in front of the Taiyi gate and blocked the friars'' army of the Taiyi gate.


    The taiyimen high-level has long paid close attention to the enemy''s movements. As soon as the enemy started to launch, taiyimen also gathered an army of friars and began to set foot on the battlefield.


    Although we don''t know why the enemy started the full-scale war early, Meng Zhang still responded without showing weakness and led the taiyimen army.


    Huoyun sect friars, together with the support of Hedong sub altar, took the initiative to find the taiyimen army to prevent the taiyimen army from reinforcing Feihong Zong.

 Chapter 587

    The huoyun sect''s army of friars was led by real ChiYan. After being supported by the power of Hedong Fentan, its power was not much weaker than that of taiyimen''s army of friars.


    As an old golden elixir, immortal ChiYan is not satisfied with blocking the army of friars of taiyimen.


    He is also ambitious to defeat the enemy in front of him.


    He led his army, took the initiative to meet the enemy, and fought with the taiyimen army on the vast sand sea.


    Immortal ChiYan handed over the friars'' army to others to command. He went forward alone and invited Meng Zhang to fight.


    In the war of the cultivation world, there are not only groups of monks fighting, but also one-to-one challenges.


    Fighting alone is not a heroic act, but related to the morale of the armies of both sides.


    If the strong are not restrained, they can lay hands on ordinary friars unscrupulously.


    Meng Zhang handed the army over to Wen qiansuan and flew into the air to personally respond to the challenge of real ChiYan.


    They are both monks in the middle of Jindan. The age of immortal ChiYan is more than twice that of Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang was still in his mother''s stomach when immortal ChiYan became the Jindan friar of the powerful side.


    The experienced immortal ChiYan admits that Meng Zhang is a strong enemy, but he doesn''t think he will be weaker than Meng Zhang.


    For example, the flying stone immortal of Feihong sect is his opponent. Meng Zhang still needs a lot of heat.


    Immortal Feishi didn''t show up for so many years. He speculated that the other party probably had an accident.


    Immortal ChiYan thinks that if he fights alone, he can beat Meng Zhang.


    They didn''t have a word of nonsense. When they got close, they fought with all their strength.


    The two men showed their full skills, and the magic and secret methods emerged one after another, fighting fiercely.


    Two armies of monks also began a fierce collision on the ground.


    After years of bloody battles and countless deaths and injuries of fellow disciples, the two sides have long forged a deep blood feud. Once the war begins, we will do our best and show no mercy.


    Shortly after the war, there were huge casualties on both sides.


    In the sky, in addition to Meng Zhang and ChiYan, there are several golden elixirs fighting.


    In several battlefields, Meng Zhang and Chi Yan were the first to distinguish the victory from the defeat.


    Meng Zhang first attracted immortal ChiYan''s attention with Qizheng sword formula, then used the sun and moon to fix him, and finally stabbed him with a spirit snake spear.


    Although immortal ChiYan was injured and defeated, his strength still exists and he is still struggling to resist. Meng Zhang tried his best, but he couldn''t expand the victory and kill immortal ChiYan.


    It''s easy to distinguish between victory and defeat, but difficult to distinguish between life and death.


    After real ChiYan was injured and defeated, Lao La didn''t panic, but slowly stabilized his position, fought and walked.


    Other golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect, together with the friars of Hedong sub altar who assisted in the battle, commanded the friars'' army to fight and retreat, and slowly withdrew from the battlefield.


    Although the taiyimen friars'' army took advantage of the momentum to pursue, the enemy''s formation was tight. Although it was defeated, the taiyimen friars'' Army achieved limited results.


    In the next ten days, the army of taiyimen friars took advantage of the victory and made great progress. The huoyun sect was defeated and resisted day by day, which made the taiyimen friar army unable to move forward boldly.


    When immortal ChiYan led the army to block the taiyimen friars'' army, Hedong sub altar concentrated its strength and made every effort to attack feihongzong.


    Due to the great gap in strength, the friar army of Feihong sect almost collapsed at one touch and had to retreat to Huangsha ridge and resist with the third-order mountain protection array.


    Originally, according to the vision of immortal Wu Mingwei, with the help of the third-order mountain protection array, huangshaling should be able to hold on for a long time and support Taiyi gate for reinforcement.


    But at the level of Jindan immortal, Feihong sect is too far away. Even with the help of thick earth and weak water, we can''t reverse our disadvantage.


    Huanglian teaches Hedong Fentan family to have a great career and has too many cards. Facing the third-order mountain protection array, the friar Hedong Fentan directly took out a stack of third-order array breaking runes.


    Immortal Xiaolian in the later stage of Jindan took the lead and led the friar army to attack Huangsha ridge.


    The third-order mountain protection array lasted less than ten days and was completely broken.


    The thick earth God general and the weak water god general had been told by Meng Zhang in advance. Seeing that the situation was wrong, they immediately left friar Feihong and made every effort to break through.


    The friars of the altar in Hedong were eager to capture Huangsha mountain and did not encircle, chase and intercept them.


    They paid a certain price and broke out and fled to the Gobi.


    The friar of Feihong sect, headed by Wu Mingwei, had to live or die with the Mountain Gate Huangsha ridge.


    During the war, most of the friars of Feihong sect died on the spot. After the capture of Huangsha ridge by Hedong Fentan, he did not show mercy, but executed all the captured wounded friars.


    In addition to leaving a small number of friars to pursue and kill the enemy and eliminate the surrounding areas, immortal Xiaolian led the main force and hurried to another battlefield.


    Since then, Feihong sect has almost perished.


    Apart from a small number of disciples stationed in Luochen hill, we have to see if Feihong sect has any backhand.


    When Meng Zhang saw the thick earth God general and weak water god general who had escaped, the taiyimen friar army was pressing the fire, and the cloud sect was chasing and beating.


    Although he had some expectations for a long time, Meng Zhang was filled with emotion when he heard the news of the fall of huangshaling.


    The situation is critical. Now is not the time to mourn spring and autumn. Meng Zhang put aside other thoughts and began to consider the next action.


    Although we know that the safest way at present is to lead friars taiyimen to escape here as soon as possible and embark on the road of escape.


    But to give up everything in front of him, Meng Zhang couldn''t make up his mind.


    It''s not easy for taiyimen to have everything at present. All sites are hard won.


    At this time, Meng Zhang has not found the changes on the other side of the dead sand sea. Naturally, he does not know that Yue Feng Zhenjun and Xuan Feng Zhenjun have been there to determine the life and death of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang still had illusions in his heart and was unable to make the final decision.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang made a decision that he thought he had the best of both worlds.


    On the one hand, he called several confidants and asked them to sneak out of the Gobi with some excellent young disciples and temporarily enter the territory of Jiuqu League.


    On the other hand, he ordered the army to stop pursuing and then take the initiative to retreat.


    The enemy has been beaten by the taiyimen friars'' army. Without Meng Zhang, the taiyimen friars'' army quickly turned forward, retreated all the way and directly retreated back to the baicaopo of the mountain gate.


    Then Meng Zhang began to fully shrink his strength and asked taiyimen disciples to give up all peripheral strongholds, even xiongshiling, and all disciples to retreat into baicaopo.


    All members of Hanhai Taoist League were also recruited as the main friars and retreated into baicaopo.


    In baicaopo, the main friars of taiyimen and even the whole Hanhai road alliance are concentrated, and the number of friars exceeds 6000.


    Although there are many low-level friars in the cultivation world, it is difficult to threaten high-level friars. However, relying on the third-order mountain protection array, the large number of people is still meaningful.


    Since baicaopo was selected as the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, the high-rise of Taiyi gate has invested a lot of strength to build here.


    The defense facilities here have been painstakingly operated by taiyimen for many years and invested a lot of human and material resources before the construction is completed.


    After Wen qiansuan and jiedan, he soon became a third-order array mage and had the ability to independently deploy a third-order array. As long as there are enough materials, he can also refine a new third-order array.


    After returning to the golden elixir cultivation, the thick earth God can finally fully display the earth master''s various secret magic powers and give full play to his skills.


    He communicated with the earth vein under the Baicao slope and attracted the power of the spiritual pulse. While changing the surrounding terrain, he greatly strengthened the surrounding defense and deployed a protective array in cooperation with Wen qiansuan.


    Wen qiansuan bought two three-level mountain protection arrays from Dafeng City and took them apart in person. Together with some array flags and plates prepared by himself, he re created a brand-new three-level mountain protection array - five element inverted array.


    The mountain protection array relies on the earth pulse and fully absorbs the aura of the spirit pulse. After the deployment is completed, it is almost as solid as gold.


    Meng Zhang concentrated almost all the forces he could concentrate. Relying on this mountain protection array, he was sure to block the coalition forces of huoyun sect and Hedong Fentan.


    Everyone in Taiyi sect knows that this is a war related to the survival of the sect. Everyone is in full battle readiness and waiting for the enemy.


    Without letting the friar of taiyimen wait too long, immortal Xiaolian personally led the Allied forces of the two zongmen and soon pushed forward not far from baicaopo.


    Immortal Xiaolian easily found out the latest trend of Taiyi gate.


    He knew clearly in his heart that only by breaking through the taiyimen Mountain Gate in front of him and completely eliminating the army of monks stationed at the mountain gate, could the final victory or defeat be divided in this war.


    Immortal Xiaolian concentrated all the forces that could be mobilized. In order to avoid dispersing his troops, he didn''t even bother to separate troops to sweep the nearby taiyimen stronghold.


    Even Xiongshi mountain, which had been voluntarily abandoned by taiyimen, he did not see it. As for other members of Hanhai road alliance, he was even more dismissive.


    After the two zongmen allied forces were in place, without wasting any time, immortal Xiaolian commanded the army to launch a fierce attack.


    When the war comes to this point, either you or I will die. Actions such as persuading surrender have no meaning at all.


    As soon as the two allied forces began to attack, they kicked on the stone and paid heavy casualties.


    Immortal Xiaolian ignored it and directly ordered to continue the attack.


    Among the Allied forces of the two zongmen, there are also supervisors from the mountain sub altar. They don''t care about the casualties of Hedong sub altar, but whether Hedong sub altar obeyed the instructions of Yue Fengzhen, fought with all its strength and ended the battle as soon as possible.


    Although Zhu Liangyu has returned to Xuanfeng Zhenjun, there is also immortal Xiaolian, a monk in the later stage of the golden pill.


    Among the reinforcements sent by Hedong Fentan headquarters, there are also two friars in the middle of Jindan. Plus the ChiYan immortal who suppressed the injury, they are three friars in the middle of the golden elixir.


    At the level of Jindan friar, the Allied forces of the two zongmen far exceeded the taiyimen side in both quality and quantity.


    If taiyimen didn''t rely on the third-order mountain protection array, I''m afraid it would be defeated at one touch in the face of the two zongmen allied forces.


    Next, the attacking party used all means to attack the mountain protection array of baicaopo without casualties.


    Naturally, the Taiyi gate cannot defend itself. If you see any moves, you will try your best to defend the mountain gate.


    Once this tragic offensive and defensive war began, it soon entered a white hot stage.


    The yellow lotus sect of Yuanshen sect has a profound foundation. Even if it is only a punishment altar, Hedong sub altar still has many killer Maces.


    In the eyes of ordinary friars, the indestructible third-order mountain protection array has many countermeasures in Hedong sub altar.


    Continuous attacks can greatly consume the strength of the mountain protection array and continuously weaken the defense.


    The third-order array breaking charm can stagnate the operation of the large array and make it appear flaws.


    Taking advantage of such a short time, the dare to die monks of the two sects tried their best to move forward, trying to enter the big array and completely destroy the big array from the inside.


    At this time, it is time for the Taiyi sect to send monks for face-to-face resistance.


    After fierce battles, taiyimen can always drive back the friars who have rushed into the array after paying a huge price.


    Because the flaw exposed by the large array is not big, it can only accommodate a few monks at one time. Moreover, the power of the array breaking talisman is limited, which can only stagnate the operation of the large array in a short time. As long as the large array returns to normal operation, it will soon be able to make up for its shortcomings and restore its defense.


    On several occasions, immortal Xiaolian took risks and personally entered the array with the help of the power of the third-order array breaking charm. However, Meng Zhang led the golden elixir friar in the door and fought his life to drive immortal Xiaolian out.


    This three-level mountain protection array can increase the combat effectiveness of friars of taiyimen and suppress the combat effectiveness of the enemy.


    Like extremely sword and thunder generals, with the help of a large array, they can even suppress the enemy''s golden elixir immortal in turn.


    Even Zheng Chao, the weak leader of the war hall, can temporarily block the golden elixir immortal among the enemies with the help of the array.


    Immortal Xiaolian knew that the war could not be ended in a short time.


    He led the Allied forces of the two zongmen, surrounded baicaopo and attacked desperately from all directions.


    The siege continued for more than three months, but the mountain protection array on baicaopo was unable to break through this place at all.


    Although baicaopo was under heavy siege, Meng Zhang still had a way to keep in touch with the outside world.


    At this time, he finally knew his mistake from the Jiuqu League.


    After Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun left the dead sand sea, the news that Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth level Earth Spirit died together soon spread all over almost the whole Jiuqu League.


    Without the deterrence of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun can directly attack Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen''s current insistence has lost its meaning.


    Even if Taiyi gate can block the enemy in front of us, huoyun sect, Hedong sub altar, mountain sub altar and Heming sect, we can continue to attack here.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if taiyimen played at a higher level, it held baicaopo in front of many strong enemies. But when the yuan God Zhenjun makes a move, everything will still disappear.

 Chapter 588

    Although I know in my heart that the whole sect is in danger due to my wrong judgment. However, Meng Zhang still strengthened his spirit and slowly thought about countermeasures.


    In any case, no matter how strong the enemy is, he must hold on to his present situation.


    It is no secret what Huanglian taught Hedong Fentan to do to the surrendered friar Feihong.


    If taiyimen surrenders now, it will really put the whole door up and down on the chopping board and let the enemy dispose of it.


    Meng Zhang''s plan is very simple, that is to stick to it and never give up.


    He still has a fantasy in his heart. If the enemy''s Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t fight because of his identity, baicaopo still has the hope of keeping it.


    In addition, not all disciples of Taiyi sect are surrounded by baicaopo. On the other side of Jiuqu League, especially in Dafeng City, there is a trade name of Taiyi gate and disciples trusted by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang contacted these disciples through the secret method and asked them to ask the Gu Yue family for help. As long as the ancient moon family is willing to help, taiyimen can agree to any conditions.


    At this point, any life-saving straw must be firmly grasped.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he also tried his best to break through. But soon, he put all this idea aside.


    Relying on the power of the mountain protection array, Taiyi gate can barely hold on. Once you give up your biggest advantage and escape to the wilderness, you are bound to face the full pursuit of the enemy.


    At that time, most of the top and bottom of Taiyi gate will be destroyed. Even the golden elixir friars like Meng Zhang may not be spared.


    Leaving aside all his thoughts, Meng Zhang put his mind in front of him and wholeheartedly adhered to the baicaopo.


    More than two months later, immortal Xiaolian led the Allied forces of the two sects, but still failed to break through the mountain protection array and kill baicaopo.


    The Allied forces of the two families suffered heavy casualties and have hurt their vitality. Not only the lower level disciples lost a lot, but also several Jindan immortal were seriously injured.


    Later, the monks of Huanglian sect who had come to supervise the war were also a little confused. Many people took the initiative to fight and joined the ranks of attacking the mountain.


    It''s a pity that baicaopo is well guarded and solid as gold soup, which makes the attackers return without success again and again.


    Of course, as the defensive side, it also paid a heavy price.


    After a long time of continuous attack, the mountain protection array has been repaired by friar taiyimen under the leadership of Wen qiansuan, but the speed of repair is far from keeping up with the speed of loss. The whole array is full of holes and flaws everywhere. It seems as if the big array can be completely broken with a little force.


    As for the loss of defensive friars, it is even more tragic.


    In such a war, the defensive side is definitely not hiding behind the mountain protection array and doing nothing. They want to reinforce the Dharma array, make up for shortcomings, and drive out the enemies who burst into the array. Many times, they even have to take the initiative to disrupt the enemy''s attack rhythm.


    After many days of fierce fighting, nearly half of the monks on the mountain lost, and almost all the living monks were injured and exhausted.


    If Meng Zhang''s strength and prestige were not strong enough to maintain, many monks of Hanhai daomeng would collapse.


    By this time, both the attacker and the defender are exhausted and have a sense of unsustainability.


    Especially on the offensive side, immortal Xiaolian has a feeling that it is difficult to ride a tiger.


    In addition to the order from Yue Fengzhen, he also has his own will to launch the war to destroy taiyimen.


    Taiyimen, a Jindan sect, occupies such a vast and rich territory. Not to mention the territory of taiyimen in the endless sand sea, its territory in the Gobi of evil wind, in any way, exceeds the current territory of Hedong Fentan.


    In the cultivation world, the law of the jungle used to rob and rob.


    In the eyes of immortal Xiaolian, taiyimen is so weak that it certainly doesn''t deserve everything it has at present.


    If Hedong Fentan can seize the territory of taiyimen, its strength will soar. Massive resources can not only support enough Jindan real people, but also give him the hope to impact the Yuanshen period.


    But immortal Xiaolian never expected that the attack would be so bad, and the toughness of taiyimen was too strong.


    He was already a little discouraged. I don''t know what''s the point of sticking to it?


    After many days of hard struggle, the enemy remained firm. Even if all the blood of the attacking party is drained, it may not be able to break through the enemy''s Mountain Gate.


    After paying such a heavy price, even if we can win in the end, the Hedong sub altar is almost abandoned.


    If it weren''t for the war supervising friars with mountain altar, immortal Xiaolian would have an impulse to give up the attack.


    As for the huoyun sect, it has long lost its fighting spirit.


    Although the main force of this battle was Hedong Fentan, huoyun faction also suffered heavy losses as assistance.


    The resentment in immortal ChiYan''s heart is getting heavier and heavier, and he can''t suppress it.


    He would have ordered the huoyun sect to retreat if he didn''t have reason in his heart.


    In his eyes, immortal Xiaolian, who commanded the battle, didn''t know how to advance or retreat, and Yue Fengzhen, who ordered in the space, was even more a bastard.


    He has secretly sent a letter to immortal Zhu Liangyu. Please ask immortal Zhu Liangyu to speak well in front of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. Let Xuanfeng Zhenjun know that the huoyun sect is running out of oil and the lamp is dry, so he can''t hold on.


    In baicaopo, Meng Zhang, who is still gritting his teeth and struggling, doesn''t know that the enemy also wants to retreat.


    Many days of hard work have made him a little numb. Especially on the side of the ancient moon family, he didn''t reply, which made him very anxious.


    The appearance of a close partner on weekdays is unreliable at the critical moment.


    Although Meng Zhang never had much hope for the ancient moon family, he was still depressed in the face of this situation.


    This cruel offensive and defensive war, not only the offensive and defensive sides are exhausted, but even onlookers can''t see it anymore.


    After Yue Fengzhen ordered, he didn''t pay much attention to things here.


    When he later asked by chance, he knew that Hedong sub altar had not been attacked for a long time, and the casualties were heavy.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun wants to make Hedong Fentan suffer a little, weaken them, destroy their pride and facilitate their future training.


    In his heart, he never thought of seriously weakening Hedong sub altar, let alone hurting the foundation of Hedong sub altar.


    After all, Hedong Fentan will work under him after he has completely accepted it. Of course, he didn''t want to waste his martial arts. He watched Hedong Fentan lose his vitality.


    Taiyimen''s difficulty and tenacity affected his plan. With his heart, he certainly won''t sit idly by.


    A few days later, Yue Feng Zhenjun entered the Gobi of evil wind alone and arrived on the battlefield.


    He walked slowly in the sky like a stroll in a leisurely court, moving forward slowly and quickly, and soon came to the sky over baicaopo.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s appearance in such a swagger, of course, did not hide from the offensive and defensive sides.


    Meng Zhang saw Yue Feng Zhen Jun appear with his own eyes in the sand sea of death, and then attacked the incarnation of Tian Zhu Zhen Jun.


    Now seeing Yue Feng Zhenjun approaching, his heart was full of despair. Even across a mountain protection array, it still can''t bring him the slightest sense of security.


    No wonder the impulsive ability didn''t warn himself. It turned out that the yuan God Zhenjun shot himself, which exceeded the level of induction.


    On the other side of Huanglian sect, whether it is Hedong sub altar or mountain sub altar, as well as the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect, they all want to hurry to meet Yue Fengzhen Jun while they are frightened.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun, who was high above the sky, didn''t bother to pay attention to others, let alone half a word of nonsense, so he shot directly.


    I saw a faint shadow of a mountain peak over baicaopo. Then he descended slowly and touched the third-order mountain protection array.


    The mountain protection array, which was already seriously damaged and riddled with holes, immediately collapsed like paper paste.


    When he found the figure of Yue Feng Zhenjun, Meng Zhang knew that the situation was bad. However, he still didn''t give up and had to make a final struggle.


    He and a large group of Taiyi disciples, including several Jindan friars, set up a large array and worked hard.


    The mountain protection array had almost no resistance, so it was damaged. Many monks directly connected to the array, especially Meng Zhang and others who were maintaining the operation of the array, were immediately hit hard. One by one, he vomited blood and collapsed powerlessly to the ground.


    Meng Zhang, who fell to the ground, was full of bitterness. After all, I underestimated the yuan God Zhenjun. The divine power of the yuan God Zhenjun is not something that the Jindan friar can measure.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun succeeded in one blow. After the two monks at the bottom witnessed it, they gave out earthshaking cheers one by one.


    Our side paid countless costs and worked hard to attack for many days, but we couldn''t do anything to the enemy''s mountain protection array. As soon as Yuefeng Zhenjun appeared, he broke the array with understatement.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s face was expressionless, as if he had done something unimportant. For him, the results just now are not worth mentioning.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is preparing to continue to destroy the enemy''s Mountain Gate. Suddenly, his face changed and he looked into the air behind him.


    There was a faint movement just now in the empty air in the eyes of others. Can hide others'' eyes and ears, but can''t hide his feelings.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun snorted coldly, and the empty air seemed to be distorted by giant force, rippling in waves.


    A figure jumped out of the ripple and came not far in front of Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    "How is it you?" Yue Feng Zhenjun was surprised. He never thought that this guy would appear in front of him in this posture.


    The monk who appeared just now is the long lost immortal Jinli.


    No, it''s time to call her Jin Lizhen Jun.


    The former Jin Li immortal, even with the power of the fourth-order magic weapon Huang Sha Wan Li Tu, could barely compete with Yue Feng Zhen Jun, but it would never be so easy.


    Now Jinli, with powerful Phoenix eyes, has a momentum of lingran. In the face of Yuefeng Zhenjun silk, she does not lose the wind, and looks eager to try.


    There is only one reason why she can compete with Yue Feng Zhenjun. That is, she has broken through the realm of the golden elixir period and has also become a true monarch of the yuan God.

 Chapter 589

    Everyone is a true monarch of the yuan God, with the same realm. Jin Lizhen is really a true monarch of Yuefeng.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t know when to achieve the yuan God, but also appeared outside the baicaopo in time. The people of taiyimen, who had been desperate, looked at Jin Lizhen Jun in the sky, and their hearts were filled with the joy of surviving in a desperate situation.


    Many monks suddenly relaxed and sat directly on the ground.


    Even Meng Zhang, who was unable to move, struggled to sit up and looked at the scene in the air in the distance.


    This Jin Lizhen gentleman is also true. He has achieved the Yuanshen Zhenjun. Without timing notice, Bai has made so many people afraid. If they had known that Jin Lizhen had made a breakthrough, Meng Zhang would not have been so desperate.


    Of course, now Meng Zhang is far from peace of mind.


    Jin Lizhen appeared, but she may not be able to make Yue Fengzhen retreat.


    The specific result depends on how the two true gods solve it.


    I just hope Jin Lizhen can make Yue Fengzhen afraid. He won''t continue to press, but just accept it when it''s good.


    After all, Yuan Shen and Zhen Jun will not die as long as they do not have deep hatred, blood feud, or the interests involved are too large.


    However, the negotiation between the two Yuanshen Zhenjun was full of gunpowder at the beginning.


    "I thought your master Tianzhu died and you became a lost dog. If you were smarter, you should escape here early and fly away. The farther you escape, the better."


    "Unexpectedly, you really have the courage to stay here. Why, do you think you are qualified to challenge us when you break through the Yuanshen period?" Yue Fengzhen said disdainfully.


    He seems to be dismissive of Jin Lizhen, but his mood is actually very complicated.


    He still knows something about Jin Lizhen Jun.


    At first, they were both subordinates of Tianzhu Zhenjun, but one was in the light and the other was in the dark.


    At that time, Jin Li, who was still the immortal Jindan, worked for Tianzhu Zhenjun in a fair manner, running around the endless sand sea and the death sand sea.


    As a monk of Huanglian sect, Yue Feng was favored by Tianzhu Zhenjun because of some opportunities in his early years and has been fully supported by him.


    After the achievement of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Yuefeng Zhenjun remained loyal to Tianzhu Zhenjun on the surface, but other ideas came out of his heart. This is one of the reasons why he betrayed later.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun seems to despise the betrayal of Tianzhu Zhenjun, but in his heart, there is always a shadow.


    Now when I see another confidant of Tianzhu Zhenjun, Jin Lizhen, it''s hard to avoid turning things over in my heart.


    Jin Lizhen was not at ease with Yue Fengzhen.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun secretly cultivated Yue Feng''s chess piece, which has been highly confidential. Jin Li didn''t know at first. I didn''t know about it until I got back.


    Whether it is from the school relationship or her own contribution to Tianzhu Zhenjun, Jinli feels that Tianzhu Zhenjun should try her best to cultivate herself.


    But she never thought that Tianzhu Zhenjun supported Yuefeng, a yuan God Zhenjun, in silence.


    Later, Jinli was ordered by Tianzhu Zhenjun to contact Yuefeng Zhenjun. She is still immortal Jindan, but she has suffered a lot of leisure and is despised by the other party.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun, who was cultivated by Tianzhu Zhenjun, betrayed at the critical moment. At that time, in addition to being extremely shocked, Jinli also had a wonderful sense of pleasure in her heart.


    But anyway, Jinli has been taken care of by Tianzhu Zhenjun for many years. Being able to achieve the true monarch of Yuanshen is also guided by the true monarch of Tianzhu. For Yue Feng, a traitor, there will never be the slightest kindness if he does not swear and disagree.


    Now Yue Feng Zhenjun''s rude words made her angry.


    "The famous Yue Feng Zhenjun, can only talk about Kung Fu?"


    "If you have any skills, let''s show them."


    "Don''t talk nonsense. Ben Zhenjun is waiting for you in the nine days."


    Before the voice fell, Jin Lizhen jumped into the air and flew high into the sky.


    If the two sides don''t deliberately control the battle, it will cause great movement and spread the aftermath of the battle, which is easy to cause great damage to the surrounding areas and form a terrible natural disaster.


    In the cultivation world, this kind of destruction is called the disaster of heaven inclination.


    Therefore, when many Yuanshen Zhenjun fight, they like to go to the nine heaven, where they can play freely and fight happily without restrictions.


    Seeing Jin Lizhen take the initiative to invite war and fly to nine days, Yue Fengzhen is absolutely impossible to shrink back in any way.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun is a newcomer among many Yuanshen Zhenjun in Jiuqu League, and the years of achievement of Yuanshen are not too long. In contrast, Jin Lizhen has just achieved Yuanshen and is completely a new and tender among Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Without saying a word, Yue Feng followed Jin Lizhen to fly for nine days.


    Jin Lizhen and Yue Fengzhen went to fight on the nine days. In principle, immortal Xiaolian should lead the Allied forces of the two zongmen and take the opportunity to attack baicaopo.


    Now the third-order mountain protection array on baicaopo has been completely destroyed, and taiyimen has lost its greatest support. It is the weakest time.


    But immortal Xiaolian didn''t know what to think. She just stood there and looked at the sky in a daze.


    The appearance of Yuefeng Zhenjun was enough to shock everyone. Then another Yuanshen Zhenjun appeared and went to fight with Yuefeng Zhenjun for nine days. Everyone felt numb.


    Jin Lizhen had dealt with many monks here before she became the yuan God, and immortal Xiaolian was the loser of her.


    After immortal Xiaolian entered the later stage of the golden elixir, he thought that one day, he also had the opportunity to defeat immortal Jinli and be ashamed of himself. But I really didn''t expect that Jin Lizhen Jun actually became the yuan God.


    How did she become the true monarch of the yuan God? How could she break through? Immortal Xiaolian was full of decadence. He lost interest in everything and couldn''t lift his spirit no matter what he did.


    At this time, he was still a monk in charge of the battle of the mountain altar. He couldn''t see it. He flew to immortal Xiaolian and whispered a few words to remind him.


    Now the battle is not over. Yue Fengzhen and Jin Lizhen are fighting. Their subordinates can''t do nothing.


    Immortal Xiaolian should lead the Allied forces of the two zongmen to attack baicaopo and destroy Taiyi gate in one fell swoop. Maybe, this can make Jin Lizhen Jun upset and affect her action.


    The reminded immortal Xiaolian promised repeatedly, but she scolded loudly in her heart.


    These mountain altar dividing guys really harbored evil intentions and bad intentions.


    Jin Lizhen and Yue Fengzhen are fighting each other. At present, there is no victory or defeat.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun wins. It''s good to say that if jinlizhen wins, his gang will stay here, but it won''t be good.


    Although immortal Xiaolian also believes that Jin Lizhen, who has achieved Yuanshen soon, is probably not the opponent of Yue Fengzhen. But everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case.


    However, no matter how unwilling they are, the friars in charge of the war have pointed out that they can''t justify their inaction.


    Moreover, the Allied forces of the two zongmen and taiyimen have fought hard for many days and have forged a deep blood feud. It is not a bad thing to take advantage of this opportunity to end the enemy early and completely.


    Under the order of immortal Xiaolian, the two zongmen allied forces began to form a team and prepare to launch a new round of attack.


    The friars on the grass slope naturally immediately found the enemy''s changes.


    Everyone thought that when Jin Lizhen appeared, his side would be saved. Unexpectedly, the enemy will continue to attack.


    The mountain protection array has completely collapsed. The remaining monks in the mountain gate are all tired and injured, and their combat effectiveness is very little.


    In particular, Meng Zhang and other top fighting forces in the door can''t even stand stably. How can we deal with the enemy?


    Looking at the monk in the Mountain Gate with no fighting spirit, Meng Zhang struggled to take a pill and barely suppressed his injury. Then he got up from the ground and flew into the air to encourage everyone and improve their morale.


    Wen qiansuan and Houtu God will also take action and prepare to use the rune array and the remaining array flags to lay a temporary array to reluctantly give everyone a support.


    On the grass slope, the friar dragged his disabled body and began to prepare for battle.


    Just as immortal Xiaolian was preparing to lead the two zongmen allied forces to launch a new round of attack, the troublemaker appeared.


    In the sky, several figures quickly flew to the front of the two zongmen allied forces and shouted immortal Xiaolian.


    Among these figures, standing in front is the ancient moon butterfly of the ancient moon family. Behind her, in addition to the golden elixir of the ancient moon family, there are also the golden elixir of the Lu family in Dafeng City.


    All of us are members of Jiuqu League. We don''t look down and look up. Immortal Xiaolian can''t lose face at all.


    He also flew to the front of the formation with several Jindan real people and met with Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    The two groups of golden elixirs were not far apart and looked at each other in the air.


    Speaking of, we are all neighbors, generally know each other, and some are acquaintances.


    After the meeting, Gu yuehuai butterfly took the lead. They greeted each other, exchanged greetings, talked about family affairs and gossip with each other.


    Immortal Xiaolian has long known that the ancient moon family has a close relationship with Taiyi gate and has frequent contacts. In recent years, gale city and taiyimen have been even more popular.


    Immortal Xiaolian knows the intentions of Gu Yue, Huai die and others.


    In fact, Gu yuehuai butterfly and others did come here long ago and have been hiding nearby to watch the war.


    They had no intention to intervene at first, especially after Yue Fengzhen appeared, they all thought taiyimen was doomed.


    Although they feel very sorry and unwilling, they have nothing to do.


    But then Jin Lizhen Jun appeared and went to fight with Yue Fengzhen Jun on the nine days, and things won a new turn.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly knew very well that Jin Li had achieved the true monarch of the yuan God, and things would be completely different.


    After a brief discussion with several companions, she made a decision and decided to pull the Taiyi door at the critical moment.


    This is not only because of the interest relationship between taiyimen and Dafeng City, but also because of the kindness to Jin Lizhen, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    So they appeared together in front of the two zongmen allied forces and prevented the two zongmen from launching an attack.

 Chapter 590

    Gu yuehuai butterfly has a good relationship with Meng Zhang. She is often the one who makes important representations between the family and taiyimen.


    Friendship comes back to friendship. When Yue fengzhenjun took the action herself, she had neither the ability nor the right to involve the ancient moon family in disputes and reinforce Taiyi gate.


    Even if she was unwilling, she could only watch taiyimen perish. The only thing she can do is to take care of the remaining disciples of Taiyi sect in the future.


    But when Jin Lizhen appeared, the situation was completely different.


    Their original task was to go to the Gobi to watch the war and pay attention to the changes of the situation at any time.


    Now, after the approval of the people, Gu yuehuai butterfly has made a new decision temporarily.


    Gu Yue is pregnant with butterflies. They are determined to keep taiyimen.


    Guyue huaidie and immortal Xiaolian are gossiping about, trying to delay time.


    With the passage of time, the wounded friars of taiyimen will slowly recover their strength, and the defense of baicaopo will also have a chance to be repaired.


    Of course, immortal Xiaolian knows their thoughts about ancient moon huaidie. He was willing to chat with them without turning his face immediately. He also had his own ideas.


    Gale city has strong strength. Both Lu family and Gu Yue family have deep background and are very difficult to deal with.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s various practices have damaged the interests of Dafeng City, which will naturally lead to the reverse bite of Dafeng City.


    Lu family and Gu Yue family are not good men and women, and there are also many insidious means in secret.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun doesn''t care about offending Lu family and Guyue family, but immortal Xiaolian doesn''t have that confidence.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is Yuefeng Zhenjun, and Hedong sub altar is Hedong sub altar. In the heart of immortal Xiaolian, he has never been convinced by Yue Fengzhen.


    Almost all the time, he dreamed that Hedong Fentan could get rid of the control of Yue Fengzhen.


    Now the Lu family and the ancient moon family have made it clear that they want to help taiyimen. Immortal Xiaolian hesitated.


    Immortal Xiaolian was always unwilling to tear her face with Gu yuehuai butterfly. She only pretended not to know her intention and chatted with her.


    Immortal ChiYan of huoyun sect also saw the current situation clearly and pretended to be confused with immortal Xiaolian.


    Instead, a Jindan friar from the mountain sub altar was very angry and directly asked the ancient moon to hold butterflies to get away from them.


    At this point, they can be given an excuse for their attack. A Jindan friar of the Lu family insisted that it was disrespectful to the Lu family and kept pestering him.


    Several Jindan friars from both sides joined in the dispute and staged a series of verbal and verbal drama.


    Time passed slowly like this. Immortal Xiaolian and immortal ChiYan had an ambiguous attitude. Only the friars of Hedong sub altar did not dare to tear their faces with Dafeng City.


    People came and went. They argued for a long time, but there was no result.


    Seizing this precious rest time, the wounded friars of taiyimen have recovered part of their combat effectiveness.


    In particular, wenqiansuan and Houtu Shenjiang, who were simplified because of their complexity, temporarily deployed a set of defense facilities around baicaopo by using various materials in the taiyimen warehouse. Although it is far from the original third-order mountain protection array, it has more or less defensive power, which can provide some support for the friars on the defensive side.


    The actions of the taiyimen friar did not hide from immortal Xiaolian. He was unable to make up his mind. Seeing that the taiyimen side had a new defense, he finally put out his mind to attack baicaopo.


    Hedong Fentan is in a bad situation. It''s really not suitable to make enemies with Dafeng City.


    He believed that as long as he ordered the attack. The ancient moon, huaidie and others will never sit back and watch, but will join the battle.


    In that way, no matter whether the war is won or lost, gale city has an excuse for further intervention.


    Hedong Fen altar has been used as cannon fodder by Yue Fengzhen Jun these days. In the process of attacking baicaopo, the losses have been very heavy.


    If Dafeng City takes part in the war and takes Yue Feng Zhenjun as a person, it must first consume Hedong sub altar.


    With a decision in mind, immortal Xiaolian honestly chatted with the people in Dafeng City.


    The war warden of the mountain altar was very disgusted, but he had nothing to do.


    After all, now that Yue Fengzhen Jun is not present, they can''t make that determination and go to war directly with the friar of gale city.


    The friars of the golden elixir had good energy. They just got together and chatted for more than three days.


    When they met, naturally there was a lot to say.


    However, immortal Xiaolian had more excuses to retreat when he saw that Yue Fengzhen had failed.


    Regardless of the ugly face of the monks in the mountain altar, he was very happy to say goodbye to his companions in gale City, and then led his army of monks to retreat.


    Immortal Xiaolian is also a decisive figure. He will not be entangled in the past, nor will he be dominated by emotions.


    The attack on baicaopo failed, but lost many monks. Of course, he hated the Taiyi gate and wanted to kill all the Taiyi gate.


    However, there were new changes in the situation. It was impossible to continue to attack baicaopo. He gave up immediately and stopped the loss in time.


    When immortal Xiaolian led the monk''s army to retreat, Gu yuehuai die and others went to baicaopo to visit Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang resented that they didn''t help in time, he knew that now was not the time to turn over. On the contrary, Haosheng should win over them and continue to get help from them.


    Gu yuehuai die and others paid a very respectful visit to Jin Lizhen, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Jin Lizhen, who had achieved Yuanshen not long ago, was very self-aware and did not put on airs in front of these Jindan friars with deep background.


    After some discussion, Gu Yue huaidie took them away, while Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang were at ease.


    Ten days later, the friar army led by immortal Xiaolian did not appear again, but Yue Fengzhen Jun and Xuan Fengzhen Jun came to the outside of baicaopo again.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun appear together. Xuanfeng Zhenjun is still an expert in the middle of Yuanshen. Jin Li, the new God of the Yuan Dynasty, can''t return to heaven this time even if she has more cards. As for the friars of taiyimen, they are not even qualified as cannon fodder in the struggle of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun, who holds this optimistic idea, must be ashamed before the snow this time.


    But what he never expected was that there were others waiting for them besides Jin Lizhen.


    This man is Qinglan Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect.


    Qingyuanzong is the top faction in Jiuqu League. Both strength and prestige are at the top of Jiuqu League.


    In the Jiuqu League, only the jade sword sect of Jianxiu sect can compete with the Qing Yuan sect.


    In fact, the number of disciples and sphere of influence of the jade sword sect are far inferior to those of the Qing Yuan sect. Thanks to a group of sword maniacs who are not afraid of death, they broke into such a big name and have a position in the Jiuqu League.


    To be honest, qingyuanzong is the first sect in Jiuqu League.


    The true masters of Jiuqu league are the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect.


    Seeing Qinglan Zhenjun appear here, Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun have a bad feeling in their hearts.


    Anyway, they still took the initiative to meet Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Qinglan Zhenjun''s attitude is very kind. He is not as arrogant as a big monk.


    He first chatted with Yue Fengzhen Jun for a while, exchanged greetings for a long time, and then said his intention.


    It turned out that Qing Lanzhen invited Jin Li to join Jiuqu League when he went to the Gobi of evil wind.


    Jin Lizhen also readily agreed to the invitation and happily agreed to join Jiuqu League.


    Since then, Jin Lizhen has been a member of Jiuqu League.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun generally has his own sphere of influence, and his subordinates often have some vassal forces.


    Just like Xuanfeng Zhenjun, although he is a casual practitioner, huoyun sect will be regarded as his subordinate after he gets the initiative of huoyun sect.


    If other forces in Jiuqu League have a dispute with huoyun sect, they should consider the Xuanfeng Zhenjun behind huoyun sect.


    Taiyimen and even the whole Hanhai road alliance were originally under the protection of Jin Lizhen. Jin Lizhen joined Jiuqu League, and they also became members of Jiuqu League.


    In the future, when dealing with taiyimen affairs, the senior management of Jiuqu League will respect Jin Lizhen''s opinions and take care of her face.


    Although when he saw Qinglan Zhenjun, Yuefeng Zhenjun knew that things had changed. But Jin Lizhen, the original enemy, changed into a member of Jiuqu League. He really couldn''t accept it.


    Qinglan Zhenjun didn''t seem to see Yue Feng Zhenjun''s ugly face and called Jin Lizhen over.


    In front of everyone, Qinglan Zhenjun said nonsense that members of Datong alliance should unite, love and take care of each other. It also persuades everyone to stop pestering about any unpleasant things in the past.


    Finally, he warned the people in a fierce voice. Jiuqu League has always been united, and it is absolutely not allowed to kill each other and fight each other.


    Jin Lizhen agreed with Qinglan Zhenjun loudly and expressed generously. In the past, she worked under the hand of Tianzhu Zhenjun and had some unhappy past with Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    But now Tianzhu Zhenjun has died, and her relationship with Tianzhu Zhenjun naturally no longer exists. She doesn''t care about the past of Tianzhu Zhenjun, let alone the gratitude and resentment of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    From then on, she will only serve as a member of Jiuqu League.


    Jin Lizhen Jun''s attitude made Qing Lanzhen Jun very satisfied and gave him a good appreciation.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Tianzhu Zhenjun disagree, but they have no deep hatred with Jin Lizhen.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun has died, and the hatred in his heart has almost dissipated.


    Even if there is a little anger, there is no need to oppose Qinglan Zhenjun face to face.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, as a loose monk, has no one to rely on inside Jiuqu League. It is not a wise choice to offend the deep-rooted Qing Yuanzong.


    Since Jin Lizhen has become a yuan God, she is not a dispensable little man. Xuanfeng Zhenjun also had no intention to continue pestering with her.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun immediately said that don''t mention the past. Since the culprit Tianzhu Zhenjun has died, this matter will be exposed.


    From then on, he and Jin Lizhen Jun, bridge to bridge, road to road, no more gratitude and resentment.


    Whether Xuanfeng Zhenjun is really relieved or not. His statement won the praise of Qinglan Zhenjun.


    From Qinglan Zhenjun''s mouth, Yue Feng Zhenjun''s face has always been ugly.


    In his heart, he really didn''t want to let Jin Lizhen Jun go.


    As a traitor, he wanted to erase all traces of Tianzhu Zhenjun from the world, as if Tianzhu Zhenjun had never existed.


    In his eyes, Jin Lizhen is the descendant of Tianzhu Zhenjun and inherits everything from Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    If Jin Lizhen didn''t get rid of him, he was really uneasy and couldn''t get through.


    But Jin Lizhen Jun didn''t know how to catch up with qingyuanzong, and invited Qinglan Zhenjun. Yuefeng Zhenjun can only bear it forcibly even if he has more dissatisfaction in his heart.


    If the leader of the Huanglian sect had not disappeared, the Huanglian sect would still be a whole. Huanglian sect still has a voice in front of the Qing Yuan sect.


    However, since the disappearance of the leader of Huanglian sect, the sect is still one in name, and in fact it has been in a state of doing its own things.


    As a local vassal, Yuefeng Zhenjun has always been ambitious. The relationship with other sub forums and the general forum is not good.


    If he offends Qinglan Zhenjun, it''s good if his fellow disciples don''t fall into the well. Don''t expect them to help at all.


    Facing Qinglan Zhenjun from qingyuanzong, Yuefeng Zhenjun really can''t object directly.


    Seeing Yuefeng Zhenjun keep a face, Qinglan Zhenjun still smiled, but a sharp look flashed in his eyes.


    Qinglan Zhenjun didn''t manage Yuefeng Zhenjun, but chatted with Jin Lizhen and Xuanfeng Zhenjun very affectionately.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun, who was ignored by Qinglan Zhenjun, finally had to give Qinglan Zhenjun face and brazenly came over and said a few words.


    Qinglan Zhenjun holds a high position in qingyuanzong and is very busy on weekdays. I chatted with them for a long time, which gave them enough face.


    Before leaving, he beat the three people a few words and forbade them to continue their struggle.


    Jin Lizhen and Xuanfeng Zhenjun naturally made a harmonious appearance. Even Yue Feng Zhenjun had to be vague.


    Qinglan Zhenjun left with satisfaction.

 Chapter 591

    Qinglan Zhenjun left at ease. He was not worried that after he left, the three of them would go against their will and fight again.


    For Qing Yuanzong and his deterrence, he has enough confidence.


    Looking at the back of qinglanzhen Lacrosse flying far, the remaining three looked at each other and were not interested in speaking.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun looked at Jinli Zhenjun with a bad look. With a cold hum, he left like this.


    But Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t intend to continue to be embarrassed with Jin Lizhen. After chatting with her, he left.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is unwilling, and jinlizhen Jun is also unwilling.


    If she hadn''t been forced by the situation, she wouldn''t want to let Yue Feng Zhenjun go so easily.


    However, after the achievement of Yuanshen, Shouyuan has a long life. She has plenty of time to settle accounts with Yuefeng Zhenjun slowly in the future.


    A few days ago, when Gu yuehuai butterfly and Jin Lizhen Jun talked, they pointed out the current situation.


    Although Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun are relatively marginalized figures in Jiuqu League, they are the original God Zhenjun of Jiuqu League after all.


    Jin Lizhen could not face them unless he fled from the area near Jiuqu League.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly made a suggestion to let Jin Lizhen join Jiuqu League.


    Anyway, Jin Lizhen has no restrictions on sects and families. After joining Jiuqu League, it can not only resolve the crisis from Yue Feng Zhenjun and Xuan Feng Zhenjun, but also have many other benefits.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is not stubborn enough to recognize the situation, and she is not willing to run away so disheartened.


    The suggestion of ancient moon huaidie has become a practical scheme.


    Jin Lizhen thought for a while and discussed with Meng Zhang for a long time. After weighing the pros and cons repeatedly, she accepted the suggestion of Gu Yue huaidie and agreed to join Jiuqu League.


    Qinglan Zhenjun of qingyuanzong has always been the biggest backer behind Dafeng City. And the Lu family, who is in charge of Dafeng City, are also related by marriage.


    Dafeng City is an important commercial town in Jiuqu League, with a large amount of wealth flowing. If there is no strong person like Qinglan Zhenjun to take care of, a group of Jindan real people alone can''t keep this foundation.


    Of course, the Lu family and the ancient moon family have never been short of offerings to Qinglan Zhenjun. Qinglan Zhenjun also got a lot of truth cultivation resources from Dafeng City.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s various practices have seriously damaged the interests of Dafeng City. The Lu family had been there for a long time and had taken a lot of eye medicine.


    There are rules in Jiuqu League, at least on the surface. Yuefeng Zhenjun''s practice makes no mistake, and Qinglan Zhenjun can''t rashly intervene in the internal affairs of Huanglian sect.


    It is also a taboo for even the young god friars to interfere in the internal affairs of other families.


    After getting the reply from Jin Lizhen, Gu yuehuai butterfly contacted the Lu family and asked the Lu family to invite Qing Lanzhen to join Jiuqu League.


    Jin Lizhen is also a Yuanshen Zhenjun at least. Jiuqu League sends a Yuanshen Zhenjun to receive her, which is equivalent.


    Qinglan Zhenjun is a fastidious person. He has received so many benefits from Dafeng City on weekdays. He still needs to help when he should help.


    Jin Lizhen, who has been around the endless sand sea for so many years, is not a person of unknown origin. By means of gathering information from Qing Yuanzong, Qing Lanzhen had already known Jin Lizhen.


    It''s not to ask Qinglan Zhenjun to fight with other Yuanshen Zhenjun, but to invite Jin Lizhen to join Jiuqu League. It''s not difficult.


    And Jin Lizhen joined Jiuqu League, which is also good for Qing Lanzhen.


    From the overall situation, Jiuqu League has faced increasing external pressure over the years and really needs to enhance its strength.


    Such a powerful force as Jiuqu League cannot regard the combat effectiveness of a true monarch as nothing.


    More importantly, Qing Lanzhen invited Jin Lizhen to join the Jiuqu League. In the league in the future, Jin Lizhen will be regarded as a figure of his faction, adding some strength to his faction.


    As for taking the opportunity to add blocking to Yuefeng Zhenjun, it has become a trivial matter.


    In order to show solemnity, Qinglan Zhenjun went there in person, gave Jin Lizhen face, and settled their dispute with Yue Fengzhen.


    No matter what everyone thinks, after Qinglan Zhenjun comes forward, at least on the surface, the two sides must stop fighting and can''t continue to struggle.


    Watching Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun leave one after another, Jin Lizhen also returns to the Taiyi gate.


    Joining the Jiuqu League is not a bad thing for her.


    In the cultivation world, even if they are as powerful as the real king of Tianzhu, they also hook up with the Dark Alliance. Jin Lizhen, a lonely gentleman, has a backer by joining the Jiuqu League.


    Of course, if you enjoy the benefits, you naturally have to pay the price. In the future, she will inevitably work for Jiuqu League.


    In the baicaopo, the Jindan friars of the ancient moon family and the Lu family are waiting for Jin Lizhen.


    Gale city made a connection with Jin Lizhen this time. In the future, among the Jiuqu League, Dafeng City will have one more backer.


    The friar of Dafeng City explained in detail the internal situation of Jiuqu League, especially some taboos, for Jin Lizhen.


    It''s certainly not so simple for a Yuanshen Zhenjun to join the Jiuqu League.


    After getting ready, Jin Lizhen will go to Jiuqu League, where there is still some red tape waiting for her.


    According to Qinglan Zhenjun''s intention, a grand ceremony should be prepared to show Jiuqu alliance''s attention and welcome to jinlizhen.


    Although the war has been suspended, there is still a lot of aftermath work to be done on the side of taiyimen.


    The invading army of monks had already retreated and returned to the endless sand sea.


    After knowing that Jin Lizhen joined the Jiuqu alliance, immortal Xiaolian commanded his troops to retreat and restored the border with taiyimen to the pre war level. All the territory originally occupied was vomited out.


    As for the other side of Huangsha mountain, Feihong sect has been destroyed, and huoyun sect naturally accepts all the original.


    Under the situation of endless sand sea, the East Branch altar of Huanglian sect occupies most of the territory including Feihong mountain, and it is the most prosperous territory.


    Huoyun sect occupied the surrounding area of Huangsha mountain and drank some soup.


    Yue Fengzhen left angrily because of Jin Lizhen, and did not interfere with the affairs of the endless sand sea for the time being.


    The battle overseers of Huanglian sect''s mountain altar also left the endless sand sea one after another because the war was over.


    Of course, Hedong sub altar is still under the control of Yue Fengzhen, who not only has to hand in a large number of offerings, but also follows his orders.


    Although the Taiyi gate suffered heavy losses, it somehow guarded the mountain gate and slowly recovered the lost land after the enemy took the initiative to retreat.


    With the fall of huangshaling, Feihong sect was destroyed.


    Originally, there were some lower level disciples of Feihong sect stationed in Luochen hill. However, after the fall of Huangsha mountain, these disciples fled without fighting and fled the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang was very strategic. Instead of letting Taiyi gate directly occupy the falling dust hill, he gave this place to the skillful hand gate.


    In the eyes of Jindan sect, the falling dust hill is indeed a little barren. But the skillful hand gate was originally just a foundation building sect gate. The only Jindan friar in the sect was not trained by the sect, but a disciple of Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is also a person who thinks about old love. At the beginning, because of the death of immortal Feishi, she always felt that she owed a favor to feihongzong. She also publicly promised to take good care of feihongzong after she became the yuan God.


    But I really didn''t expect that after she became the yuan God, feihongzong had destroyed the door.


    After so many years of training, Meng Zhang has become a man of good manners.


    After all, Fei hongzong was a large sect that ruled the endless sand sea, with many disciples. Even if the Mountain Gate falls and is massacred, we can still find some missing fish.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to find some wandering Feihong sect disciples. They found a second-order spirit vein and a blank territory in the Gobi of evil wind, and asked them to rebuild Feihong sect.


    It is a matter of benevolence and righteousness in the cultivation world. Meng Zhang is so generous, which fully demonstrates the style of Taiyi sect as a righteous sect.


    After reconstruction, feihongzong naturally joined Hanhai daomeng and became a member of taiyimen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did this not only out of kindness, but also for other considerations.


    Put the once endless sand sea overlord Fei hongzong under your nose, you can not only monitor his movements at any time, but also warn the people of Taiyi sect and let them know the end after the decline of the sect. Even the overlord sect will be reduced to such a point.


    More importantly, this fully takes care of Jin Lizhen Jun''s mood.


    Jin Lizhen has become the yuan God. Taiyimen needs her care to survive and develop under her wings.


    When Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen entered the small world of Zijin sect with Jin Lizhen, they faced Zhu Zizhen''s distraction. Jin Lizhen promised in advance that she would cover the Taiyi gate after she broke through the Yuanshen period.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is a man of her word, and Meng Zhang also believes in her commitment. But taiyimen can never fully count on a promise.


    If you have the opportunity to please her, make her happy and make her have a better view of her family, why not?


    Love will fade with the passage of time. Meng Zhang not only often maintains feelings with her, but also tries to bind the interests of both sides.


    If taiyimen only asks for, but does not return, for a long time, Jin Lizhen Jun will inevitably have some ideas.


    Skillful sect has always been loyal to Taiyi sect. This war also suffered heavy losses, almost all the elite lost.


    Giving the falling dust mound to the skillful sect can not only reward the contributions and contributions of the skillful sect, but also make Jin Lizhen acquiesce in the disposal of Feihong sect by Taiyi sect.


    As the new Yuanshen Zhenjun, Jin Lizhen may not be able to get a third-order spirit pulse for disciple Jin Qiaoer.


    There is only Jin Qiaoer, a golden elixir immortal in the skillful hand sect. The falling dust hill is enough for her to practice.


    After solving the problems of Feihong sect and Qiaoshou sect, the remaining internal affairs of the sect and Hanhai daomeng become very simple.


    Everything has a front line to follow, nothing more than rewarding on merit and comforting. Meng Zhang ignored the specific details and handed them over to the eldest disciple Niu Dawei.


    The friar army led by immortal Xiaolian was busy besieging baicaopo at that time, and did not care about attacking cities and land everywhere and plundering wantonly. Therefore, the territory on this side of the Gobi has not suffered much loss.


    The foundation is still there. Even if the monks suffer a lot of casualties, they can slowly recover as long as they have enough time.


    Seeing that the situation here was slowly stabilizing, the friars of Dafeng City decided that there would be no new variables, so they left.


    The top and bottom of the Taiyi gate warmly welcomed them, and Meng Zhang was grateful to them.


    After such twists and turns, within Jiuqu League, taiyimen and Hanhai road league are regarded as the people of Dafeng City.


    Jin Lizhen stayed in baicaopo and watched Meng Zhang deal with all kinds of aftermath affairs.


    Meng Zhang was considerate and comprehensive, which satisfied Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun has always been impatient to deal with all kinds of complicated mundane affairs. Her experience of running under Tianzhu Zhenjun has bored her so far.


    Low level friars need the care of high-level friars, and high-level friars also need low-level friars to run for themselves.


    There are no four levels of spiritual pulse in this world. If Yuanshen Zhenjun wants to absorb enough aura, one is to go to the nine days to collect the essence of the nine days, and the other is to go to the void outside the territory to find spiritual opportunities.


    Jin Lizhen cultivates in the small world of Zijin sect and consumes the essence of nine days stored in her body.


    The essence of these nine days is not only her own savings, but also the legacy left by her master and the gift of Tianzhu Zhenjun before his death.


    When she broke through the Yuanshen period, most of the essence of these nine days was consumed.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is not an immortal who doesn''t eat human fireworks. He has a great demand for foreign things.


    After Jin Lizhen breaks through the realm of Yuanshen, she will consume more essence of nine days.


    Of course, you can''t just go out without going in. After the cultivation is completely stable, Jin Lizhen also wants to go to the nine days to collect the essence of the nine days.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun has a long life, but there are also many time-consuming things. A retreat and a trip will easily consume dozens of years.


    Many friars of taiyimen work for her and collect various resources for her, which can greatly save her time.


    Maybe Jin Lizhen Jun hasn''t realized this yet. When her interests are completely connected with the interests of taiyimen, she will know that she and taiyimen need each other and benefit from each other.


    In his spare time dealing with all kinds of affairs, Meng Zhang also took the initiative to visit Jin Lizhen for many times. When she was in a good mood, Meng Zhang beat around the Bush and asked about some experience of breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    The Dharma cannot be passed on lightly. The experience and tips of breaking through the yuan Shen period are the core secrets in any practice sect. Casual cultivation regards it as a treasure and will never leak out.


    Jin Lizhen Jun and Meng Zhang have many years of friendship and are very optimistic about him. But when it comes to this level of confidentiality, there is no favor to say.


    Jin Lizhen also scruples about Meng Zhang''s face and doesn''t refuse abruptly. But vague, say some big truth. Then he slowly changed the topic and talked about other things.


    Meng Zhang is an informed and knowledgeable person. He doesn''t hang around, but just accept what''s good.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t stay in baicaopo for too long, so she returned to the small world of Zijin sect.


    It was there that she broke through the Yuanshen period, so she regarded this place as her blessing.


    Jin Lizhen decided to live there for a long time in the future and take it as his permanent ashram.


    Since the armistice, not only did Yue fengzhenjun not continue to pester, but Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect were honest and had no dispute with taiyimen.


    Jin Lizhen practiced in the small world, practiced various spells and powers, and mastered the unique means of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Taiyimen also ushered in a good time for peaceful development.


    After a life and death war, facing a desperate situation and suddenly getting a turn for the better, Meng Zhang was very touched in his heart.


    He has been reading Taoist Scriptures for many years, comprehending Taoism and Tibetan, and his spiritual sense has become increasingly acute.


    Soon after Jin Lizhen left, he also put down all his affairs and began to practice in isolation in order to make a breakthrough.


    There are many examples of life and death war, imminent breakthrough or post breakthrough in the cultivation world.


    Soon after Meng Zhang closed, some monks in Taiyi gate closed again and again.


    Zheng Chao, the leader of the battle Hall who played an important role in the war and fought against friar Jindan with the help of the mountain protection array, was seriously injured and dying at the end of the war.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate to take out the most precious healing pill in the large library. Several golden elixirs took turns to help, so they hung his life.


    Seeing that Zheng Chao has hurt his foundation, it is difficult to carry out effective treatment with the current means of taiyimen. Meng Zhang had the cheek to ask Jin Lizhen for help before he saved Zheng Chao''s accomplishments.


    Zheng Chao slowly recovered from his injury in the sect. When he was about to recover from his injury, he was also moved. He immediately ignored his injury and began to shut down in order to achieve the goal that he failed to achieve in the last shut down and break through the golden elixir period.


    Zheng Chao didn''t close for a long time this time, but after eight years of practice, he formed a golden pill and successfully passed the customs.


    Taiyimen has added a golden elixir immortal again, and its strength has greatly increased by one point.


    After 11 years of isolation, Meng Zhang finally got out of the customs.


    After leaving the customs, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments broke through to the later stage of Jindan.


    The master in the later period of the golden elixir, among the friars in the golden elixir period, is the hero of one side.


    Yue Fengzhen didn''t set foot in this place since he left endless sand sea last time. However, his control over the endless sand sea and the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian cult has not weakened at all.


    Beyond the endless sand sea, Huanglian sect Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect completely cut off business exchanges with Dafeng City.


    The caravans starting from the endless sand sea would rather go a long way around and lose a lot of interests. They have to bypass Dafeng City and go to the territory of the mountain branch altar of Huanglian cult for trade.


    Although Hedong Fentan and taiyimen are neighbors, they don''t communicate with each other, not to mention business exchanges.


    Both sides intentionally or unintentionally retracted the boundary line, and asked the reduced patrol team to stay away from the boundary line as far as possible.


    In the last war, the two sides forged blood feuds, but neither side is willing to ease the war or even break out of conflict.


    Both sides are in a cold war state, but they both restrict their disciples from provoking each other.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun has no intention of continuing to hate Jin Lizhen, but he won''t hurry to make friends with each other.


    On the surface, the attitude of huoyun sect towards Taiyi sect is the same as that of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar. But privately, between the boundary of huoyun sect and taiyimen, a small group of friars secretly come and go from time to time.


    These friars are members of the smuggling Caravan and carry out smuggling transactions between the two forces.


    In the last war, Hedong sub altar played a major role and suffered the greatest losses. After the war, it was natural to have the largest booty.


    The senior leaders of huoyun sect, such as immortal ChiYan, accepted this arrangement without objection at that time because their strength was much weaker.


    However, after the event, watching Hedong sub altar have the fattest booty and grab all kinds of truth cultivation materials, they will inevitably have some ideas in their hearts.


    On the other side of Jiuqu League, the sphere of influence has basically solidified, and it is difficult for huoyun sect to obtain more benefits.


    Of course, the middle and senior levels of the sect attach great importance to the territory recently occupied on the side of the endless sand sea, and regard it as a good opportunity for the rise of the sect to a higher level.


    Huoyun sect no longer holds the mentality of taking a handful and leaving. Instead, it takes it as its foundation and operates well in order to obtain long-term benefits.


    Unfortunately, the most prosperous area in the endless sand sea is the area near Feihong mountain. It is firmly grasped by the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect. Huoyun sect can''t touch it at all and can only covet it secretly.


    What''s more, at the request of Yue Fengzhen, the cultivation resources obtained by huoyun sect in the endless sand sea need to be sent to the site of the mountain sub altar of Huanglian sect for trading.


    This made huoyun sect lose a lot of benefits out of thin air, and didn''t get any benefits.


    Through Zhu Liangyu, immortal ChiYan goes to complain in front of Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    However, Xuanfeng Zhenjun knew that this was related to Yue Feng Zhenjun''s big plan. He was unwilling to offend Yue Feng Zhenjun for a small matter of huoyun sect, so he did not interfere in the matter.


    The area near huangshaling is the original territory of Feihong sect. In the endless sand sea, it is not rich.


    In addition to developing this territory, huoyun sect also thought of other ways to obtain more benefits.


    On the one hand, huoyun sect wanted to restore the trade between feihongzong and Yuantu prairie.


    But as a newcomer, there is no way, and this thing is not going well. In a short time, the trade with the prairie not only failed to bring benefits to the huoyun sect, but also made the huoyun sect lose a lot in vain.


    On the other hand, huoyun sect secretly made a deal with taiyimen through smuggling caravans.


    The two families had many wars, and their hatred was as deep as the sea. But profitable business can surpass hatred.


    Taiyimen''s territory in the endless sand sea is very barren. There are many special resources of the endless sand sea, which are not produced there.


    Huoyun sect first sent the characteristic resources on its territory to Taiyi gate through smuggling caravans.


    As the business grew bigger and bigger, he slowly began to make his mind to the territory of Hedong Fentan.


    Hedong Fentan pays close attention to the boundary line with Dafeng City, but doesn''t care much about the boundary line with huoyun sect.


    The vassal forces on the territory of Hedong Fentan, greedy for rich profits, secretly transported all kinds of truth cultivation resources to the territory of huoyun sect, entered the territory of Taiyi gate through the boundary between huoyun sect and Taiyi gate, and finally sent to Dafeng City.

 Chapter 592

    Meng Zhang followed Jin Lizhen and flew to the sky directly above the sky.


    At this time, it has been 23 years since peace was restored in the Gobi.


    In these years, Jin Lizhen Jun has not been disturbed by any outsiders and has been practicing in the small world of Zijin sect.


    She has almost mastered the general means of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Moreover, holding a fourth-order magic weapon, Huang Sha Wan Li Tu, her combat effectiveness is not necessarily weaker than that of ordinary early monks of Yuanshen.


    The outside world is peaceful, everything goes well in taiyimen, and the development is very good.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, also has enough time to spend on his own cultivation.


    Meng Zhang, who broke through the later stage of Jindan, is already qualified to climb the nine days to collect the essence of the nine days.


    For the monks in the later period of Jindan, especially those who are still motivated on the road of cultivation and want to continue to attack the yuan God period, the essence of the nine days is an essential spiritual thing.


    In addition to the pure aura, there are many mysterious and mysterious elements in the essence of nine days.


    After absorbing the essence of nine days, the friars in the later stage of Jindan can not only meet the needs of daily cultivation, but also greatly strengthen their essence, Qi and spirit, and even feel the aftertaste contained therein, so as to lay a solid foundation for breaking through to the Yuanshen period in the future.


    After Meng Zhang entered the later stage of Jindan, the inheritance obtained from the inheritance place in that year has been digested almost. To go further, we need to obtain more inheritance of taiyimen.


    On several occasions, he obtained many inheritance classics of Zijin sect and chongxuanzong. These can be used as a reference, but they can''t be practiced directly.


    At this time, Meng Zhang began to feel the trouble of lack of inheritance.


    Far from it, he knew that the monks in the later stage of Jindan needed to go to the nine days to collect the essence of the nine days for cultivation.


    But he knew nothing about how to do it.


    The oldest Jijian God General in the sect was an expert who was about to complete the golden elixir realm before becoming a Dharma protector. He had been to Jiutian for many times.


    Soon after breaking through the later stage of Jindan, Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask him for advice, learned the technique of collecting the essence of nine days, and learned a lot of experience.


    However, the extreme sword God will tell Meng Zhang. Nine days is not a smooth road, but there are many dangers. Not to mention immortal Jindan, even ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun will suffer great losses if he is not careful.


    When immortal Jindan first goes to Jiutian, it''s best to have the elders in the door to take care of him at any time.


    After all, you must do it. The experience and lessons learned from others cannot replace your own experience.


    Meng Zhang kept the warning of Jijian God in mind. He is an experienced elder and will not make things out of nothing.


    However, Meng Zhang himself is the highest cultivator of Taiyi sect at present. The extremely sword God general has not recovered his cultivation in the golden elixir period, so he can''t help him.


    Meng Zhang waited for some years until Jin Lizhen left the customs.


    According to Jin Lizhen''s original agreement with Qing Lanzhen, after she leaves the customs, Qing Lanzhen will arrange everything and hold a grand ceremony to welcome her to join Jiuqu League.


    Jin Lizhen asks taiyimen to send a message to Dafeng City and informs Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Qinglan Zhenjun came back soon and arranged a grand ceremony. There was a lot of heavy work, which could not be completed in a short time.


    In particular, it will take a lot of time to inform those Yuanshen Zhenjun distributed everywhere and wait for them to return.


    Only in the middle of next year will we be able to complete all the preparations and hold the grand ceremony. At that time, he will send someone to inform Jin Lizhen Jun in advance.


    At the beginning of this year, it is about a year and a half before the grand ceremony is held.


    After leaving the customs, Jin Lizhen Jun seldom has leisure and has a lot of free time.


    She first called Jin Qiaoer to her side and instructed her practice.


    Then she went to the dead sand sea and took back the relics of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Before he died with the fifth level earth spirit, Tianzhu Zhenjun entrusted Jin Lizhen with the aftercare and handed over some of his relics to her.


    Jin Lizhen, who inherited the legacy of Tianzhu Zhenjun, has just been promoted to Yuanshen, but she has a lot of killer Maces. Among the true monarchs of the yuan God, they are not weak.


    After Jin Lizhen finished these things, seeing that she was in a good mood, Meng Zhang took the initiative to come up to her and brazenly asked her to take herself to Jiutian to experience.


    Jin Lizhen had intended to help Meng Zhang, and Jin Qiaoer helped him. She agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    In the later period of Jindan, she went in and out for nine days for many times. This is not a difficult event.


    Speaking of it, Jin Lizhen hasn''t been to the nine days since he became the yuan God.


    After choosing a day, Jin Lizhen took Meng Zhang on his way.


    They flew straight all the way to the high altitude.


    In the cultivation world, whether it''s Flying Magic tools or ordinary practitioners, they usually don''t fly more than a thousand feet high. The higher you fly, the higher your requirements for cultivation.


    At three thousand feet, the vigorous wind began to become fierce. Even the golden elixir immortal should divide some strength to defend himself and compete with the vigorous wind.


    Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang continued to fly up without stopping and flew directly to a high altitude.


    At this height, the fierce vigorous wind is like an invincible blade, which can easily blow those who can''t achieve cultivation into powder.


    Jin Lizhen Jun didn''t seem to feel the fierce vigorous wind and continued to rise. Meng Zhang, however, separated some of his strength a little and shut out the invincible vigorous wind.


    They flew up a long distance again, and Meng Zhang began to feel a little laborious.


    At this time, Jin Lizhen pointed to a gray area above her head and said, "it''s coming. That''s the legendary nine days."


    Meng Zhang has long known from various ancient books that the so-called nine days does not really mean that there are nine layers of days, but a special area at the top of the world.


    This area is vast and has many levels, and the situation inside is extremely complex.


    Nine is the pole of numbers. Nine days are used to illustrate the number of levels here.


    Seeing that she was about to enter the ninth day, Jin Lizhen, who didn''t care, became serious.


    She was once taken into nine days by her master. Later, after coming to the dead sand sea, I went in and out alone for many times.


    But every time she entered nine days, she didn''t dare to be careless.


    The cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir was not enough in the nine days. There are too many dangers there. Countless monks have been buried.


    Even if it has broken through the Yuanshen period, the lessons of predecessors and personal experience tell Jin Lizhen Jun that Jiutian is not a place for friars in the Yuanshen period.


    It''s time to explain. Jin Lizhen explained everything before she left. Without another word of nonsense, she rushed up with Meng Zhang and rushed into nine days.

 Chapter 593

    From the ground to this height, it is tens of thousands of feet away from the ground. At this height, the friars at the beginning of the golden elixir would feel hard and difficult to move freely.


    Meng Zhang rushed into nine days with Jin Lizhen, and immediately felt as if he had come to another world.


    He seemed to be carrying a mountain. The pressure of the mountain made his body tremble slightly and work extremely hard.


    The movement of real elements in his body also began to become stagnant. Even if desperately urged, Zhenyuan still crawled like a snail, flowing slowly and laboriously in the body.


    Meng Zhang also felt a little dizzy. His brain was dizzy and it was difficult to concentrate.


    Whether it was Jin Lizhen''s reminder or the knowledge obtained from the Jijian God general, Meng Zhang immediately understood his situation.


    Jiutian is the outermost layer of the world, just like a fetal membrane, which wraps the whole world tightly and isolates most of the influence from the void.


    Jijian God general was born in Taiyi sect in the heyday. He knows all kinds of secrets and knowledge of the cultivation world very well. Many times, his insight is still on the scattered practice of Jin Lizhen Jun.


    How did nine days come into being? Why is there such a fetal membrane in this world? I''m afraid the oldest antique in the world of restoration can''t be explained clearly.


    It is generally accepted in the world of cultivation that Jiutian is a defense mechanism spontaneously formed in the world and an embodiment of the will of heaven.


    There are many worlds and countless races in the void.


    The void is not peaceful, but full of blood and killing. The fierce race war and the world war almost never stopped.


    In the cultivation world of Jun dust world, although it is also the law of the jungle, there are constant struggles. However, the intensity, cruelty and scope of the war are far inferior to the war in the void.


    If it hadn''t been for nine days of protection, the Junchen world might have been invaded by invaders and completely reduced to the battlefield of the world war.


    Of course, the spontaneous defense system close to Jiutian can not resist foreign powerful attacks.


    The main forces that really guard the world are those powerful powers at the top of the cultivation world, including the strong ones of the Holy Land Sect.


    After breaking through the period of Yuanshen and entering the period of returning to emptiness, the cultivator of truth is at the top of the power level of the world.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, cultivation accomplishments are generally called empty immortals or half immortals.


    Of course, because some ordinary people pretend to be immortals and depreciate the name of immortals. Therefore, in the cultivation world, more and more practitioners call Huixu Da Neng a virtual immortal.


    Most of the virtual immortal powers in the Jun dust world spend most of their time on nine days to resist the invasion of foreign invaders.


    According to Jin Lizhen Jun, the external situation of Junchen industry in recent years is still relatively good and has the strategic initiative. The virtual immortals can not only rely on Jiutian to defend, but also rush out of Jiutian to keep the invaders out of the country.


    The emptiness of a large area around the Jun dust world is controlled by these virtual immortals and has become the peripheral defense line of the Jun dust world.


    It is difficult for the strong among the foreign invaders, or a large group of people, to rush into the Junchen world within nine days.


    Of course, the number of virtual immortal powers in Jun dust world is limited, and whether it is nine days or the void beyond nine days, it is boundless.


    Occasionally, some foreign invaders who break through the defense enter the Junchen world, which is also inevitable.


    As Jin Lizhen Jun knows, there are several similar examples.


    The nearest to the endless sand sea is the fifth order Earth Spirit who came to the dead sand sea at the cost of serious injury.


    Another is that a large army of barbarians from outside the territory bypassed the defense of the virtual immortals and came to the Yuantu prairie.


    There seems to be something else in the two events. But Jin Lizhen doesn''t have enough level and doesn''t know much.


    These foreign invaders who broke into the Junchen world are generally too lazy to pay attention to, and their own forces in the Xiuzhen world are responsible for handling them.


    Like the fifth order local spirit and the barbarian army, they all came to the remote and remote places on the very edge of the cultivation world.


    If they had come to the Middle Earth, they would have been easily eradicated.


    Of course, what foreign invaders, what virtual immortal power, are thousands of miles away from Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang. They don''t have to worry about them.


    In fact, there are so many forces in the cultivation world, except for the Holy Land Sect doors and a few top bulk doors, few will care about these things.


    When the sky fell, there were tall people on top. They couldn''t worry about the fate of the Jun dust world.


    When they should fight, they will still fight, and when they launch a war, they will not be soft hearted.


    Meng Zhang held the same idea in his heart.


    Taiyi gate was in danger of collapse a few years ago. People all over the gate were struggling for life and death. The situation has been slightly better over the years, and I dare not say that I will rest easy from now on.


    Meng Zhang has many things to worry about, including the future of the sect and his own cultivation


    Meng Zhang thought about all kinds of matters related to Jiutian, while slowly adjusting his state and adapting here as soon as possible.


    Jiutian is located in the outermost layer of the Jun dust world and is affected by the void. There are many differences between the rules of heaven and earth in many regions and the Jun dust world.


    When the aboriginal creatures of Jun dust world first entered this place, they would feel uncomfortable and have many places to adapt to.


    At this time, the combat effectiveness of the cultivator was greatly reduced and he was in a very weak state.


    According to the differences in many aspects such as personal constitution and accomplishments of practitioners, practitioners need to take the initiative to adjust and spend varying lengths of time to slowly adapt and restore their own state.


    Some practitioners can recover in a few hours, while others can''t breathe for several days.


    If there is any danger at this time, it will be bad.


    Nine days is not a peaceful and peaceful place. Practitioners will face all kinds of enemies at any time.


    Therefore, if the practitioners who enter the nine days for the first time are not very confident or lucky, they''d better be accompanied by experienced elders.


    The predecessors in the same trade will help the cultivator through the initial adaptation period, which is also the most dangerous period.


    Meng Zhang quickly restored his combat effectiveness according to the experience taught by Jijian God general and Jin Lizhen Jun.


    As long as he gets through this period of weakness, even without Jin Lizhen, he has the ability to survive alone.


    I don''t know whether Meng Zhang has a strong foundation or his relationship as a transgressor. He found that he adapted quickly and didn''t spend much time to adapt to the rules of heaven and earth here.


    The mind began to recover Qingming, the pressure on the body began to slowly reduce, and the operation of Zhenyuan in the body became smoother and smoother.


    At this rate, Meng Zhang will recover his combat effectiveness faster than planned.

 Chapter 594

    When Meng Zhang adapted to the environment and restored his strength, Jin Lizhen didn''t stay away, but guarded it with great care.


    The nine days are divided into many levels with vast areas. Their location is still relatively peripheral, and the degree of danger is not high.


    Of course, there are exceptions to everything. Even in this relatively safe place, the crisis will come unexpectedly.


    While Jin Lizhen was looking around a little bored, a shadow flashed behind her and Meng Zhang, slowly approached them without making a sound.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t even look back. Her backhand was a slap.


    A sharp spirit flew out and directly cut the shadow in half. Two strange bodies float in the air and swing gently up and down. Many gases are ejected from the body and quickly integrate into the surroundings.


    In the nine days, many rules of heaven and earth are different from those outside. It''s just a short distance away, but it seems like a world has changed.


    In such a special environment, many creatures also live.


    The cloud beast is a common creature in the nine days.


    The cloud beast is made of special cloud Qi. It has mastered many magic skills naturally.


    Even the cloud beast, which is not good at fighting, has the fighting power beyond the friars in the foundation period. An ordinary cloud beast can defeat the cultivators in the golden elixir period. The most powerful cloud beast, even the practitioners of Yuanshen period will find it difficult.


    After most cloud beasts are killed, they will quickly dissipate into clouds. A few cloud beasts have some useful materials.


    Jin Lizhen has been in and out of the nine days for many times, and she has dealt with the cloud beast many times.


    The one she killed just now was a cloud beast with golden elixir strength.


    If it was before, she might have to work hard to solve each other. However, after entering the Yuanshen period, the battle can be ended between turning palms.


    She is very familiar with the cloud beast and knows that there will be no booty on the cloud beast. So even the corpse of the cloud beast doesn''t care.


    Meng Zhang ignored the changes in the outside world and tried to restore his strength.


    If there is an enemy that even Jin Lizhen Jun can''t resist, it''s meaningless for him to be careful or not.


    Meng Zhang adapted well to the environment above nine days. However, it took more than four hours to restore most of the combat effectiveness.


    If you want to further restore to its heyday, you can''t do it in a short time. You need to go in and out for nine days and adapt slowly.


    After Meng Zhang adapted to the environment, he took the initiative to tell Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen looked at Meng Zhang in surprise.


    She clearly remembered that Jin Lizhen had looked at Meng Zhang more highly.


    Since Meng Zhang has begun to adapt, Jin Lizhen Jun did not continue to stay here, but led Meng Zhang to fly to the depths of nine days.


    After nine days of looking gray from the outside, you will find that the terrain here is also complex and changeable.


    The surrounding clouds of different sizes form various strange shapes. It not only forms a strange terrain like a maze, but also often wanders around, making the terrain change almost all the time.


    Due to the special heaven and earth rules of nine days. All kinds of clouds here are not so light. Some are as heavy as mountains, some are as firm as rocks, and some are simply changed by some special cloud beast.


    Immortal Jindan''s mind will be greatly suppressed in the nine days, and it is difficult to release it too far. As for the five senses, they were badly hoodwinked.


    Therefore, those late Jindan friars who can be called the heroes of one side outside must be cautious and cautious step by step after entering here.


    Meng Zhangyun had magic powers including breaking false magic eyes. He tried many times and couldn''t find out too far.


    In the complex and changeable terrain, you can''t explore too far. If you encounter danger, you really have no time to respond.


    Jin Lizhen Jun also suffered at the beginning, so she moved forward carefully and reminded Meng Zhang from time to time.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun can use the power of the avenue to directly involve the rules of heaven and earth.


    After Jin Lizhen became the original God Zhenjun, the spiritual sense is a mysterious special feeling, which surpasses the sensing ability of five senses and divine thoughts.


    A monk with a strong sense of spirit can seek good fortune and avoid evil, sense opportunities in advance, and even predict.


    In the cultivation world, only the Heavenly Master has the method to exercise and make use of spiritual consciousness.


    Like the original Tianzhu Zhenjun, even though the innate spiritual sense is strong, it is difficult to give full play to its own powerful spiritual sense because there is no inheritance of Tianji master.


    It was not until the fall that I suddenly realized and saw a lot of scenes in the future.


    Although Meng Zhang does not easily use the magic of heaven to calculate, his own spiritual sense allows him to sense some dangers ahead of him.


    Meng Zhang''s perception of danger is almost no lower than that of Jin Lizhen. If he had not intended to hide his foolishness, Jin Lizhen Jun would have guessed his identity as a Heavenly Master.


    Jin Lizhen took Meng Zhang all the way forward, avoiding all kinds of troubles and looking for the whereabouts of the essence of nine days.


    What kind of environment is suitable for the growth of Jiutian essence, and where is prone to Jiutian essence... The predecessors in the cultivation world have long summarized a lot of experience.


    Although these experiences are not 100% accurate, they can give practitioners a direction to look for.


    Without these experiences, I''m afraid practitioners will have to take a chance here like blind people bumping into each other.


    Although Jin Lizhen Jun didn''t deliberately teach Meng Zhang her experience, she didn''t hide her behavior.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed Jin Lizhen''s behavior and compared what he had learned from the extreme sword God general.


    They were lucky. They only entered the nine days and soon had a harvest.


    Jin Lizhen flew to a mountain like cloud, below which was a huge depression. A group of cloud beasts built their nests there. There are more than ten cloud beasts, large and small.


    There are many kinds of cloud beasts within nine days. No one can recognize the origin and variety of each cloud beast.


    This group of cloud beasts in front of us happened to be the species known by Jin Lizhen.


    She shot directly, and the momentum belonging to the yuan God Zhenjun was released without reservation. A thunder ball fell from the sky and fell into the cloud herd.


    The cloud beasts were blown up in scattered places. Feeling that Jin Lizhen was not easy to provoke, the cloud beasts ran around and fled the place quickly.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t take care of the escaped cloud beasts. She flew to the mountain wall opposite the cloud beast''s nest and stretched out her palm to gently stroke in front.


    The strong mountain wall was easily cut, and the clouds flew in disorder, revealing a colorful light mass like chicken eggs.


    This is the goal of Meng Zhang''s nine day search - the essence of nine days.


    The essence of the nine days is between emptiness and reality. If you can''t fix it, you can only watch it and can''t collect it.


    Jin Lizhen broke through the yuan God in seclusion, and then practiced magic powers in seclusion, but she consumed a lot of the essence of nine days.


    The essence of the nine days she collected was not enough. Fortunately, her master and Tianzhu Zhenjun left her a lot.


    For her, the essence of nine days is still the main material that needs to be collected.


    Jin Lizhen Jun has many shortcomings and faults, but one advantage is that she is generous enough, not a fussy character.


    She is an elder and Meng Zhang is a junior. Today''s start is good. It''s not good to be an elder. She eats it alone in front of the younger generation.


    She just hesitated for a moment, and with a wave, the essence of the nine days was divided into half and flew in the direction of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang quickly took out a special jade bottle prepared in advance, carried the technique taught by the extremely sword God general, and carefully collected the essence of the nine days into the jade bottle.


    Although it''s only such a half palm sized ball, it''s enough for Meng Zhang to use for half a month.


    Jin Lizhen knew that Meng Zhang had the inheritance of Taiyi gate and mastered the method of absorbing and refining the essence of nine days, so he didn''t say much.


    After today''s good start, both of them are in a good mood.


    Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang continue to move forward and slowly search for the whereabouts of the essence of Jiutian.


    On the way, they met several cloud plucking beasts.


    If this kind of cloud beast has no booty, Jin Lizhen usually dispels it directly.


    There are a lot of cloud beasts within nine days. The reproduction speed is not slow. New cloud beasts are often born. Even if so many practitioners often enter here, it''s impossible to kill. They can''t kill all the cloud beasts at all.


    Occasionally encounter a few valuable cloud beasts, Jin Lizhen will kill them on the spot and scrape their bodies.


    As a monk in the later period of Jindan, Meng Zhang is not useless at all. You can help Jin Lizhen fight. You can block the retreat of the cloud beast to prevent it from escaping. You can also chase and kill the enemy.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t treat Meng Zhang badly. She has always been fair. She occasionally gives Meng Zhang some leftover materials, so she doesn''t let him busy in vain.


    After flying for a long time, they also met some cloud beasts with fighting power in Yuanshen period from time to time.


    Whenever this time, Jin Lizhen will become very cautious, carefully compare the strength of both sides and weigh the pros and cons of the battle.


    Most of the time, Jin Lizhen will take the initiative to give up the fight, lead Meng Zhang to avoid each other, bypass the front and move forward in other directions.


    Jin Lizhen Jun rarely took the initiative several times and failed to succeed in leaving her opponent.


    After a fierce battle, either the cloud beast escaped. Either Jin Lizhen mistakenly estimated the strength of the other party and knew that she could not win the opponent, so she had to take Meng Zhang''s initiative to withdraw.

 Chapter 595

    Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang came all the way to drive away and kill the cloud beasts and collect the essence of the nine days.


    Meng Zhang is limited to cultivation and can play a limited role. Jin Lizhen Jun, even if he is generous, can''t be too cheap for him.


    Meng Zhang calculated that it has been almost half a month since he entered the nine days, and his harvest is not much.


    The situation could be worse if you entered here alone. It seems that collecting the essence of nine days is really not an easy thing.


    It''s better for those monks who come from big families to have strong elders to take care of them. Monks who came from a small sect like Meng Zhang or a casual monk seem to have a lot of trouble.


    Jin Lizhen can''t take Meng Zhang every time. Meng Zhang will think of some new ways in the future.


    Generally speaking, the friars in the later period of Jindan entered the nine days at the first few times. It''s best not to delay too long. After staying for about half a month, you should leave.


    Because of the special rules of heaven and earth within nine days, it puts great pressure on practitioners. Meng Zhang, even if he is gifted, doesn''t want to delay here too long.


    Jin Lizhen Jun naturally knows this truth, but this harvest is very good. The opportunity is rare. Who knows if she will have such good luck next time. She is still reluctant to go back.


    Meng Zhang looked at Jin Lizhen and asked him to go back alone.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang performed very well and fully demonstrated his strength and alertness.


    Jin Lizhen hesitated and agreed.


    Before parting, Jin Lizhen also warned Meng Zhang. Don''t create complications on the way back. Just leave for nine days and try to avoid trouble.


    Meng Zhang naturally fully accepted Jin Lizhen''s kindness and promised.


    After parting from Jin Lizhen Jun, Meng Zhang felt that he was in good shape and should try to stay for two more days.


    Within nine days, the terrain was extremely complex and often changed. The meditator''s mind and exploration magic are suppressed and can''t explore too far.


    In this case, even if the cultivator has a good memory, he may get lost.


    At this time, Meng Zhang simply gave up looking for the way and moved forward directly according to the direction sensed by his spiritual sense.


    Meng Zhang''s return route is not the one he came from. This route is still relatively safe. Instead of encountering any danger, he gained a lot.


    Meng Zhang not only harvested the essence of two regiments of nine days, but also captured several cloud beast cubs.


    There is a special beast hall in Taiyi gate, which is responsible for breeding and domesticating all kinds of monsters for the use of the sect.


    Hu Jing, the elder in the sect and the former head of the Royal beast hall, practices special mental skills and can use the nurtured spiritual pet to strengthen her combat effectiveness.


    The combat effectiveness of cloud beasts within nine days is generally stronger than that of demon beasts in Jun dust world, and they have more potential.


    The intelligence of cloud beast is much higher than that of ordinary beast. It should be domesticated.


    The only worry is whether the cloud beast can adapt to the new environment and survive and continue to grow after leaving such a special environment within nine days.


    Meng Zhang flew along the route of his spiritual induction for about ten days before he came to the boundary of nine days.


    Meng Zhang leaped out for nine days and returned to the outside world.


    Meng Zhang first felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and his mind was dizzy. Then it quickly returned to normal, and I felt relaxed all over. The invisible pressure that had originally enveloped me completely disappeared.


    After leaving for nine days, the adverse effects of nine days on the body naturally dissipated rapidly.


    At this time, Meng Zhang suddenly remembered his captured cloud beast cub.


    He took out his pet bag and looked. The cloud beast cubs, who were still alive, became powerless and listless. One is in the worst condition and is dying.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to delay any more. He immediately accelerated his descent and rushed down quickly.


    He rushed back to the grass slope of the mountain gate, handed over several cloud beast cubs to the elder Hu Jing, and briefly explained their origin.


    At this time, the worst-case cubs have begun to turn into clouds and are about to disappear.


    Hu Jing''s accomplishments in the way of defending animals are far higher than those of Meng Zhang. She took a few cloud beast cubs and went to find a way to settle them.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the door, many things came to him.


    First, the eldest disciple Niu Dawei asked for an interview and reported to him all kinds of recent affairs in the sect.


    Although Meng Zhang entrusted most of the affairs of the door to Niu Dawei, he still listened to his report from time to time and gave him various instructions.


    Since the restoration of peace, taiyimen has recovered rapidly. The wanton development of the Gobi and the increasingly frequent commercial exchanges with Dafeng City have brought more and more wealth to taiyimen.


    With the number of mortals currently owned by taiyimen, the number of awakened spiritual roots is increasing. Even though Taiyi sect has raised the threshold of entry long ago, it can still ensure that there are enough disciples to join.


    Meng Zhang sat in his seat, half opened his eyes and quietly listened to Niu Dawei''s report.


    Niu Dawei handles these trivial daily affairs very well.


    After Jin Lizhen agreed to join Jiuqu League, taiyimen, as a force under Jin Lizhen, naturally became a member of Jiuqu League.


    Taiyimen has a closer relationship with Dafeng City and Guyue family, and has been integrated into Jiuqu League step by step.


    Soon, Niu Dawei talked about the Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and huoyun sect.


    Mengzhang and taiyimen are unable to participate in the struggle between the yuan God and Zhenjun. His current target is the forces under Yue Fengzhen.


    Taiyimen is now facing the two forces of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and huoyun sect.


    Meng Zhang certainly did not want the other party to unite, but to find ways to divide and disintegrate.


    Taking advantage of Yue Fengzhen''s exploitation of the endless sand sea, Taiyi sect lured huoyun sect to secretly participate in smuggling with Taiyi sect with interests as bait.


    The word "benefit" is the first. It is not a direct subordinate of Yue Fengzhen. Huoyun sect easily took the bait.


    Even without the secret encouragement of taiyimen, huoyun sect secretly dragged the vassal forces under the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian sect into the water in order to expand its revenue, and began to smuggle various characteristic resources produced by the endless sand sea.


    In fact, the high-level officials of Hedong sub altar don''t know nothing about the private actions of huoyun sect.


    But they were also not angry with the exploitation of Yuefeng Zhenjun. They pretended to be deaf and dumb and allowed huoyun sect to act. Even, they will intentionally or unintentionally sell more resources to huoyun sect in various ways.


    After all, according to the order of Yuefeng Zhenjun, all the resources of the endless sand sea were sent to the mountain sub altar for sale, which did too much damage to the interests of Hedong sub altar.


    Taiyimen secretly contributed to this matter, which not only caused each other''s internal problems, but also reaped great benefits.


    All kinds of resources sold by huoyun sect to taiyimen territory. Apart from leaving part of taiyimen for their own use, most of them were sent to Dafeng City for sale, from which they made a lot of profits.


    Taiyimen has been secretly trying its best to maintain this smuggling route, not only for interests, but also for greater goals.


    After listening for a long time, Meng Zhang listened to Niu Dawei''s report, gave careful instructions, and then asked him to step down.


    Soon after Niu Dawei retired, the weak water god came to the door again.


    A man without foresight must have immediate worries.


    At present, Taiyi gate seems to have a vast territory and a lot of income. However, with more and more monks in the gate, especially those in the golden elixir period, it is inevitable to carry out a new round of expansion and obtain more resources.


    Naturally, taiyimen cannot expand in the direction of Jiuqu alliance. With a new master over the endless sand sea, it is also impossible to invade.


    The northernmost dead sand sea is desolate and has no vitality. Although it can produce some mineral resources, there are some special miraculous drugs. But ordinary human beings can''t survive there, let alone have no spiritual pulse, and the value is not high.


    At present, taiyimen has no plans to expand there on a large scale, except for arranging some monks to go to the dead sand sea to obtain resources.


    The only possible expansion direction of taiyimen is to the West and continue to expand towards the depths of the Gobi.


    Over the years, taiyimen has strengthened its surveillance of the depths of the Gobi. The weak water god will sneak in many times to investigate the specific situation there.


    Weak water god will bring Meng Zhang bad news.


    In the face of the invasion of the sea clan, the monsters in the Gobi of the evil wind retreated all the way and were about to lose their support.


    If these monsters can''t resist the attack of the sea clan, they will be completely defeated. Their only escape direction is the current territory of taiyimen.


    At that time, taiyimen will bear the brunt and will face the impact of a large wave of demon and beast armies. After that, if the sea clan continues to expand, taiyimen will directly face the strong enemy of the sea clan.


    Taiyimen has only ended the last war for more than 20 years. The elite in the lost gate have no time to replenish, and their vitality has not recovered. If we start a new war again, it is really not a good thing for taiyimen.


    At present, although the Taiyi gate has the protection of Jin Lizhen, Jin Lizhen is not the nanny of Taiyi gate, let alone the thug of Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen can''t count on Jin Lizhen to help solve every problem. If there is a big war, the main force of the battle is friar taiyimen.


    After listening to the report of the weak water god general, Meng Zhang didn''t have a good way. We can only order to strengthen the monitoring of the Gobi and respond at any time. At the same time, taiyimen should also begin to prepare for the next war.


    Meng Zhang returned to the door and dealt with a lot of affairs in the door before he began to practice again.


    This time, he began to try to absorb the essence of nine days.


    Compared with absorbing Reiki from the third-order spiritual pulse, the promotion brought by the essence of nine days to practitioners is all-round.


    Every time he refined the essence of the nine days, Meng Zhang would enter a special state, feeling that his whole body and mind had been sublimated and closer to the avenue.


    Absorbing and refining the essence of nine days is also a test for Jindan friars. Only the monks in the later stage of Jindan can successfully absorb and refine. The more powerful the monk is, the more benefits he will get from it.

 Chapter 596

    More than three months after Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo, Jin Lizhen returned from nine days.


    Jin Lizhen spent most of his time in the small world of Zijin sect.


    Later, in order to facilitate communication with the outside world, she built a small Taoist temple near the center of the dead sand sea.


    When she didn''t practice in isolation, she basically lived in this Taoist temple.


    Jin Lizhen doesn''t like to be disturbed. On weekdays, in addition to her disciple Jin Qiaoer, only Meng Zhang can take the initiative to visit.


    Of course, there must be a way to contact her in Jiuqu League.


    After Jin Lizhen''s return this time, she didn''t hurry to go to the small world to shut up, but directly returned to the Taoist temple.


    In more than a year, she will go to Jiuqu League to attend the ceremony. She was too lazy to toss around. She stayed in this Taoist temple all this time.


    It was rare to have a lot of free time. She sent a letter to disciple Jin Qiaoer to let Jin Qiaoer go and listen to her teaching.


    Meng Zhang has many contacts with Jin Qiaoer on weekdays. He heard from Jin Qiaoer that Jin Lizhen Jun returned from nine days. He followed Jin Qiaoer to visit Jin Lizhen Jun.


    At the center of the dead sand sea, not far from the battlefield between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit, is the Taoist temple where Jin Lizhen Jun resided.


    After so many years, the remnants of the war are still so striking. A trace of the remaining power of the avenue is still hovering not far away.


    With the supernatural power of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is easy to gather sand into a tower. She has established a very eye-catching Taoist temple on a hill.


    Although there is no spiritual pulse here, Jin Lizhen still exerts her magic power and arranges some simple prohibitions around.


    As long as she regularly injects Zhenyuan, the prohibition can run spontaneously. It can not only prevent unauthorized people from approaching, but also prevent the Taoist temple from being buried by wind and sand.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer came to the sand sea of death and smoothly entered the Taoist temple.


    Seeing Meng Zhang, Jin Lizhen asked a few questions about what happened on his way back.


    Meng Zhang simply dealt with a few words, and Jin Lizhen stopped asking. Anyway, Meng Zhang has stood here completely. There are probably no accidents on the way back.


    At this time, there was a lot of time. Jin Lizhen decided to give Jin Qiaoer a good guidance.


    Meng Zhang had the cheek to ask Jin Lizhen for some spiritual questions.


    As long as it is not involved in the secret of practice, Jin Lizhen will give a happy answer. If you encounter a question you really don''t want to answer, she will also give some broad suggestions.


    Standing high and looking far, Meng Zhang can benefit a lot from Jin Lizhen''s cultivation at this time and giving a few words at will.


    Meng Zhang is also interesting. He asks some common cultivation questions. He has absolutely no intention of prying into the cultivation secret of Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen''s main energy is still on instructing Jin Qiaoer to practice. For Meng Zhang, just a few words of advice.


    In a chat, Jin Li Zhen said freely that she had killed a cloud beast with the power of Jintan in the nine days, and got a bunch of thunder essence.


    Originally, she had a deep understanding of the Thunder Road, and she tamed the thunder force of the rage and turned the essence of the thunder into a Lei Dan.


    This thunder pill contains the power of terrible thunder. It plays a great role and can be used to refine magic tools.


    Jin Lizhen Jun himself doesn''t need this thunder pill, and Jin Qiaoer can''t use it for the time being. She is going to use this thunder pill to exchange some useful heaven and Earth Spirit things at Jiuqu League.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang moved in his heart and asked Jin Lizhen for this thunder pill.


    Of course, he didn''t want it for nothing, but was ready to exchange it with spirit stones or heaven and Earth Spirit objects.


    After Jin Qiaoer broke through the golden elixir period, he hasn''t refined his life magic weapon. Jin Lizhen has been prepared, but she still lacks a lot of spiritual materials.


    Now hearing Meng Zhang''s request, she threw leidan to Meng Zhang. However, he asked Meng Zhang to mobilize the power of taiyimen to collect these missing spiritual materials.


    Meng Zhang promised to go all out.


    After getting the list of spiritual materials from Jin Lizhen, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave.


    Back to baicaopo, he called the thunder god to him and handed him the thunder pill.


    At the sight of this thunder pill, the arrogant thunder god general showed a look of great longing.


    After getting leidan, he kept thanking Meng Zhang.


    In front of Meng Zhang, he carefully felt the power of thunder contained in leidan. Then, he told Meng Zhang that as long as he refined the thunder power contained in the thunder pill, he was expected to restore the strength of the golden pill period.


    The thunder god didn''t want to stay here for a moment. After explaining to Meng Zhang, he left in a hurry and went back to shut up.


    Then Meng Zhang called his eldest disciple Niu Dawei and gave him the list of spiritual materials. Let him mobilize the power of the whole taiyimen and try his best to collect the spiritual materials above. He must complete it in the shortest time.


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang has received the benefits of Jin Lizhen Jun in advance. Jin Lizhen Jun, who was handed over by Jin Lizhen Jun to Meng Zhang, is willing to protect Taiyi gate. In addition to thinking about his friendship in those years, doesn''t he just hope that Taiyi gate can work for her?


    Taiyi sect has made great progress in strength and momentum in recent years. It is not a weak one among Jindan sect. No matter who it is, we can no longer ignore taiyimen.


    After taiyimen joined Jiuqu League, its contact with Jiuqu League deepened, and its tentacles slowly extended to the interior of Jiuqu League, contacted more Xiuzhen forces and obtained more communication channels.


    As long as they are willing to spend enough money, it is no longer difficult for taiyimen to obtain some third-order spiritual objects and third-order spiritual materials.


    Although Meng Zhang believed in taiyimen''s current ability, he contacted his old friend jueying for insurance.


    If taiyimen''s channel can''t get these holy materials as soon as possible, please ask her to help collect them through the channel of Dark Alliance.


    After these things, Meng Zhang was able to calm down and practice.


    Jin Qiaoer began to refine his life magic weapon shortly after he finished his pill. Meng Zhang has been practicing to the later stage of the golden elixir, but he has not begun to prepare his life magic tools.


    Speaking of this, Meng Zhang''s vision is too high and too picky.


    The Friar''s life magic weapon is closely related to the friar himself, which needs the Friar''s painstaking care.


    If the life magic instrument is damaged or destroyed, the friars connected with their mind and spirit will also be severely damaged.


    Meng Zhang was very confident in his practice and felt that the golden elixir period was certainly not the end of his practice.


    This life magic tool is to grow all the way with yourself. If the material is too poor, your self-cultivation will be improved in the future. If you can''t keep up with the life magic tools of your cultivation, you will drag yourself back.


    In the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang, there is a method to refine the life magic tools. Depending on the materials used, the power and potential of this life magic weapon are also very different.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even care about the third-order spiritual materials. He thought that he had to use at least the fourth-order spiritual materials to refine his own life magic tools.


    The fourth level spiritual material is the material used by the yuan God Zhen Jun. now Taiyi gate has no ability to grab food from the yuan God Zhen Jun, and there is no other way to obtain the fourth level spiritual material.


    Meng Zhang''s refining of this life magic instrument was so delayed.


    From the formation of the golden elixir to now, they have been masters in the later stage of the golden elixir. They have not started refining their own life magic tools. Among the golden elixir friars, it is an unusual number.


    Seeing that Jin Qiaoer was about to start refining his life magic weapon, Meng Zhang wavered in his original idea.


    After all, the earlier you have this life magic weapon, the greater the improvement of combat effectiveness.


    There is still more than a year to go to Jiuqu league with Jin Lizhen. Meng Zhang put the matter down for the time being and was ready to wait until he came back.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang received another headache.


    Zheng Chao, the leader of the battle Hall of Taiyi sect, successfully tied the pill a few years ago. After obtaining the consent of the leader Meng Zhang, he passed the position of the leader of the battle hall to a disciple in the foundation period.


    As an elder himself, although he still had to supervise the affairs of the war hall, he didn''t have to deal with complicated daily affairs. He had more free time all of a sudden.


    The belligerent guy couldn''t sit still in the door. In the name of travel, he left a letter, left Taiyi gate and went to the depths of the Gobi to find his opponent to fight.


    The situation in the depths of the Gobi is so tense. Will Zheng Chao''s visit stimulate the warring sides and lead to new variables?


    Meng Zhang was going to recall Zheng Chao as the leader.


    But on second thought, although Zheng Chao is a bit aggressive, he is not a person who cares about the overall situation, let alone a reckless man without a brain.


    Meng Zhang has long conveyed the situation in the depths of the Gobi to the middle and high levels of the gate.


    Zheng Chao also insisted on going to the depths of the Gobi, and should have his own consideration.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang chose to believe that Zheng Chao would not do bad things and let him act freely.


    In fact, in recent years, the situation around taiyimen has been stable and long-term peace has been maintained.


    The Jindan friars in the gate don''t have to sit in the gate all the time. They have enough leisure to travel and experience in turn.


    Now, once taiyimen goes all out to do one thing, it can give full play to Meng Zhang''s amazing power.


    In less than half a year, there was no need to bother jueying. With the efforts of Taiyi gate, all kinds of spiritual materials needed by Jin Lizhen were collected.


    When Meng Zhang rushed to the Taoist temple and handed these spiritual materials to Jin Lizhen, she was very satisfied and praised Meng Zhang.


    While she was in a good mood, Meng Zhang had the cheek to ask for advice again and gained a lot.


    At this time, Qinglan Zhenjun also entrusted Dafeng City to deliver the letter and brought the latest news.


    All matters of the grand ceremony have been prepared. A grand ceremony will be held in Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, on March 15 next year. Jin Lizhen is welcome to join Jiuqu League.


    Jin Lizhen spent the rest of her time in the dead Shahai. In early January of the next year, she left early and went to Jiuqu city.


    Meng Zhang, as the head of Taiyi sect under the protection of Jin Lizhen, also set off with several middle and high-level leaders.

 Chapter 597

    Jiuqu League is in the north of Junchen world. Although Meng Zhang came to Jiuqu League many times and visited many places of Jiuqu League, they stayed in Dafeng City for some time and had in-depth exchanges with Lu family and Guyue family.


    Jiuqu League looks colorful, but there is also an undercurrent surging inside. Especially in recent years, the changes in the surrounding situation have made many people of insight worried about the situation of domestic and foreign aggression.


    Although the Lu family and the ancient moon family have their own backers, they still pay more and more attention to taiyimen as an ally, and deliberately make friends with Jin Lizhen.


    When Meng Zhang communicated with Gu yuehuai butterfly privately, Gu yuehuai butterfly was very frank and told him a lot of problems faced by Jiuqu League in recent years.


    The two most powerful sects in the Jiuqu League and the main controllers of the Jiuqu League, qingyuanzong and yujianmen, have become more and more discordant and various contradictions and disputes in recent years.


    In the past, Huang Lianjiao often played the role of the middleman between the two sects, coordinating the relationship between the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect, so as to prevent major conflicts between the two and endanger the whole Jiuqu League.


    However, after the leader of the Huanglian cult disappeared hundreds of years ago, the Huanglian cult has changed internally, its strength has fallen sharply, and its voice has fallen sharply. It is difficult to continue to play its original role.


    In addition to the yellow lotus sect, there are four seas chambers of Commerce within the Jiuqu League, which is also very strong. It can give qingyuanzong and yujianmen a high look.


    However, the top level of the chamber of commerce all over the world is a group of businessmen. It is inevitable that they have the habit of steering in the wind and being exquisite in all aspects. These guys lack responsibility and don''t want to offend the strong at all.


    When there is nothing to do on weekdays, they can also act as a lubricant in the league. Once there is a major conflict between qingyuanzong and yujianmen, they can''t expect it at all. They will only pretend to be deaf and dumb, only try to protect themselves, and neither side will offend.


    In addition, the strength levels of other forces in Jiuqu league are too far apart. As long as they are not involved, they are not willing to get involved in the struggle of the top level in the league.


    Because of the contradiction between the two giants of the league, qingyuanzong and yujianmen, many forces in the League began to stand in line.


    In addition, some figures with ulterior motives in the league have provoked discord, and the chaos within the Jiuqu League has become more and more obvious.


    Although due to the restraint of the top leaders of qingyuanzong and yujianmen, peace can be maintained in the league. But no one knows how long this restraint can last.


    Of course, although Jiuqu League has some internal problems, as a huge force that has lasted for more than 1000 years, it naturally has a set of mechanisms to temporarily suppress these problems.


    What really bothers the senior management of Jiuqu League is actually external problems.


    On the northern edge of the Middle Earth continent, the Dali Dynasty is rising rapidly.


    There are basically only a few forms of cultivation forces in the cultivation world, mainly families, sects or leagues.


    There are not many in the form of countries, but not many.


    Dali Dynasty is definitely an anomaly.


    It started from a mortal Dynasty and grew slowly. After subverting the Pope who controlled the mortal Dynasty, he directly fought against the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    According to the judgment of some Yuanshen Zhenjun, the emperors of Dali imperial dynasty may cultivate the emperor''s road, the command Road, or the way of overlord among the three thousand roads.


    The emperor is invincible. He has defeated many yuan Shen Zhenjun and killed countless strong men.


    His generals are powerful monks, and the commander is also a variety of Taoist soldiers.


    The imperial army of Dali Dynasty destroyed mountains and temples and captured many zongmen.


    It is said that the emperor of the Dali imperial dynasty wanted to establish the immortal Dynasty, make all the forces of truth worship and unify the whole world of truth.


    Perhaps, in the eyes of those holy places in the Middle Earth, these rumors are a joke. But the Xiuzhen sects around Dali Dynasty felt great pressure.


    The rulers of the Dali Dynasty were still a little self-conscious and did not rashly expand towards the center of the Middle Earth continent. Instead, it expanded to the North far away from the Middle Earth continent and occupied these corners first.


    It has only been more than a thousand years since the establishment of the imperial dynasty, and it has become a terrible behemoth.


    As pointed out by the military front of the Dali imperial dynasty, all Xiuzhen forces blocking the road either surrender voluntarily or are completely destroyed.


    In the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, the Xiuzhen world has a set of special rules.


    Dali Dynasty is the Supreme Master of the cultivation world. All Xiuzhen forces must submit to the Dali imperial court, be loyal to the Dali imperial court and obey the instructions of the government.


    This kind of truth cultivation force is the famous and decent school recognized by Dali imperial court, and can survive in Dali imperial court.


    Those who dare to disobey the Dali imperial dynasty are all evil and evil, and everyone can kill them.


    Between Dali Dynasty and Jiuqu League, there were hengjue mountains.


    Hengjue mountain range and Daheng mountain range in the West are two giant mountains in the north of Jun dust world.


    Around the hengjue mountains, there are also many forces of truth cultivation. Among them, the three most powerful sects form a loose alliance, called the three sects alliance.


    The relationship between the three factions alliance and the Jiuqu alliance has always been good, and they are very enthusiastic about all kinds of affairs in the cultivation world.


    After the foreign barbarians invaded Yuantu prairie and defeated the local Xiuzhen forces, the three factions alliance also sent a team of Xiuzhen to Yuantu prairie to assist Jiuqu alliance against the barbarian army.


    Dali Dynasty continued to expand to the north, and hengjue mountain blocked the road of expansion. Naturally, the alliance of the three factions has also become the next goal of Dali Dynasty.


    The alliance of the three sects is powerful. There is a yuan God Zhenjun in every sect. Of course, he will not submit to the Dali Dynasty.


    Since about a hundred years ago, the alliance of the three factions has been involved in a struggle with the Dali Dynasty.


    Faced with a strong enemy, the three factions alliance needed to concentrate all its forces. Naturally, it recalled the monks sent to Yuantu prairie to fight against the barbarians, leaving Jiuqu alliance and local Xiuzhen forces to fight against the barbarians.


    Even if the three factions alliance went all out and took out all the cards, it still couldn''t resist the soldiers from the imperial dynasty.


    After losing several key battles, the three faction alliance lost its initiative on the battlefield, retreated one after another, and was completely in a passive state.


    The senior level of the three faction alliance knows that if there is no external intervention, the three faction alliance will fail completely sooner or later.


    Therefore, the three faction alliance sent envoys to Jiuqu alliance.


    First, it is hoped that Jiuqu alliance can pull the three factions alliance based on the friendship between the two sides for many years.


    Second, Chen said that he was interested in instilling a sense of cold lips and teeth into the senior management of the Jiuqu League, and asked them to take the initiative to suppress the Dali Dynasty.


    Faced with the envoys of the three factions alliance, two different opinions soon emerged within the Jiuqu alliance.


    One view is that after the Dali Dynasty destroyed the three faction alliance, the next goal must be the Jiuqu alliance.


    The jade sword gate of zongmen, which is composed of sword repair, adheres to the spirit of sword repair and attack, advocates preemption, and launches an attack on Dali imperial court before Dali imperial court starts to attack Jiuqu alliance.


    Another view is that Dali Dynasty has not shown hostility to Jiuqu League so far.


    It''s too much fun for Jiuqu League to take the initiative to provoke such a behemoth as Dali imperial dynasty just because of some unreliable speculation.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Dali Dynasty intends to continue to expand to the north. However, Dali Dynasty expanded too fast and had many problems. After defeating the three faction alliance, we must recuperate and slowly consolidate the internal.


    Jiuqu alliance still has enough time to think about countermeasures slowly. It doesn''t have to go to war with Dali imperial dynasty now.


    In addition, because the three factions alliance withdrew the ranks of monks, the Jiuqu alliance had to face the great enemy of foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie.


    Even if the Jiuqu alliance really wants to go to war with the Dali Dynasty, it should give priority to solving the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie and try to avoid two-line warfare.


    For Jiuqu League, it is an urgent problem to be close to the late Yuantu prairie.


    The latter opinion is supported by the most powerful Qing Yuanzong in Jiuqu League.


    Qingyuanzong and yujianmen are the two leaders in Jiuqu League.


    The differences this time are the epitome of their opposition for hundreds of years and the struggle for ideas.


    Jin Lizhen was invited by Qing Lanzhen to join Jiuqu League, and her head was naturally branded with the brand of Qing Yuanzong.


    Taiyi gate, as a sect under the protection of King Jin Lizhen, will be involved in the disputes within Jiuqu League sooner or later, whether willing or not.


    All those who have a little vision in Jiuqu League have a premonition that great change is imminent.


    Therefore, Dafeng City with strong strength and deep background will take the initiative to catch up with Jin Lizhen.


    No matter what changes take place in Jiuqu alliance, there will be no mistake in trying to enhance our own strength.


    In fact, although Qing Yuanzong opposed going to war with Dali Dynasty, he was also trying to enhance his strength.


    Qinglan Zhenjun so warmly invited Jin Lizhen to join Jiuqu League, which is also related to this.


    There are no more than twenty Yuanshen Zhenjun in the whole Jiuqu League. It is of great significance to have one more true monarch.


    If Gu yuehuai die doesn''t tell Meng Zhang about these inside information, he may still be in the dark.


    Of course, when he really arrives at Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, and stays for a period of time, Meng Zhang will know these secrets sooner or later.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly told him in advance that in addition to showing kindness, it also meant to make him vigilant.


    After all, in the eyes of outsiders, taiyimen and Dafeng City are already passers-by.


    If Meng Zhang is involved in any disputes and taboos because of ignorance, Dafeng City will inevitably be implicated.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the situation within Jiuqu League would be so complex. I don''t know whether it''s a disaster or a blessing to join Jiuqu league with Jin Lizhen this time.


    Meng Zhang accompanied the people with Taiyi gate and accompanied Jin Lizhen to Dafeng City for a long time.


    Jin Qiaoer, who was taken by Jin Lizhen this time, rarely came to such a prosperous place as Dafeng City. Naturally, she should have a good time.


    Speaking of it, many years ago, when Jin Qiaoer was a little friar of gas refining, she encountered very unpleasant things in gale city.


    Up to now, not to mention her master Jin Lizhen Jun, but only her identity as a Jindan, she dare not walk sideways in Dafeng City. At least no one dare to provoke her.


    This time I went to Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, to attend the ceremony. The Lu family and the ancient moon family attached great importance to it.


    The two families each took out a giant cloud boat for travel.


    The giant cloud boat looks like a hill in the distance. It is huge and has a wide space inside.


    Such cloud boats are not easy to refine and are rarely sold on the market.


    Among the Jiuqu League, there are not many sects who have the ability to refine giant cloud boats. Materials are hard to find, and the refining process takes a long time. It may take hundreds of years to refine successfully.


    These two giant cloud boats alone are enough to show the details of the two families.


    In contrast, although taiyimen sent third-order flying boats this time, they are inferior goods among third-order flying boats.


    The flying boat of Taiyi gate flew behind two giant cloud boats, just like a small attendant.


    After leaving Dafeng City, people didn''t rush to Jiuqu City, but walked and stopped. They spent a lot of time traveling all the way.


    After knowing the latest situation of Jiuqu League, neither Jin Lizhen nor Meng Zhang wanted to arrive at Jiuqu city too early for fear of being involved in the internal disputes of Jiuqu League.


    Although Jin Lizhen Jun was invited by Qing Lanzhen Jun to join Jiuqu League, she may not hang from the tree of Qing Lanzhen Jun.

 Chapter 598

    With Jin Lizhen''s strength, some forces want to win her over. She can sell for the best interests.


    Although it''s a little unkind to do so, I''m more sorry for Qinglan Zhenjun who once helped her out. However, in the cultivation world, such behavior is the norm.


    No matter how high the cultivator''s accomplishments are, if he wants to live long, he must learn to weigh the pros and cons and steer according to the wind.


    Of course, no matter how long the road is, there is a time to finish it.


    Even if the road was deliberately delayed, they still came to Jiuqu city in early March.


    Standing at the head of the flying boat and looking at the Jiuqu city in front, after the people settled down, gale city also arranged a lot of activities.


    Gale city is going to invite some guests, hold some parties and so on, and take the opportunity to invite Jin Lizhen.


    In this way, outsiders can see that Dafeng City has won the friendship of a yuan God Zhenjun.


    However, Qinglan Zhenjun has been telling his men to pay attention to the movement of this residence in Dafeng City at any time. Soon after jinlizhen Jun arrived, he received the news.


    Although Qing Lanzhen didn''t invite him personally, he sent his trusted disciples to invite Jin Lizhen to the residence of Qing Yuanzong.


    No matter what plan Jin Lizhen has in mind, she will not refuse Qinglan Zhenjun''s invitation. She happily promised to come down, greeted all the people in Dafeng City, and went to qingyuanzong''s residence with the people.


    Qing Lanzhen didn''t pay enough attention to taiyimen. Maybe in his eyes, taiyimen is just a vassal of Jin Lizhen, and there is no independence at all.


    It''s not a bad thing to be looked down upon by Qing Lanzhen. Everyone in Taiyi gate has free time to move freely.


    Taiyi sect followed the leader Meng Zhang to Jiuqu city this time. There are a lot of friars.


    The Gobi has been peaceful for a long time, and the surrounding situation is not as tense as before. The high-ranking friars in the door left temporarily, which had little impact.


    In addition to Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan, Meng Zhang also brought a group of low-level friars.


    Before departure, taiyimen also spent a lot of money to buy a third-order flying boat from Qiqiao Zong. In addition to carrying people, the flying boat also carries a lot of spiritual materials.


    This time, Meng Zhang came to attend Jin Lizhen''s ceremony. They didn''t come to see the excitement. There are still a lot of serious things to do.


    Jiuqu city is so prosperous that it''s rare to come here once. Of course, I can''t help taking the opportunity to do some business.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect too many outsiders like taiyimen to make a big situation in Jiuqu city. In his plan, it would be nice to sell a shop as a stronghold of Taiyi gate.


    Many people came to Taiyi gate. The ancient moon family arranged them in an independent courtyard.


    In addition, the ancient moon Huai butterfly also arranged people familiar with the situation of Jiuqu city as their guide.


    As early as more than a year ago, qingyuanzong took the initiative to spread the wind that the grand ceremony would be held, and invited all forces to come to watch the ceremony.


    Friars who are qualified to participate in the grand ceremony of the yuan God Zhenjun are either upper class figures in various forces or scattered practitioners with strong cultivation.


    These friars are scattered all over the world and are far away. They may not have the opportunity to get together at any time.


    Jiuqu city was originally a very prosperous city. This time, many foreign friars gathered, including many high-level friars.


    Businesses in Dafeng City seized this rare opportunity and held many business activities.


    In particular, the four seas chamber of Commerce, the leading chamber of Commerce in the Jiuqu League, has prepared many activities, such as high-level auctions.


    Those friars from all over the world held countless private fairs under the help of some people.


    Taiyimen, a secluded place in the Gobi, certainly won''t miss such an opportunity.


    When sending a letter to Jin Lizhen Jun in Dafeng City to tell her about the grand ceremony, Gu yuehuai butterfly also reminded Meng Zhang that there would be a grand Trading event here.


    Meng Zhang asked the door to prepare a large number of spirit stones in advance for shopping here. In order to participate in those barter fairs, the flying boat is also filled with many holy materials, many of which are special holy materials unique to the Gobi and endless sand sea.


    Soon after settling down, Meng Zhang and other friars of taiyimen left the manor of Dafeng City and went to Jiuqu city.

 Chapter 599

    People of the Taiyi sect didn''t know much about Jiuqu City, so they didn''t refuse the kindness of the ancient moon family and called the arranged guide very calmly.


    The guide sent by the ancient moon family was very qualified. He didn''t ask about the private affairs of the friar taiyimen, let alone talk. He just did his own job and led the way honestly. When friar taiyimen asks, they always give satisfactory answers.


    It''s still more than ten days from the ceremony. It''s still a long time. Friar taiyimen wandered around the city for a long time and participated in trade fairs. Almost none of the high-standard auctions held by four seas firms fell.


    Taiyi gate is now a member of Jiuqu League. Friars of Taiyi gate are often accompanied by friars of Dafeng City, not to mention Jin Lizhen on the head of Taiyi gate.


    Now taiyimen is treated well within Jiuqu League.


    Many places that are not open to the outside world are open to friars taiyimen. Friar taiyimen began to master new trading channels. In every transaction, friar taiyimen gained a lot.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to auction a precious spirit object - jinzhongyu at an auction held by a four seas firm.


    This spirit object is helpful to restore the cultivation of Jijian God. Taiyimen spent a lot of effort searching before and found nothing.


    Jiuqu city is indeed a big city with abundant materials.


    There was no story of dog blood at the auction.


    Meng Zhang took out a lot of spirit stones to hit people. Without much effort, he forced several competitors back.


    Jinzhong jade is a relatively unpopular spirit object. Although it has a high level, it can be used in few places. Some of the more unorthodox uses are less known in the cultivation world.


    The extremely sword God has long given the list of spirit objects needed, and Jin Zhongyu is still at the forefront of the list.


    With the introduction of Gu yuehuai butterfly, Meng Zhang and other taiyimen friars also gained a lot at some private fairs.


    Meng Zhang, as a golden elixir immortal, is also the leader of a sect. At least he has some identity. He is very popular at these fairs with a lot of money.


    Jin Lizhen Jun went to Qinglan Zhenjun''s appointment alone. Jin Qiaoer followed Meng Zhang and wandered in Jiuqu city. In addition to attending many trade fairs, she also took the opportunity to have a good time.


    The skillful hand sect has obtained the place of falling dust hill as the new residence of the sect.


    In recent years, following closely behind the Taiyi gate, the skillful gate has gained a lot of benefits, and the income in the gate has increased greatly. If you want to support a Jindan immortal, you can afford to bite your teeth.


    Jin Qiaoer was familiar with the situation in the sect, so she didn''t suck blood from the sect. She only accepted a small part of the offerings in the door. The main source of income was to obtain it by herself and the reward from Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen is very fond of her only disciple. Especially after Jin Qiaoer married Dan, she was the heir of Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is very generous to Jin Qiaoer and is willing to invest resources in her.


    Jin Qiaoer lived a very rich life. In addition to meeting his cultivation needs, he also had spare efforts to take care of the younger generation in the skillful sect.


    It''s rare to come to Jiuqu city this time. Jin Qiaoer also opened her hands and feet, went shopping wantonly, and kept buying all the way.


    When Meng Zhang was busy participating in the transaction, Jin Lizhen was taken to the residence of qingyuanzong and talked with Qinglan Zhenjun for a long time.


    The last time Qinglan Zhenjun went to the endless sand sea to adjust the gratitude and resentment of the three yuan gods Zhenjun, Jin Lizhen expressed her willingness to join Jiuqu League.


    As Qinglan Zhenjun, he accepted Jin Lizhen, who is naturally a member of Jiuqu League.


    However, many details have not been discussed in detail by both sides.


    The Jiuqu League is also divided into factions. Even the Qing Yuan sect is divided into factions.


    Since Qing Lanzhen took the initiative to recruit Jin Lizhen, he certainly hopes that Jin Lizhen can become a member of this faction.


    Now Jin Lizhen has come to Jiuqu League, and her joining Jiuqu League should not be repeated. Qinglan Zhenjun can also rest assured and boldly communicate with her and discuss many details.


    I don''t know whether it is the reason why Jiuqu League urgently needs to enhance its top combat power, or whether Qinglan Zhenjun wants to strengthen the strength of his faction. He is very eager to win over Jin Lizhen, and he hardly hides it.


    Originally, Jin Lizhen had some thoughts to sell, but other forces didn''t come to the door. Qing Lanzhen was so sincere. Her psychological balance naturally tilts towards Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Qinglan Zhenjun is very clear about the mind of scattered cultivation, or this is a common problem of most practitioners in the cultivation world. He generously offered generous terms to win over Jin Lizhen.


    Although Jin Lizhen Jun was very excited, she still didn''t say yes, but delayed politely.


    Although Qinglan Zhenjun was eager, he still maintained the demeanor of a big sect friar, and didn''t force jinlizhen Jun to agree immediately.


    The atmosphere between them was harmonious and the conversation was very pleasant.


    Qinglan Zhenjun didn''t continue to pester the topic just now, but told Jin Lizhen the details of the ceremony and explained her various precautions.


    After Jin Lizhen left qingyuanzong''s residence, she also had a good time in Jiuqu city in the next few days.


    During this period of time, Jin Lizhen imagined that the scene of various forces competing to win over themselves did not appear.


    In particular, the jade sword sect, which recently competed with the Qing Yuan sect, simply turned a blind eye to Jin Lizhen and didn''t even have formal greetings.


    Jin Lizhen, as the new Yuanshen Zhenjun in the alliance, as one of the two giants of Jiuqu alliance, should send someone to the door and give a courtesy greeting.


    But the jade sword gate is such a indifferent attitude, but Jin Lizhen is a little surprised.


    After several days of consideration and repeated weighing, Jin Lizhen also discussed with Meng Zhang and listened to the opinions of taiyimen.


    Finally, before the ceremony, Jin Lizhen accepted Qinglan Zhenjun''s solicitation and became a member of Qinglan Zhenjun''s faction.


    Qinglan Zhenjun needs Jin Lizhen''s fighting power, and the helpless Jin Lizhen also needs a backer. Qinglan Zhenjun gave favorable conditions, and the two naturally hit it off.


    They both got what they needed and achieved their goals.


    During this time, Meng Zhang received an unexpected invitation in addition to attending various trading venues.


    This invitation comes from the saint of Huanglian sect. She asked people from the Guyue family to send a message to meet Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect in private.


    Due to the guarantee of the ancient moon family, and this is Jiuqu City, the other party should have no conspiracy, so Meng Zhang happily agreed to the invitation and agreed to the meeting.

 Chapter 600

    There was a big war between Taiyi gate and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, and Yue Fengzhen Jun, the mountain sub altar of Huanglian sect, almost destroyed Taiyi gate. Taiyimen spent great efforts to inquire about all kinds of information about Huanglian sect.


    Especially after taiyimen and Dafeng City became close allies, Dafeng City, the leader of the Jiuqu alliance, gave taiyimen a lot of help in this regard.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang is very concerned about all kinds of information about Huanglian sect. It can be said that he is familiar with it.


    Huanglian sect was originally the top Yuanshen sect in Jiuqu League. In fact, it can almost rank among the top three in Jiuqu League. Apart from the two giants of qingyuanzong and yujianmen, only the four seas chamber of commerce can compete with Huanglian sect.


    Of course, the four seas chamber of commerce is run by businessmen and pays attention to harmony to make money. Therefore, the strength of the four seas chambers of Commerce may not be weaker than that of the Huanglian sect, but in many places, they will deliberately give way and will not engage in meaningless disputes.


    Such a powerful Huanglian cult, however, had undergone a great change almost 700 years ago.


    As the leader of Huanglian sect, which has several strong players in Jiuqu League, suddenly disappeared mysteriously.


    After his disappearance, the headless Huanglian sect, under the intervention of external forces, internal ambitious people became independent one after another.


    Before long, although the Huanglian cult was still one in name, it was in fact divided.


    The general altar competes with each sub altar. The general altar cannot command each sub altar at all, and each sub altar only wants to dig the corner of the general altar and cut meat from the general altar.


    And among the sub altars, there is even more momentum. There is no peaceful coexistence at all, but there is no war.


    At the beginning of the split trend of Huanglian sect, Zhenjun, the original God, was still in charge of the general altar of Huanglian sect.


    If the Yuanshen Zhenjun forces his hand, he can subdue all those who refuse to obey.


    But the Yuanshen Zhenjun was seriously injured in an expedition and had to hide in the general altar all year round to heal.


    When he recovered from his injury, the split situation of the Huanglian sect had become a serious problem.


    Even if he wants to make a forcible move by virtue of cultivation, those forces who do not want to see the reunification of Huanglian sect will not sit idly by.


    In desperation, the general altar of Huanglian cult only accepted the current situation.


    In the following hundreds of years, the general altar did not want to integrate the power of the whole Huanglian sect. However, whenever the general forum makes all its moves, it will be obstructed by various forces inside and outside, and eventually return in vain.


    If that''s all, it''s nothing. No matter how fierce those sub forums were, they could not shake the general forum. At most, in terms of the general altar, when these sub altars do not exist, they accept the fact that the power of Huanglian sect has been reduced by more than half.


    However, after the true king of Yuefeng, who divided the altar in the mountains, became the yuan God, the situation became different.


    Yue Fengzhen Jun is young, promising and profound. He is very popular among the Huanglian sect.


    He first took charge of the mountain sub altar, and then controlled the Hedong sub altar. The rise of subordinates has posed a great threat to the general forum.


    And Yuefeng Zhenjun is not satisfied with the status quo. He needs to go further.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s ambition is undisguised. He wants to make the general altar and all sub altars of Huanglian sect submit to him. He wants to reunify the whole Huanglian sect.


    In this case, in the eyes of the general altar of Huanglian cult, Yue Fengzhen Jun may have become the most dangerous enemy.


    After Meng Zhang got the information, he thought about whether he could contact the general altar of Huanglian cult and fight with Yue Fengzhen.


    However, after discussing with the middle and senior management of the door, Meng Zhang still gave up the idea.


    First, the situation between the two sides has generally maintained a stable situation. If Meng Zhang does so, he is likely to be regarded as an active provocation by Yue Fengzhen.


    In the face of Yue Fengzhen, taiyimen doesn''t have much resistance. It all depends on Jin Lizhen''s protection. For some reason, he added trouble to Jin Lizhen. People may not be happy.


    Second, Meng Zhang did not trust the general altar of Huanglian cult enough.


    There is no more discord within the Huanglian sect. After all, they are one family and go out of the same door. If there is any collusion between them and set a trap for taiyimen, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Now we have come to Jiuqu city. The saint of Huanglian cult altar has taken the initiative to meet Meng Zhang.


    As a middleman, Gu yuehuai butterfly also told Meng Zhang the truth.


    There was a certain contact between the ancient moon Huai butterfly and the holy women of the yellow lotus sect in their early years.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun monopolized the output of endless sand sea, which greatly affected the interests of Dafeng City. Dafeng City naturally thought of many countermeasures.


    Dafeng City will not let go of the obvious contradiction between the general altar and the sub altar of Huanglian cult.


    Although gale city will not take the initiative to oppose Yue Feng Zhenjun, it is still no problem to secretly do some promotion and liaison work.


    The ancient moon family has long had contact with the general altar of Huanglian cult, and reached some tacit understanding with the principal, and the two sides have achieved some mutual trust.


    The meeting between Meng Zhang and the holy women of Huanglian sect played a great role in promoting the ancient moon family.


    When the two sides meet in Jiuqu City, they can rest assured and ensure everyone''s safety.


    On the issue of fighting against Yuefeng Zhenjun, Dafeng City and Guyue family can be trusted.


    On the scheduled day, Meng Zhang sneaked into the meeting place alone.


    The meeting place was also carefully arranged by the ancient moon family.


    A small and exquisite courtyard is located at the end of a remote alley.


    Go out from the other end of the alley and turn to a few big circles, which is the headquarters of Jiuqu League.


    The courtyard is not too far from the headquarters of Jiuqu League. All nearby areas are the focus of inspection by the friars of Jiuqu League Headquarters.


    When we meet in this place, once there is a big noise, we will soon attract patrolling friars.


    Meng Zhang left half an hour earlier. When he got to the place, he thought he would wait for some time.


    But unexpectedly, as soon as he entered the courtyard, a graceful and graceful female nun was quietly neutral in the courtyard.


    The nun''s face was covered with a veil, which covered almost the whole face, but showed a pair of smart big eyes.


    Behind the waterfall, the green silk fell straight, which added a bit of immortality to her.


    The ancient moon family arranged a meeting for Meng Zhang and the holy women of Huanglian sect, but their monks would not show up.


    It''s called prudence at best, but it''s timid at worst.


    Without being introduced, they recognized each other as soon as they met.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has a good reputation and many people know him. Looks and looks have long spread.


    The holy women of Huanglian sect have a unique temperament that others can''t imitate at all.


    Although Meng Zhang had never seen each other before, he confirmed each other''s identity as soon as he saw each other in combination with Gu Yue''s description of huaidie.


    More importantly, they both recognized the ability of the ancient moon family and believed that there would be no mistakes. There will only be two people here.

 Chapter 601

    After the meeting, Meng Zhang first the etiquette of meeting his peers.


    "I''ve seen the saint."


    Before coming here, Gu yuehuai butterfly introduced the holy woman of Huanglian cult to Meng Zhang.


    Huanglian sect has held the post of Saint in all dynasties, and the most outstanding female disciple of the sect holds the post.


    Saints have a high position in Huanglian religion and have a special inheritance and status. Except for the leader of Huanglian sect, he hardly had to obey the orders of others.


    The saints of Huanglian sect in all dynasties are mysterious and secretive, and rarely appear in the outside world.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and the saints of the Huang Lianjiao generation had a friendship because of a coincidence in those years.


    According to Gu yuehuai butterfly, the saints of the generation of Huanglian sect have profound cultivation, smart wrist, accurate judgment, different style of behavior and often unexpected actions.


    Meng Zhang saw the of the saint, but no matter how hard he tried, he couldn''t see through the cultivation of the woman opposite.


    Meng Zhang can only be sure that the other party is definitely not a Yuanshen friar, but mostly a Jindan friar.


    The ancient moon family has strong intelligence ability and knows many unknown secrets in the cultivation world.


    It is said that there is a secret treasure handed down by the ancestors of Huanglian Sect on the saint of Huanglian sect. The secret treasure is in hand. Even if it is against the supreme god Zhenjun, it can also have the power to escape.


    His accomplishments were unfathomable and he had a secret treasure in his hand. Meng Zhang couldn''t help looking at each other.


    Otherwise, he won''t salute. In the cultivation world, there is no atmosphere of respecting women.


    "Headmaster Meng is polite. I think it''s only the little girl who has seen headmaster Meng." the saint saluted Meng Zhang back.


    After that, the saint looked at Meng Zhang and said nothing, so she fell into silence.


    I don''t know whether the other party is not good at talking, or disdains red tape and is too lazy to communicate. Meng Zhang also didn''t speak and guessed in his heart.


    Although he knew that most of them could not detect the inner thoughts of the other party, Meng Zhang still couldn''t help but habitually use his spiritual talent and magic power to try to explore the other party.


    However, shortly after Meng Zhang''s action, the saint looked at Meng Zhang with deep meaning.


    Although he was calm on the surface, Meng Zhang was still a little guilty.


    At this time, the saint spoke.


    "In the cultivation world, there are many secrets that can spy on people''s hearts. However, the magic power of leader Meng is still very rare. If the little woman guesses correctly, this is his heart skill in the legend."


    It was one or two hundred years ago that Meng Zhang obtained this talent from the place of trial. At that time, he was a little alchemist.


    Over the years, he has performed this magic power countless times. Although I dare not say that I will go all the way, I have never been seen through.


    Now he is shouted through by the other party face to face. Meng Zhang is a little Hao Ran, but also a little surprised at the other party''s ability.


    After the saint ordered, she didn''t say anything more.


    Meng Zhang wanted to explain a few words, but he finally gave up to avoid asking for trouble.


    "Many people who don''t know the truth may regard leader Meng and Taiyi as the vassal of Jin Lizhen and despise leader Meng."


    "The little woman has carefully studied the experience of leader Meng and read many deeds of leader Meng. Leader Meng is an extraordinary person and will not be subordinate to others forever."


    "The little woman can make a bold guess. In the end, it may not be Jin Lizhen who can beat Yue Fengzhen. On the contrary, it is likely to be leader Meng."


    The saint was silent for a while. She didn''t know why she put on a high hat for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether the other party is really optimistic about himself or intends to support and kill himself.


    Even if Meng Zhang had more confidence in himself, he did not dare to say that he could surpass a true monarch of the yuan God at this time.


    Meng Zhang had to be modest, but he didn''t know how to speak.


    The saint became more talkative this time.


    "You and I are not the kind of people who like hypocrisy and politeness. It''s better to get straight to the point."


    "Over the years, my position within the Huanglian sect has become worse and worse, and I have lost control of many things."


    The saint unconsciously changed her self proclaimed childhood woman into this seat. Obviously, she is no longer polite and straightforward.


    "Martial uncle, he is an old man. He has been in bad condition since he was seriously injured that year, even though he recovered later."


    "Martial uncle, although he didn''t say it clearly, many people in the door know that martial uncle Shou yuan is not much."


    "Without martial uncle, the only true monarch of the yuan God, the general altar will be at an absolute disadvantage when facing the true monarch of Yue Feng."


    "Although I still have some cards handed down by my ancestors, I can barely protect myself at most. I really can''t continue to fight him."


    "When Yuefeng Zhenjun integrates all the sub forums, the next goal is the general forum."


    "Many people in the general forum have seen this clearly. They think the best choice is to stop the confrontation and let Yue Fengzhen enter the general forum."


    "In this way, Yuefeng Zhenjun will be able to integrate the strength of the whole Huanglian sect, and perhaps restore the former glory of Huanglian sect."


    "Someone even suggested that we marry Yue Fengzhen, so that there will be no estrangement within the Huanglian sect and return to one again."


    The saint calmly described the situation of Huanglian cult and her own situation. Even when it came to her marriage, her tone did not fluctuate at all.


    "Yue Fengzhen can become the new leader of Huanglian sect, and Huanglian sect can be reunified. It seems that everyone is happy, but this seat is unwilling to accept it."


    "As long as we stay here for one day, Yue Feng will never want to be the leader of the yellow lotus sect."


    At this point, the saint''s tone finally changed a little and became sonorous and powerful. Even Zhenjun didn''t want to call him.


    From the saint''s simple words, Meng Zhang felt her firm will and determination to fight against Yue Fengzhen.


    He didn''t care about the grudges between them. He didn''t know why the saint was so hostile to Yue Fengzhen. He just needs to know whether the saint can help in the face of Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not believe the holy woman of Huanglian cult so easily. He didn''t mind cooperating with each other when he was on guard.


    Since the saint seems honest, Meng Zhang will not miss this opportunity.


    Meng Zhang knew for a long time that it was absolutely impossible to turn an enemy into a friend between taiyimen and Yuefeng Zhenjun. Sooner or later, the two sides will meet again.


    Meng Zhang will not let go of Yue Fengzhen, whether it is the hatred of the disciples who died in the war or the conflict of interests.

 Chapter 602

    The holy women of Huanglian sect are very sincere, and Meng Zhang has a certain sense of caution, but this does not affect the cooperation between the two.


    They talked in secret for a long time and reached some agreements. Agreed on how to cooperate in the future and how to fight against Yue Fengzhen Jun together.


    On some key issues, both of them made a demonic oath to prevent each other from betraying.


    Although there must be a way to avoid the heart demon oath in the cultivation world, it has to pay a certain price.


    After the two made the heart devil oath, at least the other party can''t easily break the promise.


    After the talk, Meng Zhang didn''t stay here more and took the initiative to leave.


    When he came to the door, Gu yuehuai butterfly was standing quietly by the door of the courtyard. Meng Zhang and she nodded to each other, and then left the courtyard.


    In the next few days, nothing else important happened.


    On March 15, qingyuanzong held a grand ceremony for Jin Lizhen Jun in the center of Jiuqu city and the residence of the elders'' Association of Jiuqu League.


    The ceremony was very lively and many visitors. Most of the leading figures in the Jiuqu League were present.


    Even if the monks of all parties do not give Jin Lizhen face, they can''t help holding the field of qingyuanzong.


    More than ten people attended the ceremony.


    Like Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun, Yuanshen Zhenjun, who had a grudge against Jinli Zhenjun, also attended the ceremony in a big way.


    There are countless other golden elixir immortal, the leader of the school.


    The daily affairs of qingyuanzong are supervised by the leader Yuan Yi. He also arranged the ceremony from beginning to end.


    Qingyuanzong came to three supreme elders, Qinglan Zhenjun, Qingfeng Zhenjun and Qinglang Zhenjun, which can be said to have given jinlizhen face.


    Meng Zhang took all the people of Taiyi gate and stood with the friars of Dafeng City to attend the ceremony.


    Shortly after the ceremony began, a sharp eyed friar found a big problem.


    Yujianmen, another giant of Jiuqu League, did not send anyone to attend the ceremony.


    Don''t say it''s the leader yujianzhenjun. Even the middle and low-level disciples didn''t appear.


    Some clever monks have begun to feel something wrong.


    Although there are occasional disagreements between the two giants, yujianmen and qingyuanzong, they both know the bottom line and have been fighting without breaking.


    The top leaders of the two major departments know that in consideration of the overall situation, at least in terms of face, they still need to maintain the unity of the Jiuqu alliance.


    Although during this period, yujianmen and qingyuanzong had serious differences on whether to go to war with the Dali Dynasty. However, the jade sword sect made such a move, but it didn''t leave any face to the Qing Yuan Zong, except that it didn''t publicly tear its face.


    As the ceremony went on, more and more monks noticed this problem.


    Many monks who cared about the overall situation of Jiuqu League were worried and began to feel uneasy.


    And some ambitious people with different aspirations are even more surprised.


    Yue Fengzhen Jun had noticed that the friar of yujianmen didn''t appear. Seeing the slightly gloomy face of his old opponent Jin Lizhen Jun, he smiled without scruples.


    The absence of the friar of yujianmen not only made the friar of qingyuanzong unhappy, but also made Jin Lizhen a little dissatisfied.


    Immortal Yuan Yi, the leader of qingyuanzong, burst into hearty laughter.


    "These sword repairmen, like children, are angry with us. What can we say about them?"


    "Jian Xiu is such a bad temper that he doesn''t enter the oil and salt. If he doesn''t like a little thing, he has to show his face."


    Qinglan Zhenjun answered with a smile, an adult expression that was made sad and laughing by his own child.


    The atmosphere immediately became much more relaxed when the two qingyuanzong friars interrupted. The monks whispering below all shut up one after another.


    The senior level of qingyuanzong didn''t seem to be affected by this episode. What to do or what to do, everything was held as usual.


    On such occasions, Meng Zhang couldn''t say anything, but secretly remembered in his heart that he made more precautions against the uncertain relationship between the jade sword gate and the Qing Yuan sect.


    Meng Zhang first made pills on the territory of Yujian gate, and later visited the Jindan friar of Yujian gate.


    Although he deliberately made friends and tried to curry favor, he failed to establish friendship with yujianmen.


    However, in his impression, the friar of the jade sword sect he had contacted was not as high as he thought, nor was he as domineering as the common sword sect.


    The jade sword sect came out quietly today. What''s the idea?


    Not to mention Meng Zhang''s doubts, after a lot of procedures, the front part of the grand ceremony was completed.


    A Taoist sect like qingyuanzong pays attention to the style of Taoism everywhere. In fact, it pays too much attention to red tape and form.


    Next, Jin Lizhen, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun, showed everyone his magic powers and opened the forum to speak.


    Jin Lizhen was not afraid of the scene, but her understatement showed the power of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    At the opening of the forum, although they talked about something big and mysterious, they just talked about gold lotus and hype, and looked like a man of truth.


    After Jin Lizhen''s Dharma meeting, the grand ceremony came to an end, and it was time for everyone to move freely.


    Qinglan Zhenjun took Jin Lizhen Jun and introduced her to other Yuanshen Zhenjun in Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang, along with friars from Dafeng City, met friars from all walks of life in Jiuqu League.


    It took most of the day for the ceremony to be over.


    After that, until the evening, many monks called friends and socialized everywhere.


    In the days after the ceremony, Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang were busy communicating.


    Whether it is the new Yuanshen Zhenjun or the powerful taiyimen, many people are interested.


    The threshold of Yuanshen Zhenjun is too high. Not everyone is qualified to pass. Therefore, Meng Zhang''s place became crowded for a time, with many visitors.


    After the ceremony, more than half a month later, all monks left Jiuqu city one after another. Meng Zhang was relieved.


    During this time, he was busy. All day long, there are endless social gatherings.


    Although I made many friars, I didn''t make any deep friends, but I just mixed up a familiar one.


    Even if there are many monks who have great friendship value, such a public occasion is not suitable for deep conversation.


    After the ceremony, Jin Lizhen officially became a member of Jiuqu League.


    According to the Convention, all the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the league are crowned with the title of elder.


    Jin Lizhen, a new member of Jiuqu League, is no exception.


    Jiuqu League has a special elders'' meeting, which is the highest authority in the league. It has supreme authority and dominates all major events in the league.


    Yuan Yizhen, the leader of Qingyuan sect, is also the leader of Jiuqu League. He was the leader of the alliance appointed by the Senate.

 Chapter 603

    Yuanshen Zhenjun usually wanders around. Or stay closed all day and rarely go out.


    In Jiuqu City, in addition to the yuan Shen Zhen Jun, who is on duty, several yuan Shen Zhen Jun can''t be gathered when there are no major events on weekdays.


    Generally speaking, the Senate is held every few decades.


    The elders of Jiuqu League rarely get together. Naturally, they can''t let the elders deal with everything.


    In addition to the league leader''s handling of the league''s daily affairs, the League also has a Presbyterian Council to assist the league leader and maintain the operation of the whole Jiuqu league together.


    When the Presbyterian Council, an organization with certain real power, was established, it also had the purpose of attracting the backbone of the league and maintaining unity within the league.


    After being recommended by at least one elder, eligible Jindan clan and Jindan family in Jiuqu league can send a Jindan immortal to reside in Jiuqu city as the elder of Jiuqu League.


    This elder seat does not belong to someone, but to a force.


    Generally speaking, the forces that can hold Presbyterian seats must have at least several Jindan immortal.


    People like those who only rely on one or two Jindan real people to fill the scene will not have seats.


    The reason is very simple. Such a cultivation force is difficult to ensure the inheritance and continuation of Jindan immortal. Once the owned golden elixir immortal dies, it may not be able to cultivate new golden elixir immortal in time, and naturally it will not be able to maintain the status of golden elixir sect or golden elixir family.


    The bottom limit of being an elder of Jiuqu League is to have the cultivation of immortal Jindan.


    As for the Yuanshen sect, it can naturally have the seat of the Presbyterian Council.


    For some golden elixirs in the league, if they are trusted by the high level in the league or supported by the elders, they can also serve as elders in the league in their personal capacity.


    There are not many such elders, but in the Presbyterian Council, they play a role in balancing the forces of all parties.


    Both Jin Lizhen''s relationship and taiyimen''s own strength are qualified to have a seat in the Presbyterian Council.


    On this issue, no one is difficult for taiyimen.


    After some complicated procedures, taiyimen became a member of the Presbyterian Council.


    The leader of Jiuqu League, immortal Yuan Yi, is also the leader of qingyuanzong. On weekdays, I spend at least half of my time in qingyuanzong.


    The Presbyterian Council, which is responsible for assisting him, has to deal with many daily affairs within the league. In fact, its power is not small.


    Of course, the power of the elders in the Presbyterian Council is closely related to the power of the sect and the strength of the elders themselves.


    It is the golden elixir elders sent by the Yuanshen sect who really dominate the Presbyterian Church. Elders sent by ordinary golden elixir forces may not have much say.


    However, this is at least an opportunity to cut into the high-level of Jiuqu League, which Meng Zhang attaches great importance to.


    After some thinking, he asked Yang Xueyi to temporarily hold the post of Jiuqu League elder and stay in Jiuqu city for a long time.


    When he returns to the gate later, he will arrange for the golden elixir friars in the gate to come and rotate.


    With the increasing number of taiyimen Jindan friars, it is not a burden to send a permanent resident to Jiuqu city for a long time.


    The Jindan friar stationed here, as the elder of Jiuqu League, must open his eyes for Taiyi gate and strive for benefits for Taiyi gate.


    As for getting information and making friends, it''s even more important.


    After the ceremony, Meng Zhang stayed in Jiuqu city for more than a month and arranged many things before he was ready to leave here.


    In Jiuqu urban construction base, the work of developing commerce and trade was handed over to the left behind friars, with the full assistance of Yang Xueyi.


    After the ceremony, Jin Lizhen was invited to qingyuanzong by Qing Lanzhen and was not busy going back for the time being. She asked Jin Qiaoer to return to the endless sand sea with Meng Zhang.


    On the way back, the flying boat of taiyimen still followed the two cloud boats of Dafeng City and set foot on the way home.


    All the way there was nothing to say. They returned to Dafeng City with the wind and water.


    The people of taiyimen didn''t stay here much and returned to baicaopo directly.


    After returning to baicaopo, a great surprise is waiting for Meng Zhang.


    The thunder god will take the thunder pill refined by Jin Lizhen from Meng Zhang last time. After a period of seclusion, he thoroughly absorbed and refined it, and finally recovered to the golden elixir period.


    Now taiyimen has not only added an ordinary Jindan friar.


    Before becoming a Dharma protector, Jinglei was a famous genius friar in Taiyi sect. He has been a Dharma protector for many years. Although his accomplishments have made little progress, he has significantly improved his combat experience and some other skills.


    The thunder god will be proficient in the art of refining weapons, especially his unique secret skill - thunder and fire refining, which is unique and has unique functions.


    Soon after recovering the cultivation of the golden elixir period, he naturally recovered the level of the original third-order weapon refiner and was able to use many weapon refining methods that he could not use before.


    As long as there are enough materials, taiyimen will never lack third-order magic tools in the future.


    In addition to mastering many magic instrument drawings and being able to refine brand-new magic instruments, Jinglei God has other experience in repairing damaged magic instruments.


    The broken snake spear in Meng Zhang''s hand has always been regarded as a hidden weapon by Meng Zhang. In many battles, they have played miraculous effects.


    However, the damage of this magic weapon is too serious. Even after being repaired by the thunder god general, it still can''t give full play to its power, and it can''t be used often.


    Now the thunder god will restore the ability of the third-order weapon refiner and naturally have the ability to further repair the spirit snake spear.


    In addition, Meng Zhang''s other third-order magic tools, except the sun and moon pearls he refined at home, are only temporary, and he is not satisfied with them.


    After entering the later stage of Jindan, he felt more and more that these magic tools could not give full play to his own combat effectiveness.


    Now, with Jinglei God, he has entrusted such a brilliant third-order tool refiner with the task of refining body protection magic tools for the leader.


    There are many taiyimen golden elixir friars, but the magic tools on their hands come from a variety of sources, which are not very consistent with everyone''s own skill.


    Weak water god will be proficient in water refining and can only refine some special magic tools. And she is lazy. Unless someone with a good relationship asks her, she usually doesn''t take the initiative to refine weapons.


    Even if she had free time, she would prefer to refine pills with water.


    The mainstream of refining magic tools in the cultivation world is still the method of fire refining.


    Thunder God will master the secret technique of refining thunder and fire, which is also a variation and improvement of the method of refining fire.


    Although the thunder god general is a little arrogant, he is not as arrogant as the weak water god general. I get along well with other golden elixirs in the door.


    It is conceivable that the thunder god will be busy next. It''s a weapon refining task entrusted by immortal Jindan in the door, but it will kill him.


    Taiyimen has the ability to refine third-order magic tools. Not only can many holy materials be left for their own use, but also we should strengthen our efforts to collect more holy materials for the use of Jinglei God.

 Chapter 604

    Jinglei God''s joy of recovering the golden elixir cultivation didn''t last long, but he was worried by a series of weapon refining tasks arranged by the leader Meng Zhang.


    Although the thunder god general is always arrogant and occasionally puts on the airs of the elders, he can obey the orders given by the leader unconditionally.


    With the increasing growth of Taiyi gate, the number of Jindan friars in the gate began to increase. Meng Zhang did not deliberately keep secret the origin of several Dharma protectors.


    Many high-rise buildings in the door know more or less. For these elders who have experienced the history of Taiyi gate, they are also full of respect.


    Weak water god will be too proud. Few people in the door can be seen by her.


    The extreme sword God will go alone and his whereabouts are mysterious. Even the leader Meng Zhang can''t find him sometimes.


    In contrast, although the thunder god general is not as kind and friendly as the thick earth God general, he is not particularly difficult to get along with, and some people with the same temper are slowly gathered around him.


    In the past, when he was in a good mood, Jinglei God also refined or repaired magic tools for his fellow disciples.


    Now more weapon refining tasks fall on him, which is not too difficult for him.


    After dealing with the thunder god general, Meng Zhang asked someone to recruit the extremely sword God general.


    Meng Zhang was lucky this time. Jijian God just came back from the outside.


    Since peace was restored around Taiyi gate, Jijian God didn''t stay in the gate for a few days. He spent most of his time wandering around outside.


    When Meng Zhang asked, he said he was traveling abroad.


    Although the heads of several Dharma protectors have the title of elders, not everyone has been assigned specific duties. Like the weak water god general and the extreme sword God general, they are not willing to serve in the door.


    Anyway, taiyimen is now well staffed, and there is no shortage of them. Meng Zhang also fulfilled their wishes, so they wandered outside.


    Moreover, because of the good work system in the door. If they want to have a demand for the sect, they should also contribute to the sect.


    In fact, the four Dharma protectors have made great contributions to taiyimen, and there is no lack of good work.


    Without saying anything else, like the extremely sword God, he can exchange a lot of good deeds by instructing the monks in the door from time to time, including the golden elixir.


    After hearing the call of the leader Meng Zhang, the extremely sword God will soon appear in front of Meng Zhang.


    Before Meng Zhang opened his mouth, the Jijian God General looked very happy and took out three broken plates like a treasure.


    Three plates, one big and three small, the big one is the size of a washbasin, and the small one is only the size of a bucket wrist.


    In terms of shape, the three plates should come from the same source.


    The three plates were rusty and incomplete, and there were several large and small gaps on the plate.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled look, before he opened his mouth to ask, Jijian God introduced him endlessly.


    Although these three plates are ugly and look like rags, their origin is very extraordinary. These three plates are a set, which is the child and mother transmission plate in the legend of the Xiuzhen world.


    When it comes to the parent-child transport disk, we should first talk about the long-distance transport array.


    Meng Zhang has never seen such a thing as long-distance transmission array, but he has heard of it for a long time.


    Short distance transmission is not surprising in the cultivation world. There are many means to do it. But long distance transmission is a big problem.


    In the Middle Earth, where Xiuzhen civilization is extremely developed, many powerful sects have long-distance transmission arrays.


    As the name suggests, long-distance transmission array is a method array that can span a long distance and carry out spatial transmission.


    Even if the two places are thousands of miles apart, as long as there is a transmission method array connection, it can be reached in an instant.


    At present, taiyimen has a vast territory, thousands of miles from the endless sand sea to the Gobi of evil wind.


    In order to control the vast territory, taiyimen established many strongholds on the territory as a skeleton, and then connected these strongholds with flying boats.


    If the territory continues to expand, taiyimen needs to pay more costs in order to maintain its rule.


    For example, Jiuqu League is too vast and lacks control over the edge of the territory.


    How much territory a clan can effectively control mainly depends on communication and traffic.


    The communication talisman and communication flying sword commonly used in Xiuzhen communication have distance and speed restrictions.


    Common means of transportation, such as flying boats and flying mounts, are subject to such restrictions.


    With the long-distance transmission array, all these problems can be solved.


    For a clan, the long-distance transmission array is of great strategic significance and can expand the controllable territory many times.


    However, those sects in the Middle Earth who can refine the long-distance transmission array have strict control over the long-distance transmission array and rarely let it flow out.


    However, there are many insurmountable difficulties in independent refining.


    First of all, the relevant knowledge needed to refine the long-distance transmission Dharma array is strictly kept secret by those great Xiuzhen sects and will never be transmitted.


    Secondly, refining the long-distance transmission array requires many precious materials. One of the most important and irreplaceable materials is boundary breaking dust.


    Only when a world comes to an end and is about to be destroyed can it be collected from the world.


    The destruction of the great world is a rare event in ten thousand years. I''m afraid it''s very difficult to encounter such a thing by means of the monks of the Junchen world and Shouyuan.


    Only retreat to the second place and look for the small world that is about to be destroyed. Like the small world left by Zijin sect, it is likely to produce boundary breaking dust when it is about to be destroyed.


    How precious the small world is, and which sect with the small world does not regard it as a treasure. It''s too late to protect. Where will it be destroyed.


    Moreover, it is difficult for the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun to collect the broken dust from the small world that is about to be destroyed.


    If the material is too rare, it is impossible to refine the long-distance transmission array on a large scale.


    Finally, each time the long-distance transmission array is used for transmission, in addition to consuming a large number of top-grade spirit stones, it also consumes varying empty and dark stones depending on the distance.


    Empty ghost stone is the core material necessary for refining space magic tools.


    Like the ordinary storage bag commonly used by practitioners, it is refined from the debris of empty ghost stone.


    Kongming stone is also very precious. At least there is no large-scale Kongming stone near Jiuqu League.


    Because of the lack of empty ghost stone, the space magic tools produced by Jiuqu alliance are expensive and of average quality.


    The hundred grass Pavilion handed down by chongxuanzong, which Meng Zhang acquired at the beginning, may not even be able to produce similar items on the side of Jiuqu alliance.


    It is precisely because of various difficulties that long-distance transmission array is rarely seen in Jiuqu League, Yuantu prairie, hengjue mountain and even Dali imperial dynasty.


    Occasionally, a few finished products of long-distance transmission array spread from the Middle Earth mainland, which were regarded as treasures by major forces and kept secret.


    The child and mother transmission disk that the extreme sword God will take out is a special array disk that records the long-distance transmission method array.

 Chapter 605

    Of course, array disks such as child and parent transfer disks also have different levels because of the different levels of the recorded transfer array.


    Some sub parent transfer disks with too low order are not far away, and their value is very limited.


    However, the city hall of the great sword God general can''t hide his joy. This set of child mother transmission plate is definitely not an ordinary product.


    Sure enough, the next words of Jijian God General proved Meng Zhang''s guess.


    The transmission array recorded in this set of child and mother transmission disks is a real long-distance transmission array, which can transmit at least millions of miles.


    The only drawback is that this set of child and mother transfer disks is not only seriously damaged in appearance, but also greatly affected in actual function, which is difficult to use normally.


    Of course, if this set of child and mother transfer discs are intact, they may not fall into the hands of the extreme sword master.


    The extremely sword God was vague about how he got the set of child and mother transfer disks. But judging from the frightened expression on his face, it must not be easy.


    Meng Zhang himself does not have the ability to repair the child and mother transmission disk, nor does he master the relevant knowledge of long-distance transmission array.


    But since the extremely sword God general can take out this set of things, he must have a way to repair it.


    Jijian God will tell Meng Zhang that although he is a pure sword practitioner, he is not proficient in array. But the Taiyi gate in its heyday was a powerful sect gate capable of refining long-distance transmission array.


    As a seed friar carefully cultivated in the gate, Jijian God general has fully mastered relevant knowledge.


    Moreover, although taiyimen after reconstruction in Daheng mountain lost the resources to refine long-distance transmission array, it still inherited relevant knowledge.


    When the long-distance transmission array starts, it often needs to use the force of earth pulse.


    Thick earth God will not only inherit these knowledge completely, but also as a local master, he has great advantages in refining and using long-distance transmission array.


    Although this set of child and mother transfer trays is seriously damaged, the main body remains intact and the core materials are not lost.


    Now taiyimen has array master Wen qiansuan, earth master Hou earth God general, and thunder god general and weak water god general who can refine third-order magic tools. As long as they are willing to pay the price, it will not be a big problem to repair this set of child mother transmission disk.


    After the repair of this set of sub master transfer disks is completed, first place the master disk in the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, and then let someone leave taiyimen with the sub disk. Even if you are a million miles away, as long as you place the sub disk and start the above Dharma array, you can instantly send it back to the Mountain Gate baicaopo.


    Similarly, as long as someone starts the master disk in the mountain gate, it can also be transmitted to the place where the sub disk is placed.


    With this set of child and mother transfer disks, taiyimen can move troops freely across a million miles, which will be of great significance.


    The child mother transport tray is so important that Meng Zhang is even reluctant to place the tray on the current territory of taiyimen.


    When Jijian God took out the child and mother transfer disk, Meng Zhang had a rough idea in his heart.


    After some talk, his idea became clearer.


    The best way to use the parent-child transfer disk should be to open up sub bases.


    The division of regional forces around taiyimen is relatively fixed, which is difficult to further expand.


    But out of the Taiyi gate, there must be a place suitable for the expansion and development of Taiyi gate in the vast cultivation world.


    Taking advantage of the child and mother conveyor, Taiyi gate can flexibly mobilize troops without weakening the strength of the mountain gate.


    Opening up sub bases in the distance can not only expand the power of Taiyi gate and obtain more resources, but also leave a way for Taiyi gate.


    If the mountain gate changes in the future and the Gobi can''t stick to it, the Taiyi gate can also be transferred in time.


    Of course, in order to realize Meng Zhang''s ideas, we first need to repair the set of child and mother transfer disks.


    Meng Zhang first took out the spirit object Jin Zhongyu, which was brought to the extreme sword God general this time, and then, regardless of his happy expression, asked him to summon relevant monks.


    After wenqiansuan, Houtu God and other monks arrived, Meng Zhang put the set of mother and son transfer plates in front of the people.


    After careful inspection, the thick earth God will clearly tell Meng Zhang that it should be possible to repair the set of child and mother transfer discs. Of course, this process consumes a lot of resources.


    No matter how much it costs, even if you concentrate the power of the whole sect, you must repair this set of child and mother transfer disks.


    Meng Zhang, who made up his mind, entrusted this task to the general of Houtu God.


    He is in charge of this matter and is responsible for coordinating everything. He can mobilize all monks and resources in the door.


    In addition, the use of long-distance transmission array for transmission also needs to consume the top spirit stone and empty ghost stone.


    It''s OK to pour the top-grade spirit stone. Empty ghost stone is not common.


    Meng Zhang gave an order early and asked the door to concentrate on collecting a batch of empty ghost stones as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang confessed all this before he let the people retreat.


    Nothing is as important as his own cultivation. The extremely sword God took the spirit thing Jin Zhongyu and went to the closed door to refine directly.


    Thick earth God will start to mobilize resources and spare no effort to repair this set of child and mother transfer disks.


    The whole sect began to mobilize. Everyone performed their duties and fell into busy work.


    Meng Zhang still set aside enough cultivation time to ensure that his cultivation will not be delayed.


    In addition to maintaining his daily practice, he should start to consider breaking through the period of Yuanshen. The preparations that should be made should also be made first.


    Meng Zhang''s inheritance from the place of trial did not break through the content of Yuanshen period.


    The sun moon rotation Sutra, his major practice, also stopped at the later stage of the golden elixir.


    Although some Zijin school and Xuanzong''s inheritance classics were successively obtained later, there are also some records breaking through the Yuanshen period, but these can only be used as a reference.


    After all, Meng Zhang practices the inheritance of the Taiyi sect, not the inheritance of the two sects.


    Meng Zhang is not ashamed to ask questions about his path. He has consulted several Dharma protectors.


    However, even the oldest and most knowledgeable Jijian general gave Meng Zhang limited help.


    None of the four Dharma protectors had any experience of breaking through the period of Yuanshen. Although they may have seen a few words of records from the classics in the door, they did not inherit them completely.


    In the heyday of Taiyi gate, Jijian God practiced to the later stage of Jindan and was trained as a seed disciple of the gate.


    He has a certain understanding of breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    He especially warned Meng Zhang that when Meng Zhang broke through the period of Yuanshen, he must make a breakthrough with the inheritance of Taiyi sect, and he must not transfer the skill of other sects.


    Jijian God could not solemnly warn Meng Zhang without reason. Meng Zhang listened to his warning. But at the same time, it also cut off Meng Zhang''s way to practice other skills.


    At present, all the inheritance skills of Taiyi sect, including the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang from the place of trial, and the skills left by the four Dharma protectors to the sect, all stop at the later stage of Jindan and do not break through the content of Yuanshen period.

 Chapter 606

    At present, Taiyi sect has some skills that can be practiced all the way to Yuanshen period, including the inheritance skills of Zijin sect and the inheritance skills of Xuanzong. However, these are not the inheritance of authentic Taiyi sect, but obtained from other places.


    The sword cultivation method obtained by the extreme sword God by chance in that year is very perfect and can be practiced all the way to the yuan God period, but it is also not inherited by Taiyi gate, but has another heel.


    In fact, in the cultivation world, disciples of various sects do not necessarily take their own inheritance skill as their major skill due to various reasons, such as personal physique and special opportunities.


    For many sects, it will not be regarded as a great event.


    At the beginning of Meng Zhang''s introduction, he practiced Shaoyang Qigong.


    Shaoyang Qigong is a kind of skill that is popular in many places. It is not a unique inheritance of Taiyi sect.


    It was not until he entered the place of trial and obtained the more brilliant sun moon rotation Sutra that he transferred to practice this skill.


    In the communication with the Jijian God general, the Jijian God General told Meng Zhang that the sun moon rotation Sutra is the direct skill of Taiyi gate and one of the core inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    Since Meng Zhang chose the sun moon rotation Sutra as his major cultivation method, he must not give up easily, let alone transfer to other cultivation methods.


    Although Jijian God general was vague, from the words he revealed, taiyimen in its heyday attached great importance to lineal inheritance.


    If Meng Zhang breaks through the period of Yuanshen by practicing the sun moon rotation Sutra, he will have great benefits.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had never moved his mind to practice other martial arts.


    The sun moon rotation Sutra is not only very clever, but also perfectly fit his constitution. I''m afraid it''s impossible to find a more suitable skill around Jiuqu League.


    However, when he reached the later stage of Jindan, Meng Zhang faced a big problem.


    The sun and moon rotation Sutra he obtained in the place of trial is only from the period of Qi refining to the period of golden elixir.


    After completing the cultivation of the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang had no idea how to break through the yuan Shen period with this skill.


    Even the four Dharma protectors of Taiyi sect can''t do anything about it.


    Meng Zhang has read many classics, among which there is no lack of the core inheritance of other sects, such as the Fu sang Sutra of chongxuanzong, which is a superior skill that can be practiced all the way to the Yuanshen period.


    Referring to these skills did benefit Meng Zhang a lot and gained a lot of understanding. However, if you want to rely on these to bypass the analogy and supplement the parts behind the sun moon rotation Sutra, even a genius like Meng Zhang doesn''t have this ability.


    Seeing that this road was impassable, Meng Zhang, a master of heaven''s secrets, chose a good day, performed Dayan divine calculation and made some calculations.


    The result of the calculation was very unexpected to Meng Zhang. He just sensed that his opportunity had not come and needed to wait slowly. As for more information, it is impossible to calculate.


    There is no way. Meng Zhang can only put this matter aside for the time being.


    Fortunately, the content of the golden elixir period in the sun moon rotation Sutra is relatively complete, which does not delay Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    It will take Meng Zhang a long time to achieve perfection in the golden elixir period.


    Besides, the monks in the later stage of Jindan need to absorb the essence of refining for nine days. How to obtain the essence of nine days efficiently without the help of school elders is really a big problem.


    Meng Zhang has gone through many dangerous battles all the way up to now. We never dare to neglect the improvement of combat effectiveness.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate from Jiuqu City, the whole Taiyi gate began to get busy slowly again.


    Meng Zhang then went to the nine days twice to get the essence of the nine days.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, he avoided many dangers. But absolutely not without the slightest risk.


    On two occasions, Meng Zhang was besieged by a group of cloud beasts with golden elixir combat effectiveness. It took a lot of effort to break through.


    The most dangerous time, he came across a cloud beast with the fighting power of Yuanshen period on the road. Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense, as a master of heaven''s secrets, did not take the initiative to warn.


    Meng Zhang was almost scared to death on the spot.


    Fortunately, he saw the opportunity early and stepped back in time. Although the cloud beast was strong, it was not fierce enough and did not chase Meng Zhang. Just chasing out a few steps, he gave up on his own initiative.


    This narrowly escaped experience brought Meng Zhang a biggest lesson.


    The spiritual sense of the Heavenly Master is not omnipotent. He does not warn in advance every time he encounters danger.


    There are always exceptions. Many crises don''t touch their spiritual consciousness.


    If you rely too much on spiritual awareness and relax your vigilance, it is the way to die.


    In addition, when searching for the essence of the nine days, spiritual awareness will play a certain role and give a lot of guidance to our family. However, its role is also limited, and it is impossible to make yourself go all the way and return with a full load every time. At most, I just have a higher chance of discovering the essence of nine days, and it is easier to find the goal than others.


    Meng Zhang went to Jiutian these two times. He gained only a small amount of the essence of Jiutian, which is far from enough for his own cultivation.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied, but there was no better way to think of.


    There are many dangers inside Jiutian. Entering there with his cultivation, he walks on thin ice and is careful every step. It is impossible to search for the essence of Jiutian unscrupulously.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know that his performance has been very excellent. It is rare in the whole cultivation world.


    Many monks in the later stage of Jindan passed the initial stage, then left the shelter of their elders and entered nine days alone.


    In the first few times, I was familiar with the situation and won''t get any harvest at all. It''s great to be able to save your life in the face of various dangers.


    If Meng Zhang can get in and out safely and gain something, even the senior friars in the later stage of Jindan may not be able to do it.


    The essence of the nine days is insufficient, which hinders Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed. It is difficult to complete the later cultivation of the golden elixir only by absorbing the aura of heaven and earth.


    In this case, Meng Zhang simply allocated more time to practice some magical powers and secrets.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation was not smooth, but the cultivation of Jijian God general was smooth all the way without any twists and turns.


    Jin Zhongyu, the spirit object brought back by Meng Zhang, easily refined and absorbed it, and then unexpectedly restored his cultivation in the golden elixir period.


    In this way, taiyimen once again increased the combat effectiveness of a golden elixir. Moreover, it is not the kind of new and tender that has just broken through the golden elixir period, but an experienced and experienced veteran.

 Chapter 607

    The cultivation of Jijian divine general has been restored a lot. Only one foot from the door can restore the cultivation in the golden elixir period. This time, the spirit of gold and jade was refined, which can be regarded as making up the last defect.


    The Jijian divine general who has just restored his cultivation in the golden elixir period should be just equivalent to the friars in the early golden elixir period.


    But when Meng Zhang faced him, he found that his introverted edge was hidden, which made his spiritual sense very dangerous.


    Meng Zhang vaguely had a hunch that he was not facing a living monk, but a sharp sword. Even if he is a monk in the later stage of Jindan, he will die if he fights with the Jijian God.


    In fact, if the four Dharma protectors only talk about the realm of cultivation at present, they are similar to the monks in the early days of the golden pill. But when it comes to combat effectiveness, even the monks in the middle of Jindan may not be able to defeat them.


    The higher order challenge, which is very rare in the cultivation world, is as natural as breathing for them.


    The Dharma protector was originally a tool of war specially invented by taiyimen in its heyday.


    The tools of war are born for war.


    Although they were all outstanding disciples of Taiyi sect, they were essentially other creatures after being refined into Dharma protector generals.


    When Taiyi gate was at its peak, it had a lot of Taoist soldiers. But in that respect, the Dharma protector will be the best.


    For most practitioners, strong combat effectiveness is only a means of protecting the path. But for the Dharma protector, fighting for the sect is the meaning of his existence.


    Of course, having such a strong combat effectiveness is not without cost.


    The upper limit of Dharma protector general has been limited to death, and it is basically impossible to break through the cultivation of Yuanshen period.


    Even in the golden elixir period, the progress of cultivation is very slow. Even if it takes a lot of resources and time, the progress of cultivation is very limited.


    The four Dharma protectors were basically masters in the later stage of the golden elixir. After becoming a Dharma protector, cultivation fell all the way to the early stage of the golden elixir, and it was difficult to make further progress in cultivation in the future.


    In this case, they no longer spend their main time on cultivation, but to cultivate some other skills.


    The thick earth God will become the earth master, and the thunder god will become the weapon refiner


    Their original choice was cheaper than the current taiyimen.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the combat effectiveness of the four Dharma protectors is not irreplaceable. However, their secondary occupation, their attainments in cultivating the true arts, is the most valuable to the development of the whole sect.


    It is much more difficult to train a third-order vice occupation, such as a third-order tool refiner and a third-order alchemy master, than to train a golden elixir.


    Even now, taiyimen still has far from enough talents in deputy occupations.


    After recovering the cultivation of Jindan period, Jijian God changed his previous style and stayed in the door most of the time.


    On the one hand, he guides the younger disciples to practice. The golden elixir friars in the sect, including the leader Meng Zhang, can get guidance from him.


    On the other hand, he helped the God of the thick earth repair the set of child and mother transfer disks.


    Although he is not a professional array mage, he has good eyesight and relevant knowledge, which can help a lot.


    In essence, the child mother transport plate is a set of magic tools, but it is a very special magic tool.


    After spending a lot of time and basically repairing the spirit snake spear, Jinglei God also temporarily put down all the refining tasks to help thick earth God repair the child and mother transfer tray.


    Even the rebellious weak water god general, at the request of the extreme sword God general, showed his unique water refining skill to help refine and repair the damaged parts of the child and mother conveyor plate.


    The core part of this set of mother and son transfer tray is basically intact, and the most precious material in it has not been lost.


    It''s not too difficult to start the whole taiyimen and collect some auxiliary materials.


    After everyone went all out, the progress of repair was faster and faster.


    Meng Zhang can''t help directly in this matter, so he can only try his best to provide logistical support for them.


    The spirit snake spear, a third-order top-grade spirit soldier, has extremely strong lethality when in full state.


    The friars in the later period of the golden elixir held a spirit snake spear, which was almost an enemy in the golden elixir period.


    The Thunder God has good workmanship and is willing to invest materials.


    The spirit snake spear is basically well repaired. Even if there are still some defects, it will not affect Meng Zhang''s performance.


    Meng Zhang put away the cutting tool and warmed it with Zhenyuan Haosheng, so as to give full play to its lethality.


    With the intact snake spear in hand, Meng Zhang has a powerful card.


    The work of repairing the child and mother transport tray is very smooth, but the task of collecting empty ghost stones is not smooth.


    There is no large-scale Kongming stone near Jiuqu League. Occasionally there was a small amount of production, which was soon swept away by many forces.


    In the past, most of the empty ghost stones needed by Jiuqu League were purchased from the outside world.


    However, since the rise of Dali Dynasty in the south of Jiuqu League, which conquered everywhere and unified the surrounding areas, the trade route from Jiuqu League to the South has been almost completely cut off.


    In the hengjue mountains in the south, the three factions alliance has always maintained close business exchanges with Jiuqu alliance.


    However, after the Dali Dynasty began to attack the three faction alliance, this business road was also greatly affected and it was basically difficult to maintain normal operation.


    In the face of the strong enemy''s departure from the imperial dynasty and the crisis of life and death, the three factions alliance can''t afford to maintain trade.


    The external business environment of Jiuqu alliance has deteriorated, and the empty ghost stone obtained has been greatly reduced, but there are many places where the empty ghost stone is used.


    For a while, the price of dark stone in the market of Jiuqu League soared, and there was often no market.


    In addition, the price of stored items and magic weapons on the market of Jiuqu League also soared.


    Although Meng Zhang ordered the door to buy a large number of empty ghost stones at any cost. But the sect paid a lot of spirit stones, but the harvest was very few.


    A small amount of leftover materials acquired are simply useless.


    The longer the distance transmitted by the long-distance transmission array, the greater the consumption of the empty ghost stone. There are not only requirements for the quantity of Kongming stone, but also strict requirements for quality.


    Meng Zhang used to give orders to the sect and didn''t care about the specific practice.


    He paid attention to the market only after getting the reward from the door and collecting the empty ghost stone.


    Not only is there no complete empty ghost stone on the market, but even the price of all magic tools that need to be refined with empty ghost stone is soaring all the way.


    Like a storage bag often used by practitioners at the bottom, the price of this lowest level space magic weapon has also doubled several times.


    The more high-level space magic tools, the more the price soars.


    There are not enough empty ghost stones. Even after the repair, the child and mother transfer tray is just a decoration and can''t play an important role.

 Chapter 608

    Now taiyimen''s commercial channels have penetrated into Jiuqu League and spread throughout most areas of Jiuqu League. Even in Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, with the efforts of the garrison elder Yang Xueyi, it has also opened up a situation.


    Even so, taiyimen spent a lot of effort and still couldn''t collect the empty ghost stone.


    Meng Zhang asked for help from the ancient moon family. The ancient moon family did help wholeheartedly, but there were still few empty ghost stones provided.


    In fact, the ancient moon family itself needs a large number of empty ghost stones to refine a number of space magic tools regularly. It''s enough for Meng Zhang to give a little to taiyimen.


    Seeing that the repair progress of the child and mother transfer disk is very fast, it is about to be completely repaired. But he still didn''t collect enough empty ghost stones. Meng Zhang was a little worried.


    At this time, an old friend who had not seen him for a long time came to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain to visit Meng Zhang.


    This old friend is no one else, but Meng Zhang''s best friend for many years.


    Although they are busy with various affairs, they don''t have much contact on weekdays. But years of friendship did not fade.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he always felt that he owed a lot of kindness to the two masters and disciples of immortal ye ye and immortal Jue Ying.


    This door-to-door visit by immortal jueying is not only to catch up with the past, but also to solve Meng Zhang''s troubles.


    It turned out that Meng Zhang ordered the door to fully collect the empty ghost stone, so it was inevitable to use the intelligence channel of the dark hall.


    An Mo, who is in charge of the dark hall, tried his best and couldn''t help much. In desperation, he took the initiative to contact the jueying real person of the Dark Alliance.


    At the beginning, immortal jueying helped an Muran build a dark hall in Taiyi gate, and carefully trained an Muran and taught him a lot of valuable experience.


    They have similar personalities and similar tempers. During those days, they formed a relationship of teachers and friends.


    They left their contact information and would contact each other from time to time.


    This time, Ann had no better way but to ask immortal jueying for help.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect to trouble immortal Jue Ying. Disciple an Muran took the initiative to contact others.


    The forces of the Dark Alliance are all over the whole Jun dust world, and there are branches of the Dark Alliance everywhere.


    The black market is not only a skin of the Dark Alliance, but also an important channel for the Dark Alliance to communicate and trade with the outside world.


    Various forces in the Xiuzhen world really need the black market many times. The existence of the black market has too many advantages.


    Meng Zhang grew up in the endless sand sea. In the cultivation world on this side of the endless sand sea, he could not live without the existence of the black market.


    Now, even if the endless sand sea has changed its master, the original ruler Fei hongzong has perished and replaced with a new ruler. However, the existence of the black market has not been greatly affected. Do what you should do. Just need to communicate with the new rulers.


    Taiyimen occupies a large area of the Gobi and carries out large-scale development here.


    On the new territory of taiyimen, there was also a black market soon.


    Meng Zhang, who knows the background of the black market, as long as the other party abides by the rules of taiyimen, is calm about the existence of the black market and maintains an open and closed attitude.


    Meng Zhang was at odds with the black market on this side of the endless sand sea. Taiyimen is on the territory of endless sand sea, and the black market is still unaffected.


    Until later, taiyimen grew stronger and stronger, with a broader sphere of influence.


    The upper level of the dark alliance made a decision and made adjustments to the endless sand sea and the Gobi.


    Whether it''s the Gobi or the endless sand sea, as long as it''s on the territory of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, the existing black market organizations are independent and form their own system, which has made a certain cut with the original black market organizations of the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang has always been well informed about the black market because he has a good relationship with immortal ye ye and immortal Jue Ying.


    In doing so, the Dark Alliance actually promoted the status of taiyimen to the same level as feihongzong. In the future, when dealing with taiyimen in the black market, we should treat it with a new attitude.


    After such a encounter, Meng Zhang''s discord with the black market naturally disappeared and was not worth mentioning.


    The newly integrated black market organization in taiyimen territory honestly abides by the rules of taiyimen, regularly pays protection fees to taiyimen, and enlivens the underground market in taiyimen territory.


    The relationship between taiyimen and the black market has become harmonious. The Shitu of fallen leaf immortal and jueying immortal can also favor taiyimen.


    They used to help Meng Zhang with their own personal relationships.


    Now, they can fully use the strength of the black market to provide help to taiyimen. Of course, taiyimen also has to pay a certain price for this.


    After receiving the news of an Muran''s help, immortal jueying mobilized his forces and used the channels of the black market to collect the empty ghost stone.


    Both teachers and disciples are golden elixir immortal, and they are not old enough to show that they have a bright future.


    The status of their teachers and disciples in the dark League has gradually improved, and the members of the ordinary league are not willing to provoke them for no reason.


    The Dark Alliance has huge power, and the black market is almost everywhere.


    There is a black market in hengjue mountains in the south, Dali imperial territory, and even the Middle Earth continent in the south.


    There are even rumors in the dark alliance that even on the territory of the holy land, there is also a black market.


    There is no empty ghost stone in Jiuqu League, so ask for help from the south.


    After using the power of the Dark Alliance, immortal jueying soon had an echo.


    A black market branch in the South can sell some empty ghost stones to taiyimen at a low price, but taiyimen needs a help.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, immortal jueying didn''t care about greetings, so he explained the whole story in a few words.


    Before Meng Zhang asked, she directly said what taiyimen needed to do to get these empty ghost stones.


    On the Yuantu prairie, there was also a very prosperous situation, densely covered with large and small cultivation forces and many practitioners.


    Of course, there is also a black market.


    When the barbarians from abroad launched a surprise attack on Yuantu grassland, they came too fast and too fierce. Not only were the local Xiuzhen forces unprepared, but the black market also did not respond in time.


    Many Xiuzhen forces perished under the attack of the barbarian army. The iron hooves of the barbarians drove all the way and occupied a large area of Yuantu prairie.


    While the mountain gates of many Xiuzhen forces fell, the black market division of Yuantu prairie also suffered heavy losses and lost many important strongholds.


    One of the strongholds was the treasure house of the original black market branch. Because the fall was too fast, the monks in the black market had no time to transfer the items in the treasure house.


    Before the stronghold fell, they only had time to hide the treasure house with secret methods so that it could not be found by the barbarian army.

 Chapter 609

    The struggle between various forces in the cultivation world generally does not involve the black market.


    Especially those leaders of big forces know more or less the background of the black market. Fearing the powerful forces of the Dark Alliance, they will deliberately avoid spreading to the black market in the battle.


    For many years, this has almost become a hidden rule in the cultivation world.


    Like the endless sand sea, after many wars, the black market has not suffered much loss. Black market personnel are far away from the battlefield and are not affected.


    However, the barbarians are foreign invaders, but they do not know the power of the black market, let alone ignore these hidden rules.


    In the eyes of barbarian invaders, all Xiuzhen forces are treated equally and must be given a devastating blow.


    In principle, it is not a big deal to lose some strongholds and a treasure house because of the wealth in the black market.


    However, there is a special treasure in this treasure house, which is very important to some people at the top of the Dark Alliance.


    After the fall of the stronghold, the black market also organized people to recapture the stronghold and recapture the treasure house.


    However, the strength of the barbarian army is too strong, and the Xiuzhen forces on the Yuantu prairie have been defeated like a mountain, so they can''t provide any help at all.


    Relying solely on the strength of the black market, the result of the reckless assault was a big defeat, almost annihilated.


    Since then, the stronghold has been completely reduced to the barbarian sphere of influence.


    Later, although the Jiuqu alliance and the three factions alliance worked together to block the barbarian army, they temporarily stabilized the situation on the Yuantu prairie.


    However, it is still far away from completely recovering the lost land and recapturing the territory occupied by the barbarian army.


    The top level of the Dark Alliance has also made a lot of efforts to recapture the treasure in the treasure house.


    Although the Dark Alliance has great power, it has many internal factions and fierce internal fighting.


    More importantly, the strength of the Dark Alliance is limited in a specific region.


    Even the Jiuqu alliance and the three faction alliance can only fall into a seesaw battle with the barbarian army and can not completely defeat the barbarian army.


    Even if the Dark Alliance concentrates the power of Jiuqu alliance and all surrounding branches, it can''t help the barbarians.


    If it''s not clear, it''s dark.


    The top level of the Dark Alliance does not want to defeat the barbarians, but only wants to secretly send someone to sneak in and secretly recapture the treasure.


    It''s too quiet to send out Yuanshen Zhenjun, and it''s difficult for ordinary Dark Alliance executives to drive Yuanshen Zhenjun for their own personal gain.


    The Dark Alliance has sent a team composed of several Jindan friars to sneak into the Yuantu prairie. Every time they failed and suffered heavy casualties.


    Although hundreds of years have passed, some senior leaders of the dark alliance still haven''t given up completely. Every once in a while, a team will be organized to go to Yuantu prairie.


    Although he failed every time, there was a tendency to be more frustrated and more brave.


    The senior level of the dark League not only dispatched the golden elixir friars of the dark League itself, but also paid a huge price and hired many golden elixir friars of Jiuqu League.


    Many failures and casualties of several Jindan friars have made the relevant dark league leaders notorious, and it is more and more difficult to hire powerful Jindan friars.


    Immortal jueying helped taiyimen to buy Kongming stone this time, which was known by a senior official of the Dark Alliance. He seized the rare opportunity and made the offer.


    As long as Taiyi sect sends a team of monks to sneak into the stronghold and retrieve the treasure from the treasure house. Then he used his own strength to provide a large number of empty ghost stones to Taiyi gate.


    Although taiyimen joined the Jiuqu League soon, it has not risen for many years. However, taiyimen has experienced many bitter battles along the way, and its combat effectiveness has long been proved.


    Although I dare not say that it is compared with those Yuanshen sect doors, there are not many Jindan sect doors that can surpass Taiyi sect.


    If the Taiyi gate is mobilized in an all-round way and the golden elixir friars in the gate are sent to form a team, there is a certain degree of success.


    After hearing the story of immortal jueying, Meng Zhang fell into a silence.


    The empty ghost stone is really important, but it''s a little too much for friar taiyimen to exchange his life.


    So many Jindan friars have failed before. Friar taiyimen will succeed? Even if you get lucky, the price will never be small?


    Seeing Meng Zhang fall into silence, he knows this old friend''s real Jue Ying very well and knows that he is most likely unwilling to accept this exchange condition.


    Immortal jueying quickly made an explanation to avoid Meng Zhang''s misunderstanding.


    It turns out that the treasures in that treasure house are also useful to jueying immortal teachers and disciples.


    Many years ago, immortal ye, the master of jueying immortal, had the idea of that treasure house.


    Immortal ye ye knows that you can''t fight without brains. You need to find another way.


    She spent a lot of money and finally got a clever way to sneak into the stronghold. Then open the treasure house and take away the treasure. That''s another matter.


    The treasure house is hidden and sealed with special secrets. If Immortal deciduous takes the initiative to inquire, find the treasure house and open the method of the treasure house, it will certainly attract suspicion.


    The way that fallen leaf immortal spent a lot of money to get, she doesn''t want to buy the middle and senior level of the league in vain.


    As both members of the Dark Alliance, immortal Ye knows too much about some middle and senior leaders of the alliance, and the other party is absolutely untrustworthy.


    Over the years, the fallen leaf immortal has been silently patient and secretly waiting for opportunities.


    Now, the opportunity finally came.


    The middle and high level of the league wants taiyimen to help retrieve the treasure. It will certainly tell Meng Zhang how to find and open the treasure house.


    The plan of fallen leaf immortal is to use her method to sneak into the stronghold together. Then Meng Zhang opened the treasure house and retrieved the treasure.


    As for how to deal with the middle and high levels of the League afterwards and how to get the empty ghost stone needed by taiyimen, immortal ye had a plan for a long time.


    This time, immortal jueying is bringing words for immortal ye ye.


    If Meng Zhang believes in their two masters and disciples and is willing to participate in this plan, they can carry out the next step of the plan.


    If Meng Zhang feels that the risk is too great and is unwilling to participate, he has to stop the matter.


    Jueying immortal especially stressed to Meng Zhang that the fallen immortal had planned for a long time, planned carefully and had absolutely no flaws.


    Taiyimen doesn''t need to use too strong power. Only two Jindan friars need to cooperate to successfully complete the plan.


    This time, immortal ye ye and immortal Jue Ying will follow in person. Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about the safety of friar taiyimen at all.


    As long as everything goes according to plan, there will be no casualties at all.


    After hearing what immortal jueying said, Meng Zhang fell into silence again.


    He and immortal jueying master and apprentice have fought life and death for many times against the enemy. It can be said that they are friends of life and death. When it comes to trust in each other, it will never be lacking.


    He trusted the true person of fallen leaf and knew that the other party would not harm himself. But the matter is important after all, and he still needs to think about it.


    The fallen leaf immortal can be trusted, and there is no guarantee that her plan will be all right.


    Sneaking into the territory of barbarians outside the territory is too risky. He will kill himself at any time. He can''t help but think about it carelessly.

 Chapter 610

    Immortal jueying saw Meng Zhang fall into thinking, didn''t disturb him, and let him weigh it slowly.


    Meng Zhang recalls that since he met the master and apprentice of real person ye ye, they, especially real person ye, have always acted in a conspiracy. Moreover, he is thoughtful and well planned. He is not a reckless man who acts rashly.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t use the magic of heaven, his spiritual sense didn''t warn him, indicating that most of his life was not in danger.


    Of course, psychic awareness is not necessarily 100% reliable, and there are many ways to deceive heaven''s secrets.


    Meng Zhang can only weigh repeatedly and make judgments according to all aspects of the situation.


    Finally, Meng Zhang made a decision and chose to believe in his old friend.


    After hearing that Meng Zhang agreed to the plan of immortal ye ye, immortal jueying was relieved.


    This opportunity is really a once-in-a-lifetime. If you miss this time, you don''t know when you will have such an opportunity next time.


    The treasures in that treasure house are of great importance. The fallen leaves have been planned by real people for a long time and must not be lost. Now Meng Zhang agrees to join us. That''s a happy ending.


    The details of the plan were not even told by immortal ye ye, his disciple jueying.


    After Meng Zhang agreed, he had to meet with real person ye ye first before he could know further information.


    Meng Zhang is not such a fussy person. Since he has agreed, he will not continue to procrastinate.


    He called an Muran to greet immortal jueying and arrange all the affairs in the door by himself.


    Originally, when Meng Zhang was not in the gate, his eldest disciple Niu Dawei was responsible for the overall management of Taiyi gate. On weekdays, Niu Dawei wants to overview all kinds of daily affairs of taiyimen.


    But some time ago, Niu Dawei reached the completion of the foundation period, and then took the initiative to unload all affairs, put aside everything and practice in isolation in order to break through the golden elixir period.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is very concerned about his own eldest disciple. We have provided all the help we can. I hope he can make a smooth breakthrough.


    Today''s taiyimen is different from the past, and the conditions in all aspects are getting better and better.


    Needless to say, there are at least three levels of spiritual pulse. Some spiritual objects and elixirs can help break through the golden elixir period.


    Moreover, Niu Dawei has a calm personality, a firm character and a strong Taoist heart. On the road of practice, he walked steadily and firmly, and his foundation was very solid.


    For Niu Dawei, many people in the door are full of confidence.


    For Meng Zhang, if Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, succeeds in Dan knot, it will be of great significance to Taiyi sect.


    That means there are successors in taiyimen and the next generation has grown up.


    The whole sect doesn''t need an old guy like Meng Zhang to support the overall situation.


    Meng Zhang would not like to leave the mountain gate if it wasn''t for the matter of immortal ye ye this time. He also wanted to guard in the mountain gate and wait for Niu Dawei to pass successfully.


    There are responsible persons at each entrance of the gate. They perform their duties and abide by their duties. Even if there is no command, the whole sect can maintain normal operation.


    Now the most important task of Taiyi gate is to repair the set of child and mother transfer disks. Most of the Jindan friars in the gate are busy about it.


    Hu Jing, the only free Jindan immortal in the door, was entrusted with an important task by Meng Zhang. When the leader is not in the door, he is responsible for summarizing all the affairs in the door.


    Of course, in case of a major event that is difficult for a person to decide, you still need to call all elders to discuss together.


    According to immortal jueying, Meng Zhang can also take a Jindan friar to go out with him.


    He thought for a while and chose to take the extreme sword general.


    As an old antique from the heyday of taiyimen to the present, Jijian God will not only have rich experience and experience, but also have some hidden Maces.


    In the work of repairing the child and mother transfer disk, Jijian God has mastered a lot of valuable knowledge and can provide some useful suggestions.


    However, he is neither a matrix mage nor a tool refiner, so he can''t participate directly.


    Meng Zhang took him away this time, which had little impact on the repair work.


    After explaining the affairs of the gate, Meng Zhang took the extremely sword general and left baicaopo with immortal jueying and flew to Dafeng City.


    Immortal ye ye stayed in gale city all the time, waiting for the reply from immortal jueying.


    Now Meng Zhang came with immortal Jue Ying. Don''t ask. Meng Zhang must have agreed to join.


    The time is a little urgent. Immortal Ye didn''t have time to exchange greetings, let alone say those thank-you nonsense.


    She called shangmeng Zhang and they set off together and flew directly to the east of Jiuqu League and Yuantu prairie.


    On the way, immortal Ye lost no time and made some explanations to Meng Zhang.


    The four golden elixirs are on their way at full speed. It didn''t take a few days to get to the destination.


    Dongyuan city is a big city near Yuantu prairie in Jiuqu League. It is also thousands of miles around. She let jueying immortal and Jijian God stay and be received by the waiter on the black market. She took Meng Zhang all the way into the black market, turning seven and eight, and walked towards the core of the black market.


    On the way here, immortal ye ye briefly introduced the situation here to Meng Zhang.


    The market here in Dongyuan city is prosperous, there are many monks, and the black market business is also booming.

 Chapter 611

    The person that immortal ye ye wants to lead Meng Zhang to see now is the employer of this time and a senior elder of the Dark Alliance, immortal black fox.


    Immortal Black Fox successfully achieved Dan hundreds of years ago. He is the elder of immortal deciduous and has a deep seniority in the Dark Alliance.


    According to the age of the black fox immortal, he is less and less likely to break through to the Yuanshen period. Therefore, he put his main energy on running a business and striving for power and profit.


    Fallen leaf immortal is still very ambitious about the way, so he doesn''t want to worry too much about worldly affairs. He is two different friars from black fox immortal.


    Immortal black fox is in charge of important affairs and has great power. Years of painstaking management has woven a huge network of contacts.


    He is very open inside and outside the Dark Alliance, has face everywhere, and can easily mobilize many resources.


    Only a person like him can mobilize the strength of each branch of the Dark Alliance to serve himself for his own personal interests.


    You know, although there is a great connection between the black markets opened by the Dark Alliance in various places. But generally speaking, they are still separate systems and independent of each other.


    It is not easy to transport a large number of empty ghost stones from the south where the war is fierce.


    If it were so easy, Jiuqu League would have done so long ago. It can''t do it on the black market.


    In order to hire taiyimen to work for himself, immortal Black Fox also made great efforts.


    The fallen leaf immortal took Meng Zhang to transit in the black market for a long time before he came to the outside of a hidden room.


    "Elder, I can bring you people."


    The fallen leaf immortal led Meng Zhang into the room while talking.


    In the room, a kind-hearted old man with a smiling face was sitting high on his head, and a middle-aged man was talking with him below.


    "Ye ye, this is the leader Meng you mentioned. He is really young and promising and a talent."


    The old man''s tone is kind and his attitude is kind. He is basically a friendly neighbor Grandpa. He doesn''t have the momentum that a real Jindan should have.


    As a middleman, immortal Ye introduced them to both sides.


    Needless to say, the old man is the real black fox. The middle-aged man sitting at the head is the master of this place and the real person who presides over the black market in Dongyuan city.


    The fallen leaf immortal once solemnly reminded Meng Zhang not to be confused by the friendly appearance of the black fox immortal. This guy is a real smiling tiger. He is cruel and doesn''t recognize people.


    Many people suffered at his hands because they could not recognize his true face.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader for many years, and his communication skills have long been trained. Talking to people and talking to ghosts are basic skills.


    The two sides exchanged warm greetings with each other. Their attitude was incomparably friendly. They didn''t look like strangers who had nothing to do with each other. They were relatives who had been separated for many years.


    The two sides had a long time of hypocrisy before they stopped.


    Immortal Black Fox turned and said, "brother Duanwei, I''ll trouble you this time. I want to borrow your place and talk to brother Meng about something."


    After listening to the words of immortal black fox, immortal Duanwei left the room knowingly. The middleman, immortal ye ye, brought Meng Zhang here. She finished the task. She also had the foresight to see her son and took the initiative to leave.


    When the others left and only real black fox and Meng Zhang were left in the room, they talked about business.


    As a monk in the later stage of the golden elixir, immortal Black Fox has been crawling and rolling in the cultivation world for many years, and his eyes are very poisonous.


    Whether a cultivator is really capable or superficial is just a show off. With a little touch and a little exploration, he can roughly find out.


    He is very satisfied with Meng Zhang. This person is not a vulgar person regardless of his cultivation or his momentum.


    Taiyimen, as a new force joining Jiuqu League, is a new cutting-edge force rising in recent years.


    Dark Alliance is known for being well-informed, and one of the main businesses of the black market is intelligence trading.


    As the senior level of the dark alliance with real power, black fox should of course pay attention to the changes of the surrounding situation at any time.


    Taiyi sect and leader Meng Zhang have long fallen into his eyes.


    With the growing strength of Taiyi sect and the popularity of leader Meng Zhang, real black fox habitually paid more attention.


    When he knew that immortal ye ye had bought the empty ghost stone for taiyimen, he keenly discovered the opportunity.


    Although I don''t know why Taiyi gate spent a lot of money to buy Kongming stone, as long as Taiyi gate wants something, Taiyi gate can be used by him.


    For hundreds of years, he has racked his brains for the fallen treasure house. Many methods have been exhausted without results.


    Therefore, it affected his cultivation and hindered his future.


    This matter has become a heart disease for him. If it is not solved, he will not close his eyes when he dies.


    He contacted the real person and made an offer. As long as taiyimen organizes a team to Yuantu prairie, open the treasure house and recapture the treasure. Then he made every effort to collect a batch of empty ghost stones and sell them to taiyimen at a fair price.


    Originally, he was just a routine attempt and didn''t hold much hope of success. He had failed many times before and had lowered his expectations long ago.


    But I saw Meng Zhang with my own eyes. Although I haven''t known Meng Zhang for a long time, the two sides have just contacted. Real black fox felt a different demeanor from Meng Zhang.


    Inexplicably, the real black fox had a little more confidence out of thin air, and his mentality changed.


    In order to win over Meng Zhang, he asked Meng Zhang to promise. On top of the original conditions, it offers more benefits. In addition, he can also send experts to join the team of taiyimen to help Meng Zhang.


    Immortal ye ye had a plan for a long time. Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t want outsiders to join, which affected their original plan.


    Meng Zhang deliberately made a supercilious and arrogant posture. With a natural attitude, he accepted the benefits given by the real black fox. But for the assistant that the black fox immortal was going to send, he refused without hesitation.


    Relying on the power of taiyimen alone can easily handle everything. What else do you need? Immortal Black Fox sent people to join the team. Can''t you believe the ability of Taiyi gate?


    Meng Zhang''s arrogant attitude not only didn''t make real black fox angry, but made him have more confidence.


    People without ability dare not be so arrogant in front of him.


    Since Meng Zhang is ready to accept the benefits of immortal black fox, he will serve immortal black fox.


    Next, real black fox slowly told Meng Zhang.


    Hundreds of years ago, when foreign barbarians invaded and occupied the important stronghold of the dark League on the Yuantu prairie, the master of the black fox immortal was the leader of the stronghold.


    Facing the powerful barbarian army, he knew he was defeated, immediately gave up his stronghold and began to retreat.


    Originally, he was going to take the treasure from the treasure house with him, but he didn''t have the confidence to break through the siege and escape successfully. They are worried that they will die in the chaos, leading to the loss of treasures.


    In contrast, the treasure houses set up by the Dark Alliance in various strongholds are made by special secret methods. Once hidden, outsiders can hardly find traces. Even if you are lucky enough to find the existence of the treasure house, you can''t enter it without a special way to open it. If it is forcibly opened, it will only destroy the treasure house and get nothing.


    Therefore, the master of immortal Black Fox used the secret method to hide the treasure house. Then try your best to break through and run away.


    The master of immortal black fox was lucky and escaped from the pursuit of the barbarian army, but left the treasure in the treasure house.


    After that, because he couldn''t get back the treasure, immortal Black Fox paid a lot of price.


    When immortal Black Fox talked about the past, he was obviously moved. Especially when it comes to his master''s deathbed, he was still worried about this matter. When he finally died in depression and hatred, there were a few glimmers of water in the eyes of real black fox.


    Since the other party wanted to perform, Meng Zhang also accompanied him.


    Meng Zhang patted his chest and promised that he would take back the treasure to comfort the immortal Black Fox master''s spirit in heaven.


    Immortal Black Fox talked for a long time before he talked about business.


    Before he spoke, he looked around for fear that someone might eavesdrop.


    He told Meng Zhang everything about where he went, how to find the treasure house, how to open the treasure house and how to take out the treasure.


    For fear that Meng Zhang could not remember, he specifically told him several times. Meng Zhang didn''t stop until he showed a look of impatience.


    After discussing all the details, Meng ZhangCai left here.


    Immortal black fox told Meng Zhang that it would take some time to transport the Kongming stone from the south, so it could not be delivered immediately.


    The empty ghost stone was originally sold to taiyimen at a fair price. He only charged the cost price and never made more than one spirit stone.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of the black fox''s real person''s default. The black market can''t run away, and its goodwill is trustworthy.


    Most importantly, although the black market can not see the light, it always abides by its commitments and does what it says. Even those Yuanshen sects may not have such a good reputation.


    In addition, the black fox immortal also promised Meng Zhang that in addition to the treasure he needed, he could collect other treasures in the treasure house after he entered the treasure house.


    This benefit is nothing but empty talk. When the mouse enters the rice jar, do you still need someone else''s permission to do something?


    Meng Zhang promised to sneak into Yuantu prairie this time, first to help fallen immortal, and second to empty ghost stone. In addition, other benefits are incidental, not the main purpose.


    After Meng Zhang left the room, immortal ye ye took the initiative to meet him and took Meng Zhang to the periphery of the black market to meet with immortal Jue Ying and Jijian.


    The four left the black market together and chatted outside for a while. Meng Zhang said goodbye to the fallen immortal in full view of the public, and left with the extremely sword God.


    After they separated from the fallen leaf immortal, Meng Zhang and the Jijian God General pretended to wander around the Dongyuan city for most of the day.


    Then they left Dongyuan city and flew together in the direction of Yuantu prairie.


    The front line between the Jiuqu League and the barbarians is still thousands of miles away.


    The journey just left Dongyuan city was very smooth without any accidents.

 Chapter 612

    Meng Zhang and Jijian God will fly out for a long distance and smile at each other. They all found out and understood each other''s thoughts.


    The old fox, immortal black fox, speaks well. In fact, he doesn''t trust Meng Zhang at all.


    On the surface, they are generous and warm, very forthright. In fact, the little belly Chicken Intestines did something secretly.


    Since leaving the black market, Meng Zhang has a tail behind their buttocks.


    Not to mention, the guy who secretly follows behind is really good. After such a long journey in the dark, no trace was exposed. Even the monks in the later period of Jindan may not be able to find him.


    Meng Zhang has long known that the cultivation of special professional monks specially trained in the dark League, such as spies and assassins, may not be very good, but they have special talents in hiding their whereabouts and sneaking into assassination.


    Fallen leaf immortal has average talent in this field and is not good at these skills. But Jue Ying is very different. She is a natural assassin with amazing talent, hard work, outstanding achievements and proficient in various related skills.


    Meng Zhang saw it once when Jue Ying was in Taiyi gate, helping Taiyi gate build a dark hall and teaching an Muran.


    Now, he once again saw the Dark Alliance Friar''s talent in this regard.


    Unfortunately, the friar following behind followed the wrong person.


    Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, has an amazing sense of spirit and can hardly be deceived. As an old antique from the heyday of taiyimen to the present, the Jijian God general has no idea how much skill he has and how many cards he has.


    Just a friar of golden elixir, you can''t sneak behind without being found.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to expose each other. Now is not the time to turn his face. He soared into the sky and rose high into the sky. The extreme sword God will follow, not a bit behind.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God kept rising against the fierce wind and didn''t stop climbing until nine days later.


    Only the friars above the later stage of Jindan can slowly adapt to the special rules of heaven and earth after entering nine days.


    The result of forcing a monk into nine days is that he will die.


    However, rising to this height is enough to get rid of the tracker. There is no need to enter nine days.


    In the high altitude of Jun dust world, the environment is bad, and the violent vigorous wind almost never stops. Unless it is the yuan God and the true king, in this environment, in order to ensure their survival, they must run the true yuan and cast protective spells. In this way, the stalkers behind either give up tracking early or take the initiative to expose their tracks.


    Meng Zhang looked at the empty back. It seemed that the tracker had given up tracking.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God did not continue to climb, but recognized the direction of Yuantu prairie and flew over from high altitude.


    Flying at this altitude for a long time is not an easy thing for Meng Zhang and Jijian Shenjiang.


    When they flew out for a distance, they took the initiative to reduce the height and fell to hundreds of feet.


    Anyway, their goal of flying high has been achieved. They have lost their pursuers. They don''t have to spend their energy in vain.


    The boundary line between Yuantu prairie and Jiuqu League is extremely long, meandering and spreading, with a length of tens of thousands of miles.


    Neither the barbarians nor the Jiuqu league can fortify everywhere and build defensive strongholds everywhere.


    Jiuqu League adopts the method of key defense. In some key areas, such as places where there are third-order spiritual veins, it relies on big cities such as Dongyuan city to defend.


    Jiuqu League divided these defense lines into many sections and handed them over to different sects and forces for defense.


    If the barbarian army attacks a certain line of defense, the friars of the surrounding Jiuqu alliance will take the initiative to reinforce it.


    Barbarians are good at attack, not defense. In many wars, even if the strength is slightly weak and at a disadvantage, the barbarians will take the initiative to attack.


    Only the jade sword facade is in the direction of the barbarians. It is often the sword practitioners who strike first and take the initiative to attack.


    In fact, the defense line in charge of yujianmen is not only the most stable, but also has been advancing slowly and firmly towards the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    In order to save Taiyi gate a way out, Meng Zhang bought a piece of territory of Yujian gate in the direction of Yuantu prairie.


    In addition, even Jiuqu League is a hill on the prairie, sitting on a second-order spiritual pulse.


    The top of the hill has long been flattened and many buildings have been built.


    From the foot of the hill to the top of the hill, it is covered by a second-order protection array.


    Relying on the spiritual veins of different levels, Jiuqu League has established many strongholds of different sizes on the Yuantu prairie.


    On weekdays, these strongholds can collect the surrounding resources and develop and utilize the spiritual pulse under their feet.


    In wartime, these forward strongholds can give early warning to the rear in advance. Some large strongholds can also serve as support points for the whole defense line, delaying or even blocking the enemy''s attack.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian did not enter the stronghold. Instead, they lowered their flying altitude several decades away from the stronghold, flew to the west of the stronghold and waited quietly.


    Both of them are friars of the golden elixir. They are very patient. They waited silently for more than two days.


    After they flew out for most of the day and confirmed that there was no tracker behind them, they turned the flight direction and flew over here to meet Meng Zhang and his two men.


    Immortal jueying is an excellent spy and assassin. He is a member of the Dark Alliance. He doesn''t dare to humiliate himself in front of her. It''s futile to secretly follow her. She can guarantee that her deeds have not been exposed.


    Before that, the fallen leaf immortal only told Meng Zhang part of the plan.


    Now here, she told Meng Zhang all the rest of the plan.


    According to the plan, they will not enter the depths of Yuantu prairie foolishly and openly. And I won''t just sneak in and personally experience the vigilance skills of barbarians.


    They will hide their identity and whereabouts, blend into the depths of Yuantu prairie in a very special way, and then act again.


    Before that, the fallen leaf immortal had used his contacts to arrange experts to be responsible for receiving and covering them.

 Chapter 613

    The fallen leaf immortal took the people down to the ground and came to a nearby swamp.


    The four waited in this place and talked to each other from time to time.


    After waiting for a long time, about midnight, a figure fell from the sky and fell in front of the people.


    This is a middle-aged man with a cold face and a tall and thin body.


    In fact, he hasn''t landed yet. When he got close to here, Meng Zhang and others already found out.


    However, seeing the fallen leaf immortal looked calm and knew that many and half were the people she had made an appointment with, so there was no other response.


    Before the middle-aged man could stand firm, immortal ye ye took the initiative to meet him and shouted, "senior brother."


    The middle-aged man didn''t answer. He just nodded, took out four sets of green hooded cloaks and threw them to the fallen leaf real man.


    "When it''s dawn, you''ll sneak into the team outside the stronghold."


    Before the words fell, the middle-aged man rose into the sky, flew into the sky and disappeared in the twinkling of an eye.


    From beginning to end, the man didn''t say more nonsense, and didn''t even look at others.


    The fallen leaf immortal looked at each other''s disappeared figure, sighed and distributed the four sets of head tents in his hand to everyone.


    Meng Zhang coughed and came to the fallen immortal.


    "Master, I shouldn''t have said more. But do you know the details of your senior brother?"


    "Leader Meng wants to ask me if I know that my elder martial brother is a demon monk." immortal ye said very frankly.


    Immortal Ye Ye is so calm that Meng Zhang doesn''t know how to answer.


    There was no lettering on his face. On the contrary, he was always good at hiding his identity and his whereabouts. Otherwise, as the public enemy of the cultivation world, evil cultivation would have been killed by the right people who act on behalf of heaven. Where can we wreak havoc in the cultivation world and harm ordinary people.


    Meng Zhang, as a master of heavenly secrets, has a keen sense of spirit. Especially after killing Ye Feifan last time, he became very sensitive to demon cultivation. It can be said that you can smell the stench of demon Xiu from a distance.


    The devil can''t hide his identity from him at all. The vast majority of demon cultivation, regardless of their accomplishments, basically had nothing to hide in his eyes.


    As soon as the middle-aged man landed and appeared in front of him, he found out the details.


    If he hadn''t been worried about the face of the fallen leaf, he would have had an attack.


    It''s not uncommon for those noble and decent friars to secretly collude with the devil. What''s more, it''s a monk born in the dark League.


    The Dark Alliance originally represented a part of the dark side of the cultivation world. No one would be surprised to have colluded with the devil cultivation.


    Meng Zhang trusted the fallen leaf immortal, but he couldn''t trust the demon cultivation. So he asked politely.


    The fallen immortal sighed.


    "I didn''t expect that you could see through the identity of the elder martial brother at a glance. My elder martial brother, but even the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun, may not be able to find out his details. I don''t know whether your Taiyi sect has a strong inheritance or you are too keen?"


    "Many outsiders have some misunderstandings about our dark alliance. It''s no wonder that our image and style of conduct are inevitably suspicious."


    "But one thing, please remember. Although sometimes, people in our Dark Alliance inevitably collude with demon Xiu. Fundamentally, we are enemies who swear not to coexist between our Dark Alliance and demon Xiu."


    When the fallen leaf immortal spoke, his tone was serious and extremely serious.


    After hearing the words of immortal ye ye, Meng Zhang had no response, and the Jijian God sneered with disdain.


    "There is more than collusion between your dark alliance and the evil cultivation. As far as I know, many evil cultivation comes from your dark alliance."


    Meng Zhang was surprised by the words of the extreme sword general.


    It''s one thing to collude with evil cultivation, but it''s another thing to become evil cultivation.


    The inheritance of magic comes from outside the world. Magic cultivation is the seed of foreign demons spreading in all worlds.


    Demon cultivation digs the foundation of the world, poisons and corrodes the world, prepares for the arrival of the great devil, and finally demonizes the whole world.


    Demon cultivation is not only the public enemy of the cultivation world, but also the enemy of the world.


    No matter who he was before, once he joined the devil''s way, he became a devil. Then you will slowly lose yourself and completely become a puppet of the devil.


    No matter how many bad things the Dark Alliance has done or how many shady secrets it has. However, the Dark Alliance is inseparable from the cultivation world. All members of the Dark Alliance live in this world. Even a crazy friar would not want to see the whole world demonized.


    If the Dark Alliance really becomes a demon cultivation force, no matter how powerful the Dark Alliance is, there is no place in the cultivation world.


    "The elder of Taiyi sect is really well-informed. He even knows many secrets of the league."


    Many senior officials of Taiyi sect already know the origin of the Dharma protector generals such as Jijian, but no one will deliberately spread it.


    Meng Zhang has an excellent relationship with the master and apprentice of the fallen leaf immortal. He is almost a friend of life and death. However, Meng Zhang still has a clear distinction between public and private, and will not easily reveal the secrets in the door.


    Immortal ye ye didn''t know the origin of Jijian. He only knew that he was a senior of Taiyi sect, so he was surprised.


    An old antique like Jijian Shenjiang has rich experience and extensive knowledge. No one knows how many secrets he knows in the cultivation world.


    "However, since you know the demons from our league, you should also know that they are different from ordinary demons and are different from demons."


    "It is in order to completely eradicate the evil cultivation and defeat the evil way that they will devour the tiger and sacrifice themselves to the devil."


    When immortal deciduous said these words, his tone contained an inexplicable sense of sadness.


    The extreme sword God was silent for a moment before he said angrily: "once they enter the devil''s way, they will never turn back. They may be able to retain themselves at first. As they get deeper and deeper into the devil, they will eventually lose their way."


    "You say they are different from other demons. One day, they will become no different from other demons."


    "If you want to defeat the devil and resist the devil in this way, it''s just wishful thinking."


    The extremely sword general, who has always been silent, said so much at a rare time.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian have been together for so long, and he still knows a little about him. I don''t know what happened today. How did it affect his mind.


    The words of Jijian God general also touched the heart of immortal ye ye.


    She said faintly, "maybe what the elder said is right. This move is really whimsical. But everyone has their own aspirations. Since someone has chosen this road, it is always reasonable and useful."


    The extremely sword God didn''t continue to speak. I don''t know whether he was persuaded by immortal ye ye or didn''t bother to say more.


    For a moment, the scene was silent and the atmosphere became a little strange.

 Chapter 614

    Aware of the bad atmosphere at the scene, Meng Zhang coughed heavily.


    "Well, I don''t know much about what you said. Can you explain it for me?"


    Meng Zhang not only wanted to ease the atmosphere, but he really had some doubts in his heart.


    Seeing that Jijian had no intention to speak, immortal ye ye took the initiative to explain it to Meng Zhang. Although these things are the top secrets of the Dark Alliance, the extreme sword God will obviously know, so there is no need to keep them secret.


    As for how the extreme sword God will know these secrets, the fallen leaf immortal has not been investigated, nor can he be investigated.


    As we all know, the inheritance of the devil way in Jun dust world comes from heaven.


    Through various means, the great demons outside the sky inherit and spread the evil way to the world and cultivate evil cultivation.


    All the demons who have practiced the inheritance of the devil''s way will eventually be loyal to the devil''s way and work for the great devil.


    There is no doubt that magic cultivation is powerful. The skills are mysterious, the means are various, and the combat power is far better than that of the friars of the same level.


    Except for those Tianjiao disciples from the great sect of cultivation, ordinary practitioners often can''t fight the demons of the same level.


    Demon cultivation has brought too many disasters to the world. Every outbreak of magic disaster will cause chaos in the cultivation world and lead to the destruction of life.


    Evil cultivation has become the cancer of the world, with endless misfortunes. It is the consensus of many practitioners that evil cultivation must be effectively restrained.


    Those top sects in the cultivation world have their own means of subduing demons. But these are the secrets of the major gates, which ordinary monks can''t touch at all.


    As a last resort, I don''t know who started it. Unexpectedly, some friars began to learn the magic skills, and then put forward the idea of making demons with demons.


    This assumption gave birth to a special kind of magic cultivation. They also practice the skills of the devil, but they are not loyal to the devil, but want to kill the devil and destroy the devil.


    For various reasons, the number of such demons began to increase slowly.


    For example, the Dark Alliance is the collection of the dark side of the cultivation world. Many monks in the alliance have had contact with the devil. It is not too strange that some friars in the League devote themselves to the devil''s way and become this kind of special devil''s cultivation, that is, the dissimilarity in the devil''s cultivation.


    These monks have great ideals and are willing to sacrifice themselves, which is admirable. But their fate is often not good.


    If this kind of friars were not killed by the righteous friars, they would grow up by chance. The final result is basically to completely fall into the devil, lose yourself, and become a true and true member of the devil.


    According to immortal ye ye, for some reason, many friars in the dark alliance study the magic skill, trying to overcome the traps in the skill and avoid the occurrence of tragedy.


    Those monks who are completely possessed and lose themselves will be eradicated in time.


    The experts in the dark League have studied the magic skills for many years and have made great progress. It''s much better to practice the improved magic skills. It''s not so easy to get lost completely.


    When the fallen leaf immortal said this, the extremely sword God who was listening in sent out a few cold hums, which was obviously disdainful.


    The fallen leaf immortal was not angry, but painstakingly explained. Many people in the Dark Alliance have to practice the magic skills.


    Like her elder martial brother, she is called dead branch immortal. Before entering the golden elixir period, he fought against evil cultivation with real person deciduous.


    In order to protect the fallen immortal, the dead immortal was severely damaged by the demon repair, and his body was entangled by the magic Qi.


    Immortal Ye Ye was also hurt by the devil cultivation and suffered from the devil Qi.


    In the same situation, the two made different choices.


    The fallen immortal exiled himself into the endless sand sea, constantly struggled with the magic Qi, and worked hard to support under the invasion of the magic Qi.


    The dead branch immortal simply changed to the improved magic cultivation method, took the initiative to absorb and refine the magic Qi in the body, and became a special magic cultivation.


    Later, immortal ye ye met Meng Zhang and got the help of Meng Zhang who practiced the sun moon rotation Sutra. He not only dispelled the evil spirit, but also did not damage the foundation.


    Although the fallen immortal regained his life, he made a major breakthrough in cultivation. But when it comes to cultivation speed, it''s still not as good as dead branch immortal.


    After so many years, immortal Ye is the cultivation in the middle of the golden elixir. The dead branch immortal already has the cultivation of the later stage of the golden elixir.


    These dark alliance friars who take the initiative to practice magic skills are the top secrets of Dark Alliance. If the fallen immortal is not related to the dead immortal, he may not be qualified to know about it.


    Moreover, in order to get rid of the relationship, at least on the surface, these friars who practice magic skills no longer have any connection with the Dark Alliance. They had long since left the Dark Alliance and had nothing to do with it.


    The fallen leaf immortal made use of his previous relationship to contact the dead branch immortal for help. In fact, he has violated the rules of the Dark Alliance.


    However, because that treasure is of great importance, the fallen leaf immortal had no choice but to do it.


    Fortunately, immortal withered branch still cares about his old feelings. For the sake of his old sympathies, he is willing to provide some limited help.


    Immortal deciduous explained so much, but also to reassure Meng Zhang.


    After all, Meng Zhang is willing to take strange risks and is willing to accept the proposal of real black fox, largely to help her.


    After hearing a lot of words from immortal deciduous, Meng Zhang had no doubt. And although the extremely sword God General despised it, he did not refute the statement of the fallen leaf immortal, let alone oppose the action.


    The four waited for a while. When the sky was about to show the white belly of the fish, they left here and came to the stronghold.


    The four cloaks given by immortal withered branch are a practical low-level magic weapon.


    After wearing it, it can not only cover your face and hide your breath, but also distinguish your identity.


    When the four came to the foot of the hill, a second-order flying boat had already docked at the foot of the hill.


    This is a special cargo flying boat. It is much larger than the same level flying boat. It has a wide internal space and can carry a lot of goods.


    When Meng Zhang and the four of them came there, many monks dressed like them had already gathered near the flying boat.


    Most of the monks were carrying goods, and a few of them directly boarded the flying boat empty handed.


    There were so many people present, but there was no sound. They don''t talk to each other. They use gestures at most.


    These friars don''t care about strangers and just do their own things.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples were wearing cloaks. No one came out to stop or ask them.


    Immortal ye ye should have a certain understanding of the situation here. Without saying a word, she took Meng Zhang and them aboard the flying boat.


    In the darkness around, from time to time, monks in the same clothes suddenly appeared and joined the crowd.


    Like Meng Zhang, many people boarded the flying boat empty handed.


    Of course, it is unknown whether they loaded the goods in the storage magic weapon.


    In Jiuqu League, due to the lack of empty ghost stone, the reserves of stored items and magic tools are limited. When carrying a large number of goods, we still need to use large-scale riding monsters, or use flying boats like now.

 Chapter 615

    It is also a second-order flying boat, which can be divided into high and low.


    Like Meng Zhang, the second-order flying boat they are now riding is a boutique of the second-order flying boat. In terms of freight function alone, it is much better than some third-order flying boats.


    The second-order flying boat is huge, docked at the foot of the hill, and the highest place is almost halfway up the mountain.


    Immortal ye ye told Meng Zhang before that this is a smuggling boat, which specially travels between the territories of barbarians and Jiuqu League.


    Yuantu prairie is vast and rich in various resources. In particular, many characteristic spiritual materials are indispensable to many forces in Jiuqu League.


    Although barbarians are ferocious and unreasonable, they are the mortal enemies of practitioners. But they are also intelligent creatures. As long as it is an intelligent creature, it can communicate.


    The products of Jiuqu League, including pills, LingMi and lingguo, are all needed by the barbarians.


    Therefore, a number of smugglers came into being, sneaking between the two forces and smuggling all kinds of materials.


    After being defeated by the barbarians, many residual forces of the Xiuzhen forces that originally occupied the Yuantu prairie settled on the edge of the Yuantu prairie.


    When fighting against barbarians, Jiuqu League did not forget their power. Mosquito legs are meat no matter how small. Moreover, these forces have deep blood feuds with barbarians.


    There are a lot of small strongholds like this in the defense line of Jiuqu alliance against barbarians. With the manpower of Jiuqu League, it is a little difficult to take into account.


    Therefore, the senior management of Jiuqu League handed over these strongholds to those residual forces.


    First, let them have a foothold, so as not to wander around and cause trouble to the cultivation world on the side of Jiuqu League.


    Second, make full use of their strength to strengthen the defense above the defense line.


    Over the years, these residual forces seem to have forgotten their deep hatred with the barbarians and actually started business with the barbarians.


    The smuggling flying boat is parked next to the stronghold. If the friars in the stronghold don''t know the details of the flying boat, it''s self deception.


    Before the action, the fallen leaf immortal investigated all the details very clearly.


    She told Meng Zhang that the Xiuzhen family stationed in this small stronghold. Ancestors were exterminated by barbarians outside the territory, and only a few remaining evils escaped here.


    Take away people''s foundation, destroy people and fill the door... Every pile is a deep hatred.


    Unfortunately, hatred can not let the family survive, let alone let the family develop and grow.


    Only by continuously obtaining cultivation resources is the foundation of family existence.


    In the face of sufficient interests, what is blood feud?


    In fact, not only these residual forces, but also within Jiuqu League, many forces are involved in smuggling with barbarians.


    Many people were not satisfied with the profits of transporting resources, and even sent all runes, magic tools and mechanism creations to the barbarian ruled areas.


    This kind of behavior can already be regarded as an enemy of capital. It is just like the arms merchants of Meng Zhang''s previous life who sold arms to enemy countries in wartime.


    The smuggling business between the barbarians and the Jiuqu League is highly profitable and involves a wide range of interests, which has formed a stable interest chain. Even the top level of Jiuqu league can''t be touched easily.


    The more powerful the forces are, the more they pursue profits, the deeper they fall in the middle.


    The black market will not let go of such a big business. They are also involved in the smuggling business.


    Fallen leaf immortal doesn''t want his colleagues in the black market to know his whereabouts, so he would rather ask for help from the senior brother who fell into the devil than use the channels in the black market.


    More and more passengers entered the flying boat, and the upper layer of the flying boat was about to be filled.


    The conditions inside such a cargo flying boat will certainly not be very good. It is not suitable for carrying living people on a large scale.


    At the top of the flying boat are several connected halls, which are specially used to load monks.


    Hundreds of monks crowded into several halls, which is definitely not spacious.


    Monks are different from ordinary people. They need to keep a certain safe distance from each other. This kind of place is almost crowded, which makes many monks very uneasy.


    Some experienced veterans, who obviously took this kind of flying boat many times at a glance, found a corner and sat directly on the ground. They don''t care about the image at all.


    Meng Zhang found a remote corner and walked over together.


    Meng Zhang stood at the periphery of the corner, revealing a little breath.


    The friars on the flying boat are mainly friars in the foundation period, and there are also some old-fashioned friars in the Qi refining period.


    Meng Zhang''s leaked breath easily deterred the friars nearby, let them involuntarily stay away from the corner, and gave Meng Zhang a big space for them.


    Meng Zhang knew that most of the monks who came and went between the two forces were not good people, and many of them were ferocious and murderous.


    A little muscle exposure can reduce unnecessary trouble.


    In addition to the top layer and the lower layers, the flying boat is used to load goods.


    A full load of camel caravans brought a lot of goods from all directions. Then a special monk is responsible for handling.


    The boxes sealed with talismans were carried to the lower floors, and soon all the spaces below were filled.


    A camel team unloaded all the goods and left in the dark.


    The warehouse is basically full and the time is almost up. The friar in charge of the flying boat, regardless of whether anyone was late, directly ordered the flying boat to take off.


    The flying boat took off in the last night. Soon after flying into the sky, it ushered in the newborn sunrise.


    The flying boat flew higher and higher into the depths of the clouds. Then, under the cover of the clouds, they flew towards the barbarian ruled area.


    The cargo flying boat was full of cargo and extremely heavy. It didn''t fly fast, but it flew surprisingly smoothly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak, but stayed quietly in that corner, closed his eyes and rested.


    Meng Zhang glanced around at random.


    All the friars on the flying boat wore the same cloak to hide their true identity.


    There are many cautious monks. Under their cloak, there is another layer of cover to hide themselves.


    Meng Zhangyun saw through the cloak without much effort.


    A group of guys who have built the most foundation period can''t hide Meng Zhang''s eyes even if they are clever.


    Meng Zhang swept around and took the true faces of most of the monks on board into his eyes and kept them in mind.


    Among these people, there are several figures that Meng Zhang can''t easily see through.


    With a little effort, he roughly judged that one of them was immortal withered branch, the senior brother of immortal deciduous. The others are all Jindan friars.


    The flying boat came all the way, very smoothly, without any obstacles on the way. The patrolling friars of Jiuqu League and barbarians near the boundary between the two sides seemed to disappear silently.

 Chapter 616

    To achieve this, it is not just as simple as having eyes and ears in the patrol teams of both sides and knowing the patrol route.


    Meng Zhang could not help but speculate maliciously that there should be high-level officials involved in smuggling business among the patrol teams of both sides. Otherwise, the route of the flying boat could not be so perfect, just avoiding all the patrols.


    You know, Jiuqu League guards the inside and outside of the defense line very closely. Regular and irregular patrol teams will hardly leave any loopholes.


    The flying boat did not advance in a straight line, but circled around in several big circles, deliberately bypassing many areas.


    Immortal Ye has carefully investigated these smuggling routes in advance.


    The areas around are all patrolled by friars of yujianmen.


    It''s hard to buy off those sword maniacs of Yujian sect because they don''t enter the oil and salt. And none of them will give face. Even the caravan under the banner of qingyuanzong dare to stop for inspection.


    For the business of smuggling, the top and bottom of yujianmen hate it, and they catch it and punish it severely.


    All smuggling caravans, no matter how deep the background, will avoid the sword repair of yujianmen far away.


    When Meng Zhang heard immortal Ye talking about the sword repair of the jade sword gate in a tone of admiration, he was still a little suspicious. These swords are really so upright.


    The cargo flying boat didn''t fly fast, and because of many wronged roads, it flew at high altitude for a whole day before reaching its destination.


    Night is coming. With the gusts of night wind, waist deep green grass fluctuates. The night on the prairie has a unique style.


    At this time, no cultivator has the leisure and elegance to slowly enjoy the beautiful scenery.


    Feizhou has long crossed the defense line of Jiuqu League, which is already the control area of barbarians outside the territory.


    The huge flying boat lowered slowly and landed next to the most prominent mound nearby.


    The flying boat has just landed. Those practitioners who have stayed on the flying boat all day stretch their muscles and bones and start to move their hands and feet.


    Some are a little impatient and are ready to jump off the flying boat.


    At this time, a strong and amazing man appeared in the sky.


    He held a long flagpole, which was more than three feet long, almost longer than his height.


    The top of the flagpole is a big red flag like blood, which flutters gently with the night wind.


    As soon as the big man waved the flag, on the originally empty grassland, there appeared teams of elite barbarian soldiers. They rode on the wolf, silently appeared around and surrounded the flying boat.


    The practitioners on the flying boat did not expect that the barbarian soldiers appeared so suddenly. Moreover, the other party was very aggressive, and there was a special spirit of killing in the team, which frightened many practitioners, and even a little restless.


    Meng Zhang and the four of them remained unmoved and looked around at the barbarian soldiers with great interest.


    Meng Zhang has long heard of the situation of barbarians outside the territory. Especially after taiyimen joined Jiuqu League, he deliberately inquired about this information.


    After all, since he is already a member of Jiuqu League, he may be sent to Yuantu prairie to fight against the barbarian army.


    The barbarians outside the territory are an aggressive and powerful race.


    Ordinary barbarians can rival the friars in the Qi refining period. The barbarian leader is equivalent to the friars in the foundation building period. The strength of the barbarian general is similar to that of the friars in the golden elixir period. The Barbarian King can crush the yuan God Zhenjun.


    As a fighting race, barbarians are highly organized and disciplined, and are good at cooperating in combat. In particular, the barbarian army can give full play to the barbarian characteristics and is far more suitable for the battlefield than the friar army.


    The team composed of ordinary monks suffered a lot when they fought against the barbarian army. Only those Taoist soldiers trained by the large sect who specialize in fighting can compete with the barbarian army.


    But how many sects can cultivate Taoist soldiers in Jiuqu League? Even if these sects exhausted their efforts, how many Taoist soldiers can they cultivate?


    If there were not such a powerful sect as Qingyuan sect and sword practitioners from jade sword sect, Jiuqu League might not be able to hold down the barbarian army.


    The barbarian in the sky seems to be big and thick, but his body method is delicate and good at hiding his body shape. Before he took the initiative to show up, no one on the flying boat found his existence except Meng Zhang and a few others.


    The big flag in his hand is a magic weapon of the military array. Only by cooperating with the barbarian secret arts can the barbarians approach here silently.


    There are basically no good monks who can smuggle between the two forces. Most of them are rebellious outlaws.


    However, the barbarians just showed such a hand, which was enough to frighten everyone and make everyone dare not do it again.


    Although the barbarians are fierce, they also know the importance of smuggling caravans.


    Therefore, after the downfall, naturally, barbarian leaders came forward and warmly received these friars.


    Some friars on the flying boat left the flying boat one after another and followed the barbarian soldiers to leave here.


    Some monks began to carry goods with the help of barbarian soldiers.


    This is where the smugglers stopped.


    If we only rely on the strength of smuggling caravans, it will be difficult to move forward in this place.


    Immortal withered branch didn''t mix with these friars. He took two companions to the cabin below.


    Seeing this, immortal ye ye secretly motioned and followed Meng Zhang and them behind him.


    There were several monks in the same dress as them on the flying boat.


    The friars on the flying boat, including the guard friars of the flying boat, were obviously very afraid of the dead branch immortal.


    Where immortal withered branch went, all the monks scattered one after another, and no one dared to block his way.


    Without saying a word, immortal withered branch soon came to the outside of a cabin below.


    He waved his hand. A group of monks behind him, including the four fallen real people, filed up and walked into the cabin.


    In the cabin, there were a lot of big boxes higher than people.


    Without the order of immortal withered branch, everyone began to lift the box.


    Four or five with great strength and two or three with less strength left the cabin and came to the top deck of the flying boat.


    Dead branch immortal flew into the air and nodded with the pretty general.


    Then with a wave of hands, they followed him to the sky, followed him and flew to the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang held four big boxes in his hands and felt very heavy.


    All four of them used secret methods to restrain their breath and suppress their accomplishments. They only showed their strength during the foundation period, which was similar to those monks who also carried boxes.


    Meng Zhang was very curious about the contents of the box. He actually asked a group of friars in the foundation period to act as coolies and carry them slowly.


    The outermost part of the box is coated with a layer of forbidden spirit earth, which can isolate all the spirit fluctuations inside. The outer wall of the box inside the forbidden spirit earth is engraved with various runes and prohibitions to prevent prying and isolate the inside and outside.

 Chapter 617

    The treasure house of the black market is located near Hulan city deep in the Yuantu prairie.


    Before the large-scale invasion of foreign barbarians, Hulan city was a prosperous city on the whole Yuantu prairie.


    It is located in the thoroughfare. The Xiuzhen resources collected from the depths of Yuantu prairie are gathered here and then transported to Jiuqu League and even hengjue mountain.


    Many goods transported from the outside to Yuantu prairie also pass through this big city.


    In the cultivation world, the more developed and prosperous the commerce and trade, the more the foundation for the existence of the black market.


    The Dark Alliance was originally established in the black market of lake blue city, but it is one of the largest institutions on Yuantu prairie.


    Dead branch immortal led the people carrying goods and flew directly to the front.


    Meng Zhang tried several times to use some means to find out the goods in the box. But after thinking and thinking, he forcibly suppressed his curiosity.


    Immortal withered branch and his two companions are not easy.


    Meng Zhang has been regarded as the strong one in the golden elixir immortal, but he still dare not be careless in the face of demon cultivation.


    If you show your magic power, you will be surrounded by a group of powerful demons, who may not be able to hide it from them. Once you expose your identity, no one knows what the consequences will be.


    Immortal withered branch is willing to help immortal fallen leaf because of the love of the former school, but other demons are not so easy to talk. And love is the most unreliable thing.


    To avoid complications, Meng Zhang didn''t have much to do in the end.


    Flying all the way, they didn''t fly fast because they were carrying heavy goods.


    In this way, the whole team flew in the air at a slow and slow speed.


    On the ground, from time to time, a small group of barbarian soldiers riding war wolves galloped on the prairie.


    In the air, the barbarian team riding Eagles patrolled the air constantly.


    Occasionally, one or two pretty generals can be seen flying in the air.


    The defense of the barbarian controlled area is still relatively tight. Although the barbarians are good at attacking and often use attack instead of defense, it does not mean that they will let their own control area become an open road.


    Dead branch immortal took the cargo carrying team and flew in the air for several days before reaching the destination.


    Lake blue city was originally located on a third-order spiritual pulse. After the barbarians occupied here, they destroyed the original city and established a camp here as an important camp.


    In the world of heaven, no matter what race it is or what kind of cultivation method it is, the vast majority of creatures are eager for the spirit of heaven and earth and pursue the spirit pulse on the earth.


    In the lake blue city, there are even barbarian kings, who are strong enough to defeat the true king of the yuan God. Once he is disturbed, Meng Zhang''s team may die without a place to bury.


    Fortunately, the treasure house of the black market is not in the lake blue city. Meng Zhang and others do not need to enter the city.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun travels thousands of miles, and his mind covers a wide range.


    As an existence of the same rank as the yuan God Zhenjun, the man King naturally has similar magical powers. It is difficult to hide the various situations inside and outside the lake blue city.


    However, just because there are too many things observed, manwang will not pay attention to everything, but only those anomalies.


    There is a close connection between the devil and the barbarians.


    The freight team of immortal withered branch is obviously not four golden elixirs. Immortal withered branch is not only proficient in the art of sneaking in, but also has great attainments in the art of earth hiding.


    They walked silently under the ground without making any movement.


    Meng Zhang showed his false magic eye, carefully observed the warning range of the totem pole in front, and then carefully avoided it.


    Then there are loopholes in the strict defense. Moreover, this is the interior of the barbarian controlled area. It is difficult for the enemy to enter here silently, so the surrounding barbarians are not particularly alert. The place where the barbarians really focus on monitoring is still outside this area.


    Meng Zhang took everyone and sneaked away underground for a long time. Finally, he came to his destination and approached the treasure house.


    There is a small underground river flowing 600 feet underground, so there is a big cavity under the ground.


    When monks reach the golden elixir period, they will practice a little five element evasion unless their major is too special.


    I don''t want to have any profound attainments, but to be able to display them smoothly in case of need.


    With the cultivation of immortal Jindan, even if you use the lowest level five element evasion, you can have a good effect.


    Meng Zhang''s four men entered the dark river from the earth, and then either cast water evasion or water avoidance mantra, and dived to the bottom of the dark river.


    The treasure house in their target is not located in this space.


    When the treasure house was built, the black market leader here paid for it and invited experts proficient in space magic. An independent space is opened up here, hidden in the interlayer of the space.


    The treasure house is built in this independent space with space spacing, leaving no trace around.


    Even if the Yuanshen Zhenjun comes here, he may miss the treasure house if he searches aimlessly without knowing the target.


    At first, the headquarters of the black market in lake blue city was just above the shallow underground.


    Before the evacuation, the master of the black fox immortal, after hiding the last important treasure house with a secret method, started the prohibition, created an earthquake and completely buried the headquarters of the black market.


    Later, barbarian soldiers came here and conducted a search. They just found the buried black market headquarters and excavated it. They stopped contentedly, but they didn''t find the treasure house deeper underground.


    In fact, don''t say you are an ordinary barbarian expert. Even if a few barbarian kings come here, most of them can''t find the treasure house.


    The Barbarian King''s combat effectiveness is strong, which is better than that of the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun. But in other aspects, such as some special magic powers, fine mind control and investigation, it is much worse.


    For hundreds of years, this treasure house has been quietly hidden here, waiting for future generations to open it.


    Meng Zhang took out a palm sized jade ultimatum from his body. This is the key that the black fox immortal gave him to open the treasure house.


    This jade ultimatum is actually a magic weapon refined by special means. There is a special connection between it and the space to hide the treasure house.


    Meng Zhang injected Zhenyuan into the jade ultimatum, and then read the mantra taught by immortal black fox.


    After a while, a slight vibration came from the bottom of the underground river, and then the river began to fluctuate.


    Although it is 600 feet deep underground, if there is too much movement, it will still disturb the barbarians above.


    Fortunately, the vibration didn''t last long. After a while, it slowly disappeared.


    At the bottom of the underground river, a gate seems to be formed by a water curtain.

 Chapter 618

    This newly emerged portal is the entrance to the treasure house.


    The emergence of the portal does not mean that the next step is a smooth road.


    If you do not open it in the way set in advance, but break in by force, it will not only cause the counterattack of the guard prohibition, but also likely lead to the complete collapse of the whole space.


    Meng Zhang came to the door alone, held up the jade ultimatum in his hand and read the moving mantra aloud.


    A moment later, the portal shook violently, the waves rippled, the water curtain separated, and a big gap appeared.


    Meng Zhang whispered to the other three to let them follow behind him.


    Then he waved the jade ultimatum in his hand. The jade ultimatum emitted a faint light and completely shrouded the people.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, everyone jumped into the gap in front.


    After a dizzy and whirling feeling, Meng Zhang and them came to a huge stone chamber.


    This stone chamber is simply a hall, high and wide. The surrounding walls were lined with shelves. The shelves were filled with boxes of different sizes and shapes and many jade slips.


    On the ground of the stone chamber, large boxes were piled up.


    Meng Zhang kicked away a big box at his feet, which was filled with inferior spirit stones.


    He opened another box, which was full of refined black gold.


    Meng Zhang glanced. There were at least hundreds of boxes in the stone chamber. If it is full of spirit stones and spirit materials, it is an astronomical figure.


    Moreover, these boxes contain low-end materials, which are completely won by quantity. The really valuable things are still on the shelves around.


    Meng Zhang went to a wall not far in front of him. On a row of shelves against the wall, he took down several boxes at will and opened them gently.


    There are second-order heaven and earth spirits, as well as a high-quality magic weapon and second-order elixir


    He casually took three jade slips and read the contents.


    A jade slip records the current accounts of the black market. After hundreds of years, these things have become worthless.


    In the other two jade slips, one records the inheritance skills of a small family, and the other records a very unpopular danfang.


    Knowing that this time was to explore the treasure house, Meng Zhang and Jijian God General brought many large storage magic tools.


    However, if you want to move the whole treasure house, the storage space of these magic tools is still far from enough.


    There are many valuable treasures in this treasure house, but because the principal fled in a hurry, the things here were messy and irregular.


    Meng Zhang they need to spend a lot of time sorting out slowly, selecting the most valuable items to take away.


    Of course, before that, Meng Zhang needs to find out the treasures needed by real black fox.


    According to the description of immortal black fox, Meng Zhang walked to the east wall of the stone chamber.


    He ran Zhenyuan and gently lifted the heavy row of shelves away.


    He stretched out his right index finger, poured Zhenyuan, and drew several strange runes on the wall.


    Then he took out the jade ultimatum, put it in the middle of the rune and stuck it tightly on the wall.


    A moment later, a big hole opened in the wall, revealing a row of shelves behind.


    In the top row of the shelf, there was a black bead the size of a baby''s head. This is the treasure that immortal Black Fox has been worried about for hundreds of years.


    The details of the treasure were not told to Meng Zhang by the real black fox, but his form was described to him.


    Immortal black fox told Meng Zhang that as long as he took the bead back safely, he could collect all the other treasures in the treasure house.


    At the same time, the fallen immortal tried every means to sneak here for this bead.


    On this shelf, in addition to this bead, there are six boxes. Although it has not been opened yet, it is naturally valuable to put it in such a hidden place with this bead.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to step back and motioned immortal ye to come forward.


    The fallen leaf immortal smiles and doesn''t need to say more words of gratitude at this time. She went up and put the bead away.


    As for the other boxes with the beads, the fallen leaf immortal didn''t take a more look.


    Meng Zhang was not polite either. He opened the six boxes one by one and put all the items inside away temporarily. Waiting outside, there is plenty of time to clean up slowly.


    The fallen leaf immortal got what he wanted and finally breathed a sigh of relief. After planning for so long, all the hard work was not in vain.


    At this time, the Jijian God frowned and said to Meng Zhang, "master, do you feel it?"


    After listening to the words of Jijian God general, Meng Zhang dared not neglect it. He immediately felt carefully, but found nothing unusual.


    Seeing this, the fallen leaf immortal and the jueying immortal also began to feel around, and they didn''t find anything wrong.


    Not long ago, immortal ye ye saw the Taiyi sect master, the extremely sword God. He was well informed and knew that he would not aim at nothing.


    However, immortal jueying looked at the Jijian Magic general and doubted whether he was paranoid and had everything to fight.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s keen spiritual awareness finally alerted him.


    According to the guidance of the spiritual sense in his heart, he used the broken delusion method to look carefully outside the stone chamber, and then used the divine mind to explore, and finally understood what had happened.


    "This independent space is slowly collapsing." Meng Zhang said his findings.


    Reminded by Meng Zhang, immortal ye ye and immortal Jue Ying checked carefully and found this situation one after another.


    When fallen leaf immortal and jueying immortal used their magic powers to investigate, Meng Zhang and Jijian immortal were not idle and began to quickly collect all kinds of items in the stone room.


    "After this independent space is opened up, the power brought by the space storm continues to erode here. It needs regular maintenance to maintain stability."


    "No one has been here for hundreds of years. How can we talk about maintenance."


    The fallen leaf immortal combined with his own understanding here and spoke out his own judgment.


    She saw Meng Zhang and Jijian God eager to collect all kinds of items. She asked a little puzzled, "even if this space wants to collapse, it won''t collapse overnight. Hundreds of years have passed, and it won''t collapse at this time. We shouldn''t be so unlucky."


    "Yes, in my opinion, this independent space will not have any problem for another ten or eight years," added Jue Ying.


    "This space will not collapse immediately. But in the process of space collapse, violent spatial fluctuations will continue to be released."


    Meng Zhang smiled bitterly and said his worries.


    He hasn''t finished yet, but everyone understands what he means.


    This independent space was originally closed. All spatial fluctuations are confined here and not transmitted.


    However, Meng ZhangCai opened this long closed space. The long imprisoned space fluctuation can no longer be stopped, but transmitted to the outside with an irresistible trend.


    It was precisely because he sensed this unique spatial fluctuation that Jijian God reminded Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang reacted.


    Even the present Jindan friars can find this special spatial fluctuation. It is not far from the lake blue city, but there is a manwang who has great powers and can crush the true king of the yuan God.


    Sooner or later, he will sense the spatial fluctuations here and come to investigate.


    Meng Zhang reminded me that real people deciduous and jueying reacted.


    They stopped talking nonsense and immediately joined the ranks of collecting goods.


    Although I got the bead, the goal of the fallen immortal has been achieved. But when the mouse enters the rice jar, how can it return empty handed.


    Almost every cultivator will not dislike that he is too rich and has too many cultivation resources.


    In fact, the fallen leaf immortal and the jueying immortal, even those born in the Dark Alliance, also had a headache for the lack of cultivation resources.


    Even if the four were full of every stored magic weapon, it would be impossible to completely empty such a large treasure house.


    Moreover, there are some special treasures that cannot be directly put into the storage magic weapon.


    For example, Meng Zhang just found several sealed boxes on a row of shelves. After opening, it is full of empty ghost stones the size of an adult''s fist.


    This is really a broken iron shoe. There is nowhere to find. It takes no time to get it. The whole Taiyi sect tried their best to search for the empty ghost stones that they didn''t get. There are so many here, and the grade is so good.


    Empty ghost stone is a spirit object with strong spatial attributes, so it can''t be directly put into general storage magic tools. Otherwise, the power of space emitted from time to time will destroy the storage space of storage magic tools.


    For the same reason, one storage magic instrument cannot be directly put into another storage magic instrument.


    Space tools cannot be stacked directly and need to be handled in a special way.


    The most commonly used method is to find a space magic weapon with very stable space, such as the Baicao Pavilion at the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, where you can place other space magic weapons.


    Because the independent space in Baicao Pavilion is large and stable enough, a little space force will not have a great impact on it.


    Baicao Pavilion is the inheritance treasure of chongxuanzong. It''s impossible to meet it. Meng Zhang has been blessed to get this treasure. You can''t get another one overnight.


    In fact, the treasure house and independent space they are now in also barely meet the requirements. However, to transplant such an independent space onto a magic weapon, ordinary third-order tool refiners are far from being able to do it.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart while quickly screening and collecting various items. It is really easy to make a fortune in black market business.


    In such a treasure house, the cultivation resources stored in it are far more than the general jindanzong gate.


    Meng Zhang estimated that even in the big treasury of taiyimen, there may not be so rich.


    Of course, there are also reasons why taiyimen has not risen for a long time and does not have enough time to accumulate.

 Chapter 619

    Another important reason why taiyimen failed to accumulate massive resources is Meng Zhang''s concept.


    Meng Zhang is not a miser, let alone a hamster.


    Now taiyimen is developing at a high speed. It is not time to plan for future generations and enhance the accumulation of sects.


    Instead of hiding in the big library and getting moldy, all kinds of cultivation resources should be taken out and supplied to the disciples, so as to cultivate more and better disciples.


    If it were not for the sake of the future of the sect, Meng Zhang would like to distribute all the cultivation resources directly so that the disciples can digest them as soon as possible.


    In particular, resources such as Lingshi should be put into operation before money can generate money and earn more Lingshi.


    Since taiyimen joined Jiuqu League, the business environment is getting better and better. Under the instruction of Meng Zhang, the whole sect invested a lot of resources to build the sect''s business network.


    Jiuqu League is such a large market. As long as it infiltrates into it and builds the shelf first, even if it can''t see the income temporarily, it will continue to lose money. But one day, we can get huge profits from it.


    Meng Zhang and the four of them kept silent and accelerated the collection of various resources in the treasure house.


    There are too many things. The four people can only take a small part of the storage magic tools together.


    Therefore, they should have a choice and try to choose something of great value to take away.


    After a while, the four people''s storage tools were almost installed. Meng Zhang was suddenly touched in his heart and said, "time is almost up. If you don''t go again, you can''t go away."


    Meng Zhang has enough authority, and the other three believe his judgment. Since he said he would leave, he naturally can''t continue to stay here.


    The four people no longer managed all kinds of cultivation resources on the ground, but left here directly.


    Meng Zhang took down the jade ultimatum, read the mantra and escorted everyone out of the space.


    Looking at the slowly closing space portal, Meng Zhang and Jijian God looked at each other and shot at almost the same time.


    Meng Zhang first threw out the jade ultimatum, followed the connection between the space and the jade ultimatum, used the false magic eye, and accurately found out the weakest place in the independent space.


    The spirit snake spear stabbed out like lightning. Under the number of points in the air, it seriously damaged the foundation of space.


    The extreme sword God put his right index finger and middle finger together and shot more than ten extremely fierce sword Qi at one breath, which easily pierced the space barrier and stirred the independent space full of holes.


    Meng Zhang finally threw two thunder balls from Jin Lizhen Jun into the slowly closing space portal.


    After two muffled sounds, the foundation of independent space was completely destroyed.


    The collapse of independent space, which could have supported ten, eight, or even twenty or thirty years, has accelerated sharply. See the complete collapse, in the twinkling of an eye.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about the independent space any more. He took the people all the way to the downstream along the underground river.


    With a wave of his hand, ten long prepared loess Hercules appeared in front of the crowd.


    The second-order loess warrior not only has the combat effectiveness of the foundation period level, but also is proficient in soil magic.


    This was selected by Meng Zhang from the Taoist soldiers trained in the army nest before leaving Taiyi gate.


    Peace has been restored around Taiyi gate, but many disciples have tried the benefits of loess Lishi during the war.


    Although the threshold for exchanging loess lux was raised after the war, there was still an endless stream of disciples scrambling to exchange loess lux.


    Meng Zhang made special arrangements. Loess lux can''t be fully exchanged. A batch of loess lux should be accumulated in the military nest all year round for emergencies.


    Meng Zhang released ten second-order earth escape talismans to Huang Tu Lishi at one go.


    Huang Tu Lishi, who is already proficient in earth magic, is blessed by the second-order talisman. After escaping in the earth, he is like a fish in water.


    According to Meng Zhang''s last command, these loess warriors with simple intelligence fled in the soil in different directions.


    There are traces of loess lux in the southeast, northwest, up, down, left and right.


    Meng Zhang took the people to escape upward, deliberately avoiding the direction of those loess warriors.


    When they came to the ground, those loess warriors who fled around had triggered the alarm of the totem pole, and the surrounding barbarian camps were disturbed.


    The barbarians are indeed a fighting race with high military quality. The internal changes did not lead to large-scale chaos.


    A group of well-trained barbarian soldiers, according to the pre arrangement, along different routes, began to pull nets around and search and arrest regularly.


    Meng Zhang waved his hand and ten second-order loess warriors appeared.


    He came out this time, but he completely emptied the inventory in the door.


    He took out three third-order talismans, which were the talismans of dust escape made by Yang Xueyi himself.


    Yang Xueyi, a third-order talisman in Taiyi gate, ensures the supply of third-order talismans. But the third-order talisman is still very valuable and can''t be used easily.


    The materials needed to refine the third-order talisman are valuable, and Yang Xueyi''s time cost has not been calculated. As an elder of taiyimen and immortal Jindan, she can''t spend too much time refining runes.


    With everyone''s help, Meng Zhang released three pieces of dust escape talisman as quickly as possible.


    Three groups of high-speed rotating dust appeared in the air, rolled up several loess lux respectively, and swept away madly in the distance.


    The second-order loess lux, who were not involved in the dust, ran in different directions.


    Meng Zhang took everyone, flew low against the ground and rushed in the direction away from the lake and blue city.


    Along the way, whenever they met a barbarian team, they did not entangle, made a quick decision, killed a bloody road as fast as possible, and ran away.


    They are all masters of the friars in the golden elixir period. Meng Zhang has the accomplishments of the later golden elixir period. As a sword master, he has amazing combat effectiveness. Various means of immortal Ye emerge one after another, and the killing moves of immortal jueying continue.


    The four people rushed all the way, easily breaking through the interception of many barbarian teams, farther and farther away from lake blue city.


    In the middle, two pretty generals came out to stop them, but they were rushed up by four people, so they spat blood and kept retreating.


    Knowing that this was the critical moment to run for their lives, the four did not reserve the slightest, but went all out, played all their cards and used all their means.


    The combat effectiveness of the team composed of four people is very strong. Even those old Jindan zongmen in Jiuqu League may not be able to come up with such a team.


    As the four fled, a terrible smell rose from the lake blue city.


    Lake blue city is a fertile land on the Yuantu prairie. It is the sage king shalehai, a rare barbarian among the barbarians, who sits in the lake blue city.


    Not long ago, he was receiving three demons in lake blue city.


    Among the worlds of the heavens, evil cultivation is a notorious thing that everyone hates. Even the aggressive barbarians who are belligerent and aggressive don''t want to see evil cultivation.


    However, the barbarian army entered the Junchen world, went deep alone, were enemies on all sides, and fell into a very bad situation.


    Under such circumstances, any force that can help is very valuable.


    Demon cultivation is a public enemy in all the world except the demon realm. Everyone shouts and fights.


    Demons who are in a similar situation to the barbarians take the initiative to come to the door, communicate with the barbarians, and are willing to help. Among the barbarians, such as shalehai, a calm and rational figure, can forcibly endure his hatred for the devil and cooperate with the devil for the time being.


    Of course, demon Xiu is not a bad man. The help they provide needs the barbarians to pay enough price before they can get it.


    For hundreds of years, the two sides have established a relatively stable communication channel after many transactions and taking what they need.


    The magician who came to lake blue city this time is an acquaintance of the Barbarian King shalehai.


    Although the other party is only a Jindan demon, the barbarian shalehai still attaches great importance to him and does not hesitate to surrender his identity and receive him in person.


    The man king came out in person, which is the highest standard of treatment.


    After meeting, they talked for a long time and settled some important matters.


    Taking advantage of the chance that the Barbarian King shalehai was in a good mood, the demon Xiu proposed to ask him for advice and see the barbarian magic skills.


    No barbarian would refuse to fight.


    Of course, the Barbarian King shalehai still wants face and is not willing to bully the small with the big. He suppressed most of his accomplishments and only used one hand to fight the enemy.


    The method of demon cultivation is really strange. Even if the cultivation is a big difference, its magic power still makes shalehai feel a little amazing.


    Because it is in battle, and the perception ability of the Barbarian King shalehai is not as good as the yuan God Zhenjun of the same level. When he sensed the spatial fluctuation, Meng Zhang and they had begun to run for their lives.


    Originally, I still wanted to put on airs in front of outsiders and let my subordinates deal with these things. But in his induction, there seems to be a little trouble around lake blue city. In particular, the spatial fluctuations from afar have become more and more intense.


    The Barbarian King shalehai is not the kind of person who sees face bigger than the sky. In his eyes, inside is far more important than face.


    He made no secret of releasing a powerful breath, trying to frighten the hidden enemy.


    Instead of taking care of the troubles, he took a step and jumped from the air to the place where the spatial waves came from.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples had not escaped far enough. Naturally, they clearly felt the strong breath of manwang''s wanton arrogance and undisguised.


    Meng Zhang gritted his teeth and shot again.


    Twenty loess warriors have emptied the accumulation of taiyimen. This time, he took out five second-order puppets.


    These five second-order puppets are fine products that cost a lot of money.


    All puppets are flying puppets. They are not good at fighting, but they are good at flying and hiding. They are extremely fast.


    Meng Zhang took out two third-order wind control runes and blessed five flying puppets. Five flying puppets turned into two strong winds and flew away in different directions.


    Meng Zhang and the four men each blessed a divination talisman, stuck to the ground and ran away to the distance.


    Although divine practice is the lowest level of magic, even the friars in the early stage of Qi refining can perform it. However, the talismans of divine practice refined by the third-order talisman have magical functions.


    The speed of the four people was very fast. With the blessing of talismans, their bodies turned into streamers and disappeared at once.


    Meng Zhang took out so many prepared things, and real people deciduous and jueying were unwilling to fall behind. They took out their prepared cards to help escape.


    After jumping several times, the king of man shalehai came to the sky over the underground river.


    He fell to the ground and stamped heavily on the ground. The solid ground separated like the tide, revealing a passage.


    Shalehai strided forward and soon came to the underground river.


    With one hand, all the rivers were drained away, exposing the bottom of the river.


    The space portal has long disappeared, but the independent space is rapidly collapsing, the space at the bottom of the river fluctuates violently, and the space cracks are flashing and disappearing.


    With his eyesight, he saw through the independent space at a glance. All kinds of cultivation resources scattered in the treasure house immediately fell into his eyes.


    Shalehai hesitated. He has two choices at this time. One is to deal with those troublesome insects outside. The second is to stay here to deal with this independent space that is rapidly collapsing.


    The barbarians have always been poor and have low production capacity. Although they sit on the treasure land of Yuantu prairie, they still often have a headache for the lack of war materials.


    There are a lot of materials in the treasure house at present. Although there is no great remedy, it is more or less effective.


    Once the space completely collapses, all these materials will be buried in the space turbulence. At that time, even the Barbarian King is not sure enough to draw chestnut from the fire.


    Shalehai soon made a decision that the troublemakers should be handed over to the strong men of various tribes. He should take care of it.


    He immediately started to stabilize the space and slow down the collapse of independent space.


    It has always been easy to destroy and difficult to build, and shalehai is not proficient in space Avenue. Once he did it, he couldn''t get away in a short time.


    On the ground, Meng Zhang distracted the enemy''s attention and troops by relying on Loess Lishi and second-order puppets, and then did their best to come up with a lot of means to press the bottom of the box.


    In the end, the four people all suffered some serious injuries, but escaped safely from the surrounding area of lake blue city.


    After that, the four of them tossed and turned all the way and went a long way around. Only then did they avoid the barbarian pursuit team and successfully return to the control area of Jiuqu League.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s four people were reluctantly relieved and finally escaped from heaven.


    According to the agreement between Meng Zhang and immortal black fox, he should take the bead back to the other party at this time.


    However, Meng Zhang has obtained many high-quality Kongming stones from that treasure house, and the beads have been collected by the fallen immortal.


    Therefore, he is ready to ignore the real black fox and return directly to taiyimen.


    What about immortal Black Fox? If you offend, you offend. After all, the black market can''t be seen. Don''t you dare to embarrass taiyimen.


    The consistent style of the black market is to hide in the dark and easily not take the initiative to make enemies with the leader of the cultivation world.


    However, the fallen leaf immortal stopped Meng Zhang''s reckless action and asked him to act according to the original plan. He still went to see the black fox immortal.

 Chapter 620

    The fallen leaf immortal told Meng Zhang that the black fox immortal was very difficult to provoke.


    He has operated in the Dark Alliance for many years. He is not only powerful, but also has a wide range of contacts and strong ability.


    If Meng Zhang offends him, he may not be able to let the Dark Alliance come forward to embarrass Meng Zhang. However, he used his power and had countless ways to make Meng Zhang''s future in the Jiuqu League difficult.


    In particular, this treasure is of great importance to real black fox. He will never give up.


    He will attack taiyimen at all costs and force Meng Zhang to obey.


    Even if Jin Lizhen is behind Taiyi gate, it will still be impossible to defend against all kinds of open and hidden arrows.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is not the nanny of taiyimen. She can''t take care of taiyimen in every detail.


    A bad, taiyimen''s many years of operation in Jiuqu League will be completely destroyed.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to the warning of immortal ye ye and knows that she will not be aimless.


    But the goal of immortal ye ye this time is also this bead. Isn''t there a good way to have the best of both worlds?


    As expected, immortal ye ye didn''t disappoint Meng Zhang. She told Meng Zhang that she would deal with the bead first, and then give it to Meng Zhang, so that Meng Zhang could take it to immortal black fox to make a job.


    Meng Zhang was really a little curious. What treasure is this bead? It is so important.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s doubts, immortal Ye briefly introduced him.


    The organizational structure of the Dark Alliance is complex, and the origin of monks is different.


    Among the Dark Alliance, the most trusted by the top is the monks trained by the Dark Alliance itself.


    The second is the monks trained by the sect attached to the Dark Alliance. This is the case with the Department of fallen leaves.


    Then, there are all kinds of friars recruited by the Dark Alliance through various means, including clan friars, family friars and scattered friars.


    Like the clan friars and family friars, some directly betrayed their clan and family, or joined the Dark Alliance openly or secretly. Also, it only maintains a certain degree of cooperation with the Dark Alliance.


    Because of the large number of monks and complex sources, we must find ways to ensure their loyalty. In particular, if some monks in key positions betray the Dark Alliance, the Dark Alliance will suffer great losses.


    In the cultivation world, the Dark Alliance is not without enemies. There are many forces who are eyeing the Dark Alliance all the time.


    The Dark Alliance has many ways to ensure the loyalty of its members. Like Meng Zhang, the bead they obtained this time is a very effective means.


    This bead is called soul bead, which is similar to the soul lamp used by many sects and families. A wisp of spirit breath of some members can be collected and kept in the soul beads.


    Using this breath of spirit, the master of the soul bead can master the life and death whereabouts of these members.


    Even if some members betrayed the Dark Alliance, they could not escape the palm of the Dark Alliance.


    Even if you invite an expert who is proficient in curse spells. Using this breath of spirit to cast a spell, you can kill thousands of miles away without a sound.


    This soul pearl preserved in the treasure house collected the spirit breath of many dark alliance members hundreds of years ago.


    Those members are just dead, but if they can live to the present hundreds of years later, they are at least the golden elixir friars.


    With this soul bead in hand, we can not say that we have completely mastered their life and death, at least for them, it is a powerful check.


    It''s amazing that a mere bead can affect some golden elixir real people and even Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    No wonder for hundreds of years, immortal Black Fox has been obsessed with this soul bead and has spent a huge price. He must take it back.


    The fallen leaf immortal told Meng Zhang that she would invite an expert to take out some spirit breath from the soul bead. After that, Meng Zhang returned the soul bead to immortal black fox.


    In this way, the fallen leaf immortal has achieved his goal, and Meng Zhang can explain it to the black fox immortal.


    After the fallen immortal explained clearly, he asked Meng Zhang and Jijian God to wait for her for a few days.


    Meng Zhang naturally agreed. He found a secret place in the area controlled by Jiuqu League and hid with Jijian God.


    Immortal deciduous left here temporarily with immortal jueying.


    Taking advantage of this free time, Meng Zhang and Jijian general cleaned up the booty together.


    When they were in the treasure house, they chose high-value items to take away. Take the spirit stone as an example. They don''t even care about the middle grade spirit stone. They try to collect the top grade spirit stone and take it away.


    The items they choose are mainly third-order. A small number of second-order items also have special functions.


    Such as jade soul liquid, it can help friars complete their spiritual soul during the foundation period. Quenching Qi pill can polish the true Qi of friars during the foundation period, save their time and help them improve their preparation before the pill


    As for the third-order pill, it''s even more valuable.


    Meng Zhang harvested many third-order pills and prescriptions.


    Although there is no third-order alchemist in Taiyi sect, it is still unable to refine third-order pills. However, Meng Zhang believed that it would be sooner or later for taiyimen to train third-order alchemists.


    These third-order pills have a great effect on the golden elixir friars in the sect.


    The Golden Lotus pill, in particular, can be called the best of the third-order pills.


    The function of Golden Lotus pill is very simple, which is to improve the probability of monks forming golden pills during foundation building. According to different conditions of monks, the probability can be increased by 50% to 10%.


    Don''t look at the low probability. In the cultivation world, any pill or spirit object that can improve the success rate of pill binding can''t measure its value with spirit stone.


    Like the endless sand sea in those years, even building Jidan is a special strategic resource, which can not easily circulate in the market.


    Now taiyimen has trained more than one second-class alchemist, and has a medicine garden attached to Baicao Pavilion, which has solved the problem of medicinal materials. The supply of building foundation Dan can be basically guaranteed.


    However, taiyimen can not refine the pill that can assist in the knot of pills, and it is difficult to obtain it from the outside world.


    Meng Zhang not only obtained a full six Golden Lotus pills this time, but more importantly, he also obtained the complete prescription of Golden Lotus pills.


    Without looking closely, Meng Zhang knew that the pill for refining Golden Lotus pill must be very rare. But with danfang, you can always collect it slowly.


    There are also many third-order talismans. Even if Yang Xueyi is the third-order talisman in Taiyi gate, there will never be too many third-order talismans.


    There are also more than ten third-order magic tools, which play a great role.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care to count slowly for the time being. He had to go back to the door and check with the third-order tool refiner in the door before he could find out the details of these magic tools.


    In addition to the general magic tools, there are many special magic tools in the cultivation world. They need to be refined in a special way in order to give full play to their maximum power.


    The more high-order magic tools, the more obvious this situation is.


    Whether a monk''s major is in the right way or not will affect the use of magic tools.

 Chapter 621

    In addition to obtaining many empty ghost stones on the treasure shelf, Meng Zhang also found three huge empty ghost stones in the place where the soul beads were stored.


    In the secret room where the soul beads are stored, there are six other boxes besides the soul beads.


    In a box, there are three empty ghost stones.


    Each of the three empty ghost stones is the size of a baby''s head and is of excellent quality.


    In Jiuqu League, when refining storage magic tools such as storage bags, you can only use some leftover materials of empty ghost stone.


    Like the lowest level storage bag in the cultivation world, when refining, you even need to add some fragments of empty ghost stone.


    If all the three empty ghost stones are used to refine the storage magic tools, the storage space can be imagined. From then on, Meng Zhang will not worry about the lack of storage space.


    If this happens again in the future, he may really empty the whole treasure house.


    Of course, the treasure house was really empty, and the manwang lost his control. Whether they could escape safely is another matter.


    Before jiedan, immortal jueying helped taiyimen establish a dark hall and train assassins and spies.


    She did not dare to disclose the unique inheritance of the Dark Alliance, and only dared to teach some rough road goods.


    Meng Zhang now has the secret code of the Dark Alliance. If the news is leaked, the Dark Alliance will not sit idly by.


    Most of the black fox immortal knew the existence of this secret code.


    However, he took the initiative to hire Meng Zhang to search for treasure in the treasure house. Meng Zhang also has a great responsibility for this secret code.


    With the old fox''s cunning, he should not ask for trouble, but pretend not to know it.


    The secret code fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, and Meng Zhang would not hand it over easily.


    His idea is that after returning to Tai Yi gate, he will study together with the senior middle school.


    Try to make only superficial changes as like as two peas.


    As for the training of assassins and spies, it should be carried out in secret and must not be exposed.


    As the name suggests, the death dummy is a special treasure that can help the master die.


    This is a funny idea to protect his life. Meng Zhang carefully put it away.


    After refining this substitute dummy in the future, you can let this dummy bear the damage instead of yourself. You have an extra life.


    Why didn''t the master of immortal Black Fox take this talisman with him. Even if he can''t exert all the power of the talisman, he can greatly enhance his combat effectiveness.


    In fact, Meng Zhang did not know that all the items in the secret room, including soul beads, were not personal items, but the treasure of the Dark Alliance.


    The master of immortal black fox, as the principal, is just a keeper. Without orders from the top, he is not qualified to use these items.


    Organizations like the Dark Alliance have many internal rules, strict discipline and strict laws. Even the middle and high levels of the League dare not easily violate the league rules.


    Although Meng Zhang is also the leader of a great power, he has never had such experience and will never understand how much the system binds a person.


    Real black fox and his master can play side balls within the rules and take advantage of the loopholes in the rules, but they absolutely have no courage to openly violate the rules set by the organization.


    In particular, the master of immortal black fox was a cautious person in those days. All my life, I have been in strict accordance with the rules of the Dark Alliance, and I have never set foot in the wrong place.


    Even if you know that the items in these six boxes are valuable, you can even help yourself break through. But without a clear order, he can only if these items do not exist.


    After hundreds of years, these treasures were cheap for Meng Zhang.


    Sure enough, horses are not fat without night grass, and people are not rich without windfall wealth. Taiyimen has been operating for many years and has paid countless people''s hard efforts. I''m afraid it''s difficult to collect these cultivation resources.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart while cleaning up the harvest.


    He was even a little worried about whether he would be dazzled by this huge harvest. In the future, I just want to take a shortcut and no longer run the sect honestly.


    The extreme sword God will have rich experience, sharp eyes, and the ability to judge and identify treasures is still above Meng Zhang.


    With him reminding, Meng Zhang is not Xiaobai. Although they did not leave much time to them, they basically took away the best part of the treasure house.


    In addition to the harvest of fallen leaf immortal and jueying immortal, the rest of the treasure house are ordinary goods. Although the quantity is quite large, the actual value is far less than the part they took away.


    Meng Zhang was busy counting the harvest, but they didn''t notice the passage of time.


    It was more than ten days before the fallen leaf immortal came back here alone.

 Chapter 622

    Immortal deciduous handed the soul bead to Meng Zhang and told him that he could go to find immortal Black Fox now.


    When he was in the treasure house, the soul bead was directly taken away by the fallen immortal. Meng Zhang just glanced at it without looking carefully.


    Now he took the soul bead in his hand and looked carefully, but he still couldn''t see any change.


    Seeing this, immortal ye ye thought Meng Zhang was a little worried.


    She explained it carefully for Meng Zhang.


    She was an elder invited this time. She secretly moved a little hand and foot to the soul bead, which did not damage the soul bead. With the eyesight of real black fox, you can never find the problem. The outbreak of hidden dangers in soul beads is at least decades or hundreds of years later.


    With the words of immortal deciduous, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    It has been delayed for so long that it is not appropriate to delay any longer.


    After leaving with immortal ye ye, Meng Zhang flew directly to the direction of Dongyuan city with the great sword general.


    They entered Dongyuan city. As soon as they came to the door of the black market, the subordinates arranged by the real black fox immediately welcomed them and brought them directly to the real black fox.


    Immortal black fox was probably really in a hurry. Unexpectedly, he didn''t even have the idea of greeting. He directly entered the subject and asked about the success or failure of the action.


    When Meng Zhang took out the soul bead, immortal Black Fox couldn''t even care about the minimum etiquette. He grabbed the soul bead from Meng Zhang and stared at it in his hand.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care, and let real black fox check it slowly.


    After a long time, immortal Black Fox recovered. The soul bead was in his hand. His goal was achieved. He thought of waiting for Meng Zhang. He smiled awkwardly and carefully explained to Meng Zhang.


    He longed for the treasure for hundreds of years. Once it appeared in front of him, he inevitably lost his temper.


    He finally fulfilled his master''s dying wish.


    I was so excited just now that I was rude. Please Meng Zhang understand.


    Both generations of their teachers and disciples should thank Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang''s great kindness and virtue will never be forgotten.


    In the mouth of immortal black fox, there were many good words about not asking for money. Meng Zhang was a little bored.


    Immortal Black Fox has rich experience and has a smooth way of dealing with the world. Just now he just saw the soul bead and lost his calmness.


    Now his mood calmed down, and he soon recovered the old fox.


    He told Meng Zhang that the empty ghost stone needed by Taiyi gate was being transported from the south. It will take some time before it can arrive.


    He asked Meng Zhang to wait a little patiently.


    Meng Zhanggang harvested a batch of high-quality Kongming stones from the treasure house. He was not eager for the batch promised by immortal black fox.


    However, the empty ghost stone is very useful. It''s hard to get it in Jiuqu League. It''s also a good thing to get more.


    When immortal Black Fox spoke to Meng Zhang, he looked quietly at the back of the Jijian divine general.


    Because the empty ghost stone obtained in the treasure house could not be put into the stored magic weapon, Meng Zhang just cast a spell to block its breath and asked the Jijian God to wrap it with a package and carry it on his body all the time.


    Although immortal Black Fox did not know that Meng Zhang had obtained those treasures, he could guess that Meng Zhang had gained a lot this time.


    People like black fox immortal also have their bearing. As long as he gets what he needs and achieves his goal, Meng Zhang can accept some benefits. Anyway, he is not the one who suffers losses.


    For him, in order to get the soul bead in his hand, he was even willing to pay all the price.


    Immortal Black Fox and his master are completely two kinds of people. Although he has a good position in the Dark Alliance, his loyalty to the Dark Alliance is limited, and he takes into account his own interests. Black Fox immortal has done a lot of things such as harming public interests, abusing power and so on.


    The treasure in the treasure house is the property of the Dark Alliance, not the private property of the real black fox. Is there anything better than buying Meng Zhang with public property to achieve his own goal?


    Meng Zhang had no mind to continue to entangle with the old fox. After a few perfunctory words, he took the initiative to leave.


    After preliminary inspection, it is confirmed that there is no problem with the soul bead in your hand. Black Fox immortal was very enthusiastic about Meng Zhang and left contact information. We should contact you often in the future.


    For hundreds of years, he tried his best to hire several teams and paid a heavy price. What he couldn''t accomplish was so easily completed by Meng Zhang. Immortal black fox had a good impression of Meng Zhang. He really wants to make friends with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s identity as the leader of Taiyi sect is not worth mentioning. The most important thing is that he has done a great job this time.


    Making friends with such a capable person can not be used again in the future.


    Meng Zhang will certainly not refuse the friendship of real black fox.


    Many friends and many roads, not to mention the powerful figure of the Dark Alliance such as the black fox immortal. With his care, it should be convenient for taiyimen to act on the side of Jiuqu League in the future.


    As for the soul beads that have moved their hands and feet, Meng Zhang can''t care when they will be exposed for the time being.


    According to the fallen immortal, the black fox immortal can''t see through the mystery inside. The hidden danger broke out very early.


    We''ll talk about the future. At least we don''t have to worry about it now.


    Meng Zhang said goodbye to the enthusiastic Black Fox immortal, took the extremely sword general, didn''t stop outside, and flew back to the Baicao slope of the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang left the sect not long ago. There was no big event in the sect. Everything was normal.


    The most important work in the door, the repair of the child and mother conveyor plate, is still carried out in an orderly manner under the command of the thick earth God.


    Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s most concerned disciple, has not yet passed the pass and is still practicing in isolation.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God will take out all the harvest this time.


    The two were humble to each other and then divided up all the booty. At the insistence of Jijian, Meng Zhang took the lead.


    They collected the items they could use first, and exchanged a large number of other items for sect good work at a very low price.


    Such a large amount of resources are added to the large library, and they are still high-quality products. The large library has become much more abundant.


    Because there was no trusted third-order alchemist, Meng Zhang could only stay and take the twelve gold nuts directly.


    Meng Zhang gave the big gold crystal of the sun to the thunder god general. When he came empty handed, he used it to refine magic tools for himself.


    The thunderbolt general, who was busy repairing the child and mother transfer disk, took the time to carefully check this sun gold crystal.


    As a professional tool refiner, his vision is much better than Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that the outer part of this sun gold crystal is a third-order spiritual material, and the core part is a fourth-order spiritual material.


    He found it difficult to deal with such materials.


    However, with such advanced spiritual materials, if you study carefully, you may be able to refine an excellent magic instrument for Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 623

    The matter of refining magic tools needs to be considered in the long run. Jinglei God still focuses on repairing the set of child and mother transfer disks.


    In the process of repairing the child and mother transfer disk, a great good thing happened.


    General weak water was originally a third-order alchemist and a second-order alchemist, but in the process of repairing the child and mother transfer plate, her alchemist has been greatly improved. She has been promoted to a third-order alchemist.


    Of course, because the water refining technique is more eccentric, there are not many magic tools that can be refined, and most of them are some special eccentric magic tools. The third-order tool refiner, the weak water god general, must be far less than the thunder god general. After all, the art of fire refining is the mainstream in the cultivation world at present.


    But anyway, it''s a great thing to have a third-order weapon refiner in the sect.


    Moreover, the water refining technique is not useless. In some aspects, it has the advantages that the fire refining technique does not have.


    At present, Taiyi gate has covered most aspects of the cultivation of truth and art at the first and second levels.


    Alchemists, weapon refiners, Lingnong, talisman makers and animal guards are emerging one after another. However, at the third-order level, there are still great defects.


    Especially for the most important alchemist, there is only a third-order alchemist, the general of weak water. And she likes to run around outside and doesn''t want to stay in the door to refine pills.


    Because she is an elder in the sect, Meng Zhang, the leader, can''t force her too much. We can only persuade her carefully to make more pills.


    Water refining is a special alchemy. There are not many Dan prescriptions using this method.


    Among the third-order pills mastered by the weak water god, there are mainly pills for restoring the true yuan and treating injuries, as well as some side door pills with special effects.


    The water yuan pill used to improve cultivation is hard to find. Even if the weak water god wants to refine a lot, he can''t do it.


    The third-order alchemists of the whole Jiuqu league are limited. Most of the pills they refine are digested within their own forces. The third-order pill that can flow out to the market is not large in quantity and of low quality. However, every time the third-order pill appears on the market, especially the pill that can directly improve cultivation, it will attract some competition.


    With the current channels and financial resources of Taiyi sect, it is impossible to obtain enough third-order elixir to supply all golden elixirs in the sect.


    Meng Zhang obtained the third-order pill from the treasure house this time, which is actually the most third-order pill obtained by taiyimen in recent years.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi sect has a special situation. The four Dharma protectors do not need much pills to improve their cultivation.


    There are only a few other golden elixir immortal in the gate. With the power of the whole Taiyi gate, they can barely support them.


    Zhang Yingying, the leader of Taiyi sect''s elixir hall, is old and her potential has long been exhausted. There is basically no hope of breaking through the golden elixir period in this life, let alone becoming a third-order alchemist.


    Shi Changqing, a second-order alchemist who had been highly valued, exhausted his life and died many years ago.


    Meng Zhang has high hopes for his disciple an Xiaoran.


    The excellent skill "Fusang Sutra" she practiced is not only powerful, but also very suitable for alchemy. With her qualifications and foundation, it can be expected to achieve the golden elixir period.


    Until she becomes a third-order alchemist, it is possible to completely solve the problem of pill supply of taiyimen.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been ten years since Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate.


    After so many years of efforts, the set of child and mother transfer disks has finally been completely repaired.


    It took too much manpower and material resources to repair the child and mother conveyor, which placed too much hope on the people of Taiyi gate.


    In these ten years, the empty ghost stones that immortal Black Fox promised Meng Zhang had long been transported to the Gobi of evil wind and called into the hands of taiyimen.


    Moreover, because immortal Black Fox intends to make good relations with Meng Zhang, he uses his power to take care of taiyimen''s business in Jiuqu League.


    The child mother transport tray has been repaired, and the empty ghost stone has been in place for a long time. The rest is naturally a test.


    The thick earth God will personally place the master of the child and mother transfer disk on the baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang and several Dharma protectors will try in turn and leave Baicao slope for a distance with a set of sub plates. Then carefully place the sub disk, start the sub disk and consume the empty ghost stone.


    They successfully transmitted back to baicaopo without any problems.


    Then they start the master disk and send it back to the place where the sub disk is placed.


    The success of the first test greatly increased people''s confidence. They took zipan further away from baicaopo.


    From the first ten li to the next one hundred Li, five hundred Li, one thousand li and three thousand li, it goes straight to the last ten thousand li.


    No matter how far it is from baicaopo, as long as the child and mother transfer tray is started, it can be successfully transmitted and travel between the two places in an instant.


    Of course, the farther the transmission distance, the greater the consumption of the empty ghost stone.


    They tried to transmit at a distance of 10000 miles and stopped temporarily. The empty ghost stone is too precious. They are reluctant to consume too much.


    Although taiyimen now has a batch of empty ghost stones in stock, there is no stable channel to get empty ghost stones.


    Even if Immortal Black Fox wants to make friends with Meng Zhang, he will not easily provide such a valuable resource as empty ghost stone.


    Even with his contacts and abilities, it is not easy to transport the empty ghost stone from the south to Jiuqu League.


    Before obtaining a stable source of empty ghost stone, taiyimen can only consume inventory, and the inventory is used a little less.


    In addition to putting some empty ghost stones with bad appearance in the big library for the smelter in the door to refine magic tools. The excellent empty ghost stones were carefully collected by Meng Zhang for emergencies.


    It is a matter of great strategic significance to use the child mother conveyor to mobilize troops across a long distance.


    After the repair, the master disk was placed in the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, and the sub disk was also carefully collected by Meng Zhang.


    Two years later, another great thing happened at taiyimen.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader and a disciple of Meng Zhang, finally formed a golden elixir and successfully passed the pass.


    On the day Niu Dawei successfully completed the pill, the aura in the sky was surging, auspicious clouds gathered, the rays were shining and bright.


    Niu Dawei''s success in getting rid of the pill is not just that there is an additional golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate. Its great significance can not be described too much.


    After working hard in Taiyi sect for so many years, seeing the slow rise of Taiyi sect, even the eldest disciples have become golden elixirs. The Taiyi sect finally has successors. Meng Zhang finally lived up to the expectations of his master and senior brother.


    With a big heart, his whole body and mind were completely relaxed. Above his mind, it seemed as if he had brushed away a layer of fog and became clear and pure.


    Meng Zhang could not imagine that Niu Dawei''s Dan knot was actually helpful to his Taoist heart.


    Of course, this progress is not without reason. It is also the result of his accumulation after reading the Taoist Scriptures and understanding the Taoist collection for many years.

 Chapter 624

    Meng Zhang seemed to vaguely see a road, a road leading to the period of Yuanshen.


    No wonder it is clearly pointed out in the inheritance of Taiyi sect that reciting Taoist Scriptures and carefully understanding Taoist collections will help Jindan friars impact the yuan God period.


    At present, Meng Zhang is not clear about many breakthrough joints because of his incomplete skill. However, his understanding of daozang helped him find out the direction to Yuanshen period bit by bit.


    The road ahead is very bumpy, but at least I see the direction. This is an unprecedented major progress for Meng Zhang.


    After Niu Dawei successfully completed the pill, he did not rush out of the pass as usual. Instead, he had to consolidate his accomplishments and master some magic powers of the golden pill period before he could become a true monk of the golden pill period.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother him and let him continue to close the door.


    Niu Dawei, the elder martial brother, became a golden elixir, which brought some pressure to the second martial sister an Xiaoran and the third martial brother an Muran.


    An Xiaoran reduced the time for refining pills and put more energy on cultivation.


    Anmo began to train assistants to help him deal with the affairs of the dark hall. He will also pay more attention to cultivation.


    There is another golden elixir immortal in Taiyi sect, and he is also the chief disciple. The whole sect was very excited.


    Taiyi gate is developing rapidly, with elites emerging one after another, and its overall strength is constantly improving.


    Among the many sects in Jiuqu League, Yuanshen sect can''t compare with Jindan sect. Taiyi sect has a head and face and can occupy a certain position.


    Three years later, Zhang Yingying, the original leader of the Dan Hall of Taiyi gate, sat down. Under the persuasion of Meng Zhang, the second disciple an Xiaoran took over the post of leader of the Dan Hall.


    In Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, he had a clear view of the cultivation during the foundation period.


    With an Xiaoran''s temperament and foundation, it''s not good to practice hard. Being the leader of Dan Hall seems to have to deal with many affairs, which distracts her energy and reduces her cultivation time. But relaxation is more conducive to her progress.


    With an Xiaoran''s Alchemy, no one can compare with her except the weak water god general in the door.


    Moreover, an Xiaoran practiced the mainstream fire alchemy, and the range of pills that could be refined was larger. Almost all common pills can be refined.


    She became the leader of the Dantang hall. Everyone in the door was convinced.


    Of course, when he took over the position of leader of Dantang hall, an Xiaoran said something first. When she wants to impact the golden elixir period, she will hand over all the affairs of the Dan Hall.


    Meng Zhang agreed, but asked her to cultivate alchemists in the school and strive to have successors.


    Zhang Yingying, the original Dan hall leader of Taiyi sect, has mediocre cultivation and weak combat effectiveness. She is the earliest alchemist of Taiyi sect.


    With the emergence of more and more excellent alchemists in the door, she has begun to lag behind in alchemy except for the oldest.


    However, her greatest contribution to the sect is to establish the Dan Hall and cultivate many excellent younger alchemists.


    Without her support, it would be difficult for these younger generations to excel at the blue.


    At this point, even an Xiaoran, who has always been arrogant, has to admire her.


    Now an Xiaoran has taken over as the leader of the Dan Hall. In addition to ensuring the daily supply of the sect''s Dan medicine, he also shoulders the responsibility of training the sect''s alchemists.


    When I returned to the door for a few years, I saw that there was no news from the Dark Alliance, and there was no action to recover the secret code of dark stab.


    Whether the top level of the Dark Alliance doesn''t know about it or for any other reason. In that case, it must be good for taiyimen, and Meng Zhang was silent.


    He and the golden elixir friars in the door, especially several Dharma protectors, secretly studied this secret code.


    The four Dharma protectors are all experienced and visionary elders. Once they devoted themselves to this matter, the research on the secret code of dark thorn soon made great progress.


    Most of them have slowly learned the secrets of the Dark Alliance.


    Remove those features that are too obvious or too bloody and cruel, and absorb the essence of those useful parts. Led by the Jijian God general, he began to write a secret code suitable for the actual situation of Taiyi gate.


    Five years later, Niu Dawei finally got out of the customs.


    Meng Zhang''s celebration was very large. He not only invited all members of Hanhai Dao alliance to participate, but also sent invitations to many Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu alliance.


    It goes without saying that all the new business partners, new trading partners and new friends made by taiyimen in recent years have received invitations.


    Taiyimen has joined Jiuqu League for some years. Although it is still new among many members of the league, it is more or less famous.


    Meng Zhang''s holding of this celebration is also a formal declaration of the existence of taiyimen to all members of Jiuqu League to show their own muscles.


    When the celebration was held, visitors from all walks of life came to baicaopo, the gate of Taiyi gate.


    Hanhai daomeng, an organization founded by Meng Zhang, has developed rapidly in recent years.


    After so many years, those originally half hearted members of the league have been completely subdued by the Taiyi gate, become honest and act as the pawn of the Taiyi gate.


    With the further development of Gobi, it can not only produce more resources, but also reproduce more and more people.


    Taiyimen eat meat, and these pawns can also drink a mouthful of soup.


    Members of the League began to quickly recover their vitality damaged in previous years and had more and more disciples.


    Taiyimen not only occupies a territory as large as the Gobi, but also has a large territory in the barren land of the endless sand sea.


    How much time and energy will it take to develop such a large site by taiyimen alone?


    In addition to opening the door to members of the league and encouraging them to join the development. Taiyimen also introduced some measures to attract monks from Jiuqu League.


    Concubines who are not valued by the big family and have no future... Many friars from different backgrounds have come to Taiyi gate.


    As long as they pay a certain price and are willing to be loyal to Taiyi sect, they can be assigned to a certain territory for them to establish families and even sects.


    The members of Hanhai daomeng have increased, and taiyimen has many available subordinates.


    Of course, how to identify and control these new monks and newly established forces is another difficult problem.

 Chapter 625

    Taiyimen dark hall shoulders more responsibilities.


    Members of the dark hall, from an Muran, the leader of the hall, to ordinary spies, have become very busy and have many more tasks.


    Even Meng Zhang, the real leader of the hall, sometimes had to lower his figure and personally joined various screening tasks.


    It is certain that spies from various forces can be screened out. As for those monks who hide their origin, or avoid disaster, or have ulterior motives, there are more.


    For these monks, of course, we can''t simply kill them. It''s too wasteful to expel all.


    Meng Zhang asked the dark hall to record these friars one by one. We will deal with it slowly in the future and try to drain all their value.


    The original mountain gates of those members of Hanhai daomeng are on the other side of the endless sand sea. After arriving at the Gobi with many good conditions and the territory rewarded by Taiyi gate, I can''t see the original mountain gate.


    In addition to some nostalgic forces, many forces have sold or leased the original mountain gate to new monks.


    In the cultivation world, there are monks who have no way out and nowhere to live. There are also many monks who want to establish their own families or families.


    Although the endless sand sea is a little barren, at least it can let human beings survive, and the basic cultivation conditions can be met.


    As a result, more and more monks poured into the endless sand sea.


    Those friars who were poor and could not pay any rent willingly became the vassals of those members of Hanhai daomeng and accepted their exploitation.


    These members of Hanhai daomeng are actually vassals of taiyimen. It''s not a bad thing to have more vassals in their own family.


    After years of development, there are many new forces of truth cultivation on the side of the Gobi and the endless sand sea.


    As the news spread, many monks from Jiuqu League, Yuantu prairie and even hengjue mountains traveled thousands of miles to the sphere of influence of Taiyi gate to seek new development.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength and the current power of Taiyi sect, as long as these foreign friars are not pursued and killed by Yuanshen sect, Taiyi sect is fully capable of protecting them.


    Of course, such shelter is not without cost. From then on, they will work hard for taiyimen and even Hanhai daomeng, and slowly repay.


    As long as the situation is not too bad, the Taiyi gate will open a convenient door to accept them and allow them to settle in the Taiyi gate territory.


    On the golden elixir celebration of Niu Dawei, there are many visitors and complex product flow. Many forces of Jiuqu League have given Taiyi enough face and sent envoys to congratulate him.


    Jin Lizhen Jun''s energy on cultivation has obviously decreased since he became the yuan God.


    Due to the deliberate solicitation of qingyuanzong, she is very close to the yuan God Zhenjun of qingyuanzong, especially Qinglan Zhenjun.


    She spent less and less time on this side of the endless sand sea. Most of the time, it''s on the side of Jiuqu League.


    Qing Yuanzong also intended to praise Jin Lizhen, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun. He not only gave her a high status, but also actively guided her to participate in various affairs of Jiuqu League, giving her more and more power.


    Jin Lizhen began to participate in various affairs of Jiuqu League more and more. She seemed to find new fun in it and slowly indulge in it.


    In the current Jiuqu League, Jin Lizhen wants status, power and power.


    She can lead the direction of many things according to her own wishes. Her hand also extended longer and longer, and began to involve all aspects of the league.


    Although Jin Lizhen had taiyimen as a vassal, she did not have too reliable direct subordinates.


    Her disciple Jin Qiaoer is not interested in the affairs of Jiuqu League. Most of the time, she stays in the mountain gate to practice.


    As the new Yuanshen Zhenjun, as long as a little wind is released, some friars come to take refuge on their own initiative.


    Jin Lizhen just slightly changed her previous attitude of not entering strangers. She soon had a group of monks to drive her.


    Even, qingyuanzong took the initiative to introduce some monks with strong ability to help Jin Lizhen deal with all kinds of complicated affairs.


    Jin Lizhen Jun readily accepted these new men and began to drive them without exception.


    Meng Zhang declined to comment on Jin Lizhen''s choice. Meng Zhang could not interfere with her various practices.


    As long as Jin Lizhen continues to protect taiyimen, Meng Zhang will be satisfied.


    In fact, with Jin Lizhen''s greater and greater power in Jiuqu League, she participated in more and more affairs. As a force under the protection of Jin Lizhen, Taiyi gate also enjoys more and more convenience.


    Even if Jin Lizhen didn''t deliberately play favoritism and didn''t take special care of Taiyi gate, all aspects of Jiuqu alliance, in the face of Jin Lizhen, will take a different look at Taiyi gate and give some care.


    Taiyimen has developed so smoothly in recent years, and its tentacles are deeper and deeper into Jiuqu League. To a large extent, it took advantage of this.


    After all, a true monarch who holds real power is still a bit of a card. If her vassal doesn''t offend, try not to offend.


    During the celebration of Niu Dawei''s Dan knot, Meng Zhang personally went to Jiuqu League and personally sent an invitation to Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen is too busy to be separated. However, she sent her monks to congratulate on her behalf and gave a generous gift.


    In other words, after Jin Lizhen began to take power in Jiuqu League, all kinds of explicit or implicit income also increased.


    Most of the time, she doesn''t have to do anything while sitting. Naturally, someone will send a lot of spirit stones to the door.


    In the face of Jin Lizhen, even the Qing Yuanzong, the largest faction of the Jiuqu League, sent messengers to congratulate him.


    But on the other side of the jade sword gate, he turned a blind eye to Jin Lizhen and everything related to Jin Lizhen.


    When the envoys sent by Qing Yuanzong appeared at Niu Dawei''s Dan knot celebration, almost all the guests couldn''t help looking up at Taiyi gate.


    Many forces began to think about how to further develop their relationship with taiyimen.


    Niu Dawei''s Dan knot celebration is grand and grand, far more than any celebration in the history of taiyimen.


    All the friars outside Taiyi gate who can get back have come back as soon as possible.


    Even Yang Xueyi, who has been in Jiuqu city and served as the elder of Jiuqu League, temporarily put aside all kinds of affairs and handed them over to a doorman during the foundation construction period to personally rush back to celebrate Niu da.


    When the celebration of jiedan ended in a very warm atmosphere, everyone at Taiyi gate felt that there was still something left to be desired. All the disciples feel extremely honored.

 Chapter 626

    Niu Dawei''s wedding ceremony ended in the wind and scenery. Guests from all walks of life left one after another. There were Taiyi sect disciples outside. Although they were not sure, they also left the Mountain Gate one after another.


    Yang Xueyi was going to leave, but Meng Zhang left her.


    There are many contents about the production of some special talismans in the secret code of dark thorn. Yang Xueyi inherited the inheritance of the predecessors of Zijin school, with profound cultivation and unique vision. She is a rare third-order talisman.


    With her, the research and adaptation of the secret code of dark thorn will be greatly accelerated.


    There have been no major events in Jiuqu League in recent years. Yang Xueyi''s disciples are enough to handle some daily affairs. She stayed in the door and didn''t hurry back.


    Two years later, with the joint efforts of the golden elixir friars of Taiyi sect, they successively made some things that can be used to train the dark hall friars in the sect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, taiyimen should establish a brand-new system for training dark hall friars.


    In particular, assassins and spies with special missions should select good seeds from children, cultivate them from an early age, and play a special role only after cruel training.


    This is a long-term work, which costs a lot and takes a long time. It needs to be considered in the long run. The results can not be seen in a short time.


    While Meng Zhang was busy strengthening the dark hall, an elder who had left the sect for many years came back.


    Zheng Chao, the original leader of the war hall, left the sect and went to the west of the Gobi.


    Although he has long passed on the position of leader of the war hall to his disciples, as an elder of golden elixir and the old leader of the war hall, it is his great responsibility to guide the development of the war hall.


    Fortunately, in recent years, taiyimen has no foreign war, and the new leader of the war hall is also more effective and can handle all kinds of daily affairs of the war hall. Even if Zheng Chao was not in the door for a long time, he did not cause bad consequences.


    Zheng Chao left the sect for many years. In the first few years, he occasionally sent back one or two heraldic symbols to report peace. Later, there was almost no news.


    If the soul lamp enshrined in the door was not kept intact, the middle and high levels of the door would doubt whether he had an accident outside.


    Zheng Chao, who hasn''t returned for many years, brought bad news to us as soon as he returned to the sect.


    In the west of the Gobi, a great change is taking place that will completely change the situation of the Gobi.


    It turned out that Zheng Chao, who had always been belligerent, went directly to the west of the Gobi after leaving Taiyi gate.


    In those years, the weak water god traveled to the depths of the Gobi and brought back all kinds of intelligence there. Among them, there is a large-scale invasion of the Hai nationality, and the demons and beasts occupying the Gobi are losing ground, which is about to be unsupported.


    Meng Zhang was worried that the changes in the west of the Gobi would affect Taiyi gate, so he ordered the disciples to strengthen the monitoring of the West.


    However, because the west is the base camp of monsters, monsters run rampant, including many third-order monsters. Ordinary disciples can only watch from a distance and can''t go deep into them at all.


    After Zheng Chao married Dan, he took the initiative to go to the west of the Gobi. Meng Zhang was more happy to see his success.


    He is outstanding in both cultivation and combat experience. As long as he is not surrounded by an army of monsters, there should be no problem with his safety.


    Zheng Chao lived up to Meng Zhang''s expectations. He not only successfully explored the west of the Gobi, but also brought back very important information at a critical time.


    Zheng Chao told Meng Zhang about his experiences in these years.


    It turned out that after Zheng Chao left Taiyi gate, he went directly to the depths of the Gobi. All the way west, reached the west coast.


    At this time, because of the unfavorable situation on the front line, the monsters in the Gobi were constantly defeated. It not only lost a large area of coastal territory, but also was pursued by the Hai nationality all the way, allowing the Hai nationality to go deep into the Gobi of evil wind.


    The west coast of the Gobi Gobi has long been the world of the sea people.


    Although the combat effectiveness of the Hai clan is greatly reduced after landing, the Hai clan can still suppress monsters with its strong combat effectiveness.


    After Zheng Chao came there, he soon clashed with the Hai nationality stationed there.


    Zheng Chao has never been a timid person. Instead, he is aggressive and often takes the initiative.


    The small conflict at the beginning soon turned into a series of continuous wars.


    Under the siege of the Hai nationality, Zheng Chao fought all the way and became braver and braver. It made a big circle along the western coast, which gave the Hai people great damage.


    Later, Zheng Chao even took the initiative to fight in the sea and destroy everywhere.


    The high level of Hai nationality was very angry and mobilized a strong force to surround and kill Zheng Chao.


    Zheng Chao gave full play to the essence of guerrilla warfare, retreating in case of strength and killing in case of weakness.


    He not only didn''t die under the pursuit of the sea clan, but also killed a large number of pursuers, but also had an adventure in the sea.


    Listening to Zheng Chao''s remarks, Meng Zhang envied Zheng Chao a little.


    Who is the transgressor in the end? Everything he encountered should be the treatment of the transgressor.


    Zheng Chao''s actions along the way have caused great damage to the Hai clan and attracted many troops of the Hai clan. It can be regarded as helping the Monster Party reduce a certain burden.


    Unfortunately, Zheng Chao is alone. His ability is limited and can''t have a great impact on the war situation.


    With the sea clan gaining an overwhelming advantage over monsters, more forces can be mobilized to pursue and kill Zheng Chao.


    Zheng Chao has experienced many battles. He has an extremely sensitive sense of smell. Seeing that the situation is wrong, he immediately turns in, flees from the sea and runs towards the Gobi.


    After fleeing back to land, he did not stay long by the sea, but fled directly to the East.


    Along the way, what he saw and heard was that the sea people made great progress and the monster side was defeated.


    According to his judgment, the complete destruction of the monster side is in the dying days.


    Hai clan has destroyed its old rival for many years and occupied a large territory in the west of the Gobi, which will directly border with taiyimen.


    The Hai nationality is ferocious and aggressive. It''s even harder to deal with than monsters.


    If taiyimen cannot make targeted arrangements in time, it will inevitably fall into a passive situation in the face of this new neighbor.


    Meng Zhang listened to Zheng Chao and asked him a lot of questions. Among them, the main thing is to ask about the specific strength of Hai nationality.


    The sea people come from the sea. Although Zheng Chao once entered the sea, he didn''t go too deep.


    He did not know the strength of the Hai clan in the deep sea, but only roughly knew the strength of the Hai clan on the sea and land.


    On the way back, he also explored carefully.


    The strength of the Hai nationality he knew was better than that of taiyimen now.


    In particular, the huge number of Hai people''s army, even if the taiyimen elite do their best to form an army of friars, it is difficult to compete with it.

 Chapter 627

    Hearing Zheng Chao talking about the strong strength of the Hai nationality, Meng Zhang''s face became gloomy.


    According to Zheng Chao, the destruction of monsters is inevitable. Then it''s taiyimen''s turn to face the sea clan.


    Whether the sea clan will defeat the monster and occupy the west of the Gobi is unclear.


    Since the Hai people are not good people, taiyimen must prepare for the worst.


    If the sea clan continues to expand, the current territory of taiyimen is the next target of the sea clan.


    Seeing that the leader Meng Zhang didn''t look good, Zheng Chao said something to comfort him.


    He has entered the sea in these years. Although he has achieved little, he has not achieved nothing.


    Although the sea clan is powerful, it seems that it also has its own problems. Zheng Chao doesn''t know what the troubles facing the sea people are. He only knows that it involves a large part of the strength of the sea people, so that the sea people can''t devote themselves to the invasion of land.


    Otherwise, the Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gobi Gob.


    Apart from the strength that has been used, the sea race is difficult to further reinstate from the sea.


    Of course, relying only on the current strength of Hai family, taiyimen is a little overwhelming.


    Long ago, when Meng Zhang heard about the situation in the west of the Gobi from the weak water god general, he had a rough idea.


    Can taiyimen provide assistance to the monsters in the west, enhance their strength and help them resist the invasion of the sea clan?


    The powerful Hai clan is expanding and will become the great enemy of taiyimen sooner or later. The enemy of the enemy, even if he can''t be a friend, at least there should be places where he can cooperate. In the face of the strong, the weak should have a certain tacit understanding.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about what people and Demons don''t stand together and the blood feud between the human race and the monster. In front of the cardinal right and wrong of sect interests, the rest are floating clouds.


    The weak water god also tried to contact those monsters, but he was expelled and even besieged by the monsters.


    The weak water god will later repay Meng Zhang. These monsters are the most rigid and violent guys. They are extremely hostile to human beings and refuse all normal contacts with the outside world.


    The third-order monster has the wisdom that is not inferior to human beings. It should be able to communicate and understand the advantages and disadvantages.


    But the weak water god came to the door with goodwill, but he didn''t get the response he deserved.


    With the performance of these monsters, how can taiyimen help them and provide assistance to them?


    I''m afraid the material delivery team sent by Taiyi sect will be attacked by the monster as soon as it gets close to the monster''s territory.


    Since the road of assisting monsters is impassable, Meng Zhang has to think of another way.


    However, the top level of taiyimen can''t think of any other way except to complain about the fact that they are not our race and their hearts must be different.


    Among them, Meng Zhang did not have the idea of taking the initiative. He thought carefully whether he should send an army of friars to fight the Hai clan directly.


    But after weighing, many factors made him give up the plan.


    Taiyimen is recovering from the losses of the last war. At present, taiyimen''s main goal is to penetrate into Jiuqu alliance and build a business network on the other side of Jiuqu alliance. If the Taiyi sect sends out a large army of friars, the army of friars is likely to be attacked indiscriminately by monsters


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s actions against the Hai nationality can only be put on hold for the time being and can only strengthen monitoring.


    Now the news brought back by Zheng Chao let Meng Zhang know that this problem can not be delayed. We must come up with a solution as soon as possible.


    Taiyimen is now sheltered by Jin Lizhen and a member of Jiuqu League. No matter how strong the Hai clan is, it can''t kill Taiyi gate.


    But if a strong neighbor is added immediately, taiyimen will have countless troubles in the future. Even if there is no large-scale battle between the two sides, small-scale conflict should not be avoided.


    Taiyimen''s development of the Gobi is in full swing. At this time, the most taboo is to be disturbed by outsiders.


    Meng Zhang also considered whether to ask for help from the high level of Jiuqu alliance and eliminate the threat of Hai nationality with the help of the power of Jiuqu alliance.


    But after thinking about it, he decided to forget it.


    It''s easier to invite God than to send God. It''s not difficult to invite experts from Jiuqu League, but Taiyi gate needs to pay a great price.


    There is no free lunch in the world, and the Jiuqu league''s top leaders are not completely assured of their reliance on the truth cultivation forces in the league.


    A large number of members of the league, including the current taiyimen, hope to obtain various benefits from the league, but do not want the middle and high-level of the League to interfere in their internal affairs.


    At present, taiyimen is nominally a member of Jiuqu League, but it is far from the core of Jiuqu League, located in the remote Gobi of evil wind, and has the face of Jin Lizhen. In Jiuqu League, taiyimen has a strong independence and is rarely paid attention to and instructed by the middle and high levels of the league.


    If he had no choice but to do so, Meng Zhang would not have let the high-level of Jiuqu League focus on Taiyi gate, nor would he have let the power of Jiuqu League infiltrate into the Gobi of evil wind, nor would he have let the high-level of Jiuqu League have reason to interfere in the internal affairs of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang decided to rely on the strength of taiyimen as much as possible to deal with the threat posed by Hai nationality. Until the last minute, we won''t ask Jiuqu League for help.


    As for Jin Lizhen Jun, she will not easily get involved in the struggle at the most golden elixir level.


    The sea clan can occupy the vast ocean. How can there be no Yuanshen Zhenjun level behind it. Moreover, Zheng Chao also made it clear that for some reason, it is difficult for the fourth order sea clan to directly intervene in the struggle on land.


    If Jin Lizhen takes the lead and bullies the small with the big, it may lead to the fourth order sea clan, but expand the scale of the battle.


    In the face of the current situation, Zheng Chao put forward a plan that he had long thought about.


    Taiyi gate should take advantage of the opportunity of the defeat of the monster, take the initiative to attack, send a large army of friars, catch up with the sea clan, occupy the monster''s territory first, establish a defense line there and shut the sea clan out.


    In this way, taiyimen can not only take the initiative, but also make the battle take place in the monster territory as much as possible, so as not to destroy their own territory.


    Meng Zhang has a little doubt about Zheng Chao''s offensive plan. That is whether it is appropriate for taiyimen to take the initiative to attack because the strength of Hai nationality is so strong.


    Zheng Chao explained. According to his assumption, it was precisely because the strength of the Hai nationality was strong that taiyimen had to take the initiative and start first.


    There are three levels of spirit veins on the monster''s territory.


    If Taiyi gate takes over there first, it can set up a defense array. With the help of the big array, taiyimen can resist the strong sea clan, and there is still a chance to defeat the strong with the weak.


    Meng Zhang has long been interested in this plan. He just wants to see if Zheng Chao is considerate.


    As a sect leader, Meng Zhang has become very mature after years of experience.


    He did not easily express his position on such wars and major events related to the future of the sect, but called the middle and senior levels of the sect to discuss together.

 Chapter 628

    Soon, the middle and high levels of the gate were called into the sect hall.


    After a simple discussion, everyone agreed to Zheng Chao''s plan to attack on his own initiative.


    On the one hand, this is because Meng Zhang has long had a tendency. With his authority in the door, no one will directly contradict or oppose him.


    On the other hand, taiyimen is now on the rise, and its strength is booming. The middle and high levels of taiyimen are not only full of ambition, but also have a strong desire for external expansion.


    Even if Zheng Chao clearly told everyone that the strength of the sea clan was still above Taiyi gate, it did not stop everyone''s enthusiasm for invading monster territory.


    The victory of many foreign wars has made taiyimen today. None of the taiyimen friars who have experienced blood and fire quenching are soft eggs. The top and bottom of Taiyi gate dare not say that they will be happy when they hear of war. At least they will not be afraid of war.


    Since everyone agrees to take the initiative to attack, capture the territory of monsters and obtain the strategic advantage over the sea family. Meng Zhang is not a wordy person. He is about to take action immediately.


    This kind of thing should be done sooner rather than later. The faster you start, the greater the advantage. We should take advantage of the fact that the sea clan and monsters have not responded and take them by surprise.


    Taiyimen''s current territory is very vast, not counting the endless sand sea. There are many strongholds on the side of the Gobi.


    On weekdays, the number of disciples stationed for a long time in the baicaopo of Taiyi gate is less than 30% of the total number of Taiyi gate. Moreover, they are mainly low-level disciples who are newly introduced, are being trained, or have low accomplishments.


    Most of the disciples of Taiyi sect are distributed over the vast territory and are responsible for maintaining their rule.


    Especially in recent years, the Gobi has been greatly developed, and more and more foreign monks have poured into here, resulting in chaos and decline in public security. This requires the Taiyi sect to send a patrol team to strengthen the inspection of various places and maintain the peace of the territory.


    In addition, Taiyi sect is trying its best to open up the business road of Jiuqu League, and has sent many excellent disciples to all parts of Jiuqu League.


    There are many flying boats and flying mounts on taiyimen territory. But it also takes some time to gather the disciples scattered everywhere.


    It would take more time to mobilize the monks of the whole Hanhai daomeng to participate in the war.


    Fortunately, the golden elixir friars of Taiyi gate are all in the gate now, and the situation is not very bad.


    Since we have to rush for time, we have no time to wait for all the disciples to gather before taking action.


    Meng Zhang discussed with a group of middle and senior leaders of the sect and decided to send a group of golden elixirs first. The remaining high-level disciples slowly gathered as follow-up reinforcements.


    In addition to mobilizing the strength of taiyimen, we should also enlist the strength of hanhaidao alliance this time.


    Over the years, all members of Hanhai daomeng have followed behind taiyimen and accounted for a lot of benefits. At this time, it''s time for them to pay back.


    Meng Zhang set out soon with four Dharma protectors and Zheng Chao.


    Meng Zhang and the four Dharma protectors are the most powerful friars in the gate. Zheng Chao is familiar with the situation in the west of the Gobi and serves as a guide.


    A team of six Jindan friars is enough to deal with any changes. Even if you don''t start well, you still have the ability to retreat.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the sect leader who stayed in the sect temporarily, began to order the overall mobilization of Taiyi sect in the name of the acting sect leader, and summoned the elite of Taiyi sect to return to the sect.


    At the same time, an envoy was sent to issue an emergency requisition order to all members of Hanhai road alliance.


    The reason why Niu Dawei mobilized the friars of taiyimen and hanhaidao alliance to participate in the war is that the monsters in the depths of the Gobi are about to invade on a large scale. Taiyimen needs to concentrate on resisting the invading monsters.


    As for the details of seizing monster territory and resisting the sea clan, he did not disclose it casually.


    Although Niu Dawei''s Dan knot time is still short, he already has the minimum combat effectiveness of Jindan friars.


    After assembling various friars to form an army of friars, he will lead the army of friars, together with Qian Suan, Hu Jing and Yang Xueyi.


    Jin Qiaoer, the skillful hand sect, will be responsible for guarding the territory of taiyimen, dealing with those who have evil intentions and take advantage of the opportunity to make trouble and suppress the possible chaos on the territory.


    As an emerging force, taiyimen does not have the twilight of those old forces with a long history. The command channel is unobstructed and the mobilization efficiency is very high.


    Since the rise of taiyimen, it has experienced many wars in the cultivation world. Up and down the door, they have rich experience in overall mobilization and full preparation.


    All members of the Hanhai Dao alliance are not powerful, even if their efficiency is a little poor. However, under the strict order of the messenger of taiyimen, he did not dare to neglect it and took action immediately.


    Taiyimen has established hanhaidao Alliance for many years, and its authority has long gone deep into the bone marrow of various forces. Once the order was issued, the whole Hanhai road alliance took action quickly.


    Now taiyimen is a high-speed war machine. Once started, a powerful force erupted.


    On the territory of taiyimen, flying boats began to take off, carrying people and materials from all over the Gobi to Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    All the friars above the Gobi were a little panicked and began to talk one after another in the face of the big move suddenly made by taiyimen.


    After receiving the letter from Niu Dawei, Jin Qiaoer of the skillful hand gate left without hesitation.


    She led a team of skillful monks from Mobei to the Gobi of evil wind. She didn''t go directly to baicaopo, the gate of Taiyi gate, but began to patrol all over the Gobi.


    The mobilization efficiency of taiyimen is very high, but in just two or three days, the elite monks scattered in the Gobi of evil wind are basically concentrated at the mountain gate.


    The assembly speed of Hanhai daomeng is a little slower, and the monks of various forces have not gathered yet.


    According to the original plan, Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan will command the friars of Hanhai daomeng together. Yang Xueyi and Hu Jing are responsible for commanding the army composed of taiyimen friars.


    The gathering place of various forces of Hanhai daomeng was not located in baicaopo, but in a frontier stronghold more than 2000 miles west of baicaopo.


    Although their monks haven''t assembled yet, Niu Dawei is ready to start and go to meet.


    At this time, an unexpected visitor took the initiative to visit.


    "The people of the beast king mountain want to see themselves?" Niu Dawei was stunned when he heard the communication from the disciples below.


    "Which beast king mountain is the new beast king mountain or the old beast king mountain?" as soon as the words were spoken, Niu Dawei knew what the answer was.


    The old beast king mountain is far away from hengjue mountain. Only the new beast king mountain, which is also a member of Jiuqu League, will intersect with Taiyi gate.


    Sure enough, it was Qiu Mingze, the leader of the new beast king mountain on the Gobi side.

 Chapter 629

    When it comes to beast king mountain, why are there so-called new beast king mountain and old beast king mountain? There is still a story in the middle.


    Beast king mountain was originally located on the other side of hengjue mountain. It is the most powerful sect in the three factions alliance.


    There are many Yuanshen Zhenjun, a large number of golden elixirs, and countless friars during the foundation period... In fact, they are proud of the hengjue mountains and can be called a overlord.


    Many years ago, there was a great split in the beast king mountain. Some of the orc King Mountain friars broke away from the zongmen, fled the hengjue mountains, went all the way north, crossed tens of thousands of miles, and came to the control area of Jiuqu League.


    At that time, Jiuqu League had just been established, which was the time when more forces needed to join and expand the overall strength.


    The orc King Mountain friars who came here established the orc King Mountain Sect on the territory of Jiuqu League, joined Jiuqu League and gradually became an important pillar of Jiuqu League.


    In order to distinguish two different beast king mountains, outsiders call the one on the other side of hengjue mountain old beast king mountain. This side of Jiuqu League is called the new beast king mountain.


    Of course, no matter which beast king mountain claims to be orthodox, the other party is a shameless traitor who betrays the sect.


    After years of development, the new beast king mountain on the side of Jiuqu League has grown stronger and stronger, and its strength is booming.


    Among the Jiuqu League, in addition to the two giants of qingyuanzong and yujianmen, among the remaining forces, the Huanglian sect, the four seas chamber of Commerce and the beast king mountain are the most powerful.


    The old beast king mountain on the other side of the three faction alliance has suffered great loss of strength after internal division, and can no longer maintain its position as the leader of the three faction alliance.


    The old beast king mountain regards the traitors of the new beast king mountain as the culprit leading to its own decline and is extremely hostile.


    If I hadn''t scruples about the existence of Jiuqu League, I''m afraid I would have come to the door to fight.


    The relationship between the three factions alliance and Jiuqu alliance is complex, with both competition and cooperation.


    In addition to the old beast king mountain, the other two sects of the three faction alliance have a good relationship with the Jiuqu alliance.


    The new beast king mountain is in an awkward situation, so it has always been relatively low-key within Jiuqu League. Although their own strength is not weak, there is no desire to compete for hegemony.


    However, in previous years, this situation has changed.


    The three factions alliance fell into a bitter battle with the Dali imperial dynasty. After the old beast king mountain could no longer threaten the new beast king mountain, the new beast king mountain changed its low-key style and began to appear frequently and actively participate in various affairs of the Jiuqu alliance.


    After the disappearance of the leader of the Huanglian sect and the fact that the Huanglian sect was in a split state, the new beast king mountain took advantage of the situation and tended to replace the Huanglian sect.


    As a Yuanshen sect, in addition to the two giants of Qingyuan sect and Yujian sect, other forces within Jiuqu league are really difficult to compete with the new beast king mountain.


    The cultivation skills of beast king mountain depend heavily on monsters. In the cultivation world, there is even a rumor that more than half of the skills of friars of beast king mountain are on domesticated monsters.


    The old beast king mountain has a long heritage and a long history, with a large number of monsters cultivated hard for many years.


    After the establishment of the new beast king mountain, it has been trying its best to make up for the lack of information and try to domesticate all kinds of monsters.


    The Gobi, the paradise where monsters live, has long fallen into the eyes of the new beast king mountain.


    However, at the beginning, Tianzhu Zhenjun was in charge of the dead sand sea, and the new beast king mountain did not dare to invade this place with all his strength. He could only send some friars in the foundation period to establish some small strongholds at the edge of the Gobi.


    These small strongholds observe the habits of monsters and secretly hunt some monsters


    Because the conditions here are difficult and dangerous. Slowly, these small strongholds were full of unsuccessful monks in the excluded new beast king mountain.


    Later, the Gobi monster army invaded the endless sand sea, triggering World War I. These small strongholds in the new beast king mountain naturally could not be spared and were abandoned one after another. The stationed monks also returned to the mountain gate.


    When the news of Tianzhu Zhenjun''s meteorite spread, Jin lizhenjun caught up with qingyuanzong and joined Jiuqu League.


    Taiyi gate occupies a large area of the Gobi. With the protection of Jin Lizhen, it is also difficult for the new beast king mountain to touch here easily.


    After taiyimen officially became a member of the Jiuqu League, the new beast king mountain took the initiative to send envoys to negotiate with taiyimen to obtain the monster resources of the Gobi.


    Even with the protection of Jin Lizhen, taiyimen can''t easily offend a Yuanshen sect. Meng Zhang sold the face of the new beast king mountain and agreed to their request.


    Therefore, the new beast king mountain re established a stronghold in the Gobi and slowly obtained the monster resources here.


    The new beast king mountain doesn''t take too much advantage of Taiyi gate. From time to time, they also give taiyimen some benefits.


    Like the caravan of taiyimen, you can enter the new beast king mountain territory to trade and establish a business there.


    The new beast king mountain respects the master of Taiyi gate, and is bent on his own affairs without interfering in the internal affairs of the Gobi.


    Over the years, the two forces have been getting along well. However, there is not much contact between the two forces.


    Qiu Mingze is the principal of the new beast king mountain on the Gobi side of the evil wind. Although he is only a friar in the foundation period, Niu Dawei can''t despise him. What is his purpose at this time?


    With such doubts, Niu greatly postponed his trip and met him in person.


    Qiu Mingze was going to meet Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect. But Meng Zhang had already set out, so he retreated and asked for the second place. He asked to see Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader.


    After all, he is a friar from the great sect of Yuanshen. Although he only achieved accomplishments in the later stage of foundation building, Qiu Mingze is neither humble nor arrogant in the face of the golden elixir immortal. He looks calm and doesn''t lose momentum at all.


    After the meeting, he didn''t do more greetings, so he went straight to the subject.


    Qiu Mingze spoke very well. Taiyimen is now facing a massive invasion of monsters. The beast king mountain is a member of the human race, and we are all allies in the Jiuqu alliance. We should be connected with each other.


    Beast king mountain is willing to send a team of monks to help Taiyi gate resist invading monsters.


    He also made a very sincere request. Niu Dawei must not see the outside world. Please be sure to accept the kindness of beast king mountain.


    Niu Dawei didn''t believe Qiu Mingze''s words. Although he doesn''t have the magic power of his heart, he also knows that Qiu Mingze must have a different purpose.


    Niu Dawei did not directly agree, but said that the war was dangerous and the invading monster army was powerful. If the friars of the beast king mountain fight, what casualties occur? How can Taiyi gate explain to the beast king mountain?


    Although there is no explicit explanation, Niu Dawei''s words are quite different from the strength of the beast king mountain.


    Although there are many permanent monks in this stronghold of beast king mountain in the Gobi of evil wind, the strongest is the friars in the foundation period. In the face of the monster army led by the third-order monster, I''m afraid it can''t play a great role, but pay the loss of human life in vain.

 Chapter 630

    Of course, Niu Dawei did not refuse the kindness of beast king mountain. But in a concerned tone, worried about the casualties of friars of beast king mountain in the battle.


    Qiu Mingze first thanked Niu Dawei for his concern, and then casually mentioned that several golden elixirs in beast king mountain traveled abroad, just wandering near the Gobi of evil wind.


    Hearing that Gobi monsters are going to invade Terran territory on a large scale, these golden elixirs are furious and share a common hatred. They are willing to help taiyimen resist the invasion of monsters.


    Qiu Mingze''s words made Niu Dawei secretly vigilant. These guys of beast king mountain have planned for a long time.


    Where is there such a coincidence in the world? Great changes have taken place in the Gobi, and the golden elixir of beast king mountain happens to be nearby.


    Although he didn''t know the intention of the friar of the beast king mountain, Niu Dawei believed that the beast king mountain could not stand on the side of the monster or the sea clan anyway.


    The great righteousness of the human race is not just the slogan shouted by everyone on weekdays. The beast king mountain really wants to collude with the sea clan or the monster to harm Taiyi gate. Neither the Qing Yuan sect nor the jade sword sect can spare them.


    In the past, there was no hatred between beast king mountain and Taiyi gate, and there was no conflict between the two sides. Without Tianda''s interests, beast king mountain will not take any action against Taiyi gate at the risk of turning against Jin Lizhen.


    Niu Dawei guessed that the beast king mountain has always coveted many monsters in the Gobi. With the power of the beast king mountain, it is not very difficult to secretly monitor the situation in the depths of the Gobi and find the great changes that have taken place there.


    After all, Taiyi gate is the landlord of the evil wind Gobi. Whether it''s the rules of the Jiuqu league or the general rules of the cultivation world, it''s difficult for beast king mountain to bypass Taiyi gate if it wants to make any big moves in the evil wind Gobi.


    Beast king mountain took the initiative to come to the door this time and wanted to fight side by side with Taiyi gate. Its main purpose should be to collect more monster resources and tame some powerful monsters.


    Although it was judged that the beast king mountain had no malice towards Taiyi gate, Niu Dawei still didn''t promise rashly. He asked Qiu Mingze to wait a little. He wanted to discuss with other elders in the door.


    Qiu Mingze didn''t mean to be impatient. Instead, he understood Niu Dawei''s prudence. Instead of urging, he waited patiently.


    Niu Dawei arranged for a bosom friend disciple to receive Qiu Mingze. He went slowly to find the elder in the door.


    It''s very important for the beast king mountain to participate in the war. Even if Niu Dawei is the leader''s senior disciple, he acts as the leader''s deputy when the leader is away. However, in case of major events, he still needs to listen to the opinions of other Jindan immortal in the door.


    In addition, he did so with the intention of delaying time.


    Meng Zhang and his men have already set out, and they must start soon. When they complete the original plan, even if the beast king mountain has any calculations, its own side will have the capital to deal with it.


    Now there are four golden elixirs in the gate, Niu Dawei, Hu Jing, Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi.


    Everyone in Taiyi gate is preparing for the war. They all have things to do. It took Niu Dawei a little time to gather everyone together.


    After the four gathered, Niu Dawei simply said the situation and said his own speculation.


    We all agree with Niu Dawei''s speculation. It is difficult for taiyimen to find an excuse to refuse the request of beast king mountain to join the war.


    Anyway, according to Zheng Chao, the strength of taiyimen is still a little worse than that of Hai nationality. Now, it is not necessarily a bad thing for beast king mountain to take the initiative to join the war.


    Qiu Mingze said that the beast king mountain sent out immortal Jindan, which can make up for the lack of strength of Taiyi gate.


    Among the four, only Hu Jing was a little wordy.


    Hu Jing was the head of the Royal beast Hall of Taiyi gate. She became an elder. After she formed the golden elixir, she also didn''t put down the art of Royal beast, but studied it more deeply.


    Originally, according to her idea, she tried to tame some potential monsters by taking the opportunity of this war. It can not only increase their own combat effectiveness, but also increase the details of taiyimen.


    Now there are more friars of beast king mountain competing for monster resources. She can be regarded as an opponent.


    When it comes to the art of controlling animals, Taiyi gate is not based on controlling animals after all. Although Hu Jing has continuously obtained some inheritance of the art of defending animals, it is still impossible to compare with the friar of beast king mountain.


    Of course, Hu Jing''s little dissatisfaction can''t change everyone''s decision.


    After discussion, they dispersed one after another. Niu Dawei deliberately delayed a little time before meeting Qiu Mingze.


    After meeting, Niu Dawei told Qiu Mingze that taiyimen welcomes the beast king mountain to participate in the war. Beast king mountain and taiyimen stand on the same front to fight against monsters. It will certainly become a good story in the future.


    Since Niu Dawei had agreed to fight with the beast king mountain, Qiu Mingze immediately talked about various details.


    After discussing for a long time how to cooperate in the battle and how to distribute the spoils, Qiu Mingze left in a hurry.


    After Qiu Mingze left, Niu Dawei called Shang qiansuan. They led a capable team of taiyimen friars, sat on the third-order transport boat, left taiyimen and rushed to the West stronghold.


    More than 2000 miles west of baicaopo, there is a second-order spiritual pulse. Above the spiritual pulse is a hillside called huangnipo.


    If this place continues to the west, it will enter the sphere of influence of monsters before it is far away.


    Therefore, over the years, taiyimen has carefully managed this place and built it into a solid frontier stronghold.


    Once there is a change in the depths of the Gobi, this place can not only warn the rear in time, but also become an important defense node.


    When Niu Dawei arrived at Huangni slope in their flying boat, there was already great noise around Huangni slope.


    The friars sent by various forces of Hanhai daomeng gathered in this place one after another.


    From time to time, a flying boat flew from a distance and landed here. Friars fish down from the flying boat, scattered around.


    Taiyimen hasn''t fought outside for some years. Many forces of Hanhai daomeng have begun to relax.


    In particular, some newly joined forces sent friars in total disorganization and chaos.


    Niu Dawei''s accomplishments and authority are enough to subdue all the monks present.


    He just showed a little power of Jindan immortal and controlled the whole audience.


    The number of taiyimen friars he brought this time is not large, but they are very capable.


    This group of friars is not only the supervisor team, but also the messenger of Niu Dawei.


    This group of friars successively conveyed Niu Dawei''s orders and urged the friars present to organize the team and form an array.


    Among the friars of the major forces present, many people have experience in acting under the command of friar taiyimen.


    In particular, a group of friars in the foundation period participated in several foreign wars under the command of taiyimen.


    With these friars as the backbone, Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan began to integrate the team and formed a large and seemingly aggressive army of friars.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to the organization Hanhai daomeng. The friars of all members of the Tao league are the best cannon fodder.


    Every once in a while, taiyimen will send friars to each member''s Mountain Gate to organize their friars for various trainings. The contents of training include how to arrange simple formations and how to cooperate with operations.


    If the golden elixir of taiyimen is available, the friars of many forces will be gathered to practice joint operations.


    With these foundations, Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan did not spend much time to integrate a large army of friars who could fight.


    The number of friars in the army exceeded 5000, and follow-up friars came to join.


    Although the quality of monks varies, their combat effectiveness varies. But the number is enough. The formations look dark and powerful.


    The friar army was successfully formed, but it can not be directly pulled into the battlefield. It will take some time to conduct drills and form a preliminary combat effectiveness.


    At this time, the monk team sent by beast king mountain has come to Huangni slope.


    In the sky, two third-order warships were followed by more than 20 second-order flying boats.


    The flying boat team landed cleanly in the eyes of everyone.


    The monks who poured out of the flying boat soon gathered in front of the yellow mud slope to form a magnificent formation.


    The number of monks dispatched from the beast king mountain is far less than that of Taiyi gate, only about 800 people.


    But it was these 800 monks who showed a strong momentum. It looks like a murderous team with a long history and strong combat effectiveness.


    At the level of Jindan real people, four Jindan real people have been dispatched to beast king mountain this time. Among the friars of Taiyi gate, there are only two golden elixirs, Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan.


    The four golden elixirs of the beast king mountain didn''t come to talk to Niu Dawei, but stayed in their own team.


    On the side of the beast king mountain, Qiu Mingze came to contact Niu Dawei.


    Qiu Mingze has been in charge of everything since the beast king mountain established a stronghold on the side of the Gobi. He is very familiar with the situation of the Gobi and taiyimen.


    It would not be a mistake for him to contact the two religious sects.


    Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan have seen the arrogance of Yuanshen sect this time. Of course, people also have the capital of pride.


    The team of 800 people is of high quality, and the number of friars during the foundation building period is far more than the army put together by taiyimen.


    If the two sides go to war, I''m afraid taiyimen, a large army of friars, will be easily defeated before long.


    Although the real elite friars of taiyimen did not appear here, it was only the cannon fodder team formed by the vassal forces. However, the huge strength gap between them still makes Niu Dawei and Wen Qian a little ashamed.


    Originally, Niu Dawei was going to spend some time practicing this newly formed army of friars. But Qiu Mingze is very eager to attack, and is willing to take the lead.


    Taiyimen is also the master of the Gobi. How can we let the guest Army take the lead.


    Most importantly, both Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan know the changes in the depths of the Gobi. They are worried that the friars in the beast king mountain will take the lead and seize all kinds of benefits. If they really wait for them to eat dry and wipe clean, I''m afraid taiyimen can''t even mix with a little leftovers.


    Therefore, Niu Dawei gave up the idea of training his army. He decided to act immediately and March to the west of the Gobi with the friar of the beast king mountain.


    Flying boats took off from Huangni slope and flew towards the depths of the Gobi.


    Once this large number of friars enter the sphere of influence of monsters, a conflict and even a war will be inevitable.


    I''ll talk about Meng Zhang later. After leaving baicaopo, the six Golden elixirs flew to the depths of the Gobi.


    According to the information brought back by Zheng Chao, the monster side has completely retreated, and the Hai family side pursues the victory, with a posture of completely killing the monster.


    All the defeated monsters have gathered at the last stronghold and are ready to make a final fight with the sea clan.


    The top level of taiyimen agreed to take the initiative this time, and there is another layer of consideration.


    Most of the dying struggles of the monster can''t resist the sea clan. The defeated monster must flee to the east to escape the pursuit of the Hai clan, and will soon enter the territory of Taiyi gate.


    At that time, these monsters running around will inevitably harm Taiyi gate territory and cause a lot of trouble to Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen must strike first and take the initiative to stop all disasters outside the territory.


    Meng Zhang and the six of them are not going to the last stronghold of the monster this time. When they got there, it didn''t help much. Even if you help the monster resist the sea clan, it won''t have much effect.


    Deep in the Gobi, there is a place called Hongyan valley. There sits a third-order spiritual pulse and is rich in resources. It was the headquarters of the monster coalition army.


    Many years ago, this place was captured by the sea tribe. Most of the defending monsters died on the spot, and a few retreated to the East.


    After the sea clan conquered the Red Rock Valley, although garrison forces were arranged there, the monster side has not completely perished. The sea clan side needs to put most of its forces into the battle with the monster coalition army. The garrison force arranged in Hongyan Valley has very limited strength.


    The plan put forward by Zheng Chao is that taiyimen takes advantage of the opportunity of the war between the sea clan and monsters to seize this place first. Then build a third-order mountain protection array on the third-order spirit pulse.


    Relying on the three-level mountain protection array, taiyimen can carry out effective defense and keep the enemy out even if its strength is not as strong as the sea clan.


    A fire broke out in the backyard and the important stronghold in the rear was captured. The Hai clan must not be at ease and boldly continue to expand to the East.


    With the temperament of the Hai nationality, we will never give up until we conquer Hongyan Valley and completely subdue this place.


    Taiyimen occupied Hongyan Valley, not only mastered a brand-new third-order spiritual vein and obtained a lot of resources, but also nailed a nail into the rear of the Hai nationality, which can greatly involve the attention and main power of the Hai nationality.


    Meng Zhang, if they move faster, they will occupy Hongyan Valley before the monster side is completely defeated. You can form a corner with the monster and trap the army of the sea clan in the middle.


    Even if the monster will not take the initiative to cooperate with the Terran, it will still play a great role objectively and help contain the power of the sea clan.

 Chapter 631

    In order to avoid crashing into the battlefield of the sea clan and monsters, Meng Zhang and other six people did not advance in a straight line, but walked in a big circle and entered the depths of the Gobi from the side.


    Although there was a large part of this journey out of thin air, the six Golden elixirs rushed to their destination at full speed.


    When they arrived outside Hongyan Valley, hanhaidao alliance had just completed its mobilization, and all monks had not assembled yet.


    Now they don''t know the situation in the rear, they just act according to the established plan.


    When Zheng Chao fled here, he was very farsighted even on the way to escape. He didn''t forget to investigate the situation of Hongyan Valley for future use.


    For the situation around Hongyan Valley, he has more or less points.


    On weekdays, there is a marine army stationed here, with two or three third-order marine commanders.


    The wisdom level of the sea clan is much higher than that of the demon clan. When in the sea, his fighting talent is not low.


    Cultivators have developed a brilliant cultivation civilization and invented such a brilliant and rigorous system of cultivation of 100 Arts in a long history.


    The Hai nationality also has its own unique civilization. Although there is no saying of cultivating all kinds of skills, it can also refine pills and weapons


    In terms of array, the sea clan is different from the practitioners, but it has a mysterious inheritance.


    After occupying Hongyan Valley, I know it is a key place. Of course, Haizu is good at business and strict defense.


    Haizu regards it as an important material distribution center. Most of the various materials transported from the sea to support front-line operations are concentrated here first, and then transported to the front line for distribution.


    The sea people who were injured in the war were basically sent here to recuperate and heal.


    In order to defend here, the sea clan not only stationed heavy troops and third-order strong, but also deployed a third-order defense array.


    The array system of the sea clan was born in the sea. The most suitable place to deploy is, of course, in the sea. Even if you are separated from the sea, you''d better be near rivers and streams where there is plenty of water vapor to give full play to the maximum power of the array.


    Since the Gobi is named Gobi, it is naturally a place with very dry climate and lack of water vapor.


    Hongyan Valley is a rare oasis in the Gobi desert. There was a great lake nearby. But in the previous battle to conquer here, the great lake was seriously damaged and almost turned into a gully.


    The sea clan didn''t have enough time to repair the surrounding environment, so they had to force a large defensive array.


    Although there is no convenient location, it can give full play to some of the skills of the big array.


    The monster side is now completely defeated and is constantly retreating. There should be no chance of counterattack.


    For the sea people, they just habitually strengthen the defense of important areas, and don''t really think that there will be enemies to attack here.


    When the six men of Meng Zhang came to Hongyan Valley, the defense here was actually very empty.


    There is no time for careful investigation. Speed is important. The key to this plan is a word of speed. Before the sea clan reacts, we must capture the Red Rock Valley and initially establish a defense system.


    The six Golden elixirs did not hide their shapes and swaggered close to Hongyan valley from high altitude.


    Six Shadows crossed the sky, and Meng Zhang led the crowd to the top of Hongyan valley.


    A sword shadow cut to the bottom before the people arrived.


    Although it takes time to collect spiritual materials slowly, and there has not been much free time, Jinglei God has not refined new magic tools for Meng Zhang. However, Meng Zhang''s original magic tools have been strengthened by him.


    Both the burning sun sword and the shadow killing sword have incorporated many precious spiritual materials. After some refining, their power has been greatly increased and become more convenient.


    Sensing an enemy attack, the sea clan in Hongyan Valley has not responded yet. The defense array deployed here has been launched spontaneously.


    A curtain of water rose into the sky and blocked the front of the crowd.


    The shadow of the sword turned into a scorching sun and hit the water curtain heavily, causing waves of violent fluctuations.


    The people behind Meng Zhang shot one after another and struggled to attack the defense array in front of him.


    The Hai nationality is just a general term. Among the Hai nationality, there are also many completely different ethnic groups.


    The superior race, because of its extraordinary talent and strong population strength, is naturally the ruler and aristocrat of the sea family.


    The sea clan army that attacked the Gobi was led by three superior races.


    The shape of the mackerel is half man and half fish, with a human body and a fish tail. The upper body is human and the lower body is fish.


    There are many handsome men and beautiful women in the mackerel family. It doesn''t seem to be a great threat.


    In fact, the mackerel people are not only born with strong magic talent, but also have high intelligence. They are famous wise men in the sea family. Among the sea people''s army, the mackerel people often play the role of military division.


    The sea patrolling yecha family has a green face and tusks, a ferocious face, a huge body and a great sense of oppression.


    The sea patrolling yecha people are not only born with divine power and strong flesh, but also brave, good at fighting and fierce in character.


    Among the sea people''s army, Senhai yecha is a fierce general and a pioneer who is brave to go forward.


    If the mackerel people and the Sea Patrol yecha people are the nobles of the sea people, the real dragon people are the real royal family and the supreme existence of the sea people.


    So far, no real dragon has appeared on the battlefield, but the joint efforts of the mackerel and the Sea Patrol yecha are enough to defeat the monsters that have dominated the Gobi for thousands of years.


    Meng Zhang and the six of them attacked Hongyan Valley this time. What a coincidence.


    Because the attack on the monster side reached the final stage, in order to completely solve the monster, the Hai nationality army and the strong of the Hai nationality originally stationed in Hongyan valley were basically mobilized to the front line to participate in the final encirclement and suppression.


    At present, only a small number of Hai nationality troops are stationed in Hongyan valley. The only third-order strong man is a sea cruising Yasha.


    The sea cruising Yaksha rushed too hard in the previous battle and was seriously injured. He had to retreat to heal his wounds.


    He is in Hongyan Valley to heal his wounds and sit here by the way.


    The monster is about to perish. Now the people of Hai clan are thinking about how to deal with the aftermath after the war. They will never think of an enemy. At this time, they will suddenly attack Hongyan valley.


    The six men of Meng Zhang''s raid happened to hit the weakness of the Hai family and took the Hai family by surprise.


    Although the sea clan deployed a third-order defense array in Hongyan Valley, the first is that the array is not suitable for the environment here, and its power is greatly limited. Second, there is a lack of sufficient manpower to preside over the formation, and the strength of the formation cannot be fully mobilized.


    When the six Golden elixirs made a move, they attacked like a storm. After a while, the defense array was crumbling.


    The Sea Patrol Yasha, who was closing for treatment, was startled, hurried out of the pass and came outside.

 Chapter 632

    I saw that there were many gaps above the big array. Through these gaps, through the big array defense, spells hit the inside of the big array.


    As superior races, the number of mackerel and Sea Patrol Yaka is limited. Among the Red Rock Valley at the moment, the largest number is still all kinds of inferior races.


    One by one, the strange looking shrimp soldiers, crab generals, fish men and others ran around, desperately avoiding the falling magic.


    These races living in the sea do not adapt to the land environment, especially the arid Gobi, which makes them very uncomfortable.


    After landing, the strength of the Hai nationality army was greatly reduced.


    First, the strength is too strong, especially in terms of high-end combat power. Second, the strong of the mackerel family tried their best to use many secret methods to ensure the minimum combat effectiveness of the sea family army.


    As the victor, the sea clan paid a lot to defeat the monster, but now it has to face a more powerful enemy.


    The power of the golden elixir immortal is so great that a spell cast casually can cover a large area.


    Although these Marine soldiers tried their best to parry and dodge, they were still in vain.


    Every time a spell penetrates the array and falls into it, it will cause great damage.


    The sea patrolling yecha stationed here came outside from the closed place. After a while, the sea family soldiers in the valley were dead and wounded, and the corpses were everywhere.


    The Sea Patrol Yasha was so angry that his face turned red that he could hardly wait to kill out immediately and tear up all the Terran friars outside.


    Fortunately, although he was a little grumpy, he was not stupid. I know that I can''t compete with so many human friars outside on my own.


    The Sea Patrol yakha began to gather the scattered sea soldiers and support the big array together to defend with all strength.


    There are many soldiers of the sea clan here, but only this Sea Patrol yecha is a third-order strength. The defensive array, which was originally limited in power, was badly damaged in the fierce attack of the Terran friars just now, and there have been many loopholes.


    Most of his skills are in the strong flesh. He is good at close combat. His magic skills are mediocre. He doesn''t know much about the way of array.


    Although with its authority, it gathered a group of Marine soldiers to defend. However, in the face of six Jindan real people who tried their best, the defense array still didn''t hold on for too long.


    Although the news of the attack here has long been spread by the Sea Patrol yecha with a secret method, the strong sea people fighting with monsters on the front line can''t come back in a short time.


    After a loud noise, the huge water curtain of the defense array completely collapsed. The Red Rock Valley, which no longer had any protection, was exposed to the public.


    The formation was destroyed, and the soldiers of the sea family who presided over the formation vomited blood and fell to the ground. They didn''t know whether they were alive or dead. The Sea Patrol yecha, who was also seriously injured, was really brave. He didn''t escape. Instead, he roared and rushed into the sky. He was going to fight with the enemy.


    Meng Zhang, holding a spirit snake spear, gently picked it and pierced the huge body of the Sea Patrol night fork. Then he threw his lifeless body heavily to the ground.


    The Marine soldiers stationed in Hongyan Valley completely collapsed. One by one, like headless flies, fled in all directions.


    Six Golden elixir immortals killed one inside and outside Hongyan Valley, and the place was completely cleaned up.


    As for those Marine soldiers who fled in disorder, they had no time to pursue and kill slowly. Next, they have a lot of things to do.


    After conquering the Red Rock Valley, the thick earth God did not participate in the sweeping here. With the help of the thick earth God general, he quickly placed the sub disk in the appropriate position and started smoothly.


    As the empty ghost stone beside the sub disk slowly consumed, the sub disk sent out a burst of light and established contact with the master disk.


    The surrounding space vibrated, and then in front of the sub plate, a one person high portal appeared out of thin air.


    The portal has just taken shape and has not completely stabilized. The friar taiyimen, who had been waiting on the other side of the door for a long time, couldn''t help taking action.


    Fortunately, the portal soon stabilized, and the rash friars were not lost in the space crack.


    After the door was stable, a group of taiyimen friars rushed out and came to Meng Zhang.


    Before Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate, he had already discussed with the monks in the gate. After they conquered the Red Rock Valley, they immediately established contact with the child and mother conveyor to transport the reinforcements in the door.


    The friars of taiyimen array hall came first, including several second-order array mages.


    After forming the golden elixir, Wen Qian also removed his position as the leader of the array hall.


    However, as the only third-order array mage in the gate and an elder in the gate, he has always been very concerned about the development of the array hall.


    With more and more Taiyi disciples, some characters with array talent will emerge. With the cultivation of the above thousand calculations, the array hall has changed a lot. It''s not the case of three or two cats and kittens.


    Now taiyimen doesn''t need to ask for help in refining and arranging arrays for a long time. Even many members of the Hanhai Dao alliance, whose Mountain Gate or defense array of important strongholds, were arranged with the help of Taiyi gate.


    In addition to the common first-order and second-order arrays, with the help of Wen qiansuan, a third-order array mage, and the third-order weapon refiner Jing Lei, you can refine some special array arranging instruments. Every once in a while, taiyimen can refine a set of third-order arrays.


    In addition to their own use, they can also be sold in exchange for spirit stones or other cultivation resources.


    These friars of the taiyimen array hall have brought a lot of stored magic tools, which are full of tools needed to deploy the third-order mountain protection array.


    Because I didn''t know the specific Reiki environment of Hongyan Valley in advance, and I didn''t survey the third-order Reiki vein below.


    Therefore, the Taiyi gate is preparing to arrange a large array without too strong special attributes - the six gods golden light array.


    The six gods golden light array has six key pillars arranged according to the six directions.


    Six Golden elixir immortals occupy six places and activate the array at the same time, which can give full play to the power of the big array.


    After the big array starts, there will be layers of golden light outside. It has a strong resistance to attacks with various attributes.


    As long as these six pillars are not destroyed, the whole mountain protection array will be solid and indestructible.


    Even if the strength of the Hai family army is strong, it can not easily defeat the taiyimen friars who have occupied the convenient place in advance and stick to it with the help of the third-order mountain protection array.

 Chapter 633

    Red Rock Valley is surrounded by a long mountain range, which is a very wide valley.


    In the Gobi desert, such continuous and majestic mountains are really rare.


    On the mountain walls around the valley, there is a special kind of red rock.


    The rock is as red as blood and extremely hard, hence the name of Hongyan valley.


    As a third terrace master, general Houtu has excellent skills in geomancy. Just a moment ago, we roughly explored the surrounding geography.


    A group of friars of the array hall gathered together. The first-order array mages, the second-order array mages and the array elites of the Taiyi gate were almost all concentrated in this place.


    When it comes to using geographical advantages to set up a large array, the ability of the thick earth God general is not under the third-order array master Wen qiansuan. Moreover, his various actual combat experiences should be richer.


    A famous array mage, under the command of the thick earth God general, started one after another.


    In the place they surveyed in advance, they buried the array objects one by one, and the array flags were filled with the surrounding mountains


    There are many people and great power. Everyone has been rehearsed in advance. The six gods golden light array is not a very complex array.


    But after a long time, the array was arranged properly.


    Although the mountain protection array is arranged in a hurry, the technique is inevitably a little rough, and there may be some loopholes and so on. However, when the mountain protection array is deployed, the minimum defense system is established. As for those loopholes, they can be repaired slowly in the future.


    The thick earth God will command the mages to set up a mountain protection array. Meng Zhang and other Jindan immortal will patrol around to prevent the enemy from approaching and damaging.


    Zheng Chao and the thunder god general went a long distance to investigate the enemy''s movements.


    Hongyan Valley goes deep into the Gobi of evil wind, more than 20000 li away from Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    However, due to the existence of the child and mother transport disk, but in an instant, the reinforcement friars of Taiyi gate can quickly reach here.


    As more and more taiyimen friars arrive, the defense forces around Hongyan valley are also increasing.


    To the west of Hongyan Valley is the sea, the base of the sea clan, and to the East is the battlefield where the sea clan is fighting against monsters.


    In terms of location, Hongyan Valley goes deep into the occupied area of the Hai nationality and is surrounded by the Hai nationality.


    Conversely, Hongyan Valley is also a nail embedded in the occupied area of the Hai nationality.


    If we don''t pull out this nail, Hai family can''t rest assured and boldly continue to move eastward. There is taiyimen behind it. The whole army of the Hai clan must be like a thorn in the back.


    Zheng Chao and Jinglei will go west and east to investigate, so as to give early warning to the rear in time.


    Meng Zhang, Jijian general and weak water general have been patrolling over Hongyan valley.


    In the middle, first, a third-order shark flew over.


    But this guy saw the opportunity quickly. Seeing that the strength of the Terran friars here had an absolute advantage, he didn''t dare to lean over at all. He only dared to monitor from a distance.


    Meng Zhang''s three people will arrange a mountain protection array because they want to protect the thick earth. It is not convenient to leave Hongyan Valley too far.


    They were also worried about the enemy''s plan to lure the tiger away from the mountain, so they just watched the enemy from a distance.


    After a while, another guy who looked like a lobster walking upright flew nearby.


    The chimaera just said hello, and the lobster took the initiative to fly over and meet her.


    The shrimp people are numerous among the sea people, but they are a low-level race with low status. Even the rare third-order strong man in the shrimp race dare not disobey the shark race.


    Two of the third-order strong of the sea clan have come. To get here so quickly, most of them happened to be not far from here. As soon as they received the help message from the Dead Sea Patrol Yaka, they left behind and set out alone.


    After a long time, a third-order Sea Patrol Yasha also flew nearby and joined the first two third-order strong men of the sea family.


    The Sea Patrol yecha people have always been grumpy, never afraid of war, and are used to taking the initiative.


    The status of Sea Patrol yecha is not under the shark people. After a dispute, the three strong sea people reached an agreement and flew to this side together, testing to launch an attack on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to meet them without dodging.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the later period of Jindan can be regarded as a great master among Jindan level friars.


    As a sword master, Jijian is not only strong in combat, but also fearless and indomitable.


    The basic skill of the weak water god is the attribute of water. It''s really hard to meet the sea people from the sea who are good at all kinds of water system spells.


    Three monks and three strong men of the sea clan fought fiercely in the sky.


    To the surprise of the three sea clan strongmen, the Terran friars they faced were far beyond their imagination.


    Although it is often easy to distinguish between victory and defeat in Jindan level battles, it is difficult to distinguish between life and death. However, when the combat effectiveness gap is too large, casualties will still occur.


    The battle began in a short time, and the outcome was decided.


    The three strong sea people were all wounded. If it weren''t for the life talisman given by the elder, I''m afraid the three strong sea people would have to leave one or two here.


    Although the Sea Patrol Yaksha is brave, he is not a fool who doesn''t know whether to live or die. After such a blow, he became much depressed.


    The three strong men of the sea clan did not dare to continue to approach here, but retreated far away, with a posture of being ready to run for their lives at any time.


    This war not only let Meng Zhang and his three people experience the combat effectiveness of the Hai nationality, but also let them see the details of the Hai nationality.


    Any third-order shark who runs out can take out fourth-order items to protect his life at a critical moment.


    Of course, Meng Zhang, who didn''t know the internal situation of the sea family, didn''t know that the strong mackerel opposite was also very important in the mackerel family.


    Soon after the battle, the third-order protection array was deployed. After checking, it started.


    In the sky above the Red Rock Valley, the aura rolled violently. The earth pulse below trembled slightly, and the third-order spirit pulse has communicated with the mountain protection array.


    The mountains around Hongyan Valley seem to have a layer of golden light. Over time, these golden lights become more and more intense.


    Although it is only a simple survey, the thick earth God will have a deep understanding of the third-order spiritual pulse here.


    Both the quantity and quality of Reiki provided are excellent.


    The third-order spirit pulse of baicaopo is far inferior to that of here. Even before being damaged by wanchongfeng explosion, there is a certain gap with the third-order spirit pulse here.


    If it were not for the energetic underground river, taiyimen could not afford so many Jindan friars.


    Once the third-order mountain protection array is launched, it means that taiyimen has completed the preliminary deployment here and achieved the operational objectives of the first stage.

 Chapter 634

    Once the six gods golden light array is started, there are obvious signs around Hongyan valley.


    The coverage of golden light is becoming larger and larger, and the defense power of the defense array is slowly improving.


    After the friars of the array hall arrived, the elite friars of taiyimen gathered in baicaopo were transported to Hongyan Valley one after another through the child and mother transport tray.


    The straight-line distance between baicaopo and Hongyan Valley is almost 28000 Li. A long distance is crossed in an instant, which is simply an artifact to mobilize troops.


    Of course, the empty ghost stones in taiyimen''s inventory are also consumed.


    After these well-trained elite disciples of Taiyi sect arrived at baicaopo, they took action as before. Or occupy all the large array nodes, or directly join the defense system of the large array


    The thick earth God and the friars of the array hall are not ready to rest. There are many loopholes in the hastily deployed defense array. They have to adjust slowly, find out the loopholes and make up the deficiencies, and strive to adjust the array to a perfect level.


    An elite army of taiyimen appeared in the large array. With this third-order defense array, it could not defend itself. Even if the strength of the sea family army is strong, it is difficult to break the defense array and attack into Hongyan Valley as long as there is no strong person of level 4, that is, the strong person of Yuanshen level.


    The three strong sea people in the distance noticed the start of the defense array.


    Although separated by the large array, they did not know that the reinforcements of taiyimen were coming. But they also know that as long as they have this defensive array, this place can not be conquered in a short time. We need to think long-term and think about countermeasures slowly. Even the grumpy Sea Patrol Yaksha suddenly became depressed.


    Guarding the thick earth God will complete their task of arranging a defense array. Meng Zhang, Jijian God and weak water god will all become a lot easier.


    Seeing that the enemy had no fighting spirit, Meng Zhang left Jijian and weak water outside and returned to Hongyan valley.


    After returning to the valley, Yang Xueyi has been transferred to Hongyan Valley and is directing the disciples to arrange defense.


    Meng Zhang was prepared to command. Seeing that Yang Xueyi''s command was in order, he didn''t interfere.


    He had been too busy before. Now he finally had free time. Meng ZhangCai took time to patrol in Hongyan valley.


    The valley mixed with the mountains is very broad. It is basically a flat plain within a radius of tens of miles, with occasional undulating slopes.


    This place used to be the base camp of monsters in the west of Gobi. There are a large number of powerful monsters gathered all year round, including third-order monsters.


    Although the third-order monster has no less wisdom than human beings, it does not have the level of human civilization.


    There were some rough buildings in the whole valley, not even buildings, but some simple pits and so on. These things that are unacceptable to normal human aesthetics show the vulgarity and barbarity of monsters.


    After the Hai nationality occupied here, because the time was too short, it was too late to carry out large-scale construction and development.


    Only in a few corners of the valley, some simple buildings with sea ethnic characteristics have been built.


    These buildings look like shells, and the space inside is very broad. Most of these spaces are used as temporary warehouses by the Hai nationality.


    Most of the friars, whether Terrans or sea people, have limited reserves of objects and magic tools.


    In Jiuqu League, a place far away from the Middle Earth, not only the monks have ordinary means of refining tools, but also the materials are incomplete. In particular, special materials such as Kongming stone are scarce all year round.


    The refining methods of the Hai nationality are still primitive and rough, which can''t even compare with the Jiuqu League. The lack of empty ghost stone also exists.


    What a huge amount of logistics is needed to supply a large army for combat.


    There is not enough storage space, so we can only transport it slowly and honestly in a stupid way.


    After being occupied by the sea people, Hongyan Valley has become an important logistics distribution center. A large amount of various materials transported from the sea have been stored here for a long time.


    In addition, the sea people who dominated in the war have long regarded the Gobi as their own territory. Taking advantage of the intermission of the war, the Hai nationality army also searched around for a large number of materials and temporarily stored them here.


    When Meng Zhang walked into the warehouse and saw all kinds of materials full, he couldn''t help smiling happily on his face.


    I''m rich now. This battle is really worth it. If there is any other harvest after that, let alone the immediate harvest, it is enough for taiyimen to recover the cost of the war, and it is more than enough.


    The warehouse is full of soul sealing boxes.


    The spirit sealing box, a mass-produced item, is very commonly used by the sea clan and the Terran clan. The refining methods of the two sides are different, but the functions are similar.


    The spirit sealing box itself has no space attribute. It is a box containing spirit objects. The material of the box and the inscriptions engraved on the outside are the most important to ensure that the aura of the items stored in the box will not leak out.


    Meng Zhang opened the spirit sealing box one by one and scanned the contents at will.


    Of course, most of them are all kinds of spirit stones. The cultivation system of the sea people is different from that of the human people, but they still need spirit stones to restore the spiritual power in the body.


    Secondly, all kinds of herbal medicines produced in the sea can play various roles after simple refining.


    The method of processing various miraculous drugs by the Hai nationality is too rough to give full play to its properties.


    If these elixirs fall into the hands of the alchemists of Taiyi sect, they can refine a large number of elixirs that give full play to their properties.


    All kinds of heaven and earth spirits can repair magic tools and cultivate some special spells. They can be used as materials for casting spells


    Although the refining techniques of various weapons used by Marine soldiers are crude, the materials are good. The weapon itself has little effect, but it can be reused.


    What surprised Meng Zhang in particular was that most of the spiritual stones, miraculous drugs and heaven and earth spiritual objects were water systems.


    Such a situation is normal. The Hai people come from the sea. Whether it is the main production in the sea or the need for their own cultivation of martial arts, it is mainly the spirit of the water system.


    Needless to say, the vast desert like the endless sand sea is the hot and dry gobi. There is also a great lack of water spirit.


    Even in Jiuqu League, there are not many water spirits.


    The booty captured by Taiyi gate from the Hai clan just filled the vacancy in the gate.


    These water spirits are not only enough for taiyimen, but also can be sold in large quantities.


    Time was too tight. Meng Zhang just glanced at it at the beginning and left the warehouse without careful counting.


    In the wide valley, there are many taiyimen friars who are controlling all kinds of construction strength, flattening the original dilapidated buildings and starting to build some temporary buildings.


    On the surrounding mountain walls, there are also friars of taiyimen busy. They depict various runes on it to enhance the defense around the valley.

 Chapter 635

    The three strong people of the sea nationality looked at the direction of Hongyan valley from a distance, and watched the defense there be gradually strengthened, and became an indestructible iron wall operated by taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that since taiyimen occupied Hongyan Valley, only some scattered strong people of the Hai nationality have watched from a distance from time to time. The sea clan army he imagined never came.


    Although he didn''t know the trend of the Hai family army, he was a little uneasy. But anyway, it is a good thing that the enemy army does not appear.


    The more time left for Taiyi gate, the more Taiyi gate can strengthen the defense here.


    Knowing that Hongyan Valley is very important, it is likely to face the crazy attack of the Hai nationality army in the next time. Therefore, when taiyimen strengthens its defense here, it also spared no effort and is very willing to spend money.


    Due to the existence of this set of child and mother conveyor, the connection between Hongyan Valley and baicaopo at taiyimen Mountain Gate has been very smooth. Both personnel transfer and material transportation have maintained high efficiency.


    After a long time of hard work, the thick earth God general and the array mages of the array hall finally adjusted the six gods golden light array properly to make up for the loopholes left before.


    Several strong members of the Hai nationality are watching from a distance, but because of the previous fiasco, they don''t dare to get too close to here, let alone interfere.


    Seeing that time is still very abundant, Houtu God will have new ideas.


    The third-order spirit veins of red rock valley are of high quality. They can supply the operation of a third-order defense array and will not cause much burden to them at all.


    The thick earth God made a simple calculation. Even if there is another set of third-order protection array, there will be more than enough aura supply.


    At this time, an idea came into his mind. He is ready to use the art of array embedding and set up a third-order protection array within the six gods golden light array.


    The addition of two third-order protection arrays is not as simple as one plus one. Instead, they can work together to make up for each other''s shortcomings, and the power of the two large arrays will be greatly improved.


    The thick earth God mentioned it to Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang agreed without hesitation.


    He left the matter entirely to the God of thick earth. The large storehouse of taiyimen Mountain Gate is completely open to him. He can choose whatever materials he wants to use.


    The thick earth God general, who had already made the abdominal draft in his heart, took action immediately after he was authorized by Meng Zhang.


    He used the child and mother transfer tray to transfer it back to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain. He called the Deacon who guarded the big warehouse and asked him to cooperate with him to obtain various materials.


    Fortunately, after years of development, taiyimen''s family is rich. Moreover, there are both third-order array mages and third-order weapon refiners in the door. On weekdays, even if they are busy, they will plan ahead and increase their savings in the door.


    Without spending much time, the thick earth God returned to Hongyan valley with a group of disciples and a large number of array materials.


    The six gods golden light array has sufficient defense and average attack power. Thick earth God will make up for this defect this time and set up a big array of heavenly wind and silver rain.


    During the deployment of the six gods golden light array, Houtu God will conduct further investigation of Hongyan valley. We have a deeper understanding of the surrounding geography, earth veins and the specific situation of spiritual veins.


    After some hard thinking, combined with the actual situation of taiyimen, he decided to set up this Tianfeng silver rain array.


    As a third-order mountain protection array, Tianfeng Yinyu array not only has good defensive power, but also attaches great importance to defensive counterattack, combining attack with defense and hiding opportunities.


    When the large array is launched, it will blow gusts of sky wind, which can erode bones and melt gold. It is impossible to prevent. The silver rain from the sky is like a miniature flying sword. It is invincible and highly lethal.


    The art of array embedding is a very profound secret art in the array path. Even many senior third-order array mages are not allowed to enter.


    The general of the thick earth God is a local master, and the array master is only one of the prerequisites for an advanced local master. Compared with the real professional master of the array, the earth division does not necessarily have any advantage in the way of array.


    However, the thick earth God general was born extraordinary and experienced. He just mastered this secret skill and was able to display it successfully.


    The so-called home has an old as a treasure. In the cultivation world, the old guy owned by a sect is the important inside information of the sect.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect who arrived in Hongyan Valley all performed their respective duties and became busy one after another. Strive to have more resistance before the Hai nationality army arrives.


    Meng Zhang is not clear about the trend of the Hai nationality army, and Zheng Chao and Jing Lei, who went out to investigate, have not sent back valuable news.


    Zheng Chao goes to the west, which is the direction of the sea.


    Along the way, he found some small strongholds established by the Hai nationality. From time to time, there are several marine teams trekking on the great Gobi.


    Zheng Chao''s goal is not them. He is too lazy to pay attention to them. He continued to the west, trying to find the trace of the sea clan army.


    The thunder god will go all the way East and can find some traces of the battlefield from time to time.


    Those are the nests of monsters pulled out by the sea family army. There are blood stains outside the nests, and there are many remains of monsters that have no time to clean up.


    All the way, he investigated carefully in the sky. On the ground, except for some temporary strongholds established by Hai nationality and occasional Hai nationality patrol teams, no trace of Hai nationality army was found.


    We must find out the enemy''s movements in order to help us make the next decision. Thunder God will flash this idea in his heart. Without hesitation, he continued to fly eastward to find the trace of the Hai nationality army.


    When it comes to true accomplishments, the four Dharma protectors have only recovered to the initial accomplishments of the golden elixir. But when it comes to combat effectiveness, as special Taoist soldiers specializing in combat, they all have the ability to challenge higher and higher levels, and can fight against the enemies in the middle of the golden pill.


    Moreover, because of their rich combat experience and endless secret skills, as long as they are not those monks with large family background and special inheritance. They still have great advantages over ordinary golden elixirs.


    In addition to their strong combat effectiveness, the four Dharma protectors also have their own strengths. After a long life, they learned many special skills.


    Among all his specialties, what makes him most proud is not his weapon refining skill, but his speed.


    The name of thunder not only refers to the fundamental skill of thunder, but also refers to his speed as fast as running thunder. Once it moves, it''s like thunder, and the thunder can''t hide your ears.


    In the heyday of the thunder god, he was among the friars in the golden elixir period. His speed was unparalleled, and it was difficult to meet his opponent.


    Even if there is only the cultivation in the early stage of Jindan now, he can escape, and the monks in the later stage of Jindan may not catch up with him.


    It was because of this dependence that he dared to continue flying eastward without fear of being surrounded and killed by the strong of the Hai nationality.

 Chapter 636

    Zheng Chao, who flew out to the West for a long distance, found no trace of the Hai nationality army. He guessed that most of the Hai nationality army had gone to the East.


    He determined that there was no new sea clan army coming from the sea in the west, so he began to set foot on his way home and drove towards Hongyan valley.


    Hongyan Valley is a key place of great strategic significance, which needs to be guarded as much as possible.


    Whether Meng Zhang, who sits in Hongyan Valley, or Jing Lei, who flies to the East and wants to investigate the enemy''s situation, don''t know that the Hai clan is about to completely solve the monster force in the Gobi.


    More than 8000 miles to the west of baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, is an endless great plain.


    It is called the grey horse plain. It is the largest plain in the Gobi and an important habitat for goblins.


    Now, this place has become a battlefield for the monster side to fight the final battle with the sea family army.


    The monster lost again and again and retreated all the way to the place of grey horse. If you continue to retreat to the East, you will enter the territory of taiyimen.


    The monsters didn''t continue to retreat. They didn''t worry about the power of Taiyi gate, but had another dependence, thinking that they still had a chance to turn over.


    In such a vast area as the Gobi, a group of third-order goblins alone can''t keep this treasure land.


    To the east of the Gobi, which is the current territory of taiyimen, was the territory of the white lion demon king, a fourth-order demon beast.


    The white lion demon king failed to kill the fifth level Earth Spirit. After being seriously injured, there has been no fourth level monster here.


    Because many things here involve the struggle between the fifth level Earth Spirit and Tianzhu Zhenjun, no foreign forces have been involved in this place.


    After a series of events, such a vast territory is cheap for nothing.


    This is not only the result of taiyimen''s luck, but also the prosperity of Meng Zhang.


    In the west of the Gobi, there is also a powerful fourth-order monster.


    This monster is the long nosed demon king.


    The long nosed demon king and the white lion demon king are two extremes of monsters, and their personalities are very different.


    The white lion demon king is radical and ambitious and always wants to expand outward.


    The long nosed demon king is gentle and lazy. He is never willing to do much and is afraid of trouble.


    The long nosed demon king sleeps in his nest all year round, rarely goes out, and is unwilling to interfere in the affairs of the Gobi.


    In the Gobi, except for the white lion demon king, only some old third-order monsters know the existence of the long nosed demon king.


    As for the external practitioners, they know little about them.


    Taiyimen occupies such a vast territory in the east of the Gobi, and has been secretly thinking about the west of the Gobi. However, Taiyi sect knew nothing about the existence of the long nosed demon king from top to bottom, including leader Meng Zhang.


    A generation of demon kings with such a low sense of existence is an exception among demon beasts.


    The Hai nationality army dares to invade the Gobi of evil wind. Naturally, it wants to make the situation here clear and clear.


    The existence of the long nosed demon king is unknown to others. How can the sea clan, as an intruder, not know.


    The sea people not only know the existence of the long nosed demon king, but also regard it as the primary enemy.


    In the eyes of the high level of the sea clan, the long nosed demon king has not been solved in one day. No matter how many victories the sea clan army has won, the sea clan can not safely occupy the Gobi.


    After the sea clan army invaded the Gobi, two strong men came to the long nosed demon king''s nest and blocked it.


    The poor long nosed demon king is really sitting at home behind closed doors. Disaster comes from heaven. It has always been self-discipline, has never had the slightest ambition, nor has it caused trouble.


    It has no grievances or enmity with the sea family, and it has absolutely no intention of making difficulties with the sea family. However, the high-level of Hai nationality does not think so, let alone let it go.


    The battle between the fourth-order strong is often protracted, and it is difficult to distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time.


    Although the battle between them did not last for hundreds of years, it also lasted more than 100 years.


    With the increasing investment of the strong of the Hai nationality, the battle is about to win.


    The monster side of the Gobi suffered heavy casualties, and there were few third-order monsters left.


    Now, among the third-order monsters, the oldest long haired demon general is leading the residual forces of the monsters to make the final resistance in the grey horse.


    The long hair demon was originally a subordinate of the white lion demon king. He was not the same monster as those attached to the long nose demon king.


    However, there are too many deaths and injuries of the third-order monsters. Among the few remaining third-order monsters, only it has the ability to gather the last army of monsters.


    The lair of the long haired demon general has long been destroyed by the sea army, and his offspring have been lost.


    Although the longevity of the monster is much better than that of the human friars of the same level, there are not many years to live at the age of the long haired demon.


    The long haired demon general, who has reached the end of his life, also stopped thinking of running away. It leads the remaining monsters to make the final resistance here.


    Those low-level monsters with low intelligence are ignorant and driven by high-level monsters. The high-level monster with enough intelligence is still struggling to resist here because he still has the last thought in his heart.


    As long as the long nosed demon king is still there, the monster side may turn defeat into victory.


    The sea clan army surrounded the remaining monster army and forced it into a corner of the gray horse field.


    In the eyes of the high-level of the sea family army, the destruction of the monster in front of us is only at the fingertips of a bullet.


    In the sky, a flying boat in the shape of swordfish came.


    At the head of the flying boat, a third-order shark is strong and stands proudly. Behind him were a group of shellfish maids.


    The mackerel is the commander of the sea family army, haipofeng. Just now, he received a message from the ancestors of the clan that the sea clan was suffering from a serious problem. The army of the sea clan occupied the Gobi, and the last and biggest obstacle - the long nosed demon king, had been killed by his ancestors and the ancestors of the Sea Patrol yecha family.


    After more than 100 years of struggle, the outcome was finally determined, and the biggest enemy fell completely.


    But there was not much joy on haipofeng''s face.


    The news of the victory came so late that he made a wrong decision before.


    If the news had come earlier, he might have been on his way back.


    The news that the red rock valley was conquered by a sudden Terran friar had already reached him.


    He has two choices. One is to leave some troops to entangle the monster, lead the main army to join forces, recover the Red Rock Valley and eliminate the Terran friars.


    The second is to ignore the actions of the Terran friars and go all out to win the last monster army in front of us.


    Haipofeng chose the second scheme.


    Because of the existence of the long nosed demon king, he always regards the monster as the biggest enemy. The details of the Terran friar are unknown. It is not suitable to rush to fight with the Terran friar before the monster has been solved.

 Chapter 637

    Haipofeng insists on solving the remaining monsters in front of him first, in order to shake the long nosed demon king''s mind.


    The destruction of all his men and the loss of all his territory should be a blow to the long nosed demon king.


    The battle between the fourth-order strong is the key to the victory or defeat of this battle. Haipofeng hopes to help.


    Although he was unable to directly participate in the battle at that level, he also wanted to do something in his own way.


    Now I have received the news from my ancestors that the long nosed demon king has fallen. Haipofeng regretted that without the long nosed demon king, the lost dogs in front of him were not worried at all and were not qualified to consume too much energy. Everything you have done before seems so superfluous.


    If he had known, he would have ordered to return to the division to solve the sudden emergence of human friars.


    If the human friars have a firm foothold in the Red Rock Valley, it will be another trouble.


    At this point, haipofeng is also a decisive person. Only if you don''t think much, do the things in front of you first.


    Since we have decided to give priority to solving the monster in front of us, we have to put aside the Terran friars in Hongyan valley.


    Haipofeng did not directly participate in the war, not to mention the overwhelming strength advantage of the sea family army. In terms of the third-order strong, the sea family far exceeded the monster.


    With another third-order monster being killed, the monster army was completely defeated.


    The monster army lost its last resistance and became a mass of loose sand.


    A monster is like a headless fly, running around, trying to escape death.


    When these monsters running for their lives ran into the sea people''s army in all directions, they simply hit the iron wall, smashed their heads and blood, and died one after another.


    Seeing that all the remaining monsters were about to be destroyed, the strong sea people patrolling around the battlefield sent a warning to Haibo peak, which was commanded remotely in the air.


    Haibo peak, standing at the head of the flying boat, also soon found new changes.


    In the distance, a flying boat team is rapidly approaching the battlefield. With his eyesight, he saw at a glance that these flying boats are the shape of the human race.


    It doesn''t mean that there are only a few human friars occupying Hongyan valley. Why is such an army of human friars here?


    The flying boat team also found the battlefield ahead.


    Instead of moving forward, the flying boat landed on the spot.


    The flying boat has not yet fully landed, and a celebrity friar has jumped down from the flying boat.


    The Terran friars who just landed did not have a stable foothold, so they began to form teams one after another and discharged a strict formation.


    Needless to say, this flying boat team is the coalition of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain.


    Niu Dawei flew into the air and watched the well-trained and elite friar of beast king mountain move quickly. He soon began to discharge the formation and initially formed the combat effectiveness.


    On the other hand, on the side of Hanhai road alliance, these friars from different forces can barely watch during the drill. When they really come on, they have a lot of problems and are difficult to line up quickly.


    Niu Dawei twitched his face and felt a little dull. Compared with the friars in beast king mountain, although there are many people here, it is a mob.


    Although I never expected these guys to have much combat effectiveness, I just used them as cannon fodder to distract the enemy''s attention. But the performance was so bad that the cattle were disappointed.


    If the friar of beast king mountain had not joined this time, Niu Dawei might not have the courage to set up an array here and face the powerful sea family army.


    Wen Qian is a little thick skinned and doesn''t have as much thought as Niu Dawei.


    He commanded the friars of Hanhai daomeng and began to arrange the formation.


    In the scornful eyes of the friar of beast king mountain, the friars of Hanhai road alliance somehow discharged the formation and slowly formed their combat effectiveness.


    The sources of friars of Hanhai daomeng are complex and their training is insufficient. It''s not only difficult for them, but also difficult for Wen Qian to calculate if they really want to discharge too difficult formations.


    A simple eight door golden lock array, with simple layout and few changes, just a few moves back and forth.


    The attack power of the large array is average, but it is good at defense. Based on the big array, we can support even in the face of strong enemies.


    After the formation of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain, the two coalition forces moved forward slowly, step by step towards the battlefield ahead.


    The beast king mountain joined the war this time in the name of helping taiyimen against monsters.


    The taiyimen mobilized monks to fight. In the external publicity, it is also said that there are changes in the demon animals in the depths of the Gobi.


    Now the monster side is on the verge of extinction. The enemy they really want to face is the army of the sea family.


    Niu Dawei did not explain, and the side of beast king mountain ignored it and ignored it.


    Now, Niu Dawei was sure that the beast king mountain had another plan.


    The news that Haibo peak received before was that Hongyan valley was secretly attacked and occupied by a few human friars. But in front of me, there was a large number of fierce looking Terran friars.


    Terran friars are new forces. They need to be treated with caution and should not be rashly engaged.


    Without knowing the details of the human side, haipofeng felt that it was better to be conservative.


    He has a heavy responsibility, and the sea family army in his hand is extremely valuable. He must not lose it in vain because of his carelessness.


    Thinking of this, Haibo peak issued a new order to the Hai nationality army below.


    The sea clan army gave up the encirclement and suppression of monsters. They let go of the encirclement and let the remaining monsters break out and flee everywhere.


    The Hai nationality army took the initiative to retreat and regroup in the rear of the battlefield.


    After some movement, the sea clan army discharged a new formation and proudly faced the Terran friars advancing from the far direction.


    Far from entering the fighting distance, when the two sides were still far away, the coalition forces of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain took the initiative to stop moving forward.


    Niu Dawei knows the details of his army. It looks OK from a distance, but it''s actually good. Not only is the combat effectiveness worrying, but also the combat will is very problematic. It''s OK to fight with the wind. Once the situation is unfavorable, we can''t expect them to stick to it.


    On the side of the beast king mountain, the main target is the monster of the Gobi. If it''s not necessary, I don''t want to fight against such a powerful opponent as Hai Zu.


    The Hai nationality Army stood still and did not take the initiative to fight.


    Haipofeng hesitated and didn''t know whether to start war immediately.


    In the opposite team, the undisguised breath of the golden elixir monk has a full six ways. As for whether there was a friar Jindan hiding in the dark, he didn''t know.


    The Terran friars in front of us are not only large in number, but also high in momentum. At first glance, they are not easy.


    Once the two sides start a war, they will not be able to decide the outcome in a short time.


    If a hidden Terran strongman comes out at this time, such as those Terran friars who occupy Hongyan Valley, they will be passive.

 Chapter 638

    Haipofeng can be valued by the ancestors of the mackerel people and the Sea Patrol yecha people, and is entrusted with the important task of commanding the sea people''s army because he is cautious and has a great view of the overall situation.


    The Terran friar suddenly took part in the war. This is a big event. He doesn''t want to make a decision easily.


    In addition to the two ancestors, he also has a strong sense of control on his head. He doesn''t want to make each other unhappy.


    Anyway, the monster side is completely destroyed. Even if there are a few missing fish, it will not hinder the overall situation.


    And now there are many third-order strong people of the Hai nationality scattered all over the Gobi. After gathering them, the Hai nationality army is the strongest.


    Thinking of this, haipofeng quickly made a decision.


    Under his personal command, the sea clan army faced the Terran friars'' army, did not go forward to fight, but slowly retreated and slowly withdrew from the battlefield.


    For the order of haipofeng, several grumpy Sea Patrol Yaksha in the Hai nationality army are very dissatisfied. In their view, as long as the army works hard, it can easily tear up the weak human friars in front of them.


    When it comes to matters involving its own command authority, haipofeng will never be careless, and even regard it as more important than fighting the enemy.


    He took out the means and made a little effort to subdue the dissatisfied Sea Patrol Yasha.


    After such a experience, he had no intention of war in his heart.


    Under his command, the Hai nationality army accelerated its withdrawal from the battlefield.


    Neither the friars of Hanhai daomeng nor the friars of beast king mountain had the mind to fight with the sea clan army. Seeing the enemy''s active retreat, several leaders looked at each other a little and wondered if the enemy had any conspiracy.


    Of course, it is absolutely impossible for them to take the initiative to invite the war.


    They all know their own strength. Even the arrogant beast king mountain friar is not willing to rush to war with a strong enemy like the sea clan army.


    Now the enemy''s initiative to retreat is really the best result.


    The sea clan army retreated quickly and did not intend to stay. And the Terran friar side finally confirmed that the other side didn''t seem to have any conspiracy.


    After the sea clan army went away, the friar of beast king mountain couldn''t bear it first. Under the leadership of the four golden elixirs, the friar of beast king mountain began to hunt down the monsters who fled in all directions.


    These monsters, who had managed to break through the encirclement of the sea clan army, were scarred and tired. It was impossible to escape too far.


    The friar of beast king mountain has been dealing with monsters for many years. He is familiar with the habits of monsters and has rich experience in hunting monsters. After they dispersed, they soon made some gains.


    The friar of beast king mountain stopped. Relying on the mob under Niu Dawei alone, he was not sure to face the sea clan army.


    If the army advances rashly and bumps into the Shanghai army, it will be a great disaster.


    In fact, before Meng Zhang left, he just asked Niu Dawei to gather the strength of Hanhai daomeng to attract the attention of the Hai nationality army.


    If circumstances permit, you can fight the sea army. If you don''t have an advantage, you should try to preserve your strength and don''t start a war easily.


    This is not how much Meng Zhang cherishes the cannon fodder friars of hanhaidao alliance, but that Niu Dawei led this army and maintained a posture of turning a blind eye. Only then can the Hai army feel scruples and dare not go all out to besiege Hongyan valley.


    The monks of the beast king mountain got harvest one after another, and the monks of the Hanhai road alliance showed an undisguised expression of envy on their faces.


    Niu Dawei thought for a moment, whether to let the horse run or let the horse eat grass. Now that they have been dispatched, let them have some sweets.


    Therefore, Niu Dawei also sent his army of friars in batches to search for benefits around the battlefield.


    These friars of the Hanhai Taoist League also knew themselves well and did not compete for prey with the friars of the beast king mountain.


    The Hai nationality army evacuated in a hurry and did not carefully clean the battlefield. Inside and outside the battlefield, there are still many demon carcasses.


    The friars of Hanhai daomeng took it as their target and began to search the corpses of these monsters and divide them.


    The monks of beast king mountain have a very high vision. Unless they are the bodies of third-order monsters or some special monsters, they don''t see the bodies of general monsters. And their main task this time is to capture all kinds of living monsters. Especially the cubs of various monsters are their top priority.


    Now we are still temporary comrades in arms. As long as the monks of Hanhai daomeng are knowledgeable, they can barely tolerate them.


    In this way, the friars of both sides had a tacit understanding to search around the battlefield, and they gained more or less.


    Grey horse is an important monster habitat in the Gobi. Many monster groups place their nests in this place.


    Even after the sweeping of the Hai nationality army, there are still many fish that have escaped the net.


    Many escaped monsters also left obvious traces.


    The friar of beast king mountain chased the monster everywhere. Obviously, he didn''t want to move on.


    Niu Dawei''s army can''t stay here all the time.


    According to his plan and Wen qiansuan''s plan, the friars under his command should be far behind the Hai people''s army and distract the Hai people''s army.


    Niu Dawei felt that the strength of his army of friars was really insufficient. So he took the initiative to fly to the ranks of friars in beast king mountain and discuss with Qiu Mingze.


    Niu Dawei didn''t hide his intention, but went straight to the point and got to the point.


    He made a request and hoped that the beast king mountain Friar and his team would continue to move forward together.


    At this time, Qiu Mingze didn''t have to go in circles with Niu da. What? Everyone is a member of Jiuqu League. He didn''t mention the nonsense of beast king mountain helping taiyimen against monsters.


    The purpose of the beast king mountain is to rush into the depths of the Gobi to take advantage when the sea clan army destroys the demon beast.


    Niu Dawei, acting head of etheric sect B, agreed to Qiu Mingze''s many requirements and promised many benefits before Qiu Mingze reluctantly agreed to move on.


    Next, Niu Dawei gathered the friars of Hanhai daomeng. In addition to leaving a few monks here to make some handover with the beast king mountain, most monks went out with the army.


    On the other side of the beast king mountain, half of the monks continued to chase the monster. Half of the friars, led by Qiu Mingze himself, continued to advance with the friars of hanhaidao alliance. The four golden elixirs are also divided into two groups, half of each.


    After some rectification, the Allied forces of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain set out again and continued to move towards the west of the Gobi.


    Qiu Mingze agreed to Niu Dawei''s request. In addition to the benefits Niu Dawei promised, he also wanted to go deep into the Gobi to see if there were more benefits.


    There are too many monster resources in the Gobi. How can beast king mountain not be jealous.

 Chapter 639

    After haipofeng led the Haizu army to leave the battlefield, he didn''t delay on the road and rushed directly to Hongyan valley.


    Almost at the same time, he contacted the ancestors of the clan to get further instructions. At the same time, he began to contact the third-order strong men scattered all over the Gobi and asked them to come and join the army as soon as possible.


    The thunder god general, who was going out to investigate in the East, found the evacuated Hai nationality army far away.


    Instead of running away immediately, he took the initiative to fly over and close to the investigation, trying to find out the details of the enemy.


    The strong ones in the sea family army were like clouds, and they immediately found the existence of the thunder god general.


    Several third-order strong men left the team and flew towards the thunder god general.


    The thunder god didn''t mean to fight, but left as soon as he touched it. When they went back, they flew over to continue their investigation.


    So repeated several times, the strong in the sea family army was completely angered.


    A sea patrol yecha with the combat effectiveness of the later stage of the golden elixir, holding a heavy weapon for killing and cutting, led several third-class strong men to go out, with an attitude of never giving up until he won the Thunder God.


    The thunder god general is a real veteran. He sees the opportunity quickly. Before falling into the siege, he fled early and far away from here. Let the enemy look at his back and shout what to do.


    Now that we have made clear the trend of the sea family army, it is not necessary for the thunder god to stay outside.


    He galloped all the way as fast as he could and rushed back to the red rock valley.


    When the thunder god will come back, the thunder god in Hongyan valley will bring back the news that the sea family army is about to arrive here. Meng Zhang ordered Taiyi disciples to be in place and ready to fight at any time.


    The Haizu army led by haipofeng came all the way to Hongyan valley. On the way, some previously dispersed Haizu strongmen met, and their strength became more and more powerful.


    When the army arrived near Hongyan Valley, the three third-order strong men of Hai nationality who had been monitoring nearby came to Haibo peak.


    After listening to their report, I knew that the enemy''s strength was not weak, and a third-order protection array had been deployed. It was a headache when Haibo peak arrived.


    Terran friars are not monsters. They have too many means that can be used in war.


    Not to mention anything else, if you want to break the third-order protection array, you need the lives of the sea family army.


    As an upper race, haipofeng doesn''t take the lives of lower races seriously. But if the army loses too much, he can''t explain to his ancestors.


    At the thought that the Terran friars suddenly appeared, launched a raid, occupied the Red Rock Valley and had a geographical advantage, Haibo peak was a burst of anger.


    When he led the sea people''s army outside the Red Rock Valley, he did not rashly order the attack, but passed on the situation here to the ancestors of the mackerel people.


    More than 10000 miles north of Hongyan Valley, it was originally a sparse and low jungle.


    In the Gobi desert, even such a jungle is very rare and almost unique.


    The only fourth order monster king with long nose in the west of Gobi is to place his nest in this place.


    It sleeps in its nest all year round and hardly goes out. It won''t take long to go out once in a while.


    It has such a nature of being independent of the world, but it has not avoided disaster.


    In the cultivation world, all kinds of natural disasters are never transferred by the will of any creature.


    Not long ago, haiduomou of the mackerel family and the fierce force of the Sea Patrol yecha family joined hands with two fourth-order strong men to kill them here.


    Now, the two ancestors who won the war are here to adjust their breath and meditate and slowly adjust their state.


    Not far from the two ancestors, a young man with a dragon''s head stood proudly without losing their momentum.


    The young man''s name is Ying Gaofei. He came from the real dragon family. He has a noble status and strong blood.


    Even if their accomplishments were higher than one level, the two ancestors felt a little unable to lift their heads in front of the young man because of their natural blood suppression.


    The real dragons live in the depths of the sea and rarely appear on the mainland.


    The real dragon is a powerful creature by nature. Its natural blood is almost at the top of the whole Jun dust world, far beyond all major races including the Terran.


    A real dragon with pure blood is at least a third-order creature once it becomes an adult. Moreover, because of the strong talent and many blood inherited miraculous skills, the combat effectiveness is very amazing. The third-order strong of other races can hardly compete with the adult real dragon.


    Of course, there must be one advantage and one disadvantage. The amazing natural blood of the real dragon, in a way, is also a shackle to limit their further progress.


    The third-order cultivation of the real dragon, which is equivalent to the cultivation of human golden elixir, is very simple and extremely relaxed. As long as you eat and sleep, when the year comes, you can easily enter the third-order later stage, and even the third-order perfection.


    However, it is very difficult for the real dragon to break through the fourth level, which is equivalent to the cultivation of human Yuanshen period.


    Many of those naturally powerful real dragons do not have the will and courage to make breakthroughs.


    Otherwise, based on the third-order real dragon, if the fourth-order strong can be born normally, the real dragon family has long been the first race in the world and completely dominate the Junchen world.


    Although the third level real dragon is very strong, if you want to really interfere with the situation in the Junchen world, the fourth level strong people don''t see enough. You have to have the fifth level great power.


    Among the real dragons, there is no shortage of third-order real dragons, there are few fourth-order real dragons, and even many real dragons are not sure whether the fifth-order power exists.


    As a strong man of the real dragon family, Ying Gaofei does not want to make progress like other people.


    As an adult, he traveled many times to seize various opportunities to hone himself.


    He is a very ambitious guy. He not only wants to break through the fourth level, but also wants to make a career.


    More than 300 years ago, Ying Gaofei traveled to the sea to the west of the Gobi.


    Even if he had only three levels of cultivation, he easily subdued the surrounding sea people with his noble real dragon blood. Even the fourth order ancestors of the shark people and the Sea Patrol yecha people took the initiative to come to him and worship.


    Integrating the power of the surrounding sea people, Ying Gaofei coveted the Gobi Desert next to the sea.


    The real dragon has a long life. Even the third-order real dragon has a life far longer than the original God friars of the Terran.


    In his long life, taking hundreds of years to carry out an expansion war is an interesting experience for Ying Gaofei.


    In the war, he can also get exercise and get a lot of gains.

 Chapter 640

    Although it took so long, many sea people were lost. But finally, the long nosed demon king was completely solved, and the news from Haibo peak that the remaining power of the monster side was about to be wiped out, which satisfied all three present.


    When Ying Gaofei first promoted such action, he won a complete victory and achieved fruitful results. The news was sent back to the dragon clan. The elders of the clan must look up to him.


    Although Ying Gaofei is the lineage of the real dragon family, there are a lot of lineages within the real dragon family. What can be valued by the elders of the family and cultivated by the middle and high-level of the family depends largely on their own performance.


    The two ancestors of the mackerel and the Sea Patrol yecha were equally satisfied. They are willing to follow Ying Gaofei''s actions, not only because of the natural leadership of Zhenlong, but also for the future of their families.


    In the vast sea, the mackerel and the Sea Patrol yecha are large races with many factions and branches scattered all over the sea.


    Catching up with a real dragon is very good for improving the status of their branch.


    It''s too far away to say in the future. Now alone, we have eliminated the monster side and occupied the vast territory of the Gobi Gobi. All kinds of benefits are quite amazing.


    There is no wanton search, just a simple collection, we have obtained a lot of unique resources lacking in the sea and on the land. After being transported back to the sea, its value can be imagined.


    Haiduo of the mackerel family and the fierce force of the Sea Patrol yecha family jointly besieged the long nosed demon king for many years. Although the long nosed demon king was firmly suppressed, he was unable to take his life.


    Originally, because the level difference is too large, it is difficult for the third-order strong to intervene in the battle between the fourth-order strong.


    As a third-order real dragon, Ying Gaofei has strong talent and has a treasure given by his elders. At the critical moment, he made a sneak attack and gave the long nosed demon king a lot of damage. Haiduo made great efforts to seize the opportunity and completely kill the old opponent who had been fighting for many years.


    The three were breathing near the long nosed demon king''s nest and received a message from Haibo peak.


    Knowing the news that the Terran friar suddenly took over the Red Rock Valley, the three couldn''t help frowning.


    The Terran friar suddenly stepped in, which was unexpected bad news.


    Terrans are no more than monsters. Terrans are the mainstream race in the Junchen world. It''s not too much to say that they are the rulers of the world.


    The real dragon family is so powerful that they still have to avoid the deep sea because of the pressure from the holy land of the Terran sect.


    The overall strength of the Terran cultivation world is far above the real dragon family and even the whole sea family.


    The Gobi of evil wind is far away from the Middle Earth and very remote. The overall level of the cultivation world here is far lower than that of the Middle Earth, but it is still not a small matter to compete with the human friars here.


    The news of Haibo peak came here one after another, and their faces became more and more ugly.


    The Terrans not only occupied Hongyan Valley by sneak attack, but also sent a large army of monks into the battlefield. The Red Rock Valley has been set up by the Terran friars. It seems that the Terran friars are ready to occupy it for a long time.


    Ying Gaofei is the lowest among the three, but he is the real leader. He thought a little and made a decision.


    "Guys, please come again. Before the protoss friar of the Terran family intervenes, take back the red rock valley. As long as they cut off the claws extended by humans, they must not start the war easily."


    Ying Gaofei is not an ignorant person. He promotes the Hai nationality army to attack the Gobi of evil wind. Of course, he needs to collect information from surrounding forces.


    Most of the Terran friars who suddenly appeared in Hongyan valley came from nearby Xiuzhen forces. The nearby Xiuzhen forces are mainly Jiuqu League.


    Jiuqu League itself faces the trouble of barbarians on Yuantu prairie, and there are many disputes among Terrans.


    Haipofeng said that at present, only the golden elixir friars appear at most, which is mostly the temptation of the Terran friars.


    They must give a heavy blow to the Terran friars by means of thunder, so as to deter them, so that they will not easily open up in the Gobi of evil wind. They are also lucky. Unknowingly, they have strong assistance and avoid the greatest disaster.


    Jin Lizhen Jun and Qing Lanzhen Jun have no intention of fighting with the sea family. They don''t bully the small with the big, but directly attack the sea family army.

 Chapter 641

    Beast king mountain was an important member of Jiuqu League at the beginning of its establishment. Although it has never been very visible, it is deeply rooted in Jiuqu League and has very well-informed information.


    The beast king mountain has always coveted the rich monster resources of the Gobi. But before he was sure enough to win the long nosed demon king, he was not willing to fight easily.


    This time, the situation in the Gobi changed dramatically and the Hai nationality army invaded on a large scale. But at this critical moment, the original God Zhenjun of beast king mountain is not in the door.


    Even though the beast king mountain timely received the news from the high level of Jiuqu League and knew that there was an opportunity to take advantage of it, the friars who presided over the daily affairs in the gate still couldn''t make a comprehensive mobilization and make a large-scale determination to enter the Gobi of evil wind.


    If the original God Zhenjun of the beast king mountain doesn''t fight, how can the beast king mountain resist the fourth-order strong of the sea clan?


    However, we are not willing to let go of such a great opportunity.


    Finally, a group of elders discussed for a while before they came up with a compromise.


    Beast king mountain has the cheek to help Taiyi gate and takes the initiative to send troops together with Taiyi gate.


    The elders of beast king mountain think very well. Their yuan God Zhenjun is not here, but Jin Lizhen, who is behind Taiyi gate, won''t sit back and watch it. They can also get a lot of advantages by following behind the Taiyi gate.


    These guys don''t know that the top and bottom of Taiyi gate don''t know the war between the sea family army and the monster, and it also involves the strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    This time, if Qing Lanzhen didn''t want to buy Jin Lizhen, the army of friars of taiyimen rashly bumped into the hands of the fourth-class strong of the Hai family, which is mostly bad. The beast king mountain friar who followed behind Taiyi gate could not escape from the fish in the pond.


    However, after a series of mistakes, taiyimen and beast king mountain have reached their initial goals. Next, they have to deal with the counterattack of the Hai nationality army.


    Jin Lizhen and Qing Lanzhen have been waiting over Hongyan Valley for some time.


    They didn''t help taiyimen directly, but were ready to help taiyimen resist the threat from the fourth level strong of the Hai family.


    When the two fourth-order strongmen of the shark people and the Sea Patrol yecha people came near the Red Rock Valley, they just ran into the two human gods Zhenjun who had been waiting for a long time.


    None of the four made a rash move, but confronted each other like this.


    Neither the Hai nationality nor the Jiuqu League had the intention of going to war in an all-round way.


    Even if the four fight, it is difficult to tell the winner in a short time. Even if the outcome is determined, it will not solve the problem. On the contrary, it may lead to the expansion of the war.


    After a period of confrontation, Ying Gaofei also flew to this place.


    Seeing the two true gods of the Terran, he thought he had understood the calculation of the Terran side.


    Sure enough, these despicable Terran friars want to win their own victory with the intention of making a profit.


    The arrogant Ying Gaofei felt that he had been calculated by the Terran friar. He was very angry.


    Of course, he also knows that Jiuqu League is the most powerful Terran cultivation force in the nearby area. Even if there are various problems, it is not his own strength, which can be easily shaken. As a last resort, he was unwilling to start a full-scale war with the Jiuqu League.


    "What are you two waiting here to do?" Ying Gaofei asked coldly.


    Most of the disputes in the cultivation world are for interests. He wants to see how far the Jiuqu League is ready to go.


    If the Jiuqu League deceives people too much, he is not a person without a foundation. I can''t say. I''ll talk to the senior management of Jiuqu League.


    Jin Lizhen has always sheltered taiyimen because of her love in those years, because of her commitment, and because taiyimen has always been respectful enough to her, and there has never been a shortage of all kinds of offerings.


    Taiyimen started against the Hai people this time, but did not inform Jin Lizhen Jun in advance, which made her a little uncomfortable.


    She really wants to protect taiyimen, but taiyimen is always so self assertive and goes to war without authorization. One day, she will implicate herself and involve herself in great trouble.


    Because of this, Jin Lizhen owes Qing Lanzhen a favor. Human debt is the most difficult thing to repay.


    Jin Lizhen felt that taiyimen should suffer a little before they could learn a profound lesson.


    Now Gao Fei should take the initiative to ask, and she said a set of words she had already discussed with Qinglan Zhenjun.


    What is happening now in the Gobi is just the nonsense of the younger generation. Their elders should not bully the small and intervene in person.


    After listening to Jin Lizhen''s words, the faces of Ying Gaofei and the two fourth-class strong became a little better.


    On the side of the Terran friars, it seems that they have no intention of going to war with the sea army. As for the small-scale war, it has never been cut off in the cultivation world, and the Hai family will never be afraid.


    After the five people in the sky were talking and talking, you came and I went, and roughly reached an agreement.


    The fourth level strongman of the sea family doesn''t make a move, and the yuan God Zhenjun of the human family doesn''t make a move.


    Except for taiyimen and the beast king mountain friars who have entered the battlefield, Jiuqu alliance will not continue to send more forces here.


    The sea can not continue to add new reinforcement from the sea.


    The next battle is based on Hongyan valley.


    The sea clan can mobilize all the forces in the Gobi to attack the red rock valley.


    If within two years, the sea clan captured the red rock valley. The power of taiyimen and beast king mountain will completely withdraw from the west of the Gobi, and taiyimen will cede a large territory and pay a large amount of resources to the Hai people as compensation for the defeat.


    However, if the sea clan fails to attack the red rock valley within two years, the sea clan must admit the defeat of the war.


    The sea clan army must retreat to two thousand miles west of Hongyan valley.


    Of course, no matter which side wins or loses, after this war, the Terran friars and the sea clan can''t have trouble again.


    For Jin Lizhen, no matter what the result is, she can accept it.


    When taiyimen was defeated, the Hai people won enough benefits and will naturally give up. Taiyimen also learned a lesson and the matter is over. At best, she made a vain trip without any loss.


    Taiyimen won and won a vast territory in the west of the Gobi.


    The taiyimen family can''t swallow such booty.


    Qinglan Zhenjun made great efforts this time, and naturally he will take a big share. Jin Lizhen, as the patron of taiyimen, will also have a great harvest.


    The fourth level strong man has the ability to make a big road oath. But neither side was prepared to take an oath.


    Whether such an interim agreement can be implemented depends on the strength comparison between the two sides.


    As long as the strength comparison between the two sides does not change, the agreement will not be easily destroyed. But if one party is in decline in the future, it can''t blame the other party for not abiding by the agreement.

 Chapter 642

    After the two sides reach an agreement, the rest is how to implement it.


    Jin Lizhen sent out a summons to tell Meng Zhang all the causes and consequences of the whole thing and the contents of this agreement.


    Meng Zhang, who is sitting in the town of Hongyan Valley, successfully received the summons of Jin Lizhen Jun. After reading the contents, he first smiled bitterly, and then was afraid for a while.


    Over the years, the hegemonic side has personally developed taiyimen to this point. It is absolutely a lie to say that he is not satisfied or complacent.


    Just because of the expansion of his mentality, he began to be pretentious and arrogant, Meng Zhang made a big mistake this time.


    Without thoroughly knowing the details of the Hai nationality army in advance, he took the initiative to mobilize the strength of the whole sect to participate in the war. What is more unforgivable is that she didn''t communicate with Jin Lizhen Jun in advance.


    Jin Lizhen did not hide her dissatisfaction in the summons.


    She is the biggest backer of taiyimen at present. She must not be lost. If her dissatisfaction intensifies, it will be a great disaster for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang secretly warned himself that he must learn from this lesson and never be so careless in the future.


    Of course, he will not continue to struggle with the past. What he has to do now is to guard the red rock valley with all his strength.


    The agreement between the strong made Meng Zhang angry.


    When did taiyimen become someone else''s bet? Meng Zhang was very angry at what Qinglan Zhenjun and other Yuanshen Zhenjun took for granted.


    Outsiders are always outsiders, not always able to rely on. The Taiyi gate can''t get rid of the situation of being controlled by others if it doesn''t have its own Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang suppressed his anger and summoned several golden elixirs in Hongyan valley.


    He told the agreement between several strong men without any reservation.


    Several immortal Jindan were very dissatisfied, but everyone knew their priorities. After a few complaints, they quickly put the matter aside and discussed how to deal with the current situation.


    In any case, taiyimen cannot fail. We must guard Hongyan valley.


    Otherwise, the price of failure is too high, and taiyimen will be greatly weakened.


    Since it has become the consensus of everyone to defend Hongyan Valley, they began to give advice and decided to take out the details of the whole sect and use them all for the defense of Hongyan valley.


    This war is very important. Taiyimen will not have the slightest reservation. In addition to the original means of defense, we should continue to strengthen defense. All kinds of treasures in the sect Treasury should be used if they can be used.


    While Jin Lizhen sent a message to Meng Zhang, the Hai nationality also conveyed the latest information to the Hai nationality army near Hongyan valley.


    After arriving near Hongyan Valley, many third-order strongmen came from everywhere, and the strength of the army increased a lot.


    However, seeing that the Terran friars have set up a third-order protection array, and the defense is tight, Haibo peak, who commands the army, did not act rashly.


    Soon after, the Hanhai road alliance friar army led by Niu Dawei and the coalition army composed of friars of beast king mountain also followed, and set up an array less than a hundred miles away from the Hai family army.


    Seeing that the monks on the other side of the Red Rock Valley could not hold out and had no intention to attack, haipofeng originally planned to leave a partial division around the Red Rock Valley to monitor the trend of the Red Rock Valley, and then concentrate on the main force and destroy the Terran monks who followed.


    However, the order from Ying Gaofei asked him to concentrate on conquering Hongyan Valley as quickly as possible.


    As a noble real dragon family, Ying Gaofei is very proud. He wants to win not only this time, but also beautiful.


    The time agreed by both parties is two years. Ying Gaofei hopes that the sea family army will take Hongyan Valley immediately and slap the two Terran gods Zhenjun.


    Haibofeng dared not disobey Ying Gaofei''s order, so he had to give up his original plan. However, such an army of Terran friars is close at hand and can''t be left there.


    Haipofeng transferred some troops to form a partial division, many of which were wounded in the previous war with monsters. He let the partial master stay not far from the Terran friar army and monitor each other''s movements from a distance.


    If there is a change in the Terran friar army, they should not only warn in time, but also try to delay the enemy.


    After that, Haibo peak gathered the main force of the Hai nationality that could be concentrated and surrounded Hongyan valley.


    Gao Fei hurried. The high-level leaders of the Hai people''s army gathered together. After simple discussion, they did not formulate too complex plans, so they decided to rely on the quantitative advantage of the Hai people''s army to forcibly attack and crush them all the way.


    The battle soon started. The Hai nationality army didn''t waste time to slowly investigate the enemy''s situation and test the enemy''s reality. But as soon as they came up, they launched a formal attack.


    I saw more than 30000 Hai people''s armies discharge military formations outside the red rock valley.


    Almost every military array is presided over by at least one third-class strong man.


    The mackerel and the Sea Patrol yecha are superior races, but their number in the army is very limited. The people of the two major races basically serve as officers at all levels, or simply form supervisory teams. The largest number of people in the army are lower races such as fish man, shrimp man and crab man.


    In every war, these lower races are the first cannon fodder to die.


    Anyway, there are too many lower races and their fecundity is strong enough. If they don''t consume some on the battlefield, they can''t feed all their people.


    Of course, the sea people''s army in front of us left the sea and fought on land that was not suitable for us. So the members of the army are carefully selected elites of all races. Compared with ordinary sea people, they are much better in any aspect.


    With the order of haipofeng, the military formations approached Hongyan valley from all directions and began to attack.


    The Hai nationality army did not distinguish any key areas, nor did it directly look for the weakness of Hongyan Valley defense. Instead, relying on its absolute quantitative advantage, it launched a comprehensive attack, and the attacks in all directions were very fierce.


    As the shark warlocks in the sea army began to cast spells, dark clouds immediately covered the sky, and then a heavy rain fell.


    The torrential rain poured down on every member of the Hai nationality army, which made them all wet.


    The sea people''s army, accustomed to the water environment, boosted their morale and strength in the heavy rain.


    Thick waves of water rose above almost every military formation.


    The water waves surged and rushed directly to the Hongyan Valley in front. More numerous Water Dragons soared into the air and rushed frantically to the front.


    The leader Meng Zhang sits in the center of the big array and has an overview of the overall situation.


    Yang Xueyi, Zheng Chao, four Dharma protectors and six Jindan friars sit in the six array eyes of the six god golden light array respectively. Many elite friars of Taiyi sect dispersed and stationed at each node of the array.


    Facing the fierce attack of the Hai nationality army, taiyimen was unmoved from top to bottom. They blessed the big array step by step and urged the power of the big array to respond to the enemy.


    The golden light around Hongyan Valley becomes more intense, just like the essence. From a distance, it seems that the whole red rock valley has become cast of gold.


    The surging waves and the water dragon falling from the sky directly hit the golden light and shook it. The golden light seemed to be shaky, but it persisted. However, the huge waves and Water Dragons dispersed and turned into rain.


    Haipofeng, who was watching the battle in the distance, was expressionless. It was only the first wave of attack, and the real powerful means of the Hai nationality army were still behind.


    Next, the sea people''s army used one means after another to launch a fierce attack on Hongyan valley.


    The six gods golden light array was originally a three-level protection array that is good at defense. Now there are not only enough golden elixirs to preside over it, but also so many taiyimen friars to fight together in the array.


    No matter what means the sea family army takes and how fierce the attack is, it can''t fundamentally shake the array.


    The taiyimen side is not just beaten without fighting back. The six gods golden light array has average attack power, but it still has some counterattack means.


    The golden elixir immortal who guarded the eyes of the array seized the opportunity and urged the power of the array. The golden lights scattered one after another and directly shone on the nearby Hai nationality army.


    Two nearest military formations were directly attacked by the power of the big formation. The protective water curtain outside the military formation broke at the touch of a touch. The golden light slowed a little and shrouded the sea soldiers.


    If a famous marine soldier was hit hard, he vomited blood and fell to the ground. He didn''t know whether he was alive or dead.


    The counterattack of the protective array has long been expected by the high-level of the Hai nationality, and this little casualty of the army is not worth mentioning.


    The rear military array strengthened their defense one after another and easily blocked the counterattack of the big array back.


    A military array composed of the Hai nationality army came forward in turn and launched a continuous attack.


    The top leaders of the Hai nationality army knew that although they should fly under the strict order, they did their best. However, it seems unlikely to conquer Hongyan Valley and end the battle in a short time.


    Even the most belligerent and grumpy Senhai Yasha doesn''t expect to break the protective array at once.


    Since the battle will last for a long time, there must be a certain plan.


    Leading the army for many years, haipofeng and the middle and high-level of the army have rich experience and naturally made careful arrangements.


    The sea people''s army continued to maintain the pressure on the Red Rock Valley, and the offensive was more and more fierce.


    For the fierce attack of the Hai nationality, Taiyi gate has long been psychologically prepared. With the power of the big array, people are not worried at all.


    The taiyimen friar with high morale, with the help of the protection array, launched a fierce battle with the Hai nationality army.


    On the first day of the war, there were many casualties in the Hai nationality army. The friar taiyimen hid behind the big array and was sheltered by the big array. Unexpectedly, there were no casualties.


    Of course, with the progress of the war and the increasing intensity of the battle, friar taiyimen can''t always be so relaxed.


    In fact, before long, taiyimen felt heavy pressure.

 Chapter 643

    With the progress of the battle, the Hai nationality army has come up with more and more killer Maces.


    I saw that all the military formations of the sea family army began to work hard. With the magic casting of the shark family warlock, thunder clouds rolled and thunder rumbled in the sky. In the surging waves, blue-green thunder balls are condensed.


    GUI shuishen thunder, this is a very high-end secret among water magic.


    Leifa is strong and powerful. Kui water god thunder condenses the power of Kui water and has a special attribute bonus.


    The sea people who grew up in the sea did not spend much effort, so they attracted a large number of Kui water god mines.


    Kui water god thunder fell from the sky and bombarded the six gods'' golden light array heavily.


    This third-order protection array has finally encountered a severe test.


    The seemingly indestructible golden light curtain, under the continuous bombardment of guishuishen thunder, the golden light finally disappeared one by one, revealing the Taiyi disciples in the rear.


    Without giving orders from Haibo peak, the two nearest military formations rushed over at the fastest speed.


    Fortunately, before the start of the war, taiyimen made full preparations and left many backhands.


    The sea people''s armies of the two armies are not close yet. Gusts of strong wind swept through, accompanied by silver raindrops falling in the sky.


    The protective water curtain around the military array is easily turned into useless rain and dissipated by the strong wind. The silver raindrops falling from the sky seem harmless and bright and lovely. But it is a deadly means.


    The silver rain all over the sky was like a flying sword. It fell into the sea family army and killed the sea family soldiers in a mess.


    Even the elite Marine soldiers, as long as they are hit by the silver rain, they will leave a pile of broken limbs and arms, or die on the spot.


    As soon as the third-order protection array was launched, the sea family army rushed in.


    The army array was scattered by silver raindrops. Only a few scattered Marine soldiers were able to rush through the outer defense of Hongyan Valley and rush to Taiyi gate disciples.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect, who had been waiting for them for a long time, used their own means to kill these scattered Marine soldiers.


    The friars in charge of the six gods golden light array quickly adjusted and restored the defense strength of the array as soon as possible.


    In this way, the two three-level Protection Arrays cooperate with each other to make up for each other''s defects. The Taiyi disciples who preside over the array do their best.


    For a while, the Hai nationality army used many means, not only failed to break the array, but paid a lot of casualties.


    Haipofeng, who commanded the Hai nationality army, was a little worried, but he well covered up this mood. He sank down and slowly mobilized the sea army to launch a continuous attack on Hongyan valley.


    Since the beginning of the offensive and defensive war in Hongyan Valley, the strong men of the two ethnic groups who had originally made an agreement did not stay away, but watched the war at a high altitude not far from Hongyan valley.


    The Hai people who besieged Hongyan valley were also interested. They didn''t dare to disturb Ying Gaofei when they saw them there.


    Neither Ying Gaofei nor the two fourth-order strong men of the sea family have the intention to interfere with his command since they handed over the command to haipofeng.


    Even if Ying Gaofei was a little dissatisfied, he still showed the tolerance of the real dragon family and did not easily interfere with the front-line operations.


    The Hai people''s army has a large number and formed a lot of military formations. They can attack Hongyan Valley in turn and continuously consume Taiyi disciples.


    The Hai nationality army is powerful and has many means. Taiyi disciples dare not be careless. They have to deal with the enemy carefully every time.


    The sea people''s army launched such a big attack on Hongyan valley. Naturally, it can''t hide the cattle up to 100 miles away from here.


    Before the war, Meng Zhang sent the cause and effect of the whole thing to Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan through the communication runes.


    Knowing that this war involves the strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and the victory or defeat is directly related to the development of taiyimen, both of them are very dignified.


    No matter how much it costs, there can be no loss in this war. This is the consensus of Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan.


    Relying solely on the army of monks of hanhaidao alliance, they can play a limited role. Niu Dawei discussed with Wen qiansuan and went to Qiu Mingze of the beast king mountain.


    Niu Dawei didn''t beat around the bush with him and directly told him that Qinglan Zhenjun of qingyuanzong and jinlizhen Jun behind Taiyi gate had come nearby. The beast king mountain was so careful that it had long been seen through by the two yuan gods.


    It''s OK to take advantage of the small advantage of the beast king mountain. If you want to gain more, you must contribute now.


    Niu Dawei also guaranteed as the chief disciple of the Taiyi sect that as long as the beast king mountain tried his best to help the Taiyi sect against the sea army, the interests of the west of the Gobi would definitely be the beast king mountain.


    After Niu Dawei''s showdown, Qiu Mingze didn''t reply to him directly. Instead, I went to discuss with the immortal Jindan in the gate who went on the expedition this time.


    First, they were jealous of the interests of the Gobi, and second, the names of Qinglan Zhenjun and jinlizhen Jun stopped them. Qiu Mingze finally promised that friar beast king mountain and taiyimen would join hands to advance and retreat together in this war.


    Before long, all the friars who had stayed in the grey horse Valley arrived here and joined the brigade.


    In this way, the two allied forces have six Golden elixirs and thousands of low-level friars.


    Although the friar of beast king mountain did not necessarily follow Niu Dawei''s command, he agreed to cooperate with him.


    Niu Dawei didn''t rush to do it, but chose a good time to command the friars of Hanhai daomeng to move forward directly and take the initiative to attack the Haizu partial division who stayed here to monitor them while the Haizu army besieged Hongyan valley.


    This Terran friar army launched a surprise attack, which did not surprise haipofeng, and he had long had countermeasures.


    An army of Hai nationality, which had been prepared for a long time, immediately left the battlefield of Hongyan Valley and rushed to the position where Niu Dawei launched the attack.


    Seeing the reinforcements of the sea people arrive, Niu Dawei doesn''t bother much. He directly commands the army to retreat and return to join the army of friars of beast king mountain.


    After the sea people''s reinforcements arrived, the Allied forces of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain fought with the sea people''s reinforcements.


    The strength of the sea clan army is really too strong. Even if it is only a deployed army, the combat effectiveness is above the Terran friars army.


    Although the beast king mountain agreed to cooperate with taiyimen in the battle, the battle was also regarded as trying his best, but it never had the momentum of going all out.


    Niu Dawei did not insist. Seeing that his side was at a disadvantage, he commanded the army to fight and retreat, and slowly retreated away from Hongyan valley.


    Although the combat effectiveness of the transferred Hai nationality army is strong, it does not occupy an overwhelming advantage. It can not completely leave the enemy. It can only watch the enemy retreat successfully.


    After the enemy retreated, the marine army had no choice but to return to the vicinity of Hongyan Valley and continue to participate in the siege of Hongyan valley.


    However, as soon as the sea clan army retreated, the retreating Terran friars, under the command of Niu Dawei, slowly rushed to the direction of Hongyan valley from a distance and continued to harass the sea clan army.


    Niu Dawei gave full play to the essence of guerrilla warfare. When the enemy advances, I retreat, and when the enemy retreats, I disturb, that is, I don''t fight hard with the Hai family army. Instead, it focuses on harassing operations, trying to distract the attention of the Hai nationality army and contain its strength, so that it can''t go all out to siege Hongyan valley.


    There are some intelligent people in the sea family army, who can easily see through Niu Dawei''s purpose.


    The friars of Hongyan Valley defend with all their strength. Haibo peak leaves part of its strength to continue to besiege Hongyan valley. We must concentrate our strength and destroy the Terran friars who have been harassing our side.


    However, under the leadership of Meng Zhang, the taiyimen friar who could not survive just now concentrated an elite force to launch an assault on the remaining Hai nationality army, which almost completely defeated the army.


    Haipofeng had no choice but to give up his original plan, turn around and deal with Meng Zhang first.


    Seeing that the dominant Hai nationality army rushed over, Meng Zhang quickly led his disciples to retreat, returned to Hongyan Valley and continued to defend with the help of the mountain protection array.


    After repeated several times, although the strength of the Hai nationality army has an absolute advantage, it is tired of running because of the relationship between the two lines of operation, but the decline is becoming more and more obvious.


    In the blink of an eye, the tug of war between the two sides lasted more than three months.


    The sea people''s army has besieged Hongyan Valley for so long, but it has not achieved decent results.


    Seeing that the Hai nationality army had nothing to do with Hongyan Valley, many Taiyi disciples despised it. They thought that the offensive and defensive war would end like this and Taiyi gate would win in the end.


    But these disciples of Taiyi sect are too happy too early. They underestimate the army of Hai clan.


    The surface of Haibo peak looked helpless, but secretly transferred the third-order warship of Hai family.


    Since the sea people''s army attacked the mainland, these third-order warships have rested in the coastal area. The dispatch of these third-order warships is not a violation of the agreement.


    A full five third-order warships flew over the Red Rock Valley and blocked the red rock valley with a large marine army left behind.


    Meng Zhang led the taiyimen friar to rush several times, but they were blocked back.


    The remaining Marine soldiers rely on the third-order warships to play a very strong combat effectiveness, which makes Meng Zhang helpless.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, haipofeng personally led the main force of the sea family and directly rushed to the joint forces of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain.


    The sea people''s army moved very fast. Niu Dawei didn''t have time to retreat, so they had to stay and fight hard.


    After a fierce war, the Terran friars suffered an unprecedented defeat.


    Most of the friars of Hanhai Taoist League were destroyed, and the rest were completely scattered.


    Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan were seriously injured. It was not easy for them to leave the battlefield and escape the pursuit of the Hai family army.


    The beast king mountain also suffered heavy losses. Not only most of the low-level friars were killed, but also one Jindan immortal was killed on the spot. The remaining three golden elixir immortal fled with injuries. They were afraid to return here.

 Chapter 644

    After completely defeating the Allied forces of Hanhai road alliance and beast king mountain, haipofeng has solved the worries at home and can concentrate on besieging Hongyan valley.


    Haipofeng''s action seemed simple, but he seized the opportunity and mobilized his speed, so that haiduomou, the old ancestor of the mackerel family, could not help praising it.


    This time, the sea family army is playing its cards.


    The third-order warship, a mechanism creation, is rare among the sea clan. If it were not for this battle, haipofeng would be reluctant to take out so many family assets.


    If you let the third-order warship compete with Jindan real person one-on-one, the third-order warship can''t defeat Jindan real person.


    However, in the war, especially in this crucial battle, the sea family army can play a great power by relying on the third-order warships.


    The third-order warships launched indiscriminate bombardment on the protection array of Hongyan valley from the air, and the military formations on the ground rushed forward madly.


    Although there are no reinforcements outside, the Taiyi disciples in the array are still in high morale.


    As a rapidly rising Taiyi sect, the disciples of the sect have high morale and are definitely not easy to suppress.


    Meng Zhang began to mobilize friar taiyimen and slowly took out all kinds of precious cards.


    Because the child and mother conveyor connects Hongyan Valley and baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate, Hongyan Valley can be supplemented in time regardless of human and material resources.


    Taiyi gate not only opened the large warehouse, but also made every effort to supply all kinds of combat materials to the disciples stationed in Hongyan valley. Moreover, the trade name established by taiyimen in Jiuqu League also continuously transports various supply resources to taiyimen.


    After Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan fled the battlefield, they were too seriously injured to recover in a short time.


    The army of monks of hanhaidao alliance has collapsed, and the remaining survivors have lost their morale. Even if they are forcibly organized, they can''t play a big role.


    As for the beast king mountain, I can''t count on it. The beast king mountain, which suffered heavy casualties, simply did not dare to participate in the war with the sea clan army.


    According to the agreement between the protoss of the Terran and the fourth level strong of the sea clan, the Terran side can''t transfer reinforcements from outside the Gobi.


    Now, only relying on the strength of taiyimen alone.


    The cruel war continued. Hongyan Valley seemed to be crumbling, but it persisted.


    Every time the Hai people feel that taiyimen can''t hold on and Hongyan Valley is about to be conquered, Meng Zhang can always surprise them and shut them out.


    Taiyi gate is not a passive defense. When the time is right, the immortal Jindan in the gate will lead the elite friars to launch a counterattack and beat back the enemy''s attacks.


    The casualties of the Haizu army were heavy, and the casualties of taiyimen were not light.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect who were sent to Hongyan Valley in batches went to the battlefield one after another. Many people will never come back.


    After being injured, Niu Dawei and Wen Qian did not stop outside, but directly returned to the mountain gate.


    After returning to the mountain gate, regardless of their future cultivation, they forcibly took the medicine of tiger and Wolf and temporarily suppressed the injury with secret methods.


    At this time, Hu Jing, who had stayed at the mountain gate, had been transferred to Hongyan Valley and joined the war.


    After a long war, Taiyi sect not only lost a large number of low-level disciples, but also immortal Jindan was injured one after another. Although there are no real casualties of Jindan for the time being, most of them were seriously injured.


    At this time, the red rock valley also looks like the oil is exhausted and the lamp is dry.


    Almost all the remaining Taiyi disciples were injured and exhausted one by one.


    Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan tried all kinds of methods, coercion and inducement, both soft and hard, and finally raided a group of monks on the Gobi again.


    If it hadn''t been for Jin Lizhen''s view, Niu Dawei would have wanted to call Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Qiaoer is Jin Lizhen''s favorite disciple. If she is involved in such a bloody battle, Jin Lizhen must be very unhappy.


    If Jin Qiaoer has something wrong in the battle, the furious Jin Lizhen will certainly anger taiyimen.


    Even if taiyimen narrowly won the war, it is not worth the loss.


    Niu Dawei, who has been trained by the leader, can see all kinds of worldly sophistication very clearly.


    He not only didn''t ask Jin Qiaoer for help, but also didn''t recruit too many friars of Qiaoshou sect.


    But other forces of hanhaidao alliance are not so lucky. Almost all of its elite monks were recruited.


    At this time, the whole details of Hanhai daomeng were all transferred out.


    At the most critical moment in Hongyan Valley, Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan led these friars to deliver them to the past.


    With the support of these new troops, the morale of friars taiyimen was greatly boosted, and there was a big outbreak. It not only repulsed the attacking sea army, but also took the opportunity to launch a counterattack.


    By this time the war was going on, not only did the taiyimen side show signs of decline, but the oil was running out and the lights were dry. Even on the side of the Hai nationality army, it also hurt the muscles and bones and vitality.


    Of the five third-order warships, three were destroyed by Meng Zhang''s disciples, and two were also injured and had to retreat temporarily.


    The loss of the Hai nationality army was so great that the two ancestors'' faces kept beating and could not hide their flesh pain.


    Those who died in the war are all elite. What they lose is their own strength and inside information.


    The sea is not a peaceful paradise, but also a cruel struggle. If the army at hand is lost, it will definitely affect the survival of the mackerel and Sea Patrol yecha.


    As a proud dragon, Ying Gaofei has never paid attention to the life and death of these lower races, but he still has many places to rely on his two ancestors in the future, so he can''t ignore their feelings.


    Moreover, this marine army is also the capital for his rise in the future. Too much loss here is bound to drag down his plan.


    The siege of Hongyan Valley has lasted for more than a year, and it seems that the day of success is still far away.


    Due to the shielding of the protective array, Ying Gaofei can''t feel the reality in the Red Rock Valley for the time being. I just know that the reinforcements of taiyimen are endless. It seems that they have never been cut off.


    Every time the Taiyi sect loses a group of disciples, new disciples will come to replenish them soon. If you go on like this, when will it end.


    I don''t know that Taiyi gate is also running out of oil. When the lamp is dry, you should fly high. At this time, you overestimate the strength of Taiyi gate.


    When taiyimen repels another wave of attack from the Hai nationality army and there is a pause in the battle, Ying Gaofei flies to the top of Hongyan valley.


    He shouted directly and challenged the friar taiyimen.


    He offered to compete one-on-one with friar taiyimen in the valley.


    If the taiyimen friar wins, even if the taiyimen wins, the Hai clan army will stop the siege and retreat immediately.


    But if he wins, the battle will be won by the Hai clan. Taiyimen will not only withdraw from Hongyan Valley, but also compensate according to the agreement.

 Chapter 645

    Ying Gaofei flew out of Hongyan Valley and asked for a single fight. However, he didn''t think that someone in taiyimen dared to fight with him.


    He is a strong man in the later stage of the third level. He has mastered many magic powers of the real dragon family, and he has the means to protect his life given by the elders of the family.


    Not long ago, he even participated in the battle between the fourth-order strong, and played a key role.


    As long as the Terran friar is not the true king of the yuan God, in his eyes, he is a group of tujiwa dogs.


    He stood up and challenged. First, the war was not going well, which made him depressed and wanted to vent. Second, it is also an opportunity to attack the morale of taiyimen.


    If no one in the Taiyi sect dares to fight, he can vent well in front of the two Terran gods Zhenjun.


    After Ying Gaofei shouted for a while, seeing that no one answered in Hongyan Valley, he was very proud to laugh at the two human yuan gods Zhenjun in the sky.


    Jinlizhen Jun and Qinglan Zhenjun were both unhappy after being offended, but they also knew that the young real dragon boy should not be underestimated. The friar of Jindan immortal level was not his opponent at all.


    Although she knew that taiyimen''s silence was a rational approach, Jin Lizhen Jun could not help complaining that taiyimen friars were useless and let herself suffer this leisure for no reason.


    When Ying Gaofei was elated, a lazy voice came out of the red rock valley.


    "Who are you? Do you mean what you say when you decide the outcome alone?"


    In Jin Lizhen''s summons, he specially pointed out the foundation of Ying Gaofei. Meng Zhang said so deliberately at the moment.


    Ying Gaofei, who was questioned, sank. "What kind of identity is this seat? Just a small generation of people deserve to question this seat?"


    "If you really have the ability to defeat this seat, just put your horse here and don''t hide in a mouse hole and chatter."


    After Ying Gaofei put forward a single challenge, several golden elixirs of taiyimen in Hongyan Valley realized that this was the only opportunity to solve the current dilemma.


    As long as we win alone, taiyimen can end the war and win the final victory.


    They didn''t respond in time. They were discussing who would go to war.


    The four Dharma protectors are far above Meng Zhang in terms of experience and actual combat experience, but they only have the initial cultivation of Jindan. Even as a special Taoist soldier born in battle, he can''t cross such a big cultivation gap and challenge higher and higher.


    Finally, Meng Zhang, the leader of the later stage of Jindan, who had the highest cultivation in Taiyi sect, went out to fight in person.


    Hearing the disdain of Ying Gaofei, Meng Zhang responded with a relaxed tone.


    "Since you insist on fighting alone, we should naturally say in advance what kind of constitution it should be."


    Seeing that some people in taiyimen really dared to challenge themselves, Ying Gaofei was interested.


    It would be a good thing for him to end the war in such a simple way.


    Fearing that the people of Taiyi sect would go back on their word, he quickly called two sea ancestors and two human gods to testify.


    Meng Zhang also flew out of the Red Rock Valley and came to the people.


    After a simple negotiation, the people made a detailed constitution.


    Three days later, Meng Zhang of taiyimen and the dragon clan should fly high and have a one-on-one duel outside Hongyan valley.


    The fourth order strong man of the sea clan and the true king, the protoss of the human clan, should jointly ensure that the duel is fair and not interfered by external forces


    The death and injury of both sides should be fate. Neither the sea clan nor the Terran clan can retaliate after the death or injury in the duel.


    After the duel, the outcome of the war will be determined according to the outcome of the duel.


    Although they did not take the oath, neither side meant to break the oath and both wanted to end the war.


    Of course, both sides have one thing in common, that is, they are not very optimistic about Meng Zhang.


    Jin Lizhen thought of her friendship in those years. She couldn''t bear it. She wanted to say something. She opened her mouth and didn''t say it.


    So far, there is no room for repentance. I can only hope Meng Zhang is smarter and can admit defeat in time when he can''t resist and save his life.


    Setting the duel after three days is that Meng Zhang needs time to recover from his injury and slowly adjust his state.


    After such a long defensive battle, his condition is very bad. Three days may not be enough.


    If Ying Gaofei was not too arrogant, the two ancestors of the Hai family might not be willing to give him three days to come.


    At their age, they have long regarded practical interests more than face.


    Next, the Hai people''s army and the taiyimen friar temporarily suspended the war and waited for the result of the duel three days later.


    Three days later, early in the morning, facing the rising sun, Meng Zhanghe should fly high into the sky and fly to a height of thousands of feet above Hongyan valley.


    They didn''t have a word of nonsense, so they shot directly.


    Ying Gaofei is arrogant because of his birth and despises ordinary human friars. However, in the course of combat, we will never make the low-level mistake of belittling the enemy''s carelessness.


    The actual combat education of the Dragon nationality has always been cruel and efficient. It''s not easy to fly high if you can stand out from many third-order real dragons.


    At the beginning of the battle, Ying Gaofei showed the real body of the dragon family, turned into a hundred foot dragon with open teeth and claws, and fiercely jumped on Meng Zhang.


    This battle is of great importance. As the leader of a sect, the other party may have some hidden mace. He can look down on his opponent, but he will never ignore his opponent.


    Meng Zhang performed a strange formula of positive sword and sacrificed the scorching sun sword and shadow killing sword.


    However, after a short fight, the two flying swords were abandoned by Ying Gaofei.


    Meng Zhang held a spirit snake spear and tried to parry the attack of the real dragon.


    Ying Gaofei not only continuously displayed various mysteries and powers, but also gave full play to the strong physical talents of the real dragon family, and took the initiative to fly to fight Meng Zhang.


    If you didn''t care about the lethality of the spirit snake spear, I''m afraid Ying Gaofei would have torn Meng Zhang apart.


    After fighting for a while, Ying Gaofei also found that the Terran gold pill opposite was really extraordinary. If he didn''t do it himself, I''m afraid no one in the sea clan army below would be his opponent.


    Ying Gaofei, who has a high killing rate in his heart, no longer has reservations, and directly takes out his strongest mace.


    A dragon shaped shadow flew out of his head and rushed at Meng Zhang like lightning. Meng Zhang could not dodge. He was attacked by the dragon shaped virtual shadow, and his whole body turned into powder without resistance.


    The means left by the fourth level real dragon are used on Meng Zhang. It''s really a bit of an ox knife to kill chickens.


    Such means should fly high, but also once less. Last time, with such means, he even wounded the fourth level strong long nose demon king. Meng Zhang''s life must be hard to save this time.


    Just as Ying Gaofei relaxed, Meng Zhang''s figure appeared above him, and the spirit snake spear in his hand was thrown heavily. The easy penetration of Ying Gaofei''s body protection spell and thick scales deeply penetrated into his body.

 Chapter 646

    From the time when Ying Gaofei was stabbed by the spirit snake spear, the victory or defeat of this battle has been decided.


    Meng Zhang''s victory was so dangerous that he almost lost his own life. This was almost the most dangerous battle since he embarked on the road of truth cultivation,


    In the war, he showed all his skills and exhausted most of his cards, so he couldn''t fly high.


    When Ying goofy hit him, he almost thought he was in trouble this time.


    Fortunately, he went deep into Yuantu prairie last time and gained a lot from the treasure house of Dark Alliance.


    Among them, the most powerful is the fourth order talisman. With his accomplishments, he hasn''t refined this talisman up to now, so naturally he can''t display it easily.


    But when it comes to the most effective, it''s the double doll. This rare treasure in the cultivation world saved Meng Zhang''s life at the critical moment.


    Meng Zhang refined the avatar long before. At the moment of being hit by Ying Gaofei, the avatar secret skill on the avatar started by itself to take the place of Meng Zhang to bear this fatal attack.


    The doubles are so awesome that they are greatly beyond the expectations of Meng Zhang.


    After this use, the double doll is a big part of its body. It seems that it can be used twice.


    Ying Gaofei thought he had killed Meng Zhang. Naturally, he was relieved and completely relaxed his guard. This gave Meng Zhang a chance to take advantage of and was hit by him with a spirit snake spear.


    The spirit snake spear really deserves to be a killing weapon inherited from the ancestors of Taiyi clan. After hitting Ying Gaofei, it took root in his body. No matter how hard he struggled and exhausted his means, he could not force him out.


    The ferocious cutting Qi destroyed Ying Gaofei''s dragon body and constantly eroded his vitality. If there is no external intervention, Meng Zhang doesn''t even need to use other means. He just needs to continue to urge the spirit snake spear to take Ying Gaofei''s life.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would never do that.


    Although before the duel, both sides agreed on the fate of life and death, Meng Zhang would not take these words seriously.


    People and people, no, should be people and dragons, are completely different. Ying Gaofei was born into the real dragon family. His blood is noble and his life is naturally sweet.


    If you kill him, not to mention the Revenge of the real dragon family, the two sea ancestors in front of you will fight hard with yourself.


    I didn''t see that since Ying Gaofei was hit by the spirit snake spear, the two ancestors of the sea people were extremely anxious and panicked. If it hadn''t been stopped by two famous people, they would have done it.


    The two Terran gods can protect themselves for a while and can''t protect themselves for a lifetime. The fourth level strongman of the Hai family insists on taking the life of a Jindan friar, and he can always find a chance.


    If you are dead, few outsiders will care except the people in taiyimen, and outsiders will not stand out for themselves.


    Meng Zhang sighed reluctantly and suppressed the sense of powerlessness. With one hand, he called back the spirit snake spear.


    Ying Gaofei''s huge body fell towards the ground. As soon as he fell a certain distance, he was caught by two sea ancestors.


    They quickly and carefully checked Ying Gaofei''s body and determined that although he was seriously injured, his life was OK. They were relieved and relieved.


    After the two ancestors of the Hai nationality used magic to stabilize Ying Gaofei''s injury, they didn''t say much nonsense. They just looked at Meng Zhang and flew away.


    Haipofeng, who also witnessed the outcome of the war, had to order the whole army to prepare for retreat, although he was very unwilling.


    Meng Zhang fought desperately, but it was not in vain. The war was finally over.


    As the winner, taiyimen has no time to enjoy the taste of victory and has a lot of things to do.


    Clean up the battlefield, save the dead and heal the wounded, and rectify the ranks of monks


    Meng Zhang did not take care of these trifles. He believed that the middle and high levels of the door would handle them properly.


    He took the initiative to fly to Jin Lizhen and Qing Lanzhen and paid a big tribute.


    Jin Lizhen''s attitude was neither hot nor cold, but Qinglan Zhenjun was kind, and Haosheng praised him.


    After a few words, Jin Lizhen didn''t say it clearly. She just ordered Meng Zhang and said that Qing Lanzhen had made great efforts this time. Meng Zhang must not forget Qing Lanzhen''s great kindness.


    Meng Zhang understood and sincerely thanked Qinglan Zhenjun for his help, and said he must express it.


    Qinglan Zhenjun believes that Meng Zhang will never lose his share. However, he is so sensible and knows to make a clear statement, which still makes Qinglan Zhenjun very satisfied.


    The senior experts of the bulk gate still wanted to face and pay attention to eating. They didn''t ask Meng Zhang for benefits immediately. He hinted at Meng Zhang that someone would talk to him in the future and let Meng Zhang deal with the post-war affairs first.


    After saying goodbye to the two yuan gods Zhenjun, Meng Zhang returned to Hongyan valley.


    At this time, under the command of haipofeng, the Hai nationality army began to slowly withdraw from the battlefield.


    According to the previous agreement, the sea army will not invade here again. Two thousand miles west of Hongyan Valley, including the vast territory between Hongyan Valley and taiyimen, has now become the territory of taiyimen.


    Of course, the taiyimen family can''t swallow such a great advantage. Neither the two Yuanshen Zhenjun nor the beast king mountain can fool them. We must give them a lot of benefits.


    What Meng Zhang can do is to try his best to keep Hongyan Valley and let taiyimen swallow the most delicious fruit.


    Next, taiyimen was busy from top to bottom.


    The war is over, and the aftermath is very complicated.


    Reward the disciples for their merits and comfort the members of hanhaidao League


    In addition, there are a large number of fleeing monsters on the new territory in the west of the Gobi, which need to be handled slowly.


    It was three months later that taiyimen initially handled the aftermath. The wounded monks also managed to control their injuries.


    At this time, the messenger sent by Qing Lanzhen came to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate, and negotiated with Meng Zhang.


    Before that, the beast king mountain had sent friars here long ago.


    This time, the beast king mountain also suffered heavy losses, a large number of monks were killed and injured, and even one Jindan immortal fell. With so much effort and so much price, beast king mountain certainly needs compensation.


    In addition, although Jin Lizhen Jun didn''t show up, as the patron of taiyimen, she naturally took a big share.


    Meng Zhang racked his brains and tried his best to come up with the final distribution plan, which was reluctantly accepted by the beast king mountain and satisfied the messenger of Qinglan Zhenjun.


    In this process, Meng Zhang used his strength to suppress the friar of beast king mountain by using the names of Jin Lizhen and Qing Lanzhen.


    As a result of the final distribution, taiyimen retained the ownership of Hongyan valley within a radius of 2000 Li. In addition, a corridor shaped channel is specially reserved to lead from the existing territory of taiyimen to Hongyan valley.


    Qinglan Zhenjun accounted for the largest share of the rest of the territory. After that, he will send someone to take over the territory.


    Beast king mountain also accounts for a large share, and will also send someone to receive it later.


    Jin Lizhen has a large territory under her name. However, she lacks staff management and is temporarily handed over to taiyimen. Taiyimen needs to give her all the income above the territory on a regular basis.


    Meng ZhangCai finally breathed a sigh of relief when he handled this major event.


    Although the Hai nationality army failed this time, it was not inferior to people. Meng Zhang''s victory over Ying Gaofei was also a coincidence. It must be that neither the senior management of Haizu nor Ying Gaofei will be convinced.


    However, in a short time, there should be no more storm over the sea clan.


    Ying Gaofei is seriously injured and needs to heal slowly. And this person is arrogant and arrogant. If he eats such a big loss in public, he may not have the face to make a life.


    The Hai nationality army also suffered a lot. It needs time to lick the wound and slowly recover.


    The armistice was witnessed by two human gods Zhenjun.


    The high level of the sea people may not care about their face, but they can''t help but care about the attitude of the true monarch, the original God of the human people.


    If we overturn the agreement and invade again in a short time, it would be beating Jin Lizhen and Qing Lan Zhenjun in the face. If they want to have face and continue to stand in Jiuqu League, they will never ignore it.


    The sea clan doesn''t have to worry for the time being, and the beast king mountain has calmed down. Taiyimen finally has a peaceful external environment.


    For a long time to come, taiyimen will find ways to recuperate and slowly recover.


    Especially the death of so many disciples of Taiyi sect this time. Such a great loss of human life can not be made up in a short time.


    In contrast, material losses are not so unacceptable.


    Of course, the harvest of taiyimen is also great. Not to mention the vast territory in the hands of the new income, Hongyan Valley alone is worth fighting for.


    Hongyan Valley is a very rare and rich place in the Gobi. It sits on a third-order spiritual vein and is rich in resources. Not only can taiyimen earn a lot more, but also can support more Jindan immortal.


    The main purpose of Meng Zhang''s active war this time is to remove the threat from the Hai nationality and prevent the Hai nationality from continuing to expand.


    To be honest, in Meng Zhang''s heart, the life of Taiyi disciples is far better than this territory. If it is just to seize new territory, he is absolutely unwilling to sacrifice so many disciples.


    As a result of the war, taiyimen not only achieved the goal of stopping the sea clan, but also made great achievements.


    In addition to the great loss of disciples in the sect, the power of hanhaidao alliance was used up too much this time, which almost drained the inside information of various forces.


    Although various forces dare not speak out, they dare not openly oppose taiyimen. But they must have been resentful for a long time and have separated from taiyimen.


    In addition to offering more benefits, Meng Zhang comforted these forces who suffered heavy losses. As for the secret hall, we should also strengthen investigation to prevent these forces from making some small moves in secret and damaging the interests of taiyimen.


    In a word, although the war was won, many troubles began to come to the door. Even though taiyimen is not in trouble at home and abroad, it is definitely not time to enjoy the fruits of victory.


    Meng Zhang will have to work hard for a long time to deal with all kinds of troubles inside and outside the flat door.

 Chapter 647

    Time flies. It''s almost 20 years since taiyimen and Hai people stopped fighting.


    In the past 20 years, taiyimen slowly licked his wounds and recovered.


    Because the Jindan friar did not suffer losses in the war, although the low-level disciples suffered many losses, these losses can be gradually supplemented as long as there is enough time.


    With the vast territory that taiyimen currently controls, more and more mortals have multiplied. With a large population base, the number of awakened spiritual roots will naturally increase.


    Moreover, according to the practice of the cultivation world, they generally suffer heavy losses. When they are in urgent need of additional personnel, they will intentionally or unintentionally lower the threshold of entry and recruit more disciples to join the sect.


    Although this will lead to the decline of the overall quality of the disciples in a short time, it is an effective way to replenish the manpower as soon as possible.


    As long as the urgent need is solved, any problems can be adjusted slowly in the future.


    The vast territory newly occupied by taiyimen does not care about large-scale development. It is only a simple construction of Hongyan Valley, focusing on strengthening its defense and adding some permanent defense facilities.


    The beast king mountain got a large territory in the Gobi of evil wind, and soon invested human and material resources to develop it.


    Gobi Gobi is very suitable for the reproduction and survival of goblins. Countless goblins have lived here for thousands of years.


    The beast king mountain did not destroy the original environment here, but spent a lot of effort to improve various conditions and build monster breeding grounds.


    Because of his origin, beast king mountain has always kept a low profile within Jiuqu League and missed a lot of interests.


    It is not easy to have the opportunity to expand now. Of course, it will not be let go easily.


    Meng Zhang thought that for the Yuanshen sect like beast king mountain, the territory of Gobi might not be much.


    That''s because he doesn''t know the details of beast king mountain.


    Such a vast territory is a rare tonic for beast king mountain. In particular, the rich monster resources here are a treasure made in heaven.


    If Jin Lizhen and Qing Lanzhen were not involved in this matter, maybe the beast king mountain would forcibly claim more territory from Taiyi gate with the power of Yuanshen sect gate.


    The west of the Gobi is far more suitable for the survival of Gobi than the east of the Gobi where taiyimen is currently located. Naturally, it also has more Gobi resources.


    In name, Jin Lizhen occupied a large share of the newly seized territory.


    In order to mend the relationship with her, taiyimen not only increased offerings in recent years, but also sent people to give priority to the development of the territory belonging to Jin Lizhen and turn over all the resources obtained.


    If the development is insufficient or the year is not good, taiyimen will pay out of its own pocket to make up the difference, which will definitely not be short of the income that Jin Lizhen should obtain.


    This time, Meng Zhang and taiyimen leaders fully realized how important it is to have a patron of Yuanshen period.


    If Jin Lizhen doesn''t protect taiyimen anymore, let alone foreign enemies, the forces within Jiuqu League alone will be able to eat the bones of taiyimen.


    Of course, Jin Lizhen Jun is an outsider after all. No matter how good the relationship is, she can''t rely on her forever.


    At present, the most urgent thing for Taiyi gate is to have its own Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Among the many golden elixirs of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang, the leader of the later golden elixir, is the most likely to break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knew this, and he also devoted more time to cultivation.


    In these years, he acted alone and took great risks. He flew up to nine days many times to collect the essence of nine days for his own cultivation.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, I feel amazing. He acts according to the guidance of spiritual awareness, can avoid most of the dangers, and can gain a certain harvest almost every time.


    These nine days'' essence of harvest is still not enough for his cultivation.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt that he had disadvantages in some aspects.


    Without the help of powerful elders, he relies on self-reliance. Such efficiency is too low, which greatly slows down his cultivation speed.


    It is said that the main purpose of those large gates with the yuan God Zhenjun to let the disciples in the later stage of Jindan enter the nine days is to train them. Many of the nine day essence of Yuanshen seeds that are really focused on cultivation are collected by the elders of Yuanshen period.


    In this kind of thing, Meng Zhang has no Yuanshen elders to rely on. If he wants to get a lot of nine day essence, he has to find another way.


    He once tried to perform Dayan divination and conducted a derivation.


    But the result of extrapolation is vague, just got a chance.


    The higher the attainments of Tianji, the more Meng Zhang can feel the limitations of Tianji.


    The strong at the level of Yuanshen can''t deduce, and the fourth level heaven and Earth Spirit can''t deduce


    Like the essence of nine days, this special spirit is between Level 3 and level 4. If you want to get a small amount, you don''t need to deduce. His spiritual consciousness can actively guide him. However, if you want to obtain a large number, even if you take the initiative to use the magic of heaven, it is difficult to get useful results.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s current cultivation speed and nine day essence are far more than ordinary casual cultivation.


    Even in those large sects, only those seed disciples are better than him.


    After all, he is still the leader of a sect. In addition to cultivation, he should try to take some time to arrange some important events in the sect.


    Hongyan Valley is not only a treasure land, but also an important position for taiyimen to resist the invasion of Hai nationality in the future.


    Although the Hai people have not caused any trouble these years, Meng Zhang has arranged a strong defense force. The golden elixir immortal in the gate will also take turns to sit there to ensure that this place can have enough golden elixir combat power at any time.


    Niu Dawei was seriously injured in the last war. Later, he forcibly suppressed the injury with secret methods, resulting in great sequelae. Even after so many years of cultivation, he has never recovered.


    Meng Zhang sent him to Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, as the elder of Taiyi gate in Jiuqu League.


    The first is to let him, as the chief disciple of Taiyi sect, start communication, make friends with various forces, expand the contacts of Taiyi sect and weave a larger relationship network.


    Second, I also hope that he can get some opportunities in Jiuqu City, a big city with developed commerce and trade, rich materials and strong people, which will help him heal his own injuries.


    After Niu Dawei left the mountain gate and went to Jiuqu City, Meng Zhang assigned several Jindan elders to take charge of the daily affairs of the sect he was originally responsible for.


    According to the current structure of Taiyi gate, as long as no major events happen, the elders and hall leaders can perform their duties and handle their general affairs properly.

 Chapter 648

    In recent years, there is another thing that makes Meng Zhang, the master of the later stage of Jindan, the leader of a school, feel a little headache.


    Because he made great efforts last time, after that, in addition to a large number of materials offered by Taiyi gate, Qinglan Zhenjun also occupied a large part of the territory in the west of the Gobi.


    As the grand God Zhenjun and the supreme elder of Qingyuan sect, he certainly has no time and energy to manage this vast territory.


    Later, under his arrangement, some small sects and families moved to this territory, built mountain gates here and developed them wantonly.


    These sects and families are all the subordinates of Qing Yuan sect, who are attached to Qing Lan Zhen Jun.


    At the beginning, shuangfenggu, the master of Taiyi gate, and a Jizong gate, could have a large number of vassal forces. Jindan sect and Feihong sect have numerous vassals.


    As the door of Yuanshen sect, Qingyuan sect has many vassals, and even has many vassals.


    When Qing Yuanzong was abroad, of course, it was a united whole. But inside, it is not really monolithic. There are also internal disputes and even factional disputes.


    There are a large group of people under Qinglan Zhenjun''s hand.


    Disciples and grandchildren, their families, their descendants... A large group of people have woven into a huge network and have great power.


    Even Qinglan Zhenjun himself didn''t mean so, but there were a large number of practitioners attached to him, accepted his shelter and paid sacrifices to him.


    As the unyielding leader of this force, when he is worshipped by the force and enjoys the benefits brought by the force, he naturally wants to seek benefits for the force.


    The newly acquired territory is a good place to place his men.


    These sects and families attached to Qinglan Zhenjun either move directly here or establish branches here


    In less than 20 years, many friars moved in and developed well.


    At first, these sects and families were relatively honest and knew the development of Anfen. Over time, they began to cause a lot of trouble.


    Especially in many clans and families, there are inevitably dandies and even black sheep.


    Relying on the forces behind them, and even under the banner of Qinglan Zhenjun, these guys caused trouble everywhere and made the originally peaceful and peaceful Gobi a mess.


    It would be nice if these people only fooled around in their own territory, but they caused a lot of trouble in the surrounding territories, mainly the territories of various forces of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Taiyimen, as the largest force in the Gobi of evil wind, is also the leader of Hanhai daomeng. If you really want to ignore it, where will it be in the future and how to convince the public?


    But if you punish these guys, these guys and the people behind them, it''s also a troublesome thing to go to Qinglan Zhenjun to talk.


    In fact, with the increasing prosperity of the Gobi and the increasing number of foreign monks, the public security here began to deteriorate slowly.


    Meng Zhang has long wanted to rectify, but due to various involvement, it is a little difficult to start.


    The construction and development of Gobi is the millennium plan of Taiyi gate, which is related to the future development of Taiyi gate and must not be affected. Meng Zhang made up his mind to try his best to offend people, clean up and rectify them, and restore the order of the Gobi.


    Meng Zhang consulted the elders of Taiyi sect before he started. Hu Jing, the female elder in the door, gave him an idea, which can reduce many external pressures and avoid offending too many people.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and adopted this method.


    In addition to the friar of taiyimen, the only real Jindan in the Hanhai Taoist League is Jin Qiaoer of the skillful hand sect.


    Meng Zhang appoints Jin Qiaoer as the law enforcement elder of Hanhai daomeng, who is fully responsible for the law enforcement in the door. In addition, she is also responsible for maintaining the law, discipline and order of hanhaidao League.


    Meng Zhang made such an appointment, of course, not only because of Jin Qiaoer''s accomplishments, but also because she was the most beloved disciple of Jin Lizhen.


    There are many descendants of Qing Lanzhen''s disciples and grandchildren, and more are related to them.


    Although these people can have a relationship with Qinglan Zhenjun, they are not necessarily qualified to meet Qinglan Zhenjun. Really speaking, it mainly borrows the name of Qinglan Zhenjun.


    But Jin Qiaoer is Jin Lizhen''s personal disciple. He really wants to punish them. Even if there is any gossip spread to Qinglan Zhenjun, he doesn''t say much.


    Although Meng Zhang''s move is suspected of using Jin Qiaoer, it is a good way to have the best of both worlds.


    Over the years, Jin Qiaoer and Qiaoshou gate have received many benefits from Taiyi gate and have been taken special care of by Taiyi gate. When it comes time to use them, they should also try their best.


    Jin Qiaoer accepted Meng Zhang''s appointment without hesitation and took up this important task


    Although she has been closed for years, she seldom cares about foreign affairs. However, I have seen some situations in the Gobi in recent years.


    She has long been dissatisfied with the misdeeds of these foreign monks.


    Now with Meng Zhang''s appointment, she can rightfully rectify the order of the Gobi.


    Jin Qiaoer chose a group of friars from the skillful hand gate and Taiyi gate as her subordinates for her to drive.


    Although she was a woman, she really started, but she didn''t show mercy. She cleaned up a group of dandies and cried for their parents.


    In addition to letting Jin Qiaoer take the shot, Meng Zhang also did a lot of work to ensure the normal development of the Gobi.


    After years of development and development, the Gobi has become increasingly prosperous. Both the forces of cultivation and the number of practitioners have far exceeded the endless sand sea.


    On the surface of the endless sand sea, it seems that it has been unable to deal with Taiyi gate, but many Xiuzhen forces there, including huoyun sect, secretly have various transactions with Taiyi gate.


    The practitioners of endless sand sea are more and more willing to go to the Gobi to play and experience.


    Meng Zhang is very ambitious and is ready to build xiongshiling on a large scale and build that place into a big business city similar to Dafeng City.


    Xiongshi mountain sits on the third-order spirit vein, which is located in the southwest of the Gobi. It is not too far from gale city and endless sand sea.


    This place has great potential and gathers more and more practitioners from all walks of life.


    Of course, the construction of big cities is not done overnight. In addition to the construction of the city itself, attracting businesses from all walks of life and attracting a steady stream of practitioners from all walks of life here is what needs more effort.


    Meng Zhang himself was not eager for quick success and instant benefit, but took it as an important goal for the next development of Taiyi gate, invested a lot of resources and slowly began construction.


    No matter how much human and material resources and time it takes, xiongshiling really wants to build a big business city, which is of great benefit and many uses to taiyimen.

 Chapter 649

    Jin Qiaoer not only has profound cultivation, but also has great ability. He is not short of all kinds of means and has a strong wrist.


    Not long after she took office, the atmosphere of the Gobi was cleared and became orderly and generally peaceful.


    In the whole Gobi and nearby areas, although it is far from Shanghai qingheyan, at least there are many fewer things like forced buying, forced selling, forced extortion and plunder. The evil deeds of killing people, seizing treasure and provoking death have basically disappeared.


    Don''t say it''s these people. They are only nominally related to Qinglan Zhenjun. In fact, they are separated by 18000 miles. Even if the people around Qinglan Zhenjun offend her, she will never forgive her.


    At first, the friars on the other side of the beast king mountain were a little presumptuous and created some minor incidents by relying on their identity of being born in the Yuanshen sect. But after being renovated by Jin Qiaoer several times, they also became honest and dared not continue to cause trouble.


    Jin Qiaoer is fair and strict in law enforcement, and never engages in malpractices for personal gain.


    Let alone outsiders, even if the disciples of Taiyi sect and even skillful sect violate laws and disciplines, she will treat them equally.


    Meng Zhang agrees with this.


    Taiyi sect is also the so-called authentic sect. We should pay attention to its image.


    In addition to abiding by the rules of Taiyi sect, the disciples of Taiyi sect also abide by the laws and disciplines of Hanhai daomeng.


    Rabbits don''t eat grass near their nests. Meng Zhang doesn''t expect all the disciples in the door to do evil. But at least they should pay attention to eating in the Gobi and taiyimen. They must not do anything like forcible seizure, killing and looting.


    In particular, Meng Zhang is making every effort to improve the environment of the Gobi, and is more ambitious to build xiongshiling into a big business city. When attracting merchants and practitioners from all walks of life, we must not make things that affect the style evaluation of the sect.


    As for whether these disciples will do evil outside, Meng Zhang is out of reach.


    As long as they don''t get into great trouble and cause trouble for the sect, even if there are some evil deeds, the middle and senior level of the sect will turn a blind eye and pretend not to see.


    Of course, no matter what they do, the shell of famous and decent sects can''t be lost, and the identity of decent friars should be kept as much as possible.


    Five more years have passed, and all the affairs on the Gobi side of the evil wind are going well according to Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    Taiyimen is developing rapidly. The vitality lost in the last war is slowly recovering, and even some disciples have broken through the golden elixir period.


    The disciple who broke through the golden elixir period is Fang Hanyu. As a true disciple of the sect, Meng Zhang is not very familiar with him.


    Now Taiyi sect is very mature in terms of disciple training system.


    During the Qi refining period, they are basically external disciples. You can only become an inner disciple after the foundation building period.


    Those friars who take Xiaozhu Jidan or use similar means to build a foundation and lose the possibility of further development can become Deacons at most, but they can''t become inner disciples.


    At the later stage of foundation building, the cultivation is excellent in all aspects. In the advanced golden elixir period, the disciples who hope to be great can become true disciples after being selected at all levels in the door.


    True disciples can not only get the key training of the sect, but also the real core of the sect. They can learn many sect secrets and receive many profound inheritance.


    There are thousands of Taiyi disciples, but only a few dozen can become true disciples.


    Although the selection and allocation of each true disciple requires Meng Zhang''s approval, Meng Zhang''s time is limited and it is impossible to know these disciples in depth.


    Meng Zhang was not unhappy that a disciple he didn''t know very well had become a new golden elixir immortal. Instead, he was very pleased.


    This shows that the training system of the sect is mature, and the growth of disciples is very healthy. Even without their own extra care, really excellent disciples will still stand out.


    As for the disciples who were taken care of by Meng Zhang, their growth was even more gratifying.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, has already finished the pill. An Xiaoran and an Muran, the second disciples, are also on the right path, and it is not far from breaking through the golden pill period.


    When taiyimen developed rapidly, many changes took place in Jiuqu League.


    In recent years, the overall situation of Jiuqu League is not very good. In many ways, it began to decline.


    The three faction alliance, which has a good relationship with the Jiuqu alliance, is under increasing pressure in the face of the crazy attack of the Dali imperial dynasty. It has a feeling of being overwhelmed.


    With the expansion trend of Dali Dynasty, after eliminating the alliance of the three factions and occupying the hengjue mountains, the next goal must be the Jiuqu alliance.


    More and more forces in Jiuqu league are uneasy about this. The top leaders with a little vision know that Dali Dynasty will be the strong enemy of Jiuqu League.


    Normally speaking, Jiuqu League should try its best to assist the three factions alliance and help the three factions alliance resist the attack of Dali imperial dynasty at this time.


    If circumstances permit, the Jiuqu alliance can even send troops directly to help the three faction alliance fight.


    However, Jiuqu League has also faced great trouble in recent years.


    The foreign barbarians who occupied most of the Yuantu prairie have become particularly active in recent years.


    Originally, the three faction alliance sent a team of monks to unite with the Jiuqu alliance, which has always forced the barbarians out of the territory to the disadvantage and firmly suppressed them on the Yuantu prairie.


    However, due to the invasion of the Dali imperial dynasty, the three faction alliance transferred all the friars, leaving only the Jiuqu alliance to face the barbarians outside the territory alone.


    The barbarians outside the region did not know what was going on, but their strength soared and took the initiative to launch counter attacks again and again.


    Now, Jiuqu League is on the Yuantu prairie, but the pressure has greatly increased and the situation has greatly changed.


    Within the Jiuqu League, the jade sword gate, which strongly advocated starting first and starting war against the Dali imperial dynasty as early as possible, has been the main force to resist foreign barbarians for many years. On the other side of Yuantu prairie, it is mainly the coalition forces of various forces of Jiuqu League led by yujianmen to jointly fight against foreign barbarians.


    Now the barbarians outside the territory launch a large-scale attack, which involves most of the power of yujianmen. Yujianmen can''t care about anything else for the time being.


    The internal forces of Jiuqu League advocated to take the initiative to wage war against Dali Dynasty, so they suffered setbacks and lost a lot of voice.


    And most importantly, in the face of the large-scale attack of the barbarians, although Jiuqu League was not too busy, it had to put more power on the Yuantu prairie. Even if you want to go to war with Dali Dynasty, you can''t concentrate too much power.


    As a member of Jiuqu League, taiyimen is obliged to pay a certain amount of truth cultivation resources to the league as a sacrifice.


    Now the war on the Yuantu prairie consumes a lot, and the offerings apportioned to Taiyi gate are also increasing.


    If the war continues to expand, the high level of Jiuqu League will even recruit taiyimen friars to fight on Yuantu prairie.

 Chapter 650

    It would be belittling to say that the senior leaders of Jiuqu league are indifferent to the current situation and do nothing at all.


    Those who can cultivate to that level and sit in that position are definitely not fools. Their intelligence is at least above the average level.


    In fact, these old guys are resourceful people. They are good at calculation and have excellent ideas.


    Although they often fight with each other because of their different positions, sometimes they even do stupid things such as opposing in order to oppose.


    But it doesn''t make them stupid.


    These olfactory old foxes will still be alert before the crisis comes.


    First, there are different opinions within qingyuanzong, and qingyuanzong competes with yujianmen, resulting in great differences among the senior leaders of Jiuqu League.


    Second, it is also because the jade sword gate, which is the main battle of Yili, has been dragged to the Yuantu prairie, and all its energy has been focused on fighting against foreign barbarians.


    Before, Jiuqu League had been unable to make up its mind to take the initiative to start a full-scale war with Dali imperial dynasty. The current situation does not allow Jiuqu League to rashly start a new war.


    Even so, in the face of the deteriorating situation, the senior management of Jiuqu League still made a positive response as a remedial measure.


    On the one hand, Jiuqu League began to send various war materials to hengjue mountains to support the three factions alliance.


    Jiuqu League also helped the alliance of the three factions recruit scattered practitioners in the boundary of Jiuqu League and go to hengjue mountain to fight.


    Even if the monks of the major forces of the Jiuqu League go to war in their personal capacity, the senior level of the Jiuqu League will not stop them, but will secretly encourage them.


    In fact, in the face of such a war that is related to the life and death of the sect, the three faction alliance has taken out all its family resources. With the support of Jiuqu alliance, it has offered a high reward to attract all monks to go to hengjue mountain to help the three faction alliance against the departing imperial dynasty.


    On the other hand, Dali Dynasty was so expansionary. In less than a thousand years, many Xiuzhen forces were destroyed and dominated, and their expansion momentum did not slow down at all.


    Dali Dynasty is not only the threat that Jiuqu League will face, but also the great enemy of all Xiuzhen forces around. It can be called the public enemy of Xiuzhen world.


    The Jiuqu League is not strong enough to fight against the Dalai Dynasty. Naturally, it should seek help and allies.


    Dali Dynasty is located in the south of Jiuqu League, separated by hengjue mountains.


    Across the Dali Dynasty, you will enter the edge of the Middle Earth continent.


    The Dali Dynasty was not a reckless man who only knew recklessness, but had great strategy. Instead of causing trouble in the direction of the Middle Earth continent, it expanded to the north, seizing the corners of the Jun dust world first and enhancing its own strength.


    To the east of Jiuqu League is Yuantu prairie. Now it is a time of war, and Jiuqu League needs to continuously invest in it.


    To the north of Jiuqu League is the endless sand sea and Gobi. These two regions are barely under the control of Jiuqu League.


    Huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar, which occupy most of the endless sand sea, were required to turn over for worship.


    As a new member of the Jiuqu League, taiyimen was required to turn over and offer sacrifices normally except in the first years.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi gate is sheltered by Jin Lizhen, and Qinglan Zhenjun, the emperor of Qingyuan, deliberately makes friends with Jin Lizhen. The number of offerings shared on the head of the Taiyi gate is not large, which has little burden on the Taiyi gate.


    However, since the war on the Yuantu prairie intensified, the Jiuqu alliance has to support the three faction alliance. The major forces of Jiuqu league are very strong and rich, but the public property is limited. The major forces were asked to offer more supplies to support the two battlefields.


    Taiyimen is no exception. No one can save face in such a big event. At most, taiyimen can get more fair treatment and will not suffer severe exploitation.


    The barbarian offensive outside the territory is becoming more and more fierce. The recruitment of taiyimen and other rear sects to join the war has been put on the agenda.


    In addition to tapping its own potential and obtaining more power from within, Jiuqu alliance should also actively seek allies from outside.


    In the southwest of Jiuqu League, there is the Daheng mountains, which spread over 100000 miles.


    Daheng mountains and hengjue mountains are the two largest mountains in the north of Jun dust world.


    The two mountains meander and spread, and there are countless high mountains.


    Although the two mountains are not directly connected, the remaining veins of the mountains are not too far apart.


    If you look down from a distant altitude, it is easy to see the two mountains as one.


    There is still a big gap between hengjue mountain and Daheng mountain, and hengjue mountain is located below. The origin of the name hengjue mountain range is also related to Daheng mountain range.


    Near the Daheng mountains, there are many powerful cultivation forces, and there are many practitioners, such as the number of Ganges stars. In the surrounding area, there is even a saying of great horizontal cultivation world.


    The overall strength of the Daheng cultivation world is very strong, still above the Jiuqu alliance and the three factions alliance.


    If it hadn''t been for the great horizontal cultivation world''s heavy losses caused by a magic disaster that year, perhaps the major forces in the great horizontal cultivation world had extended their tentacles to other areas.


    With the expansion trend of Dali Dynasty, after the destruction of the three factions alliance and occupying the hengjue mountains, the next goal is mostly the Jiuqu alliance.


    If Jiuqu league can''t resist Dali imperial dynasty, the next goal of Dali imperial dynasty is only Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Any monk with a little vision in the Daheng cultivation world should be able to see this.


    What Jiuqu League has to do now is to send envoys to the Daheng cultivation world to visit the major cultivation forces, complain to them, strive for their support and let them fight against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    This is not an easy job, but has a high risk.


    Daheng cultivation world is more than 100000 miles away from Jiuqu League. It is a long way and there are many risks in the middle.


    With Dali''s intelligence ability, the action of Jiuqu League is difficult to hide it.


    On the other side of Daheng cultivation world, the situation is complex and it is difficult to distinguish between enemies and friends.


    No one knows whether there is a power of truth cultivation to leave the imperial dynasty secretly.


    Even the Xiuzhen forces that have nothing to do with the Dali imperial dynasty may not have goodwill for the Jiuqu alliance.


    The private exchanges, business and trade between Jiuqu League and Daheng cultivation world have not been cut off. However, formal official exchanges between the two forces did not seem to exist before.


    However, in any case, the senior level of Jiuqu League should firmly implement the plan, send a mission to Daheng Xiuzhen world, and strive to get help from there.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the Daheng Xiuzhen world is the same as the previous Jiuqu League, it is unwilling to rashly offend the Dali imperial dynasty and do not want to get involved in disputes. The Jiuqu League had to retreat and seek the second place, strive for the help of the Daheng cultivation world, and confront the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie.


    Fighting against invaders from outside the sky not only has great righteousness, but also has many substantive benefits.


    As long as there is no problem with judgment, the cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world should readily agree.

 Chapter 651

    The changes of Jiuqu League in recent years, all kinds of intelligence and news have been transmitted back to the door through the stronghold of Taiyi sect in Jiuqu League.


    Apart from other things, taiyimen has joined Jiuqu League for many years and is at least qualified in collecting all kinds of information.


    As long as the information is not too confidential, it is disclosed to the disciples. Any disciple of the sect who is interested can inquire at will. If you have special needs in some aspects, you can also spend the good work of the sect in exchange for more detailed information.


    Jiuqu League has increased the requirements for the worship of its members, and taiyimen also needs to hand over more truth cultivation materials and spirit stones.


    However, with taiyimen''s current financial and income situation, it can cope without feeling too much pressure.


    The leader Meng Zhang really cares about when to recruit Taiyi disciples to the Yuantu prairie.


    As for the news that the Jiuqu League was going to send a mission to the Daheng mountains, he naturally heard of it, but he didn''t take it seriously and thought it had nothing to do with himself.


    Soon after the news came back to the door, the elder Jijian God in the door took the initiative to visit.


    As a great sword general, Meng Zhang was easy to see.


    After meeting the leader according to the etiquette, Jijian God did not go around in circles and directly entered the topic.


    It turned out that the main purpose of his visit to Meng Zhang this time was to hope that Meng Zhang could find a way to join the Jiuqu League mission to the Daheng Xiuzhen world and go to the Daheng mountains together.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s questioning look, Jijian God explained it carefully.


    The Jiuqu League sent a mission to the Daheng Xiuzhen world this time, which is of great importance and related to the plan to confront the Dali imperial dynasty. In order to prevent accidents in the mission, the escort force of the mission will be strengthened.


    If Meng Zhang can set out with the mission, the safety along the way can be basically guaranteed.


    After arriving at the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang, as a member of the mission sent by the Jiuqu League, has a special status and will be given preferential treatment by many local cultivation forces, which is convenient for Meng Zhang''s next actions.


    If something goes wrong in the course of Meng Zhang''s actions, it is also convenient to muddle through with his identity.


    As for why Jijian God insisted that Meng Zhang take this opportunity to go to Daheng mountain, Meng Zhang didn''t need to explain more. Meng Zhang was also very clear in his heart.


    After the mysterious destruction of the Taiyi gate in the Middle Earth, the escaped fish fled the Middle Earth and fled to the Daheng mountains to rebuild the Taiyi gate.


    The rebuilt Taiyi gate was later destroyed in the demon disaster, and only a few disciples escaped. The whole mountain gate was forced to abandon everything.


    Although the demons occupied the Taiyi gate, they may not be able to wipe out the Taiyi gate with their IQ. Especially in places such as the Sutra Pavilion, all kinds of inheritance classics are priceless for practitioners, but demons can''t be interested at all.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if some of the demons have superior intelligence and know how to collect the inheritance classics of human practitioners. But when the Taiyi sect was exterminated, the last disciple of the sect did not do anything.


    Some really valuable items related to the inheritance of the sect will be handled and carefully hidden.


    Don''t say it''s a demon. Even if the cultivator comes to that place and scrapes the ground three feet, he may not be able to find it.


    As the most trusted Taoist soldiers of the sect, the four Dharma protectors are very clear about many secrets of the sect.


    If they go back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, they can probably find clues to the hidden items.


    As for why the leader Meng Zhang must go in person, rather than the friar Jindan under him. That''s because there are some secrets in the mountain gate. Only the leader of Taiyi gate is qualified to open it.


    Although the Taiyi gate has been destroyed several times and rebuilt several times, and its classics and treasures have almost disappeared, its incense inheritance has not been interrupted.


    Meng Zhang''s identity as the leader comes from the previous generation of leaders, which is in line with the laws of Taiyi sect.


    Although the disciples'' accomplishments vary greatly and the strength of the sect is very different, the Taiyi sect now is indeed in the same line as the Taiyi sect in its heyday.


    Even if the original ancestors of Yuanshen were still there, they must admit that Meng Zhang''s identity as the leader is completely reasonable, legal and justifiable.


    In the rebuilt taiyimen Mountain Gate, there is naturally a set of mechanism to determine Meng Zhang''s leader identity and recognize his authority.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang has long been interested in the rebuilt taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The taiyimen he took over was poor and had nothing. If he had not obtained part of the inheritance in the place of inheritance, he might not be able to come to this step today.


    However, the inheritance level obtained by the inheritance place is not high enough, which is limited to the golden elixir period and below.


    Now he has reached the later stage of Jindan and is facing the problem of breaking through the Yuanshen period. However, not only are the skills incomplete, there is no part of Yuanshen period. Moreover, there is a lack of previous experience and lessons on how to break through the Yuanshen period. Many key thresholds and passes are unknown.


    Although Meng Zhang referred to many other inheritance skills, he did gain a lot. But if he really wants to break through the Yuanshen period, he still needs his own inheritance to have the greatest assurance.


    According to several Dharma protectors, although there have been no monks in the Yuanshen period in the rebuilt Taiyi gate, there are still many books on how to break through the Yuanshen period.


    In particular, there are complete classics in the mountain gate, which is enough to practice from the period of Qi refining to the period of Yuanshen.


    In the heyday of taiyimen, the sun moon rotation sutra was a well-known and excellent classic.


    As the core inheritance of the sect, many true disciples have practiced. There are also many predecessors who have been practicing this skill all the way to the yuan God period.


    The cultivation experience left by these predecessors, their own understanding and breakthrough perception must play a great role in Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang majored in the sun moon rotation Sutra, but there was no guidance from his master, and there was no fellow master to communicate with. Only by his extraordinary understanding and talent did he practice all the way to the later stage of the golden elixir.


    However, if Meng Zhang wants to go further, he still needs to have complete classics to learn. It''s best to get the experience and lessons of predecessors.


    To solve this problem, it seems that only by entering the Mountain Gate occupied by demons and obtaining the inheritance left by the original Taiyi gate, can we have so little hope.


    Especially now that the surrounding situation has changed, the situation in Jiuqu League has begun to deteriorate. If Meng Zhang wants to have the power to protect himself and guard the sect in the upcoming great changes, he needs to break through to the Yuanshen period as soon as possible.


    Only Yuanshen Zhenjun can occupy a place in Jiuqu League and have a certain voice.


    In a bad situation, the shelter of others is unreliable, and we must stand on our own.

 Chapter 652

    Long ago, Meng Zhang thought about going to the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate. However, because the conditions are not ripe, the trip has not been possible.


    Not to mention the possible obstacles of the Xiuzhen sect around the Daheng mountains, it is not easy to remove the demons that occupy the Taiyi gate.


    Even after Meng Zhang advanced to the later stage of the golden elixir, according to several Dharma protectors, it is very difficult for him to retreat if he falls into a group of demons with his strength.


    Moreover, over the years, the situation around Taiyi gate has been tense, one war after another. Even if Meng Zhang wants to mobilize more Jindan real people in the gate, it is difficult to do so.


    Even now, the situation in the Gobi seems stable, but if taiyimen transfers too many Jindan real people at once, it will lead to many problems.


    After being reminded by general Jijian, Meng Zhang realized that it would be a good opportunity to go to the Daheng mountains with the Jiuqu League mission.


    Of course, because the matter is very important, although Meng Zhang has been excited, he still didn''t directly reply to the Jijian divine general. He just said he wanted to think about it alone.


    The extreme sword God didn''t force him. After saying what he wanted to say, he took the initiative to leave.


    After the extremely sword God General left, Meng Zhang meditated in the quiet room for a while, calming his heart and calming his mind. Then, he used his magic calculation to calculate whether his trip would succeed.


    As the saying goes, if you can cure yourself, you can''t cure yourself. Many heavenly masters in the cultivation world often find it difficult to directly deduce things directly related to themselves.


    Of course, there are many ways for those excellent masters who have mastered the inheritance of brilliant Tianji to bypass this restriction.


    The more deeply Meng Zhang practiced, the more satisfied he was with the Dayan divine calculation he got by chance. This seemingly insignificant divine skill was really too wonderful, far exceeding Meng Zhang''s expectations.


    Apart from other things, Meng Zhang''s impulsive ability brought by this divine skill helped him avoid many crises.


    Because this action involves fighting against demons and going to the Daheng mountains, Meng Zhang was a little worried, so he calmed down and extrapolated with the magic of heaven.


    The result of derivation is indeed ambiguous and obscure. Meng Zhang interpreted that his trip was full of crises, but the crisis gave birth to vitality and great opportunities.


    It is reasonable to say that with Meng Zhang''s current identity and status, we should not pursue the so-called opportunity too much. If you practice step by step, even if you have many difficulties and take many detours, it is not impossible to break through the Yuanshen period.


    However, Meng Zhang was keenly aware of the changes in the situation of Jiuqu League and surrounding regions. I and taiyimen will face major opportunities and challenges again.


    This is a gateway. If you can lead taiyimen to pass successfully, you can talk about the future.


    In order to get the opportunity to break through the Yuanshen period as soon as possible, Meng Zhang must take strange risks and embark on this trip.


    Although the deduction result of Tianji is not particularly ideal, you can take a step as long as you are not on the road of death without life.


    After completing the deduction, Meng Zhang summoned the Jijian general and told him his decision. I decided to take advantage of this opportunity to try the Daheng mountains in person.


    The evil wind Gobi is also inseparable from people. Meng Zhang only took the extreme sword God general with him on this trip.


    In addition, he took the sub tray of the remaining sub parent transport tray.


    The master disk of the child mother transport disk is placed in baicaopo, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, and the other sub disk has been placed in Hongyan Valley, so that this important place far away from the mountain gate has always maintained close contact with the mountain gate.


    Next, Meng Zhang ordered Niu Dawei, who was staying in Jiuqu City, to start the relationship between Taiyi gate and put himself and Jijian God into the mission.


    There is Jin Lizhen on the Taiyi gate. There are many golden elixirs and powerful people. They also sit in the Gobi treasure land. After so many years of hard work, its tentacles have penetrated into many corners of Jiuqu League and woven a huge network of contacts.


    In addition to being incomparable with those Yuanshen sect doors, Taiyi sect is already in a very upper position among the Jindan sect doors.


    There are some forces in Jiuqu league who want to make friends with taiyimen. Even the powerful people in the league are willing to buy a favor from taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s request was not embarrassing. The mission was already large, and it was not difficult to add two people temporarily.


    Niu Dawei came forward as the permanent elder of taiyimen in Jiuqu city. After some operation, he added Meng Zhang and Jijian God to the list of mission personnel.


    The mission sent by Jiuqu League to Daheng cultivation world this time has extremely high specifications and large scale. In order to ensure the smooth arrival of the mission at its destination, many strong guards were arranged.


    Among the missions, there are fully three yuan God Zhenjun alone.


    Qinglang Zhenjun, the supreme elder of Qingyuan sect, you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm, and Xuanfeng Zhenjun of sanxiu origin.


    As for other golden elixir real people, it is even more innumerable.


    Qing Yuanzong as Jiuqu League

 Chapter 653

    The main members of the mission have long been selected. The reason why they haven''t made the trip is that there are some other trivial things besides waiting for the gathering of the three Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    During this period, some later monks like Meng Zhang joined the mission for some reasons.


    After Meng Zhang explained the affairs of Taiyi gate to the elders in the gate, he went on the road with Jijian general and rushed to Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League.


    When they left, Meng ZhangCai just ordered Niu Dawei through the communication channel in the door.


    Niu Dawei is very efficient. When Meng Zhang and Jijian God will come to Jiuqu City, this matter has been arranged almost.


    Now Jin Lizhen spends most of her time in Jiuqu city. I don''t know if she is addicted to this power game. Jin Lizhen spent a lot of time and energy on various affairs of Jiuqu League. Even my own cultivation has been relaxed.


    However, she hasn''t forgotten her beloved disciple Jin Qiaoer and recruited Jin Qiaoer to Jiuqu city several times.


    Jin Lizhen Jun has the top treatment here. She has prepared a very superior cultivation environment for Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Qiaoer doesn''t know whether she can''t get used to staying here or remembering the skillful hand door. Every time she is here in Jiuqu City, she can''t stay much time.


    She told Jin Lizhen Jun all the difficulties and questions she had encountered in her cultivation for a period of time, and then after receiving Jin Lizhen Jun''s instructions, she clamored to go back to the Gobi of evil wind.


    Jin Lizhen spoiled this only disciple very much. She really couldn''t beat her, and she was the only one.


    After Jin Lizhen came to Jiuqu City, there were many monks under her hands.


    Many of these friars are excellent in all aspects and are very useful to Jin Lizhen.


    But in Jin Lizhen Jun''s heart, all these people can''t match their own disciple Jin Qiaoer''s finger.


    Due to Jin Lizhen''s preference, Jin Qiaoer almost never worries about cultivation resources.


    Her own cultivation resources can''t be used up at all. She still has a lot of spare power to take care of the younger generation of the skillful sect.


    In today''s skillful sect, several excellent disciples have emerged and been cultivated as seeds. With Jin Qiaoer''s full help, these disciples have the hope of breaking through the golden elixir period.


    Whenever Meng Zhang comes to Jiuqu City, no matter how busy he is or what he has, he will take the initiative to visit Jin Lizhen.


    The last war with the sea clan taught him a lesson. Extinguished the signs of complacency that had just been born in my heart and put myself in a correct position again.


    For Jin Lizhen, the patron of taiyimen, in addition to the massive offerings handed over regularly, we should also ensure enough respect.


    Meng Zhang''s trip to the Daheng mountains this time, of course, he should talk to Jin Lizhen in time.


    Meng Zhang did not spend too much twists and turns, so he successfully met Jin Lizhen Jun.


    In addition to his regular greetings, he talked about his trip to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Of course, he will not tell the truth about his purpose, but he has another statement, which is half true and half false.


    Meng Zhang said that in recent years, the situation around the Gobi has been stable, and he rarely has leisure.


    He has always been interested in the history of taiyimen ancestors.


    This time, Jiuqu League sent a mission to Daheng cultivation world. He decided to take this opportunity to follow him to Daheng cultivation world.


    At the beginning, taiyimen once established a mountain gate in the Daheng mountains, which lasted for hundreds of years.


    When Meng Zhang went there this time, he not only cherished nostalgia, paid tribute to his ancestors and visited the ruins, but also saw whether he could contact the old school of that year and restore his old contacts.


    Jin Lizhen also heard a little about the past history of Taiyi gate.


    A great sect of Xiuzhen, which once shocked the Middle Earth, was reduced to the edge of endless sand sea because of a series of disasters and robberies, and became a small sect at the bottom of the Xiuzhen world.


    When Jin Lizhen knew this history, she sighed endlessly, lamenting that the providence was unpredictable and that things were changeable.


    Meng Zhang led taiyimen to rise all the way. He can also be regarded as the leader of ZTE. He wanted to pay tribute to his ancestors and visit some old times, which probably meant returning home in good clothes.


    Jin Lizhen did not doubt Meng Zhang''s words, but told him.


    Jin Lizhen is not a monk born and bred in Jiuqu League and Gobi, but takes refuge here from the outside world.


    She also stayed in the Daheng cultivation world for some time and knew more or less about the situation.


    Jin Lizhen reminded Meng Zhang a few words based on her own experience.


    She warned Meng Zhang not to make trouble casually, but if things find their way, don''t just give in and break the reputation of Jiuqu League in vain.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen talked for a while before taking the initiative to leave.


    Back outside taiyimen''s station in Jiuqu City, Niu Dawei welcomed him out early.


    I haven''t seen him for many years. Although Niu Dawei hasn''t completely recovered from his injury, he is in good spirit and stable breath. Obviously, he is in good condition.


    After staying in Jiuqu city for so many years, Niu Dawei broadened his horizons and learned a lot.


    Although he didn''t use a knife or a gun, he didn''t fight directly. He didn''t have many opportunities to fight. But the experience here also trains people and makes him gain a lot.


    The seemingly peaceful situation hides the shadow of knife light and gun. It is difficult for those seemingly kind outsiders to distinguish between enemies and friends. A seemingly insignificant thing may hide a dangerous trap


    As an emerging force, taiyimen tries not to compete with those old forces or undermine their interests. However, the existence of taiyimen itself destroys some of the original balanced relations. Let alone taiyimen''s wanton development and expansion of trade in Jiuqu League, it will violate the interests of some old forces and provoke some vested interest groups.


    Niu Dawei acts like a great general. He is neither humble nor arrogant. He is neither radical nor conservative. Good wrist, both hard and soft. It can not only maintain the interests of taiyimen, but also coordinate various relations to prevent taiyimen from becoming the target of public criticism.


    Niu Dawei has been in charge of Jiuqu city in recent years. He has made full use of his identity as the elder of Taiyi sect in Jiuqu city. He has won many benefits for Taiyi sect and made many friends.


    He completed all the tasks arranged by Meng Zhang very well, lived up to Meng Zhang''s expectations and deserved his status as the leader''s eldest disciple.


    Meng Zhang did train Niu Dawei as an heir. In terms of cultivation, he should not only have the ability to manage the sect, but also have the ability to deal with external forces.


    I haven''t seen Meng Zhang for many years. After visiting Jin Lizhen, Meng Zhang is rarely free. Niu Dawei took the initiative to come to him and report to him on his work over the years.


    (thank you very much for your lonely little figure, Huangdao Jijing, Shuyou 20170520203105631, Shuyou 150325123346982, Eric WSC


    Book friend 20180426174344522, 0 black and dirty 0, Liuyu, he is very lazy and doesn''t leave anything, waiting for his book friend''s reward and support.


    Eric WSC has been an old friend and has been very supportive since he opened the book. The lonely figure has also been rewarded many times.


    He was lazy and left nothing behind. He had supported him for a long time and rewarded him many times. Today he rewarded so much. Thank you very much.


    Thank you for your support. I can only repay you by updating my efforts.)


    (sometimes the author''s words will be blocked and cannot be displayed, so try to put these contents behind the text this time.)

 Chapter 654

    The two masters and disciples had a long talk and talked for a long time in the middle of the night.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with Niu Dawei''s performance in all aspects, and Haosheng encouraged him.


    In addition, Meng Zhang made some arrangements before leaving the sect.


    At this time, Fang Hanyu, who is closing the door, will come to Jiuqu city to replace Niu Dawei and serve as the elder of Taiyi sect in Jiuqu League.


    Niu Dawei returned to Taiyi sect and took charge of all affairs in the sect as the chief disciple and acting chief.


    After Niu Dawei returns to taiyimen, he has to complete an important task arranged by Meng Zhang.


    In today''s cultivation world, many high-level monks are reluctant to accept disciples. Unless some young people are particularly excellent and excellent in all aspects, they will be included in the door.


    The way the whole sect trains its disciples is somewhat similar to the universities Meng Zhang had in his previous life. Disciples spontaneously choose the direction of their cultivation and the knowledge they need to learn, and take the initiative to participate in the lectures of the elders in the sect


    As the leader of the sect, I would like to see this situation.


    In the sect, the relationship between master and apprentice is a very solid one. It is said that there are many disciples and grandchildren, so it is easy to form interest groups and mountains. It''s obviously not a good thing for sect management. In some extreme cases, it will even cause the division of sects.


    Meng Zhang himself didn''t think so much. He just didn''t want to interfere with the high-level friars in the door in this regard. They had to make their own decisions.


    In the last war with the Hai clan, Taiyi clan lost many disciples. In recent years, with the increase of new disciples, the quantity has been greatly compensated, but the quality is far worse than before.


    On the one hand, it lowered the threshold of recruiting disciples, resulting in the decline of the quality of disciples. On the other hand, Meng Zhang thinks that the system of Taiyi sect for cultivating disciples needs to be improved.


    In the past, all new disciples of Taiyi sect, regardless of their age and previous foundation, were thrown into the school opened by the sect for several to ten years.


    In the school, they will learn basic skills and various basic knowledge required for cultivation. Some people who are too young or illiterate need to start with writing.


    These disciples are nominally external disciples, but in fact they can only be regarded as apprentices.


    When they finished their studies in the school and had a preliminary ability, they barely stepped into the threshold of the cultivation world.


    At this time, they need to be self reliant. By completing a variety of sect tasks, they can obtain good sect skills in exchange for various cultivation resources and skills.


    This procedure is followed by most religious sects in the cultivation world, including the Taiyi gate in its heyday and the Yuanshen sect in the Jiuqu League.


    The improvement Meng Zhang wants to make is to enable the high-level friars in the door to invest more time and energy in cultivating the younger generation.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, all the monks who have achieved accomplishments above the mid-term of foundation building in the future must accept their disciples as disciples as long as there are no special circumstances.


    Friars in the foundation period can accept disciples in the Qi refining period as disciples, and friars in the golden elixir period can accept disciples in the foundation period as disciples


    Whether they are external disciples or internal disciples, worshipping the master does not change their identity and status. But all aspects can get the master''s care and more guidance.


    Of course, these high-level friars accept disciples, which is not only the forced requirement of the sect, but also the good merit of the sect. The more excellent the disciples are, the greater the benefits they can get.


    Meng Zhang gave this task to Niu Dawei, which was not only a test for him, but also allowed him to deeply contact all high-level friars in the door, especially those golden elixir real people, in the process of completing the task.


    The departure date of the mission is set ten days later. Meng Zhang still has a lot of time.


    During his stay in Jiuqu City, in addition to communicating with Niu Dawei and instructing him on his cultivation, he just wandered around and learned about Jiuqu City personally.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang visited Jin Lizhen Jun again.


    Jin Lizhen was busy and didn''t talk to Meng Zhang for long.


    However, before leaving, she gave Meng Zhang two pseudo fourth level runes for self-defense.


    Jin Lizhen is not a fourth-order talisman, and her skill in making talismans is even more mediocre. Even with the cultivation of Yuanshen period, it is impossible to draw a real fourth-order talisman.


    She spent a lot of effort and precious materials to draw several pseudo fourth-order runes.


    Although the pseudo fourth order talisman plays little role in the battle at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it can play a great role in the hands of Jindan friars. It can not only threaten the golden elixir friars, but also have the power to fight back when facing the enemies at the level of Yuanshen.


    Jin Lizhen refined some of these talismans, which were originally used to give Jin Qiaoer self-defense.


    There are just a few left in hand. Now Meng Zhang is going on a long trip. Give him two in case.


    Meng Zhang has a real fourth-order talisman in his hand, but he has been unable to refine it.


    Later, after a life and death duel with the strong man of the real dragon family, he wanted to have a stronger hand. Don''t hesitate to consume blood essence and damage accomplishments. Refine the secret arts with blood and preliminarily refine the fourth-order talisman. If you reluctantly cast it, it is estimated that you can exert most of your power.


    Now, of course, he happily accepted the pseudo fourth-order talisman given by Jin Lizhen, and kept thanking him.


    The utensils refined by the yuan God Zhenjun can''t be bought even if they cost more spirit stones.


    Jin Lizhen was so generous that Meng Zhang felt kindness.


    He saw that Jin Lizhen had delayed her cultivation because she was obsessed with power. He had intended to remind Jin Lizhen, but on second thought, with his accomplishments and knowledge, he was not qualified to remind Jin Lizhen. It would be bad if it angered Jin Lizhen.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang swallowed everything he wanted to say.


    Meng Zhang''s mood was a little complicated when he came out from Jin Lizhen.


    Over the years, because of the last war with the Hai nationality, the top level of taiyimen has a lot of complaints about Jin Lizhen, and thinks Jin Lizhen is not reliable enough.


    In fact, Jin Lizhen Jun is not a bad person, but has a bad temper and likes to look angry. She can be regarded as a rare real person in the cultivation world of the law of the jungle and intrigue.


    She has sheltered taiyimen for many years and has made great contributions to taiyimen. But taiyimen can''t always rely on others, let alone tie the fate and future of the sect to her.


    In the future, there will certainly be new differences between the two sides, and they will gradually drift away.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned from Jin Lizhen, it was the day when the mission set out.

 Chapter 655

    On the day of departure, two giant cloud boats hovered over Jiuqu city early.


    This is a rare fourth-order cloud boat in Jiuqu League. It looks like two small mountains from a distance.


    Inside the cloud boat, in addition to the huge space, there is a micro world opened up by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Each fourth-order cloud boat is not easy to manufacture, which requires a lot of human and material resources and takes a long time.


    Even among the powerful forces like Jiuqu League, there are not many fourth-order cloud boats.


    The fourth-order cloud boat is not only huge in size, not weak in combat and defense, but also has a wide range of functions and uses.


    One of the two four stage cloud boats belongs to the Jiuqu League. If it is not a big event, it will not be used easily.


    Another cloud boat, owned by the four seas merchants, is a sharp weapon for the four seas merchants to come and go.


    Because of the lax restrictions on its members, many practitioners tried their best to get in.


    There are people like Meng Zhang who have a specific purpose and need to go to the Daheng cultivation world; There are those who simply hold the purpose of traveling and take advantage of this opportunity to travel far; There are even people doing business between Jiuqu League and Daheng cultivation world


    In this way, the whole team has a large number of good and bad people.


    Many practitioners in this mission are divided into two categories.


    One is that there is a division in Jiuqu League, or simply a public service. They are all full members of the mission and have various tasks related to the mission.


    This kind of cultivators are basically arranged on the cloud boat in the Jiuqu alliance.


    Qinglang Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun both sit on this cloud boat.


    Although the internal space of Yunzhou is huge, it carries a large number of goods and passengers. The space really allocated to everyone is definitely not abundant.


    Moreover, noble figures such as Yuanshen Zhenjun also need to occupy a very large independent space.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God assigned two separate compartments, next to each other, and the environment was good.


    After the cloud boat started, Meng Zhang and Jijian God left their cabins and came outside.


    Outside the cabin is a wide corridor, and many passengers walk inside and outside the corridor.


    This is also the territory of Jiuqu League. Generally, there is no danger. Everyone''s mood is relatively relaxed.


    Many passengers don''t want to stay in the cabin all the time and come out to get some air.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God passed through the aisle and made several big circles outside, and came to the deck outside.


    The defense array arranged on the flying boat filtered too strong wind, and only the slightest breeze came, which gave people a boost.


    On the deck, there are already many monks walking back and forth, or watching the scenery below, or seeing the scene in the air. There are also some sociable monks who are chatting around, pulling relationships and taking the opportunity to expand contacts.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang, a monk in the later period of Jindan, is regarded as the one with high status above Yunzhou.


    Except for the three Yuanshen Zhenjun, I''m afraid that few people in the whole team can stabilize his head.


    This trip, Meng Zhang deliberately kept a low profile and did not publicize it.


    When Niu Dawei arranged for him and Jijian God general to enter the mission, he didn''t say that his own leader wanted to travel, but just said that the younger generation in the door wanted to travel to Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    If Meng Zhang reveals his identity, I''m afraid he should be arranged near the three yuan gods Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has a heavy responsibility on this trip and doesn''t want to attract people''s attention. The farther away he is from several Yuanshen Zhenjun, the better.


    He and Jijian general are on the same level in terms of position and conditions in all aspects. The people living on this floor are basically monks in the foundation period.


    None of these foundational friars recognized Meng Zhang and Jijian general, and no one could see through their true accomplishments.


    It''s just a group of friars in the foundation period, and Meng Zhang doesn''t care much.


    He looked around casually, but his eyes were slightly frozen.


    I really didn''t expect to meet this long lost acquaintance at this time and place.


    It''s not appropriate to say it''s an acquaintance. In fact, they have only one side, which is far from how familiar they are.


    (a few digressions. Every time I make a list of thank you book friends, I get the list from the author section.


    I don''t know whether it''s the system delay or some reason. It seems that some book friends have given a reward, but the background list is not displayed in time.


    I sometimes miss some names when I thank my book friends.


    According to the practice of most authors, we should thank the book friends who are rewarded individually.


    Because of my omission, I''m really sorry that I didn''t list the book friends on the thank you list. I''ll improve it in the future.)

 Chapter 656

    A graceful and graceful woman in blue is looking around not far from Meng Zhang and Jijian.


    Although the woman''s face was covered with a layer of gauze, which covered the whole face and her breath. But Meng Zhang just looked at her from a distance and recognized her.


    This person is the saint of Huanglian sect. He met Meng Zhang in Jiuqu city.


    At that time, the ancient moon huaidie of the ancient moon family set up a bridge between them, introduced them, and arranged a meeting between them. Because they have a common enemy, Yue Feng Zhenjun, they are friends.


    The two talked fairly well at that time, and preliminarily reached some agreements and agreed on many places where they could cooperate.


    After that, the two never met again. The contacts between the two sides were left to their subordinates.


    There have been some contacts and cooperation between the saint''s men and the disciples of Taiyi sect. But later, there was less and less contact between the two sides.


    This is because the Yuanshen Zhenjun, who sits in the general altar of Huanglian sect, is getting older and older, and the remaining Shouyuan is getting less and less, so he hardly appears in front of people.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun, as the Yuanshen Zhenjun, is almost unmanageable in Huanglian sect, and the limelight is booming. He has worked hard for many years, has become more and more powerful, and has more and more followers and supporters.


    In recent years, the situation inside and around Jiuqu League has changed, and people of insight within Huanglian sect have more or less felt it.


    At this time of great change, the yellow lotus sect must end that split state, unite, unite with the outside world and jointly deal with external challenges.


    This is the consensus of many people of insight within the yellow lotus sect. Many monks, including the general altar of the yellow lotus sect, support this opinion.


    Yue Fengzhen Jun is young and promising. He is unique in both strength and prestige.


    The integration and division of the Huanglian sect by him is a choice to minimize the loss of the Huanglian sect and retain the strength of the Huanglian sect as much as possible, and it is also the best choice.


    Under such circumstances, the saints of Huanglian sect, who have been hostile to Yue Feng Zhenjun, are getting more and more sad.


    After all, it is clear at a glance what choice to make between immortal Jindan and Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The saint''s status is very high, but in the cultivation world, the strong are respected after all, and speak by strength.


    More importantly, Yue Feng Zhenjun is the master of ZTE. At least on the surface, courtesy to the virtuous corporal and respect for the elderly in the religion are not the character of being merciful and unable to tolerate others.


    The power that the holy women of the yellow lotus sect can control is getting smaller and smaller. Even in the general altar of the yellow lotus sect, they began to fall into isolation.


    She can''t even protect herself. How can she talk about her ability to fight against Yue Feng Zhenjun?


    Although Taiyi gate regards Yue Feng Zhenjun as a great enemy, on the surface, it absolutely dare not directly target Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Since the holy woman of Huanglian sect can''t help and has not much use value, taiyimen should certainly keep a distance from her to avoid being involved in the trouble of directly confronting Yue Fengzhen.


    The holy woman of Huanglian sect had sent letters several times and wanted to meet Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang tried to excuse her.


    Meng Zhang would never have thought that he would meet her here.


    Meng Zhang can''t pretend not to see her, because when Meng Zhang found her, she found Meng Zhang almost at the same time.


    However, she didn''t take the initiative to talk to Meng Zhang. Instead, she pretended that she didn''t find anything and slowly walked in another direction, farther and farther away from Meng Zhang.


    The floor where Meng Zhang is located is basically dominated by friars in the foundation period. With Meng Zhang and Jijian God, the two golden elixirs who hide their accomplishments are not enough. They also ran out of a holy woman of Huanglian sect.


    This is not over yet. Behind the holy woman of Huanglian sect, there are two golden elixirs who also hide their accomplishments and secretly follow behind. Spy on her.


    Not to mention, one of the two golden elixirs really knew Meng Zhang.


    This man is the elder of Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect. He besieged Taiyi gate with immortal Xiaolian.


    However, their main attention now focused on the holy women of Huanglian sect, and did not pay attention to Meng Zhang and Jijian general.


    Meng Zhang, who has the eye to break the false Dharma, just glanced at it and roughly understood the situation at the moment.


    The holy women of Huanglian sect did not know for what purpose, but also mixed in with the missions to the Dharma world. Behind her hung a long tail.


    She found the tail behind her, but there was no good way to deal with it.


    No matter how big and open the interior of Yunzhou is, it is a closed space after all. It''s not easy to get rid of tracking and hide well.


    In fact, over the years, the small moves of Taiyi sect against Yue Fengzhen and his forces have basically converged.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun wants to integrate Huanglian religion, but he doesn''t care about the ant of Taiyi gate. Taiyimen is also unwilling to do much to digest the new territory and restore the vitality lost in the war.


    Especially after the top level of taiyimen felt that Jin Lizhen was unreliable, they were even more reluctant to provoke other Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is indeed a great enemy of the Taiyi sect, but it is not too late for a gentleman to take revenge. The Taiyi sect, which is on the rise, has enough time to wait slowly. Meng Zhang, who is much younger than Yue Feng Zhenjun, will not be anxious.


    After taiyimen trained their own Yuanshen Zhenjun, there were opportunities to settle accounts with Yuefeng Zhenjun slowly.


    At this time, when he met the saint of Huanglian sect in such a place, Meng Zhang could only secretly shout bad luck in his heart.


    In his experience, this means new trouble.


    He is anxious to go to the Daheng cultivation world to explore the enemy occupied taiyimen Mountain Gate. He really doesn''t want to do much at this time. However, things in the world are so unpredictable.


    Meng Zhang, who is in a bad mood, doesn''t even have the mood to see the scenery. He just made a random turn on the outside deck, got the general situation, and returned to his cabin.


    After returning to the cabin, Meng Zhang has been meditating with his eyes closed and has not gone out again.


    Shortly after nightfall, there was a knock outside Meng Zhang''s cabin. Then, before he could do anything, the holy woman of Huanglian sect appeared in front of him silently.


    The main guests of this cabin are friars during the foundation period. There are prohibitions outside each independent cabin, which can isolate the prying eyes of the outside world. If someone breaks in, he can give a warning in time.


    Of course, the level of these prohibitions is not high, mainly for monks during and below the foundation period. When facing immortal Jindan, it is basically virtual and real.


    "The little girl came uninvited and became a bad guest. Please don''t be surprised, leader Meng."


    The virgin of Huanglian cult stood in front of Meng Zhang and gently saluted.


    Meng Zhang sighed, and the trouble could not be avoided.


    How can you be surprised when others come in and stand in front of you. Even if you want to pretend you can''t see, it doesn''t seem to work.

 Chapter 657

    "I''ve known leader Meng for so long. Leader Meng probably doesn''t know her name."


    "The little woman''s surname is Xu and her name is Mengying."


    In the cultivation world, except for a few false Taoism sects, other practitioners are not so pedantic.


    What men and women don''t give and receive, and women''s boudoir names can''t be known to outsiders at will


    Such bad rules do not exist in this Taoist dominated world.


    Xu Mengying was very low in front of Meng Zhang, looking like a little woman.


    The more she is like this, the more vigilant Meng Zhang is.


    "It''s really rude of the little woman to come to the door rashly. However, the leader of Meng''s sect doesn''t need to look like a great enemy."


    "Leader Meng should know that I mean no harm. Speaking of it, we are still friends and have a common enemy."


    Seeing that Meng Zhang did not eat the set of weak women, Xu Mengying also began to throw away her disguise and become direct.


    "Miss Xu, there is no deep friendship between you and me. Some of the so-called agreements in the past are things of the past."


    "Do you think your current situation is still valuable to taiyimen?"


    The other party is direct. Meng Zhang also doesn''t mean to beat around the bush.


    "Since Miss Xu has long found the tail behind her, she should be clear about her troubles. If you come to the door at this time, I''m afraid it''s a disaster."


    "The current Taiyi sect and the current seat have no intention to pay attention to the internal affairs of your Huanglian sect. Any disputes and internal struggles have nothing to do with the Taiyi sect and this seat."


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is very clear and he doesn''t want to get involved in Xu Mengying''s trouble.


    Xu Mengying smiled gently. Even across a veil, Meng Zhang could feel the amazing charm, just like a hundred flowers blooming, charming and beautiful.


    Of course, Meng Zhang thought that the other party would not be so stupid and cast a beauty trick or some enchanting spell in front of him. They are not so shallow and will be confused by each other.


    After a smile, Xu Mengying''s tone became tough.


    "The little girl can understand that leader Meng wants to avoid trouble. But does leader Meng know that you can''t avoid some trouble if you want to hide?"


    "Yue Feng is busy unifying Huanglian sect and integrating all the forces of Huanglian sect. He really doesn''t care to embarrass Taiyi sect."


    "But with his heart of vengeance, he will never forget the enemy taiyimen."


    "If he really unifies the Huanglian sect and has more powerful power, the Taiyi goalkeeper will face a powerful enemy he has never seen before."


    Facing Xu Mengying''s seemingly painstaking persuasion, Meng Zhang replied lazily.


    "Let''s talk about what will happen in the future. I only care about the present. Besides, no one can tell what will happen in the future."


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was not moved by his words, Xu Mengying finally began to take out dry goods.


    "Headmaster Meng has reached the late stage of Jindan cultivation. With headmaster Meng''s qualification, the period of Yuanshen can be expected. Maybe soon, the little woman will call Meng Zhenjun."


    "Don''t dare, don''t dare, miss. I flatter you. This cultivation is eighteen thousand miles away from the yuan God period." Meng Zhang responded casually.


    "With the current cultivation of leader Meng, I don''t know whether it needs the essence of nine days?" Xu Mengying asked casually.


    Meng Zhang rolled his eyelids. The woman really felt the urgent needs of others.


    Meng Zhang must absorb and refine enough essence of nine days if he wants to perfect the later cultivation of Jindan and lay a solid foundation for the impact of Yuanshen period.


    In the cultivation world, various methods of efficiently collecting the essence of nine days are the secret of each large door. If Meng Zhang had not been instructed by the great sword general, he would still be confused.


    It is not difficult to store the essence of nine days in a short time, but there are many restrictions if you want to store it for a long time.


    First, the monks in the later period of Jindan must have enough essence of nine days as long as they don''t completely give up the impact of the yuan God period.


    Second, the essence of nine days is not easy to store for a long time, and it is difficult to preserve and transport well.


    On the market, even if it costs more, it is difficult to buy the essence of nine days.


    Even if a small amount of nine day essence is occasionally sold, it will soon be sold out.


    With the current power of taiyimen, it has initially established a business network almost throughout the whole Jiuqu League.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang ordered taiyimen branches everywhere to try their best to collect information and channels to sell the essence of nine days.


    But so far, taiyimen has spent a lot of effort and has never bought the essence of nine days.


    Meng Zhang himself thought that if he wanted to obtain a large number of nine day essence, he had to be shot by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    But it''s not easy for Yuanshen Zhenjun to do it once. Even if taiyimen costs more, people may not be moved.


    More importantly, those true monarchs are not open-minded people. Basically, they don''t want to see friars who have nothing to do with themselves get the opportunity to attack the period of Yuanshen.


    Taiyimen and Jin Lizhen Jun were so close that Jin Lizhen Jun helped him except for taking Meng Zhang to Jiutian at first. After that, he was unwilling to provide more help.


    The essence of the nine days is not only useful to the monks in the later stage of the golden elixir, but also to the yuan God Zhenjun.


    It is also not easy for Yuanshen Zhenjun to obtain enough essence of nine days.


    Even if Meng Zhang is willing to pay enough price, Jin Lizhen is unwilling to trade a large number of nine day essence to him.


    Now that Xu Mengying mentions the essence of nine days, it is mostly not empty talk, but that she can really get a certain essence of nine days.


    Meng Zhang really needs a lot of nine day essence, and he has no way to hide this. But he didn''t speak first to avoid being too eager and gave Xu Mengying a chance to speak to the lion.


    Xu Mengying knew that Meng Zhang had been moved. She didn''t care about his reaction, but went on talking on her own.


    "Our Huanglian sect is also a Yuanshen sect that has been inherited for more than a thousand years. Almost every generation in the sect will have a Yuanshen Zhenjun. Sometimes, there is more than one Yuanshen Zhenjun."


    "These elder Zhenjun can help the sect accumulate a lot of nine day essence by raising their hands and making some efforts. With the inside information of Huanglian sect, we also have enough means to preserve the nine day essence for a long time."


    "In fact, the nine day essence stored in Huanglian sect is enough for two or three monks in the later stage of Jindan."


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang knew that Xu Mengying was going to make a deal with herself with the essence of nine days.


    "Well, less nonsense. What do you want this seat to do before you are willing to provide the essence of nine days."


    "I declare in advance that it''s too dangerous. I''d like to thank you for taking my life."


    (thanks to book friends 20180426174344522, book friends 201912182000001484, sunshine confident me, Eric WSC, lonely little figure and other book friends for their reward and support. Eric WSC, lonely little figure, they are all old faces on the fan list.)

 Chapter 658

    Meng Zhang''s meaning is very clear. He really needs the essence of nine days. Enough nine day essence can shorten his cultivation time and help him complete the golden elixir period.


    Therefore, take some risks and help Xu Mengying a little. That''s no problem.


    If the risk is too great, only Xu Mengying can ask for another expert.


    Even if she doesn''t give Meng Zhang the essence of the nine days, Meng Zhang will spend more time collecting it slowly in the future.


    Xu Mengying understands Meng Zhang''s meaning. She is confident that she can move Meng Zhang and get Meng Zhang''s help.


    "Leader Meng probably doesn''t know. Immortal Xiaolian and immortal Yueyuan have already boarded the cloud boat and went to the Daheng cultivation world together."


    Meng Zhang knows the two names said by Xu Mengying very well.


    Immortal Xiaolian is the elder of Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect and the actual principal.


    This man led the army of friars and had a life and death war with taiyimen. He can be regarded as Meng Zhang''s old enemy.


    Although Meng Zhang had not seen the real Yue Yuan with his own eyes, he had heard of his name. He is the elder of the mountain altar of the Huanglian sect, and he is also a close confidant of Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Both of them are friars in the later period of Jindan. They have advanced cultivation and strong combat power. Even if Meng Zhang is against them now, he can''t say that he will be able to defeat them.


    Taiyimen has never relaxed its monitoring and intelligence collection on the surrounding forces, especially those who have hatred.


    "The two of them followed me all the way to the Yunzhou with a team of monks at the command of their master Yue Feng."


    Although Xu Mengying''s tone was plain, Meng Zhang could feel the hidden hatred.


    "I have something important to do when I go to Daheng cultivation world this time. I must not be disturbed by them."


    "They are numerous and numerous. I can''t fight against them alone or get rid of them."


    "I don''t have high requirements for leader Meng. I just hope leader Meng can help me get rid of their tracking."


    After listening to Xu Mengying''s request, Meng Zhang fell into meditation.


    Immortal Xiaolian has a large number of people and strong strength. Even Meng Zhang has no assurance that he can beat them.


    However, if it is not a war, but just to help Xu Mengying get rid of tracking, there should be a way.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to provoke Yue Feng Zhenjun, but he was still interested in blocking these guys when it was profitable.


    Seeing Meng Zhang fall into thinking, Xu Mengying continued: "after the matter is completed, I can decide to provide a batch of nine day essence, which is enough for leader Meng to complete the cultivation of the golden elixir period."


    "On the cloud boat, there are three yuan gods, Zhenjun, sitting in town. They certainly don''t dare to do it. They only dare to follow me."


    "Just now, I cast my secret method to get rid of their tracking temporarily. As long as I didn''t leave Yunzhou, they will find me soon."


    "Headmaster Meng, I can''t stay here for a long time. I hope you can make a decision as soon as possible after considering it clearly."


    "I''m leaving now. You can think about it alone. I hope you can give me an answer whether you promise or not when we meet next time."


    After that, Xu Mengying saluted Meng Zhang and left without hesitation.


    After Xu Mengying left, Meng Zhang thought for a while, then left the cabin and knocked on the door of the next cabin.


    The extremely sword God will open the door and invite Meng Zhang in.


    Meng Zhang did not hide anything. He told Jijian general about the visit of Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect.


    According to the meaning of Jijian God general, Meng Zhang''s trip is very important. Indeed, it should not cause complications, but obtaining enough nine day essence will help to speed up Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    In the heart of Jijian God general, the faster Meng Zhang enters the yuan God period, the greater the benefits will be.


    He was silent for a moment before he expressed his opinion.


    If you just make a little effort to help entangle immortal Xiaolian, it''s not a big problem, but if you want to fight with these people, it will certainly affect Meng Zhang''s trip, and the gain is not worth the loss.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, needs to decide how to grasp the measure.


    Meng Zhang left from the extreme sword God general. After returning to his cabin, he weighed the pros and cons repeatedly, and finally made up his mind.


    Over the years, he suffered from the lack of nine days essence, and his cultivation was greatly limited. You must complete the golden elixir cultivation as soon as possible. Even if you take some risks, you can accept it.


    As long as you can successfully break through to the Yuanshen period, the threat from Yuefeng Zhenjun is naturally insufficient.


    In the following days, Xu Mengying didn''t come to the door immediately, as if she wanted to set aside enough time for Meng Zhang to think.


    According to the scheduled plan, the two fourth-order cloud boats advanced at high speed and directly headed for the Daheng mountains.


    There is a very long distance between Jiuqu League and Daheng mountains.


    There is no large human cultivator force in the middle. Deserts, barren mountains, rivers, swamps and other terrain appear alternately, and the aura on the earth is very thin.


    Daheng mountain range is located in the northwest of Jiuqu League, which is close to the upper reaches of Jiuqu River.


    The meandering Jiuqu River originates from the west of Jiuqu League and flows all the way from west to East through an unusually vast land.


    The nine Qu League takes the nine Qu River as its name, and occupies the essence of the nine Qu River.


    However, the real control scope of Jiuqu alliance is the middle and lower reaches of Jiuqu River.


    The upper reaches of Jiuqu River are occupied by a large number of powerful aquariums.


    At the beginning of the establishment of Jiuqu League, the Shui nationality occupying the upper reaches once went downstream and attacked Jiuqu League many times.


    The ancestors of Jiuqu League paid a heavy price to defeat the aquarium and guard the newly established Terran force.


    However, because of all kinds of scruples, Jiuqu league can not sweep away the hole and completely eliminate the upstream aquarium.


    After being hurt by Jiuqu League, these Shui people dare not and cannot continue to organize a large army to attack Jiuqu League.


    Later, the aquarium in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River fell into a perennial fierce struggle with the nearby land demon clan, and was unable to invade the Jiuqu League.


    Up to now, Jiuqu League and aquarium are close to each other. From time to time, there are some small-scale conflicts and battles, but there is no large-scale war.


    After years of tradition, Jiuqu alliance has retained a defensive force in that direction in case of another invasion of the aquarium.


    Near the upper reaches of Jiuqu River, there is a continuous large forest called Heiyu forest.


    In the black jade forest, there is a strong group of demons and beasts.


    Strictly speaking, the so-called aquarium should also be a monster.


    However, the aquarium has never regarded itself as a monster. They believe that monsters are beasts with incomplete evolution, and they are higher creatures.


    Aquarium not only despises monsters, but also has deep hostility to the monsters in the black jade forest.


    Over the years, there have been constant disputes between aquariums and monsters, and large-scale wars have occurred from time to time.

 Chapter 659

    From Jiuqu League to Daheng Xiuzhen world, there are areas near the upstream of Jiuqu League and near Heiyu forest.


    Even in a big circle, it is difficult to avoid these two places completely.


    Both the aquarium and the monsters in the black jade forest regard the surrounding area as their own territory and often arrange multiple patrol teams in a wide area.


    As long as these patrols meet, they will start a fierce fight. For outsiders, they are pursuing and killing endlessly.


    The biggest difficulty for the caravan from Jiuqu League to Daheng cultivation world is to find a way to avoid aquariums and monsters.


    In addition, in this long journey, because it is far from the scope of human cultivation world, many guys who can''t live in human society gather in this area one after another.


    Fugitives who committed major crimes, outlaws who were chased and killed, ghost friars and even demon friars... Almost everything.


    If it is an ordinary team of practitioners, I don''t know how many difficulties and dangers to encounter and how many life and death crises to encounter along the way.


    The four step cloud boat like two hills flies over the sky, which is very oppressive and makes people dare not offend easily.


    At least the fourth level strong man is likely to pose a threat to Yunzhou.


    Over the years, Sihai commercial firm has made a lot of profits by relying on the elaborately made four-stage cloud boat, doing business between Jiuqu League and Daheng cultivation world.


    Because the strength of the mission is strong, even if the principal of the mission is unwilling to do much, there is no need to give in too much.


    Therefore, the route of the two cloud boats is very different from that of ordinary caravans. I didn''t deliberately avoid those dangerous places. Most of the time, I went straight ahead and drove straight in.


    On this road, there were many bandit gangs who robbed families and houses, many of which were dominated by real Jindan. Their strength is really not weak.


    When the cloud boat flew by, there were really a group of guys who didn''t know how to live or die. They hung behind secretly and peeped.


    Among the three Yuanshen Zhenjun sitting in the cloud boat, any one slightly reveals the breath of the fourth-order strong. These sneaky guys were like mice seeing cats. They were startled at first, so they hurried away.


    If it weren''t for the mission, I''m afraid there would be Yuanshen Zhenjun who couldn''t bear it. He would take these rats and move his hands and feet.


    Yunzhou came all the way, but the road was quiet and undisturbed by those who didn''t know whether to live or die.


    However, the next section of the trip needs everyone to cheer up.


    Not far ahead is the junction of Jiuqu River and Heiyu forest. The sphere of influence of aquariums and monsters is intertwined and complicated.


    So many days is enough for Meng Zhang to think slowly.


    One night, Xu Mengying secretly came to the door again. After receiving Meng Zhang''s reserved reply, she was obviously relieved.


    Xu Mengying promised Meng Zhang that after returning to Jiuqu League, she would offer the essence of the promised nine days.


    Worried that Meng Zhang would not trust his promise, Xu Mengying also specially made a heart demon oath.


    For friars such as Xu Mengying, there are probably ways to avoid the heart demon oath, but breaking the oath is a troublesome thing after all, and there may be some serious sequelae.


    Xu Mengying took the initiative to make a heart demon oath, and Meng Zhang couldn''t sit still.


    He also vowed to help Xu Mengying out of trouble without threatening his own safety.


    Because of this agreement, the two became temporary allies.


    After some discussion, they agreed on some ways to contact secretly.


    As they got closer and closer to their destination, immortal Xiaolian stared at Xu Mengying more and more tightly.


    With this development, it will become very difficult for Xu Mengying to come to a private meeting with Meng Zhang again.


    In order to avoid arousing the vigilance of real person Xiaolian, Xu Mengying will stay within their sight for the next time.


    The initial action time agreed between her and Meng Zhang was when Yunzhou reached the Daheng cultivation world and everyone began to get off the ship.


    After Xu Mengying left, Meng Zhang and Jijian will begin to prepare for the upcoming action.


    Soon after, two Yunzhou began to approach the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    In this area, the widest part of the Jiuqu River exceeds thousands of miles, and the shortest part is hundreds of miles. Moreover, the river has a large amount of water, many tributaries and dense water network.


    Looking down from a high altitude, there are teams of fish head and human beings patrolling back and forth on the river from time to time.


    I''m probably curious. On the two cloud boats, many monks went up to each deck and looked down at the situation below.


    Yunzhou is protected by the defensive array, and they don''t worry about any danger.


    Although the guard on the cloud boat specially reminded everyone to be careful, few people took it seriously.


    Among the aquarium patrols below, there are people with sharp eyes who have long found the existence of Yunzhou.


    But they all feel powerless about the cloud boat flying at high speed from high altitude. Moreover, from the appearance alone, Yunzhou is not an easy object to deal with. A smarter guy doesn''t bother and asks for trouble.


    The two cloud boats continue to move forward and are about to enter the sphere of influence of the black jade forest.


    Black jade forest is a vast and boundless forest, covering an area of tens of thousands of miles.


    Forests are all over the banks of Jiuqu River, and even many sections of Jiuqu River are wrapped in forests.


    The monsters in the black jade forest are extremely fierce and powerful, full of a special wild nature.


    The monster Meng Zhang faced in the Gobi of evil wind was put into the black jade forest. It was a harmless domestic pet.


    There are several fourth order monsters in the black jade forest, which can be called the demon king. There are countless monsters of the other three levels and below.


    These cruel and violent guys are extremely hostile to other creatures. Even between different groups of monsters, there are often fierce battles.


    The aquarium in close proximity suffers from the devastation of these monsters.


    The monster will not talk about incense and fire with the aquarium, but regard it as an enemy and food.


    Because the powerful monster in the black jade forest has restrained most of the power of the aquarium, the aquarium can''t care about the human enemy Jiuqu alliance.


    Meng Zhang remembered that he had heard some rumors that Shui people had changed their hostile attitude towards Terrans in recent years and secretly released goodwill to Terran practitioners.


    The reason is that the monsters in the black jade forest are too powerful to deal with. The aquarium had to lower its arrogant head and try to get help from the Terran cultivator.


    When he heard these rumors, Meng Zhang didn''t spend energy to explore the true and false because what happened was too far away from his home.


    At present, after the two cloud boats entered the aquarium territory, they did not slow down, and there was no strong interference from the aquarium.


    The black jade forest is so vast that it is difficult to completely bypass it if you want to enter the Daheng cultivation world.


    After reaching the sphere of influence of the black jade forest, Meng Zhang couldn''t restrain his curiosity and called the Shangji sword God to come to the deck outside and look down.


    For many creatures in the forest, towering giant trees are like steep peaks. The top cover of the giant trees is like a sky curtain, which blocks the sky.


    Meng Zhang showed his arrogant magic eye and easily saw the creatures jumping and running in the forest through the dense forest, including many kinds of monsters.


    Although they could not completely bypass the sphere of influence of the black jade forest, the two Yunzhou still walked a long way to avoid the core area of the black jade forest.


    Even if there are three Yuanshen Zhenjun sitting on the cloud boat, no one is willing to forcibly collide with the demon kings.


    Looking at the scenery below, Meng Zhang was very interested.


    On the cloud boat, many monks reacted like him.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang''s face changed, glanced around and began to look for a way out.


    Meng Zhang had no time to respond. The change had already taken place.


    A sudden cry of toads sounded, shaking the two huge cloud boats. The terrible sound waves hit the cloud boat. The cloud boat''s defense array was excited and lit up a light curtain.


    Despite the shield of the defensive array, the power of sound waves still penetrated a lot, which made the friars who had no defense on the deck suffer a lot.


    Seeing that the monks around him were shaken to pieces, Meng Zhang quickly stabilized his footwall and resisted the power of sound waves.


    "Be careful, everyone. This is the fourth order monster swallowing toads." the voice of you Hongzhi Zhenjun, a four seas firm, came from the cloud boat nearby.


    Immediately, a clear singing voice came from the cloud boat where Meng Zhang was located.


    This sounds like a singing voice. In fact, Qinglang Zhenjun is reading the Tao alliance classics loudly.


    With the chanting of Qinglang Zhenjun, the huge roar of swallowing toads was slowly blocked outside, which no longer had any impact on Yunzhou.


    This plan shocked many monks on the cloud boat.


    The place of black jade forest is too terrible. How can there be a fourth-order monster at every turn?


    The fourth order monster is a demon king. Why do you come to such an edge instead of staying in your own nest?


    A huge toad, like a hill, jumped up from a distance and jumped to a place not far from the cloud boat below.


    The giant toad opened his mouth, swallowed and vomited, and a thick column of air slammed into the cloud boat of the four seas commercial firm.


    The terrible sound of giant toad finally came to an end, and the power of direct action is even more terrible.


    A sudden hurricane circled the cloud boat and took the initiative to meet the gas column.


    After a violent impact, the two cloud boats shook again.


    "Brother Xuanfeng, thank you." you Hongzhi said loudly.


    "Brother you, don''t think I''m too busy." Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s voice sounded.


    The attitude of the human God Zhenjun, who regarded it as nothing, completely angered the toad swallowing. It roared and continued to attack.


    Almost at the same time, a huge rock like a hill suddenly appeared above the two cloud boats and pressed down hard towards the bottom.


    (thanks for zeeh''s reward and support.)


    (sorry, I''m dizzy today. That''s the only way.)

 Chapter 660

    Seeing the hill falling, the yuan God Zhenjun on the cloud boat was ready. Qinglang Zhenjun drank softly: "come on."


    Before the words fell, a big hand with vitality stretched out from the cloud boat, grabbed the hill, and then squeezed it to pieces.


    Countless earth rocks have been turned into dust. A hill that had been a big threat disappeared completely.


    Almost at the same time, a huge ape jumped into the air from a distance and crashed directly into two cloud boats.


    "Angry ape king, it''s really you."


    Qinglang Zhenjun laughed, turned into a vigorous hand again and patted it hard.


    The three Terran Gods work together and cooperate with each other. Together with the two fourth-order cloud boats, their defense and attack power are very good.


    The two suddenly attacked fourth order monsters tried their best to leave the Terran cloud boat. But after a fight, he still didn''t succeed.


    The three true gods of Terran can not only get rid of two fourth-order monsters, but also hit them as long as they are willing to spend more time.


    But this is, after all, the edge of the black jade forest, the territory of monsters. If you delay too long and attract new enemies, it will not be as simple as two fourth-order monsters.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun blocked the two fourth order monsters, covered the acceleration of the two cloud boats, and soon fled here, leaving the two fourth order monsters far behind.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation, as long as he is on guard, he will not be hurt by the aftermath of the battle.


    In fact, except when the fourth order monster first shot, the Terran side was not well prepared. Some low-level friars were inadvertently injured by the aftermath of the battle. Neither Yunzhou nor most friars were greatly affected.


    Although they had left the battlefield for a long time, many monks had a deep aftertaste of the war just now, and talked and talked happily one by one.


    The so-called layman watches the excitement while the expert watches the doorway. Meng Zhang is not far from the period of attacking the yuan God. He is very clever in both cultivation and vision.


    The war just now was very lively in the eyes of others. The yuan God Zhenjun played very powerful and the fourth order monster was extremely ferocious. But in his eyes, it is a scene that can be savored and even harvested.


    After the attack of the fourth order monster, the two cloud boats involuntarily accelerated their forward speed.


    The area of black jade forest is large, and the surrounding area is vast. The number of fourth order monsters is limited and can''t be encountered often.


    After the first encounter, the next journey became very smooth.


    There were no blind monsters coming to attack the cloud boat, let alone other accidents.


    Seeing that the distance to the destination was getting closer and closer, Meng Zhang and Jijian God began to prepare secretly in order to cooperate with Xu Mengying.


    On the other side, the monks staring at Xu Mengying also stared more and more tightly, almost to the point of blatant. They no longer hide their existence, but follow Xu Mengying openly, and don''t let her have any chance to get out of sight.


    If it had not been discussed in advance, it would have been very difficult for Meng Zhang to have a secret meeting with Xu Mengying.


    Fortunately, they have a certain tacit understanding. They only need a distant distance and a casual look to understand each other''s intention.


    The so-called Daheng Xiuzhen world takes the Daheng mountains as the core, including an area with a vast surrounding area.


    Here, there are many monastic sects and families, and there are a large number of monastics.


    When it comes to the overall strength of the cultivation world, the Daheng cultivation world far exceeds the three faction alliance of Jiuqu alliance and hengjue mountain.


    However, it is precisely because there are too many powerful cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world that we are fighting with each other. If nothing great happened, these forces of cultivation could not unite at all.


    The last time the Dharma cultivation circles United was when a magic disaster broke out in an area of the Daheng mountains hundreds of years ago, and many nearby sects and families were destroyed.


    In order to prevent the further spread of the evil disaster, several of the most powerful forces in the Daheng cultivation world joined hands to launch a big encirclement and suppression of the evil thing.


    After paying countless heavy costs, the demon disaster was controlled, and most of the demons were destroyed by the cultivators.


    Because the major cultivation forces broke out serious differences after the magic disaster eased. Therefore, the magic disaster has not been completely subsided. Up to now, there are still many magic objects still active near the Daheng mountains.


    The major Xiuzhen forces are probably unwilling to continue the campaign because of heavy casualties. They just took out part of their strength and jointly set up a blockade line to block the remaining few demons in a narrow area.


    The goal of Meng Zhang and Jijian God this time, the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate, is in that area.


    Two cloud boats have entered the Daheng cultivation world, and people have begun to appear on the ground. From time to time, there are some curious practitioners who fly not far away, curiously observe the cloud boat and talk to each other loudly.


    The two cloud boats continued to move forward without any influence, but the speed slowed down a little.


    The first goal of the mission this time is the Hushan City, a large commercial city in the Taiheng Xiuzhen world.


    Hushan city is located at the junction of several major sects. In addition to a large number of scattered repairs, there are also representatives sent by major sects and families.


    This is a neutral place and will not favor any power. Moreover, because it is a thoroughfare with developed commerce and trade, all major forces attach great importance to this place.


    The four seas firm has branches in Hushan city and has great influence. Its caravans, including the fourth-order cloud boat, have been to this place many times.


    The four seas firm not only has a rich network of contacts here and is familiar with all kinds of situations, but also has a high position.


    The Jiuqu League chose Hushan city as its first stop after many considerations.


    In addition to relying on the power of overseas commercial firms, it is also because it is a neutral place and will not be too biased towards any power, which is helpful for the mission personnel to act.


    The Yunzhou of Sihai commercial firm took the lead and led another Yunzhou to approach quickly.


    Tiger mountain city is located on a huge mountain. Because the mountains rise and fall, it looks like a human devouring tiger from a distance. Therefore, the mountain is called Hushan and the city is called Hushan city.


    Almost everyone couldn''t sit still because they were about to reach their destination. The deck outside was crowded with people looking around.


    Looking at the magnificent mountains from a distance, everyone felt happy. There are really no such mountains in Jiuqu League.


    Not long after getting close to Hushan City, a group of patrolling monks appeared and leaned over from all directions.


    However, after seeing the style of the cloud boat and the signs of the four seas commercial firms on it, these patrols spread themselves.

 Chapter 661

    The Yunzhou of the four seas firm was not after the armistice between taiyimen and Huanglian cult. Although the two sides never met again, the gratitude and resentment of that year has not been resolved.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian will fly out from another direction, and then pretend to find Hong Siming.


    The extreme sword God shouted in surprise, "headmaster, isn''t this the guy of Huanglian sect?"


    His acting skills were good and vivid. Meng Zhang praised him in his heart and looked at Hong Siming disdainfully.


    The flight routes of the two groups did not overlap, but Meng Zhang deliberately flew straight in the past, and the speed did not decrease, with a posture of heavy collision.


    Hong Siming and his companions stopped and shouted angrily, "Meng Zhang, what are you going to do?"


    "How dare you call our leader''s name directly. It''s just a little bastard. Can you yell our leader''s name?"


    Jijian God shouted loudly, looking like a loyal dog.


    Hong Siming and his companions were angry and happy. Everyone is a real Jindan. Who is lower than who? What, can''t even shout your name?


    "Where is the sect of Taiyi sect? I haven''t heard of it before. Is it that kind of inferior goods that don''t enter the class?"


    Hong Siming''s companion deliberately spoke in a strange way.


    Hong Siming''s companions are monks from the mountain altar.


    The mountain sub altar has the existence of the true king of the mountain peak, but it is an absolute power of the yuan God level.


    The guy of a mere Jindan sect dared to take it in front of him. It''s strange that he can hold his breath.


    Now, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to look for any provocative excuses.


    "Bold." the extremely sword God shouted angrily and made a gesture to start.


    The mouth gun belongs to the mouth gun. Hong Siming doesn''t want to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Although the two families have hatred, they have been at peace for a long time.


    Taiyi sect is not a sect without a foundation. There is also the protection of Yuanshen Zhenjun behind it.


    Yue Fengzhen is busy integrating the forces of Huanglian sect. Most of them don''t want to have a conflict with Jin Lizhen at this time.


    Hong Siming can control himself, but not his companions.


    The companions from the mountain altar are arrogant and don''t respect Hong Siming very much.


    At present, two guys of Jindan sect take the initiative to provoke, and he won''t give in at all.


    Seeing that the extremely sword God General dared to take the initiative, he was so angry that he took the first step.


    He raised his right palm, and a strong palm wind hit the extremely sword general.


    The extremely fierce sword God general, who originally looked fierce, suddenly withered at this time.


    He not only did not continue to attack, but several broke up and resisted each other''s attack.


    "Oh." the extreme sword God screamed, and his body kept retreating, as if he was seriously injured.


    Hong Siming and his companions were stunned by the fact that the other party was so strong.


    You are also immortal Jindan. Why are you so useless?


    "Damn it, you humiliated our sect in front, and now you attack our sect elders. Do you really want to be enemies with our sect?"


    Meng Zhang was so angry that he started directly.


    He did not cast any magic powers, nor did he release any magic tools. With one move with both hands, the powerful Zhenyuan fiercely bumped into Hong Siming and his companions.


    Hong Siming''s accomplishments were only in the middle of the golden elixir, and his companions were even worse, which was the initial accomplishments of the golden elixir. In the face of Meng Zhang in the later stage of Jindan, the strength is far away.


    Meng Zhang didn''t show much real skills. He just shot at will and suppressed them to death.


    The tracking of Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of Huanglian sect, is an important task directly explained by Yue Feng. Immortal Xiaolian and immortal Yueyuan, who presided over this matter, dare not neglect it at all.


    To be cautious, in order to prevent Xu Mengying from escaping by any strange means, they made a lot of preparations in advance.


    Like tracking Xu Mengying, there are two groups of people, one bright and one dark, to ensure that there will be no omission.


    Hong Siming''s group is in the light. Now they are suppressed by Meng Zhang. They have only the power of parry and have no power to fight back. They look like they will be taken down at any time. The group in the dark hesitated.


    It seems inappropriate to watch your partner be taken down in front of you. When I returned to the door in the future, the blame of my companions and the white eyes of the same door didn''t seem so interesting.


    The two immortal Jindan in the dark hesitated for a moment, and finally rushed over to help Hong Siming.


    Seeing that the enemy''s reinforcements arrived, Meng Zhang was not afraid. With a laugh, he was full of fighting spirit. With a big move, he also circled the two golden elixirs into the battle group.

 Chapter 662

    Meng Zhang fought one against four without fear. The four opponents are just a bunch of guys in the early and middle stages of Jindan. Their cultivation is much worse than him.


    First, this is next to the cloud boat. On the cloud boat, there are high-level missions, especially the three yuan gods Zhenjun. Meng Zhang did not want to disturb them and cause more trouble.


    Second, Meng Zhang had no intention of killing or hurting them. He just wanted to complete the agreement with Xu Mengying.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang missed several opportunities to hurt the killers, but entangled them firmly so that they could not get away.


    The extremely sword God flew to one side, with a look of serious injury and a few groans in his mouth from time to time.


    Xu Mengying is also a friar of the golden elixir. With this opportunity, she should have been far away.


    Meng Zhang calculated the time and was considering how to end the farce with dignity.


    "Meng Zhang, what are you going to do?" a violent drink came from above. Immortal Xiaolian and immortal Yueyuan finally arrived.


    Seeing that the two groups of people who are charged with an important task and ordered to monitor Xu Mengying are trapped by Meng Zhang, immortal Xiaolian and immortal Yueyuan are very angry.


    If there weren''t others nearby, they would have to fight.


    "Don''t stop! Why are you doing this here? You''ll lose the face of Jiuqu League."


    Zhu Liangyu appeared with a sound of reprimand.


    As a disciple trusted by Xuanfeng Zhenjun, he accompanied the master on this visit. But I really didn''t expect to encounter this kind of thing just when I arrived at the head of Daheng cultivation world.


    Zhu Liangyu had to stand against Jin Lizhen because of his master''s position. He also had a history of hostility with taiyimen.


    However, since Jin Lizhen joined the Jiuqu League at the invitation of Qinglan Zhenjun, the emperor of Qingyuan, there is no reason for Zhu Liangyu to continue to be hostile to Jin Lizhen.


    For the taiyimen under the protection of Jin Lizhen, although it can not be said that they turn enemies into friends, at least both sides are no longer enemies.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun were allies when dealing with Tianzhu Zhenjun. Zhu Liangyu also had the experience of fighting side by side with the monk of Huanglian cult.


    Zhu Liangyu, who saw Meng Zhang and monk Huanglian start fighting and knew their grievances, really didn''t want to take care of these rotten things.


    However, who told him to hold an important position in this mission group? How could he watch the friars of Jiuqu League fight on the territory of Daheng cultivation world.


    Hearing Zhu Liangyu''s voice, Meng Zhang knew in his heart that what happened today, how to understand it in the end, would fall on this person.


    He stopped, stepped back and flew to a place not far from Zhu Liangyu.


    "I wish you a good time. You can judge for us."


    "These people of Huanglian sect have gone too far. They not only humiliated our Taiyi sect, but also attacked us first and seriously injured our Taiyi sect elders."


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s villains complain first, the four Huanglian monks who started with him trembled with anger.


    The immortal Jijian general, who had been hiding aside, even moaned a few times at this time, looking like he couldn''t afford to be seriously injured.


    Zhu Liangyu and Jin Lizhen Jun are contemporaries. They had a lot of disputes in those years. Meng Zhang licked his face, called him an elder, and put himself in the position of the victim.


    Zhu Liangyu doesn''t care what''s going on with them, and he won''t be stupid enough to get involved in their struggle.


    "I don''t care what grudges you have or why, you''d better be honest."


    "The three true gods are watching over your head. Don''t go too far."


    "I really lost the face of Jiuqu League and affected this mission. The three yuan gods Zhenjun took action to punish you, and the people behind you can''t stand out for you."


    After hearing Zhu Liangyu''s cruel words, everyone was cold.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who had ulterior motives and took the initiative to pick things up, felt guilty for a while.


    The little fame made by himself and Jijian God can hide from others, but we can''t hide from the powerful yuan God Zhenjun.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun, who sits in the cloud boat, is just a few feet away. Most of them have already seen what has happened here.


    Of course, the tiger can''t fall down. Although Meng Zhang doesn''t want to continue to entangle, he keeps muttering.


    "Obviously we are the victims. Huang Lian teaches these guys to bully others..."


    Meng Zhang was about to leave with the extreme sword general. Immortal Xiaolian flew to him and looked at him with a bad face.


    No wonder immortal Xiaolian was angry. Yue Fengzhen ordered this task and specially selected a team to perform it.


    This small team is small in number, but strong in strength.


    There are eight golden elixirs in the team, including immortal Xiaolian. In addition, more than a dozen friars in the foundation period are special talents in the door, with specialties such as tracking and tracing.


    Although in the depths of his heart, immortal Xiaolian is a little resistant to this task. But in any case, he was unwilling to fail the task because of his poor handling.


    When Yunzhou arrived at Hushan City, he and real Yueyuan with a group of his men were preparing to meet the people who were following Xu Mengying. But on the way, he met Zhu Liangyu, an old acquaintance. He had to stop and greet each other for a while.


    Zhu Liangyu is not only a monk in the later period of Jindan, but also a disciple trusted by Xuanfeng Zhenjun. Immortal Lian can''t laugh at him.


    But after such a delay, there was an accident here.


    By Meng Zhang''s making such a fuss, Xu Mengying must have escaped without a trace.


    "Headmaster Meng, you have to think about it. Do you really want to be involved in this matter?" immortal Xiaolian said sadly.


    "What''s the matter? What''s the matter I''m involved in? It''s obviously your Huanglian sect that deceives people too much and takes the initiative to cause trouble." Meng Zhang shouted.


    "Is that interesting? You are also the leader of a school. Don''t let me look down on you." immortal Xiaolian''s tone was soft and cold.


    Meng Zhang shut up.


    Today is different from the past. With his current status, he really loses his identity. Even if he doesn''t care, he should think about taiyimen and can''t tarnish the image of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang felt a little regretful. He was moved by Xu Mengying because of his momentary greed and jumped in. It seems that I should be involved in some big trouble.


    Immortal Xiaolian didn''t say much, but immortal Yueyuan didn''t want to let Meng Zhang go.


    As a member of Yue Fengzhen''s clan, his self-cultivation is not weak, so that he has enough confidence to despise monks such as Meng Zhang.


    "Boy, don''t be arrogant. Be careful to cause trouble for yourself and for taiyimen."


    The vigorous shouts of the immortal Yueyuan aroused Meng Zhang''s anger.


    However, he didn''t say much, but said hello to Zhu Liangyu from a distance and left here with the extremely sword general.

 Chapter 663

    Looking at the back of Meng Zhang and Jijian, immortal Yueyuan snorted heavily.


    Meng Zhang scruples about the yuan God Zhenjun on the cloud boat. He also doesn''t dare to be presumptuous.


    Otherwise, he would have ordered the siege.


    The presence of so many Jindan friars of Huanglian sect will certainly make Meng Zhang suffer a great loss.


    He was never afraid of taiyimen, an old enemy, and harbored deep malice.


    All the people present were not fools. They knew that Meng Zhang deliberately created the conflict.


    It seems that there should be some collusion between Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying.


    Xu Mengying, as the saint of Huanglian sect, is related to the great event that Yue Fengzhen Jun integrates the whole Huanglian sect. Meng Zhang didn''t know how to live or die. He dared to take the initiative to get involved in such a thing. Yue Fengzhen must not spare him.


    Even with the protection of Jin Lizhen, if he didn''t lose his life, he would have to peel off a layer of skin.


    As an outsider, Zhu Liangyu is more reluctant to get involved in the gratitude and resentment of other families and cause trouble for no reason.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and Jijian God fly away, the matter here is over. He also said goodbye to immortal Xiaolian and left.


    When Zhu Liangyu flew back to the Yunzhou, Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Qinglang Zhenjun were sitting in a room chatting.


    Although they stay at home, they can''t hide the big and small things around Yunzhou.


    Whether Hong Siming and others of the Huanglian sect followed Xu Mengying, the goddess of the Huanglian sect, or Meng Zhang deliberately created conflicts to create conditions for Xu Mengying to get away, they all saw it.


    "Huang Lianjiao these guys are really......" although Qinglang Zhenjun didn''t finish his words, his tone had expressed a certain tendency.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun knew that Yuefeng Zhenjun''s action of integrating Huanglian cult, as a giant of Jiuqu League, qingyuanzong might not want to see it.


    Although they won''t personally create obstacles due to their identity, they are still fond of seeing and hearing that monks of Huanglian cult are not doing well.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Yuefeng Zhenjun were once allies, and now the relationship between the two sides is equally close.


    But there is no doubt about how to choose between Yuefeng Zhenjun and qingyuanzong.


    Besides, Yuefeng Zhenjun didn''t do it for no reason. In order to persuade him to rebel against Tianzhu Zhenjun, Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Qi brothers all paid a great price.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun thinks he doesn''t owe Yuefeng Zhenjun anything, and he doesn''t want to annoy Qinglang Zhenjun because of the Huanglian cult.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun just smiled and didn''t speak. He made it clear that he was not interested in what had just happened.


    After Meng Zhang and Jijian left Yunzhou, they flew directly to the direction of Hushan city.


    Although Meng Zhang was a full member of the mission, no one intervened in his actions.


    Among the missions, there are many cases like him. There are guys who use public affairs for personal gain.


    Hushan City, as the leading city in the nearby area, its prosperous scene naturally needs no more explanation.


    A large commercial city like this, which is located at the main traffic road, always welcomes visitors from all over the world, and does not strictly check outsiders.


    The news that two Yunzhou ships from Jiuqu League have arrived at Hushan city has already spread everywhere.


    At this time, two monks of Jiuqu League appeared in the city, which was not remarkable at all.


    Before them, many monks from Jiuqu League had entered Hushan city.


    After the Taiyi gate was rebuilt near the Daheng mountains, the Jijian God, as the Dharma protector in the gate, also traveled around many areas to collect all kinds of intelligence.


    However, times have changed. The rebuilt Taiyi gate has been destroyed for hundreds of years, and the Jijian God will sleep for a long time. Many changes have taken place in various situations here.


    This is still after the extreme sword God will wake up. Hundreds of years have passed. What is the situation at the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate now? We must understand it clearly before the two can take action.


    If you don''t know anything and break into a place full of demons, it''s like looking for death.


    Although both of them are immortal Jindan, Meng Zhang is still a great master in the later stage of Jindan. But once you fall into the siege of demons, it''s not enough to plug your teeth.


    After they entered Hushan City, they first found an inn to stay.


    Then, Jijian will be ready to use the previous channels to inquire about all kinds of news.


    Although hundreds of years is far from vicissitudes, the situation that things are right and people are wrong can not be avoided.


    The extremely sword god spent a lot of effort to find some ways to exchange the spirit stone for news.


    However, the information he received was general, even hearsay, and unreliable.


    I think so. The original Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate is now a place where demons occupy. Ordinary practitioners are no longer afraid of death and dare not get close to it easily. In general channels, it is naturally impossible to obtain useful information.


    On the side of Daheng cultivation world, there is also the power of Dark Alliance. The black market is even more essential in a big business city like Hushan city.


    Although the Dark Alliance branch on the other side of Jiuqu alliance and the branch on the other side of Daheng cultivation world do not belong to each other. But after all, we all go out of the same door. As long as there is no gratitude and resentment before, we still have to talk about incense.


    When Meng Zhang was in Jiuqu League, he visited immortal Black Fox and asked for a letter from him.


    Immortal black fox is very old in the Dark Alliance, has deep contacts, has friends everywhere and has relations with all parties.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose his purpose to the people in the Dark Alliance at will. He asked for this letter from immortal black fox, just in case.


    But now the action of Jijian God general is not smooth. He has to take this letter and ask for help.


    Meng Zhang, who had many experiences, did not spend much time to find the black market in Hushan city.


    After entering the black market, he handed the letter of the real black fox directly to a steward.


    Immortal Black Fox''s face was really easy to use. Soon after the letter was handed over, a Jindan friar came to him.


    This Jindan friar called himself kuzhu, as if he were a high-ranking deacon in the black market here.


    Kuzhu''s face was pale and haggard. He looked dead and died soon.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not really regard him as a dying man. Under the eyes of the false Dharma, there is a hidden vitality in the withered body of the withered bamboo.


    With Meng Zhang''s insight, he guessed that the other party should be practicing a special skill, so it''s like this.

 Chapter 664

    Probably because of the relationship of immortal black fox, kuzhu was polite to Meng Zhang. After a little thought about Meng Zhang''s request, he happily agreed.


    He arranged for a waiter to entertain guests here, so he went to prepare information for Meng Zhang.


    The efficiency of the black market was really high enough. The withered bamboo left for only a moment and came back with a jade slip.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s surprised eyes, kuzhu casually explained.


    It turned out that a few days before Meng Zhang came here, someone came to the door and asked the black market to prepare information about the area occupied by demons near the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Moreover, this person is an important customer. Of course, the black market should provide high-level intelligence consistent with his identity.


    It was a coincidence that Meng Zhang came this time. Kuzhu directly provided a copy of the intelligence to Meng Zhang.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang did not hide his surprise. Is there anyone who, like himself, is willing to take strange risks to go to the area where taiyimen Mountain Gate is located?


    Meng Zhang asked kuzhu for some information about the man.


    Kuzhu didn''t think of it, because the slip of tongue just now would attract Meng Zhang''s questioning.


    However, although Meng Zhang was introduced by real black fox, he can''t break the rules of the black market and easily sell the intelligence of black market customers.


    At the very least, people in the black market must abide by this. Otherwise, who will rest assured to deal with the black market in the future.


    Kuzhu perfunctorily said a few words to Meng Zhang and abruptly changed the topic. If Meng Zhang wants to continue questioning, he can only laugh without saying anything.


    Meng Zhang can''t deal with people in the black market. He can only put it down and stop questioning.


    He took the jade slips handed by kuzhu, thanked them sincerely, and then paid enough spirit stones as the price of buying intelligence according to the rules.


    The purpose of this letter from immortal black fox is to introduce Meng Zhang as an important customer to the black market of Daheng Xiuzhen world, so that Meng Zhang has the right to participate in high-level transactions.


    Without this letter, even if he took out more Lingshi, the customer level here was not enough and many services could not be obtained.


    Meng Zhang roughly read the information in the jade slips and found that the information in them was very detailed, including all aspects he wanted to know.


    Kuzhu is still there. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be too rude. He put away the jade slips and prepared to go back and read them slowly.


    Kuzhu chatted with Meng Zhang for a while before taking the initiative to serve tea to see off the guests.


    After leaving the black market, Meng Zhang went straight back to the hotel where he stayed. When the Jijian God general comes back, he will have others inquire about the information near the Taiyi gate and tell the Jijian God general.


    After hearing this, the Jijian God pondered and told Meng Zhang that this person did not necessarily come for them.


    Hundreds of years ago, many sects and families near the Daheng mountains perished in the demon disaster.


    Most of the mountain gates of these families and zongmen have left many valuable cultivation resources.


    In the cultivation world, there are many outlaws who are not afraid of death. In order to tap these resources, over the years, many practitioners have risked their lives to sneak into those places.


    In fact, over the years, many practitioners have disappeared in those places, mostly in bad luck.


    Perhaps the area that this person is going to explore coincides with their destination.


    Of course, this is the best case.


    The worst case is that this person has another plan and really comes for them.


    Because kuzhu is unwilling to disclose the identity of the person, the Jijian God will not be able to make an accurate judgment on what kind of situation it is.


    Meng Zhang discussed with Jijian God general, but there was no good way. He had to keep unchanged to deal with all changes. It''s not like giving up the action that has been planned for a long time because of a little doubt.


    Next, they carefully read the jade slips bought from the black market.


    The content inside is very detailed. It introduces various situations of taiyimen Mountain Gate and nearby areas in more detail.


    Over the years, many practitioners have entered the magic disaster areas with the idea of exploring heritage. Various intelligence about these areas has also been circulated through various channels.


    After some practitioners went deep, they found that the danger was too great and they were unable to deal with it. They simply recorded all kinds of intelligence and sold it directly.


    Some practitioners found the business opportunities and started the intelligence business


    The black market has always regarded intelligence trading as an important business, and naturally will not miss this opportunity.


    By collecting and comparing all aspects of intelligence, even the black market has sent out spies to explore. This is the detailed and more accurate information in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    This kind of intelligence black market will not be easily sold out, but deleted and reduced, and divided into many parts with different details. Sold to customers of different grades at different prices.


    Meng Zhang relied on the face of real black fox to buy this intelligence with a high level, which can be regarded as first-class goods.


    With this information, Meng Zhang and Jijian God will be able to save a lot of strength, avoid many dangers and approach their goals safely.


    They carefully analyzed the information and discussed it for a long time. Then, start preparing for various trips, including purchasing some useful items.


    Before they set out for Daheng cultivation world, they both knew that the main enemy this time was all kinds of demons.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang used the strength of the whole sect to buy a large number of items to kill evil spirits and break demons.


    This purchase in Hushan city is just a supplement.


    Because they were anxious to go to their destination, they didn''t stay in Hushan city for a long time. After getting ready, we set off directly.


    The reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate is located at the edge of the northeast of the Daheng mountains, thousands of miles away from Hushan city.


    As powerful golden elixir immortal, they can go all over the world. They don''t have to worry about the safety along the way.


    Because of the great challenges ahead, we need to keep it in good condition as much as possible. They didn''t spend energy flying by themselves, but prepared to rent a flying boat in Hushan city and go to the northeast of Daheng mountains.


    In the cultivation world, especially the Jiuqu league with the general level of refining tools. Ordinary low-level flying boats used in daily life can also be carried with you, but high-level flying boats with fast speed are difficult to do.


    The flying speed of the low-level flying boat is too slow. Meng Zhang and Jijian will not look up to it. Their trip was light and easy, and naturally they did not carry high-level flying boats.


    They didn''t want to waste too much time on the road. They spent a lot of spirit stones, rented a third-order flying boat with good speed and went straight on the road.


    Nothing happened all the way. The flying boat arrived at the destination smoothly and stayed outside a big square city.

 Chapter 665

    The name of this Dafang city is named after tiangan dizhi, which is called jiachenfang city.


    That year, after the outbreak of the magic disaster, it harmed a large area around. In order to prevent the further spread of the magic disaster and prepare for the eradication of the magic disaster. Some great forces in the Daheng cultivation world have taken joint actions and made many measures.


    One of the measures is to establish a solid defense line outside the magic disaster outbreak area to prevent the passage of demons and block the magic disaster outside the defense line.


    On this line of defense, many fortresses were built as the fulcrum of the line of defense. During the counter offensive, these fortresses were also the rest camps and starting points of the practitioners'' army.


    Most of these fortresses are built on spiritual veins and named after heavenly stems and earthly branches.


    Later, after a series of hard struggle, the living space of the demon was seriously compressed. Up to now, the area occupied by demons has been greatly reduced compared with the rampant period of demon disaster.


    Although for various reasons, the major forces failed to completely eliminate all demons. But for many years, the demons have been firmly trapped in a certain area, and strict surveillance has been arranged.


    If there is another large-scale change in these demons, the major forces will go out again to suppress them.


    This practice of major forces has been criticized by many practitioners. If you don''t completely exterminate all demons, you will appease the traitors. Isn''t this a problem for the tiger?


    No matter what they say or criticize, anyway, the major forces are still the same as me and will not easily change their own practices.


    Fortunately, the trapped demons have not caused much harm over the years.


    Apart from those practitioners who take the initiative to venture into the area occupied by demons, there are really not many other practitioners who have been harmed by demons.


    Those who are obsessed with money and seek their own death are not worthy of sympathy.


    In the long run, the practitioners around were used to this situation and accepted the fact that the devil still existed.


    As more and more practitioners enter the demon occupied area to search for treasure, it has driven the surrounding commerce and trade.


    Cultivators need to prepare all kinds of materials before entering. When they return, they need to rest and even heal their wounds. All kinds of items brought out need to be purchased by businesses. Cultivators who have made a lot of spiritual stones need to consume


    Such obvious business opportunities, of course, will not be easily let go.


    These pre war fortresses were bribed by powerful people and turned into bustling square cities.


    Jiachenfang City, which appeared in front of Meng Zhang and Jijian Shenjiang, is the most prosperous of these cities.


    Although the war fortress has long become a crowded square city, some old wartime habits have been retained.


    All kinds of flying boats, no matter where they come from, can''t fly directly into the square market. They must land outside the square market.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian did not care about taking more steps. After they landed, they went directly to jiachenfang city not far ahead.


    There is a forbidden air Dharma array in the square city. If practitioners fly in directly, they will touch the Dharma array and lead to the attack of the Dharma array.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian Shenjiang seemed to walk leisurely, slow and fast, but they took a few steps and came to the outside of jiachenfang city.


    The gate of Fangshi is closed and the protective array has been opened. A group of friars have been in place for a long time and are ready to fight the enemy with the help of a large array.


    Before they got close to Fangshi, they had found the abnormality here. They came over to ask what was going on here.


    Among the information given by the black market, the surrounding areas have been in Chengping for many years. Square cities such as jiachenfang have been completely transformed from fortresses into trade fairs for a long time.


    On weekdays, the doors of these square cities are open to welcome visitors from all directions. It''s rare to see such a closed door like a great enemy.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian were stopped by the garrison friars before they got close to the gate.


    If they continue to move forward, they will be hit by Fangshi Falun.


    This kind of warning sound came into their ears. The expression on their faces remained unchanged and they actively stopped moving forward.


    They came here to inquire for information, not to be enemies with the monks in the square city.


    Seeing their active cooperation, the friars in the square city eased a little.


    Meng Zhang is the leader. Of course, he can''t speak easily. The hard work of making public appearances and asking for information fell on the extremely sword God general.


    Although Jijian God general is a sword practitioner famous for his high cold in the cultivation world, he has a good temperament and can communicate with people peacefully. When necessary, you can play acting skills and play various roles.


    At this time, the extreme sword God will play the kind of cultivator who is extremely greedy and is ready to go to the demon occupied area to excavate relics.


    Practitioners who go to those places to explore and find treasure take the friars in the foundation period as the main force. Among them, a small number of Jindan real people are occasionally mixed.


    During the foundation building period, the friars entered it. They fought for their lives with heaven and gambled their little lives. A bad one, there is a possibility of death at any time.


    The situation is much better when immortal Jindan enters it. Although there are also great risks, the self-protection ability of Jindan real person is much stronger.


    However, the status of immortal Jindan in the cultivation world is far higher than that of friars in the foundation period. Even if he is down again, he will not take his life casually.


    Generally speaking, immortal Jindan sneaks into it at the risk of being besieged by demons only when he has reliable information and is confident that he can get a lot of income.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian did not deliberately hide their accomplishments. As long as the practitioners with a little eyesight can feel their breath belonging to Jindan immortal.


    Immortal Jindan has a position in the cultivation world no matter where he goes. Few people will treat him too lightly.


    The extremely sword God had no shelf of the golden elixir immortal at all. He shouted to the garrison friars inside very kindly, explained their intention, and asked, what happened and how jiachenfang city looked like this?


    There is a special person in charge of dealing with foreign monks among the garrison friars. He is very skilled. Obviously, this is not the first time to answer the question of Jijian general.


    He didn''t care whether what the extreme sword God general said was true or false, and didn''t ask the identity of the extreme sword God general. Just tell Jijian God general that jiachenfang city is under full martial law and no one is allowed to enter it.


    The reason for this is no secret.


    About ten days ago, a cultivator who went into the mountain to find treasure returned to another square city.


    After entering the square city, this person was suddenly demonized, which infected a large number of creatures in the square city, and many practitioners were demonized one after another.


    Fortunately, the garrison friars in the city did not wear off their vigilance because of their peaceful life all year round, and found that the situation was wrong in time.


    The garrison friars and all the friars in the city joined hands to fight the demonized friars, hoping to quell the incident as soon as possible.

 Chapter 666

    After the practitioners were demonized, their combat effectiveness was very different from before.


    The weak chicken directly becomes stronger, and the strong is stronger.


    Moreover, there is far more than one person who has been demonized in the square city. Even the most ordinary creatures can have a certain combat effectiveness after being demonized.


    If it were not for the help of the protection array in the market, the side stationed on the friar might not be able to beat the opponent.


    After a fierce battle, the whole square city was affected by the battle and completely turned into ruins.


    Most of the demonized practitioners were killed on the spot, and the demonized creatures were basically eliminated.


    But in the middle, there are still fish in the net.


    You know, because the evil disaster was too fierce, there were many targeted arrangements in all the nearby fortresses.


    Fangshi''s protective array itself has a strong ability to kill demons. The ability to distinguish demons is more than many golden elixirs.


    For practitioners disguised by demons or demonized practitioners, as long as they are close to the neighborhood of the square city, the Dharma array can respond in time to guide and assist the stationed monks to kill them.


    In fact, over the years. Indeed, there are many cunning demons who want to fish in troubled waters and sneak into the market. But without exception, almost every time he was seen through by the Dharma array and finally killed by the garrison friars.


    Like what happened this time, the damage and loss caused by itself are second. Demonized friars and demons have the means to avoid the exploration of the Dharma array, which is a big trouble.


    Not long after the incident, news has been received from all the cities.


    Because these square cities were originally rebuilt from fortresses, it is easy to establish a tight defense.


    All the workshops have been closed and no friars are allowed to enter them.


    What happened here has long been transmitted back to the major forces that dominate the fate of the great horizontal cultivation world through various channels.


    Before waiting for the big forces to send someone to deal with it, the big squares and cities can''t guard it, so as not to give the devil an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    In addition, a group of powerful Jindan friars formed a team and toured the surrounding area.


    On the one hand, it is to hunt down the demonized friars who have missed the net. On the other hand, it is also ready to support all workshops and cities at any time.


    After listening to the words of the garrison friars, general Jijian and Meng Zhang looked at each other a little.


    They would never have thought that they were so unlucky that they came here and met such an event.


    According to their original plan, they are going to enter the nearby square cities first, such as jiachenfang city. Then learn about the latest situation, see if you can find a practitioner familiar with the situation, and ask again.


    After all, the information obtained from the black market can not be trusted or completely trusted. It''s best to make sure when you get to the ground.


    I can''t blame them for being so cautious. It''s really that the scene of the demon disaster was too tragic. You can''t be too careful with demons.


    Now, such an emergency has frustrated all their plans.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian had no choice but to enter the dangerous area directly.


    Seeing that they couldn''t enter the square market in front of them, they didn''t insist.


    The extreme sword God took out a lot of spirit stones and put them on the ground in front of him. He wanted to buy a map of the area occupied by demons.


    The garrison friar hesitated for a moment. Finally, he was unwilling to offend immortal Jindan and gained the upper hand.


    He said that there was no need to use the spirit stone. He would give two people a copy of the map.


    He told them to wait a moment and then went in.


    After a while, he appeared outside again and sent out a map with the power of the protective array.


    With a move, the Jijian God took the map in his hand, thanked him and left with Meng Zhang.


    Seeing the other party''s alert, they are obviously unpopular. It''s better to leave as soon as possible to avoid more trouble.


    After they left the sight of the stationed friars, they flew into the sky and far away from here.


    Fly to a quiet place at will. They fall to the ground from the air and read the map.


    All the contents of the map are stored in a small jade slip.


    It indicates the specific situation of the surrounding area, and there are many detailed remarks.


    Obviously, this map is not an ordinary thing, but a relatively advanced thing.


    Compared with the intelligence from the black market, the general situation is basically the same. There are a few minor differences. It should be some recent changes, which are not deliberately concealed by the black market.


    After a brief discussion with the Jijian God general, Meng Zhang set off directly and flew to the front.


    They all want to start as soon as possible, make a quick decision and solve the matter in the shortest time.


    Meng Zhang has a hidden worry in his heart.


    The demonization of friars that happened just now is likely to attract the yuan God Zhenjun of the great horizontal cultivation world.


    If Yuanshen Zhenjun comes here, his own affairs may produce new variables.


    The worst result was that the big forces decided to completely clean the nearby area because of the demonization of friars. Meng Zhang and Jijian God must leave in time, otherwise they may be affected.


    They flew forward for a long distance and entered the buffer area.


    This place was plagued by demons in those years, and was severely damaged by demons.


    A large area is barren and the creatures are extinct.


    The endless sand sea where Meng Zhang was born has been regarded as a remote place with rare human traces. The death sand sea next to the endless sand sea is also known as the forbidden area of living creatures.


    But compared with the area in front of us, those two places are almost vibrant.


    After the outbreak of the evil disaster, it spread here, and all creatures were demonized.


    The practitioners who exterminated the evil disaster used various means to completely eliminate all the demonized creatures.


    The remaining demons have been compressed into a fixed area. Although there are occasional demons in this buffer area, there are few large-scale demons.


    This area is like a circular belt, which firmly wraps the area occupied by the demon.


    According to information reports obtained from the black market.


    In those years when the demons were restricted, even Yuanshen Zhenjun led a group of friars who were at least real Jindan people to patrol around regularly.


    As long as a demon dares to leave the core area and tries to go out, it will immediately attract the ruthless killing of the cultivators.


    Who says that demons don''t have brains? After being killed by practitioners, demons know to stick to a core area and won''t go out easily.


    It was not until later that the demons became honest that such killing and inspection ended slowly.


    Now, unless something big happens, Yuan Shen Zhenjun is too lazy to fly nearby.


    The goal of Meng Zhang and Jijian God this time, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, is in the core area ahead.

 Chapter 667

    Meng Zhang and Jijian God flew hundreds of miles forward, passed through the buffer area without fear and danger, and began to enter the core area occupied by demons.


    The area of this core area is not small, with a radius of three or four thousand miles. Demons often haunt.


    Here, I really entered a dangerous place.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian Shenjiang went less than ten miles deep, and many demons appeared in front of them.


    The altitude they flew was not high, but it was only more than 100 feet.


    In addition to some enchanted birds hitting them from time to time, some demons on the ground jumped high and rushed towards them.


    Without Meng Zhang''s hand, Jijian God will release a few sword Qi at will and kill all these low-level demons.


    Low level demons have no wisdom and are driven by instinct. As long as they find creatures, they will rush to them regardless of life and death. If you don''t tear up and devour the living creatures, you will never give up easily.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian had already destroyed many low-level demons before they flew far away.


    The core area occupied by this demon is full of strange vitality.


    There are all kinds of creatures here, but there are no normal creatures.


    All creatures have been completely demonized and become demons of different levels.


    Between demons, it is difficult to have a peaceful scene, but they are fighting and fighting almost all the time.


    This is also a growth means of demons. The growth of low-level demons into high-level demons mainly depends on fighting and swallowing each other.


    As he slowly went deep into this area, he found all kinds of scenes. Combined with the information obtained from the black market, Meng Zhang began to have some doubts in his heart.


    Demons are not created out of thin air. Jun dust world is not a demon realm, and it is difficult for demons to be born directly.


    In addition to the demons summoned from the demon realm, the demonization of local creatures is a major source of demons.


    All the creatures in this area have long been demonized. Higher order demons can also be said to have evolved from lower order demons. Where did the lower order demons come from.


    Demonization is not eternal life. Demons also have their own longevity.


    If the low-level demons born in the magic disaster hundreds of years ago were not promoted to high-level demons, I''m afraid it would be difficult to live until now.


    But this area is still giving birth to demons, which shows that demons have been supplemented.


    Thinking of the strange attitude of the major forces in the Daheng cultivation world towards the demons in this area, Meng Zhang was thoughtful.


    I hope that the major forces in the great horizontal cultivation world can keep enough vigilance when playing with fire, and don''t burn yourself.


    Meng Zhang is just a passer-by, with little talk and limited strength. He is simply unable to intervene in the major events in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Even, Meng Zhang can''t talk nonsense about his speculation in the Daheng cultivation world. Otherwise, he will cause trouble for himself.


    He shook his head. Meng Zhang let go of these things and turned his attention back to the business.


    This is originally a part of the Daheng mountains, or a branch of the Daheng mountains.


    When the magic disaster broke out, the surrounding area experienced a tragic war, which caused great damage to the surrounding environment, and the terrain became strange.


    After flying a distance further, Meng Zhang and Jijian took the initiative to land on the ground.


    Flying in the air is too eye-catching, easy to lead to the attack of demons.


    The low-level demons just appeared are nothing. If you continue to go deep inside, there will be many high-level demons, which is not easy to deal with.


    Their purpose is to enter the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, not to kill demons and demons. If they can avoid fighting, they should try to avoid it.


    After Meng Zhang and Jijian God landed, they displayed their hidden magic powers, and continued to move forward under the cover of the surrounding complex terrain.


    Both of them moved forward carefully and tried to avoid direct encounter with demons.


    If they can''t avoid it, they both try their best to make a quick decision and destroy the demons before disturbing a large number of demons around.


    Those low-level demons in the periphery, I''m afraid the friars in the Qi refining period with stronger actual combat ability, can be eliminated if they are prepared.


    With the deepening of Meng Zhang and Jijian God generals, the demons that appear at least have the combat effectiveness of friars in the foundation period.


    According to the level of cultivation world, these demons are at least second-order.


    Ants kill elephants. Enough second-order demons can indeed pose a fatal threat to Jindan immortal.


    There are many powerful forces in the Daheng cultivation world. The Yuanshen sect dare not say that it is qualified to be tyrannical.


    The reconstructed Taiyi gate is just jindanzong gate, and as an alien, it will naturally be excluded or even suppressed by local forces.


    The rebuilt Taiyi sect may be much stronger than the current Taiyi sect, but the sect''s sphere of influence, direct territories and the number of vassals are far less than today''s Taiyi sect.


    The rebuilt Taiyi gate can not be completely cleaned up even around the mountain gate. It can only control the area hundreds of miles around the mountain gate.


    Not far from taiyimen Mountain Gate, there are other mountain gates established by other forces.


    There are even some forces hostile to Taiyi gate. Even if the mountain gate is not nearby, they will establish some strongholds near the Taiyi gate to surround the Taiyi gate and slowly squeeze the living space of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang had heard several Dharma protectors mention these past events before.


    The rebuilt taiyimen is really not easy. It is subject to various restrictions, and many things have to look ahead and behind.


    With the strength of Taiyi gate at that time, it was enough to sweep the surrounding areas, wash away the nearby hostile sects and uproot all the strongholds of various forces.


    But at that time, the top level of taiyimen didn''t do that, but forbeared.


    Taiyimen swallowed their anger and slowly dealt with hostile forces, trying to expand their living space.


    At that time, when hearing these past events, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sigh that it was not easy for Taiyi gate after reconstruction.


    The leader of Taiyi sect at that time must have been more oppressed than himself.


    Meng Zhang could also understand what the taiyimen senior management did at that time.


    Taiyimen was originally rebuilt in the Daheng mountains by a group of escaped fish from the Middle Earth continent.


    Not to mention that the middle and high levels of the door are frightened birds, but it should not be avoided.


    At this time, if we use tough means to deal with local forces, it will arouse public anger, become the public enemy of the major truth repair forces around, and even lead to their joint siege.


    At that time, the top level of Taiyi sect survived in the cracks and passed on the sect incense. It''s really admirable.


    At the thought of these taiyimen ancestors and that he was about to enter the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang became a little nervous.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang and Jijian God almost attracted a large number of demons on several occasions.


    (thanks to old friend Eric WSC for his reward and support.)

 Chapter 668

    Along the way, Meng Zhang and Jijian were careful enough, but they didn''t disturb the group of demons. Once in a while, you''ll kill with one blow. There''s no movement.


    Up to now, neither of them has encountered any resistance, let alone any danger.


    The reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate is less than a hundred miles ahead. Although the surrounding terrain and environment have changed greatly over the years, the Jijian God is still very familiar with leading the way in the front.


    The extremely sword God was already very familiar with the surrounding terrain. With the latest intelligence and maps, he really avoided a lot of trouble.


    Along the way, they passed several nests of third-order demons. If you don''t take precautions in advance, it''s easy to disturb these alert demons.


    It is difficult for them to kill the third-order demons in one blow. Once the battle is delayed, it will soon be besieged by many demons.


    Bloody fights often occur between demons, but as soon as a creature breaks in. They immediately put everything down and desperately besieged the creatures.


    It is getting closer and closer to Taiyi gate. With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he can see the mountain where Taiyi gate is located.


    After the reconstruction, taiyimen encloses a long mountain range as its own mountain gate. The main peaks, which are particularly tall and majestic and have obviously been transformed the day after tomorrow, are the major peaks set up by taiyimen in those years.


    General Jijian once told Meng Zhang that if he wanted to open the secret library left by Taiyi gate, he must enter the main peak.


    But now, the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate has become a nest occupied by demons.


    Among the intelligence obtained from the black market, it is clearly pointed out that among the mountain gates of Taiyi gate in the past, the demons entrenched here all year round belong to several categories, which are powerful and very difficult to deal with.


    Especially the third-order demons can make Jindan immortal feel headache.


    The third-order demons have begun to give birth to wisdom. Although their ferocious nature does not change, they all know to suppress their nature and cooperate with their peers in hunting at some times.


    Moreover, many third-order demons are leader demons, commanding a large number of low-level demons under their hands.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God General approached the Taiyi gate smoothly all the way. The journey was so smooth that Meng Zhang couldn''t believe it if he hadn''t experienced it personally.


    But now, the real problem lies in their current.


    Many demons climbed up and down the surrounding mountains, and even some slightly smarter demons were called up to form a patrol team to patrol nearby along routes. Moreover, these demons don''t seem to know that they are tired, and the patrol has never stopped.


    Now, Meng Zhang and Jijian God will be a little difficult. No matter how capable they are, they can''t enter the Taiyi gate silently without disturbing the demons.


    In the intelligence given by the black market, it did not indicate what kind of demon occupied taiyimen Mountain Gate. It''s just that there are many demons here and they are powerful.


    What appears in the eyes of Meng Zhang and Jijian general is only a second-order demon. At best, it has the combat effectiveness of friars in the foundation period.


    But being able to rule these demons and command them in order is definitely not easy.


    Of course, in this area, there are at most third-order demons, which is equivalent to human golden elixir friars.


    When the demon disaster broke out, a fourth-order demon was born and has been killed by all major forces.


    It''s not easy for a fourth order demon to be born, which requires various conditions. However, the major forces in the great horizontal cultivation world have never relaxed their monitoring here. It is basically impossible to produce a fourth-order demon without sound.


    Otherwise, Meng Zhang and Jijian will dare not approach here rashly even if they have eaten the bear heart and leopard courage.


    They looked at each other helplessly. Since they couldn''t sneak in secretly, there was only one way left, that is to break in.


    It''s not difficult to fight with their strength. As long as you find what you want before the devil reacts, and then evacuate quickly, you still have some vitality.


    They didn''t act rashly. It was the first time they came here. It was a personal observation.


    In less than a last resort, neither of them will encounter the devil.


    Although they knew that the possibility of success was weak, Meng Zhang and Jijian God tried to see if they could sneak deeper.


    Ordinary stealth spells can''t avoid the induction of demons at all. The two of them used the earth hiding technique to try to sneak in from the ground.


    But just after they escaped into the ground, they quickly re drilled out.


    The underground in the nearby area has long been covered with strange roots mixed with purple and black.


    These roots and vines, which seem to have their own life, twist and entangle firmly under the ground.


    As long as there is any small movement nearby, it will easily disturb them.


    If Meng Zhang and Jijian had not seen the opportunity early, I''m afraid their deeds would have been exposed at the moment.


    It''s unexpected that the devil has such a tight arrangement underground.


    They didn''t make a sound, and even their thoughts didn''t dare to go too far.


    Demons are very sensitive to the mind of the cultivator. As long as the mind of the cultivator is swept, they will disturb the demons.


    In addition, the soil on the surrounding ground is a strange purple red, which is obviously caused by magic gas pollution for many years.


    On the ground and in the sky, there are layers of black fog everywhere.


    These mists are transformed by magic Qi and have a strong shielding effect on various exploration magic powers.


    If ordinary practitioners stay in these places for a long time, they will unconsciously be infected with the magic gas and finally be demonized.


    Therefore, before entering this area, those treasure seekers will do all kinds of protection work in advance, fast in and out, and absolutely dare not stay more.


    After returning to the outside market, experts will be invited to expel evil Qi for them.


    With the cultivation of Meng Zhang and Jijian general, as long as you have enough defense, it''s OK to stay here for a period of time.


    Instead of continuing their actions, they observed carefully to see if there were any flaws to find.


    At this time, on the mountain in the distance, suddenly there were bursts of shrill roars.


    This is clearly the sound of high-level demons. Meng Zhang and Jijian God will be able to clearly sense the anger contained in the voice.


    Accompanied by the roar, it was a shadow like smoke. Lightning rushed out of the mountain, and then fled quickly to the outside.


    Although the magic Qi floating around had a great impact on Meng Zhang''s false magic eye. But Meng Zhang still recognized the identity of the figure at a glance.


    With the roar of demons, all the demons around were startled.


    The surrounding of the mountain suddenly boiled up, and countless demons went from heaven to earth and frantically jumped on the figure.


    A huge skull, a huge figure composed of black fog, chased after the figure.

 Chapter 669

    "Damn it," the extremely sword God couldn''t help scolding.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally watching a play, now has the same impulse to swear.


    After the figure floated down from the mountain, it flew to the location of Meng Zhang and Jijian God general.


    I don''t know whether this guy was intentional or purely accidental. This approach is clearly a curse to the East.


    The figure was flying fast and seemed to be a constant distance, but it successfully crossed in a short time and came not far in front of Meng Zhang and Jijian.


    And most of the demons who frantically jumped on the figure haven''t reacted yet.


    However, the two third-order demons have been closely following behind without any relaxation.


    The figure floated over Meng Zhang and Ji Jian, and a burst of silver bell like laughter came out.


    "Headmaster Meng, you can''t hide. You''d better come out."


    "Damn it." Meng Zhang knew in his heart that this guy flew in his direction on purpose.


    This figure is Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of Huanglian sect, whom Meng Zhang met not long ago.


    Meng Zhang helped Xu Mengying not long ago. He ran into Xu Mengying here before he had time to collect debts.


    The woman deliberately involved herself in the accident.


    "Headmaster Meng, give me a hand. I will repay you in the future."


    "Everyone is a Terran cultivator. Leader Meng won''t die."


    "The little girl died here, but no one provided leader Meng with the essence of nine days."


    Xu Mengying spoke very fast. In a short moment, she said a series of words like a firecracker.


    She spoke a little later, and the two third-order demons had chased after her.


    The huge black skull had a big mouth, and black sharp blades shot out of his mouth.


    Not only Xu Mengying, but also Meng Zhang and Jijian general below were shrouded in the attack.


    The huge figure composed of black smoke, a pair of huge arms twisted and swung like a spirit snake and beat hard towards the front, which also shrouded the three human friars.


    At this time, even if the heart is no longer willing, Meng Zhang and Jijian God will have to fight.


    The fierce sword Qi shot forward and stabbed the two huge arms.


    But the fog surged, all the wounds disappeared quickly, and the arm soon recovered.


    A thick pillar of fire fell from the sky and forced the huge skull back.


    The sun true fire, which has the effect of killing evil and breaking evil, can play the most role at this time.


    Meng Zhang did not use other means, but only drove the sun to fight the enemy.


    After such a delay, a large number of demons around poured in one after another.


    The earth began to tremble violently, and thick vines broke through the earth, twisted wildly in the air and beat at the three people.


    Two third-order demons flew over from a distance and quickly joined the battle group.


    "Come on, you can''t entangle with these demons."


    Don''t remind me. Meng Zhang has already reacted.


    A golden crow composed of flames fell from the sky. Where the golden crow passed, the originally ferocious and arrogant demons were burned to ashes.


    It seems that the war situation is upside down and has gained a great advantage, but Meng Zhang is not happy at all.


    He was forced to join the war. Whether he won or lost, Meng Zhang would not do any good.


    If we don''t evacuate quickly, Meng Zhang and Jijian God may still be in danger.


    More and more demons came, which was like stabbing a hornet''s nest.


    Xu Mengying is more anxious to escape than Meng Zhang. She doesn''t want to continue to entangle with demons here.


    Xu Mengying''s accomplishments are not weak. Her combat effectiveness alone is not weaker than that of the monks in the middle of Jindan. As for her true accomplishments, even Meng Zhang can''t see through.


    Although Xu Mengying hates it a little, as a comrade in arms, even a temporary comrade in arms, she is very excellent.


    She actively cooperated with Meng Zhang and tried her best to make up for their shortcomings. Sometimes, Meng Zhang just had some ideas and began to act. Xu Mengying could cooperate in time to make Meng Zhang''s hand more smooth.


    The three chose a direction and tried their best to break through. Together, they fought a bloody way.


    All three of them are the best of the golden elixir monks. Together, they are almost invincible, making the enemy unable to resist.


    After the three broke through, they fled quickly to the front.


    The devil behind roared and pursued with all his strength, but he pursued farther and farther.


    Only the third-order demons can barely keep up with the back of the three people. The demons below the third-order have long been left without a trace.


    After the three accelerated, those third-order demons were rid of one after another.


    If this area is not occupied by demons and there are many demons, Meng Zhang has the intention to kill one or two demons.


    Fortunately, he has not lost his head and knows that he should be cautious in such places.


    Fortunately, he was careful enough to avoid another big trouble.


    As the three fled at full speed, they naturally ignored the hidden tracks.


    The three fled all the way, and many demons around were disturbed.


    Once these demons found the trace of creatures, they were like sharks smelling blood. They immediately flocked and rushed frantically from all directions.


    Fortunately, the three saw the opportunity early and didn''t entangle with these demons.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and led everyone out of the encirclement of the demon.


    When they flew to a slightly secluded place, the three quickly landed on the ground, and then cast magic powers to hide their body shape and eliminate all kinds of deeds.


    After confirming that there were no flaws, the three candidates went to a place with fewer demons and rushed silently.


    All three dared not fly high, but flew low against the ground.


    In this way, the three people hid all the way and spent a lot of effort to get rid of the tracking of the devil, escape from the core area occupied by the devil and come to the buffer area outside.


    When they got to a safe place, they withdrew their stealth spell and showed their body shape.


    Meng Zhang''s face was livid and looked at Xu Mengying fiercely.


    This woman is really too much this time. She dares to harm others and involve herself and the extreme sword God General in the siege of demons.


    What''s the difference between this kind of behavior and red fruit''s framing.


    If it weren''t for Meng Zhang and Jijian God, they would be strong and smart enough. If they were two weak guys, they would have fallen into the demon group. Either life is lost or demonized and degenerated.


    Meng Zhang will never condone such behavior, let alone see that she is a beautiful woman. She has a soft bone and easily exposed it.


    If Xu Mengying doesn''t give Meng Zhang an explanation and give sufficient compensation, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind hurting killers and destroying flowers.

 Chapter 670

    Jijian God will follow Meng Zhang for many years and know his temperament very well. Seeing Meng Zhang''s posture, he moved a few steps and blocked Xu Mengying''s way.


    "My saint, should you give us an account of today''s affairs?"


    Meng Zhang spoke freely and ridiculed, with a funny smile on his face.


    Xu Mengying didn''t reply immediately, but took off the veil she had been wearing on her face, revealing her true face hidden for many years.


    A beautiful face that toppled the country and the city and reversed all sentient beings appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Xu Mengying smiled, and a soft voice sounded in Meng Zhang''s ear.


    "What kind of person is leader Meng? How can he grasp a little thing and haggle over every detail?"


    Meng Zhang has known Xu Mengying for so many years. Xu Mengying doesn''t think that a good body can fascinate her, right?


    She''s not so shallow, she shouldn''t be so naive?


    Most of the monks who have reached the level of Meng Zhang, unless they are a few wonderful flowers, can not be fascinated by hue.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, beauty and bones are gone. A good leather bag is not as good as a pile of spirit stones.


    Meng Zhang looked at Xu Mengying with pure appreciation and no evil thoughts. He ignored the high hat she wore for himself, but went straight to the subject.


    "Miss Xu, don''t talk nonsense. As long as you say a word, how did you settle the account just now?"


    There is a habit in the cultivation world when I don''t know what to start with. Anyone who is a female practitioner will be called a fairy.


    Although this title is only a honorific title, Meng Zhang is not used to it.


    A sow can be called a fairy, and a little monk in the period of Qi refining is also called a fairy. The fairy is too cheap, not even a bitch in a brothel.


    Meng Zhang felt that those qualified to be called fairies should at least be real Jindan, and their beauty should be above the average level.


    Xu Mengying had met this standard. But now we want to force her to obey, so we can''t be too polite to her.


    Xu Mengying seemed to have no reaction to Meng Zhang''s aggressive attitude, and her smile remained unchanged.


    "Leader Meng, we are all our own people. You don''t need to be so outspoken. As a leader of a school and a person in the right path, it''s your bounden duty to help fellow disciples and eradicate demons. Why should others explain to you?"


    Meng Zhang won''t compete with a female generation. He doesn''t want to say more nonsense at all.


    His face became more and more gloomy and he was ready to take action at any time.


    He would not have the slightest pity on jade in his heart. He just wanted to be happy with gratitude and hatred.


    The extremely sword God will also start to work secretly and be ready to cooperate with Meng Zhang at any time.


    With the combat effectiveness shown by Xu Mengying, it is not easy to win her. And as a saint of Huanglian sect, she must have a lot of hidden cards.


    Just as Meng Zhang and Jijian were ready to start at any time, a fierce wind came from a distance.


    A flying boat appeared in the sky and quickly flew here.


    In an instant, the flying boat flew to the top of the three people.


    The figures of immortal Yueyuan and immortal Xiaolian appeared at the head of the flying boat.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and the holy women of the yellow lotus sect together, and then thinking that Meng Zhang deliberately created an incident not long ago to create an opportunity for Xu Mengying to get away, immortal Yueyuan suddenly realized that he knew everything.


    "Meng Zhang, you are really in collusion with that woman. I caught one right now. What else do you have to say? Even if it comes to your master Jin Lizhen, you can''t get away."


    Although immortal Xiaolian''s speech is not as ugly as that of immortal Yueyuan, he is also not polite at all.


    "Meng Zhang, you interfere in our internal affairs and interfere in things you shouldn''t. You have violated the great taboo of the cultivation world and the rules of the Jiuqu League."


    In the face of their accusations, Meng Zhang''s face was blue. He didn''t want to explain, and he really couldn''t explain clearly.


    At this point, it is no longer a mere tongue and effort to solve the problem.


    Immortal Yueyuan''s words made him angry and even killed him.


    At least he has been the leader for so many years and his Qi cultivation skills are good. He restrained his temper and looked coldly at Xu Mengying.


    Immortal Yue Yuan and others were clearly attracted by this woman. They were a disaster to the fish in the pond and were implicated by her.


    Immortal Yueyuan wanted to order them to do it and directly took the three people in front of him.


    Immortal Xiaolian hesitated.


    One is because Xu Mengying, as a saint of Huanglian religion, has a high status in the religion. He is unwilling to take the initiative to fight her.


    Second, Meng Zhang is also involved in this matter. If he starts immediately, it may lead to another war with taiyimen.


    The East Branch altar of Huanglian sect now occupies a large area of endless sand sea, directly bordering taiyimen.


    If there is a war with taiyimen, Hedong Fentan must take the lead and be used as cannon fodder.


    When immortal Xiaolian hesitated, a famous immortal Jindan appeared on the flying boat.


    Soon after arriving at Hushan City, they rented a third-order flying boat.


    Anyway, Huang Lian''s family has a big business and doesn''t care about this cost.


    Although with the help of Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying temporarily got rid of the tracking of Huanglian sect. But before they set out, immortal Yueyuan and others were instructed by Yue Fengzhen. On Xu Mengying, she has long been used by her cronies.


    The flying boat carrying the team set out from Hushan city and followed Xu Mengying''s footsteps all the way to here.


    As for just bumping into her and Meng Zhang together, it can only be said that it is God''s will.


    "Take them down."


    At the command of immortal Yueyuan, he shot together with all immortal Jindan.


    The enemy is numerous and has an absolute quantitative advantage. Neither Meng Zhang nor Xu Mengying will be stupid enough to fight here.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian general were still eyeing Xu Mengying just now. At this time, they will join hands with her against the enemy.


    Although there was no communication in advance, the three cooperated tacitly and were simply the best comrades in arms and companions.


    The sky was full of light. Meng Zhang showed his magic power, sun and moon, which temporarily blocked the enemy''s perception.


    The extreme sword God shot the sword spirit all over the sky, and unexpectedly shrouded all the enemies at once, so that they had to be distracted.


    Xu Mengying waved her hand gently, and an inexplicable force came into being out of thin air, which made the hostile people feel dizzy.


    While the enemy was temporarily suppressed, Meng Zhang flew into the sky and flew far away.


    Before flying away, Meng Zhang threw a thunder ball at the flying boat in the air.


    This is the thunder ball refined by a unique secret method when Jin Lizhen was a real Jindan.


    Meng Zhang had the cheek to ask for a lot from her. After years of use, he hasn''t used up yet. There are still a few in his hand.

 Chapter 671

    Jinli immortal was powerful and proficient in thunder method. The thunder ball she tried to refine could threaten the monks in the later stage of Jindan.


    After Meng Zhang''s thunder ball shot, Xu Mengying, who coincided with him, also threw a talisman at the flying boat.


    Xu Mengying''s talisman came first, fell outside the flying boat and was blocked by the flying boat''s protective array.


    Bursts of light flickered, and the power of talisman and protective array offset each other.


    The thunder ball thrown by Meng Zhang landed on the surface of the flying boat without hindrance.


    With a loud bang, the thunder ball exploded in the belly of the flying boat. It not only blew a big hole in the belly of the flying boat, but also the power of the explosion went deep into it, causing a lot of damage inside.


    Without any hint in advance, the two inadvertently made an almost perfect cooperation.


    When they shot, the speed of escape did not slow down.


    Meng Zhang and his men ran for their lives and fled to the distance.


    The speed of the three people''s escape is not slow. Even if the extremely sword general with the lowest cultivation level shows the skill of sword escape, he can barely keep up with them.


    Meng Zhang showed the Hongguang Dun method and led the way ahead.


    Xu Mengying''s skill of escaping from the wind followed closely.


    Although the extremely sword God general fell behind, he didn''t fall too far. He closely followed them and fled.


    Many years ago, due to the relationship between various mechanism creations created by Jiqiao sect, Meng Zhang had a strong interest in mechanism creations such as flying boats and puppets.


    Not only did they buy a large number of mechanism creations from Qiqiao sect, but also a divine work hall was established in the door to repair and imitate various mechanism creations.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know all kinds of flying boats, but he knows more or less about the cabins that provide power.


    Meng Zhang threw a thunder ball to sneak attack, which just damaged the power facilities of the flying boat, greatly reduced its speed and lost the ability to fly at high speed.


    Without the flying boat, the strength of the eight golden elixirs of immortal Yueyuan is uneven. In the process of pursuit, the team will certainly be pulled for a long time. Maybe someone will fall behind.


    If such a situation really occurs, let alone chasing and killing the enemy, not being broken by the enemy one by one, and taking the opportunity to kill the enemy, we can be congratulated.


    Immortal Yueyuan is a little arrogant, but he is not that stupid and arrogant guy. We still have a clear understanding of the strength comparison between the enemy and ourselves.


    If the flying boat is damaged, the future compensation is still a small matter. Affecting the team''s mobility and limiting the team''s movement is a troublesome thing.


    Immortal Yueyuan didn''t command everyone to continue the pursuit.


    Xu Mengying can escape for a while, but she can''t escape for a lifetime. She will be caught up sooner or later.


    Immortal Yueyuan looked at immortal Xiaolian a little displeased. If this person hadn''t hesitated and didn''t take action in time just now, Xu Mengying and them would never escape easily.


    The guy of Hedong sub altar is unreliable. Although he has surrendered on the surface, there are still a lot of small moves secretly. He is not satisfied at all.


    Immortal Yueyuan ignored immortal Xiaolian''s face and knocked him a few words.


    Now everyone is working for Yue Feng Zhenjun, but we can''t neglect it at all.


    Soon, Yue Fengzhen will unify the Huanglian sect and become the master of the whole Huanglian sect. At this critical moment, immortal Xiaolian should not stand in the wrong line.


    Immortal Xiaolian is superior to immortal Yueyuan in both qualification and cultivation.


    Without the special care of Yue Feng Zhenjun, could the immortal Yueyuan have today''s cultivation and status?


    Immortal Xiaolian didn''t look up to immortal Yueyuan, who was superior by nepotism. Now he has lost face in public, and he is very angry.


    However, he also knows that this is not the time to argue with real Yueyuan.


    People have to bow their heads under the eaves. Since Hedong sub altar is under the control of Yuefeng Zhenjun, it can''t openly violate his orders or offend his confidants.


    Immortal Xiaolian''s face remained unchanged and forced her anger down.


    When immortal Yueyuan saw the reaction of immortal Xiaolian, he thought he was restrained by his own beating.


    Suppressing immortal Xiaolian, an old man in the sect, made immortal Yueyuan very happy and felt that there was light on his face.


    Yueyuan immortal complacently said a lot of nonsense before he began to arrange the next action and was ready to continue tracking Xu Mengying.


    Besides, Meng Zhang and his disciples, after flying all the way, threw the Huanglian sect behind them, and couldn''t even see a trace.


    The three men flew out for a long distance and were about to leave the buffer area. Then they stopped moving and landed on the ground.


    After landing, Xu Mengying gave a sigh.


    The sigh is full of sadness and unspeakable loss. It''s really sad for the listener and tears for the listener.


    Meng Zhang was unmoved and still stared at Xu Mengying.


    Fighting side by side and running together just now will not offset the previous account.


    Even in the fight and running just now, Meng Zhang was implicated by Xu Mengying.


    No wonder people say that women are a curse. The more beautiful women are, the deeper the curse.


    "I didn''t expect that even she betrayed me."


    Xu Mengying whispered to herself, with unspeakable loss and sadness in her tone.


    Only a few days after she got rid of the pursuers, she was caught up by the pursuers again. Ice snow smart Xu Mengying immediately thought that she must have been tampered with.


    When she ran away just now, even when she was flying at high speed, she didn''t forget to carefully check her whole body and all kinds of personal belongings.


    With some speculation in advance, Xu Mengying soon found the real goal from among the few goals.


    There are only a few people who can quietly hide from her and move their hands and feet on her personal belongings. All these people have followed her for many years and won her trust.


    The betrayal of her confidants made Xu Mengying feel sad. At the same time, she had a new understanding of the bad situation she was facing.


    These confidants would never dare to betray if they did not think that the general situation was over.


    Even if Xu Mengying doesn''t mention the identity of the holy woman of Huanglian sect, she is also a young gifted Friar and a powerful golden elixir.


    Such an identity and strength should have a strong deterrent to the people in the church, so that they dare not betray easily.


    However, they betrayed Xu Mengying, and they also took measures among her personal belongings to let her be pursued all the way by the tracker. They can''t get rid of her completely.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that in such a short time, Xu Mengying was full of thoughts and sorrows, and thought of many things.


    In his eyes, Xu Mengying is acting again.


    He didn''t have time to watch her play, and he didn''t want to continue to play with her.


    Her look of sadness and self pity is estimated to be able to fascinate countless innocent teenagers, but it has no effect on Meng Zhang.


    No matter how pathetic and charming she is, Meng Zhang will not be half distracted.

 Chapter 672

    Facing Meng Zhang''s ferocious and murderous appearance, Xu Mengying was unmoved, as if she didn''t feel the slightest pressure at all.


    "Leader Meng is really. We had a good cooperation before. Why did we turn around so quickly?"


    "Headmaster Meng first helped the little girl get rid of the villain''s pursuit, and then saved her life from the demon. Just now we joined hands with the enemy. We helped the enemy three times and four times, which shows that headmaster Meng is a noble and warm-hearted person. The great kindness of headmaster Meng is unforgettable."


    Xu Mengying''s seemingly sincere words of thanks were harsh and ironic in Meng Zhang''s ears.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, who was really angry, he calmed down all of a sudden and no longer looked angry.


    Xu Mengying regards her threat as nothing. She must rely on it.


    Meng Zhang wants to see what kind of trust she has and what kind of cards she can take to suppress herself and the extreme sword God.


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak, just looking at Xu Mengying so quietly.


    Xu Mengying was so stared at by Meng Zhang that she didn''t feel embarrassed or unnatural at all. Instead, she talked like a river and talked endlessly.


    After talking for a long time, seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t respond at all, Xu Mengying stopped talking.


    She just talked for a long time. She didn''t know whether she was really praising Meng Zhang or satirizing him. Meng Zhang didn''t listen to a word anyway.


    Seeing Xu Mengying shut up, Meng ZhangCai said darkly, "say, go on, I''ll see how much nonsense you have. I''m very patient and can listen to you slowly."


    "I have always been generous to dying people."


    Xu Mengying smiled at Meng Zhang''s faint death threat.


    "Headmaster Meng, the little girl is dead, but no one will provide you with the essence of nine days."


    "Although the essence of the nine days is valuable, as long as we spend a little more time, we can go to the nine days to collect it slowly. But the evil spirit in our chest doesn''t come out, and our thoughts can''t be understood. Maybe we may become our demons in the future."


    Meng Zhang said casually with an expressionless face.


    Xu Mengying knows that things today seem to be impossible to be good.


    From landing on the ground, Meng Zhang didn''t mention it. The sword repairman who was with him released his mind recklessly and locked himself firmly.


    Although she knew that the cultivation level of this famous sword was not as good as herself, when Xu Mengying faced him, it seemed that the opposite was a sword hidden in the scabbard. The power of the sword is hidden. It seems that you can get out of the scabbard at any time and cut directly to your own key.


    Xu Mengying felt a little uncomfortable with the hidden edge.


    Xu Mengying had been talking nonsense for a long time. In addition to testing Meng Zhang, she had no intention of reducing pressure.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s seriousness, Xu Mengying knew that he was really angry and would not let himself muddle through like this.


    The smile on Xu Mengying''s face remained unchanged and said softly, "leader Meng was so generous this time, but he didn''t get enough benefits. He helped the little woman for no reason."


    "I''m not a person who doesn''t know good or bad. I must thank leader Meng for his great kindness."


    Meng Zhang still didn''t speak. The benefits of empty talk can''t pass the test. Xu Mengying can''t finish this matter if she doesn''t bring out some dry goods this time.


    Although Meng Zhang was very angry, he did not lose his mind. The main purpose of his attack is to knock out enough benefits from Xu Mengying.


    As long as there are enough benefits, enough interests and a little leisure, the idea will become accessible anyway.


    It''s a big mistake to kill Xu Mengying for a moment''s anger.


    As a cultivator, especially the leader of a sect, you must not be easily influenced by your own emotions. All actions should be based on their own interests and sect interests.


    Meng Zhang himself couldn''t stand the mercenary and interest oriented atmosphere in the cultivation world, although it seemed a little more powerful. But that is the common rule in the cultivation world and the way for countless practitioners to survive.


    Meng Zhang will not go the opposite way even if he doesn''t want to.


    Xu Mengying is a saint of Huanglian sect. She has a sensitive identity and profound cultivation. She must have a lot of hidden cards.


    Not to mention whether Meng Zhang can kill her, if he does kill her, Meng Zhang will immediately become a public enemy of Huanglian cult and break the rules of Jiuqu League.


    If Yuefeng Zhenjun takes the opportunity to make trouble, Jin Lizhen may not support him with all her strength.


    Don''t look at so many friars of Huanglian sect tracking Xu Mengying all the way just now. They look bad. If Meng Zhang really hurt Xu Mengying, I''m afraid they Xu Mengying probably saw through this, so they had no fear and dared to speak out to satirize Meng Zhang.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang can''t kill her, he has some ways to clean her up.


    The simplest way is to join hands with Jijian God general to capture her and directly hand her over to immortal Yueyuan.


    At that time, Xu Mengying can sell a good price. Maybe taiyimen can educate the enemy and become friends with Huang Lian.


    Even if Meng Zhang can''t catch Xu Mengying, as long as they firmly entangle her and drag her to Yueyuan immortal and others to get here, it will have the same effect.


    Xu Mengying holds a high position in the Huanglian cult. It is common for her to intrigue and cheat with various forces in the sect.


    Ice snow is smart. She can see the form more clearly than anyone. Without Meng Zhang opening her mouth, she can think of it herself. Meng Zhang can have a lot of means to deal with herself.


    Xu Mengying''s adventure left the general altar of Huanglian cult and sneaked into the Daheng cultivation world. She really has unspeakable difficulties.


    On this trip, she not only carried the heavy responsibility, but also put her future on the line. There is really nothing to lose.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, she has many means to destroy her great events.


    But on the contrary, if Meng Zhang is completely on her side, she will get great help.


    Especially this time, I went to the area occupied by demons and experienced the thrilling process of being chased and killed by demons.


    Xu Mengying felt more and more that it would be difficult to achieve the goal of this time if she relied on her own strength alone.


    After the test just now and the previous understanding, Xu Mengying felt that she still had a certain grasp of Meng Zhang''s character.


    It may be difficult to bribe Meng Zhang, but it is not impossible to bribe the head of Taiyi sect.


    Xu Mengying holds a high position in Huanglian religion and has mastered many resources. Even if the situation worsens now, the situation in teaching is becoming more and more difficult. With a little effort, she can still offer benefits enough to impress Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect.

 Chapter 673

    "I''m not talented. I have a question. I want to ask headmaster Meng."


    Xu Mengying put away the smile on her face and said very seriously.


    Not knowing what the woman was going to do, Meng Zhang hummed twice and listened to her patiently.


    Force the other party to submit and win benefits from the other party. This kind of thing must not be in a hurry, but should be done slowly.


    But Meng Zhang made up his mind to make Xu Mengying bleed this time.


    "I don''t know if leader Meng has any ideas about the situation facing Jiuqu League?" Xu Mengying asked for advice with an open mind.


    I don''t know why Xu Mengying talked about this topic, but Meng Zhang ignored her and continued to remain silent.


    Anyway, no matter what Xu Mengying says today, it''s just hype. This time things won''t end easily.


    "From the perspective of leader Meng, of course, we can''t see that Jiuqu alliance is facing domestic and foreign troubles and great changes."


    "Whether the Dali imperial dynasty continues to advance North after defeating the three faction alliance, or the offensive being launched by the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie is a fatal threat to the Jiuqu alliance."


    "At this critical moment, Jiuqu League is full of discord and contradictions..."


    Next, Xu Mengying gave a long speech and spent a lot of time analyzing the situation of Jiuqu League for Meng Zhang.


    In a word, under the seemingly safe situation of Jiuqu alliance, there has long been an undercurrent and crisis. If one fails, the whole alliance is in danger of overturning.


    In fact, Meng Zhang agrees with Xu Mengying''s words very much.


    Although she had just made a pit, Meng Zhang had to admit that he had a far-reaching vision and could see many places that others could not see.


    Many of her views coincide with those of Meng Zhang, and even think more comprehensively than Meng Zhang.


    If they were not in the current situation, Meng Zhang would have to say admiration.


    On several occasions, Meng Zhang had the impulse to clap his hands and say yes and loudly agree.


    However, Meng Zhang did not answer from beginning to end.


    The woman is too cunning to be bypassed by her.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t answer, Xu Mengying remained unmoved and continued talking for a long time.


    Then she stopped and asked another question.


    "Headmaster Meng, what do you think of Daheng cultivation world?"


    Before Meng Zhang answered, she went on with her own words.


    Her next words will boast about Daheng''s cultivation world. The cultivation environment here is excellent and rich in resources. The overall level of practitioners is much higher than that of Jiuqu League.


    Before Meng Zhang, he only heard some hearsay about the specific situation of Daheng cultivation world. After arriving at the Daheng cultivation world, I only stayed in Hushan city for a few days, and then I arrived here.


    Based on his experience during this period, what Xu Mengying said is basically true.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world is indeed much better than Jiuqu League in all aspects.


    After boasting about the Daheng cultivation world, Xu Mengying paused for a while before suddenly asked, "leader Meng, do you want to have a foundation in the Daheng cultivation world as the retreat of Taiyi gate in the future?"


    Meng Zhang rolled his eyes. Isn''t this nonsense? Who in Jiuqu League doesn''t want to have a foundation in a place like Daheng cultivation world.


    Daheng cultivation circle has developed for a long time, the situation is relatively stable, and many interest relations have been solidified.


    The Daheng cultivation world does not exclude foreign practitioners, but it is not so easy for foreign forces to gain a foothold in this place.


    The rebuilt Taiyi gate was much stronger than today''s Taiyi gate. Even if it had a foothold in the corners of the Daheng cultivation world, it was full of difficulties and experienced many difficulties, obstacles and challenges.


    Many years after the reconstruction of taiyimen, it was still difficult to integrate into the Daheng cultivation world, and was excluded in many aspects.


    If the local Xiuzhen forces hadn''t delayed in the magic disaster, the Taiyi gate in those years might not have been so easy to be destroyed.


    With the current strength of Taiyi sect, even if Meng Zhang is willing to give up everything on the side of Jiuqu League and invest all the strength of the sect here, I''m afraid it will be difficult to get enough foothold.


    You know, the taiyimen family has a big business. It can''t be accommodated just by looking for a corner.


    If a sect wants to survive, at least it must have three levels of spiritual pulse.


    But in places like Daheng cultivation world, the third-order spiritual veins have a fixed number. Where can they come out of thin air? If you forcibly seize the third-order spiritual pulse of the original cultivation forces, you will soon become the public enemy of the surrounding forces and the hostile object of many cultivation forces.


    The Taiyi gate rebuilt hundreds of years ago, as a foreign household, used means to seize the foundation of local forces and establish its own mountain gate.


    This is also an important reason why taiyimen has not been recognized by the local Xiuzhen forces for many years.


    Several Dharma protectors told Meng Zhang about these past events. They talked about the gains and losses of taiyimen after reconstruction, and probably hoped that Meng Zhang could take a warning.


    With a lesson from the past, Meng Zhang certainly knows how difficult it is for an outsider to have a foundation in the Daheng cultivation world.


    As Xu Mengying is in the Huanglian sect, she has many news channels and is also very familiar with the situation in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Since she dared to use this thing to seduce Meng Zhang and wanted to take the opportunity to buy him off, she naturally didn''t talk in vain, but really had a way to offer Meng Zhang a foundation.


    It turned out that more than a thousand years ago, the Huanglian religion was in its heyday. At that time, the leader of Huanglian cult took precautions against the rainy day, was prepared for danger in times of peace, and did not hesitate to spend great efforts to nail a nail in the Daheng cultivation world.


    As the true king of the yuan God, there is a strong sect support behind him. Of course, he can do things that the Jindan sect can''t do.


    And at that time, the great horizontal cultivation world had just experienced a great change, and the cultivation forces in many places were reshuffling.


    The leader of the yellow lotus sect secretly disguised the power of the yellow lotus sect as a native force of the Daheng cultivation world and successfully mixed it into the local cultivation world.


    At that time, the leader thought very well, and the dark son played two most important roles.


    First, it can be used as a retreat for the yellow lotus sect in the future.


    In the cultivation world, most of the cultivation forces know the truth of cunning rabbits and three caves, and will secretly arrange some backhands for emergency needs.


    Second, if the Huanglian cult continues to develop and expand, and if its strength rises sharply in the future, it should further expand wantonly, the force arranged in the Daheng cultivation world is the leader and pioneer.


    This arrangement is the top secret of Huanglian sect. Only a few people in the sect know it except the original participants.


    The holy women of Huanglian sect have a special status and form a department of their own. They also participated in the whole process in that year.


    The top secret of this religion was slowly passed on to future generations with the inheritance of saints.


    (thank you for your reward and support.)

 Chapter 674

    The leader of Huanglian sect had a good idea at that time, and indeed made great efforts to implement it. But what he didn''t expect is that things are changeable. No matter how good the arrangement and plan, they will become beyond recognition after experiencing the merciless baptism of time.


    Everything in the world can''t be carried out according to your heart.


    After the leader was seated, the Huanglian cult was in crisis for a long time.


    Xu Huanshan, the contemporary leader of the Huanglian sect and the true God, disappeared mysteriously hundreds of years ago. The sect has experienced a series of great changes, and the whole Huanglian sect is in a de facto split state.


    The force that Huanglian sect had secretly established in the Daheng cultivation world also began to have problems.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world and Jiuqu league are separated by thousands of mountains and rivers. They are too far apart. Huanglian cult can''t properly deal with its own internal problems. Where can we have the energy to take care of 100000 miles away.


    In that year, the carefully arranged dark son slowly lost contact with the Huanglian teaching headquarters and lost enough constraints.


    Most people in the world do not want to be subordinate to others, and no force is willing to have a master on their head.


    After years of development, that force has a certain foundation. How can it be willing to be a puppet of the yellow lotus sect forever.


    This force, which has been deeply rooted in the Daheng cultivation world, has slowly become self reliant. Want to get rid of the control of Huanglian sect and have complete autonomy.


    The current situation of the yellow lotus sect undoubtedly gives this family the best opportunity.


    In fact, if the Huanglian sect does not intervene in time, it will completely lose control of this force before long.


    Xu Mengying didn''t hide anything about these situations and told Meng Zhang everything.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang somehow understood Xu Mengying''s meaning.


    "Why, does the saint want to use this family''s power as compensation for this seat?"


    Meng Zhang sneered with disdain.


    It''s naive to throw out a family that is about to lose control and give it to taiyimen as a favor, thinking that we can erase what happened just now.


    Could it be that the saint thought she was really so easy to fool.


    Xu Mengying looked at Meng Zhang with poor eyes and calmly explained to him.


    Meng Zhang hardly opened his mouth, indicating that he was a little excited. Of course, she had to add some firewood to persuade Meng Zhang completely.


    Xu Mengying then introduced the specific situation of that force to Meng Zhang in detail.


    This force is called maple leaf mountain city, which is named because the city is built in the mountains and the surrounding mountains are full of maple leaf forests.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is located in the east of Daheng mountains, near the black jade forest.


    The terrain here is remote and far away from the core of Daheng cultivation world. In the eyes of those great forces in the great horizontal cultivation world, it is a barren land.


    If not, it would have been difficult for the Huanglian sect to establish this foundation here.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is located on a third-order spiritual vein, which is enough to support several golden elixir immortal. The mountain city has a very broad ruling range and has a large territory.


    Although there are not many people under the rule, the vassal forces are even rarer. But in the vast territory, there are still many kinds of cultivation resources.


    Huang Lianjiao had already made a lot of money, and after hundreds of years of development. Maple Leaf mountain city is already a strong Jindan sect. The status of the sect is not low, and the strength of the sect is not enough than the top and more than the bottom.


    Among the many golden elixir sects in the Daheng cultivation world, maple leaf mountain city is a little famous. It belongs to the kind of existence that as long as it is mentioned, everyone will feel that the name is very familiar and seems to have heard of there.


    After listening to Xu Mengying''s introduction, Meng Zhang was really moved.


    The foundation of maple leaf mountain city is quite good, let alone as a retreat for Taiyi gate. Even the taiyimen not long ago may not have such good conditions.


    If we can seize this piece of foundation, as a secret branch of Tai Yi men in the great cross realm, it is truly magical.


    Of course, I have personally seen Xu Mengying''s tricks and means. Meng Zhang doesn''t believe that she will make such a big advantage for herself.


    I can''t say, there are many troublesome things waiting for me.


    Apart from other things, the Huanglian sect has lost its control over the maple leaf mountain city. She is clearly killing with a knife and wants to use Meng Zhang''s power to regain this foundation.


    Meng Zhang was on guard. It''s hard to say who calculated.


    Sure enough, Xu Mengying put forward many conditions as Meng Zhang''s prerequisite for obtaining maple leaf mountain city.


    Of course, Xu Mengying didn''t speak so bluntly. Her tone has always been very gentle, even a little modest.


    She spoke well and said that she wanted to repay Meng Zhang for his help several times, so she offered this foundation.


    However, Meng Zhang needs to do a lot to get this foundation.


    First of all, this foundation is still someone else''s, and Meng Zhang needs to take it by himself. Although Xu Mengying will provide a lot of help in this process, Meng Zhang still needs to make great efforts,


    Secondly, Xu Mengying asked Meng Zhang to help him solve the problem of real people in Yueyuan.


    Xu Mengying has a personal item, and the betrayed confidant secretly means it.


    After careful examination, she found that this method was not simple. It was obviously written by Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Although Xu Mengying can temporarily shield her induction, she can''t shield it for too long.


    What''s worse, this item plays a special role for Xu Mengying. It''s impossible for her to throw it away directly.


    In this way, even if Xu Mengying temporarily gets rid of the tracking of real person Yueyuan, they will come to the door soon.


    If this problem cannot be solved, Xu Mengying will never want to get out of the hands of real Yueyuan.


    What Xu Mengying asked Meng Zhang to do was to hope that he and Jijian general could find a way to entangle immortal Yueyuan and buy time for themselves. When what she wants to do is finished, the item will be useless.


    In addition to these two points, Xu Mengying also put forward many other conditions.


    Although Meng Zhang was angry because he was used by Xu Mengying, as long as he had enough interests, he could change his face immediately.


    Compared with the foundation of maple leaf mountain city, what is the only dispute of spirit?


    Besides, there is a deep blood feud between Meng Zhang and Yue Feng Zhenjun. At first, taiyimen was attacked by his men, but the casualties were heavy and the losses were huge.


    Through contact with Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang found that this woman is not simple and has many abilities. With her irreconcilable attitude with Yue Fengzhen Jun, she is sure to cause a lot of trouble to Yue Fengzhen Jun.


    The lesser of the two evils is the balance. Compared with the blood feud and the dispute of spirit and Qi, as long as normal people can make the right choice.


    As a cultivator of truth, Meng Zhang can be happy with gratitude and hatred, just for understanding. However, as the leader of a sect, he must adhere to the supremacy of interests, always consider for the sect and strive to seek the greatest interests for the sect.

 Chapter 675

    Xu Mengying put forward so many conditions that Meng Zhang could not agree to them all. Even if they are willing to cooperate, bargaining is indispensable.


    The more you insist at this time, the more you will get later.


    Meng Zhang seems passive, but he sees through Xu Mengying''s bottom line. Moreover, with the extreme sword general on one side, he is a strong side and has the absolute upper hand.


    If he didn''t know the price offered by real Yue Yuan, he would never exceed Xu Mengying. He could go and cooperate with real Yue Yuan.


    Xu Mengying also had a clear view of the current situation. Many of the conditions put forward were originally used for bargaining.


    After a fierce quarrel for a long time, the two people managed to eliminate their differences and reached a preliminary agreement. In addition to the two conditions that Xu Mengying cares about most, Meng Zhang ignores all other conditions.


    For Meng Zhang, if he wanted to win the foundation, he had to do it himself. There is no such thing as getting something for nothing in the world. It is very serious that the two sides have reached an agreement this time. No one can rest assured if it is only the oath of the heart devil.


    Meng Zhang always carries a prepared oath of ghost oath. After Xu Mengying''s inspection, they made a ghost oath and agreed to cooperate.


    When making an oath, Meng Zhang also asked Xu Mengying to add one. After the work here is completed, she must provide Meng Zhang with the essence of the nine days promised before as soon as possible.


    Originally, it was something she had promised long ago. Without too much hesitation, Xu Mengying agreed.


    After the two sides made a ghost oath, the agreement was finally guaranteed, and we also had the basis of mutual trust.


    Although the ghost oath also has a way to avoid it, it is reliable enough, at least for immortal Jindan.


    Now, Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang are once again on the same front and become temporary allies.


    The two sides were still at war before. They were about to fight. In a twinkling of an eye, they turned enemies into friends again.


    It''s amazing that the relationship between enemies and friends in the cultivation world has changed so fast. Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are used to it and don''t care at all.


    They said nothing about the unhappiness just now, as if those things had never happened.


    Next, what they have to do is to seize the foundation of maple leaf mountain city.


    This is also the result of Meng Zhang''s strong demand.


    Xu Mengying can''t use the benefits of advance to support Meng Zhang this time. He would never agree to help Xu Mengying solve the trouble of real man Yueyuan if he didn''t eat the benefits.


    He has to take maple leaf mountain city before it''s his turn to do other things.


    When Huang Lianjiao established this foundation at the beginning, its ancestors may not have considered the problem of betrayal in the future. Out of the necessary caution, some backers were arranged in advance.


    If Huang Lianjiao did not send other forces, relying on these backhands alone would probably not stop maple leaf mountain city from losing control.


    But now with Meng Zhang''s intervention, the situation is very different.


    Yueyuan immortal and others have the means to track Xu Mengying''s whereabouts. But as long as Xu Mengying moves and doesn''t stay in one place for too long, it''s difficult for them to catch Xu Mengying.


    And now with the help of Meng Zhang, they will only be more cautious.


    Although immortal Yueyuan scolded Meng Zhang in front of him, he seemed to despise Meng Zhang. But in his heart, he will never despise Meng Zhang, an old opponent who has been entangled with Huang Lianjiao for many years.


    In the endless sand sea, in the Gobi of evil wind, Meng Zhang has long used victory after victory to forge his reputation.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang are both vigorous and resolute figures. Once they have made a decision, they will soon start to take action.


    They soon left here and flew in the direction of maple leaf mountain city.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is not a short distance from the area where the magic disaster broke out. It is already on the edge of the great horizontal cultivation world.


    The three flew rapidly all the way and soon got out of the area occupied by the demon.


    Meng Zhang may not think that he agreed to Xu Mengying''s conditions this time and left here first to seek the foundation of maple leaf mountain city, but avoided the next big storm.


    Shortly after they left, the ranks of monks from several major monastic forces in the Daheng monastic world rushed to this place to deal with the problem of mixing into the market after some monks were demonized.


    The standard of this team is very high. The team is full of Jindan real people, led by two Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After they came here, they sealed off the surrounding areas. On the one hand, they searched for the whereabouts of the demonized friars, and on the other hand, they also made an identification to see if other friars were demonized.


    Immortal Yueyuan, they were unlucky. They delayed a little more time because they repaired the flying boat. They didn''t leave here in time. They were blocked by the friar in charge of the blockade.


    The Yueyuan immortal, who had been relying on his own side and had a heart attack, immediately became extremely honest after seeing the appearance of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    They obediently reported their names and origins and accepted each other''s inspection very obediently.


    Fortunately, the Yuanshen sect such as Huanglian sect is well-known. Some knowledgeable monks have heard of it in the Daheng cultivation world.


    More importantly, the mission sent by Jiuqu League has officially appeared in Hushan city and began to frequently meet with monks of major forces.


    Speaking of the overall strength, Jiuqu League is far inferior to Daheng cultivation world.


    However, Jiuqu League, as an alliance composed of many true cultivation forces, can be regarded as a whole. Compared with the big horizontal cultivation world, Jiuqu league can mobilize much stronger forces.


    Daheng cultivation world should also pay attention to a guest who comes from far away and will not despise the guest of Jiuqu League.


    In this case, knowing the origin of immortal Yue Yuan and others, the friars responsible for the blockade will not deliberately embarrass them.


    However, the necessary inspection is still indispensable. Those involving demons are major events, and there can be no omission.


    It took a lot of time after some inspection and complicated procedures.


    If Zhenjun, the leader of the team, hadn''t read that they were guests from Jiuqu League, they might still be in the blockade.


    By the time they said goodbye to the blockade Friar and left the area, a long time had passed.


    After such a period of delay, Xu Mengying and them had already fled without a trace.


    Fortunately, with the means left by Yue Fengzhen Jun, no matter where and how far Xu Mengying fled, as long as she didn''t abandon the personal item, she couldn''t escape the tracking of real people in Yueyuan.


    Immortal Yue Yuan showed the secret method taught by Yue Feng Zhenjun and soon felt the location of the item again.


    Following this feeling, they set out on the road again and rushed in that direction.

 Chapter 676

    In addition, Meng Zhang, together with Xu Mengying and Jijian, galloped all the way. Without taking too long, he came to the vicinity of maple leaf mountain city.


    The area where the magic disaster broke out was originally the edge of the Daheng cultivation world, which can be said to be the remaining vein of the Daheng mountains. The straight-line distance from maple leaf mountain city is not too far.


    The three golden elixirs were on their way at full speed. They didn''t spend much time on the road.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is located among the mountains. The surrounding mountains are steep and difficult to walk.


    Strictly speaking, this mountain area should not belong to the Daheng mountains.


    But it has always been regarded as the remaining vein of the Daheng mountains.


    Maple Leaf mountain city was built in one of the tallest mountains. There are many monks and mortals living on the hillside and in the surrounding valleys.


    A short distance to the east from this place is the edge of the black jade forest.


    Therefore, for many years, maple leaf mountain city and its surrounding Xiuzhen forces have been invaded by monsters from the black jade forest.


    Fortunately, the edge of the black jade forest is also a remote place in the eyes of truly powerful monsters. Only some unlucky people who were impolite in the ethnic struggle either took the initiative to escape to this place to survive, or were exiled to this place to live and die


    These monsters are limited in strength and quantity. Maple Leaf mountain city, together with the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, can hold the field and repel these invading monsters again and again. They can even chase after the victory and kill all the way into the black jade forest.


    Of course, out of their scruples about the powerful monsters in the black jade forest, they dare not go deep into the forest, only dare to linger on the edge, take a small advantage and obtain some cultivation resources.


    Maple Leaf mountain city has been rooted here for many years. It is a native force in the eyes of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Even, the history of some Xiuzhen forces around here can''t catch up with that of maple leaf mountain city.


    The reason why Xu Mengying was able to master the changes of maple leaf mountain city in recent years and even sell it to Meng Zhang naturally has its foundation.


    After they came to the mountain where maple leaf mountain city is located, they landed in a barren mountain.


    After landing, without dragging, Xu Mengying took out a incense and lit it with a real fire.


    The burning Xin Xiang was held in her hand by Xu Mengying, and she waited silently.


    Meng Zhang and Ji Jian were silent and let Xu Mengying do it.


    The three were very patient. Even if they waited silently, they didn''t have the slightest impatience.


    After waiting for more than an hour, a middle-aged woman flew from a distance. It seems that she felt the guidance of Xinxiang. She flew here directly and landed in front of the people.


    As soon as she fell to the ground, the middle-aged woman paid homage to Xu Mengying.


    "Subordinate Xu Jiao has seen the saint."


    The woman didn''t seem to see Meng Zhang and others. In her eyes, only the saint Xu Mengying existed.


    This woman looks not amazing and looks ordinary, but she is a genuine friar in the early days of the golden elixir.


    Looking at Xu Jiao''s fanatical expression, she is obviously Xu Mengying''s loyal follower.


    It''s really unexpected that Xu Mengying, a saint, still has such a subordinate even if she is down.


    This is not only one of the cards in her hand, but also the inside story of the Yuanshen sect, which has been inherited for thousands of years.


    Xu Mengying is very affectionate to Xu Jiao and doesn''t mean to treat her as a subordinate at all.


    She first made a brief introduction to Xu Jiao and Meng Zhang, and then asked Xu Jiao to talk about the current situation of maple leaf mountain city.


    At the beginning of the establishment of maple leaf mountain city, it was jointly established by several major Xiuzhen families around it.


    Some of these Xiuzhen families were originally local Xiuzhen families, which were controlled by the Huanglian sect in those years by various means, and some were simply monks of the Huanglian sect, who were established after pretending their identity


    Maple Leaf mountain city is nominally a clan, but the friars in the clan are basically members of several Xiuzhen families, with only a few friars with other surnames. In fact, maple leaf mountain city is a large Xiuzhen family alliance.


    The Chiang family in the maple leaf mountain city was originally a local Xiuzhen family. It was secretly accepted by the yellow lotus sect and became one of the earliest pillar forces in the establishment of maple leaf mountain city.


    In recent years, with the increasing strength of maple leaf mountain city, it has no contact with Huanglian cult for many years. A few high-level friars in the sect who knew the origin of the sect gradually became self reliant.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is actually a secret of the branch of Huanglian sect. Only the middle and senior levels of the sect have always known it. With the status of the Chiang family, they naturally know such a secret.


    The Chiang family was originally a native of the Daheng Xiuzhen world. Of course, they were not willing to be the puppets of the Huanglian sect forever. In these years of self-reliance, the Chiang family has always played the role of a pawn.


    In fact, what the Chiang family did was just a disguise to protect themselves.


    The Chiang family is the back hand of the Huanglian sect in controlling the maple leaf mountain city. The Chiang family is also the real loyal dog of the Huanglian sect.


    When the maple leaf mountain city was first established, the saints of the Huanglian sect at that time spared no expense and left blood prohibition on the ancestors of the Chiang family with a secret method.


    With the spread of blood, this blood prohibition slowly spread to a large part of the descendants of the Chiang family.


    This part of the descendants is the real power and elite of the Chiang family.


    The external manifestation of this blood prohibition is a special blood inheritance belonging to the Chiang family.


    Because of this blood inheritance, the descendants of the Chiang family have a higher proportion of awakening spiritual roots, stronger in the gas refining period, and easier to enter the foundation building period.


    Of course, everything has its advantages and disadvantages. Because of the influence of this blood inheritance, it is almost impossible for the monks of the Chiang family to advance to the golden elixir period.


    If there were no such drawbacks, the means used by the saints of Huanglian sect would be almost perfect.


    However, it is also the limit for a mere Yuanshen Zhenjun to be able to do so.


    The holy woman of Huanglian sect laid such blood prohibition, of course, not to simply strengthen the strength of the low-level friars of the Chiang family, but to completely control the Chiang family.


    As long as the secret method of the saint''s vein is used, all Chiang family friars with this blood will not survive or die. Life and death are all controlled by others.


    If you want to lift this blood ban, even the saints of Huanglian sect in those years can''t do it, let alone other Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    With the face of the Chiang family, you can''t even touch the yuan God Zhenjun, let alone others.


    Because the lives of the family elite are all controlled by others, the Chiang family is the most loyal to the Huanglian cult.


    In fact, the Chiang family also benefited a lot from this blood prohibition.


    Although there is no real Jindan, the Chiang family is in the middle and lower class among the high-rise buildings of maple leaf mountain city. Never want to covet the top-level position.


    However, the family forces are deep-rooted, the number of monks during the foundation period is large, and the combat effectiveness is good.


    Over the years, the Chiang family has occupied many middle-level positions and key positions in maple leaf mountain city. The Jiang family friar is the backbone of maple leaf mountain city and an important pillar of the whole sect.

 Chapter 677

    The pillar of a Jindan sect is Jindan immortal, but the real backbone of the sect and the people who really work in the sect are still friars in the foundation period.


    With the continuous production of a large number of foundation building monks, the Jiang family has a special position in the maple leaf mountain city and is highly valued by several Jindan immortal.


    After the Chiang family noticed the self-reliance trend of maple leaf mountain city, they were unable to stop it. In order to preserve themselves, they had to pretend to actively join it.


    But secretly, the Chiang family sent the most trusted people to secretly leave the maple leaf mountain city. After going through thousands of mountains and rivers, they finally reached the Jiuqu League and contacted the Huanglian sect.


    Because the Chiang family was the first chess piece laid by the saints of the Huanglian sect and belonged to the subordinates of the saints of previous dynasties, Xu Mengying, as a contemporary saint, first got the news and was duty bound to shoulder the responsibility.


    In the face of Yue Feng Zhenjun, Xu Mengying can''t protect herself. Where is the strength to deal with the maple leaf mountain city far away.


    However, Xu Mengying is a farsighted person. She knows that maple leaf mountain city is a very important chess piece of Huang Lianjiao. She can''t just abandon it.


    So she sent Xu Jiao, her most trusted confidant, to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although there is a long distance between Daheng Xiuzhen world and Jiuqu League, the transportation is inconvenient. But from time to time, there are still some caravans between the two places.


    For top business organizations such as Sihai commercial firm, there are four level cloud boats fixed between the two places.


    In addition, organizations like the black market can also ensure links between different places.


    Xu Jiao and the Jiang family came to maple leaf mountain city.


    Xu Jiao pretended to be a wandering casual repairman and wandered nearby.


    With the tacit cooperation of the Jiang family, Xu Jiao looked for an opportunity to connect with the Jindan real person in maple leaf mountain city.


    Although maple leaf mountain city is a religious gate composed of several Xiuzhen families, it is usually closed and conservative and very exclusive of outsiders.


    However, he was very active in absorbing friars at the level of Jindan immortal.


    After refusing to welcome, Xu Jiao accepted the invitation and became a guest elder of maple leaf mountain city.


    Since then, Xu Jiao settled down in maple leaf mountain city. As Xu Mengying''s dark son, she waited for the day when she was awakened.


    Now, Xu Mengying came nearby and summoned Xu Jiao.


    In addition to the joy of seeing the old owner Xu Mengying again, Xu Jiao also had an unspeakable excitement.


    Xu Mengying came here with her hands. Did she want to set things right and start against the traitors.


    The fact did not disappoint Xu Jiao. Xu Mengying asked Xu Jiao to discuss with Meng Zhang how to start after introducing the situation of maple leaf mountain city.


    In the current maple leaf mountain city, in addition to Xu Jiao, an elder of Keqing, there are three golden elixirs.


    These three golden elixirs are the leading families from maple leaf mountain city and the leaders who promote the betrayal of maple leaf mountain city.


    At the level of friars during the foundation period, there are hundreds of friars during the foundation period in the whole maple leaf mountain city, and the Chiang family accounts for about 15%.


    It seems that the full cooperation of the Chiang family is needed to eradicate the original high-level of maple leaf mountain city and completely control the sect.


    The loyalty of the Chiang family has long been proved. There is no need to hide it from the Chiang family this time, but also rely on the strength of the Chiang family.


    With the help of Xu Jiao, Jiang Xiaozhong, the head of the Jiang family, and two elders of the family secretly met Xu Mengying.


    After seeing Xu Mengying, Jiang Xiaozhong, the head of the Chiang family, and the two elders were so excited that they immediately paid a big tribute.


    They looked as if they had seen their master''s pug.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but secretly use his mind to read the thoughts of the three Chiang family.


    It turned out that the blood prohibition of the Chiang family will slowly weaken with the passage of time.


    This weakening means that the benefits of blood prohibition are weakening, but the saint''s control over it will not weaken.


    Over the years, the Chiang family has fully enjoyed the benefits of blood prohibition.


    Although blood prohibition has many shackles, it also has many wonderful functions.


    This ensured that the Chiang family could continuously emerge friars during the foundation period, and also ensured the minimum status of the Chiang family.


    It''s certainly better to be a Jindan immortal and a Yuanshen Zhenjun, but how many people in the cultivation world can reach that level. Instead of aiming high, it''s better to hold on to the present.


    The Chiang family really came to power were the friars in the foundation period of the family.


    After building the foundation, these people knew there was no way forward, so they gave up their efforts in cultivation and focused on other aspects.


    Some are fighting for power and profit among sects, trying to master greater power. Some are lustful, greedy for pleasure and marry countless wives and concubines


    This situation lasted too long and has changed the nature of the friars of the Chiang family.


    They are very satisfied with their current life and are unwilling to make any change at all.


    However, to ensure such a comfortable life, there is a prerequisite, that is, to ensure that the blood power of the Chiang family will not weaken and that the family can continuously produce enough friars in the foundation period.


    In the past, every one or two hundred years, when the blood prohibition of the Chiang family began to weaken, the virgin of Huanglian sect would take time to go to the Daheng cultivation world to secretly cast magic to strengthen the blood prohibition.


    Because it is only to strengthen blood prohibition, not to impose it out of thin air. Therefore, even if the recent generations of saints of Huanglian sect are only golden elixirs, they can barely do it.


    Therefore, the Huanglian sect had a close relationship with the Chiang family.


    After Xu Mengying took over the post of Saint of Huanglian sect, the task of strengthening blood prohibition for the Chiang family naturally fell on her.


    The last time the Chiang family received blood strengthening was more than 100 years ago, when the last generation of saints of the Huanglian sect were in power.


    Soon, the blood power of the Chiang family will begin to weaken, and it''s time to accept the help of the saint''s spell casting.


    Xu Mengying came to the great cross cultivation world this time and appeared in front of the Chiang family, which can be regarded as a reassurance to the Chiang family.


    Xu Mengying had not mentioned these news to Meng Zhang before.


    She concealed so much important information that Meng Zhang guessed a minute or two about what she was up to.


    It seems that although Xu Mengying speaks well, she is still unwilling to hand over the foundation of maple leaf mountain city to Meng Zhang.


    Although he was forced to take out this foundation to buy Meng Zhang, he still prepared some dark hands in the dark.


    By her means, there should be a way for Meng Zhang to take no advantage without violating the ghost oath.


    I think so. From his contacts these days, Meng Zhang feels that Xu Mengying is a figure who pays more attention to the interests of Huanglian sect and takes into account the overall situation of Huanglian sect.


    She will not be willing to send out the foundation created by her ancestors in vain. She will certainly leave some dark hands.

 Chapter 678

    Look at Xu Mengying''s magnanimity. She''s really not the kind of black sheep who don''t care about selling yetian. In order to keep his ancestral family, there must be many means waiting for Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang also has his own cards. We''ll see who can laugh last.


    Meng Zhang was silent on the surface, as if he hadn''t noticed anything.


    Over there, Xu Mengying comforted the three Chiang family with a warm voice and turned the topic aside. Obviously, she was afraid to expose some secrets that could not be exposed to Meng Zhang in the conversation.


    However, she didn''t know that Meng Zhang knew everything he should know from the three Chiang family by virtue of his talent.


    Without nonsense, Xu Mengying directly spoke to Jiang Xiaozhong, the owner of the Chiang family, asking how to subvert the original rule of maple leaf mountain city and control the situation of maple leaf mountain city as soon as possible.


    Jiang Xiaozhong, the leader of the Chiang family, as a local monk, is far more familiar with the situation of maple leaf mountain city than Xu Jiao.


    He began to explain Xu Mengying in detail. The two elders of the Chiang family around him added two sentences from time to time.


    With the addition of friars of the Chiang family, it really plays a great role. Without spending too much time, we have a specific plan to quickly grasp the situation of maple leaf mountain city.


    Immortal Yueyuan and others are still chasing after him. Xu Mengying doesn''t have much time to waste. Now that the people have made a good plan, they begin to act immediately.


    Xu Jiao, as the guest elder of maple leaf mountain city, has high reputation and little real power. It is difficult for Xu Jiao to participate in various secrets of maple leaf mountain city.


    However, as the backbone of maple leaf mountain city, friars of the Chiang family have been very reliable for many years. They are involved in many confidential events in the door.


    Moreover, many deacons dealing with the affairs of the door in maple leaf mountain city are assumed by the children of the Chiang family. It''s easy for the master of the Chiang family to do some tricks secretly.


    Just that night, a disciple of the foundation period of Jiang family, who was responsible for monitoring the direction of the black jade forest, sent an urgent talisman to the door from thousands of miles away, saying that there were changes in the monsters on the other side of the black jade forest and seemed to be ready to attack the surrounding areas on a large scale.


    The surrounding areas of maple leaf mountain city are relatively peaceful, and there are occasional disputes among various Xiuzhen forces. In most cases, they are settled peacefully or decided by small-scale competition.


    There has never been a large-scale war between human friars.


    The monster on the other side of the black jade forest has become the biggest enemy of all the Xiuzhen forces around.


    Even though these monsters are eliminated inferior goods in the black jade forest, they can still bring great damage to the surrounding areas.


    Every time a monster attacks, the major cultivation forces around it have to spend a lot of effort to repel it.


    With the power of Jindan sect like maple leaf mountain city, this problem can not be completely solved,


    Even those Yuanshen sect doors in the Daheng Xiuzhen world dare not easily go deep into the black jade forest, not to mention these Jindan sect doors.


    Therefore, maple leaf mountain city can only strengthen the monitoring of the black jade forest. As soon as there is a change, we will respond in time to minimize the losses in all aspects.


    Now I received the news of the change of black jade forest monsters, and the high-level of maple leaf mountain city was immediately disturbed.


    Even though it was late at night, the high-level leaders, including three golden elixirs, began to gather in the sect hall where they discussed big things on weekdays.


    The leader of maple leaf mountain city is a friar in the later stage of foundation construction. The three golden elixirs are supreme elders and real decision makers of sect events.


    Of course, this kind of sect, which is mainly composed of family forces, has complex relationships and is difficult to clarify. Even a golden elixir immortal can''t make a decision on many major events. He needs to discuss things with everyone.


    The Chiang family friar is responsible for a number of common affairs in the door. On weekdays, the cleaning and maintenance of the sect hall are also managed by the Chiang family friar.


    More and more high-level friars came to the sect hall, including Xu Jiao, an elder of Keqing, who also came here early.


    Maple Leaf mountain city spent a lot of money to attract elder Keqing like Xu Jiao in order to cope with a situation similar to the current situation. It''s said that he is elder Keqing. He often plays the role of a thug.


    In addition to the middle and high levels of the door, three waiters were doing the work of serving people such as serving tea and pouring water.


    These servants and the like are under the management of the friars of the Chiang family, and no high-level sect takes a more look at them.


    When all the top leaders of the sect gathered, Jiang Xiaozhong, the leader of the Chiang family, who should have reported the information back to the middle and top leaders of the sect, quietly walked outside the hall.


    A Jindan friar was a little surprised when he saw this. He was about to stop Jiang Xiaozhong. A sudden change happened.


    Three seemingly insignificant waiters suddenly burst into trouble. One of them selected a golden elixir immortal and shot at almost the same time.


    The three Jindan immortal in maple leaf mountain city are all friars in the early stage of Jindan. Their strength is very different from that of Meng Zhang and others pretending to be waiters. Even if it wasn''t a sneak attack and a fair fight, they couldn''t support a few moves.


    If it were not for a quick decision to avoid causing chaos in the whole sect, Meng Zhang and others would not need to make a sneak attack at all.


    Meng Zhang succeeded first. The spirit snake spear appeared silently in his hand, and then easily stabbed into the unsuspecting opponent. A large number of body protection spells on the opponent were almost like paper paste, which did not play the slightest role.


    When he was directly stabbed at the vital point by a murder weapon such as a spirit snake spear, this ordinary golden pill friar naturally died.


    Xu Mengying used a secret technique, which easily confused her opponent''s mind, made him lose the power of resistance, and was easily killed by her.


    Sword cultivation is often the best assassin. Among the three, the most skilled sword master is the lowest level of cultivation.


    Invisible sword Qi directly breaks the opponent''s defense spell and kills him on the spot.


    Other high-level officials present were only friars during the foundation period. Seeing that the three golden elixirs who were the pillars of the door were secretly attacked, Xu Jiao made a bold move before they had time to make other reactions.


    As a friar in the early days of the golden elixir, Xu Jiao sneaked into a group of friars in the foundation period, thinking that she would be able to catch them.


    But I didn''t expect that there were a lot of opponents, and each had some life-saving cards. After her sneak attack, she didn''t catch all her opponents as soon as possible, giving them time to react.


    Several friars in the foundation period shouted loudly, as if to disturb the friars outside and call the friars in the door to rescue.


    These people were also confused by the sudden changes.


    The strongest friars in maple leaf mountain city are in the main hall. Even they have become the targets of the enemy''s killing. Other low-level friars in the door will not come to a second end except to die in vain.

 Chapter 679

    The purpose of making these monks cry for help die is that they broke their throats, and there was no sound from the sect hall.


    It turned out that when Jiang Xiaozhong, the leader of the Jiang family, came outside the sect hall, he immediately took out a set of long prepared Rune array, unfolded it and released it.


    This second-order Rune array is of no other great use. Its greatest use is to isolate the inside and outside and cover all the movements in the sect hall.


    Inside, no matter the aftermath of the fight, all kinds of sounds and the change of the monk''s breath, they are all isolated inside and can''t be spread out at all.


    Meng Zhang was the first to kill his chosen opponent. Seeing that Xu Jiao had not solved the enemy, he waved the spirit snake spear, and the friars in the foundation period in the main hall died one after another.


    In the twinkling of an eye, all the friars in maple leaf mountain city in the main hall have fallen on the spot, and only one person survived.


    This person is Zhao Yude, the leader of maple leaf mountain city, a monk from a small family.


    In maple leaf mountain city, the three supreme elders are really in charge of the power of the sect. They belong to different families and have a group of followers.


    These three Jindan families are also the most powerful families in maple leaf mountain city.


    Although there are three golden elixirs on his head, the leader is only responsible for the daily affairs of the sect and has limited say in major events. But whoever holds the position of leader must be of great benefit to his family.


    The three families do not give in to each other in the position of leader, and they are unwilling to let each other ascend the position of leader.


    In addition to the three families, the second-class families such as the Chiang family can''t reassure the three Jindan families.


    After a fierce struggle, everyone had to compromise and reached a satisfactory plan to let Zhao Yude be the leader.


    Zhao Yude, the leader, is very oppressive. He is basically a string puppet of the three families.


    When making the plan, Jiang Xiaozhong mentioned Zhao Yude.


    He said he was the leader of maple leaf mountain city, but he didn''t have much real power. And this person has always been smooth, can find both ways, so that everyone can accept him.


    A smooth person cannot be rigid and is likely to give in. In order to control the situation in maple leaf mountain city as soon as possible, Meng Zhang gave Zhao Yude an opportunity.


    Zhao Yude is really a very current affairs and very smart guy.


    Originally, he was besieged with Xu Jiao in real time with other foundation monks, but after the death of his three Jin Dan people, he immediately gave up his resistance very well, and honestly hid himself in a corner of the hall.


    Later, Meng Zhang killed the friars during the foundation period in the hall, and Zhao Yude became the only survivor.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s mercy, the man reacted very quickly. He knelt down to Meng Zhang and shouted.


    "Please forgive me, elder. I''ll be obedient..."


    Seeing this man''s reaction, Meng Zhang couldn''t help laughing.


    "You''re smart. You deserve your life."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Zhao Yude, who knew that his life had been saved, immediately kowtowed hard, looking like a thousand thanks.


    Meng Zhang, who has a gift and a good heart, knows that this person''s action is not hypocrisy, but is really frightened by the killing just now.


    Knowing fear is right, you can be controlled by yourself.


    With the cooperation of Zhao Yude, the leader, it will be much easier to control maple leaf mountain city.


    The high-level of maple leaf mountain city, including three golden elixirs, were caught, which can be regarded as clearing the obstacles to controlling the whole sect.


    With the full assistance of Zhao Yude, the leader, and the local snake of the Chiang family, it seems that it is only a small effort to seize this foundation.


    Of course, this kind of thing is easy to say and there is still a lot of meticulous and cumbersome work to do. How to deal with the remaining disciples of maple leaf mountain city is a big problem.


    Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang and Jiang Xiaozhong, the head of the Chiang family, called Zhao Yude, the puppet leader, and discussed the next action in the hall.


    The Jijian God left the sect hall quietly.


    Maple Leaf mountain city also has a three-level mountain protection array. On weekdays, the authority of the array is controlled by three Jindan real people respectively. In addition, as the leader, Zhao Yude also has a little authority.


    Any fortress is easier to break from the inside.


    The three golden elixirs were suddenly attacked. They didn''t have time to react, so they were killed on the spot, not to mention urging the power of the mountain protection array to resist the enemy.


    If it weren''t for the cooperation of the ghost of the Chiang family, start from the inside. Even if Meng Zhang and others are far more powerful than their opponents, it is still not easy to attack the mountain protection array from the outside.


    If we can''t make a quick decision, there will be too much noise, and even disturb other Xiuzhen forces around us.


    If others interfere, it will become extremely difficult to seize maple leaf mountain city.


    In this respect, the Chiang family also took great credit.


    Therefore, Xu Mengying grasped this point, asked for merit for the Chiang family, and wanted to strive for more interests for the Chiang family.


    Meng Zhang did not answer. He had seen through Xu Mengying''s purpose.


    Although she repeatedly gave this foundation to herself, taiyimen has only herself and Jijian God General here.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang cannot stay here for a long time. Sooner or later, he will return to Taiyi gate.


    Only the Jijian God general is left here. At the level of Jindan immortal, immortal Xu Jiao competes with him.


    The extreme sword God general can''t do everything himself. If he wants to control the whole maple leaf mountain city, he needs the strength of the Chiang family.


    The Chiang family was originally deeply rooted in the maple leaf mountain city and mastered many powerful families. With such convenient conditions, it is easy to really grasp the power of maple leaf mountain city and completely overhead the Jijian God.


    As for Zhao Yude, who is greedy for life and afraid of death, he can''t count on it at all.


    At that time, maple leaf mountain city is nominally the foundation of taiyimen, but in fact, it is controlled by Huanglian sect.


    Xu Mengying used Meng Zhang''s power to get rid of the traitors and recapture the maple leaf mountain city that has slowly lost control. It''s really a good plan.


    Unfortunately, Xu Mengying did not calculate what kind of cards Meng Zhang would have.


    No matter what Xu Mengying said, Meng Zhang was silent, which was both a protest and a procrastination.


    Xu Mengying looked at Meng Zhang and wondered if she wanted to appease him. Something happened that made her face change greatly.


    General Jijian led a group of taiyimen friars into the sect hall.


    In addition to the golden elixir immortal such as Wen qiansuan, Hou Tu Shenjiang and Jing Lei Shenjiang, there are also a large group of friars in the foundation period.


    The mere presence of these taiyimen friars is enough to control the whole maple leaf mountain city.


    This treasure, the child and mother transport tray, has made great achievements again.

 Chapter 680

    Just now, Jijian God went out alone and came to a quiet place outside maple leaf mountain city while everyone was discussing business in the sect hall.


    The middle and high levels of the gate were destroyed, and the third-order mountain protection array was not presided over, and the Chiang family provided Meng Zhang with a letter to get in and out of the array in advance. At this time, in the maple leaf mountain city, no one can stop the extreme sword general.


    Soundless and stirless, he laid down a pair of sub plates of the mother''s transfer tray nearby, and then invoked the power of the earth''s surface to start the sub disk, and contacted the motherboard arranged at the pat Cao Po of the gate of Tai Yi men''s gate.


    In fact, the whole sect took action immediately after the extremely sword God contacted Taiyi gate after obtaining the set of child and mother transfer disks.


    Anyway, these two places are guarded by a third-order protection array. Even if jindanzhen people leave for a while, it won''t have much impact.


    As for the friars in the foundation period, there are now hundreds of taiyimen, and a large number can be mobilized at will.


    Several golden elixir immortal brought a group of friars during the foundation period to transmit it first. The next batch of reinforcements are still gathering nervously.


    The extreme sword God took these reinforced friars directly to the sect hall and appeared in front of Xu Mengying.


    Although I don''t know what method Meng Zhang used to bring such an elite force here.


    But when she saw the extreme sword God will appear, Xu Mengying knew that her calculation had failed.


    She is a very smart person. Since she knows that the general situation is over, the original calculation will not work. Without entanglement, she immediately gives up the original plan and has a new calculation.


    She no longer extravagantly wants to be able to overhead taiyimen and obtain the actual control of maple leaf mountain city. Instead, she bargains with Meng Zhang and wants to occupy more interests.


    Xu Mengying was really pragmatic and immediately made the most favorable choice for her side.


    Although the taiyimen reinforcements arrived, as an outsider, Xu Mengying''s strong cooperation is needed to control the situation in maple leaf mountain city as soon as possible.


    In particular, Taiyi gate can not be easily exposed. It also needs the vest of maple leaf mountain city to gain a foothold in this place.


    Therefore, the two people who needed each other soon reached a new agreement.


    Next, Zhao Yude, the leader of maple leaf mountain city, and Friar Jiang family fully cooperate with friar taiyimen to take action.


    A big clean-up sweeping the whole maple leaf mountain city soon began.


    The whole sect is from top to bottom, and no one can stay out of it.


    Friar taiyimen took over part of the authority of the third-order mountain protection array from Zhao Yude, the leader of maple leaf mountain city.


    Three golden elixirs are dead. With a little effort, Wen qiansuan and Houtu God will crack the big array and obtain all the permissions of the big array.


    When the mountain protection array is opened, the whole maple leaf mountain city is firmly blocked. Xu Jin is not allowed to go out, and no fish is allowed to slip through the net.


    The family of the three golden elixirs was the first target to be purged.


    All over the door, men, women, old and young, high and low accomplishments, were washed away.


    If it had been a long time ago, Meng Zhang might have been a little impatient.


    But in the cultivation world, Meng Zhang has seen and experienced too much blood for so many years. Meng Zhang dare not say that he is as hard as iron. At least he can be cruel when necessary.


    Such a thing as exterminating the family is not rare in the cultivation world.


    Like what happened in maple leaf mountain city today, it''s just a very normal operation.


    If taiyimen wants to completely control maple leaf mountain city and leave no future trouble, many things must be done.


    Don''t think that if you put on the skin of the authentic door, you really think you are the virgin of salvation. If your hands are not covered with blood, how can you keep your foundation at home?


    All the high-rise buildings in maple leaf mountain city were destroyed, and the remaining monks were basically of mediocre strength. Their enemy, however, had the elite led by the golden elixir, had long controlled the mountain protection array and had a favorable geographical location.


    Of course, friar taiyimen doesn''t just kill. Those forces that can be absorbed still need to be used.


    Needless to say, the small family of leader Zhao Deyu, under his leadership, returned early.


    Some small families that could be subdued, some friars in the city who were screened and valuable, all escaped this disaster.


    Killing doesn''t take much time. It''s a one-sided massacre.


    What really takes time is to screen the capitulators and absorb those useful monks.


    Taiyi gate is not just a butcher who knows crazy killing. They have long accumulated rich experience in how to absorb and incorporate capitulators.


    With theout much time, taiyimen completely controlled maple leaf mountain city and its territory.


    The name of maple leaf mountain city has not changed, but it has long become a branch of Taiyi gate.


    A group of friars who are good at dealing with similar situations were sent from Taiyi gate to tidy up the whole maple leaf mountain city in order.


    The skin of maple leaf mountain city can''t be less for the time being. Externally, especially for the surrounding neighbors, it will take the initiative to release some rumors. It is said that there was civil strife in maple leaf mountain city, and fierce conflicts broke out among several families.


    Finally, the losers were either purged or expelled, and the victors became the new rulers of maple leaf mountain city.


    The drama of family infighting and sectarian strife in the cultivation world has almost never been cut off.


    This scene happened in maple leaf mountain city, which was a little sudden, but it was not unacceptable.


    When the surrounding cultivation forces digest and accept this fact, then with the passage of time, everyone will gradually forget it. In the end, few people care about this except the parties.

 Chapter 681

    Wash away the big families and their loyal followers. Enlist the people who seek refuge and control them in various ways.


    Control the large warehouse of maple leaf mountain city, light all materials and strengthen the management of the territory


    During the foundation building period of taiyimen, the friars handled this series of complicated work in an orderly manner.


    Now taiyimen. Not only are there many monks, but also have talents in all aspects and are proficient in all kinds of affairs.


    Meng Zhang handed over how to control the work of maple leaf mountain city to a group of friars in the foundation period. As for those golden elixir real people, they can spare their hands. They are also useful.


    Taiyimen''s strength on the side of maple leaf mountain city has occupied an overwhelming advantage, but Meng Zhang did not break his promise and kicked away Xu Mengying''s plan.


    First, Meng Zhang made a ghost oath and didn''t want to break it easily. Second, the other party still has use value. Now it''s not time to turn over.


    Since Meng Zhang received the benefits and obtained the foundation of maple leaf mountain city, he should do another thing he promised Xu Mengying.


    Xu Mengying just asked Meng Zhang to help those people who entangled immortal Yueyuan. But Meng Zhang now has a further idea in his mind.


    Of course, whether this idea can be realized still needs the cooperation of Xu Mengying.


    Meng Zhang told Xu Mengying that he was going to use his strength to ambush real people such as Yueyuan.


    The ambush did not seek to hurt the enemy, but to trap the enemy. As long as these people are firmly trapped for a period of time, Xu Mengying can do whatever she wants and don''t worry about it anymore.


    The intelligent Xu Mengying knows that Meng Zhang''s words are not true, but she does have something important to do. She must not let immortal Yueyuan and others follow her all the time.


    After some discussion, they worked out a superficial plan.


    In fact, due to the delay of real Yue Yuan and others when they broke away from the blockade, Meng Zhang and others successfully controlled maple leaf mountain city and had enough time to design them slowly.


    For Meng Zhang, it should be regarded as heaven''s help.


    A few days later, immortal Yueyuan and his team flew all the way from the West in the third-order flying boat.


    Immortal Yueyuan showed his secret method and sensed the whereabouts of Xu Mengying''s personal object.


    Even though they were far away and delayed for so long, they still found Xu Mengying''s whereabouts smoothly and followed her all the way.


    Standing at the head of the flying boat, immortal Yueyuan didn''t look very good.


    After the third-order flying boat was injured by Meng Zhang last time, although after some emergency repair, it seems that the appearance has been repaired, but there are still a lot of damage inside, so the speed has not been improved and can not reach the fastest speed.


    If Meng Zhang is determined to help Xu Mengying, it is really a trouble.


    So far, Yueyuan immortal has not thought of a good way to completely solve this problem.


    Unfortunately, immortal Xiaolian retreated and left the team alone.


    When crossing the blockade, immortal Xiaolian said he wanted to cooperate with the local friars to hunt down the demonized friars and asked to stay.


    Of course, immortal Yueyuan knows that immortal Xiaolian just doesn''t want to personally participate in the arrest of Xu Mengying, and is even more dissatisfied with herself.


    However, in front of the local friars in Daheng cultivation world, immortal Xiaolian offered to help catch the demonized friars, but immortal Yueyuan couldn''t refuse at all.


    Not to mention anything about the face of the authentic sect, the yuan God Zhenjun who appeared nearby made immortal Yueyuan unwilling to do much.


    In addition, in front of outsiders, he also has the psychology of being ugly and unwilling to expose the internal differences of Huang Lianjiao to outsiders.


    Therefore, he can only let real Xiaolian stay.


    There are eight Jindan real people in the team. Without one real person Xiaolian, the overall situation will not be affected. But immortal Xiaolian fled, which made immortal Yueyuan very dissatisfied.


    His heart has been thinking about how to tell the truth of immortal Xiaolian in front of Yue Fengzhen and expose his heart of disobedience.


    Immortal Yueyuan''s thoughts are complicated, but the speed of the flying boat remains the same.


    According to the induction of the secret method, Xu Mengying is not far ahead. As long as you cross the mountain in front of you, you should be able to find her trace.


    In a valley not far in front of the flying boat, Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang stood together, playing with a jade pendant in their hands.


    This jade pendant is Xu Mengying''s most cherished personal item, but her trusted confidants left a means on it.


    If it wasn''t for this jade pendant, which is important to her next action, she could get rid of the tracking of real person Yueyuan by directly abandoning this jade pendant. Instead of standing with Meng Zhang and ambushing immortal Yueyuan like this.


    Although she was extremely hostile to Yue Feng Zhenjun, Xu Mengying was still unwilling to fight with her fellow disciples in the church.


    At Meng Zhang''s insistence, she used her body as bait here to attract immortal Yueyuan and others, so that Meng Zhang and his disciples could trap them here.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang have been waiting here for several days, but neither of them looks impatient.


    From time to time, they will talk and chat freely.


    Today, they finally waited until the target came to the door.


    The third-order flying boat they took by immortal Yueyuan had not yet flown over the valley. Several Jindan immortal standing at the head of the boat had already found Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang in the valley.


    Worried that Xu Mengying would run away again and thought that his side had an absolute advantage, immortal Yueyuan did not hesitate and directly ordered the flying boat to rush down.


    Seven golden elixirs stood on the deck outside the flying boat, ready to take action at any time.


    The huge body of the third-order flying boat was like a hill, which was hard pressed against Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying below.


    When Feizhou just appeared, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying found that the situation was wrong.


    They soared into the air and wanted to fly away.


    But the boat pounced directly on them and just blocked their escape.


    They obviously did not want to have a hard fight with the enemy, but fell rapidly, obviously to escape from the ground.


    The flying boat sped down and was about to catch up with them. The seven golden elixirs on the flying boat deck are eager to try and are ready to fight at any time.


    Suddenly, there was a loud noise in the whole valley.


    A huge golden net fell from the sky and directly fell on the descending third-order flying boat.


    Almost at the same time, a thick yellow light mask rose on the ground and also jumped on the flying boat.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang easily penetrated the Yellow mask and let them jump on the enemy''s flying boat.


    The flying boat, which was speeding down, couldn''t avoid it. It hit the light cover heavily and made a loud noise.


    Because of the sudden heavy blow, the flying boat paused and was firmly covered by the huge golden net falling from the sky.

 Chapter 682

    The third-order flying boat covered by the golden giant net, if struck by lightning, suddenly lost its mobility.


    The friars on the flying boat, the seven golden elixirs on the deck and a group of foundation building friars waiting in the cabin are also very uncomfortable.


    Strange forces constantly impact their bodies and constantly reduce their combat effectiveness.


    As early as a few days ago, Wen qiansuan and Houtu God worked together to build a three-level array here with many materials transported from Taiyi gate, and perfectly hid the array.


    Although there is no third-order spirit pulse on the ground, it can barely ensure that the large array can exert most of its power by directly consuming a large number of spirit stones.


    On both sides of the valley, the real people of the golden elixir who used to hide their bodies with the power of the big array began to reveal one by one.


    Immortal Jindan, such as Jijian, weak water, thick earth, Jinglei, Yang Xueyi, Niu Dawei, Zheng Chao, Wen qiansuan, Hu Jing, appeared in front of the crowd.


    Seeing so many golden elixirs appear, not only the faces of real Yue Yuan and others surrounded by the array changed greatly, but also Xu Mengying, a friendly army, was very shocked.


    She never imagined that Meng Zhang had ambushed such a powerful force here.


    Meng Zhang even kept her in the drum. He didn''t expose all his strength in advance. It was clear that he had planned for a long time. What he said was just to use the big array to trap real Yueyuan and others. It was clearly a lie.


    In such a big battle, he is ready to catch all the enemies present.


    Although Xu Mengying is hostile to immortal Yueyuan and others, they all come from Huanglian sect after all.


    Xu Mengying really hates Yue Feng Zhenjun and a few of his men. She doesn''t really want to kill so many of her classmates.


    As a saint of Huanglian sect, Xu Mengying still focuses on the interests of the sect most of the time.


    If Immortal Yue Yuan and others are all damaged here, it will be a blow to Yue Feng Zhenjun and a great loss to Huang Lianjiao.


    Even if the Huanglian sect has a great cause and loses so many golden elixirs at one go, it will never be too easy.


    Xu Mengying hesitated a little. She really didn''t want to do it.


    Seeing that the people of Taiyi gate have launched fierce attacks on the enemies surrounded by the big array with the help of the power of the big array, Meng Zhang holding the spirit snake spear has an undisguised murderous intention on his face, and his thoughts linger around him.


    Xu Mengying knew that Meng Zhang was defending himself.


    Trapped immortal Yueyuan and others in the array, Meng Zhang has completed the requirements of the ghost oath.


    If Xu Mengying dares to flinch at this time, Meng Zhang has reason to hurt the killer.


    After all, in the ghost oath they made before, both sides asked each other to cooperate fully and not escape.


    Immortal Yue Yuan and others have been on a dead end since the moment they fell into the trap of Meng Zhangbu.


    Xu Mengying doesn''t want to take herself in for these people.


    She sighed helplessly and began to attack real Yue Yuan and others trapped by the array.


    Although Xu Mengying didn''t work hard, the weak attack didn''t have much power. But as long as she shows her attitude, Meng Zhang will be satisfied.


    Meng Zhang stopped waiting and joined the battle with a spirit snake spear.


    There are seven golden elixirs on the side of Yueyuan immortal, a team of foundation building friars with their own expertise, and a three-stage flying boat.


    If it is a fair fight or a frontal battle, even if it can''t resist taiyimen, it can fight and retreat and keep most of its strength.


    However, when the two armies fight, no one will be foolish enough to give each other a chance, but weaken each other and strengthen their own side as much as possible.


    This temporary three-level array not only firmly trapped the enemy, so that they could not escape. Moreover, it effectively limits their strength and makes them unable to fight with all their strength.


    Although there is a child and mother transfer disk, it can be transferred instantly. However, Meng Zhang took a lot of risks by sparing immortal Jindan from Taiyi gate this time.


    He concentrated the high-end combat power of almost the whole sect, that is, he wanted to finish his work in one battle and wipe out all the enemy troops in front of him.


    Before that, Meng Zhang was reluctant to have a head-on conflict with real Yue Yuan because he was afraid of the relationship between Yue Feng and Zhen Jun.


    However, due to her carelessness, she was used by Xu Mengying and was involved in the internal struggle of Huanglian cult.


    The deep hostility shown by immortal Yueyuan and others, the disdain for Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate, aroused Meng Zhang''s anger and opportunity.


    He set up an ambush in advance this time, and must destroy all real people such as Yueyuan. Of course, it is not just to vent his anger.


    First, it means to kill people. As long as immortal Yue Yuan and all of them stay here, the news of Meng Zhang''s collusion with Xu Mengying will not be sent back to Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Second, the team sent by Yuefeng Zhenjun to track Xu Mengying was completely destroyed and lost all information. With Yuefeng Zhenjun''s temper, he will be furious. This will greatly deepen the contradiction between him and Xu Mengying, and even trigger a direct conflict between them.


    As for taking the opportunity to weaken the strength of Yue Feng Zhenjun''s men, it''s just easy.


    For Meng Zhang''s thoughts and calculations, Xu Mengying can see clearly.


    However, Xu Mengying lost her chance because she didn''t expect Meng Zhang to make such a great determination and mobilize such a powerful force.


    In order to keep the alliance with Meng Zhang, she had to go against her own will.


    Xu Mengying is not a little girl with unrealistic fantasies, but a character who can make decisions immediately and make the right choices in time.


    Since the ending of the total extinction of immortal Yue Yuan and others has been unable to change, Xu Mengying must first keep herself and firmly stand on the side of the winner. She is not stupid enough to bury them for nothing for the sake of the so-called brotherhood.


    After Meng Zhang, a new force, tried his best, immortal Yueyuan couldn''t support him any more.


    They also discovered the enemy''s sinister purpose, obviously to leave them all here and kill them.


    Yueyuan immortal and others tried their best to resist and actively looked for opportunities to break through.


    However, Meng Zhang has been planning for a long time. How can he leave any vitality to them.


    Immortal Jindan of Taiyi sect, with the help of the power of the big array, gave full play to their strong combat effectiveness.


    In particular, the four Dharma protectors have experienced many battles and participated in countless battles at the golden elixir level. Not only are supernatural powers and secrets emerging one after another, but also have rich experience. They can often anticipate the enemy''s opportunity and force the enemy to have no power to fight back.


    Meng Zhang, who holds a spirit snake spear, is the reincarnation of the God of murder. He is extremely fierce and no one can be taken as him.


    This was a terrible war. After a long hard battle, none of the immortal Yueyuan was spared and all died in the battle array.

 Chapter 683

    After this war, the immortal Yueyuan was completely annihilated. As the winner, the taiyimen side also suffered a lot and paid a lot of price.


    The carefully arranged third-order array was badly beaten in the battle. Almost everyone on the side of Taiyi gate was injured, and some were seriously injured.


    Immortal Jindan fought his life. Even if there was a huge gap in cultivation, he still had great lethality.


    In particular, several golden elixir immortal of the enemy finally saw no hope of escape, so they made a move and blew themselves up. It not only completely smashed the tottering array, but also severely damaged several friars on the side of Taiyi gate.


    In the cultivation world, Jindan immortal can have a relatively independent status and will not be easily ignored because it takes a lot of cost to completely kill a Jindan immortal. The self explosion of the golden elixir is a big killing move to die with the enemy.


    After the end of the war, most of the golden elixir real people on the side of Taiyi gate didn''t even have the ability to heal their wounds, so they hurried back to maple leaf mountain city and sent them back using the child and mother transfer tray there.


    Whether it''s baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain or Hongyan Valley, you can''t sit without real Jindan for a long time.


    Since taking complete control of the maple leaf mountain city, the child disk of the child mother transfer disk has been placed in the maple leaf mountain city and guarded by the disciples of Taiyi gate day and night.


    The function of this set of child and mother transfer disks is really too great. It is equivalent to extending the control range of Taiyi gate countless times.


    As long as the maple leaf mountain city needs it, it can send strength from the Gobi at any time.


    In this way, taiyimen can not only firmly control the foundation of maple leaf mountain city, but also secretly extend its own power to the Daheng cultivation world.


    This not only gives taiyimen an extra way out to deal with the worst situation, but also gives taiyimen another direction of expansion.


    Of course, it''s too early to talk about expansion in maple leaf mountain city.


    Taiyimen should first consolidate the achievements, and then take root here slowly with the help of the vest of maple leaf mountain city.


    Meng Zhang was generally satisfied with the results of this war, but immortal Xiaolian was not in the team, which disappointed him a little.


    With this slip through the net, his plan to block the news completely failed.


    However, immortal Xiaolian didn''t witness the war with her own eyes. She didn''t know that immortal Yueyuan and others were killed by friars of taiyimen.


    Although he knew that Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying had collusion, it was not easy for him to kill such a team as Yueyuan immortal.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian generals who have appeared in front of him alone, even with Xu Mengying, it is difficult to protect themselves. Where can they have the ability to kill.


    Of course, Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t need evidence to do things.


    As long as immortal Yueyuan and others had an accident, because they were going to track Xu Mengying, Xu Mengying did it.


    This is the logic of Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    If Immortal Xiaolian reported the collusion between Meng Zhang and Jijian God and Xu Mengying to Yue Feng Zhenjun, the target of Yue Feng Zhenjun''s blame would be Meng Zhang and Jijian God.


    For Meng Zhang, in this way, he has a big problem, but it is not impossible to resolve it.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun may not tell evidence, but Jin Lizhen, who sheltered taiyimen, will not let him do whatever he wants.


    There is not enough evidence to prove that Meng Zhang killed immortal Yueyuan, so Yue Fengzhen can''t deal with Meng Zhang directly.


    Even if Meng Zhang was a little mean, he pulled down his face and cried to Jin Lizhen, interpreting Yue Fengzhen''s behavior as that he intended to be difficult with Jin Lizhen. With Jin Lizhen''s temper, she won''t give up with Yue Fengzhen.


    Jin Lizhen is now in charge of many powers of Jiuqu League. She has been in the top position for a long time. She has a certain momentum of saying one thing and one thing. She can''t tolerate Yue Fengzhen''s provocation.


    Meng Zhang carefully cleaned the battlefield, so as not to leave any useful traces.


    Although most of their magic tools were damaged in the battle, a small part remained intact.


    Meng Zhang was going to give Xu Mengying some booty, but she refused.


    The booty seized by these monks of Huanglian sect, especially the magic tools, can not be directly used by the friars of Taiyi sect if they are not refined by the smelter in the door and completely changed.


    After cleaning the battlefield, Meng Zhang and others left here calmly and returned to maple leaf mountain city.


    With the child and mother transfer tray connected to the Gobi side of the demon wind, Meng Zhangda can sit in the maple leaf mountain city very calmly and don''t have to hurry back.


    As for exploring the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate, we can also think about it in the long run at this time.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is not too far from the area occupied by demons. It takes more than ten days to go back and forth.


    Meng Zhang is in charge of maple leaf mountain city. While treating his injuries, he can supervise the disciples to manage maple leaf mountain city and deepen his control over it.


    According to the agreement reached by Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying, the position of the Jiang family in maple leaf mountain city remains unchanged, and some positions under their control have been slightly adjusted.


    Xu Mengying assured Meng Zhang of the loyalty of the Chiang family. After all, she controlled the blood prohibition of the Jiang family Friar and firmly controlled the life and death of the Jiang family friar in the palm of her hand.


    Those friars who took refuge in the Taiyi sect, including the original leader Zhao Yude and others, were banned by the Taiyi sect friars and completely controlled life and death.


    According to Meng Zhang''s assumption, after the situation in maple leaf mountain city is completely stable, the affairs of the Chiang family still need to be properly handled.


    It was a time bomb to let the Jiang friars stay in the maple leaf mountain city. Meng Zhang will never trust the Chiang family friars. It''s only an expedient to leave them now.


    When the time is ripe in the future, you can prepare a foundation for the Chiang family and let them exist in the form of vassal of maple leaf mountain city.


    As for the internal affairs of maple leaf mountain city, it has nothing to do with the Chiang family.


    Anyway, according to the current situation of the Huanglian sect, it can be imagined that the top leaders of the Huanglian sect were unable to take care of it for a long time, let alone put their strength here.


    In fact, the fact that maple leaf mountain city originally belonged to the Huanglian sect is a big secret among the top leaders of the Huanglian sect.


    Not to mention the monks like Yue Fengzhen Jun who came from different circles. Even in the general altar of Huanglian cult, few people know.


    After the disappearance of Xu Huanshan, the leader of the Huanglian cult, fewer people knew about it except Xu Mengying, the saint of the Huanglian cult.


    As long as Xu Mengying does not take the initiative to disclose, these people will not know the current situation of maple leaf mountain city.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world and Jiuqu alliance are too far away, separated by thousands of mountains and rivers. Meng Zhang has a lot of time to slowly digest the maple leaf mountain city, manage this basic industry and eat it completely.

 Chapter 684

    Taiyimen seems to have controlled the whole maple leaf mountain city, but there are still many troubles.


    Several groups of friars have been sent to deal with the affairs of maple leaf mountain city through the child and mother transfer tray at the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    So far, most of the information transmitted from the taiyimen Mountain Gate is from the foundation period friars.


    There is no problem in the Mountain Gate of maple leaf mountain city, but the surrounding territory needs to be completely controlled as soon as possible.


    In addition, maple leaf mountain city has some branches outside, and many monks are wandering outside.


    At Meng Zhang''s request, leader Zhao Yude tried to block the news as much as possible to ensure that the specific information of civil strife in maple leaf mountain city would not be spread for the time being. On the other hand, he contacted the monks who had traveled abroad through various channels and asked them to return to the door as soon as possible.


    As for what fate these monks will encounter after returning to the mountain gate, we should consider it according to various situations.


    Meng Zhang''s capture of maple leaf mountain city not only seizes this foundation, but also needs the information system of maple leaf mountain city. He needs to use the skin of maple leaf mountain city to blend into the interior of Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang would like to know whether there were any new changes in the area occupied by demons after Meng Zhang and them left.


    When friar taiyimen took over the original intelligence system of maple leaf mountain city, although he encountered some twists and turns, it was generally smooth.


    It will take time for the intelligence system to resume operation, but some public news has begun to gather here slowly.


    Maple Leaf mountain city, together with several surrounding Jindan forces, has jointly operated a large-scale square city nearby.


    According to the agreement at the beginning of the establishment of the square city, several forces need to send Jindan real people to take turns to take charge of the square city to ensure the normal operation of the square city.


    Before long, it''s time for maple leaf mountain city to send real Jindan to the town.


    Xu Jiao has joined maple leaf mountain city to become an elder of Keqing for some time. Many practitioners around her have known her.


    Although there are many taiyimen golden elixir immortal, these fresh faces should not appear in the eyes of surrounding forces at this time.


    Meng Zhang is very glad for his prudence. Fortunately, he didn''t completely turn over with Xu Mengying, so that Xu Jiao can go to Fangshi on behalf of maple leaf mountain city.


    Affected by this incident, Meng Zhang decided to keep as many old people in maple leaf mountain city as possible for emergencies.


    In his new plan, taiyimen will slowly erode maple leaf mountain city from the inside, and strive to spend a generation or two to completely change the inside of the sect and make it a reliable branch of taiyimen while retaining the skin of maple leaf mountain city.


    Xu Mengying also didn''t run around during this time. She stayed in maple leaf mountain city most of the time.


    With the passage of time, the intelligence about the demon occupied area slowly gathered in front of Meng Zhang.


    The largest forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world sent a team led by the yuan God Zhenjun to investigate in that area.


    They soon killed the demonized friars and completely eliminated the threat of demonization in the surrounding area.


    As for how the demonized friars sneaked into the market by hiding from the monitoring Dharma array. They played down the past, saying it was an isolated incident that happened by chance. The monitoring Dharma arrays in various workshops and cities are still effective. They can find the demonized friars in time.


    The team is not ready to stay long after dealing with the whole thing.


    It is said that they have begun to lift the blockade and allow all monks to enter and leave the area freely.


    If nothing else happens, they are ready to leave there and return to their respective doors.


    Before leaving, they took some measures to prevent similar incidents.


    The whole area nearby is divided into three levels.


    Originally, the area occupied by demons was named as the demonized area. Later, practitioners are not allowed to enter at will.


    The original name of the buffer area remains unchanged, and practitioners can have limited access when they are fully prepared.


    In full view of the public, especially under the eyes of the three yuan gods Zhenjun, although immortal Xiaolian suspected that Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying had collusion, he didn''t have enough evidence, and he didn''t have a good attack.


    When they tracked Xu Mengying all the way near the demonized area and found Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang together, they finally realized that there was collusion between them.


    However, even if Meng Zhang and Jijian will help Xu Mengying, they can get rid of Yueyuan immortal at most, but they absolutely have no ability to make them disappear completely.


    If you want to win the team of immortal Yueyuan, Taiyi gate must mobilize on a large scale and must dispatch the main force in the gate.


    However, Jiuqu League is so far away from Daheng cultivation world. How can Taiyi gate quietly mobilize the monks in the gate on a large scale without disturbing others?


    Immortal Xiaolian was full of doubts and began to guess.

 Chapter 685

    Immortal Xiaolian doubted whether Xu Mengying had any powerful hidden means for a while, and directly took down the group of immortal Yueyuan.


    After all, in the minds of the followers of the Huanglian sect, the saints in the sect are mysterious, high in status, clever in means and powerful


    Similar statements were already familiar to countless members of the Huanglian sect when they were ordinary monks or even children.


    Even though immortal Xiaolian has become the actual controller of the Hedong branch altar of Huanglian sect, the friars in the later stage of Tangtang Jindan are still a little guilty when they think of the rumors they heard many years ago.


    At the beginning, he took the order of Yue Feng Zhenjun and followed Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of Huanglian sect, all the way, but he never thought that he would have a direct conflict with Xu Mengying and take her directly.


    When he arrived at the Daheng cultivation world, immortal Yueyuan told him that their task was not just to follow Xu Mengying. Take her down when necessary.


    What is necessary, naturally, Yuefeng, the true friend of the emperor, has the final say.


    When Meng Zhang and Jijian general deliberately created a conflict and dragged the friars following Xu Mengying, immortal Yueyuan recognized that Xu Mengying colluded with outsiders and must be taken immediately.


    Immortal Xiaolian has no effect even if he intends to object.


    When Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang are found together, they finally sit back and watch the fact of their collusion. Immortal Xiaolian is still reluctant to fight Xu Mengying directly.


    On the one hand, as a member of the Huanglian sect, his experience and education from childhood made him have a special respect for the saints of the Huanglian sect and unwilling to fight against each other.


    On the other hand, he listened to the rumors and stories he grew up with, which made him have a faint fear of the holy women of the yellow lotus sect.


    Now immortal Yueyuan is missing. His first thought is that they have offended the saint and been attacked by the saint.


    Most of the saints took out some hidden cards and won all the real people such as Yueyuan.


    Of course, this is just a guess in his heart.


    He still had other conjectures in his mind, such as immortal Yueyuan. Did they accidentally offend some powers, or accidentally provoke some evil, so they caused disaster.


    Such a situation is not particularly rare in the cultivation world. One or two similar events will occur from time to time.


    Immortal Yueyuan, they were really unlucky and had no choice.


    ¡­¡­


    Although there were many guesses in his heart, he was not sure that the guess was correct without definite evidence.


    Now so many of them are mysteriously missing, but immortal Xiaolian doesn''t have any useful clues, just some unreliable guesses. After he returned, how did he explain to Yue Fengzhen?


    After Yuefeng Zhenjun forcibly controlled Hedong sub altar, he deliberately weakened the original strength of Hedong sub altar and turned it into his loyal subordinates.


    Immortal Xiaolian''s return this time can be regarded as the best excuse for Yue Fengzhen Jun, so that he can deal with immortal Xiaolian decisively without causing too much gossip in the sect.


    At the thought of this, immortal Xiaolian felt a headache.


    After thinking and hesitating again and again, immortal Xiaolian finally hardened her head and slowly began the search along the direction where immortal Yueyuan had left.


    He walked all the way, searched all the way, and finally slowly came to the vicinity of maple leaf mountain city.


    After this period of operation, taiyimen has completely controlled maple leaf mountain city with the help of Zhao Yude and Jiang friars.


    The situation collection and routine monitoring of the surrounding areas also began to recover slowly.


    Immortal Xiaolian asked about the whereabouts of immortal Yueyuan almost everywhere he passed along the way.


    As a monk in the later period of Jindan, it is very conspicuous in this area where Jindan sect is entrenched.


    When immortal Xiaolian appeared in a square city, his deeds were passed back to maple leaf mountain city.


    Last time, immortal Xiaolian was not in the team of immortal Yueyuan. He narrowly escaped, but Meng Zhang regretted it for a long time.


    Now this guy doesn''t know whether to live or die. He sends it to the door again. It''s true that there''s a way in heaven. If you don''t go, there''s no way in hell.


    As a single immortal Xiaolian, Meng Zhang didn''t need to mobilize too much power of Taiyi gate. He called two helpers and was ready to take him.


    At this time, Xu Mengying also received the news that immortal Xiaolian appeared nearby.


    She went to Meng Zhang and made a request.


    She asked Meng Zhang not to kill immortal Xiaolian. She was willing to fight with Meng Zhang to take down immortal Xiaolian, and then hand over immortal Xiaolian to her.


    At the beginning, immortal Xiaolian personally led the friars of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar to attack the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, which caused great losses to Taiyi gate.


    He is a big enemy who has a deep blood feud with taiyimen. How can Meng Zhang easily let him go.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s resolute attitude, Xu Mengying spent a lot of words trying to persuade Meng Zhang.


    She gave many benefits in exchange for Meng Zhang''s life.


    She bluntly told Meng Zhang that immortal Xiaolian was related to his family''s plan to fight Yue Fengzhen Jun in the future. Now she can''t die.


    Compared with the great enemy of Yue Feng Zhenjun, immortal Xiaolian obviously doesn''t have enough weight. If it helps to fight against Yue Feng Zhenjun, immortal Xiaolian''s life can be left temporarily.


    And these benefits offered by Xu Mengying are really attractive.


    She is very insightful and knows what Meng Zhang lacks and what taiyimen lacks.


    Xu Mengying is willing to give Meng Zhang a copy of the cultivation experience that Huang Lianjiao''s predecessors, Zhenjun, broke through the period of Yuanshen.


    This is what Meng Zhang urgently needs.


    Although Jijian God will tell him that there is still a complete Sun Moon rotation Sutra and the cultivation experience of taiyimen elders in the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    But a thousand birds in the forest is better than one bird in the hand. It is still unknown whether we can successfully enter the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate and obtain what the Jijian God general said.


    It''s better to eat the benefits of Xu Mengying first. Even if it''s not going well at the taiyimen Mountain Gate after reconstruction, Meng Zhang also has a way back.


    Although the cultivation methods are different and the path of cultivation is very different, the experience left by each Yuanshen elder is very precious. Maybe Meng Zhang could learn by analogy and find his own way to Yuanshen period.


    In order to convince Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying, in addition to giving him personal benefits, is willing to copy some of the classics collected by Huang Lianjiao, mainly the part of cultivating truth and art, and send a copy to Taiyi gate.


    How precious are the classics collected by Huang Lianjiao, a thousand year old great religion. Even if a little leaks out of the fingers at will, it will be of great help to the Taiyi gate and can greatly strengthen the inside information of the Taiyi gate.


    Finally, Meng Zhang was persuaded by Xu Mengying to catch immortal Xiaolian alive and leave him to Xu Mengying to deal with himself.


    (thank you for your reward and support.)

 Chapter 686

    Since Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying have reached an agreement, the fate of immortal Xiaolian is naturally doomed.


    A few days later, immortal Xiaolian just left a busy square and flew to a quiet place. Xu Mengying, who had followed him for a long time, appeared and stopped him.


    A moment later, Meng Zhang led two taiyimen golden elixir immortals to chase him from the rear and surround him.


    Immortal Xiaolian strengthened his vigilance after they disappeared in Yueyuan. But there was no way. In order to find the whereabouts of immortal Yueyuan and others, he had to risk searching all the way along the direction of their disappearance, and finally fell into Meng Zhang''s ambush.


    At least immortal Xiaolian is also a friar in the later stage of Jindan. If other Jindan immortal surround him, even if he is defeated, he also has the chance to escape.


    However, Meng Zhang and taiyimen''s two golden elixirs stopped talking. Xu Mengying, as a saint of Huanglian sect, has come up with a lot of real skills this time. Her means actually have a hidden restraint effect on immortal Xiaolian.


    After a hard battle, immortal Xiaolian was unfortunately defeated and was captured.


    Meng Zhang handed over immortal Xiaolian to Xu Mengying according to the previous agreement.


    The reward promised by Xu Mengying can only be handed over to Meng Zhang after returning to Huanglian cult.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of Xu Mengying''s default. She has made a heart demon oath before. If she breaks the oath, she will never be better.


    Meng Zhang has set up the sub disk of the child mother transfer disk in maple leaf mountain city, but the place where the sub disk is arranged is strictly confidential and guarded.


    Don''t say it''s the friar of maple leaf mountain city who has recently taken refuge, that is, the friar of the Chiang family and the leader Zhao Yude can''t get close to anything.


    Taiyi gate can send a large group of monks from the mountain gate to reinforce it so quickly. Xu Mengying probably guessed that Taiyi gate has a space transmission magic weapon in its hand, and a method to quickly arrange a long-distance space transmission magic array.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative to mention it. Obviously, he didn''t trust Xu Mengying. Xu Mengying is naturally very knowledgeable and won''t take the initiative to mention it.


    Xu Mengying left maple leaf mountain city quietly after taking away the captured immortal Xiaolian.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to care about her, and there was no reason to interfere with others'' whereabouts.


    After he recovered from his injury, he left maple leaf mountain city and went to inquire about the news near the demonization area in person.


    The friars sent by the major forces of the Daheng cultivation world have left long ago. A small number of the remaining friars do not pay much attention to their own work, do not strictly control the access of all friars, and monitoring is just a mere formality.


    The incident caused by the demonized friar last time was soon forgotten by everyone.


    The surrounding square cities have regained their prosperity, and began to have practitioners who are not afraid of death to go to the demonized area to dig for treasures.


    Meng Zhang also entered the enchanted area and made a careful investigation.


    Although it didn''t go too deep, it took a few turns near the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Demons are not all stupid fools. High-level demons are more or less intelligent.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun led the team around. These demons were also greatly shocked and became much less arrogant.


    There are fewer demons wandering around, and most of them are dormant. This has brought a lot of convenience for Meng Zhang to get in and out of this area.


    If there was some speculation in the past, Meng Zhang can almost be sure that the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world deliberately retained the area occupied by this demon without clearing it.


    Although it is claimed that there are too many and too strong demons, the environment is inappropriate and it is difficult to completely eliminate them, they are all excuses.


    I''m afraid several yuan Shen Zhenjun have leveled this place long ago, and all the demons will disappear.


    The major cultivation forces seem to be full of contradictions in this matter, but in fact, they have the same attitude.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to ask about the attempt and calculation of Daheng Xiuzhen world in this matter, and he was more incompetent to intervene.


    I just hope they don''t stir up a big basket, which will eventually bring disaster to the four sides and can''t clean up.


    Of course, the practice of keeping the demonized area by the major forces in the Daheng cultivation world now seems to have brought a lot of inconvenience to Meng Zhang and increased his difficulty in entering the Taiyi gate after reconstruction.


    But on the other hand, if the rebuilt taiyimen Mountain Gate was not occupied by demons and outsiders could not easily enter, I''m afraid that place would have been turned upside down by various practitioners.


    Even if the treasure kept by taiyimen is hidden, there will be no accident.


    Meng Zhang quickly returned to maple leaf mountain city after investigating the surrounding situation.


    At this time, the golden elixir immortal of taiyimen who were wounded in the battle of killing immortal Yueyuan and others, after this period of cultivation, their injuries were basically healed and their combat effectiveness was fully restored.


    Without further delay, Meng Zhang ordered the immortal Jindan in the gate to assemble again.


    This time, the golden elixir immortal of taiyimen almost poured out, and all of them were transmitted to the maple leaf mountain city through the child and mother conveyor.


    With the frequent use of the child and mother transfer tray, the empty ghost stone in the taiyimen library consumes quickly.


    If this situation is not changed, the use of child and parent transfer disks must be greatly limited in the future.


    If there is no empty ghost stone, this set of great child and mother conveyor is a decoration.


    The collection of empty ghost stones from top to bottom of Taiyi gate almost never stopped, but there was little harvest.


    Meng Zhang put aside these worries for a while and led all the golden elixir immortal in the transmitted door to the area occupied by demons.


    Before, Meng Zhang was preparing for today''s action.


    Taiyimen has already prepared a third-order flying boat and directly transmitted it to maple leaf mountain city.


    This third-order flying boat is a special flying boat that is carefully collected in the door and is good at speed.


    After immortal Jindan of Taiyi gate got on this flying boat, he saved a lot of time on his way.


    The original ten day trip took only seven or eight days, and they finished it.


    This time Meng Zhang put all his eggs in one basket and went all out. The golden elixir in the door poured out. The success or failure of this time is in one fell swoop.


    If he fails to enter the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate and retrieve the treasures in the gate, Meng Zhang may have to find another way to break through the Yuanshen period.


    Immortal Jindan in the gate can''t leave the gate for too long. Whether it''s baicaopo, Hongyan Valley, or the newly acquired maple leaf mountain city, it''s inseparable from the seat of immortal Jindan.


    The actions of almost all Jindan real people in the gathering door are actually very risky. After this time, Meng Zhang will not make such a big move again.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has made up his mind. If he fails this time, he won''t think about this place again until he becomes the true king of the yuan God.


    Although the reconstructed Taiyi gate treasures are attractive, we can''t miss the important events in the gate.

 Chapter 687

    In fact, before leaving, Meng Zhang carefully told you the golden elixir immortal. You must be very careful during this trip to save your life.


    The treasures in the rebuilt taiyimen Mountain Gate are important, but not as important as the lives of the Jindan immortal in the gate.


    If these golden elixirs suffer heavy losses here, the Taiyi goalkeeper will be greatly weakened and difficult to recover.


    The third-order flying boat came all the way. Without any accident, it flew smoothly near the reconstructed taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Because the Terran God Zhenjun''s deterrent force is still there. The demons around him are relatively honest and don''t come out to wander around.


    Even low-level demons have the instinct to survive. Moreover, many high-level demons are hidden in this area, which can effectively control these low-level demons.


    Meng Zhang stood at the head of the flying boat and took a look at the fellow disciples around him.


    Ji Jian, Hou Tu, weak water, Jing Lei, Niu Dawei, Wen qiansuan, Yang Xueyi, Zheng Chao, Hu Jing, in addition to Fang Hanyu, who is resident in Jiuqu League, all the golden elixirs of Taiyi gate have gathered here.


    With such a powerful force, Meng Zhang is fearless as long as there is no fourth-order demon.


    This time, you don''t have to sneak in, break the game directly and forcefully, and just kill everyone in a fair and aboveboard way.


    Meng Zhang took the lead, jumped up from the flying boat, led the golden elixir immortal in the door, swaggered and flew forward without hiding.


    The disciple of Taiyi sect who controls the third-order flying boat drives the boat to avoid being affected by the aftermath of the battle.


    Before immortal Jindan arrived, he began to show his magic powers and use various means to launch a fierce attack on the front.


    In the sky, thunder clouds were thick, thunder rumbled, and electric snakes ran around among the clouds.


    Pillars of fire fell from the sky and bombarded the ground in front.


    The mountain peak where taiyimen Mountain Gate is located suddenly shook violently, like a big earthquake.


    ¡­¡­


    Those demons that had been dormant around were startled by such a sudden movement.


    Many demons died in all kinds of attacks before they reacted. Many demons panicked and ran around, and there was chaos around the whole mountain.


    The chaos didn''t last long. Waves of heartbreaking and miserable cries came from the top of the mountain. Those originally chaotic demons suddenly stopped, then suddenly started, and frantically rushed at the flying human friars.


    A huge black skull flew up from the mountain; A mass of twisting lacquer black fog also flew into the sky; A strange looking monster of unknown kind roared into the sky. This monster is a bit like a variety of animals forcibly stitched together to form.


    ¡­¡­


    One end after another of the third-order demons appeared one after another, took the initiative to attack, and jumped on the golden elixir immortal in the sky without fear.


    Although they are at an absolute disadvantage in quantity, these third-order demons will not shrink back at all, but fight bravely and fearlessly.


    Including Meng Zhang, taiyimen dispatched a total of ten golden elixirs this time.


    Long ago, immortal Jindan of Taiyi sect had a plan on how to join hands against the enemy and how to fight together.


    Under the guidance of Wen qiansuan and general Houtu, everyone has learned the array of cooperative operations, and has had experience in many drills.


    With the talent of immortal Jindan, it only takes a little time to learn this not too difficult array, and can skillfully use it.


    The ten square kill array is the array now deployed by immortal Jindan of Taiyi sect.


    Ten golden elixir immortals stand on one side and work together to urge the Dharma array.


    I saw that the sky immediately became like a chaos, the power of gold, wood, water, soil and fire gathered, and the power of earth fire and geomantic omen surged.


    Ten golden elixirs changed their shapes, and their powerful forces were like millstones, rotating and rushing towards the demons.


    Needless to say, those low-level demons were slightly rubbed by this force, and the whole body immediately turned into powder,


    Those third-order demons who were originally arrogant could not escape one after another. If you move a little slower, you will lose a large part of your body immediately when you come into contact with this powerful force.


    After ten golden elixir immortals formed a ten square kill array, they were almost invincible, and no one could stop them. They rushed all the way into the mountain peak where the Taiyi gate is located.


    A large number of demons originally entrenched on this mountain, even if they knew that they were defeated, even if they knew that they would end up in smoke, they still rushed forward one after another.


    Countless demons rushed up and were crushed into powder by the power of the Dharma array before they got close.


    Those third-order demons sent out bursts of screams, which contained the power of disturbing people''s mind and soul.


    These third-order demons are not fools. On the contrary, they have good combat wisdom.


    Seeing that they could not face the enemy, they dispersed and surrounded from all directions, testing to attack this powerful Dharma array.


    Their screams are not only to attack the enemy, but also a signal for help.


    The whistling sound spread far away and could be clearly heard in a large area nearby.


    Therefore, the originally calm area immediately boiled up, as if it had been greatly stimulated.


    Countless demons rushed from all directions and rushed to the mountain.


    Before these low-level demons took action, several third-level demons flew from a distance.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that there was such a connection between the demons in this area before his action.


    When a family is invaded by a strong enemy, the other third-order demons will lead the crowd to reinforcements.


    Although such a change was sudden, Meng Zhang was not afraid at all.


    There are ten golden elixir immortal on our side, and we also set up a ten side kill array. Such a lineup is enough to kill most of the Jindan sect. Such power is far beyond the general army of monks.


    The demons on this mountain fought to stop them, obviously to slow down Meng Zhang''s progress and hold them back. Then wait until the reinforcements arrive and besiege Meng Zhang and them together.


    Meng Zhang and others are all experienced and have rich experience in battle. How can they not see through the superficial calculation of demons.


    No one knows how many demons are hidden in this demonized area, and how many powerful third-order demons are there?


    In front of the mountain alone, there are four or five third-order demons, and there are countless low-order demons.


    There will only be more demons who come from a distance and rush frantically here.


    If the time delays for a long time, maybe the demons in the whole area will gather here. At that time, the demon might really have the strength to encircle and annihilate Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 688

    Meng Zhang quickly recognized the current situation and knew that we must not delay too long. We must make a quick decision.


    The other immortal Jindan also saw the surrounding situation clearly and had similar ideas as Meng Zhang.


    Although taiyimen golden elixir immortal is strong, he can''t stop an endless stream of demons.


    Moreover, even if you win the battle with demons, you won''t get any booty. It''s a busy battle.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, the people took action consciously.


    The ten square kill array composed of ten golden elixir immortals runs at high speed and flies quickly to the top of the mountain.


    According to the extremely sword God general, when Taiyi gate was destroyed in the demon disaster, all the treasures that had no time to take away were hidden in that place.


    This ten square kill array is just a flesh and blood grinding plate. Wherever it passes, it is the devil blocking the way forward. No matter how ferocious and powerful, it is all ground.


    The huge skull could not dodge. Even the third-order demon was still powdered by the power of the Dharma array.


    Seeing that they were about to rush near the target, ten golden elixirs lowered their flight altitude and landed slowly towards the ground.


    The operation of the Dharma array is not affected by the landing. It is still full of power and constantly destroys all the demons.


    After several earthquakes, the ground of the mountain shook violently. As the spell effect disappeared, the ground began to slowly return to calm.


    However, as the immortal Jindan of Taiyi gate approached, the whole mountain suddenly shook violently, as if the whole mountain would collapse.


    Countless purple black thick vines came out from the ground. After arriving on the ground, he kept twisting and twitching, then entangled together and rushed towards the golden elixir immortal of Taiyi gate in the air.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God came here last time and wanted to enter the mountain in front from the ground with the help of the art of earth hiding. But because the ground was covered with these vines, they had to return in vain.


    There was nothing wrong with their caution last time. These vines were indeed demons, and they were not ordinary demons.


    The noumenon of the demon has not yet appeared. The breath of these crazy vines is not below the third level.


    The fierce sword Qi shot out from the Dharma array and chopped on the vines, breaking them into pieces and falling onto the ground.


    The vines that fell to the ground not only did not lose their vitality, but were alive and kicking. A section of vine fell on a demon and immediately swallowed it up.


    The vine kept swallowing more demons around, and its body began to expand rapidly, and then twisted and jumped at the people of Taiyi gate.


    Drops of clear water fell from the sky and fell on the vines.


    The vines immediately shrink sharply, then wither completely and lose all vitality.


    With the help of the power of the Dharma array, the extreme sword God general and the weak water god general have enhanced their magic power. They can only hurt the vines extended by the demon, far from the body of the demon.


    The thick earth God will raise his hands and press heavily on the ground.


    The ground composed of earth and rock immediately separated from each other like the water.


    The earth splits rapidly, and the crack is deeper and deeper, extending downward.


    Before long, the ground was completely cracked, and there seemed to be a deep and bottomless scar on the earth.


    You golden elixir immortal are so discerning that you can only see a huge spherical object extending countless vines towards the ground in the depths of the earth.


    The body of this demon is actually a huge sphere, which is really rare.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head shine brightly. The endless sun and moon divine light penetrates through the cracks on the ground, goes deep into the ground, and shines on the spherical demon.


    Where the sun and moon light passed, the purple and black magic spirit dissipated quickly, revealing the real body of the spherical demon.


    The body of that spherical demon is actually formed by countless twisted demons.


    Meng Zhang looked at it and thought it was too hot. He held up the spirit snake spear in his hand, and then threw it hard downward.


    The spirit snake spear easily penetrated many obstacles, stabbed the spherical demon, and then stirred in its body.


    The fierce spirit of killing and cutting kept pounding and smashing, which made the ball of demons scattered and messy.


    With bursts of shrill screams, the spherical demon gradually lost its vitality.


    In terms of rank, this demon is already the apex of level 3, and it is only one step away from breaking through level 4.


    Under normal circumstances, even a team of Jindan real people may not be able to destroy it.


    However, these golden elixir immortal taiyimen are not only strong, but also with the help of the Dharma array, which can greatly enhance their combat effectiveness.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who was armed with a spirit snake spear, was a murderous God.


    This third-order demon was killed on the spot, which can be regarded as clearing the last obstacle for the people of Taiyi gate to reach the target.


    But with the scream before the third-order demon died, the demon in the distance became more violent. Those running demons accelerated one after another. In a twinkling of an eye, two third-order demons flew by.


    A human faced bird with a human face bird body and a bird headed monster with a bird head sheep body took the lead, grabbed the front of many demons and flew to a place not far from the people of Taiyi gate.


    The friars of Taiyi sect did not stop and continued to move forward quickly.


    Thunders fell from the sky and fiercely cleaved the fastest demons at both ends, leaving them in a mess and retreating.


    Ten square kill array swept all directions, cleared all obstacles along the way, and finally reached the destination.


    It was an open space not far from the top of the mountain. It didn''t look much different from other places.


    But the extreme sword God will rely on the special positioning method to determine that this is the place he is looking for.


    He and the thick earth God will look at each other, leave the Dharma array and begin to land on the ground.


    He shouted loudly, "you cover us and don''t let demons come near here."


    Before the cry, he and the thick earth God fell to the ground.


    Meng Zhang said hello, and the remaining eight golden elixir immortal stood in one direction and surrounded the place where Jijian and Houtu were located.


    Without two golden elixir immortals, the ten square kill array not only greatly reduced its power, but also revealed two obvious flaws.


    Meng Zhang pointed with one hand, and the sun and moon jewels on his head flew to a vacant position, replacing a Jindan immortal and occupying the vacant position.


    The weak water god pinched his hands and whispered a moving spell in his mouth.


    As like as two peas of water, she flew out of the body and fell to the ground, and then turned into a real water incarnation.


    Zhenshui avatar flew to another empty position, temporarily making up for the last flaw of the Dharma array.


    The ten square kill array is running again. Although its power is obviously weakened, at least there are no obvious flaws.

 Chapter 689

    After the redeployment of the ten square kill array, on the surface, its power has not weakened much.


    You golden elixir immortal run the Dharma array at the same time, turning the surrounding into an iron wall.


    The ten side kill array has strong attack power and strong defense. Moreover, Wen qiansuan, who is responsible for directing the changes of the law array, does not blindly defend, but replaces defense with attack.


    Outside the Dharma array, thunder, lightning, flames and spells fly everywhere, building a wall of death.


    Soon after the extremely sword God and the thick earth God will land on the ground, the demon chasing after them quickly caught up and frantically rushed here.


    Before waves of demons came near, they were swept by the power of the Dharma array and turned into blood and flesh splashing around.


    Demons from all directions rushed towards the mountain. New third-order demons flew over and were ready to join the war.


    After gathering several third-order demons and countless low-order demons, under the leadership of the third-order demons, countless demons launched crazy attacks again and again towards the position of the people of Taiyi gate.


    The ten square kill array was so powerful that it blocked all the massive demons that seemed to drown the whole mountain in the distance, so that they couldn''t get close to it at all.


    Jijian and Houtu did not waste the time they had won for themselves. They took action immediately after landing.


    They stood together face to face, their hands tied, kept pinching and making decisions, whispered spells in their mouths, and made bursts of vague whispers.


    A moment later, strange winds blew around them. There was no fire on the ground around them, and bursts of purple flames rose.


    The extreme sword God general and the thick earth God General remain unmoved and unaffected by the changes around them. They continue to pinch the formula, chant the curse, keep running the real yuan and display the secret method.


    After a while, a black hole appeared out of thin air above them.


    There is an obvious vortex in the black hole, which rotates constantly and emits a strong attraction to the outside.


    This attraction is so powerful that it makes both Jijian and Houtu feel unstable.


    The rest of the golden elixir immortal not far away, although not as strong as the two nearest Dharma protectors, were also affected by this attraction.


    The ten square kill array, which was running at high speed, almost stopped because of one meal.


    With such a small flaw, he was caught by the crazy demons. He almost broke through the interception of the Dharma array and completely drowned the people.


    Fortunately, Wen qiansuan, who presided over the Dharma array, responded in time and commanded the people to launch another change of the Dharma array.


    The body shape of the people changed. The power of the five elements of gold, wood, water, soil and fire gushed out, and the five colors of light twinkled, fixing all the demons coming. Then they made another effort to kill all these demons by using all kinds of magic powers after the increase of the power of the Dharma array.


    The Dharma array was slightly affected by this, immediately returned to normal, continued to play a role, and blocked all demons in the distance.


    The extremely sword God nodded to the thick earth God. The thick earth God''s feet seemed to be rooted in the earth and became very firm. He held his hands high and, with his own strength, temporarily stopped the swirling vortex.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity that the vortex stops rotating and all the suction disappears, the polar sword God will jump up, fly to the black hole, stretch out his hands, reach into the black hole and grope for a while.


    After a half ring, the thick earth God was about to lose his support, and he slowly took back his hands. In his hands, he held a huge tripod higher than people.


    The extreme sword God would lift the huge tripod with great difficulty, slowly break away from the black hole and land steadily on the ground.


    The thick earth God will see this. He is finally relieved. He can stop working and stop the vortex.


    As soon as the whirlpool began to rotate again, a powerful attraction gushed out, as if to suck back the giant tripod in the hands of Jijian God.


    The thick earth God will pinch the formula, chant the curse again and use the secret method. The black hole begins to close slowly.


    In the process of closing, a scene of collapse appears in the black hole.


    Thick earth God will stretch out his hands to help Jijian God grasp this huge tripod.


    The two men worked together to lift the huge tripod steadily.


    The extreme sword God shouted, "this place is about to collapse. It''s not suitable to stay for a long time. You cover us and withdraw as soon as possible."


    Because of holding the giant tripod, both Jijian and Houtu seem to be carrying mountains, and the pressure on them is extremely great.


    They barely flew into the sky, their bodies shaking.


    Meng Zhang and eight other golden elixir immortals flew into the sky and formed a circle around the extreme sword God and the thick earth God in the middle of the circle.


    Then the whole circle flew out of the mountain slowly and firmly, trying to break through.


    During the movement of the circle, the power of the ten square kill array was not greatly affected.


    From the Dharma array, there were bursts of special killing power, which rushed all the demons coming and those blocking the road.


    After a period of time, Jijian and Houtu gradually adapted to the pressure of the giant tripod. They began to speed up slowly and fly more steadily.


    The speed of Jijian God general and Houtu God general has been increased. The immortal Jindan who formed the ten square kill array can finally accelerate.


    The circle began to accelerate slowly, quickly separated from the peak and flew to the periphery.


    In this process, the impact of demons has never stopped. Wave after wave of demons rushed over like the rising tide and retreated like the ebbing tide, leaving the broken corpses all over the ground.


    Seeing that the demon was pushed back, a third-order flying boat suddenly appeared in the air, and then suddenly fell to the top of the golden elixir immortal of Taiyi gate.


    The third-order flying boat is not big, but the Dharma array on the flying boat is relatively complete.


    During the descent of the flying boat, it was attacked by many flying demons.


    The protection array of the flying boat plays a role in time to beat back these flying demons.


    The disciples of the Taiyi sect who controlled the flying boat were so smart and able to seize the opportunity, which greatly satisfied Meng Zhang and other golden elixirs.


    Meng Zhang they covered the extreme sword God general and the thick earth God general to fly to the flying boat.


    The two Dharma protectors holding the giant tripod in their hands just fell on the head of the flying boat. The whole third-order flying boat was shaking violently and almost sank by them.


    Fortunately, the flying boat finally held on and was not crushed by the giant tripod.


    After all, the third-order flying boat is extraordinary. Even if it is loaded with this huge tripod, it can still fly at a relatively fast speed.


    There is no need to protect Jijian and Houtu. Other Jindan immortal can spare their hands.


    Eight golden elixir immortals covered the third-order flying boat, flew into the sky, flew high into the sky, and flew away from the demonized area.

 Chapter 690

    When eight golden elixir immortal escorted the third-order flying boat into the air, the original polar sword God and thick earth God would use their secret skills to summon the location of the black hole.


    The black hole stretched and shrank, then expanded suddenly. After a light sound, it exploded gently.


    The explosion, which seems to be an understatement, has an extremely terrible power.


    The space in that place began to collapse and quickly spread around.


    Dark space cracks appeared around, and strong space storms gushed out of the space cracks, sweeping the four directions with an irresistible trend.


    Everywhere the space storm goes, everything on this mountain disappears quickly, as if it had never existed.


    With the expansion of the scope of space collapse, the whole mountain began to disappear, as if it had been completely erased from the world. The demons that originally covered the whole mountain naturally had no resistance, and then disappeared.


    Some demons are smart enough to find that the situation is bad and want to run away. But the speed of space collapse is too fast. Before they can escape too far, they are involved by huge suction and fall into different space.


    Immortal Jindan of Taiyi gate, including Meng Zhang, looked at the scene below from high altitude. They all looked dignified and a little surprised.


    Meng Zhang thought more deeply. If his guess was correct, the area occupied by this demon is a reserved area deliberately left by the major doors of the Daheng cultivation world, then they must have some purpose.


    The people of Taiyi sect have made such a big noise here and caused such great damage to this area. If they fall into the eyes of those large doors in the great horizontal cultivation world, they may think that Taiyi sect is deliberately bad and wants to destroy their plan.


    Once these large-scale doors are angered, Meng Zhang can''t protect himself, let alone Taiyi door, by relying on his identity as the special envoy of Jiuqu League.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang directly ordered the people to leave here as soon as possible without reservation.


    Meng Zhang himself used secret methods to stimulate his potential and burst out with the strongest combat effectiveness.


    After the extremely sword God and the thick earth God placed the huge tripod on the flying boat, they were able to free their hands and join the ten square kill array again.


    The biggest flaw of the ten square kill array was made up. The power of the Dharma array was fully opened. The powerful forces swept all directions and crushed all the demons that dared to attack into powder.


    In fact, when Meng Zhang led the immortal Jindan of Taiyi gate into the Taiyi gate, many practitioners sneaked in nearby to explore various treasures.


    Later, when there was a riot of demons and countless demons swarmed out, these practitioners were scared to escape here as quickly as possible. A few unlucky people just blocked the path of the impact of demons. These guys who didn''t have time to avoid were directly torn to pieces by countless demons.


    These practitioners ran away fast enough to save their lives.


    This kind of demon riot is rare in a hundred years, which has greatly subverted their cognition.


    As for why the demons riot and what happened here, these practitioners don''t know.


    Relying on the power of the ten square kill array, immortal Jindan of Taiyi sect drove back the chasing demons, escorted the third-order flying boat to fight and retreat, and quickly left the area occupied by demons.


    These demons don''t know why they are so crazy. They have been chasing after them and won''t relax at all. Even if the losses are heavy and countless demons are killed, they can''t scare them and stop their pursuit.


    The team of Taiyi gate left the demon occupied area and entered the buffer area. The demon still chased it.


    The power of the ten square kill array is fully open. It''s a little difficult to resist more and more third-order demons.


    Fortunately, the escape speed of this team is not slow. It has been firmly blocking the demon to keep it away from the third-order flying boat.


    When the taiyimen people covered the third-order flying boat and fled outside the buffer zone, those third-order demons with obvious wisdom hesitated, issued bursts of unwilling roars, and then gave up the pursuit.


    The taiyimen friars, including Meng Zhang, were greatly relieved and had a feeling of escaping from heaven.


    But now it''s not time to relax completely. They have to avoid all kinds of practitioners and return to maple leaf mountain city as soon as possible.


    This time, the people of Taiyi gate no longer hurried at full speed, but first hid their tracks and resolutely did not leave any traces.


    They spent a lot of effort to escort the third-order flying boat. God unknowingly returned to maple leaf mountain city.


    This trip has been delayed for so long, especially on the return trip. For the sake of confidentiality, I took a long detour and delayed for some time.


    After returning to maple leaf mountain city, except for the four Dharma protectors, the other Jindan immortal didn''t even take another breath, so they hurried to use the child and mother conveyor to send it back.


    Meng Zhang was originally going to take the giant tripod back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate. But Jijian God will clearly tell him that this huge tripod cannot be transported through space or other means. In other words, space transfer cannot be carried out through this set of sub master transfer disks.


    If you want to carry this huge tripod for space transmission, you must at least have the cultivation of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and have certain attainments on the space Avenue.


    Since this huge tripod cannot be transferred back through the child and mother transfer tray, it can only be left in maple leaf mountain city for the time being.


    Immortal Jindan of Taiyi sect made too much noise in the area occupied by demons this time.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to imagine how the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world would react to this.


    During this period of time, Meng Zhang was determined not to go out again. He honestly shrank in his nest and resolutely did not take half a step away from maple leaf mountain city.


    At the same time, through the intelligence system of maple leaf mountain city, he carefully pretended to inquire about what happened in the demonized area.


    Since the giant tripod can''t be sent back, Meng Zhang is now in the maple leaf mountain city. Of course, he should study this treasure well.


    In order to get this huge tripod, Meng Zhang and the whole Taiyi sect took great risks. The Jindan immortal of the whole sect almost poured out and took great efforts to bring it back.


    Why is this treasure so important? Several Dharma protectors will give a statement.


    This huge tripod is called the void tripod. It is a rare treasure among the fourth-order magic tools.


    Inside the void tripod, there is a great universe and an attached independent space. In this independent space, there are many inheritance treasures and classics of Taiyi gate.


    The complete cultivation method of the sun moon rotation Sutra that Meng Zhang most needs, the experience left by the predecessors of taiyimen who practice this skill, and many experiences and insights of the Yuanshen of taiyimen who broke through the Yuanshen period


    These important inheritance classics are stored in the small world inside the void tripod.

 Chapter 691

    This void tripod is of high grade. Even the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun can''t resist it without mastering the secret method of Taiyi sect.


    The void tripod is infinitely useful. The younger friars of Taiyi sect have less accomplishments and can''t play their main role at all. They can only reluctantly resist one or two envoys by relying on some secret techniques inherited in the sect.


    Immortal Jindan, including the extremely sword general, simply can''t make effective use of this magic weapon. The rebuilt taiyimen also reluctantly used this magic weapon as a secret library, which is a natural object.


    Speaking of this void tripod, there are many mysterious colors and stories on it.


    After the destruction of Taiyi gate in its heyday, the void tripod originally placed in the Mountain Gate suddenly turned into light and fled.


    After the great change of the mountain gate, the friars outside Taiyi gate learned through various channels that great changes had taken place in the gate. Most friars rushed back to the gate, and a few were alert and fled immediately.


    A real person named Zhou Qing, the golden elixir of taiyimen, was also on his way back to the gate.


    Although Zhou Qing was a golden elixir, he was not prominent at the Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Among the golden elixir immortal, there are also high and low. What we really value in the sect are those true disciples, the seed of Yuanshen.


    Ordinary golden elixir real people like Zhou Qing are mostly responsible for one aspect of the door. He is a little powerful, but he can''t join the core of the sect, let alone master the power of the sect.


    The void tripod that Huaguang fled unexpectedly flew to Zhou Qing''s forward route, blocking his forward pace, and showing the shape of a giant tripod.


    Zhou Qing got the void tripod that flew in on his own initiative. I don''t know what information he got. Not only did he immediately stop returning to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, but he also tried to gather taiyimen disciples who were exiled at that time.


    After gathering a large number of taiyimen disciples, Zhou Qing did not stay in the Middle Earth more, but gave up everything there, led the disciples all the way north and fled the middle earth far away.


    Zhou Qing led the group of disciples to the Daheng mountains on the northern edge of the Middle Earth continent, where they rebuilt Taiyi gate.


    Zhou Qing''s cultivation is mediocre, and his combat power is not outstanding among the golden elixir immortal. However, he has great skill and ability. He can gather a plate of scattered Taiyi disciples to unite them and rebuild Taiyi together.


    It was Zhou Qing''s efforts that led to the centuries old foundation of taiyimen after reconstruction.


    After the reconstruction of Taiyi gate, the void tripod, as the most important inheritance treasure in the gate, has been enshrined in the mountain gate.


    When the evil disaster broke out, Zhou Qingzao had already sat down.


    After several Dharma protectors woke up, they all mentioned Zhou Qing''s contribution to Taiyi gate in front of Meng Zhang.


    These Dharma protectors with eyes higher than the top admire Zhou Qing.


    The weak water god will admit that if Zhou Qing presided over the Taiyi gate when the magic disaster broke out, the Taiyi gate may not be destroyed.


    Because this void tripod played a key role in the reconstruction of Taiyi gate, younger disciples, including several Dharma protectors, were full of awe for this treasure.


    In fact, the fourth order magic tools are also called magic weapons. Most of them have their own spirit.


    As a special kind of creatures, the spirit has independent intelligence, and some are even smarter than human beings.


    In the Taiyi sect, there are some very old tools and spirits. Younger disciples can even treat them as elders.


    There is also an instrument spirit in the void tripod, but the instrument spirit is in a deep sleep most of the time and rarely appears in front of the friar of taiyimen.


    This tool spirit has a special status. He is indifferent to the elders of the Taiyi gate after reconstruction, and has never been in charge of all kinds of affairs of the Taiyi gate.


    The rebuilt Taiyi gate is only a Jindan sect gate, and there is no Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate. Naturally, you can''t refine the void tripod and completely control this fourth-order magic weapon.


    When the devil disaster broke out and the Taiyi gate was about to be captured, the immortal Jindan in the gate tried to take away the void tripod and break out.


    But I don''t know why, the void tripod didn''t cooperate and didn''t want to leave the Taiyi gate.


    Immortal Jindan in the door tried his best and couldn''t make the void tripod obey.


    Not to mention the mysterious color of the void tripod, it has stored too many important items in the Taiyi gate for hundreds of years and in the internal independent space, which is related to the inheritance of the Taiyi gate.


    In any case, the people of Taiyi sect can''t ignore it and let it fall into the hands of demons.


    In desperation, immortal Jindan in the gate had to use the secret method to stimulate a special ability of the void tripod.


    The void tripod used the power of the space avenue to escape from the surface space and into the interlayer of space.


    The void tripod is hidden in the interlayer of space, and has not appeared in the outside world for hundreds of years.


    Now, the extremely sword God general and the thick earth God general have come to the entrance of the void tripod that escaped into the space interlayer at the beginning. They use the secret skills inherited in the door to attract the response of the void tripod and bring it out of the space interlayer.


    Speaking of it, before casting the spell, the Jijian God was very worried. He was worried that the void tripod would not follow his family to leave the taiyimen Mountain Gate, just like in those years. Then this time, he was busy in vain.


    Fortunately, the void tripod cooperated with them and did not embarrass them. They allowed them to take themselves away from the Taiyi gate.


    When the void tripod left the space interlayer, it caused some changes, resulting in the collapse of the space interlayer. A strong space storm was triggered on the mountain peak where the taiyimen Mountain Gate is located, which involved the whole mountain peak together with the massive demons above into the different space.


    Now, facing the treasure of the void tripod in front of him, Meng Zhang feels a little headache.


    Logically speaking, since there is an instrument spirit in the void tripod, and the instrument spirit is not low. You should have a little understanding of your own situation.


    Several Dharma protectors had visited the spirit of the void tripod hundreds of years ago.


    Although the instrument spirit didn''t pay much attention to them at that time, everyone should know each other and be familiar with each other.


    As a special creature, Qiling has a very long life, far exceeding most of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Hundreds of years is not too long for the spirit.


    On the way back, the four Dharma protectors of Jijian God took turns to communicate with the spirit of the void tripod.


    But the spirit shelf was too big, and there was no response at all.


    Now, the four Dharma protectors will be a little embarrassed.


    The four of them, especially the extremely sword general, have mastered some inheritance secrets in the door and can barely urge this fourth-order magic instrument.


    But that requires the spirit to give up resistance and take the initiative to cooperate with them in order to play a role.


    Now the tool spirit doesn''t pay attention to them at all. The secret method they master can''t play any role at all.


    (thanks to Eric WSC and Yuanlai for your reward and support.)

 Chapter 692

    The reconstructed Taiyi gate has always regarded the internal space of the void tripod as the most reliable secret library, in which the most important items of the sect, including inheriting ancient books, are stored. Before the mountain gate was captured, it could not be taken away. All kinds of valuable resources in the gate were put in as much as possible.


    Inside the void tripod now, there is everything Meng Zhang needs.


    However, without the permission of the spirit of the void tripod, no one can take out any items stored in it.


    The four Dharma protectors will try their best to communicate with the spirit of the void tripod. The other party ignores them and has no response.


    In desperation, Jijian God asked Meng Zhang to try it himself.


    After all, Meng Zhang is the contemporary leader of Taiyi sect and the current leader of Taiyi sect. No matter how bad tempered and arrogant the elder is, he should give the leader some face.


    To Meng Zhang''s great embarrassment, he stood in front of the void tripod for a long time and repeatedly took the initiative to speak, but the other party still ignored him.


    Meng Zhang could not help but wonder whether the spirit of the void tripod would have dissipated long ago if he had not felt the existence of the spirit when the extreme sword God general and the thick earth God General collected the void tripod at that time.


    The spirit of the void tripod didn''t even give the leader''s face, which puzzled everyone.


    The four Dharma protectors discussed it. It may be that Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, has not been recognized by the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, is not self appointed, but passed on by the leader of the previous generation.


    Although the Taiyi gate has been destroyed three times after the catastrophe, the incense has not been cut off and the inheritance is orderly.


    After many migrations, the memorial tablets of the ancestors of the past dynasties are still enshrined in the main hall of the sect.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, is Genzheng Miao Hong. He has an innocent origin and is well deserved.


    But now the void tripod obviously didn''t pay much attention to Meng Zhang, and obviously didn''t recognize his leader.


    For this situation, Meng Zhang felt that he was powerful and had nowhere to use. He didn''t know what to do at all.


    Now the most senior and oldest of the taiyimen is the Jijian God general. He is an old antique that has survived since the heyday of the taiyimen. However, no matter his qualifications or his original position in the door, he was far less than the spirit of the void tripod.


    Facing the empty tripod with its airs, he had no better way.


    The four Dharma protectors discussed it. If you want the void tripod to recognize Meng Zhang''s position as the leader, you should cooperate honestly. Unless you can have other elders come forward, you can subdue the spirit of the void tripod.


    If this elder wants to be able to subdue the spirit of the void tripod, he needs to be above the extreme sword God General in terms of qualification and cultivation. But with the current situation of taiyimen, where can I find such an elder?


    The four Dharma protectors felt helpless and helpless.


    After Meng Zhang became the golden elixir immortal, his spirits were united and his ideas were clear. The past events of hundreds of years ago were vividly remembered. As long as necessary, all the details can be well recalled.


    Seeing that the four Dharma protectors would be lost in thought, Meng Zhang hesitated and talked about a past event.


    Meng Zhang had just taken over the Taiyi gate and was faced with domestic and foreign troubles. He read a record in the headmaster''s notebook.


    By offering sacrifices to the ghosts and gods who had made a contract with the ancestors of the sect, he entered the testing place inherited by the ancestors of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who has a deep government. He generally has no reservations about people he trusts.


    As elders of the sect, the four Dharma protectors have always been loyal to the sect. Meng Zhang certainly trusts them. If you don''t say anything, you can say everything. At least the secrets in the door are basically open to them.


    However, entering the place of trial requires a monk with a powerful spirit in the Qi refining period. Meng Zhang, as a transgressor, had a far more powerful spirit than ordinary people.


    As a transgressor, Meng Zhang''s biggest secret. Of course, he should be careful to keep secret and never divulge anything related to it.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not delay his business.


    After he made great progress in his spiritual strength and cultivation, he could not enter the place of trial again. However, he has always been concerned about the disciples in the Qi refining period in the injection gate to see if there is a place that meets the requirements and can enter the trial place.


    However, Xiang mengzhang is a man with unique talent and extremely powerful spiritual power, which is really unique in all.


    Over the years, Taiyi sect has received thousands of disciples, but none of them can meet the requirements.


    So the secret about the place of trial was kept in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Now, hearing the four Dharma protectors talking about taiyimen elders, Meng Zhang suddenly remembered this past event.


    He hesitated and told the whole story. Apart from the secret of his identity as a transgressor, there are few other facts retained.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, the four Dharma protectors looked at each other for a few times. No one else had any clue. Instead, the Jijian God said something.


    The extremely sword God carefully asked Meng Zhang about the specific details of sacrificing the ghost and God at the beginning, and he was relieved after confirming that Meng Zhang was respectful and did not take it lightly.


    According to the leader''s Chronicle, the ghost and God offered by Meng Zhang made an agreement with Taiyi''s ancestors in their heyday to help Taiyi''s young disciples enter the place of trial.


    In fact, Meng Zhang did not dare to sacrifice to an unknown ghost and God if the leader''s notebook did not promise to ensure the reliability of the ghost and God.


    Although Meng Zhang was only a minor friar in the period of Qi refining, he was a friar formally trained by the Taiyi sect and had enough common sense.


    In the cultivation world, we can''t sacrifice unknown gods at will. In particular, ghosts and gods living in the underworld are often moody and ruthless.


    There are many stories about reckless sacrifice to unknown gods, which lead to serious consequences and life is better than death.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang never felt the malice of the ghost, he also kept a distance from the ghost.


    This is a lesson accumulated by countless predecessors in the cultivation world with their own lives and blood.


    When ghosts and gods abide by the agreement, it is an indifferent contract keeping machine. When something beyond the agreement happens, it can turn into a murderous spirit at any time.


    Out of caution, Meng Zhang never offered sacrifices to the ghost at any other time except before entering the place of trial.


    Even if he has become a golden elixir immortal, he is also unwilling to easily contact the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang now mentions this past event. He has the mentality of being in a hurry to seek medical treatment, and he also has the feeling of intuition in his heart. He wanted to know whether the ghost had anything to do with the ancestors of taiyimen.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Jijian God first praised Meng Zhang''s prudence and caution. Then he said something about the origin of the ghost.

 Chapter 693

    The leader''s chronicle did not record the detailed origin of the ghost and God, but said that the other party had made an agreement with the taiyimen ancestors in their heyday.


    However, the records in the headmaster''s notebook are not 100% accurate. This is not what the elder leaders intended to hide, but limited to their knowledge and experience.


    After the reconstruction of Taiyi gate in Daheng mountains, many information about Taiyi gate in its heyday has been slowly lost.


    As an old man who has survived the Taiyi gate since its heyday, Jijian God has mastered many secrets of the Taiyi gate.


    Moreover, the population wind is very tight, and they will not easily disclose the information they know when they need it. Even facing the same door, it''s the same.


    Jijian God thought for a while before he said some information he had.


    In the heyday of Taiyi gate, there were a large number of strong people in the gate. In addition to those who took the conventional path of cultivation, some practitioners also took other paths of cultivation. For example, the way of ghosts and gods is a relatively rare avenue of practice.


    Those who have at least the golden elixir period of cultivation can take the initiative to throw the spirit into the underworld and embark on the path of ghosts and gods if they lose their own flesh body for some reason.


    There are essential differences between ghost road and ghost repair.


    Ghost cultivation is an out and out evil way, and ghost God Avenue is a branch of the right way.


    To walk on the road of ghosts and gods, we must give up everything in the sun and practice in the underworld with pure gods and spirits.


    Jijian Shenjiang doesn''t know much about the specific cultivation methods of the way of ghosts and gods. He didn''t know much about the underworld.


    Based on the details of Taiyi gate in its heyday, many practitioners have embarked on the path of ghosts and gods.


    Among these practitioners, some have made achievements in the way of ghosts and gods, and cultivated into the existence of powerful ghosts and gods.


    After the cultivator turns into a ghost, his temperament often changes greatly. Taking the way of ghosts and gods also has a great impact on temperament. Moreover, after entering the underworld, even if the cultivation is successful, it is difficult to interfere with the affairs of the sun.


    Even if practitioners from the same sect or family do not care much about their previous sects and families after they become ghosts and gods, it is normal to regard their fellow sects and families as passers-by.


    However, the ghosts and gods born in taiyimen always have a sense of closeness in the eyes of taiyimen friars. It seems more reliable than other ghosts and gods.


    In its heyday, Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Taiyi sect, spent a lot of money, communicated with the ghosts and gods of the same sect in the underworld, and reached an agreement with them to exchange interests.


    Like the ghost and God Meng Zhang worshipped in those days, most of them were the ghost and God of a Taiyi sect ancestor. In accordance with the agreement with the Yuanshen Zhenjun, the elder of Taiyi sect, he introduced the qualified younger disciples of Taiyi sect to the place of trial.


    After all, taiyimen was a very powerful Yuanshen sect, which was much stronger than the whole Jiuqu League in its heyday. Before the disaster of destroying the door, the ancestors in the door will certainly leave behind all kinds of backhands.


    For example, when immortal Zhou Qing got the void tripod, gathered his fellow disciples and fled to the vicinity of the Daheng mountains to rebuild the Taiyi gate, it should be a hindhand of the ancestors of the Taiyi gate.


    Since senior taiyimen made ghosts and gods in the underworld, maybe they also have some arrangements and arrangements.


    At least according to the four Dharma protectors, such as Jijian general, there are no senior experts left in Taiyi gate in the sun. If you want the void tripod to recognize Meng Zhang as the leader, you may have to start from the underworld and rely on the power of the ghosts and gods of the past generation.


    Jijian God suggested that Meng Zhang could sacrifice the ghost again.


    For one thing, this person is mostly an ancestor of Taiyi sect. He should talk about incense and love with the younger generation. Even if he is unwilling to provide help beyond the agreement, he should not hurt the younger generation.


    Second, during Meng Zhang''s sacrifice, the four Dharma protectors will guard aside. If the situation is slightly wrong, they can help Meng Zhang interrupt the sacrifice and get out in time.


    After all, this is the sun. Even if ghosts and gods are powerful, their power will be greatly limited and they can''t do whatever they want in the sun.


    Meng Zhang dared to sacrifice the ghost and God because he believed the records in the leader''s Chronicle. Offering sacrifices to ghosts and gods and praying for access to the place of trial is the agreement between taiyimen ancestors and ghosts and gods.


    In addition to the agreement, it is still dangerous to sacrifice ghosts and gods for other things.


    Therefore, Jijian God did not force Meng Zhang to agree, but just put forward his own suggestions.


    It took a lot of hard work to get the void tripod, but because the tool spirit didn''t recognize it, he fell short of it. Meng Zhang was unwilling to think about it.


    He thought about the proposal of Jijian general and felt that the risk was controllable and acceptable.


    However, instead of hastily agreeing, he proposed that he needed to think behind closed doors.


    In fact, although Meng Zhang never took the initiative to expose his identity as a master of heavenly secrets, he performed heavenly secrets many times in the door, and the deduction results did not avoid his trusted peers.


    Some monks close to him speculated about his identity as a master of heaven''s secrets.


    But Meng Zhang never mentioned it, and no one would rashly pry into his secret.


    In maple leaf mountain city, nature has long arranged a retreat place for middle and high-rise buildings like Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang returned to the quiet room. After concentrating and calming for a while, he began to perform Dayan divine calculation and deduce the risk.


    The ghost is estimated to be at least a fourth-order ghost. Meng Zhang''s deduction failed unexpectedly.


    In the past, when his accomplishments were still low, the art of heaven''s Secret derivation helped Meng Zhang many times.


    Now Meng Zhang''s cultivation is high, and the level of the strong he contacts is also rising. He felt more and more that his secret arts were more and more limited.


    Just like he tried to deduce the details of the area occupied by the demon, but he failed in the end.


    In the area occupied by demons, although the demons there are at most level 3.


    But the existence of demons is not allowed by heaven. The area occupied by a large number of demons has a strong resistance to Tianji.


    Of course, there are also many times when Tianji works.


    Like before the last ambush of immortal Yueyuan, Meng Zhang also secretly deduced.


    The operation is not risky, and the harvest is greater than the pay.


    With this result, he dared to mobilize taiyimen experts and put all his eggs in an ambush.


    Although the specific consequences of sacrificing ghosts and gods have not been deduced, Meng Zhang also does not feel the fatal danger.


    Although in the face of a strong person who is far superior to himself, his spiritual sense may not be reliable.


    However, after repeated weighing, Meng Zhang decided to accept the proposal of Jijian general.


    Having made a decision, Meng Zhang will no longer delay time and take action immediately.


    Although it has been many years, Meng Zhang can remember all the details of sacrificing ghosts and gods.


    He soon arranged the ceremony and prepared the sacrifice. Then, under the watchful eyes of the four Dharma protectors, they began to sacrifice the ghost and God.


    Meng Zhang knelt down in fear, saluted respectfully, and prayed carefully with great piety.

 Chapter 694

    Meng Zhang honestly completed the whole process of sacrifice, and showed great sincerity.


    When he finished the sacrifice, there was an immediate reaction in the field.


    In the quiet room with a large area chosen by Meng Zhang, a gust of Yin wind suddenly blew.


    The icy cold wind came to my face, which made the present Jindan friars feel cold.


    Although there was a certain expectation in advance, the reaction came so quickly after the sacrifice, which was greatly beyond everyone''s expectation.


    With gusts of Yin wind, a small black hole suddenly appeared on Meng Zhang''s head. In the black hole, there seems to be a vortex spinning constantly.


    Meng Zhang was stunned at first, and then his inspiration was suddenly touched, sensing a mysterious idea.


    He hesitated a little, looked at the four Dharma protectors, and then whispered, "look at my body, I''ll come as soon as I go."


    Before the words fell, Meng Zhang sat down cross legged, concentrating and calming his mind.


    As he moved his mind method, a vague shadow appeared on his head. If you look closely, you will find that the face and shape of this shadow are very similar to Meng Zhang himself.


    This is Meng Zhang''s Yin God, who just got out of the flesh hole.


    In the early stage of foundation construction, monks can easily get the Yin God out of the body. In the middle and later stage of foundation construction, the Yin God travels day by day and gives up rebirth, which is the minimum ability.


    As for the golden elixir immortal, the Yin God''s ability is even greater. Travel thousands of miles, drive things and confuse God


    Of course, just because we all know this, when we kill the friars and Jindan immortal in the foundation period, we will remember to cut down the roots, not only to kill the flesh, but also to destroy the Yin God.


    As long as the original God is not achieved, no matter how powerful he is, the Yin God will become very fragile after he leaves the flesh. Not only do most of the skills fail to show, but also there are many weaknesses.


    Therefore, it is generally unnecessary. Monks will not easily let the Yin God out of the body.


    When Meng Zhang offered sacrifices to the ghost and God just now, he received an idea from the ghost and God.


    The black hole in front of us is a passage to somewhere in the underworld.


    The ghost invited Meng Zhang to enter the passage and went to meet him.


    The underworld belongs to the world of gods and spirits. It is very difficult for the flesh to pass through the two barriers. Moreover, if there is no special protection in the underworld, the flesh will quickly weaken and necrosis.


    Meng Zhang didn''t feel any malice from this idea. Instead, he had a kind of kindness like an elder.


    He just hesitated and chose to believe his spiritual sense and go to the underworld to meet him.


    This ghost and God is likely to be an elder of Taiyi sect. He has no enemies with him. He doesn''t have to go to great trouble just to lure and kill the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang''s character has two sides, one is ruthless, the other is kind-hearted and soft. Sometimes indecisive and bossy; Sometimes it is too decisive, which can be called recklessness.


    Meng Zhang himself knew the contradictions in his character and tried to analyze them.


    He crossed the world with the memory of his previous life. In the process of growing up, i.e. influenced by the memory of my previous life, I have to accept various concepts of the world and adapt to the way of life of the world.


    The most difficult thing for a person to change is his nature. Meng Zhang knows that there is a problem with his character, but it is difficult to completely change it.


    Now, the impulsive side of his character has the upper hand. He took the initiative to get out of the body and chose to believe that the ghost had no malice.


    After Meng Zhang''s Yin God came out of his body, he nodded slightly to the four Dharma protectors, no longer hesitated, and threw himself into the black hole above.


    Meng Zhang''s Yin God whirled in the whirlpool, making him dizzy and almost completely unconscious.


    Vaguely, he seemed to enter a dark tunnel and move forward quickly in the tunnel by instinct.


    It was not long before Meng Zhang''s Yin God regained his sober consciousness.


    He has come to a dark space.


    The space is not big. It''s dark all around. Fortunately, the Yin God does not see things with his eyes. In particular, the Yin God of Jindan immortal can put his mind outside and observe far more clearly than his eyes.


    In Meng Zhang''s perception, this space is unstable and seems to collapse at any time.


    And judging from the environment, this is no longer a Yang world.


    His Yin God feels very comfortable here. He feels like a fish in water. It seems that this place is the destination of Yin God.


    There are strange forces around him, constantly infiltrating into his Yin God, as if constantly nourishing his Yin God.


    Meng Zhang is very familiar with this power, which is the Yin Qi he felt in the place of trial.


    I''m afraid only the underworld can have such a strong Yin Qi.


    While Meng Zhang was observing the environment, he began to think wildly.


    A huge glittering figure suddenly fell from the sky and suddenly appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    The strong golden light made Meng Zhang''s Yin God feel very uncomfortable. The momentum of the figure was very disturbing, which made Meng Zhang have the impulse to kneel down and worship piously.


    Meng Zhang forcibly suppressed this impulse and tried to keep calm.


    The golden figure seemed to wake up and quickly restrained his momentum. The golden light became much dimmer.


    In Meng Zhang''s divine perception, this shadow is composed of a pure golden light.


    "Younger generation, Meng Zhang, pay homage to God." Meng Zhang saluted respectfully.


    "We don''t have much time. Let''s skip these red tape."


    "The God used to keep the Dharma in Taiyi gate, but now the underworld is God."


    "Keep upright and respect God..." Meng Zhang was interrupted by the ghost before he finished his words.


    "God said that our time is limited. Don''t talk nonsense. Just listen to this seat."


    "When the Taiyi gate was devastated in the past, we ghosts and gods in the underworld were also involved because of our origin with the Taiyi gate. It was a bad fate."


    "There are many fellow disciples who follow the path of ghosts and gods, but not many who can achieve all. After the catastrophe, there are few survivors."


    "I was lucky to escape, but because Yin and yang are separated, I can''t intervene in the affairs of the Yang world."


    "I tried my best to get some news about the Yang world. I also know the end of the Taiyi gate''s three times extermination."


    "After the Taiyi sect escaped into the endless sand sea, I have observed it several times. I appreciate your loyalty to the sect."


    "The last time you offered sacrifices to the God, the God took the opportunity to infiltrate his power into the Yang world."


    "My God sees that your spirit is special and takes great efforts to send you to the place of trial."


    "You really didn''t disappoint God, but you have achieved so in 300 years."


    Meng Zhang listened to the master''s orders honestly. He didn''t say a word of nonsense. He just listened to each other.


    "Before the Taiyi gate was destroyed, the experts in the gate expected and laid many backhands."


    "Because the opponent is too strong, most of these backhands do not play a role and are easily cracked."


    "Although God has some backhands here, you can''t use them for the time being. Moreover, it''s difficult to directly exert the power of God in the Yang world."


    "What are your requirements for sacrificing to this God this time?"


    Meng Zhang immediately made a long story short and spoke out his requirements as quickly as possible.


    "It''s the same thing. The void tripod, an old thing, has always relied on the old to sell the old. Now even the leader dares to despise it. It''s really lawless."


    "If he dares to appear in front of God, God will never spare him."


    "Well, God gives you a way to communicate with the underworld and summon a projection of God. At that time, you summon a projection of God in front of the void tripod, and God will tell him."


    While talking, the golden figure pointed with one hand, and a light spot flew into Meng Zhang''s Yin God.


    "Originally, the God should help you more. With the power projected by the God, you can help you resist the friars in the early days of the yuan God. But the God also has great enemies to deal with in the underworld. You can''t be too distracted, let alone consume too much power in the Yang world."


    "If you want to summon the projection of our God against the enemy, you should prepare superior sacrifices as much as possible, so that the power of our projection can be consumed less in the Yang world."


    "Well, the God can''t stay here, and the channel connecting the Yang world can''t exist for too long."


    "We''ll stop here today. After you become the yuan God, we''ll talk in detail slowly."


    "Finally, let me remind you not to think that the ghosts and gods in the underworld are good because of the attitude of God."


    "You must be more careful when dealing with ghosts and gods in the underworld. You must not be so careless as today."


    "Most ghosts and gods are cunning and don''t have good intentions towards living people. Only a few ghosts and gods like this God can maintain their nature and care about their fellow disciples."


    After that, without waiting for Meng Zhang to react, the golden figure waved to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt the earth spinning again and vaguely entered a certain channel.


    When he regained his consciousness again, his Yin God had separated from the black hole and returned to the quiet room.


    Meng Zhang''s Yin God returned to his orifices, then opened his eyes and stood up from the ground.


    By this time, the black hole above his head had completely disappeared.


    Facing the confused and caring eyes from the four Dharma protectors, Meng Zhang paused and took the initiative to tell everyone what he had just seen and heard without any reservation.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, the four Dharma protectors will be silent.


    After a moment of silence, the most senior Jijian God spoke first.


    "I once heard of the name of Shouzheng when I was in the gate. He is a famous and skilled elder in the history of the sect."


    The gate mentioned by Jijian Shenjiang should refer to Taiyi gate in its heyday. If he can remember his name, he who claims to be upright should be an elder in the door.


    After the extreme sword God will speak, the other Dharma protectors will speak one after another.


    Although they have never heard of Shouzheng, from the experience of Meng Zhang, this elder should be trusted.


    (thanks to bookfriend Eric WSC and bookfriend 20190501151813922 for their reward and support.)

 Chapter 695

    Since everyone believes that the ghost and God who claimed to be upright met by Meng Zhang should have no problem. He is indeed an elder in the door and worthy of trust. Next, we must use the power of this elder to subdue the spirit of the void tripod.


    In the idea of Shouzheng passed to Meng Zhang, there is a ceremony to call his projection to come to the sun.


    Due to the full cooperation of Shouzheng himself, the ceremony of calling him to come will be very simple and easy to use.


    Without complicated procedures and too many steps, it only takes a few simple steps to complete the ceremony and summon his projection to the sun.


    The key to the ceremony is to need some sacrifices, which are basically spiritual objects. The higher the sacrifice level, the stronger the projection power that can be summoned.


    When Meng Zhang offered sacrifices to Shouzheng in those years, he only used some ordinary sacrifices that did not enter the mainstream.


    Those sacrifices are only a form and do not provide any power. Moreover, Shouzheng just opened the channel to the place of trial according to the agreement, and he can accept this degree of loss.


    Now the situation is very different. It is to summon the rightful projection to the sun.


    It is not easy to send the projection to the sun through two barriers. It is necessary to maintain the existence of the projection. Shouzheng makes it clear that he also has a great enemy in the underworld. He can''t consume too much power for this.


    Therefore, if Meng Zhang is ready to summon the right projection, he needs to prepare a good sacrifice.


    As the golden elixir sect gate, maple leaf mountain city still has a little accumulation in the big library. Moreover, this time is not to call Shouzheng''s projection to fight, but to prove the identity of Meng Zhang Taiyi''s head. The sacrifice level is a little worse, and the projection force is a little weaker. It should also be acceptable.


    Meng Zhang personally went to the big storehouse in maple leaf mountain city to search and found several sacrifices.


    Then he and the four Dharma protectors came to the secret room where the void tripod was placed.


    Standing in a corner of the secret room, Meng Zhang began to pinch the formula with both hands and read a moving spell in his mouth according to the secret method taught by Shouzheng.


    A moment later, the sacrifice he placed on the ground ahead shook and disappeared out of thin air.


    A black whirlpool appeared above Meng Zhang''s head. A virtual human shadow jumped out of the whirlpool and came to the secret room.


    The human shadow nodded to Meng Zhang, and then jumped into the void tripod in front of him.


    Shouzheng and the spirit of the void tripod are both predecessors in the door. I don''t know what kind of communication they have made in the tripod.


    After a while, the human shadow jumped out of the tripod and took the initiative to speak to Meng Zhang.


    "Well, the space in the tripod has been opened to you. You can use the items inside at will."


    "Remember, you have to become the yuan God as soon as possible, so that you can slowly refine this void tripod and completely master it."


    In the tone of positive projection, there is an unspeakable sense of fatigue. Just a few words seemed to exhaust all his strength.


    After that, without waiting for Meng Zhang to thank him, the human shadow fell into the black vortex and disappeared with the vortex.


    Meng Zhang and the four Dharma protectors will look at each other, then go forward and carefully feel the changes of the void tripod.


    The spirit of the void tripod still ignored Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang could clearly feel that there was an independent space inside the void tripod, which was open to him and he could enter it at any time.


    Meng Zhang greeted the four Dharma protectors and they jumped into the giant tripod in turn.


    Meng Zhang first jumped into the giant tripod. After a familiar whirl of heaven and earth, he came to a strange space.


    This is a huge warehouse. There are a lot of shelves in the warehouse, which are full of jade slips and jade boxes.


    The ground was littered with boxes.


    When Meng Zhang was looking around, the four Dharma protectors had come here.


    Seeing this storehouse, the four Dharma protectors could not hide their sad faces.


    On the eve of the capture of taiyimen Mountain Gate, in a panic, the remaining high-rise buildings in the gate put many items that were difficult to take away here for storage.


    The void tripod is among the fourth-order magic tools. It is a rare boutique, and its tool spirit is an old and crafty guy.


    As long as the tool spirit doesn''t want to, it''s difficult for ordinary yuan God Zhenjun to collect this magic tool.


    The safety of various items stored in Taiyi gate can be guaranteed.


    It will take a long time to clean up this messy warehouse and many items.


    Meng Zhang went to the shelves and searched carefully.


    The storage of these ancient books is not too messy and has certain rules. Meng Zhang didn''t spend much time to find what he needed most.


    In a special jade box, there is an ancient book made of warm jade.


    This is the complete Sun Moon rotation Sutra, which records a complete set of cultivation methods from Qi refining period to Yuanshen period.


    In the two corners of the jade box, there are two jade slips.


    Meng Zhang took it in his hand at will and read it gently with his mind.


    The jade slips record the cultivation experience and understanding left by the elders who practiced the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    Among them, there are comments and notes left by the senior experts who practiced this skill to achieve the yuan God.


    With the harvest in this jade box, Meng Zhang can not only supplement his major cultivation methods, but also take the previous experience and experience as a reference.


    Although every cultivator will eventually embark on a different path, the higher the level of cultivation, the greater the difference in their own path, and the previous experience and lessons can not be copied completely.


    However, with the cultivation experience of his predecessors, Meng Zhang can avoid many detours and hidden dangers.


    If you want to walk out of your own cultivation path, you first need to learn as much as possible and widely absorb the experience of predecessors.


    Even if all the other items in the warehouse were abandoned, only the items in the jade box solved Meng Zhang''s big problem and cleared away the biggest obstacle to the Yuanshen period.


    In addition to the sun moon rotation Sutra in this jade box, many precious inheritance classics are also stored here. Among them, there is no lack of secret secrets left by the elder Yuanshen Zhenjun to break through the Yuanshen period.


    These things are the real priceless treasures, which only spread among the great forces in the cultivation world and a few independent strong people.


    Even if ordinary practitioners spend more resources and pay a high price, it is difficult to obtain similar teaching.


    The four Dharma protectors will be very familiar with this warehouse and know most of the collections inside.


    In the following period of time, Meng Zhang stayed in maple leaf mountain city, reading all kinds of new classics and re examining his cultivation process. One side and the four Dharma protectors will count all kinds of items in the warehouse and classify them into the big warehouse of Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 696

    Because the void tripod can not be transmitted by the child and mother conveyor, it can only stay in the maple leaf mountain city. In addition to arranging enough protective forces here, Meng Zhang himself stayed here.


    In any case, there is a child and mother transfer disk. Maple leaf mountain city and baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate can transfer instantly, but there is not much inconvenience.


    However, because the empty underworld stone in stock is in an emergency, it is necessary to control the number of transfers and reduce unnecessary transfers.


    Meng Zhang thought that the golden elixir of taiyimen was enough, but with the foundation of maple leaf mountain city, he found that the number of golden elixir was still insufficient.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is the tentacle of Taiyi gate extending to Daheng cultivation world. Fortunately, there are monks who have completed the foundation period and are ready to attack the golden elixir period on the baicaopo side of Taiyi gate.


    Now Taiyi sect has the ability to provide all kinds of help for the outstanding disciples to attack the golden elixir period. The success rate of disciples in the golden elixir period should also be greatly improved.


    Perhaps with the emergence of a new batch of Jindan friars, the current shortage of staff in taiyimen can be alleviated.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t delay his practice in his busy schedule.


    He carefully read all kinds of new classics, supplemented his major skills, and tried to think about all kinds of tricks to break through the Yuanshen period.


    Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, came to maple leaf mountain city again not long after she took away the captured real Xiaolian.


    Now there is a part of the power of Huanglian sect in the maple leaf mountain city. Xu Mengying is very convenient to contact Meng Zhang through here.


    She came here this time to fulfill her promise.


    She told Meng Zhang that she could not return to Jiuqu League for the time being because there were still important things to be done in Daheng cultivation world.


    However, she gave Meng Zhang a jade pendant and told him his contact information.


    Meng Zhang can use this contact method to secretly contact a close friend of Xu Mengying in Huanglian cult, and take this jade pendant as a keepsake to obtain the classics and Jiutian essence promised by Xu Mengying from her.


    After Xu Mengying explained the matter, she left in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang has no time to separate himself, and as the leader of a school, he can''t do everything himself.


    He handed the matter over to the eldest disciple Niu Dawei and asked him to arrange the immortal Jindan in the door to deal with it.


    Soon after, Niu Dawei came to Meng Zhang with two jade bottles and a pile of jade slips.


    These two jade bottles are the essence of nine days stored in a special way.


    In terms of quantity, even two or three golden elixirs are more than enough.


    The pile of jade slips is the classics that Xu Mengying promised Meng Zhang.


    It''s not about cultivating skills, but mainly about cultivating all kinds of skills.


    In fact, several Dharma protectors will clean up many inheritance classics from the space of the void tripod. In addition to the various inheritance skills of taiyimen, most of the contents are about cultivating truth and skills.


    This pile of books and records of Huanglian sect is really not a special need for Taiyi sect.


    However, no one will have too many classics. Each more, the sect will have more details.


    Moreover, some ancient books that seem temporarily unusable may be of great use at some time.


    Xu Mengying, the holy woman of the yellow lotus sect, fell into a disadvantage in the struggle with Yue fengzhenjun. She was not only betrayed by her close friends, but also tracked by real Yue Yuan and others. She was almost caught by mistake.


    Meng Zhang despised her a little before and thought that she should be in a very bad situation in Huanglian religion.


    But looking at these things in front of her, Xu Mengying didn''t even do it in person. She could make these things by remotely controlling a trusted follower. It seems that she still has great power in Huanglian religion.


    Xu Mengying should be able to play a great role in fighting against Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    The nine day essence in the two jade bottles was carefully checked by Meng Zhang. It was confirmed that there were no problems and could be used normally.


    Collecting the essence of the nine days from the nine days, for the yuan God Zhenjun, it often depends on luck.


    It seems that the elders of the yellow lotus sect did not spend less effort to collect so many essence of the nine days.


    This is the essence of Yuanshen school, which has been inherited for thousands of years.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun in the sect can provide various conditions for the younger disciples and help them clear all kinds of obstacles.


    The golden elixir immortal of Damen sect is more likely to impact the success of Yuanshen period. It is the accumulation of these aspects.


    After receiving the essence of the nine days, Meng Zhang temporarily released all kinds of affairs in the door and began to practice in isolation.


    As he slowly absorbed and refined the essence of the nine days, his cultivation became more and more pure.


    Because I have taken a lot of golden nuts before and strengthened my own flesh. His speed of absorbing and refining the essence of nine days is much better than that of ordinary friars in the later stage of Jindan.


    After taiyimen took control of maple leaf mountain city, through the original intelligence channels of maple leaf mountain city, you can slowly obtain a lot of intelligence from the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Although they are all information about major goods and have no special secrets, they are barely enough for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is most concerned about the news that after the last destruction of the demon occupied area, has there been any big response from the major doors in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang felt a little guilty at the thought of leading many Jindan immortal to break into that place and make such a big noise.


    Although Meng Zhang hid their tracks well, they left no clues. However, with the attention of the great horizontal cultivation world to that area, the major forces should not give up.


    The real situation of the matter was greatly beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    According to the information received by Maple Leaf mountain city, the major forces in Daheng Xiuzhen world are very indifferent to what happened there.


    The major forces just sent a team of golden elixir immortal to check the area occupied by demons. There was no more action.


    They came and went in a hurry. There was no detailed investigation at all. They were almost in a passing scene. They were simply dealing with business.


    Although I don''t know what the major forces in the great horizontal cultivation world are thinking and why they behave like this. However, they did not hold on to this matter, nor did they vigorously pursue it. Meng Zhang can finally breathe a sigh of relief.

 Chapter 697

    Another message that Meng Zhang paid attention to was the itinerary of the Jiuqu Alliance Mission on the side of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Taiyimen is still making a living on the boundary of Jiuqu League. Of course, we should pay enough attention to all kinds of major events of Jiuqu League.


    Changes in the situation in Jiuqu League and its surrounding areas will affect the living environment of taiyimen.


    Jiuqu League sent three Yuanshen Zhenjun to lead the mission to Daheng Xiuzhen world, which is trying to contact the forces of Daheng Xiuzhen world and jointly resist the expanding Dali Dynasty.


    According to the original assumption of the Jiuqu League, the best situation is that Jiuqu League and Daheng Xiuzhen world form an offensive and defensive alliance to jointly resist the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the worst case, we should also effectively communicate with the major forces in the Daheng cultivation world and get some help from them.


    Although the intelligence force of maple leaf mountain city is limited, it is unable to obtain the specific situation of Jiuqu Alliance Mission. However, according to the news circulating in the market, the result of the Jiuqu League mission seems a little bad.


    It seems that the major forces in the Dharma cultivation world do not welcome the arrival of the Jiuqu Alliance Mission very much.


    The Jiuqu League mission almost ran into a wall everywhere, and did not meet the real top friars in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Even if some forces, in the face of the three true gods, Haosheng received the envoy group of Jiuqu alliance, they have no intention of further cooperation with Jiuqu alliance.


    Although the friars of Jiuqu league are not familiar here, the four seas commercial firms have been rooted in the Daheng cultivation world for many years and have a strong influence here.


    Jiuqu League communicated with the Daheng cultivation world through the channels of four seas commercial firms, and still did not gain much.


    In a twinkling of an eye, almost two years have passed.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun don''t have such a good leisure. They waste their time here in vain.


    Finally, the Jiuqu League mission left several representatives to continue to contact and communicate with the major forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world. Sanyuan shenzhenjun led most of the members of the mission, ready to return to Jiuqu League.


    Hearing the news, Meng Zhang temporarily put aside everything in maple leaf mountain city and went to tiger mountain city with Jijian God to meet the Jiuqu Alliance Mission.


    Meng Zhang''s unnecessary action naturally has his own consideration.


    First, he is ready to contact well-informed people to get the latest news about the mission in the face of the head of Taiyi sect.


    Is there a finished egg under the nest. In the face of the threat from the Dali imperial dynasty, the Taiyi gate will also be affected.


    But how can any friar of Jiuqu league who has a little foresight not care about things related to this?


    Second, Meng Zhang returned to Jiuqu League in the mission''s fourth-order cloud boat in order not to easily expose the secret that Taiyi gate has a child and mother transfer disk.


    Of course, the secret is not necessarily unknown.


    During the last battle between taiyimen and the Hai nationality army, we used the child mother conveyor to transfer reinforcements from Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate to Hongyan valley.


    At that time, Jin Lizhen and Qing Lanzhen had been over Hongyan valley.


    Despite the barrier of the third-order protection array, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun may not be able to see the specific situation in Hongyan valley.


    But Jin Lizhen Jun is more familiar with the situation of Taiyi gate. I''m afraid she will guess what secret means of instant transmission there is in Taiyi gate.


    Jin Lizhen is a grand man. She is not the kind of person who is obsessed with everything. She disdains to explore the secrets of Taiyi gate.


    With the protection of Jin Lizhen Jun, Qing Lanzhen Jun didn''t go deep into this matter at the beginning.


    In addition, no outsider should have guessed that taiyimen has the means of instant transmission.


    The child mother transport tray is a real strategic weapon, which is related to the layout and troop mobilization of Taiyi gate.


    In order to protect this secret, Meng Zhang is willing to pay a heavy price.


    Needless to say, the disciples of Taiyi sect who were originally transmitted through the child and mother transmission disk were given a password in the door, and they were absolutely not allowed to divulge any information.


    Those friars who were sent by Hanhai Taoist alliance through the child and mother transport disk were also banned by the disciples of Taiyi sect and asked them to keep the matter absolutely confidential.


    To be honest, it''s not for the sake of the heavy casualties of these friars of Hanhai daomeng fighting for Taiyi gate that Meng Zhang deliberately ordered to kill them.


    However, fortunately, he still had a certain bottom line in his heart, and these friars couldn''t understand the details of the child and mother conveyor. At that time, he didn''t give such a crazy order.


    In any case, taiyimen has exhausted various means and paid a lot of price. The secret of the child and mother transfer disk has been well protected.


    As the leader, it is not too difficult for Meng Zhang to run a little wronged and delay a little time in order to protect this secret.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and Jijian God arrived at Hushan City, they took the fourth-order cloud boat and embarked on the way back to Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang, relying on his status as a member of the mission, ran around the Yunzhou for a while, and finally shamelessly found immortal Zhu Liangyu.


    Zhu Liangyu had settled a dispute between Meng Zhang and immortal Yueyuan. Afterwards, he was instructed by master Xuanfeng Zhenjun not to take care of the dispute between Huanglian sect and Meng Zhang. As for the dispute between them, just don''t know.


    This time, Meng Zhang and Jijian will return to the mission team on time. However, immortal Yue Yuan and others who had clashed with Meng Zhang never returned.


    Zhu Liangyu is acutely aware that the situation may be wrong.


    But unwilling to cause trouble, he pretended not to see it. Moreover, he comforted himself that maybe immortal Yueyuan missed meeting with the mission and had to return to Jiuqu League in other ways, or there were other things to stay in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to come to the door. He wanted to shut him out, but he didn''t want to offend the other party too much.


    Zhu Liangyu received Meng Zhang with a cold face.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang did not embarrass him, but asked about the mission.


    Anyway, these things are not a big secret. Although the senior management of Jiuqu League will not deliberately publicize, monks with some ability will always have a way to know.


    Zhu Liangyu didn''t hide it and told Meng Zhang the truth.


    The result of the Jiuqu League mission was worse than rumored.


    The major forces in the Daheng cultivation world all reject the Jiuqu League. Let alone form an alliance with Jiuqu alliance. It''s good not to be an enemy of Jiuqu alliance.


    It is normal for the mission to be snubbed by major forces and run into walls everywhere. If there were not three true gods in the mission, the mission might have encountered an accident.


    As for why this happened, no one in the Jiuqu League mission knows.


    The hostility of the great horizontal cultivation world to the Jiuqu alliance was so great that it was beyond everyone''s expectation.


    It''s really frustrating that Jiuqu league can''t get any help from Daheng cultivation world.


    As a member of Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang had a bad feeling in his heart.


    This premonition is partly from the divine master''s spiritual perception, and partly from the analysis of the situation.

 Chapter 698

    Jiuqu league can''t get any help from Daheng cultivation world. I''m afraid it will face the expansion of Dali imperial dynasty alone in the future.


    For this situation, let alone Meng Zhang, who is light hearted, it is estimated that even the Yuanshen leaders in the league are at a loss.


    Meng Zhang, who knew he had no say in such matters, could only sigh after hearing the news.


    Knowing everything he wanted to know, he politely said goodbye to Zhu Liangyu and returned to his cabin on the cloud boat.


    Zhu Liangyu has been in contact with Meng Zhang several times and feels that Meng Zhang is not a bad person and is not that kind of person who is difficult to deal with.


    Meng Zhang felt a sense of urgency. Not only should they break through the Yuanshen period as soon as possible, taiyimen should also enhance its strength as much as possible to meet the challenges that will come soon.


    Without words, the two fourth-order cloud boats returned to the Jiuqu league with the wind and water.


    On the way there, he was also raided by the fourth order monster. On the way back, I don''t know whether the three yuan gods really have enough deterrent power, or whether the fourth-order monsters in the black jade forest have learned to be smart. When passing near the black jade forest, no monsters came out to provoke, let alone unnecessary fighting.


    After such a long delay on the road and returning to Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang just visited the complacent Jin Lizhen Jun and hurried back to the mountain gate.


    After returning to taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang almost put aside everything and devoted himself to cultivation.


    In the middle of this, several major events happened in taiyimen without interrupting his cultivation.


    When Meng Zhang was 300 years old, his eldest disciple Niu Dawei was ready to give him a big party to celebrate his 300th birthday.


    Meng Zhang politely rejected Niu Dawei''s intention. According to his meaning, taiyimen should try to keep a low profile and develop silently in the future.


    In fact, shortly after Meng Zhang came back from the Daheng cultivation world, Yue Fengzhen Jun of Huanglian cult should know that the real Yue Yuan sent out had an accident.


    Meng Zhang and Jijian God general had a conflict with immortal Yue Yuan''s men in full view of the public, right next to the fourth level cloud boat. This kind of thing can''t be kept secret.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun also specially sent someone to question Meng Zhang and Jijian general and asked them to explain what had happened.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen are not without foundation. Relying on a small conflict alone, Yue fengzhenjun can''t fall on Meng Zhang as a result of the disappearance of real people such as Yue Yuan.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have a hard top either. He just asked the door-to-door questioning Huang Lian to teach someone to argue with Jin Lizhen.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t visit Jin Lizhen, he sent a special person to explain to Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen may complain that Meng Zhang has made trouble for him, but she will not sit idly by and let Yue Fengzhen be difficult for Meng Zhang without evidence.


    Jin Lizhen has been in power at the top of Jiuqu League for a long time and attaches great importance to the issue of face. The most taboo is Yue Fengzhen''s inexplicable provocative behavior.


    Jin Lizhen is still behind Yue Fengzhen, but she is not afraid of Yue Fengzhen at all. Even because of previous gratitude and resentment, he didn''t have a good face for Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Finally, because of Jin Lizhen''s protection, the matter was still settled. Yue Fengzhen had no way to hold on to it.


    Although he passed the pass temporarily, Meng Zhang specially told the middle and high levels of the door to be very careful in the future and strictly guard against the monks of Huanglian cult. They must not catch the painful feet.


    Meng Zhang himself, however, did not go out of the gate and did not step in the two gates. He practiced wholeheartedly in the gate.


    On the Yuantu prairie, the battle led by the jade sword gate became more and more intense. The major forces of Jiuqu League have invested more and more resources. Almost most of the forces were called up to fight.


    Taiyimen, as a member of Jiuqu League, is no exception. In the face of the recruitment order issued by the league, even if they are extremely unwilling, taiyimen can''t refuse.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is at a critical juncture. He can''t get out of the pass and join the war. The friars in the sect can only be led by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, to accept conscription and participate in the war against foreign barbarians.


    In this level of war, we can''t just send out friars in the foundation period and friars in the Qi refining period.


    In fact, Niu Dawei took away most of the elite in the gate. This war against Yuantu prairie used great strength of Jiuqu alliance, and many senior leaders in power in the gate participated in it.


    As a newly rising popular figure in the league, Jin Lizhen Jun did not go directly to the front line to participate in the war, but also received a task in charge of logistics transportation.


    Jin Lizhen took great care of taiyimen, and there was a lack of available people on hand.


    She used her power to transfer most of the recruited taiyimen friars to her own hands to be responsible for logistics transfer.


    Jin Lizhen had enough reliable staff, and the recruited friar of taiyimen got a relaxed job.


    The taiyimen friar led by Niu Dawei was able to avoid the fierce front line for the time being.


    Originally, before Niu Dawei went out, Meng Zhang also gave Niu Dawei two pseudo fourth-order talismans given to him by Jin Lizhen Jun for self-defense.


    Now it seems that Niu Dawei, who doesn''t have to fight on the battlefield, can''t use these two runes.


    The war between Jiuqu League and foreign barbarians is destined to be a long-time and protracted war. The two sides fought hard and saw back and forth on the Yuantu prairie.


    The friars on the front line suffered heavy casualties. At the Taiyi gate in the rear, good news kept coming into Meng Zhang''s ears.


    In these years, four more friars in the foundation period of taiyimen successfully attacked the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang''s second disciple an Xiaoran and third disciple an Muran, as well as two other disciples, have become the new golden elixir immortal.


    Taiyimen, with a full double-digit golden elixir immortal, has surpassed many old golden elixir forces.


    With four more golden elixir immortal, the difficulty of insufficient experts in the door was finally alleviated.


    Although the new golden elixir immortal still needs time to consolidate his accomplishments and cultivate new secret magic powers, he can''t be used for the time being. But at least there''s no problem sitting in the sect and calming people''s hearts.


    Not only the strength of Taiyi gate has greatly increased, but also new golden elixir real people have appeared in the whole Hanhai daomeng.


    First, in the skillful hand sect, a younger generation who was mainly cultivated by Jin Qiaoer successfully entered the golden elixir period.


    Then, in the old school of Tuxing sect, a talented disciple who was given high expectations by all the people in the sect finally became the golden elixir immortal.

 Chapter 699

    If it is the former taiyimen, it may also suppress other members of hanhaidao alliance and secretly destroy others to form a golden elixir.


    After all, Taiyi gate itself is only a new jindanzong gate. If a new jindanzong gate appears, it will certainly affect its control over Hanhai daomeng and even its rule.


    For example, when Fei hongzong ruled the endless sand sea, he acted in this way.


    As a ruler of the endless sand sea, you are absolutely not allowed to have forces that can compete with your own family.


    Taiyimen should learn a lesson if they don''t say they should learn from others.


    Jin Qiaoer can be accepted by taiyimen, not only because of the relationship between her master Jin Lizhen and Jun, but also because she never competes for power and profit, let alone interfere with the rule of taiyimen.


    With the increasing development of Taiyi sect and the continuous improvement of sect strength, the high-level in the sect seems to be magnanimous and tolerant.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the golden elixir period is about to be completed, and the impact on the yuan God period seems not far away. Moreover, taiyimen has more than ten Jindan real people, and always maintains the rolling advantage over all members of hanhaidao alliance.


    At this time, there are several Jindan real people in Hanhai daomeng, which will not affect the rule of taiyimen, but enhance the overall strength of Hanhai daomeng.


    The top and bottom of Taiyi gate showed great generosity in this matter.


    Meng Zhang, who was in seclusion, did not completely cut off contact with the outside world. Every once in a while, there will be a special person in the door to summarize the latest news and inform him through the messenger.


    At this time, Meng Zhang also chose to temporarily interrupt his cultivation and give some instructions to the door.


    The so-called relaxation is the way of writing and martial arts.


    After knowing that there was a new golden elixir immortal in the skillful hand gate, Meng Zhang considered that the third-order spirit pulse quality was not high and the aura provided was limited.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang planned to build xiongshiling into a big commercial city in the Gobi.


    After so many years of development, xiongshiling has begun to take shape and is already the leading Dafang city in a thousand miles. But there is still a long way to go before it becomes a big business city like Dafeng City.


    Now most of taiyimen golden elixir immortal go out to fight, and Jin Qiaoer is also trustworthy.


    Meng Zhang decided to appoint Jin Qiaoer as the city master of xiongshiling and take charge of all relevant matters of Dafang city.


    This has many advantages, which is very helpful for Meng Zhang''s next plan.


    Even in the closed door, Meng Zhang distracted some of his energy, specifically told the monks in the door to deal with this matter and sent special personnel to convey his appointment.


    Jin Qiaoer did not refuse Meng Zhang''s appointment and soon went to xiongshiling to take office.


    Meng Zhang was worried about many things inside and outside Taiyi sect, but most of them were handled by the disciples of the sect. Only then could he devote more time and energy to his cultivation.


    On the whole, his cultivation in the later stage of Jindan was relatively smooth. In particular, the two bottles of nine day essence provided by Xu Mengying greatly saved his time.


    However, Meng Zhang''s speed of consuming the essence of nine days was far beyond his own imagination.


    After two bottles of nine day essence were thoroughly absorbed and refined, he did not complete the cultivation of the golden elixir period.


    He had to interrupt his cultivation and go to the nine days to get the essence of the nine days in person.


    He was lucky. After going to nine days three times, he got enough essence of nine days and completely completed the rest of his cultivation.


    The war between Jiuqu League and foreign barbarians continued. Meng Zhang hid in the Mountain Gate of taiyimen and finally completed the cultivation of Jindan period and entered the perfect state of Jindan period.


    At this level, it seems that it is only one step away from the Yuanshen period, as if it can step out at any time.


    However, Meng Zhang knew that he still had a long way to go before he entered the yuan God period.


    He has read many useful classics and absorbed the experience of many predecessors.


    However, the previous experience can not directly help him enter the yuan God period, but only point out a rough direction for him.


    From the perfection of the golden elixir period to the breakthrough of the Yuanshen period, it is not enough to rely solely on closed doors and hard practice.


    In the middle, there are many tricks and passes.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun can freely mobilize the power of the road, which is the essential difference between Yuanshen friars and other friars.


    If Meng Zhang wants to enter the Yuanshen period, he should not only continue to conceive and raise the golden pill and wait for the last moment when the pill breaks the God, but also try to understand the power of the avenue and determine the future road.


    Meng Zhang has the top-grade spiritual root, but the spiritual root does not play a big role in breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    His spiritual root attribute is Yin and Yang, and his major cultivation method is the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    Sun and moon attributes can be approximately regarded as Yin and Yang attributes, but they are not completely Yin and Yang attributes.


    There is still a difference between Sun Moon Avenue and Yin Yang Avenue.


    Yin Yang Avenue covers a wider range and has stronger adaptability.


    There are many places in the universe without sun and moon. But there is no difference between yin and Yang, but it is very rare.


    In addition to the chaos before the opening of heaven and earth, there are yin and Yang at the beginning of the opening of heaven and earth.


    Strictly speaking, Sun Moon Avenue is the branch and extension of Yin Yang Avenue.


    Of course, Yin Yang Avenue is more difficult to control than sun moon Avenue.


    In the choice of Avenue, Meng Zhang has many choices.


    His physical attributes make him close to the yin-yang Avenue. The sun moon rotation Sutra mainly expounds the sun moon Avenue, but it also extends to the yin-yang Avenue.


    Among the Yuanshen of Taiyi sect who practiced the sun moon rotation Sutra, there are those who can master the power of yin and Yang.


    In addition to the word sun and moon, there is also the word rotation in the sun and moon rotation Sutra.


    The rotation of the sun and the moon means both spatial change and sometimes sequential replacement.


    If you continue to study this skill deeply, you can even touch the avenue of space and the avenue of time.


    There are many criteria to judge the quality of a skill, whether it is easy to practice, whether the power of the skill is large enough, the associated magic power of the skill, and the upper limit of the skill


    In the eyes of the top sects in the cultivation world, the more avenues a skill can involve and the deeper it is, the more potential it will have.


    From this point of view, the sun moon rotation Sutra can become the core inheritance of Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate has attracted much attention in its heyday. It really deserves its reputation.


    If you want to understand the rules of the great way from your major practice, it is not enough to just immerse yourself in hard practice.


    Except for a few favored ones of heaven, most Jindan perfect friars need to read the Taoist Scriptures and understand the Taoist collection before they can feel the existence of the great road.


    Meng Zhang knew this for a long time. Since entering the golden elixir period, no matter how busy he was, he never relaxed his understanding of Taoist Scriptures and daozang.


    In particular, Meng Zhang spent more effort on understanding daozang after he found that daozang had greatly improved Tianji.

 Chapter 700

    Although my heart is very urgent, I want to break through the Yuanshen period as soon as possible. But Meng Zhang knew that cultivation was not urgent. He had to do it step by step.


    Even in many cases, in addition to their own efforts, they also need opportunities.


    Meng Zhang ended his long isolation, left the closed chamber of secrets and began to fulfill his responsibility as the leader of Taiyi sect again.


    When Meng Zhang calmed down and slowly settled himself, the four Dharma protectors also brought him great surprises.


    The warehouse in the independent space of the void tripod was almost counted.


    All the useful materials are taken out and transported back to the Mountain Gate of taiyimen as far as possible and put into the big warehouse.


    Those inherited classics were basically copied and sent back to the Sutra Pavilion at the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The four Dharma protectors did not completely empty the space of the void tripod because it is the most reliable secret storehouse, which can store many important items.


    Even if the situation in Jiuqu League deteriorates, what accidents have happened to taiyimen Mountain Gate. With the treasure in the independent space of the void tripod, taiyimen also has the opportunity to make a comeback.


    Besides, this side of maple leaf mountain city was originally a retreat prepared by Meng Zhang for Taiyi gate.


    Jiuqu League enlisted taiyimen friars to fight on Yuantu prairie. The four Dharma protectors, as the most powerful fighting forces in the gate, naturally have to go on a journey.


    Many treasures in that storehouse are not marked with their origins. If a monk with insufficient eyesight can''t recognize them.


    If the four Dharma protectors had not gone to the war and delayed a lot of time, the warehouse would have been counted long ago.


    Because there are not many monks with enough insight in the door, and Meng Zhang had to practice in isolation before. Therefore, only when the four Dharma guardians return to the mountain gate for rest, can they be transferred to maple leaf mountain city and slowly count the items.


    In this way, it took several times longer than the original plan to count these items.


    Not to mention the most precious inheritance classics, the various materials in them alone exceed the years of accumulation of many old jindanzong doors.


    With this harvest, the whole Taiyi door will be broken. The risk Meng Zhang took before is totally worth it. All the efforts are not in vain.


    Among them, a treasure vital to Meng Zhang was counted.


    It was a gourd with powerful aura and various miracles.


    There are many kinds of spiritual gourds in the cultivation world. This gourd is made of extraordinary materials and contains the Qi of yin and Yang. In terms of product level alone, it is a fourth-order spirit object.


    I don''t know where the predecessors of taiyimen picked this gourd.


    After the foundation period, practitioners can try to refine their own life magic tools. With the steady improvement of cultivators'' accomplishments, the life magic tools can also be improved slowly.


    It''s pathetic to say that Meng Zhang has been practicing all the way to the golden elixir period. He is only one step away from achieving the yuan God, but he hasn''t even refined his life magic tools.


    Although there are many factors causing this situation, Meng Zhang''s situation has no treatment at all.


    Don''t mention the life magic tools. The magic tools on him are not very good.


    A jewel of the sun and moon can be used to display the divine light of the sun and moon. It is refined by his own secret method, which is the most suitable for his own situation.


    The most powerful spirit soldier spirit snake spear is a damaged item inherited from the ancestors of Taiyi clan. After many twists and turns, I managed to repair it completely.


    As for other magic tools such as shadow killing sword and burning sun sword, they are not worth mentioning at all.


    Many practitioners need appropriate magic tools to play their strongest combat effectiveness, and Meng Zhang is no exception.


    The magic weapon on him is only better than the whiteboard. If you put on top equipment, his combat effectiveness can be improved by several percent.


    Now getting this Linghu gives him a chance to make up for his equipment defects.


    This Linghu can be refined into Meng Zhang''s life magic weapon regardless of its material, attribute or future development prospect.


    Jinglei, as a master of refining tools, discussed with Meng Zhang many times before formulating the final refining plan.


    A really excellent tool refiner is not only copying the previous magic tool drawings, but also can push through the old and bring forth the new and create something.


    Jinglei Shenjiang is undoubtedly such an excellent tool refiner.


    In order to work out the device refining scheme, he consulted many ancient books and spent countless efforts.


    Meng Zhang is certainly not careless about his own life magic weapon.


    It is rare for him to use the privilege of the leader to transfer the Thunder God back to the door and let others accept the call to join the war instead of him.


    It took several years to make plans and prepare various auxiliary materials.


    After everything was ready, he asked Meng Zhang to rotate the weak water God back to the door.


    Next, the Thunder God and the weak water god will play at the same time, show the water refining and fire refining skills in turn, and start refining the spirit gourd.


    With a large number of auxiliary materials put into it, Linghu began to change.


    The yin-yang Qi contained in the Linghu was stimulated, and the original green body of the Linghu became a mixture of black and white.


    Strange forces constantly wash the whole body of Linghu and completely transform it.


    Water and fire can also be regarded as the embodiment of yin and Yang. At the same time, water refining and fire refining can fully stimulate the yin-yang attribute of Linghu.


    Thunder God and weak water god refined day and night. It took nine years to refine an embryo.


    Next, it''s Meng Zhang''s turn to contribute.


    Meng Zhang Ran Zhenyuan to refine the embryo. Then bring it into the Dantian and slowly warm it up.


    Most of the fourth-order magic tools in the cultivation world evolved from the third-order magic tools.


    This embryo is only third-order, but it has the potential of advanced fourth-order.


    In order to warm and strengthen the embryo, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to consume blood essence and soul.


    It was six years before this embryo took shape and grew into a complete magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang''s original magic weapon is called yin-yang gourd. Its whole body is black and white.


    Yin Yang gourd can release Yin and Yang Qi. Yin Qi contains boundless death intention and can seize people''s vitality. Yang Qi can exorcise evil spirits and break demons. It also contains vitality and has the wonderful function of bringing the dead back to life.


    Of course, the so-called bringing the dead back to life is not really able to make the dead return to the sun, but a powerful means of healing.


    The combination of yin and Yang and Qi can kill all things.


    Most of everything between heaven and earth is transformed by Yin and Yang. If the level of Linghu is enough, it can really refine everything in heaven and earth.


    The Yin and Yang Qi in the Linghu has a strong spirit and can be turned into a special Taoist soldier driven by Meng Zhang and obey his orders.


    Meng Zhang has a spirit gourd in his body, which can also strengthen all the magical powers of yin and Yang.


    For example, in his early years, he practiced a magic power called Liangyi Tongtian sword, which was formed by practicing Yin and Yang evil Qi. The power of this magical power can be greatly increased by strengthening the yin-yang spirit gourd.

 Chapter 701

    With Yin-Yang gourd, Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness has been greatly improved. Moreover, he will become a yuan God in the future, and this magic instrument will also have the opportunity to be promoted to a fourth-order magic instrument.


    The importance of this life magic instrument to practitioners is self-evident. Meng Zhang finally made up for this weakness before entering the yuan God period.


    Soon after refining the yin-yang gourd, the Thunder God and the weak water god had to respond to the call because of the fierce war on the Yuantu prairie.


    As yujianmen is about to launch a major counterattack against foreign barbarians, the demand for combat power on the front line is more urgent. All the major forces of Jiuqu League were recruited again.


    Several golden elixir immortals left behind by Taiyi gate have been recruited to the front line.


    Meng Zhang had been in the mountain gate for so long. He was a little quiet and ready to go to Yuantu prairie to participate in the war against foreign barbarians.


    First, I want to see the skills of barbarians. Second, try to replace some of our golden elixirs.


    However, information suddenly came from the Red Rock Valley, as if there had been a change on the other side of the sea clan.


    Now taiyimen is empty. Except for some Jindan immortal who just got married, all the Jindan immortal with some qualifications have gone to Yuantu prairie.


    During the foundation period, more than half of the monks were also dispatched. Less than half of the remaining friars in the foundation period are already busy taking care of all affairs inside and outside taiyimen Mountain Gate and the vast territory of taiyimen.


    The fact that the Hai clan chose to make trouble at this time really made Meng Zhang angry.


    The realm of the golden elixir period is perfect, and there are new life magic tools. Meng Zhang is just a little itchy.


    If Hai Zu dares to make trouble at this time, he will never shrink back.


    Luo Sanping, the new golden elixir immortal in charge of garrisoning here, was patrolling outside when Meng Zhang was transported from Baicao slope of the mountain gate to Hongyan valley.


    He heard that the leader came in person and hurried to report.


    Luo San tied the pill for a short time. He tied the pill with two disciples of Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran and an Muran.


    He just consolidated his accomplishments in the golden elixir period. He didn''t even practice his secret magic powers. Because there were not enough people in the door, he was transferred to Hongyan valley.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi gate now has two third-order weapon refiners, the thunder god general and the weak water god general. The third-order magic tools needed by the golden elixir immortal in the gate can be basically guaranteed.


    Moreover, taiyimen can intermittently obtain some third-order magic tools from the outside through various ways.


    For example, there are several usable third-order magic tools in the reconstructed taiyimen treasure.


    Of course, the real powerful magic tools were distributed to the monks in the last mountain gate guard battle.


    Luo Sanping holds a third-order magic weapon and a third-order mountain protection array. He can guard Hongyan Valley well as long as the army of Hai nationality doesn''t attack on a large scale.


    Even if he really touches the all-round attack of the Shanghai nationality, he can still insist on one or two and buy time for taiyimen to mobilize troops.


    According to Luo Sanping''s report, recently, the Hai nationality has continuously mobilized troops at the junction with taiyimen territory.


    A large army of Hai people sometimes lined up in the border area and sometimes made a move to launch an assault on taiyimen territory.


    After listening to Luo Sanping''s report, Meng Zhang had a minimum judgment in his heart.


    On the sea side, there should be no plan to attack on a large scale.


    Otherwise, we don''t need to make such a big momentum and just launch an attack directly.


    Bluff is no use to attack, but to disturb the enemy.


    Of course, if the taiyimen side is too weak and shows great flaws, maybe the Haizu side will change from false to true, really launch an attack and make some money from the taiyimen side.


    As far as the sea clan is concerned, as long as it retreats before the human Yuanshen Zhenjun intervenes, the human Yuanshen Zhenjun should not be troubled and hold on.


    These guys of Hai clan really seize the opportunity and deliberately make trouble here by taking the opportunity of the war between Jiuqu League and foreign barbarians.


    Of course, the foreign barbarians are the sworn enemies of the human cultivators, and they are also the enemies of the Hai clan.


    Although it is unlikely that the Hai nationality will collude with foreign barbarians, Meng Zhang cannot take it lightly.


    Meng Zhang first checked the defense inside and outside Hongyan valley. After confirming that there was no problem, he refused Luo Sanping''s request to accompany him and flew alone to the border between taiyimen and Haizu.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, as long as the Hai people are not prepared to go to war with Jiuqu alliance, they will not send out the fourth-order strong.


    As a perfect monk in the golden elixir period, he had nothing to worry about as long as he was not surrounded by the sea army.


    When Meng zhangfei arrived at the border area, he saw a large army of Hai nationality in front of him.


    Although Meng Zhang wanted to destroy all the Hai nationality army, he still had to pay attention to strategy because of the situation.


    The Hai people are unwilling to have a full-scale war with the Jiuqu alliance, and the Jiuqu alliance, which is fighting with foreign barbarians, is even more reluctant to have a full-scale war with the Hai people at this time.


    Meng Zhang really killed a large number of Haizu army at this time. I''m afraid he had to rely on taiyimen''s own strength to deal with the Revenge of Haizu army alone.


    The yin-yang gourd, which has been kept warm in Meng Zhang''s Dantian on weekdays, is held in Meng Zhang''s left hand at this time.


    Meng Zhang held his left hand high, and an air stream mixed with black and white came out of the mouth of the gourd. In the air, he turned into three Taoists wearing black and white Taoist robes. This is the yin-yang Taoist soldier pregnant in the yin-yang gourd.


    It takes a lot of precious materials and a lot of time to raise Taoist soldiers.


    With sufficient materials, one Taoist soldier with the initial strength of the golden elixir can be pregnant and raised every year, and a total of nine can be pregnant and raised.


    If you are pregnant and raise Taoist soldiers with strength during the foundation period, you can pregnant and raise six every year, and a total of 36 can be pregnant and raised.


    With this yin-yang gourd, as long as Meng Zhang is given enough materials and enough time, he can be worth an old Jindan sect.


    Limited by time and material constraints, Meng Zhang only bred three Taoist soldiers with the initial strength of the golden elixir in the yin-yang gourd.


    As for the Taoist soldiers during the foundation period, taiyimen is not lacking. There is a soldier''s nest transformed by Meng Zhang in the mountain gate.


    The soldier''s nest, a relic left by the fifth order Earth Spirit, became the source of Taoist soldiers'' production in Taiyi gate after being mastered by Meng Zhang.


    From the beginning, we can only produce one kind of Taoist soldiers called loess Lishi. Now, we can produce four kinds of Taoist soldiers.


    On weekdays, the soldier nest mainly produces first-order and second-order Taoist soldiers.


    With these Taoist soldiers, taiyimen''s strength in low-level friars has increased several times.


    Although in many cases, Taoist soldiers can not replace monks. But at least it has greatly shortened the gap between Taiyi gate and those old doors.


    Meng Zhang now summoned the three yin-yang soldiers in the golden elixir period to give some color to the sea clan army opposite and dispel their desire to take advantage of the chaos.

 Chapter 702

    The three yin-yang Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period stood together with Meng Zhang, each occupying a position. Then Meng Zhang began to guide the Taoist soldiers to cast spells with him.


    A jewel flew out of Meng Zhang''s head and flew all the way to the sea army.


    The Pearl suddenly shines, and almost endless light falls from the sky, covering all the surrounding areas.


    Meng Zhang''s advanced golden elixir period is complete, and the power of the magic power of sun, moon and divine light is also greatly enhanced.


    The overwhelming sun and moon light made the sea family army in chaos.


    Under the sun and moon, the sea clan army did not show too strong resistance. Everyone was dizzy, dizzy and almost unable to stand.


    But in the blink of an eye, the whole army fell into chaos and lost almost all its combat effectiveness.


    The two third-order sea people who commanded the army endured discomfort and rose up in the air to break the sun moon pearl above.


    Meng Zhang brushed with one hand, and more powerful sun and moon lights fell on his head. The two third-order sea people immediately felt that the spirits seemed to stagnate. They soon lost their ability to fly and fell to the ground from the air.


    If it weren''t for the thick skin and thick flesh of the two third-order sea people, they almost fell to death alive.


    At this time, as long as Meng Zhang is willing, he can easily wipe out the navy army in front of him.


    But this time was not a good time to start a full-scale war with the Hai nationality. Meng Zhang forcibly resisted the impulse to kill and turned and flew away.


    Next, Meng zhangrufa concocted it and flew around the boundary line, causing chaos and confusion for all the sea people.


    Seeing that taiyimen had made a strong response, and Meng Zhang came forward, the Hai family had to stop temporarily.


    The fourth level sea clan does not come out, and the third level real dragon is the defeated general of Meng Zhang. Unless the sea clan sends out many strong men to besiege, there is no way to take Meng Zhang.


    However, the Hai nationality is also not ready for a full-scale war with the Jiuqu League. Naturally, it is impossible to fight and go out on a large scale.


    After Meng Zhang''s actions during this period, the army of the Hai nationality had to retreat temporarily to avoid direct conflict with Meng Zhang.


    Although we know that this is only a temporary cure, not a permanent cure, and does not solve the fundamental problem. But Meng Zhang has no better way, so he can only do it for the time being.


    Meng zhangfei went back to Hongyan Valley and told the monks stationed here to strengthen their vigilance. After that, he directly sent it back to the grass slope of the mountain gate.


    He didn''t leave for a long time. There was no major event in the mountain gate, and the latest war situation on the front line didn''t come back.


    At this time, Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, came to Fengye mountain city and asked the Taiyi disciples stationed there to send a letter. She wanted to meet Meng Zhang and have a big discussion.


    Immortal Yue Yuan and others disappeared in Daheng Xiuzhen world last time. This account was counted by Yue Fengzhen Jun on Xu Mengying''s head.


    But in these years, Xu Mengying has never appeared in Jiuqu League, and he can''t find anyone to settle accounts.


    Of course, Xu Mengying has not appeared for a long time. Yue Fengzhen Jun''s integration of Huanglian cult has become more smooth.


    According to the news received by Meng Zhang, Yue fengzhenjun will officially ascend to the position of leader of Huanglian sect in a short time, and return the actually divided Huanglian sect to one.


    Xu Mengying''s situation is very bad, and she is almost forced to a corner. If there is no turning over means, I''m afraid I won''t dare to return to Jiuqu League in the future.


    Meng Zhang certainly did not want to see Yue fengzhenjun become the leader of the Huanglian sect and integrate the whole Huanglian sect. But it is impossible for him to be a true monarch of the yuan God.


    Now Xu Mengying comes to the door, and Meng Zhang is still ready to see him.


    If Xu Mengying has any good way to fight against Yue Fengzhen Jun, Meng Zhang may intervene in this matter. But if Xu Mengying is only going to use Meng Zhang as cannon fodder, Meng Zhang will have to thank him.


    Meng Zhang transferred from baicaopo to maple leaf mountain city and saw Xu Mengying in the quiet room.


    It''s been years since Meng Zhang saw Xu Mengying. Meng Zhang obviously feels that many changes have taken place in Xu Mengying.


    The original faint breath on her face had already completely disappeared. The whole person becomes unusually firm, giving people a particularly reliable feeling.


    Her breath is even heavier, like a mountain.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the golden elixir period has been complete. She doesn''t dare to say that she is below the yuan God period. After seeing Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying didn''t say a word of nonsense. She directly asked Meng Zhang for help and asked him to help him kill a powerful demon.


    It is certainly a good thing to kill demons and demons. As the pillar of the right path, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, will certainly not leave it alone. But he won''t help in vain, let alone rush.


    Meng Zhang looked at Xu Mengying with a smile, without a promise, but to see what conditions she was going to buy herself.


    Meng Zhang asked himself, today, Xu Mengying should not have any conditions, enough to move her heart.


    Although Huanglian sect is the sect of Yuanshen, Xu Mengying is a loner. The benefit given last time should be the limit of her ability.


    With the harvest in the independent space of the void tripod, there is almost nothing in urgent need, whether Meng Zhang or taiyimen.


    Now it is more difficult than before to buy Meng Zhang off.


    Xu Mengying understood Meng Zhang''s meaning. Her red lips moved and gently spit out four words.


    "Heavenly virtues."


    Meng Zhang''s eyes coagulated and tried to ensure that he didn''t look different.


    There is no need for Xu Mengying to say more, Meng Zhang has already moved.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is very clear about the merits and virtues of heaven. Meng Zhang has personally experienced how important the merits and virtues of heaven are.


    In particular, Meng Zhang is now in the golden elixir period and is about to hit the critical juncture of the yuan God period.


    In this process, there are few shortcuts to take. It all depends on hard work. If you are unlucky, it is normal for Meng Zhang to waste dozens of years.


    Even to the extreme, Meng Zhang has been stuck at this juncture all his life and will never enter the Yuanshen period, which is not impossible.


    In the cultivation world, I don''t know how many talented friars, including the so-called Yuanshen seeds from large families, lingered for hundreds of years before stepping into the threshold of Yuanshen period, couldn''t enter their door, and finally ended with hatred. There are countless examples.


    Far from it, let''s just say that after the reconstruction of taiyimen, there were many amazing monks who met all the conditions, but they still couldn''t advance to the Yuanshen period all their life.


    Even Meng Zhang, who has always been full of confidence in himself, dare not say that he can succeed 100%.

 Chapter 703

    Meng Zhang''s greatest hope now is that he can break through the Yuanshen period as soon as possible.


    It seems that this goal is close at hand, but in fact it is still far away.


    If a large number of heavenly virtues can be added at this time, it will certainly play a great role in breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    The so-called merits and virtues of the way of heaven actually make a great contribution to the world and receive the mysterious power from the way of heaven as a reward.


    The merits and virtues of heaven are extremely rare. Many friars who know the inside story spend a lot of time and can''t accumulate much merits and virtues of heaven.


    Meng Zhang killed the demon xiuye Feifan in the sand sea of death last time and offended the great devil in the demon domain, so he got a merit of heaven.


    This Tiandao merit played a great role in his cultivation of Tianji and helped eliminate many hidden dangers.


    The magic of the merits and virtues of heaven can not be described in words. In case, it can turn the impossible into possible, and even change some rules of heaven and earth to a certain extent.


    Meng Zhang, who is in the critical stage of the path of cultivation, naturally craves it very much.


    In the past, Meng Zhang also spent a lot of time pursuing the merits of heaven.


    However, he has killed ghost cultivation, demon cultivation, foreign barbarians, and a large number of demons in the great horizontal cultivation world, but he has not felt the obvious arrival of heaven''s merits and virtues.


    Now Xu Mengying throws out the merits of heaven to seduce Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang is moved and suspicious at the same time.


    For one thing, the merits of heaven can be met but not sought. Even if Xu Mengying has great skills, she may not be reliable in such things.


    Second, since we know the existence of heaven''s merits and virtues, we should naturally know the magical function of heaven''s merits and virtues. If Meng Zhang had the opportunity to obtain the merits of heaven, he would definitely keep it strictly confidential and would not easily share it with others.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s confused eyes in his heart, Xu Mengying smiled bitterly.


    If she had no choice but to find someone to help, she would not come to Meng Zhang for help.


    She did not directly answer Meng Zhang''s confusion, but said that what she was going to say was related to the top secret of Huanglian cult. She hoped that Meng Zhang would make a heart devil oath and would not spread the matter whether he was willing to help or not.


    Meng Zhang saw Xu Mengying''s resolute attitude, and it didn''t seem to do much harm to herself. After a little thought, I agreed.


    In front of Xu Mengying, he made a heart demon oath and vowed not to spread the matter.


    Xu Mengying was relieved and slowly explained to Meng Zhang.


    To explain this matter in detail, we should start hundreds of years ago.


    At that time, Xu Huanshan, the leader of the yellow lotus sect, had not disappeared, and the yellow lotus sect was far from divided.


    At that time, the Huanglian sect had more than one true monarch, the golden elixir, and countless followers.


    In terms of strength, the Huanglian sect at that time was second only to the two giants of qingyuanzong and yujianmen in the Jiuqu League. It was the power of returning to the virtual realm. It was the strongest in the Junchen world and was at the top of the world.


    The changes in the cultivation world are unpredictable, and the misfortunes and blessings are unpredictable. Even if a great sect of Yuanshen, such as taiyimen, really meets a disaster, it also says that it will be destroyed, and there is not much self-protection.


    However, the forces with great power to return to the virtual realm are different. As long as the great power to return to the virtual realm is still there, this force is basically impossible to perish.


    One of the main reasons why those holy religious doors can be inherited for thousands of years and always be at the top of the whole cultivation world is that they have always been able to return to emptiness.


    Returning to emptiness can intimidate the world. It is the real master of Jun dust world and the pillar that can determine the fate and direction of the whole cultivation world.


    In the cultivation world, which yuan Shen Zhen Jun doesn''t want to become the great power of returning to emptiness?


    However, it is too difficult to achieve the great power of returning to emptiness, even for the practitioners of the Holy Land Sect.


    Even in the holy land, each family can have at most one or two great powers to return to emptiness.


    In fact, most of the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the cultivation world have no way forward and have to admit their fate after the later stage of Yuanshen cultivation.


    Many monks in the later period of Yuanshen put their energy into running schools or families. They all use various means to leave their own inheritance, hoping to be handed down forever.


    Let alone Xu Huanshan, who was born in a small clan in the wilderness, is the Yuanshen Zhenjun who was born in a large family in the Middle Earth mainland. He dare not easily covet the realm of returning to the virtual period.


    Xu Huanshan and the original Tianzhu Zhenjun are different among the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    To put it better, it''s called ambition. To put it worse, it''s just that you don''t know the greatness of heaven and earth.


    For his own path, Xu Huanshan gave up his responsibility as the leader of Huanglian sect, left everything in the sect and embarked on the road of seeking Tao.


    Of course, when he left Huanglian sect, he didn''t want to go forever, let alone think that he would say goodbye to his fellow disciples in the sect.


    Before he left, he had made arrangements for many affairs in the church, and he was full of the idea that he would return to the church for decades and centuries.


    After Xu Huanshan left Huanglian cult, he never came back.


    Many of the arrangements he made before he left were also invalidated because of a series of mistakes.


    This is not only the problem of Huanglian sect itself, but also the factor of other forces of Jiuqu League.


    A powerful Huanglian sect does not seem to be in everyone''s interests.


    The headless Huanglian sect began to split internally and weakened day by day.


    Speaking of it, Xu Huanshan is the culprit of the weakness of Huanglian cult, which has attracted many complaints from future generations.

 Chapter 704

    From Xu Huanshan''s own intention at that time, he may not have abandoned his sect and only focused on his own path.


    However, from the actual effect, it is precisely because he did not return for many years and mysteriously disappeared that the great sect of Yuanshen, Huanglian sect, has changed from prosperity to decline and declined day by day.


    Maybe many of the younger disciples of Huanglian sect will complain about Xu Huanshan when they think of the glory of their predecessors.


    However, they have to admit that only Xu Huanshan''s return can clean up the current chaotic situation of Huanglian cult.


    In these hundreds of years, many of the younger brothers of Huanglian sect have invested a lot of time and energy to find the trace of Xu Huanshan and find the leader.


    Unfortunately, due to the obstruction from all sides and the mysterious whereabouts of Xu Huanshan, all efforts have not achieved any results.


    When Xu Mengying became a saint of Huanglian sect, she herself was a descendant of Xu Huanshan. Of course, she paid special attention to the search for Xu Huanshan.


    Later, when Yuefeng Zhenjun rose, Xu Mengying was unwilling to surrender and fought against him all the time.


    Xu Mengying, who slowly fell to the disadvantage in the confrontation, put the hope of reversing the situation on the recovery of Xu Huanshan.


    The Huanglian sect has always believed that Xu Huanshan is mysteriously missing, not falling. That''s because the soul lamp enshrined by Xu Huanshan in the general altar of Huanglian cult has never been extinguished.


    But when Xu Huanshan left that year, he used some means to take the initiative to cut off the special connection between himself and the soul lamp.


    Although we can still sense Xu Huanshan''s life and death through the soul lamp, we can''t contact his location.


    According to the common guess of Huanglian sect, Xu Huanshan should be trapped in a dangerous place, so he has been unable to escape.


    Unfortunately, the people of Huanglian sect, including other Yuanshen Zhenjun, can''t find the whereabouts of Xu Huanshan. They have nowhere to help.


    Xu Mengying is indeed worthy of being a contemporary saint of the Huanglian sect. She is indeed powerful. She spent a lot of money and finally had a clue to Xu Huanshan''s whereabouts.


    As for how Xu Mengying got Xu Huanshan''s whereabouts, she did not tell Meng Zhang the detailed process.


    Speaking of this, Xu Mengying paused for a long time, probably considering the next wording.


    Xu Mengying finally found Xu Huanshan in the Daheng cultivation world after painstaking efforts. But the result is not wonderful. Xu Huanshan''s state is too bad. Not only can not provide help for Xu Mengying, but has become a heavy burden.


    Xu Huanshan has been missing for so many years. When Xu Mengying found him, he was deeply possessed and it was difficult to turn back.


    Xu Mengying carefully observed Meng Zhang''s expression as she spoke.


    Especially when she said that Xu Huanshan was deeply possessed, her tone became cautious.


    Meng Zhang''s face remained unchanged. When he heard this, even if Xu Mengying didn''t say it clearly, he already had a guess in his heart.


    Another guy who wants to break through by any means for his own way.


    How could a good Yuanshen Zhenjun be so easily possessed by the devil? Think of the past when he ran into Xu Mengying in the area occupied by demons.


    Meng Zhang is basically sure that Xu Huanshan took the initiative to break through the bottleneck of cultivation.


    At that time, when Tianzhu Zhenjun reached the later stage of Yuanshen''s cultivation, he could not see the way forward, but he was unwilling to admit his life. He wanted to use the means of heresy to capture the body of the fifth level Earth Spirit.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun just didn''t follow the right path, but Xu Huanshan simply entered the evil path.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t practiced to the later stage of Yuanshen, and he can''t realize their hopelessness. However, as a fellow practitioner, he was still a little worried.


    Even taiyimen in its heyday did not have the power to return to the virtual realm.


    Meng ZhangCai got many inheritances of Taiyi gate from the void tripod. There is no content about breaking through the realm of returning to the void.


    When he reaches the later stage of Yuanshen, he will also face the problems faced by Xu Huanshan and Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    In the later period of Yuanshen, it seems far away from a Jindan friar. Meng Zhang put this matter aside for the time being and put his attention back to the present.


    According to Xu Mengying, after Xu Huanshan, the leader of Huanglian cult, was possessed by the devil, he was not willing to fall into the devil, but actively tried to save himself.


    In these hundreds of years, he struggled with the evil thoughts in his heart countless times, but he still couldn''t get the upper hand. Instead, he became more and more evil and slid step by step into the abyss of complete demonization.


    By now, Xu Huanshan has been completely hopeless. The last glimmer of clarity in his heart could no longer be maintained.


    In order to prevent Xu Huanshan from becoming a generation of demons after being completely demonized, which will harm the common people and the world. Xu Mengying has only great righteousness to kill her relatives. She hurts the killer and kills Xu Huanshan.


    Speaking of this, Xu Mengying could not hide her sad look on her face, and her tone was low, revealing a strong sense of powerlessness.


    The reason why Xu Mengying wants Meng Zhang''s help is that Xu Huanshan''s strength is too strong. Even if he forcibly suppresses his strength and does not make any resistance, the instinctive reaction of a yuan God Zhenjun can resist Xu Mengying''s attack.


    Relying solely on Xu Mengying''s own strength, she really can''t kill Xu Huanshan.


    Xu Huanshan only wanted to borrow the power of the devil''s way in order to break through the bottleneck of cultivation. He is unwilling to fall into the devil and become a devil.


    However, he underestimated the power of the devil, and never thought that the power of demonization would be so powerful that even friars like him in the later stage of the yuan God could not resist.


    At the last minute, he was willing to give up resistance and let Xu Mengying kill himself, which showed that he had not been completely demonized.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power, although he can''t read Xu Mengying''s mind, he comes from the special spiritual sense of the Heavenly Master, but he doesn''t feel malice on Xu Mengying.


    Xu Mengying should not have lied. She sincerely wants to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    As for what she said about the merits of heaven, Meng Zhang also guessed what was going on.


    Evil cultivation is often more difficult to deal with than evil things, and the disaster is even greater.


    A monk like Xu Huanshan who can break through passes and cultivate all the way to the later stage of Yuanshen is absolutely amazing and can be called a generation of heroes.


    Xu Huanshan''s achievements would be far more than that if he had not been born in the Jiuqu League in a remote place, but in the holy land of the Middle Earth. It''s not impossible to become a peerless Tianjiao.


    If such a person falls into the devil and becomes a devil, it means a major victory for the devil.


    This is not only the loss of the whole cultivation world, but also the damage he will cause to the whole Jun dust world in the future. Poisoning the world and harming thousands of years are very likely to happen.


    If a cultivator kills Xu Huanshan before all this happens, it is tantamount to thwarting the devil''s way and resolving a great catastrophe in the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, it is conceivable to get merit from heaven as a reward from heaven.

 Chapter 705

    With Meng Zhang''s insight and judgment, Xu Mengying doesn''t need to speak clearly. He can understand many things.


    Xu Mengying''s words are not full of meaning. He is also clear.


    Even if Xu Mengying doesn''t come to him for help, he can''t let go if there is such an opportunity to kill demon Xiu.


    This is not only because of his position as a righteous monk, but also because he has substantial benefits.


    Moreover, with the growing momentum of Yue Fengzhen Jun, Xu Mengying, an opponent, became more and more important.


    However, in order not to make Xu Mengying feel too urgent, Meng Zhang still has to pinch her.


    After Xu Mengying finished talking about the whole story, he spent a lot of words and said good things. Meng ZhangCai reluctantly agreed to help kill Xu Huanshan.


    Kill a Yuanshen Zhenjun. Even if the other party gives up the active resistance, his instinct will still resist.


    Yuanshen period and Jindan period are separated by a big realm. The advantage of Yuanshen Zhenjun over Jindan immortal is rolling. Even the favored children of the Holy Land Sect can not cross this realm gap and challenge higher and higher.


    Funny to say, Xu Huanshan, the yuan God Zhenjun, also helped out a lot of ideas in order to let immortal Jindan kill himself.


    After listening to Xu Huanshan''s opinions, Xu Mengying came to find Meng Zhang for help.


    After discussing for a long time, they decided on a general battle plan.


    Without delay, every moment of delay, Xu Huanshan is further away from complete demonization.


    Meng Zhang confessed to friar taiyimen in maple leaf mountain city and set out with Xu Mengying.


    They flew all the way to the West. They basically didn''t stop except for occasional rest on the road.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought Xu Huanshan would hide in the area occupied by demons.


    But now from the direction they flew to, it''s really not that place.


    Think about it, the area occupied by demons seems vast, but it has always been under the eyes of the major forces in the great horizontal cultivation world. Even if Xu Huanshan has great skills, he can''t hide from so many explorations of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    They didn''t fly in a straight line, and flying to the West was only a rough route.


    On the way to the target, they adjusted their direction several times and turned several circles intentionally or unintentionally.


    It took more than half a month for Xu Mengying to lead Meng Zhang to his destination as soon as she took off.


    It is a branch of the Daheng mountains. It is located at the northwest edge of the Daheng Xiuzhen world, only a line away from the black jade forest.


    Some extensions of this mountain range are covered with forests, which can be said to have been located at the edge of the black jade forest.


    The neighbor of Heiyu forest has always been a trouble in Daheng cultivation world, which has brought a certain threat to Daheng cultivation world.


    Although there is a mass of loose sand inside the Daheng cultivation world, the overall strength is far above the black jade forest.


    Black jade forest is just a trouble, far from being a deadly enemy.


    As long as the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are determined, they are fully capable of sweeping the whole black jade forest.


    Therefore, over the years, the monsters in the black jade forest have harassed some marginal areas of the Daheng cultivation world at most. They will never invade on a large scale, nor dare they go deep into the hinterland of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Of course, the harassment that is not worth mentioning in the eyes of monsters and big forces is a great threat to many Jindan sects and is likely to turn into a disaster.


    For example, in the mountainous area in front of Meng Zhang, because there is no decent resource production and close to the black jade forest, practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world rarely come on their own initiative.


    Meng Zhang walked all the way and observed at random in the high altitude. He didn''t find any decent spiritual veins around him. Naturally, there would be no patriarchal families around him.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang landed on a big mountain ahead.


    The mountain is more than a thousand feet high, the mountain is huge, and there are many visible caves, large and small, between the mountainside.


    Xu Mengying led Meng Zhang into a cave.


    It looks like a small cave, but there is a cave in it. Most of the interior of the mountain was hollowed out, and huge stone halls were connected by tunnels.


    Xu Mengying led the way in front, leading Meng Zhang to turn seven times and eight times, and then came to the front of a bottomless abyss.


    Immortal Xiaolian, who was taken away by Xu Mengying last time, sat alone in front of the abyss at this time. He looked dull and had no expression on his face.


    Seeing Xu Mengying coming, immortal Xiaolian didn''t respond. It was like a clay puppet.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he naturally saw that immortal Xiaolian was wrong.


    He glanced at Xu Mengying and make complaints about it.


    Sure enough, she is the most poisonous woman. She said that she would not let her family kill immortal Xiaolian, but take immortal Xiaolian away.


    From the current situation of immortal Xiaolian, living is not necessarily better than death. I''m afraid it''s not too much to say that life is better than death.


    Xu Mengying didn''t seem to notice Meng Zhang''s eyes, but jumped directly into the abyss ahead.


    Meng Zhang followed and jumped down.


    Their bodies flew a short distance in the air and fell a long way before they saw a raised stone platform on the stone wall in front of them.


    On the stone platform, an old man with a strong body, no anger and white beard and hair, was sitting with his back to the stone wall and his legs crossed his knees.


    There was darkness around, no light at all, but it did not hinder Meng Zhang''s observation of the front.


    The old man''s face was black, his expression was distorted and ferocious, and his veins were exposed. It was obvious that he was struggling in pain.


    Meng Zhang looked at it from a distance with his broken delusion method, and he felt very creepy.


    The fallen immortal of that year was slightly contaminated with magic Qi during the foundation period, and almost destroyed the road. Later, fortunately, Meng Zhang helped him dispel the evil spirit, and she was reborn.


    The old man in front of us should be Xu Huanshan, the leader of Huanglian cult.


    The magic Qi on him is far from a little. He seems to be a source of magic Qi.


    If he hadn''t suppressed it with all his strength, I''m afraid a large amount of magic gas would have gushed out and demonized the surrounding area.


    Seeing Xu Mengying flying over, Xu Huanshan said, "fortunately, you came in time. If you show up later, we can''t support you anymore."


    Xu Mengying looked at Xu Huanshan with a complex expression and changing expression.


    She didn''t introduce Meng Zhang and didn''t say much.


    "It''s really a mistake that has become eternal hatred. This seat will come to this end only if it is greedy and confused by the evil way."


    "Do it quickly. We have already finished what we should say."


    Xu Mengying is not that kind of fussy and sentimental woman. Knowing that killing Xu Huanshan is inevitable, she no longer hesitates.


    She saluted Xu Huanshan from afar in the air and then shot.


    She did not know when she had an extra short sword burning with flames. The short sword made a beautiful arc in the air and directly killed Xu Huanshan.


    Meng Zhang, who had enough communication with Xu Mengying in advance, did not hesitate at this time and immediately cooperated with him.


    Meng Zhang held the yin-yang Linghu, the magic weapon of his life, in his left hand. The spirit gourd spewed out black-and-white gas, which turned into three yin-yang soldiers dressed in black-and-white Taoist robes in the air.


    A round pearl rose from Meng Zhang''s head, shining brightly in the air, pouring down one after another.


    Where the sun and moon divine light go, the darkness recedes and the light reappears.


    Meng Zhang''s right hand Stroke immediately raised a black sword Qi and a white sword Qi.


    Black sword Qi and white sword Qi fly into the air, either mixed together or separated.


    After years of hard cultivation, Meng Zhang finally achieved the magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    Facing the opponent of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang dared not be careless even if the other party did not make any resistance.


    He took out his real skills as soon as he shot. He wanted to kill the other party here as quickly as possible.


    The short sword released by Xu Mengying was not close to Xu Huanshan, as if it had hit an invisible wall and could not move on.


    Meng Zhang''s attacks are far from close. It seems that he has encountered bursts of invisible forces, which have been eliminated in the invisible.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised by this result. If yuan Shen Zhenjun was so easy to kill, Xu Mengying would not find herself.


    Meng Zhang and three Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period formed a simple four elephant demon killing array.


    The Taoist soldiers transformed by yin-yang Linghu are not only strong, but also highly intelligent. They can almost be regarded as a special creature.


    Meng Zhang only needs to release a little divine thought to control these Taoist soldiers freely.


    Since the reconstruction of the treasure of Taiyi gate, the current Taiyi gate has greatly increased.


    Apart from other things, when it comes to arrays, plus the accumulation before Taiyi gate, there are one or two hundred kinds of useful arrays collected in the gate.


    Meng Zhang is not a special array mage, and his array talent is also general.


    However, he has read many classics in the door and has a deep understanding of many arrays.


    Now he controls the three yin and Yang soldiers to set up the four elephants to kill demons array together, which can play a great power.


    Xu Mengying over there also has more than one means of attack. With the help of Meng Zhang''s cover, she tried her best to display a magic power and secret method.


    Although Xu Huanshan was determined to die, he tried to control his impulse to resist.


    However, driven by the devil''s will, he couldn''t help fighting.


    Fortunately, Xu Huanshan adhered to his original intention, fought desperately with the devil''s will, and interfered with his own actions again and again.


    Otherwise, if he really unscrupulous shot, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying even if they are excellent, there is only a dead end.


    In the next war, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying showed their magic powers, played their cards and attacked desperately.


    Meng Zhang uses Liangyi Tongtian sword, the door god, to turn out the powerful black-and-white sword Qi. Combined with the Qizheng sword formula that has been practising hard for many years, he has a unique power.


    Xu Huanshan didn''t show any ability at all. He just shot at will. His instinctive resistance made Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying feel more pressure.


    Meng Zhang dares to agree to Xu Mengying''s request, not only because of her own judgment, but also because Xu Mengying has repeatedly guaranteed that Xu Huanshan will not deliberately resist, but will take the initiative to cooperate with them to kill himself.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t expect that when it was time to start, Xu Huanshan had such great power with a few moves.


    Meng Zhang has personally experienced the terrible strength of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In fact, Xu Huanshan didn''t show his real skills at all.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s greatest ability is to mobilize the power of the road, and even have special Taoism.


    Xu Huanshan did not display all these skills. What he is doing now is just some conventional means.


    In this dark abyss, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying both fell into a bitter struggle.


    This battle is different from any battle before Meng Zhang. The enemy is too powerful. He and Xu Mengying almost did their best, but they couldn''t help each other.


    Later, Xu Huanshan summoned up his last remaining strength and reluctantly threatened to temporarily suppress the evil thoughts in his body, creating opportunities for Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying.


    Meng Zhang entered the treasure house of the Dark Alliance on the Yuantu prairie and got a real fourth-order talisman.


    Over the years, he has encountered many crises and faced many challenges. He has not displayed this talisman, but has been painstakingly preserved.


    But now, in the face of such a strong enemy as Xu Huanshan, he has exhausted almost all means and is helpless. He has to take out the last card.


    Before Meng Zhang cast this fourth-order talisman, Xu Mengying cast a pseudo fourth-order talisman, which greatly weakened Xu Huanshan''s defense.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to urge the talisman in his hand. The three yin-yang soldiers turned into fog and disappeared. He invested all his strength to help urge the fourth level talisman.


    Meng Zhang spent almost half his life before he released this fourth-order talisman.


    A huge fist appeared in the sky and smashed at Xu Huanshan.


    The protective spell outside Xu Huanshan''s body is broken like an egg shell. His whole body was smashed to pieces.


    Although the flesh was destroyed and shattered, as long as the yuan God did not die, it was not a complete killing of a yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang, who was full of vitality, was ready to force his hand. Xu Huanshan pointed at him before his body collapsed.


    Meng Zhang''s body expanded without the slightest resistance, and then exploded like a watermelon.


    Before the explosion of his body, Meng Zhang almost instinctively threw the spirit snake spear in his hand.


    The spirit snake spear accurately hit the yuan God of Xu Huanshan and kept sprinting and strangling inside.


    Meng Zhang''s body flashed out not far away again. His face was full of happiness for narrowly escaping death.


    He looked at the avatar he carried close to him with lingering fear.


    The double puppet, who could bear two fatal injuries, has completely turned into powder.


    The action of Yuanshen Zhenjun has exceeded the limit that the double doll can bear.


    If Xu Huanshan didn''t try to control the power of his hand, the double doll might not be able to save Meng Zhang''s life.


    Xu Mengying added strength to help the spirit snake spear destroy the yuan God of Xu Huanshan.


    Xu Huanshan''s face finally showed an expression of relief.


    He seemed to want to thank him, but the whole yuan God had dissipated quickly.


    (thanks for Eric WSC''s reward on book friend 20180426174344522, and old friend zeeh''s big reward again. Thank you very much.)

 Chapter 706

    Looking at the rapid dissipation of Xu Huanshan''s Yuanshen, the exhausted Meng Zhang was finally relieved and could completely relax.


    He flew to the ground next to him and didn''t care to do any sorting. He landed so regardless of the image. He collapsed to the ground and didn''t want to move any more.


    Xu Mengying, with a sad expression on her face, also landed powerlessly and found a place to rest slowly.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying tried their best to kill the enchanted Xu Huanshan.


    As the target of being killed, Xu Huanshan was very grateful to both of them before he died.


    If Xu Huanshan is not killed by the two, he will fall into the devil. From the soul to the body, it may eventually become the food of the devil kingdom.


    But when he was killed before he was completely demonized, his soul was understood.


    With the power of a true monarch, you can send the spirit to the underworld before you die. It is not impossible to reincarnate in the future, or go directly to the way of ghosts and gods.


    There is a future after death, but immortality is the end of falling into the devil''s way forever, and there is no liberation forever.


    Not only Xu Huanshan himself, but also the will of heaven in the world of Jun dust, are very satisfied with Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying, who unexpectedly gave the merit of heaven.


    Meng Zhang, who was sitting on the ground, had a fairy sound in his ear. Golden flowers fell one after another in the sky and died in a flash


    Although his body was very tired, Meng Zhang''s mind was unprecedentedly sober.


    His current state is very strange. He is awake and has a special trance from time to time.


    He seemed to live at infinity, overlooking the whole world.


    The whole world seemed to have no secrets in his eyes.


    The Invisible Rules of heaven and earth appeared in his eyes at the moment.


    Countless truths and secrets between heaven and earth poured into his mind like a tide.


    In this case, Meng Zhang is not in this state. Meng Zhang not only has a great increase in understanding and a particularly clear mind, but also has a special ability to better understand everything.


    The biggest gap between Jindan perfect Friar and Yuanshen Zhenjun is the understanding and application of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Before Meng Zhang, he had the deepest understanding of the yin-yang Avenue, but only to the point of understanding. In his eyes, the other avenues were simply out of reach and out of reach.


    In the current epiphany state, Meng Zhang naturally began to understand and understand all kinds of heaven and earth roads.


    The road of heaven and earth, which was originally out of reach, seemed to be within reach in his eyes.


    The rules of heaven and earth seemed to lie in front of him.


    Meng Zhang is not greedy. He knows that Epiphany is not omnipotent. He chose the avenue of heaven and earth, which he was most familiar with and closest to, as the object of enlightenment.


    Meng Zhang''s constitution is originally yin-yang attribute. He had some attainments on the avenue of Yin-Yang before.


    His main energy is focused on understanding the avenue of yin and Yang.


    Heaven and earth are opened up and chaos is separated. Clear and turbid Qi are produced between heaven and earth. The clear Qi rises and turns into nine days. The turbid air sinks and turns into nine places.


    Clear and turbid Qi are divided into yin and Yang. When heaven and earth are opened up, there are differences between yin and Yang.


    Everything in heaven and earth is divided into yin and Yang.


    All things have negative Yin and hold Yang, and rush Qi to think of harmony.


    For a moment, countless understandings about the avenue of yin and Yang suddenly poured into Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Not all of these insights are just acquired by him, but there are many summaries of previous insights.


    From a long time ago, Meng Zhang studied daozang and understood the Taoist Scriptures.


    His years of hard work, years of pay and years of accumulation have not been in vain.


    At this critical moment, he accumulated a lot, and all his accumulation turned into the food for him to understand the avenue of heaven and earth.


    The first breakthrough is the yin-yang Avenue. Meng Zhang''s attainments on the yin-yang Avenue are enough for him to impact the Yuanshen period.


    After this great harvest, Meng Zhang not only continued to deeply understand the yin-yang Avenue, but also began to involve other avenues.


    Should a friar focus on one avenue or explore more. For a long time, there has been no clear conclusion in the cultivation world. No one can convince anyone which way is better.


    However, the more avenues the friars master, the richer their means to the enemy, and the less likely they are to be restrained by the targeted means of the other party.


    Of course, if you have great attainments on a certain Avenue, even if you encounter an opposite Avenue, it''s really hard to say who will restrain who in the end.


    Water can put out fire, but there is also a saying that it is a drop in the bucket.


    Meng Zhang did not choose to specialize in Yin Yang Avenue, but spread it and master other avenues as much as possible.


    Yin Yang Avenue is one of the most fundamental avenues in the universe and can extend many branches.


    Meng Zhang''s latest insight is the sun moon Avenue.


    The sun and moon are parallel, hanging high above the nine days.


    The sun rises and the moon sets, and the sun and moon alternate. This is the sequence of heaven and earth.


    The sun moon rotation Sutra is Meng Zhang''s major skill. He also has a deep understanding of the power of the sun and moon.


    After a period of Epiphany, Meng Zhang not only gained something from the sun moon Avenue, but also gained a little from the space Avenue and the time Avenue.


    Yin Yang Avenue continues to extend, with more and more branches.


    Water and fire are not only the branches of the five elements Avenue, but also the two poles of yin and Yang.


    The true fire of the sun and the true water of the Taiyin can be seen as the poles of the two extreme forces of water and fire.


    After a little harvest on Shuihuo Avenue, Meng Zhang continued to explore Tiandi Avenue.


    He has repeatedly entered the place of trial in the underworld and visited ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    The spirit has long been contaminated with the pure Yin of the underworld.


    Although Yin Qi had long been dispelled by him with the Qi of Yang harmony, the trace was still there.


    He has experienced many life and death crises, and even suffered death. If it hadn''t been for a double doll to die, he would have died.


    The two extremes of life and death can also be regarded as both sides of yin and Yang.


    The avenue of yin and Yang extends out of the avenue of life and death, and Meng Zhang is also a little aware.


    There are so-called three thousand avenues in the universe. These avenues are not isolated, but closely related to each other.


    Each Avenue has its own opposites, and many related avenues can be extended.


    In this process of enlightenment, Meng Zhang realized this personally.

 Chapter 707

    Meng Zhang started with a yin-yang Avenue and extended to many other avenues.


    In addition to Yin Yang Avenue, he also dabbled in other avenues. Try to understand by analogy and understand more rules of the road.


    By the time the epiphany was over, he had gained a lot.


    In that short time just now, his perception and harvest on the avenue exceeded his practice in the past 300 years.


    Of course, this truth is like eating Xu Huanshan. He is a friar in the later period of Yuanshen. After being possessed by the devil, he is of great significance to the devil. Ye Feifan had great potential and was favored by the demons in the devil kingdom. In the final analysis, he was just a friar in the golden elixir period.


    The killing of Xu Huanshan is of great significance. It naturally makes a greater contribution to the world of Jun dust.


    Heaven and earth are unkind, and all things are ruminant dogs. The way of heaven in the Junchen world is always so impartial and impartial.


    Meng Zhang''s heavenly merits and virtues have been dissipated by his epiphany just now.


    This epiphany saved him decades or even hundreds of years, helped him complete the final accumulation, and eliminated the last obstacles on the road to Yuanshen period.


    Meng Zhang had a strong intuition that after he returned to Taiyi gate, he could directly shut down and impact the yuan God period.


    Now everything is ready, only due to the east wind.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t wait, he still tries his best to keep calm and don''t let himself be too ecstatic.


    When Meng Zhang realized the Tao in the state of Epiphany, Xu Mengying seemed to have a great harvest as a comrade in arms who killed Xu Huanshan.


    Meng Zhang looked at Xu Mengying from a distance and felt that her temperament had become particularly ethereal, with a feeling of being different from human beings and full of immortality.


    Since the goal of this trip has been completed, Meng Zhang has no intention of staying here more.


    He just got the reward he deserved.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying said hello and flew away directly.


    Meng zhangfei went up to the top of the abyss, walked out of the mountainside along the route when he came, and flew to the high altitude outside.


    All the way, Meng Zhang flew back to maple leaf mountain city in a much shorter time than when he went.


    Everything in maple leaf mountain city is as usual, and no other accidents have happened.


    Seeing the leader Meng Zhang coming back, a disciple of the Taiyi sect who was stationed at the gate took the initiative to welcome him. He also told Meng Zhang that the disciples at baicaopo, the gate of Taiyi gate, were anxious to find him. It seemed that something big had happened there.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect, and immediately rushed back to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo, he saw scars all over his face. His upper body lacked half of his arms, and his lower body floated directly in the air. He could not see the Thunder God General of his legs and feet.


    The thunder god general unexpectedly appeared in front of him with such a face, and Meng Zhang had an ominous feeling in his heart.


    Sure enough, the thunder god will bring great bad news, which can even be called bad news.


    Taiyimen was recruited a large number of elite to fight on Yuantu prairie.


    But because of Jin Lizhen''s care, most of the monks who participated in the war did not fight directly on the front line, but were arranged in the rear to transfer materials and dispatch supplies.


    Although the logistics work is heavy, it is not too dangerous.


    Later, the war became more and more fierce. Taiyimen was recruited and more and more monks went to Yuantu prairie.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, is in charge of dispatching friars of taiyimen at the front line.


    In order to cope with the more and more severe recruitment of Jiuqu League, he had to transfer several monks who had not finished Dan in the door to Yuantu prairie.


    Although the combat effectiveness of these new Jindan friars is limited, they are arranged to be responsible for logistics in the rear, and there are still no major problems in terms of security.


    But everyone did not expect that seeing that the Jiuqu alliance had achieved great advantages and retreated step by step, the foreign barbarians chose to launch a Jedi counterattack.


    The target of their counterattack is the logistics hub of Jiuqu League, the Big City Dongyuan city that Meng Zhang once visited.


    Several barbarian kings personally led the barbarian army to launch a raid. Although Dongyuan city resisted with all its strength, it was inevitably occupied in the end.


    The two Terran gods Zhenjun in Dongyuan city were killed and injured, the real Jindan suffered heavy casualties, and the other friars lost countless.


    The taiyimen friar in charge of logistics and transportation in Dongyuan city can not avoid a painful end.


    Luo Sanping and Deng Sha, two new golden elixirs, were killed on the spot, and almost all the other golden elixirs were seriously injured.


    It''s good to look miserable like the thunder god general.


    After all, the Dharma protector God will be a special Taoist soldier, not a pure human monk. As long as there are enough heaven and earth spirits, after refining, he can slowly make up for the scars on his body.


    Zheng Chao, a veteran Jindan immortal famous for his belligerence in Taiyi gate, is seriously injured and dying. If Jin Lizhen didn''t come back in time and spend a lot of effort to heal him, he might lose his life.


    Even so, it will take a long time for Zheng Chao to recover completely.


    Moreover, after the injury recovers in the future, there are still great sequelae. Since then, one''s accomplishments can''t continue to progress.


    Hu Jing, the golden elixir immortal who is most proficient in the art of controlling animals in Taiyi sect, died in battle. I was seriously injured and dying, my foundation was shaken, and my cultivation was not guaranteed.


    The other taiyimen Jindan friars in Dongyuan city are better than them, but they are also not optimistic.


    After Jin Lizhen stabilized their seriously injured bodies, she sent them back to Taiyi gate.


    As for the friars sent by the Taiyi sect during the foundation period, there were almost no casualties, and there were only a few survivors.


    It was because he made a major breakthrough in cultivation. Seeing that the yuan Shen period was in sight and the good mood had not been maintained for long, Meng Zhang was almost not angry when he heard such bad news.


    Why did this happen? How could Taiyi disciples suffer such heavy casualties?


    Meng Zhang''s mind flashed questions, and his anger was about to fill his chest.


    Meng Zhang finally calmed down and knew that this was not the time to investigate other things. The top priority is to take the seriously injured Taiyi disciples back to the door as soon as possible and try our best to treat their injuries.

 Chapter 708

    This time, the foreign barbarians put all their eggs in one basket and launched a raid on Dongyuan city. After the raid was successful, because of the mortal resistance of the Terran friars, they lost a lot and were unable to further expand the results.


    After receiving the news of the attack on Dongyuan City, the Terran reinforcements came quickly.


    Jin Lizhen, who was in charge of logistics, should have been in the city, but she sent a batch of important materials to the front.


    Jin Lizhen was one of the first Yuanshen Zhenjun to return to Dongyuan city.


    Foreign barbarians raided Dongyuan City, and Dongyuan city fell. Jin Lizhen was also derelict of duty.


    The loss of Jiuqu League this time is too heavy. Not to mention the casualties of ordinary friars, only one death and one injury of two yuan God Zhenjun is a heavy loss that has not been seen in many years.


    The furious Jin Lizhen was also very powerful. He killed several barbarian generals on the spot, and even wounded a Barbarian King.


    After accepting Dongyuan City, because of her special relationship with taiyimen, she took special care of the friars of taiyimen.


    She not only actively sought medical advice for the seriously injured taiyimen friar, but also spared no expense to stabilize the injuries of several Jindan immortal.


    She arranged this part of taiyimen friars to be responsible for logistics in Dongyuan city. Originally, she was to take care of them. Now that taiyimen friars have suffered such heavy losses, she is really sorry, and she feels that she has no face at all.


    Taking advantage of her authority, she gave priority to sending the friar of taiyimen back to taiyimen.


    A large part of the monks recruited from Taiyi gate are in Dongyuan City, and some monks directly fight on the front line.


    These friars fought bloody battles on the front line. Although they suffered a lot of losses, they did not suffer such a disaster at all.


    Niu Dawei, who was commanding the taiyimen disciples on the front line, left Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi to command after hearing of the accident in the rear. He rushed to Dongyuan city with Jijian God.


    After returning to Dongyuan City, Jin Lizhen was just in time to stabilize the injury of the seriously injured friars of taiyimen and was about to send them back to taiyimen.


    Niu Dawei, together with Jijian, escorted the injured friar back.


    When Meng Zhang came back, he first returned to the thunder god general in the door and reported the details to him.


    Meng Zhang was going to Dongyuan city to pick up the injured friar taiyimen. The flying boat carrying the injured friar came quickly and flew back to Taiyi gate before he left.


    When Niu Dawei saw master Meng Zhang, he was ashamed. He knelt down and apologized, saying that he didn''t take good care of his fellow disciples.


    Although Meng Zhang was very angry, he was far from losing his mind, and he was not the kind of character to be angry with others.


    He comforted Niu Dawei and said frankly that he was not responsible for the matter. He should be relieved and not carry any psychological burden because of this.


    After Niu Dawei and Jijian sent the wounded friars back, they left Taiyi gate again and hurried to the front line.


    The war on the front line is urgent, and it is time to hire people. They still have combat missions and can''t leave for long.


    Meng Zhang began to carefully check the specific injury of the injured friars and tried to treat them.


    The injuries of Zheng Chao and Hu Jing, the most seriously injured, have been stabilized by Jin Lizhen Jun. the follow-up treatment is time-consuming and requires a steady flow of resources.


    Although Zheng Chao''s path is ruined, he is expected to maintain his cultivation and combat effectiveness in the golden elixir period in the future.


    Hu Jing is proficient in the art of controlling animals. Most of her skills are in her own spirit beast.


    The three original spirit beasts were destroyed. She was connected with her heart and God and hurt the foundation.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, even if Hu Jing recovers from her injury, it is difficult to keep her accomplishments. Even if you don''t completely become a loser, you can''t go to the battlefield in the future.


    In fact, the weak water god general and the thunder god general are equally seriously injured, but because of the particularity of the Dharma protector God general, their problems are easier to solve, and there will be no sequelae.


    A few surviving friars in the foundation period were also carefully taken care of by the sect.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran, who were left to guard the sect, also actively ran around at this time to seek medicine for their fellow disciples.


    As a third-order alchemist, an Xiaoran quickly opened the furnace and refined several furnaces of healing pills.


    Meng Zhang entered the golden elixir for perfection and fully understood the rules of the avenue. In the treatment of injuries, his ability exceeds that of most doctors in the cultivation world.


    Even if he has not deliberately studied the medicine, medicine and alchemy in the hundred arts of cultivating truth, he also has many effective healing methods.


    In the following period of time, taiyimen fell into a rush, and the whole sect ran for the injury of the injured friar.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even care about the period of closing the door and attacking the yuan God. He first helped the injured disciples heal.


    On the Yuantu prairie, after launching the raid on Dongyuan City, the foreign barbarians were unable to fight back and retreated step by step.


    The jade sword sect made a fierce attack and vowed to destroy all the barbarians outside the territory.


    This foreign barbarian who invaded the Junchen world lost most of its power, and the remaining small part of its power has been compressed into a very small area.


    Before long, the jade sword gate will command the friars of Jiuqu alliance to break through their last line of defense and completely destroy them.


    But at this time, the Jiuqu League had to temporarily stop its attack on the barbarians outside the territory and mobilize the main force of the friars to the West.


    It turned out that after years of hard support, he had been resisting the alliance of the three factions of the Dali imperial dynasty. Finally, he couldn''t resist it and failed completely.


    The mountain gates of the three factions alliance were captured by the monks of the Dali imperial dynasty. The remaining monks broke out, fled the hengjue mountains, fled all the way north and fled to the territory of Jiuqu alliance.


    The pursuers sent by the Dali imperial dynasty followed closely all the way, and also caught up with the Jiuqu League.


    Although there were some internal disputes, Jiuqu League finally took in the disabled and defeated generals of the three factions alliance.


    In the face of the great military power of the Dali Dynasty, the foreign barbarians, who are at the end of their power, are obviously not worth mentioning and have been placed in a very secondary position.


    Dali imperial army did not care about the existence of Jiuqu alliance, but stationed swaggeringly at the boundary of Jiuqu alliance, and swaggered and looked ready to go to war at any time.


    As a last resort, even if they were unwilling, the Jiuqu League could only leave a partial division to monitor the movements of barbarians outside the territory, and mobilized all the forces that could be used to the western border to deal with the army of the imperial dynasty.


    The war with foreign barbarians suddenly ended, but a new threat, a greater threat, came to the Jiuqu League.


    In the Dali imperial dynasty, which was supposed to be far away, its army has been forced to the door of the house.


    In the face of the aggressive Dali Dynasty, the Jiuqu League fell into a flurry of panic.


    The Dali Dynasty also paid attention to it. They sent envoys to Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League, and came out first.

 Chapter 709

    The two countries exchanged troops without cutting envoys, not to mention that the Jiuqu League and the Dali imperial dynasty have not officially started war.


    The envoys of the Dali imperial dynasty smoothly came to Jiuqu city and met the senior leaders of Jiuqu League.


    The messenger read out the order of Dali imperial court with a cocky attitude.


    He said a lot. To sum up, that''s what he said.


    Jiuqu alliance must immediately hand over the remaining evils of the three factions alliance and take the initiative to submit to the Dali Dynasty. Otherwise, Jiuqu League will be the enemy of Dali imperial dynasty, and will surely usher in the crusade of the army.


    Dali Dynasty''s attitude of being superior and treating all the people of Jiuqu League as nothing completely angered the senior management of Jiuqu League.


    Even the weakest and most feared friars would not accept such a so-called order.


    The negotiations between the two sides broke down unexpectedly. The envoys of the Dali Dynasty were also driven away.


    If it hadn''t been for the immortal Yuan Yi, the leader of the Qing Yuan sect, to stop him, I''m afraid there would have been a friar who couldn''t bear it and started directly on the messenger.


    Jiuqu alliance is an alliance of the orthodox sect. The face of the orthodox sect can''t be lost. We should abide by the rules of the practice world and can''t make people laugh.


    After driving away the envoys of Dali imperial dynasty, the senior management of Jiuqu League faced a very realistic problem, that is, how to deal with Dali imperial dynasty next.


    The friar of yujianmen suggested that the imperial army should launch a surprise attack immediately to defeat it completely.


    After years of fighting between Dali imperial court and the three factions alliance, it is impossible to lose nothing. Now the alliance of the three factions has failed, and the great departure from the imperial dynasty has also lost its vitality. It needs time to rest slowly.


    If Jiuqu league wants to win over Dali Dynasty, it must seize this favorable opportunity, strike first and take advantage of the weakness of the enemy.


    The proposal of friar yujianmen was supported by many senior friars of Jiuqu League.


    However, a group of people led by the friars of the Qing Yuan sect strongly opposed it.


    Dali imperial court has not taken initiative to attack Jiuqu League. Jiuqu League should not take initiative to start a war in order to avoid being burned.


    Jiuqu League is not a three faction alliance, and its strength is much stronger. If the Jiuqu League is ready, the Dali Dynasty, which has just ended a war, may not dare to take the initiative to fight.


    With enough peace time, Jiuqu alliance can slowly accumulate strength and find new allies.


    Qingyuanzong had a great influence in Jiuqu League, and his words seemed to be right, which was also very reasonable.


    As a result, the top level of Jiuqu League fell into a fierce debate, and finally evolved into a stand-by performance.


    Jin Lizhen Jun was introduced into Jiuqu League by Qinglan Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect. She has always been kind to Qingyuan sect and follows Qingyuan sect''s position on many major events.


    In private, many monks talked secretly that Jin Lizhen was a puppet pushed by Qing Yuanzong. She only knows how to flatter qingyuanzong, but qingyuanzong''s orders are followed.


    During the debate, Jin Lizhen was not surprised to stand on the side of qingyuanzong.


    In addition to being the true monarch of the yuan God, she mainly relied on the support of the Qing Yuan sect.


    After Jin Lizhen opened her mouth, she attracted the sarcasm of Fei Guozhen, the jade sword sect.


    When Jin Lizhen joined Jiuqu League, yujianmen didn''t send anyone to attend. Jin Lizhen, who has a bad temper, has long hated these domineering sword maniacs.


    Do you really think no one dares to provoke you sword maniacs? Have you asked Ben Zhenjun if you want to do whatever you want?


    New hatred and old hatred surged into my heart. Jin Lizhen and Fei Guozhen had a fierce dispute.


    In the cultivation world, it is important to respect the strong, and sword cultivation always speaks with the sword. A flying sword is better than a thousand words and countless nonsense.


    Similarly arrogant Jin Lizhen made a direct engagement with Fei Guozhen, but they ignored any persuasion by others.


    On the day of the battle, when several yuan God Zhenjun were Chinese, they soon fought.


    After a great war, Jin Lizhen Jun was defeated.


    If Fei Guozhen hadn''t been merciful, she would have lost half her life even if she didn''t die.


    Before the war, people were not allowed to boast. After the war, he was defeated in full view of the public.


    Where can Jin Lizhen, who has always had a good face, stand this?


    The shy sword is difficult to get into the scabbard. Jin Lizhen has no face and continues to stay in Jiuqu city.


    She hurriedly resigned her position in the league. She didn''t even have the mind to say goodbye to her acquaintances, so she left Jiuqu city directly, went all the way north and returned to the endless sand sea.


    After returning to the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang, who had long received the news, called Jin Qiaoer and took the initiative to meet Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen saw them, told Jin Qiaoer, and returned to the mirage desert. From there, she entered the small world left by the Zijin sect and began a long retreat.


    Jin Lizhen Jun left a message before closing. When she leaves the customs, she will challenge Fei Guozhen again, a snow of today''s shame.


    Without the assurance of defeating her opponent, she would rather die in a small world than take the initiative to exit.


    Although Fei Guo defeated Jin Lizhen in public, he greatly hurt the face of qingyuanzong.


    However, the high-level debate of Jiuqu League remains the same, and everyone can not reach a unified opinion at all.


    Yujianmen''s proposal to take the initiative to start a war against Dali imperial court ended without any trouble.


    Of course, the senior management of Jiuqu League did not have any defense, let alone did nothing.


    The high level of Jiuqu League transferred the friars of major religious forces in the League to form a coalition army.


    For a long time, the coalition forces guarded the western border and confronted each other with the army far away from the imperial dynasty.


    The envoys sent by the Dali Dynasty were arrogant and made a lot of cruel remarks. However, the army of Dali imperial dynasty was very honest. It had no intention of going to war, nor did it take the initiative to invade Jiuqu League.


    This temporary peace has made many people in the Jiuqu League feel that the Qing Yuanzong''s choice is correct.


    If the warlike jade sword sect were allowed to act arbitrarily, the Jiuqu League would have fallen into the flames of war.


    In the following time, Dali Dynasty kept peace with Jiuqu League. And the Dali Dynasty began to slowly reduce the troops stationed at the border of the Jiuqu League and slowly withdraw the main force of the troops back.


    Jiuqu league made a judgment, and Dali didn''t want to go to war with the imperial dynasty.


    So the army of monks in Jiuqu League also began to slowly reduce, and the monks recruited from various forces also returned to their respective mountain gates.


    Taiyimen lost so much last time that even immortal Jindan suffered casualties. For a long time, taiyimen had to lick the wound and slowly recover.


    It is also a good thing for taiyimen to maintain peace between Jiuqu League and Dali imperial dynasty for the time being.


    The monks who were seriously injured began to recover slowly.


    After Zheng Chao recovered from his injury, he knew that his path had been basically cut off. After a period of decadence, he returned to normal and devoted more and more energy to sect affairs.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to cure Hu Jing''s injury.


    Hu Jing''s strength plummeted and she basically didn''t have much combat effectiveness.


    After that, she basically stayed at the door and rarely went out. The main time and energy were devoted to teaching younger disciples.


    After so many years of development, taiyimen still has rich inside information. As long as there is enough time, these losses can be made up slowly.


    However, after Jin Lizhen shut down, the external situation of taiyimen began to get worse.


    Jin Lizhen''s retirement made taiyimen lose a backer at the top of Jiuqu League and can no longer be taken care of by the top.


    After Jin Lizhen retired, Qing Yuanzong seemed very dissatisfied. He didn''t take the initiative to contact Jin Lizhen, let alone take care of taiyimen.


    Various rumors began to appear in the market.


    Jin Lizhen was injured by Fei Guozhen. If she doesn''t shut up and heal in time, her life will be hard to protect.


    Jin Lizhen, who is in seclusion, can no longer take care of Taiyi gate.


    These rumors are getting stronger and stronger, and more and more people believe them.


    After hearing these rumors, Meng Zhang knew that this was a deliberate person against taiyimen, but there was no good way to deal with it.


    Taiyimen family has a great cause and occupies too vast territory, which has long been coveted by many people.


    Before, with the protection of Jin Lizhen, the covetous did not dare to act rashly. But now Jin Lizhen can''t shut up, someone began to take action.


    The disabled soldiers of the three faction alliance will retreat into the territory of Jiuqu alliance. The senior level of Jiuqu alliance is faced with the problem of how to settle these people.


    The internal forces of Jiuqu League have been basically fixed, but there is no spare spiritual pulse to accommodate these people.


    The senior management of Jiuqu League tried their best to settle down these people.


    After losing the mountain gate, the old beast king mountain in the three faction alliance has no previous pride. In order to survive, they even lowered their heads and turned to the new beast king mountain for help.


    The satisfied new beast king mountain has the capacity to laugh and die of gratitude and hatred. Unexpectedly, it really tries its best to run for the old beast king mountain and fight for new territory for them.


    The fiend Gobi territory occupied by taiyimen has thus become the target of the new beast king mountain.


    There are two true gods in the new beast king mountain. Even if they are true to Jin Lizhen. What''s more, Jin Lizhen has been unable to close the door, so she can''t directly protect Taiyi gate.


    However, taiyimen is also a full member of Jiuqu League. The new beast king mountain can''t just swagger and forcibly seize the foundation of taiyimen.


    There are still rules within Jiuqu League. Even giants like jade sword sect and Qing Yuan sect can''t do whatever they want, at least they should abide by the rules on the surface.


    Therefore, the new beast king mountain began to take a knife behind his back, secretly began to press step by step, and bit by bit eroded the interests of Taiyi gate.


    In the face of an enemy like the new beast king mountain, Meng Zhang knew that no one could help himself, and the top level of Jiuqu League could not count on it at all.


    The only way to break the game and the only way to protect Taiyi gate is that there is a yuan God Zhenjun at Taiyi gate.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang left everything in the door and began to close the door and impact the yuan God period without hesitation.

 Chapter 710

    It has been almost 20 years since Meng Zhang closed the door and attacked the yuan God.


    In these twenty years, the life of taiyimen was not easy.


    Acting leader Niu Dawei has presided over all affairs of Taiyi sect in an all-round way over the years. He kept in mind Meng Zhang''s confession before he closed the door, hid his power and bided his time, and contracted in an all-round way.


    The rumor about Jin Lizhen''s serious injury is getting stronger and stronger. Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, has not appeared in front of people for a long time. All kinds of adverse rumors, from the Gobi to the endless sand sea, and even the whole Jiuqu League, are rampant.


    Although the new beast king mountain is due to the rules of Jiuqu League, it can''t attack Taiyi gate openly. But in the dark, all kinds of small movements are almost never interrupted.


    Facing the repeated concessions of Taiyi gate, the new beast king mountain is becoming more and more arrogant, almost to the point where it can''t be covered up.


    The ruling scope of taiyimen was greatly compressed, and the territory of the Gobi was occupied by the new beast king mountain by various means.


    One spiritual vein after another, one mineral deposit after another... Fell into the hands of the beast king mountain.


    As the new beast king mountain of Yuanshen sect, even if you don''t directly fight, there are some ways to deal with Taiyi sect.


    Niu Dawei has been forbearing with theout any counterattack. Instead, they took the initiative to withdraw taiyimen disciples from the peripheral territories, strengthening their control over the core area.


    The news of the new beast king mountain''s idea of taiyimen can''t hide from others.


    Seeing that taiyimen could hardly fight back, a group of watching hyenas began to be moved.


    They started one after another, either openly or secretly, trying to pick up some rotten meat behind the new beast king mountain.


    Since defeating the sea clan army last time, many Xiuzhen forces have been stationed on the newly captured Gobi.


    These Xiuzhen forces had scruples about the Taiyi gate sheltered by Jin Lizhen, and did not dare to cause more trouble.


    Now Jin Lizhen can''t get out of the door, and Taiyi gate can''t protect itself. These Xiuzhen forces began to make trouble one after another.


    They made trouble in the Gobi of evil wind, forcibly seized and even attacked each other, making the Gobi of evil wind a mess.


    The order that taiyimen took many years to establish and the good environment created were destroyed.


    On the other side of the endless sand sea, Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar and huoyun sect are not soft at all.


    Huoyun sect had a secret communication with taiyimen before, and had many transactions secretly. But at this time, huoyun sect became the vanguard of occupying the interests of taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate originally had a large territory on the other side of the endless sand sea. All the forces of Hanhai daomeng under its command were rooted in the endless sand sea.


    However, facing the pressure of huoyun sect and Huanglian sect, taiyimen lost most of its territory in the endless sand sea.


    Taiyi gate is on the side of endless sand sea. There is only an area near the old mountain gate, which is barely controlled by itself.


    The forces of truth cultivation of Hanhai daomeng were basically driven to the Gobi of evil wind.


    Hanhai road alliance, an alliance established by Meng Zhang, also showed signs of instability at this time.


    Although there has been no blatant resistance, many members have begun to secretly communicate with outsiders to find a way out for their own family. At the critical moment, maybe these normally respectful guys really dare to fight back and stab taiyimen in the back.


    As the acting leader of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei is by no means an incompetent person, let alone a coward.


    Only knowing that the enemy was the sect of Yuanshen and could not be matched by the power of Taiyi sect alone, he retreated step by step and tried his best to be patient.


    In fact, Niu Dawei didn''t do anything.


    He made every effort to ensure the core interests of taiyimen. Under the condition of helplessness, he had to give up some secondary interests with the determination of breaking his wrists.


    The power of Taiyi gate is shrinking, and the new beast king mountain is like cutting meat with a blunt knife, slowly encroaching on the territory of Taiyi gate.


    At that time, Meng Zhang also wantonly developed the business of taiyimen, infiltrated the power of taiyimen into Jiuqu alliance, and established a huge business network.


    Because of the pressure of the new beast king mountain, the business network that could have brought great benefits to taiyimen shrank rapidly and was slowly squeezed to the extreme.


    Facing such a strong enemy as the new beast king mountain, taiyimen can''t find a reliable friend at all.


    Under the protection of Jin Lizhen, taiyimen actively opened up contacts and made friends in Jiuqu League.


    However, after the new beast king mountain showed hostility to the Taiyi gate, these friends left the Taiyi gate one after another.


    Even Dafeng City, an old friend, is increasingly alienated from taiyimen.


    The Lu family in charge of Dafeng City has the support of Qinglan Zhenjun behind it. It should not be afraid of the new beast king mountain.


    However, after weighing the pros and cons, the senior level of the Lu family was unwilling to offend the Yuanshen sect such as the new beast king mountain for the sake of Taiyi gate, and began to slowly draw a clear line with Taiyi gate.


    The ancient moon family and taiyimen have a long-term traditional friendship, but although the ancient moon family has not drawn a clear line with taiyimen, it will not help taiyimen against the new beast king mountain. It''s good enough to continue trading and maintain business relations with taiyimen.


    At this time, Niu Dawei felt more and more that a top power played an important role in a sect.


    Although Jin Lizhen has all sorts of faults, she has many differences with taiyimen. But without her protection, taiyimen could not live in Jiuqu League at all.


    Taiyimen looks like it''s suffering from internal and external troubles. It looks like it''s teetering. But the real core figure of taiyimen is not desperate at all.


    In the past 20 years, taiyimen has never been white. The door tried every means to slowly recover the strength lost in the last war.


    The injuries of several Dharma protectors have almost healed, and most of the golden elixir immortal in the gate have recovered their combat effectiveness.


    Even five years ago, there was a younger monk in the gate who successfully tied the pill, and there was another golden pill immortal in Taiyi gate.


    As for the supplement of low-level friars, it is easier.


    Taiyi sect can provide foundation building pills and small foundation building pills for its disciples. The number of monks during the foundation building period has always maintained a high level. Even if the losses are heavy, they will be replenished in time before long.


    In the cultivation world, there are some guys who are perfect in the gas refining period and lack sufficient resources to impact the foundation period.


    In taiyimen, this situation also exists.


    The new beast king mountain seems to be pressing step by step, but there is no action of annexing Taiyi gate.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain should know that although Jin Lizhen retired because of his defeat last time, he did not die after all.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain were afraid of being retaliated by Jin Lizhen in the future, and they didn''t dare to do it.


    Their main purpose is to slowly encroach on the territory of taiyimen until they eat the main territory of the Gobi Gobi.


    They did not exterminate taiyimen.


    This is not only the way of acting of the orthodox sect, but also scruples about all aspects of Jiuqu League.


    The new beast king mountain is strong, and the Taiyi gate is weak.


    The new beast king mountain can suppress Taiyi gate and seize various interests of Taiyi gate.


    This is in line with the unspoken rules of Jiuqu League and the rules of the game between the orthodox sects in the cultivation world.


    But the new beast king mountain is really desperate to kill Taiyi gate directly. That''s too much.


    The originator has no future. If you can be grade one, others can be grade fifteen. As long as you are not the Holy Land Sect, there will be forces stronger than you in the cultivation world.


    If the new beast king mountain does everything, I''m afraid it will be difficult to move within the Jiuqu League in the future.


    Don''t forget that there are not only two giants dominating everything in Jiuqu League, but also some Yuanshen sects that are not necessarily weaker than the new beast king mountain.


    Taiyimen senior management is also very familiar with the rules of the game and can deal with it skillfully.


    Although because of the irreparable strength gap, taiyimen retreated step by step and was in an absolute disadvantage.


    But in a short time, taiyimen can barely support.


    The top level of taiyimen is full of confidence in Meng Zhang. As long as Meng Zhang breaks through the Yuanshen period and successfully exits the pass, the situation can be reversed.


    What the taiyimen high-level should do now is to preserve their strength and delay time as much as possible. Don''t care about the gains and losses of a city and a place, let alone compete with the new beast king mountain for the length of a day.


    The new beast king mountain has long occupied the absolute upper hand, but there is still a big gap from achieving its own strategic goal.


    Such a struggle is doomed to be protracted, and the new beast king mountain is also used to this form of struggle.


    Of course, there are always some impatient guys in the new beast king mountain. They slowly lose patience and come up with some tricks that are more eager for quick success and instant benefit.


    The new beast king mountain began to send people to the high-level activities of Jiuqu League. If you want to recruit all the high-level taiyimen to Yuantu grassland in the name of Jiuqu League.


    Since the last defeat, the foreign barbarians have been compressed into a narrow area.


    However, the fierce and brave barbarians outside the territory will never be willing to admit defeat.


    From time to time, the barbarians will concentrate on launching an impact on the Jiuqu League.


    After each impact, the barbarians suffered heavy casualties, and the Jiuqu League also suffered great losses.


    As for all kinds of small-scale conflicts and fierce fights, they have almost never been cut off.


    The idea of the new beast king mountain is to enlist all the top leaders of taiyimen to the front line, so that they can slowly lose all in the struggle with foreign barbarians.


    At that time, there will be only a group of low-level friars left in the headless Taiyi gate. You can''t escape the palm of the new beast king mountain. Rubbing or kneading flat, is the new beast king has the final say.


    Although the new beast king mountain has great influence at the top level of Jiuqu League, it is not easy to pass such a resolution.


    The new beast king mountain needs to persuade other senior leaders of Jiuqu League to buy it by various means and exchange interests.


    In addition, some upright people at the top of Jiuqu league can''t see the dirty means of public and private use of new beast king mountain, and it''s not easy to be bought off.


    It is also very difficult for the new beast king mountain to deal with these opponents.


    However, the new beast king mountain has begun to carry out wanton activities. There are always ways to overcome difficulties and achieve their own goals.


    After Jin Lizhen closed, taiyimen lost its strong protector at the top of Jiuqu League. Some so-called friends are simply unreliable. Even Qinglan Zhenjun, who had a close relationship with Jin Lizhen, turned his face and didn''t recognize people. He wouldn''t give any help to taiyimen at all.


    Taiyi sect sent out immortal Jindan to take the post of elder of Jiuqu League, but the elder not only had no real power, but was isolated by others, and it was difficult to inquire about information.


    While the top level of taiyimen was still in the dark, the new beast king mountain had been active for a long time and made great progress.


    In the eyes of insiders, taiyimen is in a bad situation. It''s only a matter of time before it is won by the new beast king mountain.


    After Meng Zhang had been closed for 24 years, that evening, the Gobi was cloudy and it was going to rain.


    But suddenly, the dark clouds all over the sky dispersed, revealing the red glow all over the sky.


    Then, the setting sun, which had already set in the west, suddenly burst into light and its brightness soared.


    I saw a red sun hanging high in the sky, as if heavily paused, and then there seemed to be a golden crow jumping and dancing on it.


    After a while, the red sun continued to fall. A bright curved moon rises, emitting a cold moonlight.


    The sun and moon are in the sky, and the sun and moon are hanging, but there is no sense of violation. The sunlight and moonlight are constantly changing, rising and shrinking, alternating.


    Suddenly, the sky seemed to be covered with a dark curtain. It was dark all around without any light.


    A moment later, the black curtain seemed to be cut directly, revealing the light for a long time.


    These astronomical changes are just the beginning. With the passage of time, the astronomical changes become more and more violent and treacherous.


    After a while, it was cloudy and the sky rained heavily. After a while, the moon hangs high and the sky is clear


    The aura between heaven and earth changes rapidly.


    Reiki storms swept in, and Reiki tides almost never stopped.


    In the induction of many golden elixirs, it seems that there are layers of invisible burdens on him, which makes him unable to breathe.


    A little knowledgeable friar knows that there are friars who are breaking through the realm of cultivation or cultivating secret skills and supernatural powers, which makes such a big scene.


    More friars who think they have a wide range of knowledge will think that this is the result of friars'' jiedan.


    However, if you think about it carefully, although there are also various signs, there will be a lot of heaven and earth visions during the foundation period. But the vision is so violent and the scope is so wide that it seems a little abnormal.


    I remember a few years ago, when a friar of taiyimen formed a golden elixir, although there were many visions, he did not show such a great momentum.


    Only the top level of taiyimen knows what happened at this time.


    All the golden elixirs of Taiyi gate have been sent back to the baicaopo of the mountain gate.


    The third-order protection array outside the mountain gate has been opened for a long time, and its power is fully open.


    With an uneasy mood, the top level of Taiyi gate commanded all monks to enter the highest alert state and spare no effort to prevent possible accidents.


    In the Gobi, there are also some well-informed Jindan immortal staying here.


    Several monks stationed here in the new beast king mountain changed their faces and looked panic when they saw this vision of heaven and earth. With their knowledge and experience, they certainly know what the situation is.


    They forced themselves to calm down and wanted to do something, but found themselves unable to do anything.


    The vision of heaven and earth has appeared. It''s too late to do anything.


    This is a sign that the Yuanshen Zhenjun is about to be born. By this time, the monk who impacted the Yuanshen period had reached the final stage and was nearing the end.


    In the Gobi of evil wind, there are only a few monks in the later period of Jindan. There seems to be no one but Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, who can achieve the true monarch of Yuanshen now.


    Unless at this time, Zhenjun, the yuan God of the new beast king mountain, is near the Gobi of the evil wind, and completely tears his face with the Taiyi gate and directly attacks the Taiyi gate on a large scale. Otherwise, there will be no other means to stop Meng Zhang.


    On the one hand, the golden elixir friar of the new beast king mountain reported the strange phenomena in the Gobi back to the mountain gate through the messenger flying sword. At the same time, with a certain fluke, I hope Meng Zhang will have problems at the last minute and fail in the Yuanshen period.


    But the progress of things will not be transferred by their will. Their expectations can not change the established facts.


    A burst of hearty laughter rang out on the grass slope of the Taiyi gate. In the ardent expectation of the Taiyi gate, the leader Meng Zhang finally succeeded in the Yuanshen period.


    Since then, Meng Zhang can also be called Zhenjun.


    A huge human shadow appeared over the baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate, overlooking everything below.


    This huge human shadow is similar to the face of Meng Zhang, which was transformed by the original God of Meng Zhang.


    The virtual shadow of human shape rises and shrinks, and then shrinks rapidly to the size of normal human shape.


    This is the normal state of Yuanshen Zhenjun''s Yuanshen.


    If you want to stabilize the indomitable Yuanshen Dharma, you need at least the cultivation in the middle of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang, who has just entered the period of Yuanshen, can not maintain the huge state of Yuanshen for a long time. Even if it barely shows that shape, there is only empty shape, and there is no real power at all.


    Although he has just entered the Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang''s Yuanshen is extremely concise, just like the essence.


    Unlike Yin God, yuan God can survive even if he is completely separated from the flesh.


    After the yuan God comes out of the body, he can travel thousands of miles and travel to the East China Sea in the morning and Cangwu in the evening. You can go to heaven and earth, and you can enter and leave the Yin and Yang world freely.


    Of course, the true monarch of the yuan God, especially the friars in the early days of the yuan God, had better continue to keep the body, so that they can give full play to their abilities.


    Meng Zhang''s Yuanshen made a circle inside and outside Taiyi gate, went in and out of the Mountain Gate freely, and then appeared in front of the high-level Taiyi gate.


    "Congratulations, headmaster. Congratulations on the achievement of Yuanshen..." the middle and high levels of the sect cheered loudly.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran, the second disciple, and an Muran, the third disciple, were all more excited and fell heavily on their knees.


    "Congratulations, master..."


    Meng Zhang accepted everyone''s congratulations in peace of mind and waved his hand with some satisfaction.


    "It will take some time for this seat to end its closure and see the guests out of the customs."


    "However, you can spread the news of our achievement of the yuan God."


    "Many people outside should have guessed about such a big noise this time."


    "I''d like to see which snacks will cause trouble."


    "We have achieved great success in cultivation. We need someone to try our hand."

 Chapter 711

    It doesn''t take much time to consolidate the accomplishments after the Jindan perfect friar breaks through the Yuanshen period.


    Although he only achieved the yuan God, Meng Zhang had a deep foundation and accumulated enough. He soon stabilized his cultivation and began the cultivation of yuan God.


    He was not afraid to fight with the friars in the early days of Yuanshen.


    He has made great achievements in Yuanshen. As long as he is not blind, practitioners everywhere in the Gobi can basically find something.


    Besides, there are two true kings of the yuan God in the new beast king mountain. Their disciples should not be unfamiliar with the changes in the sky when the yuan God was achieved. Even if you haven''t seen it with your own eyes, you should have heard it mentioned many times.


    Meng Zhang asked taiyimen to actively spread the news of his achievement of the yuan God, that is, people should not feel that they have no confidence. They should face the next challenges with a confident attitude.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to get out of the customs. He has just entered the period of Yuanshen, and he still has a lot of homework to make up.


    Fortunately, he had previously obtained many classics from the independent space of the void tripod, so that he did not have to explore a new realm alone like those helpless scattered repairs.


    What should we do after entering the yuan Shen period? In the order of cultivation, we should first strengthen the ability in that aspect... In all aspects, Meng Zhang can get satisfactory answers from the records left by the yuan Shen of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang''s original major was the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    Although this skill also deeply expounds the avenue of yin and Yang, it is very suitable for his physique. But the real core of this skill is the sun moon Avenue.


    When Meng Zhang achieved the true monarch of the yuan God, he chose the yin-yang Avenue as his fundamental Avenue.


    Then his later practice in Yuanshen period is to focus on the avenue of yin and Yang.


    In the cultivation before the yuan God period, the cultivator of truth is nothing more than strengthening the body and soul and tempering the true yuan in the body. In the period of Yuanshen, the main cultivation task of practitioners is to understand the avenue of heaven and earth and deeply grasp the power of the avenue.


    After entering the yuan Shen period, practitioners adjust their major skills. As long as they don''t choose the opposite skills, they generally don''t spend too much effort.


    After entering the period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang selected a new cultivation skill - "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth" from the books inherited by Taiyi gate as his new major skill.


    He didn''t give up all his original major cultivation method, Sun Moon rotation Sutra, but took it as a minor cultivation method.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun has been able to use the power of the road against the enemy. Taoism is the secret of how to use the power of the avenue efficiently.


    The inheritance of Taoism is very rare. Many yuan Shen Zhenjun who have not inherited it will pay a lot of price in order to learn a Taoism.


    In the inheritance of taiyimen, there are also many records of Taoism.


    It''s not easy to cultivate Taoism. Some have many harsh conditions.


    Meng Zhang was not busy learning new Taoism, but first strengthened his previous magical powers.


    During the foundation period, friars can cultivate small magical powers or pseudo magical powers, and during the golden elixir period, friars can cultivate real magical powers.


    In the Yuanshen period, the Yuanshen Zhenjun can upgrade the original ordinary magic power to a great magic power.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation skills and learned magical powers are all inherited from Taiyi gate. After completing the inheritance, these magical powers have appropriate ways to improve.


    Liangyi connects Heaven Sword and sun moon Baoguang. These two supernatural powers were first promoted to great supernatural powers. Soon after he began to practice Yin and Yang changes in heaven and earth, he also mastered a great magic power, yin and Yang escape.


    Yin Yang evasion is not only a evasion used to hurry and escape, but also a way to defeat the enemy.


    With three great supernatural powers, Meng Zhang has not learned Taoism for the time being, but his minimum combat effectiveness is guaranteed.


    The biggest disadvantage is that he still lacks fourth-order magic tools.


    Most of the fourth-order magic tools in the cultivation world evolved slowly from the third-order magic tools.


    However, Meng Zhang''s practice time is too short, and there is not enough time for magic tools to grow and evolve.


    Up to now, it''s only level 3, including the yin-yang Linghu, a magic tool of this life.


    In fact, among the magic tools on Meng Zhang''s body, in addition to the yin-yang spirit gourd, only the spirit snake spear has some function.


    He can''t use any other magic tools. He''s going to give them to a descendant.


    When the disciples of the sect were excited because Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang was still calm and practicing in silence.


    However, the news of Meng Zhang''s achievement of the original God Zhenjun has spread quickly, and its influence is like a storm, sweeping the four directions quickly.


    After hearing that Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the yuan God, the forces around Taiyi gate did not believe it, and then took it for granted.


    I can''t believe it because it''s so difficult to achieve the true king of the yuan God. There are too many golden elixirs in Jiuqu League, even surplus, but the yuan God Zhenjun has always been in short supply.


    You don''t see how many talented and extraordinary golden elixir immortal fell on the ground threshold in front of the yuan God period.


    In the endless sand sea nearby, only during the rule of Zijin sect in that year can we cultivate the yuan God Zhenjun. In addition, during the reign of Feihong sect, there was no birth of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the surrounding vast areas.


    Just like Dafeng City, it is a big city of Commerce and trade. The cultivation conditions are very good. The Lu family, which leads Dafeng City, has tried their best for many years and failed to cultivate their own Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After the rise of taiyimen, Jin Lizhen successfully broke through the Yuanshen period.


    Jin Lizhen Jun can be said to have the inheritance of the school and the support of Tianzhu Zhenjun in those years, but Meng Zhang doesn''t have such good conditions.


    Taiyimen is said to be a great spiritual sect inherited from the Middle Earth, but it has declined for a long time. It is still a big question how much help it can provide to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang led a weak sect to rise all the way, and it was really unexpected that he could break through the Yuanshen period.


    Others take it for granted. That''s because Meng Zhang was already a monk in the later stage of Jindan many years ago. Now cultivation continues to break through and enter the Yuanshen period. It doesn''t seem so strange.


    Of course, those who have this idea are basically low-level monks or ignorant people. They don''t know how difficult it is to achieve the original God.


    But those who have some insight will know that the situation in the Gobi will change greatly after knowing that Meng Zhang has become the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Soon after the news of Meng Zhang''s achievement of the yuan God spread, many Xiuzhen forces responded.


    First, the major members of Hanhai road alliance suddenly became honest. Without hesitation, they cut off all kinds of contacts with the outside world and immediately became the most loyal ministers of Taiyi gate.


    Then the Huanglian sect and huoyun Sect on the other side of the endless sand sea quickly responded.


    The two forces contracted rapidly and took the initiative to return all the territory of the endless sand sea previously occupied to taiyimen.


    In the face of a new Yuanshen Zhenjun, the two forces really have no confrontation.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun of Huanglian sect had the trend of unifying Huanglian sect for a long time, but he encountered unexpected resistance in recent years.


    Hedong sub altar was not a confidant of Yue Feng Zhenjun. Yue Feng Zhenjun, who was busy integrating Huanglian sect, didn''t pay much attention to Hedong sub altar now.


    In addition to constantly squeezing Hedong sub altar, Yuefeng Zhenjun may not be able to stand out for Hedong sub altar.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun supports huoyun sect. However, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is always an outsider. He mostly makes use of huoyun sect and won''t consider it wholeheartedly.


    Since huoyun sect has no ability to drive Xuanfeng Zhenjun, it should naturally try to avoid conflicts with other Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Hedong Fentan and huoyun sect retreated and spit out all the food they ate, so Taiyi gate didn''t continue to force.


    First, the Taiyi sect still has great enemies to deal with. Second, there is a backstage behind the two sects, so it is difficult to completely destroy them.


    Those large and small forces that make trouble in the Gobi began to be honest. They kept their doors closed and watched the wind change honestly.


    The new beast king mountain, the biggest enemy of Taiyi gate, is also the most persecuted sect of Taiyi gate in recent years.


    The new beast king mountain temporarily stopped all actions and waited for the middle and high level of the door to make a new decision.


    Soon after, all the monks in the Gobi of the new beast king mountain received instructions from the mountain gate.


    They stopped embezzling taiyimen territory and maintained the status quo for the time being.


    In addition, the friars of the new beast king mountain in Jiuqu city were interrupted and gave up all their actions because Meng Zhang achieved the original God.


    Taiyimen was originally a force of Jiuqu League. After Meng Zhang became the true monarch of Yuanshen, he was not an outsider. He was a true monarch of Yuanshen of Jiuqu League.


    Every true monarch of Jiuqu League will naturally become the elder of Jiuqu League.


    The elders'' Association of Jiuqu League is the highest organization that dominates all affairs of the whole Jiuqu League.


    Even the elders who have never asked about the affairs of the Jiuqu League have many basic rights.


    As a new and old man, Meng Zhang, even if he did nothing, naturally someone would come to belong to him and inform him.


    Any proposal made by the senior management of Jiuqu League for the patriarch''s sect needs to communicate with the patriarch in advance.


    For example, before the new beast king mountain, it was ready to use the power of the high level of Jiuqu League to mobilize the friars of taiyimen to serve as cannon fodder in the front line.


    Now Meng Zhang has become a veteran, even if he has no real power. However, in such matters, the senior leaders of Jiuqu League must first communicate with Meng Zhang and ask for his opinions.


    Meng Zhang became the original God, and his status immediately changed.


    His origin is innocent. Although he is not a friar from Jiuqu League, he is also not a rootless duckweed. He belongs to an existence that can reassure the senior management of Jiuqu League.


    Among the elders of Jiuqu League, some people have a heart of wooing Meng Zhang.


    Especially now Dali is eyeing the imperial dynasty and has a bad heart for Jiuqu League. At the time of employment, Meng Zhang, a young Yuanshen Zhenjun, is still of great value.


    Of course, these mature and steady monks will not act rashly. They have to observe it first.


    If Meng Zhang becomes the true monarch of the yuan God, he will be complacent and arrogant, thinking that his family can do whatever he wants, such a monk will not be trustworthy.


    The new beast king mountain''s actions against Taiyi gate in recent years have long fallen into the eyes of the senior management of Jiuqu League.


    The two sides are at war and at peace. How the matter will develop in the future has attracted the attention of many people.


    How Meng Zhang handled his grudges with the new beast king mountain has become an invisible test.


    On the other side of the new beast king mountain, I thought it was a foregone conclusion to annex taiyimen territory, but because Meng Zhang suddenly became the yuan God, I had to change all my plans.


    How the new beast king mountain will face Meng Zhang and how to deal with the relationship with Meng Zhang is also a difficult problem for the new beast king mountain.


    The delicious food that had almost reached the mouth suddenly flew away and turned into a fierce beast.


    This makes the new beast king mountain disappointed and admit bad luck. At the same time, we should also start to think about new countermeasures.


    Facing Yuanshen sect and Jindan sect is completely different.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has become the yuan God. Jin Lizhen, who had sheltered Taiyi gate before and now can''t shut out, can''t tell what she will think and what kind of response she will make.


    The new beast king mountain has not made any response, and fell into a strange silence in the Gobi.


    Everyone knows that great things will happen, but it is unknown to what extent and how long it will happen.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry about such things. He was patient and waited slowly.


    Even if the new beast king mountain pretends to be a dead dog and doesn''t make any response, Meng Zhang will continue to wait at leisure.


    Time is on the side of Meng Zhang. The new Yuanshen Meng Zhang now needs time to practice new secrets and master more unique means of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In the closed place, Meng Zhang focused on practice.


    He can almost clearly feel that he is getting stronger almost every minute.


    Every day, he gets a point better.


    When he mastered the profound Taoism, he had enough confidence to fight the enemy head-on.


    When Meng Zhang was closed, guests came to visit him constantly.


    Outside the Taiyi gate, there are almost an endless stream of people.


    Some of these visitors came to inquire about the latest news and confirm the success of Meng Zhang''s impact on the Yuanshen period.


    Other guests come to the door with generous gifts and want to have a relationship with taiyimen Lala


    No matter what purpose the friars come to the door, the friars who come to the door at this time are basically small people and are not qualified for Meng Zhang to receive them in person.


    In Taiyi gate, smart disciples are specially arranged to receive all kinds of guests.


    In fact, there were few important people among the monks who came to the door at this time, and most of them took part in the fun.


    Those big people who really have a voice are still watching.


    Of course, on the surface, Meng Zhang, who has been locked up all the time, is also not idle and secretly makes a lot of small moves.


    Meng Zhang still knew himself clearly. He was not dazzled because he entered the yuan God period.


    He knew that the new beast king mountain was above the current Taiyi gate in terms of strength and details. Even if Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the yuan God, it only improved the situation and did not fundamentally change the problem.


    In the face of such a strong enemy, taiyimen needs to think long-term, and even need new allies who can participate in the struggle of Yuanshen sect.

 Chapter 712

    The situation in the Gobi Desert fell into a strange silence.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is getting stronger day by day, and he has become more and more familiar with various means of Yuanshen period.


    In fact, there is a fourth-order magic instrument in Taiyi gate, that is the void tripod.


    The spirit of the void tripod relies on the old and sells the old. It never gives face to anyone in the door, including the leader Meng Zhang.


    However, as a fourth-order magic weapon, the void tripod does have extraordinary power.


    The void tripod has many abilities. Its ability alone is enough for any sect to treat it as a big killing weapon.


    Meng Zhang held his breath before entering the yuan God period. After he achieved the yuan God, he must refine the void tripod. At that time, see what expression the instrument spirit will have.


    Meng Zhang is now a monk in Yuanshen period, and his strength seems to be enough.


    In order to be cautious, he asked for the advice of Jijian God General in advance.


    Although the strength of Jijian divine general is far inferior to the void tripod, he has no ability to refine the void tripod. But as an old man in the door, he still has a lot of information.


    He told Meng Zhang that the void tripod itself was difficult to refine, and its spirit was even more rebellious. If Meng Zhang wants to refine the void tripod, he''d better improve his strength to have a greater grasp.


    If Meng Zhang did it rashly and could not succeed at one time, it would be more difficult to refine the void tripod in the future.


    Although his accomplishments have long been far better than that of the Jijian God general, Meng Zhang can''t match the knowledge and experience of the Jijian God general.


    Meng Zhang accepted the opinion of Jijian divine general and was not busy refining the void tripod for the time being.


    He thought it was the last free time for the void tripod.


    It''s time to start when you have enough confidence to make great progress in cultivation in the future.


    Now even if there is no void tripod, he also has a lot of means against the enemy.


    When Meng Zhang had been practicing in seclusion, the new beast king mountain finally made a decision.


    Lu Haosheng, the elder of the Lu family, the dominant family in Dafeng City, took the initiative to visit the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate in the Gobi of evil wind.


    Lu Haosheng holds a high position in the Lu family. He is also a friar in the later period of Jindan. In the past, if people like him visited, Meng Zhang would generally receive them in person.


    But now, Lu Haosheng is no longer qualified to let Meng Zhang come forward to receive him.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, received the distinguished guest very warmly.


    After a burst of greetings between the two sides, Lu Haosheng said his intention.


    It turned out that the new beast king mountain found the Lu family, who was very familiar with the Taiyi gate, and let the Lu family act as an intermediary to make peace for the Taiyi gate and the new beast king mountain.


    Although the Lu family is only the Jindan family, they have always followed the Qing Lan Zhenjun of the Qing Yuan sect. With the protection of Qinglan Zhenjun, the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t have the ability to bully the Lu family at will.


    Dafeng City is a neighbor of taiyimen. The two sides have close relations and frequent business exchanges.


    Lu Haosheng and taiyimen also came and went before. This time, as an intermediary, he showed full sincerity.


    The attitude of the Lu family before, from top to bottom of the Taiyi door, has been really felt.


    Since the Lu family chose the new beast king mountain between the Taiyi gate and the new beast king mountain, the Taiyi gate will no longer regard the Lu family as friends.


    Of course, the policy of a sect cannot be influenced by personal likes and dislikes.


    Even if taiyimen is dissatisfied with the Lu family, at least on the surface, Niu Dawei still wants to maintain a close relationship with the Lu family.


    Meng Zhang achieved the true monarch of the yuan God, resolved the imminent crisis of Taiyi gate and improved the situation of Taiyi gate.


    But neither Meng Zhang nor taiyimen has the ability to ignore everything and sweep everything.


    Gale City, a big commercial city, is also very useful for taiyimen. It is not suitable to turn against the Lu family at this time.


    Since the Lu family wanted to make peace as an intermediary, Niu Dawei was patient to accompany Lu Haosheng.


    From Lu Haosheng''s words, we can hear that although the new beast king mountain takes the initiative to talk about peace, it does not have much sincerity for peace.


    The new beast king mountain just expressed his congratulations on Meng Zhang''s achievement of the yuan God Zhenjun through Lu Haosheng''s mouth, hoping to coexist peacefully with taiyimen in the future.


    As for the grudges between the two sects and the taiyimen territory still occupied by the new beast king mountain, it doesn''t mention anything, as if these things don''t exist.


    Niu Dawei looked calm and listened to Lu Haosheng''s chatter there. In fact, he sneered in his heart.


    After listening to Lu Haosheng''s words, Niu Dawei did not give a letter of approval, nor did he say whether he agreed to talk about peace, but just laughed there. He said he was only the acting leader, and he couldn''t decide the major events in the door.


    Then Niu Dawei began to complain again, saying that Taiyi sect had lost too much territory a few years ago, the sect''s interests had been seriously damaged, and the sect had long been unable to make ends meet. Everyone in the sect was very dissatisfied with this. He could hardly suppress the disciples.


    Niu Dawei''s words made Lu Haosheng look embarrassed. But the old guy had a thick skin and soon changed the subject as if nothing had happened and talked about other things.


    Niu Dawei talked with Lu Haosheng for a long time. In a word. Taiyimen is also unwilling to continue to fight with the new beast king mountain. However, the new beast king mountain must return the previously occupied taiyimen territory and give a satisfactory explanation to the top and bottom of taiyimen, so that the two sides can talk about peace.


    Lu Haosheng can''t be the Lord of the new beast king mountain, and with his experience, what the new beast king mountain eats in his mouth can''t easily spit out.


    The Taiyi gate only has Meng Zhang as a true monarch of the yuan God. The two true monarchs of the yuan God in the new beast king mountain have entered the yuan God period for a long time. Whether it is the top combat power or the overall strength, the new beast king mountain is far above Taiyi gate.


    In Lu Haosheng''s opinion, the new beast king mountain has taken the initiative to make peace with Taiyi gate this time. The Taiyi gate should be happy and accept it immediately.


    However, Lu Haosheng didn''t forget that he was just an intermediary to connect the two sides. He himself and the Lu family would never be involved in the dispute between the two families, let alone easily offend any one.


    Although he didn''t get a definite answer from Niu Dawei, Lu Haosheng thought he had figured out Niu Dawei''s bottom line.


    He didn''t delay at taiyimen for a long time. After understanding Niu Dawei''s attitude, he hurried away and sent a message for Niu Dawei.


    In the following time, Lu Haosheng traveled between taiyimen and xinbeast king mountain for many times to convey messages and various conditions for peace talks for both sides.


    Lu Haosheng is a qualified middleman. He took pains to travel thousands of miles and bring words to both sides again and again.


    Meng Zhang has no intention of a full-scale war with the new beast king mountain.


    It''s not too late for a gentleman to take revenge. Now Taiyi sect is not the opponent of the new beast king mountain. It still needs to slowly accumulate strength.


    Of course, when facing Lu Haosheng, we can''t use this set of words.


    Niu Dawei just said that the new beast king mountain is an old yuanshenzong gate. Taiyi gate really has no intention and is unable to carry it to death.


    As long as the new beast king mountain is not for itself, taiyimen is willing to coexist peacefully with the new beast king mountain.


    In the view of the new beast king mountain, Meng Zhang has achieved the true monarch of the yuan God, not to mention the reclusive Jin Lizhen, at least the new beast king mountain has lost the opportunity to completely pass the Taiyi gate.


    If we continue to entangle, the new beast king mountain can''t help Taiyi gate and consume resources in vain. It''s really meaningless.


    Anyway, the new beast king mountain has taken a lot of advantages. It''s better to stop in time and avoid paying a greater price.


    True or false, the two sides have expressed their own attitude. Although the two sides have great differences, the two sides still have the same ideas on maintaining peace.


    After Lu Haosheng ran many times, later, the new beast king mountain even sent immortal Jindan to meet Niu Dawei secretly outside the taiyimen Mountain Gate and reached a lot of consensus.


    Finally, the new beast king mountain withdrew from some very chicken territory, which is an explanation to Taiyi gate.


    As for the main territory occupied from Taiyi gate, it is firmly in the hands of the new beast king mountain.


    Taiyimen saw that the new beast king mountain did not make any concessions on this issue, and taiyimen was unable to drive away the new beast king mountain, so they had to keep silent.


    After some complicated negotiations, taiyimen and the new beast king mountain reached the intention of peace, and both sides no longer continued to fight.


    Of course, such a peace is very fragile. Both sides believe in each other and will certainly not maintain peace for too long. Perhaps in the near future, the situation will rise again and disputes will rekindle.


    However, at least now the two sides have stopped the conflict and seem to have restored peace.


    Meng Zhang did not come forward after many exchanges and negotiations between the two sides. The two true gods of the new beast king mountain also did not appear.


    When the disciples of the sect settled various matters, the yuan God Zhenjun of the two sects naturally had a way to ensure the implementation of the agreement.


    In the cultivation world, the yuan God Zhenjun is far more difficult to kill than the golden elixir immortal.


    Meng Zhang, even if he had just achieved the original God, was helpless. It is easy for the two original gods of the new beast king mountain to surpass him. It is almost impossible to kill him completely.


    How terrible is a Yuanshen Zhenjun who has lost all his concerns and scruples. I''m afraid all Yuanshen Zhenjun know very well.


    As long as Meng Zhang is still one day, no matter how powerful the new beast king mountain is, it can''t force taiyimen to a desperate situation.


    The new beast king mountain who understands this will take the initiative to propose peace to taiyimen and will not continue to fight.


    After the two sides reached a preliminary peace agreement, although both sides do not trust each other and believe that the other will destroy the peace sooner or later, at least they can''t lose face.


    In addition to the interaction between the Jindan real people of the two main doors, the Jindan real people on the side of the new beast king mountain also offered to let the Yuanshen Zhenjun of both sides meet to enhance their understanding of each other, and reach a formal agreement after talking.


    Although Meng Zhang was not enthusiastic about this matter, he could not stand the friars on the side of the new beast king mountain. He was very enthusiastic.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose the slightest guilty conscience. Finally, he accepted it half heartedly.


    Meng Zhang agreed on the time and place to meet each other through the friars sent by the new beast king mountain.

 Chapter 713

    It is no secret that the two original gods Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain are ready to meet Meng Zhang. They expressed this idea in some public places early on.


    In the eyes of others, the two true gods of the new beast king mountain probably want to feel Meng Zhang''s qualities, see his reality and reality, and see if he is qualified to be on an equal footing with other true gods.


    The two true gods of the new beast king mountain, Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, are the early accomplishments of the yuan God.


    Li Ruiming Zhenjun achieved Yuanshen very early, much earlier than Jin Lizhen and Yue Fengzhen. Round up, he should be almost contemporary with Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    When Qiu Wanli Zhenjun entered the Yuanshen period or a few years ago, his qualifications and accomplishments were much worse than Jin Lizhen.


    Even if Meng Zhang has just achieved the original God soon, there is no problem if he is defeated and retreats in the face of the siege of the two people.


    Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli also know that even if they work together, they have no ability to leave Meng Zhang. Therefore, they advocated to stop fighting with taiyimen. Moreover, they are also preparing to meet Meng Zhang for a while to discuss how the two zongmen will get along in the future.


    As a middleman, Lu Haosheng, the elder of the Lu family, who brought together the two sects to talk about peace, is very enthusiastic about this and intends to promote it.


    Although the Lu family is sheltered by the Qing Lan Zhen Jun of the Qing Yuan sect, it is good for the Lu family to make more friends with the yuan God Zhen Jun and the yuan God sect.


    In particular, the new beast king mountain in Jiuqu League not only has a long history and strong strength, but also has made friends with qingyuanzong for many years.


    After Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the yuan God, an endless stream of guests came to Taiyi gate.


    Of course, most of these guests do not need Meng Zhang to receive them. Their purpose of coming to the door is just to get familiar.


    Qinglan Zhenjun of qingyuanzong had a good relationship with Jin Lizhen. She not only introduced Jin Lizhen into Jiuqu League, but also used the power of qingyuanzong to send Jin Lizhen to a high position, which gave her great power in the whole Jiuqu League.


    Jin Lizhen was defeated by Fei Guozhen, the jade sword sect, and retired from foreign affairs, which made Qing Lanzhen very angry.


    He spent so much effort and resources to push Jin Lizhen to a high position. Jin Lizhen Jun didn''t cherish it. He said he would give up and didn''t discuss with Qing Lanzhen Jun in advance.


    This wanton behavior disrupted Qinglan Zhenjun''s plan and made him almost furious.


    In addition, he had no good face for taiyimen.


    After that, the new beast king mountain shot at Taiyi gate. Qinglan Zhenjun didn''t know. However, in his eyes, taiyimen, which has lost its use value, is not worth his help at all.


    However, all this began to change with Meng Zhang''s achievement of the yuan God.


    Although Qinglan Zhenjun was embarrassed, he took the initiative to come to the door and show his kindness to Meng Zhang. However, under his instigation, the Lu family in Dafeng City often showed kindness to Taiyi gate.


    The friars from the top of the Lu family visited many times. The originally cold relationship between the Lu family and taiyimen became hot again. In many ways, the Lu family has provided convenience for taiyimen. The trade between Gobi and Dafeng City has become lively again.


    The Xiuzhen forces arranged by Qing Lanzhen Jun in the Gobi became very honest after Meng Zhang became the yuan God. Now, I''ve probably been inspired by Qinglan Zhenjun and become extremely respectful and obedient to Taiyi gate one by one.


    I don''t know whether it is the end of the fight or the influence of Qinglan Zhenjun''s attitude. The new beast king mountain has long stopped all acts against Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen''s businesses in Jiuqu League began to resume business one after another. The original business network has regained its vitality.


    Although the taiyimen territory embezzled by the new beast king mountain has not been returned, everything is developing in a good direction. The top and bottom of taiyimen are very satisfied with this.


    Meng Zhang is now a well deserved pillar of Taiyi gate. His words and deeds have attracted the attention of everyone in the gate.


    Meng Zhang spent most of his time practicing in a closed place. Let alone outsiders, even disciples of Taiyi sect, only a few people could touch him.


    Since Meng Zhang became the original God and was able to communicate freely with the outside world, Niu Dawei, his eldest disciple, resumed the past morning and dusk, and reported to him on the big and small affairs of the door on schedule.


    As the person who has the most contact with Meng Zhang, Niu Dawei can clearly feel that Meng Zhang is always full of inexplicable vigilance. He was not only very wary of the new beast king mountain, but also despised the Lu family friar who showed kindness to Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards Niu Dawei is completely understandable. Not to mention how much the new beast king mountain has taken advantage of Taiyi gate, Qinglan Zhenjun''s previous attitude towards Taiyi gate has indeed made Taiyi friars, including him, feel very uncomfortable.


    Now, no matter how kind Qinglan Zhenjun is, taiyimen can no longer believe him, and the relationship between the two families will never return to the past.


    However, no matter how alert you are, at least on the surface, taiyimen still can''t show it. We should maintain a good relationship with Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Niu Dawei thought he had seen through Meng Zhang''s mind, but he didn''t know that Meng Zhang had more far-reaching considerations in his heart.


    Meng Zhang is a new Yuanshen. He was not qualified to enter the Yuanshen friars circle of Jiuqu League before. Jin Lizhen, who was most suitable to lead him into the circle, has always been closed, and no news has come out.


    However, if you do not join the Yuanshen circle of Jiuqu League, you will never be able to really enter the top level of Jiuqu League.


    Now the most urgent thing for Meng Zhang is to find new friends among the yuan gods of Jiuqu alliance.


    In this kind of thing, he is not willing to ask for help from outsiders such as Qinglan Zhenjun.


    A man pondered for a long time and carefully analyzed the form of Jiuqu alliance and the interpersonal relationship between Yuanshen and Zhenjun.


    Although he has entered the period of Yuanshen, he has not made corresponding progress in Tianji for the time being, and can not calculate the matters related to Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    He can only rely on his own analysis and a little keen intuition to decide what to do.


    At this time, Lu Haosheng, the elder of the Lu family, sent an invitation to Meng Zhang to visit another courtyard of the Lu family.


    With Lu Haosheng''s weight, Meng Zhang may not agree to invite him as a guest.


    However, he vaguely revealed that this was what Qinglan Zhenjun meant.


    At that time, the two true gods of the new beast king mountain will also go there.


    Qinglan Zhenjun will personally mediate the contradiction between the two families and restore the relationship between the two families to normal.


    After all, we are all members of Jiuqu League. Now Jiuqu League has a lot of foreign troubles. It is really inappropriate to continue fighting among the Yuanshen sect. We should remain united and unite with the outside world.

 Chapter 714

    Lu Haosheng''s appointment time is three months later.


    It is estimated that Qinglan Zhenjun has also considered that Meng ZhangCai has just entered the Yuanshen period, and it will take time to get familiar with the realm of Yuanshen period.


    Three months later, Meng Zhang became the yuan God for almost a year.


    In one year, he should adapt to the realm of Yuanshen period anyway.


    Qinglan Zhenjun is very considerate, and Lu Haosheng''s attitude is very low and sincere.


    No matter what the grudges between taiyimen and the new beast king mountain are, at least at this time, we can''t brush the face of Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Niu Dawei, who holds this idea, wants to promise. However, knowing that he could not be Meng Zhang''s master, he went to ask Meng Zhang for instructions as usual.


    This is not a bad thing. Meng Zhang should promise casually. However, this time he hesitated for a long time.


    I don''t know what he was thinking. After Meng Zhang was silent for a long time, he asked Niu Dawei to bring Lu Haosheng to him.


    Meng Zhang, who has never seen an outsider since he became the yuan God, took the initiative to meet Lu Haosheng this time.


    Lu Haosheng was very excited to hear that he could visit Meng zhangzhenjun.


    After the meeting, the attitude is extremely respectful, so that people can''t pick out any mistakes.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang had contact with Lu Haosheng before.


    Lu Haosheng is the elder of the Lu family. His age and seniority are far above Meng Zhang. The later cultivation of a golden elixir is not necessarily inferior to Meng Zhang at that time.


    At that time, Meng Zhang called him an elder.


    Now their identities are different. Lu Haosheng looked at ease and accepted the change without hesitation.


    Looking at Lu Haosheng with great humility, Meng Zhang couldn''t find anything wrong with him.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted divine power and his heart connection were naturally improved after he entered the yuan God period.


    But when the monk reached the golden elixir period, his spirit was condensed and his mind was hidden. Unless forced by means, it is difficult to pry into his mind.


    In particular, those sects or families with strong inheritance will teach the heart locking secret method to the core disciples, so that they can keep all kinds of secrets.


    Even though Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are a level higher than Lu Haosheng''s, and his mental skills have been improved, it is still difficult for him to read Lu Haosheng''s thoughts.


    He just sensed roughly that there was a trace of hidden resentment and jealousy in Lu Haosheng''s heart.


    It''s normal for him to have such a mind. Originally, a younger generation who was not as good as himself suddenly climbed onto his head. He had to be respectful and did not dare to be slighted. It would be strange for him to accept all this without any resentment.


    Even if Meng Zhang is the true monarch of the yuan God, it is impossible to quarrel with others because they are secretly angry.


    Meng Zhang chatted casually with Lu Haosheng, trying to read his mind.


    After some attempt, he had no choice but to give up.


    Unless Lu Haosheng is taken down and forced by various means to completely disturb his mind, it is possible to read his mind.


    However, if you do this for no reason, you will not only completely tear your face with the Lu family, but also become an enemy with Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang didn''t notice anything wrong, but out of instinct, he wanted to find out Lu Haosheng''s real mind.


    In the face of Lu Haosheng''s sincere invitation, there is also the face of Qinglan Zhenjun behind. Meng Zhang is really hard to refuse.


    Finally, he agreed to Lu Haosheng''s invitation and said that he would appear in the other courtyard of Lu''s family on time.


    After sending Lu Haosheng away, Meng Zhang thought carefully and found no doubt, but in his heart, he always had a faint sense of uneasiness.


    As a mystery master, I am often more suspicious than women. It is common to feel uneasy and suspicious.


    Although most of the time, these doubts are unnecessary and false alarm. But it is not appropriate to ignore it completely.


    If something really happens, but you don''t take precautions, I''m afraid it''s too late to regret at that time.


    It will take three months to attend the appointment. Meng Zhang has plenty of time.


    After Lu Haosheng left, he was alone in the quiet room, performing Dayan divination to deduce.


    Although no obvious results were obtained, it provided him with some ideas.


    He called Niu Dawei to explain, and left the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate alone.


    After Meng Zhang became the original God, he didn''t see many guests. Now Niu Dawei is hiding for him, but no one found that he had left the Mountain Gate secretly and disappeared.


    Meng Zhang left for more than two months. In the middle, he never contacted the door. Even Niu Dawei, his most trusted disciple, did not know Meng Zhang''s whereabouts and purpose.


    Three months later, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate before the agreed time with Lu Haosheng.


    Meng Zhang went out to travel thousands of miles this time. It was difficult to hide the dust on his face.


    Back at the door, he said nothing about his trip, as if nothing had happened.


    The day before the appointment, Lu Haosheng took a three-stage cloud boat and came to the gate of Taiyi gate.


    There are few fourth-order cloud boats in the whole Jiuqu League.


    The golden elixir family like the Lu family, even with a deep background and great wealth, can come up with a third-order cloud boat, which is already its limit.


    Lu Haosheng himself came to the door in a third-order cloud boat, but he gave Meng Zhang enough face.


    The place of this appointment, the Lu family courtyard, is located in the north of Dafeng City. It''s only thousands of miles away from the baicaopo Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate. At the speed of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it takes up to half a day on the road.


    Of course, I went there alone and ran all the way. I didn''t seem to show the authority of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Sitting in the cloud boat sent by the Lu family, he mobilized the public and called in front and back. With a large group of people to follow and serve, they just appeared to be imposing and ostentatious.


    Meng Zhang happily accepted the kindness of the Lu family.


    He didn''t even bother to take his disciples with him, so he sat on the third-order cloud boat sent by the Lu family alone.


    Lu Haosheng took a group of carefully selected Lu''s children and carefully served Meng Zhang.


    The cloud boat like a hill flew into the sky. Around the cloud boat, a team of small flying boats accompanied the escort, which looked extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go to the cabin to accept the hospitality of the Lu family. Instead, he stood on the deck outside the cloud boat and looked at the distant sky. He didn''t know what he was thinking.


    Friars of the Lu family, including Lu Haosheng, did not dare to disturb a thinking Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    A waiter carefully stood by in the distance, ready to listen to Meng Zhang''s orders at any time.


    The third-order cloud boat flies smoothly and quickly at high altitude.


    Before night fell, the third-order cloud boat escorted by the flying boat team had flown to its destination and came over Lu''s other courtyard.

 Chapter 715

    The other courtyard of the Lu family is a large manor, located on a third-order spiritual vein.


    It is far away from Dafeng City and in a remote location. On weekdays, few outsiders come except Lu''s children.


    Some elders of the Lu family like to come to this place when they are closed.


    The purpose of this banquet is to arrange a meeting between Meng Zhang and the two true gods of the new beast king mountain.


    The Lu family cleared the market early. In addition to leaving the necessary waiters, other people were driven away. Irrelevant people can''t get close to here easily.


    Before Meng Zhang''s arrival, Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, the two true gods of the new beast king mountain, brought their disciples here early.


    As soon as the third-order cloud boat came over the other courtyard, a bold man with a tiger back and a bear waist and a beard flew out of the other courtyard and stood above the other courtyard, not far from the cloud boat.


    "This is Meng Zhenjun of Taiyi sect. He is really young, promising and talented."


    "Meng Zhenjun, everyone is here, waiting for you alone."


    The big man shouted at Meng Zhang on the deck of Yunzhou.


    He looks familiar, but not at all.


    Before Yunzhou got close to the other courtyard, Lu Haosheng came to the deck and waited quietly not far from Meng Zhang.


    He may be worried that Meng Zhang doesn''t know the big man across from him, so he introduced him in a low voice.


    "The elder opposite is Qiu Wanli Zhenjun of beast king mountain."


    In fact, without Lu Haosheng''s unnecessary action, Meng Zhang recognized each other''s identity long ago.


    The new beast king mountain is the biggest opponent of taiyimen at present. How can Meng Zhang not inquire about each other''s high-level friars.


    Too secret information can''t be understood. At least the appearance of the other party is not a secret. It''s easy to find out.


    Meng Zhang arched his hand at Qiu Wanli on the deck.


    "Qiu Zhenjun flattered me."


    As he spoke, Meng Zhang walked from the deck of the third-order cloud boat to Qiu Wanli not far in front.


    Qiu Wanli didn''t say much nonsense. He made a gesture of invitation. He took steps in the air and strode to the other courtyard below.


    Meng Zhang seems to have no wariness at all. He spends his time in the air and walks down the same way.


    They just walked out a few steps and haven''t landed on the ground of other hospitals. A thick light curtain suddenly rose from the ground around the other courtyard, which wrapped the whole other courtyard, and Meng Zhang was naturally surrounded by the light curtain.


    Meng Zhang looked very surprised, "Qiu Zhenjun, what do you mean?"


    Qiu Wanli didn''t speak, but turned and smiled at Meng Zhang.


    In the other courtyard below, the two old men flew side by side and came to a place not far from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang looked at the tall old man who was not angry, and gently spit out a name.


    "Li Ruiming."


    Then he turned his eyes to another old man with white hair and wrinkles.


    "You are the beast anger elder of the beast king mountain. It seems that you are going to collude with these two traitors of the beast king mountain."


    Looking at the other party''s posture, it was obviously ill intentioned and had been prepared. Meng Zhang would not be polite to them.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. Instead, he was still there slowly talking nonsense, which made Qiu Wanli look at him disdainfully.


    "You have good eyesight. You even know martial uncle."


    If Meng Zhang immediately tries his best to break through the siege when the ambush has just been launched, he may have a chance to break through the French array by one or two points.


    But after such a delay, the Dharma array has completely stabilized, and Meng Zhang has no chance at all.


    In the sky, Lu Haosheng, standing on the third-order cloud boat deck, shivered with fear at the changes below.


    Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, the two true gods of the new beast king mountain, obviously set an ambush here to ambush Meng Zhang.


    When did the beast anger elder of the old beast king mountain quietly appear here.


    Over the years, after the remaining evils of the three faction alliance retreated into the Jiuqu alliance, the friars of the old beast king mountain fell in love with the new beast king mountain.


    It is said that the new beast king mountain captured taiyimen''s territory in the Gobi of evil wind in order to place the monks of the old beast king mountain.


    Lu Haosheng''s mind was full of ideas, and his face was ugly.


    The Lu family is the middleman between taiyimen and the new beast king mountain. Meng Zhang came here at the invitation of the Lu family.


    The two true gods of the new beast king mountain ambushed Meng Zhang without saying a word in advance.


    If the news gets out, the Lu family will certainly become the great enemy of taiyimen, and its reputation will completely stink.


    Although the Dharma array was activated in the other courtyard below, the sound and image were not isolated. Standing on the third-order cloud boat, Lu Haosheng can still clearly know what happened inside.


    He was a little overwhelmed and didn''t know which side to stand on. Of course, with his strength, no matter which side he is on, it has no impact on the situation.


    "Aren''t you afraid to blame Qinglan Zhenjun for doing so?" Meng Zhang suddenly asked.


    "Do you think that without the acquiescence of Qinglan Zhenjun, we would rush to do it." Qiu Wanli replied disdainfully.


    Meng Zhang is really naive. Now he still expects Qinglan Zhenjun to help him out. But he didn''t know that Qinglan Zhenjun had already completely stood on the side of the beast king mountain.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t start right away. He was in agreement with the two yuan gods Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain.


    The longer the delay, the more power the lower Dharma array has accumulated, and the more power it will exert at that time.


    "It''s impossible. How could Qinglan Zhenjun allow you to ambush me?" Meng Zhang looked unbelievable.


    What a fool. He still refuses to accept the reality. I don''t know how such goods become the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Qiu Wanli was filled with disdain for Meng Zhang.


    With a smile, Li Ruiming said to the nearby beast anger elder, "I''ll bother martial uncle later to leave this son completely."


    The beast anger elder said nothing and gently nodded his head.


    Qingyuanzong is the leader of Jiuqu League. At least on the surface, it should treat all members of the League equally, and it can not design to plot against the yuan God Zhenjun in the league.


    The new beast king mountain ambushes Meng Zhang here. There is actually the support of Qinglan Zhenjun behind it. It is definitely a big scandal to spread this way. It may seriously damage the reputation of Qing Yuanzong and affect the unity within Jiuqu League.


    With Lu Haosheng''s insight and understanding of Qinglan Zhenjun, he immediately believed Qiu Wanli''s words.


    Lu Haosheng really wanted to cover his ears. He was curious for a moment and heard something he shouldn''t have heard.


    Some things can be done but not said. Some things, even if everyone knows, they must pretend to be confused and pretend not to know at all.


    Only in this way can we live longer in the cultivation world.


    Although Lu Haosheng believes that neither the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain nor Qinglan Zhenjun himself will have the idea of killing people. But these things are really not what you should know.


    Even if Qiu Wanli didn''t talk much, Lu Haosheng could draw the conclusion that Qinglan Zhenjun acquiesced in the matter according to various intelligence analysis.


    However, Lu Haosheng knew that what he heard with his own ears was completely different from what he guessed.


    Lu Haosheng quickly ordered the third-order cloud boat to fly away immediately and far away from this troublesome place.


    What was going to happen next, he was neither able to intervene nor wanted to know.


    Anyway, he took the third-order cloud boat, sent Meng Zhang to this other hospital, and left in the cloud boat.


    What happened here after that has nothing to do with him.


    Said to be far away, in fact, it didn''t fly too far.


    The third-order cloud boat took a team of escort flying boats, flew hundreds of miles away from the other courtyard, and quietly waited for the results there.


    In other hospitals, Meng Zhang, who was already in danger, was not in a hurry to break through, but chatted slowly there.


    "Why do you have to fight to the death with us? Can''t taiyimen and new beast king mountain coexist? Can you certainly keep us?"


    At this time, Meng Zhang still had a fantasy that the matter could be solved peacefully, which made the two yuan gods Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain disdain.


    As for his problem, it is even more ridiculous. If you are not absolutely sure that you can leave him, the two yuan gods will not launch rashly.


    In fact, all the actions of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun before were just a slow plan. From the beginning, they never thought of making peace with taiyimen.


    Since the Liangzi of the two families have been married, can they turn enemies into friends?


    If you let go of taiyimen and Meng Zhang now, and wait until Meng Zhang grows up, it will definitely be the great enemy of life and death of the new beast king mountain.


    Also, if Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang work together in the future, the trouble of the new beast king mountain will be even greater.


    Although Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli have long killed Meng Zhang, they all know that his status and importance have changed since Meng Zhang became the yuan God.


    According to the internal rules of Jiuqu League, the top leaders of the league are absolutely not allowed to kill them directly and fight with Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention that the Jiuqu alliance is now facing a powerful foreign enemy. At the time of employment, it has always been the principle of the Jiuqu alliance to try to avoid direct war between the original gods and real kings in the alliance.


    Don''t forget that although taiyimen is far less qualified than the new beast king mountain, it is still a member of the Jiuqu League.


    Over the years, the new beast king mountain has not been without enemies within the Jiuqu League.


    If they directly kill taiyimen, whether Meng Zhang is defeated and flees, or block them temporarily. As long as the time is a little longer, there will be other yuan God Zhenjun in Jiuqu League to intervene.


    Then they will be very passive. Not only can''t kill Meng Zhang, but also get into trouble.


    Therefore, the two true gods of the new beast king mountain chose to bear it temporarily and secretly wait for an appropriate time to ensure that they can be killed at one stroke.


    If they succeed, no one will stand out for Meng Zhang.


    Whether one dead Yuanshen Zhenjun is important or two living Yuanshen Zhenjun is important is a very obvious question.

 Chapter 716

    They made a lot of preparations for today''s ambush.


    In order to obtain the acquiescence of Qinglan Zhenjun, they paid a lot of price.


    In the eyes of the two true gods of the new beast king mountain, Meng Zhang is no different from a dead man.


    In fact, Meng Zhang is not the only one who has to plan today''s killing.


    When the three factions alliance was defeated, they withdrew from hengjue mountain and fled all the way north to the territory of Jiuqu alliance to seek the shelter of Jiuqu alliance.


    Jiuqu alliance generously accepted the disabled and defeated generals of the three factions alliance. Of course, this is not because of the friendship between the two sides over the years, but because of various considerations.


    Even the most optimistic friars in the Jiuqu League will not regard Dali as a friend, let alone ignore the threat of Dali.


    The alliance of the three factions and the Dali imperial dynasty are as hostile as the sea. If the Jiuqu alliance goes to war with the Dali imperial dynasty in an all-round way in the future, the three factions alliance will certainly play a great role.


    The old beast king mountain in the three faction alliance and the new beast king mountain between the Jiuqu alliance have deep roots and have a constant relationship.


    The new beast king mountain behaved very generously at this time, as if he remembered the same incense and fire, and forgot all his previous gratitude and resentment.


    The new beast king mountain has generously accepted the old beast king mountain friars who are no different from the bereaved dogs. It also plans to seize the territory of Taiyi gate in the Gobi of evil wind as a place for the old beast king mountain friars.


    Maybe in the eyes of outsiders, the new beast king mountain is really a good man with love and righteousness.


    For the old beast king mountain friar who has oppressed and embarrassed his family for many years, we all want to help everyone for their origin.


    Unfortunately, there has never been such a good man without return in the cultivation world. Even if there were such a fool, he would have died almost long ago.


    The new beast king mountain is so eager to help. Of course, it has its own calculations.


    The ancestral friars who established the new beast king mountain lost in the internal struggle, broke away from the original sect, went to the territory of Jiuqu League, started a new stove and established a new force.


    They have established a new force. Not to mention, the name of the force has not changed. It is still called beast king mountain.


    The so-called "new beast king mountain" and "old beast king mountain" were privately called by outsiders in order to distinguish the two sects.


    Both beast king mountains believe that their own family is orthodox, and the other family is a traitor who betrays their ancestors.


    There is deep resentment between the two families. They have been entangled for more than 1000 years. How can we easily put down so many gratitude and resentments.


    The so-called drama of a smile devoid of gratitude and hatred is played for outsiders.


    In essence, the new beast king mountain should take advantage of people''s danger, take the opportunity to annex the old beast king mountain and fully receive each other''s heritage.


    When the ancestors of the new beast king mountain rebelled against the sect, they did not get all the inheritance of the original sect.


    Compared with the old beast king mountain, the inheritance of the new beast king mountain has always been incomplete.


    Over the years, from low-level friars to high-level friars, they have suffered a lot.


    The old beast king mountain has been able to suppress the new beast king mountain for most of the reasons.


    If it were not for the protection of Jiuqu League, the old beast king mountain would have the power to destroy the new beast king mountain.


    Now the old beast king mountain is doomed. It''s time for the new beast king mountain to complement the inheritance and accept everything from each other.


    In addition, when the old beast king mountain fled the hengjue mountains, it not only brought the savings and inheritance of the sect for many years, but also brought the seeds of the sect.


    Most of these disciples are still young, but they have extraordinary qualifications. If the new beast king mountain can successfully merge the old beast king mountain, these excellent seed disciples will naturally become a member of the new beast king mountain and greatly strengthen the strength of the new beast king mountain.


    Due to scruples about all aspects of relations, it is not easy for the new beast king mountain to start forcibly and annex the old beast king mountain by rigid means.


    The two original gods of the new beast king mountain, Zhenjun, slowly nibbled and assimilated the monks of the old beast king mountain by means of Huairou and soft knife.


    Among them, the biggest obstacle is the beast anger elder standing near Li Ruiming.


    The elder of beast anger is the only true monarch among the monks who escaped from the old beast king mountain.


    Under normal circumstances, the beast anger elder with the mid-term cultivation of the yuan God is enough to suppress Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli in the early days of the yuan God, so that they dare not have other ideas.


    He was already old. In order to cover the escape of the friars in the old beast king mountain, he fought hard with the pursuers of the Dali imperial dynasty many times along the way. He had long been wounded and could not recover.


    Now the beast anger elder is in a bad condition. His injuries not only affect his state, but also make him unable to give full play to his combat effectiveness.


    Moreover, if he fought with a friar of the same rank, every shot would greatly consume his vitality and even his life.


    Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli also spent a lot of time trying to persuade the elder of beast anger to take action.


    They told the elder of beast anger that they were not sure that they could kill Meng Zhang alone.


    You must have an expert like beast anger elder to take part in the war before you can kill with one blow.


    After Meng Zhang''s death, taiyimen became popular in the Gobi desert.


    At that time, the new beast king mountain will occupy only a little of such a large territory, and most of the territory will be handed over to the old beast king mountain.


    With the vast territory, the old beast king mountain has a foothold, can slowly recover its vitality, and can make a comeback.


    If the elder of beast anger refuses to make a contribution, although Li Ruiming cares about the friendship between the two families, it''s not good to give him such a large territory for no reason.


    In addition, killing Meng Zhang is also the meaning of Qinglan Zhenjun, the founder of Qingyuan sect.


    If the old beast king mountain wants to have a foothold in Jiuqu League, it can''t disobey qingyuanzong.


    Even if the elder of beast anger was no longer willing, in this case, he had to promise Li Ruiming to participate in the siege of Meng Zhang.


    Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli both had wishful thinking in their hearts. Take this opportunity to kill Meng Zhang and let the beast anger elder consume his strength. At the same time, you can also spy on his reality and see how much strength he still retains.


    If elder beast Nu is in a bad state, don''t blame Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli for their other thoughts.


    Of course, although Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli have other plans, killing Meng Zhang is the most important thing.


    They came here early, and the fourth level Dharma array of the beast king mountain was established by the beast anger chief Lao Bu, and was presided over by the friars of the new beast king mountain.


    There is no third-order spiritual pulse in the Jun dust world. It takes a lot of money to maintain the fourth-order Dharma array.


    One method is to stimulate the third-order spiritual pulse with a secret method, and then forcibly extract its fundamental aura.


    The fully opened fourth-order normal array consumes the source of the third-order spirit pulse almost every moment.


    If the Dharma array lasts a little longer, a good third-order spirit pulse will be completely scrapped.


    Another way is to consume a large number of precious heaven and Earth Spirit objects to drive the Dharma array.

 Chapter 717

    Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, two yuan gods Zhenjun, accompanied Meng Zhang for a long time, just waiting for the four-level array arranged in advance to accumulate enough strength.


    The beast king Xiaotian array continuously extracts the aura of the third-order spiritual pulse without any reservation. It doesn''t care whether it''s fishing or not.


    In addition, the disciples of the new beast king mountain, who presided over the array, were also constantly throwing all kinds of heaven and earth spirits into it.


    Pieces of heaven and Earth Spirit were thrown into the array, including pieces of spirit marrow, and then consumed quickly.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang, who was still a friar in the foundation period, risked his life to go deep into the sea of death in order to obtain a spiritual marrow to assist in the impact of the golden elixir period.


    In the struggle of the yuan God Zhenjun, this kind of friar in the foundation period longed for incomparable spiritual things, just ordinary consumables.


    The power accumulated by the big array is almost enough. The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain have cooperated for a long time. Just one look, they understood each other''s thoughts, and then they made a tacit move.


    Li Ruiming raised his walking stick, turned it into a scene of beasts galloping, and jumped at Meng Zhang fiercely.


    Qiu Wanli roared, and his body expanded rapidly. He turned into a giant, strode towards Meng Zhang, waved a pair of giant hands, and grabbed Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang''s figure retreated again and again, avoiding Qiu Wanli Zhenjun who rushed over, and then the index and middle fingers of his hands closed together, shooting a black sword Qi and a white sword Qi respectively.


    The two sword Qi mixed into a fierce black-and-white sword Qi, which directly attacked Li Ruiming Zhenjun.


    At the same time, Li Ruiming Zhenjun cast an urging look at the beast anger elder.


    The elder beast Nu sighed deeply, and his wrinkled old face looked bitter.


    He straightened his back with some difficulty and pinched a formula with his hands.


    The power accumulated by the beast king Xiaotian array below was immediately extracted by him.


    A huge and ferocious beast immediately appeared on the head of the beast anger elder.


    The elder of beast anger pointed at Meng Zhang, and the giant beast rushed fiercely.


    This is a long accumulated blow of the fourth level array. Even the friars in the middle of the yuan God can''t take it hard.


    Meng ZhangCai achieved Yuanshen for a few days. As long as he was hit, he would lose half his life if he didn''t die.


    Qiu Wanli rushed forward and blocked Meng Zhang''s dodging direction, making Meng Zhang unavoidable. He had to take the blow.


    The giant beast rushed over fiercely. Seeing that Meng Zhang could not dodge, he only released his sword Qi in vain. The two yuan gods of the new beast king mountain had a feeling of success.


    Suddenly, a change happened. When the giant beast that jumped at Meng Zhang passed by Qiu Wanli Zhenjun''s body, the huge body like a hill turned flexibly and suddenly jumped at Qiu Wanli Zhenjun.


    When such a sudden change occurs at such a close distance, even the veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t avoid it, and can''t even parry with all his strength.


    Qiu Wanli Zhenjun was hit by a giant beast. His body protection spell was easily destroyed and his whole body fell out heavily.


    Meng Zhang, who was going to parry the giant beast attack, showed his great magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword. The fierce sword Qi mixed with black and white shot at Qiu Wanli Zhenjun like raindrops.


    "You..." Li Ruiming Zhenjun pointed to the beast anger elder, with an unbelievable expression on his face, so angry that he couldn''t even speak.


    Although he was extremely angry at the imminent defection of the beast anger elder, Li Ruiming Zhenjun didn''t lose his mind and knew that this was not the time to tangle with minor issues.


    The most important thing now is to control the control of this fourth-order normal array in order to regain the initiative.


    Fortunately, Li Ruiming Zhenjun has always been on guard against the elder of beast anger.


    After the beast anger elder set up a large array, he took the beast anger elder with him. The lower array was controlled by a group of disciples.


    Now the disciples of the new beast king mountain are in charge of the big array. Just now they mobilized the power of the big array and sent it to the beast anger elder.


    Now, as long as they stop sending power to the beast anger elder and use the power of the big array to suppress the beast anger elder, the war situation can be saved.


    Li Ruiming Zhenjun has his own way to keep in touch with his disciples. He didn''t need to speak, just read it, and passed his instructions to the men who presided over the formation.


    Li Ruiming''s actions didn''t hide from elder beast anger.


    The beast king roaring sky array is the secret array of the beast king mountain. The traitors have only learned a little. The real essence of the big battle is the secret of the king of the beast. In the beast king mountain, I''m afraid few people are qualified to learn except the elder of beast anger.


    The elder of beast anger sent out bursts of long whistling, which fluctuated and changed rapidly.


    The whole fourth-order array also changed.


    A mist rose in the array and covered the body of the beast anger elder.


    The fog continued to spread. Meng Zhang, who was chasing Qiu Wanli Zhenjun, disappeared into the fog with Qiu Wanli Zhenjun.


    A curtain of light fell from the sky, like a cage, firmly trapping Li Ruiming Zhenjun.


    Li Ruiming, who had a bad feeling in his heart, no longer had reservations, took out his real skills and began to do his best.


    The stick in his hand flew to him and turned into a huge snake like a hill.


    Li Ruiming jumped on the snake''s head and commanded the giant snake to rush forward.


    After a burst of rampage, Li Ruiming Zhenjun clashed with the cage composed of the light curtain, dispersed the thick fog around, and appeared in front of the beast anger elder.


    Just a short time ago, the elder of beast anger directly urged the power of the big array and killed all the new beast king mountain disciples who presided over the big array.


    Seeing that Li Ruiming Zhenjun broke through the obstacles of the array and appeared in front of him, the beast anger elder was not worried at all.


    An abnormal flush flashed across his face. Then the previous weakness disappeared and became mighty.


    Although the elder of beast anger was hurt, he had the blessing of the power of the great array, and his cultivation was a higher level than that of the other party. Now face to face, he is not afraid at all.


    During the battle between elder beast Nu and Li Ruiming Zhenjun, Meng Zhang had completely pushed Qiu Wanli Zhenjun to the disadvantage.


    Meng Zhang saw a jewel shining on his head, and the sun and moon were scattered to Qiu Wanli Zhenjun like raindrops.


    The black-and-white mixed sword is extremely fierce, and its power is almost as powerful as the fourth-order flying sword. Qiu Wanli Zhenjun can''t stand it.


    The sudden attack of elder beast anger just now almost killed the unsuspecting Qiu Wanli Zhenjun.


    Seriously injured, he can''t even play half his strength. In the face of Meng Zhang''s fierce attack, he can only parry without fighting back.

 Chapter 718

    As a friar of the new beast king mountain, Qiu Wanli Zhenjun thinks he is very familiar with the secret Dharma array of the beast king mountain and the roaring sky array of the beast king.


    When the ancestors of the new beast king mountain defected from the beast king mountain, they mastered part of the inheritance of this dharma array, and then passed it on to future generations.


    Before ambushing Meng Zhang, the elder of beast anger also taught all kinds of tricks of this dharma array to the friars of the new beast king mountain.


    Qiu Wanli Zhenjun is not a fourth-order array mage. He is not interested in the way of array. He can''t master all the secrets of this array. But he asked himself that he must be more familiar with this array than Meng Zhang. When fighting in the big array, you should have the advantage of the home court.


    But after he really started, Qiu Wanli Zhenjun found that Meng Zhang was obviously more familiar with the big array than himself. He can not only advance and retreat freely in the array, but also make use of some arrangements of the array itself to create all kinds of trouble for Qiu Wanli Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang is more familiar with the secret array of beast king mountain than Qiu Wanli, a new monk of beast king mountain. There is only one possibility. He has colluded with the beast anger elder for a long time and obtained the secret of the big array from the beast anger elder.


    At the thought that the elder beast anger would rather teach the real mystery of the big array to Meng Zhang, an outsider, but he can only learn some trivial fur and some impractical tricks, Qiu Wanli Zhenjun was furious and hated the elder beast anger.


    Although Meng Zhang had a little advantage, the other party was a true monarch of the yuan God after all, and it was not so easy to be taken down.


    Meng Zhang knew that the beast anger elder was not in good condition and could not fight for a long time. If the delay is too long and he can''t stop Li Ruiming, there will be new variables in this war.


    Meng Zhang no longer has reservations, but tries his best.


    The magic weapon yin-yang Linghu jumped out of his Dantian and flew to his head.


    Black and white air streams alternately flew out of the gourd and turned into nine yin-yang soldiers wearing black-and-white Taoist robes behind Meng Zhang.


    In recent years, although this yin-yang Linghu has not advanced to level 4, the Taoist soldiers inside are full.


    If the nine Taoist soldiers with golden elixir strength can be effectively used, they will also be a force that can not be underestimated in the battle between the yuan God and the true monarch.


    Nine yin-yang soldiers set up an array and set up a yin-yang Liangyi array.


    After all, this four-level Dharma array is the secret of the beast king mountain. Although elder beast Nu was forced by the situation and taught Meng Zhang many secrets of the big array in advance, he still reserved and did not teach his core secret.


    Meng Zhang can freely enter and exit the fourth-order array, and even make simple use of the array.


    However, he can neither really control the array nor freely mobilize the power of the array.


    Although Yin Yang Liangyi array is only a third-order array, it is the power that Meng Zhang can really master.


    The power of Yin Yang array began to work and was continuously invoked by Meng Zhang.


    With the blessing of the power of the Dharma array, Meng Zhang freely mobilized the power of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    I saw a black-and-white mixed airflow falling from the sky to Qiu Wanli''s head, constantly consuming his vitality.


    However, in a moment, Qiu Wanli Zhenjun, who was greatly weakened, knew that the situation was wrong and could not let the other party continue.


    Only the power of the road can resist the power of the road.


    Qiu Wanli Zhenjun mastered the power to plunder the avenue the day after tomorrow.


    When he broke through the true monarch of Yuanshen, he plundered everything of his own spiritual beast, including Shouyuan, flesh and blood and even Shouyuan, and then he achieved his own Yuanshen Avenue.


    A powerful force invisible to the naked eye directly swept Meng Zhang''s body and tried to forcibly seize everything from him.


    Meng Zhang''s body disappeared out of thin air, as if he had never appeared here, and the power of plundering the avenue naturally failed.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure appeared again, he came behind Qiu Wanli Zhenjun silently.


    Yin Yang evasion is a very profound evasion. Not only can Meng Zhang freely come out of the Yin and Yang world, but also he can change from being to being invisible, and then from being invisible to being.


    When Meng Zhang appeared again, the power of Yin-Yang Avenue fell out of thin air. He easily transformed Qiu Wanli''s body protection spell into yin-yang Qi, and then disappeared out of thin air.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun showed what they could and exerted their best power of the road, where they launched a bitter battle.


    Although Meng Zhang achieved the original God soon, his combat effectiveness is still above Qiu Wanli Zhenjun. Qiu Wanli Zhenjun may not be Meng Zhang''s opponent even if he is in good condition.


    He was seriously injured and was trapped by the four-level beast king Xiaotian array. When he could not resist Meng Zhang, he had no chance to escape.


    Finally, Meng Zhang exhausted all his protective means with the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, and then he was beheaded by the great divine power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    Qiu Wanli Zhenjun thought that Meng Zhang was inexperienced and might not be able to master all the mysteries of the yuan God Zhenjun. At the moment when his body was destroyed, he actually went out of his body and wanted to escape his own yuan God directly.


    A monk like Meng Zhang, who has a complete inheritance of the Taiyi sect, even if he has insufficient experience and knowledge, the various classics left by his predecessors in the sect are enough to make up for this weakness.


    The sun and moon divine light fell from the sky in time, and accurately shrouded the yuan God of Qiu Wanli Zhenjun.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s Yuanshen is very tough. He is invulnerable to weapons and water and fire. That''s a basic ability. It has strong resistance to all kinds of spells and tools.


    However, the great magic power of sun, moon and divine light is originally a magic power to restrain the soul.


    In the final analysis, Yuanshen is also the sublimation of the divine soul, which has essential similarities with the divine soul.


    After the sun and moon continued to wear away, the yuan God of Qiu Wanli Zhenjun finally disappeared completely.


    Qiu Wanli Zhenjun has a fourth-order magic weapon to resist the beast. He has no attack power, but he can strengthen the combat power of his spirit beasts. He can even subdue the fourth-order monster and turn it into a body protecting spirit beast.


    When Qiu Wanli broke through the period of Yuanshen, he sacrificed all his spirit beasts.


    After achieving the true king of the yuan God, he doesn''t care about the general third-order spirit beast at all. But he couldn''t meet the fourth order monster. Even if he does, he may not be able to subdue it.


    Meng Zhang put away the fourth order magic weapon and beast control plate he had collected, as well as the storage ring and storage Bracelet he was wearing.


    When the cultivator reaches the level of the yuan God Zhenjun, there will be no shortage of stored items and magic tools.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to count his harvest. He just got a little angry and appeared on another battlefield.


    Li Ruiming Zhenjun, who was in a fierce battle with the beast anger elder, immediately became cold when he saw Meng Zhang falling from the sky and the stored magic tools originally belonging to Qiu Wanli in Meng Zhang''s hands.

 Chapter 719

    When Li Ruiming faced the beast anger elder, he was already at an absolute disadvantage. If the elder beast anger was not dragged down by his injury and couldn''t give full play to his strength, I''m afraid Li Ruiming Zhenjun would have been unable to support him.


    The reason why he is still there reluctantly is that he hopes on Qiu Wanli Zhenjun''s side.


    In his opinion, Qiu Wanli Zhenjun has achieved Yuanshen for many years. In any case, he will not lose to mengzhang, a new Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Second, the serious injury on elder beast anger can''t be fake. Although he doesn''t know how to suppress the injury, he can''t delay for too long.


    What Li Ruiming Zhenjun didn''t expect was that he didn''t drag down the beast anger elder, but waited for Meng Zhang, the enemy.


    With one against two, Li Ruiming Zhenjun lost all his counterattack power when he had to face the pressure of the fourth order beast king Xiaotian array.


    Time, place and people are not on the side of Li Ruiming Zhenjun. Under the siege of Meng Zhang and the elder of beast anger, Li Ruiming Zhenjun who failed to break through the siege finally died.


    After the fall of Li Ruiming Zhenjun, most of his items fell into the hands of the beast anger elder.


    At this time, the elder of beast anger couldn''t support it.


    Regardless of Meng Zhang''s presence, he quickly sat down on the ground and began to meditate and regulate his breath.


    Meng Zhang also lost a lot. While returning his breath, he said, "senior, let me solve the trouble there first, and then discuss it with you slowly."


    Before the voice fell, Meng Zhang flew to the direction where Lu Haosheng left.


    Lu Haosheng commanded the flying boat team. He didn''t leave too far, but flew to a place not far away and hovered quietly in the air.


    In his eyes, Meng Zhang fell into such an ambush and was doomed to death.


    After the two true gods of the new beast king mountain are finished, they have to clean up the scene and deal with some aftermath work.


    Now stay away from them, because you don''t want to be affected by the aftermath of the battle, and also stay away from the disputes between them.


    On the one hand, the distance is too far, and on the other hand, the battle is limited to the fourth-order array. Lu Haosheng did not know the extent of the battle, so he had to wait patiently and slowly.


    The battle between Yuanshen and Zhenjun, even for ten days and a half months, is a common thing.


    Lu Haosheng was not in a hurry and sat down honestly to wait for the result.


    The war lasted less than a day, and Lu Haosheng waited for someone he absolutely didn''t expect.


    When he saw Meng Zhang appear in front of him, Lu Haosheng stammered to explain.


    "Meng, Meng Zhenjun, this matter has nothing to do with me. I, I really didn''t know in advance."


    Meng Zhang has no leisure to listen to his explanation. Whether he knew it or not, since he was involved in this matter and saw the scene just now, he had only one end.


    The endless sun and moon light fell from the sky and firmly fixed all Lu family friars present.


    The fierce black-and-white swords are vertical and horizontal, leaving broken bones all over the ground.


    All the flying boats, including the precious third-order cloud boat, were completely destroyed by Meng Zhang, destroying all traces.


    After all this, Meng Zhang flew back to the manor just now.


    At this time, the beast anger elder had barely stabilized the injury, put away the array and cleaned up the battlefield.


    Seeing Meng zhangfei coming back, the elder of beast anger cast an inquiring look.


    "There''s no problem. All the witnesses have been cleared. Although you can''t hide it for a long time, it''s enough for you to take action."


    Elder beast Nu nodded with satisfaction, "we have no problem here, just don''t know where qingyuanzong is..."


    "Don''t worry, elder Fei Guo of the jade sword sect has promised us that he can help us resist the pressure of the Qingyuan sect with the style of these sword practitioners." Meng Zhang said confidently.


    It turned out that three months ago, Lu Haosheng of the Lu family came to visit Meng Zhang and sent an invitation to invite Meng Zhang to the meeting today.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t notice anything wrong, he instinctively felt uneasy.


    In fact, Lu Haosheng really knows nothing about today''s ambush.


    In order to keep it absolutely secret, the two true gods of the new beast king mountain kept him in the drum.


    Meng Zhang later used the Dayan divine calculation to calculate, because the level involved was too high, it was the calculation between the yuan God and the true monarch, and the result was not deduced.


    Later, Meng Zhang changed TuYan''s goal. Where are the friends TuYan taiyimen needs.


    The result of deduction is not clear. It vaguely points to the jade sword gate.


    This is really an unexpected result of Meng Zhang.


    Jade sword sect and Qingyuan sect have been opposed for many years, and Jin Lizhen, who is close to Qingyuan sect, is also hostile by jade sword sect.


    Jin Lizhen retired because he was defeated by Fei Guozhen, the jade sword sect.


    According to common sense, Taiyi gate and Yujian gate should never be friends.


    However, Meng Zhang analyzed it carefully.


    Since Jin Lizhen retired, Qing Yuanzong''s attitude towards Taiyi gate has changed greatly, which makes Haosheng of Taiyi gate see his ugly face.


    Together with the Lu family sheltered by Qing Lanzhen, they have to draw a clear line with Taiyi gate.


    Even after Meng Zhang became the original God, Qing Lanzhen and the Lu family expressed their goodwill to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang still didn''t trust them.


    In this case, making friends with jade sword gate seems to be a good choice.


    However, Meng Zhang wanted to set up the jade sword gate, but he didn''t know whether others could see him.


    So Meng Zhang secretly left Taiyi gate and went to Yujian gate to visit.


    He first secretly contacted the golden elixir immortal of yujianmen who he knew before, and then through this immortal, he got in touch with Fei Guozhen.


    All this went well. Fei Guozhen agreed to meet him happily and agreed to meet him secretly.


    After meeting, Fei Guozhen found that the two original gods of the new beast king mountain, Zhen Jun, got through with Qing Lan Zhen Jun and wanted to kill Meng Zhang.


    Logically speaking, from the standpoint of Qinglan Zhenjun, he should flatly refuse.


    But I don''t know why, Qinglan Zhenjun happily agreed to their request, and was willing to send confidants to cooperate and let them act under their own banner.


    With the consent of Qinglan Zhenjun and the confidant of Qinglan Zhenjun, the two original gods of the new beast king mountain can freely drive the Lu family and let the Lu family invite Meng Zhang in the name of Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Of course, the Lu family was kept in the dark all the time. They just thought they were following Qinglan Zhenjun''s orders.


    Yujianmen and qingyuanzong are two giant sects of Jiuqu League, and they pay much attention to each other.


    Especially in recent years, yujianmen secretly strengthened the monitoring of Qingyuan sect.


    The collusion between the two Yuanshen Zhenjun and Qinglan Zhenjun in the new beast king mountain was actually known by the jade sword gate.


    Originally, although the jade sword sect could not bear to see the dirty activities of the Qing Yuan sect, it would not take the initiative to interfere.


    However, due to the changes in the situation in recent years, the senior management of yujianmen has some new ideas.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, even took the initiative to visit.


    The top level of the jade sword gate inevitably had an idea. Meng Zhang thought he knew the plan of the two original gods of the new beast king mountain. Because the matter involved Qinglan Zhenjun, he had to go to the jade sword gate for help.


    Fei Guozhen, a member of the jade sword sect, saw Meng Zhang secretly and told the truth directly.


    Meng Zhang knew at this time that he had come to the right place by mistake.


    Since Qinglan Zhenjun has become an enemy, Meng Zhang can only firmly hold the thigh of the jade sword door.


    Over the years, the interior of Jiuqu League seems calm, but the undercurrent surges and waves fluctuate in the dark.


    The jade sword sect has long been extremely dissatisfied with the qingyuanzong. It believes that the qingyuanzong has been dragging its feet and has become the biggest internal problem of the Jiuqu League.


    Even some radical senior officials of the jade sword sect believe that the Qing Yuan sect has long taken refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty, so they want to help the Dali imperial dynasty divide and disintegrate the Jiuqu alliance.


    Of course, such a statement is too ridiculous. Not many people agree with it inside the jade sword gate.


    Qingyuanzong and yujianmen are two giants of Jiuqu League, but qingyuanzong has to surpass yujianmen in terms of strength and status.


    The leader of Jiuqu League has been in the hands of qingyuanzong for many years.


    Qingyuanzong has a supreme position in Jiuqu League. Only the jade sword gate can contain it.


    It''s better to be a chicken head than a phoenix tail. Why did qingyuanzong leave one overlord to do nothing and go to subdue others?


    If Qing Yuanzong took refuge in Dali Dynasty, what would he get? In other words, what chips can Dali Dynasty take out to buy qingyuanzong?


    Although the speculation that qingyuanzong took refuge in Dali emperor is not recognized, qingyuanzong has become unreliable and has become the consensus of the jade sword gate.


    Since qingyuanzong can''t be trusted, we''ll take one shot and two scattered, each passing his own way. The idea of sword repair is always so direct and simple.


    Qingyuanzong will certainly not watch the jade sword gate start a new stove and split the Jiuqu alliance.


    Although the sword cultivation of the jade sword sect is arrogant, it also knows to attract as many allies as possible in the Jiuqu alliance to obtain the capital against the Qing Yuan sect.


    Over the years, the sword practitioners of the jade sword sect have lowered their arrogant heads and formed gangs within the Jiuqu alliance to win over the alliance.


    It''s a good thing that Meng Zhang comes to the door now.


    Meng Zhang is the new Yuanshen Zhenjun. Taiyi gate is not weak. He is hostile to Qinglan Zhenjun and does not take refuge in Yujian gate. It seems that there is no other way out.


    After a simple procedure, Meng Zhang became a proud General of yujianmen.


    Since the two original gods of the new beast king mountain really want to kill Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang must fight back.


    First, it is to stimulate the Qing Yuan sect not too early. Second, it is also a test for Meng Zhang. The jade sword gate did not directly help, but let Meng Zhang solve the trouble himself.


    Of course, although there is no direct action, the jade sword gate can provide various resources or secretly provide some help.


    Meng Zhang carefully studied the history of the new beast king mountain and the old beast king mountain, and found a lot of places to use.


    Meng Zhang secretly contacted the beast anger elder of the old beast king mountain through the power of the jade sword gate.


    With the endorsement of the friar of yujianmen, Meng Zhang won the trust of the beast anger elder without spending too much effort.


    Sure enough, elder beast anger has been acting all the time.


    In order to gain a foothold in Jiuqu League, the elder of beast anger pretended to ignore the past grievances and asked the disciples to take refuge in the new beast king mountain. But in fact, he has been looking for a chance to break the game.


    Meng Zhang, who took the initiative to come to the door, and the jade sword door behind Meng Zhang, gave him the best opportunity.


    For old school friars like elder beast anger, traitors are far more hateful than enemies.


    The traitors of the new beast king mountain are the culprits leading to the decline of the old beast king mountain. Now they want to covet the inheritance of the old beast king mountain. It''s really a crime to die.


    Because of the situation, the elder of beast anger has been lying to Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli. In many cases, they deliberately pretend to be confused.


    But in his heart, he knew very well. All the calculations of Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli can''t hide from him.


    A man is a tiger, and a tiger is a man. Since the two original gods of the new beast king mountain really want to plan others, don''t blame your opponents for planning them in turn.


    Now, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain are smart, but they are smart. The result of miscalculation is that they die on the spot.


    Killing the two original gods Zhenjun is just that in recent years, the new beast king mountain has opened its arms to the old beast king mountain friars with an open attitude.


    The purpose of the new beast king mountain is to smoothly merge the old beast king mountain and obtain the complete inheritance of the old beast king mountain.


    What they did was cheaper for the old beast king mountain friar at this time.


    The elder of beast anger can lead the friars of the old beast king mountain to turn away from the guest and in turn annex the new beast king mountain.


    The two original gods Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain fell, and the disciples in the door were headless.


    Most importantly, only a few high-level friars in the new beast king mountain know the sinister intentions of the two yuan gods. Most friars thought that the new king of beasts mountain and the old king of beasts mountain came from the same vein and were really their own people. The action in the door over the years is to accept the friars of the old beast king mountain.


    It is not strange that one day the two religious sects will become one.


    It is the common expectation of many people that the two religious sects are merged into one. However, after the merger of the two sects, it is a question of who is the main and who is the second.


    The beast anger leader hurried back to the new beast king mountain and began to merge the two sects.


    With him, the true monarch of the yuan God, there was no one who could resist in the two sects.


    In the new beast king mountain, those high-level officials who opposed the real king of beast anger died one after another for unknown reasons.


    Meng Zhang, the original God Zhenjun, really wants to be a killer and bully a group of Jindan immortal with big bullying and small bullying. He is really capable and can succeed easily.


    With the mysterious death of the opponents, there are fewer and fewer high-level friars in the new beast king mountain.


    In the end, when he completely stood up to the superior beast anger elder and personally presided over a top-down purge, he cleared all opposition forces and preliminarily integrated the two sects.

 Chapter 720

    In order to prevent external interference, especially the interference of the Qing Yuan sect, the elder beast Nu took a quick knife to cut the mess, which very rudely promoted the merger of the two sects.


    As the only Yuanshen Zhenjun of the two sects, no one can resist him.


    Many friars in the new beast king mountain, who are a little smarter, should know that after the death of the two yuan God Zhenjun of our door, there really needs to be a yuan God Zhenjun in the door.


    The new beast king mountain, which lost its original God Zhenjun, is very difficult to ensure its previous status and sphere of influence within Jiuqu League.


    Neither the beast anger elder nor Meng Zhang disclosed the news of the death of the two true gods of the new beast king mountain, but the soul lamp they enshrined in the sect door went out, and the end was self-evident.


    Of course, the elder of beast anger and Meng Zhang will not admit that they have something to do with this matter.


    After the elder beast Nu returned, he pretended to be confused, as if he knew nothing about the death of the two yuan gods of the new beast king mountain.


    With his identity and strength, no one can question him face to face.


    After learning that the soul lights of the two yuan gods Zhenjun went out, the beast anger elder looked surprised and angry. It''s really thanks to his age and his good acting skills.


    Meng Zhang secretly cooperated with the beast anger elder to annex the new beast king mountain before returning to Taiyi gate.


    During this time, the elder of beast anger was able to complete the merger of the two sects without external interference. I think the jade sword sect also did a lot of work secretly.


    At that time, Meng Zhang killed people and got rid of the informed friar Lu family. He temporarily concealed the news and won the most valuable time.


    Elder beast Nu took the opportunity to return to the new beast king mountain and made every effort to promote the merger of the two sects.


    At this time, because of the soul lamp, the news of the death of Li Ruiming Zhenjun and Qiu Wanli Zhenjun leaked out, but the elder beast anger had taken the lead.


    In fact, the biggest enemy expected by the beast anger elder and Meng Zhang, Qinglan Zhenjun of the Qingyuan sect, also has its own difficulties.


    In his capacity, it is really inappropriate to be involved in the conspiracy of Fu to kill Meng Zhang.


    After agreeing to Li Ruiming''s request, he turned a deaf ear to this matter.


    By the time we received the news of the death of Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, it had been a long time.


    At this time, even if he knew that the situation was wrong, it was difficult for him to make an appropriate response.


    The merger of the new beast king mountain and the old beast king mountain is the internal affairs of other people''s sect. Even if they are as domineering as the Qing Yuan sect, they still need face and Kung Fu. At least on the surface, they should respect other sects.


    For Shang mengzhang, he is even more unjustifiable.


    Even if there is no evidence, you can guess that the deaths of Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli are related to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can escape the fatal killing game and kill his opponent in turn. Meng Zhang is by no means an ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun. We must raise our evaluation of him.


    Without further information, even if Qinglan Zhenjun has any ideas about Meng Zhang, he should not rush to do it.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, elder beast Nu also initially controlled the merged sect.


    At this time, there is naturally no difference between the new beast king mountain and the old beast king mountain. There is only one beast king mountain.


    On the pretext of the mysterious death of Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, the elder of beast anger asked the sect to shrink up and down to deal with the changes.


    In the Gobi of evil wind, the elder of beast anger ordered the disciples of beast king mountain to withdraw from the previously occupied taiyimen territory.


    There must still be opponents inside the beast king mountain after bloody cleaning, but absolutely no one dares to openly oppose the beast anger elder.


    The beast anger elder fulfilled his promise and proved that he was a reliable ally.


    Taiyi disciples took the opportunity to go out and recover all the lost land.


    For elder beast anger, he can finally stabilize and slowly restore the vitality of the sect.


    The other two in the three faction alliance are not as lucky as beast king mountain.


    Jiuqu League took them in to make use of them. Of course, we should give full play to their value.


    The defeated soldiers of Cangshan sect and Baizhan sect were settled on Yuantu prairie soon after they fled into Jiuqu League.


    The intention of the senior leaders of Jiuqu League is very simple. Since Jiuqu League has taken in the remaining evils of the three sects, they naturally want to make some contributions to Jiuqu League.


    There is no war with the Dali Dynasty, but they can confront the barbarians outside the territory on the Yuantu prairie and bear the casualties that should be borne by the friars of the Jiuqu League.


    At first, Li Ruiming Zhenjun and Qiu Wanli Zhenjun spent a lot of effort to annex the old beast king mountain, but they left the friars of the old beast king mountain near their mountain gate.


    The senior level of qingyuanzong accepted their benefits and acquiesced in their practice.


    It''s a pity that they are too clever. Everything they do makes wedding clothes for others. Let the old beast king mountain dove occupy the magpie''s nest, turn away from the guest, and in turn annex the new beast king mountain.


    The senior level of Qingyuan sect is not a fool. What Meng Zhang and elder beast Nu did cannot be kept from them forever.


    At the high-level meeting of Jiuqu League, a friar raised an objection to the merger of the two sects of the new beast king mountain and the old beast king mountain, but he was pushed back by the friar belonging to the jade sword gate.


    The Qing Yuan sect is more powerful than the jade sword sect, and the news is more informed.


    What yujianmen has done in recent years has not been concealed from qingyuanzong.


    Now, obviously, Taiyi gate and beast king mountain are also in the camp of jade sword gate.


    The originally harmonious Jiuqu League was quietly divided into two camps.


    Yujianmen thinks that qingyuanzong, a pig teammate, will only make mistakes and can''t be relied on at all.


    If it wasn''t for the lack of strength, all the people in yujianmen wanted to kick qingyuanzong out of Jiuqu League.


    Because it couldn''t do this, yujianmen wanted to break away from Jiuqu League and start a new stove.


    If Qing Yuanzong is a little more interesting and the two sides break up peacefully, it''s easy to say. But if Qing Yuanzong is unwilling to accept all this, it may be a bloody storm.


    Although Meng Zhang was forced by the situation, he had to join the camp of yujianmen. But I''m not very optimistic about the action of the jade sword gate.


    Now the Dali imperial dynasty is eyeing the Jiuqu alliance. Didn''t the internal strife of the Jiuqu alliance give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of it?


    Even if the jade sword sect can defeat the Qing Yuan sect and successfully break away from the Jiuqu League, how can it continue to fight the Dali imperial dynasty?


    The two camps of Yujian gate and qingyuanzong have been formed. Since Taiyi gate has selected its own camp, it can''t be changed easily.


    Whether you like it or not, Taiyi gate can only follow the jade sword gate to the dark.


    At least, compared with the Qing Yuan sect, the sword repair sect like the jade sword sect is more trustworthy.


    Meng Zhang found that he had achieved Yuanshen and solved a crisis. But a bigger crisis is coming.


    Meng Zhang himself sometimes couldn''t help lamenting that people can''t help themselves in the Jianghu. Why isn''t there a pure land without disputes in the cultivation world?

 Chapter 721

    Since Meng Zhang led Taiyi gate to join the camp of Yujian gate, he naturally wanted to be used by Yujian gate and contribute to the camp.


    So far, yujianmen and qingyuanzong have their own scruples. They are not willing to tear the dough and have a direct showdown.


    On the one hand, both within the two sects and other forces of the Jiuqu League, some people are trying to prevent the division of the Jiuqu League.


    Although in Meng Zhang''s view, most of these people''s efforts are futile, the division of Jiuqu alliance can no longer be stopped. But in the last minute, no one knows what the final result is.


    On the other hand, in the face of this internal split, many forces of Jiuqu league are unable to follow the situation. Even the inner part of the Qing Yuan clan is a little difficult to make up their mind and take action directly against the jade sword gate.


    You know, once qingyuanzong and yujianmen start a war, the situation will be completely irreparable. And who wins and who loses, no one is sure.


    What qingyuanzong and yujianmen are doing now is to win over their allies openly or secretly and try to enhance their own strength.


    Because of mutual restraint, the two forces are far from being able to prosper those who follow us and perish those who oppose us. It is impossible to force all forces to stand in line immediately.


    However, with the passage of time, the situation will become clearer and clearer, leaving less and less room for the centrists to live.


    At that time, no matter those forces that are waiting for a price or those who are determined to remain neutral, they must make a choice.


    According to the mind of the top leaders of Qingyuan sect and yujianmen, they will never allow it. At the last moment, there are neutral forces.


    Those guys who think they can make a profit, I''m afraid they will. Although this is not the time to turn against Qinglan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang didn''t clean up the forces on the Gobi. However, it still strengthened its control over the interior of hanhaidao alliance, and even did not hesitate to carry out a cleaning.


    Before the great change, the stronger the strength that can be gathered, the better.


    In addition to taiyimen''s own efforts to develop, those trusted forces within Hanhai daomeng will also be supported by taiyimen.


    Especially after Meng Zhang became the true king of the yuan God, he had a rolling advantage over the whole Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Taiyimen quietly relaxed the secret suppression of other forces in the league.


    According to the current situation, even if a large number of Jindan real people emerge from other forces of Hanhai Dao alliance, it will not shake the rule of taiyimen, but will enhance the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance.


    On the other side of maple leaf mountain city, Meng Zhang secretly invested more strength. Actively develop the power of maple leaf mountain city and slowly obtain greater living space.


    If the form of Jiuqu League deteriorates and taiyimen cannot stand, the only way out is maple leaf mountain city.


    As for that, if the Jiuqu alliance collapses and the Dali imperial dynasty continues to expand towards the Daheng cultivation world, what should Taiyi gate do? Meng Zhang can''t take into account the far future, so he has to take one step at a time.


    Jin Lizhen told Meng Zhang that she would never get out of the customs if she didn''t have a better grasp than Fei Guozhen before she closed the customs.


    Although she is a woman, she is quite ambitious.


    It''s better to say that women don''t make men, and it''s harder to say that they are small bellied chicken intestines.


    Jin Lizhen ignored foreign affairs and shut herself up alone, which brought a lot of trouble to Taiyi gate.


    Before, including Meng Zhang, no one in taiyimen dared to disturb him.


    Now that Meng Zhang has become the true monarch of the yuan God, he is qualified to be on an equal footing with Jin Lizhen, so he doesn''t have to be too afraid of her.


    Meng Zhang went to the mirage desert alone and made himself the original God. The news that he wanted to meet Jin Lizhen Jun was transmitted to Jin Lizhen Jun''s closed world through the messenger''s talisman.


    Meng Zhang waited outside the mirage desert for several days. I don''t know whether Jin Lizhen Jun didn''t receive the summons or didn''t want to talk to Meng Zhang. There was never any reply in it.


    Although now taiyimen doesn''t need Jin Lizhen''s protection so much. However, it is always a good thing to maintain the friendship with old friends and make more friends with Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Since there was no response, Meng Zhang did not break in, but went back directly.


    Because they joined the yujianmen camp, taiyimen and other forces that originally belonged to the yujianmen camp began to establish contacts and become more and more familiar.


    According to the assumption of the high level of yujianmen, after yujianmen and qingyuanzong go their separate ways, it is better to be the north of the whole Jiuqu League, which is the sphere of influence of yujianmen.


    Yujianmen is now doing all kinds of work to ensure that the major Xiuzhen forces in this area are their own, so as to avoid their own enemies.


    Taiyimen is almost the northernmost sect of Jiuqu League.


    In addition to guarding the northernmost rear of the jade sword gate, Taiyi gate should also actively strive to the south.


    The Xiuzhen forces arranged by Qinglan Zhenjun in the Gobi of evil wind are not worth mentioning. Now is not the time to eliminate them.


    The beast king mountain still has several territories in the Gobi. The beast king mountain and taiyimen are the same camp of comrades.


    Beyond the endless sand sea, there are two forces: huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar.


    There is Xuanfeng Zhenjun behind huoyun sect. Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who was born in San Xiu, is smooth and doesn''t want to be easily involved in the disputes in the league.


    He has remained neutral in many disputes within the league in the past.


    However, he may not be able to avoid this storm.


    When it came time to see him, I didn''t know what choice he would make.


    Huang Lian sect is now slowly integrating, and Yue Fengzhen Jun is most likely to become the leader of Huang Lian sect after integration.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is a real wallflower and will not easily fall to any side.


    He is now waiting for a price. It depends on which of qingyuanzong and yujianmen can offer better conditions to buy him off.


    Huanglian sect Hedong branch altar and huoyun sect can''t move now. Taiyimen can only continue to move south.


    Gale City, a big commercial city located in the hub, naturally came into the sight of Taiyi gate.


    The Lu family, who controls Dafeng City, is a member of Qinglan Zhenjun''s family. In addition, the Lu family cooperated with Li Ruiming Zhenjun and Qiu Wanli Zhenjun to plot against Meng Zhang last time. Whether the Lu family knew it or not, Meng Zhang had to treat the Lu family as an enemy.


    In the current situation of Jiuqu League, taiyimen should not directly attack the Lu family.


    However, according to the practice of Jiuqu League, if it is a change within various Xiuzhen forces, the senior level of Jiuqu League generally will not directly intervene.


    In Dafeng City, Dafeng City is the one that can pose a threat to the Lu family. However, it is not easy for the ancient moon family to use taiyimen and embark on the road of resisting the Lu family.

 Chapter 722

    Guyue family and Lu family are two leading families in Dafeng City, and Guyue family is second only to Lu family in all aspects.


    There is no room for that kind of good man in the cultivation world. Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it. The ancient moon family is willing to live under the Lu family forever and be a millennium Dick honestly.


    If the outside can provide strong support, doesn''t the ancient moon family covet the position of the Lord of Dafeng City at all? If there is a chance to replace the Lu family, the ancient moon family will not be excited at all?


    Although taiyimen had a close relationship with the Guyue family, Meng Zhang had many contacts with the Guyue family before. However, after achieving the true monarch of the yuan God, Meng Zhang contacted the ancient moon family with a special purpose. Before the action, Meng Zhang specially sent a letter to immortal ye to ask her to help inquire into the deep-seated information of the ancient moon family.


    In addition, he did not place all his hopes on the black market. Instead, let an Muran, the elder in charge of the dark hall of Taiyi gate, contact the intelligence system of Yujian gate and try to get help from them.


    Because the jade sword gate is a sword repair sect, don''t think that the jade sword gate is full of sword repairs without any intention.


    If so, even if the jade sword sect is strong, it can''t survive in the cultivation world until now.


    If any family wants to survive and grow in the cultivation world, it can''t live without the dark side.


    In the jade sword gate, there are also old foxes who are good at calculation and sinister.


    Jade sword gate has a history of more than two thousand years. Among Jiuqu League, only qingyuanzong can compare it.


    For so many years, the tentacles of the jade sword gate have already secretly extended to all aspects and corners of the Jiuqu League.


    As the Yuanshen sect leading the Jiuqu League, yujianmen''s vision is not limited to the interior of the Jiuqu League, but also has a deep understanding of the periphery of the Jiuqu League and even the edge of the Middle Earth continent.


    The hall leaders at the entrance of Taiyi gate are basically friars during the foundation period. After these hall leaders advance to the golden elixir period, they often pass the position of hall leader to other disciples in the foundation period, and take the post of elder in their own peace of mind.


    However, there are still a few halls in Taiyi gate, and the position of hall leader is held by the elder of Jindan period.


    After an Muran formed the golden elixir, he did not resign as the leader of the dark hall, but was still fully responsible for all the affairs of the dark hall.


    In fact, with the increase of the number of monks in the golden elixir period of taiyimen, there are many elite disciples in the foundation period.


    Some disciples in the foundation period hold the position of hall leader, which really can''t hold down other elites in the foundation period.


    Therefore, taiyimen is now slowly adjusting the positions in the door.


    Like an Muran''s sister, an Xiaoran, after she married Dan, she still served as the leader of the Dan Hall as the elder of the golden pill.


    Now that Taiyi gate has become the younger brother of Yujian gate and is dedicated to serving Yujian gate, Yujian gate naturally wants to give Taiyi gate some sweets.


    Apart from other things, it is very natural to deepen the exchange and cooperation between the two sects, exchange information and intelligence.


    Meng Zhang cooperated with the elder beast Nu to kill the two original gods Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain. Later, Meng Zhang also killed a group of Lu family friars including Lu Haosheng, which is equivalent to paying a reliable investment certificate to the jade sword gate.


    In the eyes of the high level of yujianmen, Meng Zhang is barely reliable.


    As long as the requirements put forward by Meng Zhang are not too excessive, yujianmen will try to meet them.


    Let alone Meng Zhang''s plan is to use the ancient moon family to replace the Lu family, which is in line with the interests of yujianmen. Yujianmen has no reason not to strongly support it.


    The secret Hall of Taiyi gate communicates with Yujian gate not only for this mission, but also to inquire about the information of the ancient moon family.


    Although an Muran is silent and not good at words, his skill is not bad. With his ability, he should be able to gain a lot from these exchanges.


    Before getting an answer from the jade sword gate, Meng Zhang''s old friend immortal ye came to the door first.


    After years of not seeing Meng Zhang, he has become the true monarch of the yuan God, which makes the fallen leaf immortal very sad.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t have any airs, and didn''t put on the lofty attitude of Yuanshen Zhenjun. He still cordially received real person ye ye with his attitude towards old friends.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s letter, immortal ye ye mobilized his strength and used the channels of the black market to inquire about the news Meng Zhang wanted to know.


    In addition to bringing these news, she also had important matters to discuss with Meng Zhang.


    After meeting, they exchanged greetings. They were not wordy people and soon got to the point.


    The ancient moon family has an extraordinary origin. It is a very not simple Xiuzhen family.


    The ancient moon family in Jiuqu League is only a branch of the whole ancient moon family. In the Dali Dynasty and even the Middle Earth, it seems that there are other branches of the ancient moon family.


    Because time is limited, and the branches in various parts of the black market are not so cooperative.


    Fallen leaf immortal spent a lot of effort, but didn''t find out the real foundation of the ancient moon family.


    For the ancient moon family on the side of Jiuqu League, she collects the most intelligence.


    Shortly after the establishment of Jiuqu League, a branch of Guyue family moved here.


    Later, after thousands of years of development, he finally established the foundation of Dafeng City with the Lu family.


    From these information alone, Gu Yue family in Dafeng City is a very good Jindan family, but there is nothing strange in the eyes of real big people.


    Even the new gods like Meng Zhang can easily crush the golden elixir family like the ancient moon family.


    In addition, through the connection between local black markets, immortal ye ye probably heard about the branch of the ancient moon family on the other side of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The ancient moon family over there seems to be very trusted by the royal family. Many people hold high positions in the Dali imperial dynasty. The strength of the whole family is far stronger than the branches of Jiuqu League. It is one of the important Xiuzhen families in Dali imperial dynasty.


    As for the news of the ancient moon family on the other side of the Middle Earth continent, immortal deciduous has not been rewarded by his subordinates for the time being.


    After hearing the news brought by immortal ye ye, Meng Zhang was surprised.


    He had heard that the ancient moon family had an extraordinary origin and deep foundation. But I didn''t expect that the ancient moon family was so involved.


    Dali imperial dynasty is the great enemy of Jiuqu alliance. Yujianmen decided to break away from Jiuqu alliance and stand on its own because qingyuanzong was unwilling to go to war with Dali imperial dynasty.


    The ancient moon family on the other side of the Middle Earth continent doesn''t say. The ancient moon family actually has a branch that works for the Dali imperial dynasty. Whether the ancient moon family on the side of Dafeng City is trustworthy or not is a big question mark.

 Chapter 723

    If there is any collusion between the Guyue family of Dafeng City and the branch of Dali imperial dynasty, it is a nail buried in the Jiuqu League, which will sooner or later become a heart disease of Jiuqu League.


    Even if taiyimen has a close relationship with the ancient moon family, they should draw a clear line with it early on on this major issue of right and wrong, and the province will be implicated by it.


    Meng Zhang was thinking about these times when he suddenly felt a move in his heart. According to the news that real people can find out about fallen leaves, there is no reason for a sect like Qingyuan sect and Yujian sect not to know.


    The ancient moon family can stay in Dafeng City. They have not been removed by a sect like Yujian gate as a traitor of Dali imperial dynasty. There must be something they don''t know.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide his mind in front of his old friends.


    The fallen leaf immortal was born in an organization like the dark League. He has some special skills in observing words and colors.


    She guessed Meng Zhang''s idea and quickly explained it to Meng Zhang.


    There seems to be no close contact between various branches of the ancient moon family.


    This ancient moon family branch in Dafeng City has never colluded with Dali imperial dynasty. For a long time, I have always kept close to my one-third of an mu of land in Dafeng City and never done anything special.


    Although the Dark Alliance has strong intelligence ability, it knows many deep-seated secrets of the cultivation world.


    However, the fallen leaf immortal can only be regarded as a high-level person in the Dark Alliance, not a real top-level person, with limited authority, and can not arbitrarily obtain all kinds of top secret intelligence.


    Moreover, neither the fallen leaf immortal nor her disciple jueying immortal are those who are keen on power. In the Dark Alliance, they did not actively strive for power and gain, and mastered greater power.


    As golden elixir immortal, they have a good status, but their real power is very limited. Naturally, there will not be too many resources that can be mobilized.


    For these things, immortal Ye Ye has never concealed Meng Zhang.


    Every time Meng Zhang asks her for help, she and her disciple immortal jueying try their best to help.


    So far, Meng Zhang has benefited a lot from them.


    Meng Zhang guessed that there were deep-seated secrets in the ancient moon family.


    Although immortal ye ye failed to provide further information, what she just said was enough to make her vigilant and cautious.


    After talking about the ancient moon family, immortal deciduous mentioned another thing.


    Although this matter is the internal affairs of the Dark Alliance, it is also closely related to Meng Zhang and the whole Jiuqu alliance.


    All along, the principle of the Dark Alliance has been to hide in the dark and secretly participate in the affairs of the cultivation world through secret organizations such as the black market.


    The Dark Alliance has given enough respect to the overlord of the cultivation world in all regions.


    The Dark Alliance will never participate, or openly participate, in the disputes in various regions of the cultivation world, let alone subvert the original ruling order.


    Similarly, each branch of the Dark Alliance will not take the initiative to join other forces.


    However, the basic principles that the Dark Alliance has always adhered to are now facing severe challenges.


    In the territory of Dali Dynasty, there were also dark alliances, and there were still black markets everywhere.


    The Dali Dynasty allowed the Dark Alliance to exist, of course, with its own purpose.


    The power of the Dark Alliance, especially the power hidden in the dark, made Dali extremely coveted by the imperial dynasty.


    Many years ago, Dali Dynasty established various contacts with the Dark Alliance within its own territory through various means, and slowly penetrated its own forces into the interior of the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance has huge forces, numerous branches and bloated organizations.


    Whether it is the organizational form of the Dark Alliance or the limited power of the Dark Alliance Center, it is doomed that the Dark Alliance is difficult to control every branch.


    Especially in recent years, the branches of Dark Alliance in various places have more and more power. Some branches in remote areas have vaguely revealed some independent trends.


    Of course, so far, no Dark Alliance branch has dared to be open and independent.


    First, each branch is afraid of the power of the center. In particular, the top strength of the dark League Headquarters has enough power to sweep away any branch.


    Second, all branches need the sign of Dark Alliance. With the sign of Dark Alliance, they can obtain many benefits and act more conveniently.


    Within each branch of the Dark Alliance, there are many factions, and the situation is extremely complex.


    The Dark Alliance branch on the territory of Dali Dynasty has been completely penetrated by Dali Dynasty.


    Although it has nothing to do with the Dali Dynasty in name, in fact, it has been completely used by the Dali Dynasty and has become a sharp blade in the hands of the Dali Dynasty.


    The headquarters of the Dark Alliance, for some reason, has never asked about what happened there.


    According to the speculation of the fallen leaf real person, the headquarters of the Dark Alliance was either hoodwinked by the branch and did not understand the real situation. Or he secretly reached some agreement with the Dali Dynasty and acquiesced in the existence of this situation.


    Based on the intelligence capability of the Dark Alliance headquarters, all the cultivation forces in the cultivation world, but those with a little history and background know to reserve a retreat for themselves in the face of crisis.


    Even the Taiyi gate has laid the dark son of maple leaf mountain city on the ground of Daheng cultivation world.


    Don''t look at the way Taiyi gate follows the jade sword gate now. It looks like a loyal pawn. At the last minute, in order to survive, Taiyi gate will also turn its back on the jade sword gate without hesitation.


    Now it is only because Taiyi gate needs the power of jade sword gate to fight against Qing Yuan sect that it has to temporarily rely on jade sword gate.


    If there is a better choice, who is willing to be a pawn for others?


    The Dali Dynasty has always had a bad attitude towards the Xiuzhen sect, and it can even be called very hostile.


    In the process of the rise of Dali Dynasty, many Xiuzhen sects were destroyed.


    Even the Xiuzhen sects that took refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty, except for a few, had a hard time.


    The Dali imperial dynasty treated the Xiuzhen sect under its rule very harshly. It can almost be said that it was asking for unlimited money. If it didn''t follow, it would kill the whole family.


    Dali Dynasty has a great reputation. If you don''t really have a choice, I''m afraid no Xiuzhen sect will take the initiative to take refuge in Dali Dynasty.

 Chapter 724

    But when it comes to life and death, many Xiuzhen sects will bow their heads in order to survive without any other choice.


    It is not an unacceptable choice to take refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty rather than being slaughtered directly.


    Dali imperial dynasty attacked and destroyed the alliance of the three factions, and the military front was prosperous. On the side of Jiuqu League, there was an internal division at this time. In contrast, not to mention the strength of the two sides, only in this state, the Jiuqu alliance has a low chance of winning.


    If you can, Meng Zhang wants to secretly take the line from the imperial dynasty and leave a retreat for Taiyi gate.


    Of course, such an idea has been hidden deep in his heart, and no one has revealed it.


    Now Taiyi gate is still under the wings of jade sword gate. If you act rashly, it will only bring disaster to Taiyi gate.


    The key point that immortal ye ye wants to say is not that some Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League secretly leave the imperial dynasty, but about the future of the dark League branch in Jiuqu League.


    After the Dali Dynasty controlled the Dark Alliance branches in its own territory, it used its resources and strength to expand to other Dark Alliance branches in the surrounding area.


    The Dark Alliance branch of hengjue mountains took the initiative to join the Dali imperial dynasty. It played a great role in the war of the Dali imperial dynasty to destroy the alliance of the three factions.


    Now, the Dali Dynasty continues to expand and takes the Jiuqu alliance as the next goal of conquest. The dark League branch of Jiuqu League is about to face a choice.


    The Dali Dynasty has long sent envoys to the high-level of the Dark Alliance branch here and put forward good conditions for cooperation.


    If the dark League Division of Jiuqu League takes the initiative to join the Dali Dynasty and cooperate with its action of conquering Jiuqu League, it will definitely benefit a lot in the future.


    In the dark League branch of Jiuqu League, there are many internal factions and different opinions, and no one can convince anyone. It''s hard to make a decision in a short time.


    The dark League Division on the side of Jiuqu League is powerful and can not be said to be a decisive force, but at least it has the ability to affect the situation. It''s just that there are different opinions inside, so it''s difficult to act together.


    The faction of fallen leaf immortal has a close relationship with the headquarters of the Dark Alliance and always obeys the orders of the headquarters.


    However, the headquarters did not give clear instructions on the issue of Dali imperial dynasty, but asked them to act according to their circumstances and strive to preserve themselves.


    The attitude of the headquarters made them a little confused about what to do and what to choose.


    On the other side, the faction that wants to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty as the leading Party and the faction that resolutely maintains its independent status and does not want to bow to the Dali Dynasty are inseparable from each other.


    The internal discord and incessant internal fighting in the Dark Alliance make the real master and apprentice of fallen leaf a little headache.


    There is a hidden worry in the heart of fallen leaf immortal. The Dark Alliance has been unable to make a decision for a long time, and the news that it is engaged in business with Dali imperial dynasty is likely to leak out.


    At that time, a sect like the jade sword sect may strike first and attack the Dark Alliance branch first to eradicate internal troubles.


    Meng Zhang agrees with the view of immortal ye ye.


    Many of the rules in the practice world only apply to peacetime, not to the current tense situation.


    No matter what choice the Dark Alliance branch makes and which side it goes to, it is better than it seems neutral and has constant internal disputes.


    Meng Zhang has known the fallen leaf immortal for so many years, and has also contacted many monks of the Dark Alliance branch.


    Meng Zhang still knows a little about the strength of the dark League branch on the side of Jiuqu League.


    If such a force moves first, it can do many things. Regardless of success or failure, there are many ways to preserve yourself. But if you don''t do anything, you will only miss the opportunity.


    Immortal ye ye came to see Meng Zhang this time to listen to Meng Zhang''s opinions. At the same time, it provides a bridge between its own faction and taiyimen.


    In today''s changing situation, taiyimen is in need of friends. It really hits it off with the team of real ye, who is in urgent need of foreign aid.


    The fallen leaf immortal showed a little tone, and Meng Zhang agreed. And hope that the two sides will form an alliance as soon as possible, and then advance and retreat together.


    Meng Zhang also knew in his heart that if he had not achieved the yuan God in time, even if he had a good relationship with immortal ye, he might not be able to get into the eyes of the people behind her in this event of alliance.


    As for immortal ye ye seeking Meng Zhang''s advice, Meng Zhang thought carefully.


    Although Taiyi gate is now in the yujianmen camp, and Dali imperial dynasty are enemies.


    However, he was not biased because of taiyimen''s position.


    He suggested that the high-level leaders of the faction where immortal ye ye belongs should make more contact with Dali imperial court, understand the strength of Dali imperial court, see the credibility of Dali imperial court, test the bottom line of Dali imperial court, and strive for more favorable conditions.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, in the struggle between Dali imperial court and Jiuqu alliance, if there are no other cards on the side of Jiuqu alliance, it seems that Dali imperial court has a better chance of winning.


    Taiyi sect now belongs to jade sword sect. If Immortal Ye''s sect joins Dali imperial dynasty. The two families can exchange information and take care of each other.


    Although they belong to different camps, the two can complement each other''s advantages and become each other''s retreat.


    If you can form your own faction in the Dark Alliance branch, there must be smart people among them.


    Meng Zhang never expected that he could hide it from others.


    Secretive not only looks petty, but is difficult to win trust.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang brought out his ideas and told them all to immortal Ye.


    Meng Zhang also made it clear that although his proposal had some selfishness, it was good for everyone and did not harm the interests of his faction.


    After talking with Meng Zhang at taiyimen for a long time and agreeing on many things, immortal Ye leaves and takes what Meng Zhang said back to the top of his faction.


    After the fallen immortal left, Meng Zhang, who was originally going to contact the ancient moon family, hesitated at this time.


    What is the relationship between the branches of the ancient moon family. Meng Zhang urgently needs to know whether the ancient moon family branch of Dafeng City has fallen to the Dali Dynasty.


    Since immortal ye ye can''t provide too detailed information, Meng Zhang can only place his hope on an Muran and hope that he can get useful information from yujianmen.


    An Muran did not disappoint Meng Zhang. He was very successful in contacting the jade sword gate.


    Taiyimen didn''t hide their intention. They clearly told yujianmen that they wanted to contact the ancient moon family, subvert the rule of the Lu family and completely control Dafeng City.


    The north of Jiuqu League is the back garden of yujianmen. Naturally, we should try our best to clean up the forces belonging to Qingyuan sect.


    Meng zhangken took the initiative to serve the jade sword gate, which is of course a great good thing.


    An Muran''s request also received a positive response from yujianmen.


    Yujianmen really deserves to be a Yuanshen sect with a long history. It has profound information and outstanding intelligence ability.


    In the eyes of the jade sword gate, as long as the Jiuqu alliance is not completely defeated, the ancient moon family will not take the initiative to betray the Jiuqu alliance.


    The ancient moon family has many branches, and there is basically a competitive relationship between each branch.


    This kind of competition is not only fierce, but also cruel sometimes.


    If it is not forced to be forced to the edge of extermination, the ancient moon family branch on the side of Jiuqu League will not take the initiative to take refuge in the ancient moon family branch elsewhere.


    Between the two leaders of Jiuqu League, qingyuanzong and yujianmen, the ancient moon family has no obvious bias.


    Although the ancient moon family is only a Jindan family, it is of extraordinary origin and has a deep foundation. Even the jade sword gate has the intention of attracting people.


    If Meng Zhang can pull the ancient moon family into the camp of the jade sword gate, it will be a great good thing.


    Yujianmen not only agreed with Meng Zhang to win over the ancient moon family, but also was willing to provide all kinds of help.


    Meng Zhang was relieved by the news that an Muran brought back. Since the ancient moon family is reliable, it is naturally a good friend of taiyimen.


    Among the intelligence brought back by an Muran, there are many intelligence about the ancient moon family. Some of these secrets were unheard of by Meng Zhang before. Now I see it, it has opened my eyes.


    Meng Zhang shared these information with the middle and high levels of the sect and listened to their opinions.


    Encouraging the ancient moon family to overthrow the Lu family and completely control Dafeng City is a major event. It''s best to let everyone have a psychological preparation in advance.


    Some people at the top of taiyimen are worried that if the Gu Yue family succeeds and the Lu family fails, they will certainly turn to Qinglan Zhenjun behind them for help. At that time, it is very likely that the conflict will escalate and even lead to the civil war of Jiuqu League in advance.


    Meng Zhang certainly had this worry, but in the end, he chose to believe in the jade sword gate.


    No matter what consideration the jade sword sect has, it will not let the new defectors face the anger of the Qing Yuan sect.


    I''m afraid the warlike sword repairmen in the jade sword gate are eager to fight for a long time.


    Although Meng Zhang does not hope that Jiuqu League will have a civil war, he will not affect his work because of his scruples about these.


    After some discussion, Meng Zhang personally contacted the friars of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang chose Gu Yue Huai die, an old friend of the Gu Yue family. As the next person to see, Meng Zhang will not use this secret to threaten Gu Yue Huai die, but there are places to use.


    Taiyimen and Guyue family had close contacts and had many business contacts.


    Taiyi disciples easily contacted the ancient moon family and agreed on the time and place for the two sides to meet.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang secretly came to the other courtyard of Gu Yue family outside Dafeng City and secretly met Gu Yue with butterflies.


    Before Meng Zhang becomes the original God, he can swagger to the top of the ancient moon family. It''s a great irony that now he has become the true monarch of the yuan God, but he has to sneak and sneak.

 Chapter 725

    When Gu yuehuai butterfly saw Meng Zhang, her mood was very complicated.


    At the beginning, she never imagined that the younger generation of the foundation period she looked down on would one day become an existence she needed to look up to.


    Over the years, the cultivation of Gu Yue huaidie has made great progress. Now he is a monk in the later stage of Jindan. But this progress is not worth mentioning in front of Meng Zhang.


    In the cultivation world, it is important to respect the strong. Although Gu yuehuai butterfly is Meng Zhang''s elder, she still assumes a very humble attitude in the face of a yuan God Zhenjun and pays homage to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t accept the gift of the ancient moon carrying a butterfly. He turned aside and his face was full of warm smiles.


    He didn''t continue to call each other''s predecessors, but his peers talked about each other and called him "immortal Huai die".


    The place where they met was a secret stronghold of the ancient moon family outside Dafeng City.


    There are few people here. Generally, no one will disturb you.


    No matter what their previous relationship was, Meng Zhang is now the true monarch of the yuan God. He is a first-class big man in the whole Jiuqu League.


    When facing Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly can''t avoid being careful. I''m afraid the relationship between them will never return to the past.


    Meng Zhang kept a low profile and chatted with Gu yuehuai butterfly for a while to catch up with the past. Seeing that the atmosphere was almost over, I began to get to the point slowly.


    Meng Zhang pretended to mention casually that there was also an ancient moon family in Dali imperial court, which seemed to be highly valued by Dali imperial court.


    Everyone''s surname is Gu Yue. I don''t know whether the Gu Yue family in Dafeng City has anything to do with the Gu Yue family in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly has faced the problems raised by Meng Zhang many times.


    Both the relationship between taiyimen and the ancient moon family and Meng Zhang''s cultivation today make it difficult for her to hide this issue.


    Although the core secrets of the ancient moon family are not easy to disclose to outsiders, Meng Zhang can know some ordinary inside information.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly slowly told Meng Zhang.


    The ancient moon family has many branches and is widely distributed. From the Middle Earth continent to Jiuqu League, there are branches of the ancient moon family.


    There is a strong competitive relationship among the branches of the ancient moon family. Some branches have even worse relations than their enemies.


    In the cultivation world, each branch of the ancient moon family does have its own situation.


    But these branches will never collude with each other and betray their masters.


    The ancient moon family still has a good reputation in this regard.


    The branch of Guyue family in Dafeng City and the branch on the other side of Dali imperial dynasty have no contact or collusion. Of course, there is no hatred between the two sides.


    If the two sides want to communicate, in the same vein, as long as one party is willing to bow its head first, the other party will not be deliberately embarrassed, and even provide some convenience.


    The branch of ancient moon butterfly has been firmly holding its own position for many years and standing firmly on the side of Jiuqu League.


    Even after Dali Dynasty rose and became the number one enemy of Jiuqu League, this situation has not changed.


    The consistent style in the cultivation world is to kill three thousand by mistake rather than let one go. After knowing that there was also an ancient moon family under the Dali imperial dynasty, the senior management of Jiuqu League would restrict and strictly guard the ancient moon family even if they did not immediately eliminate it.


    However, because Dali was too powerful, Jiuqu League did not take any action against the ancient moon family.


    Even if there is no contact between different branches of the ancient moon family, there is still a way to connect.


    The branch of the ancient moon butterfly and the branch of the Dali imperial dynasty are more or less fragrant.


    If we can connect the branch of the ancient moon family here and the branch of the Dali imperial dynasty, it is a shortcut to contact the high-level officials of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Facing the prestigious Dali Dynasty, Jiuqu League has a low chance of winning.


    Not to mention that ordinary forces have begun to look for a way out, even those large doors also have such a mind.


    In this case, the Guyue family in Dafeng City not only has great use value, but also can''t offend rashly.


    After listening to the ancient moon turned into a butterfly, Meng Zhang has a better understanding of the ancient moon family.


    Yujianmen has long advocated an all-round war with Dali imperial dynasty, and is the most determined main battle faction in Jiuqu League. Even because of their different positions, they want to break with their Millennium allies.


    Taiyi gate now belongs to the camp of Yujian gate. It''s inappropriate to get too close to the ancient moon family, so as not to be suspected of Taiyi gate''s position.


    In front of Gu yuehuai butterfly, Meng Zhang didn''t hide these thoughts, so he said it casually.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Gu yuehuai butterfly couldn''t help laughing. She smiled that Meng Zhang was too naive, had not enough experience, and did not understand the intrigues of the cultivation world.


    However, as soon as he smiled a few times, Gu yuehuai butterfly stiffly stopped.


    Now Meng Zhang is the true monarch of the yuan God, but he can''t make fun of himself.


    If it is another golden elixir immortal, he dares to be presumptuous in front of the yuan God Zhenjun and is beaten to death by a slap.


    Meng Zhang is not a small bellied chicken, and he has not been a Yuanshen for a long time. He has not adapted to the change of identity. He still has the same attitude towards acquaintances such as Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    He saw Gu yuehuai butterfly laughing. Instead of blaming each other, he cast an inquiring look.


    There are some things that Gu yuehuai butterfly was not prepared to disclose.


    First of all, she is not the kind of person who talks a lot and is very able to keep secrets.


    Second, revealing secrets at will will will bring disaster to yourself and the ancient moon family.


    However, she remembered that she had just met Meng Zhang.


    At that time, she used the magic of heaven to calculate Meng Zhang, but she couldn''t calculate any results.


    She instinctively felt that Meng Zhang was extraordinary and carried a big secret.


    Otherwise, she would not take care of Meng Zhang so deliberately just by virtue of her friendship with taiyimen ancestors.


    Later, she entered the endless sand sea and had a happy cooperation with Meng Zhang.


    Although the relationship between the ancient moon family and taiyimen has been repeated due to changes in the situation. But from the beginning to the end, Gu yuehuai butterfly was very careful to maintain his relationship with Meng Zhang and was never willing to offend him.


    Although he has always been optimistic about Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang always surprises people again and again and brings surprises again and again.


    Now Meng Zhang has become the true monarch of the yuan God, which is worthy of Gu yuehuai butterfly''s heavy bet on him.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly thought for a while before revealing the inside story to Meng Zhang.


    In fact, some Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu league who know the origin of the ancient moon family have contacted the ancient moon family openly or secretly to inquire about the relationship between various branches of the ancient moon family, especially the branches of dafengcheng and Dali imperial dynasty.


    They hinted intentionally or unintentionally that they hoped to establish contact and good communication between dafengcheng branch and Dali imperial branch.


    If the situation changes to a certain extent, they may need to contact the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty through the ancient moon family of Dafeng City to leave a retreat on the other side of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The leaders of Jiuqu league are among those who want to reserve a retreat.


    Meng Zhang answered casually. He thought Gu Yue huaidie was talking about qingyuanzong.


    But what Gu Yue huaidie said surprised Meng Zhang and couldn''t believe it.


    The one who wants to contact the Dali imperial dynasty through the ancient moon family is the most determined jade sword sect.


    If he knew that Gu yuehuai butterfly would not deceive himself at this time, Meng Zhang would doubt her intentions.


    That''s the jade sword gate. Many years ago, he shouted for an all-out war with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    There are many crafty people in sword cultivation, but in general, sword cultivation can be the same as what it looks like. Therefore, in the cultivation world, although sword practitioners are often called sword lunatics, they are much better than other monks in terms of reputation.


    When did these thick eyebrows and big eyes become so treacherous that they wanted to collude with the enemy. Meng Zhang couldn''t help spitting out three character scriptures.


    At the strong request of yujianmen, the Gu Yue family of Dafeng City will try to contact the branches of Dali imperial dynasty. However, the ancient moon family here will not easily bow to other branches.


    Although the ancient moon butterfly does not clearly say what the various branches of the ancient moon family are fighting for.


    But she told Meng Zhang that this competition is very important. If they were not faced with the crisis of family extinction as a last resort, they would not bow to other branches and withdraw from the competition.


    Therefore, before Jiuqu League was defeated and completely defeated by Dali emperor, Gu Yue family in Dafeng City was a member of Jiuqu League and would never betray.


    Meng Zhang''s heart can''t read Gu Yue''s mind. The other party not only mastered the clever heart locking secret, but also a master of heaven''s secrets.


    However, in terms of his personal feelings, Gu yuehuai butterfly should not lie.


    Perhaps, in order to show the family''s position and win the trust of Meng Zhang, there are some exaggerations in Gu yuehuai butterfly''s words. But on the whole, she is more credible.


    After hearing Gu yuehuai butterfly''s words, Meng Zhang gave up his original plan.


    He originally wanted the ancient moon family to replace the Lu family and completely control Dafeng City.


    However, since the ancient moon family is involved in so many cultivation forces, even the jade sword gate has to contact the Dali imperial dynasty through the ancient moon family. Then let the ancient moon family replace the Lu family. It''s too much noise.


    The ancient moon family should keep a low profile and avoid attracting too much attention.


    However, they have all come, and the two sides have a good chat. Meng Zhang did not hide his intention and said his original intention.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t expect was that Gu yuehuai butterfly was very positive after listening to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly clearly told Meng Zhang that the Gu Yue family was very interested in going to a higher level.


    Jiuqu League is about to change, and the ancient moon family needs to strengthen its strength to respond. If you can completely control Dafeng City, the ancient moon family will give you more chips in the future.


    As for Meng Zhang''s worry, this is too eye-catching and will lead to the interference of Qinglan Zhenjun. Gu yuehuai butterfly also has a set of words.


    Many Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League want to contact Dali imperial dynasty through Guyue family to reserve a retreat for their own family.


    In the case of asking for help, most of them will acquiesce to the actions of the ancient moon family.


    As for Qinglan Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect, even if he intends to interfere, the jade sword gate will not let him achieve his wish. Even if the jade sword door doesn''t move, Meng Zhang should be able to stop Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang, one of the two true gods who can solve the new beast king mountain, should be regarded as an expert.


    When Gu yuehuai butterfly said this, she flattered Meng Zhang.


    There are many understanding people in the cultivation world.


    The death of the two original gods of the new beast king mountain, the annexation of the old beast king mountain to the new beast king mountain. In this process, Meng Zhang deliberately hid his deeds and never appeared in public.


    However, taiyimen, as the beneficiary of these events, understands that people can infer the role of Meng Zhang after a little analysis of Meng Zhang.


    What''s more, the ancient moon family has a mysterious origin, has some unknown forces, and has mastered some secret intelligence, which is very normal.


    Since the ancient moon huaidie said there was no problem replacing the Lu family, Meng Zhang naturally wanted the ancient moon family to take action quickly.


    Meng Zhang has never been a magnanimous person, not to mention the relationship between interests. Since the Lu family participated in the conspiracy of the two true gods of the new beast king mountain, Meng Zhang will not let them go, whether they are intentional or unintentional, informed or unaware.


    Meng Zhang supports the Gu Yue family to replace the Lu family. Gu Yue huaidie is very happy and discusses with Meng Zhang how to act.


    From the words of Gu Yue Huai die, Meng Zhang can clearly feel that the Gu Yue family has long had various plans for the Lu family.


    It seems that the ancient moon family has long been dissatisfied with the status of Wannian second child.


    For a long time, the ancient moon family and the Lu family have cooperated happily and cooperated tacitly to take care of Dafeng City in an orderly manner.


    Who would have thought that the ancient moon family had long cherished different aspirations and had the idea of replacing the Lu family.


    The Lu family is powerful and backed by Qinglan Zhenjun. Of course, it couldn''t be shaken before.


    But now Meng Zhang, the yuan God Zhenjun, is directly involved. The ancient moon family naturally wants to seize the once-in-a-lifetime opportunity and fight hard.


    As long as Qinglan Zhenjun doesn''t intervene, Meng Zhang won''t do it directly. However, he can help the ancient moon family in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang just discussed with Gu Yue huaidie about the details of the action. Gu Yue''s family and taiyimen friars need to talk in detail slowly.


    Originally, after hearing that the jade sword gate wanted to go online with the Dali Dynasty through the Guyue family, Meng Zhang had the same idea and hoped that the Guyue family could help Taiyi gate contact the Dali Dynasty.


    Anyway, so many sects have different aspirations and actively leave a way back for themselves. It''s no big deal to have one more Taiyi gate.


    But when he wanted to speak, Meng Zhang instinctively felt inappropriate.


    Although he didn''t figure out what the problem was, he swallowed what he didn''t say.


    This matter is not urgent. There is still a chance in the future. We should consider it carefully and then act slowly.

 Chapter 726

    There are many advantages in helping the ancient moon family replace the Lu family and control Dafeng City. Meng Zhang has basically focused on this matter recently.


    He handed over the specific details to the senior management of taiyimen.


    In the following period of time, real person taiyimen Jindan met with senior officials of the ancient moon family for many times to formulate various details of the plan.


    Over the years, the ancient moon family has not moved its mind to replace the Lu family. Just because of various reasons, I knew I couldn''t succeed. At most, I could only lose both sides, so I never started.


    But for a long time, the collection of information about the Lu family and all kinds of spying work have never been relaxed.


    The Lu family may not know it. The details of the family and the intelligence of the strong have long been mastered by the ancient moon family, and there is a targeted plan.


    The Taiyi sect helped the ancient moon family overthrow the Lu family this time. Since the founding of the Taiyi sect, even the aura provided by the third-order spirit pulse can not meet their cultivation needs.


    In addition to refining and absorbing rare heaven and earth spirits, friars in the early days of Yuanshen can also enter the nine days and collect the essence of the nine days.


    Of course, the demand for the quality and quantity of the essence of nine days by the friars in the early days of Yuanshen is far more than that of the friars in the later period of Jindan.


    When the cultivation reaches the middle stage of Yuanshen, the essence of the nine days can''t meet the cultivation of monks in Yuanshen. At this time, monks need to enter the extraterritorial void and look for all kinds of spiritual opportunities hidden in the void.


    Although Meng Zhang''s combat power is not weak, after all, he has just entered the yuan Shen period. He only needs to enter the nine days and collect the essence of the nine days, which is enough to meet his daily cultivation.


    After achieving the original God, Meng Zhang only went to the nine days twice.


    Many difficult things for the later monks of the golden elixir were just a small effort for the Yuanshen monks.


    The nine days above is not a smooth road for the friars of the yuan God period, but also has difficulties and obstacles. But generally speaking, as long as you don''t kill yourself, it''s not easy for the Yuanshen friars to have accidents in the nine days.


    During these two trips to Jiutian, Meng Zhang''s harvest was very rich.


    He can boldly break into many dangerous places that he could not enter before. Many cloud beasts he could not avoid before dared to fight with each other, and even killed them on the spot.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang brought back many cloud beast cubs from Jiutian and asked his disciples to try to breed them.


    It is estimated that nine days ago, the environment was special. After leaving there, the cloud beast cubs died one after another. Even if some barely survived, they lost many characteristics of cloud beasts and became little different from ordinary monster beasts.


    After many attempts, taiyimen slowly gave up this idea.


    In fact, many sects in the cultivation world have moved their minds to cultivate and breed cloud beasts, including many sects famous for their art of resisting beasts. But after many efforts, they finally got nothing.


    Meng Zhang killed Qiu Wanli Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain last time and seized his stored magic tools.


    He returned to Taiyi gate and made an inventory. In addition to a pile of conventional items, there are also some precious heaven and Earth Spirit objects, as well as some classics and so on. Among them, there is Qiu Wanli''s research experience in the art of resisting animals.


    Hu Jing, the elder of Taiyi sect''s golden elixir, has been staying in the gate and rarely goes out since her cultivation has been greatly damaged and her combat effectiveness has fallen sharply.


    In addition to patiently cultivating younger disciples, he is also good at studying the art of animal control.


    Meng Zhang obtained some superficial animal control skills from the inheritance place of Taiyi gate.


    Hu Jing practiced on this basis. Later, she met again and got some exquisite animal control skills. Later, taiyimen conquered all directions and collected various inheritance classics from various channels, including useful animal control skills.


    Hu Jing has gathered many inheritance, studied hard and wanted to be able to innovate and create her own inheritance.


    Especially for the seriously injured, after the road was destroyed, she put most of her energy on this matter.


    Meng Zhang took pity on the younger generation and took good care of her. In addition to letting the disciples of the school meet her needs as much as possible, collecting the art of resisting animals and helping her catch monsters. Meng Zhang will basically give her all the useful things he gets.


    The art of defending animals in the new beast king mountain is inherited from the old beast king mountain. Although the details are much worse, after years of professional research by the elders in the door, they have their own unique innovations.


    After Hu Jing got the classics given by Meng Zhang, she soon became immersed in it and forgot about foreign affairs.


    Although Meng Zhang is still the only true monarch in the Taiyi sect, the cultivation of Jindan friars has been completely on the right track. Basically, Jindan friars can be cultivated continuously to ensure that the strong at this level will not be cut off.


    In this case, a small number of Jindan friars have problems, which can not affect the overall situation of the whole sect.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that he didn''t need to take direct action to subvert the Lu family.


    However, in order to reduce losses and make a quick decision, the Gu Yue family and the taiyimen high-level hope that Meng Zhang can eradicate the strongest combat effectiveness of the Lu family.


    After finding out the whereabouts of the other party, Meng Zhang quietly shot. Basically there was no noise, so the three late Jindan friars who regarded the Lu family as their cards were eliminated.


    After Meng Zhang started, the ancient moon family and taiyimen launched a surprise attack on all Jindan friars and important strongholds of the Lu family according to the long prepared plan.


    For a moment, the originally peaceful gale city suddenly became full of war and chaos.


    Meng Zhang, who has completed his task, flies to the sky alone and quietly overlooks the gale city below.


    He will not attack the Lu family friar again, but will monitor the development of the situation here. If Qinglan Zhenjun of qingyuanzong interferes in person, he will stop the other party to prevent the other party from affecting the situation of Dafeng City.


    The strength of the ancient moon family and taiyimen is far above the Lu family. Another raid was launched. The Lu family, who had a mental calculation but had no intention and was not well prepared, was caught off guard.


    Meng Zhang has removed the strongest friars of the Lu family. There are also experts among the remaining friars, but they can''t resist the enemy''s premeditated attack.


    However, the Lu family is also the Jindan family that has ruled Dafeng City for many years. They have accumulated rich and many cards. Even if they lose the first opportunity, they can''t win it in a short time.


    After the betrayal and attack of the ancient moon family, the Lu family launched a long prepared plan and quickly began to fight back.

 Chapter 727

    The Lu family has long had many plans for various emergencies.


    Although the Lu family never thought that the ancient moon family would launch at this time, the Lu family never really trusted the ancient moon family.


    In Dafeng City, the ancient moon family is nominally dominated by the Lu family. In fact, it has strong independence and is essentially different from other families.


    Lu family and Gu Yue family needed each other before they could unite sincerely.


    On the surface, the two families are very close and reliable allies, but secretly, the Lu family has never relaxed their guard against the ancient moon family.


    Even if the ancient moon family has a good ability to spy on intelligence and has made full preparations in advance, after the real launch, there are still many unexpected situations that need to be dealt with by the ancient moon family one by one.


    Taiyi gate mobilized the elite of the gate in order to assist the ancient moon family this time. Friar Jindan alone dispatched more than half of them.


    The friars of taiyimen are simple and easy to look, with a slight cover up.


    Although such a disguise can''t hide from others at all, it''s just like hiding one''s ears and stealing a bell, but this is what friar taiyimen needs.


    As long as the friar of taiyimen does not appear on the battlefield in a fair and aboveboard manner, everything that happens is just the civil strife in Dafeng City, which is limited to the war between Lu family and Guyue family, and has nothing to do with taiyimen.


    Fame and reason are often useless. In many cases, it has unexpected effects.


    The Lu family tried their best to resist the enemy''s raid, while using all kinds of means to ask for help.


    The top level of the Lu family was still very decisive. After discovering that the ancient moon family colluded with the taiyimen to make trouble, they knew that the situation was bad. They quickly took out the last card, contacted the big backer Qinglan Zhenjun with a secret method and asked him for help.


    Gale city is located at the edge of Jiuqu League, tens of thousands of miles away from Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League.


    If you don''t prepare in advance, it''s definitely not overnight for Qinglan Zhenjun to rush to Dafeng City from qingyuanzong. Even if he wants to intervene, the cauliflower will be cold when he gets here.


    Of course, as the yuan God Zhenjun of the Qing Yuan sect, he may have some unknown means.


    The ancient moon family and the friars of taiyimen join hands and are desperately attacking all the strongholds of the Lu family.


    Some strongholds lacked prevention and were captured before the mountain protection array was fully opened.


    However, the really important stronghold of the Lu family started the mountain protection array in time.


    These strongholds, which are located on the third-order spiritual pulse, are holding on to the third-order protection array.


    The ancient moon family itself has a good array mage, and has prepared a third-order array breaking charm in advance. Taiyimen sent out the thick earth God general and wenqiansuan to help.


    However, in the cultivation world, the defensive side with a protective array has too many advantages.


    The Allied forces of the ancient moon family and taiyimen still have a long way to go if they want to win the final victory.


    Meng Zhang has been standing at a height of thousands of feet, plundering the array for the ancient moon family and the taiyimen allied army, which is also their biggest card and final support.


    Meng Zhang, a man in the air, was not bored at all. He was interested in observing the battle below and commented in his heart from time to time.


    Not long after the ancient moon family launched an offensive and gained the absolute upper hand, there were forces trying to interfere in the situation of Dafeng City.


    A long flying boat team flew from the West and quickly approached gale city.


    In order to keep it as secret as possible before launching, the ancient moon family has always regarded the action of subverting the Lu family as the biggest secret and has not disclosed it to other forces.


    At this time, most of the teams flying to gale city will not be allies of the ancient moon family.


    Whether they come to support the Lu family or want to take advantage of the fire and prepare to loot Dafeng City, Meng Zhang will not let them easily get close to Dafeng City.


    The clouds rolled over the flying boat team, the sky changed, and a huge figure appeared in the sky.


    "Get out."


    A neat rolling word, like thunder, entered the flying boat team. The friars in the flying boat were dazed and unstable.


    But anyone with a little eyesight knows that there is a Yuanshen Zhenjun in the way.


    If there are no friars of the same rank to compete with, no matter how many such flying boat teams appear, they will only die in vain.


    This originally aggressive flying boat team immediately turned and ran without hesitation in the face of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and had no courage to move on.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to take care of which faction sent the flying boat team, but drove them all away.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurt the killer. On the one hand, he took into account today''s identity and on the other hand, he also abided by the hidden rules of the cultivation world.


    As the true monarch of the yuan God, especially the true monarch of the yuan God who was born in the right way, it would be a tragic massacre if he recklessly attacked the low-level friars.


    Therefore, in the cultivation world, any Yuanshen Zhenjun who wants to face will not publicly and wantonly kill low-level friars.


    In particular, Yuanshen Zhenjun, a sect born like Meng Zhang, has more scruples.


    Today you pull your face to kill other people''s low-level friars. Tomorrow, don''t complain that other yuan God Zhenjun has followed suit. Come and kill Taiyi''s low-level friars wantonly.


    As long as you don''t have the ability to sweep everything, you should abide by the hidden rules of the cultivation world and be subject to various restrictions.


    Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to hurt the killer. He just needs to show the power of the yuan God Zhenjun, which is enough to achieve his goal and scare away all the friars flying over.


    If there is a guy who does not pay attention to the yuan God Zhenjun and insists on provocation and is killed by Meng Zhang, it is estimated that no one will say anything more.


    The fact that Yuanshen Zhenjun obeys the rules and shows mercy does not mean that Yuanshen Zhenjun is weak and deceptive.


    In the cultivation world, if a low-level friar offends a high-level friar, he will die.


    After the launch of the ancient moon family, foreign flying boat teams flew to gale city one after another.


    The noses of these guys are better than dogs. They can react so quickly.


    Although he only glanced briefly, Meng Zhang recognized the origin of many teams.


    These teams are basically sent by nearby sects, and their strength is obviously not weak.


    Heming sect, huoyun sect, Huanglian sect, Hedong branch altar... The flying boat team sent by each sect was driven away by Meng Zhang before it was close to Dafeng City.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not have prestige for too long. Soon after, a figure flew to gale city at high speed from high altitude.


    Across a long distance, Meng Zhang recognized each other''s origin.


    He Luozhen, the famous sanxiu in Jiuqu League.


    He Luozhen Jun''s status is similar to that of Xuanfeng Zhenjun. They all came from sanxiu and later joined Jiuqu League.


    He Luozhen had only the cultivation of Yuan Shen in the early stage, which was much worse than Xuanfeng Zhenjun. Naturally, he didn''t have the transcendent status of Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    He luozhenjun has always been friendly to the Qingyuan sect. It is said that he luozhenjun has been vigorously cultivated by the Qingyuan sect. His position in Jiuqu League is similar to that of Jin Lizhen.


    Mr. He Luozhen''s achievement of Yuanshen was still before Mr. Jin Lizhen. It is said that his cultivation was profound and his strength was not weak.


    In recent years, in order to strengthen the control over all parts of Jiuqu League, qingyuanzong sent a group of close Yuanshen Zhenjun to all parts of Jiuqu League.


    These scattered Yuanshen Zhenjun have always maintained close contact with the qingyuanzong and always paid attention to various changes in Jiuqu League.


    The area where he Luozhen was stationed was the north of Jiuqu League.


    He Luozhen rushed to Dafeng City in such a hurry. He must have received the news of the unrest in Dafeng City and came to deal with it.


    Qing Lanzhen didn''t have time to get to Dafeng City. It''s estimated that he Luozhen handed over the matter to him.


    After Meng Zhang became the Yuanshen, he had not fought with other Yuanshen Zhenjun except the last battle with the two Yuanshen Zhenjun in the new beast king mountain.


    In particular, he is very interested in one-on-one fighting and fair competition.


    Meng Zhang did not care that the other party was an old Yuanshen Zhenjun, and flew directly in the direction of the other party.


    "If someone stops, the road is blocked."


    The shouting came down from the sky with Meng Zhang''s figure.


    He Luozhen stopped and looked at Meng Zhang who was blocking the way. He snorted coldly.


    "Sure enough, it''s you who are making trouble here. Within a few days of becoming the yuan God, he made wind and rain everywhere. I really think no one can control you."


    Meng Zhang ignored the attitude of he Luozhen, but said coldly, "it''s no use putting on the airs of predecessors in front of this seat. If you want to pass from here, take some skills."


    He Luozhen knew that it was impossible to solve the problem by talking, so he stopped talking nonsense.


    With one hand, the flying sword behind him came out of its scabbard and turned into a waterfall in the sky. It fell from the sky and fell to Meng Zhang''s direction with great momentum.


    The old Yuanshen Zhenjun still had something. He easily took out a fourth-order flying sword.


    Although there was no fourth-order magic weapon, Meng Zhang took the initiative to welcome it.


    The great supernatural power Liangyi Tongtian sword launched, and a mixture of black and white sword Qi appeared, fighting with the fourth-order flying sword.


    A token suddenly appeared in Mr. He Luozhen''s hand. Sanwei real fire appeared out of thin air one after another and rushed to Meng Zhang.


    The sun and moon jewels rose above Meng Zhang''s head, shining brightly, and set the true fire of three flavors in the air.


    No matter Meng Zhang or he Luozhen, once they started, they didn''t mean to be merciful. They directly took out their own magic powers.


    In this way, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun fought fiercely in the high altitude not far from Dafeng City.


    Fortunately, both of them are members of Jiuqu League. When they started on the ground of Jiuqu League, they deliberately restrained the power of their hand, so as not to let the afterwave of the battle spread too far, but only affect an area in the high altitude.


    Meng Zhang blocked the largest reinforcements of the Lu family, and all external reinforcements could not get close to Dafeng City. The Lu family can only rely on their own strength to fight against the coalition forces of the ancient moon family and taiyimen alone.


    The lonely Lu family can''t support it for long. The whole family has been forced to a desperate situation. The rule of the Lu family in Dafeng City has been completely overturned, just in the end.


    Outside Dafeng City, Meng Zhang and he Luozhen fought more and more fiercely.


    He Luozhen Jun''s age and generations are far above Meng Zhang. When he became the yuan God Zhen Jun, Meng Zhang didn''t know where he was struggling to survive.


    He luozhenjun''s cultivation is very old and hot. I have met many people and accumulated rich experience. I easily took out two fourth-order magic weapons.


    Without the help of fourth-order magic tools, Meng Zhang, who only relied on the great magic power against the enemy, inevitably fell to the disadvantage slowly.


    Although he Luozhen slowly gained the upper hand, he was more and more afraid of Meng Zhang.


    This boy has only been a Yuanshen for a few days. It''s so difficult.


    Without a fourth-order magic weapon, you can fight with yourself only by the power of a great supernatural power.


    He luozhenjun''s mood became dark at the thought of his resentment with Meng Zhang.


    Don''t give him a heavy blow while he hasn''t grown up. I''m not sure I can deal with him in the future.


    He Luozhen knew that he could not kill Meng Zhang in the face-to-face fight. But if you can hit him hard, it''s best to hurt his foundation, or at least slow down his growth.


    He Luozhen, who secretly made up his mind, quietly took out his ability to press the bottom of the box and exerted the power of the road.


    He Luozhen took the road of water and fire as the foundation for the achievement of the yuan God. After entering the period of Yuanshen, he spent a lot of energy to cultivate this avenue.


    With his action, the power of the road emerged and the power of water and fire surged.


    The sky was suddenly divided into two parts.


    Half of it was flames flying, which made the sky red.


    In the other half of the sky, the water waves rolled endlessly, and the continuous waves rolled angrily.


    The power of water and fire road is constantly surging, which seems to drown Meng Zhang completely.


    Although Meng Zhang has not participated in many battles between the yuan God Zhenjun, his experience is limited. However, in the taiyimen''s inheritance classics, I have read too many records of the elder yuan God.


    With Meng Zhang''s qualification and understanding, he easily absorbed all the experience left by his predecessors and transformed it into his own combat effectiveness.


    He Luozhen started the competition of the power of the road directly. Meng Zhang was not afraid, but a little happy.


    Meng Zhang achieved the original God soon, but his attainments on the avenue of heaven and earth are no worse than that of he Luozhen.


    He majored in Yin Yang Avenue, which is one of the top congenital avenues between heaven and earth.


    From the level alone, it exceeds Shuihuo avenue a lot.


    The sky was first dark and then suddenly bright.


    The Yin and Yang of heaven and earth change. This is the name of Meng Zhang''s current major skill, and it is also the name of a Taoist skill he understood from this skill.


    The so-called Taoism is a special spell that can mobilize the power of the avenue and affect the rules of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang, who realized this Taoist art not long ago, is the first time to use it in actual combat.


    Once the Taoist art with the same name as the major skill is applied, it will exert great power.


    The power of yin and Yang appeared suddenly in the sky, and the chaotic air flow of black and white forcibly suppressed the water and fire in the sky with a posture of sweeping everything.


    Under the impact of the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, the power of Shuihuo Avenue could not hold on and began to retreat.


    There is no fancy in the competition of the power of the avenue. The comparison is the understanding of the avenue by both sides. The accumulation on the avenue of heaven and earth has little to do with Zhenyuan and magic tools.

 Chapter 728

    Meng Zhang and he Luozhen fought with all their strength. When the power of the road was in fierce conflict, there were many visions in the sky, which had an obvious impact on hundreds of miles around.


    The nearest gale city has a large population and is most affected.


    Almost everyone in the whole city, whether mortals or monks, obviously felt wrong.


    Everyone first felt cold, then a burst of dry heat, then a burst of cold, and then a sudden fever, so many times.


    Mortals with poor physique will inevitably get seriously ill after this. Even those who practice the truth, because their internal meridians are stimulated, which affects the operation of the true yuan, are also not easy.


    In the sky hundreds of miles around, there were flickering lights, as if the lights were flashing, and then the black-and-white airflow surged, sweeping everything in the sky.


    The sky and the earth are shaking violently, which makes many people feel dizzy.


    The struggle between Meng Zhang and he Luozhen finally came to an end.


    The power of Shuihuo Avenue was forcibly suppressed by the power of Yin-Yang Avenue. He Luozhen Junru was hit hard and his body trembled.


    He spewed out a mouthful of blood heavily, and then turned and flew away without looking back.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the air, with no intention of pursuing the victory.


    There is little difference in accomplishments, and it''s no use catching up. Although he narrowly won a move, he was far from leaving the strength of his opponent.


    Moreover, after Meng Zhang made this blow, he also felt very bad.


    Of course, he Luozhen, who was hurt by the power of Yin Yang Avenue, needs a lot of time to get rid of the power of Yin Yang avenue that is invading his body.


    After Meng Zhang defeated he Luozhen, no friars tried to get close to gale city.


    Qing Yuanzong''s haste to mobilize he Luozhen Jun is already the limit.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is not a cabbage in the field. He pulled out one and another.


    Without the intervention of Yuanshen Zhenjun, all the battles in Dafeng City continued.


    Without external forces, the ancient moon family and taiyimen joined hands and finally completely eliminated the Lu family friars in the city.


    The Lu family''s strongholds inside and outside Dafeng City have also fallen one after another, and the monks who stick to them are basically killed on the spot.


    After the ancient moon family and taiyimen started, other Xiuzhen families in Dafeng City closed their doors and absolutely did not dare to go out.


    Guyue family and Lu family are two giants of Dafeng City. Other Xiuzhen families did not dare to get involved in the struggle between them.


    After destroying the Lu family and controlling Dafeng City, the ancient moon family sent people to appease the major Xiuzhen families and merchants in the city while chasing and killing the fleeing enemy.


    Friar Lu of Dafeng City colluded with the devil friar to demonize the whole Dafeng City and harm Jiuqu alliance.


    After the ancient moon family knew it, they stood up and overcome all difficulties, completely eliminated the Lu family and eliminated a disaster.


    The ancient moon family promised that they would never be implicated more. What they investigated was only friar Lu who colluded with the devil.


    If a friar who had a special relationship with the Lu family, as long as he took the initiative to report and plead guilty to the Guyue family, the Guyue family would not be investigated more.


    The ancient moon family is the last winner. No matter what the ancient moon family says, others have to listen. Whether they believe this story or not, it''s enough for the ancient moon family to believe it.


    The overall situation in Dafeng City has been determined. Although the rest of the aftermath work is complicated, it can certainly be handled well with the ability of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang didn''t leave in a hurry. He continued to stand high in the sky and waited quietly.


    Qinglan Zhenjun won''t give up easily after losing this game. Meng Zhang still needs to wait for some time to ensure the smooth transition of Dafeng City.


    A few days later, a sword light flew from a distance. Not far in front of Meng Zhang, the sword light stopped and turned into an old man.


    "I''ve seen Mr. Fei." Meng Zhang offered a salute.


    Although everyone is the true monarch of the yuan God, there are still high and low, not to mention the other party''s age and generation are far above themselves.


    "You''ve done a good job and successfully completed this matter. You don''t have to stay here anymore. The old guy Qinglan has been persuaded by me not to interfere in the affairs of Dafeng City."


    Fei Guozhen didn''t talk nonsense and went straight to the point.


    He didn''t say how he persuaded Qinglan Zhenjun to let go. However, with his consistent style of sword cultivation, most of them use the sword to convince each other.


    Since he no longer needed himself here, Meng Zhang took the initiative to say goodbye to Fei Guozhen, left here immediately and flew back to Taiyi gate.


    The Taiyi gate is so deeply involved in this matter this time, and Meng Zhang is even more shirtless. The Gu Yue family''s ability to master Dafeng City largely depends on this.


    The ancient moon family acted in an old and smooth way. Taiyimen and Meng Zhang made great efforts. Of course, they can''t be busy in vain.


    The ancient moon family will not lose any of the offerings that should be handed over and the benefits that should be distributed.


    This time, Meng Zhang helped the Guyue family gain control of Dafeng City. He gained a lot in terms of interests. He also fully demonstrated the value of his own family and Taiyi gate and won more attention from Yujian gate.


    In the eyes of the senior management of yujianmen, Meng Zhang has become a pioneer against the Qing Yuan sect and plays a great role.


    Meng Zhang was better than Qing Yuanzong in the matter of Dafeng City. He not only took revenge on the last arrow, but also paid back the ambush of the Lu family and the new beast king mountain. At the same time, he once again showed his strength, so that qingyuanzong dared not underestimate himself.


    At the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is impossible to keep a low profile. You give in step by step and behave too weak, which will only make others press step by step and advance an inch.


    After the Guyue family took control of Dafeng City, the surrounding situation soon returned to stability. Trade and so on, also slowly began to recover.


    After this incident, the relationship between yujianmen and qingyuanzong became worse.


    Although the two sides have not completely torn their faces, and there has been no direct conflict, the vassal forces of the two sides have begun to conflict one after another, and the struggle between the two camps has gradually become clear.


    After that, several Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League either changed their masters or were expelled from the original mountain gate.


    Among them, both the Qing Yuan sect''s reply to the matter of Dafeng City and the jade sword gate''s initiative to cause trouble.


    Fortunately, except for the war between Meng Zhang and he luozhenjun, the conflicts between the two camps were basically maintained below the level of Jindan immortal, and there was no war between Yuanshen Zhenjun anymore.


    In these conflicts, the jade sword gate has victory and defeat, and both sides have victory and defeat.


    The places where these conflicts occurred were far away from Dafeng City and Gobi. Neither Meng Zhang nor taiyimen were involved.


    After helping the ancient moon family control Dafeng City, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate.


    His main energy was put on his own cultivation.


    Seeing the great change of Jiuqu League is imminent, every point of strength at this time will increase the adaptability in the future.


    Meng Zhang, who has just entered the Yuanshen period, has too many lessons to make up in time.


    In addition to cultivation, Meng Zhang, who calmed down, also reconsidered the ancient moon family and the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He had a vague guess in his heart. Knowing that the ancient moon family could communicate with the imperial dynasty, yujianmen didn''t keep it secret. They also took the initiative to provide Taiyi door with the information of the ancient moon family and let themselves contact the monks of the ancient moon family.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly told herself that most of the things that yujianmen wanted to contact Dali imperial court should be true.


    However, the jade sword gate contacted the Dali imperial dynasty, but it may not have the intention of surrender.


    In connection with the style of yujianmen, Meng Zhang had a bold guess in his heart.


    Yujianmen may be fishing. They use the ancient moon family to catch those who are not determined enough and want to hook up with the forces of Dali imperial dynasty.


    I''m afraid it''s time to go to war with the Dali Dynasty. These forces are the objects of the jade sword gate to sacrifice flags and establish prestige.


    Meng Zhang shuddered at the thought of this.


    Although there is no evidence to prove his guess, Meng Zhang must be more cautious in future in order to make all things right. Even if you want to contact Dali Dynasty, you must ensure strict confidentiality and never let the news leak.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate to practice for some time, the Jiuqu League broke out several local conflicts and became peaceful again.


    Although the jade sword sect and the Qing Yuan sect are still so tit for tat, there is no trend of tension before.


    Just when everyone thought that Jiuqu League would slowly restore calm, another major event happened in Huanglian cult.


    The long lost holy woman of Huanglian sect suddenly returned.


    When she left, she was still a golden elixir immortal. When she returned, she was already a Yuanshen Zhenjun and became one of the top monks of Jiuqu League.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun, the original one, is pressing step by step, and is about to bring the whole Huanglian sect into his hands.


    However, the return of the holy woman of Huanglian sect not only interrupted his plan, but also added new challenges to him.


    As the true monarch of the yuan God, the virgin of Huanglian sect has the qualification to compete with the true monarch of Yue Feng.


    Compared with Yue Fengzhen, the saints of Huanglian sect are younger and more trusted by all the people in the sect. Growing up in the general forum of Huanglian cult, she is the real lineage of Huanglian cult and represents the orthodoxy of Huanglian cult.


    As a result, many Chinese of the Huanglian sect who had fallen to Yue Feng Zhenjun changed their positions at this time.


    They either returned directly to the command of the holy woman of Huanglian sect, or started watching on the wall, waiting for Yue Fengzhen and the holy woman to decide the outcome.


    The Huanglian sect, which was about to be integrated, split again at this time. Moreover, it seems that re integration is also far away.


    In this case, both the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect are happy to see its success.


    Before that, Yue Feng Zhenjun almost controlled the power of the whole Huanglian sect. For the solicitation of qingyuanzong and yujianmen, they did not give a clear answer, but wanted to sell at a good price.


    From the perspective of the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect, a split yellow lotus sect is obviously more in their interests.


    They not only sit back and watch the re division of the Huanglian sect, but also fan the flames and create contradictions.


    Meng Zhang, who devoted himself to cultivating at the mountain gate, was also shocked by the news.


    It''s really unexpected that Xu Mengying, a woman, has also achieved Yuanshen and didn''t let herself specialize in beauty.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying joined hands to kill Xu Huanshan, the leader of Huanglian sect. Meng Zhang was able to get the merits and virtues of heaven, so as to enter the state of Epiphany and understand the avenue of heaven and earth. As the initiator, Xu Mengying has gained only a lot more than Meng Zhang.


    It doesn''t seem so surprising that she can become a yuan God.


    Although they were temporary allies before, they also had a common enemy, Yue Feng Zhenjun. But now that the world changes, it''s hard to say whether they can continue to be friends.


    Although the common enemy Yuefeng Zhenjun is still there, Meng Zhang has led Taiyi gate to join the camp of Yujian gate.


    At present, the yellow lotus sect has not stood in line, but with the development of Jiuqu League, the yellow lotus sect will not be able to maintain its independence and must choose a camp.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what kind of choice Xu Mengying will make.


    A strong man who has reached the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun will not be easily moved by outsiders'' words.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability and position, it is difficult to affect Xu Mengying''s choice.


    However, the change of Huanglian sect this time gave Meng Zhang an opportunity to settle an old matter and make up for years of regret.


    After Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of the Huanglian sect, fought against Yue Fengzhen, and the Huanglian sect fell into division again, Meng Zhang personally led the Taiyi sect brigade into the endless sand sea and went straight to Feihong mountain.


    Most of the endless sand sea was occupied by the Hedong sub altar of Huanglian cult many years ago.


    Due to the protection of Yue Feng Zhenjun, even if taiyimen''s strength grew later, it was still unable to seize this territory.


    After the fall of Feihong mountain and the fall of Feihong sect, Meng Zhang took in some of the remaining sins of Feihong sect, helped them rebuild the sect, and made them a member of Hanhai daomeng.


    After the reconstruction, Feihong sect is nothing more than a trivial gate for building a foundation. The strength of the sect is extremely limited.


    Now, however, it is time for this weak sect to play a great role.


    The leader of the foundation period of Fei hongzong led a group of Qi refining disciples to kill into the endless sand sea under the banner of recapturing the mountain gate and subduing the ancestral land.


    As the leader of Hanhai Dao alliance, Meng Zhang certainly can''t watch the members of the alliance being bullied for nothing.


    Many cultivation forces of Hanhai Taoist league are like one family. Meng Zhang, the eldest parent, of course, should come forward for the members of his family.


    Not to mention the friars dispatched by Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang, the original God Zhenjun, Huanglian taught Hedong to divide the altar, so there was no way to resist.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun behind Hedong sub altar is now disheartened by Xu Mengying and has no time to separate.


    Who can stop Meng Zhang without Yue Fengzhen?


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang had a sense of propriety and didn''t kill the friars in Hedong altar.


    Friar taiyimen can also restrain hatred and killing intention in his heart. He mainly focuses on deterrence and tries to avoid direct war.


    After immortal Xiaolian, the elder of the Hedong branch altar of Huanglian cult, disappeared that year, there was a lack of people with enough prestige and strength.


    Facing the irresistible strong enemy, no one in Hedong Fentan can stand up and lead everyone to resist, and no one can make a final decision and lead everyone to retreat.

 Chapter 729

    When the high-level officials of Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar were at a loss and there was chaos up and down, Taiyi gate was not idle.


    A fleet of flying boats flew from the Gobi, bringing an elite team of taiyimen friars.


    Meng Zhang also pulled down his face and flew over Feihong mountain in person. He showed some great magic power and opened his eyes to the friars of Hedong sub altar below.


    Meng Zhang did not take Feihong mountain as the target, but cast a spell in the air without anyone.


    He took out some skills and wantonly cast spells like a demonstration to show his powerful power as much as possible.


    The power of the supernatural power completely shocked many monks below.


    In the face of the power of Yuanshen Zhenjun, even the most determined resistance group lost all their courage at this time.


    Speaking of it, Hedong Fentan has occupied the endless sand sea for many years, and has indeed reaped many benefits here. However, due to the exploitation of Yuefeng Zhenjun, most of the interests were handed over to the mountain sub altar, and the income of Hedong sub altar was limited.


    In essence, the endless sand sea is the cash cow of Yuefeng Zhenjun, and Hedong sub altar is only managed for him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say anything cruel. He just stood quietly in the air, which brought great pressure to the monks below.


    Hedong Fentan is not without a retreat. They still have a large territory beyond the endless sand sea.


    In this case, Hedong Fentan finally retreated.


    With rare efficiency, the high level of Hedong sub altar quickly ordered the disciples of Hedong sub altar to give up everything and evacuate the endless sand sea as soon as possible.


    Next, the whole endless sand sea was immediately in chaos, and the friars of Hedong sub altar were busy.


    Taiyimen''s purpose of sending troops this time is to recover the endless sand sea, and has no intention of dividing the altar with Hedong.


    It''s no good to completely destroy Hedong sub altar. On the contrary, it will attract Yue Fengzhen''s wanton revenge.


    One is eager to withdraw, and the other is under the surveillance of friar taiyimen. The friars of Hedong sub altar not only did not have time to wantonly destroy the spiritual field and mineral veins, but also failed to transport many bulk materials. They took over the friars of taiyimen for nothing.


    As long as He Dong Fentan friars take the initiative to withdraw and do no damage, friars of taiyimen will not be difficult for them. After sending them out of the country, friar taiyimen successfully took over a large area of endless sand sea.


    The endless sand sea is too vast, and many territories are of low value, which is too chicken ribs for Hedong Fentan.


    Hedong sub altar, which is short of manpower, has introduced many small families, small sects and even scattered repair groups into the empty territory of the endless sand sea. Let them operate these territories as vassals and earn profits for Hedong sub altar.


    Now the endless sand sea has changed its master, and these small forces will stand in line again.


    After completely controlling the endless sand sea, taiyimen will screen these small forces.


    Those who are deeply involved in Hedong Fentan will be sent out of the country. Those who are willing to accept the rule of the Taiyi sect and have no desire to resist can stay and continue to exist as a vassal of the Taiyi sect.


    If these forces meet the conditions, they can even join Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Most of the small forces in the cultivation world exist like a grass on the wall.


    What choice should be made between Yuanshen sect gate and Jindan sect gate? There is no need to think too much.


    The growing taiyimen, as long as it is a discerning person, can see its rising trend. To become a vassal of the Taiyi sect is a chance for these small forces.


    The endless sand sea is so vast that taiyimen cannot be developed directly. It is also a good thing that these small forces can be used by themselves.


    If a war breaks out in the future, these friars of small forces can at least serve as cannon fodder.


    The territory that has recovered the endless sand sea is only to the east of the endless sand sea. Another territory does not belong to Taiyi gate, but belongs to huoyun sect.


    Behind the huoyun sect is the monk Xuanfeng Zhenjun in the middle of the yuan God. Meng Zhang has no intention to offend such a strong man.


    In particular, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is still swinging and is not sure which camp he will invest in. Both the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect are trying their best to win him over at this time.


    Huoyun sect is not worth mentioning, but Xuanfeng Zhenjun should not be underestimated.


    The territory occupied by huoyun sect did not hurt the overall situation, and Meng Zhang tolerated its existence.


    Now taiyimen occupies a vast territory, which can be said to be unprecedented in history.


    Most of the endless sand sea is almost two-thirds of the Gobi. In terms of territory area alone, in the whole Jiuqu League, there may be only a few zongmen that can be compared with Taiyi gate.


    In theory, a dead sand sea in the North belongs to taiyimen.


    After the Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit fell one after another, the dead sand sea had no strong man to sit down, and it was just next to the Taiyi gate, so it naturally fell into the hands of the Taiyi gate.


    The vast area of the dead sand sea is basically a restricted area for living creatures.


    The demon repair groups and ghost repair groups originally hidden in the dead sand sea have long been completely eliminated.


    The sand monsters that had been entrenched in the dead sand sea for a while have basically been eliminated.


    Maybe in some remote corners, there will be a small group of sand monsters wandering, but they are not climate, and there is basically no harm.


    Without the fifth level Earth Spirit to make spiritual pulp, the sand monster''s nest has long been cleared, and the value of the dead sand sea has become very limited.


    Taiyimen has not even fully developed and utilized the Gobi, not to mention the desolate land such as the dead sand sea.


    Except that Taiyi disciples often go to the dead sand sea for training, foreign monks rarely enter here.


    Some people in the top level of Taiyi sect suggested that it should be arranged in the dead sand sea to turn it into a place for Taiyi sect disciples to experience.


    After several changes, the danger of the death sand sea has been greatly reduced. Even friars in the period of Qi refining can survive in it.


    Taiyimen, which is on the rise, has many affairs, and many monks are busy. But some preparatory work was done slowly.


    In terms of training younger disciples, the top level of Taiyi sect is still very far sighted and willing to invest resources.


    If a place like death Shahai is used properly, it really plays a great role in training low-level disciples.


    Meng Zhang has long been free from the heavy daily affairs of the sect. He basically doesn''t care about all kinds of detailed work.


    After recapturing the endless sand sea, he initially worried that Yue Fengzhen would give a tough response soon.


    Instead of returning to taiyimen Mountain Gate, he sat down in the endless sand sea for some time.


    Seeing that Yuefeng Zhenjun never responded to this, he seemed to eat this dumb loss. Meng Zhang knew in his heart that the situation of Huanglian sect might not be so good for Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Compared with the internal and external troubles of Jiuqu League and the internal strife of Huanglian sect, it is really not a big deal.


    In such a complicated situation, Meng Zhang had no intention to settle his old accounts with Yue Fengzhen, but took the initiative to return to the taiyimen gate and enter the state of cultivation again.


    Since Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the yuan God, Taiyi gate seems to have a lucky turn. It can always meet good things.


    Not to mention the external harvest for the time being, the taiyimen alone can continuously cultivate friars in the foundation period. And almost every once in a while, monks can impact into the golden elixir period.


    Even if the success rate of the impact golden elixir period is not high and accumulates slowly, the number of golden elixir real people in taiyimen has not only recovered to its heyday, but also increased slowly and firmly.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed began to slow down. It is no longer able to make progress almost every day as before. It is simply a rapid progress all the way. It seems that there is no bottleneck.


    In the Yuanshen period, in addition to absorbing the essence of the nine days to supplement the essence of Qi and spirit, it also takes a lot of effort to understand and understand the avenue of heaven and earth and try to master the power of the avenue.


    The most important and intuitive embodiment of the strength of a true monarch is his control over the power of the road.


    As for the richness of the true yuan and the strength of the yuan God, we should put aside.


    Therefore, the realm of Yuanshen period is very special, and there will be leapfrog challenges from time to time.


    As long as the friars in the early days of Yuanshen can master the more powerful power of the road, they can completely defeat the friars in the middle of Yuanshen.


    This is why Meng Zhang can defeat the old Yuanshen Zhenjun before long. Because of his extraordinary understanding, when he achieved the original God, he had a deep enough understanding of the way of heaven and earth.


    With the classics left by the taiyimen elders, Meng Zhang is naturally clear about the cultivation focus after entering the yuan God period.


    For a cultivator, magic tools are very important. Meng Zhang entered the yuan God period and didn''t even have a fourth-order magic tool. He wasn''t worried at all.


    Ordinary fourth-order magic tools are of limited benefit to him. Only those that fit his major skill and can increase his power of the road can be of great use to him.


    The fourth-order magic tools in the cultivation world are very scarce. It''s good if a yuan God Zhenjun can have one or two fourth-order magic tools. It is even more rare to meet the standards of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not pursue other fourth-order magic tools, but spent a lot of energy to warm and refine the yin-yang Linghu, the life magic tool.


    This life magic tool is very consistent with his major skill. As long as he can advance the fourth-order magic tool, it will certainly play a great role.


    The disputes on the other side of the Huanglian sect remained the same. Neither Yue fengzhenjun nor Saint Xu Mengying could defeat each other and had to fall into a long-term confrontation.


    This situation is not good for Huanglian sect, and it does great harm to the whole sect.


    However, Yue fengzhenjun and Xu Mengying are unable to change, so they can only continue to fight.


    In such a situation, Yue fengzhenjun regarded Xu Mengying as the number one enemy and devoted all his energy to her. Even if Hedong Fentan lost a territory as big as the endless sand sea, he couldn''t be distracted.

 Chapter 730

    After recovering such a vast territory as the endless sand sea, taiyimen''s prestige went to a higher level.


    As for the actual benefits obtained, there are countless.


    Not to mention anything else, Feihong mountain alone has three-level spiritual veins. After years of construction and development, it has become a truly mature site, which is used as the foundation of the sect. There is no problem at all.


    Compared with taiyimen''s Mountain Gate and baicaopo, it doesn''t look inferior at all.


    The third-order spiritual pulse of Taiyi sect alone is enough to support dozens of golden elixir immortal.


    As the site becomes larger, the number of management personnel required also increases. The number of disciples of Taiyi sect has been growing at a high speed, but they can''t keep up with the expansion of Taiyi sect. At this time, they feel short of manpower again.


    However, this is a happy worry. Compared with those religious sects with small territory and insufficient resources, I''m afraid everyone in taiyimen will never dislike that their territory is too large.


    The more resources a sect gains, the more disciples it can support, and the better the treatment of its disciples.


    In recent years, there have been a steady stream of young heroes in Taiyi sect. In addition to the excellent qualifications of these disciples, there is also the effect of using a lot of resources.


    Even the slightly blunt disciples can make great strides in cultivation as long as they can ensure sufficient resource supply.


    At present, the number of disciples of Taiyi sect is not very large. The resources obtained from various channels can basically ensure that all disciples can have better treatment.


    Every time the Taiyi sect recruits disciples, in addition to the young people on the territory enthusiastically joining in, there are many foreign casual practitioners. Young people who have awakened their spiritual roots in other places are scrambling to join.


    In addition to the great reputation of Taiyi sect, their enthusiasm is also due to the benefits enjoyed by Taiyi sect disciples.


    Taiyi sect has repeatedly raised the threshold for directly recruiting disciples, but it can still recruit a large number of disciples. It can be seen that becoming a disciple of Taiyi sect is really a very tempting thing.


    After recovering the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang became low-key again.


    Since Yuefeng Zhenjun had no time to separate, he let his family pick up a bargain for nothing. Then take it as soon as you see it. Don''t continue to annoy this guy, so as to prevent him from turning around and looking for trouble from taiyimen.


    Now Yue Fengzhen Jun and Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of the yellow lotus sect, are fighting fiercely, which many people are willing to see.


    If it is not necessary, it is best not to disturb them and let them fight until both lose.


    Meng Zhang''s retreat on baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, did not last long, but was interrupted by a visitor.


    Since his last visit to Meng Zhang, immortal Ye has listened to Meng Zhang''s opinions and actively persuaded the elders of his faction to contact Dali imperial court.


    In fact, there are also people at the top of her faction who understand. When it comes to strategy and vision, these people are still above Meng Zhang.


    Dali imperial court has great potential. They have long had the idea of contacting Dali imperial court.


    The persuasion of immortal Ye Ye is just icing on the cake, which can be regarded as a promotion.


    With the contacts and strength of the Dark Alliance, they contacted the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty without much effort.


    During this period, her faction has made a lot of progress in this regard.


    She came to visit Meng Zhang for other purposes besides informing Meng Zhang.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, immortal ye ye went straight to the topic without any greetings.


    Due to the faction of the fallen immortal, he decided to contact the Dali Dynasty, showing a trend of turning to the Dali Dynasty.


    Among the dark League branches on the side of Jiuqu League, the forces determined to invest in Dali Dynasty occupied an absolute advantage.


    Except for a few monks who left angrily, far away from the Jiuqu League and far away from home, most of the remaining monks reached a consensus and took the initiative to move closer to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The Dark Alliance force on the side of Jiuqu alliance is only a branch, but its strength is quite good, and it has a great influence in all aspects.


    They are willing to go to Dali Dynasty, which should at least show some sincerity.


    Not long ago, the envoys of the Dali Dynasty secretly visited the Dark Alliance branch and communicated with the senior monks of the Dark Alliance branch.


    Of course, there is no shortage of words and bargaining.


    The Dark Alliance branch has such strong strength. Of course, it should strive for its own interests as much as possible and strive to have a position in line with its own strength in the Dali imperial dynasty in the future.


    Although the two sides have many differences, they have reached consensus in many aspects. The trend of Dark Alliance branch to Dali Dynasty can not be changed.


    The Dark Alliance branch has determined to invest in the Dali Dynasty. Now the two sides just can''t agree on some details for the time being. Mr. Ye believes that it is only a matter of time before the two sides finally reach an agreement and compromise with each other.


    The negotiations between the Dark Alliance branch and the Dali imperial dynasty must be the top secret of the Dark Alliance branch. Even as a real person, I can''t understand all the details.


    However, she is quite clear about the general process of the negotiations.


    Immortal ye ye made a special trip and brought the latest news to Meng Zhang.


    If only in terms of their friendship, she would be suspected of betraying the organization.


    However, she came this time to represent her faction and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    After telling Meng Zhang about his contact with Dali Dynasty, immortal ye made a request to Meng Zhang.


    The request of immortal Ye Ye is not simple. He wants Meng Zhang to help kill a yuan God Zhenjun.


    Before Meng Zhang promised, she could not even disclose specific details to Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to help, he will get the friendship of immortal Ye''s faction.


    Meng Zhang and real ye are good friends for many years. This is only a personal friendship. If there is a conflict between their respective organizations, it is really difficult for enemies and friends to predict.


    Over the years, the two have helped each other many times. The fallen leaf immortal just used his own personal strength to help Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang agrees to this request, she will get help from her faction in the future.


    Although the fallen leaf immortal has never described the power of his own faction in detail in front of Meng Zhang, he can occupy a place in such a powerful organization as the Dark Alliance, and his power will never be inferior to those Yuanshen sects.


    Although the current Taiyi gate has become a seemingly powerful Yuanshen sect gate because Meng Zhang was promoted to the Yuanshen Zhenjun. However, Meng Zhang knew that the enemy taiyimen would also be stronger in the future.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang has been actively seeking allies, especially those at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, which he is most eager for.


    Although the fallen leaf immortal did not disclose specific details, she hinted at Meng Zhang. The faction she belongs to has been scheming for a long time and has great confidence. The danger should not be great.


    Meng Zhang chose to believe in the old friend. It''s worth the risk of making friends with her faction.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, he participated in two battles with good results. This greatly increased his confidence and was not afraid of the battle at the level of Yuanshen. With his practical combat experience, he accelerated his absorption of previous experience.


    Meng Zhang promised to help, and immortal deciduous was finally relieved.


    Sandwiched between the organization and old friends, the fallen leaf immortal is sometimes a little embarrassed.


    Now Meng Zhang agreed to take action and accepted the friendship of her faction. That was really the best result.


    As for the specific details of the encirclement, even the fallen leaf immortal didn''t know much.


    The top level of her faction kept the matter a secret and would not tell Meng Zhang until it was launched.


    Since Meng Zhang has agreed to this matter, he will no longer look forward and backward, but listen to others'' arrangements generously.


    Meng Zhang agreed to join the war. Now he is barely a friend of the faction where immortal ye ye belongs.


    Since we are all friends, we should help each other. Meng Zhang also put forward a request.


    He hoped that immortal ye ye could help and secretly introduce the emissary sent by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Immortal ye ye hesitated a little and agreed happily.


    Anyone with eyes should be able to see the bad situation of Jiuqu League.


    The powerful Dali imperial dynasty is eyeing one side, and the Jiuqu League is still on the edge of division.


    Even if the Jiuqu alliance is not divided, all members may not have much chance of winning if they work together against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Taking the current situation of Jiuqu League as an example, I really don''t know how long it will last if Dali Dynasty launches a comprehensive invasion.


    So many forces in Jiuqu league are looking for a way out for themselves, and Meng Zhang is no exception.


    However, Taiyi gate now belongs to the camp of Yujian gate.


    With the temper of those swordsmen, if Taiyi gate contacts Dali imperial court privately, once it is exposed, it will most likely immediately attract a crazy attack from Yujian gate.


    Now Dali hasn''t killed the imperial dynasty. Jiuqu League is still dominated by yujianmen and qingyuanzong.


    In this case, Meng Zhang must be cautious and not be grasped by the jade sword gate.


    Originally, it was a shortcut to contact Dali Dynasty through the ancient moon family. But Meng Zhang thought a little more. He couldn''t trust the ancient moon family and gave up this shortcut.


    In addition, taiyimen itself had nothing to do with the Dali Dynasty. It''s really difficult to secretly contact Dali Dynasty under the close monitoring of Yujian gate.


    Now, with the help of the channel of the dark League branch of Jiuqu League, we can contact the envoys of Dali imperial dynasty, which is not only confidential, but also reliable enough.


    Having communicated with Dali Dynasty in advance, you can take refuge in the past more smoothly when the war situation is unfavorable.


    It sounds shameful to cheat on foreign enemies and turn against the enemy in battle, but it is nothing compared with the survival and continuation of the sect.


    The survival way of most religious sects in the cultivation world is to follow the wind and follow the trend.


    As long as the atmosphere and pattern of the cultivation world remain unchanged, even the Yuanshen sect can''t avoid such a practice.

 Chapter 731

    Originally, Meng Zhang didn''t expect to take the initiative to contact Dali Dynasty so soon.


    It''s not business that catches up. If you take the initiative to come to the door, people may not pay much attention to you.


    However, as we know from the ancient moon family, many forces of the Jiuqu League began to contact secretly. After Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang was also a little worried.


    In particular, Gu yuehuai butterfly revealed that the jade sword gate was secretly contacting the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang believes that the jade sword gate may be in vain, fishing out unstable sects and families. But in case Meng Zhang makes a mistake, is yujianmen really reserving a retreat for his family?


    It is difficult for Meng Zhang to accurately judge the purpose of a sect like Yujian gate. It''s always good to think about everything and make more plans.


    Previously, Meng Zhang also planned to keep taiyimen in the yujianmen camp. The Dark Alliance branch took refuge in the Dali Dynasty. The two forces can secretly communicate and take care of each other.


    However, in the face of the powerful Dali Dynasty, the Jiuqu League is more and more difficult to resist.


    At this time, Meng Zhang decided to change his original plan and contact Dali Dynasty in advance.


    It is also important to pay attention to the order of defection. Before the Dali Dynasty officially launched war on the Jiuqu League, contact the Dali Dynasty to express its willingness to defection. The result must be quite different from that of taking refuge when the imperial dynasty is already at the foot of the city.


    Immortal ye ye didn''t stay at Taiyi gate for long, so he took the initiative to leave.


    In addition to bringing back the news that Meng Zhang promised to help, she also helped Meng Zhang to connect with the envoys of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, so he quietly waited for the reply from immortal ye ye in the mountain gate.


    While waiting, the beast anger elder of the beast king mountain sent his trusted disciples to Taiyi gate to visit Meng Zhang and brought a letter from the beast anger elder.


    As a member of the three factions alliance, the old beast king mountain has occupied the hengjue mountain for many years. Later, he was robbed of his foundation by the Dali Dynasty and killed a large number of disciples. Between the two families, it can be said that hatred is as deep as the sea, and there is almost no room for reconciliation.


    Yujianmen is the most resolute resistance faction in Jiuqu League. It has always called for an all-round war with Dali Dynasty.


    The remaining friars of the old beast king mountain who moved to Jiuqu League hit it off with the jade sword gate.


    For the jade sword gate, the old beast king mountain is the most trusted ally against the Dali Dynasty.


    Without the full support of yujianmen, the old beast king mountain could not easily annex the new beast king mountain.


    Last time I fought side by side with the beast anger elder, and then secretly helped the beast anger elder clean up the opponents of the new beast king mountain. Meng Zhang has a good friendship with the elder beast nu.


    Although the merged beast king mountain has little contact with Taiyi gate because of the previous relationship with the new beast king mountain. However, elder beast Nu is still willing to make friends with Meng Zhang. He communicates with Meng Zhang by letter from time to time.


    The beast''s anger is long, the old age is high, and the wound on his body has not healed. In the last battle with Li Ruiming and Qiu Wanli, although they won a complete victory and successfully killed their opponents, they still hurt their vitality.


    According to the current state of elder beast anger, Shouyuan will be affected every time he loses a lot of strength.


    The beast anger elder, who doesn''t have much longevity, is busy making good friends and making friends with the surrounding yuan God Zhenjun, considering the situation after his family sits down.


    After the beast anger elder sits down, the beast king mountain will certainly be under the care of the jade sword gate. But the beast king mountain can''t do everything. They all go to the jade sword gate for help. That will only make the jade sword gate slowly tired, and the friendship between the two sides will become weaker and weaker.


    If the beast king mountain wants to continue its inheritance, it mainly depends on its own. You can''t turn to the jade sword gate unless you have to.


    The elder of beast anger deliberately befriended Meng Zhang, hoping that Meng Zhang would shine a light on the beast king mountain in the future.


    The letter sent by elder beast Nu this time invited Meng Zhang to the party.


    In three months, several Yuanshen Zhenjun will hold a party in the north of Jiuqu League. In addition to talking about metaphysics and Taoism and exchanging what they have learned, they will also conduct some transactions to exchange what they need.


    Of course, the transactions of monks at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun are basically based on barter, and few people will be interested in Lingshi and so on.


    The elder of beast anger knew that Meng Zhang had achieved the yuan God soon and always wanted to integrate into the circle of yuan God friars.


    Now that he heard of this opportunity, he sent someone to inform Meng Zhang.


    There is no threshold to attend the party. As long as it is the yuan God Zhenjun, you can basically go to the party.


    Although the elder of beast anger is an outsider, he joined the circle of yuan God friars earlier than Meng Zhang.


    First, the elder of beast anger has achieved Yuanshen for many years. He is a veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun. Although he was born in hengjue mountains, there are many familiar old friends here in Jiuqu League.


    Second, after the beast anger elder came to the Jiuqu League, he also actively integrated into the local Yuanshen friar circle.


    Relying on some old relationships, his action was smooth, and he was easily accepted by the local Yuanshen friars.


    Meng Zhang wants to integrate into the local Yuanshen Zhenjun circle, that is, he doesn''t want to be isolated and hopes to get channels and opportunities to communicate with his peers.


    After receiving the letter, Meng Zhang asked the visiting beast king mountain disciple to convey his thanks to the beast anger elder, and made it clear that he would attend the party on time.


    He sent off the trusted disciples of elder beast anger. Meng Zhang was full of expectations for the party three months later.


    After more than half a month, immortal deciduous came to taiyimen Mountain Gate again. She told Meng Zhang that the private meeting between Meng Zhang and Dali Imperial Envoys had been arranged.


    Then, immortal ye ye led Meng Zhang away from taiyimen Mountain Gate, from the Gobi of evil wind, and came to a secret stronghold of Dark Alliance.


    In this stronghold, Meng Zhang met the envoys of the Dali Dynasty.


    The messenger''s name is Wen Dong. He is a true monarch of the yuan God.


    I heard that Mr. Dongzhen was gentle in appearance, elegant in manners and full of book breath. Generally speaking, it is almost no different from ordinary scholars.


    Fallen leaf immortal did not dare to regard Wen Dong as an ordinary scholar. She respectfully came forward to salute, and then made a rough introduction to him and Meng Zhang.


    After the introduction, the fallen leaf immortal took the initiative to step down and left the space for the two Yuanshen Zhenjun to talk slowly.


    "You are Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect. You are really talented and elegant."


    Wen Dong said a few words politely and went straight to the point.


    Wen Dong probably heard Meng Zhang''s intention to take refuge from immortal ye ye.


    Without politeness, he directly put forward a lot of requirements for taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    These requirements are not simple. They are completely calling taiyimen as subordinates of Dali imperial dynasty.


    According to Wen Dong''s request, when the Dali imperial court launched an all-round attack on the Jiuqu alliance, Meng Zhang would lead the taiyimen to echo the Dali imperial court in the north of the Jiuqu alliance and quickly wipe out the surrounding forces still loyal to the Jiuqu alliance.


    If the Jiuqu alliance goes to war with the Dali imperial dynasty, the position of Taiyi gate can almost be said to be the rear of the Jiuqu alliance. Once there is chaos in this place, the Jiuqu alliance will be attacked from both sides.


    Taiyimen honestly obeyed orders and acted according to Wen Dong''s orders. Then you can belong to the Dali Dynasty and become the Xiuxian sect under the Dali Dynasty.


    Wen Dong asked a lot, but he didn''t make any promises.


    There was no problem that taiyimen belonged to Dali imperial court, but he didn''t mention the status of taiyimen and the treatment he would enjoy in Dali imperial court in the future.


    There have long been rumors in the Xiuzhen world that the Dali imperial dynasty has always been harsh, even harsh, to its subordinate Xiuzhen sect.


    Taiyimen hasn''t been a little brother to others. After Meng Zhang served as the leader of Taiyi sect alone, Taiyi sect has successively served as a vassal of Shuangfeng Valley, Linquan temple, Feihong sect and other forces.


    There are general rules about how the Xiuzhen sect treats its subordinates. Either harsh or loose, there are always certain rules.


    But the way Dali Dynasty dealt with his subordinates'' Xiuzhen sect was too much. It is simply to regard these Xiuzhen sects as slaves, arbitrarily scold and drive, without the slightest pity.


    Meng Zhang''s early contact with the Dali Dynasty was to leave a retreat for Taiyi gate. He should strive for better status and treatment for taiyimen.


    Wen Dong''s demands are just asking taiyimen to pay, but he has not given any return.


    How is it possible for taiyimen to respond to the Dali imperial dynasty and sweep away the surrounding Xiuzhen forces?


    I''m afraid Taiyi gate will be completely wiped out by Yujian gate just after it moves.


    Dali didn''t cooperate with the imperial court at all, let alone send support. Wouldn''t it be necessary for Taiyi gate to fight against Yujian gate alone?


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that Wen Dong''s demanding request was to facilitate the negotiation between the two sides.


    But as soon as he spoke, Wen Dong interrupted him. Listening to Wen Dong''s tone, these requirements have no room for discussion at all. Taiyimen must implement them to the letter.


    Meng Zhang finally understood that Wen Dong didn''t pay attention to the Taiyi gate at all. He wanted to use the Taiyi gate as cannon fodder.


    Sure enough, it''s not business to catch up. This time he took the initiative to contact the Dali imperial dynasty. Meng Zhang took a bad move.


    Originally, Meng Zhang heard from immortal ye ye about Wen Dong''s negotiation with the Dark Alliance branch. Meng Zhang thought Wen Dong was a reasonable and easy to communicate person.


    Now I personally contact with each other, I know that this person is arrogant and arrogant. He doesn''t look at Taiyi gate or Meng Zhang at all.


    Presumably, the Dark Alliance branch itself is strong, and there is the Dark Alliance headquarters behind it. Dali imperial court, no matter how strong it is, can''t despise such a force.


    Since the Dark Alliance branch is so powerful, it naturally means to enjoy some favorable conditions.


    In contrast, Taiyi gate is nominally a Yuanshen sect. Regardless of the history and details of the sect, it is far from enough. There is only Meng Zhang, the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Taiyi gate is so far away from the imperial dynasty that it will not be ignored.


    Of course, the cannon fodder delivered to the door is useless.


    Therefore, Wen Dong, who despised taiyimen and Meng Zhang, made so many excessive demands.

 Chapter 732

    Meng Zhang''s Qi Nourishing skills are excellent, and his face remains unchanged. He was not angry at being despised by Wen Dong, but secretly reviewed his mistakes.


    If you can fight, you can make peace. If you don''t let the Dali imperial court see their strength and let them realize how great a loss it is to refuse themselves, the Dali imperial people, including Wen Dong, will never pay attention to Taiyi gate, let alone give Taiyi gate an appropriate position.


    The overall strength of the Dark Alliance is almost weaker than that of the Holy Land zongmen in the Middle Earth continent. Even if it is just a branch, it has the strength to surpass the general Yuanshen sect.


    Whether in the face of the dark League Headquarters or afraid of the strength of the dark League branches, the Dali Dynasty will attach great importance to them, offer good conditions to win them over and give them all kinds of preferential treatment.


    The situation of Taiyi gate and Dark Alliance branch is very different. So far, neither Meng Zhang, the leader, nor the whole Taiyi gate, has been able to show the strength of transferring Dali''s attention from the imperial dynasty.


    After figuring out this truth, Meng Zhang knew in his heart that today''s contact should end here. You can''t get what you want from Dali imperial court.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s trip was not entirely in vain. At least it showed goodwill and had contact with the Dali Dynasty in advance. In the future, when the Dali Dynasty really values itself, they should take the initiative to come to the door.


    Although he was a little angry, Meng Zhang did not disrespect when facing Wen Dong and maintained a minimum demeanor.


    Meng Zhang then perfunctorized Wen Dong and took the initiative to leave.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s back, Wen Dong narrowed his eyes and thought deeply.


    Wen Dong is by no means a shallow person who can be entrusted with important tasks by the Dali imperial dynasty and go deep into the Jiuqu League.


    He has excellent cultivation and combat effectiveness. He is especially good at escaping. Even if there are many Yuanshen Zhenjun encircling and killing, there are means to escape.


    As for his style of conduct, it is more cautious and meticulous.


    Before entering Jiuqu League, Wen Dong deeply understood all kinds of intelligence of Jiuqu League through the intelligence system of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After entering Jiuqu League, I have a deeper understanding combined with my own experience.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that Wen Dongyuan paid more attention to taiyimen and Meng Zhang, a young Yuanshen Zhenjun, than he thought.


    The reason why Wen Dong still treats Meng Zhang with that arrogant attitude is that this is the rule of Dali imperial dynasty and the usual attitude towards ordinary monks who want to take refuge.


    Now Dali has an absolute advantage. It is impossible for any cat and dog to come and take refuge. They can get enough attention and bargain with Dali.


    Wen Dong will not rashly change the long-standing and effective rules even if he attaches a little importance to Meng Zhang.


    Second, Wen Dong didn''t take this to test taiyimen to see how much Meng Zhang could do.


    If Meng Zhang shows his own value in the future, he will naturally be treated accordingly.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s performance today, there is no surprise, nor does he leave a deep impression on Wen Dong.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is indeed at the top of the cultivation world and has enough value to attract.


    But on the other hand, Dali was powerful and had many yuan Shen Zhen Jun, and there was no shortage of one or two yuan Shen Zhen Jun.


    If Meng Zhang behaves like this, I''m afraid he won''t have a high status even if he invests in Dali Dynasty in the future.


    Wen Dong, as an emissary secretly dispatched to Jiuqu League by Dali imperial dynasty, is not just for negotiating with the dark League branch. His task is to create division within the Jiuqu League by means of coercion, inducement and other means, so that the major truth cultivation forces of the Jiuqu league can not work together to resist the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The high-level officials of Dali Dynasty were proficient in the art of war, were good at making good use of the situation, and knew how to give full play to their own advantages.


    After the Dali Dynasty completely defeated the three faction alliance, although the loss was not small, it still had the strength to go to war with the Jiuqu alliance.


    However, after reviewing the situation, the Dali imperial high-level gave up the plan of rapid attack, but continued to maintain the pressure on the Jiuqu alliance, but did not really launch an attack.


    Such a strategy is extremely clever.


    If Dali Dynasty launched an all-round attack on Jiuqu League early, all contradictions within Jiuqu League may be temporarily suppressed.


    In the face of the enemy''s fierce attack, it is estimated that all major forces have no intention to engage in internal struggle and division.


    The whole Jiuqu League will unite and make every effort to deal with the attack of Dali imperial dynasty.


    However, the Dali dynasty did not rush to launch an attack, but kept the pressure all the time, giving people the illusion that thunder and rain were small.


    Most of the forces in Jiuqu league are afraid of the Dali Dynasty and are unwilling to go to war with the Dali Dynasty.


    The practice of Dali Dynasty not only made some Xiuzhen forces feel lucky and escape. It also gave many Xiuzhen forces more time to weigh the pros and cons and carefully analyze the strength comparison between the two sides.


    Dali did not attack, which seemed to give Jiuqu alliance time to solve its internal problems, but directly contributed to the break between yujianmen and qingyuanzong, and accelerated the internal division of Jiuqu alliance.


    At present, people in Jiuqu league are terrified and have no fighting spirit. Everyone is busy looking for a way out for themselves.


    No one will easily trust former allies. Even the most determined jade sword sect of the main battle sect can hardly win the trust of other Xiuzhen forces.


    The situation in Jiuqu League is still deteriorating, and it is only a matter of time before it is completely divided.


    At that time, the Dali Dynasty will face a mass of scattered sand Jiuqu alliance, which will save countless efforts.


    Jiuqu League is not a wise man without foresight. It is far from the evil intentions of the imperial dynasty, which can not be concealed from those who have a heart.


    However, the situation has been difficult to reverse.


    The two giants yujianmen and qingyuanzong will no longer trust each other, and other Xiuzhen forces have also fallen into mutual suspicion.


    Wen Dong, who sneaked into the Jiuqu League, is to deepen this suspicion and accelerate the division within the Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang, who left the secret stronghold of the Dark Alliance, also knew the situation in front of the Jiuqu alliance.


    However, his strength and status will not affect the overall situation.


    When he was a little monk, Meng Zhang often felt powerless in the face of dangerous situations. Today, he has become a true monarch of the yuan God. In the face of the surging trend, he is still powerless.


    The general trend is irreversible. He can''t do anything about the overall situation of Jiuqu League. He just wants to be able to keep his family and taiyimen in the wind and rain.


    Active contact with the envoys of the Dali imperial dynasty did not bring any substantive benefits. Wen Dong''s attitude made Meng Zhang lose his confidence.


    He didn''t know what to do next for the time being, and fell into a confusion in his heart.


    Where to go in the future is really a big headache.

 Chapter 733

    In the face of the coming great changes, Meng Zhang seems to be unable to find other useful measures besides strengthening the strength of the sect and strengthening his cultivation.


    The development of Taiyi sect has long been on the right track. Even if the leader Meng Zhang no longer intervenes in the affairs of the sect, the sect can develop according to the established plan, and all affairs operate according to inertia.


    Before entering the Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang thought that if he achieved Yuanshen, he could solve all the problems faced by Taiyi gate.


    Now he has become a genuine Yuanshen Zhenjun. Only then did he realize that he had too simple things because he didn''t have enough vision.


    If you become a true monarch of the yuan God and can participate in a higher-level struggle, you will encounter new problems, new challenges and new troubles.


    At present, Meng Zhang is barely qualified to participate in the overall situation of the whole Jiuqu League. However, due to its limited strength, it can only be a small pawn, which basically does not affect the whole situation.


    Now Meng Zhang only tolerates temporarily and focuses his main energy on cultivation.


    After obtaining all kinds of books and records of the rebuilt taiyimen, even if there was no guidance, he could steadily move forward by learning all kinds of books and records, absorbing the experience and perception of his predecessors.


    Apart from the trouble of collecting the essence of nine days, he didn''t encounter too many problems in cultivation.


    After returning from the secret stronghold of the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang didn''t stay in the gate for long, so he left the sect again.


    This time, according to the introduction of the elder beast anger, he went to a party of the yuan God Zhenjun in the nearby area.


    After Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang had no friendship with you Hongzhi Zhenjun. In those years, he had several connections with him among the envoys of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    However, at that time, Meng Zhang was just a Jindan friar. He knows you Hongzhi, but others may not know him.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun guaranteed him this time because of the relationship between the elder beast anger.


    Elder beast Nu and you Hongzhi Zhenjun have been friends for many years.


    When the four seas firms were doing business in hengjue mountain, they were taken care of by the land snake beast king mountain. It was at that time that elder beast Nu established a good friendship with you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    After the defeat of the beast king mountain and its retreat into the Jiuqu League, the four seas commercial firms did not participate in the dispute between the new and old beast king mountain due to their always neutral position. But in the dark, you Hongzhi Zhenjun and the elder beast Nu have a lot of collusion.


    This time, the elder of beast anger informed Meng Zhang to participate in the party. Because he knew that he was an outsider and was not qualified to act as a guarantor, he specially asked his old friend you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    The elder of beast anger had already arranged all these matters, and the prophet spoke to Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang came to the manor of the party, the other Yuanshen Zhenjun had not come yet.


    The manor has a large area with independent courtyards.


    These courtyards are far apart and separated by Dharma array. They are specially arranged for the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The other Yuanshen Zhenjun hasn''t arrived yet, but you Hongzhi Zhenjun, the owner''s family, has come to the manor early and arranged all the matters of the party himself.


    Now that I have come to the boundary of others, I can''t help but visit my master''s house. And you Hongzhi Zhenjun introduced him to the party. He should also thank him.


    The waiter in charge of waiting on Meng Zhang conveyed Meng Zhang''s request to see you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    Soon after, the waiter received a response and took Meng Zhang to meet you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun chose to meet Meng Zhang in a big garden.


    The other party is an elder. The achievement of Yuanshen is far ahead of himself, and his cultivation is much higher than himself.


    So when Meng Zhang saw you Hongzhi Zhenjun, he gave a big gift all the way and shouted "see you, senior" very respectfully.


    Although you Hongzhi Zhenjun has long been a monk in the period of Yuanshen, the habit of businessmen should not be.


    He is short and fat. He is a big meat ball.


    His face was full of a kind smile, and he looked enthusiastic to everyone.


    You Hongzhi really avoided Meng Zhang''s salute and said repeatedly that he did not dare to bear the gift.


    The two of them came and went. They were humble to each other and finally sat together.


    There was nothing involved before the first meeting. Of course, they don''t talk about any important topics. They just greet each other and gossip about some unimportant things.


    Fortunately, you Hongzhi Zhenjun has been in business for many years. He has a special skill in dealing with people and things.


    He has an amiable attitude, makes people feel like a spring breeze, has a convenient mouth, has a funny conversation and a humorous language.


    Even a trivial matter can become interesting in his mouth. People will never get bored after listening to it.


    Meng Zhang will never learn you Hongzhi Zhenjun''s superb skills of being exquisite in all aspects and meeting the needs of both sides.


    In the period of Yuanshen cultivation, most monks stick to their original heart more, and will not easily let external things distort their mind, nor will they easily succumb to outsiders.


    Meng Zhang is not a person like you Hongzhi Zhenjun, nor does he want to become such a person.


    However, chatting with you Hongzhi Zhenjun is definitely not an uncomfortable thing.


    When they first met, it was impossible to establish a deep friendship.


    But once you are born and twice cooked, you will get familiar with it slowly. If there are interests involved in the future, it will be easier to make friends.


    I don''t know whether you Hongzhi Zhenjun really values Meng Zhang or every new Yuanshen Zhenjun. Anyway, he keeps saying good things, and it sounds especially sincere and full of credibility.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who is easily moved by words. He chatted with you Hongzhi Zhenjun for a while. He was also very fond of this person and had the idea of being close in his heart.


    Meng Zhang can be sure that you Hongzhi Zhenjun absolutely did not cast any magic, and no magic can silently affect himself.


    His ability to make such a good impression on himself depends on his ability to deal with people and things and his excellent oral skills.


    If you really want to talk, even if you talk for a few days and nights, they won''t feel tired at all.


    However, Yuanshen Zhenjun''s time is precious and can''t be wasted.


    Meng Zhang talked with you Hongzhi Zhenjun for a long time, and the conversation was very happy. His purpose of getting to know this man has been achieved, so he is ready to leave.

 Chapter 734

    Meng Zhang has reached the goal of getting to know you Hongzhi Zhenjun and is preparing to leave. At this time, you Hongzhi Zhenjun''s old friend and his comrade in arms, elder beast Nu, who fought side by side with Meng Zhang, also came to this manor.


    Elder beast Nu and you Hongzhi have been friends for many years. They have a deep friendship. They don''t need to be informed by servants, so they carelessly came to this yard.


    Seeing Meng Zhang here, the elder of beast anger came happily and took Meng Zhang to chat.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang could not say goodbye and left. He continued to chat here with the two elders.


    Elder beast Nu said some interesting stories and experiences he had with you Hongzhi Zhenjun when he was young. They joked with each other in a relaxed tone, without the airs of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Although the elder of beast anger covered up well, Meng Zhang still keenly found that he was a little old and his physical condition was not very good.


    The elder beast Nu, who had been seriously injured but not healed, fought with Meng Zhang last time to kill the two yuan gods Zhenjun. Later, he forcibly suppressed the injury and made every effort to promote the merger of the two sects. After such a toss, the physical condition of the beast anger elder will only be worse.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is not easy to be hit hard, but once it is hit hard, it is very difficult to cure.


    With the contacts and abilities of elder beast anger, he must have tried every means to treat his own injuries.


    Even this can''t cure the serious injury and can only barely maintain it. It seems that the elder beast anger really can''t recover completely.


    The beast king mountain has just experienced some twists and turns, and the interior is not stable so far. If something happens to elder beast anger at this time, I''m afraid the whole sect may fall apart.


    Elder beast Nu is really hearty. He doesn''t cultivate well in the mountain gate and runs around.


    Now there is great pressure from the imperial dynasty, and there are constant disputes within Jiuqu League. Even Meng Zhang, who has been rich and powerful for many years, often feels headache.


    But looking at the appearance of elder beast Nu, like you Hongzhi Zhenjun, he is not worried about the current situation at all.


    Seeing that the two Yuanshen Zhenjun talked happily, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but say a few words and talked about the current situation of internal and external troubles in Jiuqu League.


    In particular, the powerful Dali dynasty may launch a comprehensive attack on Jiuqu League at any time.


    Under the cover of the nest, how can we finish the egg? It is estimated that all the Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu league can''t escape this disaster.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun despised Meng Zhang''s statement, as if they didn''t pay attention to Dali Dynasty.


    You Hongzhi stopped talking to Zhenjun. The elder of beast anger had personally experienced the power of Dali imperial dynasty and had suffered enough to escape to Jiuqu League. But looking at his speech and behavior, it seems that he is very confident in defeating the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The two true gods are not blindly optimistic, let alone ignorant. Their attitude must be relied on.


    Both of them are very old Yuanshen Zhenjun. Maybe they know something they don''t know.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but test.


    However, you Hongzhi, Zhenjun and elder beast Nu were very tight lipped and didn''t reveal any useful information at all.


    They just comforted Meng Zhang casually, saying that Dali was not worth mentioning, and Jiuqu League naturally had a way to deal with this hateful invader.


    After chatting with them for a long time, Meng Zhang didn''t get half a sentence.


    Seeing that the time is almost up, the yuan God Zhenjun has begun to arrive here one after another. Meng Zhang has to leave. The provincial delay has delayed you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    When she returned to the courtyard where she lived, Meng Zhangjing thought about it. It was natural that Yujian gate did not trust Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate enough to confront the Dali imperial dynasty.


    It should be possible that the beast anger elder, who has a deep hatred with the Dali imperial dynasty, won the trust of the jade sword gate and mastered some of his own cards.


    On this thought, Meng Zhang was also a little excited.


    The reason why he is half hearted is that he is not optimistic about the strength comparison between the two sides. If the jade sword gate has any cards against the Dali Dynasty, it is definitely a good thing for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stayed in his yard for a while and came outside.


    At this time, many of the Yuanshen Zhenjun who participated in the party had arrived at the manor.


    The main purpose of Meng Zhang''s participation in this gathering is to expand his family''s contacts. Of course, he will not miss this great opportunity for communication.


    Generally speaking, similar gatherings held by four seas firms do not actively invite friars from the two giant sects, jade sword sect and Qingyuan sect.


    Without the presence of the monks of the two families, we were more open. The monks of those two families may not appreciate such a party.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun held this gathering mainly to invite the yuan God friars in the north of Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing as he watched the Yuanshen Zhenjun arrive at the manor.


    There are far more Yuanshen Zhenjun in Jiuqu league than I thought. There are so many Yuanshen friars in the North alone.


    I was not qualified to contact this circle before, and many things were not clear enough. If you really step into this circle, your horizons will naturally be improved.


    Elder beast Nu and you Hongzhi Zhenjun have long ended their private conversation. At this time, they are greeting all the yuan gods Zhenjun.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun, as the host family, warmly entertained guests from all over the world.


    Although elder beast Nu is a newcomer to Jiuqu League, he has a wide range of friends in his early years. He has many friends here.


    Most of these so-called friends are unreliable at critical moments, but it is not difficult to maintain certain contacts and maintain superficial friendship.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming out, the elder of beast anger warmly called Meng Zhang to introduce him to these familiar yuan gods and true kings.


    Meng Zhang was the most junior in this circle. However, he is not without status.


    Meng Zhang joined hands with the beast anger elder to kill the two original gods of the new beast king mountain. It can''t hide from the real discerning people. Although I didn''t see what happened, a slightly smarter guy would guess.


    As for Meng Zhang''s defeat of he Luozhen Jun, although neither of them publicized it, he Luozhen Jun returned in vain and changed the Lord of Dafeng City. This fact is enough to explain what Meng Zhang did.


    To achieve the yuan God, you can participate in the struggle of the yuan God and the true king, and you can gain the upper hand. It can be seen that Meng Zhang is absolutely extraordinary.


    Mr. He Luozhen is not the weak among the Yuanshen Zhenjun. Among the Yuanshen Zhenjun present, few people dare to say that they will be able to beat him.


    Meng Zhang can defeat he Luozhen and will naturally win the respect of many people.


    The party was originally moved to Baizhan gate Baizhan Zhenjun in Yuantu prairie. Cangshan sent Cangshan Zhenjun all the way to the party.


    Beast Nu introduced them to Meng Zhang.


    Obviously, even if they fled to the territory of Jiuqu League, the three factions alliance did not break contact and still echoed each other from a distance.

 Chapter 735

    The three leagues have their own cards, and they are united. After the alliance, their strength is not weak. Although the senior management of Jiuqu League accepted these disabled and defeated generals, they were not unprepared for them.


    The senior leaders of Jiuqu League, especially Qing Yuanzong, are wary of the three faction alliance. The attitude towards them is to make use of them and be on guard.


    If the three faction alliance makes trouble within the Jiuqu alliance, it will definitely be a big mess.


    The elder of beast anger was previously subject to the new beast king mountain and was seemingly alienated from Baizhan gate and Cangshan sect.


    Now in control of the situation, he naturally immediately resumed contact with his two old friends.


    They swaggered to meet in public, obviously to treat the fear of the senior leaders of Jiuqu League as nothing.


    After the three faction alliance, it is really a force that no one can underestimate within the Jiuqu alliance.


    Under the current situation of Jiuqu League, the senior leaders of Jiuqu League really don''t care to suppress the three faction alliance.


    Meng Zhang, who is weak in power, will now actively approach any forces with goodwill.


    Because of the relationship between the elder beast Nu, Baizhan Zhenjun and Cangshan Zhenjun have a good attitude towards Meng Zhang.


    Baizhan Zhenjun is a middle-aged man full of scars and blood.


    Every time he moves on his face, the thick scars twist slightly like a ferocious centipede.


    Baizhan Zhenjun''s voice is hoarse and his throat is obviously hurt. This person is a happy person, his words are straightforward, and he doesn''t seem to have many tricks.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is an old man with a gloomy face. He cherishes words like gold and keeps silent most of the time.


    At the first meeting, Meng Zhang still couldn''t figure out the details of the two people. Naturally, he couldn''t talk about heart to heart. He just tried to show his kindness and express his goodwill.


    After entering Yuantu prairie, baizhanmen and Cangshan sect had a hard time.


    They mainly focused on fighting against foreign barbarians, and naturally they were very insufficient in the management of their territory.


    So far, the two families are eating old money and lack sufficient income.


    The old beast king mountain merged with the new beast king mountain, a Yuanshen sect. The accumulation of the other party for one or two thousand years naturally fell into the hands of the beast anger elder.


    Elder beast Nu obviously attached great importance to maintaining the relationship between the three factions, suggesting that he would give support to Cangshan sect and baizhanmen.


    To be honest, the current savings of taiyimen also have the strength to support the two zongmen. However, the relationship between the two sides is still shallow, and Meng Zhang did not express his position easily.


    With more and more Yuanshen Zhenjun coming, Meng Zhang also saw some familiar faces.


    Meng Zhang is now qualified to be on an equal footing with Xuanfeng Zhenjun, an unattainable figure in those days.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun is such a guy that he doesn''t have time to come to the party. Has he solved all the troubles of Huang Lian cult? If so, it''s time for taiyimen to face trouble.


    He Luozhen, who had fought with Meng Zhang, stabbed into the manor and saw Meng Zhang here. His anger flashed away.


    Around some good yuan Shen Zhenjun whispered and pointed. He looked like a good play.


    He Luozhen didn''t let them do what they wanted, but when Meng Zhang didn''t exist, he calmly walked aside and chatted with his familiar Taoist friends.


    He luozhenjun himself was born in casual practice, but he was close to the Qing Yuan sect and had a backer behind him.


    In the absence of conflict of interest, no one is willing to twist him for no reason.


    The time of the party is approaching, and all the guests participating in the party have basically arrived.


    Meng Zhang counted roughly, and the number of Yuanshen Zhenjun participating in the party exceeded 20.


    This is not a small number. Although Jiuqu League is not particularly rich, it can indeed be called a large number of talents.


    Of course, so many Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t all be loyal ministers of Jiuqu League.


    There are some forces belonging to the original God Zhenjun, who only submit to the Jiuqu League in name. In fact, it has a strong independence.


    Like the Nangong family in xiaomangshan, it is a very closed and conservative Xiuzhen family.


    The friars of the whole family keep close watch on Xiaomang mountain all year round and rarely wander outside. He has no interest in all kinds of affairs of Jiuqu League.


    Therefore, even as Yuanshen family, Nangong family does not have a strong sense of existence in Jiuqu League.


    Nangong family is nominally a member of Jiuqu League, but it is only a symbolic surrender to Jiuqu League. Jiuqu League has no strong control over it.


    In general, the senior level of Jiuqu League will not recruit the monks of Nangong family. Only as a last resort, when the whole Jiuqu League is facing a crisis of life and death, can the senior level of Jiuqu League ask the Nangong family to participate in the war.


    For example, in the war of conquering barbarians outside the territory before the Jiuqu League, the Nangong family just paid an additional material and did not send any friars to the war.


    The Nangong family has such a special status, which was won by their ancestors from the high level of Jiuqu League. As for the specific details, many people present don''t know because they are too old and the senior management of Jiuqu League deliberately conceals them.


    Wurift Valley, not far from Xiaomang mountain, is also a yuanshenzong gate, which has the same status as the Nangong family.


    If you Hongzhi and Zhenjun hadn''t made friends with each other, and the business of the four seas commercial firms went deep into too many corners, the Nangong family and the yuan God Zhenjun without Rift Valley might not have left the mountain gate to attend such a party.


    In addition, there are several casual practitioners. Although they are active on the boundary of Jiuqu League all year round and abide by the rules of Jiuqu League, they are completely independent of Jiuqu League and are not bound by Jiuqu League.


    Even if Jiuqu League is hegemonic, it is impossible not to allow scattered repair on its own territory.


    What''s more, the scattered practice in the period of Yuanshen is not so easy to handle.


    Like Xuanfeng Zhenjun and he luozhenjun, they all came from similar backgrounds. Later, they were attracted and absorbed by Jiuqu League, joined Jiuqu League and became members of Jiuqu League.


    However, there are other yuan gods who are free to practice and refuse the solicitation of Jiuqu League. They are alone and carefree.


    Like the Hengdao Zhenjun who was just going to see he luozhenjun''s joke, he is a lonely character who doesn''t sell face.


    Hengdao Zhenjun has always acted wantonly and indulged. He has caused many evils.


    However, this man is strong in cultivation and dare to fight. He is a rare desperate Saburo among the yuan God Zhenjun.


    If you want to take this person, three or five yuan Shen Zhenjun may not be completely sure. But if you don''t hit, the revenge afterwards will be very troublesome.


    This person is a thorough casual practice, without any concern or burden.


    Therefore, unless it is a last resort, the general Yuanshen sect will not have trouble with him.


    The high level of Jiuqu League has courted Hengdao Zhenjun for many times, but he refused them impolitely.


    Before Hengdao Zhenjun did not pose a serious threat to Jiuqu alliance, the senior management of Jiuqu alliance could not make a complete turn against him.


    Hengdao Zhenjun has been rampant for many years, but he has a happy life.

 Chapter 736

    Now Yuanshen Zhenjun gathered in this manor almost accounts for the vast majority of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the north of Jiuqu League. If you Hongzhi really didn''t have the skills, you wouldn''t be able to get together so many people.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is different from Jindan immortal. Immortal Jindan also needs to rely on the third-order spiritual pulse and Practice on the spiritual pulse all year round.


    The true monarch of the yuan God will not be limited by the spiritual pulse, and the spiritual pulse of the Jun dust world can not meet the cultivation needs of the true monarch of the yuan God.


    In most parts of the Jun dust world, you can fly directly into the sky, into the nine days, or even into the void through the nine days.


    Therefore, Yuanshen Zhenjun is rarely limited by region and can walk around the world.


    If you are the true monarch of Yuanshen without the burden of sects and families, it is even more free. Wandering all over the world, making a home all over the world, traveling to the North Sea in the morning and Cangwu in the evening, it''s called a carefree person. It doesn''t take much to travel or explore for hundreds of years.


    The scattered cultivation that appeared in the manor actually had a large scope of activities, not limited to Jiuqu League.


    It''s just that the Dali Dynasty treated the practitioners in the territory, whether they were zongmen family or casual practitioners, very harshly.


    With the continuous expansion of Dali Dynasty in the surrounding areas, many scattered repair activities have been more and more limited.


    Now Jiuqu League is probably the only pure land suitable for scattered cultivation in the surrounding area except Daheng cultivation world.


    Seeing that all the participants were almost here, you Hongzhi Zhenjun stopped talking and took the initiative to gather all the people on a small square.


    There is an independent high platform above the small square. Each high platform is more than enough to accommodate several people.


    In the center of a high platform, the height is the highest and the area is the largest.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun stood on the high platform and spoke to the visitors around him.


    After a great deal of passionate nonsense, we finally got to the point.


    The reason why Sihai firms spend great efforts to hold such gatherings regularly is to expand contacts and find new business opportunities.


    And all kinds of Yuanshen Zhenjun put down their own affairs and came thousands of miles to attend such a party, in addition to making friends with the same way, in order to communicate with each other and exchange needed goods.


    The trade fair in every party is the top priority of the party.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun is a master of cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen. He is one of the many experts present. Coupled with the power of overseas firms, they are barely qualified to play the role of middleman.


    After the opening speech, you Hongzhi Zhenjun announced that the fair had begun.


    The four seas firm first took out pieces of heaven and earth spirits as warm-up items.


    Anyway, all of us here are determined Yuanshen Zhenjun, which is difficult to be influenced by some flashy external means, which saves a lot of steps to set off the atmosphere and highlight the trading of goods.


    The pieces of heaven and earth spiritual objects taken out by the four seas firm are placed in front of you Hongzhi Zhenjun one by one.


    He made a reserve price for each heaven and Earth Spirit. If many people like the same item, the one with the highest price will get it.


    These heaven and Earth Spirit objects are basically level 4. Occasionally, several level 3 objects also have special functions, or are very rare, which is more rare than many level 4 Heaven and Earth Spirit objects.


    At the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, even the top-grade spirit stone has little value.


    In addition to bartering, the transactions between Yuanshen and Zhenjun take all kinds of spiritual opportunities as general equivalents.


    The essence of the nine days is only useful to practitioners in the early days of the yuan God. In fact, even the practitioners in the early days of Yuanshen can also absorb spiritual opportunities after their cultivation is consolidated. And the effect is better than absorbing the essence of refining for nine days.


    It''s just that the chance is too rare. The friars in the early stage of Yuanshen can''t compete with the friars in the middle and even later stages, so they use the essence of nine days to get together.


    All kinds of spiritual opportunities will only be born in the extraterritorial void. There are many dangers in the boundless void. For the yuan God Zhenjun, it is a dangerous place that can endanger his life.


    Ferocious void monsters, foreign races whose enemies and friends are difficult to distinguish, and traitorous cultivators


    These are not mentioned, but only the vastness of the extraterritorial void, which has no end.


    If the yuan God Zhenjun accidentally gets lost in it, even if he runs out of life yuan, he may not be able to return to the original world.


    Meng Zhang has been the true monarch of the yuan God for some time. So far, he has no chance to enter the extraterritorial void.


    He will not act rashly until he is fully prepared.


    In the books of taiyimen, too many painful lessons of predecessors are recorded.


    Of course, he knew that it was better to absorb and refine all kinds of magic tricks, but there was no way to get them.


    Today''s trade fair is not of high standard, and the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun involved is limited. Even if you Hongzhi Zhenjun, who is relied on by Sihai commercial firm, is placed among Yuanshen Zhenjun, his wealth is nothing.


    Therefore, when they can''t exchange needed spiritual objects, those who take out spiritual objects for trading can also accept all kinds of spiritual opportunities and even the essence of nine days.


    Meng Zhang has some essence of nine days. The quantity is limited, which is not enough for his daily cultivation. Naturally, it is not enough for trading.


    As for the fourth level heaven and earth spirits, Taiyi gate has a shallow foundation and has little accumulation in this regard.


    Even if there are a few fourth-order heaven and Earth Spirit objects accidentally obtained, they are also useful and can''t be traded.


    Looking at the excitement of everyone''s trading, pieces of fourth-order heaven and earth spirits appeared on the high platform. Meng Zhang had only envy in his heart.


    After you Hongzhi Zhenjun threw a brick to attract jade, a Yuanshen Zhenjun who attended the meeting took out the spirit objects that had been prepared long ago, flew to you Hongzhi Zhenjun in turn, and put forward the items that he asked to trade.


    Meng Zhang is not qualified to participate in the transaction. He can only watch the excitement.


    In this level of trade fair, there is almost no leakage.


    Even if some Yuanshen Zhenjun is limited to vision and knowledge, he can''t recognize the specific origin of heaven and earth spirits in his hands. However, relying on the insight of the original God Zhenjun, we can roughly judge its precious degree, and there will be no regret of leaving beads.


    The most lively part of the fair lasted more than half a day.


    After that, they did not rest and directly entered the link of the exchange meeting.


    The so-called exchange meeting is, of course, an occasion for everyone to exchange spiritual experience and solve problems with each other.


    In the Jiuqu League, except for the two giants of the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect, the other sects and families can have at most two or three true monarchs of the yuan God at the same time.


    In fact, most Yuanshen sects and families have only one Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Moreover, the Xiuzhen forces in the Jiuqu League generally have a short history, and the yuan God Zhenjun has not been born for several generations.


    There are few peers, and the predecessors don''t have much experience. If you encounter countless problems to be solved, you probably have to ask your colleagues.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun, especially several scattered practitioners, were most eager for the exchange and exchange of ideas among their peers.


    Of course, such exchanges are only limited to small circles. Another way of communication includes almost all the participants.

 Chapter 737

    After the end of the item trading link, it is the cultivation and communication link.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun sat on the high platform in the middle and watched the people quietly.


    After a while, the letters turned into streamers and flew to you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun took a general look at these communication symbols, and then began.


    "Some people seek to refine the secret arts of the outer incarnation. Regardless of the level of the secret arts, as long as the requirements for materials are not too high, and the refined incarnation has the strength of the original God in the early stage, that''s all."


    "The reward given by this fellow is one piece of sun refined gold, two pieces of Zhenshan sacred stones and twenty strands of jade Qingling machine."


    "Of course, if the reward is not enough, the reward can be discussed slowly as long as there is no problem with the secret art."


    After that, you Hongzhi looked down at Zhenjun.


    As long as the yuan God Zhenjun cultivates to the middle of the yuan God, he has the ability to refine the external incarnation.


    It''s one thing to have such ability. Whether you can really refine the incarnation outside your birth is another thing.


    The secret arts and magical powers for refining external incarnations are rare in the Yuanshen sect.


    Most of the yuanshenzong gates on the side of Jiuqu league are the bottom of the yuanshenzong gate. What accumulation and details can there be? Like similar magical powers, they are naturally very scarce.


    It''s not enough to have the magic power of secret arts. We also need various materials and spend a lot of effort to refine the external incarnation.


    Moreover, for the friars in the middle period of Yuanshen, it is more useful to at least incarnate the strength of Yuanshen in the early stage. The incarnation of Jindan strength is not worth refining with the power of the original God.


    Meng Zhang was very happy at this time. Although Taiyi gate has been down for a long time, at least its ancestors have been rich.


    After he took back the void tripod and got the reconstructed taiyimen inheritance classics, he can be regarded as making up for the biggest defect of the sect.


    Although compared with taiyimen in its heyday, there is still a huge gap in ancient books, and many inheritance have not been found so far. But compared with other Yuanshen sects, it is much stronger.


    Like the secret art of refining the outer incarnation, there is more than one Dharma in the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyi gate.


    Hearing the other party''s trading conditions, Meng Zhang first moved in his heart and then gave up the idea of trading.


    The value of a secret skill is far from measurable by these external things.


    Meng Zhang will have a chance to get either heaven and earth or Yuqing LINGJI in the future. But the secret skill is something that can be met and can''t be asked for.


    As the leader of a sect, I naturally have the responsibility to protect the secret arts in the sect from easy leakage. Even if you want to trade, you can''t exchange this thing in front of you.


    After you Hongzhi Zhenjun finished the trading terms, he waited for the reaction of the people below.


    After a long time, there was no response below.


    It seems that in Jiuqu League, all kinds of esoteric powers are really scarce. In other words, we all pay more attention to the secret arts and supernatural powers than ordinary heaven and earth spirits.


    After waiting for a long time, no one was willing to trade. You Hongzhi Zhenjun had to take out the next communication talisman and read it aloud.


    These communication talismans either seek some magical powers and secrets, or they encounter a pass in their cultivation. They can''t solve it by themselves and have to ask others for help.


    Especially those who ask for help because of cultivation problems will not ask for help in this way unless they have to.


    Although you Hongzhi Zhenjun is a middleman, he will indeed keep it secret for everyone, some secrets of his practice of martial arts will still be exposed.


    In fact, some familiar Yuanshen Zhenjun can roughly guess who is asking for help from these questions.


    There are many requests for help, and few can be solved.


    Meng Zhang is very interested in this kind of problem that does not involve specific cultivation methods and will not expose the skills in the door.


    Of course, he has limited experience and little talent, but thanks to the inheritance of the sect, his eyesight is very good.


    For some of these problems, he can not only see the key of the problem at a glance, but also have good solutions.


    Unwilling to be too high-profile, he chose two highly paid problems to solve.


    When you Hongzhi Zhenjun finishes the problem, the friar who is interested in the reward and has the ability to solve the problem can contact him secretly and get the contact information from him.


    After the end of this link, the two sides can entrust you Hongzhi Zhenjun as an intermediary to conduct transactions in private.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun seems to serve you free of charge, without charging any intermediary fees, but he has obtained a lot of hidden benefits.


    At the end of this link, the yuan God Zhenjun who were not in a hurry to leave were divided into small groups and circles and gathered in the manor.


    At this time, you Hongzhi Zhenjun is busy and has to serve several pairs of trading partners.


    Meng Zhang handed you Hongzhi Zhenjun the communication amulet with the method to solve the problem. Then he got his own reward from you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    Such a trading method is not perfect, has many defects, and has triggered many disputes.


    However, over the years, there has been no better way of transaction, and the scope and intensity of the dispute are controllable, which can be resolved in the end. Then this way of trading will continue.


    Meng Zhang helped others solve their cultivation problems in exchange for a lot of money.


    The essence of yin and Yang of the fourth level heaven and Earth Spirit can shorten the time of advanced fourth level magic tools after being absorbed by the Yin and Yang spirit gourd.


    The iron blood evil Qi refined for many times is very pure. It is awe inspiring and powerful. It can help the spirit snake spear grow.


    Ten wisps of jade Qingling machine is helpful to Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    In fact, Meng Zhang can also solve more problems in exchange for more heaven and earth spirits.


    However, he knows that enough is enough. Although you Hongzhi and Zhenjun act as middlemen, their help in answering questions is still likely to be exposed.


    Even you Hongzhi and Zhenjun are not trustworthy.


    Exposing one''s own insight and knowledge will not bring benefits to oneself, but will arouse the covetous heart of others.


    Many people in the Jiuqu league now know that taiyimen is a great spiritual sect inherited from the Middle Earth.


    But most people don''t think that the current Taiyi gate has really been inherited by the Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    If there were such inheritance, taiyimen would not be reduced to the miserable situation of that year.


    Many people even think that taiyimen now forcibly recognize an ancestor and put gold on their face.


    Such a situation is not uncommon in the cultivation world.


    Like huoyun sect, an old rival of Taiyi sect, the ancestors once fooled around in the territory of Bairi valley. They licked their cheek and said that they had inherited the heritage of Bairi Valley, which can be regarded as the branch of Bairi valley.

 Chapter 738

    The daytime Valley is a great spiritual sect in the Daheng cultivation world. In terms of strength, it is not necessarily much weaker than the Qing Yuan sect.


    Therefore, huoyun sect is brazen and wants to recognize such ancestors.


    Of course, huoyun sect still has a sense of propriety. It only dares to recognize its ancestors in private and stick gold on its own face. It dare not worship others as their ancestors.


    In the eyes of people who don''t know Jue Li, I think huoyun sect is indeed extraordinary and has a great origin. But in the eyes of the truly understanding, it is a farce.


    In the eyes of many people, taiyimen should be similar or similar.


    Originally, it had little to do with the real taiyimen. We had to attach ourselves to a strong ancestor. The real taiyimen has long perished for many years, and no one will investigate this kind of disorderly recognition of ancestors.


    Maybe the ancestors of the Taiyi sect were just the real disciples of the Taiyi sect, even the servants, who didn''t get the true biography of the Taiyi sect at all. After the demise of the real Taiyi gate, they regarded themselves as the descendants of the Taiyi gate and established the so-called Taiyi gate.


    The current Taiyi gate may have some inheritance, but it will never inherit the real inheritance of the Taiyi gate.


    It is precisely because of this impression, and after the rise of Taiyi gate, it was soon sheltered by Jin Lizhen. Now Meng Zhang has become the Yuanshen Zhenjun, so no one dares to directly forcibly seize the inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    People with this idea may not have such ability. Those who have such abilities, such as jade sword gate and Qingyuan sect, don''t like these things.


    Of course, if the specific circumstances of those inheriting classics in the void tripod are leaked, Dali will covet it.


    After receiving the reward, Meng Zhang did not leave in a hurry. Under the recommendation of the elder beast anger, he mixed up with the yuan God Zhenjun who attended the meeting.


    We all know each other and have a one-sided relationship. If the opportunity is suitable in the future, you can continue to make deep friends.


    The party lasted for several days. After the main links, some Yuanshen Zhenjun began to leave again and again.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not been able to successfully enter a small group. Although the beast anger elder seems to have been courting him and helping him, Meng Zhang can vaguely feel that there is still a layer between himself and the beast anger elder, and he can''t really enter his small circle.


    The purpose of participating in the party was barely achieved. It was not nothing. Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave the host''s house and left in the polite retention of you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, everything in the gate was in order. There was nothing important to be dealt with by his leader. Meng Zhang began to practice calmly.


    He took out the jade Qingling machine of this harvest, carefully checked and confirmed that it was correct, and then ran a special method to absorb and refine.


    The aura in the jade clear aura is as majestic as the sea, to the essence and purity. If you are lucky enough, you can also vaguely sense the existence of heaven and earth Avenue when absorbing spiritual opportunities.


    It took Meng Zhang two months to absorb and refine a wisp of jade Qingling machine.


    When he just entered the Yuanshen period, his cultivation was advancing by leaps and bounds, and his cultivation was greatly improved with the naked eye.


    If absorbing the essence of refining for nine days is barely satisfying, then absorbing LINGJI is a big meal.


    From thrift to extravagance is easy, from extravagance to thrift is difficult. After Meng Zhang really tried the taste of yuqinglingji, he would feel that absorbing the essence of nine days was like chewing wax and tasteless.


    It''s not easy to get the jade clear aura. You need to enter the dangerous extraterritorial void to collect it. With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, he did not dare to rashly enter the extraterritorial void.


    He carefully put away the remaining jade Qingling machine and prepared to use it in more needed places. In daily practice, we still focus on absorbing and refining the essence of the nine days.


    His natural magic tool Yin Yang Linghu has a strong spirit.


    He put the essence of yin and Yang of the four levels of heaven and earth spirit obtained from this party next to the Yin and Yang spirit gourd, which operated spontaneously and began to slowly absorb and refine it.


    Iron blood evil Qi is not a rare spirit thing. It can be collected by secret method on the large-scale battlefield of fierce fighting.


    The larger the scale of the war, the more serious the casualties, and the better the iron blood and evil spirit you absorb.


    Meng Zhang has enough iron blood and evil Qi in his hand, and the quality is very high.


    Even in the many wars taiyimen participated in, it is difficult to collect such quality iron blood and evil Qi.


    Moreover, it is particularly rare that this iron blood evil Qi has been purified and refined for many times. It is extremely pure, and the killing Qi is very rich.


    Although it is only the third level in terms of product level, it is more precious than many fourth level spirit objects.


    Meng Zhang took out the spirit snake spear, carefully melted the iron blood evil Qi, and then slowly integrated it into the spirit snake spear.


    A ghost snake shadow appeared above the spirit snake spear, and the hungry big mouth absorbed the iron blood and evil Qi.


    Meng Zhang Ran Zhenyuan and poured it into the spirit snake spear to help it absorb refined iron blood and evil Qi.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang, in addition to his daily cultivation, is to improve two magic tools.


    Such a day did not last long, but was interrupted by the visiting fallen leaf immortal.


    Immortal ye ye felt a little embarrassed when she saw Meng Zhang.


    Last time she introduced Meng Zhang to Wen Dong, an envoy of the Dali imperial dynasty, but they broke up unhappily and didn''t talk about a result.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not anger others because of this. It is all because the people who are far away from the imperial dynasty are too arrogant.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t care about it, immortal ye ye began to get to the point.


    A faction of her dark League branch asked Meng Zhang to help.


    Since Meng Zhang had promised last time, he would not regret inexplicably this time.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang still kept his promise and was willing to fight, immortal Ye Ye was naturally very happy and asked him to start together to participate in the encirclement and killing of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang confessed to the door and followed immortal ye to leave the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate and fly away to the Gobi of evil wind.


    The fallen leaf immortal took Meng Zhang all the way around and made several big circles before he came to a secret stronghold.


    This secret stronghold of the Dark Alliance is located underground to the south of the Gobi. With countless vertical and horizontal channels, which are as dense as spider silk, countless independent caves are connected.


    The fallen leaf immortal took Meng Zhang into a cave and handed him a hooded cloak.


    This is a special magic weapon. Even the friars of the same level can''t recognize its true face after entering the true yuan for refining.


    Meng Zhang has seen a lot of such hidden magic tools in the Dark Alliance, with different levels. Monks from Qi refining period to Yuanshen period can find a suitable one for themselves.


    It seems that the Dark Alliance really deserves its reputation. It has a special obsession in hiding its identity.

 Chapter 739

    Meng Zhang didn''t say much. He refined the cloak and put it on his body.


    Meng Zhang changed his cloak and became a fuzzy figure, which perfectly covered his face and even his body shape.


    Even if you carefully observe with various pupil magic powers, you can only see a fuzzy figure shrouded in fog, and you can''t see through Meng Zhang''s true face.


    It''s not long since we got here. The fallen leaf immortal didn''t hide Meng Zhang and told the opponent he was going to deal with.


    It turned out that in the dark League branch on the side of Jiuqu League, the internal situation was complex and the factional struggle was fierce.


    In the face of the courtship of Dali Dynasty, all factions basically reached an agreement and were willing to cooperate with Dali Dynasty.


    In fact, the interior of the Dark Alliance branch has long been infiltrated by the Dali imperial dynasty. The Dali imperial court courted and bought a group of people, which was enough to make a strong voice within the Dark Alliance.


    The faction of immortal ye ye knows that it is difficult to resist the powerful Dali Dynasty, so he is willing to cooperate with the Dali Dynasty to a certain extent.


    According to their ideas, they can nominally submit to the Dali imperial court and obey some not too excessive orders of the Dali imperial court. However, in essence, we should try our best to maintain our own independence and cannot be completely controlled by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang felt a burst of Hao Ran when he heard immortal Ye talking about the plans of her faction.


    Before, when immortal ye asked him for advice on how to deal with the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang also stabbed her and asked her faction to take the initiative to turn to the Dali Dynasty in order to obtain greater benefits.


    Now from the narration of real person ye ye, we can know that her faction is very sober from beginning to end. She knows that she can''t directly confront the Dali Dynasty, how to bargain with the Dali Dynasty, and how to maintain her own independence.


    The trouble with people is to be a good teacher. Meng Zhang thinks he is smart, but others have long considered it all.


    Meng Zhang was aware that he was not a strategic talent with outstanding intelligence. In the Dark Alliance, there are some wise people who can make good decisions. In the future, don''t teach others at will.


    In fact, this idea in Meng Zhang''s heart is a little self deprecating.


    At the beginning, the fallen leaf immortal really sincerely asked him for advice, and his suggestions were not worthless.


    The fallen immortal listened to Meng Zhang''s advice and persuaded the top leaders of the faction to help them make the final decision and have a series of subsequent plans.


    Immortal ye ye doesn''t know the complex thoughts in Meng Zhang''s heart. He continues to tell him the whole story in detail.


    Although the dark League branch of Jiuqu League has decided to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, it is unwilling to really become a vassal or puppet of Dali imperial dynasty. It must maintain its own independence.


    When negotiating with Wen Dong, an envoy of the Dali imperial dynasty, Wen Dong had an ambiguous attitude and did not have a clear statement.


    The main reason is that inside the Dark Alliance branch, there were traitors who completely fell to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    These traitors were obedient to the emperor, but deliberately made trouble with other members of the Dark Alliance branch.


    Wen Dong had a chance to rely on him. He thought he had a chance to win. He didn''t let go until the negotiation.


    The high level of the faction where immortal Ye lives made a painful decision in a helpless situation. They want to eliminate the traitors who completely take refuge in the Dali Dynasty and maintain the purity of the organization.


    It''s not unusual that there are internal battles in the cultivation world and among the cultivation forces.


    In particular, organizations of the nature of the Dark Alliance will only be more bloody and tragic once there is an internal struggle.


    Meng Zhang will not take care of who is right and who is wrong, let alone the truth of these statements.


    Since I have long chosen the faction of immortal ye ye and want to win the friendship of others, I have to cooperate with others.


    In order to prevent Da Li from interfering with the imperial dynasty, this action to clean up the portal must be decided quickly.


    Once launched, it is necessary to completely eliminate the forces of traitors with the momentum of lightning. All battles should not be delayed too long, but should be ended in the shortest time.


    The high level of the faction where immortal Ye is located has made a series connection in advance and combined most of the forces of the Dark Alliance division. They made a careful plan to catch the enemy all at once.


    Ordinary friars are easy to deal with. It''s more difficult for the yuan God Zhenjun of the enemy to kill completely.


    In this operation, killing the enemy''s Yuanshen Zhenjun is the top priority.


    If you let the hostile Yuanshen Zhenjun escape, it will leave the enemy a chance to turn over, which is a series of subsequent troubles, which are very difficult to solve.


    In order to ensure that you have enough power, you can kill with one blow. In addition to mobilizing their own strength, they also actively seek help from others.


    Meng Zhang and immortal ye ye have been friends for many years and are trustworthy. He is willing to make friends with the faction where immortal Ye belongs, so he can be used this time.


    Immortal deciduous told Meng Zhang the whole story and made him understand who his opponent was this time.


    As the war is imminent, we must tell the details of the enemy to the friendly forces, and we must not let the friendly forces participate in the war in a muddle headed manner.


    In order to keep it a secret, immortal Ye delayed telling Meng Zhang the specific situation until this time, which is already the limit.


    It''s impossible to start a war. Let Meng Zhang be full of fog.


    Meng Zhang had no objection after hearing the arrangement of immortal Ye.


    Anyway, he is a heartless thug this time. He can do whatever his master asks him to do.


    If the plan goes well and your side has the upper hand, it will be a dog in the water.


    If there is an accident and your side falls to the disadvantage, don''t expect Meng Zhang to work hard. He won''t hesitate when it''s time to run away.


    After telling all the things, immortal Ye leaves in a hurry, leaving Meng Zhang to wait quietly in the cave.


    Meng Zhang sat cross legged, closed his eyes and rested quietly.


    After about half an hour, a messenger flew into the cave.


    Meng Zhang took over the talisman. After reading the above contents, he directly got up and left the cave.


    According to the instructions of the communication talisman, Meng Zhang turned west and around in the middle of the underpass for a long time before he came to a wide hall.


    When Meng Zhang came to the hall, the two monks had already sat in the center of the hall.


    Immortal Ye Ye has told Meng Zhang that from the looks of these two monks, they are the leaders of immortal Ye''s faction, red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun.


    Chizhu Zhenjun is a tall, fat, fat man.


    The jade rabbit Zhenjun has a gorgeous appearance and a very tempting hot figure, which makes people hardly remember her identity as the yuan God Zhenjun.


    When the jade rabbit saw Meng Zhang coming in, a pair of watery peach blossom eyes blinked, as if they were sending some invitation to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to look more, and saluted them respectfully.


    They are all the elder Yuanshen Zhenjun, with excellent cultivation and unfathomable strength.

 Chapter 740

    The jade rabbit Zhenjun smiled, "headmaster Meng, you and I are all the same people. We don''t need to be so polite."


    "You call me old every time you talk to your predecessors. If you really think highly of me, call me a good sister."


    Meng Zhang didn''t answer and pretended to be mute.


    "That''s enough, you coquettish hoof. Every time you see a young man, you spring. You''re not afraid to scare distinguished guests like this."


    Red pig Zhenjun drank and scolded a few words.


    "Headmaster Meng, you don''t have to pay attention to this hoof. She is such a virtue. If no one pays attention to her, she will stop in a moment."


    "By the way, there are others coming later. If you don''t want to expose your identity in front of them, give yourself a code first."


    The Dark Alliance thought very carefully and prepared special magic tools to hide the true face in advance. It seems that they also hope that the hired helper will not easily reveal his identity.


    Meng Zhang has name difficulty and has never been able to get a good name. After holding for a long time, he said, "just call me Feitian cat."


    Meng Zhang came up with this code because his pet Liuli is a kitten.


    When Meng Zhang accepted the two spiritual favours, he just obeyed his heart and never expected them to play a big role.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation progress by leaps and bounds, not to mention the spirit beast whose cultivation progress has always been slow, even those famous geniuses in the cultivation world are far from catching up with his cultivation progress.


    Now Meng Zhang is the true king of the yuan God. The two spiritual pets he received in those years are still trying to attack the third-order spirit beast.


    Whether fighting or assisting, they have long been unable to help Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to take two little guys when he went out on weekdays. Instead, he kept them in the door and allowed them to grow up freely.


    After practicing, Meng Zhang occasionally saw two little guys selling cute to relax.


    Hearing that Meng Zhang took a flying cat code, the red pig Zhenjun didn''t speak, but the jade rabbit Zhenjun was giggling again.


    "Sister, I have a good sister. There is also a cat in her name. At that time, bring your male cat to her and let you get to know her."


    Meng Zhang just smiled and didn''t reply.


    If it''s normal, he doesn''t mind talking and laughing with beautiful women.


    But the other party is a member of the Dark Alliance. He was born with a bit of caution, so he didn''t let it go very freely.


    Some of the Dark Alliance are heretical, and even some evil friars. If you see someone beautiful and lick it like a dog, you may be sucked so that there is no bone marrow left.


    When the jade rabbit met Meng Zhang, it seemed that he had found a funny toy. He kept flirting and joking.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be a fool and looked ignorant. He basically didn''t respond.


    When the jade rabbit Zhenjun made too much trouble, the red pig Zhenjun couldn''t help but say something about her, and she didn''t care.


    The scene didn''t last long and ended with new visitors.


    First, a monk dressed like Meng Zhang swaggered into the cave.


    The friar was not polite to the people present, so he did it on the ground, "sister jade rabbit, haven''t seen you for many days. Do you miss Lao Dao me?"


    "Lao Dao, I''ve been thinking about you day and night, and I''ve never forgotten you. Since I have sister jade rabbit in my heart, Lao Dao can''t hold anyone else."


    The jade rabbit really spat, "you rough body, who is your sister? Really, the dog can''t spit out ivory."


    Chizhu Zhenjun ignored their beating and scolding and introduced them directly.


    "Lao Dao, a newcomer will join us this time. Just call him Feitian cat."


    "Feitian cat, this is Lao Dao. We have been friends for many years. We have cooperated many times and have always been happy."


    Meng Zhang, as a newcomer, took the initiative to nod to Lao Dao.


    Lao Dao ignored Meng Zhang and snorted with disdain.


    "I don''t know whether it''s useful or not. Don''t be another Silver Pewter head that''s not useful."


    "Over the years, Lao Dao, I''ve seen a lot of friars in Yuanshen period, but none of them can fight."


    Meng Zhang certainly didn''t like Lao Dao''s attitude, but he didn''t have to worry about him.


    He''s long past the age of fighting bravely and ruthlessly. He doesn''t have to fight others because of others'' words.


    Seeing Meng Zhang silent, Chizhu Zhenjun thought he was unhappy.


    "Feitian cat, you don''t have to care about Lao Dao''s attitude. After getting along for a long time, you will find that Lao Dao is not bad and is a rare real person."


    After appeasing Meng Zhang, Chizhu Zhenjun began to tell Lao Dao about the task.


    After hearing what Chizhu Zhenjun said, Lao Dao looked like he didn''t care.


    "You guys are really doing and standing. It''s obviously organizing internal strife. If you want to start first, you have to look upright and awe inspiring, as if you are so righteous."


    "If you want me to say, where can there be so much nonsense? We can''t live any longer. Just start working directly."


    "Life and death depends on talking. If you don''t accept it, you can do it. That''s the nature of our friars."


    Chizhu Zhenjun has known Lao Dao for many years. Knowing his temperament, he doesn''t care about his smelly mouth.


    After waiting for a while, the last helper came here.


    "Wood, why are you the last to come every time? You really think you are a big man. You have to be the last."


    That Yuanshen Zhenjun, nicknamed Lao Dao, is really a jerk. He has a smelly mouth and doesn''t forgive people at all.


    Fortunately, wood is not familiar with all kinds of processes. Wood and old knife are very familiar. The relationship of mutual trust has also been preliminarily established between the four Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Hired by the dark League, I often do some shady black work such as assassination. Of course, I should hide my identity well.


    Once something is exposed, I''m afraid it will be difficult to find a place in the Jiuqu League.


    Although this is the internal fight of the Dark Alliance, Lao Dao, Mu and Meng Zhang still hide their identity according to the Convention.


    If you let the target know his true identity, there will undoubtedly be another big enemy.


    If the siege is unsuccessful and the other party escapes, there will be endless trouble. A monk with a family and career like Meng Zhang will bring a great enemy to the sect and cause countless troubles.

 Chapter 741

    Meng Zhang didn''t speak and secretly paid attention to others.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun, nicknamed Laodao and wood, hides his identity, but there are several Yuanshen Zhenjun in the area near Jiuqu League. As long as they start, some clues will be exposed.


    In particular, the yuan God Zhenjun, who often fights with people and is more famous, is easier to expose.


    Meng Zhang is not very familiar with the yuan God Zhenjun in the nearby area. He is hearsay to many people. If he hadn''t attended the party hosted by you Hongzhi Zhenjun last time, he would have known less Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun are the elders of fallen leaf immortal. Meng Zhang will not trust them too much.


    The fallen leaf immortal is a trustworthy friend, and her elders are another matter.


    Before this time, Chizhu Zhenjun explained all kinds of arrangements, which seemed to have a great grasp. But on the battlefield, the war situation is changing rapidly. Meng Zhang will never be careless, nor will he place his safety on others.


    Seeing that the time was almost up, Chizhu Zhenjun said hello, and the five yuan gods Zhenjun set out together and left the cave.


    Chizhu Zhenjun led everyone in the complex underground passage, turning around for a long time, and came to the end of a passage.


    Chizhu Zhenjun asked everyone to stop and get together. Then he took out a small leaf and waved it.


    The leaves flew into the air and became numerous times larger. They turned into a broad veil and wrapped the people firmly.


    Out of trust in the true red pig king, and this leaf obviously has no lethality, everyone, including Meng Zhang, did not dodge.


    After being wrapped, Meng Zhang keenly realized that he seemed to be in an independent space.


    I can see the outside scene and hear the outside voice


    However, the space wrapped up seems to be separated from the original world and has nothing to do with the original world. All the sights and sounds inside will not leak out at all.


    Because the red pig Zhenjun had explained in advance, the people were not in a hurry, so they waited so slowly.


    After half a day, a group of people came here from the other end of the channel and appeared not far from the people.


    The two leading members of this group are Meng Zhang''s target of this siege, Dong Qiang Zhen Jun and Bai bru Zhen Jun, leaders of another faction of the Dark Alliance branch.


    Following the two yuan gods Zhenjun are five golden elixirs. One of them is Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, immortal black fox.


    After these people came here, Dong Qiang Zhenjun grabbed hard at the front.


    The end of the passage was originally empty, but when it was caught, it seemed as if a curtain had been lifted, revealing a hall in the rear.


    In the middle of the hall, a middle-aged man with elegant temperament was reading carefully with a book.


    After being disturbed, the middle-aged man raised his head and looked at a group of uninvited guests with a bitter smile on his face.


    "Elder brother Dong Qiang, when can you change your mind? You broke my Dharma array by force, and I have to spend time to repair it slowly."


    "Brother Shushan, I can''t change my old brother''s impatience in my life." Dong Qiang Zhenjun said in a low tone.


    "If my brother hadn''t kept giving me a letter, my brother wouldn''t have come to me like this."


    The middle-aged man, also the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Dark Alliance branch, only belonged to Meng Zhang, who was also a friar of Jindan in those years and was independent of the two factions of Chizhu Zhenjun and Dong qiangzhen. He once went deep into the Yuantu prairie and risked his life to enter the treasure house of the black market and retrieve the bead in the area controlled by barbarians outside the territory.


    After being treated by immortal deciduous, the bead was returned to immortal black fox by Meng Zhang.


    I really didn''t expect that after many years, I saw this bead here again, and it still appeared in the hands of emperor Bai Brucea.


    With Meng Zhang''s current vision, even if he was not close, he still saw the purpose of the bead at a glance.


    This bead is a special magic weapon used to store the breath of the divine soul, similar to the soul lamp often used by various religious sects in the cultivation world.

 Chapter 742

    Meng Zhang remembers that the fallen leaf immortal told him at the beginning. This bead is a soul bead commonly used by Dark Alliance. It can absorb the spirit breath of friars and be used to control friars.


    Dark Alliance members have complex sources and different conduct. In order to ensure the opponent''s control, we had to make such a bad decision.


    Because such soul beads have the function of controlling internal members of the organization, of course, they can not be abused.


    Generally speaking, soul beads are kept in the secret treasure house of the Dark Alliance. Even the top level of the organization has no right to use it privately.


    This soul bead was left in the treasure house of the black market because of the sudden invasion of foreign barbarians.


    After so many years, many people in the dark alliance may have forgotten the existence of this soul bead.


    From the reaction of Shushan Zhenjun, it is obvious that there is his spirit breath in this soul bead.


    The next dialogue between them confirmed Meng Zhang''s conjecture.


    "Brother Shushan, if I remember correctly, there is the spirit breath left by you in this soul bead."


    "Who would have thought that you were still an ordinary golden elixir friar when you left that trace of divine spirit. Today, you have become a powerful yuan God Zhenjun."


    "Of course, with your cultivation today, we can''t do anything about you just by relying on a wisp of spirit breath in this soul bead."


    "But don''t forget that there are many capable people in Dali Dynasty, but there are experts who are proficient in the art of curse."


    "If we give this soul bead to such an expert, brother Shushan, guess what will happen?"


    "I seem to have heard that the art of curse is always mysterious. Even if the yuan God Zhenjun accidentally gets caught, it''s hard to escape. It''s better to die."


    "Brother Shushan, would you like to experience it yourself?"


    Bai Brucea thought he had caught the death of Shushan Zhenjun.


    "What are you talking about? We are the same as brother Shushan. How can we threaten him in this way?"


    Dong qiangzhen pretended to scold Bai bruezhen, and then said sincerely, "brother Shushan, don''t worry, Bai Ya has never kept the door. He''s just talking and will never do that."


    "You and I are brothers. We won''t deal with you like this."


    "If you''ve heard of the master of Dali imperial dynasty and the art of curse, don''t take it seriously."


    Shushan Zhenjun listened to Dong Qiang''s comfort and didn''t speak. After a half ring of silence, he slowly opened his mouth.


    "Dong Qiang, you don''t have to say more. I understand what you mean. Don''t you just want to force me to obey?"


    "Don''t pretend to be a good man. It hasn''t been two days since this soul bead fell into your hands."


    "You kept this secret all the time, and didn''t return the soul beads to the organization. Isn''t it used at this time?"


    "In vain, I''ve been thinking about my fellow disciples. I thought you would have a bottom line. Unexpectedly, you''ve been planning on me for a long time. It''s really deliberate."


    After hearing Shushan Zhenjun''s accusation, Bai Brucea Zhenjun looked disdainful. A trace of shame flashed on Dong qiangzhen''s face, and then there was a cruel color on his face.


    "Brother Shushan, since you don''t save face for everyone and have to uncover this skin, the old brother won''t say much."


    "In a word, whether you want to join us or not."


    "By the way, let me remind you finally. Although I''m not very proficient in the art of curse, I only know a little fur. But with this fur and this soul bead, I can kill you half."


    Shushan Zhenjun''s expression was flat and he spoke with a little anger.


    "Dong Qiang, you don''t have to be modest. It''s no secret that you are proficient in the art of curse. Just show me what you have and see if I can bear it."


    Shushan Zhenjun''s words silenced Dong Qiang. Bai Brucea Zhenjun wanted to say something, but he stopped him.


    Their purpose is to subdue Shushan Zhenjun and let his faction join their own side. I don''t want to tear my face easily unless I have to.


    Shushan Zhenjun is just the stone in the cesspit. It''s smelly and hard, so they don''t have more choices.


    Under the circumstances of necessity, it is also a pre plan to eliminate the third-party forces before fighting with the red pig Zhenjun gang.


    Without Dong qiangzhen talking, Bai bruezhen understood what he meant and threw the soul bead in his hand.


    Dong qiangzhen, who had the soul bead in his hand, was determined and had the assurance to eat the real king of Shushan.


    Shushan Zhenjun is the youngest among several Yuanshen Zhenjun in the dark League branch of Jiuqu League, and the time to achieve Yuanshen is also the latest. On weekdays, he always looks like he has no struggle with the world and rarely participates in all kinds of struggles. Many people have almost never seen him do anything. He is far more interested in reading than anything else.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun got to know Shushan Zhenjun a long time ago. He knew a little about him and knew that he was not easy, so he took the trouble to persuade him to join his side many times.


    Since Shushan Zhenjun didn''t listen to good advice, he had to let the other party suffer a little first.


    Bai Yazhen stepped forward a few steps and kept a firm eye on Shushan Zhenjun to prevent him from getting angry.


    Dong qiangzhen held up the soul bead in his left hand, pinched a printing formula in his right hand, and began to read the moving spell quickly in his mouth.


    In this soul bead, there was more than the spirit breath of the real king of Shushan. At that time, together with the true king of Shushan, the spirit breath of the monks who were enchanted was stored in this soul bead.


    Relying on his familiarity with Shushan Zhenjun, Dong qiangzhen quickly found out the spirit breath of Shushan Zhenjun, and then began to cast spells on him, showing his good curse.


    In this process, what makes Dong Qiang Zhenjun feel uneasy is that Shushan Zhenjun has never made any action, and simply let him do it.


    Such an attitude, such a reaction, was really beyond his expectation.


    Bai Yazhen stared at Shushan Zhenjun with a mocking look. He has long hated this nerd and can always pretend. Now he''s dying. He''s still calm. I don''t know who to show him.


    Since Dong qiangzhen Jun has started, it is impossible to stop halfway. He held back his doubts and continued to cast the spell.


    In his opinion, no matter how strong the strength of Shushan Zhenjun is, he has been caught and will never be able to resist his curse.


    After being cursed, the real king of Shushan will certainly be hit hard. It depends on your choice whether you will catch him or kill him.


    The power of his original God came out, and along the spirit breath, like a poisonous snake, he climbed to the spirit of the real king of Shushan.


    The uncanny curse skill makes his power of the original God extremely fierce, and is about to hit the spirit of the real king of Shushan.

 Chapter 743

    The spirit of Yuanshen Zhenjun is deep in the depths of Yuanshen, and it is generally difficult to be attacked directly.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun uses this breath of God and soul to perform the art of curse, which can bypass the defense of Shushan Zhenjun yuan God and directly hit his God and soul.


    Of course, the spirit of Yuanshen Zhenjun is extremely tenacious. Even if he is hit by this blow, he will not run away completely and will be hurt at most.


    It''s hard to say that he can still have some strength after the soul is hurt.


    Dong qiangzhen''s art of curse comes from a brilliant inheritance. He is also quite proud on weekdays.


    This shot is just a small test. He is confident of success.


    Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s original divine power turned into an invisible Python and fiercely bumped into the spirit of Zhenjun in Shushan.


    With a blow that seemed to be fully grasped, he threw himself into an empty space, and his original divine power seemed to enter an invisible void.


    As soon as Dong Qiang''s face changed, before he had time to respond, he welcomed the counterattack of Shushan Zhenjun.


    The power of Yuanshen released by Dong qiangzhen was like lightning stroke, which affected himself. He was so shocked that he couldn''t stand firm and retreated again and again, and his chest felt very stuffy.


    This is not over, Shushan Zhenjun shouted: "do it."


    Meng Zhang and others have been hiding aside for so long, just waiting for this opportunity.


    Chizhu Zhenjun was the first to strike. With a wave of his hand, the barrier surrounding the people disappeared. Including Meng Zhang, a full number of five yuan God Zhenjun rushed out and killed Dong qiangzhen.


    Bai Yazhen, who had been staring at Shushan Zhenjun, just wanted to make all his moves. Volumes of books fell from the sky and surrounded his body.


    Bai Brucea yelled angrily and had to fight with Shushan Zhenjun.


    Dong qiangzhen failed to curse, but was swallowed back. When the situation was bad, he immediately fell into a desperate situation in the face of five prepared yuan God Zhenjun.


    If such a trap had not been laid in advance, even if two or three Yuanshen Zhenjun besieged him in the frontal battle, they might not be able to leave him. But now that he has been ambushed, it is difficult to get away.


    A group of golden elixir immortals behind him were loyal enough. In the face of the enemy''s raid, they took the initiative to meet him like moths to the fire, trying to buy him time.


    The huge gap between the golden elixir immortal and the yuan God Zhenjun can not be made up by courage and fear of death alone.


    The five true gods have been eyeing for so long, just for the moment. After a long time of recuperation, they took out their own killing moves as soon as they made a move.


    Broken corpses were thrown out, and these golden elixirs were simply vulnerable.


    Meng Zhang''s old friend, immortal black fox, is a very cunning figure. He didn''t rush up like others, but turned around and ran away.


    Since he was an old friend, Meng Zhang kindly gave him a ride.


    Meng Zhang took a step and appeared behind him. With one finger, the black-and-white airflow flew out and cut his body in two.


    In those days, he regarded himself as an elder in front of Meng Zhang, which made Meng Zhang dare not be careless. He was so vulnerable and had a different head.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun, code named Lao Dao, muttered disdainfully, as if saying that Meng Zhang could only pick soft persimmons.


    Meng Zhang left him alone and was preparing to join the siege against Dong Qiang Zhenjun.


    The sacrifice of these golden elixirs was not worthless. At least it delayed the progress of the enemy, and gave Dong qiangzhen time to respond.


    In the face of the siege of five well prepared Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if it was face-to-face, Dong Qiang Zhenjun was more or less dangerous, not to mention that he was obviously ambushed now.


    Knowing that he would have no chance if he didn''t work hard, he made a decision and took out the ability to press the bottom of the box.


    Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s yuan Shen was burning fiercely, which made him burst out with much stronger strength than usual.


    The earth began to vibrate violently, earth and rock were flying, and the underground passage where everyone was located immediately collapsed.


    Dong qiangzhen exerted the power of the earth road and completely collapsed the secret stronghold in an instant.


    Of course, he would not expect the collapse to bury all the enemies, but hoped to disturb the enemies and give himself a chance to escape.


    In bursts of loud noise, it was as if the earth had collapsed. Endless earth and rock tilted down from above and completely shrouded the people.


    Even Meng Zhang, who has the least experience, is unmoved and will not distract himself from these.


    The huge amount of earth and rock that tilted down was discharged one after another before they got close to the people''s bodies.


    The fiery flame came out from the ground and surrounded Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s body.


    Cold moonlight fell from the sky, firmly enveloping Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s body, leaving him nowhere to hide.


    Red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun are similar in strength to Dong Qiang Zhenjun. Even if you fight alone, you may not lose to this old guy. The two of them worked together with tacit understanding to suppress each other for the time being.


    At this time, Yuanshen Zhenjun, code named Laodao, and Yuanshen Zhenjun, code named wood, at the same time, they exert their great power to take advantage of the weakness and completely leave Dong qiangzhen here.


    The blue air swirled over the earth, turning into vines and giant trees.


    Countless vines intertwined with each other and sprang to the front.


    Huge trees roll in the sky and have to be rolled down at any time.


    Although Meng Zhang is interested in fishing, since he has promised to help, he can''t be too obvious. When it''s time to do something, you still have to do something.


    Moreover, at present, the enemy is at an obvious disadvantage, and we can''t miss the opportunity to beat the water dog.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed on the other side and was ready to start taking out killing moves.


    Meng Zhang''s time to achieve the yuan God is too short, and his participation in the struggle between the yuan God and Zhenjun is limited. In addition to paying attention to Dong qiangzhen, the enemy in front of him, he also paid attention to the war between Shushan Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun on the other side.


    The fighting experience between Yuanshen and Zhenjun is very valuable. Even if Meng Zhang is in the game, he can''t help observing carefully and wants to gain something.


    Although there are many records of such battles in the inheritance classics left by the taiyimen elder. But the paper comes to a shallow end. I absolutely know that I have to practice it. There is no actual participation, and the harvest of brain supplement alone is limited.


    Meng Zhang, who knows that the Jiuqu League is about to change, should seize every opportunity to strengthen himself.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun present have already made moves, and Meng Zhang is making reference to what he has learned from the classics.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s action slowed down by half a minute and fell behind the crowd.


    And Lao Dao, as expected, has the confidence of cowhide. He has an extraordinary momentum when he makes a move.


    He saw the almost endless spirit of killing and cutting gathered around him, and a golden light fell from the sky.


    The golden light gathered the spirit of killing and cutting, and turned into a huge golden knife, which stood arrogantly on his head.

 Chapter 744

    This guy named Lao Dao is a little arrogant, but he still has his capital. The power of his hand alone is extraordinary.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun is already in the absolute disadvantage. Meng Zhang pays more attention to the battle on the other side.


    Shushan Zhenjun is not angry, and seems to be so calm forever.


    He seems to be free and unrestrained, but he can firmly entangle Bai Yazhen Jun. he can''t get away easily by all means and come to help Dong qiangzhen Jun.


    The core character of this ambush today is Shushan Zhenjun.


    The soul bead was taken out by Meng Zhang from the black market treasure house. Later, it was taken away by immortal deciduous. After some treatment, Meng Zhang handed it to immortal black fox.


    This was many years ago. At that time, the Dark Alliance division had not split, let alone faced the pressure of leaving the imperial dynasty.


    But at that time, immortal Black Fox hired immortal Jindan to find the soul bead at great cost.


    If you weren''t worried about alerting the Barbarian King and triggering a war at the level of Yuanshen, maybe Yuanshen Zhenjun would go out.


    The faction of the fallen immortal, specifically, I don''t know whether it is the red pig or the jade rabbit, looked further and took the opportunity to calculate the opponent once.


    Meng Zhang was amazed at the tricks and wrists of these old foxes.


    In the final analysis, Meng Zhang''s time to achieve the yuan God is too short to adapt to the change of identity.


    It''s not too difficult to lay out a layout that has spread for hundreds of years with the longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Perhaps when the people behind the fallen immortal were doing hands and feet on the soul beads, they didn''t expect that there would be such a day, but they just laid a son casually.


    But it was such a move that lengzi played a great role after hundreds of years.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun, a group of people, thought they had the soul bead in hand, so they mastered the key of Shushan Zhenjun.


    They would never have thought that the soul beads in their hands would have been tampered with. The red pig Zhenjun and their friends seized this opportunity and colluded with Shushan Zhenjun in advance.


    For Shushan Zhenjun, even if he sincerely remains neutral and maintains the overall situation, he is not waiting for a price. When Dong Qiang and Zhenjun threatened him with soul beads, he had already made a choice.


    Even if he has a good temper, he will not let others threaten him and control his own life and death.


    As for the agreement between him and Chizhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    Meng Zhang, as a party, guessed the truth after a little in his mind. Even if some details are slightly different, it''s not a big deal.


    When Meng Zhang was distracted, Lao Dao finished casting the spell. The huge gold knife on his head, under his control, cut heavily at Dong qiangzhen in front of him.


    It has been completely suppressed by jade rabbit Zhenjun and red pig Zhenjun. There is also Yuanshen Zhenjun, code named wood, next to him. Dong Qiang Zhenjun doesn''t even have a chance to dodge.


    Meng Zhang also runs Zhenyuan and is ready to mend the knife at any time. Even if Dong qiangzhen Jun reluctantly takes Lao Dao''s blow, he will face his attack immediately.


    Just when everyone felt that the overall situation had been decided, Meng Zhang was worried. The spiritual sense from the Heavenly Master was frantically warning him.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, Tianji has not been able to keep up with Meng Zhang''s cultivation level. It is difficult to play a role in the struggle at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    At this time, the whim ability that has not played a role for many years suddenly started.


    Meng Zhang did not manage the changes in the field and chose to trust his own spiritual consciousness.


    With great attainments on the space Avenue, he mobilized the power of the space avenue to make his body break away from the current space and enter a space gap at the fastest speed.


    At the same time that Meng Zhang launched, a sudden change took place.


    When the huge gold knife passed by the wood and cut at Dong qiangzhen Jun, it suddenly changed direction without warning and cut heavily at the wood that was holding Dong qiangzhen Jun in check.


    The yuan God Zhenjun, who is code named wood, is actually alert and has never relaxed his vigilance. Even when the overall situation has been decided, there are no obvious flaws.


    However, the attack from the friendly forces was so unexpected that he had no time to dodge.


    Caught off guard, he reacted instinctively.


    Huge green trees took the initiative to meet the golden knife. Vines twisted and formed a thick barrier in front of him.


    The huge golden Sabre is invincible and breaks all those who dare to block the way with an unstoppable momentum.


    Neither the huge green wood nor the barrier composed of vines can slow down the golden elixir''s chopping slightly.


    The yuan God Zhenjun, code named wood, screamed and his whole body was cut in two.


    Lao Dao suddenly turned back and attacked his companions, which surprised both red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun.


    Red pig Zhenjun''s face was full of incredible expression. He couldn''t even suppress Dong Qiang. He roared with surprise and anger.


    "Horizontal knife, what are you doing?"


    In a hurry, Chizhu Zhenjun couldn''t help the other party hide his identity and directly shouted out the other party''s real name.


    Hengdao Zhenjun, the famous Yuanshen Zhenjun, who often works in the area near Jiuqu League, is actually an old Dao.


    The friendship between Chizhu Zhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun is not simple. When they did not form a Yuanshen, they already knew each other and began to cooperate.


    Over the years, Hengdao Zhenjun has hidden his identity and secretly helped Chizhu Zhenjun do many things with Lao Dao as the code name. Of course, he was not busy in vain. He also got a lot of benefits from red pig Zhenjun.


    The two have cooperated for many years, not to mention their close ties, at least they share common interests. Mutual friendship and trust are not comparable to outsiders.


    Among the three helpers, Chizhu Zhenjun trusted Hengdao Zhenjun most.


    Meng Zhang was attracted to him because of his younger generation, immortal Ye. He paid far less attention to him than Hengdao Zhenjun.


    The betrayal of Hengdao Zhenjun can be said to have hit red pig Zhenjun hard, making an old fox like him emotionally unacceptable for a while.


    Lao Dao, well, it should be called Hengdao Zhenjun now. Instead of paying attention to red pig Zhenjun, he shouted to the wood, "Changchun old son, I''m sorry, everyone is their own master."


    The title of Changchun old son points out the identity of wood. He is Changchun Zhenjun, a member of Jiuqu League and the leader of Changchun temple.


    Changchunguan was originally an ordinary Jindan sect in the north of Jiuqu League. When it comes to strength and details, even huoyun sect and Heming sect are much inferior.


    Changchun Taoist priest, the leader of the generation of changchunguan, did not know how to take the shit luck, and repeatedly obtained great opportunities on the road of practice. After some twists and turns, he actually achieved the true monarch of the yuan God, surpassing the ancestors of changchunguan.


    All of a sudden, changchunguan became the door of Yuanshen sect, and its status was greatly improved.


    The deeds of Changchun Zhenjun are not as rich and colorful as those of Meng Zhang, and the rise of changchunguan is not as magnificent as that of taiyimen.


    Although there is an additional Taoist master in the Yuanshen period in the Changchun temple, there are little changes within the sect.


    Changchunguan finally produced a real gentleman in Changchun, who can shake a few times. Now Changchun Zhenjun has been hit hard by the sneak attack. He doesn''t know whether he lives or not. Maybe the whole sect will be beaten back to its original shape soon.


    While Hengdao Zhenjun sneaked into Changchun Zhenjun, the place where Meng Zhang stood was suddenly swallowed up by waves of mighty Qi. Space vibrates, everything in place suddenly disappears.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t make use of the power of space to leave in time because of a whim, I''m afraid he would be caught. At that time, most of them will end up like Changchun Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang''s figure appeared again, not far from Chizhu Zhenjun.


    Encountering a surprise attack by a strong enemy, he instinctively gathered towards the friendly forces and tried to keep warm.


    After the attack on Meng Zhang, the original Yuanshen Zhenjun, who was hidden in the dark, could no longer be hidden.


    Wen Dong, the envoy of Dali Dynasty, who had not seen him for a long time, showed his body slowly in the distance.


    "Haoran Zhengqi is a great supernatural power used for sneak attacks. You really deserve your grandfather." Meng Zhang said gnashing his teeth.


    Wen Dong looked at Meng Zhang in surprise. He didn''t expect that the nameless yuan God Zhenjun was so alert that he could escape the long planned sneak attack.


    "Wen Dong, how did you appear here?" the jade rabbit Zhenjun was stunned and inexplicable.


    "If you hadn''t asked someone to take me away, I wouldn''t be able to find out. You''re so smart that you''re mistaken."


    Wen Dong laughed proudly.


    There was a mutation in the field. Neither red pig Zhenjun nor jade rabbit Zhenjun could continue to suppress Dong Qiang Zhenjun. Instead, they are close to each other and ready to respond.


    On the other side, Shushan Zhenjun saw a sudden change in the situation and knew that it was meaningless to continue to trap Bai Brucea Zhenjun. He let him break through the siege and retreat.


    At this time, Changchun Zhenjun''s head was different, and he became four to four on the field. It seems that the number of people is quite the same.


    "Wen Dong, do you really want to interfere in the internal affairs of our dark alliance? Do you really want to be the enemy of our Dark Alliance when you are far away from the imperial dynasty?" cried the jade rabbit Zhenjun.


    "Just you want to represent the Dark Alliance? What virtue is it to take care of yourself without taking a pee." Bai Brucea yelled.


    Red pig Zhenjun stopped the jade rabbit Zhenjun who wanted to continue drinking and scolding.


    "A man is a tiger, and a tiger is a man. Today''s game, we still miscalculated." Shushan Zhenjun sighed.


    Chizhu Zhenjun stared at Hengdao Zhenjun and said coldly, "Hengdao, what conditions did they use to buy you? Is there anything I can''t give you?"


    Obviously, Chizhu Zhenjun''s betrayal of Hengdao can''t be relieved.


    "General Hengdao, no, it should be commander Hengdao now. Don''t bother with these people. The four of us work together to leave them all, and the overall situation of the Dark Alliance will be completely settled." Wen Dong shouted aside.


    Although Hengdao Zhenjun is arrogant, childless and rough, he is still a little guilty in the face of red pig Zhenjun.


    "Brother red pig, each is his own master. Brother, I have no way."


    "To tell you the truth, brother, I''ve always been a person away from the imperial dynasty."


    "When the two armies fight, they never tire of deception. Everything is extremely important. I''m sorry, brother."


    After hearing what Hengdao Zhenjun said, Chizhu Zhenjun''s face changed greatly, and then a decisive expression appeared on his face.


    Meng Zhang was surprised when he listened.


    Hengdao Zhenjun has been famous for a long time and has wandered around the surrounding area for many years.


    When he appeared in the Jiuqu League, the Dali Dynasty had not even launched an invasion of the hengjue mountains, and the three faction alliance was still the overlord of the hengjue mountains.


    It can be seen that Dali had a far-reaching layout of the imperial dynasty and plotted against the Jiuqu League many years ago.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, the fear of Dali imperial dynasty was even stronger.


    Shushan Zhenjun said aside, "at this time, everything you say is false. Only once you have done it, can you end today''s business."


    Because of the betrayal of Hengdao Zhenjun and the sudden appearance of Wen Dong, people such as red pig Zhenjun were depressed and looked very decadent.


    But in fact, the situation is not so bad.


    Before Hengdao Zhenjun came here, they didn''t know that Chizhu Zhenjun''s goal was to eliminate the people of Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s faction.


    Dong Qiang and Zhenjun had already completely taken refuge in the Dali Dynasty and played an important role in the next layout of the Dali Dynasty.


    As a hidden chess piece of Dali imperial dynasty, Hengdao Zhenjun certainly can''t watch Dong Qiang Zhenjun and others disappear.


    He first used a secret method to secretly inform Wen Dongzhen Jun and guide him here.


    Then he turned back at the critical time of the battle and gave Changchun Zhenjun a fatal blow.


    He didn''t choose to attack red pig and jade rabbit. He didn''t think of everyone''s friendship, but had his own calculations.


    Chizhu Zhenjun and Yutu Zhenjun are monks in the middle of Yuanshen. They have experienced many battles and have a lot of cards. If you choose to attack them, you can hit them hard at most. You can''t kill them with one blow, and you can''t achieve the effect of one blow.


    It is better to break one finger than to hurt ten fingers.


    In the previous cooperation, Hengdao Zhenjun had already demonstrated his ability through wood and recognized him as Changchun Zhenjun.


    Changchun Zhenjun is just the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage. The inside information is not deep enough and is obviously easier to kill.


    Things didn''t go beyond Hengdao Zhenjun''s expectation. Once he shot, he let him out of the battlefield. He didn''t know whether he was alive or dead.


    Wen Dong chose to attack Meng Zhang secretly, which was his own choice.


    Among the people present, only Meng Zhang has not revealed his identity.


    Wen Dong doesn''t like this guy who hides his head and tail and pretends to be mysterious.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang''s sneaky behavior in the battlefield made Wen Dong look down on him.


    Wen Dong, out of the same mind as Hengdao Zhenjun, tried to cut off the weak among the enemies and reduce the overall strength of the enemy.


    When the strength is clear, one''s own side will win without war.


    This is the general trend and the art of war.


    But he never thought that Meng Zhang would be so alert and avoid his sneak attack in time.


    Meng Zhang is still there. At least in terms of the number of people, Wen Dong can''t get the upper hand.


    Although Shushan Zhenjun didn''t know the cause and effect of the matter, he encouraged everyone to do it in time and resolutely didn''t let the enemy overwhelm his own side in momentum.

 Chapter 745

    The action of Shushan Zhenjun just grasped the key of the matter.


    Even if Changchun Zhenjun''s life and death are unknown, his remaining strength may not be weaker than the enemy.


    As long as we are not frightened by the enemy and really start, there will be hope in this war and we will not be defeated.


    There are no fools in the presence of Yuanshen Zhenjun. For example, red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun can occupy a high position in organizations such as Dark Alliance, and their scheming and means are not bad at all. Just now, there was a little confusion because of a sudden accident.


    Now, reminded by Shushan Zhenjun, red pig Zhenjun whispered Meng Zhang secretly and promised benefits to Meng Zhang to continue fighting.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who is not trusted and valued, has become the key to whether they can continue to fight.


    If Meng Zhang was frightened by the accident just now, or wanted to escape from here because of the power of the Dali imperial dynasty, the red pig Zhenjun side would be at a disadvantage in terms of the number of people, and I''m afraid he could only reluctantly protect himself.


    Meng Zhang didn''t disappoint red pig Zhenjun. He happily promised to stay and continue to fight.


    In fact, even if Chizhu Zhenjun didn''t allow other benefits, Meng Zhang didn''t want to escape.


    I heard the attack of Dong just now, but I made it clear that I was going to kill him.


    Besides, Meng Zhang was despised by Wen Dong before, but he had already held a fire in his heart.


    New hatred and old hatred must be settled.


    After finishing your own side, red pig Zhenjun starts the battle again.


    Chizhu Zhenjun flew to Hengdao Zhenjun and wanted to settle with him.


    Shushan Zhenjun found Bai Brucea Zhenjun again and continued the fight with him just now.


    Meng Zhang was going to have a fight with Wen Dongzhen, but Yutu Zhenjun first took Wen Dongzhen as his opponent.


    Yutu Zhenjun knew that Meng Zhang had achieved Yuanshen soon and was a little worried about his strength.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun, who has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years, was born in a big power like Dali imperial dynasty and mastered a lot of magical skills.


    Yutu Zhenjun was worried that Meng Zhang couldn''t stop Wen Dong. He took the initiative to find this opponent.


    Now the only opponent left for Meng Zhang is Dong qiangzhen.


    Dong Qiang Zhenjun is also a cultivation in the middle of Yuanshen, and is a well-known strongman of the Dark Alliance. If on weekdays, let alone Meng Zhang, even the red pig and jade rabbit may not be his opponents.


    But just now, the curse failed. He was counterattacked by the prepared Shushan Zhenjun, and then besieged by several Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Hengdao Zhenjun had endured not revealing his identity before. He didn''t know that he had reinforcements. He burned the yuan God and was ready to fight for his life. However, he hurt the enemy first and hurt himself.


    Now, Dong qiangzhen, who has suffered a heavy blow and suffered a great loss of vitality, even his cultivation foundation has begun to shake. If it is not handled in time, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Yutu Zhenjun and Chizhu Zhenjun were worried about Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, so they left the sick cat to him.


    Since he was kind, Meng Zhang accepted it happily. This kind of thing is actually very interesting.


    Meng Zhang is the last one to make a move. His power is not weak at all.


    Although he knew that his identity would be exposed sooner or later, and was a little worried about being retaliated by the Dali imperial dynasty, he still wanted to hide his identity as long as possible. He could count how long he could delay, and his hand was somewhat reserved. He didn''t immediately take out the means to press the bottom of the box.


    Meng Zhang held his hands high, holding the moon with his left hand and the sun with his right hand. There was a ball of light flashing in the palms of his hands.


    After entering the yuan Shen period, Meng Zhang took the yin-yang Avenue as his major avenue. However, after years of painstaking study of the sun moon rotation Sutra, he also has deep attainments on the sun moon Avenue.


    This was originally a deep underground cave. The earthquake just made by Dong qiangzhen Jun using the power of the earth road collapsed most of it, but it has not completely collapsed. There are still a large amount of earth and rock above, and it is constantly tilting downward.


    Suddenly, a dark underground seemed to rise a rising sun and a new moon at the same time, as if endless sunlight and moonlight were spreading to Dong qiangzhen.


    Meng Zhang made such a big noise as soon as he made a move, and the power was not bad. It was really beyond the expectation of everyone present.


    As the target of Meng Zhang''s attack, Dong qiangzhen, the first to bear the brunt, had to exert his great power again to stop Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Among the five elements Avenue, the earth Avenue is originally a avenue that is good at defending.


    Dong qiangzhen, a veteran of many battles, not only blocked Meng Zhang''s attack in time, but also combined attack with defense, with a hidden intention of counterattack.


    The other three battlefields also entered a white hot stage as soon as the war began.


    At this time, everyone had no reservations and took out the ability to press the bottom of the box.


    The different factions of the Dark Alliance have completely torn their faces today. Now that you have seen blood, you can''t be good.


    Chizhu Zhenjun, they can''t care about the decision to make a good relationship with the emperor. Since the Dali Dynasty openly intervened in the internal affairs of the Dark Alliance and stood on the side of the hostile factions, it was naturally the enemy of life and death.


    Put aside all the previous plans and fight to the death today.


    In the aftermath of the battle, the underground space here completely collapsed.


    I saw the original location of a mountain. The mountain has disappeared, leaving only a huge hole in place.


    Countless earth rocks were thrown out by the strong wind, the surrounding wind roared and the dust flew.


    The four pairs of adversaries flew up from the pit and hit from the earth to the sky, and then hit from the sky to the earth.


    Originally, they chose their opponents and fought one-on-one. In the process of fighting, the four battlefields inevitably superimposed, and everyone began to scuffle.


    Of the eight, Meng Zhang may have the lowest cultivation. But the main competition between Yuanshen and Zhenjun is the power of the road.


    Meng Zhang has a deep understanding of the heaven and earth Avenue, and the power of the avenue is extraordinary. It can pose a fatal threat to the monks in the middle of the yuan God.


    After several fights, no one dared to underestimate him.


    The power of Sun Moon Avenue and space Avenue is displayed alternately, and Meng Zhang''s figure is flashing in the air. Every time it appears, it brings endless light of the sun and moon.


    He was very active on the battlefield and firmly suppressed Dong Qiang Zhenjun, the old God Zhenjun, so that he could only parry without fighting back.


    Meng Zhang has already gained the absolute upper hand before exerting his best power of Yin-Yang Avenue.


    As a last resort, Wen dongzhenjun and others made moves from time to time to help Dong qiangzhen resist Meng Zhang''s attack.


    After the eight fell into a scuffle, Dong Qiang Zhenjun performed worse and relied heavily on the cover and care of others.


    The action of Yuanshen Zhenjun was powerful and spread to a wide range.


    The eight yuan Shen Zhenjun fought without scruples, which was an earth shaking feeling.

 Chapter 746

    The battle of Yuanshen Zhenjun often causes great damage to the surrounding environment. In the mortal world, it is called the disaster of heaven.


    It is rare for the eight yuan Shen Zhenjun to launch such a reckless war in the nearby cultivation world. In particular, this is the hinterland of the Jiuqu League, which has always been peaceful. This has not happened for many years.


    This secret stronghold of the Dark Alliance branch is remote and located in the wilderness. There are no people around, let alone buildings.


    However, when the scope of the battle continued to expand, from this stronghold to tens or even hundreds of miles around, the practitioners in the surrounding area began to be alarmed one after another.


    Yuan Shen fought with Zhen Jun and mobilized the power of the avenue. There were various visions in the sky and the earth. Not to mention the sharp fluctuations of the aura of heaven and earth, the tides of aura keep surging.


    The sky kept ringing like thunder, and the earth shook violently, almost without stopping.


    At the beginning, some low-level friars who didn''t know how to live or die wanted to lean over to watch the excitement and see if there was anything cheap to pick up.


    These low-level friars were involved in the storm before they got close. They didn''t know life or death and their bones didn''t exist.


    Slowly, more and more monks gathered around. Some people with eyesight have recognized that these Yuanshen Zhenjun are fighting.


    At this time, many monks who had gathered around immediately scattered birds and animals and ran as far as they could.


    Irrelevant people can run away quickly, but the mountain gate is in the nearby Xiuzhen force, so there is no way to ignore it.


    On the one hand, the high level of these Xiuzhen forces quickly organized the monks in the door to evacuate, so as not to be affected by the aftermath of the battle.


    On the other hand, this is the territory of Jiuqu League. Every friar who has a way to do something quickly asks for help and spreads the news, hoping that the high level of Jiuqu league can intervene in time.


    The fierce battle between Yuanshen and Zhenjun did not stop, but became more and more intense.


    A group of golden elixir immortal gathered at the edge of the battlefield. They were at a loss and didn''t know what to do.


    The response of Jiuqu League is not slow. After all, this is the hinterland of Jiuqu League. We can''t let a group of yuan God Zhenjun mess around here.


    Soon after, he Luozhen Jun and Xuanfeng Zhen Jun, who were closest to here, came here one after another.


    When they came to the edge of the battlefield, they didn''t move on.


    Even with their strength, they are not willing to be rashly involved in the battlefield of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Dark Alliance branch have always been secretive and rarely divulged their deeds. Most of the monks in Jiuqu League don''t know them.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Yuanshen period, he met the red pig Zhenjun of the Dark Alliance branch because of the introduction of immortal ye ye.


    If you change to another Yuanshen Zhenjun, you may not recognize the identity of everyone in the battlefield.


    However, he Luozhen and Xuanfeng Zhenjun both came from scattered cultivation and have broad friends. After joining Jiuqu League, they can share all kinds of information about Jiuqu League.


    After observing outside the battlefield for a while, they recognized the identities of several yuan gods and true kings of the Dark Alliance branch.


    "Is this the infighting of the Dark Alliance? How did they start?" he Luozhen said casually.


    "Eh, isn''t this the rough blank of the horizontal knife? How did he get involved in the battle? When did he get on the line with the Dark Alliance?"


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s face remained unchanged and didn''t pay attention to he Luozhen. In his heart, there had been a wave.


    Wen dongzhenjun sneaked into Jiuqu League, not only to negotiate with the dark League branch, but also to recruit traitors on behalf of Dali imperial dynasty, secretly contact influential friars, and persuade them to betray Jiuqu League and take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was born in scattered cultivation and had little to do with the Jiuqu alliance. He was also a monk in the middle of the yuan God. Naturally, he was the key person Wen Dongzhen contacted.


    Although Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t immediately agree to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, he didn''t say die when he met, leaving a way back for himself.


    Recognize Xuanfeng Zhenjun who hears Dongzhen Jun, and roughly guess what happened.


    Wen dongzhenjun, the envoy of the Dali imperial dynasty, must have triggered civil strife in the Dark Alliance branch when soliciting the Dark Alliance branch, which led to this war.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, as a senior member of Jiuqu League, should help Chizhu Zhenjun and others win Wen dongzhenjun.


    However, unwilling to offend Da Li''s emperor too much, he began to pretend to be stupid and don''t know what happened.


    He Luozhen wanted to stop the war. However, the power of the two of them alone can''t subdue enough eight yuan God Zhenjun.


    It is even more impossible to help any party without knowing the whole story.


    Two Yuanshen Zhenjun stood on the edge of the battlefield and watched silently.


    Those golden elixir immortal in the distance dared not say anything, so they could only order to speed up the transfer of disciples.


    The battle is still going on. The eight Yuanshen Zhenjun are divided into two groups. They are fighting desperately. It is difficult to distinguish between the victory and the defeat in a short time.


    Although Meng Zhang kept his hand, he really made efforts. His current performance is not weaker than that of the ordinary friars in the early days of Yuanshen, and he can fully afford the price offered by red pig Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang enjoyed the battle very much and had a hearty pleasure.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, they still fought until this time. Both sides have understood that there is no way to win each other for the time being.


    If there is no external force involved, such a battle will last for three or five years.


    Among the people, I heard that Mr. Dongzhen Junshou retreated.


    He was an emissary of the Dali imperial dynasty. He secretly carried out tasks in the enemy''s territory. Such a big shot really deviates from the original intention.


    At this time, two more Yuanshen Zhenjun flew over from a distance.


    Shushan Zhenjun also felt that it was of little significance to continue fighting like this. A cunning smile flashed on his face and shouted loudly.


    "Wen Dong, a spy of the Dali imperial dynasty, sneaked into the Jiuqu League and colluded with the Hengdao to plot against the law. You guys, let''s work together to take them down and give them to the elders in the league."


    Shushan Zhenjun shouted. Xuanfeng Zhenjun and he Luozhen, who were watching the excitement, couldn''t sit still.


    In particular, he luozhenjun is loyal to Jiuqu League and hates the guy of Dali imperial dynasty very much.


    Now he heard that the secret agent of Dali Dynasty dared to be so arrogant. He greeted Xuanfeng Zhenjun and was going to besiege Wen dongzhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun had no choice but to follow he Luozhen into the battlefield.


    The other two Yuanshen Zhenjun are also members of Jiuqu League. Hearing the cry of Shushan Zhenjun, they immediately accelerated to the front. It seems that they are going to join the battle.

 Chapter 747

    Wen Dongzhen, who had no desire for war, immediately greeted his friars and was about to begin to retreat.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun''s side has not fallen to the disadvantage. It''s not difficult to withdraw.


    According to the general situation, if you want to keep them, you can''t have enough confidence unless you can concentrate about ten yuan God Zhenjun.


    Wen dongzhenjun and others cooperated with each other, covered each other, fought and retreated, and slowly withdrew from the battlefield.


    Later, the Yuanshen Zhenjun came with general strength, and such as Xuanfeng Zhenjun and others were half hearted. They were just pretending and didn''t try their best.


    Chizhu Zhenjun and others intend to leave each other, but they are powerless.


    So, Wen dongzhenjun and the four of them evacuated here smoothly. They didn''t know where to fly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose his relationship with the Dark Alliance branch in front of outsiders. Taking advantage of the opportunity to chase Wen dongzhenjun and others, he slipped away by himself.


    As for how to deal with Xuanfeng Zhenjun and how to explain the war just happened, it''s the trouble of red pig Zhenjun and them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stop outside and returned directly to Taiyi gate.


    Wen dongzhenjun and their four Yuanshen Zhenjun joined hands, which was enough to kill most of the Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League. In particular, Wen dongzhenjun exposed his identity this time. Even if the senior management of Jiuqu League is slow, they should express something.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he received the summons of Chizhu Zhenjun.


    Wen dongzhenjun and others have fled. They give up and continue to pursue.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun was seriously injured this time and needed a lot of time to heal.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun have exposed their identity. I''m afraid they can''t stand in Jiuqu League.


    Changchun Zhenjun was plotted by the crossbar Zhenjun. His body was damaged and could not be repaired. Fortunately, the yuan God was basically intact.


    Yutu Zhenjun has escorted his Yuanshen back to Changchun temple.


    As for how they compensate Changchun Zhenjun, Chizhu Zhenjun didn''t say clearly.


    Meng Zhang will send someone to deliver the benefits that should be paid to him.


    Chizhu Zhenjun should also be very busy. He has a headache in the face of the division of the Dark Alliance branch.


    If the plan goes smoothly this time, the two leaders of Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen will be eliminated first. It will be much easier to deal with the remaining monks of their faction, whether they are killed or incorporated.


    But now there is an accident and the plan fails. Dong qiangzhen Jun and Bai Yazhen Jun are still there. There will be a large-scale civil strife within the Dark Alliance branch.


    However, these have little to do with Meng Zhang. After he returned to the door, he confirmed what he had learned in combination with the battle he had just experienced.


    Meng Zhang was not idle for a long time. A call up order from the jade sword gate interrupted his cultivation.


    After the battle that day, Chizhu Zhenjun knew that he had torn his face with Dali emperor this time. Especially the betrayal of Hengdao Zhenjun made him furious.


    In order to get back to the situation as soon as possible, he quickly made a decision and completely fell back to the Jiuqu League.


    He publicly announced that the Dali Dynasty sent spies Wen Dong to sneak into the Jiuqu League to engage in sabotage.


    Wen Dong colluded with the scum of the Dark Alliance branch to create rebellion within the Dark Alliance branch and wanted to subvert the Dark Alliance branch.


    The existence of the black market is not a big secret. The Dark Alliance behind the black market and the friars with some status in the cultivation world are slightly aware of it.


    Of course, for the majority of bottom friars in the cultivation world, the dark alliance still deliberately kept secret.


    Now Chizhu Zhenjun openly stands in the light, which undermines the tradition of the Dark Alliance.


    However, he was helpless.


    Dong Qiang and Zhenjun got the help of Dali imperial dynasty. They and Shushan Zhenjun faction alone can''t beat each other.


    Since Dong Qiang and they have help, Chizhu Zhenjun also wants to seek help.


    Jiuqu alliance and Dali imperial dynasty are enemies. Of course, he can only openly stand on the side of Jiuqu alliance.


    Originally, it was neutral between the Dali imperial dynasty and the Jiuqu alliance, and even vaguely biased towards the Dark Alliance branch of the Dali imperial dynasty, and took the initiative to move closer to the Jiuqu alliance. Of course, the senior level of the Jiuqu alliance would like it.


    In addition, Wen dongzhenjun so openly sneaked into Jiuqu League to create trouble internally. The senior management of Jiuqu League must not ignore it and let him act freely.


    Although qingyuanzong and yujianmen were on the verge of breaking, they soon reached a consensus on this issue.


    Qinglan Zhenjun and Qinglang Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect came forward in person and began to summon their Yuanshen Zhenjun to prepare for the encirclement and suppression of Wen dongzhenjun and others.


    On the other side of the jade sword gate, Mr. Fei Guozhen came forward and tangled with a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun, who was also ready to start.


    After receiving the order of jade sword gate to recruit himself, Meng Zhang dared not neglect it and immediately rushed to the designated place to meet him.


    Meng Zhang is no stranger to the meeting place, which is the place where you Hongzhi Zhenjun organized the gathering of Yuanshen Zhenjun last time.


    After Meng Zhang arrived there, Zhenjun, the yuan God in the north of Jiuqu League, began to gather here one after another.


    Mr. Fei Guozhen is an unyielding leader. You Hongzhi Zhenjun, beast anger elder, Xuanfeng Zhenjun


    Although he Luozhen belonged to the Qing Yuan sect, he still accepted the recruitment of the jade sword sect at this time.


    Although the Huanglian sect was still in infighting, Yue Fengzhen still arrived here.


    No matter what calculations we make in our hearts, whether we secretly collude with the Dali imperial court, at least on the surface, at this time, we should obey the order of Mr. Fei Guozhen and try our best to hunt down the spies of the Dali imperial court.


    There are almost ten Yuanshen Zhenjun gathered here, which is enough to kill four Wendong Zhenjun.


    Mr. Fei Guozhen led everyone to start a big search in the surrounding area.


    On the other side of the Dark Alliance branch, after Dong Qiang Zhenjun and others fled the battlefield, they quickly convened the friars of their own faction.


    Originally, they still had the heart to fight with red pig Zhenjun. Unfortunately, Chizhu Zhenjun did not hesitate to fall to Jiuqu League and attracted the reinforcements of Jiuqu League.


    Dong Qiang Zhenjun and others saw the opportunity early and led some of their cronies to escape quickly.


    Chizhu Zhenjun personally presided over the cleaning of the Dark Alliance branch and completely cleaned up the people of Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s department.


    But there was nothing he could do about the escaped Dong qiangzhen and them.


    Both yujianmen and qingyuanzong organized a large-scale search, which made the whole Jiuqu League fly like chickens and dogs.


    The friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun deliberately hide, which can not be searched by this conventional means.


    Moreover, according to the judgment of the senior management of Jiuqu League, Wen dongzhenjun and his team may have fled the territory of Jiuqu League long ago.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun who participated in the search also knew that they were in vain. Their seemingly blatant search is actually an act.


    Qingyuanzong and yujianmen did this. Naturally, it had a purpose.


    The spies of Dali imperial dynasty sneaked into Jiuqu League and made such a big noise. They have to do something anyway.


    First, there is an explanation to the upper and lower levels, and second, it is also to appease the people.


    A lot of Yuanshen Zhenjun flew around the territory of Jiuqu League for a long time.


    Finally, there was no news about the spies of Dali imperial dynasty. Yujianmen and qingyuanzong had to dismiss these Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has been acting with everyone during this period and made some friends. It can be regarded as a familiar face in front of everyone.


    After the operation, yujianmen and qingyuanzong fell into a dispute again.


    Yujianmen believed that Dali emperor secretly sent people to sneak into Jiuqu League to destroy, which was tantamount to officially declaring war on Jiuqu League.


    If Jiuqu League does not respond appropriately, where will its reputation and face be? How to convince the major truth cultivation forces in the league?


    Yujianmen proposed that Jiuqu League immediately concentrate its strength and give Dali the imperial court a blow as revenge.


    The proposal of yujianmen was unexpectedly rejected by qingyuanzong.


    Qingyuanzong worried that doing so would lead to an all-out war between Jiuqu League and Dali imperial dynasty, leading to serious consequences.


    Qingyuanzong has many supporters in Jiuqu League. The jade sword gate can''t let qingyuanzong pass smoothly for what qingyuanzong insists on opposing.


    The proposal was rejected and could not fight against Dali imperial court, which made Yujian gate angry.


    In the view of yujianmen, this is simply appeasing traitors. Step by step retreat will only make Dali pressed step by step and gain more and more advantages.


    After this, yujianmen was completely desperate for qingyuanzong. There is no longer any nostalgia for Jiuqu League.


    Jade sword sect no longer had illusions, and began to go all out to prepare to break away from Jiuqu League.


    After Meng Zhang became the original God, he also automatically became the elder of Jiuqu League.


    Even if you don''t actively pursue power, there is no real power. But the position is there. There are channels to know all kinds of news about the ups and downs of the senior management of Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang, who was bent on holding the thigh of the jade sword gate, also lost respect for the Jiuqu League. He didn''t even bother to pretend.


    As an elder of Jiuqu League, he has never been to Jiuqu City, the headquarters of Jiuqu League since he became a Yuanshen.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang began to slowly withdraw the taiyimen branch and personnel on the other side of Jiuqu League.


    Originally, Taiyi sect sent a Jindan friar to stay in Jiuqu city as the elder of Jiuqu League.


    But with Meng Zhang''s order, the Jindan friar began to prepare to withdraw.


    At present, except for a few necessary commercial organizations in the south of Jiuqu League, taiyimen has fully shrunk from there and retracted all its forces back to the north.


    Although Meng Zhang is not optimistic about the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect, he believes that even if the Jiuqu League is not divided, it is mostly unable to resist the Dali imperial dynasty.


    But after experiencing these things, he also broke off his private contact with the Dali Dynasty and began to let the whole taiyimen actively prepare for war and deal with the massive invasion of the Dali Dynasty at any time.


    The positive attitude of Taiyi gate towards war preparation greatly satisfied Yujian gate. It virtually added a lot of points for Meng Zhang at the top of Yujian gate.


    In fact, all forces in the yujianmen camp gave up their unrealistic illusions and began to prepare for the upcoming war.


    Chizhu Zhenjun of the Dark Alliance branch did not make a mistake. After the situation was a little stable, he asked Meng Zhang''s old friend, immortal ye, to come to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate with the benefits he had promised him.

 Chapter 748

    At the beginning, Meng Zhang promised to help Chizhu Zhenjun and them, not only in the face of his old friend, real ye, but also to obtain the friendship of their faction.


    Later, after Hengdao Zhenjun turned against the water, Meng Zhang could leave. In the face of an unfavorable situation, it is human nature for a strong Dali Dynasty to retreat.


    In order to persuade Meng Zhang to stay and help, Chizhu Zhenjun offered very good conditions.


    Although Meng Zhang stayed and continued to fight not only because of these benefits, since Chizhu Zhenjun had such a mind, he would not refuse.


    Immortal deciduous brought a lot of good things this time.


    There are ten bottles of nine day essence, thirty strands of jade clear spirit machine, and four level spirit objects, such as red Yang sand, Yin Ming stone, Taiyin dust, killing stone, etc.


    If these things were collected by Meng Zhang and taiyimen, I''m afraid they might not be available even if it took decades.


    Red pig Zhenjun took out so many things at once. It can be seen that the wealth of the Dark Alliance also proves his sincerity.


    With a pleasant cooperation, Chizhu Zhenjun, who has seen Meng Zhang''s strength, intends to make friends with this potential newcomer.


    Jiuqu League is about to undergo great changes. The dark League branch, whose strength has fallen sharply after the split, needs each other with taiyimen, just holding together for warmth.


    Although Taiyi gate now belongs to the camp of Yujian gate, it does not affect Meng Zhang''s acquisition of allies and organization of small groups.


    With an agreement between Meng Zhang and Chizhu Zhenjun, they can barely be regarded as friends who can deal with the changing situation together.


    Immortal ye ye achieved the golden elixir before Meng Zhang, but now it is still a long way from the yuan God period.


    Before the Yuanshen period, she was just a pawn and couldn''t decide the real big things.


    Now taiyimen and the Dark Alliance branch are on the same front, which has relieved her from many of her previous worries.


    Almost during this time, a far-reaching conversation also took place at the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian cult, is located in the hinterland of Jiuqu League, almost at the junction of North and south.


    Both its geographical location and its strength make it an important part of Jiuqu League, except qingyuanzong and yujianmen. Therefore, Xu Mengying Zhenjun thought of Meng Zhang, an old friend who had cooperated with him.

 Chapter 749

    When Xu Mengying thought of Meng Zhang''s old friend, Meng Zhang sent away the fallen immortal and immersed himself in cultivation again.


    Since the development of Taiyi gate, there are many friars in the golden elixir period, and there are a large number of friars in the foundation period.


    Friars at this level are qualified to travel around and explore secluded places.


    Some lucky guys, by chance, succeeded in some precious spirit objects.


    In addition to self use, it will also try to exchange it for sect good work, which enriches the sect library.


    In this regard, taiyimen handled it very well.


    The middle and high level of the sect will not make some small moves secretly because of the harvest of jealous disciples. Even if you take a fancy to the things in the disciples'' hands, you will lure them with profits and make a fair deal.


    The current regulations of Taiyi gate were made by Meng Zhang himself. In terms of implementation, it is more strict.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, once served as the head of the law enforcement hall and was responsible for supervising the implementation of the door rules.


    It is absolutely impermissible for such things as getting rich and murdering the same family.


    The lower level disciples of the Taiyi sect found the greatest treasure, and no one in the sect dared to rob it openly.


    When it comes to the integrity of the atmosphere and strict door regulations, Taiyi gate is in the forefront among the many sects of Jiuqu League.


    Taiyi sect will never covet the disciples'' harvest outside. It will only encourage the disciples to exchange excess spirit objects for the sect through various sect systems.


    Chance is really hard to say. Even a little friar in the period of Qi refining may get the spirit things needed by the yuan God Zhen Jun when he is lucky.


    Moreover, Taiyi gate is already a powerful Yuanshen sect. All monks in the gate will try to collect all kinds of spiritual objects.


    Meng Zhang inadvertently checked the big library in the door and found several Heaven and Earth Spirit objects that were very useful for the magic tools in his hand.


    The thunder god general is only a third-order tool refiner and has no ability to directly refine fourth-order magic tools. However, there are still many means to maintain and help the evolution of third-order magic tools.


    Yin Yang Linghu is Meng Zhang''s original magic weapon. He attaches the most importance to it and has invested the most effort.


    However, because this magic instrument has great potential and infinite magic, it is also the most difficult to advance.


    The spirit snake spear, a slaying spirit soldier handed down by the Taiyi clan ancestor, has great power and terrible lethality. It has played a great role in many battles.


    The damaged snake spear has been repaired for a long time. Now a lot of resources have been invested in the hope that it can evolve into a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay enough attention to the magic weapon of Sun Moon pearl.


    This is the magic weapon that he refined to assist in exercising the magic power of the sun and moon divine light when he practiced the sun and moon rotation Sutra.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Yuanshen period, even if he promoted his major avenue to the yin-yang Avenue, his attainments on the sun moon Avenue were also not shallow, and soon promoted the sun moon divine light to a great divine power.


    Because of his previous experience, Meng Zhang obtained some high-level spirits of the sun and the Taiyin.


    After refining these spirit objects into the sun and moon jewels, the jewel changed. It is no longer as simple as assisting in the display of the sun and moon divine light, but has many new functions.


    Meng Zhang estimated that perhaps the sun moon jewel, which is the least valued magic tool, will be the most advanced level as a fourth-order magic tool.


    As for the original three-level flying sword, Meng Zhang has eliminated it from the battle magic weapon sequence. It is generally used as a messenger flying sword.


    Meng Zhang has a good talent in Kendo and has painstakingly practiced excellent sword formula.


    He tried to use the great magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword to show several sword tricks, and found that the effect was unexpectedly good.


    With his current attainments in Yin Yang Avenue, the power of sword Qi transformed by Liangyi Tongtian sword is still above the general four-level flying sword.


    As for some auxiliary storage magic tools, Meng Zhang brought a lot with him.


    The more fighting magic weapons, the better. Each additional magic weapon requires more attention to control.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, three or five commonly used magic instruments are enough. Add two or three spare magic tools at most.


    Unfortunately, due to the rarity of fourth-order magic tools, the accumulation of taiyimen is also insufficient. So far, Meng Zhang doesn''t even have a fourth-order magic tool in his hand.


    In fact, because most of the fourth-order magic tools are third-order magic tools, it takes a long time to evolve. There is a general lack of available magic tools for the yuan God Zhen Jun in the cultivation world.


    In many cases, many people only use third-order magic tools to recharge in battle.


    While Meng Zhang was working hard for his fourth-order magic weapon, Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, secretly came to the door.


    Hearing the news of Xu Mengying''s visit reported by his trusted disciple, Meng Zhang met her secretly without disturbing others at her request.


    After they met, they both sighed.


    When they fought side by side in the Daheng cultivation world, they were still just friars of the golden elixir. Goodbye now. Everyone is already the true king of the yuan God.


    Both of them know that the other party must have made such great progress because of his merits.


    After a few simple greetings, Xu Mengying went straight to the subject.


    She asked Meng Zhang to help herself and secretly surround and kill Yue Fengzhen Jun together.


    Meng Zhang had long speculated about Xu Mengying''s intention. Now he was a little surprised to hear her say it.


    With the current tension of Jiuqu League, she secretly surrounded and killed Zhenjun, the yuan God of Jiuqu League. She really dared to think and do.


    The situation is delicate. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to do it. Even if he also hates Yue Feng Zhenjun and wants to get rid of it soon, he doesn''t want to start at this time.


    However, he was not in a hurry to refuse. He wanted to hear what conditions Xu Mengying could offer.


    Xu Mengying tells Meng Zhang that she has a complete plan on how to surround and kill Yue Feng Zhenjun. The success rate of the plan is very high, and the news of their hands will not be leaked.


    Based on the details of Huanglian cult, it is difficult to come up with something that makes Meng Zhang excited.


    There are several fourth-order magic tools handed down by the elder Yuanshen Zhenjun in Huanglian cult, but Xu Mengying is unwilling to let them flow out.


    In this way, Xu Mengying can hardly give enough compensation. Please move Meng Zhang.


    However, Xu Mengying has always been an expert at covering the white wolf with empty hands,


    She first explained the current situation of Jiuqu League to Meng Zhang.


    Then he said that since they had a friendship of fighting side by side, they should continue such a friendship.


    Xu Mengying can form an alliance with Meng Zhang to advance and retreat together.


    After Xu Mengying has mastered the whole Huanglian sect, Huanglian sect can form an alliance with taiyimen to deal with all kinds of ups and downs together.


    Xu Mengying was ready to make a long speech and slowly convince Meng Zhang. But she never thought that Meng Zhang agreed very happily as soon as she finished speaking.


    Meng Zhang is willing to become an ally with her and help her kill Yue Fengzhen.


    Meng Zhang''s so easy promise made her doubt whether Meng Zhang had ulterior motives.

 Chapter 750

    Meng Zhang didn''t have any bad thoughts. He just thought of something.


    Taiyimen has now stood with the Dark Alliance branch. It''s a great good thing to have more friends like Xu Mengying.


    In the coming great changes, the more friends, the better, especially the Yuanshen Zhenjun like Xu Mengying, not to mention the power of Huanglian cult behind her.


    It is natural for friends to help each other.


    Of course, before Meng Zhang helps Xu Mengying kill Yue Fengzhen Jun, Xu Mengying can do Meng Zhang a small favor first.


    In the west of the Gobi, there are still large areas occupied by the Hai nationality.


    The last war of these Hai people was disadvantageous and stopped outside Hongyan valley. Later, they kept eyeing the Gobi, looking for the flaw of Taiyi gate.


    When taiyimen was in a bad situation before, the Hai people were ready to move and provoked many times. If Meng Zhang didn''t act in time to frighten them, maybe they would really do something.


    If Dali really invades Jiuqu League on a large scale, after taiyimen enters the war, it is bound to be unable to continue to pay attention to the side of the Hai nationality. At that time, it is very possible for the Hai people to take advantage of the danger and enter.


    Before facing such a great enemy as Dali Dynasty, you should clean your backyard and eliminate hidden dangers.


    With taiyimen''s current strength, he is not afraid to fight head-on with the sea clan army. However, Meng Zhang''s strength alone could not surpass the two fourth-order strong men of the sea family.


    Before, he was going to ask the Dark Alliance branch for help. Now Xu Mengying took the initiative to come to the door. He won''t let go of this helper.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, he asked himself to help deal with the Hai clan, and then he would help himself deal with Yue Feng Zhenjun. Xu Mengying thought a little and agreed.


    Before, when I was in the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang helped first, and Xu Mengying paid the bill. This time, it was Xu Mengying''s turn to work first.


    Xu Mengying''s visit to Meng Zhang is not just to deal with Yue Fengzhen.


    She also saw the wolf ambition of Dali imperial dynasty towards Jiuqu League.


    Jiuqu League is about to split. She has not made a final choice between qingyuanzong and yujianmen.


    In addition to the thought of waiting for a sale, she really couldn''t see clearly and didn''t know where to go.


    As for taking refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, it is the last choice that can only be made as a last resort.


    A sect like Huanglian sect took refuge in the Dali Dynasty. Without special care, it will not be easy in the future.


    No matter what happens in the future, we should first form an alliance with taiyimen, at least we can take care of each other.


    Whether it is to deal with the Hai nationality army or kill Yue Fengzhen Jun, it can be used as an expression of sincerity after the alliance.


    Although Xu Mengying is at odds with Yue Fengzhen because of her personal hatred. However, as a saint of Huanglian sect, she still has feelings for the sect that raised her. When there is a chance, I will try my best to find a good way out for zongmen.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying discussed and agreed on a general covenant.


    The alliance between the two is serious and there is no slightest slightness.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun vowed to take care of each other in the future. Even if the camps are different, we should not take each other as the enemy, but try to help each other.


    The avenue oath is the most reliable oath, witnessed by the way of heaven. If you break the oath, you will be eaten back by the power of the road.


    No one dares to break the oath of the great road easily.


    The binding force of the road oath is far more than the ghost oath and the heart demon oath.


    After making the road oath, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are allies who can trust each other.


    As for the specific details of the covenant between the two sides, they can be handed over to their subordinates for discussion in the future.


    Xu Mengying is not the leader of the Huanglian sect yet. Her strength in the Huanglian sect is not a small gap from Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    If you don''t get rid of Yue Fengzhen, she can''t mobilize the power of the whole Huanglian sect.


    After the alliance, the two sides said again that when signing the contract, the two sides had general sincerity and did not take strong means to ensure the implementation of the agreement.


    The battle against the Hai nationality should be decided quickly and should not be delayed for too long.


    Meng Zhang also has no intention to completely destroy this sea clan. As long as they are expelled from the Gobi, so that they can''t easily invade in the future, they will reach their destination.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even use the friars of taiyimen. Instead, he was ready to adopt beheading tactics to give priority to the fourth-order strong on the side of the Hai family.


    Meng Zhang remembers that there were two strong people of the fourth order of the Hai family who confronted Qing Lanzhen Jun and Jin Lizhen Jun last time. They were haiduomou of the mackerel family and mengdali of the Sea Patrol yecha family.


    As for the real dragon, Gao Fei is strong, but after all, it is only the third level, which is not enough to control the war between the fourth level strong.


    Meng Zhang has Xu Mengying as his helper. In order to be safe, he still needs to find another helper.


    The first person he thought of was Jin Lizhen Jun.


    But Jin Lizhen Jun has been hiding in the small world of Zijin sect since he closed the door. Meng Zhang tried to contact her many times, but failed every time.


    I don''t know what she''s doing, but she ignores all the news from the outside world.


    Meng Zhang also thought about whether to break through, but if Jin Lizhen Jun''s cultivation reached a key point and Meng Zhang forcibly broke through the pass and interrupted him, he might take the Revenge of blocking the way, and his friend will immediately become an enemy.


    The elders of beast anger and others don''t say whether Meng Zhang can please or not. Under the current situation, it''s difficult for others to distract him.


    Fortunately, the Dark Alliance branch was good. After receiving Meng Zhang''s help message, although he was also in need of combat effectiveness, he sent Shushan Zhenjun to help Meng Zhang.


    Shushan Zhenjun seems to have only the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage, but his means are not weak. He is proficient in many magical powers and secrets. Chizhu Zhenjun in the middle of Yuanshen attaches great importance to him.


    At the beginning, Dong qiangzhenjun and others tried their best to win him over, just because he was extraordinary and had some skills.


    Shushan Zhenjun left the Dark Alliance and went directly to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate to meet Meng Zhang.


    After the three got together, they were not busy leaving, but exchanged views with each other, even exchanged views a little, and became familiar with each other''s fighting methods.


    Over the years, taiyimen has always paid close attention to the neighbor of Hai nationality and invested a lot of strength in observation. The spies who spy on the information of the sea people have almost never been cut off.


    After reading the information, the three agreed on a simple battle plan before they started.

 Chapter 751

    Meng Zhang had thought about it before he started. With three of them, it is difficult to leave the two fourth-order strong men of the Hai family.


    Therefore, from the beginning, his plan is not to kill each other, but to expel each other. It is best to hit each other in the process.


    In recent years, taiyimen has sent many golden elixir immortal to sneak into the sea in the west to inquire about the reality of the sea family.


    Taiyi sect is at the level of Jindan immortal. There are no shortage of people, and there are a large number of strong people.


    Especially after the sect can provide better conditions for its disciples to impact the golden elixir period, the number of golden elixir disciples in the sect has been growing steadily.


    In this case, although Meng Zhang could not bear it, in fact, for some purpose, even if he lost a few Jindan disciples, it would not affect the overall situation.


    Taiyi gate is actively preparing for war, ready to meet the attack from Dali imperial dynasty at any time. However, we have never relaxed our vigilance against the constraints of the Hai nationality.


    Those Taiyi disciples who went deep into the West Sea risked their lives and brought back a lot of precious information.


    The number of sea people is huge and their strength is terrible. However, the Hai nationality is not monolithic. There are also many different tribes and factions. They also have a lot of fights with each other.


    Like this sea clan army invading the Gobi, it is just a combination of the shark clan and the Sea Patrol yecha clan. They can send two fourth-order strong men to invade the mainland, which is the limit.


    If we continue to draw strength from the sea, it will only lead to the emptiness of the nest and give the opportunity to hostile tribes.


    It is precisely because of accurate intelligence that Meng Zhang has the current plan and dares to take the initiative.


    Meng Zhang flew West with Xu Mengying and Shushan Zhenjun.


    The three people flying at high speed in the air did not take care of the strongholds of the Hai nationality army below. They went straight to the headquarters of the Hai nationality army and went straight to make trouble with the Yellow Dragon.


    It''s very easy for the friars of the same rank to find out the strong ones at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun without deliberately concealing their deeds.


    In the cultivation world, such a strong man is qualified to occupy one side and have his own territory.


    Including the true king, the original God of the Terran, will leave their own unique flavor in their own territory like wild animals.


    If there is an external strong person of the same level, you can feel these smells from a distance and know that this is the territory of the strong person of the fourth level.


    If they do not want to easily trigger a war, they will not rashly invade the territory of strange strong men of the same rank.


    As soon as Meng Zhang entered the occupied area of the Hai nationality army, they obviously felt the breath left by the two fourth-order strong men of the Hai nationality.


    Every fourth rank strong man has his own unique breath, and others can''t cheat.


    Guided by this breath, they flew straight ahead.


    When staying in the army on weekdays, haiduomou of the mackerel family and mengdali of the Sea Patrol yecha family will not deliberately hide their existence. They wantonly release their unique momentum and announce their existence to the outside world.


    The momentum of the fourth rank strong is like the rising smoke, which is particularly eye-catching between heaven and earth, frightening all outsiders and adding confidence to their own men.


    Meng Zhang''s three men flew very fast. Along the way, several strong men of the sea nationality occasionally found the figure flying in the air. When they wanted to check carefully, they had disappeared.


    The Hai nationality army has set up many strongholds in this area. The patrol teams are constantly patrolling in all directions, which can be called tight defense.


    However, the strict defense is useless for the three true gods of the human race and can''t play any role.


    The three of them broke through many obstacles and came to a camp smoothly.


    At this time, Zhenjun, the original God of the three celebrities, also released his momentum without concealment and unscrupulously.


    The momentum of the strong at the same level was as eye-catching as a lighthouse in the night, which immediately alerted the two strong at the fourth level of the Hai family.


    Hai Duomou and Meng Dali are two guys with high vigilance. As soon as he noticed that a strong person of the same rank was approaching at a high speed, he immediately flew out of the camp, flew high into the air and looked warily ahead.


    Behind the two of them, Ying Gaofei of the real dragon family, with a group of third-class strong people of the sea family, also flew high into the air and paid attention to the front.


    They didn''t wait long. Meng Zhang and the three soon flew over.


    Meng Zhang looked at the four strong men of the Hai nationality. Without a word of nonsense, he went straight to the theme.


    "If you take the sea clan army back to the sea immediately, we''ll turn around and leave immediately. But if you continue to stay here, don''t blame us for bullying more and bullying less."


    The two strong people of the Hai family want to face each other. If Meng Zhang forces them away at this time, how can they stand on the sea and face other strong people of the Hai family?


    Before haiduomou spoke, the grumpy fierce force shouted angrily and rushed over on his own initiative.


    "Terran boy, don''t lie to others. If you want us to retreat, take some skills."


    Haiduomou saw that mengdali had already done it, so he did it without delay.


    The two strong men of the Hai nationality have been fighting on the sea for many years. They have experienced hundreds of battles and risked life and death. They see a lot of scenes. Even if the number of people is at a disadvantage, we should fight and never retreat without fighting.


    The side with a large number of people is not sure to win. Fighting depends on their abilities.


    According to common sense, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying both achieved the yuan God soon and seemed relatively immature. In addition, the real king of Shushan may not be able to fight two fourth-order strong men of the sea family.


    However, since Meng Zhang dares to come, he has his own assurance.


    He fought side by side with Shushan Zhenjun. He knew that this always low-key elder had extraordinary strength and was enough to beat any fourth-order strong man of the sea family opposite.


    Xu Mengying should be able to play a restraining role even if she is a little weak. Then look for opportunities to hurt each other.


    The fourth level strong of the sea clan can also use the power of the road and use it as a killer mace.


    Haiduomou mobilized the power of the water road. Huge waves rolled and Water Dragons danced wildly in the sky and underground.


    Most of the fourth level strong people of Hai nationality are proficient in the road of water because they major in martial arts and living environment.


    The fierce force, which has always been fierce and brave, is proficient in the rare road of power.


    Break skill with strength and prove Tao with strength. Powerful brute force rushed through the sky, dispersing the enemy''s power.


    Shushan Zhenjun stood with his hands on his back, and volumes of books fell from the sky, with a strong atmosphere of enlightenment.


    This is the congenital Shengde Avenue, which is in the forefront among the three thousand avenues. It is an avenue that is extremely difficult to build.


    Xu Mengying drank, butterflies flew all over the sky, and her figure disappeared.


    The magic power with the blessing of the magic road is not only more difficult to see through, but also has strong lethality.

 Chapter 752

    Even if the two strong men of the sea nationality are determined, they still can''t avoid being a little distracted under the confusion of the magic road.


    Meng Zhang came to the door this time in a fair and aboveboard manner. There was no need to hide his identity and strength. He just wants to make a quick decision and win a game, so as to deter these sea invaders.


    The sky was bright and dark, and the black-and-white air currents fell from the sky, intertwined in the air and turned into chaotic air currents.


    Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth. The magic power of this Taoist art has been brought into full play by Meng Zhang since he refined it.


    Xu Mengying''s performance also surprised Meng Zhang.


    When the three communicated before, Xu Mengying was modest. When she was on the battlefield, her accomplishments on the magic Avenue surprised her comrades in arms.


    Meng Zhang had a faint feeling that the magic road was not the only road she was proficient in, and she still had reservations.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t expect her to go all out. The strength she shows now is enough.


    Terran is not the most powerful race between heaven and earth, nor the most intelligent race, but it is indeed the most suitable race for cultivation.


    When facing the strong of other races, the low-level friars of Terran often have disadvantages in all aspects. However, at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, the situation will be greatly changed, and the Terran friars begin to have a great advantage.


    The main reason is that the true monarch, the original God of the human race, has a natural advantage in mastering the power of the road.


    Even the most ordinary human God Zhenjun, his understanding on the avenue of heaven and earth can amaze the proud children of other races.


    For example, when the strong of the sea nationality face the true monarch of the human yuan God, they often have to use their own racial talent to make up for the gap in the power of the road.


    The mackerel people were born in the water, grew up in the water and died in the water. Born close to the sea, close to the road of water.


    Without the addition of racial talent, haiduomou''s accomplishments on the road of water can''t compete with human friars at all.


    The sea patrolling yecha people are naturally strong and powerful. It is of great help on the road of control.


    However, the three true gods of the Terran they are facing now are the elite of the Terran, and they can even be called the arrogant figures of a generation.


    Their respective accomplishments and combat effectiveness are extraordinary. On the road of their own cultivation, they have special understanding and achievements.


    Not to mention three people working together against the enemy, there is also a bonus of number advantage.


    The battle began just a moment, and the two fourth-order strong men of the Hai family obviously fell to the disadvantage.


    Shushan Zhenjun''s innate Shengde Avenue blocked all their attacks. Xu Mengying''s magic Avenue confused their minds and affected their reactions. In the face of the constant dissipation of the avenue of yin and Yang, they can only resist by instinct.


    Among the third-order strong men of the sea clan watching the war, some people with a clear eye have seen that it is wrong. If the development goes on like this, the two fourth-order strong men of the sea family will not last long.


    These people did not shy away from the siege. They all wanted to help their elders.


    However, when the yuan God Zhenjun fought with the fourth level strong, everyone unreservedly exerted the power of the road.


    Around the battlefield, the sky changes, there are many visions, the power of the avenue is constantly surging, and the rules of heaven and earth are beginning to be affected.


    If these third-order masters don''t know what to do and insist on breaking in. It is estimated that before entering the battlefield, he will be crushed to death by the scattered power of the road.


    At first, the battlefield of the last battle between Tianzhu Zhenjun and the fifth order Earth Spirit, even decades after the battle, immortal Jindan dared not approach.


    Now this battlefield is not so dangerous, but it is still enough to prevent the strong below level 4 from approaching.


    Facing this situation, many third-order masters of the sea family have nothing to do but sigh.


    Ying Gaofei looked at the battlefield ahead, his eyes flashing, ready to take action at any time.


    With the means given by his predecessors, he asked himself whether he had the ability to intervene in such a battle.


    Many years ago, when he invaded the Gobi of evil wind, he used the means given by the elders of the family to help the two fourth-order strong men of the sea family, forcibly killed the only fourth-order monster in the Gobi of evil wind, and laid the victory for the army of the sea family.


    Now he''s ready to do it again.


    The Terran friars rely on many to win, and their own sneak attacks are justifiable.


    After waiting for a while, he finally got a chance.


    He carefully took out a tooth with thick and thin arm, cut his wrist, and shed a lot of blood on his teeth.


    The teeth turned into a dragon shaped light and shadow, wrapped around Ying Gaofei''s whole body, and jumped forward in this way.


    This attack has the power of the fourth order real dragon, which is enough to hit the general human yuan God Zhenjun.


    The target of attack chosen by Ying Gaofei is Meng Zhang, who has a deep hatred with himself.


    When he was defeated by Meng Zhang in public last time, Ying Gaofei not only lost face and prestige, but also failed to do his best in his years of aggression against the Gobi.


    The real dragons have never been a broad-minded race. If he hadn''t had no chance, Ying Gaofei would have tried his best to revenge Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang came to the door. In his opinion, it was a god given opportunity to make himself ashamed.


    During the fierce battle, Meng Zhang had spare no effort to observe the movement around him.


    Ying Gaofei''s little move has long been seen by him.


    In the face of the Dragon light and shadow with a fierce and bad momentum, the black-and-white air flow behind Meng Zhang gently rolled up and scattered the Dragon light and shadow, revealing Ying Gaofei''s body.


    "Adults fight, children play."


    Because he was afraid of the real dragon family, Meng Zhang didn''t scare Gao Fei to death, but let him suffer.


    Gao Fei''s bruised and bleeding body fell heavily from the air to the ground, resulting in dizziness and injury.


    The third-order masters of the Hai family nearby did not dare to neglect, so they came forward to treat Ying Gaofei.


    After some frantic treatment, it was determined that Ying Gaofei was not in danger, and all the people were relieved.


    If Ying Gaofei dies here today, the Revenge of the real dragon family will be very terrible. Not only did the three people''s yuan gods come to a miserable end, but the strong people of the Hai family present would also be angry.

 Chapter 753

    Although the real dragons are far away from the deep sea, their prestige is still spreading everywhere. Meng Zhang doesn''t need to take a death feud with the real dragon family to increase his life and death enemy.


    Seeing that Ying Gaofei was thrown out, haiduo and mengdali were a little flustered.


    The real dragon family has never been a reasonable race. If their lineal people die here, they, as parties, will also die.


    If they were not trapped by the enemy and could not escape, they all wanted to get out of the battle immediately and rescue Ying Gaofei.


    Fortunately, the sea family experts who watched the war responded quickly, rescued Ying Gaofei in time, and determined that his life was not in danger.


    Seeing this scene, haiduo was relieved and finally relieved.


    Meng Zhang''s move was very measured. He left Ying Gaofei a small life, but left a backhand in his body.


    Before solving this problem, Ying Gaofei not only can''t continue to improve his accomplishments, but also will be plagued with injuries and injuries.


    It will take him a long time to solve this problem.


    At this time, Ying Gaofei barely regained consciousness after simple treatment.


    After this blow, he finally realized that there was an insurmountable gap between the third and fourth orders.


    No wonder there are many third-order real dragons in the family, but only a few can advance to fourth-order.


    The means given by the elders of the clan enable him to play the blow of the fourth level real dragon.


    However, Meng Zhang is not a monster who neglects fighting, but a veteran of the battlefield.


    Don''t say it''s just an ordinary blow of the fourth level real dragon. Even if the fourth level real dragon comes here and tries his best, he may not be able to do anything about him.


    Haiduomou and mengdali are two guys who have fallen to the disadvantage, and they are distracted because Ying Gaofei is hit and flown.


    Although it reacted quickly, it still showed great flaws.


    Meng Dali was confused by the magic road and felt a trance. Then the black-and-white airflow came to him and broke his physical magic power.


    I saw that the small half of the body disappeared completely, and there were obvious scars on the rest of the body.


    Under the pain of eating, he screamed fiercely and fell heavily to the rear.


    Seeing that his comrades in arms were badly hurt, haiduomou struggled to get hurt and forcibly broke through the blockade of Shushan Zhenjun. Regardless of the blood spitting out of his mouth, he rushed to Meng Dali''s side.


    Seeing that Meng Dali was seriously injured, but there was no worry about his life for the time being, he was relieved for the time being.


    However, seeing Meng Zhang and others who were eyeing, he sighed helplessly and began to burn the source, ready to work hard.


    Meng Zhang and others, who should have pursued the victory, retreated together at this time, giving up a large space.


    Dogs jump off the wall when they are in a hurry, not to mention the strong of the sea family.


    Although haiduomou, who burned the source, may not last long, he can at least hurt one or two of his own before he dies.


    Moreover, although he was seriously injured, he still had desperate strength.


    Meng Zhang saw the situation very clearly.


    Although our own side has an absolute advantage, it still needs to pay a high price to completely kill each other.


    Now Jiuqu League will change greatly at any time. Meng Zhang wants to keep in good condition as much as possible, and they don''t want to be seriously injured here.


    Since we can''t completely destroy the enemy, we have to drive the enemy away.


    Anyway, the wound on Yihai DUOHE''s fierce and powerful can''t be cured overnight.


    When they heal their wounds and make a comeback, maybe the problems of Jiuqu League have been solved.


    "Now, you should have seen the power. If you don''t think it''s enough, we can continue to fight and never die."


    "Of course, after you die in the war, your clansmen and subordinates will come to no good end."


    "If you don''t want to fight, you should make a constitution to see how to solve today''s problems."


    If you have a strong temper, you would rather die on the spot than bow your head to the human friar. Fortunately, haiduomou persuaded him.


    The sea people are also intelligent creatures. They are also greedy for life and afraid of death. In particular, it is not easy to advance to level 4. It has a high status in the family and is respected by thousands of people. And the longevity is long, and there are a lot of good days.


    If you die here, there will be nothing. Not only do you go to hell, but your own people and descendants will lose shelter. They may become prey of other tribes in the predatory sea world.


    Don''t say that haiduomou doesn''t mean to die. Even mengdali doesn''t want to die here for nothing after calming down.


    The Terran side was in various scruples and did not directly kill the killer. The Haizu side will not have the slightest gratitude for this, but will firmly remember today''s hatred.


    If you keep the green mountains, you won''t be afraid of no firewood. Everyone of the Hai nationality basically knows this truth.


    After the initial burst of anger, everyone had to accept the reality of defeat.


    Meng Zhang''s request is not too much, but to withdraw all the Hai people''s army from the Gobi. And from then on, it shall not be close to the coastline.


    Even Meng Zhang didn''t force haiduo to make an oath of peace, but asked them to make an oral commitment.


    This is not that Meng Zhang doesn''t want to solve this problem once and for all, but that he is unwilling to force too much to avoid complications.


    He had an inexplicable sense of urgency and felt that there was not much time left for him to deal with these problems.


    After the end of the war, the Hai people quickly fulfilled their commitments and began to withdraw from the Gobi.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect, who had been ordered by Meng Zhang for a long time, also followed and entered this large territory one after another.


    The spiritual pulse and various resources on this new territory will not be mentioned. This vast territory alone gives taiyimen more room for maneuver.


    If the war is unfavorable in the future, there will at least be a rear area that is barely stable.


    After years of development by the Hai people, this territory has good conditions in all aspects.


    Under the surveillance of taiyimen disciples, the Hai nationality army eager to evacuate did not want to make any small moves to destroy everything above the territory.


    Meng Zhang knew that the problem had not been completely solved, but was temporarily alleviated.


    When the Hai nationality side calms down, there will inevitably be more fights in the future.


    I just hope taiyimen can seize the precious time to grow rapidly and have more confidence to meet the challenges of Haizu in the future.


    After determining that the sea people''s army began to withdraw, Meng Zhang didn''t even want to stay more and enjoy the various buildings with sea characteristics on the new territory. He returned to Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate with Xu Mengying and Shushan Zhenjun.


    The sea clan problem has not been solved completely, but at least it has been solved. Taiyimen has no worries for the time being.


    Now, it''s Meng Zhang''s turn to fulfill his promise and the obligations of his allies and help Xu Mengying kill Yue Fengzhen.

 Chapter 754

    Meng Zhang is a man of his word. Generally, he will not eat his word and become fat.


    Since Xu Mengying has fulfilled her promise to help him drive out the Hai nationality, he naturally wants to repay his kindness and help him kill Yue Fengzhen.


    However, Shushan Zhenjun, who played an important role in the war, shrank back at this time.


    There is no problem in helping Meng Zhang deal with the Hai nationality. It is to fight against other nationalities and occupy the position of the great righteousness of the human race.


    But Yue Feng Zhenjun is a member of Jiuqu League, so he can''t participate in this matter.


    Since the last experience, the inner division of the Dark Alliance did not say. Shushan Zhenjun and Dali imperial dynasty tore their faces and stood opposite the enemy.


    At this time, they must hold tight to the Jiuqu alliance and firmly stand on the side of the Jiuqu alliance before they have the capital to fight the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In fact, Chizhu Zhenjun has contacted the high-level leaders of qingyuanzong and yujianmen respectively to express his mind of advancing and retreating together.


    The dark League branch will not be involved in the dispute between yujianmen and qingyuanzong, but it will be a reliable comrade in arms of Jiuqu League when fighting against Dali imperial dynasty.


    In this case, although Xu Mengying has always promised that the killing of Yue fengzhenjun is highly confidential and will never be leaked.


    But Shushan Zhenjun politely refused to do it for the sake of safety.


    Everything is extraordinary. Just in case, no one dare say that killing Yue Fengzhen will succeed. If Yuefeng Zhenjun escapes, his relationship with Jiuqu League will be greatly affected by the current embarrassing situation of the dark League branch.


    Shushan Zhenjun insists on not participating in this matter, so only Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying do it.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun achieved Yuanshen. Before the two of them, he was instructed by Tianzhu Zhenjun, and he was not a wild monk without feet. Yuanshen Zhenjun should have the same skills as him.


    It''s really difficult for Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying to kill him alone.


    Taiyi gate is now a member of the jade sword gate camp, and Yue Feng Zhenjun is still waiting for a price. Meng Zhang killed him, and there was no difficulty. Even if the news is leaked, it will not have a great impact on him and taiyimen.


    Shushan Zhenjun is not so convenient. The Dark Alliance branch is now pursuing mutual trust with Jiuqu alliance. He is not willing to create complications and affect major events at this time.


    So Shushan Zhenjun soon left. Before leaving, he also deliberately stressed that he knew nothing about Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying''s next plan.


    Shushan Zhenjun left. Xu Mengying was very dissatisfied, but she had nothing to do.


    In fact, Meng Zhang still has some cards, but he is considering whether to take them out and use them to kill Yue Fengzhen.


    Xu Mengying probably knows that Meng Zhang is his biggest dependence now.


    Although Meng Zhang promised to help, he refused to work hard, and the results were very different.


    Somehow, Xu Mengying had an inexplicable confidence in Meng Zhang.


    After pondering for a long time, she finally made up her mind and was willing to take the fourth-order magic tools inherited in the door in exchange for Meng Zhang''s full hand.


    Meng Zhang has achieved the true monarch of the yuan God for so long that he doesn''t have a fourth-order magic weapon. Now Xu Mengying took out a fourth-order magic weapon to buy him. Of course, he accepted the purchase without hesitation.


    Huanglian cult has a history of more than 2000 years, and the yuan God Zhenjun in the door has never been cut off.


    After years of accumulation, there are still several fourth-order magic tools in the door.


    Moreover, although the yellow lotus sect has been in a de facto split state over the years, various important items, including fourth-order magic tools, have been kept in the general altar.


    Although Yue fengzhenjun has many supporters in the general altar of Huanglian cult, after Xu Mengying became the original God, at least in the general altar of Huanglian cult, Xu Mengying has the highest authority.


    Xu Mengying gave a list, which recorded the details of several fourth-order magic tools currently owned by Huang Lianjiao.


    Meng Zhang knew that Xu Mengying would certainly keep all of them. The fourth-order magic tools taken out were certainly not all the inventory of Huang Lianjiao.


    Meng Zhang looked at the list carefully. The fourth-order magic tools in the list were not particularly suitable for him, nor did they fit in with his practice method and Avenue.


    There are no ordinary goods and no useless statements about the fourth-order magic tools.


    Every fourth-order magic weapon was refined by the elder after a lot of hard work, so that it could evolve successfully slowly.


    Every fourth order magic weapon is different and has its own uniqueness.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. What he lacks most at present is a magic weapon to protect his life.


    He has enough means to defend against ordinary attacks. What he needs is a magic weapon that can protect himself in adversity.


    There were only one or two defensive magic weapons on the list. Meng Zhang didn''t need to choose much, so he took a fancy to a Taoist robe - qicaixia light robe.


    This qicaixia light robe is made of Millennium ice silk and sun refined gold silk thread, which are collected from Jiutian Xiaguang and Jiutian Gang Qi.


    As long as a monk wearing a Taoist robe encounters an attack, colorful clouds will appear on the Taoist robe to resist all kinds of attacks.


    In addition, as long as the friars take the initiative to urge, the Taoist robe will send out bursts of colorful rays to eliminate the power of all kinds of roads.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang chose this qicaixia light robe, Xu Mengying was unwilling to give up.


    However, there is no reliable helper except Meng Zhang now.


    The killing of Yue Fengzhen Jun is of great significance to her. She is willing to pay a huge price and will contribute to it. The loss of a fourth-order magic weapon stored in the door is deplorable, but it is barely acceptable.


    Xu Mengying asked Meng Zhang to wait at the gate of taiyimen mountain. She specially went back to the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    The fourth order magic weapon can be regarded as a treasure in any sect, and the yellow lotus sect is no exception.


    Even the headmaster and the saints should say hello to the elders of the door if they want to use the fourth order magic tools collected in the door.


    However, Xu Haoran, the oldest elder in the sect, is about to sit down, and other elders are also worried. Xu Mengying easily came to the secret library in the door and obtained the pass amulet without any obstacles from the guard elder.


    After entering the secret library, she saw pieces of fourth-order magic tools floating in the air. Xu Mengying simply didn''t do it and put all the fourth-order magic tools away.


    Among them, there are also four level magic tools that want to resist, which are all subdued by Xu Mengying''s cultivation in the period of Yuanshen. For the sake of being the saint in the door, the spirits of these magic instruments did not resist too fiercely.


    Among the four level magic tools of Huanglian sect, there is no prick like the void tripod of Taiyi gate.


    Xu Mengying didn''t steal these fourth-order magic tools, but didn''t want them to fall into the hands of Yue Fengzhen through some ways.


    As far as she knows, there are many high-level leaders in the general forum, but they are very optimistic about Yue Feng Zhenjun. Some of them have a secret connection with him, and some have even defected to him.

 Chapter 755

    Xu Mengying quickly went back and soon appeared in front of Meng Zhang again.


    She was very distressed and handed the qicaixia light robe to Meng Zhang.


    Because of the existence of the spirit of the fourth order magic instrument, it is more convenient to refine it as long as the spirit of the instrument does not deliberately resist and is willing to take the initiative to cooperate.


    Qicaixia light robe''s Qiling is a little girl wearing colorful clothes with two sky braids on her head.


    The little girl looks almost as old as a human child of six or seven years old, and her intelligence is equivalent to a human child of ten years old.


    The former owner of this qicaixia light robe gave her a nickname called caier.


    As long as the fourth-order magic instrument is in an energetic environment, it can almost always exist. Even if you put it for thousands of years, it is difficult to damage it.


    The spirit of the fourth-order magic instrument, Shouyuan, is also very long, much longer than any human friar or monster.


    The spirit of a fourth-order magic instrument has experienced many masters of the yuan God Zhenjun. The masters have sat down one after another, and the spirit of the instrument is still alive. That is a very common thing in the cultivation world.


    Moreover, the spirit itself will evolve and even take the initiative to practice.


    However, the growth and progress of the spirit is very slow.


    This qicaixia light robe has been a fourth-order magic weapon for hundreds of years, and lingcaier has been born for so long.


    However, cai''er still looks like a little girl. She has not made great progress in both intelligence and cultivation.


    For hundreds of years, it''s really not worth mentioning for the special creature of instrument spirit. Maybe hundreds of years have passed since I took a nap.


    The qicaixia light robe''s weapon spirit caier is naturally flexible and active. He likes to walk around outside.


    After staying in the secret storehouse of Huanglian cult for so many years, the spirits of other fourth-order magic tools are used to it. She was a different little guy, but she felt very stuffy and had a feeling that she couldn''t stay.


    This time she was taken out by Xu Mengying to breathe. She was the happiest.


    Xu Mengying told caier that from then on, her master was Meng Zhang.


    Cai''er was a little reluctant to give up the yellow lotus sect, but he didn''t show too obvious resistance.


    Meng Zhang took over the qicaixia light robe and gently input his Yuanshen power.


    The power of the yuan God cultivated by the yuan God Zhenjun is a real tonic for the spirit of the fourth-order magic weapon.


    It will be a very long process for the fourth order spirit to grow and evolve solely on its own.


    But with the nourishment of Yuanshen Zhenjun''s Yuanshen power, this time can be greatly shortened.


    The pursuit of evolution is the instinct of living creatures, and tool spirits are no exception.


    The reason why most fourth-order magic tools need a master is that the power of the yuan God Zhenjun is too good for the spirit of the tool.


    Meng Zhang has a strong foundation and cultivates the superior skill inherited by the big school. His hard-earned power of the original God is particularly pure, and also contains a special breath, which has a unique attraction to the spirit of the instrument.


    As soon as the power of the yuan God entered the body, cai''er couldn''t help moaning.


    Such pure power is so comfortable and intoxicating. I really want to immerse myself in such power forever.


    Caier had a master before, and had seen other Yuanshen Zhenjun of Huanglian sect. However, the power of the original God of all of them is not as attractive as that of Meng Zhang.


    A little girl''s shadow appeared on the qicaixia light robe. She eagerly absorbed the power of the yuan God released by Meng Zhang.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, the power of Yuanshen is the origin. The strength of the original God accumulated through hard cultivation is very precious and can''t be wasted at will.


    There are detailed records on how to deal with and accept the spirit of the instrument in the inheritance classics of Taiyi gate.


    As long as he didn''t meet the smelly and hard old thing like the void tripod, Meng Zhang still had a way to use ordinary fourth-order magic tools.


    Meng Zhang stopped conveying the power of the original God. The instrument spirit caier, who was intoxicated with it, looked very worried after being interrupted.


    A flash of light flashed. Not far in front of Meng Zhang, a little girl appeared out of thin air. She scratched her ears and cheeks anxiously, looking like she was going to jump on Meng Zhang.


    Through some bargaining, Meng Zhang finally got caier''s loyalty for the time being.


    "I''ve seen my master." cai''er made a big gift to Meng Zhang.


    For the true monarch of Yuanshen, the power of Yuanshen is not endless. It''s also a skill to spend as little energy as possible to subdue the spirit of the instrument.


    Meng Zhang had an inexplicable feeling in his heart, as if he were abducting a little Lori.


    "Start in three years..."


    Xu Mengying didn''t hear what Meng Zhang was mumbling, but told him frankly.


    This qicaixia light robe is only temporarily lent to Meng Zhang. After he successfully kills Yue Fengzhen, this fourth-order magic weapon will completely belong to him.


    Meng Zhang has no opinion on this.


    You''ve seen who spits out what you eat. Everything has been obtained, so Meng Zhang naturally owns it.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t want to break his promise. In essence, he is still a kind man. If he receives benefits from others, he will certainly do things.


    Xu Mengying gave such a great advantage, and Meng Zhang no longer retained it. He was ready to take out his cards and try to kill Yue Fengzhen on the spot.


    It''s said to kill Yue Feng Zhenjun. Of course, this kind of thing can''t be done openly.


    Before the Jiuqu League broke up, Meng Zhang killed its elders in public and took the initiative to provoke a civil war. He can''t afford such a crime.


    If you want to kill Yue Fengzhen and leave no future trouble, you''d better act secretly and ensure that your deeds are secret and the news will not leak out.


    Since Xu Mengying dared to persuade Meng Zhang to do it, she naturally already had a plan.


    For Yuefeng Zhenjun, the great enemy, Xu Mengying invested a lot of effort. She spent a lot of money to spy on Yue Fengzhen''s every move and obtain all kinds of useful information.


    Huangtian is worthy of her efforts. After years of efforts, Xu Mengying found a very suitable opportunity to kill Yue Fengzhen quietly.


    Xu Mengying spoke out this opportunity and her plan without reservation.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang could not help shivering in his heart. No wonder people say never offend a woman. I don''t know what deep hatred Yue Fengzhen Jun and Xu Mengying have. This woman is so deliberate that she has to kill her.


    However, these are none of Meng Zhang''s business. He was too lazy to ask about their grievances.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun had a grudge against himself. He took advantage of Xu Mengying. Of course, he should go all out to send Yuefeng Zhenjun to the West.


    Xu Mengying''s choice of starting place is more than nine days. The time still needs to wait, about half a year later.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, so he waited quietly in the mountain gate.


    Xu Mengying also put aside all the things of Huang Lianjiao and prepared for the coming war.

 Chapter 756

    While Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying were making various preparations to kill Yue Fengzhen, the situation of Jiuqu League was undergoing great changes.


    The jade sword sect, which had long wanted to break with the Qing Yuan sect and break away from the Jiuqu League, finally stopped covering up and took action.


    Yujianmen withdrew the elders, elders and all disciples stationed in Jiuqu city and publicly announced that it would withdraw from Jiuqu League, which has nothing to do with Jiuqu League since then.


    Yujianmen''s forces withdrew from the south of Jiuqu League and the north where yujianmen''s base camp was located.


    Yujianmen should take the area where the Mountain Gate of Huanglian sect is located as the dividing line, draw a clear line with Qingyuan sect, and monopolize the north of Jiuqu league from then on.


    The open break between the two giants had a great impact on the major Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League.


    Whether willing or not, the major Xiuzhen forces were forced to stand in line and fall into the two camps one after another.


    Generally speaking, most of the Xiuzhen forces in the South follow the Qing Yuan sect, and most of the Xiuzhen forces in the north belong to the jade sword sect.


    Of course, there are some forces of truth cultivation, which have not stood in line for the time being. They are either waiting for a price or making a final effort to stop the division of Jiuqu League.


    Forces like the four seas business firms, which started with business, are very reluctant to see the division of the Jiuqu alliance. Although they knew it was useless, the senior management of Sihai commercial firm ran around trying to bridge the differences between qingyuanzong and yujianmen.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun of Huanglian sect swings left and right between yujianmen and qingyuanzong, waiting for a price. Xu Mengying has been staying at taiyimen for this period of time. She has not made a public appearance, let alone made a statement.


    There are still some forces with Yuanshen Zhenjun, who are still waiting and watching. However, as things develop, their neutrality will not last long.


    For example, the Shangguan family in the north of Jiuqu League and the Yuanshen forces such as wurift valley are still waiting for the development of the situation because of historical reasons.


    The Dark Alliance branch still did not make a statement at this time.


    The Dark Alliance Division has broken with the Dali Dynasty. Of course, it is unwilling to see the division of the Jiuqu alliance, which weakens the strength to resist the Dali Dynasty.


    However, the Dark Alliance branch has no ability to stop the division of Jiuqu alliance.


    The Dark Alliance branch agrees with the position of the jade sword sect, but is also unwilling to offend the Qing Yuan sect too much.


    There are many strongholds in the dark League branch, which are located in the south of Jiuqu League and within the influence of qingyuanzong.


    In the view of Chizhu Zhenjun and others, if Dali Dynasty really invades Jiuqu League on a large scale, qingyuanzong and its subordinate forces are also a valuable resistance force.


    Among the top leaders of Jiuqu League, there are many monks who came from casual practice. It''s OK for other friars. Several yuan Shen Zhenjun have become the object of contention between the two sides.


    Like he Luozhen, he did not hesitate to stand on the side of qingyuanzong. Xuanfeng Zhenjun kept his door closed and didn''t make an easy statement.


    The Jiuqu League was so powerful that it fell apart almost overnight and fell into the confrontation between the north and the south.


    Of course, such a big force does not mean that it can split easily. There are still many heads and tails that need to be solved.


    Industries, resources and materials in Jiuqu League need to be divided.


    Even if the jade sword sect is willing to make concessions on these things, it will not be all cheap to qingyuanzong.


    With the meaning of jade sword gate, the two sides cut it clear as soon as possible and broke up peacefully. But Qing Yuanzong was unwilling to accept all this.


    Qing Yuanzong is a Jiuqu League. Meng Zhang always has room to do things. He didn''t do very well, but gave two choices.


    These Xiuzhen forces either draw a line with qinglanzhen Jun and swear allegiance to Taiyi gate, and then become the vassal of Taiyi gate.


    Or give up everything in the Gobi, be sent out of the country by Taiyi gate, and leave the Gobi honestly.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, except that most of the forces were forced to move away, several forces were really willing to stay.


    But what do these people want to stay? They have become the vassals of the Taiyi sect. Naturally, the Taiyi sect has a way to teach them slowly.


    Around Taiyi gate, Gu Yue family, who controls Dafeng City, has long been included in the camp of Yujian gate. Naturally, it goes without saying.


    Forces such as huoyun sect and Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar are still waiting for the decision of the yuan God Zhenjun behind them.


    The three sects that escaped from hengjue mountain into Jiuqu League all stood on the side of yujianmen without exception.


    They are at odds with the Dali Dynasty. Of course, they should support and resist the jade sword gate, which is the most determined of the Dali Dynasty.


    Generally speaking, after the two giants of yujianmen and qingyuanzong broke up, they stood in a confrontation. Most Xiuzhen forces stand in line one after another, and a few Xiuzhen forces have an ambiguous attitude.


    There is another thing that many people know, but no one says, that is, many of the Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu league are secretly connected with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Both the jade sword sect and the Qing Yuan sect know this situation, but it seems that they can''t come up with a feasible strategy.


    If we hadn''t talked about it at the beginning, maybe taiyimen had already set up Dali imperial court.


    Meng Zhang understands this situation and is very worried about the current situation of Jiuqu League.


    However, although he was already the true monarch of the yuan God, he was still powerless in such things.


    The only thing he can do is to order taiyimen to actively prepare for war and be ready to deal with the all-round attack from the Dali Dynasty.

 Chapter 757

    Not only taiyimen, the whole Hanhai road alliance has already begun to actively prepare for war.


    Under the strict supervision of Meng Zhang, the disciples of Taiyi sect had already started strict practical training.


    The door began to make all kinds of war magic weapons, including some rare large magic weapons and combined magic weapons.


    In order to be in a hurry, some unimportant parts were subcontracted by taiyimen to some refining doors in hanhaidao alliance and some surrounding refining doors.


    Many elite disciples of Taiyi sect, who were carefully selected, began to practice large-scale war array.


    Large war law array can not only be used in large frontal battlefield, but also gather the power of law array to restrain high-level friars.


    For example, the Dharma array being prepared by taiyimen is presided over by immortal Jindan, with friars in the foundation period as the backbone. After the Dharma array operates at full strength, it can even hurt the friars of Yuanshen period.


    If the Dali Dynasty and the Jiuqu League go to war in an all-round way, the victory or defeat of the war definitely does not depend solely on the top monks of both sides.


    If the low-level friars are of no use at all, then both sides can directly let the yuan God Zhenjun come out to kill and work. What other low-level friars do you need?


    If low-level friars want to compete with high-level friars, they need to rely on arrays and use magic tools.


    There are many ancient books of Taiyi gate inherited from its heyday, plus the personal supervision of several Dharma protectors. After years of practice, I have more or less confidence in this aspect.


    Meng Zhang personally went on the stage and tested the practice results of the disciples in the sect.


    As long as they set up the Dharma array, they are not without resistance to the yuan God friars.


    Meng Zhang''s several tentative moves were easily resolved by them, and they could fight back from time to time.


    Meng Zhang cannot completely ignore their counterattack.


    With such achievements, Meng Zhang can''t ask for more.


    Time passed quickly, and half a year passed in a flash. The day when Xu Mengying expected to ambush Yue Feng Zhenjun quietly came.


    Early in the morning, Xu Mengying led Meng Zhang to fly all the way, directly into the Jiutian area.


    Jiutian is a special area with many levels.


    General friars in the later stage of the golden elixir only dare to move in the peripheral areas.


    Meng Zhang''s time to achieve the original God is still short, and he doesn''t come many times in nine days.


    Every time it was fast in and fast out. I collected the essence of nine days and left.


    He is really not familiar with the deep area of nine days.


    Xu Mengying achieved Yuanshen in a shorter time than Meng Zhang. With the accumulation of the yuan God Zhenjun of Huanglian sect, she doesn''t need to enter Jiutian in person to collect the essence of Jiutian.


    When she first entered the nine day area, she felt a little strange around her.


    Soon, she took out a palm sized compass, made a gesture, and flew away in one direction.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness did not warn, and he did not find any danger.


    He followed Xu Mengying and flew in the same direction.


    To the realm of Yuanshen Zhenjun, as long as you don''t intend to die, or go to some too dangerous areas. Within nine days, if you don''t say you enter a deserted place, you can at least avoid most of the dangers and ensure your own life safety.


    Xu Mengying followed the compass in her hand and walked around all the way.


    Sometimes, if you are unlucky and encounter a powerful cloud beast, you will inevitably have a big war.


    Fortunately, their strength is strong. After working together, they can advance and retreat freely as long as they don''t encounter too powerful cloud beast groups.


    They killed two cloud beasts with the strength of the yuan God and scattered several groups of cloud beasts. They finally reached their destination.


    Within nine days, the space was chaotic, and there was no obvious difference between up, down, left and right.


    If practitioners have not practiced special pupil magic power and auditory magic power, they often rely on the divine mind to judge the direction and guide their progress.


    The place where Xu Mengying led Meng Zhang is a special space.


    The dark clouds rolled endlessly in front, just like a boiling lake.


    Before he got too close, Meng Zhang had a warning sign in his heart, and his vigilance increased greatly.


    "In front is the Heisha lake, which is condensed by a special evil spirit."


    "This evil spirit has a strong polluting effect on Yuanshen. Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t go deep into the lake for too long."


    "About every five years or so, the evil spirit in Heisha lake will fade. At this time, if you make full preparations in advance, the friars in Yuanshen period can go deep into the lake."


    Xu Mengying explained to Meng Zhang in a low voice.


    "From almost a year ago, whenever this time comes, Yue Feng will put down all his affairs and come to this place."


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s interest, Xu Mengying continued to explain for him.


    "At the bottom of the lake, there is a treasure left by an elder monk. Besides the treasure, there is a powerful evil beast guarding it."


    "Yue Feng, who never trusts others, is even less willing to share this treasure with others. Relying on his strength alone, he always loses in the hands of evil beasts and returns in vain."


    "He is determined to win this treasure and will never give up. Even if he is defeated repeatedly, he will still come to seize the treasure."


    "We secretly hid aside. When Yue Feng was fighting with the evil beast, we suddenly attacked him. We are very confident that we can leave him completely."


    Xu Mengying only had a few words, so she explained her arrangement properly.


    As for the origin of the treasure, how did Yue Feng Zhenjun know about it, why he was determined to get it, and how did Xu Mengying know the secret, so he was sure of Yue Feng Zhenjun''s action and set up an ambush here in advance?


    Xu Mengying didn''t mention this series of questions. Meng Zhang hesitated and didn''t ask more.


    In the cultivation world, almost everyone has his own secret. Some secrets are absolutely unwilling to let outsiders know.


    Although Meng Zhang is curious, he can''t be talkative or even ask each other because of a little curiosity.


    Meng Zhang respects Xu Mengying and her secrets. As long as there is no problem with the ambush, her secret will not hurt herself, and Meng Zhang will have her to go.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are allies now, and there will be many times to take care of each other in the future. Meng Zhang doesn''t want things that have nothing to do with himself to affect their relationship.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t find out and listened to his own arrangement, Xu Mengying finally put down her heart.


    Some things, now is not the time to tell Meng Zhang. There are secrets that she may never reveal.


    According to Xu Mengying, the change of Heisha lake is five days later. Yuefeng Zhenjun probably arrived at that time.


    They need to hide and spend these five days in secret.


    Meng Zhang still has this patience. It''s not difficult to wait for five days.


    Xu Mengying found a hidden place nearby and walked over with Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 758

    Xu Mengying took out a gauze and unfolded it gently. An invisible barrier wrapped her and Meng Zhang and isolated her from the outside environment.


    This is Xu Mengying''s fourth-order magic weapon magic hazy yarn, which plays a strong role in increasing various magic powers.


    After the imperial envoy magic hazy yarn performed the magic, Xu Mengying perfectly hid herself and Meng Zhang, and completely integrated into the surrounding environment without Ruth''s flaws.


    The space within the barrier is not narrow. It is more than enough for them to sit cross legged.


    Now, they just need to wait quietly for Yue Fengzhen to arrive.


    Within nine days, you can''t see the sun, moon and stars. There is no difference between day and night. It''s difficult to distinguish the time and day.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying both have ways to distinguish the passage of time. A few days pass in a flash.


    In fact, in less than five days, Yue Feng Zhenjun appeared next to Heisha Lake as Xu Mengying expected.


    What Xu Mengying didn''t expect was that Yue Feng Zhenjun didn''t come alone, but had a companion.


    Xu Mengying thought that in order to keep the secret of this treasure, Yue fengzhenjun would never tell anyone here.


    Look at the companion of Yue Feng Zhenjun, wearing a heavy armor and a helmet to cover his face. In terms of momentum alone, this man is a strong man at the same level as Yue Fengzhen.


    The situation has changed. Do you want to follow the original plan?


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s asking eyes, Xu Mengying decided to wait to see if there was a new turn.


    Anyway, under the current situation, if they retreat rashly, they are likely to disturb each other. They might as well hide in place and continue to wait.


    Meng Zhang understood Xu Mengying''s meaning and followed it.


    Anyway, for him, the worst situation is just a positive conflict with Yue Feng Zhenjun. Whoever is afraid of in a frontal battle, even if he can''t win, doesn''t he even have the power to protect himself?


    After Yuefeng Zhenjun came here with his companions, he has been silently waiting by the Heisha lake.


    After a while, the companion couldn''t help asking, "Yue Zhenjun, how long do we have to wait? Don''t forget, according to the order, I must go to meet the brigade after ten days."


    "Marshal Zhao, take it easy. There will be changes here tomorrow. At that time, you just need to help us hold the two evil beasts, and we will be finished soon."


    Yue Fengzhen said softly.


    "Yue Zhenjun, you just took refuge in the imperial dynasty. You may not be familiar with our rules. The marshal needs to remind you."


    "Now it''s wartime, and we practice military law. When we lose time, we should be beheaded, no matter who. You friars are used to being loose, and may not take military law seriously."


    "But Marshal Ben told you that once the assembly and fighters are delayed, no one can save you."


    Speaking later, marshal Zhao became a little fierce.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun is also a Yuanshen Zhenjun. He occupies a high position in Huanglian cult and is sought after by his subordinates. Marshal Zhao''s attitude makes him a little unbearable.


    "Marshal Zhao, the reason why we took refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty, but your envoys promised many conditions. One of them is to let you unconditionally assist us and obey our orders this time."


    "Why, is Marshal Zhao going to disobey orders now?"


    Hearing Yuefeng Zhenjun''s question, marshal Zhao was silent. After a long time, he said, "Marshal I have no other intention. I just hope Yue Zhenjun doesn''t miss the big event. As for Yue Zhenjun''s orders, marshal I will naturally obey."


    Since the other party''s words meant to be soft, Yue Feng Zhenjun didn''t say much.


    Wait a minute and ask others to help. There''s no need to make the relationship too bad.


    Next, they didn''t say much, so they waited silently.


    When they talked, they didn''t expect anyone nearby, so they had no scruples and told a lot of secrets.


    It seems that Yuefeng Zhenjun finally made a choice and took refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    This choice is not surprising. On the surface, Dali Dynasty is far better than qingyuanzong and yujianmen. Even Meng Zhang might make the same choice as Yue Feng Zhenjun if he had the right opportunity.


    It seems that the Dali dynasty still valued the real king of Yue Feng. I don''t know what conditions Dali imperial court offered him, but it cost him to send a Yuanshen friar to help him.


    No wonder Yuefeng Zhenjun brought others here. It turned out that he was a helper from the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Dali Dynasty is also a powerful force in the hegemonic side. It should not compete with Yue Fengzhen for the treasures in Heisha lake.


    Xu Mengying suddenly said nothing more.


    If this opportunity is not seized, it will only be more difficult to kill Yue Fengzhen in the future.


    He took refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty and had the protection of the Dali imperial dynasty. It is estimated that Xu Mengying''s strength alone is completely powerless to him.


    At the thought of this, Xu Mengying''s heart soared.


    From their dialogue, Meng Zhang knew what the Dali dynasty would do after ten days.


    Unfortunately, on the one hand, he was unable to intervene, and on the other hand, he was unable to spread the news quietly.


    Time passed quickly while everyone was waiting.


    here we are

 Chapter 759

    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang''s movements are light, and they enter the channel with their hands and feet.


    Around the channel is the water of Heisha lake, which is still boiling violently. The effect of the bead is still there. Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are not disturbed by the surrounding.


    They walked along the passage. After walking out for a while, they heard the sound of battle looming ahead.


    Both of them quickened their pace and soon arrived at the place where the battle took place.


    Besides Yue Fengzhen Jun and marshal Zhao, after they entered the channel, they hurried along for a while and came to the bottom of Heisha lake.


    Strange to say, the bottom of Heisha lake is extremely dry without any water vapor. Even all kinds of evil spirits are extremely thin and almost difficult to find.


    The bottom and surface of the lake are two different faces, which can only make people sigh the magic of nature.


    As soon as I entered the bottom of the lake, I saw two giant beasts as big as mountains, lying there and sleeping.


    Although these two giants look stupid, they are actually very smart and have the strength of Yuanshen period.


    When Yue Feng Zhenjun broke into here before, he suffered losses from these two big guys.


    If it''s one-on-one, Yue Feng Zhenjun can win the battle against the beast, and it''s not difficult to even kill it.


    However, with one against two and two giants working together, the strength is definitely not as simple as one plus one equals two, but has a special bonus.


    With the strength of Yuefeng Zhenjun, he can compete with each other by all means, but he can''t beat each other.


    Unable to defeat the two giants, Yue Feng Zhenjun naturally could not move forward, let alone touch the treasures left by his predecessors.


    Before that, Yue Fengzhen Jun came here several times, each time because of the huge beast blocking the way and returning without success.


    This time, with the reinforcements sent by Dali imperial dynasty, he made full preparations. He was determined to win and full of confidence.


    Yue fengzhenjun and marshal Zhao just appeared at the bottom of the lake. Soon after, the two giant beasts sleeping with their heads covered suddenly opened their eyes and stared at the uninvited guests with murderous eyes.


    "Marshal Zhao, your task is to help us hold these two giants so that we can enter them." Yue Fengzhen said softly.


    Yue fengzhenjun is not open-minded enough. Marshal Zhao offended him in his words before, and he has always kept it in mind. If he didn''t still need each other, he would have turned against each other.


    He deliberately did not tell the detailed information of the two giants, such as the fighting mode of the giants, special talents and powers, etc. Just pretended to inadvertently tell Marshal Zhao that these two giants have the strength of Yuanshen period.


    Marshal Zhao might pay more attention to the monks in Yuanshen period. Just two beasts, he subconsciously gave birth to a little contempt.


    Even if the beast has the strength of Yuanshen period, it is still just an animal. Without the inheritance of human monks, it is not as diverse as human monks. It is not difficult to find a way to restrain only by relying on talent.


    I don''t know when Marshal Zhao had a huge big pass knife in his hand.


    He waved a big knife and took the initiative to kill the two giants in front.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun wanted to make him suffer, but he didn''t make any reminder.


    Moreover, with the strength of Dali imperial marshal, even if it is careless and arrogant, it is impossible to die in the hands of two giants.


    Marshal Zhao must have a life-saving card.


    Facing Marshal Zhao with a big knife, the two giants roared angrily, then made a sudden force and rushed up.


    I saw one person and two animals, so they rushed to each other and began to collide head-on.


    After a series of loud bangs, marshal Zhao''s heavy armor became scarred and full of bumps.


    Huge wounds also began to appear on the two giants.


    Marshal Zhao''s playing style was so bold and unrestrained that he didn''t show any secret magic power. It was really beyond Yue Fengzhen''s expectation to bump into the giant beast so foolishly.


    He mumbled a few words like "rough embryo" and "fool", so he didn''t have much control. He was ready to bypass the battlefield in front and go inside to take out the treasure.


    Regardless of the outcome of Marshal Zhao and the two giants, as long as marshal Zhao can temporarily hold the two giants, he will be satisfied.


    Two giant beasts had already discovered Yue Feng Zhenjun and knew his attempt.


    The two beasts roared angrily, trying to stop Yue Fengzhen from moving on.


    Although Marshal Zhao had a quarrel with Yue Fengzhen Jun before, he also looked down on Yue Fengzhen Jun in his heart.


    However, since he accepted the order and obeyed the dispatch of Yuefeng Zhenjun. Then he must obey the previous assignment of Yue Feng Zhenjun and try his best to hold down the two giants so that they will not threaten Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Marshal Zhao began to take out his mace. The Daguan Dao, which was flying fast in his hand, suddenly seemed to become as heavy as a mountain. It took a long time to chop it.


    When each knife is cut out, the blood light can be seen around the Daguan knife.


    Marshal Zhao cultivated the killing Avenue among the three thousand avenues.


    He was a terrible murderer who showed his great power. People block killing, Buddha block killing Buddha.


    At this time, the two giant beasts couldn''t pay attention to Yue Fengzhen, so they had to do their best to deal with the great enemy of life and death in front of them.


    Killing Avenue, as its name suggests, is a Avenue focusing on killing. It has special lethality for all kinds of creatures.


    The two giants seem to be huge and have strong vitality, but if they are invaded by the power of the killing Road, they can''t last long.


    Marshal Zhao became powerful and succeeded in dragging down two giant beasts. Yuefeng Zhenjun was able to move on unimpeded.


    However, when he reached his destination, in front of a huge mound, he encountered a roadblock again.


    Two calf like monsters stood in front of the mound and looked at Yue Feng Zhenjun covetously.


    What kind of person Yue Feng Zhenjun is, he can see at a glance that these two monsters are just a cover to attract his attention.


    The real killing move is a few shadows looming not far from your body.


    Yue Fengzhen, who is anxious to get the treasure, has no intention of pestering more, but wants to make a quick decision.


    Behind him, a mountain shadow loomed.


    He pointed at the front with one hand. The monsters blocking the road at both ends were like a mountain pressing on the top. He was under great pressure and couldn''t even stand stably.


    At this time, Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang also secretly came near the battlefield and saw what was happening around them.


    "You can''t let Yue Feng Zhenjun take away the treasure." this is the first thought in Xu Mengying''s heart.


    It was her painstaking arrangement over the years to lure Yue Fengzhen into the bait with the treasure.


    If you don''t kill Yue Feng Zhenjun, but let him succeed in taking the treasure, you will lose your wife and break your soldiers. Stealing chickens will not erode the rice.


    This is absolutely unacceptable to Xu Mengying.

 Chapter 760

    Xu Mengying is determined to do it.


    She was kind and didn''t let Meng Zhang fight with Yue Fengzhen Jun, but just asked him to help entangle Marshal Zhao and prevent him from interfering in the battle between her and Yue Fengzhen Jun.


    Seeing that Xu Mengying had made up her mind, Meng Zhang had no other opinion.


    He was hostile to both Yue Fengzhen and Dali. If he has a chance to kill, of course he should try his best.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying began to look for opportunities and was ready to attack at any time.


    Even if you want to do it, you can''t be foolishly hard. Of course, favorable conditions should be used.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun, who is clearing the blocking monster, doesn''t know that he has become someone else''s prey.


    The two monsters in front of him had broken their muscles and bones and were covered with blood under great pressure.


    At this time, the light and shadow around Yue Feng Zhenjun''s body changed, and several mysterious shadows flashed away, straight to his key.


    "Waiting for you." Yue Feng Zhenjun, who had been on guard for a long time, waved his hand at will, just like slapping a fly.


    Several blood clots exploded, and several guys who attacked him directly turned into a mass of meat sauce.


    At this time, the melodious bell rang in Yue Feng Zhenjun''s ear, which made him lose his mind.


    Xu Mengying finally took the opportunity to do it.


    She gently urged the fourth-order magic instrument Jingshen bell in her hand and directly attacked the yuan God of Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    Xu Mengying had reservations about the fourth level master of Zhanhai family before. Not only did she not use the fourth-order magic tools, but the magic Avenue she cast was not her major avenue.


    Among the three thousand avenues, she majored in soul Avenue and had many special means to directly target the soul of the enemy.


    The soul of Yuanshen Zhenjun is deeply hidden in the depths of Yuanshen and is the core of Yuanshen.


    Xu Mengying launched an attack quietly, avoided the body of Yue Fengzhen Jun and approached the depths of his yuan God.


    When Yue Fengzhen was distracted, the monster, which had long been hidden by the side, suddenly shot.


    A shadow appeared behind him, and it was a heavy blow behind him.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s strength of the original God was not weak, and he soon recovered from his absence.


    He fought back and broke the shadow into pieces.


    However, due to the sneak attack, his reaction was slow for half a beat, and a deep scar was left on his back.


    Yue Fengzhen didn''t bother to take a look at the flesh wound on his body, but looked directly at the place where Xu Mengying was hiding.


    Now that Xu Mengying has shot, she can''t continue to hide her tracks in front of him.


    "Xu Mengying, you really don''t know what to do. We didn''t come to you, but you took the initiative to bring it to the door."


    "That''s good. Let''s finish today and see who is qualified to command the Huanglian sect."


    Before the voice fell, Yue Feng Zhenjun took the initiative.


    As soon as he made a move, he showed the power of his major earth road.


    I saw bursts of earthy yellow light around Xu Mengying''s body. In the earthy yellow light, Xu Mengying felt as if she had been pressed by a mountain. Her body became extremely heavy and could not move at all.


    Xu Mengying also launched the power of the avenue and fought with Yue Fengzhen Jun.


    Xu Mengying cast two fourth-order magic tools, magic hazy yarn and startling bell.


    Among the ringing tones of God and man''s soul, there are many illusions and strange things.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun''s hands were empty, and endless pressure fell from the sky, as if to completely press Xu Mengying into meat mud.


    He sticks to his heart and turns a blind eye to all illusions. Wall after wall rose beside him to help him resist the attack from Jingshen bell.


    Marshal Zhao, who was fighting with two giant beasts, was very worried when he saw Xu Mengying sneaking into Yue Fengzhen.


    He has entangled two monsters according to Yue Fengzhen Jun''s orders and successfully completed his task. It''s none of his business that Yue Fengzhen Jun was attacked secretly.


    However, he was always arrogant, but he felt that if he was ordered to help Yue Fengzhen, he should avoid all accidents.


    Marshal Zhao''s real cultivation is weaker than that of Yue Feng Zhenjun, but his combat effectiveness is not inferior. Speaking of daring to fight and work hard, he left Yue Fengzhen far away.


    Unlike the monks like Yue Fengzhen Jun who grew up in the cultivation world, marshal Zhao was born in the battle field, grew up on the battlefield, and experienced life and death wars before he had his current status.


    Everything he has now is fought out of the battlefield with his life.


    Dali''s way of cultivating talents in the imperial dynasty was almost demonic and cruel. It was simply raising Gu.


    However, people trained in this way have strong combat effectiveness and aggressive spirit, and will habitually strive for the initiative.


    Marshal Zhao made a decision immediately.


    He ignored the attack of a giant beast, but stared at another giant beast, began to burn the yuan God, tried his best to squeeze his potential, and cut a knife with all his strength.


    The light of the knife flashed, and the beast''s head was different. The power of the killing Avenue invaded his body and took his last breath of life.


    Marshal Zhao, who cut this knife, was not only damaged in origin, but also seriously damaged by another giant beast.


    Marshal Zhao, who killed a giant beast, looked not weak, but looked directly at another giant beast, as if he wanted to cut another knife again.


    If these two giants are really animals without any intelligence, they may fight with Marshal Zhao to the end.


    But the two giants were intelligent people with high wisdom. The remaining monster was stunned by Marshal Zhao, immediately left everything and ran away regardless of everything.


    In the face of death, the giant beast was finally afraid.


    Seeing the beast flee without fighting, marshal Zhao was finally relieved.


    It''s just a knife. Although the loss is not small, it can be made up and recovered slowly. If he took the opportunity of Marshal Zhao''s relaxation, Meng Zhang launched a sneak attack without hesitation.


    In dealing with such a strong enemy, we must not take face into account, but seize every opportunity we can take advantage of.


    The black-and-white airflow fell in the air, combined into a circle, rotated like a grinding plate, and hit Marshal Zhao hard.


    This is a Taoist skill that Meng Zhang realized not long ago - the great millstone of yin and Yang.


    It also uses the power of yin and Yang avenue to kill everything of the enemy.


    Marshal Zhao, who could not dodge, was hit by the big grinding plate of yin and Yang.


    The heavy armor on the body, the magic of protecting the body, Zhenyuan, their own flesh body and Yuanshen were all put into the millstone. There was not much resistance, and they were consumed.


    Before the yuan God completely dissipated, he cut Meng Zhang in the distance.

 Chapter 761

    This is the last knife in Marshal Zhao''s life. Its power is really amazing.


    Meng Zhang, who is exerting his Taoism with all his strength, has not dodged, nor can he dodge.


    If he avoided the blow and interrupted the Taoist art being performed, marshal Zhao would escape.


    After watching the battle for a long time, Meng Zhang learned a little about the marshal who was far away from the imperial dynasty.


    The man''s action just now, whether the timing or the use of the power of the road, has inspired Meng Zhang and benefited him a lot.


    While frantically absorbing Marshal Zhao''s combat experience, Meng Zhang also had a strong fear of the strong man.


    If you can''t, marshal Zhao seems to have exhausted all his energy and spirit and lost all his resistance. Everything he had, from the flesh to the yuan God, was broken by the big grinding plate of yin and Yang.


    An invisible sword Qi came straight to Meng Zhang. His colorful light flashed, and the colorful glow robe he wore spontaneously protected the Lord.


    Colorful clouds blocked the path of Dao Qi, and then they were broken without resistance.


    The dense colorful glow dissipated quickly in front of the Dao Qi, and the Dao Qi was draped over the Taoist robe.


    "Oh, how painful." the instrument spirit color son sent out a miserable scream.


    After the scream, a big crack appeared on the qicaixia light robe, and caier was forced to sleep.


    The qicaixia light robe blocked most of the power of this Sabre at the cost of heavy damage, and exempted Meng Zhang from the worry of his life.


    Another part of the killing force directly broke into Meng Zhang''s body through the qicaixia light robe.


    Meng Zhang gushed blood in his mouth and felt that the vitality in his body was passing away.


    Fortunately, at this time, marshal Zhao had lost all his spirits and bones under the grinding plate of yin and Yang. Meng ZhangCai was able to free up his hands to deal with the killing force invading his body.


    Among the three thousand avenues, the killing Avenue is a very front Avenue with great lethality.


    Meng Zhang''s foundation and recovery ability were invaded into his body by the power of the road, which could not be handled in a short time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about anything else for the time being. He fell to the ground and began to deal with his injury.


    The power of Yin-Yang Avenue is divided into two parts. The power of cathode entangles the power of killing Avenue and constantly wears it away. The power of the anode surges in the body and tries its best to restore its vitality.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang barely stabilized his injury.


    He can barely move now, but he can''t participate in too fierce fighting.


    Marshal Zhao''s whole body and everything on him were broken in the big grinding plate of yin and Yang and turned into the original air flow of yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang is an expert at beating bones and sucking marrow. In this case, he can knock out booty.


    The life magic weapon yin-yang Linghu flew out of his arms and flew to the place where Marshal Zhao died.


    The mouth of the gourd gave birth to a great attraction, which absorbed all the yin-yang airflow into the gourd.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s injury, the yin-yang big millstone Taoism ended too early, did not kill Marshal Zhao too clean, and the air flow of Yin-Yang was not pure enough.


    It will take a long time for yin-yang Linghu to absorb and refine all these yin-yang airflow.


    Not far away, the battle between Xu Mengying and Yue fengzhenjun became white hot.


    Yue Feng Zhenjun''s cultivation is indeed a little better than Xu Mengying, and his combat experience is obviously richer.


    However, all along, the general altar of Huanglian cult has been defending against local sub altars.


    In fact, the skills inherited by each sub altar are not complete.


    After each sub altar is essentially separated from the general altar, they need to collect their own skills to make up for their defects.


    Although Yuefeng Zhenjun is amazing, he may not be able to achieve the yuan God without the guidance of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Xu Mengying showed a tendency to restrain him in the battle.


    It seems that the general altar of the yellow lotus sect is really not confident about the local distribution of altars.


    No wonder, when there is a chance, those sub altars above the local level will break away from the general altar and seek an independent status.


    In addition, Yuefeng Zhenjun doesn''t have a fourth-order magic weapon, which is another disadvantage.


    All the sub altars of Huanglian sect, including the mountain sub altars where Yue Fengzhen Jun came from, had never appeared before Yue Fengzhen Jun, and naturally no fourth-order magic tools have been handed down.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, who was born in scattered cultivation, doesn''t have a satisfactory fourth-order magic tool in his family, let alone give it to Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    However, Yue fengzhenjun and Xu Mengying have been fighting for a long time.


    Although Xu Mengying made a sneak attack first, she also had advantages in all aspects. However, it has only gained a little advantage. It is still a long way from taking down Yue Feng Zhenjun completely.


    Meng Zhang himself had no way to fight directly, but he still had a way to intervene in the battle.


    After the yin-yang Linghu was absorbed, the air flow mixed with black and white rose at the mouth of the Hu.


    The black-and-white airflow flew into the air and turned into nine yin-yang soldiers wearing black-and-white Taoist robes.


    In order to breed the nine yin-yang soldiers of the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang spent a lot of precious spiritual materials.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and the nine yin-yang soldiers flew to the other side of the battlefield not far away.


    Nine yin-yang Taoist soldiers are arranged in turn and set up a yin-yang two Qi array.


    After the Dharma array was deployed, the nine yin-yang soldiers started almost at the same time, and the Dharma array started immediately.


    I saw a black and a white airflow rising from the Dharma array and circling in the air. Like living creatures, they jumped at Yue Feng Zhenjun flexibly.


    Black and white air streams sometimes separate from each other and sometimes intertwine with each other.


    The seemingly insignificant black-and-white airflow contains the power of terror.


    With the fighting experience of Yue Feng Zhenjun, where will the black-and-white air flow come close.


    Wall after wall rose, blocking the direction of the black-and-white air flow.


    The black-and-white airflow fell on the wall and soon dissipated the wall, and then continued to pounce on Yue Fengzhen.


    The power of black-and-white air flow has been weakened so much that Yuefeng Zhenjun can barely resist it.


    Meng Zhang took out such a card. Xu Mengying seized the opportunity and made a fierce attack.


    Nine yin-yang soldiers of the golden elixir period, relying on the power of the array, can barely give play to the lethality of the yuan God in the early stage.


    Of course, it only has the lethality close to the initial stage of Yuanshen, and there is still a big gap in other aspects.


    With such a powerful assistant, Xu Mengying not only has the upper hand, but also can firmly suppress Yue Fengzhen Jun, so that he can''t get away smoothly.

 Chapter 762

    The original Yue Feng Zhenjun can still fight with Xu Mengying. In fact, he has hidden his cards, which is far from the end of the mountain.


    Now with the help of a team of yin and Yang soldiers, he began to feel irresistible.


    Meng Zhang is healing in the distance. No one knows when he will recover and join the battle again.


    There are many reasons why Yuefeng Zhenjun took refuge in Dali Dynasty. One of them is to borrow Marshal Zhao from the Dali imperial dynasty to help him get the treasure.


    Now that marshal Zhao died in the war, he didn''t know how to explain to the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The reason why the Dali Dynasty valued Yue Feng Zhenjun was not only because of his accomplishments, but also because of his identity in the Huanglian sect.


    Huang Lianjiao used to be Meng Zhang of Jiuqu League, a little bug that was not seen by him before, but now it has grown to such a point that it can pose a serious threat to him.


    If it had not been for the protection of Jin Lizhen, Meng Zhang and his Taiyi gate would have been erased from the world by Yue Fengzhen.


    At the thought of this matter, Yue Feng Zhenjun was even more unhappy.


    Now Yuefeng Zhenjun is in a dilemma.


    If he retreats, most of the treasure he has sought will fall into Xu Mengying''s hands.


    Ironically, she and marshal Zhao helped her clear the obstacles to seizing the treasure.


    This feeling of hard work and finally making wedding clothes for her people is unbearable.


    But if he stays, he can''t beat Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang alone.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s blow to kill Marshal Zhao just now made him feel cold and afraid.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun is also a decisive figure in his daily life. If he was not really unwilling to give up the treasure, he should have made a decision long ago.


    Just, the longer you delay, the worse it will be for you. Yuefeng Zhenjun wanted to understand this truth and decided to retreat temporarily.


    Even if Xu Mengying won the treasure today, she won''t be happy for long. As long as you use the power of Dali imperial dynasty, you can easily defeat her and take back the treasure from her.


    The treasure should be kept in her hands for the time being. Sooner or later, she will take it back with interest.


    At that time, it will be harvested together with her life.


    Thinking of this, Yue Feng Zhenjun was ready to retreat.


    But he didn''t go just now, and now it''s not so easy to retreat.


    Of course, Yuefeng Zhenjun won''t be baffled by this problem. He has his own countermeasures.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun tried his best to exert the power of the road, and the pressure as heavy as the mountains pressed on Xu Mengying one after another, temporarily suppressing her.


    Yue Fengzhen chose the position of the yin-yang soldiers as his breakthrough direction.


    His body was full of earthy yellow light, as if he had put on a thick layer of armor.


    The black-and-white airflow from the yin-yang two Qi array rushed to him and was temporarily blocked by the layer of earthy yellow light.


    If it is the Yin and Yang Qi exerted by the yuan God Zhenjun, it can kill all things in heaven and earth.


    However, the strength of a group of Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period is much worse because they use the Yin and Yang Qi skillfully by the Dharma array.


    Relying on his accomplishments on the earth road, Yue Fengzhen Jun stubbornly operated the power of the road to block the dissipation of yin and Yang.


    In a twinkling of an eye, Yue Feng Zhenjun rushed to the front of the Dharma array composed of Taoist soldiers.


    Only the Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period have an essential gap with the Yuanshen Zhenjun. If the power of the Dharma array is resisted, there are not many effective means.


    However, although these Taoist soldiers have a certain intelligence, in essence, they are puppets refined by Meng Zhang and completely controlled by his mind.


    It''s like this today. Meng Zhang wants to leave Yue Feng Zhenjun anyway, so that he can do his best.


    As for the life and death of these Taoist soldiers, he didn''t care.


    It''s a pity that such tools as Taoist soldiers have been wasted, but isn''t the role of Taoist soldiers to fight the enemy?


    The nine yin-yang soldiers began to burn their origin crazily and try their best to stimulate every potential in their body.


    The Yin and Yang Qi originally blocked by Yue Feng Zhenjun suddenly increased in power and quickly dissipated the power of the road he used to protect himself.


    Bang Bang... A series of explosions continued to sound, and nine yin-yang soldiers exploded and died one after another.


    At the cost of their lives, they stimulated the maximum power of yin and Yang.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun had to stop and retreat to resist the black-and-white airflow around his body.


    The road of earth is good at defense. Yuefeng Zhenjun''s power of the earth road completely blocked the blow.


    After such a period of delay, Xu Mengying got rid of the pressure and killed her from behind.


    Worried about Yue Feng''s escape, she took out her long hidden mace.


    She took out a short branch and gently threw it at Yue Feng Zhenjun.


    A seemingly insignificant branch changed Yue Fengzhen''s face, like a great enemy.


    "Rootless wood, how can you have this treasure?"


    Xu Mengying didn''t answer Yue Feng Zhenjun, but tried her best to urge the treasure.


    The branches expanded rapidly in the air and turned into a blue air flow, which suddenly wound around Yue Fengzhen.


    Yue Fengzhen immediately felt that it was extremely difficult to mobilize the power of the earth road. The induction of the earth road between himself and heaven and earth seemed to be blocked.


    The five elements are the supreme principle between heaven and earth.


    Xu Mengying temporarily restrained Yue Feng Zhenjun''s earth road at the cost of consuming a wooden treasure.


    The best avenue is restrained. Although Yuefeng Zhenjun still has backup means, his strength will inevitably be greatly reduced.


    Xu Mengying frantically pounced on Yue Feng Zhenjun, only attacking but not defending, and vowed to leave him completely.


    Meng Zhang, who had been healing on one side, also forcibly suppressed his injury and struggled to kill him despite the raging killing power in his body.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword, sun and moon divine light, yin and yang two Qi, yin and Yang big grinding plate and other Taoist magic powers are displayed in the same way.


    After a hard struggle, Xu Mengying was seriously injured, Meng Zhang was injured and fell to the ground.


    And Yue Feng Zhenjun finally died and fell here.


    The hatred between Xu Mengying and Yue fengzhenjun for many years has finally come to an end.


    She sat on the ground, her eyes lost, and she didn''t know what she was thinking.

 Chapter 763

    After a long time, Xu Mengying''s mood calmed down.


    Only when she recovers can she care about dealing with the aftermath.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care what kind of past and grievances there are between Xu Mengying and Yue Fengzhen.


    Now he is focused on his injury.


    The power of the killing avenue that was originally raging in the body has not yet been cleared, and there is more power of the earth avenue to destroy.


    Even the Yuanshen Zhenjun, who can also mobilize the power of the road, once hurt by the power of the road, it is not so easy to heal.


    Xu Mengying''s injury is much lighter, and as a saint of Huanglian sect, she is much richer than Meng Zhang.


    She took out several pills and took them. She adjusted her breath for a while, and then suppressed the injury temporarily.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s hard work and injuries, Xu Mengying hesitated, took out a jade bottle and sprinkled it on Meng Zhang''s head.


    Meng Zhang didn''t feel malicious, so he didn''t resist and let her do it.


    A bottle of green liquid fell from the air, turned into little green light spots, and quickly penetrated into Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang sensed that his body was full of vitality, and even the vitality originally killed by the power of the killing Avenue began to recover slowly.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to exercise the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and temporarily suppressed the power of external Avenue.


    At this time, Meng Zhang regained his power of action.


    He looked at Xu Mengying with inquiring eyes and wanted to see what her next plan was.


    "Yue Feng, the evil thief, has been killed, and leader Meng has fulfilled his promise."


    "Since we are already allies, I won''t say much if we are grateful. I just hope you and I will continue to cooperate and take care of each other in the future."


    With these words, Xu Mengying stopped for a moment and said, "there are many things I didn''t tell leader Meng. It''s not my intention to hide, but it''s about personal privacy, so it''s inconvenient to disclose."


    "As for other things, I won''t hide head Meng."


    "Just like this treasure in front of me, I am willing to share it with leader Meng."


    "However, I''m worried that headmaster Meng may not like this treasure."


    While talking, Xu Mengying came to the front of the mound.


    The monsters here had long been killed. Without any obstacles, Xu Mengying came to the bottom of the tall mound.


    She stretched out her right hand and drew a few runes in the air.


    Several runes were shining brightly and flew to the mound in front of them.


    A moment later, with a loud rumble, the mound separated on both sides, revealing a road.


    Xu Mengying took the lead and went in. Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate and followed in.


    The road is not long. At the end of the road, there is a seemingly insignificant bamboo forest.


    No matter how ordinary the bamboo forest looks, it is certainly not ordinary.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he just looked at it and knew that this bamboo forest was transformed by a space magic instrument.


    "Although the bamboo rhyme map is only a third-order magic weapon, it can turn into an independent space, which is also extraordinary."


    Xu Mengying directly said the origin of the magic weapon in front of her.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang walked directly into the bamboo forest without any obstacles.


    There are several bamboo houses of different sizes in the bamboo forest.


    There are several bookshelves in the bamboo house. On the bookshelf is a pile of inheritance classics.


    According to Xu Mengying, the owner of this bamboo rhyme picture is a senior Yuanshen friar who has a great relationship with Huanglian religion.


    Before sitting down, the elder Yuanshen left his most cherished bamboo rhyme map and all he learned in this place.


    The reason why Yue Fengzhen is determined to get this treasure is that he hopes to get what the elder has learned, make up for the defects of his kung fu practice, and have the opportunity to go further.


    Relying solely on the inheritance of Huanglian''s mountain altar, Yuefeng can''t even enter the Yuanshen period.


    Although relying on the help of Tianzhu Zhenjun, he temporarily made up for the defects of the skill and entered the Yuanshen period. But Tianzhu Zhenjun can''t spend too much energy on him. He just complements part of his practice.


    There are no complete classics in the general altar of Huanglian cult on the skill practiced by Yue Fengzhen Jun.


    It is the consistent tradition of the general altar of Huanglian cult to teach defective and incomplete skills to different places.


    Later, Yue Fengzhen knew the treasure left by the elder.


    The master''s cultivation methods are the same as those of Yue Fengzhen. If Yuefeng Zhenjun can get the skill he practiced, he can complete the incompleteness of the skill.


    After Xu Mengying explained these things, she didn''t say anything more.


    Xu Mengying made a copy of all the skills and left the original version to Meng Zhang.


    In addition to these inheritance classics, there is no other harvest in the bamboo house.


    Is this a treasure? Meng Zhang''s stomach was full of Fei.


    Of course, the same thing has different uses for different people.


    For Yuefeng Zhenjun, the heritage classics here are priceless.


    As for the bamboo rhyme picture of the bamboo forest, Xu Mengying left it to Meng Zhang.


    The condition is that Yue Feng Zhenjun''s body and everything on him belong to her.


    Meng Zhang has no other opinion.


    For a long time, he has been pursuing outstanding space magic tools.


    Until he entered the yuan God period, he didn''t get the desired space magic weapon.


    Although the bamboo rhyme map is a little lower, it is only a third-order magic tool. But the independent space inside is large enough for Meng Zhang''s daily use.


    Even if he was seriously injured, Meng Zhang easily refined this third-order magic weapon.


    The whole bamboo forest disappeared out of thin air, and a scroll appeared in the air.


    Meng Zhang put away the scroll and left here with Xu Mengying.


    When she came to the place where the war had just been fought, Xu Mengying said, "the situation here can''t last long. The water of Heisha lake, which was originally excluded, will soon submerge here again. At that time, it will be difficult for us to go."


    Moreover, they also found that with the passage of time, Yue Fengzhen Jun used a one-time magic tool to drive away the water vapor, and began to gather around slowly.


    The evil Qi here is very strange and has the function of defiling the yuan God.


    Meng Zhang wrote down this place and left with Xu Mengying.


    They went back to the lake along the entrance channel, then left Heisha lake and came to the open space nearby.


    Watching Heisha Lake roll more and more fiercely, the original channel is slowly disappearing.


    Meng Zhang felt lucky.


    Fortunately, the battle did not last long, and Xu Mengying and herself solved the enemy in time.


    Otherwise, after the passage disappears, you will be trapped at the bottom of Heisha lake. It will be difficult to leave safely.


    Both of them are not in good condition, especially Meng Zhang. He just managed to suppress the injury and his strength does not exist.


    It''s relatively safe here. They decided to stay for a while and deal with their injuries first.

 Chapter 764

    In the next time, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying stayed in this place to heal slowly.


    After this war, the relationship between the two became closer and more trusted than before.


    In this way, they are also more assured to let each other help themselves heal.


    The effect of healing is very different with or without the help of others.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s body still has the power of killing road and earth road. It''s not clear how long it will take to drive these forces out by his own power.


    With the help of Xu Mengying, the same Yuanshen Zhenjun, they cooperate with each other outside. They operate the power of the road at the same time to drive away the external power in Meng Zhang''s body.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s healing efficiency has been greatly increased.


    Of course, it is not only Meng Zhang who needs Xu Mengying''s help, but Xu Mengying also gets help from Meng Zhang.


    Yue Fengzhen tried his best before he died. Xu Mengying, as his most hated and hated object, was his main target. Xu Mengying inevitably gets caught and is also hurt by the power of the earth road.


    After Meng Zhang''s injury stabilized slightly, he helped Xu Mengying drive away these external forces.


    In addition to healing, the two also had some exchanges to discuss some problems encountered in cultivation.


    Before this shot, Xu Mengying waited for a long time at taiyimen and had some exchanges with Meng Zhang.


    However, at that time, they didn''t trust enough and had reservations, and the main direction of communication was how to cooperate and how to fight against Zhan Yuefeng Zhenjun.


    Now, while they are healing, they communicate about their cultivation.


    Meng Zhang has inherited classics left by the ancestors of Taiyi clan. He has rich theoretical knowledge, but he has not been instructed by his predecessors. Many times, you need to explore and move forward alone.


    The inside information of Huanglian sect is far less than that of taiyimen in its heyday, but it is also a great spiritual sect with a complete inheritance.


    As a saint of Huanglian sect, Xu Mengying has enjoyed the best practice conditions since she was a child. Among them, there is the elder Zhenjun''s personal guidance.


    There was a person who came here to give instructions and teach by example. She really benefited a lot, and learned a lot of valuable experience and many details that she couldn''t learn from books.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying put down their guard and had in-depth exchanges. Both of them benefited a lot from each other, learned a lot from each other, learned from each other, and began to deliberately make up for some of their shortcomings.


    Although their injuries were not healed, they were very relaxed in spirit. The harvest gained from each other will greatly promote their future practice.


    This place is originally relatively remote and hardly disturbed by foreign creatures.


    Occasionally, several unsightly cloud beasts rushed over and were easily expelled by the two.


    The giant beast with the fighting power of Yuanshen period has never returned to this place since it was scared away by Marshal Zhao.


    In this still quiet place, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying can calm down and understand their harvest.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying both took the most orthodox path during the advanced yuan Shen period.


    Read the Taoist Scriptures, understand the Taoist collection, slowly understand the power of the avenue, and naturally make progress and breakthrough.


    Although this kind of practice is a little slower, the process is very plain, and there are no soul stirring twists and turns. But with a solid foundation and a promising future, we can go further in the future.


    Like those friars who are opportunistic and take a shortcut to advance to the yuan God, even if they spend more time in the future, it is difficult to make up for the defects left before.


    Meng Zhang had a leisurely life here. In addition to the daily routine homework, it is the communication with fellow Xu Mengying.


    He seems to have forgotten everything about taiyimen and the tension facing Jiuqu League.


    Xu Mengying''s situation is similar. After Yue Fengzhen''s death, she should hurry back to Huanglian sect as soon as possible and take advantage of the other party''s headless opportunity to unify Huanglian sect and integrate the power of the whole sect.


    Her long delay here is a great opportunity.


    Of course, their leisurely time didn''t last long, and they were roughly interrupted by external forces.


    On that day, after they finished meditating and healing, they were talking about metaphysics and exchanging experiences as usual. Suddenly, bursts of thunder came from the distance.


    The two people who were interrupted had a sense of displeasure in their hearts.


    At this time, the explosion is also moving rapidly, as if it is getting closer and closer to here.


    In this case, neither of them can ignore it.


    Meng Zhang sat still and looked in the direction of the voice.


    Since the Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power of breaking false magic eyes has also been advanced, with greater power and more miracles.


    During the golden elixir period, Meng Zhang''s false magic eye will be limited within nine days. Now he looked up, and all the sights in the distance came into his eyes.


    Just a few eyes, Meng Zhang''s face changed greatly, and he was surprised to stand up from the ground.


    Xu Mengying, who was a little indifferent, saw Meng Zhang''s expression and knew that the situation was wrong. She also began to use the secret method to look at the distance.


    At this look, her face also changed dramatically.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying looked at each other. The tacit understanding established during this period made them understand each other''s intentions.


    Both of them are retreating, trying to avoid the coming trouble.


    But it was too late to react at this time.


    When they found the situation in the distance, the people there also found them without any cover.


    "Headmaster Meng, please give me a hand."


    With the roar, he Luozhen, who had not seen him for a long time, flew to Meng Zhang in a gust of wind.


    He Luozhen Jun is not alone. Beside him, there is a human light and shadow.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he soon recognized that it was the yuan God of Qinglan Zhenjun, the founder of the Qing Yuan sect.


    Most of his body had problems, and only the yuan God ran away with he Luozhen.


    The pursuers behind them were also people Meng Zhang knew. They were Wen Dongzhen, an envoy of the Dali Dynasty, and Hengdao Zhen, who had been undercover to the Jiuqu League for many years.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun are chasing after each other. They are determined to leave Heluo Zhen Jun and Qinglan Zhen Jun behind.


    Although he Luozhen and he Luozhen had been unhappy and had a big fight, he and Qing Lanzhen belonged to two opposing camps. But in the face of the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang should know how to stand in line, even if he doesn''t remember that everyone used to be an ally of the Jiuqu alliance.


    If they didn''t see him, Meng Zhang turned and left, it would be nothing. But now he luozhenjun has broken xingzang, and the other party pulled down his face and asked him for help. He can''t ignore it and left.


    Xu Mengying now moves forward and backward with Meng Zhang. Seeing Meng Zhang stay, she will not escape.


    However, she was a little nervous in the face of strong enemies.

 Chapter 765

    The speed of the yuan God Zhenjun was so fast that before he luozhenjun''s voice fell, he was about to rush to Meng Zhang not far from them.


    "Leader Meng, he who knows current affairs is a hero. The Jiuqu League has perished. Even the Qing Yuan sect has defected. You should know where to go."


    Wen Dongzhen, who had been in contact with Meng Zhang, spoke loudly.


    Meng Zhang had secretly contacted Wen Dongzhen before and wanted to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty. However, Meng Zhang disliked that the conditions for leaving the imperial dynasty were too harsh, and the two sides did not agree for the time being.


    In Wen Dongzhen''s opinion, Meng Zhang should have no firm will to fight. He only needs a few casual words to keep him out of the matter.


    "Headmaster Meng, it''s not too late for you to join me now. I can assure you that you can have a place in the court."


    Wen Dongzhen didn''t know that Meng Zhang had awakened because he didn''t talk about it last time, and would never take refuge again. In order not to be looked down upon by Dali imperial court, even if you have to take refuge in the other party in the end, you must let the other party see your strength first.


    Especially later, Meng Zhang hid his identity and joined hands with the red pig Zhenjun of the Dark Alliance branch to fight against them.


    Wen Dongzhen thought that he had given Meng Zhang enough face, and the conditions given were rich enough.


    But in Meng Zhang''s heart, there was an anger that was despised.


    Hearing that dongzhenjun and they were not close, black and white air currents fell on their heads, turning into two sharp swords, one black and one white, and killed them.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword was originally powerful, and it is even more extraordinary with Meng Zhang''s sword skill that he has been practicing hard for many years.


    While Meng Zhang shot, Xu Mengying also sacrificed the magic yarn, and the fallen leaves fell on Wen Dongzhen Jun and them, making them dizzy.


    He Luozhen was a kind man. He didn''t run away quickly because Meng Zhang helped him block the pursuit. He ignored Meng Zhang, but took the initiative to stop and join the attack to help Meng Zhang against the enemy.


    In the sky, waterfalls poured down, and hot flames poured out on the ground.


    As soon as he made a move, he Luozhen began to work hard and showed his major way of water and fire.


    Qinglan Zhenjun has lost his body and only the yuan God is left. His vitality has been greatly damaged and his foundation has been completely destroyed. But he just held his breath and did not hesitate to spend the power of the yuan God to mobilize the avenue of heaven and earth and join the battle.


    He Luozhen had only the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage. It was not easy to escape here all the way.


    Qinglan Zhenjun has only one yuan God left, and his strength does not exist.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are both friars in the early days of Yuanshen, and their injuries are far from healed and their state is far from optimal.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun are both monks in the middle of Yuanshen, and they have been in the cultivation world for many years. They have experienced hundreds of battles and have excellent combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang seems to have a number advantage, but if he really wants to fight, he has little chance of winning.


    Meng Zhang certainly knows the strength comparison between the two sides. He never expected to beat each other.


    He took the initiative to save he Luozhen Jun and Qinglan Zhen Jun.


    Under the cover of Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying, the yuan gods of he Luozhen and Qing Lanzhen flew over and joined them.


    Then the four of them cooperated, fought and retreated, trying to slowly withdraw from the battlefield and escape from the pursuers.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun chased the enemy all the way here. They have regarded he luozhenjun as something in their bag. Where would they be willing to give up.


    Dali imperial court paid the most attention to military merit, and the rewards for military merit were often the most generous.


    The enemy of Yuanshen Zhenjun level is by no means the weak, but the great enemy of Dali imperial dynasty. Naturally, there is a high reward on his head.


    Dali Dynasty has a strong family background, and the royal family has always been clear about reward and punishment. The rewards they give often make yuan God Zhen Jun such as Wen Dongzhen very moved.


    No matter from which aspect, Wen Dongzhen and Jun will not let go of the spoils in front of them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how to intervene. In their eyes, it was just an extra booty.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun pressed step by step and vowed to take all the enemies present.


    Meng Zhang forcibly suppressed his injuries and made every effort to display the avenue of yin and Yang.


    The black-and-white airflow came down from the sky and circled towards them.


    Meng Zhang knew that his opponent was powerful and began to work hard.


    For a moment, Wen dongzhenjun and his team had the absolute upper hand, but they couldn''t win them all the time.


    "This is Xu Xianzi of Huanglian sect around leader Meng."


    "Xu Xianzi probably doesn''t know yet. Yue Fengzhen Jun of your sect has joined me and left the imperial dynasty."


    "Now the whole Huanglian sect is already a loyal minister of the imperial dynasty."


    "Xu Xianzi, where to go? Please make a wise choice as soon as possible."


    Hearing Dongzhen Jun''s half true and half false words, she not only didn''t shake Xu Mengying, but her heart rose up, and her hand couldn''t help aggravating a bit.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and they can never imagine that Yue Fengzhen Jun, who has not participated in their actions, died in the hands of Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang a few days ago.


    He just fooled Xu Mengying into making some nonsense. Even Meng Zhang didn''t bother to expose it.


    "Leader Meng, don''t you know that in a big war a few days ago, Qing Yuanzong and his Yuanshen Zhenjun have been basically wiped out by me from the imperial dynasty, and only one or two escaped."


    "I''m far away from the imperial dynasty. The army is chasing down the remnant enemy everywhere to kill them all."


    "Now, I am far away from all the armies of the imperial dynasty. I have entered the Jiuqu League and am sweeping the four directions. These people are plowing the courts and sweeping the holes to completely calm down here."


    "Whether it''s the Jiuqu league or any sect, the general trend has gone. If any Xiuzhen force doesn''t take refuge in time, it will only die if it leaves the imperial dynasty."


    "Leader Meng, even if you ignore it, you should consider one or two for the Taiyi sect under your command."


    "Do you really want to see a good Taiyi gate completely wiped out by the Dali imperial court?"


    "As the leader of a sect, aren''t you afraid of the disaster of extermination and the interruption of inheritance?"


    Wen Dongzhen Jun asked Meng Zhang angrily, trying to shake his fighting spirit.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that what Wen Dongzhen said was true and false.


    However, from the situation of he Luozhen and Qing Lanzhen, what he said is not all a lie.


    Now the Jiuqu League and qingyuanzong must have undergone some great changes they don''t know, and the situation is developing towards the bad side.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun dare to pursue and kill so arrogantly. They must have their own strength to talk so much.


    Although he Luozhen and Qing Lanzhen have no time to refute for the time being, from their angry expressions, there must be many exaggerations in what Wen Dongzhen said.


    Since Meng Zhang has chosen to fight, he will not be disturbed by words, let alone easily shaken.

 Chapter 766

    Wen dongzhenjun saw that they couldn''t take Meng Zhang for the time being, and wanted to shake Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying''s fighting spirit by relying on a pile of indistinguishable words.


    But neither of them is the kind of person moved by words. They still deal with them calmly.


    Hengdao Zhenjun''s eyes heard dongzhenjun''s nonsense for a long time. As a result, he didn''t even have any effect. He shouted impatiently.


    "Old smell, why are you talking so much nonsense with these guys? The Jiuqu League has been destroyed, and they can''t escape death."


    As he spoke, he stepped up his attack.


    Although Meng Zhang and the four of them felt great pressure, they were able to keep the formation intact for the time being and could take care of each other.


    In particular, he Luozhen Jun and Qing Lanzhen Jun did not know what stimulation they had received. They were crazy to start, giving people a sense of death.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun feel that they have a winning chance. Of course, they are not willing to work hard with the enemy. They only need to step by step to take down the enemy.


    The other side''s attack became more and more fierce. Meng Zhang, who was most seriously injured, felt more and more difficult.


    If there were no other changes, he would not be able to suppress the injury in his body.


    Xu Mengying can really surprise people. At the critical moment, he threw a fourth-order talisman, temporarily forced the other party back and bought time for his own side.


    In the cultivation world, especially in the Jiuqu League, there are not many third-order talismans, not to mention fourth-order talismans.


    Anyway, with Meng Zhang''s knowledge, I haven''t heard of any nearby yuan God Zhenjun who is proficient in the art of making runes, or a fourth-order Rune maker.


    I don''t know where Xu Mengying got this fourth-order talisman, which played a great role at the critical moment.


    Taking advantage of the enemy''s forced retreat, they quickly retreated.


    Unfortunately, this fourth order talisman did not buy them too much time. They had just flown out, and the enemy caught up from the rear.


    Seeing that no one could go as this went on, he Luozhen Jun had a decisive look on his face, so he wanted to rush over and fight with the enemy.


    At this time, volumes of books fell from the sky and trapped the two pursuers firmly.


    "Let''s go." the voice of Shushan Zhenjun came from behind.


    Seeing that someone helped to rescue the siege, Meng Zhang and other four people did not dare to neglect and immediately accelerated to escape.


    Although Shushan Zhenjun was only a friar in the early days of Yuanshen, he did not lose sight of the friars in the middle of Yuanshen.


    The innate Shengde Avenue mastered is a rare Avenue ranked in the top of the three thousand Avenue. In terms of the power of the road alone, he is only stronger than Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun saw Shushan Zhen Jun and knew that he was the strong one in the Dark Alliance.


    "You fish, if you don''t hide well in the mouse hole, you dare to come out and die."


    Hengdao really disdained to drink and scold.


    Although the tone was disdainful, after several fights, he couldn''t get the upper hand. Hengdao Zhenjun was very afraid.


    Meng Zhang''s momentum soared because of the combat power of Shushan Zhenjun, who fell from the sky. It has not only changed the previous decline of being beaten, but also has a hidden tendency of counterattack.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang kept a clear mind and knew that although there were many people on his side, they were tired and injured one by one. They were not in a state. It was really not a good time to face the enemy.


    Although Shushan Zhenjun is powerful, he can''t support the overall situation alone and defeat each other in turn.


    So, under the cover of Shushan Zhenjun, they fought and retreated, slowly evacuated from the battlefield and slowly left for nine days.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun made several efforts and exhausted their means. Seeing that they couldn''t leave their opponents, they had to retreat reluctantly.


    Dali has other plans for the imperial dynasty. They all have military orders. It''s not suitable to entangle here for too long.


    Nine days after they left, Meng Zhang hurried down from the sky and fell into a wilderness.


    After landing, the people were not stable. He Luozhen and Qing Lanzhen hurriedly released a messenger talisman and a messenger flying sword.


    After all this, he Luozhen said to Meng Zhang, "I will repay you for your great kindness today."


    "Time is running out. I don''t have time to explain in detail. I''m going to escort brother Qinglan''s Yuanshen away now. I''ll explain to you slowly in the future."


    Before the words fell, he hurried away with the yuan God of Qinglan Zhenjun.


    Looking at Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying''s puzzled eyes, Shushan Zhenjun said, "let them go. If you have any questions, I''ll explain them to you slowly."


    Shushan Zhenjun''s tone was low, and there was a deep color of fatigue in his expression.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his curiosity and immediately asked.


    What happened to he Luozhen Jun and Qing Lanzhen Jun? How could they be chased and killed by the people of Dali imperial dynasty on the ninth day? What''s more, what''s true and what''s false about what dongzhenjun said just now?


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s question, Shushan Zhenjun sorted out the language and slowly explained it to Meng Zhang.


    It turns out that there is such a tradition in the Qing Yuan sect.


    Every once in a while, qingyuanzong will send Yuanshen Zhenjun and organize a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun from their own camp to go to Jiutian together to collect the essence of Jiutian and other useful resources.


    The resources needed by Yuanshen Zhenjun are rare, and the nine heaven is an effective way to obtain them.


    Of course, there are also many difficulties in obtaining these resources, which can not be started so easily.


    This tradition has lasted for one or two thousand years.


    Now there are more than ten Yuanshen Zhenjun dispatched every time, which can be called a terrible force.


    So many Yuanshen Zhenjun enter the nine days together, not to mention invincible, at least they will not encounter any danger. You can rest assured to collect all kinds of resources.


    In addition to the essence of the nine days, there are many kinds of useful resources. Like many rare celestial spirits, they can be found here.


    Meng Zhang is that the time to achieve the original God is too short, and there are not many times to enter the nine days. After going, I will give priority to the essence of nine days, and I don''t care about other resources for the time being.


    Qingyuanzong may have a deep understanding of the distribution of resources above Jiutian. Every time we organize a large group of people to go, we can get a lot of income.


    Originally, this tradition has lasted for so many years, and there has been no problem.


    One is that they pay attention to keeping their whereabouts confidential. Before each departure, the specific destination is only known to the friars of qingyuanzong.


    Second, with so many Yuanshen Zhenjun going out together, where will there be some unkind guys coming to die.


    Where you can think of it is the action that everyone thinks is absolutely no problem. This time, there was a big problem.


    The Dali dynasty did not know where to know their whereabouts and set an ambush nine days in advance.


    After they entered the ambush circle, the ambush of Dali imperial dynasty suddenly started.


    The Dali Dynasty is also elite this time, and no less than 20 yuan God Zhenjun have been dispatched.

 Chapter 767

    The troops organized by Qing Yuanzong fell into the ambush circle of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Recently, qingyuanzong has been courting the Dark Alliance branch, so when organizing this activity, qinglanzhenjun took the initiative to invite the Dark Alliance branch to send someone to participate.


    Although not willing to get involved in the dispute between qingyuanzong and yujianmen, the Dark Alliance branch is not good to refuse the kindness of qingyuanzong.


    So Shushan Zhenjun joined the team and acted with everyone.


    Shushan Zhenjun didn''t take it seriously, so he took it as a trip to Jiutian.


    If you meet Dali emperor in other places, even if the number of enemies is twice that of your own side and there are many strong ones. But with all our strength, we can still escape many people.


    However, Da Li had planned for a long time, carefully laid an ambush, and sent the top strong to catch the enemy and completely weaken the upper combat power of Jiuqu alliance.


    Shushan Zhenjun reacted quickly. After discovering that he was trapped in the ambush circle, he immediately used a secret treasure to hide himself with the help of the special terrain above nine days, and then slowly looked for an opportunity to escape.


    When it comes to his escape, regardless of his teammates, he only cares about hiding alone, there is a trace of Hao Ran''s color on Shushan Zhenjun''s face.


    No matter how thick skinned people are, they will inevitably be embarrassed when they talk about their disgraceful things.


    Shushan Zhenjun is far from that kind of brazen generation. He still needs face.


    If he didn''t have to, he knew that the gap between the enemy and US was too large and his own side had no chance of winning, he wouldn''t abandon his teammates and hide alone.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying understood this very well and did not criticize Shushan Zhenjun. They also have no position to criticize or despise others.


    This is the atmosphere in the cultivation world. Almost most people are selfish and self-centered. At present, it is not uncommon for people to abandon their peers and escape.


    Meng Zhang, who is willing to help others, is already a rare kind man in the cultivation world.


    Shushan Zhenjun has nothing to do with other monks in the team. Naturally, it is impossible to take himself in for them.


    Shushan Zhenjun escaped, and the others in this team were not so lucky.


    In the face of the long ambush of the Dali imperial dynasty, the Sanyuan shenzhenjun of the Qing Yuanzong led the people to a fierce resistance.


    After a terrible war, many yuan Shen Zhenjun fell on the spot, and the scene was very tragic.


    Except for Shushan Zhenjun, who had been hidden from the beginning, the surrounded team was almost completely destroyed, with only a few survivors.


    Qinglan Zhenjun''s two younger martial brothers died on the spot, and even Yuanshen didn''t escape.


    Qinglan Zhenjun''s body was blown up on the spot, leaving only the yuan God.


    The surrounded friars fought their lives before they made a gap in the ambush circle.


    He Luozhen, the yuan God who escorted Qing Lanzhen to death, managed to escape from the ambush circle.


    And Shushan Zhenjun also seized this opportunity and slipped away from the gap.


    After that, he luozhenjun and they were chased by Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun. Fortunately, they met Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying.


    On their way to escape, they met the real king of Shushan who broke out. Everyone took care of each other and escaped from nine days.


    After hearing the story of Shushan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying, who had always been calm, changed their faces and were shocked.


    Dali imperial dynasty is really a great skill. It''s amazing to mobilize so many yuan God Zhenjun at one breath to behead and ambush the enemy''s high-level friars in nine days.


    Although the Jiuqu League has now been divided into two camps, the north and the south, everyone''s attitude is basically the same when fighting against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    All of a sudden, so many Yuanshen Zhenjun were lost. In the camp of the qingyuanzong side, the senior friars were empty and their vitality was greatly damaged. How can they fight the Dali imperial dynasty in the future?


    In these years, after knowing that the Dali dynasty took the Jiuqu alliance as the next goal, many monks of the Jiuqu alliance, including Meng Zhang, collected all kinds of information about the Dali Dynasty through various channels and carefully studied the Dali Dynasty''s style of action and war style.


    When the Dali imperial court fought against the outside world, it often moved as if it were thundering for nine days. With the momentum of lightning, it launched the most ferocious attack, killed the enemy as much as possible and directly took the enemy''s vital points.


    Dali Dynasty launched this ambush boldly, and then it should launch an all-round attack on Jiuqu League.


    Maybe Meng Zhang and his colleagues had already invaded Jiuqu League and started to attack everywhere.


    At the thought of this, everyone, including Meng Zhang, changed his face.


    Taiyimen is a little better. It is located in the northernmost part of Jiuqu League, which is the rear of the whole Jiuqu League.


    If the Dali imperial court makes a step-by-step attack, it should be the last to kill taiyimen.


    The yellow lotus sect has many sub altars, which are all over the Jiuqu League, and its general altar is located at the North-South junction of the Jiuqu League.


    Seeing that Shushan Zhenjun didn''t have more information to disclose, Xu Mengying hurriedly said goodbye to them. Regardless of his injuries, he flew directly to the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    Although Shushan Zhenjun has just released the messenger flying sword, he has sent all the causes and consequences of this matter back to the Dark Alliance branch.


    However, some things still need to be told by him personally, so that they can make a correct judgment.


    Meng Zhang is now an ally with the Dark Alliance branch. In order to explain this to Meng Zhang, he delayed a little.


    After saying what happened, seeing that Meng Zhang had no other questions, he took the initiative to leave and hurried to the Dark Alliance branch.


    Xu Mengying and Shushan Zhenjun have left, and Meng Zhang is also a little worried about the situation of Taiyi gate. He temporarily suppressed his injury and rushed back to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate as soon as possible.


    Gobi is almost located in the northernmost part of Jiuqu League, which is too far away from qingyuanzong.


    Up to now, the news that friar qingyuanzong was ambushed by Dali imperial court has not reached Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang, who returned to Taiyi gate, did not dare to neglect it. He immediately sent out a messenger to report to the close Zong gates such as Dafeng City and beast king mountain.


    As for the jade sword gate, I''m afraid I already know about it. However, Meng Zhang, as usual, sent out a summons to report to the jade sword gate.


    At the same time, he also summoned the golden elixir elders of Taiyi gate and told them the whole thing.


    With the strength and situation of taiyimen, there are not many things that can be done.


    Active preparation is what taiyimen has been doing for a long time. The friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng have long been on alert.


    Meng Zhang is hurt and can''t move freely.


    He asked his eldest disciple Niu Dawei, on behalf of himself, to issue a mobilization order to mobilize the monks of the whole taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng to be ready for war at any time.


    He himself is a person to close the door and try his best to treat his injury, hoping to recover in good condition before the war.

 Chapter 768

    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, zongmen such as Dafeng City and beast king mountain quickly wrote back to express their gratitude for Meng Zhang''s report.


    The reply of yujianmen was a little slow. The content was very simple. It said that he knew the changes of qingyuanzong and asked Meng Zhang to mobilize the strength of the whole taiyimen and be ready to fight at any time.


    Because Meng Zhang made it clear in the previous subpoena that he and Xu Mengying saved he luozhenjun and them, and they were hard and hard with Wen dongzhenjun, so he was seriously injured and was unable to fight for the time being.


    Yujianmen was very reasonable at this time. He didn''t embarrass him, let alone rush to recruit him. He just wanted him to heal well and try to recover as soon as possible for the next war.


    After Meng Zhang closed the door to heal his wounds, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, came forward and fully mobilized Taiyi gate and the whole Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Many monks were recruited to baicaopo to form a large number of monks.


    Taiyimen''s intelligence agency also worked hard to send back the latest news from the south of Jiuqu League.


    Taiyimen, which has long been the door of Yuanshen sect, has invested a lot of resources in dark hall and other institutions, and has been working closely with Dark Alliance branch.


    When it comes to collecting information and information, its ability is not below those old brands.


    One after another, the latest news quickly returned to Taiyi gate through various channels.


    Although Meng Zhang is healing in isolation, he has never cut off contact with the outside world. Give him all the latest news.


    With the arrival of news, the current situation in the south of Jiuqu League slowly appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    The ambush carried out by the Dali Dynasty over nine days was really only part of a huge plan.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun sent by qingyuanzong were killed on the spot, except that Qinglan Zhenjun''s body was damaged and Yuanshen escaped.


    In addition, nearly ten yuan God Zhenjun belong to the qingyuanzong camp and are very close to qingyuanzong on weekdays. Except for he Luozhen and the other two, they all died in nine days.


    The south of Jiuqu League is the sphere of influence of qingyuanzong. The loss of so many Yuanshen Zhenjun has hurt the foundation of qingyuanzong.


    At the same time of ambush, the friars of Dali imperial dynasty rushed in from the border and launched a comprehensive invasion of Jiuqu League.


    The south of Jiuqu League bears the brunt of the invasion of Dali Dynasty. No wonder there have been different opinions within Jiuqu League on how to deal with Dali Dynasty. Why did qingyuanzong often lag behind at the critical time. It turned out that the number one figure of the Qing Yuan sect had long taken refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The number one person with the greatest power and prestige in a sect is a traitor. You can imagine the damage to the whole sect and the whole Jiuqu League.


    At the beginning, a few people in the jade sword sect accused the Qing Yuan sect of secretly taking refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty. Few people took it seriously. Most people took it as an excuse for the jade sword sect to attack the Qing Yuan sect. Even inside the jade sword gate, not many people believe this statement.


    It''s better now that it''s a prophecy.


    Fortunately, yujianmen broke with qingyuanzong in time and broke away from Jiuqu League.


    Otherwise, the jade sword sect will be betrayed by the Qing Yuan sect and attacked by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In fact, Meng Zhang didn''t have to think about it. He could guess that the team of Qing Yuanzong who went to Jiutian was betrayed and ambushed by Dali imperial dynasty.


    Otherwise, how could qingyuanzong''s strictly confidential route be leaked? How could the Dali Dynasty set up ambushes on their only way in advance?


    Hateful Qinggu Zhenjun, with his identity and status, what is the need for him to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty? What can Dali Dynasty give him?


    If it''s better to be a chicken head than a phoenix tail, qingyuanzong is a good Jiuqu League giant and the actual controller. What''s all this about a overlord who doesn''t do it and rushes to be a dog for Dali emperor under the leadership of Qinggu Zhenjun?


    As a member of Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang hated Qinggu Zhenjun, an unprecedented traitor.

 Chapter 769

    Originally, the strength of Jiuqu League was not as good as that of Dali imperial dynasty. Now the South has fallen, and nearly half of the Xiuzhen forces are finished. The North under the leadership of yujianmen alone may be more difficult to resist the Dali imperial dynasty.


    If the whole Jiuqu League is destroyed, taiyimen will not be able to survive alone.


    At that time, will Dali leave the imperial dynasty and let Taiyi gate go?


    At this time, Meng Zhang even faintly regretted that he had made a mistake in standing in line? What''s the use of thinking about this again if you''ve been here with Wen Dongzhen?


    Besides, even at the last minute, the Taiyi gate can''t keep the territory on the side of the Gobi and endless sand sea. On the side of the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang also reserved a retreat for the Taiyi gate.


    However, if we really get to that step, the loss of taiyimen will be extremely heavy. Not to mention being beaten back to its original shape, at least the accumulation of the sect for hundreds of years will be wasted, and many aspects have to start from scratch.


    Moreover, looking at the expansion momentum of the Dali imperial dynasty, if the Jiuqu alliance fails to stop its expansion, the Daheng cultivation world is its next goal.


    Now it''s useless to think about these. Meng Zhang still put his mind back to the power of expelling the great road in his body and healing the injury.


    When he was nine days old, with the help of Xu Mengying, his injury had stabilized. It only takes a little time to cultivate slowly, and you can recover completely.


    Later, in order to save he luozhenjun and them, they had to take the wound, resulting in an additional injury. Now they have to spend more time to treat the injury.


    Fortunately, it seems that yujianmen can stabilize the situation for the time being and does not forcibly recruit Meng Zhang to the battlefield.


    In his spare time of healing, Meng Zhang flipped through the classics brought back this time.


    Originally, he thought bamboo rhyme map was his biggest harvest this time. With taiyimen''s inheritance of ancient books, he really doesn''t see other ancient books. At most, he is just a reference.


    But after a rough look at these classics, he found that he had greatly underestimated this pile of things before.


    The elder Yuanshen who left this pile of classics is really a great talent. There are two complete sets of Yuanshen''s skills. There is also a detailed description of the cultivation of Yuanshen period.


    In particular, some secret magic powers and cultivation tips recorded in it are of great help to Meng Zhang.


    In addition to practicing the martial arts, there are also many contents about cultivating all kinds of skills, from alchemy to refining utensils, which are almost all inclusive and detailed.


    Now that time is limited, Meng Zhang has no time to slowly read and sort out these classics. He just glanced at them and put them in the Sutra Pavilion at the door. When he is free, he will slowly tidy up and sort them out.


    No wonder Yue Fengzhen tried his best to seize these classics.


    With these classics, he can not only make up for his shortcomings in cultivating skills and methods, but also can be used as a foundation to re-establish a new sect.


    While Meng Zhang was closed for healing, the situation in Jiuqu League continued to change.


    After the Dali Dynasty conquered the south of Jiuqu League, it did not stop the pace of expedition, but the army continued to move north.


    The army broke through all kinds of obstacles and came to the bottom of Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    Here, the Dali Dynasty finally encountered resistance.


    After returning to Huanglian holy mountain, Xu Mengying, the virgin of Huanglian sect, announced the death of Yue Fengzhen.


    Yuefeng Zhenjun colluded with Dali emperor, betrayed Jiuqu League and tried to kill her. She has successfully killed her.


    Xu Haoran Zhenjun, who had not been able to live for a few days and was quietly waiting to die, saw the great change in the situation of the Jiuqu League, and forced him to stand up and help Xu Mengying stabilize the situation in the Huanglian sect.


    Although many people in the general altar of Huanglian cult were still skeptical about the news that Yue Fengzhen Jun was dead, Xu Mengying forcibly subdued everyone and controlled the power of the general altar with her cultivation of Yuanshen period.


    After controlling the general altar of Huanglian cult, Xu Mengying sent his cronies and ordered all localities to divide the altar.


    As long as the local sub altar obeys the general altar, she will let bygones be bygones and accept the local sub altar again.


    Without the obstruction of Yue Fengzhen Jun, Xu Mengying, as the yuan God Zhen Jun, is still very authoritative and has won some oral support from the sub altar.


    The long missing elder Xiaolian of Hedong sub altar suddenly appeared and took the initiative to take refuge in Xu Mengying. He returned to Hedong sub altar with Xu Mengying''s confidants, regained control of Hedong sub altar and made Hedong sub altar loyal to Xu Mengying.


    Huanglian sect Hedong sub altar itself is also a powerful large-scale sub altar. Affected by it, more sub altars fell to Xu Mengying.


    At this time, the army of Dali imperial dynasty was attacking the south of Jiuqu League and sweeping up the land.


    Jiuqu League is located in the sub altar in the south. Some were forced to surrender, some gave up everything and moved to the north.


    To tell you the truth, with the harsh attitude of the Dali Dynasty towards various Xiuzhen forces, I''m afraid few Xiuzhen forces are willing to take refuge.


    The consistent style of the Dali imperial dynasty is no secret, and the senior leaders of the major truth cultivation forces have heard of it.


    Especially after the confrontation between Dali imperial court and Jiuqu League, special personnel were assigned to publicize how Dali imperial court was cruel and immoral, how cruel it was, and how cruel it was to the practitioners under its rule


    In the south of Jiuqu League and the newly conquered land of Dali Dynasty, many practitioners who were unwilling to accept the rule of Dali Dynasty began to flee North in a hurry.


    When integrating the whole Huanglian sect, Xu Mengying also put forward a clear position and chose the camp of yujianmen.


    At first, Yuefeng Zhenjun swayed between qingyuanzong and yujianmen, waiting for a price, but secretly took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    As soon as Xu Mengying took power, she took the initiative to join the jade sword sect and invited the friar of the jade sword sect to settle in Huanglian holy mountain to help resist the invasion of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Xu Mengying''s attitude is exactly what yujianmen wants.


    In fact, after receiving the news of the sudden change of qingyuanzong, yujianmen has begun to take action.


    Yujianmen ordered all the major Xiuzhen forces in their camp to prepare for the war, and also recruited many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After receiving Xu Mengying''s invitation, Fei Guozhen of Yujian gate first settled in Huanglian holy mountain with a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Then the army of monks organized by yujianmen continued to arrive to help Huanglian cult build a defense line.


    Those monks who escaped from the South were also intercepted near Huanglian holy mountain. After identification, only a few people can continue to travel north.


    Most of them were recruited by the jade sword gate and joined the temporarily built defense line as garrison friars, ready to resist the invasion of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Jade sword sect obtained a lot of cannon fodder through a series of means of coercion and inducement.

 Chapter 770

    Huanglian holy mountain, the main altar of Huanglian cult, is located in the south of the middle of Jiuqu League, which is the junction between the north and the south.


    Since the establishment of Jiuqu League, because the two giants qingyuanzong and yujianmen are located in the north and south respectively, there has been a long-term north-south dispute in the league.


    There is competition in many aspects between the southern Xiuzhen forces and the northern Xiuzhen forces.


    However, in the past two thousand years, these disputes have been limited to a certain scope and low level. It was not until not long ago that the north and the South officially broke up.


    The action of Qing Gu Zhen Jun of Qing Yuan sect just confirms the accusation of jade sword sect against Qing Yuan sect.


    For a moment, the remaining Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League fell to the jade sword gate as long as they did not take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    At this time, Qingfeng Zhenjun of qingyuanzong led a group of qingyuanzong disciples to escape from qingyuanzong and fled all the way north to the North under the control of yujianmen.


    Because of the precedent of Qinggu Zhenjun, many practitioners of Yujian gate and its camp have clearly expressed their distrust of Qingfeng Zhenjun and others.


    Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect, went to Huanglian holy mountain and met Qingfeng Zhenjun there.


    After a detailed discussion, Yujian Zhenjun and Qingfeng Zhenjun announced.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is a traitor of Qingyuan sect. He should die for betraying the sect and Jiuqu League. The Qing Yuan sect under his rule was just a puppet of the Dali Dynasty, not a sect at all.


    Qingfeng Zhenjun wants to rebuild qingyuanzong, stay with Qinggu Zhenjun and leave the imperial dynasty, and never die.


    Qingfeng Zhenjun, representing the orthodoxy of Qingyuan sect, supported yujianmen as the leader of Jiuqu League and rebuilt Jiuqu League in the north.


    The conversation between Yujian Zhenjun and Qingfeng Zhenjun was not leaked. However, they must have reached some agreements before they had these things later.


    With the support of Qingfeng Zhenjun, yujianmen became the leader of Jiuqu League.


    Although Jiuqu League has suffered heavy losses, it has not perished.


    With the jade sword gate, he stood up and called on everyone to resist the invasion of the Dali Dynasty, with the support of the rebuilt Qing Yuan sect.


    Therefore, many practitioners close to Qingyuan sect in the South went to the north to join the camp of yujianmen.


    After all, Jiuqu League has existed for more than 2000 years, with a long history and long inheritance. Even in the face of great changes, the remaining prestige is still there, not to the point where people''s hearts are scattered and disintegrated.


    In particular, the jade sword sect, as a sect of sword cultivation, has been leading the external campaign of Jiuqu League for many years. He has long made great achievements and established a supreme reputation.


    Many practitioners in Jiuqu league are still very confident in the combat effectiveness of yujianmen.


    In many people''s eyes, Jiuqu League was attacked by Dali imperial dynasty only because it was betrayed by Qinggu Zhenjun, which lost the city and land.


    Now that the jade sword gate has stood up, it will certainly be able to block the Dali imperial dynasty and stabilize the situation.


    Qingyuan sect is headed by immortal Jindan to deal with daily affairs. The yuan God Zhenjun in the sect acts as the supreme elder and jointly acts as the behind the scenes leader of the sect.


    The situation outside the jade sword gate is very different from it.


    The leader of the jade sword sect must be the strongest in the sect.


    When the leader of the previous generation abdicated or sat down, there was a competition between the yuan God and Zhen Jun in the door, and the winner served as the leader.


    Of course, after the leader takes office, he will appoint several Jindan immortal as deputy leaders to help deal with the common affairs of the door.


    As the leader of Yujian sect, Yujian Zhenjun is of course a member of Yujian sect. Fortunately, he didn''t collude too much with Dali Dynasty. Only secretly saw Wen Dongzhen Jun, and only the current ally Dark Alliance branch knows.


    Even if Wen Dong wants to deliberately leak information to frame himself, there is no evidence.


    In addition, Meng Zhang repeatedly made enemies with the Dali Dynasty, and killed Marshal Zhao, the Yuanshen friar of the Dali Dynasty on the nine days.


    In the eyes of the senior management of Yujian gate, Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate should be reliable.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the Xiuzhen forces that colluded with the Dali Dynasty should not only be slaughtered by the jade sword gate.


    Although yujianmen killed a number of Xiuzhen forces, its main purpose should be to kill chickens and frighten monkeys and warn everyone, not to kill and destroy the Great Wall.


    Those killed by the jade sword sect should only be outstanding birds or typical ones. Those who do not have deep collusion with Dali imperial court, as long as they honestly obey the dispatch of yujianmen and spare no effort to fight Dali imperial court, yujianmen must be killed.


    After all, in the face of the strong Dali imperial dynasty, there are too many forces of truth cultivation within Jiuqu League to reserve a retreat for their own family.


    If the jade sword sect really wants to eliminate them all, I''m afraid there are not many forces left in Jiuqu League.


    Elder Xing Jian''s action had a good effect and stunned everyone.


    At this moment, all the major cultivation forces in the north of Jiuqu League became honest and didn''t dare to have any other thoughts.

 Chapter 771

    Meng Zhang suddenly remembered that it seemed that Gu Yue Huai die of the Gu Yue family had mentioned before that many cultivation forces secretly contacted the Dali imperial dynasty through the relationship of the Gu Yue family, and even the jade sword gate seemed to be among them.


    At that time, Meng Zhang had intended to ask the Gu Yue family to help contact the Dali Dynasty, but after listening to Gu Yue''s words, he became vigilant and suspected that the jade sword gate was leading snakes out of the cave.


    Now, a group of Xiuzhen forces have been cleared for colluding with the Dali imperial dynasty, while the Guyue family, which controls Dafeng City, is safe and sound. It seems that my original guess is still quite reliable.


    Because his family was not involved in these things, Meng Zhang put these things aside and began to pay attention to other things.


    With more and more monks gathered near Huanglian holy mountain by Jiuqu League and Dali imperial dynasty, a large-scale decisive battle seems to be imminent.


    The jade sword gate issued a recruitment order, which strengthened the recruitment of major truth cultivation forces in the rear.


    Although Meng Zhang is still healing in isolation, taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng have sent many monks to form a capable team to respond to the recruitment of yujianmen.


    Fortunately, taiyimen is located in the rear. Most of the monks recruited are responsible for transferring materials and maintaining order in the rear, and only some are directly sent to the front line.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun was the main force of the war. Jiuqu League, which was already at a disadvantage, had to urgently transfer Yuanshen Zhenjun from the rear to the front line.


    Meng Zhang also received the urging order, leaving him little time.


    On the eve of the outbreak of the war, whether he is in good condition or not, he must go to the front line to fight.


    Meng Zhang can''t flinch from public or private affairs.


    He had to use some secret skills to speed up his recovery regardless of the possible hidden dangers.


    Jiuqu alliance is facing a crisis of life and death. Yujianmen also goes all out to extract the potential of Jiuqu alliance.


    Some yuan Shen Zhenjun and jade sword sect in casual cultivation are trying to buy off and try to let them join their own camp.


    For example, some always neutral clans and families, such as wurift Valley and Shangguan family, also dispatched elite friars to the forefront of the Dali Dynasty in accordance with the agreement with the predecessors of the Jiuqu League.


    On the other side of Huanglian holy mountain, the forces gathered by the two sides are becoming stronger and stronger, and the situation is becoming more and more tense.


    However, neither side rushed to war.


    The Jiuqu League has always been at a disadvantage. Of course, we should delay as much as possible, transfer forces from all over the country, and even try to ask for help from the outside world and strive to obtain reinforcements.


    On the side of Dali Dynasty, it has always been a habit of using troops. If you don''t move, it will be a thunderous force. It also takes time to accumulate strength before action. Without full confidence, you won''t act rashly.


    Meng Zhang''s injury is improving rapidly. He and several familiar friends also try to keep in touch.


    The Dark Alliance branch has publicly stood on the side of the jade sword gate and assumed an irreconcilable posture with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Chizhu Zhenjun and others also mobilized a group of friars to fight in Huanglian holy mountain.


    Guyue family in Dafeng City has long been mobilized to transfer materials, maintain order in the north of Jiuqu League and ensure stability in the rear.


    Meng Zhang received a personal letter from the elder beast anger of the beast king mountain.


    Elder beast Nu has led a group of friars to Huanglian holy mountain.


    He was hurt and old.


    In the face of this war, he already had an ominous premonition in his heart.


    In his letter to Meng Zhang, he said that if he had any problems on the battlefield, Meng Zhang would look after the beast king mountain for the sake of their friendship.


    He wrote such a letter not only to Meng Zhang, but also to every Yuanshen Zhenjun who had a friendship with him.


    Meng Zhang understood the feeling of elder beast anger very much and felt it.


    Soon, he will also embark on the battlefield of uncertain life and death. There is also a Taiyi gate, which makes him uneasy.


    Yujian gate has not forgotten Jin Lizhen, who has been closed in the small world of Zijin sect.


    Jin Lizhen was defeated by Fei Guozhen and resigned from the high-level position of Jiuqu League. But she is still a member of Jiuqu League and still needs to shoulder her own obligations.


    The messenger of the jade sword sect to the mirage desert can''t contact Jin Lizhen either.


    She seemed to use some method to completely close the small world and cut off all contact with the outside world.


    Unless a few Yuanshen Zhenjun are dispatched, it is best to have Yuanshen Zhenjun who is proficient in space avenue to fight together, it is possible to forcibly open the channel to that small world.


    Under the current situation, yujianmen can''t do this.


    The situation on the front line is so tense. Where can I transfer some Yuanshen Zhenjun?


    The messenger of the jade sword gate left the mirage desert angrily.


    Before leaving, she left cruel words. If Jin Lizhen had planned to avoid the war, Yu Jianmen would never spare her.


    Meng Zhang had the intention to slow down his cheeks, but he couldn''t start.


    This Jin Lizhen gentleman is too much. Why did he make such a scene after he closed the door?


    Although with the longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun, you are nothing even if you have been closed for hundreds of years. But it happened to catch up with the event of Dali imperial dynasty''s comprehensive invasion, and I couldn''t contact you. No wonder the envoys of yujianmen were dissatisfied.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have a good way, so he had to wait for Jin Lizhen to leave the customs.


    Anyway, in terms of Shouyuan, Meng Zhang can definitely afford to wait.


    Meng Zhang finally recovered from his injury. Just as he was ready to go to the front line, huoyun immortal, the leader of huoyun sect, came to visit him.


    In Meng Zhang''s current identity, he can''t see what he wants to see. Even Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, can put on a show in front of him.


    Niu Dawei hung huoyun immortal for a long time before he reluctantly met him.


    It turned out that immortal huoyun came to seek refuge from Taiyi gate.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who has always been the backer of huoyun sect, finally made a decision and took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty some time ago.


    Huoyun sect wants to join the Dali imperial dynasty with Xuanfeng Zhenjun. However, the mountain gate and territory of huoyun sect are in the north of Jiuqu League. Such a large family and so many disciples can''t move away.


    The bloody killing carried out by Xing Jianzhen, the jade sword sect, is still vivid. Huoyun sect doesn''t want to test the measure of the jade sword sect.


    Therefore, immortal huoyun came to see Meng Zhang and asked Meng Zhang to come forward and say a few good words for huoyun sect at the jade sword gate.


    In return, huoyun sect can serve as a vassal of Taiyi sect, be loyal to Taiyi sect, and obey Meng Zhangzhen as before.


    There have also been many gratitude and resentments between huoyun sect and taiyimen.


    When huoyun sect threatened the endless sand sea as the golden pill sect, Taiyi sect was still a small sect.


    I didn''t expect it to be hundreds of years. Huoyun sect had to bow down in front of Taiyi gate and seek the shelter of Taiyi gate.


    The strength of huoyun sect, which was looked up to by Taiyi sect at the beginning, remains the same, but Taiyi sect has grown to a point beyond the reach of huoyun sect.

 Chapter 772

    Huoyun sect volunteered to become a vassal of Taiyi sect and seek the shelter of Taiyi sect. Niu Dawei can''t be the master of such a big event.


    If it''s another small family, he can readily agree. But huoyun sect not only has a grudge with Taiyi sect, but also is a powerful jindanzong sect.


    Compared with some yuan God sects with shallow foundation, huoyun sect sent a true monarch of yuan God.


    After listening to Niu Dawei''s report, Meng Zhang hesitated.


    Taiyimen used the organization of Hanhai daomeng to gather a lot of younger brothers.


    Among these little brothers, the most skillful sect is no more than three golden elixirs. The so-called Golden elixir sect, such as the earth gate, is just a golden elixir.


    The golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect has never been cut off. Generally, there are five or six Golden elixir immortal sitting in the door.


    It doesn''t seem a bad thing to have such a powerful vassal in Taiyi gate. The strength of Hanhai daomeng has been strengthened, and taiyimen has stronger cannon fodder to use.


    Moreover, huoyun sect used to be far more powerful than Taiyi sect and threatened Taiyi sect more times. Let such a sect with a history of thousands of years crawl in front of their own house, which is of great significance to enhance the self-confidence of Taiyi sect disciples and meet everyone''s psychological needs.


    Meng Zhang hesitated because he had another choice.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, the backer of huoyun sect, took refuge in Dali Dynasty. Naturally, huoyun sect is suspected of colluding with Dali Dynasty.


    If at this time, Meng Zhang led taiyimen friars to directly destroy huoyun sect and completely occupy everything of huoyun sect, no one can say anything. Even the jade sword sect can only acquiesce to this reality.


    It also seems that it is not a bad thing to wipe out the enemy completely and have revenge and happy gratitude and revenge.


    There are many such things in the cultivation world as robbing and killing the sect. No one can doubt that Taiyi gate is not an authentic gate because of this.


    For Meng Zhang, both options have merits, and it is harmless to make any choice.


    One is to squeeze and exploit huoyun sect slowly and take huoyun sect as the object of long-term squeezing.


    The other is buying and selling with a hammer, making enough money at one time and swallowing everything of huoyun sect.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and was about to hand over the power of choice to Niu Dawei. Suddenly, an inspiration flashed in his heart.


    It has been some time since the advanced yuan Shen period, and Meng Zhang''s divine skill has not followed the advanced stage.


    He is still a master of heaven''s secrets. He can only deduce people or things of level 3 and below.


    It is difficult to deduce the situation involving the yuan God, Zhen Jun or fourth-order things.


    However, when I went to the nine days, I experienced a great war and was seriously injured, but I also saw the power of many different roads.


    When he was healing in isolation, he rarely calmed down and took time to understand the secret of heaven.


    After leaving the pass, although his secret arts were not advanced, they were still far away from the advanced level. But he didn''t make any progress at all. He had a certain understanding in his heart.


    What huoyun took the initiative to take refuge in touched the magic opportunity in his heart and made him make a new choice.


    Meng Zhang ordered Niu Dawei to accept the refuge of immortal huoyun and make huoyun sect a vassal of Taiyi sect.


    As for the specific terms and details, Meng Zhang asked Niu Dawei to talk about them.


    Huoyun sect did not openly stand in the camp of Dali imperial dynasty, let alone openly oppose yujianmen.


    Meng Zhang believes that as long as he comes forward, the side of yujianmen will still buy some face.


    Especially now, the jade sword sect is in the period of employing people. As long as the top level of the jade sword sect has a little brain, it will not refute its face for an insignificant huoyun sect.


    Meng Zhang was right. The whole thing went very smoothly.


    Huoyun immortal almost didn''t bargain with Niu Dawei, so he totally accepted the conditions put forward by Niu Dawei and became a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    The jade sword sect was not prepared to do anything to small shrimps like huoyun sect. With Taiyi sect coming forward, it is naturally too lazy to ask about huoyun sect.


    Anyway, huoyun sect has become a vassal of Taiyi sect. Taiyi sect will guarantee huoyun sect and be responsible for all future activities of huoyun sect.


    With the means of Taiyi sect controlling the vassal sect, huoyun sect must not escape from Taiyi sect in the future. Without the permission of taiyimen, it is impossible to continue to collude with Dali imperial court.


    It took a lot of time to finish the job. Meng Zhang finally made some explanations to the disciples and hurried to the front.


    According to the arrangement before Meng Zhang left, most of the elite friars of Taiyi gate will obey the recruitment of Yujian gate and be transferred to all directions.


    With Meng Zhang''s efforts, the top level of Yujian sect agreed to leave Niu Dawei, the chief disciple of Taiyi sect, to coordinate everything in the sect.


    Meng Zhang specially instructed Niu Dawei that this all-out war with Dali imperial dynasty was a real war of ferocity and danger, and he could fall at any time,


    Niu Dawei must always pay attention to the front line. If he receives the news of the defeat of the jade sword sect, he must immediately put down everything and organize the disciples to move towards the maple leaf mountain city.


    The whole process, one is to be fast, the other is to pay attention to confidentiality, and never disclose the whereabouts of taiyimen.


    At a critical time, we should make a decision when it is time to make a decision. A strong man should break his wrist, give up all unimportant things, and be sure to ensure the safety of the disciples.


    How to arrange the migration of disciples and how to carry various materials... Meng Zhang asked Niu Dawei to make a detailed plan in advance.


    Once the worst happens, act immediately and never delay.


    Finally, the disciples in charge of the broken must arrange reliable candidates. When everyone has left through the child mother conveyor, they are responsible for collecting the master of the child mother conveyor.


    If you have to, you must destroy it and try your best to keep the relocation secret of taiyimen.


    When facing Meng Zhang who arranged the future affairs, Niu Dawei was very reluctant.


    But there is no way. The recruitment of yujianmen cannot be refused. Meng Zhang also wants to fight this battle.


    He left Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, just in case.


    Niu Dawei, who has been acting head for many years, is qualified to command Taiyi sect.


    The elite disciples recruited from Taiyi gate needed to take flying boats to the front line in batches. Meng Zhang couldn''t wait. Instead of flying with them, he flew alone to the direction of Huanglian holy mountain.


    Huanglian holy mountain is actually the general name of a series of long and winding mountains towering into the clouds.


    In the whole Jiuqu League, such magnificent mountains can no longer be found.


    The highest and most powerful main peak of Huanglian holy mountain and a long string of peaks around it constitute the core area of the whole holy mountain and the location of the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    The baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate is tens of thousands of miles away from Huanglian holy mountain. Meng Zhang galloped all the way. It took several days to get to his destination.

 Chapter 773

    With Huanglian holy mountain as the core, the general altar of Huanglian cult, Jiuqu League has mobilized countless practitioners and established a solid defense line here.


    Opposite Huanglian holy mountain is the military camp of Dali imperial dynasty.


    At first, only a vanguard army came here and used various materials carried by the army to summon builders, set up Dharma arrays and establish various buildings.


    As a follow-up army of Dali imperial dynasty arrived here, the camp expanded in all directions, covering an increasingly large area, and more and more elite soldiers and strong generals were stationed.


    The two sides are now in a state of confrontation, and both need time to slowly mobilize and accumulate strength.


    The Dali Dynasty occupied such a vast land in the south of Jiuqu League, so it was necessary to guard every important strategic point and garrison every important resource point.


    Most of the practitioners are unruly. In the face of the powerful invasion army of the Dali imperial dynasty, not all practitioners escape without surrender.


    There are always some stupid, bold, or one-sided guys who don''t believe in evil and have to be the mantis arm in the way of the car.


    Even more, in the face of a chaotic southern region, a large group of outlaws took advantage of the fire and looted everywhere.


    Wealth and wealth move people''s hearts and seek wealth and wealth in danger. Many Xiuzhen forces were busy running away and abandoned their mountain gates, spiritual fields and minerals.


    On weekdays, those practitioners who break their heads for a little resources, where will they miss such a big piece of fat.


    As long as they have enough interests, they can overcome all difficulties, risk their lives, and even dare to grab food in the hands of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Groups of practitioners are like locusts, looting and looting everything they see.


    Dali Dynasty spent a lot of effort and carefully planned in advance to occupy the south of Jiuqu League.


    The Dali Dynasty didn''t come here to do damage and go after a handful. Instead, it took it as its own territory and was ready to operate.


    Everything on this land, including spirit veins, spirit fields and minerals, belongs to Dali Dynasty.


    The Dali Dynasty used the most severe means to crack down on the vultures who snatched food from the tiger''s mouth.


    In addition to dividing troops to exterminate them, the Dali Dynasty also mobilized all the monks who surrendered to maintain order in all the territories and ensure that all kinds of resources were intact.


    Anyway, there were many leading parties in the south of Jiuqu League. Dali easily organized local maintenance meetings and began to quickly restore normal order.


    However, in this way, Dali''s action of concentrating troops in the imperial dynasty was inevitably affected.


    Moreover, it came all the way from the imperial army. After entering the Jiuqu League, it is inevitable to have some rest and so on.


    Anyway, when Meng Zhang arrived at the holy mountain of Huanglian, Dali''s Imperial Army had not completely assembled.


    As a landlord, the jade sword gate occupies a convenient place, which is much more convenient in concentrating practitioners from all walks of life.


    However, despite the concentration of strong forces, the jade sword gate did not launch an attack rashly.


    Dali was obviously more powerful than the imperial dynasty, and the military law was strict, the barracks were heavily guarded, and had a very strong defense.


    Even Jian Xiu, who has always had an offensive spirit, will not take the initiative to attack the army camp of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Of course, the two sides in the confrontation cannot do nothing, let alone maintain peace all the time.


    The patrol teams from both sides and the scouting teams sent to the enemy''s rear have long erupted in fierce conflicts and started bloody battles.


    As the current leader of Jiuqu League, yujianmen didn''t treat the major cultivation forces as pure cannon fodder and let their friars consume in vain in front, while their own friars waited in the rear.


    Jade sword sect is a big sect with great responsibility. It does not avoid all kinds of challenges.


    The sword practitioners of the jade sword gate form a small team and are active in the front line.


    As the core, they led the small group of friars of major monastic forces and took the initiative to start the hanging of the small group of friars of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After this period of small-scale contact war, both sides suffered heavy casualties.


    At least for now, the jade sword sect has not shown its decline, but has always maintained a high fighting spirit, actively seeking war and actively moving forward.


    Meng Zhang rushed to Huanglian holy mountain from the rear. When he was near Huanglian holy mountain, he met two small groups of monks from both sides.


    Although it was only a group of friars fighting during the foundation period, Meng Zhang, who had been through many battles, felt the severity of the battle.


    Meng Zhang slapped the team of monks of the imperial dynasty, and then continued to move forward.


    When he came to the area where the general altar of Huanglian holy mountain was located, he met several patrol friars one after another.


    Taiyi sect is well-known among the jade sword sect. After Meng Zhang reported his identity as the head of Taiyi sect, he entered easily.


    Of course, the general altar of Huanglian cult is also located on a third-order spiritual vein, and the whole general altar is guarded by a third-order mountain protection array.


    The general altar of Huanglian cult is the defense core expected by Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect. Relying on a three-level protection array alone is naturally far from enough in the battle participated by Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After the Jiuqu League reinforcements led by yujianmen arrived here, naturally there were experts who were proficient in the array and began to modify the original mountain protection array to strengthen the defense here.


    Meng Zhang came to the outside of the new protection array. Before informing the inside, an old acquaintance flew out of the array.


    The beast anger elder who came here first seems to have completely understood the situation here. He skillfully guided Meng Zhang forward and talked with Meng Zhang enthusiastically.


    Through the active introduction of elder beast anger, Meng Zhang has a general understanding of all kinds of situations here.


    The recruitment of jade sword sect is very strong this time. When Jiuqu League is facing the crisis of life and death, it has ignored the foundation of major cultivation forces.


    Not only were all Yuanshen Zhenjun from the north of Jiuqu League recruited here, but those Yuanshen Zhenjun who fled from the South were basically left here.


    The next step is to continue to recruit the disciples of major cultivation forces and squeeze all their potential.


    Before Meng Zhang left, he received the latest recruitment order of yujianmen.


    Not only were most of the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng recruited, but also the friars of taiyimen who were originally responsible for transporting all kinds of materials and maintaining order in the rear were basically recruited to the front line.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, flies faster and takes one step first. Behind him, there are a steady stream of friars taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, who are coming one after another.


    After entering the general altar of Huanglian sect, Meng Zhang was surprised to see that the monks of Huanglian sect were basically dressed in filial piety clothes and white robes.


    Elder beast anger took the initiative to explain a few words.


    Xu Haoran, a member of the Huanglian sect, was exhausted and the lamp was dry. He just sat down a few days ago.


    Xu Haoran Zhenjun was about to die, but he insisted on fighting because of the great changes in the situation.


    The original small amount of Shouyuan was consumed rapidly, which led to his sitting for a period of time earlier than expected.

 Chapter 774

    When it comes to Xu Haoran, the real king Shouyuan is exhausted. Similarly, the animal anger elder with few Shouyuan has a sad heart, and his face can''t help showing the color of rabbit death and fox sorrow.


    At this time, Xu Haoran became a true monarch, and there was only the saint Xu Mengying in Huanglian sect. All the pressure faced by Huang Lianjiao overwhelmed her.


    She alone, a female generation, does not know whether she can support this Yuanshen sect, which has been inherited for 2000 years.


    Soon after the elder beast Nu led Meng zhangfei into the general altar of Huanglian cult, he met the saint Xu Mengying who had been waiting here for a long time.


    Xu Mengying was dressed in filial piety and looked haggard. But energetic and energetic.


    Yujianmen has always been generous. After a large number of monks settled here, they still respect Xu Mengying, the landlord, at least on the surface.


    Of course, in fact, Xu Mengying can''t get involved in many things.


    How to arrange defense, how to arrange manpower, how to arrange troops and cloth generals, etc. are all about the jade sword gate.


    Xu Mengying became a housekeeper, specializing in some chores.


    In this regard, Xu Mengying has no opinion.


    She took the initiative to take refuge in the jade sword gate and led the friar of the jade sword gate into the mountain gate. As long as the jade sword sect is invincible in this battle, the jade sword sect will not treat her badly anyway.


    Seeing Xu Mengying coming, the elder of beast anger knew that she had a deep friendship with Meng Zhang and seemed to have fought side by side.


    After chatting for a few words, elder beast anger found an excuse to slip away and left two people.


    Xu Mengying said nothing but a few homely things.


    She introduced the general arrangement of the jade sword gate to Meng Zhang.


    The jade sword sect knew that its own strength was far inferior to that of the imperial dynasty, so it adopted the strategy of defensive counterattack.


    Jade sword gate takes the general altar of Huanglian cult as the core and arranges defense along Huanglian holy mountain.


    On the broad front thousands of miles away, a large number of Dharma arrays and temporary buildings have stationed a large number of monks, building an indestructible defense line.


    The jade sword sect leads the friars of Jiuqu alliance to defend this line of defense and wait for the Dali imperial court to attack.


    If you don''t know the rules of the cultivation world, you may feel strange.


    The people who are far away from the imperial dynasty are not fools. Why should they bump into the closely laid defense line of the enemy? Don''t you know what else to do?


    Many wars broke out in the cultivation world. These wars of different scales have certain rules.


    Generally speaking, if the jade sword gate has such an array, Dali will actively fight in the imperial dynasty.


    Even the Dali dynasty may have adopted some strategies to avoid a war here. But in the end, I had a fight with the front of the jade sword gate.


    The strength of the jade sword gate is not as good as that of the Dali imperial dynasty, but it can also easily pull out ten or twenty yuan God Zhenjun.


    If these Yuanshen Zhenjun give up everything and kill on the territory of Dali imperial dynasty. He pulled down his face and didn''t fight head-on with the monks of the Dali imperial dynasty. He specialized in guerrilla warfare, overrun warfare and so on.


    Kill a city today, destroy a mine tomorrow, and blow up a spirit vein the day after tomorrow


    It won''t take long to turn the land away from the imperial dynasty upside down. Even if Dali finally annihilated or expelled the enemy, he would suffer irreparable losses.


    But in reality, the war between human friars, whether on the inferior or the strong side, will not adopt such a war method.


    The outcome of both sides is often determined by one or several positive general assembly battles.


    Even if they send harassing teams to the enemy''s rear, they are often small, mainly small groups of friars.


    It seems that there is no supervision, but this is a hidden rule that has been circulating in the cultivation world for many years.


    The larger the scale of the battle, the less people will break the rules, and the stricter the implementation in this regard.


    Facing the line of defense laid by the jade sword gate, Dali imperial dynasty, which had the upper hand, naturally did not give in and pushed it forward.


    In the course of combat, the side that is far away from the imperial dynasty may adopt some strategies, such as beating around the East, encircling and circuitous. But in any case, a frontal war is absolutely inevitable.


    On this line of defense, all the remaining forces of Jiuqu league are now gathered.


    At the same time, the jade sword sect is still squeezing its potential and desperately dispatching monks here.


    This war is of great importance, which is related to the future of all forces of yujianmen and Jiuqu League.


    If the defense line breaks down and the battle is defeated, the whole Jiuqu League will no longer have the strength to resist the Dali imperial dynasty.


    At that time, in addition to voluntarily surrendering, he was running for his life.


    When introducing her own situation, Xu Mengying did not forget to introduce the strength of Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang knew that the Dali Dynasty was strong, the strong were like clouds, and the army was strong. But for the specific details, the knowledge is limited.


    Now listening to Xu Mengying''s introduction, his face is more and more iron green, and his strength is too strong from the imperial dynasty.


    He is well aware of the strength of the Jiuqu League. Even if there are some hidden strength, it is limited.


    How long can the Jiuqu alliance resist the powerful Dali dynasty?


    Meng Zhang suddenly felt an impulse to leave everything here and run away so as not to meet the powerful Dali imperial army.


    He restrained the impulse in his heart and cast a questioning look at Xu Mengying.


    Xu Mengying and the Yuanshen Zhenjun who came here first must have something to rely on since they both know the power balance between the enemy and US and want to stay and fight to the death.


    When I think of the past, I seem to have heard from other Yuanshen Zhenjun that the jade sword gate is still very confident.


    Xu Mengying did not directly answer Meng Zhang''s questions and deliberately bought a pass.


    After Meng Zhang came to the holy mountain of Huanglian, he was going to meet the high-level of Yujian gate and accept the task of his own family and Taiyi gate.


    Now, Xu Mengying is going to lead Meng Zhang to meet Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect.


    At that time, all his questions will be answered.


    As the leader of Yujian sect, Yujian Zhenjun became the new leader of Jiuqu League after being supported by Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    After he came to the holy mountain of Huanglian, although the deputy head of the jade sword sect helped him deal with all kinds of chores, there were still many things that needed him to deal with personally.


    In this case, he still took time out of his busy schedule to meet every Yuanshen Zhenjun who arrived here and have a simple conversation with them.


    Xu Mengying led Meng Zhang through a large circle among the magnificent buildings of the Huanglian cult general altar before he came to a tall and majestic hall.


    This was originally the main hall of Huanglian sect, where the sect leader and the elders discussed important matters.


    Now it is temporarily requisitioned by Yujian gate and has become the temporary residence of Yujian Zhenjun.


    Outside the hall, in the sky and on the ground, there are a group of sword practitioners in white Taoist robes, either patrolling back and forth or guarding there.


    This is the most elite team of the jade sword sect - Jade sword guard, which is composed of the most elite sword cultivation in the sect.


    Even the lowest foundation period friars have strong lethality.

 Chapter 775

    Yu Jianwei not only has great personal strength, but also seems to be proficient in the way of joint attack.


    The jade sword guard is the guard of the leader of the jade sword sect and the vanguard of the jade sword sect.


    Of course, with the strong strength of yujianzhen Jun, you generally don''t need a guard.


    It should also be a habit to put on this posture now.


    Although I have never seen Yujian Zhenjun, it is rumored that he is not the kind of person who needs to rely on his hand to show his majesty.


    Xu Mengying took Meng Zhang outside the hall and said hello to a white sword repair skillfully.


    The white sword repairman asked Meng Zhang to wait a moment. Yujianzhen Jun was receiving other guests.


    After a while, you Hongzhi came out of the hall.


    Seeing this old acquaintance appear here, Meng Zhang is still a little puzzling even if he already knew his choice.


    Sihai commercial firm is a business organization composed of a group of businessmen. Although there are many experts, there is also Yuanshen Zhenjun as the bottom card. However, businessmen always seek advantages and avoid disadvantages, and try to avoid direct conflict. Moreover, the four seas commercial firms have not been that kind of hard-working force within the Jiuqu alliance.


    This time, facing the invasion of Dali imperial dynasty, the south of Jiuqu League fell, and the vitality of four seas commercial firms was greatly damaged. Both materials and personnel suffered heavy losses.


    Instead of bowing to the Dali imperial court, the four seas firm changed its previous slick style and fully supported the jade sword gate, ready to fight to the end with the Dali imperial court.


    Before, the four seas business firm was still neutral in the dispute between yujianmen and qingyuanzong. Now it has completely stood in the yujianmen camp, with an attitude of survival and death with yujianmen.


    The firmness of the four seas firm made Meng Zhang look at it with new eyes.


    You Hongzhi said hello to Meng Zhang when he saw him. He left in a hurry.


    At this time, a very unique voice came out of the hall.


    "It''s Meng zhangzhenjun, the leader of Taiyi sect. Please come in. I want to talk to you."


    This voice sounds like an ordinary old man''s voice, but it is a little stiff. But when you feel it carefully, there is a faint sound of gold and stone, giving people a sonorous and powerful feeling.


    Xu Mengying brings Meng Zhang here, even if she has completed the task. Yujianzhen wanted to see Meng Zhang, so she turned and left.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to neglect. He quickly sorted his body, strode forward and entered the hall.


    As soon as I entered the hall, I saw an old man in white with white beard and white hair standing upright in the middle of the hall.


    At first glance, he was an ordinary mortal old man, but in Meng Zhang''s sensitive feeling, he clearly saw a sharp sword hidden in the scabbard.


    "Headmaster Meng, I have a lot to do with you. I''ll make a long story short and tell you a few words."


    After taking office, the leader of each generation of Yujian sect will give up his previous name and be crowned with the name of Yujian Zhenjun.


    This is Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang used to go to the Daheng cultivation world with the mission of Jiuqu League.


    At that time, Daheng Xiuzhen world refused to help Jiuqu League.


    I don''t know why, Daheng Xiuzhen world will change its mind and send reinforcements to Jiuqu League at this time.


    What yujianzhenjun said about the reinforcements from the Middle Earth mainland moved Meng Zhang''s heart.


    If the Middle Earth is the center of the Junchen world, the Jiuqu League is a backwater. The practitioners here, in the eyes of the practitioners in the Middle Earth mainland, are a group of rural steamed stuffed buns.


    Taiyimen in its heyday was a big sect that dominated the Middle Earth.


    With the prosperity of the cultivation world in the Middle Earth mainland, it is enough to send a force to sweep the Jiuqu League.


    Yujian Zhenjun is not a character of empty talk and big words. He is famous for keeping his word and following it.


    Since he said that there were reinforcements from the Middle Earth continent, it must be true.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit was refreshed and he swept away his previous decadence. He looked at Yujian Zhenjun and wanted to know more details about the reinforcements.


    Yu Jianzhen ignored Meng Zhang''s questioning eyes and went on.


    "I admit that Dali is really powerful, much stronger than the jade sword gate and the whole Jiuqu League."


    "But there are also many enemies of Dali imperial court. Many experts dislike Dali imperial court. Dali imperial court needs to pay attention to too many places, dispersing its powerful forces."


    "What we will face this time is only a part of the troops of Dali imperial dynasty."


    "Although the enemy is equally strong, as long as we stick to the line of defense and stand firm for help, when we wait for the reinforcements to arrive, it is the time for us to counter defend and attack."


    "Leader Meng, each clan has assigned a defense line. All you have to do is try your best to hold your defense line and not be broken by the army from the imperial dynasty."


    "As long as you defend until reinforcements arrive, you will be a great achievement."


    While talking, Yu Jianzhen took out a scroll.


    The scroll was thrown into the air. After the scroll was unfolded, a big map appeared.


    On the map, the line of defense deployed by yujianmen in Huanglian holy mountain is marked.


    The long line of defense is divided into many parts. In each part, there is a Xiuzhen force responsible for defending.


    The core of the defense line is the zongtan Mountain Gate of Huanglian sect, which is guarded by Yujian gate.


    In addition, yujianmen also organized several mobile forces to provide support to all parts of the defense line at any time.


    In a few words, Yu Jianzhen simply explained the general situation of the defense line, and handed this scroll to Meng Zhang.


    Before Meng Zhang arrived here, the disciples of Taiyi sect who were first recruited here had already arrived at the assigned defense line and began to deploy defense.


    From Yu Jianzhen''s confession, Meng Zhang didn''t hear anything wrong.


    The jade sword gate is fair. The defense assigned to Taiyi gate is also in line with the strength of Taiyi gate.


    "Headmaster Meng, do you have any questions?"


    "Time is precious. If there is no problem, hurry to the defense line you are responsible for and prepare for the battle."


    "According to my estimation, the war between us and the Dali Dynasty will break out in ten days and a half months."


    Meng Zhang wanted to ask about the details of the reinforcements, but looking at the appearance of Yujian Zhenjun, he was obviously not ready to disclose more.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much, so he gladly accepted the order, and then took the initiative to leave.


    Yujian Zhenjun ignored the red tape and didn''t go out to see him off.


    Meng Zhang was not far from the hall when he saw Mr. Fei Guozhen, who had dealt with before.

 Chapter 776

    Meng Zhang saw Mr. Fei Guozhen and hurried to meet him.


    For a long time, the jade sword gate has been contacted by Mr. Fei Guozhen and Meng Zhang.


    Although Fei Guozhen and Jin Lizhen had a grudge, he did not treat Meng Zhang differently, and his attitude was OK.


    Fei Guozhen seemed to be in a hurry. He said hello to Meng Zhang and went straight to the subject and asked Meng Zhang what happened.


    Meng Zhang knew his temper and asked directly what the situation was and when the reinforcements would come.


    Fei Guozhen didn''t directly answer Meng Zhang''s question, but comforted Meng Zhang and told him to rest assured that yujianmen would never pit him. He only needs to hold the defense line of Taiyi gate. Yujian gate will deal with other things.


    Seeing that Mr. Fei Guozhen was very tight lipped, Meng Zhang had no choice but to leave.


    It seems that the jade sword sect still doesn''t trust Meng Zhang enough. In terms of the reinforcements, he was kept secret.


    I think so. Soon after Taiyi gate joined the camp of Yujian gate, Meng Zhang was not the confidant of Yujian gate. It will not take a day to make people trust him completely.


    Because of all-out preparations for the war, almost everyone in the general altar of Huanglian cult came and went in a hurry and was very busy.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to say goodbye to Xu Mengying. After seeing this scene, he didn''t bother to disturb her and left the general altar of Huanglian cult directly.


    The defense line assigned by taiyimen is located more than 300 miles east of the general altar of Huanglian cult, which is also a key point.


    There is a big peak, mixed with a section of mountains, with several small peaks in the middle.


    When Meng zhangfei got there, he saw that the whole mountain range had undergone very complex transformation. Compared with the map on the scroll in his hand, he could hardly recognize his surroundings.


    The thick earth God had already arrived here and had enough time to decorate.


    The thick earth God will give full play to the ability of the earth division, change the terrain, move the mountains, and move the peaks here as a barrier in front of the taiyimen defense line.


    The array mage of the array hall led by Wen qiansuan set up a three-level array and a ten square kill array here.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Daheng cultivation world, he and the golden elixir immortal in the door set up this array and fought in and out among the demons.


    There was only one second-order spirit vein here, but the disciples of Taiyi sect put in spirit stones and various spirit objects at no cost to support this array.


    Except that Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, led a few old and weak people to guard the mountain gate, most of the disciples of Taiyi sect, including many golden elixir immortal, will come here one after another to join the defense.


    After Meng Zhang came here, the God of thick earth, who was responsible for arranging defense, came out to visit him and introduced the defense means here in detail.


    After the ten side kill array is deployed, each Jindan immortal leads his subordinates to defend by relying on the array.


    Taiyimen disciples and hanhaidao League disciples from the rear are still coming here. Along with them, there were all kinds of war tools meticulously made by taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is the only Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi sect, but he is not good at commanding such large-scale battles.


    Several Dharma protectors, as special Taoist soldiers refined by Taiyi sect, have received this training.


    Meng Zhang gave specific command power to several Dharma protectors and third-order array mage Wen qiansuan.


    Among them, the God of thick earth will be the commander in chief.


    In addition to the ten square kill array, the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai Dao alliance also formed an army array to form this war, not only for the jade sword gate, but also for the whole Jiuqu alliance and taiyimen itself.


    Moreover, sword repair is the existence of people with few cruel words.


    If the Taiyi sect really escapes or surrenders, as long as the jade sword sect comes empty, it may be another disaster to destroy the sect.


    According to the plan of Yujian gate, yuanshenzong gate such as Taiyi gate serves as an important fulcrum of the defense line and defends the key points of the defense line.


    Beside the gate of Yuanshen sect, many Jindan sect gates are arranged as auxiliary.


    Next to Taiyi gate, a large army of friars of huoyun sect, Guyue family of Dafeng City and Heming sect were arranged to cover the flank.


    Jiqiao sect was originally a golden elixir sect. Not long ago, a Yuanshen Zhenjun came out of the gate. He was not happy for a few days, and had no time to fight for interests, so he caught up with the war with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Since it is already the gate of Yuanshen sect, it is certainly arranged according to the standard of Yuanshen sect.


    Qiqiao Zong was arranged not too far from Taiyi gate to defend an important defense line.


    Although it is already the Yuanshen sect, except for one more Yuanshen Zhenjun, its strength is not much stronger than the Jindan sect.


    Only hope that the ingenious organ creation is awesome enough to provide greater help to defense.


    Just as the whole line of defense at the jade sword gate was busy, two figures flew from high altitude to a place not far from the line of defense.


    An old Taoist with a fair hair and a fair face is the Qing Gu Zhen Jun of the Qing Yuan sect.


    The No. 1 traitor in the history of the Qing Yuan sect, after taking refuge in the Dali Dynasty, life seems to be going well.


    Not only is his face red, but also he looks energetic.


    Beside him, a strong man in armor and cloak was Xia Houfeng, Prince Feng and marshal of the army and horses of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the Dali Dynasty, there were many marshals, but there were only a few.


    Although Xia Houfeng is a royal family, if his accomplishments and military achievements are not enough, he is not qualified to serve as the Grand Marshal.


    Serving as a marshal only requires the cultivation of Yuanshen, while serving as a Grand Marshal requires the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage.


    In the cultivation of Yuanshen period, there is no essential difference between the early Yuanshen period and the middle Yuanshen period.


    As long as the friars in the early days of Yuanshen have deep enough attainments in the avenue of heaven and earth, they can compete with and even defeat the friars in the middle of Yuanshen.


    But the monks in the later period of Yuanshen, that is another existence.


    The friars in the later period of Yuanshen are the great masters of the true monarch of Yuanshen. They can lightly crush the friars in the middle and early period of Yuanshen.


    The friars in the middle of the yuan God, no matter how powerful they are and how strong their combat effectiveness is, they can''t challenge the friars in the later stage of the yuan God.


    We can barely compete with it unless we have a quantitative advantage.


    At that time, Tianzhu Zhenjun was a great master in the later period of Yuanshen. I am entangled by the fifth level Earth Spirit. I can defeat the Qi family brothers, the strong friars in the middle of the yuan God, just by my external incarnation.


    In the current Jiuqu League, there is only Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect, a later monk of Yuanshen.


    Qinggu Zhenjun stopped talking, but he was once the first master of Jiuqu League.


    Prince Xia Houfeng led his army to fight in all directions. He has experienced hundreds of battles, made countless achievements and killed countless strong men.

 Chapter 777

    Qinggu Zhenjun accompanied Prince Xia Houfeng here to observe the enemy''s deployment.


    In the extremely high sky, they avoided the attention below and secretly observed below with a secret method.


    Looking at the defense line below, Xia Hou''s plump face sneered with disdain.


    It''s really a group of guys who don''t know heaven and earth. They think they can resist the army from the imperial dynasty by relying on a temporarily arranged crude defense line.


    These practitioners fight alone, are brave and ruthless, and even fight on a small scale. But when the army fought and fought with thousands of troops, they were too far away and didn''t have much experience at all.


    Not to mention the battle of the army, the top power alone has an absolute advantage from the imperial dynasty.


    Looking at Qinggu Zhenjun around him, Xia Houfeng said, "Qinggu Zhenjun, after the war, the king will command the army, and Yujian Zhenjun will be handed over to you."


    "If you fight with your old friends, you won''t be merciful."


    Qinggu Zhenjun shook his head indifferently.


    "The sword madman and I are old friends. We are just friends on several sides. Who dares to show mercy when it''s time to fight."


    "Really?" Xia Houfeng left a meaningful question.


    Qingfeng Zhenjun can lead his disciples to escape from qingyuanzong and flee all the way to the north of Jiuqu League. If Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t intend to release water, how could they do it?


    This old thing won''t be hesitant at this time. Swing left and right.


    Xia Houfeng was going to beat Qinggu Zhenjun for a few words, but when the words came to his mouth, he swallowed them back.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has fully seen the strength of Dali imperial dynasty. Even if there are any other ideas in his heart, he should give up.


    In fact, Xia Houfeng really wronged Qinggu Zhenjun. He sincerely took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    His purpose is very simple, just for his own way.


    Continue to stay in qingyuanzong, on the land boundary of Jiuqu League, the later period of Yuanshen is the highest cultivation, and there is basically no way forward.


    Qingyuanzong is the ruler of Jiuqu League and the regional overlord. Qinggu Zhenjun is the supreme supreme elder in the door.


    But what''s the use?


    No road, no longevity, everything is vanity.


    All he has will disappear when Shouyuan runs out.


    Such friars who have been carefully trained by the sect since childhood will put the interests of the sect first and even sacrifice themselves for the sect.


    However, Qinggu Zhenjun is obviously different. He puts his way and accomplishments on the overall interests of Qingyuan sect. For his own way, he can even sacrifice the whole qingyuanzong.


    After the Friar''s cultivation reaches the later stage of Yuanshen, before entering the retreat period, there is another stage, that is, the perfect state of Yuanshen.


    This realm is also called Yang God.


    The so-called Yang God is the yuan God, pure Yang without scale.


    The divine soul originally belongs to Yin. If you want to remove the Yin Qi in the divine soul, you must experience the test and baptism of thunder robbery.


    The thunder experienced by Yuanshen thunder robbery is not ordinary sky thunder, but the thunder of the avenue, which contains the power of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    The weaker yuan God, let alone experience thunder robbery, is slightly microwave by the sky thunder, which is the end of the destruction of both gods and souls.


    There are many monks in the later period of Yuanshen in the cultivation world, but few dare to brave the thunder robbery.


    Crossing the robbery is indomitable and does not achieve death.


    It is not easy for practitioners to cultivate to the later stage of Yuanshen, and they have to go through countless difficulties and obstacles. Those born in a clan and family also shoulder the heavy responsibility of the clan and family. How can they easily take risks with a useful body.


    The test of a narrow life is too dangerous.


    However, many friars were unwilling to end their way of seeking Tao, so they came up with many crooked ways to muddle through and skip this stage.


    Like the true emperor of Tianzhu in those days, he wanted to use side door means to capture the body of the fifth level earth spirit, so as to directly enter the realm of returning to emptiness.


    Although he was finally disturbed by external forces, he failed. But in fact, even without any external interference, it is difficult for him to succeed.


    And Xu Huanshan Zhenjun, the leader of Huanglian sect, wants to break through the realm with the help of the power of the devil. As a result, he was possessed by his own family and was almost doomed.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has seen the success of heretical tricks, so he seeks other ways.


    By chance, Qinggu Zhenjun knew something.


    The contemporary emperor of Dali Dynasty, Bawu emperor, is a real king of Yang God. There is also the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda, who is also a true king of Yang God.


    Moreover, the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda passed the thunder robbery after taking refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty, entered the perfect realm of the yuan God and achieved the goal of the Yang God.


    If emperor Bawu achieved Yang God alone, it can also be said that he was gifted, and the road cannot be copied.


    However, Chunyu Zhongda, the national master, also achieved the yuan God, which shows that emperor Bawu mostly mastered the secret method of crossing the robbery and can successfully survive the thunder robbery.


    Coincidentally, at that time, the Dali Dynasty was making expeditions everywhere. Although it had not conquered the hengjue mountains, the farsighted Bawu emperor had set his sights on the next target Jiuqu League.


    Dali arranged early in the imperial dynasty and sent spies to Jiuqu League.


    For example, the famous sanxiu Hengdao Zhenjun of Jiuqu League, who was originally a Jindan friar of Dali Imperial Army, entered Jiuqu League at that time and hid his identity.


    Qinggu Zhenjun began to actively contact Dali Dynasty and put forward his own requirements.


    Dali dynasty attached great importance to Qinggu Zhenjun. With his identity and status, if he fell to the Dali Dynasty and the Dali Dynasty conquered the Jiuqu League, he would get twice the result with half the effort.


    Therefore, the Dali Dynasty agreed to Qinggu Zhenjun''s request.


    As long as Qinggu Zhenjun assists Dali Dynasty in conquering Jiuqu League, NABA Emperor Wu will teach him the secret method of crossing the robbery, so that he can have the confidence to survive the thunder robbery.


    Next, Qinggu Zhenjun used his identity to create discord within qingyuanzong. He ordered his supporters to oppose yujianmen everywhere, oppose every correct proposal of yujianmen, and create trouble within Jiuqu League.


    Within the Qing Yuan sect and the Jiuqu League, no one doubted the Qing Gu Zhenjun.


    But Qinggu Zhenjun''s accomplishments and status are difficult to question.


    And Qinggu Zhenjun also played with political means to package everything he did as a struggle for power and profit.


    In this process, Qinggu Zhenjun also hesitated and repeated.


    But in the end, he came to today.


    Qinggu Zhenjun knows that he can''t turn back. He can only be loyal to Dali imperial dynasty.


    Having witnessed the great strength of the Dali Dynasty, he could not resist.


    In his opinion, these guys of yujianmen are mantis, and they can''t resist the army of Dali imperial dynasty at all.


    The real strength of Dali imperial dynasty has not been revealed. The current strength alone is enough to crush everything.

 Chapter 778

    As the Grand Marshal of the Dali imperial dynasty, Xia Houfeng is not facing a strong enemy. Taiyimen dare not say that he has the hope that he can hold it, not to mention that he can spare no effort to help others.


    However, the golden elixir elder of Taiyi gate tried his best to appease these visitors and said some ambiguous words.


    Guyue family of Dafeng City is an old friend of Taiyi sect, and huoyun sect is a new vassal of Taiyi sect. Jiqiao sect has been a business partner of Taiyi sect for many years


    On the other hand, taiyimen didn''t refuse people''s requests, and on the other hand, they had to appease them.


    These zongmen are nearby, which helps to reduce the pressure on Taiyi gate, which also needs them.


    The Dali dynasty did not engage in tricks such as sneak attacks at night. When both sides are ready, it is impossible for the sneak attack to succeed.


    When the imperial army moved, the Jiuqu League soon received the news and immediately entered the state of war.


    I saw countless flying boats and warships filled the sky, almost overwhelming, one wave after another rushed to the defense line of Jiuqu League.


    The fire of flying boats and warships was fully open, and various beams of light were directed directly at the ground. More colorful light shines, and the fire storm composed of fireball, wind blade and earth bomb almost swept the front position at once.


    On the earth, the armies of the Dali imperial dynasty formed a tight military array and launched successive attacks on the front line of defense.


    Some brave generals came out from the crowd and directly rushed to the key points of the front defense line to find the enemy''s high-level friars to fight.


    As soon as the Dali emperor took action, he showed his strong demeanor and power.


    This large-scale battle was originally the strength of Dali Dynasty.


    Relying on such a lineup, Dali imperial court has defeated countless strong enemies and suppressed countless rebellious cultivators.


    The experienced Dali Imperial Army skillfully launched attacks, orderly attacked the enemy''s defense line, gradually occupied the main points, and made steady progress bit by bit.


    In the face of the stormy attack of Dali imperial dynasty, but for a moment, the outermost part of the defense line was directly occupied.


    The monks of the major cultivation forces stationed here were blown to pieces by the enemy without even a chance to surrender.

 Chapter 779

    The Dali Imperial Army pressed on the whole line and soon broke through the periphery and entered the defense line.


    On this line of defense that spread thousands of miles, it soon became smoke everywhere and fell into a scuffle.


    Shortly after the battle began, the flying boat team of Dali imperial dynasty advanced by leaps and bounds and reached a place not far from the garrison area of taiyimen.


    Jiuqu League also tried to piece together a team composed of flying boats and warships to fly into the sky to fight the enemies of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Probably knowing that the strength gap between the two sides is too large, the flying boat team on the side of Jiuqu League does not seek to surpass the other party, but only strives to entangle the other party and reduce the pressure on the lower defense line.


    Dali imperial dynasty had great attainments in the art of mechanism creation. It was not only able to produce a large number of powerful war creations, but also easy to mass produce.


    The warships sent by Dali Dynasty were not only more in number, but also more powerful in combat effectiveness.


    Jiuqu League used to have only the sect of Qiqiao, which can make some mechanism creations.


    Qiqiao sect is not paid much attention within Jiuqu League, and many traditional monks don''t look up to these so-called Qiqiao erotic skills.


    Qiqiao sect has a low status in Jiuqu League, limited strength and insufficient resources. It''s hard to build a third-order warship, let alone others.


    Meng Zhang, leader of Taiyi sect, thought that mechanism creation played a great role a long time ago.


    As a transgressor, he did not have the deep-rooted prejudice of those old monks. Not only did he buy a large number of mechanism creations from the Qiqiao sect for many times, but also he established a divine work hall in the gate and worked hard to develop the construction capacity of Taiyi gate.


    Unfortunately, the foundation of Taiyi sect is too shallow. Even Meng Zhang invested a lot of resources, but it started from scratch, and the accumulation of time is not enough. Taiyi sect has a big gap in mechanism creation compared with Qiqiao sect.


    There were only a few fourth-order cloud boats in the whole Jiuqu League, and more than half of them fell into the enemy''s hands with the fall of the south.


    The remaining cloud boats are of great use. Jiuqu League is reluctant to go to the battlefield.


    The few third-order warships on the side of Jiuqu League led this team of flying boats. They were extremely brave and rushed forward to the army of Dali imperial dynasty with the attitude of moths to the fire.


    At the beginning, the jade sword gate ordered the recruitment of flying boats of major cultivation forces. When they were used intensively, Taiyi gate also handed over a batch of them to fill up, and they were driven by friars of Hanhai daomeng.


    One is that time is too tight. Second, the top level of yujianmen doesn''t pay much attention to this matter. Therefore, Yujian gate did not force its subordinates enough. Taiyi gate left a lot of flying boats under the pretext of transferring materials and personnel.


    Now it seems that taiyimen''s decision at that time was very wise.


    Because the flying boat team on the side of Jiuqu League had just rushed over and had not been entangled for too long, it was shot down by the side of Dali imperial court.


    Seeing the wreckage of the flying boat falling from the air, Meng Zhang was shocked. At the same time, he even had a feeling of time-space disorder in his heart.


    Is he on the wrong set? This is not a real world, but a high-tech world of future wind.


    In the sky, flying boats shoot at each other, flying boats bombard the ground, and all kinds of war puppets attack everywhere.


    Dali dynasty did almost everything to improve the combat effectiveness of its own army. They certainly won''t miss such a useful means as mechanism creation.


    Everything serves the war. There is no market for those old and decadent ideas in the vibrant Dali Dynasty.


    After years of painstaking development, Dali''s production capacity in mechanism creation not only far exceeds that of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, but also is no less than that of the Middle Earth mainland.


    It can even be said that in the whole Jun dust world, it can be regarded as No. 1.


    Most of the flying boat teams of Jiuqu League were destroyed, and a small number fled the battlefield in panic.


    The flying boat team on the side of Dali imperial court was not busy chasing them, but gave priority to providing fire support for the ground army and fiercely bombarding the front line of defense.


    In front of the Dali Imperial Army, there are countless puppets of all kinds acting as cannon fodder.


    The war puppets made in large quantities in Dali Dynasty have the same style and uniform style. Even if a large number of puppets are used as the main force, it is also convenient for logistics maintenance.


    A puppet in the form of a lion and tiger pounced in front.


    One by one, the tall golden giants, holding various weapons, strode forward.


    There is also a puppet in the form of an eagle in the sky, which is sometimes pulled up to provide guidance for the rear; From time to time, they dive hard and attack the ground.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang quietly floated over the defense line of taiyimen. Looking at the war situation not far away, his heart was very heavy.


    This battle is not easy to fight. Regardless of the victory or defeat, taiyimen will definitely suffer heavy losses and great vitality after this war.


    Meng Zhang even had an impulse to withdraw the elite disciples of Taiyi sect in the lower line of defense so that they would not sacrifice here in vain.


    After a while, Meng Zhang forced himself to resist this impulse.


    If you really want to do this, you can''t pass the jade sword gate without saying anything that will affect the morale of the army.


    Colorful beams of light fell from the sky, which was launched by the Dali Imperial Army on the side of Taiyi gate. His decision was very timely and avoided many unnecessary casualties.


    In the face of the bombardment of the flying boat, golden lights rose and turned into golden curtains in the sky, blocking all attacks.


    It''s not the style of Taiyi disciples to fight back only after being beaten. Several immortal Jindan wanted to fly high into the sky and shot down these flying boats.


    However, the God of the earth, who was responsible for directing the battle, quickly stopped them.


    The next battle will be very hard and long. Now is not the time to fight back.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the air. All the beams falling on him were directly distorted and avoided his body.


    There is no third-order spiritual pulse here. The third-order array arranged by Taiyi gate is supported by consuming spiritual stones.


    Almost every day, a large number of spirit stones are consumed.


    Even taiyimen, who is rich and powerful, will feel endless pain about this meat.


    But now is not the time to consume the heartache spirit stone. As long as we can hold the defense line, all the efforts are worth it.


    If the defense line is lost, no matter how many spirit stones, they will not play a great role.

 Chapter 780

    Not only the defense line of taiyimen, but all the surrounding defense lines have fallen into the indiscriminate bombing of the flying boat team of the imperial dynasty.


    Not all zongmen can establish a solid defense like Taiyi gate.


    Facing the crazy bombardment of flying boats from high altitude, some zongmen felt too much pressure and were about to lose their support. I had to send immortal Jindan to fly high into the sky to destroy the flying boat and disperse the flying boat team.


    Before these active Jindan immortal destroyed several flying boats, they were intercepted by the hidden Dali imperial strongman.


    This is also a routine of the Dali Dynasty. A hunting team was specially organized to hunt each other''s high-level friars under various conditions.


    The flying boat team is not only a powerful fire support, but also a powerful bait.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let the taiyimen Jindan friar attack, but he didn''t know the arrangement of Dali imperial court. Instead, they believe that their own Jindan friars can play a greater role with the help of the power of the Dharma array.


    On the defense lines around Taiyi gate, there were already flames of war and chaos.


    The puppets of various organs of the imperial dynasty moved forward very fast. They crossed a short distance and rushed to the defense line of Taiyi gate.


    At the command of the thick earth God, who was in charge of the battle command, Taiyi gate also released a large number of mechanism puppets and took the initiative to meet each other.


    Countless mechanism puppets began a fierce collision in front of the taiyimen defense line.


    Funny to say, in the past, when fighting with the surrounding zongmen, Taiyi gate was good at using various mechanism creations and often used various mechanism puppets to reduce its own casualties.


    But now when I meet the Dali imperial dynasty, I really feel like a little witch sees a big witch.


    The pile of puppets with messy styles and different shapes at Taiyi gate looks like a group of scattered soldiers. The puppet team of the Dali imperial dynasty looked like well-trained and disciplined elite generals.


    The puppet teams of both sides began to fight. Not long after, the taiyimen side obviously fell below.


    Dali had more puppets and stronger combat effectiveness. He soon overthrew the puppet released by Taiyi gate and killed the line of defense of Taiyi gate.


    Fortunately, taiyimen is not just a puppet with organs.


    In front of the defense line, there is a team of Taoist soldiers in formation.


    The soldier''s nest obtained from the remains of the fifth order Earth Spirit has been warmed up by Meng Zhang for so many years, and the Jindan friar in the door has also spent a lot of effort to strengthen it and invested countless resources.


    In recent years, taiyimen has been able to mass produce second-order Taoist soldiers loess Lishi, and the output is not low.


    In addition, a large number of second-order Taoist Jin Jiameng soldiers were produced to make up for the lack of attack power of loess Lishi.


    Dali Dynasty also had Taoist soldiers, and compared with the Taoist soldiers of taiyimen, they were not weak.


    Dali is far away from the imperial family and has a great cause. It occupies far more territory and resources than the whole Jiuqu League, not to mention a mere taiyimen.


    Fortunately, Taiyi gate is not the main attack direction of Dali imperial dynasty. Except for a pile of mechanism puppets acting as cannon fodder, there are not too many Taoist soldiers sent here.


    A few Taoist soldiers follow the army and have not started direct attacks.


    After a fierce battle, the puppets of taiyimen lost almost all, and the Taoist soldiers also lost more than half, so they reluctantly blocked the puppet army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    At this time, the direct attack of Dali imperial army came.


    Elite teams formed one military formation after another and steadily advanced towards the formation laid by taiyimen.


    The flying boats in the sky continue to launch indiscriminate bombing, which makes the six gods golden light array in taiyimen wobble, and many light curtains outside have been destroyed. The rest of the protective light curtain is also shaking constantly, a shaky appearance.


    I probably feel that it is too oppressive to be beaten without fighting back, or such bombardment poses too great a threat to the taiyimen protection array.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help it. He stepped into the air all at once, and the almost endless light of the sun and moon came out. All the flying boats that were photographed either exploded immediately or lost control and swayed and swayed in the air.


    Meng Zhang, who was killing the flying boat team, suddenly dodged and appeared in another place, and then shouted coldly to the front: "haven''t you come out yet?"


    "Leader Meng is not old, but he has good eyesight. I almost underestimated you again."


    The originally empty place in front suddenly rippled like water waves.


    Long lost Wen Dongzhen Jun and a tall man in heavy armor suddenly appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    "Marshal Wang was going to hunt you alone. But I know that leader Meng is not easy, so I volunteered to help."


    "Headmaster Meng, no one will help you out today." Wen Dongzhen said with a smile.


    It seems that Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying saved he Luozhen Jun from him last time and let him remember his revenge until now.


    "Headmaster Meng, it''s too late for you to abandon the secret and turn to the bright. Didn''t you intend to discuss with me about Taiyi''s taking refuge in Dali imperial court last time?"


    "Last time we met for the first time, we didn''t understand enough and couldn''t reach an agreement."


    "This time, I can provide more favorable conditions."


    Wen dongzhenjun is used to recruiting traitors. Even if he has a grudge against Meng Zhang, he habitually starts to recruit traitors.


    "What are you talking about? How can taiyimen take refuge in Dali imperial court!"


    Although he knew there was no one around, Meng Zhang quickly denied it. I can''t just recognize that I came into contact with Wen Dongzhen Jun before.


    "The tyrant of Dali Dynasty, Emperor Wu, is obscene and cruel. Sooner or later, he will be damned by heaven..."


    For fear that Wen Dongzhen might say something embarrassing to himself, Meng Zhang simply began to scold the emperor Bawu of the Dali Dynasty.


    Sure enough, hearing that Meng Zhang scolded Bawu emperor, he heard that Dongzhen Jun''s face changed and didn''t want to surrender anymore.


    Your father''s humiliation must not be tolerated. If you don''t kill Meng Zhang on the spot, what face do you have to face your father.


    Among the generals of the Dali imperial dynasty, Emperor Bawu had a high prestige and a supreme position.


    Marshal Wang over there, without even calling, roared and killed Meng Zhang.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun scolded secretly, he had to follow suit.


    Marshal Wang was a Yuanshen, but his early cultivation came after thousands of tempering. He has fought for many years and experienced countless bloody battles. Where would he pay attention to Meng Zhang. When he became the original God, it was estimated that Meng Zhang was at most a Jindan friar.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun is a Yuanshen. He is confident that he can suppress Meng Zhang even if he fights alone.


    With their joint efforts, they became determined to kill Meng Zhang.


    In Meng Zhang''s ear, he heard the roar of the new yuan God of Qiqiao Zong. It seems that he has met a strong enemy.


    Now, it''s impossible for them to take care of each other.

 Chapter 781

    When Meng Zhang was entangled by the enemy, the Dali Imperial Army also launched a fierce attack on the large array arranged at Taiyi gate.


    The military formations were like mountains, fiercely crashing into the front, looking like they were going to crush everything.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to attack the flying boat team in order to lead to the secret ambush of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    A visible enemy is easier to deal with than an invisible enemy.


    According to his observation and speculation just now, the Dali imperial dynasty mostly organized friars to hunt down the yuan God Zhenjun like himself.


    Wen dongzhenjun and marshal Wang''s appearance proved that his guess was not wrong.


    He didn''t recover much from his injury and wasn''t in good shape.


    The nine yin-yang soldiers of the golden elixir period, who were raised by the spirit tool yin-yang gourd, didn''t have enough time to replenish after they lost last time, so that he lost a powerful weapon against the yuan God friars.


    However, Meng Zhang did not hide in the French array to defend passively, but took the initiative to attack. Naturally, he has his own confidence.


    This time, he didn''t reserve the slightest. From the beginning, he did his best and exerted his best power of Yin-Yang Avenue.


    When Meng Zhang and taiyimen fell into a bitter battle, Xia Houfeng, Prince Feng of Dali Dynasty, led the main force of the army, easily broke through the periphery and killed the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    The general forum of Huanglian cult has been painstakingly managed by the top and bottom of Huanglian cult. In one or two thousand years, too many resources have been invested here and an indestructible protective array has been established.


    After the jade sword goalkeeper chose here as the core of the defense line, he continued to increase the weight and constantly strengthen the defense here.


    Although sword practitioners are used to active attack, it doesn''t mean that sword practitioners can''t defend.


    Moreover, among the yujianmen camp, there are also cultivation forces who are good at building and array, and have joined the defense against the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    For many years, he has never seen what kind of opponent and what kind of iron wall has not been broken by him.


    Xia Houfeng did not play those fancy moves. As soon as he came up, the whole army pressed on and made a full attack.


    The flying boat team in the sky continued to bombard the lower part.


    The seemingly endless mechanism puppets, like the tide, surged forward one after another.


    Military formations have long been ready, and all kinds of Taoist soldiers have long listed their formations.


    Yujianmen had also arranged a mobile team to support all defense lines.


    Now facing unprecedented pressure, these mobile teams can not be dispatched at all, and can only be used as reinforcements here for the time being.


    Qinggu Zhenjun flew into the air, looked down at the general altar of Huanglian cult, and shouted, "jade sword Taoist friend, can you come out and talk?"


    A moment later, Yujian Zhenjun flew out of the general altar of Huanglian cult alone and flew not far in front of Qinggu Zhenjun.


    The jade sword guard, who protects him closely, is left inside as a support force.


    Yujian Zhenjun looked at Qinggu Zhenjun coldly. "I have nothing to talk about with you, only talking to you with a sword."


    Before the voice fell, a sharp sword light flashed and directly chopped at Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun and Yujian Zhenjun haven''t met several times, they know the old guy''s personality very well.


    As the two giants of Jiuqu League, qingyuanzong and yujianmen have close contacts with each other, and there are many open and secret battles. They are very familiar with each other''s leaders.


    Qinggu Zhenjun also knows that there is nothing to say with Yujian Zhenjun. Everyone wants to take this opportunity to defeat and even kill each other.


    He stopped talking nonsense and began to run the power of the avenue, fighting with yujianzhen Jun.


    Both of them are among the best in Jiuqu League, and they are also the first masters of their own sect. This move can''t tell the outcome in a short time.


    In the sky, the sword light is shining and the sword Qi is vertical and horizontal. They can fight each other.


    On the ground, Xia Houfeng personally commanded the army and launched a fierce attack on the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    Jade sword gate is not all passive defense. From time to time, a team of sword repair came out of the big array and launched a counterattack against the military array of Dali imperial dynasty.


    As soon as the battle began, it entered a white hot stage.


    Even with the help of the big array, the jade sword sect can''t gain the slightest advantage.


    The battlefield in front of us is a huge meat grinder, and the personnel of both sides are consuming rapidly.


    One by one, the army formation on the side of Dali imperial dynasty became broken, and then slowly disappeared.


    The friars on the defensive side were soon submerged by the incoming enemy, and then disappeared completely.


    The Dali imperial army was commanded by Xia Houfeng, who was old in battle, and launched attacks one after another. Not only are the offensives continuous, but they can always attack the enemy''s weak links.


    In the current general altar of Huanglian cult, the monks of yujianmen are the main ones, and the elite of the remaining forces of Jiuqu league are also concentrated.


    As the landlord of this place, Huanglian cult has left a large number of disciples here.


    With the support of yujianmen, Xu Mengying''s appeal to the major sub forums of Huanglian cult has greatly increased.


    Before the beginning of the war, she issued a call up order to the major sub altars and called the monks of the major sub altars to defend the general altar.


    Needless to say, the sub altar in the south of Jiuqu League was either destroyed or surrendered to the Dali Dynasty. A small number of monks who escaped were forced to stay in the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    The sub altar in the north of Jiuqu League was forced to do its best and sent a strong reinforcement team.


    In terms of the number of monks provided, Huanglian cult successfully completed the requirements of Yujian gate.


    With the progress of the war, both the enemy and ourselves suffered heavy casualties and countless losses.


    He was merciful and did not take charge of the army. Xia Hou Feng was as hard as iron. He didn''t care about this casualty at all. He still constantly mobilized the army and killed one after another to the front.


    Although the jade sword sect fought with all its strength and persevered, the strength gap is too big.


    After paying a lot of losses, many gaps were broken in the big array, so that Wu, a detachment of Dali imperial dynasty, took the opportunity to kill them.


    The sword practitioners of the jade sword gate fought back and tried their best to block all the gaps.


    This is another bloody tug of war.


    Xia Houfeng, who sits in the middle of the Chinese army, has not shot yet.


    As a qualified general, no matter how fierce the war was and how heavy the casualties were, he always maintained a reserve team and did not enter the battlefield. And he himself is the strongest reserve force.


    Xia Houfeng has a arrogant side of his character and is arrogant on weekdays. However, when commanding operations, they always maintain sufficient caution and caution.


    Facts have proved that his caution is not superfluous.


    Not far from the battlefield, flying boats came from a distance and began to reduce their height rapidly.


    These flying boats are not owned by Dali Dynasty. Dali didn''t send an additional flying boat team to the rear of the imperial dynasty.


    These flying boats appear near the battlefield at this time. Most of them are the enemy''s reinforcements, and they will only be the enemy''s reinforcements.

 Chapter 782

    Before the flying boat landed, a monk quickly jumped from the flying boat to the ground.


    The friars quickly formed a team on the ground and soon formed an array.


    In front of each formation, a monk raised a big flag, played the banner of his own power, and showed his origin.


    With Xia Houfeng''s eyesight, even if they were far away, they still saw the flag and recognized the origin of each other.


    "Bairi Valley, Tieyi gate, ChiYan society..." Xia Houfeng read out the origin of these forces.


    These cultivation forces come from the Daheng cultivation world. There are large religious sects with heads and faces and strong strength.


    In particular, Bairi Valley is one of the top forces in the Daheng cultivation world. Whether it is strength or inheritance, it is not under the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect. It can compete with the two sects.


    There is not much contact between Daheng cultivation circle and Jiuqu League, and there is little contact between officials.


    In the past, in order to resist the Dali Dynasty, the Jiuqu League tried to form an alliance with the Daheng Xiuzhen world many times, and once sent a mission of high specification. However, Daheng Xiuzhen community has ignored it and explicitly rejected the request for alliance.


    Now the Dali imperial dynasty has captured almost half of the Jiuqu League. When it is preparing to conquer the other half of the Jiuqu League, the Daheng Xiuzhen world is finally willing to send reinforcements.


    I don''t know whether the Daheng cultivation world really feels the threat of dying of lips and teeth, or there are other reasons?


    After the reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world were reorganized, they quickly killed the army of Dali imperial dynasty without much delay.


    Xia Houfeng responded calmly without panic.


    He separated a part of the rear army and took the initiative to meet the past.


    The strength of the support Army in Daheng Xiuzhen world is very strong, which is almost no weaker than that of the jade sword sect.


    Whether the yuan God Zhenjun or the low-level friars in the army are no less than the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    The arrival of this reinforcements soon dispersed the troops of Dali imperial court and lightened the burden on the side of yujianmen.


    The offensive of Dali imperial court is almost at a standstill. It is not a pleasant thing to be attacked by both sides.


    The side of jade sword sect is in the inner circle, relying on the general altar of Huanglian cult, and the reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world kill to the inner circle from the outside.


    What''s this called, central flowering, internal and external attack?


    The situation soon reversed. Dali, who had the absolute advantage, began to lose the initiative and was slowly leveled by the enemy.


    It was beyond Xia Houfeng''s expectation that Bairi Valley and many sects came to reinforce Yujian gate.


    Dali, who has regarded the Jiuqu League as something in his bag, has set his eyes far away from the imperial dynasty and has begun to consider the direction of further expansion.


    The Daheng cultivation world nearest here is an ideal object to conquer.


    On the other side of Daheng Xiuzhen world, Dali emperor had already arranged dark son and made many arrangements.


    Although I can''t say that I can control the situation of Da Heng cultivation world, at least the news is very well-informed and can send back the latest information at any time.


    Without any warning in advance, the reinforcements sent by Daheng Xiuzhen appeared behind him silently and directly affected the war situation.


    I don''t know whether there is something wrong with our own intelligence system, or whether the means of the great horizontal cultivation world are too clever?


    Even if the war was unfavorable, Xia Houfeng remained calm.


    If the great horizontal cultivation world pours out and the major forces make every effort, Xia Houfeng can only retreat immediately and stop the loss in time.


    But now it seems that the reinforcements sent by Daheng xiuzhenjie are very limited. Although it is a little difficult to deal with, it is not impossible to deal with.


    I don''t know whether the big horizontal cultivation world underestimated the enemy''s carelessness or failed to reach an agreement?


    The reinforcements sent were mainly from Bairi Valley and gathered a group of zongmen and families. But that''s all. No other top cultivation forces have joined.


    So far, there are no monks in the later period of Yuanshen in the reinforcements.


    Xia Houfeng was full of confidence and didn''t mean to shrink back at all.


    As a great master in the later period of Yuanshen, he himself is the most powerful card.


    He was ready. When the reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world moved forward, he personally led his pro guard to kill out, giving the enemy a great surprise.


    When the yellow lotus sect fell into fierce fighting near the general altar, the line of defense guarded by Taiyi gate had already become a sea of corpses and blood.


    The Dharma array arranged by the thick earth God general and Wen qiansuan is very powerful, but it still has its limits.


    After the continuous fierce attack of the superior forces of the Dali imperial dynasty, there were many gaps and flaws in the FA array.


    Dali''s imperial army kept killing in from the gap. The friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng rushed up and blocked the gaps with their own lives.


    The strongest pillar of Taiyi gate and the biggest reliance is Meng Zhang, the true monarch of the yuan God. At this time, he is too busy to help himself.


    In the sky, Meng Zhang supported very hard under the joint siege of Wen dongzhenjun and marshal Wang.


    The folding fan in Wen Dongzhen''s hand is a very good fourth-order magic weapon. Every time the fan moves, it can blow a sharp wind.


    Marshal Wang looks rough, but actually he is very fine. He carefully guarded a four step flying sword, constantly compressing Meng Zhang''s range of activities.


    Without fourth-order magic tools, there is a big gap in cultivation. Meng Zhang''s left branch and right block are like a lonely boat in a violent storm, which may be destroyed at any time.


    Wen dongzhenjun had the absolute upper hand, so he had time to talk slowly.


    He sometimes scolded Meng Zhang for his disrespect to Bawu emperor. Sometimes a burst of angry scolding, scolding Meng Zhang for not knowing his life and death, and daring to refuse his family''s kindness


    Meng Zhang ignored Wen Dongzhen and could not ignore him.


    Now he feels so stressed that he can''t even vent his anger, let alone speak.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be forced to some extreme. After a dull hum, he showed his great magic power, and the Yin and Yang of heaven and earth changed.


    Originally, the setting sun was still shining in the sky, which suddenly became extremely dark, as if it had entered the night directly.


    Meng Zhang, who is at a disadvantage, must have a plot to change the sky.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun was secretly vigilant, he was still a step late and didn''t have time to stop Meng Zhang.


    In front of Meng Zhang, an altar the size of a palm appeared, and then it quickly became larger, filled with all kinds of sacrifices.


    Meng Zhang quickly recited a few spells. The altar trembled violently, and there was a bone piercing wind in the sky, which made people shudder.


    A moment later, the sky above the altar was torn a huge gap.


    A huge ghost with two horns, huge body, green face and fangs, struggled to climb out of the gap.


    This ghost and God is not someone else, but a senior friar of Taiyi sect. Now the ghost and God of the underworld is a separate body.

 Chapter 783

    When Meng Zhang''s spirit entered the underworld and saw Shouzheng, the taiyimen elder, his cultivation was still shallow and could not see the true cultivation of Shouzheng.


    After he advanced to the Yuanshen period, he recalled the details of the meeting at that time and guessed that this elder was at least a great master in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    As a senior of Taiyi sect, Shouzheng still remembers everything in the gate even if he becomes a ghost.


    The Taiyi gate, which was originally in its heyday, has perished, and the rebuilt Taiyi gate has still suffered havoc.


    After several changes, personnel are completely different.


    Today''s Taiyi gate is far from the Taiyi gate in those days.


    However, in the eyes of elders like Shouzheng, as long as the Taiyi gate in those years is immortal, no matter what changes have taken place, it will still be the Taiyi gate.


    Shouzheng did help Meng Zhang as much as possible. At the beginning, in addition to helping Meng Zhang subdue the spirit of the void tripod, he also taught him the secret method of calling his own separation.


    However, he had a word in advance, and his family also had enemies in the underworld. In order not to consume too much power and expose flaws in front of his enemies, his power injected into his separation is limited.


    It requires a large number of precious sacrifices to summon the separation of ghosts and gods to keep upright. These sacrifices are also the source of strength required to maintain the separation in the sun.


    After acquiring this secret method, Meng Zhang made every effort to collect the sacrifices needed for the summoning through the power of Taiyi gate.


    Although the offerings had been collected for a long time, he had never used this secret method to summon the righteous separation.


    Because Shouzheng told him at the beginning that he should try not to summon separate people to come unless he had to.


    Now, in the face of the two strong enemies, their own state is not good, and the Taoist soldiers accumulated by the life spirit tool yin-yang spirit gourd have been consumed long ago. In addition to summoning the devils and gods to guard Zheng, Meng Zhang really couldn''t think of any other way to turn the table.


    Meng Zhang first used the magic power of Yin-Yang transformation of heaven and earth to create an external environment suitable for ghost and God activities. Then he summoned Shouzheng''s separation as his last mace.


    As soon as this split appeared, its extraordinary momentum really attracted the enemy''s attention.


    Although the ghosts and gods of the underworld will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth when they come to the sun. However, Meng Zhang has alleviated this suppression as much as possible through the magic power of Yin-Yang transformation of heaven and earth.


    This ghost God separation not only looks ferocious and terrible, but also has the strength of the original God in the early stage.


    Meng Zhang knew that the separation of ghosts and gods should not stay in the sun for a long time. He must make a quick decision.


    Under the sign of Meng Zhang, the ghosts and gods took the initiative to rush at Wen Dongzhen Jun and began to use all kinds of means to entangle him firmly.


    Meng Zhang flew to the weaker Marshal Wang and wanted to defeat him first.


    Meng Zhang''s plot did not hide from his two opponents, who both sneered with disdain.


    There is no weak one in the two, neither of them is easy to deal with. Even if Meng Zhang summoned a helper, the overall strength is still at a disadvantage.


    Sure enough, Meng Zhang tried his best to show the avenue of yin and Yang, and could only compete with Marshal Wang.


    The summoned ghost and God separated themselves. After fighting with Wen Dongzhen for a while, they soon fell to the disadvantage and were a little overwhelmed.


    At this time, on the ground, the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai road alliance, although they are hard supported by the third-order mountain protection array, the huge pressure makes them suffer heavy casualties and hard support.


    Several neighbors around taiyimen have fallen into a bitter struggle. Not only can''t help others, but also can''t protect themselves.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are not weaker than Marshal Wang''s, and his Taoist and magical powers are better than him, but he is a little worse in terms of magic tools.


    The fourth order magic weapon qicaixia light robe he was wearing was badly damaged in the last battle. Although he has been warming up and repairing, he is still far from recovering due to lack of time.


    Meng Zhang has been unable to beat Marshal Wang. Ghosts and gods can''t stay in the sun for too long.


    If time continues to procrastinate, it will only be more and more unfavorable to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knew this and had a plan in his heart for a long time.


    In the sky, four people fly around, time and time, and there are staggered places in the battle circle from time to time.


    When the battle circle of the four crossed again, Meng Zhang and ghosts and gods suddenly changed positions and exchanged opponents.


    Wen dongzhenjun and marshal Wang didn''t think so. This is common in combat. And even if the other party exchanges opponents, can it erase the strength gap.


    But after the transposition, the fighting situation is very different.


    Although the separation of ghosts and gods only has the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage, it has a righteous fighting consciousness, and its combat effectiveness is not necessarily inferior to that of the monks in the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    Just now, when I was fighting against Dong Zhenjun, the separation of ghosts and gods was deliberately clumsy.


    Ghosts and gods split up. This time, marshal Wang immediately opened fire and attacked desperately.


    Marshal Wang, who was a little careless, was immediately suppressed by ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang had no problem with Shangwen dongzhenjun, even though he was a little short, but he tried to entangle his opponent.


    Probably know that it''s not long before the distance dissipates. Ghosts and gods become extremely crazy, and the attack is obviously more fierce.


    Wen dongzhenjun and marshal Wang had no idea that they had fallen into such a field because of carelessness.


    Wen Dongzhen tried his best to get rid of Meng Zhang''s entanglement and supported Marshal Wang in the past.


    But Meng Zhang at this time is like a piece of dog candy, so he can''t get rid of it anyway.


    Wen dongzhenjun, who took the initiative to ask for orders to fight with Marshal Wang, can''t watch Marshal Wang be badly hit and even killed in front of him.


    In a hurry, he did not hesitate to burn Yuanshen, forcibly broke through Meng Zhang''s interception, rushed to the battle group over there, and was ready to help Marshal Wang out.


    The ghost and God who was attacking Marshal Wang suddenly showed a secret smile on his face, and then his whole body burst open and turned into a blue and black air flow, which swept Marshal Wang and Wen Dongzhen Jun in all at once.


    After being summoned to the sun, Shouzheng''s ghosts and gods completely obey Meng Zhang.


    Although ordered to separate and explode, it will certainly cause some damage to the upright body of the underworld. But this is the only way Meng Zhang can think of to defeat the enemy.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the situation to kill the two opponents who were trapped by the self explosion of ghosts and gods.


    The self exploding power of ghosts and gods has very strong lethality, and can pollute people and gods.


    Marshal Wang''s body was entangled by the green and black air flow and could not dodge. He was cut in two by Meng Zhang''s great magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    The yuan God who came out of the shell was slightly stained with a little blue and black air flow, and sent out bursts of screams.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun was seriously injured, he got out of the trap, and the Yuanshen who protected Marshal Wang escaped.


    Meng Zhang chased and killed for a while. Seeing that he couldn''t catch up and cut the roots, he returned angrily and collected all Marshal Wang''s flesh and belongings.

 Chapter 784

    Although Meng Zhang won this war, he paid a high price.


    Let''s not talk about the injury that is neither light nor heavy. This time, let the Shouzheng separate and explode, and the Shouzheng noumenon will certainly be adversely affected.


    If Shouzheng is angry, I''m afraid it''s hard to call Shouzheng''s separation in the future.


    Although it is said that the separation of ghosts and gods is essentially different from the outer incarnation of Yuanshen Zhenjun. It''s easier for ghosts and gods to create separation. But destroying a separate body is definitely not a small thing for ghosts and gods.


    Shouzheng had confessed before. He still had great enemies in the underworld, peeping at him all the time.


    I only hope to lose this part, which has little impact on the strength of Shouzheng.


    The battle continues, and these things can only be left to the future. Meng Zhang didn''t even have time to sort out Lien Chan''s profits, so he had to fight again.


    Originally, when the three Yuanshen Zhenjun fought, all the flying boats in the sky avoided far from being affected by the aftermath of the battle.


    Now Wen Dongzhen Jun escorted Marshal Wang''s Yuanshen to escape. No one can stop Meng Zhang anymore.


    Meng Zhang flew into the flying boats and killed wantonly. The flying boats in the sky fell like raindrops.


    There is an elite team hidden in the flying boat team, which specializes in hunting and killing friars of Jindan level to prevent them from damaging the flying boat.


    But in the face of Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if there is only one person, they can''t resist and can''t do anything.


    Meng Zhang''s attack completely disrupted the flying boat team. The heavily damaged flying boat team was in a mess and fled everywhere.


    The hunting team hidden in the flying boat team, in turn, became the target of hunting and was killed wantonly by Meng Zhang.


    This is the horror of high-ranking friars on the battlefield. Without the restraint of friars of the same level, it is reckless and no one can control it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of the flying boats that escaped. There were a large army on the ground waiting for him to clean up.


    Under the constant impact of the military formations of the Dali imperial dynasty, the defense line of taiyimen has been shaky.


    There are countless gaps and flaws in the third-order array, and each gap has become the key target of the enemy.


    In order to plug these gaps, the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng had to fill them with human lives.


    The elite friars accumulated by taiyimen over the years are consumed on the battlefield so quickly.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang fell from the sky in time to help taiyimen stabilize his position.


    The army of Dali imperial dynasty is really extraordinary. Strict military discipline and strict military law, dare to fight and fight.


    Even though he knew that he could not resist Meng Zhang, the true monarch of the yuan God, no one fled. Instead, military formations took the initiative to meet him.


    In almost every military formation, the smoke of essence gas rose and rushed into the sky.


    The interweaving of essence and wolf smoke brought heavy pressure, which made Meng Zhang feel very uncomfortable.


    The Dali Imperial Army forms a military array. With the help of the force of the military array, the forces of all the people in the general array are gathered together and become a special military spirit.


    Military Qi is a very special force, which has a strong suppressive effect on the true yuan of practitioners, and has the effect of annihilating the spirit.


    Even ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun will not get out of his body in front of the military array of Dali imperial dynasty, just out of fear of military Qi.


    After the military spirit gathered and formed in the air, some turned into all kinds of weapons, some turned into all kinds of monsters, and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that without the suppression of the strong at the same level, he should be God to stop killing God and Buddha to stop killing Buddha. No one can stop him.


    He had been reminding himself not to kill too much. Just disrupt the enemy''s positions and try not to take too many lives.


    After all, according to the practice of the cultivation world, high-level friars, especially the strong ones at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, should avoid killing low-level friars arbitrarily. Especially when these low-level friars belong to a powerful force.


    What Meng Zhang never thought of was that he could not stay in the face of the military impact of the Dali imperial dynasty, and had to deal with it carefully.


    He felt a strong threat after the army was vaporized all over the sky.


    If a strong man of the same rank restrained him at this time, these military formations could even hurt his life.


    Or vice versa. When these military formations restrained him, a strong man of the same rank took the opportunity to fight, and he was mostly unable to resist.


    Facing the attack of the military array, Meng Zhang couldn''t keep his hand and had to come up with a killing move.


    The power of the avenue operates, yin and Yang change on the battlefield, and the sun and moon rotate.


    Military Qi has a strong law breaking effect. Under the cover of the military array, the soldiers can resist many magic powers.


    However, facing the power of Tiandi Avenue, the military array immediately lost most of its defense.


    Everyone in the military array first felt a burst of hot and dry all over, then a burst of cold from head to foot, and then a succession of hot and dry and cold, repeated several times.


    These well-trained soldiers of Dali Dynasty, including the generals in charge of the military array, finally couldn''t stand it. They vomited blood and fell to the ground.


    Meng Zhang destroyed so many military formations in one breath and made countless soldiers of the imperial dynasty either dead or injured. Such a record can be called brilliant.


    Since the achievement of the original God, Meng Zhang intends to keep a noble appearance in front of everyone.


    Even if this is a battlefield with no eyes and life and death, Meng Zhang is still a little unnatural.


    After such a blow, Meng Zhang also needs time to breathe back.


    Seeing the whole battlefield, a large area was suddenly empty, and the pressure faced by the taiyimen defense line was empty, Meng Zhang felt a little proud in his heart.


    At this time, a figure quickly flew over from a distance and shouted loudly, "leader Meng, help."


    Behind him, there was a fierce general in heavy armor.


    The man pursued seems to be the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Qiqiao sect.


    He had not been a Yuanshen for a long time. Before he could visit his neighbors and get to know people like Meng Zhang, he had to be recruited to the battlefield.


    Although we don''t even know each other''s name, since we are comrades in arms now, Meng Zhang can''t ignore it.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to fly over to help the yuan God Zhenjun of Qiqiao sect against the enemy.


    On the most important main battlefield, Xia Houfeng, the Grand Marshal of the Dali imperial dynasty, is mobilizing troops and preparing to personally lead his pro guards to kill the past and disperse the reinforcements from the Daheng Xiuzhen world at one fell swoop.


    Xia Houfeng took the lead, flew in the front, and was preparing to start the assault.


    Suddenly, an amazing murderous Spirit fell from the sky and came straight to his back.


    Xia Houfeng immediately responded that he had been assassinated.


    This murderous spirit avoided Xia Houfeng''s Pro guards and the army of Dali imperial dynasty, and directly targeted Xia Houfeng.

 Chapter 785

    Even as a monk in the later period of Yuanshen, Xia Houfeng felt a palpitation at this moment.


    What kind of opponent has he never met and what kind of scene has he never experienced?


    But at this moment, the assassin didn''t show up. He was restrained by a fierce murderous spirit.


    Such an assassin, such an assassination, is something he has never encountered for many years.


    Xia Houfeng knew in his heart that he had encountered difficulties today. If you don''t deal with it properly, you will worry about your life today.


    He didn''t dare to neglect. He didn''t even have time to run the power of the road, which directly stimulated the life-saving thing hidden in him.


    One divides into two. Xiahou Feng''s waist is as like as two peas of yellow. The body of the yellow body is divided into two identical pieces of Xiahou Feng. The body of Xiahou Feng is divided into two parts.


    The way took Xia Houfeng''s murderous spirit directly behind him. In the face of the sudden accident, he hesitated a little, then avoided the illusion and killed Xia Houfeng''s real body.


    However, it was this sudden delay that gave Xia Houfeng enough reaction time.


    Xia Houfeng was shining green, and green vines appeared out of thin air, blocking the path of murderous attack.


    These thick vines twisted violently, entangled with each other, and rushed desperately in the direction of murderous attack.


    After a light sound, the vines all over the sky quickly disappeared, and the murderous spirit returned in vain.


    Xia Houfeng is proficient in the power of wooden Avenue among the five elements Avenue. He got rid of the unfavorable state of being attacked secretly. With enough time to cast spells, he showed his rich combat experience.


    Big green trees emerged in the air and rushed to his left.


    A purple air rose into the sky and scattered all the huge trees.


    A figure also emerged and appeared in front of Xia Houfeng.


    This is a middle-aged man dressed in purple with two sharp blades, one long and one short.


    Looking at the middle-aged man, Xia Hou''s plump face was full of fear, and even seemed a little nervous.


    But his mouth is not forgiving at all.


    "It is said that Ziyang holy sect is a famous holy place for cultivation in the Middle Earth. The monks in the gate are the choice of the time and the favored son of heaven."


    "When did the proud son of heaven become a mouse and only know to hide in a mouse hole, sneak attack behind his back and stab people?"


    Xia Houfeng was experienced and knowledgeable. He recognized each other''s origin at once.


    The holy places of cultivation in Middle Earth are located at the top of the whole cultivation world. They are the real controllers and masters of the world.


    Ziyang holy sect is one of these holy sects, and its power is so strong that it can be called a real big Mac. Even if we gather the power of the whole Dali Dynasty, we can''t resist it.


    "It has long been said that the people of the Dali imperial dynasty are arrogant, domineering and perverse. They do whatever they want in the cultivation world and are a disaster."


    "I had a little doubt about this statement. So far today, I heard your slandering words about the holy sect. I know that these statements are not enough to describe the event of leaving the imperial dynasty."


    "I, Ziyang saint, bear the heavy responsibility of maintaining peace and tranquility in the cultivation world, but I can''t let you continue to suffer."


    The middle-aged man said these words without expression.


    "Bah, what I hate most is you holy shit sect."


    "Everyone looks down on the appearance of a high bird. The mouth is full of sanctity and the stomach is full of men, thieves and prostitutes."


    "It''s obviously shameless. The sneak attack was ahead, and now it still puts on a just face. It''s really J8 disgusting."


    "If I hadn''t seen through, I wouldn''t know how long I would hide in the mouse hole."


    Xia Houfeng may be obviously angered by the other party''s attitude. Regardless of his fear of the Holy Land Sect, he couldn''t help shouting abuse.


    "You are stubborn and deserve to die. Remember, it is Xiao Jiansheng who takes your life."


    The middle-aged man who claimed to be the sage of Ziyang and walked around the world with Xiao Jiansheng was like sentencing to death. After reading a few words, he killed Xia Houfeng with a sword.


    Xia Houfeng scolded fiercely, but he was afraid of the enemy.


    He looked like a fool, but he had already had his own plan.


    When Xia Houfeng scolded, the pro guards behind him immediately formed a military formation.


    In the military array, there are eight generals with the strength of the golden elixir period and 90 school captains with the strength of the foundation period.


    A total of 98 people formed the military array, which had already started before Xiao Jiansheng started.


    A powerful army rose into the sky, turned into a heavy cloak and put it on Xia Houfeng.


    Through the contact just now, Xia Houfeng knew that the cultivation of the enemy was definitely not below himself. With the addition of the Holy Land Sect''s inheritance of magical powers and secrets, he may not be the enemy''s opponent.


    Of course, even if he knew he was defeated, Xia Houfeng couldn''t just run away.


    Now the battle between Dali imperial court, Jiuqu League and their reinforcements is at a critical moment, and there is absolutely no room for one party to relax.


    With Xia Houfeng''s personality, it is absolutely unacceptable to leave the army and escape.


    Besides, he also has his own cards and killer mace. As long as the time is right, even the friar of the holy land can still make him suffer a great loss.


    Xia Houfeng and his own pro guards, even if they can''t beat each other, must firmly entangle each other to prevent him from affecting the progress of the war.


    With the blessing of the pro guard army array, Xia Houfeng''s strength has increased and his confidence is more sufficient.


    He killed the past without fear and fought with the friar of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The soldiers in the military formation behind him kept running the military formation, urged the strength of military Qi, and blessed Xia Houfeng.


    The military array of the Dali imperial dynasty is an advanced array developed by the rulers of the Dali imperial dynasty, who gathered experts from all walks of life and learned many secrets, including some inheritance from abroad and not belonging to practitioners. After years of hard research, it was developed.


    The military array has many functions. It can suppress hostile practitioners, kill the enemy directly, or support your own side.


    The military spirit that originally hindered the operation of the Friar''s true yuan and restrained the soul, after transformation, fell on the friendly army, which is equivalent to a powerful medicine, which can greatly increase the strength of the friendly army.


    Xia Houfeng''s Pro guards have followed him for many years and have an extremely keen sense of battlefield smell.


    If this military array directly fights with the monk of Ziyang Shengzong, it may not support a few moves and will be directly killed and scattered, which will not help the war situation at all.


    However, the military array can play a great role in promoting the morale of the army, giving full play to its auxiliary role and increasing Xia Houfeng''s strength.


    Even in the face of the Tianjiao disciple of the legendary Holy Land Sect, Xia Houfeng still has high fighting spirit and does his best to mobilize the power of the road without fear.


    The purple and Green Qi kept colliding in the air, on the ground and around them. Even entangled together and fought desperately.

 Chapter 786

    Xia Houfeng seems to have no fear of Xiao Jiansheng. In fact, he has hidden worries in his heart.


    As one of the Few Grand Marshals in Dali Dynasty, he is the top figure in Dali Dynasty. Xia Houfeng knows the top secrets of the Dali Dynasty. Among them is the ambition of emperor Ba Wu of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Emperor Bawu commanded the Dali Dynasty to invade everywhere and open up territory, not only to compete for living space and cultivation resources, but also related to his main road.


    Emperor Bawu was ambitious and determined to climb to the summit of the cultivation world. He also wanted to challenge the current order of the cultivation world,


    His practice will certainly touch the interests of those holy places and lead to their interference.


    The only chance for Bawu emperor to win is to break through the realm of returning to emptiness and become a great power to intimidate the whole Jun dust world.


    In the cultivation world, it is not that there is no strong person who wants to become the great power of returning to emptiness.


    But apart from the monks of the holy places, there are only a few winners.


    There are many reasons for this, but the secret interference of the holy places is one of them.


    As the true masters of the cultivation world, these holy land sects certainly don''t want to see other returning virtual powers appear, which will affect their interests.


    In the history of Junchen world, there were countless amazing monks who tried to impact the realm of returning to emptiness. But most of them are middle road collapse.


    It is conceivable that emperor Ba Wu of Dali dynasty would have difficulty in returning to emptiness.


    Originally, according to the strategy of Dali Dynasty, it was to manage the corner areas first.


    The so-called Phnom Penh silver horn grass belly.


    The barren lands around the Middle Earth, the wild lands in the eyes of the big school, actually have great achievements.


    Dali Dynasty tried not to provoke the Chinese mainland, for fear that it would attract the attention of those holy places and lead to their interference in advance.


    Emperor Bawu''s strategy was very successful before. On the edge of the middle land, it laid a large territory for the Dali imperial dynasty.


    However, with the increasing development of Dali Dynasty, the cultivation of Bawu emperor continued to improve.


    Especially after the Dali Dynasty conquered the hengjue mountains and Emperor Bawu achieved the Yang God, the Holy Land Sect doors finally couldn''t sit still.


    In the style of these holy places, the threat is generally eliminated in the bud early.


    Today came a walk under the heaven of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If he fails to achieve his goal, will he be the elder and leader of Ziyang Shengzong next time? Even return to virtual power?


    Xia Houfeng''s loyalty to the Dali imperial dynasty is beyond doubt, but when he thinks of the bumpy road ahead, he inevitably feels worried.


    In fact, Ziyang Shengzong has already made a move, and it is far more than sending out a person to walk around the world.


    In the direction of the Dali imperial dynasty facing the mainland of China, the garrison suddenly faced strong pressure, which was written by Ziyang Shengzong.


    The reason why Daheng cultivation circle is willing to go out to help Jiuqu League is that Ziyang holy sect is behind it.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s action against Dali Dynasty began long ago.


    Ziyang Shengzong has laid a snare against Dali emperor. It depends on whether Dali emperor can escape.


    Emperor Bawu''s mind is deep, and Xia Houfeng doesn''t know some of his schemes.


    There are also deep contradictions among the holy places in the Middle Earth.


    Whether he could make use of these contradictions to survive in the cracks is the key to the breaking of the situation of Bawu emperor.


    As a leading marshal and front-line commander, Xia Houfeng only needs to do his own work.


    Although Xia Houfeng has something on his mind, he is worried about the future of Dali imperial dynasty. But in the battle, he was not affected at all. He still fought with Xiao Jiansheng with the help of the pro guard.


    Jiuqu League seized the opportunity of reinforcements and launched counter attacks again and again under the sword repair organization of yujianmen.


    The reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world also rushed to attack the army array of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Near the defense line of taiyimen, Meng Zhang helped, and the yuan God Zhenjun of qiaozong immediately turned to fight.


    The two men fought hard for a long time before they drove the marshal away from the imperial dynasty.


    Although the other side was seriously injured, it obviously still has a strong combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang and the yuan God Zhenjun of Jiqiao sect did not want to pursue, so they stopped in place.


    Taking this opportunity, they introduced each other.


    The name of the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Qiqiao sect is Li Zhongwei. Because it''s the words of gratitude from the emperor Qiaozhen for thousands of years since the establishment of qiaozong, he kept thanking Meng Zhang.


    Jiqiaozong is a neighbor of taiyimen, and has many business dealings with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is also willing to improve the relationship between the two sides and even go further. We form a small circle to help and take care of each other.


    However, now that the war is in full swing, it is not the time to talk in detail.


    Meng Zhang and Jiqiao Zhenjun had a simple conversation, so they separated and went to reinforce their own clan.


    As the fighting power of the nearby Dali imperial yuan gods was basically driven away, Meng Zhang broke through the military formations of Dali imperial dynasty with their absolute advantage in cultivation.


    The taiyimen side was the first to break the siege. After the Dali imperial army was broken, the defeated soldiers finally lost their fighting spirit and fled in fear.


    The friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng took advantage of the situation to hunt down the fleeing Dali imperial soldiers, and constantly expand the war results.


    Meng Zhang did not join in the pursuit of the defeated general, but turned around.


    In front of the defense lines of huoyun sect and Dafeng City, they kept shooting, broke through more military formations and drove away the troops from the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that in other places, at least near the taiyimen garrison line, his side won a big victory and drove away the invaders of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The defense line of Jiuqu League is very long, far more than the section near taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang solved the surrounding problems and did not continue to sweep around.


    Many of his cards were used up in the battle just now. If you don''t know how to live or die, think that Dali imperial court has such a little strength and continue to attack in all directions, you will certainly meet the strong man of Dali imperial court.


    At that time, let alone win, it will be very difficult to keep the current results.


    In any case, Meng Zhang not only defended the line of defense, but also drove away the enemy. He has overfulfilled the task. There is no need to create extra branches and branches.

 Chapter 787

    Because of Meng Zhang''s efforts, a defense line in the area near taiyimen temporarily drove away the invaders and restored peace.


    The friars of taiyimen and other sects were busy dealing with the aftermath, treating the wounded and cleaning up the battlefield. In order to prevent the enemy from making a comeback, we should repair the Dharma array in time and restore the protection.


    After a simple count, the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng suffered heavy losses and countless deaths and injuries.


    The only consolation is that the casualties are mainly low-level friars. There are many friars of the golden elixir level who have been wounded, but no one died on the spot.


    After Meng Zhang knew the result, he was a little relieved.


    As long as the Jindan friar has not suffered serious losses, it will take decades at most, and taiyimen can slowly recover and make up for the losses.


    There is a temporary truce around taiyimen, but the war is still fierce in other places.


    On the whole, the side that is far away from the imperial dynasty has the upper hand.


    On the long line of defense, many places were broken by the army of Dali imperial dynasty. The zongmen and families stationed in the defense line either died in battle, or lost too much to insist, so they had to retreat to the rear.


    Apart from a small number of troops to pursue the crippled enemy, most of the troops of Dali Dynasty assembled towards the central part, that is, the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    Meng Zhang found a small peak at will, flew to it, sat cross legged, began to meditate and regulate his breath, and slowly recovered his lost strength.


    Now it is not time to relax, the army of Dali imperial dynasty may make a comeback at any time. Meng Zhang must return to his best condition as soon as possible to meet the next wave of attacks.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to help his friends farther away. It was not because everyone swept the snow in front of the door and stopped caring about the frost on others'' tiles.


    He is not so narrow-minded, let alone a person who is desperate for the overall situation.


    But first of all, he is the leader of Taiyi sect. He must first ensure the safety of Taiyi sect disciples.


    In the battle just now, the casualties of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng have been very heavy. He didn''t want to involve them in the next war.


    What if he goes to help the surrounding areas and attracts a stronger enemy?


    What if he leaves here and the enemy takes the opportunity to attack the taiyimen defense line?


    More importantly, Meng Zhang knew very well.


    The key to this war lies not in the defense line of taiyimen, nor elsewhere, but in the general altar of Huanglian sect.


    That is the main battlefield, where the most powerful and elite forces of both sides are concentrated.


    Where the victory or defeat is the key to the final victory or defeat of this war.


    Perhaps to appease the people, or to keep abreast of the specific situation of the whole defense line at any time. Before the war, the friars of yujianmen stationed at the general altar of Huanglian cult regularly contacted their own forces stationed at each section of the defense line through various communication runes.


    According to the requirements of the jade sword gate, the major gates and families stationed in each section of the defense line should also regularly send a messenger to the general altar of the yellow lotus sect to report their real-time situation.


    After the war, the jade sword gate received the most urgent messages for help.


    In the face of the crazy attack of the Dali Dynasty, the messenger talisman asking for help kept flying to the general altar of Huanglian cult like a snowflake.


    To be honest, it''s good to send a distress message. That at least proves that the defense line has not fallen and is still insisting on resistance.


    If you don''t even have help information, you can imagine the result.


    The jade sword sect didn''t want to provide support, but the general altar of Huanglian sect also suffered a strong attack, which restrained all the power of the jade sword sect.


    The jade sword gate is struggling to support and is in danger of overturning at any time. Where else can we spare no effort to rescue others.


    Later, the friars of yujianmen were numb and didn''t bother to read the information for help.


    However, the summoning symbols issued from the general altar of Huanglian cult were intermittent and had not been completely interrupted.


    Especially after the reinforcements from the Daheng cultivation world arrived, in order to boost morale and call on everyone to stick to it, the friar of yujianmen sent out a lot of summoning symbols for the arrival of reinforcements at one go.


    Meng Zhang has long understood that crying children have milk to eat.


    Not long after the war, the Dali Dynasty began to attack the defense line of Taiyi gate. Those disciples who had been ordered by Meng Zhang in advance kept sending out a series of messenger runes for help to the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    Taiyi sect thought Yujian sect would provide some support. But I didn''t expect that the situation at the jade sword gate was so bad that I had been busy for a long time.


    After the Taiyi gate defeated the Dali Imperial Army, naturally, it would not send the real war situation to the jade sword gate.


    In fact, it''s not just Taiyi gate. Those who temporarily defeated the Xiuzhen forces of Dali imperial army began to pretend to be stupid at this time and would not report the real war situation to Yujian gate at all.


    People are selfish. No matter what, you must take care of yourself first.


    In particular, after receiving the summoning talisman sent by the jade sword gate and knowing that the reinforcements from the Daheng Xiuzhen world came, a few Xiuzhen forces who defeated the imperial army were even more reluctant to work hard.


    At this time, even Meng Zhang comforted himself. I have done enough, and taiyimen has paid a lot. At this time, let others beat the students to death.


    Now that we have reinforcements from the Daheng cultivation world, we should not show our little strength.


    With the same heart, everyone will preserve their strength at this time.


    Of course, on the side of Jiuqu League, there are few Xiuzhen forces that can really repel Dali''s imperial army. Whether they participate in the war or not has little impact on the overall situation.


    On the other side of the Dali imperial dynasty, the military array that broke through the enemy''s defense line is rapidly gathering towards the general altar of Huanglian cult to provide reinforcements for the colleagues there.


    Dali Dynasty has always had absolute air superiority.


    Unless the Jiuqu league can dispatch a team of Yuanshen friars to deal with the flying boat team on the side of Dali imperial dynasty. Otherwise, the flying boat team from the imperial dynasty is an irresistible existence.


    With the help of the flying boat team, Dali concentrated his troops quickly and provided continuous support to the main battlefield.


    Needless to say, in the Jiuqu alliance, there is no yuan Shen Zhenjun who can spare his hand. Naturally, he can''t help the enemy''s flying boat team.


    As reinforcements, the friars of Daheng cultivation world have a large number of flying boats, but they basically carry flying boats. Their combat effectiveness is limited, and they can''t fight against the flying boat team of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In fact, the friar in charge of the command of Bairi Valley has long ordered his own flying boat team to stay away from the battlefield immediately after completing the transfer task, so as to avoid unnecessary losses.


    Although there is no cover of flying boats, there are a lot of Jindan immortal and even Yuanshen Zhenjun under the command of Bairi valley. The flying boat team of Dali imperial dynasty did not dare to fly directly to carry out large-scale bombardment.

 Chapter 788

    The flying boat team with third-order warships as the main force has strong lethality. Even if Immortal Jindan accidentally falls into a siege, his life will be in danger.


    However, mechanism creations such as warships are always foreign objects. Even if the attack power can reach the level of real Jindan, it is not flexible enough and the tactics are a little monotonous. If there is no absolute quantitative advantage, the third-order warship can''t defeat the golden elixir.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun can easily destroy the flying boat in pieces as long as he is free.


    There are only three fourth-order warships dispatched by Dali emperor this time. Even Xia Houfeng is reluctant to let them get into danger easily.


    The fourth order warship has been in the rear of Dali Imperial Army, pressing the array for the whole army.


    It is precisely because of the existence of fourth-order warships that the army of friars led by Bairi Valley dare not easily send Yuanshen Zhenjun to make an in-depth assault.


    Even if Yuanshen Zhenjun is attacked by a fourth-order warship, he is in danger of falling.


    Of course, Yuanshen Zhenjun also has the ability to destroy fourth-order warships.


    On the side of Dali Dynasty, there are many powerful mechanisms, and the army is well-trained and well-trained.


    The reinforcements of Jiuqu League and Daheng Xiuzhen world may have some advantages in fighting alone. However, in this large-scale frontal engagement, it is still a little worse.


    In the large-scale war in the cultivation world, the top strong also have the ability to control the war situation.


    Yujian Zhenjun and Qinggu Zhenjun fought for a long time and never won.


    One person wins in deep cultivation and great powers. One person''s swordsmanship is profound and extremely lethal.


    When Ziyang Shengzong walked around the world, Xiao Jiansheng fought with Xiahou Feng for a while, which was always difficult to solve, which made the arrogant him angry in his heart.


    Ziyang holy sect is one of the several holy sects in the Middle Earth, and is the Supreme Master of the cultivation world.


    Can be selected by Ziyang holy sect to walk around the world, walk in all directions, implement the will of Ziyang holy sect and monitor the whole cultivation world.


    Xiao Jiansheng is a real generation of Tianjiao in Ziyang Shengzong. In his eyes, only the fellow monks of other holy places could be compared with him.


    Dali Dynasty, located on the edge of the Middle Earth continent, was recognized as a remote and remote land.


    A group of rural steamed stuffed buns made trouble, which made Xiao Jiansheng stop him.


    Remembering the importance and fear of Dali Dynasty in zongmen, coupled with his own experience, Xiao Jiansheng knew that Dali Dynasty could not stay and must be removed as soon as possible.


    As for the guy in front of us, it was the mysterious destruction of Taiyi gate in its heyday. According to the speculation of Jijian God, it was probably done by guantian Pavilion in the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Meng Zhang was extremely afraid of these holy places. He didn''t have time to hide. Where did he dare to get together.


    I don''t know the relationship between these holy places. Ziyang Shengzong and guantian pavilion are enemies or friends. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to appear in front of Ziyang Shengzong friars.


    Of course, maybe the destruction of Taiyi gate had nothing to do with guantian Pavilion.


    For so many years, I haven''t seen guantian Pavilion pursue the remaining evils of Taiyi gate, and there are no other holy land zongmen and Taiyi gate in trouble


    However, Meng Zhang dare not gamble on this. He would rather hide far away than ask for trouble.


    A strange scene appeared on the battlefield.


    Needless to say, the lines of defense breached by the Dali imperial dynasty, where the resistance continues, there are killing voices and corpses everywhere.


    There was a strange calm in taiyimen and its surrounding areas.


    I don''t know whether it was forgotten by the imperial side or for some reason. There has been no new round of attack here.


    In fact, due to the emergence of the reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world and the friars of Ziyang Shengzong, Dali Dynasty began to concentrate all the forces that could be concentrated, and naturally ignored these corners.


    It is rare to have a period of free time. Meng Zhang sorted out his harvest.


    This time, he killed Marshal Wang''s body and only took away his Yuanshen. Everything he had became Meng Zhang''s booty.


    He was wearing several storage tools. These storage tools are not high-level, but they have a lot of internal space.


    From the perspective of shape, it should be the standard magic weapon of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Among the storage tools, various items are stored by categories.


    I don''t want to mention the sundries such as spirit stones and talismans. Meng Zhang mainly looks for items that are useful to him.


    Eight bottles of nine day essence, even if Meng Zhang spent a few months going deep into the nine days, he may not have such a harvest.


    There are many true monarchs in Dali imperial dynasty. They often organize to go deep into the nine days to obtain the essence of the nine days and all kinds of heaven and earth spirits.


    Even going to the extraterritorial void, which is extremely dangerous, is not a rare thing.


    The Yuanshen friars who served in the Dali imperial dynasty were well paid and had a high status.


    Jiutian essence is the daily salary of friars in the early days of Yuanshen, which is more than enough for their use.


    In the middle and above of the yuan God, there were spiritual opportunities collected from the void outside the territory as salaries.


    Dali imperial court is the most important military merit, and rewards and punishments are clear.


    For example, the organizers account for the majority of all kinds of heaven and earth spirits obtained by the Yuanshen friars in the void outside the territory. The participants are also distributed according to work, which is relatively fair.

 Chapter 789

    Marshal Wang, who was killed by Meng Zhang, has average accomplishments, but he is very old. He is a Veteran General of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He has served in Dali imperial dynasty for many years. He is rich and has a lot of savings.


    In addition to the daily salary, there are also the spoils of war abroad, the rewards of the royal family, and various items exchanged for their own war achievements


    The royal secret storehouse of Dali imperial dynasty is far more than that of all the sects in Jiuqu League. It is rich in items, countless treasures and all kinds of cultivation resources.


    Among Marshal Wang''s stored items and magic tools, Meng Zhang found 50 strands of jade Qingling machines and several Heaven and earth spiritual objects, including six fourth-order heaven and earth spiritual objects.


    In particular, the three bottles of fourth order pills surprised Meng Zhang.


    At present, there are only three-level alchemists in Taiyi sect. Naturally, they can only refine three-level pills.


    In the whole Jiuqu League, there are no big sects famous for alchemy. There is a lack of fourth-order alchemists, and fourth-order pills are very rare.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, taking the third-order pill is better than nothing.


    Meng Zhang has achieved the original God Zhenjun for so long that he has not harvested the fourth level pill.


    Among the three bottles of fourth order pills, one bottle is intermittent life protecting pill.


    After Yuanshen Zhenjun takes it, as long as the flesh is not completely necrotic, no matter how much the injury is, it can be cured slowly. Even incomplete limbs will slowly grow out.


    One bottle is Shenyuan pill, which is used by Yuanshen Zhenjun to strengthen Yuanshen. Taking this pill can save a lot of practice time.


    The last bottle is the most precious and rare. It is the legendary Daoyun pill.


    After taking it, Yuanshen Zhenjun can get special inspiration and gain more when he understands the avenue of heaven and earth.


    These three bottles of pills alone are worth Meng Zhang''s hard work. Not to mention, there are other gains.


    He spread out his palm and a flying sword jumped around, trying to get out of trouble.


    This is the four step flying sword of Marshal Wang''s envoy.


    When his body was destroyed, he also wanted to escape with the yuan God''s sword.


    Meng Zhang used the power of Da Dao in time to suppress the flying sword town.


    The fourth-order magic weapon has a spirit. It takes some effort to subdue the fourth-order magic weapon forcibly robbed from the original owner.


    Meng Zhang has achieved the original God. Up to now, he doesn''t even have a fourth-order magic instrument.


    This flying sword may not be very excellent among the fourth order magic tools. But little is better than nothing, which can be used by Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt more and more the imbalance in the cultivation world.


    Jiuqu League is short of resources, the development level of Xiuzhen Baiyi is not high, and it lacks sufficient production capacity.


    The third-order items needed by immortal Jindan can barely guarantee the supply. At the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, all kinds of expenses are very scarce.


    Even the fourth level magic tools can''t guarantee that every true monarch of the yuan God has one.


    As for the fourth order pills and fourth order talismans, many people have never seen them.


    Being far away from the imperial dynasty can at least ensure the minimum supply to the yuan God Zhenjun.


    That''s the gap. This gap is comprehensive.


    This is just a big gap from the imperial dynasty. If it is compared with the Middle Earth mainland, this gap is even greater.


    Taiyimen came here from the Middle Earth.


    Regardless of whether it will return to the Chinese mainland in the future, those gratitude and resentment from the Chinese mainland will always face one day.


    For a moment, Meng Zhang fell into thinking.


    Taiyi gate is quiet, but the main battlefield on the other side of the general altar of Huanglian cult is at the most critical time.


    With the Dali Dynasty, the originally scattered troops quickly began to concentrate. Even in the face of such powerful sects as Yujian gate and Bairi Valley at the same time, Dali still slowly gained the upper hand from the imperial dynasty.


    The Dali imperial army is so powerful that it is simply born for war. It is a pure war machine.


    The flying boat team in the sky, the mechanism creations running on the ground, the armor on the soldiers and the blades in their hands are all carefully built and accumulated over the years.


    Well trained and experienced soldiers are invincible with a list of military formations and various war tools.


    For practitioners, magic tools, magical powers and spells are the means of protecting the Tao, and their own cultivation is the fundamental.


    The ultimate goal of most monks is not to fight on the battlefield.


    Some large Gates also have Dharma protectors and other personnel specially used for combat, and even refine Taoist soldiers.


    But regardless of the quality, the quantity is always limited.


    In the face of a steady stream of troops from the imperial dynasty, they can''t support the consumption for too long.


    If nothing else happens, the war will end in Dali''s victory.


    But don''t forget that in the cultivation world, the significance of the existence of the top strong is to ride as a thousand and turn the whole situation around with the power of one person.


    Xiao Jiansheng, who walks in the world of Ziyang Shengzong, is a strong man with such strength.


    With the blessing of the army behind him, Xia Houfeng fought with Xiao Jiansheng.


    As the prince of Dali Dynasty and the Grand Marshal in charge of the army, he is also rich and accumulated.


    But Xiao Jiansheng showed him how rich and powerful the Holy Land Sect door from the Middle Earth was.


    If Xia Houfeng is a rural rich man, Xiao Jiansheng is a real rich man.


    When Xiao Jiansheng became angry, he began to release the fourth level runes without money.


    With rich combat experience, he did not release the talisman indiscriminately, but always chose the key time and hit Xia Houfeng''s key every time.


    Xia Houfeng also has four levels of runes, but the number is less than a fraction of Xiao Jiansheng''s, and the power is even worse.


    There were few special talents such as the fourth order Fuwen master in Dali Dynasty. Even if Dali Dynasty could provide enough materials for making talismans, there were several talismans.


    In addition to a large number of fourth-order talismans, Xiao Jiansheng also has powerful disposable magic tools.


    It''s not easy to refine a god killing nail. The material for making a god killing nail is enough to refine one or two other fourth-order magic tools.


    However, the killing nail is a disposable product and can only be used once.


    Xiao Jiansheng and Xia Houfeng''s power of the road entangle with each other, and they can''t beat each other.


    First, he used a large number of fourth-order runes to disperse the military spirit of blessing on Xia Houfeng.


    Then he saw the opportunity and gave him a cruel blow with the nail of killing God.


    Although Xia Houfeng''s life saving magic weapon blocked most of the power of the killing God nail, he was still hurt by this vicious magic weapon that specially hurt the yuan God.


    Although he was seriously injured, the seasoned Xia Houfeng was not flustered.


    While notifying other Yuanshen friars to meet him, he secretly ordered the army to follow the plan.


    As a qualified commander in chief, of course, we should be considerate before the war.


    It is the minimum ability to think about defeat before victory.


    Despite his full confidence in victory, Xia Houfeng habitually formulated a plan before the war to deal with his own defeat in case of accident.


    Now, the plan he arranged comes in handy.

 Chapter 790

    After receiving Xia Houfeng''s order, his marshals and generals were directing the army to fight. At this time, they began to slowly close up and prepare to retreat.


    Xia Houfeng was seriously injured, but he did not lose his resistance.


    He was so fierce that he was a bit desperate.


    The wounded beast is particularly fierce. Xiao Jiansheng can''t understand this truth.


    The more at this time, the more cautious he became.


    He has a noble status and a great future, but he can''t stumble in this place.


    Not to mention being buried by Xia Hou fengla, but being hurt by his dying counterattack, he is absolutely unwilling to accept it.


    Xiao Jiansheng felt a little backward, and Xia Houfeng was keenly aware of it.


    After a long battle, he looks like a crazy tiger. He completely gives up his defense and wants to die with Xiao Jiansheng.


    Xiao Jiansheng can only temporarily slow down the attack and stop Xia Houfeng''s desperate attack first.


    Among the many generals of the Dali imperial dynasty, Xia Houfeng can have today''s status, not just because he was born into the royal family. He has many shortcomings, but he is an excellent commander-in-chief.


    The plan he formulated before the war was very complete, and many of his subordinates were able to implement it resolutely. No one had any hesitation and doubt.


    Originally, he had the upper hand in the battle. He didn''t say he came and went freely, but at least he took the initiative. The imperial army began to retreat slowly and orderly, ready to slowly withdraw from the battlefield.


    In the distant sky, Qinggu Zhenjun is fighting with Yujian Zhenjun.


    The battle seemed fierce, but they both knew that there was no victory or defeat in such a battle.


    Just now the fight was just a moment, and they made a judgment with their eyesight.


    If it is a peaceful competition, Qinggu Zhenjun may be better than one move and half a move by virtue of his deeper cultivation.


    However, if they fight for life and death, without external interference, the most likely result is that both lose and die together.


    Qinggu Zhenjun can betray the sect for his own way. He is definitely a person who cherishes his life. How can he die with others.


    Yujianzhenjun''s sword cultivation is often called sword madman because he is not afraid of life and death and dares to fight his life.


    If you can cultivate such accomplishments as today and have such a status as today, how can you be a real madman?


    Even if yujianzhen is not afraid of death, as the leader of a sect, he can''t die easily.


    With the bad situation that yujianmen is facing now, without the helmsman yujianzhenjun at the helm, it may be in danger of overturning.


    Yujian Zhenjun, who shoulders heavy burden, did not rashly fight with Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Since both sides know they can''t help each other, the next battle naturally enters garbage time.


    The two sides seem to be fighting fiercely, but in fact, they have little impact on each other. The biggest effect is to hold the opponent back from reinforcements elsewhere.


    After receiving Xia Houfeng''s secret message, Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t continue to entangle Yujian Zhenjun.


    He suddenly got rid of the other party, got out of the battle and flew in the direction of Xia Houfeng.


    Seeing Qinggu Zhenjun fly away, Yujian Zhenjun, who knows that it doesn''t make much sense to catch up, doesn''t bother to catch up, but goes to help other Yujian friars.


    Xia Houfeng finally breathed a sigh of relief when he saw Qinggu Zhenjun appear.


    Qinggu Zhenjun''s accomplishments are not under him, and he has mastered many supernatural powers and mysteries of Qingyuan sect. Even if he is not Xiao Jiansheng''s opponent, he can at least resist him temporarily.


    After Qinggu Zhenjun and Xia Houfeng met, Xiao Jiansheng knew in his heart that he had lost the best chance to kill Xia Houfeng.


    In this case, even if he is unwilling, he can''t force it.


    On the other side, the Dali Imperial Army, which was already slowly leaving the battle, had to speed up its separation in the face of the jade sword Zhenjun who had been killed.


    Yujianzhen Jun rushed back and forth, greatly reducing his own casualties and sparing many friars of yujianmen.


    In the fierce battle, it is very difficult to command the army to leave the battlefield safely and test the art of command.


    Fortunately, although Xia Houfeng can''t direct in person, the commanders under him are very excellent. They can perfectly implement the plan and perform their duties qualified.


    All the armies of the Dali imperial dynasty began to leave the battle slowly and orderly and withdraw outside the battlefield.


    The Jiuqu League and the Allied forces from the Daheng Xiuzhen world were already at a disadvantage. Now the enemy has taken the initiative to retreat, which is what they want. Not many people have the power to pursue.


    The war just now can be called a meat grinder, which killed countless practitioners.


    No one felt anything in the fierce battle. Now the battle began and ended, and the survivors were afraid and unwilling to continue to work hard.


    Of course, we should cherish the life we finally picked up. How can we take it out and spoil it again.


    Dali''s imperial army began to withdraw, and their tense tone began to vent, and many people lost their fighting spirit.


    In the face of this situation, even the top level of yujianmen, who has the strongest fighting will, is helpless.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as the sage of Ziyang, walks around the world. He still wants to face in public. With his arrogant character, he was a little embarrassed to chase and kill ordinary soldiers of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The jade sword true gentleman has the intention to hide and kill, and try to weaken the power of Dali imperial court.


    But Xia Hou Fengqiang, in spirit, broke up with Qinggu Zhenjun at the end.


    Even if yujianzhenjun joined hands with Xiao Jiansheng, it was difficult to break through their interception.


    What''s more, Xiao Jiansheng may not be willing to join hands with Yu Jianzhen.


    In this way, the army of Dali imperial dynasty was separated from the battlefield in order, and there was no large-scale chaos.


    A military formation followed a military formation, a queue next to a queue, and the army retreated in an orderly manner.


    Even if the Dali imperial army retreated temporarily, it still looked like this. The high-level reinforcements of Jiuqu League and Daheng Xiuzhen world were shocked and more afraid of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The stationed monks and reinforcements of Jiuqu League fought hard for a long time. Not only the casualties were heavy, but also the survivors were very tired.


    Dali''s imperial army withdrew, saved the dead, healed the wounded, rescued their companions and recovered their vitality. They began to be busy.


    The support Army of Daheng Xiuzhen world is led by Bairi valley. The commander sent by Bairi Valley is Baizheng Yuzhen Jun in the middle of Yuanshen.


    Seeing that the war had stopped temporarily, he took the initiative to fly to Xiao Jiansheng.


    This time, in response to the call of Ziyang Shengzong, Bairi Valley has made great efforts to assist Jiuqu League in order to please the Holy zongmen in the Middle Earth.


    Yujianzhenjun was ready to thank the monk of Daheng cultivation world who came down to the source. When he saw Bai zhengyuzhenjun flying to Xiao Jiansheng, he hurried over.


    Sword practitioners like him should lower their arrogant heads in front of the holy land.

 Chapter 791

    Yu Jianzhen and Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun flew to Xiao Jiansheng almost at the same time and talked with him loudly.


    Even though he was a little impatient and didn''t look down on these friars, Xiao Jiansheng was patient and chatted with them slowly.


    The earth buns in front of us are also of great use value. They are good cannon fodder when dealing with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Baizheng Yuzhen Jun had no appearance of Yuanshen Zhenjun. He pulled down his face and flattered Xiao Jiansheng.


    Although Yu Jianzhen Jun doesn''t like Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun''s appearance, he also wants to flatter Xiao Jiansheng.


    Moreover, he would also like to thank Bai zhengyuzhen for leading the crowd to help this time.


    Without this reinforcement, the defense line of yujianmen would have completely collapsed. He must recognize this great favor.


    Bai zhengyuzhen accepted Yu Jianzhen''s thanks, and then flattered Xiao Jiansheng.


    Xiao Jiansheng praised the two men, and then encouraged them to make persistent efforts to continue to fight against Dali imperial dynasty, which must be completely eliminated.


    At the same time, he also revealed that Ziyang Shengzong had done a lot of work in many aspects in order to deal with the Dali Dynasty.


    The main forces of Dali imperial dynasty are now restrained and cannot reinforce Xia Houfeng''s army.


    This seemingly large army, without reinforcements, has become a lonely army.


    In his words, Xiao Jiansheng belittled the Dali Dynasty. Maybe he promised some benefits to them.


    The situation in the Chinese mainland is complex, there are too many powerful forces, and the Holy Land sects contain each other. Even Ziyang Shengzong is far from being able to do whatever he wants.


    Ziyang Shengzong regards Dali imperial dynasty as a serious threat. If you want to eradicate it, you must make good use of the situation and rely on the power of sects such as Yujian sect.


    In the cultivation world, several holy places often take a high attitude, as if they disdain to interfere in the specific affairs of the cultivation world. The friars who came from the holy land are not cannibals.


    If it is not a last resort, the holy door such as Ziyang Shengzong will not go into battle naked and directly fight against Dali imperial dynasty.


    Dali Dynasty conquered all directions, showing a strong tendency of expansion, which made countless people feel like a mountain on their back. Numerous clans and families were exterminated by Dali imperial dynasty in recent years.


    Around the Dali imperial dynasty, many forces regard the Dali imperial dynasty as a flood and a beast of great fear.


    What Xiao Jiansheng wants to do is to unite these forces in the name of Ziyang Shengzong to jointly resist the Dali Dynasty.


    With the help of Ziyang Shengzong, the Xiuzhen forces on the other side of the Middle Earth began to intimidate the Dali Dynasty and contain the Dali Dynasty''s troops.


    There was a special situation in the Daheng cultivation world. After Xiao Jiansheng came forward, he spent a lot of effort and could only fool into the daytime Valley and a group of second-class sects.


    If the great horizontal cultivation world can be fully mobilized, the cultivation forces juxtaposed with the White Sun Valley will do their best. Not to mention being able to defeat the entire Dali Dynasty, at least Xia Houfeng''s army can be severely damaged and even eliminated.


    Unfortunately, the situation behind the Daheng cultivation world is complex and involves too much. Even Xiao Jiansheng is reluctant to get involved rashly. It''s the limit to deceive the reinforcements in the daytime valley.


    At the end of the war, the Jiuqu League and the monks who came to reinforce began to deal with the aftermath of the war.


    Not only on the general altar of Huanglian cult, the entire defense line facing the Dali imperial army has retreated.


    Yujian sect sent special personnel to start counting casualties and losses.


    More than two-thirds of the whole defense line was captured, and the vast majority of the Xiuzhen forces stationed were wiped out, with few survivors.


    Most of the remaining defense lines were in a stalemate with the Dali imperial army. Many are in danger of being conquered at any time.


    Only taiyimen and a few Xiuzhen forces can defeat the attacking Dali Imperial Army and win a small victory.


    Da Li hasn''t gone far from the Imperial Army, and he doesn''t know their next move.


    The jade sword sect ordered the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League to clean up the battlefield in time, rescue the wounded and strive to recover as soon as possible.


    The jade sword sect wants the major cultivation forces to rest near their own defense line, which suits Meng Zhang''s heart.


    You don''t have to go to the general altar of Huanglian sect. You shouldn''t meet the friars of the Holy Land Sect.


    After such a period of breath adjustment, Meng Zhang''s vitality almost recovered.


    Naturally, the disciples of the sect do the work of cleaning up the battlefield and rectifying the defense line.


    After he spent some effort to treat a group of seriously injured disciples, he was free for a while.


    At this time, Meng Zhang wants to know about the surrounding situation. If you can, drop in on your old friends.


    Although the Xiuzhen forces such as Guyue family and huoyun sect in Dafeng City around lost a lot, the defense line did not fall due to the light of Meng Zhang. Finally, I held on.


    After a rest, they were able to recover some combat effectiveness.


    The situation of Jiqiao sect is roughly the same, because Jiqiao Zhenjun was saved by Meng Zhang, and the vitality of the sect still exists.


    Xu Mengying is at the general altar of the yellow lotus sect. Meng Zhang is hard to pass at this time.


    The Dark Alliance Division also took a clear-cut stand on the side of the Jiuqu alliance in this war.


    Chizhu Zhenjun personally led a group of monks to participate in the battle at the general altar of Huanglian cult and fight with the army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    According to Meng Zhang''s information alone, more than half of the Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu league who participated in the war were eliminated, and more than two-thirds of the people who died in the war.


    Such heavy casualties are a real loss of vitality.


    If you want to recover completely, it won''t be done overnight.


    In particular, although the Dali imperial army retreated temporarily, its high-level was still basically there, and the losses suffered by the army were limited.


    If Dali''s Imperial Army makes a comeback, I don''t know whether there is enough strength to resist.


    At the top of the jade sword sect, some people suggested that we should continue to recruit friars from the major Xiuzhen forces of the Jiuqu League and ask them to send more friars to fight.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know about other sects. He only knew about Taiyi sect. Now the remaining monks are mainly old, weak, sick and disabled, and the number is less than one tenth.


    Except for Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple left behind by him, there is basically not much to fight.


    If the jade sword sect continues to forcibly recruit the major Xiuzhen forces, it is not drawing blood, but fishing in the dry land, and it must empty the family of the major Xiuzhen forces.


    At that time, even if we resist the army of Dali imperial dynasty and the major cultivation forces that have lost their foundation, we don''t know whether they can recover their vitality.


    Fortunately, the war has just ended, and basically everyone is busy dealing with the aftermath.


    As for what to do next, the top level of yujianmen has not reached an agreement.


    Although a small victory, but the situation has not changed for the better, the situation is still bad.


    Dali still has the strength of the imperial dynasty and the power to fight again. If the army makes a comeback, it will be another test of life and death.

 Chapter 792

    No matter how the situation develops in the future, there is a temporary truce now. All the monks who took part in the war seized the rare opportunity and hurriedly rested.


    Sects like Taiyi sect take a rest near their own defense line.


    The main force of the jade sword sect continued to stay in the general altar of the yellow lotus sect. The visitors from the Daheng cultivation world who came to reinforce were also invited to rest there.


    Jade sword gate is now the leader of Jiuqu League, and all the big and small affairs have fallen on its head. Among them, there are many troublesome broken things and complicated affairs.


    In the previous battle, most of the flying boats on the side of Jiuqu League were shot down. Only a few flying boats that saw the opportunity early and escaped fast enough managed to escape.


    Now, these flying boats have been recruited and transported all kinds of materials from the rear.


    Before this war, in addition to recruiting monks from various Xiuzhen forces to participate in the war, yujianmen also apportioned a large amount of materials to major Xiuzhen forces.


    The first is the fierce name photographed in the jade sword gate.


    Second, it''s also a cold heart. Everyone doesn''t want Dali to kill the imperial dynasty.


    Therefore, despite the huge amount of materials apportioned by yujianmen, the major cultivation forces still obeyed the order and reluctantly collected them.


    In fact, the situation of Jiuqu League is very bad, and all aspects are facing great difficulties.


    The nine Qu city of the nine Qu League headquarters was originally in the south, and the South was the essence of the nine tune League, far richer than the north.


    Because of the betrayal of Qinggu Zhenjun, Jiuqu city was easily occupied. The property stored in the Jiuqu League and the accumulation of Jiuqu League for more than 2000 years basically fell into the hands of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Lost the south, leaving only the relatively barren north. What yujianmen took over was a mess.


    Those practitioners who escaped from the South can''t ignore the jade sword gate.


    Although we can use them as cannon fodder, we also need to spend resources on them.


    The northern sect, led by the jade sword sect, was not as rich as the Southern Sect.


    The war in the cultivation world is not only human, but also material. All kinds of war materials play a great role in the process of war.


    Most of the war materials accumulated before yujianmen were consumed in the previous war.


    War is a huge gold eater. There is an endless demand for various resources such as spirit stone, talisman, elixir and so on.


    Besides, if there are not enough spirit stones, the line of defense built by the jade sword gate and all kinds of Dharma arrays above will at least paralyze most of them.


    The jade sword gate kept transporting supplies from the rear by flying boats, but it could not meet the needs of the front.


    At this time, the big horizontal friar who came to reinforce the real world made a moth again.


    Bairi Valley led many monks to reinforce. Although it was mainly for the face of Ziyang holy sect, the jade sword sect should show something.


    The jade sword sect didn''t have enough materials, so they managed to put together a batch of materials and sent them to show their gratitude.


    This not only didn''t satisfy them, but also attracted their complaints. They felt that the jade sword sect was too small and was just sending away beggars.


    Originally, according to Xiao Jiansheng''s intention, after the rest, yujianmen and Bairi valley should lead all the Xiuzhen forces under their command, and the whole army set out to pursue while winning, so as to catch up with and destroy the Dali Imperial Army led by Xia Houfeng.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, this army of monks in the cultivation world of Daheng is a guest army who comes to help. As the master of the jade sword gate, not to mention all, it should at least provide most of the supply.


    To support an army of friars, especially in the case of war, the materials needed are massive.


    Jade sword gate itself is in a state of material shortage. It can''t get more materials at all.


    At this moment, the friars in Daheng cultivation world quit and went on strike one after another. They were determined not to continue to fight.


    Everyone is angry. So many monks are making trouble. Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun of Bairi Valley has to run to Xiao Jiansheng to complain.


    Xiao Jiansheng is not a fool. He knows that these guys are making use of a topic, but he just doesn''t want to go to the battlefield.


    The sect of Daheng cultivation world, led by Dayi Valley, was fooled by Xiao Jiansheng to Jiuqu League to fight hard.


    In the previous World War I, heavy casualties greatly deterred them and seriously dampened their fighting spirit.


    Now, they seize the excuse of insufficient supplies and are unwilling to continue fighting.


    Ziyang holy sect is the holy sect gate. Of course, it has a large amount of materials. But Xiao Jiansheng couldn''t change anything at this moment.


    On the other side of the jade sword gate, even if the jade sword gate empties its family property and even risks forcing all the Xiuzhen forces of the Jiuqu League to fight against it, it can''t collect such a large amount of materials in a short time.


    Since they can''t meet the reasonable requirements of others, the Holy Land Sect can''t force these guys to go to the battlefield even if they are overbearing.


    Therefore, Xiao Jiansheng''s plan to pursue while winning ran aground.


    At the reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world, if Bai zhengyuzhen hadn''t tried hard to suppress it, there might have been a deserter.


    When the offensive plan is over, everyone can only continue to defend in situ and wait for the enemy''s further response.


    To be honest, after this war, even Meng Zhang was tired of war.


    Although he himself won and returned, he still gained a lot. However, the loss of disciples still bothered him a little.


    In his opinion, this situation can be maintained as long as it can be maintained. It''s good to keep it going all the time.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had been pessimistic about whether Jiuqu League could block the army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Especially after the fall of the Qing Yuan sect, if the stall was not too big to get away in time, he would be ready to give up everything on the side of the Jiuqu League and escape to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Half of it was from the command of yujianmen and half of it was from his own will. He led the disciples of Taiyi sect to defend here, hoping that the jade sword sect would really have some cards to block the Dali Dynasty.


    Both the reinforcements of the Daheng Xiuzhen world and the involvement of the Holy Land Sect have provided great help to the jade sword sect, allowing it to temporarily repel the army of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang was keenly aware that the whole Jiuqu League, including the jade sword gate, had become a pawn of the Holy Land Sect gate, and he could not help but be at his mercy.


    Both Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty are irresistible giants for the current Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be caught among them at all.


    Now taiyimen is really in a bad situation. If you want to go, you can''t go. If you continue to fight the Dali imperial dynasty, I''m afraid you will be used as cannon fodder by the Holy zongmen.


    Meng Zhang racked his brains and couldn''t think of any good way to get out.


    He even called the middle and high levels of the door together to discuss what a good way to get out of here.


    But after a long discussion, everyone had no good idea.

 Chapter 793

    When there were chicken feathers on the side of Jiuqu League, the imperial army had long been far away from the battlefield.


    Relying on the power of fourth-order warships and third-order warships, Dali imperial dynasty has absolute air superiority.


    As long as the enemy does not organize the Yuanshen Zhenjun team to make a surprise attack, it will not threaten the flying boat team.


    To be honest, Yu jianzhenjun and Xiao Jiansheng, the two later monks of the yuan God, didn''t come forward. Other yuan God friars really didn''t have the courage to go deep into the team of Dali imperial dynasty and take great risks to attack the main force of other people''s flying boats.


    When Meng Zhang destroyed a small flying boat team, they almost fell into the trap of Wen Dongzhen and marshal Wang.


    Who knows what killing moves are hidden among the main flying boats of the Dali imperial dynasty?


    Before that, most of the golden elixir friars who rushed into the flying boat team were destroyed by the ambush hunting team.


    After Dali''s imperial army withdrew from the battlefield, the flying boat team transported the whole army back in turn.


    Xia Houfeng retreated far this time. A large army led by him retreated more than 1000 miles away before he stopped retreating and camped here.


    This place was originally a mountain gate of a small clan gate.


    When the Dali Imperial Army swept the south of Jiuqu League, the small zongmen honestly surrendered and was willing to be the pawn of Dali imperial dynasty.


    This is the gate of the founding clan. There is only a second-order spirit vein above the mountain gate.


    However, with a large number of spirit stones and various spirit objects carried by the army, the army still set up a protective Dharma array nearby.


    When the army settled down, Xia Houfeng had time to slowly check his injury.


    The disposable magic weapon of killing God nail is a very precious item in Ziyang holy sect.


    If Xiao Jiansheng doesn''t walk around the world and needs to run around in the cultivation world, he may not be qualified to get it.


    The life saving thing given by Emperor Bawu saved Xia Houfeng''s life. However, his original God was seriously injured and it was absolutely difficult to recover in a short time.


    Although he was defeated and almost lost his life, Xia Houfeng didn''t complain.


    Xiao Jiansheng had nothing to do with him. He just won the battle with the help of a god killing nail that hurt the yuan God.


    Xia Houfeng is not unconvinced. As a soldier, he knew that in order to win, he had to do everything by all means. The use of killing nails is a trivial matter.


    When it comes to using all kinds of foreign objects, Dali used more than the imperial dynasty. So many mechanism creations, all kinds of puppets, all kinds of flying boats


    Xia Houfeng''s only worry is that he needs to close the door and heal his wounds immediately. Although the marshals under his hand can command the army instead of himself, there is a lack of real strong people in the army.


    For Qinggu Zhenjun, a friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he has been worried.


    However, his injury can no longer be delayed. Yuanshen is on the verge of collapse and must be treated immediately.


    In desperation, Xia Houfeng only sent a message to Emperor Bawu, the ruler of the Dali imperial dynasty, through special channels, hoping that he could send reinforcements in time.


    And he himself had to put all his mind on the injury.


    Xia Houfeng did not mistake Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Originally, he was determined to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty just for Qinggu Zhenjun, who was on his way. After seeing Ziyang Shengzong come forward, he was always very upset.


    With his identity and status, he has a deeper understanding of the terrible of the holy door in the middle land.


    The Dali Dynasty was very strong, and Emperor Bawu was the leader of a generation. However, if you go to a holy land like Ziyang Shengzong, you will only end up in failure.


    Qinggu Zhenjun began to consider whether he had to hang himself on the tree of Dali imperial dynasty. Is there any way to change the court?


    Because of his actions, he has become the biggest sinner of Jiuqu League, and he can''t go back at all.


    Since Jiuqu league can''t go back, is there any other choice?


    Of course, before he really changed his family, he still had to remain loyal to the Dali Dynasty. It''s best to get the secret method of how to survive the thunder robbery and advance the Yang God from Bawu emperor.


    Dali imperial army was stationed here and confronted Jiuqu League far away.


    Jiuqu League lost a chance to pursue the victory because of the unknown enemy situation and its own internal problems, and also began to confront Dali Dynasty.


    The rare calm made all the forces of truth cultivation begin to lick their wounds.


    Meng Zhang finally had an inspiration and found an excuse to send the seriously injured in the war back to the door for healing.


    Taiyimen performed well in the previous wars. It not only defends its own defense line, but also helps the surrounding areas.


    Yujianmen was very satisfied with this and easily agreed to Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    Meng Zhang sent about half of the remaining friars of Taiyi gate back to Taiyi gate.


    The flying boat team of Taiyi gate has been transferring materials in the rear. They didn''t go to the battlefield, but narrowly escaped.


    Although most of them were requisitioned by yujianmen, they were barely enough.


    Among the monks who returned to Taiyi gate this time, there was also the veteran elder weak water God General of Taiyi gate.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang specially explained to her that after returning, he told Niu Dawei, who was in charge of the zongmen, and began to secretly transfer personnel and materials to maple leaf mountain city.


    When transferring, don''t worry. Be sure to keep it secret.


    After the weak water god returns, don''t come.


    She went to maple leaf mountain city this time to preside over the overall situation there.


    Externally, she said that her injury was too serious, hurt the foundation, and had to close the door to heal.


    In fact, Meng Zhang has always made strict arrangements for maple leaf mountain city.


    In previous years, because the whole Jiuqu League faced the pressure of leaving the imperial dynasty. Meng Zhang specially selected some disciples and secretly sent them to maple leaf mountain city.


    These disciples are outstanding monks in the foundation period and have the potential to break through the golden elixir period.


    After these disciples arrived at Maple Leaf mountain city, with the help provided by the gate, a full three disciples broke through the golden elixir period.


    Among the Taiyi sect, only a few people know the existence of the three golden elixirs, let alone outsiders. Naturally, there are no them in the recruitment list of Yujian gate to Taiyi gate.


    These three golden elixirs have been stationed in maple leaf mountain city. They are not only responsible for guarding there, but also the last details of Taiyi gate.


    If the Taiyi gate on the Gobi side is destroyed, they will be responsible for guarding the residual strength of the Taiyi gate and continuing the inheritance of the Taiyi gate there.


    Although almost half of the monks of Taiyi gate were withdrawn and returned to the Mountain Gate this time, JINDA immortal basically stayed, and the combat effectiveness was not weakened much.


    With the cultivation of immortal Jindan, if the war situation changes, it is also convenient to withdraw in time.


    The friars of Hanhai daomeng are basically left, and there will be no lack of low-level friars.


    It''s the limit to withdraw almost half of the monks and weak water generals. More, the jade sword gate will be suspicious.


    Meng Zhang made these arrangements, so he was more relieved to continue to sit on the defense line.

 Chapter 794

    Although there is still a long way to go before he can completely get away, Meng Zhang made a good start by withdrawing almost half of the monks with a little cleverness.


    Of course, this is the limit he can do.


    The jade sword sect has an estimate of the number of strong practitioners above the golden elixir period owned by its major cultivation forces.


    Not to mention anything else, all the friars of Taiyi sect who knot Dan on their own territory have a name and a family name. Their origin is clear. Naturally, they are mastered by Yujian sect.


    At the level of Jindan friar, it is difficult to hide from the jade sword gate, and it is also impossible to avoid the recruitment of the jade sword gate. As for the yuan God friars, the major cultivation forces have single digits at most, which is naturally impossible to hide.


    Although it is impossible for the jade sword sect to master all the low-level friars of each faction, it has a rough estimate. When issuing the call up order, they try their best to squeeze the potential of major cultivation forces.


    Meng Zhang, by virtue of his good performance all the time and his attitude of being irreconcilable with Dali imperial court, made Yujian gate a little more relaxed towards Taiyi gate, giving him the opportunity to save some strength with a little means.


    If he doesn''t have discretion and continues to let other golden elixir real people pretend to be seriously injured, the top level of the jade sword sect may come to check it in person.


    The next time, because neither side had the intention to start war again, the situation fell into a temporary state of peace.


    No matter what other people did, Meng Zhang grabbed the time and began his routine cultivation.


    These harvests made him not worry about the essence of nine days for the time being. Even more extravagant, he can directly absorb the refined jade Qingling machine.


    A group of senior generals of Taiyi sect manage the whole sect and Hanhai daomeng in good order. He doesn''t need to bother much.


    After he was wounded last time, the spirit fell into a deep sleep and never woke up.


    Meng Zhang released his original divine power and slowly warmed it up.


    After such a period of time, its state has greatly improved.


    The power of a fourth-order magic weapon like qicaixia light robe will be greatly reduced without the active cooperation of the spirit. Moreover, the body of the magic weapon is also seriously damaged.


    Fortunately, this magic weapon has the ability of automatic repair. Now it''s just that the spirit falls into a deep sleep, and the repair ability doesn''t play much.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is to slowly consume the power of the yuan God and help the instrument spirit wake up as soon as possible.


    Speaking of the weapon spirit, Meng Zhang seized a four step flying sword from Marshal Wang this time.


    The spirit of this flying sword is so hard that it never gives in to Meng Zhang.


    If the spirit doesn''t cooperate or even hinder him, he can''t exert much power even if he forcibly resists the flying sword.


    Many methods of subduing the spirit of the weapon are recorded in the inheritance classics of Taiyi gate.


    Some are gentle, some are tough, coercion, inducement, coax and cheat, and there are many methods.


    Most of the spirits of the fourth order magic tools have the intelligence of ordinary people at best, but they can''t beat the crafty practitioners.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang took a lot of trouble to subdue the spirit of this fourth-order magic weapon.


    The name of this flying sword is Qianjun. The spirit of the instrument is the same name as the flying sword.


    Qianjun was made of tianwai meteorite iron and submarine Geng gold by a great craftsman worshipped by Dali imperial dynasty. It has both water and gold attributes.


    Golden water, two mutually generated five element attributes, greatly increases the power of flying sword.


    When the flying sword is successfully refined, there are only three levels.


    Marshal Wang took him with him to fight in all directions. After a long time, he slowly promoted him to level 4.


    Among the four level flying swords, thousands of troops are not so excellent. They can only be said to be a little better than the goods on the road.


    However, there are absolutely no mortals who can grow into a fourth-order flying sword.


    Before, Meng Zhang didn''t even have a fourth-order magic weapon in his hand. Xu Mengying gave a qicaixia light robe, but it was mainly used for defense.


    Now I''ve robbed a thousand army sword and finally have an attack magic weapon.


    However, the drawback is that the thousand army sword was personally promoted to a fourth-order magic weapon by Marshal Wang, and its spirit was spawned by Marshal Wang.


    The Qiling thousand army was too loyal to marshal Wang to completely surrender. Although Meng Zhang ostensibly let him give in, he couldn''t believe each other too much.


    Meng Zhang had to impose a ban on the spirit to prevent the spirit from rebelling.


    In this way, due to the limitation of the spirit of the instrument, he could not fully assist Meng Zhang to urge the flying sword, and the power of the flying sword was greatly reduced.


    But anyway, a fourth order flying sword in hand is better than nothing.


    Due to the sufficient supply of cultivation resources, Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed has not slowed down too much, but is still advancing steadily.


    To be honest, most people in Jiuqu League, including Meng Zhang, wish this peace situation could continue without fighting the terrible Dali imperial army.


    However, once this settled down, many internal problems began to break out.


    For war supplies, the jade sword sect once again issued a collection order to its major Xiuzhen forces to forcibly collect all kinds of supplies they have.


    Both human and material resources, these cultivation forces suffered great losses in the previous war.


    Now is the time to cultivate and recover, but the jade sword gate is a little too much to force collection regardless of everyone''s difficulties.


    However, the jade sword sect is fierce and powerful. Now it is backed by the Ziyang holy sect. These cultivation forces can''t resist at all. They can only honestly empty the big library, drain the family wealth and deal with the almost endless demands of the jade sword sect.


    Taiyimen can not avoid such forced recruitment.


    Although the subordinate Hanhai daomeng shared a part, Taiyi gate almost emptied the large warehouse in the gate, so it barely met the requirements of Yujian gate.


    Fortunately, for the Yuanshen sect like Taiyi gate, there is still some room for Yujian gate. It has not been forced too much.


    Some really rare spirits were left behind by Niu Dawei secretly.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s orders from the weak water god general, he began to secretly transfer rare items to the maple leaf mountain city. At the same time, it also sent a few children with good qualifications.


    In addition, the harvest of taiyimen in maple leaf mountain city has not been known by outsiders.


    If it weren''t for the existence of Ziyang Shengzong, I''m afraid there would be some Xiuzhen forces on the side of Jiuqu League, which began to secretly contact Dali imperial dynasty.


    The practice of jade sword sect has greatly hurt everyone''s interests, and of course it will lead to public dissatisfaction.


    Repel the enemy, win the war, not to mention reward on merit, but also further aggravate the exploitation. Even if you are a harsh owner, you won''t do so.


    But the jade sword gate has no way to do so.


    The top level of the jade sword sect also wants to be clear about reward and punishment and reward based on merit. They are also unwilling to continue to add schools and levy.


    However, the great army of Dali Dynasty only retreated temporarily, and the main force was not damaged, and it was possible to make a comeback at any time.


    Jade sword sect had to collect materials, strengthen defense and prepare for battle.

 Chapter 795

    Since the last time, the reinforcements of Daheng Xiuzhen world seem to have tasted some sweetness and have to make trouble from time to time.


    The crying children have milk to eat. As soon as they make such a fuss, yujianmen has to give them some materials to appease them.


    Jade sword gate doesn''t want to do this.


    However, the jade sword sect has its own fault. It is the responsibility of the jade sword sect to supply the reinforcements.


    Second, as the supreme commander of the reinforcements, Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun has an ambiguous attitude. He always finds excuses to shirk it and is unwilling to help appease his followers.


    The reinforcements from the Daheng cultivation world have now become a huge burden on the jade sword gate and even the whole Jiuqu League.


    The north of Jiuqu League is barren, and the jade sword gate is not that kind of well-known sect gate. Now facing the huge material difficulties, I really feel helpless.


    But it is absolutely impossible without this reinforcement. Relying solely on the current strength of Jiuqu League, it can never resist the army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The action of Ziyang Shengzong to exterminate Dali Dynasty is a big chess game, which is of great importance and related to its long-term plans.


    The action of Jiuqu League is a very important link, which can not be lost.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as the sage of Ziyang, walks around the world. All he wants to do these days is to launch a counterattack as soon as possible and destroy the army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The reason why we were able to win last time was that Xiao Jiansheng hit the enemy commander Xia Houfeng hard, and the enemy had to retreat.


    The main force of the enemy has not been damaged, Xia Houfeng''s situation is unknown, and many Xiuzhen forces really have no desire to fight again.


    Xiao Jiansheng is indeed a top strong man. He can ride as a thousand.


    But Dali''s strict military array, many strong men and a large number of mechanism creations... He can''t be hostile alone.


    Without an army of similar strength as a check, and without enough strong people of the same level as a cover, if he rashly kills into the Dali imperial army alone, he will also be in danger of death in case of siege.


    Even if the strong man from the Holy Land Sect can''t change a large amount of materials, there is no way to solve the current dilemma.


    Under such circumstances, whether Xiao Jiansheng exerted pressure on yujianzhenjun or Bai Zhengyu, they were able to suppress the trouble under their hands at most, but there was no good way to stimulate everyone''s morale.


    In fact, after the previous war, even inside the jade sword gate, there were some war weariness.


    Sword madman is not a real madman. In the face of heavy casualties, he will hesitate and fear.


    Before the jade sword gate, the resolute attitude of attacking Dali imperial court and its irreconcilable attitude has become a lot softer unconsciously.


    Xiao Jiansheng has a wealth of channels. Since he could not continue to get enough help from Jiuqu League, he began to send a message to the distance to get other help.


    During this time, Meng Zhang did not appear at the general altar of the yellow lotus sect. Because he avoided the relationship of the holy friar of Ziyang, he contacted the senior level of the jade sword gate through the messenger talisman.


    Although he was not very clear about the thoughts of the top leaders, he still knew the major cultivation forces, the reinforcements of the great horizontal cultivation world, and the trends and psychology of many monks.


    It seems that it is really not easy to rectify our strength and take the initiative to attack the army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After this period of delay, Dali also responded quickly to the previous war.


    Although the jade sword gate is unable to launch a large-scale attack, it has not relaxed its surveillance of the enemy and always pays attention to the movements of the enemy.


    The army of Dali imperial dynasty is a foreign family. If you want to stabilize the situation in the South as soon as possible, it is a shortcut to exercise effective rule there and make full use of the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Although these originally dominant Xiuzhen forces were forced to surrender to the Dali imperial court, it is really doubtful that they are really loyal to the Dali imperial court.


    After the Dali imperial army was defeated last time, their mind became vivid again.


    It seems that Dali''s imperial army is not invincible.


    Especially after the jade sword gate spread the Holy Land Sect Ziyang sect from the Middle Earth to exterminate the Dali Dynasty, many people''s positions wavered again.


    The army of Dali Dynasty is still strong, and these guys don''t have the courage to resist.


    However, it is very common for friars who secretly contact the jade sword gate to leave a way back for their family in the future.


    For these valuable wall grass, yujianmen will try its best to win over, and even write many irresponsible bad checks.


    Under the cover of these walls, the friar of yujianmen moved in the south of Jiuqu League and collected intelligence, which became much more convenient.


    Some valuable information has also been passed back.


    Most of the information obtained will be distributed to the Yuanshen Zhenjun of his own camp.


    So Meng Zhang knew that not long ago, the Dali Dynasty sent a new commander to command the army.


    The new commander-in-chief was the Grand Marshal of the Dali Dynasty, the British Duke Zhang Weineng.


    This man is also a monk in the later period of Yuanshen. His qualifications and prestige are above Prince Feng Xiahou Feng.


    He led his own pro guard, arrived from Dali Dynasty in a fourth-order warship, and quickly took over the army.


    According to the will of emperor Bawu, after rectification and strengthening, this army was named the North sweeping army, which specializes in sweeping the north.


    Zhang Weineng, the new commander of the army, also has an official title of field marshal of Peking University.


    Once Zhang Weineng arrived, the last flaw of the North sweeping army disappeared, and the Jiuqu alliance lost the possibility of quick decision.


    Zhang Weineng was not in a hurry to launch an attack, but strengthened his rule over the south of Jiuqu League, as if he would be stationed here for a long time.


    Probably he also understood that after the intervention of Ziyang Shengzong, he had lost the opportunity to quickly wipe out the north. He must fight steadily and think long-term.


    The North sweeping army was redeployed by him, from the original offensive posture to the defensive posture.


    Apart from the appointment, removal and transfer of personnel in the army, great changes have taken place in the deployment of the army.


    These things are not special secrets. All kinds of relevant information can be known by the jade sword sect.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know how many materials there are in yujianmen, but judging from a series of recent situations. If the war enters the Stalemate Stage and evolves into a protracted war, the jade sword sect will be dragged down sooner or later.


    Not to mention the various incomes captured by the North sweeping army from Jiuqu League before, they only need to settle down to run the south of Jiuqu League well and get a lot of materials.


    Not to mention, it is possible to transfer materials here from within the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang can see the situation clearly. How can the senior management of Yujian gate not know.


    Yujianzhenjun has made a decision and must launch an all-round attack as soon as possible. We should gain a decisive advantage before our own war materials are exhausted.

 Chapter 796

    Although yujianzhenjun is not sure of the winning, he still has to put all his eggs in one basket and try his best.


    Compared with waiting for his own defeat slowly, he would rather win a vigorous game, although he died without regret.


    In the current form, it is not easy to concentrate our own forces and take the initiative to attack the enemy.


    Even if yu Jianzhen pushed hard, he had to face many difficulties.


    However, he first communicated with Xiao Jiansheng.


    It is in the interest of Ziyang Shengzong to take the initiative to launch an attack on the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty. Of course, Xiao Jiansheng fully supports it.


    Then, Xiao Jiansheng put pressure on Bai zhengyuzhen Jun of Bairi Valley to straighten out his men.


    Now that we have sent troops to support us, we must start from the beginning and finish. Don''t give up halfway.


    When the Jiuqu League was preparing to launch an attack, Zhang Weineng, the Grand Marshal of the Dali imperial dynasty, made an adjustment first.


    The North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty took a posture of preparing for attack, and constantly sent elite teams to investigate and test near the defense line of Jiuqu League.


    For a moment, fierce small-scale battles began to break out near the line of defense that had been calm for a long time.


    All the friars who had been somewhat lax strengthened their preparedness one after another.


    At this time, a disciple of beast king mountain came to the defense line of Taiyi gate and said that elder beast Nu wanted to meet Meng Zhang and asked him to go there.


    The beast anger elder, who was determined to die, survived the war some time ago, although he was seriously injured again.


    Because he has been closed to heal his wounds, he used to contact Meng Zhang with a messenger.


    Now send someone to invite him over. There must be something important to discuss.


    Without delay, Meng Zhang flew with the beast king mountain disciple to the place where the beast king mountain friar was stationed.


    The line of defense of beast king mountain is one of the long mountains of Huanglian holy mountain.


    Even though the war has been over for so long, the friar of beast king mountain has tried to clean the battlefield. However, the traces left by the cruel battle are still very clear.


    Meng Zhang saw the long lost beast anger elder on the hillside of a mountain with only half of it left.


    There, in addition to the beast anger elder, there is you Hongzhi Zhenjun of the four seas business firm.


    You Hongzhi really has a good relationship with elder beast nu. He came here first. It seems that there is something really important.


    Seeing the beast anger elder, the beast anger elder looked red, radiant and energetic. But Meng Zhang''s eyesight showed at a glance that the elder of beast anger was shining back. He was strong outside and weak in the middle.


    At the beginning, the elder of beast anger was seriously injured, but he was still a little angry. Now in this state of lethargy, he is dying.


    It seems that this fierce battle with the Dali Imperial Army brought him fatal injury.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, elder beast anger was very happy.


    They didn''t communicate for a long time, but when they faced the enemy together, they could be said to be comrades in arms who had shared hardships.


    After that, both of them intend to make friends with each other. Elder beast Nu also helped Meng Zhang a lot.


    In front of Meng Zhang, the beast anger elder did not hide, nor could he hide.


    He smiled bitterly and was startled when he opened his mouth.


    "Old man, I didn''t have a few days to live. But I didn''t expect to be labeled a traitor before I died."


    Meng Zhang frowned. Where did the traitor come from?


    The beast king mountain is the most determined to resist the army of Dali imperial dynasty this time. Not to mention the casualties of the disciples of the beast king mountain, the beast anger elder will even pay for his old life.


    "Not so, not so, I will try my best to tell you..." you Hongzhi Zhenjun kept comforting.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled eyes, the beast anger elder didn''t betray the point and told him everything.


    It turned out that just a few days ago, there was an unexpected mutation on the calm Yuantu prairie.


    On the Yuantu prairie, it was originally occupied by foreign barbarians.


    At the beginning, yujianmen commanded many Xiuzhen forces, defeated the barbarians outside the territory, eliminated their main force, and compressed a small part of the residue into a very small area.


    Later, due to the Dali imperial dynasty, it captured the hengjue mountains and destroyed the alliance of the three factions.


    The remnants of Cangshan sect, beast king mountain and Baizhan sect retreated into Jiuqu League.


    The pursuit army of Dali imperial dynasty pursued all the way to the border of Jiuqu alliance, and fell into a confrontation with the friars of Jiuqu alliance.


    Facing the threat of Dali imperial dynasty, yujianmen had to stop the action of completely eliminating foreign barbarians and transferred the main force of friars to the border of Jiuqu alliance to prevent the attack of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Due to the influence of the Qing Yuan sect, the jade sword gate has not been at full war with the Dali Dynasty.


    The jade sword gate, which lost the opportunity to wipe out the barbarians outside the territory, did not relax its vigilance. It has always arranged enough strength to watch it.


    Later, due to the calculations of the Jiuqu League, the remnants of the Cangshan sect and the Baizhan sect were moved to the Yuantu prairie to directly face the barbarians outside the territory.


    The jade sword sect, which has fought many times with foreign barbarians, knows its horror and has never relaxed its vigilance.


    Under the circumstances of the great changes of the Qing Yuan sect and the fall of the whole south of the Jiuqu League, the Yuantu prairie is still relatively calm, and there are no changes among the barbarians outside the territory.


    Nevertheless, the jade sword gate has retained enough strength there to keep an eye on the barbarians outside the territory.


    In addition to Cangshan sect and baizhanmen, there are also many monks from Jiuqu League to monitor the movements of barbarians outside the territory.


    Even if the jade sword gate fought with the army of Dali imperial dynasty, the top level of the jade sword gate didn''t think about it. They wanted to transfer a soldier from the Yuantu prairie.


    Unfortunately, such a strict arrangement still makes a mistake.


    Cangshan sect suddenly defected, leading the barbarian army outside the territory to break through its own defense line.


    The Baizhan Zhenjun of Baizhan gate died on the spot. The Baizhan gate friar suffered heavy losses and was almost wiped out.


    Now, the power of jade sword gate on Yuantu prairie has been swept away.


    Some friars of the jade sword sect risked their lives to send a message and asked the sect to reinforce them as soon as possible.


    Just now, Mr. Fei Guozhen of the jade sword gate has led an advance team to set out.


    On the Yuantu prairie, there is no power to stop the barbarians outside the territory.


    If it is not blocked in time, let it move freely.


    Countless foreign barbarians killed from Yuantu prairie and will directly kill to the hinterland of Jiuqu League. It''s terrible to think about that.


    As a member of Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang was shocked and his face changed greatly when he heard the news from the elder beast anger.


    With the help of reinforcements, yujianmen finally blocked the army of Dali imperial dynasty. It was very difficult to resist.


    Now the barbarians outside the territory are suddenly killed from the Yuantu prairie. They are really attacked from both sides.

 Chapter 797

    There is a fatal flaw in Yuantu prairie. Of course, yujianmen should find a way to make up for it.


    In order to avoid being attacked by the enemy, even in the face of the great pressure of the northern sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty, they still had to transfer forces to block the attack of barbarians outside the territory.


    Because the problem this time is caused by the rebellion of Cangshan sect, the beast king mountain, which is also a member of the three factions alliance, is certainly suspected.


    As an outsider, no matter how careful and restrained, it is inevitable to touch the sensitive nerves of the local snakes.


    After the old beast king mountain entered the Jiuqu League, he settled down with the help of the new beast king mountain.


    Later, the elder beast Nu and Meng Zhang joined hands to kill the two yuan gods Zhenjun of the new beast king mountain. The beast anger elder took the opportunity to forcibly annex the new beast king mountain.


    Some people who are close to the new beast king mountain, and some who feel that outsiders are a threat


    Before, it was only because of the threat of the Dali imperial dynasty that the jade sword gate suppressed various internal contradictions that they didn''t have a chance to speak out.


    Now Cangshan sect colludes with foreign barbarians and gives them opportunities and excuses.


    Just now, some rumors began to spread.


    These rumors all question the beast king mountain, especially the elder beast anger.


    Even a few Yuanshen Zhenjun publicly accused the elder of beast anger of being a traitor to the Jiuqu League.


    When elder beast Nu came, he was hurt too badly and the time was running out. Second, it is also the behavior of Cangshan sect, which makes him unable to be justified.


    The angry Beast anger elder was powerless and had no intention to tangle with these people.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang''s mind became complicated.


    He has been focusing on Cultivation for a long time. The friars of Taiyi sect also deliberately did not approach the general altar of Huanglian sect.


    Such a big thing happened this time. I didn''t receive any news in advance. I had to hear it from the beast anger elder.


    Among them, there are also reasons why taiyimen has a shallow foundation and insufficient contacts in Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang also guessed the reason why the elder of beast anger called himself over.


    Is it true that he wants to vouch for him or speak for him.


    However, Meng Zhang, as a new God, has little say in the Jiuqu League, so he really doesn''t have much say.


    Besides, since the rebellion of Cangshan sect has happened, it is impossible to say that Meng Zhang has no doubt about the elder beast anger.


    Elder beast Nu is very sincere, and Meng Zhang also thinks he is innocent. But Meng Zhang doesn''t want to guarantee anything for him.


    After all, how many years have they known each other. Meng Zhang''s understanding of the beast anger elder is limited.


    His talent is divine, his heart is open, and he can''t see through the old warrior like the beast anger elder.


    He can''t guarantee that elder beast anger has no problem.


    Fortunately, the elder of beast anger didn''t ask too much. He just repeated the old saying and asked Meng Zhang to take care of the beast king mountain after he sat down.


    It''s nothing. Meng Zhang promised to take care of the beast king mountain before. Now he should go down the same mouth.


    Anyway, he didn''t say how much he saw. You can look at the specific situation and decide how to act.


    After saying these words, the elder of beast anger seemed to have something on his mind and became much more relaxed.


    You Hongzhi really wants to appease the beast anger elder and ask him not to think about it and recover. He will try his best to help if there is anything.


    Meng Zhang also had nothing to say. He scolded a few words casually, which was very harmful to the emperor.


    His words are not nonsense, but based on facts.


    Cangshan sect is unlikely to collude with foreign barbarians, but it is very likely to collude with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Maybe the reason why Cangshan sect was able to escape from hengjue mountain to Jiuqu League was the result of Da Li''s mercy from the imperial dynasty.


    During the confrontation between Jiuqu League and the northern sweeping army of Dali Dynasty, the Yuantu prairie suddenly changed. Dali Dynasty was the time for the overseas barbarians to launch, so coincidentally, and the opportunity was so accurate. If Dali dynasty did not participate in it, no one would believe it.


    However, although the Dali Dynasty has always acted recklessly and lawlessly by relying on its strong strength, it is still a little too much to collude with foreign barbarians.


    There are many battles in the cultivation world. In order to win, almost everything is necessary.


    However, there are still many taboos.


    Colluding with foreign forces is a taboo.


    Once this kind of thing is confirmed, the offending Xiuzhen forces will almost have nowhere to live in the Xiuzhen world in the future, and will become the public enemy shouted by everyone.


    Needless to say, as long as the Jiuqu League has a little brain, it will seize this opportunity and desperately use this thing to attack Dali imperial dynasty.


    Similarly, as long as Dali imperial dynasty is not caught, it must be denied to death.


    Evil cultivation is the public enemy of the cultivation world. Everyone can kill it. But in the cultivation world, there are also many practitioners who secretly collude with evil cultivation.


    We have the friars of Ziyang Shengzong to help us this time. I don''t know if we can play a role in this matter.


    While the three were discussing these things, Xing Jianzhen of Yujian gate flew over.


    Meng Zhang had never dealt with the elder who was in charge of the punishment of the jade sword sect before. He just heard that he was extremely murderous. Strangers are not allowed to enter. He is a very harsh person.


    When Xing Jianzhen came here, he didn''t have the posture of not entering strangers. Instead, he was very kind.


    After he opened his mouth, he didn''t talk nonsense. He just comforted the beast anger elder and said that the jade sword sect trusted him very much without any doubt.


    A few people''s nonsense, he hoped that the beast anger elder would not take it to heart, let alone pay attention to it.


    Mr. yujianzhen has issued an order to forbid anyone to continue to criticize the beast anger elder.


    After listening to elder Xing Jian''s words, elder beast anger looked very moved and almost burst into tears.


    You Hongzhi, Zhenjun and elder beast anger have been old friends for many years. Now I am very happy to see that yujianmen still trusts elder beast anger.


    Elder Xing Jian was not good at words. At this time, he turned over and over and said those words.


    However, this is more valuable and can better see the attitude of yujianmen.


    Whether the jade sword sect is sincere or false, and whether it really trusts the beast anger elder, this attitude is enough to appease the beast anger elder.


    Appease the beast anger elder. When Xing Jianzhen saw that Meng Zhang was here, he asked him to go back and get ready.


    Yujianzhen has decided to mobilize the friar taiyimen to intercept the barbarians outside the territory.


    There was no news in advance. Such a task fell on him. Meng Zhang was very surprised.


    However, Xing Jianzhen has already spoken, and he can''t listen.


    On the surface, he still wants to show his respect for this person.


    Meng Zhang and the elder of beast anger greeted them and left obediently.

 Chapter 798

    On the way back to the taiyimen station, Meng Zhang was very confused. How could he mobilize taiyimen to fight against foreign barbarians? Is there anything you don''t know?


    At this time, it fully shows that taiyimen has a shallow foundation in Jiuqu League.


    Although they have taken refuge in the jade sword sect, the jade sword sect obviously has limited trust in them. In addition, the monks who taboo Ziyang Shengzong during this period deliberately avoided the general altar of Huanglian sect. When something really happens, I don''t know the specific decisions of the senior management.


    Fei Guozhen of Yujian gate is familiar with Meng Zhang. Unfortunately, he has been sent out, and Meng Zhang can''t find other acquaintances of Yujian gate.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang still has friends. He doesn''t have any contacts.


    When he returned to taiyimen station, a maid sent by Xu Mengying had already been waiting here.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, the maid told Meng Zhang all Xu Mengying''s words like pouring beans from a bamboo tube.


    It turned out that after the barbarians outside the territory eliminated the monks of Jiuqu league who blocked their own home, they did not continue to attack the hinterland of Jiuqu League. Instead, they continued to sweep Yuantu grassland and consolidate the rear, and sent forces to the north.


    I have to say, this time these barbarians finally learned to be smart.


    If you rush out of Yuantu prairie and continue to move towards the hinterland of Jiuqu League, no matter how unwilling you are, you must concentrate the main force and eliminate it first. Then he turned around and slowly competed with the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the case of being attacked by the enemy, it is a routine operation to start with the easy and then the difficult.


    The lesser of the two evils is the balance. Yujianmen would rather let Dali imperial court enter the north of Jiuqu league than let foreign barbarians rush in.


    Dali Dynasty will not destroy the local foundation, but will protect the spiritual veins, spiritual fields and minerals.


    The barbarians outside the territory are more hateful than locusts. They will destroy everything they see if there is only destruction and no construction.


    Now the foreign barbarians have not left the Yuantu prairie, so they have not broken through the psychological bottom line of the high-level of the jade sword gate.


    In the face of the pressure of the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty, I''m afraid the senior management of the jade sword gate can only let it rage on the Yuantu prairie for a while.


    Now, Fei Guozhen, a member of the jade sword sect, has taken a group of monks and established a defense line on the edge of the Yuantu prairie to prevent him from rushing out of the Yuantu prairie.


    Although the foreign barbarians have no intention to rush out of the Yuantu prairie for the time being, the jade sword gate cannot be completely ignored.


    To the north of Yuantu prairie, that is, the direction where the barbarians outside the region are preparing to continue to occupy, is the endless sand sea.


    Endless sand sea is the territory of taiyimen, and taiyimen has the responsibility to defend its territory.


    But now the main friars of taiyimen and its vassal Hanhai daomeng have been transferred to garrison near Huanglian holy mountain.


    Considering that taiyimen is the landlord of endless sand sea and is familiar with the situation there, the senior management of yujianmen transferred it back to guard the endless sand sea.


    If the time is ripe, taiyimen can also launch a counter attack from the north to help yujianmen eliminate foreign barbarians.


    After listening to the maid''s words, Meng Zhang''s mind was a little complicated.


    Before, I tried every means to transfer the disciples of Taiyi sect back to the mountain gate. Unexpectedly, my goal was achieved in this way.


    Whether this situation is good or not, Meng Zhang has no confidence in his heart.


    Meng Zhang, an overseas barbarian, had not seen it before. When he went deep into the Yuantu prairie to obtain the treasure house of the black market, he had a hand with the overseas barbarians.


    He was deeply impressed by the ferocity and strength of foreign barbarians.


    Now the barbarians outside the territory colluded with Cangshan sect, eliminated the Baizhan gate, and cleared the Jiuqu alliance power on the Yuantu prairie.


    Taiyimen may not be able to resist the vigorous foreign barbarians.


    However, whether you are sure or not, next to the endless sand sea is the Gobi of evil wind, which is the nest of Taiyi gate. It is impossible to give it to the barbarians outside the territory in vain. Second, since the top level of yujianmen has made a decision, Meng Zhang can''t resist.


    After explaining the business, the maid left in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang immediately ordered the Taiyi disciples stationed here to put away the original defense array, pack their bags and be ready to evacuate at any time.


    Yujianmen asked Meng Zhang to lead the main forces of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng to return, make every effort to strengthen the defense of the endless sand sea, and be sure not to let foreign barbarians break through that place.


    In the order, the top level of yujianmen also strictly limited the time of Taiyi gate''s action. Taiyi gate is not allowed to delay on the road. We must return to prevent the endless sand sea as soon as possible.


    In addition to Taiyi gate, huoyun sect has always occupied a territory in the endless sand sea. It is also considered by the high level of Yujian gate as a sect related to the endless sand sea.


    Huoyun sect must also evacuate here immediately, return to the endless sand sea and try its best to strengthen its defense there.


    I don''t know whether huoyun sect is unlucky or lucky.


    Huoyun sect, which can leave the confrontation with Dali imperial dynasty, is not weak. Relying on the resources obtained from the endless sand sea, it has developed rapidly in recent years and has a place in the Jindan sect.


    In the previous war with the Dali Imperial Army, due to the timely support of Meng Zhang, although the losses were equally heavy, they did not hurt the foundation,


    After delivering the order, the messenger of Yujian gate left Taiyi gate and went to huoyun sect to deliver the order.


    No matter how the huoyun sect views this order, it is powerless to refuse, only obedience.


    Soon after, huoyun immortal, the leader of huoyun sect, took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to see him, so that the elders in the door were shocked that God would receive him.


    Immortal huoyun didn''t have anything else to do. He mainly expressed his loyalty to taiyimen.


    The thunder god beat him a few words and sent him away.


    Both taiyimen and huoyun sect moved very quickly. They soon packed up and could start.


    The flying boat team of Taiyi gate was transferred from the rear, and the loading capacity was more than enough.


    In addition to loading the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, they also picked up the friars of huoyun sect.


    The flying boat team soon embarked on the journey back to the endless sand sea.


    Mr. Fei Guozhen first took a powerful force to defend the barbarians outside the territory. Taiyimen is now transferred away, and the strength of Huanglian holy mountain defense line has been greatly weakened.


    In this case, yujianzhenjun had put all his eggs in one basket and was ready to fight with the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty. He was basically bankrupt.


    The combined strength of Jiuqu League and reinforcements is insufficient. Where can we take the initiative to attack.


    Now they have to work hard to strengthen their defense and wait for the enemy to attack.

 Chapter 799

    On the night before the taiyimen team left, a guest stole over to visit Meng Zhang, avoiding everyone''s eyes and ears.


    Meng Zhang, who was meditating alone, after receiving the summons from this person, chose a secret cave and secretly saw this person.


    This person is no one else, but the beast anger elder of beast king mountain.


    Meng Zhang was still a little confused about the mysterious and sneaky appointment of elder beast anger.


    What''s the matter? You can''t say it openly. You have to be like a thief.


    After the meeting, the beast anger elder didn''t say a word of nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    He has several trusted descendants, all of whom are in the foundation period.


    They will form a small sect, which will exist as a vassal of the Taiyi sect and be protected by the Taiyi sect.


    As soon as the elder of beast anger finished, Meng Zhang understood his meaning. He wanted to leave behind a move to prevent the inheritance of the beast king mountain from being cut off.


    However, according to the current situation, is it necessary for elder beast anger to do so?


    Moreover, why didn''t he find someone else, but himself?


    Of course, it is also possible that the beast anger elder is just casting a net, which is only one of his reserved backhands.


    Elder beast Nu didn''t explain much, but hoped Meng Zhang would agree.


    If Meng Zhang made an oath, promised it and promised not to disclose it, he would naturally have a generous gift.


    While talking, the beast anger elder took out his generous gift.


    A lot of level-4 spirits, three level-4 talismans, several bottles of level-4 pills


    As a big sect that inherits the history of Jiuqu League, beast king mountain still has a lot of accumulation and details even if it is reduced to this point.


    Especially after the annexation of the new beast king mountain, the current beast king mountain should have some capital.


    Looking at this pile of things, Meng Zhang was very excited.


    I don''t pay much. It can be said that I can get such a big harvest. There is really no more cost-effective business than this.


    However, Meng Zhang always had some doubts in his heart, and he also wanted to stretch the beast anger elder, so he didn''t hurry to promise.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was still hesitating, the beast anger elder smiled bitterly and took out another thing.


    It was a seemingly ordinary jade slip. After Meng Zhang took it, he just read the contents a little and was greatly moved.


    The content in the jade slips is how to make and use all kinds of animal magic tools. In addition to all kinds of low-order magic tools, there are also contents about the fourth-order magic tool beast control plate.


    Meng Zhang joined hands with the elder beast Nu last time to kill two true kings of the new beast king mountain. He seized this fourth-order magic weapon and beast control plate from Qiu Wanli Zhenjun.


    The main function of this beast plate is to subdue all kinds of monsters, convert them into Dharma protecting spirit beasts, and then strengthen them.


    Magic tools with strong religious style, such as the Royal beast plate, must have supporting magic doors before they can be used as Imperial Envoys.


    After Meng Zhang got the beast plate, his spirit fell into a deep sleep and couldn''t wake up at all. Moreover, Meng Zhang has no supporting Dharma at all, so he can''t use it naturally.


    Meng Zhangkong has a fourth-order magic weapon in hand, but it is not. It''s useless at all. We have to throw it in the big warehouse to eat ash.


    Later, Meng Zhang also intentionally or unintentionally tempted the beast anger elder to get the magic door to use the Royal beast plate from him.


    This secret law related to the top secret of the sect, even if the relationship between the two is good, and the elder beast anger wants to make good friends with Meng Zhang, he will not disclose it casually.


    Moreover, he turned to Meng Zhang to ask for the fourth order magic instrument of the beast control plate.


    Meng Zhang found an excuse to muddle through what he ate in his mouth. The elder of beast anger was also unwilling to turn against Meng Zhang and did not continue to entangle this problem.


    Unexpectedly, the beast anger elder took the initiative to deliver what Meng Zhang couldn''t ask for.


    You should know that this jade slip is not only a method for refining and making animal magic tools, but also one of the core inheritance of beast king mountain.


    Taiyi gate has a beast hall, which is specially responsible for the work of beasts in the gate, and has trained many excellent beast masters.


    With this jade slip, the art of guarding animals of Taiyi gate will usher in a great leap. Not to mention catching up with the old sect gate like beast king mountain, it can at least surpass most sect gates of Jiuqu League.


    Moreover, if Meng Zhang can freely use the fourth order magic weapon of the imperial beast plate, and take in several fourth order monsters in the future, his combat effectiveness will also increase greatly. Maybe it can make up for the defect that there is only one yuan God Zhenjun in Taiyi gate for the time being.


    Facing the temptation of the beast anger elder, Meng Zhang finally accepted it.


    In front of the beast anger elder, he honestly made the oath according to his requirements.


    With the rich experience of elder beast anger, Meng Zhang can''t play any tricks.


    Sensing the invisible shocks from the surrounding space, the beast anger elder knew that this was the effect of the road oath, which triggered the response of the power of the road between heaven and earth.


    At this time, without doubt, he handed all the promised items to Meng Zhang. Without saying anything more, he left directly.


    Before leaving, he hesitated and reminded Meng Zhang not to trust yujianmen and four seas firms.


    Meng Zhang wants to ask a few more questions. The elder of beast anger has secretly flown away.


    When the beast anger elder left, the beast anger elder paid a huge price and asked himself to be alone. He must have a bad feeling.


    Thinking of his last words, could it be that the jade sword gate and the four seas business firm are going to be bad for the beast king mountain.


    However, Meng Zhang saw the scene that Xing Jianzhen comforted the elder beast Nu that day.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun of the four seas firm and elder beast Nu are friends for many years and friends of life and death.


    However, the old spicy elder with beast anger should not be aimless and ask for trouble, but what he really found.


    Meng Zhang thought about it while following the flying boat team and flew back to the endless sand sea with good wind and water.


    Along the way, the jade sword gate kept in touch with the Taiyi gate and kept informed of the movements of barbarians outside the territory at any time.


    At present, there is not much change in the trend of barbarians abroad.


    After raiding Yuantu prairie, some foreign barbarians went to the edge of Yuantu prairie and fell into a confrontation with the team led by Fei Guozhen. Another part of the force, heading north, seems to take the endless sand sea as its destination.


    This part of the force moving towards the north is not moving fast, but marching slowly.


    At this speed, they still have a not too short time to enter the endless sand sea.


    This leaves enough time for taiyimen to arrange various Dharma arrays and strengthen the defense of the endless sand sea.


    The Huangsha ridge in the southwest of the endless sand sea was selected by Meng Zhang as the main battlefield to resist the invasion of foreign barbarians.

 Chapter 800

    Huangshaling was the Mountain Gate of Feihong sect many years ago.


    Later, Zijin sect, the overlord of endless sand sea, declined, and Feihong sect rose to become a new generation overlord.


    With the growth of Meng Zhang, a series of changes have taken place in the endless sand sea. Feihong sect has completely declined, leaving two or three big cats and kittens. Now it has become a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    After several changes, Huangsha mountain is now under the control of Taiyi gate.


    Huoyun sect once occupied huangshaling and its surrounding areas for a long time, but in the face of the increasingly powerful taiyimen, it had to take the initiative to give up this place.


    Taiyimen did not force too much, but occupied Huangsha ridge. The surrounding areas originally belonging to huoyun sect still remain the same for the time being.


    The Mountain Gate of huoyun sect was originally around Dafeng City. Later, it invaded the endless sand sea, took a great advantage and occupied a large territory.


    However, because of this territory, the top management of yujianmen believes that huoyun sect is a sect related to the endless sand sea and should fully guard the endless sand sea.


    Because the marching speed of the barbarians outside the territory was not fast, Meng Zhang did not rush to Huangsha mountain. Instead, he asked general Houtu to lead Taiyi disciples and friars of Hanhai daomeng to go to Huangsha mountain to arrange defense. He took time to go back to the grass slope of the mountain gate.


    Taiyimen Mountain Gate baicaopo is located between the Gobi of evil wind and the Huangsha ridge on the edge of endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang also goes and returns quickly. He doesn''t want to delay too long on the road.


    After returning to the mountain gate, he first summoned Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple who stayed here.


    Niu Dawei gave him a detailed report on the recent situation in the door.


    After Meng Zhang led the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng to fight, the Gobi of evil wind remained calm and nothing happened.


    Taiyimen''s directly subordinate territory and vassal territory are always calm.


    Later, Meng Zhang sent the weak water god to lead half of the Taiyi disciples back to the mountain gate.


    The weak water god will say that he is seriously injured and must be closed to death. In fact, I have already gone to maple leaf mountain city to fully preside over all kinds of affairs there.


    As a senior Dharma protector, she is able to be independent in both cultivation and ability.


    Half of the disciples of Taiyi sect who withdrew from the front line, including many seriously wounded, were settled in the gate to heal their wounds.


    The disciples in better condition also have their own arrangements.


    Niu Dawei selected a group of disciples with deep potential, plus a group of young children who had just awakened Linggen and worshipped the beginner, and secretly sent them to maple leaf mountain city in batches.


    In order to hide people''s eyes and ears and ensure secrecy, the number of people was transported very slowly, and Niu Dawei had to find a way to cover up the disappearance of these disciples.


    As for important materials, including some precious heaven and earth spirits, they have basically been transmitted.


    After listening to Niu Dawei''s report, Meng Zhang was very satisfied with his work during this period and greatly appreciated it.


    Meng Zhang checked the situation of taiyimen, determined that there was no problem, and left again.


    Before leaving, he specially explained to Niu Dawei the entrustment of elder beast anger.


    He didn''t say too much, just wanted Niu Dawei to be ready for reception.


    The group of foundation building disciples arranged by elder beast Nu will come to Taiyi gate soon.


    Meng Zhang ordered Niu Dawei to choose a good territory in the Gobi of evil wind to settle them for the purpose of establishing sects and mountain gates.


    Since taiyimen developed the Gobi on a large scale, more and more foreign monks came to this place to establish families or sects here.


    It''s not eye-catching to have a group of ORC King Mountain friars here.


    No matter how stupid they are, they should not follow the name of beast king mountain.


    If they were not stupid enough to expose their origins, there would be no other problem.


    After Meng Zhang left baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, he hurried to Huangsha mountain all the way.


    Huangsha ridge is located on a third-order spiritual vein.


    Although this third-order spirit pulse is the bottom of the third-order spirit pulse, it can help save a lot of spirit stones for array arrangement.


    After the thick earth God led the friars here, he first surveyed the terrain and the earth vein according to the old rules. Then move the mountains and deploy a third-order protection array.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at huangshaling, the deployment of the Dharma array was in full swing.


    The Dharma array is arranged with the participation of general Houtu and Wen qiansuan, who direct the disciples of Taiyi gate.


    The friars of Hanhai Taoist league are temporarily stationed outside Huangsha ridge, waiting for the deployment of the Dharma array to be completed.


    Huoyun immortal, the leader of huoyun sect, also led the main friars of huoyun sect to the vicinity of Huangsha ridge.


    Huoyun sect''s territory near Huangsha ridge has long been emptied, and the most strict strict policy of clearing the wilderness has been implemented.


    In fact, all irrelevant personnel around Huangsha ridge have long been removed.


    Now, within a thousand miles of huangshaling, there are no people except huangshaling.


    The barbarians outside the territory are notorious for looting. Meng Zhang can''t wait to leave them a drop of water and a piece of grass.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was a little worried that his own strength was insufficient and could not resist the attack of barbarians outside the territory.


    Soon after he arrived at huangshaling, unexpected reinforcements came.


    Shushan Zhenjun of the Dark Alliance branch, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang who had dealt with him several times, came unexpectedly and took the initiative to reinforce Meng Zhang.


    With such a powerful helper, Meng Zhang finally has the confidence to defend Huangsha mountain and resist the barbarians outside the territory.


    After Shushan Zhenjun came here, he had a long talk with Meng Zhang.


    He came this time and brought a news that surprised Meng Zhang.


    Not long ago, the beast anger elder of beast king mountain died of serious injury and sat in the front line.


    After the beast anger elder sat down, the jade sword gate controlled all the disciples of the beast king mountain on the pretext that there were Dali imperial spies among the friars of the beast king mountain.


    This is not over yet. The jade sword gate also sent a team of monks. With the cooperation of four seas firms, they entered the gate of the beast king mountain and completely controlled it.


    The beast king mountain originally suffered heavy losses in the previous war. Now he has lost the only Yuanshen Zhenjun beast anger elder. In the face of the sudden attack of the powerful jade sword gate, there was no resistance at all, only to be captured obediently.


    Hearing the news brought by Shushan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang was shocked.


    Although Meng Zhang had an ominous feeling from the act of supporting the orphan by the elder of beast anger. But he never thought that the unexpected was so fast.


    According to the story of Shushan Zhenjun, after Meng Zhang left Huanglian holy mountain with the team of Taiyi gate, the elder of beast anger sat down.


    But judging from the meeting that night, although the vitality of elder beast anger is gone, the time of death will not come so soon.


    No matter how bad the situation is, he can persist for ten days and a half months, or even a month or two.


    He sat in such a hurry, so coincidentally, I''m afraid he couldn''t do without the handwriting of the jade sword door.

 Chapter 801

    Jade sword sect is really a good means to appease the beast angry elder and prevent him from making trouble.


    Beast anger elder is also an expert in the middle of the yuan God. Even if he is about to sit down, no one knows how many skills he has.


    If he breaks out before his death, it may cause great losses to the jade sword gate.


    When it was ready, the jade sword gate suddenly started and directly took down the whole beast king mountain.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun is an old friend of elder beast Nu, but judging from the actions of four seas firms, years of friendship can''t rival interests.


    You Hongzhi really betrayed his old friend and must have benefited a lot from it.


    It''s not so easy for an old man like elder beast anger to calculate. He secretly found Meng Zhang Tuogu, but he was aware of it.


    Unfortunately, the strength gap is too big. What if you find it?


    Maybe, for the safety of the friar of beast king mountain, the elder of beast anger had to pretend to be confused and die silently.


    He left a way back for Meng Zhang. I don''t know if he left the inheritance of beast king mountain elsewhere.


    Meng Zhang did not care about the beast king mountain, but thought of the situation of himself and taiyimen.


    Before the jade sword gate started to attack the beast king mountain, in order to keep it secret, there is enough reason not to inform Taiyi gate.


    Similarly, it also proves that the jade sword gate does not trust Taiyi gate enough.


    It is an indisputable fact that Meng Zhang has a close relationship with the elder beast anger.


    Think of the jade sword gate arranging Taiyi gate to defend against the endless sand sea, but they don''t give enough assistance.


    Maybe, in the eyes of the high level of Yujian gate, Taiyi gate can block the barbarians outside the territory in the endless sand sea, which is the best result.


    Even if taiyimen was defeated, the barbarians outside the region were killed into the endless sand sea.


    The endless sand sea and the Gobi next to it. Such a vast territory should be enough for the barbarians outside the territory.


    After the foreign barbarians launched this time, Meng Zhang even had a feeling that the foreign barbarians had learned to be smart and were no longer as reckless as before.


    There may have been some tacit understanding between yujianmen and foreign barbarians.


    Of course, this is Meng Zhang''s feeling. He didn''t disclose it to others.


    Shushan Zhenjun came to reinforce Meng Zhang this time. It was his spontaneous behavior, not the arrangement of yujianmen.


    From this point of view, the members of this dark alliance division still have clear gratitude and resentment and know how to take care of their friends.


    Compared with Yujian gate''s wariness of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was very unhappy.


    Jade sword gate has no problem in dealing with beast king mountain.


    Now the jade sword gate faces the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty. The situation is so dangerous. Of course, internal problems are not allowed.


    Even if the beast king mountain has no problem, it is really loyal. Everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. Disposing of the beast king mountain in advance is also to eliminate all hidden dangers.


    Meng Zhang can understand the practice of the jade sword sect, but he still has a feeling of rabbit death and fox sorrow.


    Many years later, when Meng Zhang recalled the past, he would probably take it as the fuse for the separation of Taiyi gate and Yujian gate.


    In any case, taiyimen can do nothing about these things. They can only try their best to do their own work and spare no effort to defend against the invasion of barbarians outside the territory.


    Endless sand sea and Gobi are the territory of taiyimen. Meng Zhang absolutely doesn''t want to see this place wantonly destroyed by barbarians outside the territory.


    General Houtu and Wen qiansuan moved quickly. They deployed the Dharma array and established strict defense facilities.


    Outside the Huangsha mountain, there are two sets of third-order array: six gods golden light array and ten square kill array.


    The third-order spirit pulse here does not provide enough aura. Taiyimen also prepared many additional spirit stones as a supplement.


    The friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng entered the defense range of the large array and defended with the help of the power of the large array.


    It was not long before huoyun sect took refuge in Taiyi sect. Meng Zhang did not trust them enough and was unwilling to put them into his own array.


    Just let huoyun immortal lead the friars of huoyun sect to form an army of friars to cruise near Huangsha ridge as a mobile force and reserve force.


    For Meng Zhang''s arrangement, huoyun immortal certainly has no opinion at all, and honestly abides by it.


    Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun are sitting in huangshaling, waiting for the arrival of barbarians outside the territory.


    But what surprised Meng Zhang was that the barbarians outside the region did not wait for a group of other guests.


    These guests are a group of disabled and defeated generals. They managed to escape from the barbarians outside the territory.


    At the beginning, Cangshan sect colluded with foreign barbarians to make trouble, and Baizhan Zhenjun of Baizhan gate died.


    However, under the cover of Baizhan Zhenjun, many Baizhan sect friars and other forces of Jiuqu alliance took the opportunity to escape.


    Later, foreign barbarians and Cangshan sect swept the whole Yuantu prairie together, and almost the whole Yuantu prairie was occupied.


    The monks of the major monastic forces that were originally on the Yuantu prairie fled one after another, trying to escape far from the Yuantu prairie.


    Some are desperate, some are unwilling to return to the territory of Jiuqu League


    In short, for various reasons, many fleeing monks fled into the endless sand sea from the border between Yuantu prairie and the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang certainly didn''t want to see these people running around in the endless sand sea to make trouble.


    Taiyimen sent a team of monks, led by the elders of Jindan, to patrol at the boundary of the endless sand sea and bring back all the practitioners they saw.


    Although these practitioners are a little embarrassed, there are a lot of them. And I have some skills to escape all the way here. If you don''t have the ability, you should have some luck.


    The war is coming, and it is time to need cannon fodder.


    Meng Zhang certainly accepted the cannon fodder sent to the door.


    However, because of the example of Cangshan sect, in order to prevent these friars from being mixed with foreign barbarian spies.


    Meng Zhang took great pains to put down the airs of Yuanshen Zhenjun and personally identify these practitioners one by one.


    Fortunately, among these practitioners, the one with the highest accomplishments is the friar in the foundation period.


    With the strength of Yuanshen Zhenjun, he personally exerts his talent and magic power of Xintong, and there will be no mistakes and omissions.


    After careful identification, there are no foreign barbarian spies among these practitioners.


    In addition, to Meng Zhang''s surprise, those practitioners of Baizhan sect were an unexpected harvest.


    There are less than a hundred practitioners of the hundred war sect, but they are basically elite. Moreover, even if they were defeated and fled, they were still full of fighting spirit and did not lose heart.


    When the golden elixir elder of Taiyi sect came forward, they didn''t surrender.


    If Zheng Chao, who led the team, had not moved out of the order of Jiuqu League and said that taiyimen was responsible for guarding here and had the right to deal with all suspicious friars, they might not be willing to arrest them.


    Even if they become prisoners at the bottom of the rank, these guys don''t have much decadence.


    These hundred battle sect practitioners will be of great use if they are well trained. Meng Zhang is a little reluctant to treat them as cannon fodder.

 Chapter 802

    Because he had a good impression of the practitioners of Baizhan sect, Meng Zhang listed them separately and made other arrangements.


    In fact, among these refugees, there are some disciples who inherit the power of truth cultivation.


    Once they escape to a safe place, they will actively look for opportunities to re-establish sects or families and continue their inheritance.


    The Gobi desert is too vast. So far, taiyimen has not been fully developed.


    If these monks show enough value and are willing to be honest and loyal to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang may not give them the opportunity to rebuild the mountain gate.


    On weekdays, they can act as vassals to help taiyimen get out of the Gobi, especially those chicken rib areas with little value and troublesome development, which can be handed over to them.


    In wartime, they were the best cannon fodder under taiyimen.


    Of course, these things will be discussed later. The top priority now is to deal with the attacks of foreign barbarians.


    These identified practitioners were organized into a team.


    Then the Taiyi sect sent monks as supervisors to ensure that these teams acted according to instructions.


    These teams are arranged in front of Huangsha mountain and will be the vanguard against foreign barbarian invasion.


    Whether they like it or not, they have no room to resist the strong taiyimen.


    The patrol team of Taiyi gate closely inspected the edge of the endless sand sea. There were almost no missed fish among the practitioners who fled into the endless sand sea, and all of them were taken in by Taiyi gate.


    In addition, Jindan friars who are good at speed, such as Jinglei general and Jijian general, were sent out by Meng Zhang alone, went out to Yuantu grassland, and even went deep into it to explore the movements of barbarians outside the territory.


    With their strength, as long as they don''t have bad luck and run into a Barbarian King, they generally won''t encounter unmanageable danger.


    Jijian and Jinglei are experienced enough to engage in such investigation.


    The southwest of the endless sand sea is the Yuantu prairie, which should also be the marching route of barbarians outside the region.


    Even if the foreign barbarians rush in light and act quickly, it is difficult to hide their eyes and ears.


    With the passage of time, fewer and fewer practitioners escaped from Yuantu prairie, and the patrol team of Taiyi gate naturally lost its harvest.


    Taiyi gate is busy preparing for the war. The walls are strong and the fields are clear, and the Dharma array is arranged. However, the foreign barbarian army did not appear for a long time.


    Meng Zhang is not impatient to wait. He still has this patience. He was just a little worried about the movements of barbarians outside the country.


    If these guys don''t kill from the border between Yuantu prairie and endless sand sea, but break into the territory of Jiuqu League and kill into endless sand sea from other directions, it will be a little troublesome.


    Fortunately, this did not happen. The extremely sword general who has been investigating in the front finally returned the information.


    The foreign barbarian army appeared in his vision and was marching towards the endless sand sea.


    There are a large number of barbarian armies outside the region, and the advance speed is not fast. If we keep this forward speed unchanged, it will take at least half a month before we can enter the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang was relieved to finally know the exact trend of the barbarians outside the territory.


    While waiting for the arrival of foreign barbarians, the friar of taiyimen strengthened his defense. Meng Zhang, the leader, also took the time to practice and strive to improve his combat effectiveness.


    Two of the four levels of heaven and earth spirits he got from the beast anger elder were very useful to his original spirit tool yin-yang spirit gourd, which was integrated into the yin-yang spirit gourd by him.


    After years of painstaking cultivation by Meng Zhang, yin-yang Linghu is about to accumulate enough strength to improve his level.


    Once the yin-yang Linghu, one''s own life spirit tool, becomes a fourth-order magic tool, Meng Zhang''s strength will be rapidly improved again.


    After being hit hard last time, the instrument lingcai''er of qicaixia light robe, who fell into a deep sleep, finally woke up a few days ago.


    As soon as she woke up, she complained loudly about Meng Zhang''s rude behavior, which made her very painful.


    Caier has never experienced such pain since she was born and had consciousness.


    This time, she was hit hard and suffered unprecedented injury and pain, so she fell into a deep sleep like self-protection.


    Meng Zhang had to appease her carefully, saying good words and promising a lot of benefits before appeasing her.


    After the instrument spirit caier wakes up, he can independently control and repair the qicaixia light robe.


    After caier''s efforts, now, most of the qicaixia light robes have been repaired, and the original cracks have disappeared.


    Before long, this fourth-order magic weapon for defense will be completely repaired. At that time, Meng Zhang will be able to give full play to his strength with a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Although Meng Zhang has been in huangshaling and has never left here, all kinds of news outside, especially the movements of barbarians outside the territory, spread to his ears.


    After more than half a month, the foreign barbarian army finally crossed the border between Yuantu prairie and endless sand sea and entered the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang, who received the news, quickly ordered the recall of all the patrol teams to avoid their encounter with the foreign barbarian army.


    Except for a few people such as Jijian God general, all the taiyimen friars sent retracted back to Huangsha mountain and put into defense.


    But what happened next was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Instead of going to Huangsha mountain to attack Taiyi gate in accordance with the general rules of engagement of the Xiuzhen world, this huge overseas barbarian army went in a big circle, seemingly to bypass Huangsha mountain and directly kill the hinterland of the endless sand sea.


    When he received the news, Meng Zhang was stunned for a long time before he reacted.


    The foreign barbarians come from abroad, not the creatures of the Junchen world, but also have nothing to do with the cultivation world.


    Naturally, they do not have to abide by the general rules of engagement in the cultivation world, but choose the most favorable practice for themselves.


    Although foreign barbarians have the name of barbarians, they are a little impulsive, but they are definitely not fools.


    On the contrary, years of fighting and killing have given them extremely rich combat experience and can make accurate judgments in the battlefield.


    Taiyi gate is in full readiness in huangshaling and has been closely arranged.


    Foreign barbarians will never be foolish enough to take advantage of their own advantages, but to hit a hard bone.


    Around Huangsha ridge, the vast area behind is empty. There is no force to stop the barbarian army outside the territory.


    Meng Zhang thought of this and couldn''t help looking out.


    It seems that the foreign barbarian army has not arrived, but it has also sent investigation forces to explore the layout of Taiyi gate.


    The barbarians outside the region made a move to avoid the actual situation and attack the weak. They avoided the Taiyi gate''s heavy army build-up and went straight to the depths of the endless sand sea, which was almost empty. It made Meng Zhang a little difficult.

 Chapter 803

    In this case, Meng Zhang will certainly not sit idly by.


    Now the endless sand sea is the territory of taiyimen. How can it be destroyed by barbarians outside the territory.


    Fortunately, the endless sand sea is broad enough and desolate enough. In a short time, barbarians outside the region cannot enter the area inhabited by human beings.


    According to the current marching route and speed of foreign barbarians, they will not pass through a large oasis for at least half a month.


    Meng Zhang still has enough time to consider how to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang called together taiyimen elders on Huangsha mountain to discuss.


    Almost all elders tend to take the initiative to intercept the foreign barbarian army.


    Since the elders all had such opinions, Meng Zhang followed good advice.


    However, he maintained a minimum of vigilance.


    He asked the thick earth God to command the friars'' army and be ready to start at any time. He called shangshushan Zhenjun and decided to investigate in person.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun flew very fast. It didn''t take much time to fly to a place not far from the foreign barbarian army.


    The Jijian and Jinglei generals, who have been monitoring the movements of the barbarian army outside the territory, have long received the message from Meng Zhang.


    The two of them had already been waiting here. They saw Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun flying over and hurried to meet them.


    After the meeting, there was no nonsense, let alone greetings. Meng Zhang went straight to the subject and asked about the barbarian army outside the territory.


    According to the story of Jijian God general, the number of this barbarian army is close to 10000. The army is young and strong, without old, weak, sick and disabled. It should be the elite of the barbarian.


    Almost all barbarians have mounts.


    In addition to a large number of land mounts, there are also a large number of flying mounts.


    The barbarians with enough mounts should have a higher forward speed.


    However, starting from the Yuantu prairie, the barbarian army deliberately slowed down its progress.


    Around the barbarian army, there is a team of flying mounts patrolling, and sometimes barbarian generals are among them.


    Neither the extreme sword God general nor the thunder god general can fly too close. They can only investigate from a distance.


    They were not very clear about many details of the barbarian army.


    After listening to the report of Jijian God general, Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun looked at each other.


    If the barbarian army with enough mounts attacks at full speed, it is difficult for the taiyimen friar army to stop them on the way.


    They slowed down their advance speed, which can be said to be cautious and steady.


    But from another aspect, can we say that they deliberately procrastinate because they are not determined enough to fight, or even that they are afraid of war.


    Before seeing the real situation, all ideas are guesses.


    Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun have surprisingly consistent ideas. They are all ready to see it in person.


    Meng Zhang kept them here and told them not to get close easily. Then he took Shushan Zhenjun and continued to fly forward.


    Not far away, a group of barbarian soldiers riding huge goshawks came face to face.


    Since the other side is a foreign barbarian, Meng Zhang and the other side don''t have to pay attention to the rules of the cultivation world.


    In the cultivation world, the yuan God Zhenjun kills the weak chicken cultivator, which will make many people shameless. However, if the target of killing is replaced by foreign barbarians, everyone will feel that it is deserved.


    Meng Zhang waved at will. The barbarians patrolling the team, together with the flying mounts, all lost their vitality and fell from the air.


    The two men went all the way, and any patrol they met could not escape their poison.


    Even a pretty general was killed by Meng Zhang because he couldn''t dodge.


    Their unscrupulous behavior naturally easily alerted the strong among the barbarians outside the territory,


    Accompanied by a startling roar, a tall man with a beard like a giant rose to the sky and came not far in front of Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun.


    "Despicable human cultivators have no glory of the strong. It''s too much to bully the small and kill the weak."


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help rolling his eyes when he heard the other party''s righteous scolding.


    These seemingly simple and honest foreign barbarians have done many despicable activities, such as killing the weak, but they have never done less.


    It''s just that when you become the target of others'' killing, you look indignant.


    "King Tule bear, today I will twist your head and comfort the people who died miserably."


    Probably angered by Meng Zhang''s dismissive attitude, the man king, who called himself Tule bear, roared and rushed over.


    Shushan Zhenjun took out a book and took the initiative to welcome it without showing weakness.


    Meng Zhang didn''t besiege the Barbarian King with Shushan Zhenjun. It''s not that he doesn''t want to win more than less.


    Meng Zhang looked higher ahead, "Cangshan old man, I haven''t seen you for a long time."


    Cangshan Zhenjun, who was drunk by Meng Zhang and had met Meng Zhang, fell down from high into the air not far from Meng Zhang.


    When the elder beast Nu introduced them to each other, Meng Zhang instinctively disliked him because he felt that he was too gloomy.


    However, this man was willing to be a traitor and colluded with foreign barbarians, which was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Even if there is a writing from the imperial dynasty, his practice is still too much.


    "You bastard betrayed the Taoist friends of Baizhan and killed him on the battlefield. You also implicated the Taoist friends of beast anger, and the beast king mountain was suspected by yujianmen."


    "If you had known that you were such a bad traitor, you would have taken refuge in the Dali Dynasty, colluded with barbarians outside the territory, and betrayed your allies for many years


    Even within the Cangshan faction, there are many opponents of these things.


    Cangshan Zhenjun thinks he has tried his best to inherit the sect and suffered all kinds of grievances, but he is not understood by the disciples.


    During this time, he followed the foreign barbarian army, and he also suffered the bird spirit brought by many barbarians.


    With Meng Zhang''s scolding, all his resentment and anger accumulated during this period suddenly came out.


    He just shouted angrily, "the younger generation is dead", and mobilized the power of the avenue to attack Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 804

    A huge Dharma seal appeared on the top of Cangshan Zhenjun, which was engraved with mountains and rivers.


    FA Yin gently turned, and hills fell from the sky and smashed at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s previous speculation was not wrong. Cangshan Zhenjun had colluded with the Dali Dynasty for a long time. He betrayed the Jiuqu League and colluded with foreign barbarians, all at the instigation of the Dali Dynasty.


    When the Dali imperial army captured the hengjue mountains, the disabled soldiers of the three factions alliance retreated.


    Cangshan Zhenjun accidentally fell into the encirclement of several marshals of Dali imperial dynasty, which was in danger of falling.


    The high-level officials of the Dali imperial dynasty considered it very long-term. Killing a lost dog had little effect on the next expedition of the Dali imperial dynasty against the Jiuqu League.


    But leaving Cangshan Zhenjun behind can make him act as an insider. At the critical moment, play a role from the inside.


    In the face of life and death, Cangshan Zhenjun chose to compromise and take refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Cangshan Zhenjun led the remnant forces of Cangshan sect to retreat into Jiuqu alliance with beast king mountain and Baizhan gate to seek the protection of Jiuqu alliance.


    At the beginning, the high level of Jiuqu League moved Cangshan sect and baizhanmen to Yuantu grassland, but it was absolutely unexpected that Cangshan sect would collude with barbarians outside the territory to make trouble.


    The Baizhan gate and the beast king mountain fought hard under the pursuit of the Dali imperial dynasty. The fourth-order magic tools in the gate were basically lost in one battle after another.


    Cangshan sect intended to release water because it was far away from the imperial dynasty. Cangshan Zhenjun also retained the treasure of Cangshan sect, the fourth-order magic weapon Cangshan seal.


    Now, he will use this fourth order magic weapon and vow to give Meng Zhang a good look.


    The hills falling from the air seem extremely fierce, but in fact they are just the fur of the power of this magic weapon.


    In silence, the space around Meng Zhang began to solidify, as if to completely imprison him in it.


    Imprisonment Avenue is a branch of space Avenue, which also uses the power of space.


    The shallow application of imprisonment Avenue is to block the surrounding space gap and space interlayer to prevent the other party from using space for transmission.


    A further use is to directly solidify the space around the target, completely imprison the target in that space, and then let it be slaughtered by itself.


    Meng Zhang has experienced many battles with the yuan God Zhenjun, and has personally seen the power of many roads.


    Avenue 3000 is just a general term. With the addition of various branches, the use of the power of Avenue is simply countless.


    Even if Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance of taiyimen, he could not see through the use of all the power of the avenue.


    Fortunately, the prison Avenue was a well-known Avenue, and he recognized it at a glance.


    The Cangshan seal had just started, and Meng Zhang sent out black-and-white airflow, which shattered the surrounding solidification space with the power of Yin-Yang Avenue.


    With the shock of space, Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared.


    His figure kept moving in the air, so that the power of imprisonment could not lock him at all.


    A flash of sword light flashed, and the thousand troops of the fourth-order flying sword fiercely cut at the real king of Cangshan.


    The Cangshan seal on the head of Cangshan Zhenjun shook gently, and the mountains met the thousand army sword, looking like trying to suppress the four-step flying sword.


    When Meng Zhang and Cangshan Zhenjun fought hard, Shushan Zhenjun and the manwang Tule bear also fought together and could not tell the victory or defeat for the time being.


    This is how the strong at the same level fight. If there were no fatal mistakes, it would be difficult for both sides to decide the outcome in a short time.


    In the face of the fierce fight between Yuanshen Zhenjun and the fourth rank strong, the surrounding barbarian patrols avoided far away and dared not approach here.


    Meng Zhang had reservations when fighting with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    With the cooperation of Cangshan Zhenjun and manwang Tule bear, our side can''t have an advantage in the top combat effectiveness.


    Although there was still a short distance from the barbarian army, Meng Zhang took time out of the fierce fight, took up the eye of breaking arrogance and looked at the barbarian army.


    Although the barbarians outside the region are savage and primitive, the level of war development is not low.


    The formation of the barbarian army in front of us is slightly loose, but everyone has high fighting spirit and momentum.


    The barbarian army was divided into semi independent teams according to different tribes.


    Almost every team has the power blessing of totem pole, which is very difficult to deal with.


    After fighting with Cangshan Zhenjun for a long time, Meng Zhang knew that it didn''t make much sense to fight like this. He basically saw everything he wanted to see. There was no need to stay long.


    Meng Zhang gave Shushan Zhenjun a hint. They fought and retreated, and slowly separated from the battlefield.


    Cangshan Zhenjun and Tule bear chased behind for a while. Seeing that they couldn''t leave the enemy, they only stopped chasing bitterly.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s back disappearing in the sky, Cangshan Zhenjun kept a gloomy face and didn''t speak. However, Tule bear was very dissatisfied and roared into the air: "when are you going to hide, the enemy has escaped."


    With the roar of Tule bear, the figure of a middle-aged barbarian slowly emerged in the air.


    The height of this barbarian is obviously much shorter than that of Tule bear, and it is not so strong.


    Among the Terrans, he can be said to have a tiger back and a bear waist, but among the barbarians, his body looks slender and thin.


    "Shali eagle, why do you keep hiding and just watch the play?"


    "If you had come out earlier, we might have left the enemy behind."


    Tulle bear''s question made the sand Eagle look unhappy. However, knowing the character of tulle bear, he didn''t care more with tulle bear in the end, but explained patiently.


    "My king is very different from a fool like you. My king''s ability is not above frontal combat, but good at plotting assassination."


    "Just now, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the two celebrity families seems to have fought fiercely with you, but there has been spare strength, and there are no flaws."


    "If I do it rashly, I can hurt them at most, but I can''t leave them completely."


    "Instead of easily exposing the king''s card, it''s better to hide the card and leave it for a better opportunity."


    Sully eagle''s explanation didn''t satisfy Tulle bear. He still cursed.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is an outsider who takes refuge in foreign barbarians and has not been trusted by foreign barbarians.


    If the barbarians outside the territory had not suffered heavy losses and insufficient strength after the attack of yujianmen, they would not necessarily let him join this army.


    In the eyes of foreign barbarians, Cangshan Zhenjun is a valuable tool.


    Cangshan Zhenjun, who knows his situation, never talks much, let alone gets involved in the disputes of foreign barbarian leaders.


    Whether Tule Xiong accepts or not, Meng Zhang has gone far, and they have lost the possibility of leaving them.


    The sand Hawk is a little dissatisfied with the developed limbs and simple mind. He only knows the foolhardy Tule bear, and he doesn''t want to listen to him complaining about himself all the time.


    He didn''t even leave a word, and his whole body suddenly disappeared into the air.

 Chapter 805

    Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun flew out for a long distance and spoke almost simultaneously.


    "Did you find out?"


    They looked at each other and smiled. They both understood each other''s meaning.


    Instead of moving forward, they stopped temporarily and waited in the air.


    After a while, Jijian and Jinglei flew over and joined them.


    "I thought there was only one Barbarian King in this barbarian army. It seems that the barbarians have also learned to hide their strength." Meng Zhang sighed.


    Shushan Zhenjun echoed, "however, from the perspective of people''s breath, it should be the Barbarian King of the barbarian family. However, this person is obviously not as irritable and aggressive as the general Barbarian King, but knows how to hide and wait for the opportunity."


    "It is said that among the barbarians outside the territory, there are assassins who are proficient in assassination as well as warriors who are good at frontal combat."


    "If I''m not mistaken, this pretty king should be a strong assassin."


    Shushan Zhenjun has a wide range of knowledge, and the dark alliance already has a lot of information and intelligence. He also has an in-depth understanding of foreign barbarians. His judgment should be generally not bad.


    The Barbarian King shaliying thought he was hiding well, but he didn''t think he had deceived Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun at all.


    Knowing that a Barbarian King was hidden in the dark, Meng Zhang began to feel embarrassed.


    He had thought that the main force of the barbarians outside the territory should now be restrained by Fei Guozhen of the jade sword gate.


    Among the foreign barbarians invading the endless sand sea, there can be at most one or two fourth-order combat forces.


    But now, with Cangshan Zhenjun, the other party''s fourth-order strong man happens to have one more person than his own.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is a monk in the middle of the yuan God period, and he has Cangshan seal, a fourth-order magic weapon in his hand.


    Meng Zhang managed to remain unbeaten against him at most.


    Shushan Zhenjun can deal with a Barbarian King.


    The Barbarian King, who has been hiding in the dark and proficient in assassination, is the biggest threat.


    No matter who he catches and makes a sneak attack and assassination, it is possible to kill Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, the strength of the barbarian army is only stronger than that of the friars of taiyimen.


    If the two sides fight head-on in the field, it is really difficult to predict the outcome.


    Meng Zhang even thought deeper.


    The foreign barbarians marched so slowly this time. Is there any intention to lure the enemy to take the initiative to attack?


    There are manwang Tule Xiong and Cangshan Zhenjun in the open, and an assassin manwang is hidden in the dark.


    With such strength, if Meng Zhang is not vigilant enough, he may be in danger of falling.


    To be honest, if Shushan Zhenjun didn''t come to reinforce for the sake of the friendship between the two sides, the strength gap between the two sides would be greater. Meng Zhang really couldn''t beat each other.


    Now, if taiyimen side wants to have enough assurance of victory, it''s best to add a strong person of Yuanshen level to help.


    But at the jade sword gate, it is impossible to draw out the yuan God Zhenjun to reinforce.


    Meng Zhang''s personal relationship is only the real king of Shushan in front of him.


    They are all helping the jade sword gate to resist the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang could have summoned the devils and gods to keep upright.


    But the last time I fought against Dong Zhenjun, I lost Shouzheng, and Shouzheng seemed angry.


    Meng Zhang then arranged the altar twice and wanted to contact Shouzheng, but he didn''t get a response.


    Even the response is unwilling to respond to Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang doesn''t want to call others to come.


    It is really a difficult problem that our own strength is insufficient and we have to block the armies of barbarians abroad.


    However, we can''t watch the barbarian army advance all the way without any obstacles.


    After this test, Meng Zhang admitted that he had a certain understanding of the strength of the barbarian army.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, he is not willing to have a frontal battle with this foreign barbarian army without sufficient assurance.


    Because once the battle fails, his life may not be in danger, but the loss of taiyimen is definitely very heavy.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s difficult expression, Shushan Zhenjun reminded him.


    "Maybe this foreign barbarian army is really trying to lure the enemy. Their advance speed has always been relatively slow."


    "They''re just trying to force us to fight them head-on," Meng Zhang added.


    He thought for a while and made two decisions.


    One decision is to let the thick earth God temporarily stop mobilizing the friars'' army, or to leave the friars'' army in Huangsha ridge.


    Under the present circumstances, it is not the time to fight head-on with this barbarian army.


    After a long discussion, everyone felt that it was difficult to make up for the strength gap without foreign aid.


    If taiyimen wants to block the foreign barbarian army, it has to take a risk.


    The conclusion reached by the people is difficult to satisfy Meng Zhang.


    Shushan Zhenjun is a foreign aid to help. Meng Zhang has no reason to let others work hard for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang still has to find a way to make up for the gap in top combat power.


    As for the taiyimen friar army, it is not superior to the barbarian army.


    Several Dharma protectors will have a lot of experience in this large-scale battle.


    They made two suggestions.


    First, continue to transfer monks from the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate as a support force.


    Now there is still a strong potential to tap in the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Like the group of taiyimen friars Meng Zhang sent to Huishan gate last time, there are many people who can fight.


    Another suggestion is to enhance the power of your array.


    The friars of taiyimen have always had a tradition of practicing various arrays.


    Together with the monks of Hanhai daomeng, they should also practice regularly.


    Both Hou Tu Shen and Wen qiansuan told Meng Zhang that as long as they did not hesitate to invest, they had a way to improve the power of the big array in a short time.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. If he was not willing to give up the endless sand sea completely, he could not avoid a frontal war with the barbarian army.


    Although the current situation is a little difficult, it is not yet time to completely give up all basic undertakings and escape all the way to maple leaf mountain city.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is the last way out. Meng Zhang will not choose to escape unless he has to.


    Since our side has the power to fight, we still have to fight.


    Meng Zhang agreed to the suggestions of several Dharma protectors and asked them to implement them immediately.

 Chapter 806

    After discussing with the elders, Meng Zhang found a quiet room alone and thought behind closed doors about how to improve his top-level combat effectiveness.


    After thinking for a long time, he still felt that he needed to communicate with the ghosts and gods of the underworld again to see if he could get help from him.


    From the experience of the last contact, even if he has been in the underworld and become a ghost, he is still very concerned about Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is also the leader of Taiyi sect. He can''t lose face at all.


    As soon as he thought of it, Meng Zhang immediately began to decorate the altar and prepare sacrifices.


    The most difficult thing to communicate with ghosts and gods is to see whether ghosts and gods are willing to respond. Sacrifices are secondary.


    Soon, a simple altar appeared in front of Meng Zhang, on which several simple sacrifices were placed.


    Meng Zhang sat cross legged in front of the altar, gathered his mind and began to recite the mantra.


    After reciting the spell, after half a ring, there was no response from the altar.


    Meng Zhang was not discouraged. After a little adjustment, he began to cast spells again to communicate with ghosts and gods to keep upright.


    Meng Zhang is also cruel this time. If Shouzheng doesn''t respond, he will continue to communicate with him.


    As an ancestor of taiyimen, you should keep your guard. Now taiyimen is in crisis. It''s time for you to help. You can''t always hide and ignore it.


    Meng Zhang is also very patient. He doesn''t have any impatience at all. He is an honest caster.


    Maybe the Emperor didn''t live up to his efforts, or maybe he was entangled with no way. The ghost and God Shouzheng finally couldn''t help responding.


    The offerings on the altar vibrated violently, and then disappeared out of thin air. There were dark winds and howls in the room.


    A moment later, a grand idea came into Meng Zhang''s mind.


    It turned out that Meng Zhang lost a separate body of ghosts and gods, which caused him a lot of trouble.


    Now Shouzheng''s family has great enemies to deal with in the underworld. He really has no time to create new parts and send them to the underworld.


    Meng Zhang also released his mind and deliberately exaggerated the current difficulties faced by Taiyi gate. It seems that if ghosts and gods keep upright and don''t help, Taiyi gate will be destroyed.


    Shouzheng in the underworld was silent for a long time, and an idea came again.


    A secret Dharma is recorded in this idea.


    This secret method can summon the righteous divine power to cross the border by consuming sacrifices.


    A late Jindan friar with strong will can temporarily have unlimited power close to the level of Yuanshen after receiving the power of keeping upright.


    If the friar is smart enough and has sufficient combat experience, he can deal with enemies at the level of Yuanshen.


    Of course, there is a price for accepting such power.


    The friar needs to spend a long time afterwards to slowly remove the residual divine power in his body and avoid affecting the purity of his true yuan.


    Moreover, if the monk''s will is not firm enough, he will also be affected by the will of ghosts and gods contained in the divine power, resulting in many adverse consequences.


    It must be much worse to summon divine power to come than to directly summon the right separation to come.


    Moreover, summoning divine power can only strengthen one monk at a time.


    But there is no way. Shouzheng has clearly told Meng Zhang that he may not be able to have extra parts to send to Yangjian in the next few decades.


    We can get help from Shouzheng. Although we didn''t meet our initial expectations, it''s barely enough.


    After the communication with Shouzheng, Meng Zhang carefully checked the secret method of summoning divine power. In addition to the relatively high requirements for sacrifices, there is nothing else difficult to do.


    The taiyimen family has a big business. It only takes a little time to collect these sacrifices.


    Meng Zhang first listed the sacrifice list and asked the disciples to collect it. Then he summoned the elder Yang Xueyi.


    Yang Xueyi has already entered the later stage of Jindan. She is an expert in the door except Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, she is also proficient in the art of making runes. She is a rare third-order Rune maker.


    Taiyimen has been able to have relatively sufficient talismans in recent years, and she and the talisman hall have made the greatest contribution.


    After seeing Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense. He told Yang Xueyi about calling Shouzheng''s divine power and asked her if she was willing to accept Shouzheng''s divine power.


    Meng Zhang told her all kinds of dangers that he needed to face when summoning divine power.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Yang Xueyi agreed to accept Shouzheng''s divine power without hesitation.


    Yang Xueyi was in danger and was introduced into Taiyi gate by Meng Zhang.


    Over the years, she has witnessed the growth of taiyimen step by step.


    The sect is in trouble. As an elder of the sect, what is it to take some risks?


    She has established a deep bond with taiyimen, and is even willing to devote her life to the sect.


    Yang Xueyi''s response was expected by Meng Zhang. This attitude of sharing weal and woe with the sect and living and dying together is exactly what all disciples need.


    Meng Zhang taught this secret skill to Yang Xueyi and told her that before the war, she could use it to communicate with the underworld and summon the divine power of keeping justice.


    At that time, Yang Xueyi can at least be used as most of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    After Yang Xueyi left, Meng Zhang thought about it and made some determination.


    He spent several days preparing, and then summoned his second disciple an Xiaoran and his third disciple an Muran.


    He took out the yin-yang spirit gourd, his original life spirit tool, and then stretched out his hand to pull at the mouth of the gourd.


    One black and one white air jet from the mouth of the gourd, and then rotate slowly around the Linghu.


    Meng Zhang pointed with one hand, and the two air currents fell into an Xiaoran and an Muran respectively.


    He taught them a method of Qi refining, and asked them to hurry up and practice skillfully.


    They only need to slowly operate this Qi refining method to refine the black-and-white air flow poured into their bodies by Meng Zhang.


    These two black and white airstreams are the essence of Yin Yang spirit accumulated for many years, and also the capital of Yin Yang Ling Hu promotion to the four order.


    Now it is consumed on the two disciples. Meng Zhang feels extremely painful.


    Without the Qi of yin and Yang, the opportunity for Yin and Yang Linghu to be promoted to the fourth level magic instrument will be greatly delayed.


    However, there is no way. The war is imminent. Meng Zhang should do everything to improve his top combat effectiveness.


    After refining the Qi of yin and Yang, an Xiaoran and an Muran jointly set up the yin-yang array during the war, which not only greatly increased their magic power, but also reluctantly participated in the battle at the level of Yuanshen, posing a certain threat to the opponents at the level of Yuanshen.


    Before the Qi of yin and Yang in the body was exhausted, the two of them worked together and could barely be used as half of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Yang Xueyi and her settled brothers and sisters have been strengthened by external forces, which should be enough to make up for the gap in their top combat power.

 Chapter 807

    In addition to strengthening yang Xueyi and her sister and brother, Meng Zhang has other preparations.


    Meng Zhang sat alone in the quiet room and took out the only four step flying sword and thousand army sword in his hand.


    This captured flying sword was not long after it was captured. It was only used once against Zhenjun of Cangshan.


    Because the spirit of the flying sword always thought of the original owner, Meng Zhang was not easy to use and could not exert much power at all.


    The war is imminent, and Meng Zhang has no more time to slowly tame the spirit. Although I feel pity in my heart, I can only use it as a disposable magic weapon.


    When Meng Zhang was a little monk in the period of Qi refining, he learned a secret skill called blood refining martyrdom explosion from the place of trial of Taiyi gate. You can refine the blood of the magic weapon and detonate it to hurt the enemy.


    This secret skill can give full play to the power of magic weapon explosion, and even damaged magic weapons can be used.


    The secret skill Meng Zhang obtained at the beginning is not complete, so it is useful for low-level magic tools.


    After obtaining various inheritance classics of Taiyi gate from the void tripod, the complete inheritance of this secret skill will be supplemented.


    The supplemented blood refining martyrdom explosion technique can use high-level magic tools for blood refining. However, there are higher requirements for the integrity of magic instruments. It must be a roughly complete magic instrument before blood refining.


    There are not many third-order magic tools in Taiyi gate, and there are fewer fourth-order magic tools that can be used.


    In the struggle at the level of Yuanshen, you must at least die and explode the fourth-order magic tools in order to pose a threat to the enemy.


    Meng Zhang has never been to the prosperous middle earth. He doesn''t know what the cultivation world looks like there.


    In the surrounding area of Jiuqu League, the fourth-order magic tools are too precious. Even many Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t guarantee one person.


    Meng Zhang managed to get a fourth order flying sword, so he had to consume it. It was conceivable that he felt pain in his heart.


    The enemy is too strong. If you want to win, you must pay a price.


    It''s better to consume foreign things than human life.


    Meng Zhang made up his mind and no longer hesitated.


    The blood light flashed faintly on the tip of his right index finger, then stretched out his finger and smeared secret runes on the body of the fourth-order flying sword Qianjun sword.


    The spirit of Qianjun sword had an ominous premonition, as if a great disaster was coming. He tried to resist, but there was nothing he could do because he had long been banned by Meng Zhang''s Dharma.


    It took Meng Zhang some time to refine the flying sword thoroughly.


    After completing these preparations, Meng Zhang had the confidence to fight the enemy.


    While Meng Zhang was making preparations, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, carefully selected a group of fighting elite from the disciples who stayed behind the mountain gate and was ready to lead them to reinforce.


    Originally Niu Dawei wanted to guard the mountain gate, but now in the face of strong enemies such as barbarians outside the territory, taiyimen must concentrate all the forces he can use. He can no longer sit still.


    In the case of baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain, because there is a three-level mountain protection array, even if there are only friars guarding the mountain during the foundation period, the enemies of Jindan level can''t be broken in a short time.


    If the strong enemy of Yuanshen level comes, it makes no difference whether Niu Dawei is on the mountain or not. Anyway, he can''t resist it.


    When Taiyi gate returned to defend against the endless sand sea, it transferred all the flying boats, and Yujian gate had no objection.


    In addition, the Shengong Hall of Taiyi gate is now trying to make all kinds of mechanism creations.


    Although we can only make small flying boats for the time being, it is also a useful supplement.


    Because a large number of disciples have been transferred, the Shengong hall with insufficient manpower has greatly affected the speed of making mechanism creations, which can only be regarded as better than nothing.


    The large-scale flying boat team, together with various flying mounts carefully cultivated by taiyimen in recent years. Friar taiyimen has no problem with mobility.


    Originally, taiyimen arranged Jijian and Jinglei to monitor the movements of the barbarian army.


    However, it was found that there was an assassin type Barbarian King who was proficient in assassination in the barbarian army. Shushan Zhenjun volunteered to investigate the enemy in front of him in order to avoid danger for the two Dharma protectors.


    Sha Liying is very angry. He has always targeted Zhenjun, the original God of the Terran, as an assassination target. He won''t waste time on a mere Jindan friar.


    However, Shushan Zhenjun is not unnecessary.


    If he goes to investigate in person, he can at least more accurately grasp the movements of the barbarian army outside the territory and will not be deceived.


    The route chosen by the foreign barbarian army was almost straight all the way north.


    All strongholds and oases on their way forward were fortified and cleared, and all personnel were evacuated.


    So far, there have been no casualties except for some material losses.


    For this barbarian army, no matter how many territories it occupied and how many strongholds it swept. As long as the main force of taiyimen is not eliminated, there will always be future problems and we can''t march with all our strength at ease.


    Although the foreign barbarians are savage and rough, they are not fools. They also know strategy and tactics.


    If you take the initiative to attack the defense line held by the main friars of taiyimen, it is tantamount to attacking the enemy''s strengths with your own weaknesses and giving the enemy a great advantage in vain.


    The barbarians outside the region are good at field operations. The best way to give full play to their own advantages is to lure the enemy to take the initiative to fight in the field.


    With the strength of taiyimen, if you don''t want to be broken by foreign barbarians, you can only stick to one place with all your strength.


    However, taiyimen territory is so vast, important strongholds, oases with a large population, etc. Not to mention anything else, there are several third-order spiritual veins.


    If we only stick to one place, it is tantamount to giving up most of our territory and leaving it to the barbarians outside the territory.


    In this way, even if it is held, how significant is that?


    The foreign barbarian army marched wildly in the endless sand sea, which is a Yang scheme.


    In fact, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang had to take the initiative to fight with the barbarian army.


    Of course, it is also a battle in the field, and there are many battlefields to choose from. The timing of the battle is in the hands of taiyimen.


    What time did the Tai Yi men''s monk army has the final say?


    Meng Zhang had enough time to prepare. When everything was ready, he no longer delayed, but decided to go to war with foreign barbarians.


    The movements of the foreign barbarian army have always been under the surveillance of Shushan Zhenjun.


    The march route was not complicated, and the speed was deliberately slowed down. It is not difficult to predict where this army must pass.


    After discussing with the elders in the gate, Meng Zhang chose a preset battlefield.


    It was a deserted desert in front of the march route of the barbarian army.


    In the endless sand sea, most of the terrain is like this.


    The endless yellow sand can hardly find anything except the sand all over the ground.


    The preset battlefield was selected. At Meng Zhang''s command, the flying boat team of taiyimen immediately dispatched and began to carry the long prepared army of monks to the battlefield.

 Chapter 808

    The movement of the friars of Taiyi gate is not secret, and there is no way to ensure it.


    With the help of so many monks flying boats and flying mounts, the large-scale team is too eye-catching to hide from the eyes and ears of the enemy spies.


    Meng Zhang knew that foreign barbarians, like taiyimen, had been sending spies to investigate the enemy''s situation.


    Instead of searching for these spies, he deliberately let them find taiyimen''s actions.


    Meng Zhang wants to tell the barbarians outside the territory that he wants to have a frontal battle with them.


    The battle site is located in front of the march route of barbarians outside the territory. The terrain here is open and endless.


    There is no spiritual pulse to rely on, and it is impossible to set an ambush in advance.


    Meng Zhang chose such a place that has no advantages or disadvantages for both sides, in order to ensure that foreign barbarians will not avoid the battle.


    As the master of the endless sand sea, Meng Zhang was reluctant to see a group of barbarians rampaging around his house.


    The army of friars of taiyimen soon gathered and lined up in the battlefield he selected.


    The thick earth God will be the main general and Wen Qian will be the deputy. They will jointly command the legitimate friars of taiyimen.


    More than 3000 Taiyi disciples set up a ten square kill array, which is located in the middle of their own camp.


    Because there is no spiritual pulse as a support here, in addition to investing a lot of spiritual stones and objects, it all depends on the true Qi invested by the friars in the array to maintain the operation of the large array.


    Taiyimen prepared a lot of pills to restore Qi before fighting with the Dali imperial army.


    Until now, the disciples of the pill Hall who stay at the Taiyi gate are trying to refine pills as a supplement.


    On the left side of your camp is the friar army of Hanhai daomeng.


    More than 6000 monks are arrayed here. It looks very imposing.


    Naturally, these friars are not as well-trained as taiyimen''s lineage. Their array is a little messy and can only be used reluctantly.


    Niu Dawei, as the chief general, is responsible for commanding the team. As his deputy, Jin Qiaoer assisted in command.


    On the right side of the camp are a group of fleeing monks who were taken in by taiyimen some time ago.


    In total, there are less than 1000 people.


    Meng Zhang had planned to leave the baizhanmen friar, but he also joined the team.


    Now even the taiyimen are trying their best to exploit their potential and send so many friars to fight. Naturally, these friars of the Baizhan sect can''t stay out of it.


    These friars of the hundred war sect do not say that they are happy when they hear of war. At least they do not exclude war, and their fighting spirit is good. This made Meng Zhang raise his evaluation of them again.


    These miscellaneous friars take the friars of Baizhan gate as the core.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also sent a team of taiyimen friars as the supervision team.


    After the formation of our own side, we quietly waited for the arrival of the barbarian army outside the territory.


    The barbarians outside the territory detected the movement of the taiyimen friar army and also received the information of Meng Zhang.


    There is no reason for foreign barbarians to escape such a fair frontal battle.


    Meng Zhang wants to destroy the foreign barbarians, and the foreign barbarians also want to destroy the main force of taiyimen.


    The barbarian army, which had marched at a uniform speed, suddenly accelerated its March.


    It took less than three days to appear in front of the taiyimen camp.


    Even after a long march, the armies of barbarians outside the region still maintained their formation integrity.


    The face of a tall foreign barbarian was not tired, but full of excitement and undisguised bloodthirsty expression.


    Meng Zhang stood over the taiyimen camp and quietly looked at the barbarian army outside the territory.


    Jinglei and Jijian have just flown back and joined their own camp.


    Shushan Zhenjun flew to Meng Zhang and looked at the situation ahead.


    Meng Zhang hooked his finger towards the front and flew towards the sky.


    In such a war, the strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun opened up a battlefield alone to avoid affecting the battle of the army.


    Shushan Zhenjun followed Meng Zhang and flew high into the sky.


    The grumpy manwang Tule bear couldn''t bear Meng Zhang''s provocation and flew after him directly.


    Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t dare to neglect, so he followed up.


    The strong man of Yuanshen Zhenjun level flies away and finds another battlefield to fight. The armies of both sides stopped waiting and started fighting immediately.


    The armies of foreign barbarians were divided into different military formations according to their tribes.


    In front of each military array is the totem pole enshrined by their respective tribes.


    One by one, the military formations pushed forward together and rushed towards the taiyimen camp.


    The barbarian priests led the barbarian soldiers in the military array to work together to urge the power of the totem pole.


    Among these totem poles, the weakest one is the power of friars during the foundation period. The strongest, the strength of play, far beyond the general golden elixir friars.


    Facing the pressure of the barbarian army, the taiyimen side was unwilling to show weakness and took the initiative to welcome it.


    The large array composed of taiyimen''s direct friars commanded by the thick earth God took the initiative to meet the most powerful totem poles.


    On the left and right wings, the monks of Hanhai daomeng and the monks in custody also made steady progress towards the barbarian army.


    Before the armies of the two sides began to contact, the totem pole and the great array had collided with each other.


    Huge virtual shadows appeared in the sky.


    Mighty giant, roaring giant bear, running hungry wolf, diving Falcon


    The barbarian army fully urged the power of the totem pole, and virtual shadows pressed against the side of Taiyi gate.


    Over the ten square kill array, fierce light bands flashed and mercilessly chopped at those virtual shadows.


    Under the command of the taiyimen friars in the array, they all injected their hard-working Qi into the array and urged the array to attack.


    The number of this barbarian army is less than 10000, which is roughly the same as the number of friars on the side of Taiyi gate.


    However, the momentum of the barbarian army seems to have thousands of troops and horses, which are about to crush the side of Taiyi gate.


    The array collided fiercely with the totem pole.


    The ten square kill array entangled the totem pole of the big tribe. The totem poles of those small tribes were a little less powerful and fought with the friars of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    On the earth, the war between the two sides fell into a fierce battle.


    In the high altitude, the battle of the strong at the level of Yuanshen has also erupted.


    Meng Zhang didn''t fly too far away from the battlefield. After flying to a certain height and feeling that it would not have any impact on the armies of both sides, he took the initiative to stop and turned around with Shushan Zhenjun to face the two chasing opponents.


    Without a word of nonsense, the two sides directly caught each other and fought in the air.


    Shushan Zhenjun met manwang Tule Xiong, and Meng Zhang met Cangshan Zhenjun.


    The Barbarian King of the foreign barbarians will also use the power of the road.


    A brute king like Tulle bear is best at power Avenue.


    He is very good at fighting. He is good at fighting.


    Volumes of books came down from the sky. With the voice of the sage instructing his disciples, the true king of Shushan also showed his innate virtue and temporarily trapped the Barbarian King Tule bear in the air.


    Meng Zhang''s figure kept moving in the air to avoid being locked by Cangshan Zhenjun with the power of imprisoning the avenue.


    Fourth order flying sword thousand army sword hovers in the air, looking for the opportunity to cut the opponent.


    Cangshan Zhenjun sacrificed Cangshan seal, the important treasure of Cangshan school, and invisible pressure poured into Meng Zhang.


    The black-and-white airflow surged above Meng Zhang''s head, and the power of Yin-Yang Avenue operated, turning all the surging pressure into nothing.


    After fighting for most of the day, the armies of both sides on the ground began to suffer heavy casualties. The four strong men in the sky are far from winning.


    Although the power of the fourth order flying sword and the thousand army sword cannot be brought into full play, Meng Zhang has high attainments in fencing.


    A flying sword is vividly displayed and flies up and down, which poses a lot of threats to Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Seeing a chance, the thousand army sword flashed like a thunderbolt and fiercely chopped at the top of Cangshan Zhenjun''s head.


    Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t think so. His mind moved. Cangshan seal gently turned and took the initiative to meet the flying sword.


    Among the fourth-order magic tools, there are also strong and weak ones.


    Cangshan seal, a treasure inherited by Cangshan sect for 2000 years, has been regarded as the best of the fourth-order magic tools after being strengthened and nurtured by the yuan God Zhenjun of Cangshan sect.


    Don''t say that Meng Zhang can''t give full play to the full power of the thousand army sword. Even if the original owner of the thousand army sword comes here to fully stimulate the power of the thousand army sword, it is far inferior to Cangshan seal.


    Cangshan Zhenjun had not tried his best to urge Cangshan seal before, but was waiting for an opportunity.


    Now, the opportunity has come. He wants to use Cangshan seal to completely suppress the enemy''s flying sword and inflict a heavy blow on the enemy.


    Cangshan seal flew from the top of Cangshan Zhenjun''s head and hit the thousand army sword heavily.


    Before hitting the Qianjun sword, Cangshan seal sent out invisible pressure and firmly pressed the Qianjun sword.


    When Cangshan Yin flies over the thousand army sword, he will press it down hard.


    No matter how the thousand army swords struggle, they can''t get rid of repression.


    As long as Cangshan seal presses the body of Qianjun sword, Cangshan Zhenjun can use the secret method to completely suppress this fourth-order flying sword and make it completely out of Meng Zhang''s control.


    The outcome of this battle is not to say, Cangshan Zhenjun will first harvest a fourth-order flying sword.


    Even if you have been the leader of a school, you are still the leader of a big school that controls the hengjue mountains. A four step flying sword was a rare booty for him.


    When the seal of Cangshan pressed the sword of thousands of troops, the real king of Cangshan, who thought the overall situation had been decided, was preparing to use the secret method.


    The suppressed thousand army sword suddenly shines. In the desperate eyes of the thousand army sword spirit, the whole flying sword suddenly exploded.


    The power of the fourth order magic weapon explosion is so strong that even if it is not as powerful as the self explosion of Yuanshen Zhenjun, I''m afraid it''s not far away.


    A small mushroom cloud rose in the sky, and Cangshan seal was thrown out by the power of the explosion.


    Cangshan Zhenjun has refined Cangshan seal for many years and has long been connected with this magic weapon. At the critical moment when he was using Cangshan seal to cast his secret method, he was deeply hurt by the sudden strong explosion.


    Cangshan Zhenjun couldn''t help spitting out a mouthful of blood. He never expected that Meng Zhang would be so bold to use the rare fourth-order flying sword as a disposable magic weapon.


    The thousand army sword, which has been controlled by Cangshan Yin, can''t explode by itself according to common sense.


    However, Meng Zhang had moved his hands and feet on the thousand army sword in advance and refined it with the art of blood refining.


    He only needs to move his mind, and the blood refining martyrdom explosion will be launched to detonate the flying sword from the inside.


    The unstoppable explosion of Qianjun sword disappeared from the body of flying sword to the spirit of weapon.


    The huge power of the explosion not only hit Cangshan seal, but also caused some damage to Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang didn''t miss this rare opportunity to kill him while he was ill.


    The great supernatural power Liangyi Tongtian sword is fully displayed. One black and one white airflow turns into two sharp swords.


    One Yin, one Yang, one light and one dark, kill the real king of Cangshan.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is seriously injured and is unable to fight back for the time being. Had to step back again and again, while running the real yuan in the body, trying to stabilize the injury and look for opportunities to fight back.


    While Meng Zhang was chasing after Cangshan Zhenjun, a slender figure appeared in the empty place behind him.


    Meng Zhang calculated the true king of Cangshan by using the technique of blood refining and sacrifice explosion. He has a little advantage. He is pursuing the victory and preparing to expand the victory.


    The manwang shaliying, who had been hiding for a long time, also waited for the long-awaited opportunity to seize Meng Zhang''s flaw.


    The body of the Barbarian King Shali eagle appeared silently and stabbed Meng Zhang''s back like lightning.


    Meng Zhang, who is fully pursuing Cangshan Zhenjun, has no time to respond. Of course, he doesn''t need to respond in time.


    The black-and-white airflow that originally hovered over Meng Zhang''s head suddenly separated, revealing three figures.


    Yang Xueyi''s hands kept dancing, and the cold air rushed to the manwang Shali eagle from all directions.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran''s brother and sister both exercise their skills at the same time, urging the black-and-white air flow around their bodies to rotate continuously, and then hit the manwang Shali eagle.


    Man is a tiger, and a tiger is also a man. The Barbarian King shaliying thinks that Meng Zhang and others don''t know their existence and wants to sneak into Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang, who had long known his existence, could not have been prepared at all.


    With the help of the yin-yang air flow released by the yin-yang Linghu, Meng Zhang early included Yang Xueyi.


    Due to the interference of the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, the manwang Shali Eagle who has been observing for a long time has not found the whereabouts of the ambush.


    Before the war, Yang Xueyi used her secret method to summon the divine power of ghosts and gods to keep upright to come to her. After being strengthened by divine power, now she is equivalent to most of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The Anjia brothers and sisters have already refined the yin-yang airflow given by Meng Zhang, and can skillfully use their power.


    Together, the three are equivalent to a weaker Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Shaliying, the Barbarian King who was going to assassinate Meng Zhang, didn''t expect to be ambushed, but was attacked by the enemy.


    In the face of the enemy''s surprise attack, he was a little unprepared and had no time to give full play to his own skills.


    Instead of continuing to assassinate Meng Zhang, he hurriedly parried Yang Xueyi''s attack.


    Meng Zhang, who was chasing the real king of Cangshan, saw that he was pushing the enemy back in front of him. He suddenly turned around and joined the siege of the Barbarian King Shali eagle.


    The black-and-white double swords that originally cut at the real king of Cangshan appeared next to the savage King Shali Eagle after a flash and stabbed and chopped at him.

 Chapter 809

    Meng Zhang knew very well that although his side used the inequality of information and some small strategies, it had the upper hand for the time being.


    But in terms of real strength, there is still a certain gap.


    Yang Xueyi three rely on external forces to temporarily improve their combat effectiveness and can fight against Yuanshen level enemies. But after all, they are not real Yuanshen Zhenjun. They are far from cultivating to that level. They can''t really have an advantage in the face of the Barbarian King.


    As for Meng Zhang himself, he only forced Cangshan Zhenjun back temporarily through deception.


    After all, Cangshan Zhenjun is an expert in the middle of Yuanshen. As long as he calms down and suppresses Meng Zhang, it''s not a big problem.


    Only the real king of Shushan is there. He is real and better than the king Tule bear.


    Yang Xueyi''s strength cannot be maintained for too long. The battle must be ended as soon as possible before their strength is exhausted.


    There is only one chance that is hard to create at present. If you miss it, there will be no more.


    Meng Zhang was also cruel. He squeezed out every strength in his body and vowed to inflict heavy damage on the Barbarian King shaliying as soon as possible.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword, sun and moon divine light and other great magical powers seemed to spread to the Barbarian King shaliying without money.


    Yang Xueyi also knew that the external force on her body could not last forever. She also ignored herself and began to work hard.


    Yang Xueyi was originally a friar in the later stage of Jindan. After being blessed by the divine power of keeping upright by ghosts and gods, she kept wandering around the Barbarian King Sha Liying with strange and cold forces.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran''s brothers and sisters performed the joint skill taught by Meng Zhang, directly released Yin and Yang, and kept killing the vitality of the Barbarian King shaliying.


    Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t step back too far. He temporarily avoided Meng Zhang''s edge in order to strive for time to adjust his state.


    He saw the war clearly and knew where the key point was. Meng Zhang and the three guys hiding aside must not take the opportunity to seriously damage or even kill the Barbarian King shaliying.


    However, Cangshan Zhenjun and foreign barbarians are not the same people, but a temporary cooperative relationship.


    When cooperating, you must take care of yourself first. Only with spare strength can we help these barbarians.


    He took the time to run the real yuan in his body and tried his best to calm the surging Qi and blood in his body.


    It took him some time to control his injury.


    The injury has been suppressed and will not continue to deteriorate. If you want to recover completely, you still need to recuperate slowly after the war.


    He didn''t rush to help, but called Cangshan seal into his hand and checked it carefully.


    Cangshan seal, the inheritance treasure of Cangshan sect, is certainly more precious than the life of the Barbarian King.


    Looking at the deep scars left by the explosion on Cangshan seal, Cangshan Zhenjun couldn''t hide the color of heartache on his face.


    He stretched out his right hand and kept sketching runes on Cangshan seal.


    After a long time, he controlled the damage of Cangshan seal temporarily.


    As for the complete restoration of this treasure, we still need to find a way slowly in the future.


    In the whole process, although he was busy with his own affairs, he did not ignore the war situation.


    Looking at the savage King Shali Eagle under the fierce attack of the enemy, although the support is very hard, it can support at least for the time being.


    When he had handled his own affairs, Cangshan Zhenjun was ready to fly over to help the Barbarian King Sha Liying against the enemy.


    At this time, something unexpected happened to Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Shushan Zhenjun, who has been holding down the Barbarian King Tule bear firmly, has spare strength to deal with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    I saw him waving his hand in the air, volumes of books and virtual shadows falling from the sky, blocking the way of Cangshan Zhenjun''s progress.


    The strength of Cangshan Zhenjun in the middle period of Yuanshen is still above the Shushan Zhenjun in the early period of Yuanshen.


    Even if Shushan Zhenjun dealt with him wholeheartedly, he couldn''t catch him, let alone distracted him when suppressing the Barbarian King Tule bear.


    Cangshan Zhenjun just spent a little strength and delayed a little time to break through the obstruction of Shushan Zhenjun. But it was within this time that the war situation changed again.


    The Barbarian King Sha Liying is good at sneak attack and assassination, but he is not good at frontal combat.


    If it is a face-to-face confrontation with opponents of the same level, the combat effectiveness he can play is still below the average level of the strong at the level of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang has not been promoted to the true monarch of the yuan God for a long time, but he can definitely be regarded as the strong one among the friars in the early days of the yuan God. Moreover, he has a brilliant inheritance, has experienced many Yuanshen wars and has rich combat experience.


    Yang Xueyi and her three men tried their best to attack at any cost, and finally created a valuable opportunity for Meng Zhang.


    Black and white air mixed together, rotating at a high speed like a grinding plate, and hit the manwang Shali Eagle heavily.


    The Taoist magic power of Meng Zhang pressing the bottom of the box is really terrible. He easily broke all kinds of defenses on the sand eagle and directly hit his flesh.


    The cultivation of foreign barbarians is essentially different from those of practitioners.


    Those who practice the truth attach the most importance to the original God, while the barbarians outside the territory attach the most importance to the flesh.


    Most of their skills, all their life, have been spent on the flesh.


    The sari eagle is an alien among the barbarian kings, or the assassin type Barbarian King is very different from the warrior type Barbarian King.


    His physical cultivation was not as strong and horizontal as his companion Tule Xiong, the king of man. He was hit by the yin-yang millstone and suffered a heavy blow immediately. The body was so heavy that it flew out and completely lost its combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang secretly shouted regret.


    If the cultivator is hit like this, maybe the whole body will be ground into flesh and blood powder.


    However, the flesh of the barbarians outside the territory is too strong. This time, the Barbarian King of Sari eagle was only hurt but not dead.


    No matter how regrettable Meng Zhang is, he can''t help it.


    He knew in his heart that he had lost the chance to kill the savage King Shali Eagle completely.


    When Meng Zhang flew the eagle out of the manwang Shali, Cangshan Zhenjun had broken through the interception of Shushan Zhenjun and rushed to Meng Zhang not far away.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to turn around and deal with the great enemy Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Yang Xueyi and her three men wanted to kill the savage king shaliying.


    However, Cangshan Zhenjun, who fought with Meng Zhang, still had the spare power to separate his spirit and use the power of imprisoning the avenue to imprison the space around them, making it difficult for the three of them to move.


    Yang Xueyi exerts the power of ghosts and gods, and her settled siblings exerts the Qi of yin and Yang, desperately bombarding the surrounding space, trying to break the power of imprisonment.


    Unfortunately, the three of them work together, which is at most equivalent to a weakened version of the early friars of the yuan God.


    And Cangshan Zhenjun is a genuine mid-term friar of Yuanshen.


    If they want to break the prison and get out, they can''t do it for a while.


    The savage King Shali eagle, who was shot out by Meng Zhang, flew in the air for a long time and finally stabilized.


    He forced himself to stabilize his body, trying to control his injury.


    The power of Yin-Yang Avenue has penetrated into his body, rushing and destroying wantonly in his body.


    Without external help, he can''t control the injury by himself.


    The Barbarian King Sari eagle is as proud as all foreign barbarians, but he is not as stubborn as the Barbarian King Tule bear.


    The Barbarian King Tule bear, such an extraterritorial barbarian, despises the human cultivators.


    However, the Barbarian King shaliying knows that he should give enough respect to the strong among the human cultivators, such as the true king of Cangshan.


    Along the way, he got along well with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    In the face of the heavy damage that could endanger his family''s life, he did not die to save face and suffer, but resolutely asked Cangshan Zhenjun for help.


    Cangshan Zhenjun, who was fighting with Meng Zhang, heard the voice of the manwang shaliying, but it was hard to ignore it.


    This is not just because of his unreliable friendship with the Barbarian King shaliying. But as an untrusted outsider, he has an awkward position among foreign barbarians and is not easy to survive.


    Originally, the manwang shaliying was badly hurt by Meng Zhang just now, because he didn''t rescue in time.


    If we ignore the Barbarian King shaliying at this time, it will be more difficult for him to gain a foothold among the barbarians outside the territory in the future.


    Cangshan Zhenjun sighed, then forced Meng Zhang back and flew to Shali eagle, the king of man.


    After he flew over, he took a look and knew that the other party was hurt by the power of the road and it was difficult to recover in a short time.


    Despite the fact that the enemy was still on the side, he showed his power to imprison the avenue, temporarily imprisoning the power of the yin-yang avenue that ran rampant in the savage King Shali eagle.


    After Cangshan Zhenjun got out of the battle, Meng Zhang didn''t catch up immediately, but flew not far in front of Yang Xueyi.


    The power of Yin-Yang Avenue shakes the confined space loose.


    After the three of Yang Xueyi recovered their freedom, they killed the real king of Cangshan under the leadership of Meng Zhang.


    The four fought together and showed their magic powers, which caused great pressure on Cangshan Zhenjun.


    The Barbarian King Sha Liying is badly hurt and can''t take action for the time being. Cangshan Zhenjun wants to spare a lot of energy to take care of the wounded.


    Especially after Meng Zhang saw that it was cheap, he didn''t directly attack Cangshan Zhenjun. He made all kinds of deadly killing moves and ran directly to the Barbarian King Shali eagle.


    Cangshan Zhenjun feels tied up and can''t play at all.


    Meng Zhang''s four men made a joint attack, which put a lot of pressure on him.


    Cangshan Zhenjun doesn''t know the source of Yang Xueyi''s strength, let alone that they can''t hold on for too long.


    He roughly estimated the strength of both sides in his heart.


    It was our own side that should have an advantage, because the Barbarian King Sha Liying was hit hard, and the enemy had hidden experts to fight.


    Our own strength is weaker.


    It doesn''t make much sense to continue such a battle.


    If the fighting time is delayed for a long time and something happens to the Barbarian King shaliying due to his negligence, the barbarians outside the territory will never spare themselves.


    From beginning to end, Cangshan Zhenjun regarded this battle as a battle of foreign barbarians. He just passively participated in the war and had to stand on the side of foreign barbarians.


    Now that the situation is so, he has more reason to withdraw from the war.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is still very old-fashioned. He didn''t retreat directly, but first asked for the opinions of the Barbarian King shaliying.


    The savage king shaliying, who has suffered heavy losses and has lost combat effectiveness, is not as tough as expected.


    As soon as Cangshan Zhenjun mentioned the topic of retreat, he immediately agreed without hesitation.


    Cangshan Zhenjun also preached to the Barbarian King Tule Xiong, deliberately exaggerating his difficult situation.


    The Barbarian King Tule bear was originally highly motivated and full of fighting spirit.


    But being suppressed by Shushan Zhenjun all the time made him feel powerful and uncomfortable.


    Now, the situation of Zhenjun in Cangshan is not good, and he can''t hold on.


    Although he has always despised the savage King Shali eagle, he also despised the real king of Cangshan.


    But he still knows that the overall situation is important and cannot allow his top combat power to be lost here.


    The Barbarian King Tule Xiong agreed to retreat and tried to get rid of the suppression of the real king of Shushan.


    Although Shushan Zhenjun has the upper hand, he also knows that it is not a simple thing to completely leave the enemies of man King Tule bear.


    Not to mention whether he is willing to fight with enemies of the same level for taiyimen and Meng Zhang. Even if he wants to do so, the other party won''t give him a chance.


    Seeing that King Tule Xiong wanted to retreat, he knew that this might be the best result, and Meng Zhang should be willing to accept it.


    Shushan Zhenjun relaxed his suppression of the Barbarian King Tule bear and let him retreat on his own initiative.


    Cangshan Zhenjun escorted the Barbarian King Shali eagle to fly over. After meeting with the Barbarian King Tule bear, he fought and walked down.


    Although Meng Zhang and others put on a posture of chasing after the victory. But they knew it was just a show. It is impossible for our own side to leave the enemy behind.


    Two groups of people chased and fled, and soon appeared not far above the battlefield of the war between the two armies.


    After this period of fierce fighting, the foreign barbarian army actually occupied a little advantage.


    From the scene, the barbarian army is obviously more active.


    Of course, the casualties on both sides were equally heavy.


    If the foreign barbarian army wants to turn this little advantage into final victory, it still has a lot to go.


    The Barbarian King Tule bear is a very simple man. Since their top-level combat forces are going to retreat and leave this army here, even if it is a complete victory, it doesn''t make much sense.


    Most importantly, without the cover of top combat power, the army below will face the enemy''s Yuanshen Zhenjun. Maybe there will be a massacre.


    The high-level leaders have learned to be smart when the barbarians outside the territory launch aggression this time.


    They don''t want to fight against the jade sword gate. They just want to try to avoid too much loss and preserve their strength.


    Now the taiyimen friar army has proved its combat effectiveness. The enemy''s Yuanshen friar is still chasing after him in the rear.


    The Barbarian King Tule Xiong directly ordered the barbarian generals who commanded the barbarian army to retreat voluntarily through the barbarian secret method.


    In order to cover the retreat of the barbarian army below, the Barbarian King Tule bear stopped retreating. Stop above the barbarian army and face Meng Zhang and others with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Seeing that the enemy was ready to retreat, Meng Zhang lost his mind to fight.


    The loss of the taiyimen friar army below was so heavy that he was very distressed.


    Under his command, the lower friars were too lazy to even make a pretentious pursuit. They directly began to save the dead and heal the wounded in situ.


    Meng Zhang and others faced the manwang Tule bear from a distance. Instead of rushing to fight, they watched the other party retreat slowly.


    Seeing the barbarian army disappearing in the distance, Meng Zhang knew that he had won the war.

 Chapter 810

    When all the barbarians retreated and determined that the Barbarian King Tule bear would not kill a horse returning gun, Meng Zhang finally relaxed a little.


    Looking at his own camp with casualties below, Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing.


    In the process of taiyimen''s rise, it is by no means peaceful, and bloody battles have never been less.


    There has never been a saying of peaceful rise, only playing a piece of heaven and earth.


    Both Meng Zhang and the whole sect have been tested for the rest of their lives.


    Even if there is no way, people can''t help themselves in the Jianghu. If Taiyi wants to have a foothold in the cultivation world, it is inevitable to participate in various struggles.


    The elders in the sect command the disciples to clean up the battlefield and treat the wounded.


    The War didn''t last long, but the legitimate disciples of Taiyi sect lost almost one third of their lives.


    A large part of the casualties were caused by close combat with foreign barbarians after their array was broken by foreign barbarians.


    There are also some disciples whose true Qi has been evacuated by the array. No matter how you swallow the pill and how to return Qi, you don''t have time to recover your true Qi. You are absorbed by the big array and become a human dry.


    Some disciples swallowed a lot of pills in a short time, and the accumulated pills suddenly broke out, which directly attacked the heart with poison gas, so that they died before they had time to respond.


    ¡­¡­


    For various reasons, Meng Zhang was shocked by the casualties of the direct disciples of Taiyi sect.


    The friars of the Hanhai Taoist League fought against those foreign barbarian tribes with weaker strength.


    However, not only is the overall strength of the friars of Hanhai daomeng far inferior to that of Taiyi disciples, but also the training level is not enough and the formation is not strict enough.


    After the post-war counting, about a quarter of the casualties on the side of Hanhai daomeng.


    Of course, because there are more monks in Hanhai daomeng, even if a quarter of the casualties, the number of monks lost is much higher than that of taiyimen.


    But those cannon fodder friars who were taken in by taiyimen didn''t lose much.


    It''s not that they cheat and retreat. There are taiyimen''s supervisors staring at them. They don''t dare not work hard.


    The main reason is that they are too weak and have not been paid attention to by the foreign barbarians. Only a few scattered soldiers fight with them, and there is no organized foreign barbarian team to deal with them.


    These friars are happy to entangle with the scattered soldiers among the barbarians and stay away from the elite barbarian main force.


    It can''t be said that they didn''t try their best, but the enemy was too strong. They were barely able to protect themselves and were really unable to go further.


    These practitioners are good at preserving their own old oil. Even if the supervisor team of taiyimen is watching, they can find the opportunity to work without contributing.


    Except for the friars of baizhanmen who fought bravely, other practitioners were muddling along in order to protect themselves.


    The time that taiyimen took in these practitioners was too short. Before they had time to slowly train them, they took them to the battlefield. Such a situation was expected.


    The top level of taiyimen is not in a hurry. When they are free, they will naturally have a way to slowly regulate these people when they reward them on merit.


    Although they were very tired after the war, general Jijian and general Jinglei still worked hard to investigate the movements of the barbarian army outside the territory.


    Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun lost a lot in the war. They need time to adjust their breath and recover slowly.


    Yang Xueyi''s divine power summoned from the ghost and God Shouzheng has begun to fade slowly.


    After that, if she wants to leave no sequelae and not be affected by ghosts and gods, she needs to spend a lot of time to completely eliminate the residual powers, slowly recuperate her body and recover her vitality.


    For a long time, she could not even maintain her cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir, let alone summon the divine power again.


    In fact, it is not easy for the ghosts and gods in the underworld to transmit their divine power to the sun.


    There are still great enemies to deal with in the underworld. It takes a long time for him to accumulate enough divine power and pass it from the underworld after passing the divine power every time.


    This means that even if Meng Zhang chooses another suitable candidate from Taiyi gate, he can''t summon the divine power of righteousness to come in a short time.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran''s brothers and sisters, the Qi of yin and Yang in their bodies consumed most of the battle just now, and the rest slowly disappeared.


    Although their cultivation fell back to the middle of the golden elixir again, the baptism of yin and Yang will be of great benefit to their cultivation in the future.


    Meng Zhang''s original life spirit tool yin-yang spirit gourd also takes time to refine many heaven and earth spirits, and then accumulate such pure and powerful yin-yang Qi again.


    Because of the loss of three temporarily improved combat effectiveness, the taiyimen side was beaten back to its original form again in terms of top combat effectiveness.


    Fortunately, for the barbarians outside the territory, the Barbarian King shaliying was seriously injured and could not recover his combat effectiveness in a short time.


    Taiyimen and foreign barbarians are roughly the same in terms of top combat power.


    Moreover, the foreign barbarians do not know the details of Yang Xueyi, let alone that they have been beaten back to their original shape.


    As long as the taiyimen side continues to exert pressure and rely on empty city plans, they may be able to scare off their opponents.


    After understanding this, Meng Zhang had a general idea of the next step.


    Jijian Shenjiang and Jinglei Shenjiang, who went to monitor the movements of barbarians outside the territory, would send back all kinds of information from time to time.


    The movement of such a large army of barbarians outside the territory can''t hide from others.


    After evacuating on the battlefield, the barbarian army withdrew hundreds of miles away at one go before stopping to rest and count the casualties.


    The casualties on the barbarian side outside the territory were also very heavy. Nearly 2000 elite barbarian warriors died in previous battles, and there were more barbarian warriors with a lot of scars on their bodies.


    Taiyimen and foreign barbarians are licking their wounds and restoring their vitality.


    Meng Zhang had a plan in his mind. After receiving the summons from the two Dharma protectors, he lit up the army of monks again and chased the barbarians in the direction of retreat.


    In addition to leaving a few people to take care of the seriously injured, all the friars under taiyimen sent out and marched forward regardless of the fatigue after the long war.


    Although the foreign barbarians lost the battle and retreated temporarily, they also sent spies to monitor the movements of the taiyimen army.


    When the taiyimen friar army moved, the barbarians outside the territory received the news.


    Seeing the army of taiyimen friars rushing towards their own side, manwang Tule bear and manwang shaliying hesitated.


    The taiyimen army recovered from heavy casualties so quickly and had the power to fight again. It was really beyond their expectation.


    When were Terran practitioners so tough and difficult?

 Chapter 811

    The Barbarian King shaliying has temporarily lost his combat effectiveness. Naturally, he doesn''t want to stay and fight with the human friars.


    The manwang Tule bear couldn''t bear it.


    In his opinion, the previous active withdrawal of his side was originally a crime of non war, which was all implicated by the waste sand eagle.


    Now facing the Terran friar army, if we continue to retreat and give way step by step, it will only make the Terran friar army look down on the barbarian army, so as to advance an inch and press closer step by step.


    Not only did Thule bear, the king of man, not agree to retreat, but he took the opportunity to scold shaliying, the king of man.


    Seeing that the two barbarian kings had differences of opinion, as an outsider, Cangshan Zhenjun honestly pretended to be mute. There was an eye to watch the nose and nose care. There was no superfluous action and didn''t say a word.


    Cangshan Zhenjun betrayed Jiuqu League and took refuge in foreign barbarians under the instruction of Dali emperor this time.


    When he was on the Yuantu prairie, he not only took the initiative to open up the defense line and introduce the elite prepared by foreign barbarians into his camp, but also made a counter attack to help foreign barbarians attack Jiuqu alliance friars.


    When the Baizhan gate station was broken and Baizhan Zhenjun died, it was his credit and the name he gave to the barbarians outside the territory.


    The barbarians outside the region are helpless and have to rely on the power of Cangshan Zhenjun. But deep down, they never trusted Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is also difficult.


    It would be better if you took refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty. There may not be so many people in the door against it.


    But it''s too bad to take refuge in foreign barbarians. The voice of opposition in the door has never stopped.


    Taking refuge in foreign barbarians is similar to colluding with demon cultivation, which is a taboo in the cultivation world.


    Cangshan Zhenjun spent a lot of effort to suppress the opposition temporarily with his accumulated prestige for many years.


    The barbarians outside the region are still restless. We should not only make use of the real king of Cangshan, but also guard against others.


    Cangshan Zhenjun and his disciples were separated.


    Cangshan Zhenjun himself accompanied the barbarian army led by the Barbarian King Tule Xiong to enhance the top combat effectiveness in this regard.


    Other monks of Cangshan sect took action with another barbarian army against the friars of yujianmen led by Fei Guozhen.


    Cangshan Zhenjun was separated from his disciples to ensure that they would not unite to cause trouble and make full use of their combat effectiveness.


    Cangshan Zhenjun has accumulated a lot of discontent in his heart, but he has been forcibly suppressed in his heart.


    The war between the barbarian army and taiyimen is none of his business. The disciples of Cangshan sect are not here. No matter how many barbarians die outside the territory, it has nothing to do with him.


    The Barbarian King Tule bear and the Barbarian King Shali Eagle argued for a long time, and no one could convince anyone. Two people almost at the same time turned their eyes to Cangshan Zhenjun, an outsider.


    They must ask Cangshan Zhenjun to talk about the next countermeasures. Cangshan Zhenjun was forced, but there was only a lot of pulling in the clouds, but there was no half sentence.


    The manwang Tule bear has a rough temper, but he is not a fool. Seeing this, I know that Cangshan Zhenjun has no fighting spirit.


    Although he doesn''t think much of Cangshan Zhenjun, he can''t help but admit that the combat effectiveness of Cangshan Zhenjun has become very important and important now that the Barbarian King Shali Eagle has lost its combat effectiveness.


    If Cangshan Zhenjun doesn''t want to do his best, it''s no use relying on his strength alone.


    In desperation, he only ordered the barbarian army to move again and evacuate towards the rear to avoid the friars of taiyimen.


    The barbarian army moved, and the Taiyi gate soon received the news.


    The enemy dared not fight and took the initiative to retreat, which not only boosted the morale of his friars, but also gave Meng Zhang more confidence.


    The taiyimen army accelerated forward bravely, with a gesture of vowing to keep the barbarian army.


    Of course, this is the forward speed carefully calculated by Meng Zhang.


    On the one hand, it can closely follow the foreign barbarian army and continuously exert pressure on them.


    Second, let both sides always keep a distance and won''t really catch up.


    In this way, the foreign barbarian army retreated step by step, and the taiyimen friar army pressed behind, but it could never catch up with each other.


    Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun flew to the front of the army and to a place not far from the barbarian army. They kept staring at the trend of the barbarian army.


    Manwang Tule Xiong and Cangshan Zhenjun also flew into the air, facing the two yuan gods Zhenjun of the enemy from a distance.


    The manwang Tule bear was livid and stared at the two enemies with angry eyes that seemed to be able to kill.


    The strength of the two enemies is not under him and Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Although the other three enemies who did not show up were not level 4 strong, they also had the power to resist level 4 strong.


    All kinds of strange secrets of Terran cultivators are really frightening.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t show up, but made the manwang Tule bear a little suspicious.


    I don''t know what the enemy''s hidden plot is. Are the three annoying enemies hiding in the dark and trying to take the opportunity to sneak attack?


    The Barbarian King Tule Xiong thinks he is an excellent Barbarian King and will never be attacked by the same moves. If Yang Xueyi and Yang Xueyi suddenly attack when they are fighting with Meng Zhang, he may suffer a big loss.


    Both the Barbarian King Tule Xiong and Cangshan Zhenjun overestimated the enemy, and Cangshan Zhenjun intended to preserve his strength.


    Neither of them had the intention to fight the enemy, so they had to order the barbarian army to continue to retreat.


    Although many barbarian generals were unconvinced, they could not disobey the orders from the Barbarian King Tule bear.


    They only ordered their barbarian army not to stay, and then quickly retreated away from the taiyimen friar army.


    In this way, Meng Zhang, relying on the empty city plan, frightened the Barbarian King and scared away the barbarian army outside the territory.

 Chapter 812

    The foreign barbarian army quickly retreated to the rear according to the order of the Barbarian King Tule bear.


    Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun kept a close eye on the manwang Tule Xiong and Cangshan Zhenjun, and the army of friars of Taiyi gate followed closely.


    In this way, the two sides chased and fled, one before and one after, and slowly went away beyond the endless sand sea.


    The foreign barbarian army did not retreat according to the route when it came, but made a circle, ready to leave the endless sand sea from another direction.


    Along the way, in the strongholds and oases met on the road, the barbarian army didn''t have time to go to harm, so they just went on their way.


    As the foreign barbarian army was about to leave the endless sand sea, some of the taiyimen army began to sit still.


    This is huoyun immortal, the leader of huoyun sect.


    Since huoyun became loyal to Meng Zhang, he became a vassal of the second gate of ether.


    This time, huoyun sect and taiyimen returned to the endless sand sea. Huoyun immortal honestly led the main friars of huoyun sect.


    Before this war, although he was not a member of Hanhai Dao alliance, huoyun immortal took the initiative to integrate all the friars of huoyun sect into the friars army of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Huoyun sect voluntarily gave up its semi independent status and was willing to place itself in the Hanhai daomeng. This is obviously a good thing, and the taiyimen senior management did not object.


    In the later war, the friars of huoyun sect also obeyed the orders and performed very well.


    Immortal huoyun now requests to see Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang also gave him a face and met him specially.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, immortal huoyun immediately fell to the ground and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Originally, judging from the retreat route of the barbarian army outside the territory, the direction they will go after leaving the endless sand sea is exactly where the huoyun sect territory is.


    At present, although the foreign barbarian army is temporarily pushed back by the taiyimen army, the main force has not been damaged and the combat effectiveness is still there.


    If they enter the territory of huoyun sect, it will undoubtedly be a great disaster.


    Even in the heyday of huoyun sect, it is far from being able to support this barbarian army, let alone now.


    Immortal huoyun asks Meng Zhang to save huoyun sect for the sake of the obedience of huoyun sect.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s original intention, driving this foreign barbarian army out of the endless sand sea was regarded as achieving the goal.


    Taiyimen does not need to continue to struggle with the barbarian army, nor does it have the strength to fight with the barbarian army.


    Meng Zhang led Taiyi gate to rescue the endless sand sea, repel the barbarian army and expel it. He can have an explanation to Yujian gate.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang relied on the empty city plan to scare away the foreign barbarian army.


    If the Barbarian King shaliying recovers his strength, taiyimen will be at a disadvantage again in terms of top combat power.


    Now, immortal huoyun knelt before Meng Zhang and begged Meng Zhang to rescue huoyun sect, which made Meng Zhang feel a little embarrassed.


    Meng Zhang is not soft hearted. As the loyal object of huoyun sect, Taiyi sect controls a large number of vassal forces.


    In terms of obligation, taiyimen should protect these vassals.


    You can''t protect others. Why should others be willing to be vassals and loyal to you?


    Taiyimen now dominates the vast territory of the endless sand sea and Gobi, and has gathered a lot of Xiuzhen forces through the organization of Hanhai daomeng.


    As the overlord of one side and the leader of many Xiuzhen forces, taiyimen also has many obligations that must be undertaken.


    Immortal huoyun has begged in front of him. Meng Zhang can''t ignore it.


    Otherwise, how can he convince the public after the news spread?


    No matter what the situation is inside, at least on the surface, Taiyi gate, as an authentic sect, should strictly abide by its obligations and protect its subordinates.


    This is not just acting for others, but Meng Zhang''s deliberate style of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang thought it was impossible for the taiyimen friar army to catch up with the foreign barbarian army.


    Protecting huoyun sect is a need for face. It''s not worth consuming taiyimen''s lives.


    Of course, we can''t just let the foreign barbarian army rush into the territory of huoyun sect, wantonly destroy and plunder there.


    This is really a dilemma.


    Meng Zhang sent immortal huoyun down first, comforted him, said that taiyimen would never sit idly by, and asked him not to worry too much.


    Then Meng Zhang called several middle and high-level officials who were always witty and flexible to tell the whole story and solicit everyone''s opinions.


    Basically, most senior leaders feel that they should help huoyun sect and not let the territory of huoyun sect be completely destroyed in the hands of foreign barbarians.


    As for how to act, everyone has no good way.


    After all, the taiyimen side''s strength is not stronger than the foreign barbarian army. It was only Meng Zhang''s empty city plan that deterred the other side.


    If you really do it, the taiyimen side is not sure of winning.


    Finally, after discussion, we still felt that taiyimen could not really fight with the foreign barbarian army again.


    Taiyimen side should give priority to exerting pressure on the other side and slowly force the other side to retreat.


    In this way, the main force of taiyimen will always be restrained by this barbarian army, and a war may break out at any time.


    Meng Zhang is not very satisfied with this situation.


    He originally thought that he and taiyimen could be freed by driving the foreign barbarian army out of the endless sand sea.


    The extremely sword God general seemed to see through Meng Zhang''s mind and gently spit out four words "raise bandits and respect themselves".


    These four words awakened Meng Zhang and made him understand at once.


    If taiyimen expels the barbarian army outside the territory early and keeps it away from the endless sand sea. Then taiyimen will be empty handed.


    Although during this period, Meng Zhang''s main energy was focused on the army of foreign barbarians. However, some channels of taiyimen still send messages to him from time to time.


    Especially after the formal alliance with the Dark Alliance division, various news from the Dark Alliance division greatly enhanced Meng Zhang''s ears and eyes.


    Since the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty was rectified by Marshal Zhang Weineng, a new round of attack began again.


    Now it is not time for the main battle between the two sides, but some outposts in the front of the two sides.


    Even so, it has been extremely tragic and countless casualties.


    The jade sword sect is facing great pressure and is trying to squeeze its potential and gather its followers as much as possible.


    If taiyimen were free at this time, they would be forcibly recruited by yujianmen and rush to the front line of the battle with Dali imperial army again.


    Not long after the last bloody battle with the Dali Imperial Army, all the people of Taiyi sect, including Meng Zhang, were terrified.


    I''m afraid no one is willing to step into the meat grinder battlefield again.


    It is a reasonable way to avoid the recruitment of the jade sword sect to continue to entangle with the foreign barbarian army and raise the bandit''s self-respect.

 Chapter 813

    After being reminded by the extremely sword general, Meng Zhang thought about it.


    In his eyes, the foreign barbarian army was no longer so hateful, not just an enemy, but a treasure that could preserve the strength of taiyimen.


    He no longer regarded the barbarian army as resistance, but as an object that could be used.


    Meng Zhang decided that in order to avoid the forced recruitment of Yujian gate, the friars of Taiyi gate must firmly entangle the foreign barbarian army and not let it escape.


    Of course, we must grasp the discretion.


    We should not only entangle each other, but also avoid a real full-scale war.


    Now that we have made a decision, we must act immediately.


    With Meng Zhang''s order, because the foreign barbarian army was about to leave the endless sand sea, the friars of taiyimen who were somewhat lax were mobilized again and followed closely behind the foreign barbarian army.


    Meng Zhang had a special chat with Shushan Zhenjun and asked him to continue to support himself.


    Shushan Zhenjun originally came to reinforce taiyimen. Of course, he should do good things to the end.


    He also made it clear that he would not leave here as long as the war between the foreign barbarian army and taiyimen was not over.


    With the promise of Shushan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang had the confidence to continue to entangle with the foreign barbarian army.


    Of course, that''s not enough.


    If the Barbarian King shaliying recovers from his injury, the strength comparison between the two sides will be unbalanced again.


    During a routine confrontation with the enemy, Meng Zhang secretly sent a signal to Cangshan Zhenjun.


    That night, when the armies of both sides stopped to rest, Meng Zhang flew high into the air and came to the agreed place.


    The surrounding is empty and endless. It''s difficult to lay an ambush in advance.


    Meng Zhang deliberately came late in order to make the other party more at ease.


    Not surprisingly, when Meng Zhang came there, Cangshan Zhenjun had already arrived one step first.


    Looking at the enemy who damaged his family''s inheritance treasure, Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t have a good face.


    Meng Zhang ignored Cangshan Zhenjun''s iron green face and deliberately put on a cold talk attitude.


    Since Cangshan Zhenjun is willing to come to the appointment and comes alone. That means that your family can communicate with him.


    Meng Zhang heard about Cangshan Zhenjun in the mouth of elder beast anger a long time ago.


    After Cangshan Zhenjun colluded with foreign barbarians and betrayed Baizhan Zhenjun, he learned more about this man.


    Can commit the great taboo of the cultivation world and collude with foreign barbarians. Whatever the reason, it means that this person''s bottom line is very low, or there is no bottom line at all.


    Such people are often extremely selfish. For their own interests, they can do everything and sacrifice everything.


    Meng Zhang''s face was filled with an enthusiastic smile, as if the previous scolding of Cangshan Zhenjun had never happened.


    "Cangshan Taoist friend, since you are willing to come, we won''t talk more nonsense."


    "Cangshan Taoist friend, as an outsider, your situation in the foreign barbarians may not be very good."


    Cangshan Zhenjun''s face changed. It was obviously said by Meng Zhang that he was in pain.


    Meng Zhang could still remember the scene of shouting and scolding in public. At this time, he looked like an old friend. Cangshan Zhenjun saw the face of the leader of Taiyi sect.


    To act according to their own emotions, Cangshan Zhenjun should be at odds with Meng Zhang.


    However, if he can get to the point where he is today and has the current cultivation, he will not let his emotions dominate him.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is a typical cultivator style. He only asks the pros and cons, whether it is good or not. As for the likes and dislikes in your heart, it doesn''t matter at all.


    During the confrontation during the day, Meng Zhang hinted that he would meet in secret.


    After confirming that this was not the trap of the other party ambushing himself, he wanted to see what Meng Zhang wanted to say.


    Is there an opportunity to take advantage of it and do you have the opportunity to get benefits?


    Meng Zhang worried that Cangshan Zhenjun was angry and ruined today''s good deed. He was not wordy, and a few words went straight to the point.


    It turned out that Meng Zhang wanted to have a good talk with Cangshan Zhenjun, analyze the situation and explain the advantages and disadvantages.


    The two sides have no grievances in the past, no enmity in recent days, and there is no conflict of interest. There is really no need to fight and kill.


    Even if Cangshan Zhenjun helped foreign barbarians win, what good would it do?


    A monk like Meng Zhang really risked his life. Before he died in the war, if he didn''t pull a cushion, he could at least leave an injury that could never be healed to Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Moreover, with the strength Meng Zhang now has, the foreign barbarian army is simply impossible to win.


    If Cangshan Zhenjun goes to other places with this army, he will meet new opponents.


    Even, maybe they will directly compete with the experts of the jade sword sect.


    For everyone''s sake, Meng Zhang made a suggestion.


    We''d better have a little tacit understanding and try not to kill in the future battle.


    Cangshan Zhenjun can cooperate with taiyimen to entangle this foreign barbarian army nearby.


    Friar taiyimen can continue to entangle with the foreign barbarian army. They can fight once in a while.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s proposal, Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t speak for a while.


    With his ingenuity, he naturally guessed Meng Zhang''s purpose.


    I just want to keep pestering with the foreign barbarian army, and don''t really start a war, so as to avoid the recruitment of yujianmen.


    Of course, he did not want Meng Zhang to achieve his wish, let alone cooperate with Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang''s proposal is still very good for him.


    Since taking refuge in the barbarians outside the territory, Cangshan Zhenjun has not been trusted by these barbarians, but has been driven by them like a dog.


    If it had not been for the strict order from the Dali Dynasty, he would have turned against these barbarians.


    If the whole barbarian army stays nearby, it will continue to entangle with the friar taiyimen. Then he must also stay and help the Barbarian King Tule bear against the enemy.


    The Barbarian King shaliying was seriously injured and could not recover in a short time. Moreover, his family has always been able to talk with him. He also needs his own help to heal this injury.


    Although the manwang Tule bear doesn''t like Cangshan Zhenjun, this guy is too hasty and rough, so he''s still easy to fool.


    If you stay nearby with the barbarian army, Cangshan Zhenjun can avoid other tasks of the barbarians abroad and take the opportunity to be lazy.


    As for Dali, it''s not good to continue to drive him.


    In this way, if you really listen to Meng Zhang''s proposal, Cangshan Zhenjun will not only become a lot easier, but also avoid many dangers.


    Although Meng Zhang had moved him, Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t promise Meng Zhang. Instead, he snorted coldly and left without saying a word.


    Meng Zhang was not disappointed, but showed a satisfied smile.


    Cangshan Zhenjun neither sternly refused, nor pretended to promise, and secretly calculated with himself. That means he''s excited. It''s more than half of it.

 Chapter 814

    Meng Zhang and Cangshan Zhenjun meet secretly. They are suspected of betraying their camp.


    However, loyalty is too rare in the false cultivation world.


    Cangshan Zhenjun doesn''t have to say. Even Meng Zhang will betray yujianmen without pressure if the situation forces him.


    He is now in the camp of yujianmen, but he has no better choice.


    Meng Zhang believes that a smart man like Cangshan Zhenjun will make a good choice for himself.


    The friars of taiyimen still followed the barbarians outside the territory, and there was no sign of stopping at all.


    The movements of this barbarian army are all under the control of the Barbarian King Tule bear.


    The reason why he didn''t return along the long way was that he wanted to find a place to plunder after leaving the endless sand sea.


    He originally thought that his family had taken the initiative to retreat and led the army out of the endless sand sea. The pursuers of taiyimen should stop and stop chasing.


    But I really didn''t expect that the pursuers of Taiyi gate were still following closely with a look of being unwilling to give up.


    The king of barbarians, Tule Xiong, was so angry that he had to turn around and fight desperately with the taiyimen army chasing after him. The Barbarian King shaliying talked well and badly, so he reluctantly persuaded him to act without impulse.


    At this time, Cangshan Zhenjun spoke aside.


    He said that the barbarian army retreated all the way, which greatly contributed to the arrogance of taiyimen and destroyed their ambition.


    He said it would be better for the army to find a place to stay and confront the friars of taiyimen.


    In this way, we will not weaken our own prestige and make taiyimen afraid to be too arrogant.


    As long as the army does not take the initiative to attack, but closely guards the camp, taiyimen may not be able to win them.


    During these times, Cangshan Zhenjun has been helping Sha Liying drive away the power of the road in his body. They have frequent contacts. Sha Liying obviously trusts Cangshan Zhenjun more.


    Cangshan Zhenjun''s words, which are no longer yielding, are very in line with the mind of the Barbarian King Tule bear.


    With a little thought, he agreed with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Therefore, under his command, the barbarian army chose a large-scale oasis at the junction of endless sand sea and huoyun sect territory, and rushed forward.


    Before the arrival of the barbarian army, the oasis carried out the task of clearing the land, evacuating all residents and transporting all materials.


    The friars of taiyimen didn''t stop it. The barbarian army easily occupied this oasis.


    After occupying this oasis, the barbarian army camped here and camped down as if they were not ready to leave.


    With the totem poles erected around, the barbarians outside the region strengthened the defense around them in their own way and turned it into an iron wall.


    The barbarians outside the territory used their own actions to tell friar taiyimen that they were going to settle down here and never leave again.


    More than 300 miles away from this oasis, there is a second-order spirit vein, which was originally a mine.


    The army of friars of taiyimen settled in this place and set up a protective Dharma array here as a foothold against the barbarian army outside the territory.


    The barbarians outside the region probably felt that they no longer had an advantage in top-level combat power, so they took a defensive stance.


    They had to wait for the Barbarian King shaliying to recover from his injury before they had a showdown with taiyimen.


    Taiyimen is strong from the outside but strong from the inside. Its real strength is not as good as the barbarian army. Of course, we can only take a tough stance and pretend, but we can''t really launch an all-round attack.


    In the following days, the strong at the level of Yuanshen on both sides will show their presence from time to time.


    The low-level friars of taiyimen formed a small team and a small team of barbarians. They fought fiercely on a small scale in the vast area between the two strongholds.


    Neither side is willing to start a full-scale war, so it is only through this means to continue the state of war between the two sides.


    The ferocious and bloodthirsty barbarians outside the territory can''t be idle for a moment. This is also a way to vent.


    Taiyi sect needs to show it to Yujian sect to prove that it is really dragged by barbarians outside the territory.


    The war between the two sides seems fierce, but its scale is limited and casualties are limited.


    Moreover, fighting at this level is also a kind of exercise for Taiyi disciples, but it is too bloody exercise.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is quite satisfied with this leisurely day.


    I don''t have to fight with my opponent, but I can go back to the camp once in a while.


    In the camp, apart from helping the Barbarian King shaliying heal his wounds, he has nothing else to do. He can focus on cultivation.


    The cultivation system of the barbarians is completely different from that of the practitioners. The injuries left by Meng Zhang to Sha Liying are difficult to cure.


    Although Cangshan Zhenjun helped, Cangshan Zhenjun didn''t want to change the current situation. Naturally, he didn''t want the sand eagle to recover too soon.


    Therefore, the injury of savage King Sha Liying has not been cured.


    Cangshan Zhenjun doesn''t have to move too much. He just puts a little water when expelling the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, which is enough for the sand eagle.


    Since the injury of shaliying could not be cured for a long time, the barbarian army naturally could not counter attack taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang only ordered Cangshan Zhenjun at first, and did not put forward specific requirements for him.


    In order not to leave a handle, Meng Zhang didn''t even make any agreement with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    But Cangshan Zhenjun, an old fox, easily achieved the effect Meng Zhang wanted.


    The two sides maintained a confrontation, but they didn''t really fight.


    With the passage of time, Cangshan Zhenjun initially thought that the manwang Tule bear would feel impatient and want to change the status quo.


    But to his surprise, the manwang Tule bear seemed very satisfied with the current situation. He was not in a hurry, nor did he quarrel to start a war with taiyimen.


    In this way, while wondering in his heart, Cangshan Zhenjun is also happy to relax. He can continue to be lazy and don''t have to work hard with strong enemies.


    Meng Zhang saw that the situation had stabilized for the time being and that an all-out war would not break out in a short time.


    He deliberately sent some taiyimen friars back to taiyimen Mountain Gate and some important strongholds for them to rest in turn.


    Especially for a group of golden elixir immortal, daily cultivation is best on the third level spirit pulse.


    This temporary stronghold has poor conditions and insufficient aura. It is not suitable for immortal Jindan to practice here for a long time.


    Anyway, taiyimen has enough flying boats, and it is very convenient for friars to transfer from a long distance.


    Meng Zhang asked Niu Dawei to arrange a list and divide the golden elixir real people in the friar army into several groups.


    Several groups of people are stationed here in turn. When they have a rest, they can return to the mountain gate or other stronghold with third-order spiritual pulse.


    In this way, they will not delay their cultivation, and there will be a certain force on the front line.

 Chapter 815

    The army of taiyimen friars is entangled by the foreign barbarian army and can''t get away. Naturally, they can stay here in good faith and don''t participate in the war between yujianmen and the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The news of the front line of Huanglian holy mountain can be timely transmitted to Meng Zhang''s ears through the channels of Dark Alliance.


    Although a full-scale war has not yet broken out between the two sides, various small-scale outpost wars have not been interrupted.


    After many battles, heavy casualties have occurred on both sides.


    Zhang Weineng, the new commander of the North sweeping army of Dali Dynasty, is different from Xia Houfeng, the former commander, and has a very different command style.


    Zhang Weineng never thought of finishing his work in the first battle, let alone the whole army as soon as the war began. Instead, the enemy''s strength is weakened bit by bit by beating slowly.


    The previous frequent and bloody fighting has caused great losses to both sides. It depends on who can''t support it first.


    Although Meng Zhang raised the bandits and respected themselves, he used the foreign barbarian army to avoid going to war. However, his vigilance against the foreign barbarian army has not been relaxed for a moment.


    It''s a big joke that the bandits killed the whole family instead of raising the bandits.


    Other friars of taiyimen can go back to recuperate in turn, but Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun have been in the front line. Moreover, Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the trend of the barbarian army to prevent accidents.


    With the passage of time, even if Cangshan Zhenjun intended to help, the power of Yin-Yang Avenue in manwang Shali eagle was driven out bit by bit.


    As long as the power of the road in the body is completely removed, the injury can be cured quickly.


    Cangshan Zhenjun knows that as long as the sand eagle is cured. Regardless of his character or the temper of the Barbarian King Tule bear, he will not be willing to continue to confront the taiyimen army, but will try his best to retaliate and be ashamed.


    At that time, the tacit understanding between Cangshan Zhenjun and Meng Zhang naturally disappeared.


    In fact, Cangshan Zhenjun is very satisfied with the present day and doesn''t want other changes.


    However, many things are not dominated by his will.


    He will not be foolish enough to remind Meng Zhang of his own changes.


    If the barbarian army launched a counterattack against taiyimen, he would definitely kill Meng Zhang and retaliate for his previous disrespect.


    What makes Cangshan Zhenjun a little strange is that the injury of manwang Shali Eagle began to improve, and manwang Tule bear didn''t have much joy.


    When he was forced back by the Taiyi gate, the king of man Tule Xiong kept shouting to fight to the death with the Taiyi gate. Finally, he was persuaded by the Barbarian King shaliying.


    After staying here for so long, the manwang Tule bear seems to have changed. He is not in a hurry to counter attack taiyimen. He seems to have forgotten this thing.


    Cangshan Zhenjun deliberately made a few words in the face of manwang Tule Xiong and asked how to counter attack Taiyi gate. Unexpectedly, he not only did not respond positively, but turned the topic off.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is an outsider to the barbarians outside the territory and is not trusted at all. He knew nothing about many of the internal affairs of the barbarians outside the territory.


    This foreign barbarian group, which has been blocked in Yuantu prairie by Jiuqu League, received foreign assistance long ago.


    The top level of the barbarians outside the region is no longer as rude and barbaric as before, but has become more rational and more strategic.


    Taking advantage of the fall of Jiuqu League in the South and the war between yujianmen and Dali imperial dynasty, the barbarians outside the region launched a counterattack on Yuantu prairie, breaking the previous blockade of Jiuqu League.


    On the side of Jiuqu League, including Meng Zhang and the high-level officials of yujianmen, they thought that Cangshan sect had caused such great damage by colluding with barbarians outside the territory at the instigation of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In fact, foreign barbarians have long had the strength to break the blockade. Even if there is no imminent defection of Cangshan sect, the original blockade force can not stop them.


    Cangshan Zhenjun betrayed Jiuqu League, but it was just the right time.


    The foreign barbarians will not ignore the available power sent to the door, but make good use of it and give full play to its value.


    Cangshan Zhenjun, who was excluded from the decision-making circle of foreign barbarians, did not know that the current strategy of foreign barbarians had changed.


    Foreign barbarians no longer blindly destroy and plunder as before, but want to operate.


    The barbarians outside the region are ready to take the Yuantu prairie as a base for good business and establish a foundation here as a forward base for invading the Junchen world.


    Whether sending an army to confront Fei Guozhen, the jade sword gate, or sending an army to attack the endless sand sea, it is a cover to attract people''s attention.


    After the foreign barbarians occupied the vast Yuantu prairie, they had neither intention nor ability to continue to expand outward.


    Their next focus is to consolidate their rule in Yuantu prairie and build it into a new home.


    Since we want to build Yuantu prairie, foreign barbarians naturally do not want to be disturbed and damaged by outsiders.


    If the barbarians outside the region shrink in the Yuantu grassland, they will certainly attract the investigation of the jade sword gate.


    Jade sword sect will never sit idly by and ignore the actions of barbarians outside the territory, but will do everything possible to destroy it.


    Even the Dali dynasty would not like to see foreign barbarians take root in the Junchen world, and would also send forces to destroy it.


    However, the barbarians outside the region have now taken a posture of eyeing the Jiuqu alliance, and have become allies of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    With a common enemy, Dali would not take the initiative to make enemies with foreign barbarians.


    The barbarians outside the territory just made a gesture and did not really attack.


    In order not to offend the barbarians outside the territory and lead to the massive attack of the barbarians outside the territory, yujianmen will also only take a defensive posture and will not take the initiative to start a war.


    As for the barbarian army sent to the endless sand sea, it was symbolic. The best thing is to take advantage of the weakness of the rear area of Jiuqu League.


    Since taiyimen has shown strong strength, and strictly guard against it, there is no need to continue to fight.


    After the army of barbarians outside the territory was forced back by taiyimen and took the initiative to settle down, the Barbarian King Tule Xiong used his secret method to contact the barbarian high-level in the rear.


    After knowing the specific situation ahead, the orders of the barbarian high-level were very clear.


    Continue to maintain the confrontation with taiyimen, focus on preserving strength, and don''t take the initiative to provoke a full-scale war with taiyimen.


    Although the Barbarian King Tule bear is arrogant, rude and willful, he can distinguish the importance and will not disobey the orders from the barbarian high level.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is naturally not qualified to know the orders of the barbarian high-level. The Barbarian King Tule bear said nothing in front of him.


    The Barbarian King shaliying also knew the content of this command and didn''t tell Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Even if they have a little friendship, Cangshan Zhenjun is always an outsider and can''t get his real trust.


    Cangshan Zhenjun, who was in the dark, was very puzzled about the attitude of manwang Tule bear.

 Chapter 816

    What a clever man Cangshan Zhenjun is. He is keenly aware of the subtle attitude of the two barbarian kings.


    However, he remained silent as if he hadn''t noticed anything.


    He can neither interfere with the decision-making of the barbarians, nor let the barbarians trust their own family.


    Man King Tule bear is the master. He can do whatever he wants.


    Since the Barbarian King Tule Xiong has no intention of launching a counterattack against taiyimen, he is also happy to relax.


    Speaking of it, he doesn''t have any reason to have trouble with taiyimen.


    The hatred between and Meng Zhang has nothing to do with the overall situation. Even if he helped the barbarian army destroy taiyimen, how much benefit could he get?


    Man King Sha Liying was wounded by Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang has an intuitive understanding of his injury.


    After so long, even if there are some twists and turns, his injury should begin to heal.


    Meng Zhang had a little tacit understanding with Cangshan Zhenjun before, but he never relaxed his vigilance against this guy.


    If the Barbarian King shaliying recovers his combat effectiveness, the barbarians outside the territory will launch an all-round attack again.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, all the taiyimen friars, including those golden elixirs, who had been taking turns to rest, interrupted their rest and returned to the front line.


    Yang Xueyi has already completely removed the residual ghosts and gods in her body, and her body has completely returned to normal.


    Meng Zhang also communicated with the ghosts and gods of the underworld through sacrifice.


    In the face of Meng Zhang''s soft entanglement and hard grinding, Shouzheng agreed that at the critical moment, he would transmit his divine power to the sun.


    The taiyimen side is ready. Even if the barbarians outside the region launch a comprehensive attack, they can at least resist it.


    However, to Meng Zhang''s great surprise, this foreign barbarian army kept fighting with friars of taiyimen on a small scale as before, but there was no trend of large-scale attack.


    Meng Zhang did not understand the intentions of the foreign barbarians, so he had to strengthen vigilance and wait silently.


    After waiting for several months, he did not wait for the full-scale attack of the barbarian army outside the territory, but waited for a very unexpected news.


    At the front line of Huanglian holy mountain, Qingfeng Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect was ambushed by Dali imperial experts and unfortunately fell.


    Fortunately, he played tricks to avoid being recruited by the jade sword gate and didn''t go to the bloody front line of Huanglian holy mountain.


    Even Yuanshen Zhenjun will fall. It is conceivable that the war there is fierce and cruel.


    Qingfeng Zhenjun is not an ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun, but the death of the Jiuqu alliance Qingfeng Zhenjun in those years. Won''t there be any inside information? Did the jade sword gate play any disgraceful role in the middle?


    It can''t be said that Meng Zhang is suspicious, but there are some doubts about the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    It is difficult to kill the strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    As long as you don''t take the initiative to fight with people with death, or fall into the trap of death, at least on the side of Jiuqu alliance, there is rarely the death of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Qingfeng Zhenjun''s identity is special, but the leader of Qingyuan sect after reconstruction.


    Qingfeng Zhenjun, on behalf of qingyuanzong, supported yujianmen and became the new leader of Jiuqu League, which lost its use value.


    After all, qingyuanzong has been the leader of Jiuqu League for more than 2000 years and has always served as the leader of the league.


    Even if Qinggu Zhenjun betrayed qingyuanzong and Qingfeng Zhenjun led his disciples away, qingyuanzong still had a great influence in Jiuqu League after qingyuanzong was divided into two.


    Many religious forces and practitioners are still influenced by the Qing Yuan sect.


    Moreover, with the lesson of Cangshan Zhenjun''s defection, how can jade sword gate not be wary of Qingyuan sect?


    Now, once Qingfeng Zhenjun dies, there is no Yuanshen Zhenjun, and the rebuilt qingyuanzong is not worried at all.


    Jade sword gate eliminates worries at home and is also convenient to completely eliminate the influence of Qing Yuan sect in Jiuqu League.


    In this way, the jade sword gate can get a lot of benefits from the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    In addition, the jade sword sect''s means to deal with the beast anger elder and the beast king mountain, let alone Meng Zhang, I''m afraid even other monks who know the inside story will be suspicious.


    I have doubts in my heart. Anyway, the front line of Huanglian holy mountain is far away from the endless sand sea. What happened there will not affect Meng Zhang for the time being.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang put the matter aside and put his mind back on the foreign barbarian army in front of him.


    Meng Zhang thought he had nothing to do with the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun. But I didn''t expect that this matter still affected this side.


    That morning, an uninvited guest came to the camp outside Taiyi gate and asked to see Meng Zhang.


    This man is not a stranger, but he luozhenjun, who has dealt with Meng Zhang.


    He Luozhen was born in sanxiu and later joined qingyuanzong. He has always been loyal to qingyuanzong and worked hard for qingyuanzong.


    Although he Luozhen didn''t take the initiative to admit it, everyone knew that he was the elder Keqing of Qingyuan sect.


    He Luozhen came to the door at this time. Although Meng Zhang guessed, he still had to pretend to be puzzled.


    After he Luozhen saw Meng Zhang, he didn''t beat around the Bush and directly said his intention.


    He was dissatisfied with the jade sword sect and didn''t want to stay at the holy mountain of Huanglian to see the face of the monk of the jade sword sect.


    As a member of Jiuqu League, he is unwilling to do nothing when Jiuqu League faces a strong enemy.


    He thought of Taiyi''s attack on the barbarian army on the side of the endless sand sea. He took the initiative to run over and help taiyimen against the enemy.


    For he luozhenjun, Meng Zhang had known him through various channels before.


    He Luozhen Jun is a person who knows kindness and rewards, and has a clear distinction between kindness and resentment. He is forthright and chivalrous.


    He had received the favor of the Qing Yuan sect and the help of his predecessors before he had the opportunity to become the yuan God.


    Since then, he has always wanted to repay qingyuanzong.


    On weekdays, he has always stood firmly on the side of qingyuanzong and is a firm supporter of qingyuanzong.


    In the Jiuqu League, he helped Qing Yuanzong do many inconvenient things as a casual practitioner.


    Jin Lizhen had a good relationship with the friar qingyuanzong. He was supported to the top of Jiuqu League and gained great power.


    He luozhenjun is not interested in power, let alone striving for a high position.


    What he did was just to repay the kindness of Qing Yuanzong.

 Chapter 817

    He luozhenjun''s character is well-known in Jiuqu League and praised by many people.


    At the beginning, despite his previous hatred with he Luozhen, Meng Zhang had to help and save him from the pursuers of the Dali imperial dynasty. In addition to the common hatred of the enemy, it also had something to do with his character.


    Mr. He Luozhen has such a good character, and his style of acting is too rare in today''s cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang did not expect him to repay, but wanted to have a good relationship with such a figure.


    He luozhenjun did not disappoint Meng Zhang. He not only easily put down his gratitude and resentment with Meng Zhang, but found an opportunity and took the initiative to repay him.


    Meng Zhang can give kindness without repaying, but he can''t help but repay the other party''s life-saving kindness.


    According to Meng Zhang, he Luozhen escorted Qing Lanzhen''s yuan God back to Qing Yuanzong.


    On the way, he learned that Qinggu Zhenjun had betrayed him. After the mutation of qingyuanzong, he firmly stood on the side of Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    As for the Yuanshen of Qinglan Zhenjun, he hasn''t appeared since.


    Some people say that the yuan God of Qinglan Zhenjun has been taken away; Some people say that the yuan God of Qinglan Zhenjun took the initiative to enter the underworld and embarked on the road of ghosts and gods


    Anyway, there are different opinions. He Luozhen doesn''t take the initiative to disclose it. No one knows the specific situation.


    After Qingfeng Zhenjun led qingyuanzong disciples to flee, he Luozhen made great efforts to escape to the north of Jiuqu League.


    He Luozhen must have doubts about the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    In front of Meng Zhang, he did not hide this.


    He came to help this time. If he didn''t make things clear, it would bring trouble to Meng Zhang.


    He is not a fool. He did not rashly accuse yujianmen of moving behind this matter.


    He just claimed that Qingfeng Zhenjun was a loyal comrade in arms of the jade sword gate, but the jade sword gate did not protect him and did not provide rescue in time, so that he died in the hands of the Dali emperor.


    He Luozhen expressed his dissatisfaction with the jade sword gate and said that he was unwilling to continue to be with the jade sword gate.


    To be honest, the jade sword gate is also in an awkward position.


    Within Jiuqu League, there are definitely not two monks who are suspicious of the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    But the jade sword sect can''t take the initiative to distinguish. It says that it will never ignore the overall situation, let alone murder Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    If the top management of yujianmen did so, wouldn''t there be no silver here?


    The jade sword sect can''t deal with he luozhenjun who publicly expresses his dissatisfaction.


    Although yujianmen is the current leader of Jiuqu League, it controls a large number of Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu League.


    But inside, it is impossible to press blindly. On the outside, there are friars from the daytime Valley and the Ziyang holy sect, who have been watching.


    He Luozhen took the initiative to ask for it. The top level of the jade sword gate wanted it, and it was clean when you couldn''t see it.


    The farther you go, the better.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that because of the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun, he got a strong reinforcement.


    Meng Zhang and he Luozhen had no personal feud. At first, they had a fight because of their different positions.


    The unpleasant past has long vanished, and neither of them will care.


    With the help of Mr. He Luozhen, even if the Barbarian King shaliying on the other side of the barbarians outside the territory recovers its combat effectiveness and the barbarian army makes a comprehensive counterattack, taiyimen will never be afraid.


    In an instant, Meng Zhang thought whether to take the opportunity of he Luozhen to attack the barbarians outside the territory.


    The idea had just emerged in his mind and he gave it up.


    Fighting with the foreign barbarian army, even if you win a complete victory, it won''t do much good.


    Whether the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun has anything to do with the jade sword gate or not, the situation in Jiuqu League doesn''t look good.


    In this case, of course, taiyimen should preserve its strength as much as possible to deal with future changes.


    He Luozhen stayed in taiyimen camp.


    Although Meng Zhang appreciates him a little, he still has some reservations because he can''t fully trust him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t tell he Luozhen what he thought. He just said that the barbarians outside the territory were powerful and the time to launch a full-scale war was not ripe and needed to wait.


    He Luozhen''s main purpose is to leave Huanglian holy mountain and no longer see the face of the friar of yujianmen. He doesn''t have to fight immediately.


    Since taiyimen maintained a confrontation with the foreign barbarian army, he was also happy to relax.


    With the aid of he Luozhen Jun, Meng Zhang certainly needs to make use of it.


    From time to time, he took he Luozhen Jun outside the barbarian camp outside the territory to show his power.


    Meng Zhang''s deterrence really worked.


    Originally, after the manwang shaliying recovered from his injury, the two manwang must have some careful thoughts.


    Now they saw an extra yuan Shen Zhen Jun on the side of Taiyi gate. They immediately put out the idea of counterattack. Honestly follow the orders of the foreign barbarian leaders, preserve their strength, and try to avoid a full-scale war with taiyimen.


    Cangshan Zhenjun recognized he luozhenjun and knew that he was not weak.


    He secretly scolded Meng Zhang for his bad luck. Unexpectedly, such an expert came to help.


    Taiyi gate has one more Yuanshen Zhenjun, and the balance of strength has been restored again.


    Neither taiyimen nor the foreign barbarian army had the intention of a full-scale war.


    The two sides continue to maintain confrontation, and small-scale fierce fighting has become an aftertaste of both sides.


    On the front line of Huanglian holy mountain, which Meng Zhang didn''t know, near the side of the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, Dali imperial dynasty is slowly strengthening its strength here.


    Almost every few days, field marshal Zhang Weineng, who leads the North sweeping army, will personally go to the front line for inspection.


    During this time, every time he came to the front, he would take Qinggu Zhenjun with him.


    He was certainly not a blunt order, but a polite request.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has no reason to refuse the invitation and follows him every time.


    Just some time ago, Qinggu Zhenjun witnessed Zhang Weineng''s trap against Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    When I saw the fellow Qingfeng Zhenjun step into a trap, fall into a siege and face the crisis of life and death.


    Not only could Qinggu Zhenjun not help, but he wanted to work with Zhang Weineng to stop the sound of jade sword Zhenjun and Ziyang Shengzong walking around the world.


    Zhang Weineng''s eyes are fierce. Qinggu Zhenjun doesn''t dare to reserve anything in front of him. He honestly entangles Yujian Zhenjun.


    That was the first time Zhang Weineng fought with Xiao Jiansheng.


    The two sides fought each other, and no one was better than each other.


    Even from the scene, Zhang Weineng fell a little lower.


    However, for Zhang Weineng, as long as he blocks the reinforcements and prevents them from rescuing Qingfeng Zhenjun, it is a major victory.


    The arrogant Yujian Zhenjun, with the sound of Xiao Jiansheng, watched Qingfeng Zhenjun die on the spot.


    Their dignity, their pride, have been ruthlessly trampled upon.


    Everyone present has become the object of their hatred and on the must kill list in their hearts.

 Chapter 818

    Qingfeng Zhenjun stepped into the trap and died. Yujianzhenjun and Xiao Jiansheng were unwilling to accept the reality.


    In their eyes, Zhang Weineng is the mastermind, and Qinggu Zhenjun is the biggest accomplice.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, who betrayed the sect, is so mean to kill his fellow disciples. He is really heinous and worthy of death.


    They hate Qinggu Zhenjun so much that they can''t wait to get rid of it.


    The death of Qingfeng Zhenjun caused many problems to the jade sword gate, and triggered a lot of suspicion and dissatisfaction within the Jiuqu League.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was full of fear about the means of Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    The jade sword gate is supported by the Holy Land Sect like Ziyang Shengzong. Qinggu Zhenjun was a little shaken in his heart.


    Of course, he didn''t have time to make any action to betray the imperial dynasty.


    Zhang Weineng did this at this time, which deepened the gap between Qinggu Zhenjun and Jiuqu alliance, and made him hated by yujianzhenjun and Xiao Jiansheng.


    In this way, even if Qinggu Zhenjun has any ideas, I''m afraid it''s difficult to realize.


    Zhang Weineng has a deep insight into people''s hearts and seems to be able to see through everything. Moreover, he is resourceful and good at seizing opportunities. With one shot, you can kill two birds with one stone.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has no choice but to work honestly for Dali imperial court.


    In fact, when Qingfeng Zhenjun led many disciples to leave qingyuanzong.


    In order to leave a way back for himself, Qinggu Zhenjun is also to prevent qingyuanzong from hurting his vitality too much and let Qinglang Zhenjun deal with this matter.


    Qinglang Zhenjun, as he expected, deliberately released water and released Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    Otherwise, even with the help of he Luozhen, it would be difficult for Qingfeng Zhen to lead his disciples all the way to the north of Jiuqu League.


    Prince Xia Houfeng, a former coach of the Dali imperial dynasty, knew this, but thought it was human nature. Qinggu Zhenjun still had great use value, so he didn''t grasp it.


    The new coach, however, quietly rejected Qinggu Zhenjun''s choice and made up for this loophole.


    Under the command of Zhang Weineng, the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty seemed less powerful than before, but it brought greater pressure to Jiuqu League.


    He Luozhen didn''t know the twists and turns, so he blamed the jade sword gate for the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang, who is far away in the endless sand sea, has nothing to do with this matter, but inexplicably benefited from it and got a strong helper.


    With the help of he Luozhen Jun, Taiyi gate is more powerful.


    Although there was no all-round attack, the eager attitude could not be hidden.


    The more powerful taiyimen is, the more calm and tolerant the barbarians are.


    The barbarians outside the region were honest, and the taiyimen side lifted the previous comprehensive alert.


    The monks at all levels in the door resumed rotation again.


    The monks in the gate were divided into several groups and took turns to sit on the front line.


    The friars of Hanhai daomeng also had time to rest in turn.


    The internal operation of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng began to recover slowly.


    Some work that had been completely stalled due to lack of manpower was restarted again.


    Meng Zhang also had more time for practice.


    There are many essence of the nine days on him, and there are some jade Qingling machines. The cultivation time can be guaranteed.


    His cultivation has not been dragged down, but is still rising slowly and steadily.


    The collection of taiyimen in recent years and the harvest of Meng Zhang are very many. Among them, there are some fourth order spirits.


    Meng Zhang selected the suitable fourth level spirit objects and slowly integrated them into the yin-yang spirit gourd.


    After a long period of incubation and warm cultivation, the loss of Benming Linghu has been made up.


    Taiyimen and Meng Zhang are in a good situation, and he has no intention of changing.


    In this way, he has been deadlocked with the barbarians outside the territory until the end of the world. It seems that there is nothing bad.


    Taiyimen side is not impatient and can calmly confront the barbarian army outside the territory.


    But on the side of the foreign barbarian army, problems began to appear.


    In the cultivation world, the method of refining various levels of Bigu pill has always been popular.


    Bigu pill is not a high-level pill, but an entry-level pill.


    Even in the endless sand sea where materials are poor and the level of alchemy is generally low, it can be popularized.


    After taiyimen became the ruler of endless sand sea, the accumulation of taiyimen for many years can fully ensure the sufficient supply of Bigu Dan.


    On the one hand, high-level practitioners can open up valleys, eat Qi and refine Qi. Low level practitioners have sufficient supply of Bigu pills.


    On the foreign barbarian side, although there are pills similar to bigudan, such as military grain pills.


    However, because the barbarians'' cultivation focuses on the flesh, the barbarians have a great demand for blood food.


    Moreover, all the barbarians are big bellied and have an amazing appetite.


    When the barbarian army entered the endless sand sea, a large amount of blood food was stored in the storage magic tools in the army. Every barbarian carried a large number of military grain pills with him.


    Up to now, taiyimen has been entangled with this barbarian army for more than four years.


    The barbarian army consumed a lot of grain pills, and the blood supply became tense.


    Because of the relationship between ethnic characteristics and cultivation methods. If you can''t get blood food for a long time, the barbarians will slowly become weak.


    With the environment and conditions of the endless sand sea, this barbarian army can hardly get the supplement of blood food in the endless sand sea.


    In desperation, the Barbarian King Tule bear had to ask for help from the rear, hoping that the barbarians outside the territory on the Yuantu prairie could reinforce a batch of blood food.


    Yuantu prairie is rich in Xiuzhen resources, and there are many kinds of birds and animals.


    Since the barbarians outside the region intend to operate this place, they will not dry up and fish, burn the forest and hunt. When hunting on weekdays, they are very measured.


    Moreover, although the barbarians outside the territory have a strong desire for destruction, they only seem to know destruction and plunder. However, outside the territory, there are still barbarians with planting and grazing traditions.


    After receiving the help of the Barbarian King Tule bear, the senior barbarian leaders in Yuantu prairie sent a team to transport supplies for the barbarian army.


    Among the barbarians outside the territory, there are not many storage tools for storing living things.


    Moreover, these magic weapons are basically large-scale magic weapons, which generally act with the army.


    The number of barbarian troops transporting supplies is small, and there are few storage methods and tools. Only a few are transported many times.


    A barbarian team from Yuantu prairie frequently went in and out of the camp of the barbarian army, which naturally attracted the attention of Taiyi gate.


    The taiyimen side wants to intercept and capture this team halfway.


    But every time this team comes to the barbarian camp outside the territory, the Barbarian King who sits in the camp will take turns to pick it up. Moreover, the escort force of this team itself is not weak.


    Because he didn''t want to trigger a large-scale war, taiyimen tried to intercept several times, but failed.


    Meng Zhang himself has been out. He also doesn''t want to fight with manwang.

 Chapter 819

    Taiyimen and this foreign barbarian army have faced off for many years, and both sides have formed some tacit understanding.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun and manwang appeared occasionally as a deterrent.


    They don''t usually fight, but let their men fight on a small scale.


    Barbarians are bloodthirsty and belligerent. They have always been busy and need to vent in this way.


    The taiyimen side takes it as an opportunity to train troops in actual combat, and will not escape such a battle.


    Both sides have almost formed a convention.


    Meng Zhang was worried that he would break the Convention and trigger a large-scale war. Therefore, instead of easily intercepting, they slowly look for opportunities.


    At the same time, the actions of foreign barbarians also made him vigilant.


    In fact, the strength of this foreign barbarian army is not under taiyimen.


    If we get external reinforcements, it may pose a major threat to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang had planned to let the taiyimen friars who took turns to rest in the rear end their rest and rushed to the front line again.


    But when you think about it, it doesn''t make much sense.


    If the barbarian army is reinforced and intends to take the initiative to attack, even if they all come, it will not help the war situation.


    If the barbarian army had no intention of attacking, it would be a false alarm.


    At this time, Meng Zhang suddenly thought of Jin Lizhen.


    Since Jin Lizhen was defeated by Fei Guozhen, the jade sword sect, and closed to death, nearly a hundred years passed, and she didn''t hear a word.


    Not only has she been locked up, but also she couldn''t be contacted when the jade sword gate recruited her last time.


    Now the situation in Jiuqu League and endless sand sea has changed dramatically, and taiyimen is facing great challenges. It''s too carefree for her to continue to shut up.


    Although Jin Lizhen Jun has been closed, all the offerings that Taiyi gate should have given her were sent to Qiaoshou gate on time and kept by her own disciple Jin Qiaoer.


    There are also some territories nominally belonging to Jin Lizhen over the Gobi. Taiyimen has been helping to operate, and the income has also been handed over to Jin Qiaoer.


    Even if Meng Zhang also achieved the true monarch of the yuan God, these practices have not changed, and there is no less sacrifice to her.


    Taiyimen is so good at everything. Jin Lizhen should do her duty.


    Now taiyimen is facing off with the foreign barbarian army. It''s time for Yuanshen Zhenjun to reinforce her. She can''t continue to be idle.


    Meng Zhang, who made up his mind, did not bother Jin Lizhen, but called Jin Qiaoer to himself.


    After entering the golden elixir period, Jin Qiaoer''s cultivation is still making rapid progress.


    After her master Jin Lizhen Jun was unable to get out of the door, Meng Zhang gave her some advice from time to time.


    It has a brilliant inheritance and the guidance of Yuanshen Zhenjun. It has excellent qualifications and makes great efforts to practice. Jin Qiaoer now has the cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir.


    Because of her protection, the small sect of skillful hand sect has developed well and prospered.


    There are many excellent disciples in the sect. Even immortal Jindan has made several.


    In several foreign operations of Taiyi gate, skillful gate was the pillar of Hanhai daomeng and played an important role. Jin Qiaoer worked hard on the battlefield and won a lot of war achievements.


    Seeing Jin Qiaoer, after a routine greeting, Meng Zhang got to the point and asked if Jin Qiaoer had any way to contact Jin Lizhen.


    Before that, because he didn''t want to disturb Jin Lizhen''s retreat, and didn''t have to ask Jin Lizhen to come forward, Meng Zhang didn''t find Jin Qiaoer.


    As Meng Zhang expected, Jin Qiaoer didn''t hide it and directly told Meng Zhang that her master Jin Lizhen taught her a secret method of contact before she closed the door.


    Jin Lizhen told her not to contact her unless she had to.


    Of course, if you really need to find her, you can go to the mirage desert. Outside the passage to the small world of Zijin sect, use this secret technique.


    Although she would take the initiative to close the channel when she closed, she could still feel it after Jin Qiaoer cast the spell.


    Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and directly told Jin Qiaoer that the current Taiyi gate needs the fighting power of Jin Lizhen Jun.


    He asked Jin Qiaoer to work hard to help contact Jin Lizhen Jun and ask Jin Lizhen Jun to help him out.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, Jin Qiaoer agreed without hesitation.


    After she left, without any delay, she flew directly in the direction of the mirage desert.


    After Jin Qiaoer left, Meng Zhang was not idle.


    He called several Jindan elders with the strongest fighting power in the gate and made some careful arrangements.


    Three days later, taiyimen had a small-scale confrontation with the foreign barbarians in accordance with the usual practice.


    A grumpy brute general was attacked by the sword master and rushed forward. He seized the opportunity and caught him alive.


    Other barbarians who came to reinforce were also stopped by friar taiyimen Jindan.


    Although some small moves were played, the battle was generally fair.


    Foreign barbarians have this advantage. At least on the surface, they still recognize fair fighting.


    In the face-to-face fight, no matter the victory or defeat, it is generally not entangled, can afford to put it down.


    If you win, you don''t have to say.


    If you lose, you can get back to the game next time.


    The extreme sword God General captured a barbarian general alive. Although the barbarian side outside the territory was indignant, it still didn''t mean to expand the war easily.


    There is a problem in the internal supply of the barbarian army and there is insufficient blood food. Naturally, it is a military secret and will not be disclosed.


    Even Cangshan Zhenjun is not qualified to know about it.


    Of course, whether he will find it himself is another matter.


    The barbarian generals captured alive by the extremely sword God general have a good position in the barbarian army. They should know a lot of military secrets.


    This ManJiang is very hard, but when he falls into the hands of Meng Zhang, it is impossible to keep any secrets.


    Meng Zhang interrogated in person, but with a little means, he asked the information he wanted to know.


    Meng Zhang was relieved to hear that the troops sent by the barbarians outside the territory were only supplying the barbarian army in front of him.


    It turned out to be a false alarm, and the barbarians outside the territory had no intention of taking the initiative to attack.


    Since the barbarian army has supplemented blood food, it is the idea of a protracted war.


    It seems that they should want to continue the confrontation with taiyimen.


    At this time, Meng Zhang regretted that Jin Qiaoer should not be allowed to contact Jin Lizhen.


    Now the situation is relatively stable, and she is not in great need of reinforcements from the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If you disturb her practice in seclusion, maybe she will complain about herself after she leaves the customs.


    However, Jin Qiaoer has already set out. She may have arrived at the mirage desert, and it is impossible to call her back.


    If Jin Lizhen Jun ends his seclusion, it is not a bad thing. At least one more Yuanshen on the side of Taiyi gate has strengthened its strength.

 Chapter 820

    In any case, this foreign barbarian army has no intention of attacking taiyimen in an all-round way, which is a great good thing.


    The problems of the foreign barbarians have been solved temporarily, and new troubles come to the door.


    In other words, after Jin Qiaoer left here, she flew straight to the center of the mirage desert.


    In the mirage desert, there was originally a mirage secret place built by Zhenjun, the original Yuanshen of Zijin sect.


    When Feihong sect ruled the endless sand sea, there was no yuan God Zhenjun in the door, so naturally it could not completely control this place.


    After Jin Lizhen became the yuan God, she turned this place into her own back garden.


    There are a large number of low-level monsters and countless miraculous drugs in the mirage secret land. It is a rare treasure land in the endless sand sea.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t have time and mind to take care of it, so she handed it over to taiyimen.


    Most of the income gained by taiyimen should be turned over to Jin Lizhen.


    Among the mirage mysteries, the most precious is all kinds of magic medicines for refining and building Jidan.


    Baicao Pavilion exists in Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate. You can cultivate and refine the elixir needed to build Jidan by yourself.


    However, no one has ever had too many miraculous drugs, especially building Jidan is an important strategic resource.


    Because of Jin Qiaoer''s relationship, the skillful door can also take a share of all kinds of miraculous drugs produced in the mirage secret land.


    After Jin Lizhen went to the small world opened by Zijin sect in the foreign void and closed, Taiyi gate took care of all the affairs of the mirage secret place as usual.


    Jin Lizhen''s strength may not be as strong as the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Zijin sect who built the mirage secret place at the beginning, but there is still no big problem to fully control this place.


    Jin Lizhen used magic to close the mirage secret place. Only Jin Qiaoer and a few people in Taiyi gate knew the secret of getting in and out.


    During this time, because Taiyi disciples are busy, no one else exists in the mirage secret place.


    Jin Qiaoer flew outside the exit of the mirage secret place, pinched several printing formulas with both hands, and whispered a few spells.


    In front of the original emptiness, a huge portal appeared out of thin air.


    Jin Qiaoer flew into the door and entered the mirage secret land.


    The monsters in the mirage secret realm are at most second-order. They can''t stop the entry and exit of immortal Jindan at all.


    Not long after Jin Qiaoer entered it, she came near the channel leading to the small world of Zijin sect.


    The channel has been closed by Jin Lizhen Jun. there are not many traces left, only bursts of spatial fluctuations from time to time.


    Jin Qiaoer sat cross legged on the ground, closed her eyes and began to use the secret method to sense the existence of Jin Lizhen.


    After a long time, she didn''t get any results and couldn''t feel the existence of Jin Lizhen.


    She was not impatient, but still patiently exercised her secret method and felt it carefully.


    After more than five days, she finally felt the existence of Jin Lizhen Jun and soon established contact with her.


    Before contacting Jin Lizhen Jun, Jin Qiaoer was shocked by the information from Jin Lizhen Jun before she could be happy.


    After receiving all the information from Jin Lizhen, she finished the communication with Jin Lizhen. Without staying here for a moment, she immediately got up and rushed back to taiyimen''s camp on the front line as soon as possible.


    When she came here, she rushed to see Meng Zhang.


    In her capacity, she immediately met Meng Zhang without hindrance.


    Seeing Jin Qiaoer''s anxious look, Meng Zhang had an ominous premonition in his heart.


    Sure enough, Jin Qiaoer brought a very, very bad news.


    The small world of Zijin sect did not come into being out of thin air, but the elder Yuanshen of Zijin sect found a suitable small world in the extraterritorial void, anchored it, and then carried out large-scale transformation.


    The elder Yuanshen of Zijin sect set up a void forbidden array in the endless sand sea to firmly connect this small world with the Junchen world.


    Although through this channel, you can soon reach the small world.


    However, the small world is located in the extraterritorial void after all, and the distance from the Jun dust world is still very far away.


    Extraterritorial void is not a place of peace, but a dangerous place with countless dangers.


    Even if the yuan God Zhenjun enters the extraterritorial void, if he is careless, he will encounter the danger of falling.


    Meng Zhang''s days of achieving the true monarch of the yuan God are not short, but the farthest place he has been is above the nine days, and he has never been to the extraterritorial void.


    In fact, there are many true gods in the Junchen world. They are as afraid of the extraterritorial void as tigers, and they are not willing to step into it easily.


    There are many dangers in the extraterritorial void, one of which is that there are all kinds of strange races from other extraterritorial worlds.


    Among these races, some are ferocious, some are aggressive and predatory, and some are extremely hostile to Terrans


    In a word, among many foreign races, Terran practitioners have a great chance of meeting the enemy.


    It''s also jinlizhenjun''s bad luck.


    The small world of the Zijin sect has existed for so many years. After the Zijin sect''s rise and fall, and the endless sea of sand, it has changed its masters. It has not been discovered by foreign races.


    Jin Lizhen has not controlled this small world for a long time.


    This time, she closed herself in the small world and was ready to leave the Customs after making great progress in cultivation. She challenged Fei Guozhen again and was ashamed before she fell.


    But when a man sits at home, evil comes from heaven.


    This small world was inexplicably discovered by foreign races.


    Those who found this small world were the powerful demons from abroad.


    There are many powerful demons with stronger strength. Jin Lizhen couldn''t resist and didn''t have time to escape.


    Jin Lizhen had to rely on the small world for the final resistance.


    She was trapped in the small world and couldn''t escape.


    When the powerful demon family found the small world, they also found the channel from the small world to the Jun dust world.


    The channel is in Jin Lizhen''s hands and has been closed by her.


    Because the strong of the demon family wanted to use this channel to enter the Jun dust world, cast a mouse and fear that the channel would be damaged, so they gave Jin Lizhen a chance to breathe.


    Jin Lizhen is sitting in the city and has nothing to do.


    There is a limit to the patience of the strong of the demon family.


    If they can''t bear it, are unwilling to wait, or have other ways to open up a channel to the Jun dust world, the end of Jin Lizhen will be miserable.


    Although they didn''t attack this small world by force, the powerful demon clan was not idle.


    They have been constantly exerting pressure on Jin Lizhen, looking for all opportunities to take advantage of, and making every effort to infiltrate into the small world.


    Jin Lizhen had to deal with it very hard and became more and more embarrassed.


    Without external help, she could hardly hold on.


    She could not escape, and she could not ask for help. She really failed to do what she should not do every day.


    Just as Jin Lizhen was about to lose her hold, Jin Qiaoer came to the vicinity of the channel and used her secret method to communicate with her.


    She immediately sent a message for help to Jin Qiaoer and asked Jin Qiaoer to move to save the soldiers.

 Chapter 821

    Jin Qiaoer''s most familiar and trusted Yuanshen Zhenjun is Meng Zhang.


    After receiving the help message from her mentor Jin Lizhen Jun, she immediately rushed back as soon as possible and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    After hearing the news brought back by Jin Qiaoer, Meng Zhang was also very headache.


    Just after handling the affairs of barbarians outside the territory, Jin Lizhen had another problem.


    If this problem is not handled properly, taiyimen will usher in a disaster, and Jiuqu League will also suffer a catastrophe.


    Meng Zhang, who has received many inheritance classics of Taiyi gate, is not Xiaobai who doesn''t know anything.


    And in the cultivation world, there have always been rumors about the demon family.


    When it comes to the demon clan from abroad, we should first talk about the history of the Terran in the Junchen world.


    The Terran is not a native race in the Junchen world, but was moved to this world by some Terrans more than 10000 years ago.


    This period of history about the human race is not only widely spread in the cultivation world, but also there are countless related myths and legends even among mortals.


    Under the leadership of the Terran power, the Terran cultivators defeated the aborigines in the Junchen world, completely occupied the world and became the master of the world.


    Before and after the Terrans discovered the Junchen world, some races from other worlds discovered this world.


    They invaded the Junchen world on a large scale and launched a fierce competition with the Terrans.


    After countless bloody and cruel wars, the Terran cultivator has become the final winner.


    The Terrans drove away other races and dominated the vast and boundless world.


    On the one hand, these races who lost at the beginning are always unwilling to fail.


    They lingered in the void around the Jun dust world, always looking for the opportunity to invade again.


    On the other hand, when they were defeated, they left a lot of backhands and arrangements in the Jun dust world.


    The demon race is one of the races that were defeated at the beginning.


    They left behind in the Jun dust world, which had a great impact on the monsters in the Jun dust world.


    The original monster in Jun dust world only knows to practice according to instinct. The speed of cultivation is very slow. It depends on talent.


    Without external interference, these monsters will embark on the most difficult and promising road of ancient beasts.


    The invading demon clan is the biggest interference.


    They spread the cultivation inheritance of the demon family in the Jun dust world.


    Although it is not a clever inheritance, it is not the secret of those powerful demon families.


    But these are serious demon clan inheritance after all, and have immeasurable value for most monsters.


    Since then, the monsters in the Jun dust world have embarked on the cultivation path of the demon family.


    These native demons became more and more powerful and cunning, and became the strong enemies of the Terran cultivators.


    Of course, the Junchen world is always the Terran world.


    No matter how powerful and cunning the demon clan is, it can only hide in some remote places and make waves. It doesn''t dare to directly challenge the ruling position of the human cultivator.


    Moreover, because the process of accepting the inheritance is not always so smooth, and the inheritance of the demon family does not necessarily fully conform to the rules of the world.


    The monsters in the Jun dust world are a little neither superior nor inferior nor nondescript.


    That is, under the influence of animal nature, he retained a little of the way of ancient animals and cultivated the incomplete inheritance of the demon family. The monsters in Jun dust world are a special group.


    In the process of opening up the Gobi, Meng Zhang fought with monsters and beasts many times.


    When taiyimen completely controlled the Gobi, the monsters here also became the cultivation resources of taiyimen friars.


    Those demon families from outside the territory are not as weak as the demon animals native to the Junchen world.


    Foreign demons, like practitioners, have established their own prosperous civilization.


    They have a brilliant inheritance and have received systematic training. They are definitely not so easy to deal with.


    Whether from personal relations, personal feelings or practical interests, Meng Zhang cannot ignore Jin Lizhen''s request for help.


    Nothing else, if the foreign demon clan opens the channel to the Jun dust world.


    The mirage desert at the other end of the channel bears the brunt. The endless sand sea will become an extraterritorial demon family. Even if Jin Lizhen can''t be saved, at least it will destroy the channel from the small world of Zijin sect to Jun dust world.


    Without this directly connected channel, if the demon clan outside the territory wants to enter the Jun dust world, it needs to cross the vast void and the powerful defense line of the Terran outside the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang knew himself clearly, and no one dared to resist it.


    He comforted Jin Qiaoer and told her not to worry.


    Then he found Shushan Zhenjun and he luozhenjun and told the whole thing.


    As Meng Zhang expected, this matter attracted enough attention.


    In terms of human righteousness, it is the obligation and responsibility of every human cultivator to resist the invasion of foreign demons.


    In terms of vital interests, Shushan Zhenjun and he luozhenjun are now in the Jiuqu League camp.


    If the foreign demon clan is killed from the endless sand sea, it will go straight into the back of the Jiuqu alliance.


    The collapse of Jiuqu League, the fall of vast territory and the extinction of human race in nearby areas are very likely to happen.


    They have the same attitude and are willing to rescue Jin Lizhen with Meng Zhang.


    But for one thing, they are worried about their own lack of strength.


    Second, there is a large army of barbarians outside the territory in front of us, so we can''t be unprepared at all.


    Everyone thinks that this matter is too important. Relying solely on the strength of taiyimen family and the three people in front of us, we can''t afford such a big event.


    After a brief discussion, the Three wrote a letter to the jade sword gate for help in the name of the three.


    Because the matter is very important, the letter was not transmitted through conventional channels after it was written. Instead, Shushan Zhenjun made a special trip to the front line of Huanglian holy mountain and handed it to Yujian Zhenjun himself.


    After Shushan Zhenjun left, Meng Zhang and he luozhenjun waited patiently.


    Jin Qiaoer was worried about the safety of her mentor and seemed very anxious.


    However, she also knew that it was no use worrying about such things.


    The level involved was too high for her to participate at all. Even her greatest reliance on Meng Zhang, there is no other way to think of.


    She had to wait quietly to see how the jade sword gate responded.


    The response from the jade sword gate was surprisingly fast. Maybe there also felt that the invasion of foreign demon families was too serious to ignore the carelessness.

 Chapter 822

    Xing Jianzhen Jun from Yujian gate, Xiao Jiansheng from Ziyang Shengzong and Yutu Zhenjun from Dark Alliance branch came to Taiyi gate camp together with Shushan Zhenjun from the front line of Huanglian holy mountain.


    Shushan Zhenjun took everyone to Meng Zhang. In addition to Xiao Jiansheng''s brief introduction, everyone entered the topic.


    Although he was very unnatural in the face of the monk of the Holy Land Sect in the legend, Meng Zhang looked calm and asked Jin Qiaoer to tell the whole thing.


    I heard about it from the real gentleman of Shushan before. Now after listening to Jin Qiaoer again, Xiao Jiansheng is still a little angry.


    "It''s simply ignorance. It connects the empty small world outside the territory directly with the Junchen world."


    Xiao Jiansheng was angry for a reason.


    In the cultivation world, those big doors know the danger of extraterritorial virtual air and the horror of extraterritorial invaders.


    They generally do not directly connect the extraterritorial empty small world to the Junchen world.


    If we have to do so, we will also ensure that we have enough strength to protect the small world and space channels.


    If an extraterritorial invader invades, even if it cannot be guarded, it can at least destroy the space channel and prevent it from being used by extraterritorial invaders.


    This practice is not only the practice of those top schools in the cultivation world, but also a kind of common sense.


    Zijin sect is just a weak chicken sect. I don''t know whether it has eaten the bear heart and leopard courage and dared to occupy the empty small world outside the territory at will. Even more ignorant of life and death, it has built a space channel directly to the Jun dust world.


    Born in the Holy Land Sect, Xiao Jiansheng has a certain understanding of the void outside the territory and the enemies facing Junchen now.


    The demon clan from outside the territory is definitely not comparable to the waste materials and monsters in the Junchen world. It can be called the great enemy of the human cultivators.


    Every time the foreign demon clan invades the Junchen world, it will set off countless bloody storms.


    It''s too big to clean up. In the end, we have to go out to clean up the mess, such as Ziyang Shengzong.


    At the thought of this, Xiao Jiansheng, who had a good sense of self-restraint, couldn''t help scolding the purple gold sect.


    Anyway, the small world was opened up by the Zijin sect, and the space channel was also established by the Zijin sect. Even if taiyimen is the current ruler of the endless sand sea, it can''t manage the affairs of the Zijin sect.


    Speaking of it, Jin Lizhen Jun did a good thing.


    If it weren''t for her, she would be closed in the small world. I''m afraid we don''t know what''s going on until the foreign demon clan comes out of the space channel.


    After scolding a few words, Xiao Jiansheng was a little confused.


    Although it is said that this side of the endless sand sea is a remote place, many common sense of the Middle Earth continent are not clear about the religious door here. But the Zijin school was really ignorant at the beginning, so it established this space channel?


    Moreover, for so many years, no foreign race has found that small world. It''s a coincidence that this kind of thing happens at this time.


    Secretly suspicious, Xiao Jiansheng was patient. He chatted with Meng Zhang and popularized some similar attempts to them.


    The taiyimen inheritance classics taken over by Meng Zhang are not complete. It is far from the taiyimen in its heyday.


    Coincidentally, there happened to be no similar common sense in the knowledge he obtained from inheriting ancient books.


    In addition, because of the passage of time, he did not understand the current situation of the extraterritorial void near the Junchen world.


    Even if a few words are recorded in the classics, it is also the old yellow calendar, which may not be useful now.


    At present, the oldest Jijian God General of Taiyi sect has not mentioned similar things in front of Meng Zhang.


    Now Xiao Jiansheng has talked about a lot of relevant things in detail, which has given Meng Zhang an insight.


    Xiao Jiansheng observed carefully in the dark. Everyone present didn''t look like a hidden evil heart.


    He only temporarily put aside his doubts and went to rescue Jin Lizhen Jun first.


    He didn''t care about the life and death of Jin Lizhen Jun, a stranger, but needed Jin Lizhen Jun''s help to completely close the space channel.


    The foreign barbarian army confronting taiyimen has not changed, so don''t worry too much for the time being.


    Xiao Jiansheng, Xing jianzhenjun, jade rabbit Zhenjun and Meng Zhang go to rescue Jin Lizhen.


    Shushan Zhenjun and he luozhenjun stayed to monitor the movements of the barbarian army outside the territory and prevent them from causing trouble.


    Jin Qiaoer and Jin lizhenjun can communicate with each other by secret methods and set out with the rescue team.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang told everyone his crime, saying that he wanted to explain to the disciples and arrange the defense of the camp.


    After Meng Zhang left, Xing Jianzhen whispered Xiao Jiansheng and chatted with him.


    "It is said that Taiyi gate was once a major gate in the Middle Earth. After being destroyed, a group of disabled soldiers and defeated generals fled to the endless sand sea after several twists and turns to rebuild the sect gate."


    "I really didn''t expect that a Pope who is down and out to the extreme will be able to revitalize again."


    "These powerful sects in the Middle Earth are really enviable."


    Xing Jianzhen took it for granted that the Taiyi gate in its heyday must have left behind, so that today''s Taiyi gate can be revitalized.


    "I''ve also heard of the name of Taiyi gate. At the beginning, Taiyi gate destroyed the gate. It seems that there is a pen of guantian Pavilion."


    Xiao Jiansheng has a wide range of knowledge and knows about the old events one or two thousand years ago.


    "No wonder Meng Zhang has been hiding from you. He''s probably afraid of you holy places."


    "By the way, you won''t attack taiyimen now?"


    Xing Jianzhen was a little worried.


    He was not worried about the safety of taiyimen, but that Xiao Jiansheng would undermine the unity within Jiuqu League.


    Xiao Jiansheng sneered with disdain.


    "What''s their business to do with our Ziyang holy sect?"


    Xing jianzhenjun and Meng Zhang are not aware of the relationship between the holy places in mainland China, so they worry that Xiao Jiansheng is bad for Taiyi gate.


    The relationship between Ziyang Shengzong and guantian Pavilion is very bad, even if it is not an enemy.


    In fact, the way of observing heaven and the code of conduct of observing heaven made it make many enemies.


    Everyone is the Holy Land Sect. You are shameless to watch the heaven Pavilion. You insist on raising yourself. You really regard yourself as the spokesman of the way of heaven.


    There are many people in the holy land who are not used to watching the heaven Pavilion, and there have been many conflicts.


    Ziyang Shengzong and guantian Pavilion also had a grudge. Xiao Jiansheng was eager to see guantian Pavilion make a fool of himself.


    Taiyi gate, once destroyed by guantian Pavilion, was revived. It was a slap in the face of guantian Pavilion.


    Although we know that Taiyi gate is absolutely impossible to pose a threat to guantian Pavilion, it is a great good thing that guantian pavilion has one more enemy.


    Of course, there are many enemies in guantian Pavilion, and it is not possible that the enemy can threaten guantian Pavilion.


    Now Taiyi gate can exist because it has not been paid attention to by guantian Pavilion.

 Chapter 823

    Meng Zhang arranged what happened after he left, and went on his way with the people.


    Jin Qiaoer''s cultivation was the lowest, and Meng Zhang took him to fly.


    On the way, Xiao Jiansheng intentionally or unintentionally ordered Meng Zhang, saying that Ziyang Shengzong would not take care of the broken affairs of guantian Pavilion, let alone the enemies of guantian Pavilion.


    Xiao Jiansheng is sincere and doesn''t seem to be lying.


    In his capacity, there is no need to lie on this issue.


    If he wants to be bad for taiyimen, just start directly.


    With his later cultivation and superb combat effectiveness, taiyimen may not have much resistance.


    Although he didn''t fully believe Xiao Jiansheng, Meng Zhang was relieved for the time being and didn''t have to worry about his attack on Taiyi gate.


    When Xiao Jiansheng said these words, he didn''t care about Taiyi gate, and there was no need to buy from Meng Zhang.


    He can become the world of Ziyang Shengzong, travel in the cultivation world, and safeguard the interests of Ziyang Shengzong. To a large extent, it is because he is careful and thoughtful.


    Just a Meng Zhang in the early days of Yuanshen, a small Taiyi gate, he doesn''t have to pay attention to it.


    However, Meng Zhang is now his comrades in arms when he is about to face the strong forces of the demon clan abroad. We are likely to fight side by side next.


    He still wants to appease Meng Zhang, so that Meng Zhang will not be delayed in the war because he is worried about himself and misjudges the situation.


    Anyway, what he should say has been said. If Meng Zhangxiang doesn''t believe it, that''s Meng Zhang''s business.


    If Meng Zhang really doesn''t know what''s good or bad, he will naturally have a way to deal with him.


    Mirage desert is not close to taiyimen camp. Several Yuanshen Zhenjun galloped all the way and quickly arrived there.


    Mirage secret place excludes monks above the gas refining period.


    But no matter how many yuan Shen Zhenjun, or Jin Qiaoer, who has mastered the secret of getting in and out, did not care about this repulsive force.


    They entered the secret place smoothly and came near the space channel.


    Although he had heard about this space passage from others, Xiao Jiansheng came here personally and explored it with a secret method.


    The result of the exploration made him look very ugly.


    The little-known Zijin sect, located in the remote mountains, could have such a means to lay such an exquisite space channel.


    Before, Xiao Jiansheng also looked at the cultivation forces of Jiuqu league from the perspective of looking at rural steamed stuffed buns.


    Now we have found the means of setting up space channels by Zijin sect, and such a sect door will be destroyed.


    He couldn''t help but raise his evaluation of the Xiuzhen sect in Jiuqu League, and looked at Meng Zhang a few times.


    Meng Zhang, a native of endless sand sea, has not been to many places and has limited knowledge.


    He accepted the inheritance of taiyimen, a top sect, but he didn''t know the average level of Xiuzhen sect in the Middle Earth.


    He could not have imagined that the Zijin faction could occupy a place in the Middle Earth continent only by means of laying space channels.


    Xiao Jiansheng has great attainments in the way of space and array.


    But without Jin Lizhen''s active assistance, he could not completely destroy the closed space channel.


    And he believes that although this space channel has been closed, it is still impossible to block the strong of foreign demon families for too long.


    This space channel must be completely destroyed in order to prevent the direct invasion of the powerful demons.


    The Holy Land Sect has a supreme position in the cultivation world and is the real ruler of the Junchen world.


    The holy door has all this, and naturally has corresponding obligations and responsibilities.


    One of the most important is to protect the Junchen world from foreign invaders.


    Whenever invaders from outside invaders invade the Junchen world, the religious doors of the major holy places bear the brunt and take the initiative to take the first line of resistance.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as a saint of Ziyang, walks around the world. When he meets such a thing, he must not ignore it, and he must solve it well.


    At the beginning, the reason why Ziyang Shengzong paid attention to the Jiuqu League was that there suddenly appeared foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie, attacking and destroying the local Xiuzhen forces.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, the top forces in various regions, or leaders, have the obligation to organize various cultivation forces to quell these disasters in the event of magic disasters and extraterritorial ethnic invasions.


    Jiuqu League, as a neighbor of Yuantu prairie, is certainly duty bound to expel barbarians outside the territory.


    On the far side of hengjue mountain, the three faction alliance also lined up reinforcements.


    Since the local Xiuzhen forces have responded, Ziyang Shengzong is not in a hurry to intervene.


    Due to the interference of the Dali imperial dynasty, the Jiuqu alliance and the three faction alliance have been unable to completely eliminate the barbarians outside the territory.


    When Ziyang Shengzong sent someone to investigate this matter, he inadvertently found a greater threat, that is, Dali imperial dynasty.


    Most parts of the Junchen world are under the control of the religious doors of the major holy places.


    It''s just that the Junchen world is too big, the number of people in the major holy places is limited, and there are too many places to pay attention to.


    Many times, even if something big happens in some places, the Holy Land pope may not be able to respond in time.


    Dali Dynasty is located on the northern edge of the Middle Earth continent, which belongs to the sphere of influence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the past, Ziyang Shengzong was too distracted to bother with these remote areas.


    After discovering the rising Dali Dynasty, Ziyang Shengzong began to pay attention to this place slowly.


    Xiao Jiansheng has a headache.


    The foreign barbarians have not been solved yet. Dali imperial dynasty is plundering wantonly and has to face the strong forces of the foreign demon clan.


    These corners of the Junchen world, the so-called remote areas, are really good plays.


    Among the Ziyang holy sect, there are naturally array Taoist experts who can easily solve the current problems.


    But far water doesn''t understand near thirst. Xiao Jiansheng is helpless. He can only solve this problem with the most risky stupid way.


    Under his command, Jin Qiaoer sat down and began to use the secret method to communicate with Jin Lizhen in silence.


    It took less than three days this time, and Jin Qiaoer contacted Jin Lizhen Jun.


    According to Xiao Jiansheng''s order, Jin Qiaoer contacted Jin Lizhen and began to ask for all kinds of information carefully.


    The first thing she asked was the strength of the foreign demon clan.


    Jin Lizhen responded quickly.


    Around the small world, there are four foreign demons wandering around, looking for opportunities to kill them.


    Each of the four foreign demons is stronger than her.


    If it weren''t for the taboo and worried that Jin Lizhen would detonate the space channel, they would have entered the small world and won Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen did not fight with the four foreign demons.


    Just a little contact and found that the other party''s strength was too strong, she immediately retreated to the small world and couldn''t stick to it.


    Therefore, her knowledge of the detailed information of the four foreign demon tribes is limited.


    In addition, Jin Lizhen suspected that there seemed to be other strong men hiding in addition to the four demon family strong men who had appeared.


    Although there is no specific evidence, this is the intuition of a Yuanshen Zhenjun, not a simple paranoia.

 Chapter 824

    Everyone was careless about Jin Lizhen''s reminder.


    People are too far away to see the specific situation. All the information comes from Jin Lizhen.


    After hearing Jin Qiaoer''s words about Jin Lizhen, Xiao Jiansheng fell into meditation.


    Meng Zhang and others felt that Jin Lizhen was honest and did not deliberately hide the strength of the enemy.


    If a guy with a little more insight is worried that reinforcements will not dare to go over to reinforce, he may deliberately say that the enemy''s strength is weaker.


    If Jin Lizhen can be called a strong person, it is at least a fourth-order strong person, that is, the demon king level.


    Of course, if there were five strong people, Jin Lizhen would have been taken down long ago and couldn''t wait for rescue.


    Not counting Jin Lizhen, we now have four Yuanshen Zhenjun. If there are only four strong level Four demons, even if we are defeated, there should be no problem to retreat safely.


    I''m afraid the enemy has hidden strength, so we need to be extra careful.


    According to Xiao Jiansheng''s instructions, Jin Qiaoer carefully asked Jin Lizhen Jun all kinds of intelligence, including the environment around the small world, the details of the enemy, space channels and so on.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t hide it and told it honestly.


    After listening to these information, Xiao Jiansheng didn''t decide alone, but discussed with everyone.


    We all feel that our own strength is not weak. No matter whether the enemy has hidden strength or not, we should take the initiative to attack.


    Xiao Jiansheng was born in Ziyang Shengzong and has great confidence in his own strength.


    Since everyone''s fighting spirit was not weak, he naturally followed suit and decided to launch an assault.


    Through Jin Qiaoer''s message in the middle, we discussed a simple plan with Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is located in a small world. Only her disciple Jin Qiaoer is connected with her and can communicate with her by secret methods.


    In order to facilitate the next battle, Meng Zhang volunteered. He will take Jin Qiaoer and be responsible for protecting him.


    The crowd waited silently.


    The plan has been made. It depends on how Jin Lizhen Jun implements it.


    After another day, there was still no movement in the space channel.


    Jin Qiaoer''s concern was chaotic and seemed very anxious.


    The others were calm and in no hurry.


    Jin Qiaoer knew that her cultivation was the lowest, and she had no say at all. No matter how anxious you are, you can only hold back.


    Meng Zhang comforted her in a low voice and calmed her mood slowly.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is the key to the plan. She must start it first.


    After another half day, with bursts of noise, a huge door appeared in front of them.


    The space channel originally built by the Zijin school is not just a channel to the small world, but contains a variety of elements and changes, which can be used as the successor of the Zijin school.


    When Meng Zhang was a friar in the golden elixir period, he entered the space channel, where he accepted the test left by the Zijin sect, and then entered the small world.


    After Jin Lizhen became the master here, she completely mastered the changes of this space channel.


    Although she could not completely transform this space channel, she still tried to make many changes.


    Many fancy functions are blocked by her. Behind this space channel is the small world outside the territory.


    Seeing the appearance of the door leading to the space channel, the people not only did not rush to fly in immediately, but used various means to hide their body shape and breath.


    Meng Zhang shook the yin-yang Linghu on his head and protected Jin Qiaoer.


    After a while, you can see from the huge portal that two figures appeared in the space channel.


    Without any orders, the four yuan gods, the true monarch, broke into trouble almost at the same time.


    The stormy attack burst into the space channel. The two figures didn''t even see their appearance, so they were roared and retreated continuously.


    Meng Zhang and others rushed into the space channel together, and chasing the two figures was a fierce chase.


    Those two figures should be the strong ones of the demon family in Jin Lizhen''s mouth.


    Their strength is not weak. Even if they were raided, and faced with a large number of enemies, they were not seriously hurt.


    They seem to be retreating and have no power to fight back.


    In fact, they set aside a buffer for their own family by distancing themselves from the enemy.


    As long as they slow down, it''s time for them to fight back.


    Meng Zhang and others bit them and didn''t let them have the slightest chance to breathe.


    After fighting for a while, Meng Zhang had roughly seen the enemy clearly.


    These are two demon kings from outside the territory. Sure enough, they are very different from the demon beasts in Jun dust world.


    They are quite complete in shape, and there are basically no demon clan characteristics left on them. They look like a celebrity clan.


    Meng Zhangyun broke the false magic eye and cooperated with the divine mind, so he could barely see through their heels and feet.


    A guy''s body is probably a demon tiger.


    Another guy''s body should be a bird, similar in shape to an eagle.


    This guy flies very fast even if he maintains human form.


    If he didn''t have to take care of his companions, he might have flown away.


    Knowing how to cooperate and take care of each other, these foreign demon families are not only strong individuals.


    Meng Zhang chased two demon strongmen and chased them out far in the space channel.


    The biggest function of space channel is to fold space. Originally hundreds of millions of miles apart, it can be folded into a very short section.


    The way of space is mysterious. After a single space channel is completely controlled, infinite changes will occur.


    Both sides chased and fled and flew out for a long distance.


    At this time, Jin Qiaoer, who was wrapped in the yin-yang Qi released by Meng Zhang with the yin-yang Linghu, the life spirit tool, informed Meng Zhang in time.


    "Be careful, master, you''re about to change the space."


    Meng Zhang, who was reminded by Jin Qiaoer, strengthened his vigilance while reminding others.


    A moment later, the crowd only felt a violent shaking, and the surrounding space began to rotate and change.


    If you change to a weaker one, I''m afraid you''ve already felt dizzy and dizzy at the moment.


    Both Terrans and Demons present are fourth-order strong enough to easily deal with this degree of spatial transformation.


    I saw the original tunnel like space channel disappear, and everyone appeared in a vast space.


    I saw an open space around me, as if there was no end.


    Better eyesight. You can see stars at infinity.


    The two demon kings were obviously stunned. Weren''t you still in the space channel just now? Why did you suddenly appear in the extraterritorial void?


    Meng Zhang and others were reminded by Jin Qiaoer, but they were not too surprised.


    A band of light floated in the distance.


    In the light band, Jin Lizhen ran away in front, and there were two figures in the back.


    The figure chasing Jin Lizhen seemed to have a winning ticket. He was not in a hurry. Instead, he had spare time to speak.

 Chapter 825

    "I knew you, a little Terran girl, wanted to cheat."


    "You promised to open the channel on the surface, but you have another plot on the inside."


    "It''s a pity that you can''t escape the palm of the king''s hand if you commit adultery like a ghost."


    "Run away, you run slowly. I see how far you can escape."


    "You made me happy. Maybe I''ll leave you a little life."


    ¡­¡­


    Among the two figures closely chasing after Jin Lizhen Jun, there was a guy who was talking.


    His mouth never stopped, and his voice was loud and spread far away.


    The distance is too far. Meng Zhang can''t see the guy clearly.


    With so much nonsense, is it starling or parrot?


    Jin Lizhen ran away desperately and couldn''t get rid of the two pursuers behind her.


    Judging from the leisure of the pursuers, it is obvious that they have not pursued with all their strength.


    That talkative guy obviously had a mind to tease Jin Lizhen.


    That light band should be some form of space channel. The seemingly short length actually covers a long distance.


    With the rapid movement of the light band, it soon approached the position of the people.


    Meng Zhang and others had long been prepared. At this time, they made a strong jump and flew into the light belt one after another.


    The two demon kings chased and killed by the four yuan gods Zhenjun were stunned at this time.


    Terran pursuers gave up chasing them and went elsewhere.


    Immediately, they reacted and rushed into the light band regardless of their injuries.


    Meng Zhang and others flew into the light belt and met three figures who chased and fled.


    When Jin Lizhen saw Meng Zhang and others and knew that reinforcements were coming, she was greatly excited and moved faster.


    "No wonder I dare to play tricks with the king. There are reinforcements."


    "It''s a pity that in front of the king, you human waste materials come and die."


    In the chattering voice, the loud guy, with a big hand and a huge palm falling from the sky, shrouded Jin Lizhen in it.


    "King Bai Jiao, I''ll fight with you."


    Seeing the escape in sight, Jin Lizhen was trapped by the other party. Jin Lizhen was also cruel and was going to work hard.


    Before Jin Lizhen tried her best, Xiao Jiansheng took the first step.


    He held two sharp swords, one long and one short, in his hands. With a wave, two sharp sword Qi cut out and opened a gap in the huge palm.


    Jin Lizhen was very clever. She knew she didn''t have to work hard. She seized the precious opportunity to escape and jumped out of the gap.


    Seeing that the intended blow had failed, the demon king named Bai Jiao was also angry.


    Instead of pursuing Jin Lizhen, he found Xiao Jiansheng, who had ruined his good deeds.


    A Jiao shaped shadow danced in the air and jumped at Xiao Jiansheng with open teeth and claws.


    Xiao Jiansheng was so serious that he didn''t dare to be slighted.


    From the other party''s undisguised publicity, the other party''s cultivation level is not below himself.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as a disciple of the Holy Land Sect, has his own pride.


    The more powerful and arrogant the enemy is, the less likely he will retreat easily.


    With the double swords in his hands, he killed him head-on and fought with the king Baijiao.


    The demon king who followed the white Jiao king did not interfere with their battle, but continued to pursue Jin Lizhen.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed, unleashed the power of space Avenue, and appeared not far from Jin Lizhen.


    In the sky, it seemed as if the endless sun and moon light were shed, blocking the figure rushing to Jin Lizhen.


    Under the cover of Meng Zhang, Jin Lizhen summoned up her spare strength and flew to join him.


    Yutu Zhenjun and Xing jianzhenjun were also going to fly to meet. The other two demon kings flew into the light belt and rushed to them.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun had to suspend the plan of meeting and fought with the two demon kings first.


    After Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen met, they fought the demon king who came after them.


    As if she had exhausted all her strength in the previous pursuit, Jin Lizhen Jun not only couldn''t help, but also Meng Zhang took care of and protected her.


    Facing the powerful demon king, Meng Zhang parried very hard.


    "Don''t fight with them. There are reinforcements behind them."


    Just as Jin Lizhen''s voice fell, a giant composed of flames flew over from a distance.


    "Spirit clan."


    "Fire spirit."


    Meng Zhang and Xiao Jiansheng almost shouted in unison.


    The spirit race is also a powerful race among many races outside the territory. It''s not much weaker than the demon clan.


    Originally, the invasion of foreign demon clan was enough to give people a headache. Unexpectedly, they hooked up with the spirit clan. The enemy''s strength doubled and their own pressure increased.


    If only a few demon kings were present, Meng Zhang could fight.


    But now there are spiritual families coming to support them, so they have only 36 ways to go.


    The demon race is a race formed by the cultivation of various birds and animals after channeling.


    The spirit family is the Reiki between heaven and earth or spiritual objects, which are transformed after giving birth to Reiki.


    Jinmu water, soil, fire and five elements spirit clan is not only the mainstream of the spirit clan, but also the most powerful race.


    At the beginning, a fifth order Earth Spirit wandered into the Jun dust world, but caused countless troubles in the endless sand sea, which made the surrounding chickens and dogs uneasy.


    Tianzhu Zhenjun, the later cultivation of Yuanshen, fought with the seriously injured fifth level Earth Spirit for many years, and finally died with him.


    Meng Zhang not only read about the spirit family from the taiyimen inheritance books, but also got the relics of the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    The spirit clan is powerful and has strange means. It''s not so easy to deal with.


    In his heart, Zhenjun, the protoss of the Terran, tried his best to get rid of his opponent and leave this place as soon as possible.


    Xiao Jiansheng, who had intended to fight with King Bai Jiao, also knew his priorities and knew that this was not the time to continue the fight.


    He tried to get rid of the entanglement of King Bai Jiao and help everyone get together.


    Under the cover of Xiao Jiansheng, the jade rabbit Zhenjun forced his opponent back temporarily and flew over.


    Xing Jianzhen got rid of his opponent and flew over to meet everyone after he suffered a slight injury.


    The five human gods Zhenjun got close together and formed a circle to face the strong of the demon family together.


    The white Jiao King''s face was so blue that he didn''t even bother to talk nonsense.


    Xiao Jiansheng not only blocked his attack, but also spared no effort to help others under his fierce attack.


    This is simply contempt for the white Jiao king. It seems that the white Jiao king is too incompetent to keep even a mere human boy.


    The angry Baijiao king made a big move, which forced Xiao Jiansheng to parry with all his strength.


    After such a delay, the reinforcements of the spirit family finally flew over.


    In addition to the unusually eye-catching fire spirit, there was a faint whirlwind behind him.


    This is a wind spirit who deliberately hides his figure and wants to secretly attack the enemy of the Terran.


    Among the spirit clan, Fengling clan is good at cultivating excellent assassins and spies.


    The wind spirit in front of him is a very powerful assassin.

 Chapter 826

    If this wind spirit is elsewhere, it can also play a great role. But the opponents in front of him are the assassins.


    Xiao Jiansheng himself is good at assassinating. He once assassinated Prince Xia Houfeng of Dali Dynasty among thousands of troops.


    Yutu Zhenjun was born in the Dark Alliance, which is one of the most powerful assassin organizations in the Junchen world.


    I haven''t eaten pork and I''ve seen pigs running. If you stay with a group of top assassins for a long time, you will become particularly sensitive to assassins.


    Meng Zhang has a magic eye that can see through all falsehood, as well as the unique spiritual sense of Tianji master.


    If you want to assassinate him, I''m afraid only the strong man of Yang God level can succeed.


    The huge fire spirit directly attracts the enemy''s attention, and the wind spirit hides in the dark.


    The combination of one light and one dark was not weak, but it was seen through before it could play.


    Moreover, there is more than one person who can see through the wind spirit''s hiding, and the other party has a tacit understanding.


    The fire spirit only felt the cold air rushing down into the sky, as if to completely freeze his hot body.


    While the jade rabbit Zhenjun mobilized the power of the Taiyin avenue to block the fire spirit, Meng Zhang showed his great magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    The black-and-white double swords appeared out of thin air and cut the body of Feng Ling composed of whirlwinds into pieces.


    Although the whirlwind kept spinning, the body of Fengling reorganized again. But after such a blow, it is inevitable to get hurt, and the wind spirit dare not rush up easily.


    Although the two spirits were repulsed for the time being, Zhenjun, the protoss of the human race, was not in love with the war.


    The strength of the enemies that have appeared is above them.


    No one knows whether the enemy has any other reinforcements.


    Jin Lizhen had never shot before. In addition to consuming too much when running for her life, she was also concentrating on controlling the space channel.


    Taking advantage of the time that people have won for her for so long, she started the space channel again, triggering another change.


    The light band forming this space channel turned into a little light and quickly began to collapse.


    Light and shadow changed around, and everyone appeared in a thick pipe.


    The way of space is really mysterious. People have not only been transferred, but also the shape of space channel has changed.


    After this change, the five true gods of the human race are located at one end of the channel, and the strong aliens are located at the other end of the space channel.


    Whether demon or spirit, even if reinforcements come. We need to break the barrier of the space channel before we can enter this place.


    Jin Lizhen has created such good conditions for our camp. Of course, we should make good use of them.


    The five Terran gods Zhenjun gathered together, faced the enemy and began to retreat quickly.


    The white Jiao king was a little stunned and led a group of alien strongmen to kill him.


    The true king, the original God of the human race, had no desire to fight, and fought and retreated one after another.


    Xiao Jiansheng still remembers that his goal is to completely destroy this space channel, and rescuing Jin Lizhen is incidental.


    He quickly communicated with Jin Lizhen Jun to understand the details of this space channel.


    Jin Lizhen, who controls this space channel, has long fully understood it and mastered all its changes and mysteries.


    Jin Lizhen Jun has limited understanding of the space Avenue, but he can use the changes of this space channel and is unable to make further changes.


    According to Jin Lizhen, if you want to completely destroy this space channel, you need to take action from both ends of the space channel, that is, in the small world and in the mirage secret land, destroy the space stability and let the space channel run away naturally.


    Now, the five Terran gods Zhenjun are located at the end of the space channel leading to the mirage secret land.


    The other end of the small world leading to the purple gold sect is being occupied by the powerful demons and spirits.


    Even the arrogant Xiao Jiansheng did not expect to defeat the alien strongman in front of him and recapture the other end of the space channel.


    In fact, the Terran side is now at a disadvantage. It is losing ground in the face of the fierce attack of foreign giants.


    Since this method of destroying space channels does not work, there is only another way.


    Jin Lizhen hesitated and said another way.


    The foundation for the establishment of this space channel is the void interdiction array arranged by the Zijin sect in the endless sand sea.


    The nodes of the void interdiction array are located everywhere in the endless sand sea, almost all over the entire endless sand sea.


    As long as these nodes are destroyed at the same time and the power of the void interdiction array is detonated, it is possible to completely destroy this space channel.


    Without the support of the void forbidden array, even the small world may lose its connection with the Junchen world and be severely damaged or even torn apart by the power of space.


    When Jin Lizhen said this way, she was very reluctant.


    However, she can also distinguish her priorities. She knows that the first task at present is to destroy the space channel and block the invasion of foreign demon families.


    Xiao Jiansheng doesn''t know nothing about the way of array. On the contrary, his attainments in the way of array are not weak.


    In addition, born in the holy land, he knows many secrets that others don''t know, and his eyes are far away.


    After hearing Jin Lizhen Jun''s words, he quickly made a judgment. This method is not feasible.


    The first difficulty is to mobilize a large number of monks, find out every node of the void interdiction array, and destroy these nodes almost at the same time.


    Jin Lizhen knew the detailed location of these nodes and had drawings for a long time.


    But there are hundreds of nodes, and each node needs to be destroyed by hands.


    At present, Jiuqu League is fighting against the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty. It is really difficult to transfer enough people to the endless sand sea to listen to orders in a short time.


    After a long delay, our own side may not be able to block the foreign powers in front of us.


    If they kill them and occupy the other end of the space channel, there will be endless trouble.


    The second difficulty is also the place that makes Xiao Jiansheng most afraid.


    The nodes of the void interdiction array are all over almost the entire endless sand sea, but where these nodes are, most of them are the earth vein fulcrum.


    If these nodes are detonated rashly, the whole array will explode, which may lead to or even break the earth veins everywhere.


    At that time, the earth vein will burst, the Earth Dragon will turn over, the earth fire will gush, the earth will sink, the endless sand sea, and all creatures will be doomed.


    Those who achieve great things don''t stick to details. If they can achieve their goal by sacrificing some creatures, Xiao Jiansheng will do it at most after a little hesitation.


    After all, compared with the consequences of the massive invasion of foreign demon families, sacrificing a little life is really nothing.


    But destroying such a vast land as the endless sand sea is tantamount to leaving a huge wound to the Jun dust world.


    This will not only hurt the whole world, but also consume the origin of Jun dust world.


    The way of heaven is selfless. I won''t let you go because you are a disciple of the Holy Land Sect.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as the leader of this matter, will certainly be despised and even punished by the way of heaven.

 Chapter 827

    Xiao Jiansheng was not very old. He already had the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage.


    The later cultivation of Yuanshen can run rampant in the cultivation world. On the side of Jiuqu League, it can be called one of the best.


    But in Xiao Jiansheng''s eyes, it is only a necessary realm.


    Arrogant and far sighted, he will not be willing to stop here. He still has a higher goal and a greater future.


    It can almost be said that as a disciple of the Holy Land Sect, anyone who has some ambition will take returning to virtual power as his goal.


    If Xiao Jiansheng offends the will of heaven in the Jun dust world, he will have a lot of fun when he attacks the Yang God and experiences thunder robbery in the future.


    It''s better to greatly increase the power of thunder robbery. Maybe thunder robbery will directly become thunder punishment and blow him away without any residue.


    Xiao Jiansheng felt that his family must attack Yang God in the future, and he would inevitably experience thunder robbery.


    He would rather watch the alien strongman in front of him kill into the endless sand sea. He would never make such a bad decision to offend the will of heaven in the Jun dust world.


    Xiao Jiansheng rejected Jin Lizhen. After a loud noise, the whole space channel seemed to shake.


    This is not over. The huge grinding plate began to rotate rapidly and grind the space channel hard.


    Among the five true monarchs, Meng Zhang''s cultivation is at the bottom, and his combat effectiveness is definitely not the strongest.


    However, relying on the inherited Taoist magic, he caused the greatest damage to the space channel.


    It has always been easier to destroy than to build.


    The space channel established by the Zijin sect in those years was soon riddled with holes by the five Terran gods.


    Although the space channel has a certain self-healing ability, when the speed of destruction far exceeds the speed of repair, this self-healing ability has little effect.


    Only a thousand days to be a thief, not a thousand days to prevent thieves.


    The means of the Terran God Zhenjun are strange and changeable. It''s almost impossible to prevent.


    The stronger the demons and spirits are, the more distracted they are to protect the space channel, the more the protoss can spare their hands and cause serious damage to the space channel.


    Such repetition has formed a vicious circle.


    After a series of blows, this originally stable space channel appeared numerous large gaps and began to become shaky.


    The white Jiao king has found this problem. He has always claimed to be a wise man in the demon family, but he has no good way to solve the problem.


    Even if he took out the effort to press the bottom of the box and tried his best, he had little effect. He could only watch the situation deteriorate and the damage to the space channel became more and more serious. It seemed that he would run away at any time.


    The angry Baijiao king had long lost his previous chattering posture and kept roaring.


    He was so angry that he almost began to go crazy, and he didn''t want to get close with his companions.


    After another roar, the white Jiao King soon heard bursts of roars behind him, as if echoing him from a distance.


    All the powerful demons, including King Bai Jiao, were delighted that the reinforcements had finally arrived.


    In the space passage behind the white Jiao king, several lights and shadows flashed. They were moving fast and were about to catch up.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and his five human gods, Zhenjun, have also come to the end of the channel and are about to leave the space channel.


    The last and most dangerous step.


    Xiao Jiansheng fully showed the demeanor of the disciples of the Holy Land Sect at this time, and took the initiative to stay behind in the end.


    Before leaving the space channel, everyone took out their hidden mace and launched the strongest attack.


    Xing Jianzhen released a fourth-order sword talisman, and jade rabbit Zhenjun also released a fourth-order talisman.


    Jin Lizhen released a ten thousand mile map of yellow sand and sprayed a mouthful of blood essence on it, which stimulated the potential of this fourth-order magic weapon.


    The rolling yellow sand surges wildly, filling the space channel in front.


    Meng Zhang has the least savings and few means. Just once again urged the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and hardened the space channel in front.


    After the final blow, the four Yuanshen Zhenjun jumped out of the space channel and returned to the mirage secret land.


    Xiao Jian, who stayed at the end, took the opportunity to rush to his Baijiao king, sneered, took out a thunder ball flashing with thunder light and gently threw it out.


    The white Jiao king knew so well that he didn''t dare to take it hard. He flew back faster than when he came, leaving an unwilling roar in the air.


    Xiao Jiansheng took the opportunity to jump out of the space channel, and the roar of thunder came to his ears.


    With the thunder, the space channel began to collapse.

 Chapter 828

    What Xiao Jiansheng threw was not an ordinary thunder ball, but an elder of the realm of Yang God in the door. He collected the breath of thunder when he spent the thunder robbery and made it specially.


    No matter who is strong, as long as he doesn''t have the strength to survive the thunder robbery, if he is hit by the thunder robbery, he will lose half his life if he doesn''t die.


    This lightning bolt was given by the elder who looked after him and gave it to him as a life preserver.


    He has always cherished his life, not to mention against the Dali imperial dynasty, but also in previous crises, he was not willing to use it.


    Now I have no choice but to show it. Its power is really extraordinary, far more than expected.


    Baijiao Wang has good eyesight and knows how powerful he is. He not only tries to avoid himself, but also reminds his companions to avoid.


    The mine failed to hit the target and exploded automatically in the space channel.


    Thunder rumble, thunder light and lightning flash, the special breath from thunder robbery and the irresistible power of heaven and earth, shocked the strong people of both demon and spirit families, and couldn''t help but want to crawl on the ground.


    The great power of the mine robbery explosion blew up a large part of the space passage. The resulting chain reaction, so that the remaining space channels began to collapse one after another.


    After Xiao Jiansheng jumped out of the space channel, there was no pause. At the command, the five yuan God Zhenjun shot at almost the same time and launched a fierce attack on the collapsing space channel.


    Through the huge space portal, powerful Taoist magic powers poured into the rear space channel madly.


    The collapse speed of the space channel that was collapsing was greatly accelerated, and the huge space portal soon disappeared.


    Meng Zhang was not lazy, but also worked hard to bombard the space channel.


    Seeing the scene in front of him, he looked at everyone with a little doubt. He didn''t know whether the space channel had been completely destroyed.


    Everyone looked at each other, obviously unsure.


    Xiao Jiansheng did not leave in a hurry, but decided to stay and observe for a period of time.


    At this time, Jin Lizhen, who finally completely escaped the ascension, finally relaxed.


    Jin Qiaoer was released by Meng Zhang and ran to see his master.


    Xiao Jiansheng waited for them to finish talking, and then went to ask Jin Lizhen about the whole thing.


    Speaking of it, Jin Lizhen Jun was a little confused about why she was so unlucky.


    After she was defeated by Fei Guozhen of the jade sword gate, she entered the small world, closed the space channel to the Jun dust world, and practiced hard in isolation wholeheartedly.


    Soon after Jin Lizhen became the yuan God, he was attracted by Qing Lanzhen of the Qing Yuan sect and joined the Jiuqu League. He was in a high position and held great power.


    In those years, she was also intoxicated with that feeling. The huge power in her hands could enable her to dominate the future of many Xiuzhen sects and families and master the fate of many Xiuzhen people.


    Because of the excitement of defeat in public, she put down everything and had a lot of new insights after closed door and hard practice.


    Over the years, her accomplishments have improved by leaps and bounds, and the initial accomplishments of Yuanshen are about to be completed.


    The essence of nine days stored in her body is about to be consumed after she has been closed for so long.


    Outside the small world, there is an extraterritorial void. Jin Lizhen was going to search around to see if she could find some Yuqing LINGJI.


    She had just left her closed little world. Before she left too far, she bumped into the powerful demon family who was spinning around.


    Until now, Jin Lizhen Jun is confused and doesn''t understand why the powerful demon clan appears near the small world.


    The void outside the territory is vast and boundless. The small world of Zijin sect is in the void, which is a grain of sand in the sea. It is insignificant and difficult to be found.


    Those foreign demons didn''t know what shit luck they had, but they actually found this hidden little world.


    Fortunately, Jin Lizhen Jun is smart enough to know that she is not an opponent when she finds the whereabouts of the powerful demon family.


    She immediately fled back to the small world at the fastest speed, urging the space force attached to the space channel to close the whole small world.


    As for the next thing, everyone knows.


    Foreign demon families have found a space channel connecting the small world and the Junchen world.


    However, because the space channel is under the control of Jin Lizhen, it has long been completely closed.


    The foreign demon clan who threw a rat repellent weapon confronted Jin Lizhen.


    When the people came to the rescue, Jin Lizhen, according to the original plan, pretended to promise these foreign demons that they agreed to open the space channel, but they must let themselves go first.


    The strong of the demon family know that Jin Lizhen is cheating, but they don''t know that Jin Lizhen has been waiting for reinforcements. They just think Jin Lizhen wants to take the opportunity to escape.


    Compared with the space channel, Jin Lizhen Jun himself is not worth mentioning.


    The strong man of the demon family agreed to Jin Lizhen''s request and gave Jin Lizhen a chance to escape.


    Meng Zhang, who came to the rescue, repelled the two demon kings who first entered the space channel, and rescued Jin Lizhen from the pursuit of the white Jiao king.


    After hearing Jin Lizhen''s story, Xiao Jiansheng didn''t find any problems.


    Meng Zhang thought Jin Lizhen was too unlucky.


    Sitting at home behind closed doors brings disaster from heaven.


    The small world of Zijin school and the space channel are of great value.


    It contains some mysteries about the space Avenue, which plays a great role in practitioners'' understanding of the space Avenue.


    In the cultivation world, many powerful Yuanshen sects are unable to have a small world in the extraterritorial void.


    Jin Lizhen Jun can own this small world alone, which can be said to be a great blessing.


    Meng Zhang had thought about it before and waited until Jin Lizhen left the customs. He can use that small world as a springboard and forward base to explore the extraterritorial void.


    Now, the small world has fallen into the hands of foreign demons, and the space channel has collapsed.


    In the following time, under the arrangement of Xiao Jiansheng, everyone can show their own secret skills and explore the specific situation of the space channel.


    Although the end of the space channel connecting the mirage mystery is broken and collapsed, there are still many residual traces.


    When the space channel collapses, the spatial fluctuation is even more obvious.


    After staying in the mirage for more than a month, the spatial fluctuation began to disappear slowly, and the surrounding space began to become stable.


    After this period of exploration, everyone knows the specific situation, and summarizes their findings to Xiao Jiansheng.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is not high, but his attainments on the space Avenue are not shallow, and there are many valuable discoveries.


    We all know that Meng Zhang''s major avenue is Yin Yang Avenue, and space Avenue is only a minor.


    He had such an understanding on a minor space Avenue, which made everyone look up at him.


    Combined with his own and everyone''s findings, Xiao Jiansheng got the results.


    It was unlucky this time. The result was not very good.

 Chapter 829

    Xiao Jiansheng''s conclusion is good and bad.


    He said the good side first.


    Due to the complete collapse of the space channel connecting the mirage secret place, foreign demon families and spirit families cannot directly enter the mirage secret place through the space channel.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s conclusion was roughly equivalent to his own judgment. Meng Zhang was a little relieved.


    If the demon clan and spirit clan directly enter the mirage secret place, kill them from there. As the owner of endless sand sea, taiyimen must bear the brunt.


    In the face of such a strong enemy, taiyimen must be irresistible.


    A bad one is another disaster.


    The demon clan and spirit clan cannot directly enter the mirage secret place, which is great good news for Meng Zhang.


    Speaking of the good side, Xiao Jiansheng also spoke of the bad side.


    The space channel established by the Zijin sect did not completely collapse.


    Due to the efforts of the powerful demons and spirits, the end connecting the small world of Zijin sect should be preserved.


    If there is a strong person who is proficient in the way of space in the demon family, you can try to repair this space channel.


    Even if it cannot be completely repaired, a large part can be repaired.


    Based on Xiao Jiansheng''s understanding of foreign demon families, there is no lack of strong people who are proficient in the way of space.


    At that time, the strong ones of the demon family and spirit family can still enter the Jun dust world through the space channel.


    Of course, for space transmission, the difference is thousands of miles. Incomplete space channels can not make them transmit accurately, but there will be many deviations.


    According to Xiao Jiansheng''s judgment, the endless sand sea, the Gobi Desert next to it, the Yuantu prairie, the whole Jiuqu League, and even the hengjue mountain in the South... May become the end of the transmission of demon and spirit families.


    As for when the demon clan and spirit clan can repair the space channel, when they can transmit, and where they will be transmitted, Xiao Jiansheng doesn''t know.


    After hearing Xiao Jiansheng''s words, everyone fell into silence.


    It''s really a leaky house. It rains every night.


    The Jiuqu League is facing the crazy attack of the northern sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty, and the barbarians outside the territory are eyeing. Now it will welcome the attack of the demon family and the spirit family.


    From previous contacts alone, we know how powerful these two races are.


    With the current situation of Jiuqu League, it is really unable to bear greater pressure.


    Of course, if Jiuqu League is lucky enough, it will not necessarily become unlucky.


    If the demon clan and spirit clan invading the Jun dust world are transmitted to the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, it will be unlucky for Dali imperial dynasty.


    Even if the invaders are sent to Yuantu prairie, it is not a bad thing.


    Different foreign races are not necessarily friends.


    The barbarians who have occupied the Yuantu prairie do not necessarily welcome the demon and spirit families.


    Meng Zhang had nothing to do with this kind of thing. He had to secretly hope that the farther the demon family and spirit family transmitted, the better. As long as they were far away from the endless sand sea and Gobi, they and taiyimen could escape.


    Xing jianzhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun all hope that Jiuqu League will have better luck, and it''s best to let Dali Dynasty have bad luck.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as the sage of Ziyang, walks in the world, but he can''t be so narrow.


    He must look far ahead and look at the problems facing him from the height of the whole Jun dust world.


    According to the practice of the Junchen world, if there is a large-scale invasion of extraterritorial races, the major Xiuzhen forces fighting nearby should stop the fighting and unite to pioneer the pursuit of extraterritorial invaders.


    Such rules were jointly formulated by the major Holy Land sects and strongly maintained by the major Holy Land sects.


    For Jiuqu League, if we can now have a truce with Dali Dynasty, it is absolutely desirable.


    The Jiuqu League under the leadership of yujianmen, facing the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, was exhausted and could not support it.


    Xiao Jiansheng didn''t forget to contact the high level of yujianmen when they were exploring the space channel.


    According to the news from the jade sword gate, due to the lack of Xiao Jiansheng''s three top combat forces, Jiuqu League is now passive everywhere, and the defense line near Huanglian holy mountain is about to collapse.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, it''s not a good thing to let Dali imperial court have a truce now.


    The support of Jiuqu League was very hard, but in other directions, Ziyang Shengzong used many means and forces to exert pressure on Dali imperial dynasty from all directions.


    Soon, Ziyang Shengzong will launch a full-scale plan to destroy Dali imperial dynasty.


    It''s better now. Because of the invasion of foreign demon and spirit families, we have to temporarily suspend the pressure on Dali imperial court. Doesn''t that give Dali imperial court a chance to breathe?


    Xiao Jiansheng knew that in the eyes of the middle and high levels of the door, Da Li from the imperial dynasty was already a serious disaster and must be eradicated in time.


    How did these damn foreign invaders come so coincidentally?


    After thinking for a while, with Xiao Jiansheng''s resourcefulness, he didn''t think of any way to get the best of both worlds.


    In desperation, he had to report the matter to the door and wait for the decision of the middle and senior level of the door.


    Now the front line of Huanglian holy mountain is in an emergency. He didn''t stay here much, so he took Xing Jianzhen and they left.


    Before leaving, Xiao Jiansheng specially told Meng Zhang.


    Although the space channel connecting one end of the mirage has been destroyed, he can''t be too careless.


    He''d better arrange enough strength to strengthen the alert nearby, constantly monitor the surrounding trends, especially pay attention to whether there are special spatial fluctuations.


    Although Meng Zhang agreed, he was a little difficult.


    Taiyimen''s Yuanshen combat power is limited, so we can''t take this place into account.


    Of course, Meng Zhang cannot completely ignore it.


    In desperation, he decided to arrange several clever Jindan friars to come first. Anyway, it''s just monitoring, not asking them to fight against the powerful demons.


    Xiao Jiansheng and his disciples left, leaving only Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had the opportunity to talk to Jin Lizhen about some private things.


    Before that, Meng Zhang had told Jin Lizhen about the current situation of Jiuqu League.


    Now, what he said is about taiyimen.


    Except for the maple leaf mountain city on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang didn''t hide much and said a lot of taiyimen''s private plans.


    Taiyi sect raised bandits and took advantage of the confrontation with foreign barbarians to avoid the recruitment of Yujian sect.


    Now the front line of Huanglian holy mountain is in urgent need, and Jin Lizhen returns safely. The jade sword gate will certainly not have such a Yuanshen combat power as Jin Lizhen.


    When Xiao Jiansheng and them left, Xing Jianzhen actually deliberately asked Jin Lizhen to go with them.


    However, Jin Lizhen said that she was seriously injured by the strong man of the demon family and needed time to treat the injury, so she muddled through for the time being.


    Jin Lizhen is also unwilling to go to the front line of Huanglian holy mountain to fight for the jade sword gate.

 Chapter 830

    Although Jin Lizhen has been closed for many years, her identity has not changed. She is still a member of Jiuqu League.


    If the jade sword sect recruits her to join the war as the leader of Jiuqu League, she really can''t refuse.


    After so many years of seclusion and the pursuit of foreign demon families, Jin Lizhen''s heart of power has long disappeared.


    For her, when she was in a high position in Jiuqu League, she lost her mind and went astray.


    After all, practitioners should focus on their own cultivation.


    The confusion in her heart dissipated, and her heart of seeking Tao became more firm.


    Since she didn''t want to be high in Jiuqu League, she naturally didn''t want to work for Jiuqu League.


    What''s more, the jade sword sect is not the Qing Yuan sect. She owes nothing to the jade sword sect and has no friendship with the jade sword sect.


    Of course, you still have to pay attention to strategy. Jin Lizhen can''t obviously refuse the recruitment of yujianmen.


    The excuse for treating the injury can''t be delayed too long.


    If you betray Jiuqu League openly, it will lead to many bad consequences.


    Jin Lizhen''s accomplishments have not reached the point where she can run amok.


    Meng Zhang thought of a way and asked Jin Lizhen to go with him to taiyimen in the front camp.


    If the jade sword sect sends an order to recruit her, it will say that she is entangled by the powerful barbarians outside the territory, and there is really no way to get away.


    It''s a big deal. I''ll fight the Barbarian King then.


    The front line of Huanglian holy mountain is important, and the responsibility of taiyimen is equally important.


    The war between Jiuqu League and Dali Dynasty was a civil war in the Xiuzhen world.


    Taiyimen''s confrontation with foreign barbarians is to resist foreign enemies and firmly occupy the commanding height of the great righteousness of the human race.


    Facing the jade sword gate of the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, I must not have the energy to move slowly with Taiyi gate.


    Because of a series of things, Meng Zhang had the idea of independence from the jade sword gate.


    However, due to lack of strength, the time did not come, so he temporarily pressed down the idea.


    Since he has long lost his loyalty to the jade sword sect, of course, he can mix and try to preserve his strength.


    It is a great help for taiyimen to win over Jin Lizhen.


    Before Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the yuan God, Jin Lizhen was the patron of Taiyi gate.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang has achieved Yuanshen. Taiyimen does not need asylum, but still needs allies at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After being defeated in public, closed for many years, and chased and killed by the powerful demons, Jin Lizhen became more and more calm.


    After knowing that Meng Zhang achieved the original God, she learned to actively adjust her relationship with taiyimen. It was no longer a lofty attitude, but treated Meng Zhang with an equal attitude.


    Now Meng Zhang invited her to the front camp of taiyimen, and she readily agreed.


    After they came to the front camp of taiyimen, they first told the whole thing to Shushan Zhenjun and he luozhenjun.


    After the two Yuanshen Zhenjun sighed, Shushan Zhenjun reminded Meng Zhang. In the future, we must strengthen prevention to prevent the large-scale emergence of foreign demon and spirit families on the side of the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang himself is proficient in space Avenue. He has long analyzed it in detail.


    Even if these extraterritorial invaders have repaired the space channel, due to the transmission deviation, the most likely places are Jiuqu League and Yuantu prairie.


    Of course, the endless sand sea and Gobi can''t relax their vigilance.


    If the foreign invaders are too strong and taiyimen can''t resist them, we must give up everything here and turn to maple leaf mountain city in time.


    In fact, the key to this matter is not taiyimen at all.


    If Jiuqu alliance can stop the war with Dali imperial dynasty, with the strength of these two countries, they should be able to resist foreign invaders.


    In the history of Jun dust world, it has encountered many foreign invasions.


    However, there are few cases that can cause disasters sweeping the whole Jun dust world.


    In most cases, the overlord of each region can solve the problem at home.


    If the situation is too serious, there are major holy places of practice in the Middle Earth continent.


    There must be a reason why so many powerful extraterritorial races have failed to subvert the rule of the human race in the Junchen world.


    Because our side now has a full number of four Yuanshen Zhenjun, who have an absolute advantage in the top combat power, Meng Zhang has greatly reduced the number of low-level friars in the camp.


    The oldest and most experienced Jijian general led the two golden elixirs to garrison in the mirage secret place.


    Mirage secret place originally had a strong repulsive force against foreign Jindan real people, but they knew the secret method to control the secret place from Jin Lizhen Jun long ago and could enter and leave the secret place freely.


    The extreme sword God stationed them in the secret territory to monitor the surrounding spatial fluctuations at any time.


    Although it is almost impossible for demon and spirit clans outside the territory to reconnect the space channel to that place, they should be more careful for caution.


    If the worst happens and the space channel reconnects the mirage, they must warn in time.


    The low-level friars who withdrew from the front camp were led by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader of Taiyi sect, and divided into several different teams.


    From now on, they will conduct intensive patrols in the endless sand sea and the Gobi.


    Once it is found that the people of demon and spirit families outside the territory appear, it is necessary to report to Meng Zhang in time.


    In addition to the friars of taiyimen, this detachment also includes the friars of Hanhai daomeng.


    Meng Zhang also gave them a promise for the cannon fodder that had been taken in by taiyimen.


    As long as they perform well in the future, taiyimen can give them a chance to rebuild their clan and family.


    In the previous war with foreign barbarians, the monks of baizhanmen performed very well.


    Later, in a series of small-scale fierce battles, baizhanmen friars not only actively participated in the war, but also achieved great results.


    Although the strongest of them was the friars in the foundation period, they performed no worse than some Jindan sects in Hanhai daomeng.


    In order to reward them, but also to set a good example.


    Meng Zhang set aside a good territory in the Gobi of evil wind and gave it to these friars of baizhanmen as their territory for them to rebuild the mountain gate.


    These disciples of the Baizhan sect are grateful to Meng Zhang for his great kindness.


    Their leader swore to heaven that he was willing to be a vassal of Taiyi gate and loyal to Taiyi gate forever.


    The hundred battles gate in its heyday was far more powerful than the Taiyi gate and the jade sword gate.


    However, after so many years of twists and turns, it finally became a small sect gate building a foundation, and had to become a vassal of Taiyi gate to have the opportunity to rebuild the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang never believed in this kind of pledge of allegiance, nor would he give unnecessary sympathy because of his similar experience with taiyimen.


    He just acted according to his usual rules.


    As long as Baizhan gate keeps its duty and abides by the rules of Taiyi gate in the future, it will naturally continue.

 Chapter 831

    Under the command of Meng Zhang, taiyimen has its own characteristics more and more.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s own style, the whole sect also has its own code of conduct.


    Taiyimen controlled many Xiuzhen forces through organizations such as Hanhai daomeng.


    In order to effectively command these cultivation forces, we need a set of strict order and strict rules.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that taiyimen could basically distinguish between reward and punishment and impose both kindness and power on these vassal forces.


    In particular, the existence of taiyimen dark hall is a strong deterrent to those who have evil intentions.


    When needed, taiyimen also has thunder means and can kill wantonly.


    In fact, Meng Zhang has been less and less involved in the daily affairs of Taiyi sect. Niu Dawei, his eldest disciple, takes care of all aspects of Taiyi sect''s affairs on weekdays.


    In recent years, the foreign enemies faced by taiyimen are too powerful, far from the imperial dynasty, foreign barbarians, and foreign demon and spirit families that may come.


    These powerful enemies have the power to destroy taiyimen. Meng Zhang had to go out and be careful.


    After Jin Lizhen joined taiyimen camp, she did not take the initiative to attack the barbarians outside the territory.


    Between taiyimen and foreign barbarians, the situation remains the same as before.


    Meng Zhang''s attention has long been no longer here, but always pays attention to the situation of Yujian gate.


    The invasion of foreign powers is also a major event for the Dark Alliance branch.


    Both Chizhu Zhenjun and Yutu Zhenjun actively participated in this matter and informed Shushan Zhenjun of the specific progress in real time.


    On this matter, Shushan Zhenjun and Meng Zhang shared all the information.


    This allows Meng Zhang to keep abreast of the latest developments.


    After Xiao Jiansheng returned to the front line of Huanglian holy mountain, the whole thing soon spread because they didn''t deliberately keep it secret.


    Knowing that the demon and spirit families outside the territory may invade on a large scale, people in Jiuqu league are terrified, and many people have no fighting spirit to continue to fight with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Their own mountain gate was threatened, and they were reluctant to retreat one after another.


    Xiao Jiansheng sent the relevant information of this matter back to Ziyang Shengzong and waited for the decision of the high level of the sect.


    Under the fierce attack of the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty, the Jiuqu League supported very hard.


    Facing the pressure inside and outside the sect, under internal and external troubles, yujianzhen Jun, who has always been tough, had to make concessions.


    Regardless of Xiao Jiansheng''s objection, he sent messengers to contact the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, and truthfully told the news that the demon and spirit families outside the territory were about to invade on a large scale.


    The news surprised the marshal Zhang Wei, who was in charge of the whole army.


    Prince Xia Houfeng, who was hit hard by Xiao Jiansheng last time, has been closed for so long. Although his injury is far from healing, he has at least stabilized and can maintain communication with the outside world.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t keep such a big event confidential and specially informed Xia Houfeng.


    If according to Xia Houfeng''s intention, we should take advantage of the current panic of Jiuqu League and no fighting spirit, and make every effort to launch a fierce attack to break Jiuqu League in one fell swoop.


    As for the extraterritorial invaders, they can''t get well in the face of the powerful Dali Dynasty.


    Zhang Weineng''s vision is a little longer than Xia Houfeng''s.


    The Jiuqu League, which has been hit many times, is actually at the end of a powerful crossbow.


    The complete elimination of the Jiuqu League is of little benefit in essence. On the contrary, it will make Dali alone against foreign invaders in the future.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, if the Dali imperial dynasty perishes the Jiuqu League and becomes the master of the vast territory nearby.


    It is the responsibility of Dali to defend the territory, so we must ensure that this territory is not occupied by foreign invaders.


    Dali Dynasty has a large territory. In many aspects, it is now facing strong external pressure.


    If you have the upper hand in Jiuqu League, you can''t directly reduce the pressure in other aspects.


    Zhang Weineng thought about it and made contact with the rear before formulating a new strategy.


    Zhang Weineng personally received the envoys sent by Yujian sect and said a lot of nonsense about the great righteousness of the human race. He said that Dali imperial dynasty was willing to stop the war with Jiuqu alliance and unite with the outside world.


    However, please stop and do all kinds of actions behind the back of Ziyang Shengzong, so that Dali imperial dynasty can concentrate its efforts and give priority to dealing with foreign invaders.


    The messenger of yujianmen took Zhang Weineng''s attitude back and reported to yujianzhenjun.


    Yujian Zhenjun is really in trouble.


    Jade sword sect can''t be the master of Ziyang holy sect. The whole Jiuqu League is not worth mentioning in the eyes of Ziyang holy sect.


    Zhang Weineng can''t meet his requirements at all.


    In desperation, Yu Jianzhen had to pull down his face and beg Xiao Jiansheng.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s action against Dali imperial dynasty is a big plan formulated by the middle and high levels of the door. Xiao Jiansheng can''t object either.


    Moreover, in his heart, he didn''t want to make peace with Dali Dynasty at all.


    Foreign invaders are only scabies, and leaving the imperial dynasty is a real problem.


    You can''t give your heart a chance to breathe for the sake of scabies.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s attitude makes Yu Jianzhen helpless.


    On Zhang Weineng''s side, he also guessed that the jade sword gate could not affect the Ziyang saint.


    In doing so, he just wanted Dali to occupy the moral commanding height and the position of great ceremony.


    The name has no practical effect in many cases, but many large doors still pay more attention to this.


    In particular, the Holy Land zongmen, which ruled the whole Jun dust world, paid more attention to these, at least on the surface.


    Soon, all kinds of rumors spread from Dali around the imperial dynasty.


    Invaders from outside the territory are about to invade the Junchen world on a large scale. Dali was prepared to actively resist the imperial dynasty, but Ziyang Shengzong is holding back behind his back


    Similar rumors spread more and more widely, and soon spread to the hinterland of the Middle Earth continent from the edge of the Middle Earth continent.


    The role of rumors has not yet emerged, but people have seen the energy of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, who has been paying attention to this matter, is a little puzzled about the practice of Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang also used the method of spreading rumors, forcing the other party to submit and provoking trouble.


    But when you spread rumors, you should also see who the target is. That''s Ziyang Shengzong. How can you give in because of some rumors?


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he still hoped that the Dali imperial court could have a temporary truce with the Jiuqu alliance.


    With the strength of both sides, even if they do not cooperate with each other, they can only guard their own territory, which can make foreign invaders return in vain.


    Although Jiuqu League has worked very hard in front of Dali imperial court, its strength is not weak.


    Without the interference from the imperial dynasty, there is no big problem for Jiuqu League to dispatch ten or twenty yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang judged that the strength of the other party was also limited according to the previous fighting with the foreign strongmen.


    Otherwise, Jin Lizhen may not be able to last so long in the small world.


    If the Dali Dynasty has not stopped the war with the Jiuqu alliance and continues to attract most of the combat effectiveness of the Jiuqu alliance, these extraterritorial invaders will really be untreatable.

 Chapter 832

    Meng Zhang himself is the leader of a sect, and Taiyi sect is also an authentic sect that pays more attention to wind evaluation.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is aware of the so-called authentic way of doing things.


    When there is no big event on weekdays, you can show your generosity, benevolence and kindness, and strive to win a good reputation.


    However, in the face of great benefits or serious events, we should still pay attention to practical interests.


    Good reputation is only embellishment, and practical interests are the real pursuit.


    Dali emperor spread these rumors in the hope that Ziyang Shengzong would scruple his own reputation and no longer exert pressure on him.


    If Meng Zhanglai were the leader of Ziyang Shengzong, he would not be limited by such means.


    Fame is nothing. Eradicating the great enemy is the top priority.


    Bad reputation can be slowly recovered in the future, but it will delay major events only if it gives the enemy a chance to breathe.


    And with the power of the Holy Land Sect, who dares to stand up blatantly.


    Meng Zhang is not optimistic about Dali''s actions at all.


    If Ziyang Shengzong will not let go of Dali imperial court, Jiuqu League and Dali imperial court will not truce, if foreign invaders kill, Taiyi gate can guard its own door at most.


    For the overall situation, Meng Zhang has no ability to interfere.


    Of course, if the foreign invaders are killed, the barbarian army in front of us must be disposed of as soon as possible, and we can''t let it continue to drag down the main force of taiyimen.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang mainly did two things besides practice.


    One thing is to continue to pay attention to the negotiation results between Jiuqu League and Dali Dynasty.


    Another thing is to carefully observe the barbarian army camp in front of you to see if there are loopholes to drill.


    Although he didn''t wait for the reply he wanted, marshal Zhang Weineng didn''t stop his action.


    He declared to the outside world that although there were a little differences between Dali imperial dynasty and Jiuqu League, everyone was a human cultivator and should unite to resist foreign enemies.


    The North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty took the initiative to stop the attack on the front line of Huanglian holy mountain, and retreated a section to leave a safe distance.


    The northern sweeping army takes the initiative. Of course, it comes and goes whenever it wants. It can advance and retreat freely.


    The Jiuqu alliance, which originally supported the very hard work, certainly wanted the enemy''s active retreat.


    Xiao Jiansheng was very dissatisfied with this situation and wanted to drive the friars stationed in the defense line to pursue on their own initiative.


    It was not easy for them to escape from death. Let alone pursue the enemy, they were reluctant to continue to garrison the defense line.


    Especially those reinforcements from Daheng cultivation world sent troops to Jiuqu league only because Bairi Valley wanted to please Ziyang Shengzong.


    Facing the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, they have paid heavy casualties and suffered enough. Where do they still have the mind to pursue.


    After Xiao Jiansheng''s order was issued, it led to a large-scale riot and almost triggered a mutiny.


    Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun managed to pacify these guys. If you want to continue fighting, don''t think about it.


    Around Huanglian holy mountain, Xiao Jiansheng is probably the only one who wants to continue fighting with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Almost everyone is tired of fighting and unwilling to continue fighting. His will alone seemed insignificant.


    Xiao Jiansheng has already sent the situation back to the door, but so far, the middle and senior management of the door has not responded.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s inner thoughts are very similar to those of Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Shengzong is now facing the choice of false name and practical interests.


    Xiao Jiansheng himself tends to choose practical interests and give priority to the elimination of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After this period of thinking, he also figured out some problems.


    This time, even if the demon and spirit families outside the territory invade the Junchen world on a large scale, they will be the victims of Jiuqu League and its surroundings at most.


    The enemy occupied only the remote areas of the Junchen world. Ziyang Shengzong will not be materially hurt. At most, it is not good-looking in face and damaged in reputation.


    After eliminating the Dali Dynasty, Ziyang shengzongda can slowly deal with those foreign invaders.


    In the history of Jun dust world, it has suffered so many foreign invasions. But every time, in the end, it was the Terran cultivator who won.


    Xiao Jiansheng was most worried about the old antiques in the door, who attached too much importance to the reputation of zongmen. He was tired of reputation and fell into the calculation of Dali imperial dynasty.


    There are also some high-level sects who are superior and used to being flattered. They really regard themselves as the Savior of suffering and rescue, and have to do some thankless things.


    Xiao Jian''s voice was far away from the Jiuqu League, and could not interfere with the decision of the sect at all.


    Although he had tried his best to attach his own opinions to the news reported to zongmen.


    However, he was not sure whether the high level of zongmen would adopt it or not.


    Peace has been temporarily restored on the front line of Huanglian holy mountain. On the side of Jiuqu alliance, including the sword repair of yujianmen, they are relieved.


    The so-called sword madman who is not afraid of life and death is not really a madman, nor is he really afraid of death.


    In the face of weak enemies, they can show their madness and bravery.


    In the face of the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, the one they usually use is of little use.


    The army of sweeping the north with an iron will was not moved at all.


    Now that peace has been restored on the front line of Huanglian holy mountain, the major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League recruited by yujianmen have found various excuses to leave the front line and return to the mountain gate.


    Some of the monks in the gate are too seriously injured and need to be treated as soon as possible; Some people are worried about going down the mountain gate and need to go back and have a look; Some of the territory is plagued by monsters and bandits. It needs to be calmed down as soon as possible


    In the face of all kinds of strange excuses and all kinds of requests, the senior management of yujianmen is also tireless.


    In fact, some people in the high level of yujianmen have long proposed to withdraw some of the monks of yujianmen. Let them return to the mountain gate to strengthen their defense and prevent the arrival of foreign invaders.


    Yujianzhenjun also knew that blocking is better than sparse. Despite Xiao Jiansheng''s opposition, he dismissed a large number of Jiuqu alliance friars and asked them to return to their respective mountain gates.


    Before dismissing these friars, yujianzhen also had a word in advance.


    They just take turns to go back for rest or do housework.


    If the battle on the front line is rekindled and the jade sword gate recruits them again, they must rush to the front line and join the battle immediately.


    Not only the friars of Jiuqu League, but also many of the reinforcements from the Daheng cultivation world are clamoring to go back.


    Xiao Jiansheng threatened and lured Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun in the daytime Valley and promised many benefits.


    Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun took out the authority and style of the big sect and managed to subdue the monks and let them be honest.


    The front line of Huanglian holy mountain was noisy, but Xiao Jiansheng didn''t wait for a new order from zongmen, which made him a little anxious.

 Chapter 833

    The leader of Yujian sect, Yujian Zhenjun, actually doesn''t want to offend Xiao Jiansheng.


    Although he is a sword practitioner, he is not old-fashioned and knows how to be flexible.


    Jianxiu will kneel and lick when facing the Holy Land Sect door.


    Yujianzhenjun deliberately befriended Xiao Jiansheng and almost followed his words before.


    However, the situation in Jiuqu League is so and the people''s hearts are so. As a leader, he really has no way but to comply with the general trend and the people''s hearts.


    He knew in his heart that the jade sword sect had pushed the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League to the limit.


    If we continue to force them to fight and kill with the Dali imperial court regardless of their wishes, there may be a rebound.


    Dali imperial court is very harsh to the practitioners. It must be bad to take refuge in Dali imperial court.


    But no matter how bad it is, it''s better than dying in war.


    Yujian Zhenjun knows the integrity of these practitioners. When it comes to life and death, there will be a large-scale surrender to the enemy.


    In fact, if it wasn''t for Yujian Zhenjun''s wrist, the supervisor team of Yujian gate has been staring very closely. Some time ago, someone might have defected.


    Now, among the many true cultivation forces in Jiuqu League, there must be some guys who secretly communicate with Dali imperial dynasty.


    The jade sword sect has no choice but to act confused and invisible.


    Yujianzhenjun has his own difficulties and hardships. He really can''t continue to follow Xiao Jiansheng''s orders.


    Xiao Jiansheng learned through his own channels that although the North sweeping army and Jiuqu League had stopped fighting. However, in other directions, the pressure exerted by Ziyang Shengzong on Dali Dynasty through various means did not ease, but remained the same.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong made indirect moves to exert pressure on Dali Dynasty, but there was no further action.


    Xiao Jiansheng passed the latest information from Jiuqu League back to the door.


    However, there are still no new orders within Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the eyes of the high level of Ziyang Shengzong, everything that happened here in Jiuqu League seemed to be nonexistent.


    This makes Xiao Jiansheng very troubled and a little at a loss.


    Without the assistance of zongmen, it is obviously impossible for Jiuqu League to take the initiative to fight.


    Without the instructions of the Pope, Xiao Jiansheng can''t act rashly.


    In this way, the whole situation became strange.


    In other directions, let alone Jiuqu League, there was a rare scene of peace.


    There was a de facto truce between the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty and the Jiuqu League.


    Although so far, the two sides have not reached any agreement.


    Meng Zhang was also confused about this situation.


    What exactly does Ziyang Shengzong want to do? Will it let Dali emperor go temporarily?


    Meng Zhang can''t take care of other places. He can only let Taiyi gate strengthen its defense.


    He himself has not relaxed in his practice and has tried to improve his combat effectiveness.


    After so many years of cultivation, Meng Zhang''s original life spirit tool yin-yang spirit gourd is about to be advanced. It is only one step away from becoming a fourth-order magic tool.


    But this is the last step, but it can''t pass.


    Meng Zhang felt that the yin-yang Linghu was still a little short of fire, so he was unable to make a breakthrough.


    Qicaixia light robe was finally completely repaired through the unremitting efforts of Qi lingcai''er.


    Meng Zhang invested a lot of resources in yin-yang Linghu, which made caier very dissatisfied.


    It''s a waste of resources to occupy so many good things with just a third-order magic weapon.


    In particular, the number of Yuan Shen''s power released by Meng Zhang is fixed.


    If you eat more of one magic weapon, you eat less of the other.


    For the fourth order magic tools, the power of the yuan God friar is an indispensable tonic.


    Caier took the initiative to be driven by Meng Zhang, but he took a look at the power of Meng Zhang''s yuan God. He is especially energetic and spiritual


    Meng Zhang was made helpless by caier and had to pay a little more power.


    The power of Yuanshen friars is limited.


    If you release too much, it will certainly affect your own cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s Yuanshen power is much thicker than that of ordinary Yuanshen friars, but it is also the limit to warm up two or three fourth-order magic tools.


    The fourth order magic weapon is called a magic weapon. It has its own spirit.


    The instrument spirit has intelligence and knows how to strive for interests for itself.


    The power of the original God is one of the great dependence of the original God Zhenjun to lure the instrument spirit to work for his family.


    Because of the limitation of the power of the yuan God, many friars in the early days of the yuan God can only provide a fourth-order magic instrument.


    No matter whether Jiuqu League continues to be hostile to Dali imperial court, at least Dali imperial court takes the initiative to stop the war and ease the situation.


    Meng Zhang also relaxed a little and had a lot of leisure.


    The four Yuanshen Zhenjun who sit in the front camp of taiyimen are not just sitting in the camp.


    They took turns and went to the nine days to search for various resources.


    In addition to the essence of Jiutian, there are also very rich resources, mainly various high-level heaven and earth spirits.


    Many of the heaven and earth spirits are available to the yuan God Zhenjun.


    In addition to going to Jiutian with Zhenjun of Shushan, Meng Zhang also took time to take Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi to Jiutian.


    Both of them are friars in the later stage of the golden elixir and are qualified to experience in the nine days.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of nine days'' essence in his hand. He put some in the large storehouse in the door for the later monks of the golden elixir in the door to exchange with the good skills of the school.


    However, the Taiyi gate is too shallow. For the time being, there is only Meng Zhang, the yuan God Zhenjun.


    It is obviously unrealistic for Meng Zhang to provide enough nine day essence for all the later monks of the golden elixir in the door alone.


    Moreover, in the later period of Jindan, friars went to the nine days, not only to obtain the essence of the nine days, but also to experience their own purpose.


    In order to break through the period of Yuanshen, friars in the later period of Jindan not only need to practice hard and refine enough essence of nine days, but also need enough experience and understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Feeling this kind of thing can not be taught to others, let alone forcibly pour it into others'' minds.


    What Meng Zhang can do is to guide Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei as much as possible and let them go on the right path as much as possible.


    Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei are the monks who are the closest to the Yuanshen period and are most likely to break through the Yuanshen period.


    Such a big Taiyi gate is supported by a Yuanshen Zhenjun of Meng Zhang. He is too tired.


    If it''s OK on weekdays, but in recent years, the surrounding situation has changed one after another. One battle after another, there is almost no stop.


    Sometimes, Meng Zhang feels that it''s hard to cry alone. It''s best to have a trusted helper.


    Even Jin Lizhen, who has the closest relationship with the Taiyi gate and has sheltered the Taiyi gate for many years, is essentially an outsider and can not get Meng Zhang''s unreserved trust.


    What Meng Zhang needs is the Yuanshen Zhenjun trained by taiyimen.


    Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei, no matter who can break through the yuan Shen period, can greatly reduce the pressure on Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 834

    Now the Jiuqu League and the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty have actually stopped fighting, and the demon and spirit families outside the region have not invaded on a large scale.


    The endless sand sea and Gobi remain stable on the whole, and taiyimen faces little pressure.


    Meng Zhang rarely has more spare time. He can cultivate the younger generation of the school.


    In addition to personally pointing out Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi, he also pointed out other promising young people in the door.


    In addition, Meng Zhang held more than ten Dharma meetings at one go to give lectures to the disciples in the sect.


    Meng Zhang set a very wide threshold for this lecture. In addition to the disciples in the sect, many outstanding monks of Hanhai Taoist league are also qualified to attend the Dharma meeting and listen to Meng Zhang''s teachings.


    Since he was listening to his own people, Meng Zhang didn''t play with those things with empty head and brain, but from simple to deep, from the most basic way of practice, he slowly talked about the cultivation experience that is useful to everyone.


    Meng Zhang also grew from a little monk in the period of Qi refining to today''s point. On the road of cultivation, in addition to the inheritance of taiyimen elders, they also have their own exploration and summed up many valuable experiences.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his privacy, but spoke freely.


    Those who listen to him are basically their own people. Many people will grow into the mainstay of Taiyi gate or the principal of vassal forces in the future.


    From the perspective of a Yuanshen Zhenjun, from a strategically advantageous position, even the most basic practice of Qi refining period can make people intoxicated and benefit a lot from it.


    In the cultivation world, I''m afraid there are few generous people like Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang really hopes that the younger generation in the door can grow up as soon as possible and share the pressure for themselves.


    Due to the strong promotion of Meng Zhang in Taiyi gate, the disciples in Taiyi gate have a good atmosphere of reading Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang.


    In particular, some intelligent people, after entering the golden elixir period, began to slowly understand the benefits of the Taoist Scriptures.


    Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei began to absorb the essence of refining for nine days.


    The essence of the nine days contains a small amount of aftertaste of the avenue, which can help friars understand the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei are making steady progress towards the Yuanshen period.


    Meng Zhang''s forum was not fixed. He called people to listen to the Dharma at the front camp of taiyimen, Xiongshi mountain, Feihong mountain and other strongholds.


    This is mainly because most of the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng are scattered to various places in the endless sand sea and Gobi, forming a patrol team to carry out dragnet patrol and monitor the whereabouts of foreign invaders.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun came and went like the wind. Meng Zhang simply put down his body and let himself accommodate the people for the convenience of everyone.


    That day, Meng Zhanggang finished his lecture in Feihong mountain and was ready to return to taiyimen''s camp on the front line.


    Suddenly, a messenger from the Mountain Gate baicaopo changed his face, and then rushed back to the Mountain Gate baicaopo.


    Meng Zhang hurried back to baicaopo because the elder Hu Jing in the door was about to sit down and wanted to see Meng Zhang for the last time.


    Hu Jing was just a casual practitioner at the beginning. She was admitted by Meng Zhang himself.


    He not only reached the golden elixir period, but also mastered the art of resisting animals and made many contributions to the sect.


    Later, in the first World War, he was seriously injured, hurt the foundation, and his cultivation fell sharply.


    Hu Jing had to give up the road and return to the door to cultivate herself.


    When she was in the door, her main energy was focused on two things.


    First, cultivate the younger generation. She has trained many excellent animal guards for Taiyi gate.


    The second is to study the art of resisting animals. She wants to be able to push through the old and bring forth the new and open a door by herself.


    The purpose of her intensive study of beast control is to cultivate more usable spirit beasts for the door.


    At the age of the golden elixir monk, Hu Jing is far from the age of sitting.


    But she was already affected by her injury, and she didn''t listen to her classmates'' dissuasion over the years.


    She finally came to the end of her life.


    Meng Zhang hurried back to the door and finally met Hu Jing for the last time.


    Hu Jing finally has nothing to explain. What should be explained has already been explained.


    In the last few years of Hu Jing''s life, Meng Zhang and the elders in the door came to see her many times.


    All the entrustment of Hu Jing and all the subsequent affairs were explained at that time.


    Looking at the leader Meng Zhang coming to see him off the last leg, Hu Jing whispered a few words and finally closed her eyes with satisfaction.


    Meng Zhang saw Hu Jing slowly passing away in front of his eyes, and a long lost sadness rose in his heart.


    The little girl who had been very optimistic about her at that time and led her into the door with one hand left like this.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is not an immortal and has no ability to bring the dead back to life.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, there is nothing he can do about Hu Jing''s situation.


    Fortunately, when Hu Jing left, she was very peaceful and had a feeling of reassurance.


    She was also a minor figure of Taiyi sect. She accompanied the growth of the sect and went all the way to today''s figure.


    Her life has witnessed the growing process of taiyimen from weak to strong.


    Meng Zhang left Hu Jing''s quiet room and felt his chest blocked badly.


    Because of his previous life experience and not long life, his feelings did not start to become indifferent like those old antiques in the cultivation world.


    Deep in his heart, he still has rich feelings and fiery passion.


    Meng Zhang stood outside the quiet room and seemed to fall into a dull state.


    At this time, a female Jindan friar walked over carefully, as if hesitating whether to disturb Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang recognized this man without looking up.


    The nun''s name is Wei wucai. She is a closed door disciple accepted by Hu Jing in her later years. He is also the most successful of all Hu Jing''s disciples.


    When Wei had no time to get started, because of his excellent qualification, he caused a competition among a bunch of Jindan friars in the door.


    Taiyimen is not the time when big cats and kittens were three or two.


    At that time, Taiyi sect had few disciples and poor qualifications.


    It was not easy to find an excellent disciple. Meng Zhang, the leader, wanted to recruit disciples.


    Now Taiyi sect can receive some excellent disciples from time to time, and the elder Jindan in the sect is also capable of teaching.


    I don''t know what''s going on. Wei wuleisure didn''t choose a lot of elders with profound cultivation and great future. Instead, he chose Hu Jing, a basically abandoned monk, as his teacher.


    Although Hu Jing''s accomplishments are no longer, she has deep seniority, high seniority and great face. No one competes with her.


    Wei wucai also lived up to expectations and developed very well.


    At a young age, they have formed a golden elixir. Moreover, she inherited Hu Jing''s art of resisting animals, and had a posture that was better than blue.


    Before Hu Jing sat down, Wei wucai, the disciple who closed the door, waited on her.


    Hu Jing entrusted Wei wucai with most of the things behind her.


    Even before she sat down, she remembered this disciple.

 Chapter 835

    Meng Zhang looked at Wei Wuxian with a kind look in his eyes.


    Wei had no time to be encouraged before he came to see Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that she came to ask Meng Zhang to see the latest achievements of the Royal beast hall in domesticating cloud beasts.


    Wei wucai is one of the youngest elders in the sect. He is also the leader of the Royal beast hall. He is responsible for the domestication of spirit beasts in the sect.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang entered the nine heavens and saw all kinds of strange cloud beasts.


    At that time, Meng Zhang had a whim and tried to make the beast hall in the gate try to domesticate the cloud beast.


    The cloud beast lives on the nine days. Because of the special living environment and the special growth process, it is essentially different from the demon beast on the earth.


    To domesticate the cloud beast is completely different from domesticating the demon beast.


    Hu Jing, as the most skillful person in the art of guarding animals in the door, showed great interest in domesticating cloud beasts.


    Especially after she was seriously injured and her cultivation foundation was destroyed, she invested countless efforts and energy in domesticating the cloud beast as a kind of sustenance.


    Cloud beast has special ability and great use. If it can be domesticated, it will be of great significance to the whole taiyimen.


    Because of the particularity of cloud beasts, domesticating cloud beasts is a very, very difficult thing.


    In the cultivation world, many sects have made the idea of domesticating cloud beasts. Among them, there are many zongmen who are famous for their skills of controlling animals and whose strength of taming animals is far higher than that of Taiyi gate.


    In these years, Meng Zhang has never heard of any sect that successfully domesticated cloud beasts.


    Of course, it is also possible that Meng Zhang is not knowledgeable enough and ignorant, or someone has successfully domesticated the cloud beast, but kept it secret.


    Anyway, in the eyes of many people, domesticating cloud beasts is almost impossible to succeed.


    Meng Zhang made friends with the beast anger elder of the beast king mountain, and they also had communication.


    Elder beast Nu wants to make friends with Meng Zhang. As long as it''s not too confidential in the door, he won''t deliberately keep it secret.


    The elder of beast anger once said proudly that when it comes to the art of controlling animals, there is no clan that can be compared with the beast king mountain in Jiuqu League, hengjue mountain and even Daheng cultivation world.


    Dali Dynasty absorbed so many religious sects, collected countless inheritance classics and gathered talents from all aspects.


    In other aspects, it may be enough to dominate for a while, but when it comes to the art of defending animals, it may not be comparable to the beast king mountain.


    But there is no precedent for large-scale domestication of cloud beasts in the beast king mountain with such strong beast control skills.


    According to the elder beast Nu, in the history of beast king mountain, at most people can domesticate a few cloud beasts in a small amount, and no one can domesticate and train cloud beasts in a large scale.


    Meng Zhang felt at that time that the words of the elder of beast anger were still credible.


    The difficulty of domesticating cloud beasts is illustrated by the previous failures of taiyimen.


    Even the Taiyi sect in its heyday was not a sect dominated by the art of resisting animals. The art of guarding animals inherited by the sect is only a little better than the goods on the road. It can barely be used.


    And now taiyimen, the inheritance accepted is not comprehensive, and many have been lost.


    In addition to accepting the taiyimen inheritance, Hu Jing also had some adventures outside and obtained some inheritance.


    In addition, in the process of conquering the outside world, taiyimen seized many classics, including the art of resisting animals.


    Hu Jing herself is highly gifted in the art of defending animals and can draw on the strengths of many families.


    After years of practice and summary, it can be regarded as a school of its own.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s approval, taiyimen has invested a lot of resources in domesticating cloud beasts.


    First, if domestication is successful, it is indeed profitable and of great significance to the sect.


    Second, Meng Zhang believes in Hu Jing''s ability. Especially after Hu Jing''s injury, Meng Zhang has a sense of compensation.


    Anyway, taiyimen''s family and business are large, and they can afford these resources and have the ability to invest.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has not paid attention to the specific situation of domesticating cloud beasts. It is only occasionally heard that the domestication process seems to be very difficult.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hold much hope for the success of domestication, so he thought it was to find something for Hu Jing to relax.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the leader''s power to take care of the old ministers who have worked hard and made great contributions to the sect.


    Before sitting down, Hu Jing specifically told him that she had achieved good results in domesticating cloud beasts.


    Meng Zhang was in a bad mood and was immersed in the sadness of his old friend''s sitting down. He didn''t care about it.


    Wei wucai has long been instructed by Hu Jing. He must let Meng Zhang see their achievements over the years.


    When Meng Zhang visited Hu Jing in the past, Hu Jing was full of praise for Wei wucai, the closed disciple.


    Just now, Hu Jing successfully domesticated the cloud beast. The main credit goes to Wei wucai.


    Meng Zhang also wants to see their achievements over the years and see if Wei wucai is as good as Hu Jing said.


    Wei wucai took Meng Zhang to a remote corner of baicaopo.


    It was originally a small valley. Later, Hu Jing invested a lot of resources to transform it into a training farm for domesticating cloud beasts.


    A defensive array is arranged around the animal training ground, which is mainly used to prevent cloud beasts from escaping.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came here, he was attracted by the animal farm.


    The animal training ground covers a large area and is surrounded by a layer of light film as a barrier.


    In the animal training ground, light curtains like water waves are erected, dividing it into independent spaces.


    In many independent spaces, there are thick clouds. Cloud beasts with different shapes and shapes cruise in the clouds.


    After receiving Hu Jing''s advice, Meng Zhang would capture a group of cloud beasts whenever he was free and bring them back to the door for her domestication.


    When Meng Zhang captured cloud beasts, he deliberately chose those cloud beast cubs, and some cloud beasts with more docile temper.


    There are many kinds of cloud beasts with their own specialties. Many cloud beasts have special abilities. Even Meng Zhang has a bit of eye heat.


    In fact, taiyimen has always had the tradition of domesticating monsters.


    The main work of the beast hall in the gate is to domesticate all kinds of monsters.


    On the vast Gobi desert, there are still many groups of goblins and beasts, which are specially stocked by Taiyi gate.


    After being domesticated by the cultivator, the monster becomes a spirit beast and must serve the cultivator.


    The domestication of monsters in Taiyi gate was the foundation laid by Hu Jing and created a new situation.


    Even later, Hu Jing focused on domesticating cloud beasts, most of the other animal guards in the door still focused on domesticating demon beasts.


    After seeing the cloud beast, Hu Jing keenly realized that domesticating the cloud beast was more promising and played a greater role than the demon beast.


    In addition, it was a challenge that no one had ever succeeded before, which greatly inspired her ambition.


    Now, what is displayed in front of Meng Zhang is the domestication achievements of Hu Jing over the years.

 Chapter 836

    There are different kinds of cloud beasts in different spaces.


    Among these cloud beasts, they are basically domesticated from their cubs, and then domesticated slowly.


    Cloud beasts usually eat clouds.


    Of course, to make the cloud beast grow better, we need to invest in all kinds of special spirit things.


    It''s like a horse. Eating grass can only ensure that you don''t die of hunger. If you want to gain fat and strength, you still need to feed with concentrate.


    The recipes for feeding these cloud beasts were painstakingly deduced by the disciples of the Royal beast hall after years of repeated experiments.


    It can not only ensure the cost, but also provide sufficient nutrition for cloud beasts.


    Different cloud beasts have different recipes.


    Fortunately, with the continuous expansion of taiyimen site, more and more spiritual fields have been reclaimed.


    The Spirit Valley, spirit flowers and spirit fruits planted on the spirit field are not only for the disciples of the sect, but also used for raising spirit animals.


    Most of these cloud beasts have been domesticated and can be used by Taiyi gate.


    Among all the cloud beasts, Wei Wuxian valued them most. There are three kinds.


    One is the cloud whale.


    The adult cloud whale is as big as a mountain and has infinite power. It can fly freely in the high altitude.


    On the level, adult cloud whales are at least third-order.


    Of course, most cloud whales are gentle and not very aggressive. When it comes to combat effectiveness, it may not be comparable to other third-order spirit beasts.


    Wei has no time to value cloud whale, nor is it just its combat effectiveness.


    After domestication, the cloud whale is the most useful flying mount and vehicle.


    The adult cloud whale is as big as the fourth-order cloud boat, and its flight speed is even better.


    If large-scale construction is carried out on its flat back, many buildings can be built, which are very good for transporting people and goods.


    At present, the Shengong Hall of Taiyi gate can only build second-order flying boats.


    Flying boats above the third level also need to be purchased.


    Under special circumstances, just like when Jiuqu League fought against Dali Dynasty, yujianmen collected most of the flying boats of Jiuqu League.


    Taiyimen can''t buy a third-order flying boat even with a spirit stone.


    If the cloud whale is cultivated as a vehicle, the air carrying capacity of taiyimen can be greatly improved.


    As a penetrator, Meng Zhang has a special obsession with air superiority and large-scale air transportation.


    In the cultivation world, ensuring enough air power is one of the foundations of a family.


    Hu Jing and Wei wucai spent a lot of effort and tried various means in the process of taming the cloud whale.


    As the leader, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to care about the details or know their means of defending animals.


    He just needs to know that they have succeeded and can control the cloud whale.


    Hu Jing, their work is not perfect. There is still a problem.


    Although they have domesticated several cloud whales, they are still in their infancy and far from adulthood.


    In terms of the long life cycle of cloud whales, it will take a long time for these cloud whales to grow up completely.


    Among these cloud whales, only two have grown to the second order, and the others are only the first order.


    In fact, the second-order cloud whale is much larger than the third-order flying boat, and it can barely be used as an imperial envoy.


    If taiyimen wants to cultivate the third-order cloud whale, it will take a long time to wait in addition to continuing to invest a lot of resources.


    Meng Zhang is not worried about this.


    He still has patience with the longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Wei wucai''s work is of great strategic significance. As a centennial plan and even a millennium plan in the door, it is not too much.


    After introducing Yunjing, Wei wucai introduced it to Meng Zhang. When he was improving danfang, he made an unexpected discovery.


    She found that some special cloud beads, after treatment, were added when refining pills, which greatly improved the success rate of pills.


    An Xiaoran even used these cloud beads as the main materials to refine a secret material, which can greatly improve the rate of pill formation, and is effective for many pills.


    After discovering this, an Xiaoran immediately listed it as a secret in the door and kept it strictly confidential.


    Even the special breeding farm for cultivating cloud mussels has been raised to a higher level of confidentiality by her.


    As a disciple of Meng Zhang, an Xiaoran is far ahead of Wei wucai in both cultivation and position in the door. He can do these things easily.


    An Xiaoran put forward high requirements for the Royal beast hall and asked them to provide more high-quality cloud beads.


    Unfortunately, the ability of yubeast hall is limited. At present, there are not many cloud mussels successfully cultured.


    Moreover, the proportion of these mussels producing special cloud beads is lower.


    Therefore, an Xiaoran once begged Meng Zhang to catch more clams when he went to the nine days.


    Meng Zhang himself was so busy that he ran for it one or two times at most. The most convenient time in the future is to do it easily.


    If you want to obtain a large number of special cloud beads, you still need to see the means of taiyimen Royal beast hall.


    Because of an Xiaoran''s request, the Royal beast hall has invested more resources in cultivating cloud mussels.


    But so far, the results are far from satisfying her.


    Wei wucai mainly introduced these three kinds of cloud beasts.


    Other cloud beasts are not so effective or have not been fully domesticated. There are still some problems


    However, only those introduced by Wei Wujia have greatly satisfied Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 837

    Looking at the animal training ground in front of him, Meng Zhang knew that it was full of the painstaking efforts of Hu Jing and Wei Wuxian. Meng Zhang nodded with satisfaction.


    Their efforts are not unrequited.


    Their achievements are of great significance to the whole sect.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with their work and decided to invest more resources in the Royal beast hall in the future.


    Hu Jing has become a recluse. Her closed disciple Wei wucai needs her own attention in the future.


    Whether it is instructing her or rewarding her some cultivation resources, it is due.


    Meng Zhang directly asked Wei wucai if there was anything he could help.


    As Hu Jing''s closed disciple and the head of the beast hall, Wei wucai can enjoy high treatment in all aspects. He really doesn''t have much other needs.


    However, as the leader of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it''s rare for her to open her mouth, and she won''t miss this opportunity in vain.


    She thought for a while before she proposed it to Meng Zhang, hoping that Meng Zhang could collect some classics on the art of resisting animals for her.


    Meng Zhang himself is not proficient in the art of defending animals. However, after thinking about it, he really had a way to get these classics.


    Meng Zhang did not directly respond to Wei wucai''s request, but chatted with her.


    After chatting for a while, Meng Zhang pretended to inadvertently mention that before the death of beast anger elder, he entrusted a group of beast king mountain disciples to his care.


    After the beast anger elder sat down and the beast king mountain changed, there were many disciples of the beast king mountain who secretly came to the Gobi of evil wind.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, Niu Dawei assigned them good territory and asked them to rebuild the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang kept his promise and sheltered these disciples under the wings of Taiyi gate.


    He promised the elder beast Nu not to disclose it, but he didn''t say he couldn''t tell the disciples.


    Meng Zhang pretended to slip his tongue. After reacting, he told Wei wucai not to disclose it to others at will.


    Meng Zhang told Wei wucai that the beast king mountain was a sect based on the art of resisting animals.


    If Wei has no time, he can go to the reconstructed beast king mountain gate and have a good exchange with those beast king mountain disciples.


    The strongest of these Orc King Mountain disciples is only their accomplishments during the foundation period. Facing the golden elixir immortal Wei wucai and the friars from shangzong Taiyi gate, they have no resistance at all.


    I believe that Wei wucai can get some ancient books of beast king mountain from them as long as he uses a little means.


    Meng Zhang also felt that it seemed a little unkind and did not accord with the code of conduct of taiyimen.


    He specially mentioned that Wei wucai should pay attention to the way and method of doing things, and the appearance should not be too ugly. Even if you suffer a loss and pay a price, you can''t let others gossip, let alone make a storm.


    Wei wucai is not a ferocious man, and his temperament is always mild.


    She immediately told Meng Zhang that she would make a fair deal and would rather get nothing than bully others.


    Taiyi sect has always been very upright and successful in educating its disciples.


    There are really no ferocious disciples in the sect.


    Even if there are really evil people, they know that rabbits don''t eat grass near their nests. They can''t ruin the reputation of the sect and won''t do evil around the sect.


    Meng Zhang also told Wei wucai that there was a fourth-order magic weapon and animal control plate in the sect.


    After getting this magic instrument, Meng Zhang also learned about it.


    This fourth-order magic weapon was taken away from the old beast king mountain by its elders when the new beast king mountain was split from the old beast king mountain.


    Later, after the warm care of the new beast king mountain Yuanshen Zhenjun, there was such a magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang himself is not interested in the art of resisting animals, and he is not willing to distract himself from refining this magic weapon.


    The most important thing is that this magic weapon must subdue the monster before it can exert its power.


    For Meng Zhang, unless he accepts a fourth order monster like the demon king, the magic tools will not help him much.


    However, in order to cultivate the true world, there are several single demon kings who have been accepted by Meng Zhang?


    After the imperial beast plate fell into the hands of Meng Zhang, it has been eating ash in the taiyimen warehouse.


    The special secret method of the Royal envoy''s Royal beast plate is collected in the Sutra Pavilion.


    Wei wucai can exchange this secret method with the sect''s good skills for reference.


    Meng Zhang also drew a big cake for her.


    If she performs well in the future and has the ability to refine the beast control plate, this magic instrument can not be given to her.


    After explaining his business, Meng ZhangCai left here after caring about Wei wucai for a few words.


    In the following period of time, Meng Zhang arranged a grand funeral for Hu Jing and buried her scenery.


    Taking taiyimen''s dominant position in the endless sand sea and Gobi, Hu Jing''s funeral welcomed many guests.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who shelter in taiyimen will stop talking.


    They want to live by the breath of taiyimen. Naturally, they dare not neglect it.


    The major religious forces around also sent many envoys to attend the funeral.


    Meng Zhang held such a large-scale funeral, which also meant to contact the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    The North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty took the initiative to stop the war, and Jiuqu League restored a rare peace.


    Although the south of Jiuqu League was still controlled by Dali Dynasty, Yuantu prairie was firmly occupied by foreign barbarians.


    But anyway, at least the north of Jiuqu League has won the chance to breathe.


    The monks recruited by the major cultivation forces returned to their mountain gates one after another and began to lick their wounds slowly.


    Taiyi gate shrank in the endless sand sea and Gobi, looking far away from all kinds of storms.


    Although they are still facing off with the foreign barbarian army, except for the front line, the rear is peaceful and peaceful.


    Before the large-scale invasion of foreign demon and spirit families, taiyimen had a rare window period.


    No matter how the external environment changes, the development of the sect cannot stop.


    Although there is a serious shortage of staff, the sect is still running normally.


    Meng Zhang believes that foreign demon and spirit families will invade on a large scale sooner or later.


    In this regard, taiyimen must be prepared early.


    In addition to trying to improve the combat effectiveness of the sect and prepare for retreat, it is also an important measure to contact surrounding forces in advance and establish a small-scale offensive and defensive alliance.


    After a series of previous events, the major cultivation forces in Jiuqu league are increasingly dissatisfied with the jade sword sect and secretly alienate themselves.


    Taiyi gate is also unwilling to wade in the muddy water of the Jiuqu League, and is even more unwilling to fight for Yujian gate.


    Of course, now Taiyi gate is far from the power to confront Yujian gate.


    Meng Zhang contacted the surrounding Xiuzhen forces and wanted to take care of and help each other.


    If taiyimen can unite a group of truth cultivation forces, pull up a group of people and build momentum.


    Even if there are differences with the jade sword sect in the future, the jade sword sect needs to think about it before it wants to be tough.

 Chapter 838

    Today''s jade sword sect is no longer the sword sect that once said nothing and decided to kill.


    This is Meng Zhang''s intuition and his judgment based on various facts.


    Various pressures inside and outside the Jiuqu League, the losses suffered by the zongmen, and the difficult situation faced by them all have caused great restrictions on the jade sword gate.


    In the past, no matter how dissatisfied and riotous the major Xiuzhen forces in the camp were, yujianmen would not make any concessions. Instead, it would take out thunder means and clean up two early birds first.


    However, after the armistice with the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, the major Xiuzhen forces clamored to withdraw the front-line friars, and yujianmen unexpectedly made a rare concession.


    The jade sword sect agreed to everyone''s request and asked the friars of major cultivation forces to go back to recuperate in turn.


    Taking this opportunity, the major Xiuzhen forces withdrew most of their main forces to the mountain gate and had no intention of returning to the front line.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what others think of this matter, nor does he know what the top level of yujianmen thinks.


    He saw the weakness of the jade sword gate from this matter.


    The current Taiyi sect does not have the conditions to resist the jade sword sect, and there is no need to oppose the jade sword sect.


    Meng Zhang''s gathering of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces this time is not only a test of the jade sword gate, but also a demonstration of his strength, which makes it difficult for the jade sword gate to arbitrarily command the Taiyi gate in the future.


    Meng Zhang''s face is big enough, and no one dares to ignore the reputation of Taiyi gate.


    The Xiuzhen forces around Taiyi gate basically sent important people to participate in the funeral.


    The ingenious true monarch of the ingenious sect, the ancient moon Huai butterfly of the ancient moon family in Dafeng City


    What surprised Meng Zhang in particular was that you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm also gave Meng Zhang enough face to attend the funeral of a mere Jindan friar.


    Meng Zhang personally welcomed you Hongzhi Zhenjun outside the mountain gate.


    Jin Lizhen Jun and they are all in the front camp of taiyimen, and only Meng Zhang is qualified to receive the veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After the meeting, you Hongzhi Zhenjun smiled like an old friend and was very affectionate.


    Meng Zhang was very careful about this person.


    You Hongzhi, Zhenjun, has known the elder beast Nu for many years, but he betrayed him without hesitation and helped yujianmen carve up the beast king mountain.


    This kind of thing is not uncommon in the cultivation world of the law of the jungle and intrigue.


    Friendship is the most unreliable thing. Betrayal and betrayal are the main melody.


    Although Meng Zhang now despises you Hongzhi Zhenjun, if this opportunity falls on him and taiyimen, he may not be soft hearted and will eat the benefits first.


    Of course, this does not prevent Meng Zhang from being vigilant against you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    Sihai commercial firm is far more powerful than taiyimen, and you Hongzhi Zhenjun is a senior God.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun came here and soon became the focus of the field.


    A principal from various major cultivation forces came forward one after another with a flattering smile and boasted about it.


    Fortunately, the members of Hanhai road alliance can distinguish who is the master and don''t run up to curry favor with outsiders.


    Meng Zhang''s smile remained unchanged, but he was very unhappy.


    Of course, he was not unhappy because he was robbed of the limelight by you Hongzhi Zhenjun, but the arrival of you Hongzhi Zhenjun interfered with his original plan.


    With you Hongzhi and Zhenjun aside, Meng Zhang had a lot to say.


    In public, he can''t talk to some people alone.


    Meng Zhang found that he still didn''t think about it this time. He shouldn''t openly summon the surrounding Xiuzhen forces in this way.


    In the right way, he should meet with the principals of the major cultivation forces one by one in advance, reach an agreement secretly, and then organize everyone in a fair and aboveboard manner.


    Everything went well during this period, which made him a little forgetful.


    The arrival of you Hongzhi Zhenjun stirred up his good deeds and sounded an alarm for him.


    Since the original purpose could not be achieved, Meng Zhang simply let it go and let the funeral return to its original purpose.


    Like most practitioners in the cultivation world, Hu Jing has no blood relatives, only a few disciples.


    Hu Jing made a great contribution to taiyimen during her lifetime, making her funeral beautiful and noisy. This is one of the few things Meng Zhang can do for her.


    After the funeral, all guests left one after another. Meng Zhang personally sent you Hongzhi Zhenjun outside the mountain gate.


    Before leaving, you Hongzhi beat Meng Zhang a few words.


    The general meaning is to warn Meng Zhang not to get complacent, let alone forget who is the master of the Jiuqu League when hiding in the endless sand sea.


    Meng Zhang smiled and looked modest and educated.


    Although it is said that attaching to the strong is the nature of cultivators, Meng Zhang still feels strange that people like you Hongzhi Zhenjun are loyal to the jade sword sect and often run for it.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun didn''t stay long. Seeing that Meng Zhang was not disrespectful, he left directly.


    Of course, he will not be confused by Meng Zhang''s attitude, but will always pay attention to Meng Zhang''s trend.


    Watching you Hongzhi''s back disappear in the sky, Meng Zhang''s face slowly became gloomy.


    It seems that he hid in the endless sand sea and deliberately avoided the battle with Dali imperial dynasty, which has aroused the dissatisfaction of yujianmen.


    The little moves he made didn''t escape the eyes of the jade sword door.


    From beginning to end, the jade sword gate regarded Taiyi gate as a chess piece that can be driven arbitrarily.


    But Meng Zhang was not satisfied with such a position.


    Meng Zhang''s requirements are not high, but he just wants to be alone.


    Unfortunately, people can''t help themselves in the Jianghu. Many disputes in the cultivation world can''t be avoided if they want to avoid them.


    Under the current situation, even if Yujian gate is dissatisfied with Taiyi gate, it won''t start rashly.


    Taiyimen should still have time to look for a break.


    After the funeral, Meng Zhang did not stay at baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate for too long, so he left here and returned to the front camp of taiyimen.


    Now there are four Yuanshen Zhenjun in the front camp.


    Because there has been no war, everyone is still relatively relaxed.


    The four Yuanshen Zhenjun can leave in turn to deal with some of their own affairs.


    To be on the safe side, at least two Yuanshen Zhenjun should be left in the camp.


    He Luozhen didn''t like the jade sword gate, and there was no other place to go, so he stayed in the camp honestly all the time.


    If you leave once in a while, you go to the nine days to collect the essence of the nine days, or see if you can get some heaven and earth spirits.


    Normally speaking, after Jin Lizhen left the pass, there was no shortage of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the front camp of taiyimen.


    But Shushan Zhenjun didn''t leave, but stayed here all the time.


    He is completely an otaku, basically reading in the camp.


    Apart from going out to show up occasionally, wandering around the barbarian army camp and frightening the barbarians outside the territory, he has hardly left the front-line camp.

 Chapter 839

    Shushan Zhenjun has been staying in taiyimen camp. Meng Zhang can''t help guessing whether he intends to avoid Chizhu Zhenjun and them.


    Although he was curious, Meng Zhang knew his discretion and did not rashly pry into the secrets of the Dark Alliance branch.


    As an ally, the Dark Alliance branch is still reliable.


    Taiyimen still has a good relationship with it, so we should try to maintain it.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun came to help taiyimen fight. According to the practice of the cultivation world, taiyimen should be responsible for their various supplies.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, daily practice often requires the essence of nine days. If there is a jade qinglingji, it is better.


    However, taiyimen has a shallow background and lacks these things in their own family. Where can we take out the surplus to support others.


    What Meng Zhang can do is to double compensate them with other spiritual resources, such as spirit stones.


    It doesn''t make much sense for Yuanshen Zhenjun to directly absorb the spirit stone, but the spirit stone still plays a great role as the general currency of the cultivation world.


    Even if the spirit stone is difficult to buy items that are really cherished.


    The Dark Alliance branch is much richer than the Taiyi gate. The attitude of Shushan Zhenjun towards the materials enshrined by the Taiyi gate is dispensable.


    Taiyimen took out supplies and he accepted them; If he doesn''t take it out, he won''t force it.


    Jin Lizhen Jun has always accepted the sacrifice of Taiyi gate. Even in these years of isolation, Taiyi gate has not been short of her sacrifice.


    She is very used to it. Just accept the offering naturally.


    He Luozhen firmly refused the materials offered by Taiyi gate.


    According to him, Meng Zhang had a life-saving grace to him. He just came to help him a little. He really didn''t have the face to accept the sacrifice of taiyimen.


    In fact, he Luozhen has worked for qingyuanzong for many years, and qingyuanzong has not treated him badly.


    He has a lot of cultivation materials, even the essence of nine days.


    He went to the nine days to collect it, but also because he didn''t want to sit on the mountain and eat nothing. It wasn''t really lacking.


    Taiyimen also has its own style.


    Whether he Luozhen receives these offerings or not. Anyway, Taiyi sect has special disciples who regularly offer them to his residence.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the front camp of taiyimen, his life returned to the way it used to be.


    I spend most of my time in the camp, and occasionally go outside the barbarian camp to show my existence.


    Regularly take time to go to the nine days and collect the essence of the nine days and other holy things.


    Although Meng Zhang''s secret arts did not make a big breakthrough, his spiritual sense was still sharp.


    After he entered the nine days, he chose the direction of action according to his spiritual consciousness, and he often had a lot of harvest.


    Jin Lizhen and Meng Zhang have been to the nine days together several times.


    Originally, she also put on the airs of an elder and was ready to give Meng Zhang some advice and teach him some experience.


    Before Jin Lizhen''s retreat, Meng Zhang was still a little monk in Jindan period.


    After she left the customs, Meng Zhang was already on an equal footing with her. Moreover, Meng Zhang saved her once when she was chased and killed by foreign demon families.


    Jin Lizhen did not instruct Meng Zhang in breaking through the gate of Yuanshen period.


    However, Meng Zhang made a smooth breakthrough and achieved Yuanshen.


    Jin Lizhen, in her heart, attributed it to the inheritance of taiyimen.


    After all, taiyimen is the great sect of Yuanshen that shocked the Middle Earth. Even if it is declining, there are three nails in the rotten ship.


    If she doesn''t have a good teacher, she really can''t compare with Meng Zhang.


    Jin Lizhen Jun doesn''t mean any psychological imbalance, but sometimes she feels a little uncomfortable.


    As soon as she seized the opportunity, she couldn''t help but want to show off in front of Meng Zhang and show her ability as an elder.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang, but the essence of Jiutian was above Jiutian, and it was not a popular commodity everywhere.


    I don''t know if Jin Lizhen Jun is unlucky. She has gained little all the way.


    Meng Zhang can''t see it anymore.


    Meng Zhang finally took the time to come here for nine days, but he didn''t want to waste his time.


    He pretended to choose a direction at random, but in fact he followed his own spiritual guidance.


    Jin Lizhen, who initially wanted to see a joke behind Meng Zhang, was stunned by him.


    Meng Zhang has gained a lot all the way. He not only collected a lot of nine day essence, but also collected some other heaven and earth spirits.


    Jin Lizhen didn''t think that this was caused by the sharp spirit of the Heavenly Master, but shouted good luck to Meng Zhang.


    Luck is something that can''t even be understood by many yuan Shen Zhen Jun, but it really exists.


    Since Meng Zhang is so lucky, Jin Lizhen Jun certainly won''t have pointless persistence, but honestly follows Meng Zhang.


    Jin Lizhen, who has gained a lot, is so eloquent that he shouted that Meng Zhang is the son of good fortune.


    Since then, as long as Meng Zhang wants to go to the nine days, Jin Lizhen will put down the face of her predecessors and quarrel to go together.


    Meng Zhang has no opinion on this.


    Although it is said that after becoming the true monarch of the yuan God, as long as you don''t deliberately die, you are unlikely to encounter danger in the nine days.


    But more than one Yuanshen companion, the safety must be more guaranteed.


    Moreover, Jin Lizhen had a greater harvest and improved his cultivation, which was also a good thing for him.


    Early in the morning, Meng Zhang went to Jiutian as scheduled.


    Jin Lizhen naturally followed her all the way.


    According to her, she has been waiting for several days, just waiting to go with Meng Zhang.


    When Jin Lizhen was a real Jin Lizhen, he had a picture of a fourth-order magic weapon, yellow sand and ten thousand miles.


    In the face of Jin Li''s deceased master, Huang Sha''s Wanli Tuqi spirit did not dislike Jin Li''s low cultivation, but helped her master this fourth-order magic weapon.


    Although immortal Jinli was limited to cultivation at that time and could not give full play to the power of this fourth-order magic weapon, he still relied on this magic weapon many times to survive the crisis and escape from death.


    At that time, immortal Jinli didn''t have the power of the original God to support the spirit of the instrument.


    The instrument spirit only paid for her, but did not return.


    After Jin Lizhen became the yuan God, she felt she owed a lot to Huang Sha Wanli Tu and often wanted to compensate her.


    Jin Lizhen not only did not hesitate to expend the power of the yuan God to provide for the spirit of the Wanli map of Huangsha.


    In addition, when I have free time, I will collect all kinds of spiritual objects of heaven and earth for the yellow sand to devour.


    The most common place for the spirits of heaven and earth that can be seen by the yuan God Zhenjun and are of great use to the fourth-order magic tools is the nine heaven.


    Therefore, after leaving the small world and coming to the front camp of taiyimen, Jin Lizhen went to Jiutian several times to search.

 Chapter 840

    As soon as Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen took off into the air, they came nine days away.


    Meng Zhang, who was about to enter the ninth day, suddenly stopped and looked aside.


    Jin Lizhen''s reaction was also not slow, and immediately put on a defensive posture.


    "Ha ha ha..."


    Accompanied by a burst of hearty laughter, it was Wen Dongzhen, who had not seen him for a long time.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun''s body jumped out from a distance and flew to Meng Zhang.


    At the moment, his face is full of spring breeze and incomparable kindness, as if the hatred with Meng Zhang had never existed before.


    "Headmaster Meng hasn''t seen you for a long time. He''s still so smart."


    Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance because he heard of Dongzhen Jun''s kind attitude.


    This guy is a smiling tiger and is not trustworthy at all.


    Besides, Dali had a criminal record.


    It was on the ninth day that the Dali emperor ambushed the friars of the Qing Yuan sect, opening the prelude to an all-round invasion.


    Wen dongzhenjun didn''t seem to see Meng Zhang''s wary appearance. He still chatted with his old friends very easily and freehand.


    "It''s not easy to find a chance to communicate with leader Meng alone."


    "I''ve been around for a long time. I waited for such an opportunity after observing it for so long."


    "Jin Lizhen is not an outsider, so I can''t help running out and chatting with leader Meng."


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what Dong Zhenjun meant. He didn''t say a word, so he looked at him.


    Meng Zhang also did not make a move.


    If the other party dares to appear in front of him, he must be prepared. He believes that he and Jin Lizhen Jun will never win him.


    Don''t waste your energy.


    Meaningless battles should be avoided as far as possible.


    Wen dongzhenjun said to himself.


    "Headmaster Meng, you and I have fought several times before, but each has his own master."


    "In fact, there are no personal grudges between you and me. On the contrary, I appreciate leader Meng very much."


    "Especially after knowing the deeds of leader Meng, I know that leader Meng has developed the declining Taiyi sect to today''s level. I admire it very much."


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak, and Jin Lizhen Jun wouldn''t do anything else.


    When the Dali Dynasty invaded Jiuqu League, Jin Lizhen was still closed in the small world. There is basically no contact between the two sides, and naturally there is no hatred.


    Wen dongzhenjun was ordered to sneak into the north of Jiuqu League this time. He had a heavy responsibility and spent a lot of effort to find such an opportunity to communicate with important target figures.


    "Headmaster Meng, I admit that I didn''t make friends with headmaster Meng because I looked down on people and looked down on headmaster Meng."


    "I''m here to make up for my previous mistakes and make friends with leader Meng."


    Meng Zhang would never have thought that Wen dongzhenjun would put his posture so low and his words so polite, which could be called humility.


    You know, Wen Dongzhen Jun is a true mid-term friar of Yuanshen. Both cultivation and identity are above Meng Zhang.


    It''s not easy to pull down your face now.


    Jin Lizhen Jun has never been in contact with Wen Dongzhen Jun before. She doesn''t know his character.


    However, it is rare for a monk in the middle of Yuanshen to have such an attitude.


    Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance because of the other party''s low attitude, but treated the other party coldly with an attitude of refusing people thousands of miles away.


    Now the Jiuqu League has temporarily restored peace because the Dali imperial sweeping army unilaterally declared an armistice and took the initiative to retreat.


    Theoretically, Jiuqu League and Dali Dynasty are still at war.


    As a member of the Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang privately met with the enemy''s envoys, but he was suspected of collaborating with the enemy.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help looking around carefully. See if Wendong Zhenjun has arranged any traps for himself.


    Wen Dongzhen saw Meng Zhang''s reaction in his eyes.


    His smile remained unchanged and patiently explained to Meng Zhang.


    His visit to Meng Zhang this time is very confidential and will never be leaked to others.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng, the commander of the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty, has long been famous for Meng Zhang and appreciates young people like Meng Zhang.


    Over the years, taiyimen has been hiding in the endless sand sea and has not continued to conflict with the Dali Dynasty. It is really a very gratifying thing.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng hoped that the peace between the two sides could be maintained all the time.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng is willing to promise that no matter how the situation of Jiuqu alliance changes, no matter who wins or loses between Dali imperial dynasty and Jiuqu alliance, he has no intention of being an enemy of taiyimen.


    Endless sand sea and Gobi are always the territory of taiyimen.


    The Dali imperial army will never enter here without Meng Zhang''s permission.


    If taiyimen encounters difficulties or can''t get through in the future, it can ask Dali imperial court for help.


    Dali dynasty would not ask taiyimen to do anything, let alone interfere in taiyimen''s internal affairs.


    The conditions given by Wen Dongzhen Jun this time are comparable to those given by Meng Zhang. According to such conditions, Dali Dynasty basically has no requirements for Taiyi gate, but wants to ensure the existing interests of Taiyi gate.


    If Dali really conquered Jiuqu League and promised to implement such conditions.


    The taiyimen is equal to a vassal, ensuring its independent status. It''s much better than being a subordinate of Jiuqu league now.


    What other reason does taiyimen have to oppose Dali Dynasty, and what other reason does Meng Zhang have to fight Dali dynasty?


    Wen Dongzhen offered such good conditions, but Meng Zhang couldn''t believe it.


    Jin Lizhen, who is nearby, doesn''t know enough about the situation, but he also feels that Wen Dongzhen is very sincere.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not refuse, and completely turned against Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang, who is already dissatisfied with the jade sword sect and has a heart of independence, is in need of external assistance.


    Meng Zhang was a little suspicious. How could it be so coincidence?


    The envoy of the Dali imperial dynasty found himself at this time and gave such rich conditions.


    Although Meng Zhang was excited, he remained calm enough.


    From beginning to end, he kept silent and didn''t say a word.


    He wanted to believe Wen Dongzhen, but he was worried about whether there was a trap in the middle?


    Hearing the response of Meng Zhang, Dong Zhenjun sighed in his heart.


    If possible, he really doesn''t want to take on such a thankless task.


    But no, Dali Dynasty is now facing great external pressure, and it is time to make changes.


    Especially on the side of the North sweeping army, after Marshal Zhang Weineng took office, he changed many previous strategies and abandoned the consistent policy of Dali Dynasty.

 Chapter 841

    Dali Dynasty seems to be arrogant and domineering. But these years, life is not as good as expected.


    Ziyang holy sect, after all, is a holy sect. It is worshipped and obeyed by countless Xiuzhen forces.


    Ziyang Shengzong has not made a direct move, but just pushed behind his back, mobilized many Xiuzhen forces to exert pressure on Dali imperial dynasty in all directions.


    In order to guard against the real enemy Ziyang Shengzong, the Dali imperial dynasty has always kept all its strength and did not go all out to show all its strength.


    The defense forces in all directions are very hard to support against strong enemies.


    The reason why Zhang Weineng took the initiative to stop the war with Jiuqu alliance is not as clear-cut and righteous as he claimed, focusing on the interests of the human race. But has its own considerations, but also has a place of last resort.


    After breaking away from the Huanglian holy mountain defense line, a large part of the North sweeping army was transferred and secretly transported back to support other directions.


    If at that time, yujianzhen Jun could really be cruel, fully mobilize the friars of Jiuqu alliance, join hands with the reinforcements of the great horizontal cultivation world, and make a large-scale counterattack together.


    If the northern sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty did not do well, it would suffer a great defeat, and even be driven out of the south of Jiuqu League.


    Unfortunately, the power of Dali Dynasty really shocked the major cultivation forces, so that they could not fight back.


    When yujianzhen Jun gave in to the major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League and didn''t force them to go to the battlefield, it means that yujianmen completely lost the opportunity to subdue the south of Jiuqu League.


    Of course, Zhang Wei could make such a decision because he saw through the enemy''s mind and knew that the enemy had been killed in the previous war.


    Jiuqu alliance is an alliance composed of many Xiuzhen forces. Yujianmen is only the leader of this alliance.


    If the jade sword gate is strong enough to lead you to win the war, it still has enough prestige to lead you.


    However, facing the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, the jade sword gate can''t support it obviously. Then don''t blame everyone for their apparent affinity and separation.


    Now the army sweeping the north from the imperial dynasty has greatly reduced its strength. Not to mention an empty shelf, it''s not much better.


    Although knowing that Jiuqu League was unlikely to launch a counterattack at this time, Zhang Weineng sent Wen dongzhenjun. Let him act as an emissary to secretly contact the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League.


    Zhang Weineng completely changed the policy before Dali Dynasty and offered very favorable conditions to win over the dissident Xiuzhen forces.


    Wen dongzhenjun, as the executor, felt that Zhang Wei''s conditions were too indulgent to those Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League.


    However, since Prince Xia Houfeng returned to the Dali Dynasty to recover from his injuries, Zhang Weineng said nothing among the troops sweeping the north. Wen Dongzhen had no room for objection.


    Taiyimen''s performance all the time can''t hide from the discerning.


    Hiding in the endless sand sea and deliberately preserving strength can never be said to be loyal to the jade sword sect.


    Wen dongzhenjun had dealt with Meng Zhang before. He knew that this cunning guy had long wanted to leave a way back for himself.


    Therefore, he found an opportunity to find Meng Zhang directly.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised by this reaction.


    Having had an unhappy past, Meng Zhang could not believe Wen Dongzhen because of a few empty words.


    This was just to hear that Dongzhen Jun was not aware, but politely said goodbye to Meng Zhang and said he would visit again in the future.


    In the eyes of Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang''s willingness to listen to himself proved that he had been moved.


    Otherwise, he should drive himself away without waiting for him to finish.


    Meng Zhang did not reject taking refuge in Dali Dynasty. He should be satisfied with the conditions.


    Just out of some concerns, he didn''t promise immediately.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun is not in a hurry. It''s still a long time. He still has time to persuade Meng Zhang slowly.


    Sneaking into Jiuqu League this time, he chose more than one taiyimen.


    Among these goals, there are better ones than taiyimen.


    Wen dongzhenjun and his assistant will slowly contact these targets and secretly plot against them.


    Dali''s Imperial Army swept Peking University with the power of great victory. As long as it is not too excessive and offers slightly favorable conditions, it can secretly win over a large number of Xiuzhen forces.


    Although Zhang Weineng ostensibly stopped fighting with Jiuqu League, secretly, he began to subvert Jiuqu league from the inside.


    Behind the Jiuqu League is the Ziyang saint.


    But Ziyang Shengzong is far away from the horizon and is close to the imperial army.


    Most people have never seen the power of the Holy Land Sect gate, but the power of Dali Dynasty has been seen and experienced by everyone.


    Meng Zhang is really moved about taking refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    Although taiyimen was in the front line of Huanglian holy mountain and suffered heavy losses in the bloody battle with the Dali imperial army.


    But as Wen dongzhenjun said, everyone has their own decisions.


    There should be no irresolvable hatred between taiyimen and Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang accepted this statement and even made further arrangements.


    Now Dali imperial court has great potential. Taiyimen can take refuge in Dali imperial court first.


    If Ziyang Shengzong kills Dali in the future and Dali cannot resist it, Taiyi gate can betray Dali and turn to Ziyang Shengzong.


    There is no saying of three family slaves in the cultivation world.


    Betrayal comes and goes, which is the normal state of the cultivation world.


    Of course, the cautious Meng Zhang did not rush to make a decision, but had to wait and see for a while.


    Even if he really took refuge in Dali Dynasty, he would not be a bird.


    This time, Jin Lizhen was present when I heard that Dong Zhenjun came.


    Although I know Jin Lizhen is not a talkative person, I won''t betray taiyimen. But Meng Zhang told her well.


    Meng Zhang told Jin Lizhen about the current situation of Jiuqu League and the problems faced by taiyimen.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun''s visit is absolutely confidential and must not be disclosed.


    Although Jin Lizhen once held a high position in Jiuqu League, she had no deep feelings for Jiuqu League.


    The Jiuqu League will die when it dies. She won''t have much regret.


    Being loyal to the jade sword sect and driven by the jade sword sect is not acceptable to her.


    She had no objection to joining Dali imperial court as long as the conditions were appropriate.

 Chapter 842

    I didn''t delay much time when I heard about the episode of dongzhenjun.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen didn''t mean to change the original plan.


    But they didn''t fly directly into the nine days.


    Instead, I made a circle around and chose another place to enter nine days.


    In fact, Wen dongzhenjun has been hiding near taiyimen camp for some time.


    He carefully observed Meng Zhang''s law of action and stopped them before they entered the nine days.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun really wanted to plot against Meng Zhang, but he didn''t want to ambush them.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense did not warn him, and he also vaguely felt that Wen Dongzhen Jun seemed to be really sincere.


    However, out of prudence, Meng Zhang still took necessary precautions.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen entered the nine days smoothly without any accidents.


    As the cultivation entered the Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang''s sensitivity became more and more acute and his eyesight improved significantly.


    After entering nine days and many times, he had a faint feeling.


    Such a strange space is not entirely natural. In many places, there are artificial traces.


    Of course, he is limited to the current level and is not able to participate in the top-level secrets of the cultivation world. The inheritance classics left by taiyimen are not complete, and many parts are missing.


    There are many secrets hidden in the world of Jun dust.


    For example, Meng Zhang''s nine days now are very mysterious.


    Nine days, a strange space, is divided into many levels and vast.


    So far, Meng Zhang has only visited a very small part of the space in nine days.


    He walked with Jin Lizhen Jun. except for a few places that were obviously too dangerous, most places could be visited.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun work together, and they don''t have to hide. They can search in nine days.


    Yuanshen sects like qingyuanzong have accumulated rich experience because Zhenjun, the Yuanshen in the door, has been in and out for nine days for many times.


    The monks in the gate are not only familiar with all kinds of situations in the nine days, but also can delineate some resource points.


    These resource points produce all kinds of precious resources, including high-level heaven and earth spirits and a large number of nine day essence.


    These resource points are not only one of the details of the bulk door, but also the main way for them to obtain high-level cultivation resources.


    Taiyimen in its heyday should also have such resource points.


    However, it is a pity that Meng Zhang did not inherit this heritage and knew nothing about those resource points.


    When he entered the nine days, he mainly relied on the guidance of spiritual consciousness to slowly search for what he needed.


    If you find a resource point after nine days, you can use the means to hide it as the private property of your sect.


    Meng Zhang walked with Jin Lizhen Jun this time, and his luck seemed to get better.


    Along the way, they not only collected some essence of nine days, but also found two fourth-order spirit objects, which were divided up respectively.


    After that, they ran into a group of cloud beasts.


    Although the leader of this group of cloud beasts is level 4 cloud beasts, and there are a lot of them.


    However, with their joint efforts, they killed many cloud beasts and dispersed the whole group of cloud beasts.


    Huang Sha Wan Li TU was very sensitive to the spirit of the instrument. He found that the first level Four cloud beast had something he needed, so he urged Jin Lizhen to take down the cloud beast.


    The fourth level cloud beast has a high degree of wisdom. Seeing that it can''t resist, it will run away.


    Jin Lizhen followed closely, and Meng Zhang followed.


    As soon as the two sides pursued and fled, they actually flew far away, and changed their direction many times in the middle.


    Finally, the fourth order cloud beast still didn''t escape and was caught up by his opponent.


    The yellow sand turned into the yellow sand all over the sky, and completely wrapped the huge body of the cloud beast at once.


    After half a day, the yellow sand dissipated and was taken back in the picture.


    Most of the body of the fourth order cloud beast is incomplete, and its fur, bones and flesh disappear, leaving only a huge skeleton.


    The yellow sand Wan diagram, which swallowed up the four order cloud animal essence, seemed to be full.


    Meng Zhang could hear the instrument spirit. The boy in yellow belched heavily, and then fell into a deep sleep.


    This fourth-order magic weapon may be full of food and needs time to digest slowly.


    Different fourth-order magic tools need different supplements. It is common for other immortals to poison us.


    The spirit of qicaixia light robe can only look at the yellow sand Wanli map with envious eyes.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had time to look around carefully.


    The fourth order cloud beast escaped here just now. When he was dying, he caused great damage to the surrounding environment.


    Meng Zhang, who has accomplished a lot on the space Avenue, soon found a clue.


    He stretched out his hands and tore at the front, as if he had torn off a thick curtain, revealing a new scene in front of him.


    In the thick clouds, a little light is looming and swinging with the wind.


    Meng Zhang recognized at a glance that this should be a special resource point.


    This resource point is not an ownerless thing, but it was discovered by others and hidden by casting magic long ago.


    However, this resource point should not have been visited for a long time. The prohibition around it has been lack of maintenance, so it revealed its flaws and was discovered by Meng Zhang.


    This situation is not uncommon in the cultivation world.


    Some elder gods found resource points and hid them when casting spells.


    But if there is an accident at home, the information of the resource point will naturally be lost.


    There are also some resource points found by the sect gate. If these sect gates disappear in the long river of history, these resource points will naturally become ownerless.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know why such a resource point will be formed within nine days.


    He had no idea whether it was born or created.


    He is also the most important role of spirit water, which can enhance the spirituality of magic tools.


    In particular, in order to grow into a fourth-order magic weapon, that is, a magic weapon, the first thing to improve is their own spirituality.


    The third-order magic tools have some ignorant spirituality, while the spirit of the fourth-order magic tools can be regarded as a living creature and can be transformed into a form.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen took what they needed and divided up all the resources in this resource point.


    After the resources in the resource point are removed, they will slowly grow again after a long time.


    Such time is based on a hundred years, a thousand years or even ten thousand years.


    This is why only those Yuanshen sects can manage resource points.


    After collecting all kinds of resources, Meng Zhang repaired the original prohibition by relying on his poor prohibition technique, and then closed this resource point again.


    Perhaps after thousands of years, all kinds of resources will reappear at this resource point.

 Chapter 843

    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that this time it was just a routine to enter the nine days, but he could have such a rich harvest.


    I don''t know whether it''s my real fortune or the good luck brought by Jin Lizhen.


    With such a harvest, Meng Zhang was a little absent-minded next.


    He kind of wanted to go back early and use the spirit water he had harvested.


    Jin Lizhen was so hearty that she said she would go around more, go around more, make persistent efforts and strive for more harvest.


    Unfortunately, such a good thing can not be met, can not be asked again.


    The two then strolled around the nine days, and according to Meng Zhang lingjue''s guidance, they ran around and searched carefully.


    But it seemed that they had run out of luck before. Not only did not find new resource points again, but also the harvest was very few.


    Meng Zhang never leaves the front camp for long.


    Although there is no sign of a full-scale war between taiyimen and the foreign barbarian army, Meng Zhang is still careful and tries his best to maintain his own alert strength and avoid the emptiness of the front-line camp.


    Seeing that the harvest was bad, he did not continue to delay here. Instead, amid Jin Lizhen''s unwilling complaints, he broke away from nine days and returned to the front camp of taiyimen.


    The taiyimen front camp was the same as before Meng Zhang left. No major events happened.


    When he returned to the camp, he greeted the people who stayed in the camp, and Meng Zhang began to close down again.


    After some treatment, he carefully dropped the spirit water harvested this time into the yin-yang spirit gourd, a magic tool of his life, and let it absorb and refine.


    If the third-order magic weapon wants to be advanced into the fourth-order magic weapon, in addition to the constant cultivation of the yuan God Zhenjun with the power of the yuan God, it also needs to constantly supplement all kinds of heaven and earth spirits according to its needs.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort on this life spirit tool.


    Even, because he consumed a lot of Yuan Shen''s power for a long time, it almost affected his cultivation realm.


    Peace has been restored in the whole Jiuqu League and its surrounding areas since the initiative of the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Funny to say, the small-scale battle between taiyimen and the foreign barbarian army has become the most intense place.


    Although there were many casualties, the top level of taiyimen regarded it as a rare actual combat training and did not mean to stop this kind of battle.


    The main force of this battle in the form of a team is the friars in the foundation period, and there are also a small number of golden elixir real people.


    Many young friars of Taiyi sect have been trained in actual combat here.


    Foreign barbarians are not fools. Of course, they have long discovered the intention of taiyimen.


    However, the foreign barbarians themselves are aggressive.


    It''s true that so many barbarians have stayed in the camp for such a long time. If there is no problem, they will hold back their problems.


    The barbarians also regard it as an outlet.


    And because of the barbarian tradition, they will not refuse such a battle.


    In Taiyi gate, although Wen qiansuan has been presiding over the array in the front camp, his accomplishments have not fallen, and he entered the later stage of Jindan not long ago.


    After his cultivation was stable, Meng Zhang took some time to take him to nine days to let him slowly adapt to the environment.


    Since then, Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan and Niu Dawei, the three later monks of the golden elixir in the door, are afraid to become regular visitors in the nine days.


    At present, taiyimen has dozens of golden elixir immortal. The three of them are not only the best among them, but also have the potential to break through the Yuanshen period.


    Yang Xueyi, in particular, had taken the initiative to summon ghosts and gods to guard righteousness.


    Although she did a lot of damage to her body and spent a lot of effort to make up for it, she also experienced the power of Yuanshen level.


    Among the three, she should be the closest to the Yuanshen period.


    The younger generation of the sect continues to emerge outstanding talents, and the older generation of monks are becoming more and more advanced, but Meng Zhang still has a great regret.


    After the four Dharma protectors in the gate woke up and their accomplishments recovered to the golden elixir period, their accomplishments almost stagnated and did not make much progress.


    The four Dharma protectors have their own strengths and have experienced many battles. They are the current pillars of Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang also has high hopes for them.


    Although due to congenital limitations, they have the cultivation of golden elixir period, which seems to be the limit.


    However, Meng Zhang was unwilling and hoped that their accomplishments would continue to improve.


    Unfortunately, he searched all the classics and could not find a good way to greatly improve their cultivation.


    Even though they did not slacken off in their cultivation, but also refined a lot of spiritual objects, their cultivation still made little progress.


    Meng Zhang kept this matter in mind and looked for opportunities slowly in the future.


    During this period, the situation was very peaceful. There were many fewer revenge killings in the surrounding areas of Jiuqu League, even in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that this was the peace before the storm.


    When the foreign demon and spirit families repair the space channel and invade the Jun dust world on a large scale, all these peaceful scenes will disappear.


    After Wen Dongzhen contacted Meng Zhang last time, he was not in a hurry to ask Meng Zhang for a reply, but set aside enough thinking time for Meng Zhang.


    Of course, in order to show his sincerity and strength, he sneaked to taiyimen camp again and met Meng Zhang.


    This time, he gave Meng Zhang a contact method.


    Meng Zhang can use this to directly contact the Dali Dynasty. Even if you can''t reach him, you can contact the senior level of the North sweeping army.


    Although Meng Zhang still didn''t reply, he wrote down the contact information.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun proudly told Meng Zhang that there were many Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League and agreed to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised.


    Before the Dali emperor, he was too harsh to the practitioners, which led to everyone''s unwillingness to take refuge easily.


    Now the favorable conditions have been offered, and the army of sweeping the North has fully proved its strength. Of course, we will make new choices.


    Although Meng Zhang had been excited for a long time, he did not immediately agree to take refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In addition to the necessary caution, he did not trust Dali Dynasty enough.


    Wen Dongzhen didn''t insist either. Most of the matter has become a matter of course, and the rest is natural.


    The imagined foreign invaders have not arrived yet, and there is still a rare peace and harmony around Jiuqu League.


    After so many years of cultivation, Meng Zhang''s original magic weapon yin-yang Linghu has finally advanced into a fourth-order magic weapon.


    The fourth order magic weapon, that is, the magic weapon, is used by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    In particular, the life magic weapon trained by Meng Zhang is extremely magical and has infinite functions. It best fits his skills and accomplishments and can greatly improve his strength.


    The magic weapon of this life, yin-yang Linghu, is in hand. Meng Zhang is different from before. It''s a leap.

 Chapter 844

    The yin-yang Linghu advanced level is a fourth-order magic instrument, which turns into a Taoist child wearing a black-and-white Taoist robe.


    Meng Zhang, who has difficulty naming, has a bad taste. He gives him the name of Qingfeng boy. He usually calls him Qingfeng.


    Soon after the transformation, some ignorant Taoist children accepted the Taoist name.


    After many fourth-order magic tools are spiritualized, they are all boy images.


    This is not the special hobby of the owner, but in line with the rules of heaven.


    It''s not exactly the same as the growth stage of human young children.


    If the fourth order magic weapon has grown over a long period of time, the image of its spirit will naturally change slowly.


    Of course, some tools grow fast and some grow slowly. There are many factors among them, and it is difficult to count them one by one.


    The yin-yang Linghu has been nurtured by Meng Zhang for many years. It is a life-long magic weapon cultivated by Meng Zhang.


    His spirit is naturally close to Meng Zhang, loyal to Meng Zhang and willing to be driven by Meng Zhang.


    After the yin-yang Linghu grew into a fourth-order magic weapon, its power increased greatly, and many wonderful functions that had not been used before were added.


    It took Meng Zhang some time to thoroughly understand this magic weapon.


    Yin Yang spirit gourd can greatly enhance Meng Zhang''s power to use Yin Yang Taoist magic.


    The Yin and Yang Qi released by it is even more wonderful.


    It can be used not only to directly attack the enemy, but also to support friendly forces.


    In addition to improving the combat effectiveness of friendly forces, it can also be used to treat various injuries.


    After the Yin and Yang Qi are exhausted, you only need to stand the Linghu for a period of time to recover automatically.


    Yin Yang Linghu has the ability to cultivate Taoist soldiers. After the level of magic tools is improved, this ability is also greatly enhanced.


    It turned out that when it was a third-order magic weapon, yin-yang Linghu could make Taoist soldiers with golden elixir strength and foundation building strength.


    When all kinds of raw materials are sufficient, one Taoist soldier with golden elixir strength can be bred every year, a total of nine.


    If you change to the Taoist soldiers who breed the strength of the foundation period, you can breed six every year, a total of 36.


    Only after the Taoist soldiers originally bred are consumed can they be bred again.


    The Taoist soldiers bred by the yin-yang Linghu now have the lowest level, which is the strength of the golden elixir period.


    As before, it can breed a powerful Taoist soldier in the golden elixir period every year. But the total number has increased to 12.


    The biggest change from the past is that we can finally breed the Taoist soldiers of Yuanshen period.


    Although the Taoist soldiers bred have the strength of the early yuan God at most, and can only have two at the same time. But there are essential differences between Yuanshen period and Jindan period.


    As long as Meng Zhang can give birth to the Taoist soldiers in the Yuanshen period, he can not only greatly reduce the pressure faced by his family, but also solve many problems.


    However, the conditions needed to breed Taoist soldiers in the Yuanshen period are too harsh.


    If taiyimen can barely collect all kinds of precious materials spent by Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period. The materials needed to breed Taoist soldiers in the period of Yuanshen are too rare.


    Meng Zhang estimated that even one tenth of the materials in the large warehouse of taiyimen could not be collected.


    There are some materials that are too precious. Even if Yuanshen Zhenjun comes out, it is difficult to get them.


    When the materials are finally collected, it will take a lot of time to conceive the Taoist soldiers in the period of Yuanshen.


    If everything goes well, it will take 15 to 20 years to conceive a Taoist soldier.


    With the longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun, this time was nothing. However, the invasion of foreign powers is imminent. Meng Zhang estimates that there is not enough time to breed Taoist soldiers of Yuanshen period before the start of the war.


    However, in any case, if a yuan Shen Zhen Jun has his own life magic weapon, his combat effectiveness will generally be greatly improved.


    After the yin-yang Linghu grows into a fourth-order magic weapon, Meng Zhang can reduce the power of the yuan God consumed on him, just keep his daily needs.


    Meng Zhang can save more yuan Shen''s power and use it to improve his cultivation.


    With this life magic weapon, Meng Zhang seems to have become more confident.


    Almost at the same time, many changes silently came to the surrounding areas.


    Near a small village in the north of Jiuqu League, a team of fire spirits suddenly appeared out of thin air.


    The fire spirit level of this team is not high. They are basically second-order fire spirits, and only the leader is third-order fire spirits.


    The fire spirit quietly destroyed the small village and turned it into ashes.


    Then the fire spirits wandered around.


    A nearby zhujizong gate and several low-income Xiuzhen families happened to be located on the wandering route of the fire spirit, which naturally led to the fate of destruction.


    The practitioners who escaped by chance spread the news of the emergence of the fire spirit, which aroused the vigilance of the surrounding cultivation forces.


    Unfortunately, the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu League suffered heavy casualties in the previous war. Many forces licked their wounds and recovered their vitality in the mountain gate.


    For the sudden emergence of fire spirit, these cultivation forces didn''t have time to respond for a moment.


    The Xiuzhen force closest to the fire spirit wants to solve this problem as soon as possible, but it has more than enough heart and less strength.


    The third-order fire spirit has the strength equivalent to the cultivators in the golden elixir period of mankind.


    Either send out a number of Jindan immortal to encircle and suppress, or Yuanshen Zhenjun. Otherwise, it''s really difficult to destroy the wandering fire spirits.


    The fire spirits wandered for a while and caused great damage before they were exterminated by Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect.


    After Xu Mengying''s inspection, these fire spirits come from outside the territory, not from Jun dust world.


    When the news spread, everyone knew that the foreign invaders who had spread for a long time finally came to the Junchen world.


    However, foreign invaders should not be just this strength, right?


    According to the high-level speculation of Jiuqu League, the foreign demon and spirit families have roughly repaired the space channel.


    However, the part of the space channel connecting the Jun dust world inevitably has a deviation. In long-distance transmission, it is far from accurate.


    The first team of fire spirits should be used to test the space channel and explore the way first.


    Such a team should still appear.


    Until the space channel is completely stable and the transmission range is fixed, it is the time for foreign invaders to invade on a large scale.


    Sure enough, in the next time, the news of the emergence of a small group of spirit clan and a small group of demon clan came from all over the country.


    In particular, a team of Shuiling who appeared in the south of Jiuqu League took advantage of the emptiness here to kill and flee around, causing great damage.


    After the Dali Dynasty conquered the south of Jiuqu League, in order to stabilize the situation as soon as possible, many original Xiuzhen forces were retained and let them guard everywhere.


    These Xiuzhen forces were originally dissatisfied with the Dali Dynasty. They not only relaxed their defense, but also focused on guarding their own mountain gate.


    It was not until the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty was alerted and sent an elite team to encircle, chase and intercept that the water spirit running around was completely eliminated.

 Chapter 845

    Everyone just sweeps the snow in front of the door and doesn''t care about the frost on others'' tiles.


    This situation is the norm among selfish practitioners.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who had no choice but to take refuge in Dali imperial court could not be loyal to Dali imperial court.


    Under the supervision of the Dali imperial dynasty, they had spent a lot of effort to guard their respective territories and drive out and catch those troublemakers.


    It''s really difficult for them to consume their own strength and encircle, chase and intercept these ferocious foreign demon families and spirit families.


    In their view, this is not their own task at all.


    Therefore, unless these foreign demon and spirit families kill their own mountain gate, they will turn a blind eye and ignore it at all.


    In particular, after the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty transferred a large part of its strength for support, the supervision of these local truth repair forces weakened a lot. In many ways, become more dependent on them.


    Zhang Weineng, commander of the North sweeping army, is a man who can''t rub sand in his eyes.


    After sending people to annihilate the wandering water spirits, he immediately dealt with several weak zongmen and families by means of thunder.


    Then he personally issued a strict order to all the Xiuzhen forces in the south of the Jiuqu League to strictly prevent and defend, cooperate with each other, and never let any force disturb places.


    Once all localities find the whereabouts of foreign invaders, they should gather the strength of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces at the fastest speed and try their best to eliminate them.


    At the same time, the news should be reported to the North sweeping army.


    If you are not strong enough to wipe out foreign invaders, you should ask for reinforcements in time.


    All Xiuzhen forces everywhere must perform their respective duties. Anyone who is negligent should be dealt with by military justice immediately.


    The families and families that were disposed of were unlucky chickens. They warned the remaining monkeys with their lives and blood.


    After Zhang Weineng''s crackdown, the major forces of truth cultivation in the vast southern region of Jiuqu League immediately mobilized, strengthened their investigation one after another, and had a certain momentum of strict prevention and adherence.


    In the north of Jiuqu League, the original major cultivation forces have withdrawn a large number of monks stationed in Huanglian holy mountain.


    After returning to the mountain gate, these monks not only recuperated, but also strengthened the defense of their territory.


    Although so far, only small-scale demon and spirit tribes have invaded the surrounding area and caused some damage.


    However, the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League immediately had a new excuse to withdraw all monks on the front line of Huanglian holy mountain to guard their respective territories and mountain gates.


    The northern sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty is busy dealing with foreign invaders. Where can we spare the strength to launch a large-scale attack?


    After weighing the pros and cons, Yu Jianzhen generally agreed to the requirements of these Xiuzhen forces and asked them to basically withdraw the remaining monks stationed in Huanglian holy mountain.


    Of course, these cultivation forces are required by the jade sword sect, and they still want to keep a few monks on the front line symbolically.


    There is no reason to refuse this trivial request.


    Since then, after a period of time, there have been more and more frequent traces of extraterritorial invaders.


    At this time, the jade sword gate issued a recruitment order again.


    This call up order is not aimed at all Jiuqu League members, but only at those Xiuzhen forces with strong strength and obviously spare strength.


    Jade sword sect doesn''t recruit all its main friars as before, but only some friars.


    Yujianmen will also send some monks to form a coalition with these conscripted monks to jointly fight against foreign invaders on the territory of Jiuqu League.


    As a sect of Yuanshen, Taiyi sect, which has no heavy burden, is also on the recruitment list.


    When the recruitment order of Yujian gate arrived at Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was busy with other things.


    In the endless sand sea, a small group of earth spirits appeared.


    Before there was any noise, he was destroyed by the friar taiyimen on patrol.


    There are no other problems.


    On the other side of the Gobi, it was calm and unaffected.


    The taiyimen Jindan friar stationed in the mirage secluded area carefully monitored the surrounding movements and found no obvious spatial fluctuations.


    Obviously, because of the problem of space channel, the demon and spirit clans outside the territory have no ability to transmit directly to the mirage secret land and nearby areas.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about a fire in the backyard for the time being. What he needs to face is external problems.


    If foreign invaders appear around taiyimen territory and attack taiyimen, the barbarian army facing taiyimen will become a big problem.


    The barbarians outside the region are not fools. The reason why they maintain a confrontation with taiyimen now is that they are not sure to eat taiyimen.


    But if taiyimen scattered its power elsewhere, they would certainly take advantage of the fire.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang must make early preparations.


    If there is any sign of a massive attack by foreign invaders, we must deal with the barbarian army in front of us first.


    At present, taiyimen has an advantage in the top combat power, but the enemy''s strength is really not weak.


    In order to reduce his own casualties, Meng Zhang secretly made some small moves.


    He secretly went to see Cangshan Zhenjun twice and told him the current surrounding situation.


    In the face of foreign invaders, the Dali imperial dynasty and the Jiuqu League have stopped fighting.


    Even, they may temporarily turn enemies into friends and join hands against foreign enemies.


    If at that time, Cangshan Zhenjun will be in an awkward situation.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is not ignorant of the news from the outside world.


    However, other monks of Cangshan sect were isolated at the other end of Yuantu prairie because they had been staying in the barracks of the barbarian army.


    Although Cangshan Zhenjun can keep in touch with the disciples of the sect with the secret method, the distance is too far, which greatly limits this contact and cannot deliver too detailed information.


    As for Dali, I don''t know if it''s to avoid suspicion.


    When Cangshan sect defected to the barbarians outside the territory, Dali imperial court took the initiative to cut off all contact with Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Cangshan Zhenjun is limited to his own situation and has a certain deviation in his understanding of external news.


    Meng Zhang deliberately exaggerates and shakes Cangshan Zhenjun''s mind.


    If the Dali Dynasty and the Jiuqu League really join hands, the fate of foreign invaders is hard to say. The foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie must be irresistible.


    At that time, as traitors of the human race, Cangshan sect and Cangshan Zhenjun will be doomed.


    Meng Zhang said that if Cangshan Zhenjun is willing to stand on the side of Taiyi gate, his family will prove it for him at that time.


    It proves that he has always been in Cao camp and his heart is in the Han Dynasty. He is not willing to serve the barbarians outside the territory.


    Cangshan Zhenjun was really moved by what Meng Zhang said.


    However, because the disciples of Cangshan sect followed another barbarian army, they were closely monitored.


    Cangshan Zhenjun threw a rat''s taboo. Even if he had other thoughts, he didn''t dare to rebel against the barbarians outside the territory.

 Chapter 846

    Originally, an old Jianghu like Cangshan Zhenjun and an old fox are not so easy to be fooled by Meng Zhang.


    But the information of both sides is not equal. Cangshan Zhenjun has limited knowledge of many situations.


    In addition, after Cangshan Zhenjun took refuge in foreign barbarians, he was very upset and had a heavy psychological burden.


    He has a little regret now.


    At the beginning, we should not obey the orders of the Dali imperial dynasty, betray the Jiuqu League and take refuge in foreign barbarians.


    Up to now, he and the sect have become the public enemy of the Terran cultivators with a big black pot on his back.


    The reason why the Dali Dynasty could control Cangshan Zhenjun was that it held the handle of Cangshan Zhenjun''s surrender. Cangshan Zhenjun was captured alive by the strong men of Dali Dynasty, which also left a deep psychological shadow on him.


    Dali''s incomparably powerful and unmatched impression of the imperial dynasty has penetrated into his heart, so that he can''t afford to resist. He only knows to passively obey all the orders of Dali''s imperial dynasty.


    If Dali really turns enemies into friends with Jiuqu alliance, Cangshan Zhenjun, a traitor, will be no one in the middle.


    In order to get rid of the suspicion of colluding with foreign barbarians, it is possible to take Cangshan Zhenjun as a scapegoat.


    Scared by Meng Zhang, the old Yuanshen Zhenjun was really frightened.


    Meng Zhang''s commitment may not be reliable.


    And with Meng Zhang''s status, even if he is a guarantee for Cangshan Zhenjun, he may not be able to play a big role.


    What kind of person Meng Zhang is. Seeing Cangshan Zhenjun''s heart wavering, of course, he strikes while the iron is hot and Haosheng exaggerates.


    Meng Zhang told Cangshan Zhenjun that taiyimen played an important role in Jiuqu League.


    We have a wide range of friends and many friends of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    These friends are reliable people who will support taiyimen at critical moments.


    From the imperial dynasty, I have long had the idea of wooing my family.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhenjun of the Dali imperial dynasty are all friends who have lived their lives.


    Of course, Cangshan Zhenjun knows that Meng Zhang''s words are not true, and there must be exaggeration.


    No one seems to be able to help him except Meng Zhang.


    In particular, what Meng Zhang said about Wen Dongzhen Jun is the character who recruited Cangshan Zhen Jun and has been in contact with Cangshan Zhen Jun.


    When facing a desperate situation, people should grasp even a straw.


    Cangshan Zhenjun had no choice but to believe in Meng Zhang.


    Of course, on the one hand, he has a minimum of vigilance, on the other hand, he does have difficulties.


    He clearly told Meng Zhang that he could not turn against the enemy and openly betray foreign barbarians.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect Cangshan Zhenjun to do this.


    If taiyimen goes to war with the foreign barbarian army, he will not put all his hope of victory on Cangshan Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang told Cangshan Zhenjun that he didn''t need to openly oppose foreign barbarians.


    It''s just that in a war, it''s enough to release a little water and retain strength.


    Meng Zhang''s words let Cangshan Zhenjun breathe a sigh of relief. At the same time, Cangshan Zhenjun also put forward his own requirements.


    He hoped that Meng Zhang would make an oath and promise that he would try his best to help Cangshan sect out of trouble.


    The avenue oath is not deliberately casually distributed. Once you break the oath of the road, you will be eaten by the road.


    Meng Zhang never really wanted to help Cangshan sect.


    A traitor of the Terran like Cangshan Zhenjun deserves to die.


    In front of the public, Meng Zhang will only get rid of his relationship. Where would he be stupid enough to get involved with him.


    Facing Cangshan Zhenjun''s request, Meng Zhang''s face changed.


    It''s really unkind to say that Cangshan Zhenjun hasn''t proved his sincerity and hasn''t done anything, so he forces himself to swear to help him.


    If Cangshan Zhenjun wants to get his own help, he still needs to prove with action that his family really cares about the human race and does not really take refuge in the foreign barbarians.


    Meng Zhang bluffed and frightened all the time before he dealt with the real king of Cangshan.


    This is not that Cangshan Zhenjun is too stupid, but that he asks Meng Zhang and has too few cards to play.


    Meng Zhang is in a happy mood after he has settled Cangshan Zhenjun.


    However, at this time, the call up order from yujianmen made him unhappy.


    The recruitment order of yujianmen is not too much. It is not required to recruit all the main players of taiyimen.


    According to the requirements of the recruitment order, taiyimen only needs to send about 10 Jindan immortal, plus a large group of foundation building friars and Qi refining friars.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, after sending such a force, the manpower in the gate will become much tense, but it will not affect the overall situation.


    Meng Zhang was unhappy because the recruitment order of yujianmen confirmed what Wen Dongzhen told him before.


    Before the recruitment order of yujianmen officially arrived at Taiyi gate, Wen Dongzhen secretly summoned Meng Zhang.


    The content is that the jade sword sect has scruples about the powerful cultivation forces in the Jiuqu League, especially the obedient sect such as Taiyi sect, which has aroused the dissatisfaction of the jade sword sect.


    The top level of yujianmen has made a plan to weaken these cultivation forces bit by bit.


    Taiyi gate bears the brunt, that is, even if Wen Dongzhen Jun deliberately provokes, Yujian gate has no bad heart.


    However, once a battle occurs, friar yujianmen will naturally use friar taiyimen as cannon fodder.


    Meng Zhang himself has done many such things.


    Hanhai daomeng, under the control of taiyimen, is nominally a mutual help organization. In fact, it is the largest source of cannon fodder for taiyimen.


    Conscripting the friars of vassal forces to fight and use them as cannon fodder to reduce their own casualties is the practice of the cultivation world. It is an open secret of those large doors.


    Instead of being a ruthless hero, he must have agreed to the recruitment of yujianmen without hesitation.


    Even if all the sent friars are lost, the sect will hurt bones and muscles at most and lose a little vitality, but it will not offend the jade sword sect.


    However, Meng Zhang rejected such a practice.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t bear to let his hard-working disciples do cannon fodder and embark on a dead end.


    Without saying anything about feelings, Meng Zhang was reluctant to lose such a force in vain.


    Taiyimen has not been forcibly recruited by the owner before.


    From the small sect of Qi refining, Taiyi sect is someone else''s vassal.


    To become the foundation building sect gate and Jindan sect gate, they are inevitably called up and have to participate in many battles they are unwilling to participate in.


    Today, Taiyi gate has become the door of Yuanshen sect. It still can''t avoid being dominated and recruited by the strong.


    When on earth can taiyimen really control their own destiny?


    Meng Zhang was helpless and full of a deep sense of powerlessness.

 Chapter 847

    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang finally decided to find a way to reject the recruitment of yujianmen.


    During this time, Meng Zhang obviously felt that there were many problems between Taiyi gate and Yujian gate.


    After hearing the news from dongzhenjun, Meng Zhang guessed that most of these Taiyi disciples would be consumed as cannon fodder when they were sent to Yujian gate.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was not cruel enough after all. He didn''t want to see his disciples, so he went to die in vain.


    As the leader of a sect, it is his bounden duty to protect his disciples.


    Of course, you can''t refuse the jade sword door in this way.


    The jade sword sect is so powerful that Taiyi sect has to bow its head and resist openly.


    Meng Zhang personally wrote a humble letter.


    In his letter, Meng Zhang poured bitter water, explaining the difficulties of Taiyi gate.


    There is a powerful barbarian army in front of us, which is still entrenched in the endless sand sea and has been fighting fiercely with Taiyi gate.


    In the endless sand sea and Gobi, there are traces of foreign invaders in many places.


    These demon and spirit teams from outside the territory wandered around and destroyed everything they saw, causing great damage to taiyimen territory.


    In order to protect the territory, Taiyi gate is busy putting out fire everywhere. It is really unable to transfer people to respond to the recruitment of Yujian gate.


    In his letter, Meng Zhang flattered the jade sword gate and explained what he couldn''t do.


    Taiyi sect is not disrespectful to Yujian sect, nor does it have the mind to refuse the recruitment of Yujian sect.


    It''s just because of the situation. It''s too difficult. Please forgive me.


    After Meng Zhang wrote the letter, he asked Shushan Zhenjun for help and sent it to Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect.


    After sending the letter, Meng Zhang was uneasy. He didn''t know what response yujianmen would make.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t expect was that after this letter was sent out, it was like a clay ox into the sea and didn''t get any response.


    Whether to agree or not to agree with their own request, there is no statement from the jade sword gate.


    If it wasn''t for Shushan Zhenjun''s repeated assurance that the letter had been delivered, he would doubt whether the letter had fallen on the way.


    The response of yujianmen was greatly beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time, but there was no result. He didn''t know what the jade sword gate meant.


    He can only inquire about the attitude of yujianmen through the channels of Dark Alliance branch.


    Since yujianmen didn''t respond, he tacitly agreed to his request as the other party and didn''t send disciples to respond to the call.


    With the passage of time, there are more and more incidents of extraterritorial invaders in various places.


    Fortunately, these foreign invaders are small teams, and their strength is only third-order.


    Even if it''s moving around, the damage it can do is limited.


    As long as the human cultivator reacts and gathers enough people, it can be eliminated.


    After another period of time, these small-scale extraterritorial invaders no longer appear, and the surrounding areas seem to have restored peace.


    The large group of foreign invaders has not appeared for a long time. The small group that appeared before is said to be cannon fodder for exploring the way.


    But now, even these small groups do not appear, and the army of foreign invaders still does not appear.


    The practitioners in the surrounding area waited and waited for so long that they could not wait for foreign invaders.


    The massive invasion of foreign invaders is certainly not a good thing, and no one expects such a thing to happen.


    Since foreign invaders want to invade the Junchen world, it can''t be stopped.


    However, it is not a matter that foreign invaders have not appeared all the time.


    In order to prevent the massive invasion of foreign invaders, the major Xiuzhen forces mobilized a lot of human and material resources to strengthen defense, which greatly affected their development.


    Xiao Jiansheng and others spread the news that foreign invaders were about to invade on a large scale.


    Practitioners dare not question the monks of the Holy Land Sect, but they are not so polite to others.


    People like Meng Zhang who have participated in this matter have been questioned and even turned out their old accounts, revealing some disgraceful history.


    Fortunately, most of those who question the authenticity of foreign invaders are bottom friars.


    No matter how many monks at the bottom are, the trouble is fierce. They are insignificant in the eyes of the senior leaders of major cultivation forces, and they won''t be taken seriously at all.


    Of course, foreign invaders have not appeared for a long time. Top friars such as Xiao Jiansheng are still a little confused.


    Xiao Jiansheng has obtained a lot of information from the classics of Ziyang Shengzong and knows many secrets that ordinary practitioners cannot understand.


    Those powerful extraterritorial races, demons, spirits, barbarians, etc. do not know why, they are particularly obsessed with Junchen world and always think about invading here.


    After the defeat of the ancient war, they never relaxed the covet of the Junchen world.


    I don''t know what attracts them in Jun dust world.


    In Xiao Jiansheng''s opinion, most of the invasions of these foreign invaders are suicides and are simply looking for death.


    They know that their own strength is not dominant, they can''t succeed, or they will launch invasions one after another.


    It is not even necessary to send out the Holy Land Sect in the Junchen world. The Yuanshen sect in various regions alone is enough to eliminate these foreign invaders.


    Take the extraterritorial demon and spirit families encountered in the space channel as an example.


    Their strength is really strong. They have a way to enter the Junchen world. But as long as the Terran cultivators make up their mind, they can completely destroy them.


    Since these guys want to die, Xiao Jiansheng will certainly help them.


    But they didn''t show up, which made Xiao Jiansheng a little confused.


    So many small teams appear in the surrounding area, indicating that there is no problem with transmission.


    But why is there no trace of their brigade?


    Xiao Jiansheng began to think about whether to organize a force to explore the extraterritorial void and find out the trend of these extraterritorial invaders.


    Although the extraterritorial void is extremely dangerous, the team composed of Yuanshen monks can still get in and out of it.


    Xiao Jiansheng himself has had many experiences of going to the void outside the territory, and there is no conflict with this.


    Just as Xiao Jiansheng was preparing to organize a team, the invaders from abroad finally appeared.


    The location of the demons and spirits from abroad was beyond everyone''s expectation.


    They did not appear on the territory ruled by the human cultivators, but in the desolate cloud and fog far away from the area ruled by the cultivators.


    I don''t know when they hid in the place of clouds and fog daze.


    They hid in this place far away from the practitioners and never exposed their tracks.


    If it weren''t for a chance, the Terran cultivators really didn''t know that they had come to the Junchen world and hid.

 Chapter 848

    Located in the southwest of Jiuqu League, Yunwu daze is a place densely covered with swamps, forests, rivers and other terrain.


    Jiuqu League was established by relying on Jiuqu River.


    Jiuqu River is a large river with two or three hundred thousand li and countless tributaries.


    Jiuqu River flows from west to East, and the west is the upstream direction of Jiuqu River.


    The living environment in daze is too bad for ordinary human beings.


    The dense water network and too many swamps lead to countless poisonous insects and more often poison gas.


    For practitioners, this place has little aura, and there are no precious resources for cultivation, let alone the value of wantonly developing.


    For a long time, the status of clouds and fog can''t even compare with the endless sand sea. Basically, there is no Xiuzhen force to settle here.


    The cloud daze was not like this originally. There were also some spiritual veins and so on.


    Some tributaries of Jiuqu River flow through Yunwu daze, where they converge into a great lake, namely Yunwu lake.


    At that time, the Shui nationality army, which occupied the upper reaches of Jiuqu River, once invaded Jiuqu League on a large scale.


    The friars'' army of Jiuqu League and the aquarium army launched a series of wars, and Yunwu lake is one of the main battlefields.


    There have been many wars here, and even many strong men at the level of Yuanshen have fought here. It is conceivable that they have destroyed the surrounding environment.


    After the war, Yunwu lake was seriously damaged, the earth vein was broken, the spirit vein collapsed and the spirit Qi dispersed.


    After many years, it has gradually become what it is now and a place not suitable for practitioners to live.


    Except for some fugitives in Jiuqu League, or the guys who caused great disasters, there are basically no people around.


    These foreign invaders are really too cunning.


    After coming to the Junchen world, I didn''t wander around in a big way. I actually hid in the remote place of Yunwu daze.


    The discovery of these extraterritorial invaders is also an accident.


    Jiuqu League has been maintaining business exchanges with Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Even after the fall of Jiuqu League in the south, there were still caravans between the two places.


    This is a Yunzhou team organized by Sihai commercial firm, ready to go to Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Because the south of Jiuqu League has been occupied by Dali imperial dynasty. Although the two sides had stopped fighting, for the sake of prudence, the Yunzhou team avoided the south of Jiuqu League and made a detour to Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    This detour bypasses the usual route and needs to pass through clouds and fog.


    Originally, the Yunzhou team didn''t find anything at first.


    The demon clan here hides well and doesn''t expose any trace.


    But a cloud boat broke down and had to land temporarily.


    The cloud boat that forced to land happened to fall into a stronghold of the demon family and fell into the siege of the demon family.


    You can imagine what happened next.


    The demon clan wants to kill people and keep their secrets.


    The cultivators in this cloud boat team need to run for their lives to save their lives.


    After a series of bloody interceptions, the demon clan still didn''t completely annihilate the human cultivators and let them escape.


    In this way, the whereabouts of the foreign demon clan were even exposed to everyone.


    After that, both Dali Dynasty and Jiuqu League sent Yuanshen Zhenjun to investigate in person.


    Although these Yuanshen Zhenjun were not close to the cloud and fog daze, they were expelled by the demon king and the spirit king. But it also explains the current situation of clouds and fog from the side.


    The main forces of demon and spirit families outside the region are now gathered in the clouds.


    According to the practice of the Xiuzhen world, the nearby Dali imperial North sweeping army and Jiuqu league are responsible for guarding the territory and have the bounden duty to expel and eliminate foreign invaders.


    But that''s the bad thing.


    In the south of Jiuqu League occupied by the imperial dynasty and in the north of Jiuqu League controlled by Jiuqu League, there are many places bordering on Yunwu daze. Both forces need to send troops.


    If only one of the two forces is here, I''m afraid they have begun to organize a crusade.


    The two forces are so close that many things are in trouble.


    The two forces that had fought to the death are now just a temporary truce.


    The two sides not only did not turn enemies into friends, but also did not reduce their hatred.


    Both sides don''t trust each other and are worried that the other side will plot against themselves behind their backs.


    The two families did not rush to send troops for fear of being taken advantage of by the other side.


    If you want to send troops together, it''s even more impossible.


    From the North sweeping army of the imperial dynasty, the high-profile cry of the great righteousness of the human race was loud, but there was no practical action.


    The demons and spirits from abroad have appeared, but they have not been attacked by the human cultivators.


    Of course, the demons and spirits outside the region only keep the clouds and fog, and there is no trend of expansion towards the surrounding areas.


    Thus, the tripartite forces maintained peace and the situation became quiet.


    For Meng Zhang, this is actually a good thing.


    At least, the endless sand sea and Gobi are temporarily free from the direct threat of extraterritorial invaders.


    Even the barbarian army in front of us doesn''t have to deal with it in a hurry.


    The demon and spirit races outside the territory are so harmless to humans and animals. If they hadn''t fought in the space channel, Meng Zhang would think they didn''t have the heart of aggression.


    When foreign barbarians suddenly appeared on Yuantu prairie, they soon swept away the Xiuzhen forces of Yuantu prairie and expanded around.


    As a result, not only the Jiuqu alliance next to the Yuantu prairie, but also the three faction alliance of hengjue mountain, which is far away, sent a team of monks and vowed to destroy this foreign barbarian.


    If it had not been for the subsequent changes in the surrounding situation and the massive invasion of Dali Dynasty, this overseas barbarian would have been eliminated.


    This time, the demons and spirits outside the territory did not know whether they had learned wisely. They learned the lessons of the barbarians outside the territory and actually knew how to use the internal contradictions of the human cultivators to secretly strive for living space for their own family.


    Apart from other things, they choose to hide in the place where clouds and fog daze. This place is the extreme of the second, which has all kinds of benefits.


    Meng Zhang could not help guessing that the demon and spirit clans outside the territory had such a good grasp of the surrounding situation. Was there a human collusion with them?


    Human rape is not a rare thing.


    Meng Zhang knew that there was a collusion between the devil and the barbarians outside the Yuantu prairie.


    It is not impossible for this demon and spirit clan who invaded the Junchen world to get help from the human cultivators.


    Although Meng Zhang always pays attention to the development of the situation and pays attention to the movements of foreign invaders at any time, he does not have much pressure in his heart.


    The extraterritorial invaders in the fog and daze are the responsibility of the Dali imperial dynasty and the Jiuqu League, which has nothing to do with taiyimen for the time being.


    If everyone does not do anything to maintain such a peaceful state, Meng Zhang is even more eager.


    He himself needs time to improve his cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    Taiyimen has vast territory and rich resources, but it lacks enough development time.

 Chapter 849

    The demon clan and spirit clan in the fog and daze have no tendency to go out.


    Both the northern sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty and the Jiuqu alliance were happy to be a little easier and less laborious.


    People don''t offend me, I don''t offend. It''s best for everyone to keep peace.


    Of course, there must be necessary precautions.


    Both sides have transferred some forces to build a defense line at the junction with the clouds and daze to prevent the armies of the demon family and the spirit family from killing out.


    On the surface, both Jiuqu League and Dali imperial dynasty are eyeing the clouds and daze, and they are ready to send out troops at any time to completely eliminate them.


    Just because of the existence of the other party, we can''t go all out and concentrate on fighting.


    The senior leaders of both sides began to have a war of words and constantly blamed each other.


    In fact, both Jiuqu League and Dali Dynasty are very satisfied with the current situation.


    Foreign invaders harboring evil intentions and harming the world are the public enemies of the Junchen world.


    But they did not harm themselves. Why should they work hard to please and take the initiative to provoke them.


    Dare to invade the Junchen world, the strength of the demon family and spirit family outside the territory is not weak.


    It is impossible to defeat them without paying heavy casualties.


    Both Jiuqu League and Dali imperial dynasty have the responsibility to defend their territory and expel foreign invaders. But their own strength is insufficient, and there is no way to catch it.


    Dali Dynasty was unwilling to cause more trouble in the face of the pressure caused by Ziyang Shengzong in all directions.


    Jiuqu League needs time to cultivate and replenish vitality.


    Both sides have reasons not to go to war, and there is a real need to maintain peace.


    The originally hostile parties actually kept peace at this time.


    Everyone is satisfied with their current situation, only one is not satisfied.


    That''s the sound of Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, who is extremely dissatisfied with the current situation.


    Ziyang holy sect can become the holy sect that rules the Junchen world, and naturally shoulders great responsibility on its shoulders.


    It is the bounden duty and obligation of Ziyang holy sect to guard the Junchen world and resist foreign invaders.


    In this matter, Ziyang Shengzong has no room to shirk, let alone give way.


    Xiao Jiansheng has more information and is very wary of foreign demon and spirit families.


    They hid in the fog and did not come out. They must have some kind of plot.


    They are likely to continue to improve the space channel and deliver more power to the Junchen world.


    If they wait until they have accumulated enough strength, once they are killed from the clouds, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Xiao Jiansheng originally regarded Dali Dynasty as the number one enemy and thought that Dali Dynasty should be solved first.


    However, these foreign invaders are different from the past, and their very cunning actions have changed his previous ideas.


    He made the same judgment as Meng Zhang. He guessed that there were traitors in the human race who were secretly helping these foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang guessed that it was demon cultivation because of his own experience.


    Xiao Jiansheng has more information and knows that although the Terran is the ruler of the Junchen world, it is not without enemies.


    In the Junchen world, there are many people who are extremely hostile to the Terran and want to subvert the Terran rule.


    If these guys collude with foreign invaders, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Xiao Jiansheng can''t take care of his vigilance against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He went to find yujianzhenjun and asked Jiuqu League to go all out to destroy the foreign invaders in the clouds and fog first.


    Yujianzhenjun wants to please Xiao Jiansheng. It''s good, but it''s on the premise of not sacrificing his own interests and not losing the strength of the sect.


    The original bloody battle with Dali imperial court was because Dali imperial court had the idea of conquering Jiuqu alliance. If yujianmen didn''t want to surrender, they had to fight.


    Now, do these foreign invaders threaten their own family? Why should yujianzhen take the initiative to start a war?


    Yujianzhenjun made many excuses, raised many difficulties, and didn''t refuse Xiao Jiansheng''s proposal. He just tried to delay and didn''t go to attack Yunwu daze.


    Xiao Jiansheng restrained his temper and tried to persuade him.


    The extraterritorial invaders must have a plot. If they are allowed to follow the plan and wait until they have accumulated enough strength, it will be too late to regret.


    Yu Jianzhen agreed with Xiao Jiansheng''s words and admitted that his concerns were reasonable.


    But yujianzhenjun was not moved at all. He didn''t have the idea of taking the initiative to fight.


    The sky fell and a tall man stood on it.


    If the foreign invaders are strong again, naturally there is the holy door in front.


    Those holy places that rule the Junchen world should not watch the situation erode. Let''s expand the number of foreign invaders.


    It can''t be said that yujianzhen Jun is short-sighted. He can only say that he is interested and blinded by profit.


    Yu Jianzhen kept the nature of the cultivator and tried to preserve his strength. He couldn''t get up early without profit.


    Xiao Jiansheng couldn''t even move Yu Jianzhen, let alone ask Da Li to send troops to the imperial dynasty.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s fighting spirit is high, but relying on his strength alone, even if he is confident and arrogant, he can''t attack Yunwu daze.


    In his career before Xiao Jiansheng, he relied on his own strength and the signboard of Ziyang Shengzong to walk around the world. He has never encountered such a dilemma today.


    But now, even the sword repair like Yu Jianzhen Jun took out the Kung Fu of old Youzi in the repair world, which made Xiao Jiansheng lose his temper.


    He is used to being high above others. He really doesn''t have a good way to be low and small in the face of others.


    Xiao Jiansheng can report the situation here to zongmen and ask for help from zongmen.


    But in this way, it is bound to affect the Pope''s evaluation of him.


    There is also fierce competition within Ziyang Shengzong.


    Jealous of his accomplishments, jealous of his position in the world, there are a lot of people.


    Xiao Jiansheng also has a strong opponent.


    He needs to perform better and more eye-catching than his opponents, so that he can get the support of zongmen and get the opportunity to return to the virtual realm in the future.


    Xiao Jiansheng also knows that if the extraterritorial invaders in the fog become bigger, they will also bear a certain responsibility if they really cause trouble and erosion of the situation.


    Between his future and face, Xiao Jiansheng chose the former.


    He pulled down his face and threatened yujianzhen Jun personally, so that he had to attack the rain and fog daze.


    The other party is a visitor from the Holy Land Sect. You can''t lose face.


    Yujianzhen has come up with a slow move.


    He pretended to be very reluctant and agreed to send troops.


    However, there is still a lot of preparatory work to be done before sending troops.


    He told Xiao Jiansheng that before the war, it was necessary to gather the leaders of the major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League.


    We discussed together how to mobilize, how to transfer troops, how to transport materials, and so on.


    This is a very reasonable request. Xiao Jiansheng has no reason to refuse. He can only acquiesce.

 Chapter 850

    In the name of Yujian sect, yujianzhen Jun, the leader of Yujian sect, sent an invitation to the leaders of the major truth cultivation forces of Jiuqu League.


    Huanglian holy mountain used to be the front line against the Dali imperial dynasty, and the monks of the major cultivation forces gathered here.


    Although after the armistice, the major religious forces withdrew most of the monks, they still symbolically retained a small number of people here.


    Even if the war with Dali imperial court has been temporarily suspended, the jade sword gate has not relaxed its defense here.


    Jade sword gate is near Huanglian holy mountain all the year round, and has deployed a team of elite sword practitioners.


    Yujianzhenjun, Xiao Jiansheng and other big people stay on the holy mountain of Huanglian all year round.


    For a long time, Huanglian holy mountain has almost become the current temporary headquarters of Jiuqu League.


    This time, Yu Jianzhen invited the leaders of the major cultivation forces to come to the party. The place of the party was on the holy mountain of Huanglian.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang was naturally invited.


    What the invitation letter says is clearly to gather everyone together to discuss how to fight against foreign invaders entrenched in clouds and fog.


    The news that yujianzhen Jun, the leader of Yujian sect, invited the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League has been spread for a long time. Meng Zhang has no doubt about him and is happy to go.


    Even though Meng Zhang''s heart has deviated from the jade sword gate, this face still needs to be given to the jade sword real king. Now he can''t openly confront the jade sword gate.


    Meng Zhang made up his mind. When he got to the ground, he only took a pair of ears. As long as nothing fell on his head, he would never talk much.


    Meng Zhang took no one else with him. Shortly before the party began, he left the front camp of taiyimen alone and flew to the direction of Huanglian holy mountain.


    Meng zhangfei went out for a long distance and was about to leave the endless sand sea.


    Suddenly, a strong warning rose in his heart.


    Meng Zhang, who had experienced this for a long time, did not hesitate and immediately acted according to his own spiritual consciousness.


    Originally flying in the air, he suddenly accelerated his fall and crossed a long height.


    While Meng Zhang tried his best to dodge, a sword light came straight down from a higher altitude and gently swept over Meng Zhang''s original position.


    The sword light shot into the air and missed the target.


    But the sword light didn''t stop. He chased Meng Zhang and killed him.


    On a whim, he saved Meng Zhang again.


    What a powerful sword repair, what a powerful means.


    The combination of body and sword can resist the sword and kill the enemy. This is a typical sword repair method.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know why Jianxiu wanted to assassinate himself, and he just chose this opportunity.


    In the face of the strong enemy, he put aside all the questions in his heart and passed the current level first.


    The sword light was sharp and powerful. The sword light in his eyes shook Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang forcibly calmed his mind and could not carefully observe the sword repair behind the sword light.


    One black and one white airflow rose from Meng Zhang''s head, turned into two sharp swords, and took the initiative to kill the past against the sword light.


    Meng Zhang is not a sword cultivator, but his swordsmanship is superior to many sword cultivators.


    The great supernatural power Liangyi Tongtian sword cooperated with Qizheng sword formula to block this peerless sword repair temporarily.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head were shining brightly, and the endless sun and moon god light spread to his opponent.


    The sun moon jewel is only a third-order magic weapon, but the strengthened Sun Moon divine light has the power to threaten Yuanshen level opponents.


    This famous sword cultivation is really a pure sword cultivation. He has a sword in his hand and hardly depends on other foreign objects. He has a posture of breaking thousands of dharmas.


    When Meng Zhang came out, he defeated countless enemies by virtue of his superb swordsmanship and clever inheritance of sword formula.


    Today, I met a real sword repairman, who showed Meng Zhang what Royal sword killing is.


    Two sharp swords, one black and one white, were forcibly cut. The sun and moon in the sky met the fierce sword light and retreated one after another.


    Facing the fierce sword Qi that continued to cut, a Linghu appeared on Meng Zhang''s head.


    The black-and-white air currents rose from the Linghu, mixed with each other, hovered and flew up into the air, and consumed the sword Qi.


    Meng Zhang used the Taoist art of yin and Yang, and finally blocked the other party.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had time to look at each other.


    It seems that assassins all over the world like to be dressed in black and covered with black cloth, which seems to have become the standard configuration of assassins.


    The famous sword repair assassin in front of him was no exception. He was also a rustic black suit, covering his whole head.


    The man is short and thin.


    Of course, practitioners with a little strength have the ability to change their body shape and appearance.


    In the cultivation world, high-level practitioners really use the breath of each other to distinguish enemies and friends.


    Breath is far more difficult to change than body shape, and everyone''s breath has its own uniqueness.


    As long as you remember the breath of a cultivator, it is difficult for him to escape tracking no matter he escapes to the ends of the earth.


    If there is a spear, there is a shield. There is a way to distinguish and track the breath in the cultivation world. Naturally, there is also a secret method of hiding breath, distorting breath and getting rid of tracking.


    The assassin in front of him is deeply influenced by these three flavors. He has his own uniqueness in hiding his identity.


    Meng Zhang''s false magic eyes can''t see through the other party''s true face, and the other party''s breath changes constantly, which is difficult to be locked by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not find any information.


    Except that the other party is a brilliant sword practitioner, this person has the cultivation achievement in the middle period of Yuanshen.


    After making contact with the other party, he mastered the other party''s hand characteristics and met again in the future. No matter how he changed his face and how to hide his identity, it was difficult to escape Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    The avenue of sword belongs to the avenue after tomorrow among the three thousand avenues, but when it comes to combat effectiveness and lethality, it ranks in the forefront among the three thousand avenues.


    The vast majority of sword practitioners are majoring in the avenue of sword, and then minor in some killing Avenue, extinction Avenue and so on.


    So far, this famous sword has only displayed the road of sword.


    This person has deep attainments on the avenue and can fully mobilize the power of the avenue.


    Meng Zhang exhibited the sun moon Avenue as well as the Yin Yang Avenue.


    In addition, in order to avoid the lock of the famous sword Xiu, he also needs to use the power of space avenue to move his own body.


    Meng Zhang is a man of cultivation. Among the friars in the early days of Yuanshen, he can be said to be a rare enemy.


    Even for the friars in the middle of the upper yuan God, they can fight each other with the power of the great road.


    But the sword repair is too difficult.


    Not only is his cultivation level higher than that of Meng Zhang, but also he is much better than Meng Zhang in mastering the power of the road.


    Meng Zhang has many and miscellaneous powers of the road, and this person seems to be proficient in the road of a sword, but he can suppress Meng Zhang everywhere by relying on his exquisite cultivation.


    From the sneak attack to the present, although Meng Zhang escaped the sneak attack of his opponent by virtue of his impulsive ability, he did not take the opportunity to seize the advantage, but was forced to the disadvantage by the other party.

 Chapter 851

    The most dangerous attack of this sword repair assassin was actually the previous sneak attack.


    Not to mention the friars in the early days of Yuanshen, even the friars in the middle of Yuanshen can hardly escape the sneak attack without defense.


    Once he stealthily attacks, he will be seriously injured if he doesn''t die.


    Meng Zhang successfully escaped the most dangerous assassination by virtue of his whim as a Heavenly Master.


    When the two sides fought head-on, Meng Zhang soon fell to the disadvantage.


    What an excellent assassin pays attention to is that if he doesn''t hit, he will escape thousands of miles.


    The assassin failed to hit, but he wanted to kill Meng Zhang by force based on his cultivation.


    If you change a weaker friar at the beginning of the yuan God, he may be killed on the spot.


    Meng Zhang is not only the best of the early monks of Yuanshen, but also has two fourth-order magic tools.


    The magic weapon yin-yang Linghu greatly improved his power to use yin-yang Taoism.


    Qicaixia light robe can barely compete with the fourth-order sword in the other party''s hand.


    After fighting for a while, Meng Zhang was obviously not the opponent of the other party, but he was not so easy to kill.


    Meng Zhang is not a brave man. The other party came prepared to assassinate himself.


    He managed to escape a disaster. There is no need to continue to entangle with each other.


    In the fierce fight, Meng Zhang quickly moved his body and flew towards the front camp of taiyimen.


    The assassin seemed unwilling to be run away by Meng Zhang. He kept chasing after him and launched a fierce attack.


    Meng Zhang fought and retreated, slowly retreating.


    In the front camp of taiyimen, there are three yuan God Zhenjun there.


    As long as the distance is enough, Meng Zhang can inform them to come to help.


    No matter how powerful the assassin is, it is impossible to defeat the four yuan gods Zhenjun by one against four.


    The assassin chased Meng Zhang out for a long distance. Although he had the upper hand and firmly suppressed Meng Zhang, he still couldn''t break through Meng Zhang''s defense and killed Meng Zhang on the spot.


    Even Meng Zhang couldn''t do it.


    Of course, under the impact of the power of the road, Meng Zhang will inevitably be hurt a little.


    This does not affect his strength, nor does it affect his escape.


    The assassin finally saw that there was no way to take Meng Zhang, so he had to stop chasing and killing, and reluctantly withdrew.


    The assassin took the initiative, said to go, came and went like the wind.


    Meng Zhang looked at the other party''s disappeared figure, his face was gloomy and his heart was very confused.


    Don''t talk about Jiuqu League. Yuanshen Zhenjun is just a little bit.


    Most of the yuan gods, the true monarch Meng Zhang, have seen it. They have heard of it if they have not seen it with their own eyes.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, there is no such person on the side of Jiuqu League, including Yujian gate, at least in the open.


    Dali is far away from the northern sweeping army of the imperial dynasty. Because of its previous relationship with the Jiuqu League war, many intelligence has been exposed.


    There seems to be no such assassin sword repair in the army.


    Moreover, Dali, on the side of the imperial dynasty, is sending Wen Dongzhen Jun to contact him and want to plot against him. There is no reason to send someone to assassinate him.


    Meng Zhang did not respond to the call of the jade sword sect, which is a famous sword sect.


    Did this famous sword repair come out of the jade sword gate to assassinate himself?


    Meng Zhang shook his head. He always felt that things were not so simple.


    Although the assassin had retreated, Meng Zhang gave up going to Huanglian holy mountain according to the original plan, but returned all the way to the front camp of taiyimen.


    Back in the camp, he told Jin Lizhen Jun about his encounter with assassins on the road.


    Jin Lizhen has been fooling around the endless sand sea for many years, and he Luozhen has worked for the Qing Yuan sect.


    Both are well-informed and well-informed people.


    But after listening to Meng Zhang''s story, they knew nothing about the assassin.


    In their impression, no one can match this person.


    Shushan Zhenjun held the news channel of the Dark Alliance branch. He seemed to know something, but he stopped talking and didn''t speak in the end.


    Meng Zhang talked with them for a long time, but there was no result.


    Neither know the identity of the assassin nor infer his origin.


    Meng Zhang was not very interested in going to Huanglian holy mountain to discuss fighting with foreign invaders.


    Now that he has been assassinated, he has the best reason to refuse.


    Soon, an amazing news spread from the endless sand sea, and quickly spread to the surrounding areas, and soon spread throughout the Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, was assassinated by mysterious sword Xiu on his way to Huanglian holy mountain. He was seriously injured and managed to escape back to Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t recover from his injury. He had to close the door to heal his injury and hang a small life temporarily.


    Because the leader Meng Zhang was seriously injured, the whole Taiyi sect had to strengthen its defense against the endless sand sea and Gobi, and was unable to take care of other things.


    After learning the news, the major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League were shocked one by one.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect and one of the members of Jiuqu League veterans'' Association. He was assassinated by a mysterious assassin. What''s the secret in the middle?


    Because Meng Zhang deliberately emphasized that the assassin was a sword repairman, coupled with the means to dispose of the beast king mountain before the jade sword gate, the rebuilt qingyuanzong suffered heavy losses.


    Therefore, many people secretly cast their suspicious eyes on the head of the jade sword gate.


    Although no one has dared to publicly question the jade sword sect, the undercurrent has begun to surge in the Jiuqu League.


    Yujianmen responded very quickly and responded immediately.


    On the one hand, Yujian sect sent messengers to visit Meng Zhang who was seriously injured after being assassinated.


    On the other hand, the jade sword goalkeeper turned his suspicious eyes to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    On many occasions, the friar of yujianmen openly declared that Dali didn''t want to see the Jiuqu alliance send troops to daze, so he secretly did damage.


    The Dali Dynasty sent people to assassinate the God and elder of Jiuqu League, causing trouble and undermining the unity within Jiuqu League.


    The Dali imperial dynasty, who was watching the play, was involved in this matter for no reason. Where would it rest.


    The Dali imperial court also released news that Taiyi gate was dissatisfied with the behavior of Yujian gate and separated from Yujian gate.


    The top level of the jade sword sect sent sword Xiu to assassinate Meng Zhang. He wanted to set an example and eliminate internal discord.


    Meng Zhang himself didn''t expect that such a big wave had been set off because of his assassination.


    Yujianmen and Dali imperial court blamed each other. Many Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League were terrified and confused.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s assassination, several leaders of Xiuzhen forces who had not rushed to Huanglian holy mountain found an excuse to refuse the invitation of yujianmen.


    Monks like Meng Zhang will be assassinated. They will be even more insecure if they are still alive.


    For the sake of your life, you''d better stay in your own mountain gate.


    At least, the enemy can''t hurt his family until he breaks the mountain gate.

 Chapter 852

    Yujian sect sent a Yuanshen Zhenjun named Luo Shanjian to visit Meng Zhang.


    In the view of the jade sword gate, this has given Meng Zhang enough face to show the sincerity of the jade sword gate.


    Meng Zhang''s acting skills are very good. He hides in the front camp of taiyimen, looking too frightened.


    When Luo Shanjian Zhenjun arrived, he dragged his seriously injured body and struggled to come out to see him.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s appearance, Luo Shanjian Zhenjun knew that he must have acted, but his injury should not be light.


    Meng Zhang is not only acting, but also unlucky Zhenyuan. He really hurt his internal organs. Then rely on the power of Yin-Yang Linghu, the magic weapon of this life, to cover up the real breath.


    With three injuries and seven acting skills, Luo Shan Jianzhen didn''t have any doubts. He thought Meng Zhangzhen''s injury was not light.


    Luo Shan Jianzhen and Jun Haosheng comforted Meng Zhang and made a clear promise that yujianmen would catch the murderer of Meng Zhang as soon as possible and give an account to Jiuqu alliance.


    Next, Luo Shanjian asked Meng Zhang to give a detailed account of his assassination.


    There''s nothing to hide.


    Meng Zhang did not reserve any information, especially the assassin''s information, except for his own magical powers and tools.


    Luo Shanjian didn''t stay in the front camp of taiyimen for too long. After getting the information he needed to know, he left in a hurry.


    At this time, new rumors spread up and down Jiuqu League.


    This rumor is rich and vivid.


    The last time the jade sword sect recruited monks from various cultivation forces, Taiyi sect deliberately delayed and did not respond to the recruitment.


    For a long time, taiyimen has colluded with the Dali Dynasty and has long had a different heart.


    The evidence of jade sword sect is insufficient. It''s not easy to deal with Taiyi sect publicly.


    This time, Xiao Jiansheng forced yujianzhen Jun to attack Yunwu daze.


    Yujianzhen was unwilling, but he couldn''t openly disobey Xiao Jiansheng.


    Therefore, he gathered the principals of the major cultivation forces to delay time and avoid fighting.


    At the same time, he also sent out the hidden assassin to assassinate Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, in an attempt to kill two birds with one stone.


    The first is to get rid of Meng Zhang. Taiyi gate has lost its only Yuanshen Zhenjun. Naturally, it has become the fish on the blade and will be slaughtered by Yujian gate.


    Second, deliberately creating trouble, causing chaos within the Jiuqu League and attacking the clouds and fog daze will naturally come to an end.


    Such rumors soon spread among Jiuqu League, and many people believed them.


    The contents of rumors are true and false, and the true part is easy to prove.


    For example, the contradiction between Taiyi gate and Yujian gate, and the fact that Taiyi gate delays the recruitment of Yujian gate are easy to find out.


    After these rumors spread, yujianmen was very passive.


    Many Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League have lost their trust in Yujian sect.


    These leaders of Xiuzhen forces are worried that they will lead to the dissatisfaction of yujianmen and become the next target to be assassinated.


    Of course, Xiao Jiansheng knew these rumors long ago.


    Although he knew that there were many falsehoods in these rumors, but the rumors involved him, he couldn''t help but go to yujianzhenjun and asked him to deliberately delay time from time to time and don''t want to attack Yunwu daze.


    Yujian Zhenjun is really bitter.


    He does have this plan. He wants to delay time and try to avoid attacking daze.


    But he didn''t send someone to assassinate Meng Zhang, let alone offend Xiao Jiansheng.


    Facing Xiao Jiansheng''s inquiry, yujianzhenjun of course denied it and refused to admit it when he came.


    Unfortunately, Yu Jianzhen''s careful thinking is obvious.


    Xiao Jiansheng knew his attitude towards clouds and fog. It is true that he procrastinates and avoids fighting.


    Now yujianzhenjun denies these things and makes it clear that he is lying.


    Originally, Xiao Jiansheng had little interest in the internal affairs of Jiuqu League.


    Even if yu Jianzhen really sent someone to assassinate Meng Zhang, it has little to do with him.


    He didn''t bother to deal with such bad things as internal strife and intrigue in Jiuqu League.


    But yujianzhenjun deceived him and deliberately made trouble to delay time, which made him very disappointed.


    Xiao Jiansheng didn''t expose Yu Jianzhen''s lie to his face, as if he accepted his explanation.


    After returning to his house, Xiao Jian scolded angrily for a long time before he recovered his composure.


    He wants yujianzhenjun to organize forces to attack Yunwu daze, that is, he wants to find out what plans and tricks the foreign demon and spirit families have.


    Yujianzhenjun refused to cooperate and tried to prevaricate, which greatly dissatisfied Xiao Jiansheng.


    If the jade sword sect is not valuable, there are many places to use them. Xiao Jiansheng really doesn''t want to talk to these guys.


    Xiao Jiansheng knew that it was not very useful to force yujianzhen.


    As long as he wants, he can always find all kinds of excuses and create all kinds of incidents to delay time and avoid the battle with clouds and fog.


    Yu Jianzhen couldn''t count on it. Xiao Jiansheng went to find reinforcements from Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Baizheng yuzhenjun of Bairi Valley, who commanded the reinforcements, heard that Jiuqu League did not cooperate and wanted his family to attack daze outside the territory alone. Regardless of Xiao Jiansheng''s face, he immediately refused without hesitation.


    Xiao Jiansheng exhausted his saliva, promised countless benefits, threatened and lured, and finally let Bai zhengyuzhen relax.


    Bai zhengyuzhen wants to please Xiao Jiansheng, but he can''t let his men sacrifice for no reason.


    He bargained for a long time before he reluctantly reached an agreement with Xiao Jiansheng.


    Other contents of the agreement will not be mentioned for the time being, and the most important one is as follows.


    Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun led his friars and accompanied Xiao Jiansheng to test the attack on the cloud daze. It was a fire investigation.


    After this attack, regardless of success or failure, the reinforcements will return to the Daheng Xiuzhen world and will not continue to stay in the Jiuqu League.


    Jade sword sect doesn''t cooperate, and Xiao Jiansheng doesn''t expect to destroy these foreign invaders.


    He was just thinking, trying to figure out what they were.


    If the situation is too serious, even if he is unwilling, he can only ask the Pope for help.


    Because Xiao Jiansheng urged too much, Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun hurriedly prepared and led his friars to take action.


    The movement of this army was not hidden from the jade sword gate.


    When Yujian Zhenjun knew this, he instinctively felt bad immediately.


    It seems that Xiao Jiansheng has been angered by his family''s procrastination and avoidance of war.


    Otherwise, he will not abandon the Jiuqu alliance and rely on the power of day Valley and so on.


    Yujian Zhenjun has a little regret in his heart. I should have mobilized the army of monks, just pretending.


    Now Xiao Jiansheng''s action makes yujianmen difficult.


    If the jade sword sect doesn''t do anything and lets Xiao Jiansheng attack the clouds and fog daze, I''m afraid it will offend the Holy Land Sect''s world to death.


    But if yujianmen immediately mobilized the friars'' army to cooperate in the battle, the excuses yujianzhenjun had used before would become very funny, as if he was deliberately deceiving Xiao Jiansheng.

 Chapter 853

    Yujianzhenjun has a lot of contact with Xiao Jiansheng and has a little understanding of this person''s temperament.


    This kind of God''s favorite son, born in the holy land, is seemingly kind and has a good appearance of speaking.


    In fact, he is arrogant and arrogant, has no spare children and is not broad-minded.


    If it is clear that he is cheating on him, he will hate himself and go to the jade sword gate.


    But if they don''t do anything, they can''t attack Yunwu daze.


    Yujian Zhenjun thought hard for a long time and didn''t have a clue.


    He had to call the middle and high level of the door to discuss the matter together.


    During this period of time, the flying boat team from Daheng Xiuzhen world, led by Xiao Jiansheng and Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun, has moved towards the cloud and fog daze.


    The flying boat team is moving fast. It didn''t take long to cross a long distance to the junction of cloud daze and Jiuqu alliance.


    Although Xiao Jiansheng has been urging Bai zhengyuzhen to go to war, he still has at least some war experience.


    Originally, according to his plan, the flying boat team would temporarily stop at the junction and send a small elite team to explore the way.


    After the general exploration is clear, the team moves forward to touch the main force of demon and spirit families outside the territory.


    However, Xiao Jiansheng and Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun never thought that the foreign invaders who had been very quiet and honestly hiding in the clouds and fog rushed out and rushed towards the friar army.


    The moving flying boat team ran into the army of foreign invaders, and a fierce war broke out immediately.


    The leader of the demon clan outside the territory is Bai Jiao, Xiao Jiansheng''s old opponent.


    His strength is high, and his combat effectiveness is not under the sound of Xiao Jian.


    His men had several demon kings and a large group of demon generals for him to drive at will.


    There are many ethnic groups sent out this time, including powerful ethnic groups such as water spirit, wood spirit and Earth Spirit.


    Under the leadership of several spiritual kings, a team of spiritual people killed from all directions.


    Although it has not yet entered the depths of clouds and fog, there are dense water networks, numerous swamps and patches of trees everywhere.


    With the help of geographical advantages, the spirit family has played a very strong combat effectiveness.


    The foreign demons and spirits surging out of the fog and daze are very crazy, with an attitude of completely tearing up the human cultivators.


    From the beginning, the battle entered a white hot stage, and both sides fought desperately.


    To be honest, the fighting spirit of this army of Terran friars is not very strong.


    Bairi Valley wants to please Ziyang Shengzong. Sending such a team to follow Xiao Jiansheng''s instructions is flattering the world.


    Let alone those vassal sects of the valley of the day, who are the friars of the valley of the day, are not interested in these battles.


    I was attacked by the Dali imperial dynasty once before. After resting for so long and staying away from the war, everyone was a little slack.


    Now, as soon as the war begins, it''s really unbearable to face such a fierce opponent.


    Like human practitioners, demon families from abroad have their own inheritance, which is far from comparable to the local monsters in Jun dust world.


    In terms of intelligence and combat effectiveness, these foreign demons have surpassed the indigenous demons in the Junchen world.


    The spirit clan is a very rare race in the Junchen world. Many practitioners have no experience in fighting with the spirit clan.


    The demon clan cooperated with the spirit clan and played a very strong battle effectiveness.


    When Xiao Jiansheng led the human friar army to fight against foreign invaders, the jade sword gate finally made a decision.


    Xiao Jiansheng goes to attack the cloud and fog daze. The jade sword gate can''t do nothing.


    If Xiao Jiansheng has a short and long way to go, the jade sword gate will certainly be moved to anger by Ziyang Shengzong, resulting in a huge disaster.


    Yu Jianzhen didn''t have time to summon the major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League, but led an elite team of Yu Jianmen. He personally led him to meet Xiao Jiansheng.


    The war between the monk army led by Xiao Jiansheng and foreign invaders began very suddenly and ended very quickly.


    Xiao Jiansheng, who was born in the Holy Land Sect, has a hidden card. The equally extraordinary Baijiao king also has a hidden mace.


    Moreover, the white Jiao king did not hesitate. As soon as he saw the right opportunity, he did not hesitate to play his cards.


    It was a spell made by a fifth level Demon power, that is, the big demon king of the demon family, with his own scale.


    After the spell was cast, it turned into a flame and directly burned through all the defenses of Xiao Jiansheng.


    If he doesn''t have the life protection given by the elders of the sect, Xiao Jiansheng will be seriously injured if he doesn''t die this time.


    Even if he saved his life, Xiao Jiansheng was also hurt.


    Facing Baijiao king with high fighting spirit, Xiao Jiansheng could only sigh helplessly and chose to retreat.


    Instead of retreating alone, Xiao Jiansheng led the whole army to fight and retreat.


    The army of friars, who had no high fighting spirit, soon withdrew from the battlefield and away from the clouds and fog.


    The combined army of demon and spirit took advantage of the victory and pursued for a while, and took the initiative to retreat.


    The retreating team led by Xiao Jiansheng met yujianzhenjun who came to reinforce on the way.


    Yujianzhenjun, who was kind-hearted and wanted to help, didn''t expect that he led the crowd to appear at this time, as if he were a mockery of Xiao Jiansheng.


    Xiao Jiansheng thought that yujianzhenjun came to see his joke.


    With shame and anger, he didn''t stay here much, but simply explained Bai Zhengyu to Zhenjun and left immediately.


    Xiao Jiansheng accepted his failure, but didn''t want to be regarded as a joke. He just wanted to leave here as soon as possible.


    Jiuqu League, this damn place, he doesn''t want to stay more for a moment.


    He wants to return to zongmen, report all the situations, and then listen to the orders of the high level of zongmen and decide on the next action.


    Since Xiao Jiansheng''s family has left, Bai zhengyuzhen has no intention of staying in Jiuqu League for a long time.


    The previous battle did not last long, but the casualties of his friars were not light.


    After the whole army had a little rest, Bai zhengyuzhen, regardless of Yujian Zhenjun''s desperate retention, led the reinforcements from the Daheng Xiuzhen world and set foot on the way home.


    Yujian Zhenjun also felt wronged. Why did you lose two strong reinforcements inexplicably?


    When Xiao Jiansheng left, there was a gap between his side and the Dali Imperial Army sweeping the north in terms of top strength.


    Without the reinforcements from Daheng cultivation world, the friars of Jiuqu League alone can''t resist the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although there is a temporary truce between the two sides to maintain peace. But what war is coming again has the final say.


    The demons, spirits and barbarians from abroad don''t know when they will attack.


    For a moment, yujianzhenjun suddenly felt that the form of Jiuqu alliance seemed to have never been so bad.


    Meng Zhang, who was wounded in taiyimen camp, also welcomed a guest who was unwilling to receive.

 Chapter 854

    Wen dongzhenjun used to meet Meng Zhang in the wilderness. This is him. He just came to the door and made Meng Zhang a little dissatisfied. If the news reaches the ears of the jade sword gate, it will be another trouble.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun ignored Meng Zhang''s complaints, he told Meng Zhang that Xiao Jiansheng led a large army of friars to attack Yunwu daze and returned without success.


    This happened not long ago. Neither the taiyimen''s own intelligence channel nor the Dark Alliance branch had time to send back the news.


    After listening to the story of Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang had a minimum judgment in his heart.


    The jade sword sect is gone. I''m afraid the Jiuqu alliance can no longer exist.


    The strength of the original Jiuqu League was far inferior to that of the northern sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty. It was mainly due to the sound of Xiao Jiansheng and the reinforcements from the Daheng Xiuzhen world that they reluctantly blocked each other.


    Now Xiao Jiansheng leaves with hatred, and Bai zhengyuzhen leads the reinforcements to leave. Although it is said that the North sweeping army has transferred a large number of troops to return, the internal stability of Jiuqu League is unstable, and it is impossible to concentrate as last time.


    Moreover, in this matter, the foreign demon and spirit families entrenched in the clouds and fog are equivalent to helping Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although it is said that colluding with foreign invaders is a taboo in the cultivation world, Dali imperial dynasty has always been bold and omniscient. It is not strange that they really want to collude with foreign invaders.


    In addition, the foreign barbarian army is confronting the friar army led by Fei Guozhen of yujianmen.


    At the beginning, Cangshan Zhenjun was ordered by the Dali emperor to turn against the enemy and take refuge in the barbarians outside the territory.


    Now it seems that this group of extraterritorial races can pose a great threat to the jade sword gate, not to mention the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Everything that happened after the assassination of his family was so logical and natural, which was extremely unfavorable to yujianmen and weakened the strength of Jiuqu League step by step.


    Meng Zhang would never believe that there was no writing from the imperial dynasty.


    The northern sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty changed its commander, and its style changed. There were many more intrigues and less hard work.


    Slowly weaken the opponent and disintegrate the opponent from the inside. Marshal Zhang Weineng is really superb.


    "Did you send the sword Xiu who assassinated us from the imperial dynasty?"


    Meng Zhang stared at Wen Dongzhen Jun''s eyes and suddenly asked a word.


    Wen Dongzhen was stunned at first, then smiled and said nothing. There is neither recognition nor denial.


    Meng Zhang had a cold face and wanted to attack, but he endured it again.


    What''s the use of saying this now?


    The other party''s calculation has been successful and the goal has been achieved. What''s the point of continuing to entangle the past?


    What Dali didn''t do on the front battlefield of the imperial dynasty was done through all kinds of calculations and intrigues in the dark.


    Meng Zhang believed that in addition to himself, the Dali Dynasty must still contact other members of the Jiuqu League, and persuaded many people to take the initiative to take refuge.


    This is the general trend. Whether Meng Zhang or taiyimen, it seems that there is no other choice.


    If taiyimen wants to survive, it must stand on the side of the winner.


    Of course, even if he had to change his family and take refuge in the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang could not do nothing.


    At least, he should strive for a better position for taiyimen.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, Wen Dongzhen didn''t take the initiative to raise the price because he was away from the imperial dynasty, but was willing to surrender Taiyi gate according to the previous conditions.


    This was a little unexpected to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling that Dali Dynasty seemed eager to conquer Jiuqu League.


    Even if a sect like Taiyi sect only nominally submits to Dali imperial court, it doesn''t seem to have much problem.


    According to the conditions given by the Dali Dynasty, taiyimen guaranteed great independence after submitting to the Dali Dynasty.


    As a minister, taiyimen does have some obligations.


    Material offerings are only symbolic. Compared with taiyimen''s financial resources, it''s not worth mentioning at all.


    If the Dali imperial court needs to recruit friars of the Taiyi gate, it also needs to discuss with the Taiyi gate in advance before starting the recruitment.


    Meng Zhang, from his heart, has tended to agree.


    But before that, he has one more thing to deal with.


    He told Wen dongzhenjun that he would tell him his decision next time he met.


    Wen dongzhenjun was a little disappointed, but he didn''t insist.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to take refuge. It was really a little unexpected.


    After Wen Dongzhen left, Meng Zhang first invited Jin Lizhen and told her about his plans to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    Jin Lizhen doesn''t care. As long as she doesn''t violate her interests, it''s not a big deal to change her home.


    Anyway, she has no loyalty to Jiuqu League, and she has always hated the jade sword gate.


    Taiyimen only needs to continue to offer sacrifices as before, so that she can help taiyimen temporarily as guest Qing.


    As Meng Zhang thought, Jin Lizhen had better handle it.


    Then he invited he luozhenjun.


    Mr. He Luozhen''s conduct has long been proved. Meng Zhang also did not hide anything, but told him frankly.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, he Luozhen was silent for a long time before giving his own answer.


    If Dali Dynasty becomes the new ruler of Jiuqu League, he is not willing to continue to take it with him in this place, so he has to choose to leave.


    It seems that he Luozhen also knows that when Xiao Jiansheng leaves, the jade sword gate will lose the support of Ziyang Shengzong and will certainly be unable to resist the departure from the imperial dynasty.


    He luozhenjun is also a man of temperament and is unwilling to accept the rule of Dali imperial dynasty, an old opponent.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang also expressed his understanding and support.


    He Luozhen also said that before the Dali dynasty ruled the Jiuqu League, he would continue to stay here to help taiyimen against the foreign barbarian army.


    Finally, Meng ZhangCai invited Shushan Zhenjun over.


    Taiyimen and Dark Alliance branch agreed to form an alliance, advance and retreat together and help each other.


    Taiyimen''s taking refuge in Dali imperial court is such a big event that we can''t hide it from others.


    Meng Zhang told Shushan Zhenjun his decision.


    As for how the Dark Alliance branch chooses, it is the internal affairs of others.


    Meng Zhang said hello in advance to give the Dark Alliance branch a preparation time.


    Shushan Zhenjun was relieved when he heard Meng Zhang''s words.


    He told Meng Zhang that based on a lot of information, the Dark Alliance branch had long judged that it was inevitable for Dali to win the imperial dynasty and conquer Jiuqu alliance.


    Because of the internal division of the Dark Alliance, after the last war, it was impossible for Chizhu Zhenjun to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    Therefore, they have long had the intention to retreat and intend to leave Jiuqu League and fly away.

 Chapter 855

    After hearing what Shushan Zhenjun said, Meng Zhang secretly scolded red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun.


    They saw the opportunity early, knew that they could not resist the great departure from the imperial dynasty, and simply went.


    With their cultivation and strength, the world can go. Wherever you go, you can have a place.


    Unfortunately, the taiyimen family has a great cause. The endless sand sea and the Gobi can''t move away.


    It''s not a last resort. Meng Zhang will never abandon everything and go away.


    Shushan Zhenjun revealed that he was unwilling to leave the area near Jiuqu League, so he had a dispute with Chizhu Zhenjun.


    Now that taiyimen has decided to take refuge in Dali imperial court and is on the side of the winner, he doesn''t have to worry about the future of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of criticism in his heart. On the surface, he is very generous.


    Everyone has their own aspirations. They want to leave here. This is their own choice. They will not stop it, but bless them.


    Shushan Zhenjun was very embarrassed, and probably felt that Chizhu Zhenjun were not kind enough.


    Shushan Zhenjun thought for a moment and proposed one thing to Meng Zhang.


    The dark League branch of Jiuqu League is also big. If they leave, it is impossible for them to leave with everyone.


    In the endless sand sea, there used to be a Dark Alliance branch.


    However, because the endless sand sea is too barren, and the Dark Alliance branch here is too small and weak, there is not even a Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Now taiyimen sits on such a vast territory as the Gobi and the endless sand sea.


    There are many towns and strongholds on the territory. There must be all kinds of secret transactions. The black market is doing a lot here.


    Shushan Zhenjun is ready to gather all the people left by the Dark Alliance branch of Jiuqu League, lead them to retreat into the endless sand sea and Gobi, re-establish the Dark Alliance branch and expand the black market here.


    Each branch of the Dark Alliance is independent.


    As long as there is the protection of the landlord taiyimen, it is not easy for other branches of the dark League to kill them openly.


    In return, the new black market will not only provide various conveniences for taiyimen, but also Shushan Zhenjun is willing to help Meng Zhang fight.


    In this world, where there is light, there must be darkness. Activities in darkness are indispensable.


    Meng Zhang is not an old-fashioned personality that is either black or white. He can also accept the existence of the black market above the territory.


    Meng Zhang just thought about it and agreed to Shushan Zhenjun''s proposal.


    The details of how to get along between taiyimen and Dark Alliance branch will be negotiated slowly by their subordinates.


    As for how Shushan Zhenjun deals with the original Dark Alliance branch of the endless sand sea and how to fight and annex it internally, that is not what Meng Zhang cares about.


    Although he lost such an ally as the Dark Alliance branch of Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang made money with such a long-term friend as Shushan Zhenjun.


    Having settled his friend, Meng Zhang told the high level of the door about his decision to join the Dali Dynasty.


    The top leaders of Taiyi gate are very rational. They know that Yujian gate has lost the support of Ziyang Shengzong and is certainly not an opponent of Dali imperial court.


    In the cultivation world, if you want to mix well, you must know the current affairs and know how to steer according to the wind.


    Everyone had no other opinion about Meng Zhang''s change of family and his readiness to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    After finishing the inside of zongmen, Meng ZhangCai contacted him according to the contact information given by Wen dongzhenjun and said that he had something important to discuss with him.


    Wen Dongzhen also guessed what Meng Zhang said was important.


    Therefore, he did not delay. After receiving the letter, he hurried to the front camp of taiyimen to meet Meng Zhang.


    As expected by Dongzhen Jun, Meng Zhang agreed to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty and was willing to formally surrender.


    The original conditions have been negotiated, and no one has changed his mind.


    Meng Zhang mentioned that the Dark Alliance branch within the territory of taiyimen would be protected by taiyimen. He hoped that other Dark Alliance branches under the control of the imperial dynasty would not take the initiative to disturb.


    After hearing that Dongzhen Jun was stunned, he agreed to this small request.


    Wen Dongzhen took out an oath and asked Meng Zhang to sign it.


    There must be a certain guarantee for taiyimen to submit to such a big event as Dali imperial court.


    Otherwise, no one will believe each other.


    This oath is very similar to the ghost oath Meng Zhang has seen.


    Both parties shall write the agreed conditions on it, and then sign their names.


    If anyone violates the contents of the document, the worshipped ghosts and gods will naturally come to the door for punishment.


    Generally speaking, it is the ghosts and gods in the underworld that ensure the implementation of the ghost oath.


    These ghosts and gods from the underworld to the Yang world are basically low-level ghosts and gods in the underworld, and most of them have only the cultivation of Yuanshen period.


    They have no problem in dealing with the golden elixir and the lower monks.


    But if the one who disobeys the ghost oath is Yuanshen Zhenjun, it will be a little difficult.


    Even if Yuanshen Zhenjun couldn''t fight these ghosts and gods, he also had a way to escape from his hands.


    Therefore, things like ghost oath are far from binding on the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Wen Dongzhen Junming knew this and took out such an oath.


    It shows that to ensure the implementation of this oath instrument is absolutely a very powerful existence, which is enough to easily crush the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the beginning of the oath. It was a very strange name, which he had never heard of.


    Meng Zhang wrote down the name secretly and began to read the oath carefully.


    Dali Dynasty expressed full sincerity and did not play tricks on oath documents.


    The obligations and powers of both parties are very clear without any ambiguity.


    After Meng Zhang confirmed that there was no problem, he signed his name with Wen Dongzhen, the witness.


    Once signed, the pledge will begin to work to ensure that both parties comply with it.


    After Meng Zhang signed the oath, Wen Dongzhen''s attitude towards him was different. He regarded him as his own person.


    Since we are our own people, we can speak freely about many things that were inconvenient to say before, and we can share some information that is not very confidential.


    According to Wen Dongzhen, the Jiuqu League has begun to fall apart, and many Xiuzhen forces have secretly taken refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    The day when the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty was launched was the day when the whole Jiuqu League was conquered.


    As for the specific details, Wen dongzhenjun did not continue to disclose. Obviously, Meng Zhang, who just took refuge, is not qualified to get enough trust.


    Meng Zhang tentatively inquired about the relationship between Dali imperial dynasty and foreign invaders. Wen Dongzhen Jun took care of him and directly and abruptly shifted the topic away.


    Wen Dongzhen told Meng Zhang that when taiyimen''s cooperation was needed, he would naturally inform him in advance.


    Dali Dynasty will not treat Meng Zhang, a hero who knows the current affairs, badly. There are still many benefits waiting for Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 856

    What''s good or not? Meng Zhang won''t care if he has heard such words.


    What he cares about is to ensure the survival of taiyimen and the interests of taiyimen.


    It''s really good. He will naturally take the initiative to strive for it without the gift of others.


    Since Meng Zhang and Wen dongzhenjun are on the same front, at least on the surface, they should put down their previous gratitude and resentment and forget their unhappy past.


    The two talked for a long time and had a good conversation.


    Taiyimen took the initiative to take refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty. Jiuqu League lost another man and an enemy.


    Wen dongzhenjun was a little puzzled that marshal Zhang Weineng offered such rich conditions and was eager to attract these sects and families. But the effect was so remarkable that he was very satisfied.


    Meng Zhang learned a lot of information from Wen Dongzhen. It can be basically confirmed that the collapse of Jiuqu alliance is imminent.


    The Jiuqu League fell, and Dali became the victor.


    However, not to mention these foreign invaders, a single Ziyang holy sect is a heavy burden on Dali imperial dynasty.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Ziyang Shengzong has been exerting pressure on Dali emperor since the beginning.


    Meng Zhang clearly put forward his worries about Ziyang Shengzong.


    Wen Dongzhen despised Ziyang Shengzong in his words.


    His understatement of the story, those holy doors are just famous enough to sound terrible.


    But in fact, they are not as powerful as the legend, let alone omnipotent.


    In the cultivation world, there is a special power to fight against the Holy Land Sect.


    Many practitioners have fought against the Holy Land Sect for many years, and have not lived well.


    Although the Dali imperial dynasty dare not say that it can defeat these holy zongmen, it is definitely not that a Ziyang holy Zong can defeat them.


    Meng Zhang wants to inquire in detail about the real power of the Dali Dynasty and the detailed information of the Holy Land Sect. Wen Dongzhen refused to say more.


    He just told Meng Zhang that when taiyimen worked for Dali Dynasty for a long time in the future, Meng Zhang would naturally know many things.


    Although Wen Dongzhen had obvious reservations, he did not speak freely.


    However, he talked endlessly for a long time, which made Meng Zhang have a deeper understanding of Dali Dynasty.


    The target of this large-scale recruitment and surrender activity of Dali imperial dynasty is not only taiyimen, but many Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League.


    Dali Dynasty changed its previous style and offered very loose conditions.


    Although Wen Dongzhen didn''t say clearly, which Xiuzhen forces have been recruited by the Dali imperial dynasty. But judging from his confident and proud expression, the results should not be small.


    Wen Dongzhen is fully responsible for recruiting and subduing traitors, which is also a great credit.


    Half a day later, Wen Dongzhen left here.


    Meng Zhang sighed after hearing that Dongzhen Jun had left.


    Now that we have signed the oath and promised to take refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty, it''s hard to turn back.


    I hope Wen Dong Jun is reliable and has no awesome bullying. The emperor really has the power to carry the saints of Ziyang.


    However, no matter what the victory or defeat of Dali emperor against Ziyang Shengzong in the future. At present, the collapse of Jiuqu League should be inevitable.


    Jiuqu League fell down and fell apart, which has great interests.


    From the development of taiyimen, Meng Zhang can''t ignore it.


    How to seek benefits for taiyimen from this incident is worthy of Meng Zhang''s deep thought.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide the fact that Taiyi gate was subject to Dali imperial court.


    His contacts and specific conversations with Wen dongzhenjun were told to the trusted disciples without reservation.


    When the Taiyi gate was changed, the jade sword gate, which ruled the Jiuqu League, was also in crisis.


    The departure of Xiao Jiansheng and Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun not only greatly weakened the strength of Jiuqu League, but also greatly reduced the prestige of yujianmen.


    After the news of Xiao Jiansheng''s hatred spread, many people felt that the jade sword gate had lost the support of Ziyang Shengzong and had a worrying future.


    For the high-level of yujianmen, there are still many headaches.


    The extraterritorial invaders in the fog and fog have fully proved their strength through this war.


    Even the reinforcements of Xiao Jiansheng and Daheng Xiuzhen world were defeated. Even if the jade sword sect mobilized the strength of the whole Jiuqu League, it was probably not an opponent.


    At this moment, the jade sword sect completely stopped the thought of attacking foreign invaders.


    However, it seems wrong to allow foreign invaders to ignore them in the fog.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s conjecture and worry are known by the senior management of yujianmen.


    Now, it seems to confirm part of his conjecture about extraterritorial invaders.


    If these foreign invaders are allowed to become big, and then they will attack Jiuqu League on a large scale, what can they do?


    The top level of jade sword sect is in trouble, but there is no good way to solve it.


    In a place unknown to the top level of the jade sword gate, the major Xiuzhen forces of the Jiuqu League began to secretly defecte to the command of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Before the Dali Dynasty, people were too harsh to the practitioners, so they resisted desperately and were unwilling to surrender.


    Now the Dali Dynasty has offered such loose conditions, but the Jiuqu League is becoming weaker and weaker. But anyone with a little brain should know how to choose.


    The whole Jiuqu League is divided among people. It depends on when the Dali emperor gives the last blow to the jade sword gate.


    Red pig Zhenjun and jade rabbit Zhenjun from the dark League branch of Jiuqu League packed up their belongings and were ready to leave with a group of men.


    They are certainly reluctant to give up their basic business for so long, leave their hometown and start over in a strange place.


    But so far, they have nothing to do.


    The dark League is one of the most well-informed organizations in the cultivation world. It sells all kinds of news and intelligence with the vest of the black market.


    They are well-informed and have an amazing sense of smell. They have long found that the situation of Yujian gate is bad and the trend is gone.


    The dark League Division of Jiuqu League experienced a split. Dong qiangzhen and Bai bruezhen took refuge in Dali Dynasty.


    Chizhu Zhenjun, they don''t want to see their old enemy''s face. Naturally, they have long stopped the idea of taking refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    In this case, they seem to have no other way out except to fly away and leave here.


    Most people in the dark League branch of Jiuqu League will follow them to leave, and a small number of people will stay and follow the command of Shushan Zhenjun.


    Many industries that cannot be taken away are also left to Shushan Zhenjun.


    Shushan Zhenjun knows that when Jiuqu League collapses and Dali Dynasty conquers here, Dong Qiang Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun will surely kill them and recapture everything in the dark League branch.


    Therefore, he will follow the members of his dark alliance branch and basically move into taiyimen territory.


    As for those industries that could not be taken away, he obtained the help of Meng Zhang and put them all under the name of taiyimen.


    Taiyimen are also ministers of the Dali imperial dynasty now. They will not forcibly rob their colleagues'' industries.

 Chapter 857

    Meng Zhang''s friends, immortal ye ye and immortal Jue Ying, are members of their department.


    They naturally want to follow the organization and leave Jiuqu league together.


    Before leaving, they went to the front camp of taiyimen to say goodbye to Meng Zhang.


    Jiuqu League dark League Division brigade left here, even led by two yuan God Zhenjun. However, it is not easy to lay a new foundation in the highly competitive cultivation world.


    Fortunately, both teachers and disciples are still young and have a bright future.


    Their mentality is also very good. They are not worried because their future is uncertain.


    Meng Zhang is already the true monarch of the yuan God. These two friends are still real Jindan, and they are far behind him.


    In terms of simple interests, the two old friends will only help him less and less.


    Meng Zhang did not alienate his old friends because of the gap in cultivation and the change of identity.


    Meng Zhang talked with them for a long time and made a solemn promise. If they need their own help in the future, they must not be polite to themselves. Just let them know.


    Before sending them off, Meng Zhang took out a volume of Taoist Scripture written in his own handwriting and gave it to them.


    Both fallen leaf immortal and jueying immortal are gifted and have the seeds of hope to break through the Yuanshen period.


    In this volume of Taoist Scriptures, Meng Zhang recorded some experiences and experiences on how to break through the period of Yuanshen.


    These are his personal insights and experiences, which do not involve specific cultivation methods, let alone reveal the inheritance of taiyimen.


    Dark Alliance, a great force with a long history, has produced many Yuanshen Zhenjun. There must be countless similar classics within the organization.


    Although it is said that with the style of Dark Alliance, they will not get these classics for no reason.


    However, with their identity and contacts, they still have the opportunity to exchange ancient books from within the organization, and even get the personal guidance of the elder Yuanshen.


    However, this does not mean that the Scriptures written by Meng Zhang are meaningless.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and knowledge, the Taoist Scriptures written by him can definitely be regarded as a treasure in the cultivation world.


    After carefully reading it, immortal ye ye and immortal jueying will certainly help to break through the Yuanshen period in the future.


    They didn''t say any more words of thanks. They didn''t say a thousand words.


    The two of them believe that there will always be a time to repay Meng Zhang in the future.


    Meng Zhang was a little disappointed to see off the two real masters and disciples of fallen leaves.


    However, he immediately put these emotions aside.


    The collapse of Jiuqu League is imminent. Everyone is looking for a future and making various preparations.


    Taiyimen can''t miss the opportunity at hand. We must seize the opportunity that is hard to find in the millennium and seek the greatest benefit for our family.


    Jiuqu League dark League branch began to withdraw, and Shushan Zhenjun also had to carry out his plan.


    Shushan Zhenjun has always been a low-key man with a low reputation. But this man is also a real Yuanshen Zhenjun, and he has a group of people under his hand.


    He was able to become the leader of one faction in the original dark League branch of Jiuqu League and compete with other factions. His means should not be underestimated.


    Shushan Zhenjun completely subdued the original Dark Alliance in the endless sand sea without any effort.


    As Shushan Zhenjun''s men continue to enter the endless sand sea and go to the Gobi of evil wind, a new Dark Alliance branch slowly takes shape.


    There are dark alliance branches in most parts of the Xiuzhen world. Especially those who know the truth cultivation forces of the Dark Alliance are unwilling to make enemies with the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang knew that such a thing could not be avoided. He might as well let his familiar Shushan Zhenjun enter the Dark Alliance branch above taiyimen territory.


    According to the tradition of Dark Alliance, the Dark Alliance branch above taiyimen territory will not openly stand with taiyimen, but maintain a completely independent status.


    Of course, in the dark, the Dark Alliance branch will provide all kinds of help to taiyimen to help taiyimen manage the dark side of the territory.


    Shushan Zhenjun himself will help Meng Zhang against the enemy.


    Before Chizhu Zhenjun and Yutu Zhenjun leave Jiuqu League, there is another thing to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun temple, who used to be a pseudonym wood, helped red pig Zhenjun. They did a lot of things.


    Later, because Hengdao Zhenjun, nicknamed Laodao, betrayed, Changchun Zhenjun''s body was destroyed, leaving only Yuanshen to escape.


    Generally speaking, if the body of Yuanshen Zhenjun is destroyed and only Yuanshen is left, and you don''t want to reincarnate, you usually have three choices.


    One is to simply enter the underworld and directly embark on the road of achieving ghosts and gods.


    They also knew that the emperor did not send hungry soldiers, and gave Meng Zhang many benefits.


    Anyway, leaving is imminent. Instead of making things cheaper for others, it''s better to give them to Meng Zhang as a favor.


    In addition to a few special items, they also let Meng Zhang choose some of the treasures in the big treasury of the Dark Alliance branch as a reward for help.

 Chapter 858

    Jiuqu League dark League branch is very rich and has many industries.


    After the fall of Jiuqu League in the south, Dong Qiang Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun, who were familiar with the inside story, led the way. Naturally, all the industries of the dark League branch could not be preserved and changed ownership soon.


    However, in the north of Jiuqu League, the dark League Division still has many industries.


    The industry of Gongzhong has long been handed over to Shushan Zhenjun.


    Chizhu Zhenjun himself has many industries that he can''t get rid of.


    The Dark Alliance is a behemoth with many factions and complex members.


    In the vast Junchen world, almost half of the world has dark alliance branches.


    Even if the Dark Alliance headquarters has great skills, it is impossible to finely manage each branch.


    In addition to focusing on the management of a few core parts, the management of most branches is very extensive.


    Like the senior management of each branch, they have done a lot of activities at the expense of the public and private interests.


    Chizhu Zhenjun was one of the top figures in the Dark Alliance branch. Of course, he made use of his power to reap many benefits.


    These industries were supposed to be abandoned. Chizhu Zhenjun used them to be a favor.


    One is to thank Meng Zhang for taking care of Changchun Zhenjun, the other is to maintain their friendship.


    Meng Zhang was shocked when he took over the list of industries from Chizhu Zhenjun.


    The same is the true monarch of the yuan God. How can the gap be so big?


    Compared with the red pig, Meng Zhang is a beggar.


    Of course, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang will never be inferior to Chizhu Zhenjun if the wealth of the whole Taiyi sect is included in his name.


    However, Meng Zhang is very upright.


    Although he has subsidized the sect for many times before, if he wants to obtain the resources of the sect, he will still exchange it with good work and will not take it in vain.


    For example, Meng Zhang will hand over some of these properties to zongmen.


    The main reason is that he can''t manage and manage these industries himself. He needs to use the disciples of the sect.


    Among these industries, what Meng Zhang attaches most importance to is a broken spirit stone vein and a spirit spring.


    Although the Lingshi vein is incomplete, it can still produce stable Lingshi as long as someone is sent to mine it.


    In addition to being the common currency of the cultivation world, the spirit stone has many uses.


    Even the original God Zhenjun needs to use spirit stones in many places.


    This spiritual spring is more effective.


    If the practitioners with poor qualifications soak in it for a long time, they have a certain chance to improve their qualifications by a small margin.


    You know, qualification is born. All the acquired means to improve qualifications are very precious and can not be found.


    Many practitioners in the cultivation world are willing to pay any price in order to obtain the opportunity to improve their qualifications.


    This spiritual spring is of no use to Meng Zhang, but it is of great use to the whole sect.


    After the handover with Chizhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang quickly sent out his middle disciples to settle in the Lingshi vein and Lingquan. A Dharma array is set up there to prevent damage.


    In addition, Chizhu Zhenjun also made a favor with the accumulation of Dark Alliance branch.


    Meng Zhang selected Haosheng from the large library of the dark League branch of Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang knew that the truly precious spirit thing, red pig Zhenjun, must have been put away long ago.


    However, the accumulation of Dark Alliance division for one or two thousand years is still very worth looking forward to.


    After selection, Meng Zhang selected three spiritual objects.


    One is a large fourth-order killing stone.


    The killing stone has accumulated a lot of killing power, which is strange and fierce. It is not so much a spirit as a fierce thing.


    If a friar with insufficient accomplishments takes the killing stone with him, he is likely to be eroded by the fierce spirit and become a killing machine.


    Low level killing stones are not particularly rare, but high-level killing stones are very rare.


    Like the four step killing stone in front of Meng Zhang, it''s real and can''t be found.


    Meng Zhang has a third-order spirit soldier spirit snake spear uploaded from the ancestor of Taiyi clan.


    After being repaired and strengthened, the power of this soul killing snake spear is even more powerful than before.


    But no matter how fierce the spirit snake spear is, it is only a third-order spirit soldier after all. In the confrontation at the level of Yuanshen, it is more and more useless.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to let this spirit soldier sink. He wanted to cultivate it and let it evolve into a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Good idea, many difficulties.


    The difficulty of finding suitable materials is a great difficulty.


    The killing power accumulated in the living stone in front of us is too strong. With Meng Zhang''s determination, we can see that Jinglei God was going to be used to refine magic tools, but he hasn''t been given a chance.


    Now there are four levels of Taiyin cold jade. The quality of sun gold crystal is not enough, but the quantity is very sufficient.


    If you integrate the two into the sun moon pearl, it must be of great benefit to this third-order magic weapon.


    The sun moon Pearl was refined by Meng Zhang according to the records of the sun moon rotation Sutra, his previous major.


    Generally speaking, this kind of magic instrument has greatly improved the magic power of majoring in martial arts and supporting martial arts.


    Although Meng Zhang had long changed his major in Kung Fu to "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth". But his profound attainments on the sun moon Avenue were not affected at all.


    If you can upgrade the sun moon pearl into a fourth-order magic weapon, it must be like a tiger, greatly enhancing the power of Sun Moon Taoism.


    However, Meng Zhang was a little embarrassed for this.


    It''s hard enough for ordinary friars to provide a fourth-order magic instrument in the early days of Yuanshen.


    Even if Meng Zhang has a unique talent and profound cultivation, he can only provide third-order and fourth-order magic tools with the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage.


    No matter how much, the power of the original God will be consumed too much and affect their cultivation.


    Among the two third-order magic tools, the spirit snake spear and the sun moon pearl, which one should be promoted to the fourth-order magic tool is really a little difficult for him.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside this difficult choice and looked at the spiritual essence of Yin-Yang attribute. The number is very small, but the product level is an out and out fourth level, which can be used.


    After Meng Zhang''s selection, he still looked around the warehouse.


    The Dark Alliance is indeed the top power in the Junchen world.


    Just a remote branch, its accumulation exceeds many Yuanshen sects.


    Short hands and short mouths.


    If you get so many benefits from red pig Zhenjun, you must deal with the things he told you, and you must not make any mistakes.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang felt a heavy pressure in his heart.

 Chapter 859

    In order to take good care of Changchun immortal and ensure his smooth acquisition of a new flesh body.


    He made a special trip to the Changchun temple and had an opinion with the view of the Changchun temple.


    Changchun temple is located in the north central part of Jiuqu League and is located in a big mountain.


    The forest near this mountain is lush, and Changchun is a rare treasure land all the year round.


    Meng Zhang talked with the Lord of Changchun temple, an old Jindan immortal, leaving an emergency contact channel.


    If there is a situation that changchunguan cannot cope with, such as facing a strong enemy, you can contact Meng Zhang and seek Meng Zhang''s help.


    The old lord knows a little about the activities between Changchun immortal and the Dark Alliance branch.


    I have heard of Meng Zhang, the well-known Yuanshen Zhenjun of Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang offered to come to help. He was not too surprised.


    Meng Zhang is willing to take care of the Changchun temple, and the Changchun temple has a new dependence.


    After explaining his business, Meng Zhang left in the midst of the other party''s thousands of thanks.


    The evacuation of the Dark Alliance branch was carried out in an orderly manner. Meng Zhang did not bother in the past, but returned to the front camp of taiyimen.


    Soon after he returned here, a close friend of Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, secretly came to visit him.


    The confidant brought Xu Mengying''s message.


    The content of the message is very simple. The future of Jiuqu League is not good. Please Meng Zhang make plans early.


    For an understanding person like Meng Zhang, the content of the message is simple, but there is a lot of information to disclose.


    Huanglian holy mountain is now regarded as the temporary headquarters of Jiuqu League by yujianmen. Xu Mengying, who lives in it, must be well informed.


    In her eyes, she should have seen the problems of Jiuqu League long ago.


    With her ingenuity and skill, she probably began to find a way back for Huang Lian''s teaching.


    Maybe she took refuge in the past before Meng Zhang took refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    She can send someone to remind Meng Zhang secretly at this time. It''s really a friend.


    Meng Zhang asked Xu Mengying''s confidant to take a message for him when he returned.


    Taiyimen is ready and sure to deal with the next storm.


    After Xu Mengying''s confidants left, Meng Zhang was even less optimistic about the future of Jiuqu League.


    The yellow lotus sect had different ideas under the eyes of the jade sword sect. They had other plans. The jade sword sect was really a failure.


    The top level of jade sword sect is too incompetent and deserves to be abandoned by everyone.


    Meng Zhang''s days in the front camp of taiyimen are quite leisurely. He has enough time for cultivation.


    Before long, the ancient moon butterfly of the ancient moon family came to visit him again.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is an old friend. Meng Zhang can''t put on the airs of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    He met her personally to see what was important to her.


    As soon as Gu yuehuai butterfly saw Meng Zhang, she ignored her face, knelt down to worship and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    You know, when Meng Zhang was a base building friar, Gu Yue huaidie was already a real Jindan.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and taiyimen have old ancestors. They are Meng Zhang''s true elders.


    With the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm, her attitude towards Meng Zhang is also changing.


    After Meng Zhang formed a golden elixir, she ignored Meng Zhang''s opposition and insisted on making friends with Meng Zhang''s peers.


    When Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the original God, her attitude in front of Meng Zhang could be called humility and completely regarded by future generations.


    Meng Zhang is a nostalgic person. Even if he becomes the true monarch of the yuan God, he still treats the ancient moon with an equal attitude.


    Now Gu yuehuai butterfly came out. Meng Zhang was very surprised and hurriedly pulled her up. Let her talk about anything. It doesn''t have to be so. If he can do it, he will never refuse.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly knew that Meng Zhang was not a wordy person and did not continue to entangle, but directly said his intention.


    It turned out that the news of the ancient moon family was also well-informed, and the smell was still sensitive.


    The changes of Jiuqu League in recent years have been seen by the ancient moon family.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly doesn''t mention her identity as a master of heaven''s secrets. Her vision and strategy are first-class.


    She also saw that the jade sword sect was not good, and the division of Jiuqu League was imminent.


    In the past, the ancient moon family followed the jade sword gate wholeheartedly.


    The ancient moon family helped the jade sword sect and caught many dissidents who secretly contacted the Xiuzhen forces of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Of course, in return, the ancient moon family also got a lot of benefits.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, the ancient moon family eradicated the Lu family, the original ruling family of Dafeng City, and became the new ruler of Dafeng City.


    In the past, although the Lu family was a gale City, Meng Zhang was very interested in the relationship and origin between the major branches of the ancient moon family.


    He inquired tentatively, but Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t say it.


    And she also warned Meng Zhang that if Meng Zhang had to explore the secrets, he would become the enemy of all branches of the ancient moon family.


    Among the major branches of the ancient moon family, there are strong and weak.


    Like the ancient moon family in the Dali Dynasty, it is a true Yuanshen family, and it has a high position in the Dali Dynasty.


    If they take Taiyi gate as the enemy, the life of Taiyi gate will never be easy.


    Meng Zhang obeyed Gu Yue''s warning.


    There are many secrets in the cultivation world. He can''t know all the secrets.


    If you provoke a big enemy just to satisfy your curiosity, it really doesn''t pay.


    The reason why Gu yuehuai butterfly asked Meng Zhang for help was that she guessed Meng Zhang''s choice and speculated that taiyimen had long taken refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    If taiyimen is willing to protect the ancient moon family, it is another ancient moon family, which is also the Minister of Dali imperial court. I''m afraid it''s not easy to directly attack the ancient moon family in Dafeng City.


    According to the actions before Taiyi gate, people with a heart have long guessed that Taiyi gate has separated from Yujian gate.


    Breaking up with the jade sword gate, it seems that Taiyi gate has only one choice to invest in Dali''s arms.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly guessed that it was not difficult for taiyimen to take refuge in Dali Dynasty.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly''s words alerted Meng Zhang and reminded him of something he had ignored.

 Chapter 860

    Jade sword gate is one of the founders of Jiuqu League. For nearly 2000 years, it has been one of the top giants of Jiuqu League.


    After ruling Jiuqu league with qingyuanzong for so many years, yujianmen has great potential power, and its tentacles have penetrated into almost every corner of Jiuqu League.


    After the great changes of Qing Yuan sect and the fall of Jiuqu League in the south, yujianmen became the leader of Jiuqu League and commanded the whole league.


    Would such a powerful sect know nothing about the situation facing Jiuqu League?


    You know, it has become a semi public secret that the major Xiuzhen forces within Jiuqu League have taken the initiative to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang had a long talk with the Lord of Changchun temple when he visited Changchun temple before.


    The other party didn''t hide Meng Zhang after knowing that Meng Zhang would protect the Changchun temple in the future.


    The Dali Dynasty had already sent envoys to persuade changchunguan to take refuge.


    In view of the current situation of Jiuqu League and the relaxed conditions of Dali Dynasty, changchunguan has long agreed to take refuge in Dali Dynasty.


    As a regional overlord, taiyimen has always been very concerned about the surrounding situation.


    Among the ancestral gates around Taiyi gate, jindanzong gates such as Heming sect have secretly taken refuge in Dali Dynasty.


    Heming sect originally had a close relationship with Xuanfeng Zhenjun. Like huoyun sect, Heming sect took refuge in Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Soon after the great change of the Qing Yuan sect, Xuanfeng Zhenjun took the initiative to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    Fearing being liquidated by Yujian gate, huoyun sect took the initiative to seek refuge in Taiyi gate.


    Heming sect took refuge in Jiqiao sect and sought the protection of Jiqiao Zhenjun.


    Heming sect took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, and the trend of Qiqiao sect is not difficult to guess.


    The reason why the Guyue family in dafengcheng has not taken refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty is because of the entanglement with the branches of the Guyue family in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang had not counted it in detail before, but had a superficial impression.


    Now, after careful calculation, most of the cultivation forces in the whole Jiuqu League seem to have turned to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Jade sword gate is dull and stupid. You should find that the situation is wrong.


    But so far, the jade sword gate has not made any response.


    If it was the jade sword sect in the past, as a strong sword sect, it would immediately deal with the traitor by thunder.


    But now the jade sword gate is loaded with ostriches.


    Meng Zhang thought of it and immediately felt that the situation was wrong.


    What is the constitution of the jade sword gate? Why hasn''t it moved so far?


    Is it because there are so many Xiuzhen forces taking refuge in the enemy that the jade sword gate knows it can''t handle it and simply pretends not to see?


    Meng Zhang shook his head. He didn''t think it was the style of jade sword gate.


    It is very important to find out this matter, which is related to the life and death of taiyimen.


    Even if the jade sword sect loses its control over the Jiuqu League, it is still a powerful Yuanshen sect.


    The power of jade sword sect can easily wipe out any Xiuzhen force in Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang now pays attention to this matter and doesn''t care much about other things.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and Meng Zhang are old friends. Now they take a pleading attitude, and Meng Zhang can''t ignore it.


    Starting from the interests of the sect, Meng Zhang should not agree to the refuge of the ancient moon family.


    Taiyimen sheltered the Guyue family in Dafeng City, which will inevitably offend the Guyue family in Dali imperial dynasty.


    It was not a smart choice for taiyimen to offend a powerful force deeply rooted in the Dali Dynasty soon after they took refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and didn''t make a hasty decision. Instead, he said he needed to think about it.


    He asked Gu yuehuai butterfly to go back and wait, and he would reply to him as soon as possible.


    Without the immediate consent of Meng Zhang, Gu yuehuai butterfly was very disappointed. But there is no way. Meng Zhang has the initiative in this matter.


    After seeing Gu yuehuai die leave, Meng Zhang first contacted Wen Dongzhen Jun and wanted to ask about the trend of the jade sword gate.


    Then he sent a message to Shushan Zhenjun to ask about the trend of Yujian gate.


    The dark hall of Taiyi gate soon mobilized to inquire about the information related to Yujian gate.


    The dark League branch of Jiuqu League is evacuating Jiuqu League, and Shushan Zhenjun is also busy moving the remaining forces into taiyimen territory.


    In his busy schedule, he replied to Meng Zhang with a message.


    The Dark Alliance branch temporarily lost its ability to collect intelligence.


    He will not resume intelligence collection in the surrounding area until he is on the taiyimen territory and the opponent''s strength is reorganized.


    Wen dongzhenjun didn''t know what he was busy with and didn''t reply to Meng Zhang.


    Taiyimen''s strength is limited, and a large part of its strength is involved in other things. The spies of the dark hall have no useful information for the time being.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to wait patiently.


    The biggest worry in his heart was that the jade sword gate suddenly went crazy and hurt the Xiuzhen forces who took refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    If taiyimen is unlucky, it will suffer.


    Although the possibility of such a thing happening is very low, Meng Zhang can''t help but guard against it.


    Meng Zhang waited for several days, but no useful news came from any aspect.


    At this time, he decided not to wait passively, but to take the initiative.


    The major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League, especially the sect and families at the level of Yuanshen, have channels to directly contact the jade sword sect.


    For yuan Shen Zhen Jun like Meng Zhang, Yu Jianmen usually has yuan Shen Zhen Jun to deal with him.


    Meng Zhang first sent information to the jade sword sect through official channels as the head of Taiyi sect.


    The content of the message is very simple. The barbarian army invading the endless sand sea seems to be increasing troops recently. Meng Zhang asked Yujian gate and Taiyi gate how to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang and Fei Guozhen of the jade sword gate have had many contacts, and they can talk more.


    In his private name, he sent a messenger to Fei Guozhen, asking him to mediate for Taiyi gate at the top of Yujian gate, and strive to send reinforcements to the endless sand sea to resist the reinforced barbarian army.


    Meng Zhang sent a message to yujianmen through official channels and soon got a reply.


    The reply is very formulaic, that is, taiyimen should strengthen defense and be careful. No mention was made of the provision of reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang''s summons to Fei Guozhen was like a bull in the sea. He didn''t get any reply for a long time.


    At this time, under the personal command of an Muran, the secret Hall of taiyimen finally had some useful information back.


    The jade sword gate seems to be shrinking in an all-round way and has voluntarily abandoned many peripheral strongholds.


    Some outstanding friars of the jade sword sect, which are common in ordinary days, have disappeared.


    Even the friars often sent by yujianmen to patrol haven''t found any trace for a long time.


    Meng Zhang was stunned by the news. The jade sword gate didn''t find the situation bad, so he gave up everything and retreated to the Mountain Gate with all his strength.


    Although this approach seems a little stupid, it also has some effect.


    Relying on the mountain protection array that has been operating in the mountain gate for many years, it can persist for many years even in the face of the siege of superior enemies.


    Meng Zhang ordered the dark hall to continue to inquire and obtain more accurate information.

 Chapter 861

    In the northwest of Jiuqu League, near the Gobi of evil wind.


    This place can be regarded as an extension of the Gobi. It is full of endless deserts and Gobi. There is almost no green or vitality.


    When goblins occupied Gobi, this place was the buffer zone between Jiuqu League and Gobi.


    There are no people here, and there are no practitioners to settle here.


    After taiyimen occupied the Gobi, even the central area of the Gobi was not fully developed because of the shortage of manpower, let alone the barren corners around.


    So far, the steps of friar taiyimen have not had time to set foot in this place.


    This place has no spiritual veins and no resources such as minerals. For practitioners, it is basically worthless.


    To the west of this place is the boundless sea.


    The desolate place on weekdays has suddenly become lively recently.


    On the beach near the sea in the west, groups of monks gathered.


    The ground was piled with huge boxes.


    Large pieces of flat land nearby have been sorted out as a temporary take-off and landing site for flying boats.


    Flying boats came from a distance and landed here. There are also more flying boats taking off from here.


    The flying boat mainly flies in two directions.


    One direction is to fly to the inside of Jiuqu League and to the Mountain Gate of yujianmen.


    The other direction is to fly to the West and to the vast sea.


    Xing jianzhenjun, the elder of the Xing Hall of the jade sword gate, with a group of disciples, stood in the air, looked down and supervised the work below.


    The jade sword sect knows nothing about the current situation of Jiuqu League and its own situation.


    On the contrary, Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect, realized that the situation was bad before everyone else.


    This can be said to be the intuition of sword cultivation, or it can be said that the jade sword gate has been rooted in Jiuqu League and operated for many years.


    Jiuqu League has internal and external troubles, and people''s hearts are falling apart. What''s the significance of yujianmen''s persistence?


    After Xiao Jiansheng and Bai Zhengyu Zhenjun left one after another, Yu Jianzhen was acutely aware that a huge crisis was coming to the door of Yu Jian.


    A series of recent events have turned out to be detrimental to the jade sword gate.


    Although there is no evidence, yujianzhenjun can be sure that there must be a huge push behind these events to promote the development of everything.


    Sword cultivation is rather inflexible, courageous and unremitting, which is the impression and evaluation of many practitioners of sword cultivation.


    Of course, this is the sword repair in people''s imagination or the legendary sword repair.


    If all sword repairs look like this, I''m afraid few sword repairs can live long.


    Even the sword cultivation from the Holy Land Sect can''t act wantonly.


    What''s more, besides being a sword repairman, Yujian Zhenjun is also the leader of Yujian sect. It is his greatest responsibility to ensure the inheritance and continuation of zongmen.


    If you change a person who is not resolute enough, I''m afraid you will have illusions about the situation and won''t give up everything.


    In fact, inside the jade sword gate, some elders felt that the jade sword gate should stick to it again and not shrink back easily.


    Even if the worst happens, the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty and the major Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League jointly besiege the jade sword gate.


    As long as the jade sword gate is fully retracted, retreat to the mountain gate.


    With more than 2000 years of operation and accumulation, Yujian gate can firmly guard the mountain gate.


    It can last for at least decades, or even longer.


    As long as Dali Dynasty can''t break the Mountain Gate of Yujian gate in a short time, the situation will probably change after a long delay.


    Apart from other things, at least Ziyang Shengzong won''t watch Dali unify the whole Jiuqu League.


    But yujianzhen rejected these elders'' proposals.


    He believes that sticking to the mountain gate is a way to die.


    Once you retreat to the mountain gate, you give up all your initiative and passively bear the enemy''s attack.


    As for counting on Ziyang Shengzong to make a move, it is even more unacceptable.


    It''s about the life and death of the sect. How can you place your hope on others?


    If Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t come, isn''t the jade sword gate only waiting for death?


    The decision of Yujian Zhenjun is very simple, that is to give up everything in Jiuqu alliance and move the whole Yujian gate away from Jiuqu alliance and everything here.


    Yu Jianzhen tried his best to overcome all opinions and finally forced him to pass the order. However, there are still various difficulties in concrete implementation.


    Like most religious sects in the cultivation world, the jade sword gate, which has been inherited for a long time, also has a retreat and backhand for the religious sect.


    Many years ago, yujianmen sent capable forces to actively explore overseas and find a retreat for the sect.


    Across the vast sea, there is a land for yujianmen to stay temporarily.


    It is not so easy to give up everything in Jiuqu League.


    There are spiritual veins and rich resources here.


    When you go overseas, you basically have to start from scratch.


    Overseas is not a pure land. There are still many dangers.


    Terrible natural disasters, powerful sea people, ferocious demons


    No matter what, it is a great threat to the jade sword gate.


    A bad will even destroy the jade sword gate.


    Yujianzhenjun has made up his mind to avoid the strong Dali Dynasty.


    Go overseas to open up a new living space for yujianmen.


    With the foundation laid by the predecessors of yujianmen, yujianmen doesn''t know nothing about overseas.


    Jade sword sect is very decisive.


    After the order of yujianzhen to move overseas was issued, the whole sect took action immediately. With extremely high efficiency, started a comprehensive migration.


    While moving in an all-round way, we should not make too much noise or disturb others in advance.


    At this time, the achievements of yujianmen in Jiuqu League for many years were fully displayed.


    Both personnel deployment and material transfer are fast and secret.


    So far, the action of yujianmen has been smooth.


    This place near the sea was chosen as the sea entrance and temporary transfer station.


    After the flying boats from Jiuqu League rest here, they either unload the goods and return, or continue to fly overseas.


    All the seeds in the sect have embarked on the road to overseas.


    The materials accumulated by the sect for many years have begun to be shipped.


    Yujianzhenjun personally led a group of confidants and left them behind.


    The disciples stationed everywhere in the gate have arrived here one after another and are about to go overseas.


    Mr. Fei Guozhen is trying to get rid of the entanglement with foreign barbarians and is ready to meet Mr. Yu Jianzhen.


    When they meet, they will try to cover the last team and begin to retreat.


    In fact, the relocation of jade sword gate has been more than half successful.


    At this time, even if Dali responded in time and sent a large army to pursue and kill, it would be difficult to catch up with the people of Yujian gate and annihilate them all.


    In fact, Dali, on the side of the imperial dynasty, knew the migration of yujianmen earlier than yujianzhen thought.

 Chapter 862

    At the top of the North sweeping army of the Dali imperial dynasty, many people suggested that we should go out on a large scale to pursue while winning. Even if you can''t completely annihilate the jade sword gate, you should also give it heavy damage and eliminate its main power.


    What these people say is also reasonable. Let the tiger go back to the mountain and there will be endless trouble in the future.


    For practitioners, thousands of years is not long enough to forget their hatred.


    Yujianmen must have a grudge for giving up their ancestral business and losing overseas this time.


    If there is an opportunity in the future, it will inevitably make a comeback and cause trouble to Dali imperial court.


    In order to avoid future troubles, we must cut down the roots and kill them all.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng, commander-in-chief of the North sweeping army, overcame all the opinions and rejected all the suggestions.


    It''s not that he wants to let yujianmen go, but that he doesn''t want to make trouble.


    With the strength and details of the jade sword gate, once the war starts, the war will not end in a short time.


    If the war is delayed for a long time, it will destroy many plans of Dali Dynasty.


    With his identity and status, he was able to understand many secrets of the upper echelons of Dali Dynasty, and deeply understand his important task.


    His most important task now is to conquer the whole Jiuqu League as quickly as possible and bring such a large territory into the rule of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Even if many places have maintained a semi independent state, as long as they are nominally willing to submit to the Dali Dynasty, Zhang Weineng is barely acceptable.


    In fact, if yujianmen didn''t run away in a hurry this time, they would stay and negotiate slowly with Dali imperial court.


    Perhaps, they can submit to the Dali Dynasty on a relatively loose condition.


    This is a secret that only a few of the most trusted ministers of emperor Bawu can know in the Dali Dynasty.


    The greater the territory under the rule, the more subjects, and the stronger the control over the power of the road.


    Emperor Bawu has achieved Yang God for a long time, and he is getting closer and closer to breaking through the realm of returning to emptiness.


    The more at this time, the less careless.


    Those holy land sects will not watch Bawu emperor become a great power to return to emptiness, and will do everything possible to destroy it.


    Zhang Weineng needs to conquer Jiuqu League as soon as possible in order to save time for Bawu emperor.


    He himself knew that such a conquest was not complete and would leave many future troubles.


    However, when we are free in the future, we can slowly reorganize and eliminate all dissatisfaction.


    The top priority of the Dali Dynasty is to ensure that emperor Bawu achieved the great ability to return to emptiness.


    Once he succeeded, the Dali dynasty would have the confidence to compete with those holy places.


    Maybe Dali Dynasty itself will become a new holy land.


    Dali, the northern sweeping army of the imperial dynasty, has been doing nothing because of Zhang Weineng''s strict order.


    When the jade sword gate was almost evacuated, the North sweeping army successively entered the northern territory of Jiuqu League.


    Along the way, all the forces of truth cultivation fell at the sight of the wind and surrendered one after another without the slightest resistance.


    Everywhere the army went, countless practitioners welcomed the king.


    The army of sweeping the North easily swept the north of Jiuqu League and occupied all strategic points.


    The jade sword gate withdrew in a hurry, but took away all kinds of materials that were easy to take away.


    Those spirit veins, spirit fields and minerals were not damaged. They were left intact to the North sweeping army.


    Even the Mountain Gate of the jade sword gate basically fell into the hands of the North sweeping army.


    Before the North sweeping army could celebrate this easy victory, great trouble suddenly came.


    Originally, at the junction of Yuantu prairie and Jiuqu League, Fei Guozhen of Yujian gate led a large army of friars there to confront the armies of barbarians outside the territory.


    But Fei Guozhen secretly led the disciples of the jade sword sect to withdraw, leaving other monks of the Xiuzhen forces in place.


    These friars were not fools. They soon found that the friars of yujianmen had disappeared.


    After the initial panic, most of the monks scattered in a crowd and went back to their homes.


    The barbarian army on the other side found the emptiness on the other side. After a little hesitation, it immediately launched a fierce attack.


    Without much effort, the foreign barbarian army destroyed the enemy''s resistance.


    The barbarian army marched towards the hinterland of Jiuqu League, broke down many strongholds along the way, and basically encountered no resistance.


    Now the jade sword gate has escaped, and the whole Jiuqu League has surrendered to the Dali imperial court.


    Jiuqu League, whether South or North, has become the territory of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Dali Dynasty, in any case, will not allow foreign barbarians to act recklessly and destroy arbitrarily on their own territory.


    When Dali Dynasty entered the Jiuqu League, the barbarians outside the region became a trouble for Dali Dynasty.


    With the locust style of the barbarians outside the territory, wherever they pass, they will definitely be looted and turned into a white land.


    Dali did not dare to neglect the imperial court, and immediately organized an army to resist the barbarian army.


    No matter what kind of relationship it used to be between Dali Dynasty and foreign barbarians, whether there was any collusion or tacit understanding.


    Now, both sides have become enemies.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the trend of the jade sword gate. At first, he was worried.


    However, after receiving the information from Wen Dongzhen, I knew that the jade sword gate had evacuated overseas.


    At this time, Meng ZhangCai was completely relieved.


    There is no need to hide the fact that taiyimen took refuge in Dali imperial court.


    Before the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty had entered the north of Jiuqu League, Taiyi gate had long issued the banner of Dali imperial dynasty, expressing its intention to submit to Dali imperial dynasty.


    With the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty, it entered the north of Jiuqu League and received everything left by yujianmen. The whole Jiuqu League almost completely surrendered.


    Jiuqu League has a large number of Xiuzhen forces, but almost none of them are afraid of death to challenge Dali imperial dynasty.


    The most is to learn the jade sword gate, give up everything and move to other places.


    Like the Qing Yuan sect after the split, it just moved from the north of Jiuqu League. After losing the yuan God Zhenjun in the gate, it has been reduced to the Jindan sect gate.


    Qing Yuanzong, who was unwilling to surrender to the imperial dynasty, fled again and moved to the Daheng cultivation world early.


    Dali Dynasty was very powerful, and the conditions for surrender were also very relaxed.


    However, there are always some practitioners and forces who are unwilling to obey the rule of the Dali Dynasty.


    They were unable to resist the great departure from the imperial dynasty, so they had to flee one after another and move to other places.


    With the size of Jun dust world, I hope they can find shelter.


    Dali imperial court was busy receiving territory, and did not have the leisure to argue with those who fled, let alone kill them all.


    A group of bereaved dogs will escape if they escape. Can they still threaten Dali imperial dynasty?


    Especially after the foreign barbarians invaded the Jiuqu League on a large scale, they left the imperial army to sweep the north, and had to turn their main attention to the foreign barbarians.


    Taiyimen was already facing off with the foreign barbarian army.


    At this time, he also became extremely vigilant.

 Chapter 863

    Taiyimen took the initiative to increase its strength towards the front camp. A group of friars scattered in the endless sand sea and Gobi came to the camp one after another.


    Even Shushan Zhenjun, who was rectifying the Dark Alliance branch, hurried over and was ready to fight at any time.


    In addition to actively preparing for the war, Meng Zhang also continued to pay attention to the war situation in other places.


    Tai Yi men''s dark hall monk is awesome, and he knows some open mass information without any problems.


    Dali sent a leading force to the North sweeping army of the imperial dynasty and hurried to the border of Jiuqu League. Building a defense line and organizing resistance there temporarily blocked the advance of the barbarian army.


    Zhang Weineng, commander of the North sweeping army, issued a call up order to the major Xiuzhen forces of the Jiuqu League and called up monks to participate in the battle against foreign barbarians.


    So far, Zhang Weineng is still trustworthy and has no intention of breaking his promise.


    Because they had a word in advance when they called for surrender, they reached relatively loose conditions. The recruitment order issued by him is not strict and the recruitment strength is not strong.


    The North sweeping army was originally a powerful force whose strength exceeded that of the whole Jiuqu League in the north.


    However, after the heavy pressure on Ziyang Shengzong, the North sweeping army transferred a large part of its strength and returned to the rear for support.


    Although the strength has been greatly weakened, the North sweeping army is still a powerful force that can not be underestimated.


    No Xiuzhen force in Jiuqu league can compete with it.


    In particular, it conquered the whole Jiuqu League and integrated the power of various Xiuzhen forces. The strength of the North sweeping army was stronger and better than before.


    As the newly surrendered generation, the major Xiuzhen forces in the Jiuqu League of course want to have a good relationship with the Dali imperial dynasty and flatter well.


    Probably for the purpose of pleasing Zhang Weineng, the major cultivation forces actively responded to his recruitment order.


    Many clans and families have sent more than enough practitioners to accept the command of the North sweeping army.


    Even the most stingy sects and families will send more or less several practitioners to have fun.


    On the surface, marshal Zhang Wei can respond to every call, and all major forces of truth cultivation follow suit.


    In any case, marshal Zhang Weineng soon gathered a coalition army whose strength was not weak.


    Taiyimen also received the recruitment order.


    Meng Zhang is considering how many monks to send to respond to the call up.


    It means to send a team of weak chickens to pretend; Or honestly send a team of elite friars?


    Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate too long, so someone made a decision for him.


    Wen dongzhenjun took a large flying boat and came to the front camp of taiyimen.


    He asked Meng Zhang not to take care of the call up order for the time being. He first concentrated his strength and gave priority to solving the barbarian army in front of him. It was best to annihilate its main force.


    Wen dongzhenjun finally didn''t sneak over this time, but came with a large team of people in a fair and aboveboard way.


    He didn''t come alone. Besides Hengdao Zhenjun, he was accompanied by a group of elite drawn from the North sweeping army.


    It''s almost enough for taiyimen to defeat the barbarian army in front of us. With reinforcements, it''s natural to win.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhenjun were monks in the middle of the yuan God.


    His elite team is fierce and powerful. It''s not easy at first sight.


    Hengdao Zhenjun sneered at Meng Zhang.


    "Feitian cat, the thug of Dark Alliance, and Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, are actually alone. Hum."


    Meng Zhang never thought that this matter would be kept secret forever.


    The original conflict was just different positions, not personal hatred.


    If the Hengdao Zhenjun holds on tightly, Meng Zhang will not be afraid of him.


    "Chizhu Zhenjun would never have thought that his old friend Lao Dao, who had been with him for many years, would stab him in the back and turn against him at the critical moment."


    Seeing that Hengdao Zhenjun''s face was bad, Wen dongzhenjun hurried to make a round.


    "Now everyone is a minister in the same hall. They are all colleagues. Don''t mention the past."


    "If you cling to past grievances and miss major events, it''s no wonder the military law is ruthless."


    Meng Zhang and Hengdao Zhenjun had no grudges, but a dispute of spirit.


    It''s not worth refuting Wen Dongzhen''s face for a small matter.


    And Wen Dongzhen Jun has carried out the military law, which must not continue.


    Meng Zhang and Heng Dao Zhen Jun looked at each other and stopped talking.


    Wen Dongzhen saw that his words were effective and suppressed them. He was also very satisfied.


    Shushan Zhenjun didn''t want to contact people in Dali Dynasty and didn''t show up.


    He Luozhen was supposed to escort the remnant disciples of Qingyuan sect to the Daheng cultivation world.


    But before the qingyuanzong Gang left, they didn''t even inform him.


    Unhappy, he simply continued to stay for some time to help Meng Zhang solve the barbarian army.


    He also did not welcome visitors from the Dali Dynasty, let alone come out to meet.


    Only Jin Lizhen accompanied Meng Zhang to talk with Wen Dongzhen and Hengdao Zhenjun.


    It is said to discuss the battle plan, but there is nothing to discuss.


    We are all experienced battlefield veterans. We know that the simplest tactics are the most effective.


    At that time, Meng Zhang and Wen Dongzhen will lead their men to kill them from different directions.


    After talking about business, Meng Zhang stopped Wen Dongzhen Jun before everyone left. He had another thing to ask each other.


    He has had several contacts with Wen Dongzhen Jun. Meng Zhang also knows this person a little and knows that he is not that kind of hard to talk.


    For some unimportant things, ask him for advice. He usually gives answers patiently.


    What Meng Zhang said is that Gu Yue family in Dafeng City took refuge in Taiyi gate.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, I heard that Dong Zhenjun pondered for a while before he said something.


    The ancient moon family of the Dali Dynasty was indeed very strong, and a huge and complex relationship network was woven within the Dali Dynasty.


    In the harem of Dali emperor and Bawu emperor, there was a concubine born in the ancient moon family.


    As relatives, the ancient moon family can be regarded as the superior family in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    However, the internal situation of Dali Dynasty was complex, and there were also factional disputes.


    The ancient moon family has many friends and many enemies.


    Zhang Weineng, commander of the North sweeping army, seems to dislike the style of the ancient moon family.


    Some words, some inside information, I heard that Dongzhen Jun was not going to tell Meng Zhang, the new comer.


    But I don''t know why. Seeing Meng Zhang, Wen Dongzhen remembered that when they first met, they didn''t recruit him in time due to their arrogance and carelessness, which led to a lot of trouble later.


    After a long contact with Meng Zhang, the more I know about him, the more I think about this man.


    Wen dongzhenjun also has competitors and also needs allies.


    In the future, it is not a bad thing for everyone to be ministers in the same temple and have another powerful friend like Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 864

    Meng Zhang obviously felt the goodwill released by Wen Dongzhen.


    Those who practice truth are benefit animals. In everything, benefit comes first.


    Generally, they will not do things that greatly damage their own interests because of some disputes of will and spirit.


    Meng Zhang is the most recent defector of Dali Dynasty. He is not very familiar with the inside information of Dali Dynasty.


    Where there are people, there are Jianghu. Even if it is in the rising stage, it seems that the Dali Dynasty, which is united with the outside world, also has factional disputes.


    Meng Zhang can avoid many fearless troubles with Wen Dongzhen''s advice.


    They both need each other. It''s an instant hit.


    After a long talk, the relationship between the two is better than ever.


    In the past, I heard that Mr. Dongzhen contacted Meng Zhang mainly because of business.


    Now, because of his initiative to release goodwill, the two have begun to establish a personal friendship.


    Although Meng Zhang could not have become a close friend with him because of Wen Dongzhen''s words, he could not have rashly invested in the faction where Wen Dongzhen was.


    But this is at least a good start.


    Good personal relationships have many benefits.


    County officials might as well be in charge now. Since Zhang Weineng, commander of the North sweeping army, is at odds with the Guyue family, Meng Zhang will not worry too much about the Guyue family.


    Under the management of the ancient moon family, Dafeng City has not been greatly affected by the changes of the external situation in recent years. It is still an important commercial city.


    Whether in terms of personal feelings or interests, it is beneficial and harmless to accept the Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    As for offending the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty, with Zhang Wei, they can''t stretch out their hands.


    Meng Zhang made up his mind and decided to accept the Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    When he told Wen Dongzhen Jun his decision, Wen Dongzhen Jun smiled.


    He told Meng Zhang that the ancient moon family has always been high-profile and violated the interests of many people by relying on the identity of their relatives.


    In the Dali Dynasty, many people disliked the ancient moon family.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng will not take the initiative to provoke the Guyue family, but he will never allow the Guyue family to stretch out their hands and interfere in the affairs on their own territory.


    As long as Zhang Wei can be a commander in chief in one day, taiyimen doesn''t have to worry about being suppressed by the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang was completely relieved to hear what Dongzhen Jun said.


    He sent someone to inform Gu Yue huaidie that the matter discussed by the two had come to an end and asked her to come as soon as possible.


    Now, what Meng Zhang has to do is prepare for the war with the barbarian army in front of him.


    After being reinforced, the strength of taiyimen has been in an absolute advantage.


    There is nothing to be prepared for.


    The friars who rushed to the front of Taiyi gate this time are less than half of the main friars in the gate.


    As usual, hanhaidao alliance gathered most of the people who could fight.


    The battle of the cultivation world, no matter what day or night. After the troops were assembled, Meng Zhang, with the idea of making a quick decision, ordered to start the attack.


    Friars taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng listed their formations and began to make steady progress, directly running to the camp of the barbarian army outside the territory.


    Meng Zhang, Shushan Zhenjun, Jin Lizhen and he Luozhen, together with Wen Dongzhen and Hengdao Zhenjun, the six yuan gods killed the camp of the barbarian army without any cover up.


    Before the arrival of our own friars, the six Yuanshen Zhenjun will forcibly break the defense of the enemy camp and create conditions for our own friars to attack.


    The six Yuanshen Zhenjun were full of momentum and flew over fiercely.


    The monitoring of taiyimen camp by the barbarian army has never been relaxed.


    The friars of taiyimen gathered and began to attack. The two barbarian kings had received the news and ordered to prepare for the war.


    But they would never have thought that the enemy would put up such a luxurious lineup and send out a full six yuan Shen Zhenjun.


    The huge gap in top-level combat power made the barbarians outside the region fall into the disadvantage at once.


    Although they knew they were defeated, the two barbarian kings Tule bear and Sari Eagle still had to face the scalp and take the initiative to face the enemy.


    Cangshan Zhenjun, who followed behind them, saw Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun opposite. His face changed slightly and flashed a happy look.


    After Cangshan Zhenjun took refuge in Dali Dynasty, it was Wen dongzhenjun who kept in touch with him.


    He didn''t know about the news that Jiuqu League was subject to Dali imperial dynasty until recently.


    Dali won a complete victory in the imperial dynasty, which is certainly better than the victory of Jiuqu League.


    Just before the war, he received an order from the Dali Dynasty to cooperate with Wen dongzhenjun and them to find an opportunity to plot against the two barbarian kings.


    Since the Dali imperial court gave him orders, it shows that he is still valuable and can be used in the future.


    Although it is said that openly betraying foreign barbarians will certainly lead to very serious consequences.


    Like Cangshan sect disciples who are now controlled by the barbarian army, most of them will be retaliated by the barbarian army.


    But he could not disobey the orders from the Dali Dynasty.


    Cangshan Zhenjun thought for a long time before he had a good idea.


    When the war broke out, he did not work and secretly dragged the two barbarian kings back.


    When the barbarian army was defeated, he followed the defeated barbarian army back to Yuantu prairie.


    After meeting the disciples of Cangshan sect, I didn''t look for the opportunity to defecte.


    Cangshan Zhenjun thought he had the best of both worlds.


    Facing the six true gods of the human race, the two barbarian kings and Cangshan true kings are ready to rely on the camp.


    Totem poles lit up one after another, and a virtual shadow of a beast appeared over the camp.


    The defense means of foreign barbarians are not as sophisticated as those of Terran practitioners.


    Now the strength gap between the two sides is so large that the role of these defense means is really limited.


    Looking at the vulgar layout below, I heard that both Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun were disdainful.


    The six Yuanshen Zhenjun joined hands with absolute strength advantage and broke the defense of the barbarian camp in a few times.


    There is no suspense about the fate of the two barbarian kings who face the true king, the original God of the Terran.


    Cangshan Zhenjun not only didn''t help the two barbarian kings fight, but deliberately or unintentionally dragged his feet.


    The Barbarian King Tule Xiong was killed by Meng Zhang''s great magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    Sha Liying, the king of the barbarians, was seriously injured by Shushan Zhenjun and he luozhenjun, and was incorporated into the ten thousand mile map of the yellow sand by Jin Lizhen.


    Taiyimen probably guessed the relationship between Cangshan Zhenjun and Dali imperial dynasty, and did not pursue him.


    Before Cangshan Zhenjun left, he was going to secretly explain to Wen dongzhenjun.


    I don''t know. Wen dongzhenjun shot him suddenly when he was not prepared.


    Then the Hengdao Zhenjun turned into a huge knife shadow. In his unbelievable eyes, he cut him in two, even the flesh and the yuan God.


    Cangshan Zhenjun was killed on the spot, and even Yuanshen didn''t escape.


    Such an end surprised Meng Zhang and others.


    Without saying a word, I hurt the killer. I heard that dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun are really cruel characters.

 Chapter 865

    You know, a true monarch of the yuan God is definitely not a dispensable figure in the cultivation world.


    Let alone on the side of the Jiuqu League, it can also have a place in the Middle Earth continent.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun decided to kill Cangshan Zhenjun on the spot. They must have a purpose.


    Meng Zhang guessed that Cangshan Zhenjun openly took refuge in foreign barbarians. He had no way back and could not be washed away.


    If the Dali Dynasty accepts the real king of Cangshan, it will certainly be criticized by others and be accused of colluding with foreign barbarians.


    Names are sometimes worthless. Sometimes, but we can''t ignore it.


    The Dali Dynasty, which is being suppressed by Ziyang Shengzong, is obviously unwilling to be charged with colluding with foreign barbarians at this time.


    Cangshan Zhenjun died on the spot, which is an end.


    Even if someone criticizes leaving the imperial dynasty in the future, I''m afraid I can''t find a witness and can only talk in empty words.


    As for killing the real king of Cangshan to frighten new people like Meng Zhang, it is a trivial side effect.


    It seems that the main purpose of Wen dongzhenjun''s coming to help taiyimen fight this time is to kill Cangshan Zhenjun and completely kill him.


    No matter what their real purpose was, with their help, taiyimen easily won the war and saved a lot of effort.


    The Barbarian King was killed and his defense was broken.


    After the initial chaos, the barbarian army below began to stabilize. Even some pretty generals who didn''t know how to live or die flew over madly and rushed to several Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The barbarians outside the region are really brave. They are all born soldiers.


    But in front of the absolute strength gap, what is brave and what is strong is bullshit.


    The opponent is a foreign barbarian, so you don''t have to abide by the practices of the cultivation world.


    The six true gods don''t have to worry about creating more evils.


    They shot one after another and killed the barbarian army.


    When the taiyimen army and the group of troops from the imperial dynasty reached the barbarian camp, the camp was full of corpses and rivers of blood.


    The barbarian army was on the verge of collapse. It collapsed directly when it was rushed by the friar army.


    Intelligent creatures are not mechanism puppets. Even if they are brave, they are still afraid of death.


    The heavy casualties and hopeless fighting made the remaining barbarians lose their fighting spirit and lose their souls.


    The rest of the barbarian army fled everywhere, and the friar army pursued the victory behind.


    For the rest of the battle, there are few Yuanshen Zhenjun who have anything to do.


    Wen dongzhenjun quickly gathered the sergeant of Dali imperial dynasty and was ready to leave here.


    Before leaving, he told Meng Zhang to get ready.


    When the order was issued, Meng Zhang would lead the army of taiyimen friars into the Yuantu prairie to attack the barbarians outside the territory from behind.


    From the border between Yuantu prairie and Jiuqu League, the main force of foreign barbarians has entered the hinterland of Jiuqu League and is fighting against the reinforcements sent by Dali imperial dynasty.


    Endless sand sea and Yuantu prairie also have a border zone.


    If Meng Zhang led the taiyimen army to kill from here, it would not be a strange soldier, but it would be more or less a check.


    Now that he has submitted to the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang has no reason to shirk reasonable orders.


    If you change your master, you still have to do your duty.


    As for how to work on the battlefield without effort and preserve strength, that is another problem.


    In a word, as a newcomer, Meng Zhang should try his best to obey the orders at the beginning and try to make a good impression on the top of the Dali Dynasty.


    After Wen Dongzhen and their departure, the battle did not last long.


    The barbarian army that has lost the cover of top combat power is simply vulnerable.


    Except for a few lucky guys, most foreign barbarians were wiped out by the chasing army.


    After the war, the taiyimen elders are responsible for cleaning up the battlefield, saving the dead and healing the wounded.


    Meng Zhang and several Yuanshen Zhenjun returned to the front camp.


    He Luozhen said before that he would leave after helping taiyimen defeat the barbarian army.


    He must repay the great kindness of Qing Yuanzong.


    Of course, the object of his reward is not the qingyuanzong controlled by the traitor Qinggu Zhenjun, but the qingyuanzong who has moved to the Daheng cultivation world.


    The qingyuanzong lost the protection of the yuan God Zhenjun, and left his hometown. He went all the way to a strange place. He must have many difficulties.


    He Luozhen must go over and protect them with his own strength.


    Meng Zhang is still very sorry for the departure of he Luozhen.


    Such a good Yuanshen combat power can''t be used by taiyimen. It''s cheap for the down-to-earth qingyuanzong.


    However, gratitude is always a good thing.


    Meng Zhang has no reason to stop others from repaying their kindness.


    He reluctantly saw off he luozhenjun.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang also said that if he Luozhen Jun was unhappy outside, the door of Taiyi gate would always be open for him, and Taiyi gate would always welcome him as an old friend.


    Not long after he Luozhen was sent away, the ancient moon of the ancient moon family rushed to the front camp.


    Meng Zhang''s willingness to accept Guyue family in Dafeng City is related to the future and destiny of Guyue family.


    Without Meng Zhang''s protection, the ancient moon family must make plans long ago.


    Is to learn the jade sword gate, give up everything in Dafeng City and move far away to other places. Or give up resistance and submit to the same clan of Dali imperial court?


    Seeing Gu yuehuai butterfly, Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and directly told her that Dafeng City could join Hanhai road alliance and become a member of Hanhai road alliance.


    Of course, as a member of Hanhai road alliance, we can''t discount our obligations in the future.


    Even if Meng Zhang and Gu Yue huaidie have a deep friendship, Meng Zhang will not be selfish in business.


    For the ancient moon butterfly, Meng Zhang is willing to accept the ancient moon family and protect it, which is a great good thing.


    As a neighbor of taiyimen, Gu yuehuai butterfly certainly knows what Hanhai daomeng is all about.


    Isn''t the so-called Hanhai daomeng a vassal of taiyimen?


    Taiyimen is not too harsh. They act quickly and fairly, and can clearly reward and punish vassals.


    It is not unacceptable for the ancient moon family to become a vassal of the Taiyi gate and be used by the Taiyi gate.


    If only the ancient moon family itself, it is only a Jindan family.


    If the ancient moon family on the other side of the imperial dynasty, in the name of the same clan, wants to do something to Dafeng City, even Zhang Wei can be handsome, it may not be easy to stop.


    After all, this is the housework of the ancient moon family, and outsiders should not interfere casually.


    But when the ancient moon family became a vassal of the taiyimen, the situation was very different.


    To deal with the vassal of taiyimen is tantamount to offending taiyimen.


    Taiyi sect is also a Yuanshen sect, and is under the rule of Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    The ancient moon family really stretched out their hands and made trouble here. He will never ignore it.

 Chapter 866

    After the Guyue family of Dafeng City took refuge in Taiyi gate and became a member of hanhaidao alliance, the sphere of influence of Taiyi gate was greatly extended.


    Originally, taiyimen''s sphere of influence was limited to the endless sand sea and the Gobi.


    First, the huoyun sect took the initiative to take refuge. Taiyi gate has one more tentacle, which can go deep into the Jiuqu League.


    Now that Dafeng City is attached, such a large commercial city is located in the thoroughfare, it can be said that taiyimen can take more initiative in the future.


    On weekdays, huoyun sect and Dafeng City are the barriers around Taiyi gate.


    These two places are important bridgeheads when it comes to the use of troops outside taiyimen.


    After defeating the foreign barbarian army, peace was restored around taiyimen''s territory again.


    Meng Zhang, who was reminded by Wen Dongzhen, did not mean to be idle. Instead, he transferred his strength to form a new army of monks, ready to enter the Yuantu prairie at any time.


    Now taiyimen has a huge sphere of influence and vast territory.


    After taking refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty, it is also the posture of all of you on one side, and the status is not low.


    But the strength of the sect doesn''t deserve such a position.


    There is still a certain gap between the bottom disciples and the real Yuanshen sect in terms of quantity and quality.


    In terms of top-level combat power, only Meng Zhang is a true monarch.


    Although Jin Lizhen has no second thoughts, she is willing to contribute to taiyimen. But she is not a disciple of Taiyi sect after all. She is always separated by a layer.


    The relationship between Shushan and Zhenjun is further.


    He was born in the dark League and was a member of the dark league from beginning to end. He only had a good relationship with Meng Zhang and asked Meng Zhang to help taiyimen fight when necessary.


    If the dark League Headquarters had other orders, he would not violate them.


    From beginning to end, there was only Meng Zhang, a true monarch of the yuan God, and he was also a friar in the early days of the yuan God.


    It is a qualitative leap from the golden elixir period to the Yuanshen period. Even the unparalleled Tianjiao of the Holy Land Sect dare not say that they will succeed, not to mention the disciples of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang''s own accomplishments can''t be in a hurry.


    Since entering the period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang has never relaxed in his cultivation, and his accomplishments are indeed improving steadily.


    However, after entering the period of primordial God, the breakthrough of the realm becomes more difficult and takes more time.


    During the period of Yuanshen, monks often plan their time in a hundred years.


    How long did Meng Zhang enter the period of Yuanshen? How could he break through so easily?


    Now taiyimen has become the Minister of Dali Dynasty, and the external environment has been greatly improved.


    As long as Dali is not easy to collapse from the imperial dynasty, taiyimen will have a long and stable life.


    Before Marshal Zhang Weineng''s military order is issued, taiyimen must be ready to attack at any time.


    In addition to waiting for military orders, Meng Zhang is also paying attention to intelligence in other directions.


    Zhang Weineng summoned monks from the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League and the elite of the North sweeping army to go to the front line against foreign barbarians.


    The barbarians outside the region made several fierce attacks, but they did not break through the front line of the troops.


    After the reinforcements arrived, Dali not only completely consolidated the defense line, but also had the power to counterattack.


    However, it may be that the time for counterattack is not up, and the side far away from the imperial court did not rashly launch a counterattack.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, there is another hidden worry from the imperial dynasty, that is, the foreign invaders entrenched in the clouds and fog.


    No matter what tacit understanding or even collusion Dali had with these foreign invaders before the imperial dynasty, now the situation changes, and the relationship between the two sides will also change.


    Dali Dynasty conquered Jiuqu League and became the master of this place.


    The foreign invaders in daze of clouds and fog became a trouble for Dali to leave the imperial dynasty.


    Although the foreign invaders and the Dali Dynasty are now in peace, there will be a war between the two sides sooner or later.


    No matter what kind of origin and plan, the aborigines in the Junchen world and foreign invaders will never coexist.


    Meng Zhang knew this truth. He must be more clear from the top of the imperial dynasty.


    Now it''s just an invasion by foreign barbarians. If the cloud daze side also joins the battle, I''m afraid the Dali Dynasty, which recently conquered the Jiuqu League, will be in a mess.


    Considering these factors, Meng Zhang did not relax because he defeated the barbarian army, but still actively tried to improve his combat effectiveness.


    One night, Meng Zhang set up an altar again to communicate with the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang wants to know how the old master is and how much help he can provide to taiyimen.


    With the increasing improvement of cultivation, especially after entering the Yuanshen period, even ghosts and gods in the underworld will not despise Meng Zhang, let alone Shouzheng itself is an elder monk of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang easily contacted Shouzheng, released his thoughts, and communicated with the ideas released by Shouzheng.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide from Shouzheng. He told Shouzheng everything about the current situation of taiyimen and taking refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    When hearing the name of Dali Dynasty, Shouzheng couldn''t help sighing.


    "I didn''t expect that Dali could do this step."


    "If it goes on like this, it won''t really make them succeed."


    Before Meng Zhang asked, Shouzheng took the initiative to explain.


    In the cultivation world, from ancient times to now, many practitioners and some cultivation forces are dissatisfied with the status of the Holy Land Sect, plotting to overthrow it or even replace it.


    Among so many opposition forces, it has almost never been possible to achieve anything.


    The reasons are too complicated to elaborate.


    But the most crucial point is that there are people in the holy land.


    Meng Zhang was curious about what Shouzheng said.


    Although Shouzheng didn''t say it clearly, Meng Zhang also had a guess.


    The Taiyi gate was destroyed because it violated the taboo of guantian Pavilion.


    Previously, Meng Zhang only speculated that the destruction of Taiyi gate was done by guantian Pavilion.


    Now Shouzheng clearly told Meng Zhang that Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    If there is no accident, Dali Dynasty will follow in the footsteps of Taiyi gate and be destroyed by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, there is no absolute thing in the world. Maybe Dali Dynasty can kill a way out of the siege and change its life against the sky.


    Shouzheng told Meng Zhang this, which also reminded him to prepare early and not to hang from the tree of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang actually had such a mind for a long time.


    It is guantian pavilion that has enemies with Taiyi gate. Ziyang Shengzong and Taiyi gate have no enemies.


    If Dali could not resist Ziyang Shengzong, Taiyi gate would have to change its court again.


    However, he immediately remembered the vows he signed when he promised to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    Although the conditions for surrender given by the Dali imperial dynasty were very relaxed, the contents written on the oath instrument had little restrictions on taiyimen.


    However, if taiyimen really turns its back on the imperial dynasty, it will always be a trouble.

 Chapter 867

    Shouzheng listened to Meng Zhang''s vows. First he fell into a silence, and then he said something.


    The oath signed by Meng Zhang is essentially the same as the oath signed by Meng Zhang.


    However, different oath instruments provide different ghosts and gods with guarantees.


    Much different from Meng Zhang''s imagination, those who can provide guarantee for the ghost oath and ensure the execution of the oath are not the weak chicken ghosts and gods, but the strong among the ghosts and gods.


    According to Shouzheng, providing guarantee for ghost oath is actually a kind of practice for ghosts and gods, involving the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Only powerful ghosts and gods can win such an opportunity. Only powerful ghosts and gods can guarantee the implementation of the oath.


    Presumably, if the strength is not enough to ensure the implementation of the oath, the ghosts and gods as a guarantee will also be eaten by the rules of heaven and earth.


    Ghost oath in the cultivation world often has strong binding force on monks of Jindan period and below.


    This is not that the ghosts and gods providing guarantee are not strong enough, but as ghosts and gods, it is difficult for them to come directly to the sun.


    They are often sent to perform vows in the sun only as a separate body or an incarnation of divine power.


    The noumenon of ghosts and gods is very strong, but the avatar and divine power incarnation cannot be as strong as the noumenon. Not even the strength of the noumenon.


    This kind of strength is good for friars of Jindan period and below, and it is far from enough for Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Those ghost oath books circulated in the cultivation world record people with names and surnames in the underworld. Moreover, the promotion of the pledge also has the handwriting of many great forces in Yangjian.


    In a word, ghost oath has many doorways, and the water depth is very deep.


    Let''s go back to the vows signed by Meng Zhang before.


    Shouzheng told Meng Zhang that the ghosts and gods who provided guarantee for the oath were the Royal ancestors of the Dali Dynasty.


    Dali Dynasty was not only a first-class power in Yangjian, but also laid a great land. Even in the underworld, he is also a hero with a deep foundation.


    In the Dali Dynasty in the underworld, there are many powerful ghosts and gods.


    These ghosts and gods are mysterious and mysterious. Even if they are upright, they stay away from them and dare not approach them easily.


    If someone violates the signed oath, it will lead to the retaliation of Dali imperial power in the underworld.


    This is not the power of a single ghost, but a powerful ghost group with a place in the underworld.


    Not to mention that the leader of this group is a strong man who makes Shouzheng fear.


    The reason why the ghost oath is not binding on the original God Zhenjun is that the power to execute the ghost oath is not enough.


    However, the power of such ghost and God groups is enough to threaten the monks in the later period of Yuanshen.


    After hearing Shouzheng''s story, Meng Zhang found that he had been too careless before.


    Unconsciously, Dali imperial court also prepared such a move.


    If not for the presence of Shouzheng, Meng Zhang is still stuck in the drum.


    Presumably, Dali Dynasty could not control all Xiuzhen forces by deterrence alone. There must be other restrictive means.


    Meng Zhang asked Shouzheng if there was any way to avoid the adverse consequences of violating the oath.


    Shouzheng thought for a long time and gave a valuable suggestion.


    He suggested that Meng Zhang try to find loopholes in the oath instrument and try not to directly violate the above contents.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is far from abandoning the imperial dynasty. Just be prepared and prepare in advance.


    Having said this, Meng Zhang asked what help Shouzheng could provide for taiyimen.


    Shouzheng hesitated for a while before saying that in addition to providing divine power to come across the sky, there are new parts to use.


    However, if Meng Zhang wants to summon his separate body to come, he needs to provide a lot of sacrifices.


    Shouzheng gave Meng Zhang a list of the sacrifices needed to summon him to come.


    Meng Zhang glanced. Even with his current wealth, he felt meat pain.


    There are many kinds of sacrifices, and many cherished spiritual objects can''t be bought at the expense of spiritual stones.


    But think about it, Shouzheng himself at least has the strength in the later stage of Yuanshen, and his separation has the strength in the early stage of Yuanshen.


    In addition to their own strength, they also have part of the fighting consciousness of the noumenon and the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth. In actual combat, it can completely rival the friars in the middle of Yuanshen.


    At this cost, you get a reliable thug in the middle of the yuan God.


    In any way, it is very cost-effective.


    After the discussion, Meng Zhang is ready to withdraw his mind and end the communication. Shouzheng actually became shy, a little embarrassed.


    After hesitating for a while, he made a request to Meng Zhang.


    After a while, when he''s ready. He hoped that Meng Zhang could make a number of ghost oath vows in the sun and provide guarantee in the name of integrity.


    Then Meng Zhang distributed these vows and tried to promote them in taiyimen district.


    Shouzheng said before that this practice is of great benefit to ghosts and gods.


    The more practitioners who use the oath, the stronger their strength, and the more ghosts and gods who provide guarantee can get greater benefits.


    Not to mention that Shouzheng has helped taiyimen so much, just his identity as a taiyimen elder is worth Meng Zhang''s help.


    The stronger the defensive strength, the greater the help to taiyimen. This is a matter of mutual benefit. Meng Zhang has no reason to refuse.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s promise, Meng Zhang obviously felt that he became very happy.


    After the exchange, Meng Zhang cleaned up the altar. Write down the list of sacrifices and ask the disciples to collect and prepare them.


    In the following period of time, the military order of Dali imperial court was not issued, so the taiyimen army would not take the initiative.


    With a lot of free time, Meng Zhang began to improve his magic tools in addition to routine cultivation.


    With the help of Jinglei general and other refiners, Meng Zhang first integrated the sun gold crystal and the Taiyin cold jade into the sun and moon jewels.


    The quality of the sun moon pearl has been greatly improved, and its power has increased a lot, which can greatly increase the power of magical powers such as the sun moon divine light.


    However, there is still a long way to go to upgrade to a fourth-order magic weapon.


    The spirit snake spear, a third-order spirit soldier handed down by Taiyi clan, is originally spiritual and has a deep foundation.


    After being integrated into the fourth order killing stone and carefully nurtured by Meng Zhang, he was actually promoted to the top of the third-order magic weapon, which is only one step away from being promoted to the fourth-order magic weapon.


    But it is this step away, but it is extremely difficult, which will defeat many yuan God friars.


    The soul snake spear, a killing soul soldier, needs killing to be promoted to a fourth-order magic weapon, that is, a magic weapon.


    The more targets you kill, the stronger it will be, and the greater the help it will give to the spirit snake spear.


    Only by killing the strong at the level of Yuanshen with spirit snake spear can we achieve the final promotion.

 Chapter 868

    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, if the spirit snake spear wants to be upgraded to a fourth-order magic tool, it may not be enough to kill one or two strong people at the level of Yuanshen.


    I''m afraid you have to kill several strong people at this level before the spirit snake spear can be promoted.


    The strong man of Yuanshen level is not the cabbage in the field. He lies there and lets you do whatever you want.


    Almost every Yuanshen Zhenjun has a place in the cultivation world. Its life and death can even affect the rise and fall of a family of Xiuzhen forces.


    Dali Dynasty has conquered Jiuqu League, and there is no large-scale civil war after Jiuqu League.


    After Meng Zhang, I''m afraid it will be difficult to find an opportunity to fight with the surrounding Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Fortunately, the war between Dali imperial dynasty and foreign barbarians has not ended. If the opportunity is right, the Barbarian King can also be used as the target to kill and meet the advanced needs of spirit snake spear.


    However, when Meng Zhang mobilized his troops, prepared the whole army for the war and made preparations for the war, the military order from commander Zhang Weineng was never issued.


    Meng Zhang was happy to avoid the war. But there was no definite order, which made him a little nervous.


    Before a new order was issued, he had to stay on the taiyimen territory and do his own things.


    The news from the front line of Jiuqu League was continuously transmitted to Meng Zhang through various channels.


    The army led by Marshal Zhang Weineng arrived at the front line of fighting with the barbarians outside the territory.


    Several small-scale battles broke out, all of which were slightly dominated by the Terran side.


    However, it will take a lot of time to eliminate or expel the foreign barbarians.


    Qinggu Zhenjun of qingyuanzong led another army to the junction of Jiuqu League and Yunwu daze.


    Although so far, the Dali imperial army has not clashed with the foreign invaders inside.


    But its purpose is already obvious, that is, to guard against foreign invaders and treat them as enemies.


    However, it may be that the war with foreign barbarians has not ended, and the side far away from the imperial dynasty did not want to start a war on both lines, so it maintained restraint and did not take the initiative to trigger a war.


    Meng Zhang, who is paying attention to these situations, finally received the long-awaited order.


    Wen Dongzhen sent an order to him and asked him to sneak to the designated place to meet.


    Although he didn''t know why he was so mysterious, Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate, let alone resist the order.


    The internal affairs of the sect are handled by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, and the elders of the sect. There are Jin Lizhen and Shushan Zhenjun outside. Meng Zhang has nothing to worry about.


    The designated location is in a forest not far from the endless sand sea.


    Because Wen dongzhenjun specifically told us to keep our whereabouts secret.


    When Meng Zhang left the endless sand sea, he only told a few confidants, and then left secretly.


    All the way, he didn''t fly at high altitude. Instead, he preferred to slow down and use earth hiding to walk through the ground.


    When he came to the forest, Meng Zhang looked around. It seemed to be located on the territory of the East Branch altar of Huanglian sect.


    It is said that when the North sweeping army of Dali Dynasty swept up the Jiuqu League, Huang Lianjiao surrendered early with the same interest, avoiding a possible robbery.


    Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian cult, was previously used as the temporary headquarters of Jiuqu League.


    The front line of Huanglian holy mountain is also a place where the Dali imperial dynasty has been blocked for many years and the North sweeping army has shed a lot of blood.


    Although the Dali Dynasty was very generous, it looked like ignoring past grievances.


    However, as a newcomer, Huang Lianjiao is very honest for fear of causing dissatisfaction with Dali imperial dynasty.


    For such a long time, Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of Huanglian sect, has not asked anyone to contact Meng Zhang, and I don''t know how she is doing.


    With this in mind, Meng Zhang has approached the forest from the ground.


    When he cast his eyes, he really said that Cao Cao was coming.


    The forest area is small and looks nothing different.


    But in Meng Zhang''s eyes, there is a familiar atmosphere.


    Meng ZhangCai came out of the ground and swaggered into the forest in front of him.


    There was a change of light and shadow in front of him. He suddenly came to another world, and the scene changed greatly.


    On an open flat ground, several monks stood together, and some were whispering.


    These friars are the true monarch of the yuan God. Standing at the back is Xu Mengying, who has been missing for a long time.


    Meng Zhang just glanced at it and knew that the magic of shielding the forest was written by her.


    They have been together for a long time, and they have fought side by side for many times. Meng Zhang is quite familiar with her means.


    Xu Mengying, who has accomplished a lot on the magic Road, shows vivid magic skills, which makes it difficult to distinguish between true and false.


    In front of the crowd, standing is Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, he said hello very kindly, and then introduced everyone present to him.


    Surrounded by the stars and the moon, it was a big man wearing heavy armor and top armor.


    Wen Dongzhen introduced him and Meng Zhang.


    This person is the commander of this operation, marshal Wang pokong of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After so many years of confrontation with the North sweeping army, Jiuqu League also has a lot of information about the North sweeping army.


    Meng Zhang remembered that there seemed to be no such person in the North sweeping army.


    This person has the cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen. He has an extraordinary temperament. He can be the leader of action. He must be excellent.


    Sure enough, according to the introduction of dongzhenjun, marshal Wang pokong was born in the imperial forbidden army and has always been stationed in the imperial capital.


    This time, at the request of Marshal Zhang Weineng, he was secretly transferred to perform this major task.


    In addition to marshal Wang pokong, the other Yuanshen Zhenjun are not easy people.


    There are some people Meng Zhang has dealt with before.


    Hengdao Zhenjun of Dali imperial dynasty, Dong Qiang Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun of Dark Alliance branch, you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm


    When it comes to the four seas business firms, this force is indeed a businessman''s nature. What it is best at is judging the situation and steering according to the wind.


    At the beginning, Dali Imperial Court seemed to be powerful, but the four seas commercial firms mastered the inside story and knew that Ziyang Shengzong wanted to attack Dali imperial court, so they firmly stood on the side of jade sword gate and spared no effort to fight Dali imperial court.


    Later, Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, ran away. Knowing that the jade sword gate was gone, the four seas commercial firm immediately turned to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    There were strong enemies outside the imperial court. It was at the time of employment that he also accepted the refuge of Sihai commercial firms.


    Meng Zhang and you Hongzhi Zhenjun met again here. They were not embarrassed. They naturally said hello.


    In addition to these people I knew before, there are several marshals of the Dali imperial dynasty, Meng Zhang

 Chapter 869

    Meng Zhang counted roughly. There were twelve yuan God Zhenjun present.


    Regardless of their accomplishments, at least one thing is that they are basically not weak and have their own strengths. They are not the main goods in the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Everyone gathered together. Wen dongzhenjun also introduced everyone. They all knew each other.


    Next, marshal Wang pokong read out the military order.


    The military order is very simple. It is to ask him to lead this team to enter the extraterritorial void and destroy the space channel established by the extraterritorial demon and spirit families.


    Marshal Wang pokong is obviously not a good talker. Just a few words explain the general plan of action and everyone''s task.


    As soon as marshal Wang pokong''s voice fell, he heard that dongzhenjun took over and explained it in detail.


    It turned out that the foreign demon and spirit clans secretly transmitted to the Junchen world this time, and did not immediately launch a large-scale attack and expand in all directions like the previous foreign invaders, for a reason.


    They don''t know whether they have learned the historical lessons of previous failures. This time, they have obviously become smarter.


    First, they secretly occupied the place of Yunwu daze and established a secret base here.


    Then, through the established space channel, they continue to send reinforcements to the clouds and fog.


    So far, a strong force has gathered in the clouds.


    The foreign demons and spirits who originally wandered in the void near the Jun dust world have basically been transmitted to the Jun dust world.


    Now, these foreign invaders not only inform the demon and spirit tribes of other branches, but also strive to summon other foreign races to gather in the nearby void, and then transmit them to the Jun dust world through the space channel.


    If we do not stop it and allow these extraterritorial invaders to concentrate their efforts, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    With the constant supplement from the extraterritorial void, when they gather enough strength, once they launch an attack, the side far away from the imperial court may not be able to resist.


    The space passage was established by Zijin sect before, and was later destroyed by Xiao Jian''s vocal cords of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now this space passage is rebuilt on the basis of the remaining parts of the past.


    To completely destroy this space passage, we need to enter the extraterritorial void and take action from the void.


    This space passage is so important that foreign invaders will certainly take strict precautions and guard it.


    This action will certainly not avoid a big war.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng, commander-in-chief of the Dali imperial dynasty, and strong men such as Qing Yuanzong and Qing Guzhen Jun, were all closely watched by foreign invaders and were difficult to escape.


    In order to ensure the secrecy of the action, marshal Zhang Weineng not only secretly transferred Marshal Wang pokong, an expert proficient in space Avenue, from Dali imperial capital, but also most of the people dispatched this time are not experts in sweeping the North army.


    Meng Zhang had only passed through the space channel of the Zijin sect to and from the small world of the Zijin sect and the mirage secret land, and had no experience of wantonly operating in the void outside the territory.


    The main battlefield of this battle is in the extraterritorial void.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang, many true monarchs of the yuan God, especially the friars in the early days of the yuan God, do not have much experience in exploring the extraterritorial void.


    Wen dongzhenjun probably knew this situation, so he said a few more words to introduce the battlefield environment.


    In the extraterritorial void near the Jun dust world, in fact, there has always been a strong defense force.


    This defensive force is generally composed of the strong ones who return to emptiness and lead the yuan God Zhen Jun.


    All the foreign invaders who tried to enter the Junchen world, Meng Zhang listened to these secrets. Some of the mysteries in the past have now been solved.


    Then there were some new doubts in my heart.


    The track of the invasion of the demon and spirit families into the Jun dust world is clear, and the whole process is not complicated.


    But how did the foreign barbarians who invaded before appear in the Junchen world?


    Even after many wars, the number of foreign barbarian armies is still large.


    How did such a huge army avoid the eyes and ears of returning virtual power, bypass the defense line outside the Jun dust world and enter the Jun dust world?


    If the time is not right now, Meng Zhang wants to take Wen Dongzhen Jun and break the casserole to the end.


    The primary task now is to destroy the space channel of foreign invaders. It is estimated that Wen Dongzhen doesn''t have the spare time to answer Meng Zhang''s questions.


    Next, Wen dongzhenjun explained some precautions for you.


    How to adapt to the extraterritorial void environment and how to avoid the risk of extraterritorial void


    These contents are common sense for Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In particular, the yuan God Zhenjun, who has been inherited, should have a certain understanding of this, even if he has never been to the extraterritorial void.


    Having said what should be said, Wen Dongzhen shut up and it was time for everyone to take action.


    Under the leadership of Marshal Wang pokong, all the gods Zhenjun form a simple formation. Then it soared into the sky and flew high into the sky.


    In the middle, Xu Mengying used her best magic to cover everyone''s figure without any trace of Ruth.


    No wonder everyone is so cautious. The key to the success of this operation lies in surprise.


    Before the foreign invaders did not react, they destroyed the space channel in one fell swoop before they could deploy reinforcements.


    If one shot is missed and the delay is long, it may be surrounded by foreign invaders and fall into a bitter battle.


    If you fight in an extraterritorial void, you don''t have reinforcements.


    On the other hand, the foreign invaders can be continuously reinforced.


    At that time, the situation of strength and weakness will be reversed, and whether everyone can get away smoothly will be a problem.

 Chapter 870

    Marshal Wang broke the air and led the people to fly to a high altitude, and then entered the nine days.


    He led the crowd around the East and West in nine days, obviously along a specific route.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to catch up with Xu Mengying because the atmosphere in the team was serious.


    However, there are people in the team who can be trusted. He and Xu Mengying obviously feel at ease.


    Meng Zhang carefully looked at the others in the team and thought about the criteria for Dali Dynasty to choose this team.


    Others Meng Zhang was not particularly clear, but he himself had the experience of fighting foreign invaders and was proficient in space Avenue.


    With the drag of the sect, he can''t turn over on the battlefield.


    In this way, although Meng Zhang is not a direct line of the imperial dynasty, he is still a reliable combat force in this mission.


    Meng Zhang was not slow at all when he was thinking in his mind, and firmly followed the brigade.


    This is still a chaos in Meng Zhang''s nine days. It is difficult to distinguish the terrain. Moreover, the terrain is also changing at any time, which requires special methods to locate within nine days.


    Meng Zhang learned from the Taiyi gate, and the positioning method he obtained is not clever, but can be used.


    Such a large group of Yuanshen Zhenjun will go out together. As long as they don''t deliberately cause trouble, they won''t encounter much trouble if they don''t walk sideways within nine days.


    Those powerful cloud beast groups, sensing the breath of so many strong people, have long been interested in avoiding them.


    In the nine days, because there is no sun, moon and stars, it is difficult to distinguish the passage of time. Meng Zhang silently counted that their team had entered nine days for more than ten days.


    Marshal Wang pokong''s route was obviously specially selected.


    Along the way, we not only avoided all kinds of dangerous places in nine days, but also met no obstacles.


    Until the end, the team came to the front of a river, and Wang pokong suddenly stopped.


    As soon as he stopped moving, the crowd stopped.


    Wang pokong respectfully saluted the sky ahead, then took out a box and threw it out heavily.


    "The king of Dali Dynasty broke the sky and led his subordinates to travel in the void. Please pay a visit."


    The box suddenly disappeared in front, and Wang Po Kong''s not high voice echoed faintly in front.


    "How come it''s a long way from the imperial dynasty. Your people go in and out of the void very often these days."


    A voice sounded in the air. Then, before Wang broke the air to respond, a pilian fell from the air, turned into a ribbon and fell over the river, just like a bridge floating in the air.


    "Thank you, master." Wang Po Kong saluted and flew onto the ribbon first. Then run quickly on the ribbon and go ahead.


    "Hurry up."


    Wen Dongzhen urged everyone in a low voice.


    "That river is a special prohibition, which can isolate the void and nine days. If there is no senior''s permission, you and my generation can''t break through it."


    Wen dongzhenjun explained and flew onto the ribbon.


    They all learned from Wang''s actions and crossed the river together.


    From the skillful movements of Wang pokong and Wen Dongzhen Jun, it is obvious that they are not the river ahead. The sand grains are floating in the river, mixed with countless light spots, just like the river flowing.


    Meng Zhang was about to take a closer look. Suddenly, an endless light came into his eyes, which made his eyes tingle.


    Meng Zhang quickly received his magic power, closed his eyes and turned his head. Only then did he feel a little better.


    "It''s another hick who doesn''t know how to live or die." Meng Zhang heard a light laugh.


    Meng Zhang dared not delay. He crossed the river with everyone and left here.


    After the people crossed the river, the ribbon turned into a pilian again and flew back into the air.


    Wang pokong led everyone forward and continued to fly out for a not too short distance. Everyone felt a whirl of heaven and earth. Then all the original scenery around disappeared, and they appeared in the endless void.


    Meng Zhang is not the original. Within nine days, every channel that leaves for nine days to go to the extraterritorial void is basically guarded.


    In principle, those who guard these channels should all return to virtual power.


    But how precious is the time to return to virtual power, and how can it be wasted on such things.


    Therefore, those guarding these channels are either Yuanshen friars of the nephew generation who return to virtual power, or Yuanshen Zhenjun who is captured.


    The cultivation and seniority of the guy who just dealt with them may not be better than everyone in the team.


    It''s just that on the one hand, people have the power and responsibility of guarding, and on the other hand, it has something to do with the great power of returning to emptiness.


    That''s why Wang Po Kong''s attitude was so low and bribed him with benefits.


    As for the prohibition of the river style, it is set by the great power of returning to emptiness. Of course, it is arranged to prevent others from prying.


    Meng Zhang was inexperienced, so he suffered a dark loss.


    Wen dongzhenjun, since he wants to make good friends with Meng Zhang, of course, he takes the opportunity to mention him.


    Taiyi gate has been handed down to this day. There are not enough classics in the gate, and there are no powerful elders alive.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang knew nothing about the high-level secrets of the cultivation world.


    Wen Dongzhen told Meng Zhang one by one that he didn''t hide anything. He would go in and out of the nine days and go to the empty gate outside the territory.


    There are many routes leading to the extraterritorial void within nine days, but at the junction with the extraterritorial void, there are prohibitions for returning to the virtual power, which are guarded by specially assigned personnel.


    Generally speaking, as long as the yuan God Zhenjun, who has a name and a surname and has a heel, has a respectful attitude and takes out benefits, he will not be embarrassed by the guard.


    Of course, Dali made many enemies during the rise of the imperial dynasty.


    The troops who are far away from the imperial dynasty naturally have to avoid the passage guarded by their enemies.


    For example, Ziyang Shengzong has a channel responsible for guarding.


    If the friar of Dali imperial dynasty is stupid and bumps into the hands of the friar Ziyang Shengzong, it''s light to have no door to enter.


    Fearing that the friars of Ziyang Shengzong would take revenge for public and private affairs, they used the prohibition to make the friars of Dali imperial court suffer enough.


    A single conversation with a wise man is worth a month¡¯s study of books.


    No matter what purpose Wen Dongzhen held, Meng Zhang benefited a lot from his guidance.

 Chapter 871

    Wang pokong led the people forward for a long distance. After nine days, he took out a shuttle the size of a palm.


    The shuttle was thrown to the front and turned into a flying shuttle less than ten feet.


    The flying shuttle has exquisite shape and simple appearance.


    The flying tools used in the void are far more than ordinary flying boats in all aspects. It has special functions and needs special means to build.


    Not to mention anything else, speed alone is a flying tool that can be used in the extraterritorial void, and the flying speed is at least better than the general Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Wang pokong took the people to the shuttle, and then manipulated the shuttle to fly forward.


    I saw the shuttle turn into a streamer and move forward rapidly in the void.


    Before Wang pokong led the people to take action, the Dali Dynasty had already sent scouts to find out the relevant situation of the space channel.


    The space channel established by foreign invaders was rebuilt on the basis of the space channel of Zijin school.


    The fulcrum of the space channel is on the small world opened up by the Zijin school.


    Wang pokong led this team. As long as they enter the small world of Zijin sect and destroy those fulcrums, the space channel will naturally collapse and can no longer be repaired.


    Meng Zhang had been to the small world of Zijin sect before, but it was transmitted directly through space channels.


    It is not clear where it is in the void.


    The side of Dali imperial court is really powerful. He inquired into all kinds of situations in advance and waited for this team to attack.


    The speed of the flying shuttle was so fast that only light spots could be seen flashing in the void, and then the flying shuttle disappeared.


    Without this special shuttle, it would take at least three or five months to get to the small world of Zijin sect, even if Meng Zhang and his team were on their way at their flying speed without much rest.


    In fact, taking the void as the scale, the small world is not too far from the Jun dust world.


    According to the division method prevailing in the void, this small world belongs to the sphere of influence of the Jun dust world and can be regarded as a branch of the Jun dust world.


    The scenery of the void outside the territory looks rough and very monotonous, except for darkness.


    There was nothing around, as if there was nothing.


    Those with better eyesight can vaguely see the stars in the distance.


    These stars seem within reach. But at the speed of this shuttle, even if it flies for thousands of years, it may not be able to reach its destination.


    As for the other parts hidden in the void, because the shuttle is moving too fast, all the people above have no time to search slowly.


    Meng Zhang looked at the void outside and was a little stunned.


    When you enter the middle stage of Yuanshen, the essence of the nine days is useless to you. You must go into the void and search for Yuqing LINGJI for cultivation.


    Of course, many of the early friars of Yuanshen had already entered the void exploration.


    In the early days of Yuanshen, if you have conditions, you can certainly use Yuqing LINGJI to practice, and the effect is better than the essence of nine days.


    Meng Zhang has read many records about extraterritorial emptiness from some inheritance books of taiyimen before.


    Now I have heard that dongzhenjun is explaining on one side, which can be regarded as checking leaks and filling vacancies, and has increased a lot of knowledge.


    The shuttle flew in the void for more than ten days. When it was close to the target, I heard that dongzhenjun stopped talking and his face became serious.


    Although there was some explanation before departure, they assigned their tasks.


    But before the war, people like Wang pokong, who didn''t speak much, still said a few more words and stressed it again to make everyone pay more attention.


    Wen dongzhenjun and Wang pokong finished and added a few words.


    Dali imperial court always had strict military law and paid the most attention to military merit.


    This time, it is a very important action that has a bearing on the overall situation.


    Everyone needs to move forward bravely. It is absolutely not allowed to fear and avoid war.


    Those who have done meritorious deeds will be rewarded, those who have done wrong will be punished, and even the forces behind them will be implicated.


    All the people present were understanding people. Wen dongzhenjun didn''t say much, but just ordered a few words. I believe everyone should understand.


    The shuttle''s speed began to slow down as it was about to reach its destination.


    When the flying speed of the shuttle dropped soon, the shuttle suddenly disappeared and completely integrated into the extraterritorial void.


    After the shuttle became invisible, everyone on the shuttle obviously felt that their family seemed to be in another world and completely separated from the extraterritorial void.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart that the deep foundation of Dali imperial dynasty can be seen from this small flying shuttle.


    Not to mention the Taiyi gate, even the Qiqiao sect, a neighbor of the Taiyi gate, may not have the ability to build such flying shuttles.


    The invisible shuttle continued to move forward. In the void ahead, several figures flew by from time to time and shuttled back and forth around.


    This is the fourth level strongman of demon family and spirit family, that is, demon king or spirit king.


    The upper levels of the two races also knew the importance of this space channel, so they arranged very tight defense.


    On weekdays, the demon king and spirit king, who are high above each other and command one side, are arranged to work hard and patrol around.


    The extraterritorial void is vast and boundless, and there is no shelter in the void.


    Unless it is a fifth order strong man, it is equivalent to the existence of Terran return virtual power. Otherwise, it seems that no matter how tight the protection is, there are unavoidable loopholes.


    With the shuttle getting closer and closer to the small world, Meng Zhang and others can clearly see the shape of the small world.


    This is not the first time Meng Zhang has seen this small world.


    Apart from other things, there are many thick lights on the periphery of the small world, forming a huge network that envelops the whole small world.


    The shuttle soon flew into the huge net.


    The shuttle shuttled flexibly through the huge net without touching any light.


    The shuttle passed through the huge net lightly and finally came to the edge of the small world.


    At the edge of the small world, there are still a group of demon kings and spirit kings flying back and forth and doing patrol work dutifully.


    "Do it."


    At the command of Wang pokong, the shuttle suddenly took shape in the air, and then the twelve yuan gods Zhenjun on the shuttle suddenly jumped out, like a tiger down the mountain, and rushed to the small world ahead.

 Chapter 872

    The reason why the Dali Dynasty sent Wang pokong as the commander this time is that he is proficient in space Avenue and can play a miraculous effect on this battlefield.


    He did live up to his expectations. His first move was a big move to lay a victory.


    A huge bead appeared on Wang pokong''s head.


    The bead seemed to have life, just like the heart of a living person. It shook regularly.


    With the shaking of the ball, the surrounding space also shakes up.


    Soon, the whole small world began to shake.


    When the people appeared, the demon king and spirit king who were patrolling around immediately reacted.


    After Wang pokong began to cast spells, the rest of the team shot to intercept nearby enemies.


    The spell casting movement was too loud, and the patrol in the distance was also disturbed.


    A famous demon king and spirit king flew here desperately.


    They can''t see through the king''s means of breaking the air, but they know they can''t let him do it.


    Meng Zhang''s target is a demon king with a pig head.


    As soon as he made a move, the yin-yang Avenue cooperated with the sun moon Avenue. In the endless light of the sun and moon, mixed with black-and-white airflow, he poured into the demon king.


    The demon king, who Meng Zhang didn''t even know his name, was frightened by Meng Zhang''s big pen.


    It is too powerful to mobilize the power of the Avenue on such a large scale.


    As soon as he handed it in, he obviously couldn''t resist and began to shrink back.


    Among the foreign demon families, there are many brave warriors who are not afraid of life and death, as well as those who are wise and unwilling to take risks easily.


    Knowing that he was not an opponent, the demon king symbolically resisted several moves and took the initiative to retreat to avoid being entangled by Meng Zhang.


    According to the arrangement before the war, the main goal of the people now is to cover the king to break through the air and cast spells.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean to chase after the victory, but flew around the king to block the enemy''s approach.


    With Wang pokong''s spell casting, the inside of the small world has long been a doomsday scene.


    Earth shaking, earth breaking, mountains collapsing, land subsidence


    Over the small world, there are six huge black holes.


    Between black holes, there are thin wires.


    Between the six black holes is a looming portal.


    That portal is the space channel directly leading to the Jun dust world, and the six black holes are the six fulcrums of the space channel.


    Wang pokong''s Taoism mobilized the power of the space Avenue, not only made the space channel and fulcrum visible, but also caused some damage to it.


    There is no need for Wang pokong''s order. After the fulcrum appears, everyone''s goal changes, that is, destroy it as soon as possible at all costs.


    Meng Zhang moves the fastest. As soon as his figure flashes and moves in space, he appears next to a black hole.


    The black-and-white mixed airflow hit the black hole heavily.


    The black hole shook violently, and it would collapse completely if it saw another two or three times at most.


    The guy who was pushed back by Meng Zhang was a little afraid of Meng Zhang, but when he thought of the consequences of poor defense, he had to rush over here.


    This guy also tried his best this time. He directly showed his original shape, turned into a huge wild boar and hit Meng Zhang hard.


    Meng Zhang seemed stunned and did not dodge in his place.


    The wild boar didn''t think much and hit it desperately.


    After a loud noise, the wild boar not only didn''t hit Meng Zhang, but hit the black hole.


    The black hole shook violently again, and the huge wild boar was dizzy and unstable.


    Meng Zhang''s figure appeared behind the boar, raised the spirit snake spear in his hand, and stabbed it gently.


    A scream like killing a pig sounded, and a huge blood hole appeared on the wild boar.


    Xu Mengying continued to cast the spell with her hands in the distance.


    Just now, she used her magic to deceive the boar''s perception and make it find the wrong target.


    The seriously injured boar twisted his body desperately and rushed around.


    However, confused by Xu Mengying''s illusion, each collision not only did not hit Meng Zhang, but also hit the black hole, shaking this important fulcrum.


    After some tossing, Meng Zhang was kind and ended his life with a spirit snake spear.


    The spirit snake spear opened and killed a demon king alive.


    Looking at the spirit snake spear without any change, Meng Zhang knew that killing a strong person at the level of Yuanshen alone was not enough to advance the spirit snake spear.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that his simple cooperation with Xu Mengying could produce such a great effect.


    After killing the demon king who stopped him, Meng Zhang showed Yin and Yang, smashed the black hole and destroyed a fulcrum.


    Meng Zhang did not stop at this point, but made persistent efforts and flew to the next goal with Xu Mengying.


    There are less than ten demon kings and spirit kings patrolling and defending in the small world.


    A little farther away, there are seven or eight demon kings and spirit kings patrolling.


    Although they tried their best to fly this way, they were still a step slow.


    The high-level of the demon family and the spirit family never expected that Dali''s intelligence ability would be so amazing that he could clearly touch their details and everything related to space channels.


    The Dali imperial court is also very decisive.


    After receiving accurate information, he immediately organized a powerful force to attack the void outside the territory.


    You know, a full twelve true monarchs are not a force that can be easily taken out.


    According to Meng Zhang, even in the heyday of qingyuanzong and yujianmen, there were not so many yuan gods and real kings in any family.


    Zhenjun, the protoss of the Terran, made a sudden attack with the force of thunder. Before the demon family and spirit family reacted, he broke through the defense and destroyed six fulcrums.


    With the destruction of the six black holes, the huge space portal began to blur, as if it would disappear at any time.


    The demon king and spirit king guarding here were killed by three people.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying cooperate to kill a demon king.


    A spirit king, a fourth rank Jinling, who was badly wounded by the true king of the horizontal sword, was also successfully killed by Meng Zhang with a spirit snake spear.


    The fulcrum was destroyed and the space channel began to collapse.


    Several demon kings and spirit kings flying from a distance roared angrily.


    With the strength of this Terran team, even if you stay and continue to fight with the enemy, you may not lose.


    Meng Zhang is determined to continue fighting and look for opportunities to kill several more enemies.


    However, Wang pokong, the leader of the team, always kept a clear mind.


    When the operational objectives are achieved, there is no need to continue entanglement with the enemy and engage in meaningless combat.


    He said hello, the dominant human God Zhenjun left the battle one after another and followed him to the flying shuttle.


    After the crowd gathered, the shuttle flew away in such a swagger.


    Different from the time of arrival, the shuttle doesn''t have to hide its tracks after the task is completed.

 Chapter 873

    All Terran gods enter the flying shuttle, the flying shuttle starts, the light and shadow flash, and the flying shuttle disappears.


    So many demon kings and Lingwang Leng didn''t react. I don''t know whether to catch up.


    Of course, at their speed, even the demon king who is best at flying is far from catching up with the flying shuttle.


    The fulcrum was destroyed and the space channel collapsed. How to deal with the aftermath, all the demon kings and spirit kings present were at a loss.


    On the way back, the shuttle had no words all the way, and returned to nine days away with the wind and water.


    Then it''s the same procedure. Please go out of the guard, communicate briefly, and enter nine days.


    Then I walked around in nine days and finally returned to the high altitude of the Jun dust world.


    When you come back, you don''t have to hide your whereabouts.


    Wen dongzhenjun simply explained a few words, and the team dissolved and went back to their homes.


    Until this time, Meng Zhang was a little shocked by the means of the Dali Dynasty.


    Obtain accurate information in advance, take advantage of the weakness and launch an attack with great momentum. It''s really clever to hit well and escape immediately.


    Among them, there are many things worth learning from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying flew in the same direction. They flew far away. They stopped to catch up with the past slowly.


    According to the standard of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Xu Mengying is not old, but when it comes to being smart and decisive, she is still above Meng Zhang.


    She is now the leader of the Huanglian sect and holds the post of saint. She holds the power of the Huanglian sect and completely controls the sect with a long history.


    After discovering that the jade sword gate was gone, I happened to hear that dongzhenjun was secretly moving in Jiuqu League to recruit and subdue traitors.


    Facing the favorable conditions offered by Wen Dongzhen, Xu Mengying did not hesitate to turn to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In these years, Huang Lianjiao has even experienced many disturbances. Internal division, internal strife, pressure and so on, but when it comes to the inside information, it is still on the Taiyi gate.


    With the help of Jin Lizhen and Shushan Zhenjun, Taiyi sect is much better than Huanglian sect in terms of top-level combat power. However, in terms of the number of disciples and resources, it is not as good as Huanglian sect.


    Xu Mengying is a female generation, but Meng Zhang is ashamed of her decision.


    After she led Huang Lianjiao to take refuge in Dali Dynasty, she actively helped Dali Dynasty stabilize the situation and control the north of Jiuqu League.


    Therefore, the Huanglian sect not only retained its original sphere of influence, but also gained a little from the storm.


    As for the internal problems of Huanglian cult, they began to be solved gradually after Xu Mengying achieved the true monarch of the yuan God and Yue Feng died.


    During the confrontation between Jiuqu League and Dali Dynasty, Xu Mengying subdued all internal opposition forces and integrated the whole Huanglian religion again by taking advantage of the power of yujianmen.


    Although the Huanglian cult suffered heavy losses in the battle with the North sweeping army of Dali imperial dynasty. But as long as the foundation is not lost, these losses will be made up sooner or later.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are not only talking about the past, but also exchanging information and listening to each other''s views.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, they both have the same concerns.


    Dali emperor and Holy Land Sect are enemies, and may not be able to laugh to the end.


    Both taiyimen and Huanglian sect need to plan ahead and reserve a way back for themselves. They can''t hang from a tree in Dali imperial dynasty.


    On the contrary, after the destruction of the space channel, the extraterritorial invaders in the fog have become rootless trees and passive water, which is not enough.


    They talked for a long time and agreed that Huang Lianjiao and taiyimen would watch and help each other before saying goodbye to each other.


    There are many places where the two sects can cooperate. Their disciples will naturally discuss the specific details of cooperation.


    After Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain, the army of taiyimen friars had gathered, but he didn''t wait for commander Zhang Weineng''s military order. He didn''t know when he would enter the Yuantu prairie.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned, he received a token and a list brought by Wen Dongzhen.


    He took the initiative to join the Dali Dynasty and retained his semi independent status. Although he did not enter the bureaucratic system of Dali Dynasty, he was also a member of Dali Dynasty.


    The token looks ordinary and plays a great role.


    Can prove Meng Zhang''s identity; You can directly accept orders from the top of the Dali Dynasty.


    Of course, only in an emergency, the high level of Dali imperial court will directly order Meng Zhang through a token.


    On weekdays, the transmission of orders should be carried out layer by layer according to the hierarchy of Dali Dynasty, and formal procedures and procedures are required.


    On the token, Meng Zhang''s military merit points are recorded.


    He joined the imperial court not long ago and was only called up once.


    Of course, because of the importance of this operation, Meng Zhang himself also performed well and obtained a lot of military merit points, a full 300 points.


    On that list, various items that can be exchanged for military merit are recorded.


    Spiritual stones, elixirs, classics and even territories can be exchanged with military skill points.


    Of course, because Meng Zhang is a new generation, has not been tested, and is not very far from the trust of the imperial court.


    The items on this list are reserved.


    The real treasures are kept in the secret storehouse of Dali imperial palace and recorded on other lists.


    If Meng Zhang worked hard for the Dali Dynasty and accumulated enough military merit, he might have the opportunity to contact.


    Meng Zhang looked at this dazzling list and was amazed.


    Dali''s prosperity and development far exceeded the Jiuqu League.


    Many scarce items in Jiuqu league are ordinary things in Dali Dynasty.


    Many of the items on this list play a great role not only for Meng Zhang himself, but also for the whole Taiyi gate.


    In this way, it is not a bad thing to be included in the system of Dali Dynasty.


    Although Dali Dynasty is not as rich in resources as the Middle Earth continent with highly developed Xiuzhen civilization.


    However, its productivity level is not low and is catching up. Compared with Jiuqu League, that is the difference between metropolis and poor countryside.


    Meng Zhang can imagine now that with the step-by-step integration of Jiuqu alliance into Dali imperial dynasty, it will usher in earth shaking changes.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to exchange. Military skill points are not easy to get. They need to be used on the blade.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that they had destroyed the space channel and killed several demon kings and spirit kings.


    But those guys in the fog were really calm, and there was no sign of revenge at all.


    These foreign invaders are really good at it.


    However, they hid in the fog and did not come out, and there seemed to be no trend to rush in and wipe them out.

 Chapter 874

    Meng Zhang couldn''t understand the next development of the surrounding situation.


    The foreign invaders in the fog daze stayed still and did not launch an attack on the Dali imperial court.


    The space channel was destroyed, and the fourth-order strongman of the clan was killed. Such hatred can be endured. Are they all born of the turtle clan?


    Foreign barbarians, who have always been rough tempered, belligerent and murderous, even began to retreat after several unfavorable attacks.


    You know, foreign barbarians are famous for their bravery. It is rare to retreat when there is no obvious downwind.


    When the foreign barbarian army retreated, its military capacity was neat, and its strength did not suffer a great loss.


    Seeing that there was no loophole to find, Dali left the imperial dynasty to retreat.


    The foreign barbarian army retreated from Jiuqu League step by step until it withdrew to Yuantu grassland.


    The barbarians outside the region established a defense line at the junction of Yuantu prairie and Jiuqu League, and then could not defend it. They had no intention of taking the initiative to attack at all.


    The Dali Dynasty seemed to accept the current situation of Yunwu daze and Yuantu prairie, and had no intention of crusading against these two places.


    Meng Zhang also waited for the long-awaited military order, but instead of asking the taiyimen army to enter the Yuantu prairie, he asked him to stand still and not easily step into the Yuantu prairie.


    The army of friars gathered at Taiyi gate began to dissolve and the war readiness began to be lifted.


    Although Meng Zhang ordered to dismiss the army of friars of taiyimen, he was not confident enough.


    Because the space passage has been completely destroyed, there is no need to pay extra attention to the mirage secret place.


    Meng Zhang transferred the Jindan friars who had been stationed in the mirage secret place back and asked them to organize several capable patrol teams to closely patrol the endless sand sea and the boundary of Yuantu prairie.


    When necessary, you can even organize a scouting team to explore the Yuantu prairie.


    Of course, you must be careful enough not to disturb the barbarians outside the territory.


    After making these arrangements, Meng Zhang was still a little worried.


    He personally flew to the border and even went deep into the Yuantu prairie for a long distance, but he didn''t find any trace of barbarians outside the territory.


    It seems that the foreign barbarians have begun to shrink their power.


    In the direction of endless sand sea, no precautions are arranged.


    It seems that taiyimen doesn''t have to worry about the threat from Yuantu prairie for the time being.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who takes the world as his own responsibility.


    Whether it''s a foreign barbarian or a demon, naturally there are experts in the cultivation world to take care of it, which has little to do with a little monk like him.


    It''s a good thing to avoid a big war and avoid casualties among sect disciples.


    In this way, the Jiuqu League has restored peace again, and the aftermath of the previous war is slowly dissipating. The whole Jiuqu League area began to calm down.


    The Dali Dynasty had no intention of using troops externally, so it had more time and energy to clean up the interior.


    The Dali imperial court issued a resolution to change the name of the whole Jiuqu League region into Jiuqu province.


    Apart from other provinces, the size of Jiuqu province can be ranked among all provinces in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng was appointed the first governor of Jiuqu province.


    The original North sweeping army was renamed Zhenbei army, and Zhang Weineng was also the commander.


    In addition to transferring some forces to return to the mainland of the imperial dynasty, the structure of the army has also been adjusted on a large scale.


    In addition to retaining some elite and concentrating them as mobile forces. The army was divided into small teams and stationed in important places in Jiuqu province.


    In addition, marshal Zhang Weineng also recruited some friars of major monastic forces and formed a new army of friars.


    The friar army is a garrison and is also divided into teams. Garrison all parts of Jiuqu Province, responsible for daily defense and patrol, and also responsible for bomb suppression.


    Jiuqu city is the capital of Jiuqu province.


    The new Jiuqu provincial governor''s office obviously pays more attention to the south of Jiuqu League.


    The territory of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province is divided into two categories.


    One is that Dali was under the direct command of the imperial court, and the imperial court sent officials to govern.


    The other belongs to the major Xiuzhen forces, nominally affiliated to the Dali imperial dynasty, but maintaining a semi independent status.


    As long as they obey the laws of the Dali Dynasty and fulfill their various obligations, such as paying taxes and responding to recruitment, the Dali Dynasty has no more requirements for them.


    In order to settle the Jiuqu League as soon as possible, Dali imperial court offered very loose conditions to recruit and subdue traitors, which caused this situation.


    In the Dali Dynasty, this situation is also very rare.


    The consistent policy of the Dali imperial court is to suppress and completely tame the major cultivation forces.


    The unique situation of Jiuqu province is very eye-catching in the Dali Dynasty. Zhang Weineng, commander-in-chief, also attracted many attacks.


    Fortunately, the Dali dynasty still attached great importance to credibility, and everyone made a pledge.


    If there are no special changes, we don''t have to worry that Dali Dynasty will violate the agreement.


    To some extent, it is a good thing for many practitioners to bring the vast area of Jiuqu League into the rule of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After the situation in Jiuqu province became stable, all kinds of exchanges with Dali imperial mainland, especially commerce and trade, not only recovered rapidly, but also developed at a high speed.


    Caravans traveled thousands of miles from Dali to Jiuqu province.


    The abundance of goods carried by these caravans was beyond everyone''s imagination. Let these local steamed stuffed buns of Jiuqu province see what the top forces in the cultivation world should have.


    In the original Jiuqu League, the level of alchemy, utensils and talismans was poor, and the output was not high.


    High quality goods from the Dali Dynasty soon seized the market.


    The market of Jiuqu province suddenly became extremely prosperous and lively.


    In terms of magic tools alone, besides the fourth-order magic tools, there are a wide variety of third-order and lower magic tools, including many high-quality products.


    The situation is similar to that of talismans and pills.


    Take zhujidan as an example. In the past, it was an important strategic material in Jiuqu League, and it was often impossible to buy it with money.


    The distribution of Zhu Jidan is an important means for major Xiuzhen forces to balance their internal interests and control their subordinates.


    Even if a small amount of Jidan occasionally falls on the market, the price is very high.


    However, with the arrival of Dali imperial caravan, zhujidan was not popular, at least not so rare.


    Although it is also expensive, it has at least a stable source. And you only need to pay enough Lingshi, and you can buy it without extra cost.


    These caravans from the Dali Dynasty were also wantonly purchased by Jiuqu provinces.


    The acquisition objects include miraculous drugs, minerals, heaven and earth miraculous objects, etc.


    These caravans are obviously not thinking of leaving with a handful of money, but are ready to take root here.


    They set up branches here, took part in the operation of local markets, and quickly penetrated into all aspects.

 Chapter 875

    In a twinkling of an eye, the Jiuqu League has become a Jiuqu province for ten years.


    There may be many disputes in other directions from the imperial dynasty. In Jiuqu Province, it has been developing steadily for ten years.


    When the Jiuqu alliance officially became the territory of the Dali Dynasty and was subsequently incorporated into the Dali Dynasty''s business system, Meng Zhang still had some illusions about whether taiyimen could catch up with the Dali Dynasty and make achievements in business.


    After all, taiyimen has two vast territories: endless sand sea and Gobi. Although it''s a little barren, it can''t stand. The territory has a large area, rich types of resources and a large number.


    Especially important, after years of careful building by Meng Zhang, a good production capacity has been formed in the door.


    Fu Tang, Qi Tang, Dan Tang and Yu beast Tang all have rich products. It can not only meet the needs of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, but also be sold out.


    Taiyi sect has a large number of disciples, including talents who are proficient in business and trade. After the key training of the sect, you can fully shoulder the important task.


    When Jiuqu alliance was still in existence, taiyimen vigorously developed its own business within Jiuqu alliance.


    In addition to setting up businesses in various places, it also organized many caravans to trade back and forth.


    Unfortunately, when taiyimen first joined Jiuqu League, it was just a jindanzong gate. Even with the protection of Jin Lizhen, it can not be compared with the real Yuanshen sect.


    To develop commerce and trade in the cultivation world, we should not only compare everyone''s commercial means, but also look at their family background and details. When necessary, we should have enough powerful force.


    Taiyimen has made great efforts to develop, but it has also achieved some results.


    Especially after Meng Zhang became the yuan God, he thought he could show his strength.


    However, when the situation of Jiuqu League changed, the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect were about to break up.


    Taiyimen had to shrink all the southern forces of the Jiuqu alliance back to the north.


    The business environment and prosperity in the north are far inferior to those in the north.


    Now Jiuqu League has become a Jiuqu province. Meng Zhang feels that a stable environment will certainly help businessmen.


    Meng Zhang''s goal is not high. First, he hopes to restore the previous layout in the south, and then slowly extend the commercial power to the hengjue mountains.


    Jiuqu province and hengjue mountain range are now far away from the territory of the imperial dynasty. Personnel can flow freely, and business exchanges have long been restored.


    Of course, it would be perfect if the taiyimen caravan could enter the local merchants of Dali imperial dynasty one day.


    Meng Zhang''s heart is making wishful plans. The commercial power from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty has fiercely attacked and defeated the original commercial power of Jiuqu League.


    Richer products and lower prices.


    In the past, there were high-level pills and magic tools that could not be found in Jiuqu League... It seemed that they were everywhere at once.


    What do the merchants of Jiuqu League take to compete with others?


    Like the famous alchemy sect changchunguan in Jiuqu League, it was originally famous for being good at refining pills. All kinds of pills produced by it sell well in the north and south of Jiuqu League.


    But in the Dali Dynasty, there were some brilliant alchemists.


    Changchunguan is regarded as the fundamental alchemy secret of the sect. In the Dali Dynasty, it is not a well-known common sense, nor is it brilliant.


    The pill that can be refined by changchunguan can be refined by others, with lower cost and better quality.


    A large number of low-cost and high-quality pills poured in, which suddenly burst the original pill Market.


    Changchunguan soon fell into a strange circle that making is better than buying.


    The cost of refining pills is high and the quality is not as good as others.


    Every furnace of pills is lost.


    If it were not for the changchunguan itself, there would be many miraculous medicine gardens. Many miraculous medicines could be self-sufficient. I''m afraid they would have gone bankrupt long ago.


    Even so, the prestige of changchunguan is no longer, and the days become much harder.


    The original alchemists have no work to do, and the cost of training new alchemists becomes more expensive.


    Many people in zongmen suggested that changchunguan simply give up alchemy and don''t train any alchemists. Instead, he should focus all his energy on cultivating and planting miraculous drugs and be an honest material supplier.


    In any case, it is quite generous for these merchants in Dali Dynasty to purchase materials such as miraculous drugs.


    The immortal Mu RI, the Lord of the changchunguan temple, is very far sighted. He not only refutes these people, but also strongly advocates that the tradition of alchemy in the changchunguan Temple must not be discarded.


    The pills refined by changchunguan have no market outside, so they are all digested inside the sect.


    In a word, changchunguan must have the ability to refine pills.


    Similar to the changchunguan, it is happening everywhere in Jiuqu province.


    However, not all the leaders of the Xiuzhen forces have the vision and courage of the real person changchunguan Muri.


    Many Xiuzhen forces with insufficient inside information and poor financial resources have voluntarily given up their production capacity and turned to honestly operate their own spiritual field and spiritual medicine Park, willing to be a material supplier.


    As a result, the number of lingnongs increased greatly above the boundary of Jiuqu province.


    At this time, these merchants from Dali Dynasty offered high prices to recruit excellent alchemists and tool refiners in Jiuqu province.


    In the face of temptation, not to mention casual cultivation, even such talents from many Xiuzhen families and zongmen have invested a lot in the arms of merchants from the imperial dynasty.


    Even, because of the obstruction of the family and clan, many rebellious incidents have been caused.


    These merchants from the Dali Dynasty have backers behind them.


    These backers were deeply rooted in Dali Dynasty and had strong strength. Definitely not a bunch of new comers who dare to offend easily.


    In fact, in the face of crazy foreign trade forces, some local forces in Jiuqu province have made crooked ideas by competing with normal trade means.


    But whether it''s black or white, the right way or the left way, foreign strong dragons can easily subdue these local snakes.


    In the face of strong foreign trade forces, Meng Zhang''s plan was stillborn before it was implemented.


    Taiyimen is not a competitor in the market.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who goes all the way to black.


    Since you can''t fight others, stay away from them.


    Anyway, there are many disciples of Taiyi sect, and Hanhai Taoist League under control has many monks.


    A large part of the pills, talismans, etc. made by taiyimen can be digested internally.


    The surplus can also be stored temporarily.


    Now peace has been restored in Jiuqu Province, but who knows how long peace can last.


    As soon as the war starts, the consumption of pills, runes and other books is massive.


    Taiyimen, let alone for sale, may not be enough at home.


    Moreover, taiyimen territory is also rich in resource production. On the premise of ensuring their own use, they can sell some resources to these businesses. There is no need to fight others.

 Chapter 876

    Meng Zhang may not think that Taiyi sect is already a powerful and prestigious sect among the local forces of Jiuqu province.


    Taiyimen all take the initiative to retreat and do not conflict with foreign strong dragons, so there are not many Xiuzhen forces who dare to resist.


    In fact, these river crossing Raptors from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty have a deep background and unpredictable strength.


    They always act bravely and diligently, are used to chasing after the victory, and will never take the initiative to give in, let alone show mercy.


    Meng Zhang soon received the news that these foreign forces were ready to rebuild the Danshi guild and re regulate the danyao market in Jiuqu province.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, there are Dan master guilds in almost every place.


    The original intention of establishing the elixir guild is to avoid the passive elixir flowing into the practitioners and causing large-scale disaster.


    However, later, the Danshi guild completely deteriorated and became a means for local Xiuzhen overlords to monopolize the local danyao market.


    Fei hongzong, the original overlord of the endless sand sea, established the Dan division guild.


    Only the Xiuzhen forces allowed by Feihong sect are eligible to join them.


    Only Dan medicine approved by the Dan division guild can be officially circulated on the market.


    All privately made pills that have not been approved by the Dan division guild will be confiscated immediately once seized, and relevant personnel will be severely punished.


    After taiyimen became the overlord of endless sand sea, it also retained this organization, but the leader was replaced by taiyimen itself.


    This will not only help taiyimen rule, but also help taiyimen control the pill Market.


    After taiyimen joined Jiuqu League, it also took a lot of twists and turns and paid a lot of price to join the Danshi guild of Jiuqu League, which has the power to sell pills to others.


    According to the regulations of the Dan master guild, every time taiyimen sells a batch of pills in Jiuqu League, they must pay a spirit stone to the Dan master guild.


    Later, after a series of changes in Jiuqu League, the Dan division guild existed in name only, and no Xiuzhen force would pay attention to these regulations.


    If these foreign forces from Dali Dynasty achieved their own goal and rebuilt the Dan division guild, they will gradually control the pill Market of Jiuqu League.


    I''m afraid the pills produced by the sect of Taiyi gate can''t circulate openly in the market.


    Although Meng Zhang is dissatisfied with this, he can barely bear it.


    What he is really worried about is that these foreign forces advance by an inch, control the circulation of pills, and then control runes and magic tools


    In the end, even control the circulation of all miraculous drugs and materials.


    In the cultivation world, almost every family may have had such a dream.


    You can produce all the necessary miraculous medicines and materials on your own clan territory


    Inside the sect, you can refine all the necessary pills and talismans


    In this way, even if the whole sect door is completely closed, it can be self-sufficient without any contact with the outside world.


    Meng Zhang also had such illusions, and knew that they could only be illusions.


    There are countless miraculous medicines and materials in the cultivation world.


    These things are produced in different environments and are distributed all over the world. No matter which clan, they can''t be completely controlled.


    Don''t say it''s the sect gate of Taiyi gate. Even the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword gate in their heyday can''t be closed to be an independent kingdom. They must search for all kinds of materials.


    In terms of miraculous drugs alone, taiyimen territory is so vast. There is also a space magic instrument Baicao Pavilion in the mountain gate, which is specially used to cultivate all kinds of miraculous drugs. But zongmen still need to buy a large number of miraculous drugs to meet the needs of the Dan Hall.


    This is because many elixirs are not produced by taiyimen itself, nor can they control the origin.


    Although Meng Zhang was worried, he could not rashly fight against the river crossing Raptors for this fear.


    His family has a few pounds, and he still knows himself.


    Inside the Dali imperial dynasty, although it was generally calm and the major Xiuzhen forces were united on the surface, all kinds of open and secret struggles almost never stopped.


    As long as you don''t send out a large army of monks to fight, you can''t control too much from the imperial government.


    Since these river crossing Raptors dare to expand so much, they must have their own confidence.


    As long as Meng Zhang keeps his one-third of an mu of land and doesn''t go out to make trouble, they won''t take the initiative to cause trouble, and they don''t dare to come to the door in a swagger.


    But if Meng Zhang takes the initiative to fight with them, they have plenty of means to make taiyimen uneasy.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help it, but some people couldn''t sit still long ago.


    As the largest local firm, Sihai firm was run by foreign forces most fiercely and lost the most interests.


    Peers are enemy countries. Whether overseas firms are willing or not, active or passive, they are against these foreign forces.


    Four seas firms have almost no advantage over these foreign forces.


    After some tossing and turning, the four seas commercial firms almost collapsed and suffered heavy losses.


    Tangtang, a powerful firm that once controlled most of the commerce and trade of Jiuqu League, has now lost almost all markets and can''t even buy low and sell high.


    According to Meng Zhang, you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm has been walking among local forces for a long time. It seems that he is trying to make a series connection.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun also tried to contact Meng Zhang and wanted to pull Meng Zhang on board.


    Meng Zhang was already very wary of the four seas commercial firms, where he would get involved with them.


    You Hongzhi and Zhenjun visited him several times. Meng Zhang dodged in the name of isolation and asked Niu Dawei to deal with him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not involved in this matter and does not show no concern.


    He wants to see what results you Hongzhi Zhenjun, a group of local snakes, can fight against the river crossing raptors.


    Although he is not optimistic about the former at all, he still wants to see if there is any place in the middle that can take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang is not always so idle.


    He has a lot of trouble with himself.


    Chizhu Zhenjun and Yutu Zhenjun of the dark League branch of Jiuqu League led their men to withdraw early, fly away and leave Jiuqu League far away.


    With the support of the Dali Dynasty, Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen returned home and completely mastered the branch of the Dark Alliance.


    After mastering the Dark Alliance division, they naturally have to clean up the industry of the Dark Alliance division.


    Unfortunately, the prepared Chizhu Zhenjun has entrusted many valuable industries to the name of taiyimen.


    Of course, the actual owner of these industries is the Dark Alliance branch rebuilt by Shushan Zhenjun on taiyimen territory.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun, of course, they could not accept this situation. They watched many valuable industries and inexplicably became the property of taiyimen.


    It''s just a Taiyi gate. They haven''t paid attention to it yet.


    Only the Dark Alliance has always taken advantage of others. Now taiyimen has taken advantage of the Dark Alliance. How can they tolerate it?

 Chapter 877

    The dark League branch of Jiuqu League originally maintained an independent status and only had to obey the orders of the headquarters.


    After Dong Qiang and Zhenjun took the initiative to join the Dali Dynasty, the reconstructed Dark Alliance branch became the subordinate of the Dali Dynasty.


    In this regard, the headquarters of the Dark Alliance has not expressed anything so far.


    Before that, the Dark Alliance branch within the territory of Dali imperial dynasty had been under the control of Dali imperial dynasty, and the Dark Alliance headquarters also had nothing to say.


    But the Dark Alliance branch rebuilt by Shushan Zhenjun on taiyimen territory still obeys the orders of the headquarters and is loyal to the headquarters.


    Shushan Zhenjun always keeps in touch with the headquarters and can also get some support from the headquarters.


    However, the headquarters did not easily intervene in the struggle between Shushan Zhenjun and Dong Qiang Zhenjun.


    In the present Jiuqu Province, except for taiyimen territory, all the Dark Alliance forces are integrated by Dong Qiang Zhenjun and others.


    The landlords also had no surplus food. After so many twists and turns, the Dark Alliance branch of the big family suffered a great loss of vitality and ran out of savings. It was time to replenish financial resources.


    Not to mention that Chizhu Zhenjun handed over his private industry to Meng Zhang, the industry in the public branch of the Dark Alliance alone is a lot of wealth.


    Now such a large number of industries have been occupied by taiyimen for no reason. It is not just a dispute of sentiment, but a major event enough to affect the operation of the Dark Alliance division.


    Dong qiangzhen sent people to the door several times to ask Meng Zhang for these industries.


    When Meng Zhang was in a good mood, he was perfunctory. When you are in a bad mood, you don''t care at all.


    Dong Qiang Zhenjun''s doing so is also a useful routine in the cultivation world. He never expected Meng Zhang to spit out what he ate.


    Now taiyimen is already a member of the Dali imperial dynasty. We all belong to the same force. Naturally, it is not easy to summon people and horses in a big way to openly start a war.


    But no one can manage the secret disputes.


    Therefore, Dong qiangzhen sent his friars to make trouble in the industry occupied by taiyimen so that it could not operate normally.


    The guard friar of Taiyi gate is not a fuel-efficient lamp. How can he tolerate others to make trouble at home.


    Expel him and teach him a lesson.


    With the inevitable emergence of casualties, the conflict escalated slowly.


    The friars of both sides fought and even attacked and killed each other.


    Fortunately, both sides still exercise restraint for the time being, and the battle is limited to a certain range.


    Not to mention the yuan God Zhenjun, even the golden elixir immortal hasn''t shot yet.


    Only a group of low-level friars killed and wounded each other on a small scale, and no one took too much advantage.


    The development of taiyimen, where business is not going well, also needs the blood of these industries.


    Although these industries actually belong to the Dark Alliance division under Shushan Zhenjun, taiyimen will account for a large share of the revenue even if it doesn''t do anything.


    If the opposite is the Dark Alliance branch in its heyday, Meng Zhang will naturally retreat and will not offend each other because of his mere interests.


    However, the Dark Alliance branch has experienced internal division, broken and limited strength. Meng Zhang is not afraid of each other at all.


    Moreover, many things are not refundable.


    If the Taiyi gate is clearly justified this time, but takes the initiative to retreat and let the opposite side take back the industry, it will appear that the Taiyi gate is weak and deceptive. If not, it will attract covetous wolves.


    Taiyimen is reluctantly a vassal of the imperial dynasty. It must not be too weak. The power of the exhibition should be displayed without hesitation.


    In the final analysis, these industries are under the name of taiyimen. Even if the lawsuit goes to marshal Zhang Weineng, Meng Zhang is not empty at all.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t want to fight with Dong qiangzhen Jun to the end.


    What he is thinking about now is how to keep these industries as much as possible without hurting taiyimen''s face and taking a deep hatred against each other.


    Although there was no good solution for the time being, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and let the monks under his hand fight.


    Anyway, this kind of struggle between the two sides with a bottom line and little intensity is even a kind of exercise for them.


    Dong qiangzhen and his disciples are probably not in a hurry to solve this matter, but let the following disciples deal with it.


    Shushan Zhenjun doesn''t want to trigger the civil war of the Dark Alliance. It''s hard to intervene in this kind of thing.


    If Shushan Zhenjun was involved, Dong Qiang Zhenjun and others who had long seen the Dark Alliance branch above taiyimen territory, might really make things big, lead to a war, and unify the Dark Alliance branch of the whole Jiuqu Province in one fell swoop.


    Relying solely on the power of taiyimen, they are not afraid of the Dark Alliance branch under the control of Dong qiangzhen.


    The top combat power is half the weight of both sides. In terms of ordinary disciples, Taiyi sect has a great advantage.


    Meng Zhang also knows that although the two sides are busy now, to completely solve the dispute, we still have to come forward in person and negotiate with Dong qiangzhen.


    In order to take the initiative, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to come forward, but a stable posture of sitting on the Diaoyutai, allowing the two sides to fight.


    The trouble here hasn''t been solved yet, and new trouble comes to the door.


    Immortal Mu RI, the Lord of the Changchun temple, sent Meng Zhang a letter for help and asked Meng Zhang to help.


    It turned out that after the accident of Changchun Zhenjun, the biggest pillar of Changchun temple, the sect lost its deterrent to the surrounding forces.


    The commerce and trade forces from the Dali Dynasty surged in and completely occupied the pill Market of Jiuqu province.


    Chang chunguan''s pill business, which was regarded as fundamental, was basically destroyed.


    You know, the Changchun temple was originally just an ordinary Jindan sect door. Out of the unusual number of Changchun Zhenjun, it barely squeezed into the ranks of Yuanshen sect door.


    After becoming the door of Yuanshen sect, changchunguan intentionally or unintentionally squeezed the living space of surrounding forces and occupied many interests that did not belong to itself.


    Chang chunguan is good at refining pills, so he has made good friends with many cultivation forces. You can also use the pill business to indirectly affect the surrounding situation.


    Now, with the loss of Yuanshen''s combat power, the pill business has been seriously squeezed.


    Changchunguan lost the two most powerful means, and the surrounding hostile forces, which have been suppressed, began to rebound.


    Real man Mu RI has a very sensitive sense of smell. When he finds that the situation is bad and Chang chunguan is unable to solve it, he immediately asks Meng Zhang for help without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang took so many benefits from Chizhu Zhenjun and promised to take care of Changchun Zhenjun. Of course, he won''t break his promise.


    If something happens to changchunguan, he will lose his body and only Changchun Zhenjun, the original God, will be left. The plan to reshape his body will certainly be interrupted.


    Meng Zhang didn''t start in a hurry. Instead, he asked the dark hall under the leadership of an Muran to investigate. What''s the matter? What kind of opponent did changchunguan provoke?


    In other words, after the dark League of Jiuqu province was controlled by Dong Qiang Zhenjun and others, Meng Zhang lost most of the intelligence from the dark League.


    Shushan Zhenjun even arranged some spies in Jiuqu Province, and the information available was greatly limited.

 Chapter 878

    As the second disciple of Meng Zhang, an Muran not only has extraordinary qualifications and entered the middle stage of Jindan early, but also has made a lot of achievements since he took charge of the dark hall.


    When the dark hall was founded, an Muran had to rely on the help and guidance of jueying.


    After Jue Ying left, an Muran was alone and organized the dark hall.


    Compared with his sister an Xiaoran, an Muran is withdrawn and silent. He doesn''t have a strong sense of existence in Taiyi gate. Among the bottom disciples, they are not very famous.


    However, at the top level of taiyimen, especially at the level of Jindan immortal, an Muran can be said to be famous.


    The dark hall under his control has become increasingly powerful with the development of Taiyi gate, and has become an important force guarding Taiyi gate in the dark.


    At first, the dark hall imitated the trend of Dark Alliance. Now, it has its own characteristics and walked out of its own unique way.


    By chance, Meng Zhang obtained the classics of the Dark Alliance to train spies and assassins.


    After deduction and optimization by him and several Dharma protectors, these classics were handed over to Amran.


    Anne ran fully absorbed the essence of it, and made innovations in the past. He had the only method of belonging to the dark hall, which was used to cultivate members of the dark hall.


    Over the years, dark hall has repeatedly made extraordinary achievements in spying for news and cleaning up the interior of Hanhai daomeng, which has made Meng Zhang very satisfied.


    Meng Zhang has long promised Chizhu Zhenjun to take care of changchunguan, and has also arranged the power of the dark hall to monitor the trend of changchunguan.


    Before the immortal Mu RI, the Lord of the Changchun temple, asked Meng Zhang for help, the dark hall Lord an quietly gathered information from all aspects and knew that the situation of the Changchun Temple might be bad.


    However, he was not in a hurry to report to Meng Zhang, but mobilized the power of the dark hall to try to find out all kinds of inside information.


    Soon after Meng Zhang received a request for help from changchunguan and asked the dark hall to collect information, an Muran reported all the details of the whole thing to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang looked at the information in his hand and appreciated the efficiency of the dark hall.


    The crisis encountered by changchunguan this time is not just the rebound of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, but also the shadow of foreign forces.


    Miaodan society, a powerful organization from Dali Dynasty.


    Miaodan society has long controlled a large part of the pill Market in Dali Dynasty.


    By virtue of its strong strength, it defeated the local pill Market of Jiuqu alliance in a few times.


    Most of the pills now flooding the Jiuqu provincial market come from the Miao pill Association. Most of the miraculous medicines and herbs produced by the major cultivation forces in Jiuqu province were also purchased by Miao Dan society.


    Taiyimen also dealt with miaodan.


    The pill refined by taiyimen was originally popular in Jiuqu province.


    However, miaodan will flood with pills. Unless taiyimen is operating at a loss, it can''t compete with each other at all.


    The beheading business is done, but the losing business is not interested.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who has to fight for the length of a day. Since there is no competition, it''s just to withdraw from the pill Market of Jiuqu province.


    Anyway, taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng can digest a large part of the pill.


    In addition, taiyimen has redundant elixirs, which can also be sold to each other.


    In a word, there is no need for unnecessary disputes.


    I didn''t expect that miaodan would control the pill Market in Jiuqu province. After that, miaodan was not satisfied and continued to attack changchunguan.


    Of course, changchunguan also took refuge in the power of Dali Dynasty early, and now it is also a member of Dali Dynasty.


    Although Miao Dan will be powerful, it''s not good to start directly.


    Therefore, miaodan will secretly instigate the Xiuzhen forces who have a grudge with changchunguan to provide support.


    Even within the Dali imperial dynasty, especially in some remote areas such as Jiuqu provinces, there were disputes and struggles among many independent Xiuzhen forces. As long as the bottom line is not crossed, Dali is generally too lazy to interfere with the imperial government.


    Changchunguan''s opponents did not directly summon a large army of monks to kill them, but deliberately created trouble and conflict.


    Send someone to challenge and abuse in front of the changchunguan disciples. If the disciples of changchunguan can''t bear it and take the initiative, they will just fall into a trap.


    He dragged the disciple of changchunguan to compete and killed and wounded him in the fair competition.


    There were even some inexplicable disappearances of changchunguan disciples, and there was no news at all.


    Miao Dan will be rich and powerful. There are some ways to buy off the disciples in the Changchun temple.


    When Zhenjun was in Changchun, he said nothing in the Changchun temple, and no one dared to disagree.


    However, he is now in a deep sleep. Whether in cultivation or prestige, immortal Mu RI is too far away to subdue the opposition forces in the door.


    For a moment, changchunguan fell into internal and external troubles.


    Miao Dan Hui doesn''t have any grudges with changchunguan, nor does she have to destroy changchunguan.


    In fact, under the rule of the Dali Dynasty, there was really a tragic disaster of exterminating the family, and the miaodan society was not good at dealing with the aftermath.


    Dali Dynasty was a place with royal law. The imperial court controlled all major forces strictly and had all kinds of constraints.


    It is in such a remote place as Jiuqu province that miaodan society is so reckless.


    If it was in Dali, miaodan would act much more restrained.


    The goal of the wonderful pill club this time is to attract excellent alchemists from changchunguan and obtain the elixir garden owned by changchunguan.


    As a sect famous for alchemy, changchunguan certainly attaches great importance to the supply of miraculous drugs.


    The means of cultivating miraculous medicine in changchunguan is still above alchemy.


    There are many elixir gardens that have been cultivated for many years and have excellent conditions.


    There are many kinds of elixirs with a long history in the elixir garden.


    Every once in a while, these miraculous medicine gardens provide a large number of miraculous medicines for changchunguan.


    After losing the external elixir market, changchunguan mainly relies on these elixir gardens to ensure the continuity of the inheritance of alchemists.


    Cultivating a good elixir garden has many requirements, such as favorable location, harmonious people and investment


    But the most important thing is time.


    The growth of the elixir takes a long time.


    Especially for some high-level elixirs, the growth year is calculated in thousands of years.


    Those acquired ripening methods will affect the efficacy more or less.


    If you force ripening with Reiki, it can''t replace the natural growth for a long time.


    Although Taiyi gate has long vigorously built the miraculous Medicine Park in the gate, the level of the miraculous Medicine Park is not high due to the short history of the sect.


    If it had not inherited the legacy of some perishing sects, Taiyi sect might not have been able to produce so many miraculous medicines.


    Miaodan would have a good eye and fell in love with the two most important properties of changchunguan at once.


    Meng Zhang thought that a few days ago, the disciples of the sect reported that miaodan would start to lower the price of miraculous medicine.


    He had a certain guess about the plot of miaodan society.


    The eating appearance of this river crossing Raptor is really ugly. It wants to eat everything.

 Chapter 879

    Miao Dan will be so greedy that he wants to take advantage of everything.


    If we really let it achieve its goal and completely control the upstream and downstream of Jiuqu provincial pill Market, it is definitely not a good thing for taiyimen.


    Not to mention anything else, the price of the elixir sold by taiyimen was kept down in the future. While taiyimen has to pay a high price to buy the needed magic medicine. This makes Meng Zhang how to accept.


    Moreover, if this time let Miao Dan succeed in changchunguan. After taking advantage, it''s not easy to say whether miaodan will advance an inch and wantonly attack the local forces in Jiuqu province.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang and Wen Dongzhen have been in contact.


    When these forces from the mainland of Dali Dynasty entered the Jiuqu Province on a large scale, Wen Dongzhen warned Meng Zhang that these guys were not easy to mess with.


    These forces are not only powerful and powerful, but also have a deep background. Behind them, there are many dignitaries in Dali Dynasty.


    Therefore, Meng ZhangCai repeatedly tolerated and avoided conflict with them.


    But at this time, miaodan will dig the foundation of Changchun temple. The Lord of Changchun temple, real man Mu RI, is also determined to fight to the end.


    Meng Zhang was no longer willing to be involved in this dispute.


    Of course, although you decide to intervene in this matter, you have to pay attention to how to intervene.


    Meng Zhang has no intention of taking a death feud with Miao Dan, mainly to keep changchunguan.


    At the same time, he also wants to show his strength to let these foreign Raptors know that local snakes like taiyimen are not so easy to provoke.


    Soon after, groups of elite friars from taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng came to the vicinity of Changchun temple.


    They did not come forward in the name of zongmen and Hanhai daomeng, but under the banner of helping friends to help changchunguan against foreign enemies.


    These friars have strong combat effectiveness and are not afraid of fighting alone or in groups.


    After fierce fighting, both sides suffered casualties. But on the whole, taiyimen has the upper hand.


    Taiyi sect is a well-known local snake in Jiuqu province. These Xiuzhen forces who attack changchunguan also know well.


    Taiyimen has not only come forward, but also showed strong strength, which is enough to make these guys think twice.


    At this time, they either flinch and give up fighting against changchunguan. Or only the wonderful Dan behind you will do it.


    Now, it''s miaodan''s turn to make a choice.


    The high level of Miao Dan association is arrogant, but they don''t look up to these local steamed stuffed buns of Jiuqu province.


    Moreover, the attack on changchunguan is only the beginning of their huge plan.


    If you encounter setbacks at the beginning and have to give up, the whole plan will be scrapped.


    Of course, no longer look down on Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang is also the true monarch of the yuan God.


    If you want to deal with Meng Zhang, you must dispatch the yuan God Zhenjun.


    However, the rush to set off the Yuanshen war was a little louder.


    So far, although these foreign forces have engaged in wind and rain in Jiuqu Province, they have caused countless disturbances.


    However, at least they still worked within certain rules and did not rashly break the practice of leaving the imperial dynasty.


    It would be a bit out of line if you shot Zhenjun, the yuan God of the Dali Dynasty.


    More than a month after taiyimen intervened in the Changchun temple, those monks who were ill intentioned and provocative were repulsed by the reinforcements sent by Meng Zhang.


    Changchunguan has recovered its peace. There is no need to worry about anything for the time being.


    The Mountain Gate of Changchun temple is located in a valley.


    The whole valley, including the surrounding hills, is protected by the third-order mountain protection array.


    Because of the storm some time ago, the third-order mountain protection array has been fully opened in order to deal with external threats at any time.


    With the retreat of foreign forces and the threat away, the power of the mountain protection array has been reduced accordingly.


    There was no way. Changchunguan lost its pill business. The expenses inside the door were tight and life was difficult. If you can save a little, you can save a little. The saved aura is also useful.


    In the back mountain of changchunguan, on a low hillside, there is a tall tree, which is different.


    On the hillside, there is a very rich aura gathering all year round.


    When it comes to the concentration of aura, the place where the master Mu RI immortal cultivates is far inferior to this place.


    Even some time ago, the aura in the door was transferred to strengthen the third-order mountain protection array, and the aura here was not weakened by a penny.


    Where the aura is so strong, there is no grass around the hillside. All the aura, all the vitality, gathered on the tree.


    The hillside is surrounded by the forbidden area of the Chang Chun temple. No one is allowed to go near it without the permission of the Lord Mu RI.


    Normally, no one will come here.


    Tall trees stand straight on the top of the hillside, with few branches and few leaves.


    At the bottom of the tree, a middle-aged Taoist sits here all year round, almost motionless.


    For a long time, he was like a statue, seemingly without any vitality and vitality.


    This person is real man muhuan, the closing disciple of Changchun Zhenjun.


    He is a low-key man in the Changchun temple and has no reputation. Outside the door, few people know him.


    However, his accomplishments are especially above the master Mu RI immortal. He is the No. 1 expert of Changchun temple.


    Some time ago, the situation of changchunguan was so dangerous that he didn''t leave here for half a step and has been guarding here honestly.


    Tonight, as usual, he still guarded this place with all his heart and responsibility.


    Suddenly, the wooden ring immortal''s eyes coagulated and his face changed greatly. Just about to move, a huge pressure fell from the sky and firmly pressed his body on the ground.


    No matter how he struggled, he couldn''t move a bit. The operation of Zhenyuan in the whole body has stalled one after another.


    A thin old man with black beard and black hair and a somewhat obscene face appeared silently in front of the wooden ring immortal.


    "Alas, God has the virtue of living a good life. I didn''t want to hurt people''s lives. But you''re unlucky. You can see through my deeds."


    "You said, you just sit there and pretend. Why do you have to work so hard."


    "That''s good. Let''s bury your life."


    The old man sighed and sighed, as if he really didn''t want to hurt real man wooden ring.


    He looked at the tall trees behind the real man muhuan and said in a tone of envy and jealousy: "Changchun old man didn''t know what shit luck he had, but he was able to find this fourth-order strong God wood."


    "The flesh is destroyed, and the original God sleeps in the strong spirit wood. He can not only warm the original God with the help of the spirit wood, but also use the spirit wood to reshape the flesh. It''s really a good calculation and means."


    "It''s a pity, old Changchun. You deserve your bad luck. You met me."


    "I have no grievances with you in the past, but I am entrusted not to cheat."


    "When you get to the bottom of the nine springs, blame your life."

 Chapter 880

    The old man held down the real wooden ring, stretched out his big hand and grabbed the tall tree heavily.


    He not only wants to destroy the yuan God of Changchun Zhenjun, but also takes away this rare fourth level spirit wood.


    After Yuan Shen Zhen Jun loses his body, his strength will be greatly reduced.


    Don''t say that Changchun Zhenjun is sleeping now. Even if he is completely awake, he can''t fight the same level Yuanshen friar.


    The old man saw that he was about to succeed, but his face suddenly changed. He took back all his strength and gave up suppressing the wooden ring immortal. His body flashed and he had to avoid it.


    Unfortunately, the endless sun and moon light fell from the sky and completely shrouded his body.


    No matter how he dodged, the endless light followed him like a shadow.


    The old man suddenly stopped and looked at the air ahead with a solemn face.


    "Headmaster Meng, do you really have to intervene in this matter?"


    "Yang sang, you are also the Yuanshen Zhenjun from Jiuqu League. How can you kill him when you come, regardless of a little sympathy."


    "Is it true that the dog food produced by Miao Dan is so attractive?"


    Meng Zhang''s figure appeared above the spirit tree and looked down jokingly.


    While he was talking, the endless light in the sky stopped in the air and didn''t continue to sprinkle.


    Yang sangzhenjun was originally a famous Yuanshen of Jiuqu League. He was in the period of scattered cultivation.


    However, this person''s conduct is inferior, bullying the soft and afraid of the hard, and he has no responsibility, let alone the magnanimity of the original God and the true king.


    Both the original Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect didn''t look up to this man. Therefore, no one will attract it to the top of Jiuqu League.


    When great changes were about to take place in Jiuqu League, this guy saw the opportunity early and fled Jiuqu League early.


    When Jiuqu League was conquered by Dali Dynasty, it became the Jiuqu province of Dali Dynasty. This guy came out of nowhere and reappeared in Jiuqu province.


    He showed up here at this time, obviously with bad intentions. Needless to say, he has long been bought by miaodan club.


    "Leader Meng, he who knows current affairs is a hero. You don''t know the strength of Miao Dan club."


    "Under the general trend, those who try to use Mantis as a cart are mole ants who don''t know how to live or die."


    "Miao Dan doesn''t mean any harm to Taiyi sect. If leader Meng has any ideas, he can take the initiative to communicate with Miao Dan. Why make such a hostile gesture."


    Yang Sangzhen patiently persuaded Meng Zhang.


    Yang Sangzhen was very old. When he became the yuan God, Meng Zhang was still playing with sand in the endless sand sea.


    Man''s name, the shadow of the tree, Meng Zhang experienced many wars and created a prestigious name.


    Those who despise Meng Zhang because he is young have basically learned a lesson.


    Yang sangzhenjun, who is used to bullying the weak, is unwilling to bite Meng Zhang.


    "Headmaster Meng, miaodan will also consider for you. I know you promised to take care of Changchun Zhenjun. In order not to embarrass you, I asked me to come here and take a drastic salary. It''s done."


    "Changchun Zhenjun is gone. It must be that leader Meng doesn''t have the need to stand out for the Changchun temple."


    If you can use your mouth to talk about Meng Zhang, it is absolutely what Yang Sangzhen wants.


    "Miao Dan is so reasonable and considerate, which shows his sincerity."


    "Leader Meng, even if you don''t think about yourself, you should also think about Taiyi. Why bother to have such a strong enemy under the tree for irrelevant people."


    In the face of Yang Sangzhen''s seemingly painstaking persuasion, Meng Zhang had no response. It''s real wooden ring, with an anxious look on his face.


    He was really afraid that Meng Zhang was persuaded by the other party and gave up helping changchunguan.


    This time, the Miao Dan Society sent out even the yuan God Zhenjun to form its determination to subdue the Chang Chun temple.


    Immortal Mu Huan regretted it.


    If he had known that things would develop to this point, he should persuade real man Mu RI to bow his head.


    His elder martial brother is good at everything, but sometimes he is too stiff.


    It''s easy to break just now. It doesn''t have to be hard at all times.


    The real foundation of Changchun temple is Changchun Zhenjun, who is now sleeping in the fourth level spirit wood.


    As long as Changchun Zhenjun is still there, no matter what Changchun temple has lost today, even if everything has been lost, there is a chance to get it back.


    But if something happens to Zhenjun in Changchun, the Changchun temple is really over.


    After Meng Zhang shot, Yang Sangzhen gave up the suppression of real man muhuan. He can move freely and speak freely.


    He opened his mouth to speak, but finally swallowed a thousand words back into his stomach.


    He didn''t have any chips in his hand. He didn''t know how to persuade Meng Zhang to help.


    He was not good at words. If he spoke rashly, Meng Zhang would be unhappy, which would be counterproductive.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not refuted, Yang Sangzhen listened to his words quietly and thought that Meng Zhang had been a little excited.


    He was about to strike while the iron was hot and completely persuade Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang finally spoke.


    "Are you finished?"


    A cold voice came into Yang Sangzhen''s ears.


    "When you''re finished, let''s go early."


    In Yang Sangzhen''s unbelievable eyes, Meng Zhang shot again.


    The endless light that had stopped in the air swept more fiercely.


    One black and one white airflow entangled in the air and twisted and circled.


    Yang Sangzhen suddenly felt as if the whole world were rejecting and hostile to himself.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of the road as soon as he made a move, which obviously meant no mercy.


    Yang Sangzhen constantly scolded Meng Zhang as a madman, but he didn''t dare to neglect it, which also mobilized the power of the road.


    Yang Sangzhen''s major avenue is the avenue of wind among the three thousand avenues.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, whom Meng Zhang had dealt with in those years, was the avenue of wind.


    The same road of wind, displayed in the hands of different people, is like two completely irrelevant roads.


    Meng Zhang still remembers that Xuanfeng is really a gentleman. He is as elegant as the wind and as fast as the wind. It can be as light as a breeze and as strong as a hurricane.


    But now Yang sangzhenjun, his skill is mainly in dodging, and he is obviously not good at being hard in the front.


    His means to deal with Meng Zhang is mainly to dodge, and he is still looking for opportunities to retreat. He has no intention of confrontation with Meng Zhang at all.


    If he met other opponents of the same level, Yang Sangzhen would have turned into Rufeng and left the battlefield with his ability to escape.


    But Meng Zhang made up his mind to keep Yang Sangzhen before he took the shot.


    Use his life to show miaodan his determination and combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang had no reservation at all when he started shooting. One card after another turned out, and his mace was almost never interrupted.


    The yin-yang Linghu on the top of his head shook slightly, and the yin-yang Qi rushed at Yang Sangzhen like a python.


    The black-and-white twin swords made of black-and-white air flow, one bright, one dark, one master and one pair, directly kill the opponent.

 Chapter 881

    Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time has reached the initial perfection of Yuanshen, and is only one step away from breaking through to the middle of Yuanshen.


    When it comes to combat effectiveness, it goes far beyond its cultivation.


    Shortly after entering the early days of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang had many experiences of fighting with monks in the middle of Yuanshen.


    Although it is said that due to the particularity of this realm in the period of Yuanshen, the friars in the early period of Yuanshen can compete with the friars in the middle period of Yuanshen by mobilizing the power of the road.


    A few friars in the early days of Yuanshen who have deep attainments on the avenue of heaven and earth can even cause fatal damage to the friars in the middle of Yuanshen.


    However, Meng Zhang''s ability to resist the monks in the middle of the yuan God in the early days of the yuan God is very unusual.


    Yang sangzhenjun is used to cheating and playing slippery, bullying the soft and fearing the hard.


    His accomplishments and combat effectiveness are at the bottom among the true monarchs of the yuan God.


    Miao Dan would have despised this man, but he thought that he was a monk from Jiuqu League. Using his hand to deal with changchunguan can barely be regarded as the internal struggle of the indigenous forces in Jiuqu province.


    Miaodan will also have reason to prove that they stay out of it.


    Yang Sangzhen can''t fight head-on, but he is really good at sneaking in.


    He broke through the protective array and entered the interior of Changchun temple.


    If he hadn''t been unlucky and bumped into Meng Zhang, I''m afraid he would have completed the task long ago.


    The reason why Meng Zhang appears here is not because he did not predict.


    Although he is a master of heavenly secrets, he has not been promoted since he entered the Yuanshen period. It is impossible to deduce the characters or events at the level of Yuanshen directly.


    He just took into account his original commitment to Chizhu Zhenjun, so he got here first and took a look at Changchun Zhenjun he was most concerned about.


    What a coincidence, I ran into Yang sangzhenjun who sneaked in.


    From the moment he saw Yang Sangzhen, Meng Zhang killed him and wanted to leave him completely.


    This has nothing to do with hatred. There is no hatred between the two.


    Only with the life of a Yuanshen Zhenjun can we show our determination to miaodan.


    Only a thousand days to be a thief, not a thousand days to prevent thieves.


    Meng Zhang cannot always guard the Changchun temple, let alone stay here for a long time.


    Only by letting Miao Dan understand the determination of taiyimen to spare no effort to fight a war in order to protect changchunguan, can they be afraid and consider letting go of changchunguan and looking for new goals.


    Taiyimen is far less powerful than miaodan, but once the war is opened, miaodan will also pay the price of bleeding.


    Most importantly, Dali Dynasty has rules.


    Both the royal family and the imperial court have enough authority to frighten the imperial court.


    Miao Dan Hui just entered the Jiuqu province and fought with the yuan God sect. What will the rulers think?


    If emperor Bawu is disturbed, miaodan will be stripped of its skin if it doesn''t die.


    As for taiyimen, he was a new generation, and he was still a vulgar rural steamed stuffed bun. If the imperial court is dissatisfied, it will not be easy to fight and kill?


    With an overall plan in mind, Meng Zhang can only secretly say sorry to Yang Sangzhen.


    Although he did not sin to death, Meng Zhang had to send him on the road for Meng Zhang''s plan.


    The battle between Yuanshen and Zhenjun should have been easier to defeat than to kill. What''s more, Yang Sangzhen had no fighting spirit at all. He wanted to escape early.


    But when Meng Zhang made up his mind and did not hesitate to pay the price.


    Instead, he showed his flaws because he wanted to escape.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to urge the yin-yang Linghu. At the cost of greatly wasting the vitality of this life magic weapon, he used the power of the yin-yang avenue to restrain Yang Sangzhen.


    Then the spirit snake spear stabbed out like lightning and directly pierced his flesh.


    His collapsed body was swallowed up by the spirit snake spear.


    Meng Zhang frowned.


    Although the spirit snake spear is a killing spirit soldier, this act of swallowing the body of the cultivator is almost evil.


    The spirit snake spear has only three levels. It is an instinctive behavior to devour Yang Sangzhen''s flesh and blood.


    If the spirit snake spear is a fourth-order magic instrument and needs to do so after having a completely independent consciousness, Meng Zhang will find a way to correct it.


    Anyway, the spirit snake spear swallowed Yang Sangzhen''s flesh and blood and sent out bursts of sharp calls, as if to express his joy.


    The accumulation of spirit snake spear is enough. It only needs a suitable opportunity to be promoted to a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Yang Sangzhen''s body was destroyed, and Yuanshen took the opportunity to escape from his body.


    Meng Zhang was distracted because he paid attention to the spirit snake spear, giving Yang Sangzhen''s yuan God a chance to escape.


    A human shadow flashed golden light, avoided Meng Zhang and fled in the direction of the fourth level spirit wood.


    The Yuanshen of Changchun Zhenjun is sleeping in this fourth level spirit wood.


    Yang sangzhenjun''s Yuanshen fled in this direction to make Meng Zhang worry about hurting lingmu and converge when he shot.


    Unexpectedly, Yang sangzhenjun''s Yuanshen just flew over the fourth level lingmu. Several branches of the lingmu suddenly became windless and beat it hard.


    Without beating, there are two thickest branches, which are firmly entangled and pulled hard to prevent them from breaking free.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s strength fell sharply after losing his flesh. However, the yuan God is the yuan God after all. At least it has far more combat effectiveness than ordinary Jindan real people.


    This fourth level spirit wood suddenly made a sneak attack and gained a little advantage. As long as Yang Sangzhen reacts, his Yuanshen naturally has a way to break free.


    Meng Zhang dealt with the spirit snake spear at this time. Seeing this scene, he hesitated a little. The Yin and Yang Qi worked and directly knocked Yang sangzhenjun''s yuan God into a burst of collapse.


    The branch of the spirit wood seized the opportunity, firmly held the yuan God scattered by Yang Sangzhen, and tried to absorb it.


    After a long time, Yang Sangzhen''s yuan God was swallowed and absorbed by the fourth level spirit wood.


    Poor Mr. Yang Sangzhen is also a Yuanshen Zhenjun at least. He is also a little famous in Jiuqu League, but he ended up with such a dead body that even Yuanshen was swallowed and absorbed.


    Meng Zhang, as the main force of the shot, has an ugly face.


    This kind of behavior is close to the devil''s way. It really doesn''t deserve his image as a righteous expert.


    After the fourth level spirit wood swallowed Yang Sangzhen''s yuan God, an idea came.


    "Thank you, Taoist friend. Please continue to work hard to protect the Dharma for me. I will have a few days to recover."


    The tree body of the fourth level spirit wood twisted and rolled into a ball at once.


    Then the aura surged around, unexpectedly setting off a small aura tide, and a large amount of aura converged here.


    Meng Zhang is not a forward-looking person. This is the end of the matter. Even if he is dissatisfied, he still has the beginning and the end and finishes the whole thing.


    Meng Zhang no longer spoke, but quietly floated in the air and sat cross legged, waiting for Changchun Zhenjun to recover.

 Chapter 882

    Seeing Meng Zhang behave like this, real man muhuan didn''t dare to disturb him and sat quietly aside.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and said, "I can''t use you here. Please step back first."


    "You keep the perimeter and don''t let others near here."


    After all, Meng Zhang is an outsider. He is still a little worried about leaving him alone.


    But just now he saw Meng Zhang''s power to kill Yang Sangzhen, and real man muhuan didn''t dare to object openly.


    He hesitated for a moment, and finally left reluctantly according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Immortal muhuan didn''t go far either. He just kept around well according to Meng Zhang''s instructions and didn''t allow others to approach.


    The movement here was not small, especially the sharp fluctuation of aura later triggered a small tide.


    Many people in the temple, including the leader of the temple, real man Mu RI, came here to find out.


    With a cold face, real man Mu Huan drove everyone away, leaving only the leader, real man Mu RI.


    Other people were dissatisfied. As a view, "if it weren''t for the help of Taoist friends, I would not only lose the opportunity to reshape my flesh, but also might be doomed."


    Originally, according to the previous prediction of Meng Zhang and Chizhu Zhenjun, and before Changchun Zhenjun fell asleep, he also explained to Chizhu Zhenjun.


    Changchun Zhenjun needs at least hundreds of years to completely integrate this fourth-order strong God wood and reshape his flesh.


    But Changchun Zhenjun controlled the fourth level spirit wood, swallowed and absorbed Yang sangzhenjun''s yuan God, and forcibly accelerated the growth of the spirit wood with a secret method.


    This will greatly shorten the expected time and reshape the body so quickly.


    Meng Zhang was not satisfied that the spirit snake spear devoured Yang Sangzhen''s flesh.


    Changchun Zhenjun''s practice is tantamount to directly swallowing the Yuanshen of Yang sangzhenjun.


    The yuan God is different from the flesh body. It also contains the spirit of the friar.


    This approach is very close to the evil way.


    It doesn''t hurt to do it secretly, but once it is spread, especially to the hostile miaodan society, it will inevitably give others a handle.


    Changchun Zhenjun is also a veteran of the cultivation world. Seeing Meng Zhang''s face, he probably guessed his mind.


    Changchun Zhenjun smiled bitterly.


    "Taoist friends don''t know. If I didn''t have to, I wouldn''t take this risk."


    Changchun Zhenjun was very depressed.


    According to his original plan, let this four step strong God wood grow naturally, and his yuan God will grow when he sleeps in it.


    After a hundred years, lingmu is completely mature. He can not only reshape the flesh body, but also naturally enter the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    Now, because of the strong external threat, he did not rest assured that he would place his future hope on Meng Zhang, so he used the secret method to forcibly speed up the process of reshaping the flesh.


    In this way, it will inevitably leave some sequelae.


    His current accomplishments are barely preserved in the early days of Yuanshen, and are similar to those of monks who have just entered the Yuanshen period.


    There is still a certain gap between his new flesh and the original God. It takes him time to adjust slowly.


    "Don''t worry, Taoist friends. The details of what happened here will not be leaked."


    Changchun Zhenjun guaranteed Meng Zhang.


    Changchun Zhenjun himself also felt that killing Yang sangzhenjun was not a big deal. But it''s a little too much to devour its flesh and yuan God.


    If it reaches the ears of miaodan society, they will certainly take advantage of the topic and put on the big hat of demon friar for the people present.


    With the guarantee of Changchun Zhenjun, Meng Zhang''s face looked better.


    "I can''t repay you for your great kindness."


    "If you need anything, just say it."


    Changchun Zhenjun said sincerely.


    "If you don''t repay me, I''m just a small hand. Moreover, if you promise red pig Zhenjun, you will do what you say."


    Meng Zhang said disapprovingly.


    "By the way, since you can''t use these things, give them to this seat. We''ll be settled."


    Meng Zhang pointed to the branches and leaves of the fourth level spirit tree.


    The fourth level spirit wood is really rare in the cultivation world, especially in the Jiuqu League.


    The fallen branches and leaves are equally precious.


    Since Changchun Zhenjun wants to repay Meng Zhang, he will not be stingy.


    Compared with Meng Zhang''s help to him, this thing is really not worth mentioning.


    With the permission of Changchun Zhenjun, Meng Zhang collected the branches and leaves on the ground.


    The branches of the fourth level spirit wood can be used for alchemy, and the leaves are important materials for refining the fourth level runes.


    Yang Xueyi of Taiyi gate is not far from the Yuanshen period.


    Once she enters the period of Yuanshen, she will soon be able to advance to the fourth level talisman and have the ability to refine the fourth level talisman.


    Not to mention the Jiuqu League in the past, but also the Dali imperial dynasty, there are not many fourth-order Fuwen masters.


    Big merchants from Dali Dynasty brought huge quantities of precious goods to Jiuqu province. However, items such as fourth-order talismans are still very rare.


    Once Changchun Zhenjun wakes up and successfully reshapes his body, most of the crisis faced by changchunguan will be solved.


    Even the strong dragon like miaodan will cross the river, it is difficult to easily suppress the local forces with the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Of course, Changchun Zhenjun doesn''t have the confidence to fight with miaodan all the time.


    According to his idea, changchunguan gave up part of his interests in exchange for the stop of miaodan society, which would be very satisfied.


    Meng Zhang has no need to fight with Miao Dan to the end.


    Since Changchun Zhenjun wakes up, he has fulfilled the promise of red pig Zhenjun and no longer owes anything.


    It was a great harvest for him to gain the friendship and gratitude of Changchun Zhenjun.


    For Changchun Zhenjun, it is a good thing for both sides to maintain a good relationship with taiyimen and help each other in the future.


    Since Changchun Zhenjun woke up, he naturally sent changchunguan disciples, including real man muhuan and real man Muri, to deal with the aftermath.

 Chapter 883

    After Changchun Zhenjun came forward, he easily comforted the people in the temple and completely calmed the internal struggle in the temple during this period of time.


    He spent some effort to clean up several traitors who took refuge in miaodan society and dealt with them directly by means of thunder.


    When Changchun Zhenjun appeared in public and showed his cultivation. Originally, those surrounding Xiuzhen forces who had been provoked by Miao Dan and had been embarrassed by Chang Chun temple for a long time suddenly withdrew.


    It''s one thing to take advantage of people''s danger. It''s another thing to directly fight with a yuan God Zhenjun.


    Miaodan society clearly said that Changchun Zhenjun had fallen and the Changchun Temple fell into an internal struggle. Only then did these Xiuzhen forces dare to besiege the Changchun temple and want to bite a piece of flesh and blood from the Changchun temple.


    Now Changchun Zhenjun is there, and the civil strife in Changchun temple is nonsense.


    Not to mention, the famous taiyimen has stepped in and stood on the side of the Changchun temple.


    After the local Xiuzhen forces in these nine curved provinces retreated, only miaodan would go shirtless.


    Fearing the threat of miaodan club, Changchun Zhenjun didn''t continue to chase and beat the surrounding guys who took advantage of the fire, but temporarily let them go.


    Changchun Zhenjun looks confident. In fact, he is still very nervous.


    Miaodan will be such a strong dragon crossing the river, and its strength is far above the evergreen view. Even with the help of taiyimen, they may not be able to resist each other.


    Only hope that the other party still has the Dharma of Da Li imperial dynasty in his eyes, dare not act too much, and dare not easily lead to the Yuanshen war.


    In the following period of time, miaodan would not make any further action, as if she had given up her plot to Chang Chun Guan.


    Miao Dan will not move, and Changchun Zhenjun has no need to take the initiative to pick things.


    In his mind, he guessed that miaodan might have given in.


    There are still a lot of soft persimmons to pinch in the Jiuqu province. There is no need for miaodan club to insist on having a hard time with changchunguan and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang stayed at the Chang Chun Temple long enough, and Miao Dan would never move. He said goodbye to Changchun Zhenjun and led Taiyi disciples back.


    Before leaving, he and Changchun Zhenjun agreed to take care of each other and help each other.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate, Xu Mengying, the leader of Huanglian sect, came to the door again.


    Both of them are masters of one side. They have a lot of affairs on weekdays and have to practice hard. Although we have been in touch, there are not many opportunities for direct face-to-face communication.


    If there is no big event, Xu Mengying generally won''t come to the door.


    Sure enough, Xu Mengying had something important to discuss with Meng Zhang this time.


    It turned out that facing the threat of large foreign businesses, the days of four seas firms are getting more and more sad.


    As the original of Jiuqu League, you Hongzhi Zhenjun found the head of Huanglian coach.


    Huanglian sect was also an old sect of Jiuqu League. In its heyday, its strength was second only to Yujian sect and Qingyuan sect.


    After so many twists and turns, Xu Mengying finally ended the internal division and reunited the Huanglian cult.


    The current Huanglian religion is typically large but not strong.


    The sect is powerful and has a large number of disciples. However, the overall combat effectiveness of the sect is average, especially in terms of top-level combat effectiveness. Xu Mengying is still the only Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After the large-scale invasion of Jiuqu province by large merchants from Dali imperial dynasty, the interests of Huanglian religion were seriously damaged and many sources of income were lost.


    Huanglian sect has a great cause and profound heritage, but there are also a large number of disciples to support.


    Without commercial income, the income of some spiritual fields, minerals and other industries is limited, so we can''t support so many disciples.


    A qualified sect should at least be able to provide disciples with cultivation methods, relatively safe cultivation environment and certain resources.


    Otherwise, there is no way to keep people.


    No matter how powerful the sect is, disciples can''t benefit from the sect. Why should disciples work for the sect?


    After the integration of the Huanglian cult, in addition to the general altar, the sub altars distributed everywhere naturally became the responsibility and burden of Xu Mengying, the leader of the cult.


    In order to maintain the daily expenses of the current Huanglian sect, it has long been unable to make ends meet.


    Years of accumulation in teaching is rapidly consumed.


    If there is no supplement, the day when the accumulation in the teaching is exhausted is the day when the whole sect falls apart.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm came to the door at this time. Even though she knew that this person was unreliable and untrustworthy, Xu Mengying was still moved.


    If we can concentrate the power of the local Xiuzhen forces, do not expect to drive away these big businessmen who are far away from the imperial dynasty, but only have the ability to bargain with them, so that our family can retain some interests and obtain some income, it is always good.


    Although Xu Mengying didn''t promise to join you Hongzhi Zhenjun, she didn''t refuse.


    She told you Hongzhi Zhenjun that she needed to think about it and would reply to him as soon as possible.


    Then she came to taiyimen and listened to Meng Zhang''s suggestions.


    According to Meng Zhang''s original intention, of course, it is suggested that Xu Mengying refuse you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    But Xu Mengying has explained to him the plight of the Huanglian cult.


    Those big foreign merchants have hurt the foundation of the yellow lotus sect and become the great enemy of the yellow lotus sect.


    If the other side was not too strong and knew that it would never be able to fight the enemy, Huanglian sect would have fought with the other side long ago.


    Meng Zhang fell into silence after hearing Xu Mengying''s words.


    From the standpoint of Huanglian sect, there seems to be no other way.


    As a friend, Meng Zhang can provide some help to Xu Mengying.


    But Taiyi sect has limited ability and can''t do more.


    Taiyimen also suffered serious damage to the interests of these large foreign businesses and lost many sources of income.


    Even if Meng Zhang was desperate, he ordered taiyimen to fully support Huanglian sect. With taiyimen''s ability, we can''t do this.


    Moreover, as the leader of a sect, he should always consider the interests of the sect.


    The ass must sit upright. Never abandon the public for private reasons. This is Meng Zhang''s requirement for himself.


    With his cultivation at this time and his supreme position in the Taiyi gate, if he can''t strictly restrict himself, but do whatever he wants, it will be a disaster for the whole Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 884

    Whether in terms of Meng Zhang''s inner will or taiyimen''s interests, we should unite the local truth cultivation forces against the river crossing Raptors from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    However, because of what happened in those years, he has always been deeply wary of overseas firms.


    Now you Hongzhi Zhenjun comes forward to connect this matter, so that he doesn''t dare to join it easily.


    Now Xu Mengying is not so much coming to seek Meng Zhang''s opinions as to persuade Meng Zhang to join them.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and finally rejected Xu Mengying.


    Xu Mengying is very disappointed. Without taiyimen and Meng Zhang, they are missing a powerful help.


    However, seeing that Meng Zhang had made up his mind, she knew that it was useless to say more, or she had to give up persuasion.


    Before Xu Mengying left, Meng Zhang also repeatedly reminded her that you Hongzhi is really unreliable and must be more careful.


    Xu Mengying certainly knows that you Hongzhi is really unreliable. But she really had no other way. Only with his strength could she connect enough strength to fight against these foreign dragons.


    After Xu Mengying left disappointed, although Meng Zhang did not join it, he has been paying attention to it.


    After Anmo got his order, he also mobilized the main forces of the dark hall to inquire about the progress of the whole thing.


    In fact, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to inquire. Xu Mengying kept in touch with him and would transmit the latest information to him from time to time.


    As these big foreign businesses are becoming more and more ugly, more and more local forces are beginning to feel unbearable.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun has a wide range of friends and friends all over the world.


    He took the initiative to connect the matter and made great progress soon.


    Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun temple, because he became enemies with miaodan last time, stood opposite to foreign forces.


    Although miaodan has never taken action, he can''t rest assured and is often worried about retaliation.


    It seems that a single taiyimen is a little weak to help him.


    If you really face Miao Dan, this power is really not enough.


    After you Hongzhi Zhenjun took the initiative to visit, he was soon persuaded to join the small group.


    Through the unremitting efforts of you Hongzhi Zhenjun these days, this small group that secretly resisted the river Raptors has grown stronger and stronger.


    The power at the level of Jindan sect can''t be relied on when fighting against strong enemies.


    You Hongzhi, a real gentleman with high vision, can''t look at him at all.


    In fact, many unhappy small zongmen have long taken the initiative to take refuge in these large foreign businesses.


    Anyway, these small family doors are like that. There''s nothing to lose. It''s different to be a dog for who. What''s worse?


    With the Yuanshen clan or family in which the Yuanshen Zhenjun sits, it is not so easy to bow down and take refuge.


    To buy off such a power of truth cultivation, it will cost a lot, and it may not succeed.


    You Hongzhi''s main objects of connection with Zhenjun are those Yuanshen sects and families.


    This kind of clan and family also suffered the most heavy losses because of large foreign merchants.


    In addition to the four seas commercial firms, Huang Lianjiao, changchunguan, wurift Valley, Shangguan family and so on joined this small group one after another.


    The stronger the strength of the small group, the stronger the attraction, and the more it can attract other cultivation forces to join.


    You Hongzhi is really going all out to connect local cultivation forces around the world.


    The Dark Alliance branch of Jiuqu province is now controlled by Dong Qiang Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun.


    Because some industrial matters are making a lot of trouble with taiyimen.


    The low-level disciples of both sides will conflict from time to time and have a fierce battle.


    However, due to the forbearance of the high-level leaders of both sides, the conflict has not expanded for the time being.


    Since Meng Zhang, the Taiyi sect, was unwilling to join the small group, you Hongzhi Zhenjun didn''t insist, but found Dong qiangzhen and Bai Brucea Zhenjun.


    Since these big businessmen from Dali Dynasty settled in Jiuqu Province, they opened their mouths and seemed to want to swallow everything.


    Even the black market business has been greatly affected.


    The main business of the black market is to buy and sell some shady things, sell stolen goods, buy and sell intelligence


    If you want to sell stolen goods, you must have strong strength and be reliable enough.


    This group of big businessmen from the mainland of the imperial dynasty are far stronger than the Dark Alliance branch, and their goodwill is also good. Naturally, they easily stole a lot of business.


    If this continues, the business of buying and selling intelligence on the black market will be robbed sooner or later.


    Dong qiangzhen and Bai bruezhen have long been dissatisfied, but they are not easy to act rashly.


    In order to conquer Jiuqu League as soon as possible, the North sweeping army offered good conditions to win over and buy off the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu League.


    After these Xiuzhen forces took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, they all maintained a semi independent status.


    However, the Dark Alliance branch under the leadership of Dong qiangzhen, because it took refuge too early and took the initiative, did not have such good conditions, and was restricted by the departure from the imperial dynasty in many aspects.


    If Meng Zhang knew about this situation, he might say, this is called catching up, not buying and selling.


    The current Dark Alliance branch is still nominally subordinate to the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    In fact, it is already an intelligence agency belonging to the Dali imperial dynasty. It should obey the orders of the Staff Department of the military department of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Without clear instructions from the top, Dong qiangzhen is not easy to act at will.


    He didn''t refuse you Hongzhi Zhenjun, but said he would think more about it.


    After dismissing you Hongzhi Zhenjun, Dong qiangzhen personally contacted the senior management of the Staff Department of the military department of the Dali imperial dynasty. He was distressed by the difficulties of the Dark Alliance branch and hoped to get help.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun is well-informed and knows that these big businessmen from Dali Dynasty have the shadow of Dali Dynasty dignitaries behind them.


    He didn''t expect to defeat the other party, but hoped that they would save some soup for the dark League branch while eating meat, so as not to let the dark League branch starve to death.


    There was no positive response from Dong qiangzhen Jun. you Hongzhi Zhen Jun was not discouraged, but made persistent efforts, continued to connect and looked for new help.


    At the critical moment when Sihai commercial firm was facing the crisis of life and death, he had long put aside his past gratitude and resentment and took the initiative to contact qingyuanzong.


    In those years, Qinggu Zhenjun sold out the whole sect for his own way. Qingyuan sect experienced great changes, internal division and great loss of strength.


    But the skinny camel is bigger than the horse. After all, qingyuanzong was the original leader of Jiuqu alliance, with profound and deep-rooted heritage.


    Even now, there is no sect in Jiuqu province. I dare to say that I can surpass Qingyuan sect.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is the only late monk of Yuanshen except governor Zhang Weineng.


    Even if he doesn''t bother to ask about qingyuanzong on weekdays, Qinglang Zhenjun, the current leader of qingyuanzong, is also not an easy generation.

 Chapter 885

    As the leader of Jiuqu League, Qing Yuanzong was the main target of the imperial dynasty even after he took refuge.


    After years of constant pressure from all sides and the intention of Qinglang Zhenjun to give in, the power of qingyuanzong has been shrinking and has long been much worse than before.


    If it hadn''t been for the face of Qinggu Zhenjun, Dali might have completely eliminated the qingyuanzong long ago.


    Qingyuanzong''s situation is very difficult, and Qinglang Zhenjun''s life is very sad.


    Especially after the large-scale entry of large businesses from the Dali Dynasty, qingyuanzong also suffered heavy losses and greatly reduced its income.


    To say hate, Qinglang Zhenjun certainly hates those big businessmen from Dali Dynasty.


    In the depths of his heart, he also deeply hated Dali Dynasty and Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Qingyuanzong was a well-established large-scale sect. In those days, he led the Jiuqu League and dominated the side. How carefree life was.


    But now, it is not easy for qingyuanzong to survive.


    For the survival of the clan, Qinglang Zhenjun had to endure humiliation and struggle to survive.


    When you Hongzhi Zhenjun came to persuade him to join. Without any hesitation, he drove you Hongzhi away.


    Qing Yuanzong was already in an awkward position and was deeply feared by the high-level officials of the imperial dynasty.


    If you join the small group of you Hongzhi Zhenjun, you will be misunderstood by the high-level officials of Dali imperial court, or you give an excuse to the high-level officials of Dali imperial court, you may really eradicate the qingyuanzong.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, who betrays his family for his own way, can''t expect him to help at the critical moment.


    Before Qinggu Zhenjun betrayed zongmen, Qinglang Zhenjun was Qinggu Zhenjun''s diehard loyalty.


    After that, he took the initiative to take refuge and loyal to the Dali emperor, which finally saved the inheritance of the Qing Yuan sect.


    Qinglang Zhenjun, out of the instinct of self-protection, will never get involved in the affairs of you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun didn''t get anything from qingyuanzong, but left disappointed.


    Jiuqu League had several original Yuanshen forces. After several wars and so many twists and turns, it lost a lot.


    You Hongzhi has few objects that Zhenjun can connect with.


    When you Hongzhi and Zhenjun are busy connecting all parties, Meng Zhang also has new trouble.


    A monk who claimed to be Gu yueaohan took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang.


    The ancient moon family from the Dali imperial dynasty has strong strength and is also one of the foreign merchants who have settled in Jiuqu province this time.


    Of course, among many large foreign merchants, the ancient moon family is not outstanding and not very prominent.


    People''s attention was still focused on other great forces such as miaodan society.


    Guyue Aohan is the Guyue family from the Dali Dynasty.


    She came to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, and took the initiative to report her name and origin.


    The disciple in charge of reception did not dare to neglect, and immediately informed Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader in charge of the daily affairs of the sect.


    Niu Dawei first went out to see Gu Yue Aohan.


    As a monk in the golden elixir period, Gu Yue Aohan''s cultivation is not as good as Niu Dawei.


    But she was arrogant in front of Niu Dawei, which fully demonstrated the arrogance of the powerful friars.


    She simply disdained to talk to a local steamed stuffed bun like Niu Dawei and directly said that she wanted to see the leader Meng Zhang.


    Niu Dawei was unhappy, but he didn''t say much.


    After all, he is a powerful monk of the ancient moon family. He has a proud capital.


    After being informed by Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang did not look down on others because the other party was a Jindan Friar and felt that the other party was not qualified to visit him.


    Meng Zhang received the friar from the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty in the hall of the head of Taiyi gate.


    After meeting, Gu Yue Aohan was still full of pride and had no intention of convergence at all.


    In terms of momentum alone, her golden pill friar is no weaker than Meng Zhang, the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Instead of paying homage to the elder yuan God in accordance with the practice of the cultivation world, she casually arched her hands, even if it was a salute.


    Meng Zhang guessed about her intention and wanted to greet her so that the next conversation would not be so nervous.


    But Gu Yue Aohan obviously didn''t give Meng Zhang face, didn''t say any superfluous nonsense, and directly entered the topic.


    Her intention is very simple, that is to ask Meng Zhang to hand over the Guyue family of Dafeng City sheltered by taiyimen and let it be incorporated into the Guyue family of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Gu yueaohan put forward the request very impolitely, and also warned Meng Zhang a few words.


    This is the internal affairs of the ancient moon family. I hope Meng Zhang will not intervene at will.


    If Meng Zhang agrees to her request, he can get the friendship of the ancient moon family.


    If Meng Zhang refuses her request, taiyimen and Meng Zhang will become enemies of the ancient moon family.


    The ancient moon Aohan threatened faintly. The enemy of the ancient moon family never came to a good end.


    Meng Zhang was pleased by the attitude of Gu Yue Aohan.


    Since he became the true monarch of the yuan God, he has rarely been angry.


    Today, a little friar in the golden elixir period dared to speak out in front of himself. He was so arrogant.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, Meng Zhang is to slap this ignorant young generation with a slap. I''m afraid no one will say anything except her peers.


    Let alone Gu Yue Aohan''s bad attitude today, she just begged with soft words and begged hard. Meng Zhang would not agree to hand over Gu Yue''s family in Dafeng City.


    Meng Zhang had already considered it before agreeing to accept the Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    Since you want to protect others, of course you should protect them to the end. If you eat your words and get fat, it will be a great blow to the prestige of taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    From then on, who will dare to believe Meng Zhang''s commitment?


    Meng Zhang, who is in a bad mood, is preparing to drive out the girl film.


    The ancient moon family is also a rich family in the Dali imperial dynasty. How is it this virtue to do things?


    Think you''ll bow down and take the initiative to hand over the Gu Yue family in Dafeng City if you ask a little girl who doesn''t know how to live or die to come and threaten yourself?


    Taiyi sect is not a bad sect. It can be regarded as a local tyrant in Jiuqu province. I''m not a nobody. I still have the lives of several Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    What kind of bullshit ancient moon family, I really don''t know what to do.


    Meng Zhang secretly scolded a few words. Suddenly, a sudden idea rushed into his brain.


    This little girl is acting like an arrogant fool, but is she really such a fool?


    If she is really such a fool who doesn''t know whether to live or die, even if she was born in the Yuanshen family, she may not be able to live to the present and still have the cultivation of the later stage of the golden elixir.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang temporarily restrained his impulse to drive her out and looked at her carefully.


    As Meng Zhang had expected, his natural power, his heart, could not play a role in her and could not read her ideas at all.


    This girl either practiced the secret method of locking her mind, or she was forbidden by the elders of the family.

 Chapter 886

    The more unable to read the mind of Gu Yue Aohan, Meng Zhang was more curious.


    He had an impulse to capture the little girl film directly, read her soul violently and get everything she knew.


    If Meng Zhang really did this, it would immediately arouse the public anger within the Dali imperial dynasty, and it would certainly lead to the wanton retaliation of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang even suspected that even if he really took her down and searched her soul violently, he might not be able to get too much useful information.


    The other party seems arrogant, but most of them are prepared. Everything they show is designed.


    Meng Zhang pressed down the impulse to take her down, was patient, and slowly led her to speak. Try to get some clues from the conversation.


    I don''t know whether the girl really knows nothing or pretends to be stupid there. Meng zhangleng didn''t ask anything useful from her mouth.


    But after a few words of conversation, Meng Zhang was not impatient. The little girl looked unhappy. Obviously, she didn''t want to say anything more.


    In her opinion, it was enough for her family to chat with each other for so long in the face of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Gu Yue Aohan didn''t want to say more, so she said goodbye to Meng Zhang and left.


    Meng Zhang let her go, just looking at her back in a daze.


    At this time, Niu Dawei, who knew the end of their meeting, came to Meng Zhang.


    "I really didn''t expect that the children of the famous ancient moon family were so arrogant and arrogant."


    Niu Dawei said what he had in front of Meng Zhang and would not hide his inner thoughts.


    "Don''t underestimate the ancient moon family. Maybe this is what the ancient moon family wants us to see."


    Meng Zhang left thoughtful Niu Dawei, left the sect hall and returned to the quiet room.


    He wanted to mobilize the power of the dark hall in the door to inquire about the falsehood and reality of Gu Yue Aohan and Gu Yue''s family.


    However, the strength of the dark hall is limited, and it is mostly difficult to complete this task.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and sent a disciple to Dafeng City to ask Gu Yue Huai die to visit him.


    The disciple acted quickly and finished the task quickly.


    Without delay, Gu yuehuai butterfly immediately followed her to the gate of Taiyi gate to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense and asked Gu Yue Huai die directly. As a branch of the ancient moon family, what does she know about the ancient moon family of the Dali dynasty.


    Guyue family has many branches, but these branches are basically competitive and do not have close contacts.


    The Guyue family in Dafeng City has poor strength. It is just a Jindan family, so there is no spare effort to explore the details of other branches.


    They just know that the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty is powerful, and there are two or three yuan God Zhenjun.


    In the harem of Bawu emperor, there was a concubine from the ancient moon family, and she was very popular.


    Relying on the identity of relatives, the ancient moon family took many advantages in the Dali Dynasty.


    The Jiuqu province was officially incorporated into the Dali imperial dynasty. Many Dali Imperial forces, including the ancient moon family, saw the opportunity and poured here together.


    These big merchants from Dali Dynasty have strong strength and try to master the commerce and trade of the whole Jiuqu province.


    Relying on their own identity, the ancient moon family followed behind, waving flags and shouting, and also seeking benefits for the family.


    These are the intelligence mastered by the Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    It''s not that they don''t want to know more, but that the strength gap is too large and the power is far from each other. They can''t reach each other at all.


    They also have limited understanding of the people of the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Only a few well-known people, who have heard of names and so on, do not have a deeper understanding.


    When Jiuqu League was still there, many Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu League wanted to contact the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty through the relationship of Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    There is a basic connection between the two branches, but there is no in-depth relationship.


    Those forces of truth cultivation are in vain, but they have exposed their own tendencies.


    Meng Zhang seems to have no reservations about the appearance of the ancient moon with butterflies.


    Since she doesn''t know much, there''s no other way.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is also a wise man. He knows that Meng Zhang will not ask himself these questions for no reason.


    Since the Jiuqu province was officially incorporated into the Dali Dynasty and the ancient moon family from the Dali Dynasty entered here on a large scale, the ancient moon family in Dafeng City has been very worried about being annexed by other branches.


    Now Meng Zhang takes the initiative to ask these questions, and the other party may have begun to do it.


    Meng Zhang saw Gu Yue''s worry about carrying butterflies.


    Gale City, which is now under the control of the ancient moon family, is a large commercial city around it.


    Taiyimen originally planned to build a city in xiongshiling, and also build a large commercial city.


    The city is easy to build. It will be built soon. However, due to a series of reasons such as geographical location, trade has not developed.


    The position of gale city cannot be replaced for a long time.


    Even if the foreign merchants from the imperial dynasty are fierce, the business of Dafeng City is greatly affected because of its superior geographical location and years of operation, and still has a good income.


    As a vassal of Taiyi gate, Gu Yue family, who controls Dafeng City, regularly pays sacrifices to Taiyi gate.


    This offering has become an important source of income for the sect under the unfavorable development of taiyimen trade.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to the ancient moon family, especially the management talent of the ancient moon family, which goes far beyond the level of the family and is still above the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide it and told Gu Yue Huai die directly. The ancient moon family who came to take Dali from the imperial dynasty has sent someone to the door.


    He told Gu yuehuai butterfly to ask her to rest assured. Taiyimen will protect the ancient moon family to the end, and will never give up easily.


    As long as he and Meng Zhang are there, the Guyue family in Dafeng City will not be annexed.


    Meng Zhang''s comfort made Gu Yue Huai die''s face look much better.


    Even if she was still worried, she had nothing to rely on except Meng Zhang.


    After sending away Gu yuehuai butterfly, Meng Zhang thought about it.


    The ancient moon family from the Dali Dynasty is so arrogant that if they directly fight against Dafeng City, they may not be able to rescue in time.


    If this kind of thing really happens, it will throw taiyimen''s face to the ground and trample on it at will.


    In order to avoid this kind of thing, Meng Zhang specially asked Jin Lizhen Jun. Ask her to go to Dafeng City and stay there temporarily to prevent accidents.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, the cultivation in ordinary days does not need to rely on the underground spiritual pulse. As long as the essence of nine days and other materials are sufficient, no matter where you practice, it has little impact.


    Jin Lizhen readily agreed to Meng Zhang''s request and went directly to Dafeng City. She temporarily lived in the city and silently guarded the ancient moon family.

 Chapter 887

    Meng Zhang made a lot of preparations to protect the Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    Over the years, these forces from the mainland of Dali Dynasty are going deep into Jiuqu province step by step and quickly devouring all walks of life.


    Gale city is located in the north of Jiuqu province. Further north, it is the original wilderness of endless sand sea and Gobi.


    Within Jiuqu Province, Dafeng City is the largest commercial city in the north and the last barrier for local forces in Jiuqu province.


    Many merchants from Dali Dynasty set up business houses in Dafeng City and wantonly engaged in various transactions.


    Neither the Guyue family, as the leader of Dafeng City, nor the Taiyi gate behind the Guyue family, can forcibly drive them away.


    Of course, under the inspiration of Meng Zhang, the ancient moon family did not allow these foreign merchants to take root here easily, but imposed heavy taxes on them.


    In a word, the struggle between taiyimen and Dafeng City against foreign forces is not intense, but within the scope of rationality and legality.


    Jin Lizhen Jun settled in Dafeng City and did not publicize it or keep it secret.


    For the ancient moon family and the aborigines of Dafeng City, it is a great good thing to have a Yuanshen Zhenjun settled in, which is more secure.


    I don''t know whether it is the deterrence brought by Jin Lizhen''s entry or the fact that it is far away from the ancient moon family of the imperial dynasty, but the thunder and rain are small.


    Anyway, in the next period of time, they didn''t do anything, let alone mess up in Dafeng City.


    Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance.


    But the initiative is in the hands of others, and he can''t find any other good way.


    With the strength and status of taiyimen, you won''t take the initiative to provoke the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty.


    This feeling of passively waiting for others to do something is really uncomfortable, but Meng Zhang is helpless.


    Of course, during this period of time, there are not all troubles around.


    The snake spear of the killing spirit soldier, which has been raised by Meng Zhang for a long time, has finally been successfully promoted to a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Spirit snake spear gave birth to a spirit tool, spirit snake boy.


    In this way, Meng Zhang had three fourth-order magic tools in hand.


    The qicaixia light robe is a magic weapon for defending magic. It is a magic weapon. Spirit snake spear is a killing magic weapon, which is mainly used for attack.


    Yin Yang Linghu, a magic tool of this life, can increase the power of Yin-Yang Taoism and cultivate Taoist soldiers. Child Qiling Qingfeng is honest and obedient and loyal to Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time, it is the limit to keep three fourth-order magic tools. More will affect his cultivation.


    Meng Zhang has now reached the initial perfection of Yuanshen and is facing an important pass. We need to break through this pass to enter the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    In the critical period of cultivation breakthrough, he neglected many things.


    Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi in the gate are also impacting the key period of Yuanshen period.


    At this time, the most important task of taiyimen is to ensure their cultivation breakthrough and try to avoid conflict with the outside world.


    On the other side, you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm, after desperately connecting, almost communicated with the Yuanshen sect and family among all the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province.


    Except for a few, most of the clans and families joined his small group.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun, as the initiator, was elected the leader of this small group.


    Of course, his leader is more nominal and is mainly responsible for coordinating these Xiuzhen forces. If you really want to give an order to any Xiuzhen force, you don''t have that authority.


    So many cultivation forces have been connected. What should we do next?


    It''s not as if everyone would mobilize the army of monks to fight with these foreign big businesses.


    I don''t know if I can spell it. If they did, it would be tantamount to provoking civil strife. They will not be the first to leave the imperial court.


    If you can''t fight directly, fight it with commercial means.


    However, even the most powerful and best at doing business in the four seas are the defeated generals of others. Even if a group of defeated generals unite, they can''t compete with others.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun summoned the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the small group and the Jindan immortal in charge of specific affairs of various forces to discuss what to do next.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun''s mind is still very clear. They huddle together for warmth, just to get more living space and fight against big foreign businesses, not their purpose.


    Everyone agrees with you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    These big businessmen from Dali Dynasty have strong strength and deep background.


    If they were not forced to have no way, how could they take the initiative to compete with them?


    The biggest problem now is that these big businesses rely on their absolute strength to defeat them in the shopping mall, so that they lose the external market and their income is greatly reduced.


    After the original markets such as pills and talismans were taken away, they could barely support themselves by relying on fixed industries such as Lingtian and minerals.


    However, after these big businesses took the initiative, they tried their best to suppress the purchase price of miraculous drugs and materials, resulting in a sharp decline in their income.


    No clan or family can be completely self-sufficient. You also need Lingshi to buy the required materials and Lingshi to maintain its own operation.


    In particular, these large foreign businesses have subdued some local forces by various means.


    To restart the construction of a new square city and even a commercial city is obviously to completely put aside the local original business system and start a new stove and take a drastic step.


    Their actions are getting bigger and bigger, and their infringement on local forces is getting deeper and deeper.


    Unfortunately, these local Xiuzhen forces, even if they are united, still dare not confront them head-on.


    At this time, you Hongzhi Zhenjun showed you a bright way.


    Since all the markets of Jiuqu province have been lost, we should explore new markets and find new ways.


    As for where the new market is, you Hongzhi Zhenjun gave a little hint, and everyone understood.


    The foreign demons and spirits in the cloud and fog daze and the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie are very good customers.


    Their pills and talismans that are not easy to sell in Jiuqu province can be transported to these two places for sale.


    Yuantu prairie is rich in production. After years of development by foreign barbarians, it also has a certain ability to pay.


    It seems that the foreign demons and spirits in the fog and daze also have access to money, not the kind of penniless poor.


    Although they are nominally enemies of the imperial dynasty, the two sides have maintained a state of peace for many years. Apart from occasional skirmishes at the border, no large-scale fighting has broken out for a long time.


    There is no such thing as cleanliness in the hearts of these local Xiuzhen forces.


    They will not be at odds with each other just because they are foreign invaders.


    Hostile relations are one thing. Business can be done as usual.

 Chapter 888

    When the Jiuqu League was still there, the barbarians outside the territory occupied the Yuantu prairie.


    Although the Jiuqu League tried its best to suppress the barbarians outside the region, it had Fierce wars with them many times. However, there are still many Xiuzhen forces who secretly carry out various transactions with barbarians outside the territory.


    In the later stage, smuggling with foreign barbarians has become a major industry of Jiuqu League.


    In addition to the jade sword sect and a few other sects who insist on not participating, all qualified sects and families can get a foot in it.


    Many sects and families have benefited a lot from it, attracting more and more practitioners to join it.


    This kind of behavior is actually equivalent to the enemy, but few people care.


    When the Jiuqu League became the Jiuqu province of the Dali imperial dynasty, the Dali imperial government ordered to prohibit commercial exchanges with foreign invaders.


    These yuanshenzong families had great causes, and some had other ways to get money, so they gave up this way.


    Dali imperial court has strict laws, which everyone has heard of. As a new generation, there is no need to take risks.


    But now he has been forced into the corner, and his income has been greatly damaged. You Hongzhi Zhenjun brings up the old story again, so we can''t help but be excited.


    Dealing with these foreign invaders is not a blatant rebellion against the imperial dynasty, but an ordinary transaction. It should be no problem.


    Moreover, the so-called law is not responsible for the public. So many Xiuzhen forces are involved, even if the matter is exposed.


    Dali imperial court should have some scruples before dealing with it.


    It was even suggested that those big businessmen from the mainland of the imperial dynasty were also not honest people. They should have done a lot of such taboos.


    After some discussion, everyone reached an agreement.


    On the one hand, the major departments and families in small groups should unite and cooperate with one heart.


    On weekdays, we can exchange what we need, increase business exchanges between each other, promote the flow of materials within small groups, and form an internal market.


    Another aspect is that we organized a caravan together and secretly went to Yunwu daze and Yuantu prairie for trade.


    At the beginning, the caravan could be smaller. If everything goes well and the profit is considerable, then slowly expand the transaction scale.


    All transactions must be kept strictly confidential and must not be easily leaked. All participants try to be trusted core members within various forces.


    There is a consensus within the small group, and many details need to be communicated slowly and implemented seriously.


    This kind of thing can''t be in a hurry. It needs to be carried out step by step.


    Next, all the cultivation forces in the small group began to act secretly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to you Hongzhi and Zhenjun''s progress because he was in closed practice.


    Xu Mengying still has a sense of confidentiality. She didn''t tell Meng Zhang about it in her routine contact.


    She didn''t mean to keep Meng Zhang confidential, but for the sake of safety, she decided to tell Meng Zhang about it face to face and didn''t want to transfer it through indirect means.


    But Meng Zhang has been closed, she is also busy in a mess, and the two have no chance to communicate for the time being.


    After careful preparation, the caravan organized by you Hongzhi Zhenjun secretly went to Yunwu daze and Yuantu prairie to start the transaction.


    Despite some twists and turns and many incidents, the transaction finally went smoothly.


    Whether it is Yuantu prairie or daze of clouds, they have shown a strong interest in various items from the human cultivation world.


    The demon family is better. The demon family also has the inheritance of alchemy and weapon refining.


    Although the technique is a little rough and the loss in the middle process is a little large, it can solve the problem of whether there is a problem or not.


    Foreign barbarians and spiritual tribes have great deficiencies in these aspects.


    Especially the low-level clansmen of the demon, spirit and barbarian races are in great need of pills and other materials.


    The pill refined by human beings is mainly aimed at human beings. After taking it, the alien may not be able to give full play to the best efficacy, and there may be some bad sequelae.


    But something is better than nothing.


    These materials from Terran practitioners play a great role in the three races.


    The three races are also willing to buy at high prices and are more willing to strive to keep such trade channels unblocked.


    After tasting the initial sweetness, the scale of the transaction continued to expand, and the caravans going to Yuantu prairie and Yunwu daze became more and more frequent.


    With the blood back from the transactions in these two places, the income of these Xiuzhen forces has increased greatly.


    Although it is far from returning to its heyday, it can be maintained at least. The operation of the clan and the family has also returned to normal.


    In the blink of an eye, it has been nearly 30 years since the Jiuqu League became a Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang, who broke through the bottleneck from the early stage of Yuanshen to the middle stage of Yuanshen, did not practice very smoothly.


    Since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of cultivation, he has not encountered any problems with his extraordinary talent and unremitting efforts.


    Those so-called bottlenecks and so-called checkpoints can''t help him at all.


    With a little effort, he can break through smoothly.


    However, after the cultivation entered the Yuanshen period, the excellent spiritual root quality played a smaller and smaller role, which was almost negligible.


    In order to break through the bottleneck of cultivation in Yuanshen period, more and more attention should be paid to the understanding and accumulation of practitioners.


    Meng Zhang is still a little behind in this regard.


    Soon after he began to close the door, he found that although he had reached the initial perfection of Yuanshen, he had insufficient accumulation and was unlikely to break through.


    Meng Zhang did not insist, let alone worry.


    On the one hand, he continued to consolidate the foundation and strengthen accumulation. He began to do something else.


    At present, the situation around Jiuqu province is stable, and there is no trend of war for the time being.


    Meng Zhang also has more time, can rest assured and boldly enter the nine days.


    With the guidance of spiritual awareness, his harvest has always been good.


    The essence of the nine days and many precious heaven and earth spirits were collected by him.


    Last time he destroyed the space passage in the void, he gained a lot of military merit.


    After some thinking, he exchanged some heaven and earth spirits with the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After many exchanges and years of collection, Meng Zhang finally managed to raise all the materials for the cultivation of Taoist soldiers in the Yuanshen period.


    Meng Zhang put these materials into the yin-yang spiritual gourd in turn and carefully warmed it. It took nearly 20 years to finally raise a Taoist soldier in the early days of the yuan God.


    For the current taiyimen, there is no lack of combat effectiveness in the golden elixir period, and it is of little significance to keep Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period.


    Only the Taoist soldiers of Yuanshen period can greatly enhance the top combat power of the sect.


    Just keeping this Taoist soldier with the strength of Yuanshen in the early stage has exhausted the years of accumulation of taiyimen and Meng Zhang''s hard-earned military skills.


    Although he can still keep a Taoist soldier with the initial strength of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang can''t get enough resources.

 Chapter 889

    The level of Taiyi gate is still too low.


    Common resources can be collected by disciples.


    For high-level resources, except that disciples occasionally get some by chance, the main way to collect them is above nine days.


    If you want to enter the nine days, you need at least the cultivation in the later stage of Jindan.


    If you want to collect all kinds of resources safely, it''s best to have Yuanshen Zhenjun lead the team.


    At present, taiyimen still lacks high-end combat power.


    It is difficult to organize a resource collection team, and it is more than nine days a year.


    The high-end combat power in the door doesn''t have so much free time.


    Of course, now taiyimen is in the early stage of outbreak.


    Once the current stage is safely passed, the strength of the sect will usher in a big outbreak.


    After years of accumulation, Meng Zhang has slowly consolidated his foundation and is about to break through to the middle of Yuanshen.


    Both Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi have completed the golden elixir period and are likely to break through the Yuanshen period at any time.


    In addition, more and more young disciples of the sect break through the golden elixir period.


    Although most of the golden elixir immortal did not break through the period of Yuanshen. However, only when the base number is large, the probability of birth of Yuanshen friars in the door will increase.


    After decades of peaceful development, the population in taiyimen territory has increased greatly, and the development is good and prosperous.


    Even if taiyimen business fails and there are some difficulties in operation, it can not stop the booming development trend of taiyimen.


    At present, taiyimen has no other foreign enemies except some conflicts with the Dark Alliance branch under the leadership of Dong qiangzhen.


    Those big merchants from the Dali imperial dynasty have made full efforts to expand and have not had a direct conflict with taiyimen for the time being.


    There was peace at Taiyi gate, and other forces of truth cultivation in Jiuqu Province, mainly the small group established by you Hongzhi Zhenjun, encountered great trouble.


    After 20 or 30 years of development, the scale of their business exchanges with foreign invaders has become larger and larger. They also get more and more benefits from it, and they are more and more inseparable from such transactions.


    But at this time, an accident happened.


    Several caravans sent by this small group were intercepted by the garrison of Jiuqu province.


    The Dali imperial dynasty had long issued an order to prohibit the major Xiuzhen forces from having intimate relations with foreign invaders.


    Trading with them violated the law of Dali Dynasty.


    Such transactions have been going on for many years, and the caravans have always been hidden.


    Moreover, among the garrisons guarding the Jiuqu province of the Dali imperial dynasty, many monks from the local cultivation forces were absorbed.


    Even if they were in the garrison, these friars did not forget their clan and family.


    Not to mention the paid monks.


    We have not done less to inform the caravan, or even turn a blind eye and directly release it.


    The garrison took a sudden action and intercepted many caravans at one time, which was really unexpected.


    Especially when these caravans were intercepted, there were few cases of being caught obediently.


    The timid ones ran away on the spot, and the bolder ones openly resisted arrest and fought.


    In order to capture these caravans, casualties were inevitable among the garrison.


    In this way, the nature of the matter has become more and more serious.


    In fact, many people in you Hongzhi Zhenjun''s small group have not realized the seriousness of the matter.


    In their view, it was only bad luck that the caravan was intercepted by the garrison.


    Just like before, a good student can make things smaller and smaller.


    When the news reached Meng Zhang''s ears, Meng Zhang immediately realized that great things were not good.


    Fornication with foreign invaders and smuggling goods are not minor crimes.


    It is an unforgivable crime to openly resist arrest and attack and kill the garrison of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Dali imperial court fought in all directions all year round and paid the most attention to the army.


    The garrison, a non-profit army stationed in places to maintain law and order, still belongs to the military establishment of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    These ignorant guys fought with the garrison, but they made a big taboo.


    Seriously, it is against the king''s law and against his will.


    Things are going as Meng Zhang expected.


    Soon, rumors spread everywhere in Jiuqu province.


    It was said that the local Xiuzhen forces wanted to rebel. A large number of Xiuzhen forces gathered to attack and kill the garrison and collude with foreign invaders to make trouble.


    Someone has reported the matter to commander Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, and requested to immediately suppress the rebellious monks and restore normal order in Jiuqu Province as soon as possible.


    At this time, many monks in the small group realized that the problem was serious.


    Before the Governor General Zhang Weineng responded, several big merchants from Dali Dynasty, such as miaodan Association, Datong business alliance and Fuqi alliance, had gathered a strong army of monks in the name of killing the disorderly party and maintaining order.


    This army of friars can go out at any time. With one order, you can drive to all parts of Jiuqu province to wipe out all chaotic parties.


    From being intercepted by the caravan, to being detained on the charge of rebellion, and then to preparing to put an end to the rebellion.


    This series of things happened very suddenly, and the progress was amazing.


    At this time, even a dull person should realize that the situation is wrong.


    Some people may still have illusions that all these are misunderstandings. As long as they explain clearly, they can get away.


    But not everyone is so naive.


    Those who act decisively have begun to take action.


    In her busy schedule, Xu Mengying took the time to secretly meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang left the mountain gate and met Xu Mengying near Dafeng City.


    I haven''t seen her for many years. The original female monk, who was as elegant as an immortal and full of immortality, has already changed her temperament.


    At this time, Xu Mengying was haggard and covered with melancholy clouds.


    After the two met, Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang were silent and didn''t know how to comfort her.


    According to the original situation of Huang Lianjiao, there seems to be no better way to get out of trouble except to join small groups and keep warm.


    The reason why Meng Zhang has always refused to join the small group is that taiyimen is still in good condition and is far from exhausted.


    Sitting on the vast territory of endless sand sea and Gobi, taiyimen has enough room for maneuver.


    Second, Meng Zhang''s vigilance against you Hongzhi Zhenjun made him unable to trust each other and instinctively wanted to stay away from each other.


    Meng Zhang had just avoided this storm by refusing you Hongzhi''s connection with Zhenjun.


    Xu Mengying came to the door this time. In addition to expressing regret, she asked Meng Zhang for help.


    After this happened, Meng Zhang knew that it was difficult for taiyimen to stay out.


    He has long had the idea of helping.

 Chapter 890

    Meng Zhang wants to help, not because of his friendship with Xu Mengying, but because of the overall situation, so that taiyimen can have a better living environment in the future.


    Whether it is the death of the lips and teeth, or the death of the rabbit and the sorrow of the fox, Meng Zhang can''t watch these local Xiuzhen forces be wiped out one by one, but he doesn''t do anything.


    There are still many details about this incident that have not been clarified.


    But people like Meng Zhang, who have a little brain, know that Xu Mengying and his small group must have been calculated and fell into the trap laid by others in advance.


    The people behind the scenes, needless to say, must be the foreign strong dragons such as miaodan club, Qifu League and Datong Business League.


    Even if there is no evidence yet, Meng Zhang can claim that it is them.


    As for the details of how they carried out this calculation and whether there was internal ghost cooperation within the small group, it is unknown.


    Meng Zhang believes that taiyimen is also the goal of their calculation.


    After the conflict with miaodan, the other party didn''t retaliate immediately.


    The ancient moon family sent a little girl to deliberately annoy Meng Zhang.


    All the above can make Meng Zhang associate.


    If taiyimen had felt the crisis, Meng Zhang was angered. In order to fight them, he joined the small group formed by you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    Today, among those who are in a hurry, Meng Zhang should be indispensable.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that these large foreign merchants only occupied and controlled the market of Jiuqu province and monopolized the commerce and trade here through various normal commercial means.


    I didn''t expect that they had such vicious means.


    These strong dragons crossing the river really deserve their reputation.


    Once the charges of this small group are implemented, all the Xiuzhen forces involved will be uprooted from the imperial dynasty.


    Xu Mengying should have realized the seriousness of the problem long ago, so she hurried to Meng Zhang for help.


    Of course, in the face of such a crisis and such a strong enemy, Xu Mengying doesn''t think Meng Zhang can help much.


    She is just desperate, dead horse as a live horse doctor, trying to catch a straw.


    If Meng Zhang stood by and even drew a line with her out of a clear mind to protect himself, she could understand.


    Her only request is that Meng Zhang, for the sake of many years of friendship, help Huang Lianjiao keep the last seed.


    In the face of the disaster of extermination, the followers of Huanglian sect are about to launch in order to keep the inheritance of the sect and ensure the continuation of the sect.


    According to Xu Mengying''s worst plan. She will arrange a few young disciples of Huanglian sect to hide their names, hide their origins and shelter under the wings of Taiyi sect.


    According to Xu Mengying, after the destruction of Baizhan gate, some disciples were taken in by Taiyi gate, and the mountain gate was rebuilt in the Gobi of evil wind as a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    Xu Mengying didn''t know that after the death of the beast anger elder of the beast king mountain, the beast king mountain was divided up by the jade sword gate and the four seas commercial firms.


    A small number of disciples arranged by the beast anger elder in advance are sheltering in Taiyi gate, which continues the inheritance of the beast king mountain.


    After listening to Xu Mengying''s words, Meng Zhang immediately said that he would not sit idly by and would do his best to help.


    This surprised and moved Xu Mengying.


    If we really let these foreign forces easily achieve their goals, we will clear up the local Xiuzhen forces. That taiyimen will probably be their next target.


    At that time, I don''t know what vicious means will be waiting for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang might as well take the initiative to attack at this time and take advantage of the strength of local Xiuzhen forces. Everyone still has the power of World War I.


    Of course, we should pay attention to strategy.


    Meng Zhang is not lengtouqing. It is impossible to immediately mobilize the friars of taiyimen to fight with those foreign big businesses.


    Meng Zhang told Xu Mengying to go back and persuade everyone in the small group to mobilize the army of monks and prepare for the worst.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also reminded Xu Mengying to be careful. There will be traitors in their small group.


    After Xu Mengying left, Meng Zhang ordered the door to strengthen vigilance and prepare for war. But he himself, with the fastest speed, rushed to Jiuqu City, the capital of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang''s fourth order magic weapon qicaixia light robe has a little acceleration function in addition to strong defense.


    Meng Zhang''s speed was all open, but in a few days, he crossed most of the nine zigzag provinces and arrived at his destination.


    Jiuqu city was originally the headquarters of Jiuqu League. Meng Zhang has been here more than once before.


    After it became the capital of Jiuqu Province, the architectural layout in the city changed little.


    When commander Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, took office, he held a grand ceremony and called the heads of major religious forces to meet him.


    That ceremony was of great significance, indicating that Jiuqu League has become a part of Dali imperial dynasty and a province of Dali imperial dynasty since then.


    Meng Zhang just went with everyone to meet Marshal Zhang Weineng, governor, and had no chance to communicate with him alone.


    Meng Zhang came to Jiuqu city this time not to meet the strange Marshal Zhang Weineng, but to find the way of his old friend Wen dongzhenjun.


    Wen dongzhenjun intended to make friends with Meng Zhang and established a good friendship with Meng Zhang.


    In these years, Wen Zhenjun has been resident in Jiuqu city.


    Because of the distance, they don''t meet many times.


    However, during the Spring Festival, Meng Zhang specially told the disciples of Taiyi gate who were stationed in Jiuqu city to bring a generous gift to meet Wen Dongzhen.


    Many times, disciples specially sent by the Taiyi sect took Meng Zhang''s handwritten letters and various gifts and took the initiative to visit.


    Wen dongzhenjun is a man of courtesy. Whether it is reciprocity or their friendship, he asked him to reply to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had only hope at this time. He had kept in touch for many years, which made their friendship reliable.


    Meng Zhang came to Wen Dongzhen''s residence in Jiuqu League and met Wen Dongzhen very smoothly.


    After the meeting, after a brief greeting, Meng Zhang was about to get to the point, but Wen Dongzhen mentioned Meng Zhang''s intention first.


    Wen Dongzhen is now an aide to the governor''s office. He is specially responsible for advising the Governor General Zhang Weineng and assisting him in managing such a zigzag province.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun is not low in position and has great power.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng doesn''t have much free time except for his own cultivation and military affairs.


    Wen Dongzhen is in charge of many daily affairs in the governor''s office.


    Many departments in Jiuqu Province, including the intelligence system, have to report to him.


    From Jiuqu city to the whole Jiuqu Province, there are not many things that can hide from Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang hurried to his house and knew his purpose without opening his mouth.


    If he only had an unreliable friendship with Meng Zhang, he would not intervene in this matter.

 Chapter 891

    Those big businessmen from Dali Dynasty are not ignorant people, nor are they lengtouqing who only know how to act recklessly.


    From top to bottom of the governor''s office of Jiuqu Province, they all have special personnel responsible for management.


    Important people like Wen Dongzhen will not fall.


    Wen Dongzhen received enough benefits and was unwilling to offend the powerful people behind them. Naturally, we should turn a blind eye to what they have done.


    At the critical moment, we should even take the initiative to help and take over the next good luck.


    In contrast, the friendship with Meng Zhang and the generous gifts given by Meng Zhang are not enough.


    If this is the case alone, Meng Zhang will only refuse to come to the door for help this time.


    However, this incident is not only the offensive of the strong dragon crossing the river against the local forces of the Jiuqu League, but also involves other aspects.


    At the beginning, in order to calm the Jiuqu League as soon as possible, marshal Zhang Weineng offered very favorable conditions to recruit and surrender the major cultivation forces. Instead of weakening them, they retained their semi independent status.


    Such a practice does not echo the tradition of the Dali Dynasty''s foreign expedition, nor does it conform to the consistent style of the Dali Dynasty.


    In the Dali Dynasty, many people expressed dissatisfaction with this. They thought that marshal Zhang Weineng was too weak and gave too much concessions to the major Xiuzhen forces of the Jiuqu League.


    In the Dali imperial court, there are also factions and political disputes.


    As a pure general, marshal Zhang Weineng is inevitably involved.


    The practice of foreign forces such as Miao Dan Association, Qi Fu League and Datong Business League greatly catered to the ideas of some people in the DPRK.


    In the view of some senior officials of the Dali Dynasty, marshal Zhang Weineng''s original practice was only an expedient measure.


    As a result, many semi independent princes appeared in Jiuqu province.


    This is unfavorable to the rule of Dali Dynasty and will cause many hidden dangers.


    With the help of Datong business alliance and other non-governmental forces, we can sort out the local forces in Jiuqu Province, which is conducive to the long-term stability of Jiuqu Province in the future.


    These people acted wishfully and thought it would be good for governor Zhang Weineng and marshal.


    They didn''t think about it, or thought about it and didn''t care. What''s in Marshal Zhang Weineng''s heart.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng is the governor of Jiuqu province. He has long regarded Jiuqu Province as his own territory.


    It''s strange that a group of outsiders ran to their own territory to dictate and do whatever they want.


    If these big foreign businessmen only use normal business methods, it''s still a problem.


    Even if he had any opinion in his heart, he would not easily reveal it.


    They made such a big incident, which obviously exceeded the tolerance bottom line of Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    In particular, this incident actually involved the garrison troops stationed in Jiuqu Province, which makes people even more angry.


    After being weakened for many times, the most powerful army stationed in Jiuqu province is the Zhenbei army, which is personally controlled by Marshal Zhang Weineng. It is generally not easy to use on weekdays.


    The garrisons stationed in various places are in the Dali imperial system, but they are stationed in places that do not enter the mainstream.


    The most powerful in the army is the golden elixir period, and the overall strength is weak.


    Its members are also good and bad, with different levels.


    No matter how weak the garrison is, it is also the army under commander Zhang Weineng.


    For their own sake, these big businessmen put their hands into the garrison, which is a taboo of Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    As for their private entanglement with the army of friars, if they want to take over and act privately, it makes commander Zhang Weineng make up his mind and never let them do whatever they want.


    Since Mr. Wen Dongzhen is an aide of the governor''s office, his position should naturally stand firmly on the governor''s side.


    Governor Zhang Weineng didn''t hide his mind in front of Wen Dongzhen, who naturally wanted to share his worries with his immediate boss.


    Meng Zhang came to the door at this time, which really agreed with Wen Dongzhen.


    Wen dongzhenjun vaguely revealed that governor Zhang Weineng was very dissatisfied with the practices of big foreign businessmen.


    Of course, as a provincial governor, marshal Zhang Weineng can''t directly intervene in this matter.


    Hearing what Dongzhen Jun said made Meng Zhang happy.


    As long as governor Zhang Weineng and marshal Zhang Weineng are not on the side of the enemy, there will be room for maneuver this time.


    He immediately called for injustice to Wen Dongzhen.


    He wept about these big foreign businessmen who, through conspiracy, planted and framed, slandered good people and disorderly security charges.


    If we follow their practice, we will only be in a panic and in danger.


    If not handled properly, it may trigger a civil war in Jiuqu provinces.


    Meng Zhang complained about grievances for the small group formed by you Hongzhi Zhenjun. Although there was some exaggeration in the words, it happened to be right about what Wen Dongzhen Jun was most worried about.


    Those big foreign businessmen charged the local Xiuzhen forces with disorderly party, trying to wipe out others.


    Even the weakest practitioners will not be caught without a hand.


    Once a war breaks out, the Jiuqu province will certainly be restless.


    If the war is delayed for a long time, it will lead to many adverse consequences.


    As a provincial governor, marshal Zhang Weineng certainly did not want to see the war smoke everywhere and devastation in the area under his own rule.


    Wen dongzhenjun hinted that Meng Zhang, governor Zhang Weineng, had some knowledge of their grievances.


    He also clearly told Meng Zhang that in the whole Jiuqu Province, only governor Zhang Wei can be commander-in-chief, who is qualified to decide who is the chaotic party.


    In addition, what others say is nonsense and can''t be counted at all.


    In view of the recent chaos in Jiuqu Province, marshal Zhang Weineng will personally clean up the garrison, focusing on the garrison around the country.


    Meng Zhang must have heard what Dongzhen Jun said.


    In this way, we will not be afraid of those big foreign businessmen. We will use the power of Dali imperial government to send out a large army to eradicate the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Although Wen Dongzhen didn''t say it clearly, he gave Meng Zhang many hints.


    They are a group of local Xiuzhen forces, which can assemble and confront those big foreign businessmen.


    Under such circumstances, no one will easily start a war. The most is a small-scale confrontation.


    When the confrontation lasted for a long time, marshal Zhang Weineng, governor, would intervene under the pretext of mediation.


    At that time, all the troubles will be calmed down.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t believe in Wen Dongzhen very much. However, under the current situation, he can only have a glimmer of vitality if he does what the other party says.


    If he did not stand on the opposite side of Dali imperial government, but against those big businessmen, Meng Zhang was confident to fight.


    Jiuqu province''s local cultivation force is not weak, as long as we work together. Even if you can''t win the other party, maintaining a confrontation and delaying time is still not a big problem.


    The reason why Meng Zhang came to ask Wen Dongzhen for help was not that he expected the friendship between the two sides to play a big role.


    He guessed that marshal Zhang Weineng, the governor, might not be happy to see that these guys from the mainland of the imperial dynasty did whatever they wanted and created all kinds of trouble in their own ruling area.

 Chapter 892

    Meng Zhang''s guess is correct. Marshal Zhang Weineng, the governor, is not in line with these big foreign businessmen at all.


    On weekdays, these big businessmen concentrate on managing the governor''s house. How can they miss the governor Zhang Weineng.


    Governor Zhang Weineng is not the kind of person who doesn''t understand flexibility and won''t refuse their gifts.


    But when they are willing to be used by Zhang Weineng''s political enemies in the court and create this incident behind Zhang Weineng''s back, they are equal to taking the initiative to stand on the opposite side of Zhang Weineng.


    Of course, these arrogant guys may not think it''s bad to do so.


    They may feel that their own courtesy is considerate and well managed, which has given Zhang Wei enough face.


    Those generous gifts on weekdays can''t make Zhang Wei accept their practices.


    However, marshal Zhang Weineng scruples about the power behind them and is unwilling to conflict with them directly.


    If someone stood up against them at this time, marshal Zhang Weineng must be loved.


    Wen dongzhenjun, who knew his boss''s mind, gave Meng Zhang the opportunity to fight against those big foreign businessmen.


    Although he knew that he had been shot, Meng Zhang happily accepted Wen Dongzhen''s opinion.


    Wen Dongzhen used Meng Zhang to fight against those big foreign businessmen. Meng Zhang did not use Wen Dongzhen and the governor Zhang Weineng behind him to offset the pressure from the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After Wen Dongzhen left his residence, Meng Zhang did not delay in Jiuqu city. He left here as soon as possible and returned to the north of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang did not return to taiyimen gate, but went directly to Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian sect.


    Since the Dali Dynasty conquered the Jiuqu League, peace has been restored on the battlefield where the former army fought for many days.


    When Meng Zhang came to Huanglian holy mountain, Xu Mengying was gathering disciples of the sect.


    On the one hand, it is to compile and train a large army of monks in case of need.


    On the other hand, they also began to arrange a retreat.


    If the worst happens, she will have to lead the Huanglian sect disciples to leave Jiuqu province and the ruling area of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang easily saw Xu Mengying.


    He didn''t hide anything and told his plan directly.


    Since governor Zhang Weineng was not on the enemy''s side, they still had room for struggle.


    They must hold the enemy back, but they cannot easily start an all-out war.


    As long as Xu Mengying was not overjoyed and had little delay, the enemy immediately took action according to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    Because Huanglian holy mountain is located in the hinterland of Jiuqu Province, it was previously used as the temporary headquarters of Jiuqu League by yujianmen.


    When you Hongzhi Zhenjun set up that small group, some people thought carefully and didn''t want you Hongzhi Zhenjun to have too much say.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun is the initiator, so he can''t fully grasp the leading power of this small group.


    Therefore, both Changchun Zhenjun and wucrack Zhenjun proposed to temporarily set up the headquarters of the small group in Huanglian holy mountain.


    In order to form this small group as soon as possible, you Hongzhi Zhenjun is willing to make concessions on many things and will not argue with others.


    Whenever there is something important, people in small groups gather and discuss in Huanglian holy mountain.


    They also have some basic rules in this loose small group.


    In order to ensure fairness, every Yuanshen Zhenjun has the right to call everyone to discuss matters.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, Xu Mengying informed all the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the small group and urgently called them together to discuss major plans and deal with the current difficult situation together.


    By this time, even the most insensitive people in small groups have found that the situation is wrong.


    The malice of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance is almost undisguised.


    After receiving Xu Mengying''s summons, everyone immediately put down what they were doing and rushed to Huanglian holy mountain as soon as possible to participate in the party.


    Eight Yuanshen Zhenjun, including you Hongzhi Zhenjun, you Huishan Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm, Changchun Zhenjun of changchunguan, no rift, Shangguan Huizhen Jun, Shangguan Tuzhen Jun, the ancestor of Shangguan family, Huolie Zhenjun of huolieshan, and Qiqiao Zhenjun of Jiqiao sect, have successively come to Huanglian holy mountain.


    In addition, Xu Mengying, the master here, and Meng Zhangzhen, who came to help boxing, together with ten yuan God Zhenjun, gathered here.


    After the crowd arrived, Meng Zhang appeared in front of everyone.


    No need to introduce Xu Mengying Zhenjun. No one knows Meng zhangzhenjun, the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense, so he went straight to the point.


    He briefly described the relationship between these large foreign businessmen and the governor''s office of Jiuqu province.


    These big foreign businessmen acted recklessly and greatly offended Marshal Zhang Weineng, the governor.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng is very dissatisfied with them. But limited to identity, it''s not easy to teach them directly.


    Therefore, commander Zhang Weineng secretly ordered Meng Zhang to gather the strength of the people and teach the big foreign businessmen a lesson to let them know who is the master of Jiuqu province.


    Everyone was relieved to hear that marshal Zhang Weineng, the governor, was on his side.


    In this way, they will not be enemies with the officials of the Dali Dynasty. They don''t have to worry that the Dali imperial army will come to the door.


    The main purpose of what Meng Zhang said is to deceive these people for their own use.


    The present Yuanshen Zhenjun is not a fool. The reason why he is so easy to be fooled by Meng Zhang.


    First of all, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, has a good reputation on weekdays. He is not a person who breaks his word.


    He said he was secretly supported by the Governor General Zhang Weineng. It should not be a lie.


    People like him don''t tell lies that are easily exposed.


    Second, everyone was a little overwhelmed by the sudden situation.


    A timid person like Ji Qiao Zhen Jun has been frightened for fear of being killed by Dali imperial dynasty as a chaotic party.


    Meng Zhang showed up at this time and showed us a bright way. Of course, we should firmly grasp this life-saving straw.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader of a school for many years. He is also the true monarch of the yuan God. He has his own magnanimity and can be convincing.


    His plan is not complicated. It is mainly divided into two steps.


    One step is that they are ten yuan gods. Zhenjun immediately takes action and shows his force to prove that his family is not so easy to deal with.


    Ten Yuanshen Zhenjun united together, even if they sent out the army in the north of the town, it was difficult to catch them all.


    As long as we can''t solve them as soon as possible, we must pay attention to them.


    Another step is that the yuan God Zhenjun, who is present here, immediately sends his younger generation to Jiuqu city to complain to the governor, marshal Zhang Weineng, and ask him to make decisions for everyone.

 Chapter 893

    Send disciples to Jiuqu city to beat drums and shout grievances, so that governor Zhang Weineng has an excuse to intervene in this incident.


    Gather a full number of ten true monarchs to fully demonstrate their strength, so that Dali''s high-level officials can''t despise them or easily erase them.


    Also let those foreign dragons know that the local snakes in Jiuqu province are not so weak.


    Meng Zhang''s plan was not entirely written by him.


    After Wen Dongzhen''s suggestion, he discussed with Xu Mengying again, and then had the current plan.


    Meng Zhang''s plan doesn''t sound like a problem, and it''s not complicated. It can be implemented easily.


    After listening to this, the yuan God Zhenjun didn''t have much opinion. After a brief discussion, we decided to follow the plan.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had long suspected that some people in this small group had been bought by big foreign businessmen and became ghosts.


    Otherwise, how could the other party be so accurate this time and hit the key of this small group.


    After Meng Zhang reminded Xu Mengying, Xu Mengying also had similar doubts.


    During the discussion, Meng Zhang thought that the insider would make trouble and prevent his plan from passing.


    Unexpectedly, without any opinions, we unanimously adopted the plan.


    Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance.


    He doesn''t believe much in the yuan God Zhenjun here.


    But at present, there is no other power available except with their power.


    Meng Zhang only pretended that he didn''t know anything, but strengthened his vigilance in the dark.


    If you want to show strength and force, of course, you can''t just stay on the Huanglian holy mountain.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, all the yuan God Zhenjun here contacted their mountain gates one after another, or asked their cronies to deliver the letter in person.


    After receiving their orders, the disciples left behind at the mountain gate will naturally organize a team and go to the governor''s house of Jiuqu city to cry out for injustice.


    Meng Zhang specially ordered that you must do enough to make as much noise as you can.


    Not only should it be known to all the provincial people, but it''s best to send the news back to the mainland far away from the imperial dynasty.


    After finishing this, Meng Zhang gathered all the people and flew to the south of Jiuqu province.


    Among the foreign merchants who entered Jiuqu Province on a large scale, Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance are the main forces.


    Other forces are vassals of these three forces or have close ties with them.


    Compared with the three major forces, the other forces are small-scale and pick up some leaked soup from them.


    In addition, relying on their wealth and deep background, some local forces in Jiuqu provinces either take the initiative to take refuge or are subdued by them.


    Among these local forces, the strongest is jindanzong gate.


    At the level of Yuanshen sect, it is not so easy to be accepted.


    Among the three forces, Datong business alliance is the strongest, the most powerful and the most profound background.


    It is said that Datong business alliance has many powerful shareholders. Even the Dali royal family seems to have a share in it.


    For the Datong Business League, provincial governor general Zhang Weineng was also at a distance and unwilling to provoke.


    If they hadn''t gone too far and stretched their hands and feet too long, which affected the authority of governor Zhang Weineng and undermined his control over the zigzag provinces, he might not have reacted.


    Soon after Datong Commercial Union entered Jiuqu Province, it chose a place among Jiuqu provinces as its temporary headquarters.


    Here is a great plain in the south of Jiuqu Province, an important tributary of Jiuqu River, flowing over the plain.


    There are many spiritual veins and rich resources here. It was originally a famous place of Jiuqu League.


    Originally, the master of this great plain was the Qing Yuan sect and another yuan Shen sect.


    Under the leadership of Qinglang Zhenjun, qingyuanzong surrendered to the Dali Dynasty.


    Dali''s imperial high-level still weakened the Qing Yuan sect greatly according to the practice, allowing it to hand over a lot of territory and resources.


    Another yuanshenzong family, which controls this place, was killed early because it was ignorant of the current affairs and tried to use the mantis as a cart when the Dali imperial dynasty invaded.


    This rich plain is directly owned by the officials of the Dali Dynasty.


    After entering Jiuqu Province, Datong Commercial Union took a fancy to this place. At the expense of a lot of money and a lot of favor, he bought this land from the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After the land was acquired, Datong Commercial Union started construction here.


    It is said that Datong business union plans to build it into a big business city as its headquarters in Jiuqu province.


    Now, it has become the target of Meng Zhang and other ten yuan God Zhenjun, and it is also the object of their demonstration.


    After they left the holy mountain of Huanglian, Meng Zhang flew all the way south.


    In a few days, he flew a long distance and came over the great plain.


    Overlooking the great plain below from above, in the middle of the great plain, a huge city has taken shape.


    The city is located on a small hill with clear outline and covers an extremely wide area.


    Countless builders are busy in the city like ants.


    Flying boats are going in and out to transport materials to the cities under construction.


    A monk flies up and down, or carries materials, or directs the work of jianlishi.


    Meng Zhang and everyone looked at each other. Everyone was in the same mind and was ready to show their skills to let these outsiders know their strength.


    Since the Datong Business League and other three foreign forces entered Jiuqu Province on a large scale, the Xiuzhen forces belonging to the yuan God Zhenjun have suffered heavy losses and lost most of their sources of income.


    They are fed up with the cowardice brought to their families by each other, but they have no choice but to bear it silently.


    It was not easy to keep warm and have a new way to get rich, but they fell into the calculation of the other party, putting themselves and their forces in danger.


    New hatred and old resentment surged into my heart. Now I have a rare opportunity to vent. Everyone began to attack.


    Ten Yuanshen Zhenjun lined up and dived directly from the high altitude.


    Their actions were swaggering without the slightest disguise.


    The powerful momentum belonging to the true monarch of the yuan God was released unreservedly by them.


    Although the ten Yuanshen Zhenjun have different cultivation methods, they still try to keep coordination and consistency.


    They are connected with each other, cooperate with each other, and the smell of terror falls from the sky and severely presses down on the city below.


    The whole city seemed to shake for a while, and it seemed that it suddenly became a large part shorter.


    Almost all the practitioners in the city were on the verge of collapse in the face of this terrible momentum without the slightest resistance.


    It was as if they had met a small animal with natural enemies. They fell on their knees, trembling and powerless.


    In the whole city, there are only two places, which also raise two strong momentum, barely competing with the momentum under pressure.

 Chapter 894

    Jiuqu province has long been far away from the territory of the imperial dynasty and has been stable for many years.


    Datong business alliance is a big Mac that no one dares to provoke easily even when it is far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    The senior management of Datong business alliance has never worried about the security of this new big city.


    However, because this is a temporary headquarters, there are many key places.


    Moreover, there are many warehouses in the city, storing a large number of goods, including precious treasures.


    Therefore, according to the Convention, the senior management of the business alliance has arranged a strong protective force here.


    There is no need to say more about immortal Jindan and the guards at the following levels. There are two yuan God Zhenjun alone.


    Under normal circumstances, none of the Jiuqu provinces dare to attack the Datong business alliance.


    No one has the strength to break here easily.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun preside over the defense. Even if they are unable to repel the enemy in case of an invasion by a strong enemy, they can hold it temporarily and wait for rescue.


    However, the Datong business alliance never expected that the enemy would put all his eggs in one basket and sent ten yuan Shen Zhenjun to this place at one go.


    At present, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of both sides has not made a formal move. The competition in momentum alone has fallen to a complete disadvantage on the side of Datong business alliance.


    There is not much difference in cultivation, and the number of people is too much. This is not surprising.


    Completely overwhelm the opponent in momentum, firmly lock the opponent with mind, and launch a thunderbolt at any time.


    However, Meng Zhang and other ten yuan God Zhenjun did not make any further action, but continued to oppress without any relaxation.


    They came here this time to show force, not really to fight with each other.


    If they do not have the slightest scruples, they can easily crush the whole city into powder.


    At that time, there will be only one way between them and Datong business alliance.


    This is not what they want.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to fight, but the two suppressed yuan God Zhenjun were very unwilling.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Datong Business League are both from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    I''m used to being superior on weekdays. I don''t like the steamed stuffed bun born in Jiuqu Province, a remote place.


    There is also a distinction between the yuan God and the true monarch.


    Even if the cultivation level is the same, there is still a big gap between the yuan God and the true monarch from different backgrounds.


    In the hearts of these two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Datong business union, it was a great humiliation to be suppressed by a group of local steamed stuffed bun Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    They shouted angrily, forced to rise against great pressure, and were about to break through the suppression of the enemy.


    Just as they flew into the air, Meng Zhang, who had been waiting here for a long time, urged the power of the avenue almost at the same time.


    Gold, wood, soil and fire, five elements Avenue, yin and Yang Avenue, a lot of power of the avenue surged in the air, and there were many visions in the sky.


    Among the ten true monarchs of the yuan God, there are not only parallel goods that are not good at fighting, but also Changchun true monarchs with insufficient cultivation. However, he also has Meng Zhang, who has superb combat effectiveness and profound attainments in the power of the road.


    Like the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of the four seas business firm and the two ancestors of the Shangguan family, they are not the weak among the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Ten people work together, no matter how unwilling and struggling each other, the result is already doomed.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Datong Business League failed to break through, but they caught them alive.


    Of course, if you want to capture them rather than kill them, you will still waste everyone''s hands and feet.


    Even Huolie Zhenjun and Shangguan tuzhenjun of Huolie mountain were slightly injured.


    However, all this is worth it. With two hostages in their hands, they have more room for maneuver.


    When shooting, although everyone has a tacit understanding to control the power of shooting, try not to let the aftermath of the battle spread.


    But in the big city on the ground, it was as if it had just been blown by a hurricane.


    All kinds of buildings are staggering, and all kinds of articles are blown down all over the ground.


    A famous cultivator lay on the ground, embarrassed and weak.


    Although the scene was a little ugly, there were not many casualties.


    Meng Zhang and his ten Yuanshen Zhenjun took their captives and flew to the air not far from the front of the big city, looking down silently.


    Because they had no further action, some active monks in the city began to treat their companions and clean up the mess.


    The two captured Yuanshen Zhenjun were angry and unwilling.


    If they hadn''t been restrained and unable to speak, they would have started yelling.


    Meng Zhang did not embarrass them and threw them on a small hill below.


    Now, Meng Zhang, they have made moves. It depends on how the other party will respond.


    When Meng Zhang and his disciples just appeared, in the big city below, a clever monk sent out a talisman for help.


    Up to now, there are still messenger symbols flying out of the city from time to time, flying in all directions, passing messages to the outside world and asking for rescue.


    The response of Datong business alliance was very fast. In only half a day, a Yuanshen Zhenjun flew from a distance and approached here at a high speed.


    When flying close, the Yuanshen Zhenjun took the initiative to slow down and spy here secretly.


    Meng Zhang and others lined up and sat quietly in the air. There was nothing to let the enemy spy on or keep secret.


    The two captured Yuanshen Zhenjun were displayed so that everyone could have a look.


    The close Yuanshen Zhenjun found a large number of enemies and was obviously unable to defeat them.


    Especially after finding two companions captured alive, he learned a lesson. He didn''t dare to fly too close, but observed silently in the distance.


    Both sides did not take any further action, so they waited silently.


    Over time, the news has spread completely.


    In addition to Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance, they have received news and know the situation here.


    Next, a Yuanshen Zhenjun flew from a distance and came nearby.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun belong to the three major forces such as Datong business alliance. They all came to reinforce them after receiving news.


    Datong business alliance and other large foreign businesses are powerful, but the strong ones are scattered throughout Jiuqu province. It will take some time to concentrate.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative and let them gather slowly.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is to promote peace by fighting, not to start an all-round war with them.


    Otherwise, they will not be allowed to gather, but seize the opportunity and break it one by one.


    After several days, the three major merchants of Datong business alliance gathered most of the Yuanshen Zhenjun in Jiuqu province to this place.


    About eight or nine Yuanshen Zhenjun, on the other side of the city, also flew in the air, facing Meng Zhang from afar.


    In terms of the number of Yuanshen Zhenjun alone, they are not dominant.


    In a hurry, they had no time to mobilize the army of monks to this place.

 Chapter 895

    Next to Yuanshen Zhenjun of three major merchants such as Datong business alliance, there are four or five Yuanshen Zhenjun gathered together.


    They are the Yuanshen Zhenjun of other forces who followed the three major merchants into Jiuqu province this time.


    The strength of their forces is far inferior to the three major businesses, but even the three major businesses can''t ignore them because of various factors.


    They have followed the three major businesses in recent years, taking a lot of advantages and reaping a lot.


    Of course, they are not a family with the three major businesses after all.


    On weekdays, it''s no problem to catch a ride behind the three major businesses, take advantage of them and get some soup.


    But it''s better to think about it if you want to fight against strong enemies with the three major businesses and bite hard bones.


    Of course, at least on the surface, they stand with the three major businesses.


    After all, we are all from Dali imperial native land, more or less a little incense.


    The leader of this group of Yuanshen Zhenjun is Gu Yue Shuyao of the Gu Yue family of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    On the surface, the three major merchants are led by Datong business alliance, and the person in charge of Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province is the business letter Zhenjun.


    As a monk in the middle period of Yuanshen, he is most famous not for his accomplishments, but for his management organization and good at business.


    At this time, he was looking at the other side with a bad face.


    Meng Zhang''s decisive action of their ten yuan gods Zhenjun this time was beyond everyone''s expectation. They were caught off guard by a business letter to Zhenjun.


    To be honest, these three major businesses have strong strength, but they have never expected to wipe out these local forces by relying solely on their own strength.


    What they mainly did was to create a momentum, open up the joints and let Dali leave the imperial government, specifically the governor''s office of Jiuqu Province, mobilize the army in the north of town and forcibly suppress these local snakes.


    The army of Dali imperial dynasty takes the lead in front. They can fight with the wind behind them. By the way, they can accept the enemy''s property and share their worries for the imperial court.


    But now, before the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty said anything, the enemy had taken the initiative to kill the door.


    It''s not good for the enemy to go out on a large scale.


    After all, business letters are the nature of businessmen. They don''t like to fight hard and don''t want to fight hard with the enemy at this time.


    If it weren''t for your side, there were two Yuanshen Zhenjun who fell into the enemy''s hands, and the big city below couldn''t give up easily.


    He had the intention to give in for a while and wait until Dali''s official action to clean up these local steamed stuffed buns.


    But now, forced by the situation, it is not easy for him to give in.


    He looked at the people of Gu Yue Shuyao not far away and scolded in his heart.


    Seeing the benefits, these guys ran faster than anyone when they came to pick up bargains.


    But when I met a hard bone, I began to shrink and refused to contribute.


    If Gu Yueshu Yao and they don''t fight, their own strength can''t beat each other.


    Although he was unhappy, the business letter Zhenjun was still smiling and was preparing to negotiate with Gu yueshuyao to see if he could pay some price and let them use it for his own use.


    Speaking of it, the trap they set up this time by Datong business alliance did not hide from the ancient moon family.


    The ancient moon family seems not to be directly involved, but in fact, they have done a lot of things to stir up trouble. They fish in troubled waters.


    Even Meng Zhang almost fell into their calculations.


    Just as the business letter Zhenjun was ready to speak, there was a sound of drinking and swearing from the opposite side.


    "Listen to the thieves of Datong business alliance. Since everyone has come, whether it is war or peace, what kind of constitution it is, then make it quickly."


    "Don''t be like a woman. Be wordy and dally there."


    Meng Zhang shouted and scolded, just to show his horses and cars and see how the other party reacted.


    "Headmaster Meng, this matter has nothing to do with your Taiyi sect. Why do you have to wade through this muddy water to set up an enemy for yourself?"


    "You are not afraid to go your own way and bring taiyimen into an irreparable situation."


    Meng Zhang began to drink and scold, and the business letter Zhenjun had to respond.


    He opened his mouth with pity and made no secret of the threat in his words.


    Before Meng Zhang spoke, the grumpy fire mountain fire real king scolded.


    "Bah, which of you bastards doesn''t know the wolf ambition?"


    "You really think there is no one in our Jiuqu League, and you can''t do it arbitrarily."


    "Now they are still in love with the Jiuqu League. Indeed, they are the rebels of the previous dynasty."


    Compared with his mouth Kung Fu, Huolie Zhenjun can''t reach a guy from a businessman like business letter Zhenjun.


    Business letter Zhenjun casually put on a big hat for the other party.


    Huolie Zhenjun still wants to scold, but you Hongzhi Zhenjun stops him.


    You Hongzhi is a real gentleman with old qualifications and high seniority. He is also the initiator of this small group.


    In this small group, he is still very prestigious.


    "Business letter man, it''s meaningless to talk."


    "Since you plan to kill me, don''t blame me for fighting hard and fighting back."


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun is also a cultivation achievement in the middle of the yuan God, with extraordinary bearing, and the business letter Zhenjun dare not be careless about it.


    We are all businessmen, so we should have many common languages.


    But because of the conflict of interest, they are doomed to be incompatible.


    Peers are enemy countries. Sihai commercial firm was almost closed down when it was run by the three major merchants of Datong commercial alliance. You Hongzhi Zhenjun is undoubtedly the person who hates Datong commercial alliance most.


    As soon as he came forward, the business letter Zhenjun knew that it was useless to say more now.


    Just then, a figure flew over from a distance.


    He didn''t fly fast and obviously didn''t want to fly near here. But forced by helplessness, I couldn''t help coming.


    This person is the long lost Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Soon after the Qing Yuan sect''s upheaval, Xuanfeng Zhenjun took the initiative to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    After the establishment of Jiuqu Province, Xuanfeng Zhenjun was appointed as the patrol envoy among the provinces, responsible for patrolling all parts of the province, crushing places and resolving disputes.


    Garrison troops are stationed everywhere in Jiuqu provinces.


    However, the strength of the garrison is limited, and the person with the strongest cultivation is only in the golden elixir period.


    If there is a problem that cannot be solved by the garrison, we need all patrol envoys to come forward.


    Meng Zhang and ten other Yuanshen Zhenjun rushed thousands of miles and killed the temporary headquarters of Datong Business League.


    After receiving the news, the business letter Zhenjun immediately informed the Dali imperial government and urged the government to exterminate Meng Zhang and them.


    The governor''s office has not responded yet, but the garrison, which has long been infiltrated by these big businesses, has received information for help.


    Although many benefits were received, the garrison did not dare to intervene in the struggle between the yuan God and Zhen Jun, so they had to report it immediately and hand over this thorny problem to the patrol envoys.


    All the patrol envoys are smart people. Where will they come to this muddy water.


    They are looking for all kinds of excuses to avoid.


    Only Xuanfeng Zhenjun, a new generation, has no deep foundation and no contacts. He can''t avoid it.


    Limited by his duties, he had to deal with the disputes here.

 Chapter 896

    After Xuanfeng Zhenjun came here, he only dared to watch from a distance and didn''t dare to get too close at all.


    If both sides kill red eyes and involve him in a scuffle, it will be a big trouble.


    If he gets hurt and even dies, it''s definitely a joke.


    The business letter looked at Xuanfeng Zhenjun with a little disdain. Knowing the details of each other, he doesn''t look up to such a new generation.


    However, there are still places where we can use each other.


    Business letter Zhenjun shouted loudly: "brother Xuanfeng, these anti thieves have made a public disturbance and attacked the industry of Datong business alliance. Are you just sitting idly by?"


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun just performed his duties and came around. He didn''t want to get involved in the bad things of both sides.


    Needless to say, even commander Zhang Weineng, governor of Datong business union, is far away. He is just a guy from casual cultivation. He doesn''t dare to provoke easily.


    As for you Hongzhi and Zhenjun, we won''t talk about our previous friendship. Anyway, friendship is not worth money.


    But he had heard about it for a long time.


    These people have been forced to the corner. Now they make a final fight. Xuanfeng Zhenjun doesn''t want to be dragged by them.


    He simply pretended to be deaf and dumb, pretending not to hear the words of the business letter Zhenjun.


    He made up his mind not to help each other and resolutely not to get involved in the current dispute.


    The real gentleman of the business letter didn''t expect Xuanfeng to help him.


    There are also two Yuanshen Zhenjun in Datong Business League. He is a bit of a rat repellent.


    The most important thing is that there are problems within the three major businesses of Datong business alliance, Qifu alliance and miaodan club.


    Now they seem to be on the same front, working together to calculate the local forces in Jiuqu Province, and also going out together to advance and retreat together.


    But in fact, there are still many contradictions and disputes among the three major businesses.


    When they were far away from the native land of the imperial dynasty, they had to fight openly and secretly.


    It was only when we came to Jiuqu province and had greater interests that we temporarily worked together to jointly calculate the local cultivation forces.


    If the Datong business alliance loses two Yuanshen Zhenjun, the other two must be very happy.


    The greater the loss of Datong business alliance, the smaller the right to speak when dividing the spoils in the future.


    Business letter Zhenjun has experienced a lot of world affairs and rich experience. How can he not see through such a little trick.


    He looked at the nearby miaodan meeting and the yuan God Zhenjun of the tool Rune alliance.


    These guys are still allies now, but when the local power of Jiuqu province is wiped out, they will be the biggest competitors.


    Business letter Zhenjun suddenly fell into silence and did not continue to quarrel with the enemy opposite.


    In his heart, he thought about how to save his two yuan gods Zhenjun with the least cost.


    Business letter Zhenjun didn''t speak. You Hongzhi Zhenjun and others opposite didn''t continue to stimulate each other.


    Their purpose is not to live with each other, but to solve the crisis and get rid of their respective difficulties.


    Among the three major businesses, Datong business alliance has the strongest strength and is in a leading position.


    Miao Dan Hui and Zhen Jun, the two yuan gods of Qi Fu alliance, looked at each other with a ghost in mind, and didn''t take the initiative to speak.


    For a moment, there was a rare silence in the field.


    Time passed slowly, and no one tried to break the current situation.


    After more than half a day, a figure flew over from a distance.


    Before the figure approached, Xuanfeng Zhenjun recognized each other.


    That''s the real king of Shuiling Pavilion. Like the real king of Xuanfeng, they are all the patrol messengers of Jiuqu province.


    Shuiling pavilion was originally the Yuanshen sect in the south of Jiuqu League. Before Qinggu Zhenjun took refuge in Dali Dynasty, Shuiling Pavilion had a deep collusion with Dali Dynasty.


    After the Dali imperial dynasty officially invaded Jiuqu League, shuilingge naturally did not hesitate to be the guide party.


    Later, Dali imperial court rewarded the emperor for his merits, and Shuiling Pavilion gained a lot of benefits.


    Shuiling Zhenjun is a long sleeved and exquisite man. He has made many powerful friends in Dali imperial court.


    Although she and Xuanfeng Zhenjun are nominally the same, they are both patrol envoys of Jiuqu Province, but their positions are very different.


    The garrison stationed nearby reported the conflict here. Shuiling Zhenjun had long found an excuse to avoid it and handed over the matter here to Xuanfeng Zhenjun, the unlucky ghost.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun really didn''t think of why she, who had been avoided, would appear here again.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is preparing to greet each other. By the way, he asks if something he doesn''t know has happened.


    At this time, another Yuanshen Zhenjun flew from a distance.


    This man is Bai Yazhen, a member of the Dark Alliance branch of Jiuqu province. He also holds the post of Jiuqu provincial patrol envoy.


    This is also the practice of the Dali Dynasty. Those local friars who voluntarily surrender and are more reliable are appointed as patrol envoys.


    With the advantages of being native and familiar with the local situation, let them be responsible for maintaining law and order and suppressing the place.


    From the management system of Dali Dynasty, these patrol envoys are the upper level of the garrison stationed everywhere.


    If there are affairs that the garrison cannot handle, they are generally handed over to them first.


    After Bai Brucea really flew over, he shouted happily before greeting others.


    "Fortunately, fortunately, it''s not too late for Ben Zhen to come. Fortunately, you haven''t had a big fight."


    Seeing three patrol messengers appear one after another, Meng Zhang must be in his heart.


    He knew all three patrol messengers and their duties.


    The governor''s office had made a secret effort before the inspector came forward and characterized the matter as an ordinary conflict.


    If you Hongzhi and Zhenjun are regarded as disorderly parties, as calculated by Datong business alliance, those who appear here should be the strong soldiers of Zhenbei army.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, you are all born in various cultivation forces, have a big family and great cause, and have many disciples."


    "You must not fight here because of some spirit disputes, disturb public security and destroy the peace of the province."


    Bai Brucea did not say hello to anyone, so he flew between the two groups and began to shout loudly.


    "The dispute of will and spirit? It is clearly a rebellion against the party."


    Business letter Zhenjun was so angry that he couldn''t help refuting it loudly.


    The white Brucea true gentleman didn''t seem to hear his words and said it there.


    It is nothing more than persuading both sides not to be impulsive, not to continue fighting, and peace is precious.


    Any dispute that cannot be settled can be reported to the Dali imperial court official and asked the official to solve it.


    After Bai Brucea spoke, Shuiling Zhenjun flew over and helped.


    She said the same thing as Bai Yazhen, so that everyone should not fight because of personal grievances.


    According to the law of the Dali Dynasty, private fights between practitioners should be punished.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was stunned. He didn''t know what was wrong with the two colleagues. He actually intervened in this matter and used these funny words to persuade both sides to make peace.

 Chapter 897

    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was stunned for a while and suddenly reacted,


    The words of Shuiling Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun are obviously to excuse you Hongzhi Zhenjun and others. They want to turn big things into small things.


    They certainly didn''t do this because of their friendship.


    You Hongzhi, Zhenjun and others have no ability to drive them.


    What Xuanfeng Zhenjun can think of, how can the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the three major businesses not think of.


    Everyone, including the business letter Zhenjun, was livid and had a premonition that things were out of their own control.


    If there is no one behind, Shuiling Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun will never dare to do so much.


    Shuiling Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun stood in the middle, and the two sides could not fight.


    Willing or not, the two sides achieved peace for the time being.


    Of course, neither of the two sides has the posture of leaving here, but they do not give in to each other and confront each other in this way.


    Shuiling Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun have self-knowledge and know that their own ability is limited and it is impossible to deal with this matter.


    The task has been completed by stopping the two sides from fighting.


    After talking for a long time, Shuiling Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun stopped talking.


    They didn''t do anything else, but shouted Xuanfeng Zhenjun in the distance. The three stood in the middle of both sides, isolating both sides, making it difficult for them to make a direct shot.


    Meng Zhang remembered what Wen dongzhenjun had said to him before.


    It seems that the governor''s office is also unwilling to break out a large-scale Yuanshen war in Jiuqu provinces, causing great damage and chaos.


    So they waited silently. They all know that there must be a follow-up to this matter.


    Now we are waiting for the Jiuqu provincial authorities, especially the governor''s office, to deal with this matter.


    Anyway, all the people present were yuan Shen Zhenjun. They were not only patient, but also had nothing to eat or drink.


    Three days later, Wen dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun appeared in this place with the order of governor Zhang Weineng.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun himself is an important member of the governor''s office and now represents the governor.


    As soon as he appeared, everyone stood up and looked serious.


    Wen Dongzhen didn''t talk nonsense. He glanced at all the people present and began to read out the order of governor Zhang Weineng.


    The order is very simple, that is, all the people present should disperse immediately, and no private struggle is allowed here.


    Wen dongzhenjun just read out the order, and the business letter Zhenjun couldn''t help but raise an objection.


    This time it was you Hongzhi Zhenjun. They came to the door, and they also committed the great crime of conspiracy. Why did it become a private fight?


    Wen Dongzhen maintained his superficial respect for the business letter Zhen Jun.


    He didn''t leave in a hurry, but patiently explained it to him.


    Under you Hongzhi and Zhenjun''s hands, there are a group of unworthy people who secretly collude with foreign invaders and carry out various illegal transactions behind their backs.


    In this regard, marshal Zhang Weineng, governor, is very angry and will punish them severely.


    You Hongzhi and Zhenjun were wrong to go here and fight privately with Datong business alliance.


    When they returned, they could not avoid being questioned by the governor''s office.


    Finally, Wen dongzhenjun''s tone was a little tougher and asked them not to accuse others because of their personal grievances.


    Now in Jiuqu City, many friars from the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province go to the governor''s house to beat drums and complain about their wrongs.


    Governor Zhang Weineng, commander-in-chief, said that these people were not disorderly parties.


    Unfounded rumors are simply not credible.


    After listening for a long time, Zhenjun finally understood the business letter.


    Governor Zhang Weineng made a move and wanted to force down the incident so that they wouldn''t make use of it.


    The three major businesses have planned for many years and spent a lot of effort on the layout. How can they be pressed down like this?


    The business letter Zhenjun, who is not satisfied with the heart, is preparing to speak. The iron Lian Zhenjun, who is next to the tool Rune alliance, can''t help complaining.


    "I have already said that this calculation should not be concealed from governor Zhang Weineng."


    "If we had dragged him into the water earlier, it wouldn''t be the current situation."


    Business letter Zhenjun really wants to slap this open guy.


    Can these words be said casually?


    Especially in front of so many people, if you openly say anything, you have to pull the governor into the water.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun coughed as if he hadn''t heard anything.


    Now that the governor has given orders, we naturally stop fighting and go back to our homes.


    The business letter Zhenjun who was going to argue was interrupted by Tielian Zhenjun, and he didn''t want to continue to argue.


    He knew in his heart that what he said had little effect.


    Governor Zhang Weineng obviously made up his mind long ago and issued such an order.


    No matter how powerful the three big businesses are and how deep the background is.


    Governor Zhang Weineng was the representative of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province and ruled this land on behalf of Bawu emperor.


    Even if they were extremely dissatisfied, they could not openly confront governor Zhang Wei, let alone openly violate his orders as governor.


    Although the matter was spoiled by Governor Zhang Weineng''s intervention, they will not give up on it.


    They have many upper level relationships. Then move slowly. There is always a way for governor Zhang Wei to change his mind.


    Business letters to Zhenjun and them, in public, still want to give governor Zhang Wei enough face, not to undermine the official authority of Dali imperial court.


    They didn''t keep pestering, but decided to obey.


    They looked at you Hongzhi Zhenjun one after another, and their hearts were full of resentment.


    The business letter to Zhenjun pointed to the two Yuanshen Zhenjun who were captured alive.


    Although I dislike them for losing face, I can''t ignore them.


    In any case, even the wealthy Datong business alliance can''t help but take the two yuan gods Zhenjun seriously.


    Hearing this, Mr. Dongzhen flew to the place where Meng Zhang and his gang stood.


    Although they are separated by a long distance, they are all people who have heard and seen, and they have long known what just happened.


    Wen dongzhenjun persuaded everyone to release the two yuan gods Zhenjun they had captured.


    We are a little unwilling to let go of the hostages we finally captured.


    However, they can''t go against Wen Dongzhen''s meaning.


    This time, if governor Zhang Wei could not secretly protect it, it would not have such a good result.


    Wen Dongzhen, as the executor of the governor''s order, of course his face should be given.


    You Hongzhi and Zhenjun are all understanding people. There are a lot of excuses for them when they hear dongzhenjun''s words.


    Although he was severely punished one by one, it was actually held high and fell gently.


    Everyone agreed to release the two prisoners below.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun stretched out his right hand and gently made a virtual move. Two Yuanshen Zhenjun sitting on the sand dune just floated up.


    Meng Zhang, who has been secretly paying attention to you Hongzhi and Zhenjun, moved in his heart and looked at the past.

 Chapter 898

    Before that, you Hongzhi, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Datong Business League, was captured and placed them on the hill.


    Now you Hongzhi and Zhenjun call them over again.


    You Hongzhi and Zhenjun waved with one hand and didn''t have any direct contact with them at all, so he sent them to Zhenjun in the business letter.


    To others, this is very normal.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun handled these things, and everyone had no objection.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun is the founder of this small group. He has always been responsible for dealing with foreign countries.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to help us this time, helped us solve our difficulties, and won many favorable comments from us.


    However, in terms of prestige and trust, he can''t compare with you Hongzhi Zhenjun in a small group.


    Meng Zhang did not find any abnormality in his false magic eyes and divine thoughts. But the spiritual sense from the Heavenly Master was giving him a strong warning.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, his Tianji has not been improved accordingly, and it is impossible to calculate the people or things at the Yuanshen level.


    But his spiritual sense, which only belongs to the Heavenly Master, still plays a role in many times. Guide him to seek good fortune and avoid bad fortune.


    Meng Zhang''s vigilance was secretly raised by his spiritual warning.


    He also secretly informed the trusted Xu Mengying to be on guard.


    Although Xu Mengying also didn''t find anything wrong, she chose to trust Meng Zhang and strengthened her vigilance.


    But from beginning to end, nothing unusual happened.


    Business letter Zhenjun took over two captured Yuanshen Zhenjun and spent a little effort to untie their prohibitions.


    In this process, he was old faced and silent.


    One of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun is Liao Yuan and the other is Liao Xing. They are of the same family.


    The Liao family is a powerful and powerful family in Datong Business League. In many ways, it has led all kinds of affairs of Datong business alliance.


    If you didn''t care about the Liao family, Mr. Zhenjun didn''t have such good patience. He came to lift the ban for them in person.


    In the process of lifting the ban, after his repeated careful inspection, he confirmed that there were no hidden dangers left on them.


    You Hongzhi will release people from Zhenjun. This matter is over.


    Governor Zhang Wei can intervene in this matter, and they can''t do more. They have to go back and listen to the news.


    According to the information previously disclosed by Meng Zhang, governor Zhang Weineng is still on their side and will not give them too much blow.


    Zhenjun, the original God of the three major merchants such as Datong business alliance, left first and flew to the big city below to clean up the losses.


    Gu Yueshu Yao and others also left with him.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun, a small group, greeted Wen dongzhenjun and began to leave.


    Meng Zhang told everyone that he had something to communicate with Wen dongzhenjun and needed to stay temporarily.


    Xu Mengying looked at Meng Zhang strangely and didn''t say anything.


    He had warned himself before, but nothing had happened.


    Now I have to communicate with Wen dongzhenjun. There must be something in between.


    When everyone was almost gone, except Meng Zhang, there were only Wen Dongzhen Jun, Hengdao Zhen Jun and three patrol messengers at the scene.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. He quietly waited for the three patrol envoys to come forward to see Wen Dongzhen and them. He slowly approached them and flattered them.


    Shui Lingzhen and Bai Yazhen had previously received orders from the governor''s office to come here to prevent a war between the two sides,


    It was not until Wen Dongzhen came that the matter was completely solved.


    As for the follow-up development of this matter, it is not what they can know now.


    When Wen Dongzhen patiently sent the three inspection envoys away, Meng Zhang flew to him.


    Meng Zhang waited for so long. Wen Dongzhen knew that he must have something serious and went straight to the point.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment. He heard that Dongzhen Jun had been running away from the imperial dynasty for many years. He should be trusted.


    Hengdao Zhenjun betrayed his good friend Chizhu Zhenjun, but from the perspective of Dali Dynasty, he was a trusted and loyal minister.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and directly spoke out his hidden worries.


    He suspected that Liao Yuan and Liao Xing had been tampered with by people.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Datong Commercial Union were captured by them. If they were passive, the suspect would only be among their ten Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang revealed his shortcomings so much that Wen Dongzhen had to pay attention to it.


    When the two Yuanshen Zhenjun were put back, but after the business letter Zhenjun personally checked, it was confirmed that there was no problem.


    You know, the business letter true gentleman is not only the same as Wen Dongzhen gentleman, but also the mid-term friar of Yuanshen, and his experience and knowledge are still above Wen Dongzhen gentleman.


    If someone else comes to say this in front of him, Wen Dongzhen will treat it as nonsense.


    However, he has known Meng Zhang for many years and knows that he is not the kind of person who deceives others.


    Wen dongzhenjun fell into a silence.


    If someone else holds the idea that more is better than less, it may be easy to confuse the matter.


    Wen dongzhenjun is an old bureaucrat and a loyal minister of Dali Dynasty.


    If the Liao brothers are really tampered with and lead to any future trouble, the Datong business alliance will certainly not give up.


    At that time, the storm will rise again. They will not easily let go of these local Xiuzhen forces.


    Commander Zhang Weineng, as the governor of the province, has the responsibility to stabilize the situation in the province. Naturally, it is difficult to stay out of it.


    If things get big, or even a war breaks out, it will certainly cause great damage to Jiuqu province.


    Wen dongzhenjun is very tactful, but in essence, he is a very responsible person.


    On one side of the crossbar, Zhenjun, has a personality that can''t rub sand in his eyes.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun didn''t speak yet. Hengdao Zhen Jun took the initiative to speak and said he wanted to remind the business letter Zhen Jun.


    Wen Dongzhen stopped him.


    Business letter Zhenjun checked so carefully that no abnormality was found. Even if they go to remind him and ask him to check again, the results are mostly the same.


    It is rare for those who can do so covertly on the Liao brothers and hide from the well-informed business letter Zhenjun.


    In order to be cautious, they still went to see Marshal Zhang Weineng and asked him to do it himself.


    After hearing that Dong Zhenjun had finished, he flew to Jiuqu city with Meng Zhang and Hengdao Zhenjun.


    From beginning to end, he didn''t ask Meng Zhang how he found that the Liao brothers were passive.


    Almost all practitioners have their own secrets. There are many miracles and secrets in the cultivation world. Who knows what unknown exploration means Meng Zhang has.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much, and Wen Dongzhen didn''t ask much.


    If you have to explore other people''s secrets, you may offend others or even turn against each other.


    Such a mistake will not be easily made by an old Jianghu like Wen dongzhenjun.


    He just needs to know that Meng Zhang is trustworthy. What he says is very reliable, that''s all.

 Chapter 899

    Wen dongzhenjun took Meng Zhang directly to find Marshal Zhang Weineng, the governor. It seems a bit of a fuss. But this is also his caution.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng, as a strong man in the later period of Yuanshen, should have enough ability to deal with any trouble.


    Wen Dongzhen and Jun rushed all the way. It took several days before they came to Jiuqu city.


    After entering Jiuqu City, he led the way and ran directly to the governor''s house.


    In Jiuqu City, there is a no air Dharma array, which can prevent friars from flying freely.


    If you want to fly freely in Jiuqu City, you need to inform the governor''s office in advance to remove the ban.


    Dali imperial court has strict laws. People like Wen Dongzhen Jun have the strength to resist the forbidden air array, but they will not easily violate the laws and regulations.


    Wen Dongzhen took Meng Zhang and them to the governor''s house. Without checking, he went straight in.


    On the way, Wen dongzhenjun had already informed governor Zhang Weineng through the secret law.


    They had just entered the mansion. Before Meng Zhang had time to look at the place carefully, he saw Zhang Weineng standing in front waiting for everyone.


    Meng Zhang had never contacted Zhang Wei alone before, but had seen him several times in public.


    Zhang Weineng is tall and has a temperament of not being angry and self threatening. Just standing there doing nothing is like a mountain, giving people an unshakable feeling.


    I don''t know why. Meng Zhang, who was still a little nervous in his heart, was determined and confident from the moment he saw Zhang Weineng.


    Provincial governor and commander-in-chief of the army really deserve their reputation.


    However, the information provided by him alone can make Marshal Zhang Weineng so serious. Meng Zhang is a little confused.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang was about to pay a big tribute and was stopped by Zhang Weineng.


    Without a word of nonsense, he went straight to the subject and asked for all kinds of details.


    Before arriving, Wen dongzhenjun had summoned in advance and told Marshal Zhang Weineng the whole thing.


    Looking at Zhang Weineng''s appearance, it is obvious that he attaches great importance to this matter, which is a little unexpected to Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    In the face of Zhang Weineng''s inquiry, Meng Zhang did not hide his findings and told them honestly.


    Two Yuanshen Zhenjun were secretly tampered with by others, but the business letter from Datong business alliance Zhenjun couldn''t see it.


    This kind of thing can be big or small, but Zhang Wei''s face became more and more serious after hearing Meng Zhang''s story.


    Just after Meng Zhang finished speaking, an old Taoist came in from the outside.


    This man betrayed zongmen and took refuge in Qinggu Zhenjun of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In order to get the secret method of breaking through to the realm of Yang God, Qinggu Zhenjun can be said to pay any price.


    Emperor Bawu of the Dali dynasty did not make a slip of the tongue, and indeed gave him a way to cross robbery.


    However, after reading the Dharma, Qinggu Zhenjun learned a lot of tricks and realized that his accumulation and cultivation were not enough.


    If you forcibly cross the robbery, you will die in vain.


    In these years, although he stayed in the province of nine twists and turns, he has been practicing in isolation and almost never asked about foreign affairs.


    Originally, because Dali emperor was hostile to Ziyang Shengzong, he thought carefully.


    However, after some twists and turns, especially after personally visiting Bawu emperor in Dali imperial territory, all his careful thoughts have long dissipated and his honest loyalty to Dali imperial court.


    Because he was familiar with the situation of Jiuqu Province, Emperor Bawu sent him back to Jiuqu province and appointed him as the vice governor of Jiuqu Province, responsible for assisting Zhang Weineng in governing the province.


    But his mind was all about cultivation. He took the name of a deputy governor for nothing, but he didn''t do much responsibility.


    Governor Zhang Weineng is also free of him. Unless something big happens, he generally won''t disturb him.


    When Qinggu Zhenjun came in, his face was a little confused.


    What great event happened in Jiuqu province? Zhang Weineng actually interrupted his closed door practice?


    Zhang Weineng introduced Meng Zhang to Qinggu Zhenjun, and then told the whole story.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has been to the mainland of the imperial dynasty and has been received by Bawu emperor.


    Not only did I personally understand all aspects of the Dali Dynasty, but I also heard about some high-level secrets.


    After listening to the story of Marshal Zhang Weineng, his face slowly became serious.


    However, neither he nor Zhang Weineng explained more to others.


    "We''d rather believe in something like this than nothing. We can''t be careless. Let''s go there in person."


    Zhang Weineng said that with one hand, a flying shuttle appeared over the governor''s house.


    With a slight leap, he jumped onto the shuttle.


    Under his sign, Meng Zhang, Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun also jumped up.


    Qinggu Zhenjun jumped in front of the shuttle early.


    Zhang Weineng, the governor of the province, is here. Naturally, the no air Dharma array in Jiuqu city can''t limit the flying shuttle.


    As soon as the shuttle flew into the sky, it flew in the direction of the big city built by Datong business alliance.


    Meng Zhang knew that there must be something he didn''t know.


    He looked at Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhenjun, who were slightly confused.


    Since Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t take the initiative to mention it, he didn''t ask much.


    The speed of this flying shuttle is very fast, and the flying speed exceeds many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    It didn''t take long for the shuttle to come over the big city built by Datong business alliance.


    With the departure of you Hongzhi, Zhenjun and others, peace began to return here.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of miaodan society, Qifu League and Guyue family saw that there was no major event here, and they all dispersed one after another.


    Now in the big city, only Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Datong business alliance, remains.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng came outside the city and didn''t go directly into the city. Instead, Wen Dongzhen was sent to send a decree to summon Shang Xinzhen, Liao Xing and Liao Yuan in the name of the governor.


    No matter how rich and powerful the Datong business union was in the Dali imperial dynasty, they still dared not respond to the direct call of the provincial governor.


    Before long, Wen dongzhenjun came to marshal Zhang Weineng with a business letter.


    Mr. Zhenjun of the business letter is leading the Liao brothers to meet the governor Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun suddenly shot.


    The two great friars in the later period of the yuan God made a sneak attack, and the other party was not prepared at all.


    Almost without any effort, he captured all three of them.


    When Meng Zhang saw this, they were even more confused.


    Fortunately, they are still smart and don''t ask questions.


    It was the business letter from Datong business alliance. Zhenjun stared at Zhang Weineng in surprise and anger, with a look of disbelief on his face.


    Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun ignored him, but carefully checked the Liao brothers.


    After careful inspection, from the inside to the outside, from the flesh to the soul, with their eyesight, they found nothing wrong.


    However, Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun are not discouraged.


    They looked at each other and took out a palm sized mirror.

 Chapter 900

    Zhang Weineng pointed the small mirror in his hand at Liao Yuan, and Qinggu Zhenjun pointed the small mirror in his hand at Liao Xing.


    They urged Zhenyuan at the same time. A blue light was emitted from each of the two mirrors and began to shine bit by bit along the body of the Liao brothers.


    The business letter Zhenjun, who was still very angry, saw the actions of Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun. First, there was a puzzled expression on his face, and then he seemed to think of something. His face changed greatly and was shocked and inexplicable.


    With the two mirror lights, a group of colorful spots appeared on the mirror.


    Seeing this scene, Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun both looked solemn, and felt relieved at the same time.


    "As expected, it''s really this thing."


    Zhang Weineng sighed and said.


    "Be careful. Don''t disturb this thing in case the devil behind it reacts."


    Qinggu Zhenjun whispered to one side.


    Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun are careful. With the help of the mirror in their hands, they respectively cast spells on the Liao brothers.


    The little mirror in their hands shone brightly and turned into two pillars of light to cover the Liao brothers. Then a layer of light completely wrapped the two brothers, completely isolating them from the outside world.


    After all this, Zhang Weineng won''t stop. Facing the business letter, Zhenjun said to offend him, so he began to illuminate his whole body with a mirror.


    The originally angry business letter Zhenjun became very frightened when he saw what Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun had done. There was no sign of resistance to Zhang Weineng''s actions.


    After the small mirror shone on the business letter Zhenjun, there was no problem.


    Zhang Weineng just lifted the ban on him and let him regain his freedom.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them have been watching, without any sound.


    Meng Zhang saw the actions of Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun, and there was a faint guess in his heart.


    Zhang Weineng glanced at the Liao brothers and said, "they have been completely imprisoned and completely cut off from the outside world. Now there is still more time, so I can tell you more."


    "After you have heard it, keep it in mind and remember not to spread it around."


    Next, Zhang Weineng said something.


    It turned out that many years ago, there was a demon cultivation secretly lurking in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The devil who cultivates the secret devil''s way is best at hiding his identity. Even if many friars with strong accomplishments collide face to face, it is difficult to see through the essence of their evil cultivation.


    In addition, the devil cultivation of the secret devil way, like other demons, is good at demonizing others.


    In particular, the magic cultivation of secret demons, the means of demonizing others are hidden and difficult to be found.


    They secretly plant demons into the infected objects.


    The devil species absorbs seven emotions and six desires and human thoughts, and slowly evolves.


    When the magic species evolve completely, the monk implanted with the magic species will be completely controlled by the magic species and become the puppet of the demon cultivation implanted with the magic species.


    At the beginning, only a few demons made such a big storm in the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    The friars controlled by their magic seed had no sign before the outbreak, and even could hide from many friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Finally, Emperor Bawu and the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda took action in person to calm the storm.


    Zhang Weineng is a person who has personally experienced this matter and is still haunted by it.


    Qinggu Zhenjun learned about it when he went to visit Bawu emperor in Dali imperial territory.


    When Wen dongzhenjun reported to Zhang Weineng that two Yuanshen Zhenjun had been tampered with, and he couldn''t even find the clue of the business letter in the middle of Yuanshen. Zhang Weineng immediately remembered the past and became extremely alert.


    The cultivation of secret demons has caused great damage. Zhang Weineng would rather make a big fight and make a false alarm than have the slightest carelessness.


    He called shangqinggu Zhenjun and acted immediately.


    Fortunately, after that incident in those years, there were experts in refining tools in the Dali imperial dynasty, who specially refined special magic tools to discover and imprison magic species.


    Fortunately, it was discovered early. The demon seed was implanted soon and has not yet begun to evolve. The Liao brothers are still saved.


    If the demon species are fully developed, the Liao brothers will lose their ID consciousness and become the puppet of the demon cultivation.


    The demon monk who did it secretly will get feedback and make great progress because he demonized two yuan God friars.


    Speaking of this, Zhang Wei praised Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    "The Taiyi gate is indeed worthy of being the top sect. Its inheritance is so wonderful that it is not confused by the demon cultivation."


    "It is said that Taiyi sect was famous in China for its magic subduing methods. With such figures as leader Meng, although Taiyi sect was robbed by disasters, it also has successors and can be revitalized."


    People like Zhang Weineng have a deep understanding of taiyimen, which shocked the Middle Earth in those years.


    Take it for granted that Meng Zhang can find that the situation is wrong due to the inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang also heard that general Jijian mentioned that Taiyi gate does have a very clever magic subduing method. It has played an important role in quelling demonic disasters and fighting against demons and demons.


    Unfortunately, after the destruction of Taiyi sect in its heyday, most of these magic subduing secrets were lost. This part is also missing in the inheritance accepted by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not take the initiative to explain that he found the situation wrong by relying on the spirit of the Heavenly Master.


    Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun temporarily imprisoned the Liao brothers with a secret method.


    They need to kill the demon Xiu before the demon Xiu behind them finds that the situation is wrong, and then they can expel the demon seed for the Liao brothers.


    Meng Zhang expressed his doubts about you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    Zhenjun, the business letter from Datong business alliance, has also heard of the secret devil.


    Before, I didn''t expect that the Liao family Brotherhood was recruited. Now, after being reminded by Zhang Weineng, I listened to Meng Zhang''s words.


    He immediately seized the opportunity to say that he had long seen you Hongzhi''s gang wrong. These Aboriginal forces in Jiuqu province may have colluded with demon Xiu long ago, and they must not be spared.


    After hearing this, Zhang Weineng was so angry that he didn''t give the business letter to Zhenjun at all, and scolded him for being a good student.


    For the Dali Dynasty, it is a major event for the evil cultivation of secret demons to appear again. If it is not done well, it will cause a great disaster.


    At this time, the business letter Zhenjun also carries private goods. He wants to borrow the official power of the imperial dynasty to expand the scope of attack and kill people with a knife.


    If it weren''t for the deep background of Datong business union, Zhang Weineng would give a good look to Zhenjun of business letter on the spot.


    The cultivation of secret demons is good at creating chaos and harming one party.


    According to the experience summarized by Dali Dynasty, we must deal with it in time, and we can''t mess with ourselves.


    Zhang Weineng, as the commander in chief of the army, is a real decision to kill and kill, and has his own opinion.


    He took action immediately after receiving the news. Now he has confirmed the existence of the magic cultivation of the secret devil. Naturally, he will not waste time.

 Chapter 901

    Meng Zhang never thought that you Hongzhi Zhenjun could be a demon cultivation of a secret demon.


    He is only very wary of it because of some past events. Always keep a distance from it.


    After he found that the Liao brothers had been passive, he didn''t think about the direction of demon cultivation.


    Just out of caution, worried that something had happened to the Liao brothers, Datong business alliance refused to give up, so it took the initiative to tell Wen dongzhenjun.


    Of course, he hasn''t been able to completely determine that you Hongzhi is the devil. Moreover, it is also a question whether he has any party affiliations.


    Although the business letter Zhenjun was reprimanded by Zhang Weineng, his words were not unreasonable.


    No one can tell whether anyone in that small group has been demonized or directly demonized.


    Zhang Weineng left Wen Dongzhen Jun and Heng Daozhen Jun and asked them to take care of the imprisoned Liao brothers together with Shang Xinzhen Jun.


    Of course, let them monitor the meaning of business letter Zhenjun. Although he didn''t say it clearly, Wen dongzhenjun must be able to understand it.


    Then, Zhang Weineng, Qinggu Zhenjun and Meng Zhang took a shuttle and flew towards Huanglian holy mountain.


    Among the ten yuan gods of the small group, the only thing Meng Zhang can be sure of is that Xu Mengying should not be a demon.


    They have known each other for many years. If she is a demon, she can''t hide from Meng Zhang at all.


    However, although the possibility of her being demonized by you Hongzhi Zhenjun over the years is very low, it can not be completely ruled out.


    The shuttle flew all the way north. After flying for a few days, it came to the vicinity of Huanglian holy mountain.


    When he was on the shuttle, Zhang Weineng had formulated a detailed action plan according to Meng Zhang''s opinions.


    When we arrived near Huanglian holy mountain, the shuttle stopped at a nearby mountain and didn''t move on.


    Meng Zhang sent a summons to Xu Mengying to meet him secretly.


    Less than half a day later, Xu Mengying secretly left Huanglian holy mountain and appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and provincial governor Zhang Weineng standing together, Xu Mengying was stunned.


    At this time, Qinggu Zhenjun, who was hidden in the dark, sent a signal. No one was following and monitoring behind Xu Mengying.


    Meng Zhang and Zhang Wei can attack suddenly and easily capture Xu Mengying alive.


    Taking advantage of the trust between friends and plotting against each other, Meng Zhang felt a little sorry.


    But it''s about magic cultivation. There''s no room for carelessness.


    Personal feelings must be put aside before business.


    After Zhang Wei''s Secret inspection, Xu Mengying was not demonized. Meng ZhangCai lifted her prohibition and let her recover her freedom.


    Next, Meng Zhang explained the whole story for him.


    Xu Mengying is also a general person who knows. She just glanced at Meng Zhang bitterly and didn''t show any dissatisfaction.


    According to Xu Mengying, after coming back from Datong business alliance, all the members of the small group still stayed on the holy mountain of Huanglian and haven''t left yet.


    Originally, in order to be safe, Zhang Weineng should mobilize the strong Yuanshen in the army of Beida town to encircle and suppress the demon cultivation of the secret demon.


    However, the speed of war is very important. Zhang Wei will go to battle light when he can receive the information. Take immediate action and only have time to call shangqinggu Zhenjun.


    They came all the way. With the flying speed of the shuttle, even if they informed the other Yuanshen Zhenjun, they had no time to assemble in time.


    Of course, Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun, as the only strong Yuanshen in Jiuqu Province, have general advantages over other Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The most powerful means of the cultivation of secret demons is to hide their tracks and hide their identity. It is not the cultivation of fighting against the sky and daring to challenge higher and higher levels.


    As long as you expose your identity, the threat will be reduced by more than half.


    There is a big threshold between the middle and late Yuanshen, which is not so easy to break through.


    At that time, there were dozens of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun in Jiuqu League, but only two yuan Shen later monks, Qing Gu Zhen Jun and Yu Jian Zhen Jun, can be seen in general.


    Since Xu Mengying has not been demonized and has Meng Zhang''s guarantee, she is reluctantly trustworthy.


    Next, Xu Mengying informed the yuan God Zhenjun on the holy mountain of Huanglian and led them out one by one.


    The first one to arrive was Changchun Zhenjun. Meng Zhang had seen his Yuanshen with his own eyes and knew its essence, which had nothing to do with demon cultivation.


    It''s still the same procedure. Make a surprise attack and take it down to confirm that it has not been demonized.


    Next is the real king without Rift Valley, and the real king of Huolie mountain


    After careful identification, all the Yuanshen Zhenjun are not demons, and there is no sign of demonization.


    Now, only you Hongzhi Zhenjun and you Huishan Zhenjun of Sihai firm are left.


    According to Zhang Weineng''s understanding, the cultivation of secret demons is not easy to manufacture, and generally will not be wasted on low-level friars.


    Like you Hongzhi, it is not a simple thing for Zhenjun to plant demons on friars in the period of Yuanshen.


    You need the other party to be completely controlled and completely lose the ability to resist in order to succeed.


    If you want to completely control a true monarch, it''s not that easy.


    Although Zhang Wei can make them so relaxed, it is because they have the advantage of rolling in cultivation, and the other party is not prepared at all. It will never be expected that the provincial governor will make a sneak attack.


    Most of the people in this small group are not demons and have not been demonized, which makes Meng Zhang relieved.


    This small group is the representative of local forces. If a large amount of losses are incurred as a result, it is definitely a great loss of local power.


    Whether you Huishan Zhenjun is a demon or not, since he is a disciple of you Hongzhi Zhenjun, he is unlucky.


    When Zhang Weineng led a large group of Yuanshen Zhenjun into Huanglian holy mountain, you Hongzhi Zhenjun and you Huishan Zhenjun were still in the hospitality hall.


    Xu Mengying is clever and the landlord here. Secretly transferred the people in the small group one by one, but didn''t disturb them.


    Seeing Zhang Weineng leading a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun, you Hongzhi Zhenjun looked unchanged. You Huishan Zhenjun was very surprised.


    Without saying a word, Zhang Weineng commanded the people to launch an attack together.


    I saw many visions of the surrounding roads, gold, wood, water, fire, sword Qi, space trembling


    You Hongzhi sighed and his body suddenly turned into dozens of dark shadows.


    Some shadows fly into the sky, some shadows drill into the ground, and some shadows blend into the shadows next to them


    Facing the siege of so many Yuanshen Zhenjun, he could not resist at all. He had to go.


    You Huishan Zhenjun didn''t react so quickly and was still futile in resisting the siege of many enemies.


    In order to prove their innocence and that they have nothing to do with evil cultivation, these guys have come up with real skills.


    Moreover, some people also want to make a good performance and leave a good impression in front of Zhang Weineng, the provincial governor.


    Regardless of the fact that they were still companions before, they made merciless moves and killed them.


    There are no two sides between right and evil. On the surface, at least, the devil is the sworn enemy of all right friars.

 Chapter 902

    You Huishan Zhenjun didn''t understand until he died. How could he be besieged?


    Why did those former companions try to kill him at this time?


    From the beginning to the end, he did not show his magic means, let alone the sign of being demonized.


    Speaking of it, he was wronged and lost his life because he was implicated by you Hongzhi.


    Many monks would rather kill three thousand by mistake than let one go.


    Zhang Wei can act less fiercely, but he is definitely not a good man and woman, and he will not be soft hearted.


    If it is in accordance with his consistent style, it is difficult for the Yuanshen Zhenjun in this small group to get away easily.


    When it comes to the secret devil, they have to take off their skin if they don''t die. Even if there are a few wronged ghosts, it is very normal.


    This small group represents most of the cultivation forces in Jiuqu province.


    It was also Zhang Weineng''s strong opinion to recruit and surrender them with favorable conditions.


    Now, as the governor of Jiuqu Province, it is Zhang Weineng''s duty to maintain the stability of the province.


    If you wantonly implicate and punish them because of you Hongzhi''s real king, it does not mean that Zhang Weineng''s previous practice was wrong and should not recruit them.


    If we can''t wipe out all the people in this small group at one go, leading to chaos by the Xiuzhen forces where they lead, it is Zhang Weineng''s responsibility.


    Although Zhang Weineng was a strong man in the later period of Yuanshen, he was also a decisive commander in the army. However, since we have entered the system of leaving the imperial dynasty, we will inevitably catch some bureaucratic habits.


    It''s not easy to deceive the top and the bottom, but it''s inevitable to exaggerate. It is a basic skill to turn big things into small ones.


    After making sure that no one else was demonized or demonized, he decided to just kill you Hongzhi Zhenjun and not blindly expand the attack area.


    You Huishan Zhenjun is the unlucky one involved.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun saw the opportunity quickly. Seeing that Zhang Weineng led the crowd to appear, he immediately showed his magic skills and tried to escape in shape, leaving you Huishan Zhenjun, his fellow disciple, as a ghost.


    Evil cultivation is cunning. It''s always hard to kill. Of course, Zhang Weineng has long been prepared.


    When Zhang Weineng led the crowd into the reception hall, Meng Zhang and Qinggu Zhenjun were watching in the air outside.


    It goes without saying that Qinggu Zhenjun is the only late master of Yuanshen in Jiuqu province. Meng Zhang is a descendant of the Taiyi sect. It is said that the Taiyi sect is good at subduing demons. Naturally, it is better for students to make use of it.


    Looking at dozens of black shadows scattered and fled from the sky and underground, Meng Zhang had not started yet, and Qinggu Zhenjun had already done it first.


    He came prepared, but he had already prepared many means to subdue demons.


    Qinggu Zhenjun drank violently, and thunder rolled in the sky immediately.


    The dozens of shadows below immediately dispersed most of them.


    The remaining shadows could not move.


    Just a violent drink broke you Hongzhi''s escape method. Qinggu Zhenjun really deserves to be one of the best in Jiuqu province.


    Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t look at the shadow below. A cyan air flow rolled towards an unmanned corner like a hurricane.


    With a dull hum, you Hongzhi''s figure suddenly fell out.


    Facing a strong man like Qinggu Zhenjun, he didn''t even dare to fight back. All his thoughts were spent on running for his life.


    His mind moved, and two strange monks appeared in front of him.


    Although the two monks have dull expressions, their accomplishments are all at the level of Yuanshen.


    I don''t know when you Hongzhi demonized two yuan gods Zhenjun.


    After the two demonized Yuanshen Zhenjun appeared, they immediately frantically rushed at Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Regardless of their own lives, they are all losers, just to hold each other down and create an opportunity for you Hongzhi to escape.


    You Hongzhi is about to continue to escape, and Meng Zhang makes a move.


    Those true monarchs, who have no profound inheritance, only know to directly mobilize the power of the road against the enemy.


    This approach is a little superficial, but it can not give full play to the power of the power of the road.


    Taoism is how to use the power of the avenue efficiently.


    If the power of the road is a sharp sword, the yuan God Zhenjun who does not master Taoism can only chop indiscriminately, or use it superficially by relying on some experience.


    Once you master the corresponding Taoism, you will immediately become a swordsman and give full play to the power of the sword.


    At this time, it reflects the importance of inheritance.


    Although the inheritance of Taiyi sect is incomplete, there are many kinds of Taoism recorded in it.


    Meng Zhang has been practising hard for many years and has made great efforts in Taoism.


    The endless sun and moon light in the sky forced you Hongzhi''s figure out of hiding again.


    The sun and moon are magnificent and have a very good magic breaking effect.


    It seems that there is no direct and violence from the sun and real fire, but the sun and moon are both rigid and soft, which is not easy to get rid of.


    You Hongzhi, who was interrupted to escape, snorted angrily, and a black gas came out of his head and turned into a demon God with three heads and six arms. Waving all kinds of weapons, he rushed at Meng Zhang.


    The black-and-white airflow fell from the sky, turned into a huge grinding plate, and hit the demon God mercilessly.


    The demon God, who is purely transformed by the evil Qi, is hit by the yin-yang grinding plate, and immediately has an unstable foothold, and the form begins to collapse.


    The yin-yang grinding plate rotates for a while, and the evil Qi is consumed and turned into nothingness.


    You Hongzhi still needs to continue to fight. Zhang Weineng saw that you Huishan Zhenjun fell completely and there was no magic gas left on him, so he left the hospitality hall and chased outside.


    Seeing you Hongzhi there, he punched out.


    A huge fist appeared in the sky, like a hill, and pressed you Hongzhi hard.


    You Hongzhi wants to avoid, but he feels a huge pressure on him, making him unable to move.


    He struggled to get rid of the pressure that bound his family. His fist was already on his body and there was no time to dodge.


    He had to take the blow reluctantly.


    After a loud noise, the whole mountain seemed to be a long way lower.


    A huge fist print appeared on the ground. You Hongzhi knelt in the middle of the fist print with blood flowing from the corners of his mouth.


    Zhang Weineng really deserves to be the commander-in-chief of the first army of the Dali imperial dynasty. He is so fierce when he hits the danger.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was not sure to take the punch.


    Zhang Wei can be reasonable and unforgiving. He blows out another punch.


    You Hongzhi''s black Qi surged wildly, and he was desperate to show his magic skills.


    He took two punches in a row. Even if his magic skill was strange, he lost half his life.


    Meng Zhang, holding the idea of grabbing the head, launched an auxiliary attack on one side.


    You Hongzhi''s combat effectiveness is not very strong, but his means are strange and his ability to escape is very good.


    Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang made great efforts to trap him firmly.


    When Qinggu Zhenjun killed the two demonized puppets, he freed his hands and joined the siege.


    At this time, you Hongzhi finally ran out of skills and was completely killed by the three people.


    In order to prevent any repetition, Qinggu Zhenjun even cast real fire to completely refine his demon body and turn it into a pile of ashes.

 Chapter 903

    Kill you Hongzhi Zhenjun. It''s not over yet.


    Demon Xiu is cunning and good at running for his life. Zhang Weineng and none of them wanted to capture each other alive. They directly killed him on the spot and frustrated his bones and ashes.


    Zhang Weineng doesn''t want to be involved too widely for the sake of his own reputation and interests.


    Among the Yuanshen Zhenjun of this small group, there are many people who have close contacts with you Hongzhi Zhenjun.


    Are they aware of you Hongzhi''s evil cultivation and collude with him? Zhang Weineng doesn''t know and doesn''t want to know.


    As long as they are not demonic and have not been demonized, nothing else matters.


    In the cultivation world, many decent friars, many of whom are highly respected, secretly collude with the devil cultivation.


    As long as they hold the bottom line, they are not possessed by the devil, and they are not grasped by others, they have a way to fool the past.


    Zhang Wei is not willing to investigate others, but four seas firms can''t let go.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun is the ancestor of the four seas business firm. Who knows how many magic children and grandchildren are hidden in the four seas business firm.


    While you Hongzhi had just been killed, the news should not have leaked out. Zhang Weineng immediately dispatched the army in Zhenbei. With the cooperation of the yuan God Zhenjun present, he seized all the strongholds and industries of Sihai commercial firm and took all the members.


    Qinggu Zhenjun returned to the big city of Datong Business League and drove away the demons in Liao Yuan and Liao Xing.


    The demon cultivation of the demon species has fallen, and he has mastered a special method. It is not difficult to expel the demon species, and there will be no future trouble.


    After the storm of that year, Dali Dynasty was still very experienced in dealing with demon cultivation.


    National Master Chunyu Zhongda and royal experts have created a lot of magic elimination secrets together. He also mobilized all kinds of weapon refining experts and talismans to refine many magic tools and talismans to restrain the devil.


    The town of Jiuqu province and the Beida army are far from what the four seas commercial firms can resist. Moreover, in order to show that their family has nothing to do with demon cultivation, those local Xiuzhen forces were sent out by Yuanshen Zhenjun himself.


    The four seas firm, which lost the only two yuan gods, Zhenjun, had little resistance, so it was easily won.


    Next, the experts who are good at removing demons in the Dali imperial dynasty, with special magic tools and talismans, identify all members of the four seas firm to see if there are any remaining evils of demon cultivation.


    This task is very arduous. Although a lot of people have been dispatched and the active cooperation of the major truth cultivation forces in Jiuqu province has taken several months to complete.


    There are no other demons or demonized friars in the four seas firms.


    Of course, this does not rule out the possibility that the evil cultivation among the four seas firms could have escaped quickly.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun, as a demon monk in the period of Yuanshen, is also a big man in the demon cultivation. He has no allies, subordinates, and doesn''t wantonly demonize other monks. It really surprises everyone.


    Maybe the rabbit doesn''t eat the grass beside the nest, or he cares about his fellow disciples. Anyway, he is the only one in the four seas firms.


    The demon cultivation in Yuanshen period was hidden in Jiuqu province. Without causing great damage, it was easily killed, which made everyone breathe a sigh of relief.


    In particular, marshal Zhang Weineng, as governor of the province, finally did not have to bear the crime of oversight, but had the power of eliminating demons.


    Dali Dynasty has strict laws and clear rewards and punishments. Killing evil cultivation is also included in military merit.


    Zhang Weineng did not take the credit of Meng Zhang.


    This time, Meng Zhang should be the first to discover the true face of you Hongzhi and kill him completely.


    In his memorial sent back to the court, he explained the matter in detail and asked for merit for Meng Zhang.


    The reply from Chaozhong came quickly, and the corresponding reward was issued in time.


    Meng Zhang was rewarded with 600 military exploits and a huge stone tablet.


    This stone tablet is placed on the third-order spiritual pulse, which can directly communicate with Dali imperial native land.


    The other end of the stone tablet is the general secretary of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Every time you communicate, you need to consume a lot of spirit stones in addition to extracting spirit pulse and spirit Qi.


    With this stone tablet, Meng Zhang can play directly to the middle of the court.


    Through this stone tablet, Meng Zhang can also directly receive some messages far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Of course, don''t expect any top secret information. It''s all the popular information recorded in the di newspaper.


    This is still very valuable to Meng Zhang.


    Not only can we understand all aspects of the Dali Dynasty, but also broaden our horizons without being a frog at the bottom of a well.


    In addition, the list of materials in Dali imperial treasury will be updated on this stone tablet regularly.


    Meng Zhang can enjoy reading as long as he consumes enough spirit stones.


    Anything you like can be exchanged for military merit.


    Of course, in addition to their own door-to-door pick-up, door-to-door delivery is an extra charge.


    After all, it is very far away from the imperial mainland and Jiuqu Province, and the transportation is not so convenient.


    Meng Zhang had heard from Wen Dongzhen Jun before that Da Li had begun to plan to build a long-distance transmission array in Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the Dali Dynasty, like the top sects in the Middle Earth, had the ability to build a long-distance transmission array.


    Dali Dynasty is really strong. It is worthy of the existence of daring to compete with the Holy Land Sect.


    Of course, the plan is just a plan. When it will be implemented depends on the specific situation.


    Meng Zhang is looking forward to the completion of the long-distance transmission array.


    At that time, the connection between Jiuqu province and Dali Dynasty will be strengthened, and the transportation will become convenient.


    He will certainly take the time to go to the mainland of the imperial dynasty and see the scenery there.


    In addition to exchanging military merit, some of the various items in Dali imperial treasury were also sold or bartered.


    Meng Zhang also found another way to obtain the military achievements of Dali Dynasty.


    Every once in a while, the stone tablet will show all kinds of materials that Dali imperial officials need to purchase.


    If you take the initiative to provide these official materials, you can also exchange them for military merit.


    Although the military merit exchanged each time is limited and a large amount of materials need to be consumed, this is also a way to obtain military merit after all.


    Moreover, a little makes a lot. If you accumulate slowly and exchange more times, you can also accumulate a lot of military merit.


    However, at present, taiyimen is not rich in financial resources, and the transportation is inconvenient from the mainland of the imperial dynasty. Meng ZhangCai has no intention of exchanging.


    Meng Zhang was rewarded, but the four seas commercial firm was severely punished by the governor''s office.


    The four seas firm was charged with harboring evil cultivation and was forcibly dissolved.


    All its properties were confiscated by the government.


    Soon, many industries were sold to big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance at very low prices.


    Meng Zhang knew that governor Zhang Weineng had oppressed them once and would also offer some benefits to appease these large foreign businessmen with deep backgrounds.


    This is not just a question of slapping sweet dates, but shows that governor Zhang Weineng is also unwilling to make enemies with the powerful people behind them.

 Chapter 904

    Meng Zhang has stayed at Xiongshi mountain for a long time since he got this stone tablet awarded by Dali emperor.


    After careful inspection, the stone tablet is only a third-order communication method, and there are no problems and hidden backhands in it.


    However, out of caution, Meng Zhang still placed it on the other side of Xiongshi mountain, not in the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Anyway, there are also third-order spirit veins on the side of Xiongshi mountain, which are enough to drive this communication device.


    The Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate is an important place with many secrets, and the spiritual pulse is the foundation of the mountain gate. We should try not to place this kind of foreign magic weapon.


    During this time, Meng Zhang received all kinds of information on the stone tablet and found some business opportunities.


    Dali imperial government has always purchased Linggu and lingyao at a relatively high price.


    Moreover, the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty also encouraged the major religious forces in the territory to open up a large number of spiritual fields and build spiritual medicine parks.


    Dali imperial officials often provide excellent Linggu seeds and elixir seeds at preferential prices. They even provide loans at very low interest rates to encourage planting.


    It takes many years to cultivate the elixir. Most of the elixir Valley can be harvested in a year or two.


    Of course, planting high-level Linggu also consumes soil power.


    Taiyi sect, as one of the few Yuanshen sects in Jiuqu Province, has several Linggu for its disciples, which is far from open supply.


    Most of the time, the disciples still practice by practicing meditation, breathing and absorbing the spirit of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang not only read the current residence newspaper, but also spent a lot of time reading the previous residence newspaper.


    From time to time, when Dali Dynasty needed a large number of Linggu, he even used military merit as a reward.


    Meng Zhang wrote it down secretly.


    Although I don''t know why Dali Dynasty needed so many Linggu, it gave him a new way to obtain military merit.


    It is too far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty and Jiuqu Province, so it is a little difficult to transport.


    In the Dali Dynasty, military merit was a real hard currency, which could be exchanged for many spiritual objects that had never been seen before.


    In the former Jiuqu League, the pills and spirit objects used to help jiedan were very rare and often could not be bought with money. As for the elixirs and miraculous drugs that can help break through the Yuanshen period, they have almost never appeared on the market.


    Dali imperial treasury is extremely rich in materials, and there are many fourth-order items. Even there are a lot of pills and spiritual objects that help break through the Yuanshen period.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, and Yang Xueyi, the elder of the sect, have already completed the golden elixir and are about to break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang had been thinking about exchanging military merit for some useful auxiliary items.


    However, for one thing, Meng Zhang''s military skills were not enough, and for another, they had long been closed directly. Meng Zhang was temporarily relieved of his desire to exchange.


    Of course, more disciples of Taiyi sect will be ready to break through the period of Yuanshen. We should try our best to get some of these auxiliary items.


    Meng Zhang''s biggest worry now is that there are too many good things in the imperial treasury and he wants a lot. However, there are too few military achievements, which are far from enough.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t make it a top priority to break through to the middle of Yuanshen and didn''t want to spend too much time and energy on other things, he would start to consider how to obtain a lot of military merit.


    This stone tablet can not only communicate with Dali''s native land, but also with Jiuqu City, the capital of Jiuqu province.


    The target of the communication is the important organizations of Jiuqu Province, including the governor''s office.


    Meng Zhang played a key role in calming down the secret devil last time without causing any damage and loss.


    If he didn''t see through you Hongzhi''s actions, but let him hide in Jiuqu Province, I don''t know how many people would be poisoned by him.


    Even after you Hongzhi becomes big, it is not impossible to take the initiative to launch a magic disaster.


    Zhang Wei can understand this and attaches great importance to Meng Zhang.


    In particular, he thought that Meng Zhang inherited the powerful magic subduing means of taiyimen and had great utilization value.


    Governor Zhang Wei can attach importance to Meng Zhang, and the friendship between Dong Zhenjun and Meng Zhang has become better.


    From time to time, Wen Dongzhen will disclose some important news to Meng Zhang through the communication stone tablet.


    Even governor Zhang Weineng occasionally communicated with Meng Zhang.


    From Zhang Weineng''s mouth, Meng Zhang knows a lot of secrets.


    In the cultivation world, there has always been a force to secretly resist the Holy Land Sect.


    As the ruler of the cultivation world, the Holy Land Sect is also the biggest vested interest, occupying most of the resources of the cultivation world.


    Some are dissatisfied with the status quo, some are ambitious and want to replace them, and some have hatred with the Holy Land Sect


    Don''t look at the Holy Land Sect''s rampant and invincible appearance.


    But the practitioners who resisted their rule never stopped.


    Many people in Dali Dynasty regretted that Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    In the eyes of Dali imperial high-level officials such as Zhang Weineng, taiyimen is a fellow believer and comrade in arms.


    It''s just that you die before you get out of the school.


    Although Dali imperial court is now suppressed by Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong has always been unable to leave Dali imperial court.


    Zhang Weineng even vaguely revealed to Meng Zhang that behind the Dali imperial dynasty, there is also a powerful shelter.


    The struggle between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong involved the struggle between DA Neng.


    Although Meng Zhang did not fully believe what Zhang Weineng said, he was also at ease.


    As long as what he said is true, there will be no crisis of being destroyed by Ziyang Shengzong in a short time.


    Taiyimen, as a new generation, will also have a long and stable life.


    Faced with the pressure of foreign big businesses step by step, the small group established by the local truth cultivation forces is obviously unreliable.


    If taiyimen wants to continue to survive, in addition to self-improvement, it also needs to find a thigh to hold.


    Since Zhang Wei can value Meng Zhang, of course Meng Zhang should hold this thigh tightly.


    Sihai commercial firm was the leading commercial firm in Jiuqu League. Its commercial strength is very rare in the surrounding areas.


    Such a big firm is easily divided up by those big foreign businessmen.


    The small group originally formed by you Hongzhi naturally collapsed because of you Hongzhi.


    Although Zhang Weineng intended to protect these local Xiuzhen forces, it was a fact that they secretly traded with foreign invaders, and they were caught for a long time.


    In order not to lose the tongue of the population, Zhang Weineng still has to punish them more or less.


    It is inevitable to deal with the people in the caravan caught on the spot and impose high fines.


    Big foreign merchants swallowed up the four seas commercial firms, small groups were punished, one after another, and foreign strong dragons became more arrogant.


    If they had not scrutinized the attitude of governor Zhang Weineng, they would have begun to sweep away the local Xiuzhen forces.


    At least in a short period of time, these learned local Xiuzhen forces dare not deal with those foreign invaders.


    And because of you Hongzhi, their superficial contacts have become extremely rare.


    Taiyimen did not participate in that small group, nor was it involved in this matter.


    When the four seas firms were swallowed up by big foreign merchants, taiyimen also followed and picked up some bargains.


    Taiyimen is certainly impossible to get involved in the industry of Sihai commercial firms.


    However, there are many excellent practitioners among the four seas firms, especially many outstanding management talents.


    Because of you Hongzhi''s involvement, many members of Sihai commercial firm were put in prison.


    Fortunately, he escaped from prison and inevitably lost his job and was displaced.


    Taiyimen began to wantonly solicit members of these four seas commercial firms.


    Meng Zhang even got through the relationship with Wen Dongzhen and spent a lot of money to get a lot of people out of the prison.


    Datong business alliance, a group of large foreign businessmen, has their own trained talents and will not trust outsiders at all. Coupled with their contempt for local steamed stuffed buns, they will not compete with Meng Zhang for these talents.


    Although taiyimen''s income has decreased greatly due to the invasion of large foreign businesses.


    However, the taiyimen sect, which is also a Yuanshen sect with several provinces in Jiuqu, is still very attractive to the original members of the four seas commercial firms. Not to mention that the Taiyi sect took them out of the prison. It''s a life-saving grace.


    Of course, with so many monks recruited all at once, in addition to the necessary screening procedures, an Muran''s dark hall is also busy.


    Taiyimen has a large territory in the Gobi and the dead sand sea. In particular, a large part of the Gobi territory has not been developed.


    What taiyimen lacks most is all kinds of manpower that can be used for development.


    After discovering the almost endless demand of Dali Dynasty for Linggu and lingyao, Meng Zhang increased the development of territory, vigorously developed Lingtian and built lingyao park.


    It takes a long time for the elixir in the elixir garden to mature. If you want to achieve results, it will take at least more than a hundred years.


    However, after the reclamation of Lingtian, Linggu can be produced in a few years.


    For a while, many lands suitable for the development of spiritual fields on the Gobi began to be developed wantonly.


    Faced with the oppression of foreign businessmen, the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province are very sad.


    Only taiyimen managed well with Meng Zhang, which had little impact.


    In addition, the weak water god general has also brought Meng Zhang a great surprise since he was sent to the Daheng cultivation world.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang took the foundation of maple leaf mountain city just to leave a way back for Taiyi gate.


    After the weak water god fully presided over the maple leaf mountain city in the past, he managed well and continuously expanded the sphere of influence there.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world is a much more prosperous place than Jiuqu League.


    After conquering Jiuqu League, Dali imperial dynasty did not know whether it was facing the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong or busy digesting the booty. Unexpectedly, he stopped the pace of conquest and didn''t start on the great horizontal cultivation world.


    The foundation of maple leaf mountain city is located at the edge of Daheng cultivation world. It seems insignificant, but it has a bright future.


    With the skin of maple leaf mountain city, the weak water god will slowly expand his power and wantonly develop commerce and trade with the local forces in Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Many big foreign merchants who could not compete in Jiuqu province lost their pills and talismans in the market. After they were transported here, they became very popular here and earned a lot of spiritual stones for Taiyi gate.


    In addition, maple leaf mountain city also bought many local specialties from Daheng Xiuzhen world and slowly transported them back to the door.


    In this way, taiyimen has an unknown secret business channel.


    At present, the only way to restrict this business channel is to connect the two places through the child and mother conveyor. Each transmission consumes empty ghost stone.


    Jiuqu province does not produce empty ghost stone.


    In addition to buying some in the Daheng cultivation world, we have to deal with the big businessmen who are far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Fortunately, although the relationship between the two sides is bad, no one will have trouble with Lingshi. Do what you should do.


    As long as taiyimen is willing to spend a lot of spirit stones and can accept the high price, they can still buy the empty ghost stone they need.


    Meng Zhang is also slowly accumulating strength to make up for his shortcomings when dealing with sect affairs.


    After Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, broke through the Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang had to spend more energy on sect affairs.


    Fortunately, there is a Presbyterian Council in the door. Each hall can also perform its own duties, which is enough to maintain the daily operation of the sect.


    When the opportunity to break through the bottleneck came, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to leave everything and began to shut down.


    Although there is a bottleneck between the initial stage of Yuanshen and the middle stage of Yuanshen, it is very difficult to break through. But there is no essential difference between the two realms.


    The conditions for breakthrough don''t sound difficult. Nothing more than strengthening the yuan God, enlightenment Avenue, etc.


    Of course, not all the friars in the early stage of Yuanshen can break through the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    The cultivation method is not smart enough, the foundation is not solid enough, the savings are not strong enough, the yuan God is not strong enough, and the understanding of the avenue is not enough


    In particular, the understanding of the avenue is the top priority, and there is no shortcut to take.


    Many friars in the early days of Yuanshen failed to break through to the middle of Yuanshen until Shouyuan was exhausted.


    But these are not problems for Meng Zhang.


    He has been reading Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang for many years. His understanding of the avenue has surpassed many monks in the middle of the yuan God.


    As for the accumulation in all aspects, after so many years of hard work, it has long been enough.


    After the retreat, Meng Zhang had many illusions in his mind, the sound of the great road sounded in his ears, and the vision of the transformation of yin and Yang appeared on his head.


    This situation lasted almost two years before it completely disappeared.


    At this time, Meng Zhang naturally broke through the bottleneck and entered the middle period of Yuanshen.


    With his cultivation to a higher level, Meng Zhang''s strength has improved greatly, his life level has changed again, and he has more abilities.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will also face a new big problem.


    The friars in the middle period of Yuanshen have absorbed the essence of refining nine days, which has no effect on cultivation.


    To carry out daily cultivation, you need to absorb the jade Qingling machine.


    The only place Meng Zhang knew where jade qinglingji was produced was the vast and dangerous extraterritorial void.


    Fortunately, he still had some previously obtained Yuqing LINGJI in his hand, which was enough for him to stabilize the cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle period.


    After the cultivation state broke through to the middle of the yuan God, Meng Zhang temporarily ignored the future cultivation. Just use the resources at hand to stabilize the current state of cultivation and get familiar with and master the newly promoted strength.


    In another three years, Meng ZhangCai consolidated his cultivation in the middle of the yuan God and left the closed place.

 Chapter 905

    After Meng Zhang left the customs, he did not publicize his cultivation breakthrough.


    In his opinion, there is no big deal from the initial breakthrough of Yuanshen to the middle of Yuanshen, which is not worth trumpeting.


    When cultivation is improved, it can be used as a card and exposed when necessary.


    Compared with the initial stage of Yuanshen, the middle stage of Yuanshen can cultivate more Taoist magic powers, refine and control more fourth-order magic tools.


    In the early days of the yuan God, Meng Zhang only controlled three fourth-order magic tools, namely the spirit snake spear, the qicaixia light robe and the yin-yang spirit gourd, which reached the limit of support.


    Now you can master at least two or three more fourth-order magic tools with improved cultivation.


    Of course, the more refined fourth-order magic tools, the better.


    The spirit of the fourth order magic weapon needs to consume the power of the yuan God. Excessive consumption of Yuanshen''s power will certainly affect the progress of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang is a man with lofty goals. He will never regard the middle period of Yuanshen as the end of his own practice.


    In the middle period of Yuanshen, friars also have a special ability to differentiate Yuanshen, create distraction and refine an external incarnation.


    Refining external incarnation is a very difficult thing, which needs to meet many harsh conditions.


    Differentiation of Yuanshen is a great harm to Yuanshen. Yuanshen must be strong and tough enough to bear it.


    Refining external incarnation requires a special secret method. Many Yuanshen sects with insufficient information do not have such a secret method.


    Refining the outer incarnation needs to consume many valuable materials, including rare natural materials and earth treasures.


    Not to mention the friars from small families, even those disciples of large sects may not be able to meet all the conditions for refining external incarnations.


    Among the mid-term monks of Yuanshen seen by Meng Zhang, I really haven''t seen the incarnation of refining origin.


    Of course, it is also possible that others deliberately hide their mistakes and hide their cards.


    Meng Zhang has the taiyimen inheritance secret method, but the yuan God still needs to be tempered slowly. There is no clue about the materials used to refine the outer incarnation.


    It''s not urgent to refine the external incarnation. Meng Zhang''s most anxious thing now is to continue to practice.


    The daily cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen needs to absorb the refining jade Qingling machine.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, those big sects with many yuan gods and true kings will regularly organize yuan gods to sweep through the void and search for Yuqing LINGJI.


    Meng Zhang was alone. If he entered the extraterritorial void search, he would not be able to do anything, not to mention the dangers in the void. The vast and endless void alone would make him helpless and do not know where to start.


    There are a large number of jade Qingling machines available for exchange in Dali imperial treasury.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have enough military skills to use, and he didn''t want to be completely controlled by others in this major event related to practice.


    Meng Zhang had exchanged Yuqing LINGJI from other Yuanshen Zhenjun before. But this kind of good thing can not be met and can not be guaranteed to have a stable source.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and went to ask the elder Jijian master in the door to see if he knew a good way to stably obtain Yuqing LINGJI.


    When Meng Zhang sent someone to summon the Jijian God general, Jing Lei God, who was proficient in refining tools, came to the door first.


    The three fourth-order magic tools in Meng Zhang''s hands are like human beings. They need to absorb various nutrients before they can thrive.


    The spirit of the instrument needs Meng Zhang to warm up with the power of the yuan God to enhance his spirit. The body of the magic instrument also needs to absorb various materials.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much time to collect materials, so he handed it over to Jinglei, the most proficient weapon refining general in the door.


    With Meng Zhang''s order, Jinglei God can mobilize the disciples of the sect and use all kinds of resources to meet Meng Zhang''s needs.


    He brought three materials to Meng Zhang this time.


    One is the sky glow full of three bottles.


    This requires flying high into the sky and collecting with special methods on specific days of each year.


    Just for these three bottles of sky glow, several golden elixir immortal in Taiyi gate spent ten years. They had to fly to the high altitude regularly every year and suffered all the hardships against the fierce wind.


    Meng Zhang can greatly enhance the defense of this magic weapon by slowly integrating these three bottles of sky glow into the qicaixia robe.


    The sun moon jewel refined by Meng Zhang is a third-order magic weapon. It needs to absorb a lot of valuable spiritual materials. After Meng Zhang''s long-term warm cultivation, it can be promoted to a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Originally, Meng Zhang asked Jinglei God to collect these red sun refined gold to strengthen the sun and moon jewels.


    But now he changed his mind.


    Probably most practitioners have the plot of flying sword, and Meng Zhang is no exception.


    At least he is also a monk in the middle of the yuan God, but he doesn''t even have a suitable flying sword. Meng Zhang feels very sorry on weekdays.


    He asked Jinglei God to keep these red sun refined gold well. When he had enough other spiritual materials, he asked him to refine a good third-order flying sword, and then he did it himself to slowly upgrade it to a fourth-order flying sword.


    These iron blood evil spirits brought by thunder god are a little nutritious snacks for spirit snake spear.


    In the past, Meng Zhang often paid for Taiyi sect and helped the sect grow.


    Up to now, taiyimen has developed and grown, and can already provide huge human and material resources to serve Meng Zhang and support Meng Zhang, the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Although the yuan God Zhenjun has a long life, he spends a lot of time.


    There is a powerful sect as the backing, which can provide a lot of convenience.


    At the command, thousands of disciples followed their orders and ran for them.


    Although there is another hall leader in the Qi hall, as an elder in the door who is proficient in the art of refining weapons, Jing Lei God general still intervened in many affairs of the Qi hall.


    Jinglei God will take this opportunity to report the affairs of the tool hall to Meng Zhang and listen to Meng Zhang''s further instructions.


    Meng Zhang generally does not ask about the specific affairs of each hall entrance in the door. At most, he just puts forward requirements or points out a major development direction.


    He is not very proficient in the art of refining tools. He also has this attitude towards the instructions of the thunder god general.

 Chapter 906

    Jing Lei stayed with Meng Zhang for a long time before leaving.


    Since Meng Zhang became better and better, these Dharma protectors will be more respectful to him.


    Even the most rebellious weak water generals are obedient and obedient in front of him, and dare not contradict like they did when they first met.


    Meng Zhang waited for more than half a day, and the Jijian God General rushed over.


    When Meng Zhang summoned him, he was not in the grass slope of the mountain gate, but inspected several important nearby strongholds.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, he rushed back to the mountain gate without delay and came to see him.


    From the beginning to the end, Jijian God was very respectful to Meng Zhang, the leader, without any neglect.


    Meng Zhang saw the extremely sword general and didn''t talk to him. He went straight to the subject and asked about the way to stably obtain Yuqing LINGJI.


    Although the extremely sword God general is an old master in the sect, he is only a golden elixir when he has the strongest cultivation. The way he knows is what Meng Zhang knows.


    Although there was no good way, he reminded Meng Zhang that he could ask other elders in the door.


    Don''t remind me. Meng Zhang will do it.


    After chatting with the Jijian God General for a while, Meng Zhang sent him away.


    After the Jijian God left, Meng Zhang immediately prepared materials, arranged the altar, and summoned the spirits and gods to keep upright.


    Meng Zhang completed the calling ceremony, and the idea of keeping upright came as promised.


    Meng Zhang sent out the idea of God to communicate with the idea of Shouzheng coming.


    As soon as their thoughts came into contact, Shouzheng found the progress of Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, they can maintain rapid progress. At Meng Zhang''s age, it is very rare to have the current cultivation, even in taiyimen in its heyday.


    He was always calm and upright. He couldn''t help feeling excited. He murmured that taiyimen will not die for days. Taiyimen has successors and is expected to revive.


    After a while, he got to the point and talked about business with Meng Zhang.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s inquiry about the way to obtain Yuqing LINGJI, Shouzheng was silent for a while before he said a name - Tiangong.


    There are many holy places that govern the Junchen world. It is difficult to tell who is strong and who is weak, and it is not easy to arrange seats.


    But the heavenly palace is the most powerful of these holy places.


    Some people even said that the heavenly palace is beyond the existence of the holy door, which is completely different from other holy doors.


    Meng Zhang only read the name "heavenly palace" in the books of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know where the heavenly palace is located, how powerful it is, and what the specific situation is.


    When Meng Zhang heard Shouzheng say the heavenly palace, he asked for details carefully.


    Shouzheng didn''t say it in detail, but said that the heavenly palace is very different from other holy places.


    The heavenly palace is the real controller of the Junchen world. Other holy places should obey the instructions of the heavenly palace and control all parts of the Junchen world for them.


    The heavenly palace is strong enough to sweep the whole Jun dust world, but it never appears in public in front of people.


    Even people like Meng Zhang have only heard of his reputation. I don''t know the details.


    Shouzheng told Meng Zhang that there was no hatred between Tiangong and Taiyi gate. In many things, Tiangong can be fair and just.


    The heavenly palace has countless natural materials and earth treasures. It is said that the reason why Jiutian can take shape is related to the heavenly palace.


    As for how to contact the heavenly palace and get the jade clear spirit machine you want from the heavenly palace, Shouzheng asked Meng Zhang to find the weapon of the void tripod.


    After answering Meng Zhang''s question, Shouzheng asked about the pledge to promote ghost oath.


    When he contacted Shouzheng a long time ago, Shouzheng asked Meng Zhang to make a batch of ghost oath books when the time was ripe, and provide guarantee in the name of ghost and God Shouzheng to promote the oath books in an all-round way.


    Now Shouzheng is ready. It depends on how Meng Zhang promotes it.


    Shouzheng explained the details of making the ghost oath to Meng Zhang, so that Meng Zhang could act as soon as possible.


    After the communication with Shouzheng, Meng Zhang put aside his own affairs and dealt with it first.


    He found several golden elixir immortal in the door, some of whom are good at making talismans and have keen inspiration


    Meng Zhang taught them how to regard it as a ghost oath.


    In fact, in the cultivation world, making a general ghost oath is not a secret.


    Many Xiuzhen forces know the relevant details. Even taiyimen knew a general idea before.


    It is not difficult to make an oath of ghost oath, whether in materials or techniques.


    The most crucial problem is to summon the spirits of the ghosts and gods in the underworld to come and leave their unique power brand on the oath.


    Ghosts and gods in the underworld are not reasonable.


    Many ghosts and gods are cruel, murderous, cunning, treacherous and changeable


    Dealing with ghosts and gods is a profound knowledge. It is not an easy thing to use the power of ghosts and gods safely.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi gate has the active cooperation of ghosts and gods. The friars in the gate saved a lot of effort and soon made a ghost oath as a way to obtain mutual trust in the cultivation world of intrigue and mutual distrust according to the secret method.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect use some for their own use, and the following vassal forces can also consume some.


    Meng Zhang never expected to profit from the ghost oath.


    The ghost oath made by taiyimen is sold at cost.


    Even in the face of integrity, it is not unacceptable to sell at a loss and lose some spirit stones.


    Since Shouzheng has been reading this matter, it shows that it is of great benefit to him.


    Meng Zhang is very generous to the elders who have helped himself and the sect.


    You don''t have to spend too much effort. You and the sect can help the elders in the sect. Why not?


    Taiyi sect is full of talents. Even if Meng Zhang didn''t participate in it personally, the disciples of the sect can handle it properly.


    He gave this task to a group of monks in the door and asked them to perform their respective duties and deal with it well.


    Then, Meng ZhangCai safely put down the affairs in the door and transmitted them to maple leaf mountain city through the child and mother conveyor.


    Because the void tripod itself is a powerful space magic weapon, the long-distance transmission magic array on the child and mother transmission disk can''t afford to load at all.


    After so many years, the void tripod has remained in the maple leaf mountain city.


    The void tripod is hidden in a secret place. It is not only surrounded by various guarding and prohibitions, but also guarded by real Jindan people in turn almost all the time.

 Chapter 907

    This magic weapon, the void tripod, was brought back by Meng Zhang from the rebuilt taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    It''s a pity that the spirit of this magic weapon doesn''t look up to Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi sect. He doesn''t care about him at all.


    In those years, Meng Zhang couldn''t even enter the inner space of the void tripod if he didn''t invite ghosts and gods to keep upright and subdue the spirit of the void tripod.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to collect the taiyimen heritage of the internal space of the void tripod.


    Later, after Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, he deliberately subdued the void tripod.


    However, Jijian God discouraged him and told him that it was best to wait until his cultivation was stronger.


    Meng Zhang listened to the persuasion of Jijian God general and endured until now.


    Now there are serious things to find the spirit of the void tripod, and Meng Zhang''s cultivation has entered the middle stage of the yuan God. Meng Zhang thought that even if the spirit of the void tripod was arrogant, he should bow his head to himself.


    The void tripod is placed in a secret room in maple leaf mountain city, guarded by Jindan immortal outside.


    Of course, a mere Jindan immortal guards here just to prevent outsiders from approaching.


    Meng Zhang withdrew the guard''s golden elixir immortal and entered the secret room.


    Meng Zhang looked at the huge tripod higher than people in front of him and shouted, "son of vanity, I''m here and I won''t come out to see you."


    If Shouzheng hadn''t told him, he wouldn''t know the name of the spirit of the void tripod.


    While drinking this sentence, Meng Zhang began to mobilize the power of the avenue. Black and white changed above the void tripod, and there were many visions.


    The loud cry like thunder really startled the spirit of the void tripod.


    A tall, rebellious old man with white hair and beard appeared in front of the void tripod.


    As soon as the old man appeared, all the visions disappeared immediately.


    A momentum no weaker than that of Meng Zhang loomed and seemed to be imminent.


    Generally speaking, when the spirit was just condensed and formed, it was in the form of a child.


    As time goes by and grows slowly, the form of the spirit will also change.


    The longevity of the spirit of the instrument is far above the true king of the yuan God.


    Many times, after the master of the instrument spirit sits down, the instrument spirit can inherit for several generations in the sect.


    The old man''s form of void son is enough to show that its existence has been long enough.


    The strength he showed made Meng Zhang know that the old guy was not easy to mess with.


    The fourth-order magic weapon can''t give full play to its full strength without the master''s control.


    In this way, the spirit of the void tripod competed with Meng Zhang, and he obviously didn''t do his best. Meng Zhang was really shocked.


    How powerful is this void tripod? I''m afraid it''s already at the top of the fourth-order magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was burning. If he could refine the void tripod, his strength would be greatly improved.


    But then he thought of Qi Ling''s bad temper, and his heart was cold.


    However, he will try anyway.


    "Vanity son, I am the leader of the Taiyi sect. As a magic weapon cultivated by the Taiyi sect, you are also a member of the Taiyi sect. You must not violate the law of this sect."


    Vanity son didn''t seem to hear what Meng Zhang said. He looked at Meng Zhang at will and said to himself.


    "I said, a little monk in the golden elixir period is also worthy to be the head of Taiyi sect."


    "The cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle period is barely enough."


    Meng Zhang was unhappy to be judged by the tool spirit of the void son.


    "Boy, you didn''t know where I was when I followed the founder of Taiyi clan?"


    "Just because you want me to surrender, go back and Practice for hundreds of years."


    Generally speaking, for a fourth-order magic instrument with an instrument spirit, its owner will master its weakness and completely control it.


    However, the Taiyi gate has suffered a lot of disasters, and the means to control the void tripod has long been lost.


    If future generations want to control the void tripod, either the spirit of the void tripod cares about love and takes the initiative to cooperate. Or rely on a strong cultivation, forcibly surrender.


    Meng Zhang does not have these two conditions.


    Since we can''t subdue each other, we have to keep a low profile and communicate with each other.


    Meng Zhang is a hero who can bend and stretch.


    A friar like him who came up from the bottom of the cultivation world has no burden and can put his face down when necessary.


    Meng Zhang no longer put on the posture of trying to subdue the void tripod, but politely called the other party an elder.


    He moved out the ghosts and gods to keep upright and said that he was instructed by his predecessors to discuss important matters with vanity son.


    Hearing the name of Shouzheng, and Meng Zhang took the initiative to be soft, the old guy, vanity son, has a much better attitude.


    "The cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen is barely qualified to talk to me."


    "If you have anything, just say it." Kongzi said carelessly.


    Meng Zhang was not wordy. He went straight to the topic and asked how to enter the heavenly palace and communicate with the heavenly palace.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, vanity son was silent for a while before he said something.


    In his opinion, with Meng Zhang''s current strength, it is a little early to contact the heavenly palace. However, Shouzheng asked Meng Zhang to come over. Obviously, he thought Meng Zhang was qualified to contact the heavenly palace.


    Vanity son briefly introduced the origin of the heavenly palace.


    When it comes to the heavenly palace, we have to talk about the history of practitioners in the Junchen world.


    In the Junchen world, there was no cultivator.


    More than 10000 years ago, some immortals broke through the air from outside the boundary to open up the Junchen world, leaving the tradition here, which led to the emergence of the original cultivators.


    The opening up history of Jun dust world is a part of the expansion history of Xiandao.


    The specific details of the void are also limited.


    In a word, the practitioners overwhelm the aborigines in the Junchen world and establish a new order here.


    The reason why the Holy Land sects who are in charge of the Junchen world today can have today''s status is that their ancestors were one of the first batch of practitioners to open up the Junchen world.


    Of course, future generations are entitled to sit on the mountains and rivers laid by their ancestors.


    After the fairies in the Jun dust world were flourishing and the cultivators were in the dominant position, the immortals established a heavenly palace to overview everything in the Jun dust world.


    The heavenly palace is the supreme existence that goes far beyond all the holy places and really rules the Junchen world.


    The so-called Holy Land Sect gate can be regarded as a subordinate of the heavenly palace.


    However, the heavenly palace is high above, and rarely cares about the specific affairs of the Jun dust world.


    The daily work of Tiangong is to invade and conquer other worlds.


    The ultimate goal of the heavenly palace is to spread the inheritance of the fairy way to the heaven and the world and carry forward the inheritance of the fairy way.


    Therefore, those holy places have the opportunity to govern the Junchen world.


    Conquering other worlds is a very huge and time-consuming task.


    In addition to using its own strength, the heavenly palace will also drive major doors and families in the Junchen world to participate in this task.


    Of course, in addition to those holy places, there are not many Xiuzhen forces qualified to participate in this task.


    In its heyday, taiyimen also spent a lot of effort to obtain such qualification.

 Chapter 908

    Meng Zhang heard Xu Kongzi talk about the real origin of the heavenly palace.


    It seems that those who regard the heavenly palace as the holy door of the holy land are spreading false rumors and do not know the truth.


    It''s just a holy land. Where is it qualified to be compared with the heavenly palace.


    Strictly speaking, the so-called Holy Land Sect gate is just a pawn driven by the heavenly palace.


    Vanity son also mentioned the strength of the heavenly palace.


    If there are outstanding figures in all aspects in the great ability of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world, they may be favored by the heavenly palace, recruited to the heavenly palace, hold positions and serve the heavenly palace.


    For those great powers of returning to emptiness who are superior in the cultivation world, it is a great honor to be a member of the heavenly palace, and it is also a great pursuit of many people.


    Those who work in the heavenly palace are all great powers of returning to emptiness. What strength is the real controller of the heavenly palace? Is it the legendary real immortal?


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking.


    The only time Meng Zhang saw the fifth level strong in his life was when Tianzhu Zhenjun fought against the fifth level Earth Spirit in the sea of death.


    However, at that time, the fifth level Earth Spirit had been seriously injured and his strength had been greatly damaged. Even the Tianzhu Zhenjun in the later stage of Yuanshen couldn''t fight. He didn''t deserve the rank of the fifth level strong man at all.


    Meng Zhang has never seen a five rank strong man who really has full strength.


    As for the existence of the five rank strong, Meng Zhang has never heard of or seen it.


    That realm is still too far away from him now.


    There are almost endless worlds in the void, and many worlds have special rules of heaven and earth.


    The heavenly palace does have terrible strength, but it is also a very difficult thing to conquer these worlds one by one.


    Those powerful sects who work for the heavenly palace come in handy at this time.


    For example, some world levels are too low to accommodate the existence of low-level friars, and neither Yuanshen Zhenjun nor Huixu power can enter them.


    If you want to enter by force, you will be excluded and even hit by the world.


    At this time, it is necessary for a large number of clans or families to send a steady stream of low-level friars to completely conquer the world.


    The heavenly palace has clear rewards and punishments. If you make contributions to the heavenly palace, you will certainly be rewarded.


    Taiyimen in its heyday spent a lot of effort and got a lot of favor in order to win the opportunity to work for the heavenly palace.


    The reward of the heavenly palace, even the great power of returning to emptiness, will be moved. For many clans and families, it is of great significance.


    The jade qinglingji Meng Zhang asked for is not worth mentioning at all.


    Meng Zhang understood at this time. Shouzheng''s intention is to make himself work for the heavenly palace and obtain rewards including Yuqing LINGJI.


    However, if you get military merit, you can also exchange it for Yuqing LINGJI in Dali imperial treasury?


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, vanity son stared at Meng Zhang with an idiot''s eyes.


    The supreme heavenly palace can be compared with the imperial dynasty.


    How many resources and abilities does Dali have?


    Vanity son has also heard of the name of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the heyday of taiyimen, the Dali Dynasty began to rise slowly.


    At that time, Dali imperial court tried its best to obtain the qualification to work for the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang also understood when he was reminded by vanity son.


    Taiyimen, as a subordinate of Dali imperial dynasty, will inevitably be controlled by Dali imperial dynasty if it relies solely on Dali imperial dynasty.


    Whether it is taiyimen or Meng Zhang, if you want to have better development and greater future, you must strive to work for Tiangong.


    Meng Zhang even vaguely guessed that the reason why Dali Dynasty had the confidence to fight against Ziyang Shengzong might be that he obtained some cards when he worked for the heavenly palace.


    Perhaps he was worried that Meng Zhang did not understand the meaning of the effectiveness of the heavenly palace, and explained it to him in detail.


    Dali imperial court obtained the jade qinglingji, most of which also organized the Yuanshen team to search for the void outside the territory.


    This is inefficient and the harvest is limited.


    There were also many yuan Shen monks in Dali Dynasty. In addition to meeting the cultivation needs of their own legitimate friars, how many can be exchanged for others?


    The heavenly palace obtains the jade clear spirit machine, which is a powerful shot of returning to emptiness.


    Don''t say it''s a jade Qingling machine, that is, a more advanced purple Qingling machine, which can be obtained in large quantities.


    Of course, the Dali Dynasty can also obtain the jade clearing spirit machine from the heavenly palace for their subordinates to exchange.


    The Dali Dynasty is sure to make a profit from it.


    In this way, it''s better to find a way to get it directly from the heavenly palace.


    The most important thing is that obtaining the jade clear aura from the heavenly palace is not the real benefit of working for the heavenly palace at all.


    Nothing else, just the same.


    Jiutian is a place created by the elder immortal.


    Jiutian is not only an important defense line against foreign invaders, but also a place to cultivate all kinds of valuable resources.


    There are many resource points in nine days.


    Ordinary cultivation forces gain resource points in the nine days. They just rely on luck.


    In the heavenly palace, there are detailed distribution maps of these resource points.


    The resource point of Tiangong reward can be used as the foundation of a clan.


    Meng Zhang knows that resources are very rich in nine days. Only the essence of the nine days is essential to the Yuanshen sect.


    Relying on the special sense of the Heavenly Master, he can only get scattered gains in nine days, so it is difficult to find resource points.


    If you have a resource point, it means that you have a fixed resource source.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang thought of a question.


    Since the Junchen world has such a powerful organization as Tiangong and many return to emptiness powers, why would foreign invaders invade the Junchen world?


    Vanity son also answered Meng Zhang''s question.


    The real strong among the foreign invaders are blocked outside the Junchen world by the heavenly palace.


    The extraterritorial invaders who entered the Junchen world were only deliberately released by the heavenly palace.


    Why do foreign invaders come in and die, and why does the heavenly palace let them in? That''s a secret that even empty children don''t know.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang knew that there were still many secrets in the Jun dust world, waiting for him to explore later.


    Of course, these high-level secrets have not affected him yet. His top priority now is to contact the heavenly palace and strive to work for it.


    Vanity son warned Meng Zhang that it would cost a lot to serve the sky.


    Because of the lingering shadow of taiyimen in its heyday, it is not difficult for Meng Zhang to obtain the qualification to work for the heavenly palace.


    However, working for the heavenly palace is definitely not a simple thing.


    If the strength is not enough, act impulsively, it will pay heavy losses.


    If you can''t complete the task of the heavenly palace, you will not get a reward, but will incur severe punishment.


    Vanity son reminded Meng Zhang that he must be extra careful and never be careless.


    In particular, the heavenly palace must not feel that taiyimen is incompetent and that taiyimen is disqualified from serving the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 909

    After talking for a long time, the spirit of the void tripod told Meng Zhang all the information about the heavenly palace he knew.


    Of course, he is only a tool spirit after all, and the information he knows is very limited. Many things are hearsay.


    How Meng Zhang acted after he went to the heavenly palace still needs him to act according to his circumstances.


    Finally, vanity son took out a golden token and gave it to Meng Zhang, and taught him how to use it.


    Meng Zhang glanced and the token was engraved with the word Taiyi.


    He didn''t know the material of the token. He couldn''t understand the prohibition on it. It just feels very mysterious and full of mysterious power.


    This token is the proof that Taiyi gate works for the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen in its heyday had long perished, and now taiyimen has been rebuilt after disaster.


    Meng Zhang considers himself the authentic inheritance of Taiyi gate and confirms that he represents Taiyi gate and can inherit all the inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    However, the heavenly palace is not necessarily recognized.


    Only with this token can you enter the heavenly palace as a friar of Taiyi gate and inherit everything of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    For this token, even taiyimen in its heyday had to pay a huge price.


    Meng Zhang had entered the inner space of the void tripod and had never seen this token.


    It seems that there are many secrets inside the void tripod.


    I think so. It is easy to create an unknown secret space inside a fourth-order space magic instrument such as the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang, holding a token, confirmed that Xu Kongzi had nothing else to say, and left here.


    Meng Zhang didn''t use the child and mother conveyor to send it back to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate. Instead, he flew directly from maple leaf mountain city to the sky.


    Meng Zhang kept climbing and flying higher and higher. Soon he flew into the sky and appeared outside the boundary of chaos.


    Without a pause, Meng Zhang crossed the border and entered within nine days.


    It is said that the specific location of the heavenly palace is above nine days.


    With a token in hand, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to go to Jiutian to look for it slowly.


    He glanced around and found nothing unusual. He held up the token in his hand and injected his true yuan and the power of the yuan God into it.


    The light on the token flickered. Meng Zhang saw a flower in front of him, and then felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and the space was constantly changing.


    When the scene had stabilized, he had appeared on a small square.


    Meng Zhang did not act in a hurry, but first looked around.


    Although there is a description of vanity, Meng Zhang still has to explore many details slowly.


    This small square should be an important passage in and out of the heavenly palace.


    After Meng Zhang stood here for a while, several lights flashed, and someone transmitted them here.


    Some people also came to the square, urged the token and sent it away.


    Meng Zhang watched for a while, followed behind a strange monk who had just been transmitted, and left the small square from a nearby channel.


    After leaving this small square, I entered a large square.


    On the square, several transmission arrays are arranged.


    Meng Zhang has never seen a long-distance transmission array in a remote place like Jiuqu League, but has used a child and mother transmission disk.


    The general level of refining long-distance transmission array in Jun dust world can be roughly inferred from the child and mother transmission disk.


    These teleportation arrays built by the heavenly palace are far beyond the teleportation arrays in the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang went to the front of an idle transmission Dharma array. After some exploration, he soon learned how to use this dharma array.


    There is a disc in the middle of the array, which is engraved with place names.


    These place names should be located in different places of the heavenly palace.


    After Meng Zhang selects the place name, he only needs to put in the Yuqing LINGJI to start the transmission array and go to the corresponding place.


    Depending on the distance, the jade clearing machine consumed is also different.


    By the way, in the heavenly palace, the common currency used every day is Yuqing LINGJI.


    Meng Zhang''s jade clearing spirit machine, which he accidentally obtained at the beginning, consumed a lot when consolidating his cultivation. Now he has only six strands of jade clearing spirit machine in his hand.


    Meng Zhang chose the hall of common affairs on the disk according to the command of vanity son, and then put in two wisps of jade Qingling machine.


    The transmission array started. After a space change, Meng Zhang appeared on a square.


    In front of the square, a towering hall is Meng Zhang''s target commons hall.


    Just came to this place, did Meng Zhang have the legendary fourth-order spirit pulse in the heavenly palace?


    The legendary fourth level spirit pulse provides enough aura for the yuan God Zhenjun to practice.


    Meng Zhang felt good again. Although he was not sure that this was the aura provided by the fourth-order aura, it was essentially different from the third-order aura in terms of its concentration and quality.


    Meng Zhang absorbed and refined it for a while.


    If you can have such a aura environment, where do you need too many jade clearing auras, which can directly meet your daily cultivation needs.


    Of course, the efficiency of absorbing and refining the aura here is much lower than that of directly absorbing the Yuqing aura machine.


    Moreover, the Yuanshen Zhenjun absorbed the refined jade qinglingji, not only for the aura contained therein, but also for the trace rhyme contained therein.


    Even if the aura is sufficient, the yuan God Zhenjun still needs some jade clear aura more or less.


    In any case, if you can practice in the heavenly palace, you can save a lot of jade qinglingji.


    If you can, Meng Zhang hopes to stay in the heavenly palace and practice with the help of the aura here.


    After standing here for a long time, Meng Zhang remembered that he still had business to do.


    He strode to the hall of common affairs in front of him.


    The hall of common affairs has long been a sea of people.


    Those who can appear here are at least the friars in the early days of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang had never seen so many yuan God friars gathered together.


    The number of Yuanshen friars in front of us alone far exceeds that of the whole Jiuqu province.


    The facilities in the hall of common affairs are highly intelligent, which can save a lot of manpower.


    Moreover, there are many mechanism puppets here to serve the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang also studied organ puppets.


    Taiyi gate has a magic hall specializing in mechanism creation.


    Taiyimen''s neighbor was the most skillful sect in Jiuqu League and famous for its mechanism art.


    But the mechanism puppets they made are just children''s toys compared with these mechanism puppets in front of them.

 Chapter 910

    These mechanism puppets who look like living people have high IQ and can handle all kinds of situations like a human monk.


    There are many affairs in the hall of common affairs, and many visitors have all kinds of problems.


    These organ puppets can be handled flexibly and in an orderly manner.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to act, but carefully observed the situation around him and listened to the conversation of others.


    After standing in the hall of common affairs for a while, Meng Zhang got a lot of information.


    After a little while, Meng Zhang came to an idle organ puppet.


    The organ puppet is a beautiful woman. The action and behavior are the same as those of a living person, without the slightest flaw.


    If you change into a friar with insufficient accomplishments and insufficient mind, you may really regard him as a living person.


    Although knowing that the other party was just a puppet, Meng Zhang politely said "ask for advice".


    Meng Zhang raised his token and said he would inherit everything from Taiyi gate.


    The puppet was stunned for a moment before he said that the matter was important and needed special personnel to deal with it.


    The puppet led the way in front, led Meng Zhang out of the hall of common affairs and into a nearby room.


    In the middle of the room, an old man was sitting and drinking tea.


    Meng Zhang glanced, and the other side, like himself, was a monk in the middle of the yuan God.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, those who can have a formal position in the heavenly palace are at least back to virtual power.


    Return to emptiness is powerful and noble. You don''t have time to deal with common affairs, let alone condescend to receive the friars of the yuan God period.


    Therefore, Huixu Da Neng often sends his trusted Yuanshen friars to deal with common affairs instead of himself.


    Especially those who come from a big sect or family, they don''t worry that they don''t have yuan God friars to send.


    It''s not difficult to find a few yuan God friars to send even the return to emptiness power who comes from casual practice.


    Not to mention flattering the great power of returning to emptiness, just being able to stay in the heavenly palace and make use of the cultivation conditions here is what many yuan Shen Zhenjun want.


    In fact, these Yuanshen friars have a lot of benefits for their great ability to return to emptiness.


    The high level of Tiangong also acquiesced in these lazy behaviors.


    As a result, there were more temporary workers in the heavenly palace.


    Tiangong also imposes some restrictions on the use of temporary workers.


    For example, how many yuan God friars can each return to virtual power bring into the heavenly palace.


    What matters can be handed over to his subordinates. What matters must be handled personally.


    ¡­¡­


    In front of Meng Zhang, the mid-term friar of the yuan God, had a good attitude after seeing Meng Zhang come in.


    He took the initiative to introduce himself and called himself Zhu Huanzhen Jun, who was specially responsible for dealing with some special affairs.


    Needless to say, this Zhu Huanzhen must be a subordinate of some great power to return to emptiness.


    From the puppet''s mouth, knowing Meng Zhang''s requirements, Zhu Huanzhen was obviously stunned.


    He first asked Meng Zhang to hand over the token. After careful inspection, he confirmed that there was no problem. This was indeed a token issued by the heavenly palace to Taiyi gate.


    According to the rules of the heavenly palace, as long as a monk holds this token, he can represent the Taiyi gate and deal with everything of the Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace at will.


    He took out a jade book and slid it a few times before he said something.


    Taiyimen has indeed worked for the heavenly palace, and has also set up a lot of industries in the heavenly palace.


    More than a thousand years ago, Taiyi gate was mysteriously destroyed and lost the news.


    Tiangong also has a routine way to deal with the situation of taiyimen.


    The heavenly palace will not take care of the gratitude and resentment between the families of the Jun dust world.


    After a clan no longer works for the heavenly palace, the heavenly palace will keep its property in the heavenly palace for a thousand years.


    For more than a thousand years, if the descendants of this family did not take the initiative to inherit in the heavenly palace, all these industries would be recovered by the heavenly palace.


    After hearing Zhu Huanzhen''s words, Meng Zhang could not hide his disappointment.


    How powerful taiyimen was in its heyday. The industries left in places like Tiangong are absolutely priceless.


    If we inherit these industries, we can not only lay a good foundation for the current taiyimen, but also solve the resources required by Meng Zhang during the yuan God period.


    It''s good now. Unexpectedly, because it took too long, all the industries have been recovered by Tiangong.


    In this case, Meng Zhang can only admit bad luck.


    Otherwise, does he dare to argue with Tiangong?


    To blame, we can only blame the ancestors of taiyimen for their thoughtlessness.


    After the Taiyi gate was destroyed more than 1000 years ago, it was rebuilt near the Daheng mountains for hundreds of years.


    However, the rebuilt Taiyi gate has the strongest cultivation, but it is no gold pill. It is not even qualified to enter the heavenly palace, let alone inherit the ancestral heritage.


    There is no ancestral legacy to inherit, which adds countless troubles to Meng Zhang''s next plan.


    Judging from the current situation, his foothold in the heavenly palace has become a problem.


    Meng Zhang has heard others say that there are many rules in the heavenly palace.


    The timing method in the heavenly palace is the same as that in the Jun dust world, which can be divided into months, months and days.


    Meng Zhang, a foreign monk, hesitated when he entered the heavenly palace.


    Is to leave the heavenly palace first and go back to find a way to earn some Yuqing LINGJI as capital; Or just stay in the heavenly palace and see if there is a chance.


    When Meng Zhang hesitated, Zhu Huanzhen, who had been looking up the jade book, suddenly patted his forehead and shouted.


    "You see, I''m so confused that I almost forgot about it."


    "Your ancestors of taiyimen deposited a box in the hall of common affairs and paid the deposit fee for 2000 years in advance. They said it was for future generations."


    "I''m sorry, little brother. I''ve just turned to this record."


    Meng Zhang was a little depressed and immediately became much better.


    At the same time, there was an instinctive vigilance in my heart.


    If you don''t stay here for a while, but turn around and leave directly, I''m afraid you will miss the items left by your ancestors.


    Meng Zhang, who struggled to survive in the cultivation world and had been intriguing with others for many years, inevitably doubted whether the other party did it on purpose.


    Of course, he looked at Zhu Huanzhen with an inquiring look on his face.


    "Little brother, your token is correct. Naturally, you can inherit everything from Taiyi gate."


    After that, Zhu Huanzhen called a puppet and asked him to take Meng Zhang to handle relevant matters.


    The puppet is the appearance of a middle-aged man.


    He saluted Meng Zhang, led the way and left the room.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t think of anything else and hurried to follow.

 Chapter 911

    In the hall of Commons, the organization responsible for handling access items is called the depository.


    Only need to pay the storage fee, you can freely access items in it.


    It''s a bit like a mortal bank, but this is the heavenly palace, which is guaranteed by the official of the heavenly palace, and there is no security problem at all.


    The puppet took Meng Zhang to the library.


    Meng Zhang showed the token representing Taiyi gate.


    Very smoothly, Meng Zhang got a big jade box.


    The elder taiyimen who deposited this jade box paid the storage fee for 2000 years in advance.


    It''s only about 1200 years since I deposited it in this jade box.


    Of course, if the descendants of taiyimen come too late and the fees paid before are insufficient, the storage period has expired. The library can be kept for a thousand years.


    Friars who come to collect the items of their predecessors only need to make up for the insufficient storage fee before, and can also take away the items freely.


    But if it is more than a thousand years, the depository has the right to dispose of the item.


    It was kind of the depository to do things. Meng Zhang took away the items before the 2000 year deadline. After the settlement, the excess storage expenses were returned to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang got a piece of blue Rune paper the size of a palm made of unknown material.


    This is the certificate issued by the heavenly palace official. With this certificate, you can get the jade clearing spirit machine in the heavenly palace.


    In most cases, such vouchers can be circulated among high-ranking monks as money.


    This piece of Rune paper in Meng Zhang''s hand can be exchanged for 800 strands of jade Qingling machine.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang, relying on the shadow of his ancestors, had a chance to enter the small room without anyone. Meng Zhang looked around and determined that there was no one to monitor, so he opened the small jade box.


    There are three items in the jade box.


    An object is a piece of gold Rune paper.


    This is a title deed, which records the real estate in a heavenly palace.


    With this title deed, Meng Zhang has the legal ownership of the real estate.


    The jade slips are about the heavenly palace.


    It includes a detailed introduction to all aspects of the heavenly palace, how to work for the heavenly palace, how to obtain various benefits from the heavenly palace, and so on.


    Compared with the previous introduction of Konko, it is more than a hundred times more detailed.


    After reading the above records, Meng Zhang immediately changed from a Mengxin who had just entered the heavenly palace to a veteran who had been wandering in the heavenly palace for many years.


    Although it is inevitable that there will be some changes due to the passage of time, which will lead to the wrong experience of predecessors.


    But there is no problem with the general direction.


    Moreover, those who hang out in the heavenly palace are at least friars of the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun. In terms of their longevity, more than 1000 years is really not a long time.


    The heavenly palace itself is as long as the history of human practitioners ruling the Junchen world.


    For more than a thousand years, I''m afraid it''s only a moment. All aspects of the heavenly palace should not change much.


    Meng Zhang himself has a deep understanding that Junchen world is not the world with a fast pace of life in his previous life,


    In many places, many customs have remained unchanged for thousands of years.


    With start-up funds and rich experience. Now Meng Zhang has enough confidence to mix well in the heavenly palace.


    He should not only earn enough cultivation resources for himself, but also seek benefits for the sect.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder whether there was someone among the ancestors of Taiyi sect who was proficient in heaven''s secrets and could predict what would happen, so as to prepare in advance.


    The taiyimen inheritance classics accepted by Meng Zhang are not complete, and there is no inheritance of Tianji.


    The secret technique of Dayan divination, which he practiced in his own family, was obtained by chance and had nothing to do with Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang guessed that among the taiyimen classics he did not get, most of them would have a brilliant inheritance of Tianji.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Yuanshen period, Tianji fell into a bottleneck and did not improve with it.


    He is already a monk in the middle of the yuan God, and the secret arts are still at the level of the golden elixir period.


    Although the psychic sense is extremely sharp and the ability of whim is also easy to use, it is difficult to actively calculate the people and things at the level of Yuanshen, which is always a little less meaningful.


    Meng Zhang decided to search other inheritance classics of Taiyi gate when he was free.


    After reading the contents of the jade slips, Meng Zhang put his mind on the ciphertext and encryption techniques spread by Taiyi gate.


    In the cultivation world, a powerful sect with a long history like Taiyi gate will create some ciphertext.


    Taiyimen''s inheritance classics, especially the key parts of the core inheritance, will be written in ciphertext.


    If you don''t master the corresponding ciphertext, even if the inheritance classics are lost to the outside, outsiders can''t understand it.


    This practice not only ensures the confidentiality of their own inheritance, but also creates a lot of trouble for future generations.


    Meng Zhang has encountered some problems now.


    The ciphertext and encryption method he mastered could not read the information in the light and shadow inheritance pearl.


    Meng Zhang knows that Taiyi gate has suffered a lot and lost too many things. Even if he is the leader, there is nothing he can do about it.


    He can only carefully put away the light and shadow inheritance bead, hoping that Shouzheng or vanity son can read the contents.


    Apart from these three items, there is nothing in the jade box.


    The jade box itself is also a standard jade box provided by the collection room. There is nothing special about it.


    After sitting in the room for a while and sorting out his thoughts, Meng Zhang left here.


    Now he is not busy collecting tasks in the hall of common affairs. Meng Zhang decides to settle down first.


    Now, he is going to receive the real estate left by taiyimen ancestors.


    After reading the information in the jade slips, Meng Zhang is very familiar with the geography of the heavenly palace.


    He was so careful that he didn''t want to use the transmission array to transmit, but drove on with his feet.


    Anyway, although the heavenly palace is vast, the space open to everyone is still very limited.

 Chapter 912

    The area open to outsiders in the heavenly palace is divided into several different functional areas.


    Meng Zhang is now located in the administrative area where the official institutions of the heavenly palace gather.


    The area marked on the title deed in his hand is a square city in the business district.


    There are many Yuanshen friars in the heavenly palace.


    Especially in the Middle Earth where Xiuzhen civilization is developed and information is unobstructed, many Yuanshen friars know the existence of the heavenly palace.


    It''s a little difficult to reach the heavenly palace, but it''s not impossible. The real difficulty is to obtain the qualification to work for the heavenly palace and obtain benefits from the heavenly palace.


    With the influx of a large number of Yuanshen friars into the heavenly palace, the heavenly palace became prosperous.


    Of course, you need to pay Yuqing LINGJI to stay in the heavenly palace.


    Those yuan Shen friars with insufficient ability can hardly live in the heavenly palace for a long time.


    It is not easy to live in the heavenly palace. It is not easy to live in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang''s possession of the title deed just solved the biggest problem.


    All monks who have fixed real estate in the heavenly palace do not have to pay the jade clearing machine every day, and they will automatically have the qualification of long residence.


    The real estate where this land lease is located can provide the residence qualification of six yuan God Zhenjun in the heavenly palace.


    In a sense, the value of this land lease is really priceless.


    You know, even the Yuanshen sect, it is not easy to buy a real estate in the heavenly palace with an inch of land and an inch of gold.


    Meng Zhang came too late to inherit other industries of taiyimen, but inherited the real estate.


    When he thought of it, he felt as if he had lost a lot of money.


    Meng Zhang looked up at the gray sky, recognized the direction and walked towards the square city.


    The sky in the heavenly palace is completely different from the Jun dust world.


    Although you can still see stars occasionally, there is no rotation of the sun and moon.


    In the heavenly palace, except for the official personnel who are allowed, no other people are allowed to fly at will.


    The speed of foreign monks on their way here is limited. They are only allowed to walk quickly, not to run wildly.


    Of course, by the means of Yuanshen Zhenjun, even walking, the speed is not slow.


    After walking for a while, Meng Zhang came to the outside of a prosperous square city.


    There are several streets in the city. Between the streets, there are some humble alleys.


    On the street, there are all kinds of pavements.


    In a corner of Fangshi, there is a special stall area.


    It seems that there is no difference between this place and the common square market in the cultivation world.


    However, those who can come to the heavenly palace are at least Yuanshen friars.


    Whether buyers or buyers, the level is so high, and all kinds of goods must be very extraordinary.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to see the various goods sold here, but found the Tiangong man in charge of the management of Fangshi.


    Yes, the real estate on this land lease is located in the square city, not in the residential area.


    It seems that this property is not an ordinary property, but a commercial property.


    Tiangong has a security room at the exit of Tianfang City, which is responsible for resolving disputes in the transaction process.


    In this security room, in addition to the patrol teams that rotate from time to time, the monks who are resident here are responsible for the daily management of the square city.


    Meng Zhang found a Yuanshen Zhenjun named Liu Tianhao.


    Meng Zhang showed him the token and title deed representing taiyimen. After checking it, he took Meng Zhang to receive the real estate.


    This property is located in the southwest corner of Fangshi. It is a small yard with two entrances.


    The small courtyard faces the street on both sides, with a pavement on each side.


    When Liu Tianhao came here with Meng Zhang, businesses were operating in both shops.


    Liu Tianhao''s face showed a trace of embarrassment.


    Taiyi gate was closed more than a thousand years ago, and this real estate was empty.


    Some Yuanshen friars who worked in the heavenly palace, that is, temporary workers, knew this situation, so they decided to rent out the property without authorization.


    The rent and so on naturally fall into their pockets.


    These temporary workers in the Yuanshen period in the heavenly palace have their own ways, and basically can have a relationship with the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Liu Tianhao can get a fat and deficient in the square city. Naturally, he also has the care of returning to emptiness.


    However, he will never waste his personal relationship and embarrass others because of public affairs.


    For so many years, he turned a blind eye to these situations and pretended not to see them.


    Now Meng Zhang came to the door. He had to deal with his duty.


    There may be injustice and all kinds of fishiness in the heavenly palace. But in terms of the overall atmosphere, it is still the right way.


    Not to mention such bad events as killing and looting, but bullying the market and bullying others are very rare.


    According to the information obtained by Meng Zhang from the jade slips, the heavenly palace is not a pure land. At least it is a place of righteousness and retreat.


    At least on the surface, there is a reason.


    Now that Meng Zhang, the Lord, has come to receive the real estate, there must be a statement.


    Now, Liu Tianhao is going to negotiate with the two businesses and let them return to their original owners.


    Two shops were rented to two different businesses.


    A businessman came from Tianshi society. The person in charge of the shop was a big man with a rough appearance.


    As soon as he heard that Liu Tianhao was going to take back the store, he scolded loudly.


    He said that he bought the shop only after he had a lot of good luck. Now he is determined not to return the goods to their original owners.


    Liu Tianhao was still holding the heart of calming things down and didn''t want to take care of the fishiness.


    He persuaded the other party that the ownership of the property belongs to Meng Zhang, which has no objection. But he can discuss with the homeowner Meng Zhang to see if there is any way to get the best of both worlds.


    However, the friar of the Tianshi society, relying on the power of the Tianshi society, refused to compromise at all and insisted on killing the owner of the real estate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know where Tianshi would be sacred, but he could operate in the heavenly palace. At least it was a Yuanshen sect, and it was the kind of Yuanshen sect that was not weak.


    However, no matter how strong Tianshi will be, it can''t just embezzle his industry.


    Meng Zhang is also a Yuanshen Friar and a sect leader. How can he have no temper at all.


    He won''t be polite if the other party doesn''t give him any face.


    Instead of directly arguing with each other, he urged Liu Tianhao.


    Liu Tianhao doesn''t want to offend Tianshi society, but he can''t neglect his duty.


    The monk of the Tianshi society was infuriated by his lack of oil and salt.


    As soon as Liu Tianhao gritted his teeth, he directly called the patrol friar in the square city and forcibly drove the merchant of the Tianshi society away.


    No matter how strong and arrogant the Tianshi friars are, they don''t have the courage to fight with the patrol friars representing the heavenly palace.


    Although this man is rude and unreasonable, he is not crazy.


    In desperation, only the gloomy moved away.

 Chapter 913

    Before the merchant of the Tianshi society left, he was very dissatisfied.


    Of course, he didn''t have the courage to target the patrolling friars in the heavenly palace. Instead, he took Meng Zhang as the object of vent, scolded and said a lot of cruel words to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to argue with such people, let alone lower his body and scold him.


    Meng Zhang had never heard of the Tianshi society before. He didn''t know where it was sacred.


    Anyway, taiyimen is located in a remote place such as Jiuqu Province, far from the center of the cultivation world.


    Moreover, taiyimen is now a subordinate force of Dali Dynasty.


    If Tianshi society wants to make any action against Taiyi gate, it must first ask Dali imperial court.


    In the heavenly palace, there are a large number of Yuanshen friars, many of whom are from the prosperous places such as middle earth.


    Meng Zhang saw more yuan Shen friars today than he had seen in his previous life.


    He couldn''t even raise his interest in the threat of a yuan God friar.


    Another businessman, after seeing the experience of his neighbors, immediately became much more honest.


    He took the initiative to come to Meng Zhang and introduced himself.


    His name is you Dazhi. He is a friar from Canghai sect in the South China Sea.


    He runs some small businesses here and sells some specialties of the South China Sea.


    If Meng Zhang agrees, he is willing to pay the rent every month and continue to open a shop here.


    Although there are many untruths in the words of the Yuanshen Zhenjun, who is called the great ambition, at least his attitude is passable.


    Even if he took back the store, Meng Zhang is not able to operate it now. It''s not a bad thing to rent out and get some income.


    Moreover, he offended the friars of the Tianshi society. Although Meng Zhang was not afraid, he had no reason to continue to make enemies.


    Meng Zhang agreed to lease the pavement to you Dazhi. As for the rent, we can discuss it slowly in the future.


    After dealing with the two shops, Liu Tianhao was also obviously relieved.


    The two small yards used for living have been well sealed, and no one has ever entered.


    It can be seen that these friars in the heavenly palace only take a small advantage at most and don''t dare to mess too much.


    Except for the two shops facing the street, the whole courtyard is guarded by the Dharma array.


    This dharma array is part of the large array that envelops the whole square city. The owner of the courtyard has control authority.


    Liu Tianhao gave Meng Zhang six jade runes. Each jade Rune has the authority to control the Dharma array.


    After Meng Zhang refined a piece of jade talisman, it can be used as a proof of his identity. He doesn''t have to show the token of Taiyi gate.


    Liu Tianhao also filed the relevant information of Meng Zhang.


    He also reminded Meng Zhang that the other five jade runes could be given to five friars.


    After they refined the jade talisman and filed it with him, they had the right to stay in the heavenly palace for a long time.


    In the current Taiyi gate, there is only Meng Zhang, a true monarch of the yuan God, who can only put these jade amulets away temporarily.


    Meng Zhang opened the Dharma array with a jade amulet and entered the courtyard. After confirming that there was no problem, Liu Tianhao took the initiative to leave.


    Although no one has lived here for more than 1000 years, the courtyard is still very clean because of the protection of the Dharma array and some dust removal and cleaning prohibitions in the courtyard.


    The courtyard is full of vitality and can accommodate Meng Zhang to practice here.


    Meng Zhang thought that the real value of this industry, in addition to this courtyard and two shops, also provided a full six residence places.


    The long-term residence quota of Tiangong is much more valuable than the Hukou of previous emperors and demons.


    This two-way courtyard has more than ten rooms.


    In addition, there are two small courtyards.


    In the courtyard, a little spiritual field has been opened up.


    With the abundant aura conditions of Tiangong, if you plant appropriate high-level spiritual plants, the harvest can not be ignored.


    In fact, there is a jujube tree and a peach tree in each of the two courtyards. In addition, some spirit flowers and spirit grass have been planted.


    Although no one took care of it for more than a thousand years, the excellent aura conditions still made these flowers flourish.


    Not to mention anything else, these spiritual flowers and grass alone are already valuable.


    Meng Zhang found a room to live in and slowly thought about what to do next.


    Meng Zhang is the only one in Taiyi sect. Even if there is no accident in Jiuqu Province recently, Meng Zhang should not leave for too long.


    For Jin Lizhen Jun, he still can''t be completely assured.


    What taiyimen lacks most now is the legitimate Yuanshen friars.


    If Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi can successfully enter the Yuanshen period, Taiyi gate will have people to take care of the affairs of the heavenly palace slowly.


    Meng Zhang had a day''s rest in the courtyard. Meng Zhang, the homeowner, came back. The monks who used to make profits from the rent of the pavement also seemed to have stopped making trouble.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to rent another shop and was ready to keep it for his own use in the future.


    After dealing with the shop, Meng Zhang strolled around the market.


    The square city, which is specially used for the trading of Yuanshen Zhenjun, is indeed a high-end atmosphere and grade.


    There are countless fourth-order supernatural objects, pills and talismans, and even fourth-order magic tools.


    Before Meng Zhang, he thought that the fourth-order magic tools in the cultivation world could not be refined directly, but evolved slowly from the third-order magic tools.


    He walked around several shops that specialized in selling magic tools in the square market. Only then did he know that on the other side of the Middle Earth continent, some religious sects famous for refining magic tools had long had the means to directly refine fourth-order magic tools.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang, a local steamed stuffed bun, is really ignorant.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to shop, but focuses on broadening his horizons and increasing his knowledge.


    He was dazzled and dazzled by walking around the square for a few times, and saw all kinds of scenes he could not see in his past life.


    In addition to selling high-grade goods, there are also some low-grade goods for sale, mainly local specialties.


    Like Yu Dazhi, the South China Sea monk who rented Meng Zhang''s shop, there are many South China Sea specialties for sale in the shop.


    Meng Zhang thought that the heavenly palace almost included the practitioners of the whole Jun dust world, and it was also a high-end practitioner.


    Practitioners from all over the world can use the heavenly palace to exchange information and products.


    If taiyimen needs some unique overseas spirit, it is difficult to buy it in Jiuqu League and even Dali imperial dynasty, you can buy it in the heavenly palace.


    Sometimes, some low-level spirit objects can be bought at a sky high price when someone is in urgent need.


    In this way, after the opening of this idle shop, you don''t have to sell high-end goods.


    With the background of taiyimen, there are not so many high-end items for sale.

 Chapter 914

    Meng Zhang thought about it carefully. What special output can be sold in the heavenly palace above taiyimen territory.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang had no clue. Meng Zhang had to put the matter aside for the time being.


    He wandered around the market for a long time and bought it. Moreover, because Meng Zhang holds the Taiyi gate token and appears in a specific place after coming to the heavenly palace, he can easily be recognized and can come and go freely.


    Friars who carry these talismans to and from the heavenly palace must undergo special inspection every time they enter and leave the heavenly palace.


    In fact, on the other side of the Middle Earth continent, the specific location of the heavenly palace is not a big secret. It has been circulated in many places.


    However, even if the friar knows the location of the heavenly palace, if he does not use the transmission talisman, but enters the nine days and slowly rushes to the heavenly palace, it will take him a year or two to reach his destination.


    It can be said that it saves a lot of effort to use the transmission talisman.


    These transmission symbols can not be purchased at will, and there are many purchase restrictions.


    Friars who buy these talismans have a limited number of purchases and need to be registered.


    Every rune is recorded.


    If Meng Zhang is not the leader of Taiyi sect, he really can''t buy such a stack at one go.


    These transmission runes are not prepared by Meng Zhang for himself, but are prepared to be handed over to the yuan God friars who make friends with him, so that they can have the opportunity to enter the heavenly palace.


    Next, Meng Zhang''s most concern is how to work for the heavenly palace.


    He came to the hall of common affairs. There were constantly changing images on the walls around the hall of common affairs.


    These images are the tasks that foreign monks can accept.


    Only by returning to virtual power can you directly obtain a formal position in the heavenly palace.


    The Yuanshen friars who can get in touch with these great abilities of returning to emptiness can find temporary jobs.


    In fact, most of the affairs of the heavenly palace are handled by these temporary workers in the Yuanshen period.


    Without their existence, the whole heavenly palace may not work.


    If other monks want to work for the heavenly palace, they must come to the hall of common affairs to accept the task.


    Obtain different number of merit points by completing the task.


    Merit points play a great role. You can exchange various items from the heavenly palace official.


    As the supreme existence of the whole Junchen world, Meng Zhang could not imagine the abundance of treasures in the heavenly palace.


    Not to mention the fourth level items, but also the fifth level items. There must be no shortage of them. Meng Zhang is not sure whether there are legendary immortal utensils and immortal treasures.


    In fact, exchanging items is only the basic function of merit points.


    Merit points play a variety of roles and are very important.


    Merit points can increase your authority in the heavenly palace and gain many privileges.


    The status of those primordial friars who have a large number of merit points is hardly below the general power of returning to emptiness.


    In the heavenly palace, authority is a very important existence.


    The higher the permission, the higher the level and quantity of tasks that can be accepted.


    With high enough authority, you can move freely in many places of the heavenly palace, rarely subject to any restrictions.


    Meng Zhang entered the heavenly palace by virtue of the remaining shadow left by the ancestors of taiyimen and had high authority.


    In its heyday, taiyimen paid a lot to obtain such high authority.


    When Meng Zhang was a little monk, his feeling was not very obvious. Now that my family is at a high level, I know that there are a group of powerful ancestors. Even if they are gone, they can still leave many benefits to future generations.


    With Meng Zhang''s current authority, he is qualified to take over most of the tasks displayed in the hall of common affairs.


    Of course, the next task is simple. However, if the task cannot be completed, the permission will be gradually reduced.


    Repeated task failures will even make him completely lose the right to accept the task.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang absolutely did not dare to be careless, let alone take over the task casually.


    After some observation, Meng Zhang divided these tasks into several levels.


    The highest level is the ability to return to emptiness, which is qualified to participate.


    Like attacking a big world, intercepting a power in the void, resisting the fifth order power invading the Jun dust world, and so on.


    Meng Zhang looked at such tasks a few times and immediately put them aside.


    The lower level is more suitable for those who have many true monarchs of Yuanshen, and it is better to have the participation of sects with later masters of Yuanshen.


    In the void, cooperate with returning to the virtual power to fight, explore the void, collect resources, and so on.


    If taiyimen develops smoothly, it may be qualified to participate in such tasks after hundreds of years.


    The lowest level task is to investigate, infiltrate and attack some small worlds.


    These small world levels are too low and too powerful for friars to enter directly.


    At this time, it is necessary to mobilize a large number of low-level friars to sneak into them.


    Although the origin of the small world is limited, every time you conquer a small world and pull it into the control range of the Jun dust world, you can enhance the inside information of the Jun dust world and obtain the heavenly merits and virtues of the Jun dust world.


    Of course, the high level of Tiangong knows the benefits of Tiandao merit.


    In order to obtain the merits of heaven, they would rather pay another price.


    In fact, these small worlds are not strong or high-level.


    However, it will cost a lot to forcibly suppress the original power of the small world and send a large number of low-level friars performing the task of Conquest into the small world.


    Nothing else, just find a valuable small world in the vast void and lock it firmly, which is not what the general return to virtual power can do.


    This kind of task, in essence, is that the great powers hire low-level friars to work for themselves.


    Those sects or families with many disciples are most suitable for such tasks.


    Meng Zhang is ready to receive this kind of task.


    Of course, we should be well prepared in advance and not act rashly.


    If the disciples in the sect fail to act and destroy these powerful good deeds, the consequences are not so easy to bear.


    If these great powers are not in a good mood and move their fingers casually, they can make the sect like Taiyi gate unbearable, and even suffer from disaster.


    Another point is that these superior powers will not take the life of low-level friars as one thing.


    In order to achieve their goal, even low-level friars with more deaths and injuries will not blink.


    But Meng Zhang himself attached great importance to the lives of Taiyi disciples.


    Let alone taiyimen, a friar of vassal forces, he is unwilling to sacrifice at will.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang must carefully select and consider this type of task.

 Chapter 915

    Meng Zhang scanned these low-level tasks without panic.


    Before taking over the task, it''s best to inquire more and get more information.


    Those who return to emptiness can speak better and appear more generous and so on.


    Meng Zhang wandered freely in the hall of common affairs.


    He initially asked Shouzheng to obtain a stable channel to obtain Yuqing LINGJI.


    After some twists and turns, he came to the heavenly palace and initially settled down here.


    If it''s just to get enough jade qinglingji, it''s not difficult to be in the heavenly palace.


    Because of Yu Ze, the elder of taiyimen, he doesn''t even have to get these tasks. It''s enough for self-cultivation to eat old money.


    If you want to relax, you can do some business in the heavenly palace.


    However, when Meng Zhang arrived at the heavenly palace, he found that he used to be a frog at the bottom of a well.


    Taiyimen can get too many things from the heavenly palace.


    In the future, taiyimen will certainly operate in Tiangong. But it is also necessary to accept various tasks.


    Complete the task and obtain merit points. You can exchange things from the heavenly palace that you can''t buy with Yuqing LINGJI.


    Because he inherited the authority of taiyimen ancestors, Meng Zhang can see most of the contents on the exchange list given by Tiangong.


    As long as the merit points are enough, you can even hire Huixu Da Neng to fight, or you can use massive resources to pile up a Yuanshen Zhenjun


    The rich territory, the hidden resource points within nine days, and the small world opened up in the void are all on the exchange list.


    The resources given by the heavenly palace are not only useful to monks, but also can greatly improve the whole sect and family.


    Meng Zhang suddenly remembered the organizational form of Dali Dynasty.


    Dali imperial dynasty, a highly centralized, military priority, Xiuzhen force with multiple armies, is certainly more conducive to foreign expedition and conquering small worlds than those sects and families.


    Perhaps, the reason why Dali imperial court can resist Ziyang Shengzong is because of the benefits obtained from the heavenly palace.


    Although this is just a guess, Meng Zhang thinks more and more that it is likely to be the truth.


    With limited capital on hand, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to purchase. He slowly became familiar with the current situation of Tiangong and compared it with various experiences in his mind.


    Then, he spent some time compiling his experiences in the heavenly palace into a book, ready to be read by the later generation of Yuanshen friars in the door.


    Anyway, it''s very convenient for Meng Zhang to get in and out of the heavenly palace with the Taiyi gate token.


    He decided to go back first and deal with some things.


    Meng Zhang came to the square entering the heavenly palace and urged the taiyimen token in his hand. After a burst of familiar feeling, he returned to Jiutian.


    He left for nine days and returned to maple leaf mountain city.


    Meng Zhang first went to see the spirit of the void tripod and told him what he had encountered this time.


    The void son heard these contents and sighed for a long time.


    Finally, Meng Zhang handed the light and shadow inheritance bead to vanity son to see if he could read the content.


    As expected, vanity son is worthy of being an old qualification in the door. Unexpectedly, he can successfully read the ciphertext of this level.


    Kongzi took out the contents and told Meng Zhang the contents and the method of reading the ciphertext.


    Among the light and shadow inheritance beads, two treasures of Taiyi gate are recorded.


    These two treasures, one in the underworld and the other in the void.


    According to Xu Kongzi, these two treasures are the real successors left by Taiyi gate in its heyday. It contains the supreme inheritance of taiyimen and all the classics.


    Of course, it is not easy to obtain these two treasures.


    Kongzi said clearly that Meng Zhang should at least have the cultivation of the later yuan God, and there should be many reliable helpers to obtain the treasure.


    Concerning the inheritance treasure of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang certainly won''t ask for help from others.


    Let alone others, such old friends as Jin Lizhen Jun and Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang will not let them intervene.


    It seems that Meng Zhang still needs to wait a long time to get these two treasures.


    After communicating with Kongzi, Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain through the child mother conveyor.


    Every time he returned to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang would listen to an Muran''s report and understand the information held by the dark hall whenever he was free.


    Since you Hongzhi was a true monarch, the life of the local Xiuzhen forces has become more and more sad.


    Having just been taught a lesson by Governor Zhang Weineng, everyone had to give up the deal with foreign invaders.


    Lost an important source of income, each has a large number of disciples to support.


    Now, everyone is relying on the inside information.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully for a long time and discussed with the elders in the door for many times.


    Faced with the pressure of foreign forces step by step, local Xiuzhen forces need to keep warm.


    In particular, this trip to the heavenly palace opened Meng Zhang''s eyes and gave him a lot of thoughts.


    The four seas commercial firms have disappeared, and Taiyi gate can be replaced by gathering local Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to be an enemy of such powerful forces as Datong business alliance.


    But the tree wants to be quiet and the wind is not stopped. If you don''t commit crimes, people will commit crimes against you.


    Jiuqu province has a vast area and rich resources. Although it can not be compared with the rich Dali imperial native land, it is also a developed and mature territory, and the competition is far less fierce than the native land.


    In Dali Dynasty, all the interests were basically divided up by the dignitaries of all parties.


    As a new area under the rule of Dali imperial dynasty, the local forces of Jiuqu province can not be ranked at all. There are still a lot of interests to snatch.


    The resources of a place are limited. If others eat more, you should eat less.


    The most hateful thing is that these foreign forces are insatiable. Obviously, they have eaten the most abundant share and have to stare at the food in others'' bowls.


    Last time, governor Zhang Weineng thought of the overall situation and felt offended, so he stood on the side of the local truth cultivation forces.


    But you can''t be so lucky every time. Zhang Weineng is even more unlikely to have been sheltering the local Xiuzhen forces.


    In fact, foreign forces such as Datong business alliance also realized their own mistakes and began to actively repair the relationship with Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang believes that when these foreign forces launch the next time, the offensive will only be more fierce and more comprehensive.


    Taiyimen, as the representative of the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province, can''t stay out of it at all.


    After the last incident, Meng Zhang has long been hated by Datong business alliance and others.


    If he doesn''t want to wait to die, Meng Zhang must unite the local Xiuzhen forces and concentrate everyone''s strength to protect himself.


    Of course, after the last incident, it is not easy to form a new small group to keep everyone warm.


    Selected by Meng Zhang

 Chapter 916

    Meng Zhang came to Huanglian holy mountain and met Xu Mengying smoothly.


    Since the last incident of you Hongzhi Zhenjun, although they have kept in touch, this is still the whole thing. They didn''t leak a word in advance. Later, they helped governor Zhang Wei capture Xu Mengying.


    Afterwards, although Xu Mengying didn''t care and didn''t take it to heart at all, Meng Zhang couldn''t treat it as if it hadn''t happened.


    However, although Meng Zhang is the leader of a sect, he has limited resources. He will not lose the interests of the sect. Let''s compensate Xu Mengying.


    At this meeting, Xu Mengying''s face was as usual, her attitude was still the same, and she didn''t show any estrangement or the like.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get to the point directly. Instead, he sent two pieces of the transmission talisman purchased in the heavenly palace to Xu Mengying and introduced the usage.


    After receiving the transmission talisman, Xu Mengying could not hide the surprise on her face.


    For the existence of the heavenly palace, the elder Yuanshen Zhenjun of Huanglian sect has a few words left. However, the specific situation of the heavenly palace and how to contact the heavenly palace are unknown to Xu Mengying.


    In Middle Earth, the existence of heavenly palace is well known, at least widely spread.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun can find the heavenly palace with a lot of effort.


    Of course, whether you can have a foothold in the heavenly palace and whether you are qualified to work for the heavenly palace is another matter.


    However, in a remote place like Jiuqu League, which is far away from the middle land, the existence of the heavenly palace has become a secret, and few people know it.


    This can be explained not only by regional differences.


    There is such a paragraph in the message handed down by the elder Yuanshen Zhenjun of Huanglian sect.


    Many years ago, a senior yuan God of the Qing Yuan sect traveled to the Middle Earth continent. He was lucky to enter the heavenly palace and gained many benefits.


    Later, the elder yuan God returned to the Qing Yuan sect and left these benefits to the sect door.


    Among these benefits, there are two resource points within nine days.


    Relying on the resources provided by these two resource points, the strength of qingyuanzong increased greatly, and a new Yuanshen Zhenjun was born in a steady stream, which made it possible to dominate the Jiuqu League later.


    Later, after the yuan God, the elder of qingyuanzong, accidentally fell, qingyuanzong lost contact with the heavenly palace.


    The descendants of the Qing Yuan sect have always regretted this.


    Now, Meng Zhang actually sent the talisman entering the heavenly palace to Xu Mengying. She, who has always been cold, couldn''t help but be ecstatic.


    Meng Zhang not only sent her the talisman, but also sent her the pamphlet he recorded and sorted out.


    After sorting out the pamphlet in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate. In addition to putting the original into the Sutra Pavilion in the gate, he also asked the disciples in the gate to copy several additional copies.


    With this booklet, Xu Mengying will not bump around like a headless fly when she enters the heavenly palace, but has the guidance of action.


    After receiving the gift from Meng Zhang, even if there was some dissatisfaction in his heart, it completely disappeared.


    Xu Mengying knows that people must ask for gifts. Meng Zhang was so kind this time and made a heavy gift. He must have something to help himself.


    Although they have been good friends for many years, they have always been clearly divided between public and private.


    Both of them are masters of the same sect. Personal friendship is one thing, and sect interests are another.


    They are not people who abandon the public for personal reasons. They often put the interests of the sect in the first place.


    Meng Zhang gave this gift with his own consideration.


    The scale of Huanglian sect is huge, and the number of disciples is far more than that of Taiyi sect.


    However, there is no endless sand sea and Gobi, which can be closed and guarded.


    Facing the invasion of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance, life is getting more and more sad.


    With the channels of the heavenly palace, Huang Lianjiao at least has a breathing space.


    Huanglian sect has many disciples, good and bad.


    With Xu Mengying''s heart, he will not hesitate to sacrifice many low-level disciples for the benefit of the sect.


    After entering the heavenly palace, unlike Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying has the shadow of her ancestors. If she wants to obtain resources as soon as possible, I''m afraid she can only take full advantage of the large number of Huanglian sect disciples to take over those low-level tasks.


    In this way, Huang Lianjiao benefited and explored the way for taiyimen.


    Moreover, in terms of the interests of Taiyi sect, a friendly sect such as Huanglian sect can be supplemented. When fighting against foreign forces, its own side will be more powerful.


    Meng Zhang explained a few things related to the heavenly palace and said his intention.


    He wants to unite with those local Xiuzhen forces who are unwilling to bow to foreign forces to form a loose small alliance, and everyone is unanimous to the outside world.


    You Hongzhi Zhenjun has done such a thing before.


    If he hadn''t exposed the identity of demon Xiu, the small group would not be forced to dissolve.


    Faced with the oppression of foreign forces such as Datong business alliance, the local Xiuzhen forces who are unwilling to give in have long suffered.


    Meng Zhang is willing to take the lead, which is clearly a good thing, and Xu Mengying must be strongly supported.


    And there are previous examples, many things are easy to do.


    Whether out of personal feelings or sect interests, Xu Mengying did not hesitate to stand on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Meng Zhang expected Xu Mengying''s support.


    After the two discussed, they acted separately.


    Xu Mengying visited the local cultivation forces everywhere and invited the yuan God Zhenjun to Huanglian holy mountain in the name of her and Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang went to visit those friars who had connections to get more support.


    Meng Zhang first went to Changchun temple to visit Changchun Zhenjun.


    In these years, Changchun Zhenjun spent most of his time in seclusion, trying to make Yuanshen and the flesh acquired the day after tomorrow more harmonious.


    He has greatly damaged his cultivation, and he urgently hopes to recover his cultivation as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang visited Changchun. Zhenjun went out to meet him.


    Meng Zhang has a helping hand to Changchun Zhenjun personally or to the whole Changchun temple.


    Although Meng Zhang has always said that he only completed the entrustment of Chizhu Zhenjun, Changchun Zhenjun is still very grateful to Meng Zhang.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang said his intention and was ready to unite the local cultivation forces to form an alliance.


    Meng Zhang made great efforts to help people deal with foreign invaders.


    And he used the power of governor Zhang Weineng to settle the matter, which made people look up to him. In private, many people speculate whether there is any special relationship between Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng.


    No matter what people think of the Dali Dynasty, they dare not neglect the current management of governor Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to hook up with governor Zhang Weineng shows that he is indeed extraordinary and must have many unknown cards.


    Meng Zhang''s plan this time will benefit the Changchun temple without harming it. Of course, Changchun Zhenjun fully supports it.

 Chapter 917

    After obtaining the support of Changchun Zhenjun, Meng Zhang left changchunguan and rushed to Jiqiao sect.


    Qiqiao sect itself is just a golden pill sect door, which is famous for manufacturing and selling mechanism creations.


    Later, it was not easy to be clever. As a Yuanshen friar like Zhenjun, there were a series of changes in Jiuqu League before he could enjoy too many benefits.


    Jiuqu League became Jiuqu Province, and big merchants from Dali Dynasty invaded wantonly.


    Among the many local religious sects, Qiqiao is one of the ones who suffered the deepest damage and the greatest loss.


    Originally, Qiqiao sect was best at making all kinds of mechanism creations, taking them as the foundation of the sect and the main means of income.


    By selling all kinds of mechanism creations, Qiqiao sect has accumulated a lot of wealth and obtained a lot of benefits.


    In terms of mechanism creation, it is far from the manufacturing level of the imperial dynasty, which is far higher than that of the Qiqiao sect.


    Dali Dynasty can continuously create more excellent mechanism creations at a lower cost.


    When big businesses such as Datong business alliance wantonly sell all kinds of mechanism creations in Jiuqu Province, products with lower price, higher quality and richer types easily occupy the market and beat the Qiqiao sect down.


    Although taiyimen and jiqiaozong have been business partners for many years. Now when taiyimen buys mechanism creations, it will give priority to products from Dali imperial dynasty.


    Having lost its main source of income, qiqizong relied on its previous savings.


    Later, it was not easy to open the channel of trading with foreign invaders, but it was forced to take the initiative to close it.


    Today''s Qiqiao sect, let alone maintaining the support of its disciples, is unable to even buy the materials for manufacturing mechanism creations.


    If Meng Zhang came to the door a little later, perhaps Qiqiao Zong would raise his hand to those big foreign businessmen.


    With the greed of these large foreign merchants, they may devour the whole Qiqiao clan and completely annex it.


    However, the whole sect has been unsustainable. In order to survive, even if you know it is to drink poison to quench thirst, you have to swallow bitter wine.


    Meng Zhang''s arrival brought qiaozong a glimmer of hope.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the mechanism creation of Jiqiao school is barely qualified as cannon fodder.


    The disciple of the Ji Qiao sect, who is good at manipulating mechanism creation, is not strong in cultivation, but his combat effectiveness is not weak.


    On many occasions, it can still come in handy.


    Meng Zhang and Qiao Zhenjun talked in detail for a long time and gave him a lot of promises.


    Meng Zhang promised that after the establishment of the alliance, taiyimen would certainly place a large order with jiqiaozong, at least to ensure the operation of jiqiaozong.


    Speaking of it, taiyimen is rich and powerful in front of qiaozong.


    The vast territory can provide rich production. The sect''s own production capacity is also above the average level.


    Although it lost the market of Jiuqu Province, it opened up the market of Daheng cultivation world through the channel of maple leaf mountain city, which can be regarded as a stable source of income.


    Next, if taiyimen can obtain resources from the heavenly palace, it will be more confident.


    In the war between Dali Dynasty and Jiuqu alliance, Qiaozhen Jun owed Lord Meng Zhang.


    He was very convinced of Meng Zhang''s ability.


    Qiao Zhenjun was convinced by Meng Zhang and decided to fully support Meng Zhang.


    After Ji Qiao Zong left, Meng Zhang did not continue to visit other local Xiuzhen forces.


    For one thing, we are not very familiar with each other, and our friendship is limited.


    Second, Meng Zhang has more important things to do.


    After Meng Zhang left qiaozong, he went all the way north and rushed to the provincial governance Jiuqu city of Jiuqu province.


    When he came to Jiuqu City, Meng Zhang visited his old friend Wen dongzhenjun according to the usual practice.


    Over the years, the two have been in touch from time to time, at least on the surface, the relationship has been maintained well.


    Because governor Zhang Wei could look up at Meng Zhang, Wen Dongzhen also paid more attention to their friendship.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang entered the topic after some nutritious greetings.


    He told Wen Dongzhen Jun of his own plan and was ready to unite local Xiuzhen forces to form an alliance to resist the pressure of foreign big businesses step by step.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Wen Dongzhen Jun didn''t give a reply immediately, but turned the topic to another place.


    After chatting for a long time, I heard that Dongzhen Jun settled Meng Zhang in his mansion.


    Then he went to the governor''s house and reported the matter to governor Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Wei instinctively felt a little unhappy after listening to the report.


    As the ruler of Jiuqu Province, he certainly does not want local forces to form gangs and hold groups with foreign countries.


    But then he thought of what those big foreign businessmen had done.


    After learning the lesson of the last time, these big foreign businessmen, at least on the surface, can be more respectful to Zhang Wei and dare not make their own decisions.


    But sometimes, Zhang Wei can have a good impression of Meng Zhang. He knows that he is a person who can distinguish the importance and the overall situation.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t make a direct statement about Wen Dongzhen''s report. He just said he knew.


    Wen Dongzhen was good at figuring out the meaning, and immediately understood what Wen Dongzhen meant.


    It is also an attitude not to make a direct statement.


    There is no objection, that is, limited support.


    After leaving the governor''s house and returning to his residence, Wen Dongzhen talked with Meng Zhang again.


    For Meng Zhang''s plan, he did not say yes, let alone No.


    He just warned Meng Zhang not to cause any trouble, and try to avoid direct conflict with large foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance, especially not to fight and resort to force.


    Meng Zhang understood what Wen Dongzhen meant and the general attitude of governor Zhang Weineng.


    Wen Dongzhen followed the will of governor Zhang Weineng.


    It seems that the establishment of this alliance will not be stopped by Dali imperial officials.


    Although all expectations were made in advance, Meng Zhang was relieved to determine the meaning of the governor''s house.


    Meng Zhang is not allowed to do it carelessly.


    Although Jiuqu province was not included in the rule of Dali Dynasty for a long time, the testimonies of Dali Dynasty have begun to be implemented here.


    Dali Dynasty has always had a tight control over the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Although Jiuqu province has special circumstances due to historical reasons, it can not be careless.


    If there is no official acquiescence, do it yourself. At that time, they may be labeled as treacherous by their opponents.

 Chapter 918

    With the acquiescence of the governor''s office, Meng Zhang has no doubt about forming such an alliance.


    Next, Meng Zhang did not continue to run around, but directly came to Huanglian holy mountain.


    When discussing with Xu Mengying and them, Meng Zhang agreed on a day to invite the yuan God Zhenjun of the local Xiuzhen forces to come to the party.


    He is now waiting for the appointed day.


    Xu Mengying, Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun have promised to support Meng Zhang.


    They are very active in this matter, running around, contacting colleagues and organizing parties.


    If Meng Zhang only wants to form such an alliance, he doesn''t have to take so much trouble. But he still had a thought in his heart, hoping that his family could dominate the alliance.


    Meng Zhang believes that if he leads the alliance, he will be more cautious in form and style, and will not make many mistakes when you Hongzhi Zhenjun was there.


    Meng Zhang had a calculation in his heart. If we can borrow the power of the whole alliance, it will certainly be of great help to taiyimen''s next plans.


    Time passed quickly. On the appointed day, the invited Yuanshen Zhenjun gave face and came to Huanglian holy mountain one after another.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun who came here this time are basically members of the previous small group.


    Having formed small groups before, they have no exclusion from forming a new alliance.


    The only thing I have a little scruples about is the fear of causing opposition from Dali imperial officials.


    However, after Meng Zhang came forward, this scruple soon disappeared.


    As we all know, Meng Zhang has a close relationship with governor Zhang Weineng. By him, you don''t have to worry about leaving the imperial government.


    Meng Zhang also knows the minds of these people.


    He told everyone in public that the governor''s office already knew about their formation of the alliance and had no intention of opposing it.


    Meng Zhang''s words seemed to reassure everyone.


    Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult, Changchun Zhenjun of changchunguan, qiqiaozong qiqiaozhen Jun, huolieshan Huolie Zhenjun, no rift and no crack Zhenjun, Shangguan Huizhen Jun and Shangguan Tuzhen Jun, the ancestors of Shangguan family.


    Compared with the small group last time, there are less two yuan gods Zhenjun from the four seas firm, and more Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate.


    Although taiyimen is booming and powerful, it is significantly worse than the four seas commercial firm that has been inherited in Jiuqu League for more than 2000 years.


    In the eyes of everyone present, the strength of the newly formed alliance has also declined seriously.


    Those who had the experience of forming a small group once started the process of forming an alliance.


    After simple bargaining, we quickly reached a consensus on many issues.


    In order to avoid causing excessive attention from the officials of Dali imperial dynasty, the alliance did not take a formal name, which made it seem that the alliance was a temporary organization, not a formal organization.


    The headquarters of the alliance is still set in Huanglian holy mountain.


    On weekdays, the major cultivation forces left several Jindan friars to contact and coordinate various affairs in Huanglian holy mountain.


    If there is a big event, it''s still you Yuanshen Zhenjun who gather at Huanglian holy mountain to discuss and solve it together.


    When going abroad, all the forces in the alliance advance and retreat together to go abroad.


    When needed, we should help each other and provide each other with various conveniences.


    In many aspects, it is similar to the previous small group, and there is no big difference.


    One clause after another was adopted and implemented smoothly.


    But when it came time to elect the leader of the alliance, there were some differences.


    Last time, you Hongzhi Zhenjun promoted the establishment of that small group. In addition, he was highly qualified and respected. Sihai commercial firm is the leading commercial firm in Jiuqu League, and has a lot of business contacts with everyone.


    Therefore, you Hongzhi Zhenjun became the leader of that small group, and everyone had no objection.


    Even so, everyone was secretly wary and kept making small moves, for fear that you Hongzhi Zhenjun would take the opportunity to completely control the whole small group and take too much advantage of everyone.


    But now, you Hongzhi Zhenjun is long gone. If you want everyone to elect a new alliance leader, you''ll have to start all over again.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to form this alliance for the position of alliance leader. Now the critical moment has finally come.


    Xu Mengying, who was inspired by Meng Zhang, immediately recommended Meng Zhang as the leader of the alliance without hesitation.


    Not to mention the friendship between the two for many years, but the great benefits given by Meng Zhang before, she will fight naked and try her best to fight for Meng Zhang.


    After Xu Mengying spoke, Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun spoke one after another and agreed to let Meng Zhang be the leader of the alliance.


    The others present, however, kept silent at this time.


    Meng Zhang is young, promising and famous. Everyone should accept his kindness last time.


    But people hesitated to let him be the leader of the alliance.


    In the practice world, there are still many cases of seniority.


    Meng Zhang is too young, and his qualifications and prestige are far from enough.


    Although he now has the support of the three yuan gods Zhenjun. But his supporters themselves are not very powerful.


    Although changchunguan and qiqiaozong have a long history, they are all jindanzong doors. Only when this generation came out of Changchun Zhenjun and dexterous Zhenjun, they were among the Yuanshen sect.


    Changchun Zhenjun and dexterous Zhenjun are among the Yuanshen Zhenjun, with mediocre cultivation and general combat effectiveness. The strength of zongmen is not very good, and its voice is not big.


    Huanglian sect is a big sect. When the Jiuqu League was still in existence, no sect dared to beat Huanglian sect except Qingyuan sect and Yujian sect.


    Even after repeated twists and turns and great loss of strength, the yellow lotus cult still makes people can not be underestimated.


    However, Xu Mengying, the leader of Huanglian sect, is only a younger generation among the yuan God Zhenjun.


    She has the same problems as Meng Zhang. She has insufficient qualifications and prestige and is difficult to convince the public.


    Although everyone did not agree with Meng Zhang as the leader of the alliance, those veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun present did not want to offend Meng Zhang, so everyone did not speak out against him.


    For a moment, there was an embarrassing silence in the field.


    Seeing that everyone was silent, Qiao Zhenjun was very worried.


    Meng Zhang promised to purchase a large number of mechanism creations from Qiqiao school before.


    Qiqiao sect is the most difficult of these sects.


    A sect like changchunguan has lost its pill business. There are also large spiritual fields and spiritual medicine gardens in its own door, which can make the sect barely survive.


    Qiqiao sect has the shallowest foundation and insufficient accumulation. Except for the business of mechanism creation, there is little income in other aspects.


    If Meng Zhang had not become the leader of this alliance, he might break up unhappily today and everything would be spoiled.


    Most of the orders that Meng Zhang promised before will be completely blown up.

 Chapter 919

    The anxious cunning Zhenjun was ready to speak, so he wanted to praise Meng Zhang, and then try to convince everyone.


    But at this time, Meng Zhang took the initiative to respond and began to take action.


    Meng Zhang burst out laughing, sighed and said, "our friars say a thousand things, and finally look at their own accomplishments."


    "No matter what you think, the leader of this alliance is really settled today."


    "If anyone disagrees, we''ll see the real chapter under our hands."


    With that, Meng Zhang left the conference hall and made an invitation gesture to everyone. Then it soared into the sky and flew into the air.


    Meng Zhang is right. In the cultivation world of the law of the jungle, everything depends on strength.


    If you want to take the position of leader, no matter how much you say is nonsense, you still have to speak with strength.


    For a long time, in the impression of everyone, Meng Zhang is a mild tempered and talkative young man.


    Now he changed his previous style, suddenly became tough, and challenged everyone in public, which surprised everyone and hesitated a little.


    "Yes, since we can''t decide the leader, let''s compete to win the handsome. Look who has the strongest strength, who is the leader of the alliance." Xu Mengying shouted aside.


    Although Meng Zhang''s practice is slightly arrogant, it is in line with the truth of the cultivation world.


    If you can''t solve a problem with your mouth, you can solve it with your fist.


    Whoever has the biggest and hardest fist makes the most sense.


    The others haven''t spoken yet. Huolie Zhenjun of huolieshan can''t bear it at last.


    "What leader Meng said is very reasonable. When our generation of friars act and encounter differences, of course they have to solve them with their fists."


    Before the words fell, the fire was fierce, and Zhenjun had turned into a flame, flew into the sky and rushed directly to Meng Zhang.


    Although Huolie Zhenjun has only the cultivation of the yuan God in the early stage, he has a hot temper. He has always been brave, dare to fight and dare to work hard.


    Even some monks in the middle of Yuanshen felt a headache when they met him.


    Huo liezhen Jun took the lead and didn''t surprise everyone.


    Everyone was watching the play and was ready to wait until the battle was decided before deciding on their own.


    A long fire dragon, dragging thick smoke, jumped at Meng Zhang in such a fierce manner.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved, and the sun and moon jewels on his head immediately lit up.


    The endless sun, moon and divine light spread to the front, forming a thick light curtain in the air.


    The third-order magic weapon, the sun moon pearl, has been unable to play Meng Zhang''s Taoist magic power more and more.


    However, some are better than none. With the help of magic tools, the power of Riyue Avenue was quickly mobilized and used by Meng Zhang.


    The fire dragon rushed into the area covered by the sun and moon, as if it had fallen into a mire, and its action had to slow down.


    Meng Zhang shot out with a spirit snake spear and gently picked the fire dragon in front. The whole fire dragon was broken, showing the body of Huolie Zhenjun.


    The ferocious and sharp power of the killing road easily broke the body protection spell of Huolie Zhenjun and dispersed the power of the fire road around him.


    Huolie Zhenjun felt his neck cold, and a cold light flashed by his neck, leaving a trace of scars that could not be checked.


    Huolie Zhenjun knows that Meng Zhang is merciful.


    If he did his best to urge the power of killing Avenue, he might have been in a different place.


    Huo liezhen Jun is not a person who doesn''t know good or bad. He knows he''s invincible and loses the battle.


    The main reason why Huolie Zhenjun lost so quickly is that Meng Zhang took advantage of his carelessness. Meng Zhang''s own strength is the main reason.


    With the improvement of cultivation realm, Meng Zhang''s own strength has also been a leap.


    Both sides have a tacit understanding in this competition. Click to stop, you won''t kill easily.


    If Meng Zhang insists on killing Huolie Zhenjun, his counterattack before his death will also hurt him.


    Looking at the back of Huo liezhen Jun''s retreat, Meng Zhang arched his hand and said, "I accept it."


    Everyone was surprised that Huolie Zhenjun was defeated by Meng Zhang so easily.


    You look at me and I look at you. I can''t believe it.


    We looked at each other for a few times. Maybe we still felt that Meng Zhang could not achieve his goal so easily.


    Wuzhezhen Jun, who had no Rift Valley, laughed a few times. "Leader Meng''s cultivation is really extraordinary. He is old and talented. He came here specially to ask for advice."


    Wucracked Zhenjun flew into the sky and killed Meng Zhang directly.


    Wu chazhen Jun and Shangguan Huizhen Jun of Shangguan family are the only two mid-term friars of Yuanshen except Meng Zhang.


    Facing the friars of the same rank, Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless.


    Holding a spirit snake spear, wearing a colorful robe and a jewel of the sun and moon on his head, Meng Zhang took the initiative to meet him.


    Then there was another fierce fight. With the defenseless real monarch without crack, it was much more difficult to deal with than the fire real monarch.


    I saw the vigorous wind surging in the sky, and the loud noise never stopped.


    After fighting for half a ring, Meng Zhang sacrificed the yin-yang Linghu, the magic tool of his life. Using the power of Yin-Yang Linghu, he strengthened the power of Yin-Yang Taoism.


    The Yin and Yang Qi circled out and wound around wucrack Zhenjun, erasing his protective power, so that he had to take the initiative to admit defeat.


    No crack real gentleman is not as open-minded as Huolie real gentleman. After admitting defeat, he returned to the ground without saying a word. He felt very uneasy on his face.


    Wuchazhen Jun was defeated in public. Many people turned their eyes to Shangguan Huizhen Jun of Shangguan family.


    Shangguan Huizhen pretended not to see the people''s eyes and said nothing. He didn''t mean to make a move at all.


    He and wuchazhen Jun are both cultivation accomplishments in the middle of Yuanshen, and there is little difference in combat effectiveness. Even if it''s a little stronger, it''s limited.


    Wuchazhen Jun is not Meng Zhang''s opponent. He can''t defeat Meng Zhang either.


    Meng Zhang has lost two people in a row. Now he continues to fly to challenge, which becomes a wheel battle.


    Even the wheel battle can''t help Meng Zhang. There''s no place for shangguanhui''s old face.


    It''s better to hide your clumsiness than to challenge and disgrace yourself after failure.


    Shangguan Hui didn''t do anything, and others had no reason to challenge Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt happy after winning two games in a row.


    Some of the gloom in his chest, as well as some hidden worries, were all thrown away by him and felt incomparably happy.


    Sure enough, practitioners still rely on their strength to speak.


    The truth of the cultivation world is to respect strength and put strength first.


    Those conspiracies and calculations have been outdone.


    Meng Zhang is invincible. No one can beat him.


    The proposal that the strongest should be the leader of the alliance was also recognized by all.


    At this time, everyone had nothing to say. Even if there were some dissatisfaction in their hearts, they had to agree that Meng Zhang was the leader of the alliance.


    After a long time of private connection, he finally won the position of alliance leader by strength. Meng Zhang sighed greatly in his heart.


    In any case, Meng Zhang has achieved both goals of forming an alliance and serving as a leader.

 Chapter 920

    Meng Zhang, relying on his strength, won the position of alliance leader. Everyone had nothing to say and had no reason to object.


    However, in some people''s hearts, they still have an instinctive vigilance to restrict Meng Zhang, the leader.


    This has nothing to do with personal likes and dislikes, but the practice of the cultivation world, and it is also a necessary precaution for practitioners.


    Since Meng Zhang has become the leader of the alliance, he naturally has to make concessions in other aspects.


    When he wants to, he can''t do things too quickly. To make the strength of the alliance work for himself, he has to take it step by step.


    This small League does not have an official name, and naturally there is no leader or the like.


    As a leader, Meng Zhang actually has very limited power.


    In case of major events, we should call everyone together to discuss and discuss matters together.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has the power to convene everyone on weekdays. When he was abroad, he was also the representative of this small league.


    Since Meng Zhang has become the leader of the alliance, he will not do nothing.


    He has a lot to do, but he has to take his time one by one.


    And in the beginning, he will only choose something that is beneficial to everyone and will not encounter any resistance.


    Meng Zhang naturally took over the leadership of the meeting and began to say his own proposal.


    Mengzhang''s taiyimen will purchase a large number of mechanism creations in the near future.


    Originally, the elder in charge of purchasing in the door was going to purchase from Datong business alliance.


    The local mechanism creations from Dali Dynasty are of excellent quality and cheap.


    However, now everyone is an ally. With business, of course, we should give priority to our allies. Even if we suffer a loss and lose a spiritual stone, it is a small thing.


    Meng Zhang publicly placed a large order with Jiqiao Zhenjun to purchase a large number of mechanism creations.


    Meng Zhang kept his word and fulfilled his promise. Of course, he was very happy.


    He patted his chest and said that he would give taiyimen the most favorable price. Moreover, the disciples of the sect must try their best to produce the most excellent mechanism creation with all their skills.


    If it had been in the past, such an order would not have been enough to motivate Qiao Zhenjun.


    However, since the large-scale invasion of those large businesses from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, qiaozong has long lost almost all buyers, and has not received such a large order for many years.


    Although the alliance has few members, the participants are all Yuanshen sect.


    Especially the powerful sect like taiyimen, there are many vassal forces, which can control a large number of practitioners.


    Each major sector has its own specialty and output.


    If everyone holds together for heating, a closed internal market will be formed.


    I dare not say that if we compete with those large foreign businesses, at least everyone can benefit, which can greatly alleviate the difficult situation they are facing.


    When you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm set up a small group, he directly opened up channels and put all his mind on the smuggling business with foreign invaders. He did not take care of each other''s business, let alone this petty profit.


    After Meng Zhang formed the alliance, he naturally could not risk universal condemnation and continue to trade with foreign invaders.


    After the establishment of the alliance, there must be some benefits. Otherwise, why would everyone join the alliance.


    Holding together for warmth and deeply tapping their respective potential is that there are a lot of Spirit Valley and magic medicine produced by changchunguan in Meng Zhang''s plan. If it is purchased by internal members of the alliance, you can give a preferential price, plus a discount.


    Xu Mengying also took the opportunity to order a batch of magic tools from huolieshan.


    Huolieshan, who is good at refining utensils, has a difficult business in recent years.


    Facing Xu Mengying''s order, Huolie Zhenjun was overjoyed.


    The alliance was established at the beginning, which is a good start.


    After discussing some more things, you Yuanshen Zhenjun dispersed separately.


    Meng Zhang''s business is busy, so he can''t stay in Huanglian holy mountain to deal with all kinds of chores.


    He is going to transfer several Jindan friars from taiyimen to take over the Huanglian holy mountain and deal with the daily affairs of the alliance.


    Xu Mengying sits in Huanglian holy mountain all year round and can respond in time to any major event.


    After dealing with the alliance, Meng Zhang stayed in Huanglian holy mountain for a while, waited for the arrival of the Jindan friar transferred from Taiyi gate, and left here.


    Meng Zhang returns to the gate of Taiyi gate. Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi are still closed.


    It is not overnight to hit the great pass of Yuanshen period. Meng Zhang can''t say exactly what they can get out of the customs.


    Every time he leaves the sect and returns to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang will read the latest intelligence. Especially the information related to taiyimen is his top priority.


    Everything inside and outside Taiyi gate is normal, and no major events have happened. Even if there is an incident occasionally, the senior management in the door can handle it properly.


    Those big businessmen from Dali dynasty did not take any action against taiyimen directly.


    Taiyimen took the initiative to retreat, gave up all business in Jiuqu Province, and avoided direct conflict with these large foreign merchants.


    Of course, these ambitious foreign Raptors must be secretly thinking of taiyimen.


    After swallowing the four seas commercial firms and tasting the sweetness, most of them are unwilling to let go of the fat meat of taiyimen.


    But Meng Zhang acted cautiously, and they could not grasp anything.


    Moreover, governor Zhang Wei can take good care of Meng Zhang and has contacts with Meng Zhang. They can''t do it directly.


    Big businesses like miaodan club that have had conflicts with taiyimen can only wait silently for opportunities.


    On the side of taiyimen, the only place where there are conflicts and disputes with the outside world is the Dark Alliance branch of Jiuqu province.


    The two sides have been entangled for decades for some industries of the Dark Alliance branch.


    However, both sides have no intention to expand the dispute, let alone the possibility of full-scale war.


    Over the years, both sides have formed some tacit understanding.


    Each sent low-level disciples to compete and decide the income ownership of these industries based on their victory or defeat.


    Although taiyimen is the actual controller of these industries, if the lower level disciples lose in the competition, they will happily give up part of the profits.


    But if the disciples of Taiyi sect had the upper hand over the competition, they would not give up a penny.


    In this case, the Dark Alliance branch also defaults.


    Over the years, both sides have regarded these disputes as an opportunity to train low-level disciples.


    The lower level disciples of both sides will fight for a while from time to time.


    Of course, casualties are inevitable in the struggle.


    The top leaders of both sides have been exercising restraint and trying to control the scale and level of the struggle.

 Chapter 921

    There were no major events around Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang had enough time to practice.


    At the party this time, many Yuanshen Zhenjun were subdued by their own strength. Meng Zhang has many feelings in his heart.


    He went around in advance and offered benefits to win over Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun. But in the end, he decided the position of the leader with his strength.


    Meng Zhang was also reflecting on himself.


    Over the years, he has been addicted to all kinds of calculations and ignored the most important thing of the cultivator.


    The most important thing for practitioners is their own cultivation.


    If Meng Zhang''s cultivation is profound and has rolling combat effectiveness, where will there be so many troubles.


    When you meet those bad guys, just slap them to death.


    What Datong business alliance and what wonderful Dan association are not worth mentioning in front of the real strong.


    Don''t mention the great power of returning to emptiness. As long as Meng Zhang has the cultivation of the realm of Yang God, these guys have no time to kneel and lick. Where can they come to provoke him.


    To understand this truth, Meng Zhang''s main thoughts were put back on cultivation.


    Anyway, there are a lot of jade Qingling machines on hand, which are enough to ensure the use of daily cultivation.


    The cultivation has broken through to the middle of the yuan God. Meng Zhang can practice more Taoist magic powers and refine more fourth-order magic tools.


    These are all. What Meng Zhang valued most was the friars in the middle of the yuan God, who could refine the outer incarnation.


    The stall at taiyimen is getting bigger and bigger, and Meng Zhang feels more and more separated and lack of skills.


    Apart from other things, if the Taiyi sect can have one more Yuanshen friar to sit in the heavenly palace, how many benefits can it bring to the sect.


    Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi don''t know when they can break through. Even if the breakthrough fails, it is not impossible.


    For almost all practitioners, the breakthrough from the golden elixir period to the Yuanshen period is a great pass, and anything can happen.


    Even if he is extremely unwilling, as a qualified leader, Meng Zhang should also make some preparations.


    He tried to improve his original God, hoping to have the ability to refine his external incarnation as soon as possible.


    With Meng Zhang''s external incarnation, taiyimen is equivalent to an additional Yuanshen friar.


    Meng Zhang devoted himself to cultivation and did not ask about all kinds of things outside.


    But in this world, if you don''t make trouble, things will find you.


    On that day, Meng Zhang was in the process of routine cultivation, and a messenger talisman came from the rotating elder in the door.


    Mr. Zhenjun, a business letter from Datong business alliance, personally came to baicaopo, Taiyi gate and took the initiative to visit Meng zhangzhenjun, the leader of Taiyi gate.


    There has been no further conflict between taiyimen and Datong business alliance since the last time when you gathered the power of Yuanshen Zhenjun to go deep into the big city of Datong business alliance and intimidate Datong business alliance.


    The two sides have also maintained normal business exchanges.


    Taiyimen will purchase some goods from Datong Commercial Union and sell some goods to Datong Commercial Union.


    It is inevitable to bargain in business, which will not lead to conflict and so on.


    Of course, the two sides come forward to deal, at most is the Jindan friar. There is no contact between yuan God and Zhen Jun.


    Business letter Zhenjun took the initiative to find the door, and Meng Zhang couldn''t close the door.


    Both sides are the cultivation forces of Dali imperial dynasty. When there is no conflict, superficial Kung Fu still needs to be done.


    Meng Zhang left the place where he practiced in seclusion and met the business letter Zhenjun in the sect hall.


    Business letter Zhenjun seemed to forget the previous conflict and unhappiness. After meeting, he smiled and fully showed the enthusiasm of a mature businessman.


    He said some good things honestly, especially about baicaopo. Praising the quality and concentration of Reiki here is almost comparable to the provincial governance of Jiuqu city.


    The spiritual pulse of baicaopo was ordinary, and it was damaged by external forces.


    Or the thick earth God will give full play to the ability of the earth teacher to repair it.


    Later, the thick earth God found an underground river with strong aura nearby.


    He used taiyimen''s great human and material resources to fully display all kinds of earth division secrets, connect the underground river with the spirit vein of baicaopo, and let the spirit flow into baicaopo.


    After so many years of operation, baicaopo, as the Mountain Gate of yuanshenzong gate such as Taiyi gate, is fully qualified and can be called excellent.


    After all, it is said that there is no fourth order spirit pulse in Jun dust world. Meng Zhang suspected that there were four levels of spiritual pulse in the heavenly palace only when he came to the heavenly palace.


    Of course, he has never been to the Mountain Gate of those holy places, so he doesn''t know.


    Meng Zhang casually and politely praised Zhenjun in the business letter.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the appearance of baicaopo today and was somewhat proud of it.


    After chatting for a long time and fully releasing his goodwill, the business letter Zhenjun slowly got to the point.


    Originally, he came here in the hope that Meng Zhang could open the market above taiyimen territory and allow the caravans of Datong business alliance to enter and sell goods directly.


    Datong business alliance will also set up a business name here to carry out various business activities.


    Previously, the influence of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance only extended to Dafeng City at most, and was also greatly limited.


    The number and scale of their businesses in Dafeng City are limited, and they are also heavily taxed by Dafeng City officials.


    Business letter Zhenjun also hopes that Meng Zhang can lift these restrictions and reduce the tax rate.


    After big businesses such as Datong business alliance entered Jiuqu Province on a large scale, Meng Zhang knew that taiyimen was not competitive, so he took the initiative to shrink and gave up most of his business activities in Jiuqu province.


    At the same time, the plough and rake were tightened, the taiyimen territory was blocked, all foreign merchants were refused entry, and they were not allowed to establish businesses and carry out all kinds of trade here.


    In the vast territory of the Gobi desert and endless sand sea, many Xiuzhen forces have to rely on the nose of Taiyi gate to survive.


    None of these Xiuzhen forces can directly conduct business transactions with foreign countries. You must go through Taiyi gate to buy and sell genuine items.


    All practitioners, including Taiyi disciples, can only buy talismans, pills and magic tools produced by Taiyi and its vassal forces.


    When the output of taiyimen is insufficient, taiyimen can only focus on external procurement, and then resell it to other practitioners.


    If taiyimen doesn''t do this, it will be better to buy than to make.


    The cost of refining pills, utensils and symbols in taiyimen is much higher than that of Datong commercial alliance and other local forces far away from the imperial dynasty. In terms of quality, it is much worse. Not to mention the vassal forces of taiyimen.


    If the market above the territory is really fully opened, the production capacity of taiyimen can easily be destroyed.


    With high quality and low price products, who will buy taiyimen products. Even the disciples of Taiyi sect will give priority to the products of large foreign merchants.


    Meng Zhang, in his own way, strongly rejected these large foreign businesses.


    The practice of Dafeng City was also inspired by him.


    If he wasn''t worried that the scene would be too ugly, he wouldn''t even open the hole of gale city.


    Because of the practice of taiyimen, smuggling talismans and pills to taiyimen territory was once very prosperous.


    Taiyimen went all out to crack down on these smuggling activities, and even dispatched the strength of the dark hall to control them.

 Chapter 922

    In recent years, smugglers from outside have repeatedly smuggled goods to the endless sand sea and Gobi.


    Behind this, there must be the support of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Although Meng Zhang severely cracked down on these smugglers by means of thunder, it could not be completely banned.


    After all, the endless sand sea and Gobi are too vast, and the boundary line is very broad. Even if we strictly guard against it, we can''t do without the slightest loophole.


    Moreover, when taiyimen wantonly develops the Gobi, it must accept foreign monks.


    There are many friars coming and going, so it''s hard to avoid sneaking in some people with ulterior motives.


    If the secret Hall of taiyimen were not effective, smuggling would be much more rampant than it is now.


    Meng Zhang knew that taiyimen did not have the capital to confront the Datong business alliance. He had always been only against smugglers and did not conflict with them.


    Now, business letter Zhenjun comes to the door and unexpectedly asks Meng Zhang to open the market above taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang''s good temper is a little unbearable.


    These big foreign businessmen took advantage of everything and almost completely occupied the market of Jiuqu province. Now you have to push your hand into the territory of taiyimen.


    Business letter Zhenjun didn''t seem to see Meng Zhang''s ugly face and chattered a lot.


    The Xiuzhen sects and families in Jiuqu province are closed and conservative, and the management mode is primitive and inefficient.


    The development of the cultivation world is changing with each passing day. There are many new business forms, which are more efficient and more beneficial to the Dali Dynasty.


    Religious sects like taiyimen should adopt an open attitude and accept big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    A group of closed and conservative sects, even if they get together, will do no good to each other, but will cause trouble.


    The nonsense said by the business letter Zhenjun made Meng Zhang angry.


    However, the other party is a guest. Even if he was an evil guest, Meng Zhang resisted the impulse to drive people away and let him talk nonsense there.


    Business letter Zhenjun spoke alone for a long time. Seeing that Meng Zhang had never spoken, he felt boring.


    He came to persuade Meng Zhang to open taiyimen territory this time, with the intention of being polite before the soldiers.


    Although the Datong business alliance is domineering, it is still a force composed of businessmen. We can''t fight and kill at any time.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was indifferent, he was not angry and left no cruel words, so he left.


    Anyway, there are all the etiquette. Meng Zhang was reminded in advance. If Meng Zhang doesn''t know what''s interesting and something bad happens in the future, he can also have a speech in front of governor Zhang Weineng.


    After business letter Zhenjun left, Meng Zhang raised his vigilance.


    I just formed a small League on my side. Before I had time to make any big moves, the business letter Zhenjun came to the door. This is clearly a warning.


    Before long, the group of large foreign merchants led by Datong business alliance will certainly have follow-up actions.


    As for where they will start, Meng Zhang has no clue yet.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if he mobilized the power of the dark hall to inquire, it was estimated that it would be difficult to gain much.


    At this time, he was extremely eager that if his own Tianji could be improved, he could deduce people and things at the level of Yuanshen.


    However, his accomplishments have entered the middle stage of Yuanshen, and the secret arts still remain at the previous level.


    Of course, if he really wants to deduce people and things at the level of Yuanshen, there is no way.


    That is to consume life yuan and force calculation.


    But even if the Yuanshen friar has a history of two or three thousand years, he can''t help such consumption.


    The main purpose of cultivators is to obtain more longevity yuan, which can be consumed at will.


    Suffering from no clue, Meng Zhang thought of the ancient moon with butterflies.


    She is the only one she knows of, and her attainments are not low.


    In the past, Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose his secret of being a master of heavenly secrets, nor did he want to make it difficult for Gu yuehuai butterfly, so he didn''t have a showdown in front of this fellow.


    Now Meng Zhang''s strength is enough to crush the ancient moon family of the whole gale city. Even if there is any accident, he can deal with it calmly.


    Meng Zhang ordered Gu yuehuai of Dafeng City to come to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate to meet him.


    Speaking of it, Gu yuehuai butterfly is also an elder of Meng Zhang and has helped him a lot.


    But Meng Zhang''s identity is different today. Even if he doesn''t want to put on airs, he can''t ignore the image of going to taiyimen.


    Facing a golden elixir of vassal forces, at least in front of outsiders, he should have enough dignity.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly dared not neglect Meng Zhang''s call, and immediately left Dafeng City and came to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang received Gu Yue Huai die in the sect hall.


    Meng Zhang was patient first. He exchanged greetings with her and chatted about family affairs.


    Then Meng Zhang suddenly had a showdown and pointed out the secret of Gu yuehuai butterfly as a Heavenly Master.


    When Meng Zhang revealed the secret, Gu yuehuai butterfly changed her face and was shocked.


    It was some time before she managed to calm down.


    She explained to Meng Zhang that her family did not deliberately hide it, but out of the tradition of Tianji master, she could not expose the identity of Tianji master at will.


    Meng Zhang is a master of heavenly secrets. Of course, he knows that Gu yuehuai butterfly is not lying.


    Meng Zhang has read many books of taiyimen. Although he did not get the specific cultivation methods of Tianji master, he knows a lot of secrets about Tianji master.


    The secret master conceals his identity not by pretending to be mysterious, but by doing it as a last resort.


    Once the identity of Gu yuehuai butterfly master is exposed, it is estimated that all kinds of relatives and friends will come to the door and ask her to help with all kinds of deduction.


    Maybe there will be some big people she can''t refuse to force her to deduce.


    Tianji master has to pay a price to deduce Tianji, and there are many restrictions.


    If the ancient moon Huai butterfly really recklessly deduces the secret of heaven, it will never live long.


    Even Meng Zhang, with the merits and virtues of heaven, dared not deduce the secret of heaven at will unless it was necessary.


    Moreover, among the Tianji masters, there is another kind of Tianji masters who have stepped into an evil path and targeted to hunt and kill other Tianji masters.


    Meng Zhangwen comforted Gu yuehuai butterfly, saying that he had no malice and would not ask Gu yuehuai butterfly to deduce anything. There are just some questions about the mystery master. I need to ask her.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly has known Meng Zhang for many years and knows that he is not the kind of person who breaks his promise.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly said that she must say everything Meng Zhang wants to know.


    It is rare to have the opportunity to communicate with master Tianji. Meng Zhang asked a lot of questions. He slowly began to ask questions.


    While trying to answer Meng Zhang''s questions, Gu yuehuai butterfly found clues from Meng Zhang''s questions.


    She is very sure that Meng Zhang is also a master of heaven''s secrets.


    However, Meng Zhang didn''t say it clearly. She pretended not to know, and didn''t dare to spread the secret casually.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s behavior, he is not an evil Heavenly Master and poses no threat to himself.

 Chapter 923

    Gu yuehuai butterfly really has nothing to hide. He basically knows everything about Meng Zhang''s problems.


    I really don''t know. She didn''t talk nonsense. She could say a few guesses at most.


    Meng Zhang accidentally got a secret book of Tianji, Dayan divine calculation, before he set foot on the road of Tianji master.


    Without the guidance of a famous teacher, he knew nothing about the situation of Tianji master. He became Tianji master in a muddle headed way. He was born in a wild way.


    It was not until I got the taiyimen inheritance classics that I got a deep understanding of the group of Tianji masters.


    However, no one can guide him in the practice of Tianji.


    Contrary to the situation of Meng Zhang, the ancient moon butterfly has a clear inheritance.


    Dafeng City, an ancient moon family, has always been handed down the inheritance of Tianji master. Moreover, the Heavenly Master of the clan has never been cut off.


    Because of her talent, Gu yuehuai butterfly was selected from many ethnic groups at a very young age and accepted the inheritance of the elder Tianji master.


    Of course, Dafeng City, an ancient moon family, has never had a friar in the Yuanshen period, and only the friar Jindan is in charge.


    The Tianji master of the clan also limited to the level of golden elixir.


    In fact, the heavenly skill inherited by the ancient moon family has been cultivated to the highest level, that is, this level.


    It''s good to be able to cultivate to this level.


    In the history of the ancient moon family, there were many times when the Heavenly Master of the family was only a friar in the foundation period.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly''s attainments in celestial mechanics are similar to those of Meng Zhang. They are all masters of the sky.


    If you want to go to a higher level and become a master of heaven''s secrets, Gu yuehuai butterfly also has no clue.


    In order to prove that she didn''t lie, Gu yuehuai butterfly even recited the secret magic of the family to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Gu yuehuai butterfly is not willing to divulge the top secret of the family. But there is no way. She can''t let Meng Zhang doubt.


    Although I have known Meng Zhang for many years, I know that Meng Zhang''s character is not that kind of ferocious character.


    But people will change. With the improvement of cultivation realm, ideas will become completely different.


    Meng Zhang''s reputation is far-reaching. He has the record of killing the yuan God Zhenjun. Gu yuehuai butterfly has a deep fear of him in his heart.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly took the initiative to recite the secret magic of the family, but Meng Zhang didn''t stop it.


    He didn''t force each other. Everything was voluntary.


    Before hearing this, Meng Zhang knew that the secret magic of the ancient moon family was far worse than his own practice of Dayan divine calculation.


    Every deduction has to pay a high price, and the accuracy of deduction is average.


    However, if you know more about a secret skill, you will have more reference.


    Meng Zhang patiently listened to Gu Yue Huai die''s recitation and nodded with satisfaction.


    A monk with a heritage like the ancient moon Huai butterfly has generally practiced a special heart locking secret skill.


    Meng Zhang''s natural power is his heart. He can''t read her specific thoughts. He can only simply perceive some emotions and thoughts.


    Meng Zhang can be roughly sure that Gu yuehuai butterfly did not lie.


    Even if she had reservations, she didn''t mean any harm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t achieve his goal. He didn''t get a clue to break through the secret arts from the ancient moon Huai butterfly.


    However, what Gu yuehuai butterfly said about Tianji opened Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    These things that can''t be read from books help to increase Meng Zhang''s knowledge.


    Meng Zhang talked with Gu yuehuai butterfly for a long time and learned a lot about Tianji. However, in terms of how to break through the current state of heaven''s secret arts, we still achieved nothing.


    Meng Zhang didn''t break his promise. It was not difficult for Gu Yue to bear butterflies.


    After the conversation, Meng Zhang asked Gu yuehuai butterfly to step down. And told her that her family would keep her secret and would not reveal her secret as a secret master at will.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly stepped down with gratitude and soon left the Taiyi gate.


    It seems that we haven''t had a chance, and we haven''t met the opportunity of a breakthrough in the magic of heaven. Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    It''s no use for Meng Zhang to worry about such things. He simply relaxed and stopped worrying about it.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, he still has some respect for the opportunity.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to recite the Taoist Scriptures, understand the Taoist collection, and slowly accumulate a whole body of Taoist karma.


    The higher the cultivation, the more Meng ZhangYue can understand some of the principles in the Tao Sutra.


    He also knew that the insufficient accumulation of Taoism would drag down the breakthrough of cultivation.


    Since business letter Zhenjun came to the door last time and returned without success, Meng Zhang asked Taiyi door to be vigilant.


    However, after a long time, there has been no action on the side of Datong business alliance. Qi Fu League, Miao Dan society and other forces are also normal.


    Even taiyimen did not suffer any difficulties in purchasing goods from Datong business alliance, and everything was normal.


    Meng Zhang could not understand the plan of Datong business alliance, nor could he make targeted arrangements.


    When he felt a little uneasy, good news finally came from the door.


    Yang Xueyi, the sect elder who broke through the Yuanshen period, finally succeeded in advancing to the Yuanshen period.


    When a monk enters the golden elixir period, there will be all kinds of heaven and earth visions around him. However, in the advanced yuan Shen period, although there are many visions, they can be controlled.


    Yang Xueyi is not a high-profile person. She didn''t make much noise when she advanced to the Yuanshen period.


    However, Meng Zhang is in the gate of Taiyi gate. With his sensing ability, Yang Xueyi didn''t hide it from him when she broke through.


    Yang Xueyi''s seclusion place is full of aura, five color light flashes, and the power of the five elements Avenue vibrates slightly.


    Yang Xueyi''s spiritual root attribute is the five elements, the cultivation method is also the five elements attribute, and the heaven and earth avenue of enlightenment is also the five elements Avenue.


    The five elements Avenue is the top Avenue among the three thousand avenues. It is not only powerful, but also can provide a variety of magical changes.


    Yang Xueyi successfully advanced to the Yuanshen period, and Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    There is one more monk in the period of Yuanshen in Taiyi gate, and Meng Zhang has a helping hand. Can share a lot of burden for him, so that he can free his hands.


    Yang Xueyi became a Yuanshen, but she didn''t know what happened to Niu Dawei, who was almost closed with her at the same time.


    Although Meng Zhang is very worried about this self-taught disciple, he also knows that he can''t easily disturb him at the critical moment of his retreat.


    Meng Zhang only suppressed his worry and didn''t think about it for the time being.


    Although Yang Xueyi has successfully advanced to the Yuanshen period, it still needs some time to slowly consolidate her accomplishments and adapt to her own strength.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother her and let her continue to shut up.


    Meng Zhang didn''t publicize Yang Xueyi''s advanced Yuanshen period.


    She has just advanced. She also needs to master the means of Yuanshen friars and cultivate some Taoist magic powers.


    Besides, in Taiyi sect, there are no extra fourth-order magic tools to provide her, except for the Royal beast plate, which is obviously incompatible with her skills.

 Chapter 924

    In today''s taiyimen, Yang Xueyi is not guided by the experience of her predecessors. Yang Xueyi can take many detours less.


    When Yang Xueyi embarked on the road of cultivation, she practiced the inheritance left by a Jindan friar of Zijin sect.


    After Meng Zhang found all kinds of inheritance classics of Taiyi gate, she began to specialize in the core inheritance skill of Taiyi gate - the five elements of heaven talisman Sutra.


    As a descendant of Meng Zhang''s family, Yang Xueyi did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    Yang Xueyi herself is an excellent talisman and a clever soul chef. Even without the key care of the sect, we can raise all kinds of resources for cultivation.


    Now that Yang Xueyi has reached the stage of Yuanshen, she must become a fourth-order talisman, which is a matter of time.


    In the original Jiuqu League, there were very few fourth-order talismans.


    The fourth level talisman used most of the talismans for his own use and for the use of his peers. There were not many fourth level talismans, resulting in the rare fourth level talismans on the market.


    Even now, Jiuqu province is under the rule of Dali Dynasty, and large businesses such as Datong business alliance invade on a large scale. All kinds of foreign cultivation supplies are very rich.


    However, there are not many fourth-order items on the market, including fourth-order pills and talismans.


    Qifu League sells a wide variety of talismans, only a small number of fourth-order talismans, and they can often sell at sky high prices.


    These big foreign businessmen are very methodical.


    They dumped a large number of low-level goods, such as low-level talismans, magic tools and pills, and defeated the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province in one fell swoop.


    However, in terms of high-level items that are difficult to produce by local cultivation forces, they not only control the sales quantity, but also the price is ridiculously high.


    Many local Yuanshen Zhenjun love and hate these foreign big businesses.


    In the original Jiuqu League, because of their low production capacity, even if they had a large number of spirit stones, they could not buy the required fourth-order items.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun have achieved Yuanshen for many years, and they don''t have four-level magic tools on hand. It is very rare to take level 4 pills and level 4 talismans.


    The most powerful commercial firm of Jiuqu League, Sihai commercial firm, can occasionally transport a small amount of fourth-order goods from other places for sale, but it can''t meet the needs of Yuanshen Zhenjun at all.


    Now, even if these big merchants are deliberately controlled, the number of fourth-order items they transport is still far greater than before.


    It''s just that the price is very unfriendly.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun yelled and raised spirit stones in many ways to buy the needed fourth-order items.


    Sometimes, these big businesses refuse to accept Lingshi and only accept Jiutian essence and Yuqing LINGJI. Of course, we also accept barter.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, even Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun Temple took out his old capital and bought level 4 pills from his enemy Miao Dan club.


    Although Changchun Zhenjun is a fourth-order alchemist, he has few fourth-order elixirs and can only refine several fourth-order elixirs, and the success rate is very low.


    Of course, although these big businesses have various disadvantages, there is still no problem with goodwill. Even if it is sold to an enemy, it usually won''t do tricks in it.


    After Yang Xueyi of Taiyi sect became a fourth level talisman, Meng Zhang didn''t want to sell the fourth level talismans for profit. He just needed to meet the needs of the sect, which was completely satisfied.


    To make the fourth level talisman, you need not only the fourth level talisman, but also many precious materials, including many fourth level spiritual materials.


    Meng Zhang prepared for a rainy day and now asked the disciples to start collecting.


    To this end, he also specially received the real person li Chongyi, the leader of menzhong business hall.


    Now there is no shortage of immortal Jindan in Taiyi gate. The hall leaders of each hall are basically held by immortal Jindan.


    The threshold of becoming an elder in the door has been raised again.


    At least if you are a monk in the middle of the golden pill and have made great contributions to the sect, you are qualified to become an elder in the sect.


    Li Chongyi''s ancestors joined taiyimen early.


    The Li family is rooted in the Taiyi sect. Many people are disciples of the Taiyi sect, and most of them are responsible for foreign trade in the sect.


    In order to adapt to the changes of the situation and the development of the sect, the internal organization of Taiyi sect has also been adjusted for many times.


    The foreign affairs hall is in charge of business affairs in the front door. Later, the business affairs in the gate became more and more arduous, and then another business hall was established to uniformly manage all business affairs in the gate.


    Immortal Li Chongyi''s accomplishments and combat effectiveness are not outstanding among many golden elixirs in Taiyi gate. However, he has outstanding business talent and manages the business hall of taiyimen in an orderly manner.


    Even in the face of competition from large foreign businesses, Li Chongyi can barely maintain business activities in the door.


    In addition to fully maintaining the market above taiyimen territory, he also actively explored the market in Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    When he was summoned by Meng Zhang, he reported the recent business affairs to Meng Zhang as usual.


    The small alliance established by Meng Zhang, although everyone is mutually beneficial and open the market to each other.


    But for one thing, the time is still short, and for another, the market is too small to see much effect for the time being.


    On the other hand, through the channels of maple leaf mountain city, taiyimen''s business activities are becoming larger and larger, bringing a lot of profits to the sect.


    In addition to constantly maintaining and expanding the market there, Li Chongyi is also preparing to purchase a large number of goods from the small alliance established by Meng Zhang and transport them to the Daheng Xiuzhen world for sale.


    This is a great good thing for the alliance, and Meng Zhang certainly strongly supports it.


    After the four seas firm was annexed by large foreign merchants, taiyimen took the opportunity to close a large part of its members.


    After a period of identification and investigation, Li Chongyi is ready to transfer some business talents to maple leaf mountain city to expand the business scale there.


    Maple Leaf mountain city was originally a retreat left by Meng Zhang for Taiyi gate. Judging from the current situation, taiyimen will not have to consider the retreat for a long time.


    In that case, it''s better to let maple leaf mountain city play a greater role.


    Then we need to invest more manpower there. Even if this secret base is exposed, there is nothing to do.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with Li Chongyi''s work and did not hesitate to praise it.


    Li Chongyi also raised a question.


    Empty ghost stone is required to travel to and from maple leaf mountain city through the child and mother conveyor.


    On taiyimen territory, there is no empty ghost stone in Jiuqu province and even around it.


    The empty ghost stones needed by Taiyi gate are purchased from Datong commercial union at a high price.


    In the past, in the age of Jiuqu League, you couldn''t buy the empty ghost stone with the spirit stone. Now there is a stable purchase channel, which can obtain empty ghost stone with both quality and quantity.


    However, Li Chongyi still feels that this is always controlled by others.


    Meng Zhang was also deeply worried about Li Chongyi.

 Chapter 925

    Taiyimen and Datong business alliance have never been friends, especially recently, business letter Zhenjun came to persecute Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang will not be surprised if one day, Datong business alliance completely cuts off the transaction with taiyimen and no longer sells anything to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang ordered Li Chongyi not only to buy more empty ghost stones and increase inventory, but also to actively find other procurement channels.


    Li Chongyi told Meng Zhang that he had already begun to do so.


    However, apart from the occasional purchase of a small amount of empty ghost stones from the Daheng cultivation world, you can''t buy them from other places at all.


    Li Chongyi also considered organizing caravans to go to hengjue mountains, even far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    However, in the current situation, I am afraid it is difficult to ensure the safety of the caravan.


    Meng Zhang also rejected the formation of a caravan.


    In Jiuqu Province, those big businesses dare not start openly.


    However, the caravan traveled far and entered the desolate area where the control power of the imperial dynasty was weak. Even with the yuan God Zhenjun sitting in the town, it could not deter these cruel guys.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. If he wants to open up a channel for purchasing scarce materials such as Kongming stone, he still needs to find a way from the heavenly palace.


    After listening to the report, Meng Zhang told Li Chongyi to try his best to collect the materials for refining the fourth level talisman, so he asked him to step down.


    Yang Xueyi achieved Yuanshen. After consolidating her accomplishments, she took the initiative to leave the pass.


    After she left the customs, Meng Zhang looked at Yang Xueyi, who was already the yuan God Zhenjun like himself, and remembered the past.


    In those days, the Taiyi gate was still a small sect gate trapped in the endless sand sea. Meng Zhang also spent a lot of effort to recruit Yang Xueyi.


    Now it seems that Yang Xueyi''s joining taiyimen has brought too many benefits. Compared with what she paid at the beginning, it''s hardly worth mentioning.


    Next, Meng Zhang left Yang Xueyi with him and taught him himself.


    In addition to pointing out her accomplishments, she basically told her all kinds of Secrets of taiyimen one by one.


    Including the existence of Tiangong, taiyimen''s industry in Tiangong


    As taiyimen, in order to increase Yang Xueyi''s actual combat experience, Meng Zhang also fought with her personally to experience the power of the five elements Avenue.


    A long time ago, Yang Xueyi listened to Meng Zhang''s orders, read the Taoist Scriptures, understood the Taoist collection, accumulated a strong Taoist industry, and had a deep understanding of the five elements Avenue.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, these accumulations turned into her accomplishments.


    She can skillfully mobilize the power of the five elements Avenue, which poses a great threat to the friars of the same level.


    Although there is no fourth-order magic weapon, as a talisman, she practices pure talisman cultivation and inheritance, and condenses a true talisman in her body - the five elements heaven talisman.


    The power of the five elements heaven talisman will be continuously strengthened with Yang Xueyi''s cultivation.


    The five element talisman can not only greatly strengthen her power to cast the five element spell, but also help her mobilize the power of the five element avenue to use it to cast the Taoist magic power of the five element attribute.


    Of course, to strengthen the five elements talisman, you still need to consume many precious materials, including many fourth level spirit objects.


    Yang Xueyi now has the second only authority in Taiyi sect after Meng Zhang. She can exchange all kinds of spiritual materials in the sect library at will.


    Yang Xueyi does not lack good work. After she advanced to the yuan Shen period, Meng Zhang rewarded her with a large amount of good deeds in the name of the leader.


    In addition to collecting the sect''s large library, Yang Xueyi also consumed a lot of good skills. She released a task in the sect and asked the disciples to help collect various materials to strengthen the five element talisman.


    Meng Zhang is also considering taking time to take Yang Xueyi to the heavenly palace.


    Anyway, I still have some jade Qingling machines on hand. See if I can buy her a fourth-order magic weapon and help her buy some materials to strengthen the five element talisman.


    When Meng Zhang was planning to leave, a visitor from afar disrupted his arrangement.


    He Luozhen, who had not seen him for many years, came to visit Meng Zhang.


    After taiyimen officially took refuge in Dali Dynasty, he luozhenjun was unwilling to take refuge in Dali Dynasty, so he left Jiuqu League and went to Daheng cultivation world.


    Some of the disciples of qingyuanzong were unwilling to submit to Qinggu Zhenjun. First, led by Qingfeng Zhenjun, they fled to the south of Jiuqu League to rebuild qingyuanzong and confront Dali imperial dynasty.


    After the death of Qingfeng Zhenjun, qingyuanzong, who lost the protection of Yuanshen Zhenjun, fell sharply and became jindanzong gate.


    Fortunately, these people saw the opportunity quickly and fled to the Daheng cultivation world long before the Dali imperial dynasty conquered the whole Jiuqu League.


    How can a powerful sect like qingyuanzong not leave a way for the sect?


    After the disciples of qingyuanzong fled to the Daheng cultivation world, they used the backhand left by the predecessors of qingyuanzong to rebuild the sect and settle down temporarily in the Daheng cultivation world.


    He Luozhen thought about the kindness of the Qing Yuan sect to himself. After leaving Jiuqu League, he went to Daheng Xiuzhen world to protect the qingyuanzong who lost the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Daheng cultivation world has always been conservative and very exclusive. We have a strong vigilance against foreign monks and religious forces and reject them from all aspects.


    He Luozhen made great efforts to let the Qing Yuan sect initially integrate into the Daheng cultivation world and was accepted by the local cultivation forces.


    In order to repay his kindness, he Luozhen tried his best to plan for the Qing Yuan sect. But I didn''t expect that his various behaviors actually attracted the suspicion of the disciples of the Qing Yuan sect.


    Qingyuanzong, who moved to the realm of Daheng cultivation, has no yuan God Zhenjun.


    The senior management of qingyuanzong was worried that he luozhenjun took the opportunity to swallow the foundation of qingyuanzong.


    Some of the practices of he Luozhen Jun are regarded by them as coveting the inheritance of the Qing Yuan sect.


    The disciples of Qingyuan sect are just like guarding against he Luozhen as against thieves.


    If you really encounter something that can''t be solved, you need he Luozhen to come forward.


    They use he Luozhen Jun without scruples and don''t care about his safety at all.


    He Luozhen thought of Qing Yuanzong''s kindness, endured it again and again, and tried to help Qing Yuanzong gain a foothold in the Dharma world.


    Five years ago, Qing Lanzhen returned to Qing Yuanzong and appeared in front of he Luozhen.


    In those days, Qing Lanzhen lost his body, leaving only the yuan God. He Luozhen saved him at the risk of his life and escorted him all the way back to Jiuqu league from Jiutian.


    After the great change of qingyuanzong, qinglanzhenjun told he luozhenjun that he would enter the underworld and embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    Unexpectedly, Qing Lan Zhen Jun cheated he Luozhen Jun at that time. Instead of entering the underworld, he ran to reshape his flesh.


    Now that he has successfully reshaped his body, he will come back and continue to lead qingyuanzong.


    With Qing Lan Zhen Jun, the yuan God Zhen Jun, the disciples of Qing Yuan sect rejected he Luozhen Jun even more.


    At this time, he luozhenjun finally understood that he was always just an outsider in the eyes of the qingyuanzong.

 Chapter 926

    The Qing Yuan sect had no trust or friendship for he Luozhen.


    Others don''t say it. Qinglan Zhenjun lives and dies with he Luozhen Jun.


    He luozhenjun almost lost his life in order to save him.


    If he hadn''t met Meng Zhang by chance and got Meng Zhang''s help, he Luozhen would have died in the pursuit of Dali imperial dynasty.


    But Qinglan Zhenjun didn''t even have the least trust in he Luozhen.


    Qing Lanzhen is clearly going to reshape the flesh, but he wants to deceive he Luozhen, which is clearly on guard against he Luozhen.


    Qinglan Zhenjun''s practice really made Heluo Zhenjun cold.


    Big sects like the Qing Yuan sect have never regarded he Luozhen as their own, but as a tool that can be used.


    He Luozhen Jun is not a fool. After he wants to understand, he naturally deviates from the Qing Yuan sect.


    He Luozhen asked himself that he had done too much for qingyuanzong in order to repay his kindness over the years.


    We have done a lot of things we should or should not do. There have been countless murders and friars who have offended.


    What I have done is more than enough to repay the kindness of Qing Yuanzong.


    Now I don''t owe qingyuanzong anything.


    He Luozhen didn''t want to stay there. Regardless of Qinglan Zhenjun''s request, he insisted on leaving qingyuanzong.


    After leaving qingyuanzong, he luozhenjun fooled around outside for several years.


    He Luozhen thought that his age was not young among the yuan God Zhen Jun.


    He is still the cultivation in the early stage of Yuanshen. Even his breakthrough to the middle stage of Yuanshen is still far away, and he can''t see much hope.


    He knew that this was because he was born in casual cultivation and took a fork in his cultivation in his early years. Qing Yuanzong had reservations about himself and didn''t try his best to help him.


    He Luozhen didn''t hold much hope for his own way.


    Now he just hopes that he can continue to inherit what he has learned and not let it disappear in history.


    He Luozhen didn''t want to stay in Daheng Xiuzhen world, nor did he want to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Jiuqu League has long become a Jiuqu province of Dali imperial dynasty. There seems to be no place to go in the surrounding area.


    After thinking about it, he Luozhen still came to take refuge in Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t get in touch with Meng Zhang for a long time, but Meng Zhang''s bearing and behavior broke his heart.


    When he Luozhen came to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, he was warmly welcomed by Meng Zhang.


    After some reminiscence, he Luozhen told Meng Zhang his experiences and thoughts over the years and put forward his requirements.


    He doesn''t have high requirements. He hopes Meng Zhang will set aside a territory on the territory of Taiyi gate to let him establish a sect and continue his family''s inheritance.


    He luozhenjun, who is alone and has no experience in running a sect, has to turn to Meng Zhang for help in the choice of the mountain gate, sect territory and sect disciples.


    In return, the sect he established can exist as a vassal force of Taiyi sect.


    He himself can also work for Meng Zhang.


    Of course, during his service for Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang needs to provide all the resources he needs for cultivation.


    Meng Zhang felt the sincerity of he Luozhen. He had no reason to turn his back on this kind of fighting power.


    He Luozhen''s little request is not worth mentioning at all. For Meng Zhang, it''s just a small effort.


    If it had been before, Meng Zhang might not have accepted he Luozhen so happily.


    At that time, there was only Meng Zhang, a friar in the early days of Yuanshen, but there was a guest Qing like Jin Lizhen.


    If he Luozhen is accepted again, it will be light inside and heavy outside, and there will be an imbalance between inside and outside.


    If Meng Zhang has three pieces and two short pieces, taiyimen may change its owner and become the property of others.


    Meng Zhang has always been cautious in matters related to the inheritance of the sect. He will never test human nature, let alone trust outsiders.


    But now, Meng Zhang has advanced to the middle stage of Yuanshen, and Yang Xueyi has also achieved Yuanshen.


    Two people can cope with all kinds of accidents.


    Even if there are more guest ministers in Yuanshen period in the door, there is no need to worry about affecting the power structure in the door and harming the sect.


    At this time, accepting Mr. He Luozhen is only beneficial without harm.


    Meng Zhang happily agreed with he Luozhen''s request, which satisfied him very much.


    After the two settled, Meng Zhang personally led he Luozhen Jun to fly around taiyimen territory.


    From endless sand sea to Gobi, even the sand sea of death has not been missed.


    Meng Zhang said generously that among all the territories of Taiyi gate, except for a few places such as Taiyi gate, he Luozhen took it as the gate of his sect.


    When he flew to the west of the Gobi, he Luozhen heard Meng Zhang mention that taiyimen had a war with the Hai people here and repelled the Hai people''s invasion of the Gobi.


    He Luozhen took the initiative to choose a place as the Mountain Gate of his sect, just west of the Gobi.


    He established a sect in this place and could watch the west gate for Taiyi gate. If the Hai clan invades again, he will be from taiyimen. Seeing that he Luozhen has a firm attitude, he doesn''t dissuade him.


    Anyway, if the Hai people invade the Gobi in the future, taiyimen will certainly not stay out and will inevitably embark on the battlefield.


    He chose a place with third-order spiritual pulse as the Mountain Gate of the sect established by he Luozhen Jun in the sea area in the west of the Gobi.


    Outside the mountain gate, a large piece of land was set aside as its territory.


    Of course, this territory is still blank for the time being, not even a personal film.


    Next, we need to move mortals to the territory and send cultivators to carry out various construction here.


    The elders of Taiyi sect will certainly be able to handle these specific tasks properly.


    Although he Luozhen didn''t write the eight characters about the establishment of the sect, he Luozhen decided the name of the sect long ago.


    He majored in the practice of water and fire, and majored in the avenue of water and fire.


    Therefore, he named the sect to be established as shuihuomen.


    After the establishment of shuihuomen, it will become a vassal of taiyimen and a member of Hanhai road alliance.


    His obligations to taiyimen are no less.


    Of course, at the beginning of the establishment of shuihuomen, taiyimen will help in all aspects. All kinds of burdens will be reduced as much as possible.


    With the full help of taiyimen, he luozhenjun''s establishment of the sect has become much simpler.


    The time of Yuanshen Zhenjun is so precious that it can''t be entangled in some complicated and trivial things.


    In the early days of the establishment of shuihuomen, most things were done by Taiyi disciples or friars of Hanhai Taoist League.


    When the water fire gate has a certain foundation, it will naturally be able to stand on its own.

 Chapter 927

    Meng Zhang''s support for he luozhenjun is very strong, and human and material resources are inclined in all aspects.


    With taiyimen''s energy, devote yourself to one thing, and you will soon achieve great results.


    Houses and farmland have been built in the deserted mountains


    A large number of mortals moved here from other places.


    In the cultivation world, a large number of mortals are very precious wealth.


    Mortals are the foundation of the cultivation world. Only with a certain number of mortals can there be monks who awaken the spiritual root.


    Over the years, taiyimen and its vassal forces have made great efforts to improve the living environment of endless sand sea and Gobi, making it more suitable for mortals.


    After hundreds of years of reproduction, tens of millions of mortals under the rule of taiyimen.


    Whether it is the Gobi or the endless sand sea, its original environment is actually very unsuitable for mortals to survive.


    Although it has been transformed the day after tomorrow, the mortals that can be carried here are still limited.


    Now one of the daily tasks of taiyimen and its vassal forces is to constantly transform the environment of endless sand sea and Gobi, so that it can carry more mortals to survive here.


    Limited to the conditions on the other side of the endless sand sea, no matter how to transform it, we can''t achieve much results.


    But on the Gobi side, as long as we are willing to invest resources, we can transform many settlements suitable for mortals.


    Moreover, on the Gobi side, all kinds of resources, spiritual veins, minerals and so on are far above the endless sand sea.


    With the complete consolidation of taiyimen''s rule over the Gobi, the original Xiuzhen forces on the other side of the endless sand sea are more willing to move all the mountain gates and territories to the endless sand sea.


    Now the endless sand sea, except for a few places such as Feihong mountain, near most oases, is used to accommodate some unsophisticated vassal sects or families.


    Places with slightly better conditions are directly under taiyimen.


    Building a sect from scratch has a lot of complicated work.


    He Luozhen couldn''t get in and didn''t bother to ask.


    Most of the time, he stayed in the grass slope at the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi also often have some exchanges and consultations with him.


    Seeing that helping he luozhenjun establish a sect was going very smoothly, Xu Mengying, the leader of Huanglian sect, came to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate and had something to discuss with Meng Zhang.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang found that Xu Mengying was full of spring and made no secret of her good mood.


    According to Meng Zhang, since Huang Lianjiao was forced into a mess by big foreign businessmen. Every time she met, she could not hide her sadness.


    It seems that she should have had a good time.


    Xu Mengying did not hide Meng Zhang and took the initiative to tell her gains during this period of time.


    After Xu Mengying got the talisman from Meng Zhang to get in and out of the heavenly palace, she didn''t wait long, so she took the initiative to go to the heavenly palace.


    Because she had a pamphlet written by Meng Zhang in her hand, she took many detours and soon integrated into the heavenly palace.


    She not only met some colleagues in the heavenly palace, but also actively participated in various tasks.


    In the hall of common affairs, she starts from the lowest level task, slowly completes the task, takes on new tasks, and accumulates the details step by step.


    Like Meng Zhang''s original idea, she chose those low-level tasks as the starting direction.


    In the process of completing the task, because of her good performance, she was appreciated by a great power of returning to emptiness.


    This great energy of returning to emptiness came from scattered cultivation, and there is no sect to rely on behind him.


    Although there were a large number of monks after returning to emptiness, many of them wanted to take refuge in her.


    However, these monks who took the initiative to take refuge were hard to gain her trust.


    The great energy of returning to the void found some coordinates of the small world in the endless void.


    She needs some low-level friars to sneak into the small world, control these small worlds from the inside, and then she works from the outside.


    In response to external cooperation, completely control these small worlds, and drag these small worlds near the Jun dust world to be swallowed and integrated by the Jun dust world.


    She didn''t have so many low-level friars available, so she released the task in the Commons Hall of the heavenly palace.


    Xu Mengying seized the opportunity and took over these tasks.


    Huanglian sect has a large number of disciples, especially the number of low-level disciples, which is second to none in the whole Jiuqu province.


    After paying the price of a large number of disciples'' casualties, Xu Mengying helped the returning virtual great energy deal with two small worlds and won her initial trust.


    Now, the return to virtual power wants to strengthen its efforts and control more small worlds.


    This requires Xu Mengying to send more low-level disciples to work for this returning virtual power.


    Although there are many disciples of Huanglian sect, there are still limited monks who can be used greatly.


    Moreover, Xu Mengying is not willing to let the most outstanding disciples of the door take risks in this risky task.


    So she thought of Meng Zhang.


    She was able to enter the heavenly palace and successfully establish herself there. Meng Zhang helped a lot.


    There are a large number of friars in taiyimen and Hanhai Taoist alliance, and there are many available people.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to cooperate with her to complete these tasks and share the benefits equally, everyone will be happy.


    After listening to Xu Mengying''s words, Meng Zhang did not rashly promise, but carefully asked all kinds of details.


    Is the return to virtual power reliable, the casualties of low-level disciples, and whether they have a minimum security guarantee


    Meng Zhang asked many questions, and Xu Mengying gave detailed answers.


    If what Xu Mengying said is true, participating in these tasks does have great benefits.


    Although Meng Zhang has obtained the property left by the ancestor of Taiyi clan in the heavenly palace and some jade qinglingji, he can''t sit back and eat the mountain. He must have income.


    With taiyimen''s current strength, he is not qualified to participate in the empty battle.


    It was his plan to take over these low-level tasks and work for those who returned to the virtual power in exchange for merit points.


    However, he was not in a hurry to do it before, but was ready to deal with the affairs of Jiuqu province first.


    He did not expect that Xu Mengying should be so vigorous and resolute, so quickly put everything on the right track.


    Not to mention the friendship between Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying, taiyimen and Huang Lianjiao are allies. There is no obstacle to working together to complete the task.


    Moreover, according to Meng Zhang''s idea, if the cooperation between taiyimen and Huanglian religion goes well, we can slowly pull up other sects and families in the alliance and cooperate with each other in the future.


    There are countless small and medium-sized worlds in the void. If you want to capture them completely, you need the help of many low-level friars.


    Those who come from a big sect can return to the virtual world. Those who come from casual cultivation or have a limited number of people in the sect have to turn to others.


    In fact, even those who come from big sects will sometimes hire low-level friars from other sects to reduce the casualties of their own sects.

 Chapter 928

    Meng Zhang is talking with Xu Mengying about the details of the cooperation between the two sides. Suddenly, the whole Taiyi gate vibrated slightly.


    The vibration was very weak, and the friars who were slightly insensitive didn''t notice it.


    In fact, most Taiyi disciples didn''t notice the shock.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying reacted immediately.


    Meng Zhang said hello to Xu Mengying and flew to the side of the mountain gate.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang have been friends for many years and cooperated for many times. Knowing that he wanted to help himself, he did not hesitate to follow up.


    Yang Xueyi Zhenjun and he luozhenjun, who are exchanging accomplishments in the mountain gate, also received a voice from Meng Zhang at this time.


    Without any delay, they flew in the same direction according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    The four Yuanshen Zhenjun arrived at their destination almost at the same time.


    This is a secret cave in the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    The master disk of the Taiyi gate''s treasure child mother transfer disk is placed in this place.


    On their way here, Meng Zhang heard several violent vibrations.


    The last few shocks were more obvious, and the disciples of Taiyi gate basically felt them.


    While on his way, Meng Zhang preached to the elders of the door with divine thoughts, asking them to calm the emotions of the disciples of the door, perform their respective duties and strengthen their defense to prevent people from taking advantage of the fire and making trouble.


    Around the cave, there are elite disciples of Taiyi gate who guard day and night. No unauthorized people are allowed to approach.


    Meng Zhang came here with people. Before the guard disciples had time to salute, Meng Zhang entered the cave and came to the child and mother conveyor.


    When the vibration occurred, the disciples in the door started the child and mother conveyor plate as usual, opened the space channel to maple leaf mountain city, and transported all kinds of goods there.


    Yang and Yin are like two sides of the palm, parallel spaces.


    In these two completely independent spaces, there are many space gaps, and many space mezzanine and even independent spaces of different sizes are formed.


    The teleportation magic or teleportation array in the cultivation world uses these space gaps for space transmission to cross the distance between the sun.


    There is a set of long-distance transmission array on this set of child and mother transmission disks, and the principle of long-distance transmission is almost the same.


    At this time, the portal for space transmission, which is formed over the master disk, is constantly distorted and changing.


    Bursts of violent vibration were transmitted from the inside.


    The whole huge cave began to shake.


    Some unprotected disciples of Taiyi sect could not stand steadily and were staggering.


    Meng Zhang just glanced at it and understood what was going on.


    When the child and mother transport disks are excited and the long-distance transport array is being activated, an expert wants to forcibly break through the long-distance transport array along the track of spatial disturbance.


    The master disk of the child and mother transfer disk is placed in the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The other two sub panels, one is placed in the maple leaf mountain city of Daheng Xiuzhen world, and the other is placed in the Hongyan Valley to the west of the evil wind Gobi.


    These two places are the important places of Taiyi gate, especially the maple leaf mountain city. It used to be the back road of Taiyi gate, but now it is the important business place of Taiyi gate.


    Both places are places that must not be lost.


    Following the space track, the enemy can not only enter those two places and destroy them wantonly, but also completely destroy the treasure of the child and mother transport disk.


    Meng Zhang could not guess the origin of the enemy, but thought about countermeasures.


    Xu Mengying is also a person with vision. Seeing the child and mother conveyor in front of her, she probably knows what happened.


    No wonder taiyimen has a good life these years. It used to have a long-distance transmission array that can communicate with other places.


    He Luozhen didn''t speak. Since he decided to become a vassal of taiyimen, he worked honestly for taiyimen.


    Now just wait for Meng Zhang to give an order, and he will act immediately.


    Yang Xueyi glanced at Meng Zhang with a little worry.


    It''s not a big deal to expose the secrets of the child and mother transport disk to outsiders.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it is also enough to hold this treasure.


    She was worried that she didn''t know where the enemy came from and hit the key of Taiyi gate as soon as she shot.


    The original God Zhenjun of the cultivation world, no matter what the major avenue is, he is more or less involved in the space Avenue.


    Mastering some space spells plays a great role.


    Besides, it is quite common in the cultivation world to use space to transport people on their way or run for their lives.


    Especially the monks in the middle period of Yuanshen basically have the ability of spatial transmission, but their ability is different.


    Space Avenue is not Meng Zhang''s major avenue, but Meng Zhang has great attainments in space Avenue.


    He not only invested a lot of time and energy in the space Avenue, but also practiced many space related magic powers.


    Without thinking long, he soon had a response to the current situation.


    With one finger, Meng Zhang fixed the distorted space portal.


    The vibration in the cave stopped immediately, and the disciples recovered their composure.


    "Guard here." Meng Zhang ordered the disciples in the cave.


    Then he said hello. Yang Xueyi, he luozhenjun and Xu Mengying followed him into the space portal.


    Originally, the long-distance space transmission array on the child and mother transmission tray established a stable space channel between baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain and maple leaf mountain city.


    But now, the space channel is shaking constantly, as if it would break at any time.


    After Meng Zhang led the people into the space channel, he flew directly in one direction regardless of the vibration of the space channel.


    After flying out for a while, he used his destructive magic eyes to see through the changes ahead.


    Sure enough, an expert shot. The target is the space channel built by this long-distance transmission array.


    There are countless space gaps between the sun world and the underworld. Countless monks and countless space Dharma transmission arrays use this place to transmit.


    I don''t know what''s sacred, but I have an eye on Taiyi gate.


    Moreover, I don''t know how these guys located in the space gap, and actually accurately locked the long-distance space transmission array of taiyimen.


    It''s not easy to do such a thing. Even Yuanshen Zhenjun, who is proficient in space Avenue, is as difficult as looking for a needle in a haystack.

 Chapter 929

    The space channel between baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate and maple leaf mountain city has been shaking and broken everywhere due to strong external force interference.


    Shuttling through the space between the underworld and the sun is a very risky thing.


    Carelessness or insufficient exploration ability can easily get lost in the space gap.


    If you are unlucky and fall into a space crack or encounter a space storm, even the Yuanshen Zhenjun is in danger of falling.


    After Meng Zhang entered the middle period of Yuanshen, the power of the gifted divine power to break the false magic eye increased greatly. He can easily see through the space fog and identify the direction in the space gap.


    Even many golden elixir real people can master the art of space walking through the space gap, let alone the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang led his three companions to avoid all kinds of dangers in the space gap and find a safe way forward.


    After moving forward for some time, Meng Zhang''s eyes lit up and finally came into contact with the root cause of space vibration.


    Not far ahead, the business letter Zhenjun of Datong business alliance took Liao Yuan and Liao Xing, two yuan gods Zhenjun. In addition, there were two yuan God Zhenjun, who Meng Zhang did not know, with them.


    Seeing the business letters from Zhenjun and them, Meng Zhang suddenly realized that he finally understood the general situation of the matter.


    For a long time, the main channel for taiyimen to obtain Kongming stone is to buy it from Datong business alliance.


    Empty ghost stone plays a great role. It is basically necessary to refine all kinds of space magic tools.


    Like the necessary storage bag for almost everyone in the cultivation world, the empty ghost stone must be added in the refining process.


    Of course, in addition to refining space magic tools, taiyimen buys a large number of empty ghost stones for other purposes.


    When using long-distance transmission array for space transmission, you need to consume empty ghost stone.


    People and goods travel frequently between taiyimen Mountain Gate and maple leaf mountain city, which requires a lot of empty ghost stones.


    In fact, the purchase of empty ghost stone has become a big expense of Taiyi gate.


    Due to the large consumption of Kongming stone, between taiyimen Mountain Gate and maple leaf mountain city, many logistics costs are increased out of thin air, which greatly reduces the profits obtained by taiyimen.


    Datong business alliance should buy a large number of empty ghost stones from Taiyi gate. It is judged that Taiyi gate has a long-distance space transmission array.


    After all, pure refining space magic tools can''t consume so many empty ghost stones.


    Moreover, because of the large foreign merchants, mainly the Qi Fu alliance, occupied the magic instrument market of Jiuqu province. It''s hard to sell the magic weapon refined by taiyimen.


    Taiyimen will definitely reduce the number of refining magic tools, including space magic tools.


    Apart from other things, the storage bags purchased by the practitioners in the Jiuqu province are basically written by the Qi Fu League. Other refining sects can''t compete at all.


    If someone else, they may not be able to lock the long-distance transmission array of taiyimen in many space gaps.


    However, friar taiyimen used a lot of empty ghost stones purchased from Datong commercial alliance in the process of transmission, which must have given others an opportunity to take advantage of.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help scolding.


    I''m still too naive to believe the goodwill of Datong business alliance.


    Big businesses like Datong business alliance have painstakingly cultivated excellent business reputation in order to obtain various interests.


    In the face of greater interests, what is it to sacrifice a little business reputation?


    Taiyimen, as the representative of the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province, has always been at odds with these foreign big businesses.


    In particular, Meng Zhang formed an alliance of local truth cultivation forces to lead everyone against these foreign big businesses, which has long become a thorn in their eye and flesh.


    The last time Zhenjun came to visit, it was the way to be polite before the soldiers.


    Killing without teaching is called abuse. In the eyes of Zhenjun of the business letter, Meng Zhang doesn''t listen to his good advice, so he can start without pressure.


    As for the governor''s house, they launched a surprise attack from the space gap. As long as they moved fast enough, the battle would end before the governor''s house intervened. Presumably no one would stand up for a dead man.


    The gun shot out the head bird and killed Meng Zhang, the leader. Naturally, the small alliance was not enough.


    I saw the business letter Zhenjun leading the Liao brothers and standing aside.


    Another old man with black hair, holding an array disk, is positioning between space gaps. And constantly use the power of the array disk to pull the long-distance transmission array.


    The body of another man in black seemed to be just a virtual shadow. He looked shadowy and vague. He couldn''t see his face and body shape at all.


    Originally, according to the original plan of business letter Zhenjun.


    In addition to the Liao brothers, the two true gods, he also invited Luo Wenhui, who is proficient in the way of space and has high array skills in the Qi Fu League.


    In addition, Zhao Junli Zhenjun, an expert proficient in assassination, was heavily employed.


    They dived into the space gap early. According to the space track left by the long-distance transmission array, they used the space channel to pass through the space barrier and directly enter the baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate, killing Meng Zhang by surprise.


    Since Datong commercial League regarded taiyimen as a great enemy, it has always paid attention to collecting all kinds of information about taiyimen.


    According to Mr. Zhenjun of the business letter, among the hundred grass slopes at the gate of taiyimen mountain, in addition to Meng Zhang, there is Yang Xueyi who recently broke through the Yuanshen period.


    Friars who have just broken through the period of Yuanshen may not fully master the accomplishments of Yuanshen, let alone practice the magic power of Taoism.


    How much combat power can such a monk have? I''m afraid I''m not qualified to participate in the Yuanshen war.


    He Luozhen is a vassal of the Taiyi sect. After all, he is an outsider and may not work hard for the Taiyi sect.


    If you see something bad, you might run away first.


    They suddenly appeared inside the Taiyi gate, which was unprepared. Our own strength has an absolute advantage. We are sure to be able to decapitate successfully and kill Meng Zhang.


    At the beginning of the plan, everything was quite smooth.


    Through the secret method, they successfully located the space track left by the long-distance transmission array.


    However, when preparing to use this long-distance transmission array to go to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate, we encountered unexpected resistance.


    The space barrier that could have been easily crossed suddenly became very thick, making it difficult for them to cross.


    The originally clear spatial trajectory has also become vague and difficult to figure out.


    Fortunately, Luo Wenhui, a master proficient in space and array, used the array plate to forcibly pull the long-distance transmission array and tried to break into the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    Anyway, with their strength, even if Meng Zhang is disturbed and Taiyi door is on guard in advance, they will only spend a little more effort at most, and the outcome will not change.


    When Luo Wenhui forcibly pulled the Dharma array, there was a lot of noise, and the surrounding space vibrated violently. The vibration was transmitted to the motherboard of the child and mother conveyor. As expected, Meng Zhang was disturbed.

 Chapter 930

    With the help of breaking false magic eyes, Meng Zhang first found them.


    Business letter Zhenjun may think that even if Meng Zhang finds that the situation of long-distance transmission method array is wrong, he is mostly defensive.


    Baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate is Meng Zhang''s long-standing nest. There is a three-level mountain protection array in the mountain gate.


    When the enemy''s situation is unknown, relying on the right place to defend is a smart and safe choice.


    Meng Zhang chose to take the initiative, which was indeed beyond the expectations of the business letter Zhenjun.


    When they were preparing to cross the space barrier, Meng Zhang and they had come not far away.


    Meng Zhang whispered to the three companions secretly. After coordination, the four crossed the space and appeared in front of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang thought he could raid the enemy, but because the enemy perceived the violent spatial fluctuations in advance, the raid failed.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s presence, they took the initiative to welcome him at the order of the real king of the business letter.


    Business letter Zhenjun usually manages the daily affairs of Datong business alliance and is also responsible for communication with other forces.


    There are few times when he really needs to fight, and there is a chance to show his combat effectiveness.


    But anyway, he is a monk in the middle of the yuan God, and his accomplishments can''t be fake.


    And after the shot, the combat effectiveness is surprisingly strong.


    The business letter Zhenjun held an abacus made of white jade and shook it gently. The abacus danced all over the sky, just like the stars in the sky, which shrouded Meng Zhang''s body.


    On Meng Zhang''s head, the sun and moon jewels shine, and the endless sun and moon divine light shines, blocking these calculation beads.


    The brothers of the Liao family killed Zhenjun with tacit understanding at the same time.


    Yang Xueyi and he luozhenjun flew to the Liao brothers and fought together.


    Seeing that the two sides had handed in their hands, Luo Wenhui Zhenjun gave up pulling the long-distance transmission array and raised the array disk, so he was ready to cast magic to help the war.


    Xu Mengying took out a black machete, flashed around him, raised the machete and cut it gently.


    The seemingly insignificant machete made Luo Wenhui''s heart full of warning signs. He didn''t dare to neglect it at all. He quickly parried Xu Mengying''s attack.


    In the history of Huanglian sect, there have been many yuan gods and true kings, with profound details, and there is no lack of fourth-order magic tools.


    When Xu Mengying used to fight the enemy, she often used all kinds of magic tricks.


    This time, in addition to quietly performing magic tricks, she also launched a direct attack on the enemy.


    The machete in her hand strengthened her great power.


    Three thousand Avenue is just a general term. Almost every avenue has many branches.


    Branch boulevards will also extend and combine new boulevards.


    I''m afraid it''s unclear how many ways there are in the universe.


    What Xu Mengying is doing now is not only the magic Avenue, but also a sharp Avenue.


    The machete in her hand is invincible and can cut almost everything.


    After the machete is cut, even the space will be cut and cracked, and there will be one space crack after another.


    Cracks in space appeared and disappeared rapidly. In the long run, the surrounding space will become extremely unstable.


    Especially here itself is the space gap, and stable space cracks have begun to appear.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun is a person who knows the goods. When he saw Xu Mengying''s machete, his heart was cold.


    Although he was also a monk in the middle of the yuan God, he was not good at frontal combat.


    If you have prepared in advance, let him set up a large array in advance. He is fully confident that he can trap Xu Mengying and let her suffer.


    However, in this sudden encounter, he was unprepared and unprepared, and many abilities could not be displayed.


    With his cultivation, he has the ability to read into an array.


    With a wave of the array plate in his hand, he could immediately set up an array to trap Xu Mengying temporarily.


    However, the power of this array, which does not consume materials and depends entirely on its mana, is limited. It can''t trap Xu Mengying for too long.


    Xu Mengying just waved the machete in her hand and could easily split the whole array and get out of trouble.


    Xu Mengying''s magic trick secretly began to play a role, which made Luo Wenhui feel vague and difficult to accurately arrange the array.


    Xu Mengying, an enemy who was not expected by the business letter Zhenjun, played a great role in this battle. Not only firmly restrained Luo Wenhui Zhenjun, but also did not lose the slightest in the battle.


    He Luozhen flew out a four step flying sword and exerted the power of water and fire.


    I saw pouring rain in the sky and a sea of fire gushing from the ground.


    The fourth order flying sword shuttles freely in the water and fire, carrying the power of water and fire to kill the Liao brothers.


    Although only the initial cultivation of Yuanshen, he Luozhen fully demonstrated the strength of an old Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In terms of combat effectiveness, he is not under any of the Liao brothers. Even if you fight one against two, you can fight one.


    Not to mention, beside him is Yang Xueyi, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun of taiyimen.


    Although Yang Xueyi has just broken through the yuan Shen period, she doesn''t even have a fourth-order magic weapon. But in the face of enemies of the same rank, there was no fear at all.


    The five element talisman in her body began to work, driving the power of the five element Avenue wantonly.


    Under the blessing of the power of the five elements Avenue, even ordinary five elements spells have great power.


    I saw Water Dragons dancing wildly in the air. When I opened my mouth and sprayed, huge fireballs sprayed out, smashing at the Liao brothers like raindrops.


    The hills in the sky appeared and disappeared, and the heavy pressure came down, which overwhelmed the Liao brothers.


    The thick green trees ran rampant and invincible on the battlefield.


    Once in a while, a golden knife appeared and mercilessly chopped at the Liao brothers to make them escape desperately.


    He Luozhen and Jun are all returned. Yang Xueyi just broke through the Yuanshen period for a few days.


    She was still the qicaixia robe that Meng Zhang was wearing, flashing layers of qicaixia light, which easily blocked this spell.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed and appeared in front of the business letter Zhenjun.


    He holds a spirit snake spear. Every time he swings it, he can attract the power of killing Avenue.


    After all, unlike Meng Zhang, Zhenjun of the business letter has experienced many battles of life and death.


    Facing the murderous Meng Zhang, his heart began to feel empty.

 Chapter 931

    After all, Mr. Zhenjun is a businessman. He is best at vertical and horizontal cooperation, using power to suppress people and plotting.


    If he really wants to fight shirtless, fight life and death, and work hard with the enemy, he lacks a momentum of indomitable.


    He and Meng Zhang were both monks in the middle of the yuan God. He was born in Datong business alliance, and his magic power was not weak.


    Moreover, he is in charge of the Datong Business League, and he has a lot of income both openly and secretly. It also used the channels of Datong business alliance to buy a lot of magic tools for its own family.


    However, after Meng Zhang started to fight close with a spirit snake spear, he didn''t have that desperate momentum, as if Meng Zhang was short.


    All his skills are used in defense. The magic weapon in your hand is mainly to protect yourself.


    Of course, business letter Zhenjun is not willing to work hard with Meng Zhang. In addition to being guilty, he also has other hopes.


    After the battle began, Zhao Junli Zhenjun completely disappeared on the battlefield and disappeared at all.


    If he is a friar who doesn''t know this person, I''m afraid he is in a bad situation and fled.


    But business letter Zhenjun is willing to spend a lot of money to hire this person, of course, for his own reasons.


    Zhao Junli Zhenjun was born in the name of casual cultivation. He had a deep relationship with Datong business alliance secretly and received a lot of support and help from Datong business alliance.


    It can even be said that he is a vicious dog kept by Datong business alliance. He specializes in secretly working for Datong business alliance and dealing with some things that Datong business alliance is not easy to deal with.


    After all, on the surface, he is only a casual practitioner and has no direct contact with Datong business alliance.


    Although Datong business alliance has a close relationship with Zhao Junli Zhenjun, they have always cooperated happily.


    But it also cost a lot to invite him from the mainland of the imperial dynasty to assassinate Meng Zhang.


    Zhao Junli Zhenjun is not weak in front combat, but he is better at plotting and assassination from behind.


    When Meng Zhang appeared and had not launched an attack, Zhao Junli Zhenjun used his secret method to hide his figure firmly.


    His hidden secret method is very clever, mobilizing the power of the hidden road among the three thousand roads.


    Even if a sensitive friar of the same rank exerts all kinds of exploration powers, it is difficult to find his figure.


    In the eyes of everyone, Zhao Junli Zhenjun has disappeared and most of them have escaped.


    Meng Zhang noticed Zhao Junli when he found them.


    Among the people, this man''s cultivation is not the highest, but it brings Meng Zhang a strong sense of danger.


    Even the two enemies in the middle of the yuan God did not like this man, which made Meng Zhang extremely vigilant.


    When Zhao Junli Zhenjun used the power of the secret avenue to hide his body, Meng Zhang began to search for him.


    If it is outside, Meng Zhang may have to spend a little effort to find him.


    The power of breaking false magic eyes alone may not be able to see through the power of secret roads.


    But this is the space gap between yin and Yang, and the surrounding spatial structure is not stable.


    Even if Zhao Junli Zhenjun had been very careful, he could not help disturbing the surrounding space.


    In the eyes of Meng Zhang, who is proficient in space Avenue, such movement is obvious enough.


    Although he had long found the trace of Zhao Junli Zhenjun, he pretended not to see it. He rushed to the business letter Zhenjun with all his strength, tried his best, attacked frantically, and leaked his back.


    Zhao Junli Zhenjun will certainly expose his whereabouts as long as he makes a move.


    Everyone is the true monarch of the yuan God. As long as you have defense, it''s not easy to sneak attack with his strength.


    Meng Zhang, the one he chose, is the strongest of the enemies. At present, he is pushing the business letter Zhenjun to the disadvantage.


    As long as the surprise attack on Meng Zhang is successful, we can immediately reverse the war situation and change the strength comparison between the enemy and ourselves.


    Zhao Junli Zhenjun has cooperated with Datong Business Alliance for many years and can still take into account the overall situation of Datong business alliance.


    Moreover, since we have received the benefits of the business letter from Zhenjun, we must do things well.


    When Meng Zhang killed Zhenjun with a spirit snake spear, Zhao Junli appeared behind him silently.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang raised his own life magic weapon yin-yang Linghu on his head.


    Under the cover of Yin-Yang Linghu, two Taoist soldiers wearing black-and-white Taoist robes jumped out of the Linghu silently and appeared behind Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not forget to nurture Yin and Yang soldiers when he made great efforts to cultivate and break through the middle of the yuan God.


    In these years, the whole taiyimen spent a lot of manpower and material resources, and finally collected all the materials, so that Meng Zhang refined another yin-yang soldier.


    At the current level of Yin-Yang Linghu, you can refine two yin-yang Taoist soldiers with the initial strength of Yuanshen.


    The two yin-yang soldiers join hands to use secret techniques to attract the power of the yin-yang Avenue, and can even resist the enemies in the middle of the yuan God.


    Now, since it was refined, it has been hidden by Meng Zhang. The yin-yang soldiers who have never appeared in front of people are finally going to be powerful.


    Two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of Yuanshen period raised their hands flat and gently rowed in front of their chest.


    One black and one white airflow condensed into shape and fiercely collided with Zhao Junli Zhenjun, who was preparing to attack Meng Zhang.


    These two yin-yang soldiers are naturally able to attract the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, master many yin-yang Taoist magic powers, and can use the power of Yin-Yang spirit gourd to strengthen them.


    Zhao Junli Zhenjun didn''t expect that Meng Zhang had already seen through his possession, and there was a killer mace waiting for him.


    Taoist Yin and Yang accurately hit Zhao Junli Zhenjun who couldn''t dodge.


    Zhao Junli''s light kept flashing. His body protection spell and body protection spell start automatically, which are constantly counteracting the lethality of yin and Yang.


    As an assassin, he certainly attaches importance to his own defense and is afraid of being attacked by the enemy.


    He has many means to protect himself, which can ensure that he can constantly offset the enemy''s attack when he is attacked secretly.


    However, the Taoist art Yin and Yang Qi jointly launched by the two Yin and Yang soldiers had great lethality, successfully broke Zhao Junli Zhenjun''s various self-defense means, and caused great damage to him.


    Business letter Zhenjun, who was struggling to resist Meng Zhang''s attack, smiled when he saw Zhao Junli Zhenjun show up.


    But when he saw that Zhao Junli Zhenjun was attacked by Meng Zhang in turn, his smile solidified on his face, and his heart was even more frightened.


    Meng Zhang has so many hidden Maces. With the intelligence gathering capability of Datong business union, we didn''t receive any information in advance.


    It''s rare that this man has a deep mind and ruthless means.


    Meng Zhang did not take advantage of the situation to pursue the real gentleman of the business letter, but his body suddenly disappeared.


    When he appeared again, he appeared behind Zhao Junli Zhenjun, who was retreating.


    Meng Zhang waved the spirit snake spear, the killing force surged, and gently stabbed Zhao Junli Zhenjun.


    At this time, I should have come to entangle Meng Zhang and support Zhao Junli Zhenjun''s business letter Zhenjun, but I didn''t act in time because I was empty in my heart.

 Chapter 932

    Business letter Zhenjun''s strength is not poor. If he can join hands with Zhao Junli, even if he loses the first opportunity, he can still pose a great threat to Meng Zhang.


    After a long delay, he gave full play to his heritage and accumulation, and may not lose to Meng Zhang.


    But he started on the road of truth cultivation and has gone smoothly all the way to now. He has hardly encountered many dangers.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s fierce man, his momentum was weakened out of thin air.


    Especially after Meng Zhang took out his hidden mace and wounded Zhao Junli, he was even more afraid of Meng Zhang for fear that he had other maces waiting for him.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of space Avenue, and his body blinked behind Zhao Junli. The snake spear seems to move freely, but it contains endless killing intention.


    The two yin-yang soldiers joined hands to display the yin-yang Qi. One black and one white air currents entangled together and jumped at Zhao Junli.


    Zhao Junli, who had been hurt by Yin and Yang, did not persist for long under the attack of front and back.


    He had little power to fight back and could only barely parry the other party''s attack.


    When the snake spear in Meng Zhang''s hand stabbed him in the key, the power of killing suddenly broke out and took away all his vitality.


    After killing Zhao Junli, Meng Zhang made persistent efforts and was ready to continue his power. He looked like he was going to kill all the business letters.


    Two yin-yang soldiers followed closely and killed them recklessly.


    The business letter is really chilly. He knows he is not Meng Zhang''s opponent, and he doesn''t want to die here.


    Looking around, on the whole battlefield, the enemy has the advantage, and his own side has obviously fallen to the disadvantage. No one can take out his hand to help business letter Zhenjun.


    Even though the business letter Zhenjun was extremely unwilling, he had to use the art of space shuttle to leave this space gap and flee to the distance.


    It was not a long time before the battle. Meng Zhang found that there were many treasures to protect his life.


    It is not easy to kill him completely.


    Instead of wasting time on him, it''s better to find a way to expand the results elsewhere.


    Seeing the business letter Zhenjun escape, Luo Wenhui Zhenjun also had no fighting spirit and wanted to escape.


    As a master proficient in space Avenue, it seems not difficult to get away from here.


    Luo Wenhui''s mind moved. With the help of the power of the array plate, he turned into a Dharma array and temporarily trapped his opponent Xu Mengying.


    He is about to perform the art of space shuttle to get out of this space gap.


    Suddenly, the space barrier that could easily penetrate suddenly became heavy with resistance. He seemed to be stuck in the mud and couldn''t move freely at all.


    At this time, Xu Mengying easily broke the FA array and caught up.


    Luo Wenhui hurriedly resisted Xu Mengying''s attack, and desperately urged the power of space avenue to leave here.


    Meng Zhang moved to Luo Wenhui with two yin-yang soldiers and shot at him at the same time.


    Luo Wenhui can''t give full play to his skills.


    When Meng Zhang killed him, he finally realized that an expert proficient in space Avenue was making trouble in the dark.


    Had known that the enemy had such an expert hiding, he would never agree to the invitation of business letter Zhenjun.


    This time, at the request of Zhenjun in the business letter, he came to help, but let him ruin his own life.


    In the maple leaf mountain city that everyone can''t see, the spirit of the void tripod has appeared next to the child mother transmission plate.


    The weak water god general in charge of the affairs of maple leaf mountain city stood respectfully aside.


    The fourth order magic tools need to be driven by the yuan God Zhenjun to exert all their powers.


    The magic tools such as the void tripod are top among the fourth-order magic tools. His weapon spirit has lived in taiyimen for a long time. No one knows how many secrets he has mastered and what kind of wonderful ability he has.


    Even if it is not refined by the master, there is no one to drive. Relying on the tool spirit alone, the void tripod can play a strong power.


    This power is more than enough to deal with the friars in the early days of Yuanshen.


    When the business letter Zhenjun led the people into the space gap and asked Luo Wenhui Zhenjun to use his secret method to search for the track of the long-distance transmission array. He wanted to use this long-distance transmission array to directly transmit it to Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, Kongzi was startled.


    Void tripod, a fourth-order magic weapon, is best at space Avenue. His mastery of the power of the road is far above Luo Wenhui.


    The void tripod was placed in the secret room of maple leaf mountain city for many years. It is not far from the place where the child and mother transfer plates are placed.


    Over the years, the disciples of Taiyi sect have used the long-distance transmission method array on the child mother transmission disk to transport personnel and materials. The void son has seen it and is familiar with the spatial fluctuation when the transmission method array is started.


    When Luo Wenhui cast the spell, the strange space force immediately startled the void son.


    Vanity son, an old man, always depends on his old age and sells his old age. No one looks up to him. He doesn''t even sell the face of leader Meng Zhang.


    But he is also an old master of Taiyi sect. When foreign enemies invade, he will not pretend to be confused and ignore it.


    Without the owner''s drive, the void tripod can''t exert much power.


    However, with his attainments in the space Avenue, Nihon secretly made a move and secretly created a little resistance for the enemy, which is still no problem.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun failed to cast the spell and did not successfully transmit it to Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate. It was because of the dark obstruction of vanity son.


    The veteran Kongzi has much more combat experience than Meng Zhang. He knows that Luo Wenhui Zhenjun, who has deep attainments on the space Avenue, is the key to the victory or defeat of this war. He has always focused on taking care of him, leaving him powerful and nowhere to use, and his skills can''t be brought into full play.


    When business letter Zhen Jun ran away, vanity son didn''t stop him.


    When Luo Wenhui really wanted to escape, he was plotted by vanity son.


    It was too late for him to react before he died.


    When Luo Wenhui was killed, Meng Zhang also felt the familiar power.


    Meng Zhang, who had been in contact with Xu Kongzi, recognized this hidden power.


    Meng Zhang didn''t notice when the old master shot and how he passed his power silently through the space barrier to this place.


    It''s just that business letter Zhenjun ran away. The rest waited, but Meng Zhang was not ready to let go.


    The nether child moves in the dark and disturbs the surrounding space, so that the enemy can''t smoothly perform the art of space shuttle.


    Seeing that the situation was wrong, the Liao brothers tried to escape without success.


    After Meng Zhang emptied his hand, he joined the siege of the Liao brothers with Xu Mengying.


    There is no suspense about the result of the battle. Liao Xing and Liao Yuan, the two yuan gods Zhenjun, all fell here.


    Fortunately, it is an independent space gap. After such a fierce Yuanshen war, it has not caused much damage to the environment of Jun dust world.

 Chapter 933

    If this war takes place in the Junchen world and the two sides do not deliberately control it, it may lead to the so-called disaster of heaven.


    Meng Zhang responded in time, blocking the enemy in this space gap and didn''t let them break into the Taiyi gate.


    Otherwise, the aftermath of the war will cause great damage to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, resulting in heavy casualties of taiyimen disciples.


    Of course, the void son has made great contributions.


    If he had not secretly interfered with the enemy, delayed the enemy and stopped the enemy''s action, Meng Zhang might not have had time to respond.


    After this fierce war, the space gap has been greatly damaged, the space structure has been very unstable, and the whole space gap is shaky, which looks like it will completely collapse at any time.


    Meng Zhang did not stay here too long. After cleaning up the battlefield and collecting the booty, they used the art of space shuttle to leave here and return to the grass slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang even ignored the past and hurried back to the Mountain Gate in order to eliminate hidden dangers.


    After the battle, Kongzi told the weak water god that he would leave the secret room where the child and mother transmission plates were placed and return to the Kongzi tripod.


    Weak water god will be a sincere grateful void.


    If there is no void son to intervene this time, with her cultivation of golden elixir period, she will not be able to interfere in the battle at this level.


    It was really a disaster for the enemy of Yuanshen level to break into maple leaf mountain city.


    Even if maple leaf mountain city tries its best, it can''t stop the Yuanshen level enemy.


    After Meng Zhang took everyone back to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, he immediately called Li Chongyi, the leader of the business hall in the gate, and asked him to bring all the Kongming stones purchased from Datong business alliance to him.


    Previously, Meng Zhang, as the leader of a school, was high above the world and busy with affairs. He had no leisure to intervene in these affairs.


    Moreover, Datong business union has a good reputation and goodwill, and no one thought that the goods purchased would be passive.


    This time, Zhenjun in the business letter judged that it was nothing for taiyimen to have a long-distance transmission array, but Meng Zhang could not find another explanation for being able to lock the track of the long-distance transmission array in many spaces, except that the empty ghost stone had been passive.


    When Meng Zhang showed his false magic eye and released his mind to carefully check these empty dark stones, it took a lot of effort to check the problem.


    Most of the Kongming stones purchased from Datong commercial alliance were infiltrated with a spice called yinkong incense by special means before they were sold.


    Yinkong incense is said to be a spice. In fact, in the eyes of most practitioners, it is colorless and tasteless.


    When the empty ghost stone is consumed and the long-distance space transmission array is started, the air introduction fragrance will be contaminated on the temporarily constructed space channel.


    The long-distance space transmission array has been started for many times, which consumes a lot of empty ghost stones, and more and more empty incense remains in the space gap along the space channel.


    In the eyes of the monks who have practiced the special secret arts, this is an obvious track, which can be used to locate the long-distance space transmission Dharma array in many spaces.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun of Qifu League is good at using this means.


    After Meng Zhang found out the whole story, his face was livid, and he blamed himself for being too careless and missing the minimum prevention.


    Fortunately, this good luck combined with our own strength made the enemy unsuccessful.


    Knowing that there was a problem with the Kongming stone, immortal Li Chongyi, who was in charge of purchasing, knelt down in front of Meng Zhang and pleaded guilty.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was not to blame for such a thing.


    Such a secret means, even if the yuan God Zhenjun is not careful, he will be fooled over, not to mention that he is only a Jindan friar.


    Of course, the necessary punishment is inevitable.


    Only by giving small punishments and great commandments can we wake up the disciples and let everyone be more careful in the future.


    There is no other harm in introducing air incense. Although this batch of empty ghost stones infiltrated with empty incense can not be used to start the long-distance transmission method array, they can also be used to refine various magic tools.


    And now that the criminal evidence is in hand, Meng Zhang will not easily let go of Datong business alliance.


    Apart from the empty ghost stones purchased from Datong Commercial Union, there are not many empty ghost stones in taiyimen inventory.


    As a matter of caution, Meng Zhang carefully checked these empty ghost stones and confirmed that there were no problems before allowing the disciples to start the long-distance transmission Dharma array.


    However, the number of these empty ghost stones is not large, and they can''t last long.


    Meng Zhang had to order to reduce the use times of the child and mother transfer tray and strictly control the consumption of the empty ghost stone before obtaining a new empty ghost stone.


    During the war between Meng Zhang and the invading enemy, there was no peace in the gale city next to the endless sand sea.


    Some time ago, the friars from the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty contacted the friars of the ancient moon family of Dafeng City for many times, threatened and lured them, and tried all means to win over each other.


    Jin Lizhen, who was arranged by Meng Zhang to sit in Dafeng City, is mainly responsible for preventing the ancient moon family in Dafeng City from being annexed.


    On the one hand, she asked the Guyue family in Dafeng City to strengthen prevention and restrain the people.


    On the other hand, she is also prepared to warn the visitors of the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty not to be so arrogant under her own eyes and regard herself as nothing.


    The ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty sent ancient moon Shuyao to confront Jin Lizhen.


    Gu Yue Shuyao is a nun who looks very bookish and has an extraordinary temperament.


    As the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Xiuzhen family, she thinks she can easily beat Jin Lizhen.


    Although there was no direct fight, after several attempts, she reluctantly admitted that Jin Lizhen''s strength was above her.


    Fortunately, at this time, Zhou Hongliang Zhenjun of miaodan club also rushed to Dafeng City.


    Although there was no formal war, Gu Yueshu Yao, who had a helper, suddenly increased his confidence.


    After testing Zhenjun, Zhou Hongliang knew that jinlizhen was very difficult to deal with.


    In particular, the power of the yellow sand ten thousand miles map in her hand is amazing.


    Gu Yueshu Yao and Zhou Hongliang Zhenjun joined hands. Even if they could barely defeat Jin Lizhen, it would be difficult to hit him hard, let alone kill him.


    Gu Yue Shuyao and Zhou Hongliang Zhenjun soon reached a consensus and were unwilling to do useless work.


    The two of them put pressure on Jin Lizhen Jun to make it difficult to get away.


    Of course, with Jin Lizhen''s temper, even if he is at a disadvantage in the face of two friars of the same rank, he will not give in actively. And I won''t run away before fighting.


    So the three confronted each other in Dafeng City.


    Fortunately, everyone has their own scruples and there is no big fight.


    Gale city sits on the crater like this. It seems calm and may erupt at any time.


    Once the two sides fight, if they do not deliberately control it, the aftermath of the battle will be enough to destroy gale city.

 Chapter 934

    Gu Yue Shuyao and Zhou Hongliang Zhenjun of Miao Dan club, although they were not sure to win Jin Lizhen, they firmly entangled her in Dafeng City, making it impossible for them to get away easily, which was also an initial goal.


    This time, the business letter Zhenjun organized people to take the initiative to sneak attack. As the injured party, Meng Zhang would not swallow this tone.


    If you don''t make any response, others think taiyimen is weak and people can be bullied.


    Of course, the strength of large foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance is too strong to compete with taiyimen alone.


    If we contact the local Xiuzhen forces and launch all the families in the alliance to attack together, Meng Zhang has no such appeal for the time being.


    The cohesion of this loose alliance is not strong. Until the trouble is found in their own head, everyone will not feel empathy, let alone easily stand out for Taiyi gate.


    Moreover, after the last crackdown by the governor''s office, it is really not good to fight again.


    However, it is absolutely impossible for Meng Zhang to give up so well.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. If he wants to fight back against these guys of Datong business alliance, he''d better rely on the power of Dali imperial government.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, has made a clear warning to all forces that they are not allowed to fight in Jiuqu province.


    This time, Meng Zhang is reasonable. You can ask the governor''s office for help.


    Even if governor Zhang Wei can scruple the dignitaries behind the Datong business alliance, it is impossible for him to ignore his authority as governor.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t expect governor Zhang Wei to punish Datong business alliance, but wants a statement to add a little trouble to Datong business alliance.


    Meng Zhang told everyone to guard the Taiyi gate and asked Xu Mengying to stay on baicaopo for a few more days.


    Then he left baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, and went to xiongshiling first.


    The communication stone tablet awarded by Dali imperial court was placed here by him.


    He reported directly to the governor''s office through the communication stone tablet that taiyimen was suddenly attacked by Datong business alliance and other organizations, resulting in heavy casualties and countless losses.


    Meng Zhang deliberately made an awkward gesture and asked the governor''s house for help.


    If it seems to those who do not know the situation that the governor''s office does not rescue in time, Taiyi gate may be destroyed.


    Meng Zhang''s request for help soon reached the ears of Marshal Zhang Weineng, the governor.


    If the business letter Zhenjun and their sneak attack went well, they successfully killed Meng Zhang and destroyed Taiyi gate. Even if governor Zhang Weineng is dissatisfied, it is difficult for him to stand out for the Taiyi gate in the face of a fait accompli.


    The powerful people behind Datong business alliance come forward and pay some price to buy Zhang Weineng. Maybe they can really turn big things into small things.


    Although Zhang Weineng is optimistic about Meng Zhang, he will not offend the dignitaries behind the Datong Business Alliance for the sake of a dead man.


    But the action failed and left several bodies.


    As a victim, Meng Zhang appealed to the governor''s office for help through formal channels. Governor Zhang Weineng must not ignore it.


    Dali Dynasty is a place where there are royal laws. Everything has certain rules.


    Even the most important officials in the court and the royal children can''t act wantonly.


    No matter how powerful the foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance are, they can''t cover up the sky and do whatever they want.


    In the Dali imperial dynasty, even in the remote territory such as Jiuqu Province, the most powerful force is the Dali imperial official.


    Last time, the conflict between these big foreign merchants and local forces in Jiuqu province lasted for many years. There were more incidents in Datong business alliance. This made governor Zhang Wei very dissatisfied.


    Of course, he didn''t believe Meng Zhang''s request for help.


    Both governor Zhang Weineng and Wen Dongzhen, who has dealt with Meng Zhang many times, have some understanding of Meng Zhang''s temperament.


    He is mostly exaggerating and wants to put pressure on Datong business alliance.


    However, in any case, the troubles caused by Datong business alliance''s active attack on taiyimen must be solved. Moreover, Meng Zhang openly asked for help and also responded.


    This time, governor Zhang Weineng didn''t come forward, but asked Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun to take a team of governor''s house guards and take a flying shuttle to the endless sand sea as soon as possible.


    They are the official representatives of Dali imperial dynasty. As long as they get to the land, no matter how strong the belligerents are and how fierce the fight is, they dare not fight against them.


    The flying shuttle landed outside Xiongshi mountain. It was heard that dongzhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun were old acquaintances of Meng Zhang. They entered Xiongshi mountain and met Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was safe and sound, Wen Dongzhen knew that he had guessed right. This guy was really exaggerating.


    As soon as Meng Zhang saw Wen Dongzhen, he was full of bitterness and kept complaining.


    At this time, Meng Zhang did not have the slightest true monarch of the yuan God. The demeanor of the leader of the school was very much like a bitter man who had been wronged.


    How innocent Taiyi gate is. He sits at home behind closed doors. Misfortune comes from heaven. When he practices in the gate, he is attacked by Datong business alliance.


    Taiyimen paid a heavy price to beat back the invaders of Datong business alliance.


    Up to now, there are still strong enemies peeping at Dafeng City, but taiyimen can''t do anything.


    All have come, and Meng Zhang pulls an old face and looks like a victim. Wen Dongzhen Jun can''t ignore it.


    Wen dongzhenjun first asked Hengdao Zhenjun to go to Dafeng City to stabilize the situation there.


    Gale city is not far from the endless sand sea. Hengdao Zhenjun quickly arrived at his destination.


    At this time, Gu Yueshu Yao and Zhou Hongliang Zhenjun were working together to suppress Jin Lizhen.


    Hengdao Zhenjun has a bad temper and a rough character.


    He was born in a poor family. After joining the army, he stood out because he dared to fight and fight.


    Later, he was willing to take strange risks and went undercover in the Jiuqu League. Only then did he have his current status.


    He has always been unhappy with such a big family as the ancient moon family and the wonderful Dan Club supported by dignitaries.


    He didn''t bother to take care of the bad things of these people because he was not provoked and had no interest.


    This time, on the order of governor Zhang Weineng, he came to deal with the attack on taiyimen. He didn''t mind giving these unpleasant guys some color to see.


    In the name of the governor''s office, he stopped the actions of Gu Yueshu Yao and Zhou Hongliang Zhenjun.


    He scolded them and told them to go away.


    Neither Gu Yueshu Yao nor Zhou Hongliang can confront the governor''s office.


    In desperation, they only left gale city in dismay.


    The problem was solved. Hengdao Zhenjun didn''t bother to talk to Jin lizhenjun. He directly returned to Xiongshi mountain to negotiate with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang publicly accused Datong business alliance and removed the bodies of Liao brothers. Wen dongzhenjun had to deal with it even if he didn''t want to do much and offend others.


    He sent an envoy to the branch of Datong Commercial Union in Jiuqu province and asked Datong commercial union to send someone to explain the incident.

 Chapter 935

    It is said that Zhenjun, the business letter of Datong business alliance, managed to escape the battlefield and return to the big city of Datong business alliance with a lot of life-saving things.


    The action that was supposed to be safe will fail.


    After the defeat, the enemy opened up a large number of murders, which made the real king of the business letter a little afraid.


    After escaping back, I didn''t wait for others to return for a long time. Business letter Zhenjun knew that most of them were bad.


    Meng Zhang is well-known and has long been a figure on the side of fame.


    However, the business letter Zhenjun paid limited attention to him before. He didn''t think that the steamed stuffed bun from a remote place could really have much ability.


    There is no tiger in the mountain, and the monkey is called the king. Meng Zhang is also in such a remote place. He is absolutely vulnerable to the strong from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Business letter Zhenjun never thought that it would be such a result if he really started.


    It''s all right that the operation failed, but it''s not easy for him to explain the loss of so many people.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun is an array master of the Qi Fu alliance. He has a high status and plays a great role in the Qi Fu alliance.


    The Liao family, to which Liao Yuan and Liao Xing belong, is a big family in the Datong business alliance, and their strength and influence are not weaker than those of businessmen.


    Business letter Zhenjun only ran for his life and threw them to the enemy. This behavior is too bad.


    Knowing that it was difficult to bear such consequences, the business letter Zhenjun did not dare to inform others of the failure.


    He waited silently, waiting for the miracle to happen.


    Perhaps those abandoned companions, Hong Fuqi, escaped from Meng Zhang''s death.


    Business letter Zhenjun''s fluke made him make a mistake again and failed to inform the major forces including Datong business alliance in time.


    This operation failed. We needed to respond in time and face all kinds of consequences. However, due to the delay of the business letter Zhenjun, the major forces knew nothing about it.


    When Meng Zhang complained and the governor''s office intervened in the matter, the big foreign businessmen knew that the situation was bad.


    At this time, the precious time has passed, and the three major businesses have lost their initiative and become very passive.


    Although governor Zhang Weineng did not come forward directly, he sent Wen Dongzhen as his representative to deal with the matter.


    But he kept in touch with Wen dongzhenjun and was paying attention to it at any time.


    The process of this matter is not complicated. So far, Datong business alliance is also difficult to keep secret.


    Wen Dongzhen soon found out what had happened and reported it to governor Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang, as a bitter Lord, kept pestering Wen Dongzhen.


    These guys from Datong business alliance started the trouble again behind their backs. Zhang Wei was very unhappy about such a big noise.


    In order to appease Meng Zhang, give an account to taiyimen, and let Datong business alliance have a long memory and always remember who is the master of Jiuqu province.


    Governor Zhang Wei can directly come forward to put pressure on large foreign businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    I don''t know how Zhang Weineng talked to the other party. Anyway, big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance had a little blood to appease Zhang Weineng.


    With Zhang Weineng''s status, ordinary spirit stones and the like are not taken into account at all.


    Dali''s generous treatment from the imperial dynasty has long spoiled his appetite. It''s not easy to feed him.


    In this loss, big businesses such as Datong business alliance basically compensated for the profits of doing business in recent years.


    It''s not over to buy Zhang Weineng. We have to appease Meng Zhang.


    The three major merchants, Datong business alliance, Qifu alliance and miaodan Association, together arranged representatives to negotiate with Meng Zhang and asked him to promise not to pursue this matter again.


    Meng Zhang knew that he could not take advantage of this to bring down the three major businesses, so he simply opened his mouth and asked for sky high compensation.


    How can the three major merchants accept Meng Zhang''s blackmail, but can''t let the negotiation break down. They can only be patient to bargain with Meng Zhang.


    Wen dongzhenjun also wanted to solve the matter, and received the benefits of the three major businesses, so he had to help make peace.


    After a difficult negotiation, the two sides barely reached an agreement.


    Meng Zhang will no longer investigate this matter, and after the three major merchants, they are absolutely not allowed to invade taiyimen territory, let alone take the initiative to provoke disputes.


    As for the overall contraction of the power of the three major merchants, it is a small matter to withdraw from Dafeng City and stay away from the sphere of influence of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang asked the three major merchants to compensate for the heavy losses of ether gate B.


    This action was originally based on Datong business alliance. Business letter Zhenjun personally organized it. After the failure, he didn''t inform everyone in time, so that everyone didn''t respond in time.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also took the empty ghost stone that had been made hands and feet directly to Wen dongzhenjun and others.


    The bad news of Datong business alliance as Dali imperial dynasty also spread back to the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty, which alerted the headquarters of Datong business alliance.


    Commercial organizations such as Datong business alliance attach great importance to their own image and attach great importance to goodwill.


    If something like this happens, there must be a clean-up inside and some scapegoats will be launched.


    In order to make Meng Zhang the victim no longer investigated, Datong business alliance needs to pay a lot of price.


    In general, the three major merchants, especially the Datong business alliance, took out a lot of cultivation materials as compensation for Meng Zhang.


    Thirty bottles of nine day essence, two hundred wisps of jade qinglingji, and ten boxes of empty dark stones


    With a lesson from the past, Meng Zhang called the good Yuanshen Zhenjun for all kinds of cultivation materials compensated by the three major merchants, and spent a lot of time on careful inspection.


    The three major businesses are not fools. They will do tricks on these materials.


    This time, the governor''s office came forward and let the three major businesses produce some blood before settling the matter.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to pursue, because he knew that it was useless to pursue. It''s good to let the three major businesses pay these prices.


    Under the supervision of the governor''s office, the two sides have reconciled and agreed not to continue to cause trouble.


    However, Meng Zhang knew that after this incident, the two sides formed a blood feud, the hatred was deeper, and their faces were completely torn, and they were officially in a state of hostility.


    Peace will not last long. Maybe in the near future, the two sides will fight again.


    Of course, after learning the lesson of this failure, the other party will not despise Meng Zhang again and will pay enough attention to Meng Zhang.


    Next time, if it is launched again, it will mobilize stronger forces to rush at Taiyi gate with a powerful momentum.


    What Meng Zhang can do is to strengthen himself and taiyimen as much as possible. Before the enemy starts, he has enough strength to protect himself.

 Chapter 936

    In addition to the compensation given by the three major businesses, Meng Zhang won the war in the space gap, and they also obtained a lot of booty.


    The several yuan gods Zhenjun who were killed were not poor and had some wealth. In particular, Luo Wenhui Zhenjun of Qifu League is the richest.


    Meng Zhang was busy complaining to the governor''s house before. He used the power of the governor''s house to solve this matter. He had no time to deal with the booty.


    When the governor''s office came forward and forcibly terminated the dispute between the two sides, taiyimen achieved peace for the time being. Meng Zhang had time to count these spoils slowly and prepare for fair distribution.


    Wen dongzhenjun left with Hengdao Zhenjun after the matter was settled.


    In his eyes, Meng Zhang is not a safe guy. If Jiuqu League has him, there will be a lot of trouble.


    In this incident, the three major businesses also spent a lot of money to buy Wen dongzhenjun, which gave him a lot of benefits.


    Before leaving, Wen Dongzhen couldn''t help reminding Meng Zhang not to fight with the three major merchants in Jiuqu province.


    Wen dongzhenjun also knows that peace between the two sides is temporary, and sooner or later they will have a bigger war.


    He asked himself that he had no ability to stop such a war, so he had to retreat and ask them not to start a war in Jiuqu Province, so as not to add trouble to the governor''s office.


    Meng Zhang posed as a victim and directly told Wen dongzhenjun that such a thing was not decided by himself.


    Each time, the three major businesses took the initiative, and they were only forced to fight back.


    Hearing this, Wen Dongzhen didn''t bother to say much, so he had to leave directly.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of things to do next.


    Even with the ability of three major businesses such as Datong business alliance, it takes a lot of time to transfer such a large amount of compensation materials slowly.


    In particular, some materials have to be transported from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, which will take more time.


    According to the agreement, as long as the compensation is completed within half a year, it is not a breach of contract.


    Meng Zhang also spent a lot of time to slowly check each sent cultivation materials.


    After sorting out all the items on the dead Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang distributed them fairly to all the people participating in the war.


    Liao Yuan and Liao Xing, two yuan gods, have two fourth-order magic weapons on each of them, one for attack and one for defense. And after they were killed, they remained roughly intact.


    Zhao Junli Zhenjun has three fourth-order magic weapons, but two of them have been damaged.


    Of course, as long as the damage of the fourth-order magic instrument is not too serious, it can be repaired slowly.


    The dead Luo Wenhui Zhenjun not only contributed three fourth-order magic weapons, but also contributed many precious heaven and Earth Spirit objects.


    Among them, a fourth-order Xumi stone is the most precious and rare.


    When the monk reaches the middle stage of Yuanshen, he can refine an independent mustard space.


    This independent mustard space can be used to store all kinds of personal belongings of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Compared with various storage methods, mustard space is more safe and reliable.


    The size and level of the refined mustard space are related to the refining techniques and the materials used.


    If you only use ordinary empty ghost stone, the refined mustard space can only store dead objects, which is not different from ordinary storage magic tools.


    If you are willing to invest materials, the refined mustard space is not only very large, but also can raise living creatures.


    As a monk with inheritance, Meng Zhang also knows that mustard space can be improved.


    As long as a good foundation is laid and precious resources are continuously invested in the future, mustard space can even be upgraded to a small world for living creatures to thrive in.


    It is said that if a friar has mastered a certain secret method, he can even use the power of the small world to fight.


    The Xumi stone in front of us is undoubtedly one of the best materials for refining mustard space.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun worked hard to get this Xumi stone. It is estimated that it is also used to refine mustard space.


    However, he took part in the attack on taiyimen this time. He died before he was successful. It can be regarded as making a wedding dress for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was the friar who made the greatest contribution to the war. He laid the battle situation and killed the worst enemy.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, in the distribution of booty, he not only deserved the largest share, but also had the priority of distribution.


    Including xumishi, all the spiritual objects on Luo Wenhui Zhenjun were collected by Meng Zhang.


    Among the three fourth order magic weapons on Luo Wenhui Zhenjun, the array plate is the most precious and is his life magic weapon.


    After his death, this life magic instrument was also severely damaged and his spirit was greatly damaged.


    However, Meng Zhang chose this array plate.


    Wen qiansuan, the younger disciple favored by Meng Zhang, has reached the golden elixir period and is not far from breaking through the yuan God period.


    This array plate is given to this disciple who is proficient in array and should be able to play a greater role.


    The four step flying sword startling Hong sword on Luo Wenhui Zhenjun is a very good flying sword.


    However, Luo Wenhui Zhenjun''s swordsmanship is mediocre, and he can''t give full play to the power of this flying sword. Most of the time, this flying sword is just for appearance.


    Funny to say, Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship is superb and good at defending the sword. However, the fourth order magic weapon was rare. Even when he entered the yuan God period, he didn''t have a flying sword in his hand.


    A thousand army sword was captured before, but Meng Zhang exploded the flying sword directly in the battle because the weapon spirit didn''t cooperate.


    Now that he had captured the startling sword, Meng ZhangYue was more satisfied and directly pocketed it.


    As an assassin with brilliant achievements, Zhao Junli Zhenjun, who has participated in many assassinations, is also rich.


    Zhao Junli''s two refined fourth-order magic tools were damaged in the fight with Meng Zhang.


    He accidentally got a pair of fourth-order magic tools, wind and thunder hammers, but he had no ability to refine them, so he had to save them carefully.


    Now he is defeated and dead, and everything on him is cheap for nothing, Meng Zhang.


    Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, is breaking through the Yuanshen period in seclusion, and his major skill is the true solution of wind and thunder.


    Meng Zhang put away the pair of wind and thunder hammers and prepared them as a gift to Niu Dawei after he successfully passed the pass to celebrate his breakthrough in Yuanshen period.


    After Meng Zhang chose the booty first, Yang Xueyi, he luozhenjun and Xu Mengying continued to distribute the remaining booty.


    Yang Xueyi, who had just broken through the Yuanshen period and had no fourth-order magic tools, finally made up for this shortcoming and obtained the fourth-order magic tools.


    We are not the kind of people who haggle over everything. There is no dispute when distributing the booty.


    And although Yang Xueyi is a new Yuanshen, her strength is not weak. In this Yuanshen war, the contribution made is not small.


    After some discussion, we divided up the spoils of war with each other, and each was satisfied.

 Chapter 937

    Shortly after distributing the booty, Xu Mengying left Taiyi gate and returned to Huanglian holy mountain.


    Meng Zhang, they want to refine the newly acquired magic tools and supervise the cultivation materials compensated by the three major merchants. There are a lot of things.


    Jin Lizhen also went back to Taiyi gate.


    From Meng Zhang''s mouth, after knowing this Yuanshen war, she felt very sorry that she missed a wonderful war.


    Of course, it should be difficult for her to get away and return to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The three merchants compensate taiyimen for the cultivation materials, many of which have to be transferred from Dali to the mainland of the imperial dynasty, and it will take some time to deliver them.


    The distance between Jiuqu province and Dali, the native land of the imperial dynasty, is too far, and the transportation is inconvenient.


    Now, Dali has sent array mages to the mainland of the imperial dynasty. With the full assistance of the governor''s office of Jiuqu Province, they survey the earth''s veins and prepare to deploy a long-distance transmission array to directly connect Dali to the mainland of the imperial dynasty and Jiuqu province.


    When the long-distance transmission array is successfully arranged, the traffic time between the two places will be greatly shortened and countless conveniences will be brought.


    The effect of long-distance transmission array is too great. In particular, the vast cultivation forces in some territories can firmly control the territory by means of long-distance transmission of Dharma array.


    Taiyimen has no ability to arrange long-distance transmission array, only relying on a set of child and mother transmission disks.


    One master disk and two sub disks have brought countless benefits to taiyimen and played an important strategic role.


    In the history of taiyimen, with this set of child and mother transmission disks, the war situation of the great war was reversed.


    Up to now, only a set of child and mother transfer disks can not meet the various needs of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is eager to have a long-distance transmission array and hopes that taiyimen can also have the ability to arrange.


    The arrangement method of long-distance transmission array is the secret of the major cultivation forces. Not to mention the arrangement of long-distance transmission array, it still needs to consume a lot of precious materials.


    In the Treasury of the Dali imperial dynasty, there are also magic tools such as child and mother transfer plates, which can be exchanged by subordinates.


    However, Meng Zhang could not exchange so many military skills for such magic weapons for the time being.


    The ability to arrange long-distance transmission array has become a very important strategic goal of taiyimen.


    When Meng Zhang had free time, he began to refine the fourth order flying sword and startling Hong sword.


    At the beginning of Yuan Shen''s cultivation, he can refine three fourth-order magic tools. Now his cultivation has broken through to the middle of Yuanshen. He has no problem refining five or six fourth-order magic tools.


    Moreover, with the improvement of cultivation, he can refine more fourth-order magic tools.


    Of course, the more refined fourth-order magic tools, the heavier their own burden, which will delay the speed of cultivation.


    Everyone has his own choice between his own cultivation and his ability to protect the road.


    Meng Zhang calmed down and deeply understood the startling sword. He couldn''t help sighing in his heart.


    Luo Wenhui, Zhenjun, didn''t know what shit luck he had. He was able to get such a high-end flying sword.


    This startling sword fell into his hands, which didn''t know how to use swordsmanship. It was like a pearl casting from the sky. It couldn''t play much role at all.


    The spirit of Jinghong sword is in a deep sleep most of the time, and there is not much time to wake up,


    The refining of others is just an instinctive resistance. With limited resistance, it is easy to refine.


    Of course, it takes a lot of effort to refine this flying rainbow sword completely.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun didn''t refine this startling sword completely, but he refined it roughly and obtained some ordinary control permissions, which was barely able to use.


    This is convenient for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has mastered many practical secrets about how to seize control of others'' fourth-order magic tools and how to refine fourth-order magic tools.


    Without much effort, Meng Zhang easily dispelled the Yuanshen brand left by Luo Wenhui in Jinghong sword.


    Next, he awakened the spirit of Jinghong sword with a secret method.


    A young man in white with red lips and white teeth appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Judging from the young man''s weak appearance, he was seriously injured and in poor condition.


    Although he didn''t touch Jinghong sword for a long time, Meng Zhang has felt part of the will of Jinghong sword.


    The spirit of Jinghong sword is very arrogant. I only want to submit to a swordsman.


    The original owner of Jinghong sword is a very powerful swordsmanship master.


    After the original owner of Jinghong sword fell, the spirit of Jinghong sword was also seriously damaged and fell into a deep sleep.


    After many twists and turns, Jinghong sword fell into the hands of Luo Wenhui Zhenjun.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun is not the satisfied master of Jinghong sword spirit, and has not been fully recognized by the spirit.


    Of course, although the spirit of Jinghong sword is arrogant, it is not stupid, let alone rigid. When there is no way, you know how to be flexible.


    The spirit of Jinghong sword temporarily subdues Luo Wenhui''s true monarchs and officials to obtain his original divine power to nourish himself.


    The spirit of Jinghong sword has always been reserved and did not serve Luo Wenhui Zhenjun wholeheartedly.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun himself is not good at fighting swords.


    This startling sword is in his hand. It is not much different from other magic tools. It is used by conventional means.


    Meng Zhang and Luo Wenhui are different in essence. He has received a brilliant sword inheritance and has a superb sword talent. Of course, he should make full use of this flying sword and let it give full play to its power.


    Meng Zhang was not satisfied with the superficial submission of the spirit of startling Hong''s sword, but wanted to completely subdue it.


    The spirit of the fourth order flying sword is also called the spirit of the sword.


    The most direct way to subdue him completely is to show his superb swordsmanship and convince him.


    Meng Zhang poured a large amount of Yuan Shen''s power into Jinghong sword, which temporarily restored the spirit''s vitality.


    Meng Zhang had no nonsense and directly expressed his intention to fight the sword.


    The spirit of Jinghong sword claimed to be Jinghong Zi and accepted Meng Zhang''s challenge very calmly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to win, let alone rely on his brute force.


    He suppressed his cultivation at the same level as Jing Hongzi, turned a sharp sword with Zhenyuan, and fought with Jing Hongzi.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship has never been put down.


    From his youth, he had a dream beyond the sky.


    Although he didn''t become a swordsman, he practiced swordsmanship hard and invested a lot of time and energy in swordsmanship.


    There is no too clever sword repair inheritance in Taiyi gate, but there are still several sets of clever sword inheritance.


    On his way to practice, Meng Zhang also got the inheritance of swordsmanship from other families because of chance.


    I dare not say that he has learned from a hundred schools. At least he has rich knowledge and extensive knowledge.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, he slowly learned fencing and learned from each other. He has become a master of fencing.

 Chapter 938

    If Meng Zhang wants to completely subdue the sword spirit of Jinghong sword, he will not take advantage of him, but fight fairly and convince him.


    Although Jing Hong''s sword spirit Jing Hong Zi only got the nourishment of Meng Zhang''s Yuanshen power, the power level is still far from being restored to the Yuanshen period. For the time being, it is only the strength of the golden elixir period.


    Meng Zhang also controlled his cultivation in the golden elixir period and fought with Jing Hongzi.


    Although Jing Hongzi is only a sword spirit, because of the influence of his original owner, he has excellent swordsmanship, rich experience in fighting swords, and has mastered many excellent swordsmanship.


    In particular, Meng Zhang was greatly impressed by a set of startling Hongjian Jue. After it was displayed, it had a myriad of atmosphere and extraordinary momentum.


    Praise comes back to praise. Meng Zhang will not relax.


    He didn''t use the swordsmanship of pressing the bottom of the box, but several sets of ordinary swordsmanship were used alternately. After fighting for a long time, the battle ended without suspense.


    Meng Zhang''s powerful sword cultivation completely defeated Jing Hongzi and made him completely submit.


    With the complete submission of the sword spirit, Meng Zhang didn''t spend much time to completely control the startled Hong sword.


    Meng Zhang tried to practice his swordsmanship. The more he practiced his swordsmanship, the more he liked this flying sword.


    Controlling this flying sword like arms and fingers can greatly enhance his power to use his swordsmanship.


    Jing Hongzi has not recovered from his serious injury. Meng Zhang will slowly warm him up with the power of the yuan God in the future. At the same time, it will also collect some useful natural materials and earth treasures for their healing.


    Luo Wenhui Zhenjun didn''t pay attention to Jinghong sword at first, but used it as an ordinary fourth-order flying sword. Naturally, he refused to spend too much energy to treat Jianling''s injury.


    Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship is superb. In the future, defending the sword against the enemy will become one of his main fighting means. Of course, he was willing to devote himself to healing the sword spirit and restoring the full power of the flying sword.


    The three major merchants such as Datong business alliance compensate Taiyi gate for all kinds of cultivation materials, which are being sent to Taiyi gate one after another.


    When each batch of cultivation materials is delivered, Meng Zhang will carefully check with the monks in the door to see if there are hidden problems.


    Datong business alliance and other businesses did not play tricks this time. They honestly admitted defeat. There was no problem with the cultivation materials handed over.


    With this batch of cultivation materials, we can solve many problems of Taiyi gate.


    Besides, the empty ghost stone compensated by Datong commercial union can at least ensure the normal operation of the child and mother conveyor for a long time.


    Although the parties involved in the war did not deliberately publicize the war, the results of the battle soon spread.


    The means used by the Datong business alliance and others this time have been widely publicized in Jiuqu province.


    Many monks who have purchased cultivation materials from these big businesses can''t help being suspicious.


    At this time, all kinds of rumors spread everywhere.


    There is a back door hidden in the magic weapons sold by the weapon Rune alliance. The friar of the weapon Rune alliance can regain control of the magic weapons at any time.


    Among the pills sold by Miao Dan society, they have been passive, which implies a vicious means of prohibition.


    As long as the prohibition is activated, the friar who takes the pill will be completely controlled by Miao Dan and become his puppet


    All kinds of true and false rumors spread everywhere and spread very fast.


    For a while, it had a great impact on the goodwill of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance and greatly damaged their business.


    As a last resort, the three merchants went to the governor''s house and asked the governor''s house to endorse the three merchants.


    After thinking for a while, governor Zhang Wei also felt that these rumors could not be allowed to spread wantonly.


    In fact, it is in the interests of the Dali Dynasty for the three major merchants to enter the Jiuqu Province on a large scale and slowly control the commerce and trade here. Behind it, there are many local support from the Dali Dynasty.


    Jiuqu provincial governor''s office, Danshi guild, well-known Yuanshen Zhenjun and Jindan immortal all came forward to refute the rumor, saying that there was absolutely no problem with the goods sold by the three major merchants such as Datong business alliance.


    Datong business alliance and other three major businesses spent a lot of effort to quell these rumors.


    Among them, their respective businesses have suffered heavy losses.


    Local Xiuzhen forces took advantage of this period of time to recover some fields and recapture some markets.


    Of course, after the three major businesses calmed down the rumors, they basically lost all the markets they recaptured.


    Fortunately, rumors can not be completely eradicated. Moreover, the action of Datong business alliance was really caught by taiyimen.


    Among the Jiuqu provinces, some practitioners are more or less suspicious of these large foreign businesses.


    All kinds of cultivation materials produced by the local cultivation forces do not have a market at all. From time to time, they can still meet a buyer.


    Datong business alliance and other three major merchants recorded this account on Meng Zhang''s head and believed that Meng Zhang was making trouble in the dark.


    But this time, they wronged Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not the initiator of the storm. He remembered the warning of the governor''s office and didn''t take the initiative to pick things up.


    Xu Mengying, the leader of the Huanglian sect, was behind the storm.


    After leaving taiyimen and returning to Huanglian holy mountain, she personally participated in the war. She was very clear about all kinds of details. She soon formulated this plan to crack down on large foreign merchants led by Datong business alliance by spreading all kinds of rumors.


    Among them, all members of Meng Zhang''s alliance have contributed to the flames, actively participated and made every effort to expand the impact of this matter.


    The local Xiuzhen forces, which have been suppressed for a long time by large foreign merchants, will keep up as long as someone starts without orders, spread rumors and try their best to recapture the lost market.


    After Meng Zhang discovered this situation, of course, he had to fan the flames and profit from it.


    Anyway, rumors are not expensive to spread, but the effect is very good.


    Taiyimen has done similar acts more than once.


    Meng Zhang just gave a little sign, and the disciples of the sect would naturally take action to make the storm bigger and bigger.


    After the governor''s office came forward, Meng Zhang stopped and asked Taiyi gate and its vassal forces to keep a low profile and not to be a leader.


    It''s not a big deal to be hated by big businesses such as Datong business alliance. Anyway, they have long been enemies of life and death. Adding more hatred is no big deal.


    Meng Zhang has no taboo as long as he does not openly provoke the governor''s house.


    Although the storm did not last long, it caused great losses to the three major businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Even under the influence of rumors, the compensation materials that should be handed over to taiyimen were handed over in full and on time, and there was no excuse for causing trouble to taiyimen.


    Xu Mengying did a good job this time. It cost the least and caused the greatest loss to the enemy.


    In front of the disciples of the sect, Meng Zhang praised her means many times to let the disciples learn more.

 Chapter 939

    It took nearly a year for big merchants such as Datong business alliance to hand over all the compensated cultivation materials to taiyimen.


    After the leader Meng Zhang and other middle and high-level officials carefully checked, all materials were sent to the door for storage. The handover of materials between the two sides is over.


    The dispute between taiyimen and the three major businesses has come to an end for the time being. Both sides should be at peace for a long time.


    After this tragic failure, they should not take the initiative to attack taiyimen until they are not sure enough.


    Thanks to the efforts of Meng Zhang and others, taiyimen won valuable development time, and Meng Zhang also had a breathing space.


    When big businesses such as Datong business alliance are in trouble again, they will meet stronger rivals.


    During this year, Yang Xueyi also refined the fourth-order magic weapon assigned last time.


    Originally, as a talisman practitioner, she practiced the five elements of heaven talisman Sutra and cultivated a true life talisman, the five elements of heaven talisman, which is better than many fourth-order magic tools.


    However, Meng Zhang let her refine a body protecting magic weapon - Baiyun pa.


    This fourth-order magic weapon captured from Liao Xingzhen has strong body protection ability.


    When Liao Xingzhen was killed, this body protecting magic weapon was not seriously damaged.


    Yang Xueyi only needs to put some material in the sky and put it in the upper air, so that he can fully absorb the essence of the clouds, and then he will be able to repair it naturally.


    With Yang Xueyi''s ability, it is not difficult to accept the spirit of Baiyun PA and thoroughly refine this magic instrument.


    When facing the enemy in the future, you only need to sacrifice this white cloud, which will show white clouds one after another and cover the whole body up and down.


    Another similar body protecting magic weapon seized by Liao Yuanzhen was assigned to he Luozhen.


    The Liao brothers each had a four step flying sword that fell into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Xu Mengying was assigned a handle and brought it back to the Huanglian sect. The other one was temporarily put into the taiyimen storehouse by Meng Zhang.


    Yang Xueyi achieved Yuanshen not long ago, and her cultivation is still shallow. She is unwilling to refine more fourth-order magic tools to avoid affecting her cultivation.


    Other seriously damaged fourth order magic tools were put into the taiyimen storehouse by Meng Zhang.


    In the future, there will be more friars in the Yuanshen period of Taiyi gate, and there will be skilled weapon refining masters who may have the ability to repair these magic weapons.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect have collected a lot of useful materials about Meng Zhang through their efforts during this period.


    Meng Zhang exchanged many useless items captured in the last war for some useful spiritual objects from other yuan God Zhenjun by means of barter.


    He even went to the heavenly palace and spent a lot of Yuqing LINGJI to buy the needed materials.


    Anyway, with the compensation from big businesses such as Datong business alliance, he doesn''t lack jade Qingling machine for the time being.


    The essence of the nine days needed by other monks in the door will not be scarce for a long time.


    After collecting all the materials, Meng Zhang took the xumishi stone captured last time as the main body, exercised the Taiyi secret method and began to refine his own mustard space.


    He attached great importance to the refined mustard space and did not hesitate to invest money to ensure that it had a strong foundation and room for further improvement.


    When everything was ready, he began a long refining process.


    Mustard space is not a magic tool, although it has some characteristics of magic tools.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the art of refining utensils are mediocre, but there is still no big problem in refining them step by step and according to the methods recorded in the secret arts.


    In fact, he successfully refined the special magic weapon of Sun Moon pearl according to the records of the sun moon rotation Sutra.


    It''s a special magic weapon because the sun and moon jewels don''t play much role in other people''s hands. Only in the hands of monks practicing the sun and moon rotation Sutra can they exert their maximum power.


    Mustard space is the exclusive space of the refiner, which is completely owned by the refiner.


    It took Meng Zhang almost two years to complete the preliminary refining.


    He developed from nothing, based on Xumi stone, and opened up a completely independent small space in his body.


    This small space has a large area, with a radius of 100 feet and a height of 10 feet.


    Moreover, the space barrier is very thick and the space is very stable.


    Now a good foundation has been laid, and the space will continue to expand in the future.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in space Avenue, but his major is yin-yang Avenue.


    He mobilized the power of Yin-Yang avenue to split chaos in this small space and deduce the changes of Yin-Yang. Then put in all kinds of five elements spirit objects as the foundation of small space.


    After the birth of this small space, it has a certain vitality and can store all kinds of living creatures.


    After the initial refining, Meng Zhang was finally free.


    After that, this mustard space needs Meng Zhang to slowly warm up and gradually enhance with the power of the yuan God.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to invest, he can also invest in the shared spiritual objects one by one to strengthen this small space step by step.


    Meng Zhang is quite satisfied with the preliminary results.


    Mustard space will almost follow the refiner for a lifetime. Unless Meng Zhang falls, this mustard space will be broken.


    At present, the biggest function of this mustard space is to be used as a storage tool.


    Of course, it is more convenient than the storage method.


    For Meng Zhang, keeping this mustard space warm all the time is also a great burden, which needs to consume a lot of the power of the yuan God.


    Meng Zhang paid the price of warming up a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang knows that all these efforts are very worthwhile.


    Self cultivation will slowly improve, mustard space will slowly grow, and you will have other magical abilities.


    When mustard space grows into a small world, Meng Zhang can use the power of the small world to suppress the enemy and protect himself.


    When Meng Zhang was busy refining mustard space, Yang Xueyi and he luozhenjun were not idle.


    At present, there are many friars in Taiyi gate in the later period of Jindan. Wen qiansuan, in particular, already has the perfect cultivation of golden elixir.


    Yang Xueyi and he luozhenjun took turns to lead the late Jindan friars of Taiyi gate to experience on the nine days.


    They kill cloud beasts and collect all kinds of useful resources.


    After entering the later stage of Jindan, Yang Xueyi has entered the nine days for many times and has accumulated rich experience for a long time.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, her survival ability over the nine days has greatly increased, and she can enter many dangerous places she did not dare to enter before.


    Yang Xueyi is lucky as the new Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Not only killed the cloud beast with the strength of the yuan God period, but also collected a lot of nine day essence and heaven and earth spirits.


    With her harvest, even if she doesn''t exchange the nine day essence from the door, the nine day essence collected by herself can barely meet the needs of personal cultivation.


    With the team led by Yuanshen Zhenjun, the living conditions of taiyimen Jindan friar in the nine days are much better.


    In addition to experience, I also have leisure to collect various resources.

 Chapter 940

    After the initial refining of mustard space, Meng Zhang finally didn''t have to stay in Taiyi gate all the time.


    In recent years, the three major businesses such as Datong business alliance have not been in trouble with taiyimen. Even the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty did not come to pester.


    Since the results of the last war spread, Meng Zhang has become famous among the local cultivation forces.


    After he formed the small league, he didn''t have much time to personally intervene in all kinds of affairs.


    However, because of his brilliant achievements, all members of the alliance paid tribute to him.


    He began to feel convinced that Meng Zhang was the leader of the alliance.


    The taiyimen Jindan friar, who is stationed in Huanglian holy mountain and presides over the daily affairs of the alliance, also found that his daily behavior has become much smoother. I don''t dare say a hundred echoes, at least no one will openly violate the order.


    Xu Mengying kept close contact with Meng Zhang. Seeing that Meng Zhang had a long free time after dealing with his chores, she went to the heavenly palace with him according to the previous agreement.


    At this time, the water fire gate built by Taiyi gate with the help of he luozhenjun has begun to take shape.


    Various buildings have been roughly completed, and more and more mortals are moving to that place.


    As for the mountain protection array, there is also an important place in the door. It will have to wait until Mr. He Luozhen handles it himself in the future.


    He Luozhen saw that shuihuomen looked a little different. Most of the time, he stayed in the sect and personally participated in various construction.


    Although most of his work was busy chores, he enjoyed it and devoted most of his time and energy to it.


    Meng Zhang judged the current situation. Taiyimen should not be invaded by foreign enemies in a short time.


    Therefore, he simply asked Yang Xueyi to go to the heavenly palace with Xu Mengying.


    The three entered the Ninth Heaven and smoothly entered the heavenly palace through the token.


    The taiyimen token carried by Meng Zhang can be transmitted to less than ten monks at one time.


    When he came to the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang took Xu Mengying and Yang Xueyi to taiyimen''s real estate in the heavenly palace.


    Xu Mengying has been in and out of the heavenly palace for many times before and has obtained the temporary residence right of the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen has this property and can apply for permanent residence for up to six monks.


    Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi to find the old acquaintance Liu Tianhao Zhenjun and went through various formalities.


    Since then, Yang Xueyi can stay in the heavenly palace permanently without paying other fees.


    Meng Zhang decided to let Yang Xueyi stay in Tiangong to deal with all kinds of affairs of Taiyi gate and slowly look for business opportunities.


    Xu Mengying has no fixed residence in the heavenly palace and temporarily lives in taiyimen real estate.


    Since you are old friends and can take care of places, Meng Zhang should take care of them as much as possible.


    Next, Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi around the heavenly palace to let her get familiar with all kinds of situations here.


    Yang Xueyi also read the pamphlet written by Meng Zhang and heard about all aspects of the heavenly palace.


    However, she felt shallow on the paper and followed Meng Zhang around the heavenly palace, which helped her integrate here as soon as possible.


    Yang Xueyi needs nine days of essence for daily cultivation.


    There are a lot of Jiutian essence in the Taiyi gate library, which is enough for friars in the gate. Moreover, Yang Xueyi''s cultivation in the heavenly palace can greatly reduce the consumption of the essence of the nine days.


    Meng Zhang gave her a jade clearing machine for daily use.


    At the same time, Xu Mengying handled her own affairs and introduced Meng Zhang to a big man - mother-in-law of lead silk.


    Mother-in-law of pulling silk is a great power of returning to emptiness born in scattered cultivation.


    She didn''t spend much time in the Junchen world. Most of the time she stayed in the heavenly palace and practiced here.


    Many years ago, lead silk mother-in-law tried to get a position in the heavenly palace, which helped her act in the heavenly palace.


    Generally speaking, the high-level management of Tiangong is relatively loose for these great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, since he is in the heavenly palace, he has some responsibilities, obligations and work.


    One of her daily tasks is to pull those lonely little worlds from the void and let them fall into the Jun dust world.


    The power level of these small worlds is very low, and the silk pulling mother-in-law can''t enter them, so she needs the help of low-level friars.


    She was born in casual practice, and she didn''t have a large number of low-level monks to send.


    So she left many related tasks in the hall of common affairs.


    Xu Mengying successfully completed the task several times in a row, which attracted the attention of her mother-in-law.


    Both of them are female practitioners, and Xu Mengying deliberately flatters them. As they came and went, they became familiar.


    For Xu Mengying, it has countless benefits to climb up a great power of returning to emptiness.


    For her mother-in-law, Xu Mengying has great use value. She can provide a large number of reliable low-level friars for her own use. It''s nothing to help her.


    Her mother-in-law is generous. In addition to Xu Mengying''s merit points and Yuqing LINGJI, she will also give Xu Mengying some rewards to encourage Xu Mengying to make persistent efforts and work harder for her own family.


    Although Huanglian sect is a great sect of Yuanshen, it has a large number of disciples. However, there are countless small worlds in the void. Every time we draw these small worlds, we need the cooperation of a large number of low-level disciples.


    Taiyimen and Huanglian sect are allies who advance and retreat together. It is good for everyone to pull taiyimen to complete these tasks together.


    Xu Mengying had already mentioned this matter with Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang, who had a similar plan, accepted it happily.


    He was busy with other things before, and there was no shortage of jade Qingling machine in his hand, so he didn''t come in a hurry.


    Now that we have reached the heavenly palace, it is no longer easy to delay.


    Xu Mengying, with Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi, went to see her mother-in-law.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi looks kind, like the old lady next door. She doesn''t seem to have the slightest lethality.


    Meng Zhang will not be confused by her appearance.


    Before that, Meng Zhang spent a lot of time in the heavenly palace to inquire about her.


    There is also a place to sell all kinds of intelligence in the heavenly palace. All kinds of information can be heard as long as you are willing to spend your time.


    The lead silk mother-in-law who came from sanxiu can become a great power of returning to emptiness, and she is by no means a good man or woman.


    Along the way, her hands were covered with blood, and she had made many enemies in the cultivation world.


    In order to rob resources, she has offended many big sects, including the Holy Land Sect.


    She is ruthless and ruthless. She has fierce means. She will repay her vengeance. She is by no means a good kind.


    However, her reputation is good. Besides, it''s not the kind of person who makes trouble for no reason.


    She is generous and willing to pay for the monks who are willing to work for her.


    After understanding the general information of mother-in-law Qiansi, Meng Zhang secretly decided not to offend the great power.

 Chapter 941

    If you follow Meng Zhang''s original intention, you don''t want to be involved with mother-in-law Lansi.


    But Xu Mengying told Meng Zhang before that she had recommended him and taiyimen in front of her mother-in-law.


    In this case, Meng Zhang seems too rude if he doesn''t come to see her.


    In the face of the great power of returning to emptiness, you can''t be too careful and respectful.


    Meng Zhang thought about it carefully. Although mother-in-law Lansi was famous, she was not that kind of unreasonable person.


    Among the monks who had worked for her, the reputation was good.


    If taiyimen wants to really gain a foothold in the heavenly palace, it must find ways to broaden its contacts.


    Taking on these low-level tasks was Meng Zhang''s previous intention.


    Rather than cooperate with those who don''t know the details, it''s better to see mother-in-law and see if there is a basis for cooperation.


    After Xu Mengying led Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi to her mother-in-law, her mother-in-law did not have the slightest arrogance, nor did she put on the airs of returning to emptiness.


    She kept a low profile and was very kind to talk to Meng Zhang and them.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has been in the cultivation world for many years, with extensive knowledge and rich experience. Even in the heyday of taiyimen, she had several contacts.


    She also knows a little about the famous figures in taiyimen in its heyday.


    The longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun is generally between 1800 and 2800, and the limit will not exceed 3000.


    The return to emptiness period is powerful. Shouyuan is at least five or six thousand years old. It is normal to live to seven or eight thousand years old.


    At the age of mother-in-law Qiansi, she had experienced many things and had an intersection with taiyimen in its heyday. It was very normal, not talking nonsense.


    When Taiyi gate was booming and wanted to make a difference, it was destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    When it comes to this matter, mother-in-law is very sorry.


    Of course, in the opinion of mother-in-law Qiansi, the great sect of Yuanshen such as taiyimen has a deep foundation and will certainly leave many behind.


    Meng Zhang is now leading taiyimen to rise again, which is a clear proof.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang sometimes has doubts in his heart.


    Along the way, I really got the shadow of Taiyi gate and benefited a lot from it.


    Even though taiyimen has perished for a long time, it still leaves a lot of legacy to future generations.


    If I didn''t inherit the legacy of my predecessors, would I be able to achieve what I am today?


    In other words, if taiyimen, who is down and out to the extreme, does not have its own piercer, can it rise again and have its current strength and status?


    It was fate that I became the leader of Taiyi sect, who was on the verge of extinction, as a transgressor.


    I don''t know whether taiyimen achieved itself or taiyimen itself?


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s words aroused some concerns of Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang soon put it aside and put his mind back on the conversation.


    Meng Zhang had a good impression of her when he first came into contact with her mother-in-law.


    There is nothing to blame, whether in speech and behavior or in life.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether his spiritual sense belonging to the Heavenly Master could play a role in the return to emptiness power.


    But at least until now, their keen spiritual awareness has not brought any warning to themselves.


    Her mother-in-law is very generous. She gave Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi a gift when they first met.


    What Meng Zhang gets is a blue spirit, which is integrated into his mustard space, which can stabilize the space and increase the vitality in the space.


    What Yang Xueyi got was a quintessence of five elements, which can be used to strengthen her original life talisman, the five elements heaven talisman.


    The great power of returning to emptiness had an extraordinary vision. He saw through Meng Zhanggang''s Mustard refining space at once. Soon, he saw through Yang Xueyi''s cultivation heel.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi accepted the meeting gift and solemnly thanked her mother-in-law.


    Anyway, these two meeting gifts are of great use to both of them.


    Her mother-in-law was frank, didn''t hide anything, and told her current situation.


    She needs to drag a large number of small worlds from the vast void to near the Junchen world.


    But some of the enemies of her early years have recently found her.


    The heavenly palace has strict rules. These enemies dare not make trouble in the heavenly palace, nor do they want to destroy her mission directly.


    Therefore, these enemies secretly stumbled and interfered with the friars who intended to take over the task of mother-in-law leading silk.


    By means of coercion and inducement, they forced these friars to stay away from mother-in-law and couldn''t work for mother-in-law.


    Without the cooperation of a large number of low-level friars sneaking into the small world, it is difficult to pull a large number of small worlds alone.


    Mother-in-law''s enemies are very powerful. After they took action, the task released by mother-in-law in the hall of common affairs was basically ignored.


    The work of pulling the silk mother-in-law, who had no low-level friars to drive and pull the small world, suddenly fell into a state of stagnation.


    More than ten years ago, Xu Mengying came to the heavenly palace.


    As Meng Xin, she doesn''t understand the inside story and knows nothing about all the implications.


    She muddled down the task issued by her mother-in-law, and actively tried to complete it.


    For this reason, she even lost many lower level disciples of Huanglian sect.


    Moreover, because of the rich rewards given by mother-in-law, she went to pull Meng Zhang.


    Before that, mother-in-law didn''t tell her the inside story.


    She now came to see her with Meng Zhang, and mother-in-law Lansi came to the truth.


    Xu Mengying was a little stunned. She was stunned for a moment, and then gave Meng Zhang an sorry look.


    She really did not expect that there were such twists and turns.


    She introduced Meng Zhang to her mother-in-law, which was completely kind.


    Not to mention the rich rewards given by mother-in-law Qiansi, it is of great significance for friars like them to make a good friend of a great power of returning to emptiness.


    But Xu Mengying never imagined that she had pulled Meng Zhang into such a dispute.


    The enemy who returns to virtual power is definitely not an ordinary person.


    At least, the forces of truth cultivation such as Huanglian sect and taiyimen are not qualified to make enemies with Huixu Da Neng, and they will not be seen by Huixu Da Neng.


    Xu Mengying knew that she was in big trouble now.


    When telling the inside story, mother-in-law Lansi''s face was somewhat Hao Ran.


    Originally, she could hide it all the time and let Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying work for herself.


    But this was not in line with her nature. She took advantage of Meng Zhang''s opportunity to come and see her and confessed the matter.


    Her mother-in-law said clearly that if Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang kept a distance from her, were unwilling to work for her and did not take over the task she released, she would understand and promise not to blame them.


    Meng Zhang''s face was solemn. He didn''t expect that he would encounter such a thing when he came with Xu Mengying to see Huixu Daneng.

 Chapter 942

    Seeing that Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying didn''t speak, mother-in-law Qiansi further explained it to them.


    Her enemies are all located in the Middle Earth, and their influence is difficult to penetrate into the wild land like Jiuqu League.


    Moreover, among her enemies, some also became enemies with the Dali Dynasty.


    She can guarantee that even if these enemies know that taiyimen and Huang Lianjiao help her, they are unable to retaliate directly.


    First, both taiyimen and Huanglian sect are located under the wings of the Dali imperial dynasty, far away from the Middle Earth and their sphere of influence. Even if they want revenge, they are out of reach.


    Second, it is of great significance to pull the small world in the void into the Jun dust world. The high level of Tiangong attaches great importance to it.


    The enemies of mother-in-law Qiansi are now at the limit to make these actions to stop them.


    If they want to make further moves and directly attack taiyimen and Huanglian sect, they will be guilty of a big taboo and will easily lead to hostility from the top of the heavenly palace.


    Even if taiyimen and Huanglian sect offend these guys, they don''t have to worry about retaliation immediately. They will encounter some trouble and inconvenience at most.


    If taiyimen and Huang Lianjiao are willing to continue to work for her, she will certainly give more generous remuneration.


    And taiyimen and Huang Lianjiao will also win her friendship.


    All that should be said has been finished. Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t entangle her. Instead, give them enough time to think slowly.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is not in a hurry to let them make a decision, but let them go back and discuss it properly before slowly answering her.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and asked her many questions.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is to answer one by one, basically nothing to hide. Even if you don''t want to answer or don''t know the answer, you don''t talk nonsense, but tell the truth.


    After Meng Zhang asked questions, he left with Yang Xueyi.


    Soon after returning to the small yard where she lived, Xu Mengying also came back.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, she kept apologizing, saying that she didn''t expect to bring so much trouble to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t blame Xu Mengying. He knew she didn''t mean to deceive.


    Moreover, this time things seem troublesome, but they are not all bad things, which contains a lot of opportunities.


    Taiyimen now seems to be in a period of rapid development.


    However, Meng Zhang was always sober, not confused by such a scene, and kept in mind all kinds of hidden worries of taiyimen.


    How could he not understand the truth that he was born in sorrow and died in happiness.


    In its heyday, the Taiyi gate died at the hands of the Tiange Temple of the holy land. Meng Zhang has never forgotten this.


    Although there is no sign that guantian Pavilion will continue to pursue and kill the remaining evils of Taiyi gate. However, with the increasing development of Taiyi gate, one day it will enter the sight of guantian Pavilion.


    With the strength of guantian Pavilion, I''m afraid moving a finger will destroy Taiyi gate.


    In its heyday, the Taiyi gate was so powerful that Meng Zhang still feels out of reach.


    But quietly, it was easily destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    Whenever he thought of this, Meng Zhang was nervous.


    Guantian Pavilion can also be said to be far away from Taiyi gate, but the three major merchants such as Datong business alliance are right next to Taiyi gate.


    The strength of any of these three businesses is far beyond taiyimen. Together, the three can easily crush the union of local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province.


    If they had not been bound by the laws of the imperial dynasty, they would have shot wantonly.


    The enemy is so powerful that taiyimen still needs time to develop.


    At this time, many problems can be solved if we make a good friend of the great power of returning to the virtual world and use it as foreign aid.


    I dare not expect Huixu to work hard for Taiyi gate, but he may be able to avoid the disaster of Taiyi gate at the critical moment.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang may not have the opportunity to contact the great power of returning to emptiness like mother-in-law, let alone get her friendship.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is in trouble. It is at the time of employment that she will be so polite and approachable.


    If you miss this time, who knows when you can have the chance to make friends and return to virtual power again.


    Of course, her enemies are a big problem.


    If Meng Zhang works for mother-in-law Qiansi, he will certainly offend these people.


    But the silk holding mother-in-law promised that these guys had no way to directly attack taiyimen and could not harass taiyimen for the time being.


    As for the future, we can wait until later.


    Maybe when Meng Zhang grows up and taiyimen grows up, he may be able to compete with mother-in-law Lansi''s enemies.


    For Meng Zhang, it is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to win a friendship of returning to virtual power. Some incidental troubles and future troubles are completely acceptable.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi discussed for a while, thought carefully, and finally decided to take over the task issued by mother-in-law Qiansi and work for her.


    Meng Zhang told Xu Mengying his choice.


    In these years, the situation of Huanglian sect has been bad.


    Although Huanglian sect does not have enemies like guantian Pavilion like taiyimen, big businesses such as Datong business alliance are also enemies of Huanglian sect.


    In order to lead the Huanglian sect to survive and grow slowly, Xu Mengying also needs to return to the virtual and powerful friendship.


    Before, mother-in-law Qiansi deceived her, and she automatically regarded it as nonexistent.


    After Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying agreed, they went to mother-in-law Lansi and told her their decision.


    Mother-in-law was very happy and told her frankly. After this success, she owed them a favor.


    With the help of taiyimen and Huanglian sect, mother-in-law Lansi''s action will be much smoother.


    Next, mother-in-law Qiansi continued to release relevant tasks in the hall of common affairs, and Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying took over these tasks respectively.


    The reason why the lead silk mother-in-law and them should have such a heavy procedure through the task system of the heavenly palace is not only a convention, but also a minimum guarantee.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying cannot unconditionally believe in mother-in-law Lansi.


    Through the mission system of Tiangong, both sides can be guaranteed.


    This time, mother-in-law led the silk to choose a small world with a very low level, which can only accommodate friars with strength during the foundation period at most.


    Moreover, the ability of the silk pulling mother-in-law is limited. She can send up to 20 friars in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi went back to Taiyi gate and selected 20 excellent friars in the foundation period.


    Meng Zhang told them the details of the mission and offered a high reward.


    After the selection was decided, Meng Zhang loaded all the twenty disciples in the foundation period into the third-order magic weapon of bamboo rhyme map, and then rushed to the heavenly palace with Yang Xueyi.

 Chapter 943

    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying got the magic weapon of bamboo rhyme map together.


    This magic weapon has only three levels and its power is mediocre. However, the internal storage space is large, and it is rare that it can store live animals.


    Meng Zhang originally planned to give it to the disciples of the sect. Now he can use it and takes it with him.


    The heavenly palace contains great power, and low-level friars can''t directly enter it.


    Only when Meng Zhang put 20 monks in the bamboo rhyme map can he bring them safely into the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi came to the agreed place and met the mother-in-law who had been ready for a long time.


    Lead silk mother-in-law took two people and flew directly to the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace is above the nine heavens. Outside the heavenly palace, there is a vast void.


    In the outermost layer of the heavenly palace, there is a transparent barrier that separates the internal and external void of the heavenly palace.


    Looking up in the heavenly palace, the monk can see not only the endless void, but also the stars in the void occasionally.


    At the top of the heavenly palace, several star viewing platforms have been established.


    These observatories have many functions. In addition to observing celestial phenomena, they can also be used to search for small worlds in the extraterritorial void.


    In the extraterritorial void, there is an almost endless small world. In the void near the Junchen world alone, there are a large number of small worlds.


    The void is boundless, boundless and endless. Although there are many small worlds, it is not easy to find them.


    It is even more difficult to drag these small worlds into the Jun dust world from a very far place.


    It is difficult to do such a thing by relying on the power of returning to virtual power alone.


    The experts in the heavenly palace have built many star observation platforms, which can be used for such things.


    As long as you pay the rent, you can freely rent these star viewing platforms to capture the small world in the void.


    Lead silk mother-in-law, familiar with the way, took Meng Zhang and them to the outside of a star viewing platform.


    From the outside, the observatory looks like a huge ball, floating on the top of the heavenly palace and moving along a special track.


    Mother-in-law took out a jade amulet and waved it gently. A door opened in the middle of the stargazing platform, enough to accommodate several people.


    Meng Zhang and his wife followed her and flew into the stargazing platform.


    The space inside the observatory is huge. Even if it can accommodate hundreds of people, there is no problem.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi can clearly see the scattered stars in the vast void through this huge screen.


    A little bubble appeared in everyone''s eyes.


    This bubble is the goal of this time, the small world that mother-in-law needs to pull.


    A special Dharma array is arranged on the star viewing platform, as well as various special tools, which can help users search the small world and even lead the small world.


    Such a small world is low-level and fragile.


    If Huixu can forcibly move, if you are not careful, it will cause heavy damage to the small world and even destroy it.


    According to the method prevailing in the heavenly palace, it is also the most effective method.


    Mother-in-law will use the arrays and facilities in the stargazing platform to transfer some low-level friars to the small world.


    These monks will strive to gain control of the small world and set up various Dharma arrays in it. Then start the Dharma array to move the small world from the inside.


    At this time, the silk drawing mother-in-law outside will cooperate to pull the small world with the help of the star viewing platform.


    With the cooperation of inside and outside, the small world will slowly move towards the Jun dust world.


    When entering a certain range, without external force, the small world will spontaneously invest in the Jun dust world because of the traction of the Jun dust world.


    After capturing these small worlds, Jun dust world slowly digests and absorbs them to expand its origin.


    After a long time, the Junchen world may be promoted and grow into a higher-level world.


    In fact, many big worlds in the extraterritorial void have grown up step by step.


    Lead silk mother-in-law to participate in such things, and actively contribute.


    Every time the Junchen world catches a small world, it will reward the silk pulling mother-in-law.


    The most common reward given by the world is the merit of heaven.


    There is no need to say how important the merits and virtues of heaven are.


    Meng Zhang was able to successfully break through the Yuanshen period, because he got a lot of heavenly merits and virtues, which saved a lot of time.


    For the great power of returning to emptiness, the merits and virtues of heaven are also of great significance. Of course, the more the better.


    Even the heavenly palace itself will be rewarded by the way of heaven for promoting this thing.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had some understanding of the significance of the existence of the heavenly palace.


    Control the Junchen world, resist foreign invaders, maintain the normal operation of the world, and let it continue to grow


    For her mother-in-law, it is undoubtedly a very cost-effective business to pay some merit points of Yuqing LINGJI and Tiangong in order to get the merits of heaven.


    Meng Zhang now only hates that his cultivation is not enough and has no ability to capture those small worlds.


    Of course, the way of heaven is selfless. Meng Zhang only needs to actively participate in such activities. Over the years, he and the whole taiyimen will get a lot of benefits.


    However, all the merits and virtues of the heavenly way fell into the hands of the heavenly palace and the silk holding mother-in-law.


    As the target of employment, taiyimen has already received remuneration. It is estimated that it is difficult to obtain the reward of heaven''s merit.


    After figuring out what mother-in-law Qiansi did, Meng Zhang became more enthusiastic about participating in such a task.


    After mother-in-law Qiansi was ready, Meng Zhang gently shook the bamboo rhyme map in his hand, and a full 20 friars in the foundation period of taiyimen appeared in the star viewing platform.


    Although I have told them all kinds of relevant precautions in advance. But before leaving, Meng Zhang couldn''t help reminding them again.


    When they were all ready, mother-in-law began to cast spells with the help of the stargazer.


    I saw a huge light group under the tribe at the top of the star viewing platform, covering all the 20 Taiyi gate foundation building disciples.


    Then, under the control of the silk pulling mother-in-law, the light mass left the observatory and flew towards the bubble far away.


    Although she has had many successful experiences for a long time, the silk pulling mother-in-law still looks at the giant screen in front of her nervously and carefully observes the flight path of the light ball.


    After three days, the light ball successfully fell into the bubble, and mother-in-law finally breathed a sigh of relief.

 Chapter 944

    When the light group that wrapped the friars of the foundation period of taiyimen entered the bubble representing the small world, it meant that the mission had a good beginning.


    During this period of time, neither Xu Mengying nor her mother-in-law led the silk hid the details of such tasks, and Meng Zhang told him one by one.


    Just like the previous action, because the vast void is full of countless unpredictable risks. If you have bad luck, it is very normal for the light group to fall into the void.


    Lucky this time, the light group successfully entered the bubble, and the Taiyi disciple successfully entered the small world.


    Next, they will act according to the plan and lay a traction array in all vital places in the small world.


    In this process, the indigenous creatures in the small world, driven by instinct or the will of the world, will try their best to stop them.


    Such a small world has weak will and limited power, so it is difficult to directly confront the invaders.


    Of course, the world will use all means to drive away and eliminate invaders from the outside world.


    In addition to driving Aboriginal creatures into war, it can also create various dangers and even launch natural disasters.


    The twenty foundation building friars were selected by Meng Zhang from the gate.


    It not only has a strong combat effectiveness, but also has a strong ability to respond to emergencies.


    Before they set out, their storage bags were full.


    Needless to say, there are all kinds of pills and talismans, as well as carefully selected second-order mechanism creations and second-order Taoist soldiers made by the soldier nest in the door


    It can be said that they are all armed to the teeth. Even if you meet a golden elixir friar, you can fight. Ordinary third-order monsters and so on, they can win the war.


    However, after all, it is against a world. No matter how powerful and well prepared they are, they will inevitably encounter various challenges, and many unknown dangers are waiting for them.


    There is no turning back arrow when opening the bow. Taiyi disciples have entered the small world.


    Everyone, including the mother-in-law of lead silk, had to wait silently for them to successfully set up the lead Dharma array.


    This is taiyimen. I waited for almost 20 days.


    When the bubble in the void sends out some special information, it means that the traction array has been arranged and started smoothly.


    She was overjoyed. She didn''t expect that the mission would be so smooth.


    She didn''t neglect it. She immediately started the traction array on the stargazing platform, cooperated with the traction array in the small world, and slowly dragged the small world towards the Junchen world.


    It took more than 30 days to reach the goal and drag the small world near the Junchen world.


    At this distance, there is no need for mother-in-law to continue to work hard.


    The huge gravity of the Jun dust world has captured this small world, and the small world will slowly and automatically fall into the Jun dust world.


    In the periphery of Jun dust world, there are many returning virtual powers patrolling back and forth all year round.


    When the small world is about to fall into the Jun dust world, they will exert great mana to make these small worlds integrate smoothly with the Jun dust world rather than directly collide.


    After pulling the silk, mother-in-law started the Dharma array on the stargazing platform again to pull all the Taiyi disciples sneaking into the small world and let them return to the stargazing platform.


    When they went, there were twenty friars in the foundation period, and when they returned, there were only seventeen. And many people are covered with scars and even mutilated.


    In similar missions, the proportion of casualties is already very low.


    It all depends on the full preparation in advance. Meng Zhang is willing to put money on them.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang is certainly not happy about the sacrifice of his disciples.


    But there is no way, this is inevitable.


    In the cultivation world, if you want to gain something, you must pay.


    Meng Zhang can have today''s status, but also can not avoid fighting with heaven for life, fighting with people and fighting with heaven.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect who participated in the mission also have to fight.


    Not to mention the Taiyi sect, even those holy sects cannot guarantee that every disciple in the foundation period can form a golden pill.


    If these disciples in the foundation period still have ambitions and further ambitions on the road, they also have to fight for their lives with heaven and strive for the chance of breakthrough.


    These disciples participated in this mission, not forced by others, but actively participated.


    They finally beat their competitors, stood out and got the opportunity to participate.


    If you participate in such a dangerous task, you will first give a settlement fee.


    If the task is successfully completed, there are still a lot of rewards waiting for them.


    They need a lot of cultivation resources for their current cultivation and even their impact on the golden elixir period in the future.


    It is impossible for any sect to let its disciples take whatever they want and provide massive resources to its disciples free of charge.


    The resources provided by zongmen are limited, and the opportunity to impact the golden elixir period is even more rare.


    Without a good father, a good mother and a good ancestor, not the second generation of immortals, we have to fight with our lives and strive for further opportunities.


    The so-called opportunity doesn''t just fall on your head. You need to fight hard.


    Taiyimen is fair and fair, giving everyone a chance.


    As for whether we can seize these opportunities and finally stand out, it is everyone''s problem.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to see a large number of casualties among the disciples, but since he took on such a task, the casualties could not be avoided.


    Taiyimen also wants to fight and fight.


    All the gains gained by these disciples will be used to strengthen the sect.


    The sect will also take out various resources to give back to these disciples.


    This is the first time taiyimen has participated in such a task and deliberately chose a small world that is easier to capture.


    Like some small worlds, there are powerful indigenous creatures, and even developed their own cultivation system.


    After entering the small world, foreign practitioners become enemies with the whole world and are hostile and excluded by the whole world.


    They can''t absorb the aura of the outside world. They can only take the pill they carry with them or eat the Spirit Valley.


    The pill has erysipelas and cannot be eaten for a long time. Spirit Valley can be eaten all the time, but it is not easy to carry a large number of Spirit Valley.


    To conquer some powerful small worlds, a large number of friars will be dispatched to form an army of friars and kill into the small world.


    The logistics supply of this kind of friar army is a big problem.


    Taiyimen, who has just participated in similar tasks, will deliberately avoid such a small world and choose some good small worlds.


    Even so, the task reward is less, but you can accumulate experience and train disciples.


    From easy to difficult, adapt slowly. When we have experienced many tasks and everything is on the right track, we can go further.

 Chapter 945

    After this close watch experience, Meng Zhang entrusted the important task to Yang Xueyi.


    In the future, she will stay in the heavenly palace to take over similar tasks, and then send disciples from Taiyi gate to complete them.


    Meng Zhang also lent Yang Xueyi the bamboo rhyme picture, which can hold living creatures, to transport Taiyi disciples to and from the heavenly palace.


    At the same time, the Taiyi sect will also release tasks and offer high rewards to encourage the disciples to actively participate in such tasks.


    As for the losses that will certainly occur during the mission, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi expected and could accept them.


    The next step is to let the excellent low-level friars of the major cultivation forces of hanhaidao alliance have the opportunity to participate in such tasks.


    When the time is ripe, Meng Zhang will include all local cultivation forces in the small alliance he formed into this task system.


    The jade clearing spirit machine obtained through task reward can be used for the operation of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace, and can also be used to buy items needed by the Yuanshen friars in the gate.


    After a certain amount of merit points are accumulated from the heavenly palace, you can exchange all kinds of needed items from the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang explained everything clearly and let Yang Xueyi take full charge of everything of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    Then he returned to taiyimen alone.


    Xu Mengying stayed in the heavenly palace for a long time, and Yang Xueyi also had a reliable companion.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, his eldest disciple Niu Dawei finally successfully entered the Yuanshen period.


    After consolidating his accomplishments, Niu Dawei took the initiative to come to see Master Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was very excited when he looked at Niu Dawei standing in front of him.


    When Niu Dawei entered the Yuanshen period, Taiyi gate added a strong combat power, and he was also a successor.


    Taiyi gate, as a new door of Yuanshen sect, used to be supported by Meng Zhang, a Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang, even an extraordinary generation, supported very hard.


    Jin Lizhen and they are always outsiders, not the lineage of Taiyi sect. Meng Zhang can''t be completely relieved, let alone entrusted with major events related to the future of the sect.


    Fortunately, Yang Xueyi successfully entered the yuan God period, and now Niu Dawei has also achieved the yuan God.


    Meng Zhang finally had a reliable assistant and didn''t have to support everything alone.


    Niu Dawei was raised by Meng Zhang when he was a child. He has been painstakingly cultivated and cultivated it as an heir.


    Niu Dawei didn''t let Meng Zhang down either. He was very satisfied with Meng Zhang everywhere.


    Since he embarked on the road of cultivation, he has not only made a solid foundation step by step and steadily promoted his cultivation, but also demonstrated his superb ability in dealing with sect affairs and shared a lot of worries for Meng Zhang.


    It was with this leader''s senior disciple who often acted as the leader and handled all kinds of affairs in the door that Meng Zhang was able to get rid of complicated affairs and devote more time and energy to practice.


    Niu Dawei is fully responsible for all aspects of the sect, but he is not distracted by heavy sect affairs. Instead, he takes it as a kind of discipline.


    He has an excellent heart. After years of exercise, he has developed a special bearing.


    If Meng Zhang passes the throne to him at this time, he is fully qualified to be the leader of a sect and carry forward the sect.


    Meng Zhang has always held the position of leader, but he is not attached to the position of leader.


    If possible, he would like to leave all the affairs in the door far away, concentrate on cultivation, and put all his mind and energy on his own way.


    For one thing, although Taiyi gate is already Yuanshen sect gate, it looks like it is booming.


    However, there is the enemy of the Holy Land zongmen guantian Pavilion, and large foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance are eyeing it.


    Meng Zhang is not in charge of the sect himself, but at the helm of the sect. He is always at ease.


    Second, Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness from the Heavenly Master is vaguely reminding him that he has always been the leader of Taiyi sect, which is of great benefit to him and the whole sect.


    As the leader who led the rise of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has unparalleled authority in the sect, and there is no need to worry about someone challenging him.


    Including Niu Dawei, the monks who are qualified to be the leader of the sect have no intention to covet this position.


    Without nonsense, Meng Zhang simply praised him and began to exchange his practice experience and experience with him.


    At this time, they are not only teachers and disciples, but also Taoist friends honed each other.


    This exchange took more than a month.


    When Meng Zhang ended this exchange, both of them felt that they still had more to say.


    Meng Zhang, as a senior Yuanshen Friar and a pioneer on the road, has a lot of experience for Niu Da to learn from.


    As a backward player, Niu Dawei also has his own experience and many valuable ideas.


    If there is nothing important, Meng Zhang has intended to continue to communicate for some time.


    Anyway, they are teachers and disciples, and there are still many opportunities to communicate with each other in the future.


    Meng Zhang gave Niu Dawei the spoils of the last war, a pair of fourth-order magic tools, wind and thunder hammers, as a gift to congratulate him on breaking through the period of Yuanshen.


    Next, after Niu Dawei was familiar with various means of Yuanshen period, taiyimen would hold a grand Yuanshen ceremony.


    One is to celebrate Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, breaking through the Yuanshen period, and the other is to show his muscles to outsiders.


    The situation of Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi is different.


    Yang Xueyi can keep a low profile and use it as the killer mace of Taiyi gate at critical moments.


    Niu Dawei is the eldest disciple of the leader. In the future, he will inevitably deal with the principals of other cultivation forces.


    His breakthrough to the Yuanshen period can''t be kept secret. It''s better to show it to everyone.


    Under Meng Zhang''s personal arrangement, soon after, invitations were sent to the four sides. A grand Yuanshen ceremony will be held in baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, including all members of Meng Zhang''s small alliance, received an invitation.


    The governor''s office in Jiuqu city will not fall.


    Meng Zhang did not send out invitations to the three major merchants led by Datong business alliance when they did not exist.


    But those small businesses from the Dali Dynasty, including the ancient moon family of the Dali Dynasty, received an invitation from Taiyi gate.


    On the day of the Yuanshen ceremony, the whole baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate was decorated inside and outside.


    Needless to say, Hanhai daomeng under the control of Taiyi gate, all the cultivation forces are absent. They are led by the number one figure in the gate, prepared with generous gifts and came to congratulate very respectfully.


    Meng Zhang''s old friends Jin Lizhen, he Luozhen and Shushan Zhenjun all came to Baicao slope early.


    Jin Lizhen is the guest Qing worshipped by Taiyi gate, and he Luozhen is now a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    Both of them helped Meng Zhang receive guests from all directions as their host''s family.


    All the members of Meng Zhang''s small alliance gave Meng Zhang and Taiyi a lot of face. The yuan God Zhenjun came forward and congratulated them personally.

 Chapter 946

    Meng Zhang, as the leader of this small alliance, of course, should personally come forward and warmly receive all colleagues in the alliance.


    Even Xu Mengying, the leader of Huanglian sect, temporarily put down her task in the heavenly palace and came to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate to participate in the ceremony.


    Yang Xueyi stayed in the heavenly palace to deal with all kinds of related matters.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying said a lot of congratulations, which could not hide her envy.


    Huanglian cult was one of the few powerful forces in Jiuqu League, and it can rank in the forefront among many Yuanshen sects.


    However, after many twists and turns, the strength of the sect has been greatly damaged. Especially in the top level friars, it all depends on Xu Mengying''s own support.


    At the beginning, Taiyi sect, which was far inferior to Huanglian sect, came from behind to catch up. Not to mention the whole sect, there were two outsiders, Jin Lizhen and he Luozhen, in terms of friars in Yuanshen period, and there were three directly affiliated Yuanshen friars in the sect.


    Such strength, if placed in the Jiuqu League of that year, I''m afraid there is no other sect that can compare with except Yujian sect and Qingyuan sect.


    Xu Mengying was envious, but she had no jealousy and no bad thoughts.


    After all, the Huanglian cult has a profound foundation and extraordinary inheritance. There have been many true monarchs of Yuanshen in history, and the former leader Xu Huanshan true monarch is a great monk in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    It''s really hard for Huanglian sect in recent years, but Xu Mengying is very willing to devote herself to cultivating disciples, especially true disciples.


    She took many tasks and received many rewards from mother-in-law Qiansi in Tiangong. Many of them were also used by Xu Mengying in the sect.


    In recent years, there have been more than one successful monk in the golden elixir period in the Huanglian cult, who began to practice in isolation and prepare to break through the yuan God period.


    Of course, how difficult it is to break through the Yuanshen period. These people can''t all succeed, and even all fail is normal.


    However, as long as one person succeeds and one more Yuanshen Zhenjun comes, Xu Mengying can greatly reduce the pressure and greatly increase the strength of the sect.


    The dark League branch of Jiuqu province has been fighting with taiyimen for years.


    But taiyimen also sent out invitations. Dong qiangzhen, the head of the Dark Alliance branch, also came to participate in the ceremony in a big way.


    Meng Zhang did not fall behind an old acquaintance like Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    After receiving the invitation, he also came to congratulate him personally.


    The ancient moon Shuyao of the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty also came to the ceremony with the younger generation of the ancient moon Aohan.


    Meng Zhang''s old friend Wen dongzhenjun, on behalf of governor Zhang Weineng, came to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Anyway, it''s a good thing to say that the sects under the rule have become stronger.


    At least so far, marshal Zhang Weineng, governor, has no intention of suppressing taiyimen.


    Taiyimen''s strength is not worth mentioning in front of Dali imperial court. Taiyimen has become stronger, but it can better serve Dali imperial dynasty.


    Dali''s official view of taiyimen is probably similar to that of all members of Hanhai daomeng.


    When receiving visitors from all over the world, Meng Zhang took the time to talk with Gu Yue Shuyao, the yuan God of the Gu Yue family.


    Although the two sides had been unhappy before, they were not sworn enemies, let alone blood feuds.


    In the face of many strong enemies, Meng Zhang is not willing to make too many enemies.


    The ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty has been biting and insisting on annexing the ancient moon family of Dafeng City.


    After some setbacks, it seems that the will in this regard has weakened a lot.


    In particular, the Taiyi gate is growing, and the Guyue family of Dafeng City is also developing well under the wings of Taiyi gate.


    Although Gu Yue Shuyao didn''t let go, her attitude obviously eased a lot.


    Although the small businesses represented by the ancient moon family also came from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty, they were never the same as big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    It''s OK to pick up some bargains behind them, but we won''t share the same hatred with them.


    If it weren''t for the existence of Guyue family in Dafeng City, the Guyue family from Dali dynasty would really be unwilling to continue to be the enemy with taiyimen.


    Wen Dongzhen talked with Meng Zhang privately for a while and exchanged a lot of information in all aspects.


    After a lot of hard construction, the long-distance transmission method array connecting Jiuqu province and Dali imperial mainland has been completed and put into use.


    This long-distance transmission method array is built in Jiuqu City, which is governed by Jiuqu Province, and is personally managed by the governor''s office.


    The next step is to build a small-scale long-distance transmission array in all parts of Jiuqu province to directly connect all parts of Jiuqu province with Jiuqu city.


    This is also to strengthen the governor''s office''s control over all parts of Jiuqu province. At the same time, it also facilitates the exchange of logistics and personnel.


    It is useless for Meng Zhang to oppose such a thing, and he has no intention to oppose it.


    However, there are some local cultivation forces. Relying on the advantage of Tiangao emperor''s distance, the local Emperor may not be willing to build a transmission Dharma array on his own territory for a long time, so that Dali imperial officials can reach out to his own territory.


    Of course, their wishes are insignificant. Whether they are willing or not, the construction will proceed as scheduled.


    When a sect like taiyimen took refuge in the Dali Dynasty, governor Zhang Weineng promised many favorable conditions to keep them semi independent.


    Even now, governor Zhang Weineng has no idea of breaking his promise.


    To build a long-distance transmission array on taiyimen territory, of course, it''s best to say hello to the master Meng Zhang.


    Since the establishment of long-distance transmission array is unstoppable, Meng Zhang naturally takes the opportunity to strive for some benefits for Taiyi gate.


    After some bargaining with Wen Dongzhen, they reached a preliminary agreement.


    The construction cost of this long-distance transmission array is half from the governor''s house and half from taiyimen.


    Both sides jointly sent monks to manage the operation of this long-distance transmission array.


    As for the maintenance and operation costs of the Falun, there is also a roughly proportional distribution of future income.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun made the biggest concession and gave the most favorable conditions within his scope of authority.


    In addition to governor Zhang Wei being optimistic about Meng Zhang, the generous gifts given by Meng Zhang on time on weekdays also played an important role.


    Wen Dongzhen received benefits, and he didn''t mind exchanging public interests for a little favor for something that didn''t matter much.


    The smooth opening of the long-distance transmission array between Dali imperial territory and Jiuqu city means that Jiuqu province is no longer a wild land and will be completely integrated into the system of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Next, the Dali Dynasty will certainly strengthen its control over Jiuqu provinces.


    Meng Zhang is very concerned about the changes in his strategy of governing Jiuqu provinces.


    This will affect all local cultivation forces, including taiyimen.

 Chapter 947

    Dali Dynasty had strict laws and strict internal management. There are various restrictions on the Xiuzhen forces in China, which is very harsh.


    Under the suppression of the officials of Dali Dynasty, it is difficult for the major Xiuzhen forces in Dali Dynasty to maintain a relatively independent status.


    If you want a better life, you can either rely on the powerful, become the running dog of the powerful and get the protection of the powerful. Or completely fall back to the court and become a court Eagle dog to serve the court.


    Xiuzhen forces such as Datong business alliance have complex internal conditions, and many Xiuzhen families work together to build the shelf of the business alliance. All the dignitaries in the DPRK and China have interests in the business alliance, and even support agents.


    After knowing the specific situation of Datong business union through various channels, Meng Zhang actually admired the principal of Datong business union.


    Meng Zhang is ashamed of his ability to lead the Datong business alliance to develop and grow all the way, with a strong imperial court outside and complex relations inside.


    As for the ancient moon family, some women in the family became the concubine of Bawu emperor and became the relatives family.


    In general, officials in the court will not embarrass the ancient moon family, and even give some convenience.


    The owner of the ancient moon family is also a figure who is good at drilling camp.


    It was not long before Jiuqu province was included in the territory of Dali dynasty that many interests were not occupied by the dignitaries in the dynasty.


    The ancient moon family from the Dali Dynasty, following the Datong business alliance and other big businesses, went to Jiuqu province to pick up bargains.


    Now the long-distance transmission array between the mainland of the imperial dynasty and Jiuqu provinces has been opened. I''m afraid it''s easier for local dignitaries to reach out to this place.


    Next, Jiuqu province will certainly usher in a large number of outsiders, and there will be countless waves.


    Now taiyimen is the number one local snake in Jiuqu province. Even if Meng Zhang wants to avoid, I''m afraid he can''t avoid many troubles.


    Wen dongzhenjun reminded Meng Zhang that, according to the usual practice, he should go as soon as possible to report from the central government. If possible, try to find ways to contact the middle and high levels of the DPRK. The best thing is to be received by Bawu emperor.


    Before, it can also be said that it was too far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty and Jiuqu province.


    Now that the long-distance transmission array has been opened and the transportation has become very convenient, Meng Zhang can''t continue to delay.


    Don''t need to be reminded by Dongzhen Jun, Meng Zhang has long wanted to go to the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    It used to be taiyimen. He was the only Yuanshen Zhenjun. He can''t leave for too long.


    Now with Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei in the door, he can finally plan a long trip.


    When Meng Zhang received Wen Dongzhen, guests from all sides arrived one after another.


    In today''s Jiuqu Province, Taiyi gate has a great reputation and high prestige.


    Many Xiuzhen forces want to make friends with Taiyi sect.


    Especially those small forces with average strength can have a relationship with taiyimen, which is what they dream of.


    When the ceremony began, all the guests who received the invitation came almost.


    Even many monks who were not qualified for the Taiyi gate invitation also gathered near the baicaopo of the Taiyi gate to see if there were any opportunities.


    A lot of complicated procedures and numerous red tape were not mentioned. The ceremony went smoothly and soon came to an important link. Niu Dawei, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun, the master of this Yuanshen ceremony, opened a forum for everyone to speak.


    It goes without saying that ordinary monks cherish this opportunity very much. In such a conservative backcountry as Jiuqu Province, many people may not have the opportunity to listen to the preaching of the yuan God Zhenjun all their life.


    Many friars tried their best to get the opportunity to participate in this ceremony in order to have the opportunity to listen to the sermon of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Maybe a doubt that has plagued our family for a long time and a bottleneck of cultivation have been solved under such an opportunity.


    There are many similar precedents in the cultivation world.


    Together with Wen dongzhenjun, who is the original God Zhenjun, they are full of expectations for the next forum.


    It is not easy for every Yuanshen Zhenjun to come to this step today.


    In terms of practice, every true monarch of the yuan God has his own unique insight and understanding.


    Of course, in such an open forum, Niu Dawei can''t be unreserved.


    But the words he inadvertently uttered also played a great role.


    Many visitors came to a huge square. According to different status, they sit in different positions in the square.


    In the field, a few Yuanshen Zhenjun sat cross legged directly, floating quietly in the air, facing the high platform in front.


    Niu Dawei sat on the platform in front of the square and began to preach for everyone.


    Niu Dawei is not a monk who is good at oral Kung Fu, nor does he have the ability to speak lotus.


    What he said is simple and seemingly simple, but it has deep meaning.


    After listening to a few words, Meng Zhang knew that the disciple had made great progress in his Taoism accumulation.


    Even the present Yuanshen Zhenjun listened with interest and nodded from time to time.


    When Niu Dawei''s opening speech came to an end, something unexpected happened.


    "In the cultivation world, everyone can talk and practice Kung Fu. But when it comes to real skills, you still have to see the real chapter."


    "Brother Niu, you''ve been chattering for a long time, and you haven''t shown any real skills. It seems that you''re also a Silver Pewter gun head, which is useless."


    A middle-aged man who was not amazing shouted.


    When Niu Dawei opened the forum to lecture, Meng Zhang sat in the air not far away.


    Some people are openly provocative, which is not only against Niu Dawei, but also against taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s face was cold and looked in the direction of the voice.


    It was in a corner of the square. After the middle-aged man spoke, a group of monks stared at him with surprised and even frightened eyes.


    Meng Zhang remembered that it seemed to be arranged for a small sect called thunder gun gate.


    It''s just a Jindan sect. After eating the bear heart and leopard courage, he dares to challenge the majesty of Taiyi sect.


    The leader of the thunder gun sect looked at a loss. Obviously, he didn''t expect such a thing.


    Of course, he knew the identity of the middle-aged man who came with him, but he didn''t have the courage to stop him. He was in a dilemma there.


    Interestingly, this man actually hid his accomplishments. There are too many people here. Meng Zhang didn''t pay close attention to everyone. He actually missed such a friar of the same rank.


    Being blatantly provoked, Niu Dawei was not impatient and said slowly, "this Taoist friend, if you want to see the real ability of this seat, you don''t know whether you are qualified."


    The middle-aged man smiled proudly, no longer covered up his true accomplishments, and released the pressure belonging to the yuan God Zhenjun.

 Chapter 948

    Once the middle-aged man began to show his accomplishments, his powerful momentum caused great pressure on the monks around him.


    Under the pressure of the yuan God Zhenjun, the friars around couldn''t resist. They were all staggering and unstable.


    If the cultivation is a little weak, he directly collapses to the ground and can''t move.


    Niu Dawei was not surprised that the other party showed real cultivation.


    How dare you jump out and openly provoke if you don''t even have the cultivation of Yuanshen period?


    Niu Dawei has been in charge of the daily affairs of Taiyi sect all the year round. He has had a lot of dealings with the cultivation trend of Jiuqu province. He knows more or less about the major cultivation forces.


    The thunder gun gate is just a Jindan sect gate. It is impossible to hide the yuan God Zhenjun in the gate.


    This man hid his accomplishments and identity and sneaked into the Taiyi sect. He definitely had another plot.


    Look at the real leader of the thunder gun sect. He should know the details of this person.


    Niu Dawei was thinking about things, but he was not slow.


    He sat still on the high platform and didn''t show much momentum.


    This is the place of taiyimen. If it gets a mess, it is taiyimen that will suffer the loss.


    Niu Dawei flew up from the high platform, made a gesture of invitation, and flew directly into the air.


    Because today''s ceremony, the mountain protection array of taiyimen Mountain Gate, originally closed most of the powers.


    As Niu Dawei flew to the sky, the mountain protection array took the initiative to close and give way to a channel.


    With a disdainful smile, the middle-aged man followed Niu Dawei into the air without showing weakness.


    Meng Zhang remained calm and took off to watch the battle with a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The thick earth God general who received the voice of Meng Zhang, together with several elders in the door, comforted all visitors and was responsible for the aftermath.


    Niu Dawei was worried that the aftermath of the battle would hurt the surrounding area of taiyimen, so he flew high all the way without stopping.


    It didn''t stop until it flew to a high altitude not far from nine days.


    At such a height, the environment is bad and the vigorous wind is fierce. Ordinary Jindan friars can''t stand here for a long time.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, he only felt the breeze blowing his face, which had little impact.


    The middle-aged man followed Niu Dawei and came here with almost front and rear feet.


    "At least you are also a Yuanshen friar. It''s beneath your dignity to hide your head and show your tail."


    Niu Dawei still wants to know the identity of the other party before he starts.


    "Just a hairy boy, don''t deserve to know the origin of this seat."


    The middle-aged man replied proudly and took the initiative.


    A sharp sword light directly killed Niu Dawei with the power of penetrating the heaven and earth.


    The other party was so arrogant that Niu Dawei stopped talking nonsense and started directly.


    His major skill is the true solution of wind and thunder. After breaking through the yuan Shen period, he mastered the power of wind and thunder Avenue.


    After the wind and thunder hammer, the fourth order magic weapon given by Meng Zhang, was refined by him, his strength increased greatly.


    Niu Dawei seemed to be incarnated in the wind and thunder all over the sky. The wind roared and the thunder rumbled, and he fought with the middle-aged man.


    When the two sides began to fight, the other Yuanshen Zhenjun who watched the war came not far away.


    They stood still and did not want to be easily involved in such a battle.


    Meng Zhang calmly took out the spirit snake spear and prepared to make a cruel attack.


    Since the other party dares to come to the door to provoke, Meng Zhang is not ready to say any rules.


    First it was a sneak attack, and then gathered he Luozhen Jun and them to beat up the guy who didn''t know how to live or die.


    After Niu Dawei fought with the other party, Meng Zhang also saw through the details of the other party.


    It''s just the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage. He dares to be so arrogant.


    Of course, this guy should be a sword repairman.


    The fighting ability of sword cultivation is unparalleled among friars of the same level. If his opponent is not Niu Dawei, but other early friars of Yuanshen, I''m afraid he is not his opponent.


    Meng Zhang needs a little effort to win this guy.


    The most labor-saving way is that a group of people beat him up.


    Wen dongzhenjun was also among the crowd watching the war, and he had long recognized the identity of the middle-aged man.


    He smiled bitterly and scolded in his heart. But in any case, you can''t let the other party be surrounded and killed in front of you.


    Having known Meng Zhang for so many years, he knows Meng Zhang''s black heart and hot hand.


    Wen Dongzhen didn''t dare to neglect. Before Meng Zhang started, he quietly moved to Meng Zhang''s side.


    "Headmaster Meng, give me a face. Don''t quarrel with this crazy young man."


    Wen Dongzhen Jun whispered.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s questioning eyes, Wen Dongzhen Jun smiled awkwardly.


    "This man''s name is Shang Jianqing. He is the son of the merchant of Datong Business League. He has another identity and is a disciple of Lord Jian."


    "Sword Lord?"


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s puzzled expression, I obviously haven''t heard of the name.


    Wen dongzhenjun had to be patient to explain to him.


    "Lord Jian is the disdainful face of Meng Zhang in this dynasty. He turned out to be a second generation of cultivation.


    "Why, if you have a great master, you can do whatever you want, and you can bully taiyimen at will?"


    Meng Zhang asked angrily.


    It seems that Wen dongzhenjun moved out of Shang Jianqing''s master and didn''t press Meng Zhang.


    Wen dongzhenjun hates Shang Jianqing in his heart.


    If Meng zhangtie doesn''t give face, he wants to leave Shang Jianqing here and mobilize the yuan God Zhenjun to participate in the siege. It can''t be stopped by Wen dongzhenjun alone.


    Although he knew that Meng Zhang would not tear his face with himself, in case Meng Zhang had a brain cramp, Wen Dongzhen had to persuade him.


    Wen Dongzhen, from the perspective of standing on the side of Taiyi gate, advised him that Taiyi gate is really not suitable for building strong enemies.


    Shang Jianqing really had an accident at Taiyi gate. Master Ouyang Jian was angry. I''m afraid governor Zhang Wei can''t bear it.


    Meng Zhang was certainly not as angry as he showed.


    After Wen dongzhenjun told the origin of Shang Jianqing, he knew that he could not leave this crazy guy.


    He is not a casual monk without a school, but a leader with a large family.


    We must consider the consequences and not act recklessly.


    Not to mention the relationship between Ouyang Jian, the master of business Jianqing, Meng Zhang can''t kill him just because he was born in Datong Business League. Unless Meng Zhang wants to start a full-scale war with Datong Business League now.

 Chapter 949

    You can''t directly surround and kill this guy who comes to the door to provoke here, but you can teach him some lessons. Meng Zhang began to figure out what he could gain from it.


    When Meng Zhang spoke to Wen dongzhenjun, Niu Dawei and Shang Jianqing had a big fight, and the battle soon entered a white hot stage.


    Meng Zhang certainly has enough confidence in his own eldest disciple.


    What nonsense sword Lord, what Da Li Dynasty, of course, whether he has any hidden mace or not, Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    Meng Zhang is extremely gifted in swordsmanship. He has practiced many excellent swordsmanship formulas and developed a superb swordsmanship.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a sword practitioner, when it comes to fighting swords, he will not be afraid of any sword practitioner.


    Niu Dawei''s talent in fencing is average, and he doesn''t have much interest.


    Meng Zhang himself is very big and has learned a lot. Even without swordsmanship, there are many skills that can be taught to Niu Dawei.


    During the daily communication between the two masters and disciples, Meng Zhang also displayed superb swordsmanship many times to test and exercise Niu Dawei.


    Before entering the yuan God period, Niu Dawei was trained by the number one sword Xiuji sword God General in the door.


    When it comes to the experience of he Jianxiu, Niu Dawei is not lacking. He will not be surprised by his excellent swordsmanship.


    Shortly after the battle, Niu Dawei learned the skill of sword repair.


    In his opinion, although the other party is a swordsman, his swordsmanship is far inferior to his own master, and he can''t pose too much threat to himself.


    Even compared with Jijian Shenjiang, apart from the gap in cultivation, Shang Jianqing''s swordsmanship can only be regarded as mediocre and not much outstanding.


    If he and the extreme sword God will fight the sword with the same cultivation, the extreme sword God may easily turn him over.


    Niu Dawei is very measured. He won''t hurt the killer until he knows the origin of the other party.


    However, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot escape. Since the other party openly provokes taiyimen, he must be taught a good lesson as a punishment.


    Meng Zhang fights with Wen Dongzhen while watching Niu Dawei and Shang Jianqing fight.


    Meng Zhang deliberately made a look of unbearable humiliation and insisted that Shang Jianqing pay the price of bleeding.


    Wen Dongzhen knows that Meng Zhang is mostly acting, but Shang Jianqing''s identity is extraordinary, which can''t be lost.


    If Shang Jianqing dies in front of him, he will certainly not be able to bear it.


    Wen dongzhenjun had to plead humbly for Shang Jianqing and asked Meng Zhang not to share the same knowledge with the young man.


    It is said to be a young man, but Shang Jianqing is not necessarily younger than Meng Zhang.


    Since we can''t kill Shang Jianqing, we have to get some compensation from other places.


    The officials of the Dali Dynasty often made large-scale purchases among the people, involving all kinds of cultivation materials.


    In the past, such businesses were generally handed over to big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Among the Jiuqu provinces, the governor''s office is fully responsible for these procurement matters.


    Since Datong business alliance has repeatedly provoked taiyimen, should it pay some price?


    Governor Zhang Weineng has long said that neither side is allowed to cause trouble. Should the people of the Datong Business League be punished for blatantly violating the governor''s order this time?


    Wen Dongzhen was held by Meng Zhang and had to hand over some procurement matters to taiyimen to appease Meng Zhang.


    Anyway, this is a private favor with public business. Wen Dongzhen Jun has no psychological burden.


    If the Datong business alliance feels that its own interests are damaged and wants to cause trouble, Wen dongzhenjun also says that this is the trouble caused by your own members of the Datong business alliance. Your family is just helping clean up the mess.


    After making an agreement with Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang put away the spirit snake spear, which was no longer like the tension of the sword.


    Meng Zhang promised Wen Dongzhen that he would not call people to kill Shang Jianqing.


    However, the fair competition between Niu Dawei and Shang Jianqing cannot be interfered by others at will.


    In Wen Dongzhen''s opinion, Niu Dawei just broke through the Yuanshen period, and his cultivation was shallow. Maybe he didn''t even master many means of the monks in the Yuanshen period, let alone the experience of fighting with the monks at the same level.


    Shang Jianqing was born in a famous family with the guidance of a famous teacher. As a swordsman, he is good at fighting.


    According to Dong Zhenjun, when Shang Jianqing was away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, he tried the world with his sword and challenged the strong everywhere.


    Shang Jianqing has experienced hundreds of battles and fought against many Yuanshen friars, almost never losing.


    They really want to have a fair competition. It''s just a big cow. They''re not the opponent of Shang Jianqing at all.


    But the result of the battle was absolutely unexpected to Wen Dongzhen.


    Among the ten thousand dharmas, thunder Dharma is the best. Friars who are good at Thunder method have a special restraining effect on sword cultivation.


    Niu Dawei is not only proficient in thunder method, but also integrates it into wind and thunder.


    Niu Dawei, who turned into a strong wind and wrapped in rolling thunder, rushed across the sky and danced wildly.


    Thunder and lightning flashed in the sky where the strong wind passed. And the wind is so sharp that it seems to tear the surrounding space completely.


    Niu Dawei, who is usually mature and steady, is extremely publicized and plays wantonly after incarnating in wind and thunder.


    Shang Jianqing has the arrogance of sword repair and always looks arrogant. But there is no momentum of indomitable and regretless sword repair.


    Surrounded by the strong wind, he couldn''t do it at all. He had to struggle in the wind in vain.


    The thunder carried by the strong wind bombarded him heavily, breaking his protective treasures one by one.


    Shang Jianqing controls the flying sword and wants to break out of the fierce wind.


    But the wind is getting tighter and tighter, so that his range of activities is shrinking.


    At this time, anyone with a clear eye knows that the situation of Shang Jianqing is bad.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun scolded the boy in his heart for being useless, he lost the face of the school. On the other hand, he was ready to save him.


    Still, no matter how much I dislike Shang Jianqing, Wen dongzhenjun should try his best to ensure his safety.


    Meng Zhang''s face was like a smile, blocking the way of Wen Dongzhen''s support.


    Fair competition, not allowed to be disturbed by external forces.


    Moreover, the disciples of Lord Jian can''t fight a cow Dawei.


    Wen Dongzhen was very worried, but he couldn''t fight with Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Niu Dawei finally gave the last blow.


    After a thunderous thunder, Shang Jianqing''s body lost control and fell from the air.


    Meng Zhang made way. Wen Dongzhen immediately flew over as fast as he could and caught Shang Jianqing''s body in mid air.

 Chapter 950

    When Shang Jianqing was caught by Wen dongzhenjun, he had already passed out in a coma, and his whole body was blackened. It was obvious that he was seriously injured. But the breath is stable and life-threatening.


    Wen Dongzhen checked carefully. Although Shang Jianqing''s injury was serious, it did not endanger his life or damage his foundation.


    This result is acceptable.


    From his heart, he was eager for this crazy young man to get a lesson and continue to bring trouble to his family and the governor''s office.


    I hope he can be honest and calm down for a while after today''s failure.


    At this time, Wen Dongzhen Jun didn''t want to stay here more.


    He said hello to Meng Zhang, took the initiative to leave, and left with the injured Shang Jianqing.


    When Niu Dawei fought with Shang Jianqing, there were many people watching the war, such as Changchun Zhenjun in changchunguan, wucrack Zhenjun without Rift Valley, etc.


    Shang Jianqing, a swordsman who is good at fighting, was defeated by Niu Dawei, which made everyone''s thoughts fluctuate.


    The Taiyi sect in its heyday is not mentioned. Today''s Taiyi sect is actually a very young sect. Among the numerous Yuanshen sects in Jiuqu Province, it is still young.


    But I don''t know when this young sect came from behind, had strong strength, and surpassed the sect of the yuan God Zhenjun present.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is profound and his fighting capacity is strong. Most of them don''t mention it. Even his disciple Niu Dawei has grown to this point and become so powerful, which makes people feel embarrassed.


    If it weren''t for the huge external pressure, I''m afraid many people would have been very afraid of taiyimen.


    After Niu Dawei defeated Shang Jianqing, he was not at all pleased, but looked as usual. First, I will explain to Meng Zhang, and then continue to warmly greet all visitors.


    Anyway, the evil guest Shang Jianqing was defeated, and the storm was settled.


    Niu Dawei and all the visitors took off and went back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Several golden elixir elders of Taiyi sect came forward and appeased all guests long ago.


    At this time, no one took the opportunity to make trouble.


    In fact, in addition to external forces such as Datong business alliance, I''m afraid that the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province do not dare to easily provoke the existence of Taiyi gate.


    Seeing Niu Dawei talking and laughing with a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun, he fell down from the sky very easily. The real leader of the thunder gun door had no blood on his face and his body could not help shaking a few times.


    He wanted to get in front of Niu Dawei, but Niu Dawei was surrounded by a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun. With his identity and accomplishments, it seems that he is not qualified to speak in the past.


    His eyes swept through the crowd and finally found a great Savior.


    Immortal Li Chongyi, who is in charge of foreign trade at taiyimen, is an old acquaintance with him. I have had several contacts and some business contacts before.


    He hurried over and wanted to plead with real person li Chongyi and explain to taiyimen that what happened today was not his original intention, but had nothing to do with the thunder gun gate.


    In his heart, he was extremely remorseful. When the people of Datong business union wanted to hide their identity and sneak into the team and come to taiyimen with him, he should resolutely refuse.


    On weekdays, Li Chongyi, who is always smiling and approachable, is very talkative. When he saw the real leader of the thunder gun sect coming, he gave a cold hum, brushed his sleeves and left without paying any attention to him.


    Li Chongyi''s attitude made the headmaster pale and almost unstable.


    Other guests around would not be kind enough to comfort him.


    At this time, everyone seemed to avoid the plague and kept away from him. Almost no one spoke to him and let him stand there alone.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei did not embarrass him. Maybe in their capacity, they are too lazy to pay attention to such mole ants.


    Next, Niu Dawei continued to speak as if nothing had happened.


    After the Yuanshen Zhenjun who watched the war came back, their descendants couldn''t help but come and ask about the victory or defeat of the first war just now.


    Of course, even if he didn''t witness the battle, Niu Dawei didn''t lose at least from his relaxed performance.


    None of these Yuanshen Zhenjun is necessary to keep secrets for Shang Jianqing. They not only told the result of the defeat of Shang Jianqing, but also briefly described the course of the battle.


    Meng Zhang had already told everyone about Shang Jianqing''s identity.


    No one will show mercy to Datong business alliance, the common enemy.


    People with good deeds made up jokes on the spot, describing Shang Jianqing as a arrogant, arrogant and incompetent second ancestor. Relying on the influence of the school and family, they make trouble everywhere and bully the weak.


    When I came to Taiyi gate to make trouble this time, I met Niu Dawei and kicked the iron plate.


    Shang Jianqing is simply vulnerable and ugly in the battle. If Wen Dongzhen hadn''t sheltered him, he would have died. I don''t know how many times.


    With the opportunity to vilify and attack Datong business alliance, many people take the opportunity to add fuel and vinegar. The more they say, the more outrageous they are.


    After today''s incident, Shang Jianqing''s reputation has been ruined and has completely become a clown.


    The only role of this clown is to be beaten in the face by Niu Dawei and bear the strength of Niu Dawei.


    Next, the Yuanshen ceremony, the procedures went smoothly, and there were no accidents again.


    After the ceremony, all visitors left the taiyimen Mountain Gate one after another.


    Taiyi sect has its own responsible disciples to deal with all kinds of aftermath matters.


    After the ceremony, a group of Jindan friars in the door gathered in front of Niu Dawei and talked with him.


    In particular, an Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, and an Muran, the third disciple, were closest to Niu Dawei at this time.


    The eldest martial brother has taken the lead to become the yuan God. But they didn''t even complete the cultivation of the golden elixir period, which is far from the yuan God period.


    While admiring the eldest martial brother, they also secretly determined to practice harder and strive to catch up with the eldest martial brother as soon as possible.


    For other Jindan friars, I can''t say that my family will be able to break through the Yuanshen period.


    However, the settling in brothers and sisters have excellent qualifications and have been painstakingly cultivated by the leader Meng Zhang for many years. They are full of confidence in their own path, but they have never doubted whether they can break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang also came over and gave Niu Dawei an order in public to kill the thunder gun door as soon as possible.


    Nearby, a younger monk showed an unbearable color on his face. Immortal Wei wucai, who was in charge of the Royal beast hall, was about to speak, but was interrupted by Meng Zhang.


    Whether the thunder gun gate is innocent or not, do you know Shang Jianqing''s action in advance. It is an indisputable fact that they collude with Datong business alliance.


    Killing the thunder gun gate is not only to vent anger, but also to show the majesty of Taiyi gate.


    Since you have provoked taiyimen, you have to pay a price. You must not let it escape easily.

 Chapter 951

    Since the large-scale entry of foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance into Jiuqu Province, many local Xiuzhen forces have invested in their command and become running dogs.


    In Jiuqu Province, there are many Xiuzhen forces colluding with these foreign merchants. Meng Zhang had long wanted to clean up, but he couldn''t find an excuse.


    After all, now Jiuqu province is under the rule of Dali imperial dynasty. Even taiyimen can''t easily provoke war.


    If the major Xiuzhen forces under the government fight constantly, the governor''s office will not sit idly by.


    Now it''s good. The thunder gun door took the initiative to send it to the door, which gave Taiyi door a chance.


    Although there is something innocent in the thunder gun sect, it should have some consciousness when it is in the cultivation world and has made a choice.


    Just a thunder gun door is not worth Meng Zhang''s too much energy. After assigning the task to Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang left here.


    On the way back to the leader''s residence, Meng Zhang saw the Jijian God alone beside the road, so he stopped and came to him.


    Meng Zhang can also guess the mind of Jijian God general.


    Niu Dawei can be said to have grown up under the watch of the Jijian God. Niu Dawei''s growth is inseparable from the care of the elders in the door, such as the Jijian God.


    The extreme sword God will watch Niu Dawei grow into the true king of the yuan God step by step, but his cultivation remains in the golden elixir period and can''t break through at all.


    As a Dharma protector, he had the cultivation of golden elixir at the time of his birth. Since you enjoy the convenience, you naturally have to bear the bad consequences.


    The cultivation limit of the Dharma protector general is basically dead. No matter how hard you practice and how much resources you invest, it is difficult to break through to the Yuanshen period.


    After the rise of taiyimen, the four Dharma protectors of Jijian have sufficient resources and a lot of time to practice.


    The cultivation of the four of them basically began to stagnate after entering the later stage of the golden elixir.


    The life of Dharma protector general is very long, which is longer than that of ordinary friars in the early days of Dharma protector.


    The extremely sword God estimated that when he ran out of life and was about to sit down, he would probably have a complete cultivation of the golden elixir.


    If you want to achieve the true monarch of the yuan God, don''t think about it all your life.


    Before becoming a Dharma protector, Jijian was a true disciple of Taiyi sect in its heyday and the seed of the yuan God in the sect.


    Because he was doomed and completely cut off his way, he had to be transformed into a Dharma protector general in order to continue to work for the sect.


    Meng Zhang admired the sacrifice and dedication of these sect elders.


    All along, he has been trying to find a way to see if he can help these elders break through the limitations of cultivation.


    This is not only to enhance the power of taiyimen, but also to make these predecessors have a good result.


    Unfortunately, the Dharma protector, as a special Taoist soldier, is really difficult to break through the congenital shackles.


    Meng Zhang once asked about the spirit of the void tripod and asked the ghosts and gods in the underworld to keep upright.


    However, the elders of these two schools have no good way to let Jijian God cultivate them to the period of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang wanted to comfort Jijian, but he didn''t know where to start.


    Over the years, more and more disciples of Taiyi sect have formed golden elixirs. Ordinary golden elixirs are not rare in the sect.


    However, the four Dharma protectors who were powerful in the later stage of the golden elixir are still the mainstay of the door and play an irreplaceable role.


    Besides, when Zhenjun, the yuan God in the door, is not free, the four Dharma protectors will take the initiative to go to Jiutian to obtain various resources including the essence of Jiutian.


    Seeing Meng Zhang beside him, Jijian God put his mind away and chatted with Meng Zhang as if nothing had happened.


    Meng Zhang followed the topic of the extremely sword God general and chatted with him for a long time before he took the initiative to leave.


    Meng Zhang secretly decided that the next time he went to the heavenly palace, he could see if there was any way to break through the congenital shackles of the Dharma protector.


    After all, as the highest ruling organization of the Jun dust world, the heavenly palace gathers the most powerful friars in the Jun dust world. The level of cultivation there is the highest in the whole Jun dust world.


    If there is any place to solve Meng Zhang''s problem, it is the heavenly palace.


    Only five days after the Yuanshen ceremony held for Niu Dawei at Taiyi gate, an overwhelming number of flying boats formed a team and came outside the thunder gun gate.


    Speed is important. Since you want to kill the thunder gun sect, you won''t give it time to react, let alone give its disciples a chance to escape.


    Taiyi gate has selected the flying boats that are good at speed in order to send the disciples to their destination as soon as possible.


    In order to save time, even the friars of hanhaidao alliance were not transferred, and all the friars participating in the war were directly affiliated friars of taiyimen.


    Fortunately, in order to participate in Niu Dawei''s Yuanshen ceremony, most Taiyi disciples gathered in the baicaopo of the mountain gate, so they don''t have to spend time slowly.


    When the advance troops of Taiyi gate arrived, the thunder gun gate had realized that the situation was wrong.


    Leijiangmen Mountain Gate is located in the south of Jiuqu Province, which is not a short distance from Huanglian holy mountain as the North-South boundary.


    When Dali Dynasty invaded Jiuqu League, Lei gun clan surrendered early.


    In fact, the strength was not damaged in the war and remained intact.


    After so many years of development after the war, it was later attached to the Datong business alliance. Among the jindanzong gate, the thunder gun gate is a relatively powerful one.


    The third-order mountain protection array outside the thunder gun gate has been fully launched.


    Through the mountain protection array, the immortal leader shouted for mercy and prayed for mercy from Taiyi sect.


    After what happened in the Yuanshen ceremony, he knew that taiyimen would surely retaliate.


    But he never thought that taiyimen''s Revenge came so quickly and fiercely.


    It seems that Taiyi gate is going to catch all the thunder guns.


    Niu Dawei stood at the front of the flying boat team and said nothing.


    He took a cold look at the bottom and threw out the fourth-order magic weapon wind thunder hammer.


    A huge hammer mixed with the sound of wind and thunder fell from the sky and hit the third-order mountain protection array heavily.


    A series of thunderous noises kept ringing, and the third-order mountain protection array was broken.


    In the Mountain Gate of thunder gun gate, I don''t know how many monks maintaining the Dharma array spit blood and fall to the ground.


    Niu Dawei took back the thunder hammer he threw out.


    He broke the enemy''s mountain protection array, not only to save fighting time, but also to reduce his own casualties.


    He was not ready to continue to fight. He handed over the rest to the disciples.


    The sect has cultivated its disciples for so long. Now it''s time for them to behave.


    A disciple of Taiyi sect jumped down from the flying boat and landed on the ground.


    They didn''t even discharge the large array, but formed a small and capable team and killed the Mountain Gate of the thunder gun gate.


    Before these small teams, it was the taiyimen golden elixir friars who entered the thunder gun gate.

 Chapter 952

    The leader of the thunder gun sect reacted very quickly. After that happened at the Yuanshen ceremony of Taiyi sect, he rushed back to the Mountain Gate as soon as possible and wanted to respond as soon as possible.


    Knowing that Taiyi sect would retaliate, he was ready to ask Datong Business League for help and arrange for the evacuation of disciples.


    At this time, he could not place his hopes on the Jiuqu provincial authorities.


    Once the Taiyi gate is ruthless, the official will not make enemies with the Taiyi gate for the sake of a mere Jindan sect.


    According to the hidden rules of the cultivation world, the thunder gun gate took the initiative to provoke Taiyi gate this time. What happened afterwards is to blame.


    But he never thought that the taiyimen army came so fast that it almost reached here with his front and rear feet, so that he had no time to make any arrangements.


    The old Jindan sect like thunder gun sect must also have many backhands, which can ensure that the inheritance of the sect can continue after it is destroyed.


    However, as long as the Yuanshen sect like Taiyi sect is determined, it can be completely eradicated and its inheritance can be completely cut off.


    Feihong sect, the overlord of the endless sand sea, was just a Jindan sect. After hundreds of years of tireless pursuit, most of the backhands of the Zijin sect of Yuanshen sect can be cracked.


    Now it''s the Taiyi sect to deal with a Jindan sect. If you don''t completely kill the other party, Niu Dawei won''t have the face to say that he is a disciple of the Taiyi sect.


    When the mountain protection array was broken, the thunder gun door appeared in front of the friar of taiyimen.


    Niu Dawei glanced at the battlefield below and knew that the victory or defeat had been decided, so he had no interest in paying attention.


    After a long time, a figure flew over from a distance.


    Niu Dawei saw each other from a distance and saluted.


    "Master Xuanfeng, how can a little thing disturb you?"


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun smiled bitterly. This trouble fell on his head again.


    He also attended the Yuanshen ceremony held by taiyimen before, and dealt with Niu Dawei.


    Not long after he returned, he received the news that there was an accident at the thunder gun door.


    As an official inspection envoy, he certainly has the responsibility to maintain public order and prevent all kinds of malignant things.


    Since Jiuqu League became Jiuqu Province, peace has been restored in the whole province, and there are basically no large-scale wars in the cultivation world.


    Occasionally bloody conflicts occur, the scale is generally small, and they are limited to a certain range.


    It has been many years since such a war of extermination took place.


    Taiyimen''s retaliation was justified, and it was not afraid of the official questioning of Jiuqu province.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who came from sanxiu, has always been unwilling to offend people easily.


    People with a clear eye can see that Taiyi gate is developing rapidly and prospering day by day. Xuanfeng Zhenjun is very reluctant to stand on the opposite side of Taiyi gate.


    After receiving the news of the accident at the thunder gun door, he deliberately delayed time. It didn''t fly until it couldn''t be delayed.


    "Brother Niu, give me a face. That''s all for today. Don''t go on."


    "If the governor''s office is disturbed, you and I will have no good fruit to eat."


    Although Xuanfeng Zhenjun was a friar in the middle of the Yuan Dynasty, after seeing the battle between Niu Dawei and Shang Jianqing, he was not sure enough to subdue Niu Dawei.


    Even if you can beat the cow, so what?


    Hit the small ones and the old ones. Meng Zhang, Niu Dawei''s master, is even harder to deal with. Xuanfeng Zhenjun is afraid of him.


    Niu Dawei glanced down, and the large-scale battle was over.


    Some Taiyi disciples are chasing the enemy, and some Taiyi disciples are cleaning up the battlefield and searching for booty.


    Niu Dawei secretly scolded the disciples for their slow action. It took so long to destroy only one thunder gun door.


    He had to cheer up and buy time for his disciples.


    Niu Dawei smiled as if the battlefield below didn''t exist at all.


    He talked with Xuanfeng Zhenjun warmly.


    Rambling and rambling, he stopped Xuanfeng Zhenjun from talking.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is a man of insight. He knows that the thunder gun door is not saved at a glance.


    He pretended to be confused and began to gossip with Niu Dawei.


    In addition to chatting, Niu Dawei also secretly released a messenger flying sword below to let the Taiyi disciples on the battlefield seize the time and end everything as soon as possible.


    Urged by Niu Dawei, the disciples of Taiyi sect had to speed up and solve various problems as soon as possible.


    Niu Dawei talked with Xuanfeng Zhenjun for a long time. When Xuanfeng Zhenjun was a little impatient, everything below was finally over.


    Taiyi disciples returned to the flying boat one after another with large and small bags of booty.


    The flying boat set sail and embarked on the way back to Taiyi gate.


    "Master Xuanfeng, we accept your favor this time. We will repay you in the future."


    Niu Dawei said goodbye and left here.


    "What kind of person is it? What happened here today has nothing to do with me. I don''t know anything."


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun shouted to Niu Dawei''s back, and then flew into the Mountain Gate of the thunder gun gate.


    Since the thunder gun sect perished, everything it owned naturally became ownerless.


    Although the thunder gun sect has been raided by the disciples of Taiyi sect, many wealth can''t be taken away.


    Not to mention the thunder gun gate has a territory, and there are some strongholds outside the mountain gate.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun spends a lot on weekdays. He has only one thunder gun door, which just makes up for it.


    Niu Dawei led the disciples of Taiyi sect who won a great victory and returned in triumph.


    Of course, he left three Jindan friars and led a capable team to patrol near the thunder gun gate and the territory.


    As for the remaining evils of the thunder gun sect, destroying the back hand and completely exterminating it, the remaining monks are naturally responsible.


    If the strength is insufficient, he will send reinforcements one after another.


    Niu Dawei didn''t expect that because Xuanfeng Zhenjun was greedy for the thunder gun door, he easily destroyed the remaining evils of the thunder gun door and saved Taiyi door a lot of effort.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was in the mountain gate. When he was free, he slowly integrated the blue spirit evil spirit given to him by mother-in-law Lansi into his mustard space.


    Blue spirit evil spirit was born in a dead place without vitality, but it contains special vitality.


    After Lan Ling''s evil Qi entered the mustard space, it immediately led to the change of breath in the space.


    As the foundation of space, yin and Yang began to shake violently.


    At this time, Meng Zhang needs to calm down and slowly sort out all kinds of breath in the space to calm it down slowly.


    This is a water mill work that takes a lot of time and energy, which is a test of people''s patience.


    As the master of mustard space, Meng Zhang''s Noumenon cannot enter the space, but can only project the divine mind into it.


    Combing everything in space with divine thoughts is not efficient.


    Next, Meng Zhang still has many things to do. He can''t be entangled by this thing.

 Chapter 953

    Among the true monarchs of the yuan God, there are many widely spread dharmas that can turn their own divine thoughts into a temporary projection.


    Of course, the divine projection is far from being compared with the real outer incarnation. In either way, it is far inferior to the external incarnation.


    However, in some special cases, divine projection still plays a great role.


    Meng Zhang''s Noumenon cannot enter the mustard space. It is too inefficient to simply comb all kinds of breath in it with his mind.


    He began to work the secret Dharma, and a large number of divine thoughts poured into the mustard space.


    After a while, as like as two peas, the human form is almost identical, and appears in the mustard space.


    The shadow began to cast spells inside to calm the restless breath in the mustard space.


    After a long time, the restless breath in the space began to calm down slowly.


    Blue spirit evil Qi contains special vitality. After being fully integrated into mustard space, mustard space will slowly become suitable for living creatures.


    In this process, it is best to comb the blue spirit evil Qi at any time to speed up its integration.


    Meng Zhang has a dual-purpose ability. The divine projection created will still greatly involve his energy.


    The outer incarnation can move away from the noumenon and act independently. However, the incarnation of the mind is inseparable from the control of the noumenon.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to this mustard space.


    He was going to hire the golden elixir friars in the sect with the good skills of the sect, and let them stay in their own mustard space for a long time to help sort out the blue spirit evil spirit.


    Suddenly, he thought of a better candidate.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and a message was automatically sent out.


    After a while, a big dark green cat chased a bird and ran into the room.


    Seeing Meng Zhang from a distance, the two little guys leaned over very intimately and scratched on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang gently stretched out his hands and spoiled the two little guys.


    Chasing electricity and Liuli were the spiritual favorites Meng Zhang got by chance.


    Meng Zhang''s strength has far surpassed them since he obtained the two spiritual favours.


    The cultivation speed of spirit beasts is far lower than that of humans, not to mention compared with gifted friars like Meng Zhang.


    When they first followed Meng Zhang, their natural abilities could also play a role.


    However, with the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, the gap between the two sides is growing.


    Later, their tiny strength was about nothing in Meng Zhang''s eyes, and could not help Meng Zhang at all.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s initial contract with the two spiritual pets did not expect their combat effectiveness, nor did he expect them to give much help.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang worked hard all day for the survival and development of the sect.


    In his spare time, having two lovely little guys for him to tease is also a kind of relaxation.


    To put it bluntly, as Meng Zhang''s spiritual pet, you only need to sell cute, and you don''t need to fight.


    After Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, he was worried about hurting two little guys in the battle. Most of the time, they are kept in the mountain gate.


    As the spiritual pet of the leader, the two little guys have a special status and have a very comfortable life in the door.


    Meng Zhang is loose enough to ensure that the two little guys get the best treatment.


    Some elders in the door also like two lovely little guys. They feed them with some pills and demon meat from time to time.


    Originally, there was no demon family inheritance in Taiyi gate, and there was no skill suitable for demon beast cultivation.


    However, since the completion of the Royal beast hall, it has been inherited from the beast king mountain. There are still many experiences in training spirit beasts.


    After Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, he gathered together with experts who were proficient in the art of resisting animals. Carefully studied the body structure and blood power of the spirit beast in the door, and compiled some shallow skill methods suitable for spirit beast cultivation.


    As Meng Zhang''s spiritual pet, Liu Li and Zhui Dian still spent a lot of time, carefully studied their instinctive power and sorted out some cultivation methods suitable for them.


    With sufficient cultivation resources, the two little guys are also very competitive. They know to practice hard and can get the guidance of Meng Zhang, the yuan God Zhenjun from time to time.


    Over the years, the two little guys have grown into third-order spirit beasts, with a power level equivalent to that of human alchemy friars.


    Although they do not have the ability to fully turn into human form, they have a high degree of wisdom and can spit out people''s words.


    Meng Zhang quarreled with the two little guys for a while and threw them into mustard space.


    The living environment in mustard space is bad. Even ordinary Jindan friars can''t survive here for a long time.


    First, the spirit beast has a strong adaptability to the environment and its survival ability exceeds that of many human friars.


    Second, there is the projection of Meng Zhang''s divine mind.


    The two little guys not only survived here temporarily, but also began to slowly adapt to the environment here.


    Meng Zhang''s divine projection instructed them and led them to sort out the blue spirit evil Qi and slowly adjust the breath in the mustard space.


    When mustard space becomes more and more suitable for living creatures, their survival here will become easier and easier.


    While Meng Zhang was strengthening the mustard space, Niu Dawei led the friar taiyimen to destroy the thunder gun gate and return to the master.


    For the current Taiyi gate, sending Niu Dawei to destroy the thunder gun gate feels like killing chickens with an ox knife.


    Of course, it is precisely because of the great mobilization of cattle that the action is safe.


    After returning to the mountain gate, it is natural to reward people based on their performance in the battle.


    Taiyi gate destroyed the thunder gun gate this time and searched for a lot of booty in its mountain gate.


    Thunder gun sect is indeed a jindanzong sect with a long history. Many precious treasures are stored in the sect.


    There are two kinds of spiritual objects, which are of great use to friars in the period of Yuanshen.


    A thundering green lotus was accidentally acquired by the founder of the thunder gun sect.


    For nearly a thousand years, the thunder gun sect has regarded it as a treasure and made every effort to cultivate it.


    If thunder green lotus wants to grow, what it needs most is the thunder water transformed by thunder.


    Only those Yuanshen Zhenjun who are proficient in thunder Avenue can master the means of turning thunder into water.


    The thunder gun gate has no way to obtain thunder water. Naturally, it can''t make thunder green lotus blossom and bear fruit.


    The lotus opened by thunder green lotus can heal the heavy damage suffered by Yuanshen Zhenjun Yuanshen.


    The lotus seed contains the power of thunder, which can wash and strengthen the yuan God.


    Niu Dawei is proficient in the road of wind and thunder, but he has not achieved the original God for a long time, and he is far from mastering the magic ability of turning thunder into water.


    Meng Zhang has enough accomplishments, but he is not proficient in thunder Avenue. He also has no ability to turn thunder into water.


    It''s Jin Lizhen, who has deep cultivation and is proficient in thunder Avenue. She can turn thunder into water.


    It''s not difficult to pay some price and get some thunder water from her.

 Chapter 954

    This is a broken fourth-order magic weapon called Lei Yuanbei.


    Lei Yuan stele in good condition is the best among the fourth-order magic tools, almost no less than the void tripod.


    I don''t know what kind of battle I experienced and what kind of strong person I encountered, but I actually interrupted this fourth-order magic weapon alive.


    A savvy cultivator can meditate in front of Lei Yuan''s stele and learn a lot of useful information.


    This Lei Yuan stele is the most precious treasure of the town sect of Lei gun sect. It is said that the ancestors of Lei gun sect learned most of them from Lei Yuan stele.


    Such treasures fell into the hands of the golden elixir friars and could not play their full role at all.


    Friars in the Yuan Dynasty may have a chance to understand the thunder Avenue by studying the Lei Yuan tablet.


    Moreover, if Lei Yuan stele is repaired, it is a powerful and magical fourth-order magic weapon.


    Niu Dawei cultivates Fenglei Avenue, but his cultivation is still shallow. He has no ability to refine and repair this magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang set aside a forbidden area in the mountain gate to house the Lei Yuan monument.


    Friars above the golden elixir period in the sect can spend their sect''s good work to understand and practice in front of Lei Yuan''s stele.


    Lei mingqinglian was also planted in a good place by Meng Zhang, and a special person was arranged to take care of it.


    After that, Meng Zhang will go to Jin Lizhen to get thunder water and water the thunder green lotus regularly.


    After Taiyi gate destroyed the thunder gun gate, there were many heads and tails.


    Jiuqu province has been peaceful for a long time since it became the territory of Dali imperial dynasty. Such a bloody massacre has not been seen for a long time.


    The action of taiyimen this time, but Haosheng shocked and deterred many local cultivation forces.


    With the lesson of thunder gun gate, when the major cultivation forces meet Taiyi gate in the future, they should think about their own attitude.


    Those local Xiuzhen forces that have attached themselves to large foreign businesses are not in danger, but they are by no means easy.


    Of course, the governor''s office will not tolerate such massacres under the rule of the government.


    Governor Zhang Weineng sent a stern letter to Meng zhanghaosheng.


    In his letter, he made it clear that similar things are absolutely not allowed to happen again.


    If taiyimen continues to do whatever he wants and undermine the stability of Jiuqu Province, he will never spare Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang put on a clever attitude and honestly accepted the reprimand of governor Zhang Weineng.


    He specially wrote a letter of apology and sent it to the governor''s house.


    On the official side of Dali imperial court, this time the matter was held high and fell gently. Taiyi gate was passed.


    On the one hand, the thunder gun gate didn''t know what to do and took the initiative to provoke Taiyi gate.


    Although Lei gun clan may be very innocent, it was implicated by Shang Jianqing, the second ancestor of Datong Business League.


    But anyway, since you stand in the wrong team and make the wrong choice, you have to bear the corresponding consequences.


    On the other hand, taiyimen is becoming more and more powerful, and has become the leader of local cultivation forces.


    In the future, governor Zhang Weineng still has some places to rely on the power of taiyimen.


    Practitioners are very realistic creatures. It is impossible to make it difficult for the yuan God sect, which is still of great use, for the sake of a small sect that has perished.


    Thunder gun door took refuge in Datong business alliance a long time ago.


    Datong business alliance is very angry about the end of the thunder gun door being destroyed.


    But this time, it was caused by Shang Jianqing, and Datong business alliance will inevitably have some responsibility.


    In governor Zhang Weineng''s place, he secretly blamed Shang Jianqing for his lack of ability and making trouble.


    Especially Wen Dongzhen, who personally brought Shang Jianqing back, was very tired.


    At first, he thought that Shang Jianqing really had some skills before he dared to challenge him. In order to prevent Shang Jianqing from being surrounded and killed by Meng Zhang, Wen Dongzhen even didn''t hesitate to make a bad relationship with Meng Zhang.


    But this arrogant guy can''t even fight Niu Dawei, a new yuan God friar.


    Wen dongzhenjun believed that if he did not intercede himself, Meng Zhang, who was bold and black, might have taken him down or even executed him.


    In addition, Wen Dongzhen Jun is very tired of the troublemakers of Datong business alliance.


    The governor''s office chose to gently expose the matter. This matter is over.


    Whether it is Shang Jianqing after he wakes up or the Datong Business League behind him, the governor''s office will not agree to continue making trouble.


    Governor Zhang Weineng even impatiently warned the Datong business alliance to stop and stop making trouble for the governor''s office.


    Governor Zhang Weineng has made a big plan recently, which needs the power of local Xiuzhen forces.


    He didn''t want to see another big conflict between the local Xiuzhen forces and the Datong business alliance at this time.


    With the governor''s respect, no matter who he is, he will feel the pressure and have to stop for a period of time.


    Although taiyimen was reprimanded by the governor''s office this time, the conditions agreed by Wen Dongzhen Jun were not discounted, and they were done one by one.


    The governor''s office came forward and purchased a large amount of cultivation materials from Taiyi gate, which made Taiyi gate earn a lot of spirit stones.


    There are no large Lingshi veins around Jiuqu province. A few Lingshi mines are small in scale, and the output of Lingshi is limited.


    In taiyimen territory, there are only a few incomplete Lingshi veins, and the ore output is very low.


    In the cultivation world, Lingshi is a kind of hard currency.


    If a sect doesn''t have enough spiritual stones for turnover, even if there are a lot of cultivation materials, there are still various inconveniences.


    Other forces in the small alliance established by Meng Zhang did not know the relationship between this business, but saw that taiyimen could connect with the governor''s house and earn spirit stones from the official procurement of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Everyone took a high look at Taiyi gate and became closer to Taiyi gate one after another.


    In the past, such businesses were forbidden by big businesses such as Datong business alliance. Taiyimen can get a hand in it. Everyone is very envious. At the same time, we also hope that taiyimen can bring everyone to make a fortune together.


    Meng Zhang did not say yes or no, but just hung everyone.


    With the increasing strength of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang also has greater ambition. He hopes to integrate the local cultivation forces and become one.


    Meng Zhang''s vision is very long-term.


    Dali Dynasty is now confronting Ziyang Shengzong in many aspects.


    If Dali could not resist Ziyang Shengzong, the more capital taiyimen held, the more room for maneuver in the future.

 Chapter 955

    For the whole Jiuqu Province, the destruction of the thunder gun gate by Taiyi gate is just a small episode.


    The overall situation in Jiuqu province is still dominated by stability and peace.


    The construction inside and outside the province has not been affected at all.


    After the long-distance transmission array between Dali imperial dynasty and Jiuqu city is completed, the next step is to build a long-distance transmission array from Jiuqu city to all parts of Jiuqu province.


    In the former Jiuqu League, the overall level of cultivation was very low.


    Although some monks may be strong enough to run wild for a while. However, in terms of all kinds of cultivation of truth, it has fallen far behind the mainstream of the cultivation of truth.


    Take the transmission method array as an example. The transmission method array existing in Jiuqu league can only transmit a very short distance.


    It can be used inside the sect and inside the mountain gate at most.


    It can''t be transmitted directly between different cultivation forces.


    With the establishment of long-distance transmission arrays in Jiuqu Province, the whole Jiuqu province has become a whole.


    Meng Zhang made a special trip to the governor''s house and spent a lot of money managing it up and down.


    Taiyimen territory is too vast. It is not convenient to build a long-distance transmission array on it.


    Finally, the Dali imperial government relented and promised to build three long-distance transmission arrays on the taiyimen territory.


    A city built in gale.


    It is built in the endless sand sea near Yuantu prairie, not far from Huangsha ridge.


    The last one is built near the lion ridge in the Gobi Gobi.


    These three long-distance transmission arrays can be directly connected to Jiuqu city.


    At the same time, the three long-distance transmission arrays can also be connected to each other.


    The long-distance transmission array is also hierarchical.


    The farther the transmission distance, the higher the level naturally.


    Jiuqu city''s teleportation array, which connects the mainland of the imperial dynasty, is undoubtedly the highest teleportation array in Jiuqu province.


    The level of the transmission method array connecting Jiuqu city and Jiuqu provinces is undoubtedly a little lower.


    For the three long-distance transmission arrays above taiyimen territory, taiyimen and the governor''s office pay half the construction cost respectively.


    After the formation was completed, it was jointly managed by taiyimen and the governor''s office.


    We share the operating expenses and share the income earned in the future.


    Meng Zhang finally talked about this condition. To pay a huge extra price to manage the governor''s house.


    Governor Zhang Weineng still has a place to use Meng Zhang and needs Meng Zhang to work hard. Otherwise, even if Meng Zhang gives more benefits, he will not easily agree to Meng Zhang''s conditions.


    Dali Dynasty had a well-developed cultivation civilization, and the overall cultivation level was very high.


    Meng Zhang did not know what the legendary Middle Earth looked like, nor had he been to Dali, the native land of the imperial dynasty. It was deeply shocked to see the construction team sent by the Dali imperial government to build these three long-distance transmission arrays on the taiyimen territory.


    In fact, out of curiosity, many friars of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, went to the place where the long-distance transmission Dharma array was built and watched.


    These local construction teams from Dali Dynasty gave Meng Zhang the feeling that they were professional and efficient.


    Since he crossed into this world of cultivation, the experiences of previous lives in Meng Zhang''s mind began to fade slowly.


    But seeing the work of Dali imperial construction team, those memories from industrialized society began to emerge slowly again.


    The overall cultivation level of monks in the construction team is not high. But they all specialize in their own work, and perform their respective duties, and can complete the part of the work they are responsible for perfectly.


    When the construction team built the long-distance transmission array, except for a few core secrets, most of the process did not prohibit outsiders from visiting.


    They are not afraid of what others can learn.


    It took thousands of years to get away from the imperial court and absorbed the essence of the Chinese mainland''s real world.


    If you look on for a while, you can learn it casually. That''s a joke.


    The principles involved in long-distance transmission array, specific array skills and magic prohibition are the secrets of the cultivation world.


    As for the various precious materials used in the middle, it is very difficult to collect.


    Those bystanders, including friars taiyimen, can''t understand this dharma array even if they read it thousands of times.


    Even with the eyesight of the yuan God friar like Meng Zhang, after watching for a long time, he gained little.


    However, the friars of the array hall in the gate, led by general Wen qiansuan and the thick earth God, have been observing carefully and may have learned a lot of useful things.


    Of course, it''s still 18000 miles away from taiyimen''s independent construction of long-distance transmission array.


    The Dali imperial construction team was very efficient, and the three long-distance transmission arrays were soon built.


    The labor cost and all kinds of precious materials consumed are converted into spirit stones, and taiyimen needs to bear half.


    When Meng Zhang saw the bill, he knew that he must have been knocked a lot this time.


    The Lingshi that taiyimen needs to pay exceeds its income for 30 years.


    The Lingshi, which was earned from the officials of Dali imperial court not long ago, was turned over several times with interest even before it was warm.


    There''s no way to do this. Taiyimen doesn''t have the ability to build a long-distance transmission array. Naturally, people say it costs as much as it costs.


    After the completion of these three long-distance transmission arrays, Taiyi gate also needs to be guarded by people.


    The long-distance transmission array built in Dafeng City is guarded by the ancient moon family of Dafeng City and the golden elixir immortal of huoyun sect.


    The two long-distance transmission arrays in the endless sand sea and Gobi are guarded by the Jindan friar of Taiyi gate.


    In these years, not only taiyimen itself, but also hanhaidao alliance, there have been the birth of Jindan friars.


    At the level of Jindan friar, taiyimen has enough hands to use.


    Moreover, the absolute advantage of Taiyi gate at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun makes Taiyi gate not afraid of a large number of Jindan friars among the vassal forces.


    The construction of three long-distance transmission arrays was completed. After some debugging, it was determined that there was no problem, and it was soon put into formal use.


    Although it is expensive to transmit through long-distance transmission array, it is still used by many monks.


    Especially those monks who are in a hurry or carry valuables with them prefer to use long-distance transmission array.


    Soon after the three transmission arrays were put into operation, they brought a lot of profits to taiyimen.


    If this development continues, even if the revenue is shared equally with Dali imperial officials, taiyimen will recover its investment in long-distance transmission array in a short time.


    No wonder in previous lives, there was a saying that if you want to be rich, you should build roads first.


    Long distance transmission array is the most efficient channel.


    However, with the frequent use of long-distance transmission array, taiyimen also faces a big problem.

 Chapter 956

    Every time you use the long-distance transmission array to transmit, you need to consume the empty ghost stone.


    The quantity and quality of empty ghost stones consumed are also different according to the distance of transmission.


    Jiuqu province does not produce Kongming stones. All Kongming stones come from other places.


    When using the three long-distance transmission Dharma arrays above taiyimen territory, if the user does not have empty ghost stones, he needs to buy additional empty ghost stones from the operator of the Dharma array.


    In fact, there has been a lack of empty and dark stones in the Jiuqu provincial cultivation world.


    Those practitioners who use the long-distance transmission method array basically can''t get the empty ghost stone, so they have to buy it from the operator.


    Dali imperial government has enough empty ghost stones to sell. Taiyi gate is much worse in this regard.


    After officially breaking face with big businesses such as Datong business alliance, taiyimen lost the channel to buy empty Ming stone.


    There are many empty ghost stones in stock in the door, but you can''t just go out and in.


    Meng Zhang soon discovered this problem and knew that he had to find a solution from the heavenly palace.


    Soon after Niu Dawei became the original God, Meng Zhang sent several transmission runes in and out of the heavenly palace to he Luozhen and Jin Lizhen, giving them a chance to go to the heavenly palace.


    Although they did not spend valuable permanent residence places on them, Meng Zhang still provided them with a lot of convenience.


    Meng Zhang sent out the pamphlet written by himself and agreed that they could settle down temporarily in the taiyimen industry when they stayed in the heavenly palace.


    He Luozhen and Jin Lizhen got this precious opportunity and went in and out of the heavenly palace many times.


    He Luozhen''s Shuihuo sect was founded, and Jin Lizhen had only one disciple, Jin Qiaoer.


    They can''t take over the low-level task in the hall of common affairs like Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying.


    There are many places for employing people in the heavenly palace. Many places are short of hands.


    As a monk in the period of Yuanshen, as long as he can pull down his face, he can still find some job opportunities and earn Yuqing LINGJI.


    Moreover, both of them are the cultivation accomplishments of the yuan God in the early stage. They can''t use the jade Qingling machine for their own cultivation for the time being. They only need the essence of nine days.


    They went in and out of the heavenly palace several times. With the help of Meng Zhang, they managed to get a foothold there.


    Of course, their time in the heavenly palace is still limited.


    Without permanent residence permission, they can''t bear to spend Fei Yuqing''s clever opportunity to stay in the heavenly palace all the time.


    After Niu Dawei became the original God, Meng Zhang led him to the small courtyard of Taiyi gate.


    Yang Xueyi has been busy completing the task during this period, and she runs outside most of the time.


    After learning that Meng Zhang came, she rushed to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is to make Niu Da familiar with the situation here.


    In the future, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi can take turns in Tiangong to complete tasks and carry out various operations.


    As for the purchase of Kongming stone from the heavenly palace, it is just a small matter.


    In the heavenly palace, there are monks from most parts of the Junchen world, including those from the big gate and even from the holy gate.


    As long as you can afford the jade Qingling machine, most of the materials in the Jun dust world can be bought here.


    Shopping is convenient, but we need to use Yuqing LINGJI to trade, which makes Meng Zhang very painful.


    Moreover, it''s a little troublesome to bring back Taiyi gate after buying the empty ghost stone.


    Because of the space attribute of the empty ghost stone, it is impossible to put a large number of it into the storage magic weapon.


    If you want to bring a large number of empty ghost stones back to Taiyi gate, you have to work harder and run more times.


    Meng Zhang gave Yang Xueyi the task of buying the empty ghost stone, so he didn''t ask any more.


    Over the years, Yang Xueyi has been staying in the heavenly palace. She is far more familiar with the environment here than Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang seldom goes to the heavenly palace once, and Yang Xueyi reports to him.


    Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying took over the task of lead silk mother-in-law and completed it smoothly, allowing lead silk mother-in-law to successfully lead some small worlds.


    Sometimes, in some difficult small world, Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying will join hands and mobilize friars taiyimen and Huanglian cult to participate.


    Like the last mission, taiyimen and Huanglian sect joined forces, and more than 20 friars of Jindan alone sent out.


    As the small world level of traction becomes higher and higher, the force that needs to be invested is also greater and greater. Of course, after success, the harvest is also great.


    Not to mention the extra reward for mother-in-law, the task reward alone is very expensive.


    In the process of completing these tasks, both taiyimen and Huanglian cult lost a lot of monks.


    This is very sad, but it is inevitable. Moreover, the number of disciples lost is barely acceptable.


    Of course, there are a few experiences of mission failure, which can not be avoided.


    The situation is changeable in the void, and no one knows what will happen next. Accidents are normal.


    Yang Xueyi told Meng Zhang that if the local cultivation forces of Hanhai daomeng and Jiuqu province are mobilized, in addition to completing the task of mother-in-law leading silk, you can also try to complete other similar tasks to increase income.


    Now, according to Yang Xueyi''s suggestion, the merit points obtained by taiyimen can be used to exchange for a fixed resource point within nine days.


    With a fixed resource point, taiyimen can not only obtain the stable essence of nine days, but also obtain other precious spiritual objects.


    Meng Zhang followed Yang Xueyi''s advice.


    As for what kind of resource points to exchange, you still need to choose slowly.


    The resource points within nine days can be used as the foundation of a Yuanshen sect.


    The reason why qingyuanzong was able to dominate Jiuqu League at the beginning was that for taiyimen, the heavenly palace was a treasure house with infinite wealth.


    As long as we operate in the heavenly palace, we can obtain many precious resources and lay the foundation for the rise of taiyimen.


    When there are not enough people, he Luozhen Jun and Jin Lizhen Jun will come to help.


    Their relationship with taiyimen is also trustworthy.


    Except for some things that are too confidential, many things can be entrusted to them.


    Let them help, of course, to give adequate remuneration.


    Anyway, they can accept working for others in order to earn Yuqing LINGJI.


    It''s fair to help the familiar taiyimen to work. What''s unacceptable?


    Jin Qiaoer''s cultivation in the golden elixir period is about to be completed. It won''t be long before it will impact the Yuanshen period.


    In order to buy some auxiliary items that will help to impact the yuan Shen period, Jin Lizhen began to run around in the heavenly palace and strive to earn Yuqing LINGJI.


    As long as there is enough jade clearing machine on the side of Taiyi gate, she won''t refuse any hard work.

 Chapter 957

    Within nine days, Meng Zhang led Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei to search slowly and carefully in an area.


    Not long ago, Yang Xueyi consumed merit points and exchanged a resource point from the Commons Hall of the heavenly palace.


    The nine days outside the Jun dust world are a heavy barrier of the Jun dust world.


    When those foreign small worlds are pulled by the gravity of the Jun dust world and are about to fall into the Jun dust world, there will be a special return to virtual power to display great magical powers, so that these small worlds can slowly integrate into the nine days.


    After a long time, these small worlds have been slowly digested by nine days, and have completely become the nutrition for strengthening the Jun dust world.


    In this process, those parts of the small world that are difficult to digest and absorb will become various spiritual objects and materials including the essence of the nine days after a series of wonderful changes in nine days.


    Those places where a large number of spiritual objects and materials are gathered are the resource points within nine days.


    Because Tiangong promotes this process, we have a certain understanding of the distribution of resource points.


    Within nine days, it is vast and boundless. Many places can shield the monk''s mind and make many exploration methods ineffective.


    If there is no corresponding information in advance, just act recklessly and search aimlessly and slowly within nine days. It will take decades and hundreds of years, and most of them will not find any resource points.


    Yang Xueyi spent merit points to obtain resource point intelligence from Tiangong, which only delineated a general scope.


    To really determine the location of resource points, it takes a lot of time and energy to search slowly within this range.


    Meng Zhang and his three original gods, Zhenjun, searched for more than three months within nine days according to the information of the heavenly palace. When Meng Zhang was a little impatient, he finally found the target.


    Although it took so long, at least I found the target. I''m not busy in vain.


    The similar intelligence given by Tiangong is not accurate.


    It is only a general orientation, and the internal situation of the resource point is only a general one.


    There are many resource points within nine days, but whether the production is rich or not depends on luck.


    If you have bad luck and the internal resources of the resource point are too poor to equal the consumed merit points, you have to admit bad luck.


    This is not the worst case. The worst thing is to exchange the resource point, find the land according to the intelligence, but find that the resource point has a master.


    It''s not that this has never happened, but it happens once or twice.


    Monks often come and go in the nine days, and the team that collects the essence of the nine days has never been cut off.


    There are always a few lucky guys who will inadvertently find some ownerless resource points.


    If the strength is not enough, take a handful and search all the resources in the resource point.


    Those with stronger strength will directly occupy this resource point.


    Although the heavenly palace is the supreme ruler of the Junchen world, it has never claimed to have everything in the Junchen world. There is no claim of ownership of various resources within nine days.


    Friars consume merit points. What they exchange from the heavenly palace is only the approximate location of the resource point, not the ownership of the resource point.


    When someone comes first, Tiangong has no responsibility and will not intervene in similar disputes easily.


    How to solve it depends on the strength and background of both sides.


    In the cultivation world, there are not a few wars caused by competing for resource points.


    Taiyimen is very lucky this time. The resource points found have not been found by others.


    The so-called resource point is a semi independent space hidden in the space gap.


    In this space, because of some unknown factors, a large number of truth repair resources are concentrated.


    All kinds of resources in this resource point are still abundant. In addition to the common nine day essence within nine days, there are several Heaven and Earth Spirit objects and several spirit materials.


    Similar resources are rare in the Junchen world. Even if you spend a lot of spiritual stones, you may not be able to buy them.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them did not rush to search for these resources, but took out a pole array flag and placed it around this space. Then they flew out one by one and filled the surrounding space.


    The three of them worked together to lay a ban and hide this resource point.


    In this way, it can greatly reduce the possibility that resource points can be found inadvertently.


    Moreover, there are prohibited resource points outside, that is, those with masters.


    Even if latecomers find this place, they should think about it before they start. Do they want to conflict with other sects because of some resources.


    Many years ago, when Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen Jun entered the nine days, they inadvertently found an extremely miniature resource point.


    It was because they found that the resource point had a master, so they just searched secretly for a while and didn''t want to completely occupy the whole resource point.


    If you are unlucky, behind the discovered resource points is a super faction and even a holy land parcel.


    If you want to compete for resources with others, you have to weigh your weight first.


    In fact, those who can have fixed resource points within nine days are at least yuanshenzong doors with some strength.


    Although resources are valuable, we still need to think about such a strong enemy.


    It took Meng Zhang half a day to set up the prohibition and hide the whole resource point.


    Because of the special environment within nine days, those who can enter here are at least friars in the later stage of Jindan.


    There are many inconveniences if you want to arrange people to stay here for a long time.


    The strength of the stationed friars arranged is weak, and they are easy to be killed and robbed.


    However, to arrange too strong garrison force is too much involved in the energy of the sect.


    Especially those sects with many resource points, although their strength is very strong, they do not have enough manpower to garrison each resource point.


    At most, it is to arrange some garrison monks in some large resource points or places where there are particularly valuable resources.


    There are often Yuanshen friars in and out within nine days. Arranging friars to garrison in the later stage of Jindan has little effect.


    There are only a few Yuanshen friars in taiyimen. They are often not enough to use. Naturally, they can''t be wasted in this place.


    After the whole resource point is perfectly hidden, Meng Zhang has time to slowly count all kinds of resources inside.


    Some spirit materials still need time to grow slowly. There is no need to collect them in a hurry.


    They ransacked all the resources they could collect.


    After the resources of each resource point are searched, they will be slowly reborn after a period of time.


    The more valuable resources, the more time it takes.


    After collecting the resources, Meng Zhang carefully observed and searched around to make sure that no one was peeping.


    They repeatedly checked the prohibition of hidden resource points to ensure that there were no traces and flaws.


    After all this, they set out on their way home.

 Chapter 958

    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei returned to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate. Naturally, Yang Xueyi went to Tiangong.


    During this time, Xu Mengying stayed in the holy mountain of Huanglian. Many things in the heavenly palace fell on Yang Xueyi.


    Yang Xueyi and Meng Zhang searched for resource points together this time. After such a long delay, they have accumulated a lot of affairs, which need to be dealt with urgently after she returns to the heavenly palace.


    Not long after Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang set off again for Huanglian holy mountain.


    Not long ago, Xu DaoHai, a descendant of Xu Mengying, the leader of Huanglian cult, successfully broke through the period of Yuanshen.


    Xu DaoHai became the true monarch of the yuan God, and the strength of the Huanglian sect has greatly increased. Xu Mengying''s successors have added a helping hand. Finally, he doesn''t have to support the whole sect alone.


    This time, taking advantage of Xu DaoHai''s achievement of Yuanshen, Xu Mengying held a grand Yuanshen celebration in Huanglian holy mountain.


    After the decline of Huanglian cult for so many years, Xu Mengying has been oppressed for so many years.


    If Xu Mengying didn''t have the opportunity to enter the heavenly palace, under the pressure of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance, Huang Lianjiao said that she might not be able to support it.


    Now Xu DaoHai has become the original God. Xu Mengying not only has greatly reduced the pressure on her, but also has a feeling of elation.


    Huanglian sect holds the grand ceremony of Yuanshen. Of course, Taiyi sect, as an ally, should send people to attend, and the leader should attend it in person.


    Over the years, as the headquarters of Meng Zhang''s small league, Huanglian holy mountain has been frequently visited by many monks in the league, which has become very lively.


    As the date of the grand ceremony of Yuanshen approaches, the surrounding areas of Huanglian holy mountain have long been like clouds and a sea of people.


    Meng Zhang came late because he was delayed in dealing with the resource point.


    When he came to Huanglian holy mountain, the representatives of other Xiuzhen forces in the alliance had already arrived.


    Meng Zhang entered the holy mountain of Huanglian and was personally led to the sect hall by Xu Mengying.


    A large group of long lost Yuanshen Zhenjun met Meng Zhang at the gate of the hall.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t care much, he is the leader of the alliance after all. As a member of the alliance, on the surface, everyone should maintain enough respect for him.


    Moreover, the strength and reputation of Meng Zhang today deserve such respect.


    Changchun Zhenjun, cunning Zhenjun, Huolie Zhenjun... Meng Zhang greeted an old friend with a smile and said hello from time to time.


    They welcomed Meng Zhang into the sect hall, and a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun talked enthusiastically.


    The monks who are qualified to enter this hall at this time are the yuan God Zhenjun of the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Through a small alliance, Meng Zhang has already organized them preliminarily.


    Over the years, the small alliance established by Meng Zhang began to play a role slowly.


    A relatively closed market has been established internally, and we can exchange what we need.


    Taiyimen wantonly purchased all kinds of products of other cultivation forces and secretly sent them to the Daheng cultivation world for sale.


    The pill of changchunguan, the mechanism creation of qiaozong, and the magic weapon of huolieshan... With the help of Taiyi gate, there is a new market.


    Although it''s still far from what it used to be, we can gain more or less by selling these items, and the life of the sect is much better.


    Taiyimen has become more and more important in this small league and has almost become an indispensable core.


    Almost every member of the alliance asked to help taiyimen. Over time, they will become more and more inseparable from taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang used this peaceful means to slowly establish the core position of taiyimen and strengthen his authority as a leader.


    In fact, many friars in the alliance have guessed that taiyimen must have mastered a secret business channel.


    However, taiyimen''s tone is very tight, and members of the alliance can''t force taiyimen to disclose it.


    Everyone knows that such a business channel must be the top secret of taiyimen and related to the core interests of taiyimen.


    Relying solely on the weak alliance, taiyimen can not share this channel with you.


    Xu Mengying knows the existence of maple leaf mountain city. However, she has a special relationship with Meng Zhang. Huang Lianjiao is also the most reliable ally of taiyimen. Naturally, she stands firmly on Meng Zhang''s side and will not disclose secrets at will.


    Moreover, taiyimen is kind.


    When purchasing various items from various cultivation forces, they did not force down the price. The price given is not very high, but it is absolutely fair.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect to make a profit from such business activities. He mainly strengthened the links between the alliance members and slowly turned the alliance into a whole.


    In fact, if you count the consumption of the dark stone above, taiyimen buys the production of alliance members and sends it to the Daheng cultivation world for sale, it not only makes little profit, but also loses money most of the time.


    Fortunately, taiyimen bought many Kongming stones from the square market on the other side of the heavenly palace, so that they can continue such business activities.


    As you Yuanshen Zhenjun chatted, the topic naturally turned to Xu DaoHai, the protagonist of the Yuanshen ceremony.


    Xu DaoHai is Xu Mengying''s blood related descendant. In theory, she is her nephew.


    Xu DaoHai is not well-known within the Huanglian sect. As for outsiders, before today, they did not know the existence of this person.


    It seems that he came out at once and became a yuan God. Everyone is a little curious.


    Xu Mengying also did not hide, and introduced Xu DaoHai''s general situation to everyone.


    Xu DaoHai has excellent qualifications. He was a gifted friar in Huanglian sect since childhood.


    Moreover, he was devoted to the Tao and was a bitter monk to the letter.


    He has little interest in everything outside. He spends most of his time practicing hard in the door and rarely walks outside. Therefore, his reputation is not obvious, and few people know his existence.


    What Xu Mengying didn''t say is that for the purpose of protecting Xu DaoHai, she deliberately concealed Xu DaoHai''s information before, both internally and externally.


    In the age of Jiuqu League, there were many internal disputes and fierce internal battles among Huanglian sect.


    After the decline of the yellow lotus sect, many forces were reluctant to see the yellow lotus sect recover its strength.


    If the gifted disciples in the sect don''t hide and protect, they will die early.


    Under the rule of Dali Dynasty, the situation was a little better. Huanglian cult still had many enemies.


    Before Xu DaoHai became the yuan God, his survival ability was not guaranteed.


    Now that Xu DaoHai has achieved the yuan God, he can finally show it in front of everyone.


    In order to cultivate Xu DaoHai, a Yuanshen friar, the resources of the whole Huanglian sect are greatly inclined to him.


    Xu Mengying has invested a lot in Xu DaoHai.


    The merit points obtained by Xu Mengying in the heavenly palace have been exchanged for some spiritual objects that help to attack the yuan God period for Xu DaoHai''s use.


    Fortunately, Xu DaoHai was strong enough not to disappoint Xu Mengying, let alone waste zongmen''s investment.

 Chapter 959

    Now that Xu DaoHai has become the original God, Xu Mengying will no longer hide and tuck in, and show him in front of everyone.


    However, Xu DaoHai is introverted and unwilling to deal with outsiders.


    When Xu Mengying received the yuan God Zhenjun in the hall, Xu DaoHai did not appear, but stayed alone.


    Xu Mengying sent someone to urge him several times before he came to meet everyone.


    Xu DaoHai is silent. Most of the time, others are saying that he is listening.


    He is not good at communication and hardly takes the initiative to speak. He responds passively only when others speak first. For others to ask directly, it''s just a few simple uh huh.


    In the cultivation world, there are many practitioners with strange temper. His character is nothing.


    In particular, as a true monarch, a little quirky will be regarded as having character.


    Isn''t it normal that the lofty yuan God Zhenjun has a strange temper?


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much, but secretly observed Xu DaoHai.


    He has a strong foundation and extraordinary bearing. He is obviously not an ordinary person.


    As an ally, Meng Zhang is very happy to see the strength of the Huanglian sect increase.


    While chatting, someone suddenly suggested that no one would take the initiative to challenge Xu DaoHai like last time at taiyimen.


    Xu Mengying frowned and said impolitely that if someone really didn''t know what to do and wanted to make trouble on this happy day, Huang Lianjiao would never be merciful.


    Meng Zhang also mentioned that the thunder gun door acted against the enemy, which led to the disaster of killing the door.


    Seeing the attitude of the two people, the person who mentioned the matter just now stopped talking nonsense.


    On the other side of the governor''s house, this time only a Jindan friar was sent as a representative to participate in the Yuanshen ceremony.


    Great ceremony of the God of the Huanglian sect went on smoothly, and no one came to make trouble.


    Big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance have been taught a lesson. They won''t have such a short memory.


    Among the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province, those who take the initiative to take refuge in large foreign merchants are basically some Jindan sects.


    With their ten courage, they dare not take the initiative to provoke the yellow lotus sect of the yuan God sect, not to mention the tragic end of the thunder gun sect.


    The last part of the grand ceremony of Yuanshen is Xu DaoHai''s opening lecture.


    Xu DaoHai is clumsy in words and doesn''t speak well.


    However, Meng Zhang can roughly judge from what he said that he has accumulated a lot of Taoism and has a deep understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Taking this opportunity to participate in the grand ceremony of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang formed the forces of the small alliance. Its principals rarely get together and gather together in Huanglian sect.


    With the cooperation of Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang asked everyone to strengthen contact and cooperation.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is to strengthen this alliance and let everyone put more energy into it.


    Over the years, all the Xiuzhen forces in the alliance have benefited a lot from this small alliance.


    Although I still have an instinctive caution against Meng Zhang, I''m worried that taiyimen will take the opportunity to control or annex their own clan. However, there was no objection to Meng Zhang''s proposal to strengthen cooperation.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the holy mountain of Huanglian sect for more than half a month. After settling various affairs, he returned to Taiyi gate.


    Not long after he returned to Taiyi gate, the special magic weapon Sun Moon jewel he refined in those years was finally about to be advanced into a fourth-order magic weapon after so many years of strengthening.


    In the cultivation world, only a few sects have mastered the ability to directly refine fourth-order magic instruments.


    Most of the fourth-order magic tools evolved slowly from the third-order magic tools.


    In the current taiyimen, fourth-order magic tools are still scarce.


    Meng Zhang''s major skill was the sun moon rotation Sutra. He had a deep understanding of the sun moon Avenue.


    If the sun moon jewel is advanced to level 4, it will play a great role in improving his combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside all kinds of affairs and began to shut down.


    He slowly released the power of the original God, carefully warmed the sun and moon beads, and invested some precious spiritual objects and materials from time to time.


    Originally, according to his original plan and Wen Dongzhen''s kind reminder, he should go to Dali and his party as soon as possible.


    But what happened one after another delayed him and made him unable to make the trip for the time being.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang is not particularly concerned.


    The concept of time is very different from that of ordinary practitioners.


    It is not too late to delay for three or five years. It is not too late to delay for decades or even hundreds of years.


    After nearly three years of seclusion, Meng Zhang finally made this sun moon pearl successfully advanced into a fourth-order magic weapon.


    Now, Meng Zhang has five fourth-order magic tools, including qicaixia light robe, Jinghong sword, spirit snake spear, Sun Moon pearl and yin-yang spirit gourd.


    It is an unbearable burden for ordinary mid-term friars to refine five fourth-order magic tools.


    Meng Zhang is much stronger than the middle-term friars of ordinary yuan Shen, but he still feels a heavy burden.


    On weekdays, he needs to consume a lot of yuan God''s power to nourish these five fourth order magic tools.


    This has had some bad effects on his cultivation.


    If you continue to refine new fourth-order magic tools, it will greatly slow down his cultivation speed.


    Meng Zhang also secretly decided that it was best not to continue refining fourth-order magic tools.


    The promotion of the sun moon pearl into a fourth-order magic weapon not only greatly enhances the power of the sun moon god channel, but also enables Meng Zhang to more freely mobilize the power of the sun moon Avenue.


    Although it costs a lot of Yuan Shen''s power on magic tools, compared with the increase of combat power, this consumption is worth it.


    Meng Zhang, who has just left the customs, is in a good mood. But a sudden bad news suddenly made him feel very bad.


    When Yang Xueyi participated in the latest mission in the heavenly palace, she suffered heavy casualties and lost many Taiyi disciples.


    There are fully five Jindan immortal lost alone, including taiyimen old man Zheng Chao.


    Even if there are a large number of taiyimen golden elixir friars, it is a great loss to lose five at once.


    Zheng Chao joined the Taiyi gate at the end of the Taiyi gate. He is an old minister who has been fighting for the Taiyi gate.


    Zheng Chao served as the leader of Taiyi sect war hall and was the main force responsible for external expedition.


    However, he was seriously injured in the war and his foundation was damaged. His accomplishments remained in the golden elixir period and could not be advanced inch by inch.


    He didn''t feel sorry for himself because of the blow. But still maintained a strong fighting spirit and actively participated in large and small battles.


    As an elder in the gate, he has worked hard and made great achievements. With his years of hard work, he can provide for the aged in the gate safely.


    Even though he has entered the old age of his life and his longevity is not much, he still actively participates in various tasks.


    According to him, he would rather die in battle than die on his bed.

 Chapter 960

    There are not many old people like Zheng Chao who joined the Taiyi sect at the end of the Taiyi sect and have been working hard for the sect.


    Another old man in the door died, and Meng Zhang''s heart was inevitably depressed.


    Zheng Chao fought for taiyimen for the rest of his life. He really worked hard and died.


    Although Zheng Chao died on the battlefield, it can be regarded as seeking benevolence and benevolence. No wonder Yang Xueyi.


    But when Meng Zhang closed his eyes, Zheng Chao appeared in front of him from time to time, which made him complain about Yang Xueyi for the first time.


    Yang Xueyi told Niu Dawei in detail about the causes and consequences of Zheng Chao''s death in the war.


    After knowing that Meng Zhang had left the pass, she left the heavenly palace and went back to the Taiyi gate to report the matter to Meng Zhang in detail.


    It turned out that Yang Xueyi had always cooperated with her mother-in-law, and her next task was basically to help her lead some small worlds.


    The small world in the vast void is almost endless, but it is not easy to find a small world.


    In particular, the number of small worlds that are easy to be dragged to the Jun dust world is still limited.


    After pulling many small worlds, mother-in-law didn''t find a new goal for the time being, so she stopped pulling the small world.


    After so many years of experience, Yang Xueyi has completely adapted to the situation in Tiangong.


    Even if she doesn''t cooperate with her mother-in-law, she can also take on other tasks and complete them well.


    After Xu DaoHai became the yuan God, Xu Mengying had more time to stay in the heavenly palace.


    She is also active in completing various tasks to obtain various rewards.


    Probably it has been relatively smooth all the time, which made them relax their vigilance and become a little careless.


    More than two years ago, Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying took over a big task.


    This time, what they want to attack is not a small world, but a big world called the six Yang world.


    The leader of the mission is the jiuxuan Pavilion of zongmen, the Holy Land in Middle Earth.


    Jiuxuange hired many zongmen to participate in this mission.


    For one thing, the reward for completing the task is too rich. Second, it is also to establish a relationship with the Holy Land Sect gate such as jiuxuan Pavilion. Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying actively participated in the mission.


    When they want to come, there should be no problem with the task led by jiuxuan Pavilion of Holy Land zongmen.


    The blind trust in the holy land makes them ignore the great difference between the big world and the small world.


    Neither taiyimen nor Huanglian sect are the main forces involved in the task, and the mobilized monks account for only a small part of the participating monks.


    Taiyimen dispatched five Jindan friars and 60 foundation building friars to participate in the mission.


    But never thought that the mission would fail, and the monks participating in the mission would be destroyed.


    At first, Yang Xueyi didn''t know that all the sent monks had died, and she was full of the idea that the task was going on.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang wanted to set up a soul lamp for the disciples in the mountain gate.


    However, after accepting the reconstructed taiyimen heritage, he mastered the secret method of setting the soul lamp in the taiyimen inheritance classics.


    Later, it cost a lot to collect all kinds of materials and establish the soul lamp system.


    In the Taiyi gate, there is a ancestral hall dedicated to the tablets of ancestral masters of previous dynasties.


    Next to the ancestral hall is the soul hall where the soul lamp in the door is placed.


    However, all monks with some status in the door will take out a trace of spirit breath from their body, and the elders in the door will use it to light their own soul lamp.


    Through the soul lamp, you can master the general state of these disciples in the door.


    The soul lights of friars such as Zheng Chao who participated in the mission went out soon after they entered the six Yang world.


    It is very rare in peacetime to extinguish so many soul lights in one breath, except when there is a war between Taiyi gate and other religious gates.


    The middle and high levels of the gate were quickly disturbed. Niu Dawei, who was in charge of the mountain gate, went to the heavenly palace and told Yang Xueyi about it.


    Yang Xueyi couldn''t believe it at first. Later, Xu Mengying ran over and told her that a similar situation had occurred in Huanglian cult, and all the spiritual lights of the monks participating in the mission were extinguished.


    Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying were angry and ran to find friar jiuxuange for theory.


    Friar jiuxuange disagreed and told them that it was normal for casualties to occur during the mission.


    They were reminded before the mission began. Moreover, the relevant exemption clauses were also published in the hall of common affairs of the heavenly palace.


    They couldn''t compete with the friars of jiuxuan Pavilion, let alone fight in the heavenly palace.


    Previously, the two people did not have a deep understanding of the relevant situation of this mission because they had too much trust in the reputation of the Holy Land zongmen.


    When such a thing happened this time, the two people calmed down and slowly began to inquire into the details of the mission.


    To this end, they did not hesitate to use some contacts established in Tiangong over the years, and also spent a lot of Yuqing LINGJI to buy intelligence.


    The result of in-depth inquiry made them angry.


    Many years ago, jiuxuan Pavilion began to formulate various offensive actions against the big world of Liuyang world.


    Jiuxuan pavilion''s return to emptiness power seemed unable to directly enter the six Yang realm, so it kept sending low-level friars in.


    Among these low-level friars, only a few are jiuxuange friars. Most of the rest are low-level friars hired by other religious forces.


    These monks who entered the six Yang world almost never returned.


    From the situation of taiyimen and Huanglian sect, these monks should have all fallen.


    The most powerful monk who can enter the six Yang world seems to be the golden elixir period.


    Over the years, the number of monks who died in the six Yang world is definitely not a small number.


    Slowly, some Xiuzhen forces who knew the inside story began to stay away from this task and were unwilling to let their disciples die.


    Of course, there are also some Xiuzhen forces attached to the jiuxuan pavilion or trying to please the jiuxuan Pavilion, and they are still sending out monks in a steady stream.


    This behavior is already similar to sacrificing the lives of their own monks to jiuxuan Pavilion.


    In addition, jiuxuan Pavilion will also offer high rewards and hire some friars who don''t understand the situation to go to the six Yang world.


    Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying took over the task of jiuxuan Pavilion without knowing the inside story of the whole thing.


    They originally thought that this was a conquest of the six Yang world led by the Holy Land zongmen, but they never thought that this was actually a dead action.


    After knowing the inside story, they also want to continue their theory with jiuxuan Pavilion.


    However, because jiuxuan pavilion has had many similar experiences, the preparatory work has been done very well in advance. The seemingly insignificant exemption clauses have no loopholes, and have been recognized by the heavenly palace official.


    In the debate, Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying are not reasonable at all. They are regarded as unreasonable by jiuxuan Pavilion, and the heavenly palace official will not support them.

 Chapter 961

    Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying are not weak Yuanshen Zhenjun, and they are also No. 1 figures in Jiuqu province.


    But in front of the holy door like jiuxuan Pavilion, it is not worth mentioning at all.


    Friar jiuxuange regarded them as unsophisticated country buns, and bullied them.


    The heavenly palace is high above all others, and generally does not intervene in disputes between the forces of cultivation.


    Jiuxuan pavilion has been operating in the heavenly palace for many years. Its contacts and influence are far beyond the comparison of Taiyi sect and Huanglian sect.


    At the most important time, jiuxuan pavilion was well prepared in advance. At least on the surface, jiuxuan pavilion was reasonable.


    Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying couldn''t fight for jiuxuan Pavilion, and they didn''t want to swallow it.


    They publicized this matter everywhere in the heavenly palace, so that jiuxuan Pavilion can no longer cheat cannon fodder.


    As soon as they started to act, friar jiuxuange came to the door and threatened directly.


    With the power of jiuxuan Pavilion, there are too many ways to clean up taiyimen and Huanglian sect.


    Nothing else, as long as jiuxuan Pavilion sends out words, there will be no one in the heavenly palace to cooperate with them.


    As long as the top level of jiuxuan Pavilion feels necessary, it is not difficult to directly destroy taiyimen and Huanglian cult.


    Facing the threat of jiuxuan Pavilion, Xu Mengying first retreated.


    She is the leader of the Huanglian sect. It is impossible for her to be an irresistible enemy of jiuxuan pavilion under the tree of Huanglian sect because of this matter.


    She had to swallow this breath alive in consideration of the survival and future of zongmen.


    Xu Mengying gave up the act of publicizing jiuxuan Pavilion, and Yang Xueyi was alone.


    Yang Xueyi tried to find her mother-in-law and see if she could get help from her.


    Taiyimen and mother-in-law Qiansi cooperated happily before, but frankly, they need each other.


    The relationship between the two sides is essentially mutual use.


    Although granny Qiansi clearly said she owed taiyimen a favor, it was impossible to offend jiuxuan Pavilion because of this favor.


    In a holy place like jiuxuan Pavilion, the power of returning to emptiness has never been cut off.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi, who was born in scattered cultivation, would not rashly become an enemy of the Holy Land Sect if she was not forced or involved in great interests.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t have any bad intentions, but persuaded Yang Xueyi not to continue to entangle.


    If you continue to entangle with jiuxuan Pavilion, it will only be her who will suffer, and even affect taiyimen.


    Even the great power of returning to emptiness like mother-in-law Qiansi can''t help. Yang Xueyi has no choice but to give up and continue to tangle with jiuxuan Pavilion.


    After listening to Yang Xueyi''s story, Meng Zhang was also silent.


    From beginning to end, Yang Xueyi did nothing wrong.


    It is inevitable to be careless because of trust in the holy land.


    Even if Meng Zhang was placed in Yang Xueyi''s position, I''m afraid it would be difficult to avoid being calculated by jiuxuan Pavilion.


    As for later entanglement with jiuxuan Pavilion and forced to give up, we can''t blame Yang Xueyi.


    Although taiyimen is far away from the Middle Earth, it is still sheltered by the wings of the Dali imperial dynasty. However, there are still many ways for jiuxuan pavilion to destroy Taiyi gate.


    Yang Xueyi had to stop fighting in order not to recruit disasters for the sect. In fact, it was the right choice.


    This matter should be blamed. We can only blame jiuxuan Pavilion for being shameless and doing evil by relying on the power of the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Meng Zhang knows that the right thing to do is to let this matter go temporarily.


    Perhaps, taiyimen will continue to develop and grow. After many years, there may be strength and jiuxuange theory.


    Now, being bullied by the Holy Land Sect and being a little idle is really nothing.


    Not to mention Taiyi gate, even the current master of Taiyi gate is far away from the imperial dynasty. It is also inevitable to be bullied by the Holy Land Sect gate.


    But in Meng Zhang''s heart, he always felt suffocated. If you don''t let it out, your thoughts can''t get through.


    Meng Zhang did not blame Yang Xueyi, and there was no need to blame.


    In turn, he comforted Yang Xueyi that the loss in the door was inevitable and could not be counted on her head.


    After reporting to Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi didn''t stay at the taiyimen Mountain Gate for too long, and soon returned to the heavenly palace.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang also told her not to be affected by this matter. She could do whatever she should do, and everything was the same.


    As for the dispute with jiuxuan Pavilion, don''t keep it in mind or stare at it.


    After Yang Xueyi left, Meng Zhang thought about it and couldn''t sit still.


    He persuaded Yang Xueyi to put it down, but he couldn''t let it go himself.


    Of course, he didn''t lose his mind because of anger. As the leader of a sect, he should keep awake all the time.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, we can never be the enemy of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang confessed to the door and left the mountain gate for the heavenly palace.


    After arriving at the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang did not go to the small courtyard of Taiyi gate, but went directly to find mother-in-law Lansi.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has a large mansion in the heavenly palace.


    When she didn''t go out on weekdays, she spent most of her time in the mansion.


    Meng Zhang is not a lead silk mother-in-law. She comforted Meng Zhang first, and then told her clearly that she was not willing to easily provoke jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang is actually a very measured person.


    He knew in his heart that the friendship between taiyimen and mother-in-law of lead silk alone was not enough to make mother-in-law of lead silk stand out for taiyimen.


    He didn''t have those unrealistic ideas, just had some questions and wanted to consult mother-in-law.


    Meng Zhang knew the propriety and didn''t put forward unreasonable requirements. Mother-in-law Lansi was very satisfied, so that she and taiyimen could continue to cooperate.


    Meng Zhang''s question is very simple.


    The practice of jiuxuan Pavilion can''t hide from the discerning. It keeps sending friars to the six Yang world and letting them die for nothing. What''s the mystery in the middle?


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace boasts that it is the leader of the right way. Don''t you care about this almost evil way?


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t reply directly, but asked a rhetorical question.


    "Who says those friars died in vain?"


    Next, she added a few words.


    "They died in the six Yang world, which is of great value."


    "The practice of jiuxuan Pavilion can get the acquiescence of the heavenly palace because it is in line with the expectations of the heavenly palace."


    With these words, mother-in-law kept silent. No matter how Meng Zhang asked, he refused to disclose more information.


    Seeing that she could not ask for more information from her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang had to give up temporarily.


    Mother-in-law Lansi is Meng Zhang''s only great power of returning to emptiness that can draw on the relationship. She is barely a friend of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    No matter what thoughts he has in mind, Meng Zhang should strive to maintain his relationship with her and make friends with her as much as possible.

 Chapter 962

    Before Meng Zhang left, mother-in-law Qiansi may also feel that she didn''t give any help, and she felt sorry for herself.


    She told Meng Zhang that as long as Yang Xueyi and Xu Mengying stopped provoking jiuxuan Pavilion, they didn''t have to worry about further actions of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    At any rate, she is also capable of returning to emptiness. Jiuxuan Pavilion needs to give her some face more or less.


    Taiyimen and Huang Lianjiao have completed her tasks many times, and their intimate relationship with her is no secret.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s words are the only good news Meng Zhang has heard.


    After leaving mother-in-law''s residence, Meng Zhang returned to the small courtyard of taiyimen.


    He greeted Yang Xueyi and went back to his room.


    Meng Zhang''s heart, has been recalling the words of mother-in-law Lansi.


    The monks sent into the six Yang world did not die in vain. Their death was valuable.


    What is the value of letting jiuxuan Pavilion keep sending friars to die?


    In the cultivation world, in the eyes of high-level friars, low-level friars are leeks in the ground, which will continue to grow after cutting.


    Except for those who have a relationship with their own family, few high-level friars will care about the life and death of low-level friars.


    But anyway, over the years, jiuxuan pavilion has to pay a lot of price for sending monks to the six Yang world to die.


    Not to mention, although most of these friars came from other cultivation forces, a small part of them were the legitimate friars of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    No matter inside or outside the door, jiuxuan Pavilion should have a certain pressure.


    A sect like jiuxuan Pavilion always gets up early without profit and will not pay in vain without asking for return. Unless there is some great interest involved.


    Suddenly, an idea crossed Meng Zhang''s mind.


    He thought of the Junchen world from the six Yang world.


    For thousands of years, foreign invaders have invaded the Junchen world.


    However, whether the demon, barbarian, spirit or any race from abroad, they are simply unable to subvert the Junchen world.


    The more he understood the upper power of the Junchen world, the more Meng Zhang understood that these foreign invaders were doing useless work.


    Not to mention the Holy Land sects, nor the heavenly palaces, but the Yuanshen sects everywhere have the ability to eliminate these foreign invaders.


    Previously, Meng Zhang thought that this was because some Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world colluded with these foreign invaders and deliberately raised the bandits.


    From the situation around Jiuqu Province, both Yuantu grassland and Yunwu daze have colluded with Dali Dynasty.


    Now think about it, this is not just the factor of leaving the imperial dynasty.


    The high level of the Jun dust world is actually conniving at the invasion of these foreign invaders and deliberately putting them into the Jun dust world.


    I''m afraid these high-level leaders have the power to surpass the Holy Land Sect. Maybe they are the great power in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang was startled by his speculation.


    Why do these powers put foreign invaders into the Junchen world? I''m afraid it''s not just about fighting for power and profits or raising bandits.


    In addition, those foreign invaders are not fools. Why do you have to pour into the Jun dust world when you know to die.


    Over the years, how many foreign invaders have come to a good end?


    The vast majority of foreign invaders will inevitably be completely wiped out.


    However, foreign invaders still kept entering the Junchen world, and did not hesitate to pay a huge price.


    Think of jiuxuan Pavilion, which also sends a steady stream of practitioners from the Jun dust world to the six Yang world to die. Meng Zhang felt that he had caught something. However, the lack of the most critical information is still unable to understand the mystery in the middle.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and knew that he might have come into contact with one of the core secrets of the Junchen world.


    But I still can''t figure out the most critical point. I can''t string all these things together.


    There was no result after meditation. Even if Meng Zhang was unwilling, he had to let go of these guesses for the time being. Just keep it in your heart and wait until you have more relevant information.


    Now, keep your attention in front of you.


    After this incident, Yang Xueyi will certainly become more cautious.


    Having learned a lesson, she is more handy in dealing with the affairs of the heavenly palace.


    On the side of jiuxuan Pavilion, as long as taiyimen and Huanglian sect stop pestering, they should not make any action.


    Over the years, there are not one or two zongmen who have been entrapped by jiuxuan Pavilion.


    As a victim, as long as you keep your mouth shut, no matter how overbearing jiuxuan Pavilion is, it is impossible to eliminate all the victims.


    What''s more, taiyimen and Huang Lianjiao have been working for mother-in-law Qiansi all these years.


    Meng Zhang certainly hated jiuxuan Pavilion, but hatred could not solve the problem.


    When the strength is not enough, we still have to bear it.


    Even Meng Zhang, who has always had enough confidence in himself, doesn''t know whether he can defeat the Holy Land zongmen that day.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let his low mood affect him for too long and soon returned to normal.


    Once in a while, he decided to go out and collect more information.


    Taiyi gate is located in a remote place like Jiuqu province. Meng Zhang has not even been to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Far away from the mainstream of the cultivation world, he knew nothing about many situations.


    Taiyimen in its heyday was a powerful force that could dominate the Middle Earth.


    Since Meng Zhang takes reviving Taiyi gate as his own responsibility and takes the Taiyi gate in its heyday as the goal of catching up, it is not a bad thing to broaden his horizons and learn more about other places, especially the situation in central Turkey.


    The heavenly palace is above the Jun dust world. It gathers the most outstanding friars in the whole Jun dust world.


    In the heavenly palace, there is no regional difference. Monks from the corner of the Jun dust world can gather here.


    Friars appear in the heavenly palace in all parts of the world and in the wild overseas.


    In this place, as long as you spend some time, you can understand the intelligence of all regions of the cultivation world.


    There are two aspects of intelligence that Meng Zhang most wants to know now.


    One aspect is about Da Li''s native land.


    Although it has been delayed for a long time, the trip to the mainland of the imperial dynasty cannot be cancelled.


    Taiyimen confronts big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance.


    The headquarters of these big businesses are located in the mainland of the imperial dynasty, and they have great power.


    Although they dare not kill themselves openly in Dali imperial territory, it is very possible to frame themselves secretly.


    Meng Zhang must know more about the information that is far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    At a critical moment, we can have countermeasures.


    He went to Dali, which was far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, to broaden his contacts and create a better external environment for taiyimen.


    The best thing is to find a reliable backer in the imperial court as Olympic aid.

 Chapter 963

    If taiyimen has a strong backing in Dali, it can greatly reduce the threat from Datong business alliance.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t like such things very much, as the leader of the school, he has to do many things even if he doesn''t like them.


    In addition, Shang Jianqing was defeated by Niu Dawei in public. With his heart, he must hate Niu Dawei, and he is also full of hatred for taiyimen.


    Shang Jianqing himself is not worth mentioning, but his master sword Lord Ouyang sword is famous and has a high prestige.


    If Meng Zhang gets into trouble with such a person when he arrives at Dali, he will also be very embarrassed.


    In the cultivation world, it is normal to fight the small and the old. There are not many monks who are open-minded and reasonable.


    Most of the information Meng Zhang obtained from other places, such as the communication stone tablet in Xiongshi ridge, is far from the native land of the imperial dynasty.


    Many cases are superficial, with only some official public information.


    He once sent a heavy gift and asked Wen Dongzhen for advice. He wanted to understand the entanglement of various forces.


    The other side only talks in general and will not explain in depth the situation of all parties far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang could only hope to get the information he wanted from the heavenly palace.


    What he wants to know is that for the sake of taiyimen''s future, it''s best to understand the specific struggle between the two sides. See who has the upper hand and who will be the last winner?


    In the heavenly palace, there are also teahouses.


    Not far from the small courtyard of taiyimen, there is a large-scale teahouse.


    The teahouse is not only a place for monks to have tea and talk about things, but also has corresponding information for sale.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t know which industry this teahouse belongs to, the teahouse has a good business. People come and go. He should have some skills.


    Meng Zhang walked into the teahouse and naturally a waiter came to greet him.


    In the heavenly palace, the monks here are at least the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Even if the yuan God Zhenjun is no longer valuable and overflowing, it can''t be used in these places.


    The waiter welcoming the guests is clearly an organ puppet.


    This mechanism puppet is not only similar in appearance to people, but also extremely intelligent, and even surpasses many practitioners.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, this organ puppet is very similar to the intelligent robot of previous generations.


    Although he had seen the mechanism creation technology in the heavenly palace for a long time, he couldn''t help admiring these puppets almost the same as living people.


    If taiyimen can master such mechanism creation technology, how can it fear the pressure of Datong business alliance on commerce and trade.


    Of course, Meng Zhang just thought about it.


    This kind of technology is definitely a secret that can''t be spread. It''s not something that taiyimen can covet now.


    The waiter introduced Meng Zhang into a quiet and elegant room. Meng Zhang ordered tea and refreshments.


    Before arriving at the teahouse, Meng Zhang asked you Dazhi, a monk of Canghai sect who rented the shop of taiyimen, for some information.


    You Dazhi has been in Tiangong for many years and is very familiar with the surrounding situation.


    For Meng Zhang, he also wants to make friends. He is also willing to answer some unimportant questions.


    Meng Zhang puts forward requirements to the sophomore according to the introduction of you Dazhi.


    After Xiao Er left, after a while, he appeared in front of Meng Zhang again.


    The teahouse did sell all kinds of intelligence to customers.


    Of course, if you are not a regular customer, you will be subject to many restrictions in purchasing intelligence. You can only buy some ordinary intelligence.


    Seeing the quotation given by the waiter, Meng Zhang felt a pang of flesh pain.


    Although he has some savings, Yang Xueyi has a relatively stable income. But he was still a little reluctant to spend so much jade qinglingji at once.


    Finally, Meng Zhang chose to buy the intelligence.


    He took a jade slip from the waiter and began to read the information in it with his mind.


    This teahouse is really powerful. In such a short time, we got the information Meng Zhang needed.


    The distribution of forces within the Dali Dynasty, the disputes and disputes between these forces, the relationship between them, the well-known friars within the Dali Dynasty, which forces these friars belong to


    There are a lot of intelligence materials in the jade slips, which makes Meng Zhang know a lot about Dali''s native land in great detail.


    This information, especially the privacy of some important people, will not be published in the residence newspaper of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    There are also detailed introductions to the influential figures in Dali''s native land.


    Their reputation, rumors about them, their style of conduct, their various opinions, and even some of their secret activities were recorded in the jade slips.


    Meng Zhang has this information. After taking it back to the sect, he can slowly read and analyze it with the elders in the sect, so as to formulate a basic code of conduct for him.


    I know who is a friend and who is an enemy. When he arrived at Dali, Meng Zhang could know who he was close to and who he was far away from.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not believe this information without reservation. He also needs to judge and distinguish according to the actual situation.


    In this jade slip, the information about Dali''s native land of the imperial dynasty is introduced in great detail.


    However, the struggle between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong is only general and not deep.


    Generally speaking, the struggle between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong has lasted for many years.


    For the time being, the two sides have their own winners and losers, and it''s hard to tell.


    If there were no other changes, such a struggle would continue for many years.


    Dali Dynasty was very aggressive. In the early years, it expanded everywhere and destroyed many Xiuzhen forces.


    Dali not only established many enemies for himself, but also aroused the vigilance of many Xiuzhen forces, especially those not far from Dali.


    Ziyang Shengzong can easily organize the encirclement of Dali imperial dynasty without direct action.


    With the support of Ziyang Shengzong, many Xiuzhen forces who were originally afraid of Dali Dynasty also dared to join hands to compete with Dali Dynasty.


    So far, Ziyang Shengzong has not taken direct action, but sent out vassal forces, or encouraged Dali''s neighbors to participate in the siege of Dali''s imperial dynasty.


    Ziyang holy sect can provide a little support behind the back at most, or send a few disciples to contact.


    Of course, it is inevitable for individual monks of Ziyang Shengzong to go to war with Dali emperor.


    Ziyang Shengzong did not launch a large-scale attack on Dali imperial dynasty in the name of sect.

 Chapter 964

    Although this information is not deep enough, there are still many explanations for the struggle between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial dynasty.


    These specific circumstances can not be seen in the residence newspaper of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In addition to praising the Dali Dynasty, the above struggle between the two is in great form.


    According to these information, Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court have not gone all out, and they are still in the stage of mutual temptation.


    Neither side will start a full-scale war without knowing the other''s cards.


    The power of the Dali Dynasty was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    If you can fight with Ziyang Shengzong, it may really become a new Holy Land Sect.


    Before, the Dali Dynasty attacked and destroyed hengjue mountains and conquered Jiuqu League. The battle was so fierce and the casualties were so heavy.


    However, the Dali dynasty did not use the real main force, but took it as a tentative attack.


    Since Dali is so powerful that it can resist the attack of Ziyang Shengzong, Taiyi gate will be a loyal minister of Dali for a long time.


    No matter what taiyimen does or what little moves are behind it, they can''t openly confront Dali imperial officials.


    Meng Zhang sat in the teahouse for most of the day, carefully read the information and slowly analyzed it.


    In the afternoon, Meng Zhang checked out and left the teahouse.


    He hasn''t finished reading these information yet. He has to take them back to Taiyi gate for reference by the middle and high levels of the gate.


    As soon as Meng Zhang returned to the small yard where he lived, Xu Mengying had already come.


    The two haven''t seen each other for some time.


    Hearing about the heavy losses of Taiyi gate, Xu Mengying was a little unnatural in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t blame Xu Mengying.


    Huanglian sect is also a victim, with heavy casualties and the loss of many elite monks.


    Only incompetent people who dare not provoke real enemies will anger others.


    Meng Zhang has no strength to challenge jiuxuan Pavilion now. He can only write down this account.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang looked as usual and didn''t mean to blame himself, Xu Mengying became natural.


    Because of the close relationship between the two families, Xu Mengying usually lives in the small courtyard of taiyimen.


    However, she spends most of her time running outside and doesn''t really have much time to stay here.


    She came here this time because she wanted to find Meng Zhang.


    Before she left from her mother-in-law, she asked Xu Mengying to find herself. I''m afraid there''s really something important.


    Although Xu Mengying didn''t say the purpose of her mother-in-law to find Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang didn''t neglect it and immediately followed Xu Mengying out.


    They came to mother-in-law''s residence. A waiter in charge of reception led them in.


    The last time I came here, I was in a hurry. With something in my heart, Meng Zhang had not had time to carefully observe the surrounding environment.


    Granny Qiansi''s mansion is located in a special residential area in the heavenly palace.


    Those who can live in this area, in addition to returning to the virtual power, are the temporary workers of the yuan God who work for returning to the virtual power.


    It''s good that mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence is in this area.


    Not only does it cover a large area, but there are special servants in the residence.


    Of course, these servants are not living people, but organ puppets.


    These organ puppets have extremely high intelligence and can complete most of human work.


    If it weren''t for the high price of organ puppets, Meng Zhang wanted to buy some and put them in the small yard of taiyimen to be responsible for cleaning and other chores.


    When you have enough money, you can buy some mechanism puppets and send them back to the door for Haosheng, the disciples of Shengong hall, to study. Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    The waiter led Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying directly into the room and came to the reception hall.


    In the hall, mother-in-law holding silk sat at the top, and at the bottom was a fairyland old man in white clothes.


    When she saw Meng Zhang and them coming, she took the initiative to introduce them.


    This Taoist costume elder is Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, an old friend of mother-in-law Qiansi. He is a friar from the overseas school Hailing school.


    In front of her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang can''t unscrupulously explore each other''s details.


    However, through preliminary contact, Meng Zhang could not see through the cultivation of Lu Tianshu Zhenjun.


    In this case, the greatest possibility is that the cultivation of Lu Tianshu Zhenjun is still above Meng Zhang.


    As for Hailing sect, Meng Zhang had never heard of it before.


    The Jun dust world is so large and has many areas. Meng Zhang has only been to a corner.


    There are many Xiuzhen sects in Jun dust world. Meng Zhang can''t have heard of them all.


    In fact, in addition to Jiuqu province and surrounding areas, Meng Zhang''s understanding of the cultivation world is limited.


    Even the situation far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty was learned through the purchase of intelligence.


    As for other areas, only a few famous holy land zongmen in central Turkey may have heard of it.


    Xu Mengying''s situation is similar to that of Meng Zhang. She doesn''t know Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and his Hailing school.


    She had cooperated with taiyimen and Huanglian cult many times before.


    With the means of returning to emptiness and great power, we can easily find out the details of Taiyi sect and Huanglian sect.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi had some origins with Taiyi gate in its heyday, so she took a high look at Meng Zhang.


    Even if Lu Tianshu Zhenjun didn''t know about taiyimen and Huanglian sect before, he also obtained relevant information from mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Lu Tianshu said hello to Meng Zhang and chatted casually.


    Lu Tianshu is well-informed and insightful about many things. In particular, his speech is not vulgar. A few words at will can reveal his profound Taoist accumulation.


    Meng Zhang did not see through Lu Tianshu''s true accomplishments, but guessed that he was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    There is no essential difference between the initial stage of Yuanshen and the middle stage of Yuanshen, and there is little difference in the combat effectiveness of ordinary friars.


    But in the later period of Yuanshen, that is another heaven and earth.


    The threshold and cultivation difficulty between the middle stage of Yuanshen and the later stage of Yuanshen exceed the sum of all previous cultivation thresholds.


    Far from it, in the Jiuqu League of that year, there were dozens of friars in the period of Yuanshen, but only Qinggu Zhenjun and Yujian Zhenjun were friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In fact, if the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect did not have special inheritance means, it would be really difficult to always ensure the possession of the great friars in the later period of the yuan God.


    The reason why the friars in the later period of Yuanshen are called great friars is that they have a general advantage over the friars under the later period of Yuanshen.


    This advantage can not be made up by magic tools and secrets.


    No friar Tianjiao could cross the gap between the late and middle period of Yuanshen.


    Friars in the later period of Yuanshen can easily kill friars in the middle period of Yuanshen and below.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen had a place even in the Middle Earth, where the cultivation civilization was extremely developed.


    In the whole Junchen world, the power of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen can dominate one side and exist as a regional overlord.

 Chapter 965

    Meng Zhang''s attitude became somewhat respectful when he thought that Lu Tianshu Zhenjun might be a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Xu Mengying is smarter than Meng Zhang. She also has enough respect for Lu Tianshu Zhenjun.


    When the two sides chatted for a while and got familiar with each other, mother-in-law Qiansi intervened and talked about business.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun found an area with rich stock of Yuqing LINGJI somewhere in the extraterritorial void.


    He can''t collect it alone.


    For some reason, the Hailing sect is unable to provide support for Lu Tianshu Zhenjun for the time being.


    It was a long dream. Worried about other changes, he came to ask mother-in-law for help and wanted to collect the Yuqing LINGJI there as soon as possible.


    She has a close relationship with Hailing sect and owes Lu Tianshu Zhenjun''s teacher a lot of kindness.


    Lu Tianshu asked Zhenjun for help. Of course she wouldn''t ignore it.


    Of course, she didn''t help in vain. The benefits that should be given are as important as hers.


    As a great power of returning to emptiness, although she may not lack Yuqing LINGJI, the benefits brought to the door will not be ignored.


    In the heavenly palace, Yuqing LINGJI is a common currency. No one will dislike too much money.


    Meng Zhang only knew that Yuqing LINGJI was born in the vast void. Only when he went to the extraterritorial void can he obtain Yuqing LINGJI.


    After contact with mother-in-law, in terms of some common sense, mother-in-law is not stingy to mention Meng Zhang.


    For mother-in-law Qiansi, it is only insignificant common sense, but for Meng Zhang, it is valuable knowledge.


    It can not only increase knowledge, but also guide Meng Zhang''s actions in the future.


    Yuqing LINGJI is the gathering of spiritual essence in the universe and has a special spirit.


    At the top of the Jun dust world, the upper layer within nine days, and the great energy in the heavenly palace, there are special means to accelerate the birth of the jade Qingling machine.


    These jade Qingling machines are rare and belong to the heavenly palace. Even those holy places are not qualified to touch them.


    In addition, in the void outside the Jun dust world, there are many places where jade qinglingji was born.


    The Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world often send a team composed of the yuan God Zhenjun to search.


    Many times, there will even be Huixu Da Neng to join these teams.


    The place where jade qinglingji was born in the void often has a bad environment and many dangers.


    Moreover, in the vast void, there is not only a big world in Jun dust world.


    Other monks in the big world will also go to the void to search for Yuqing LINGJI.


    Although the vast void is boundless, the teams searching for Yuqing LINGJI will inevitably bump into each other, and then conflict and even war will break out.


    The Jun dust world is in a special situation and makes many enemies in the void.


    The friars of the Junchen world went to the void to search for Yuqing LINGJI, which was even more dangerous.


    It is not uncommon for Yuanshen Zhenjun to fall and even the whole team to be destroyed.


    Lu Tianshu, such a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, is regarded as the No. 1 figure in the Junchen world. When he is put into the void outside the territory, he can''t stir up any wind and waves.


    He found that the place of Yuqing LINGJI was too dangerous. He was unable to enter successfully, so he had to give up most of his profits and turn to mother-in-law for help.


    Both he and his school have a special relationship with mother-in-law, enough to trust her.


    Otherwise, if he goes to someone else to help, maybe he will stage the drama of breaking bridges and killing people to win treasures.


    Don''t think such a play will only appear among the bottom friars.


    For those venerable senior friars, as long as their interests are large enough, they can lay down their stature and disregard morality.


    The reason why her mother-in-law called Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying was that Lu Tianshu found that the location of Yuqing LINGJI was too special.


    With the identity and accomplishments of mother-in-law leading silk, it''s not good to approach there in a swagger. At most, they meet on the periphery to help them resist enemies far beyond their level.


    In order to successfully collect these jade Qingling machines, Lu Tianshu needs to enter there in person.


    With the help of Lu Tianshu alone, even if he was a monk in the later period of Yuanshen, he was still alone.


    With more helpers, we can greatly improve the efficiency of collecting Yuqing spirit machine.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi had a pleasant cooperation with taiyimen and huanglianjiao. Of course, she wouldn''t go to outsiders if she had this opportunity.


    After listening to her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying hesitated.


    If it was before, they must have agreed to lead mother-in-law without hesitation and act with them.


    But not long ago, they were entrapped by jiuxuan Pavilion. They were not only frightened, but also frightened. They didn''t dare to promise to lead silk mother-in-law rashly.


    She knew their scruples and told them the general situation.


    As for the specific details, of course, they should be kept strictly confidential.


    She didn''t force them and agreed to let them go back and think about it.


    If they agree to participate in the operation, it is best to give an answer within three days.


    If they are not willing to participate in this operation, there is nothing.


    Everyone has his own aspirations and can''t force it. Mother-in-law Qiansi won''t blame them.


    Three days later, mother-in-law and Lu Tianshu Zhenjun will go to find someone else.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi is so calm and generous. Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying feel a little sorry.


    However, they are the leaders of the mature and stable faction. They did not give a hasty reply and said they would go back and think about it.


    After leaving mother-in-law''s residence, they learned about the information of Hailing sect through their own ways.


    I really don''t know. I was startled at the sight.


    Hailing sect is not an ordinary Yuanshen sect, but one of the top sects in the cultivation world.


    Both strength and prestige are second only to those holy places.


    Hailing sect is located in the south of China mainland, far away from China mainland, and established a sect in the South China Sea.


    The sea spirit sect has a high status in the South China Sea and is the leader of the human cultivation forces in the South China Sea.


    The South China Sea was originally dominated by the sea people. After years of fierce struggle with the sea people, the sea spirit sect drove the sea people into the depths of the South China Sea, opening up a vast living space for the human people in the South China Sea.


    The Zhenlong people in the depths of the South China Sea have launched attacks on the Hailing sect for many times, but they have failed and can''t do anything about the Hailing sect.


    In the cultivation world, hailing sect is recognized as a sect that is qualified to challenge the Holy Land Sect and can even replace the weaker Holy Land Sect.


    Of course, the Hailing sect was also hostile to the Holy Land Sect, and was suppressed by some Holy Land Sect either openly or secretly.


    Especially in recent years, the Hailing sect has grown stronger and stronger, and has the power to challenge the Holy Land Sect. Some Holy Land Sect''s suppression of Hailing sect is almost open.


    Whether the Hailing sect can resist the pressure of the Holy Land Sect and have further opportunities has become a matter of concern to many people.


    At least so far, under the pressure of the Holy Land Sect, the Hailing sect has neither yielded nor failed, but is still alive and full of vitality.


    Meng Zhang learned this information and immediately became very interested in Hailing sect.

 Chapter 966

    Hailing sect has the power to challenge the holy sect, while Dali imperial dynasty is fighting with Ziyang holy sect.


    These two forces, one in the South and one in the north, can compete with the Holy Land Sect, and both have conflicts with the Holy Land Sect.


    As for the results of their efforts, it is still unknown.


    In the long history of Jun dust world, there is no lack of powerful sect gate, which is enough to challenge the holy sect gate.


    But for thousands of years, the Holy Land Sect door is still those Holy Land Sect doors, and many challengers have fallen.


    Meng Zhang guessed that the reason why Taiyi gate was destroyed in its heyday should also violate the interests of guantian Pavilion.


    There are many powerful cultivation forces under several holy places.


    It is absolutely false to say that they do not covet the status and interests of the Holy Land Sect.


    But there are really few Xiuzhen forces that dare to compete with the Holy Land Sect.


    Of course, there should also be a large number of practitioners who secretly oppose these holy places.


    Most importantly, according to Meng Zhang''s information, there is an undercurrent in the cultivation world, which seems to have been opposing those holy places.


    Many forces and masters of the cultivation world are involved in it, either openly or secretly.


    Since Meng Zhang entered the heavenly palace and stood at a higher position to look at some disputes in the cultivation world, he had a somewhat unique view on the general trend of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang was full of curiosity about the Hailing sect and wanted to contact one or two.


    Although Hailing sect is a big sect that dominates the South China Sea, its disciples are upright and have a good reputation. There are no rumors of bullying others and causing trouble.


    In fact, there are few big sects with a long history, including the Holy Land Sect and the core disciples in the sect, who are arrogant and have no spare children.


    The higher the cultivation, the more awe you have.


    On the contrary, most of the monks who are really arrogant are those who are not born of great cultivation forces. Or the peripheral disciples of the large sect and even the friars of the vassal forces.


    No matter whether the righteous style of the Hailing sect is pretended or not, it is worthy of the respect of monks such as Meng Zhang that the Hailing sect is based in the South China Sea and opens up a birth and survival space for the human race under the pressure of the strong hailing and dragon families.


    Thinking of the working with the her for many years, nothing unpleasant happened.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is worthy of trust, and there is no need to calculate taiyimen.


    The incident of jiuxuan Pavilion last time can only be said to be an accident. We can''t give up eating because of choking and delay the business.


    Meng Zhang thought through this truth in his heart, discussed with Yang Xueyi, and decided to participate in the operation.


    Xu Mengying also made the same choice as Meng Zhang.


    Mother-in-law Lansi has always been fair and will not treat them badly.


    After Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying made up their minds, they went to mother-in-law''s residence again and gave an answer.


    The silk pulling mother-in-law was very satisfied.


    She decided to let everyone prepare for half a day, and then began to act.


    Lead silk mother-in-law told Meng Zhang that the more people to collect Yuqing LINGJI, the better.


    If they have any trusted Yuanshen friars, they can call them and let them join the team.


    Of course, the whole matter must be kept strictly confidential and no specific details can be disclosed.


    Meng Zhang thought a little and decided to call as many people as possible.


    The more people involved, the better it will be for your side to divide up the booty afterwards.


    Time is pressing, and Meng Zhang doesn''t trust many monks.


    He was lucky. He Luozhen and Jin Lizhen happened to be in the heavenly palace.


    Jin Lizhen, in particular, has been running around in recent years, trying to help disciple Jin Qiaoer get some spiritual objects or pills that will help break through the Yuanshen period.


    Now there is such an opportunity to obtain a large number of jade Qingling machines. Even if it is very dangerous, she will not miss it.


    After he Luozhen established the fire and water gate, there were many places to turn to Taiyi gate. The survival of shuihuomen, a sect, depends on the breath of Taiyi gate.


    As soon as Meng Zhang spoke, he immediately agreed.


    In this way, there are four Yuanshen monks, Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, Jin Lizhen and he Luozhen.


    Only Xu Mengying participated in the Huanglian sect.


    Xu DaoHai wants to sit in Huanglian holy mountain and can''t leave easily.


    With Xu Mengying''s scheming, he will not easily believe other yuan God friars.


    It''s said to let everyone prepare. In fact, there''s nothing to prepare for.


    After the crowd gathered, the silk pulling mother-in-law finally confirmed that everyone volunteered to participate in the operation. She didn''t say any more and set out directly with everyone.


    There are many transmission arrays in the heavenly palace, which can transmit the monks in the heavenly palace to every corner within nine days, including the boundary of the top layer of nine days.


    Mother-in-law led everyone to the top of the nine days.


    The temporary worker of Yuanshen period, who has the great ability to return to the virtual world and guard the border, just asked a few questions and honestly opened the door to let everyone go out freely.


    These temporary workers in Yuanshen period can get some benefits from the friars of the same level at most, but they absolutely dare not reach out to Huixu Da Neng.


    Through the top boundary of nine days, we came to the vast void.


    According to mother-in-law Qiansi, in the void near the Jun dust world, there are returning virtual powers from the Jun dust world patrolling in turn at any time to prevent powers from other worlds from approaching.


    There is a lot of emptiness around the Jun dust world. Everyone defaults to being the territory of the Jun dust world.


    The heavenly palace attaches great importance to this territory and has organized a strong defensive force.


    If friars from other worlds approach rashly, the light will be expelled, and the heavy will be killed.


    She stood quietly in the void, released her mind and went deep into the void.


    She was breathing with the nearby Huixu Da Neng to avoid some misunderstandings.


    After a while, the lead silk mother-in-law showed her vanity and rushed to her destination with everyone.


    In order to explore the void, those big sects often make or buy some void ships.


    If there is no empty ship, we must rely on our own strength to go.


    The great movement of the void is a way to move quickly in the vast void.


    This method is widely spread, and there are many versions.


    Although there are some differences in details, they are generally consistent.


    During the period of Yuanshen, monks can learn and practice this dharma.


    In the early and middle period of the yuan God, the friars performed a large movement of emptiness, which could move hundreds or even thousands of miles at a time.


    Such moving speed can only rotate in the void near the Jun dust world.


    However, the great movement of emptiness performed by friars in the later period of Yuanshen can easily move tens of thousands of miles or even farther.


    At this speed, we can go a little deeper into the void.


    Therefore, it is better to have the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen lead the team of treasure hunting and experience in the void.


    It will not only have stronger survivability, but also have a wider scope of exploration.

 Chapter 967

    Meng Zhang doesn''t know how far he can move at a time.


    Meng Zhang has learned this method for a long time, and has had several opportunities to practice it.


    He felt the greatest regret, because of the limitations of the rules of heaven and earth, this method can only be applied in the vast void, not in the Jun dust world.


    Otherwise, it needs to transmit such things as Dharma array over a long distance.


    In the Jun dust world, the space shuttle skill of the yuan God Zhenjun can also move for a long distance, but the distance of each movement is far from being compared with the great movement of the void.


    Lead silk mother-in-law didn''t mean to lead everyone on the way slowly. She directly took everyone to show the great movement of emptiness.


    Every time he cast a spell, Meng Zhang didn''t count it in detail. He estimated that the moving distance was no less than a million miles.


    Lead silk mother-in-law took the people to move together, and there was almost no pause in the middle.


    They just felt the changing scene in front of them, making them dizzy and disoriented.


    Meng Zhang barely kept awake and tried to pay attention to the situation around him.


    But soon, he was overwhelmed by the rapidly changing scene around him.


    There is no difference between day and night in the void. However, Meng Zhang habitually timed according to the timing habit of Jun dust world.


    He felt that after about two days, the silk pulling mother-in-law finally stopped casting spells and stopped.


    With so many people moving for a long distance at one breath, the silk pulling mother-in-law also obviously felt a little tired.


    She stood quietly in the void and looked around from time to time.


    "In those years, many big demons in the ten thousand demon world once had a war with the cultivators in the Jun dust world."


    "After being defeated, the big demon in the ten thousand demon world didn''t stay away from here, but hovered around at any time."


    "This place has become a special battlefield. The yuan God friars of Jun dust world and many demon kings of ten thousand demon world fight here all year round."


    "Old lady, I can''t move on. If you disturb the power of the demon world, there may be another war. Most of the action to collect the jade qinglingji will come to an end."


    "The following journey will be completed by Lu Tianshu with you."


    "The old lady will pick you up here. After you have collected the Yuqing LINGJI, the old lady will escort you away."


    Everyone is still looking around. Mother-in-law Qiansi has explained all the things that need to be explained in one breath.


    Lu Tianshu made a gesture of invitation to all the people, then showed his emptiness and set out first.


    Meng Zhang and his followers followed, and all moved forward toward the void.


    In order to take care of the people behind him, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun deliberately slowed down his progress.


    Some of the people behind him were not used to traveling like this at first.


    After a while, people gradually became familiar with the art of void movement, and their forward speed was greatly improved.


    After half a day, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun took everyone to the nearby destination.


    Lu Tianshu stopped moving forward and introduced the situation to everyone.


    In the vast void ahead, there is a large area shrouded by various glow.


    This area is so vast that it almost fills most of the area ahead.


    According to Lu Tianshu Zhenjun''s introduction, the area shrouded by the glow is a void vision.


    The so-called visions of the void are all kinds of different scenes generated in the void due to the creation of heaven and earth.


    Some of these scenes are harmless, while others are extremely dangerous.


    Don''t say it''s the true monarch of the yuan God, that is, the great power of returning to emptiness. If you fall into some void visions, you may fall in danger.


    The area covered by the glow in front of us is called the light explosion area.


    In the light explosion region, all kinds of glow are almost everywhere.


    These rays contain special power. As long as they are continuously irradiated by the rays, they will be seriously injured and even endanger their lives.


    If there is no special defense secret method, the strong of Yuanshen Zhenjun level can''t last long in the light explosion domain.


    Therefore, the powerful Terrans and Demons fighting around here will try to avoid the light explosion area. Even if they break into it, they will leave as soon as possible.


    The last time Lu Tianshu Zhenjun chased a demon king, he broke into the light explosion area and accidentally found a place where he was pregnant with a large number of jade qinglingji.


    However, after being irradiated by the glow for a long time, his defense spells and body protection spells were about to collapse.


    As a last resort, he had to write down the location of the place and immediately fled the light explosion area.


    Even so, he was badly hurt.


    After he cured his injury, he hurried back to the heavenly palace to try to find help.


    After explaining this, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun threw a seemingly insignificant black umbrella into the air.


    The black umbrella turned into a big black cloud and shrouded everyone.


    In order to avoid stimulating the strong in the demon world, it''s not good to be too close. She lent her magic weapon to Lu Tianshu and escorted them into the light explosion area.


    The target is in the front. We don''t need to move the void again and fly directly to the front.


    With the rapid approach to the light explosion area, more and more Xiaguang began to irradiate the people.


    Because of the cover of black clouds above, all the powerful rays were blocked out and could not threaten everyone.


    Meng Zhang was curious and deliberately broke away from the protection of black clouds. He wanted to feel the power of the Xiaguang one by one.


    As soon as he was out of the protection of the black cloud, the almost endless glow shrouded his body.


    Meng Zhang''s colorful glow robe also sent out a burst of colorful glow, which protected his whole body.


    These rays of light rushing towards him are not only powerful, but also have different functions.


    It seems that there are many different rays in the whole glow.


    Some light directly attacked his body armor, and some light shook his spirit... He also felt that some light even had the special power to dissolve the yuan God.


    However, in a moment, the spirit of the qicaixia light robe issued a burst of painful cries of dissatisfaction.


    Obviously, direct exposure to the light explosion will do her a lot of harm.


    Meng Zhang just wanted to sense the power of the light explosion domain, and didn''t stay outside for a long time.


    He immediately returned to the protection of the black umbrella and got rid of the damage of the powerful light.


    Lu Tianshu looked at Meng Zhang and said nothing more.


    It was only after he suffered a lot that he stayed away from this place.


    This time, if he didn''t want to collect Yuqing LINGJI, he wouldn''t go deep here.


    With their rapid penetration in the light explosion area, the power of all kinds of light emitted from the outside has increased significantly.


    Awesome gift from the lady in law.


    The black umbrella just shook slightly and bounced all kinds of glow away.

 Chapter 968

    With the escort of the black umbrella, the people went smoothly and safely into the light explosion area and came to the place where Lu Tianshu Zhenjun came last time.


    In the light explosion area, strong light is everywhere.


    These colorful lights can not only cover the five senses of practitioners, but also disturb their minds.


    Meng Zhang, they all felt the boundless whiteness in front of them and could hardly open their eyes.


    Their thoughts can''t be released too far, and they can only help them explore nearby at most.


    No one, including Meng Zhang, likes to stay here for a long time.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun showed his unique secret skill, carefully positioned in the light explosion domain, slowly looked for it, and finally came to the destination.


    In front of a place where all kinds of light are particularly strong, rainbow lights are swimming rapidly.


    Among many rainbow lights, there are strands of jade qinglingji wrapped.


    All came to a very close distance, and all the people found the situation ahead.


    Against the damage of light, the perception is seriously disturbed. It''s really not easy to capture those fast-moving rainbow lights and obtain the jade clear spirit machine.


    No wonder Lu Tianshu Zhenjun had to ask her mother-in-law for help, hoping to have more helpers.


    Relying on his strength alone, even if he enters here safely, he will certainly not get many Yuqing LINGJI within the time he can bear.


    The black cloud shrouded by the black umbrella is limited, and the movement speed is not very fast.


    If people want to capture the rainbow light quickly, they''d better break away from the protection of the black umbrella and act separately.


    Without delay, everyone was preparing to act when suddenly there were bursts of violent explosions in the rear.


    I saw a group of demon clan and several human friars chasing each other and flying towards this side.


    If it weren''t for the special environment in the light explosion area, Lu Tianshu and others wouldn''t wait so close to find each other.


    At this distance, it''s too late to avoid.


    Moreover, there are a large number of Yuqing LINGJI ahead, and most of Meng Zhang are reluctant to give up.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang became the yuan God and had the ability to go to the extraterritorial void. By the way, he learned a lot about the rules of conduct in the extraterritorial void.


    First of all, in the extraterritorial void, there are many big worlds. Among them, there is no lack of the world dominated by practitioners such as Jun dust world, and more of the world dominated by alien races.


    If you meet Terran friars and alien friars, you usually stand on the side of Terran friars.


    Secondly, if you encounter local monks in the Junchen world, no matter what grievances they have before, when they fight with enemies in other world, it''s best to focus on the overall situation and maintain the unity of the Junchen world.


    Now several Terran friars and the demon clan chase each other. It seems that the Terran friars still have a big advantage.


    According to the Convention, Meng Zhang seems that they should help the human friars deal with the demon clan.


    However, with a cry of surprise, Meng Zhang and his family had to make other plans.


    "Lu Tianshu, why are you here?" one of the several Terran friars exclaimed.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun was silent for a moment, and then passed a message to Meng Zhang and them.


    "Everybody, please work together and leave these demon and human friars together."


    "After it''s done, I''m willing to give up half of my share of this Yuqing LINGJI distribution."


    "Besides, I owe you a favor."


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying both wanted to make friends with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun after knowing the situation of Hailing sect.


    In such an extraterritorial void far away from heaven, it is a small matter to deal with several yuan God friars as long as they are clean.


    Not to mention, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun also gave up a lot of jade qinglingji.


    After a few simple communications, Meng Zhang agreed to Lu Tianshu''s request and decided to leave all the Terrans and demons in front of him.


    Originally, there were dazzling lights and violent explosions all around. But suddenly, waves appeared out of thin air, slapped each other and rushed over, surrounded the human friars and the demon clan.


    As soon as he made a move, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun took out a big move and vowed to leave all the enemies behind.


    "Lu Tianshu, you''re so brave. Aren''t you afraid to bring disaster to Hailing sect?"


    The monk who had exclaimed before shouted loudly.


    Lu tianshuzhen remained unmoved and continued to drive the waves from all directions.


    Meng Zhang, since they agreed to Lu Tianshu''s request, naturally they will not show mercy.


    There are also Terran friars opposite. Of course, they have to kill people to avoid bringing trouble back to the Junchen world.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head suddenly lit up, and the endless sun and moon divine light lined up all the surrounding light and shrouded it in front.


    Xu Mengying, Yang Xueyi, he luozhenjun and Jin Lizhen all made great moves one after another.


    Including Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, they all moved a little carefully.


    They did not leave the protection scope of the black umbrella, but hid under the black umbrella.


    Most of their Taoist magic powers are range attacks, which envelop all the enemies, whether human friars or demons.


    There are three yuan Shen friars of the demon clan and four demon kings of the demon clan.


    In previous battles, the Terran side had a small number, but it had the upper hand in the battle.


    They fought in the periphery of the light explosion area before, but also in pursuit, inadvertently went deep into this place.


    They were unlucky when they bumped into Meng Zhang.


    The total number of them exceeds that of Meng Zhang.


    But on their side, there was no big friar in the later stage of Yuanshen. The strongest was a friar in the middle stage of Yuanshen, who also recognized Lu Tianshu Zhenjun before.


    As soon as Lu Tianshu Zhenjun made a move, he showed the power of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. Almost with one person''s strength, he suppressed the other party.


    The other side no longer had a fluke mentality and began to fight the enemy desperately.


    At present, the Terran friar has asked the demon side to suspend the war and unite with the outside world.


    It is impossible for the two sides, who have fought to the death before, to give up their hostility immediately and join hands with the enemy without any objection.


    Especially the demon clan, even at the level of the demon king, is still driven by the beast and continues to entangle with the original enemy.


    With his own strength, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun suppressed all the enemies and created a good mobile phone meeting for his friars.


    Meng Zhang and his colleagues made great efforts without any hindrance and gave full play to their abilities.


    All kinds of Taoist magic powers hit the enemy hard.


    Fighting in the void, unlike in the Jun dust world, we also need to worry about damaging the surrounding environment, or worrying that the aftermath of the battle will spread too widely and cause serious damage.


    Meng Zhang, they just need to hit each other violently and bombard each other. They have no scruples at all, and there is no place to keep their hands.

 Chapter 969

    Three people, the original God Zhenjun of the clan, plus four demon kings of the demon clan. In a hurry, he fell into the fierce attack of Lu Tianshu Zhenjun.


    As the only great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun played a great role.


    He mobilized the power of heaven and earth and completely suppressed the enemy. So that the enemy could not give full play to his own strength and was completely passive and beaten.


    At such a critical moment, the three people''s yuan Shen Zhenjun and the four demon kings still harbored ghosts and could not work together against the enemy.


    The strength is not as good as people, and there are still internal problems. That''s why they should be robbed today.


    Meng Zhang''s Jinghong sword is transformed into a piece of martial arts. When he enters the enemy''s team, he will first make achievements.


    A lion like demon king was beheaded alive and lost all his vitality.


    After Meng Zhang killed, they succeeded one after another, and another yuan God Zhenjun and a demon king were killed one after another.


    At this time, the monk who shouted to Lu Tianshu Zhenjun was finally worried.


    "Lu Tianshu, you really dare to kill. If I Zhang Nengfeng died here today, my fellow disciples of Zhenhai hall will not let you go."


    "Lu Tianshu, wait. Our Zhenhai hall will destroy all the members of your Hailing sect."


    The hysterical cry did not make Lu Tianshu Zhenjun look any moved. He still tried his best to suppress the enemy.


    Meng Zhang and others heard the cry, but their faces changed greatly. Some people began to regret it.


    How could it be so unlucky to get involved in the dispute between Zhenhai hall and hailing sect?


    The name of Zhenhai hall is much louder than that of Hailing sect.


    Zhenhai hall is one of the holy doors in the Junchen world, and it seems to be the only holy door on the sea.


    When Meng Zhang learned about Hailing sect, he also learned about Zhenhai hall.


    Zhenhai hall is located in the East China Sea. It has dominated the East China Sea for thousands of years.


    After the rise of Zhenhai hall, the sea and dragon tribes that originally shook the East China Sea were suppressed to the depths of the sea and could not move at all.


    The East China Sea is vast, rich and rich in resources.


    Zhenhai hall is located in the East China Sea. Relying on the worship of the East China Sea, it has strong strength and has become the sea overlord of Junchen world.


    Other holy places in the Junchen world have tacitly accepted the domination of Zhenhai hall over the sea.


    Originally, the whole ocean, including the East China Sea, the South China Sea, the West China Sea and the North China Sea, respected Zhenhai hall, and all the Terran maritime cultivation forces were subject to Zhenhai hall.


    Later, the Hailing faction rose slowly in the South China Sea far from the East China Sea.


    Taking the opportunity of fighting against the sea and dragon tribes, the sea spirit sect has grown stronger and stronger, and integrated the Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea step by step.


    In this process, Zhenhai hall secretly intervened and created many obstacles to the Hailing school, but they were all resolved by the Hailing school one by one, and finally did not stop the rise of the Hailing school.


    Now the Hailing sect is the overlord of the South China Sea, and has the confidence to challenge the overlord of the four seas in Zhenhai hall.


    Meng Zhang knows from the information obtained that the Hailing sect is now facing all kinds of pressure from Zhenhai hall, and the two sides are fighting openly and secretly.


    He never thought that the disciples of both sides had directly fought for life and death in the extraterritorial void.


    The collision between the two giants must be extremely fierce. If a small taiyimen is involved, it will easily break to pieces.


    Xu Mengying, also the leader of the school, obviously had the same idea as Meng Zhang, and her face became very ugly.


    If she knew that this was a fierce fight between the sea spirit sect and Zhenhai hall, she would have run as far as she could, and she would never dare to get involved in it.


    Lu Tianshu kept whispering in the dark.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, it''s not that I deliberately hide it from you, but that Zhenhai hall has always been overbearing."


    "This place falls into the eyes of the friars of Zhenhai hall. They will not only occupy this place, but also kill people."


    "The friar of Zhenhai Temple always hates our Hailing sect. When he sees you with me, he will directly treat you as an enemy and persecute you without asking."


    "Gentlemen, this is the end of the matter. Don''t let these people go."


    Lu Tianshu''s explanation did not satisfy everyone.


    Anyway, everyone was involved in the matter because of his involvement.


    But he was right in his last sentence.


    Both sides have seen blood. It is impossible to resolve the matter peacefully.


    The best way to deal with it is to kill people and shut down their mouths so that Zhenhai hall won''t get any wind of it.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying have heard of it before. After entering the void, many Yuanshen friars go away and never return.


    There are many reasons for the accident.


    In the extraterritorial void, which is far away from the Junchen world, the courage of monks will be magnified countless times.


    As long as there is a conflict of interest, no matter how deep the background is, monks are bound to be killed and robbed.


    In fact, almost no one dared to move the monks of the holy places in the Jun dust world, but they lost a lot in the extraterritorial void.


    Meng Zhang even heard some unreliable rumors.


    In the extraterritorial void, there are monks who don''t deal with the Holy Land Sect, who unite to hunt the single Holy Land Sect disciples.


    As soon as Lu Tianshu finished, Meng Zhang made up his mind.


    No matter what happens in the future, we must kill all the enemies in front of us today.


    The monks present were all decisive people, and there were no old-fashioned and forward-looking people.


    They all made the only right choice. They took out their maces and vowed to leave all the enemies behind.


    The spirit snake spear silently ran into the front and pierced the chest of a demon king.


    The power of the five elements of gold, wood, water, soil and fire gathered and turned into a colorful Sabre to behead a Yuanshen friar.


    The five elements extinction divine Sabre is a Taoist magic power that Yang Xueyi just cultivated not long ago.


    This Taoist art gathers the power of the five elements and turns into a divine sword to kill everything.


    This is the first time that Yang Xueyi has applied this Taoist magic power in actual combat.


    Once cast, he will exert his great power and kill a friar of the same rank on the spot.


    At this time, the suppressed human yuan Shen and the demon king finally knew that the situation was critical.


    Some of them want to escape, others want to fight to resist.


    Although there are a large number of them, their hearts are not united, and they simply can''t give full play to their strong combat effectiveness.


    At the beginning, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun took the lead and completely gained the upper hand. They didn''t even have a chance to fight back. They were completely beaten passively.


    Finally, all the human gods and demon kings escaped and were killed on the spot.


    The disciple of Zhenhai hall named Zhang Nengfeng had good cultivation and combat effectiveness and persisted to the end.


    However, facing the absolute strength gap, he still could not escape death and became the last person to be killed.


    After the battle, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun had a chance to explain to the people slowly.


    He said he didn''t mean to involve people in this matter, let alone have any bad thoughts.

 Chapter 970

    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun kept a low profile and did not have the airs of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. He sincerely apologized to you.


    He told everyone that the feud between the Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall had spread for a long time and was very complex.


    Since many years ago, the monks of both sides have appeared in the extraterritorial void. Once they encounter each other, they are hostile to each other and inevitably fight.


    Zhenhai hall even secretly organized a special team to secretly hunt and kill the inferior Hailing sect disciples in the extraterritorial void.


    I met Zhang Nengfeng, a disciple of Zhenhai hall before. If he didn''t make a quick decision, he would stay first.


    When Zhang Nengfeng releases his hand, he will certainly contact Zhenhai hall disciples in the empty air outside the territory to surround and kill them.


    In order to avoid such a situation and not to further implicate everyone, he took the initiative to strike first.


    The time was tight before he took the shot. He didn''t have time to communicate with you slowly. He didn''t tell you the details. It was his negligence.


    A great monk in the later period of Yuanshen has taken such a posture. What else can we do?


    I killed the disciples of Zhenhai hall before. Do I have to turn against the disciples of Hailing sect.


    Most importantly, we killed the disciples of Zhenhai hall together. They were all grasshoppers on a rope. They were accomplices. I''m afraid they can''t be divided clearly.


    Although everyone was still very dissatisfied, they were full of vigilance against Lu Tianshu. But at least for now, everyone has no intention of arguing with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun.


    At most, I will stay away from this person and no longer deal with him.


    In order to apologize, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun gave up the distribution of booty and handed over all the killed enemies to everyone. He didn''t take it at all.


    With his origin and accomplishments, I''m afraid he doesn''t care much about this booty.


    Anyway, just now we had a big war and gained some booty, which can barely comfort everyone''s uneasy heart.


    Time is pressing. This place is not a place to slowly clean up the booty.


    All the enemy corpses were included in the bamboo rhyme picture by Yang Xueyi. When they returned to the heavenly palace, they cleaned up and distributed it slowly.


    No one has forgotten the business. Next, it is to collect the jade Qingling machine in front.


    The rainbow light wrapped in jade qinglingji scattered very quickly.


    They had to leave the shelter of the black umbrella and fly around to collect it.


    Everyone, including Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, put aside the previous things and devoted themselves to chasing Hongguang and collecting Yuqing LINGJI.


    Everyone dispersed and flew in all directions.


    It''s really not easy to collect these jade Qingling machines against the great lethality around.


    These rainbow lights are extremely smooth and fast. Even the yuan God friar has to spend a little effort to catch them.


    Hongguang was caught in his hand and gently operated Zhenyuan, just like peeling. He carefully and gently peeled off the outer layer of Hongguang, took out the jade Qingling machine inside and put it away.


    Because there was an agreement in advance, a large part of these jade Qingling machines belong to mother-in-law.


    So when they received the jade Qingling machine, they all counted it off to let everyone know that they had no private possession.


    Of course, if Lu Tianshu and Zhenjun were not there, we might not be so honest.


    Meng zhangfei went out to collect the jade Qingling machine for a while and felt that the glow outside brought him more and more pressure.


    He flew back to the shelter of the black umbrella in time to adjust his state and restore his defense.


    Everyone did the same thing. They flew out to collect a jade clearing machine, and then returned to the black umbrella to recover.


    Among Meng Zhang''s Gang, except for Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, who was well-informed, others saw so many jade Qingling machines gathered together for the first time.


    Their psychology at the moment is quite the meaning of ordinary people discovering Jinshan and Yinshan.


    No one is tired or lazy. Everyone works hard and desperately collects Yuqing LINGJI.


    Let a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun come here. It''s like a mouse into a rice jar. Everyone has worked hard.


    It took almost three days. After the collection of those jade Qingling machines that were easy to collect around, they began to fly around again, looking like they were going to catch all the jade Qingling machines at once.


    At this time, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun told everyone that it''s best not to stay here too long.


    Among the three people who were killed before, two of them were the vassal of Zhenhai hall. They were born in zongmen. If they were killed, they would be killed. But Zhang Nengfeng is a direct disciple of Zhenhai hall. If he dies here, Zhenhai hall will not give up.


    Zhenhai hall disciples can sense each other''s life and death, and have the means to locate each other.


    This is located in the light explosion area. Although it can cause great interference to the disciples of Zhenhai hall, they can''t easily locate it. But after a long delay, especially if the return virtual power of Zhenhai hall takes action, they may still find here.


    We have gained a lot in the past three days. There is no need to risk staying here.


    You can write down this place and wait until the wind passes in the future, and then come and collect it slowly.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun has a good point. But without the shelter of the black umbrella lent by mother-in-law Qiansi, with the cultivation of everyone, you can''t stay here for too long.


    If you come here again in the future, I''m afraid you can only use ants to move and charge them bit by bit. It is impossible to collect a large amount of money like here now.


    However, people are not those who are blinded by profits.


    Everyone is still awake at the moment and knows the priorities.


    If Zhenhai Temple friars find this place, even if there is no death of Zhang Nengfeng, they will lose the opportunity to collect Yuqing LINGJI.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun said that due to the special internal situation of the light explosion domain, even the return virtual energy can not locate the position of Zhang Nengfeng in just a few days.


    But people will not test their luck at this time.


    Those easy to collect jade Qingling machines have been collected. The remaining few jade Qingling machines are not easy to collect, so there is no need to continue wasting time here.


    Everyone soon agreed to get out of here as soon as possible.


    Of course, everyone will write down the location of this place. I''m going to wait until the wind passes in the future, and then come here.


    Under the shelter of the black cloud melted by the black umbrella, they left the light explosion area smoothly without any obstacles along the way.


    When they came outside the light explosion area, there was no light from all directions, and everyone was unconsciously relieved.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi is waiting for everyone not far from here. As long as you fly over and meet mother-in-law, the trip will be safe.


    Without delay, they were preparing to meet mother-in-law lead silk.


    Suddenly, four streamers came here in the distance, just blocking everyone''s way.

 Chapter 971

    Four lights and shadows intercepted Meng Zhang in front of them and showed four figures.


    "Brother of the Chiang family." Lu Tianshu recognized the other party at a glance and called out the origin of the other party.


    The first two of the four figures happened to be a pair of brothers Jiang Shunyuan and Jiang Shunzhang.


    The brothers of the Chiang family have been worshipped in Zhenhai hall since they were young. They were accepted as disciples by famous teachers and devoted themselves to cultivation.


    The two brothers are highly qualified and savvy. They have won in various competitions step by step. They have long been listed as Zhenhai hall true disciples and have been inherited by the top of the sect.


    Later, the two brothers became the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, which shocked the East China Sea and spread their names all over the world.


    It''s also Lu Tianshu Zhenjun. They''re unlucky.


    The disciples of Zhenhai Hall who enter the void outside the territory practice secret skills and can keep in touch with each other all the time.


    After Zhang Nengfeng of Zhenhai hall entered the light explosion area, he could not contact his classmates because of the special environment there.


    But after his death, the friar of Zhenhai hall nearby sensed the death of his fellow disciple one after another.


    A monk in the middle period of Yuanshen is nothing to Zhenhai hall, but the cause of death of the disciples must be clarified.


    If someone dares to challenge the dignity of the Holy Land Sect and plot against the Zhenhai hall disciples, it must not be spared.


    Nearby Zhenhai hall disciples gathered together to investigate the cause of Zhang Nengfeng''s death.


    Among the people''s induction, the last place where Zhang Nengfeng appeared was outside the light explosion area.


    After that, everyone lost their sense of him.


    People speculated that Zhang Nengfeng had entered the light explosion domain and had an accident there.


    In the special environment of the light explosion area, it is beyond the ability of these Zhenhai hall disciples to investigate the cause of death of their fellow disciples.


    Therefore, they had to inform this matter and return to virtual power in the door of nothingness.


    While waiting for the arrival of the great power of returning to emptiness, they scattered around at random to see if they could find some clues.


    The light explosion area covers a large area. If you want to thoroughly search the surrounding space, a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t complete it in a short time.


    The brothers of the Chiang family just turned around at random, but they found Lu Tianshu Zhenjun of the Hailing sect from a distance.


    Zhenhai hall disciple Zhang Nengfeng died nearby, and his old enemy Hailing sect disciple appeared here. Needless to say, Zhang Nengfeng''s death must have something to do with the disciples of Hailing sect.


    "Lu Tianshu, you are brave enough to plot against our disciple Zhang Nengfeng."


    "Today, you must pay with blood."


    Jiang Shunyuan, the eldest brother of the Jiang family, began to drink from a distance.


    "Don''t be so bloody. I haven''t seen Zhang Nengfeng at all."


    Lu Tianshu looked very angry and hurried to speak out.


    Of course, Jiang Shunyuan didn''t know that Zhang Nengfeng, his fellow disciple, really died in the hands of Lu Tianshu. He was just a decent disciple and habitually wanted to become famous.


    There is no reason why the disciples of Hailing sect can''t stand conflict when they meet the disciples of Zhenhai hall in this empty space.


    In particular, the Chiang brothers thought that their own side was the dominant side. Of course, they should take the opportunity to take Lu Tianshu and them.


    Suppressing the sea spirit sect is a major task of Zhenhai hall in recent years.


    Whether in the Junchen world or in the void outside the territory, the disciples of Zhenhai hall will kill the disciples of Hailing sect as long as they have an advantage.


    Just as Zhang Nengfeng had just had an accident, the Chiang brothers immediately planted it on Lu Tianshu''s head.


    Whether it has anything to do with him or not, he must pay the price of bleeding.


    The Chiang brothers were too lazy to talk to Lu Tianshu. After a few words, they shot directly.


    The Jiang brothers are the main friars of Zhenhai Hall who fought against the outside world. They have advanced accomplishments and excellent fighting skills.


    Even if fighting alone, Lu Tianshu is not the opponent of either of the two brothers. At most, he can barely protect himself and survive defeat.


    The two brothers have a tacit understanding. After working together, it is not as simple as one plus one equals two.


    Let alone kill Lu Tianshu, that is to catch Lu Tianshu alive. Their brothers are very sure.


    After their brothers shot, the two followers in the middle of the yuan God who had been following them also followed.


    As a practicing sect in the sea, the monks who practice water system skills are the mainstream.


    However, the Chiang brothers are an exception. The cultivation skill is thunder and fire.


    I saw thunder and lightning all around, and the fire dragon rolled wildly. An irresistible force rushed to Lu Tianshu and them.


    In Lu Tianshu''s side, only Lu Tianshu was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The rest, even the strongest Meng Zhang, could not resist any of the Chiang brothers.


    Even if they join hands, they just Parry reluctantly and can''t last long.


    The violent waves set off by Lu Tianshu were easily smashed by thunder and fire.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples had just come into contact with each other''s attack, and their bodies shook and they could not stand steadily.


    What Lu Tianshu and his men have to do now is to escape from here as soon as possible and find a way to escape from the enemy.


    Fortunately, they entered the light explosion area this time and took the magic weapon lent by the silk pulling mother-in-law.


    Originally, after leaving the light explosion area, Lu Tianshu put this magic weapon away to facilitate his journey.


    Now in case of an irresistible attack, he immediately sacrificed his magic weapon without hesitation.


    The black umbrella flew to the top of the people''s heads and turned into a black cloud to protect them firmly.


    When the thunder and fire reached the sky, it seemed very fierce, but it fell on the black cloud and was easily bounced away.


    "Five order magic weapons." the face of the Chiang brothers became very ugly.


    I thought it was easy to catch, but I didn''t expect that the enemy still had such cards.


    Lu Tianshu and his family have no ability to drive the fifth order magic tools. They can barely sacrifice because of the power of the silk pulling mother-in-law poured into the black umbrella in advance.


    When she went out of the light explosion area, she had consumed a lot of power to stay in the black umbrella.


    Lu Tianshu doesn''t want to know how long the power in the black umbrella can last.


    Under the protection of the black umbrella, they accelerated their flight and flew to the distance.


    Zhenhai hall is a sacred gate, which naturally has the power of returning to emptiness.


    As the main friars in the sect, the Chiang brothers naturally have the cards given by the great power of returning to emptiness.


    After their initial surprise, they pursued Lu Tianshu behind them without stopping. They pursued and shot at the same time.


    The huge gap between the two sides'' cultivation and combat effectiveness made Lu Tianshu not even have the idea to stop and start, but fled to the distance under the cover of a black umbrella.


    Under the shelter of the black umbrella, Lu Tianshu and his party successfully blocked the enemy''s attack and flew to the distance.


    The two sides chased and fled, quickly left the light explosion area and quickly approached the hiding place of mother-in-law Qiansi.


    The black umbrella is a magic tool for mother-in-law to lead silk. Of course, it has a close relationship with her.


    Before Lu Tianshu and others approached, the silk pulling mother-in-law sensed that they were under attack.

 Chapter 972

    The area around the light explosion area is one of the fixed battlefields for the human friars in the Jun dust world and the powerful demons in the ten thousand demon world.


    On weekdays, it is the yuan God Zhenjun of Jun dust world who fights with the demon kings of ten thousand demon world.


    The five levels of power of both sides are far away from the battlefield and cover their own friars in the distance to avoid the other side bullying the small.


    If it is not necessary, the great power of returning to emptiness like mother-in-law of pulling silk will not easily enter the vicinity.


    Because the situation here is tense, Terrans and demons have been confronting each other.


    If you accidentally provoke the demon master of the demon family, it will be a big trouble.


    The fifth level strong of the demon clan is called the demon lord, which is enough to fight against the return virtual power of the human race.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is not afraid of the demon lord, but is unwilling to participate in this meaningless battle.


    Therefore, mother-in-law Qiansi hid in the distance and asked Lu Tianshu and his party to go to the light explosion area.


    At this time, through the induction of the black umbrella, I knew that Lu Tianshu and them were constantly under attack and were losing.


    Mother-in-law can''t ignore it, so she has to take a risk to get close to the light explosion area.


    Her figure disappeared from the original hiding place. After a big move, she appeared on Lu Tianshu''s escape route.


    At a glance, she recognized that the party pursuing and killing was the friar of Zhenhai hall, and mother-in-law Qiansi frowned.


    Even as a great power of returning to emptiness, she is not willing to be the enemy of the Holy Land Sect.


    However, things have been so that she can''t pretend not to see.


    Not to mention that Lu Tianshu provided cover for their action this time. That''s the special relationship between her and hailing sect. She must fight.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s mind moved. The black cloud melted by the black umbrella suddenly tightened, wrapped Lu Tianshu and them all, and then accelerated suddenly.


    In the blink of an eye, the black cloud carrying Lu Tianshu and them flew behind her.


    The sudden change did not scare the Chiang brothers.


    They looked this way and found mother-in-law Qiansi at a glance.


    Although the lead silk mother-in-law usually acts low-key, she is not a swagger. But as a great power of returning to emptiness, I often want to keep a low profile, but I can''t keep a low profile.


    Whether in the Junchen world or the heavenly palace, in many circles, mother-in-law Lansi is a famous figure.


    The brothers of the Jiang family recognized mother-in-law.


    In the intelligence of Zhenhai hall, mother-in-law Qiansi has a close relationship with Hailing sect and has a little trouble with Zhenhai hall.


    If it were another Yuanshen friar, I''m afraid he would have been panicked and run as far as he could in case of the return to emptiness power that he didn''t deal with.


    However, as Tianjiao disciples of the Holy Land Sect, the Chiang brothers naturally have a kind of pride.


    Moreover, they have the cards given by their elders.


    Even if lead silk mother-in-law bullies the small with the big and starts to fight them, they can resist one or two.


    "Lead silk mother-in-law, I respect you. It''s an elder''s great power. I''ll give you a face."


    "As long as you hand over these thieves of Hailing sect, I can assume that what happened just now has not happened."


    Jiang Shunyuan was far away from here.


    Among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace, the silk pulling mother-in-law has a mild temper and is not easy to kill.


    But no matter how good tempered she was, her face changed when she was shouted around by a little Yuanshen.


    "Granny Qiansi, these thieves of Hailing sect are the murderers who killed the disciples of Zhenhai hall."


    "Presumably, you don''t have to protect these murderers. You must be the enemy of Zhenhai hall."


    Jiang Shunyuan thought that the explanation was clear, and the silk pulling mother-in-law should understand the importance.


    Their brothers did not recognize Meng Zhang''s origin, but regarded them as friars of Hailing sect or vassal friars of Hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang and some of them are still unknown in the foreign void, and almost no one knows them.


    In fact, it''s best not to be recognized, but they don''t have a lot of trouble.


    Otherwise, the holy door of Zhenhai hall will not let them go. Even if they escape today, they will be restless in the future.


    The silk holding mother-in-law was too lazy to talk nonsense with the younger generation, and pingbai lowered her identity.


    With a wave of her big hand, the space around the Chiang brothers seemed to tighten suddenly, trying to trap them firmly.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t mean to kill. She just wanted to teach these kids a lesson.


    Otherwise, others thought that she was such a great power to return to emptiness. All kinds of cats and dogs could give her a face to face.


    An irresistible force came from all directions, and the Chiang brothers felt irresistible.


    Just as they were about to take out their hidden cards, a violent drink came from a distance.


    "Well, you godly old woman, how dare you bully the younger generation of Zhenhai hall with big bullying."


    Before the roar, a fierce old man flew over from a distance.


    The pressure around the Chiang brothers naturally disappeared, as if they had never appeared.


    The old man''s hands danced, and the space around her began to collapse.


    In the collapsing space, bursts of strange forces came.


    Or huge gravity, or huge pressure... Constantly pulling the silk pulling mother-in-law in all directions.


    "Old ghost of sea and air, don''t deceive people too much."


    Lead silk mother-in-law to shout angrily, also made a real fire.


    She stomped heavily in the air with one foot, and the collapsing space suddenly returned to normal.


    It''s not the character of mother-in-law to be beaten without fighting back.


    Around the old man who was called the sea and air ghost by her, space cracks appeared out of thin air, cutting the good space into pieces.


    Even if it is return to virtual power, they are absolutely unwilling to be hurt by the cutting force of space.


    There were rumbling noises in the surrounding void.


    The whole space was shaking violently, and the space seemed to be torn alive.


    Huixu''s powerful shot is really extraordinary. It''s just a preliminary test. It''s so powerful.


    Meng Zhang they were protected by the black umbrella, but they didn''t have to worry about being affected by the aftereffects of the powerful fight.


    After taking action, the great power of returning to emptiness in Zhenhai hall moved the Chiang family brothers to a distance and left the battlefield far away.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi is no longer willing to have a head-on conflict with Zhenhai hall, but others have bullied her. If she doesn''t respond, I''m afraid she will really be regarded as mud pinch.


    Despite her unwillingness, she still took out some real skills and fought with the return virtual power of Zhenhai hall.


    The great power of returning to emptiness in Zhenhai hall is used to bullying. She doesn''t pay attention to her mother-in-law.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi and hailing sect have always been very close. She has long been seen by Zhenhai hall.


    But there was no suitable opportunity before. Even Zhenhai hall was inconvenient to start a war between returning to virtual power.


    Now I caught her face to face and bullied the younger generation of Zhenhai hall.


    If she doesn''t give a satisfactory explanation today, I''m afraid it''s hard to get away.

 Chapter 973

    Meng Zhang hides under the magic weapon of mother-in-law Qiansi. He doesn''t have to worry about being hurt by the aftermath of the battle.


    Like others, he was watching the battle seriously.


    In fact, he fought directly between Huixu and Da Neng, not to mention him. Even the later friars of Yuanshen like Lu Tianshu Zhenjun rarely met once.


    In the Jun dust world, few return to emptiness can appear and disappear in public. The fight between them is strictly limited.


    Only in this vast and boundless extraterritorial void, can the great power of returning to the virtual world fight recklessly and show its terrible combat effectiveness without scruples.


    Lead silk mother-in-law''s fighting spirit is not high. Such a battle is of little significance to her.


    In her eyes, from beginning to end, her family was passive.


    If Zhenhai hall didn''t deceive people too much, she didn''t want to compete with Zhenhai hall.


    But now she has been riding a tiger and had to struggle with each other.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the power of the great road in the surrounding void is in an abnormal disorder.


    Space collapses and visions abound. As if the whole universe, the whole world, began to boil and fell into chaos.


    Although her momentum was a little weak, she seemed to have fallen to the disadvantage. But if the other party wants to completely defeat her, it can''t be done in a short time.


    If it wasn''t for the bad mood in my heart, my mother-in-law would like to withdraw.


    It was the old man named Hai Kong in Zhenhai Hall who had high fighting spirit and full of vitality, and vowed to take down mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Just as the two were struggling and couldn''t tell the outcome for the time being, another troublemaker came over.


    A wild laugh came from a distance.


    "You hairless monkeys have started infighting here."


    "Anyway, being idle is also idle. The Demon Lord will play with you."


    A huge elephant hoof fell from the sky and stepped heavily in the middle of the battlefield.


    Violent waves came from the whole void, and countless small spaces were cracked alive.


    The huge shock wave was transmitted in all directions, bringing the silk pulling mother-in-law and Zhenhai hall back to the virtual power into the attack range.


    "It''s really unlucky. How could I meet this brainless barbarian." Granny Qiansi scolded secretly.


    This is the battlefield for the confrontation between the mortals in Junchen world and the barbarians in Wanyao world. There are many strong people wandering around in both races. Among them, there are many strong ones at the level of returning to virtual power and Demon Lord.


    Originally, mother-in-law Qiansi fought with the old man of the sea and air in Zhenhai hall. Whether the human race or the demon race were around, they hid in the dark to watch.


    But the warlike and arrogant God, like the demon lord, happened to be nearby.


    This rude and willful guy likes to fight with his peers best.


    When there was a war between mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Haikong, no matter what race they were, they flew directly to the war.


    God elephant Demon Lord does not like to retain human form, but likes to show people with their own appearance.


    A huge elephant, like a mountain, fell from the sky and appeared in the battlefield.


    The god elephant demon lord almost simultaneously shot at the silk holding mother-in-law and the sea and air old man.


    The evil spirit rising into the sky filled the surrounding void, and the whole void seemed to tremble under the evil spirit.


    In the face of such a strong God like demon lord, mother-in-law and old man Haikong had to give up their struggle and solve their own problems first.


    A series of violent collisions took place in the void, and countless space interlayers collapsed. The void is like a piece of paper, which is folded and torn at will.


    After the arrival of the God like demon lord, the silk pulling mother-in-law, who had not high fighting spirit, retreated.


    According to common sense, two Terrans from Jun dust world can meet the demon lord of 10000 demon world.


    Terran friars should work together against the enemy and clean up the God like demon master together.


    However, the defense of mother-in-law holding silk and the old son of sea and air against each other is more than the wariness of the demon family. There is no foundation for cooperation at all.


    Sanxiu''s mother-in-law is the most slippery. Seizing an opportunity, she took the initiative to flee the battlefield, left the old man Haikong and let him face the god elephant demon lord alone.


    Lead silk mother-in-law fled, making the sea and air old man tremble with anger.


    In the face of the god elephant demon lord who took advantage of the situation, the Holy Land Sect Friar''s unique pride was aroused, and he fought with the god elephant demon lord regardless.


    The surrounding void was seriously damaged in the war just now. It is not suitable to move the void greatly.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi left the battlefield so far that she moved the void and rushed to the Junchen world.


    Inexplicably fighting with opponents at the same level made her a little depressed.


    Fortunately, the annoying old man Haikong was entangled by the God like demon lord, and her mood was a little better.


    On the way back to the Junchen world, the silk holding mother-in-law hardly stopped and took everyone to show her vanity.


    After many large moves, they returned to the Jun dust world with the wind and water without any accidents.


    Back in the heavenly palace, after a little rest, everyone began to allocate Yuqing LINGJI.


    All the people did not hide. They took out all the Yuqing LINGJI they collected in the light explosion area and waited for the distribution of the silk pulling mother-in-law.


    No one will deceive and offend a return to emptiness power for a little jade qinglingji.


    And Lu Tianshu Zhenjun has been with everyone, and Meng Zhang can''t hide their harvest.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t say much. She directly collected half of all Yuqing LINGJI as her own reward.


    This is a pre negotiated distribution plan.


    Although the silk holding mother-in-law did not personally participate in the collection of Yuqing LINGJI, without her escort, the people would be left near the light explosion area forever.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun originally allocated a quarter of the jade Qingling machine. In order to compensate everyone for dealing with the disciples of Zhenhai hall, he took out an additional half of his own jade Qingling machine and gave it to Meng Zhang.


    In this way, Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, Xu Mengying, Jin Lizhen and he Luozhen jointly distributed three eighths of the jade qinglingji.


    In addition, the three Yuanshen Zhenjun and four demon kings killed in the light explosion domain belong to Meng Zhang and are distributed by the five of them.


    At that time, Lu Tianshu made great efforts.


    If he had not forcibly suppressed his opponent with the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage, Meng Zhang would not have killed his opponent so easily.


    Lu Tianshu is sincere in apologizing for not participating in the distribution of this batch of booty.


    Meng Zhang they can''t blame him. They can only pray secretly in their hearts.


    Prayer Zhenhai hall paid attention to mother-in-law Qiansi and Lu Tianshu of Hailing sect, ignoring them as a group of small shrimps.


    In fact, the Chiang brothers in Zhenhai hall did not recognize Meng Zhang''s origin, but regarded them as friars of Hailing sect or vassal friars of Hailing sect.


    Lead silk mother-in-law also told you that you don''t have to worry about the Revenge of Zhenhai hall.


    Anyway, they didn''t reveal their identity. They don''t have to worry about being found by Zhenhai hall.


    In addition, she and hailing sect are in front. If Zhenhai hall wants to find trouble, it is also the first to find trouble for them.

 Chapter 974

    Lead silk mother-in-law and Lu Tianshu Zhenjun put away their own share of jade qinglingji.


    After explaining a few words to her mother-in-law, she sent Meng Zhang away.


    Meng Zhang and his party didn''t stay outside. They went directly back to the courtyard of taiyimen, and then distributed the harvest again.


    All five of them made similar efforts in this mission, and all the booty was basically evenly distributed.


    The first is the jade Qingling machine collected, with an average of 150 strands per person.


    For Meng Zhang, this is his entrance into the heavenly palace, and all the Yuqing LINGJI assigned this time belongs to him.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang is very strict with himself, he clearly divides his private property from the public property of the sect.


    However, in many cases, it is unavoidable to temporarily borrow public property or subsidize sects with private property.


    For others, this batch of jade Qingling machines is an unprecedented huge harvest.


    In addition to the Yuqing LINGJI collected, the three Yuanshen friars and the four demon Kings also provided us with a lot of booty.


    Unfortunately, Zhenhai hall disciple Zhang Nengfeng has long refined mustard space, and everything on him is basically stored in mustard space.


    With his death, the mustard space spontaneously ruptured, and all the items in it were destroyed in the space collapse.


    Under the circumstances at that time, even Lu Tianshu, the great friar in the later stage of the yuan God, was unable to prevent the collapse of mustard space and rescue all kinds of items inside.


    The richest disciples of Zhenhai hall got nothing, and others got a lot.


    Among the stored objects and magic tools on his two followers of the yuan God period, there are some jade qinglingji, fourth-order talismans and pills.


    As for the fourth order magic tools used by the yuan gods of the three celebrity families, they were basically completely destroyed in the battle.


    Monks from the Holy Land Sect are not waste. Even if they die in battle, they will not leave their magic tools to the enemy.


    The two friars of vassal forces did the same thing. They would rather die than let the enemy take advantage of them.


    The four demon kings brought us more harvest than expected.


    The strong demon family born in the 10000 demon world is not a wild Monster without heel and inheritance.


    In the ten thousand demon world where the demon family occupies the dominant position, the demon family, like the human friars in the Junchen world, has established a set of completed cultivation and inheritance system, and developed a civilization belonging to the demon family alone.


    Among these powerful demons, there are also those who are proficient in refining tools, alchemy and other methods.


    Although the magic tools and pills of the demon clan cannot be used directly by the human friars, they are very good materials after processing.


    Among the demon families, the Demon Stone with highly concentrated demon spirit is used as currency.


    Terran friars will not absorb and refine the evil spirit in the Demon Stone, but after diluting it with a secret method, it can be used to cultivate demon beasts.


    In the Jun dust world, the breeding of monsters has long been a large-scale and profitable industry.


    Like the highly condensed Demon Stone they seized from the demon king, they don''t worry about selling it at a good price.


    In addition, the corpses of the four demon kings are also a very important harvest.


    In the cultivation world, after thousands of years of development, the utilization of monster corpses has long reached the limit, and there will be no omission.


    In particular, the corpses of these demon kings, whether fur, flesh and blood or even bones, have great utilization value.


    Meng Zhang''s five people were not the kind of haggard people. They soon talked about the distribution of booty, and everyone was satisfied with it.


    After finishing this matter, Meng Zhang told everyone. After a period of time, keep a low profile. It''s best to leave the heavenly palace for a period of time and go outside to avoid the limelight.


    Although they didn''t reveal their identity in front of the Zhenhai Temple friar, if they were unlucky and ran into the Zhenhai Temple friar in the heavenly palace, it would be a big trouble.


    We all accepted Meng Zhang''s advice.


    However, before leaving the heavenly palace, everyone has to go shopping.


    Just started a large amount of jade Qingling machine, you can buy many items you like but don''t want to buy.


    Even Meng Zhang himself has many things he wants to buy.


    Although there were a lot of Yuqing LINGJI in hand before, it belonged to the whole sect. Meng Zhang couldn''t spend it wantonly.


    Now I have harvested a large amount of jade clearing machine. Of course, I have to buy it.


    Before shopping, he went to the commonweal Hall of the heavenly palace.


    Long ago, he wanted to get the Dharma door from the heavenly palace that could help the four Dharma protectors break through the cultivation bottleneck.


    Special Taoist soldiers like Dharma protector general are not unique to Taiyi sect. There are similar Taoist soldiers in other Xiuzhen sects in Junchen world.


    Such Taoist soldiers have outstanding advantages and are very easy to form a strong combat effectiveness.


    The shortcomings are also very prominent, and it is very difficult to continue to improve.


    Even though Meng Zhang searched repeatedly on the all inclusive exchange list given by the heavenly palace, he could not find a way to help this kind of Taoist soldiers break through the cultivation bottleneck.


    Of course, there may be similar methods, but Meng Zhang''s authority is not enough.


    According to the practice of Tiangong, the contents on the exchange list are different with different permissions.


    There was no harvest from the heavenly palace official. Meng Zhang also asked about it in the square market. There is no similar method to sell there.


    Because he had a lot of jade qinglingji on hand, Meng Zhanghua became a lot more generous.


    He exchanged four organ puppets from the heavenly palace official.


    Two mechanism puppets will be sent back to the door for the study of the monks of the divine engineering hall in the door.


    There are two left to take care of the small yard.


    In the future, when their shop opens, they can also take care of the shop.


    The official organ puppets exchanged from the heavenly palace are highly intelligent and can do a lot of work.


    The puppet''s reliability is also officially endorsed by the heavenly palace. There is absolutely no problem.


    Even the organ puppets above mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence were exchanged from the heavenly palace official.


    However, the official organ puppets used by the heavenly palace for exchange are much worse than those used by their own families.


    Leaving the hall of common affairs, Meng Zhang came to the square market and made a big purchase.


    Yuqing LINGJI is a real hard currency, and the square market in the heavenly palace is extremely rich in commodities.


    Here, it is difficult to buy goods without money.


    As long as you can afford the jade Qingling machine, you can buy strange and precious items.


    Unless you really cherish too much, or the level of goods is too high, there will be a price without a market.


    Meng Zhang made a detour in the square city and found that the jade Qingling machine he had in hand was not worth mentioning at all.


    Many precious high-level items are often priced by thousands of strands or even thousands of strands of jade Qingling machine.


    Of course, the purchasing power of Yuqing spirit machine is not bad. It''s easy to use when buying ordinary spirit objects.

 Chapter 975

    Besides selling all kinds of articles, there are also secret scripts of various skills and cultivation techniques in the square market of Tiangong.


    Although no clan will sell its core heritage, some well-known and widely spread goods can be seen everywhere.


    If you are willing to pay the price, you can buy some good goods.


    Especially the precious inheritance of those extinct sects, both buyers and sellers don''t have to worry about future problems.


    Although Taiyi gate has long been the door of Yuanshen sect, there are still great deficiencies in many places except that there are Yuanshen friars in the gate.


    As far as the cultivation of all kinds of skills is concerned, the sect is a little stronger in terms of animal control, alchemy, refining tools, spiritual plants and arrays, but it can only be compared with the Jindan sect.


    Only in the aspect of symbol making, because of Yang Xueyi''s relationship, the level is very high.


    As for the weak aspects such as organs, even the Jindan sect is far inferior.


    Although Meng Zhang inherited the taiyimen inheritance, he obtained many taiyimen classics from the void tripod.


    However, in the heyday of taiyimen, there were still many inheritances that he could not obtain.


    Moreover, in terms of mechanism creation, even taiyimen in its heyday did not make any achievements.


    Meng Zhang never expected Taiyi sect to be omnipotent, but he didn''t want the sect to have an obvious weakness.


    Meng Zhang''s requirements are not high. Taiyi sect can achieve the average level of yuanshenzong sect in all aspects of cultivation of truth and art, so he is more satisfied.


    Especially in the current external situation facing taiyimen, it is best for taiyimen to have the ability of self-sufficiency in all aspects.


    These ancient books about the skills of cultivating truth and art are expensive.


    Meng Zhang can only buy as slowly as possible, not overnight.


    Sending these skill classics back to the door can not only greatly enhance the details of the sect, but also enhance the production capacity of the sect.


    In contrast, a certain magic instrument or a certain skill has less effect.


    Meng Zhang now has no shortage of magic tools and skills.


    After Yang Xueyi became the original God, she soon advanced to the fourth level talisman and had the ability to refine the fourth level talisman.


    In addition to purchasing classics, Meng Zhang purchased some available pills.


    Shopping in the heavenly palace is guaranteed. Don''t worry that the pill has been tampered with.


    Meng Zhang was the first to finish the purchase. After Jin Lizhen and their shopping, except Yang Xueyi, others returned to the Junchen world with him.


    As soon as Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi gate, a disciple reported to him.


    Some time ago, the governor''s office sent someone to inform Meng Zhang to go to the governor''s office of Jiuqu city. Governor Zhang Wei can have something to discuss with him.


    Because Meng Zhang was in the heavenly palace, the disciples could not contact him for the time being. They only said to contact Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    Governor Zhang Wei was able to consult with him. Meng Zhang dared not neglect it. Without staying in the mountain gate for too long, he went to xiongshiling and sent it to Jiuqu city.


    Meng Zhang came to the governor''s house and met governor Zhang Weineng smoothly.


    While they were talking, Meng Zhang''s old acquaintances heard that Dong Zhenjun and Heng Dao Zhenjun were also on the side.


    After a few brief greetings, governor Zhang Weineng went straight to the subject.


    He said he knew that taiyimen had a way to connect with the Daheng cultivation world, and there was a strong hidden power.


    Governor Zhang Wei''s words shocked Meng Zhang, as if some great secret had been revealed.


    But in his heart, Meng Zhang was not as surprised as he showed.


    He had already been prepared to expose the secret of taiyimen.


    Daheng cultivation circle has always been conservative and exclusive, and has little contact with the outside world.


    When Jiuqu League was still there, it tried to form an alliance with Daheng Xiuzhen world to fight against the aggressive Dali Dynasty.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world did not hesitate to reject the alliance proposal of Jiuqu alliance.


    At that time, it was speculated that the Dali Dynasty should have hidden a strong force in the Daheng cultivation world, enough to interfere with the decision of the high-level of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Later, even if the Holy Land Sect like Ziyang Shengzong came forward, it could only let Bairi Valley and its vassals reinforce Yujian sect, but it could not mobilize more forces in Daheng cultivation world.


    At that time, many people were more certain of the previous speculation.


    Under the pressure of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance, taiyimen lost its market in Jiuqu Province, and its business activities shrank sharply.


    However, taiyimen still formed a small alliance and wantonly purchased the goods of various Xiuzhen forces of the alliance to help everyone tide over the difficulties.


    Taiyimen is not stupid enough to sacrifice themselves for others. It is mostly because it has other business channels.


    Because of what happened in those years, taiyimen and the small league have no sign of trading with Yunwu daze and Yuantu prairie.


    After thinking about it, from various signs, there are mostly special communication channels between taiyimen and Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Whether it''s a child mother transport disk or a long-distance transport array, it''s not a strange thing in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    It is not difficult to guess the connection between taiyimen and Daheng cultivation world.


    Every true cultivation force and every true cultivator almost has their own secrets.


    As long as these secrets do not endanger the rule of Dali imperial court and violate the laws of Dali imperial court, the officials of Dali imperial court cannot intervene one by one.


    There is a connection between taiyimen and Daheng cultivation world, which is not a big deal.


    As long as taiyimen did not collude with Daheng Xiuzhen world to oppose Dali imperial dynasty, Zhang Weineng was too lazy to interfere.


    In the current situation of taiyimen, Meng Zhang will not betray the Dali Dynasty as long as he is not too stupid.


    After Zhang Weineng led the army to conquer the Jiuqu League, the Daheng Xiuzhen world should be the next object to conquer.


    However, facing the strong pressure of Ziyang Shengzong, most of the power was scattered to other places.


    A large part of the army originally led by Zhang Weineng was also transferred to support other aspects.


    Zhang Weineng, as one of the Few Grand Marshals in Dali imperial dynasty, is a highly motivated figure.


    Even because of lack of strength, he temporarily gave up the expedition to the great horizontal cultivation world. But in the dark, the infiltration of the great horizontal cultivation world has never stopped.


    As early as many years ago, the Dali imperial dynasty set up dark sons in the Daheng cultivation world and made waves secretly.


    After precise design, Zhang Weineng and the middle and high level of the court have a big plan for the real world of Da Heng cultivation.


    As long as this plan is successful, the power of the great horizontal cultivation world will be seriously weakened.


    At that time, there is no need to send extra reinforcements from the imperial dynasty. With the strength at hand, Zhang Weineng is sure to conquer the Daheng cultivation world.


    Now, the connection between taiyimen and Daheng cultivation world can complement this plan.


    It is precisely because of the useful place of Taiyi gate that Zhang Weineng has a good attitude towards Meng Zhang over the years and has a lot of tolerance for Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 976

    When Zhang Weineng launched the conquest of the Daheng Xiuzhen world, the small alliance established by Meng Zhang also had to go to the battlefield and work for the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province are also the forces that Zhang Weineng predicted can be used to fight against the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Therefore, in recent years, he tried his best to suppress the contradiction between foreign big businesses such as Datong business alliance and local Xiuzhen forces.


    Zhang Weineng does not allow everyone to fight and weaken the combat power available at hand.


    Big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance are used to being strong. At first, they were somewhat unconvinced. They also want to exert some pressure on Zhang Weineng with the help of the power behind them.


    However, it is related to Dali''s foreign conquest plan and his own achievements. Zhang Wei can become oil and salt, and no one can sell face.


    With his identity and status, once he launched a fierce attack, even at the top of the Dali imperial dynasty, few people dare to say that they can beat him.


    In a word, now everyone is not allowed to fight inside. We should preserve our strength.


    When waiting for him to start fighting against Daheng Xiuzhen world, we should be consistent with the outside world and everyone should participate in the battle.


    Even Shang Jianqing, who took the initiative to provoke Niu Dawei''s Yuanshen ceremony last time, was chased back by Zhang Weineng to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Thanks to Zhang Weineng''s strong pressure, there has been no major dispute in Jiuqu province.


    Now Zhang Wei can call Meng Zhang, but he has something important to do.


    Although the power of Dali emperor in Daheng cultivation world has been very strong, this matter is very important. It''s best to use every bit of power.


    Zhang Weineng asked Meng Zhang to do something very simple, that is, to spread some pills, magic tools, talismans and other items through the trade channel of taiyimen in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The governor''s office will provide taiyimen with a batch of pills, magic tools and talismans free of charge. Taiyimen is dumping at a low price in the Daheng cultivation circle.


    All the income from the sale of these goods belongs to taiyimen.


    It seems that it is only a small effort. It not only flatters governor Zhang Weineng, but also has an additional income. Meng Zhang has no reason to refuse.


    After listening to Zhang Weineng''s request, Meng Zhang thought so at first.


    But soon, his sharp sense from the Heavenly Master warned him crazily.


    The severity of this warning sign is almost unprecedented.


    Meng Zhang was almost killed in a sneak attack several times before. His spirit didn''t warn him to this extent.


    If he hadn''t been trained for many years, Meng Zhang could hardly bear it and showed his shock.


    Meng Zhang forcibly suppressed the shock in his heart, kept calm and did not show any difference.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, Meng Zhang seldom practiced heaven''s secrets after entering the Yuanshen period because heaven''s secrets were not promoted accordingly.


    This situation cannot be changed. For a long time, Meng Zhang will forget that he is a master of the sky.


    The spirit sense from the Heavenly Master warned him of all kinds of dangers many times, which turned him into good luck in case of difficulties.


    Of course, he absolutely believes in this kind of spiritual awareness without any doubt.


    Since lingjue gave such a crazy warning, it means that what Zhang Wei can ask him to do must not be done.


    If you do, you will encounter unpredictable danger.


    Meng Zhang wondered why there was such a great danger because he was only helping to sell some commonly used truth repair items?


    After Zhang Weineng put forward his request, he thought Meng Zhang should agree without hesitation.


    But Meng Zhang was there in a daze and didn''t know what he was thinking.


    I have to be distracted in front of myself. I don''t know what Meng Zhang is thinking. Zhang Wei can be a little funny and angry.


    Seeing Zhang Weineng''s face, Meng Zhang immediately reacted.


    Zhang Weineng''s request, he has no room to refuse.


    The county magistrate is better than the present governor. The governor, who dominates the Jiuqu Province, can''t afford to be offended by taiyimen.


    Although Zhang Weineng has a good attitude now, he looks like he has business and quantity. But Meng Zhang believed that as long as he dared to refuse him, he would certainly incur his revenge.


    Meng Zhang runs fast in his mind and urgently needs a way to make the best of both worlds.


    It can not only not offend Zhang Weineng, but also refuse this dangerous thing.


    Meng Zhang was not a quick witted person, but under great pressure, he quickly came up with an excuse.


    He told Zhang Weineng that after taiyimen was attached to Dali emperor, he had always admired his majesty Bawu emperor of Dali emperor.


    Many years ago, he always wanted to go to the mainland to meet his majesty Bawu emperor.


    But first, it''s hard to get rid of Pepsi. Second, the traffic was inconvenient, so he let it go temporarily.


    Now the transmission method array leading to Dali imperial home has been completed. He has no reason to delay any more and is preparing to go to Dali imperial home.


    What Zhang Wei can explain is too important. He doesn''t trust to hand it over to him.


    He is going to leave the imperial territory first. When he comes back, he will take care of it himself and make sure there are no mistakes.


    According to the practice of the Dali Dynasty, people like taiyimen should go to Dali''s native land and have a procedure in the dynasty.


    As for whether I have the honor to visit Bawu emperor, it depends on whether Bawu emperor will meet them.


    If emperor Bawu is in a good mood or pays more attention to visitors, he will probably take the time to meet him.


    According to Zhang Weineng, the Taiyi gate in its heyday was also determined to resist the Holy Land Sect gate when it was in Middle Earth.


    Although the Dali Dynasty was still far away from the north of the Middle Earth continent at that time, it seemed that there was some connection between Dali and Taiyi gate.


    If taiyimen had not been mysteriously exterminated at that time, maybe Dali and taiyimen would have been allies.


    Now the rebuilt taiyimen has become a subordinate of the Dali imperial dynasty. If emperor Bawu is curious, or considering some incense feelings, he may really meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang gave an excuse to meet Bawu emperor. Even if Zhang Weineng was dissatisfied, he didn''t say much.


    In the Dali Dynasty, Bawu emperor had the supreme position. In the eyes of all his subjects, Bawu emperor was an immortal God who could not be offended.


    Zhang Wei can not only prevent Meng Zhang from visiting Bawu emperor, but also try his best to promote it.


    Zhang Wei has enough confidence in the confidentiality of the plan.


    Meng Zhang can''t know the details of the plan, and he can''t refuse himself.


    Perhaps it was a coincidence that Meng Zhang went to see Bawu emperor at this time.


    Wen Dongzhen, a nearby gentleman, had already advised Meng Zhang to go to the mainland of the imperial dynasty as soon as possible and contact some middle and high-level officials.


    Meng Zhang has dragged on for so long that he is finally going to make a trip.


    Although this will slightly delay Zhang Weineng''s plan, the plan has not been launched and is in the preliminary preparation stage. Even if it is delayed, it won''t hurt.

 Chapter 977

    Wen dongzhenjun also helped, saying that Meng Zhang''s approach was correct.


    He also said that Meng Zhang should have listened to his persuasion long ago and should have gone to Da Li''s native land.


    It took so long to make the trip. Maybe you''ll miss some good things.


    If you don''t make the trip all the time, you may be regarded by the imperial court as not respectful enough.


    Zhang Weineng listened to Wen Dongzhen Jun''s words and knew that Meng Zhang did not intend to go to Dali imperial home for a long time.


    The last doubt in his heart slowly disappeared.


    Although Daheng is far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, it is no less than a million miles away from Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    However, with long-distance transmission array, it can be transmitted to the destination in an instant.


    If Meng Zhang goes and returns quickly, it won''t take much time.


    With such a little time, Zhang Weineng still has the patience to wait.


    Moreover, taiyimen was not the main force of this plan, but he let taiyimen as a supplement for prudence.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t say anything more. He just said have a good trip and sent Meng Zhang away.


    Wen Dongzhen said a few more words when sending Meng Zhang away from the governor''s house.


    Wen Dongzhen warned Meng Zhang that being far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty was no better than Jiuqu province.


    There are many powerful people in that place, and there are many dignitaries in the court. Meng Zhang must be careful not to offend others casually.


    Meng Zhang thanked Wen Dongzhen for reminding him and left the governor''s house.


    When he was in the heavenly palace, he collected a lot of intelligence that was far away from the native land of the imperial dynasty. Hearing this reminder from Dongzhen Jun is superfluous.


    Moreover, Wen dongzhenjun just talked in general and didn''t reveal much useful information at all.


    But on the surface, Meng Zhang still wants to thank Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang teleports the Dharma array directly back to Xiongshi mountain through Jiuqu City, and then back to Taiyi gate.


    So far, he doesn''t know why psychic awareness should warn. What kind of crisis is hidden in what Zhang Wei can ask him to do.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to let the middle and high level of the door know because it involved his own spiritual consciousness.


    He just called the eldest disciple Niu Dawei, the second disciple an Xiaoran and the third disciple an Muran.


    He told them about it and asked them to help themselves analyze it.


    After some discussion, they all felt that Zhang Wei must have been passive in the batch of items he was going to sell to taiyimen.


    As for what kind of hands and feet have been moved, we have not seen the real object, and it is not easy to guess.


    If these passive items spread, they will probably affect taiyimen.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang will certainly be implicated, so his spiritual sense will warn him.


    Although many details are not clear, the general situation should not be different.


    Meng Zhang and they also discussed countermeasures.


    We can neither refuse governor Zhang Weineng nor get involved in this matter.


    When Meng Zhang went to Dali, he delayed as much as possible and came back as late as possible.


    If Zhang Wei couldn''t help but come to the door, the elders in charge of taiyimen affairs would push everything on Meng Zhang according to the previous explanation.


    They would say that Meng Zhang monopolized the power in the door. He paid great attention to the channels of communicating with the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Without the permission of Meng Zhang, no one in the door can interfere in relevant matters.


    This way of shirking is not a good way. With more times of shirking, Zhang Weineng may be suspicious and will offend him severely.


    But there is no way. This is the best way Meng Zhang thought of.


    Meng Zhang is more willing to believe in his spiritual consciousness than to offend Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang also specifically explained that if he couldn''t get rid of it, he could do something about the set of child and mother transfer discs. Then tell Zhang Weineng that there is something wrong with the channel connecting taiyimen to Daheng''s real world. It can''t be used and needs time to be repaired slowly.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly stressed that even if he temporarily interrupted all contacts with the Daheng cultivation world, he could not agree to Zhang Weineng''s requirements.


    There is Niu Dawei sitting in the door. Meng Zhang is still more relieved.


    This disciple''s ability to handle affairs has long been proved.


    Besides this, Meng Zhang has nothing else to explain.


    The preparation for going out this time is not necessary.


    Meng Zhang left Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate again and came to Xiongshi mountain. Using the long-distance transmission array here, it was transmitted to Jiuqu city.


    Jiuqu City, a long-distance transmission array, is the most important transportation hub of Jiuqu province.


    Inside, it can lead to every corner of Jiuqu Province, and outside, it connects various external areas, including Dali imperial mainland.


    Since this long-distance transmission array is so important, it is of course strictly protected by Dali imperial officials.


    The management here is also very strict. Even Yuanshen Zhenjun like Meng Zhang, the leader of the school, should line up honestly.


    The periphery of this place is guarded by the elite of the Zhenbei army of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Inside, there are several independent halls.


    The long-distance transmission Dharma array leading to the interior and exterior of Jiuqu province is separated and located in different halls.


    Outside the main hall is a guard team specially guarding the long-distance transmission Dharma array.


    Inside the hall, the central position is a different transmission Dharma array, leading to different places.


    Beside the gate of the hall, there are a group of trained monks.


    In addition to charging fees, they also guide and supervise the use of long-distance transmission array.


    Even if Meng Zhang brought his own empty ghost stone, he still had to pay a large amount of spirit stone as the use fee.


    Deliberately delaying time, he did not go directly to Dali imperial home, but prepared to go to hengjue mountain first, and then slowly go to Dali imperial home.


    Hengjue mountain was conquered by Dali emperor before Jiuqu League, and the long-distance transmission array there has long been completed.


    When the long-distance transmission array on the side of Jiuqu province is completed, the two places will naturally be connected.


    Meng Zhang, who has used long-distance transmission array for many times, does not need guidance. After paying the fee, he came to the Dharma array and put a fist sized empty ghost stone in the designated position.


    In order to save the loss of the Dharma array, a team of monks who rush to the same destination are usually gathered to transmit together.


    If you are in a hurry or unwilling to be with others, you can pay an additional fee to transmit alone.


    Meng Zhang is certainly not in a hurry. He is willing to wait slowly.


    After the long-distance transmission array of Jiuqu province was completed, many users were initially welcomed.


    Through the transmission of Dharma array, you can easily go millions of miles away and avoid all risks on the road.


    Those monks who want to go out for training and experience and want to see the customs of other places have used the long-distance transmission array to transmit to other places.


    But after the initial boom, because of its high transmission cost, there are fewer and fewer monks who carry out long-distance transmission every day.

 Chapter 978

    Using long-distance transmission array for transmission is convenient, but the cost is high.


    After experiencing the initial novelty, the practitioners of Jiuqu province will not use the Dharma array to transmit at will unless necessary.


    Moreover, there are more people from Daheng Xiuzhen world than from the native land of the imperial dynasty, and less people from hengjue mountains.


    Meng Zhang waited for more than half a day beside the transmitting Dharma array before he gathered a team of monks to go to hengjue mountain.


    In the hall, a special monk started the transmission Dharma array. After a flash of light, everyone felt a whirl of heaven and earth.


    By the time they returned to normal, they had appeared in a hall almost arranged like the previous hall.


    Meng Zhang, who is used to long-distance transmission, has no discomfort after transmission. He is familiar with the way and walks outside the hall.


    Just outside the hall, I found that the situation was wrong.


    A group of monks in black and red uniforms will surround the place where the transmission array is located, and no one is allowed to enter or leave.


    This is the location of the hengjue mountain long-distance transmission method array. The monks here want to go to other places of the Dali imperial dynasty, which is basically transmitted here.


    The friars who came to cross the mountains from other places were not afraid of these people, nor did they have ghosts in their hearts. But he recognized the origin of the gang and didn''t want to cause trouble.


    When he was in the heavenly palace, he focused on these people in the intelligence he obtained about Dali''s native land.


    These guys belong to Dali Temple of Dali Dynasty. They are famous five punishment guards.


    Dali temple is the highest institution in charge of prison in Dali imperial dynasty. At the same time, it also has the responsibility of clearing the enemies inside the imperial dynasty.


    Today, the Dali Temple secretary in charge of Dali temple is Han Yao, a powerful monk.


    Han Yao has the title of "five criminal Swords". He is excellent at swordsmanship. He goes straight after Ouyang sword, the king of sword repair of the older generation.


    Han Yao has a strong character and is jealous of evil. He is a true monk. He is definitely not that kind of hypocrite.


    He was in charge of the law, discipline and punishment prison of Dali imperial dynasty. He acted justly and selflessly, which cleared the atmosphere inside Dali imperial dynasty.


    Wuxingwei is a special team directly under Dali Temple established by him, which is specially responsible for chasing important criminals.


    Han Yao, the sword of the five punishments method, was too rigid and offended many dignitaries within the Dali Dynasty, many of whom were high-ranking and powerful.


    At the top of the Dali Dynasty, many people want to pull him down.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen said more and less in the Dali imperial dynasty. There were at least twenty or thirty people.


    Such a great friar is willing to work for the imperial court. It is inevitable that he will occupy a high position.


    Han Yao was regarded as a strong man among the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In addition to his accomplishments, he himself is upright and upright, and is not afraid of the slander of others.


    Emperor Bawu trusted Han Yao very much and gave him almost unconditional support.


    Although Han Yao made many enemies in Dali Dynasty, he was hated and even hated by many dignitaries. But his position is still unshakable, and his style of action is as tough as ever.


    Although taiyimen has long taken refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, strictly speaking, it can only be regarded as the peripheral force of Dali imperial dynasty, not its direct line.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to conflict with the five punishment guards who are trusted by Bawu emperor for no reason.


    Although these five punishment guards were no more than the golden elixir friars, they were very strong, forcibly blocked the place and suppressed everyone''s dissatisfaction.


    Even the Yuanshen friars in the blockade did not try to oppose the five punishment guards.


    There are few fools among the practitioners who can cultivate to the period of Yuanshen. Even if you don''t recognize the origin of the five punishment guards, just look at their bearing, you know their origin is extraordinary.


    Without enough interests involved, who would be willing to conflict with these guys.


    After the five criminal guards blocked this place, the transmission array in it also stopped all transmission and was closed.


    Meng Zhang went out this time to avoid Zhang Weineng. The longer he delayed outside, the better.


    In such an accident, he didn''t want to get involved in trouble, but he didn''t mind watching the excitement.


    The five criminal guards blocked the place and temporarily trapped all the monks inside.


    Then several apparently leading figures began to interrogate the monks here one by one, asking about their origins, recent experiences, etc.


    The strongest of these five punishment guards are just friars in the later stage of Jindan, but even in the face of Yuanshen friars, they are not afraid and still dare to take the initiative to ask questions.


    Fortunately, the surrounded practitioners were all monks in Dali imperial dynasty, and had long experienced the powerful power of Dali imperial government.


    In the face of the questioning of the five punishment guards, no one will resist hard. They all answer honestly.


    There are dozens of monks surrounded here.


    Most of these friars are in Jindan period and foundation period, and a few are in Yuanshen period.


    It was a vast territory away from the imperial dynasty. In addition to the mainland, there were many enclaves far away from the mainland.


    For example, on the side of hengjue mountain, there are nine provinces, which are far away from the mainland, separated by thousands of rivers and mountains.


    Thanks to the large number of long-distance transmission arrays built by the imperial dynasty, as long as they can afford the transmission cost, practitioners with lower cultivation can travel millions of miles away without worrying about the dangers on the road.


    The sources of these friars questioned are complex. Some are from Dali imperial native land, some are from Jiuqu provinces, and there are local friars in hengjue mountain


    There are many people in the five criminal guards, but the progress is very slow because of the very meticulous questioning.


    Their style of work is rigorous, there is no omission, that is, where there is nothing wrong, they have to be interrogated over and over again.


    The friar in charge of interrogation holds a mirror like magic weapon.


    As long as the person questioned lies, the mirror will shine special light.


    In this way, everyone must answer questions honestly.


    An older five punishment guard may be the leader.


    He asked his subordinates to bring several yuan God Zhenjun to him.


    If it were on weekdays, Meng Zhang would not be so obedient.


    However, he knew that behind the five punishment guards was the great monk Han Yao, which could not easily be provoked.


    Second, he has nothing to do now, and he has enough leisure to spend time with them slowly.


    Meng Zhang was very honest and was brought to the leader without any resistance and dissatisfaction.


    Meng Zhang probably took a good start. Although the other three yuan God Zhenjun were impatient, they still held back and obeyed the orders of these people.

 Chapter 979

    The leader of the five punishment guards said nothing, but asked his men to interrogate the four yuan gods Zhenjun, including Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had no need to hide his identity. He honestly cooperated with the inquirer and reported his identity and origin.


    It''s no secret, and there''s nothing to hide.


    Hearing that Meng Zhang was the leader of Taiyi sect, this time he went to visit Bawu emperor in Dali imperial territory. The leader couldn''t help looking at him more.


    He may not have heard of the name of Taiyi gate, but there is a leader of Yuanshen period. Taiyi gate must be Yuanshen sect.


    If you are qualified to visit Bawu emperor, you still have some status.


    Next, the five punishment guards who were responsible for questioning Meng Zhang became a lot kinder.


    After asking the origin of the four yuan gods Zhenjun, the leader began to speak.


    He calls himself Feng Baofeng, deputy commander of the five punishment guards.


    The siege of this place will trap everyone here, which is also a last resort.


    A few years ago, the five punishment guards received the news that there was a demon cultivation haunting near the hengjue mountains.


    The five punishment guards sent a large team to hunt down demon Xiu.


    It''s just that the devil cultivation is secretive, good at hiding, cunning and changeable, and has escaped their pursuit many times.


    The reason why they surrounded this place was that they suspected that evil cultivation had mixed in, so they had to make a careful inventory.


    There must be a lot of inaccuracies in Feng Baofeng''s words.


    Evil cultivation is the public enemy of the cultivation world. Everyone can kill it.


    As long as demon Xiu dares to appear in public, he is far away from the imperial government. No matter what he thinks in his heart, at least on the surface, he must take a hunting posture.


    The five punishment guards tracked down demon Xiu. It seems there is nothing wrong.


    However, through the information obtained in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang happened to know something about the internal situation of the Dali Dynasty.


    In the Dali Dynasty, there was always evil cultivation.


    These demons are not all enemies of Dali Dynasty, and even have some cooperation with Dali Dynasty.


    At the beginning, you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm invested in the secret magic vein, which is a special case.


    The secret devil confused the Dali imperial court, and of course, he would be hanged by the Dali imperial court.


    Other demons, as long as they do not violate the laws of the Dali Dynasty and do not cause trouble, can still find a living space in the Dali Dynasty.


    Although everyone in the cultivation world yells at evil cultivation, it is common for great forces such as Dali Dynasty to secretly collude with evil cultivation.


    As long as it is not put in the open and the evidence is not captured, no one can take this to attack Dali imperial dynasty.


    Due to the reason of practicing martial arts, demon friars often have an impulsive, murderous, cruel and bloodthirsty nature.


    Unable to control his own nature, there are several examples of evil cultivation that caused trouble within the Dali Dynasty from time to time.


    This kind of evil cultivation is also the object of the imperial court''s vigorous strangulation.


    However, as Meng Zhang knows, within the Dali imperial dynasty, the five punishment guards are not a department dedicated to chasing and killing demon cultivation.


    The duty of the five punishment guards is to safeguard the laws and disciplines of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Unless he commits a big case and violates the law and discipline, he will not be pursued by the five criminal guards.


    Meng Zhang has always been very concerned about the local situation of Dali imperial dynasty. He often understands what is happening in Dali imperial dynasty through the communication stone tablet placed in Xiongshi ridge and reading Di newspaper.


    If there is really a demon Xiu who committed a big case in Dali imperial court and led to the pursuit of the five criminal guards, it should be mentioned more or less in the di newspaper.


    However, in these years, there was no news about demon cultivation on the residence newspaper Meng Zhang had read.


    Of course, it is also possible that Dali imperial officials blocked the news from leaking out.


    However, the five punishment guards are on a large scale, and according to the deputy commander Feng Baofeng, the five punishment guards began to hunt down demons several years ago.


    It''s impossible to keep such a thing secret.


    Meng Zhang vaguely felt that the action of the five punishment guards was not simple from the contradictions in each other''s words. Maybe there was something else inside.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang himself also has a deep understanding of magic cultivation.


    Demon cultivation has existed in the cultivation world for many years. In the face of the pursuit of various cultivation forces, it has not become extinct. Of course, there are many reasons.


    But a very important point is that the survival ability of demon Xiu is very strong.


    Many demons are good at hiding and have unique hiding methods.


    If you don''t practice special secret methods or have special magic tools, it''s difficult to identify the demon cultivation hidden in the crowd.


    Meng Zhang did not find that these five punishment guards practiced special secret methods, nor did he find that they took out magic tools to identify evil cultivation.


    They tried to find out the hidden evil cultivation through cross examination by means of dealing with ordinary prisoners. That was a joke.


    With the reputation of the five penalty guards and the reputation of Han Yao, the five penalty guards should not be so unwise.


    Meng Zhang felt that the inventory conducted by the five criminal guards was just a show.


    They blocked this place in the name of checking the demon cultivation, mostly for other purposes.


    I didn''t expect that as soon as I went out, I was involved in trouble.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t have the mind to roam around before.


    After the interrogation, the deputy commander of the five punishment guards, who claimed to be Feng Baofeng, did not let go of the four Yuanshen Zhenjun present.


    After he said the action of the five criminal guards chasing and killing demon Xiu, he stood there quietly and didn''t continue to speak.


    We still have this patience. The four yuan gods Zhenjun also didn''t speak and waited for his response.


    Since it is the official action of the five criminal guards to hunt down demon Xiu, even if they are dissatisfied, they can only hold back forcibly and will not attack easily.


    After a long time, all the surrounded dozens of friars finished questioning, but they didn''t find any problems.


    However, the five punishment guards did not give up, but continued to maintain the blockade here and detained all the monks in the blockade circle.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the actions of these five criminal guards and found that they have no intention of lifting the blockade at all.


    Meng Zhangyun raised his natural power to break the false magic eye and looked at all the monks present.


    Except for the three Yuanshen friars, he didn''t want to arouse each other''s vigilance and didn''t make in-depth observation. All the friars present, whether the detained friars or the five punishment guards, saw through the general details of each other.


    Among the monks present, there seems to be no demon monk.


    Of course, because it''s just a glance, omissions are inevitable.


    Moreover, the magic cultivation method is mysterious. Maybe someone can hide Meng Zhang''s false magic eye.


    However, Meng Zhang still tends to believe that there should be no demon monk among the monks present.


    The reason is very simple. If there is a demon cultivation that can hide his induction here, he comes from the spirit of the Heavenly Master and will most likely give an automatic warning.


    You Hongzhi, the demon cultivator of the secret demon, didn''t hide his spiritual sense, let alone other demons.

 Chapter 980

    Although Meng Zhang doubted the purpose of these five punishment guards, he never made any superfluous actions. He honestly accepted their investigation and showed no dissatisfaction.


    Feng Baofeng, the deputy commander of the five punishment guard, was very generous despite the cultivation of Jindan in the later stage. He didn''t care about the four yuan gods Zhenjun present.


    He kept looking at them with the eyes of the prisoners, and the expression on his face was obviously not good.


    After the investigation, he didn''t stop and asked his five punishment guards to conduct another investigation.


    In his words, the investigation just now didn''t count. If you don''t find out the demon cultivation hidden in the crowd today, no one will want to go.


    Feng Baofeng didn''t hide it at all, but directly shouted to his men.


    Practitioners are basically people who have heard his words.


    He just said this, and there was an uproar below.


    The practitioners who were blocked here, if they could bear it before, now broke out.


    Although they had not yet reached the point of action, they had begun to make a loud noise.


    The presence of several yuan Shen Zhenjun was very dissatisfied. Except Meng Zhang, the other three looked iron blue.


    A middle-aged man with a rough appearance, patient, whispered and communicated with Feng Baofeng.


    When the five punishment guards checked the origin of the four yuan gods Zhenjun, Meng Zhang paid attention.


    This man claims to be sun Shengdu. He is a local friar of the Dali imperial dynasty and now works in the Dali imperial army.


    However, what he worked for was not the main force of Dali imperial dynasty, but the local garrison.


    He came to Daheng cultivation world this time because he had official business.


    The previous search operation of the five criminal guards has delayed a lot of time. If it continues, it will certainly delay his official business.


    Dali Imperial military law was strict, and even the local garrison was strictly managed.


    If he delays military affairs, he can''t afford it.


    Sun Sheng has moved out of military affairs. If he wants to beat these five punishment guards, he can get away.


    But I didn''t expect that Feng Baofeng, a late Jindan friar, didn''t sell any face and didn''t let Sun Shengdu, the yuan God Zhenjun, leave at all.


    Sun Shengdu finally couldn''t help but burst out.


    He asked himself that his family was not without identity. As a true monarch of the yuan God, he held an important position in the army, but he was embarrassed by a junior in the golden elixir period, which made him face.


    He began to ask loudly what the five criminal guards were going to do?


    The five punishment guards are incompetent. They can''t find the devil, but it''s too much to embarrass these innocent monks.


    If the five punishment guards continue to make trouble without reason, he won''t be polite.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, the other two yuan gods, Zhenjun, have the meaning of echoing.


    As for the other monks in the field, they immediately made a big noise when they saw that Yuanshen Zhenjun took the lead.


    For a moment, the scene was very lively. There was a big disagreement and it was going to fight.


    Meng Zhang shrunk his head and said nothing.


    Leaving early and leaving late doesn''t make much difference to him. He doesn''t have to fight against the five criminal guards.


    This is not because he is timid, but there is no need to cause trouble.


    And he has long found that the five punishment guards have ulterior motives, and he will not come out at this time.


    Under the leadership of sun Shengdu, the situation in the field is already fierce, and the five punishment guards are about to be overwhelmed.


    If it''s just the five punishment guards in the golden elixir period, sun Shengdu can solve it alone.


    But considering the profound background of the five punishment guards, he certainly wants to pull more people into the water.


    "Brother Meng, brother Wang and brother Qin, these five punishment guards are too much. They deceive people too much. Who can bear it or not."


    "If I continue to endure, when will it be the end?"


    "When they see that we are weak, they think we can be bullied. They will advance an inch and further humiliate us."


    Sun Sheng put on an impassioned look and tried to show that he was not thinking about himself, but for everyone.


    Although the four yuan gods Zhenjun didn''t officially know each other, they all knew each other''s origin when the five punishment guards asked them before.


    In order to rule the hengjue mountains, the Dali Dynasty also established the governor''s office here.


    Brother Wang''s name is Wang northwest, a subordinate official of the governor''s house.


    Judging from his seemingly modest but actually somewhat proud self introduction just now, he has a high position and power in the governor''s office.


    Among the four true monarchs, he is also the person with the highest official status.


    Brother Qin''s name is Qin canmou. He was born in San Xiu. He doesn''t work for any forces now.


    He has always been carefree and carefree, rarely asking about the right and wrong of the cultivation world.


    Among the four true monarchs, he is also the one with the best attitude except Meng Zhang.


    Sun Shengdu tried to unite the four yuan gods Zhenjun to put pressure on the five punishment guards.


    No matter how strong the five punishment guards are, they should always have scruples in the face of such strength.


    Apart from Qin canmou, the four yuan God Zhenjun have their own identities and certain forces behind them.


    In addition, there are also people of extraordinary origin who are not easy to provoke among the following group of practitioners.


    Provoked by sun Shengdu, Wang northwest, who thought he was extraordinary, immediately put on the face of a bureaucrat in the governor''s office and opened his mouth in a strange manner to run against the five punishment guards led by Feng Baofeng.


    Meng Zhang shook his head and took the initiative to step back.


    Meng Zhang''s advice made everyone look at him.


    Qin canmou obviously also didn''t want to cause trouble. With a calm attitude, he persuaded both sides to understand each other and take a step back.


    Feng Baofeng did not enter the oil and salt, neither hard nor soft. He ignored the threats of sun Shengdu and Wang northwest, or the good words of Qin canmou.


    In short, it''s still that sentence. If you don''t find out the hidden demon cultivation, no one will want to go.


    This attitude finally completely angered the practitioners who were blocked here.


    I don''t know who first shot. Those trapped practitioners shot at the five punishment guards one after another.


    Of course, the five punishment guards will not fight back. They will start to fight back immediately.


    Therefore, a large area of practitioners around fought like this.


    Fortunately, both sides have their own scruples. They have not come up with real skills, let alone dead hands.


    It seems that the crackling fight is lively. In fact, the power of shooting is limited, and there are no casualties.


    Those trapped practitioners fought with the five punishment guards, which in turn affected sun Shengdu and them.


    They are all a little eager to try.


    With their accomplishments, as long as they show some skills, these five criminal guards can''t resist.


    Feng Baofeng didn''t seem to see the situation clearly, so he let his five punishment guards and the trapped practitioners do it.


    He took several of his cronies and kept a firm eye on the four Yuanshen Zhenjun to prevent them from escaping from their own eyes.


    Sun Sheng made his last effort, and Haosheng persuaded Feng Baofeng not to worry.


    But Feng Baofeng didn''t know whether to be loyal to his duty or not. He just couldn''t listen to other people''s good advice.

 Chapter 981

    Sun Sheng has been fooling around in the army for a long time, and he has also contracted many bad habits only found in the army.


    He is short tempered, impulsive and irritable. He uses his head more when he starts. Most of the time, we start first and then ask questions.


    If it weren''t for the reputation of the five punishment guards, he would have been tempted to do it.


    He managed to suppress his temper, but Feng Baofeng did not give in, which finally angered him.


    In the spiritual world, high-level friars never need a reason to teach low-level friars.


    There is a great difference in status between Yuanshen Zhenjun and Jindan immortal.


    Immortal Jindan was rude to Yuanshen Zhenjun and was taught by Yuanshen Zhenjun, even slapped to death. It''s a matter of course.


    Sun Shengdu snorted coldly. An irresistible force came out of his hand and hit Feng Baofeng in front of him.


    In his opinion, he has said all his good words. Now he starts to teach Feng Baofeng a lesson. No one can say what''s wrong with him.


    In the face of sun Shengdu''s random attack, Feng Baofeng joined hands with several five punishment guards around him, and then reluctantly blocked it.


    They were full of blood, flushed, and looked shaky.


    If sun Shengdu hits again, most of them can''t resist it.


    There is an insurmountable gap between Yuanshen Zhenjun and Jindan immortal.


    Even the most excellent Jindan immortal in the Holy Land Sect can hardly challenge the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun.


    Feng Baofeng had no chance of winning against sun Shengdu.


    With a single hand stroke, Sun Sheng sneaked into Feng Baofeng''s side with a soft force and easily dissolved all the great pressure on them.


    "There''s something to say. There''s no need to move." Meng Zhang said with a smile.


    "You..." Sun Sheng glared at the eventful Meng Zhang.


    Wang northwest also stared at Meng Zhang and blamed Meng Zhang for meddling.


    Qin canmou nodded repeatedly, "peace is precious, peace is precious..."


    "Master Meng, what do you mean?"


    "Are you going to lick the stinky feet of the five punishment guards?"


    Sun Sheng was very dissatisfied and asked.


    Born far away from the native land of the imperial dynasty, he has never heard of Taiyi gate, let alone the name Meng Zhang.


    In his opinion, it was a remote place outside the mainland of the imperial dynasty. The doors in those places are all out of class goods.


    If it weren''t for Meng Zhang''s sake, he wouldn''t be so polite.


    He is also a friar of the yuan God. People like Meng Zhang are the ones who lag behind among the yuan God friars.


    Sun Shengdu decided to give Meng Zhang one last chance.


    "Headmaster Meng, you are from the countryside. I don''t know how far away you are from the mainland of the imperial dynasty."


    "Don''t look at the arrogance of these five punishment guards and think they are powerful. Don''t try to please them and think you can hold a thick leg."


    "The five punishment guards have made many enemies far away from the native land of the imperial dynasty. They have been busy for a long time, but they don''t have the time to take care of their monks."


    "If leader Meng really wants to find a backer, I can recommend some marshals for you."


    Sun Shengdu thought he had seen through Meng Zhang''s mind and put forward conditions that he could not refuse.


    "If leader Meng doesn''t dislike it, I can introduce some good friends to you at the governor''s house."


    Although Wang northwest was dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s behavior, he was still unwilling to start the Yuanshen war easily, so as not to make too much noise.


    Meng Zhang smiled bitterly in his heart. Taiyimen and himself are really not famous. They are actually regarded as local steamed stuffed buns in the countryside.


    He didn''t mean to be angry, but thought sun Shengdu and Wang Northwest were too self righteous.


    They falsely regarded themselves as the official friars of the Dali imperial dynasty, but they did not know much about the great friar Han Yao behind the five punishment guards. They were far inferior to their own rural steamed stuffed bun.


    They just know that Han Yao and his five punishment guards have made many enemies, offended a large number of dignitaries and led to a large number of attacks.


    But they did not know how powerful Han Yao was and how bullied Emperor Wu was about him.


    The attacks of the dignitaries in the DPRK could not shake Han Yao at all.


    At this time, Meng Zhang secretly rejoiced that he was not stingy in the heavenly palace, but spent a lot of money to buy detailed information.


    Through these information, he had a certain understanding of Han Yao and some ideas.


    Yes, Meng Zhang''s purpose is so simple and direct. He wants to show kindness to the five punishment guards. It''s best to catch up with the great monk Han Yao.


    Since he knows that the five criminal guards have ulterior motives this time, they must have a backhand.


    Even if he didn''t do it, the five punishment guards probably had a way to subdue the troublemakers, including the three yuan gods Zhenjun.


    He doesn''t have to take any risks and can please the five punishment guards at this time. There''s nothing to hesitate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care much about offending the two conceited and ignorant guys in front of him.


    They are the official friars of Dali Dynasty. It''s good, but they can''t control themselves and Taiyi gate. Why should I worry about them.


    What''s more, they attacked the five punishment guards today, but they greatly offended the five punishment guards. Do they think Han Yao, the great monk behind the five punishment guards, will ignore this.


    Meng Zhang not only did not listen to sun Shengdu''s persuasion, but directly stood on the side of the five punishment guards.


    He stood up and stood in front of Feng Baofeng and said solemnly, "it''s important to track down the devil cultivation. As a righteous monk, I should cooperate fully."


    "How can we start on the five punishment guards who track down the demon cultivation because of some inconvenience?"


    "Once you miss the event of the five punishment guards and let the devil fix escape, can you afford it?"


    "Brother sun, listen to my younger brother''s advice. The overall situation is important. Don''t spoil the business because of personal anger."


    "Brother sun and brother Wang, both friars in the imperial court, should know that the brothers of the five punishment guards are only business and have no malice."


    Meng Zhang''s acting skills are fully open. Haosheng plays the image of a righteous monk who is loyal to the imperial court and hates demons.


    He confidently and painstakingly persuaded Sun Sheng to them, and even his family felt a little moved.

 Chapter 982

    Meng Zhang put on this posture, that is, there is no room for discussion.


    Sun Sheng stopped talking nonsense with him, shouted angrily, and took the initiative to shoot him.


    Sun Sheng was nothing more than the cultivation in the early days of Yuanshen, but he was not afraid of Meng Zhang at all.


    The gap between the early and middle period of Yuanshen is not irreparable.


    Excellent cultivation skills, excellent magic tools and rich combat experience... Can challenge the higher level and defeat the strong with the weak.


    Sun Shengdu is, at least, a legitimate friar of the imperial government. His practice skills and means against the enemy are far superior to the inheritance of ordinary practice sects.


    When he attacked Feng Baofeng, he didn''t even sacrifice magic tools. He didn''t show some real skills at all.


    Now, of course, he will not be careless about shangmeng Zhang, a master of the same level, nor will he have any reservations.


    He saw sun Shengdu sacrifice a big long knife and cut Meng Zhang with great force.


    With the cutting of the long knife, the power of the avenue was mobilized, and the whole heaven and earth seemed to tremble.


    "You friars in the army, you really practice the most is the avenue of power and the avenue of killing."


    Meng Zhang commented casually, and then took it easy.


    Jing Hong''s sword flew into the air, turned into a peerless practice and rolled to the big long knife.


    Wang Xibei, who was also very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang, sighed, "leader Meng, you really don''t know what''s good or bad and come out at random."


    While talking, he stole his hand.


    He threw out a book and scattered it in the air.


    Countless pages fell from the sky and turned into a huge cage to trap Meng Zhang.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head were shining, and the endless sun and moon divine light sprayed out, blocking the cage in the distance.


    Wang Xibei and Sun Sheng are both friars in the early days of Yuanshen. Their cooperation seems not weak, but Meng Zhang can stop them without even taking out his cards.


    Meng Zhang helped Feng Baofeng get ahead of them by making friends with the five punishment guards. He also had no need to keep going with other yuan God friars.


    As long as they are firmly entangled and not allowed to go to Feng Baofeng for their trouble, Meng Zhang will be satisfied.


    Qin canmou hasn''t done anything, and seems to want to persuade him to fight.


    However, he hesitated for a moment, stamped his foot, and would take the initiative to leave here, as if he didn''t want to cause trouble.


    Among the three true monarchs, Qin canmou is the one Meng Zhang is most afraid of.


    This is not only because he is the only mid-term monk among the three, but also because he seems to be covered with a layer of fog. Meng Zhang always feels that he can''t see through him.


    He did not join the battle, but left directly. Meng Zhang was also a little relieved.


    But Feng Baofeng doesn''t know whether he is dead hearted or really doesn''t know whether to live or die.


    Sun Shengdu just made a free move, which made him suffer enough.


    He not only didn''t learn a lesson from it, but also went up to stop Qin canmou from leaving here.


    As soon as Qin canmou flew into the sky, Feng Baofeng roared like a crazy tiger and rushed over.


    Seeing Feng Baofeng''s crazy appearance, Qin canmou was a little confused. He didn''t seem to have dealt with this guy before. Why is he so obsessed?


    Feng Baofeng is also a Jindan friar at least. Qin canmou can''t ignore such a desperate rush.


    Qin canmou doesn''t want to make trouble, nor can he let Feng Baofeng bump into him.


    With one stroke of his hand, an irresistible force rushed in and knocked Feng Baofeng out.


    Qin canmou asks himself that he has shown mercy. Feng Baofeng should not be hurt.


    After attacking Feng Baofeng, no one can stop Qin canmou.


    He continued to fly high into the air and was about to break away from the blockade.


    At this time, a clear voice came from above.


    "It''s really brave to stop my five punishment guards from performing their official duties."


    Then, there were several loud noises in the air, mixed with Qin canmou''s roar of surprise and anger: "I didn''t hurt your five punishment guards, I just want to leave here..."


    Before Qin canmou finished his words, the roar stopped suddenly, and then there was no sound in the air.


    Meng Zhang, who had been fighting, immediately stopped, stepped back one after another and put on a posture of facing the great enemy.


    Although they seemed to have a lively fight just now, they didn''t try their best, and everyone had reservations.


    They all saw Qin canmou''s fate after flying high into the sky.


    At this time, they didn''t want to continue fighting.


    They were not asked to wait for a long time. A moment later, a tall man with sword eyebrows and stars and a resolute face, carrying Qin canmou in his hand, fell from the sky and fell on the heads of the people.


    The man looked at the chaotic scene below and a trace of displeasure flashed across his face.


    With his empty hand, he gently pressed it against the bottom, and immediately an invisible force came out, including the whole blocked place.


    Originally, those practitioners who were fighting with the five punishment guards suddenly felt that they were under the pressure of mountains.


    The huge pressure makes them unable to resist or even struggle.


    One by one, they were crushed to the ground and could not move.


    With one blow, it was so powerful that all the three Yuanshen Zhenjun present changed their faces.


    Meng Zhang could not help but sigh: the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen were really extraordinary. Such means as lifting weights like light, without the slightest smell of fireworks, but they are far less than themselves. Not to mention, Qin canmou, a mid-term monk of Yuanshen, was easily captured alive before.


    Meng Zhang had long recognized the man who later appeared.


    He was Han Yao, Secretary of Dali Temple of Dali Dynasty.


    Sun Shengdu and Wang Xibei were not ignorant figures. They also recognized this famous monk, who was almost unknown in Dali''s native land.


    Originally, relying on their cultivation and identity, they were somewhat complacent. Now they are silent, just like frightened quails.


    The shadow of a man''s famous tree, no matter how much they shouted before, now Han Yao is face to face, they dare not have the slightest disrespect.


    Feng Baofeng, who had been shot out, also struggled to stand up and paid a big tribute with his men.


    "I''ve seen adults. My subordinates are incompetent. I''d like to trouble adults to calm the incident."


    Han Yao nodded to Feng Baofeng.


    "Don''t be polite. You did a good job."


    Then Han Yao looked at the three yuan God friars present.


    After looking at Qin canmou, who was held by Han Yao and didn''t know whether he was alive or dead, and the three people, including Meng Zhang, all felt a little empty in their hearts.


    In particular, sun Shengdu, the first to take the initiative, looked nervous for fear that Han Yao would cut him.


    Han Yao could easily kill him on the spot, and it was easy to settle the matter afterwards.


    As a victim, he couldn''t find anyone to stand up for him and offend the big monk Han Yao who was in the limelight of the imperial dynasty.

 Chapter 983

    The three true gods, including Meng Zhang, never imagined that Han Yao would appear here in person.


    Meng Zhang thought that the action of the five criminal guards had another purpose before, but the appearance of Han Yao, a high-ranking power, still surprised him.


    You know, Han Yao is a big man in the forefront of the Dali Dynasty, whether in cultivation or identity.


    He will not leave the imperial Kingdom easily.


    I''m afraid it''s hard to disturb the ordinary action of chasing and killing demon Xiu.


    Even he has been sent out this time. It seems that something really big has happened in hengjue mountain.


    Meng Zhang, who left Jiuqu Province in order to get rid of trouble, did not expect that he would encounter new trouble as soon as he arrived at hengjue mountain.


    Han Yao controlled the group of practitioners in the field. The five punishment guards who had fought with the group came forward one after another to control the troublemakers one by one.


    Han Yao didn''t take care of these, but looked at sun Shengdu first.


    "Originally, you dare to shoot the five punishment guards this time. It''s reasonable that you can''t let go easily."


    "I will kill you on the spot, and no one will say that I am wrong."


    "But I''m lenient. For your instigation, I''ll let you go this time."


    "Only capital crimes can be avoided, but living crimes can''t escape. Next, if you honestly obey the orders, I can give you a chance to atone for your meritorious deeds."


    After hearing Han Yao''s words, sun Shengdu, who was originally dejected, looked surprised and nodded respectfully.


    "The small ones must obey the orders of adults. Adults want the small ones to go east, but the small ones don''t dare to go west."


    "As long as adults give orders, villains will go through fire and water."


    ¡­¡­


    Sun Sheng had long disappeared from his arrogant appearance, but showed his loyalty and sincerity.


    Sun Shengdu''s chatter made Han Yao look impatient.


    Clever, he immediately shut up and didn''t say a word.


    Han Yao ignored sun Shengdu and looked to Wang northwest.


    "You''re a little smart. You hide behind and don''t do it, but you know to provoke this fool to do it."


    "Do you think you can muddle through by such a small means?"


    "I don''t know what you mean?" Wang northwest looked innocent.


    He is not a person without a foundation. As an official of the governor''s office of hengjue mountain, he also has an official identity to protect himself.


    After listening to Han Yao''s words, Sun Sheng recalled that he was really encouraged by Wang northwest.


    He looked at Wang northwest in surprise and anger, pointed to him, wanted to say something, but finally he didn''t say anything.


    Han Yao''s presence did not make him talkative.


    "You hid behind, not only didn''t expose yourself, but also covered the guy surnamed Qin to escape. You thought you had achieved your goal. But you never thought that I would watch you in the sky."


    "Well, do you want to take the initiative to arrest, or do you want me to do it myself?"


    Han Yao said a little impatiently.


    With Qin canmou as an example, Wang northwest could not resist Han Yao.


    "Lord Han, sun Shengdu is the one who started on the five punishment guards. I didn''t take the initiative to kill the five punishment guards. Why did you take us?"


    Wang northwest is unwilling to defend himself.


    "Sure enough, you know my agreement with the holy master. You know that I won''t intervene in this matter as long as I don''t take the initiative to fight the five punishment guards."


    "Unfortunately, I didn''t break the agreement."


    "You may not know yet. Meng zhangzhenjun, the leader of Taiyi sect, is the guest Qing worshipped by our five punishment guards."


    "If you shoot at leader Meng, you shoot at the five punishment guards."


    Meng Zhang was stunned. When did he become the guest Qing of the five punishment guards?


    Immediately, he reacted and looked at Wang northwest.


    Since Han Yao said he was the guest Qing of the five punishment guards, he might as well be the guest Qing of the five punishment guards for a few days.


    Meng Zhang has always wanted to find an Austrian aid at the top of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He took the initiative just now. Didn''t he just want to show kindness to the five punishment guards and hope to catch up with Han Yao?


    Now Han Yao appeared and gave him the name of five punishment Wei Keqing. Didn''t he achieve a large part of his goal automatically?


    Wang northwest never thought that the country steamed stuffed bun he thought was just nosy and wanted to hold the thigh of the five punishment guards would be the guest Qing of the five punishment guards.


    Then he reacted.


    "You''re talking nonsense..."


    He wanted to accuse Han Yao of lying, but the other party didn''t give him a chance to continue talking.


    Han Yao holds Qin canmou in one hand, and only one hand can make a move.


    He stretched out a finger and gently pointed it at Wang northwest.


    Wang northwest immediately felt a sharp sword coming at him.


    He was about to dodge, but the surrounding space seemed to freeze, making it difficult for him to move freely.


    There was an illusion in his mind, as if the whole world were against himself. No matter what he does, he will be stopped by this world.


    Under the pressure of Han Yao, he couldn''t give full play to his skills.


    With only one hand, Han Yao captured Wang northwest alive with only a few moves.


    From beginning to end, Wang northwest had no resistance, but passive resistance. Any attempt he made to resist was ultimately futile.


    Meng Zhang knew that the friars in the later period of Yuanshen were called great friars, that is, there was an insurmountable gap between the friars in the later period of Yuanshen and other friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen can easily defeat the friars below the later period of Yuanshen.


    However, Han Yao so easily won a friar in the early days of Yuanshen. Meng Zhang, who witnessed this scene with his own eyes, felt an irresistible feeling in his heart and was inevitably shocked.


    Are all the monks in the later period of Yuanshen so powerful, or is only Han Yao so powerful?


    In the previous Jiuqu League, only Qinggu Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect and Yujian Zhenjun of Yujian gate were the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Now commander Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, is also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    But the above three people have never brought Meng Zhang this irresistible feeling.


    Although the three were strong, Meng Zhang dared to face it.


    And Han Yao''s kind of power makes people despair at first sight, which is beyond expectation.


    The same friars in the later period of Yuanshen also have different strengths and weaknesses.


    It is estimated that Han Yao, such a powerful monk in the later period of Yuanshen, should not be far from breaking through the realm of Yang God.


    No wonder it is rumored that emperor Bawu attached great importance to him and regarded him as the mainstay of the imperial dynasty.


    Sun Shengdu, who was on one side, was completely stunned at this time.


    Han Yao''s power was beyond his imagination.


    Meng Zhang, who had just provoked him, thought he was just a local steamed stuffed bun, but he didn''t expect to be the five punishment Wei Keqing.


    I don''t know if this guy will avenge himself and find his own trouble.

 Chapter 984

    After Han Yao captured Wang northwest, he took him to the side for interrogation.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng were left in place. They sat quietly and ignored each other.


    Sun Shengdu secretly glanced at Meng Zhang from time to time. He wanted to say something, but he was embarrassed.


    There are many separate rooms here. Han Yao chose one, drove away the people around him and began interrogation.


    After a little while, about the end of the interrogation, Han Yao walked to the door of the room and looked this way.


    Feng Baofeng hurried to ask for instructions and asked what to do next.


    Han Yao said casually, "those practitioners who have been taken down have great courage and dare to obstruct the five punishment guards from performing their official duties. Although they have nothing to do with magic cultivation, they can''t let go so easily."


    "As for how to punish them, we''ll talk about it later. You look after them first. No matter who speaks of love, you can''t let them go."


    After Feng Baofeng executed his order, Han Yao waved to Meng Zhang and walked into the room.


    Meng Zhang trotted all the way into the room.


    Around the room, Han Yao had already laid a simple ban, which could block all the movements inside.


    Meng Zhang enters the room and Han Yaoduan sits in the middle of the room.


    In a corner of the room, Qin canmou and Wang Northwest were paralyzed on the ground and obviously lost consciousness.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun lay aside like garbage, and Meng Zhang was awed in his heart.


    He didn''t dare to neglect. He respectfully saluted Han Yao and took the initiative to stand aside without saying a word.


    He knows that if he doesn''t understand the situation, he''d better not speak indiscriminately. Han Yao asked himself to come here. He must have something to tell himself.


    Han Yao didn''t speak and kept silent.


    Although the atmosphere was a little awkward, Meng Zhang seemed to be unaware and still kept his original posture.


    After a long time, Han Yao began to speak.


    "I''ve heard a little about Taiyi sect and your leader before."


    "Many years ago, you helped Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, find out the magic cultivation of the secret devil."


    "According to Zhang Weineng, there are many means to identify demons and some useful magic powers to subdue demons in your taiyimen inheritance."


    Many years have passed since you Hongzhi Zhenjun of Sihai commercial firm, which had a great impact on Jiuqu province at that time.


    Because it was related to the secret devil, Zhang Weineng reported in detail to Dali''s native land.


    The reason why Meng Zhang was able to discover the inadequacies of you Hongzhi was attributed by Zhang Weineng to the inheritance of taiyimen.


    As the Secretary of Dali temple, Han Yao certainly knew Zhang Weineng''s report, so he knew Meng Zhang.


    "When taiyimen was in the Middle Earth, it was also a big sect in the powerful side."


    "What is particularly valuable is that Taiyi sect, as an authentic sect, is at odds with evil cultivation. It is a powerful force to pursue and kill evil cultivation."


    "Many people regret that the Taiyi gate was destroyed at the beginning. Fortunately, the Taiyi gate has extraordinary means. You can make a comeback."


    Seeing Han Yao talking to himself alone, Meng Zhang didn''t interrupt and listened honestly.


    Both Zhang Weineng and Han Yao spoke highly of Taiyi''s method of subduing demons.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s taiyimen inheritance doesn''t have these contents.


    Apart from his keen sense of spirit, he was not surprised in subduing demons.


    In fact, for many practitioners, the magic power of subduing demons is not a particularly practical magic power.


    Today''s cultivation world is full of power. Devil cultivation is just a mouse crossing the street. He usually hides in a hole in the ground.


    I''m afraid many practitioners may not encounter magic cultivation once in their life, let alone show their magic power.


    Instead of spending resources and time on cultivating the magic power of subduing demons, it''s better to improve your accomplishments, or cultivate one or two killing magic powers and body protecting magic powers.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has no such shallow idea.


    After the reconstruction of taiyimen in Daheng mountains, it was destroyed by a magic disaster.


    For this reason alone, today''s Taiyi disciples should cultivate some magic subduing methods for emergencies.


    Meng Zhang was born in a wild place like the endless sand sea. That place is naturally the hiding place for shady guys such as ghost cultivation and demon cultivation.


    Meng Zhang had many experiences of fighting with demon cultivation, and had even entered the demon group.


    Although he did not inherit the magic power of taiyimen in its heyday, Meng Zhang himself also mastered many means to exorcise evil spirits and break demons.


    "When I said you were the five punishment Wei Keqing just now, you didn''t say anything. It seems that you are not an ignorant fool."


    "In order to protect Feng Baofeng and them, you didn''t hesitate to make enemies with other yuan Shen friars. No matter whether you have the mind to cling to the five punishment guards or not, at least you made the right choice."


    "Since I publicly say that you are the guest Secretary of the five punishment guards, you will be entered into the roster of the five punishment guards. The keepsake to prove your identity and the proper treatment will not be less than you."


    Han Yao''s few words made Meng Zhang overjoyed.


    He just wanted to make friends with the five punishment guards and tried to curry favor with Han Yao. Unexpectedly, Han Yao was so reasonable that he directly turned him into a real five punishment guard.


    As a force directly under Dali Temple of the imperial dynasty, the five punishment guards are not far away and are particularly powerful. However, with the support of Han Yao, he has great power and is very active in many aspects.


    Meng Zhang joined the five punishment guards, which can be regarded as the official identity of the Dali imperial dynasty. He is no longer separated from the Dali imperial system as before.


    Most importantly, Han Yao, as a senior official of the five punishment guards, is really a hard supporter.


    In Dali Dynasty, there were few monks who could compete with him.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang tried to find an Austrian aid in the court as the backer of Taiyi gate.


    He went to Dali Dynasty this time, with such an idea, but he didn''t know where to start.


    I didn''t expect that this problem could be solved so easily.


    With a word from Han Yao, his identity as a five punishment guard became real.


    With Han Yao''s protection, of course, I dare not say that I can be lawless since then.


    However, old friends like Datong business alliance can hardly use the power of Dali imperial officials to suppress taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    Even if Meng Zhang offended Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, he might not publicly embarrass Meng Zhang for Han Yao''s face.


    Although his heart was ecstatic, Meng Zhang remained silent on the surface, just bowing to the order.


    "Dali temple is in charge of Dali imperial prison, and the five punishment guards are the executors."


    "As a five punishment guard, in addition to abiding by the law and discipline, we should also safeguard the law and discipline."


    "One of the biggest taboos of working under my official is that you must not collude with the devil."


    Speaking of this, Han Yao''s original calm and gentle tone suddenly became particularly severe.

 Chapter 985

    Han Yao''s tone suddenly became severe, and Meng Zhang became very serious, listening carefully.


    "You are the true monarch of the yuan God and the leader of a sect. You have been practicing truth for many years. I don''t need to hide many things from you."


    "You must also know that although on the surface, demon cultivation is the public enemy of practitioners and almost everyone yells at it, demon cultivation has never been cut off in the world of cultivation."


    "The reason why the devil cultivation can always exist, in addition to the devil cultivation''s own ability, is largely due to the connivance and even shielding of many truth cultivation forces."


    "Many so-called orthodox sects are seemingly at odds with evil cultivation. In fact, they secretly collude with evil cultivation to study the prohibition of evil cultivation."


    Speaking of this, Han Yao had a sad expression on his face.


    Meng Zhang is certainly clear about what Han Yao said.


    Even when he went to the Daheng cultivation world in person, he saw through many things.


    Meng Zhang himself and the taiyimen under his leadership are very taboo to the devil.


    In addition to his dislike for the means and style of devil cultivation, it was also because of his scruples.


    Xu Huanshan Zhenjun, the old leader of Huanglian sect, did not hesitate to practice the secret skills of the devil in order to break through the cultivation bottleneck. Finally, he fell into the devil and was doomed.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying joined hands to kill Xu Huanshan Zhenjun early and avoid his disaster.


    After experiencing that scene, Meng Zhang was afraid of the devil.


    Once you enter the devil''s way, it''s hard to turn back.


    Meng Zhang himself was not only far away from the devil''s way, but also strictly controlled the door. His disciples were not allowed to practice the devil''s way.


    Meng Zhang is a practitioner with a bottom line and principles.


    He can''t change the atmosphere of the whole cultivation world, but the atmosphere is still relatively positive in taiyimen and the whole Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Not only does it have a basic sense of righteousness, but it also absolutely does not allow evil friars to exist.


    Many practitioners who dislike the Taiyi sect secretly accuse the Taiyi sect of hypocrisy and hypocrisy.


    But sometimes, they still have to admit that it is because taiyimen has a good reputation and a good atmosphere that they are trustworthy.


    Over the years, remote places such as endless sand sea and Gobi can attract many foreign practitioners, which also has a lot to do with it.


    There is good order in taiyimen territory, which basically forbids extortion, killing and looting.


    Han Yao asked his men not to collude with demon Xiu, which was also in line with Meng Zhang''s idea.


    "Due to the limitation of my duties, I have had an in-depth understanding of the major cultivation forces in the imperial dynasty."


    "Although your Taiyi gate is located in a remote place such as Jiuqu province and has not been in the imperial dynasty for a long time, I have read a lot about your Taiyi gate."


    "I don''t hate your taiyimen style of conduct."


    Han Yao''s tone eased again and continued to speak slowly.


    "The reason why I let you join the five punishment guards is not only forced by the situation just now, but also because I saw something in you."


    "Headmaster Meng, have you ever offended the devil in the devil kingdom because of something?"


    Han Yao''s question made Meng Zhang fall into deep memories.


    This was hundreds of years ago. At that time, Meng Zhang was only a Jindan friar.


    He once went deep into the dead sand sea occupied by demon Xiu and spent a lot of effort to kill demon Xiu Ye extraordinary.


    Because he got a lot of heavenly merits from it, he knew that ye Fanfan was not an ordinary demon cultivation. He also knew that his behavior had offended the great devil in the demon domain.


    However, the real body of the great devil in the demon domain cannot directly come to the Jun dust world.


    And over the years, he has not been retaliated by the great devil.


    For a long time, he didn''t take this matter to heart.


    If Han Yao hadn''t mentioned it today, I''m afraid he couldn''t remember it.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s expression, Han Yao knew he was right.


    "People who offend the great devil and are especially concerned by the great devil will have a special smell."


    "Many practitioners, including yourself, can''t detect such a breath."


    "Even ordinary demons and demons can''t detect this smell."


    "If I don''t have a special cultivation skill, it''s also difficult to find it."


    Meng Zhang knew that Han Yao would not deceive himself on such issues.


    However, after so many years, I didn''t find anything wrong with myself. Even my spiritual sense as a Heavenly Master didn''t notice it at all.


    Is it because the power level of the great devil is too high, and even his sense of being a Heavenly Master has been suppressed?


    "It was hundreds of years ago," Meng Zhang said to himself.


    "Leader Meng, you still underestimate the ability of the great devil."


    "Just a few hundred years is just a small part of the big devil''s life. He has enough patience to wait for the opportunity."


    "Even the devil will regard this as a game and play it with you slowly."


    "At a certain moment, the great devil thinks it''s time. The special breath on you will attract incomparably powerful demons or demons, make you irresistible, directly knock you down into the bottomless abyss and make you irreparable."


    Han Yao''s seemingly bland tone made Meng Zhang shudder.


    Although he didn''t want to believe it, his intuition told Meng Zhang that Han Yao didn''t deceive him with empty words, let alone exaggerate.


    I have such a big hidden danger. I have been there for so many years. I don''t know anything about it.


    If Han Yao hadn''t exposed it, he would have been kept in the dark.


    Meng Zhang thought that he had been to the heavenly palace and paid a visit to mother-in-law Huixu. Didn''t lead silk mother-in-law find her own problems?


    Han Yao''s attitude is good. Meng Zhang asked this question.


    Han Yao was silent for a moment before he said, "the great power of returning to emptiness is not omnipotent. If you are not particularly familiar with the devil''s way and don''t check it carefully, you may miss it."


    "In fact, as far as I know, in the history of Jun dust world, there are not one or two Huixu powers who were secretly harmed by evil means."


    "Of course, it''s also possible that the man you said was powerful enough to return to emptiness and didn''t want to do much, so he didn''t remind you."


    "After all, breaking through the means of the great devil in the demon domain will also offend the great devil."


    "Ordinary cultivators can also hide in the Jun dust world. They don''t have to worry about the real body of the great devil coming directly."


    "However, the great power of returning to emptiness often goes out of the extraterritorial emptiness, is far away from the Jun dust world, and is very likely to encounter the real body of the great devil."


    Han Yao''s words made Meng Zhang look blue.


    Except for the possible concealment of mother-in-law. He remembered that he had been in and out of the extraterritorial void several times. He didn''t know whether he was lucky or the big devil didn''t pay attention. He didn''t be stopped by the big devil.

 Chapter 986

    Although Meng Zhang has believed Han Yao''s words, he still has some reservations in his heart.


    As a Yuanshen friar, he has his own mind, his own understanding of things and his own unique ideas.


    Since he was watched by the great devil hundreds of years ago, no matter what reason the great devil is, he has never started. When Meng Zhang grows up in the future, he may not care about the big devil.


    Meng Zhang is still very confident in himself.


    Reminded by Han Yao, he will pay more attention to this matter and find ways to collect more information and find a solution.


    However, he will never be panicked and become panicked all day.


    If you don''t have enough willpower, you can destroy yourself without the arrival of the great devil.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang''s face soon returned to normal and his mood was no longer excited, Han Yao nodded with appreciation.


    Such a mind is worth cultivating.


    "That''s the right attitude. Although you are watched by the big devil, the sky hasn''t fallen yet."


    "It''s not a bad thing to offend the great devil and be hostile to the great devil."


    "If I didn''t see through this, I wouldn''t trust you."


    Han Yao''s words are very straightforward. Meng Zhang is hostile to the big devil. Naturally, it is impossible to collude with Han Yao''s enemies.


    The evil way has a long history and many factions. However, no matter which school of demons, they dare not offend a great devil at will.


    Ordinary demons or demons may not see through Meng Zhang''s breath and don''t know that Meng Zhang has offended the great devil.


    But the devil who is the enemy of Han Yao has profound cultivation and great powers.


    If he has seen Meng Zhang, he will be able to see through his breath.


    Although the devil Xiu is bold and powerful, he will not offend the great devil in the devil''s domain for the sake of a mere Meng Zhang.


    In this way, Han Yao can safely and boldly drive Meng Zhang.


    The reason why he publicly announced that Meng Zhang was the Minister of the five punishments also had a great part of his purpose.


    When Taiyi gate was still in Middle Earth, its magic power of subduing demons was very famous.


    As the successor of taiyimen, Meng Zhang can at least learn a little.


    The demon monk Han Yao wanted to deal with had a high position in the Dali Dynasty and was able to drive many monks.


    Han Yao and the five punishment guards alone cannot completely defeat their opponents.


    Meng Zhang is such a helper who comes to the door. Of course, he won''t let go.


    The struggle between Han Yao and the great enemy is very complex. He is not willing to tell Meng Zhang all the details, but simply introduce it to him.


    "In the imperial court, there are always many people who don''t follow the right path, are eager for quick success and instant benefit, and do some heretical and even evil means."


    "I''m away from the imperial dynasty. I''m fighting with Ziyang Shengzong. There''s a lot of external pressure."


    "At this time, some people take the opportunity to bewitch the holy master and want to promote his evil methods."


    "My official and the devil are at odds. Naturally, I won''t sit idly by."


    "I tried my best to make the holy master change his mind and stop using these evil methods."


    "But these villains still won''t give up. They have to play tricks behind their backs."


    "According to my official''s temper, I have taken all these people long ago."


    "But the holy emperor doesn''t want to make the world chaotic at this time and let the enemy take advantage of it."


    "So I and the holy covenant three chapters."


    There was a strong reluctance in Han Yao''s tone.


    Although he didn''t clearly say what he agreed with Bawu emperor, he must have a lot of constraints on him.


    "These two guys thought that I would be tied up and have nothing to do with them. But they took the initiative to attack the five punishment guards. Even when they came to the holy mountain, I also had a reason."


    Han Yao glanced at Wang northwest and Qin canmou on the ground and said.


    No wonder Meng Zhang thought that the action of the five punishment guards was wrong. It turned out that he was fishing.


    In addition, Han Yao said in public that Meng Zhang was a member of the five punishment guards. Meng Zhang understood.


    Although Han Yao was the Dali Temple secretary in charge of Dali imperial prison, he was not an old-fashioned person who adhered to the rules.


    In fact, he is flexible and good at finding loopholes in the rules.


    With such a person as his boss, Meng Zhang is relieved that his life will not be too sad in the future.


    "They both have important things to do and can''t be trapped here for a long time. That''s why they try their best to escape from here at the expense of colliding with the five punishment guards."


    "I have got their confession, and then there will be a big search."


    "In order to hide from the enemy, I came here alone."


    "I can''t give consideration to many things because I have no skills. The cultivation of these five punishment guards is too low to use."


    "Wait a minute. I have to bother headmaster Meng to fight against the enemy."


    Han Yao''s words were polite. Meng Zhang knew that this was his own name, and he couldn''t refuse.


    Since you chose to join the five punishment guards and obtain Han Yao''s protection, you have to pay a price. It is also necessary to work for the five criminal guards.


    "Don''t worry, leader Meng. The enemy you want to deal with is not very strong. You and Sun Sheng, who is guilty and meritorious, can work together to solve the problem."


    "Leader Meng will find out later that I always treat my subordinates as brothers."


    "Since leader Meng is a member of our five punishment guards, he is naturally protected by me. If you encounter any trouble in the future, you can take the initiative to ask me for help."


    "Even if the great devil will do it to you in the future, I won''t sit idly by."


    Whether Han Yao is talking in empty words or not, he deceives his family to work for him. Since he has this attitude, it is a good start.


    Meng Zhang needed an Austrian aid like Han Yao at the top of the Dali imperial dynasty, so he had to trust him for the time being.


    Han Yao and Meng Zhang said so much that they wanted to accept Meng Zhang and let him work for his family wholeheartedly.


    Han Yao and devil Xiu are the great enemies of life and death. There is absolutely no room for compromise.


    His biggest goal is to completely eliminate all demons in Dali imperial court.


    No matter whether those demons are in a high position and protected by dignitaries and even Bawu emperor, he will never compromise.


    When Meng Zhang helped Zhang Wei, governor of Jiuqu Province, find out the friars of the secret devil, he came into Han Yao''s sight.


    Han Yao knew that in order to completely eliminate the evil cultivation within the Dali imperial dynasty, we must constantly enhance our own strength and obtain more helpers.


    Meng Zhang and some other monks have long been the objects of Han Yao''s investigation.


    However, Han Yao did not care to contact them.


    He just ran into Meng Zhang face-to-face. He found that Meng Zhang was hostile to the big devil, and immediately decided to bring Meng Zhang into his camp.


    This is not only a temporary intention, but also a foreshadowing of previous investigations.


    From the initial contact, Meng Zhang satisfied Han Yao both in mind and attitude.


    In the days to come, he will drive Meng Zhang to constantly attack the evil cultivation of Dali emperor and completely tie Meng Zhang to his own chariot.


    If Meng Zhang is really useful, he will not be stingy with his support for Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 987

    Meng Zhang and Han Yao met here by chance, which is also a fate.


    Without this chance encounter, perhaps in the near future, Han Yao would take the initiative to find an opportunity to attract Meng Zhang.


    Han Yao was very resolute in eradicating the evil cultivation within the Dali imperial dynasty, and could not tolerate the slightest compromise and concession.


    Meng Zhang at the moment doesn''t know Han Yao''s arrangement for himself, let alone Han Yao''s determination and will to eradicate evil cultivation.


    Before long, he will be unknowingly involved in a huge storm sweeping Dali imperial dynasty.


    The internal intelligence of Dali Dynasty obtained by Meng Zhang in the heavenly palace. It seems detailed and in-depth, but many top secrets are not in it.


    Dali Dynasty is also a powerful force that can fight against the Holy Land Sect. How can there be no hidden secrets.


    He never imagined how many demons would occupy a high position in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    These demons made great contributions to Dali''s imperial court; He made countless contributions to the imperial cause of Dali Dynasty.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang knew that the Dali Dynasty must have colluded with foreign invaders.


    Later, in the process of unifying Jiuqu provinces, Dali Dynasty also took the opportunity to eradicate the real king of Cangshan and erase the handle of colluding with foreign barbarians.


    He was not surprised that Dali colluded with demon Xiu, who was in a high position in Dali Dynasty.


    It''s no surprise to do such a thing with a style of acting that has no bottom line from the imperial dynasty.


    From his own will, helping Han Yao eradicate evil cultivation is also a happy thing to see his success.


    Dali didn''t know how powerful the power of evil cultivation in the imperial dynasty was, so he didn''t have much fear.


    Han Yao persuaded Meng Zhang to work for him willingly.


    Although many details were not disclosed to Meng Zhang, it did not prevent him from directing Meng Zhang''s action.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, Han Yao left the room together.


    Han Yao soon began to deploy the operation.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng followed Han Yao''s instructions against the previous team of five punishment guards.


    Han Yao publicly announced that Meng Zhang was the leader of the way and that everyone in the team should obey his orders.


    Those who resist orders and do not respect them shall be engaged in military justice.


    After receiving the order from Han Yao, Meng Zhang set out with a group of brand-new men.


    They boarded a flying boat of the five punishment guards, immediately flew into the sky and flew away into the distance.


    Although this special flying boat equipped with the five punishment guards is only a third-order flying boat, it is extremely fast, far surpassing many Jindan friars. It''s not inferior to those Yuanshen Zhenjun who are good at speed.


    Meng Zhang stood at the head of the flying boat and looked ahead.


    The flying boat is under the control of the members of the five punishment guards. The speed is fully open and the boat body is as stable as ever.


    Sun Sheng stood behind Meng Zhang and hesitated for a while.


    He didn''t know that Meng Zhang was a newcomer to the five punishment guards. He thought that Meng Zhang had long been under Han Yao''s command and had just hidden his identity before.


    Meng Zhang should have a place among the monks of Yuanshen.


    Sun Shengdu didn''t like Meng Zhang before. He regarded Meng Zhang as a rural steamed stuffed bun.


    But Meng Zhang changed and became the five punishment guards, so he was definitely not a rural steamed stuffed bun.


    It''s bad enough to take the initiative to attack the five criminal guards and be caught by Han Yao. It''s even worse to offend Meng Zhang.


    He now has a handle, which is held by Han Yao. Han Yao asks him to commit a crime and perform meritorious deeds in order to redeem his former sin.


    Meng Zhang became his immediate boss, and he could not despise others.


    Because of the previous conflict, he had to take the initiative to show kindness to Meng Zhang.


    After struggling for a long time, Sun Sheng came to Meng Zhang and said, "headmaster Meng, I was provoked by others and suddenly lost my mind. I have offended headmaster Meng and the brothers of the five punishment guards. Please forgive me, headmaster Meng. Don''t take it to heart."


    Sun Shengdu is still a very important person. If he is not worried that Meng Zhang will be difficult for him by virtue of his power in the future, he may not be willing to lower his head and take the initiative to apologize to Meng Zhang.


    The action of the five criminal guards to surround the long-distance transmission FA array has been carefully planned and considered in detail.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, a Yuanshen friar who was accidentally transmitted from Jiuqu Province, the details of the other three Yuanshen friars have long been clearly touched by Han Yao.


    Only limited to the agreement with Bawu emperor, he couldn''t take the initiative, so he had this fishing action.


    Let the five punishment guards trap all the monks present in the name of tracking down the demon monk.


    Qin canmou and Wang northwest, who have important affairs, had to take the initiative to the five punishment guards to get a chance to get away.


    Of course, the plan is very good, but there was an accident when it was implemented.


    Wang northwest and Qin canmou also knew the agreement between Han Yao and Bawu emperor. Even if Han Yao didn''t show up, they were very careful not to do it directly, but provoked sun Shengdu, a rude man.


    The first is Feng Baofeng''s crazy entanglement regardless of his life. The second is the variable of Meng Zhang. The plan can go on smoothly, which gives Han Yao an excuse to take action.


    Han Yao knew for a long time that Sun Sheng was accidentally involved in this matter and had nothing to do with the devil repair.


    But since he shot at the five punishment guards and fell into Han Yao''s hands, don''t blame Han Yao for squeezing him.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng have no grudges. The previous conflict was essentially a misunderstanding. He is not the kind of narrow-minded person who can''t tolerate others.


    Since Sun Sheng lowered his figure and took the initiative to show kindness to him, he would not twist the previous conflict.


    Of course, considering that sun Shengdu would have to fight under his command next, he deliberately took care of it and let Sun Shengdu go.


    If you don''t eliminate this guy''s arrogance, he may not be honest to listen to orders in the future and may not be easy to use.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader for so many years. He still has some experience in the way of imperial subordinates. More or less, I still know some political means and how to control my subordinates.


    After some tossing, although it is impossible to completely subdue a yuan God Zhenjun, at least on the surface, Sun Sheng will honestly obey Meng Zhang''s orders and dare not oppose him.


    After handling sun Shengdu''s affairs, the flying boat will soon fly to its destination.


    A vast manor appeared in front.


    Meng Zhang looked at the manor below and ordered directly.


    "Brother sun and I went in directly and the flying boat patrolled the periphery. We must not let anyone go."


    Because he knew the general strength of the manor from Han Yao in advance, Meng Zhang rushed directly with sun Shengdu.


    Of course, Meng Zhang seems indomitable and brave. But he was also prepared in the dark. If the information was wrong and there was a hidden and irresistible strong man in the manor, he would immediately retreat and let Sun Sheng take the initiative to top it.

 Chapter 988

    Fortunately, Han Yao''s information, or the information he tortured, was very accurate. There was no accident here.


    In this manor, there was no strong man who could threaten Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng both swaggered down from the sky and directly entered the center of the manor.


    There was a great alarm in the manor. The protective array was immediately opened, and a thick light curtain wrapped the manor.


    A famous cultivator runs around to maintain the Dharma array and fight the enemy with the power of the Dharma array.


    Countless fireballs and wind blades appeared out of thin air and hit Meng Zhang like raindrops.


    An attack of this degree dissipates automatically before it gets close, and there is no threat at all.


    Meng Zhang stretched out his hands and gently tore at the bottom, and then tore open the light curtain released by the protective Dharma array.


    As the protective light curtain was torn open, a series of explosions sounded around the Dharma array.


    The power level gap was too large. Meng Zhang didn''t spend much effort, so he broke the lower protection array with violence.


    The protective array was broken, and the strongest friar in the manor was no more than the golden elixir period. He had little resistance to the two yuan gods Zhenjun who were like wolves and tigers.


    I saw a monk named Jindan stage either sacrificing magic tools or exercising magic powers, desperately and futily attacking Meng Zhang and them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have to sacrifice magic tools. Relying on their own strength, they took all the enemies they met along the way.


    Since the strength of the enemy in the manor is only so, Meng Zhang is of course a very brave charge in front.


    All the monks who fell into his sight fell to the ground one by one as if struck by lightning.


    The manor is not small, but there are not many monks in it.


    In addition to a few alchemy friars, there are dozens of small friars in the foundation building period and gas refining period.


    In the face of two yuan God Zhenjun who are like wolves and tigers, these friars basically have no resistance.


    Most of the monks were captured by Meng Zhang and lost the power of resistance, except that they could not stop occasionally and took too heavy a hand, killing a small number of monks.


    At least he is also the true monarch of the yuan God. Next, they don''t have to do all the heavy and stupid work such as searching the manor and interrogating prisoners.


    After Meng Zhang took the manor, the flying boat patrolling the periphery flew in.


    A group of five punishment guards on the flying boat began to work quickly and skillfully without Meng Zhang''s order.


    They almost dug three feet into the ground and searched the whole manor carefully. No hidden objects could escape their eyes.


    Almost at the same time, the interrogation of the captured friars began.


    Many cultivation materials were searched from the manor, including a large number of spirit stones.


    For one thing, the new five punishment guards can''t understand the rules here and the habits of their superiors. Second, Meng Zhang is also the true monarch of the yuan God. He has a high vision. He doesn''t really look at ordinary things.


    Therefore, he didn''t touch the cultivation materials searched here. He didn''t even bother to look more.


    A five criminal guards carefully carried out several boxes from a secret room.


    The box was put aside and not mixed with other items.


    Meng Zhang is very clear about his position in this operation, that is, to provide sufficient military support.


    In many specific work, Han Yao must have more trust in the five punishment guards who have followed him for many years, and they are obviously more professional than Meng Zhang.


    These five punishment guards were specially ordered by Han Yao in advance, and they have a strong purpose.


    After taking the manor, Meng Zhang''s task was completed, and he was too lazy to do much.


    However, seeing the boxes, he couldn''t help walking over and opening them.


    The five punishment guards nearby didn''t stop his boss.


    Inside the box are some common cultivation items, such as pills, talismans and magic tools.


    Meng Zhang glanced at them roughly. They were all low-level items, which were suitable for low-level friars in the cultivation world. Not to mention the true monarch of the yuan God, even the immortal Jindan may not look up to it.


    Sun Sheng, who followed Meng Zhang behind, saw this low-level item in the box and turned his head away without interest.


    Meng Zhang was about to take back his eyes. Suddenly, if he felt it, he picked up a bottle of pill and looked at it carefully.


    He not only has a keen mind and strong observation, but also has the talent of breaking false magic eye, which can see through all falsehood.


    After observing so carefully for a while, he found the problem.


    The pill looks OK on the surface, but it has been carefully tampered with inside. At the core of the pill, there is a faint magic Qi.


    Such means are very hidden. Even ordinary Yuanshen friars can easily be hoodwinked.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t looked more, he couldn''t find a clue.


    The magic Qi is hidden in the pill. After the cultivator takes it, the magic Qi will naturally sneak into the cultivator.


    Although the evil spirit is weak, it will slowly develop and grow after taking root in the cultivator, and then demonize the cultivator.


    Since there is a problem with Dan medicine, there should be a problem with magic tools and talismans.


    Meng Zhang grabbed a few pieces and checked them carefully.


    Sure enough, there was a weak evil spirit hidden in magic tools and talismans.


    Practitioners need to use Qi whether they are sacrificing and refining magic tools or casting runes.


    Real Qi can easily be polluted when it comes into contact with magic Qi.


    If you don''t find out in time and there is no special means to expel demons, in the long run, the whole body''s true Qi will be polluted by demonic Qi, and the cultivator can''t escape the end of being demonized.


    These items are low-level items, which are often used by low-level practitioners.


    With their vision and strength, most people can''t find a clue except a few gifted people.


    As long as these items are used, they will be slowly polluted by magic gas and eventually demonized.


    Meng Zhang''s face changed. This method is too vicious.


    If these items are allowed to spread, I don''t know how many practitioners will suffer in the whole cultivation world.


    Although these are low-level items, the first victims are also low-level practitioners.


    However, demons have a feature that low-level demons can gain the opportunity of evolution by fighting and swallowing each other.


    A large number of low-level practitioners have been demonized and become low-level demons.


    If low-level demons are not cleaned up in time, more powerful demons will be born soon.


    Magic disasters in the cultivation world spread from small to large and from shallow to deep.


    I don''t know who has tampered with these cultivation items.


    Is it true that someone wants to deliberately create a magic disaster?


    Although these are only low-level items, it is impossible for ordinary magic cultivation to infiltrate the magic Qi without being aware of it.


    Han Yao did not tell Meng Zhang the reason and many details of the action.


    Meng Zhang just acted mechanically according to his orders, captured the friars who colluded with the devil and captured the mano

 Chapter 989

    Meng Zhang didn''t know who the manor belonged to and what forces it belonged to.


    Meng Zhang knows nothing about who made these goods and what plot he has.


    After his initial surprise, Meng Zhang calmed down and thought carefully that the harm of these items may not be as strong as he thought.


    If it is in other parts of the Jun dust world, these items may cause no small harm after spreading.


    But this is a territory far away from the imperial dynasty, not a backwater that no one pays attention to.


    Dali Dynasty has always had a strong control over everything in its territory and has been closely monitored at all times.


    Let alone Dali''s native land, Dali has a strong monitoring power even in new territories such as hengjue mountains and Jiuqu provinces.


    If a large number of monks are demonized, Dali imperial officials will react immediately and take urgent measures.


    With the powerful power of Dali imperial dynasty, let alone a group of low-level friars were demonized. Even if there were high-level demons, they could be eliminated quickly.


    As long as he is a monk with a little brain, he will not rashly spread these items on the territory of Dali imperial dynasty in an attempt to create magic disasters.


    This is not only thankless, but also will offend the emperor.


    If these items were not used in the land far away from the imperial dynasty, where were they used?


    Meng Zhang easily thought of the reason for his trip.


    Commander Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, asked Meng Zhang to sell a batch of goods at a low level through the Taiyi gate in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang didn''t promise because of his spiritual warning, but temporarily shirked it.


    In order to avoid being entangled by Zhang Wei, he found an excuse to go to Dali, the native land of the imperial dynasty.


    Although I haven''t seen the items Zhang Weineng tried to hand over to me, I have a little imagination. Seeing this scene, I should have a certain guess in my heart.


    Zhang Weineng, a dog day, actually wants to create a magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world and pull Taiyi gate into the water.


    Among these items, those pills are the easiest to spread and demonize friars.


    In all parts of the cultivation world, private pills that have not been approved by the local pill guild cannot be sold publicly on the market.


    Although there are repeated prohibitions on buying and selling privately made pills, practitioners will try their best to buy guaranteed pills whenever they have some financial resources.


    The reason why there is such an organization as pill guild in the cultivation world. It is because many years ago, many demons created magic disasters in the cultivation world by demonizing users through special pills.


    Of course, after many attacks by those big sects in the cultivation world, there are fewer and fewer demons who dare to do so.


    Local pill guilds have also slowly deteriorated and become a tool for local Xiuzhen forces to monopolize the pill Market.


    Maple Leaf mountain city controlled by Taiyi gate was formerly a jindanzong gate, located at the edge of the Daheng cultivation world. It is also a member of the local pill guild and is qualified to sell pills in the local market.


    Zhang Weineng may not know the information that taiyimen controls maple leaf mountain city, but taiyimen can send so many materials to Daheng cultivation world for sale, so taiyimen must have strong strength and good channels in Daheng cultivation world.


    Asking taiyimen to help sell these items will certainly contribute to the spread of these items.


    But in this way, once the magic disaster breaks out in the great horizontal cultivation world, Taiyi gate is an accomplice.


    Meng Zhang was once rewarded by heaven for killing demons.


    He deeply knew that the devil was hated by this world.


    If you have something to do with the evil way and help create evil disasters, you may not see the harm at that time.


    But heaven is selfless. Perhaps unknowingly, the luck of his family and taiyimen has been adversely affected.


    Dali Dynasty has a deep foundation and prosperous Qi luck. It is not afraid of the adverse impact of this and the loss of some Qi luck.


    But taiyimen and Meng Zhang have no such capital.


    No wonder Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness would take the initiative to warn.


    Obviously, helping to create magic disasters will bring great disasters to Meng Zhang and even Taiyi gate.


    Many years ago, a large-scale magic disaster broke out in the Dharma cultivation world, causing a huge catastrophe. The rebuilt Taiyi gate was also destroyed.


    Until today, there are still a large number of demons in some specific areas of Daheng cultivation world.


    In this case, the great horizontal cultivation world pays close attention to and strictly prevents everything related to the devil''s way.


    However, the fortress is most easily broken from the inside. The great forces in the great horizontal cultivation world deliberately keep the demonized area, and their purpose is obvious.


    If these items spread on a large scale in the Daheng cultivation world, a large number of practitioners will be demonized. Coupled with the original problems in the Daheng cultivation world, it is really possible to cause a large-scale magic disaster.


    Moreover, because there was a magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world before. If the magic disaster happens again, no one will doubt Dali emperor at will.


    Meng Zhang figured out these things and basically determined that most of these items were sent to the Daheng cultivation world to create magic disasters there.


    If a large-scale magic disaster breaks out in the Dharma cultivation world at this time, whether the magic disaster can be calmed in the end, the strength will be weakened on a large scale.


    The expedition army of Dali imperial dynasty took advantage of the weakness and entered. I''m afraid it will save a lot of energy. Let''s conquer the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang immediately became very cautious with such speculation.


    Conquering the realms of Da Heng and Xiu Zhen involves the external grand plan of the Dali Dynasty. It is by no means that Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, can decide alone.


    Among them, it will certainly involve Dali''s high-level of the imperial dynasty.


    In the cultivation world, it is not strange to use all means to achieve the goal.


    In order to conquer the great horizontal cultivation world, it is not surprising to collude with evil cultivation and use some evil methods.


    Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple, was bent on fighting against the devil and wanted to eradicate all the demons of Dali imperial dynasty.


    It seems that the resistance and enemies he encountered are more powerful than expected.


    Emperor Bawu and Han Yao made three rules, I''m afraid, not just to maintain the stability of Dali Dynasty.


    Emperor Bawu must have known about the plan. Maybe he was still a participant.


    At this time, Meng Zhang began to feel headache.


    Not long ago, he felt that his family was lucky. He easily joined the five punishment guards and was under the care of Han Yao.


    I really didn''t expect that I would be involved in a big storm.


    At that time, Han Yao may not be able to protect himself. Where can he spare no effort to protect himself.


    Although Meng Zhang hates evil cultivation, he is also willing to contribute to the eradication of evil cultivation. But as a cultivator, the survival of his own family and sect is the first.


    If he wants to sacrifice himself for others and compensate himself and even taiyimen in order to eradicate the devil, he will never be grateful.


    He doesn''t have Han Yao''s mind and ability to be irreconcilable with evil cultivation.

 Chapter 990

    Since Meng Zhang has joined the five punishment guards and become Han Yao''s subordinate, it is reasonable to work honestly for him.


    In fact, if it were not for the new discovery, Meng Zhang might do the same.


    However, knowing how strong the resistance Han Yao faced, Meng Zhang hesitated.


    Of course, Han yaocai asked him to join the five punishment guards, and he couldn''t make a fuss to quit at this time.


    If you do that, you will offend Han Yao to death.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and decided to hide the information he knew.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen and a Veteran General in the army. He really couldn''t afford to offend him.


    If he betrays him to Han Yao, Han Yao may not be able to help him, and he will certainly incur revenge.


    What''s more, behind Zhang Weineng, there are probably higher-level people.


    If you are poor, you will be alone, and if you reach it, you will help the world.


    He is not an omnipotent power, but a little monk struggling to survive in the cultivation world. He can only protect himself and his sect first.


    As for Zhang Weineng''s use of evil means to deal with Daheng''s cultivation world, Meng Zhang was unable to stop it and could only pretend to be invisible.


    The only thing he can do is to stay away from it.


    When working for Han Yao in the future, we should also keep a little more mind and leave a retreat for ourselves.


    Of course, Meng Zhang should actively participate in the action just now to crack down on the devil and his running dogs.


    On the one hand, there is no way to refuse. On the other hand, the risk is small, and there may be some benefits to participate in it.


    Meng Zhang had a lot of thoughts in his mind. When he was thinking hard, the five criminal guards had searched the whole manor and interrogated all the captured friars.


    Although the items contained in these boxes were very hidden, the five punishment guards who participated in the operation were instructed by Han Yao in advance. After finding them from the secret room, they stored them separately.


    From the mouths of the captured monks, no valuable information was interrogated.


    They were all temporarily hired friars and were ordered to defend the manor.


    As for these items in the manor, they are not aware of them.


    Of course, these friars will be further interrogated after they are brought back.


    Because Han Yao interrogated the intelligence from Qin canmou and Wang northwest, there was this assault.


    During the raid, they seized these items that had been repaired by the devil. But the big fish Han Yao wanted to catch had never been found.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. Anyway, he just needs to obey orders. Other tasks are not his responsibility.


    At this time, a five punishment guard came to Meng Zhang and reported to him.


    Han Yao just sent a message with a messenger to let Meng Zhang go to the next place.


    Meng Zhang knew that the flying boat was equipped with a special communication device. Even if separated by thousands of mountains and rivers, communication can also be carried out.


    Since Han Yao issued a new order, Meng Zhang did not neglect them.


    Meng Zhang left half of the five punishment guards to guard the manor and wait for subsequent reinforcements.


    He and Sun Sheng took the other half of the five punishment guards, took a flying boat and rushed to the target.


    Hengjue mountain range is often regarded as the remaining vein of Daheng mountain range.


    Although it is still a long way from the Daheng mountains, it is also surrounded by undulating mountains and surrounded by mountains. The main terrain is still various mountains.


    The flying boat flew more than 2000 miles to the south before it came near its destination.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng won more trust from Han Yao after the successful completion of the operation just now.


    This time, the target was difficult to deal with. Han Yao sent more information through the communication method on the flying boat.


    Their goal this time is a Yuanshen sect called blood war hall.


    The three main gates that dominated hengjue mountain in those days were Baizhan gate, Cangshan sect and beast king mountain.


    The founder of the blood battle hall has a deep relationship with the Baizhan sect. The blood battle hall often boasts of the branch of the Baizhan sect. It has always been the most loyal vassal sect.


    However, when the Dali imperial army invaded the hengjue mountains, the bloody battle hall surrendered early and sold the Baizhan gate.


    Although the Dali Dynasty was always strict with the Xiuzhen forces in the territory, it still had many preferential treatments for this kind of active surrender and actively acting as the sect door of the leading Party.


    After the hengjue mountains were under the rule of the Dali Dynasty, the life of the bloody battle hall was still relatively moist.


    The leader of the bloody battle hall is good at drilling camp. He runs around the imperial territory and makes many powerful people.


    In the information given by Han Yao, the bloody battle hall did not hesitate to make friends with and collude with evil practitioners in order to cling to the dignitaries in the court.


    Meng Zhang and sun Shengdu''s task is to lead the five punishment guards to break through the bloody battle hall and take it down completely.


    Although the bloody battle hall is a sect of Yuanshen, there is only one supreme elder, bloody battle Zhenjun, who is a friar in the early days of Yuanshen.


    Han Yao specifically solicited Meng Zhang''s opinions in the communication. Do they want to wait? After he''s finished, they can send a team of five criminal guards to reinforce him again.


    The strongest of these five punishment guards is the golden elixir period. Even without them, Meng Zhang is also sure to win the bloody battle hall.


    Han Yao''s target is more difficult to deal with than the bloody battle hall. He needs more people there.


    Although it is impossible to work hard for Han Yao, Meng Zhang still has to do his best since he joined the five punishment guards and got his care.


    A good performance can be regarded as a reward for Han Yao''s care.


    The Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall is located in a valley. The whole valley is guarded by the third-order mountain protection array.


    The flying boat flew to the top of the valley. Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng jumped out of the flying boat.


    There''s nothing to say. It''s a waste of effort to recruit and surrender.


    Meng Zhang still asked Feizhou to patrol nearby. He and Sun Sheng went directly to attack each other''s Mountain Gate.


    This time, Meng Zhang won''t be so entrusted with the yuan God Zhenjun. If you don''t show some real skills, I''m afraid it''s not so easy to succeed.


    Meng Zhang flew over the valley. It was still blue and white outside.


    Meng Zhang began to use his magic power and mobilized the power of the surrounding roads.


    The sky suddenly became dark, as if it had suddenly fallen into night.


    Startled by the strange celestial phenomena, there was an immediate response in the valley.


    The mountain protection array began to emit bursts of light, and bursts of howling wind came from everywhere.


    Meng Zhang continued to cast the spell before there were more reactions below.


    In the sky, there was a sudden burst of light.


    Endless sun and moon lights gushed down from the sky and sprinkled on the mountain protection array one after another.


    Where the sun and moon light passed, the defense force of the mountain protection array melted quickly like the snow under the sun.


    There is only a three-level mountain protection array. Even if the power is fully open, there are many monks who immediately preside over it. Meng Zhang can easily suppress it by himself.

 Chapter 991

    When the sun and moon quickly dissipated the protective power of the large array, Meng Zhang mixed two air currents with one finger, one black and one white, turned into a sharp sword, fell from the sky and rowed heavily against the large array below.


    The great supernatural power Liangyi Tongtian sword carries the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, just like cutting tofu with a knife, easily dividing the whole array into two parts.


    Many unlucky monks thought that the big array could provide protection for themselves. But when Liangyi Tongtian sword crossed, even the big array had no resistance, and their bodies were cut away.


    Before Sun Sheng could make a move, Meng Zhang alone broke most of the defense of the third-order mountain protection array.


    Although there is only one difference between the third and fourth orders, it is the difference between heaven and earth, with an insurmountable gap.


    Sun Shengdu saw that Meng Zhang was successful, and he couldn''t help it.


    Han Yao asked him to atone for his meritorious deeds, but when it was completed was in Han Yao''s hands.


    If you don''t do well, who knows when Han Yao will let him go.


    He also has a competitive heart for Meng Zhang.


    Sun Shengdu offered up his commonly used fourth-order magic weapon, a long and big knife.


    The big Sabre became bigger and bigger in the air, and fell heavily down like a hill. Then, like a giant beast, it rushed through the valley and raged everywhere.


    In Han Yao''s order, they were not allowed to capture all the monks of the bloody battle hall alive.


    Just want them to attack and destroy the bloody battle hall. It''s best to capture several middle and high-level officials.


    Anyway, there are a large number of disciples in the bloody battle hall. Even if some of them are killed, there are still a large number of prisoners to catch.


    Monks like sun Shengdu, born in the army, are murderous, bloodthirsty and ferocious. They often show a great desire for destruction.


    Most of the defenses of the third-order protection array have been broken, and there is no power to stop sun Shengdu''s attack.


    All buildings were destroyed where the big long knife passed. Unfortunately, the monks were basically dead.


    At this time, the supreme elder of the bloody battle hall, bloody battle Zhenjun, flew out of the closed place.


    He never expected that he was just a step late, and the whole sect was devastated to such an extent.


    In the whole valley, all kinds of buildings are staggering, and incomplete bodies are everywhere.


    According to common sense, even if the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun suddenly attacked, relying on the third-order mountain protection array and many monks who presided over the array, he could resist more or less, so that the bloody battle Zhenjun who was closing the door could leave the customs in time.


    But he really didn''t think that Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng were both too cruel and murderous.


    In such a short time, he broke the mountain protection array and killed and destroyed wantonly in the mountain gate.


    "Who the hell are you? Why are you against my bloody hall?"


    While questioning each other, Zhenjun tried to stop each other''s attack.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved, and the startled sword turned into a piece of training. It fell from the sky and turned into infinite sword light, which involved the bloody real king in the sword light.


    Meng Zhang did not use other means, that is, he relied on his excellent swordsmanship against the enemy.


    When Meng Zhang entangled the real king of the bloody battle, Sun Sheng all killed into the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall.


    With the strength of the bloody battle hall at this time, there is no power to stop sun Shengdu. He can only let him destroy and kill wantonly in the door.


    The disciples of the bloody battle hall ran everywhere, looking for a way to escape.


    Sun Shengdu sent out huge thoughts, covering almost the whole valley. Every move of all the monks inside could not escape his feeling.


    Whether it''s launching a suicide attack on him, or trying to escape from the valley


    All the practitioners locked by his mind died miserably on the spot.


    Although sun Shengdu was able to kill, he still kept a minimum of reason.


    He knew that Han Yao needed to ask questions alive, and he didn''t want to act like an uncontrolled murderer in front of everyone.


    Therefore, when killing wantonly, he will also capture some lucky guys alive.


    When sun Shengdu sweeps up the bloody battle hall, Meng Zhang firmly entangles the bloody battle Zhenjun, so that he can act without worries.


    Although xuezhan Zhenjun was a friar in the early days of Yuanshen, after being surrounded by the sword light of Jinghong sword, he only had the ability to parry and had no power to fight back.


    The Yuanshen sect, such as the bloody battle hall, is not very different from the Jindan sect.


    The bloody Zhenjun himself, among the yuan God friars, is definitely not an expert.


    The cultivation is one level worse, and the combat effectiveness is far different.


    Meng Zhang almost took the bloody Zhenjun as the object of sword training and used him to hone his sword skills.


    Although Meng Zhang has mastered a lot of supernatural powers and Taoism and has many means against the enemy, Meng Zhang has invested a lot of energy in fencing because of his talent and interest.


    With his sword skill at this time, he is almost as good as many sword practitioners in the yuan God period.


    After fighting for a long time, Meng Zhang squeezed out all the skills of the bloody Zhenjun. After determining that it was not much help to improve his swordsmanship, Meng Zhang began to end the battle.


    Jinghong sword completely suppressed the bloody Zhenjun. Yin and Yang turned into two ropes and entangled him firmly when he was not prepared.


    Meng Zhang spent a little effort to capture the friar in the early days of the yuan God alive.


    It is Han Yao''s job to interrogate the bloody Zhenjun. Meng Zhang is too lazy to do much.


    When he captured the bloody Zhenjun, sun Shengdu had already ended the battle.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s mind covers a wide range, and almost no fish will slip through the net.


    Flying boats patrol nearby just in case to avoid any omissions.


    Seeing the end of the battle, the flying boat flew over immediately.


    Several five punishment guards jumped down from the flying boat and began to search the whole valley carefully.


    The Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall covers a large area, far beyond the previous valley.


    Relying on several five punishment guards alone, we can''t conduct a thorough search in a short time.


    Moreover, Han Yao didn''t get much detailed information about the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall except the strength of the bloody battle hall from the prisoners.


    These five punishment guards were scattered and searched carefully and slowly.


    Although the bloody battle hall is the bottom of the Yuanshen sect, it is a Yuanshen sect that has been inherited for thousands of years. It should have some savings and details.


    Compared with the previous manor, the attraction here to Meng Zhang and sun Shengdu is countless times stronger.


    Han Yao is not here. As long as you keep your hands and feet clean, don''t be too greedy and take advantage of it, it shouldn''t be a problem.


    Meng Zhang and his men made great efforts to capture this place and asked them to return to Baoshan empty handed. It was too difficult for them.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng looked at each other, then quietly dispersed and went to find their goals.


    They let go of their own thoughts and searched the whole valley carefully.


    From the buildings on the surface to the secret rooms underground, there is no place left.

 Chapter 992

    While the five criminal guards were still searching everywhere, Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng both began to look for useful booty.


    As the yuan God Zhenjun, they certainly don''t have to search everywhere slowly like ordinary monks.


    They each let out their own huge thoughts. No matter how secret corners on the ground and underground are, they can''t hide their feelings.


    The bloody battle hall has been standing in hengjue mountain for many years and still has savings and inside information.


    Especially when the Dali imperial army invaded, the bloody battle hall, as the leading Party, also plundered wantonly. It ransacked a group of losers and gained rich harvest.


    There are several treasure houses in the door. In addition to the public treasure houses, there are many hidden secret treasure houses.


    The real treasures of the bloody battle hall are hidden in these secret treasures, which are also the main targets of Meng Zhang and sun Shengdu.


    These treasures are very hidden, and there is a forbidden Dharma array outside to help hide their existence.


    If these five criminal guards want to find them all, they still need to spend a lot of time and energy.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun have some experience in treasure hunting.


    Sun Shengdu soon found a secret treasure house, and then secretly looted it while the five punishment guards were not paying attention.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power is to break the false magic eye. He is best at peeping through all kinds of secrets, and his divine mind is also extremely keen.


    He didn''t compete with sun Shengdu because he found a better target.


    He seemed to walk around the valley at will, and unconsciously he came to a remote corner.


    With one hand stretched out, he gently took out two things from the empty front.


    Meng Zhang did not take a closer look and directly put it into his mustard space.


    This is a secret space mezzanine, which was used by the supreme elder of the bloody battle hall to hide two treasures.


    Meng Zhang saw through the hidden place with his false magic eyes, took away the treasures stored in it, and then destroyed the space.


    When Meng Zhang attacked this valley before, he used the power of mass destruction to launch indiscriminate attacks on the whole valley.


    Sun Shengdu later acted recklessly and wreaked havoc in the valley.


    It is very normal that such a secret space interlayer is affected by the power of the yuan God level and then completely collapses.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang''s little contact with Han Yao shows that he is flexible and flexible. Even if you know that Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng stole some booty, you shouldn''t blame them too much.


    Of course, both of them are now working for the five punishment guards. In theory, all the booty seized should belong to the five punishment guards.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng were not greedy, but they collected some treasures and didn''t catch all the secret treasures.


    When Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng had their own harvest, several five punishment guards had roughly cleaned up the big warehouse of the bloody battle hall.


    There are a lot of materials in the blood battle Hall Library. Besides the cultivation materials for the disciples, there are also a number of items stored separately.


    These items are also pills, talismans and magic tools that have been manipulated by demons.


    Now, the evidence of the bloody battle Hall''s collusion with evil cultivation is completely solid.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng both know that enough is enough. After harvest, there is no further action, but to help the five criminal guards count the seized items and search for more criminal evidence.


    In less than a day after Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng both captured the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall, Han Yao personally arrived here with the brigade of the five punishment guards.


    Han Yao personally interrogated the bloody Zhenjun captured by Meng Zhang, and many five punishment guards searched the Mountain Gate of the bloody hall carefully.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng both knew that they didn''t ask Han Yao about the interrogation process, but walked to the side.


    After a little while, Han Yao ended his interrogation.


    When Meng Zhang and sun Shengdu led a team of five punishment guards thousands of miles to capture the manor and the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall, Han Yao was also not idle.


    Han Yao worked harder than them and faced a stronger enemy.


    Judging from Han Yao''s expression, he was not satisfied with the result of the trial.


    The five punishment guards found a lot of evidence of collusion between the bloody battle hall and the devil cultivation in this valley, but Han Yao didn''t care much.


    As for all kinds of cultivation resources here, they have been collected by the five punishment guards.


    Han Yao provided such a powerful force as the five punishment guards, in addition to the cultivation resources provided by the Dali imperial dynasty. In handling the case, some external water is indispensable.


    Han Yao took the gate of the bloody battle hall as the temporary residence of the five punishment guards on the side of hengjue mountain.


    The strongest of the five punishment guards is the golden elixir period. If there is no Han Yao to lead the team, it is really not very strong.


    The five punishment guards are not without the true monarch of the yuan God, but they all stay in Dali''s native land and have other important matters to deal with.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng had nowhere else to go, so they stayed in the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall.


    Soon after, a special person sent Meng Zhang the waist token of the five punishment guards.


    This has other functions besides proving Meng Zhang''s identity.


    For example, within a certain range, the five punishment guards with waist cards can communicate with each other.


    Meng Zhang was a friar in the middle period of Yuanshen and the leader of a sect. He joined the five punishment guards and became a guest Qing. He was also a high-level guest Qing.


    In addition to receiving a generous salary from the five punishment guards, he has finally joined the Dali imperial system and has a serious official identity.


    Strictly speaking, in the past, Meng Zhang, as the head of Taiyi sect, could only be regarded as a civilian under the rule of Dali Dynasty and a local tyrant at most.


    Now, many people will call him lord Meng.


    If it was in the past, Meng Zhang would have been eager to obtain such an identity.


    However, Meng Zhang was a little uneasy when he knew that the power of evil cultivation in Dali imperial dynasty was strong, and the five punishment guards became the sworn enemy of evil cultivation because of Han Yao''s relationship.


    But there is no way. Now that we have got on the ship, we can''t get off the ship immediately. We have to take one step at a time.


    Fortunately, as the guest Secretary of the five punishment guards, he enjoyed all the conveniences brought by this identity, but he didn''t have many obligations to undertake.


    On weekdays, he doesn''t need to go to the midpoint Mao and duty of the five punishment guard Yamen.


    He only needs to follow Han Yao''s instructions and cooperate with the actions of the five punishment guards.


    According to Han Yao, after this event, he can return to Jiuqu province.


    I won''t contact him until I have a task.


    On weekdays, as the ears and eyes of the five punishment guards, he closely monitored all kinds of movements on the ground of Jiuqu Province, especially those related to demon cultivation.


    If there is a demon monk haunting the Jiuqu Province, he must actively pursue and suppress it.


    Meng Zhang is willing to undertake this little obligation.


    In fact, because of his own disgust with evil cultivation, he is also willing to eliminate evil cultivation.


    Unless the demon cultivation background is too big and his strength is too strong, he will turn a blind eye.

 Chapter 993

    Han Yao is very busy, interrogating prisoners and collecting intelligence


    In the next period of time, there was no one available, and Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng proved their reliability.


    Han Yao sent Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng to lead a team to wipe out many strongholds said to be related to demon cultivation.


    On the side of hengjue mountain, there were several zongmen and Xiuzhen families involved, which were decisively disposed of by Han Yao.


    Even some local officials of Dali imperial dynasty were affected and severely interrogated after being taken by the five criminal guards.


    In addition to the practitioners who colluded with evil cultivation, even the real evil cultivation was arrested by Han Yao.


    Although demon Xiu is very cunning, he is good at hiding and escaping. But with enough information, a great monk like Han Yao and a strong man like Meng Zhang, the original God and true monarch, finally caught the target.


    Unfortunately, the strongest of these magic cultivation is just the golden elixir period, which can only be regarded as a small role in the magic cultivation, not a big fish that Han Yao wants to catch.


    The captured demon Xiu not only didn''t let Han Yao interrogate any useful information, but soon died one after another.


    The secret art of the devil''s way is so weird that it''s impossible to prevent it.


    Han Yao''s real goal was to occupy a high position in the Dali Dynasty and have great power.


    If there is no conclusive evidence, Han Yao is also difficult to deal with him.


    Although on the surface, Dali imperial dynasty, like other places in the cultivation world, banned evil ways and severely cracked down on evil cultivation.


    But in fact, because Dali had a deep collusion with the emperor and the devil cultivation, there was a powerful devil cultivation in the dynasty, and he was in a high position. Cultivating the devil cultivation was not an unforgivable crime.


    Even if Han Yao knew that his great enemy was demon Xiu, he could not publicly challenge him.


    The demons dealt with within the Dali Dynasty were either wild demons without background and origin. Or it is a demon cultivation that violates the laws of the Dali Dynasty and brings harm to the Dali Dynasty.


    For example, Han Yao didn''t have to deal with the evil cultivation that destroyed people and harmed the common people in Dali imperial dynasty. There were forces to deal with it in Dali imperial dynasty.


    But on the contrary, as long as the high-ranking demon Xiu in the Dali imperial dynasty did not betray the Dali imperial dynasty and did not openly commit evil, Han Yao had no way to take them.


    After all, without that demon cultivation, you would be foolish enough to publicly admit that you are a demon cultivation.


    People don''t admit that Han Yao didn''t have enough evidence, so he naturally had nothing to do.


    The only thing Han Yao can do is to deal with those demons without background or the external forces in collusion with them.


    Of course, demon cultivation is a public enemy in the cultivation world. No cultivation force will admit that they collude with demon cultivation.


    Han Yao vigorously searched for demon Xiu and left the imperial dynasty up and down, at least on the surface, to give him support.


    Han Yao, who was in the Dali imperial system, could not act recklessly and must abide by certain rules.


    Yuanshen friar Wang Xibei and Qin canmou openly attacked the five punishment guards, which naturally deserved to be taken by Han Yao.


    According to the information interrogated from them, Han Yao led the five punishment guards to attack and destroy several Xiuzhen sects and families.


    Afterwards, a large number of items related to magic cultivation were searched out in the residences of these sects and families, which is conclusive evidence.


    But to this extent, it is also the limit that Han Yao can do.


    He led the five punishment guards to fight at the side of hengjue mountain, setting off a bloody storm.


    Local officials on this side of the hengjue mountains have long been very dissatisfied.


    Even the high-ranking Dali Temple Secretary can''t do whatever he wants and wantonly infringe on local interests.


    Under the banner of chasing and killing demon Xiu, no one will publicly stop Han Yao.


    But privately, a large number of officials reported to the local side of the imperial dynasty through various channels and used all kinds of means to criticize Han Yao.


    Han Yao has been busy in hengjue mountains for so long. It seems that he has made great achievements, but he is still thousands of miles away from his goal.


    Although he captured several demon practitioners, he eliminated some Xiuzhen forces who colluded with demon practitioners. However, he did not collect enough evidence to prove that his goal was doing harm to the imperial dynasty.


    Even, he didn''t have enough confidence to accuse the other party of being a devil.


    If we want to bring down those senior officials in the court, it is not enough to rely solely on the confessions of the prisoners in hand. We must have more detailed evidence.


    Those seized items related to the devil''s way are also difficult to relate to each other.


    Of course, Han Yao knew in his heart that evidence was not the key. The key was that emperor Bawu still trusted each other, and the other party still had great use value.


    All the evidence and confessions, without the approval of Bawu emperor, will not have much effect.


    Only when Han Yao can provide iron evidence to prove that the other party endangers the imperial dynasty can he persuade Bawu emperor to support himself.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng both followed Han Yao during this period of time, which was a good life.


    Soon after, an order came from Da Li''s native land that emperor Bawu would recruit Han Yao to return to the DPRK.


    I don''t know whether emperor Bawu thought Han Yao had done enough, or whether the local officials on the side of hengjue mountain complained and played a role.


    Han Yao was a loyal courtier. Naturally, he would not disobey the orders of Bawu emperor.


    Sun Sheng made atonement for his meritorious deeds and was forgiven by Han Yao. Before sending him away, Han Yao gave him a reward.


    Those practitioners detained by the five punishment guards have suffered a lot. After proving that it had nothing to do with magic cultivation, he was also released.


    A group of important prisoners, including several Yuanshen Zhenjun, were personally escorted back to Dali imperial territory by Han Yao.


    Meng Zhang''s main purpose of going out this time is to get rid of Zhang Weineng''s arrangement.


    He is now directly returning to Jiuqu province to show his identity as the guest Qing of his five punishment guard. It is certain that Zhang Weineng will never continue to force him.


    Han Yao''s attitude towards evil cultivation was well known in Dali Dynasty.


    Even if Zhang Weineng has enough support, he will not hand over the handle of colluding with evil cultivation to a five punishment guard.


    The trouble from Zhang Weineng was easily relieved.


    This is also a great advantage for Meng Zhang to join the five punishment guards.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had intended to go to the mainland of Dali Dynasty. Now even if he got rid of the trouble from Zhang Weineng, he decided to follow the original plan and go to Dali, the native land of the imperial dynasty.


    Moreover, this time there are enemies like Han Yao and the five punishment guards, such as Datong business alliance. It must be difficult to directly find Meng Zhang''s trouble.


    Han Yao hurriedly finished the work on the side of hengjue mountain and embarked on the road of returning to the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang naturally followed.


    Sun Shengdu has a lot of official business to deal with and needs to stay for some time.


    Hengjue mountain has a long-distance transmission array directly connected with Dali imperial mainland.


    Han Yao took the five punishment guards to the location of the Dharma array and started the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.

 Chapter 994

    Meng Zhang, together with Han Yao, left hengjue mountains and came to Dali imperial territory through long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.


    The sky whirled and the earth whirled. It felt that the time had not passed for a long time. Meng Zhang''s figure appeared in a hall.


    The five punishment guards who came first left the hall and walked outside.


    Although he came with these five punishment guards, Meng Zhang also said in advance that he would act alone. They don''t need to wait for themselves.


    Meng Zhang came to the outside of the hall and found that there was a huge fortress outside the hall.


    There are many powerful defense facilities in the fortress, both external and internal. The most elite imperial guards stationed in the fortress are Dali.


    Not only are the key positions of the fort heavily guarded, but also teams of elite sergeants patrol everywhere without leaving any dead corners.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang came with the five punishment guards, and he also has the identity of guest Qing of the five punishment guards.


    Therefore, it is a special channel, and the inspection process is also very simple.


    If it is directly sent here by other practitioners, it must undergo very strict inspection. Only after investigating the origin of their identity can they obtain the qualification to enter and exit.


    This is the capital of Dali Dynasty, Shangjing, and the most important place in the whole Dali Dynasty.


    Both externally and externally, they are heavily guarded and maintain a high level of preparedness.


    The long-distance transmission array is a shortcut to the capital. Of course, it should be strictly watched. If the enemy sneaks in, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    There are four similar fortresses in Shangjing.


    In each fortress, there are different long-distance transmission arrays.


    Such a fortress will firmly guard the long-distance transmission array to ensure that there are no problems.


    Through the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array in the fortress, the capital of Dali imperial dynasty, Shangjing, has maintained close contact with the whole Dali imperial dynasty, local areas and enclaves outside the local area.


    A very important factor determining the size of the territory ruled by a imperial dynasty is transportation and communication.


    Dali Dynasty distributed a large number of communication stone tablets to all places to ensure that the information from the imperial court can make him want to stroll around the capital alone. There are still some things that are inconvenient for others to know.


    The four fortresses are located in the four corners of the capital. Meng Zhang''s fortress is located in the east of the capital.


    Meng Zhang left the fortress and all the scenes of going to the capital fell into his eyes.


    In Shangjing, in addition to the monks performing official duties, there are also those high-ranking ministers and dignitaries. Ordinary practitioners can''t fly high at will.


    According to their status, they are divided into 369 classes, each enjoying different rights and interests in the capital.


    Take Meng Zhang for example. If he is the leader of Taiyi sect and the monk of Yuanshen period, he can fly at an altitude of less than ten feet at most.


    As the five punishment guards, they can fly in the space below 30 feet on weekdays. If you perform your official duties, there are no restrictions.


    Meng zhangfei reached a height of twenty or thirty feet and looked up into the distance.


    In the capital, the buildings are very neat and orderly.


    The whole city is divided into different blocks.


    Each square is a separate square.


    Some are residential areas and some are commercial areas.


    As the capital of Dali imperial dynasty, Shangjing is a city where immortals and mortals are mixed, and practitioners and mortals live together.


    Of course, although there are many mortals in the whole city, they are more or less related to the practitioners.


    Or mortal relatives of practitioners, or mortal servants serving practitioners, or servants of servants, and so on.


    High level practitioners are naturally served by low-level practitioners. If low-level practitioners are of ordinary origin, they can only have mortal servants.


    The whole city is in good order.


    As soon as Meng Zhang left the fortress, a dozen little friars in the period of Qi refining surrounded him.


    They are all local people. On weekdays, they get some income by being familiar with the surrounding environment and being a guide.


    Meng Zhang randomly chose an honest looking young man and asked him to take him around the city.


    Although we have known from various intelligence in advance that Shangjing is an incomparably magnificent city.


    But when I was there, I still felt very shocked.


    Meng Zhang is a man with poor words. He can''t find too many words to describe this huge city.


    The guide who led the way showed his divine walking skill and walked quickly ahead. Meng Zhang followed him as if he were slow, fast and leisurely.


    Meng Zhang didn''t come to the capital for sightseeing. He didn''t have much thought. He delayed too long in some irrelevant places.


    The guide led him around a little and went to his destination according to his instructions.


    The guide led him through the residential area and the commercial area. It took him most of the day to bypass half of the city and come to Meng Zhang''s destination, far away from the imperial city of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang looked at the guide in surprise. He was just a little monk in the period of Qi refining. He had good attainments in divine practice and was very fast.


    Dali imperial city is also a very spectacular city.


    The towering walls outside are all made of wall bricks carefully refined by tool refiners.


    On the surface of the city wall, there are numerous runes and prohibitions.


    Above the city wall, the imperial guards in standard armor patrol back and forth.


    Tall arrow towers are next to each other, in which giant guns and crossbows made by mechanism technology are deployed.


    The key departments of Dali imperial court center are located outside the imperial city.


    The inner city of the imperial city is the palace city where emperor Bawu and his concubines live.


    Meng Zhang threw a spirit stone, sent the guide away and went directly to the guard outside the gate of the imperial city.


    The imperial city guard, who was originally indifferent to Meng Zhang, saw that Meng Zhang Liang showed the waist token of the five punishment guards. After careful inspection, he put him in.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t join the five punishment guards and had a backer, he came here alone. It takes a lot of time and energy to enter the imperial city and reach the Yamen where you want to go.


    It doesn''t matter whether he is a monk in the middle of the yuan God or the leader of a sect. Such an identity is not as good as the identity of the five punishment guards in the capital.


    Dali Dynasty has a vast territory. There are many people who practice truth, and the strong are like clouds.


    Especially in the imperial capital, a large number of top friars from all over the world gathered. Friars in the Yuanshen period said more and less.


    If there is no special status or someone to take care of, the Yuanshen friars really don''t have so much to eat.

 Chapter 995

    Under the leadership of the guards, Meng Zhang came to his destination this time, Dali, the general secretary of the imperial dynasty.


    The main responsibility of the General Administration Department of Dali Dynasty was to receive all kinds of memorials from central and local officials. There are all kinds of letters from subjects, which also reach the center through the Secretary of General Administration.


    The Secretary for General Administration has special officials responsible for receiving these memorials and instruments.


    Among the secretaries of general affairs, he handed over the memorials he had already prepared and registered them.


    In his memorials, he wrote a lot, but there was not much useful content.


    Most of the content is praising and praising emperor Bawu. In addition, a large part is to express loyalty, indicating that they are loyal to Dali Dynasty and Bawu emperor.


    Only a small part of the content is meaningful. It tells the origin of itself and the sect, and how to invest in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Such behavior is mainly a form. As the leader of the sect under the Dali emperor, he personally came to the general administration department to hand over a memorial and say hello to Emperor Bawu.


    If it''s the jindanzong sect, there''s no need to come to the capital. You just need to go to the local Yamen to register.


    The words of Yuanshen sect should be paid a little attention and come to the capital to report.


    In fact, the rules in this regard are not particularly strict.


    Taiyimen has been invested in the imperial dynasty for many years. It was delayed for various reasons before. Meng Zhang only came to report now, which is not particularly impolite.


    The memorials are handed in. After various procedures, they will be sent to Emperor Bawu.


    As for how emperor Bawu would deal with it, it is unclear.


    Generally speaking, Emperor Bawu would ask a minister to deal with the matter.


    Welcome Meng Zhang and give him some rewards and encouragement.


    If emperor Bawu is in a good mood or pays more attention, he may summon Meng Zhang in person.


    Dali temple, as the highest institution in charge of Dali imperial prison, still has a little brand in the court. Meng Zhang did save a lot of trouble by moving out of his identity as a five punishment guard.


    After receiving his memorial from the Secretary, he can leave.


    How to deal with the follow-up, who is there and when to summon him, someone will naturally inform him at that time.


    After Meng Zhang left the Imperial City, he found an inn nearby.


    This inn is not small in scale and gorgeous in appearance. Many officials from other places like to live in this place.


    Meng Zhang found a separate small yard to live in, and began to count the items on his feet.


    After his mustard space was successfully refined, some useful materials were continuously integrated in the follow-up.


    After a long time of combing, his two spiritual pets, Zhui Dian and Liu Li, cleaned up a large and stable space in the mustard space.


    Combing is not completely over, and there is still a lot of follow-up work to be done.


    Mustard space is still slowly expanding, and there are more and more vitality gathered here.


    The stable part of the mustard space can be used to store all kinds of items.


    Meng Zhang put most of the items stored in his magic tools into the mustard space.


    His harvest in the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall is also preserved in it.


    Meng Zhang secretly took out the treasure from the secret treasure house and destroyed it afterwards.


    In fact, even if he was not so careful and let Han Yao know, it might not be a big deal. It would only affect his impression in the other party''s mind at most.


    It is not the right way to drive people to run and not feed horses.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, it is natural for him and Sun Sheng to capture the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall and get a hand in hand.


    However, they all had scruples about Han Yao, so they did it so covertly and did not search openly.


    Meng Zhang took out three treasures from the secret treasure house of the bloody battle hall.


    A nephrite the size of a human head can twist and change its shape at will.


    This is Ruyi nephrite, a fourth-order spirit object. It is a very rare and high-grade refining material.


    In the cultivation world, it is often used as the main material to refine armor and robes.


    Three strong sacred incense, ignited and absorbed, can greatly expand the Friar''s original God.


    Meng Zhang sniffed it gently. The three strong scents were not only made of authentic materials, but also refined skillfully.


    Such a fun idea is to put it in the heavenly palace, which will be very popular with the yuan God friars. I don''t know where I got the blood battle hall, the bottom gate of Yuanshen sect.


    These classics brought back to the Mountain Gate by Meng Zhang can also greatly enhance the inside information of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied that a bloody battle hall can provide so many spoils.


    In his view, although most of the war booty had fallen into the hands of five penalty guards, the best part of the battle was their own hands.


    Meng Zhang''s mind was projected into the mustard space and looked around carefully.


    The combing work here is going smoothly. Lanling''s evil spirit is integrated into it, and the vitality in the space is better day by day.


    The two little guys, Liuli and Zhui Dian, worked so hard in the dark for so long. When they saw Meng Zhang''s divine thoughts projected in, they quickly flew over and pestered him.


    Meng Zhang''s mental projection is only a human shadow, which is basically similar to the noumenon, but its strength is very weak.


    These two spiritual pets have a high level of intelligence. With the improvement of cultivation level and level, they become smarter and smarter.


    Meng Zhang''s divine projection well encouraged them to continue to work hard in the future and strive to sort out the mustard space as soon as possible. Later, he played with them for a long time before Meng Zhang took it back on his own initiative.

 Chapter 996

    In the following days, Meng Zhang stayed temporarily in this inn.


    Although he had already submitted his memorial to the Secretary for trade, he could not get a reply within a short time.


    Dali Dynasty has such a vast territory and a large population. There are endless government affairs every day.


    It''s insignificant that a leader of Taiyi sect came to see him.


    His memorials were placed under a lot of official documents, waiting for the middle and high levels to deal with them slowly.


    When it''s his turn, someone will naturally inform him.


    It is unclear when it will be his turn.


    Bad luck, even waiting for three or five years, is not a rare thing.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, so he thought he was relaxing in the capital.


    He walked around the city, mainly investigating the business environment here.


    As expected, Shangjing is very prosperous. There are many shops and countless merchants. All kinds of truth repair materials are pouring here like sea water.


    The daily flow of spirit stones between shops is an astronomical number.


    If Meng Zhang wants to make a big purchase here, it is definitely a good place.


    From the level of goods, it is far inferior to Tiangong. But the commodity level here is obviously more suitable for taiyimen.


    After careful observation, Meng Zhang finally stopped thinking about letting taiyimen develop business here.


    There are many shops in the capital, but the sources of goods are monopolized by big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    All businesses that can occupy a place in the business world have strong support behind them.


    The real world doesn''t talk about free economy or market economy.


    When opening up the market, if the fist is not hard enough and the power is not big enough, it is to deliver it to the door and become a delicious food in the mouth of others.


    But if you have such a strong strength as Datong business alliance, you can easily tear open a large number of closed and conservative markets.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it is far from qualified to take a share in the business circles in Beijing.


    There are a lot of real objects in the capital. Many rare spiritual objects can be bought here.


    After a few rounds in the city, Meng Zhang spent a lot of spiritual stones and bought a lot of items.


    In addition, he went to Dali temple and went to the residence of the five punishment guards to recognize the door.


    Although he is not very optimistic about Han Yao, so far, Meng Zhang has no intention of betraying the five punishment guards.


    He joined the five punishment guards for a short time, but he has obtained many conveniences and benefits by virtue of his membership of the five punishment guards.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the inn for a few days, but sun Shengdu took the initiative to come to the door.


    Sun Shengdu finished his official business at the hengjue mountains and came to the capital to find Meng Zhang, a temporary companion.


    Before, the two had the experience of fighting side by side, which was more or less like incense.


    Sun Sheng came to the door and mainly contacted Meng Zhang to improve his understanding.


    Sun Sheng served in the local Garrison Army far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty. His work was idle, but his future was limited.


    He didn''t know that Meng Zhang had just joined the five punishment guards. He thought Meng Zhang had joined the five punishment guards long ago.


    His main purpose of making friends with Meng Zhang is to get the opportunity to join the five punishment guards through Meng Zhang''s introduction.


    He doesn''t think much of the five punishment guards, but in fact he still yearns very much.


    The five punishment guards are not the top force in the Dali imperial dynasty, but they have much more prospects than the local garrison he served before.


    Meng Zhang was speechless when he found out sun Shengdu''s mind. He himself is a newcomer who has just joined the five punishment guards. How can he be able to introduce others.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t say much, and it''s even worse to refuse the other party directly. He can only drag on and prepare to mention it when he has the chance to see Han Yao next time.


    Sun Sheng didn''t know what medicine he had taken wrong. He actually recognized Meng Zhang. Almost every day, he went to the place where Meng Zhang lived and entangled him for a long time.


    Early that morning, sun Shengdu went to the courtyard where Meng Zhang lived, with a mysterious smile on his face.


    After dealing with him for so many days, Meng Zhang was already very familiar with him and was not polite. He directly asked him what he wanted.


    Sun Sheng didn''t sell off. He said he wanted to introduce an old friend of his own to Meng Zhang.


    Soon, an old man came to Meng Zhang.


    As soon as he gave his name, Meng Zhang knew his origin.


    The old man called himself Gu Yuedu. Needless to say, he must be a monk of the Gu Yue family.


    Sure enough, in the next conversation, Meng Zhang roughly figured out his origin.


    Among the ancient moon family, nuns have always been respected. Male monks are far inferior to female monks in all aspects.


    Gu Yuedu is the only true monarch among the male friars of the Gu Yue family.


    In addition to his own efforts, he was able to achieve today''s accomplishments because the woman of the ancient moon family in the imperial palace of Bawu emperor happened to be Gu Yuedu''s own daughter.


    With such a special identity, Gu Yuedu also has a high position in the Gu Yue family.


    There was no deep hatred between Meng Zhang and the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty, let alone any threshold that could not be crossed.


    Gu Yuedu is also the father-in-law. He takes the initiative to come to the door. Meng Zhang still needs to pay attention to etiquette.


    Gu Yuedu has a wide range of friends and has a little friendship with Sun Sheng.


    After learning that sun Shengdu was familiar with Meng Zhang, he asked sun Shengdu to introduce him.


    Sun Shengdu is still very enthusiastic about working among dignitaries. Naturally, he doesn''t hesitate to help Gu Yue.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang talked with Gu Yuedu warmly. He couldn''t see any unhappiness with Gu Yuedu''s family.


    Gu Yuedu flattered Meng Zhang and praised him in all aspects.


    The two people talked and talked for a long time before they ended the conversation.


    Looking at the back of Gu Yuedu''s departure, Meng Zhang still wondered. Gu Yuedu came to the door for this nonsense.


    At this time, sun Shengdu, who had been accompanying him before, smiled and chatted with Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that after Gu Yuedu knew that Meng Zhang had not married so far, he didn''t know how he had the idea of marrying Meng Zhang.


    This time he came to the door, he was familiar with Meng Zhang, and proved the relationship between sun Shengdu and the ancient moon family.


    In order to avoid being rejected by Meng Zhang face to face, there is no room for maneuver. After he left, sun Shengdu raised the matter.


    After hearing sun Shengdu''s words, Meng Zhang''s face was very strange, and he had a feeling that he couldn''t laugh or cry.


    Could it be that the ancient moon family knew that they couldn''t help taiyimen, so they played a beauty trick and threw sugar coated shells.


    Sun Sheng didn''t care what Meng Zhang thought. Instead, Wang Po sold melons and touted the nuns of the ancient moon family.


    To tell the truth, the female friars of the ancient moon family are really excellent. In the whole cultivation world, it is famous.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang never got married and married the ancient moon family. It''s too good.

 Chapter 997

    The ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty is also a relative family at least. It can be regarded as a member of the imperial dignitaries.


    The female friars of the ancient moon family are excellent in all aspects. In terms of identity, Meng Zhang will never be humiliated.


    If Meng Zhang marries a woman of the ancient moon family, it is not worth mentioning the unhappiness before the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang has one more virtuous internal help, and Taiyi has one more headmaster''s wife.


    Taiyimen and Guyue family can turn enemies into friends and become a family from now on.


    With the power of the ancient moon family, Meng Zhang can easily ascend to the top of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    For the sake of the ancient moon family, those who had been difficult to overcome Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate would stop fighting and give up the previous disputes.


    In a word, if Meng Zhang gets married with the ancient moon family, it will definitely be beneficial without harm.


    Sun Shengdu said his mouth was dry and he kept matching Meng Zhang and Gu Yue''s family.


    The ancient moon family was sincere and did not designate the object of marriage at will.


    If Meng Zhang has the intention of getting married, he can choose a school-age woman at will in the ancient moon family.


    All the outstanding female friars of the ancient moon family must not refuse such heroes as Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang thinks one is not enough, he can choose more.


    If you have a special hobby and don''t like female monks, male monks can''t be considered.


    It is said that among the male friars of the ancient moon family, there are many warm-hearted people.


    The chattering sun Shengdu looks like a pimp.


    Meng Zhang''s face was strange and his mood was even more strange.


    He has never considered getting a wife since he embarked on the road of practice.


    Along the way, he met many excellent female friars, but he never touched the relationship between men and women. At most, he regarded each other as good friends.


    This is not because he wants to be a father-in-law or pursue evil ways such as second male morality.


    But since he began to practice, he couldn''t extricate himself, put all his body and mind into it, and had no time to give consideration to others.


    Where is it interesting to marry a wife?


    Of course, Meng Zhang does not completely exclude Taoists and the like.


    To find a Taoist companion, we mainly depend on fate, eye edge, heart and mind, and let our thoughts be accessible.


    Like getting married with the ancient moon family, in essence, it is a political marriage in which each takes what he needs.


    Although many times, Meng Zhang has to be very humble in dealing with the world. But in his heart, Meng Zhang is still very proud.


    In his heart, he is absolutely unwilling to accept a political marriage with a special purpose.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang and taiyimen have grown up to the current level, and they don''t need to rely on a political marriage to protect themselves for a long time.


    Meng Zhang thought about it. It seems bad to refuse abruptly. But I don''t have any thoughts in this regard, so I''d better not leave illusions for others.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang interrupted sun Shengdu''s nonsense and directly expressed in a very firm tone that he had no intention of marrying the ancient moon family.


    Of course, it''s best not to hurt the self-esteem and face of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang said that it is not that the female monks of the ancient moon family are bad, but that they are bent on pursuing the road and have no intention of distracting themselves from their children''s private affairs.


    Sun Shengdu felt an invincible firmness from Meng Zhang''s simple refusal.


    He could only sigh with regret and give up persuasion.


    If Meng Zhang gets married with the ancient moon family, he, as a middleman, should accept his favor on both sides.


    Now Meng Zhang resolutely refuses, and he has nothing to do.


    Meng Zhang was able to grow into a yuan God friar. His mind was very firm and could not be shaken by words.


    Sun Sheng gave up his futile persuasion and left in dismay.


    Before leaving, he told Meng Zhang that he would bring his meaning to the world.


    After meeting, he told Meng Zhang that he had passed on Meng Zhang''s decision to Gu Yuedu yesterday.


    Gu Yuedu is also a magnanimous person. He didn''t say much, but he was very sorry that the Gu Yuedu family missed such a hero as Meng Zhang.


    Whether Gu Yuedu pretends to be so generous or not. Since he didn''t show displeasure, the matter was over.


    Meng Zhang continued to stay in the capital, waiting for the reply from the imperial court.


    Anyway, there are many places to visit in this prosperous huge city.


    Although sun Shengdu''s character is not good, he is always a true Yuanshen friar. His accomplishments and combat effectiveness are not bad.


    When Meng Zhang has nothing to do, he will also exchange views with him, and he can gain something more or less.


    Even in a foreign land, Meng Zhang never relaxed his practice.


    He carries a lot of jade clearing spirit machines, which is enough for him to maintain his daily cultivation.


    He found an opportunity to light the three strong incense seized from the Mountain Gate of the bloody battle hall.


    His original spirit came out of the body, absorbed the medicine in the incense and refined it slowly.


    Only after consuming a strong fragrance, he felt that his Yuanshen had grown a little.


    Perfumery is not an unpopular profession in the cultivation world, but high-level perfumery, especially the perfumery who can modulate the medicine used by the yuan God Zhenjun, is still very rare.


    After trying the great function of Zhuang Shenxiang, Meng Zhang made a long trip to the capital and didn''t buy a similar medicine fragrance.


    After spending a lot of spirit stones, I managed to buy some strong incense. After use, the effectiveness is far less than the three seized before.


    I don''t know where the bloody battle hall got these treasures.


    Meng Zhang, who focused on cultivation, didn''t notice that a big trouble soon found him.


    That day, he was practicing alone in the courtyard. A loud noise suddenly came over the courtyard, which forcibly shattered the prohibitions around the courtyard.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was cautious enough. When he practiced outside the sect, he always kept one more mind and did not completely immerse his whole body and mind in it.


    Even if you are suddenly disturbed in the process of cultivation, and your cultivation is forcibly interrupted, you will not be hurt by backfire.


    However, Meng Zhang was greatly annoyed that his cultivation was forcibly interrupted.


    This inn called Chunyu inn is said to have a good background. The owner behind it is a powerful figure in the capital.


    Since the establishment of the inn, no one has dared to make trouble here.


    Even those powerful children, the arrogant second generation ancestors, will buy the face of the owner behind the inn.


    Because of this, Meng Zhang endured the high price and stayed in this inn.


    Before today, Meng Zhang was very satisfied with all aspects of this inn.


    Quiet cultivation environment, considerate service


    But today, the sudden interruption swept away Meng Zhang''s good impression of the inn.


    Meng Zhang, with a gloomy face, flew slowly into the air from the courtyard and looked coldly ahead.


    He made no secret of his anger.

 Chapter 998

    In the air opposite Meng Zhang, a handsome young man, accompanied by two middle-aged people, was staring at Meng Zhang with hostile eyes.


    "That''s how Chunyu Inn protects its guests?"


    "No matter what kind of cat or dog, they can mess around in the Chunyu Inn and disturb the guests at will?"


    Meng Zhang did not pay attention to the provocation, but first questioned the inn.


    Even when he was very angry, he was far from losing his mind and knew to make the best choice.


    Dare to provoke him openly in Chunyu inn. He is definitely not an ordinary monk.


    Meng Zhang is an outsider in Shangjing. Of course, he should borrow all external forces as much as possible.


    It is a good choice to pull the Chunyu Inn with a strong background into the water and make it a friendly army.


    Meng Zhang''s low voice spread all over the Inn and faintly to the street outside.


    A fat man with a bitter smile finally couldn''t sit still. He had to fly out of the side and block between Meng Zhang and the three people opposite.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, if you have any grievances, please go to another place to solve them. Chunyu Inn has many guests. Please don''t involve the innocent."


    When Meng Zhang checked into the inn, he saw the fat man. He seemed to be the shopkeeper of Chunyu inn.


    As a golden elixir monk, he dared to stand up at this time, which was a bit of courage.


    However, he did not respond to Meng Zhang''s questions, and his words were biased towards the opposite provocation. This shows that the background of the opposite provocative person is not simple.


    Meng Zhang sneered with disdain, "what nonsense spring rain Inn, unexpectedly let the petty people harass the guests. The spirit stone spent by this seat should be fed to the dog."


    The fat man was silent, as if he had not heard Meng Zhang''s words.


    Instead, the boy opposite began to drink and scold.


    "Meng Zhang, if you don''t give me an account today, I won''t blame my ruthlessness."


    I don''t know where the goods jumped out. Meng Zhang dared to be so arrogant. Meng Zhang couldn''t help killing him.


    The age of a cultivator cannot generally be judged by his appearance. However, the boy opposite is really young.


    At his age, he was able to have the cultivation of Yuanshen in the early stage. Even if he was placed in the Middle Earth where Tianjiao came forth in large numbers, he could be said to be gifted.


    But why did he dare to provoke himself face to face?


    The two middle-aged people, one is the middle stage of Yuanshen, and the other is the early stage of Yuanshen. Even if the three of them work together, Meng Zhang will not be afraid.


    Since the other party dares to come to the door to provoke, Meng Zhang is not a person to swallow his anger. He has to teach the other party a lesson.


    Meng Zhang was about to make a move when a figure flew over from a distance.


    "Misunderstanding, misunderstanding, this is all a misunderstanding. Don''t be impulsive." before the person arrived, the voice came first.


    Sun Sheng looked very anxious and hurriedly flew over.


    As he flew this way, he shouted loudly.


    "Everybody, don''t do it. You have something to say."


    Sun Sheng fell between Meng Zhang and the other party, separating the two sides.


    "Headmaster Meng, let me introduce you to this young hero. He is the closed disciple of Lord Jian and his blood related descendant, master Ouyang Hua Jin."


    "Young master Ouyang, this Meng leader is not only the leader of a school, but also the five punishment guards. He is deeply valued by Han Yao and Han adults."


    "Both of you are dragons and phoenixes. I am far away from the heroes of the imperial dynasty. I must not hurt my harmony because of some misunderstandings."


    Ouyang Huajin, who originally despised Meng Zhang, became very ugly when he heard the name Han Yao.


    "Han Yao is an enemy of his mentor in the court. His henchmen dare to damage the young master''s good deeds. It''s really time to kill him."


    Ouyang Huajin''s words are full of awe inspiring murderous spirit.


    Shang Jianqing, the disciple of Lord Jian, provoked at Taiyi gate and was defeated in public by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang. Could it be that his classmates want to find this place for him?


    Meng Zhang also stared at Ouyang Huajin, looking like he would never give in.


    Seeing the tension between the two sides, Sun Sheng sighed helplessly.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, this is the capital city. Do you want to fight like this?"


    Shangjing is the capital of Dali imperial dynasty, which has always been strictly controlled.


    Once something happens in the city, the middle and high levels of the court, but if they really fight, the movement can''t be covered up.


    The Yuanshen war broke out in the capital. If Bawu emperor was disturbed, the sword Lord could not afford to suffer.


    No matter how arrogant a dandy or a powerful man with a deep background knows that the rules in the capital are strict and cannot be easily violated.


    As a master of the realm of Yang God, Emperor Bawu could easily master everything that happened in the whole city.


    If you make too much noise and let him blame it, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Emperor Bawu was extremely dignified and was by no means the kind of magnanimous and benevolent emperor.


    Ouyang Huajin stamped his feet in the air.


    "I''ll let you go today. It''s not over. I''ll come to you in a few days."


    "Don''t think Han Yao can keep you. He''s going to be hard on his own, but he doesn''t have time to take care of a dog like you."


    After leaving a few cruel words, Ouyang Huajin left with two middle-aged people.


    Meng Zhang was also angry at the other party''s inexplicable door-to-door provocation and being threatened by the other party.


    If he didn''t have scruples about the rules of Dali Dynasty, he really wanted to leave each other and teach a good lesson.


    Seeing Ouyang Huajin''s back disappear in the distance, sun Shengdu whispered advice.


    "Headmaster Meng, don''t be so common with such young people. You have a lot of adults. Please bear it for the moment."


    "What the hell is going on? You must make it clear to me today, or don''t blame me for not being friendly."


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied and said to sun Shengdu.


    He has no intention to stay in Chunyu inn.


    Fortunately, he took all his belongings with him and left nothing in the yard.


    He greeted sun Shengdu and wanted to find a place to talk in detail slowly.


    The innkeeper flew over a little embarrassed and wanted to say something, but he didn''t speak in the end.


    Meng Zhang thought this man didn''t exist, ignored him at all, and flew out of the inn directly with Sun Sheng.


    The fat man looked at Meng Zhang''s back and sighed helplessly.


    Today''s matter is unjustified by Chunyu inn.


    Since guests spend Lingshi to stay in the inn, the inn has the obligation to ensure that guests are not disturbed by outsiders.


    He scruples about the influence of Ouyang Jian, the king of swords, and is unwilling to offend Ouyang Huajin. He does not stand on the side of Meng Zhang, the guest. This practice is really not kind enough and damages the reputation of the inn.

 Chapter 999

    Ouyang Huajin left in a hurry. Even if sun Shengdu wanted to explain to him, he lost his chance for the time being.


    What he can do now is to persuade Meng Zhang first and save them from causing more trouble.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with Chunyu Inn and the shopkeeper, and led Sun Sheng to leave here directly.


    He didn''t go far either, so he found a teahouse outside.


    He and sun Shengdu entered the teahouse together and were led to an elegant room to sit down before they began to talk slowly.


    As soon as sun Shengdu sat down, he sincerely apologized to Meng Zhang and said that he had a great responsibility for Meng Zhang''s trouble this time.


    It turned out that Ouyang Huajin had a crush on a nun of the ancient moon family a long time ago and wanted to take her as a concubine.


    Although the ancient moon family is a relative family, it has a shallow foundation and insufficient inside information in the dynasty.


    It''s certainly a good thing to have the opportunity to marry the disciples of Ouyang Jian, the king of swords.


    With the support of Ouyang Jian, all aspects of the ancient moon family will get greater development.


    Originally, Gu Yuedu went to visit Ouyang Jian, the king of sword, early to make a deal.


    According to the meaning of Ouyang Jian, after two years, after Ouyang Hua Jin Xiu was consolidated, let the woman of the ancient moon family get started.


    Just two days ago, a rumor suddenly spread among the dignitaries in the capital. It said that the Guyue family intended to marry Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, and agreed to let Meng Zhang choose a marriage partner at will in the Guyue family.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s favorite woman happened to be Ouyang Huajin''s concubine room.


    At this time, all kinds of bad rumors began to spread everywhere, and soon spread to Ouyang Hua''s golden ears.


    The concubine''s room that he didn''t go through was looked up to, which was no different from the hatred of taking his wife.


    Early this morning, Ouyang Huajin took people into Chunyu inn to give Meng Zhang a good look.


    If sun Shengdu hadn''t come in time to clarify the interests and persuade both sides, he still didn''t know how to end the matter.


    At this point, Sun Sheng was greatly regretted.


    It was a good thing for him to connect Meng Zhang with the ancient moon family.


    It''s just that the two sides failed to do a good job. Now there are still rumors like this. As an intermediary, he is also to blame.


    According to sun Shengdu, Meng Zhang had better come forward with Gu Yuedu to clarify the rumors, so as not to deepen the misunderstanding.


    Meng Zhang listened to sun Shengdu''s words, but did not immediately answer, but fell into thinking.


    Who in the end is spreading such rumors at this time?


    A rumor involves three parties, Meng Zhang, Gu Yue family and Ouyang Huajin.


    Although Meng Zhang was provoked by Ouyang Jian today, the target of those who spread rumors is not necessarily Meng Zhang.


    Previously, Meng Zhang suspected that Ouyang Huajin was looking for trouble because of the relationship between Shang Jianqing and Ouyang Huajin.


    Now, he suspected that Ouyang Huajin might have been used and used as a gun.


    Of course, no matter what the truth is, Meng Zhang will not let Ouyang Huajin go so openly.


    Anyway, because of the relationship between Shang Jianqing, the two sides are doomed not to be friends.


    Today''s Meng Zhang is, at least, a figure with some status. If you are so offended, you will never swallow it. Forget it.


    Meng Zhang ignored sun Shengdu''s persuasion, but slowly thought about how he should retaliate?


    It seems that you can''t do it openly in the capital.


    When sun Shengdu and Meng Zhang were talking, Ouyang Huajin, the object they were talking about, had flown to Ouyang Jian''s residence with two companions.


    These two middle-aged men are the capable subordinates of Ouyang Jian, the king of sword, who have been painstakingly cultivated for many years and have always won his trust.


    After Ouyang Huajin became the yuan God, Ouyang Jian paid more attention to it and almost regarded it as the successor.


    He knew that the disciple was not steady enough because of his jumping personality.


    So let two capable subordinates follow Ouyang Huajin all the time, so as not to cause any uncontrollable trouble.


    "Young master, if Meng Zhang is really a five punishment guard, we can''t continue to trouble him. Han Yao always doesn''t deal with the Lord and is very short-sighted," said a guard.


    Another person added, "young master, this time, it may be really like what sun Shengdu said. It''s a misunderstanding. No matter how brave Meng Zhang is, he should not dare to rob a woman with the young master."


    Ouyang Huajin knows the thoughts of the two subordinates. They are worried that they are determined to find Meng Zhang''s trouble and cause something in the capital, which is difficult to clean up afterwards.


    The two guards are subordinates of Ouyang Jian, not Ouyang Huajin. He can''t directly force them. He needs to explain his behavior.


    "Of course I know it''s a misunderstanding. Maybe someone deliberately spread rumors."


    "I''ve heard senior brother Shang Jianqing mention that Taiyi gate is a Yuanshen sect in Jiuqu province. Meng Zhang has some skills as the head of Taiyi gate."


    "If he wants to marry the Guyue family, the Guyue family has plenty of female monks for him to choose from. Even if he is stupid and arrogant, he won''t rob women with me."


    "However, this Meng Zhang has been humiliated by senior brother Shang Jianqing before. Now there are such rumors. If I don''t respond, others will treat me as a bully and think my palace is a disgrace."


    "Originally, I was going to scare him and find some face for senior brother Shang Jianqing. However, he is the five punishment guard under Han Yao, so I can''t give up this time."


    "Anyway, Han Yao and Shifu have always been enemies. With this excuse, I moved his five punishment guards, which is also a famous teacher."


    Although Ouyang Huajin patiently explained his ideas for the two subordinates, he didn''t pay too much attention to Meng Zhang in his heart.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is one level higher than him, he doesn''t worry that he is not an opponent.


    After hearing Ouyang Huajin''s explanation, the two guards didn''t say much.


    Limited to their identity, they can''t forcibly stop Ouyang Huajin. They can only report the matter to Ouyang Jian.


    Besides, Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng were there. Sun Sheng advised Meng Zhang for a long time. Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t say much, he thought Meng Zhang had listened to his persuasion and would no longer pursue this matter.


    After comforting Meng Zhang, Sun Sheng left the teahouse and hurried to find Gu Yue again.


    Although they were both friars in the early days of Yuanshen, their identities were very different.


    It took Sun Sheng some effort to see Gu Yuedu.


    After meeting, regardless of greetings, Sun Sheng said his intention.


    He hoped that Gu Yuedu and Meng Zhang would come forward together to clarify the rumors spread everywhere and quell the incident as soon as possible.


    Gu Yuedu listened to sun Shengdu''s words, but he didn''t look worried at all, as if he didn''t care about these rumors at all.

 Chapter 1000

    Sun Sheng was very worried when he saw Gu Yuedu''s calm appearance.


    He was worried that he would be hated by Ouyang Huajin because of this matter.


    Like the second generation grandson, he is not a reasonable person at first sight. It would be too unjust to blame him.


    Regardless of his accomplishments or status, Sun Sheng can only be said to be ordinary. Where dare he provoke Ouyang Huajin.


    Sun Sheng was worried that Gu Yuedu didn''t understand the seriousness of the matter and took the trouble to nag repeatedly.


    Gu Yuedu didn''t care at all. He didn''t bother to listen to him.


    Finally, he became impatient and drove him away.


    Their identities are far apart. Even if Sun Sheng is dissatisfied, there is nothing he can do.


    For Gu Yuedu, if he can make friends with Meng Zhang by means of marriage and pull him into the chariot of the Gu Yue family, it is certainly the best result.


    If the marriage failed, the ancient moon family also fully expressed their goodwill, which can make up for the relationship with Meng Zhang.


    Now Ouyang Huajin is in trouble with Meng Zhang, and the ancient moon family is also happy to see his success.


    After all, from the moment Meng Zhang refused to get married, he would not become a friend of the ancient moon family.


    Ouyang Huajin faces Fu mengzhang. If he succeeds, Meng Zhang will suffer losses. Maybe the ancient moon family will have the opportunity to annex the branch of Dafeng City.


    Ouyang Huajin failed and had little to do with the ancient moon family. The elders of his family will naturally come forward to deal with future affairs.


    With such an idea, Gu Yuedu certainly didn''t want to clarify and eliminate the misunderstanding.


    But Sun Sheng was an honest man. Later, he went to Gu Yuedu several times.


    Gu Yuedu avoided him and made him run for nothing.


    At this moment, even if sun Shengdu was stupid, he guessed Gu Yuedu''s mind more or less.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, it''s just to be constant and change.


    Soldiers will block the water and cover the earth. He will never retreat without fighting, let alone be bullied in vain.


    After leaving Chunyu Inn, Meng Zhang found an inn in the city at will.


    Since even the background and influence of Chunyu Inn can''t stop Ouyang Huajin from harassing him, there''s no big difference between other inns.


    Anyway, with the strict law of Dali imperial court, he was not afraid that Ouyang Huajin dared to fight in the capital.


    Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t do nothing and let the other party deal with himself when he is ready.


    He took time to go to the garrison of the five punishment guards.


    Next door to Dali Temple of Dali Dynasty, there is the residence of five punishment guards subordinate to Dali temple.


    This is the nominal headquarters of the five punishment guards. Most of the elite of the five punishment guards are distributed throughout the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that he was a member of the five punishment guards and a figure with a background.


    Although we don''t expect to bully people by relying on the identity of the five punishment guards, we should borrow it generously when we should use the identity of the five punishment guards.


    As the Secretary of Dali temple, Han Yao is busy with his business and manages thousands of opportunities every day. Meng Zhang didn''t see him this time, but Feng Baoshan, the commander of the five punishment guards.


    Feng Baofeng, deputy commander of the five punishment guards who had dealt with Meng Zhang, was Feng Baoshan''s brother.


    Feng Baoshan, who has the initial cultivation of Yuanshen, is the housekeeper of the five punishment guards and is responsible for handling the daily affairs of the five punishment guards.


    Meng Zhang received a warm welcome from Feng Baoshan when he came to the five punishment guards.


    Although the five punishment guards have many hands and many experts, they have great responsibilities and many tasks. They often lack hands on weekdays, especially experts with strong combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang''s joining the five punishment guards not only means that the five punishment guards have an expert in the middle period of Yuanshen, but also the strength of Taiyi gate, the Yuanshen sect, can also be used by the five punishment guards.


    After talking with Feng Baoshan for a while, Meng Zhang said his recent troubles.


    After hearing this, Feng Baoshan immediately made a look of rage.


    Ouyang Jian, an old man, doesn''t have strict discipline. It''s really hateful.


    Meng Zhang knew before he came here that Ouyang Jian, king of sword, and Han Yao were irreconcilable political enemies.


    Not only did the two fight each other to the death, but they also had deep resentment and disputes in private.


    In Feng Baoshan''s opinion, Ouyang Huajin''s door-to-door provocation against Meng Zhang is deliberately taking advantage of the topic and trying to get along with the five punishment guards.


    Feng Baoshan patted his chest and promised that he would report the matter to Han Yao as soon as possible and let Han Yao preside over justice.


    At the same time, he also told Meng Zhang that as long as there are five punishment guards, they will never allow each other to bully others and do whatever they want.


    Feng Baoshan''s attitude is much better than the best situation Meng Zhang imagined.


    He found the five punishment guards and didn''t expect them to help him solve Ouyang Huajin''s trouble.


    I just hope to use the power of the five punishment guards to ensure that I will not be calculated and not be targeted by Ouyang Huajin with the power of Dali imperial government.


    If there is no external force to join and fight openly, Meng Zhang doesn''t pay attention to Ouyang Huajin at all.


    After discussing business with Feng Baoshan, Meng Zhang refused his warm invitation and returned to the inn alone.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the inn, a guest had been waiting for a long time and was slowly waiting outside the courtyard where he lived.


    This fat man is the shopkeeper of Chunyu inn.


    After Meng Zhang left, he probably thought that this event was bad for the reputation of Chunyu inn.


    Therefore, he took the initiative to come to the door and hoped that Lord Meng Zhang would have a lot. Don''t talk nonsense outside.


    In his opinion, if we can handle the previous affairs of Meng Zhang, we can limit the news to a small range and do not bring too many bad effects to Chunyu inn.


    If Meng Zhang is in a good mood, he doesn''t mind making a good marriage.


    But Meng Zhang was a little angry about the previous events.


    Without saying a word, he drove the fat shopkeeper away.


    Just a Jindan friar, he didn''t dare to entangle more in front of him.


    After driving away the annoying guys, Sun Sheng came to the door again.


    He told the story of his encounter with the ancient moon family.


    If the ancient moon family does not come forward and rely solely on Meng Zhang to clarify, the effect will be greatly reduced.


    Moreover, in the eyes of outsiders who did not know the truth, Meng Zhang was afraid of Ouyang Huajin and took the initiative to be soft.


    The men and horses of Ouyang Jian, the king of swords, had long had grudges, and Meng Zhang never expected to be friends with them.


    Now that there is a dispute between the two sides, Meng Zhang will certainly not take the initiative to retreat.


    The ancient moon family''s careful thinking did not escape Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Don''t you just want to kill with a knife? I thought I could clean up myself with the help of Ouyang Huajin.


    As a relative, the ancient moon family has a high status and strength, but it can only be regarded as a general generation inside and outside the Dali imperial dynasty.


    No wonder so. It turns out that this family is headed by a group of fly camp dogs. I can''t do anything at all. I only know to make some small moves behind my back.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he even began to doubt that the rumor was spread by the ancient moon family.

 Chapter 1001

    Ouyang Huajin didn''t let Meng Zhang wait too long. A few days later, he sent someone to send the book of engagement.


    The book of engagement stated that after three days, Ouyang Huajin would have an open and fair competition with Meng Zhang in the senior colonel field outside the Imperial City, so as to solve the grievance disputes between the two sides.


    In the capital city, the government banned all private fights and all practitioners from fighting and fighting in private.


    However, all kinds of disputes can not be avoided in the cultivation world. Moreover, the atmosphere of Dali Dynasty itself is also to worship the strong and despise the weak. There is a very strong wind of martial arts, both official and folk.


    Therefore, the Dali Dynasty also had special decrees.


    If there is an unresolved dispute between practitioners, they have to resort to force.


    Then we should first put it on the official record, and then open the competition in a specific place under the supervision of the designated official.


    Through the contest of life and death, we can solve all kinds of disputes between the two sides.


    With Ouyang Huajin''s influence, it is easy to handle all kinds of official procedures.


    Soon after he sent someone to deliver the war, a special official came to Meng Zhang to determine whether he wanted to participate in the competition.


    Meng Zhang was annoyed by Ouyang Huajin''s move.


    What is this? Do you really think of yourself as a soft persimmon?


    Nothing else, the cultivation of both sides is obviously a level worse.


    The gap between the middle period of Yuanshen and the early period of Yuanshen is not irreparable, and there have been many successful precedents for the Yuejie challenge.


    But Meng Zhang is not a friar who is not good at fighting, nor is he a parallel God.


    He has experienced many battles and experienced many battles in which the weak won the strong. Along the way, I don''t know how many bloody storms I have experienced.


    A mere second ancestor dared to despise him. It was asking for trouble.


    Meng Zhang agreed to the competition and signed the life and death certificate without hesitation.


    Since the other party wants to die, he will make the other party well.


    Anyway, he is not a person without a foundation. With Han Yao behind him, he is not ready to show mercy this time. It doesn''t matter if Ouyang sword, the king of the sword, offends and dies.


    After the official recognition of the Dali Dynasty, this competition is legal and formal.


    Although Meng Zhang was very angry, he was far from losing his mind.


    If the other party dares to attack the strong with weakness and take the initiative to challenge himself, he may have some unknown cards.


    Although he has the determination to win, he will never despise his opponent.


    The other party is also a Yuanshen friar, with a deep background and someone behind him.


    Meng Zhang specially informed the five punishment guards about the competition.


    Feng Baoshan understood Meng Zhang''s concerns and patted his chest again.


    In this competition, the five punishment guards will never sit idly by. Even if he tried his best, he would not allow the other party to make some small moves behind his back, which would affect the fair competition.


    With Feng Baoshan''s guarantee, Meng Zhang at least doesn''t have to worry. The other party will play some Yin moves to calculate himself before and after the competition.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of fair competition. He is a little worried that the other party will use some despicable means.


    After removing his worries, Meng Zhang was in the inn, quietly waiting for the day of competition.


    Three days passed in a flash.


    Meng Zhang came to the senior colonel''s field not far from the imperial city early in the morning.


    This is the place where the imperial guards practice on weekdays.


    The area is large, and there are many prohibitions and Dharma arrays.


    Several martial arts contests are also set aside here for public contests among practitioners.


    Because of the protection of the large array and the supervision of the strong among the forbidden army, there is no need to worry about the spread of the aftermath of the battle and causing too much damage to the surrounding areas.


    When Meng Zhang came to the martial arts contest, the stand next to him was full of practitioners who came by the wind.


    Although Meng Zhang is not famous in the capital, Ouyang Huajin is a famous figure. I dare not say that no one knows and knows it. At least it is a well-known figure in the capital.


    He made public the news of jozhan mengzhang and did not deliberately keep it secret.


    In just three days, it spread throughout almost the whole capital.


    In the capital, there are many people who are very interested in the open competition between them.


    There are more idle people running to see the excitement.


    Although sun Shengdu has many shortcomings, he is still loyal when he was born in the army.


    Today, he dared to accompany Meng Zhang to the martial arts competition field, and he was not afraid to be hated by Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    Following Meng Zhang, he looked at many uninvited dignitaries in the stands and felt a little empty.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have the complicated mind of Sun Sheng. He just flew in the air and swept around the stand at will.


    On the high platform to the west of the grandstand, Han Yaoduan, the Minister of Dali temple, sat on the.


    Behind him, Feng Baoshan and his brothers stood around.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Han Yao, the immediate boss, would take time out of his busy schedule, which made it clear that he was on the platform for himself.


    Soon after joining the five criminal guards, he was able to get the support of Han Yao, which made Meng Zhang feel a lot closer to the five criminal guards.


    If Han Yao appears here, you don''t have to worry about the other party''s outside moves with the help of the forces behind him.


    On the stand, there are many people Meng Zhang has not dealt with before, including some big people that Sun Sheng is very afraid of.


    In addition to the ancient moon degree of the ancient moon family, Meng Zhang has heard of others at most.


    Sun Sheng was behind Meng Zhang and introduced him in a low voice.


    Seeing Han Yao appear here, sun Shengdu is also determined in his heart.


    Although Han Yao and Ouyang Jian, the king of swords, had deep resentment and often targeted each other, his ability to publicly support Meng Zhang showed that Meng Zhang was not low in his mind.


    Sun Shengdu felt that his act of making friends with Meng Zhang these days was a very correct choice.


    In the stands, many people who think they have enough identity sign to Han Yao on the high platform one after another.


    There are some people who have good friends with him. Go and say hello to him.


    Those qualified to deal with Han Yao are at least Yuanshen friars with extraordinary status.


    Most of the monks who greeted Han Yao kept a low attitude and were courteous in humility.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang had a new understanding of Han Yao''s power in the dynasty.


    Han Yao did not rise in the middle of the dynasty for a long time, but his ability and cultivation were very strong, and Emperor Bawu spared no effort to support him.


    His position and strength in the court are expanding.


    His irreconcilable attitude with demon Xiu made him not only have enemies in the court, but also have many friends and supporters.


    After all, no matter how deep the devil cultivation penetrates into the imperial dynasty and how powerful it is, it can not become the mainstream.


    In essence, demon Xiu is always a rat who can''t see the light.


    There are many people in the court who collude with evil cultivation, so more people hate evil cultivation.

 Chapter 1002

    Originally, Meng Zhang was not optimistic about Han Yao''s evil cultivation against the Dali Dynasty.


    Because Dali and evil Xiu colluded too deeply, evil Xiu had deep-rooted forces inside and outside the court.


    But now it seems that Han Yao''s influence is really unexpected.


    When Meng Zhang was planning, an old man in black swaggered to the other side of the stand surrounded by a group of people, facing Han Yao from afar.


    Without sun Shengdu''s introduction, Meng Zhang can guess the identity of this person.


    The old man was tall, with white hair and beard, and almost all the wrinkles on his face were crowded together.


    Although he looks old and old, he has an air of not being angry and threatening. What''s more, an unspeakable edge is constantly emanating from him.


    According to Meng Zhang''s information, I guessed that this person was Ouyang Jian, the famous sword Lord of Dali Dynasty.


    Ouyang Jian is a giant tree of Dali Dynasty and an old minister of the three dynasties who has been loyal to the imperial court for more than 2000 years.


    He has high prestige both inside and outside the court and countless supporters.


    He is not only highly qualified and senior, but also in the forefront of many monks in Dali imperial dynasty.


    As soon as Ouyang Jian appeared on the stand, various monks signaled to him one after another. Many people who thought they were qualified went to see them one after another.


    Suddenly, the crowd around Han Yao became sparse.


    In this competition, according to the usual practice, the forbidden army sent arbitration.


    Both sides of the war were monks of Yuanshen period, and they were all people with great origins. The forbidden army attached great importance to it and sent three Yuanshen Zhenjun as arbitrators to prevent any accidents.


    After Ouyang Jian arrived, not to mention others, even the forbidden army, including two of the yuan God Zhenjun, who acted as the arbitration, went to him to say hello.


    Not to mention anything else, but looking at this scene, you can see how powerful Ouyang Jian is.


    Meng Zhang offended such a person, and there will be no less trouble in the future.


    Sun Shengdu, who had been with Meng Zhang, was obviously a little restless after seeing Ouyang Jian appear. However, fortunately, although he was afraid of each other, he didn''t immediately leave Meng Zhang and run away.


    After Ouyang Jian sat down, he didn''t look at Meng Zhang in the field, but just glanced at Han Yao opposite.


    In terms of status, he is a prince who is far away from the old qualification of the imperial dynasty, and Han Yao is just a Dali Temple secretary.


    In terms of cultivation, Han Yao was not born when he became a yuan God and crossed the four directions.


    Even though both sides are monks in the later period of Yuanshen, he thinks that his accomplishments and combat experience are far above each other.


    The two sides were irreconcilable political enemies. Ouyang Jian looked dismissive of Han Yao, as if he didn''t see each other.


    Han Yao also ignored the appearance of Ouyang Jian and still whispered to the friars around him.


    Gu Yuedu, who was coming to say hello to Ouyang Jian, couldn''t help frowning when he saw this scene.


    The relationship between Ouyang Jian and Han Yao was so bad that they didn''t even do the least superficial Kung Fu.


    I''m afraid today''s competition is no longer a dispute of sentiment among young people.


    Ouyang Huajin took the initiative to deal with shangmeng Zhang because of rumors. As the related party of rumors, the ancient moon family is inevitably involved in this matter.


    Gu Yuedu couldn''t help thinking about whether there was anything inappropriate in his actions in this matter.


    Ouyang Jian exchanged greetings with the monks who came to say hello and went straight to the topic.


    "Today, the children are the protagonists. Let''s not talk too much and delay the business between them."


    After hearing Ouyang Jian''s words, everyone left one after another and sat down.


    Ouyang Huajin didn''t say much. He just stood out from behind Ouyang Jian, gave him a big gift, flew to the middle of the school field and made a gesture to Meng Zhang.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun who acted as arbitrators began to perform their duties one after another.


    The three of them stood in a triangle and surrounded the school field.


    Meng Zhang also left sun Shengdu and flew to the opposite of Ouyang Huajin alone, facing him across the air.


    One of the oldest arbitrators read out the relevant matters loudly there.


    It probably means that the competition follows the laws and regulations of the Dali imperial dynasty. The two sides are willing to participate in the competition this time, regardless of life and death.


    The supervision of the three of them can ensure the fairness of the competition.


    ¡­¡­


    The man spent a long time there. After reading it out, he finally finished the procedure.


    He finally shouted "start" and the competition officially began.


    Just now, Meng Zhang was not idle, but had been observing his opponent.


    Ouyan Huajin''s face was serious, and he couldn''t see any frivolous and arrogant expression on his face.


    He is like a taut bow, which can be fired at any time.


    Meng Zhang felt vaguely that Ouyang Huajin, who stood in front of him today, seemed to have something wrong.


    In Meng Zhang''s keen perception, man is still that person, but there seems to be something missing.


    By the way, Ouyang Huajin lacks a lot of vitality.


    Not only did he no longer have the arrogance and arrogance he saw that day, but he became very low, just like a backwater.


    Ouyang Huajin doesn''t look like a young genius with extraordinary origins and great prospects. On the contrary, it is like a dying old man with little time and no hope.


    Meng Zhang wondered if Ouyang Huajin, who was opposite him, had changed if he had not been determined by his keen mind and broken delusion.


    However, in a few days, it seemed that he had changed his appearance and was completely different. Is there any mystery in this?


    Meng Zhang seemed silent, but secretly strengthened his defense.


    On the way here, sun Shengdu told Meng Zhang.


    Today''s competition, many people are very interested, and even some people organized an opening to open the odds of the victory or defeat of the competition between the two sides.


    When Meng Zhang heard about it, he smiled and told sun Shengdu to bet on his victory and earn some pocket money.


    In his words, Meng Zhang expressed his firm confidence in victory.


    After hearing this, Sun Sheng stared at Meng Zhang with a fool''s eye.


    Really when those who open the mouth are fools. Since people dare to do this, at least they have no problem in action.


    Although Meng Zhang came from Jiuqu Province, he only came to the capital soon. However, with the current convenience of transportation, enough people are willing to go to Jiuqu province to collect all kinds of information about Meng Zhang.


    Perhaps the most secret things of Meng Zhang can be kept secret, but the information about Meng Zhang''s strength and achievements can not be concealed.

 Chapter 1003

    No matter from the strength shown by Meng Zhang in the past or from his past achievements, he is the strong one among the yuan God Zhenjun.


    On the contrary, his opponent Ouyang Huajin has a good origin and a good master. What else?


    Ouyang Huajin achieved Yuanshen not long ago, and he didn''t have much experience in life and death.


    He can bully Meng Zhang with the power of his school, but he can''t defeat Meng Zhang directly.


    Even if he has any hidden cards, or what treasures his master has given, he can''t make up for the huge gap in combat effectiveness.


    If Meng Zhang is not a member of the five punishment guards and there is no Han Yao behind him, Ouyang Huajin can also make some outside moves with the strength of his school.


    But since Han Yao exists, all his shady tricks have lost the opportunity to show.


    Therefore, all the openings are basically gambling on Meng Zhang''s victory.


    Those who bet basically choose how long Ouyang Huajin can support before losing.


    They are not fools. They will also learn relevant information before betting.


    Even if it''s just entertainment and a small bet, you should know something about the strength from the opening.


    Perhaps Meng Zhang, looking at the face of Ouyang Jian, the king of sword, will not make the scene too ugly. He will deliberately release water, make more moves with Ouyang Huajin, and even deliberately keep a tie.


    After all, even if Meng Zhang is a member of the five punishment guards, he doesn''t want to be Ouyang Jian''s sworn enemy.


    Even his immediate boss Han Yao won''t give Ouyang Jian any face.


    However, after Ouyang Jian arrived at the scene just now, the open opposition between him and Han Yao still changed the odds.


    They look like this, which is not very different from tearing their faces in public.


    If Meng zhangtie doesn''t give Ouyang Jian face, Ouyang Huajin probably won''t last long.


    Ouyang Huajin grew up in Shangjing since childhood and has grown up all the way to the present. Many people know his experience.


    Xiuzhen also wants to talk about the basic law.


    He could not somehow become a great power and have the strength to surpass Meng Zhang.


    If it weren''t for his origin, he would be nothing in the capital where the strong emerge one after another.


    On weekdays, in view of his master''s face, in public, everyone will not hesitate to praise him, praise him wantonly, and praise him as an unparalleled genius and unparalleled pride.


    But when it comes to taking out real gold and silver to bet, many people who praise him on weekdays show their true views on him.


    That is, I don''t think much of his fight with Meng Zhang.


    Even the three Yuanshen Zhenjun, as arbitrators, have similar views.


    Although they are neutral, they should try to be fair and impartial. And before the war, both sides had signed a certificate of life and death.


    However, Ouyang Jian is still watching. They can''t watch Ouyang Huajin die here.


    Therefore, they reached some tacit understanding with each other through Qi in advance.


    If Ouyang Huajin can resist Meng Zhang, it is natural that everything is easy to say, even if the possibility is very low.


    But if Ouyang Huajin is not an opponent, even if the three of them show partiality when he loses, they should try their best to keep Ouyang Huajin''s life and prevent him from dying on the spot.


    In a word, whoever knows about the war and who knows a little about Meng Zhang, both inside and outside, feels that Meng Zhang has a high probability of winning.


    Ouyang Huajin didn''t say a word of nonsense. After the arbitration nearby announced the start of the competition, he took the lead.


    From the title of Ouyang Jian, the king of swords, we can see that he is good at using swords and becomes famous with swords.


    In fact, he may be the strongest sword repairman in Dali Dynasty.


    Ouyang Huajin, as his disciple, was also a sword practitioner, and obviously got some true biography.


    I saw a fourth-order flying sword looming and flashing in the air. Every time it appears, it can reach the key of Meng Zhang.


    The flying sword contains a deep killing intention and easily mobilizes the power of the surrounding road.


    Although the avenue of sword is the acquired Avenue among the three thousand avenues, it ranks in the forefront of all avenues in terms of lethality.


    Sword cultivation is the existence of practitioners who are good at fighting and aggressive.


    Many sword practitioners will be called sword maniacs because of their crazy style.


    Although Ouyang Huajin was born in the second generation of Jian Xiu, he at least behaved like a qualified Jian Xiu, with a bit of crazy temperament, which seems to fit the image of Jian Xiu.


    Ouyang Huajin was resolute and dared to fight, which made many observers nod their heads.


    Some even began to reflect on whether their families would look down on him because of his second-generation background.


    Meng Zhang is not a swordsman, but he is also good at swordsmanship.


    If the other party wants to fight with him, he will beat the other party with his sword.


    Ouyang Huajin is the best at defeating him as a fundamental means, which must be able to bring him the greatest harm.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if the two sides signed the life and death certificate in advance, life and death would have their destiny. According to the law of the Dali Dynasty, he killed Ouyang Huajin on the spot, which is reasonable and legal. No one can say anything.


    However, under such circumstances today, it is difficult for him to kill Ouyang Huajin.


    Moreover, in his heart, there was not much killing intention.


    Although the other party has offended himself, he can''t kill everyone who offends himself.


    He and Ouyang Huajin have no great feud between life and death, and the other party has no way to take death. He is also unwilling to become a mortal enemy with Ouyang Jian.


    Therefore, he can defeat and hurt each other, but it is not good to kill each other directly.


    Meng Zhang even boldly guessed that even Han Yao didn''t want to see himself kill Ouyang Huajin on the spot, and finally made the scene out of control.


    Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy Jing Hong''s sword was shot. It was very powerful, but it was murderous.


    Meng Zhang is not a sword practitioner, nor does he master the road of sword.


    Although swordsmanship is obviously much better than the other party, the power of swordsmanship is slightly inferior.


    Of course, no other cards need to be displayed. The huge gap in cultivation alone is enough to give Meng Zhang the upper hand.


    Although there is no essential gap between the initial stage of Yuanshen and the middle stage of Yuanshen, the higher order challenges between them are also common.


    However, the gap is the gap. Especially when Meng Zhang is a stronger party, he shows his own advantages incisively and vividly.


    Soon after the battle began, Meng Zhang had the absolute upper hand.


    All the onlookers who saw this scene knew that the overall situation was almost settled. It depends on when and how Meng Zhang chose to end the battle.


    When Meng Zhang considered how much harm he should cause to the other party, something unexpected happened to him.


    In another collision, Ouyang Huajin seemed to have lost the power of resistance. He was easily cut off by Jinghong sword. Then he immediately lost his head and died on the spot.

 Chapter 1004

    When Meng Zhang''s envoy Jing Hong killed Ouyang Huajin with his sword, everyone outside the court was stunned.


    One by one, they were stunned, and their faces were full of unbelievable expressions.


    Although Ouyang Huajin obviously fell to the disadvantage, he didn''t seem to worry about his life. He should be able to support it.


    Meng Zhang suddenly killed him. Did he show some terrible secret skills.


    Although everyone in the audience didn''t understand Meng Zhang''s move to kill Ouyang Huajin, it didn''t prevent them from guessing in their hearts what kind of sinister means Meng Zhang used secretly.


    Meng Zhang was too brave to kill Ouyang Huajin in public. He slapped Ouyang Jian in the face.


    Is he really not afraid of Ouyang Jian''s revenge? Does he really think Han Yao can keep him?


    Not to mention others, Meng Zhang himself was surprised.


    He and Ouyang Huajin have been fighting for a long time, and have a general understanding of his cultivation.


    This was originally a very common chop. Even if the other party closed his eyes, he could easily Parry it. He seemed to give up all his defense and resistance and let Jinghong''s sword cut him.


    Could it be that he had any hidden diseases he didn''t know, or did he take the initiative to die?


    These unreliable ideas quickly flashed through Meng Zhang''s mind.


    After the body of a monk in the period of Yuanshen was destroyed, if the Yuanshen got out of the body in time and fled the body, he would still have some vitality.


    The fourth order flying sword startles the Hong sword, which has amazing lethality and completely destroyed Ouyang Huajin''s body.


    After the body was destroyed, Ouyang Huajin finally showed the level that a Yuanshen friar should have.


    He took the yuan God out of the body in time and completely separated from the flesh.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t responded yet. Second, he has no intention of killing himself, let alone chasing the yuan God of the other party.


    Seeing this, the three arbitrators nearby quickly flew over and firmly protected Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God.


    They were afraid that Meng Zhang would kill red eye, so they had to cut the grass and eliminate the roots.


    According to the prevailing rules, their practice is inappropriate.


    Before the competition ended, they intervened, which greatly damaged the fairness of the competition and their reputation.


    But there was no way. Because they had not responded in time before, Ouyang Huajin had been killed on the spot. If even Ouyang Huajin''s original God can''t be saved, Ouyang sword will be furious.


    As strong men in the forbidden army, they are not controlled by Ouyang Jian. However, in any case, they did not want to be angered by a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The two arbitrators escorted the Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin to Ouyang Jian.


    There is one arbitrator left to deal with the rest.


    The man coughed, looked around awkwardly, and hurriedly announced that Meng Zhang had won the competition.


    According to the laws and practices of the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang''s victory is justified. Killing Ouyang Huajin is in line with all the rules, either overt or covert.


    But the rules are made by people. Meng Zhang offended Ouyang Jian this time.


    Han Yao may not be able to protect King Jian when he takes the big Revenge of life and death with him. Moreover, whether Han Yao would protect him or not is a question.


    Although Han Yao and Ouyang Jian were irreconcilable before, they were bureaucrats of the Dali imperial dynasty. If you want to survive in the bureaucratic system, you will inevitably make many choices against your heart and make many compromises and concessions.


    Although Ouyang Huajin''s death is too unexpected, and the follow-up will certainly bring a lot of trouble. But Meng Zhang was the winner of the competition after all.


    He flied away from the field and flew to the side.


    Sun Sheng looked at Meng Zhang flying over and stepped back in the air. His words were a little unclear.


    "You, you are so bold. You dare to hurt anyone."


    While talking, he also looked at Ouyang Jian and paid attention to the movement on that side.


    To everyone''s surprise, Ouyang Jian didn''t show too obvious anger.


    He silently took over the Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin and left without saying a word.


    But all the people around didn''t think Ouyang Jian would let it go easily.


    At this time, the calmer he was, the more violent he was when he broke out.


    I don''t know if Meng Zhang can bear the coming thunder and anger?


    At this time, Feng Baoshan preached to Meng Zhang that Han Yao would meet him.


    There are many people here. Han Yao didn''t meet him here.


    Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng said hello and took the initiative to fly away from the school field.


    As for the spectators in the stands, he didn''t know each other well and didn''t bother to talk to them at all.


    After leaving the school yard, Meng Zhang made a turn outside before he came to the residence of the five punishment guards.


    When he came, Han Yao had already left the school field and waited for him here.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, Han Yao had a bitter smile on his face.


    I don''t know whether Meng Zhang is an ignorant and fearless person or wants to please himself. He actually killed Ouyang Huajin in public.


    Han Yao never had such expectations for Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang can do well in this way.


    At least, it shows that he and Ouyang Jian are at odds and cut off their own retreat.


    From then on, Meng Zhang could only rely on Han Yao''s protection in the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang once again proved that his family was reliable. In the future, Han Yao can also rest assured to use him and give him more important tasks.


    Han Yao reminded Meng Zhang to be careful in the next days.


    Although private fighting is strictly prohibited in the capital, figures like Ouyang Jian have many means to bypass these restrictions and secretly attack Meng Zhang.


    Han Yao also comforted Meng Zhang. As long as he was there, he would never allow Ouyang Jian to bully the small and secretly calculate Meng Zhang by despicable means.


    Of course, Han Yao also suggested that Meng Zhang had better move to the residence of the five punishment guards.


    This is more secure and convenient for Han Yao to look after him.


    Meng Zhang was not a stubborn dead brain. He immediately accepted Han Yao''s kind suggestion.


    Meng Zhang is not arrogant. He has enough vigilance against Ouyang Jian, a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    There is no doubt that the other party has the strength to hurt and even kill himself.


    In case, moving to the residence of the five punishment guards is the best choice.


    He did not tell Han Yao that killing Ouyang Huajin was not his intention. It was an accident.


    Now that things have happened, we should make mistakes and strive for benefits for ourselves as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang offered his name this time. He should get more trust from Han Yao.


    Meng Zhang has nothing to move. He takes all his belongings with him. He lives directly in the five punishment guards.


    In his capacity, the five criminal guards also arranged a small single family courtyard for him to live in.


    From then on, Meng Zhang lived in the garrison of the five punishment guards with peace of mind.


    It seems that the relationship between him and Han Yao will become closer and closer, and it will be more difficult to get rid of it in the future.

 Chapter 1005

    Meng Zhang also guessed that if he killed Ouyang Huajin in public, he would cause a lot of trouble and cause a lot of trouble.


    But he would never have thought that his own behavior would lead to many subsequent chain reactions.


    Meng Zhang''s killing Ouyang Huajin was not inspired by Han Yao, but also beyond his expectation, and it will also bring him a lot of trouble.


    At this time, Han Yao showed that as the leading brother, he should have some responsibility.


    He did not give up Meng Zhang, but supported him to the end, and took the initiative to bring things to himself.


    He took the initiative to speak to the outside world. It was his intention that Meng Zhang killed Ouyang Huajin. All the subsequent causes and effects, he followed for Meng Zhang.


    If anyone wants revenge or something, just come at him.


    But if anyone, regardless of his identity, bullies the small and secretly harms Meng Zhang, he will not give up and will be investigated to the end.


    I don''t know how useful Han Yao''s words are. But at least, he showed his attitude of protecting Meng Zhang both at home and abroad.


    Ouyang Jian''s reaction is hard to say. Those who try to please Meng Zhang by dealing with him should consider it carefully.


    Is it worth fighting against Meng Zhang and Han Yao.


    Meng Zhang''s move soon spread throughout the capital, and even spread to other parts of the imperial territory.


    Meng Zhang became famous completely. He became famous in the capital and became almost a household name.


    After all, he dares to kill his closed disciple and descendants in front of Ouyang Jian, the king of sword. Looking at the whole Dali Dynasty, few people have such courage.


    At the end of the competition, characters like Ouyang Jian would take into account their own reputation and didn''t attack on the spot.


    However, after the competition, what means he will use to revenge Meng Zhang, and whether Han Yao can keep Meng Zhang has become the focus of attention.


    At this time, Gu Yuedu secretly rejoiced and was afraid.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang actively rejected the proposal to get married.


    If the two sides really get married successfully and become allies, the ancient moon family must be implicated by Meng Zhang this time.


    As a native of Dali Dynasty, Gu Yuedu knows very well how powerful the sword Lord Ouyang sword is and how terrible he is.


    Many times, even Emperor Wu had to give him face and give him three points.


    If Ouyang sword gets angry, the relatives like the ancient moon family can''t resist it.


    I didn''t expect that Meng Zhang was such a troublemaker. He was too lawless and could cause trouble.


    Gu Yuedu regretted his previous contact with Meng Zhang.


    He only prayed secretly that Ouyang Jian would not anger the ancient moon family because of this matter.


    He has repeatedly stated to the outside world.


    The ancient moon family has never had the idea of marrying Meng Zhang. All similar statements are irresponsible rumors.


    Sun Shengdu, once a middleman, was personally warned by Gu Yuedu to take care of his mouth and don''t talk nonsense.


    If this is not the capital, if not to kill a yuan God Zhenjun, the action is too big, Gu Yuedu has the idea of killing people and killing people.


    Sun Shengdu was trying to curry favor with Meng Zhang and wanted to get Meng Zhang''s recommendation and the opportunity to enter the five punishment guards.


    Later, after Meng Zhang refused to marry the Gu Yue family and offended Ouyang Huajin, sun Shengdu became a little hesitant.


    Logically speaking, after Meng Zhang killed Ouyang Huajin, he should try his best to keep a distance from Meng Zhang out of the psychology of being wise and protecting himself, and he should stop seeing each other from now on.


    But unexpectedly, this guy didn''t know whether he was obsessed or had any new ideas. He made up his mind and stood firmly on Meng Zhang''s side.


    He openly came to the courtyard where Meng Zhang lived and begged Meng Zhang to take him in.


    He told Meng Zhang that he had sent a message for himself and resigned from his post in the local garrison.


    Since then, he is willing to be loyal to Meng Zhang and serve Meng Zhang wholeheartedly.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that he would have such a great charm.


    I haven''t had time to shake my tiger body, and the legendary bastard''s Qi hasn''t been released.


    Sun Shengdu, such a Yuanshen Zhenjun, actually took the initiative to come to the door and worshipped him. He was willing to be a little brother.


    Even if you look at the whole Dali Dynasty, Yuanshen Zhenjun is not a worthless cabbage.


    Moreover, Sun Sheng was not weak among the friars in the early days of Yuanshen. He also had a fat shortage in the local garrison.


    It is really strange that he is willing to give up everything and take the initiative to take refuge in Meng Zhang, who seems to have a bad prospect.


    Meng Zhang offended Ouyang Jian and died. It can be said that his future is uncertain and his life and death are unknown.


    Sun Sheng chose to take refuge at this time, and Meng Zhang did not doubt it.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s gifted powers are too limited to use his mind skills, and he can''t exert them on Yuan Shen Zhenjun such as sun Shengdu.


    Although I don''t know sun Shengdu''s real purpose, I also have doubts in my heart. However, Meng Zhang could not resist people thousands of miles away.


    So far, although sun Shengdu has many problems, he has not shown his malice to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness originated from the Heavenly Master, and he has not taken the initiative to warn.


    Taiyimen, which is developing at a high speed, also really needs to expand its strength, especially to increase its high-level combat power.


    So Meng Zhang decided to take sun Shengdu temporarily.


    Of course, in the beginning, I will certainly not give him too much trust, but will secretly observe and test him.


    After he passed the customs, Meng Zhang slowly began to trust him.


    Meng Zhang did not regard sun Shengdu as a servant, but as his brother.


    When sun Shengdu was older, Meng Zhang called him brother sun.


    Sun Shengdu did not dare to call him brother Meng as he had just met, but directly called him the leader.


    In this way, Meng Zhang had another unreliable yuanshenqi subordinate.


    There is another guy in Shangjing who hates Meng Zhang at this time.


    This person is the merchant''s son of Datong Business League and Shang Jianqing, a disciple of Ouyang Jian.


    The last time he was in Jiuqu Province, he took the initiative to challenge Taiyi gate and was defeated in public by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang. It can be said that he lost all his face.


    Afterwards, Wen Dongzhen saved him and took him back to the governor''s house.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t give him much face. He used both hard and soft, and drove him back to Dali, the native land of the imperial dynasty.


    Bad news travels fast.


    Shang Jianqing''s humiliation in Jiuqu Province soon spread back to the capital.


    After returning to the capital, he found many excuses to cover up his failure, and spoke ill of Meng Zhang and taiyimen in front of his classmates.


    Without his influence and his repeated provocations, Ouyang Huajin may not take the initiative to provoke Meng Zhang after hearing the rumors.


    When Ouyang Huajin took the initiative to make an appointment with Meng Zhang, Shang Jianqing was not happy about the success of the plot. Instead, he was very guilty and even a little afraid.

 Chapter 1006

    Although Shang Jianqing was a little arrogant, he was not a fool who didn''t understand the truth.


    He couldn''t even fight Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s disciple, let alone fight with Meng Zhang.


    His fellow disciple Ouyang Hua Jin Xiuwei is not as good as him. Although there may be some hidden cards depending on the preference of the master, compared with him, there is no essential difference in combat effectiveness. Everyone is a monk of the same level.


    Shang Jianqing provoked discord in front of Ouyang Huajin and said a lot of bad things about Meng Zhang. He hoped that Ouyang Huajin would play tricks and come up with some shady moves to find some trouble for Meng Zhang.


    It never occurred to him that Ouyang Huajin would go to fight Meng Zhang head-on.


    Ouyang Huajin''s strength is absolutely no match for Meng Zhang.


    After knowing that Ouyang Huajin had fought against Meng Zhang, Shang Jianqing tried to stop him, but in vain.


    Even his master Ouyang Jian was very supportive of the contest.


    He not only did not interfere with Ouyang Huajin''s choice, but also took the initiative to come to the scene to cheer for Ouyang Huajin.


    In this case, Shang Jianqing is afraid to say more.


    But in his heart, he felt a little strange.


    Ouyang Jian is the oldest and most powerful Jian Xiu in Dali imperial dynasty. Although he has always relied on his old age and arrogance, he is not that arrogant and stupid person.


    As long as he knows Meng Zhang''s strength a little, he should know that Ouyang Huajin will not be Meng Zhang''s opponent.


    Maybe Ouyang Jian wants to exercise Ouyang Huajin through this opportunity. Shang Jianqing can only guess so in his heart.


    But he never thought that Meng Zhang killed Ouyang Huajin on the spot during the public competition.


    Although Meng Zhang let Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God go, he didn''t move Ouyang Huajin''s relics.


    However, with Ouyang Jian''s character, he should be very angry and attack on the spot.


    But Shang Jianqing followed Ouyang Jian for many years. Based on his understanding of his master, Ouyang Jian didn''t hide his anger when Ouyang Hua died. But there was no anger, but very calm and calm to accept all this.


    This makes Shang Jianqing feel very strange and even a little cold.


    At first, Shang Jianqing was worried that Ouyang Jian would anger himself because of Ouyang Huajin''s death.


    But over time, Shang Jianqing found that Ouyang Jian didn''t really care about the death of the closed disciple.


    According to Shang Jianqing, Ouyang Jian has no plans or plans to retaliate against Meng Zhang, let alone to anger him.


    With Ouyang Jian''s character, he can''t suddenly become magnanimous, let alone shrink back because of Han Yao.


    Thinking of Ouyang Huajin''s unexpected death in the war, Shang Jianqing had a very bad idea.


    Of course, he was very smart to hide these ideas deep in his heart and didn''t dare to reveal them at all.


    Although he is a disciple of Ouyang Jian, Ouyang Jian doesn''t pay much attention to him.


    The reason why he was accepted as an apprentice was largely based on the face of the merchants.


    Merchants have a high position in Datong business alliance and have great power.


    In order to curry favor with such a powerful person as Ouyang Jian, I didn''t give less gifts to his house.


    But if Shang Jianqing really breaks Ouyang Jian''s business, Ouyang Jian wants to deal with him, and the merchant can''t protect him.


    Shang Jianqing vaguely found out what Ouyang Jian was planning, but he could only pretend not to know.


    When Meng Zhang and Ouyang Huajin fought that day, although Meng Zhang unexpectedly killed each other, almost all the onlookers didn''t think much.


    They will only think that Meng Zhang is too powerful and Ouyang Huajin is not worthy of his name. He is famous because of the strength of his school.


    As a winner, Meng Zhang had no way to find a solution, even though he had many doubts in his heart. He could only hide it in his heart.


    Meng Zhang''s killing of Ouyang Huajin has brought many disadvantages, but it is not without benefits.


    As the news spread slowly, it came into emperor Bawu''s ears.


    Originally, Meng Zhang handed in the memorial. If he was unlucky, even if he boarded it for a year and a half, he might not get a reply from Bawu emperor. Moreover, Emperor Bawu may not have the leisure to meet him.


    However, Emperor Bawu, who lives in the deep palace, after hearing about this, casually asked the people around him a few words and knew all the things related to Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, Emperor Bawu looked at Meng Zhang''s memorial in advance, and then suddenly became interested in him and ordered to summon him.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised when the father-in-law came to the residence of the five punishment guards and brought the oral order of emperor Bawu to summon him.


    In any case, Emperor Bawu''s summon cannot be refused or ignored.


    Meng Zhang, alone, followed his father-in-law to the imperial city.


    Enter the city gate, pass through the vast outer city area, and pass through a city gate before entering the inner city.


    There are many magnificent palaces built in the inner city, which are the residence of the main members of the royal family, including Bawu emperor.


    In recent years, Emperor Bawu spent most of his time in the inner palace and rarely went outside the palace.


    He dispensed with all kinds of ceremonial activities, including the Grand Court meeting.


    Most of the government affairs in the court were handed over to all important officials, including Zai Zhi.


    He seldom sees outsiders except occasionally receiving ministers.


    He took the initiative to summon Meng Zhang this time. It is a practice in recent years that practitioners like him who came to report and recently took refuge were generally received by a minister. It''s really rare to be received by Bawu emperor in person.


    The only big thing he did recently was to kill Ouyang Huajin. However, in the eyes of emperor Bawu, such a big event in the eyes of others should be just children''s play.


    Meng Zhang thought about his mind and didn''t pay much attention to the magnificent palaces.


    He just glanced a few times, but his heart was still quite shocked.


    Poor in speech, he could not find too many words to describe the magnificent palace in front of him.


    It is estimated that only in this cultivation world can we overcome various engineering problems and create such incredible buildings with the magic power of practitioners.


    Meng Zhang has been to the heavenly palace. However, due to the external environment and geographical location, the heavenly palace cannot build as much as it wants.


    The heavenly palace, located above the nine heavens, is essentially a fortress guarding the Junchen world.


    Moreover, those who are in charge of the heavenly palace may not like too grand palaces.


    In contrast, Dali Imperial Palace, located in Junchen world, is probably the most magnificent palace group in the world.


    As Meng Zhang knows, there is no such a powerful imperial dynasty in the highly developed middle earth continent of Xiuzhen civilization.


    There, the imperial dynasties in the world are just vassals of those large Xiuzhen sects.

 Chapter 1007

    Dali imperial dynasty, a powerful imperial dynasty with immortals and mortals living together and ruled by cultivators, is rare in the whole Jun dust world.


    If Dali imperial dynasty can continue to develop like this and has the strength to surpass those holy places, there may be a chance to become the legendary heavenly or immortal Dynasty.


    The place where emperor Bawu received Meng Zhang was in a side hall.


    When his father-in-law brought Meng Zhang into it, half of Meng Zhang''s great ceremony was stopped by Emperor Bawu.


    "You and I are all practitioners. Don''t be so polite."


    Emperor Bawu''s tone was soft, and his low voice had a different charm.


    "This is my arm. The national teacher of our Dynasty is loyal to Taoist friends."


    Meng Zhang stopped saluting and looked around.


    If emperor Bawu didn''t take the initiative to remind him, he didn''t notice that there were others next to him.


    With his keen mind and sense, this situation should not have happened.


    This is a Taoist old man with Fairy Spirit and childlike appearance.


    He sat with an expressionless face, his eyes slightly closed, as if he were closing his eyes to refresh himself.


    This man is tall, one head taller than emperor Bawu, and has a strange face. It seems that he has been wearing an unspeakable pride on his face.


    Meng Zhang knew that this person was Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher of Dali Dynasty.


    This man and Bawu emperor are the only Yang God Zhenjun known in Dali Dynasty. I really didn''t expect that this person would have such a sense of nonexistence.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect such a great master and senior practitioner. He respectfully saluted him.


    "Young man, Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect, I''d like to see you."


    Chunyu Zhongda opened his eyes and looked at Meng Zhang for a moment. He gave a slight, um, response.


    "The national teacher is not good at words. You don''t have to care."


    Emperor Bawu smiled and explained.


    There is no one else in this side hall except emperor Bawu, National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda and Meng Zhang.


    So far, Emperor Bawu has given Meng Zhang the feeling that he is not so much a domineering emperor as a generous senior in the cultivation world.


    I don''t know whether emperor Bawu was so natural or took special care of Meng Zhang.


    Emperor Bawu looked at Meng Zhang and suddenly sighed.


    "When the Taiyi gate was destroyed, I was still an insignificant little monk."


    "At that time, I couldn''t help but sigh that there was another family in the cultivation world that dared to resist the cultivation forces of the Holy Land Sect."


    "Fortunately, Taiyi gate is indeed a large gate with a long history. After being destroyed, it will be able to revive."


    After listening to Emperor Bawu''s words, Meng Zhang did not respond. Chunyu Zhongda nearby also sighed.


    "The Taiyi gate was really extraordinary in those days. There were many heroes in the gate. If guantian Pavilion didn''t suddenly start, but gave more development time to the Taiyi gate, the winner would still be unknown."


    When it comes to taiyimen, Chunyu Zhongda, who seems silent, also becomes more talkative.


    "I still know a little about Taiyi gate. I know that those experts in the gate are people with great vision."


    "The successor left by the Taiyi sect elder is really not simple. After many years, it can revive the dead sect, and there are some signs of revitalization."


    Meng Zhang knew that what they were talking about was taiyimen, which shook the Middle Earth in its heyday.


    Meng Zhang had limited knowledge of taiyimen at that time.


    If it weren''t for a series of encounters later, Meng Zhang didn''t even know that Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    In its heyday, taiyimen was really strong and famous, and all kinds of deeds were deeply rooted in the hearts of the people.


    After the rise of the declining taiyimen led by Meng Zhang, many senior experts who came into contact attributed the revival of taiyimen to the backhands left by the taiyimen ancestors in their heyday.


    However, Meng Zhang admitted that over the years, he had led taiyimen to struggle for survival in the cultivation world and led taiyimen to the road of rejuvenation, but he had paid countless efforts and efforts.


    The so-called backhand left by taiyimen''s ancestors alone will not achieve such an achievement.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also admitted that he and the whole sect have indeed received the shadow of many Taiyi ancestors and inherited a lot of valuable heritage.


    However, almost everything inherited has to fight and strive for by itself, but it doesn''t fall directly from the sky.


    If you don''t have enough accomplishments, you can''t inherit even the inheritance sent to your door.


    Along the way, I have been in crisis step by step and experienced countless difficulties and obstacles.


    An outsider''s light sentence, left by the ancestors of taiyimen, obliterated all his efforts.


    Meng Zhang held back his anger and did not forcibly argue.


    If others have such a view, he can''t change anything.


    And it''s good for others to attribute taiyimen''s current achievements to their deceased ancestors, which just makes them ignore Meng Zhang.


    Many times, keeping a low profile can make a lot of money and avoid many ups and downs.


    Chunyu Zhongda sighed a few words, and there was no superfluous words.


    Emperor Bawu was patient and asked Meng Zhang a few questions.


    These problems not only have the backhand left by the taiyimen ancestors, but also have the strength that taiyimen has now.


    Meng Zhang was half true and half false. He picked up something he could say and said it.


    Many things that cannot be concealed from others will naturally be told according to the truth. Those sects and their own privacy are vague.


    When Emperor Bawu asked these questions, he did not want to pry into the secrets of Taiyi gate.


    First, after the demise of taiyimen, he could revive, which made him a little curious about the means of taiyimen ancestors.


    Second, taiyimen is now a member of the Dali Dynasty. Out of practice, he asked casually.


    Compared with the Taiyi gate in its heyday, today''s Taiyi gate is of course far from perfect. But at least it is a Yuanshen sect, with a certain strength, which is a little Meteorological.


    In those days, Taiyi gate was destroyed because it fought against the temple of the holy land.


    Now the Dali imperial dynasty is fighting with the Holy Land Sect of Ziyang.


    The two are in a similar situation, but the situation is very different.


    This stems from the fact that Dali Dynasty has more powerful strength and more supporters.


    It should be said that the destruction of Taiyi gate by guantian Pavilion in its heyday also brought many warnings and lessons to Dali Dynasty.


    With a lesson from the past, Dali will act more carefully.


    Once the Dali Dynasty, which had endured for many years, broke out, it immediately erupted into a huge force that the enemy could not imagine.

 Chapter 1008

    There are two main reasons why emperor Bawu summoned Meng Zhang this time.


    First, after hearing about the five punishment Wei Meng Zhang, he killed Ouyang Huajin, Ouyang Jian''s closed disciple and blood related descendant.


    This matter is not only between Meng Zhang and them, but also involves two important officials of the imperial court.


    Ouyang Jian is very old in the Dynasty and has many disciples and old officials. He is regarded as the leader of a major faction.


    As the Secretary of Dali temple, Han Yao is not as important as several important officials, but his position is very important and can play a key role in many times.


    As a rising star, Han Yao also gathered a group of people around him.


    Among them, there are many like-minded people with him.


    If, because of this incident, the two important ministers quarrel and have a fierce conflict, it may cause instability in the DPRK and internal and external unrest.


    Therefore, when Emperor Bawu summoned Meng Zhang, he also vaguely conveyed a meaning that this matter is over, and the two sides are not allowed to continue to entangle.


    Second, both emperor Bawu and national master Chunyu Zhongda admired taiyimen in its heyday.


    In the Junchen world, there are few Xiuzhen forces who dare to fight against the Holy Land Sect.


    Including the Dali Dynasty, these Xiuzhen forces are related to each other.


    Although we can''t really join hands for various reasons, we still take care of each other secretly.


    Taiyimen is one of the pioneers against the Holy Land Sect. Although it has been destroyed for a long time, its deeds are still widely sung in some places and used to inspire those practitioners who resist the Holy Land Sect.


    After the Taiyi gate was destroyed by the Tianguan Pavilion of the Holy Land Sect gate, it can still revive and has the potential to revive. Both of them were somewhat curious, so they met Meng Zhang by the way.


    After meeting, Emperor Bawu felt that Meng Zhang was indeed extraordinary and worthy of the position of leader of a school.


    Although it is said that there is Yu Ze, an ancestor of the Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang is not an ordinary person who can lead the revival of the Taiyi sect.


    Now taiyimen is subordinate to Dali emperor, and Meng Zhang has joined the five punishment guards.


    Whether taiyimen or mengzhang, the more powerful it is, the better it will be for Dali Dynasty.


    As long as Meng Zhang and taiyimen can be loyal to the Dali Dynasty and used by the Dali Dynasty, Emperor Bawu doesn''t mind giving him some benefits.


    From his simple conversation with Meng Zhang, Bawu emperor found that Meng Zhang had limited understanding of Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    I don''t even know much about some things as an outsider.


    He was a little disappointed and relieved.


    The Taiyi gate has been closed for so many years. It is estimated that the elders who experienced that era in the gate have long passed away.


    Master Taiyi left behind to ensure that the inheritance of the sect will not be cut off. It should also be the limit of ability.


    After all, it was the Holy Land Sect gate guantian pavilion that destroyed Taiyi gate.


    With the style of guantian Pavilion, I disdain to pursue and kill the remaining evils of Taiyi gate. But the life of the descendants of taiyimen will never be easy.


    Those ancestors of Taiyi sect probably just want to inherit the sect, and they don''t expect future generations to fight against the Holy Land Sect.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang could not ask for more fresh content, Emperor Bawu soon lost interest.


    At this time, he began to fulfill his responsibilities.


    He beat Meng Zhang and finally encouraged him.


    In short, it means to let him and taiyimen work honestly for the Dali Dynasty in the future.


    In addition, Meng Zhang should not cause any more trouble when he goes to the capital.


    After that, Emperor Bawu sent Meng Zhang away.


    "What do you think of this son?" after Meng Zhang left the palace, Emperor Bawu casually asked Chunyu Zhongda.


    "At first glance, he is a very excellent junior friar. When he looks carefully, he can''t see through."


    "This son is by no means as simple as he looks. He should hide a lot of secrets."


    Chunyu Zhongda shook his head and was puzzled.


    "In the cultivation world, how many practitioners have no hidden secrets?"


    Emperor Bawu shook his head and said indifferently.


    "As long as this son is willing to be loyal to the imperial court, a little secret is nothing?"


    As expected, Emperor Bawu had the magnanimity of being an emperor and would not ask his subjects about their privacy.


    With his identity and status, if we want to find out the secrets of all the ministers, the world would be in chaos long before the imperial dynasty.


    As a superior, he certainly knows when to turn a blind eye.


    However, in any case, Meng Zhang''s mission to be far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty has been completed.


    As a new zongmen who took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, Taiyi gate completed the last procedure.


    Meng Zhang left the palace in this way, still recalling his conversation with Bawu emperor.


    One of the greatest hidden benefits of emperor Bawu''s meeting with him this time is to ensure his safety in the capital recently.


    If a minister who has just been interviewed by Bawu emperor is plotted against or has an accident, he is beating Bawu emperor''s face.


    Emperor Bawu was very authoritarian in Dali Dynasty. No one dared to offend him inside and outside the court.


    After leaving the palace, Meng Zhang directly returned to the residence of the five punishment guards.


    It is said that he was summoned by Emperor Bawu. Han Yao came here to inquire about Meng Zhang after handling the official business of Dali temple.


    Anyway, there was nothing to keep secret. Meng Zhangyuan told Han Yao all the process of summoning Bawu emperor to himself.


    After hearing this, Han Yao had nothing to say.


    He fully realized the meaning that Bawu emperor wanted to express.


    Ouyang Jian really suffered in this incident.


    If Ouyang Jian didn''t retaliate secretly, he wouldn''t do much.


    He secretly decided to try not to provoke Ouyang Jian these days.


    Disputes between the two sides can be discussed over a period of time.


    I just don''t know if Ouyang Jian will buy the face of Bawu emperor and let it go easily.


    Normally speaking, with emperor Bawu''s meeting with Meng Zhang, even if Ouyang Jian has any intention of revenge, he should stop fighting for the time being.


    He should wait until this period of time has passed. Meng Zhang leaves Shangjing and returns to Jiuqu Province before taking action.


    Han Yao could not protect Meng Zhang all his life, let alone follow him all the time.


    He can only do it at most. Ouyang Jian can''t use the power of Dali imperial government to deal with Meng Zhang.


    If Ouyang Jian personally tangled with his men to attack Taiyi gate, Han Yao would never sit idly by as long as he knew.


    But if Ouyang Jian made some open and hidden arrows against Meng Zhang or taiyimen in the future, Han Yao could not help Meng Zhang block them all.


    He is Meng Zhang''s immediate boss, not Meng Zhang''s nanny and bodyguard.

 Chapter 1009

    Meng Zhang''s purpose of coming to the mainland of the imperial dynasty has all been achieved.


    After completing the necessary procedures for new recruits to join the sect, they have the identity of rejecting Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu province.


    Of course, killing Ouyang Huajin in public and taking revenge with Ouyang Jian was not expected, but a pure accident.


    Until now, he felt that the situation was very strange. It was clear that the other party was taking the initiative to die, but he let himself carry the cause and effect.


    Unfortunately, even if he said his judgment, it is estimated that no one will believe him.


    With Ouyang Huajin''s identity and status, why should he take the initiative to die? Did he pay the price of his life to let Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian take over the blood feud?


    A mere Meng Zhang is not important enough to let Ouyang Jian sacrifice his disciples to calculate him.


    Meng Zhang was puzzled and had to let go of the matter for the time being.


    Everything that should be done has been done. I have seen it all over the capital. Meng Zhang seems to have no reason to stay here.


    He is no longer better than before. As a five punishment guard, he needs to ask his immediate boss for instructions when he leaves Shangjing and returns to Jiuqu province.


    Han Yao has been busy since he met Meng Zhang that day. He can''t see him all day.


    Meng Zhang went to Feng Baoshan, who was responsible for handling the daily affairs of the five punishment guards.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, Feng Baoshan told Han Yao some arrangements for Meng Zhang.


    Jiuqu province was incorporated into the territory of Dali imperial dynasty as a province, where there is no division of the five punishment guards.


    With the current strength and manpower of the five punishment guards, they are unable to expand wantonly and open sub bases everywhere.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect. He has many available hands.


    Taiyimen is a real local snake in Jiuqu province and has a very powerful force.


    After returning to Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang can shoulder the responsibility of being a member of the five punishment guards. Taiyimen can also be used as an extra division of the five punishment guards to serve the five punishment guards.


    The five criminal guards have many responsibilities. They are in charge of prison and hunt down all kinds of fugitives


    Due to Han Yao''s insistence, the most important duty of the five punishment guards is to hunt down and kill demon Xiu.


    In such a remote place as Jiuqu Province, it is the place where demon Xiu likes to hide.


    In the past, the death sand sea to the north of the endless sand sea was once the place where fugitives from the cultivation world such as demon cultivation and ghost cultivation gathered together.


    It was only after several thorough cleanups that the situation changed.


    After taiyimen controlled the endless sand sea and Gobi, it also paid special attention to this close place.


    A few years ago, there was even a series of magic cultivation of secret demons in Jiuqu province.


    There are many factions and many kinds in the demon cultivation.


    Dali Dynasty secretly took in only a part of them.


    For historical reasons, the cultivation of secret demons is the great enemy of life and death of Dali imperial dynasty.


    If the Jiuqu province didn''t eliminate the demon cultivation of the secret demon in time, maybe it would send experts from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Although the Jiuqu province now looks like Haiqing River Yan, there is no demon cultivation.


    However, Han Yao still wanted to clean up there with the help of Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang knew Han Yao''s arrangement, Feng Baoshan told him that before he went back, it was best to meet Han Yao face to face and let Han Yao give advice.


    So Meng Zhang decided to wait a few more days until Han Yao was free to meet him.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has no need to hurry back. It''s not a bad thing to stay in the capital for a few more days.


    Of course, when he returns to Taiyi gate, he may face various calculations of Ouyang Jian, the sword Lord.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has many enemies, and he is not short of him.


    As long as he, the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, didn''t do it himself, Meng Zhang didn''t have much to fear.


    Meng Zhang had been in the capital for so long, except for Ouyang Huajin, who didn''t know how to live or die, his old enemies, such as Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance, didn''t come to him for trouble.


    I don''t know whether they are afraid of the identity of their own five punishment guards or don''t want to make trouble in the capital.


    After sun Shengdu took refuge in Meng Zhang, his identity was very correct. He was completely a subordinate of Meng Zhang.


    Sun Sheng was a friar born in Dali imperial dynasty. He has always grown into a true monarch.


    There is a lot of in-depth understanding of the situation on the mainland of Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang regards him as a consultant for the time being and will take the initiative to consult him on many things.


    Meng Zhang is still very afraid of the three major businesses of Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance.


    When he is free, he will try to learn more about them.


    When Meng Zhang asked sun Shengdu about the three businesses, sun Shengdu unexpectedly said a lot.


    For the practitioners who were far away from the native land of the imperial dynasty, these three businesses penetrated almost all aspects of their lives. Most practitioners are almost inseparable from these three businesses.


    These three merchants are the imperial merchants of Dali Dynasty, monopolizing most of the business scope of Dali Dynasty.


    Other businesses, large and small, can only pick up some of the leftovers they eat.


    These three merchants, either directly or indirectly, controlled the flow of most of the truth repair materials in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Most of the time, even if Dali''s imperial army set out to fight, they rely on the help of the three major merchants to mobilize all kinds of materials.


    These three merchants were also the vanguard of Dali Dynasty''s invasion and infiltration.


    Originally, many forces around Dali Dynasty were deeply penetrated by these three merchants.


    However, with the action of Ziyang Shengzong in recent years, the power of these three merchants was driven out.


    The three major merchants are three terrible giants, which can not be countered by the local Xiuzhen forces of taiyimen and even Jiuqu province.


    The power of these three businesses to enter Jiuqu province is simply a small part.


    In addition, the three major businesses have many factions and complex situations.


    Many times, they spend more energy on internal struggle than on external expansion.


    Take Datong business alliance as an example. Merchants and Liao family are leading the expansion of Jiuqu province.


    Among them, the business is the main, and the household is in the auxiliary position.


    Meng Zhang killed the yuan God friar of the Liao family and took a big revenge on the merchant.


    Within Datong business alliance, Liao family and merchants are the main rivals of taiyimen.


    The rest of the families only know to hide and watch the jokes of the merchants and the Liao family.


    Without enough interests involved, they are simply unwilling to go to war with taiyimen.


    When the merchant and the Liao family were planning taiyimen, they didn''t hold back secretly, but they paid attention to the friendship of the same way, let alone offering hand-in-hand help.


    The merchant and Liao family had a bad start and suffered losses. Everyone was very happy.


    If the merchants and Liao family have been unable to completely subdue the local Xiuzhen forces such as taiyimen, it can only prove the incompetence of the two families.


    Other families of Datong business alliance will happily attack them, reject them and try to replace them.

 Chapter 1010

    Sun Shengdu is very familiar with the inside information of the three major businesses. Meng Zhang has benefited a lot from telling it.


    During the conversation, Meng Zhang also revealed to him the grievances and disputes between taiyimen and various local truth cultivation forces in Jiuqu province.


    If the former sun Shengdu had heard that Meng Zhang had provoked such a behemoth as Datong business alliance, he might have escaped as far as he could.


    However, since taking the initiative to take refuge in Meng Zhang, he has shown great loyalty and will actively give advice for Meng Zhang.


    After understanding the relevant situation, he came up with many countermeasures for Meng Zhang.


    For taiyimen and those local truth repair forces, we should try our best to avoid confrontation with these three major merchants, especially not to completely suppress them.


    Large organizations such as Datong business alliance, despite fierce internal struggle, will arouse their vigilance in the face of strong external threats and make them pay attention to opponents such as taiyimen.


    However, if taiyimen has reservations, try to hang the other party, not to press the other party, but to protect themselves. From time to time, you can let the other party suffer some losses and make some ugliness.


    The merchant and the Liao family, starting from their own interests, will not let other families in the organization intervene, but just want to rely on their own strength to solve taiyimen and other troubles.


    Other families, at most, watch jokes and even lag behind.


    If you put it off slowly, you can win enough time for taiyimen.


    After listening to sun Shengdu''s suggestion, Meng Zhang''s eyes lit up. He didn''t expect that sun Shengdu still had such a good strategy.


    If we had not made an in-depth analysis of various situations and had not had an in-depth understanding of people''s hearts, we would not have come up with such a good response.


    When they first met, Sun Sheng left a bad impression on Meng Zhang.


    This person is irritable and easily provoked and used by others.


    Later, in his relationship, he showed the side of following suit and steering the wheel.


    Meng Zhang always didn''t believe sun Shengdu''s active refuge, thinking that he mostly had other purposes.


    But since Sun Sheng took refuge in Meng Zhang, at least on the surface, he can''t see anything wrong.


    Just now, sun Shengdu actively gave advice and really put forward good suggestions.


    Meng Zhang is not a resourceful person, but he has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years, and he still has the ability to distinguish.


    Sun Shengdu''s proposal is very feasible. If it is implemented according to this, taiyimen can indeed minimize the threat posed by the three major businesses.


    As for completely solving the threat in this regard, it is not what the current taiyimen can do.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that sun Shengdu had such ability. In contrast, his early cultivation of Yuanshen is less important.


    Meng Zhang praised a few words and kept saying good things about sun Shengdu.


    Sun Sheng was a little embarrassed to be praised by Meng Zhang.


    He hesitated before telling Meng Zhang.


    Many of the ideas and methods in the proposals he put forward just now were not his own ideas.


    He has a grandnephew named sun Pengzhi. His accomplishments are not golden elixir, but he is resourceful, resourceful and good at solving all kinds of problems for others.


    In the past, there were Xiuzhen forces in Dali Dynasty who encountered similar problems faced by taiyimen now.


    Sun Pengzhi once gave advice and properly solved this problem.


    Sun Sheng knew the causes and consequences of the problem, so he just put forward feasible suggestions in combination with the actual situation of taiyimen.


    In a word, he took advantage of his nephew and grandson and just painted a tiger like a cat.


    The sun family is not a Xiuzhen family.


    In sun Shengdu''s generation, because he was found to have spiritual talent since childhood, he was adopted by a military monk and became his disciple.


    Over the years, Sun Sheng has been working in the army and slowly accumulated the necessary cultivation resources.


    Don''t think that the local garrison far away from the imperial dynasty is a second-line army, so you can stay away from the battlefield and danger.


    There were many enemies in Dali Dynasty, and the internal and external battles were almost never cut off.


    On weekdays, the local garrison is responsible for guarding the local areas and suppressing the rebel forces in the territory.


    Dali Dynasty has always exercised high-pressure rule over the major Xiuzhen forces in the territory and squeezed them with very harsh means.


    Therefore, from time to time, there are rebellions of different sizes in the territory.


    It was not until recent years that the Dali dynasty became more and more powerful, adjusted the ruling mode of Xiuzhen forces in the territory, became more moderate, and all kinds of riots gradually decreased.


    When the Dali imperial dynasty was on a foreign expedition, the local garrison was often called up and went to the front line to fight.


    Sun Sheng took part in most of the external expeditions of Dali imperial dynasty. He risked his life and died. He finally picked up one life.


    Sun Sheng can achieve Yuanshen, and the resources he needs are basically exchanged by military skills.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, his potential was basically exhausted and it was difficult to continue to improve.


    Although the Dali Dynasty had many disadvantages, it provided a rising channel for the bottom friars without background.


    If a monk like sun Shengdu doesn''t work hard in the army, no matter how good his qualification is and how hard he works, he may not get the resources and opportunities to be promoted to Yuanshen period.


    After sun Shengdu''s successful practice, he also has the intention to take care of his blood relatives and descendants.


    His nephew sun Pengzhi is one of the most gifted and has been greatly supported by him.


    After sun Pengzhi set foot on the road of practice, he soon showed the characteristics of resourcefulness.


    Although he is a junior, he plays the role of sun Shengdu''s military division and often gives advice and guidance for sun Shengdu.


    Sun Shengdu has gained a lot of benefits and avoided a lot of risks from his initial disdain to his final conviction over the years.


    Soon after he came to the capital this time, he called his nephew sun Pengzhi.


    Shortly after sun Pengzhi went to the capital, Meng Zhang killed Ouyang Huajin.


    It was under sun Pengzhi''s full persuasion that sun Shengdu gave up everything in the past and took the initiative to take refuge in Meng Zhang.


    When talking about this to Meng Zhang, Sun Sheng was still a little embarrassed.


    After all, listening to his nephew Sun Yan seems too indecisive.


    Sun Pengzhi has many clever ideas and is good at drilling the loopholes of various rules.


    Sun Sheng was cultivated by the army to have today''s cultivation.


    Even the local garrison has strict control over its own monks.


    It was not so easy for him to leave the army and come to take refuge in Meng Zhang.


    It was sun Pengzhi who helped him design his life, so that he could escape from the army and restore his freedom without leaving any future troubles.


    After hearing sun Shengdu''s introduction, Meng Zhang suddenly had a strong interest in sun Pengzhi.

 Chapter 1011

    Meng Zhang himself has never been a resourceful and resourceless figure.


    He has survived so many ups and downs in the cultivation world and has become the final winner of countless bloody battles.


    On the one hand, he is good at brainstorming, will carefully listen to the opinions of the people in the door, and give full play to their advantages of collective wisdom and strength.


    Another aspect is that as a master of heavenly secrets, he can not only calculate, but also postpone the past and the future. He also has a keen sense of spirit, knows to seek good fortune and avoid evil, and looks for a glimmer of vitality from numerous opportunities.


    Many years ago, when the Taiyi sect was still a small and insignificant sect, Meng Zhang felt that if the Taiyi sect had a smart and resourceful master, it could avoid many detours and risks.


    However, with the development of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang has not found a suitable figure to become the master of Taiyi gate until today.


    Taiyi sect is now one of the few major sects in Jiuqu province. It is not a vassal force. The sect itself has thousands of disciples.


    Among them, the most important thing is smart people.


    Unfortunately, these people may become excellent monks, but they are far from qualified to become the counselor of Taiyi sect.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, if he wants to be the master of Taiyi sect, he is smart, but Meng Zhang is also well-informed and has seen countless practitioners. But none of these people can meet his requirements.


    In the past, Meng Zhang was still actively seeking in the cultivation world. They are carefully selected among sects and even vassal forces.


    However, he has not met a suitable candidate for many years, and his mind in this regard has gradually faded.


    Anyway, for so many years, taiyimen has never had a so-called counselor, and it has come smoothly.


    Taiyimen has basically made no irreparable mistakes in making big decisions.


    Meng Zhang also avoided many dangers by virtue of his keen spirit from the Heavenly Master.


    Even if there is no advice from the master, taiyimen has grown to this point.


    But today, when Meng Zhang heard sun Shengdu mention his nephew sun Pengzhi. Suddenly, I thought of the matter about the master.


    Although sun Pengzhi is a younger generation with low accomplishments, as long as he really meets Meng Zhang''s expectations, he can also become the master of Taiyi sect.


    The master of a clan never needs profound cultivation, and he doesn''t need to rank according to seniority.


    Meng Zhang now looks promising.


    As the leader of a sect and a member of the five punishment guards, he is taken care of by Han Yao, the Minister of Dali temple. Recently, he was exceptionally received by Emperor Bawu.


    At least for sun Shengdu, he is a figure far beyond himself.


    He wants to see his nephew sun Pengzhi. If sun Pengzhi gets into Meng Zhang''s eyes, it must be very good.


    Sun Shengdu has a lot of problems, but he is very concerned about his own blood relatives, especially those who are optimistic about them.


    If sun Pengzhi has a bright future, he will be happier than anyone.


    At this time, he did not know Meng Zhang''s plan about the master of taiyimen, but hoped that sun Pengzhi would be favored by Meng Zhang.


    After sun Shengdu left the courtyard where Meng Zhang lived, sun Pengzhi was a handsome and somewhat delicate young man.


    Just looking at his appearance, he is a little shy big boy. Not only does it have the temperament of immortal Jindan, but also it doesn''t have the appearance of resourcefulness.


    He is less than 150 years old this year and only half a year old.


    According to his cultivation in the early stage of Jindan, Meng Zhang should easily see through him.


    In fact, Meng Zhang only glanced at him, and the power of breaking the false magic eye swept him, and he looked through his whole body from top to bottom.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power, he can see his mind clearly when his mind works gently.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, sun Pengzhi had almost no secrets.


    At this time, sun Shengdu began to introduce his nephew to Meng Zhang.


    At the same time, under the guidance of sun Shengdu, sun Pengzhi paid a great tribute to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang still has a bit of courtesy to a virtuous corporal.


    He waved to sun Pengzhi for exemption, with a warm smile on his face.


    If sun Pengzhi really has that ability and can be competent as the adviser of taiyimen, Meng Zhang will naturally give him enough respect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t put on airs of the yuan Shen Zhen Jun at this time. He seemed approachable.


    He didn''t start teaching each other as soon as he came up, but chatted casually.


    Accompanied by sun Shengdu, sun Pengzhi chatted with Meng Zhang.


    After chatting for a while, Meng Zhang had a certain understanding of sun Pengzhi.


    This man is quick thinking and quick reaction. He has his own unique views on many things.


    And most importantly, this person has a firm will and is not easily moved by the outside world.


    Judging from the characteristics he showed, he at least met the basic conditions for being the chief of Taiyi sect.


    He is resourceful and resourceful. Although he has not been tested by Meng Zhang, from his words, he really has some skills.


    However, with the increase of contact time, Meng Zhang also made new discoveries.


    Sun Pengzhi is not as simple as he looks. There should be some kind of secret in him. So far, Meng Zhang has not seen through the secret.


    If sun Pengzhi joins Taiyi sect only as an ordinary disciple, Meng Zhang will allow him to keep his own secret.


    Even if this secret involves Tianda''s interests, Meng Zhang''s personality and magnanimity will never covet it.


    However, if sun Pengzhi wants to become the master of Taiyi sect, he can''t have the slightest reservation or any secret in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang must firmly grasp everything he has in order to trust him and let him give advice for the sect.


    This is because the master of a clan is too important.


    He will not only master all the secrets of the sect, know all the cards of the sect, but also guide the actions of the sect.


    If the position of the master is entrusted to non-human, it will bring devastating disaster to a family.


    Meng Zhang pondered for a moment and asked sun Shengdu to sit outside the house for a while. He wanted to talk to sun Pengzhi alone.


    Sun Sheng looked at sun Pengzhi with concern and went out according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    He was a little worried. His nephew and grandson should not be confused or offend Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1012

    After Sun Sheng left with an uneasy mood, only Meng Zhang and sun Pengzhi were left in the room.


    Meng Zhang waved and released a ban to close the whole room so that all the movements and information in it would not be leaked.


    Then Meng Zhang quietly looked at sun Pengzhi without saying a word or making any action.


    Rao is sun Pengzhi. As a golden elixir immortal, his mind is not weak. Meng Zhang has been staring at him. After half a day, it''s still a little unnatural.


    Meng Zhang seems to have no action on the surface. In fact, he has secretly performed Dayan''s divine calculation.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Yuanshen period, Tianji did not get the corresponding improvement, but remained at the level of Tianji master.


    It''s not a big problem to deduce people or things of the golden elixir immortal level. If you want to deduce people or things at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it will be difficult and difficult to start.


    Sun Pengzhi was just a friar in the early days of the golden elixir, and there was nothing strange about his breath.


    If Meng Zhang uses Dayan divine calculation to deduce, it should be enough to calculate everything he has clearly without any omission.


    Meng Zhang pushed for a while and consumed a lot of accumulated calculation chips.


    All kinds of information related to sun Pengzhi floated in Meng Zhang''s mind one by one.


    All the experiences of sun Pengzhi''s life seem to have appeared in this way.


    Many of the past events that even sun Pengzhi didn''t remember clearly did not escape Meng Zhang''s inference.


    Meng Zhang did not give up, but continued to invest in calculation and deduction.


    After a while, finally, Meng Zhang''s deduction met resistance.


    When Meng Zhang extrapolated to sun Pengzhi''s experience in his youth, he felt a vague picture and couldn''t get any useful information at all.


    Facing such resistance, Meng Zhang was not surprised, but showed a relieved expression.


    It seems that this experience is the root of all sun Pengzhi''s secrets.


    The people or things involved can hinder their own deduction, at least at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    At this point, Meng Zhang will not gain more even if he continues to use Dayan divine calculation to deduce.


    Meng Zhang also simply stopped pushing and deriving, and took back his divine skill.


    Sun Pengzhi looked at Meng Zhang a little uneasy. He didn''t know why this elder Yuanshen was like this.


    He deliberately hung himself here to give himself a blow or test his patience.


    Sun Pengzhi has a feeling that this elder should not be so shallow, and his purpose will not be so simple.


    While sun Pengzhi was full of thoughts, Meng Zhang began to act again.


    This time, sun Pengzhi saw Meng Zhang''s actions clearly, but he couldn''t make any response.


    Meng Zhang gently pointed at sun Pengzhi, and sun Pengzhi was fixed without resistance.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang''s unexpected move, that is, the insurmountable gap between the two sides in their accomplishments doomed sun Pengzhi to no other end.


    After fixing sun Pengzhi, a jewel rose above Meng Zhang''s head.


    After the sun moon Pearl was promoted to a fourth-order magic weapon, it can greatly enhance the power of the sun moon Taoist magic power, and has many other wonderful functions.


    A girl''s human shadow loomed behind the sun and moon beads.


    Meng Zhang, who has difficulty in naming, named the spirit of the magic weapon yin-yang Linghu as Qingfeng, and then very vulgar named the spirit of the sun moon pearl as Mingyue.


    The fourth level magic tools have the spirit of the tool. In addition to being more spiritual, the spirit of the tool will also help the master cast spells and increase the power of magic powers.


    A clear and cold light shot from the sun and moon pearl and fell on sun Pengzhi.


    Yuehua divine light is a special divine light that can see through all kinds of illusions and can also be used to display all kinds of illusions.


    Although Meng Zhang has not practiced this divine light, he can still exert most of the power of this divine light with the help of the power of the sun and moon jewels.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in the sun moon Avenue, and has a bit of analogy with the separate Mingyue Avenue.


    He clearly understood the essence of Yuehua divine light and mastered it thoroughly.


    Yuehua''s divine light swept gently on sun Pengzhi, from the bottom itself to the top itself.


    Sun Pengzhi seemed to become a transparent person, and everything was exposed to Meng Zhang.


    Sun Pengzhi wanted to speak, but he didn''t even have the strength to open his mouth.


    When the moon light swept to the center of sun Pengzhi''s eyebrows, that is, the location of shangdantian, he suddenly stopped.


    Meng Zhang opened his mouth and said, "do you come out by yourself or let this seat force you out?"


    After a while, in sun Pengzhi''s excited eyes, a light and shadow shot from the center of his eyebrows and turned into a human shadow in the air.


    This is a woman in palace dress. Her face and figure are blurred, as if she was going to disappear at any time.


    After she appeared, she took the initiative to salute Meng Zhang.


    "I''ve seen Meng Zhenjun."


    Meng Zhang saw through each other''s essence at a glance and couldn''t help laughing.


    "It''s really an eye opener to be a true monarch of the yuan God, who falls to the point where people like you are neither human nor ghost."


    Yes, this woman in palace dress is a true monarch of Yuanshen, or she used to be a true monarch of Yuanshen.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun has strong vitality. Even if the flesh is destroyed, Yuanshen can get out of the shell and get rid of the flesh.


    A single yuan God can find a way to reshape the flesh, or enter the underworld and embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    As for the taboo act of seizing, giving up and rebirth, even stronger friars in the foundation period can do it, let alone the true king of the yuan God.


    Of course, according to the practice of the Junchen world, once such a thing as seizing and giving up for rebirth is exposed, it will lead to the crusade of all right friars.


    The yuan God Zhenjun has a better choice and doesn''t have to go on such an evil road.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun has the ability to escape from the body. Naturally, the struggle between Yuanshen Zhenjun will pay more attention to this aspect.


    Not to mention the secrets and means specifically aimed at the yuan God, it is a simple yuan God, which is more vulnerable and more vulnerable.


    The palace dress woman who appeared in front of Meng Zhang was an example of the destruction of the flesh and the heavy trauma of the yuan God.


    Normally speaking, in this case, she should obediently enter the underworld and reincarnate.


    But I don''t know why, she just stayed in the sun and refused to leave. She also attached herself to sun Pengzhi.


    Although it''s only a wisp of remnant God, it''s still a bit capable of avoiding Meng Zhang''s divine thought induction and breaking false magic eyes.


    At the same time, even if the situation of this remnant God is very poor, in essence, it is still the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang can''t deduce too specific information by using Dayan divine calculation.

 Chapter 1013

    "You are so brave that you are attached to this younger generation. Do you want to use some magic tricks?" Meng Zhang deliberately shouted.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s loud questions, sun Pengzhi became more excited. He wanted to struggle, but he couldn''t move. He wanted to explain, but he couldn''t speak.


    The palace woman looked at sun Pengzhi with pity and whispered, "don''t get excited. Meng Zhenjun is joking."


    "Meng Zhenjun is a reasonable person, not to mention the slightest malice."


    Although Meng Zhang did not know the past of the woman and sun Pengzhi, he also knew that sun Pengzhi was willing to let her be attached to him.


    Let''s not talk about the past. Now sun Pengzhi is also a golden elixir, and there is still no lack of means.


    Although the essence of this remnant God is very high, it can''t have much combat effectiveness. It can''t fight a golden elixir immortal at all.


    If sun Pengzhi wants to, he can expel this remnant God and even kill him.


    Meng Zhang deliberately shouted questions. In addition to trying to scare the woman, he also tried to test the relationship between the two sides.


    During the inspection just now, Meng Zhang found that there was no hidden danger in sun Pengzhi, let alone any prohibition.


    Meng Zhang also had a rough guess about their relationship.


    The woman in Palace Dress knew that at this point, she didn''t reveal her family background. It''s hard to pass today.


    So she began to tell Meng Zhang slowly.


    It turned out that the woman''s name was Shang Yuxia. She was not only a Yuanshen Zhenjun, but also a merchant of Datong Business League.


    There is certainly no lack of fierce internal struggle in large families such as businesses.


    People in large families generally don''t have too many blood relatives. They are more calculating and fighting with each other.


    Even if Shang Yuxia became a Yuanshen, she could not avoid being involved in the family struggle.


    Finally, after an incident more than 100 years ago, Shang Yuxia was cut off and killed her body, which hurt the yuan God, leaving only a wisp of residual God to escape.


    In Shang Yuxia''s state at that time, there was no chance to reshape the flesh or embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    Her obsession is deep, and she is unwilling to enter the underworld to reincarnate.


    By chance, Shang Yuxia''s residual spirit was attached to sun Pengzhi in his youth.


    In these more than 100 years, Shang Yuxia and sun Pengzhi supported and depended on each other.


    Although Shang Yuxia only left a wisp of residual God, the insight and experience of Yuanshen Zhenjun are still there.


    In particular, she, a Yuanshen friar from a large family, is better than the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun in many aspects.


    Although sun Shengdu served in the Dali Imperial Army, he was not a direct lineage of the Dali imperial dynasty and could not be fully trained by the middle and senior levels of the army.


    His greatest advantage over casual cultivation is that Dali''s military achievements are the most important in the imperial dynasty, and there are clear rewards and punishments.


    As long as he keeps making war merit, he can exchange military merit points for everything he needs.


    Whether it is the books of practice, the guidance of famous teachers or various practice resources, it can be exchanged for military merit.


    The conditions of Shang Yuxia, a monk of a large family background, are countless times better.


    What others want to exchange their lives for is simply easy to get in her eyes.


    Because of the systematic inheritance of the big family, she is much better than Sun Sheng in all aspects.


    With such a Yuanshen Zhenjun''s personal guidance, the benefits come naturally needless to say.


    Sun Pengzhi''s cultivation speed and Taoist accumulation are excellent enough for friars of his age.


    Shang Yuxia seems to tell her everything about her family and sun Pengzhi frankly, but she still has many reservations.


    At least, she didn''t elaborate on the specific process of her murder that year, but simply took it.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not very interested in the dog blood drama with grievances in the big family.


    What he is really interested in is sun Pengzhi''s strategic ability, whether he has it himself, or the advice from Shang Yuxia.


    Shang Yuxia happily gave the answer to Meng Zhang''s question.


    When Shang Yuxia was a businessman, she was good at resourcefulness and participated in the formulation of many family plans.


    After Shang Yuxia attached herself to sun Pengzhi, she found that sun Pengzhi had a deep interest in all kinds of wisdom.


    For practitioners, focusing on their own cultivation is the right way. Those skills of intriguing and calculating with each other are just side roads.


    However, the cultivation world is not a pure land, and there are all kinds of struggles.


    From the bottom to the top of the cultivation world, there are constant disputes.


    Even those holy places are bound to have all kinds of intrigues.


    Shang Yuxia originally wanted sun Pengzhi to concentrate on his practice, but after sun Pengzhi showed the potential to become a master, she still gave a lot of support.


    The counselor of a sect has a high position in the sect and has a lot of resources.


    If sun Pengzhi can become the master of a clan, it will not only be of great benefit to him, but also help Shang Yuxia implement some plans.


    In the final analysis, even after so many years, Shang Yuxia still couldn''t let go of her original experience and still had a deep hatred.


    Shang Yuxia was born in a merchant and was very familiar with Datong business alliance and even the whole Dali Dynasty.


    She is well-informed and experienced. She can be regarded as sun Pengzhi''s good teacher.


    Sun Pengzhi has a good talent, and has Shang Yuxia''s guidance.


    Up to now, he has the posture of a somewhat schemer, even if it is a little astringent.


    Before, he had many experiences of giving advice to others and achieved good results.


    Even if there were any loopholes in his initial plan, Shang Yuxia, who was attached to him, would check the leaks and fill the gaps in time.


    Since you want to be a counselor, it''s best to rely on a truth cultivation force in order to give full play to your own advantages.


    Sun Pengzhi persuades sun Shengdu to take the initiative to join Meng Zhang. Behind it is Shang Yuxia''s full promotion.


    After careful analysis, Shang Yuxia carefully selected the effective object for sun Pengzhi.


    Like those Xiuzhen families with blood ties as the link, they generally do not trust outsiders and rarely choose outsiders as their counselors.


    The Xiuzhen sect door in Dali imperial dynasty has been suppressed for many years. Generally, its strength is not strong and its future is limited.


    As for the Dali Dynasty itself, it has never lacked a counselor, and most of them don''t like sun Pengzhi.


    As a high-level businessman, Shang Yuxia certainly had an in-depth understanding of taiyimen, which opposed the merchants.


    Taiyimen, from Jiuqu Province, has a long history. Its foundation is not simple. The sect has great development potential.


    More importantly, Taiyi gate is now on the rise, and the whole sect gate is booming.

 Chapter 1014

    Shang Yuxia expressed some ideas about choosing taiyimen.


    Because sun Pengzhi has given advice to Sun Sheng many times, and each time Sun Sheng gets a lot of benefits.


    Therefore, Sun Sheng admired sun Pengzhi''s wisdom and almost obeyed his words.


    Sun Pengzhi asked Sun Sheng to take refuge in Meng Zhang. He thought about it for a while and followed it.


    Sun Sheng is also the true monarch of the yuan God. As long as he honestly works for Meng Zhang, and then recommends his nephew sun Pengzhi to Meng Zhang at a certain time, Meng Zhang will certainly not ignore the existence of sun Pengzhi.


    With sun Pengzhi''s ability, what is missing is only a display platform.


    As long as he is given a chance, he can slowly show himself and become the master of Taiyi sect.


    From beginning to end, Shang Yuxia had no malice towards Taiyi gate, just wanted to let Sun Zhipeng have a better future.


    Although the merchant has a deep hatred with taiyimen, after Shang Yuxia was beheaded by her peers, there was no friendship between her and the merchant, only hatred.


    Shang Yuxia can not work for businesses, let alone calculate taiyimen.


    As long as sun Pengzhi takes refuge in taiyimen, he has no other heart.


    Meng Zhang was not satisfied with Shang Yuxia''s words, but continued to press questions.


    Under the pressure of Meng Zhang, Shang Yuxia said another reason why she let Sun Sheng take refuge in Taiyi gate.


    When the merchants fought inside, Shang Yuxia''s enemies were supported by Ouyang Jian, the king of swords.


    In the battle when Shang Yuxia fell, Ouyang Jian also intervened and hurt her seriously.


    There is also a deep hatred between Shang Yuxia and Ouyang Jian.


    Taiyimen has long been enmity with merchants. Meng Zhang killed Ouyang Huajin in public. He was at odds with Ouyang Jian. At the same time, he naturally became a friend of Ouyang Jian''s enemy.


    Shang Yuxia had the idea of revenge with the help of taiyimen.


    When asked about Shang Yuxia, Meng Zhang used his talent and his heart to strictly monitor sun Pengzhi''s mind changes.


    At least from the change of sun Pengzhi''s mind, Shang Yuxia didn''t lie.


    If Shang Yuxia is in good condition, Meng Zhang naturally cannot read her mind.


    But now she has only a wisp of residual God left, and Meng Zhang can clearly sense his emotional changes.


    Although it can''t read out its specific ideas, it can have some vague induction.


    After asking Shang Yuxia, Meng Zhang put aside her remnant God and restored sun Pengzhi''s language ability.


    Meng Zhang asked sun Pengzhi carefully.


    Facing the huge gap in cultivation, sun Pengzhi had no room to resist in front of Meng Zhang.


    He answered all Meng Zhang''s questions without any concealment.


    Meng Zhang judged in various ways and determined that he did not lie.


    So far, Meng Zhang has figured out all the causes and consequences of this matter.


    Then Meng Zhang fell into a long silence.


    He thought about it and thought that although they had hidden something, they had no malice towards taiyimen.


    With sun Pengzhi''s ability, it is also worth giving him a chance.


    Meng Zhang finally asked each of them a question.


    Meng Zhang wants to know what goals Shang Yuxia and sun Pengzhi have.


    Shang Yuxia''s goal is very simple. It is to retaliate against the businessmen, the people who hurt her, and enemies like Ouyang Jian, so that they can''t die easily.


    Meng Zhang continued to ask if Shang Yuxia had any plans if revenge was successful.


    Meng Zhang''s question made Shang Yuxia fall into silence, obviously at a loss.


    At present, Shang Yuxia has only a wisp of residual gods left. It is impossible to reshape the flesh or become ghosts and gods. It seems that she has to enter reincarnation and reincarnation.


    If according to the normal situation, Shang Yuxia''s residual spirit should have dissipated long ago.


    But over the years, she was attached to sun Pengzhi. Under his guidance, sun Pengzhi thought of many ways to warm it up, so that this wisp of residual God can continue to the present.


    Asked about her future, not only Shang Yuxia felt at a loss. Next to sun Pengzhi, he is also very concerned.


    Seeing that Shang Yuxia was really unprepared for this question, Meng Zhang asked sun Pengzhi again.


    Sun Pengzhi''s answer is simple. He hopes that his family can become the master of Taiyi gate and fully show his ability.


    Meng Zhang looked at sun Pengzhi and thought a lot.


    This boy is really well treated.


    In his youth, he was possessed by the residual God of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun is not only harmless, but also a great beauty. He considers him wholeheartedly and gives him a lot of advice.


    There is neither the vicious trap common to practitioners nor the calculation of intrigue.


    Shang Yuxia is much better than the legendary grandfather.


    Not to mention anything else, sun Pengzhi''s good luck alone shows that he is a very lucky figure.


    Meng Zhang and the two of them have a foundation for cooperation.


    Since they all have great value, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind being a good man.


    After thinking again for a long time, Meng Zhang put forward a proposal to Shang Yuxia and sun Pengzhi.


    Sun Pengzhi can serve Meng Zhang and give advice for Meng Zhang.


    If he shows enough ability, Meng Zhang will make him the master of Taiyi sect and give him corresponding power and treatment.


    Shang Yuxia''s enemy is also Meng Zhang''s enemy. If the time is right, Meng Zhang will certainly attack these enemies.


    Shang Yuxia assisted sun Pengzhi to serve Taiyi gate.


    In return, Meng Zhang will provide assistance to help Shang Yuxia find a better way out.


    After some discussion, Shang Yuxia and sun Pengzhi finally accepted Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    After that, Meng Zhang first took out a ghost oath and asked sun Pengzhi to make a ghost oath. After that, he devoted himself to taiyimen without any second thoughts.


    This is the meaning of the title. Sun Pengzhi honestly made a ghost oath.


    On the pledge book of ghost oath, there is a special symbol symbolizing the integrity of the ghosts and gods of Taiyi sect.


    If sun Pengzhi dares to break his oath, the ghosts and gods will come from the underworld and take his life.


    Although Shang Yuxia has only a wisp of residual God, she is still the true monarch of the yuan God in essence.


    Meng Zhang released the jewels of the sun and moon and sprinkled the essence of the moon, temporarily strengthening this wisp of residual God.


    Then Shang Yuxia vowed that she would never do anything against taiyimen.


    After Shang Yuxia and sun Pengzhi completed their respective vows, they got Meng Zhang''s preliminary trust.


    Since then, sun Pengzhi stayed with Meng Zhang and reluctantly assumed the responsibility of a military division.


    As for whether he can become the master of taiyimen in the future, it depends on whether his wisdom and other abilities can meet Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    Sun Pengzhi was happy to stay with Meng Zhang.


    Water flows low, and man goes high. Compared with sun Shengdu, sun Pengzhi will have more opportunities and better prospects around Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1015

    After Meng Zhang accepted sun Pengzhi and sun Shengdu, they all moved to Meng Zhang''s residential yard, pretending to be Meng Zhang''s subordinates and ready to work for Meng Zhang at any time.


    Through the communication with sun Shengdu during this period, Meng Zhang also understood some of his ideas.


    The main reason why Sun Shengdu took the initiative to join Meng Zhang was the persuasion of his nephew sun Pengzhi.


    According to sun Pengzhi''s analysis, he has a better future than staying in the local garrison of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Sun Shengdu had his own analysis.


    He has almost exhausted his potential in this state of cultivation. If there is no great opportunity, it is basically impossible to go further.


    Moreover, with his background, he also touched the ceiling within the Dali imperial system, and there was no room for further progress.


    In that case, it''s better to jump out of the old barriers and look for new opportunities.


    Sun Shengdu is well-informed and knows something about Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen has a long history. After a Holocaust, he is now reborn from nirvana.


    Taiyimen is booming. Stepping on the ship of taiyimen at this time may bring a new future to our family.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Sun Sheng is in taiyimen, his income is limited. Then let the sun family move into taiyimen territory, and the sun family will have greater development.


    The Dali Dynasty not only treated the Xiuzhen clan in the territory very harshly, but also those ordinary Xiuzhen families had to be suppressed and restricted.


    The situation in Jiuqu province is much better as the territory later incorporated into the Dali imperial system.


    Meng Zhang knew sun Shengdu''s idea and naturally actively supported it.


    Taiyimen''s territory is vast and boundless, and it can completely accommodate only one Sun family.


    I don''t know what happened recently. I haven''t seen Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple.


    Meng Zhang wanted to say goodbye to him, but he couldn''t find anyone.


    This forced Meng Zhang to postpone his trip again and again and continue to stay in the capital.


    Since Sun Sheng wants to move the sun family to taiyimen territory, Meng Zhang asks him to prepare for the move.


    When he returned, the people of the sun family followed him back.


    It is common for a great monk like Han Yao not to see anyone for three or five months if there is any important delay.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to wait honestly.


    In order to avoid provoking trouble, he has been staying in the five punishment guard station without going out.


    Feng Baoshan and Feng Baofeng often come to see him and talk about some new things happening outside.


    That day, Feng Baofeng came to the courtyard where Meng Zhang lived. While chatting, he talked about a major event that had recently happened in the capital.


    The Hailing sect, a major spiritual sect from the South China Sea, sent an emissary group to go to the capital, the capital of the imperial dynasty.


    Now, the members of this mission are stationed in the State Guesthouse in Beijing.


    The Hailing sect was located in the South China Sea, and the Dali Dynasty was located in the north of the Middle Earth continent.


    The two forces are north and south, separated by a whole Middle Earth continent.


    On weekdays, there is little contact between the two sides. Most people in Dali imperial dynasty probably haven''t heard of Hailing sect.


    With the arrival of the delegation of Hailing sect, all kinds of information about Hailing sect soon spread in the capital.


    The Hailing sect is powerful and powerful. It shocked the South China Sea, defeated the Hai clan and rejected the dragon clan


    The Hailing sect will never give in to the suppression of the sea hall in the Holy Land zongmen Town, and will fight with it


    The friars of the sea spirit sect are profound and powerful. They can fight against the friars in the sea Hall of the Holy Land zongmen town


    Behind these spreading news, most of them are written by the imperial government.


    Most people in Dali Dynasty know that Dali Dynasty is fighting with Ziyang Shengzong, the holy land.


    Ziyang Shengzong has already brought great pressure to the Dali imperial dynasty before he directly took action.


    The Holy Land Sect has ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years. Just mentioning its name can shock people.


    Dali Dynasty looked very calm on the surface, and the capital was even more peaceful.


    But inside the Dali imperial dynasty, the undercurrent had already surged, and the people were uneasy.


    Even Meng Zhang himself would not have led taiyimen to take refuge in the Dali Dynasty if the situation had not forced him.


    After knowing that Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong were enemies, he was not very optimistic about Dali emperor, and even thought of looking for a way back.


    In this case, in order to appease the people, the officials of Dali imperial court either directly show the power to fight against Ziyang Shengzong or obtain strong assistance.


    Ziyang Shengzong hasn''t made a direct move yet. Dali won''t take the initiative to fight Ziyang Shengzong as long as he doesn''t lose his head.


    At this time, the arrival of the Hailing mission is a good opportunity.


    Hailing sect is the overlord of the South China Sea and also has the power to fight against the Holy Land Sect.


    If Dali Dynasty and hailing faction form an alliance, the two sides can take care of each other and keep warm together.


    All kinds of news about the Hailing sect spread around the capital, all proving the strength of the Hailing sect.


    With the arrival of the Hailing mission, Dali Dynasty seemed to have received a great help.


    When Feng Baofeng talked about these news in front of Meng Zhang, he also looked like he was dancing and dancing.


    Meng Zhang is much calmer than Feng Baofeng and is not very optimistic about the news.


    The sea spirit sect is under great pressure from Zhenhai hall. Where can they have extra strength to help Dali imperial dynasty?


    Besides, the two forces are located at the north and south ends of the Middle Earth continent, separated by a whole Middle Earth continent. Even if they want to echo each other, they are not easy to do.


    Of course, in the view of Dali imperial high-level officials, even if the Hailing school can not provide any help, the existence of the Hailing school itself can be used to appease people and inspire subjects.


    The existence of Hailing school has declared to everyone in Dali dynasty that Dali Dynasty is not alone.


    In addition to the Dali Dynasty, in other places, there are comrades in arms who share the same ideals with the Dali Dynasty to fight against the holy land.


    Meng Zhang was powerless to interfere in the specific relationship between Dali imperial dynasty and hailing sect and whether to form an alliance. Although he was a little interested, it was difficult for him to find out the specific situation from the Dali Dynasty.


    He remembered that when he was in the heavenly palace, he had a history of fighting side by side with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, a great monk of Hailing sect.


    Anyway, now I stay in the capital. I have nothing to do all day. I have a lot of free time.


    It''s better to visit the mission of Hailing sect through this relationship.


    First, you can pass the time. Power should be a distraction.


    Second, it is meaningful to have a relationship with Lala, a big sect like Hailing sect.


    Besides, it would be nice to communicate with the friars of Hailing sect.


    After chatting with Feng Baofeng for a long time and sending him away, Meng Zhang left his courtyard and prepared to visit the place where the Hailing mission stayed.

 Chapter 1016

    Meng Zhang left the five punishment guards station alone and went to the place where the Hailing mission stayed.


    There are special state guesthouses under the Ministry of rites of the Dali imperial dynasty, which are used to receive distinguished guests from all directions.


    After the delegation sent by Hailing came to the capital, it was arranged in the State Guesthouse.


    Meng Zhang has almost made clear the geographical environment of the capital these days.


    He soon came to his destination, outside the State Guesthouse.


    Outside the State Guesthouse, there are elite guards of the forbidden army.


    In order to show his attention to the Hailing mission, Emperor Bawu also sent several Yuanshen friars from the palace to strengthen the guard here.


    The ordinary people were driven away by the patrolling forbidden army before they got close to the State Guesthouse.


    Meng Zhang showed his identity as the five punishment guards, successfully passed the interrogation of the patrolling forbidden army, passed through the periphery of the State Guesthouse and came to a high wall.


    Inside the high wall is the place where the Hailing mission stayed.


    When he arrived here, Meng Zhang was stopped by the guards.


    At this time, his status as a five punishment guard was not easy to use.


    The forbidden army and the five punishment guards do not belong to each other. Even if the other party doesn''t give him any face, he can''t help it.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, there were several other monks who were stopped by the guarded forbidden army.


    If you want to enter and visit the friars of Hailing sect, you must get the permission of the friars of Hailing sect.


    Friars of such a big sect as Hailing sect have no approachable style. On the contrary, they are tired of being disturbed by irrelevant people.


    Therefore, the forbidden army, who had been ordered in advance, blocked all irrelevant people in strict accordance with their orders.


    No matter how high they are in Dali imperial dynasty, if they have nothing to do with friars of Hailing sect, they can''t enter it without their permission.


    Meng Zhang found that among the monks who were blocked outside, there were many people with advanced cultivation and high status.


    In particular, a frame parked not far away is known to be the articles of the royal family by looking at its shape.


    But the owner of the frame was still blocked by the forbidden army.


    The forbidden army bears the imperial life. There are also experts from the Imperial Palace in the army. They have enough confidence and don''t have to buy anyone''s face.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang was a little uneasy. He didn''t know whether Lu Tianshu''s signboard was easy to use.


    If the friar of Hailing sect refuses to meet him, he still has to go home.


    Meng Zhang stopped a guarded Imperial Guard and asked him to inform the Hailing mission that he was a friend of Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate came to visit.


    The guard''s forbidden army looked at Meng Zhang suspiciously and asked Meng Zhang to wait here. He went to report it inside.


    Soon after the forbidden army entered, he came out immediately.


    He made an invitation gesture to Meng Zhang and respectfully invited Meng Zhang in.


    The monks who were stopped nearby were basically people who wanted to see the friars of Hailing sect, but couldn''t get in.


    Meng Zhang went in so easily that they were all a little surprised.


    The Hailing sect is far away in the South China Sea, far away from the imperial dynasty. I don''t know how many thousands of miles away.


    It''s really not easy for the friars of Dali imperial dynasty to have some contact or relationship with the friars of Hailing sect.


    The forbidden army led Meng Zhang into the high wall and took the initiative to retreat.


    It is now the place where the friars of Hailing sect live. In order to show enough respect, Dali imperial government has left enough privacy space for the friars of Hailing sect.


    Almost as the forbidden army who led the way retreated, an old man came out of the hall and took the initiative to meet Meng Zhang.


    Inside the high wall, there are many independent courtyards and many halls, mixed with a large number of pavilions and pavilions.


    The old man went to Meng Zhang, "this Meng Zhenjun, you said you were brother Lu''s good friend..."


    Obviously, although he let Meng Zhang in here, he was still a little confused about Meng Zhang''s words.


    Like Meng Zhang, this old man is a monk of Hailing sect. Meng Zhang dare not neglect him.


    "When I was in the heavenly palace, I worked for mother-in-law Lansi for some time. It was at that time that I was lucky to get to know brother Lu Tianshu."


    "Later, I had the experience of going to the foreign void with brother Lu. I was lucky to see brother Lu''s heroic posture against the friars in Zhenhai hall."


    Meng Zhang said very much like that, and carried out the return virtual power of mother-in-law Lansi.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has a close relationship with Hailing sect. Although it is not a special secret, it is not known to irrelevant people.


    If Meng Zhang''s remarks were made up, it would not only offend the Hailing sect, but also offend mother-in-law Lansi.


    The old man believed most of Meng Zhang''s words at once.


    "I''m you Mingde. I''m in charge of chores in the mission. Since Meng Zhenjun is a friend of senior brother Lu, he''s not an outsider. Please come in quickly."


    You Mingde suddenly became more intimate with Meng Zhang and politely welcomed him into a hospitality hall.


    Let alone the sea spirit sect, even in the Holy Land Sect, a great monk in the later period of the yuan God will not be low in the gate.


    Although Lu Tianshu is a respectful younger generation in front of her mother-in-law, he is a high-ranking figure in the Hailing school.


    Since Meng Zhang is Lu Tianshu''s friend, you Mingde certainly won''t offend easily.


    Introduce Meng Zhang into the hall, and you Mingde greets Meng Zhang.


    After some dialogue, Meng Zhang described in detail the process of making friends with Lu Tianshu.


    In addition to killing the friar of Zhenhai hall with Lu Tianshu and returning from Zhenhai hall to Xu Daneng''s men to escape, Meng Zhang basically said everything he could say.


    With these details as a reference, Meng Zhang''s words are more credible.


    Although Lu Tianshu has not been in contact for a long time, Meng Zhang still knows something about this person.


    After chatting for a while, you Mingde trusted Meng Zhang more and his attitude became more friendly.


    "The head of our mission was originally senior brother Mei Tianxiang and senior brother Lu Tianshu."


    "But elder martial brother Mei Tianxiang is a Madman of cultivation. He only knows to practice hard in isolation all day. When he comes here, he just meets the people of Dali Dynasty and goes to practice in isolation again."


    "A lot of chores of the mission fell on me. It''s not easy for me to meet senior brother Mei."


    "On the way, elder martial brother Lu left for a while. It will take some time before he comes to meet us."


    You Mingde half complained and half explained for Meng Zhang.


    He said that Lu Tianshu was about to arrive here, which was also a test of Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was nothing different, he was relieved.


    As for Mei Tianxiang mentioned by him, he is the strong one among the great friars of Hailing sect.


    He has always been arrogant. He doesn''t look up to ordinary friars like Dali imperial dynasty. He doesn''t bother to deal with unfamiliar people at all.

 Chapter 1017

    The arrogant Mei Tianxiang Zhenjun doesn''t like all kinds of incoming and outgoing things, and is impatient to deal with a bunch of idle people.


    After staying here, he went straight to the closed door and asked youmingde to deal with the big and small affairs inside and outside the mission.


    If not enough people come to the door, they are not qualified to receive them.


    Meng Zhang is just Lu Tianshu''s friend. His accomplishments are similar to you Mingde.


    Of course, you Mingde would not say that he was not qualified to let Mei Tianxiang Zhenjun receive him personally. He just said that Mei Tianxiang Zhenjun was a Madman of cultivation and had been practicing in isolation all the time.


    It''s a pity not to see the head of the mission.


    However, according to you Mingde, another leader of the mission, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, will come soon. Meng Zhang is still a little looking forward to it.


    Lu Tianshu and Zhenjun haven''t been in contact for a long time, but according to Meng Zhang''s observation, this person is not that kind of person who is difficult to deal with.


    Speaking of it, Lu Tianshu was also very sorry that he had involved Meng Zhang and them in the gratitude and resentment between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall.


    Meng Zhang came here to inquire about the specific relationship between Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty, and to communicate with the friars of Hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang and you Mingde met for the first time. It''s hard to talk about some in-depth topics.


    Since the old acquaintance Lu Tianshu is about to arrive, it''s better to talk with Lu Tianshu in detail when Lu Tianshu arrives.


    When you Mingde intentionally or unintentionally asked Meng Zhang about the purpose of coming to the door, Meng Zhang said a few words casually.


    First, I heard about the arrival of the Hailing mission and wanted to come and inquire about my old friend Lu Tianshu.


    Second, I''ve heard the name of the friar of Hailing sect for a long time. Come and see his style and have a conversation.


    You Mingde didn''t trust Meng Zhang completely. He still had reservations when chatting with Meng Zhang.


    As for the exchange of cultivation experience and so on, the monks who are completely unfamiliar with each other are not very open.


    The two talked for a while. Meng Zhang learned about the general situation of the mission and took the initiative to leave.


    If you have anything to say, you''d better wait until Lu Tianshu arrives, and then come and talk to him slowly.


    Although you Mingde has reservations about Meng Zhang, he still has no problem in his attitude.


    With Lu Tianshu''s status in the Hailing sect, there are countless monks who want to curry favor with him.


    Even if you don''t have to please Lu Tianshu, you Mingde should try to show his respect for him and try to have a good relationship with him.


    For Lu Tianshu''s friends, you Mingde doesn''t mind doing enough to save face.


    When Meng Zhang left, you Mingde personally sent him out and sent him out for a long distance.


    No matter the tone of voice or action, Meng Zhang is treated as a distinguished guest.


    After Meng Zhang and you Mingde said good-bye, they went directly back to the residence of the five punishment guards.


    Less than half a day after returning to the courtyard, the five punishment guards outside came to inform him that a guest came to visit him.


    Meng Zhang took the worship note from the five punishment guards, skipped a pile of polite nonsense, and looked directly at the last signature, Princess Chunyu.


    Meng Zhang has heard of the name of Princess Chunyu.


    Princess Chunyu is a member of the royal family of the Dali imperial dynasty. The Chunyu inn where he stayed before is the property under the name of Princess Chunyu.


    In addition to staying at Chunyu Inn, Meng Zhang has never had contact with Princess Chunyu.


    What is her intention to visit herself at this time.


    Meng Zhang recruited sun Pengzhi and asked him about Princess Chunyu.


    Since Sun Pengzhi is determined to become the master of Taiyi sect, he should give advice and accept his test at Meng Zhang''s side now.


    Shang Yuxia Zhenjun, who is attached to sun Pengzhi, used to be in a high position in Datong Business League.


    Big businessmen like Datong business alliance are very familiar with all kinds of information from the top of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Among them, it includes the members of the royal family.


    In addition to receiving Shang Yuxia''s guidance and obtaining all kinds of information from her, sun Pengzhi. After coming to the capital, he also tried to obtain all kinds of intelligence through various channels.


    Now he is very familiar with the capital and can hang out here like a duck to water.


    Princess Chunyu is a little famous among the royal family members of the Dali Dynasty.


    Her father was a royal prince. In his early years, when he participated in the foreign expedition, he died in the battle.


    Princess Chunyu has good qualifications and savvy. As a royal member of Genzheng Miao Hong, she will naturally get the support of the royal family.


    Especially after she became the true monarch of the yuan God, she also had a place in the royal family.


    Dali was the most important military achievement in the imperial dynasty, and it was still in the stage of opening up to the outside world. Throughout the imperial dynasty, there was a positive vitality.


    Especially in the royal family, working hard and actively is the mainstream.


    To have a certain status, blood and birth alone is not enough.


    The titles of princes, princes, princesses and princesses are not given out of thin air.


    It not only has strict requirements for the cultivation of the recipient, but also needs the recipient to make certain achievements.


    Princess Chunyu is not a top figure in the royal family. There is still a big gap between Princess Chunyu and Prince Xia Houfeng who led the army to attack Jiuqu League.


    However, she still has some status and power. She is not a character that can be completely ignored and ignored.


    Sun Pengzhi also reminded that Princess Chunyu has a wide range of friends and has many friends in all aspects.


    In the upper capital, a group of nuns with similar status formed an organization like a sisterhood to take care of and help each other.


    Princess Chunyu is a member of this organization.


    The organization composed of nuns still has some strength.


    Many members are like Princess Chunyu. They are of extraordinary origin and advanced cultivation.


    Many women from powerful families in the capital are flocking to this organization and trying to join it.


    With the idea of not offending people casually, Meng Zhang should meet her politely to see what her purpose is.


    Although he had never seen Princess Chunyu and had never dealt with her, Meng Zhang had a bad impression of her.


    When Meng Zhang lived in Chunyu Inn, Ouyang Huajin came to make trouble.


    The shopkeeper of Chunyu Inn was scrupulous about Ouyang Huajin''s background and didn''t do his duty to maintain the peace of the guests.


    At that time, Meng Zhang did not expect Chunyu inn to help him fight against Ouyang Huajin, but was dissatisfied with his attitude of pandering to others and watching others.


    Now the big boss behind the scenes of Chunyu Inn comes to see Meng Zhang. According to Meng Zhang''s temperament, he should give her a little face and vent his dissatisfaction.


    However, Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years and has long known that everything can''t be controlled by his own temperament.


    Anyway, Princess Chunyu is also a member of the royal family. Yuanshen Zhenjun should give face.


    Otherwise, others think they despise the royal family.

 Chapter 1018

    Meng Zhang pressed down his impatience and met Princess Chunyu in the courtyard where he lived.


    When Meng Zhang met her, sun Pengzhi, as a subordinate of Meng Zhang, always accompanied her.


    Princess Chunyu took a maid as her entourage, with a gift box in her hand.


    Seeing the maid, Meng Zhang felt a little familiar.


    Meng Zhang remembered that when he visited the place where Hailing sect stayed, he was blocked near the royal carriage outside, and this maid was with him.


    From her appearance, Princess Chunyu is a tall and gorgeous beauty. Every move reveals a mature style.


    In the cultivation world, the higher the cultivation, the lower the probability of ugly women.


    Everyone has a love of beauty. Especially female monks, except for a few who have some psychological problems or really don''t care about their appearance, most female monks are willing to spend more or less on their appearance.


    Dressing up is not only done by ordinary people, and nuns are also willing to spend time and energy on it.


    In the cultivation world, there are many spells that can adjust the appearance and figure, as well as many elixirs for beauty.


    Many times, these pills are more popular among female practitioners than pills to improve their accomplishments.


    Meng Zhang was already immune to all kinds of beautiful women in the nun. He politely and distantly greeted Princess Chunyu.


    Princess Chunyu lowered her attitude in front of Meng Zhang.


    As soon as she came up, she apologized to Meng Zhang.


    As a distinguished guest of Chunyu Inn, Meng Zhang was originally entertained with the highest standard.


    But the shopkeeper of Chunyu Inn has no eyes. He doesn''t know that Meng Zhang is the most distinguished guest. He treats Meng Zhang slowly.


    Princess Chunyu told Meng Zhang that the shopkeeper like a fat pig had been beaten up by her and drove away.


    If Meng Zhang is still angry, she can personally catch the shopkeeper in front of Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang deal with it.


    In addition, in order to express her apology, she specially prepared a small gift for Meng Zhang.


    While talking, Princess Chunyu asked the maid behind her to present a gift box.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even take a fancy to it, and casually hit a ha ha.


    If Princess Chunyu didn''t ask for something, it might not be this attitude.


    For Chunyu princess to take the initiative to make amends, Meng Zhang is not the same thing.


    Of course, on the surface, Meng Zhang is still very magnanimous. Call a little thing directly, I didn''t put it in my heart at all, so that Princess Chunyu doesn''t need to care, let alone spend money.


    You come and I go. They talked hypocritically for a long time. Princess Chunyu slowly entered the topic.


    She inquired tentatively whether there was any special relationship between Meng Zhang and hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang, who had been expecting for a long time, seemed to respond casually, saying that he had met several friars of Hailing sect and was not too familiar.


    Princess Chunyu smiled and obviously didn''t believe Meng Zhang''s words.


    She went on directly and explained the purpose of her visit.


    It turned out that Princess Chunyu fell into a big bottleneck in her practice. She exhausted all kinds of methods and couldn''t get any breakthrough.


    Later, by chance, she was instructed by an expert and learned that a skill called Haiyun Jing was very helpful to her situation.


    If you can get this skill for reference, her cultivation bottleneck is likely to be broken through.


    Although Haiyun Jing is not too advanced, it is rare in the world of truth cultivation.


    Especially on the mainland, there are basically no monks practicing this skill.


    In the overseas cultivation world, some fragments of this skill have been circulated.


    Princess Chunyu spent a lot of time asking about it before she learned that Hailing sect has the whole art of this skill.


    Princess Chunyu wanted to get this skill from Hailing sect, but she couldn''t get in.


    Coincidentally, the Hailing sect sent a delegation to visit the capital.


    After receiving the news, Princess Chunyu specially prepared a generous gift to visit.


    Her identity as a Royal Princess is not easy to use in the friars of Hailing sect.


    After several closed doors, I finally met you Mingde, the head of the Hailing mission, but the other party was unwilling to give her this skill.


    No matter whether she offered high conditions, promised many precious spirits, or even carried out the signboard of the royal family, you Mingde was unmoved.


    Although the Haiyun Sutra is not the core heritage of the Hailing school, it is only a common skill collected, but you Mingde has no right to spread it outside.


    You Mingde doesn''t pay attention to the conditions promised by Princess Chunyu.


    The strength of Hailing sect is not under Dali imperial dynasty. As Princess Chunyu, she can take out the spirit objects, but she can''t move the friars of Hailing sect.


    As for the identity of her Princess, it is not worth mentioning.


    The delegation of Hailing sect came to the capital to negotiate directly with Bawu emperor.


    If only a Chunyu Princess delayed the event of Bawu emperor, she would not worry about blood ties with Bawu emperor''s character.


    The helpless Princess Chunyu was a little desperate. She just saw you Mingde''s respectful attitude towards Meng Zhang.


    In her opinion, to make monks of such a big sect as Hailing sect so respected, Meng Zhang either has a deep unknown background or has a special relationship with Hailing sect.


    According to common sense, it should probably be the latter.


    Holding the idea of a dead horse as a living horse doctor, she took the initiative to find Meng Zhang.


    She hopes Meng Zhang can help him mediate in front of the friars of Hailing sect and let Hailing sect agree to his requirements.


    Before she came to visit Meng Zhang, she learned all the information she could know.


    In her opinion, she has put her posture so low that Meng Zhang should buy her face.


    However, after listening to Princess Chunyu''s request, Meng Zhang refused to agree directly. Instead, he kept talking with Princess Chunyu, or Gu left and right about him.


    Princess Chunyu pulled down her face and begged for a long time, but Meng Zhang was unmoved.


    Princess Chunyu secretly hated her, but there was no way for Meng Zhang to promise.


    Although she bears the name of a princess, she doesn''t have much real power.


    Others look at the name of Princess and buy her some face. It''s love. If Meng Zhang doesn''t buy it like this, she has nothing to do.


    Meng Zhang is not only the leader of the school, but also a member of the five punishment guards, with the shelter of Han Yao.


    Although Princess Chunyu is a member of the royal family, she is far inferior to Han Yao in terms of her position in the heart of Bawu emperor and in any other aspect.


    When she said good things, offered many conditions, and even promised many treasures for exchange, which could not move Meng Zhang, she was really helpless for the time being.

 Chapter 1019

    Meng Zhang refused to help, and Princess Chunyu couldn''t help it.


    Seeing that she begged for a long time, Meng Zhang was unmoved. She had to leave disappointed.


    Of course, Princess Chunyu will never stop.


    Although her heart was very angry, on the surface, she maintained a minimum demeanor.


    In her opinion, not this time, and next time, she will eventually let Meng Zhang promise to help.


    When she left, she began to think in her heart about what way to make Meng Zhang obey.


    She doesn''t believe it. She is a local snake in the capital and a member of the royal family. Isn''t there any way to impress Meng Zhang, a local steamed stuffed bun from abroad?


    When she left, Princess Chunyu said she would visit again.


    After Meng Zhang sent her out, he returned to the courtyard without expression.


    Sun Pengzhi, who had been watching, was a little confused.


    He asked Meng Zhang why he didn''t promise to come down and buy Princess Chunyu a face.


    Princess Chunyu has a wide range of friends and many roads.


    Meng Zhang shook his head. He refused to help not because he was a little unhappy before, but because he was really a little difficult.


    Although he said in front of you Mingde that he and Lu Tianshu Zhenjun were good friends.


    But he knew that he and Lu Tianshu Zhenjun had only cooperated once under the matchmaking of his silk mother-in-law.


    Although Lu Tianshu''s character is forthright, the relationship between the two sides is also pleasant. However, Meng Zhang is not sure how much friendship they have.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang certainly knows the attitude of a sect towards various classics and skills in the sect.


    As far as he is concerned, if he doesn''t have enough interests, he doesn''t want to divulge any ordinary skill of Taiyi sect.


    As for the core inheritance of the sect, it will never be spread unless the sect is broken.


    He was not willing to ask Lu Tianshu for help for the favor of Princess Chunyu or the benefits he gave.


    Human feelings are always used less and less. Even if it needs to be used, it should also be used on the blade.


    Meng Zhang explained to sun Pengzhi a little and let go of the matter.


    Sun Pengzhi reminded Meng Zhang with some information learned from Shang Yuxia.


    Princess Chunyu herself doesn''t matter. She doesn''t play an important role in the royal family. It''s not easy to see Emperor Wu''s face last time.


    However, the sisterhood of a group of female nuns she participated in is an organization with great energy.


    If they are determined to embarrass Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will have a lot of trouble.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care much about sun Pengzhi''s reminder.


    He has seen a lot of plastic flower sisterhood between women.


    Are there any female nuns who will fight for Princess Chunyu.


    Even if they do, the family behind them won''t allow it.


    Meng Zhang put it aside and waited silently in the courtyard.


    During this time, Han Yao didn''t know where he went. Even the Feng Baoshan brothers didn''t know his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to say goodbye to Han Yao, but visited Hailing sect every three or five times.


    The Hailing sect, looking at Lu Tianshu''s face, warmly received Meng Zhang every time, completely treating him as a distinguished guest.


    After less than ten days, Meng Zhang finally met Lu Tianshu Zhenjun during a routine visit.


    After handling the matter, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun immediately rushed to the capital to meet the mission.


    When Meng Zhang came to visit, he finished some affairs of the mission.


    Lu Tianshu was very happy to meet Meng Zhang again in the capital.


    The so-called white head is as new as before. Although I haven''t been in touch for a long time in Tiangong, I chatted for a while. But they talked very well, and both had a feeling of similar character.


    After that, they and their companions went to collect Yuqing LINGJI. They fought against the enemy together. Later, they escaped from Zhenhai hall under the great master of Huixu.


    Later, when distributing the booty, Lu Tianshu not only acted fairly, but also did what he said and gave way, which made Meng Zhang a good impression on him.


    Meng Zhang said before that Lu Tianshu and himself are good friends, but it''s not just his own feeling.


    They not only have a good friendship, but also have a certain tacit understanding.


    This reunion, Lu Tianshu and Meng Zhang talked happily.


    Seeing the scene of their conversation, youmingde breathed a sigh of relief.


    Meng Zhang is not a liar. He really has friends with Lu Tianshu.


    His previous attitude towards Meng Zhang should satisfy Lu Tianshu.


    Lu Tianshu really treated Meng Zhang as a friend, especially with the experience of killing friars in Zhenhai hall together. Whether Meng Zhang wanted to or not, he went on the thief ship of Hailing sect and became the enemy of Zhenhai hall.


    Lu Tianshu is a kind man. Of course, he will not deliberately spread the news in order to force Meng Zhang to submit.


    But Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu showed up in front of the friars in Zhenhai hall.


    Although the other party regarded Meng Zhang as friars of Hailing sect at that time, as long as they continued to haunt in the heavenly palace, they would meet friars of Zhenhai hall sooner or later.


    There is no problem of poor memory among the Yuanshen friars. It''s only a matter of time before their identities are exposed.


    In front of the holy door of Zhenhai hall, the sea spirit sect is in a weak position.


    In order to compete with Zhenhai hall, hailing sect must unite all forces that can be united.


    Lu Tianshu also heard a little about taiyimen, which shook the Middle Earth in that year.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to revive taiyimen and to be valued by mother-in-law Lansi shows his uniqueness.


    In Lu Tianshu''s eyes, Meng Zhang is still a little immature, and the resurgent taiyimen is far inferior to its heyday.


    However, as long as Meng Zhang and taiyimen continue to develop, they will sooner or later become a force that can not be ignored and a powerful assistant of the Hailing sect.


    In fact, facing the all-round suppression of Zhenhai hall, hailing school fell to the disadvantage in many aspects.


    Meng Zhang''s tangled group of Yuanshen friars is also a useful force in the heavenly palace. They can help a lot of times.


    Whether from personal feelings or from the interests of the sect, Lu Tianshu is willing to make friends with Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, it is a great good thing to make friends with Lu Tianshu and thus get in touch with Hailing faction.


    The two sides had good friendship, and now they intend to further in-depth exchanges.


    The more they talk, the more speculation, the more in-depth they talk.


    Meng Zhang was still a little curious about the fact that the delegation of Hailing sect came to the imperial dynasty from so far away in the South China Sea, across thousands of mountains and rivers, across almost the whole Middle Earth continent.


    While chatting, Meng Zhang casually asked about their experiences along the way.


    Lu Tianshu didn''t hide anything.


    He told Meng Zhang that instead of crossing the Middle Earth, they chose another route.


    Meng Zhang should also know this route, that is, transit through the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 1020

    The Hailing sect is located in the South China Sea. If it comes to the imperial dynasty through the Middle Earth, even the yuan God Zhenjun may not be able to reach his destination after spending decades on the way.


    In many parts of the Middle Earth continent, long-distance transmission arrays have been built.


    If these long-distance transmission arrays relay transmission one way after another, it can save a lot of time.


    However, since the sea spirit sect was completely suppressed by Zhenhai hall, it was difficult for the friars of the sea spirit sect to go to the Middle Earth through normal channels.


    Many monks of Hailing sect often disappeared mysteriously after they left the South China Sea.


    Needless to ask, it is clear that Zhenhai hall is making trouble in the dark.


    Many religious forces around Hailing sect openly refused to use their own long-distance transmission array.


    Obviously, between the sea Hall of the Holy Land zongmen town and the sea spirit sect, these Xiuzhen forces have made a clear choice.


    Since they don''t want to offend Zhenhai hall, they have to stand on the opposite side of Hailing sect.


    In this case, even if the Hailing sect dispatched a large number of Yuanshen friars and their safety was guaranteed, it was basically impossible to get to the Dali imperial dynasty as soon as possible.


    Fortunately, there is such detachment as Tiangong.


    The heavenly palace hangs high above the nine days, which is beyond all the grievances and disputes in the Jun dust world.


    The Hailing sect enters Jiutian on the South China Sea, and then enters the heavenly palace.


    You can reach the nine days above Dali Dynasty through the transmission array of Tiangong, and then go directly to Dali Dynasty.


    Of course, the heavenly palace is worried that some sects in the Junchen world will carry out long-distance raids through this channel, so it has made many restrictions.


    Such transmission costs a lot every time, and strictly limits the number of people transmitted by the same cultivation force every time.


    The total number of Hai Ling''s mission to Dali imperial dynasty this time is only about ten.


    Of course, because only the monks of Yuanshen period are qualified to enter the heavenly palace, all the envoys in this mission are Yuanshen Zhenjun, and their strength is quite good.


    Meng Zhang has heard about this channel, but he has never used it before. Now listening to Lu Tianshu is an eye opener.


    Next, they talked about their situation after the last goodbye.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu really hit it off. After the reunion in Beijing, they exchanged frequently and repeatedly.


    At first, they just talked about some gossip. As they talked more and more speculatively, the topic of conversation became more and more in-depth.


    In Lu Tianshu''s eyes, Meng Zhang will sooner or later stand on the same front with the Hai Ling sect against Zhenhai hall. Therefore, he is willing to share those things that are not too confidential with Meng Zhang.


    Taiyimen is also a sect that once shocked the Middle Earth.


    If it had not been destroyed by the guantian Pavilion, but had developed smoothly, the Taiyi sect might not be weaker than the Hailing sect.


    Taiyimen''s inheritance of ancient books and secret skills are also not inferior to Hailing school.


    Therefore, Lu Tianshu happily agreed to the exchange of cultivation experience proposed by Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang is a descendant of Taiyi sect, and his cultivation and combat effectiveness are obviously not weak, he is naturally qualified to communicate with friars of Hailing sect.


    In the mission, except Mei Tianxiang and Lu Tianshu, who are the two leading monks in the later period of Yuanshen, the rest are just the accomplishments in the middle and early period of Yuanshen.


    These people have no opinion about communicating with Meng Zhang.


    For a period of time after that, Meng Zhang came to the place where Hailing sect stayed almost every day to talk about metaphysics and Taoism with the monks of Hailing sect and exchange his cultivation experience.


    Although we won''t disclose sect secrets and our own cards, we can benefit each other by exchanging some spiritual feelings.


    Sometimes when he was excited, Meng Zhang simply stayed in the Hailing sect and had a long talk with his colleagues all night.


    Meng Zhang''s close contact with the friars of Hailing sect was seen by those who wanted to.


    In addition to communicating with Meng Zhang, the Hailing mission still has a lot to do.


    Mei Tianxiang has always been closed, and Lu Tianshu is the highest position in the mission. It is youmingde who really handles the daily affairs of the mission.


    The Hailing sect also has its own purpose in sending this mission to the imperial dynasty.


    All the members of the mission bear their own mission.


    Lu Tianshu and you Mingde went to the palace of the Dali Dynasty several times to meet and discuss with emperor Bawu.


    Apart from them, there are only a few important officials in the court.


    Meng Zhang guessed that the two forces should form an alliance.


    When Meng Zhang came to the Hailing sect, even if Lu Tianshu and you Mingde were absent, other Hailing sect friars would have a pleasant exchange with him.


    After this period of communication, Meng Zhang''s spiritual cultivation and accumulation of Taoism have been admired by these friars of Hailing sect.


    Seriously, at first, these friars of Hailing sect held the airs of big sect disciples. They didn''t even look up to the direct friars of the imperial dynasty, let alone Meng Zhang''s subordinates.


    However, after many contacts, they were convinced by Meng Zhang and willingly bowed to Meng Zhang.


    In such an exchange process, both sides benefit.


    Meng Zhang and the friars of Hailing sect can learn a lot from each other and understand some experiences.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is becoming more and more advanced. In Taiyi gate, he can''t find the elders of the school to guide him for a long time.


    In addition to drawing experience and insights from the classics left by his predecessors in the door, he is communicating and exchanging ideas with other monks.


    It''s a rare opportunity to communicate with such a big sect of monks as Hailing sect. Meng Zhang cherishes it very much.


    He almost forgot to return to Jiuqu province and devoted all his mind to it.


    Many times, the friar of Hailing sect didn''t treat him as an outsider, and didn''t deliberately hide many things from him.


    Lu Tianshu and you Mingde went to the palace for the first few days. Every time they came back, they didn''t look good.


    Meng Zhang guessed in his heart that their negotiation with Bawu emperor should not be very smooth, and the two sides may have great differences.


    With the negotiation, both sides should have made some concessions, the differences have been made up, and the negotiation can continue.


    This can be judged from the apparently better faces of Lu Tianshu and you Mingde.


    In the end, the joy on both faces could not be covered up. Meng Zhang guessed that the two sides have settled.


    At present, he is still a subordinate of Dali imperial dynasty. Meng Zhang is still very interested in the matters discussed by the two sides.


    He couldn''t restrain his curiosity. When communicating with Lu Tianshu once, seeing that he was in a good mood, he tentatively asked.


    Lu Tianshu probably really regarded Meng Zhang as his own person. He hesitated a little and talked about the negotiations between the two sides.


    Between Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty, it is not to discuss alliance and mutual assistance, but to reach a deal.


    The purpose of this delegation of Hailing sect is to pay a certain price to make Dali imperial court agree to their transaction request.

 Chapter 1021

    The Hailing sect paid a high price this time. Only one request was to go to the ghost crying mountains in the underworld with the help of the special passage from the imperial dynasty.


    Although Yin and Yang belong to Yin and Yang, separated by a thick space barrier, they still retain many contacts.


    It is difficult to travel from the underworld to the Yang world. Except for the ghosts and gods who perform the ghost oath, it is difficult to have a normal way for the ghosts and ghosts from the underworld to come to the Yang world.


    It seems easy to go to hell, but there are many restrictions.


    After the death of the creature, the soul naturally goes to hell.


    This is determined by the rules of heaven and earth. The behaviors of these souls are passive and have no independent control ability at all.


    Such a journey is also one-way and basically irreversible.


    In the later period of foundation building, after the spirit of the friar came out of the body, he could go to the underworld, but it was not easy to come back smoothly.


    Even if it is the true monarch of the yuan God, after the yuan God leaves the body, he can easily enter the underworld. However, it is still difficult to freely control the place after entering the underworld.


    The underworld is vast and has many levels. Compared with Yangshi, the area is only large.


    In the underworld, unlike the Yang world, there are long-distance transmission arrays in many places.


    Moreover, in the underworld, all kinds of dangers far surpass the sun.


    There are countless dangerous places in the underworld, as well as countless ferocious ghosts and beasts.


    Even if the yuan God Zhenjun enters the underworld, if he is not good, he will worry about his life.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun''s flesh collapsed, leaving only Yuanshen. If you want to enter the underworld and embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    This road seems simple, but in fact there are many difficulties.


    Without the guidance of previous ghosts and gods, relevant experience and bad luck, the yuan God will either fall completely or become the food of ghosts and gods before achieving ghosts and gods.


    In a word, it is not difficult to enter the underworld from the sun. The difficulty is to reach a specific place in the underworld.


    Recently, the sea spirit sect has something that needs to be completed by entering the ghost crying mountains in the underworld.


    The friars of Hailing sect can easily enter the underworld, but they can''t reach the ghost crying mountains in a short time.


    By chance, the high level of Hailing sect knew that Dali Dynasty had a close relationship with the underworld.


    Dali imperial high-level has a way to get through the special channel to the ghost crying mountains.


    Therefore, there was a way for the Hailing mission.


    Although there were many twists and turns, the transaction between Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty was not smooth.


    However, the high level of the Hailing faction had long expected this and gave the mission high authority.


    Lu Tianshu paid a lot of price, finally moved Bawu emperor, reached a deal with Dali Dynasty, and got the opportunity to use a special channel to enter the ghost crying mountains.


    Lu Tianshu knows that the deal between Hailing sect and Dali imperial high-level is not a top secret at least on Dali imperial side. Many people at the top of Dali Dynasty know it.


    He has been in the capital for so long and has a deep understanding of the situation here and the relevant situation of Meng Zhang.


    Even if he didn''t tell Meng Zhang about it, Meng Zhang could know the transaction between the two sides from his immediate boss Han Yao.


    Of course, the purpose of Hailing''s friars to go to the ghost weeping mountains has not been revealed even by Emperor Wu, let alone Meng Zhang.


    After listening to Lu Tianshu''s words, Meng Zhang was a little surprised, but he didn''t continue to ask questions.


    The friars of Hailing sect came all the way from the South China Sea to Dali imperial dynasty in order to enter the ghost crying mountains.


    Their purpose must be very confidential and important.


    Meng Zhang is very knowledgeable and will not inquire about these sensitive things.


    There are also some records about various situations in the underworld in the classics left by Taiyi gate.


    However, I don''t know whether the classics are incomplete or whether the ancestors of taiyimen have limited knowledge of the underworld. What Meng Zhang can understand is also some common sense.


    What''s different about the ghost weeping mountains? It''s hard for friars of Hailing sect to imagine that they have to enter them.


    Meng Zhang, who knew that the underworld was very dangerous, would not take the initiative to go to that place if he had nothing important to do.


    After he finished his conversation with Lu Tianshu, he returned to the residence of the five punishment guards.


    Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple, who had not seen him for a long time, finally appeared.


    I don''t know where he went during this time.


    Meng Zhang went to see Han Yao. Han Yao just met him in a hurry.


    Han Yao simply said a few words and asked Meng Zhang not to hurry back. He still had something to tell Meng Zhang.


    Han Yao didn''t know what urgent news he received. He immediately left Meng Zhang and left alone.


    Seeing Han Yao''s back rushing away, Meng Zhang was also very helpless.


    Han Yao is in a high position and has a heavy responsibility. Once he gets busy, it will be dark and his feet will not touch the ground.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to wait for the next chance to see Han Yao again.


    Since Han Yao wants Meng Zhang not to hurry back, he stays in the capital honestly, waiting for Han Yao to be free.


    As the Hailing sect negotiated terms with Dali imperial court, the friars of Hailing sect began to get busy.


    Although they have made all kinds of preparations, they still have a lot to do before entering the underworld.


    Meng Zhang is not a blind man. Seeing that the friar of Hailing sect is busy, he can''t bother others.


    He temporarily stopped his daily trip to the residence of the friars of the Hailing sect and spent most of his time in the residence of the five punishment guards.


    He spent more time in the garrison of the five punishment guards, and the Feng brothers also had more time to visit him.


    Although Feng Baoshan is in charge of the daily affairs of the five punishment guards, he is nominally Meng Zhang''s boss.


    However, only in the early days of Yuanshen''s cultivation, he never put on the airs of his boss in front of Meng Zhang, but interacted with Meng Zhang on an equal footing.


    Feng Baofeng has only the cultivation of Jindan period. He puts his posture very low and treats Meng Zhang as a senior practitioner.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is profound. He has a strong force under his hands and is valued by Han Yao. Of course, they are willing to make friends with him.


    When the Feng brothers come to visit Meng Zhang, they will also bring Meng Zhang some latest news about going to the capital.


    Feng Baoshan recently said that the Dali imperial family seemed to open a special channel to the underworld and sent a team of monks to the underworld.


    Ouyang Jian has been trying to reshape Ouyang Huajin''s flesh since Ouyang Huajin was cut off last time, but it is not smooth.


    After several failures, Ouyang Jian also stopped thinking in this regard and chose another way for Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God.


    He is ready to take this opportunity to send Ouyang Huajin''s Yuanshen to the underworld and let him embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    Therefore, Ouyang Jian went to see Bawu emperor and asked Bawu emperor to let Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God go to the underworld through a special channel.

 Chapter 1022

    The sword Lord Ouyang Jian is an old minister who has been loyal to several generations of kings of the Dali Dynasty. It is very reasonable for him to make such a request for his blood relatives.


    Although emperor Bawu was extremely authoritarian and his subordinates were very strict, he was not unreasonable.


    Ouyang Jian has already pulled down his old face and begged others. He will not let the loyal old minister feel cold.


    He gave Ouyang Jian a face and agreed to his request.


    Feng Baoshan talked about this matter in front of Meng Zhang with theout any deep meaning, just casually.


    In his opinion, his immediate boss did not deal with Ouyang Jian, and Ouyang Huajin died in Meng Zhang''s hands. Meng Zhang should be very interested in the news about Ouyang Huajin.


    If Ouyang Huajin enters the underworld, he will embark on the road of ghosts and gods. Yin and yang are separated. From then on, it should be difficult for him to have anything to do with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is really interested in this news, but it is not the reason in Feng Baoshan''s heart.


    When he killed Ouyang Huajin, he had a doubt. Ouyang Huajin almost took the initiative to die and let himself kill him easily.


    Now, Ouyang Jian wants to send the Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin to the underworld through the special channel of Dali imperial dynasty. Will there be any special connection between them?


    If so, it must be Ouyang Jian''s calculation. What''s his plot to kill his blood relatives and disciples?


    Meng Zhang was full of thoughts.


    After Feng Baoshan left, he thought hard for a long time without a clue.


    Later, he thought that since Sun Pengzhi followed him, he had no improper behavior and had initially gained his trust.


    After a little hesitation, he called sun Pengzhi over and told him the whole thing, including his own guess.


    Meng Zhang wants to hear some new ideas from sun Pengzhi.


    Although sun Pengzhi is brilliant, he has too little information and doesn''t have too many ideas.


    But Shang Yuxia Zhenjun, who had always been attached to him, provided some valuable information after listening to Meng Zhang''s words.


    When Shang Yuxia was a high-level merchant, the merchant had close contacts with Ouyang Jian and had cooperation in many aspects.


    Businesses have great power in Datong business alliance, largely because of the strong support of Ouyang Jian.


    Therefore, businesses always try their best to meet Ouyang Jian''s requirements.


    According to Shang Yuxia, Ouyang Jian once asked merchants to secretly collect a batch of special materials through the channels of Datong business alliance.


    These materials are useless for ordinary practitioners, but they can play a great role in the underworld.


    Some of these materials can be used to strengthen Yin soldiers and Yin generals, and some can be used for the cultivation of ghosts and gods


    Among these materials, there are many rare things in the Jun dust world. Datong business alliance spent a lot of time and energy before and after, and finally collected these materials.


    Among these materials, items such as Purple River chariot, ghost baby and Yin child hurt Tianhe too much in the collection process and need to create boundless sins.


    Shang Yuxia didn''t know why Ouyang Jian collected these materials.


    As a woman, she was soft hearted. I didn''t like this inhuman behavior and deliberately stopped it, which had a great conflict with other senior members of the family.


    This also buried the root of her fall in the family struggle.


    After hearing Shang Yuxia''s words, Meng Zhang can finally confirm that Ouyang Jian really has another plan, and he began to prepare many years ago.


    It seems that Ouyang Huajin was killed by himself at the beginning. It was not an accident, nor was he too incompetent, but he deliberately died according to Ouyang Jian''s plan.


    In the open competition with Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang cut off the flesh, leaving only the yuan God.


    Then, through the special channel of the royal family, the yuan God of Ouyang Huajin entered the underworld.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what Ouyang Jian''s plot is, but he knows that he has made a lot of preparations for all this.


    In order to make all this seem logical, he took advantage of the contradiction between Meng Zhang and Ouyang Huajin.


    Meng Zhang remembered the rumors that led to the conflict between himself and Ouyang Huajin, and Ouyang Huajin unexpectedly took the initiative to fight with him


    All this should be written by Ouyang Jian.


    Shang Yuxia also provided another piece of information.


    She also heard about the special passage to the underworld owned by the royal family of Dali Dynasty.


    Almost every 60 years, the special passage will be opened by the royal family.


    This passage belongs to the royal family, as if it had something to do with the royal family''s secrets.


    Other monks in Dali imperial dynasty generally find it difficult to enter the underworld through this channel.


    This time, at the request of the friars of the Hailing sect, the royal family opened the channel in advance and agreed to let them enter the channel.


    Although Ouyang Jian was not a member of the royal family, as a prince of the opposite sex, he had a reasonable reason and made a request with a thick face before emperor Bawu agreed.


    This time, if it wasn''t for the request of the friars of the Hailing sect, Emperor Bawu agreed to open the channel in advance.


    According to previous habits, the opening of this channel will take more than 20 years.


    If so, Ouyang Jian''s behavior will appear more normal.


    After such a long time, he failed to reshape Ouyang Huajin''s flesh. Only then should he be completely disappointed and consider letting Ouyang Huajin embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    After all, the road of ghosts and gods is too dangerous and there are too many difficulties and obstacles. If it is not forced, no Yuanshen friar is willing to take this road.


    And after a long time, Meng Zhang returned to the Jiuqu province. I''m afraid there will only be fewer friars who care about Ouyang Hua''s Jinyuan God.


    Meng Zhang discussed with sun Pengzhi and Shang Yuxia, and they all decided that Ouyang Jian must have a great plot.


    A key point of his plot was to send the Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin to the underworld through the special channel of the royal family.


    Originally, no matter what kind of plot Ouyang sword has, it has nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    Even if he jeopardized the interests of Dali Dynasty and even caused any disaster, Meng Zhang would not be responsible for it.


    However, his plan this time involved Meng Zhang and made use of Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, since Meng Zhang is still under Han Yao''s hand, for Han Yao''s sake, he should also consider it for Han Yao.


    Han Yao and Ouyang Jian are at odds. If Meng Zhang can bring some trouble to Ouyang Jian, Han Yao must be happy to see it.


    For Meng Zhang, since he has become enemies with Ouyang Jian, his plot to destroy him is also justified.


    Of course, Ouyang sword has high power and unfathomable strength. Meng Zhang alone cannot threaten him.


    Meng Zhang needs Han Yao''s help if he wants to do something.


    But during this time, as soon as Han Yao got busy, he was almost haunted.


    Mo said it was Meng Zhang, Feng Baoshan, who was in charge of the daily affairs of the five criminal guards. There was no way to contact him.


    Originally, if Han Yao could not be contacted, Meng Zhang could hardly destroy Ouyang Jian''s plot by himself. Maybe that''s it.


    After all, Meng Zhang can''t put himself in danger to deal with Ouyang Jian.


    But Meng Zhang was really curious.


    What kind of plot did Ouyang Jian have? He planned for so long, and he was willing to catch up with the closed door disciple and blood related descendants.


    Meng Zhang now has limited clues. In addition to his own speculation, it is the information of the batch of materials provided by Shang Yuxia to Ouyang Jian at the beginning.


    These materials are of limited use in the sun, but they are of great use in the underworld.


    However, Meng Zhang doesn''t know how Ouyang Jian will use these materials.


    With his eyesight and insight, he could not see anything from these materials.


    Meng Zhang is also stubborn.


    The more things he didn''t understand, the more curious he was, the more he wanted to know the answer.


    Han Yao has not been seen, and he has no one to ask for help.


    However, for information related to the underworld, he has another person to ask for help.


    To be exact, his object of help is not people, but ghosts and gods.


    With the improvement of cultivation, ghosts and gods pay more and more attention to Meng Zhang.


    Especially after Meng Zhang became a monk in the period of Yuanshen, he treated Meng Zhang almost equally and regarded Meng Zhang as a figure at the same level.


    It''s not difficult for Meng Zhang to contact the ghost and God Shouzheng.


    He stayed alone in the quiet room, cast a spell to close the quiet room tightly, and then began to contact the ghosts and gods in the underworld through a special ceremony.


    After several simplifications, this ceremony is very simple and can be completed easily.


    The higher Meng Zhang''s cultivation, the faster the ghosts and gods will respond to his call.


    If he wasn''t too busy, he wouldn''t let Meng Zhang wait.


    Just after the simple ceremony, after a while, there was a gust of Yin wind in the quiet room, and a great idea came.


    Meng Zhang released his own thoughts and skillfully communicated with them.


    After simply saying hello to Shouzheng, Meng Zhang told Shouzheng all the causes and consequences of the incident, especially Ouyang Jian''s preparations.


    After hearing the information given by Meng Zhang, Shouzheng fell into silence.


    After waiting for a long time, Meng Zhang doubted whether Shouzheng had left. Shouzheng''s mind finally contacted Meng Zhang and sent him a new message.


    Shouzheng told Meng Zhang that fortunately, Meng Zhang asked him this time.


    About this information, even the Yang''s return to emptiness power may not be as familiar as him.


    Many of the materials collected by Ouyang Jian through the merchants were used for a special ceremony.


    As for the ceremony, Shouzheng kept Meng Zhang confidential for the time being.


    Shouzheng just asked Meng Zhang to follow Ouyang Huajin through that special channel to the underworld.


    After entering the underworld, Meng Zhang can summon Shouzheng to come through a special summoning ceremony.


    For the righteous one is now in hell.


    Although it is too far away from the ghost weeping mountains, it can''t be reached in a short time. But because he was also in the underworld, as long as Meng Zhang arranged and launched the ceremony, he could come there directly.


    When he comes, he will take Meng Zhang to act together and complete the next plan.


    Shouzheng just made a request and didn''t tell Meng Zhang the reason, which made Meng Zhang a little dissatisfied.


    With a big mouth, Meng Zhang is easy to do things.


    But he did not think how difficult his request was for Meng Zhang, and how dangerous it would put Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can''t wait to refuse the unreasonable request.


    But on second thought, Shouzheng is also a senior of taiyimen. Over the years, I have helped myself and taiyimen a lot.


    Meng Zhang, from his experience of being in touch with integrity, is not the kind of unreliable person, let alone the kind of person who arbitrarily orders others regardless of the actual situation.


    Meng Zhang held back his dissatisfaction, patiently communicated with Shouzheng slowly, and wanted Shouzheng to give a statement.


    Shouzheng''s mouth is very tight this time. He won''t reveal the slightest tone at all.


    He just told Meng Zhang that this matter is very important and must not be said in advance.


    If he disclosed specific information to Meng Zhang in advance, there must be an induction. When the weather changes, new variables will appear.


    Meng Zhang himself is a good master of heaven''s secrets. He has always been in awe of the changes of heaven''s secrets.


    With his insight, he knew that Shouzheng didn''t talk nonsense.


    Moreover, he understood the meaning that Shouzheng didn''t say.


    This time, there is a mystery master involved.


    Since Meng Zhang became a master of heaven''s secrets, he only knew that Gu yuehuai butterfly was a similar person.


    There has never been a confrontation between the two pilots.


    If there are other Tianji masters involved in this incident, there may be a confrontation between Tianji masters.


    At the thought of confrontation with other heavenly masters, Meng Zhang was both somewhat expecting and somewhat uneasy.


    Shouzheng doesn''t know that Meng Zhang is also a master of heaven''s secrets, let alone that Meng Zhang guessed more information.


    However, just because there will be Tianji division among the opponents, Meng Zhang hesitated to participate in this event.


    Without enough interests involved, he was unwilling to compete with other heavenly masters.


    As a mystery master, he certainly knows how difficult his own kind will be.


    Shouzheng felt Meng Zhang''s hesitation, and he took the last strong medicine.


    If Meng Zhang participated in this event, it would be of great significance to him and taiyimen.


    Shouzheng just casually raised an advantage.


    In the heyday of the Taiyi gate, one of the treasures left behind was located in the underworld.


    According to the arrangement of predecessors, Meng Zhang could not touch this place until he had the strength of the late Yuan God.


    However, if things go smoothly this time, Meng Zhang may have this treasure in advance.


    So far, the taiyimen inheritance accepted by Meng Zhang has many defects.


    One of his major goals is to complete all the inheritance of Taiyi gate, which plays a very important role.


    With the improvement of cultivation, the higher the level of contact, the more Meng Zhang feels his shortcomings.


    To make up for these shortcomings and obtain more taiyimen inheritance is a shortcut.


    Shouzheng told Meng Zhang that if he actively participated in this matter, he would reap far more benefits than this.


    Although it is very dangerous to enter the underworld, the risk will be reduced to an acceptable level with the local snake guarding Zheng.

 Chapter 1023

    After weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang was finally persuaded by Shouzheng and decided to take strange risks, go deep into the underworld and follow Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God to the nearby ghost crying mountains.


    Of course, although there is a decision, Meng Zhang can''t act rashly. He needs to make all kinds of preparations in advance.


    When Meng Zhang collected information about Dali Dynasty in the heavenly palace, he knew some information that was not very detailed.


    Dali Dynasty is not only a powerful force under the holy sect in Yangjian, but also can compete with Ziyang holy sect. Even in the underworld, Dali Dynasty has strong strength.


    Dali imperial dynasty has a long history. Although it is not as long-standing as those holy places, it is also a human imperial dynasty that has existed in the Junchen world for thousands of years.


    There is no doubt that the core of Dali Dynasty is its royal family.


    Thousands of years ago, the Dali dynasty laid out the layout in the underworld.


    Among the royal family, many Yuanshen Zhenjun took the initiative to take the road of ghosts and gods and opened up a great foundation in the underworld.


    Up to now, Dali Dynasty is a well deserved overlord in the underworld and has the power to frighten the Holy Land Sect.


    Ordinary yuan Shen Zhen Jun, after losing his flesh due to various accidents, it is very difficult to reshape his flesh.


    Reshaping the flesh requires precious natural materials and earth treasures. The attributes of the yuan God should match these natural materials and earth treasures and have a special secret method


    When the Jiuqu League was still there, Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun Spring Temple lost his flesh and was able to reshape his flesh with a fourth-order divine wood. It was really lucky.


    The truth of the cultivation world is that most of the yuan God Zhen Jun who lost his flesh body are difficult to reshape his flesh body.


    Even a small number of Yuanshen Zhenjun who successfully reshaped his flesh will inevitably leave many hidden dangers that are difficult to eliminate, which have plagued him for many years.


    Therefore, it is understandable that Ouyang Jian, the king of swords, failed to help Ouyang Huajin rebuild his flesh.


    Reshaping the flesh is indispensable for the right time, place and people.


    If you are unlucky, you will fail even if you make more preparations and pay a higher price.


    Since most Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t reshape the flesh, they have to go on the road of ghosts and gods.


    However, the road of ghosts and gods is still very difficult and dangerous, which can defeat many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If you lose your body, only the yuan God is left. Your strength will be greatly reduced.


    After entering the underworld and turning into ghosts and gods, the strength will fall at least a big level.


    The underworld is not a happy place. It is also a world where meat is weak and the fittest survive.


    There is a minimum order in the Yang world of Jun dust world.


    There are many rules in the cultivation world.


    But in the underworld, it was a chaotic world with endless scuffles, and dangerous fights were almost everywhere.


    It is conceivable that those Yuanshen Zhenjun, whose strength has fallen and whose ability is not available, have reached the underworld where they are unfamiliar.


    Many powerful cultivation forces in the Junchen world have tried to develop and expand their power in the underworld.


    However, because of the special environment in the underworld and too many dangers, these cultivation forces basically failed. Among them, there is even a stronger existence than Dali imperial dynasty.


    But the Dali Dynasty didn''t know whether it was lucky or not.


    Since thousands of years ago, the ancestors of the Dali imperial dynasty began to base themselves in the underworld and develop slowly.


    Up to now, the Dali Dynasty has a solid foundation in the underworld, which is enough to protect the yuan God Zhenjun who enters the underworld.


    For thousands of years, I don''t know how many yuan Shen Zhenjun who lost his flesh took refuge under the command of Dali imperial dynasty in order to smoothly embark on the road of ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    This allowed the Dali Dynasty to accumulate a large amount of strength, and became its biggest support against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Yin and yang are separated, which seems difficult to interfere with each other.


    However, the power of Dali emperor in the underworld can always threaten Ziyang Shengzong.


    For so many years, Ziyang Shengzong has spared no effort to suppress Dali imperial dynasty, but he has not made a direct move.


    There are many reasons for this. One of the biggest reasons is that Dali''s strength is too strong. Even if Ziyang Shengzong makes a direct move, he has no assurance of destroying Dali''s Dynasty.


    It is precisely because the Dali Dynasty has the card to protect itself that the two sides can fall into a long-term confrontation.


    The reason why Ouyang Jian pulled down his old face to seek hegemony over Emperor Wu and let Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God enter the underworld through the Royal channel is to ask the royal family to protect Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God and help him embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    If it is another Yuanshen Zhenjun, he must pay a huge price if he wants Yuanshen to get protection from the imperial dynasty.


    The most common is to be loyal to Dali emperor for one or two thousand years after becoming ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang''s body is still good. Of course, there is no need in this regard.


    It is precisely because the foundation of the underworld is too important to the Dali Dynasty. It can even be said that it is the foundation of the foundation of the Yang world.


    Therefore, the Dali Dynasty must protect everything in the underworld.


    In addition to losing their flesh, they had to take refuge in the Yuanshen friars of the Dali imperial dynasty. It is very difficult for other Yuanshen friars to enter the underworld through the special channel of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    A big sect like Hailing sect has to pay a great price to get the permission of Bawu emperor.


    It is not easy for Meng Zhang to enter the underworld through that special channel.


    It is estimated that it will not work if you go directly to seek emperor Bawu.


    Their identities are vastly different. If emperor Bawu hadn''t taken the initiative to summon them, Meng Zhang wouldn''t even be qualified to see each other.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and decided to find a way in Hailing sect first.


    He had the cheek to visit Lu Tianshu again.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang chatted for a while, and then tentatively raised the topic.


    Before he finished, he was stiffly rejected by Lu Tianshu.


    Probably worried about Meng Zhang''s bad ideas, he quickly explained a few words.


    This time, hailing sent a mission to the underworld, which is of great importance and must not be lost.


    They have paid a huge price for asking for help from the imperial dynasty.


    At this time, no variables will be allowed.


    Meng Zhang had expected Lu Tianshu''s attitude. He immediately changed the topic and no longer embarrassed each other, so as not to destroy the harmonious relationship between the two sides.


    After leaving the residence of the friars of Hailing sect, Meng Zhang thought hard for a long time.


    Finally, I found that it is really difficult to solve this problem by relying on my own ability.


    So he went to Feng Baoshan, who was responsible for the daily affairs of the five punishment guards.


    He repeatedly stressed to Feng Baoshan that he had something important and needed to contact his immediate boss Han Yao immediately, so that Feng Baoshan must find a way to get in touch with Han Yao immediately.


    Even if Meng Zhang is not in the Taiyi gate, he is far away. When the middle and high levels of the gate have to contact him, they also have a way to contact him urgently.


    By analogy, Meng Zhang guessed that Feng Baoshan should also have a way to contact Han Yao in an emergency.

 Chapter 1024

    Meng Zhang did not guess wrong. Feng Baoshan did have a way to contact his immediate boss Han Yao in an emergency.


    According to the practice of the five criminal guards, this contact method can only be used in very urgent situations.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s request, Feng Baoshan was very embarrassed and said his difficulties.


    When Meng Zhang couldn''t see Han Yao before, he just waited silently and didn''t come to Feng Baoshan for help, just to avoid this situation.


    But now, Meng Zhang has no other way but to turn to Han Yao.


    And he thought that Han Yao and Ouyang Jian were at odds. If he knew Ouyang Jian''s plot, he would actively destroy it.


    Although Shouzheng only asked Meng Zhang to follow Ouyang Huajin and follow him into the underworld. However, if circumstances permit, Meng Zhang will certainly try his best to destroy Ouyang Huajin''s plan.


    Under Meng Zhang''s repeated requests, Feng Baoshan finally agreed.


    After all, Meng Zhang said that this matter involved Ouyang Jian''s conspiracy, so we must not be careless.


    Although the cost of contacting Han Yao urgently is not small, if he really misses a big event, Feng Baoshan can''t afford it.


    At the core of the five criminal guards'' station, there is a special communication array. It only needs to consume some precious materials. No matter where Han Yao is, as long as he is still around the imperial dynasty, he can contact him and exchange information.


    The place where the Dharma array is located is the key part of the five punishment guards. People who joined the five punishment guards just like Meng Zhang are not qualified to enter here.


    However, since Meng Zhang said the situation was urgent, Feng Baoshan only made an exception once.


    Feng Baoshan took Meng Zhang to the Dharma array, and then started the Dharma array.


    The process of contacting Han Yao was not smooth. He failed several times in a row and only managed to succeed once.


    After Feng Baoshan contacted Han Yao, he didn''t know if it was Han Yao''s problem. The two talked intermittently and vaguely, so they could only barely keep in touch.


    Feng Baoshan asked Meng Zhang to come forward and report directly to Han Yao.


    It seems that Han Yao is not going well. Meng Zhang quickly makes a long story short and tells Han Yao about his competition with Ouyang Huajin and Ouyang Jian''s recent actions.


    After Meng Zhang''s report, he waited a little uneasy.


    About the elder Shouzheng, it''s about the secret of taiyimen. Of course, he won''t tell Han Yao, an outsider.


    Whether Ouyang Huajin took the initiative to die or Ouyang Jian deliberately sent Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God to the underworld is only one side of Meng Zhang''s story, and there is no substantive evidence to prove it.


    As for Ouyang Jian''s big plan in the underworld, it was Meng Zhang''s guess.


    Another person who doesn''t trust Meng Zhang enough may think that Meng Zhang is whimsical, or setting up Ouyang Jian to use other people''s strength to deal with his enemies.


    Because the communication was not very smooth, Meng Zhang repeated what he had just said at the request of Han Yao after the report.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that the hatred between Han Yao and Ouyang Jian was much deeper than he thought.


    If he tried the case as the Secretary of Dali temple, Han Yao would be fair and just. He would only be sentenced if the evidence was conclusive.


    But when it comes to Ouyang Jian, an old enemy, it''s better to believe it or not. He won''t let go of speculation, even if it''s a rumor.


    Moreover, Han Yao still had some understanding of Meng Zhang. I know he''s not a man of words, and he always has good judgment.


    Han Yao agreed with Meng Zhang''s guess.


    But what kind of plot did Ouyang Jian have in the underworld? Because there was too little information, Han Yao really couldn''t think of it.


    However, as long as Ouyang Jian painstakingly planned it, Han Yao was willing to pay a certain price to destroy it.


    Unfortunately, Han Yao is not in the territory of the imperial dynasty, but on a secret mission abroad. In a short time, you can''t come back at all.


    In this level of struggle, ordinary friars are basically useless. Only the yuan God Zhenjun is qualified to participate.


    There are not many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the five punishment guards. Except Feng Baoshan, who stayed at the residence, most Yuanshen Zhenjun have other tasks and are unable to return to the capital for the time being.


    Most importantly, so far, Ouyang Jian has not done anything to damage the interests of Dali Dynasty.


    Han Yao couldn''t do it even if he wanted to use the power of Dali imperial government.


    With the irreconcilable relationship between Han Yao and Ouyang Jian, even if Han Yao contacted Bawu emperor and accused Ouyang Jian of plotting in the underworld, it''s probably that Bawu emperor would regard it as a daily tear between the two.


    In any case, Ouyang Jian had no reason to make trouble in the underworld and destroy the foundation of Dali Dynasty.


    Ouyang Jian has been loyal to the imperial dynasty for many years, and he is in a high position.


    He and Dali Dynasty have long been linked together, which is a relationship of prosperity and loss.


    Han Yao couldn''t come back. The five punishment guards were not strong enough. There was no reason to rely on the official power of the Dali imperial dynasty. It seems that it is not easy to destroy Ouyang Jian''s plan.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to express his position to Han Yao. He had already formed a big enemy with Ouyang Jian, and he couldn''t get rid of it.


    Therefore, he is willing to take great risks to go to the underworld to stop Ouyang Huajin.


    However, he had no way to enter the underworld through the special channel of the royal family.


    Han Yao was gratified by Meng Zhang''s statement. Han Yao was also embarrassed by Meng Zhang''s difficulties.


    The special passage to the underworld, in essence, is owned by the royal family of Dali Dynasty. It is not only the private property of the royal family, but also related to the foundation of the royal family.


    Han Yao has a high position and is deeply trusted by Bawu emperor. But after all, he is a foreign minister and it is difficult for him to interfere in the internal affairs of the royal family.


    In the end, Han Yao only suggested Meng Zhang to go to the royal family to find a way.


    According to Han Yao, it seems that some important members of the royal family basically have a power.


    They can recommend some innocent monks to let their spirits enter the underworld through that special channel.


    In the underworld area behind that special passage, it is under the control of the Dali imperial power in the underworld, and there is no problem in terms of security.


    Many monks in Yangjian practice some special skills and magical powers, or refine some special magic tools.


    They often need to enter the underworld, or use the special environment there, or collect special materials there.


    If the cultivator is examined by the Dali imperial dynasty and recommended by the royal family, he will have the opportunity to enter the underworld through that special channel.


    Han Yao is now difficult to provide direct help, so he can only let Meng Zhang run on his own.


    However, he informed Feng Baoshan that the contacts of the five criminal guards in the Dali Dynasty and the intelligence system in the capital can be used by Meng Zhang for the time being.


    In addition, the treasures in the treasure house of the five punishment guards are temporarily available to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1025

    Han Yao''s meaning is summed up in one sentence. The five punishment guards temporarily fully assist Meng Zhang so that Meng Zhang can go to the underworld and destroy Ouyang Jian''s plan.


    In fact, even if Ouyang Jian has no other plot, he just wants to let Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God enter the underworld safely and smoothly embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang entered the underworld just to deal with the yuan God of Ouyang Huajin. It is worth Han Yao''s resources to help.


    Han Yao''s hatred for Ouyang Jian spread to his disciples and later generations.


    After the call, the whole forces of the five criminal guards in the capital began to mobilize to help Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang got valuable information from Han Yao, he also had some ideas.


    Next, he used the intelligence system of the five criminal guards in the capital to inquire about some important information.


    Then he visited Lu Tianshu Zhenjun again.


    Although busy preparing for entering the underworld, Lu Tianshu took the time to meet Meng Zhang.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang soon got to the point.


    He wanted to exchange what he needed with the Hailing sect and let the two factions exchange some spiritual classics.


    Of course, the exchanges between the two sides will not be their own core classics, but general classics.


    Among them, Meng Zhang focused on the ancient book "Haiyun Jing".


    Taiyimen in its heyday was not necessarily much weaker than Hailing sect. Of course, the ancient works of Kung Fu inherited by him are very precious.


    The reconstructed taiyimen may not inherit all the previous classics, but those it has also have some merits.


    For one thing, Lu Tianshu has certain expectations for the classics taken out by Meng Zhang.


    Secondly, Haiyun Jing is not the core book of Hailing school.


    This ancient book has spread widely, and many fragments and chapters have spread in the overseas cultivation world. However, there are not many true cultivation forces that can be fully owned, and the sea spirit sect is one of them.


    Third, Lu Tianshu has rejected Meng Zhang once before.


    He is determined to win over Meng Zhang, but he is still willing to try his best to maintain a good relationship between the two sides and is unwilling to have an unpleasant scene.


    After careful consideration, Lu Tianshu agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    As long as Meng Zhang can exchange the classics that the Hailing school has never owned, he can exchange the classics such as Haiyun Jing.


    Although there is only a small difference between the late Yuanshen period and the middle Yuanshen period, there is a big difference between the two.


    Lu Tianshu''s position in the Hailing school is much higher than that of you Mingde.


    If you Mingde can only be regarded as the quasi senior level of Hailing school, Lu Tianshu is one of the senior levels who really have decision-making power.


    Many things that you Mingde can''t decide are just a small matter in Lu Tianshu''s eyes. He can decide by himself.


    Exchanging some classics that are not the core inheritance not only does not damage the sect''s interests, but also enriches the sect''s collection. No one can say Lu Tianshu''s mistake.


    So Meng Zhang made an agreement with Lu Tianshu.


    Although it is only an oral agreement, their identity, status and personality are enough to ensure that they will not breach the contract.


    After Meng Zhang finished Lu Tianshu, he made an appointment with Princess Chunyu through Feng Baoshan.


    In other words, Princess Chunyu first failed to ask the Hailing sect for the Haiyun Sutra, and later failed to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    She thinks she has broad friends, many friends and a group of close good sisters.


    Therefore, she wants to persuade or subdue Meng Zhang with the help of her own contacts and let Meng Zhang help herself.


    Meng Zhang is also a famous figure in Shangjing.


    In the open competition, Ouyang Huajin was killed in public and still lives well until now.


    Not only did he have the support of his immediate boss Han Yao, but even emperor Ba Wu summoned him.


    In this case, how many monks dare to provoke him easily?


    Princess Chunyu''s friends and sisters didn''t want to offend Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, at the level of Princess Chunyu, there are no great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, let alone those who can surpass Han Yao.


    As soon as they heard that the main of Chunyu county was in trouble with Meng Zhang, everyone found excuses to avoid.


    Everyone knows that Meng Zhang is now the focus of the capital, involving the battle between Ouyang Jian and Han Yao.


    In the whole Dali Dynasty, except for a few people such as Bawu emperor, I''m afraid few people are willing to get involved.


    Princess Chunyu not only didn''t get the help she imagined, but asked some former friends to take the initiative to avoid her.


    While she was helpless and angry about unreliable friendship, Meng Zhang took the initiative to meet her, which rekindled hope in her heart.


    She secretly made up her mind that she was willing to pay any price as long as Meng Zhang helped her live the Haiyun Sutra.


    For a monk who has been troubled by the cultivation bottleneck for many years, he is really willing to give everything in order to get the opportunity to break through the bottleneck.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense and went straight to the point.


    He told Princess Chunyu that he could give her the Haiyun Sutra.


    However, she needs to exchange her recommended quota for it.


    Meng Zhang has long been clear through the five punishment guards.


    Princess Chunyu doesn''t have a high status in the royal family, but she is also a true monarch of the yuan God at least. She still has the title of princess, and she should be treated as much as she should.


    Every time the special passage to the underworld is opened, royal members such as Princess Chunyu have the right to recommend some reliable monks to enter the underworld through it.


    This is also a benefit for these royal family members.


    They can win over monks through this power, or in exchange for benefits.


    From the perspective of the Royal high-level, they are also willing to use this space channel to seek more interests.


    Princess Chunyu agreed to Meng Zhang''s request without hesitation.


    Although Meng Zhang had to go to the underworld first and then go to the Hailing sect to exchange the Haiyun Sutra after he came back, Princess Chunyu had no opinion.


    After the princess Chunyu is easily settled, there is one last problem.


    The candidates recommended by members of the royal family must be innocent people who have no hostility and harm to the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect, a subordinate of Dali imperial court, and a member of the five punishment guards. It seems that he meets the requirements, but in fact, it is not enough.


    He also needed a person with enough weight to guarantee him.


    At this time, Feng Baoshan''s role appears.


    In the name of Han Yao, he ran around the central court and visited several important officials who made friends with Han Yao.


    With these important courtiers coming forward to guarantee Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang finally met all the conditions and cleared the last obstacle.


    With the opening date of the special channel approaching day by day, Meng Zhang also made various preparations nervously.


    The treasure house of the five punishment guards was open to him. He also went inside and made a selection, hoping to get some treasures that can be used in the underworld.

 Chapter 1026

    Feng Baoshan opened the treasure house of the five punishment guards to Meng Zhang because he had been ordered by Han Yao in advance.


    Although the five punishment guards are famous and their strength is not weak, they have not been established for a long time.


    It can almost be said that the five punishment guards rely on the power of Han Yao to have today''s situation.


    Therefore, there is still a big gap between the details and accumulation of the five punishment guards and the old forces.


    Meng Zhang was still full of expectations, but after Feng Baoshan introduced him into the treasure house, he carefully looked at the collection inside, and his face was full of disappointment.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyes now, he can''t see everything.


    Most of the items in this treasure house are low-level items that he can''t use.


    He just glanced at a few fourth-order magic tools and lost interest.


    Meng Zhang has several refined fourth-order magic tools, which need to consume a lot of yuan God''s power to provide. If it wasn''t a fourth-order magic instrument that was particularly excellent or had a special function, he really didn''t want to refine it, so as not to waste his original divine power.


    Han Yao, as a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, was also in a high position in Dali Dynasty. Of course, he accumulated more than that in front of him.


    All the really valuable items were kept in his private library.


    Now Meng Zhang is not qualified to let him open his own private library.


    This time I''m going to the underworld. I''ll probably meet many ghost enemies.


    Meng Zhang was also going to choose some items to restrain ghosts in the treasure house.


    But he made a turn in the treasure house. The largest number in the treasure house was the items that restrained demons and demons.


    Thinking of Han Yao''s irreconcilable attitude towards evil cultivation, Meng Zhang understood the situation in the treasure house.


    The five punishment guards nominally assisted Han Yao in charge of the prison of the Dali Dynasty. But with Han Yao''s insistence, the biggest task of this organization turned into chasing and killing all kinds of demons.


    Meng Zhang knew that although Feng Baoshan had been ordered by Han Yao to open the treasure house to himself. But he must not look greedy and wantonly collect all kinds of goods from it.


    Since the items that can be collected are limited, he should try to take advantage of this opportunity and choose some useful boutiques.


    Meng Zhang picked around and found that among the treasures, the best ones were some items used to subdue demons.


    After thinking about it, he decided to choose some to take with him.


    As a member of the five punishment guards, Meng Zhang will inevitably take on such tasks in the future. Now he can make some preparations.


    Finally, Meng Zhang chose three chapters and four levels of runes, which drew the magic power of subduing demons and golden thunder. It has great lethality for demons and demons.


    In addition, there are three devil killing spikes.


    The devil killing sting is a unique one-time magic weapon. It also has the effect of restraining demons and magic cultivation.


    Compared with using normal magic tools, using disposable magic tools consumes more.


    In the treasure house, there are many devil killing spikes with different grades.


    Meng Zhang''s choice is naturally the fourth order devil killing sting with the highest level and the strongest power.


    The technique of refining magic weapon such as killing devil stab in Dali imperial dynasty has been very mature, and the success rate is very high.


    However, as a one-time magic weapon, especially the fourth order magic sting, it is still a little extravagant to use.


    Finally, Meng Zhang chose three fourth order pill exorcism pills.


    If you are injured by magic cultivation or magic objects and are contaminated with magic Qi, you can take a special exorcism pill for treatment.


    Of course, the therapeutic effects vary greatly with different levels of pills.


    Moreover, the magic cultivation means are strange and changeable, and many injuries caused by it can''t be treated by the exorcism pill.


    These items selected by Meng Zhang are the most sophisticated and useful items in this treasure house.


    These items aimed at demon cultivation are very rare in Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang takes some. If he meets a powerful demon cultivation in the future, he can also have a little more ability to respond.


    Although Meng Zhang was unable to obtain items against ghosts from the treasure house, he had several effective means against ghosts, not to mention the underworld, and ghosts and gods kept upright to help.


    Originally, in shangjingfang City, it is not difficult to buy items for ghosts.


    However, with the opening of the special space channel of the royal family, many monks will enter the underworld.


    The prices of all items on the market that restrain ghosts or enhance their ability to survive in the underworld have soared many times and have risen to an unbearable level.


    Meng Zhang is also a little angry. He is determined not to let unscrupulous businessmen take advantage of him, so he has no intention of purchasing similar items.


    Time passed quickly, and the day when the space channel was opened came.


    At noon that day, accompanied by Feng Baoshan, Meng Zhang rushed to the imperial city.


    For this matter, the Dali dynasty attached great importance to it and arranged a number of Yuanshen friars to inspect it early.


    Meng Zhang, who had a clear origin and an innocent family, was accompanied by Feng Baoshan, a close confidant of Han Yao. He was released after several times of careful inspection and confirmed that there was no problem.


    The inner space of the imperial city is vast. In the west, there is a huge school yard, which is the destination of Meng Zhang''s trip.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at the school yard, many people came here first and began to wait.


    The delegation of Hailing sect came here early and waited silently in a corner.


    The two heads of the mission, one is Lu Tianshu, who is familiar to Meng Zhang, and the other is a proud monk, who should be Mei Tianxiang, whom Meng Zhang has never seen.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu gestured to each other with their eyes and said hello.


    Meng Zhang knew that the other party had a heavy responsibility, so he didn''t go to join the fun.


    Except for two left behind friars, almost all the others of the Hailing mission came here to enter the underworld.


    A full ten yuan Shen Zhen Jun are really a powerful force.


    In addition to the team of Hailing sect, there are many other monks on the school field.


    These monks are numerous, but their accomplishments are uneven.


    In addition to the yuan God Zhenjun, there are many golden elixirs and even friars in the foundation period.


    Among the friars in the school field, there are many groups, large and small, in addition to many lone travelers.


    Many of these groups belong to the official ranks of the Dali Dynasty.


    Every time that special passage was opened, Dali also sent as many monks to the underworld as possible.


    Basically, these friars have something to do with Dali Dynasty.


    Most of the monks were directly under the orders of the Dali imperial family.


    There are a large number of friars. Almost every friar has to go through careful inspection to confirm that there is no problem.


    Even though Dali used many hands, the inspection began early in the morning. Up to now, many monks have been stopped outside, waiting for inspection before entering here.

 Chapter 1027

    Many objects that can be seen everywhere in the underworld are extremely precious materials in the sun.


    Many Yang friars need a lot of materials from the underworld to cultivate some special magical powers and secrets, or refine some special magic tools.


    Dali Dynasty has a strong power in the underworld and has a stable territory. Of course, it should be fully utilized.


    Every time the space passage opens, the Dali Dynasty will send a team to the underworld.


    These teams will deliver materials from the sun to the underworld and then bring back the output of the underworld.


    These outputs can bring great benefits to Dali Dynasty.


    This is not only a major source of income for Dali Dynasty, but also one of the important details of Dali Dynasty.


    Dali''s harvest from the underworld was even sent to the heavenly palace, which became the target of all monks.


    Feng Baoshan is not qualified to enter here. Meng Zhang came to the school field alone.


    Looking at more and more monks around, he basically didn''t know them. He was preparing to find a place to meditate and refresh himself and wait for the space channel to open.


    At this time, Princess Chunyu also came to the school field.


    As the true monarch of the Royal yuan God, she also went to the underworld with a task this time.


    At a glance, she found Meng Zhang''s trace among many monks.


    There is a no fly array around the school yard. Even the Royal Princess is not qualified to fly wantonly.


    She trotted all the way and soon came to Meng Zhang.


    Since she reached an exchange agreement with Meng Zhang, she has consciously made great progress in her relationship with Meng Zhang. In addition to frequently showing kindness to Meng Zhang, she also doesn''t treat Meng Zhang as an outsider.


    In her eyes, Meng Zhang was a great help to her family.


    Meng Zhang alone deserves her strong solicitation. Moreover, Meng Zhang is obviously close to Hailing sect.


    Although this is an exchange of equal value, Meng Zhang still wants to read Princess Chunyu.


    Therefore, he not only put all his previous unhappiness behind him, but also spent some time dealing with each other.


    Princess Chunyu looked familiar and chatted with Meng Zhang at will.


    Meng Zhang also chatted with her out of politeness.


    Princess Chunyu is very familiar with all kinds of situations in the capital.


    Chatting, she began to introduce Meng Zhang to all the monks on the school field.


    Meng Zhang can''t wait to know more about these people.


    With the explanation of Princess Chunyu, Meng Zhang learned more or less about the monks present.


    While they were talking about speculation, three figures came from a distance.


    The first of the three is Ouyang Jian, the sword Lord who met Meng Zhang.


    Behind Ouyang Jian was Ouyang Huajin, the only remaining Yuanshen.


    Ouyang Huajin is just a friar in the early days of Yuanshen. Yuanshen is far from concise and looks a little vague.


    Without the slightest expression on his face, he followed his master in silence.


    Seeing another person behind Ouyang Jian, Princess Chunyu said in surprise.


    "Why is he going to hell this time?"


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s questioning eyes, Princess Chunyu explained to him.


    Behind Ouyang Jian was a thin old man with a dark and vicious face. He was the famous demon xiumo Qingzhen king of Dali Dynasty.


    The identity of Mo Qingzhen was an open secret in the Dali Dynasty.


    Dali''s high-level officials almost knew that he was a demon monk, and he himself had never concealed this.


    However, the Dali Dynasty, which boasted itself as a righteous force, never took any action against Mo Qingzhen, but defended him openly and secretly.


    Even Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple, who was at odds with evil cultivation, couldn''t help but see Qing Zhenjun. He could only come out of sight.


    Mr. Mo Qingzhen is a representative of the evil cultivation of the Dali Dynasty and has good friends with many dignitaries in the dynasty.


    The relationship between him and Ouyang Jian is particularly close. They are close friends.


    The reason why Mo Qingzhen Jun has such a special position in the Dali Dynasty is that he has made great contributions to the expansion of the Dali Dynasty.


    In the eyes of Bawu emperor, Mo Qing alone is better than thousands of troops and horses. It is an indispensable and powerful combat force for Dali Dynasty.


    Mo Qingzhen was full of accomplishments in the middle period of Yuanshen, but many great monks in the later period of Yuanshen were afraid.


    On the surface, Mo Qingzhen Jun is one of the magic cultivation of Dali Dynasty. In fact, all the magic cultivation with some strength is under the control of the royal family.


    The Dali Dynasty allowed the demon cultivation to survive in the dark, but there were many restrictions.


    One of them is about the cultivation of demon cultivation.


    The demon cultivation of Dali imperial dynasty can have the cultivation achievements in the middle of Yuanshen at most. No matter how high, you can''t survive in Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the magic cultivation of Dali imperial dynasty, there were many amazing people.


    Some demons with great potential have some problems when they are about to break through the later stage of Yuanshen. Or mysterious disappearance, or inexplicable death.


    For a long time, all the demons knew the bottom line of the royal family and the taboos of the imperial court.


    Just like Mo Qingzhen Jun, he actually has the potential to break through the later stage of Yuanshen.


    However, he not only suppressed his accomplishments, but even deliberately damaged his accomplishments, consumed his potential and lost his opportunities for further improvement.


    Over the years, Mo qingzhenjun has been very low-key and rarely appeared in public.


    Especially after the rise of Han Yao, a rising star, he became more and more low-key.


    No wonder Princess Chunyu was surprised to see Mo Qingzhen here.


    However, it seems understandable to think of the deep friendship between Mo Qingzhen Jun and Ouyang Jian.


    Ouyang Jian sent Ouyang Huajin to the underworld and let him embark on the road of ghosts and gods. As a close friend, it''s normal for Mo Qingzhen to go on a trip and help each other.


    Meng Zhang was also very concerned when he saw Ouyang Jian appear.


    In particular, he focused on the Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin.


    I don''t know if I used some treasure to help refine the yuan God. Even if he lost his flesh, the yuan God was still in good condition.


    Ouyang Huajin took the initiative to die. I don''t know how Ouyang Jian made him agree.


    After all, even if we can successfully become ghosts and gods, we are far less comfortable than living people.


    Few people will lose their lives if they don''t have to.


    Meng Zhang knows that no matter what Ouyang Jian''s plot, Ouyang Huajin is the key.


    As long as he keeps staring at Ouyang Huajin, he won''t miss Ouyang Jian.


    However, how to keep staring at Ouyang Huajin is a difficult problem.

 Chapter 1028

    While Meng Zhang was thinking, the monks who were going to the underworld had almost gathered together.


    Princess Chunyu is still muttering to one side. I don''t know how much favor and face Ouyang Jian will pay when Mo Qingzhen Jun goes to the underworld this time.


    It seems that not only Meng Zhang, but also the well-informed Princess Chunyu didn''t know that Mo Qingzhen would go with Ouyang Jian in advance.


    Although Ouyang Jian has a title of sword Lord, he is a heterosexual Lord, not a real Royal member.


    He has neither the qualification to pass through special channels by virtue of his identity, nor the ability to recommend others.


    This time, in order to send Ouyang Huajin''s Yuanshen to the underworld with Mo Qingzhen Jun, he really pulled down his old face and begged for mercy in front of Bawu emperor.


    At this time, Emperor Bawu, accompanied by his national teacher Chunyu Zhongda, flew over from a distance.


    As both of them, of course, they don''t have to be restricted by the forbidden air array in the imperial city.


    This special space channel is very important. Every time it is opened, Emperor Bawu needs to come forward in person.


    As the supreme emperor of Dali Dynasty, he can rest assured only when he personally controls the opening of the channel.


    After arriving at the school field, Emperor Bawu glanced at the school field.


    Many monks have gathered on the school field.


    These monks are innocent and tested.


    The only unfamiliar friar of Hailing sect not only paid a huge price but also provided a reliable guarantee in order to obtain the opportunity to use the special channel.


    Emperor Bawu thought it was almost time. Even if there were late monks, he would not wait any longer.


    He and Chunyu Zhongda looked at each other and began to do it.


    Emperor Bawu pointed to the front with one hand. In the middle of the originally empty school field, a huge altar suddenly appeared.


    He and Chunyu Zhongda took off in front of the altar and then landed.


    At this time, the night had already come, and a curved moon appeared in the sky.


    Since it is to open the passage to the underworld, it is natural to avoid the day when Yang is strong and choose the night when Yin is sufficient.


    Emperor Bawu paid a big tribute to the altar, then whispered a spell, and kept pinching the Yin formula with his hands.


    A moment later, a green flame suddenly lit up in the middle of the altar.


    After seeing the flame, Emperor Bawu stretched out his hands and piled a lot of items in front of the altar.


    This pile of goods was probably sacrifice, which was carefully thrown into the fire by Bawu emperor one by one.


    The flame, which was only the size of a fist, began to expand sharply after it was put into sacrifice.


    Emperor Bawu moved quickly and soon put all the sacrifices into it.


    The flame in the center of the altar also expanded to a point larger than people.


    Seeing that the heat was almost over, Emperor Bawu recited the spell loudly.


    Another moment passed, and the flames in the center of the altar suddenly shot out a line of fire.


    The flames outlined a strange pattern not far in front of the altar.


    After the pattern appeared, there was a sharp flicker.


    Without a few flashes, a huge portal appeared there.


    In the process of Bawu emperor''s Dharma, the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda always stood aside, as if he was protecting the Dharma for him.


    Meng Zhang had never seen the Yang God Zhenjun before.


    When he was in the heavenly palace, he once contacted mother-in-law and saw her hand.


    However, the level of return virtual power was too high, and he couldn''t understand the mystery.


    Originally, he was ready to see the power of Yang God Zhenjun.


    However, Emperor Bawu was obviously casting spells according to specific rituals, and did not show much strength at all.


    This makes Meng Zhang, who has been staring at him, a little disappointed.


    After the door appeared, Emperor Bawu ended his spell casting, and then ordered it directly.


    "You go in turn now."


    "After three months, someone on the other side of the channel will open the channel again. At that time, it will be your return."


    After that, Emperor Bawu didn''t say much, but flew to the top of the altar with the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda and silently watched the crowd below.


    Although these friars came from different backgrounds, they did not dare to run around at will under the gaze of Bawu emperor, but ensured a certain order.


    On the ground, several monks who maintained order began to take everyone into the huge door orderly.


    Under their guidance, the practitioners on the school field filed in and quickly disappeared from the school field.


    Meng Zhang and Princess Chunyu entered the portal together with the crowd.


    Meng Zhang has many experiences in space transmission and is no stranger to this situation.


    He felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and the scene in his eyes kept changing.


    During each space transmission, there are different changes in the difficulty of crossing the space according to the situation of the space barrier.


    The space channel leading to the underworld in the Dali Dynasty was very stable, so Meng Zhang didn''t feel too uncomfortable.


    I don''t know how long it took, both for a moment and for a long time. All the visions in front of Meng Zhang disappeared, and his feeling returned to normal.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes darkened and he came to a huge square.


    Watching many practitioners enter the huge door, Emperor Bawu never spoke, but observed carefully.


    After everyone went in, nothing strange happened.


    After a while, the huge portal began to disappear.


    The flame on the altar began to go out slowly, and then disappeared with the altar.


    Chunyu Zhongda glanced at Bawu emperor and wanted to say something. Finally, he didn''t speak.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda have been friends for many years, and they have been protecting each other, so they can come to this step today.


    Although Chunyu Zhongda didn''t speak, Emperor Bawu already understood what he meant by his understanding of him.


    "You still don''t trust Mo Qing?" emperor Bawu asked.


    "Mo Qing has been closed for so many years. At this time, it''s always a little confusing to go to the underworld with Ouyang Jian."


    Chunyu Zhongda said solemnly.


    "Mo Qing and Ouyang Jian have been friends for many years. It''s not strange to come together."


    "Ouyang Jian pulled his old face and begged me. The reason is so legitimate. I have no reason to disagree."


    Emperor Bawu has been the emperor of the imperial dynasty for so many years. He still doesn''t like me one by one. Especially in front of friends like Chunyu Zhongda, he still likes to call himself by me.


    Chunyu Zhongda glanced at Bawu emperor and didn''t go on.


    He knew that Ouyang Jian, an old man, had always liked to rely on his old age and sell his old by virtue of his own qualifications and seniority. Sometimes, when his temper breaks out, he doesn''t even sell the face of Emperor Wu.


    On the surface, Emperor Bawu was silent. In fact, he couldn''t bear to see the old man.


    The old man now bowed his head to Bawu emperor and begged for mercy. Don''t mention how happy Bawu emperor was. How could he refuse his request?

 Chapter 1029

    When Emperor Bawu saw Chunyu Zhongda''s appearance, he knew what he was thinking.


    Although they are old friends who have known each other for many years, some difficulties are difficult for Chunyu Zhongda to understand.


    Emperor Bawu, even if he was the supreme king, could not avoid human feelings and justice, and would also be dragged down by human feelings.


    Ouyang Jian, such a hard-working and highly respected old minister, rarely spoke for a while. Emperor Bawu really couldn''t refuse.


    If a cultivator is a human being, there will inevitably be inevitable human feelings. Especially as a king, we should take the overall situation into account.


    How to deal with Ouyang Jian''s request is related to the image of Bawu emperor and the views of countless ministers on Bawu emperor.


    If it is simply the Yuanshen of Ouyang Jian and Ouyang Huajin who goes to the underworld, it is nothing. But with Mo Qing, the demon monk, walking together, let alone Chunyu Zhongda, Emperor Bawu himself was very worried about accidents.


    Although emperor Bawu had to agree to Ouyang Jian''s request, he still made some arrangements.


    Seeing Chunyu Zhongda worried, he didn''t continue to sell off.


    "Don''t worry. I''ve arranged for someone to keep an eye on them."


    "Once they have any changes, the Yin side will not sit idly by."


    The Dali Dynasty had great power not only in the sun, but also in the underworld.


    If Ouyang Jian is honest, he really just helps Ouyang Huajin go on the road of ghosts and gods.


    If he and Mo Qing really have any behavior that is not conducive to the Dali Dynasty, the power of the Dali Dynasty in the underworld can easily crush them.


    Ouyang Jian was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen. Moqing Zhenjun is a demon cultivation in the middle of the yuan God. He may be able to challenge the higher level by means of magic cultivation and mystery.


    But so what? They don''t know how powerful Dali''s power in the underworld is.


    Unless it is Huixu''s powerful hand, Dali''s power in the underworld is enough to meet all challenges.


    Chunyu Zhongda is still a little uneasy.


    Although he is already a strong Yang God, he will soon embark on the road of returning to emptiness.


    But deep down, I''m still very afraid of those demons.


    The more advanced the cultivation is and the more you know, the more you will be afraid of demon cultivation.


    Like Mo Qing is his focus.


    If he didn''t have time to separate, he wanted to follow Mo Qing and them in person.


    Chunyu Zhongda and Bawu emperor have always had differences on the use of magic cultivation.


    The wise and powerful Bawu emperor thought that he had enough strength and enough cards to easily subdue those demons and let them be used by Dali emperor.


    In recent years, the collusion between Dali Dynasty and demon Xiu has become more and more in-depth, which has made Chunyu Zhongda very uneasy.


    Unfortunately, on this issue, Emperor Bawu has always been stubborn and even somewhat paranoid. He can''t even listen to Chunyu Zhongda''s persuasion.


    At least in name, Chunyu Zhongda is still the Minister of Bawu emperor, and there is no way to change his decision.


    In desperation, Chunyu Zhongda had to secretly strengthen the monitoring of demon cultivation and give more support to Han Yao at the same time.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qing go to the underworld together, which makes Chunyu Zhongda suspicious.


    However, he has no good way to stop them for the time being.


    He can only hope that emperor Bawu is well prepared and reliable enough to keep an eye on the target.


    In addition, Chunyu Zhongda also decided to find an opportunity to persuade Bawu emperor again, let him keep a distance from devil repair, and try his best to suppress the devil repair forces of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, who has come to the underworld, doesn''t know what happened in the underworld.


    Looking at the gray sky and feeling the familiar Yin Qi, Meng Zhang knew that he had entered the underworld.


    Meng Zhang is not these monks who enter the underworld. They have long been prepared and have their own means to resist the infection of Yin Qi.


    Of course, the Yin Qi rich to the essence is not difficult.


    What really makes the living avoid in the underworld is the special rules of heaven and earth here.


    The underworld is the residence of ghosts and the paradise of the dead.


    Living people belong to the sun and are naturally incompatible with the hell.


    No matter how high the cultivation is, living people will be affected by the rules of heaven and earth after staying in the underworld for a long time.


    The vitality in the flesh is constantly dissipated, and the dead Qi is more and more strong. With the loss of Shouyuan, it continues to decrease.


    Because this is the rule of heaven and earth since the birth of the underworld, it is difficult for ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun to resist.


    Only those friars who are proficient in the way of heaven and earth such as death and reincarnation can resist it.


    Therefore, even if the living people have more accomplishments, they will not like to come to the underworld if they do not have a clear purpose.


    Of course, these monks who came to the underworld knew the situation here.


    Fortunately, they will not stay in the underworld for too long. The damage caused by the rules of heaven and earth to the flesh is limited, which is barely acceptable.


    Although Meng Zhang''s spirit has entered the underworld, it is really the first time for the flesh to enter here.


    With his keen perception, he felt the situation around him a little. I knew that I shouldn''t stay in the underworld for too long.


    The flesh is a treasure raft of Tao. Of course, it''s better to protect it from too much damage.


    Meng Zhang looked around. Outside this huge square, there are countless kinds of buildings.


    Before he came here, he knew that the Dali Dynasty had a huge influence in the underworld and had a solid foundation.


    Dali Dynasty established a huge city in the underworld, which was called the Yin capital. It corresponds to the capital city in Yangjian.


    It is said that the ghosts and gods of Dali Dynasty dominated the Yin capital, mainly those transformed by the Royal ancestors.


    In addition, there are a large number of ghosts living in the Yin capital.


    Some of these ghosts are native to the underworld, and some are dead souls from the sun.


    No matter what the origin of the ghosts, they live in the Yin capital, have to accept the control of the Dali Dynasty and serve the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, who has long heard of the name of Yin capital, wants to have a good tour here.


    But before that, you have to get down to business.


    The monks who came from the sun to the underworld gathered on this huge square and haven''t left yet.


    Around the square, there are many tough Yin soldiers and Yin generals.


    They will carefully check these male visitors again to ensure that they will not be mixed with spies and the like.

 Chapter 1030

    Many Yin soldiers surrounded the big square, and then began to carefully check each monk sent here.


    Of course, after the strict inspection of the Yang, the practices of these Yin soldiers and Yin generals are more of a passing scene.


    If someone can deceive the two Yang gods, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda, they can also deceive these Yin soldiers and Yin generals.


    Only after being checked by Yin soldiers and Yin generals and sent to the practitioners on the square can they leave here and go to other places in Yin Du.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to Ouyang Jian''s actions and is considering how to track the target without revealing any trace.


    At this time, a carriage came to the square carelessly under the protection of a group of Yin soldiers.


    The ghost beast pulling the cart has two horns and looks ferocious. It is obviously not ordinary.


    A tall old man in a uniform and a crown came out of the car, strode forward and met Ouyang Jian.


    Ouyang Jian and his party just passed the inspection of Yin soldiers and Yin generals and walked to the edge of the square.


    After seeing each other, Ouyang Jian burst out a forthright laugh and also strode up.


    The two hands clenched and seemed very intimate. They talked enthusiastically there, completely forgetting themselves and completely ignoring the surrounding environment.


    "That man is Zhang Xingda, a king with a different surname in this dynasty. He was a friend of life and death with Ouyang Jian."


    "They fought side by side for many years and made great contributions to the imperial court."


    "Later, in a foreign expedition, Zhang Xingda lost his flesh and only the yuan God remained."


    "The emperor thought that after his hard work and high achievements, he sent him to the Yin capital to help him embark on the road of ghosts and gods."


    Princess Chunyu didn''t know when she came to Meng Zhang and introduced him in a low voice.


    Meng Zhang knows that although Yin and yang are separated, there are many ways to communicate.


    The elder ghosts and gods of Taiyi sect lived in the underworld. Meng Zhang contacted him many times.


    It seems that Ouyang Jian should have informed the old friend in advance when he came to Yindu this time, so Zhang Xingda came to meet him in person.


    Whether from the perspective of pomp or cultivation, Zhang Xingda did well in Yin and achieved certain results on the road of ghosts and gods.


    Princess Chunyu knows that Meng Zhang is very interested in the information about Ouyang Jian.


    Meng Zhang used the "Haiyun Sutra" obtained from the Hailing sect as a condition of exchange to come to the Yin capital through a special channel.


    Princess Chunyu doesn''t care about his purpose.


    No matter what special products he wants to obtain from the underworld, or what magical powers he uses the environment of the underworld to cultivate, or even he wants to destroy Ouyang Huajin''s cultivation, Princess Chunyu will not interfere.


    As the Royal goddess, Princess Chunyu knows many secrets of Yindu.


    If Meng Zhang has any action that endangers the Yin capital and damages the interests of Dali Dynasty, the Yin capital naturally has the power to suppress it.


    Of course, because the sea rhyme Sutra has not been obtained, Princess Chunyu still needs to improve her relationship with Meng Zhang, and she absolutely doesn''t want any accidents with Meng Zhang.


    "Zhang Xingda is not only a well-known strong man among the ghosts and gods in the Yin capital, but also occupies a high position and weight here."


    "With his help, everything will be very smooth in the Yin capital."


    Princess Chunyu''s words are actually a hint to Meng Zhang. If he has any ideas about Ouyang Jian and his party, he''d better give up quickly.


    Not to mention Ouyang Jian''s strength, their help in Yin is far above Meng Zhang.


    Zhang Xingda and Ouyang Jian talked enthusiastically for a long time, and then Zhang Xingda invited Ouyang Jian to their own frame and left here together.


    Glancing at the direction of the carriage leaving, Princess Chunyu smiled.


    "It seems that Zhang Xingda is going to wash the dust for his old friends and his party."


    "When I came to Yindu before, I heard that Zhang Xingda was a regular guest of Le soul building."


    "It''s estimated that they won''t be able to finish it in an hour or two."


    "Brother Meng, you still have to summon ghosts and gods to keep upright as soon as possible to see if he has any good ways.


    "Princess, I''m a little tired from the transmission. I want to have a rest first. I''ll talk about visiting Yindu later. I don''t know if you can ask the princess to introduce a quiet rest place and let me have a rest?"


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, Princess Chunyu was not unhappy.


    She and Meng Zhang quickly passed the inspection, and then she took Meng Zhang away from the big square and flew to the south.


    This square is located in the center of the Yin capital. Strong ghosts and gods lead Yin soldiers and Yin generals to guard it all year round.


    It''s better for them to leave, but they just have to make a procedural check. If they want to enter here, they have to go through repeated close checks.


    Even the identity of a Royal Princess cannot be exempted from such inspection.


    Yin capital, a city built in the underworld, is still a huge city, although it can not be compared with Shangjing city in the sun.


    The sky of the underworld is always dark, and the sky and the earth are dark.


    In the Yin capital, there is always a yellow light.


    Although both ghosts and small accomplished practitioners have the ability to see things in the dark.


    But those who grow up in the sun are used to the light. Moreover, the light in the city also has a special attraction to ghosts.


    In the Yin capital, there is no law to ban emptiness.


    Mainly because many ghosts take flying or floating as their mode of action.


    Princess Chunyu led Meng Zhang to fly at low altitude and rushed to the target.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang also looked around with interest.


    Yin city itself has nothing to say. From the architectural point of view, it is not very different from Yang City.


    However, people living in cities are basically dominated by all kinds of ghosts. Occasionally one or two human practitioners can be seen in the middle.


    Among these human practitioners, there are some strange faces in addition to the people transmitted by Meng Zhang this time.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved slightly. Could it be that there are other channels in the yang to reach the Yin capital.


    Meng Zhang tentatively asked Princess Chunyu.


    Originally very enthusiastic about Meng Zhang, she changed the topic unnaturally and bypassed the problem.


    Princess Chunyu didn''t want to answer, and Meng Zhang couldn''t force it. He had to write it down secretly.


    Most of the ghosts in the underworld are irrational.


    But the ghosts living in the Yin capital basically have a certain wisdom.


    They know how to obey the laws of the city, just like the residents of the sun, living and working in this city.


    The city is large, but it seems rather deserted. Many times, you have to fly a distance to find ghosts.


    The layout of Yindu is reasonable, and it is also divided into different functional areas.


    There are residential areas, square cities, inner cities and barracks

 Chapter 1031

    In order to earn some extra money, Princess Chunyu opened Chunyu Inn in the capital.


    Her identity and background are enough to protect the Inn and satisfy the guests of the inn.


    Although she has no ability to open an inn in Yindu, she is very familiar with the situation here.


    Every time the special channel is opened, hundreds of practitioners will come here from the sun.


    In addition, sometimes practitioners come to the Yin capital.


    Most of the hospitality facilities in the underworld, such as inns and restaurants, are set up for ghosts and do not take into account the reception of human guests.


    There are only a few places here that can receive both ghosts and humans.


    The music soul building where Zhang Xingda took Ouyang Jian and they went was one.


    Princess Chunyu now comes with Meng Zhang and appears in the Requiem Inn in front, which is also a place.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang not only observed around at will, but also carefully sensed the differences between the underworld and the Yang world.


    With his keen sensing ability, he can even perceive the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, which are very different from the Yang world.


    If you want to understand the path of samsara and death, the underworld is the best place.


    Meng Zhang''s major is Yin Yang Avenue.


    Coming to the underworld from the Yang world is also very helpful for him to understand the avenue.


    But now is not the time to quietly comprehend the avenue.


    Without spending much time, Princess Chunyu took Meng Zhang to her destination.


    Princess Chunyu brought Meng Zhang here. Naturally, someone in the inn was responsible for the reception.


    Princess Chunyu saw that Meng Zhang was really going to have a rest, so she left temporarily.


    As a member of the royal family, when she came to Yindu, she also had a task, not as leisurely as she thought.


    The money used by ghosts in the Yin capital is Yin beads condensed from Yin Qi.


    Yin beads can be obtained in many places in the underworld, and even special Yin bead mines exist.


    The spirit stone used by friars in the Yang world can also be used in the Yin world. Especially the spirit stone with Yin attribute and water attribute is the most popular here.


    Meng Zhang had inquired about the general situation of Yindu for a long time and had prepared a lot of usable spirit stones.


    If he is free this time, he will also make a big purchase in the underworld.


    After all, he rarely goes to hell.


    In addition to the place where ghosts live, the Requiem inn also has a small courtyard for human monks.


    Meng Zhang chose a remote courtyard to live in.


    He first checked the protective array outside the courtyard and assured himself that there was no problem.


    He first ran his mind and checked the good life around him. Then he used the false eye breaking method to carefully observe the surroundings.


    After the examination, he came to the quiet room in the yard.


    Although he is not very proficient in talismans and arrays, he also has good power with today''s cultivation as well as the prohibitions he has laid down casually.


    He made a seal with his hands, and then made a virtual stroke in the air, and drew amulets in the air. He put a ban around the quiet room, completely isolating it from the outside.


    Meng Zhang took out the materials for arranging the altar and soon arranged an altar in the quiet room.


    Meng Zhang skillfully cast spells and began to summon ghosts and gods to guard Zheng.


    In the sun, there is a gap between yin and Yang. Meng Zhang can smoothly summon ghosts and gods to guard the right spirit.


    Now that he is in the underworld, it should be easier for Meng Zhang to summon ghosts and gods to keep upright.


    In fact, after Meng Zhang cast the spell for only a moment, a black vortex appeared above the altar, and an old man stepped out of the vortex.


    Meng Zhang once saw as like as two peas and ghosts, and the image and breath of the old man did not have any problems.


    Meng Zhang frowned when he saw each other.


    The old man''s strength is too weak, only the cultivation in the middle of Yuanshen.


    Of course, if the cultivation achievements in the middle of the yuan God were placed in the cultivation world, he would already be a strong one.


    But next, Meng Zhang has to face Ouyang sword in the later period of Yuanshen and the demon cultivation of Mo Qing in the middle period of Yuanshen. The cultivation achievements in the middle period of Yuanshen are far from enough.


    Meng Zhang has been exposed to the breath of ghosts and gods guarding the body. The breath of the old man in front of him is not strong enough.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved and knew that the old man was just a distraction of ghosts and gods.


    When he was in the sun, Meng Zhang once summoned the devils and gods to keep the right distractions.


    Due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in Yangjian, ghosts and gods are distracted to Yangjian, and only the cultivation realm of Yuanshen in the early stage.


    It seems that in the underworld, ghosts and gods can play all their accomplishments and strength.


    Meng Zhang was not happy.


    The righteous self is not enough. Relying on a distraction alone is of little significance to join hands with yourself.


    Meng Zhang seemed to see the idea in his heart, and the old man who should be upright and distracted explained.


    There are powerful prohibitions in the Yin capital, and his Buddha cannot come directly to the city through the altar.


    Of course, if he is far away from the Yin capital and the prohibition here, Meng Zhang can call his own Buddha to come with the altar.


    Meng Zhang was a little relieved.


    If so, I can find a chance to leave the Yin capital and go outside the city to summon the righteous self to come.


    Meng Zhang introduced the latest developments to Shouzheng distraction. In particular, it focuses on the strength of the enemy.


    Ouyang Jian is a famous sword repairman, who is good at fighting. It''s even more difficult to deal with evil practitioners and local ghosts and gods.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s introduction, Shouzheng''s distracted face is very ugly.


    Even if his original master is not sure of winning against such an enemy.


    Of course, Shouzheng attaches great importance to this matter and is absolutely unwilling to give up so easily.


    Shouzheng distracted and told Meng Zhang that he would work hard this time. Next, maybe it''s a war of life and death.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid to work hard. The war of life and death is not associated with Shouzheng, suggesting that there is a secret master among the enemies. In order to avoid revealing the secret in advance, it is right to be cautious. Meng Zhang will no longer continue to ask questions.


    When Meng Zhang talked about Ouyang sword, most of them went to le soul building. Shouzheng was distracted. In order to avoid missing, they insisted on going to investigate with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang himself has great powers and strong combat effectiveness, but he still has a few points to catch if he wants to follow Ouyang Jian unconsciously.


    Shouzheng distracted said that he could be entrusted with the task of tracking. With his ability, he will never let the enemy find out.


    With Meng Zhang''s permission, Shouzheng distracted himself, stretched out his right hand and drew a symbol on Meng Zhang''s wrist, which is the only mark of his divine power.


    Shouzheng distracted himself and left his own divine power mark on Meng Zhang.


    In this way, even if they are far apart in the underworld, they can ensure smooth contact.

 Chapter 1032

    After completing the preparations, Meng Zhang and Shouzheng were distracted. They did not continue to delay time, but left here directly.


    Although Princess Chunyu said that Zhang Xingda mostly entertained Ouyang Jian in the music soul building. Moreover, a banquet will not be finished in an hour or two.


    It seems that there is more than enough spare time. In order to be cautious, Meng Zhang and his team decided to go there early to avoid any accidents.


    Before leaving the Requiem Inn, Shouzheng distracted Meng Zhang. In the Yin capital, there are powerful prohibitions. Once the prohibition is launched, it is enough to easily suppress the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In the process of trying to come to the Yin capital with the help of the altar, the Shouzheng Buddha did not succeed, but he had a preliminary understanding of the power contained in the Yin capital.


    If the righteous self is forced to come, it is not completely impossible, and it is possible to succeed.


    However, in order to avoid disturbing the hidden power in the Yin capital, he didn''t do that directly against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang is also very sensitive.


    Although he did not personally touch the hidden power of the Yin capital like Shouzheng, since he was transmitted to the Yin capital, he vaguely felt that there was a powerful power here, which made him feel as if he could not breathe.


    Yin is the foundation of Dali Dynasty in the underworld. There are many secrets here.


    Even if Princess Chunyu wants to make friends with Meng Zhang again, she can''t reveal the secret of Yindu.


    What she told Meng Zhang was just some common information that everyone knew.


    After Shouzheng distracted himself from the courtyard, his body disappeared from Meng Zhang.


    This disappearance is a complete disappearance.


    Meng Zhang''s mind could not sense his existence. Even if he used his destructive magic eye to look around carefully, he could not find any clue.


    Such hiding means is not an ordinary secret skill, but mostly uses the power of the great road.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that Shouzheng was still proficient in the hidden Avenue.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but praise. This is really the most clever hiding means he has ever seen.


    Shouzheng is distracted. With such means, you should be able to secretly keep up with Ouyang Jian.


    Shouzheng always regarded Meng Zhang as a younger generation and deliberately instructed him.


    He displayed not only the hidden Avenue, but also the space Avenue.


    His distraction is hidden in the interlayer of space, and he is no longer in the same space as Meng Zhang.


    Unless you are also proficient in the avenue of space, but also have extremely superb observation skills, and carefully check around, it is possible to find a clue.


    After receiving Shouzheng''s advice, Meng Zhang observed in the direction he said, and sure enough, he found something wrong. But to find out the whereabouts of Shouzheng in this way is still beyond our grasp.


    With Shouzheng distracted, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    Meng Zhang flew to the street outside with his hidden Shouzheng distraction.


    When he was separated from Princess Chunyu, Meng Zhang asked about the specific location of Le soul building from her mouth.


    Meng Zhang didn''t delay, so he rushed directly to the music soul building.


    On the broad avenue of Yindu, there are few people. Well, there should be few ghosts.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang only found some rare ghosts.


    As for human practitioners, it is even less easy to meet them.


    There is no day or night in the underworld. It is dark everywhere all year round.


    The rulers in the Yin capital still maintained many habits as human beings.


    The timing of Yin is the same as that of Yang. Twelve hours a day, forcibly divided day and night.


    Although the artificially divided day and night have little difference in the sky, they have formed the habit of living in Yindu.


    However, the dusk yellow light is shrouded in the Yin, whether day or night.


    This hour, according to the division of Yindu, should be regarded as night, which is the time for most residents of Yindu to rest.


    Of course, this time is also the most lively time in places like Le soul building.


    Before he got close, Meng Zhang saw the bright lights and noisy scene in front of him.


    Even if it is a ghost, it is inevitable to have a taste for food and sex. In particular, some powerful ghosts are almost the same as living people in this regard. As for those special ghosts, not to mention.


    Meng Zhang came to the outside of Le soul building. Because he didn''t want to leave traces, he stayed outside and didn''t mean to enter.


    He hid his body and was distracted. He said hello to Meng Zhang, and God sneaked into it unconsciously.


    Meng Zhang told Shouzheng about the appearance and accomplishments of Ouyang Jian and others in advance, and he was not afraid that he could not recognize each other.


    Meng Zhang found a place far away from the music soul building, but he could see it clearly and waited silently.


    Within a quarter of an hour, Shouzheng distracted himself and sent a message to Meng Zhang through the divine power mark on his body.


    Shouzheng distraction has found Ouyang Jian where they are.


    They are now feasting and are all in the same hall for the time being.


    Although Shouzheng is very confident in his hiding skills, he still doesn''t get too close, but monitors them from a distance.


    Because the banqueting hall is guarded by prohibition, without breaking the prohibition, Shouzheng can''t hear what they say and can only monitor their movements.


    Judging from the current situation, this banquet will not end in a moment and a half. Meng Zhang needs to wait slowly.


    Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief when he got the message from Shouzheng''s distraction.


    Princess Chunyu was right. Zhang Xingda really entertained Ouyang Jian and them in the place of Le soul building.


    Meng Zhang and Shouzheng were distracted and did not come to the wrong place, let alone miss the goal.


    As long as you find the whereabouts of the target and wait for a period of time, it''s not a big deal at all.


    At this time, there were few ghosts in the Yindu city.


    Meng Zhang pulled away from the music soul building again. He found a remote corner in a nearby alley and made an invisible spell. He confirmed that ordinary ghosts could not find himself. He just floated quietly in the air, sat cross legged and waited patiently.


    Being careful to keep watch on the target is distracting, very cautious. If there is no new discovery, he also keeps silent and does not continue to contact Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can roughly confirm that Shouzheng is in good condition through the divine power mark on his wrist.


    After less than half an hour, Shouzheng was distracted and new news came.


    He found that in addition to himself, others were secretly watching Ouyang Jian and them.


    The watchers are two early monks of the yuan God, who are also proficient in the way of concealment.


    They carefully hide themselves and hardly show any trace.


    If you weren''t upright and distracted, you would also be proficient in hiding, and you would be a bystander. I''m afraid it would be difficult to find their deeds.


    After discovering that other friars were secretly watching Ouyang Jian, Shouzheng became more cautious.

 Chapter 1033

    At this time, in the largest Hall of Le soul building, Zhang Xingda, a ghost God with high power in Yindu, is entertaining Ouyang Jian and his party.


    After becoming ghosts and gods, most practitioners in the cultivation world will change their temperament greatly, as if they had changed a person.


    Some even human nature does not exist, completely turned into ghosts.


    However, the secret method of achieving ghosts and gods in Dali imperial dynasty does have many differences.


    One of the most important things is that we can try our best to preserve the wisdom and wisdom of new ghosts and gods so that they will not deviate too far from their lifetime.


    Zhang Xingda was one of the ghosts and gods with different surnames supported by the Dali imperial dynasty, and he performed particularly well in this regard.


    If it is other ghosts and gods, where will you remember your old friends? Even if you remember, who will preserve the friendship before you die?


    Even if Zhang Xingda became a ghost, his temperament changed little, and he was almost the same as before.


    When Ouyang Jian was in the sun, he set up altars from time to time to offer sacrifices to this old friend and keep in touch with him.


    So over the years, their friendship has not changed much.


    Before he came to the underworld this time, he contacted Zhang Xingda in advance.


    First, he wanted to hide his true purpose with the help of Zhang Xingda.


    Second, he did ask for help.


    Zhang Xingda thought that his old friend Ouyang Jian had found himself. It was really just for Ouyang Huajin.


    When he was drunk, he patted his chest to ensure that Ouyang Huajin''s achievements in ghosts and gods were all wrapped in him.


    Don''t think Ouyang Huajin''s original God has come to the underworld. There will be no problem in achieving ghosts and gods.


    Among them, there are many tests.


    In order to successfully achieve ghosts and gods, both favorable conditions of time, place and people are indispensable.


    Yin capital, the great city of hell built by Dali emperor, has a special layout, which can greatly improve the success rate of ghosts and gods.


    Moreover, in this process, the ghosts and gods of Dali Dynasty will also actively help the younger generation.


    It is precisely because of these favorable conditions that Dali Dynasty can cultivate many powerful ghosts and gods.


    Those friars who have lost their flesh and only have the yuan God will come to the door for help.


    In the cultivation world, if you want to achieve ghosts and gods safely, you can come to Dali, the Yin capital of the imperial dynasty, which has spread to the middle land.


    Helping friars become ghosts and gods also consumes a lot of resources for Dali Dynasty.


    If there is no enough exchange of benefits, Dali will not help easily.


    Ouyang Jian and Ouyang Huajin were both from the imperial dynasty, so emperor Bawu opened the door for them.


    Zhang Xingda has been in the underworld for many years. It is rare to meet old friends. After a few drinks, he is particularly excited.


    For a moment, he recalled the past of fighting side by side with Ouyang Jian, and for a moment, he scolded the young people who didn''t know the greatness of heaven and earth and dared to hurt Ouyang Huajin''s big nephew.


    Ouyang Jian needs people. Of course, he should put down his airs and try his best to cater to his old friends.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t have many demons. He was lonely and cold. Instead, he persuaded wine with a smile and became a supporter nearby.


    Zhang Xingda has fought in the army for many years. He has had the experience of fighting side by side with demon Xiu, and has also seen the great role of demon Xiu on the battlefield.


    Therefore, even if he was not familiar with Mo Qingzhen Jun, he didn''t ignore each other.


    Most of the dishes and drinks in Le soul building are for ghosts, except a few for living people.


    There is a word "God" in the name of ghosts and gods, but in essence, it is still a ghost.


    Before the achievement of the Yang God, the yuan God of the human cultivator still contains Yin Qi and has the characteristics of some ghosts.


    These drinks and dishes for ghosts are just right for Ouyang Huajin, who has only the yuan God left.


    From the first meeting, Ouyang Huajin met Zhang Xingda as his nephew in his later life.


    After that, he hardly said a word. When I arrived at Le soul building, I just drank.


    Zhang Xingda did not take this seriously. He thought Ouyang Huajin was beheaded, but his mood was still bad, so that''s why he behaved like this.


    After half the banquet, Ouyang Jian tentatively put forward his own request.


    It turns out that all monks who have achieved ghosts and gods with the help of the layout of the Yin capital will automatically enter the ghost and God system of Dali imperial court and work for Dali imperial court for many years.


    Maybe I''ll be driven by the Dali Dynasty for the rest of my life.


    Of course, Dali Dynasty has always been clear about rewards and punishments, and the treatment provided to these ghosts and gods is very good.


    As long as these ghosts and gods leave the imperial dynasty, they will get many benefits.


    In contrast to working alone in the underworld, allegiance to the imperial dynasty is not only bound by some constraints, but also beneficial.


    In such a dangerous place as hell, many newborn ghosts and gods encountered all kinds of accidents and died halfway before they could grow up.


    With the protection of Dali imperial dynasty, we can at least safely spend the initial growth period.


    In the future growth process, whether it is resources or skill, there can be a stable way to obtain them.


    In particular, the cultivation of ghosts and gods is extremely rare in the cultivation world. Even many great religious sects in the Middle Earth may not have it, let alone ordinary monks.


    Therefore, for the vast majority of ghosts and gods, they are also willing to work for the Dali Dynasty.


    Ouyang Jian''s request to his old friend Zhang Xingda is that he doesn''t want Ouyang Huajin to achieve ghosts and gods with the help of the layout of the Yin capital.


    According to him, Ouyang Hua Jin''s mind is uncertain and has caused trouble many times. If you rashly enter the ghost and God system of Dali imperial dynasty, you may cause trouble.


    In Ouyang sword''s hand, there is a secret method to achieve ghosts and gods with the help of the power of the hell earth vein.


    Now Ouyang Huajin is like this. It''s just time to practice this secret method and achieve ghosts and gods.


    If Ouyang Huajin practices this secret method, he can also help himself cultivate a magical power.


    Ouyang Jian hopes that Zhang Xingda, for the sake of their friendship for many years, will use his talent as a ghost to help condense the power of the earth''s veins when Ouyang Huajin achieves ghosts and gods.


    Zhang Xingda listened to Ouyang Jian''s words and was silent for a while.


    If Ouyang Huajin doesn''t join the ghost and God system of Dali Dynasty, he will not get the help of the ghost and God of Dali Dynasty. Even if he is Ouyang Jian''s disciple.


    You know, many monks are willing to pay all the price in order to get the opportunity to enter the ghost and God system of Dali imperial dynasty.


    It''s a pity that Ouyang Hua and Jin Mingming should give up easily when they have such an opportunity.


    In fact, Ouyang Jian pulled down his old face to seek hegemony over Emperor Wu, and what he really asked for was such an opportunity.


    Otherwise, just enter the underworld, or the Yin capital. With Ouyang Jian''s contacts and abilities, there are ways to do it. There is no need to seek hegemony over Emperor Wu at all.


    Apart from other things, there are many royal family members who make friends with him and are willing to help.


    Only such a big event as entering the ghost and God system of Dali imperial dynasty must be decided by Bawu emperor.

 Chapter 1034

    Ouyang Jian was originally a king with a different surname in the Dali Dynasty. He personally sent the Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin, his disciple, into the underworld and brought it into the ghost system of the Dali Dynasty.


    This is a very normal thing, so emperor Bawu didn''t doubt it and agreed after a little hesitation.


    Emperor Bawu never thought that Ouyang Jian had never let Ouyang Huajin enter the ghost and God system of the Dali imperial dynasty. He came to Yindu this time, but he had another plan.


    Ouyang Jian just came to Yindu. After meeting his old friend Zhang Xingda, he revealed his plans.


    If emperor Bawu had known Ouyang Jian''s plan earlier, I''m afraid he wouldn''t easily enter the Yin capital.


    Zhang Xingda took care of his old friends and disciples and painstakingly persuaded Ouyang Jian that it was best to let Ouyang Huajin become ghosts and gods in Yin, so as to enter the ghost and God system of Dali imperial dynasty.


    This will have many benefits for his future survival and growth.


    Zhang Xingda was really kind. He analyzed the pros and cons in detail in front of Ouyang Huajin.


    In a place like hell, a ghost without backstage and alone is not easy to mix.


    The hell is different from the Yang world. The ghosts here don''t care about Ouyang Jian''s face.


    Only when he was sheltered by the ghosts and gods of Dali Dynasty could he avoid many dangers.


    What Zhang Xingda said may not sound good, but there is no empty word. He is thinking about Ouyang Huajin everywhere.


    Ouyang Huajin didn''t say a word when Zhang Xingda persuaded him. He was like a mute. He only knew to drink with his head down and poured cups of wine specially for ghosts into his mouth.


    Ouyang Jian patiently listened to Zhang Xingda''s persuasion, and finally politely declined his kindness.


    He told Zhang Xingda that the secret art of ghosts and gods he had obtained was particularly suitable for Ouyang Huajin''s cultivation.


    If Ouyang Huajin has achieved success in cultivation, he will have a great future in the way of ghosts and gods.


    Moreover, after Ouyang Huajin became a ghost and God, he needed to run for himself. He really had no spare power to be loyal to Dali emperor.


    This time Ouyang Huajin''s achievement of ghosts and gods is related to his own path. Please also ask Zhang Xingda to help for the sake of their friendship for many years.


    Since this matter involves Ouyang Jian''s path, Zhang Xingda doesn''t have much advice.


    For most practitioners, the path of Tao is above everything and can''t be discussed by others.


    Moreover, for fear that Ouyang Jian misunderstood that his family coveted the ghost mysterious law. He didn''t ask much about the details of the secret method.


    Zhang Xingda fell into silence again and thought in his heart.


    Seeing that Zhang Xingda was obviously moved by himself, Ouyang Jian added a fire.


    He told the other party that before he came to Yindu, he specially went to see Bawu emperor and told the other party his plan.


    Ouyang Jian is willing to dedicate Ouyang Huajin''s secret skill of ghosts and gods to the Dali Dynasty.


    For the sake of Ouyang Jian''s hard work, Emperor Bawu agreed that Ouyang Huajin could not enter the ghost and God system of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Zhang Xingda and Bawu emperor are separated by Yin and Yang. Although there are ways to contact, it is not so convenient.


    Out of his trust in his old friends for many years, he almost unreservedly trusted Ouyang Jian''s words.


    Since emperor Bawu agreed to this matter, Zhang Xingda had no reason to oppose it.


    He just sighed that Ouyang Huajin could not enter the ghost system of Dali imperial dynasty, and it would be difficult to go in the future.


    It is not difficult for Zhang Xingda to help cohere the power of the earth vein put forward by Ouyang Jian.


    After he figured it out, he easily agreed.


    Zhang Xingda was persuaded by his family and agreed to help, which was another key step in the plan.


    Ouyang Jian did not hide his happy face, raised his glass and drank hard, and kept persuading Zhang Xingda to drink.


    For a moment, the atmosphere on the table became lively again.


    The smile on Mo Qing''s face remains the same, still so considerate, so warm and thoughtful.


    Only Ouyang Huajin remained silent from beginning to end, as if the matter they discussed had nothing to do with themselves.


    While they were drinking and having fun, someone was watching them carefully outside the hall.


    Although the watchers could not hear their conversation in order not to expose themselves, they did not let go of their every move.


    Shouzheng was distracted later. If he hadn''t been careful enough, he almost didn''t find that there were two watchers watching Ouyang Jian before him.


    However, once he found the clue, he almost found the general situation of the watcher with his great power of keeping upright and distracting.


    Shouzheng''s distraction is formed by his unique ghost and divine power, which is dominated by his divine thoughts differentiated from the original Buddha.


    In making incarnations, distractions and other things, ghosts and gods have more advantages than human practitioners.


    Shouzheng, a distraction, is more suitable for the environment of the underworld and can move freely in the underworld.


    However, when living people come to the underworld, no matter how powerful they are, they will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth here and can''t give full play to their abilities.


    The cultivation of these two watchers is just the initial stage of Yuanshen, and they don''t pay attention to Shouzheng. However, their hiding method and the method of tracking and monitoring are unique, which brightens the eyes of Shouzheng.


    Fortunately, this is the underworld. Only when Shouzheng is distracted can he find them first without exposing himself.


    If it is in the Yang world, maybe the situation will be reversed.


    Shouzheng has roughly guessed Ouyang Jian''s plan from Meng Zhang''s previous statement.


    Ouyang Jian''s plan is also very important to him.


    If he can cut his beard halfway, he will certainly go further on the road, and there are many other benefits.


    Therefore, he must ask Meng Zhang to participate in his own plan.


    Now he found that other people were watching Ouyang Jian, which showed that Meng Zhang was stunned by the information from the divine power mark.


    There are others staring at Ouyang Jian and them?


    Although Ouyang Jian held a high position in Dali imperial dynasty, many people disliked him.


    However, there are not many who dare to send people to monitor his forces.


    From the description of their appearance by Shouzheng distraction, the two monitors should have entered the Yin capital with their own family this time.


    Meng Zhang just glanced at it at random, so he remembered all the monks who gathered on the school field and were ready to enter the underworld one by one.


    However, all he remembers is information about their appearance and so on. Meng Zhang can''t know all about their origins, even with the introduction of Princess Chunyu.


    The two watchers happened to be the people who had not been introduced by Princess Chunyu.


    However, you can come to the Yin capital through a special channel under the eyes of emperor Bawu and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda. Then they are not from the Dali Dynasty, but also belong to the forces close to the Dali Dynasty.


    Without more information, Meng Zhang could not infer their specific identity and origin.

 Chapter 1035

    Most of the two people who secretly monitor Ouyang Jian are unkind to them.


    The enemy of the enemy, if not a friend, should not be an enemy.


    These two stalkers should have something to use.


    However, for the sake of prudence, Meng Zhang and Shouzheng both agree that it is best not to contact the two stalkers at will, but to wait and see what happens before they find out their origin.


    In this way, Ouyang Jian and others are still drinking and having fun in the music soul building under the surveillance of the tracker. It wasn''t until the second half of the night that they ended.


    Accommodation services are also provided in Le soul building. After Zhang Xingda left, Ouyang Jian and others stayed here.


    A quiet and elegant courtyard is Ouyang Jian''s temporary residence.


    When he arrived at the independent courtyard, he imposed a closed ban on the surrounding area. Ouyang Jiancai discussed with Mo qingzhenjun.


    Ouyang Huajin always looked like he was dying, which made Ouyang Jian very unhappy.


    However, Ouyang Huajin wanted to play a key role in the next plan, and Ouyang Jian had to appease him.


    According to what Ouyang Jian said a long time ago, Ouyang Huajin''s talent is limited. Even if he invests more resources, no matter how hard he cultivates. When he reached the middle stage of Yuanshen, it was the limit.


    It is basically impossible to go further.


    Ouyang Jian''s approach is actually to consider Ouyang Huajin''s future.


    As long as he succeeds this time, Ouyang Huajin can soar to the sky and have the power to surpass the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Ouyang Jian is cold and hard hearted. Even closed disciples and descendants by blood are just using tools in his eyes.


    Ouyang Huajin grew up in the shadow of Ouyang Jian. He was very afraid of Ouyang Jian and didn''t dare to violate Ouyang Jian''s will at all.


    Although he was arrogant and arrogant in front of outsiders, in front of Ouyang Jian, the mouse saw the cat.


    At first, before the competition with Meng Zhang, Ouyang Huajin forced him to take the initiative to die and let Meng Zhang cut off his flesh.


    Anyway, if Ouyang Jian is watching the war, he can definitely keep Ouyang Huajin''s Yuanshen.


    As long as they are living, they have a natural dislike for ghosts.


    Ouyang Huajin is not the kind of madman who is desperate for power.


    He certainly didn''t want to be a ghost and God instead of a good living person.


    However, under the accumulated prestige of Ouyang Jian, he didn''t dare to resist.


    However, no matter what resistance was, when he really came to the underworld, he finally couldn''t control his dissatisfaction.


    Of course, he doesn''t have the courage to do more things. The most is to put on his face and play a small temper.


    Ouyang Jian used both soft and hard. After a few words, Ouyang Huajin was under control.


    To settle the little trouble brought by Ouyang Huajin, Ouyang Jian and Mo qingzhenjun discussed the details of the plan.


    Ouyang Jian still has some doubts about his old friend Zhang Xingda.


    If Zhang Xingda contacted Bawu emperor at this time, he would know that he was lying, and the consequences would be bad.


    Although moqingzhenjun is not a demon cultivation of the heart demon system, he is good at understanding people''s hearts.


    For Zhang Xingda, he is even more confident than Ouyang Jian.


    He told Ouyang Jian that since Zhang Xingda believed his words, there would be no complications.


    Now, don''t do anything, just wait quietly.


    Ouyang Jian has a special trust in Mo Qingzhen Jun, which is almost obedient.


    Since he said there was no problem, Ouyang Jian was completely relieved.


    In the music soul building, Shouzheng distracted and two watchers watched one side all night, but they didn''t find Ouyang Jian''s changes.


    In the daytime in the Yindu City, although the sky was still very dark, it was dark in the distance. But everywhere in the Yin capital, there was a stronger light, which made the whole city look brighter.


    Since there was no change in Ouyang Jian, Meng Zhang left Shouzheng distracted to continue his surveillance. He temporarily returned to the Requiem inn.


    The friars of Hailing sect left mysteriously after they came to the Yin capital.


    Meng Zhang knew that they had a heavy responsibility and did not bother them.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the Requiem Inn, Princess Chunyu came again.


    Princess Chunyu saw that he had a rest all night. She should have the spirit to go around.


    Meng Zhang is really curious about the Yindu city and wants to carefully observe all aspects of the city.


    This time, instead of refusing the invitation of Princess Chunyu, he left the Requiem Inn with her and toured around the Yin capital.


    Although the Yin capital artificially divides the day and night, it has little impact on ghosts.


    Of course, even in the so-called daytime of the Yindu City, there are not many ghosts on the streets, and human practitioners are particularly rare.


    As they came to the square city, the number of human practitioners they met on the road began to increase slowly.


    The practitioners sent by the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty, whether transporting materials to the Yin capital or taking materials away from here, have special channels, and special ghosts and gods are responsible for contacting them.


    Other practitioners who come here through various ways pay most attention to the square city in the Yin capital city.


    The goods they brought from Yangshi need to be sold in the square market. They also purchase the specialties of the underworld in the square market and bring them back to the world of the sun.


    It''s enough for them to gain a lot by going in and out and running for business.


    No wonder the Dali Dynasty will enter a special passage to the Yin capital. The number of people who come to the Yin capital is so dead.


    In addition, there are some monks who come to the Yin capital for other purposes.


    Some have left the Yin capital city and use the special environment of the underworld to practice secret magic powers.


    Others may obtain relevant intelligence in advance and go outside the Yin capital to collect special materials.


    ¡­¡­


    Ghost weeping mountains are huge mountains that spread widely.


    There are countless high mountains here, and all kinds of ghosts and ghost animals are just like the sand of the Ganges.


    The Yin capital is located in a corner of the ghost crying mountains.


    The Yindu city is surrounded by huge mountains on three sides, and only one direction is a undulating plain.


    A large area of this plain was held in the arms of ghost crying mountains.


    The place with the most abundant resources on the plain is where the city was established in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Ghosts cry. There are countless dangerous places in the mountains. So far, the power of Yin capital can only go deep into a small part of the periphery of the mountains.


    Ghosts sobbing at the depths of the mountains are too dangerous. Even the ghosts and gods in the Yin capital dare not go deep into them easily.


    Of course, the ghost weeping mountains are rich in resources. Even the more dangerous the place is, the more likely it is to have precious treasures.


    When ghosts and gods come to Yindu, practitioners who come to Yindu often take strange risks to enter the ghost crying mountains and obtain various precious resources.

 Chapter 1036

    Princess Chunyu accompanied Meng Zhang to stroll around the square city while introducing him to all kinds of situations of Yindu city.


    Meng Zhang was really an eye opener when he saw a wide range of goods in the market.


    With his eyesight, he recognized many precious materials only produced in the underworld. There were more precious materials that he didn''t recognize.


    Dali Dynasty has operated in the underworld for many years and has a high degree of development here. If it comes to the familiarity with all kinds of situations in the underworld, I''m afraid those holy doors may not be comparable.


    No matter Meng Zhang''s own experience, or the Taiyi gate in its heyday, his understanding of the underworld is very limited.


    Princess Chunyu just casually introduced several materials to Meng Zhang, so she changed the topic and talked about other things.


    Many valuable knowledge, even she will not disclose it at will.


    The knowledge about the underworld is not easy to get. Dali Dynasty also paid a huge price in order to master this knowledge.


    She wants to make friends with Meng Zhang, but not unconditionally.


    Only those materials recognized by Meng Zhang can bring great benefits back to the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang found a shop at will and wanted to make a big purchase, but the shopkeeper refused.


    Princess Chunyu quickly explained to him.


    These friars who came to the Yin capital were granted different authorities by the Dali imperial court.


    For example, the monks sent by the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty can, of course, purchase at will, and basically have unrestricted access to all kinds of materials in the Yin capital.


    Big businesses like Datong business alliance and miaodan club also have the authority to purchase a large number of goods here.


    Next, according to the relationship between these monks and the royal family and their contribution to the imperial court, they are divided into different levels, and the quantity of materials allowed to be purchased by them is also different.


    For example, Meng Zhang''s authority level is the lowest. He is only allowed to purchase a small amount of materials here. It''s enough for your own use, but it can''t be sold.


    If Meng Zhang wants to improve the level of authority, he must make more contributions to the Dali Dynasty, such as making military achievements.


    Princess Chunyu''s explanation made Meng Zhang understand that there are so many twists and turns in the middle.


    However, Meng Zhang''s main purpose of entering the underworld this time is to follow Ouyang Jian and destroy their plot.


    It''s just easy to buy specialty products here. It doesn''t matter.


    Meng Zhang made a round trip in the square city. In addition to broadening his horizons, he also purchased some special products of the underworld.


    When Meng Zhang exhausted all his shares, Princess Chunyu generously said that if Meng Zhang still needed, she could use her share to help Meng Zhang purchase.


    Princess Chunyu, as a royal Yuanshen friar, has worked for the royal family for many years, and her authority is still relatively high.


    Every time she came to the Yin capital, she would make full use of her authority and wantonly purchase all kinds of hell specialties.


    This is also the benefit given to them by the top of the royal family.


    The profit earned from going back and forth is enough for Princess Chunyu to maintain daily cultivation for many years.


    When Meng Zhang and Princess Chunyu were shopping, Shouzheng was distracted and was seriously monitoring Ouyang Jian''s movements.


    Ouyang Jian didn''t make any changes. They stayed in the music soul building and didn''t go out.


    The only time I went out was when Ouyang Jian and Mo qingzhenjun went to the square city of Yindu city to make a big purchase.


    Shouzheng distracted himself and followed him all the time. He didn''t find anything unusual.


    It was the identity of the two monitors that made Shouzheng distracted and had some eyebrows.


    In Chunyu, the princess and other royal family members were arranged to live together in the inner city of Yindu city.


    She is going to send Meng Zhang back to Requiem Inn and then deal with her own affairs.


    Shouzheng was distracted and hid in the dark. He not only monitored Ouyang Jian''s every move, but also observed other watchers clearly.


    The appearance of the ghost and God who changed shifts naturally fell into Shouzheng''s distracted eyes.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and decided to take a risk.


    He seems to have inadvertently mentioned that he went out for a walk before dawn this morning.


    At that time, Princess Chunyu had not arrived at the Requiem inn. He went out alone.


    On the way, he found a ghost sneaking around.


    According to the message from Shouzheng distracted, he described the appearance of the ghost and God.


    Ghosts and gods in the underworld, except for a few special types, at least have the divine power equivalent to the initial stage of the human cultivator Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang will certainly pay more attention to the ghosts and gods whose strength is not much different from his own.


    Princess Chunyu listened to Meng Zhang''s description, and her face was full of surprise. She looked at Meng Zhang suspiciously, and then became silent.


    From the expression of Princess Chunyu, she obviously knew the details of the ghost.


    Meng Zhang looked innocent when he saw Princess Chunyu. He didn''t seem to know what was going on.


    I don''t know whether Meng Zhang is good at acting or princess Chunyu is too careless. She actually believes Meng Zhang''s words.


    Meng Zhang seems to have no other intention, but is curious about the ghosts and gods he meets on the road.


    Princess Chunyu was silent for a while before she began to warn Meng Zhang.


    There are many ghosts and gods in the Yin capital. These ghosts and gods basically belong to each department of the Yin capital.


    The ghost and God Meng Zhang met was called duanci, which belonged to a special department of the Yin capital.


    This department is specially responsible for checking the traitors in the city and hunting down rebellious ghosts and gods.


    Duan thorn is a very effective member of that department.


    This person is deeply trusted by the senior management of Yindu city and is often entrusted with important tasks.


    If Meng Zhang has nothing important to do, it''s best not to easily contact ghosts and gods such as Duan stab.


    He had better forget the broken thorn on the road as soon as possible and never mention it to others.


    Princess Chunyu''s words finally made Meng Zhang confirm that their cultivators and ghosts and gods secretly monitoring Ouyang sword were indeed sent by Dali imperial government. Even, their actions were ordered by Emperor Bawu.


    It''s really like a tiger with a king.


    Emperor Bawu was so suspicious that even several generations of old ministers like Ouyang Jian couldn''t believe it. He had to send someone to spy on him.


    Of course, it is also possible that emperor Bawu grasped some clues and became wary of Ouyang sword.


    In any case, Ouyang Jian fell under the official surveillance of the Dali imperial court, indicating that he was no longer trusted by the imperial court.


    If he is really plotting against the law in Yindu, Meng Zhang is not needed to destroy it. The ghosts and gods in Yindu can completely suppress him.

 Chapter 1037

    Meng Zhang took a little risk and got the origin of the ghost and God who monitored Ouyang Jian from Princess Chunyu. Knowing that emperor Bawu was also suspicious of Ouyang Jian, he made arrangements in advance.


    While chatting with Princess Chunyu, Meng Zhang told Shouzheng about the news through the divine power mark on his hand.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, with the intervention of Dali imperial officials, it is difficult for Ouyang Jian to succeed no matter what their schemes are.


    Shouzheng was distracted. After receiving the message from Meng Zhang, he was not half happy, but his mood became dignified.


    After a while, Shouzheng distracted and summoned Meng Zhang again.


    Ouyang Jian''s plot is probably to seize a treasure. This treasure is a must for you to keep it right. If the official friars or ghosts and gods of Dali Dynasty participate in it, the ownership of the treasure is hard to say.


    Meng Zhang was stunned by the information from Shouzheng, and then scolded secretly in his heart.


    No wonder this guy Shouzheng insisted on participating in this matter himself. It turned out that he was preparing to seize food from the tiger''s mouth and seize treasures from Ouyang sword.


    But if the official friars of Dali Dynasty were involved in this matter, it would be difficult for him to do it?


    Taiyimen is still a subordinate of Dali imperial court. How can Meng Zhang openly compete for treasures with the official friars of Dali imperial court.


    Shouzheng, the old master, has given Meng Zhang a big problem.


    Meng Zhang chatted with Princess Chunyu and soon returned to Requiem inn.


    After saying goodbye to Princess Chunyu, Meng Zhang returned to his small courtyard alone.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can finally calm down and think about the whole thing carefully.


    Meng Zhang would be happy if he only destroyed Ouyang Jian''s plot and seized their treasures.


    But now Dali''s official forces are also involved in this matter, and the situation becomes more complicated.


    Guard Zheng meant that he must seize the treasure, even if he fought with the official friars of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what kind of treasure it is, which makes Shouzheng such a powerful ghost and God have the heart of potential.


    Even what Shouzheng said may not be true. Until now, he is still hesitating and unwilling to tell himself the whole truth.


    Of course, this does not necessarily mean being upright and distrusting yourself.


    Before that, his words revealed that the other party had a secret master to participate in it.


    Meng Zhang himself is a master of heavenly secrets. Of course, he knows the terrible nature of the master of heavenly secrets.


    If Shouzheng reveals more information to himself, Tianji may find abnormalities in his deduction.


    Meng Zhang has always had a very regrettable thing, that is, after entering the Yuanshen period, Tianji did not make corresponding progress, and has always stayed in the stage of Tianji master.


    To this end, Meng Zhang thought of many ways. Not to mention the daily lessons such as reciting Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang, but also invested a lot of energy in Dayan divine calculation.


    But I don''t know why, Meng Zhang, who has been practicing very smoothly, had a problem when practicing Tianji.


    Without a breakthrough in the realm of heavenly secrets, he could not deduce people or things at the level of Yuanshen.


    The Tianji master who can make Shouzheng feel threatened and have to be careful must be above the current Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had only been in contact with a Heavenly Master of ancient moon huaidie before. In addition, he had never seen the same master again.


    This time, he was willing to take strange risks and followed Ouyang Jian to the underworld. In addition to the requirements of keeping justice, a large part of the reason was that he wanted to see the Heavenly Master.


    However, Ouyang Jian is a sword repair, Mo Qing Zhenjun is a demon repair, let alone Ouyang Huajin. None of the three can be the Heavenly Master. Who is the Heavenly Master and where is he located?


    Meng Zhang can''t think of the answers to these questions alone.


    Therefore, he only temporarily put it aside and began to think about the purpose of keeping upright.


    Meng Zhang soon made a decision in his heart. In any case, he could not have a direct conflict with the official forces of the Dali Dynasty.


    If you are dealing with Ouyang Jian, you can do your best.


    If the official friars of Dali imperial dynasty took action, Meng Zhang had to avoid it temporarily and let Shouzheng do it. Even if Shouzheng is dissatisfied, Meng Zhang can''t care.


    Meng Zhang, who made up his mind, then seemed to completely forget his purpose.


    In addition to staying in the inn, he just wandered around the Yin capital to experience the local customs here, and purchased some hell specialties within his ability.


    Princess Chunyu also has a task. She can''t be with Meng Zhang all the time.


    Many times, Meng Zhang goes out alone.


    On the other side, Shouzheng distracted himself from secretly monitoring Ouyang Jian''s actions.


    The ghosts and gods of the Yin capital city, Duan stab and the human friars, are also secretly monitoring Ouyang Jian and them.


    Of course, they do not know that their actions have fallen into the eyes of Shouzheng.


    There are prohibitions on the gates and walls of the Yin capital city where Meng Zhang came to the Yin capital city, and there are special Yin soldiers and Yin generals to guard it.


    Ouyang Jian, accompanied by Zhang Xingda, the ghost and God of the Yin capital, can leave easily.


    Both groups of stalkers hid their tracks and left the Yindu City unconsciously.


    The Yin capital is heavily guarded on weekdays. It''s not easy for ghosts to get in and out of the gate.


    Fortunately, there are many practitioners from the Yang world during this period. Many of them need to leave the Yin capital and go to the ghost crying mountains.


    Therefore, the Yindu city officials relaxed the control.


    These practitioners can leave the Yin capital as long as they explain their origin, prove their identity and say the purpose of leaving the city.


    Even so, when Meng Zhang left the Yin capital, he still delayed a little time to deal with the inventory of Yin soldiers and Yin generals.


    Fortunately, the delay was not long and did not delay major events.


    After leaving the Yin capital, Meng Zhang flew in the direction of their departure through the guidance of the divine power mark.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that he had been flying for more than half a month after he left the Yindu City, and there was almost no time to stop and rest.


    He not only left the Yindu City, but also left the great plain outside the city and entered the ghost crying mountains.


    With the slowly deepening of the ghost crying mountains, all kinds of powerful ghosts began to appear on the road.


    On the great plain outside Yindu City, although there are ghosts wandering occasionally, the number of these ghosts is small and their strength is not strong.


    This is because the ghosts and gods in Yindu city will regularly lead Yin soldiers and Yin generals to clean up the plains outside the city on a large scale.


    The original ghosts were either destroyed or expelled.


    Therefore, on the plain outside Yindu City, there will not be too many ghosts or powerful ghosts.


    But the ghost weeping mountains are outside the rule of the Yindu city.


    The deeper the ghosts cry into the mountains, the weaker the control of the Yin capital over there.


    When you really get to the depths of the ghost body mountains, the Yin capital is completely out of reach.


    In fact, according to the information obtained from chatting with Princess Chunyu during this period of time.


    Meng Zhang knew that there were many powerful ghosts in the depths of the ghost crying mountains. Even ordinary ghosts and gods can''t help these ghosts.


    Yindu city once had several large-scale explorations of ghost crying mountains, but it was not very smooth.


    After several fatal setbacks, Yindu city temporarily gave up the exploration of ghost crying mountains.


    The Yin capital is slowly accumulating strength. When it has enough strength, it may restart the exploration of ghost crying mountains.


    Ghosts cry and the mountains are boundless. The range of mountainous areas almost exceeds the whole Jiuqu province.


    This is only the scope of the Yindu city. Outside this range, the ghosts and gods of the Yin capital know nothing.


    Meng Zhang, guided by the mark of divine power, met many powerful ghosts on his way.


    These ghosts not only have strong individual strength, but also have many powerful ghost communities.


    Before Meng Zhang, he had passed through three groups of people.


    The latter two groups hide their body shape and may not be detected by these ghosts.


    However, Ouyang Jian and his party went straight ahead in this way, and it was inevitable that they would hit ghosts.


    The ghosts along the way were actually cleaned up by them.


    Of course, the purpose of their trip is not to clean up ghosts. So the process of their cleaning up seems very careless.


    They do not force the elimination of ghosts, as long as they expel ghosts and open up a safe passage. In this process, many ghosts were easily destroyed.


    After they leave, the expelled ghosts may return to their original position again.


    Meng Zhang followed, and now he met these ghosts.


    There are many kinds of ghosts, including ghosts, ghosts, fierce ghosts and other common ghosts, as well as ghost animals.


    In the cultivation world, many people classify ghosts and beasts into ghosts and believe that they are a special kind of ghosts and beasts.


    However, many people believe that ghosts and beasts have special forms, are not entirely ghosts, and have some characteristics of creatures.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about these classifications, but how to expel the ghosts and beasts blocking the way as soon as possible.


    When Meng Zhang went to the capital, he did not purchase talismans and magic tools for dealing with ghosts.


    His major was the sun moon rotation Sutra. he


    Master the sun moon Avenue and can use the power of the sun and moon.


    For ghosts, the power from the sun is simply a natural nemesis.


    Whenever he finds a ghost blocking the road, Meng Zhang directly releases the sun and true fire.


    The extremely hot sun real fire, carrying almost endless light and heat, fell on the heads of a pile of ghosts and directly turned them into ashes.


    Those ghost beasts have a slightly higher resistance to the sun''s true fire because of their special physique. It takes Meng Zhang a little more time and hands to kill them.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang encountered many obstacles. In addition to ghosts and ghost animals, there are some natural dangers.


    The reason why ghost weeping mountains are named is that ghost weeping sounds of unknown origin often sound in the mountains.


    These ghost sobs can easily shake the mind of the cultivator and make his spirit tremble.


    These ghost sobs are bursts, almost everywhere.


    The power of the ghost cry in different places and at different times is also very different.


    Ghost weeping in some dangerous places in the mountains is because special ghost weeping sounds often sound here.


    This kind of ghost cry is particularly powerful, far more than ordinary ghost cry. Even after hearing this, Yuanshen Zhenjun would tremble, lose his mind, or even get lost completely.


    Meng Zhang is a kind of monk with a firm heart and firm will. Among the true monarchs of the yuan God, they are all outstanding.


    But several times, when he passed some sections, he immediately made a warning in the face of the sudden ghost cry.


    Almost without hesitation, he immediately turned and ran away, far away from the range of ghost crying.


    Even if he was only gently swept by the afterwave of the ghost cry, he felt that the yuan God kept beating and had a feeling of breaking out.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can only secretly call bad luck.


    These ghost cries are not always like this, but they will stop for a while after a period of time.


    After Meng Zhang entered the ghost crying mountains, he also slowly found out some rules.


    He would wait in the distance for a while, and would not pass through the place again until the ghost cry became weak or even completely disappeared.


    But in this way, his forward speed inevitably slowed down.


    Sometimes, the ghost cry in front does not disappear, but continues.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to make a detour.


    Anyway, guided by the divine mark, the general direction of progress will not be wrong.


    Meng Zhang was very confused about how the three groups of people in front of him passed through these dangerous places safely and didn''t delay the trip.


    On the way forward, Meng Zhang also met the ghost King twice.


    As the king of ghosts, the ghost King often has strong wisdom, not the irrational creature of low-level ghosts.


    After they fought with Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang showed great combat effectiveness. Knowing that they were defeated, they took the initiative to retreat.


    Meng Zhang, who has important things to do, has no time to pursue and kill them.


    But Meng Zhang once met the ghost beast king.


    This strange beast doesn''t seem to have a good mind. Even if he has fully seen Meng Zhang''s strength and suffered a lot, he will fight to the death.


    The more Meng Zhang hurt him, the more furious he was. He rushed frantically towards Meng Zhang, a desperate posture.


    Since he could not simply expel the other party, Meng Zhang had to be patient and fight the ghost beast king slowly.


    Finally, Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy Jinghong sword broke the ghost beast king into pieces, and melted his soul with the sun and moon, which was the complete end of the battle.


    He didn''t even have time to count the booty carefully. He collected the incomplete body of the ghost beast king at once, and went on without stopping.

 Chapter 1038

    While Meng Zhang continued his arduous journey, Ouyang Jian and they were about to reach their destination.


    Meng Zhang was alone. He didn''t know anything about the dangers of the ghost crying mountains. At most, he had heard some hearsay.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo qingzhenjun obviously have accurate intelligence support and have a general understanding of what will happen along the way.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen were still sword practitioners who were good at combat effectiveness. There were strange and unpredictable demon practitioners nearby. The ghosts and ghosts encountered along the way were basically easy to clean up or expel with some effort.


    When Zhang Xingda lost his body and left only the yuan God, he had the cultivation of the yuan God in the middle period.


    After his cultivation fell sharply, he was successfully transformed into ghosts and gods in the Yin capital. After so many years of cultivation and accumulation, the strength has gradually recovered to the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    Especially in places like hell, it is the home of ghosts and gods, which can give full play to their full strength.


    He doesn''t make many moves. Every time he makes a move, he is powerful and can play a great role.


    In terms of time, they are five or six days ahead of Meng Zhang.


    The two groups of people who followed them did not encounter much trouble because they followed closely and were exposed to their light.


    Like some natural dangers, such as ghost weeping, ghost weeping almost everywhere in the mountains. Ouyang Jian and his entourage knew to take the initiative to avoid because they had been prepared in advance.


    The two groups of men and horses that followed were crafty enough. They found the situation wrong from their actions early and knew to avoid it in time.


    In this way, the two groups of people who followed became the most relaxed and labor-saving.


    Another thing to mention is that Ouyang Jian really made enough preparations before their trip. All kinds of articles aimed at the harsh environment of ghost crying mountains are basically complete.


    The devil xiumo Qingzhen gentleman was very restrained from ghosts. In addition, we prepared a lot of runes and disposable magic tools to deal with ghosts. They really didn''t spend much effort, so they cleared a safe road.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen are covered with spirit beast bags, which are filled with low-level spirit beasts forcibly controlled for temporary road exploration.


    In case of natural dangers such as ghost crying, you can let these spirit animal cannon fodder explore the way first.


    Ouyang Jian and Zhang Xingda were full of praise for their performance along the way, praising their full preparation. Yindu city''s previous exploration of ghost crying mountains has never been so smooth.


    It took them more than ten days to reach their destination smoothly.


    This is a very secret valley, mixed with a tall mountain range.


    At the end of the field, Zhang Xingda looked around. He asked Ouyang Jian a little confused. There seems to be nothing strange about this place. Do you really want Ouyang Huajin to be transformed into ghosts and gods here?


    Ouyang Jian patiently explained to him.


    Many years ago, a cultivator was exploring among the ghost crying mountains. In order to avoid the pursuit of ghosts, he inadvertently broke into this place.


    The cultivator happened to be an excellent local teacher. He soon found that this place is very suitable for transforming into ghosts and gods because of its special location and excellent Feng Shui.


    The cultivator later returned to the sun.


    He has a good relationship with Ouyang Jian and has frequent contacts.


    Not long ago, Ouyang Huajin had an accident. Ouyang Jian failed to help him rebuild his flesh. Ouyang Jian had to be prepared and tried to send Ouyang Huajin to the underworld and turn him into a ghost.


    After knowing this, the cultivator took the initiative to find Ouyang Jian, which not only provided him with a secret method to transform ghosts and gods, but also told him this place.


    Therefore, Ouyang Jian came to visit them.


    Zhang Xingda controls the local atmosphere by virtue of his special ability as a ghost and God. He himself is not a local teacher. He knows no geography and can''t see the particularity of this place.


    However, since Ouyang Jian said it was the information provided by a good friend, he didn''t say much, so as not to misunderstand Ouyang Jian that he didn''t trust other friends.


    While Ouyang Jian was talking with Zhang Xingda, Mo Qingzhen started walking around in the name of exploring the earth vein.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun''s origin is mysterious. He knows a lot and has great skills.


    According to what he said, he also knows a little about geography. Now the duck is on the shelf, barely used for emergency.


    Mo Qingzhen walked around the valley, found a hidden place and began to decorate the altar.


    In a moment, the altar was arranged successfully.


    He began to hold ceremonies to communicate with the Yang world.


    After a while, a faint human shadow appeared above the altar.


    This human form virtual shadow is called Lu Gangfeng. It is a very rare Heavenly Master.


    Lu Gangfeng was originally a master of heaven''s secrets who worked for the Dali imperial dynasty, but many years ago, he was seized by Mo Qingzhen Jun, and then fell into the control of Mo Qingzhen Jun step by step.


    The inheritance of demon cultivation comes from outside, and his actions are hated by this world. It''s almost impossible to have a master of secrets in the demon cultivation.


    After Mo Qingzhen took control of Lu Gangfeng, the Heavenly Master, he regarded him as an important card. If it''s not an important thing, it''s not easy to use him.


    Lu Gangfeng has the cultivation of yuan God in the early stage. Generally speaking, he should have a life of one or two thousand years.


    However, he has repeatedly used the magic of heaven and deduced the magic of heaven, which has caused him to be eaten by the way of heaven.


    He suffered a lot of hidden injuries, and his longevity was also greatly damaged.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, of course, he knows that cooperating with demon cultivation will do him great harm and even make himself despised by the way of heaven.


    However, the deeper he got, he couldn''t get rid of the control of Mo Qingzhen.


    As a last resort, he had to deepen his cooperation with Mo Qingzhen to find another way out for his family.


    Lu Gangfeng is a master of heaven''s secrets with systematic inheritance. Heaven''s secrets have long been practiced to the level of master of heaven''s secrets. He can deduce people or things at the level of Yuanshen.


    If he is willing to pay enough price, he can even deduce a higher level of existence.


    Ouyang Jian was escorted by him during their action.


    If there is any problem in the action, he can deduce it in advance.


    After Mo Qingzhen contacted him, he immediately began to ask if there were any problems with their actions.


    Lu Gangfeng''s face was bitter. Before and after this action, he carried out various deduction, but paid a huge price.


    He told Mo qingzhenjun that their actions would encounter some obstacles, and in general, there was a great possibility of success.


    Lu Gangfeng did not give a clear answer. It was not that he intended to play tricks, but that was the result of the deduction of heaven''s secrets.


    The result of the deduction of Tianji is only one of countless possibilities.


    There are so many variables in the future that even the most powerful master of secrets can''t master them all.


    The higher the cultivation of Tianji master, the more he pays, the more accurate the deduction result is, and the closer it is to the most likely future.

 Chapter 1039

    When the channel leading to the Yin capital was opened last time, Lu Gangfeng came to the Yin capital through this special channel.


    He left the Yindu city and went to the ghost crying mountains to look for a special medicine.


    I don''t know if it''s the relationship between excessive deduction of heaven''s secrets and being eaten by heaven''s way. He has always had bad luck and often meets bad luck.


    There seems to be no exception this time. He not only didn''t find the medicine he needed, but accidentally provoked powerful ghosts.


    He was seriously injured and fled all the way to avoid the pursuit of ghosts. He escaped to this valley and was temporarily safe.


    With his eyesight, he soon found something extraordinary in this valley.


    After a careful examination, he finally made a major discovery.


    In this valley, a badly wounded natural God fell into a deep sleep.


    Before falling asleep, the natural God made careful arrangements to hide his good life, but he did not escape the experienced LU Gangfeng.


    The so-called natural gods are powerful creatures set by the sun and moon and born by heaven and earth.


    This natural God is the God of heaven and earth in Jun dust world. He was born as a God and is the darling of heaven and earth.


    The Terran is not the aboriginal of the Jun dust world. Many gods have been born in the Jun dust world itself.


    Ten thousand years ago, powerful immortals from outside came to Jun dust world.


    With an unstoppable power, the immortal traversed the Jun dust world and was invincible.


    The aborigines of the Jun dust world were wiped out by them, and the gods of the Jun dust world were either sealed or killed. Even the strong will of heaven and earth in Jun dust world bowed in front of the immortal and was forced to give in.


    Immortals migrated from other worlds to many human races, let them thrive here, and developed a cultivation civilization.


    The immortal has long left the Jun dust world, and the Jun dust world has completely become a world dominated by human practitioners.


    Among the natural gods in the Jun dust world, only a few escaped the immortal and hid in the Jun dust world.


    From then on, it was difficult for the Junchen world dominated by practitioners to give birth to natural gods.


    Even if a natural God begins to conceive occasionally, it has not yet been born. As long as the news gets out, it will attract the competition of countless practitioners.


    For practitioners, the natural gods are full of treasure and have countless wonderful functions.


    There is basically no living space for natural gods in the Yang of Jun dust world.


    However, in the depths of the underworld where it is difficult for practitioners to get involved, there are some natural gods hidden in it.


    The natural God discovered by Lu Gangfeng was born in the underworld, which can be called a natural ghost.


    The ghosts and gods that cultivators turn into the day after tomorrow are imitations of all kinds of natural ghosts and gods. After arduous exploration and research, senior practitioners created various methods to transform into ghosts and gods.


    There is a world of difference between natural ghosts and gods and the acquired ghosts and gods.


    Most of the methods spread in the Junchen world to transform the day after tomorrow into ghosts and gods have some disadvantages.


    There is an upper limit for ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow. When you reach the state equivalent to the later stage of Yuanshen, you have no way forward and can''t continue to break through.


    After being transformed into ghosts and gods, practitioners have a great impact on temperament and mind.


    ¡­¡­


    In contrast, natural ghosts and gods have no such problems.


    From the level of life, natural ghosts and gods far surpass the acquired ghosts and gods.


    The most powerful natural ghosts and gods can compete with the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Natural ghosts and gods have the ability to control ghosts and ghosts and beasts. The prestige brought by his personality alone is enough to subdue many acquired ghosts and gods whose willpower is not firm enough.


    The immortal preaching the Jun dust world only conquered the Yang world of the Jun dust world, left the inheritance of the fairy way, and left the Jun dust world in a hurry.


    Although the later generation of practitioners have determined their rule over the Yang world of the Jun dust world, they have never completely controlled the underworld of the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, natural ghosts and gods occasionally appear in the underworld of Jun dust world, which brings great difficulties and obstacles for practitioners to explore and conquer the underworld.


    Until now, the power of human practitioners in the underworld is very limited.


    Dali Dynasty established the Yin capital city, which was unique in the whole Jun dust world. This is also the greatest strength for Dali emperor to dare to fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Lu Gangfeng not only found the sleeping natural ghost, but also recognized its origin.


    More than a thousand years ago, a pair of twin gods were born near today''s Yin capital.


    This pair of natural ghosts and gods are incomparably powerful and have the strength no less than the real king of human Yang God.


    Since their birth, this pair of natural ghosts and gods have fallen into a fierce fight between life and death.


    This pair of natural ghosts and gods are not complete, and each has great defects.


    Driven by instinct, they all want to devour each other.


    As long as they succeed in swallowing each other, they can make up for their defects, become complete, and break through the original realm.


    Coincidentally, a member of the royal family of the Dali Dynasty entered the underworld by chance and happened to witness the war.


    With the cunning and greed of human cultivators, they immediately came up with the idea of natural ghosts and gods.


    The natural ghosts and gods were hurt by both sides in a fierce fight, and both suffered serious injuries that were difficult to heal.


    Lu Gangfeng didn''t know the specific situation at that time. He only knew that one of them was born a ghost and God, and finally fell into the hands of Dali imperial dynasty.


    A powerful Royal ancestor seized the divine body of this natural ghost.


    Since then, the Dali Dynasty had the capital to cross the area near the ghost crying mountains.


    After more than 1000 years of painstaking management, Dali Dynasty established the foundation of Yindu city.


    After another natural ghost escaped, he fell into a deep sleep in the ghost crying mountains and was found by Lu Gangfeng.


    A natural ghost who is seriously injured and sleepy certainly represents great benefits.


    But Lu Gangfeng, who was also seriously injured at that time, could not eat the benefit alone.


    The day of returning to the Yang world was coming. He had to write down this place and embark on his return journey.


    After returning to the Yang world, Lu Gangfeng told Mo Qingzhen Jun this discovery as a chip in exchange for some benefits.


    Later, after some twists and turns, Mo Qingzhen Jun told his good friend Ouyang Jian about it.


    The two reached an exchange of interests and planned for many years before they had this trip to the underworld.


    Under the persecution of Mo Qingzhen, Lu Gangfeng was also involved in this matter.


    In the whole process of action, Lu Gangfeng had to escort them with Tianji and deduce all kinds of external interference.


    In particular, the upcoming ceremony can only be carried out at the right time and place.


    This requires Lu Gangfeng, the Celestial Master, to deduce the sky time and calculate the most suitable time.


    Mo qingzhenjun contacted him now. In addition to asking whether there was any external interference, he mainly asked him about the result of deducing the time of the day.

 Chapter 1040

    Lu Gangfeng really doesn''t want to get involved in this matter.


    Participating in the murder of a natural ghost will greatly damage your family''s luck.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, he deduces and peeps at heaven''s secrets on weekdays. He is already taboo by heaven''s way. His luck is low enough.


    For Lu Gangfeng, the benefits from the sleeping natural ghost are far less than his own lost luck.


    Therefore, he took it as a chip in exchange for Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    But he didn''t expect that Mo Qingzhen Jun actually involved him in this matter again.


    Although he didn''t directly attack the natural ghost, the final benefits couldn''t fall into his own hands.


    But participating in this matter will certainly damage your luck.


    Lu Gangfeng was held to death by Mo Qingzhen Jun, and there was no room for resistance at all.


    If he hadn''t been a master of heaven''s secrets and had a special position in the Dali Dynasty, Mo qingzhenjun would have wanted him to come to the underworld this time.


    But Mo Qingzhen thought that emperor Bawu had always been very suspicious. He and Ouyang Jian entered the Yin capital together, which made him suspicious.


    If Lu Gangfeng, the Heavenly Master, also entered the Yin capital at this time, it would be even more suspicious.


    Therefore, Mo Qingzhen only let Lu Gangfeng stay in the Yang world and deduce the secret of heaven there.


    Without Moqing Zhenjun watching, Lu Gangfeng deliberately cheated and played slippery in order to reduce the back bite as much as possible, reducing the strength of the deduction.


    Among the people involved in this matter is Meng Zhang, the Heavenly Master.


    Although Meng Zhang is far inferior to Lu Gangfeng in the attainments of heaven''s secrets, because his practice of Dayan divine calculation is very clever, he has a strong immune force to other people''s heaven''s secrets deduction.


    Especially when Lu Gangfeng didn''t know that there was another Heavenly Master involved in this matter, it was easier to ignore it.


    As for Shouzheng, who has been entrenched in the underworld for many years, he is the strong one among ghosts and gods, and his strength is far above Lu Gangfeng.


    Unless Lu Gangfeng is willing to pay a huge price, it is difficult to deduce everything related to him.


    Lu Gangfeng didn''t have relevant information in advance. How could he know that these people were involved, and how could he make targeted deduction?


    Naturally, he missed Meng Zhang and Shouzheng.


    Even ghosts and gods stabbed them, protected by the power of the Yin capital, he was also difficult to deduce.


    After the Dali Dynasty obtained the God body of natural ghosts and gods, the ghosts and gods in the Yin capital system were vaguely recognized by the power of the underworld, and had the advantage of playing in the underworld.


    Although Lu Gangfeng did not deduce the existence of troublemakers, he was very accurate in the time of the deduction ceremony, even in the Yang world.


    Lu Gangfeng told Mo Qingzhen Jun the exact time.


    Before ending the contact, Mo qingzhenjun specially reminded him to continue the mystery deduction to see if there was any unexpected resistance to stop their ceremony.


    Lu Gangfeng is naturally full of promises on the surface. As for whether he is willing to work hard or not, it is unknown.


    Anyway, he and Mo Qingzhen Jun are separated by Yin and Yang, and Mo Qingzhen Jun can''t directly control him now.


    After knowing the exact time from Lu Gangfeng, Mo Qingzhen knew that the time was running out and the ceremony must be carried out in time.


    He returned to the location of Ouyang Jian and Zhang Xingda and communicated with Ouyang Jian secretly.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen immediately began to decorate the altar and rituals required for the ceremony.


    After finishing these things quickly, Ouyang Jian asked Zhang Xingda to gather the local Qi around the valley to their location as much as possible.


    This is what Ouyang Jian promised long ago. Without hesitation, Zhang Xingda turned and began to take action.


    He left here, walked around the valley, gave full play to his talent as a ghost and God, mobilized all the local Qi around and gathered here as far as possible.


    The two groups of followers had already followed Ouyang Jian to the valley.


    The ghosts and gods broke the sting and couldn''t understand Ouyang sword''s actions. They had to wait and see their changes for a while.


    Ouyang Jian, they haven''t endangered Dali Dynasty yet, and he has no reason to stop them.


    Shouzheng was distracted and hid in the distance. He saw everything Ouyang Jian had arranged.


    Sure enough, Ouyang Jian''s actions didn''t surprise him.


    With his insight and eyesight, coupled with his long-standing speculation, he immediately determined Ouyang Jian''s destination.


    At this time, Meng Zhang is still far behind, and there are about five days to go from here.


    Ouyang Jian, they have already started to act. It''s too late.


    Shouzheng was distracted. He quickly sent a letter to Meng Zhang through the mark of divine power, asking him to immediately summon his own self to come.


    After being summoned by Shouzheng distracted, Meng Zhang found a safe and quiet place around as quickly as possible.


    Meng Zhang quickly arranged the altar and began to summon the righteous self.


    The ghost sobbed and the mountains were hundreds of thousands or even millions of miles away from the location of Shouzheng.


    But the two places are in the underworld, and naturally there is a certain connection.


    There was no forbidden power of the Yin capital to stop here. Meng Zhang easily summoned the righteous self to come.


    I saw a tall old man with Fairy Spirit, appeared out of thin air from the void above the altar, and stepped in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was preparing to salute and was stopped by Shouzheng waving.


    This is an urgent time, not a polite time.


    Shouzheng took Meng Zhang and immediately set out on the road towards the valley.


    Shouzheng Buddha is a strong one among many acquired ghosts and gods in the underworld. Ordinary human yuan gods and later great friars may not be his opponents.


    This time he opened the way in front, Meng Zhang immediately became much easier.


    Shouzheng, as a powerful ghost and God, is a home battle in the underworld, which can give full play to its strong combat effectiveness.


    In the underworld system, the rank of ghosts and gods is far above ghosts and ghost beasts.


    Even the day after tomorrow, ghosts and gods also have strong restraint against ghosts and animals.


    He doesn''t have to fight when he meets ghosts or ghosts and beasts blocking the way on the road, but he can force them all back with the power of ghosts and gods.


    Shouzheng''s sense is very sensitive and skillfully avoids natural dangers such as ghost crying.


    Shouzheng distracted himself and followed Ouyang Jian. He had already walked this route once.


    There is naturally a close relationship between distraction and the Buddha, which can be easily communicated at any time.


    With the experience of distraction, I saved a lot of energy and could avoid many dangerous places.


    The five-day journey previously calculated was based on the forward speed of Ouyang sword.


    Meng Zhang goes on the road alone and overcomes all kinds of difficulties and obstacles along the way. It will only take more time.


    Now with Shouzheng, a powerful ghost and God, and the experience of pioneers, Meng Zhang''s progress has been greatly accelerated.


    It seems that you can reach your destination in five days or even three days.

 Chapter 1041

    Just as Meng Zhang and his family hurried on their way, the ceremony in the valley also began.


    There is an insignificant hill in the valley. Ouyang Jian and his team set up a special altar in front of the hill.


    The shape of the altar is strange, and the sacrifices in front are full of blood and corruption, which makes the whole altar give people a gloomy feeling and make people shudder.


    Seeing one sacrifice after another placed in front of the altar, even ghosts and gods felt that the situation was wrong.


    Ghost baby, ghost boy, Purple River cart... These things are almost untouchable by orthodox friars on weekdays. Only demon friars often use them.


    Mo Qingzhen, a strong demon cultivator of the Dali imperial dynasty, has a secret magic ceremony here. It''s not a good thing at first sight.


    Of course, before Ouyang Jian exposed their purpose, it was difficult for ghosts and gods to stop them.


    In case their ceremony has nothing to do with the interests of the Yin capital, the broken thorn will take a big revenge on them.


    Duan stab is a loyal minister of the Yin capital. He is dedicated to the Yin capital and is willing to go through fire and water for the Yin capital.


    However, he was also unwilling to offend Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Ouyang Jian has a high position in the imperial court, and there are many students and old officials. Zhang Xingda, who walked with him, was not under the broken thorn in the status of the Yin capital.


    The devil xiumo Qingzhen gentleman is even more ruthless and vicious. Being watched by him is definitely a blood mold in his eighth life.


    Duan thorn and his companions decided to continue to wait and see what they would do next.


    Shouzheng is distracted. Of course, Ouyang Jian knows their purpose.


    He is also waiting, waiting for Ouyang sword to take action, and then he will have another Mantis to catch cicadas and yellow finches to win the final booty.


    Zhang Xingda kept walking around the valley, driving a large amount of earth vein gas to pour into the altar.


    The smell on the altar became more and more gloomy.


    Mo Qingzhen is the host of the ceremony and the controller of the altar.


    He opened his hands in front of the altar, and quickly recited a mysterious spell in his mouth.


    With a seemingly vague whisper, a gust of Yin wind blew around the altar.


    Mo Qingzhen, surrounded by the dark wind, looked more and more gloomy and terrible at this time.


    As more and more earth Qi flowed into the altar, the offerings in front of the altar began to disappear quickly.


    I don''t know whether the ceremony held by Emperor Mo Qingzhen when he set out the altar was to communicate the power of the demon kingdom or simply to assist in casting magic.


    However, from the altar''s response to him, it seems that he is really communicating the power of the devil kingdom.


    In fact, Mo Qingzhen held this ceremony to cast a spell that can perfectly destroy natural ghosts.


    If you want to give full play to the power of this spell, you''d better rely on the power of the devil kingdom.


    It is very interesting for the great demons in the demon domain to kill a natural ghost and completely destroy its spirit.


    A great devil who often dealt with Mo Qingzhen responded to his request. After taking away the sacrifice, he lowered his strength very happily.


    Mo Qingzhen pointed with one hand and immediately a black smoke flew out of the altar and floated to the hill in front.


    The black smoke seemed to be completely absorbed by the hills and disappeared all at once.


    After a moment, the whole hill shook, and the shaking became more and more intense.


    Seeing this scene, Mo Qingzhen sighed and said to Ouyang Huajin behind Ouyang Jian, "good nephew, it seems that you can''t avoid laziness this time. You still need to do it."


    Ouyang Jian immediately ordered Ouyang Huajin.


    After years of prestige, Ouyang Huajin accepted the order without hesitation, even if he was dissatisfied.


    Mo Qingzhen made a few empty strokes in the air with one hand, and a black smoke flew out, turned into a sharp sword and fell into Ouyang Huajin''s hand.


    "Virtuous nephew, I heard that you have got the true story of brother Ouyang. You are proficient in swordsmanship and kill skillfully. Now I give you a good sword to cheer you on this battle."


    "Next, you need to use your sword to help us finish the plan."


    While talking, Mo Qingzhen pushed his right hand forward.


    Ouyang Huajin''s original God was pushed to the hill without any resistance, and then integrated into it like a drop of water.


    In essence, Yuanshen is a sublimated spirit. It can be virtual or real. When it turns into a virtual body, it can easily pass through tangible obstacles such as mountains and stones.


    After Ouyang Huajin''s Yuanshen entered the hill in front of him, the shaking of the hill became more and more intense, as if there was a monster hidden in it, and now it is making efforts.


    The sharp shaking of the hills, together with the surrounding ground, also began to vibrate violently.


    Soon, the vibration spread to the whole valley and continued to spread in all directions.


    The violent vibration of the earth is like an earthquake.


    On the surrounding mountain walls, many rocks began to slide down.


    Zhang Xingda, who is mobilizing the Qi of the earth vein around, found an earthquake around the valley.


    He was curious and concerned about Ouyang Jian, an old friend, who flew in from outside the valley to see what happened here.


    Mo Qingzhen is presiding over the ceremony and casting spells.


    Ouyang Jian stood aside. He should be protecting the Dharma for him.


    Ouyang Huajin disappeared. I don''t know where he went.


    "What''s going on? Why is there so much noise?"


    "This is the ghost cry mountain. There are many ghosts and beasts around. If you provoke them, it''s not easy to deal with them."


    "By the way, where''s nephew Hua Jinxian? Where has he gone?"


    "Isn''t he going to be transformed into ghosts and gods? Why doesn''t he see people?"


    Zhang Xingda asked a lot of questions at once.


    At the same time, he also looked at Mo Qingzhen Jun with puzzled eyes.


    Although he was afraid of Ouyang Jian''s face and didn''t mention it to his face, he was more or less wary of Mo qingzhenjun''s evil cultivation.


    Even though he had the experience of fighting side by side with devil Xiu, he never regarded devil Xiu as a reassuring comrade in arms.


    Knowing the strange means of demon cultivation, he has never been less vigilant in front of demon cultivation.


    This time, if it weren''t for the relationship between Ouyang Jian, an old friend for many years, he wouldn''t rest assured to go deep into the depths of the ghost crying mountains with a demon cultivation like Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Ouyang Jian smiled gently and was about to explain with a prepared excuse to continue fooling the old friend.


    Suddenly, an accident happened.


    The hill was shaking so violently that it was sliding a lot of rocks.


    When Zhang Xingda asked, it was another unprecedented violent shock.


    The top of the hill suddenly collapsed, and more rocks fell down, exposing the interior of the small hill.


    A huge head, like a hill, appeared in front of everyone.

 Chapter 1042

    Zhang Xingda was so discerning that when the earth and rock outside the small hill peeled off and revealed a huge head, he just glanced at it and found that the situation was wrong.


    This head is too huge. After removing the earth and rock outside, the whole hill is almost a head.


    Zhang Xingda was just stunned and couldn''t help showing a shocked look on his face.


    He recognized that it was a natural body of ghosts and gods, and he guessed the origin of the body.


    As a ghost and God of great status in the Yin capital city, he certainly knows about the pair of natural ghosts and gods.


    At this time, the horror in his heart could not be expressed in words, which almost made him temporarily lose all his ability to think.


    Just as he was trying to see the Divine Body in front of him, an unbearable pain suddenly came from his chest and interrupted his thinking.


    The chest of his ghost body, which was reshaped in the underworld, was suddenly shot out of a big hole with a thick bowl mouth by a sharp sword. Around the big hole, countless cracks appeared on the body.


    If it is the body of a living person, even if it is the true king of the yuan God, the body will be destroyed by such sudden heavy damage.


    Fortunately, the body of ghosts and gods is strong enough. Even the body of ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow is much stronger than the body of ordinary practitioners, so that his body of gods did not completely collapse.


    Ouyang Jian is the only one who caused such injuries.


    Ouyang Jian''s face was full of regret. It seemed that he didn''t want to see this happen.


    He and Zhang Xingda, an old friend, have been friends for thousands of years. They are true friends of life and death.


    If Zhang Xingda hadn''t happened to see this scene, he wouldn''t have had to deal with his old friends so quickly.


    Since Zhang Xingda has found his goal, Ouyang Jian can only put aside their friendship and kill him.


    Zhang Xingda only took precautions against Mo qingzhenjun, but never thought that Ouyang Jian, an old friend for many years, would suddenly attack himself.


    Without any precautions, he was seriously injured by Ouyang Jian''s sword Qi at the first time, and almost lost his combat effectiveness.


    Ouyang Jian didn''t sacrifice the flying sword. His sword spirit alone was enough to send his old friend on the road.


    He only pointed to the point, several fierce sword Qi, and shot at Zhang Xingda like lightning.


    Zhang Xingda escaped the first wave of attack with a strong body of ghosts and gods.


    His body kept retreating violently. At the same time, he tried his best to mobilize the divine power in his body and tried to parry.


    At this time, he didn''t even have the strength to question Ouyang Jian. Let alone the anger after being betrayed by an old friend. Everything was put aside. I only knew to drain every part of my strength and strive for a way to live for myself.


    Zhang Xingda''s divine power was easily defeated by Ouyang sword, and several deep wounds appeared on him.


    In the later period of Yuanshen''s sword repair, the ghosts and gods in the middle period of Yuanshen suddenly attacked and beat their opponents first.


    Even if as a ghost and God, fighting in the underworld has the advantage of playing at home, Zhang Xingda is about to lose his grip.


    Ouyang Jian frowned. He was going to let Zhang Xingda go on the road without pain. He himself was the last kindness of an old friend.


    But the other party refused to cooperate and had to fight with the body of ghosts and gods, which added some trouble to Ouyang Jian.


    Ouyang Jian didn''t have much experience in fighting ghosts and gods, and underestimated Zhang Xingda''s strong body and vitality.


    However, it doesn''t matter. Zhang Xingda''s fall is just a matter of days and nights.


    The scene changed dramatically. When Ouyang Jian attacked Zhang Xingda, the ghosts, gods and companions who were secretly watching were also shocked.


    Ghost and God broken stab has a high status in the Yin capital city. He also recognized the origin of the natural ghost and God body.


    In addition, he also knew that one of the most important tasks of the Yin capital over the years was to find this divine body.


    In the Dali Dynasty, a royal ancestor captured the divine body of one of the natural ghosts and gods, obtained great benefits, and then had the ability to establish the Yin capital.


    If you can capture another divine body, combine the two divine bodies into one, make up for the defects and make it perfect. The strength of the Yin capital will certainly be fundamentally improved. Maybe the Yin capital really has the power to unify the underworld.


    Breaking thorn really didn''t expect that Ouyang Jian''s plot would be this divine body.


    If other ghosts and gods are returned, this ghost and God is too special to be lost or let fall into the hands of others.


    Even if you know that you are not Ouyang Jian''s opponent, you must stop Ouyang Jian.


    However, before he started, he used the secret method of communication between ghosts and gods to send all the situation here back to the Yin capital and urge the Yin capital to send reinforcements as soon as possible.


    However, when Duan stab used the secret method of summoning, a powerful interference force suddenly appeared, which made him unable to contact the ghosts and gods in the Yin capital.


    When Duan stab was about to continue casting spells, the demon xiumo Qingzhen Jun, who was originally presiding over the ceremony, showed a secret smile at the place where Duan stab was hiding.


    Before breaking the sting, he used the hiding technique to hide himself and his companions in a space interlayer close to the underworld, which can almost avoid most exploration spells in the cultivation world.


    There was no movement on Mo Qingzhen Jun''s hand. Duan thorn and his companions suddenly felt a sudden shock in the interlayer of the hiding space, which seemed to collapse completely.


    They could no longer hide there, but had to show their figure and appear in front of the crowd.


    Mo Qingzhen thought carefully and knew that emperor Bawu was seriously ill.


    Even if Lu Gangfeng performed the magic deduction in the Yang world, there were no accidents. But in his heart, there was still no relaxation.


    On the way from the Yang world to the underworld, Mr. Mo Qingzhen had already made various preparations.


    The companion of Duan stab is the spy sent by Bawu emperor. He followed Ouyang Jian from Yangshi and they went to hell together.


    This Yuanshen friar was born in the forbidden army. He is good at sneaking in and spying. He is a very excellent scout and spy in the forbidden army.


    However, as soon as he followed Ouyang Jian into the underworld, he was discovered by Mo Qingzhen.


    As long as Mo Qingzhen found the clue, all his hiding means, no matter how clever, could not hide from Mo Qingzhen''s eyes.


    Affected by him, even the ghosts and gods broke the stab, which was also exposed in the eyes of Mo Qingzhen.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t do it before because he had to use Zhang Xingda''s power to gather the local atmosphere. He didn''t want Zhang Xingda to know that they were secretly monitored by the official forces of the imperial dynasty.


    Now Zhang Xingda has almost finished his task and is attacked by Ouyang sword. That Mo Qingzhen gentleman no longer had scruples, directly shot and forced out the two secret stalkers.


    At the same time, he also used the secret magic method to block the communication between the ghost and God breaking stab and other ghosts and gods in the Yin capital, so that they temporarily lost contact with the Yin capital.

 Chapter 1043

    Seeing the stalker appear, Ouyang Jian, who had been prepared for a long time, did not have any unexpected color. He shot directly, enveloping them all in his own attack range.


    The cultivation of ghost and God breaking stab is similar to that of Zhang Xingda, which is equivalent to the mid-term friar of human Yuanshen.


    The spy sent by Emperor Bawu had only the early strength of Yuanshen. He was good at sneaking in and investigating, and was not good at combat effectiveness.


    As for Zhang Xingda, he can''t give play to his combat effectiveness.


    His divine body is about to collapse, and now even the power to stabilize the divine body is almost gone.


    The fierce sword spirit in the sky included all the three enemies without leaving any flaws.


    The invincible sword Qi moves back and forth, almost everywhere. Although the three enemies resist with all their strength, they are still stretched and difficult to parry.


    Ouyang Jian fought three with one. He seemed relaxed and comfortable.


    Although Mo Qingzhen wants to preside over the ceremony and use his secret skills to deal with the natural ghosts and gods in sleep.


    But from time to time, he took out his energy and used some secret techniques to secretly help Ouyang Jian against the enemy.


    There are many secret skills that confuse people''s minds and shake their minds in the magic arts, which are displayed silently by Mo Qingzhen.


    Originally, it was hard enough to deal with Ouyang Jian. They also had to deal with the secret plot of the devil''s way, which simply exceeded the limit of their ability.


    The battle started just a moment later, and the Yuanshen spy, who was cutting off the stab with ghosts and gods, was beheaded by the flying sword offered by Ouyang sword.


    The yuan God who came out of his body wanted to escape from here, but with a big move from a distance, Mo Qingzhen Jun directly cracked it.


    Ouyang Jian didn''t choose Zhang Xingda as Meng Zhang on his way. Looking at Shouzheng who opened the way ahead, his heart was full of admiration.


    When Shouzheng distracted himself from tracking Ouyang Jian, he also sent a message to himself in real time and told himself all kinds of situations along the way.


    However, due to the lack of cultivation, Meng Zhang can''t make effective use of this information even if he knows it. When he advances alone, he can''t raise the speed all the time.


    Now with Shouzheng, a powerful ghost and God, as the pioneer in front, the speed of progress is much faster.


    It seems that we may arrive at our destination in two or three days.


    In that valley, Ouyang sword fully showed the strength of sword repair and experienced combat experience, and did not give the other party the chance to turn over.


    The two ghosts and gods of the Yin capital, even if they fight at home in the underworld, are still no match for Ouyang Jian.


    First, Zhang Xingda, who was seriously injured, was killed. Before his death, he stared at Ouyang Jian with bitter eyes. The resentment of unwilling and hatred turned into substance, which raised smoke clouds in the valley.


    Unfortunately, for Ouyang Jian, his resentment can basically be ignored.


    Soon after the break stab fight, I knew that it was not Ouyang Jian''s opponent and wanted to find a chance to escape.


    However, Ouyang sword tightly entangled him, coupled with Mo Qingzhen Jun, who was eyeing covetously, he never had a chance to escape.


    Finally, Duan stab was unwilling to die in the hands of Ouyang sword, and seized an opportunity to explode his own ghost and God.


    Caught off guard, Ouyang Jian, who didn''t know enough about ghosts and gods, finally suffered a little light and heavy injury.


    Shouzheng was distracted when he saw Ouyang Jian injured. He was going to do it. However, after communicating with this master, he forcibly suppressed the impulse to make a move and chose to continue to wait.


    Ghost and God Shouzheng is an old generation of Taiyi sect. He has a wide range of knowledge and experience. His vision and insight are far beyond Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen.


    When Meng Zhang summoned Shouzheng, he told the other party all the items purchased by Ouyang Jian and the merchants of Datong business alliance.


    Shouzheng thought a little and remembered the purpose of these items.


    These items can be used to display the secret skills of the devil and have great lethality to the spirits of ghosts and gods.


    In particular, natural ghosts and gods have a particularly poor resistance to this kind of magic tricks.


    Even, at the beginning of the development of this kind of magic magic, the main purpose is to target the spirits of natural ghosts and gods.


    Having been in the underworld for so many years, Shouzheng has also seen demon practitioners use such items to display their magic skills and directly attack the spirits of natural ghosts and gods.


    There are also strong and weak natural ghosts and gods. If it weren''t for the powerful natural ghosts and gods, I really couldn''t stand such a secret skill.


    After natural ghosts and gods are destroyed by secret arts, there will be basically intact divine bodies left.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s action of Ouyang Jian, Shouzheng guessed at that time that Ouyang Jian was mostly prepared to destroy the spirit of a natural ghost.


    The divine body left by natural ghosts and gods also has an irresistible attraction to Shouzheng.


    He has been guarding the underworld for many years. His cultivation has almost reached the limit of ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow. It is very difficult to continue to improve.

 Chapter 1044

    Shouzheng also entered the underworld and turned into ghosts and gods when he lost his body and only left the yuan God.


    The ghosts and gods in the Yin capital system, with the secret method of the imperial dynasty and the help of natural ghosts and gods, retain the previous memory and temperament as much as possible.


    Shouzheng once got a strange treasure by chance. After it was transformed into a ghost, he basically retained his memory and temperament when he was a man.


    Because of this situation, taiyimen in its heyday also tried to fully support Shouzheng and let it establish its foundation in the underworld.


    The Taiyi gate in its heyday, like many other large gates, had great ambitions for the underworld.


    Unfortunately, taiyimen died in the hands of guantian Pavilion, and Shouzheng lost the support from the Yang world. It''s hard to do it in the underworld alone.


    However, before the Taiyi gate was destroyed in its heyday, the experts in the gate still expected and prepared.


    At that time, the elder in the door entrusted some things to Shouzheng, and left a backhand in the underworld.


    In the following 1000 years, Shouzheng broke into some famous halls in the underworld, and his cultivation basically reached the limit of ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow.


    At this time, if he wants to continue to make progress and make a breakthrough in cultivation, he has two choices.


    One is to find a way to sublimate their acquired ghosts and gods, make them qualitative change, and become closer to the natural ghosts and gods.


    This is also the direction and biggest goal of almost all acquired ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Countless monks from the Yang world came to the underworld and turned into ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow.


    But so far, no acquired ghost or God has made a breakthrough in this way.


    Now it seems that Shouzheng''s judgment is correct. Ouyang Jian and others are really fighting the attention of natural ghosts and gods.


    Shouzheng was distracted and did not rush to fight. First, his strength alone was not enough to defeat the enemy. Even if I joined hands with them just now, the result is the same.


    Second, natural ghosts and gods, as natural gods bred by nature in heaven and earth, are valued by the heaven and Tao of the Junchen world. They are the darling of the world and are basically treated as the son of the plane.


    Forcibly destroying their spirits will of course be rejected by the way of heaven and even damage their own luck.


    Ouyang Jian, an old and crafty guy, asked Ouyang Huajin to replace him.


    Even if you lose your Qi, you also lose Ouyang Huajin''s Qi first.


    Moreover, the whole thing almost came from the plan of emperor Mo Qingzhen, and it was also the spirit that he was casting a spell to destroy the natural ghost.


    Anyway, as a demon, Mr. Mo Qingzhen was originally rejected by the way of heaven, and he didn''t care about such a pile.


    Ouyang sword hides behind. Even if his Qi is damaged, little loss is acceptable.


    Shouzheng distractors hiding in the dark also understand this truth. Of course, they want Ouyang sword to stand in front and bear the cause and effect of killing natural ghosts and gods.


    As ghosts and gods, even the day after tomorrow, Shouzheng attaches great importance to the way of heaven and Qi.


    Because of these factors, the influence on ghosts and gods is too great.


    Shouzheng was distracted and hid in the dark. He hoped that Meng Zhang and Ben Zun could arrive in time.


    To be honest, because there were too many obstacles along the way, Meng Zhang was far behind, which was really beyond Shouzheng''s expectation.


    Shouzheng distraction certainly has the ability to summon the Buddha to come.


    But now he is hiding in the dark, but he can''t expose himself.


    It takes time to summon the Buddha to come, and the noise is not small.


    If he was exposed in advance, he was not sure that his family could successfully summon the Buddha under the attack of Ouyang sword.


    Now, in addition to constantly urging me and Meng Zhang to speed up, Shouzheng distracted me. I hope this natural ghost is tough enough to last a little longer under the attack of the magic cultivation''s secret method. It''s best to last until I and Meng Zhang arrive.


    The ghost of the ghost and the invading Yuanshen of Ouyang Huajin launched a life and death struggle.


    The spirit who had been seriously injured but not healed suffered great damage and more scars in the face of the attack of magic and Ouyang Huajin.


    The spirit was greatly hurt, which made the natural ghost feel extremely painful.


    His huge divine body began to twist unconsciously.


    When he began to sleep that year, the natural ghost showed his complete form.


    His head alone is the size of that hill. As for his body buried underground, it is even larger and occupies a large part of the small valley.


    Because of the painful stimulation, the huge body began to twist constantly, and even had the trend of breaking through the ground.


    The whole valley vibrated more violently, as if there had been a big earthquake.


    Emperor Mo Qingzhen continued to maintain the secret magic method by staying on the ground around the altar.


    Black smoke came out from the altar and went into the body of God.


    Every black smoke can bring irreparable harm to the natural ghost.


    Fortunately, this natural ghost is tough enough. At the critical juncture of life and death, he was inspired to his final potential.


    You know, this natural ghost is enough to resist the existence of the Yang God Zhenjun among the human cultivators in its heyday.


    Even if the current state is not good and has been secretly attacked, it has still played a strong strength.


    Ouyang Jian''s purpose is to destroy his spirit and preserve the integrity of his body as much as possible. Therefore, it has been greatly limited in many aspects.


    Ouyang Jiankong has a strong fighting power, but he can''t help much.


    It all depends on Mo Qingzhen Jun and Ouyang Huajin, who spend their time to kill each other''s spirits bit by bit.


    In the blink of an eye, two days passed. Even though the God was dying, he was still making the last resistance.


    However, Meng Zhang and Shouzheng''s Buddha have arrived not far from here in advance at a speed far faster than expected.

 Chapter 1045

    Ouyang Jian seemed a little relaxed because he felt that he was about to be finished.


    However, Mo Qingzhen Jun is calm. The more at this time, the more vigilant he becomes.


    This action has been carried out to this point. It would be a pity if it fell short because of external interference.


    While maintaining the ceremony, he cast spells to help Ouyang Huajin deal with the natural ghost. On the other side, we strengthened the exploration around us to prevent troublemakers at critical moments.


    According to Shouzheng''s original intention, he sneaked close to the valley with Meng Zhang. After the spirit of the natural ghost was destroyed, he grabbed the God''s body and came to a mantis to catch cicadas and yellow finches.


    However, when Meng Zhang and Shou were about to approach the valley, bursts of sudden ghost sobs forced them to expose their tracks.


    In places like ghost weeping mountains, the situation is changing rapidly, and there is no absolutely safe line.


    Before, Ouyang Jian and two groups of followers didn''t encounter ghost cry when they passed here.


    Now it was Meng Zhang''s turn and Shouzheng''s turn, but the ghost cry suddenly broke out.


    Among the ghost weeping mountains, strange and unpredictable ghost weeping sounds with unknown origin are almost everywhere.


    Sometimes there are certain rules when ghosts cry. More often, there are no rules. Come and go.


    It is because of the ubiquitous and powerful ghost cry that the name of ghost cry mountains comes into being.


    The power of this ghost cry is not weak, so Meng Zhang and Shouzheng have to spend a lot of power to resist it.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun was watching closely the movements around him. Suddenly, he found a ghost cry dozens of miles away. Then the two figures moved forward at top speed in order to avoid the ghost cry. In the blink of an eye, he came to the outside of the valley.


    People entering the valley at this critical time, whether they come here specially or by pure coincidence, they can''t accommodate them.


    Ouyang Jian also found Meng Zhang who was about to rush into the valley.


    He took off the sword and integrated the body and sword. The whole person turned into a sword light and directly shot at Meng Zhang who were rushing into the valley.


    Shouzheng stepped forward and took the initiative to meet Ouyang Jian.


    As an acquired ghost and God, he has been wandering in the underworld for many years. He will not be afraid of friars like Ouyang Jian.


    Although the spirit of the natural ghost has not been completely annihilated, it is a little early to start now.


    However, the plan will never catch up with the change. Since it is all like this, we should do it without hesitation.


    Shouzheng has the advantage of playing in the underworld, which can fully mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Black clouds gathered in the sky, and a cold and terrible hand appeared out of thin air and patted Ouyang Jian fiercely.


    The sword light shines and the sword Qi is vertical and horizontal. The sword light and the sword spirit kept chopping back and forth between the big hands.


    Ouyang Jian fell into a fierce battle as soon as he fought with Shouzheng.


    Both of them had no time to distract him and had to deal with their opponents with all their strength.


    Shouzheng himself entangled Ouyang Jian, Meng Zhang made great strides forward, and several ups and downs came to Mo Qingzhen.


    "Meng Zhang." Mo Qingzhen recognized the origin of Meng Zhang.


    "Brother Ouyang didn''t ask for your trouble, but you took the initiative to bring it to the door."


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t think that Meng Zhang came for this natural ghost. He thought that Meng Zhang came to make trouble for his previous gratitude and resentment with Ouyang Jian.


    Mo Qingzhen is well-informed and knows Meng Zhang who killed Ouyang Huajin in public.


    Now it seems that he doesn''t know enough about Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to track this place all the way and find such a powerful ghost as a helper was really beyond the expectation of Mo Qingzhen.


    If it is normal, Mo Qingzhen doesn''t care about a monk in the middle of the yuan God. But now his family''s plan is at a critical juncture, and Mo Qingzhen is not willing to make trouble.


    He tried to persuade Meng Zhang to retreat.


    "Meng Zhang, if you leave here, I can think that today''s incident has not happened. The gratitude and resentment between you and brother Ouyang can also be written off."


    "But if you don''t come to your senses, you will only take the big Revenge of life and death with us. At that time, there will be only one way to live without death."


    "As the leader of a sect, even if you don''t think about yourself, you should also think about the Taiyi sect behind you."


    "What benefits did Han Yao give you so that you are willing to work so hard for him?"


    Mo Qingzhen is not a talkative man, but he is not weak in bewitching people and persuading others.


    Meng Zhang sighed. If possible, he was unwilling to go to war with Ouyang Jian.


    But in order to keep his request, he also had no choice.


    Meng Zhang did not take Mo Qingzhen''s words, but gave an answer with his own actions.


    Jinghong sword was sacrificed by him, turned into a wandering dragon and rolled to Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head were shining brightly. Almost endless sun and moon jewels fell from the sky, pierced the usual darkness of the underworld, and rushed to Mo Qingzhen like a tide.


    As a demon monk in the middle of the yuan God, Mo Qingzhen can easily defeat most ordinary monks in the middle of the yuan God. Of course, Meng Zhang dare not be careless.


    Once he made a move, Meng Zhang took out a killing move and tried to suppress the other party.


    The magic weapon yin-yang Linghu of this life looms behind Meng Zhang. The Taoist magic powers of yin-yang can be aroused at any time.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun, who has experienced many battles, is still above Meng Zhang in terms of combat experience and magic skills.


    Without saying a word, Meng Zhang directly hurt the killer, which made him angry.


    The black smoke all over the sky twisted in the air, condensing smoke columns, like a moving spirit snake, meandering and twisting towards Meng Zhang.


    The condensed black smoke met the sun and moon god light on the way, turned into black gas and disappeared one after another, and the sun and moon god light also dissipated one after another.


    This is only a preliminary test, and both sides still have a lot of means to use.


    Meng Zhang showed the two Qi of yin and Yang, mobilized the power of yin and Yang Avenue, which he was best at, and tried to forcibly suppress Mo Qingzhen.


    Many practitioners believe that the magic road is also one of the three thousand roads. However, more practitioners believe that the magic road is the opposite force to the fairy Road, belonging to the outer road beyond 3000 Avenue.


    Regardless of these arguments, the evil way is also divided into many different factions.


    The power exerted by various factions is definitely better than the power of the road mobilized by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Moqing Zhenjun practices the most authentic heaven devil Avenue among the devil ways.


    Tianmo Avenue is the supreme avenue to control many demons. Its position in the demons is far above many demons, such as blood demons, secret demons, heart demons and so on.


    Of course, this does not mean that as a friar of the devil way, Mr. Mo Qingzhen must be able to surpass other friars of the devil way.


    But from the perspective of inheritance alone, he is not weaker than, or even better than, Meng Zhang, who has been inherited by taiyimen.

 Chapter 1046

    When Meng Zhang was still an unsophisticated little monk, Mo Qingzhen accepted the solicitation of Bawu emperor and worked for Dali Dynasty.


    Mo Qingzhen once fought in all directions and fought with a large number of friars.


    Whether it was an open and aboveboard frontal battle or a secret attack and assassination, he was no weaker than others and achieved brilliant results.


    Now, facing Meng Zhang, a younger generation, Mo Qingzhen, who never underestimated the enemy, originally thought he had paid enough attention to each other.


    But after the fight, he found that he didn''t pay enough attention to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding on the avenue was fully transformed into great pressure through the exertion of various Taoist magic powers, which made Mo Qingzhen dare not be careless.


    Since Meng Zhang is a rare strong enemy, of course, he should enjoy the treatment of a strong enemy.


    Mo Qingzhen stopped reserving and began to wantonly display the secret magic power of Tianmo Dao.


    For a moment, Meng Zhang felt dizzy and in a trance. A demon God with three heads and six arms and holding all kinds of weapons fell from the sky and roared and killed himself.


    Most of these demons are illusions created by Mo Qingzhen Jun, but there are also some demons incarnated by the power of foreign demons.


    Meng Zhang forced himself to stabilize his mind. Instead of continuing to attack Mo Qingzhen, he first took care of the countless demons and gods killed to himself.


    These demons and gods are either true or illusory. Even Meng Zhang''s keen divine thoughts and false magic eyes can''t be seen through in a short time.


    Since we can''t tell the true from the false and can''t see through the reality, we can only treat it as true.


    The startling sword danced around in the air, piercing and killing the incoming demons.


    Meng Zhang himself was holding a spirit snake spear and rushed up to fight with these demons.


    Of course, while defending, Meng Zhang did not forget to attack.


    These demons and gods are not the last enemy, but the real enemy is Moqing Zhenjun.


    A black and a white air stream circled down in the air, entangled together, and then rolled towards Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    The Taoist art of Yin-Yang and Qi has fully mobilized the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, which is one of the most important maces of Meng Zhang.


    Even Mo Qingzhen couldn''t completely ignore the power of this Taoist art and had to devote a lot of energy to resist it.


    In this way, his power to attack Meng Zhang has also weakened a lot.


    After several rounds of fighting against Shangmo qingzhenjun, Meng Zhang fully realized that the other party was difficult to deal with.


    No one had the mind to make a quick decision and began to prepare for a protracted war.


    If they want to win or lose, it will not be done overnight. Only in the long struggle, slowly consume the other party''s strength and force the other party to play more cards to see who can''t hold on first and reveal flaws.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Mo Qingzhen fell into a tangled struggle, which was a tie for the time being.


    At the entrance of the valley, Shouzheng and Ouyang Jian, the famous swordsmen, fought hard after a big war.


    Shouzheng, as the Yin God, has the advantage of home in the underworld. Ouyang Jian, as a swordsman, is also good at fighting and killing.


    Shouzheng may have a slight advantage by mobilizing the power of the underworld. But if you want to completely surpass Ouyang Jian, you can''t do it in a short time.


    The sword cultivation in the later period of Yuanshen is not so easy to deal with no matter where it is put.


    Shouzheng can temporarily suppress Ouyang Jian, which is enough to show his strength.


    Now the valley has been divided into two battlefields, each fighting into a regiment.


    Here is the dangerous ghost cry mountain range. For fear of attracting powerful ghosts, both sides of the war have converged and deliberately controlled the spread of the aftermath of the fight.


    Judging from the current situation, both battlefields will last for a long time, and it is difficult to distinguish the victory from the defeat for the time being.


    At this time, the divine body of the born ghost began to slowly stop twisting.


    The earthquake in the valley began to subside, and there was not much movement around.


    Shouzheng, who was originally hidden on the side, felt the weaker and weaker breath of the natural ghost, and guessed that the spirit of the natural ghost was about to be completely destroyed.


    Shouzheng is distracted. Ouyang Jian just uses Ouyang Huajin to destroy the spirits of natural ghosts and gods, and is not ready to let Ouyang Huajin''s Yuanshen occupy his divine body.


    According to Ouyang Jian''s plan, after the natural ghost was destroyed, only a pure divine body was left.


    Ouyang Jian is very old. He is over two thousand years old. He doesn''t have much life left.


    In his lifetime, he basically had no hope to pass the thunder robbery and enter the realm of Yang God.


    At the end of his life, Ouyang Jian, who was originally loyal to Dali Dynasty, couldn''t help thinking differently and wanted to dig the corner of Dali Dynasty.


    If he knew the information of this natural ghost when he was young, he would probably report it to the royal family without reservation.


    But now, he wants to collude with the devil xiumo Qingzhen Jun and try to take it as his own.


    The yuan God Zhenjun, who is about to run out of Shou yuan, generally does not increase Shou yuan significantly after being transformed into ghosts and gods.


    In other words, Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t expect to prolong his life after being transformed into ghosts and gods.


    Because the end of Shouyuan is not only the decay of the flesh, but also the decay and dissipation of the yuan God.


    However, if Ouyang Jian gave up his original flesh body and occupied the God body of this natural ghost with his own yuan God, the result would be very different.


    First, there is a special divine power in the natural ghosts and gods, which can greatly nourish his Yuanshen and increase the vitality of Yuanshen.


    Second, with the help of this natural ghost body, he may break through the limit of ghosts and gods after tomorrow, enter a new realm and greatly increase his longevity.


    Ouyang Huajin was just deceived and used by Ouyang Jian.


    From beginning to end, he never wanted Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God to occupy this divine body.


    Shouzheng is distracted. He doesn''t know this. He is worried that Ouyang Huajin will directly occupy his divine body and slowly control it after destroying the natural ghost.


    After that, if you want to capture this divine body again, you will have to spend countless efforts.


    At the thought of this, Shouzheng was distracted and finally couldn''t sit still and didn''t want to wait.


    Shouzheng was trying his best to suppress Ouyang Jian, the great friar, and he didn''t have extra spirit to take into account other aspects, so he acquiesced in his own distraction.


    Therefore, Shouzheng distracted from the hidden state and began to take action.


    This distraction is originally created by Shouzheng Buddha with the power of ghosts and gods. It is between virtual and real. It can be condensed into entity or dispersed into virtual body.


    Shouzheng distracted so silently, like a green smoke, into the underground and into the body of the natural ghost and God.


    Ouyang Jian was suppressed by Shouzheng and found no abnormality.


    If Mo Qingzhen felt it, he looked in the direction of Shouzheng distraction. But in the face of a strong enemy like Meng Zhang, he didn''t distract him in the end.

 Chapter 1047

    Meng Zhang, who had long known the existence of Shouzheng distraction, naturally discovered his actions.


    Meng Zhang has no reason to stop him. Although Meng Zhang felt that Shouzheng was a little impatient and distracted, the time for action was a little early.


    To tell the truth, Shouzheng apparently asked Meng Zhang to participate in this action, but in fact, there are many elements of coercion and inducement, so Meng Zhang had to accept his request.


    People are always selfish and fickle.


    Perhaps the Taiyi gate, which was in its heyday, was a figure who was bent on serving the public and even willing to sacrifice for the sect.


    Therefore, he also got the full trust of the elders in the door and was entrusted with the important task of taking care of the rear hands left in the underworld.


    But after so many years of transformation into ghosts and gods, wandering alone in the underworld, no one knows what he has experienced and what psychological changes he will have.


    He just guessed Ouyang Jian''s action this time, so he asked Meng Zhang to intervene in the matter.


    He did not consider the difficulties of Meng Zhang, let alone the situation of taiyimen.


    If Meng Zhang had any accident in the underworld, it would definitely be an irreparable loss of taiyimen.


    If Meng Zhang clashes with the official forces of the Dali Dynasty in the underworld, it will bring great disaster to Taiyi gate.


    However, for his own way and for the chance to break through the limits of ghosts and gods after tomorrow, Shouzheng had to let Meng Zhang try his luck and go deep into the underworld.


    In the past, Meng Zhang was full of respect and trust for Shouzheng, the elder in the door.


    Although I dare not say it is unreserved trust, I have a high degree of trust in it. Nothing was hidden from him except a few top secrets.


    However, after this incident, Meng Zhang had a certain vigilance against being upright, and his trust decreased a lot.


    Meng Zhang and Mo Qingzhen have been fighting for so long, and both sides still have a lot of cards to play.


    Among Meng Zhang''s original magic weapon yin-yang Linghu, there are also two yin-yang soldiers with the initial strength of the yuan God.


    Once they are released, they may be the killer mace enough to turn the war around.


    Because he was wary of Shouzheng, Meng Zhang had reservations and didn''t go all out.


    Mo Qingzhen seems unwilling to go all out to defeat Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    In the battle, Meng Zhang was almost caught by a huge demon God.


    Meng Zhang took out a Rune of golden thunder to subdue demons and inspired it.


    The demon subduing golden thunder from the sky easily destroyed the demon God transformed by the secret method and helped Meng Zhang to extricate himself successfully.


    After that, Mo Qingzhen realized that he really couldn''t win Meng Zhang, so he didn''t take out more Maces.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t know what he was thinking. During the battle, he actually began to transmit a message to Meng Zhang, explaining the origin of the natural ghost and God and all kinds of related things.


    Meng Zhang knew that the devil friar was good at bewitching people, but Mo Qingzhen had no reason to deceive himself in this matter. And according to Meng Zhang''s judgment, I also feel that everything he said is highly credible.


    After knowing the origin of the natural ghost, especially the desire of the Yin capital for the natural ghost, Meng Zhang immediately knew that he was really wrong to participate in this matter.


    Whether Shouzheng or Ouyang Jian captured the divine body of this natural ghost, it will become the biggest enemy of the Yin capital and will be pursued and killed by all forces of the whole Dali imperial dynasty.


    As a party, Meng Zhang will certainly be angry by the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang is in big trouble, and so is taiyimen.


    At the thought of the serious consequences of this exposure, Meng Zhang was full of complaints about Shouzheng.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not show any inner thoughts in front of Mo Qingzhen.


    Meng Zhang and Shouzheng have appeared for some time. Maybe Mo Qingzhen Jun has guessed that their purpose is not to seek revenge, but to the God body of the natural ghost.


    Meng Zhang was calm on the surface, as if it had little to do with him.


    He also ridiculed Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun, both of whom are ministers of Dali imperial dynasty. They shamefully betrayed their master. It''s really better than pigs and dogs.


    Mo Qingzhen was not angered by Meng Zhang''s words. During the battle, he kept talking with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not foolish enough to admit that he helped Shouzheng capture the divine body, but condemned Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun justly.


    In the eyes of those who don''t know the real situation, Meng Zhang is really loyal and tries his best to safeguard the interests of Dali Dynasty.


    Mo Qingzhen talked with Meng Zhang in a flat tone and said a lot of words that made Meng Zhang estranged from the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not continue, but sternly rebuked Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun, the two traitors.


    Meng Zhang was scolding vigorously, and his keen sense of spirit suddenly warned him of great danger.


    Meng Zhang immediately shut up and suddenly got rid of Mo Qingzhen''s entanglement. He flew to the sky and was about to fly high into the air to escape here.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun''s reaction was much slower than Meng Zhang''s. when he saw Meng Zhang flying up high and running away, he was stunned first, and then found that the situation was wrong.


    Mo Qingzhen chose the opposite direction of escape from Meng Zhang. He directly performed the art of earth hiding, hid underground, and escaped for a long distance.


    When Meng Zhang and Mo Qingzhen began to run for their lives, the small hill, that is, the head of the natural ghost, suddenly exploded.


    Then his whole body began to explode.


    The huge explosive force swept the whole valley and spread rapidly in all directions.


    The earth and rock flew in disorder, the smoke and dust covered the sky, and the air waves of explosion rolled up bursts of hurricanes.


    Even if Meng Zhang flew high into the air, he was affected by the aftermath of the explosion.


    Countless earth rocks from the blast hit his body crazily and were bounced out by his body protection spell.


    In the heavy dust all over the sky, an egg shaped stone the size of a golden pill and golden all over the body, I don''t know where it came from, unexpectedly catapulted in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s thick and incomparable body protector Zhenyuan, which can almost stop the collapse of mountains and rivers, is like paper paste, which is easily broken down by this golden stone egg.


    Facing the stone egg that continued to shoot at his face door, Meng Zhang responded in time, stretched out his big hand and grabbed it suddenly.


    Meng Zhang felt his palm beating violently, and his palm had become flesh and blood blurred.


    Meng Zhang even used the power of Yin-Yang avenue to hold down the golden stone egg and make it quiet.


    Although he could not see the origin of the golden stone egg for the time being, Meng Zhang knew that it was not a mortal thing.


    The treasure fell from the sky and took the initiative to throw himself into his arms. Meng Zhang never expected to encounter such a good thing.


    Meng Zhang secretly collected the golden stone egg and looked around as if no one had found it.


    Meng Zhang fled the valley in time and was not affected by the power of the explosion. As for others, there is no such good luck.

 Chapter 1048

    Mo Qingzhen Jun, who used tu Dun to escape from the ground, just escaped for a distance, and the violent explosion interrupted his spell.


    The whole ground in and around the valley fluctuated violently like water waves, up and down.


    The huge squeezing force of the underground earth and rock threw Mo Qingzhen Jun''s body out of the ground.


    After Mo Qingzhen''s body left the ground, he rolled several times in the air, and finally stabilized.


    In such a short time, Mo Qingzhen Jun was injured a little.


    If he hadn''t been sensitive, quick enough to escape in time and separated from the core of the most powerful explosion, he would have been hurt more than that.


    Shouzheng benzun and Ouyang Jian, who were fighting near the valley, didn''t respond in time because they both wanted to win over each other.


    Fortunately, although the power of the explosion is huge, the threat to the strong at their level is still limited.


    In the huge force generated by the explosion, the two separated from each other and temporarily stayed away from the valley against the power of the explosion.


    Both of them suffered a bit of neither light nor heavy injury, which did not affect them to continue to play and fight.


    But because of the explosion, the significance of their continued fighting no longer exists.


    By this time, even the blind should have found the source of the explosion.


    The natural ghost unexpectedly exploded his huge divine body at the last moment.


    The powerful explosion power turned the divine body into powder, and the divine soul disappeared.


    As for Ouyang Huajin and Shouzheng, they were naturally distracted by the explosion.


    All the targets disappeared and fought a bird.


    Shouzheng''s face was livid. In the final message sent to him by the distractor, it was the spirit of the natural ghost, which was about to be completely destroyed by Ouyang Huajin.


    Distracted into the natural ghost and God, trying to prevent Ouyang Huajin''s yuan God from seizing the God body.


    At this time, the natural ghost suddenly exploded.


    He has been guarding the underworld for many years, has also been in contact with natural ghosts and gods, and has witnessed the pursuit of natural ghosts and gods with his own eyes.


    Natural ghosts and gods are basically dead brains, and their personalities are too extreme. When they are in a desperate situation, they often prefer jade to pieces.


    Shouzheng has seen natural ghosts explode before.


    However, the natural ghosts and gods he stared at also burst into such a self explosion. Although he could understand it, he was not able to accept it.


    Without such a divine body, he lost another point in his hope of breaking through the shackles of ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow.


    Ouyang Jian Shouyuan is about to end his life. He doesn''t hesitate to betray the Dali imperial dynasty for the sake of this natural ghost body.


    He planned for many years and paid a lot, but in the end, he drew water with a bamboo basket, which made him really unacceptable.


    After the natural ghost self explosion, he didn''t care about the entanglement with Shouzheng. Regardless of the aftermath of the self explosion, he immediately flew into the valley and checked it carefully.


    Mo Qingzhen looked at the crazy Ouyang sword and couldn''t help sighing.


    He remembered that before the action, Lu Gangfeng, the Heavenly Master, was asked to rehearse good and bad luck.


    It goes without saying that the stalker sent by Emperor Bawu was found by his family.


    He did not calculate that Meng Zhang and the ghost came to stir up the game, nor did he calculate the self explosion of the natural ghost.


    I don''t know whether this guy was cheating and playing tricks, didn''t try his best, or because the matter involved natural ghosts and gods, the secret was hoodwinked to some extent.


    Maybe there are both reasons.


    After Mo Qingzhen decided to return to the Yang world, he said to Lu Gangfeng.


    Ouyang Jian searched around the valley that had been completely destroyed by the explosion for a long time, but he didn''t find anything useful.


    It seems that this divine body was really destroyed in the explosion.


    Shouzheng could not get in touch with his own distraction. After carefully observing his surroundings, he came to the same conclusion as Ouyang Jian.


    Although he had great regret in his heart, he had to give up.


    Shouzheng greeted Meng Zhang and flew away with Meng Zhang.


    Mo Qingzhen was far calmer than Ouyang Jian. Seeing that the matter was so far and completely irreparable, he came forward to persuade Ouyang Jian to leave together.


    Of course, they tried to deal with the traces of the scene before they left.


    Although we can''t completely eliminate all traces, we should at least eliminate all clues about our own family.


    Meng Zhang and Shouzheng left here and flew out for a long distance.


    Shouzheng simply explained Meng Zhang a few words, and then disappeared.


    One of the greatest advantages of ghosts and gods over Yuanshen Zhenjun is that they can create more than one distraction.


    In addition to sending a distraction to participate in the operation, Shouzheng has other distractions left in his old nest.


    Now there is nothing else here. The distractor who stayed in the nest used the special connection between the Buddha and the distractor to summon the Buddha back to the nest.


    Meng Zhang stayed in place for a while, then embarked on the return journey and began to return to the Yindu city.


    Although Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian had not discussed, they both had a tacit understanding.


    That is, this matter must not be disclosed to the public. We must try our best to keep it confidential.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s intention to help Shouzheng capture the body of God was not exposed, Meng Zhang''s presence at the scene alone was enough to make him angry.


    This divine body is too important to Dali imperial dynasty and Yin capital.


    Once the news of the complete destruction of the Divine Body in the self explosion spread, the anger from the Dali imperial dynasty and the Yin capital city can easily devour Meng Zhang.


    As for Ouyang Jian, as the originators of this matter and the natural culprits of the self explosion of ghosts and gods, as long as the news is leaked, they will definitely be regarded as a great enemy of life and death by the Dali imperial dynasty, and they will want to kill it later.


    In this matter, no matter how reluctant both sides are, Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian have become grasshoppers on a rope.


    With his experience, Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort and finally left the ghost crying mountains safely.


    Meng Zhang crossed the plain as fast as possible and returned to the Yin capital.


    Although on the surface he tried to be calm, Meng Zhang, who was guilty of being a thief in his heart, spent most of his time in the Requiem Inn and rarely went out after returning to the Yin capital.


    Of course, if Princess Chunyu comes to him when she is free. In order not to let the other party doubt, Meng Zhang still has to make some efforts to deal with her.


    Especially when Princess Chunyu inadvertently asked why he left the Yindu city. Meng Zhang gave an excuse he had already prepared.


    He wants to go near the ghost weeping mountains and make use of the special environment there to cultivate a great magic power.


    In fact, Meng Zhang, who majored in the avenue of yin and Yang, came to the underworld and felt the different rules of heaven and earth from the Yang world, so he had a deeper understanding of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    With the status of Princess Chunyu, I had learned that Meng Zhang was proficient in the avenue of yin and Yang, and easily believed Meng Zhang''s words.

 Chapter 1049

    It is not difficult for practitioners, especially those in the period of Yuanshen, to enter the underworld.


    But it''s not easy to come to the Yindu City safely.


    The underworld is vast and boundless. If there is no location in the underworld, who knows where to go when crossing the gap between yin and Yang from the Yang world.


    Once lost in the underworld, even the yuan God Zhenjun is likely to encounter life danger.


    Without a special channel owned by the royal family of the imperial dynasty, even the monks of Hailing sect can hardly be transported near the Yin capital, let alone others.


    Therefore, it is not surprising that Meng Zhang spent the price to trade with Princess Chunyu to obtain the opportunity to come to the Yin capital.


    Among the practitioners of Dali Dynasty, many people are eager for such an opportunity.


    It is very safe in and around the Yindu city. As long as practitioners don''t run around and stay near the Yin capital, they won''t have any accidents.


    There are a large number of special products of the underworld for sale in the Yin capital.


    Even the friars with the lowest authority can purchase some more or less, avoiding the trouble of running around and collecting in the underworld.


    At least so far, Meng Zhang''s actions are normal and not suspicious at all.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Yindu City, several days later, Ouyang Jian and Mo qingzhenjun returned to the Yindu city with a seriously injured and embarrassed posture.


    According to the two of them, they want to go to a place in Guiqi mountains and help Ouyang Huajin transform into ghosts and gods with the help of its geographical advantages.


    But in the process of transformation, I don''t know how to disturb ghosts and ghosts in the depths of the mountains.


    They can''t resist the powerful ghosts pouring in like the tide.


    In desperation, they had to break through and escape separately.


    Ouyang Huajin, who was being transformed into a ghost, was swallowed up by the ghost.


    Zhang Xingda, who was originally invited by Ouyang Jian to help gather the local atmosphere, was also trapped in the ghost group. Unfortunately, he died and his bones disappeared.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qing Zhenjun dragged their seriously injured bodies and managed to escape.


    Of course, the ghosts and gods who rule the Yin capital will not easily believe Ouyang Jian''s words.


    After repeated inquiries, they did not reveal any flaws.


    And it seems that Ouyang Jian, who are also victims, also suffered huge losses.


    Their injuries were real. Ouyang Huajin, the closed disciple of Ouyang Jian, was also swallowed by ghosts.


    Zhang Xingda, an old friend of Ouyang Jian, took the initiative to help. Now, if you die in the hands of ghosts, even if the officials of Yindu city are dissatisfied, it''s hard to say anything.


    As for the ghost and God Duan stab who followed Ouyang Jian and the forbidden army spy, they also didn''t come back.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qing Zhenjun know nothing about the guy who secretly follows their family. From their performance, they don''t know that the stalker exists at all.


    There is a reasonable speculation in the Yindu city that the stalker followed too closely and was also drowned by crazy ghosts and died.


    If you are an ordinary person, the high-level of the Yin capital may also use some tough means to search for souls and so on.


    However, Ouyang Jian is an old minister of Dali imperial dynasty. He is very old. Many ghosts and gods in Yindu city are his younger generation.


    And he has a wide range of friends. In addition to Zhang Xingda, he has many old friends who can speak in Yindu city.


    Mo Qingzhen, a demon monk, is directly under the command of Bawu emperor and is not under the control of others.


    Although Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen have many doubts, they are also involved in the disappearance of ghosts and gods and their companions.


    However, in the absence of conclusive evidence, it is really difficult for the senior management of Yindu city to deal with them.


    Finally, an old bureaucrat came up with an idea.


    The Yin capital city is located in the underworld, which governs the ghosts, gods and even ghosts under the Dali emperor.


    As for living people such as Ouyang Jian and them, they should naturally be handed over to the living people.


    Therefore, according to the intention of the high-level officials of the Yindu City, the royal family members in the Yindu city are ready to escort Ouyang Jian back to the capital city and hand them over to Emperor Bawu.


    In this way, Yindu city is tantamount to giving this hot potato to others.


    Because this matter involves two ghosts and gods of the official Yin capital.


    The soul lamps of Zhang Xingda and Duan stab enshrined in the Yin capital have been extinguished, indicating that they have fallen.


    The high level of Yindu city must not ignore it. We must find out the truth of the matter.


    The Yin capital began to prepare to organize a ghost and God team to go deep into the ghost and cry mountains to investigate the fall of the two ghosts and gods.


    Of course, although the investigation has not officially started, the senior management of Yindu city knows that most of the investigation will not go smoothly.


    There are too many hidden dangers in the ghost crying mountains.


    Yindu city has organized teams to explore this close place for many times. After paying a huge price, it has not been able to go too deep into it.


    Now, if we want to investigate the truth of Ouyang''s sword in the mountains of devil''s tears, as can be imagined, their difficulties can be imagined.


    Although we know that the investigation must be difficult and will cost a lot of money, the senior management of Yindu city still has to do it.


    However, when the truth will be investigated is unknown.


    In the following time, Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun were put under house arrest in the Yin capital and could not go anywhere.


    They did not take this seriously and showed no dissatisfaction. They stayed honest and took advantage of this opportunity to deal with their injuries.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian, who seemed unrelated, stayed in the Yin capital.


    It''s rare to come to the underworld. In addition to fully seeing all kinds of outputs here and enriching his own knowledge, Meng Zhang makes use of the special environment here to carefully understand the avenue of heaven and earth and the power of the avenue.


    As for the accidental acquisition of the golden stone egg, Meng Zhang did not dare to take it out to investigate in the Yin capital, fearing that it would be exposed.


    He had already carefully received it into his mustard space to prevent it from leaking the slightest breath.


    Meng Zhang''s Mustard space has been combed by two spiritual pets. It not only has a large storage space, but also allows living creatures to survive in it.


    What makes Meng Zhang a little strange is that the envoy group of Hailing sect left the Yin capital early and acted alone since they came to the Yin capital. No one knows their whereabouts.


    Seeing the day when the space channel was opened approaching, the friars of Hailing sect still didn''t return to the Yin capital. Many people are a little worried. They won''t get stuck there and can''t return in time.


    Fortunately, this worry did not become a reality. Two days before the opening of the space channel, hailing sent this friar team to the Yin capital safely.


    Although almost everyone in the team was injured, the personnel were neat and there was no reduction. And the faces of these people could not hide their joy. It was obvious that they had successfully completed their mysterious task.

 Chapter 1050

    The Hailing sect paid a huge price this time and borrowed the special passage from the imperial dynasty. Its main purpose was to reach the Yin capital and then enter the ghost crying mountains.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu have a good relationship with Zhenjun. They haven''t heard their purpose from him, let alone others.


    Anyway, although the friars of Hailing sect are secretive and mysterious, it is also a good thing that they can return to the Yin capital in time.


    And from their performance, the process may be a little tortuous, but the final result should not be bad.


    When the space channel opened, nothing else happened.


    On the day when the space channel was opened, everyone gathered in the square where they came, and then the ghosts and gods of the Yin capital cast a spell to open the channel and send everyone back to the Yang world.


    When they returned to Yangshi, they came to the square where they had gathered when they left last time.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo qingzhenjun were escorted by two royal family members and came here with a large group of people.


    Around the square, there are strong men in the forbidden army.


    After a simple inspection, everyone did not check the problem, and then left the square one after another.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo qingzhenjun were escorted to Bawu emperor for interrogation.


    They had no guilty expression and were very calm.


    Emperor Bawu asked in person. They were still talking in the Yin capital.


    Emperor Bawu knew that there were some inaccuracies in their words. But there is no better way to take them.


    To be in charge of such a big country, a clear distinction between reward and punishment is the minimum requirement.


    He will not search them without evidence. They have no obvious fault.


    Zhang Xingda was lost in the ghost crying mountains, which was completely caused by his initiative to follow Ouyang sword.


    As for the ghosts and gods who followed Ouyang sword, it''s hard to mention Bawu emperor.


    As a king, it''s normal to be suspicious, but you can''t casually show distrust of important officials. Secretly sent someone to follow and monitor Ouyang Jian''s affairs. There was no light at all.


    To be honest, Emperor Bawu still trusted Ouyang Jian.


    Because Ouyang Jian and Mo Qing Zhenjun were too close, they entered the underworld together this time, which aroused his suspicion.


    What emperor Bawu really doubted was actually the demon Xiu Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Although Mr. Mo Qingzhen has worked for Dali Dynasty for many years, he has always been loyal and made countless contributions.


    However, Emperor Bawu''s attitude towards these demons has never changed. That is, we should not only make use of it, but also beware of it.


    Originally, Emperor Bawu was going to use some means on emperor moqingzhen.


    However, a long planned external action of the Dali imperial dynasty is now at a critical juncture, and it is time for magic cultivation like Mo Qingzhen Jun to contribute.


    At present, the foreign enemy, Emperor Bawu, is not willing to cause dissatisfaction with the internal demon cultivation, let alone start an internal struggle.


    The top priority now is to complete external actions.


    Dali emperor''s expedition and occupation of new territory not only expanded the territory of the emperor, but also contributed to Emperor Bawu''s Avenue cultivation.


    After weighing the pros and cons, Emperor Bawu beat Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun and let them go.


    However, neither of them was allowed to leave Shangjing without the permission of Bawu emperor.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun didn''t care about it. They had no idea of running away.


    They thought their hands and feet were clean enough to leave no trace. As long as there is no problem with Meng Zhang, Emperor Bawu will not catch their painful feet.


    Even if emperor Bawu Qian Gang is arbitrary, he can''t deal with old officials like Ouyang Jian without evidence.


    Of course, because this operation failed and failed to capture the divine body of natural ghosts and gods, Ouyang Jian had to give up his previous plan.


    If Ouyang Jian succeeds this time, he will not return to the Yang world. Instead, he will develop in the underworld and create a foundation in the underworld like the capital of the underworld.


    Ouyang Jian is more than 2000 years old and has a life of more than 300 years at most. His top priority now is to find another way to prolong his life.


    As for other things, he can''t care about them.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the capital, he immediately returned to the residence of the five punishment guards.


    Feng Baoshan had been waiting for a long time. Seeing him coming back, he couldn''t help asking.


    Although Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian are enemies, they have a tacit understanding without words.


    After all, no one wants to bear the anger of Dali Dynasty and become the enemy of Yindu city.


    Meng Zhang made up his experience of going to hell.


    He left the Yindu city to follow Ouyang Jian. After entering the ghost crying mountains, he lost the target and was entangled by ghosts because it was too dangerous.


    In desperation, he had to give up his original plan and directly return to the Yindu city.


    As for what Ouyang Jian did among the ghost crying mountains, he really didn''t know.


    Feng Baoshan listened to Meng Zhang''s words. Although he felt sorry, he was helpless.


    Even if Ouyang Jian really had any plans in the underworld, Meng Zhang didn''t keep up with the target and didn''t stop them in time.


    Now things have changed, and no one can help it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long this time. Han Yao, the Minister of Dali temple, returned to the capital and took the time to meet him.


    When facing Han Yao, Meng Zhang still said that.


    For the safety of his family and taiyimen, Meng Zhang is determined to keep it a secret.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s report, Han Yao thought he had caught Ouyang Jian''s painful feet.


    But Meng Zhang went to the underworld to follow them, but lost them on the way.


    Han Yao could not blame Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang did his best.


    Han Yao has also been to the place where ghosts cry mountains. He knows that it is very dangerous.


    Let alone Meng Zhang, a monk in the middle of the yuan God, or a great monk in the later stage of the yuan God, dare not go too deep. If one is not good, one''s life will be in danger.


    Han Yao, as a senior official of Dali imperial court, knew that Dali imperial court would have a large-scale foreign expedition recently.


    Han Yao is a person who takes the overall situation into consideration. Even if he is at odds with Ouyang Jian, he is not willing to trigger an internal struggle at this time.


    Not to mention, Meng Zhang''s public killing of Ouyang Huajin has made Ouyang Jian seem reasonable.


    Even if Meng Zhang said Ouyang Huajin took the initiative to die, outsiders would not believe it.


    If there is a conflict with Ouyang Jian at this time, others will only think that Han Yao is aggressive.


    Han Yao, in the position of secretary of Dali temple, still attaches great importance to the comments of others.


    Therefore, he asked Meng Zhang that since the tracking failed this time, he should not disclose the matter at will, so as not to let Ouyang Jian know.


    Before there is no new evidence, Meng Zhang will not target Ouyang Jian again.


    Ouyang Jian is also a prince with a different surname in Dali Dynasty. He has a high position and many followers in the dynasty. If he is determined to deal with Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will have a lot of trouble.


    Meng Zhang naturally happily accepted Han Yao''s order.

 Chapter 1051

    Meng Zhang has long wanted to leave Shangjing and return to Taiyi gate.


    I have been away from the sect for so long. Although I believe in the ability of the middle and senior level of the sect, I will be able to take good care of the sect. But Meng Zhang was still a little worried.


    So far, Meng Zhang is not ready to delay any more.


    If Han Yao hadn''t been back, he would have returned to Jiuqu province. He wouldn''t have encountered a mess in the underworld.


    Now, seeing Han Yao, Meng Zhang just said goodbye to him.


    Han Yao probably felt that the current relationship between Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian, leaving the capital and returning to Taiyi gate, was also a good thing for him.


    Before Meng Zhang left, Han Yao made a lot of explanations to him.


    Jiuqu province was newly incorporated into the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, where there was no power of the five penalty guards.


    Han Yao believed that in such a remote place, most of the forces of evil cultivation would exist.


    After Meng Zhang returned, he should fully mobilize the strength of taiyimen and monitor the trend of Jiuqu Province, especially everything related to demon cultivation.


    If he finds the trace of demon cultivation, Meng Zhang will try his best to encircle and suppress it as a member of the five punishment guards.


    If someone in Jiuqu province stops his action, he must report to himself immediately.


    Han Yao explained in detail and explained a lot of precautions.


    In order to let Meng Zhang contact himself in time when he meets something, Han Yao taught him the special method of directly contacting himself.


    Of course, Han Yao also specially reminded Meng Zhang. If it''s not a very important thing, try not to use this special method to contact.


    For general routine affairs, Meng Zhang can contact the five punishment guards and even Dali temple through communication stone tablets, or report to him through official documents and letters.


    Meng Zhang, of course, happily accepted the task in front of Han Yao, saying that he would spare no effort to crack down on evil cultivation and make it have no place to live in Jiuqu province.


    As for how to deal with it at that time, it still depends on the specific situation. There is no need to let Han Yao know this.


    After the meeting with Han Yao, Meng Zhang was ready to return to Jiuqu province.


    Sun Shengdu''s family had already assembled and went to Jiuqu province together.


    After receiving the order from Meng Zhang, the top level of taiyimen will naturally place them properly.


    Although sun Pengzhi is a counselor around Meng Zhang, he has not been fully trusted by Meng Zhang. He did not learn about Meng Zhang''s experience of going to hell from Meng Zhang.


    Shang Yuxia took the opportunity to ask. Meng Zhang was too lazy to lie and kept silent.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang also paid a visit to the mission station sent by Hailing.


    The Hailing mission has completed its mission this time, and has no intention to stay in the capital. It is preparing to return to the South China Sea.


    It''s probably the successful completion of this operation. Lu Tianshu Zhenjun is in a good mood.


    He knew that Meng Zhang wanted to get the classic book "Haiyun Jing".


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun is also a well read figure who has read countless classics in the door.


    He simply wrote the Haiyun Sutra by dictation and handed it to Meng Zhang first.


    As for the taiyimen classics that Meng Zhang is going to exchange, you can give them to him later.


    Meng Zhang greatly admired Lu Tianshu for acting so simply and happily.


    In addition to the core classics in Taiyi gate, the classics with certain value should be selected and exchanged with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang has not thought about what classics to exchange. He can only go back and discuss with others in the door.


    After making an appointment with Lu tianshuzhen to see him again in the heavenly palace next time, Meng Zhang left the residence of Hailing sect.


    He went to Princess Chunyu''s house and gave her the Haiyun Sutra.


    Of course, before handing it in, Meng Zhang also copied the Haiyun Sutra and prepared to take it back to taiyimen.


    Princess Chunyu was overjoyed to get the long-awaited "Haiyun Sutra".


    With this book, her cultivation bottleneck may be broken through.


    Princess Chunyu thanked Meng Zhang very much and wanted to treat him well.


    But Meng Zhang politely declined and said goodbye to her. He wanted to return to Jiuqu province.


    Princess Chunyu is very sorry and generously gives a promise. If Meng Zhang needs any help in the future, just send someone to inform her and she will go all out.


    Princess Chunyu left her communication method to Meng Zhang. I hope you will keep in touch in the future.


    Although the initial impression was not good, Meng Zhang and Princess Chunyu were a little unhappy.


    But after such a disaster, the relationship between the two sides has been repaired, and there seems to be a good friendship.


    Meng Zhang, as the leader of the Taiyi sect, thinks that it is really a good thing to make friends with a Royal Princess in the capital. Maybe he can come in handy sometime.


    Having fulfilled his promise to Princess Chunyu and reached the previous transaction, Meng Zhang has nothing to stay in the capital.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose of this trip to the mainland of the imperial dynasty was to avoid trouble from Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, but he didn''t expect to encounter so many things.


    His greatest achievement was that he became a member of the five punishment guards and was sheltered by Han Yao, the Minister of Dali temple.


    From then on, Meng Zhang also had a backer in the court.


    In the future, in the face of the unreasonable demands of governor Zhang Weineng, he also had the confidence to say no.


    Han Yao founded the five punishment guards, with the main task of recovering the demon cultivation in Dali Dynasty, which was supported by Bawu emperor.


    This is the balance means of Bawu emperor to suppress and control the demon cultivation in the territory.


    Dali''s imperial court knows that the five punishment guards are the sworn enemies of demon Xiu.


    Meng Zhang has the identity of the five punishment guards. I don''t think many demon practitioners will take the initiative to collude with him.


    Meng Zhang has figured out his general policy after returning to Jiuqu province.


    For those demons who have no background and no background, it is natural to fight with all strength and strive to pursue and kill.


    As for those demons who have a background in the court and collude with the dignitaries in the court, it depends on the specific situation to decide how to deal with them.


    Meng Zhang also wants to clean up evil cultivation, but he will never compensate himself and taiyimen for it.


    After staying in the capital for so long, he had a deep understanding of the internal situation of the Dali Dynasty, especially the relationship between the officials of the Dali Dynasty and Moxiu, and his attitude towards Moxiu.


    Sun Pengzhi, the counselor around him, is still a little immature, but Shang Yuxia Zhenjun, who is attached to sun Pengzhi, used to be a high-level businessman of Datong business alliance. He is well-informed and has mastered secrets that many people don''t know.


    From her, Meng Zhang learned a lot about the collusion between demon cultivation and Dali imperial dynasty. We have a new understanding of the relationship between the two sides.


    Now, the existence of demon cultivation has been an indispensable and very important force in Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the Dali Dynasty, no matter how hard monks like Han Yao tried, evil cultivation could be limited, but it was difficult to completely eliminate it.


    With this understanding, Meng Zhang will avoid many troubles in the future.

 Chapter 1052

    Thanks to the large-scale construction of long-distance transmission array in Dali imperial dynasty, the transportation between Dali imperial mainland and Jiuqu provinces has become extremely convenient.


    Meng Zhang took sun Shengdu and sun Pengzhi to transmit the Dharma array over a long distance. It didn''t take much time to transmit it to Jiuqu city.


    When he came to Jiuqu City, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to return to Taiyi gate, but first went to visit governor Zhang Weineng.


    This is the need of etiquette. Meng Zhang should also take this opportunity to inform him of some information in order to avoid some troubles that may arise in the future.


    Meng Zhang only left for a few months. When he returned again, his identity was very different.


    Although Jiuqu province was alone, it had always maintained close contact with Dali''s native land.


    Meng Zhang joined the five punishment guards and killed Ouyang Huajin in the open competition. He was sheltered by Han Yao, the Minister of Dali temple, and later received by Emperor Bawu. Zhang Weineng knew it long ago.


    Zhang Weineng paid much attention to Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang is not only the leader of a sect under the Jiuqu Province, but also has an official identity far away from the imperial dynasty and a backer in the dynasty.


    When Meng Zhang went to the governor''s house this time, he found that the people here had a very different attitude towards themselves and obviously respected themselves more.


    Without waiting too long, he easily met governor Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Wei was very kind after seeing Meng Zhang. He never mentioned anything about the past.


    The five punishment guards are a great force to hunt down demons in the imperial dynasty. Even if Zhang Weineng is stupid, he won''t give the handle to Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang finds out the fact that he tried to spread demonized items and reports to Han Yao, Zhang Weineng will certainly have a lot of trouble.


    Even if this is the official act of Dali Dynasty, it is inspired by the middle and high levels of the dynasty. But once this kind of thing is exposed, Dali''s high-level officials will immediately get rid of the relationship, and maybe Zhang Wei will be pushed out as a scapegoat.


    Zhang Weineng also had scruples about Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple.


    Although Han Yao is much younger than Zhang Weineng, he is far above him in both cultivation and central position.


    In particular, Han Yao was in the center, so he could naturally look down on local officials like Zhang Weineng.


    Since Zhang Wei can no longer ask Meng Zhang to distribute demonized items, Meng Zhang can communicate with him happily.


    Compared with Han Yao, Ouyang sword, the king of sword, is better in all aspects.


    Since Meng Zhen has a feud with Ouyang Jian, Zhang Weineng doesn''t want to be involved with him too much, so as not to be accidentally involved in the gratitude and resentment between them.


    Originally, Zhang Weineng was optimistic about Meng Zhang and thought that taiyimen had great utilization value. He also wanted to make good friends with Meng Zhang and even cultivate Meng Zhang.


    Now, Zhang Weineng is at a respectful distance from Meng Zhang.


    On the surface, Zhang Weineng was very polite and full of praise to Meng Zhang, but inside, he was very alienated.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t think it''s better for the county magistrate to be in charge now. No matter what, he shouldn''t take the initiative to make friends with Zhang Wei.


    Meng Zhang and Zhang Wei spoke politely and said their tasks.


    He was ordered by Han Yao, the Minister of Dali temple, to check the demon cultivation hidden in Jiuqu Province as the five punishment guards, hoping to get the cooperation of the governor''s office.


    Even if he didn''t want to offend Han Yao, Zhang Weineng instinctively didn''t like it. The other party put his hand on his own territory.


    Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang had a ha ha, saying that the Jiuqu province has always been in good order, and there is basically no demon cultivation hidden here.


    If there is a demon cultivation, and the governor''s house has the ability to kill it, it won''t bother Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s original intention is not to compete for power and profit with Zhang Weineng and the right to deal with demon cultivation.


    He just showed his mission and identity and informed Zhang Weineng in advance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have anything to argue with Zhang Wei. After a brief gossip, he took the initiative to leave.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s knowledge and interest, Zhang Weineng was very satisfied.


    It''s just a pity that he and Ouyang Jian have a blood feud. I don''t know when they will meet each other''s revenge.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t know that Ouyang Jian and Meng Zhang had a tacit understanding in the underworld. To some extent, they became people on the same boat.


    Ouyang Jian has to deal with the trouble from Bawu emperor. He really has no time to consider other things.


    At least for a long time, Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry about revenge from Ouyang Jian.


    After meeting governor Zhang Weineng, Meng Zhang took sun Shengdu with them and directly transmitted them back to Xiongshi mountain through the long-distance transmission array of Jiuqu city.


    Without hiding their tracks, they came to the taiyimen territory. The news of Meng Zhang''s return from the mainland of the imperial dynasty immediately spread across the whole territory.


    Although he has been away from taiyimen for less than a year, Meng Zhang feels as if he has been away for a long time because he has experienced many things.


    His deep feelings for zongmen filled him with concern for zongmen.


    Meng Zhang took sun Shengdu and them all the way back to the grass slope at the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    When the leader returns, the middle and high level of the door will naturally come to meet him.


    After some red tape, the welcome to Meng Zhang ended.


    Meng Zhang introduced sun Shengdu to the middle and high level of the door.


    Before, the people of the sun family had moved to taiyimen territory and were properly settled down.


    Sun Shengdu, as the true monarch of the yuan God, took the initiative to take refuge. Of course, Meng Zhang would not treat him badly.


    Sun Shengdu, like he luozhenjun, is a guest Qing of Taiyi gate and enjoys the same treatment.


    Sun Pengzhi is an ordinary elder in the sect for the time being. Only after he shows stronger ability and is recognized by Meng Zhang can he become the master of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t leave Taiyi gate for a long time. On weekdays, he closed once, more than this time.


    During this period of time, no major events happened in the door, and everything in the door worked normally.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi took turns to sit in the heavenly palace.


    Now Niu Dawei sits in the heavenly palace and Yang Xueyi sits in the gate.


    Yang Xueyi is a rare level 4 talisman in Jiuqu province. She seldom has time to make level 4 talismans.


    Taiyimen has accumulated a lot of precious materials over the years.


    For example, the leaves of the fourth order divine wood that Meng Zhang wanted from Zhenjun in Changchun last time are the best materials for making the fourth order talisman.


    Although Meng Zhang has not received accurate information, he has vaguely guessed that Dali dynasty may expand outward again.


    From the intelligence analysis he knows, the Daheng cultivation world is mostly the next conqueror of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, Jiuqu province is the closest to Daheng cultivation world.


    Once there is a war between Dali Dynasty and Daheng Xiuzhen world, Jiuqu province will probably be involved.


    From now on, taiyimen will make low-key preparations for the war.


    Sitting in the gate, Yang Xueyi happened to lead the rune hall in the gate and wantonly made various runes for use in the war.

 Chapter 1053

    Although Meng Zhang received the order issued by Han Yao face to face, he wanted to check the demon cultivation of Jiuqu province.


    But he didn''t pay much attention to this task, and he didn''t have the intention to work for the five punishment guards.


    For Meng Zhang, taking refuge in Han Yao and joining the five punishment guards is just an expedient measure. His real mind still needs to be spent on Taiyi gate.


    Of course, he can''t do nothing.


    At least make an appearance and deal with some possible inspections in the future.


    If Han Yao asks in the future, he can also have some justifiable explanations.


    Meng Zhang, as the leader of the Taiyi sect, publicly announced that one of the major tasks of the Taiyi sect in the future is to check all the demons hidden in the Jiuqu province.


    Not only taiyimen, but also the friars of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance were mobilized by Meng Zhang to check the demon cultivation everywhere.


    Meng Zhang also offered a high reward to arrest all kinds of demons.


    In this way, not only the friars in Hanhai Taoist League, but also many other friars in Jiuqu Province, coveted the high reward offered by Meng Zhang and joined the action of tracking down the demon monk.


    In this regard, the governor''s office of Jiuqu province remained silent. Neither support nor opposition, but let Meng Zhang toss about.


    When he returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate and arrived at his own site, Meng Zhang dared to take out the inadvertently obtained golden stone egg and examine it carefully.


    With Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and knowledge today, after repeated inspection, he used the divine mind and the method of breaking delusion, and also performed several identification mysteries, so that he could barely find out the origin of the stone egg.


    The natural ghosts had condensed their life essence into this golden stone egg before they explode.


    If the stone egg didn''t fall into Meng Zhang''s hand, it fell into another place in the underworld.


    After being nourished by the power of heaven and earth in the underworld and going through a long time, this stone egg is likely to grow into spirituality and even become another born ghost.


    Although this newborn born ghost may not have the previous memory and emotion, it is a new creature.


    But to some extent, the self exploding natural ghost is reborn from nirvana.


    Natural ghosts and gods have a completely different view of life from practitioners and humans.


    No wonder when the natural ghost exploded, the power of the explosion was not as great as Meng Zhang imagined.


    According to the information that Mo Qingzhen Jun told Meng Zhang, the natural ghost had the strength of the human Yang God Zhen Jun when he was not injured.


    According to Meng Zhang''s calculation, even if he is seriously injured, if he explodes his divine body, he can seriously hurt all the people present. Even the most responsive Meng Zhang may not be able to completely escape the lethality of self explosion.


    However, in order to condense the stone egg, the natural ghost and God consumed too much divine power and even lost the source, resulting in insufficient power of self explosion, which saved everyone present.


    Otherwise, even if the people present will not die, serious injuries can not be avoided.


    Meng Zhang gently stroked the golden stone egg and felt the divine power contained in it.


    The ultimate legacy of natural ghosts, the essence of their essence, is negative, with a strong auroral atmosphere.


    It is not entirely accidental that this stone egg fell into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Although this stone egg has not yet given birth to spirituality, it already has some biological instinct.


    Among the people present at that time, Shouzheng was the acquired ghost and God. According to reason, in terms of attributes alone, it was closest to this golden stone egg.


    But because of this, the golden stone egg will instinctively avoid guarding the right.


    If this golden stone egg falls into Shouzheng''s hand, it is likely to be swallowed up directly by Shouzheng.


    Meng Zhang''s major is Yin Yang Avenue. When Yin and yang are separated, they are both sides of yin and Yang.


    After entering the underworld, because of the special environment here, he spent a lot of effort to feel and understand the Yin side of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    In this case, the faint smell of the road on his body attracted the golden stone egg to a certain extent.


    When the natural ghost exploded, the golden stone egg should have been swept away by the blast and fell randomly in any direction.


    But because of Meng Zhang''s attraction, the golden stone egg spontaneously approached Meng Zhang and was captured by Meng Zhang.


    The last legacy of ghosts and spirits, the treasure gathered from the essence of life, surpasses all the treasures that Meng has and even has seen.


    Starting with such a precious treasure, Meng Zhang was certainly very happy.


    I thought this trip to the underworld was for nothing, but it left many future troubles for no reason.


    But unexpectedly, Meng Zhang, an outsider, became the biggest winner and got the most valuable booty.


    Although he got this treasure, Meng Zhang hasn''t figured out how to use it yet.


    In principle, only by giving it to the ghost and God Shouzheng, can we give full play to the role of this treasure.


    However, Meng Zhang was already wary of Shouzheng, and he was unwilling to hand over such a precious treasure.


    In its heyday, taiyimen supported the development of the underworld and left a backhand in the underworld.


    The Dali Dynasty established a foundation in the underworld, which was the foundation to fight against the Ziyang holy sect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, any sect with some ability in the cultivation world seems to have a great interest in the underworld.


    Taiyi gate is growing stronger and stronger. Now it also has some strength and the ability to join in the excitement.


    The pattern of the Yang world in the Jun dust world has been basically fixed, and the fertile places such as the Middle Earth continent are completely dominated by the holy places.


    Only those marginal and wild places have room for the development of other sects.


    Taking taiyimen as an example, under the rule of Dali Dynasty, it not only obtained a certain security, but also lost a lot of development space.


    The underworld of Jun dust world is a treasure land that has not been developed.


    Meng Zhang had an intuition that the real way out for taiyimen to revive was mainly in the underworld.


    With the living example of the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang certainly attaches great importance to the underworld.


    He thought for a long time and had a preliminary plan for the golden stone egg in his hand.


    Of course, now is not the time to use this treasure.


    He carefully put the golden stone egg away for future use.


    Next, Meng Zhang began to carefully collect all kinds of data related to the underworld.


    In addition to reading various relevant classics in the door, he also cast spells many times, contacted the ghosts and gods in the underworld to keep upright and asked him many questions.


    Last time, he failed to capture the divine body of natural ghosts and gods, which made Shouzheng very depressed.


    Take out lost a divine power. It''s really impossible to steal chicken and eat rice.


    Of course, the Buddha has not been materially hurt. Not this time. Just look for another chance next time.

 Chapter 1054

    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, his life slowly returned to the daily track.


    His main time and energy are still focused on his own practice.


    The focus of his practice at one stage is to strengthen and exercise his own yuan God.


    In addition, he regularly took time to ask about the affairs in the door.


    When something big happens in the door, he will also call the middle and high levels of the door to deal with it together.


    This trip to Dali''s native land made Meng Zhang fully see the power of Dali''s imperial dynasty.


    Not to mention the details of Dali''s imperial dynasty in the underworld, the strength in the capital alone can make people feel irresistible.


    Not to mention that there are many yuan gods like dogs, big friars walk all over the street. At least at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Dali is absolutely indispensable to the imperial dynasty.


    Dali Dynasty is so powerful that it must be suppressed by Ziyang Shengzong. The strength of those holy land sects is terrible when you think about it.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, no major event happened for a long time, which made him live in peace for a long time.


    Meng Zhang discussed with the middle and senior management of Taiyi gate and sorted out some classics that have certain value but have nothing to do with the core inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    Among these classics, there are the cultivation classics of Yuanshen sects such as Zijin sect and Chongxuan sect. Putting them outside is enough to cause great fluctuations in the cultivation world, and even attract the competition of countless practitioners.


    These classics were copied, and Meng Zhang personally took them to the heavenly palace.


    Although the Hailing sect was severely suppressed by the holy door of Zhenhai hall, it still has its own stronghold in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang first went to the residence of Taiyi gate. He saw Niu Dawei in the small courtyard uploaded by the ancestor of Taiyi gate.


    Niu Dawei is very happy to see Meng Zhang. He has something to report to Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that mother-in-law and the other two back to the virtual energy stared at a small world in the void.


    The power level of that small world is not high, and it can accommodate the practitioners of the golden elixir level at most. But the small world has a deep foundation, and the indigenous people have a very strong strength.


    The three returned to the virtual power decided to work together to capture this small world.


    In order to achieve the goal, we need to send a large number of low-level practitioners to sneak into the small world to cooperate as before.


    Among the indigenous people in this small world, there are a large number of strong people, and there are formed extraordinary armies.


    Not to mention relying on the Taiyi clan alone, even if you come to the three or five Yuanshen sects, you may not be able to send low-level friars with sufficient strength to conquer this small world.


    Therefore, the three great powers of returning to emptiness, including mother-in-law Qiansi, decided to offer a high reward and recruit a large number of low-level friars to fight in this small world.


    After being entrapped by jiuxuan Pavilion last time, Niu Dawei was wary of such a large-scale action.


    He had an in-depth understanding of the relevant situation.


    Because the indigenous forces in that small world are too strong, it is difficult to win in a short time even if they unite several sects and send out a large number of low-level practitioners.


    There is a great possibility that this expedition will evolve into a protracted war.


    If taiyimen joins in, this battle will drag down a large number of low-level friars of taiyimen for a long time.


    Not to mention the possible casualties, logistics supply alone is a heavy burden.


    In that small world, the whole world will repel foreign invaders.


    After the practitioners invaded the small world, they could not restore their true Qi by meditating, breathing and absorbing the spirit of heaven and earth.


    Even the spirit gathering array arranged with spirit stone and the aura gathered can not be directly absorbed by the cultivator.


    Once the true Qi of the cultivator is consumed, he will either take the elixir for restoring Qi or eat spiritual food such as Spirit Valley.


    Because there are more or less erysipelas in pills, you can''t take them in large quantities for a long time. The main recovery means of practitioners is to eat spiritual food.


    It''s not easy to support such a war for a long time based on the daily production of Spirit Valley of taiyimen.


    Faced with this situation, Niu Dawei hesitated a little and couldn''t decide whether to join the action.


    Now when Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace, he asked for Meng Zhang''s advice.


    Meng Zhang learned about the relevant situation in detail and asked about the rewards for participating in the operation.


    Finally, he made up his mind for Niu DA and let taiyimen participate in the operation.


    Meng Zhang felt that there were too many things missing in Taiyi gate.


    Among them, it is very important for Taiyi gate. What Meng Zhang wants very much is the ability to arrange long-distance transmission array.


    The big sects in the Middle Earth, who cherish themselves, tightly block everything related to the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.


    Dali imperial court obtained merit points in the heavenly palace, and then exchanged various materials for the construction of long-distance transmission FA array from the heavenly palace.


    In addition, all kinds of materials needed to build a long-distance transmission array are precious and rare.


    Even the Dali Dynasty often lacked these materials and had to exchange them from the heavenly palace with merit points.


    The heavenly palace is all inclusive and can be called omnipresent. It can provide almost everything in the cultivation world, whether valuable knowledge or rare materials.


    The merit point is the hard currency of the heavenly palace, which can exchange almost everything from the heavenly palace.


    Because of the shadow of taiyimen''s ancestors, now taiyimen has the opportunity to gain a foothold in the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen should seize the opportunity and use the channels of Tiangong to get everything they need.


    If you want to exchange everything you need from the heavenly palace, you need a lot of merit points.


    Taking part in this action, taiyimen will certainly pay a great price and lose a lot of monks.


    To be cruel, the friars of the sect could have sacrificed for the interests of the sect.


    If a clan doesn''t want to sacrifice its monks at a critical moment, how can it deal with the ups and downs in the cultivation world?


    Taking part in the attack on that small world is also an exercise for the monks in the door, which can screen out real talents.


    Because the number of friars used is too large, Meng Zhang, the friars of the whole Hanhai daomeng alliance, except the direct friars of taiyimen, is ready to mobilize and select the warable ones to participate in the operation.


    In addition to mastering the general direction, Meng Zhang handed over all specific actions to Niu Dawei.


    He consulted with Niu Dawei for a long time at the taiyimen station before formulating a general plan.


    Then Meng Zhang took Niu Dawei to the residence of Hailing sect in the heavenly palace.


    The residence area of Hailing sect in Tiangong is not small. It has independent shops and a place where monks live.


    In the camp of Hailing sect, Meng Zhang met his acquaintance you Mingde.


    You Mingde warmly received Meng Zhang and welcomed him into the camp of Hailing sect.


    You Mingde, who had been ordered by Lu Tianshu Zhenjun in advance, was responsible for the transaction with Meng Zhang and exchanged the classics in the door of both sides.

 Chapter 1055

    After returning to Hailing sect, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun did not forget his agreement with Meng Zhang. He also selected some non core classics from the door and asked you Mingde to take them to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang and you Mingde exchanged their own ancient books and completed the transaction.


    The essence of this transaction is to make friends between the two families and deepen ties.


    Therefore, everyone did not haggle over every detail, let alone carefully check the classics given by the other party.


    The exchange of classics is only a form, and the main purpose is to establish a good relationship.


    Lu Tianshu sent out the sea rhyme Sutra before, and specially told you Mingde not to pay too much attention to the value of classics.


    Although the Hailing sect is the Yuanshen sect that dominates the South China Sea, it still needs friends in the face of the great pressure of Zhenhai hall.


    The Hailing school will firmly grasp any external help.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not dare to take the initiative to provoke the holy door such as Zhenhai hall.


    However, taiyimen also needs friends, especially those who are strong enough outside Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang has figured it out these days.


    The last time I killed Zhenhai hall disciples in the void with Lu Tianshu, even if Lu Tianshu didn''t take the initiative to disclose it, it was difficult to keep it absolutely confidential.


    In particular, Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu were chased and killed by the friars of Zhenhai hall.


    Although the friars of Zhenhai hall mistook them for the disciples of Hailing sect at that time, it was impossible to keep such a thing secret for a lifetime.


    Meng Zhang''s true identity will be exposed sooner or later.


    In this respect, Meng Zhang is a thief of Hailing sect.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is to delay the exposure of his identity as much as possible.


    According to his instructions, including him, the Yuanshen friar of taiyimen had better live in seclusion and stay away from the friar of Zhenhai hall as far as possible.


    On the other hand, we should try our best to make friends with the Hailing sect and try our best to get benefits from Zhenhai hall.


    Meng Zhang personally came to the residence of Hailing sect. In addition to exchanging ancient books and deepening relations with the monks of Hailing sect, he also tried to reach some business transactions with Hailing sect.


    The Hailing sect is far away in the South China Sea. There must be many unique marine outputs there.


    Taiyimen''s territory is either Gobi or desert. It also has many unique outputs.


    The two transactions can learn from each other''s strengths to make up for their weaknesses.


    Of course, because the transaction is in the heavenly palace, the yuan God Zhenjun must be dispatched for each transaction, so the trading items are mainly items such as small quantity and high price.


    It will also take some time for Yuanshen Zhenjun to enter the heavenly palace and trade.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun''s time is not worth money, and it is really not worth money. After all, the yuan God really has a long life. It''s not such a short time.


    But in the cultivation world, the time cost of Yuanshen Zhenjun is not low.


    In the same time, the yuan God Zhenjun can create higher value than low-level friars.


    Without sufficient interest drive, the yuan God Zhenjun will not run around in vain.


    You Mingde easily agreed to Meng Zhang''s trade request, which is of great benefit to both families.


    For Meng Zhang, hailing faction dominates the South China Sea, which is enough to provide massive resources.


    As long as taiyimen has enough financial resources, they can continuously get supplies from Hailing sect.


    After reaching the intention of the transaction, Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei stayed in the place where Hailing was stationed for a long time and communicated with the monks of Hailing sect stationed here for a long time before leaving.


    From you Mingde''s words, Meng Zhang knew that the life of Hailing sect in the heavenly palace was not easy.


    Due to the suppression of Zhenhai Temple, especially in the extraterritorial void, Zhenhai Temple friars are almost unscrupulous in hunting and killing friars of Hailing sect.


    The friars of Hailing sect not only dare not easily organize a team to explore the extraterritorial void, but also encounter many obstacles in completing the task released by the heavenly palace.


    For this situation, Meng Zhang is also powerless.


    The only thing he can do is to hope that Zhenhai hall will focus on the Hai Ling sect and don''t notice Taiyi gate so early.


    After returning to the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang made some explanations to Niu Dawei before leaving the heavenly palace and returning to the Taiyi gate.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang told the middle and high levels of the gate about the action and asked them to mobilize the disciples of the gate and all members of Hanhai daomeng.


    Taiyimen enlisted the friars of hanhaidao alliance, and it''s not that they don''t pay at all.


    When the friar of Hanhai daomeng works for taiyimen, taiyimen should be responsible for its supply. After that, taiyimen will reward them on merit.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s persistence and efforts, the atmosphere at the top and bottom of Taiyi gate is very positive. Basically, we can make a clear distinction between reward and punishment, and there are few phenomena such as swallowing credit.


    In order to improve the enthusiasm of the friars of Hanhai daomeng to go to the heavenly palace for a task, the Taiyi gate has offered a high reward, which is enough to produce a strong temptation.


    For taiyimen, it only needs to pay some low-end resources to recruit enough low-end friars in hanhaidao alliance.


    These friars go to the heavenly palace and send them to the small world outside the territory to complete the task. Taiyimen will receive merit points from the heavenly palace as a reward, and these merit points can be exchanged for the high-end resources that taiyimen lacks.


    Sometimes, taiyimen even gets the reward of returning to virtual power.


    In such a business, taiyimen basically earns without losing. Even if you sacrifice more low-level friars, it''s worth it.


    Specific affairs will be handled properly by the middle and senior levels of the door. There is no need for Meng Zhang to be distracted.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned from the heavenly palace, the whole taiyimen, together with the whole Hanhai Dao alliance, were mobilized.


    Taiyimen will not publish the details of the mission, but use other excuses to recruit many monks.


    Taiyimen''s actions in the heavenly palace will be known to others sooner or later, but taiyimen will not take the initiative to spread news.


    Meng Zhang has stayed at the mountain gate for a long time and occasionally goes out.


    He won''t go far. He mainly walks around taiyimen territory.


    It is not only around the territory, but also a distraction.


    In particular, the endless sand sea near Yuantu prairie is the focus of his inspection.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that there are powerful foreign barbarians who have been entrenched in the Yuantu prairie and have not been exterminated by the Dali Dynasty.


    Although over the years, Taiyi gate and the barbarians outside the territory on Yuantu prairie have been safe and sound, the vigilance of Taiyi gate to those barbarians outside the territory has never been relaxed.


    This day is another day for Meng Zhang to go out to inspect the territory.


    This time, he flew far, flew over huangshaling, an important stronghold of taiyimen in the south of endless sand sea, and went a little deeper into Yuantu prairie.


    As usual, Meng Zhang, who did not find any abnormality, just flew back from Yuantu prairie and was not close to Huangsha ridge, he was stopped in mid air by an unexpected figure.


    Although the other party had a friendly smile, did not show any malice, and greeted Meng Zhang very warmly, Meng Zhang did not have the slightest carelessness and looked at the other party warily.

 Chapter 1056

    The unexpected visitor who stopped Meng Zhang was mo Qingzhen, who had not seen him for a long time.


    When Meng Zhang left the capital, he heard that emperor Mo Qingzhen was forbidden to leave the capital.


    Now he appears here, either running away without permission or carrying an important mission from the imperial court.


    Mo Qingzhen stopped Meng Zhang without the slightest malice.


    He told Meng Zhang that he just wanted to talk to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that the devil friars like Mo Qingzhen were often very good at bewitching people.


    The last time they fought each other was not long. Meng Zhang had recognized some details of Mo Qingzhen.


    What this person cultivates is the inheritance of heavenly demons in the demon road.


    The demonic cultivation of heaven demons is often regarded as the leader of the devil Road, and thinks that it is naturally better than the demonic cultivation of other factions.


    Meng Zhang has not been in contact with Mo Qingzhen for a long time. He just feels that he is modest, kind-hearted and easy to talk.


    The more so, Meng Zhang was more alert to him.


    The demon cultivation of one line of heavenly demons is also good at luring friars to degenerate and bewitch people. It is not necessarily worse than the one line of mental demons specializing in this way.


    There are too many stories about the devil friars seducing the righteous friars into the devil.


    Meng Zhang himself has also seen examples of taking the initiative to contact the devil and then falling completely out of control.


    Meng Zhang was reluctant to have any private contact with Mo Qingzhen from his heart.


    This does not mean that Meng Zhang is afraid of each other, nor does he have no confidence in his Tao heart, but he is unwilling to cause trouble.


    Mo Qingzhen and Ouyang Jian went to the underworld last time, trying to help Ouyang Jian capture the divine body of natural ghosts and gods, which is clearly digging a corner away from the imperial dynasty.


    Moxiu has never been a good man who is willing to help others.


    Mo qingzhenjun''s move must have a different purpose.


    However, no matter what his plot, the real loss is Dali Dynasty. For the time being, it has nothing to do with Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang won''t do anything to spoil his good deeds.


    For the powerful demon cultivation like Mo Qingzhen Jun, Meng Zhang couldn''t mention the idea of cutting demons and removing demons at all.


    Mo Qingzhen seems to be able to see enough people''s hearts. He is not inferior to Meng Zhang, who has a gifted divine power and his heart.


    He didn''t care about Meng Zhang''s attitude, but chatted with Meng Zhang like an old friend.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang that he came to Jiuqu province this time because he had received the order of Bawu emperor and had an important task.


    Since the last time he said goodbye to Meng Zhang in the underworld, he had the intention to renew his friendship with Meng Zhang and have a good chat.


    This time, taking advantage of his business, he stopped by to see Meng Zhang and made a friend with Meng Zhang.


    Mo Qingzhen obviously inquired into all kinds of information about Meng Zhang and taiyimen long ago, and knew Meng Zhang''s past deeds very well.


    In his words, Mo Qingzhen praised Meng Zhang, almost making Meng Zhang the greatest pride in the cultivation world.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun''s speech is funny and pleasant. Even if he flatters, he won''t let people get numb. It will only make people feel that he should be so.


    Such a person is difficult to make people hostile to him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to make enemies with a powerful demon like Mo Qingzhen.


    Since the other party has taken a friendly attitude, Meng Zhang has only patience to deal with him slowly.


    Mo Qingzhen''s previous words were just a test. Meng Zhang''s reaction made him confirm his judgment.


    As he expected, Meng Zhang was not such a dead brain as Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple.


    Even if he joined the five punishment guards and received the order to eradicate evil cultivation, he didn''t implement it rigidly, but knew how to be flexible.


    Over the years, Mo Qingzhen has actively made friends with friars in Dali Dynasty.


    Regardless of his status and origin, as long as he thinks he may be able to use monks in the future, he will take the initiative to make friends, and even be willing to pay some price to invest in advance to give these people some sweets.


    Mr. Mo Qingzhen seems to be kind to people and harmless to people and animals. In fact, he has great plans and extraordinary ambitions.


    After returning from the underworld last time, he and Ouyang Jian were put under house arrest by Bawu emperor and were not allowed to go out at will.


    There are still many places where emperor Mo Qingzhen can be used in the latest foreign expedition plan of Dali Dynasty.


    The investigation into the ghost cry mountains in the Yindu city was not smooth, and no useful results were found.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qing Zhenjun didn''t show the slightest difference of heart.


    In the absence of evidence, it is not good for Bawu emperor to continue to embarrass them.


    Mo Qingzhen was sent out by Bawu emperor to carry out the original plan and prepare for the next foreign expedition.


    Before leaving the capital, Mo qingzhenjun secretly met Lu Gangfeng, the Heavenly Master.


    Ouyang Jian was the most angry and disappointed when he failed to capture the natural ghost body in the underworld.


    Mo qingzhenjun feels sorry for this, but he won''t be too depressed.


    However, Lu Gangfeng did not deduce these variables, but said that everything was going well. Then Mo Qingzhen asked him to give an explanation.


    In the process of this deduction, Lu Gangfeng really cheated and did not try his best.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, if he did his best in every deduction without any reservation, the counterattack brought by the way of heaven would have killed him long ago.


    However, even if Lu Gangfeng only performed the regular deduction, but there was no abnormality in the deduction, it was still a little unexpected.


    Under the persecution of Mo Qingzhen, he spent a lot of money and began to deduce Meng Zhang. He wanted to deduce some of Meng Zhang''s secrets.


    We are all monks in the period of Yuanshen. There is no essential difference in the realm of cultivation.


    After Lu Gangfeng paid the price, he could not push any information related to Meng Zhang, but just saw a fog.


    In this case, either Meng Zhang has a treasure to suppress the secret of heaven, or the secret related to Meng Zhang is hoodwinked by experts.


    No matter what kind of possibility, it can explain Meng Zhang''s extraordinary.


    Thinking that Meng Zhang had a powerful ghost as his companion when he was in the underworld, Mo Qingzhen was more interested in Meng Zhang.


    Even though he knows that there are powerful means to subdue demons in the inheritance of Taiyi gate, and Meng Zhang once helped Zhang Wei, governor of Jiuqu Province, kill the friars of the secret demons, Mo Qingzhen still wants to meet Meng Zhang alone.


    For today''s meeting, Mo qingzhenjun made a lot of preparations in advance.


    He collected Meng Zhang''s information and clues about Meng Zhang''s whereabouts, so he finally stopped Meng Zhang here.


    After a trial, he determined that Meng Zhang was not the kind of friar who had to be at odds with the devil, so Mo Qingzhen began to woo him.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang that he had great influence in Dali Dynasty and could give great help to taiyimen and Meng Zhang in all aspects.


    He helped Meng Zhang without asking for anything in return. He just wanted to make friends with Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1057

    Mo qingzhenjun said that Meng Zhang and taiyimen are facing many problems, and he can help solve them unconditionally.


    The grudges between Meng Zhang and Ouyang Jian are not worth mentioning at all.


    The two sides had a tacit understanding before. If Mo Qingzhen made more efforts, it could be easily resolved.


    As for the troubles faced by taiyimen from the three major merchants, Mo qingzhenjun can also act as an intermediary to make peace and help both sides reach a contract and stop being the enemy.


    Meng Zhang tangled with the local cultivation forces of Jiuqu province and established a small alliance.


    Such a move is actually a taboo.


    Dali, the official of the imperial dynasty, doesn''t like the following Xiuzhen forces to form gangs and have too many contacts.


    Because Jiuqu province was newly incorporated into the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, it gave Meng Zhang the opportunity because of its lax supervision in this regard.


    Waiting for the situation of Jiuqu province to completely stabilize, it was completely regarded as being far away from the native land of the imperial dynasty. At that time, Meng Zhang may be liquidated.


    Mo Qingzhen revealed that he had a good relationship with Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu province.


    If Meng Zhang needs it, he can say something nice in front of Zhang Weineng at any time.


    Even Mr. Mo Qingzhen had many relationships in the dynasty. At critical moments, these relationships can become the help of taiyimen.


    After the Taiyi gate was destroyed by the guantian Pavilion in those years, all the experts in the gate lost their lives and lost a lot of inheritance.


    Mr. Mo Qingzhen has many friends in the Middle Earth. They can find ways to help Meng Zhang find the lost taiyimen inheritance.


    Mo qingzhenjun''s preparation was not done in vain. He investigated Meng Zhang and the whole Taiyi gate clearly, and knew exactly the needs and problems of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    If Mo Qingzhen is not a demon, with his words, Meng Zhang might be moved.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has a full understanding of the virtues of demon cultivation.


    Don''t look at Mo Qingzhen Jun who is so easy to talk now. He looks like a good man who doesn''t ask for return but only provides help.


    But if Meng Zhang really wants to be persuaded by him, he will rely on him step by step. He can''t live without him. He slowly falls into his trap and can''t extricate himself. Finally, he uses it for him.


    More importantly, Mo Qingzhen didn''t know that Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, had long been warned of heaven''s secrets.


    He doesn''t have to be the enemy of devil Xiu, but he will never cooperate with devil Xiu.


    Last time Zhang Weineng just asked Meng Zhang to help spread the demonized items, which made Meng Zhang''s heart full of alarm.


    In order to avoid trouble, he had to go far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Now if Meng Zhang really colludes with Mo Qingzhen, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Although he will not really cooperate with Mo Qingzhen Jun, Meng Zhang is inconvenient to offend him directly.


    In the case of insufficient strength, falsehood and submission has become the best choice.


    Meng Zhang said ha ha. His mouth was full of words of self humility. He said that he had insufficient talent and could not afford to be the good intention of Mo Qingzhen.


    The kindness of Moqing Zhenjun, he can only understand.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is a real human spirit.


    Meng Zhang was polite, but his attitude of refusing people thousands of miles away was obvious.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun was not angry. He was prepared before he came.


    Magic xiula people into the water, rarely overnight, smoothly and successfully.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang can run away from the monk but not the temple.


    Mo Qingzhen still has many opportunities to contact Meng Zhang in the future. He can think long-term and slowly try to win him over.


    There will be another time if we don''t agree this time, and there will be another time if we don''t agree next time


    This kind of thing has been done countless times by Mo Qingzhen Jun. He doesn''t think that just a Meng Zhang can not be tempted by himself.


    Since Meng Zhang was unwilling to accept the kindness of Mo Qingzhen Jun, Mo Qingzhen Jun did not continue to entangle in this issue.


    He changed the topic skillfully and naturally and talked about other things.


    Mo Qingzhen is very eloquent and well-informed. He knows a lot about the Dali dynasty that Meng Zhang cares about.


    Knowing what Meng Zhang wanted to hear, he deliberately guided the topic in that direction.


    He said a lot about all aspects of the imperial dynasty, including the secrets of the imperial dynasty.


    After listening to Mo Qingzhen Jun''s words, Meng Zhang also benefited a lot. He knew a lot about Dali''s imperial dynasty, which was very helpful for him to act later.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang in the underworld, and now he mentioned the matters related to the Yin capital again.


    This is a secret of Dali Dynasty, especially the royal family.


    Such secrets, let alone outsiders, even dignitaries of Dali imperial dynasty, are not qualified to know the details as long as they are not members of the royal family, at least in the open.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang these things, which was also ill intentioned.


    If Meng Zhang accidentally divulges these secrets and lets Dali''s high-level officials know, he will be in great trouble.


    At that time, Mr. Mo Qingzhen will lend a helping hand in time. I''m afraid Meng Zhang can''t refuse.


    Meng Zhang can also guess the intention of Mo Qingzhen.


    However, he was so curious that he couldn''t refuse the temptation of these secrets, so he listened quietly.


    Anyway, the words of Mo Qing Zhen Jun, like opening a new world to Meng Zhang, let him have a deeper understanding of the great departure from the royal dynasty.


    Many secrets about the Dali Dynasty, especially the royal family, were not mentioned in the information Meng Zhang bought in the teahouse in the heavenly palace.


    Without spending a penny, we can know these important information. Even if there are some future problems, Meng Zhang recognizes them.


    Seeing that Mo Qingzhen can speak vigorously, he looks like instructing his younger generation. Meng Zhang moved in his heart and said a word tentatively.


    He praised Mo Qingzhen Jun for his powerful power. He had such a clever master working for him.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Mo Qingzhen Jun was also stunned.


    Lu Gangfeng is the Heavenly Master of Dali imperial government. Strictly speaking, he is not under the hand of Mo Qingzhen.


    He was just grabbed by Mo Qingzhen Jun, and then slowly controlled, so he had to work for Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    When Meng Zhang was in the underworld, his companion was a powerful mysterious ghost.


    Thinking of Lu Gangfeng''s failure to deduce Meng Zhang by using his heavenly skill, Meng Zhang also became somewhat mysterious in the eyes of Mo Qingzhen.


    Although Shouzheng is not a master of heaven''s secrets and has not practiced heaven''s secrets, he has a special talent after being transformed into ghosts and gods. For the track of the heavenly way, there is a faint perception.


    Therefore, when Ouyang Jian and his team took action, Mo Qingzhen asked Lu Gangfeng to show his secret arts and deduce whether the action was smooth.


    Lu Gangfeng, who didn''t do his best, not only didn''t push the existence of Shouzheng, but was used by Shouzheng to seize the trace of the change of heaven''s secrets by using the special talent of ghosts and gods, and guessed that there was the participation of heaven''s secrets.


    Meng Zhang''s realm of heavenly secrets is not enough, but his spiritual sense is sharp. After being vaguely reminded by Shouzheng, he also vaguely noticed.


    He just mentioned this matter, which is also a kind of temptation.

 Chapter 1058

    Mo Qingzhen Jun listened to Meng Zhang''s temptation and remained calm, but Meng Zhang still saw some clues.


    Sure enough, Mo qingzhenjun really has a master of heaven to work for him.


    The inheritance of the evil way comes from outside the sky. The evil way takes corroding the world and destroying the world as the ultimate goal.


    Devil friars will naturally be rejected by the will of heaven and earth of the whole world and hostile to heaven.


    Only for one thing, the devil cultivation has the protection of the great power of the devil way, and for the other, the way of heaven is high, so it is difficult to directly interfere with the present world out of thin air.


    Therefore, there will always be evil cultivation in Jun dust world, and the inheritance of evil Tao has never been cut off.


    If the demon cultivator peeps into the secret of heaven, it is tantamount to directly exposing himself to the Tao of heaven, which will certainly lead to the counterattack of the Tao of heaven.


    Therefore, there is basically no Tianji master in the magic cultivation.


    Perhaps in the vast void, there is a powerful devil who has the ability to deduce the secret of heaven.


    But in the Junchen world, I have never heard of a demon monk who can become a Heavenly Master.


    Moreover, the cooperation between the Heavenly Master and the devil cultivation, or working for the devil cultivation, will lead to bad consequences.


    Tianji master''s deduction of Tianji is easy to lead to the counterattack of Tiandao. When I got mixed up with demon Xiu, the road would only come faster and fiercer that day.


    I don''t know which Tianji master, so ignorant of life and death, colluded with Mo Qingzhen Jun. do you think the power of Tiandao''s counterattack is not enough?


    Some methods have also been spread among the Tianji masters, which can help alleviate and delay the phagocytosis of Tiandao.


    Since he is a master of the secrets of heaven who works with evil practitioners, he must not have the opportunity to use orthodox means such as obtaining the merits and virtues of the heavenly way, but will use some evil means.


    This kind of Heavenly Master is called evil Heavenly Master in the cultivation world.


    The most common means used by evil heavenly masters is to reduce or delay their own counterattack of heaven by hunting other heavenly masters.


    Meng Zhang secretly reminded himself not to expose the fact that his family is also a master of heavenly secrets in front of Mo Qingzhen.


    There is an evil Heavenly Master under Mo Qingzhen Jun. after a long time, he will show traces.


    This is a place to use if necessary.


    In his conversation, Meng Zhang vaguely revealed that his family was not without cards.


    In the underworld, he has a strong backing.


    The small hands used by Mo Qingzhen Jun, and the things for which he has Tianji to work, can''t escape his patrons.


    Meng Zhang said so, also want to let Mo Qingzhen Jun have scruples in his heart.


    Demons often have changeable temperament and unpredictable happiness and anger.


    Meng Zhang''s current strength alone can''t stop Mo Qingzhen.


    In the face of weak demon cultivation, Meng Zhang certainly doesn''t mind cutting demons and eliminating demons.


    In the face of such a powerful demon cultivation as Mo Qingzhen Jun, he had to protect himself.


    Reveal their own cards, but also hope to deter each other and prevent both sides from going to war rashly.


    When he was in the underworld, Mo Qingzhen just looked at Shouzheng from a distance.


    That ghost and God can suppress Ouyang Jian''s repair, which shows his extraordinary strength.


    Mo qingzhenjun also has a deep understanding of ghosts and gods. He knows that many old qualified ghosts and gods can vaguely sense the track of the operation of heaven.


    It seems that our Heavenly Master was exposed in the eyes of the ghost without defense.


    Taiyimen in its heyday had strong strength and extraordinary details. It is not surprising to leave such a powerful ghost and God as the bottom card and backer for sun in his later life.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t have the intention to fight Meng Zhang now.


    Knowing that taiyimen''s strength is still above his expectations, he is even more eager to win over Meng Zhang.


    Emperor Bawu used the power of demon cultivation to achieve his own hegemony. The vigilance and suppression of demon cultivation have never been reduced by more than half.


    But he seems to have forgotten that demon Xiu is not a dog, but a creature far more ferocious than a wolf.


    With the nature of demon cultivation, where will be willing to be driven by him forever.


    Between Moxiu and Bawu emperor, they always use each other.


    By being loyal to the Dali Dynasty, demon Xiu obtained the right to survive in the Dali Dynasty and could exist in the Dali Dynasty semi openly.


    As the most powerful demon cultivation in Dali imperial dynasty, Mo Qingzhen Jun had all kinds of calculations in his heart.


    In places unknown to Bawu emperor, many monks in Dali imperial dynasty were pulled into the water by him by various means and controlled secretly.


    Mo Qingzhen seems to be alone. He doesn''t even have disciples.


    However, he had many supporters and controlled his strength within the Dali imperial dynasty.


    As long as he is willing, Emperor Mo Qingzhen can set off a large-scale riot within the Dali Dynasty at any time to shake the foundation of the Dali Dynasty.


    But Moqing Zhenjun has great vision and is not in a hurry to turn against Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the Dali Dynasty, many monks like Meng Zhang, even more determined and rigid than Meng Zhang, were dragged into the water by Emperor mochinzhen.


    Mo Qingzhen is very confident in pulling Meng Zhang into his own thief ship.


    Originally, he just looked at the strength of taiyimen. Meng Zhang had a great influence among the local cultivation forces of Jiuqu province.


    Now, Meng Zhang has actively exposed the bottom card of taiyimen, and Meng Zhang''s utilization value is even greater.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun was not in a hurry. He chatted with Meng Zhang for a long time and revealed a lot of valuable information.


    Then, despite Meng Zhang''s cold talk attitude, Mo Qingzhen left very politely.


    When leaving, he said he would come to visit Meng Zhang in the future.


    Looking at the back of Mo Qingzhen Jun, Meng Zhang was thoughtful.


    Being watched by such a powerful demon fix is not a small matter.


    Fortunately, the other party does not have the trend of forcible action. At present, we still want to win over.


    In order to deal with the threat of demon cultivation, both Meng Zhang''s family and the whole taiyimen should master more powerful means to subdue demons as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang stood in the air for a long time before he embarked on his return journey.


    In the following days, Meng Zhang seemed to have no change. Daily cultivation, patrolling schools


    In the dark, he began to vigorously collect all kinds of methods for demon cultivation.


    It is said that in its heyday, taiyimen had excellent means to subdue demons, and its reputation spread far and wide, which frightened the demon cultivation.


    However, these parts are missing in the taiyimen inheritance received by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang himself still had a strong lethality when he was engaged in demon cultivation because of his cultivation skills and mastery of the road.


    However, there are many disciples of Taiyi sect. If they are attacked by evil cultivation in the future, there is no particularly effective means to target them, it will always be a defect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s assumption, he himself will spend a lot of time and energy to master various methods of subduing demons.


    Among the friars of taiyimen and even Hanhai daomeng, we should also popularize various methods to subdue demons so that they can practice well.


    Because of the great harm of demon cultivation, there are many methods of subduing demons circulating in the cultivation world.


    These means are high and low, and it is difficult and easy to master, which requires Meng Zhang Haosheng''s choice.

 Chapter 1059

    The most important thing is that the self cherishing habit in the cultivation world and the really clever descending magic gate are the secrets of some cultivation forces, which will not be disclosed easily.


    Meng Zhang still needs to make some efforts to obtain the clever descending magic gate.


    Of course, if you really can''t get such a method, it''s a big deal to go to the heavenly palace and exchange it with merit points.


    In the next time, Meng Zhang began to run for this matter.


    Since Niu Dawei reported to Meng Zhang last time, he has joined forces with Huang Lian cult to mobilize a large number of low-level friars and began to actively participate in the task of returning to virtual power.


    The whole taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng were mobilized.


    A large number of monks were put into special storage tools and sent to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang has operated taiyimen for many years and made great efforts to develop Hanhai daomeng. At this time, it reflects the benefits of having a strong force under his hand.


    As long as he gave an order, countless monks would follow his will and run around for it.


    Taking away so many friars in one breath did not affect the operation of Taiyi gate.


    When Meng Zhang was busy collecting the descending magic gate, he received another good news.


    Wen qiansuan, who was originally closed and broke through the Yuanshen period, finally broke through the bottleneck of cultivation after years of hard cultivation and successfully entered the Yuanshen period.


    Taiyi gate once again added a yuan God Zhenjun, and the high-level combat power increased greatly.


    In addition to he Luozhen, Jin Lizhen and sun Shengdu Zhen, who had just joined the gate, there were four people, Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan.


    The current Taiyi gate is a strong one among the yuanshenzong gate.


    Compared with the original leaders of Jiuqu League, Qing Yuanzong and Yujian gate, Taiyi gate lacks a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    If Meng Zhang can break through to the later stage of Yuanshen, even if taiyimen has no protection from the imperial dynasty, it is enough to dominate the cultivation world.


    Wen qiansuan''s breakthrough in Yuanshen period is a major event for the whole Taiyi gate.


    According to the Convention, after he has consolidated his cultivation, taiyimen will hold a grand Yuanshen celebration to celebrate him.


    In fact, the celebration had not been held in time. After the news that Wen Qian had become the true king of the yuan God spread, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces sent envoys to congratulate him one after another.


    Originally, taiyimen existed as a leader among the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province.


    Now taiyimen''s strength has greatly increased. In terms of high-level combat power alone, it has exceeded the alliance of almost all local Xiuzhen forces.


    With the enhancement of strength, taiyimen''s voice in that small league is increasing. Other local Xiuzhen forces don''t dare to confront taiyimen head-on.


    The external deterrence of taiyimen is also rising.


    In the past, Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen controlled the black market branch and took charge of all the affairs of the dark League in Jiuqu League.


    Because of some historical problems, mainly in the black market industry, they also competed with taiyimen and caused a lot of disputes.


    Now the strength of taiyimen has increased significantly. Meng Zhang himself joined the five punishment guards and has Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple, as his backer. Both Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen had to give in.


    At their instigation, the black market division gave up the competition for those industries and gave all its interests to taiyimen on its own initiative.


    Although the black market, backed by the Dark Alliance, is a powerful organization with forces all over the Junchen world and countless strong people, its strength in Jiuqu Province alone is far inferior to that of taiyimen.


    If it were not for the restriction of the official forces of the imperial dynasty, Meng Zhang was fully capable of tangled with a group of strong Yuanshen to attack thousands of miles and directly wipe out the black market.


    The law of the jungle and the respect of the strong are the iron rules of the cultivation world. Since taiyimen is so powerful, the black market must make concessions.


    What''s more, the situation of the black market organization in Dali imperial dynasty is a little special.


    Because these organizations took the initiative to join the imperial government, although the black market headquarters did not punish them, they did not express clear opposition. However, they are basically no longer provided with support and allowed to develop freely.


    Compared with the intimacy with the headquarters, these black market branches are not as good as the black market branches led by Shushan Zhenjun on taiyimen territory.


    Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen were a little surprised by Meng Zhang''s knowledge of current affairs.


    Of course, now that Meng Zhang has more powerful strength, his vision will be more long-term and will not continue to tangle with them.


    Another advantage of Wen qiansuan''s breakthrough in Yuanshen period is that he is an excellent array mage, and he will advance to the fourth order array mage soon.


    Fourth order array mages are very rare in the cultivation world.


    Just like the Jiuqu League in the past, there were four level Rune makers, but there were no four level array mages.


    Fourth order array mages play a great role and can be used as important strategic weapons at critical moments.


    Arrange the fourth-order array and refine the fourth-order array disk


    If played properly, a fourth-order array mage is worth a lot of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Soon after wenqiansuan achieved Yuanshen, another person broke through the Yuanshen period in the Hanhai daomeng.


    This man is Jin Qiaoer of the skillful hand door.


    Jin Qiaoer was gifted and got the true biography of Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen gave her all-out support to this beloved successor.


    Not to mention anything else, just before Jin Qiaoer broke through the Yuanshen period, in order to exchange for auxiliary things, she ran around in the heavenly palace and almost sold her old life.


    Although she has the inheritance of the breakthrough yuan Shen period of the secret biography of her school, in order to increase the probability of Jin Qiaoer''s breakthrough, she brazenly begged Meng Zhang.


    Jin Qiaoer vowed not to spread what she saw. Meng ZhangCai chose some taiyimen classics, which had the experience of breaking through the Yuanshen period, and let Jin Qiaoer read them alone.


    In exchange, Jin Lizhen, who is proficient in thunder method, has worked hard for a long time to release the accumulated thunder power and help taiyimen cultivate the thunder green lotus.


    Jin Lizhen Jun paid so much for her beloved disciple, and Jin Qiaoer didn''t disappoint her.


    As a big brother who has watched Jin Qiaoer grow up since childhood, Meng Zhang is certainly happy to see Jin Qiaoer''s cultivation breakthrough.


    However, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Jin Qiaoer became the yuan God, which also added some trouble to him.


    At the end of the Taiyi gate, the skillful hand gate is even stronger than the Taiyi gate.


    Later, the situation changed. The skillful sect took the initiative to take refuge in Taiyi sect and became a similar vassal.


    One is the horse bone of Qianjin City, and the other is because of Jin Qiaoer''s relationship. Taiyi gate has always given preferential treatment to skillful hand gate.


    After years of development, Qiaoshou gate has become a powerful force in hanhaidao alliance, second only to Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1060

    Especially after Jin Qiaoer achieved the yuan God, the skillful hand gate became the yuan God sect, and its status was very different from before.


    Taiyimen, as the leader of Hanhai road alliance, all members of Hanhai road alliance are actually the vassals of taiyimen.


    But Meng Zhang paid attention to eating, changed a good name, and treated these vassals not harsh.


    How to manage the vassal forces is also a great knowledge.


    Of course, the superior position of taiyimen cannot be shaken, and a certain balance must be maintained between the vassal forces.


    Before, the skillful hand door seemed too powerful, and almost became the No. 2 force of Hanhai daomeng.


    Taiyimen is the supreme existence of the whole Hanhai daomeng. There is no need to have a No. 2 force below.


    It''s not a good thing that the skillful door is too powerful.


    At present, with the strength of Taiyi gate, there is no need to worry about the skillful hand Catching up from behind, or the ability to oppose Taiyi gate.


    However, according to the practice of the cultivation world, or for long-term consideration, taiyimen should suppress the skillful door, curb its development and prevent it from pulling other members of hanhaidao alliance too far.


    The moon is full and waning, and no one can tell the rise and fall of tides in the cultivation world.


    If one day, Taiyi gate becomes weak, the skillful gate may be the biggest threat to Taiyi gate.


    Before Meng Zhang, Jin Lizhen had long sheltered Taiyi gate.


    Looking at her face, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate have much tolerance for skillful craftsmanship.


    Now Jin Qiaoer has broken through the yuan God, and the skillful hand gate has become the only yuan God sect gate in hanhaidao alliance, touching the sensitive nerves of many people inside the sect gate.


    Some middle and high-level officials have come to Meng Zhang to express their opinions. They can''t continue to tolerate skillful doors and let them develop freely.


    Taiyi gate should take some measures to curb the development of Qiaoshou gate, dissipate the strength of Qiaoshou gate, and try to maintain the internal balance of Hanhai daomeng.


    From Meng Zhang''s original heart, he really didn''t take the skillful door seriously.


    This is not just because of his friendship with Jin Lizhen Jun for many years and his feelings with Jin Qiaoer.


    He has an idea that as long as Taiyi gate maintains its current development trend, the skillful gate will never threaten Taiyi gate and will always be a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    However, he could not ignore the opinions of the middle and high levels of the door.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang also controls such a huge organization as Hanhai daomeng.


    He often feels that he lacks experience and ability. He should listen to the opinions of his subordinates.


    Meng Zhang, who is good at accepting advice, does listen to the opinions of others, especially the middle and high levels of the door.


    He will not completely turn a blind eye to opinions that do not accord with his mind and run counter to his ideas.


    Now, because Jin Qiaoer achieved the yuan God, there are some differences in the door on how to deal with the skillful hand door, which can be regarded as adding a little trouble to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t tangle for long, so he put the matter aside for the time being.


    Because a sudden news attracted most of his attention and made him ignore the situation of skillful hands.


    Through the child and mother conveyor, baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain has long been closely linked with the maple leaf mountain city on the other side of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Taiyimen forces developed wantonly in the Daheng cultivation world through the vest of maple leaf mountain city, and gained many benefits.


    There is no airtight wall in the world. With the passage of time, the cultivation forces around maple leaf mountain city and some sharp cultivators began to feel that maple leaf mountain city was not right.


    However, for one thing, maple leaf mountain city is located in the remote place of Daheng cultivation world, far away from the core area controlled by those large doors. Second, maple leaf mountain city did not show too strong expansion trend and did not wantonly misappropriate the interests of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Therefore, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, based on the principle that one thing is better than one thing, did not make any action against maple leaf mountain city.


    More importantly, the area where maple leaf mountain city is located is adjacent to the edge of black jade forest.


    Black jade forest is an important settlement of local monsters in Jun dust world. There are a large number of powerful monsters in it.


    The living environment of monsters is also the law of the jungle and the respect of the strong. Compared with the struggle between humans, the struggle between monsters is more bloody and cruel.


    At least among human practitioners, the winner won''t eat the loser''s body.


    Those monsters who failed in the struggle and could not gain a foothold in the central area of the black jade forest fled to the edge of the black jade forest.


    It is the losers among these monsters that can put great pressure on the Xiuzhen forces in the area where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    In order to plunder resources, hunt prey and obtain blood food, these monsters invade human territory from time to time and wreak havoc.


    Every time monsters invade on a large scale, all Xiuzhen forces in the area will unite to fight these monsters together.


    Each confrontation will lead to a series of wars, resulting in the death of a large number of practitioners in the region, heavy losses and even great damage to the vitality of major practitioners.


    After taiyimen took control of maple leaf mountain city, although taiyimen didn''t give full support in order to cover up its origin. However, taiyimen still provides strong combat power to resist the invasion of these monsters.


    In recent years, maple leaf mountain city, controlled by taiyimen, has shown strong combat effectiveness and is playing an increasingly important role in the battlefield against monsters.


    Gradually, maple leaf mountain city has become an indispensable existence against monsters, greatly reducing the casualties of local Xiuzhen forces.


    Therefore, even if the local Xiuzhen forces knew that the situation in maple leaf mountain city was wrong, they turned a blind eye.


    Even the xenophobic cultivator knows what choice to make between the harm of monsters and human cultivators.


    Through the vest of maple leaf mountain city, the Taiyi goalkeeper''s tentacles slowly penetrated into the Daheng cultivation world and learned a lot of dynamics here.


    Therefore, when great changes took place in Daheng cultivation world, the news soon spread back to maple leaf mountain city, and then to Meng Zhang''s ears.


    Not long ago, a large-scale magic disaster broke out in Daheng cultivation world.


    Since the demon disaster that led to the destruction of Taiyi gate after reconstruction hundreds of years ago, the demon has taken root in the Daheng cultivation world.


    In the great horizontal cultivation world, there is an area occupied by demons, where demons thrive.


    Despite the joint management of several large doors in the Daheng cultivation world, all these demons are controlled in a fixed area.


    However, due to unavoidable omissions, magic logistics will flee outside from time to time, causing some big or small troubles.


    Every time there is a disturbance caused by demons, the high level of Daheng cultivation world can calm down in time to prevent it from evolving into large-scale disasters such as demon disasters.


    But this time, the situation is completely different.


    A large-scale magic disaster broke out in the Daheng cultivation world.

 Chapter 1061

    When the Jiuqu province was still the Jiuqu alliance and had not been conquered by the Dali imperial dynasty, Meng Zhang once followed the mission of the Jiuqu alliance and went to the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Later, with the stronghold of maple leaf mountain city, he used the child and mother transfer disk many times to transfer it to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang is very familiar with the situation of Daheng cultivation world.


    Especially in the area occupied by demons, he personally went deep into it.


    Hundreds of years ago, a large-scale magic disaster broke out in the real world of Daheng. The rebuilt Taiyi gate was destroyed in that magic disaster.


    Later, it was led by several major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world and mobilized great forces to quell the evil disaster.


    There was such a lesson. At least on the surface, the great horizontal cultivation world was up and down. Since then, they have been particularly vigilant about things related to demons.


    Once there is a disturbance caused by demons and there is a slight sign of outbreak of demonic disaster, the strong will go out and nip it out in time.


    Meng Zhang''s experience in those years made him see through many secrets inside through the surface phenomena.


    The top cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world actually tolerate and even indulge the existence of demons.


    As for their purpose, Meng Zhang guessed.


    It''s nothing more than coveting the power of the devil, or trying to get some benefits through the devil.


    Like Xu Huanshan Zhenjun, the old leader of Huanglian sect, in order to break through the bottleneck of cultivation, he finally fell into the devil with the help of the power of the devil.


    Although almost all practitioners know that the devil''s way cannot be easily contaminated. Once you enter the devil''s way, you can''t turn back.


    However, there are always many practitioners who will think that their own family is an exception and will not be possessed by the devil.


    For various purposes, they will take the initiative to contact the power of the devil.


    Finally, these guys who have enough confidence in themselves fall into the devil''s way one after another.


    Such examples are countless in the cultivation world, and such things have never been cut off.


    No matter how many painful lessons the predecessors left behind, future generations always take it seriously and have to break taboos.


    The great horizontal cultivation world has always been closed and conservative, and has little contact with the outside world.


    Together, several top cultivation forces can basically do whatever they want there.


    Dali, on the side of the imperial dynasty, has long seen through the details of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Evil cultivation is pervasive, and it is difficult for evil things to be completely extinct.


    Since the great horizontal cultivation world wants to use the power of the devil''s way, it will inevitably leave flaws and be taken advantage of by the devil''s way.


    In the Dali imperial dynasty, the power of demon cultivation is strong. Naturally, he will seize this opportunity.


    Meng Zhang believes that the large-scale magic disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world is mostly the work of Dali imperial dynasty.


    It is difficult for outsiders to find out how many tricks Dali did behind his back.


    The demonized items that Zhang Wei can let Meng Zhang spread are just the tip of the iceberg.


    It is difficult to understand how the magic disaster broke out, expanded and originated there.


    The news received by Maple Leaf mountain city was that the magic disaster seemed to break out at the same time in many places of Daheng cultivation world, and then spread all at once.


    Countless practitioners quickly become demons, either into demons or directly into demons.


    Many more demons that do not know where they came from suddenly appeared in the Terran inhabited area.


    The cultivators who have their own problems are simply unable to resist these demons and can only let them rage.


    Magic disaster, if it cannot be eliminated at the beginning when the scope of influence is still small, it will roll like a snowball and soon become bigger and bigger.


    The plague is comparable to the most infectious plague. Wherever a demon goes, all creatures will be quickly demonized and transformed into new demons.


    The scale is constantly expanding, and the demons attacking everywhere have made the major cultivation forces in the great horizontal cultivation world in a hurry.


    The house leak happened to rain at night. Just when the magic disaster broke out everywhere in the Daheng cultivation world, there was another big event in the area occupied by the magic thing closely monitored by the major cultivation forces.


    Originally, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the major cultivation forces would personally lead the team and carefully patrol there from time to time. On weekdays, there are more special monks to closely monitor there.


    The number and strength of demons are strictly controlled.


    The major cultivation forces allow third-order demons to appear there at most, and more powerful demons are absolutely not allowed.


    Once there are signs of third-order demons and fourth-order demons, the yuan God Zhenjun of the major cultivation forces will go out in time to clean up the demons there and eliminate all hidden dangers.


    But this time I don''t know where the loophole is. There are several fourth-order demons in that area.


    Under the leadership of these fourth-order demons, many demons who had been fighting inside and fighting bloody battles were tangled together and attacked in all directions.


    All the square cities near that area were captured, and countless practitioners fell into the hands of demons.


    A large number of practitioners have been demonized, and the strength of the demon party has become stronger.


    Several great cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are still blaming each other at this time.


    They didn''t know that great things were bad until the original God Zhenjun sent by them fell into the demon group.


    By this time, the magic disaster was out of control.


    Even the team led by Yuanshen Zhenjun didn''t dare to attack easily.


    In desperation, the major cultivation forces had to take the initiative to shrink and keep their core territory first.


    As for the rest of the Daheng cultivation world, they can''t care about it for the time being, and can only let it live and die.


    When the news of the magic disaster reached the surrounding area of maple leaf mountain city, it caused a panic.


    Fortunately, it is far from the main area of Daheng cultivation world, but a remote and extremely remote backwater.


    In a short time, the magic disaster should not spread to this place.


    The surrounding Xiuzhen forces, including maple leaf mountain city, began to actively prepare for war and prepare to deal with the impact of demons.


    The threat of Warcraft was imminent, and the monsters in the black jade forest ran out to join the fun.


    If you are a human cultivator, when the magic disaster breaks out, you generally know the weight and will not take advantage of the fire.


    But monsters are not human beings. They don''t understand the great righteousness of the human race, let alone the division of right and evil.


    The monsters just saw that the Terrans were devastated by the demon disaster and their strength was greatly restrained. They thought there was an opportunity to take advantage of it and pick up some bargains.


    The main force of monsters in the black jade forest didn''t go out easily. Small teams of monsters everywhere are ready to attack.


    The area where maple leaf mountain city is located has suffered from the invasion of monsters.


    Now we have to prepare for the evil disaster and resist the invasion of demons and beasts. We are too short to take into account.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t manage other areas of the Daheng cultivation world for the time being, and he didn''t have the ability to manage them.


    However, maple leaf mountain city, an important stronghold, can not be lost and must not be given up easily.


    Through the stronghold of maple leaf mountain city, taiyimen gained a lot of benefits.


    Now, in order to defend this stronghold, taiyimen should also go all out.


    Meng Zhang had long known that something would happen in the Dharma cultivation world, but he didn''t expect that the magic disaster would come so fast and on such a large scale.


    This greatly surprised him and disrupted many of his arrangements.


    Now many friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng are helping the three return to the virtual power to conquer the small world in the void, and they are unable to return to the Junchen world for the time being.


    Taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng are not empty, but they are not in the best state.


    Of course, with the current strength of taiyimen, it is not impossible to deal with two or three battlefields at the same time, but Meng Zhang is unwilling to squeeze the potential of the sect too much.


    Meng Zhang discussed with the middle and senior level of the gate and dispatched a group of monks to support maple leaf mountain city.


    The most important thing is to send Yang Xueyi, the yuan God Zhenjun.


    In the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, the most powerful force of truth cultivation is jindanzong gate.


    With Yang Xueyi, the yuan God Zhenjun, there, you can integrate the surrounding Xiuzhen forces at a critical moment to form a temporary alliance against the enemy.


    At that time, even if the fact that maple leaf mountain city was controlled by taiyimen was exposed, there was nothing.


    In the face of the double disasters of demon disaster and monster invasion, the whole door may be destroyed at any time. Even if they are stubborn and exclusive, the cultivators should know their priorities.


    Moreover, the major cultivation forces that dominate the Daheng cultivation world are now too busy to interfere in the affairs of remote places.


    The action of Taiyi gate was very rapid. At Meng Zhang''s command, the friars in the gate took action immediately.


    Before Yang Xueyi set out, Meng Zhang made a special explanation to him.


    After arriving at Maple Leaf mountain city, with the help of external crisis, first integrate the local cultivation forces, and it is best to form a mutual aid alliance.


    We must not be lax in fighting monsters and expelling demons.


    If it goes well, Yang Xueyi can even let the power of maple leaf mountain city probe into other areas of Daheng cultivation world.


    If everything goes wrong, Yang Xueyi will retreat in time. When necessary, taiyimen can continue to provide reinforcements in all aspects.


    Yang Xueyi''s most important task is to keep the stronghold of maple leaf mountain city.


    Unless you really can''t hold on, you can give up maple leaf mountain city in the worst case.


    After sending out the reinforcements, Meng Zhang accelerated the collection of all kinds of magic subduing items through various channels and paid close attention to the further development of the matter.


    Meng Zhang knew that the outbreak of a large-scale demon disaster in the Dharma cultivation world was a conspiracy long planned by the emperor.


    Meng Zhang was extremely repelled by Dali emperor''s unscrupulous behavior of conquering Daheng Xiuzhen world and even causing magic disaster.


    Practitioners pay attention to the supremacy of interests, but they should also have a certain bottom line.


    It''s just that Dali colluded with the emperor in the cultivation of demons. He even caused a disaster in the cultivation of truth in Daheng. That really exceeded Meng Zhang''s psychological bottom line and greatly violated the taboo in the cultivation of truth.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he rejected the Dali imperial dynasty.


    If it weren''t for his lack of strength, he would want to leave the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang''s disgust with Dali''s move is not only due to moral exclusion, but also because of practical interests.


    Jun dust world is a big world with the will of heaven and earth.


    The will of heaven and earth seems high, but it is almost everywhere.


    The way of heaven is selfless and fair.


    Colluding with the evil cultivation rejected by the heavenly way also leads to the evil disaster, which will damage the origin of heaven and earth. Won''t it be hostile by the heavenly way?


    Wouldn''t it ruin your luck to do such a bad deed?


    Meng Zhang had secretly decided to keep a distance from Dali imperial court and never become a confidant of Dali imperial court.


    This side of Jiuqu province is the cultivation world closest to Daheng cultivation world.


    No matter in the period of Jiuqu league or now, the two places have maintained certain ties.


    After the Dali imperial dynasty conquered the Jiuqu Province, but anyone with a little brain knows that the next conquest goal of the Dali imperial dynasty is the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Dayi Valley, the top Xiuzhen sect in Daheng Xiuzhen world, was once inspired by Xiao Jiansheng, the world leader of Ziyang Shengzong. He led a large number of Xiuzhen forces and took the initiative to help Yujian sect fight.


    Therefore, the Daheng Xiuzhen world has always been vigilant against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Despite the exclusionary atmosphere in the Daheng cultivation world in those years and the secret disturbance of the Dali imperial dynasty, the Daheng cultivation world did not form an alliance with the Jiuqu alliance in time. However, in order to deal with the invasion of Dali imperial dynasty, Daheng Xiuzhen world still made a lot of preparations.


    Dali''s high-level vision was extremely far-reaching, and all actions came to the front.


    When the Dali Dynasty had not conquered the hengjue mountains, he buried the dark son in the Jiuqu League.


    Similarly, before the Dali Dynasty began to fight the Jiuqu alliance, it had been arranged in the Daheng cultivation world.


    When Dali Dynasty conquered Jiuqu League, it saved a lot of energy because of the internal problems of Jiuqu League, and soon conquered the whole Jiuqu League completely.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s way to stir up civil strife and create problems within the enemy. He also contacted Xu Mengying of Huanglian sect.


    On the other side of the Huanglian sect, Xu Mengying asked Xu DaoHai, the new Yuanshen, to sit in the heavenly palace. She herself handled all kinds of affairs in the sect.


    Huang Lianjiao also took an active part in taiyimen''s action for the three great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Huanglian sect sent a large number of practitioners to fight in the empty small world outside the territory.


    Huanglian sect, an old power of cultivating truth, is still above Taiyi sect in terms of the number of disciples. Even after a lot of losses over the years, it can still cope with two front operations at the same time.


    Meng Zhang told Xu Mengying that it would not be long before Daheng left the imperial dynasty to invade Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    At that time, they, who took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty, are likely to participate in it.


    He asked Xu Mengying to be prepared, especially the means to deal with demons, in case of need.


    Meng Zhang also vaguely hinted at the small alliance formed by the local Xiuzhen forces that its members are likely to go to war with the outside world in a short time. Everyone should be well prepared.

 Chapter 1062

    When Meng Zhang was secretly preparing for the war, the whole Jiuqu province began to make preparations for the war under the order of the governor''s office.


    Enlist materials, mobilize troops... All preparations are carried out in an orderly manner.


    Even the major merchants led by the Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance began to help collect materials and transport troops.


    These big merchants are closely related to Dali Dynasty.


    In peacetime, these big businesses expanded with the power of Dali Dynasty to seize various interests.


    After the war, they will become the vanguard of the foreign expedition of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Now the Dali imperial court is ready to attack the Daheng Xiuzhen world. These big businesses naturally have to do their best.


    Dali Dynasty was under great pressure from Ziyang Shengzong in all aspects.


    In all directions of the national territory, there were the forces of truth cultivation driven by Ziyang Shengzong, which oppressed the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The main fighting forces of Dali Dynasty were stationed at the front lines to resist foreign oppression.


    The remaining troops should be responsible for defending all parts of the territory.


    The elite directly belonging to the royal family, as a reserve team, are ready to support all directions at any time.


    If the Dali imperial dynasty wants to start on the Daheng cultivation world, it can only mobilize the garrison forces of Jiuqu provinces in a short time.


    Under normal circumstances, it is far from enough to leave the official friars of the imperial dynasty and civil forces.


    However, the sudden occurrence of magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world gave Dali the imperial dynasty a chance to take advantage of it.


    Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, personally ordered the mobilization of most of the troops stationed in Jiuqu province.


    In addition to the Zhenbei army itself as a mobile force, local garrison forces around the country have also been concentrated.


    Major merchants also organized a team of monks to follow the instructions of the governor''s office at any time.


    The Dali Dynasty has strict laws in this regard. Even though these big businessmen have a deep background and have good hands and eyes, they must obey orders in wartime. Otherwise, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Zhang Weineng and Datong business alliance had a little dirty talk before, but when they were fighting abroad, this little dirty talk was hardly worth mentioning, and no one dared to delay business because of it.


    For the original local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, although they have taken refuge in the imperial dynasty for some time, they are also respectful enough. However, they have always been outsiders and can not be trusted by Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Wei could order in the name of the governor''s office, because the magic disaster broke out in the Daheng cultivation world, which did great harm.


    In order to prevent the evil disaster from spreading to Jiuqu Province, the major local cultivation forces should mobilize immediately and be ready to fight against the evil things at any time.


    The major forces of truth cultivation should strengthen their inspection of local areas to prevent demons and demons from sneaking in.


    Judging from his orders, Zhang Wei can''t trust to use the local Xiuzhen forces to fight, but is ready to let them defend the rear.


    The Jiuqu provincial government began to actively prepare for war, as if it was ready to go to war at any time.


    However, the war preparation is back to war preparation. Even if he has been fully prepared, Zhang Weineng is still not in a hurry.


    Zhang Weineng was a brave and resourceful commander of the imperial dynasty.


    He personally led the army to conquer the Jiuqu League and laid a foundation for the Jiuqu province.


    Later, he was appointed governor of Jiuqu province and served here for many years.


    He is very familiar with the situation of Jiuqu province and surrounding areas, including Daheng cultivation world, and has had an in-depth understanding.


    The plan of the Dali imperial dynasty to conquer the Daheng Xiuzhen world came from the royal family, but he was responsible for the implementation in the front.


    All the specific work is basically done by him.


    Emperor Bawu did not doubt the use of people and gave Zhang Weineng all the power of this action.


    Zhang Weineng has been fighting for many years, but Zhang Weineng is very calm and doesn''t rush to do it at all.


    He ordered to prepare for the war early, but he has been watching the situation change.


    At the beginning, the major cultivation forces that dominate the Daheng cultivation world were caught off guard and in a hurry by the sudden outbreak of magic disaster. In a panic, they were unable to cope, so they could only temporarily shrink their strength and avoid the edge of demons.


    After these great cultivation forces have stabilized, they can''t just watch the spread of the devil disaster and let the devil continue to rage in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Therefore, after keeping their core territory, these great cultivation forces contacted each other and organized powerful coalition forces to defeat the rampant demons.


    This seemingly powerful coalition army was blocked by the demon army before it had time to attack.


    The demons that were scattered everywhere and killed wantonly and constantly demonized creatures were forcibly driven together to form a large army of demons,


    Under the leadership of the fourth order demon, the demon army and the alliance of the cultivators launched a war.


    After bloody and cruel wars, the Xiuzhen coalition army not only failed to defeat the enemy, but fell to the disadvantage.


    Of course, the several great cultivation forces that dominate the Daheng cultivation world have strong potential and profound heritage. Even if they fall into the wind for a while, they don''t hurt the root.


    As long as they continue to squeeze their own potential and take out their hidden cards, they are likely to turn defeat into victory and defeat the demon army.


    Of course, many practitioners can''t see this.


    Because the alliance of practitioners had a bad start and fell to the disadvantage, after the news spread, the whole Daheng cultivation world became more flustered.


    Even the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, after receiving the relevant news, is a mess and people are in panic. Many practitioners are trying to escape the Daheng cultivation world.


    Fortunately, after Yang Xueyi arrived at Maple Leaf mountain city, she soon appeared in public and deterred the surrounding Xiuzhen forces with the power of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Taking advantage of the imminent external threat, she quickly gained a foothold in the local area and had many supporters.


    In the face of the double threat of demon disaster and monster invasion, a Yuanshen Zhenjun came at the right time.


    Even though the Yuanshen Zhenjun was obviously an outsider, he was still welcomed by everyone.


    Yang Xueyi mobilized the reinforcements sent from taiyimen to try to suppress the place and stabilize the situation.


    Even though many parts of Daheng Xiuzhen world have been in chaos, the situation in the area where maple leaf mountain city is located is still relatively stable, there is no large-scale chaos, let alone large-scale burning, killing and looting.


    Yang Xueyi''s commanding style soon gave many local practitioners a backbone.


    Yang Xueyi also took this opportunity to integrate the cultivation forces and practitioners in the region.

 Chapter 1063

    Yang Xueyi initially completed Meng Zhang''s task, stabilized the situation around maple leaf mountain city and temporarily kept the peace of the region.


    As for what will happen in the future, it depends on the specific development of the situation.


    If the evil disaster spreads there, or the monsters in the black jade forest invade on a large scale, Yang Xueyi will face new challenges.


    Yang Xueyi has integrated the cultivation forces in the surrounding areas and has a strong force.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi have kept in touch and are ready to send more support forces at any time.


    On the other side of the governor''s office of Jiuqu Province, seeing the alliance of practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world and the army of demons falling into a hard battle, Zhang Weineng felt that the time had come and finally began to take action.


    In the name of the governor''s office, Zhang Weineng directly claimed that several major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world have coveted the power of demons for a long time, secretly colluding with demons and cultivating demons.


    It is precisely because of their actions that they reap the fruits of themselves and lead to the emergence of this magic disaster.


    Now, with the spread of demonic disasters and the rampant of demons, the whole Daheng cultivation world is miserable.


    This evil disaster caused great havoc. If we can''t stop it in time, it will even endanger the whole Jun dust world.


    Emperor Bawu''s house was kind-hearted and cherished all the people in the world. Despite some unhappiness before Daheng cultivation world and Dali Dynasty, he still decided to send an army to Daheng cultivation world to assist local cultivation forces, help them strangle demons and quell demonic disasters.


    Even in the cultivation world, we should pay attention to a famous teacher.


    If it is clearly an invasion or to rob other people''s territory, it should be crowned with a good reputation.


    The Dali Dynasty, which seems to be standing at the moral commanding height, will come to the great horizontal cultivation world as a savior.


    There is a long distance between Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, and there are all kinds of difficulties and obstacles on the road.


    Even if Dali sent large cloud boats to carry troops, it would not be possible to arrive in a moment and a half.


    Not to mention, if you have bad luck along the way, you may encounter the aquariums in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River and the monsters in Heiyu forest, which may lead to conflict and greatly slow down the progress of the army.


    However, all those who know about military know the truth that military speed is important.


    Zhang Weineng, such a veteran, of course will not make low-level mistakes and waste time on the road.


    Many years ago, the Dali Dynasty began to infiltrate into the Daheng cultivation world, where a large number of dark sons were buried.


    Before the magic disaster broke out, many elite scouts first sneaked into the Daheng cultivation world.


    After years of development, the Dali Dynasty has mastered a strong force in the Daheng cultivation world and accumulated a strong force.


    After the outbreak of the evil disaster, taking advantage of the great cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world, the Dali imperial dynasty secretly built four long-distance transmission arrays in the Daheng cultivation world.


    After Zhang Weineng announced the dispatch of troops, the army of Dali imperial dynasty immediately began to carry out long-distance transmission through these transmission arrays.


    In this expedition, Hengdao Zhenjun served as the vanguard officer and led the former army to set out first.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, also walked with the army.


    Qing Gu Zhenjun betrayed Qing Yuanzong and took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty. Although emperor Bawu didn''t break his promise, he taught him the secret method to get through the thunder robbery and break through to the realm of Yang God.


    However, Qinggu Zhenjun''s accumulation is shallow and the inside information is not enough. He is afraid to take the initiative to trigger a thunder robbery.


    Over the years, he has been practicing hard behind closed doors, trying to make up for his shortcomings in cultivation.


    After all these years, he has made little progress in this regard.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen were also strong and weak.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is not a weak one among the great friars, but he is still far away from breaking through the period of Yang God.


    This time he was interrupted and had to go out to fight. He was very reluctant.


    However, since he took refuge in the Dali Dynasty, he could not avoid obeying orders and serving for the Dali Dynasty.


    With the participation of the great friar Qinggu Zhenjun, as a pioneer, Hengdao Zhenjun should be easier to gain a foothold in the Daheng cultivation world and wait for the arrival of the follow-up army.


    The long-distance transmission array can turn the natural moat into a thoroughfare, and can transport monks to thousands of mountains and rivers in a short time.


    However, the transmission array is not perfect. It also has some irreparable shortcomings.


    It takes time to start the transmission array and complete the transmission.


    The number of people per transmission is also very limited.


    Take the set of child and mother transfer disks owned by taiyimen as an example.


    The long-distance transmission array on this set of child and mother transmission disks is still a high-quality product, and the transmission capacity is quite good.


    Each hour, the transmission array can complete about six transmissions.


    Each transmission can transmit up to ten monks.


    At the end of the day, the number of people transmitted is actually very limited.


    In fact, the number of so-called practitioners in many Xiuzhen sects is limited.


    Hundreds of practitioners can claim to be an army.


    A large army composed of thousands of practitioners can almost empty the family property of many Yuanshen sects.


    Just like the Taiyi gate, there are only thousands of monks, less than 10000.


    Practitioners pay more attention to whether soldiers are expensive or not. In the war between them, they often give priority to sending out small elite.


    It''s easy for long-distance transmission array to transmit teams of practitioners.


    On weekdays, the long-distance transmission array scattered over the territory of the imperial dynasty can basically meet the travel needs of practitioners.


    The so-called great army of Dali imperial dynasty is really a great army, with thousands of people, which is by no means comparable to the great army of friars of ordinary Xiuzhen sects.


    Zhang Weineng mobilized more than 20000 troops this time.


    Relying on the transmission capacity of several long-distance transmission arrays, it can not be completed in a short time.


    This is just a transmitter. If you add the delivery of various materials, it will take more time.


    Dali imperial army set out to fight, with sufficient logistical support.


    During the war, the Dali imperial army was especially good at using various war tools and large-scale use of various organs and creations.


    The construction of long-distance transmission array is difficult and expensive.


    The construction technology of long-distance transmission array was strictly confidential in Dali imperial dynasty. Every time a Dharma array is built, a special construction team must be dispatched.


    No matter how well Dali Dynasty operated in Daheng Xiuzhen world. For the Dali Dynasty, the Daheng cultivation world always belonged to the enemy occupied area, and many things were not so convenient.


    Four long-distance transmission Dharma arrays have been secretly built by the local Dharma cultivation forces in Daheng cultivation world. All the people in Dali imperial court have tried their best.


    Although limited to long-distance transmission, the number of arrays is insufficient, and the transmission capacity is very limited.


    However, it is only a matter of time before the whole army can be transmitted step by step without interference.


    If everything goes well, it will take up to ten days and a half months to leave the Imperial Army, and all of them can set foot on the land of Daheng Xiuzhen world.

 Chapter 1064

    In the name of the Dali Imperial Army, it is not to conquer the Daheng cultivation world, but to rescue the Terrans invaded by the magic disaster.


    This army, known as the rescue army, was relatively smooth at the beginning of long-distance transmission.


    In less than half a day, Hengdao Zhenjun led the former army to transmit more than half.


    The former army of less than 3000 people is very elite and is a predetermined vanguard in this war.


    The army that transmitted the past first, under the command of Hengdao Zhenjun, began to line up troops and establish a defense line.


    As more and more troops pass by, the place where the transmission array is located must not be kept secret and will be exposed sooner or later.


    Hengdao Zhenjun is also a veteran of the battlefield. He knows that this is the key.


    Four long-distance transmission arrays are located at the edge of the Daheng cultivation world and are divided on a branch of the Daheng mountains.


    When the long-distance transmission method array is started, it needs to use the force of the earth vein, so the location is still key.


    There is a third-order spiritual pulse on this branch, and the earth pulse has strong power.


    Originally, several small zongmen established a Taoist field on this mountain, formed an alliance and helped each other, and shared this third-order spiritual vein.


    Many years ago, Dali secretly controlled these sects and turned them into chess pieces of Dali Dynasty.


    The monks of these families have long worked for the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Earlier, they helped the friars sent by the Dali imperial dynasty to establish four long-distance transmission Dharma arrays on the mountains.


    It''s not that the friars of Dali imperial dynasty don''t want to build more Dharma arrays, but the array materials are not enough, and the power of the earth vein below the mountain is limited, so they can only support four long-distance transmission Dharma arrays at most.


    After the Hengdao Zhenjun sent it, he scattered the front army and asked it to cooperate with the dark son of the Dali imperial dynasty to carry out strict defense around.


    Governor Zhang Weineng personally organized a large army to carry out the transmission next to the transmission array on the other side of Jiuqu province.


    When the current military transmission was completed and the Chinese army was half way through the transmission, even the great friar Qinggu Zhenjun began to transmit. Zhang Weineng was relieved at last.


    Next, just send the whole army slowly, and there will be no problem.


    Zhang Weineng himself led the rear army behind the palace and finally transmitted it.


    But at this time, the change suddenly happened.


    Outside the mountain range guarded by Hengdao Zhenjun, several powerful demon kings suddenly fell from the sky and killed the mountain.


    Before the battle, Hengdao Zhenjun spent a lot of effort to understand the forces around Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Fourth order monster swallowing toad, angry ape King


    These demon kings are powerful demon kings in the black jade forest. They have never had contact with the Dali imperial dynasty, let alone gratitude and resentment.


    I don''t know why, but at this critical moment, they rushed to ruin the affairs of Dali imperial court.


    At this time, Hengdao Zhenjun remembered that there was a small loophole in the plan of Dali Dynasty.


    When the latent dark son built the long-distance transmission method array, he only tried to avoid several great cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world, but ignored the threat of the black jade forest.


    This place is not far from the black jade forest. The monsters there may indeed invade here.


    However, sending out so many demon kings to make a surprise attack at one go is clearly a premeditated action, not a temporary intention.


    Hengdao Zhenjun didn''t care to think about the position of the black jade forest. All his heart was on the arrangement of defense.


    Fortunately, the Dali imperial army was sharp enough. Even if it was suddenly attacked, with good training, it was able to meet the enemy according to the plan.


    The military array of Dali imperial dynasty is well-known in the whole Junchen world.


    When it comes to fighting alone, ordinary sergeants may not be as good as practitioners in the Qi refining period. However, after the formation of the military array, with the command of officers at all levels in the army, the strength of the whole array is enough to resist the friars of the Yuanshen period.


    Moreover, there was no shortage of Yuanshen monks in the Dali imperial army.


    At present, there are less than 10000 people in the transmitted army, but after the array is arranged, even if several Yuanshen friars come, they can''t break the array in a short time.


    Including Hengdao Zhenjun, there are nearly ten Yuanshen monks in the army.


    A few demon kings seem to be aggressive and arrogant, but in fact, they can''t break the army in front of them, let alone destroy the long-distance transmission array carefully protected.


    The cross saber Zhenjun, who has stabilized his position, has begun to consider how to fight back and take down these demon kings who dare to offend the tiger power of the imperial dynasty.


    At this time, the enemy''s real mace suddenly came.


    A fourth order monster, the demon king of the mountain, used his own talent to approach secretly from the ground and came to the deep underground of the four long-distance transmission array.


    While the troops stationed here were attracted by the demon king outside, the mountain demon king unexpectedly drilled out on the spot and came to the four long-distance transmission arrays.


    The Chuanshan demon king was not weak. In his hands, he had several disposable fourth-order magic tools and a large stack of fourth-order talismans.


    Even most of the Yuanshen sect in the cultivation world can''t get so many good things.


    In particular, those disposable fourth-order magic tools are rare even in the Treasury of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Relying on the things on his hands, the mountain demon king made a wild bombing. Not only wounded and repelled several Yuanshen Zhenjun who guarded the Dharma array, but also destroyed all four long-distance transmission Dharma arrays.


    After completing the task, the mountain piercing demon king successfully performed the skill of earth escape and escaped.


    Originally, several demon kings who were launching crazy attacks saw that the Chuanshan demon king succeeded. They also gave up the battle and immediately fled away.


    The angry Hengdao Zhenjun doesn''t care to go up and kill the escaped demon king. He has more important things to do.


    Because we have sufficient confidence in the defense of the surrounding areas, and the faster the troops are transmitted, the easier it is to control the situation here.


    Therefore, even when attacked by the demon king, the four long-distance transmission arrays continue to transmit.


    When the mountain demon king destroyed four long-distance transmission Dharma arrays, the running Dharma array exploded, causing strong spatial fluctuations.


    Not only were many people and horses far away from the imperial dynasty around the four transmission Dharma arrays killed, but the spatial fluctuations were transmitted across the space, so that the transmission Dharma array on the other side of the Jiuqu province was also destroyed by the chain reaction, and caused a huge shock.


    The spatial wave transmitted from the other side, after destroying the transmission array here, still lingered and continued to rage around, causing many casualties.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng looked at everything in front of him with an unbelievable expression on his face.


    When the long-distance transmission method array was destroyed, the expedition army was cut into two sections, which were divided on both sides of Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world.

 Chapter 1065

    With years of experience, Zhang Weineng realized that when the army was transmitting, it was a weak link in the expedition.


    To this end, he made a lot of preparations in advance to prevent accidents.


    In fact, the power of Dali imperial dynasty in the Daheng cultivation world is not weak, and many monks work for it.


    They are responsible for the construction of long-distance transmission array and the initial guard.


    When Hengdao Zhenjun led the army to transmit it, Hengdao Zhenjun immediately took over the defense there.


    Zhang Weineng is very relieved about Hengdao Zhenjun.


    He was a fierce general born in the army. He once hid his identity and sneaked into the Jiuqu league that year. He did a lot of underground work and made great contributions to the eventual conquest of the Jiuqu League by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Hengdao Zhenjun has a careful mind and a firm character, which is completely enough to be independent.


    But let Zhang Wei can really did not expect that there would be a problem in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although he hasn''t figured out the specific cause of the accident, according to his eyesight and experience, it was the destruction of the opposite long-distance transmission array that spread to this side and caused huge losses.


    Now is not the time to investigate the responsibility and investigate the cause of the accident. The top priority is to restore the contact with Daheng Xiuzhen world as soon as possible.


    Originally, the army of the great horizontal cultivation world here was cut off by the waist and divided into two. It became two independent armies and could not look at each other.


    At this time, it is most vulnerable to the enemy''s attack.


    On the other side of Daheng Xiuzhen world, Hengdao Zhenjun is also cleaning up the scene and wants to restore contact with Jiuqu province.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is the most unlucky. While he was transmitting, the transmitting array suddenly exploded. He was affected by the power of the explosion and passively involved in the turbulent flow of space.


    Of course, he was, after all, a great friar in the later period of the yuan God, and a big school like the Qing Yuan sect. He not only has rich experience and quickly finds out his own situation, but also has many ways to deal with it.


    As long as he is not unlucky to the extreme, he is still very sure to get out of the turbulent flow of space and successfully return to the Junchen world.


    As for the others who were transmitting at that time, they were not so lucky.


    With the explosion of the transmission array, these people either died directly or were involved in the turbulent flow of space and could never come back.


    In addition, the unlucky people who guarded around the transmission array were affected by the spatial fluctuation caused by the explosion.


    In such a short time, the army lost thousands of people.


    Hengdao Zhenjun doesn''t care about counting casualties now. He is also anxious to restore contact with Zhang Weineng.


    Of course, there are methods of long-distance communication in the Dali imperial army.


    Almost every army is equipped with special communication stone tablets, which can keep the army in touch with the rear at any time.


    Due to the explosion of long-distance transmission array, the spirit pulse under the mountain is seriously damaged, and the power of earth pulse is in disorder.


    Hengdao Zhenjun temporarily handed over the army to other people for command. He led several of his men to fly far away and found a place with enough local power to place communication stone tablets.


    On the side of Jiuqu Province, Zhang Weineng did the same thing and found a place to place a communication stone tablet as soon as possible.


    After resuming the contact with Zhang Weineng, Hengdao Zhenjun reported to him in detail what had happened here, and took the initiative to apologize, saying that it was his own default that led to such an accident.


    Zhang Wei can clearly prioritize and know that this is not the time to hold anyone accountable.


    He wants Hengdao Zhenjun to perform meritorious deeds and continue to command the army that has been transmitted in the past.


    Since such changes have taken place, the original expedition plan will naturally be invalidated.


    Hengdao Zhenjun led the army to set up defense nearby and gain a foothold first.


    Hengdao Zhenjun should not be busy taking the initiative, but first establish a stable stronghold around and retain the strength of the army as much as possible.


    Suddenly, Zhang Weineng just made a simple explanation and asked Hengdao Zhenjun to act immediately.


    When the backup was temporarily cut off, half of the army led by Hengdao Zhenjun became an isolated army deep into the enemy''s territory.


    Zhang Weineng, with his rich experience in the war for many years, keenly felt that the monster in the black jade forest suddenly hit his own weakness, which was definitely not a temporary intention.


    It seems that when the Dali imperial dynasty was staring at the Daheng cultivation world, it was also stared at by others.


    After a successful attack, the enemy must have a backhand.


    We have to be more conservative and try to keep our strength first.


    After Zhang Wei can command Hengdao Zhenjun, he ends the communication and starts to take action.


    He knew from Hengdao Zhenjun that Qinggu Zhenjun had an accident.


    However, he believes that Qinggu Zhenjun is not so easy to fall, and still has the hope of survival.


    Not to mention how to establish a stronghold and strengthen defense on the side of Hengdao Zhenjun, Zhang Weineng immediately contacted Dali Dynasty and reported the situation here.


    After the report, the scene here was almost cleaned up.


    It is conceivable that the long-distance transmission array was destroyed, the power of the earth pulse was disordered, and the casualties were heavy.


    Zhang Weineng''s top priority now is to establish a new long-distance transmission array as soon as possible and restore the contact between the two armies.


    After some thought, he shook his head in disappointment.


    The friars who were responsible for building the long-distance transmission Dharma array in the Dali imperial dynasty were sent back to the Jiuqu province long after the Dharma array was completed.


    At present, the Daheng cultivation world has neither the ability nor enough materials to build a long-distance transmission array.


    Even if the construction team starts with materials immediately and rushes to the Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible, it will take a lot of time.


    Moreover, the enemy is obviously well prepared, and his every move may be expected by the enemy.


    If the sent construction team is intercepted by the enemy halfway, Zhang Weineng will be guilty.


    Dali imperial high-level strictly kept everything related to the construction of long-distance transmission method array confidential. Accidents in the construction team are absolutely not allowed.


    Zhang Weineng is beyond the reach of Daheng cultivation world.


    He didn''t expect the army led by Hengdao Zhenjun to fight anymore. I just hope they can preserve themselves and retain their strength.


    Black jade forest is a local monster force in Junchen world, where many powerful monsters are gathered.


    There must be a reason behind their sudden enemy of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    It''s hard for Zhang Wei to guess what the enemy will do next.


    At this time, he suddenly remembered that taiyimen seemed to keep in touch with Daheng''s real world.


    According to Zhang Weineng''s previous speculation, there are mostly special channels on the side of taiyimen, which can lead to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Therefore, Zhang Wei can immediately send Wen dongzhenjun to Taiyi gate to find out whether the special channel of Taiyi gate can be used by him.

 Chapter 1066

    Meng Zhang has been paying close attention to the expedition of the Dali Dynasty.


    After governor Zhang Weineng began to mobilize the army to prepare for the invasion of Daheng Xiuzhen world, an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang, received his order and personally led the elite of the dark hall to stay near Jiuqu city to closely monitor the progress of things.


    The long-distance transmission array arranged on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world was destroyed, resulting in heavy losses to the expedition army. The news that it was divided into two could not be concealed at all, and soon spread.


    Ann Muran not only got the news quickly, but also inquired into the whole story.


    Meng Zhang, who is in charge of baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain, was not angry but happy after receiving the news from an Muran.


    In order to conquer the Daheng cultivation world, the Dali Dynasty secretly created a magic disaster, which has long been greatly dissatisfied with Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang was powerless to intervene and could only protect himself.


    Watching each other do evil, he was very uncomfortable.


    Now the expedition army of Dali Dynasty has suffered a great loss. Meng Zhang has a kind of pleasure of gloating at misfortunes in his heart.


    Of course, he also raised his vigilance.


    Dali left the imperial dynasty for so long and thought he was fully confident, so he launched a campaign against the Daheng cultivation world.


    But I didn''t expect to start badly. As soon as the army started, it encountered an ambush.


    I don''t know who is secretly planning to leave the imperial dynasty. I think the other party will have more actions next.


    As a subordinate of Dali imperial dynasty, Taiyi gate will suffer from the disaster of pond fish if it is not good.


    In addition, Zhang Weineng has long guessed through various signs that there is a special contact channel between taiyimen and Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Although he may not know that taiyimen has a child and mother conveyor, it is impossible for him to know the relationship between maple leaf mountain city and taiyimen.


    But in the current situation, he will certainly be a living horse doctor and seize every straw.


    Meng Zhang is unwilling to help Zhang Weineng, let alone expose the layout of Taiyi gate in maple leaf mountain city.


    With the further spread of the magic disaster, the secret of taiyimen controlling maple leaf mountain city will be exposed sooner or later.


    But one day is another day. Meng Zhang didn''t want taiyimen''s power to be used by Dali Dynasty.


    He called Wen qiansuan, the most accomplished array in the door, and made some arrangements.


    Soon after, Wen dongzhenjun came to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, under the command of Zhang Weineng.


    Because the long-distance transmission method array of the Gobi is arranged on the other side of Xiongshi mountain, there is still a long distance from Xiongshi mountain to baicaopo.


    Wen dongzhenjun delayed on the road and inadvertently bought some time for Meng Zhang and them.


    When Wen Dongzhen came to Taiyi gate, he soon saw Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Wen dongzhenjun are also old acquaintances who have known each other for many years. When they meet, they start to talk about family.


    Wen Dongzhen, who has a heavy responsibility, was so anxious that he didn''t care to greet Meng Zhang and went straight to the subject.


    He asked if the channel connecting taiyimen and Daheng Xiuzhen world could still be used now.


    Meng Zhang did not answer immediately, but took Wen Dongzhen Jun to the place where the child and mother conveyor was originally placed.


    This place is full of crazy space storms. If Wen Qian hadn''t arranged an array to control it, I''m afraid the space storm would have swept the whole taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Wen qiansuan struggled to control the array and tried to suppress the power of space storm.


    Meng Zhang told Wen dongzhenjun that taiyimen has a set of child and mother transfer disks with a set of long-distance transfer array.


    Originally, the master plate was placed in the hundred grass slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, and the sub plate was placed on the other side of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Over there, taiyimen established a secret stronghold to infiltrate the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Previously, the pills, talismans, magic tools and other goods sold by Taiyi gate were transmitted to the secret stronghold of Daheng cultivation world through the child and mother transfer tray, and then sold to various merchants there.


    Taiyimen purchases materials through the same channels.


    Just not long ago, a magic disaster broke out in the Daheng cultivation world, and the secret stronghold of Taiyi gate was also affected.


    Before the stronghold was captured, the friars stationed in the stronghold destroyed the sub plate personally to prevent the demons from being transmitted to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    The sub disk was forcibly destroyed, and the long-distance transmission array was also destroyed.


    The space storm has been transmitted to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, causing great losses.


    In this way, taiyimen also lost the channel connecting Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Looking at the raging space storm, Wen dongzhenjun, who had a similar experience not long ago, had no doubt.


    Meng Zhang has no need to deceive him. As a subordinate of the Dali Dynasty, taiyimen''s interests are consistent with the Dali Dynasty.


    If the Dali imperial dynasty conquered the Daheng Xiuzhen world, and the Jiuqu province is closest to that side, all the Xiuzhen forces here can basically have some opportunities and gain some benefits.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun was full of discontent. Despite Meng Zhang''s enthusiasm, he left Taiyi gate disappointed and hurried back to Zhang Wei to recover his life.


    After Wen Dongzhen left Taiyi gate, Meng ZhangCai and Wen qiansuan worked together to calm the raging space storm.


    Meng Zhang, who is proficient in space Avenue, joined hands with Wen qiansuan, who is proficient in array. It was not easy to get the scene in front of him and hide it from Wen Dongzhen.


    As for whether it will be revealed in the future, Meng Zhang can''t consider it.


    Now the situation is changing so fast, who knows what will happen in the future.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch that Da Li was in great trouble this time.


    Originally, Dali dynasty created magic disasters in order to conquer the Daheng cultivation world more easily.


    From the experience of the expedition army, it''s really a mantis catching cicadas and a yellow finch behind.


    It can be seen that someone has been staring at Dali Dynasty behind him. Once you find a flaw, you immediately jump up and take a bite.


    Meng Zhang''s hunch was not wrong. Next, he encountered a series of troubles.


    After Zhang Weineng made contact with the Dali Dynasty, the middle and high levels of the dynasty quickly reported the situation to Bawu emperor.


    Emperor Bawu is a man of great wisdom, and he also feels wrong.


    He immediately contacted Zhang Weineng and issued an order.


    He didn''t rush to ask Zhang Wei to immediately reinforce the Daheng cultivation world, but asked him to strengthen the defense of Jiuqu province to prevent accidents.


    Emperor Bawu''s order coincided with Zhang Weineng''s idea, and Zhang Weineng naturally followed it immediately.


    He hasn''t made any more moves. Unexpectedly, a reasonable mutation has taken place.


    The foreign invaders, who had been hidden in the clouds for many years and had not appeared for many years, suddenly set out on a large scale and launched an attack on the Jiuqu province.


    Originally, the power to monitor the clouds and fog daze has long been weakened, and the main force of the local garrison has also been transferred.


    Relying solely on the power of the surrounding areas of daze, clouds and fog can not resist the crazy attack of these foreign invaders.


    The swarming foreign demons and foreign spirits soon defeated the weak resistance and occupied a large territory belonging to Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1067

    Although the foreign demon clan is also dominated by monsters, it seems to be similar to the monsters in the black jade forest.


    But in fact, according to the intelligence of Dali Dynasty, the two sides should have never met.


    Human beings are not all friends. It is common for people of the same kind to kill each other.


    There are different races among monsters, and the internal fight will only be more intense.


    There are often bloody wars between different monster groups.


    Moreover, the monsters in the black jade forest have always been stubborn, exclusive and difficult to communicate.


    Native monsters should be in the sky and repel invaders from other worlds.


    But the recent experience, to say that there is nothing between the two, Zhang Weineng will never believe it.


    The monsters in the black jade forest secretly attacked the long-distance transmission array on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, dividing the expedition army of the Dali imperial dynasty into two.


    The foreign invaders in the fog soon launched a large-scale attack on Jiuqu province.


    This is no coincidence, but a long planned plot.


    I don''t know when they colluded and formulated a conspiracy against the Dali Dynasty.


    When soldiers come to block, water and earth cover up. What Zhang Weineng fears most is that the enemy''s situation is unknown.


    Now that the enemy has appeared and started to attack, it is less worrying.


    Even if the expeditionary army had half its troops, it was divided into the Daheng cultivation world. However, in the Jiuqu provinces, the Dali dynasty still had a strong power, which could not be shaken by invaders outside the region.


    Zhang Weineng personally led the rest of the expedition to meet the foreign invaders from daze.


    Among the army, in addition to the official forces of Dali imperial dynasty, there are also civil forces recruited, mainly friars from businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    There are no changes on Yuantu prairie, but Zhang Weineng will never forget it.


    He didn''t wait for the barbarians outside the territory to act, so he did it first.


    Zhang Weineng personally ordered in the name of the governor to mobilize the local Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu province to take the initiative to launch an attack on Yuantu prairie.


    South of taiyimen, there is a border with Yuantu prairie.


    According to Zhang Weineng''s order, Meng Zhang must lead the main friars of taiyimen to attack with all his strength, take the initiative to enter the Yuantu prairie and contain all the attention of barbarians outside the territory.


    The religious forces such as Huang Lianjiao and Chang chunguan, mainly the members of Meng Zhang''s small alliance, were also forcibly recruited by Zhang Weineng.


    They must send out the main force to form a coalition and launch an active attack on the Yuantu grassland as soon as possible.


    As for those local Xiuzhen forces who take refuge in big businesses such as Datong business alliance, they can''t avoid being recruited.


    However, after their friars were recruited, they followed the friars of these big businesses and went to meet the enemies on the other side of Yunwu daze.


    Dali imperial court has strict laws. In the face of such a recruitment order, as long as there is a slight neglect, it will lead to the disaster of extermination.


    All these Xiuzhen forces can exist for so long under the rule of Dali imperial dynasty. Their principals are not fools and should know the importance.


    No one, including Meng Zhang, dared to disobey Zhang Weineng''s orders, nor did they dare to obey openly and disobey secretly.


    From Meng Zhang''s point of view, it''s a good choice to go to Yuantu prairie and fight with foreign barbarians.


    Taiyimen is still a subordinate of Dali imperial court, and is inevitably driven by Dali imperial court.


    It''s better to fight against foreign invaders than to participate in the struggle that your family doesn''t want to participate. It''s also reluctantly defending your country and fighting for the Junchen world.


    In addition to letting Wen qiansuan stay at Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang mobilized all the other Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang himself, he Luozhen Jun, Jin Lizhen Jun and disciple Jin Qiaoer, as well as sun Shengdu who later took refuge.


    A total of five yuan Shen Zhenjun are not weak.


    For the task of Tiangong and the reinforcement of maple leaf mountain city, many friars from taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng were transferred.


    However, Meng Zhang searched the door and issued a recruitment order to hanhaidao alliance.


    Soon, a large number of monks gathered near the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Practitioners move quickly and do not rely on logistics as much as ordinary people.


    However, when the army goes out, it still needs to mobilize troops and materials. It also needs time to do all kinds of preparations.


    Although Meng Zhang has made great efforts to speed up the progress, it took some time to form the army for this expedition.


    Fortunately, the action on Yuantu prairie is not very fast.


    After the extraterritorial demons and extraterritorial spirits formed a coalition force and invaded Jiuqu Province on a large scale, the extraterritorial barbarians in Yuantu prairie slowly gathered their troops and began to attack Jiuqu province.


    At this time, we can see Zhang Wei''s experience as a veteran on the battlefield.


    Before the foreign barbarians attacked, he ordered to take the initiative to attack the foreign barbarians, which not only saved a lot of time for war preparation, but also made his own side win a lot of initiative.


    Those minor league members, including Huang Lianjiao, had long been reminded by Meng Zhang that war was about to happen.


    All members of this small league know that Meng Zhang is well informed and has a lot of unofficial gossip.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who talks nonsense. He says there will be war soon, so it will probably be so.


    Therefore, these Xiuzhen forces began to prepare for battle early.


    After the Dali imperial government officially announced that it would send an expedition to the Daheng cultivation world, almost everyone knew that the war was coming.


    The practitioners scattered outside by various cultivation forces were recalled, and the warable monks began to concentrate


    When Zhang Weineng ordered the local Xiuzhen forces to take the initiative to attack Yuantu prairie, these Xiuzhen forces soon tangled up a large army of monks, formed a coalition army and began to move towards Yuantu prairie.


    In addition to the flying boats owned by the major cultivation forces, Zhang Weineng also transferred a large number of flying boats and even warships for the use of the major cultivation forces.


    Sufficient flying boats brought enough mobility, allowing the coalition to quickly move to the front line in the face of foreign barbarians.


    The long-distance transmission Dharma array spread over almost the whole Jiuqu province also provides a lot of convenience for the mobilization of monks.


    Although the transmission capacity is limited, it is difficult for the whole army to complete the transmission in a short time. However, a few high-level friars can use these long-distance transmission arrays to go to the front line first and strive for the initiative for their own side.


    Zhang Weineng also sent troops to supervise them in order to fully mobilize the combat enthusiasm of these local Xiuzhen forces.


    The supervisor sent to Taiyi gate is Wen Dongzhen, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang.


    Zhang Weineng still considered Meng Zhang''s identity and worried that the bad relationship between the supervisor and others would affect the next war.


    In addition, the supervisor should also be responsible for urging taiyimen to fight hard, prevent them from sneaking and playing tricks, and preserve their strength.


    Therefore, he chose Wen dongzhenjun.

 Chapter 1068

    After hearing the arrival of Dongzhen Jun, Meng Zhang had to temporarily give up his contact with maple leaf mountain city to avoid revealing flaws.


    At the last contact, Yang Xueyi sent someone to report the situation to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not publicize the news that Dali Dynasty secretly spread all kinds of demonized items and deliberately created magic disasters in the Daheng cultivation world. But the high level in the door was basically told by him.


    When the middle and high level of the door heard the news, like Meng Zhang, they were very dissatisfied with the Dali Dynasty, but they had nothing to do.


    The devil disaster in Daheng cultivation world is so fierce. In addition to the fact that the major cultivation forces over there are not clear about demons, it is mainly that Dali Dynasty is playing tricks in secret.


    Meng Zhang was not very clear about how many means Dali used. He just said what he knew and asked Yang Xueyi and his friars to be on guard.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is located at the edge of Daheng Xiuzhen world, which is not paid much attention by Dali imperial dynasty. Therefore, the Dali dynasty did not do much here.


    After Yang Xueyi took charge of the overall situation in the past, she quickly subdued the surrounding Xiuzhen forces and reluctantly integrated everyone''s strength with the majesty of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Since the outbreak of large-scale magic disaster, all practitioners have tightened their nerves and closely monitored everything around them.


    Maple Leaf mountain city has sent a large number of inspection friars to step up patrolling the surrounding areas.


    In fact, Yang Xueyi''s practice soon achieved results.


    In the surrounding area of maple leaf mountain city, there are monks who are suddenly enchanted or inexplicably enchanted from time to time.


    The surrounding friars who have already raised their vigilance will soon find abnormalities, and then with the help of the patrol team, clean up these friars in time to avoid the escalation of the disaster.


    Afterwards, Yang Xueyi also specially organized a team to conduct a detailed investigation.


    After detailed investigation, these enchanted or enchanted friars used enchanted items without knowing it.


    If they were careful to sacrifice and refine, among the magic tools they had used for many years, they were carefully infused with magic Qi.


    With the use of magic tools, these magic Qi also slowly infected the user.


    In addition, some practitioners took pills of unknown origin and were hurt by the magic Qi in the pills.


    Although pill guilds have been established in all parts of the cultivation world to strictly supervise the output of pills and prohibit the circulation of pills of unknown origin.


    However, many local pill guilds have long become a tool to monopolize the pill Market and pursue interests. They simply don''t care about their own work.


    In the cultivation world, there are always many friars who are greedy for cheap or forced to take private pills with questionable origins.


    In fact, not to mention ordinary monks, Meng Zhang also bought private pills when taiyimen was at the end of the day.


    Similar demonized items spread in the cultivation world. I don''t know how many practitioners have been poisoned.


    The demonized items scattered by Dali imperial dynasty are really everywhere.


    What the Dali imperial dynasty did in the Daheng cultivation world this time is really countless evils.


    Yang Xueyi organized friars to slowly check all kinds of goods circulating in the market. Once the enchanted items are found, they will be destroyed immediately.


    This is destined to be a long-lasting work that requires a lot of time and energy.


    But if we don''t solve this problem, we can''t cut off the possibility of friars being demonized at the source.


    Fortunately, the evil disaster has not spread to the maple leaf mountain city for the time being, and the monsters in the black jade forest have not invaded on a large scale for the time being. Yang Xueyi still has a lot of time to integrate her forces and eliminate internal diseases.


    After Meng Zhang took the initiative to cut off the contact with Yang Xueyi, he didn''t care about maple leaf mountain city for the time being.


    Soon after hearing that Dong Zhenjun arrived at Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang led a large army of friars.


    From Meng Zhang''s original intention, he has no intention of delaying or avoiding the next war.


    Plus Wen Dongzhen, who came to supervise the army, there are six Yuanshen Zhenjun in the taiyimen army.


    A large number of friars, taking flying boats, crossed the endless sand sea and killed Yuantu grassland.


    Before the taiyimen friars'' army set out, they had already engaged in battle in the other two directions.


    Zhang Weineng personally led the expedition army of Dali imperial dynasty, and took the initiative to meet the coalition forces of foreign demon and spirit families who invaded on a large scale.


    Soon after entering Jiuqu Province, the foreign invaders from daze, Yunwu, bumped into the army led by Zhang Weineng.


    Without the slightest wordiness, the two armies immediately launched a bloody fight.


    Xu Mengying, Huolie Zhenjun and wucrack Zhenjun were transmitted to the junction of Jiuqu province and Yuantu prairie with the help of a long-distance transmission array throughout almost the whole Jiuqu province.


    At this time, the slow foreign barbarian army had just begun to set out.


    The long overdue foreign barbarian army met with the three true gods.


    The three true gods fought and retreated, slowly delaying the time, greatly delaying the advance of the barbarian army.


    When the Allied forces of several great Xiuzhen forces were carried to the front line by flying boats, they finally stabilized and blocked the barbarian army for the time being.


    Shangguan family, qiqiaozong, changchunguan and other cultivation forces were the main forces and rushed to the front line against foreign barbarians.


    This group of local Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League, together, is also a force that can not be underestimated. Unexpectedly, they fought with the foreign barbarian army in a vivid and decisive way.


    The army of monks led by Meng Zhang calmly crossed the boundary between the endless sand sea and the Yuantu grassland and entered the Yuantu grassland.


    A huge flying boat team, under the cover of many friars riding flying mounts around, covered the sky and blocked the sun, and marched forward with great fanfare.


    After entering Yuantu prairie, Meng Zhang appeared cautious and did not make rapid progress. Instead, he asked sun Shengdu to lead the investigation team to investigate, and the army followed.


    The investigation team led by sun Shengdu went all the way without any obstacles, as if all the foreign barbarians on the prairie had disappeared.


    Sun Shengdu has served in the Dali imperial army for many years and has rich military experience.


    It seemed a good thing not to meet the enemy, but it made him feel uneasy.


    Meng Zhang was also confused about the information from sun Shengdu.


    However, doubts return to doubts, and the march of the army cannot stop.


    We can''t say that the situation is wrong because we didn''t meet the enemy. Let the army stop moving forward.


    Don''t forget, there is also a supervisor in the army.


    He will not accept Meng Zhang''s statement. He will only think that Meng Zhang wants to preserve his strength and deliberately avoid war.


    Although Wen dongzhenjun and Meng Zhang are old friends, they still look kind and easy to talk after coming to the army.


    But once he broke out, Meng Zhang couldn''t bear it.


    Dali imperial court has strict laws, especially in wartime.


    The consequence of blatant violation of military orders is the disaster of extermination.


    For the time being, lingjue had not warned. Although Meng Zhang felt that the situation was wrong, he still had to command the friars to move on.

 Chapter 1069

    Zhang Weineng is a man who has rich experience in war and considers Zhou Xiang very much.


    When the expedition was cut off, he guessed that the enemy would not stop, but would take further action.


    When those foreign invaders who had stayed in the fog for a long time suddenly launched an attack on Jiuqu Province, he knew that the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie were a great danger and would join the attack on Jiuqu province sooner or later.


    It does not mean that foreign invaders, foreign barbarians, foreign demons and foreign spirits will cooperate sincerely.


    However, we are all foreign visitors. When we come to a strange world, it''s just an instinct to keep warm.


    Zhang Wei could vaguely realize that the action had a bad start, and then the Jiuqu province was invaded. Behind it, it seemed that there was a big hand controlling everything.


    This big hand secretly made an enemy of Dali imperial dynasty. It seemed that he had exhausted all means to destroy this action and took the opportunity to counter attack Jiuqu province.


    Since the other party has made full preparations in advance, the power of the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie will not be ignored.


    After the Dali Dynasty conquered Jiuqu Province, it was not without considering the problems of Yunwu daze and Yuantu prairie.


    While the Jiuqu League was still there, the Dali dynasty would use these foreign invaders to contain the Jiuqu League and disrupt the situation of the Jiuqu League.


    When the Jiuqu League had perished, these extraterritorial invaders also lost their use value and became the great enemy of Dali imperial dynasty, which should be removed in time.


    But at that time, all aspects of Dali Dynasty were facing great pressure, and Ziyang Shengzong was eyeing covetously.


    A large part of the army originally used to conquer Jiuqu League in Dali Dynasty was transferred to other aspects.


    Moreover, he was far away from the top of the imperial dynasty and was not willing to pay too many casualties when he had just conquered Jiuqu League and the situation was still unstable.


    The foreign invaders were also honest at that time. They hid in the clouds, daze and Yuantu prairie, and had no intention of making enemies with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Dali imperial high-level also temporarily suppressed these two hidden dangers and acquiesced to the current situation.


    In these years, the power of Dali Dynasty will gradually increase, and new forces can be transferred for external expedition.


    Originally, there was a debate between the court and the Chinese, whether to completely solve the two hidden dangers of cloud and fog daze and Yuantu prairie, or to conquer the Daheng cultivation world first.


    Compared with the Jiuqu Province, the Yunwu daze and Yuantu prairie are remote areas and are not worth fighting.


    Daheng cultivation world is a broader and more powerful existence than Jiuqu alliance.


    The complete conquest of that place will be more helpful to Emperor Bawu''s road.


    The high-level officials of Dali imperial court didn''t expect that Dali imperial court spared these foreign invaders. They didn''t know how to be grateful and dared to take the initiative to invade.


    Zhang Weineng did not lose his sense of the propriety because he was raided.


    Since these foreign invaders have come out on their own initiative, they will be completely solved this time.


    In the past, the Dali Dynasty was not unable to completely solve these extraterritorial invaders, but was unwilling to pay too many casualties.


    By now, it is a life and death situation, so we can''t ignore casualties.


    Before the foreign barbarians invaded, Zhang Weineng ordered the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province to launch an attack on Yuantu grassland.


    Dali''s draconian laws and the deterrence of military supervision will make these local Xiuzhen forces go all out to fight against barbarians outside the territory.


    He also did not expect to rely solely on the strength of these local Xiuzhen forces to solve the great enemy of foreign barbarians.


    They just need to hold the foreign barbarians. After he solves the enemy on the other side of Yunwu daze, he will meet the division to help eliminate the foreign barbarians.


    In fact, it is by no means possible to decide the outcome in a short time by mobilizing dozens of Yuanshen Zhenjun and thousands of monks.


    Whether victory or defeat, it will take a long time for both sides to fight.


    After Zhang Weineng''s expedition against the enemy, he felt great pressure shortly after the battle.


    Zhang Weineng had to admit that he had miscalculated. The strength of the enemy was strong and still above his imagination.


    After the foreign demon clan and the foreign spirit clan came to the Junchen world, their strength was not weakened, but enhanced.


    In particular, the powerful monsters among the foreign demon families not only subdued many local monsters in the Jun dust world, but also enlightened many ordinary beasts to demonize them.


    If it weren''t for these demonized beasts, their cultivation time was not long enough and their strength was still very limited, Zhang Wei would only face greater pressure.


    The leader of the demon clan outside the territory, I don''t know what secret method he used, forcibly catalyzed the low-level monster, squeezed out its full potential and greatly increased its temporary combat effectiveness.


    The vast army of monsters and beasts all over the mountains and fields and the expedition army led by Zhang Weineng were inseparable.


    There are many high-level combat forces among foreign invaders.


    Those demon kings and spirit kings are not inferior to the yuan God Zhen Jun on the human side in terms of quantity and quality.


    Even if Zhang Weineng, the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, had no much chance of winning against the leader of the demon family outside the territory, nu Jiao king.


    In this way, the expedition army led by Zhang Weineng and the coalition forces of foreign demon families and foreign spiritual families fell into a protracted battle.


    On the other side of Jiuqu Province, the coalition forces composed of local Xiuzhen forces, led by a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun, also launched a series of fierce battles with the armies of barbarians outside the territory. It can''t tell the victory or defeat in a short time.


    There is no progress on both battlefields for the time being. In this way, the situation on Meng Zhang''s side is very conspicuous.


    Wen dongzhenjun is not the kind of person who blindly acts recklessly, but asks the specific situation.


    He reported all the situations facing Meng Zhang to Zhang Weineng through summoning Feijian.


    After Zhang Weineng received the report, he directly ordered Meng Zhang to move on.


    If you encounter a foreign barbarian army blocking the way, try to defeat it.


    If the other party''s strength is too strong, try to entangle it and don''t let it reinforce other directions.


    If the foreign barbarians'' blocking power is insufficient, he will make steady progress and kill them all the way to the base camp of the foreign barbarians.


    Of course, Zhang Weineng did not force Meng Zhang to make rapid progress.


    He warned Meng Zhang to move forward carefully step by step. He must not be careless and be ambushed by the enemy.


    Wen dongzhenjun also received the same order and asked him to supervise Meng Zhang to strictly implement the military order.


    Military orders cannot be violated. With Zhang Weineng''s direct order, Meng Zhang has no choice but to continue to lead the army and move forward step by step.


    Although the army is not moving fast step by step, the trend of progress remains the same. If there is no barrier, it will enter the core control area of the extraterritorial barbarians sooner or later.

 Chapter 1070

    Sun Shengdu led the investigation team to the front to investigate. Until he went deep into the Yuantu prairie, he did not encounter foreign barbarians.


    Before joining the war, Sun Sheng learned about Yuantu prairie from taiyimen.


    Since the withdrawal of troops from the endless sand sea, the barbarians outside the region have not taken the initiative to invade taiyimen territory, and the two sides have always maintained peace.


    The barbarians outside the region have been staying in the Yuantu prairie honestly. It seems that they have never left here for half a step, and have not made any gesture of invading the Jiuqu province.


    With such a powerful enemy as a neighbor, taiyimen doesn''t dare to be careless at all.


    Worried about provoking disputes, taiyimen did not dare to send people to go deep into Yuantu prairie, but they still investigated various situations inside through various means.


    The local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province maintained trade with Yuantu prairie and Yunwu daze for a period of time.


    The trade was soon stopped, and taiyimen was not directly involved. However, taiyimen still investigated these two places, especially Yuantu prairie, through various means and the power of caravans.


    Sun Shengdu is now in a position where several barbarian tribes should have lived around.


    But now, in addition to vaguely visible traces of the existence of barbarian tribes, we can''t see half of the living people.


    Obviously, the foreign barbarians took the initiative to give up their occupied territory and began to shrink towards the interior of Yuantu prairie.


    There was no resistance from barbarians outside the territory, and the other party''s tribes had long moved.


    As an experienced old monk, sun Shengdu vaguely guessed that there might be something big happening in the foreign barbarians.


    Sun Shengdu sent the information obtained from the investigation back to the army in the rear. He continued to lead the investigation team forward.


    He became more cautious and prepared. Once he found something wrong, he would run away immediately.


    After receiving sun Shengdu''s information, Meng Zhang knew that there was no resistance ahead, so he had to lead the friars'' army to continue to move forward.


    Of course, even with the intelligence investigated by sun Shengdu, he was not careless. It is still moving forward step by step.


    In this way, the other two battlefields in Jiuqu province have temporarily fallen into a stalemate, and they can''t tell the victory or defeat in a short time.


    Meng Zhang''s direction was extremely smooth and unimpeded all the way.


    If the foreign barbarians do not send forces to stop him, he may really lead the army into the core of Yuantu prairie.


    Dali imperial court paid the most attention to military achievements, and the rewards for military achievements were the most generous. Seeing that he was about to make great achievements, Meng Zhang was not happy.


    Foreign barbarians are definitely not so easy to deal with. Maybe there are hard bones waiting for him in front.


    Meng Zhang did not exclude or even willing to fight with foreign barbarians, but he never thought he would have an endless life and death war with foreign barbarians.


    The barbarians outside the region are not afraid of taiyimen, but they must have other plans.


    If the army of taiyimen friars really reaches the core of Yuantu prairie and makes the barbarians outside the territory retreat, an unprecedented bloody war will inevitably break out.


    Compared with the possible military achievements, Meng Zhang is more reluctant to suffer too much loss from taiyimen.


    Taiyimen, as a Xiuzhen force attached to Dali imperial dynasty, maintained a relatively independent position. Of course, it should preserve its strength as much as possible.


    However, the military order issued by Marshal Zhang Weineng is reasonable and well considered. Meng Zhang really has no reason to stand still.


    Although Meng Zhang has repeatedly slowed down his progress, the momentum of the army''s progress remains the same. Even the longest journey will come to an end.


    In less than two months, the army went deep into the interior of Yuantu prairie and was getting closer and closer to the core of Yuantu prairie.


    At this time, sun Shengdu, who went out to investigate, finally encountered obstacles.


    The three barbarian kings led a barbarian army in front, blocking sun Shengdu''s progress.


    Sun Shengdu did his best. He left the rest of the investigation team and let them join the army behind.


    Alone, relying on his profound cultivation, he secretly bypassed the barbarian army in front and went deep into the front to find out what the barbarians outside the territory were doing.


    When he heard that there was a barbarian army blocking the road, Meng Zhang was relieved.


    If the barbarians really don''t make any obstacles, let him lead the army all the way, he will be worried.


    In any case, since the enemy has responded, his own side cannot avoid the war.


    The flying boat team, escorted by many flying mounts, appeared not far in front of the barbarian army.


    A large number of monks jumped off the flying boat one after another, and then arranged troops on the ground, listing the formations one by one.


    The barbarian army quietly watched the enemy line up in the distance and didn''t take the opportunity to rush up.


    After the formation of the friars, Meng Zhang personally led the army forward and launched a tentative attack.


    In terms of the size of the army alone, the number of friars exceeds that of the other party.


    Since Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, he has also experienced many bloody wars and established his reputation in each war.


    He did not push the whole army forward because the other party seemed to have a small number, but asked he Luozhen Jun to lead a team of friars to attack first to test the other party''s reality.


    In the face of the enemy''s exploratory attack, the barbarian army also responded immediately.


    Many barbarian warriors led by a Barbarian King took the initiative to meet Mr. He Luozhen''s team, and the two sides fought like this.


    After that, Jin Lizhen also came forward to attack.


    Although Wen Dongzhen is the supervisor of the army, since he is a member of the army, he can''t escape when the war starts. He must obey the reasonable order of commander Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not use such a useful combat power.


    Under his command, Wen Dongzhen Jun flew to the battlefield and joined the battle.


    After several exploratory attacks and Meng Zhang''s careful observation, he found out the strength of the barbarian army opposite.


    The overall strength of the barbarian army is much better than that of its own, especially in terms of top-level combat effectiveness.


    Even if sun Shengdu Zhenjun is still investigating ahead, relying solely on the five Yuanshen Zhenjun present is enough to overwhelm each other''s three barbarian kings.


    Jin Qiaoer has the shortest time to achieve Yuanshen and the lowest cultivation. Meng Zhang did not let him directly participate in the war, but let her patrol outside the battlefield as a mobile force.


    Jin Qiaoer flew around the battlefield and didn''t find any ambush or the like.


    The barbarian army in front of us really has only such a little strength.


    Meng Zhang hesitated a little. Should he seize this opportunity and press the whole army to defeat the enemy in one fell swoop.

 Chapter 1071

    The reason for Meng Zhang''s hesitation is not all because he is worried that his own army will suffer heavy casualties.


    What he really worried about was that if he defeated the barbarian army in front of him, his own army must continue to move forward.


    The barbarians outside the yuan Tu prairie have faced many sieges from the human cultivators since they came to the Junchen world.


    In those years, the barbarians outside the territory not only defeated the sieges again and again, but also firmly guarded the Yuantu prairie, but also spared no effort to invade the territory of the Jiuqu League.


    After Dali dynasty became the master of Jiuqu Province, the strength of foreign barbarians was not compromised.


    Xu Mengying and his group of local cultivation forces are now facing only part of the forces of foreign barbarians.


    The remaining power of the barbarians outside the region may even be the real main force, which is mostly hidden in the Yuantu prairie.


    The army of friars under my command just kept moving forward, but the future was unpredictable.


    While Zhengfang mengzhang was still hesitating, Wen Dongzhen, who was struggling with a Barbarian King, took the time to send him a messenger talisman.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun was in battle, he also looked at all directions and listened to all directions. He almost understood the strength of the barbarian army in front of him.


    In his opinion, Meng Zhang should launch a general attack now to defeat the barbarian army in front of him.


    As a supervisor of the army, he has the right to put forward opinions to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang sighed and knew that Wen Dongzhen Jun was in the army, and many hands and feet were difficult to do. It would be bad if he thought he was afraid of war and avoided war.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only ordered the army to move forward and attack the barbarian army in front.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and flew at the front of the team.


    The three barbarian kings were entangled by opponents of the same level, and no one could stop Meng Zhang.


    Although it is said that after the formation of the barbarian army, it can temporarily resist high-level enemies. But the number of monks is more, and the formation is also listed.


    Soon, the barbarian army showed a decline.


    The formation of the army could not be maintained, and large-scale chaos began to appear.


    The formation of the barbarian army is not as neat as that of the human friars.


    The barbarian army is often arrayed in tribes. In each military array, the totem enshrined by each tribe is the core.


    Many barbarian warriors can fight against enemies stronger than their own by concentrating all their strength through their totems consecrated for many years.


    Among the three barbarian kings'' armies of this scale, even if there are totems with fourth-order strength, it is normal to be able to compete with the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Before Meng Zhang launched an all-round attack, he was also prepared to fight with a powerful totem.


    Although the most powerful totem of the barbarians has the power of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it can''t fight the human Yuanshen Zhenjun with endless means.


    Meng Zhang, who has been in the middle of Yuanshen for many years, has mastered many magical powers and secrets. His whole body is armed to the teeth and has many fourth-order magic tools.


    Aggressive, he is also preparing to kill several powerful totems. But after he rushed into the enemy, he didn''t encounter a totem worthy of a war.


    There are not many totems in this barbarian army, and its strength is not worth mentioning.


    The most powerful totem only has the power of Jindan friar level. It is not the enemy of Meng Zhang at all.


    At present, the strength of the barbarian army is surprisingly weak, and Meng Zhang will not be polite.


    The war between Terran cultivators and foreign invaders does not pay much attention to the common rules in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang easily wiped out the few totems in the barbarian army, and then killed a group of barbarian generals regardless of his identity.


    Meng Zhang was so powerful that he messed up the formation of the barbarian army.


    The Terran friar army took the opportunity to kill, and the enemy could not resist and retreat.


    Even the fierce and fearless barbarian warriors, facing the absolute gap in strength, have no choice but to sacrifice their lives in vain.


    The barbarian army soon collapsed, and a large number of barbarian warriors fled in all directions.


    The real tough guy who is not afraid of death has long been killed by the monks.


    Even Jin Qiaoer, who was patrolling around the battlefield, flew over to join in the chase of the barbarian army.


    In the end, in addition to the three barbarian kings who escaped with serious injuries, the barbarian army suffered heavy casualties and fled in all directions.


    Meng Zhang, who wanted to delay time, ordered the army of monks to disperse and hunt down the fleeing enemy everywhere to expand the results.


    The enemy was much weaker than expected, but Meng Zhang picked up a bargain.


    Anyway, it was a big win.


    Especially in this disadvantageous departure from the imperial dynasty, Meng Zhang''s great victory is particularly eye-catching.


    According to the military merit system of Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang made great contributions to smashing the foreign barbarian army.


    With this victory, Meng Zhang had an explanation both internally and externally.


    Chase and kill the enemy, clean up the battlefield and rescue your wounded


    This toss and turn can delay a lot of time.


    When Meng Zhang won the victory, sun Shengdu had really gone deep into the hinterland of Yuantu prairie and launched a careful investigation.


    Without the drag of others in the team, he gave full play to the speed of the original God Zhenjun and flew forward at high speed.


    The investigation team must be more careful than one person, and it is less prone to omissions.


    Meng Zhang gave him orders to throw away everything on the road, go deep into the Yuantu prairie and enter the core control area of barbarians outside the territory to see what happened there.


    Sun Shengdu relied on the battlefield to obtain military merit. Only then did he exchange promotion resources and practice all the way until he became the true king of the yuan God.


    He has experienced many battles and countless bad situations.


    He can be said to be a real veteran. He has unparalleled survivability on the battlefield.


    Now when I go to investigate the enemy situation alone, I give full play to my skills.


    Since taking refuge in Meng Zhang, sun Shengdu has performed very well.


    Now he has received the order from Meng Zhang with the messenger flying sword. He doesn''t mean to cheat, but decides to carry out it honestly.


    Sun Shengdu lowered his altitude and flew close to the ground. If he finds the trace of the patrolling friar of the barbarians outside the territory, he will use the art of earth hiding to escape underground.


    As he went deeper and deeper into Yuantu prairie, he was closer and closer to the core control area of foreign barbarians. In front, a barbarian patrol appeared.


    The barbarian patrol team is small and very powerful.


    One patrol team interspersed patrols, leaving basically no flaws.


    At intervals, a totem pole is inserted on the ground to monitor the movement under the ground.


    The unique totem pole of barbarians can create a range similar to the jurisdiction.


    Within this range, no matter stealth spells or hiding skills such as earth hiding, they can''t escape the monitoring of totem pole.

 Chapter 1072

    Sneaking and guarding are like spears and shields.


    There are many secret ways to sneak in the cultivation world, and there are also many secret ways to prevent sneaking in.


    As for the spear and shield who is strong and who is weak, we have to try before we know.


    Among the barbarian tribes from beyond the sky, you can use the totem pole worshipped by the tribe to display excellent defense means, which is no worse than that of the cultivator.


    Sun Sheng was very sophisticated and didn''t disturb each other''s arrangement.


    The Yuantu prairie is so large that it is impossible for foreign barbarians to set up defense in every place and strictly guard against every direction.


    Sun Sheng avoided the monitoring range of the totem pole and made a long circle, trying to find the weakness of the enemy''s monitoring.


    He didn''t spend much time, he found the flaw and slipped in through the monitoring gap of different totem poles.


    Sun Sheng survived many wars and made a lot of military achievements. One of the most important reasons is that he is good at hiding and proficient in many kinds of hiding.


    Tu Dun, Feng Dun, Mu Dun... A door Dun skill was skillfully displayed. He successfully avoided all kinds of monitoring means of barbarians and finally began to enter the core of Yuantu prairie.


    Like other grasslands, Yuantu prairie often has sandstorm weather, and there are even days when big storms are raging.


    Sun Shengdu used a sudden sandstorm to show his skill of escaping from the dust. He successfully crossed a long distance and came to the bottom of a small mound.


    Because the barbarians outside the region have very strict control over the Yuantu prairie, few outsiders come here, let alone go deep, except a few caravans.


    In the depths of Yuantu prairie, there is almost no knowledge about the various situations in the core area controlled by foreign barbarians, including taiyimen, Jiuqu province.


    Sun Sheng stood in this place. For many years, after a great victory, the morale of the whole army was greatly boosted up and down. Many people think that the barbarians are just like this. It''s time for their own success.


    When he was fighting abroad, Meng Zhang basically treated his disciples of Taiyi clan and friars of Hanhai Taoist League equally.


    He made clear rewards and punishments, and did not hesitate to reward the friars who made great achievements.


    Therefore, when recruiting monks to fight abroad, we should not say that we should be happy when we hear of the war, at least we will not reject the battle.


    Wen Dongzhen also felt that the barbarians outside the territory were a little unworthy of their name, and their combat effectiveness was really mediocre.


    Although I don''t know what happened to the barbarians, it''s time for the army to march in.


    The barbarians outside the region have always been straightforward, and it seems unlikely to play the trick of luring the enemy in depth.


    Moreover, even if the barbarians set an ambush on the front line, they may not be able to swallow such an army.


    With enough flying boats, the whole army can advance and retreat freely.


    So many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the army are not ornaments. They are definitely not so easy to be defeated by the enemy.


    Under everyone''s repeated demands, Meng Zhang had to listen to the public''s wishes and let the army speed up its progress.


    The army of friars went all the way in a flying boat. Occasionally, some barbarian troops intercepted them on the way, and they could easily defeat them.


    All the barbarian tribes that should have blocked the road disappeared, and only a few barbarians blocked the road and wanted to block the advance of the army.


    This kind of Mantis will not play any role.


    At the insistence of Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang only assigned a small number of friars to deal with these small groups of barbarian warriors, and the forward speed of the army was not greatly affected.


    Soon after, they met the patrol team that had blocked sun Shengdu''s advance and the barbarian warriors who deployed defense.


    Facing the army of monks, the barbarians retreated without fighting and quickly retreated.


    At this time, even Meng Zhang has the idea of making contributions.


    If we can reach the core of Yuantu prairie and break through the base camp of barbarians, we will make great contributions.


    How many treasures can you exchange for such a great achievement in Dali imperial treasury.


    Meng Zhang also felt that most of the barbarians outside the territory had some problems, which led to a sharp decline in their combat effectiveness and were simply vulnerable.


    The army of monks who have accelerated their progress will soon reach the position where sun Shengdu is now.


    After a long time of observation, Sun Sheng did not find any abnormality in the camp ahead.


    The more so, the more worried he was, the more he dared not sneak into the camp for investigation.


    Just when he was a little helpless, a vague whisper sounded in his ear again.


    Since he came near the barbarian camp, such a whisper sounded in his ear from time to time.


    But even with his ears, he couldn''t hear what the whisper was.


    This time, sun Shengdu, who inadvertently emptied his mind and had no distractions, suddenly heard a few words clearly.


    It sounds like someone is praying. It sounds like a lot of people are praying.


    Foreign barbarians have primitive totem beliefs.


    Almost every day, shamans in the tribe will organize tribal members to kneel down and pray in front of the totem pole.


    At certain festivals, shamans will take people of the tribe to sing and dance in front of the totem cylinder and hold various large-scale sacrificial activities.


    It doesn''t seem strange that there are barbarian members praying in the camp ahead.


    When Sun Sheng was preparing to focus on other things, he suddenly remembered what he thought was wrong.


    He has been sneaking into Yuantu prairie for a long time and has seen a lot of barbarians.


    However, along the way, none of the barbarians he met prayed in front of the totem pole.


    Moreover, the number of totems of barbarians seems to be inexplicably reduced.


    At least, in the barbarian camp ahead, I didn''t see those huge totem pillars, and there was basically no virtual image of totem.


    All the totem poles he saw along the way were small totem poles.


    The large totem poles owned by those large tribes seem to disappear all at once.


    If it is someone else, they may ignore these insignificant details.


    However, Sun Sheng has rich experience and extensive knowledge. He has heard many secrets unknown in the cultivation world.


    A terrible possibility occurred to him.


    This may just be his guess, but the more he thought about it, the more he thought it was probably the truth.


    Although sun Shengdu was shocked in his heart, his face remained unchanged.


    He looked at the barbarian camp in front of him very naturally, as if he had normally ended the investigation, turned around and was preparing to fly away.


    Sun Shengdu had just started. Behind him came a series of empty sounds, as if someone was approaching rapidly.


    Sun Sheng sighed. It seemed that he had no way to retreat easily.


    He didn''t turn back and look at it more. He didn''t care about hiding his tracks any more. He opened it all at the fastest speed and fled away from the barbarian camp.


    Now he can only hope that his escape ability can play a role and let himself escape this danger.


    Several fourth level barbarian strongmen surrounded and chased Sun Sheng, vowing to leave him behind.


    Meng Zhang led the friar army to move forward quickly. Jin Qiaoer, who was not happy in the last war, took the initiative to ask for orders to go out and open a way in front of the army.


    She went a long way ahead, tens of miles from the army behind.


    When Sun Sheng appeared in Jin Qiaoer''s vision, Jin Qiaoer almost couldn''t recognize this fellow who had a one-sided relationship.


    Sun Sheng was disheartened and embarrassed. Almost half of his body disappeared completely, leaving only half of his body flying rapidly in the air.


    In flight, his blood coughed out of his mouth as if he didn''t want money.


    People can''t help worrying about whether he will cough out his internal organs in the next moment.


    Behind Sun Shengdu, several barbarian fourth-order strongmen pursued him.


    In addition to the common barbarian kings among the barbarians, there are also soldiers in Shaman costumes.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Jin Qiaoer summoned to the rear and asked for reinforcements. One side greeted sun Shengdu with the fastest speed and took the initiative to meet sun Shengdu.


    Although she has achieved Yuanshen soon, her strength is not weak.


    Her hands kept dancing in the rapid flight.


    Thunders fell from the sky and frantically split at the strong barbarians who were in hot pursuit.

 Chapter 1073

    As soon as Jin Qiaoer shot, he showed his good combat effectiveness.


    Among the various dharmas, the power of thunder Dharma is at the top. Even the rough skinned and tough man king doesn''t want to be split.


    Under the cover of the thunder method released by Jin Qiaoer, Sun Sheng summoned up his spare strength, worked hard to move forward, finally got rid of the pursuit and flew to Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Qiaoer released a silk like magic weapon to protect him firmly, and pulled him behind him at the same time.


    Several barbarian strongmen still didn''t stop and continued to rush towards Jin Qiaoer.


    The three barbarian kings will rush up to fight Jin Qiaoer. The shaman in the rear began to use a strange secret method, trying to block Jin Qiaoer''s retreat.


    Since the achievement of Yuanshen, Jin Qiaoer has few opportunities to compete with experts at the same level.


    Suddenly, she faced several fourth-order strong barbarians, but she was not confused at all. She calmly and freely used thunder method to block them for the time being.


    However, after all, she is the new Yuanshen Zhenjun. Her combat power is limited. After a while, she fell to the disadvantage.


    At this time, Jin Lizhen Jun and he Luozhen Jun received her message and rushed over from a distance.


    Jin Lizhen cared about his disciples. Before they arrived, the yellow sand ten thousand miles map had been sacrificed and turned into ten thousand feet of yellow sand in the air, trapping all the strong barbarians in it.


    When several strong barbarians got out of the yellow sand, there were bursts of fire rain in the sky and countless black ice flying around.


    In addition to he Luozhen Jun''s hand, in the distance, I heard that Dongzhen Jun was also coming here.


    Several barbarian strongmen knew that nothing could be done, looked at each other, took the initiative to leave the battle and flew away from here.


    Looking at the miserable appearance of sun Shengdu, the people were busy treating him, and they didn''t want to continue chasing him.


    Moreover, the strength of the fourth rank strong of the barbarians is not weak. They really catch up. The two sides fight for life and death. We don''t know who will win.


    Meng Zhang received the news from here and rushed over.


    Sun Shengdu was seriously injured, but the main injury was concentrated on the flesh. Yuanshen was not seriously hurt.


    There are many ways for practitioners to live and die. As long as the body is not completely destroyed, there are ways to cure it.


    Moreover, sun Shengdu is crafty and has rich experience in running for his life.


    Half of his missing body was basically abandoned by him on his own initiative.


    While discarding some flesh and blood, they also eliminate the forces invading their own bodies at the same time.


    After some intense treatment, sun Shengdu''s injury basically stabilized.


    If you want a complete cure, you need to take time to recuperate slowly.


    Before the treatment was over, sun Shengdu couldn''t wait to tell Meng Zhang his discovery.


    According to sun Shengdu''s observation, most of the overseas barbarians on the Yuantu prairie abandoned their original totem belief and believed in other powerful beings.


    According to his experience, the man who was believed by foreign barbarians was mostly a powerful God.


    Most of the foreign barbarian camps have been transformed into divine regions.


    In the Junchen world, the belief in gods is not prosperous.


    More than 10000 years ago, before the immortals reached the Junchen world, there were many natural gods here, and the aborigines here also had primitive God beliefs.


    There is a deep contradiction between the fairy way of seeking self detachment and the divine way of herding all sentient beings.


    Those immortals who arrived in the Jun dust world eradicated the Shinto which the Jun dust world is not yet a climate, and left the inheritance of the fairy way here.


    The Junchen world ruled by the cultivators has developed a brilliant cultivation civilization, which can be regarded as a vein of fairyland.


    Jun dust world has also had many contacts with other worlds in the void.


    In the extraterritorial void, there are some worlds ruled by gods. All living beings in the world are believers of gods.


    Foreign barbarians come from other worlds and have primitive totem beliefs.


    If they turn to a powerful God, it is not unthinkable.


    Compared with the primitive totem belief, the mature Shinto belief can integrate all tribes of barbarians outside the territory and bring them strong power.


    Since we believe in gods, we have gods as our backers.


    The barbarians have a simple mind and a simple mind. They are the favorite believers of the gods.


    In order to help and protect believers, the gods are also willing to cast their strength.


    Sun Shengdu''s divine realm is a special area formed in the Jun dust world by the powerful gods outside the sky.


    Although sun Shengdu did not see the face of the divine domain with his own eyes, most of the barbarian camps have been transformed into the divine domain based on his experience.


    In the realm of their own belief in the great God, the barbarians fight at home, which can strengthen themselves and weaken the enemy.


    Judging from the appearance of the shrinking strength of the barbarians outside the territory, in addition to concentrating all ethnic groups in the base camp to avoid unnecessary casualties, they should also have the intention of luring the enemy in-depth.


    Not to mention anything else, there were four strong barbarians who pursued and killed sun Shengdu just now.


    If there is really a god domain to rely on, these four barbarian strongmen will be enough to block the yuan God Zhen Jun on the side of the Terran.


    Some ignorant monks in the cultivation world may not be familiar with gods and the like.


    However, there is no such problem among the people present.


    Many years ago, Dali Dynasty almost invested in the divine system, but finally had another choice.


    Even today, in the Yin capital of the underworld, the Dali Dynasty is still trying to establish a ghost system.


    Sun Shengdu and Wen dongzhenjun, as Yuanshen Zhenjun from Dali Dynasty, are no strangers to these.


    Meng Zhang inherited the inheritance of taiyimen, went to the heavenly palace, contacted a lot of foreign empty information, and knew a little about the God system.


    However, Meng Zhang and Wen dongzhenjun have very different views on the information obtained by sun Shengdu.


    Wen dongzhenjun thinks that Sun Sheng exaggerates. There is no clear evidence to prove what he said. Everything is his guess.


    Meng Zhang chose to believe in sun Shengdu.


    This is not only because he doubts the use of people, but also because he has always had doubts about foreign barbarians.


    The information brought back by sun Shengdu can just explain his doubts.


    Wen Dongzhen didn''t want to believe sun Shengdu because the information sun Shengdu said didn''t accord with his mind.


    If the barbarians outside the territory really have the protection of the gods of faith, and the barbarian camp has become a divine domain, the taiyimen''s expedition will only return in vain.


    Without solving the problem of foreign barbarians, it is impossible for the friars of taiyimen to reinforce Zhang Weineng.


    The commander-in-chief of the army and the supervisor have differences, which is not difficult to solve.


    Meng Zhang left the others, and the army stopped moving for a while. He and Wen dongzhenjun flew to the front and were ready to investigate in person.


    Both of them are friars in the middle of Yuanshen and have strong fighting power. Even if they are besieged by several barbarian fourth-order strong men, it should not be difficult to protect themselves.


    According to the route sun Shengdu said, they flew all the way forward and directly to the front.

 Chapter 1074

    They flew forward without any obstacles.


    Originally, foreign barbarians also arranged patrols and sentries in front of them.


    I don''t know if I have experienced sun Shengdu. These sentries and patrols have been removed one after another.


    All the barbarians outside the territory began to return to the camp.


    Meng Zhang and Wen dongzhenjun flew all the way, and they could see many barbarian warriors evacuating.


    Neither of them paid attention to these people, but continued to fly forward.


    After such a experience just now, neither of them had the idea of hiding their tracks, but did not hide their momentum, so they swaggered forward.


    On the way, those barbarian warriors found their tracks and didn''t stop them.


    Barbarian warriors are fierce and fearless of death. They are rough, but they are not fools.


    Unless the fourth level strong man is dispatched, other barbarian warriors rush to provoke the human yuan God Zhenjun, there is really only a dead end.


    Meng Zhang did not meet the Barbarian King who pursued and killed sun Shengdu before. They reached a place not far from the barbarian camp very smoothly.


    Although Wen dongzhenjun didn''t want to believe the information brought back by sun Shengdu, he didn''t ignore his warning.


    They didn''t get too close to the barbarian camp, but when they were still far away from there, they stopped moving and temporarily stopped in mid air.


    The two men used their pupil skills and began to observe the barbarian camp dozens of miles away.


    The tents in the barbarian camp are continuous for tens of miles. Countless barbarians live and go in and out, and there seems to be nothing unusual.


    Meng Zhang, who has the gift of breaking false magic eyes, first found the clue.


    He pondered for a moment, did not rush forward, but used other methods to test.


    Meng Zhang made a seal with his hands, and began to read the spell loudly in his mouth.


    The cultivator has reached the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Most of the magic skills and supernatural powers can be instant. A spell that takes a long time to prepare to release is definitely not an ordinary spell.


    Meng Zhang is now using a large-scale spell created by taiyimen ancestors for the large-scale war in the cultivation world.


    The process of casting such a spell is lengthy and requires a lot of preparation in advance. It is also very troublesome and has many restrictions.


    However, the magic power is huge and can easily cause large-scale killing. It is suitable for all kinds of large-scale battlefields.


    As Meng Zhang began to cast magic, the vitality of the surrounding heaven and earth began to fluctuate violently, and even triggered a wave of aura.


    It''s noon, and the sun in the sky is hot.


    With the vitality of the surrounding world rolling, the sun in the sky seems to expand suddenly and become a circle in the eyes of many people.


    Endless hot light was emitted from the sun, turned into golden flames, and fell towards the barbarian camp in front.


    When Meng Zhang began to cast magic, the barbarian camp in front was disturbed because of the noise. Three barbarian kings and a barbarian shaman flew out of the camp and rushed towards Meng Zhang''s position.


    Meng Zhang shortened the casting time at the cost of reducing the power of spells.


    When these barbarian fourth-order strong men rushed over, his spell casting was almost over.


    Wen Dongzhen took the initiative to stop the barbarian strongman who rushed over.


    Countless golden flames falling from the sky are about to fall into the barbarian camp.


    According to common sense, at this time, the totems worshipped by the barbarians should come out to stop these fresh and fierce sun and true fire.


    Otherwise, if the camp is really burned by the sun, it will definitely be a great disaster.


    But the sun really fire is about to fall into the camp, and no totem appears.


    Of course, there was not no response in the barbarian camp.


    Suddenly, with bursts of pious prayers, golden lights rose from the barbarian camp.


    The sun''s true fire, which was originally extremely hot and almost had nothing to burn, disappeared immediately after encountering the golden light.


    This golden light, even if viewed from a distance, gives people a noble and sacred feeling.


    I''m afraid a monk with a little lower mind will kneel down immediately.


    The barbarian camp originally composed of ragged tents, under the golden light, actually has a feeling of resplendence, which makes people feel an unspeakable sacred solemnity.


    Wen dongzhenjun, who was fighting with the barbarian strongman, certainly saw this huge scene.


    With his eyes and insight, he certainly knows what''s going on.


    The foreign barbarians not only believed in a powerful God, but also transformed their own camp into a divine domain.


    Meng Zhang performed his magic and forced out the details of the other party. He completed the task.


    He took the initiative to fly over and help Wen dongzhenjun block the attack of the barbarian strongman.


    The two men joined hands to block the enemy for the time being.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun''s face was not happy.


    Sun Shengdu''s intelligence was confirmed, which was the worst result.


    It''s meaningless to continue fighting. Wen Dongzhen and Meng Zhang got rid of their opponents and left the battlefield in time.


    Probably he knew he couldn''t leave his opponent. These barbarian strongmen didn''t chase after him, but watched Meng Zhang leave.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Meng zhangfei went out for a long distance. Wen Dongzhen Jun still couldn''t help stopping again and looked at the direction of the barbarian camp.


    Although it is far away from the barbarian camp, with their skills, we can still find some situations there.


    After blocking all the real fire of the sun falling from the sky, the golden light also slowly disappeared.


    Judging from the golden light coverage, the coverage area of this divine domain is not small, which covers the periphery of the barbarian camp.


    Meng Zhang was cold in his heart. If Sun Sheng hadn''t detected the exact information, he led the friar army all the way. If he entered the scope of the divine domain, several yuan Shen Zhenjun could still escape. The whole friar army would be more or less dangerous.


    Although he has not personally experienced the power of the divine domain, Meng Zhang still knows something.


    If you really want to enter the divine domain in front, your strength will fall sharply. The strength of the strong barbarians will be enhanced.


    With one increase and one decrease, it may be equivalent to the Barbarian King of friars in the early days of Yuanshen, and his family can''t fight.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang suddenly had a deep doubt in his heart.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, he has not weak attainments in heaven''s secrets.


    In particular, his spiritual sense is extremely sharp, which brings him the ability of whim. Many times before the danger comes, he will warn himself, let him pursue good luck and avoid bad luck, and avoid many evils.


    But why, this time, our own spiritual awareness did not warn in advance, and the ability of whim seemed to be nonexistent at all.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang was stunned.


    The secret joy of escaping a disaster was immediately replaced by great fear.

 Chapter 1075

    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years, experienced countless difficulties and dangers, and encountered life and death crises many times.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, he has a keen sense of spirit and can predict good and bad luck. It has always been his biggest card, allowing him to avoid crises again and again.


    Now, do not know what reason, this card suddenly no longer plays a role, how can he not be frightened in his heart?


    Wen Dongzhen Jun didn''t know Meng Zhang''s panic, let alone that his attention had been elsewhere.


    He looked at the barbarian camp in the distance and kept sighing.


    Previously, he thought that there was something wrong with the foreign barbarians, which led to a sharp decline in their strength.


    If the army of friars of taiyimen marched in and wiped out or expelled foreign barbarians at one stroke, he, as the supervisor, would also share many war achievements.


    However, in the current situation of the barbarians outside the territory, our own army has lost the chance of victory. What they need to worry about now is when the foreign barbarians will launch a counter offensive.


    The two men who had their own concerns didn''t stay here too long. They just carefully observed the situation of the enemy camp, collected a lot of information, and set out on their way home.


    When Meng Zhang left, he ordered the army of monks to stay in place.


    By the time they got back, the army of monks had camped, set up camps on the prairie, and then settled down.


    Meng Zhang told others what they had just encountered after they went back.


    Although Shinto is not popular in Jun dust world, many high-level friars have heard about Shinto.


    Foreign barbarians are notoriously stubborn, conservative and xenophobic.


    Even powerful gods are hard to subdue foreign barbarians.


    I don''t know what happened inside them. Unexpectedly, so many barbarians abandoned the original totem belief and ran to believe in a God.


    Up to now, people don''t know which God they believe in and what kind of power they have?


    In the case of Jun dust world, there can be no such powerful local gods now.


    They believe in gods from outside.


    With the support of the gods, the gods lowered their divine power and turned the barbarian camp into a divine domain. This army of friars can''t move on.


    After discussing for a while, they all felt that relying solely on their own current strength could not help their opponents.


    As a last resort, Meng Zhang and Wen dongzhenjun sent information to marshal Zhang Weineng and made a report.


    After returning to the camp established by the army, it took a lot of time to discuss with the people. When the report was completed, Meng Zhang was left alone, and the night moon was hanging high.


    As Meng Zhang, even on the way out, the disciples arranged a separate tent for him.


    Around the huge tent, there is an independent open space, leaving enough private space for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stayed alone in the tent and began to reflect carefully on what happened to his own Tianji.


    He emptied his brain, relaxed his whole body and mind, and slowly entered the state of meditation.


    After his cultivation entered the Yuanshen period, Tianji did not get corresponding promotion, but still stayed in the stage of Tianji master, unable to actively deduce people or things at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    However, with his sensitive spiritual awareness, he has the ability of whim. Before his family encounters a crisis of life and death, the spiritual awareness will take the initiative to warn him.


    After a careful examination, he found that there was no problem in the deduction of heaven''s secrets.


    Compared with the past, it only takes a little more thought and energy to deduce people or things below the level of Yuanshen.


    But in his spiritual sense, he began to have problems.


    His original sharp and penetrating sense of soul seemed to be covered with a layer of fog and lost most of his abilities.


    Let alone seeking good luck and avoiding bad luck, there are problems with the basic perception.


    No wonder the barbarian camp was so dangerous that Meng Zhang''s spirit didn''t warn in advance.


    Now that you know what the problem is, the next step is to carefully find the cause of the problem.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully. Where did the problem appear?


    When there is a problem with Tianji, it is often that Tianji is hoodwinked and even rejected by Tiandao.


    In recent years, he is really honest and never makes trouble.


    On weekdays, he also pays attention to responding to people according to nature and never acts against nature.


    The only possible problem is that he has encountered magic cultivation.


    He keeps a distance from those who collude with demon Xiu. As for the action that demon Xiu participated in, he tried his best to avoid it.


    He''s like this. How can there be problems?


    Meng Zhang also tried to use Dayan divination to calculate his family.


    As the saying goes, whether you can cure yourself or not, the vast majority of Tianji masters will not take the initiative to calculate things related to themselves.


    Meng Zhang, relying on the divine calculation of Dayan, was smart enough to boldly calculate his family.


    As expected, Dayan did not calculate any results.


    Meng Zhang was not discouraged and made many calculations.


    He not only exhausted his mental strength and made himself tired, but also consumed a lot of calculations he had accumulated for a long time.


    Fortunately, although Meng Zhang was eager to know the answer to the question, he did not lose his mind and rashly consumed Shouyuan to calculate.


    Meng Zhang''s fatigue does not come from his body, but mainly from his heart.


    He felt that his brain was in a daze, and even his thoughts seemed to have stagnated.


    However, Meng Zhang, who had not been so tired for a long time, fell into a deep sleep.


    After entering the foundation period, monks can use meditation instead of sleep.


    Meditation has too many advantages over sleep.


    It''s normal for yuan Shen Zhen Jun to stay awake for a year and a half.


    After three years of hard work and a little meditation, my spirit will naturally recover.


    Meng Zhang almost forgot that he had not slept for decades or hundreds of years.


    This sleep took him a day and a night, and made him a hearty dream.


    After waking up, Meng Zhang''s mental strength recovered, but he still felt his head was heavy and not very sober.


    Fortunately, since the discovery of the details of the foreign barbarians, this army of friars has been stationed here. The foreign barbarians have not sent anyone to harass them. The two sides are at peace for the time being.


    The information sent to marshal Zhang Weineng has not received a reply for the time being.


    It must have happened to the barbarians outside the territory. He also needs time to digest and find countermeasures slowly.


    Originally, Zhang Weineng had always felt that the strength of the barbarians on Yuantu prairie was limited, and everything was under his own control.


    The barbarians outside the region believed in a powerful God and let the power of the God project onto the Yuantu prairie. Zhang Weineng knew nothing about it and was unprepared.


    Strictly speaking, he has a lot of responsibility in this matter, which is a serious dereliction of duty.

 Chapter 1076

    Dali imperial court has clear rewards and punishments, rewards for meritorious deeds and punishments for mistakes.


    Zhang Weineng had a reason to defend himself and was able to get rid of it.


    However, the barbarians outside the region have undergone such great changes under his eyes. He didn''t know anything before. Now he has started a war. It''s a little unreasonable to learn the details from his men.


    Originally, the Dali Dynasty was unwilling to pay too much casualties, so it tolerated the foreign barbarians entrenched on the Yuantu prairie.


    From the beginning to the end, Dali Dynasty can eliminate this group of foreign barbarians as long as it is willing to pay the price.


    But now, this group of foreign barbarians have gods outside the sky as their backers, and the situation becomes complicated.


    If Dali Dynasty wants to completely eliminate these barbarians, it doesn''t know how much it will cost.


    If it weren''t for the war, it was at the time of employment that the derelict commander Zhang Weineng might have been questioned by the imperial court.


    Now he urgently needs to make some achievements so that his family can make meritorious service.


    Soon, he summoned Meng Zhang and Wen Dongzhen Jun and asked Meng Zhang to lead the army of monks to the junction of Yuantu prairie and Jiuqu province to help the local Xiuzhen forces who were struggling there to besiege the invading barbarian army.


    It seems that Zhang Weineng did not lose his cool, but remained sober and made a rational judgment.


    Knowing that the barbarian camp that had been transformed into the divine domain could not be conquered for the time being, he asked the local Xiuzhen forces to besiege the barbarian army outside the camp.


    After receiving the order, Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect it. He immediately led the army to turn to the direction of the foreign barbarian army.


    Originally, the barbarians outside the territory tightly blocked their own movements because they were afraid of external interference when the camp was transformed into a divine domain.


    At the same time, after the transformation work is completed, the enemy army can be lured into the divine domain coverage.


    At that time, by mobilizing the power of the divine domain, we may be able to wipe out the main force of the enemy.


    Now, the secret of the divine domain has been exposed, and the barbarians outside the domain have also made new moves.


    When Meng Zhang led the army of monks to the battlefield, the barbarian army fighting with the local alliance of Xiuzhen forces also began to retreat.


    The strength of the two sides is not much different. They have been in a stalemate before, and even the barbarians have a slight advantage.


    The barbarian army, which took the initiative in the battlefield, said to go and swaggered away in front of the enemy.


    Xu Mengying and other Yuanshen Zhenjun led a large army of monks to pursue, but the enemy was well guarded, leaving them no chance to take advantage.


    In the final analysis, these local Xiuzhen forces were forced to take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    They don''t have the heart to work hard for the Dali Dynasty. What they do is just for their own survival.


    In the face of a strong enemy, preserving strength is the primary task.


    The enemy has begun to retreat. Why bother to chase and kill the friars for no reason.


    Even if there is a supervisor sent by Zhang Wei, they also have many ways to fool and deal with each other.


    The barbarian army retreated back steadily, and the coalition forces of the local Xiuzhen forces pursued it, but the thunder and rain were small, but they were far behind the enemy and had no intention of catching up with the war.


    When Meng Zhang led a large army of monks, the local alliance of Xiuzhen forces also received an order from Zhang Weineng to join hands with Meng Zhang to keep the barbarian army.


    The supervisor that Zhang Wei can send to the local alliance of Xiuzhen forces is Yang Hezhen.


    Yang He Zhenjun is the Yuanshen Zhenjun trained by Dali Imperial College. He has a strong scholar spirit.


    Dali Dynasty was inclusive and open-minded. In addition to the mainstream daomen theory in the cultivation circle, it also accepted many Confucian theories.


    The monks who came from Imperial College in Dali Dynasty were deeply influenced by Confucianism. They regarded themselves as upright men, adhered to the way of kings and officials, and paid attention to the way of kings and officials, father and son. The slogan of loyalty to the king and serving the country was even louder.


    For the friars who came from Imperial College, Emperor Bawu regarded them as the legitimate lineage of the imperial dynasty and gave them great trust.


    Soon after the establishment of Jiuqu Province, Yang He Zhenjun came to Jiuqu city from Shangjing city.


    He nominally assisted Zhang Weineng in governing this newly incorporated province. In fact, as the ears and eyes of Bawu emperor, he monitored local movements.


    Zhang Weineng was calm on the surface and gladly accepted Yang Hezhen. But in fact, as a provincial governor in power, he doesn''t like people pointing fingers around him.


    This time, he ordered the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province to attack Yuantu grassland. In order to make them fight hard, Zhang Weineng also sent a supervisor.


    Taking this opportunity, he appointed Yang Hezhen, who had always been disliked, as the supervisor and sent him to the coalition of local Xiuzhen forces.


    This group of local truth cultivation forces occupied one side when Jiuqu League was still in existence and had considerable strength.


    To survive until now, the leaders of these cultivation forces have no low survival wisdom.


    The original God Zhenjun of these Xiuzhen forces are basically a group of old foxes who are proficient in calculation and know people''s hearts.


    Soon after they got along, they found out the details of Yang Hezhen, an upright gentleman.


    After discussion, they gritted their teeth and took out a lot of rare treasures, spirits of heaven and earth.


    An honest man is an honest man. He is more particular about his work. Now that I have received gifts, I will not be difficult for these people, but turn a blind eye to what they have done.


    Only when the supervisor in the army is settled can we have the possibility of passive avoidance of war.


    Now they have received the order from commander Zhang Weineng. They still just keep the pursuit attitude and don''t really want to catch up with the war.


    By the time Meng Zhang led a large army of monks to meet, the barbarian army had begun to retreat into the depths of the Yuantu prairie.


    After the confluence of the two friars, Meng Zhang, who was originally the leader of the local Xiuzhen forces, naturally became the leader of the new coalition army.


    All forces in the coalition are basically from the small alliance he formed and know each other''s roots.


    Everyone has the mind to preserve their power. Naturally, they know what to do.


    The friar alliance seems to be closely following the barbarian army, but there are always some problems.


    Either cause the army to slow down, or let the army miss the opportunity to catch up with the enemy


    In a word, this seemingly huge army of friars has always been unable to catch up and stop the enemy.


    Yang Hezhen, who received the benefits, just returned. Wen Dongzhen, who has always been loyal to the Dali imperial dynasty, quit.


    He was about to put pressure on Meng Zhang when the situation changed again.


    Several fourth order barbarian strongmen led a team of barbarian elite warriors to leave the barbarian camp and join the barbarian army.


    The strength of the received barbarian army has greatly increased and is no weaker than the friar alliance.

 Chapter 1077

    The barbarian camp sent many fourth-order strongmen to reinforce the retreating barbarian army, which greatly increased the strength of the barbarian army.


    In this case, if the army of monks led by Meng Zhang forcibly rushed forward, it could not help the enemy. At most, it was the result of both defeat and injury.


    Of course, because the supervisor heard the urging of dongzhenjun, and Meng Zhang himself wanted to see the strength of the barbarian strongman.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang gathered a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun, took the initiative to leave the friars'' army and catch up with the barbarian army.


    The barbarian side outside the territory was unwilling to show weakness, and also sent a group of fourth-order strong men to take the initiative to meet this group of Terran yuan God friars.


    Therefore, the two sides launched a fierce battle on the Yuantu prairie.


    It seems that you come and go, but in fact, the fight is not very fierce.


    The Yuanshen friars of the local Xiuzhen forces are all to deal with errands and are unwilling to fight with the strong barbarians.


    There are twenty or thirty people in total, including the original God friar of the human race and the fourth rank strong man of the barbarian race.


    It is not easy for so many strong people to win the war.


    Moreover, even if the winner is really determined, the casualties of the victorious side will also be very heavy.


    If both sides don''t want to lose, they won''t go all out to fight.


    Even if an individual wants to fight with death, it will not affect the overall situation.


    The fourth order strong man of the barbarian dragged the protoss friar of the Terran, and the barbarian army took the opportunity to speed up the retreat.


    Meng Zhang was the strongest among the people''s yuan God friars. He didn''t get lazy, but directly met a powerful barbarian shaman.


    When invading Jiuqu Province, only the Barbarian King took the initiative, and the shaman didn''t take the initiative.


    Now I know I can''t hide my secret, and the shaman also took part in the battle.


    In the past, the barbarian shaman could use the power of totem to cast many strange secrets.


    Now, these foreign barbarians gave up their totem belief and all turned to a powerful God, which naturally abolished the power brought by the totem.


    The shaman shows his divine skill, and can use his power of hard cultivation to mobilize the divine power of the gods.


    Compared with the past, there is less strange and gloomy weather, and it has become aboveboard and magnificent.


    Although Meng Zhang has reservations in the battle, he has shown a lot of cards.


    After fighting with the shaman for a long time, it was still a tie.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s performance at this time, he really tried his best. Wen Dongzhen Jun can''t blame him.


    This group of barbarian fourth-order strongmen had a fight with the protoss of the human race, so they took the initiative to separate and have a rest. Then he rushed over and started a big war.


    Since most people on both sides did not love the war, there were basically no casualties, and only some people were slightly injured in the battle.


    In this way, when the two sides fought and stopped, the barbarian army withdrew smoothly into the barbarian camp.


    The army of monks led by Meng Zhang stopped early and stopped far away from the barbarian camp.


    The barbarian camp has been transformed into a divine domain and has completely become the home of the barbarian. This army of monks can''t find their own way to death and fall into the net.


    Wen Dongzhen knows that these local Xiuzhen forces are not the direct lineage of Dali Dynasty. They have limited loyalty to Dali Dynasty and will not go all out for Dali Dynasty.


    In the absence of strong means to suppress, it is very unrealistic to force this friar army to forcibly attack the barbarian camp.


    Due to the timely retreat of the barbarians outside the territory, Zhang Weineng ordered the local Xiuzhen forces to join hands to annihilate the invading barbarian army, which was basically a failure.


    After receiving the report from Wen dongzhenjun and Meng Zhang, Zhang Weineng can only order them to continue to monitor the movements of barbarians outside the territory and test each other''s strength to see if there are any flaws to find.


    Meng Zhang knew that the divine domain could not be easily offended, but they didn''t know how much strength the divine domain had in front of them.


    At this time, Yang Hezhen, another supervisor who had been ignored by the public, played an unexpected role.


    Born in Dali Imperial College, he was well-informed and mastered many secrets that practitioners did not know.


    He really knows something about the way of God.


    Yang He Zhenjun volunteered, and then, accompanied by Meng Zhang and others, walked around the barbarian camp.


    In the middle, he also made several moves to test the coverage and power of the divine domain.


    He was busy for several days before he said his discovery.


    The so-called divine domain of gods is that Gods descend divine power to transform a certain area into a special field.


    Everything in this area, including the rules of heaven and earth, is dominated by gods.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun, who is good at using the power of the avenue, will be blocked from connecting with the avenue of heaven and earth and lose his proud means after entering the divine domain.


    Therefore, the divine domain of the gods is almost a restricted area for the yuan God Zhenjun.


    If you want to fight with the gods in the divine domain, you must return to virtual power at least in order to kill the gods.


    The words of Yuanshen Zhenjun can barely be used as cannon fodder to consume the power accumulated in the divine domain.


    After listening to Yang Hezhen Jun''s words, I heard that Dong Zhenjun''s face was blue.


    According to him, even those holy places may not be able to deal with the foreign barbarians in front of them, let alone the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang was terrified. Fortunately, sun Shengdu''s investigation was effective, and the army of friars led by him did not step into the trap.


    After seeing the shocked faces of the people, Yang He Zhenjun nodded his head with satisfaction before continuing to explain.


    What he said just now is the divine domain established by the gods themselves.


    It is not easy for the gods to establish such a divine domain.


    Except in his own kingdom, the gods will not and can hardly establish the divine domain of such powers elsewhere.


    The God realm in front of the barbarian camp can only be called semi God realm or pseudo God realm, which is far less powerful than the real God realm.


    Yang He Zhenjun''s words let everyone breathe a sigh of relief. At the same time, many people are also very dissatisfied with his deliberate betrayal.


    Yang He Zhenjun has known many gods in the ancient books of the Dali Dynasty.


    But the God of the barbarian faith in front of him was very strange and unheard of before.


    At the request of the barbarians, the God lowered his divine power and transformed the barbarian camp into a semi divine realm.


    Although it is a semi divine realm, it also has a lot of power.


    If you want to break this semidivine realm, you can either send out many great friars in the later stage of Yuanshen or strong men at the level of Yang God.


    In addition, no matter how powerful the army of monks is, it is just a waste of effort and will not cause substantive damage to this semi divine realm.


    In addition, it is estimated that many totems previously worshipped by the barbarians were either sacrificed to the gods as sacrifices, or dyed by divine power and transformed into puppets of the gods.


    After absorbing the power of many totems, the gods can descend such strong power from the air.

 Chapter 1078

    Yang He Zhenjun was a direct friar of Dali imperial court and won the trust of the imperial court.


    All kinds of high-end knowledge and secrets he obtained from the Imperial College are admired and believed by everyone.


    Since he concluded that the semi divine realm in front of him was very powerful and could not be broken by this friar army, it would not be false and people would not doubt it.


    What''s more, Yang He Zhenjun''s words also echo the wishes of most people.


    Although Meng Zhang led a large number of friars and many true monarchs of Yuanshen, he did not even have a big friar in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    If you take the initiative to attack the demigod domain in front of you, you will just die in vain.


    With Yang Hezhen''s conclusion, everyone, including Meng Zhang, had an excuse to stand still for the time being.


    Even Wen dongzhenjun can''t question Yang Hezhen''s statement. He can only report the situation here to marshal Zhang Weineng.


    In fact, the semi divine realm in front of us is indeed a hard bone to bite, but there are also exaggerations in Yang Hezhen''s words.


    He clearly knew that if he did not exaggerate the power of this semi divine realm, marshal Zhang Weineng was likely to order the friar alliance to storm the barbarian camp.


    At that time, as the supervisor of the army, Yang Hezhen had to take part in the battle.


    Although there was some exaggeration in his words, the power of the demigod domain in front of him was really strong.


    There are not enough great friars in the later period of Yuanshen. Only after taking human lives to fill in and paying extremely heavy casualties, can our side have little possibility to break it.


    In order to protect himself, Yang He Zhenjun began to avoid war.


    Although Yang He Zhenjun''s accomplishments were only in the early days of Yuanshen, he was born in Taixue and had extraordinary knowledge.


    Even Marshal Zhang Weineng can hardly question his judgment on the divine domain in front of him.


    There was no new order from Marshal Zhang Weineng for the time being. Meng Zhang only ordered the friar alliance to station here and temporarily found a place to camp in the Yuantu prairie.


    There was nothing else to do for the time being, and he had more time to carefully examine why his spiritual sense was hoodwinked.


    Meng Zhang carefully checked every item on his body, carefully recalled all his deeds in recent decades, and performed the divine calculation of Dayan, which was not successful for several times.


    Finally, after spending some time, he found the reason why his spiritual sense was hoodwinked.


    In the tent where Meng Zhang lived alone, he sat cross legged, gently playing with a golden stone egg in his hand.


    It was this stone egg obtained from the underworld that led him to be suppressed by the way of heaven and blinded his spiritual sense.


    This stone egg is not only the essence of the self generated natural spirit, but also contains the innate mystery of natural deity.


    If this stone egg does not fall into Meng Zhang''s hands, but flows to other places in the underworld. After a long time, as soon as the opportunity comes, there is a great possibility that a new born ghost will be born.


    Since Meng Zhang has obtained this stone egg, he naturally wants to use it and will not let it give birth to natural ghosts and gods.


    To some extent, Meng Zhang indirectly killed a natural ghost.


    All the natural gods in Jun dust world, including natural ghosts and gods, are loved by heaven and earth and loved by the great road.


    Since Meng Zhang has committed such evil deeds, of course, he will be eaten by the way of heaven.


    If it was someone else, the reverse bite of heaven might not come so soon.


    However, as a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang often deduces heavenly secrets and spies on the operation of the way of heaven.


    If it had not been for the merit and virtue of heaven in his early years, the reverse bite of heaven would have come long ago.


    Coupled with this evil deed, he finally ushered in the reversal of the way of heaven.


    It should be said that the Tiandao counterattack was not serious, but it interfered with his ability as a Tianji master, blinded his spiritual sense, and made him lose his ability of whim.


    If you damage his luck and make him unlucky, that''s a big deal.


    Of course, because the spirit was blinded and didn''t find the trap of the barbarian camp in advance, it was almost introduced into the trap. That''s another matter.


    Now that we have found the root of the problem, we must certainly find a way to solve it.


    One way, which is also the most trouble free way, is to find ways to obtain more heavenly merits and virtues and offset their evil deeds.


    That day, the Tao''s deception of his own spiritual perception will naturally disappear slowly.


    But for a moment, let Meng Zhang go where to get the merits of heaven.


    The merits and virtues of the heavenly way are not so easy to obtain. You must make a great contribution to this heaven and earth in order to get the reward from the heavenly way.


    Another way is for Meng Zhang to work slowly and try to sort out and dispel the power that blinds his spiritual consciousness.


    In the taiyimen classics, there are vague records about the power of the way of heaven to bite back.


    Meng Zhang has no ready-made method and can be used directly.


    He needs to develop such a means out of thin air from the secret arts he has learned. Even, there is no lack of enlightenment and inspiration.


    The probability of success of this method is very low. If it fails, it will lead to more fierce counterattack of the way of heaven.


    However, once successful, it will also be of great benefit to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang will certainly gain something in the process of dispelling the deception of the heavenly way and fighting against the counterattack of the heavenly way.


    Maybe he hasn''t made progress. He can take this opportunity to make a breakthrough.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully for a while and made a decision.


    On the one hand, he should actively look for opportunities and strive for more heavenly virtues.


    On the other hand, he should try to rely on his own strength to resist the phagocytosis of the way of heaven.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, sooner or later he will encounter the counterattack of heaven''s Tao.


    The reverse bite of the heavenly way was not very strong. It was a wake-up call for him not to ignore it.


    He also took this opportunity to experience the anti phagocytic power of the heavenly way, so as to prepare for fighting against the more powerful anti phagocytic power of the heavenly way in the future.


    Now that he had a goal, Meng Zhang began to take action.


    The friar coalition army is temporarily stationed here. There is nothing else. The barbarians outside the territory have not even had routine investigation and harassment.


    Although on the surface, the friar alliance is still in full readiness, in fact, many friars are beginning to slack off.


    Even Meng Zhang, the nominal leader of the coalition army, hid in tents all day long, and rarely appeared outside. Under the example of the upper and the lower, it seems that everyone''s laziness makes sense.


    Of course, even if Meng Zhang doesn''t come forward, the elders of taiyimen can manage the taiyimen friars'' army in order.


    The friars of other Xiuzhen forces are managed by the leaders of their own forces.


    As the leader of the coalition forces, Meng Zhang is only responsible for commanding operations and ordering advance and retreat.


    As for the internal problems of various Xiuzhen forces, he has no right to interfere and is unwilling to interfere.


    As long as the coalition can generally obey orders and drive, he will be basically satisfied and there will be no more demands.

 Chapter 1079

    Meng Zhang doesn''t take care of the affairs. As a supervisor, Yang Hezhen Jun has no opinion. Instead, he is happy and feels less trouble.


    Another supervisor, Wen dongzhenjun, was very dissatisfied with this and felt that Meng Zhang was not dedicated enough.


    In his opinion, no matter what action the army of friars made, it was better than standing still.


    It is the biggest waste for such a powerful force to stay here all the time.


    However, as a supervisor, he seems to be high and powerful, but his actual power is subject to many restrictions.


    Dali imperial dynasty had strict laws, and had very detailed and strict regulations on the rights and responsibilities of supervising the army.


    When Meng Zhang did not directly disobey the military order, he would not interfere with Meng Zhang''s command.


    Not to mention, he and Meng Zhang have known each other for many years. On the surface, they have a deep friendship.


    If it is not necessary, he is not willing to tear his face with Meng Zhang and fall out completely.


    In desperation, he could only expect Marshal Zhang Wei to give orders early and let the Army take action as soon as possible.


    But Zhang Weineng was in a dilemma after receiving the report from this side.


    According to Yang He Zhenjun, the barbarian camp has been transformed into a semi divine realm. If there are not enough great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, it is basically impossible to break.


    The army of monks led by Meng Zhang must not continue to attack the barbarian camp, so as not to die in vain.


    Zhang Weineng now leads more than half of the troops of the expedition and is struggling with foreign invaders coming out of daze.


    At this time when reinforcements are needed, if Meng Zhang leads a large army of friars to reinforcements, it will certainly be greatly beneficial to the war situation.


    However, if Meng Zhang led the army of monks to leave the Yuantu prairie, the foreign barbarians would lose their control, and they might not stick to the camp.


    Once the barbarian army is killed and killed in the Jiuqu Province, the empty Jiuqu province will certainly encounter a catastrophe.


    As governor of the province, Zhang Weineng has a duty to defend his territory.


    If this happens, his crime will be aggravated and it will be difficult to get rid of it.


    However, the strength of the army of monks led by Meng Zhang is not weak. It is a pity to put such an army of monks on the Yuantu prairie.


    Now that the war situation has developed, many places have exceeded Zhang Weineng''s expectations, making all kinds of contingency preparations he made before ineffective.


    If Zhang Wei can maintain the status quo and spend time with the enemy, it will also be detrimental to the overall situation.


    This expedition on the Daheng cultivation world failed. Many preparations made in advance and countless resources invested will be wasted.


    All this is enough. The most important thing is that half of the troops of the expedition will be trapped in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Now that the enemy has shot, it is probably more than the immediate means.


    The enemy''s best target is the half of the expeditionary army whose support is cut off.


    The Dali imperial dynasty is already facing the great pressure brought by the Ziyang holy sect in all aspects. It is not easy to transfer a force to conquer the Daheng cultivation world.


    However, if the expedition fails, half of the expedition army will be lost.


    As the commander-in-chief of the army, commander Zhang Weineng must bear the main responsibility.


    Not to mention, even the Jiuqu province is a bad place.


    The extraterritorial invaders in the cloud daze and Yuantu prairie have really become the biggest scourge of Jiuqu province.


    Emperor Bawu has profound cultivation and great authority. Even Zhang Weineng, a great monk in the later period of the yuan God, feels great pressure in front of him at any time.


    If he is convicted, Zhang Wei can''t resist. He has to bear it honestly.


    The overall situation of the imperial dynasty, the current situation of Jiuqu province and his own future put Zhang Wei in a dilemma. For a moment, he could not make a decision or give further orders.


    Zhang Weineng delayed giving orders, and Meng Zhang led the friar army to maintain the status quo.


    No matter how anxious and dissatisfied Jian Jun Wen dongzhenjun is, there is no better way.


    It''s not a problem for the army to stay still for a long time.


    Meng Zhang, who was busy with his own affairs, also had a new idea after being lobbied by Wen dongzhenjun for many times.


    This friar alliance will organize a team of capable friars to sneak into the vicinity of the barbarian camp.


    On the one hand, they should monitor the movements of the barbarian camp to see if the barbarians outside the territory have any intention of sending troops.


    On the other hand, they are also bait to lure barbarian warriors to expel them.


    If a barbarian warrior can''t stand it and rushes out of the barbarian camp to fight on a large scale, it just suits Meng Zhang''s heart.


    The barbarian camp is where the demigod domain is located. Meng Zhang can''t provoke them.


    But if the barbarian warriors leave the protection of the demigod domain, the Terran friars will have the power of war and the confidence of victory.


    From Meng Zhang''s heart, he didn''t just want to avoid war.


    First, he wanted to fight against the barbarians outside the territory. It''s best to cause huge losses to the other party, or even drive it out of the Jun dust world.


    Second, he also has a sense of the overall situation.


    Dali imperial court took the initiative to calculate the great horizontal cultivation world, but others caught the flaw.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about the life and death of the imperial army.


    Even if the army suffered heavy casualties, he would only gloat.


    However, as a member of the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang did not want to see the Jiuqu Province in chaos and heavy casualties caused by foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang is willing to do his best to protect Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang has high prestige and strong appeal among the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province.


    In particular, he returned from Dali to become a member of the five punishment guards this time. After a period of fermentation, various related deeds also slowly spread to the Jiuqu province.


    A great friar like Ouyang Jian, the king of hard sword, was sheltered by another great friar Han Yao, and was personally received by Emperor Bawu


    Meng Zhang''s image has become more tall in the eyes of local practitioners.


    He gave orders to the friar coalition in the name of the leader of the coalition army. Basically, he could enforce orders and prohibitions, and no one dared to defy orders openly.


    Shortly after the order was issued, a small team of carefully selected friars left the coalition camp and rushed to the front, haunting outside the barbarian camp.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun in the coalition army were not idle and began to go out in groups.


    Their main task is to cover those friars'' teams, prevent the barbarians from bullying the small and send the Barbarian King to hunt down their own low-level friars.


    This is a war between the two worlds, a collision of life and death between foreign invaders and guardians of the world.


    Many default rules and general rules of war in the cultivation world will not apply to such a battlefield.


    The most applicable new law is to use all means to give the enemy the greatest damage and blow in order to completely eliminate the enemy.

 Chapter 1080

    According to Meng Zhang''s order, a group of selected practitioners frequently haunted outside the barbarian camp and made a move to spy on the camp.


    These practitioners did not hide their tracks and could not hide them.


    They almost swaggered and blatantly rushed outside the barbarian camp.


    Of course, these low-level practitioners dare not get too close to the camp, only dare to haunt in the distance.


    The barbarian camp that has been transformed into the semi divine domain, even the yuan God Zhenjun dare not break in, not to mention these low-level practitioners.


    At the beginning, the barbarians kept close to the camp, as if they didn''t notice these practitioners.


    These groups of practitioners flew around wantonly, but they didn''t encounter any obstacles.


    Slowly, some brave practitioners began to become more and more presumptuous.


    They slowly approached the barbarian camp and carefully tested the specific scope of the demigod domain.


    There are also some wild disciples who display sound reinforcement, yell and scold at the barbarian camp, and make all kinds of insulting actions in an attempt to provoke the barbarian.


    When it comes to abusing the enemy and provoking the enemy, many practitioners from the bottom really have some expertise in this field,


    These teams of practitioners sent here have accepted the task in advance. If you can enrage the barbarians and lure the barbarian warriors, they will be rewarded.


    Provoked by Meng Zhang''s words, Wen Dongzhen made a promise that Dali, the governor''s office of Jiuqu province of the imperial dynasty, would undertake the reward.


    In order to encourage these practitioners to work harder, Wen Dongzhen offered a high reward.


    For practitioners, there will never be too many resources.


    Not to mention the weaker cultivation forces, even the best Taiyi disciples in the friars'' army, many people will also feel that there are insufficient cultivation resources and thirst for more cultivation resources.


    Under heavy rewards, there must be brave men.


    Wen Dongzhen''s great reward really stimulated everyone and stimulated their enthusiasm.


    Dali Dynasty has a good reputation in awarding awards, and no one will doubt it.


    As expected, these practitioners did their best to stimulate those barbarian warriors.


    If the barbarian warriors really couldn''t help killing them, they wouldn''t panic.


    Without the protection of the demigod realm, we can fight fairly.


    We all know the strength of barbarian warriors and don''t find it difficult.


    Even if a strong man at the level of manwang makes a move, his yuan God Zhenjun is not a decoration.


    For low-level practitioners, morale is OK as long as the benefits are enough.


    Most of the members of the barbarians outside the territory, especially the warriors of various tribes, are aggressive, rough tempered and extremely irritable.


    Usually, just a little provocation can stimulate them to be angry and kill them with red eyes.


    But this time, all the barbarians in the barbarian camp were specially warned by the barbarian senior level. They were not allowed to leave the barbarian camp without an order.


    In the barbarian camp, countless barbarian warriors were angry and kept shouting. They were only limited to high-level orders. They were trapped and unable to fight.


    As time went by, these barbarian warriors became more and more angry.


    The anger accumulated in their hearts is getting bigger and bigger, and it is more and more difficult to control themselves.


    Even the high-level clan leaders who hit them were angered by the Terran cultivators, and their anger began to rise.


    Even if the barbarians convert their beliefs and become believers of gods, they still can''t change their own nature.


    If the Terran cultivators continue to stimulate, they may really provoke the barbarians and let the barbarian warriors leave the camp to fight.


    In the center of the barbarian camp, the wolf Eagle chief, who commanded the barbarian family, was sitting in a big tent with an unhappy face, listening to a famous Barbarian King below.


    The wolf Eagle chief is the most powerful tribe among the barbarians. He is the leader of the wolf Eagle tribe and the great shaman.


    According to the practice of barbarians, the leader of each tribe is often the Barbarian King.


    Thousands of barbarian warriors have experienced life and death tests before they can give birth to a Barbarian King.


    The Barbarian King is not only the military responsibility of each tribe, but also the direct manager.


    The shaman of each tribe is responsible for assisting the Barbarian King to govern the tribe and rule the people.


    Chief wolf eagle is a rare exception. He was born in shaman, subdued all the barbarian warriors in the tribe and forcibly served as the leader of the tribe.


    It is said that several barbarian warriors who opposed him in the wolf Eagle tribe died in obscurity.


    Because the wolf Eagle tribe has an overwhelming strength advantage over other tribes.


    So all along, among the barbarians who respect the strong, many tribes are led by the wolf Eagle tribe.


    The leader of the wolf Eagle tribe is also the leader of the whole barbarian tribe here.


    The wolf Eagle chief naturally commanded this barbarian clan and was honored as the wolf Eagle chief.


    As a shaman, he is the belief agent of the whole tribe and is responsible for leading all ethnic groups to sacrifice the totems enshrined in the clan.


    The wolf Eagle chief has a unique talent and high cultivation talent. He also had some opportunities to break away from the Shaman''s cultivation limit and had the strength equivalent to the great friar in the later period of the human yuan God.


    His strength has surpassed the totem enshrined by the tribe.


    Barbarians pay attention to the supremacy of strength. The strength of totem is not as good as him. How can he continue to believe in totem.


    Chief wolf eagle is not as conservative and closed as other barbarian shamans. He is a very open-minded man.


    The experience of wandering outside for many years broadened his vision and brought him great ambition.


    Finally, after a series of changes, he gave up his totem belief and chose to believe in a powerful God.


    Chief wolf Eagle knew very well that primitive and backward barbarians must have faith.


    Moreover, after giving up the totem belief, the Shaman''s strength will fall sharply, and all aspects of the whole tribe will be greatly affected.


    Therefore, he chose to replace totem belief with divine belief.


    Of course, this process is not achieved overnight, but through many complex processes.


    Totem belief is the mainstream in the primitive world where barbarians live abroad.


    If there suddenly appears a different kind of belief in gods, it will definitely lead to the exclusion and even hostility of the mainstream.


    The God chosen by the wolf Eagle chief happens to have ambitions for the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, all tribes of this barbarian tribe were integrated by the wolf Eagle chief, and then came to the Jun dust world with the help of the power of the gods.


    This barbarian clan is really strong. After many times of encirclement and suppression by practitioners, they are still standing.


    After being far away from the world of birth, not only many barbarians feel very unaccustomed, but even the totems enshrined by various tribes feel acclimatized, and it is very difficult to adapt to the rules of the new world.


    After the Dali Dynasty conquered Jiuqu province and the situation was stable, chief wolf Eagle began to carry out fundamental reform within the barbarians, gave up totem belief and let all barbarians believe in gods.

 Chapter 1081

    Before the Dali Dynasty conquered the Jiuqu League, the barbarians outside the territory had some collusion with the Dali Dynasty.


    After the Dali imperial dynasty conquered the Jiuqu alliance, it was no longer necessary for the foreign barbarians to contain the power of the Jiuqu alliance, and the foreign barbarians lost their use value.


    The Dali dynasty took the initiative to cut off the contact with the foreign barbarians and tried to eliminate them.


    Later, due to various considerations, the Dali Dynasty chose to retain the extraterritorial barbarians on the Yuantu prairie, as well as the extraterritorial demon and extraterritorial spirit families in daze, and did not kill them all.


    After that, the foreign barbarians ushered in a precious time of peace.


    Far away from the world where they were born, and in the new world full of hostility in Junchen world, the chief wolf Eagle finally made the whole barbarian family completely give up their totem belief and turn to believe in Gods - mixed spirits and gods.


    As for the totems originally enshrined in the tribe, most of them were sacrificed by the wolf Eagle chief to the mixed spirit God.


    A few weak totems are directly transformed into puppets by divine power for the barbarians to drive.


    With the help of the divine power given by the mixed spirit God, the wolf Eagle chief swept away the opponents of all tribes and unified the faith of this barbarian tribe.


    Originally, shamans of various tribes began to obtain new sources of power from mixed spirits and gods.


    The reason why mixed spirits and gods protect this barbarian family is, of course, something to ask for.


    Hundreds of thousands of people of this barbarian family have gradually become devout believers of mixed spirits and gods, providing a huge amount of faith.


    Hunling and respecting God have great plans for the world of Jun dust.


    This barbarian clan is his chess piece, driven by him and serving his plot.


    Now the transformation of the barbarian camp into a demigod is just the beginning.


    With the passage of time, hundreds of thousands of barbarians kept praying day and night, and the mixed spirit and God would lower more divine power.


    If all goes well, after a long enough time, this temporary semi divine domain may become permanent.


    The power and shrouding range of the demigod domain will be greatly enhanced.


    In the end, this semi divine realm is the foothold and the most solid stronghold of the mixed spirit and respected God in the Jun dust world.


    Once the time comes, he can even let his divine power incarnate into the Jun dust world.


    When the expedition army of the Dali imperial dynasty encountered calculations, the extraterritorial demons and extraterritorial spirits in the cloud daze launched a large-scale attack on the Jiuqu Province under the provocation of some forces.


    Foreign barbarians, demons and spirits have already secretly reached an alliance agreement.


    Dali Dynasty is too powerful. If they don''t keep watch and help each other, they can''t get a foothold near Jiuqu province.


    Before launching the attack, the demon family and the spirit family also sent envoys to secretly visit the barbarians and asked the barbarians to send troops to attack the Jiuqu Province in accordance with the requirements of the covenant.


    But this time is the most critical moment for chief wolf eagle.


    The whole tribe transformed their faith, summoned the divine power of mixed spirits and gods to come, and transformed the barbarian camp into a semi divine realm


    From the heart of the wolf Eagle chief, he is very reluctant to start a war at this time and take the initiative to attack the Jiuqu province.


    But the constraints of the covenant left him no choice but to send troops with him.


    Of course, when he sent troops, he deliberately or unintentionally delayed the time. Only when he attacked the barbarian army in Jiuqu Province, could he be blocked by the friar coalition led by Xu Mengying in time.


    When the monk army led by Meng Zhang invaded the Yuantu prairie on a large scale, the chief wolf Eagle first deliberately lured the enemy in depth, prepared to attract the enemy near the barbarian camp and destroy them with the help of the power of the divine domain, so as to reduce his own losses.


    When his intention was seen through, the wolf Eagle chief showed the power of the divine domain without hesitation, frightening Meng Zhang and them.


    In fact, this divine realm seems powerful, and there are no small problems inside.


    However, Meng Zhang and his disciples were not familiar with the divine system. Yang Hezhen, the only one who was familiar with the divine system, had the heart of fearing war and avoiding war, so they did not find these problems.


    First of all, to maintain the existence of this semi divine realm, hundreds of thousands of barbarian people need to pray day and night.


    They paid a great deal of power of faith before they had enough divine power to come.


    Once the coming divine power is not replenished in time, this semi divine domain cannot continue to maintain.


    Originally, the demigod domain was opened at a critical time such as the outbreak of war, not always.


    Otherwise, it will consume too much divine power and cannot be maintained for a long time.


    Now Meng Zhang''s friar alliance is eyeing one side, and the demigod domain has to be opened all the time.


    The whole barbarians, hundreds of thousands of people prayed day and night.


    In a short time, with the excellent physique of barbarians, they can still persist. Once time is delayed too long, it is difficult to continue.


    Secondly, if hundreds of thousands of barbarians want to survive, they need the resources of almost the whole Yuantu prairie.


    Grazing, gathering and even planting can provide enough food.


    Now all the barbarians have shrunk into the barbarian camp and rely on the food accumulated before. They can''t last long.


    The barbarian strongmen are powerful, but they can''t produce a lot of food out of thin air.


    Mixed spirits respect God, have great powers, and are not omnipotent. There is no way to provide food for hundreds of thousands of believers.


    Finally, many powerful barbarians are now in a critical period of changing their sources of power.


    Shamans, in particular, need to convert all the power previously obtained from totems into divine power from mixed spirits and gods.


    In this process, their combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced.


    Chief wolf eagle, as the key figure to open this semi divine domain, can''t leave the barbarian camp until the semi divine domain is completely stable, and even his strength will be restrained.


    This barbarian seems to have a semi divine realm and is already in an invincible position.


    However, various internal hidden dangers make them a little stronger than others.


    Meng Zhang and others were frightened by the great power of the demigod domain. They didn''t make further exploration or think deeply, so they ignored many details.


    So far, the whole friar coalition, including Meng Zhang, has not been aware of these problems of foreign barbarians.


    Of course, to a large extent, this is also related to the people''s weak will to fight and their desire to avoid war.


    Most of the senior members of the friar coalition were not focused on how to defeat the barbarians.


    After calculation, Meng Zhang has become the most determined person among the yuan God Zhenjun of the local cultivation forces.


    Wen Dongzhen, as the supervisor of the army, did his duty and fully supervised the operation of the army.


    In order to deal with this supervisor, others have to pretend Even if they are unwilling to do so.


    Dali imperial court had strict military law, and it was not a light crime to fear and avoid war.


    No one wants to be caught by Wen Dongzhen Jun, so on the surface, they have to pretend to be very positive.

 Chapter 1082

    In the barbarian camp, because of the provocation of the cultivators, not only many low-level barbarian warriors were furious, but even the high-level barbarian kings began to sit still.


    Several barbarian kings found the wolf Eagle chief together and wanted to encourage him to go to war and destroy those human practitioners who didn''t know how to live or die.


    The wolf Eagle chief put most of his mind on maintaining this demigod domain.


    At this time, he hates the situation of extraneous branches.


    With the passage of time, the divine power of the mixed spirit worshipped the God slowly solidified around the barbarian camp, and then he could free his hand.


    At this time, the top priority is to completely stabilize this semi divine domain.


    Several savage kings angrily came to the chief wolf eagle and soon made a noise.


    One of the reasons why the wolf Eagle chief was able to successfully convert the barbarians into beliefs was that he won the support of most of the barbarians by means of collusion, coercion and inducement.


    Even if he is cruel and decisive, he can''t ignore these barbarian kings.


    The appeal of these barbarian Kings is very simple.


    Since the barbarians have changed their faith and believe in mixed spirits and gods, the barbarians should be more powerful than before.


    Even before, no human cultivator dared to block the barbarian camp to provoke.


    How did the barbarians become timid after they believed in mixed spirits and gods?


    Chief wolf Eagle patiently and slowly persuaded everyone that now is the critical moment. Don''t be impulsive.


    When this semi divine realm is stable and the power of mixed spirits and gods is completely rooted in this world, they will naturally have the opportunity to settle accounts with those practitioners.


    However, these simple minded and hot tempered barbarian kings have been completely angered by the practitioners.


    Once their temper breaks out, they don''t care about anything else and can''t listen to other people''s persuasion at all.


    The wolf Eagle chief persuaded for a long time, but he couldn''t appease several barbarian kings.


    Chief wolf Eagle understood that these guys were determined to teach the Terran cultivators a lesson.


    Before they act, they also know to come and inform themselves, which is already regarded as respecting themselves.


    Although the barbarians are naturally far more powerful than ordinary people, they also have many natural defects.


    Such as rough and irritable character, it is difficult to overcome. Even the Barbarian King is often driven by anger.


    The wolf Eagle chief also understood that blocking is better than sparse, and on second thought, he also had some new ideas.


    At present, the Terran friar army has been camped at a distance from the barbarian camp and can''t stand against the barbarian camp.


    If the two sides confront each other for a long time, I''m afraid some weaknesses of the barbarian side will be exposed.


    It''s better to let your own warriors fight with the Terran cultivators.


    Seeing that there are not many advantages to take, and there are a large number of casualties, maybe the Terran cultivators will have the idea of retreating.


    In that way, my family also has an explanation to the inside.


    Chief wolf eagle is a very decisive person. If he has an idea in mind, he will implement it immediately.


    He soon gave the order to attack.


    Of course, not all the barbarian troops went out to fight with the Terran army.


    Even the most stupid barbarians will not take the initiative to give up their biggest advantage.


    He sent a team of low-level warriors to fight with the Terran cultivators.


    He strictly limited their attack range and must not leave the barbarian camp too far.


    The fourth rank strong among the barbarians, including the barbarian kings, are not allowed to attack, but are allowed to watch.


    If Zhenjun, the protoss of the Terran, bullies the small with the big and starts fighting against the low-level barbarian warriors, they can cover their own warriors.


    The order of the wolf Eagle chief was quickly conveyed. A team of barbarian low-level warriors and even some low-level shamans who had completed the transformation killed the outside group of cultivators.


    The fourth level strong men of the barbarians are monitoring the trend of the battlefield and are ready to support at any time.


    Soon after, fierce small-scale battles broke out not far from the barbarian camp.


    The barbarian warrior, who had long held his anger, was extremely fierce and looked like he was going to tear the enemy to pieces.


    Not willing to show weakness, a group of cultivators took the initiative to meet and fight with each other.


    The high-ranking strongmen of both sides are watching the change, and they have no intention to make a move for the time being.


    In such a battle, the Terran cultivators have many means, are good at using foreign objects such as talismans and magic tools, and show a strong combat effectiveness.


    Especially the friars from the same sect, with tacit understanding, are especially adapted to this small-scale battle.


    The barbarians have the greatest dependence because they rely on the camp.


    Even if the battle is unfavorable for a while, they can retreat back to the camp in time, as if they had returned to the safety zone all at once.


    Not to mention these low-level human friars, even the yuan God Zhenjun did not dare to easily approach the barbarian camp.


    Of course, the Terran friars did not watch the barbarian warriors retreat.


    Many times, the barbarian warriors who are completely angered will lose their reason, frantically pursue and kill the human friars, stay away from the barbarian camp, and fall into the trap of the enemy.


    In this way, after several days of bloody fighting, there were many casualties.


    Especially on the barbarian side, the casualties are particularly heavy.


    The senior management of both sides are not satisfied with this situation.


    The high level of the barbarians felt that their casualties were more serious and that they were defeated. They were not satisfied.


    On the one hand, the practitioners failed to attract a large number of enemies and stay away from the barbarian camp.


    Judging from the battlefield situation, most of the barbarian warriors still retain a minimum of soberness and have no cover away from the barbarian camp.


    As for the fourth order strong of the barbarians, they only linger near the barbarian camp.


    Having the shortcomings of simple mind, rough temper and irritability does not mean that barbarians are fools.


    The barbarian kings never expected to hurt the foundation of the Terran friars through such a battle.


    They just need a way to vent their anger. They don''t have to fight with the Terran friars.


    When their anger was vented, they calmed down a little.


    Of course, in any case, the two sides have started a small-scale battle, which is better than doing nothing before.


    For Meng Zhang and others, this is an explanation to the Dali Dynasty.


    You see, we haven''t done anything, but have been fighting with barbarians.


    As for the place of the barbarian camp, there is really nothing to do.


    On the whole, the friar alliance fell into a stalemate with the foreign barbarians.


    The Terran low-level friars suffered many casualties, but the Terran did not show any retreat, which made the wolf Eagle chief a little miscalculated.


    The Terran friar Union army stayed here for a long time, which was the last thing he wanted to see.


    Meng Zhang did not know that this friar Union army stayed on the Yuantu grassland for a long time, which was a great threat to the barbarian camp.

 Chapter 1083

    In the following days, the barbarian warriors made many small-scale attacks and fought bloody battles with a group of cultivators.


    However, the strong barbarians are still relatively restrained. No matter how tempted the enemy, they have no intention to leave the barbarian camp.


    Even though the wolf Eagle chief knew that such a long-term stalemate would be bad for his own side, he remained silent and did not show his concern at all. He allowed the low-level members of both sides to fight fiercely.


    On the Terran side, most of the yuan Shen Zhen Jun have no fighting spirit. It''s like dealing with errands. When they show up every day, they are simply pointing Mao.


    As the leader of the coalition forces, Meng Zhang often set an example.


    He had to spend a lot of time focusing on the barbarian camp.


    Meng Zhang was very serious. He flew around the barbarian camp many times, used various means and observed the camp carefully.


    After a period of observation, he had a faint feeling that there should be some exaggeration in Yang He Zhenjun''s words.


    Even if this barbarian camp is transformed into a demigod realm, the power is not as terrible as expected. As long as your side is willing to pay sacrifices and regardless of casualties, you can still fight.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s understanding of Shinto is limited. Maybe he made a wrong judgment.


    Even if his judgment is correct, he is not an ignorant young man for a long time. At least he knows his way of life. In any case, he will not openly disagree with Yang Hezhen Jun.


    He does not exclude fighting with foreign barbarians. If the opportunity is right, he is willing to eliminate these barbarians.


    But if fighting with barbarians will lead to too much loss, he should think about it.


    The dispatched team of cultivators could not induce the main force of the barbarians to leave the camp, which was expected by Meng Zhang.


    He just takes the attitude of giving it a try, even if he fails, there is nothing.


    Now the cultivators and the barbarians are at war. Meng Zhang can also deal with Wen Dongzhen, and he can''t ask for more.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng led more than half of the troops of the expedition. Now he is in a bitter battle with the demon and spirit families outside the territory.


    As a senior official in charge of Jiuqu Province, of course, he should consider not only the current situation, but also the overall situation.


    In a helpless situation, he secretly met with Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Zhang Weineng and Bawu emperor have the same attitude towards the evil cultivation of taking refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty. They should not only make use of it, but also be on guard.


    Zhang Weineng did not have the cultivation and bearing of Bawu emperor. He would only be more wary of evil cultivation.


    This time, he created a magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world with the help of the power of magic cultivation. But Zhang Weineng has always avoided having too much contact with the powerful demon cultivation of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    They have been hiding in the dark, secretly using their means to mess up the Da Heng cultivation world.


    Now the war situation is unfavorable. Zhang Wei can think of using the power of demon cultivation.


    Of course, according to the practice of Dali Dynasty, the relationship with demon cultivation will not be openly exposed.


    Even with the help of the power of magic cultivation, it also makes magic cultivation sneak and indirectly provide help.


    Although it''s almost an open secret for Dali to collude with the imperial dynasty, at least it should be pretended.


    Just like now, Mo Qingzhen is not suitable to appear on the front battlefield.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t ask Mo qingzhenjun to help publicly, but just wanted him to go to Yuantu prairie to see if there were any flaws in the semi divine domain established by the barbarians.


    As far as Zhang Weineng knows, friars like Mo qingzhenjun, who have a series of demons, have some special means that can be used to deal with Shinto.


    Mo Qingzhen agreed to Zhang Weineng''s request without hesitation.


    Mo Qingzhen went to Yuantu prairie.


    He didn''t contact Meng Zhang either. He just looked around carefully at the semidivine realm.


    Then he summoned Zhang Weineng and said that relying on his current strength alone, he really could not break through this semi divine domain.


    After receiving the summons from Mo qingzhenjun, Zhang Weineng also died. He knew that relying on his own strength alone could not solve the problems he faced.


    Hengdao Zhenjun, who was trapped on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, also summoned Zhang Weineng many times. It seems that there are strong people peeping around the expedition army.


    At this time, Zhang Weineng can''t care about anything else. Even if the middle and high levels of the DPRK attack their incompetence, he can''t make the situation worse.


    Zhang Wei didn''t want to delay any more, so he had to ask emperor Bawu for help directly.


    Zhang Weineng also knows that Dali Dynasty is now facing great pressure in all aspects. It is not easy to draw out this expedition army this time.


    I''m afraid it''s a little difficult for Bawu emperor to continue sending reinforcements from the DPRK to China.


    If he didn''t really have no good plan, he wouldn''t take the initiative to ask for help.


    After receiving Zhang Weineng''s request for help, Bawu emperor was indeed a little embarrassed.


    For many years, Ziyang Shengzong has been exerting pressure on Dali Dynasty, but he has never done it himself.


    The Dali dynasty did hide a lot of power and had several cards.


    But these are all prepared for Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong has not made a move, his side will expose his cards, and it is clear that he has fallen to the disadvantage.


    However, Emperor Bawu could not ignore Zhang Weineng''s request for help.


    If you lose the strength of Jiuqu Province, it will hurt your muscles and bones a little from the imperial dynasty.


    Finally, the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda volunteered to go to Jiuqu province.


    Since he reached the realm of Yang God, Chunyu Zhongda rarely left the capital.


    He occasionally left for the capital several times, basically in the territory of Dali imperial dynasty.


    He wants to move his hands and feet.


    After a little hesitation, Emperor Bawu agreed to Chunyu Zhongda''s offer.


    Chunyu Zhongda is superior to Bawu emperor in many aspects.


    If emperor Bawu had not been blessed by the throne of Dali Dynasty, he might not have been able to surpass Chunyu Zhongda.


    Although Chunyu Zhongda was very relieved, before leaving, Emperor Bawu gave Haosheng some advice.


    In addition, Emperor Bawu temporarily lent Chunyu Zhongda a life-saving thing he had collected in his personal collection just in case.


    Chunyu Zhongda didn''t want to accept it, but he couldn''t resist emperor Bawu''s insistence.


    After saying goodbye to Bawu emperor, Chunyu Zhongda directly transmitted the Dharma array to Jiuqu city through a long-distance transmission.


    Jiuqu city is the core of the whole region in the era of Jiuqu alliance.


    As the provincial governance of Jiuqu Province, it has always been the focus of Zhang Weineng.


    Even Zhang Weineng, who is now facing the problem of insufficient troops, still retains a strong defensive force in Jiuqu city.


    This is not only to protect the nest, but also his last reserve team.


    In addition, Jiuqu city is guarded by a fourth-order protective array, which is almost impossible to be broken.

 Chapter 1084

    Between Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda, they are not only monarchs and ministers, but also like-minded friends. Many years of friendship.


    Chunyu Zhongda, as the true king of the Yang God, has a place even in front of the holy doors.


    If he wants, he can get the position of elder Keqing in most holy places.


    But for so many years, he has been working diligently for Dali imperial court, even for the Holy Land Sect.


    This time, Chunyu Zhongda volunteered to relieve emperor Bawu''s worries.


    If troops are dispatched from the imperial territory to reinforce them, it will inevitably delay time, and the movement will not be small.


    Chunyu Zhongda goes out alone, which is better than thousands of troops. Moreover, it is convenient to come and go, and there will be no noise.


    With his cultivation in the Yang God period, whether he attacked the barbarian semi God domain or helped Zhang Weineng deal with the demon and spirit families outside the domain, he could settle the battle quickly.


    Chunyu Zhongda smoothly transmitted the Dharma array to Jiuqu city through long-distance transmission.


    As he stepped out of the transmission array, he was still thinking about which direction he should give priority to reinforcement.


    All parts of Jiuqu province have long built a long-distance transmission array connecting Jiuqu city.


    Looking at several transmission arrays leading to different directions in front of him, Chunyu Zhongda hesitated.


    Chunyu Zhongda, as a national teacher, holds a high position in the court, almost below one person and above ten thousand people.


    In the whole Dali Dynasty, except Bawu emperor, no one else was qualified to order him.


    Even emperor Bawu rarely gave orders directly to him. If there is anything, we should discuss it with him.


    Dali imperial officials, even if they haven''t seen it, have heard a lot about the national master.


    Seeing Chunyu Zhongda coming out of the teleportation array, several officials in charge of the teleportation array immediately greeted him very humbly and said hello to the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda.


    Chunyu Zhongda had no mind to deal with these people. He waved and asked them to step down.


    At this time, a warning suddenly rose in his heart, as if there would be an imminent disaster.


    Friars who can survive the thunder disaster can get some special abilities from it, which can be regarded as the feedback of heaven.


    Although Chunyu Zhongda has never practiced heaven''s secrets, he has a keen sense of spirit since childhood and has a certain sense of good and bad luck.


    After entering the Yuanshen period, he gained the ability of whim.


    After going through the thunder robbery and upgrading the Yang God, he has greatly strengthened his ability in this regard.


    Benefiting from his impulsive ability, he escaped many disasters.


    He never doubted this ability and believed in it.


    Chunyu Zhongda didn''t hesitate. He turned and left. When he stepped into the transmission array, he had to start the array immediately and leave here as soon as possible.


    We can imagine the horror of the disaster that Chunyu Zhongda feels unable to resist.


    His reaction is not slow, but even if the long-distance transmission array is started immediately, it needs a little time buffer to start transmission.


    In such a short time, terrorist attacks came immediately.


    A purple sun suddenly appeared in the sky.


    This round of purple sun emits incomparably bright light, which eclipses the real big sun in the sky.


    The purple sun fell heavily from the air and directly hit the Jiuqu city below.


    The fourth-order protection array in Jiuqu City sensed great pressure and started spontaneously.


    The friar in charge of the grand array, under the leadership of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun, blessed the grand array as quickly as possible and mobilized the strength of the grand array to meet the enemy.


    Almost everyone in Jiuqu city felt a fatal threat. The fourth-order protection array ran at a crazy high speed and recklessly extracted the power of the earth vein.


    Piles of spirit stones are consumed quickly, and wisps of jade spirit clearing machines are put into the big array in order to stimulate the strongest power of the big array.


    Unfortunately, all this has no effect.


    Before the purple sun hit Jiuqu City, its terrible power directly destroyed the fourth order protection array.


    All the efforts made by all the monks in Jiuqu city have no effect.


    The fourth-order protection array is directly extinguished. All the friars in charge of the array, regardless of their accomplishments, from the yuan God Zhenjun to the Qi refining minor cultivation, and their bodies immediately turned into powder.


    The whole city began to shake violently and then collapsed quickly.


    All creatures in the city, regardless of common customs, were killed and injured at once.


    In the face of such a terrible blow, even if there are surviving monks in the city, they will never be able to resist.


    The location of the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda, that is, the place where the long-distance transmission array is arranged, is the focus of the attack.


    The whole area just disappeared.


    Chunyu Zhongda''s figure, along with everything around him, was directly broken.


    Tens of miles away from Jiuqu City, Chunyu Zhongda''s figure suddenly appeared from the air and fell to the ground.


    It turned out that after sensing the threat, he let a phantom enter the long-distance transmission array to try to attract the enemy''s attention.


    His body hides his tracks and immediately performs the art of space shuttle, trying to escape from the space gap.


    But the power of the purple sun was too terrible. While destroying all resistance forces and targets, it also completely disrupts the surrounding space.


    The space gap that could have passed safely has now become a mess.


    Countless space mezzanine were destroyed and the space structure became very unstable. The sudden space storm swept almost all the space gaps.


    There are countless powerful forces in the space, constantly squeezing and pulling Chunyu Zhongda''s body, so that he can''t stand in it, so he has to withdraw from the space gap and return to the sun.


    His escape was temporarily interrupted.


    He didn''t even have time to hesitate, so he began to run for his life again.


    Before his body fell to the ground, Chunyu Zhongda immediately performed his escape skill and fled to the distance quickly.


    One shot has such a power, which makes Chunyu Zhongda so embarrassed. The enemy must return to the virtual power.


    Although Yang Shen Zhen Jun and Hui Xu Da Neng seem to be separated by only one level, the strength between them is very different, and it is basically impossible to surpass the challenge.


    Chunyu Zhongda meets the ambush of Huixu Da, so he has to flee in a panic.


    He kept scolding in his heart. Ziyang Shengzong, as one of the holy sects leading the Junchen world, had no bottom line.


    At the same time, he was a little surprised at the determination and ferocity of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If you don''t move, you will be broken. People have no power to resist.


    Even for the Holy Land Sect, returning to virtual power should not be the biggest card. How can it be so easy to light up? Is it just to chase and kill yourself?


    Chunyu Zhongda temporarily suppressed these doubts and began to run for his life.

 Chapter 1085

    Chunyu Zhongda soon put aside all his thoughts and began to run for his life wholeheartedly.


    He was only slightly injured by the blow just now.


    But the great power of that blow made him feel irresistible, and he didn''t dare to stop to fight with the enemy.


    Chunyu Zhongda''s figure turned into a hiding light and disappeared in the sky. The purple sun rose again, as if to catch up and continue to chase.


    "That''s enough." an angry cry sounded from the distant nine days and reached here directly.


    This is the voice from the heavenly palace, which people can''t ignore.


    The heavenly palace has formulated many guidelines for the whole cultivation world. One of the most important things is to limit the return of virtual energy in the Jun dust world.


    If you can sneak and make some small moves quietly, as long as you don''t go too far, Tiangong may not care.


    But the blow just now, without concealing its prestige, almost wiped the whole zigzag city from the earth, which was earth shaking.


    There was so much noise that Tiangong had to intervene.


    The holy door of Ziyang holy sect also has strong power in the heavenly palace, and can even interfere with some decisions of the heavenly palace.


    Of course, some people in the heavenly palace have stopped it. Ziyang Shengzong''s return to virtual power must buy a face and can''t fight against others.


    Almost all the holy places in the Junchen world should give face to the foot heavenly palace. At least on the surface, it is only the horse of the heavenly palace.


    That round of purple sun slowly disappeared, and Huixu Daneng didn''t continue to shoot.


    Just a few lights appeared in the sky. They chased Chunyu Zhongda and followed him.


    Obviously, even if Huixu can''t do it, Ziyang Shengzong still has enough power to hunt Chunyu Zhongda.


    Chunyu Zhongda is facing the biggest crisis since his debut. It is unknown whether he can escape this disaster.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness can do it himself, almost erasing the whole Jiuqu city.


    But inside and outside the city, there are some lucky guys who narrowly escaped.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power is not intended to create too many evils, but to kill Chunyu Zhongda and establish prestige by the way.


    For these survivors, Ziyang Shengzong despised them at all.


    Soon, the news that Ziyang Shengzong Huixu could destroy the whole Jiuqu city spread to the whole territory of Jiuqu province and quickly spread abroad.


    Both Marshal Zhang Weineng, who was fighting against foreign invaders, and Meng Zhang, who was still staying on the Yuantu prairie, soon received the news.


    They didn''t believe it at first, but they were shocked by the news through various channels.


    They don''t know the news that Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher, was chased and killed by Ziyang Shengzong. Otherwise, I''m afraid it will be more flustered.


    Meng Zhang clearly realized what panic is among the coalition forces.


    The news that Jiuqu city was erased by returning to virtual power can''t be concealed at all.


    Due to the deliberate spread of some intentional people, it soon became known to all.


    Even the most insensitive guy knows that the situation has changed.


    Among the friars'' allied forces, without the command of the leader Meng Zhang, all the friars took the initiative to shrink back to the camp, ignoring the continued entanglement with the barbarians.


    Even those low-level friars know that their situation is very bad and their prospects are not good.


    The top leaders of various Xiuzhen forces were extremely shocked at first, and then made frequent private contacts to discuss unknown things.


    The two overseers of the coalition army, Wen Dongzhen Jun and Yang Hezhen Jun, noticed the undercurrent surging in the coalition army, but there was nothing they could do.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great ability to return to emptiness has been shot. If Dali imperial court doesn''t come up with countermeasures immediately, I''m afraid people will soon be dispersed and the situation will completely collapse.


    By this time, everyone began to consider the way back.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and Yang Hezhen Jun are both legitimate friars of Dali imperial dynasty. At present, they have no two hearts.


    But they are restless and flustered. They can''t care for others.


    Several Xiuzhen forces were originally local Xiuzhen forces of Jiuqu League. Later, they took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty due to the situation.


    They don''t have much loyalty to Dali Dynasty, and their own survival is the most important.


    If Dali imperial court is defeated by Ziyang Shengzong, they can change their master with peace of mind.


    Not to mention other families, even many elders of Taiyi sect sent Meng Zhang to inquire about their future plans after receiving the news.


    After the initial panic, Meng Zhang soon recovered his calm and began to think about countermeasures.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong suddenly took the lead and suppressed the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Next, it depends on whether the Dali Dynasty has any cards to deal with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen should not be in a hurry to stand in line, let alone betray Dali imperial court immediately.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about being called a family slave with three surnames, but felt that the time was wrong.


    The more this critical moment, the more calm you have to be.


    At least, at present, Dali Dynasty has a very strong strength in Jiuqu Province, which is enough to suppress taiyimen and other local Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang went to the capital once and knew how powerful Dali was.


    The strength shown is only the tip of the iceberg. Who knows how many hidden cards are there from the imperial dynasty.


    Before all the cards of Dali Dynasty were revealed, taiyimen was still a loyal minister of Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang did not easily tell others his thoughts, but warned those top taiyimen who were uncertain.


    At least for now, they are absolutely not allowed to express their feelings of disobedience to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    No one is allowed to openly oppose the great departure of the imperial court without his own order.


    Meng Zhang had a high prestige in the door and soon suppressed the people who were ready to move in the door.


    No matter how terrible the return to virtual power is, as long as you are a disciple of Taiyi sect, you must obey the leader''s order unconditionally.


    The Taiyi sect was pacified by Meng Zhang, and other forces of truth cultivation were still restless.


    Xu Mengying, a member of the Huanglian sect, found an excuse to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang told Xu Mengying his idea without reservation and was recognized by Xu Mengying.


    The two agreed that they could not act alone and must advance and retreat together.


    Next, Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun temple and Jiqiao Zhenjun of Jiqiao sect secretly came to see Meng Zhang and inquire about his tone.


    Meng Zhang was very tight lipped and didn''t say his plan. Just warned them that the current situation is not clear, they should still obey the Dali Dynasty and should not show opposition.


    Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun were not strong enough. Relying on them alone and without the encouragement of others, they dare not easily betray the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After being warned by Meng Zhang, they put away their careful thoughts and became much more honest.


    They are the only true monarchs in their respective families. As long as they can''t afford to disagree, there will be no storms in the door.

 Chapter 1086

    In addition to the four Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate, there are many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the friar coalition.


    Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult, Changchun Zhenjun of changchunguan, qiqiaozong qiqiaozhen Jun, huolieshan Huolie Zhenjun, no rift and no crack Zhenjun, Shangguan Huizhen Jun and Shangguan Tuzhen Jun, the ancestors of Shangguan family.


    As for the two overseers of the Dali imperial dynasty, let''s not mention them for the time being.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of various forces has their own interests.


    Meng Zhang himself chose to maintain the status quo and watch its change, which also affected the people who had a good relationship with him.


    Taiyi sect and Huanglian sect have not changed much.


    But people''s hearts are changeable. Not everyone has the same idea as Meng Zhang.


    In some people''s opinion, Meng Zhang is too conservative and too timid.


    In recent years, the situation of Jiuqu League has changed greatly, which has had a great impact on the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Every time there is a big change, some forces of truth cultivation rise, and some forces of truth cultivation are weakened and even perished.


    The Xiuzhen forces present are all located in the north of Jiuqu Province, which can be regarded as the one who later took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, the Xiuzhen forces who took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty and were willing to lead the way gained a lot of benefits after Dali imperial dynasty conquered Jiuqu League, and even further improved the strength of the sect.


    For example, Shuiling Zhenjun and others in Shuiling Pavilion took advantage of the great change of Jiuqu alliance.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family, Shangguan Huizhen Jun and Shangguan Tuzhen Jun, have long been jealous of this.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong is personally fighting against Dali imperial court. Everyone is extremely hostile to these foreign big businesses, and has a lot of complaints against Dali imperial court.


    Now Dali Dynasty is cleaned up by Ziyang Shengzong. Many people still feel very happy and are happy to watch the excitement.


    Huolieshan, which is famous for its skill of refining utensils, was robbed of almost all its business by large foreign merchants, and many corners were dug, even affecting the inheritance of the sect.


    The fire is fierce. The real king is just like his name. He has a very hot temper and almost burns at a little.


    Provoked by the two old guys in the official family, he soon lost his temper and became angry publicly.


    He publicly expressed many dissatisfaction with the departure of the imperial court among the friar coalition forces.


    Such an army was dragged on the Yuantu prairie and could not advance or retreat.


    In order to support this army, the large storehouses of all families will be hollowed out.


    It''s just that the governor''s office doesn''t give subsidies. It forces everyone to March. Isn''t it for everyone to die?


    Ziyang Shengzong gently took action, and Jiuqu city was destroyed once, which was already precarious from the imperial dynasty.


    At this time, we should protect ourselves and find a way out.


    If anyone wants to stay on the sinking ship of Dali imperial dynasty, maybe his family is the next Jiuqu city.


    ¡­¡­


    Huolie Zhenjun complained for a long time and said a lot of things he shouldn''t say, but he didn''t really want to turn over with Dali Dynasty immediately.


    In fact, his only purpose is to withdraw troops immediately and let everyone go home.


    The supervisor heard that even if dongzhenjun was in a mess and didn''t want to take care of things, he couldn''t bear such remarks from Huolie Zhenjun.


    He immediately found Huolie Zhenjun and scolded him.


    Huo liezhen Jun was scolded and his temper broke out. He didn''t care to hear the identity of Dongzhen Jun and was about to turn against him immediately.


    Fortunately, there were others nearby at that time. They quickly pulled him away, and someone persuaded the angry Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    Finally, Yang Hezhen felt that there should be no internal strife at this time, and everyone should unite to respond.


    He talked well and badly before he persuaded Wen Dongzhen, who was very unwilling, to go away.


    After Meng Zhang knew the dispute, he also put on the posture of the leader of the coalition army, scolded Huolie Zhenjun for a few words, and suppressed him temporarily.


    Whether it is the strength of Taiyi gate or Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, Huolie Zhenjun is terrified.


    He borrowed a donkey to buy Meng Zhang''s face and temporarily stopped.


    After such a disturbance, the people inside the friar coalition were even more terrified and scattered.


    As a supervisor of the army, Wen dongzhenjun still has a sense of responsibility and feels that he can''t tolerate Huolie Zhenjun''s behavior.


    He reported everything that happened here to marshal Zhang Weineng through summoning Feijian.


    Then, he was ready to talk to Meng Zhang about how to deal with Huolie Zhenjun.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng smoothly received the report from Wen Dongzhen Jun. However, at this moment, he has ignored the situation on the Yuantu prairie.


    In the conversation with Hengdao Zhenjun trapped in the Daheng cultivation world, he obtained the latest information from the Daheng cultivation world.


    When Ziyang holy sect walked around the world, Xiao Jiansheng appeared in the Daheng cultivation world to help those cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world temporarily block the attack of demons.


    Then, Xiao Jiansheng publicly claimed that Dali colluded with the imperial court to spread demonized items and created this magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The whole great horizontal cultivation world was boiling because of Xiao Jiansheng''s words.


    The devil disaster that caused great damage to the Dharma cultivation world was actually a trick played by the Dali imperial dynasty. Everyone was extremely angry.


    Xiao Jiansheng easily gathered a group of practitioners from the Daheng cultivation world to form an army and surrounded half of the expedition army led by Hengdao Zhenjun.


    Hengdao Zhenjun doesn''t know what happened in Jiuqu province. He asks Zhang Weineng for help during the call.


    With the personality of Hengdao Zhenjun, if there is no way, he will not ask for help in such a hurry.

 Chapter 1087

    On the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, Xiao Jiansheng publicly accused the Dali Dynasty of being the behind the scenes man who created the magic disaster. Almost all the practitioners immediately believed his words.


    The whole Daheng cultivation world, from top to bottom, is full of hatred for the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The half of the expedition army led by Hengdao Zhenjun was soon exposed to the eyes of the people in the Daheng cultivation world under the design of those who wanted to.


    Just temporarily stop the attack of demons. Under the persuasion and coordination of Xiao Jiansheng, the major Xiuzhen forces in Daheng Xiuzhen world began to transfer forces to deal with the invaders of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Half of the expedition army led by Hengdao Zhenjun seems to be large in number and not weak in strength, but because Qinggu Zhenjun is lost in the space gap, there is not even a big monk in the army in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In addition, when the army encounters the enemy''s calculation and hangs alone in the enemy''s territory, even the elite of Dali imperial dynasty still have to lose their morale.


    When Xiao Jiansheng led the friars of Daheng cultivation world to appear in front of Hengdao Zhenjun, knowing that the situation was bad, Hengdao Zhenjun had to fight hard.


    Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, has been thinking of revenge since he lost the Jiuqu League and went abroad last time.


    Now facing the army of Dali imperial dynasty, he almost didn''t hesitate to kill it first.


    There is no equal friar in the expedition of the Dali imperial dynasty, who can resist the great friar Xiao Jiansheng.


    Only by relying on the large array arranged by the army, can you barely parry with the power of the array.


    However, the army of monks sent by the Dharma cultivation world also know how to arrange for the enemy.


    Although the number is far less than that of Dali imperial court, the array is not as good as that of Dali imperial court. But with their restraint, Xiao Jiansheng was able to enter the enemy array, show his divine power and kill wantonly.


    When Hengdao Zhenjun communicated with Marshal Zhang Weineng for the last time, he was full of despair.


    He reported the final situation of the war to marshal Zhang Weineng and said goodbye to him.


    The call was interrupted before he had finished speaking.


    After that, no matter how Zhang Wei can urge the communication stone tablet, he can no longer contact Hengdao Zhenjun.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng threw away the last glimmer of fantasy in his heart and knew that most of the army hanging in the enemy''s territory had been destroyed.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who had confronted Dali imperial court for many years, finally took action. Once he took action, it was a powerful force, and directly crushed Dali imperial court with absolute strength.


    Marshal Zhang Weineng is distracted and can''t make new decisions for the time being.


    Originally, he should temporarily block the news of the accident of the isolated army trapped in the Daheng cultivation world and keep it strictly confidential.


    However, when he communicated with Hengdao Zhenjun, he did not deliberately hide it, but carried out it openly under many hands.


    Facing the fierce attack of Ziyang holy sect, even Zhang Weineng was in a mess, let alone others.


    His helper didn''t have a second heart, but because Zhang Wei was negligent and didn''t strictly control it, everyone had to talk in private.


    In this way, the news of the total annihilation of the army led by Hengdao Zhenjun soon spread among Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    When Marshal Zhang Weineng reacted and wanted to control the spread of the news, it was too late.


    You know, the source of this army led by Zhang Weineng is still complex.


    There are elite troops drawn from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty, local garrison troops drawn from all over Jiuqu Province, pro troops that Zhang Wei can personally control, friars sent by big businesses such as Datong business alliance to assist in the war, and friars recruited by the Southern Sect of Jiuqu Province


    Friars have complex sources and many people. No information can be kept secret.


    Especially those friars recruited from the southern Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, after receiving the news, they knew that it was important. They immediately tried their best to spread the news of the accident of Hengdao Zhenjun back to their Xiuzhen forces through various channels.


    The relationship between these forces of truth cultivation is complicated.


    There are allies and enemies


    It is common to send spies and even undercover agents to other Xiuzhen forces.


    As long as it is not the high-level secrets strictly kept secret by various Xiuzhen forces, the possibility of disclosure is not small.


    The dark hall of Taiyi gate made meritorious service again. An Muran, the disciple, did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    He succeeded in obtaining this valuable information and passed it to Meng Zhang in time.


    After Wen dongzhenjun reported the problems in the coalition forces to marshal Zhang Weineng, he never received a response.


    He couldn''t wait for the response from Marshal Zhang Weineng and went directly to Meng Zhang.


    He asked Meng Zhang to wave back the others and have a secret talk with him.


    In this secret conversation, Wen Dongzhen put forward a request as the supervisor of the coalition army.


    He asked Meng Zhang to summon Huolie Zhenjun as the leader of the coalition army.


    Then taiyimen and the two supervisors joined hands to take Huolie Zhenjun down as soon as possible and punish him.


    The situation facing Dali imperial court is not good, but Wen Dongzhen Jun is not only concerned about himself, but also devoted himself to the imperial court.


    He proposed to kill Huolie Zhenjun, not just because Huolie Zhenjun offended him. But to set an example and frighten everyone in the coalition.


    The undercurrent and panic among the coalition forces should be able to be found as long as they are not blind.


    Wen dongzhenjun wants to use fire to strengthen the power of Zhenjun''s head, so that everyone doesn''t dare to disagree.


    Meng Zhang was out of his mind before he agreed to Wen Dongzhen''s request.


    He and Huolie Zhenjun have no grievances, and the other party is still a member of his small league. If he doesn''t stand on the side of Huo lie Zhen Jun and doesn''t say it, he will kill others. That''s basically indiscriminate and disorderly.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to refuse Wen Dongzhen''s request, but also warned him not to take revenge for private affairs and abolish the public for private affairs.


    In doing so, he will undermine everyone''s unity and lead to the division of the coalition army.


    Meng Zhang''s fake appearance completely angered Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    He directly intimidated Meng Zhang as a supervisor, and moved out Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    If it was in the past, Meng Zhang might have to take into account the idea of Wen Dongzhen.


    But now, the Dali Dynasty has been hit hard many times. Zhang Weineng has been too busy to care for himself. Meng Zhang doesn''t pay much attention to Wen Dongzhen.


    Both the strength of taiyimen and the cultivation of Meng Zhang are enough to surpass Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang still left a trace of face for Wen Dongzhen Jun and didn''t completely tear his face with him.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to continue to talk to Wen Dongzhen. He just said he had military affairs to deal with. Please ask him to leave here and talk about it next time.


    Hearing that Mr. Dongzhen couldn''t move Meng Zhang, he had to leave bitterly.


    He also tried to get help from Yang Hezhen Jun, but Yang Hezhen Jun''s mind now didn''t know where to fly. There was still leisure to care about the Allied forces.

 Chapter 1088

    After receiving the information from an Muran through the disciples of the dark hall, Meng Zhang has been thinking about where to go next.


    The total annihilation of Hengdao Zhenjun means that all the arrangements of Dali imperial dynasty for Daheng Xiuzhen world have failed. All plans and plans have failed.


    At this point, the situation of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province has completely fallen into passivity.


    Dali''s rule over Jiuqu provinces has even begun to waver.


    The question mark may be drawn as to how long the Dali imperial dynasty can persist in the Jiuqu province.


    So far, only Meng Zhang has received the news among the friar coalition forces.


    But I think it won''t be long before the news can spread all over the whole friar army.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time before he made a decision.


    He still wants to act according to the original plan. No matter what others do, he still maintains the status quo and does not take the initiative to break with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    For Zhang Weineng, he will deal with it in vain, but he will no longer work for each other.


    If the other party has any orders, he no longer blindly listens to them, but wants to discuss with the other party.


    Just like now, no matter what happens to Zhang Weineng, Meng Zhang is not ready to keep the army on the Yuantu prairie.


    There are a large number of friars in the alliance, and all religious forces have to support their own friars.


    The place where they are now encamped is where a second-order spirit vein is located.


    The aura of this spiritual pulse is not enough to support such a large army.


    The main supply of the army still depends on each family to find ways to provide it.


    Monks need to consume spirit stones and pills to meditate and refine Qi every day.


    The daily consumption of such an army is astronomical.


    Although according to the Convention, after the war, Dali imperial officials will give certain subsidies.


    But in the current situation, who knows how long it will last for the imperial dynasty to rule in Jiuqu province.


    Under the attack of Ziyang Shengzong, it may be difficult to escape from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    From the perspective of saving logistics supply alone, this friar coalition should leave this ghost place as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang did not consult with others and directly announced as the leader of the coalition army. Even the supervisor Yang Hezhen had no objection, but only heard that Dongzhen Jun was ignorant of the current affairs.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun in the coalition army looked and heard that dongzhenjun''s face was wrong.


    If there was no minimum order among the coalition forces, they would give Wen Dongzhen a good look.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to talk to Wen Dongzhen. He thought he didn''t exist and directly ordered the withdrawal.


    At the beginning of the withdrawal, Wen dongzhenjun got the news of the annihilation of Hengdao Zhenjun from the information sent by Zhang Weineng.


    Now, he knew Meng Zhang''s confidence.


    Before long, all the friars of the coalition forces on the way to withdraw received the news of the accident of Hengdao Zhenjun.


    At this moment, the whole friar coalition army is more like an arrow to return home. They don''t want to stay here any longer.


    The whole army of friars left Yuantu prairie in such a hurry.


    On the other side of the barbarians outside the territory, the chief wolf Eagle saw that the human friars took the initiative to evacuate, and finally couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief.


    Now, he can finish the original plan without interference.


    After such a buffer, the barbarians outside the territory will have sufficient means to deal with it when the next time the human friar army dares to invade again.


    The foreign barbarians are busy with their own affairs, and they don''t want to take the opportunity to pursue and kill.


    The whole friar coalition army withdrew smoothly from Yuantu grassland and returned to Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to dissolve the friar alliance in such a hurry, but planned to keep the temporary alliance as a card in his own hand.


    No matter how the situation changes in Jiuqu Province, as long as there is strength in hand, there is the ability to respond. Even if you sell yourself, you can sell at a good price.


    However, the monks of various forces are eager to return and have no intention of staying in the coalition.


    If the people are dispersed, the team will not be easy to take.


    Meng Zhang is nominally the leader of the coalition and the leader of the minor league. However, in fact, the control of various cultivation forces is very limited.


    What he can really influence is only a few good families.


    At the critical moment, I''m afraid the only thing I can trust is Huanglian.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only allowed the friar alliance to dissolve and all friars returned to their homes.


    Although before parting, all the Xiuzhen forces spoke well and wanted to take care of each other in the future, they didn''t have much sincerity.


    Meng Zhang can only agree to keep in touch and help each other with Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult, Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun temple and Jiqiao Zhenjun of Jiqiao sect.


    Then Meng Zhang led the army of friars of Taiyi gate and embarked on the way back to Taiyi gate.


    Wen dongzhenjun had already reported the trend of the friar alliance to marshal Zhang Weineng.


    But Zhang Weineng''s side is also a floating heart. Where can we still have the energy to take care of this side?


    After the dissolution of the friar alliance, the two supervisors, Wen Dongzhen Jun and Yang Hezhen Jun, rushed to marshal Zhang Weineng.


    Before leaving, Wen dongzhenjun put aside his previous unhappiness and went to find Meng Zhang to have a deep talk with him.


    The general meaning of Wen Dongzhen Jun is to stabilize Meng Zhang and let him not have the heart to leave the imperial dynasty.


    Wen Dongzhen told Meng Zhang that there are still many cards left in the imperial dynasty, and the strength is by no means shown.


    Even if it was a temporary setback, it was far from the imperial dynasty, and there was still hope of turnover.


    He warned Meng Zhang not to be short-sighted, unable to see the situation clearly and made the wrong choice.


    Otherwise, it will harm others and yourself, and affect the whole Taiyi gate.


    No matter how Wen Dongzhen is, at this time, Meng Zhang still knows to be loyal to his duty and strive to retain strength for the Dali Dynasty.


    In front of Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang, of course, patted his chest and assured him that he and taiyimen would be loyal to the Dali Dynasty. No matter how the situation changes, there is no betrayal.


    Of course, Wen Dongzhen knew that Meng Zhang''s words were unreliable, but he had no other way.


    Fortunately, both sides did not tear their faces in the end, but broke up peacefully.


    The army of taiyimen friars led by Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen without obstacles.


    This army, composed of taiyimen and Hanhai Taoist friars, was retained by Meng Zhang and was not in a hurry to dissolve.


    The situation in Jiuqu province changes quickly. Maybe taiyimen will set foot on the battlefield again sometime.


    Although retaining this army will consume more resources, it can save a lot of time at the critical moment and retain enough contingency force.

 Chapter 1089

    In order to save the supply of cultivation materials, this army of monks was divided into two by Meng Zhang and stationed in two places.


    The friars of Hanhai Taoist alliance are mainly stationed at Xiongshi mountain. They can make full use of the third-order spiritual pulse of Xiongshi mountain for daily practice.


    The friar of Taiyi gate returned to the grass slope of the mountain gate. With the help of the spiritual pulse in the mountain gate, he can save a lot of spiritual stones and pills.


    Anyway, with a huge flying boat team, the mobility of the army will not be a problem, and it can move freely and quickly.


    So far, taiyimen has many third-order spiritual veins in endless sand sea and Gobi, which is enough to meet the use of Jindan immortal of the whole Hanhai daomeng.


    In fact, taiyimen has mastered most of the third-order spiritual pulse. Using the right to use the third-order spiritual pulse can strengthen the control over the golden elixir immortal of hanhaidao alliance.


    All members of Hanhai daomeng, except for a few exceptions such as skillful hand door. If the monks of other sects want to break through the golden elixir period, or if the monks of the golden elixir period guarantee their daily cultivation, they must borrow the third-order spiritual pulse of Taiyi gate.


    The third level spirit pulse is a very precious resource. Of course, it will not be lent to others for free.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang not only continuously improves the strength of Taiyi sect, but also strengthens his control over Hanhai daomeng through various means.


    After Meng Zhang arranged all the affairs of the friar army, he went back to the grass slope of the mountain gate.


    When Meng Zhang led the army on the expedition, nothing big happened in taiyimen territory.


    Wen qiansuan has been keeping in touch with maple leaf mountain city.


    Yang Xueyi''s action of integrating the forces around maple leaf mountain city was relatively smooth.


    In addition to eliminating small demons, several monster invasions were defeated by taiyimen friars sent to reinforce them.


    All kinds of situations on the other side of the great horizontal cultivation world also came back in a steady stream.


    The magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world is far from over.


    Xiao Jiansheng drew out many practitioners to form an army and destroyed half of the expedition army led by Hengdao Zhenjun.


    However, those demons also took the opportunity to attack and occupied many Terran territories, resulting in the destruction of several small sects.


    Now, Xiao Jiansheng is leading the friar army back to the division and is engaged in the battle with demons.


    The demons that emerged from this evil disaster not only have strong strength, but also show great wisdom.


    These demons know mobile warfare, look around for the flaws of the cultivator, and then take advantage of it.


    According to the judgment of the practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world, in addition to the demons sent by the Dali imperial dynasty, those demons have also evolved and have higher intelligence.


    When Ziyang Shengzong made his move this time, he publicly announced that Dali colluded with the emperor to create magic disasters in the Daheng cultivation world.


    For the accusation of Ziyang Shengzong, the Dali Dynasty should certainly try to refute it.


    This is Ziyang Shengzong''s spitting and framing good people.


    Apart from the war of words, the two sides have not made much action in other aspects for the time being.


    On the other side of Daheng cultivation world, Xiao Jiansheng is helping local practitioners to calm down the devil disaster.


    This kind of disaster, if it can''t be subsided at the beginning, once it spreads, it''s hard to clean up.


    Moreover, Ziyang Shengzong''s assistance to Daheng cultivation world should also be very limited, and did not send too many forces.


    According to the current situation, it is not possible to completely quell the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world in a short time.


    In Jiuqu Province, not only the news of the destruction of Jiuqu city spread long ago, but also the news spread by Ziyang Shengzong that Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher of Dali Dynasty, escaped seriously and didn''t know whether he was alive or dead.


    Chunyu Zhongda''s accident to the Yang God Zhenjun is another great blow to the hearts of Dali imperial court.


    With the destruction of Jiuqu City, the long-distance transmission array arranged in the city was also destroyed.


    The long-distance transmission array arranged in Jiuqu province can only be transmitted to Jiuqu city. That is, all places connect with each other through Jiuqu city.


    Now, not only the long-distance transmission array arranged in Jiuqu province has temporarily lost its function, but also the Jiuqu province has lost its direct channel to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang placed a communication stone tablet in xiongshiling, which can be connected with the Dali Dynasty.


    However, this is an official channel and can only obtain the information officially released.


    Not to mention the current emergency, even on weekdays, the official information released by Dali Dynasty is true or false, and it is difficult to distinguish between true and false.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what happened to Dali''s native land now and whether it was directly attacked by Ziyang Shengzong.


    As for the official statement of the Dali dynasty that the local situation is stable and all aspects of the situation have always been normal, Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it at all.


    I don''t know the specific situation of Da Li''s native land, so Meng Zhang can''t decide what to do next.


    On the side of Jiuqu Province, foreign barbarians stay on the Yuantu prairie honestly and have no intention of taking the initiative.


    Meng Zhang knew that the foreign barbarians who had transformed their faith had to solve many internal problems and consolidate the semidivine realm.


    After the barbarians outside the territory have handled everything inside, they will most likely launch an attack on Jiuqu provinces.


    However, Meng Zhang has not considered these future troubles for the time being.


    The army led by Marshal Zhang Weineng is fighting against the demon and spirit families outside the territory.


    However, according to the news from the dark hall, marshal Zhang Weineng seems to have no intention to fight since Ziyang Shengzong took action.


    The war over there began to ease. Marshal Zhang Weineng may be in contact with these foreign invaders and ready to talk about peace.


    It seems that the recent changes have not made Marshal Zhang Weineng lose his mind.


    From the beginning to the end, he was very clear that Ziyang Shengzong was the real enemy of Dali Dynasty.


    These foreign invaders are just scabies and can not shake the foundation of the imperial dynasty.


    Even dealing with these extraterritorial invaders is not entirely the responsibility of the imperial court.


    Now Jiuqu provinces have lost the channel to directly connect with the mainland of the imperial dynasty. Even if there is spare power to support the mainland of the imperial dynasty, they can''t send the support force as soon as possible.


    The local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province began to have other thoughts after the action of Ziyang Shengzong, which is not reliable.


    In the face of internal and external troubles and various enemies, the situation in Jiuqu provinces has completely collapsed.


    The only thing Marshal Zhang Weineng can do is to strive to maintain and preserve his own strength as much as possible.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong destroyed Jiuqu City, he didn''t know if the warning of the heavenly palace had taken effect. He didn''t do it again.


    Other monks of Ziyang holy sect have not made any further action on Jiuqu province for the time being.


    However, with a lesson from the past, the monks in the Jiuqu province of the imperial dynasty did not dare to be careless at all.


    Who knows if Ziyang Shengzong is making preparations secretly, and who knows when and where Ziyang Shengzong will make his next move?

 Chapter 1090

    Meng Zhang actually wanted to secretly connect with Ziyang Shengzong and leave a retreat for Taiyi gate.


    However, Ziyang holy sect, as the holy sect door, is high above, and no one can touch it.


    His clan is far away in the Middle Earth, and there is not even an open stronghold on the side of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang just wanted to hook up with others, but he couldn''t find a way.


    Moreover, in any case, Dali Dynasty has not been defeated for the time being.


    Meng Zhang would be wronged if he revealed his heart of disobedience and was regarded as an example by the Dali Dynasty.


    Other places too far away, such as Da Li, the native land of the imperial dynasty, Meng Zhang couldn''t care. He just kept paying attention to the changes of the situation in Jiuqu province and saw when Ziyang Shengzong would do it again.


    In addition, he continued to pay attention to the situation of Daheng cultivation world through the channels of maple leaf mountain city.


    After defeating the expedition army led by Hengdao Zhenjun, the main strength of the whole Daheng cultivation world was put on calming the demon disaster.


    The spies sent by Maple Leaf mountain city have limited ability. They can''t find out too specific information, let alone Xiao Jiansheng''s whereabouts.


    Although taiyimen''s control of maple leaf mountain city will be exposed sooner or later, now the neighbors of maple leaf mountain city also know that maple leaf mountain city has fallen into the hands of outsiders.


    But this kind of thing can still be concealed for one day.


    Especially when the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are entangled by magic disasters and unable to pay attention to remote areas, it is a good opportunity for the development of maple leaf mountain city.


    Because of the influence of magic disaster, many practitioners in Daheng cultivation world fled around in order to avoid demons.


    Originally, many people in remote mountainous areas, which are rarely visited, have poured into many practitioners.


    Yang Xueyi is trying her best to integrate the cultivation forces in the area where maple leaf mountain city is located and rapidly expand her own strength.


    Meng Zhang himself took the time to go to maple leaf mountain city through the child and mother conveyor.


    He greatly appreciated Yang Xueyi''s achievements.


    Even if we put him in Yang Xueyi''s position, we can''t do better.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned from maple leaf mountain city, Niu Dawei also returned from Tiangong.


    Niu Dawei returned to the mountain gate. First, he reported the task to Meng Zhang.


    For the time being, the invasion of the small world outside the territory by the low-level disciples of several Xiuzhen forces, including taiyimen, was relatively smooth, and the casualties were acceptable.


    This is mother-in-law Qiansi who asked Niu Dawei to send a message and asked Meng Zhang to go to him first.


    Niu Dawei doesn''t know exactly what the situation is.


    Meng Zhang was also inexplicable. He never knew the great power of the heavenly palace. Why did the great power summon himself?


    However, since it is the message from mother-in-law, it will not be false.


    The heavenly palace was so powerful that Meng Zhang dared not neglect it.


    He explained the affairs in the door a little and rushed to the heavenly palace with Niu Dawei.


    He didn''t even care about taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace, so he went directly to mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang smoothly met mother-in-law of lead silk. Full of questions, before he could speak, mother-in-law of lead silk explained it first.


    According to her mother-in-law, next, for Meng Zhang, it is both an opportunity and a test.


    She briefly introduced the great power who was about to meet Meng Zhang and reminded Meng Zhang to seize this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.


    As long as the Da Neng is satisfied and willing to take care of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will get great benefits, and taiyimen will have greater development.


    Before mother-in-law Qiansi finished her words, the great energy took the initiative to come to the door.


    This is a small old man with a long white beard about to fall to the ground.


    It seems that there is no dignity and momentum that the great power of returning to emptiness should have.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to use his false magic eyes or his own thoughts to explore this great power. He just saluted respectfully and visited each other.


    This great power of returning to emptiness calls himself the old man of silver pot. He is a great power of returning to emptiness belonging to the first Department of Tiangong.


    The heavenly palace is located above the nine heavens and controls the whole Jun dust world.


    Although the heavenly palace has a large number of strong people and incomparable strength, many holy places in the Junchen world are not furnishings.


    According to the rules, these holy land sects are to assist the heavenly palace in managing the Junchen world.


    In many cases, the heavenly palace also realizes some of its own intentions through these holy places.


    In the heavenly palace, there is an organization called the Presbyterian Council, which is responsible for managing the affairs of the Junchen world.


    In order to obtain the support of the Holy Land Sect, the Presbyterian Church has attracted many members of the Holy Land Sect in addition to the monks from the heavenly palace.


    In addition, a few powerful powers, even if they have nothing to do with the holy door, are still absorbed into the Presbyterian Church.


    Although the heavenly palace is the supreme existence in the name of the Junchen world, when actually acting, we should fully respect the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Like the struggle between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court, Tiangong will not take the initiative to intervene.


    Unless, as before, Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power destroys the rules of passage, the heavenly palace will give a warning.


    Ziyang holy sect should also respect the authority of the heavenly palace and will not hold each other hard.


    The Dali Dynasty played a big role behind the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, which can''t hide from those who want to.


    It is a very bad behavior for the sake of self-interest to allow the spread of magic disasters, which is intolerable to the heavenly palace.


    If Ziyang Shengzong hadn''t been dealing with matters related to Dali imperial court, maybe the heavenly palace would punish Dali imperial court.


    Ziyang Shengzong also has many dissatisfactions with the heavenly palace.


    It''s just that the demon and spirit clans abroad wreak havoc in Jiuqu province.


    Anyway, the reasons why these foreign invaders can successfully enter the Junchen world are very complex, and even the Junchen world can deliberately release water.


    However, it is a little too much for the barbarians outside the territory on the Yuantu prairie to summon the divine power of mixed spirits and gods to turn the barbarian camp into a semi divine domain.


    Now Jiuqu province is in chaos. Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong are busy opposing each other. No one can take out his hand to deal with the affairs of barbarians outside the territory.


    With the passage of time, the divine power of Hunling and respecting God has penetrated into the Jun dust world more and more.


    If the accumulation is enough, the barbarians will establish a permanent divine domain on the Yuantu prairie.


    At that time, the mixed spirits and gods will have a foothold in the Jun dust world, and even descend their divine power incarnation to the Jun dust world.


    The silver pot old man works in the heavenly palace. His main responsibility is to monitor the north of the Jun dust world, including Dali imperial native land, Daheng Xiuzhen world, Jiuqu province and other areas.


    In these areas, everything that happens has something to do with him.


    If there is something that greatly damages the Junchen world, he must also bear some responsibility.


    In his opinion, the actions of barbarians outside the territory are endless future troubles, which will greatly endanger the evil deeds of Jun dust world.

 Chapter 1091

    As a great power of returning to emptiness, old silver pot won''t care about those trivial things even if he is responsible for monitoring the Junchen world.


    In fact, there is such a vast territory in the north of Jun dust world. Even the powerful power of returning to emptiness can''t keep paying attention all the time.


    Like those small things such as clan expedition and family extinction, old silver pot doesn''t care to watch.


    Before the change of dynasties in Jiuqu League and the invasion of foreign invaders, old silver pot only knew a little and didn''t bother to understand it deeply.


    It was because the matter involved Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong that he paid a little attention.


    This time, a large-scale magic disaster occurred in the great horizontal cultivation world, which attracted the attention of the old man Yinhu.


    If the evil disaster can be subsided in time, he is too lazy to take care of it.


    However, the evil disaster not only did not subside, but also led to a lot of subsequent things.


    In particular, Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness can ignore the rules and go to war, which can''t be ignored by the old man of silver pot.


    When old man Yinhu began to pay attention to it, he found a lot of things he couldn''t see.


    In particular, the actions of foreign barbarians broke through his psychological bottom line.


    According to his temperament, he really wants to slap all the foreign barbarians from the Junchen world.


    However, the limitation of the heavenly palace on the great power of returning to emptiness is also useful to him.


    Especially when he works in the heavenly palace, it''s even worse to openly fight in the Junchen world.


    The strength of Huixu power is too strong. If you fight in the Jun dust world without control, it will even damage the origin of the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, according to the correct process, if Huixu Da Neng wants to fight in the Junchen world, he must apply in advance and then get the consent of the Tiangong Presbyterian Council.


    Of course, because this process is too complex, even if many return to virtual powers have very legitimate reasons, they often cut first and then go through the formalities afterwards.


    For example, the return to virtual power of the Holy Land Sect gate, relying on the power of the sect gate, has played a marginal ball and often violated the rules.


    When there were no serious consequences, it was difficult for the heavenly palace to punish them for this matter.


    Silver pot old man didn''t directly deal with foreign barbarians, and the restriction of heavenly palace rules is not the main reason.


    What really made him a little embarrassed was that Ziyang Shengzong was fighting with Dali emperor.


    Jiuqu province and Yuantu prairie should belong to the battlefields of the two sides.


    Needless to say, Ziyang holy sect is one of the holy sects that rule the Junchen world.


    Dali emperor dared to fight against the Holy Land zongmen, and also had his own cards.


    Old man Yinhu is a well-known good man in the heavenly palace. He is too peaceful. He inevitably looks forward and backward in his daily behavior.


    He avoided the struggle between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong and would never take the initiative to blend in.


    The north of Jun dust world is originally the sphere of influence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For a long time, Ziyang holy sect has been managing this area.


    Now that Ziyang Shengzong has taken action, according to the usual practice, all the affairs around him will be handled by him.


    Even the heavenly palace, without special reasons, will not interfere with the holy door in the exercise of its functions and powers.


    Unless there is a very serious disaster and the Ziyang holy sect takes the initiative to ask the heavenly palace for help, the monks in the heavenly palace will generally give Ziyang holy sect enough respect and allow them to deal with the affairs within their own sphere of influence.


    Anyway, no matter how fierce the fight is in this area, it is the trouble of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In principle, the actions of barbarians outside the territory should be stopped by Ziyang Shengzong.


    But now Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor are fighting fiercely. It seems that he has no time to attend to him.


    As the person in charge of monitoring this area, old silver pot is also responsible if the avatar of mixed spirits and gods really comes here.


    Although old man Yinhu is a friar of the heavenly palace, he is not a direct lineage.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s influence in the heavenly palace is not small, and its voice may not be weaker than that of the old man Yinhu.


    At that time, if something really big happens, he will inevitably have to bear the black pot.


    If we really want to avoid future troubles, old man Yinhu should take the initiative to wipe out those foreign barbarians.


    But he didn''t want to offend Ziyang Shengzong because of this matter.


    The monks of Ziyang Shengzong are by no means magnanimous.


    Even if the silver pot old man is kind, he can put his hand into their sphere of influence at will. They will also be unhappy.


    Old man Yinhu also contacted the friars of Ziyang Shengzong to remind them to pay attention to the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie.


    But I don''t know whether Ziyang Shengzong is too arrogant or really can''t move. He doesn''t care about the reminder of old silver pot and doesn''t care about the barbarians outside the territory.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s family has a great cause and can stand twists and turns. Silver pot old man is always worried, more worried about carrying the black pot at that time.


    At this moment, old man Yinhu is in a dilemma.


    Silver pot old man and lead silk mother-in-law have known each other for many years, and their friendship has always been good.


    Not long ago, when the two met, the old man Yinhu couldn''t help pouring bitter water on his old friend.


    After listening to the whole story, mother-in-law Qiansi gave old man Yinhu an idea so that he could not offend the holy sect of Ziyang, but also solve the problems of foreign barbarians.


    This idea is not complicated. It just borrows the power of taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate belongs to the Xiuzhen sect under the Dali Dynasty, and its territory is close to the Yuantu prairie. There have also been many battles with foreign barbarians.


    Taiyimen itself is a member of the Bureau. If we take action to deal with foreign barbarians and solve problems, it would be a matter of course. No one can say anything wrong.


    I don''t know for what reason, although she is a high returning virtual power, she has always paid attention to the situation in the Junchen world.


    She was even more interested in the struggle between the Dali Dynasty and the Ziyang holy sect.


    She is well aware of the recent events in Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world.


    Taiyimen is now out of the war, and its powerful power is idle.


    Old man Yinhu listened to mother-in-law''s idea and spent a little time to understand the information related to taiyimen.


    In its heyday, Taiyi gate was under the Holy Land Sect gate. There were several powerful sect gates in central earth, and old man Yinhu also heard of them.


    The Taiyi gate in its heyday has been dead for a long time. The old man Yinhu doesn''t care about the gratitude and resentment between him and guantian Pavilion.


    He knows the style of guantian Pavilion.


    As long as the reconstructed Taiyi gate does not violate the taboo of guantian Pavilion, guantian Pavilion will not bother to pay attention to it at all.


    Old man Yinhu has contacts with Taiyi gate now, and guantian Pavilion won''t care.


    Inheriting the shadow of their ancestors, the disciples of the younger generation are indeed striving for success. The rebuilt Taiyi gate has a certain atmosphere of rejuvenation.


    Now taiyimen is powerful and has defeated many powerful opponents in the process of its rise.


    The leader Meng Zhang is even more famous. He has a wild way and has great skills.

 Chapter 1092

    Such a sect and leader can really be used to solve the problems brought by barbarians outside the territory.


    After knowing the information of taiyimen and Meng Zhang, old man Yinhu had this idea in his heart.


    Knowing that mother-in-law Lansi was familiar with Meng Zhang, he met Meng Zhang here through mother-in-law Lansi.


    Silver pot old man is not that kind of lofty and inaccessible character.


    Relatively speaking, among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace, he is a kind of person who is more talkative.


    As long as he is not provoked, he will not easily make trouble.


    On weekdays, he rarely forcibly takes, forcibly makes people difficult, and has no black history of bullying the younger generation.


    Even if you need anything, you often use soft means to get it.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi gave this idea to old man Yinhu. She also intended to help Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, making friends with the old silver pot has countless benefits.


    The silver pot old man who came from heaven has more resources than the silk holding mother-in-law.


    As long as he takes care of Meng Zhang a little, Meng Zhang can benefit a lot.


    Now there is a demand from Meng Zhang, and the old man with silver pot has a kind attitude.


    He didn''t put on airs, let alone go around in circles. He directly said the whole thing and explained his requirements. He asked Meng Zhang to help him solve the problems of the barbarians outside the territory.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang''s face turned pale.


    Of course, he really wants to take this opportunity to connect with the old man Yinhu, and is even willing to pay a heavy price for it.


    But the old man''s request is really too difficult.


    Not to mention the power Meng Zhang has at hand, even with all the local cultivation forces in the north of Jiuqu Province, he can''t help the barbarians outside the territory.


    Especially among the foreign barbarian camps, the semi divine realm built by divine power is basically in an invincible position.


    Even if taiyimen and its allies dry their blood, they may not be able to break there.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to refuse the request of old man Yinhu, and he was more reluctant to do things beyond his ability.


    He pondered for a moment and spoke out his difficulties in as gentle a tone as possible.


    It''s not that he doesn''t want to serve the old man Yinhu. He''s really weak and weak.


    Old man Yinhu was not angry, and he generally understood Meng Zhang''s difficulties.


    First of all, he gave the benefits that Meng Zhang could not refuse.


    If Meng Zhang agrees to this request and solves his trouble, he is willing to give two benefits. Meng Zhang can choose either.


    With such a Dharma array, taiyimen can have limited control over the current vast territory.


    In terms of taiyimen''s current manpower, the expansion has reached a certain limit.


    If the territory continues to expand, the traffic and communication will not keep up.


    If there is a long-distance transmission array, this problem will be solved immediately.


    It is so vast from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, and so many overseas enclaves are effectively controlled by long-distance transmission array.


    Taiyimen has a set of child and mother transfer disks, from which it has enjoyed countless benefits.


    When Meng Zhang was thinking, old man Yinhu gave the idea that there was a blessed land on the third-order spiritual pulse.


    Friars in the middle of the yuan God and above can greatly reduce the consumption of Yuqing LINGJI by conducting daily practice in the blessed land.


    In the middle period of Yuanshen, monks meditate and practice Qi every day, which can completely absorb the aura in the blessed land. Just occasionally absorb and refine a few strands of jade Qingling machine, there will be no problem.


    As for the friars in the early days of Yuanshen, even the essence of nine days can be saved, and they can rely on the aura of the blessed land to practice.


    It''s not easy to get the jade qinglingji. It is regarded as the common currency in the heavenly palace.


    At present, there is only Meng Zhang, a mid-term monk of Yuanshen in Taiyi gate. Relying on his ancestral heritage and current business, he can still ensure his cultivation needs.


    However, there are many Yuanshen friars in Taiyi sect. Maybe someone will break through to the middle of Yuanshen sometime.


    The demand for jade Qingling machine in the door will certainly increase greatly.


    If there is a blessed land, it will save countless jade Qingling machines.


    The blessed land in the Jun dust world is not naturally generated, but built the day after tomorrow.


    It seems that there are few other religious sects that have the ability to build a blessed land, except for several holy sects that govern the Junchen world.


    Although taiyimen in its heyday was very strong, it also had no ability to build a blessed land.


    It should be a secret for Meng Zhang to know whether the Dali imperial dynasty and the Hailing sect, which can compete with the existence of the Holy Land Sect, have a blessed land.


    According to the information obtained by Meng Zhang, the method of building a blessed land is difficult to obtain from the heavenly palace.


    As for the conditions needed to build a blessed land, it is even more difficult to meet.


    But people always have to think about it, and they have to eat it mouth by mouth.


    If you can get the method of building a blessed land, you can collect all kinds of materials slowly.


    If you can''t do it for a hundred years, it will be a thousand years. If you can''t do it for a thousand years, it will be ten thousand years


    As long as taiyimen is still one day, you can work hard for it.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s expression, old man Yinhu knew he was moved.


    Next, he has to solve another problem.


    He clearly told Meng Zhang that he would not let Meng Zhang solve unsolvable problems, let alone die.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to annihilate all the barbarians outside the yuan Tu prairie. He just needs to destroy their demigod domain and make it disappear on the yuan Tu prairie.


    Old man Yinhu had observed the semi divine realm transformed by the barbarian camp before.


    This semidivine realm still has many defects and is not as powerful as Meng Zhang imagined.


    Xiandao once had a struggle with Shinto for many years.


    Elder Xiandao didn''t do less to kill gods and destroy mountains and temples.


    Even the real divine realm in the divine Kingdom has been broken many times by the strong ones of the fairyland, not to mention a half divine realm that does not enter the stream.


    As long as Meng Zhang agrees to his request, he can teach the secret Dharma of Xiandao for free and teach Meng Zhang how to break this semi divine domain.


    Old man Yinhu has said what he should say, and the benefits given are sincere. Now it depends on Meng Zhang''s choice.

 Chapter 1093

    Meng Zhang is not ignorant of the strength of the barbarians outside the territory.


    At least he has been a neighbor to the barbarians outside the region for many years, and has had more than one war. Recently, he ended his expedition to the Yuantu prairie.


    In his opinion, the biggest dependence of the barbarians outside the region is the semi divine region.


    As long as there is a way to break the semi divine domain, it can fight against the barbarians outside the domain.


    Not to mention the benefits given by the silver pot old man, it is a once-in-a-lifetime good thing to be able to relate to the return to emptiness of the heavenly palace.


    Therefore, even if you shed some blood in the war, it''s no big deal.


    Moreover, old man Yinhu made it clear that he did not expect to annihilate all the barbarians outside the territory, but only needed Meng Zhang to break the demigod domain.


    How can Meng Zhang refuse when he has reached this point.


    If Meng Zhang really doesn''t know what''s right or wrong, I''m afraid he will greatly offend the heavenly palace power.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think about it for too long, so he agreed to the old man''s request.


    As an old man of silver pot, I''m not afraid of Meng Zhang''s repentance or breaking his promise.


    Now that Meng Zhang has agreed, it will be done.


    For the completion time, the old silver pot is also very loose.


    As long as Meng Zhang can destroy the semidivine realm within three years, he will be successful.


    The silver pot old man threw a jade slip to Meng Zhang, which recorded the secret method of breaking the semi divine realm.


    After talking about business, old silver pot stayed here without being here.


    He works in the heavenly palace. He has a lot of trivial things on weekdays and doesn''t have so much time to waste.


    Before leaving, old man Yinhu gave Meng Zhang another sweet jujube.


    After Meng Zhang broke the semi divine realm, he can sit there from time to time. They can talk about cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation to this level mainly depends on his own hard work, and he has never been instructed by the great power of returning to emptiness.


    The great energy of returning to emptiness has a strategically advantageous position in cultivating accomplishments. Giving Meng Zhang a random instruction can benefit him a lot.


    After Meng Zhang respectfully sent the old man silver pot away, he sincerely apologized to mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Meng Zhang is a sensible man. Old man Yinhu has never dealt with him. If his mother-in-law didn''t help, such good things wouldn''t fall on him.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi had always been optimistic about Meng Zhang. After some dealings, she felt that Meng Zhang had a great future and was a material that could be made.


    That''s why she will connect Meng Zhang with the old man Yinhu.


    As long as Meng Zhang perfectly completes the requirements of the old man Yinhu and has a good start, he can slowly close the relationship with the old man Yinhu in the future.


    For taiyimen, there is a great power to take care of the return of the heavenly palace, which can be said to make up for a big weakness.


    In the cultivation world, many seemingly promising sects will encounter the ceiling when they develop to a certain extent. Not only can not go further, but will be subjected to a lot of inexplicable pressure.


    One of the important reasons is that there is no one on these doors.


    Why did Dali emperor dare to compete with Ziyang Shengzong? In addition to its own strong strength, it is because there is powerful support behind it.


    After tens of thousands of years of development, the form of the cultivation world has been basically stable, and the class has been roughly solidified.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, Taiyi gate developed into a powerful Yuanshen sect. There was no big problem.


    But if you want to go further, it is almost impossible without accidents.


    If Meng Zhang, who is ambitious, is unwilling to stop here, he must find another way to break through.


    Meng Zhang also has a vague understanding of these situations.


    It''s barely a start to get on with the old man Yinhu.


    Lead silk mother-in-law specially reminded Meng Zhang. We must do a good job in dealing with foreign barbarians this time. Don''t leave too many future troubles. We must satisfy the old man Yinhu.


    She was also very enthusiastic and said that if Meng Zhang needed any help, he could ask her for help.


    As long as it''s not too difficult, she will try her best to help.


    With the promise of mother-in-law Qiansi, Meng Zhang''s confidence is more sufficient.


    Of course, he also knows that human debt is the most difficult to pay.


    He will try his best to solve it, not as a last resort. He won''t ask mother-in-law for help.


    After leaving mother-in-law''s residence, Meng Zhang returned directly to the taiyimen station.


    Instead of talking to Niu Dawei, he found a quiet room and began to read the jade slips given to him by the old silver pot.


    Breaking the demigod realm set up by the barbarians outside the territory is not only the requirement of the old man Yinhu, but also the biggest difficulty in this battle.


    Meng Zhang infiltrated the divine thoughts into the jade slips and read the contents carefully.


    Old man Yinhu didn''t lie. There are more than one ways to break the semidivine realm.


    There are three ways to break the demigod realm.


    After Meng Zhang''s careful calculation, the only thing is the yellow spring evil Qi that only produces in the depths of the underworld.


    There is also an elder ghost and God in Taiyi gate, who is in the underworld.


    Not to mention that Shouzheng has always given taiyimen a lot of help. Last time, Meng Zhang helped him capture the body of natural ghosts and gods. Although he failed, Shouzheng also owes Meng Zhang a favor.


    With an idea in mind, Meng Zhang did not stay in the heavenly palace for a long time.


    He simply told Niu Dawei a few words and directly returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    He first summoned Wen qiansuan, the most accomplished array in the door.


    Wen qiansuan really lives up to the reputation of array genius. His talent in array is still above his own cultivation talent.


    He successfully became a fourth order array mage shortly after he advanced to the yuan God.


    The fourth order array mage can not only deploy the fourth order array, but also improve the original fourth order array and even create a new fourth order array.


    The array recorded by old silver pot in the jade slips is only a rough framework. According to the collected evil Qi, there will be different changes to slowly fill in all aspects of details.

 Chapter 1094

    If he has a general idea and direction, he can create a new array.


    What old man Yinhu gave was only the array framework, but it was very much to his heart. He can fill in all kinds of details slowly according to his own ideas.


    Meng Zhang is going to use huangquan evil Qi as the source of evil Qi required by the array.


    Wen qiansuan should slowly improve this array according to this direction.


    Meng Zhang has limited attainments in the way of array and can''t help. He handed it all over to wenqiansuan and sent wenqiansuan away.


    Next, Meng Zhang set up an altar in the quiet room and began to contact the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Shouzheng quickly responded to Meng Zhang and projected his virtual shadow onto the altar.


    A long time ago, Shouzheng asked Meng Zhang for help. On the popular ghost oath contract in the cultivation world, leave the exclusive sign of Shouzheng, so that Shouzheng can provide guarantee for the oath.


    Meng Zhang did his best to meet the requirements of his predecessors.


    It is not difficult to make a ghost oath contract. What is rare is how to spread it.


    Since then, only one kind of ghost oath contract is allowed to be sold in taiyimen territory, that is, the contract guaranteed by Shouzheng.


    As long as taiyimen can control the area, all those who make ghost vows must use such contracts.


    In particular, after the Guyue family of Dafeng City took refuge in taiyimen, they borrowed Dafeng City, a large commercial city, and such ghost oath contracts were sold in large quantities, which soon spread to all parts of Jiuqu province.


    In order to speed up the dissemination of such contracts, taiyimen is even willing to pay extra Lingshi.


    In addition to selling at a loss, special subsidies are also given to businesses selling such ghost oath contracts.


    With the extensive use of this kind of ghost oath contract, the scope of dissemination is becoming wider and wider, and the integrity of ghosts and gods has also received a lot of benefits.


    One of the most useful advantages of Taiyi gate is that the divine power of ghosts and gods to keep upright is easier and easier to put into the sun.


    Shouzheng once told Meng Zhang that he also subdued a group of Yin soldiers and Yin generals in the underworld.


    Originally, ghosts and gods have natural authority over ghosts.


    Most ghosts and gods can gather a pile of Yin soldiers and Yin generals with a little effort.


    If this kind of ghost oath contract continues to spread and is used by more people, it will have greater interference with Yang.


    At that time, the disciples of Taiyi sect only need to pay a certain sacrifice, and they can summon the Yin soldiers under Shouzheng''s command to fight for their own family through a special ceremony.


    It will even be easier to summon the incarnation of the divine power of righteousness to come to the sun.


    In this way, taiyimen and guishenshouzheng need each other, and the relationship between the two sides will become closer and closer.


    Just like now, ghosts and gods Shouzheng easily cast their divine power, turned into a virtual shadow on the altar, and easily communicated with Meng Zhang, as if they were not affected by the separation of yin and Yang.


    After the routine greeting, Meng Zhang asked the elder to help collect some huangquan evil Qi.


    When the curious Shouzheng asked the reason, Meng Zhang didn''t hide it and told him directly.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, the virtual shadow of Shouzheng showed an expression of great interest.


    Without hesitation, he agreed to Meng Zhang''s request and promised to help collect huangquan evil Qi.


    Then he thought for a moment and made a request to Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang attacked the demigod realm, I hope Meng Zhang can summon his divine power avatar to attack the demigod realm together.


    It''s a good thing to be able to enhance his own combat power. Meng Zhang has no reason to refuse.


    Even if Shouzheng has some small calculations, Meng Zhang won''t care as long as it doesn''t affect the overall situation.


    Having solved the source of huangquan evil Qi is equivalent to solving the biggest problem.


    Of course, although taiyimen is strong, we should try our best to enhance our own strength against the barbarians outside the territory.


    First of all, he took the initiative to go to Huang Lianjiao and talked with Xu Mengying personally for a while.


    For his close allies, he did not hide, directly told the truth, told the requirements of the old man Yinhu, and asked the Huanglian sect to join in to deal with the barbarians outside the territory.


    Xu Mengying hesitated a little and generously agreed to Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    Huanglian sect and taiyimen are allies who help each other. They have long agreed to advance and retreat together.


    Moreover, as a man of Meng Zhang, this time he caught up with the old man of Tiangong Huixu Da Neng silver pot. After getting benefits, he will not mistreat Huanglian sect.


    For old friends like Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang did not promise too many benefits.


    He just said that he would be rewarded with the help of Huanglian cult in the future.


    After discussing the details of the expedition with Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang left Huanglian holy mountain and went to Changchun temple.


    Unlike Xu Mengying, Changchun Zhenjun has limited trust in Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had a favor with him, and he always had an absolute advantage in strength, so he began to believe Meng Zhang.


    In the final analysis, the relationship between taiyimen and changchunguan is far less close than that of Huanglian sect.


    In front of Changchun Zhenjun, Meng Zhang is another set of words.


    After seeing the real king of Changchun, Meng Zhang told him that there were powerful people in the heavenly palace who were unhappy with the foreign barbarians and ordered themselves to teach them a lesson.


    He was instructed by an expert and had a way to break the semi divine domain established by the barbarians outside the region.


    Meng Zhang carried out the great power in the heavenly palace, which is not a fox pretending to be a tiger.


    After all, he was indeed prepared to attack the barbarians outside the territory because of the request of the old man Yinhu.


    Of course, this is the private request of the old man Yinhu, which has nothing to do with the heavenly palace official.


    If the heavenly palace official wants to do anything, Meng Zhang can''t intervene.


    Like Changchun Zhenjun, a very old Yuanshen Zhenjun who has been hanging around in the cultivation world for many years, he is well-informed. He has heard of the existence of Tiangong, even if he has not been in contact with it.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, according to the rumors heard by Changchun Zhenjun, the heavenly palace is the supreme organization of the whole Jun dust world and governs the whole world.


    Even those holy holy doors seem to be subordinates of the heavenly palace.


    There are also rumors that the heavenly palace itself is one of the many holy places in the Junchen world. No matter what the rumors say, for Changchun Zhenjun, if you can have a relationship with the heavenly palace, it is definitely a great good thing.


    He did not doubt Meng Zhang''s words. He knew that Meng Zhang would not lie about such things.


    Without Meng Zhang opening his mouth, he took the initiative to say that changchunguan was willing to do his part to protect the Junchen world and drive out the foreign barbarians who were on the side of the disaster.


    He himself is more willing to work for Meng Zhangxiao.

 Chapter 1095

    In the Middle Earth, where Xiuzhen civilization is extremely developed, it is not difficult for Yuanshen sect to contact the heavenly palace.


    However, the former Jiuqu League was a backwater far away from the middle land, with closed information and conservative atmosphere.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun have heard some rumors about the heavenly palace, but they have no way to contact.


    In the whole Jiuqu League, only the former qingyuanzong had contact with the heavenly palace.


    However, as one of the rulers of the Jiuqu League, the Qing Yuan sect has always kept its own way strictly confidential for fear that other sects would gain benefits from the heavenly palace and pose a threat to their own family.


    On the other side of the Middle Earth continent, very ordinary things were regarded as important secrets and cards by the Qing Yuanzong.


    The Jiuqu League in those years was really a steamed stuffed bun in the cultivation world.


    If they had not been conquered by the Dali imperial dynasty, I''m afraid most of the friars had not even seen the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.


    The biggest advantage of Dali''s conquering Jiuqu League is that it opens the eyes of the local steamed buns here and has the opportunity to contact the outside world.


    Of course, the Dali Dynasty will not give these local steamed stuffed buns the opportunity to contact the heavenly palace.


    For Meng Zhang, there is no taboo in this regard.


    He didn''t introduce the situation of the heavenly palace to the friars he knew, such as Changchun Zhenjun, which stems from the nature of practitioners who have no profit and can''t get up early.


    Let Changchun Zhenjun get the chance to enter the heavenly palace, but it is an important chip that can''t be used easily.


    Now, Meng Zhang needs to win over these local Xiuzhen forces and concentrate their strength to attack foreign barbarians.


    Meng Zhang is not willing to pay any other price to win them over. Providing access to the heavenly palace is a good way to win them over.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to say much. Meng Zhang says he works for the power of the heavenly palace. Changchun Zhenjun, an old oilman who had been fooling around in the cultivation world for many years, immediately reacted and offered his loyalty to Meng Zhang.


    Changchun Zhenjun experienced great changes. After losing his flesh and reshaping his flesh, his strength fell sharply and has not fully recovered so far.


    The strength of changchunguan is not worth mentioning.


    Let alone compare with the Taiyi sect, that is, the vassal sects of the Taiyi sect are not necessarily weaker than the changchunguan sect except for the absence of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Such as huoyun sect, Guyue family of Dafeng City and other vassals who later joined Taiyi gate are old-fashioned Jindan forces with a long history and have strong potential.


    Compared with the Yuanshen sect such as changchunguan and Qiqiao sect, the less of these Xiuzhen forces is a Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang wanted to pull Chang Chun Guan onto the warship of Taiyi gate with the purpose of uniting more Xiuzhen forces as much as possible.


    After easily handling Changchun Zhenjun, Meng Zhang left changchunguan and went to the general altar of Jiqiao sect.


    Like Changchun Zhenjun, Qiaozhen Jun was saved by Meng Zhang.


    And like changchunguan, Qiqiao sect is at the bottom of the gate of Yuanshen sect.


    In the cultivation world, if the weak want to survive safely, they must rely on the strong.


    Both qiqiaozong and changchunguan took refuge in the local cultivation forces of Jiuqu province of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Among the local Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu Province, the two sects obey the orders of Taiyi gate, but Taiyi gate takes the lead.


    Meng Zhang also did not spend much effort to persuade the clever Zhenjun.


    The sensible tactful Zhenjun said that he was willing to follow taiyimen to attack Yuantu prairie and those barbarians outside the territory without Meng Zhang saying more.


    Since you are so clever and knowledgeable, Meng Zhang won''t treat him badly after it is done.


    With the prestige accumulated in the past, Meng Zhang easily won the three zongmen as his comrades in arms in this battle.


    It''s just that the next trip is not so smooth.


    Meng Zhang went to Huolie mountain first and met Huolie Zhenjun.


    Huo liezhen was not easy to talk. Even if Meng Zhang carried out the banner of Tiangong''s power, he could not easily convince him.


    Huolie Zhenjun is the kind of person who doesn''t see rabbits and doesn''t scatter eagles. He doesn''t have enough benefits. He won''t work for taiyimen in vain.


    Of course, Huolie Zhenjun is still very afraid of and admires Meng Zhang because of some things in the past.


    He is also unwilling to refuse, completely offend Meng Zhang, and even more unwilling to make enemies with taiyimen.


    He was full of good words, talked about the small league established by Meng Zhang, and did a lot of good things for everyone. He said that everyone is a member of the alliance and should help each other.


    It can be said that when we send troops to Yuantu prairie, we push three obstacles and take care of him.


    Meng Zhang has dealt with Huo liezhen Jun many times. He knows that this person has not many bad intentions except the common problem of cultivators'' greed. He can be regarded as an object of unity.


    When Meng Zhang established the small alliance of the local Xiuzhen forces, he provided many benefits to the alliance members through many channels.


    Apart from other things, huolieshan, which is good at making magic tools, would not have been able to live without taiyimen''s acquisition of its refined magic tools after losing the market of Jiuqu province.


    Huolie Zhenjun is not ungrateful, and he is also reading the benefits of Meng Zhang.


    His present posture is just a habitual desire to seek more benefits for his sect.


    Meng Zhang saw through Huolie Zhenjun''s mind, and didn''t care too much about him when employing people.


    Huolieshan is different from changchunguan and qiqiaozong. In the age of Jiuqu League, it is the old Yuanshen sect.


    The history of the sect is almost as long as that of the Jiuqu League, with profound details and rich accumulation.


    In addition to the apparent strength of the sect, there are many hidden cards.


    It is worth paying a price to win over such a powerful Yuanshen sect.


    Meng Zhang promised many benefits and agreed to give a pile of additional resources in exchange for Huolie Zhenjun''s relaxation.


    Huolie Zhenjun finally agreed to join the army of monks organized by Meng Zhang to fight against foreign barbarians.


    The next target after huolieshan is no rift valley.


    No Rift Valley is a gate of Yuanshen sect, which has a long history than huolieshan, and its strength is better than that.


    The leader of wurift Valley, wucrack Zhenjun, didn''t believe the Tiangong power mentioned by Meng Zhang at all. He thought Meng Zhang was talking big.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort and promised great benefits before reluctantly persuading wucrack Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang was very worried about Wu chazhen Jun when he saw that he was unwilling and reluctantly.


    But there is no way, Meng Zhang can only do this.


    Finally, Meng Zhang came to the residence of Shangguan family.


    The attitude of Shangguan family is very clear. No matter what Meng Zhang says or what benefits he gives, he is unwilling to send troops.


    They simply despised the heavenly palace power mentioned by Meng Zhang.


    In their eyes, just a Meng Zhang, who is qualified to contact Tiangong power, is just putting gold on his face.


    He may have heard of the name of the heavenly palace, so he ran to fool the Shangguan family.


    The Shangguan family has the strongest strength among the local cultivation forces, but their attitude is the worst. They don''t want to get involved in this matter at all.

 Chapter 1096

    Shangguan Hui and Shangguan Tu, the two leading Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family, are both veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun. He was deeply dissatisfied with Meng Zhang, a younger generation.


    In their eyes, Meng Zhang is just a guy who has taken shit luck to have today''s status.


    When Meng Zhang formed that small alliance and became the leader of the alliance, they complained in their hearts.


    However, due to the form at that time, the Shangguan family was also in a bad situation and needed such an alliance, so they didn''t object too much.


    However, Meng Zhang, a younger generation, would be naive if he really thought he was the leader of the alliance and could do whatever he wanted.


    If it''s something else, they may buy Meng Zhang a face.


    However, it would be outrageous for Shangguan family to send a large team to attack irrelevant foreign barbarians.


    Shangguan family is not willing to go crazy with taiyimen, let alone damage their own strength for no reason.


    The top priority of Shangguan family now is to connect with Ziyang Shengzong. At the critical moment, he attacked Dali imperial court and sought benefits for the family. He was not willing to be distracted to get involved in other things.


    Meng Zhang, a younger generation, is whimsical. He even puts pressure on Tiangong power.


    I don''t know where I heard the name of the heavenly palace, but I don''t even know where the door of the heavenly palace opens.


    If such a younger generation wants to ride on them and give orders to them, it is impossible.


    The attitude of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family is very clear. They didn''t listen to Meng Zhang''s persuasion.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only left disappointed.


    The strength of Shangguan family is very strong. It is indeed a pity that such a powerful force is missing.


    The Shangguan family is so ungrateful that Meng Zhang also bears a grudge.


    Without butcher Zhang, you don''t eat pigs with hair?


    Without the Shangguan family, Meng Zhang could still organize a powerful alliance of monks.


    Silver pot old man put his time very wide and gave Meng Zhang three years.


    However, Meng Zhang has a lot of preparatory work to do. In addition to the days consumed in the battle, the time is still relatively tight.


    In the process of intense war preparation, good news came first from the Shouzheng side of the underworld.


    It took him less than half a year to collect enough yellow spring evil Qi.


    With the proliferation of the ghost oath contract of Shouzheng providing guarantee in Jiuqu Province, his ability to intervene in Yangjian is becoming stronger and stronger.


    He can directly cast spells in the underworld and make direct contact with the agreed object like Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang''s mind vibrated and sensed the connection from the underworld, he soon found a quiet place, arranged the altar and called the righteous mind to come.


    Shouzheng''s mind is projected into a human shadow, which appears above the altar.


    Without much to say, he handed Meng Zhang a white jade bottle.


    The jade bottle revealed a sharp cold. Even Meng Zhang had to use some thought to hold the jade bottle steady.


    When the cork was opened, a gloomy, cold and terrible breath came out from the mouth of the bottle, which made people shudder.


    In the jade vase, the strong evil Qi is extremely condensed, just like water droplets, shaking gently.


    Meng Zhang was stunned at first, and then overjoyed.


    Huangquan evil Qi can only be born in the depths of the underworld, and the birth conditions are very harsh, which is very rare.


    What is in the jade bottle is not the huangquan evil spirit of ordinary quality, but the huangquan true evil spirit rarely seen in the underworld.


    If huangquan Shaqi is an unrefined iron ore, huangquan zhensha is refined and tempered refined steel.


    The power of huangquan zhensha is far above that of huangquan Shaqi, which is more favorable to Meng Zhang''s next plan.


    Even if it is to return to the virtual power, it is not easy to obtain the true evil spirit of the yellow spring.


    After all, after ordinary return to virtual power enters the underworld, its own strength will be greatly suppressed due to the limitations of the rules of heaven and earth. When doing things, it is not as convenient as the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Shouzheng gave Meng Zhang a big surprise this time. He has been operating in the underworld for many years. He really has a lot of information.


    Shouzheng not only handed huangquan zhensha to Meng Zhang, but also discussed with him the details of breaking the semi divine domain of barbarians outside the territory.


    After Meng Zhang and Shouzheng finished their conversation, they called Laiwen qiansuan and gave him the bottle of huangquan zhensha.


    Wen qiansuan is very happy to see that the original huangquan evil spirit has become a much more powerful huangquan true evil spirit.


    But in this way, the array he had prepared had to be adjusted to match the power of huangquan zhensha and not waste this rare treasure.


    Wen qiansuan spent more than half a year to completely improve the array.


    Because most of this array was created by Wen qiansuan, he also named it huangquan zhensha array impolitely.


    If you want to set up this huangquan zhensha array, you need at least three yuan gods Zhenjun as the array center and at least nine Jindan real people as the auxiliary of the array.


    Of course, this array can also be adjusted.


    The more people participate in the array arrangement, the more powerful the array is.


    Meng Zhang has only a general understanding of the strength of foreign barbarians, but does not know the details.


    Out of the principle of accommodating the enemy, he certainly wants to enhance his own combat effectiveness as much as possible.


    Huangquan zhensha array is not only the hope to break the barbarian demigod domain, but also the most critical mace of our side in this war.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was not at ease. The monks of other sects must be in their own hands.


    After some thinking, he adjusted the friars in the door.


    Niu Dawei, who was originally in the heavenly palace, was temporarily transferred back by Meng Zhang to participate in the war.


    After Jin Qiaoer advanced to the yuan God, like her master Jin Lizhen Jun, she was honored by Meng Zhang as the sacrificial guest of Taiyi gate.


    Her status and treatment in taiyimen are similar to that of her master Jin Lizhen Jun.


    Jin Qiaoer''s mind is simple. When she was young, she received many benefits from Meng Zhang and had a deep friendship with Meng Zhang.


    She is satisfied with the present situation and has no other thoughts.


    Meng Zhang considered that Jin Qiaoer had not achieved Yuanshen for a long time, and had not had time to deeply practice Taoism and supernatural powers, so his combat effectiveness was relatively limited.


    Around maple leaf mountain city, after the initial chaos, Yang Xueyi''s iron fist has roughly settled down.


    There is no major war over there. It shouldn''t matter if Yang Xueyi leaves temporarily.


    Meng Zhang sent Jin Qiaoer to maple leaf mountain city to replace Yang Xueyi. Yang Xueyi was transferred back to participate in the war against the barbarians.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, he himself, together with the four yuan gods Zhenjun, qiansuan above, Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei, will set up the huangquan zhensha array.


    As for the golden elixir immortal needed for array arrangement, it is not worth mentioning.


    Now there are dozens of golden elixir immortal of Taiyi sect. It''s easy to gather enough people.


    Wen qiansuan selected twelve golden elixirs from the sect.


    The number of people should be relaxed and there should be more room for maneuver.

 Chapter 1097

    In addition to the four legitimate Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate, not to mention Jin Qiaoer sent to maple leaf mountain city, there are three Yuanshen Zhenjun in Taiyi gate, sun Shengdu, he Luozhen and Jin Lizhen.


    Unconsciously, taiyimen has such a powerful high-end combat power.


    So many Yuanshen Zhenjun can fully support the shelf of a Yuanshen sect.


    Compared with the original Qing Yuan sect and jade sword sect, the only thing Taiyi sect lacks now is a great monk in the later period of yuan God.


    Taiyimen has too little background, not enough accumulation, and the rise time is too short to cultivate its own great friars.


    There are still some deficiencies in the top combat effectiveness.


    Sun Shengdu went to war last time, took up the reconnaissance task, found the truth of the barbarian camp and made great contributions.


    In the process of being chased and killed by barbarian strongmen, he was also seriously injured. In particular, the flesh, almost half of which has been destroyed, has become a genuine disability.


    Although the yuan God of the true king can be separated from the physical body, he is equally worried about the care of the physical body.


    If it is not a last resort, no God is willing to abandon the flesh.


    After sun Shengdu was out of danger, he received timely treatment.


    At the end of the war, after returning to taiyimen, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to use the large library of resources to collect all kinds of panacea for the treatment of the flesh for Sun Sheng.


    After this period of treatment and self-care, sun Shengdu''s injury has improved greatly, but it is still some time before he can recover completely.


    This time, Meng Zhang is ready to leave Sun Sheng, who is still injured, and let him sit in the gate.


    Although time was tight, Meng Zhang still took a lot of time to practice huangquan zhensha array with Wen qiansuan.


    This array is the key to this battle. There must be no loss.


    Almost when Meng Zhang was preparing to attack the foreign barbarians, the foreign barbarians also encountered some problems.


    The foreign demons and spirits who rushed out of daze have been fighting with the army led by Zhang Weineng.


    After a series of changes, Zhang Weineng was unwilling to continue the war.


    He intended to make peace with each other so that he could draw out his strength to guard against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Foreign demon and spirit families are also unwilling to fight to the end with the army led by Zhang Weineng.


    The two races took the initiative to attack this time. In addition to the means of Ziyang holy sect, they also want to improve their situation and seize greater living space.


    Foreign demons and spirits are not stupid, but also good at calculation.


    Now we have a truce with Zhang Weineng and let human forces kill each other. It is the best result for them to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight.


    Of course, even if there is a truce, it can''t be cheap. It''s far from the imperial dynasty.


    Now the side that is far away from the imperial dynasty is in a weak position. Of course, they should seize this rare opportunity and strive for their own interests as much as possible.


    Since Zhang Weineng has the intention to end this insignificant battle, he is willing to pay some price and make peace with the other party.


    However, the demon and spirit families outside the territory thought they had the upper hand, so the lion opened his mouth and offered conditions that Zhang Wei could not accept.


    Can Zhang Wei let the other party do whatever he wants, let alone fully agree to the other party''s conditions.


    In addition to the fear of being questioned by the imperial court, it is also because these foreign invaders are insatiable and insatiable.


    As long as you dare to step back, they dare to take a few steps.


    Even if Zhang Weineng is anxious, he must suppress his real thoughts and strive for the interests of Dali imperial dynasty as much as possible.


    On the one hand, he assumed that he would rather continue fighting than give in too much. On the other hand, send envoys to continue negotiations with the other party.


    In fact, both sides have no intention to continue fighting. Now it''s just bargaining.


    Now whoever shows weakness first will take advantage of the situation and wipe it dry.


    Even if Zhang Weineng has the intention to make concessions, he still shows his perseverance on the battlefield, and even launches active attacks from time to time, looking like striving for victory.


    Of course, the demon and spirit families outside the region will not be afraid of fighting, but when victory is in sight, they are not willing to pay too much.


    In order to increase their bargaining chips, they turned their ideas to the barbarians outside their allies.


    The foreign barbarians, the foreign demons and spirits have long concluded an alliance and agreed to keep watch and help each other.


    When the demons and spirits outside the territory were killed from the fog, the barbarians outside the territory also responded to the covenant and sent troops to attack the Jiuqu province.


    Despite the delay of foreign barbarian operations, the troops sent are limited. However, at least it has fulfilled the covenant and fulfilled the responsibilities of the allies.


    Later, the foreign barbarian army withdrew to the Yuantu prairie because the camp was attacked and they needed to return to protect themselves.


    Now the enemy has taken the initiative to withdraw, peace has been restored on the Yuantu prairie, and the strength of the barbarians outside the territory has been temporarily vacant.


    The demons and spirits outside the region asked the barbarians to send troops to the province again.


    There is no need for foreign barbarians to really fight with the enemy, just need them to make a gesture and exert enough pressure on Zhang Wei.


    Since the withdrawal of the alliance of monks led by Meng Zhang, the barbarians on the Yuantu prairie have lifted their wartime contraction.


    Many tribes have returned to their original sites and started production activities such as grazing and gathering.


    Many tribal Warriors also left the camp and went hunting on the prairie.


    Of course, a high degree of vigilance was maintained in the barbarian camp.


    In addition to a large number of barbarian warriors guarding nearby, a large number of ordinary barbarians also gathered in the camp and prayed in turn.


    After the enemy retreated, the wolf Eagle chief, the leader of the barbarians, devoted more energy to building the demigod domain.


    Now he often keeps in touch with the divine power of mixed spirits and gods, and constantly improves this semi divine domain.


    It''s not easy for him to leave the barbarian camp now.


    In his busy schedule, he once again received the request of foreign demon and spirit families to send troops to the province again, which made the wolf Eagle chief very unhappy.


    Perhaps in the extraterritorial void, barbarians, demons and spirits are still enemies fighting each other.


    But now everyone is an outsider who has left his hometown and invaded the Junchen world.


    Only by giving up previous prejudices and keeping warm together can we survive in this different world.


    The great chief wolf eagle, of course, knows these principles.


    Even if the semi divine domain of the barbarians becomes a real divine domain, the barbarians also need allies.


    Now if you refuse the request of your allies, it means that the alliance is broken. If the barbarians encounter things in the future, they can''t expect the help of their allies.


    The wolf Eagle chief suppressed his emotions and responded positively to the requests of his allies.


    Although I was just pretending, I was worried about the lack of strength of the sent army and accidents.


    After thinking about it, chief wolf Eagle ordered three barbarian kings to lead a large army to attack Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1098

    The purpose of this barbarian army is not to attack cities and land, but to cooperate with the actions of allies and oppress Zhang Wei to bow his head.


    Therefore, after leaving Yuantu prairie and entering Jiuqu Province, the army led by the three barbarian kings deliberately avoided those powerful local Xiuzhen forces and directly killed the army led by Zhang Weineng.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who passed along the way will not ask for trouble and take the initiative to intercept this powerful barbarian army.


    Even after several changes, Zhang Wei''s control over Jiuqu province has been greatly reduced.


    But he has been in Jiuqu province for many years and has a deep foundation here.


    His eyes and ears were everywhere, which made him see and hear.


    Since the beginning of the war, he has always been paying attention to the movements of Jiuqu provinces.


    In order to get more information, he also sent many spies.


    When the foreign barbarian army had just left the Yuantu prairie, spies reported the news to him.


    The barbarian army made no secret of its own purpose and did not entangle more on the road.


    Zhang Weineng judged the trend of the barbarian army that they were coming for themselves.


    In addition to strengthening his defense, he ordered Meng Zhang to organize the local Xiuzhen forces again and send an army of monks to intercept the barbarian army.


    Zhang Weineng knew that the barbarian camp was almost indestructible after it was transformed into a demigod domain.


    Meng Zhang''s loyalty to the Dali Dynasty is limited. He will never attack the barbarian camp and die in vain because of his orders.


    Therefore, his request is not high. He just needs Meng Zhang to stop the barbarian army and prevent the other party from interfering with him.


    Apart from Meng Zhang and other local cultivation forces, Zhang Weineng has no other reinforcements, at least in the open.


    Not to mention the official power of Dali Dynasty, even big commercial firms such as Datong commercial League and local Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu province have long been recruited by him.


    Even if we call again, we can''t call up much power.


    Meng Zhang was a little embarrassed after receiving the letter from Zhang Weineng.


    According to his original intention, he was unwilling to pay attention to Zhang Weineng''s order.


    His urgent task now is to complete the entrustment of the old man of Tiangong Daneng silver pot and solve the semi divine domain of the barbarians outside the territory.


    But so far, he is not willing to openly tear his face with the Dali Dynasty, nor is he willing to openly disobey Zhang Weineng''s orders.


    Zhang Weineng may also consider that Meng Zhang will resist orders and not respect them.


    So he not only gave the order to Meng Zhang, but also to other Xiuzhen forces.


    Local religious forces such as Huang Lian sect and Shangguan family received Zhang Weineng''s orders.


    Huanglian sect, changchunguan and other forces close to Taiyi sect said that they would send an army of monks immediately after accepting the order. On the other side, contact Meng Zhang to see what Meng Zhang is going to do.


    As for the forces without Rift Valley, they are perfunctory at will and have no intention of sending troops at all.


    The Shangguan family, in particular, has long been opposed and is now busy contacting Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although he is still a subordinate of the imperial dynasty, he may be Zhang Weineng''s great enemy in the next moment.


    Don''t mention helping Zhang Weineng. It''s better not to make trouble secretly.


    The Huanglian sect and other forces are led by Meng Zhang, who shoulders great responsibilities.


    Before making a decision, he convened the middle and high levels of the door to discuss together.


    Meng Zhang knows that he is not a resourceful person. When he meets something difficult to choose, he''d better listen to others'' opinions.


    After the middle and high levels of the door gathered together, Meng Zhang spoke about the current problems.


    If we organize a large army of monks to support Zhang Weineng, it will certainly disperse our forces and affect the attack on the barbarian camp.


    But if it is completely ignored, it will be difficult to explain to Zhang Wei in the future.


    In any case, taiyimen was still a good minister of Dali imperial dynasty until there was no further change in the situation of Jiuqu province.


    In fact, if it were not for the complicated situation in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang would not dare to disobey the military order.


    Dali imperial court paid the most attention to military merit and hated the behavior of disobeying military orders.


    No matter what kind of dignitaries, no matter how high their status, disobeying military orders is a dead end.


    In the middle and high level of the door, you said a word and I said a lot of opinions, but there was no perfect policy to satisfy Meng Zhang.


    Finally, in the debate, sun Pengzhi, who took refuge in taiyimen soon, put forward a good way.


    After sun Pengzhi took refuge in Meng Zhang, his biggest goal was to become the master of Taiyi sect.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not hand over such an important position as sect counselor to anyone at will.


    If sun Pengzhi wants to achieve his goal, he still needs to make more efforts to pass the many tests of Meng Zhang.


    Sun Pengzhi himself is the golden elixir immortal, and his elder Sun Sheng is the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After coming to Taiyi gate, he was valued by the middle and senior management of the gate and received good treatment.


    Sun Sheng is a sacrificial guest in the gate. Not to mention, the sun family also settled on the territory of Taiyi gate. As a vassal family of Taiyi gate, they entered a quiet period of development.


    Sun Pengzhi has not been in the door for a long time, but through some opportunities, he has fully revealed his outstanding talents, helped his classmates and zongmen, and solved some thorny problems.


    Now, after fully understanding all kinds of intelligence, he took the initiative to give advice.


    Sun Pengzhi''s method is not complicated. It is nothing more than the sound of hitting the East and hitting the West.


    Specifically, Meng Zhang called up a large army of monks in the name of reinforcing Zhang Weineng.


    When the army gathered, they did not reinforce Zhang Weineng, but directly entered the Yuantu prairie and took the barbarian camp.


    In this way, it can not only confuse the barbarians and achieve the purpose of surprise, but also explain to Zhang Wei.


    The war between practitioners should pay more or less attention to strategy.


    Nominally, taiyimen''s action is clearly to encircle Wei and save Zhao and to attack the enemy.


    Theoretically, this can also achieve the purpose of supporting Zhang Weineng.


    As for the actual effect, that is another matter.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has a good excuse to block Zhang Weineng''s mouth.


    Will be outside, your order will not be accepted.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t reached that level yet. He just implements his own battle plan, which is by no means against Zhang Weineng''s military order.


    The method proposed by sun Pengzhi soon won unanimous praise from everyone, including Meng Zhang.


    In addition, according to the specific situation of taiyimen and the inquired enemy situation, everyone put forward suggestions one after another to improve the plan.


    In the end, Meng Zhang generally acted according to sun Pengzhi''s method. Only many details have been adjusted.


    Soon, as the leader of the minor league and the leader of the coalition appointed by Zhang Weineng, Meng Zhang ordered all members of the minor league to recruit friars of various monastic forces to form a friar coalition again.


    According to Meng Zhang''s statement released to the public, after the assembly of the friar coalition forces, he will personally lead him to support Marshal Zhang Weineng and intercept the barbarian army outside the territory.

 Chapter 1099

    Nominally, Meng Zhang''s move is a positive response to marshal Zhang Weineng''s military order


    In private, Meng Zhang also confessed to these Xiuzhen forces and promised a lot of benefits.


    Although for the sake of confidentiality, Meng Zhang did not disclose his plan to everyone for the time being.


    However, Meng Zhang communicated with everyone in advance and asked everyone to actively send troops to buy his own face.


    Meng Zhang believes that most of these local religious forces should respond to their orders, whether public or private.


    In fact, the same is true. The Huanglian sect responded first, followed by changchunguan and Qiqiao sect, followed by huolieshan.


    From the order of response of these sects, we can see their close relationship with Taiyi gate.


    After large-scale entry into Jiuqu province by large-scale merchants such as Datong business alliance, it has posed a great threat to the local Xiuzhen forces, which can make great changes here.


    In the former Jiuqu League, the production capacity was limited, coupled with the relationship between some families and their own treasures, that is, they couldn''t buy what they needed with Lingshi.


    However, there are few things you can''t buy as long as you are willing to spend Lingshi in big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Like zhujidan, it was always regarded as a strategic item and rarely sold on the market.


    However, at the Datong business union, although it can''t be sold in unlimited quantities, it can at least have goods often. As long as the spirit stone is enough, it is not very difficult to buy.


    In fact, Dali ruled Jiuqu province. After Datong business alliance and other big businesses settled in, the cultivation level of the whole Jiuqu province has been greatly improved.


    Let alone casual practice, even many practitioners of small sects and families, and collateral disciples of large sects and families can benefit from it.


    In these years, the number of monks in the foundation period of Jiuqu province has ushered in an explosive growth.


    During the foundation building period, the number of friars of the golden elixir naturally increased with the increase of the number of friars.


    The real damage to interests is still those large doors and large families.


    The number of building Jidan on the market of Jiuqu province has increased. The forces that could have refined building Jidan can not maintain the previous huge profits.


    For example, the price of Xiaozhu Jidan refined by taiyimen has plummeted, and almost no one is interested.


    There is no other way to take this pill with many future problems, if it is not a last resort. Few monks are willing to take it.


    Meng Zhang himself is not hostile to big businesses such as Datong business alliance, and even has the means to appreciate each other.


    However, as the leader of Taiyi sect, the interests of the sect are damaged, so naturally they have to stand on the opposite side of each other.


    In any case, these big businesses have brought a very rich supply of goods to Jiuqu province.


    Many religious leaders, while scolding these foreign invaders, wantonly purchased needed goods from them.


    Any leader with a little brain knows the importance of maintaining a high degree of mobility.


    The low-level and high-quality flying boats from big businesses such as Datong business alliance have become the object of everyone''s competition.


    Qiqiao sect takes refining all kinds of mechanism creations as the foundation of its school.


    In the past, many barriers were set for the sale of high-level mechanism creations.


    Such as third-order warships, they are only sold to a small number of zongmen. Not only the price is high, but also there are some conditions attached to the sale.


    Many families who are jealous of the power of warships have no way to buy them.


    Now, after being hit by the goods of big businesses such as Datong business alliance. Qiqiao''s goods are sold at a reduced price. We can''t find too many buyers.


    After Meng Zhang established the small alliance of the local truth cultivation forces, at Meng Zhang''s call, Ji qiaozong brazenly tried his best to sell some goods to his allies.


    Because of these changes, in the present Jiuqu Province, most of the cultivation forces can have enough flying boats to carry their own monks.


    There are many high-level warships among these powerful Yuanshen sect gates, which is enough to keep the friars in the gate moving at a high speed.


    After Meng Zhang issued the order, the monks of Huanglian sect, Changchun temple and Qiqiao sect all carried flying boats and quickly rushed to the designated assembly place - the endless sand sea.


    Huolieshan was the slowest, but it came in time to assemble.


    The army of friars in taiyimen had already arrived at the endless sand sea with flying boats and warships.


    Wuqizhen Jun, who has no Rift Valley, has long promised Meng Zhang, but when it is time to send troops, he not only has no intention of sending troops, but also perfunctorizes Meng Zhang''s inquiry in his communication.


    Meng Zhang was greatly annoyed by his dishonest behavior.


    As for the Shangguan family, they had long made it clear that they would not send troops if they did not obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang''s resentment against wurift Valley is still above Shangguan family.


    Friars are coming from all directions, and the friar coalition is gathering.


    Before sending troops, Meng Zhang publicly announced that he would lead a large army to support commander Zhang Weineng.


    After the monks gathered, Meng ZhangCai handed over the bottom to a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun of other sects and told the truth.


    During the previous discussion, Meng Zhang gathered the opinions of the public and made some modifications to sun Pengzhi''s method.


    After this large army of monks is assembled, Xu Mengying of the Huanglian sect will lead them to openly enter the Yuantu prairie from the border between the endless sand sea and the Yuantu prairie to attack the barbarians outside the territory.


    Before the army set out, Meng Zhang would lead a small team to attack the barbarian camp.


    This team includes six yuan gods, Zhenjun, and twelve golden elixirs of Taiyi sect.


    In addition, Huolie Zhenjun of Huolie mountain, Shanhuo Zhenjun, and Xu daoran of Huanglian cult also set out with this team.


    Huolie Zhenjun is a senior friar who has achieved Yuanshen for many years. He only advanced to the middle of Yuanshen not long ago.


    Shanhuo Zhenjun is the new Jinyuan shenzhenjun in the fiery mountain. His strength is very good.


    Although Huolie Zhenjun is unforgiving and has obtained a lot of benefits from Meng Zhang, he is absolutely unambiguous when it comes to doing it.


    Xu daoran was originally in the heavenly palace. It was also because of the great war that Xu Mengying temporarily transferred back to the war.


    Meng Zhang took out the Jidian shuttle purchased from Tiangong, let everyone enter it, and then drove the shuttle to fly directly to the target.


    Changchun Zhenjun and cunning Zhenjun, who were slightly less effective, helped Xu Mengying command the friar army.


    Xu Mengying won Meng Zhang''s trust, and her accomplishments were enough to be independent and subdue the people. Only then did Meng Zhang entrust her with the important task of commanding the friar alliance.


    Soon after Meng Zhang''s departure, the whole friar coalition was integrated. Under the leadership of Xu Mengying, they set out in flying boats and warships.


    There are enough flying boats, and the speed of flying boats is not slow.


    As long as the friar coalition led by Xu Mengying does not delay too long on the road, it should be able to rush to the barbarian camp in time to participate in the subsequent war.


    Meng Zhang''s claim that the gathering of troops to reinforce Zhang Weineng should still play a certain role in confusion.

 Chapter 1100

    Meng Zhang and others took the lightning shuttle, which galloped in the sky like lightning.


    An electric light flashed through the air and disappeared.


    Meng Zhang and his party aimed at the barbarian camp and didn''t stop on the way at all.


    Since the last time the friar coalition army took the initiative to withdraw, the chief wolf eagle, the barbarian leader, also knew the situation of Jiuqu province.


    According to his judgment, Yuantu prairie will not face attack for a long time.


    Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong fought to death, and the other Xiuzhen forces were busy choosing sides to stand in line.


    The various cultivation forces in Jiuqu province simply have no time to take into account the barbarians outside the territory.


    Therefore, although the wolf Eagle chief was still cautious, he maintained a strong state of alert in and around the barbarian camp.


    However, in order to reduce the food pressure, many ethnic groups had to be spread out.


    Now the Yuantu prairie is full of tribes that originally contracted back to the camp.


    Of course, a large part of the barbarians are still concentrated in the barbarian camp.


    These barbarians prayed in turn, and the strong power of faith permeated the whole barbarian camp.


    Through some mysterious channel, the power of faith flows to the God kingdom of mixed spirits and gods, which is absorbed, refined and transformed into divine power.


    Those barbarians who spread out should strive to collect food and provide for the barbarian camp.


    The wolf Eagle chief has thought well in his heart. It can''t be done overnight to transform the semi divine domain into the divine domain.


    This is destined to be a protracted and consuming action.


    Next, he is going to send more people out to disperse them to the whole Yuantu prairie to collect food.


    As long as we make full use of the richness of Yuantu prairie and manage well, even if we support ten times the current barbarian population, there is no big problem.


    It''s just that foreign barbarians are predatory and not good at business.


    These people are so aggressive that they would rather fight than produce.


    Of course, even if the barbarians are so extensive, they can still eat and drink with the rich Yuantu grassland.


    Chief wolf Eagle sent a large army to reinforce his allies and demobilized many barbarians.


    The strength of the barbarian camp is greatly weakened compared with that before.


    When the wolf Eagle chief was absolutely unexpected, the enemy''s raid came.


    The flying speed of Jidian shuttle was so fast that almost no barbarians found its tracks along the way.


    Even if someone is lucky enough to find his whereabouts, there is no time to make any response.


    When the fast electric shuttle came to a place not far from the barbarian camp, including the patrol team and the peripheral garrison team, there was no time to respond.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and led the people out of the lightning shuttle.


    Meng Zhang, Wen qiansuan, Yang Xueyi and Niu Dawei led twelve golden elixir immortals carefully selected from Taiyi gate to fly to the air at a certain distance from the barbarian camp and began to deploy the Dharma array.


    Jin Lizhen Jun, he Luozhen Jun, Huolie Zhen Jun, Shanhuo Zhen Jun and Xu daoran Zhen Jun all the way with Meng Zhang to cover their deployment of the Dharma array.


    Although the drill was not long, Yimeng Zhang had mastered all the details of the Dharma array for a long time.


    Wen qiansuan, who presided over the array, didn''t have to worry. A group of people quickly stood in line in the sky and completed the preliminary work of array arrangement.


    At this time, the foreign barbarians finally reacted.


    Several patrol teams and peripheral garrison teams are coming here with their lives.


    Except for a manwang who took the lead and left the others far behind, he soon approached Meng Zhang and them. The rest of the barbarian warriors are still on their way.


    The reaction in the barbarian camp was not slow. At least three fourth-order strong barbarians flew out of the camp and took the initiative to meet Meng Zhang and them.


    The place where Meng Zhang arranged their array was still some distance away from the barbarian camp, just outside the shadow of the semi divine domain.


    If the enemy is too weak this time, the barbarians outside the territory will easily destroy it.


    If the enemy is too strong, the barbarians outside the region naturally want to lead them into the demigod region and use geographical advantages to deal with the strong enemy.


    Therefore, the strength of the foreign barbarians flying to mengzhang is limited.


    The strong barbarians in the camp did not rush out.


    The barbarian strongman who first attacked Meng Zhang was just a tentative attack force.


    Although Meng Zhang was the leader, he had a self-knowledge. He handed over all the power of commanding and presiding over the Dharma array to Wen qiansuan.


    Now he is just one of the friars in the array. He tries his best to give full play to the power of the Dharma array.


    After the people in the Dharma array returned, they took out a lot of array flags and threw them out one by one.


    Some flags fell to the ground, took root, and were firmly fixed on the earth.


    Some flags float in the air and flutter with people''s bodies.


    These flags vary in style and size. The big one is as high as several feet, and the small one is only the size of a palm.


    Yang Xueyi also took out a stack of runes. The talisman flew out automatically, danced around in the air, and even flew to the top of everyone''s head.


    Wen qiansuan, who presided over the Dharma array, released the seal with both hands and began to urge the Dharma array.


    The cold air appeared out of thin air, spinning around the Dharma array.


    The pale light lit up on the flags.


    Those barbarian strongmen, especially the fourth order strongmen, are not slow and will soon enter the attack range.


    With a wild laugh, the fiery Zhenjun took the initiative to meet the fourth level strong man of the barbarian who flew over.


    Jin Lizhen Jun and other Yuanshen Zhenjun, who were responsible for the cover, shot one after another and blocked all the strong barbarians flying over.


    The array has been launched. Under the sign of Wen qiansuan, Meng Zhang took out the jade bottle given by the ghost and God Shouzheng.


    An extremely cold, gloomy and terrible smell emanated from the mouth of the jade bottle.


    When it reached the extreme, it was like a condensed drop of water. The yellow spring zhensha began to spread in the Dharma array.


    A moment later, a long cold river fell from the sky, and all the black water fell to the barbarian camp.


    Barbarians are different from Terrans. Almost all the people are soldiers and the army and the people are one.


    The struggle between Terran practitioners generally does not involve mortals.


    The barbarians are naturally strong, far better than ordinary mortals.


    Even ordinary barbarians can play a role in resisting the cultivators.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang launched the huangquan zhensha array and directly attacked the barbarian camp without worrying about hundreds of thousands of ordinary barbarian people among the barbarians.


    This is not a struggle between Terran practitioners, but a war against foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang they do not need to abide by any bottom line and can use all kinds of mass destruction without scruples.


    Even if it causes the complete extinction of the barbarians, there will be no future trouble.

 Chapter 1101

    The huangquan zhensha array was urged and turned into a river between the virtual and the real.


    This river contains the true evil spirit of the yellow spring. It can almost be called a river of death.


    Almost all the time, the river emits a strong smell of yellow spring, with the power of death and extinction mixed in it, which makes all living creatures feel the fear from their hearts and feel unable to avoid it.


    When the river just fell from the sky, the strong in the barbarian camp were shocked by the terrible smell of forest cold.


    In particular, the wolf Eagle chief, who was maintaining the whole semi divine domain, had an ominous premonition in his heart, as if a great disaster was coming soon.


    Before the wolf Eagle chief had time to respond, the long river had fallen fiercely on the barbarian camp.


    A golden light lit up, and a huge golden mask covered the whole camp.


    This semidivine realm already has spirituality. It knows that when it encounters an attack, it will defend spontaneously.


    The mixed spirit worships the God and descends the semi divine realm transformed by the divine power, which almost exceeds the protection array of a huge part of the cultivation world.


    The long river of death falling from the sky hit the demigod wildly, and there were waves of shaking in the barbarian camp.


    A large amount of river water fell on the golden mask, and then made a Zizi sound, as if the oil pan was boiling.


    The dark river evaporated quickly, and the golden mask began to thin slowly.


    With the disappearance of the black river, the dark smell slowly invaded the hood.


    If you look carefully, you can find that dark filaments are growing and spreading on the golden mask.


    Since the semidivine realm was initially formed, the wolf Eagle chief has never left the barbarian camp in order to maintain the semidivine realm.


    He took root in the semidivine realm and almost completely bound himself to the whole semidivine realm.


    To some extent, he is almost completely integrated with the semidivine realm.


    In this way, of course, there are many benefits.


    He is in the demigod realm all the time and can guard this vital place well.


    With the help of the power of the demigod domain, he can greatly improve his strength.


    He has divine power to supplement anytime and anywhere. No matter how fierce the battle is, he will not feel tired and can recover his strength in time.


    Originally, he had the strength equivalent to the late Yuan God. In the semi God domain, he could deal with the siege of several great friars in the late Yuan God at the same time.


    The barbarian army can''t hold out by relying on the semi divine domain. Even if the strength of the incoming enemy is three or five times stronger, it can only return in vain.


    There are always advantages and disadvantages in the world. After the wolf Eagle chief completely binds himself to this semi divine domain, he can get many benefits, but also some unavoidable disadvantages.


    Before the complete completion and success of this semi divine domain, it is difficult for the wolf Eagle chief to leave the scope shrouded by the semi divine domain.


    If he really wants to leave here, he must arrange in advance and spend a lot of time preparing to slowly release the binding with the semi divine domain.


    No matter how fast you move, you can''t finish it in ten days and a half months.


    When the river falls on the demigod realm, the breath of the yellow spring from the underworld begins to pollute the power of the mixed spirit to respect the God, and slowly pollute the demigod realm.


    Hun Ling zunshen is a powerful God. Even if Junchen world''s return to virtual power is strong, they are unwilling to be enemies with him.


    His divine power is pure and incomparable, grand and sacred, and high-level.


    The yellow spring true evil array urges the power of the yellow spring true evil, projecting the yellow spring river of the underworld, and dropping the original breath from the underworld of the Jun dust world.


    No matter how strong the power of mixing spirits and respecting gods is, the level of power is much worse in front of the origin of a big world such as Jun dust world.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who is deeply bound to the semi divine domain, can clearly feel that the divine power of the mixed spirit and God is being polluted.


    His heart was shocked, and he no longer had the optimistic idea before the war.


    The power of mixed spirits to respect God is the foundation of the demigod realm and one of his sources of power.


    The enemy did not know what vicious means he used, but actually pointed directly at his own vital points and began to shake his own foundation.


    We must stop the enemy''s actions and not allow them to act.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who was unable to move freely, immediately ordered the barbarian strongman in the camp.


    They should attack immediately and stop the enemy from attacking the camp at any cost.


    When the huangquan zhensha array began to attack the demigod domain, Jin Lizhen Jun and others had fought with several barbarian kings.


    The place of battle is not within the scope of the demigod domain. Several barbarian kings can''t get the blessing of the demigod domain power. They can only fight with the enemy by virtue of their own strength.


    Compared with the fourth level barbarian strongmen, especially the Barbarian King, the Terran cultivators are good at using magic tools, runes and books, and they also have many magical powers and mysteries.


    With various means to deal with the enemy, they easily suppressed several barbarian kings.


    The two sides fought fiercely in the sky and on the ground.


    The sky roared, the earth trembled, the wind rolled furiously, and the aftermath of the battle spread.


    These barbarian kings can''t beat back several true gods of the human race, let alone destroy the operation of the huangquan zhensha array.


    After the order of chief wolf eagle, several fourth-order barbarian strongmen flew out of the barbarian camp immediately.


    In addition to the common barbarian kings, there are three rare barbarian shamans.


    Among the barbarians, the number of barbarian kings taking the samurai route is far higher than that of shamans.


    Especially under the leadership of chief wolf eagle, this foreign barbarian abandoned the previous totem belief and turned to believe in mixed spirits and gods.


    The barbarian shamans, who had mastered the beliefs of various tribes, suffered the most.


    The more devout the Shaman is, the more power he can get from the totem.


    Most of these shamans were removed by the chief wolf eagle.


    At present, the few fourth order shamans left in the barbarians have become believers of mixed spirits and gods. They have transformed their internal strength into divine power exclusively belonging to mixed spirits and gods, and soon,


    Although their power level is level 4, their previous totem spells can''t be used anymore, their mastery of magic is limited, and their combat effectiveness is not very good.


    The fourth level totem of this barbarian clan was basically sacrificed to the mixed spirit God.


    A few low-level totems have been transformed into divine puppets, and their strength is far from level 4.


    The level of the incoming enemy is very high. The front is the battle between Yuanshen Zhenjun and the fourth-order strong.


    Low level barbarian warriors, even if they rush up, they don''t even have the qualification to be cannon fodder.


    Several patrols rushed into the battlefield without knowing what to do.


    The aftermath of the battle alone scattered these teams, and their members were killed and injured badly.


    Only the strong at the same level as the human God Zhenjun can participate in such a battle.


    The fourth rank barbarian strongman who flew out of the barbarian camp finally broke through the interception of Jin Lizhen Jun, flew all the way to the nearby huangquan zhensha array, and began to attack.

 Chapter 1102

    There are too many fourth level strong barbarians. There are eleven.


    Jin Lizhen Jun was entangled with some of them, and they couldn''t stop some of them.


    When the fastest Barbarian King flew to the huangquan zhensha array and was about to attack, the river over the array began to surge.


    The dark water gushed out, turned into a giant with teeth and claws, and jumped at the Barbarian King.


    Meng Zhang and others set up the huangquan zhensha array and are constantly using the power of huangquan zhensha to pollute the semi divine domain.


    This is not to say that they lose their combat effectiveness.


    In addition to allocating part of their mind to control the array, they can also allocate part of their strength to the enemy.


    In addition, the huangquan zhensha array is also a powerful Dharma array in addition to being used to stain the demigod domain. Used to deal with these barbarian strongmen, it happens to make the best use of everything.


    The man king only felt the dark and cold breath coming on his face, which made him shudder.


    He vaguely felt that he was going to face a great horror.


    It was not easy for him to summon up his courage, resist the impulse to turn and escape, and continue to stay here against the enemy.


    A giant transformed by black water soon drowned the Barbarian King.


    Fortunately, several other barbarian fourth-order strongmen reinforced in time and saved him from the siege.


    The breath of the true evil spirit of the yellow spring is also very deadly to the living people, in addition to tarnishing the divine power.


    The rescued Barbarian King lost his vitality and lost his strength.


    At this time, several barbarian fourth-order strongmen dared not advance rashly, but fought steadily and slowly dissipated the power of huangquan zhensha array.


    The strength of these barbarian fourth-order strongmen is not weak. Due to their restraint, they greatly scattered the power of huangquan zhensha array.


    The defacing speed of the Dharma array to the demigod domain has obviously slowed down.


    Meng Zhang knows that if the battle is delayed for too long, new changes will occur.


    His earliest intention was to make a quick decision and end the battle as soon as possible.


    In his hand, there are still many cards left.


    After communicating with Wen qiansuan, the Dharma array changed again.


    Massive rivers fall from the sky and fall on the earth. They flow rapidly. Countless puddles appear on the ground and slowly converge into streams.


    The pale mist rose from the water surface and filled a large part of the surrounding space.


    The huangquan zhensha array reflects the atmosphere of the underworld and makes the rules of heaven and earth in this place very close to the underworld.


    For a moment, the surrounding Yang Qi began to dissipate, and the Yin Qi began to spread and grow.


    According to the previous agreement with ghosts and gods, Meng Zhang began to use the power of the array to summon him out of the underworld.


    With the gloomy and terrible chanting voices coming out of Meng Zhang''s mouth, a huge black hole appeared in the middle of the Dharma array out of thin air.


    A three headed and six armed ghost and God Dharma with huge body and dark body flew out of the black hole.


    This is a divine separation of ghosts and gods.


    Originally, the divine power separation with the mid-term strength of the yuan God, after coming to the Yangjian, was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Yangjian, and could have the strength of the yuan God in the early stage at most.


    However, due to certain changes in the rules of heaven and earth within the shrouded area of huangquan zhensha array, this place has taken on some characteristics of hell.


    Therefore, Shouzheng, with divine power, still maintained the strength of almost the middle period of Yuanshen.


    After Shouzheng''s divine power appeared, he first nodded to Meng Zhang, and then suddenly killed the fourth level strong man of the barbarian family.


    Among the four rank strong barbarians present, the one with the strongest cultivation is only the friar in the middle period of the protoss of the human race.


    Among the whole barbarians, only the wolf Eagle chief in the semi God domain has the strength equivalent to the late Yuan God.


    Shouzheng''s divine power has the strength of the middle period of Yuanshen, but his original statue is a great monk with the strength of the later period of Yuanshen.


    In this separate body, there is the fighting experience and consciousness of the Buddha.


    He rushed into the fourth rank strong of the barbarians and made great achievements soon.


    A barbarian shaman was cut off by a special weapon in the hands of Shouzheng divine power. The power of the avenue of death wrapped around the wound, which soon put him into a dying state.


    Although the barbarian shaman was saved by his companions in time, he had lost the ability to continue fighting.


    With the addition of Shouzheng''s divine power and the distracted action of Meng Zhang and others, the power of huangquan zhensha array has not been restrained too much, and the main power still falls on the semi divine domain.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the startling sword, turned it into an electric light and killed the strong men of the barbarians.


    In the yin-yang spirit gourd above his head, two black-and-white mixed air currents were ejected and turned into two yin-yang soldiers.


    Two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of Yuanshen in the early stage have the same mind and breath. After working together, they can almost rival the enemy in the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    In order to make contributions as soon as possible, Meng Zhang no longer had any reservations. He played his cards and took out all kinds of killer Maces.


    Yang Xueyi, who is in the French array, also tried her best.


    After years of refining, she slowly accumulated the fourth-order runes, which were released one by one as if they didn''t want money.


    The fourth level talisman is powerful and can directly pose a fatal threat to the fourth level strong.


    Those strong barbarians parry the talisman''s attack one after another. They don''t dare to be careless at all.


    ¡­¡­


    The ghost and God Shouzheng handed over the huangquan zhensha to Meng Zhang last time. It has a large number and high quality.


    The yellow spring gushing from the jade bottle is really evil, as if it were endless.


    With more and more huangquan zhensha scattered around, the power of the Dharma array is also growing steadily.


    In addition to urging the power of huangquan zhensha, huangquan zhensha array can also collude with the underworld and summon the power of the river of huangquan in the depths of the underworld.


    Later, the river of the yellow spring almost crossed the Yin and Yang boundaries, projecting its power into the long river over the Dharma array.


    The originally dark river began to turn yellow.


    On the earth, rivers flow and flood.


    The surging river constantly impacted the barbarian camp, and the Yin Qi was contaminated around the camp layer by layer.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who was maintaining the demigod realm in the barbarian camp, became particularly gloomy.


    He did not expect that the barbarian strongmen sent out to fight the enemy not only did not stop the enemy''s movements, but also the power of the enemy''s Dharma array was slowly increasing.


    He kept swearing, scolding his men, these losers, and these sudden enemies.


    With the passage of time, the connection between huangquan zhensha array and the underworld became deeper and deeper, attracting a stronger and stronger smell of huangquan.


    At the beginning, the divine power in the semi divine domain can also drive away pollution and slowly recover.


    But later, the power of pollution became stronger and stronger, and the speed of eliminating pollution began to lag behind.


    Now, the divine power of the semi divine realm has been seriously tarnished, and the operation of the divine power begins to be ineffective.


    The breath of the true evil spirit of the yellow spring not only wantonly pollutes the semi divine realm, but also penetrates into the semi divine realm.

 Chapter 1103

    The wolf Eagle chief is deeply bound to this semi divine realm. He can not only clearly feel what happens to the semi divine realm, but also sympathize with it.


    The cold, cold yellow spring breath kept seeping into the semi divine realm, and the chief wolf Eagle felt a deep chill.


    This chill not only made him very uncomfortable, but also gave him a strong foreboding in his heart.


    The wolf Eagle chief had a deep impulse to rush out immediately to stop the enemy''s behavior and break the Dharma array.


    But success is also semi divine domain, failure is also semi divine domain.


    This semidivine realm not only brought him great power, but also bound his actions.


    Although he hated those losers and could hardly wait to strangle them with his own hands, the chief wolf eagle, who was unavailable, still had to give them orders to urge them to break the enemy''s Dharma array and stop the enemy''s actions as soon as possible.


    Urged by the wolf Eagle chief, these barbarian strongmen who went to war began to work hard.


    In particular, several barbarian kings seemed to be crazy at once. Regardless of their own life and death, they rushed frantically towards the huangquan zhensha array.


    The sudden attack of these barbarian strongmen really increased their combat effectiveness and played a certain role.


    But the Terran cultivators are not completely without countermeasures.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun still retain a lot of cards.


    The enemy began to intimidate. They also took out their cards and fought with the enemy.


    At the present level of fighting, there are basically no reservations on both sides.


    The barbarians who have experienced great internal changes and changed their beliefs soon have actually had a great impact on their combat effectiveness.


    Lost the power of totems, especially the blessing of fourth-order totems. The divine power of the mixed spirit to respect the God is also mainly invested in the semi divine domain.


    These barbarian strongmen, especially the shamans, are much weaker than their heyday.


    If Meng Zhang came late, they would get used to the power of mixing spirits and respecting God. The demigod domain stabilized and more divine power was put on them.


    They can not only restore their strength in their heyday, but also make great progress.


    After all, compared with primitive and barbaric totems, powerful gods such as mixed spirits and gods have more experience and means in casting power and strengthening believers.


    But now this time is the weakest time for the barbarian side.


    Not long before the great change of Jiuqu Province, chief wolf Eagle completed the internal cleaning and integration of the barbarians, so that the whole barbarians abandoned their totem belief and turned to worship mixed spirits and gods.


    The strength of the strong among the tribes, especially the shamans, has fallen sharply.


    Not long ago, chief wolf Eagle sent an army of barbarians to reinforce his allies.


    There are many barbarian tribes scattered on the Yuantu prairie to collect food.


    The strength of the barbarian side is indeed far inferior to its heyday.


    Even if those barbarian strongmen began to work hard with a determination to die regardless of their own life and death. At most, it will put more pressure on the enemy, but it can not reverse the war situation, nor can it stop the operation of the French array.


    More and more yellow spring breath penetrated into the demigod realm, which made the chief wolf Eagle feel very uncomfortable.


    He began to hesitate whether he wanted to forcibly leave the demigod domain to stop the enemy''s actions.


    If you do this, you will not only cause great damage to the demigod domain, but also seriously injure your family and greatly reduce your strength.


    While hesitating in his heart, chief wolf Eagle made all his efforts.


    A group of barbarian warriors lined up in the barbarian camp, ready to attack at any time.


    Using low-level warriors to consume the power of protoss friars will certainly lead to huge casualties.


    But at this time, in order to stop the enemy, the wolf Eagle chief couldn''t care about it.


    Wolf smoke and beacon fire rose over the barbarian camp.


    This is the signal for help from the camp.


    The wolf smoke and beacon fire made by the barbarian secret method will soon spread all over the Yuantu prairie, ordering all tribes to give up everything at once and rush back to the camp as soon as possible for reinforcement.


    At the same time when the signal for help was sent out, the formation composed of a team of barbarian warriors had left the barbarian camp and killed the Terran friars outside.


    Before these barbarian low-level warriors approached, the aftermath of the battle between Yuanshen Zhenjun and the fourth-level strong caused great trouble to them.


    With the help of the force of the formation, they struggled to advance under great pressure, and casualties began to appear in the team.


    The battlefield of the strong is the graveyard of death for the low-level warriors.


    Seeing the barbarian low-level warriors fighting in teams, Meng Zhang uttered a sneer of disdain.


    It seems that the barbarians are about to run out of skills. Otherwise, we wouldn''t let these low-level warriors come out and die.


    Under the control of Wen qiansuan, the shrouding range of huangquan zhensha array began to expand.


    The barbarian camp faces the battlefield, and a large area is shrouded by the power of the array.


    These barbarian warriors who left the barbarian camp and were separated from the protection of the semi divine realm, entered the shrouded area of the huangquan zhensha array, as if they had come to the underworld and began to be infected by the smell of the huangquan.


    The invisible Yin Qi almost penetrated everywhere and rushed at the barbarian warriors in bursts.


    Even the strong barbarian warriors, stimulated by the Yin Qi, feel cold to the bone and cold all over.


    In particular, the breath of the yellow spring can almost be equated with death.


    Some barbarian warriors who are not weak and can resist the attack of Yin Qi will lose their vitality and life as long as they are slightly contaminated with the breath of yellow spring.


    If the goal of the breath of the yellow spring is not mainly the semi divine realm, I''m afraid the losses of the barbarian low-level warriors will be even more heavy.


    A group of barbarian warriors entered the shrouded area of huangquan zhensha array. Before they had time to move, a body fell inexplicably.


    Soon after the barbarian warriors attacked, in the distant sky, a large number of flying boats quickly flew over.


    The flying boat team, which covered the sky and the sun, hovered not far behind the battlefield.


    A famous cultivator jumped down from the flying boat and soon discharged an array on the ground.


    After Xu Mengying gathered several monks of the clan, she led them to take a flying boat and kill them directly on the Yuantu prairie.


    Along the way, this huge flying boat team pointed directly at the barbarian camp and didn''t stop on the road at all.


    Some tribes of barbarians scattered on the Yuantu prairie, and many ethnic groups saw this flying boat team moving forward at a high speed.


    Even the most fearless barbarian warriors dare not make a mantis to stop the flying boat team.


    The only thing they can do is to report to the tribe and warn the barbarian camp.


    The flying boat team didn''t seem to see the barbarians along the way. They didn''t tangle with them at all. They only knew to move forward at high speed.


    When the flying boat team arrived at the barbarian camp, the warnings and reports of the barbarians had not been sent back in time.

 Chapter 1104

    During the last war, Meng Zhang personally approached the barbarian camp and carefully observed the coverage of the demigod domain.


    Later, the friar coalition also sent a team of friars to test repeatedly.


    Now, not long after the last war, the coverage of the demigod domain did not change as Meng Zhang expected.


    Huangquan zhensha array and several Yuanshen Zhenjun carefully avoided the coverage of the demigod domain and fought not far away.


    Beyond the coverage of the demigod domain, even if the demigod domain has great power, it can''t be used.


    The practitioners who landed on the flying boat soon lined up their formation and were ready for battle.


    According to the different sects, thousands of practitioners were divided into several large blocks and arranged dozens of large and small formations.


    Xu Mengying, Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun flew over the friar alliance and watched the battle ahead.


    Seeing a group of barbarian warriors killing out from the barbarians and trying to interfere with the operation of huangquan zhensha array, Xu Mengying certainly won''t let them like it.


    With Xu Mengying''s order, the friar army was divided into several parts and quickly began to move.


    Some monks came to a place far away from the barbarian camp and began to use various long-range attack means to gather the power of the array to attack the barbarian camp.


    Besides the battlefield of Yuanshen Zhenjun, other monks also attack barbarian warriors from a distance by means of long-range attack.


    Some friars are on standby in the rear as a reserve for the army.


    ¡­¡­


    Before the last war, taiyimen had prepared a large number of war materials.


    The last war did not last long, the intensity of the battle was very low, and many materials were not consumed.


    Although the troop dispatch was a little hasty, the top level of taiyimen still made great efforts to do a good job in logistics and mobilized a large number of war materials again.


    In this way, all kinds of materials needed by the army are still abundant.


    In the friar coalition, all kinds of runes, especially long-range attack runes, are not lacking at all.


    Countless long-range attack runes were released, fireballs, wind blades and earth dragons swarmed out and shot at the target.


    This degree of attack, for the semi divine realm, is almost tantamount to scratching the surface, at most starting point harassment.


    However, for those barbarian low-level warriors, it is a threat that can not be ignored.


    In the sky, warships leaped out and flew forward. At a certain distance, a bombardment was launched towards the target.


    Every time the third-order warship attacks, its power is no less than that of an ordinary golden elixir.


    Divine thunder, flame, gold knife and other attacks hit the semi divine realm, and fireworks overflowed. It looks very good, but it doesn''t have much effect.


    Soon, the army of monks below and the third-order warships in the sky began to react.


    In addition to ensuring that a small number of forces continue to attack the demigod, hoping to harass and distract the enemy''s attention. Most of the attack power fell on the low-level barbarian warriors.


    In this way, even the chief wolf Eagle sent out a team of barbarian warriors regardless of the casualties of his people.


    However, they have to bear a wave of enemy attacks and pay a lot of casualties before they have the opportunity to get close to the battlefield of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Next, you have to bear the power of the aftershock of the fight between the yuan God Zhenjun in order to get close to the huangquan zhensha array.


    After the shrouded area of huangquan zhensha array began to expand, the barbarian low-level warriors within the array could not divide much power to attack the array except to resist the attack of Yin Qi.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who maintained the demigod realm in the barbarian camp, was livid and angry.


    He had little way to stop the enemy.


    What he can do now is to rely on the demigod to support hard.


    I hope this half god domain will be able to stop the infestation of enemy''s awesome array.


    Another manwang was infected with the smell of the yellow spring, and the dead body fell from the air.


    His companion didn''t have time to rescue, so he could only watch him die.


    This seems to be the beginning. In the next time, from time to time, the fourth level strong barbarians were injured by huangquan zhensha array.


    The barbarians are not all brave and fearless. The more senior they are, the more they cherish their own lives. On the contrary, there are a large number of warriors at the bottom.


    The low-level barbarian warriors who rushed out from the barbarian camp did not know whether they were angered by the attack of the friars or began to fear the smell of the yellow spring.


    These low-level barbarian warriors roared like wild animals, turned the impact direction and rushed towards the friar army.


    The waiting friars'' army could not wait for the actions of the barbarian warriors.


    The barbarian low-level warriors who rushed over were first ploughed by the third-order warships in the air, and then hit the array laid by the friars'' army.


    Originally, the formation of these low-level barbarian warriors was still a great threat. They could compete with the friars.


    However, forced by the situation, it is also a series of mistakes. They are equal to short hitting the long, giving up their own advantages and taking the attitude of scattered troops to fight against the army of monks who are fully prepared.


    Those barbarian fourth level strongmen were even more wary of the huangquan zhensha array when they saw the death and injury of their companions.


    Not only the strength of attacking the Dharma array is weakened, but also there is a trend to stay away from the Dharma array.


    In this way, the containment of huangquan zhensha array becomes smaller, and it can concentrate more powerful forces to invade the demigod domain in front of it.


    Old silver pot has a good eye and has long seen the flaws of this semi divine realm.


    The array he provided to Meng Zhang is also the bane of this semi divine realm.


    If this is a complete divine realm, the divine power is incomparably pure, and there is no fear of evil Qi pollution at all. And the divine power is endless. Even if there is loss, it can be supplemented in time.


    However, the semi divine domain is the semi divine domain. It can''t even compare with the fifth order large array. At best, it is a stronger fourth order large array.


    In the face of targeted means, the shortcomings of the semidivine domain have been exposed.


    Among the barbarians outside the territory, chief wolf eagle is also a master with great skill. He can be called a generation of owls.


    But when it comes to insight and means, it is far less than a powerful cultivator.


    The Dharma array provided by old man Yinhu is constantly invading the semi divine realm, but he has nothing to do.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who really had no other way, saw that the semi divine realm was invaded more and more deeply, and the loss of divine power was more and more, and he was about to be unsustainable.


    As a last resort, he made a painful decision and began to pray to the mixed gods and seek the help of the gods.


    The mixed spirit God has never been a kind God.


    On the contrary, he was a very strict, extremely strict, cruel means, and could not tolerate any dissatisfaction.


    The wolf Eagle chief took the initiative to ask him for help, which is to expose his incompetence.


    Even if the mixed spirit God helped him settle the incident afterwards, he would severely punish him for his incompetence.

 Chapter 1105

    The wolf Eagle chief is a rebellious person since childhood. He won''t bow his head to people easily. Even the totems enshrined in the tribe are only superficial respect.


    When he made great progress in cultivation in the future and was almost no weaker than the totem enshrined in the tribe, he had a different mind and wanted to seek a higher level of power.


    Hunling is a true God, whose power level is far above the original totem.


    Because of an accidental chance, the wolf Eagle chief came into contact with the divine power of the mixed spirit and God.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who pursued great power, soon succumbed to the spirit and became a devout believer.


    For most gods, they instinctively expand their sphere of influence and constantly increase believers.


    Simple minded and devout barbarians are good believers.


    When the wolf Eagle chief just took refuge in the mixed spirit God, the mixed spirit God also showed great restraint.


    He needs the wolf Eagle chief to spread his faith for him. What''s more, he needs this barbarian family to completely surrender, devoutly believe in him and become his faithful believers.


    When the whole barbarian changed their beliefs and the barbarian camp became a semi divine domain, the mixed spirit and God would no longer cover up their violent nature.


    Some of the barbarians who stubbornly maintained totem belief were brutally executed under the oracle of the mixed spirit and God.


    Chief wolf Eagle still has some kindred feelings. If it were not for the Oracle''s inability to disobey, he would not be willing to kill all his peers.


    Now this barbarian has become a lamb of mixed spirits and gods.


    Chief wolf eagle, as a slave of the gods, began to gradually see the cruel nature of mixed spirits and gods.


    If it hadn''t been done and he couldn''t look back, he might have had a different mind.


    Hun Ling and Zun Shen have great ambitions for the Jun dust world. In order to help the wolf Eagle chief build this demigod domain, too many divine powers have been lowered.


    As the guardian of the demigod realm, the wolf Eagle chief has committed a felony by letting the demigod realm be polluted by the smell of the yellow spring.


    Not only could he not get rid of the pollution, he turned to the mixed spirit and God for help.


    For incompetent people, Hunling and respecting God will never be soft hearted.


    It was not long before the barbarians outside the territory changed their beliefs, and the chief wolf Eagle needed to continue to command the barbarians.


    Hunling and respecting God will not take his life, but will make his life worse than death and suffer all kinds of hardships.


    Hunling zunshen is not a generous God. He will firmly remember this account.


    When the wolf Eagle chief loses his use value, he will die.


    Chief wolf Eagle has a vague expectation of his own fate.


    However, if the enemy is allowed to break the demigod domain and be firmly bound with the demigod domain, he will die.


    Between dying immediately and dying later, he finally chose the latter.


    In the middle of the barbarian camp, the wolf Eagle chief knelt down in front of a huge statue.


    The face of the statue is so vague that people can''t see it at all. But it gives people a sacred, solemn and inviolable feeling.


    Even the strong with tenacious mind will feel an unwarranted fear in front of this statue, resulting in respect.


    The wolf Eagle chief began to say prayers loudly in his mouth, tried to concentrate his spirit, and tried to contact the mixed gods in the empty air outside the territory through this shining statue.


    Hun Ling and Zun Shen are very concerned about the world of Jun dust.


    The prayer and call from the Jun dust world have a high priority in his mind.


    Soon, an unfathomable, deep and distant breath came from the sky and attached to the statue.


    The wolf Eagle chief who was praying piously immediately felt that his consciousness seemed to be pulled by some force and fell into a vast and incomparable space.


    The consciousness of the wolf Eagle chief was soon connected with the spirit worship God.


    Because the wolf Eagle chief didn''t have much reservation, he deliberately let go of his own ideas.


    The mixed spirit respected God did not need to ask, but learned the reason why he called his home from his mind.


    An angry cold hum sounded in chief wolf eagle''s mind. He had a terrible headache and his whole head seemed to crack.


    It was only the beginning, and more intense pain came to him.


    Such pain comes from the depths of the soul. Even with the willpower of the fourth-order strong, it is difficult to resist.


    The wolf Eagle chief who knelt on the ground was covered with cold sweat and could hardly bear it.


    If it were not for his patience, he would roll on the ground.


    It took a while for the pain to subside.


    The wolf Eagle chief knew that just now it was just the vent of the instinct of the mixed spirit to respect God, and there was no punishment for him.


    Because of his ambition for the Jun dust world, the mixed spirit respected God has high hopes for this semi divine realm.


    Now he doesn''t care to punish the incompetent sinner chief wolf eagle, but to solve the problem first.


    In essence, the breath of the yellow spring from the underworld is stronger than his divine power, and has a special polluting effect on the divine power.


    In this case, the mixed spirits and gods continue to lower their divine power, which can not completely solve the problem.


    No matter how much power he has dropped, he will be slowly polluted by the enemy.


    For today''s sake, only higher levels of power can come.


    To drive a higher level of power, he needs to lower his divine power.


    The mixed spirit respected the God and hesitated for a while. He lowered his divine power and separated himself. That would be a big investment.


    The divine power is huge. Even if you lose some, it''s nothing.


    But it is not so easy to refine a divine power.


    If this divine power is broken in the Jun dust world, even the mixed spirits and gods will feel flesh pain.


    The vast and incomparable idea of Hunling respecting God has just come from outside.


    Before the idea attached to the statue, he scanned the periphery of the barbarian camp.


    The situation is not optimistic. If we do not intervene, all the previous divine power will be wasted.


    If this barbarian clan is exterminated by the enemy, many efforts made by the mixed spirits before respecting God will be completely in vain.


    His hundreds of years of hard work and planning will lose their meaning. All the efforts will be lost.


    The arrogant spirit worships God, but he doesn''t have the idea of stopping loss in time.


    According to the scanning just now, the enemy''s strength is not weak, but it is not very strong. The separation of divine power should be easy to solve.


    If the enemy didn''t master the special array and attract the breath of the yellow spring of hell, he might not be able to pollute his own divine power.


    However, in just a few moments, the Hun Ling and the God completed the calculation and made a decision.


    The idea of respecting God just came to the statue.


    This statue of God, which was made with the painstaking efforts of countless people, was originally made to accommodate the ideas of the gods.


    With the presence of God''s ideas, the statue is barely an incarnation of God and has many peculiarities.


    The mixed spirit''s idea of respecting God began to communicate with the divine power in the semi divine domain, and was ready to summon his own divine power to come here.

 Chapter 1106

    The original deity of Hun Ling Zun is still far away from the extraterritorial void, far away from the world of Jun dust.


    However, through the special secret method, from the separated idea, the Hun spirit respected the original Buddha of God, and clearly felt everything that happened in the barbarian camp.


    The mind of the gods is enormous and can be easily divided into separate thoughts.


    Each separated idea has the ability to act independently.


    When the wolf Eagle chief began to pray and call the mixed spirit God, the mixed spirit God dropped an idea.


    Now, this idea asks me to lower a separation.


    For gods, incarnation and separation are very different.


    Incarnation is transformed by divine power. Many times, it is just a virtual shadow. It often needs some support to exist stably for a long time.


    Like an idea that came down before the mixed spirit respected the God, after it was attached to the God, it could be called an incarnation.


    If the separation is another body of the God, it is a complete entity and can move freely without dependence.


    When refining separation, it often needs to consume some special materials.


    The separation of the gods can act alone and perform many of the powers of the Buddha.


    The incarnation of God represents the existence of God, but its strength is not necessarily very strong.


    However, the separation of gods, most of which are God''s thugs and war tools, has a very strong combat effectiveness.


    For practitioners, there is no such complex distinction.


    Those above the middle stage of the yuan God will have the opportunity to refine their outer incarnation.


    The outer incarnation of the cultivator is almost equivalent to the separation of the gods.


    Of course, because the secret method of refining external avatars is rare, and the materials are even more rare, many monks in the later period of Yuanshen do not necessarily have external avatars.


    After deciding to lower the separation, the original Buddha of the mixed spirit God no longer hesitated.


    The long distance seemed to be folded. A separate body of mixed spirits and gods easily crossed this distance and came outside the Jun dust world.


    Jun dust world is a world with its own unique rules of heaven and earth.


    After the immortal preached in the Jun dust world, the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world began to change slowly and become more suitable for the fairy way.


    The separation of spirit and God, in the extraterritorial void, can rival the great power of returning to emptiness among the human cultivators.


    However, after entering the Junchen world, due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth, the strength will fall sharply.


    If the wolf Eagle chief works harder, he will completely improve the semi divine domain.


    By virtue of the power of the semi divine domain, the split of the mixed spirit and the God is dragged to the barbarian camp. At least this split has the strength of the true king of the Yang God.


    But now, the semi divine domain is not well constructed, and the help provided for separation is limited.


    After coming to the Junchen world, the mixed spirit and God can have the strength of the later yuan God at most.


    However, judging from the war outside the barbarian camp, the strength of Yuanshen in the later stage was enough to reverse the war situation and completely defeat and even eliminate the Terran invaders.


    Meng Zhang and others who are using the power of huangquan zhensha array to constantly pollute the semi divine domain do not know that a strong enemy is coming.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose in launching the attack on the barbarians outside the territory is to please the old man Yinhu.


    In his opinion, the silver pot old man had no reason to harm him.


    In addition, he did not think too much and did not have any doubts because he had known her for a long time.


    In fact, the scale of the war is still beyond his imagination.


    Out of fear of the immortals who preached in the Jun dust world, the mixed spirit God dared not let him come to the Jun dust world.


    But today, when those immortals left, sending their own parts to the Jun dust world was a marginal ball.


    Hunling zunshen believes that those who rule the Junchen world should not easily offend themselves.


    In the void outside the Jun dust world, the mixed spirit and God appeared.


    This is a giant with a height of thousands of feet, a huge body and a weapon in hand.


    The giant''s body twisted and then became normal human size.


    Then this one took a step and entered the Jun dust world.


    The nine days outside the Junchen world are actually an important line of defense against foreign invaders.


    As soon as he entered the nine days, he felt the pressure everywhere, squeezing his whole body up and down madly.


    This is the heaven and earth rule of Jun dust world, which is suppressing this separation in an all-round way.


    Hun Ling didn''t care about the separation of God and continued to move forward under pressure.


    At the highest point of the nine days is the heavenly palace that governs the Jun dust world.


    The greatest duty of the heavenly palace is to resist foreign invasion and protect the Junchen world.


    However, the Hun Ling Zun Shen, who was supposed to come forward to intercept the heavenly palace after entering the nine days, remained silent at this time, as if he had found nothing.


    In the extraterritorial void, the mixed spirit God is also a God with great prestige and fierce reputation.


    Don''t say it''s a virtual immortal who returns to the virtual realm. Even a real immortal doesn''t want to provoke him easily.


    The reason why this foreign barbarian led by chief wolf eagle can come to the Jun dust world is that it all depends on the supernatural power of Hunling and respecting God, except that some great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world deliberately indulge.


    The barbarians outside the region have established their foothold in the Junchen world. The mixed spirits and gods have lowered their divine power for many times. Now they even begin to construct the semi divine world. The returning virtual powers on the side of the Junchen world still have no response.


    This undoubtedly contributed to the arrogance of mixed spirits and gods, and made him feel that the friars in the Junchen world were really weak and deceptive.


    If it weren''t for the immortals who started the fairy way in the Junchen world, they would be too fierce. The mixed spirits and gods all wanted to directly let me come to the Junchen world and completely conquer the world.


    For the mixed spirits and gods, I have been careful enough and cautious enough.


    Instead of conquering the world directly, he made a big circle, took many detours, and indirectly exerted influence on the world.


    This part of Hunling and respecting God acts freely in nine days under pressure.


    The special rules of heaven and earth in Jun dust world have a great power to suppress him. It made him unable to transmit space, so he had to go slowly.


    However, mixed spirits and gods are not in a hurry, and there is enough time.


    Suddenly, the separation of mixed spirits and gods was like entering a new world, and the surrounding scene was completely changed.


    This is a world of thunder. There are lightning flashes in the surrounding sky.


    Thunder rumble, thunder, lightning flash, electric snake scurry, thunderbolt dance


    The Hun Ling Zun Shen stopped and scanned the surrounding situation.


    He knew that his family had calculated and fell into the trap of others.


    However, this separation is not flustered at all, but has a feeling of anger and laughter.


    In Junchen world, there are people who dare to fight against their own family.

 Chapter 1107

    The separation of mixed spirit and God just glanced around and knew the general situation.


    Some practitioners use their magic powers to trap themselves in a small world while taking advantage of their carelessness.


    These guys who don''t know heaven and earth think they can kill themselves by a little dirty tricks.


    Although the separation of mixed spirit and God lost the first opportunity, it was not too flustered.


    I saw that in this world, the originally ubiquitous thunder and lightning, after the mixed spirit and God''s separation entered here, it seemed as if they had their own consciousness and frantically split over.


    These seemingly fierce thunderbolts and lightning were dispersed by the divine power of the mixed spirits and gods before they got close.


    At this time, in the nine days, just where the mixed spirit and God were separated, an old man with a tall figure and a flickering electric light on his head stood with positive and negative hands.


    The person who respectfully stands behind the old man is the silver pot old man Meng Zhang wants to make friends with.


    Not far in front of them, a transparent bead the size of a bowl just floats quietly.


    Among the beads is a pocket world completely composed of thunder and lightning.


    In that world, the separation of mixed spirits and gods is undertaking the attack of the whole world and is being frantically split by countless thunder and lightning.


    Looking at everything in the bead, the old man Yinhu had a complex expression on his face. He wanted to say something, but he didn''t know how to speak.


    "Hunling, an old fellow, is arrogant and pretentious. He has always despised our practitioners."


    "This time, I dare to lower myself and separate myself into the Jun dust world. It''s really my own death."


    The old man, whose identity was obviously much higher than that of the silver pot old man, said disdainfully.


    "What the LORD said is very true. Hunling has always been arrogant and has been eyeing the Jun dust world for many years. He deserved to have this report when he met the Lord."


    The silver pot old man was very cooperative and echoed on one side.


    In the cultivation world, those who can be called supreme are not ordinary people.


    Generally speaking, only those who are very excellent and particularly powerful among the great powers of returning to emptiness are qualified to be called supreme.


    In the eyes of ordinary practitioners, such great powers of returning to emptiness as the silver pot old man and the silk holding mother-in-law are already extraordinary figures.


    But in the eyes of real power, they don''t see enough.


    There are also strong and weak points in the great energy of returning to emptiness.


    The weakest kind of return to emptiness can bully the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The strongest return to emptiness power can not only press the friars of the same level, but also pull the wrist with the real immortal.


    The old man in front of the silver pot old man is the famous strong man in the heavenly palace - Tianlei shangzun.


    Lord Tianlei''s achievements have returned to emptiness for many years, and his seniority is very high.


    After returning to the virtual world, he left the Junchen world and spent most of his time fighting in the void outside the territory.


    When it comes to Tianlei shangzun in Jun dust world, he is a famous figure in the void outside the whole territory.


    He killed countless foreign powerful people, including the demon lord of the demon family, the gods of the Shinto, and even the great demons of the demon Tao.


    His great prestige was watered out with the blood and lives of the strong men of other nationalities.


    Compared with Tianlei shangzun, old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi are the flowers in the greenhouse. They don''t even have the qualification to be his opponent.


    Old silver pot asked Meng Zhang to attack the barbarian camp this time. In addition to his own wishes, it was mainly the orders of Lord Tianlei.


    The arrogant Tianlei shangzun has no leisure to deal with Yuan Shen friars like Meng Zhang.


    He just assigned the task and asked the old man Yinhu to complete it.


    After that, the silver pot old man found Meng Zhang through his mother-in-law.


    The purpose of Tianlei shangzun is very simple. It is to design an ambush spirit, respect God and completely refine it.


    Tianlei shangzun didn''t tell old man Yinhu what he was doing.


    Silver pot old man doesn''t know whether Tianlei shangzun has any grudges with Hunling Zun God, or whether he should use his separate body to practice some magical powers and secrets.


    He didn''t dare to disobey the order of Lord Tianlei. He just listened to the order and tried to complete the task.


    Tianlei shangzun dares to calculate, mix spirits and respect gods. Old man Yinhu still admires him very much.


    You know, the mixed spirit respects the original God, but it can resist the existence of real immortals.


    In the Jun dust world, it seems that real immortals have also been born among the younger monks of the Jun dust world since the immortals who opened up the fairy road left.


    However, old man Yinhu has never seen a real immortal since he embarked on the road of practice for so many years.


    Tianlei shangzun is regarded as one of the virtual immortals closest to the real fairy, but he is not a real fairy after all.


    It''s not convenient for him to leave the Junchen world in the future if he gets into a mixed spirit and God of the same level as the real immortal.


    Hunling zunshen didn''t dare to enter the Junchen world, but he certainly won''t give up after suffering a heavy loss this time.


    If Tianlei shangzun wants to leave the Junchen world and go to the extraterritorial void in the future, he must be more careful.


    According to the old man Yinhu''s understanding of Hunling and respecting God, the other party is likely to wait in the void near the Junchen world in order to block Tianlei shangzun.


    I don''t know whether Tianlei has carefully considered the consequences before he acts.


    Tianlei shangzun doesn''t know what old man Yinhu thinks, or he doesn''t care if he knows.


    After trapping the separated body of Hunling Zun God, Tianlei shangzun directly attacked him.


    I saw that the heavenly thunder turned into an electric light and flew directly into the bead.


    If you are in the extraterritorial void, you can also fight with Tianlei.


    However, in the Junchen world, the strength was severely suppressed. After a few moves, he was won by Tianlei shangzun.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who was outside the barbarian camp, tried to urge the Dharma array and tried his best to pollute the semi divine domain, but they didn''t know the battle that took place in the nine days.


    The mixed spirit God actually responded to the prayer of the wolf Eagle chief and lowered his separation, which they had never imagined.


    Silver pot old man provided Meng Zhang with a lot of help and concealed a lot of information before he started.


    So far, there have been no accidents in the plans of Tianlei shangzun and Yinhu old man, which is a great good thing for Meng Zhang.


    In his ignorance, Meng Zhang picked up a big bargain.


    In the barbarian camp, the wolf Eagle chief is still waiting for the separate arrival of the mixed spirit God.


    Although he was afraid of the punishment after the mixed spirit respected God, the separation of the mixed spirit respected God was delayed, which raised an unknown premonition in his heart.


    Suddenly, a message came from the statue in front of the wolf Eagle chief.


    It turned out that the idea of mixed spirit respecting God in this statue suddenly lost contact with the original God of mixed spirit respecting God, and could not contact the separation sent by mixed spirit respecting God.


    This idea is the first time to encounter such a thing. It is inevitable to feel flustered.


    So he made a big mistake and told the news to chief wolf eagle.

 Chapter 1108

    Outside the barbarian camp, the power of the yellow spring summoned by the yellow spring zhensha array from the underworld is constantly defacing this semi divine realm.


    A large part of the semidivine realm has been defiled. The purification speed of the semidivine realm itself has been far behind the defiled speed.


    As a person who is connected with the demigod domain, the wolf Eagle chief is constantly bearing the impact of yin and cold breath.


    As long as a living person, even a monk who is not weak, as long as he is contaminated by the breath of the yellow spring, most of them will immediately lose their vitality and even directly become ghosts.


    In order to resist the attack of the breath of the yellow spring, the wolf Eagle chief also consumed a lot of strength.


    If the demigod domain is completely defiled by the power of the yellow spring, the wolf Eagle chief has no way to escape.


    The wolf Eagle chief can foresee the end of his family.


    Chief wolf eagle is also a brilliant and powerful hero. He is absolutely unwilling to die here.


    It would cost him a lot to break away from this semidivine realm by force, but it''s better to be buried with this semidivine realm.


    Of course, if this semidivine realm falls completely, he will certainly not escape the punishment of mixed spirit and God.


    If you take the initiative to escape, it will be even worse.


    With the temper of mixing spirits and respecting gods, he will certainly ignore it and directly burn his spirit on the divine fire.


    Therefore, the wolf Eagle chief has one more thing to do before he leaves the demigod domain.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who was kneeling on the ground, suddenly stood up and looked directly at the statue in front of him.


    Among the statues, there is a consciousness of mixed spirits respecting gods. The news just revealed by this consciousness made the chief wolf Eagle make the final decision.


    Chief wolf Eagle came to Junchen world for so many years. He didn''t ask about foreign affairs. He only knew to hide in Yuantu prairie.


    On the contrary, he spent a lot of effort to collect all the intelligence of Jun dust world through various channels.


    There are a large number of strong people in the Jun dust world.


    If it were not for the internal struggle between the practitioners, the barbarians led by him might not be able to gain a foothold in the Yuantu prairie.


    The powerful gods such as Hun Ling and Zun Shen dare not come directly to the Jun dust world. In fact, they can explain many problems.


    This time, the enemy suddenly attacked and took out effective means against the demigod domain as soon as he took his hand. It is clear that he came prepared.


    The Hun Ling Zun God originally lowered his separate body to come for reinforcement, but now he can''t contact the separate body or even the self. There is clearly a problem on the side of the Hun Ling Zun God.


    The wolf Eagle chief took refuge in the spirit worship God in order to pursue more powerful power.


    He seems to have a devout belief in the worship of mixed spirits, but he is not a crazy believer who has lost himself.


    At the critical moment, in his heart, he cares most about himself.


    Since he was able to betray totem belief in those days, now he betrays mixed spirits and gods again, that''s a natural thing.


    Seeing the wolf Eagle chief''s disrespectful action, the mixed spirit in the statue was about to scold him.


    A magnificent stream of Qi and blood rose from the wolf Eagle chief and rushed into the sky, as if it were a wolf smoke of Qi and blood.


    The barbarians majored in the flesh, and their powerful flesh gave them terrible Qi and blood.


    The power of Qi and blood stimulated by a special secret method can block the power of other systems, including divine power, Zhenyuan, etc.


    A terrible power of Qi and blood came from the wolf Eagle chief and completely shrouded the statue.


    No matter how the mixed spirit in the statue scolds, scolds and threatens the consciousness of respecting God


    The wolf Eagle chief ignored them and wholeheartedly operated the power of Qi and blood to completely seal the statue.


    After a while, the outside of the statue seemed to be covered with a layer of blood red light.


    This statue is also of great use to the wolf Eagle chief.


    However, due to the special nature of the statue, he could not put it into the storage magic weapon.


    Exhausted the way, just turn it into the size of an arm and can only hold it in your hand.


    Next, the wolf Eagle chief began to fully exercise the power of Qi and blood to drive away the divine power in his body.


    In those days, in order to reward the wolf Eagle chief, the Hunling God specially gave him a lot of divine power to strengthen himself and enhance his strength.


    Over the years, he has maintained contact with the demigod domain, and the divine power of the demigod domain has also deeply penetrated into the wolf Eagle chief.


    The wolf Eagle chief took out the determination and will to break his wrists and scratch his bones and heal his wounds, and wanted to drive out all the divine powers belonging to the mixed spirits and gods in his body.


    Almost at the same time, he had to use the power of Qi and blood to impact his connection with the semi divine realm.


    He did not hesitate to lose his source, but had to separate himself from this semi divine realm in the shortest time.


    Because the wolf Eagle chief who presided over the demigod domain gave up resistance, he just wanted to abandon the demigod domain and escape here.


    The resistance of the demigod domain to the huangquan zhensha array fell sharply, and it was more and more unable to resist the invasion of the power of the huangquan.


    Outside the barbarian camp, several barbarian kings who were most loyal to the wolf Eagle chief took the initiative to give up their immediate opponents and fled back to the barbarian camp.


    In the barbarian camp, some barbarian warriors closest to chief wolf Eagle mounted flying mounts, left the barbarian camp and fled to the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    The wolf Eagle chief wanted to escape. Of course, he had to make some preparations.


    He should try his best to preserve his strength before he can have a chance to make a comeback.


    Although he has a variety of shortcomings, as a barbarian chief, he should try his best to preserve the vitality of the barbarian.


    Busy breaking away from the connection with the demigod realm, he also began to arrange for his confidants to retreat first.


    Meng Zhang and others who are urging the Dharma array don''t know that the wolf Eagle chief has the heart to escape.


    They just found that the resistance had obviously weakened in both the semi divine realm and the barbarians.


    It is a good thing that the enemy becomes weaker. The spirit of the attacking party is greatly boosted, the morale is greatly increased, and the attack is more violent.


    The interference from the strong barbarians is weakened. Meng Zhang can concentrate more array power and speed up the damage to the demigod domain.


    Before long, the light mask over the barbarian camp began to disappear slowly, and the original bright light became dim.


    The breath of yellow spring penetrated into the camp through the demigod realm.


    Over the camp, countless drops of water began to fall, like a light rain.


    Water vapor filled the camp, and countless barbarians lost their vitality one after another.


    The originally indestructible demigod domain has been riddled with holes and is on the verge of collapse.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who was in the center of the barbarian camp, gave a roar, gushed blood in his mouth, and every pore of his body kept gushing blood.


    All of a sudden, he was short, from a tall and powerful man to a thin and shriveled old man.


    At the cost of great loss of vitality and longevity, he finally broke free from the connection with the semi divine domain and completely got rid of the bondage of the semi divine domain to his family.

 Chapter 1109

    Although the wolf Eagle chief paid a great price, he finally broke away from the semi divine domain and got rid of it before the semi divine domain completely collapsed.


    The wolf Eagle chief was tired on the ground, barely suppressed his serious injury, and kept swallowing all kinds of herbs.


    He knows that time is running out and must leave here as soon as possible.


    According to common sense, even if the barbarian army wants to retreat, it should fight and retreat and resist step by step.


    In this way, it will be possible to avoid chaos and reduce casualties on our side as much as possible.


    You know, whether it is the war of the cultivation world or the war of mortals, a large number of casualties appear on the way of defeat.


    In the current situation where our side is at the bottom, if the whole army retreats directly, there will be inevitable chaos and it will easily turn into an overall collapse.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who was trying to recover, hesitated.


    As the chief of the tribe, he should be responsible for the tribe.


    Moreover, this barbarian is his foundation.


    He doesn''t want to lose such a powerful force.


    However, his current state is so bad that it is difficult to retain the strength of Yuanshen in the early stage.


    There was an impulse in his heart to immediately leave everything here and evacuate as quickly as possible.


    Of course, although still hesitating, chief wolf Eagle began to give orders.


    Behind the barbarian camp, countless ordinary barbarian people poured out like a tide and fled in all directions.


    The movement of the barbarian camp, of course, could not escape Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    However, their current main energy is focused on attacking the demigod realm, and they don''t care about anything else.


    And the barbarians began to flee, which is a good thing, indicating that the semi divine domain is about to lose its hold.


    While the wolf Eagle chief was still hesitating, a sound like the sound of broken glass sounded constantly above and around the barbarian camp.


    The semi divine realm that originally enveloped the whole barbarian camp was finally broken.


    Once the demigod domain is broken, the barbarian camp has little power to resist the invaders.


    The wolf Eagle chief no longer hesitated and immediately issued an order for a comprehensive retreat. All the barbarians immediately dispersed and fled as far as they could escape.


    In the barbarian camp, with the order of the chief wolf eagle, a bleak horn sounded immediately.


    This is a signal of the barbarian retreat and a sign of the barbarian defeat.


    Although a large number of barbarians scattered and fled after the horn sounded.


    However, there were still many warriors among the barbarians who took the initiative to stay behind and buy time for the retreat of the people.


    There are many guys who are unwilling to fail or lose their reason and launch a desperate impact on the Terran cultivators.


    Although the demigod domain has been broken, it has not completely collapsed.


    The demigod realm is polluted by the power of the yellow spring, and the rules of heaven and earth are changing.


    The separate body of the ghost and God immediately put aside everything, rushed into the semi God domain as fast as possible and began to get busy.


    There is a word "God" in the name of ghosts and gods, but it is not a real God.


    Even the most powerful ghosts and gods in the underworld are not worth mentioning in front of gods such as mixed spirits and gods.


    Shouzheng was so enthusiastic this time that he not only provided Meng Zhang with huangquan zhensha, but also lowered himself to participate in the war directly. In addition to helping his peers, he also had his own intention.


    The supernatural power of the mixed spirits and the mysteries contained in the demigod realm are what he covets very much.


    If he could understand all this, he might go further and get rid of the shackles of ghosts and gods after tomorrow.


    Especially after the divine power in the semi divine realm is defiled by the power of the yellow spring, he can try to collect it slowly and use it for research, enlightenment and even absorption and refining in the future.


    The half divine realm is broken, and the function of huangquan zhensha array is greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang directly separated from the Dharma array and flew to the barbarian camp.


    Wen qiansuan, who presides over the Dharma array, also controls the Dharma array and slowly handles some finishing work.


    Except for a few hot headed people, most of the barbarians'' fourth-order strongmen began to retreat.


    Breaking this semi divine realm, Meng Zhang completed the explanation of the old man Yinhu and was able to make a job.


    Of course, the friar alliance must take advantage of the victory and kill as many barbarians as possible.


    Meng Zhang knew that he had a blood feud with the barbarians this time.


    In order to avoid the future Revenge of the barbarians, it is best to completely eliminate the barbarians.


    If we can''t do it, we should try our best to weaken its strength and make it unable to retaliate.


    Zhenjun, the original God on the Terran side, led the friar coalition army to press on and pursue the barbarians.


    Meng Zhang flew into the barbarian camp alone to determine the situation inside as soon as possible.


    He wants to leave the strong barbarians as far as possible, and also try to search for the treasures of the barbarians.


    As soon as Meng Zhang flew into the barbarian camp, he found the wolf Eagle chief who was about to escape.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know the chief wolf eagle, but judging from his dress, he must be a high-level barbarian.


    In particular, the bloody statue held by the wolf Eagle chief exudes special fluctuations and has a special attraction to Meng Zhang.


    Killing people and seizing treasure is a daily program in the cultivation world. Even as Meng Zhang is today, he is not exempt from vulgarity.


    Without even a call, Jinghong''s sword turned into a competitive exercise, fell from the sky, and cut the wolf Eagle chief''s arm holding the statue.


    The wolf Eagle chief took the statue in his hand and felt as heavy as a mountain, which greatly affected the speed of his own escape.


    In his current state, even a friar in the early days of Yuanshen may not be able to fight, let alone a strong man like Meng Zhang.


    He is also a decisive man. He knows that it is important to run for his life. No matter what treasure it is, it is not as important as his own life.


    With all his strength, he threw the statue out heavily and threw it away from Meng Zhang.


    Then he did not hesitate to burn blood essence, cast the art of bleeding escape, and tried his best to escape.


    Meng Zhang was firmly attracted by the statue from the moment he saw it. He felt an impulse to grab the statue.


    He didn''t care to chase the escaped wolf Eagle chief, but ran after the thrown idol.


    Meng Zhang flew over the statue and firmly grasped it in his hand.


    As soon as the statue of God was held by him, he seemed to be unable to give up and want to hold it forever.


    At this time, not only are you Yuanshen Zhenjun chasing and killing the escaped barbarian strongmen, but Xu Mengying is directing the friar coalition army to march on the victory, and the whole army is pressed against the barbarian camp.


    Meng Zhang finally restrained his impulse and prepared to put the statue away for the time being and take part in the pursuit of the barbarians first.


    But not only can this statue not be included in the general storage tools, but also in the mustard space.


    Thinking of his impulse just now, Meng Zhang began to be alert.


    This statue of God is very strange. There are mostly mysterious things you don''t know.

 Chapter 1110

    It was an unprecedented victory.


    The barbarian camp was captured by the joint forces of monks, and hundreds of thousands of barbarian people gave up their nest and embarked on a desperate journey.


    Since this foreign barbarian occupied Yuantu prairie, it has been firmly entrenched here. It has experienced the age of Jiuqu alliance. It has not been able to expel it until Dali Dynasty established Jiuqu province.


    In addition to a small number of barbarian warriors still maintaining resistance, most barbarian people fled and began to flee the battlefield.


    Although the barbarians look similar to the Terrans, they are truly alien and invaders from abroad.


    If you are not my race, your heart will be different. Practitioners will not show mercy to other races.


    Among the barbarians, not all are warriors, but also many ordinary people.


    Of course, even the ordinary people of barbarians can threaten the little friars in the Qi refining period because of their strong body, infinite power and large number.


    Few of the barbarians surrendered voluntarily, and the practitioners were too lazy to capture each other.


    It''s more convenient and time-saving to kill each other directly than capturing prisoners.


    Around the barbarian camp, there were soon corpses everywhere and rivers of blood.


    Countless barbarians were killed by practitioners, and practitioners can afford to kill.


    Taiyi sect has always boasted of being an authentic sect, but few monks in the sect can kill like this.


    Anyway, the other party is an extraterritorial invader. Even if he kills more, it is a matter of course.


    Meng Zhang should have pursued and killed the fourth level strong man of the barbarian with other yuan gods Zhenjun.


    But because the statue in his hand attracted a large part of his attention, he stayed in the barbarian camp for the time being.


    When Yang Xueyi successfully chased and killed a barbarian fourth-order strongman and returned to the barbarian camp, she saw that the friar alliance was chasing and killing the barbarian people everywhere. She frowned and flew to Meng Zhang, saying that she thought this behavior was very inappropriate.


    This is not the heart attack of Yang Xueyi. She has the benevolence of women.


    But as more and more barbarians died, a large number of creatures died in a short time, gathering a lot of dead spirit around.


    When Meng Zhang and his disciples set up the huangquan zhensha array to defile the semi divine realm, the power of the huangquan polluted the surrounding at the same time.


    In a large area near the barbarian camp, there are Yin winds and strong Yin Qi. Even the rules of heaven and earth are somewhat close to the underworld.


    In combat, such an environment is beneficial to our own side, which is convenient for ghosts and gods to keep their integrity.


    But now that the war is over, this is a hidden danger.


    Although after the war, Wen qiansuan did not hesitate to put down the event of chasing and killing the enemy, he had to control the huangquan zhensha array, recover the power of huangquan and try to erase the smell of huangquan around him.


    However, he and the friars in the array worked hard for a long time and did not completely solve the problem.


    Within the range covered by the array just now, it still looks like hell.


    The breath of the yellow spring lingered, and the water condensed by the Yin and evil spirit on the ground flowed everywhere.


    In this environment, a large number of barbarians die, and the breath of death combined with the breath of yellow spring is easy to produce all kinds of changes.


    If it is not handled properly, there may be all kinds of resentful souls, ghosts and even walking corpses on the ground when the Yang Qi dissipates and the Yin Qi rises in the middle of the night.


    Although it can''t cause too much damage to the practitioners present, the scene is ugly.


    Hearing Yang Xueyi''s worry, Meng Zhang immediately ordered to stop the killing of barbarians.


    For barbarians who surrender voluntarily or lose the ability to resist, don''t continue to kill.


    For the barbarians who fled around, we should try to catch them alive.


    Take the captured barbarians alive and go to the Shuwu Hall of Taiyi gate to exchange for good deeds in the gate.


    Meng Zhang was used to being poor when he was young. He didn''t say that he had to extract oil from stones, but it almost became his instinct to search for booty and fully explore all kinds of places available.


    These foreign barbarians are tall and powerful. They are just used for all kinds of hard labor.


    At present, there are many mineral deposits on taiyimen territory, which have to be temporarily vacant due to the lack of sufficient labor.


    Barbarians have thick skin and thick flesh. Let alone ordinary mortals, even low-level practitioners may not have the same vitality as them.


    Taiyimen, which has always been short of manpower, needs the same hard work as these animals.


    As for how to tame these barbarians and make them obedient, practitioners have all kinds of means.


    Even the rebellious monster can be tamed by the cultivator. At least the barbarians are human beings. They are barely half human. They should be more tame.


    Probably frightened by the cruel killing just now, the barbarian people who were originally loyal and determined to die finally bowed their heads in the face of death and began to surrender one after another.


    Especially after the practitioners showed their intention to capture them alive, they began to give up resistance and began to surrender on a large scale.


    At the back, not only ordinary barbarians, but also those barbarian warriors and even barbarian shamans began to surrender.


    In exchange for the precious taiyimen good work, all practitioners gave up killing and captured the barbarians alive as much as possible.


    Receiving and taking care of prisoners requires a lot of manpower.


    In this way, for those barbarians who ran too fast and too far, they had to give up temporarily and take down the barbarians around the barbarian camp first.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang just said that if the barbarians were captured alive, they could exchange Taiyi''s good work.


    He didn''t say that the barbarian Warriors must be captured alive.


    Ordinary barbarians are more likely to be captured alive than barbarian warriors.


    Meng Zhang made an intentional or unintentional slip of the tongue, so he was caught by everyone.


    Not to mention the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, even the friars of Huanglian sect and changchunguan sect have taken part in the action of arresting the barbarians.


    A group of Yuanshen Zhenjun who chased and killed the fourth level strong man of the barbarian clan. Some chased and killed successfully, and some let the enemy escape. They couldn''t catch up


    They also flew back from a distance and gathered here.


    Although many practitioners are chasing the barbarians everywhere, the big battle is over.


    Many practitioners searched everywhere in the barbarian camp, digging three feet and searching for all kinds of booty.


    Many practitioners began to treat their own wounded and slowly clean up the battlefield.


    Friars taiyimen are very skilled in these tasks.


    Meng Zhang was originally a powerful man with great prestige. This time, it was all due to the taiyimen Friar''s deployment of the huangquan zhensha array that he broke through the demigod domain and captured the barbarian camp.


    Not to mention the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, the friars of other sects were in awe of him and dared not disobey his instructions.


    Even the monks of other sects in the friar alliance would unconsciously lower their heads when facing the disciples of Taiyi sect.


    Even Huolie Zhenjun, who has always been hot tempered and rebellious, unconsciously changed his attitude in the face of Meng Zhang, not as presumptuous as before.

 Chapter 1111

    After the war, many troublesome things began.


    After this war alone, how to deal with the aftermath is a big problem.


    The statue is so special that Meng Zhang will certainly explore it deeply, but he doesn''t have time to explore the mystery slowly for the time being.


    He took out a piece of animal skin from the mustard space, temporarily covered it, and then exercised a prohibition to cover up all its breath and prevent it from leaking out.


    He carried the statue wrapped in animal skin on his back, and then went to discuss the next action with the yuan God Zhenjun of other sects.


    Around the barbarian camp, due to the influence of huangquan zhensha array, a large area has changed, which is almost like coming to the underworld.


    Wen qiansuan spent a lot of effort and couldn''t deal with it thoroughly.


    Fortunately, the devils and gods took the initiative to take over the problem.


    He told Meng Zhang to withdraw the practitioners around this area and let him stay here alone.


    He will use all kinds of secret skills to restore the surrounding area to normal before returning to the underworld.


    With Shouzheng''s help, this problem can be solved temporarily.


    After clearing the surrounding battlefield and raiding the barbarian camp, the whole friar coalition will leave here, leaving only the rightful part.


    More and more practitioners who pursue and kill barbarians return from all directions.


    When they gather here, they will leave with their booty.


    Meng Zhang has no intention to spy on the secret of keeping upright.


    From his behavior, Meng Zhang guessed his general purpose.


    Anyway, the purpose of keeping upright does not conflict with Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang is too lazy to ask.


    Meng Zhang found a remote place outside the barbarian camp and called everyone together to discuss the next action.


    For Meng Zhang, he has completed the requirements of the old man Yinhu. Next, he should go to the old man Yinhu to receive remuneration.


    However, as far as the overall situation is concerned, taiyimen took the initiative to attack this time and created fruitful results. It is worth considering what to do next.


    The barbarians outside the region experienced the defeat just now. They not only lost their biggest reliance on the demigod domain, but also suffered heavy casualties and countless casualties.


    Especially the ordinary barbarians, few people could escape in time. Most of them either became corpses or became prisoners of taiyimen.


    After this disaster, the strength of foreign barbarians has been greatly reduced, and it is difficult to pose a threat to Taiyi gate.


    Even if the remaining barbarians are concentrated, they are no longer the opponent of taiyimen.


    The foreign barbarians who once dominated the Yuantu prairie can''t keep this treasure land.


    Before Meng Zhang, he just wanted to break the demigod domain and weaken the barbarians as much as possible.


    But now, he suddenly realized that a huge opportunity lay in front of taiyimen.


    Yuantu prairie is a vast territory. In terms of wealth, it is far above the barren endless sand sea and Gobi.


    There are many spiritual veins here, and also produce various rich cultivation resources.


    Even the foreign barbarians who only understand plunder and do not produce occupy here. With their unparalleled business ability, they can obtain enough resources to feed the large population of the whole barbarians.


    When such a treasure land falls into the hands of the barbarians who are not good at management, it is simply a tyrant.


    If taiyimen can occupy this place and Haosheng can manage it, the strength of the sect will surely grow rapidly.


    Such a rich land has great temptation for Meng Zhang.


    Among the local Xiuzhen forces, few people can resist this temptation.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but want to take this treasure land for himself.


    However, there are still many problems.


    The barbarians outside the region suffered a disastrous defeat and their vitality was greatly damaged. They have no strength to threaten taiyimen.


    However, a very important prerequisite for taiyimen to completely occupy Yuantu prairie and manage this place well is to expel the remaining barbarians on the prairie.


    Even if the barbarians are weak, they still have a certain strength.


    The complete elimination of barbarians is destined to be a long-lasting task, and will contain a large part of the strength of taiyimen.


    What makes Meng Zhang hesitate is the current situation facing Jiuqu province and even the whole Dali Dynasty.


    Ziyang Shengzong went to war with the Dali imperial dynasty. Jiuqu province experienced great changes. Taiyimen, as a member of the Bureau, couldn''t stay out of it at all.


    No one knows what will be waiting for taiyimen next, and what problems and challenges will taiyimen face?


    At this time, Meng Zhang should concentrate his troops and give priority to guarding the existing territory of taiyimen, rather than dispersing his troops on Yuantu grassland.


    Next, what kind of attitude governor Zhang Weineng will take towards taiyimen is also an issue that Meng Zhang needs to consider.


    Meng Zhang urgently needs to know the next trend of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang called everyone together to know what everyone thinks.


    Relying solely on the power of the taiyimen family, I can''t catch the whole Yuantu prairie.


    If these sects are willing to participate in the development of Yuantu prairie, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind sharing some benefits with you.


    The benefits of the world are inexhaustible. The choice is a test of people''s wisdom.


    Xu Mengying, Changchun Zhenjun, Huolie Zhenjun and others came to Meng Zhang one after another.


    In addition to Yang Xueyi standing next to Meng Zhang, other Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate are busy dealing with the aftermath.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go around in circles. As soon as he came up, he went straight to the topic and asked everyone about their plans for the next step.


    Meng Zhang can see that Yuantu prairie is now a land without owners. Others are experienced old foxes. There is no reason not to see this.


    Almost everyone''s attitude is similar to that of Meng Zhang.


    He was greedy for this treasure land and couldn''t help but want to bite off one well. However, he was also worried about the current situation and didn''t want to be too distracted, let alone disperse his strength.


    The vast majority of practitioners are insatiable people. They will rush to see the benefits immediately.


    However, the situation in Jiuqu province is too complicated. One problem that can not be handled well is the end of death, elimination of Tao and extinction of zongmen.


    In this case, everyone can temporarily curb their greed and keep themselves first.


    A group of people talked for a long time. Almost everyone, including Huang Lianjiao, a staunch ally of Taiyi sect, tended to withdraw troops as soon as possible and take the initiative to withdraw the monks in their own sect.


    As long as they are discerning people, they all know that there will be greater changes in Jiuqu province.


    The more uncertain the situation is, the more strength should be retained and a force at hand that can be used at any time, so as to respond at any time.


    At this time, it is too wasteful to retain a strong force on the Yuantu prairie.


    In the absence of long-distance transmission of the Dharma array, if there are great changes and crises in the family door, the monks stationed here will have no time to rush back for reinforcements.

 Chapter 1112

    Seeing that everyone has no intention of staying in Yuantu prairie for a long time, they all want to return as soon as possible. Meng Zhang has no good way, let alone force everyone.


    He is willing to share the benefits of Yuantu prairie with you, but because of the situation of Jiuqu League, everyone doesn''t want to be too distracted.


    Of course, although people are not willing to disperse their forces on the Yuantu prairie, there is no problem in retaining the alliance with taiyimen and helping each other at the critical moment.


    Meng Zhang organized the joint forces of monks to attack the barbarians outside the territory this time. Although there were twists and turns, and the Shangguan family did not participate in the war, the result was satisfactory.


    To defeat foreign barbarians and break the barbarian camp, the biggest booty should be the territory of Yuantu prairie.


    Since everyone is in a hurry to leave and don''t want the territory on Yuantu prairie, Meng Zhang will compensate them in other ways.


    There are still many warehouses in the barbarian camp.


    The herbs, minerals, monster fur and other materials stored inside are also useful to practitioners.


    Even the food stored by barbarians, such as monster dried meat, is not worthless.


    In addition to a small amount of materials robbed by various practitioners in the scuffle, most materials are well preserved in the warehouse.


    This time, several zongmen followed Taiyi gate to send troops. In addition to being responsible for their consumption in this war, Taiyi gate did not take anything from the capture in the barbarian camp and allocated them all.


    Meng Zhang''s generosity made everyone very satisfied and felt that he didn''t go there in vain.


    The main force in this war was the friar taiyimen, because the huangquan zhensha array played a major role, and the casualties of each sect were very minor.


    Compared with the spoils of the war, we not only did not lose in this war, but also made money.


    After clearing the battlefield and distributing the spoils, the friar coalition began to return.


    The barbarians were defeated this time. It seems that they are unable to counter attack in a short time.


    On the return trip, the families didn''t get together. They all went back one after another.


    Among the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang left with Wen qiansuan and he Luozhen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun and Yang Xueyi lead the army back. Yang Xueyi has to go back to Jin Qiaoer in maple leaf mountain city.


    Most of the members of the taiyimen friar army returned with the two yuan gods Zhenjun.


    Those captured barbarians were also escorted back by them.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, the middle and high levels of the gate will place these prisoners and teach them according to Meng Zhang''s wishes.


    Taiyimen left some monks to listen to Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a long time, but he was still unwilling to give up the treasure land of Yuantu prairie completely.


    He will make some arrangements here to pave the way for the complete annexation of taiyimen in the future.


    This place can be chosen as the location of the camp by foreign barbarians, of course, it has its particularity.


    Although the strong barbarians don''t have the same occupation as the human cultivators.


    But the barbarians can survive for so long, and there are still experts among them.


    The barbarian camp spread for tens of miles and was located on a huge third-order spirit vein.


    The surrounding water and grass are abundant, rich in output, full of vitality and vitality.


    Even if the yuan God sect in the cultivation world wants to establish a sect in this place, there is no problem.


    However, in the previous war, a large part of the barbarian camp was invaded by the power of the yellow spring and became gloomy and lifeless.


    Meng Zhang asked the God of thick earth to search around Haosheng and chose a place as his next residence.


    It is located at the edge of the barbarian camp, next to several rolling hills.


    With a little transformation, this place can lay a protective array and build a good base.


    Wen qiansuan and Hou Tu Shen will be responsible for the construction of this place.


    The number of disciples of Taiyi sect left is not large, but about 300.


    All of them were mobilized to follow the orders of wenqiansuan and Houtu God general and joined the construction.


    As for the materials needed for construction, in addition to the parts they carry with them, they have to be transported from taiyimen territory.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, first build a small stronghold here as the foothold of taiyimen on Yuantu prairie.


    When taiyimen solves the problem of Jiuqu Province in the future and can free up their hands, they can slowly expand this stronghold, invest more strength, and take this stronghold as the core to expand wantonly on the Yuantu prairie.


    The strength in this stronghold is enough to protect itself.


    And the devils and gods are keeping the right separation. Now they are dealing with the pollution left by the war nearby.


    With separate processing speed, you can''t get out of here in a short time.


    If a strong enemy invades, he will come to support.


    After arranging everything, Meng Zhang was idle for a while.


    As a matter of fact, he has destroyed the semi divine realm and fulfilled the requirements of the silver pot old man. He should rush to the heavenly palace in time and receive a reward from the silver pot old man.


    However, since he got the statue, the statue kept emitting special power and began to slowly affect him.


    If you are not vigilant enough, even the yuan God Zhenjun will inevitably be caught.


    He was full of curiosity about the statue and was eager to study it.


    Meng Zhang found a secluded place not far from the barbarian camp, put a ban around it, and began to study the statue carefully.


    The blood red light outside the statue is the seal that the wolf Eagle chief used to urge the Qi and blood in his body, which cost a lot of blood essence.


    This seal can isolate the connection between the mixed spirit and the deity in the statue and the deity, and can also isolate the consciousness and its induction to the surroundings, so that it can not penetrate the divine power.


    But the mixed spirits and gods are too powerful. Even a consciousness without any power has incredible powers.


    After being sealed by the wolf Eagle chief, this consciousness can still perceive the nearby places and exert a certain influence on the souls of living creatures.


    Meng Zhang almost got caught when he started the statue.


    The curiosity and reluctance to give up the statues in his heart were all due to the influence on his mind.


    Now, he first concentrated and calmed down, recovered a stable mood, and began to do it.


    The seal placed by chief wolf eagle was very strong. Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to completely untie it.


    After the seal was lifted, the statue was completely exposed in front of Meng Zhang.


    Among the statues, there was a special power that kept tempting Meng Zhang to immediately fall to the ground, worship the statue and offer his faith and loyalty.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling in his heart that he was facing an incomparably great and sacred existence.


    As long as you become a believer and devoutly believe in this existence, you will gain incredible power.

 Chapter 1113

    The statue, which was no more than the size of an arm, suddenly flew into the air and became a huge statue with a height of more than ten feet, incomparable grandeur and solemn momentum.


    There are countless sacred lights on the statues. People can''t help but worship when they see them.


    Strange forces are constantly emanating from the statue, constantly invading Meng Zhang''s heart.


    "My name is Hunling, respect God..."


    A lot of information rushed into Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Most of these messages are praising the greatness of mixed spirits and respecting God, and praising their vast and omnipotent power.


    Those who are not determined enough will easily be inundated by this information and will soon become devout believers of mixed spirits and gods.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling in his heart that as long as he believed in mixed spirits and respected gods, he could get the favor of gods and supreme power.


    At that time, let alone solve the various problems faced, that is, it will be easy to dominate the Jiuqu province and even defeat the Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the help of the supreme divine power of mixing spirits and respecting gods, taiyimen can soon restore the scene of its heyday, go further, and even dominate the cultivation world and occupy the middle land


    Scenes of beautiful scenes kept emerging in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang has been vigilant because of his previous experience.


    He dares to directly remove the seal placed by the wolf Eagle chief, which naturally has his confidence.


    But the strange power from the statue was so powerful that he almost fell into a somersault.


    Meng Zhang''s face sank, and all the illusions in his mind disappeared. All the forces that invade the mind were driven out by him.


    From a little monk to a master in the middle of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang walked step by step and walked steadily.


    He has experienced many battles and countless trials. His mind has long been tempered to be extremely tough and almost flawless.


    After the initial surprise, he immediately reacted.


    Meng Zhang resisted the influence of the statue and immediately began to fight back.


    One black and one white airflow fell from the sky, entangled with each other, and completely wrapped the whole statue.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to mobilize the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and began to suppress the statue.


    There was a roar of anger in the statue, and more powerful forces seemed to break out.


    As a native of Junchen world, Junchen world is Meng Zhang''s home, which is more suitable for him to play.


    The consciousness of Hunling and respecting God is an alien invader in the Jun dust world, which should have been suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth.


    Moreover, no matter how powerful the mixed spirit is, its random consciousness can not surpass a monk in the middle of the yuan God.


    Meng Zhang easily suppressed the statue.


    He knew that the foreign barbarians believed in a mysterious God.


    From this statue, he sensed the same divine power as the demigod domain.


    Such things as gods cannot be disposed of at will.


    The power to seal this statue is clearly the power of Qi and blood of the strong barbarians.


    Meng Zhang is curious about why the strong barbarians who believe in gods seal the statues.


    This behavior is not only a betrayal of faith, but also a blasphemy against the gods.


    As soon as the statue of God came up, he showed his strange power and wanted to confuse himself. Meng Zhang hated it in his heart.


    Now the statue of God has been suppressed by the power of Yin-Yang Avenue. Meng Zhang has plenty of means to explore everything about the statue.


    The black-and-white airflow gently shakes and endlessly consumes the divine power on the statue.


    There are many disputes between the immortal and the Shinto. The practitioners have been fighting against the gods for many years and have accumulated many means to deal with the gods.


    In the Junchen world, the Shinto is not prosperous, and practitioners rarely fight against the gods.


    However, many religious sects in the cultivation world, especially those with a long history and extraordinary inheritance, have recorded the situation of Shinto and have the means to fight against gods.


    In addition to taiyimen''s own inheritance classics, Meng Zhang has also received many other classics. He did not lack the means to fight against the gods.


    Hun Ling''s consciousness of respecting God fell into his hands and dared to take the initiative to fight him. Meng Zhang will never show mercy.


    Practitioners in the Junchen world basically lack awe of the gods. I don''t care about offending the gods at all.


    Soon, the power on the statue was consumed.


    The Tao consciousness in the idol was also forced out by Meng Zhang from the idol and trapped in front of him.


    Meng Zhang kept torturing and weakening this consciousness. When he felt that the time was right, he did not hesitate to use the soul searching technique and began to slowly read all kinds of information contained in this consciousness.


    In order to obtain complete information as much as possible, Meng Zhang even did not hesitate to consume a lot of his own Yuanshen power.


    Slowly, all kinds of information contained in this consciousness appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind one by one.


    Although the reading was intermittent, there was constant resistance in the middle, and the information obtained was incomplete, coupled with Meng Zhang''s own reasoning, he basically understood what happened in the barbarian camp.


    This consciousness came to the statue in response to the prayer of the chief wolf eagle.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that there was an expert like chief wolf Eagle among the barbarians.


    Old silver pot didn''t mention that either. Or he didn''t feel the need to mention it.


    Meng Zhang secretly called for luck. If the wolf Eagle chief was not restrained by the demigod domain, he could compare with the strength of the later stage of the cultivator Yuanshen. Once he joined the war, it would be difficult to say the outcome of the war.


    Later, this consciousness actually contacted the Hunling God to let the Hunling God descend into a separate body.


    When reading here, Meng Zhang was extremely afraid.


    If the mixed spirits and gods come, the friar coalition will only be defeated.


    Later, the separation of Hunling and respecting God lost contact, and this consciousness could not even contact the original Buddha of Hunling and respecting God.


    The last feeling of this consciousness is the separation of mixed spirits and gods, which was taken down by a Terran cultivator.


    According to the inference of this consciousness, all the actions of Hunling and respecting God are counted by the human cultivators and then stopped.


    This time, the Terran cultivators attacked the barbarian camp and defiled the semi divine realm. The middle is not simple.


    There is a great possibility that the Terran''s attack on the barbarian camp is just a cover. The real goal is the separation of spirit and God.


    As for the original Buddha of the mixed spirit God, it is in the extraterritorial void far away from the Jun dust world. Even if the humanoid cultivator has great magic power, it is difficult to fight him.


    The reason why this consciousness can not be connected with the mixed spirit and the original God is that some human cultivators have used their means to completely cut off the connection between the mixed spirit and the God and the Jun dust world.


    After reading this information, Meng Zhang''s face was livid.


    Thinking of the behavior of old man Yinhu, he believed these inferences of this consciousness.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang and the whole Taiyi gate were used as chess pieces by the old man Yinhu.

 Chapter 1114

    No one is willing to be used as a chess piece or used by others.


    Today''s Meng Zhang is at least the number one figure in the cultivation world, and he can''t tolerate being used.


    However, what if you are upset? The other party can return to the virtual power.


    If you''re not polite, countless practitioners in the cultivation world don''t even have the qualification to be used.


    People look up to you when they use you. How dare you not give face?


    Meng Zhang''s face was overcast and clear, and his heart was not small.


    The soul searching is not over yet. He put the matter aside for the time being and continued the soul searching.


    The knowledge and secrets of powerful gods such as mixed spirits and gods are extremely precious wealth.


    Even if it is just a consciousness, the information contained in it is priceless.


    Meng Zhang can benefit a lot by freely revealing a little secret art or his perception of heaven and earth Avenue.


    Unfortunately, Hunling and respecting God are not children who send treasure. It is impossible to pour too much information into just one idea.


    This idea was brought down to deal with things in the semidivine realm, and most of the information contained in it is related to the semidivine realm.


    This idea is like an independent intelligent creature. It has not low intelligence, can see the form at that time, and can make reasonable reasoning.


    Through the information obtained from this consciousness and some of his own reasoning, Meng Zhang basically figured out the role of old man Yinhu in this matter.


    Old man Yinhu asked Meng Zhang to attack the barbarian camp and break the demigod realm. It should be necessary in this regard.


    At the same time, he also took advantage of this opportunity to make Meng Zhang a bait to lure the mixed spirit to lower the split body, and then he ambushed the split body.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang is also a leader. The old man Yinhu motioned a little and ran over to serve him willingly.


    Of course, no matter what the silver pot old man has calculated, and whether Meng Zhang is lucky or not, the final result of this matter is not bad. It is Meng Zhang and taiyimen who benefit.


    Since the result is good, that''s all.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to comfort himself in this way.


    Otherwise, what else can I do? I ran to question the old man Yinhu and turned over with a Tiangong''s Huixu Da Neng?


    Meng Zhang is not a three-year-old child, let alone a sophomore. As an adult, he also shoulders the burden of a sect. He can only bow to reality and be patient for the time being.


    Originally, this consciousness also contains a lot of important information about the demigod domain.


    When Meng Zhang began to explore deeply, this consciousness suddenly annihilated.


    Meng Zhang was stunned and then reacted.


    This should be the means laid down by the mixed spirit and God in this consciousness in advance.


    At least he is also a powerful God. How can he tolerate his own consciousness and provide valuable information for the enemy after being captured by the enemy.


    As for the information obtained before, most of them are about the chief wolf eagle and the course of the war.


    This kind of information is not important for mixed spirits and gods.


    Even if Hunling zunshen is a God with deep enough intention, he will take the initiative to disclose this information to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang wants to get some useful knowledge from this consciousness. Now it''s completely lost.


    However, it is a great gain to know the inside story behind the war.


    At least, he will take more precautions against the old silver pot in the future and will not be used for nothing.


    After repeated inspection, Meng Zhang determined that this consciousness had completely dissipated, leaving no trace.


    But the statue of God, after a toss just now, although it was riddled and damaged, it was still roughly intact.


    Losing the consciousness of the gods in it, the statue lost all its miracles.


    The confrontation between Meng Zhang and the Tao consciousness just now seems like a small scene, but the statue can be roughly kept intact under the suppression of the power of the road, which shows its extraordinary.


    After some inspection, Meng Zhang found that among the materials used to refine the statue, there were several rare natural and earth treasures, which he had been struggling for for years.


    The consciousness of mixing spirits and respecting gods dissipates, and the gods can be included in the mustard space.


    When he is free in the future, Meng Zhang will slowly refine the heavenly materials and earth treasures in the gods.


    Knowing the secret behind the war, Meng Zhang hesitated about his next move.


    The wolf Eagle chief was originally a strong man in the later period of Yuanshen, but his strength was greatly damaged because of his serious injury.


    The top priority of taiyimen is to find this person and eliminate him as soon as possible while his strength has not been restored.


    Otherwise, when this person''s cultivation recovers, he will summon the remaining forces of the barbarians, which will be a great trouble.


    However, Meng Zhang had no idea where the wolf Eagle chief was going after he fled the barbarian camp.


    There is no such information in the information provided by this consciousness.


    Yuantu prairie alone is vast and boundless. When chief wolf Eagle hides in it, it is difficult to find it.


    Not to mention, if he fled the Yuantu prairie, it would be even more difficult to find his trace.


    The only comfort is that he forcibly separated from the semi divine domain, abandoned the mixed spirit and God, lost the favor of the gods, and was likely to incur divine punishment.


    Even if the connection between the mixed spirit and the God and the Jun dust world is temporarily cut off, the divine punishment cannot be reduced.


    However, he abandoned the totem belief before, and now he abandoned the gods. The wolf Eagle chief lost all the help of external forces. It will be very difficult to recover from his heavy injury.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. Since he can''t find the whereabouts of chief wolf eagle for the time being, he will deal with his own affairs first.


    He flew back to the temporary stronghold.


    Wen qiansuan and the God of thick earth will lead the monks in the gate. After some intensive efforts, the construction of this stronghold has been roughly determined.


    They will build a fortress here, and Wen qiansuan will name it the broken fortress to commemorate the defeat of the friar coalition army against the barbarians outside the territory and occupy the barbarian camp.


    At first, the fortress was only a general framework, and the scope was not large.


    In the future, we will slowly invest more resources and expand step by step.


    Meng Zhang handed over all matters concerning the construction of the fortress to general Wen qiansuan and Hou Tu.


    After the fortress is built, Wen qiansuan and he Luozhen, two yuan gods, will temporarily garrison here.


    This fortress is a nail nailed by taiyimen into Yuantu prairie, which will make a front stop for taiyimen to completely conquer and occupy this place in the future.


    The task of Garrisoning the broken Castle friars, in addition to constantly monitoring all the movements of the Yuantu prairie, is to hunt the surrounding barbarians as much as possible.


    Whether it is a lone barbarian or a barbarian tribe, it is the target of hunting.


    If the barbarians counterattack, the garrison friars must rely on the fortress defense, stick to the aid, and wait for the reinforcements sent by the Taiyi sect.

 Chapter 1115

    Meng Zhang first went back to baicaopo at the gate of Taiyi gate to have a look at the situation in the gate.


    Most of the taiyimen''s troops returned safely, except for a small number of friars who remained in the broken castle.


    Under the chairmanship of Yang Xueyi, the middle and high levels of the door have long been rewarded for their achievements and handled the first response after the war.


    After that, the whole army of friars was temporarily disbanded.


    Of course, several capable teams have been retained as mobile teams to deal with emergencies.


    After these things, Yang Xueyi returned to maple leaf mountain city and replaced Jin Qiaoer.


    The devil disaster is rampant in the Daheng cultivation world, and the situation is complex. We still need an old-fashioned Yuanshen friar like Yang Xueyi to support the scene.


    The barbarian prisoners who were escorted back by the friar army were also properly placed.


    The next step is how to train and domesticate these prisoners. There is a division in charge of its own door.


    Seeing that there was no big event in the door, Meng Zhang rushed to the heavenly palace without stopping more.


    After the battle of the barbarian camp, Niu Dawei was the first to leave alone and didn''t go with others.


    There are many things in Tiangong. Niu Dawei needs to keep an eye on them.


    Before he left the heavenly palace and went to the Yuantu prairie to fight, it was hard to squeeze out the time.


    Just after the war, he rushed back to the heavenly palace without stopping, regardless of other things.


    Meng Zhang met Niu Dawei at the taiyimen station.


    Meng Zhang carefully told him all the inside information behind the war and made a lot of explanations before leaving here.


    Meng Zhang went to mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence and reported to old man Yinhu.


    No matter what happened behind the war, Meng Zhang fulfilled the requirements of the old man Yinhu.


    Even if he is upset, he will not be stupid enough to give up the reward promised by the other party.


    After Meng Zhang saw mother-in-law Qiansi, he never mentioned the inside story behind the war, as if he didn''t know anything.


    Does mother-in-law Qiansi know the calculation of old man Yinhu? Meng Zhang doesn''t know and doesn''t want to test at this time.


    Originally, Meng Zhang also prepared in advance. Haosheng did some psychological construction and tried his best to suppress his anger, so as not to expose his dissatisfaction after seeing the old man Yinhu.


    But I didn''t expect that old man Yinhu didn''t show up at all.


    He handed over all the affairs of Meng Zhang to her.


    Even the reward promised in advance was handed over by mother-in-law.


    Among the two reward choices given by the silver pot old man, Meng Zhang chose the long-distance transmission array after careful thinking and repeated weighing.


    The reason why he did not choose the construction method of blessed land is that Meng Zhang has carefully understood it.


    The construction method of blessed land is indeed more precious, but only knowing the construction method of blessed land is useless.


    In addition to all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures, the real construction of the blessed land also needs the help of experts such as Huixu great energy and the fourth terrace division.


    These natural materials and earth treasures are so precious that even the great power of returning to emptiness like mother-in-law Qiansi can''t come up with.


    Those powerful yuanshenzongmen in the middle earth have spent generations of accumulation, and it is difficult to come up with these natural materials and earth treasures.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it is even more difficult to collect these Tiancai and Dibao.


    If Meng Zhang obtains the method of building a blessed land from the old man Yinhu, he can only put it on the shelf. For a long time, we can''t start construction.


    Ten birds in the forest is better than one in the hand.


    It''s better to exchange something that can be used immediately than to exchange something that can''t be used for a long time.


    Meng Zhang told her mother-in-law about her choice.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t say much. She handed over the items entrusted by the old man Yinhu to Meng Zhang.


    A small storage bag contains a jade slip.


    In the jade slips, all the details and aspects needing attention of building a long-distance transmission array are recorded.


    The silver pot old man is quite generous in giving rewards.


    In the Middle Earth continent, the long-distance transmission array has been basically popularized. Although the schemes for constructing this kind of array are similar, they also have advantages and disadvantages.


    The construction scheme he provided to Meng Zhang is an excellent one.


    The construction difficulty is low, the consumption of materials is less, and the transmission loss is not much


    Meng Zhang''s array is of average attainments, and he has never seen other long-distance transmission arrays, but he has not understood their uniqueness.


    The silver pot old man also put several materials for building the long-distance transmission array in the storage bag.


    These materials are not precious to him.


    If taiyimen wants to buy, or go to the hall of common affairs in the heavenly palace to exchange merit points, it''s not easy.


    After carefully counting the items in the storage bag, Meng Zhang had to admit that the silver pot old man was still quite atmospheric, although he still had resentment in his heart.


    After receiving the silver pot old man''s reward, Meng Zhang didn''t stay much in mother-in-law''s residence, so he returned to the taiyimen residence.


    Niu Dawei, who has been stationed here, is busy on weekdays.


    He wants to bring friars from taiyimen Mountain Gate and let these friars participate in the task of returning to virtual power release.


    He is responsible for coordinating with Huixu Daneng or his subordinates.


    After completing the task, take it back to the monk in the door and receive the reward.


    Taiyimen station is a small courtyard facing the street. In addition to the shops rented to others, there are vacant shops.


    Niu Dawei made full use of it and opened a small shop with an empty shop.


    It not only sells many specialties of Jiuqu League, but also buys some useful materials by the way.


    He exchanged two organ puppets from the hall of common affairs in the heavenly palace.


    These puppets with high intelligence are like the intelligent robots of Meng Zhang''s previous life. They can handle a lot of affairs and engage in a lot of work.


    On weekdays, these two organ puppets are responsible for the daily operation of the shop.


    If there is a big business, Niu Dawei will come to deal with it.


    The square city in the heavenly palace, public security and business environment are very good, which saves Niu Dawei a lot of energy.


    When zongmen needs to purchase large quantities of materials, sometimes he will work Niu Dawei and ask him to contact the merchants in the heavenly palace.


    ¡­¡­


    After Meng Zhang returned to the taiyimen station, he saw Niu Dawei so busy and helped him for a long time.


    According to the practice of the heavenly palace, at least yuan Shen Zhen Jun can live here for a long time.


    The low-level friars Niu Dawei brought to the heavenly palace were directly brought to Huixu Da Neng and sent to the small empty world outside the territory.


    If taiyimen wants to expand its business in Tiangong, it needs to send more people.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that there were many Yuanshen Zhenjun of taiyimen.


    But when it comes to employing people, I realize that there will never be enough people.


    Now the Jiuqu provincial government is also in the right time to employ people. There is simply no manpower to help Niu Dawei.


    Cultivating a true monarch of Yuanshen is not a matter of overnight.


    In addition to the continuous investment of the sect, it often depends on luck.

 Chapter 1116

    Meng Zhang helped Niu for a long time before leaving the heavenly palace. With this harvest, he returned to the Taiyi gate.


    With the layout method and materials of long-distance transmission array, excellent array mages are also needed to arrange it.


    Wen qiansuan, the strongest array mage in the gate, is still building a broken castle on the Yuantu prairie. Meng Zhang can only suppress his impatience and slowly wait for Wen qiansuan to finish there.


    He just summoned Wen qiansuan to return to the grass slope of the Mountain Gate as soon as possible after he finished the construction of the broken castle.


    In addition to maintaining routine cultivation, Meng Zhang''s main energy was focused on the situation of Jiuqu province.


    The third disciple, an Muran, personally led the friars of the dark hall to collect information from all aspects.


    Before Meng Zhang led the joint forces of monks to march on Yuantu prairie, the barbarians outside the territory sent a large army to attack Zhang Weineng and cooperate with the actions of demon and spirit families outside the territory.


    Zhang Weineng ordered Meng Zhang to lead the army to reinforce, but Meng Zhang directly led the army to the barbarian camp.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s strategy is to encircle Wei and save Zhao and attack the enemy. This is a very clever war strategy. It is by no means to disobey military orders and refuse to save at the sight of death.


    The army sent by the barbarians outside the territory did not encounter any obstacles on the road, and soon killed behind the army led by Zhang Weineng.


    There were wolves before and tigers after. The army led by Zhang Weineng immediately fell into a passive situation of being attacked by the enemy.


    However, although Zhang Weineng is willing to talk about peace, he also knows that seeking peace under such circumstances needs to pay a heavy price.


    The alliance under the city is not so easy to sign. He should try his best to stick to it until he has to.


    In Zhang Weineng''s heart, he still has some hope for Meng Zhang.


    After all, at least so far, Meng Zhang has shown enough respect for the Dali Dynasty and has no heart of surrender.


    Even if there was some conflict with Wen dongzhenjun, the supervisor, it did not hinder the overall situation.


    Most importantly, this barbarian army is mainly to pretend. Its purpose is only to fulfill the covenant and has no intention of participating in the war with all its strength.


    In this way, although Zhang Weineng fell to the disadvantage on the scene, the situation is not dangerous.


    However, his long-awaited reinforcements did not arrive, which made him confused about Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, not long after, the good news came from Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang led the friar alliance to break the demigod realm and capture the barbarian camp. It was not kept secret.


    The news spread quickly. And with the return of the friar coalition, the details of the war began to spread everywhere.


    The barbarian camp was captured and the barbarians outside the territory were defeated. The barbarian army of that tribe lost its way and became rootless trees and passive water.


    Originally, when the news came, the warriors in the barbarian army refused to believe the news.


    However, the three leading barbarian kings could not contact the barbarian camp with their secret skills, so they knew that something had happened.


    Later, more and more details spread, and the senior level of the barbarian army had to accept this fact.


    The barbarian camp was captured, the back road was cut off, and the barbarian army began to be in chaos.


    Some high-level officials are clamoring for revenge and are going to work hard with the human friars in front of them.


    Some high-level officials have to rush back immediately, hoping to recapture the camp and save the people.


    Some high-level officials feel that since the camp has fallen, it shows that the enemy is too powerful. Relying solely on the strength of this army, it is useless to go back, but they die in vain.


    It''s better to join forces with the demons and spirits outside the region and take revenge with the help of allies.


    ¡­¡­


    The chaos at the top of the army soon spread to the whole army.


    It is difficult for the high level of this barbarian army to make a decision and cannot advance or retreat.


    In the demon and spirit families outside the territory, Meng Zhang was highlighted and restrained.


    They were full of the idea that after Meng Zhang led the friar coalition to defeat the foreign barbarians, they were likely to come to support Zhang Weineng.


    They overestimated the combat effectiveness of Meng Zhang and his army, and also overestimated Meng Zhang''s loyalty to Zhang Weineng.


    Therefore, the barbarians and spirits outside the territory took the initiative to make peace with Zhang Weineng.


    They have changed their previous harsh conditions and sincerely want to negotiate.


    Zhang Weineng knew that the opportunity was rare and sincerely started the peace talks.


    Taking advantage of the peace talks between the two sides and the temporary armistice, the demon and spirit families outside the territory sent strong people together to enter the barbarian army camp.


    After some sweet words, even coaxing, cheating, coercion and inducement, most of the barbarian army were pulled into the camp of demon and spirit families outside the territory and agreed to join the two allies temporarily.


    In order to make a move to deal with Ziyang Shengzong as soon as possible, Zhang Weineng instructed the dispatched negotiators to make many concessions in the negotiations.


    Among them, Jiuqu Province, close to the direction of clouds and fog daze, was delimited a large piece of land and handed over to these foreign invaders.


    With such a large piece of land, the demon and spirit families outside the territory have expanded their living space and have enough territory to accommodate the barbarian army.


    In order to stop the war as soon as possible, Zhang Weineng also paid a lot of other costs.


    In any case, after some fierce bargaining, the two sides finally reached a collegial agreement and a temporary truce.


    Of course, a single contract cannot completely bind both parties.


    If the situation in Jiuqu provinces changes and the strength of both sides increases or decreases, the war will rekindle again.


    The two sides temporarily stopped fighting, and Zhang Weineng finally freed up his hand to slowly deal with the internal affairs of Jiuqu province.


    The provincial governance of Jiuqu province Jiuqu city has been completely destroyed by the return to emptiness power of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The army led by Zhang Weineng was homeless.


    Zhang Weineng led a large army of friars to find a place in the south of Jiuqu province for temporary stationing.


    The south of Jiuqu province is richer and richer in resources, and the Xiuzhen forces here are more loyal.


    If the situation continues to deteriorate and he has to shrink his defense, Zhang Weineng will give up Jiuqu Province in the north and just keep the south.


    Although the long-distance transmission array of Jiuqu city was destroyed, Jiuqu province was unable to obtain support from the mainland of the imperial dynasty for the time being.


    But Zhang Wei can always keep in touch with the mainland and knows that the situation there is not bad.


    On the side of hengjue mountain, which is closest to Jiuqu Province, Dali also has strong power from the imperial dynasty.


    Worried about being attacked on the way, he was ambushed by Ziyang Shengzong and failed to send reinforcements to Jiuqu Province in time.


    If it comes to the point of last resort, a strong force can also be sent there.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong sent out Huixu to destroy Jiuqu city last time, he has no next action.


    In Jiuqu Province, the existence of Ziyang Saint friar has not been found for the time being.


    As for the mainland side of the Dali imperial dynasty, according to the official news of the Dali imperial dynasty, although the mainland was attacked by Ziyang Shengzong several times, it was successfully repulsed.


    The current situation is still under control, and Ziyang Shengzong has no advantage for the time being.

 Chapter 1117

    Meng Zhang can also get the latest news from Dali Dynasty through communication stone tablets.


    According to the official news released by the Dali Dynasty, the Dali dynasty fell into a tug of war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    For a long time, Ziyang Shengzong could not leave the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang didn''t trust the official news of the Dali Dynasty.


    However, his current main focus is on the Jiuqu Province, and he can''t care about the mainland of the imperial dynasty for the time being.


    After ending the war with foreign invaders, Zhang Weineng also sent Wen Dongzhen as an envoy to Taiyi gate to praise Meng Zhang.


    In any case, Meng Zhang led the friar coalition to attack on his own initiative and defeat the barbarians outside the territory. He made great contributions and was very helpful to the overall situation.


    Meng Zhangli''s military exploits are recorded. Specific rewards will not be given until the traffic with the mainland is restored.


    The situation in Jiuqu province is stable. Zhang Weineng can still control the overall situation for the time being. Dali imperial dynasty is also the strongest force here.


    Naturally, Meng Zhang is still a loyal courtier of Dali imperial dynasty, and has no intention of disobedience.


    He warmly received Wen Dongzhen and humbly accepted his praise.


    He expressed his determination in front of Wen Dongzhen, fully expressed his loyalty to the Dali imperial dynasty, and said that he would always obey the instructions of governor Zhang Weineng.


    In fact, Meng Zhang made up his own mind this time. Instead of directly reinforcing Zhang Weineng, he ran to attack the barbarian camp.


    Both Zhang Weineng and Wen dongzhenjun have great opinions.


    However, in the cultivation world, the winner is not condemned.


    Most practitioners only look at the results.


    Meng Zhang''s actions have achieved fruitful results, then he is right.


    After a lot of hypocrisy, he managed to deal with Wen Dongzhen and sent him away. Meng Zhang still has a lot of things to do.


    This time, huolieshan and other zongmen responded to Meng Zhang''s call and sent troops together. The benefits that Meng Zhang promised in advance could not be lost.


    To a large extent, the interests of close allies such as Huang Lianjiao and taiyimen have been tied together, but Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to give back.


    Changchunguan, qiqiaozong and huolieshan should pay back as soon as possible.


    In addition to sending a large number of cultivation materials, Meng Zhang also sent a stack of transmission runes to the yuan God Zhenjun of the three families to guide them to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang only provided them with access to the heavenly palace and access to the heavenly palace.


    As for whether they can have a foothold in the heavenly palace and stay here for a long time, that is their problem.


    Meng Zhang also made a special trip to the heavenly palace to show them the way and introduce them to the basic situation of the heavenly palace.


    When Meng Zhang finished these things, the construction of the broken castle had been preliminarily completed. Wen qiansuan had arranged a protective array and returned to the baicaopo of the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang gave Wen qiansuan everything related to the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.


    As an array master, Wen qiansuan is certainly interested in long-distance transmission array.


    But all along, he didn''t have much chance to contact, let alone obtain the deployment method.


    Wen qiansuan, who was very excited, took these things from Meng Zhang and fell into research.


    Meng Zhang knew his character and didn''t say much.


    He just told him that after mastering the deployment method, he would deploy a long-distance transmission method array on the side of the broken castle as soon as possible to enhance the connection between the side and Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In fact, when the Dali imperial dynasty sent a construction team to build a long-distance transmission array in Jiuqu Province, Wen qiansuan personally watched and understood it.


    After that, he also tried to collect information in this regard and conduct serious research.


    The long-distance transmission array is drawn on the set of child and mother transmission disks in the door.


    However, there is no specific inheritance. Just looking at this set of Dharma array, many Guan orifices can''t be mastered.


    Wen qiansuan, who had already had a foundation, soon mastered everything about deploying a long-distance transmission array with his superb array skills.


    Many mysteries were just separated by a layer of paper, but he couldn''t get through without guidance in the past.


    Now with the jade slips given by the silver pot old man, he has thoroughly understood the long-distance transmission array.


    After mastering the mystery, it is not difficult to build and deploy a long-distance transmission array.


    Even Wen qiansuan doesn''t need to do it himself. The disciples he teaches and instructs can complete specific work.


    Because the materials given by the silver pot old man are limited, only a few places can be arranged.


    Therefore, Wen qiansuan first built a long-distance transmission array on baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate, which will be used as the hub of the whole transmission system in the future.


    Then, according to Meng Zhang''s instructions, he built a long-distance transmission Dharma array in the broken castle on the Yuantu prairie.


    With this long-distance transmission array, taiyimen''s control over Yuantu prairie has greatly increased.


    Once there is any change in the broken castle, a team of monks can be sent from the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate to reinforce in time.


    Although the long-distance transmission array on the original set of child and mother transmission disks of taiyimen is quite different from the long-distance transmission array provided by the old man Yinhu, the principle is roughly the same.


    The next step of wenqiansuan''s work is to improve the long-distance transmission method array and strive to integrate the transmission system of the child mother transmission disk into it.


    Wen Qian is a madman and master of array Taoism in the door. He devotes himself to array research, so he doesn''t care about anything else.


    Meng Zhang had to send Jin Qiaoer to Yuantu prairie to take over Wen qiansuan''s position and guard the broken castle with he Luozhen.


    With the long-distance transmission method array, the broken castle is connected with the taiyimen territory, and the transportation becomes extremely convenient.


    Both personnel deployment and material transportation can be delivered in time.


    In this way, some of Meng Zhang''s original ideas can be realized slowly.


    Meng Zhang issued a reward on taiyimen territory to encourage the practitioners here to go to Yuantu grassland to hunt the barbarians.


    Whether you kill barbarians or capture barbarians alive, you can receive rewards at Taiyi gate.


    The higher the cultivation of the hunted barbarians, the stronger the combat effectiveness and the richer the rewards.


    Of course, the reward conditions formulated by Meng Zhang encourage practitioners to capture barbarians alive and bring them back to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang hoped that through this way, the barbarians scattered on the Yuantu prairie would be weakened slowly, their foundation would be shaken completely, and they would not have the opportunity to recover.


    Most of those who can be attracted by the reward offered by taiyimen should be low-level practitioners. They can deal with low-level barbarian warriors, even ordinary barbarian people.


    But these low-level barbarians are the foundation of barbarians.


    Without a sufficient number of low-level barbarians, the strong of high-level barbarians cannot be born.

 Chapter 1118

    In fact, when the Xiuzhen coalition army broke the barbarian camp and many barbarian people did not evacuate in time, the foundation of this barbarian family had been completely shaken.


    Those who can escape from the barbarian camp are either lucky, strong, or both.


    Anyway, few ordinary barbarians can escape from the barbarian camp.


    After such a big defeat, chief wolf eagle turned his back on the gods and the people who supported him. His injuries were even more serious.


    According to the custom that the strong man of the barbarians is the king, those barbarian kings who escape may not continue to obey the wolf Eagle chief whose strength has fallen sharply.


    In order to compete for the position of the leader of the barbarians, maybe there will be a dragon and tiger fight between the escaped barbarians.


    Even though many barbarian strongmen escaped, including several barbarian kings.


    However, the barbarian high-level is already scattered, and it is difficult to work together.


    In addition to the barbarians entrenched in the barbarian camp, there are many barbarian tribes in other parts of the Yuantu prairie.


    Among these tribes that were not hit, the top strongmen were sent to the barbarian camp early, only the middle and lower classes.


    The real goal of Meng Zhang''s reward is these tribes with roughly well preserved structures.


    Anyway, we only need to pay some spiritual stones and other cultivation resources, which can greatly weaken these tribes. Why not.


    With Meng Zhang offering a reward as the leader of Taiyi sect, the scattered cultivation on the territory of Taiyi sect have spontaneously mobilized one after another.


    Hunting barbarians can not only please taiyimen, but also exchange for Xiuzhen resources. It is killing two birds with one stone.


    As for the possible resistance of the barbarians, they were ignored by all practitioners intentionally or unintentionally.


    Meng Zhang led a coalition of monks to enter Yuantu grassland and break the barbarian camp. The news of the barbarian''s defeat has long spread throughout the Jiuqu province.


    Taiyimen and its close forces boasted about Meng Zhang''s war achievements. The barbarians simply became a dead tiger and had little resistance at all.


    Later, not to mention the scattered monks in taiyimen territory, even the monks in the whole Jiuqu Province, including scattered monks, xiaozongmen and small families, went to Yuantu prairie to hunt barbarians in exchange for rewards.


    At this time, Jiuqu province was destroyed by the return of Ziyang holy sect, which led to a large number of monks'' casualties.


    Apart from the official friars of the imperial dynasty, these friars are more irrelevant friars.


    All monks went to Yuantu prairie one after another, and they may not have no intention of avoiding the peak.


    Coupled with the reward offered by Meng Zhang, it is really rich.


    Even many Xiuzhen forces in hanhaidao League, some friars who were not recruited by taiyimen, all went to Yuantu prairie for rich rewards.


    In order to prevent these low-level practitioners from meeting high-level barbarians and causing huge casualties. Meng Zhang called Jin Lizhen and sent it to the broken castle through the long-distance transmission array.


    Then Meng Zhang, he Luozhen Jun, Jin Lizhen Jun, teachers and disciples, and four Yuanshen Zhenjun formed a team to patrol the Yuantu prairie for a period of time.


    Their purpose is not to sweep up ordinary barbarian tribes, but to find high-level barbarians.


    It took them several months to destroy many high-ranking barbarians, including a Barbarian King.


    Meng Zhang knows that there are still many high-level strong men in the barbarians who are still alive.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know where these guys are hiding, whether they escaped from Yuantu prairie or hid in a remote corner of the prairie.


    However, after Meng Zhang''s search, at least these barbarian strongmen hid and dared not show up.


    After finishing this operation, Meng Zhang temporarily left Jin Lizhen and he Luozhen in the broken castle and returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain alone.


    Since the destruction of Jiuqu city last time, Ziyang Shengzong has been silent and has not continued to fight in Jiuqu province.


    It is unclear whether this is the tranquility before the storm, or whether Ziyang Shengzong gave up Jiuqu province and chose other goals.


    On the side of Jiuqu Province, since governor Zhang Weineng made peace with foreign invaders, the situation has been very strange, and peace has been basically restored in the whole province.


    In the final analysis, Jiuqu province is only an enclave conquered later by Dali Dynasty, and its importance is limited.


    The last time I returned to Xu, I was able to kill Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher.


    Ziyang Shengzong let it go and chose a more important goal, as if he were talking about the past.


    Although Meng Zhang, like others, still had doubts in his heart, he had no other way to inquire about the trend of Ziyang Shengzong for the time being.


    Through the communication stone tablet, he learned from the official channels of Dali dynasty that the form of Dali Dynasty is great, not small.


    On all fronts, the Dali Dynasty gained the upper hand and killed the invading Ziyang Shengzong and its running dogs.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not accept such official news.


    After years of development, the taiyimen secret hall has a strong ability, but its ability to collect intelligence is only limited to Jiuqu province.


    It''s too far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    In particular, now the long-distance transmission array of Jiuqu city has been destroyed and the channel of connecting China to the mainland of the imperial dynasty has been lost. Even if you want to inquire about information from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, it is difficult to do so.


    Meng Zhang made a special trip to the heavenly palace and wanted to find out reliable information from the heavenly palace.


    Now the Dali Dynasty is besieged by the families led by Ziyang Shengzong. It''s not easy to inquire about the news from there.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of Yuqing LINGJI to get some intermittent and incomplete news.


    The struggle between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong has its own victory and defeat, and there is no result in a short time.


    Dali Dynasty is powerful, and cards emerge one after another.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong has made a move, it has not been fully mobilized. Most of the time, the main force of the battle is still other Xiuzhen forces under the command of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Huixu Daneng of Ziyang Shengzong hasn''t continued to fight since he last shot.


    I don''t know whether Tiangong''s warning has taken effect or whether there are other considerations.


    The great power of returning to the virtual state does not take action. Relying solely on the combat of the friars, it is far from the strength accumulated by the imperial court for many years, and can fully meet various challenges.


    Meng Zhang wanted to find out more information, but he didn''t get much.


    In particular, Ziyang holy sect, as a holy sect, still has a strong deterrent in the heavenly palace. It is too taboo to openly sell information about Ziyang holy sect. Not many people have the courage.


    There are some secret intelligence organizations in the heavenly palace.


    However, Meng Zhang has been in Tiangong for a short time and has no access to these organizations. Even if they do, they may not be willing to do his business.

 Chapter 1119

    Later, Meng Zhang had the cheek to go to mother-in-law Qiansi, asked for a favor from her, got her guidance and introduction, and then had the opportunity to contact an intelligence organization in the heavenly palace.


    The intelligence organization Meng Zhang has been in contact with, that is, the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance has vast supernatural powers and forces all over almost the whole Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang initially thought that he had a lot of involvement with the Dark Alliance and knew many monks.


    I didn''t expect that the Dark Alliance was so powerful that it extended its tentacles to the heavenly palace.


    Dark Alliance did not directly establish influence in Junchen world, but used the vest of black market to expand its influence by establishing black market in various Xiuzhen areas.


    Although the black markets around the Junchen world belong to the Dark Alliance, they are relatively peripheral forces of the Dark Alliance.


    The influence of the Dark Alliance in the heavenly palace is self-contained and has no direct contact with the local black market at all.


    Local black markets are basically not qualified to contact the power of the Dark Alliance in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang knows many friends in the black market, but they are not qualified to enter the heavenly palace, let alone contact the influence of the Dark Alliance in the heavenly palace.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that he was also an old guest of the black market. After a long time, he still dealt with the Dark Alliance. He should be given some preferential treatment.


    However, Meng Zhang contacted the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace with the introduction of mother-in-law Qiansi, but he didn''t get high treatment and was completely treated as a new customer.


    His authority is very low, and he can''t enjoy the reception.


    When he moved out of his house, his contacts with the black market were ignored.


    The black market of Jun dust world is completely different from the Dark Alliance branch of Tiangong. There is no connection at all.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t say that he just has friends in the black market. Even those black market minds will still be treated as strangers here.


    Among the guests received by the Dark Alliance branch of the heavenly palace, there are friars of various major sects, disciples of the Holy Land Sect, and even the great power of returning to emptiness


    A mere Meng Zhang is really ignored and really not valued.


    If it were not for the introduction of mother-in-law, he would not be qualified to contact this dark alliance branch.


    Although you are a guest here, you still have to follow the rules. What kind of authority can only buy what kind of intelligence.


    In this case, Meng Zhang has no other good way.


    People behave according to the rules. They don''t look like bullied children. Turn around and find mother-in-law Lansi.


    It''s a great favor for mother-in-law to introduce herself to this dark alliance branch. It''s not good for me to advance every inch and put forward more requirements.


    If the authority is too low, Meng Zhang can only buy the intelligence that can be purchased by the current authority.


    There seems to be a lot of information about the war between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor, but not much useful.


    In particular, there is no news about Ziyang Shengzong''s plans and actions in the next step.


    There are two pieces of valuable information about Dali Dynasty.


    It seems that a certain Huixu Da Neng behind the Dali emperor has come forward to negotiate with the Ziyang saint to open his eyes for the Dali emperor.


    Although emperor Bawu of the Dali Dynasty was only a monk in the Yang God period. However, as long as the imperial capital is in the capital and the secret method is used to condense the national fortune of the whole Dali Dynasty, we can resist the great power of returning to emptiness.


    After knowing these two pieces of information, Meng Zhang was more optimistic about Dali Dynasty.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s current strength alone seems to have no absolute advantage over Dali imperial dynasty.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s greatest reliance should be the return to emptiness power in the door.


    On the other hand, Dali already had the means to fight against the great power of returning to emptiness.


    It seems that in this struggle, Dali Dynasty should not be easily defeated.


    Of course, Ziyang holy sect, the holy sect that has ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years, must have a terrible accumulation and many unknown cards.


    It is unknown whether Ziyang Shengzong will take out the means to overwhelm Dali imperial dynasty and what kind of means it is.


    Before obtaining more information, Meng Zhang could only make a judgment according to the known information and determined that Dali dynasty would not fall easily.


    Then he will act more carefully in the future and will not easily betray the imperial dynasty.


    I stayed in the heavenly palace for several days to inquire about these intelligence.


    Although the result was not perfect, Meng Zhang barely achieved his goal.


    After he left Tiangong and returned to taiyimen territory, he went to find Shushan Zhenjun.


    After Shushan Zhenjun rebuilt the black market branch on the territory of taiyimen, the power of this branch expanded with the expansion of taiyimen.


    In addition to the endless sand sea and the Gobi of evil wind, the nearby Dafeng City, huoyun sect and other forces have taken refuge in the Taiyi gate. The Xiuzhen forces such as Jiqiao sect and Huanglian sect have made friends with the Taiyi gate, and the power of this black market branch has also extended in the past.


    The black market branch under the leadership of Shushan Zhenjun has in-depth cooperation with taiyimen in many aspects.


    But on the surface, Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun have little contact and rarely meet directly.


    Every qualified leader of Xiuzhen forces knows that there must be light and darkness, and that all kinds of illegal transactions on the territory can not be completely cut off.


    With the black market as a place to hide dirty things, these dark sides can be controlled within a certain range.


    Taiyimen needs the existence of the black market, and the black market also needs taiyimen to allow or even cover up its existence.


    According to the long-standing practice of the black market, the leaders of the black market generally do not maintain too close relationship with the leaders of the local truth cultivation forces.


    Taiyi gate is an authentic gate, and Meng Zhang is also a leader of the orthodox road. Naturally, he should keep a distance from Shushan Zhenjun.


    In these years, Meng Zhang will not have direct contact with Shushan Zhenjun unless necessary.


    Although he has dealt with the black market for many years, Meng Zhang knows that the water in the black market is very deep, so it''s better not to be too close.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to know about many secret activities in the black market.


    Meng Zhang''s meeting with Shushan Zhenjun this time is to ask about the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace from Shushan Zhenjun.


    After meeting, Meng Zhang and Shushan Zhenjun both know each other''s character and that each other is a happy person.


    Therefore, both sides have nothing to hide and go straight to the subject.


    Shushan Zhenjun''s answer confirmed part of the situation of the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace.


    Shushan Zhenjun knew almost nothing about the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace.


    Although the black market is a subordinate of the Dark Alliance, it can only be regarded as a peripheral organization of the Dark Alliance.


    The real core part of the Dark Alliance is highly organized and strictly confidential.


    Peripheral organizations such as the black market are not qualified to contact the core part.


    Since the organization in the heavenly palace is a branch directly under the Dark Alliance, its status is much higher than that of the black market.


    Although Shushan Zhenjun is the Yuanshen Zhenjun, his status is not high within the system established by the Dark Alliance.


    The real secrets inside the Dark Alliance will not be easily disclosed to him.

 Chapter 1120

    Meng Zhang came to meet Shushan Zhenjun. Originally, he thought the black market also belonged to the Dark Alliance. Let''s see if he can get on with the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace.


    Unexpectedly, the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace really didn''t lie.


    Since he can''t keep up with the relationship, Meng Zhang can only slowly increase contacts with each other and enhance communication in the future.


    The authority is too low now, and can be improved slowly in the future.


    With more contacts and bigger business, the other party will naturally pay more attention to themselves.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong took action against Dali emperor, Shushan Zhenjun is also collecting all kinds of intelligence.


    However, because the matter involves the holy door of Ziyang Shengzong, the power of the black market is limited and we can''t collect much useful information.


    Shushan Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that Yuanshen Zhenjun, who worked in the black market like them, generally did not easily go to the heavenly palace.


    Shushan Zhenjun may be worried that Meng Zhang misunderstood that he didn''t help, so he said something about the secret alliance.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang learned more about the legendary organization Dark Alliance.


    Another purpose of Meng Zhang''s visit this time is to hope that Shushan Zhenjun will also issue a reward mission in the black market to encourage friars to hunt barbarians on the Yuantu prairie.


    Many wanted criminals in the cultivation world and those pursued and killed have a certain connection with the black market.


    Taiyimen is inconvenient to deal openly with these people, so it is necessary to drive them to Yuantu prairie with the help of the black market.


    This is just a small matter. Shushan Zhenjun easily promised to come down.


    After leaving Shushan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang returned directly to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Taking advantage of the fact that there are no major events in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang has to deal with many things that have been planned for a long time.


    Meng Zhang wiped out the divine consciousness in the statue of mixed spirits and gods.


    After that, Meng Zhang repeatedly used the power of the avenue to grind it again and again to ensure that there were no traces of mixed spirits and gods.


    When refining this statue, many natural materials and earth treasures were invested, many of which were needed by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang asked Jing Lei to summon the excellent weapon refiners in the door to refine the materials in the statue.


    Although there is no fourth-order weapon refiner in Taiyi gate for the time being, and it is impossible to refine fourth-order magic tools, there is still no problem in processing some materials.


    After the preliminary treatment of these tool refiners, Meng Zhang also helped himself. It took a lot of time to extract two kinds of materials urgently needed by Meng Zhang from the statues.


    One material is ethereal nephrite.


    The predecessor of this material is a very hard special jade. Later, it fell into places like cracks in space and was repeatedly squeezed and tempered by the force of space, erasing all impurities, and the quality was sublimated.


    Ethereal nephrite is indestructible and can easily resist the attack of fourth-order magic tools.


    However, if the power of space Avenue is injected into the ethereal nephrite, the originally hard ethereal nephrite will become like soft mud, which can be easily rubbed flat, rounded and rubbed arbitrarily.


    When refining some magic tools in the cultivation world, you can integrate ethereal nephrite to enhance the strength and shape the body.


    Another material is a Wannian warm jade.


    This Wannian warm jade was originally located in the center of the statue. They carefully removed layers of other materials wrapped outside, and then took it out unharmed.


    The greatest effect of Wannian warm jade is to warm and nourish the mind, expand the spirit and drive away the demons and thoughts.


    If the cultivator loses his body for some reason, only the spirit remains.


    Then we can use Wannian warm jade to warm up the spirit and prevent the spirit from dissipating.


    Of course, Millennium warm jade is very rare in the cultivation world, let alone Wannian warm jade.


    After entering the statue, the consciousness lowered by the gods will be protected and nurtured by Wannian Wenyu, and even grow slowly.


    At the beginning, the wolf Eagle chief mobilized the power of the whole barbarian family, so he finally got this treasure and used it to make statues.


    Unfortunately, the statue of God fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, and all these materials were cheap to him.


    With these two important materials, Meng Zhang can do something he has planned for a long time.


    That is to use these materials to refine an outer incarnation.


    Meng Zhang has been in the middle of the yuan God for some time.


    During this period, his cultivation improved by leaps and bounds, and the yuan God continued to grow.


    When he returned from Dali, his yuan God grew to a certain extent and could split the yuan God and create an external incarnation.


    Ordinary casual practitioners or friars of small clan origin may still have a headache and have not refined the secret method of external incarnation, but Meng Zhang absolutely does not have this problem.


    Meng Zhang does not lack the secret method of refining external incarnation.


    Among the books of Taiyi sect, there are several secret methods that can refine external incarnations.


    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years, and has also obtained the inheritance classics of other sects, such as Chongxuan sect, Zijin sect, etc.


    There is a secret method of refining external incarnations in the classics of Chongxuan sect. The Zijin sect''s secret method is incomplete, but the method of splitting the yuan God is still valuable.


    Although these secret methods are superior or inferior, the final decision on the future of the incarnation depends largely on the refining materials.


    Meng Zhang has long had the idea of refining an external avatar, but he has been thinking about refining an external avatar.


    The outer incarnation refined by the yuan God Zhenjun is generally weaker than this Zun, at least one level.


    Even if there are some special circumstances, the outer incarnation has a great opportunity, and it is difficult to surpass the cultivation level of the Buddha.


    Refining the outer incarnation of Yuanshen Zhenjun has many advantages.


    Such as more than a reliable helper, increase their combat effectiveness and so on.


    The biggest advantage is an extra life.


    If the original God Zhenjun is destroyed, as long as the other party does not use special means such as causal Taoism, the external incarnation can still exist independently.


    However, although the incarnation outside the body can continue to survive, the path has been destroyed and cultivation can no longer progress.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t think much of this greatest advantage.


    The road is cut off and there is no way forward. Even if you linger and continue to survive, what''s the significance?


    Well, it''s better to die early, exceed life early, enter reincarnation and reincarnation early.


    If Meng Zhang refines his incarnation from outside, he will have an absolutely reliable helper in his family.


    The outer incarnation is another self, which can do many things that are difficult for the self to do.


    Different refining secret methods, especially different materials, determine the attributes of external avatars and the cultivation methods in the future.


    Meng Zhang is a man of high vision and is not willing to be careless in this matter.


    He doesn''t care about ordinary materials at all. He must use the best materials to ensure that the refined external avatar is of excellent quality.


    Moreover, he also has his own plans for the attributes of the external avatar.

 Chapter 1121

    Meng Zhang did not want to refine an ordinary incarnation.


    Now Taiyi sect really needs more yuan Shen Zhen Jun, but having one more yuan Shen Zhen Jun will have limited benefits to the sect, and the sect will not be able to improve its essence.


    The last time I went to Dali imperial territory, I had the opportunity to enter the underworld. I not only arrived at the Yindu City, but also went to the ghost crying mountains outside the Yindu city.


    Meng Zhang slowly had a new idea in his heart.


    Later, Meng Zhang communicated with the elders of the sect, the veteran ghosts and gods, and learned about all aspects of the underworld.


    Later, Meng Zhang learned from various sources that the Yin capital city established by the Dali Dynasty in the underworld was an extremely important card.


    Because of the existence of the Yin capital, Dali imperial court not only obtained many special resources in the underworld, but also allowed Dali imperial court to exchange interests with other Xiuzhen forces.


    When Meng Zhang inquired about Dali''s Imperial Intelligence in the heavenly palace, he vaguely heard that Dali could make friends with Huixu power, largely because he had the Yin capital.


    Dali Dynasty established the Yin capital city in the underworld and opened up the foundation of the underworld. It can not only provide all kinds of help for the Yang world, but also leave a way back for his family.


    As long as the Yin capital exists for one day, Dali Dynasty will not really perish.


    The Taiyi gate in its heyday must have left a lot of backhands before it was destroyed.


    However, few of them really played an important role, but the arrangement in the underworld played a big role.


    Inspired by these, Meng Zhang also moved his mind and wanted to operate in the underworld.


    However, yin and yang are separated, and when the creatures of the Yang world come to the underworld, they will naturally be suppressed by the rules of the underworld.


    The revival time of Taiyi gate is too short, and reliable ghosts and gods have not been cultivated in the gate.


    Not at all. Let the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door take the initiative to abandon the flesh and turn into ghosts and gods.


    Because the last time he captured the natural ghost body, Meng Zhang was more wary of Shouzheng.


    The eggs cannot all be put in one basket. Meng Zhang''s management of the underworld cannot all rely on integrity.


    Later, the stone eggs condensed by natural ghosts and gods inadvertently fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, and Meng Zhang had a chance to realize his idea.


    If you refine an external incarnation with Yin attribute, you can make it exist in the underworld for a long time.


    After that, Meng Zhang made use of the power of taiyimen and even searched the heavenly palace at any cost, and began to collect the materials needed to refine the outer incarnation.


    Whether it''s a coincidence or Meng Zhang''s great fortune, the statue obtained in the barbarian camp just allows him to collect the last two materials.


    The material collection is complete, and the strength of Yuanshen has long met the requirements. Now the situation in Jiuqu province is still calm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to wait and was ready to refine his outer incarnation.


    Refining the external incarnation is not done overnight. It takes a long time.


    Meng Zhang explained all the affairs in the door. After making arrangements, he began to close the door.


    First of all, Meng Zhang deals with all kinds of materials.


    That ethereal nephrite was injected into the power of space Avenue by him.


    Meng Zhang pinched this ethereal nephrite into a model the size of an ordinary person according to his own body shape and appearance.


    In the body of this humanoid model, the Wannian warm jade is placed.


    Then he drew out the power of the space Avenue in the ethereal nephrite, and the human model immediately became as firm as fine steel and extremely stable.


    Outside the human model, Meng Zhang sprinkled Jiuyou wind mill copper refined into copper juice on the outside of the human model.


    Jiuyou wind mill copper is a special metal produced in the underworld.


    This kind of metal has many strange characteristics after being blown by Jiuyou Yin wind all year round.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of merit points in exchange for this Jiuyou wind mill copper in the heavenly palace.


    In order to turn this Jiuyou wind mill copper into juice, many tool refiners and even alchemists in the door worked together and used a variety of spiritual fires to achieve the goal.


    After the copper juice of Jiuyou wind mill is poured, it will soon cool and solidify.


    The whole human model looks simple and boundless, emitting bronze light.


    After completing these tasks, the shelf of the outer incarnation was finally put up.


    Next, Meng Zhang will take the most painful step.


    That is to split the original God of his family and separate a distraction.


    Meng Zhang''s Yuanshen came out of the body and came to the front of his body.


    I saw a human light and shadow floating quietly in the air.


    Under his control, a black and a white airflow rose over the yin-yang Linghu, intertwined with each other, turned into a black-and-white sword, and ruthlessly cut off the human yuan God.


    Meng Zhang, whose willpower was strong enough, couldn''t help shouting.


    A glittering virtual shadow separated from the yuan God of Meng Zhang.


    On the nearby ground, three green lotus seeds were placed quietly.


    The lightning flashes on the lotus seeds. Listen carefully. You can also hear bursts of thunder inside the lotus seeds.


    After Meng Zhang got a thundering green lotus, he took it back to Haosheng for cultivation.


    In order to make this thundering green lotus bear lotus seeds as soon as possible, Meng Zhang did not drive Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Li Jun, who is proficient in Lei FA, not only went to the sky to collect a lot of essence of Tian Lei, but also used the magic of thunder to make water, and produced many thunder water.


    With the careful care of the friar taiyimen, he constantly inputs all kinds of precious materials.


    This thundering green lotus just produced lotus seeds not long ago, which made Meng Zhang''s plan to refine his outer incarnation more smooth.


    Three lotus seeds flew into the air automatically, two into Meng Zhang''s yuan God, and the other into the light and shadow that was cut off.


    The three lotus seeds were soon refined by the power of Meng Zhang''s yuan God.


    Meng Zhang''s yuan God suffered such a heavy blow. It would take decades to recover.


    But with thundering green lotus seeds that nourish and expand the spirit, you can save a lot of time.


    The cut off Yuanshen doesn''t need to spend a lot of time to warm up slowly. It can be used now.


    After absorbing the refined lotus seeds, the cut light and shadow twisted in the air and also changed into a human light and shadow, which is very similar to the original God of Meng Zhang, but the breath is much weaker.


    This humanoid light and shadow is the distraction split from Meng Zhang''s yuan God.


    If there is no body to rely on, you can''t continue to practice and will only weaken slowly.


    And if there is not enough strength to nourish, distraction will only dissipate slowly.


    Meng Zhang once encountered the distraction of an elder Yuanshen Zhenjun. His distracted combat effectiveness is not much better than that of immortal Jindan.


    After the distraction took shape, he took the initiative to fly to the nearby humanoid model, and then threw himself into it and integrated with it.


    Next, it will take time.


    Meng Zhang''s distraction will slowly adapt to this new body until it is completely integrated with it.

 Chapter 1122

    After his mind entered the new body, Meng Zhang had a very wonderful feeling.


    It seems that he is divided into two people at once, especially his own self, and has two different perspectives at the same time.


    Meng Zhang tried to control the external avatar. When his mind moved, the external avatar could act independently.


    This external incarnation is a preliminary refining success.


    The next step is to gradually improve and make up for some defects.


    Meng Zhang''s Buddha took out the golden stone egg.


    This stone egg is formed by the divine power of natural ghosts and gods, which contains all kinds of mysteries of natural ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang threw the stone egg to his incarnation.


    The incarnation outside the body takes the golden stone egg and puts it carefully.


    When the outer incarnation fully adapts to the body, it will begin to refine the stone egg slowly to obtain the divine power of natural ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang''s Yuanshen split into a distracted and wasted a lot. Even if he absorbed and refined the lotus seeds of thundering green lotus, it still takes a long time to recover slowly.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang began to slowly warm up the yuan God.


    When Meng Zhang was closed, there was still no major event on the Jiuqu provincial side.


    Since the last time Ziyang Shengzong''s return to virtual power, Ziyang Shengzong has no new action, as if he has forgotten the place of Jiuqu province.


    Some rumors began to spread. It was said that Ziyang Shengzong fought fiercely with Dali Dynasty on the local side of Dali Dynasty.


    For most practitioners, they don''t like large-scale turbulence.


    In particular, the local cultivation forces of Jiuqu province are eager for a stable development environment.


    Of course, there are also a small number of different people who feel that they have extraordinary strength and can obtain more benefits in the turmoil.


    The Shangguan family had this idea.


    They are not afraid of turbulence. On the contrary, they are eager to travel in a zigzag way. There is great chaos in the world. They can take advantage of the chaos and make profits.


    However, the Shangguan family has also encountered great problems.


    For a long time, Shangguan family wanted to contact Ziyang Shengzong secretly and take refuge in the past.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong not only did not continue to work around the Jiuqu Province, but its friars could not contact at all.


    He wanted to be a leader, but he couldn''t find a way, which worried the senior officials of the Shangguan family.


    At this time, Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, finally took out his hand to deal with the internal affairs of the province after making peace with foreign invaders.


    Zhang Wei can have the most powerful force in Jiuqu province at present, and easily stabilize the situation in the province.


    Some time ago, the Shangguan family thought that Ziyang Shengzong''s move would collapse Dali''s rule in Jiuqu Province, so they not only tried to contact Ziyang Shengzong secretly, but also treated the governor''s office insufficiently respectfully.


    Last time, Meng Zhang organized an army of friars under the order of Zhang Weineng to prepare for war with barbarians outside the territory.


    There is no rift valley. It seems that it promised well, but it didn''t send troops when things came to an end.


    As for the Shangguan family, there was no intention of sending troops from beginning to end.


    Disobeying military orders is a felony in Dali Dynasty, but because there is a layer between them this time, things can be big or small. How to deal with it depends on Meng Zhang''s attitude.


    Since there is no connection with Ziyang Shengzong and the Dali Dynasty continues to rule Jiuqu Province, the Shangguan family should consider how to deal with these things.


    The Shangguan family sent messengers to visit Meng Zhang several times. The senior officials of taiyimen who had received Meng Zhang''s orders in advance sent these messengers away on the grounds that Meng Zhang was closed.


    The Shangguan family has been unable to see Meng Zhang and communicate with him, which makes the senior level of the family uneasy.


    Although Meng Zhang has not passed the customs since he successfully refined his incarnation, he has taken the initiative to restore contact with the outside world.


    All the big and small events in the door will be reported to him regularly.


    He disdained the Shangguan family and was unwilling to have too much involvement with it.


    What he is really worried about now is Zhang Weineng''s next move.


    At present, the situation in Jiuqu province is still calm. If Zhang Wei can hold the idea that he must first settle down in order to hustle outside, he is likely to first clean up the interior and sweep away those dissident Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang''s actions some time ago seem to have no problem on the surface.


    But in fact, he was still very selfish and did not take into account the interests of Dali Dynasty.


    In Zhang Weineng''s eyes, Meng Zhang is definitely not the kind of loyal minister.


    Of course, with the current strength of Taiyi gate, even if Zhang Weineng is really desperate, if he wants to take action against Taiyi gate, he must think about it before taking action.


    Taiyimen strengthened its ties with allies such as Huanglian sect. After breaking the barbarian camp together last time, the relationship between several forces became closer.


    Changchun Zhenjun, qiaozhenjun and others, with the help of Meng Zhang, successfully entered the heavenly palace.


    Soon, they got rid of the excitement of contacting the heavenly palace and began to worry.


    It is not easy to live in the heavenly palace. Let alone stay here for a long time, it is a great burden for them to use the transmission runes and stay and stay every time they go to the heavenly palace.


    Huolie Zhenjun of Huolie mountain is better. After all, he is an old-fashioned Yuanshen sect in the age of Jiuqu League. He has more or less information and savings.


    However, changchunguan and Jiqiao sect are not much better than Jindan sect in essence. Changchun Zhenjun and Jiqiao Zhenjun basically have no way to obtain Yuqing LINGJI.


    Everything in the heavenly palace makes them jealous. Returning empty handed into Baoshan will make people crazy.


    However, just two friars in the early days of Yuanshen are not much stronger than dust in places like Tiangong.


    In particular, they are from a small clan. If they have no background, no contacts, and no ability, they can''t have a foothold in the heavenly palace at all.


    When they were embarrassed, fortunately, Niu Dawei of taiyimen found them.


    Niu Dawei just spent a little jade Qingling machine and provided some small help, so he successfully hired them.


    From then on, when they were in the heavenly palace, Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun were the workers employed by taiyimen.


    With the help of two reliable Yuanshen Zhenjun, Niu Dawei was freed from heavy chores.


    Those things that are not very important and do not involve secrets can be handed over to them.


    Niu Dawei has more time to deal with more urgent affairs.


    Through this means, Niu Dawei got an assistant, and taiyimen deepened its contact with changchunguan and Qiqiao sect, so as to slowly bring the two sects under control in the future.


    All along, Meng Zhang has spared no effort to expand the organization of Hanhai daomeng.


    Through this organization, taiyimen controlled a large number of Xiuzhen forces.


    Hanhai road alliance, led by taiyimen, stands in the north of Jiuqu Province, and its momentum is getting higher and higher.

 Chapter 1123

    It is too far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty to be controlled by Meng Zhang. Since Jiuqu province is still calm for the time being, he doesn''t have to worry. He can deal with his own affairs slowly.


    Anyway, according to Meng Zhang''s information from the heavenly palace, if no other powerful forces intervene, the struggle between the Dali Dynasty and the Ziyang holy sect will spread for hundreds or even hundreds of years.


    In this struggle between powerful forces, no one will easily expose all his cards until he is sure of one hit.


    Only through trial and error, consume the enemy''s strength again and again, and slowly create opportunities for victory.


    Meng Zhang focused on the goal of taiyimen.


    On the other side of Daheng cultivation world, the devil disaster continues to rage, and there is no end at all.


    In this way, even if it takes tens or even hundreds of years, it is difficult to recover the evil disaster by relying solely on the power of overhauling and repairing the real world.


    The help provided by Ziyang holy sect is limited. The main force of fighting against demons is still the indigenous practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world.


    On the other side of maple leaf mountain city, Yang Xueyi has integrated the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    With the efforts of her and many practitioners, the surrounding situation remained stable for the time being.


    Even if there are occasional monster invasions, or the devil disaster spreads there on a small scale, she can solve it in time.


    The monsters in the black jade forest went out on a large scale last time and raided the expedition army of Dali imperial dynasty, which foreshadowed the defeat of the expedition army behind.


    The monsters in the black jade forest and all kinds of practitioners, including the Daheng cultivation world and the former Jiuqu alliance, are hostile.


    In particular, several demon kings in the black jade forest once led the demon beast army to invade the Daheng cultivation world many times.


    I don''t know what means Ziyang Shengzong used to drive these monsters to fight.


    However, since the raid on the Imperial Army, the main force of monsters in the black jade forest has fallen into silence.


    The great horizontal cultivation world was in great chaos by the devil disaster, and several great cultivation forces were stumbling.


    But if the monsters in the black jade forest didn''t see it, they didn''t take advantage of people''s danger and invade on a large scale. It''s really a strange thing.


    At most, a few monsters occasionally break into the Terran controlled area and try to hunt blood food.


    A few monsters are irrelevant to the overall situation.


    The great horizontal cultivation world is a vast area far wider than the Jiuqu Province, and the surrounding forces are also very complex.


    Yang Xueyi just occupies a marginal corner and has no power or intention to interfere in other areas.


    Meng Zhang''s order to her was just to let her live and guard the surrounding areas of maple leaf mountain city.


    For the current taiyimen, the real main focus should still be on the Jiuqu province.


    Although the current territory of taiyimen, especially the Gobi, has not been fully developed.


    But the fat meat of Yuantu prairie was put in front of him, and Meng Zhang couldn''t help taking a bite.


    Probably because the last defeat made the barbarian strongmen lose their courage. The Yuanshen team organized by Meng Zhang searched Yuantu prairie several times, but did not find the whereabouts of the strong man King level.


    Because of the generous reward released by Meng Zhang, more and more practitioners poured into the Yuantu grassland to hunt the barbarians in various forms.


    These practitioners were like locusts, and soon drowned many barbarian tribes.


    Yuantu prairie is a treasure land rich in resources. The barbarians are not good at management. They only know how to plunder by rough means.


    There are various kinds of products here, which can support the existence of many cultivation forces.


    Apart from hunting barbarians, these practitioners who poured into Yuantu prairie can easily earn other income as long as they are willing to search carefully.


    If you are lucky enough to find the industries of the former cultivation forces, such as Lingtian, minerals, and even the mountain gate, these cultivation people will really make a lot of money.


    They didn''t even care about hunting the barbarians and tried their best to plunder everything in front of them.


    As more and more practitioners got rich income in Yuantu prairie, the news soon spread to all directions and the whole Jiuqu province.


    Practitioners are creatures who pursue profits. As long as they have enough interests, even if they are far away, they will come here to pursue interests.


    A treasure hunt team came to Yuantu prairie and began the search with great interest.


    Meng Zhang had already arranged Taiyi disciples to monitor the movements of various monks.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about these friars'' wanton plundering.


    If you want the horse to run, you must feed the horse.


    Anyway, Yuantu prairie can''t run away there. The greatest wealth is always at the mouth of Taiyi gate.


    In order to obtain some benefits, these foreign practitioners cleaned up on the Yuantu prairie, which is more conducive to the complete occupation of this place by taiyimen in the future.


    With the continuous influx of practitioners, the living space of barbarians has been continuously compressed.


    Barbarian tribes without the support of strong men at the level of Barbarian King can''t resist all kinds of cultivators supported by taiyimen.


    Barbarian tribes were either wiped out or migrated to the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    At least in the peripheral area of Yuantu prairie, it has completely become the world of practitioners.


    Of course, when so many practitioners who pursue interests are put together, it is inevitable to compete with each other, kill and seize treasures.


    Taiyimen is also out of reach and difficult to interfere.


    At present, the main target of Taiyi sect is still barbarians, and there is no need to establish a new order here to govern various practitioners.


    Time passed quickly. In a blink of an eye, Meng Zhang has been closed for more than three years.


    His original God has not completely recovered, but his external incarnation is very good.


    The distraction he gave off fused well with the body. This external incarnation is a small success.


    This newly released incarnation has only the combat effectiveness of the golden elixir level for the time being.


    After the initial formation of the outer incarnation, he began to try to refine the golden stone egg.


    At the beginning, it was relatively smooth. After being refined, the power of ghosts and gods was successfully absorbed by the external avatar, and the strength of the external Avatar was also enhanced bit by bit.


    But after a while, the speed of refining Golden Stone eggs began to slow down.


    After careful inspection, Meng Zhang found the problem.


    With this external incarnation refining more and more ghosts and gods, its body attributes have been transformed into Yin attributes, and it has become closer and closer to the creatures in the underworld.


    This stone egg is formed by the power of ghosts and gods. It will naturally be suppressed to a certain extent in the sun.


    If the incarnation outside the body wants to continue to absorb and refine this golden stone egg, it''s best to enter the underworld.


    In the underworld, not only the speed of refining and absorption will increase greatly, but also many new mysterious powers will be obtained.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose of refining this external incarnation was to let it enter the underworld and try to open up a foundation.


    The current situation is just that he plans ahead and sends his outer incarnation into the underworld earlier.

 Chapter 1124

    The underworld is vast and boundless. It is divided into many levels and countless different areas.


    To send this outer incarnation to the place in the underworld, Meng zhanghaosheng needs to think about it.


    The underworld is far more dangerous than the sun.


    All kinds of natural dangerous places, all kinds of ghosts and gods, countless ghosts and ghost animals


    With the current strength of this external avatar, if you are unlucky and go to the wrong place, it will easily fall.


    In fact, in the cultivation world, many ghosts and gods transformed by Yuanshen Zhenjun will fall soon after entering the underworld.


    If you lose this external incarnation, not to mention all kinds of precious materials lost, only the yuan God of Meng Zhang suffered a heavy blow. For a long time to come, there will be no separation and distraction.


    Without his external incarnation, all Meng Zhang''s plans and plans will completely fail.


    Therefore, where this outer incarnation will settle when it enters the underworld for the first time is a problem that needs careful consideration.


    Meng Zhang''s initial idea was to let this outer incarnation enter the Yin capital through the special channel from the imperial dynasty.


    Anyway, Dali would take the initiative to open the channel every once in a while. It is not difficult to obtain the entry qualification for the contacts of Meng Zhang at the top of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The Yindu city is under the control of Dali imperial dynasty. All kinds of dangers around it are controllable, and the safety of the city is adequately guaranteed.


    After the incarnation enters the Yin capital city, as long as you don''t go out and break in, you can hide in the city and grow slowly.


    When the golden stone egg is refined completely and its strength increases greatly, you can go out and try to establish a foundation.


    But after much consideration, Meng Zhang gave up the idea.


    For one thing, now Jiuqu provinces have temporarily lost the connecting channel from the imperial dynasty. It''s not easy to go to the capital.


    Second, the Taiyi gate is on the territory of the Dali imperial court. If the incarnation continues to go to the Yin capital controlled by the Dali imperial court, it will not meet the requirements of dispersing risks and leaving a way back.


    Third, this golden stone egg is too precious. It involves natural ghosts and gods. Meng Zhang can''t rest assured that his avatar will take him to the Yin capital.


    If you can''t go to the Yindu City, choose another place.


    Ghosts and gods have been guarding the underworld for many years and have made some achievements.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t know the details, he also knows that he is doing well and most of them have a safe place to stay.


    However, Meng Zhang could not absolutely believe in Shouzheng and was unwilling to send this external incarnation to him.


    Meng Zhang''s plan and layout in the underworld should be kept upright and confidential to ghosts and gods for the time being.


    Moreover, according to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Shouzheng itself is a move arranged by Taiyi gate in the underworld in its heyday.


    The incarnation outside the body is the backhand arranged by the family. Different backhands should not be put in one basket.


    Therefore, when Meng Zhang communicated with Shouzheng before, he did not disclose his arrangements and plans at all.


    However, Meng Zhang made full use of the advantage of Shouzheng.


    Many times, intentionally or unintentionally, he asked Shouzheng for all kinds of information about the underworld.


    He had a certain understanding of the famous dangerous places in the underworld and the famous powerful ghosts, gods and ghosts.


    Later, when Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace, he also bought some information about the underworld from the intelligence organization.


    After careful screening, he had two different choices.


    One place is the well-known Youfeng plain of the underworld.


    There are not many natural dangers on the Youfeng plain. There are no too powerful ghosts or ghost animals, and the living environment is good.


    Many human friars who have been transformed into ghosts and gods prefer the Youfeng plain as their home in the underworld. However, the disadvantage of the Youfeng plain is that the pattern is too small and the development prospect is limited.


    The slightly good places have been occupied by the predecessors who came first.


    If latecomers don''t want to take refuge in their predecessors and be controlled by others, they will rely on their strength to win a foothold.


    Ghost cultivation also requires various resources.


    On the Youfeng plain, resources are relatively scarce and it is difficult to support a large number of ghost and God cultivation.


    Therefore, many ghosts and gods entering the underworld only take the place of the nether plain as a temporary foothold.


    When you are familiar with the environment of the underworld and your strength stabilizes, you will leave the Youfeng plain and look for a new foothold.


    Generally speaking, Meng Zhang''s incarnation outside the body can completely choose the Youfeng plain as the place to enter the underworld. Before thoroughly refining the golden stone eggs, it''s best to be far away ghosts and gods.


    In this way, Meng Zhang has only one last choice.


    This choice is located around the dead sea.


    The status of the Dead Sea in the underworld is probably similar to the status of the dead sand sea in taiyimen territory.


    Dead Sea resources are very barren around, and it is impossible to accommodate ghosts and gods to cultivate and survive here.


    The dead silent sea itself is a special place in the underworld.


    In the dead sea, no ghosts exist.


    No matter how powerful a ghost is, as long as it goes deep into the dead sea, it will completely lose the news, disappear and never return.


    Therefore, all ghosts in the underworld will be far away from the dead sea.


    There is really no ghost in the dead sea.


    Although there are all kinds of inconveniences, choosing this place also has great benefits.


    When you enter here, you can avoid the disputes in the underworld. When you are weak, stay away from the sight of powerful ghosts and get time for development.


    There are no powerful ghosts here, and ghosts and gods will not come here. Naturally, the golden stone egg is not afraid of being robbed.


    As for the shortcomings of poor resources and inability to support cultivation, anyway, the primary task of the incarnation outside the body is to refine the golden stone egg. I''m not busy with the next step of cultivation for the time being.


    There are many dangers in the dead sea, but knowing the danger, the incarnation outside the body will naturally walk around and will not take the initiative to die.


    After repeated thinking and weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang finally made up his mind.


    The outer incarnation that entered the underworld soon made all kinds of preparations and was about to start.

 Chapter 1125

    All kinds of objects in the sun, including all kinds of magic instruments, are eroded by various forces in the underworld after entering the underworld. They are easy to suffer losses and lose their effectiveness.


    Therefore, those ghosts and gods who live in the underworld all year round will look for new materials in the underworld and use the unique means of the underworld to refine new magic instruments.


    In the Taiyi gate, there are no high-grade magic tools that can be used in the underworld for a long time.


    As early as a long time ago, Meng Zhang spent Fei Yuqing''s LINGJI to buy a special storage Bracelet in the heavenly palace.


    This storage bracelet is made of special materials from the underworld and can be used freely in the underworld.


    Not only the internal storage space is not small, but also will not be corroded by the power of the underworld.


    Of course, in the sun, this storage Bracelet should be preserved by special means to avoid being corroded by Yang.


    The inner space of this storage bracelet is filled with various items prepared by Meng Zhang for his outer incarnation for use after entering the underworld.


    The prepared outer incarnation took out a transmission Rune in the secret room.


    This is a one-way transmission talisman purchased by Meng Zhang from the heavenly palace. It can send the external avatar to the area around the Dead Sea in the underworld.


    The incarnation outside the body injects the true yuan into the talisman. The talisman spontaneously ignites without wind and turns into a light and shadow.


    The figure of the incarnation outside the body disappeared in place.


    I only feel the swirling sky and earth, the surrounding scenery is constantly changing, and space cracks are constantly flashing in front of me.


    The incarnation outside felt dizzy, and Meng Zhang felt almost the same.


    However, Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is much higher than his external height, which has little impact.


    I don''t know how long it has passed, the surrounding scenery no longer changes, and the avatar outside stood on a dark land.


    When he was in the gate of taiyimen mountain, Meng Zhang could feel everything outside his incarnation in real time, and could also control all the actions of his incarnation in real time.


    Now the incarnation outside the body has reached the underworld. I don''t know whether it is too far away or the relationship between yin and Yang. There is a certain delay in the induction between Meng Zhang and the incarnation outside the body.


    Fortunately, this external incarnation itself has independent wisdom and can act alone without the control of Meng Zhang.


    The incarnation outside the body and Meng Zhang have the same mind, which is equivalent to another Meng Zhang.


    The knowledge Meng Zhang knows, the classics he has read, and the incarnation outside him also knows.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s magical powers and Taoism are limited to the relationship between cultivation and physical attributes, so this external incarnation may not be able to exert.


    The incarnation outside is now standing on a dark beach, surrounded by countless undulating reefs, and countless dark sand under the ground.


    In the distance, the sea is dark, there is almost no wind and waves, and there can be no living creatures. It is a real dead silence, which is completely right to the name of dead silence sea.


    Knowing that there are many unknown dangers in the dead sea, the avatar looked around and flew away from the dead sea.


    Since it is the underworld, there must be plenty of Yin Qi around.


    Maybe the physical attributes have begun to change. The incarnation outside the body not only doesn''t feel uncomfortable and doesn''t feel Yin cold, but has a feeling of being like a fish in water, which is very suitable for the Yin environment here.


    Next, the external avatar first conducted a careful investigation around, and no ghosts were found around.


    Outside the body, the avatar found a fluctuating mountain far from the dead sea.


    On the wall of a hill, a cave was dug as a temporary foothold.


    The outer incarnation did not rush to explore elsewhere, nor did it delay time. Once stabilized, he began to refine and absorb the golden stone egg.


    Every man is innocent and bears his sin.


    Once exposed, this golden stone egg condensed by the natural power of ghosts and gods will immediately attract the competition of all powerful people.


    We should refine it as soon as possible to eliminate this hidden danger.


    With the very suitable environment of the underworld, the speed of the incarnation refining and absorbing this stone egg has been greatly accelerated.


    With the deepening of refining, the incarnation outside the body has a deeper understanding of this golden stone egg.


    What condenses in the golden stone egg is not the ordinary divine power, but the original divine power of the born ghost.


    The original divine power is the foundation of natural ghosts and gods. With sufficient original divine power, you can even shape a new natural ghosts and gods.


    This golden stone egg contains not only abundant original divine power, but also rich information.


    Among these messages, there is what the self exploding natural ghost and God experienced from birth to fall.


    There is also his living experience in the underworld and his deep understanding of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    These information entered the mind of the incarnation outside the body one by one, and then passed on to Meng Zhang Ben Zun through the connection of the essence of the yuan God.


    At this time, Meng Zhang knew the specific origin of the natural ghost and God who burst out in the ghost crying mountains. Knowing that he was originally one of the twin ghosts and gods, he escaped seriously only because of the pursuit of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help yelling.


    Knowing the origin of the natural ghost, he didn''t have to think about it. He knew that the Dali dynasty would have an extreme desire for the natural ghost.


    Ouyang Jian and Mo Qing Zhenjun must know about it.


    But they still want to capture the natural ghost and God. Their disobedience to the Dali imperial dynasty was clearly exposed in front of Meng Zhang.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang could not use this to threaten Ouyang Jian and Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    He was also involved in the matter because of his integrity.


    If Dali imperial officials know, he will never have good fruit to eat.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang had a reason to betray the Dali Dynasty.


    There is no airtight wall in the world.


    If this matter is exposed, he may have to pull up the anti flag, rise up and embark on the road of fighting against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After Meng Zhang scolded, he calmed down for a long time and continued to analyze the information transmitted by his external avatar.


    A natural ghost''s understanding of the way of heaven and earth, especially the way of ghosts and gods, goes far beyond Meng Zhang and countless acquired ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang believes that even if a powerful ghost like Shouzheng has been immersed in the way of ghosts and gods for many years, it is impossible to have such an understanding.


    Although Meng Zhang did not practice the way of ghosts and gods, different ways of heaven and earth have something in common.


    He learned by analogy and gained a lot.


    In particular, natural ghosts and gods were born and grew up in the underworld. They are the darling of heaven and earth.


    His understanding of the Yin side of the Jun dust world and his profound attainments in the road of Yin are of great benefit to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue and lived in the Yang of Jun dust world all year round.


    The understanding of natural ghosts and gods in the underworld has a great role in promoting his new understanding on the avenue of yin and Yang.

 Chapter 1126

    Meng Zhang''s outer incarnation is in the cave of the underworld. I don''t know how long he has been closed.


    Finally, I saw the golden light on my body and stood up all at once.


    The original human body twisted violently, and then it seemed to melt completely and turned into a flowing liquid.


    The liquid kept twisting, and the Yin Qi around was constantly extracted and poured into it.


    After half a ring, the liquid was reshaped and turned into a tall, tiger backed teenager.


    In the face of the young man, it can be vaguely seen that he has some features of Meng Zhang.


    However, it is difficult for anyone to connect the young man with Meng Zhang.


    The young man seemed to be an emperor and was born with a sense of dignity.


    He seemed to be a high king, overlooking all sentient beings.


    His expression was indifferent, giving people a feeling of not being angry.


    As a Taoist monk, Meng Zhang has a quiet and tranquil atmosphere.


    If it is not necessary, he will not easily show domineering.


    The breath of the self and the incarnation outside the body are quite different, representing their different paths.


    Soon after the external incarnation changed, relevant information was transmitted to Meng Zhang Ben Zun.


    When Meng Zhang used to refine this external incarnation, he used many precious materials to refine it according to the secret method of Taiyi sect.


    As this external incarnation absorbs and digests the information left by natural ghosts and gods, it has a deep understanding of the way of ghosts and gods.


    He found the disharmony in his body, and many places did not adapt to the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Therefore, after absorbing enough divine power of natural ghosts and gods, this outer incarnation takes the initiative to transform its own body with divine power.


    The original body was melted, and many precious materials put into it by Meng Zhang melted one after another.


    Just like refining magic tools or pills, the divine power of natural ghosts and gods kept running, and finally created a new body.


    In the cultivation world, many Yuanshen Zhenjun had to be transformed into ghosts and gods after losing their flesh.


    The ghosts and gods they created belong to the acquired ghosts and gods. According to the consumption of materials and the secret methods, their ghosts and gods are also higher and lower.


    The essence of Meng Zhang''s flesh body, which is reshaped by his outer incarnation, is very close to the divine body of the innate ghosts and gods.


    At this time, this outer incarnation has the strength of almost the middle period of Yuanshen.


    If it were not for the drag of his own strength, the strength of this external incarnation would not be so.


    Originally, the strength of most external incarnations would be one level lower than this one.


    But with the help of natural ghosts and gods, this external incarnation broke through the shackles, and its strength was not much lower than that of the original.


    The self exploding natural ghost had the strength of Yang God level in its heyday.


    And as one of the twin ghosts and gods, if you can be one with the other half, you can have the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    The golden stone egg contains at least half the power of this natural ghost, and it is the most essential part.


    Until now, this external incarnation has not fully refined the divine power left by each other.


    The golden stone egg has disappeared, and a small part of the divine power that has not been refined has been incorporated into the body by the incarnation outside the body and sealed carefully.


    After the transformation of the outer incarnation, an inexplicable message appeared in my mind.


    The outer incarnation, as another self independent of the self, acts alone outside. Logically, it should have a name and so on.


    However, Meng Zhang, who has name difficulty, has not named this external avatar before.


    The outer incarnation seemed to feel something, and a few words came out of his mouth.


    "From then on, my name is wonderful."


    As soon as the voice fell, the surrounding space shook, as if the name had been recognized by Tiandi Avenue.


    Through the connection between the self and the external incarnation, Meng Zhang soon knew the name.


    Since he felt it somehow, he took the name. Meng Zhang naturally accepted it easily.


    After that, this outer incarnation is called wonderful.


    It''s wonderful. I glanced around and felt carefully. This is really not a good place for cultivation.


    The cultivation of ghosts and gods in the underworld also needs various resources.


    There are a lot of Yin Qi everywhere in the underworld, but Yin Qi alone can''t support the cultivation of the strong.


    Whether it is an external ghost or an original ghost in the underworld, when practicing, just like human beings absorb the spirit of heaven and earth, they should also absorb the spirit of Yin.


    Of course, some ghosts and gods who think they have a wide range of knowledge also classify the spirit of Yin into the spirit of heaven and earth, believing that it is only a special spirit of heaven and earth.


    In any case, the place where there is plenty of Yin spirit is also the place where all forces in the underworld compete, just as the cultivators in the world rob the spirit pulse.


    That''s wonderful. The reason why there are not even half ghosts in the place where we are now is because there is no spirit of Yin.


    The cultivation before Taimiao was mainly to refine the golden stone egg.


    In the future, whether it is to maintain daily cultivation or to go further, we must absorb a lot of Yin spirit Qi.


    He is not going to stay long in this place where there is no Yin spirit.


    Taimiao''s current strength is barely self-protection, enough to wander in the underworld.


    When she was ready, she left here and began to go somewhere else.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the gate of Taiyi gate. In addition to receiving the information from Taimiao synchronously, he no longer interfered with Taimiao''s actions.


    Too wonderful. Now he is a member of ghosts and gods. Due to the separation of yin and Yang and the restriction of the rules of heaven and earth, it is more and more difficult for him to come to the sun.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can barely do it at some cost, whether it is to summon the wonderful divine power to come or directly summon his noumenon.


    With the increasing strength of Taimiao, it will slowly integrate into the underworld, and the repulsion of the sun will become stronger and stronger.


    Meng Zhang allowed Taimiao to move freely and continued to understand the avenue at home.


    The natural power of ghosts and gods contains not only the way of ghosts and gods, but also many understandings of other roads.


    Born and beloved of heaven and earth, natural ghosts and gods have a special understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang not only made great progress in the Tao industry, but also began to brush away the dust that had previously blinded his mind.


    He was punished by heaven for indirectly killing a natural ghost and God, and was blinded by his heart and intuition.


    Now, his external incarnation is so wonderful that he has fully inherited the divine power of the natural ghost, which means that the natural ghost has not been destroyed, but has been reborn in a new way.


    The power of punishment from heaven naturally becomes much weaker.


    Meng Zhang has a new understanding of heaven and earth Avenue, the Tao industry has made great progress, and his soul has ushered in a new transformation.


    His intuition completely returned to normal and became sharper.

 Chapter 1127

    Meng Zhang took the initiative to cut off part of the yuan God and split it into distraction.


    Although the lotus seed of thundering green lotus healed Yuanshen''s injury in time, Yuanshen was still very weak, which made Meng Zhang feel weak from time to time.


    When Yuanshen was very weak, his sense became very sharp.


    Countless mysteries of heaven and earth appeared in his mind.


    His eyes seemed to see the track of the operation of heaven and understand some laws of the operation of heaven.


    Finally, after sitting still for an unknown number of days, Meng Zhang jumped up from the ground and was very happy.


    His heart was so excited that it seemed as if he had met a strange fate.


    Just now, his magic finally made a breakthrough.


    After he entered the period of Yuanshen, the magic of heaven not only failed to make a breakthrough, but was unfortunately blinded by the spiritual consciousness.


    Now, he has finally become a master of heavenly secrets, who can calculate the level of Yuanshen.


    After years of hard work, he finally achieved real greatness.


    Of course, it will be more difficult, less accurate, less information and more cost to calculate the people or things at the level of Yuanshen. After calculation, it will be subjected to more intense counterattack of the heavenly way.


    In the future, even if he has the ability to calculate, Meng Zhang will not easily make a move if it is not necessary.


    If it is to calculate the people or things below the level of Yuanshen, it is all right. If Meng Zhang wants to calculate the people or things at the level of Yuanshen, in addition to the calculation accumulated each time, it will also lead to the reversal of the way of heaven.


    Every time the Tiandao backfire may not be strong enough and will not lead to any bad results.


    However, with the increase of calculation times and the accumulation of Tiandao reverse bite bit by bit, there will always be an outbreak one day.


    Meng Zhang secretly warned himself that he must not act recklessly because he lost his awe of the way of heaven because he entered the realm of the Heavenly Master.


    In addition to studying and adapting to the new level of practice, Meng Zhang is slowly warming up the yuan God and restoring his vitality.


    Because the yuan God is in a bad state, Meng Zhang is not ready to go out, let alone move.


    But the tree wanted to be quiet and the wind was not stopped. He didn''t make trouble, but something happened to him.


    Meng Zhang''s quiet days didn''t last long, and he was reluctantly interrupted.


    On that day, Wen Dongzhen, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, as an envoy of governor Zhang Weineng, came to Taiyi gate and insisted on meeting Meng Zhang, the leader.


    If it is someone else, the middle and high level of the door can also shut him out on the ground that Meng Zhang is closed and inconvenient to disturb. At most, find a Yuanshen friar in the door to deal with him.


    But Wen Dongzhen insisted on seeing Meng Zhang, saying that he came under the military order of Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang must come out to meet unless he is closed to death.


    Otherwise, he would have to pay back in accordance with Meng Zhang''s disobedience to military orders.


    Wen Dongzhen, a monk in the middle of the yuan God period, and with the order of the governor Zhang Weineng, a group of top taiyimen officials really didn''t dare to fight with him.


    As a last resort, Meng Zhang, who knew he couldn''t escape, met Wen Dongzhen in a quiet room.


    The cultivation was interrupted. Meng Zhang looked weak and reluctantly received Wen Dongzhen.


    Wen Dongzhen thought Meng Zhang was pretending at first when he saw his appearance. But after careful induction, Meng Zhang seemed really weak.


    Wen Dongzhen asked, pretending to be concerned.


    Meng Zhang directly told him that when he was practicing some time ago, he accidentally became possessed, hurt the yuan God and lost his vitality.


    Hearing this, Wen Dongzhen just took care of Meng zhanghaosheng''s cultivation and tried to recover as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang''s sick appearance now makes it difficult for him to continue.


    At this time, Meng Zhang took the initiative.


    He asked Wen Dongzhen what orders he had brought when he came here this time.


    Wen Dongzhen hesitated for a moment before he officially ordered Meng Zhang on behalf of Marshal Zhang Weineng.


    The Shangguan family colluded with Ziyang Shengzong and had a heart of disobedience to the Dali Dynasty. Last time, he openly disobeyed military orders and refused to participate in the friar coalition, which can be described as a heinous crime.


    In the name of the governor of Jiuqu province and the commander of Zhenbei army, Zhang Weineng ordered Meng Zhang to gather the strength of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces and eradicate the Shangguan family as soon as possible.


    The first is to clean up the interior and prevent the enemy from cooperating inside and outside.


    Second, it is also to set an example to others, to prevent other forces of truth cultivation from having two hearts.


    After hearing the order brought by Lord Dongzhen, Meng Zhang was very angry with the Shangguan family.


    It''s not a big problem for these fools to have a heart of disobedience, and it''s not a big problem to secretly contact Ziyang Shengzong.


    But they didn''t do the least secret work, but were investigated and informed of their internal secrets by the Dali imperial court.


    However, Zhang Weineng was able to make peace with foreign invaders and soon stabilized the situation in Jiuqu province.


    On the other hand, Ziyang Shengzong didn''t know whether he couldn''t see the poor and remote land of Jiuqu Province, or whether he couldn''t distinguish the redundant power. Unexpectedly, he didn''t start with Jiuqu province all the time.


    The Shangguan family, who wanted to be the leader of the party, had been waiting for Master Wang for so long, but master Wang just didn''t come. It''s not a good time now.


    Meng Zhang knew that Zhang Weineng''s order was not only to eradicate the Shangguan family, but also to beat his Taiyi gate and the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Since the great changes in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang''s performance can not satisfy Zhang Wei. The intention of cheating, playing tricks and preserving strength has been shown.


    Meng Zhang secretly rejoiced. Fortunately, he acted cautiously. Even if he had two hearts, he never showed it.


    On the surface, at least, he never disobeyed military orders and always worked for Dali Dynasty.


    Otherwise, if Zhang Wei could spare his hand now, he might take Taiyi gate as an example and deal with it first.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that even if his actions had some shortcomings, it was good compared with other Xiuzhen forces under the current situation of the enemy.


    If Zhang Weineng doesn''t want to destroy the Great Wall, he shouldn''t take the initiative to attack taiyimen.


    After hearing the order given by Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang didn''t accept it directly, but showed an embarrassed expression.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun''s face changed, he questioned whether Meng Zhang wanted to resist the order.


    Meng Zhang dared not, but began to cry bitterly and kept telling his family''s difficulties.


    Before taking the initiative to attack the camp of barbarians outside the territory, Taiyi menmeng suffered heavy losses.


    Now, in order to eliminate the barbarians outside the territory, a large number of friars in Taiyi gate are placed on the Yuantu prairie, and the strength in the gate is very empty.


    The leader himself was also unlucky. He was unlucky. He went crazy during cultivation and his strength fell sharply.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang found countless excuses to show that taiyimen is not strong enough and it is really difficult to go out.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Wen Dongzhen Jun''s expression on his face was uncertain and constantly changing.

 Chapter 1128

    Meng Zhang said so much and complained for a long time. It''s just a convention.


    He himself absolutely did not mean to resist the order face to face, but just habitually haggled for the benefit of his family.


    At the same time, it also leaves a way back for the future.


    In case taiyimen doesn''t exterminate the Shangguan family in time, it''s not that Meng Zhang doesn''t try his best, but that he can''t catch it.


    Wen dongzhenjun also knew what he thought and didn''t care about him.


    Wen Dongzhen interrupted Meng Zhang''s complaint and just told Meng Zhang that this was a military order and should not be violated.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang is seriously injured and feels unable to deal with the officials, he can take the initiative to ask governor Zhang Weineng for assistance.


    Then, Wen dongzhenjun didn''t say much, so he left directly.


    After seeing and hearing that Dongzhen Jun left, Meng Zhang began to calculate in his heart.


    In recent years, in order to win over the local Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu Province, my family has worked hard to form a small alliance. Even at the expense of taiyimen''s interests, he paid a lot to maintain this small alliance.


    Although the Shangguan family was not respectful to the Taiyi gate because of other ideas, they did not obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    However, it is still a member of the minor league after all, and does not show hostility to taiyimen.


    If Meng Zhang leads a large army of friars to destroy him rashly, other members of the minor league may be alienated and become more wary of Taiyi students.


    This small alliance, which Meng Zhang managed to establish, may also have problems.


    Of course, marshal Zhang Weineng directly issued a military order. Meng Zhang can''t openly resist the order if he wants to continue to hang out in the Dali imperial system in the future.


    Meng Zhang also has a lot of experience in how to deal with similar situations.


    He could organize an army of friars to enter the territory of Shangguan family in the name of crusading against Shangguan family.


    Then we can have a tacit understanding to act together with the Shangguan family and make it look like a fierce battle. In fact, it is slowly delaying time until the situation of Jiuqu province changes.


    In this way, he not only explained to Zhang Wei, but also preserved his own strength and the unity of this small league.


    Meng Zhang thought it was a good practice. He was preparing to call the middle and senior level of the door and start giving orders.


    At the same time, in order to avoid misunderstanding in Shangguan family, you can communicate with them secretly in advance.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense suddenly warned him, which raised an ominous premonition in his heart.


    This feeling has not been felt for a long time. Meng Zhang''s ability of whim has been greatly affected since he was punished by the way of heaven and blinded by his spiritual sense.


    Now lingjue suddenly warned, and Meng Zhang certainly didn''t dare to ignore it.


    This warning only tells Meng Zhang that the crisis is coming, but does not clearly indicate the source of the crisis.


    During this time, he didn''t go out, and the sect didn''t make any big moves.


    The only outsider I''ve seen is Wen Dongzhen, who came to preach.


    Could it be that this psychic warning has something to do with him?


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and didn''t have a clue.


    It''s not long since I became a master of Tianji. I just want to try the latest achievements of Tianji.


    Meng Zhang now needs to consume calculation chips to perform Dayan divine calculation.


    Now he has improved his cultivation, broadened his horizons, and understood the essence of calculation.


    In his daily meditation, he uses the secret method of Dayan''s divine calculation to show the invisible power of spiritual perception, which is calculation one by one.


    When he performed Dayan divination, he took the initiative to stir up the changes of the secret of heaven and check the track of the secret of heaven with his own spiritual power.


    The calculation chips he had accumulated before were consumed when he made a breakthrough in Tianji and became a master of Tianji.


    After becoming a master of the secret of heaven, he needs to accumulate computing chips again.


    He has not accumulated much calculation chips, which may not be enough for calculation.


    Meng Zhang waited patiently for some time and slowly accumulated his calculations.


    It takes him almost a month to accumulate a brand new computing chip.


    While he was waiting, he could only hope that the crisis would not come so soon.


    After waiting for two months, I gathered two calculation chips. With the accumulation of the past, I had a total of five calculation chips.


    Meng Zhang did not want to wait any longer. He was worried that the crisis would be imminent.


    On this day, Meng Zhang calmed his mood and meditated for a while. He calmed his heart and calmed his Qi to ensure that he had no distractions and didn''t give birth to a single thought.


    Then he began to calculate the source of the crisis.


    After consuming a full four calculation chips, we finally have a relatively clear result.


    The result of the calculation was somewhat unexpected and reasonable.


    The situation at governor Zhang Weineng''s side has changed. It seems that he is not prepared to continue to tolerate the emergence of the fence riding faction in the Jiuqu province.


    If the family does not destroy the Shangguan family in time, the Taiyi gate will be regarded by Zhang Weineng as the enemy of the imperial dynasty.


    After calculating this result, Meng Zhang knew that his original plan had failed.


    We must destroy the Shangguan family as soon as possible and prove our loyalty to Zhang Wei.


    Meng Zhang was still a little confused. With the strength Zhang Wei could master and the confidence, he decided to eliminate the internal problems of Jiuqu province first.


    Isn''t he worried about Ziyang Shengzong''s action at this time?


    Does he have enough strength to be able to settle in first?


    Could it be that the Dali Dynasty was able to provide timely support to Zhang Weineng while fighting against the Ziyang saint?


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to continue to use Dayan divination to calculate these problems.


    However, he made a preliminary calculation and felt that these problems involved friars with higher accomplishments than himself, and the remaining calculation alone was not enough.


    Meng Zhang, who has not recovered from the heavy damage suffered by Yuanshen, is unwilling to pay the price of Shouyuan at this time, so as not to continue to damage his vitality and affect his own foundation.


    Meng Zhang finished the calculation and began to think in his heart.


    With his attainments in Tianji today, he is completely enough to deduce people or things at the level of Yuanshen.


    He believed in the result of the deduction.


    If there are no other heavenly masters to interfere, or there are some treasures to hinder, the deduction of heavenly secrets will probably not be a problem.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang now knows that the Tianji skill of Dayan divine calculation, which he practiced at home, is a very clever secret skill, and the accuracy of deduction is very high, far above other Tianji skills.


    Since he chose to recognize the results of his own deduction, he should act according to the results of the deduction in the next step.


    Although there are still many details that are not clear, he is greatly afraid of Zhang Wei.


    He chose to complete the task assigned by Zhang Wei as soon as possible and eliminate the Shangguan family.


    Shangguan family and taiyimen have no grievances. They are still members of the same small league and can be regarded as allies.


    If taiyimen exterminates the Shangguan family for no reason, it will certainly lead to some bad results.


    However, in order to solve his own crisis, Meng Zhang has ignored these.


    It''s better for the Shangguan family to die than for the Taiyi sect to suffer.

 Chapter 1129

    Wen Dongzhen didn''t force Meng Zhang too much when he conveyed the order before. He also said that if Taiyi gate was not strong enough, he could ask governor Zhang Weineng for help.


    Now it seems that his attitude is very confusing.


    It is through this understatement that Meng Zhang can make a misjudgment and expose his real ideas.


    If there is no psychic warning, there is no specific situation calculated by heaven''s magic.


    Meng Zhang still plays with the Shangguan family according to his own ideas. I''m afraid Zhang Wei will really seize the handle.


    Since Zhang Weineng has made up his mind to clean up the interior first, it must be a theory, regardless of his heart. He will not reason with Meng Zhang, but judge his loyalty through his actions.


    As for what Wen Dongzhen Jun said about asking Zhang Weineng for help, it was even more polite nonsense.


    Not to mention whether Zhang Weineng will send assistance if his family asks for help. Meng Zhang''s defense against Zhang Weineng alone will not let him interfere in his own actions.


    Now that Meng Zhang knows Zhang Weineng''s plan, he will certainly put aside other concerns and destroy the Shangguan family as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang is clear about the apparent power of the Shangguan family.


    There are two Yuanshen Zhenjun, shangguanhui and shangguantu.


    Moreover, their cultivation has broken through to the middle of Yuanshen.


    As the old God Zhenjun, they have advanced cultivation and strong strength. They must have a lot of cards.


    Even if it was a one-on-one battle, Meng Zhang could defeat them, but he was not sure of killing anyone.


    Before the establishment of Jiuqu League, Shangguan family was the Xiuzhen family entrenched on this land.


    The family power is huge and the inside information is unfathomable.


    After the establishment of Jiuqu League, the senior leaders of Jiuqu League at that time used good conditions to attract them to join Jiuqu League.


    Shangguan family has a special status in Jiuqu League, is in a semi independent status and enjoys many privileges.


    Of course, it is precisely because of the semi independent status of Shangguan family that it can not completely integrate into Jiuqu League. Later, when he betrayed Jiuqu League, he didn''t have the slightest burden.


    In addition to the two Yuanshen Zhenjun, the Shangguan family has a large number of low-level friars and strong strength.


    With a large number of vassal Xiuzhen forces, the Shangguan family can also easily pull up a strong army of friars.


    The Mountain Gate of Shangguan family is located in a place called Pingding lake.


    There is an excellent third-order spiritual pulse, which has been painstakingly operated by Shangguan family for many years, and there are mountain protection array and other protective facilities.


    If the Taiyi gate launches an attack on the Shangguan family, once the Shangguan family cannot resist, they retreat to the mountain gate and actively resist with the accumulation of the family for many years.


    Even if Taiyi sect concentrates the power of the whole sect, I''m afraid it will be difficult to conquer it in a short time.


    Once the time is delayed for a long time, there may be other changes.


    Meng Zhang suddenly had a new insight in his heart.


    Zhang Weineng''s order this time, in addition to allowing Meng Zhang to prove his loyalty, also has the intention to consume the strength of taiyimen.


    In Zhang Weineng''s eyes, taiyimen is too strong and unreliable. Of course, it should be weakened and limited.


    In the current Jiuqu provinces, apart from the official forces of Dali Dynasty, there is no Xiuzhen force with so many yuan God Zhenjun of Taiyi gate.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also formed a small alliance, which has stronger power in his hands.


    Although Meng Zhang joined the five punishment guards early, he had Han Yao as his backer in the court.


    However, the county magistrate is not as good as the present one, and the matter involves the overall situation of Jiuqu province. His identity and backer can''t help at all.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong directly attacked Dali Dynasty, the situation of Jiuqu province has reached a very critical juncture.


    With Zhang Weineng''s character, he will only maintain the situation of Jiuqu province by any means, and will never have any other scruples.


    Meng Zhang certainly did not want the strength of taiyimen to be compromised, but it was very difficult to solve the Shangguan family as soon as possible.


    Taiyimen''s strength is relatively scattered now, and Yuanshen Zhenjun basically have their own tasks.


    Maple Leaf mountain city and Yuantu prairie are inseparable from people.


    Meng Zhang did not want to give up his business achievements in these two places because he launched an attack on Shangguan family.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and felt that it was really difficult to complete the task that Zhang Wei could assign by relying on the power of taiyimen alone.


    Meng Zhang sent a letter to contact Huang Lianjiao and asked Xu Mengying to come over.


    Since the end of the war on Yuantu prairie, Xu Mengying led the army of Huanglian monks back to Huanglian holy mountain.


    Xu daoran continues to go to Tiangong and Xu Mengying still sits at the mountain gate.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, Xu Mengying put down the affairs in the door and hurried to baicaopo, the gate of Taiyi gate.


    It has not been seen for many days. Xu Mengying''s cultivation has made progress again, which makes Meng Zhang feel that his momentum has soared.


    Xu Mengying''s qualification is not much worse than that of Meng Zhang. She comes from an extraordinary background and enjoys only a lot more resources than Meng Zhang.


    Soon after Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, she also achieved Yuanshen.


    After that, although she was delayed a lot of time because of various affairs of Huang Lianjiao.


    But after Xu daoran became the yuan God, she can finally breathe a sigh of relief.


    Her current cultivation is also in the middle of Yuanshen, which is only a little inferior to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are old friends for many years and have had a life and death friendship.


    Taiyimen and Huanglian sect have formed allies for many years and share many common interests.


    Among the forces of the small league, the only reliable friend of taiyimen is Huanglian sect.


    Meng Zhang has great trust in Xu Mengying, and the friendship between the two sides has been tested for many years.


    After seeing Xu Mengying, he just exchanged greetings, and he went straight to the subject.


    Meng Zhang has no reservations about other things except that he is a Heavenly Master.


    He said the task that governor Zhang Wei could assign and the hidden intention behind it.


    Meng Zhang pushed the intelligence ability of taiyimen to some of the behind the truth calculated by Tianji.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, Xu Mengying''s face was dignified.


    The situation of Huanglian sect and taiyimen is very similar. They both took refuge in Dali imperial court later. They are not the direct lineage of Dali imperial court, and they can''t get the real trust of Dali imperial court.


    When Jiuqu province experienced great changes, Xu Mengying also had other ideas.


    But she was cautious, and Meng Zhang reminded her that she didn''t show a sense of disobedience when she advanced and retreated together with Meng Zhang.


    However, the Huanglian sect is so big and there are so many disciples in the sect. It is difficult for Xu Mengying to know whether other disciples have made misunderstandings.


    Due to historical reasons, the internal factions of Huanglian sect are complex and there are many semi independent sub altars. Xu Mengying can''t guarantee that everyone will honestly obey herself.


    In Zhang Weineng''s mind, Huang Lianjiao and taiyimen are the same kind of goods.


    But taiyimen was stronger and became the first bird to be tested by Zhang Weineng.

 Chapter 1130

    Xu Mengying has a deep vigilance towards Zhang Weineng. She is worried that Huanglian church will become Zhang Weineng''s next goal.


    She became more dependent on taiyimen as an ally.


    If Huang Lianjiao wants to survive in the changing situation of the Jiuqu Province, it must keep warm with taiyimen.


    Therefore, when Meng Zhang told his troubles and hoped Xu Mengying would help, Xu Mengying almost didn''t hesitate and agreed.


    Xu Mengying promised to help and deal with the Shangguan family together, which was expected by Meng Zhang.


    However, even with the help of Huang Lianjiao, it is not easy to win the Shangguan family as soon as possible.


    Moreover, in Meng Zhang''s heart, he did not want the small alliance he had worked hard to establish to collapse because of the affairs of the Shangguan family.


    How to win the Shangguan family at the least cost has become a top priority.


    Meng Zhang convened the middle and high level of the door to discuss with Xu Mengying.


    After a long discussion, sun Pengzhi, a wise man, came up with a good idea.


    A few days later, Meng Zhang sent a letter to various truth cultivation forces in the minor league, saying that he wanted to gather everyone and discuss important matters.


    Meng Zhangxuan held the meeting in Pingding lake, the gate of Shangguan family.


    Since the establishment of this small league, the temporary headquarters has been located in Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    There, various religious forces have stationed friars at the level of Jindan immortal. They are stationed here all year round to deal with various daily affairs of the alliance.


    In the past, when there was something important to discuss and discuss within the alliance, the heads of various Xiuzhen forces would gather on the holy mountain of Huanglian.


    In the past, some people in the League had proposed that when the League held meetings in the future, they could take turns at the Mountain Gate of each clan.


    Although it is only a small league with few members, the internal members have their own thoughts.


    At the beginning of the establishment of the alliance, many people worried that Meng Zhang would completely control the alliance, so they put forward many measures to limit Meng Zhang''s power.


    If Meng Zhang had not made many concessions, this alliance might not have been able to be established.


    Placing the alliance headquarters in Huanglian holy mountain instead of baicaopo at the gate of taiyimen mountain is a measure to restrict Meng Zhang.


    However, the relationship between Huang Lianjiao and taiyimen became closer and closer, and Xu Mengying did not hide her special relationship with Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, some people, mainly wurift Valley and Shangguan family, put forward new proposals for the party.


    The purpose is very simple, which is to weaken Meng Zhang''s influence in the league as much as possible.


    Now, Meng Zhang''s proposal to hold a party in Shangguan family to discuss major issues is a new concession.


    Shangguan family failed to contact Ziyang Shengzong. When they were waxing, of course, they should firmly grasp Meng Zhang''s goodwill.


    Seeing that after all kinds of changes over the years, Meng Zhang still tries to maintain this small league, people have a better impression of Meng Zhang.


    We all think it''s good to have an alliance. We can concentrate the power of several Xiuzhen forces to jointly deal with the changing situation.


    During the correspondence, several leaders of Xiuzhen forces agreed on the specific time of the party.


    On that day, you Yuanshen Zhenjun flew to Pingding lake, the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    Pingding lake is the largest lake in the north of Jiuqu League, covering a huge area. There is a good third-order spirit vein in the lake.


    This lake is full of vitality and is a good place for cultivation.


    In the center of the lake, there are many islands and reefs of different sizes.


    The ancestors of Shangguan family showed their great magic power of reclaiming land from the sea. Based on these islands and reefs, they built a large land in the center of Pingding lake.


    On this land, the Shangguan family built buildings like palaces.


    Countless pavilions, courtyards and waterside pavilions constitute the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    Shangguan family, as an old-fashioned power of truth cultivation that existed before the establishment of Jiuqu League, has always regarded itself highly and has a somewhat arrogant posture.


    In the past, the Shangguan family didn''t have much contact with the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, and didn''t look up to those upstart families.


    However, with the Dali Dynasty occupying the Jiuqu Province, the Shangguan family had to lower their stature and deal with the Xiuzhen forces that had no contact with before.


    Although he is very resistant to the small alliance established by Meng Zhang, in fact, he needs this small alliance very much.


    This time, Meng Zhang took the initiative to put the gathering place in the Shangguan family, so that the two yuan gods of the Shangguan family, Zhenjun, felt that Meng Zhang knew and respected his predecessors.


    Shangguan Hui and Shangguan Tu also intend to take this opportunity to show the strength of Shangguan family, so that everyone feels that Shangguan family is the pillar of the alliance.


    It''s not that the Shangguan family needs everyone, but that everyone can''t live without the Shangguan family.


    A few days before the party, various preparations began in the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    The mountain gate is decorated everywhere, and a big flag is erected outside, which looks very atmospheric.


    This morning, several Yuanshen Zhenjun successively arrived at the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    The earliest ones are Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun temple and Jiqiao Zhenjun of Jiqiao sect.


    These two people know themselves very well. They know that their clan is the weakest and their cultivation is not very good.


    Therefore, when the alliance deliberates, they are very low-key, almost never take the initiative to get involved in disputes, let alone oppose others.


    This time, they also came here early and showed great humility.


    Shangguanhui and shangguantu actually don''t look at these two guys at all, let alone the door behind them.


    In the past, these two guys didn''t even have the qualification to climb the gate of the official family.


    But now, since everyone is an ally, the Shangguan family should certainly be more generous.


    Shangguan huizhenjun personally welcomed the guests outside the mountain gate and warmly welcomed the two guests into the mountain gate.


    Shangguanhui, the elder Yuanshen, was so polite that they felt flattered.


    Changchun Zhenjun''s cultivation is not weak and his insight is extraordinary. He helped the black market do a lot of dirty work.


    If he hadn''t lost his flesh, his cultivation fell sharply after reshaping his flesh, and he hasn''t fully recovered so far, he can also be regarded as an expert among the yuan God friars.


    Shangguan Huizhen''s attitude made him murmur in his heart.


    If you are courteous, you will steal. This guy will not make use of himself anywhere, will he?


    Soon after Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun arrived here, Huolie Zhenjun of huolieshan also came.


    The history of huolieshan is not as long as that of Shangguan family, but it is also a great spiritual sect in the age of Jiuqu League.


    Huolie Zhenjun not only has profound cultivation and extraordinary combat power, but also has a hot temper. He can catch fire at a little.


    Shangguanhui treats Huolie Zhenjun with less fake smile and more respect.


    There are still many places in Shangguan family, which need the help of Huolie Zhenjun and the sect door behind him.

 Chapter 1131

    Soon after Huolie Zhenjun arrived, Xu Mengying also flew over from a distance.


    Although Xu Mengying is a younger generation, she is also the cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen, and she is also in charge of a large family such as Huanglian sect.


    At least on the scene, shangguanhui won''t wait for her.


    Shangguanhui assumed the posture of an elder and received her very warmly.


    He also booed the cold and asked for warmth, a gesture of caring for the younger generation.


    Xu Mengying disdains shangguanhui, an old man who relies on the old and sells the old.


    However, today is the time of the old guy''s death. Xu Mengying restrained her impatience and got up with him.


    All the visitors who came to the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family were welcomed into the mountain gate and came to a hall.


    In this hall, except for Shangguan Tuzhen Jun, who received guests, only a group of waiters from Shangguan family came in and out.


    Originally, Shangguan thought that Meng Zhang, as the leader of the alliance, would put on airs and be the last to arrive here.


    But I didn''t expect that soon after Xu Mengying came here, Meng Zhang, accompanied by shangguanhui, entered the hall.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun were talking casually in the hall. Seeing Meng Zhang coming in, Changchun Zhenjun and Qiaozhen Jun took the initiative to welcome him, looking very humble.


    Seeing this scene, Huo liezhen Jun turned his mouth and couldn''t say anything.


    We fought side by side not long ago. We were all comrades in arms. Even if he had a bad temper, it was not easy to make sarcasm.


    A sneer of disdain appeared on shangguantu Zhenjun''s face, and then disappeared. He greeted Meng Zhang with the same enthusiasm.


    Meng Zhang, who thought he would finally come here, came early.


    Now, in this small alliance, only the real king without Rift Valley has not come yet.


    Wurift Valley is a Yuanshen sect with a longer history than Shangguan family.


    This clan has always been eccentric and mysterious, and seldom deals with outsiders.


    If it were not for the great changes in the situation after the change of ownership of the Jiuqu alliance, no rift valley would not necessarily join this small alliance.


    Shangguan Huizhen Jun, who is greeting guests outside, waits left and right, but he can''t wait for wuqizhen Jun.


    Shangguan family attaches great importance to wurift Valley, and Shangguan Hui also want to win over wurift Zhenjun.


    But Wu Qizhen Jun didn''t come all the time. I don''t know whether he intended to put on airs or something unexpected happened, which made shangguanhui a little impatient.


    In these days, the situation of Jiuqu League is still calm. It is not easy to have any accidents for the yuan God Zhenjun such as wucrack Zhenjun.


    Shangguanhui thought that wucrack Zhenjun put Meng Zhang together last time, so he didn''t arrive.


    The last time Meng Zhang organized a joint army of monks to march on Yuantu prairie, the Shangguan family refused to participate in the war from the beginning.


    Wurift apparently agreed to join the war, but on the day of sending troops, he stood Meng Zhang up and stood still.


    When we exchanged letters before, wucrack Zhenjun also said that he would attend the party on time.


    Thinking of his criminal record, Shangguan huizhenjun thought he would probably not come.


    Shangguan Huizhen Jun no longer continued to greet guests outside the mountain gate, but returned to the hall.


    Now, except for no Rift Valley, the leaders of various forces within the alliance have gathered in the hall.


    The top level of this small league has a tradition of regular meetings.


    Now the situation in Jiuqu League seems calm, but everyone is not at ease.


    At this party, we just want to discuss what we should do in the future.


    Since we are all allies, how should we take care of each other when things happen.


    Shangguanhui and shangguantu, two Yuanshen Zhenjun, as masters, sat at the top of the hall.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying sat on the left and right respectively. Meng Zhang impolitely accused the Shangguan family that they secretly colluded with Ziyang Shengzong and abandoned the Dali Dynasty, but did not communicate with other members of the alliance in advance.


    At present, Jiuqu province is still under the rule of Dali imperial dynasty, and Dali imperial government has an absolute advantage.


    The behavior of Shangguan family is to seek their own death. It will also affect the whole alliance, resulting in other members being misunderstood by Governor Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang had no evidence of the Shangguan family''s collusion with the Ziyang Shengzong and didn''t know much about it.


    However, the Shangguan family clearly expressed their dissatisfaction with the Dali imperial dynasty. There was no other explanation except that they were ready to turn to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang reprimanded the Shangguan family with righteousness and severity. In his tone, he seemed to consider it for everyone.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family were scolded by Meng Zhang, blushing and angry.


    The two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family were not good at quarreling. They were scolded by Meng Zhang. For a moment, they couldn''t find a chance to answer back.


    At least they are also the elders of Yuanshen Zhenjun. Meng Zhang is the leader of this alliance in name.


    Just a younger generation, so merciless scolding, really didn''t leave them any face.


    In front of everyone, if the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family don''t respond, how can they keep their face and where can they have a foothold in the cultivation world in the future?


    Shangguanhui couldn''t help it. In a rage, he stood up and pointed to Meng Zhang and drank violently.


    "Shut up, young man. This is an official''s house. You can''t be presumptuous."


    Meng Zhang did not give in and drank angrily.


    "Why, do you want to do it?"


    "Is it possible that your Shangguan family is unreasonable and will not catch everyone with the help of geographical advantages?"


    Coincidentally, Zhenjun saw that the smell of gunpowder in the hall was getting stronger and stronger. For fear that the two sides would really fight, he hurried out to be a peacemaker and prepared to persuade him to fight.


    Huolie Zhenjun looked like he was out of it. As long as he didn''t provoke him, he didn''t bother to take care of this kind of dog biting thing.


    Changchun Zhenjun did a lot of dirty work with the red pig Zhenjun in the black market. He was good at observing words and colors and steering the wheel. He felt that the atmosphere was a little wrong early. He sat there wisely and didn''t say a word.


    Although shangguanhui and shangguantu were angry, they didn''t mean to turn against Meng Zhang, and they didn''t want to do it here.


    However, Meng Zhang took the initiative to drink and scold and make trouble. They didn''t want to bow their heads like this.


    Seeing the clever Zhenjun''s advice, they were ready to stop the curse war by going down the slope and taking this step.


    In their hearts, Meng Zhang''s abuse was just preemptive, striving for the initiative for the next discussion, facilitating bargaining, and striving for the interests of his own sect.


    In fact, the cunning Zhenjun of persuasion also has similar ideas.


    No matter how stupid Meng Zhang is, he won''t take the initiative to go to the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family and fight with Zhenjun, the yuan God of Shangguan family.

 Chapter 1132

    Among all the people present, except Xu Mengying, none of them knew Meng Zhang''s determination, let alone Meng Zhang''s determination to win the Shangguan family today.


    Seeing that the clever Zhenjun came forward to persuade the quarrel, Meng Zhang''s face began to ease and did not continue to scold. It seemed that he was going to stop.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang gave a violent drink.


    "What are you doing? You dare to plot against us, even the Taoist friends who persuade us to fight?"


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s violent drinking, everyone was stunned. The two yuan gods Zhenjun of Shangguan family were even more confused and forced.


    When did they plot against Meng Zhang? Why didn''t they know?


    Before the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family could react, Meng Zhang suddenly shot.


    He didn''t even sacrifice magic tools, so he directly mobilized the power of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    The black-and-white air flow was faintly visible, the space shook violently, and the huge pressure attacked the two yuan gods of the Shangguan family at the same time.


    When they scolded Meng Zhang before, they instinctively took precautions against Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang suddenly attacked. Even if the incident happened suddenly, they responded in time and parried immediately.


    In order to create an external incarnation, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to split the yuan God, which caused great harm to the yuan God.


    Even after absorbing the power of thunder green lotus seeds and cultivating for a long time, they have not fully recovered.


    The lack of Yuanshen''s strength directly affected his strength.


    His current combat effectiveness is less than that of his heyday.


    If Zhang Wei didn''t push too hard, he really didn''t want to make a move at this time.


    Even if Meng Zhang was not in his heyday, he attacked the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family at the same time, which caused great pressure on them.


    Both of them are old-fashioned Yuanshen, and both of them are monks in the middle of Yuanshen. After the initial accident, they immediately reacted and shot almost at the same time. They not only resisted Meng Zhang''s attack, but also fought back.


    Shangguan Hui pointed to the front with one hand and a four-level flying sword stabbed Meng Zhang.


    Shangguantu originally wanted to stop shangguanhui, but it was a bit slow, just forget it.


    Until this time, Shangguan Tu didn''t expect that Meng Zhang had planned to kill Shangguan family for a long time.


    In his opinion, the quarrel between the two sides was too fierce, and Meng ZhangCai acted angrily.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even use his magic tools. It seems that he didn''t go all out. There is still room for relaxation between the two sides.


    If the two sides use magic weapons to fight, today''s matter will not be easy to end.


    However, shangguanhui has sacrificed the flying sword, and he can''t stop it. Simply follow the trend and want to suppress Meng Zhang first and let him calm down before the two sides talk slowly.


    Meng Zhang''s strong fighting power has been seen by everyone present.


    But this is the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family. He came here alone. It is impossible to resist the power of the whole Shangguan family alone.


    Not to mention anything else, just the joint efforts of shangguanhui and shangguantu, the two yuan gods Zhenjun, are sure to suppress him.


    The fourth order flying sword from Shangguan Hui''s sacrifice seems to stab Meng Zhang directly, but I don''t know what''s going on. It actually rubbed Meng Zhang''s body and directly stabbed the skillful Zhenjun who came to persuade him to fight.


    Qiao Zhenjun screamed and tried his best to swing the flying sword away.


    With his cultivation, he dare not get involved in the struggle between them.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang shouted again.


    "Well, it seems that your Shangguan family has bad intentions this time. They want to leave me all."


    "You Taoist friends, let''s take these two guys together and save them from jumping over the wall."


    Shangguan Hui was slightly stunned. How could his flying sword Miss Meng Zhang and almost hurt Qiaozhen Jun by mistake?


    Just as shangguanhui came over, Xu Mengying, who had been silent all the time, suddenly shot silently.


    Just now, she used magic to confuse shangguanhui''s senses.


    Shangguanhui, who was unprepared, was suddenly attacked and almost accidentally injured Jiqiao Zhenjun.


    While Xu Mengying made a sneak attack, Meng Zhang''s accumulated strength broke out.


    The mixture of yin and Yang, like a millstone, hit shangguanhui and shangguantu.


    Because of Xu Mengying''s sudden attack, they were confused by Xu Mengying''s magic for a moment.


    In such a small time, yin and yang are in the body.


    They instinctively resisted and lit up bursts of light.


    As the true monarch of the yuan God, they have many means to protect themselves.


    Body protection spells, amulets and other means do not need to be triggered actively. They can be triggered actively as long as they are attacked by a powerful attack.


    A series of explosions rang out in the hall, and the ferocious spirit overflowed.


    Many prohibitions have been laid inside and outside the hall, and the building materials used are not ordinary.


    I''m afraid it''s hard for ordinary third-order magic tools to leave any trace on this hall.


    But now, just affected by the aftermath of the fight between the yuan God Zhenjun, the whole hall burst open and turned into ruins.


    Due to the influence of Xu Mengying''s magic, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family did not fully resist Meng Zhang''s attack in time.


    The terrible power of yin and Yang easily destroyed all their body protection means, making them spray blood in their mouth and their bodies retreat back.


    "What are you still doing? Why don''t you take them down together?"


    "Can''t we wait for them to launch a big battle and catch us all?"


    Qiao Zhenjun was originally a person without any independent ideas. All the time, he was only led by Meng Zhang.


    Just now shangguanhui suddenly attacked him. He spent a lot of effort to parry down and almost got hurt.


    When Meng Zhang drank this, he habitually obeyed Meng Zhang''s orders and shot directly at shangguanhui.


    He didn''t expect to win shangguanhui, but hoped to take revenge with the help of Meng Zhang.


    Changchun Zhenjun on the side can see clearly. Although he hesitated for a moment, he saw that Meng Zhang had done his best. He sighed and took the initiative to attack the two yuan gods Zhenjun of Shangguan family.


    Changchun Zhenjun is not so confused as Zhenjun. He knows that Meng Zhang''s sudden attack today is mostly premeditated.


    He himself was unwilling to get involved in the dispute between taiyimen and Shangguan family.


    But it''s coming. At this time, we must stand in line as soon as possible.


    He stood on Meng Zhang''s side, not only because of Meng Zhang''s life-saving grace, but also because of his trust in Meng Zhang''s strength.


    He once studied Meng Zhang carefully.


    Since his debut, Meng Zhang has participated in many wars, basically winning more and losing less.


    If he is not sure enough, he will not take the initiative to start a war at the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    Changchun Zhenjun''s move was more clever, and Zhenjun was more stable in his heart.


    In this way, four yuan God Zhenjun besieged shangguanhui and shangguantu.

 Chapter 1133

    The four Yuanshen Zhenjun, either active or passive, fought against the Shangguan family whether they wanted it or not.


    This is the Mountain Gate operated by Shangguan family for many years. Of course, there are many arrangements.


    Not to mention anything else, for this old Yuanshen family, the fourth-order protection array is basically standard.


    The fourth order protection array is powerful and consumes a lot of aura.


    In Jun dust world, there are only third-order spiritual veins at most, and there is no fourth-order spiritual veins.


    Above the third-order spirit pulse, there is a blessed land.


    In the remote areas like Jiuqu Province, few people have heard of the blessed land, let alone the construction of the blessed land.


    Not to mention the Shangguan family, even the great forces ten times stronger than the Shangguan family have no ability to build a blessed land.


    In the Junchen world, the blessed land is almost the standard configuration of the Holy Land Sect gate.


    In addition, it depends on whether those forces that can compete with the Holy Land Sect have a blessed land.


    Without a blessed place to provide aura, the fourth order protection array cannot be opened all the time.


    On weekdays, the aura provided by the third-order spiritual pulse is only enough to enable the fourth-order protection array to open a few functions.


    If you open a little more functions, you may hurt the root of the third-order spirit pulse.


    When the enemy is present and there is a real war, the fourth-order protection array will be fully opened.


    At that time, in addition to constantly extracting the third-order spiritual pulse and aura, we should also constantly consume the spirit stone, spirit marrow and even jade clearing spirit machine.


    The third-order spirit pulse alone can''t support the fourth-order protection array.


    The consumption of the full opening of the fourth-order protection array will soon empty the family of a Yuanshen sect.


    The Shangguan family has been in Chengping for many years. It has not been hit by a strong enemy for many years.


    The fourth-order protection array arranged by the family in the mountain gate has not been fully opened for several times since its successful construction.


    I don''t know how long ago the fourth order protection array was fully opened last time.


    The highest control authority of the four-level protection array is in the hands of the two yuan gods Zhenjun, shangguanhui and shangguantu.


    But they were hit by Meng Zhang just now and were seriously injured. Now it''s under siege again. I can''t pull my hand at all to start the fourth-order protection array.


    The battle of several Yuanshen Zhenjun had already disturbed the Shangguan family.


    While shocked, they also began to start the fourth-order protection array.


    Even though there are many elites in the family, on the one hand, they lack cultivation and on the other hand, they are not familiar with the big array. Their actions are not fast and they have not started the big array completely for a long time.


    Huolie Zhenjun is not stupid. He has long seen today''s fishy.


    He stood aside to watch the play and was unwilling to get involved in Meng Zhang''s actions.


    He has no grievances with the Shangguan family. Why should he make trouble with others?


    Huolieshan is an independent sect, not a subordinate of Taiyi sect. He doesn''t need to obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Four Yuanshen Zhenjun attack together. However, the combat effectiveness of Qiqiao Zhenjun and Changchun Zhenjun was a big difference, and they all had reservations and didn''t try their best.


    In fact, the main forces against the enemy are Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying.


    It is not so easy to take down or kill two friars of the same rank.


    Seeing that Huolie Zhenjun was still staying away, Meng Zhang whispered to him secretly.


    The content of the voice transmission is very simple. It is to persuade Huolie Zhenjun to siege shangguanhui and shangguantu.


    If they launch a fourth-order protection array, Huolie Zhenjun will certainly be the target of the array.


    Even if the Shangguan family believes that Huolie Zhenjun has nothing to do with Meng Zhang''s actions, out of caution, they will also use the power of the fourth level protection array to trap Huolie Zhenjun temporarily.


    In this way, the life and death of Huolie Zhenjun is in the hands of others.


    Huolie Zhenjun hesitated and was moved by Meng Zhang.


    Because if he was in the position of Shangguan family, he would not listen to the explanation, but first control all outsiders and get rid of all threats.


    With fire burning Zhenjun''s temper, he doesn''t want to end up trapped by the array, and he can''t believe the integrity of Shangguan family.


    Huolie Zhenjun reluctantly sighed and reluctantly shot at the target.


    Huolie Zhenjun, a monk in the middle of the yuan God, even if he didn''t go all out, also increased the pressure on shangguanhui.


    When several Yuanshen Zhenjun fought, Wen qiansuan came outside the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    Although the fourth-order protection array has not been fully started, only some ordinary defense functions can temporarily block Wen qiansuan.


    Wen Qian was not in a hurry. He gave full play to his array skills and actively looked for the flaws of this large array.


    When Meng Zhang and others besieged the two yuan gods of the Shangguan family, two air currents flew out of the yin-yang Linghu.


    The two streams of air flew out for a long distance to form two yin-yang soldiers.


    Each of the two yin-yang soldiers has the fighting power of the early yuan God. After working together, they can also fight when they meet the friars in the middle of the yuan God.


    The two yin-yang soldiers did not join the siege of the two yuan gods of the Shangguan family, but flew to all parts of the Mountain Gate of the Shangguan family, killing the people of the Shangguan family and destroying the four-level protection array.


    Before the fourth order protection array could be fully opened, it was faced with two strong enemies inside and outside. It was attacked by both inside and outside, and fell into a state of being attacked from inside and back.


    Shangguan family is worthy of being a big family with a long history. The middle and senior levels of the family know that it is time for life and death.


    From immortal Jindan to the little friar of Qi refining, all the people in the family began to work hard.


    The friars in charge of controlling the protection array in the clan desperately start the array and use the power of the array to fight the enemy.


    Although the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family were in their own mountain gate, they fell into the siege of many enemies and fell completely downwind. They were very passive.


    Other friars in the family, let alone help in the past, will be hurt by the aftermath of the battle even if they are a little closer to the battlefield.


    Originally, the friars who controlled the protective array were ready to use the power of the protective array to support their two yuan gods Zhenjun.


    However, in the face of internal and external attacks, the big array can not distinguish too much power to support the two family ancestors.


    The cohesion of Shangguan family is still very strong. At the critical moment, the friars in the family will not cherish their lives and dare to work hard.


    More and more monks began to join the ranks of maintaining the protective array.


    They pour all their true Qi into the array. Even if they are drawn by the array, they will not hesitate.


    A monk collapsed. Not only their whole body Qi, but also their own vitality were injected into the array.


    Later, it was not even necessary for friars to inject Qi desperately. As long as they were within the range of the large array, they would be sucked away by the large array, together with the life vitality in their bodies.


    As a monk of Shangguan family turned into a corpse and fell down, the array was slowly started, and its power became more and more powerful.

 Chapter 1134

    Shangguan Hui and Shangguan Tu, as the ancestors of the Yuanshen of Shangguan family, have the highest control of the family''s four-level protection array.


    At the beginning, they were caught off guard by Meng Zhang and others, and did not have time to fully open the power of the protective array.


    Now the battle has begun for so long. Although they are trapped in the siege, they still separate their minds and slowly start to open more functions of the big array, so that the big array can play a greater power.


    In this way, the two people who were already unable to hold on, relying on the strength of the big array, had a chance to breathe, had more strong support, and could hold on for another period of time.


    Meng Zhang knows that now is a race against time.


    If we wait until the fourth order protection array is fully opened and the power is brought into full play, our own side will be in great trouble.


    A large four-level protection array controlled by Yuanshen Zhenjun can resist the siege of many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    At that time, even if the enemy fails to turn defeat into victory, Meng Zhang will have to pay more if they want to win.


    The key to today''s battle is to break the fourth order protection array before its power is fully opened.


    Meng Zhang understood this truth, so he controlled the two yin-yang soldiers to destroy the array.


    Wen qiansuan, as an expert in array, understands the power of the fourth-order protection array.


    He tried his best to crack the array outside the array.


    Inside and outside the array, the fight was extremely fierce.


    Meng Zhang has planned this action for a long time and must not lose.


    If we let Shangguan family escape this time, there will be no such a good chance in the future.


    For many years, Meng Zhang has not been so fiercely involved in the war.


    In the last battle on Yuantu prairie, he mainly stayed in the huangquan zhensha array and relied on the power of the FA array, leaving little room for his family to play.


    In today''s battle, he faced two veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family. It can be said that he opened all his firepower and played all his cards.


    When the Shangguan family had a war, Jin Lizhen also fought with her opponent in a wilderness more than 2000 miles away.


    The real king without Rift Valley didn''t mean to magnify the pigeon this time.


    On the contrary, he left the Rift Valley early and went to Pingding lake to attend the party.


    But as soon as he was on the way, he was stopped by Jin Lizhen.


    In front of Wu chazhen Jun, Jin Lizhen Jun is just a junior.


    Jin Lizhen spoke well and said that she was asking for advice from her predecessors.


    In fact, her task is to stop wucrack Zhenjun from going to Shangguan family.


    Meng Zhang knows all the members of the minor league better.


    Forced by the situation, Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun will be pulled into the boat by him.


    Even if Huolie Zhenjun doesn''t want to help him deal with Shangguan family, at least he won''t help Shangguan family in turn.


    The most is to remain neutral and watch the play.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t trust wuchazhen Jun at all.


    This is not just because wucrack Zhenjun tricked him last time. He clearly promised to send troops to Yuantu prairie, but he didn''t do anything when he sent troops.


    This man Meng Zhang has been unable to see through since he knew wucrack Zhenjun.


    He always felt that there were many secrets under his seemingly kind face.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to bet that wucrack Zhenjun would stand on his side.


    Therefore, before the war, he sent Jin Lizhen and Jin Qiaoer to block wuqiezhen and prevent him from reaching the Shangguan family.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is also a very competitive person.


    She was Meng Zhang''s predecessor and had taken care of Meng Zhang many times.


    When Meng Zhang was a golden elixir immortal, she became the yuan God and became famous.


    Meng Zhang caught up from behind and his accomplishments slowly surpassed her.


    She didn''t say it on the surface, but in fact she kept holding it in her heart.


    This time, Meng Zhang had asked her to join hands with her apprentice Jin Qiaoer to block wucrack Zhenjun.


    But Jin Lizhen was so angry that she left her own disciples and wanted to block her opponent on her own.


    In her opinion, even if her family is not the opponent of wucrack Zhenjun, it should not be difficult to block it for a period of time.


    After the two sides began to fight, Jin Lizhen Jun not only sacrificed the proud magic weapon Huangsha Wanli map early, but also performed his best Thunder method.


    Wu Qizhen Jun is not only higher in cultivation level than Jin Lizhen Jun, but also stronger in combat effectiveness.


    Whether it is the attainments on the avenue of heaven and earth, or the magical powers and Taoism displayed, they are extraordinary.


    Soon after the two sides fought, Jin Lizhen fell to the disadvantage.


    Fortunately, Jin Qiaoer was not left too far by Jin Lizhen Jun. she caught up in time.


    Seeing that her teacher fell to the disadvantage, she did not hesitate to join the battle directly.


    The new Yuanshen is also a Yuanshen. Moreover, the two teachers and disciples are almost interlinked. With incomparable tacit understanding, they can learn from each other.


    Together, they fought with the Wu crack Zhen Jun with the great intensity.


    In the face of Jin Lizhen''s master and apprentice, Wu crack Zhenjun is no longer as comfortable as he was just now.


    Although it did not fall into the wind, it could not easily get out of the battle.


    Wucrack Zhenjun was stopped by Jin lizhenjun''s teachers and disciples on the way, which was the biggest variable in this war.


    On the flat top Lake of Shangguan family Mountain Gate, the fierce battle continues.


    Wen qiansuan really deserves to be a thunder ball of Taiyi gate. Wen qiansuan threw it out and directly threw it into the array eye.


    This is Yang Lei, which Meng Zhang bought in the heavenly palace after spending a lot of Yuqing LINGJI.


    After the explosion of each Yang thunder, the power is equivalent to the full blow of the friars in the middle of the yuan God.


    Even Jin Lizhen, who is good at thunder in Taiyi sect, is not able to refine such thunder balls now.


    Five loud sounds sounded one after another, and the center of the fourth-order protection array was destroyed immediately.


    The destruction of the array center led to a series of chain reactions.


    A Shangguan family friar who was maintaining the battle array, one by one, like being struck by lightning, vomited blood and fell to the ground.


    There were bursts of explosions everywhere, that is, at the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    The fourth order protection array was destroyed, and the Shangguan family lost the biggest card. Even if there is still a lot of inside information, it can''t stop several yuan Shen Zhenjun.


    After breaking into the array, Wen Qian regarded himself as self respecting and didn''t directly pursue and kill the friars of Shangguan family. He just went in to search the big treasury of Shangguan family.


    The two yin-yang soldiers have no such scruples.


    Under the command of Meng Zhang, they killed the friars of the surrounding Shangguan family.


    The strength of Yuanshen level is like a tiger entering a wolf pack and killing at will against the friars of Shangguan family.


    Shangguanhui and shangguantu, two Yuanshen Zhenjun, saw that the fourth level protection array was broken. They knew that the general trend was gone, and they had no fighting spirit in their hearts. They just wanted to escape.


    As soon as their momentum was weak, they showed their flaws.


    Finally, Shangguan Huizhen was stabbed to death by Meng Zhang with a spirit snake spear.


    Shangguan Tu Zhenjun was shot dead by Xu Mengying on the spot.


    The death of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun means that the Shangguan family is completely over.


    When the battle array was broken, several old Shangguan family Jindan immortal, with a group of family children, were ready to escape from the mountain gate.


    As soon as they left the mountain gate, they ran into the coalition forces of taiyimen and Huanglian sect before they fled here.


    In order to hide their tracks, the coalition forces of taiyimen and Huanglian sect did not approach Pingding lake before.


    The friars of the two families took flying boats and stood by far from Pingding lake.


    They didn''t kill them until the fourth order protection array was broken and they received a message from Wen qiansuan.


    The flying boats they ride are all third-order flying boats that are good at speed, or simply third-order warships.


    The speed of the flying boat team was very fast. Almost in an instant, it appeared outside the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    Flying boats surrounded the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family.


    A friar flew out of the flying boat and chased and intercepted the escaped Shangguan family friars.


    There are also many monks who directly enter the Mountain Gate of Shangguan family and kill the enemy wantonly.


    After two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Shangguan family were killed, several Yuanshen Zhenjun respected their identity and did not join the pursuit of Shangguan family.


    However, with the help of two yin-yang soldiers with the initial strength of the yuan God, the coalition forces of taiyimen and Huanglian cult are as powerful as a rainbow. There is no suspense about the victory or defeat of Shangguan family friars like a lost dog.


    Plough the court and sweep the hole, chase and kill the enemy, clean up the battlefield and search for booty


    The disciples of Taiyi sect and Huanglian sect will naturally handle these affairs. Meng Zhang is free for the time being.


    He called several Yuanshen Zhenjun together and explained it to everyone.


    Just now Meng Zhang took advantage of the situation and pulled everyone on board.


    In the matter of destroying Shangguan family, everyone is an accomplice, and no one can stay out of it.


    Although Meng Zhang has achieved his goal, he still wants to appease the people, so as not to leave a knot in their hearts.


    The Shangguan family has perished and things are irreparable, but this small league should be retained as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that the more strength he had, the stronger his ability to deal with changes in the future.


    Now the Shangguan family is destroyed, and wurift is kicked out of the minor league by Meng Zhang.


    There are several families left. We should be closer and more united.


    Meng Zhang spoke eloquently about the shortcomings of Shangguan family.


    Shangguan family colluded with Ziyang Shengzong behind everyone''s back. They didn''t even call in advance.


    This matter has been known by Zhang Weineng, and Zhang Weineng has responded.


    Several zongmen belong to a small league, and they have much contact with shangguanhui.


    If Zhang Wei can treat everyone as an accomplice of the Shangguan family, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    In order to prove his innocence and help everyone get rid of the suspicion of colluding with Shangguan family, Meng Zhang had to take the initiative.


    At least on the surface, Zhang Weineng now has the most powerful force in Jiuqu province.


    None of you here can compete with it.


    Dali''s treatment of traitors was always cruel.


    We may not be loyal to the Dali Dynasty, but we absolutely do not want to be treated as traitors and severely punished by the Dali Dynasty.


    At the thought of being implicated by the Shangguan family, everyone began to feel that the Shangguan family was worthy of death.


    It''s a tradition in the cultivation world that dead Taoist friends don''t die. It''s better for Shangguan family to exterminate the family than to exterminate their own family.


    Especially Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun, now they can get a foothold in Tiangong, thanks to the great help of Niu.


    In a sense, Niu Dawei is their employer.


    Even if they had some other ideas in mind, they would not refute Meng Zhang face to face.


    As for Huolie Zhenjun, he remained silent from beginning to end.


    Meng Zhang also tried his best to achieve this.


    In order to maintain this small league, he spent a lot of effort.


    As long as everyone has a decent face and the alliance can continue, he will be reluctantly satisfied.


    After talking, everyone left one after another.


    They don''t want the spoils of the destruction of Shangguan family this time. They just want to leave here as soon as possible.


    No matter how well Meng Zhang said, today Meng Zhang forcibly destroyed the Shangguan family, which still left everyone with lingering fear.


    They need to think more about how to get along with taiyimen in the future.


    Meng Zhang watched the three leave and looked at Xu Mengying.


    This time, Xu Mengying stood by Meng Zhang and made great contributions to the destruction of Shangguan family.


    Next, we should take more care of the interests of Huanglian cult in the disposal of booty.


    As an old Yuanshen family, Shangguan family has rich savings and many treasures.


    After all the booty needs to be counted, the two sides will distribute it.


    The territory of Shangguan family is not large, but it is a rare place in Jiuqu province.


    In the whole north of Jiuqu League, it is difficult to find a richer place than around Pingding lake.


    Apart from others, a flat topped lake alone can be used as the foundation of a Yuanshen sect.


    Although they are allies, taiyimen and Huanglian sect will have a good fight for a while when it comes to the distribution of booty.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying were not involved in these chores.


    One is not willing to waste time on these things.


    Second, no matter how fierce the people below fight, it will not affect their friendship.


    If they are directly involved in bargaining, they will not only lose their share, but may also ruin their friendship.


    No matter how good the friendship is, it needs careful maintenance by both sides.


    On the other side, Jin Lizhen Jun and Jin Qiaoer''s teachers and disciples firmly entangled Wu crack Zhen Jun, so that he could not get away easily.


    Even if they were summoned by Meng Zhang and knew that the war over the Shangguan family was over, both their teachers and disciples were still very interested and continued to fight with wucrack Zhenjun.


    The war lasted for several days. It was not until wucrack Zhenjun received the message from the door and knew that the Shangguan family had destroyed the door that he woke up and understood Jin lizhenjun''s purpose.


    Since the Shangguan family has been destroyed, no matter what attitude he has towards this matter, it is no longer important.


    It is meaningless to continue fighting.


    Finally, wucrack Zhenjun fought for a little injury and retreated on his own initiative before he got out of the battle.


    After leaving the battle, he left his two opponents and left the battlefield as fast as possible, far away.

 Chapter 1135

    The accumulation of Shangguan family over the years is indeed very rich.


    In addition to the big Treasury, there are many secret treasures in the family Mountain Gate.


    There are rich materials for cultivating truth, including all kinds of heaven and earth spirits, including many fourth-order items.


    In particular, many fourth-order talismans, pills and other items were fortunately not carried by shangguanhui and shangguantu.


    Otherwise, it will be much more difficult to encircle and kill them.


    In a secret treasure house, there are two fourth-order disposable magic tools that have not been refined.


    Such things are so precious that the two ancestors of Shangguan family are not willing to take them out and use them. They collect them in the family secret library on weekdays.


    They never thought that they would be attacked in their own mountain gate. They had no time to take out all kinds of treasures from the treasure house against the enemy.


    Now, all the treasures have become the booty of taiyimen and Huanglian cult.


    Around Pingding lake, the gate of Shangguan family, a large area is the territory of Shangguan family.


    Nearby, there are many vassal forces that depend on the Shangguan family to survive.


    Of course, the territory directly under the Shangguan family is divided up by Taiyi sect and Huanglian sect.


    Those vassal forces should be screened.


    Those who can absorb as their own vassals can make a stroke at most and let them shed some blood.


    And those who are stubborn and don''t know how to live or die should be eliminated.


    However, with the atmosphere of the cultivation world, not many people must be stupid enough to be buried with the Shangguan family.


    The pursuit of the remaining evils of the Shangguan family and the distribution of various spoils involved a lot of energy of the two sects of Taiyi sect and Huanglian sect.


    Fortunately, there is no need to waste the time of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After the event was settled, Meng Zhang took the initiative to report to governor Zhang Weineng. He lived up to his trust and successfully exterminated the Shangguan family.


    Soon after receiving Meng Zhang''s report, Wen Dongzhen came to Taiyi gate again.


    In addition to commending Meng Zhang on behalf of governor Zhang Weineng, he also brought two good news.


    The good news is that Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher of Dali imperial dynasty, was attacked and wounded by Huixu Daneng of Ziyang Shengzong, and was chased and killed by many strongmen of Ziyang Shengzong. However, Chunyu Zhongda broke through the siege and successfully returned to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Emperor Bawu warmly welcomed the returning National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda in the capital.


    Dali imperial court has maintained a complete Yang God combat power.


    Unless Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness can do it again, Ziyang Shengzong has lost the ability to make a quick decision.


    Chunyu Zhongda can escape the killing situation set by Huixu''s great power and escape under the siege of many strong men. This skill is amazing.


    Even Meng Zhang couldn''t help but praise after listening to Wen Dongzhen''s words.


    Of course, Meng Zhang believed that even if Chunyu Zhongda escaped a life, his injuries would certainly be serious.


    Wen dongzhenjun didn''t even mention it. Either he knew nothing about Chunyu Zhongda''s injury, or Chunyu Zhongda''s injury was too serious. He didn''t dare to disclose the truth.


    Anyway, at least Meng Zhang is still a minister of Dali imperial dynasty.


    It is always a good thing for the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda to return safely.


    Hearing Meng Zhang brought by Dongzhen Jun, he secretly called luck.


    This time, the dark hall of Taiyi gate didn''t inquire about this important news in time. Fortunately, Meng Zhang calculated that the situation was bad through the magic of heaven.


    Otherwise, governor Zhang Weineng, who has added strength out of thin air, may really open the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang successfully destroyed the Shangguan family and completed his own task in accordance with the order of governor Zhang Weineng.


    Governor Zhang Weineng, as the highest official of Dali imperial dynasty in Jiuqu Province, more or less needs to talk about being famous.


    Taiyimen is always obedient, and he has no excuse for embarrassment.


    Governor Zhang Weineng only sent Wen Dongzhen to beat Meng Zhang again.


    With Zhang Weineng''s current strength, if not for the prevention of Ziyang Shengzong, he can fight with foreign invaders again and completely recover the lost land.


    Taiyimen, such a local truth cultivation force, has no ability to resist him, only obedience.


    In front of Wen Dongzhen, Meng Zhang was very honest and repeatedly showed his family''s loyalty to the Dali Dynasty.


    In addition, he also offered a large amount of materials to repair the truth as support for Zhang Weineng.


    Jiuqu city has been destroyed. The army led by Zhang Weineng has lost its original stronghold. It must not be so convenient to supply.


    Meng Zhang offered this thing to express his intention.


    Although there have been some unpleasantness before, I also know that Meng Zhang''s loyalty is limited, and Taiyi gate is not reliable. But Meng Zhang had such an attitude, and Wen Dongzhen accepted it reluctantly.


    Dali imperial dynasty is at the time of employment. We should draw in all forces that can be drawn in and make use of all available assistance.


    Of course, loyal officials should be of great use. Meng Zhang''s smooth wall riding sect can also be of great use.


    Moreover, Zhang Weineng now has a large army to support, and there is a great demand for all kinds of truth repair materials.


    Wen Dongzhen, who achieved his goal, left Taiyi gate with all kinds of cultivation materials offered by Meng Zhang.


    Although most of the materials were seized in Shangguan family this time, Meng Zhang was still very distressed.


    This time, the dark hall didn''t inquire about Qinggu Zhenjun''s return in time, which made Meng Zhang a little angry.


    He was about to summon the third disciple, an Muran, to give him a reprimand.


    At this time, Ann Muran came to him on his own initiative.


    It turned out that after the destruction of Shangguan family, taiyimen and Huanglian cult began to hunt down the remaining evils of Shangguan family.


    The old Yuanshen family, such as Shangguan family, will certainly leave a lot of backhands and make a lot of preparations on weekdays, so that after the family encounters a catastrophe, it can retain its inheritance and have the opportunity to make a comeback.


    Taiyi gate rose again after the demise of Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Among them, the backhand left by the senior experts of taiyimen played a great role.


    Although Shangguan family is far from being compared with taiyimen in its heyday, it has a lot of inside information and accumulation. Meng Zhang still needs to guard against one or two.


    Finding out the backhand left by Shangguan family has become an important task of taiyimen dark hall.


    But in addition, the dark hall has to monitor the situation in the whole Jiuqu province and recently screen the vassals of the Shangguan family.


    The various means arranged by Shangguan family are indeed very secret and difficult to see through.


    In this way, the dark hall is a little overwhelmed.


    After listening to this little disciple''s report, Meng Zhang pondered a little, and took the initiative to take over the task of destroying the backhand of Shangguan family and screening its vassal forces.


    He admonished an Muran and asked him to strengthen the monitoring of Jiuqu Province, focusing on the trend of Zhang Weineng.


    After sending Anmo away, Meng Zhang began to get busy.


    Although it is a little busy and troublesome to identify the vassal forces of Shangguan family, it is not difficult.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power is his heart, which can see through the minds of most practitioners.


    As long as the other party has not practiced the special heart locking secret method, or his cultivation is not weaker than Meng Zhang, it is difficult to escape his prying eyes.


    After the demise of the Shangguan family, the vassal forces took the initiative to surrender to taiyimen.


    Even their own masters were destroyed. These vassal families dare to fight against Yuanshen sect like Taiyi sect.


    Even if some people are too loyal and want to die for their master''s family, they should also consider their classmates and family.


    Those who should be subdued should be subdued. They should not be soft when they should be killed. Meng Zhang worked hard for several months before dealing with the affairs of these vassal families.


    The next step is to get rid of the backhand left by the elders of the Shangguan family.


    Meng Zhang has no other good way, so he can only directly use the secret arts to calculate.


    The calculations he has accumulated during this period are basically spent on this matter.


    Fortunately, among the elder Yuanshen of Shangguan family, there are no great friars in the later stage of Yuanshen, and there are no treasures in the family that can interfere with the calculation of heaven''s secrets.


    After several calculations, the backhands left by the elders of the Shangguan family were found and cracked one by one.


    Those Shangguan family children who managed to escape the chase and thought they had escaped and were planning for the future have become the dead souls of friars of taiyimen.


    If you cut the grass and don''t cut the roots, the spring breeze will blow again.


    In the process of weeding out the roots, taiyimen has gained a lot.


    Of course, taiyimen won''t share these gains with Huanglian sect, but monopolize them.


    Among them, several gains surprised Meng Zhang.


    A fourth rank vein produces star grain fine iron.


    Star pattern refined iron is the most used material when refining fourth order magic tools.


    Among the fourth level holy materials, star pattern refined iron is not particularly valuable. It is mainly based on quantity. It is widely used and often used as a basic material.


    But the so-called is not particularly valuable. It is for other fourth level holy materials.


    In the cultivation world, as long as it is a fourth-order spiritual material, there is basically nothing worthless.


    Shangguan family is also worried that someone will covet this vein, which has always been strictly confidential.


    Because the whole Jiuqu province is short of fourth-order tool refiners, the Shangguan family doesn''t trust outsiders.


    In particular, he is most wary of the great forces that are far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty for fear of being taken away.


    Therefore, the Shangguan family has hardly mined this star pattern fine iron vein.


    The place where the ore vein is located has been built into a secret base by the Shangguan family.


    Friar taiyimen found this place according to Meng Zhang''s guidance, killed the friars of Shangguan family stationed here, and took the whole ore vein as his own.


    Although Taiyi sect also doesn''t have a fourth level weapon refiner, it can''t use this fourth level holy material in large quantities for the time being.


    However, with the channel of heavenly palace, Meng Zhang can send the mined star pattern refined iron to the heavenly palace for sale when he can''t.


    Such basic spiritual materials will never lack buyers.


    In another secret base of Shangguan family, I found that many moon Huiling flowers grow here.


    Without the cultivation power of blessed land, it is difficult to plant level 4 miraculous medicine.


    Unless you are willing to invest a lot of spiritual marrow and even the essence of nine days.


    Most of the fourth level elixirs in the Jun dust world come from resource points within nine days, except from the holy places.


    In addition, there are some wild fourth order spirit flowers and spirit grass occasionally found in various places of Jun dust world.


    I don''t know when the Shangguan family found this place.


    As a cherished fourth order holy flower, Yuehui holy flower is not only an important material for refining some fourth order pills, but also can strengthen the yuan God by directly absorbing and refining.


    In particular, the drug properties of this naturally bred elixir are often much stronger than those of artificial cultivation.


    Shangguan family took good care of this wild Yuehui Linghua, and even established a secret base around to guard it.


    Except that the family ancestors took some occasionally, they never had the idea of selling them.


    No wonder the two ancestors of Yuanshen in Shangguan family are the cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle stage. I think this wild Yuehui Linghua has played an important role.

 Chapter 1136

    Originally, this time, in order to eliminate the roots and completely destroy the inheritance of Shangguan family, Meng Zhang had to use his magic to calculate the secrets of Shangguan family. Meng Zhang was still a little reluctant.


    However, in the process of destroying the backhand laid by the elders of the Shangguan family, they constantly found the secret base of the Shangguan family and obtained all kinds of booty, which made taiyimen gain a lot.


    Meng Zhang''s unhappiness immediately dissipated.


    The use of heaven''s secrets will lead to the reversal of heaven''s way, but the reversal does not come immediately.


    The harvest is real and can be used soon. It won''t be long before it can be transformed into the strength of taiyimen.


    Before the attack of autophagy, Meng Zhang had a lot of time to slowly find a way to resolve it.


    Moreover, compared with Shangguan family, taiyimen was more powerful and had more channels.


    The Shangguan family is afraid of being coveted by others and dare not reveal the secret. Taiyimen can bear it.


    Shangguan family can''t make effective use of the resources. Taiyimen has various channels to play a role.


    Meng Zhang, while taking stock of all kinds of gains, lamented that Shangguan family was indeed an old Yuanshen family. His rich savings were like a tonic, which benefited taiyimen a lot.


    At this time, reports came from the stronghold of taiyimen on the other side of Yuantu prairie.


    After a steady stream of hunting by various practitioners, the barbarian tribes scattered on the Yuantu prairie were either completely destroyed or fled after paying heavy casualties.


    On the whole prairie, the foreign barbarian forces have been basically cleared away.


    Now, all kinds of practitioners are bumping around on the prairie, trying their best to find treasures and plunder all kinds of resources.


    Yuantu prairie is the treasure land reserved by Meng Zhang for the next development of Taiyi gate. All kinds of resources here have long been in the bag of Taiyi gate.


    Previously, there was no way. In order to drive various practitioners, mainly scattered practitioners, to hunt barbarians there and lead out hidden barbarian strongmen, it can be regarded as a thunder trip for Taiyi gate.


    So they searched for some resources there. Meng Zhang can tolerate it as the hard money of these guys.


    But now all the tribes of the barbarians outside the territory began to disappear, and the strong ones of the barbarians never appeared. The time for taiyimen to explore there began to mature.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was unwilling to let all friars search there wantonly.


    Their current behavior is tantamount to stealing money from taiyimen''s pocket.


    I''m afraid it would have been painful to change to a stingy leader.


    Meng Zhang decided to adjust the way to dispose of Yuantu prairie and try to preserve the vitality of this place.


    Those external practitioners, especially locusts, only know how to search for resources and don''t think of a long-term plan.


    It is common to catch fish after drying up and hunt after burning the forest on the Yuantu prairie.


    This time, the Shangguan family was destroyed. Most of the original vassal forces of the Shangguan family took refuge in taiyimen.


    These vassal forces took refuge because of the situation. They are not loyal to taiyimen.


    Maybe many guys will miss the old lord in their hearts.


    Even the Shangguan family''s treatment of vassal forces is far from generous and loose.


    However, many people are still talking about the new owner of Taiyi gate secretly, and think that Taiyi gate is too harsh.


    Once they are dissatisfied with taiyimen for some things, these guys will miss the past and the Shangguan family that is no better than taiyimen.


    The Taiyi sect is also an authentic sect at any rate. It''s not easy to kill people because they talk secretly.


    Now Meng Zhang is ready to open up the Yuantu prairie and has the opportunity to deal with these guys.


    At present, the Taiyi gate employs soldiers on several fronts. For the time being, not many direct friars can be transferred to open up the Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang''s method is very simple, that is, to change the territory of these new people.


    Under the instruction of Meng Zhang, the taiyimen high-rise has delimited new territories on the Yuantu prairie. Then let all these Xiuzhen forces move over.


    No matter how much dissatisfaction and calculation they have behind them, they all go to the prairie to vent.


    On the surface, taiyimen is open and just enough.


    Taiyimen asked them to change their territory this time, under the banner of guarding the Terran territory and preventing foreign barbarians from invading again.


    The new territory of these Xiuzhen forces on the Yuantu prairie is much larger than their original territory.


    Moreover, as compensation and help to them, taiyimen exempted them from offering for three or five years to ten or eight years.


    No one is willing to give up the foundation of many generations and move to a completely strange land.


    However, taiyimen carried out the great righteousness of guarding the Terran territory, and forcibly oppressed it with strong strength.


    After clearing away the most powerful sect gate, the other Xiuzhen forces had to accept the arrangement of Taiyi gate and began their migration journey.


    Except for a few, most of the vassal forces of Shangguan family were forced to move to Yuantu prairie.


    Their original territory is a fertile land. After years of development, it has long been developed and mature.


    On almost every spiritual pulse, there are excellent spiritual fields, spiritual medicine gardens, etc.


    Such a good place, of course, should be in the hands of Taiyi gate, which is the direct territory of zongmen.


    In order to prevent these guys from hugging on Yuantu prairie, taiyimen deliberately arranged their territory in disorder.


    In addition, in addition to arranging these cultivation forces, Meng Zhang has other arrangements.


    In the past, various practitioners, especially many scattered practitioners, entered the Yuantu prairie to hunt barbarians for the high reward offered by Meng Zhang.


    In this process, they found that Yuantu prairie itself is a treasure land with many treasures.


    This led to more and more practitioners pouring into Yuantu prairie, including monks from other monastic forces in Jiuqu province.


    Taiyimen threw out olive branches to various practitioners, especially those scattered practitioners.


    As long as they pass the test of Taiyi gate and are willing to be loyal to Taiyi gate, they can obtain a territory on Yuantu prairie.


    Or they set up schools there, or they set up families there.


    The sects and families they established, as the vassals of the Taiyi sect, not only bear the obligations to the Taiyi sect, but also enjoy the protection of the Taiyi sect.


    Taiyimen took the opportunity to release many tasks, which gave these practitioners the opportunity to gain a foothold in Yuantu prairie.


    For most casual practitioners, it is a great good thing to have a territory and establish a foundation.


    Becoming a vassal of taiyimen is a much sought opportunity.


    The life of casual practice sounds good, free and unrestrained.


    As a matter of fact, it is well known that it is difficult to break the rules.


    Now there is a chance to settle down. Many casual practitioners have to fight for it.


    Not only casual cultivation, but also some disciples of Xiuzhen family or sect who are not paid much attention to, are inevitably moved by the opportunity to be independent.


    Some Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu provinces also intend to arrange some collateral children to establish branch forces on the Yuantu prairie.


    The vast territory of Yuantu prairie is short of manpower to develop.


    As long as they are not practitioners who openly oppose the Taiyi gate, as long as they meet the requirements of the Taiyi gate, they have the opportunity to acquire territory and establish foundation.


    They are all early pioneers, regarded as the king''s precursors.


    When the legitimate friars of Taiyi sect free their hands in the future, they will naturally slowly clean up these cultivation forces.


    Those who harbor different intentions and are not reliable enough will naturally be disposed of.


    In order to add sand to these newly established Xiuzhen forces, Meng Zhang also selected a group of forces loyal to taiyimen from within Hanhai daomeng, and sold part of the territory of Yuantu prairie to them at a low price.


    Yuantu prairie is much richer than the endless sand sea and Gobi.


    These members of Hanhai road alliance went there to establish branches.


    A few families even gave up their original territory and moved to Yuantu prairie.


    Taiyimen adopted an encouraging attitude towards the practice of these religious sects.


    They were not only provided with financial assistance, but also exempted from their sacrifice in the first few years after their relocation.


    Anyway, all the Xiuzhen forces on the Yuantu prairie, no matter where they come from, are vassals of the Taiyi gate. They all need to be loyal to the Taiyi gate and pay sacrifices to the Taiyi gate.


    Through their hands, taiyimen strengthened their control over Yuantu prairie and obtained various resources produced here.


    Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, gave up many territories of Jiuqu province when he made peace with foreign invaders.


    In the face of ferocious foreign invaders, most of the Terran Xiuzhen forces who originally lived in these territories migrated one after another.


    Zhang Wei is quite generous and takes the initiative to shoulder a lot of responsibilities.


    He dispatched the official forces of the imperial dynasty to help these Xiuzhen forces move people and materials.


    Jiuqu province is a well developed place, and there has long been no free territory.


    Zhang Weineng can''t force them to seize territory, so he can only temporarily place them on the territory directly under Dali imperial dynasty.


    Many Xiuzhen forces who had no place to settle had to rely on others and dispersed to all parts of Jiuqu province.


    Now taiyimen defeated the barbarians outside the territory and occupied the Yuantu prairie.


    Zhang Weineng also covets this vast territory.


    He was just too busy to deal with it for the time being.


    Moreover, Taiyi gate is subordinate to the Xiuzhen forces of Dali Dynasty. The territory of Taiyi gate is nominally the territory of Dali Dynasty.


    Now taiyimen began to divide territory on Yuantu prairie with great fanfare, and Zhang Weineng also stepped in.


    The Xiuzhen forces, whose territories were occupied by foreign invaders and forced to leave their homes, were ordered by Zhang Weineng to move to Yuantu grassland for resettlement.


    In this way, Zhang Weineng not only confessed to these cultivation forces, but also mixed sand into taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang has no way to oppose this.


    For the best, these Xiuzhen forces have settled down in Yuantu prairie, which has expanded the Terran forces here.


    If the foreign barbarians make a comeback in the future, the resistance of the practitioners here will be stronger.

 Chapter 1137

    At this time, it has been almost four years since taiyimen moved many Xiuzhen forces and opened up Yuantu prairie.


    In these four years, the vassal forces of the Shangguan family, the forces whose homes were occupied by foreign invaders, and the various practitioners enfeoffed by the Taiyi gate have all settled here.


    One spiritual pulse after another ushered in a new master.


    On the spiritual pulse, pieces of spiritual fields have been opened up, and there are even rare spiritual medicine gardens.


    Although the Spirit Valley produced here is far from meeting the needs of local practitioners, it greatly reduces the number of purchased spirit valleys.


    One ore vein after another began mining on different scales.


    All kinds of spiritual materials produced can be transported outside except for their own use.


    Taiyimen''s development on Yuantu prairie has just begun, and it still needs continuous investment.


    Even those who are short-sighted will not kill chickens and lay eggs at this time.


    Therefore, the taiyimen not only did not collect offerings from the Xiuzhen forces here, but provided them with all kinds of convenience.


    Some cultivation forces established by casual cultivation have insufficient family background and are difficult to develop the territory.


    Taiyimen will provide them with low interest or even interest free loans to buy various materials from taiyimen for territory development.


    Taiyimen was originally suppressed by large foreign merchants, and the commercial power seriously contracted, and began to expand wantonly on the Yuantu prairie.


    After years of development, taiyimen has a strong production capacity. Most of the commonly used items can be made by ourselves.


    Among the three allies of taiyimen, changchunguan is good at refining pills, huolieshan is good at refining magic tools, and qiqiaozong is good at making mechanism puppets.


    These products are very popular when they are transported to the Yuantu prairie under development.


    Taiyimen transferred part of their interests to the three zongmen and allowed their goods to be sold on Yuantu prairie.


    These three sects are increasingly dependent on Taiyi gate and have a closer relationship with Taiyi gate.


    The small alliance established by Meng Zhang now has only five forces.


    Taiyimen is a well deserved core and has become a real leader.


    Meng Zhang''s next plan is to formally integrate the other four sects into hanhaidao alliance.


    Just worried about causing the fear of governor Zhang Weineng, Meng ZhangCai did not take action.


    In fact, taiyimen, Huanglian sect, qiqiaozong, changchunguan and huolieshan have formed a very close alliance, advancing and retreating together on many major events.


    This alliance has fewer members than before, but its internal cohesion has been greatly improved.


    In the north of Jiuqu League, it is already a force with the ability to determine the overall situation.


    Since the destruction of Shangguan family, wurift has actively cut off all ties with this alliance.


    Although not explicitly stated, the rift valley has in fact been excluded from the alliance.


    The headquarters of the alliance has been moved from Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian sect, to Xiongshi ridge above taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang officially assumed the post of leader of the alliance and began to command the whole alliance.


    Now the north of Jiuqu League maintains its independent status except that there is no rift valley. All Xiuzhen forces should act according to the look of the alliance.


    The last time Meng Zhang led a coalition of friars into the Yuantu prairie and defeated the barbarians outside the territory, the other sects were worried about the situation in the Jiuqu League and did not retain strength in the Yuantu prairie.


    In this way, Yuantu prairie has become the exclusive property of taiyimen family.


    Now, even if we are allies, Meng Zhang will not give up the territory and interests on Yuantu prairie to them in vain.


    If they want to enter Yuantu prairie for development, they also need to obtain the consent of taiyimen.


    Generally speaking, we need to exchange interests with taiyimen.


    In fact, there are many people in the whole Jiuqu province who are jealous of Yuantu prairie.


    Governor Zhang Wei could not do it himself, but secretly mixed sand and buried nails.


    After the destruction of Jiuqu city and the loss of China Unicom''s access to the mainland of the imperial dynasty, big businesses such as Datong business alliance also began to fall into difficulties.


    These big businesses have a lot of power to stay in Jiuqu province and can still maintain a minimum business operation.


    However, they had no convenient way to transport all kinds of goods from the mainland of the imperial dynasty. The production system they established in Jiuqu province is far from perfect.


    Without a large number of high-quality and low-cost goods, they will lose their greatest advantage.


    They had to change their previous business mode and began to adopt the business mode of traditional businesses.


    To maintain the operation of their own system and feed so many members, the operating pressure of these big businesses has increased greatly.


    Yuantu prairie, a treasure land, fell into the eyes of these big businessmen.


    This treasure land, which has been ruined by barbarians outside the territory for many years, has a good foundation. As long as it is well managed, the harvest must be good.


    Therefore, the big merchants led by Datong business alliance began to try to enter Yuantu prairie.


    Taiyimen has had many fierce conflicts with these big businesses, and even caused human lives.


    Meng Zhang had made great efforts to drive these big merchants out of the sphere of influence of Taiyi gate.


    Now these big businesses are trying to get involved in Yuantu prairie. Of course, Meng Zhang should try his best to stop them.


    All the families in the alliance suffer from these large foreign businesses.


    On this issue, they stood on the side of taiyimen and tried their best to prevent these big businesses from invading Yuantu prairie.


    Governor Zhang Weineng could not directly touch Yuantu prairie and secretly gave some support to the behavior of these big businesses.


    Meng Zhang knows that these big foreign businessmen are insatiable. As long as they show their weakness a little, they will immediately rush up and wipe out all their interests.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang united all his allies and mobilized their disciples to form a friar coalition.


    The friar coalition launched a big drill.


    The taiyimen and other religious sects in the drill reacted fiercely, and Zhang Weineng shrank from the posture of starting a war when he disagreed with each other.


    He knew that taiyimen and other zongmen were just posing as threats and had no intention of war.


    But everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case.


    If one of the many monks is hot headed, impulsive, or accidentally wipe his gun and go off fire, it may lead to a big war.


    This is not the time for internal fighting.


    We are all Xiuzhen forces under the Dali imperial dynasty. Even if we can''t help each other, we can''t fight each other.


    The peace situation in Jiuqu province has been maintained for several years, but the threat of Ziyang Shengzong has never gone away.


    A few years is just a moment for high-level practitioners.


    No one can tell when Ziyang Shengzong will start to save Jiuqu again.


    The internal forces of the Dali imperial dynasty kill each other, and the Ziyang holy sect can''t wait.


    Zhang Weineng made a promise in the name of provincial governor, saying that his family would fairly solve their disputes.


    Zhang Weineng temporarily stopped supporting these big businesses and even stopped their actions.


    Unfortunately, once some openings are opened, it is difficult to stop them.


    These big businesses verbally promised to take the overall situation into account and will not fight at this time.


    They also did not continue to expand to the Yuantu prairie.


    But their calculation of taiyimen has begun secretly.


    Of course, the overall situation is important, but compared with interests, it is nothing.


    Why do they take the overall situation into account instead of taiyimen?


    If Meng Zhang is willing to open Yuantu prairie to them and let everyone share this vast treasure land, the contradiction will naturally disappear.


    At this time, after occupying the territory that Zhang Wei could take the initiative to let out, the group of foreign invaders continued to expand towards the surrounding areas.


    As the supreme ruler of Jiuqu Province, Zhang Weineng will never indulge their actions, but will try his best to stop them.


    Despite the threat of Ziyang holy sect, Zhang Weineng has begun to make all kinds of preparations to fight against these foreign invaders.


    He hoped that through a small-scale and short-lasting battle, he would repel those foreign invaders, give them a lesson and quickly solve this problem.


    In this case, he doesn''t care much about anything else.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of those big foreign businessmen. Seeing that Zhang Wei could restrain them, he did not continue to compete.


    Taking advantage of the rare peacetime, it is urgent to accelerate the development of Yuantu grassland and expand the inside information and strength of the sect.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, the friar coalition successfully triumphed as a victor.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the secret calculation of those big foreign businessmen and put his main energy back on his own cultivation.


    In the past few years, some level-4 spiritual objects were obtained from the Shangguan family. Many of them were sent to the heavenly palace, or sold in exchange for Yuqing spiritual machine, or simply bartered directly in exchange for many items needed by Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang picked a lot of wild yuehuiling flowers and used them for his own use.


    Refining and absorbing the medicine power of yuehuiling flower is of great benefit to Meng Zhang''s yuan God.


    He not only quickly recovered the loss before Yuanshen, but also continued to grow.


    This time, the yuan God suffered a heavy blow and was in an unprecedented state of weakness.


    It is in this state that Meng Zhang''s understanding of the essence of Yuanshen has reached a new level.


    After Yuanshen''s injury completely recovered, his cultivation soon made a great breakthrough.


    Before the mid-term cultivation of Yuanshen was complete, he had no problems in cultivation.


    Only by accumulating strength step by step and strengthening the yuan God, he can complete the cultivation in the middle of the yuan God and obtain the qualification to break through the later stage of the yuan God.


    After years of warm care, especially after years of hard combing of two spiritual pets - chasing electricity and colored glass.


    Meng Zhang''s own mustard space has become increasingly perfect.


    His mustard space is large and can hold many items.


    It is full of vitality and can accommodate living creatures to survive in it.


    After years of combing aura and sorting mustard space, Zhui Dian and Liu Li have also been greatly trained and made great progress in cultivation.


    Both spirit pets are third-order spirit beasts. In terms of combat effectiveness, they are no worse than ordinary golden elixirs.


    After completing the task, they were reluctant to stay in this narrow space after holding for many years.


    Just at this time, taiyimen began to explore Yuantu prairie. Meng Zhang simply let the two guys out and let them go to Yuantu prairie.


    First, let them relax on the vast grassland.


    Second, with their current strength, they are also enough to provide some help for all kinds of pioneers.


    Anyway, most of the friars of taiyimen and even Hanhai daomeng know that these two spirit beasts are Meng Zhang''s spiritual pets.


    As for the other forces of cultivation on the Yuantu prairie, they may not be able to pose a threat to two third-order spirit beasts.


    He has been living under Meng Zhang''s wings for many years, and his range of activities is also around taiyimen territory.


    Now it''s rare to fly on the vast prairie. Both little guys set off happily.


    Jin Lizhen, who was originally stationed in the broken castle, recently returned to Taiyi gate.


    After years of hard cultivation, she finally completed her cultivation in the early stage of Yuanshen and could try to impact the realm of the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    She achieved Yuanshen far before Meng Zhang, but her accomplishments fell far behind Meng Zhang. She kept holding her strength in her heart.


    Now that she has the opportunity to narrow the gap between them, she is certainly very happy.


    After Jin Lizhen returned to Taiyi gate, she found a place to break through.


    From the initial stage of Yuanshen to the middle stage of Yuanshen, there is no big bottleneck. The breakthrough is not difficult, mainly because more resources are needed.


    The essence of nine days, which was most often absorbed by friars in the early days of Yuanshen, could not meet their needs. They needed to absorb the refined jade Qingling machine.


    Jin Lizhen has been a guest of the Taiyi sect for many years. The Taiyi sect has not treated her badly. Her offerings are distributed in full and on time.


    After having the opportunity to enter the heavenly palace, Jin Lizhen also worked hard in the heavenly palace, running around and trying to earn Yuqing LINGJI.


    As a guest of the Taiyi sect, she got the help of Meng Zhang and others. She didn''t have to bump around like a headless fly like some casual practitioners.


    She has accumulated a lot of Yuqing LINGJI, which should be enough for her to break through.


    In order to ensure that her breakthrough is safe, Meng Zhang also lent her some Yuqing LINGJI for her to use in the breakthrough process.


    After years of operation in Tiangong, taiyimen has long got rid of the situation of living alone on their ancestral heritage.


    By completing various tasks, taiyimen can not only stably earn Yuqing LINGJI, but also accumulate a lot of Tiangong merit points.


    With these gains, Meng Zhang exchanged and bought many useful items in the heavenly palace, which greatly enhanced the strength of the whole sect.


    After Jin Lizhen''s breakthrough, Taiyi gate temporarily lost a Yuanshen combat power


    In terms of top combat power, I feel a little stretched.


    Many times, there is a feeling that people can''t be arranged.

 Chapter 1138

    Taiyi gate seems to have a lot of Yuanshen Zhenjun, but there are more places that need Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After Jin Lizhen shut down, she seemed understaffed.


    Fortunately, in the current Jiuqu Province, there is no major struggle for the time being.


    The area around Taiyi gate is still relatively peaceful for the time being. There is not much time to dispatch the yuan God Zhenjun.


    On Yuantu prairie, taiyimen''s development plan is advancing steadily.


    In addition to the enfeoffment of various friars and the establishment of their foundation here, some key places, such as places with third-order spiritual veins or places with precious minerals, were captured in advance by Taiyi gate as the direct territory of their own clan.


    In addition to breaking the bunker, taiyimen also began to establish some strongholds on the Yuantu grassland to monitor the feuded Xiuzhen forces and strengthen its control over the Yuantu grassland.


    In the south of Yuantu prairie, an area far from the broken castle.


    The lakes here are continuous, the water and grass around the lake are abundant, and there are flocks of cattle and sheep.


    Originally, this was the land occupied by a barbarian tribe.


    After the barbarian tribes were driven away, it became the territory of the cultivators.


    There is a third-order spirit vein underground next to a lake.


    Although Yuantu prairie is vast and rich, it has a very limited number of third-order spiritual veins.


    Most of these third-order spiritual veins are directly controlled by Taiyi sect, and rarely granted to other cultivation forces.


    By this means, taiyimen can also indirectly control the movement of Jindan immortal in the territory.


    This third-order spirit vein and the surrounding area were granted to the skillful hand gate by Taiyi gate.


    The skillful hand sect has a special status. At the beginning of the rise of Taiyi sect, it was the iron bar ally of Taiyi sect.


    Not to mention, Jin Qiaoer was born in a skillful family.


    Before Jin Qiaoer achieved the yuan God, she seldom asked about all kinds of affairs of the skillful sect and put all her thoughts on cultivation.


    Her teacher, Jin Lizhen Jun, didn''t want Jin Qiaoer to be distracted by the trivia of the skilled craftsman''s door.


    However, the relationship between Jin Qiaoer and qiaoshoumen cannot be cut off.


    Over the years, with the protection of Jin Qiaoer, Qiaoshou sect has received countless benefits.


    Its sect strength has always been growing and advancing by leaps and bounds.


    In the whole Hanhai Dao alliance, the skillful hand gate is a powerful sect gate except Taiyi gate.


    Especially after Jin Qiaoer achieved the yuan God, the skillful hand gate can also have the courage to say that his family is also the yuan God sect.


    In addition to Jin Qiaoer, the yuan God Zhenjun, there are many golden elixir immortal in the door.


    Fortunately, the skillful hand sect is a sect in which women occupy an absolute dominant position.


    All previous leaders are basically female nuns.


    Female nuns are more gentle and less ambitious than male nuns.


    The leaders of the skillful sect of all ages are cautious, knowledgeable and interesting people.


    They are careful not to touch the interests of taiyimen. They are willing to be the pawn of taiyimen and become the right-hand assistant of Hanhai daomeng, the leader of taiyimen.


    In those years, after Jin Qiaoer became the true king of the yuan God, some people in the top of Taiyi gate were afraid of the skillful gate and proposed to restrict or even suppress the skillful gate.


    But the skillful hand door is always clever and cautious. For a moment, people can''t find an excuse.


    Later, Meng Zhang considered that compared with Jin Lizhen and Jin Qiaoer, the two yuan God Zhenjun, the skillful hand door was really not important.


    He didn''t want to let Jin Qiaoer have cracks in their hearts because of a little thing.


    In these years, the skillful hand gate has not been restricted and suppressed by the Taiyi gate. On the contrary, it has gained a lot of benefits by virtue of Jin Qiaoer''s face.


    Of course, as a member of Hanhai road alliance, the Taiyi gate has actively participated in the war, fought bravely and made a lot of achievements.


    Since taiyimen selected some members of Hanhai daomeng and put them on the Yuantu prairie for development.


    After some careful thinking, the senior management of skillful hand gate began to actively participate in this matter.


    The development of skillful hand gate has entered a bottleneck for a long time. It is difficult to have greater development in the Gobi and endless sand sea.


    In particular, the current Mountain Gate of the skillful hand gate has a third-order spiritual pulse, which has been more and more difficult to support many golden elixir immortal in the gate for a long time.


    Therefore, the master of the skillful sect volunteered to Taiyi sect to explore the Yuantu prairie.


    The skillful hand sect is a relatively strong force among the Jindan sect. It must be very useful for developing Yuantu prairie.


    The skillful sect has made a lot of contributions in recent years and accumulated a lot of good skills of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang planned a special treatment for the third-order spiritual pulse on the Yuantu prairie.


    The ownership of all the third-order spiritual veins belongs to Taiyi sect. The rest of the cultivation forces can only obtain the right to use them for a certain number of years at a high rent.


    Taiyimen has the right to take back the rented third-order spirit pulse at any time.


    If the lease term is up and there is no ability to renew the lease, the right to use will naturally be recovered.


    If there is any damage to the third level spirit pulse during recovery, you must pay sky high compensation.


    Even under such harsh conditions, there are still many cultivation forces who want to rent these third-order spiritual veins.


    In order to obtain the qualification to rent the third level spiritual pulse, the skillful sect spent all the accumulated Taiyi sect''s good skills.


    This third-order spirit pulse in front of you will be used by the skillful hand sect in the next hundred years.


    After the lease expires, you need to renew the lease to taiyimen.


    The location of this third-order spirit vein was originally owned by a Xiuzhen Sect on the Yuantu prairie.


    Later, after the invasion of foreign barbarians, the Xiuzhen sect door on the Yuantu prairie was largely destroyed, and the remaining homeless dogs fled to the territory of Jiuqu League.


    In the age of Jiuqu alliance, these fleeing Xiuzhen sects were organized by Jiuqu alliance and stationed at the forefront against foreign barbarians.


    Later, after a series of changes, Jiuqu League became Jiuqu Province, and most of these Xiuzhen sects perished for various reasons.


    The barbarians outside the region do not know how to operate carefully, but only know how to extract resources extensively.


    This third-order spiritual pulse has abundant aura, and has the foundation left by the previous Xiuzhen sect, which is very easy to develop.


    The current Mountain Gate of skillful hand gate is inferior to this place in all aspects.


    The senior management of the skillful hand sect attached great importance to this place and sent the main force in the sect.


    Under the leadership of three golden elixir immortal, many skillful sect disciples soon built a stronghold and developed it wantonly.


    With the third-order spiritual pulse as the core, the third-order protection array was deployed, and a large number of spiritual fields, spiritual medicine gardens and even spiritual animal gardens were opened up.


    In this territory, in addition to this third-order spiritual pulse, there are also some scattered first-order and second-order spiritual pulses, which are developed successively by skillful disciples.


    The surrounding lakes are full of vitality. After simple transformation, they can be used to raise all kinds of spirit fish.


    The skillful hand gate has been developed here for only a few years, and has begun to have a certain output.

 Chapter 1139

    Early this morning, immortal Jinsha of qiaoshoumen, as usual, began patrolling around the territory of qiaoshoumen.


    With the third-order spirit pulse as the core, there is a large area around, which is the fief of the skillful hand gate.


    Although theoretically, the ownership of this third-order spirit vein belongs to taiyimen.


    However, in the eyes of the people of the skillful sect, with the relationship between the two sects, as long as the skillful sect has not made a big mistake, Taiyi sect will not easily take back the third-order spiritual pulse.


    With its skillful business ability, it can fully bear the slightly high rent.


    Even if the lease expires, it should be able to renew smoothly.


    Not to mention anything else, just because of the face of Jin Qiaoer''s ancestors, Taiyi gate will not embarrass the skillful gate.


    Therefore, up and down the skillful door, they built this place as their own home, and invested very high enthusiasm.


    The skillful hand sect sent three golden elixir immortal in one breath, which not only attached great importance to this place, but also to reduce the pressure of the third-order spiritual pulse in the mountain gate.


    In the near future, the skillful sect will send more disciples, including immortal Jindan, to this place.


    The barbarians outside Yuantu prairie have been cleaned up for many times, and no large-scale tribes exist.


    However, in many places, isolated barbarians and even small groups of barbarians can be found occasionally.


    The barbarians outside the region are strong in flesh, infinite in strength and strong in survivability.


    Let alone barbarian warriors, ordinary barbarian people can survive temporarily on the rich Yuantu grassland.


    Just a while ago, the skillful disciples who went out on patrol found some traces of barbarians around.


    These skillful disciples sent out to capture many barbarians alive.


    They are going to return these barbarians to taiyimen territory in exchange for rewards.


    Immortal Jinsha has heard from the well-known taiyimen friars. It seems that taiyimen has made a great breakthrough in domesticating foreign barbarians.


    Driven by friar taiyimen, many barbarians entered the mine and began heavy mining work.


    With the large amount of labor provided by these domesticated barbarians, many taiyimen friars were freed from heavy labor.


    Immortal Jinsha envied the means of taiyimen Friar and was able to tame the rebellious foreign barbarians.


    There are also many mineral deposits on the territory of skillful hand sect, which is very short of manpower for mining.


    Among the disciples of the skillful hand sect, female friars account for the majority.


    Most of these female practitioners are skillful in weaving and cooking. It''s the limit for them to cultivate the spiritual land. It''s too difficult for them to go down to the cave and mine.


    There are not many men in the door. They need to be used in many aspects. Only a few can be used for mining.


    It would be great if the skillful sect could also domesticate these foreign barbarians.


    Immortal Jinsha deliberately approached the place where the barbarians were found during this routine patrol.


    Flying high in the sky, although she was thinking about her mind, she searched carefully below.


    The barbarians outside the region have strong vitality. They are real hundred footed insects that die without rigidity.


    Ordinary barbarian and low-level barbarian warriors are not worried, but from time to time, some barbarian strongmen haunt the Yuantu prairie.


    Whenever these barbarian strongmen appear, they will bring great casualties and losses to the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Despite the repeated clean-up by taiyimen organization, the frequency of barbarian strongmen is getting lower and lower.


    However, the barbarian strongman has never been cut off, just like an endless Xiaoqiang.


    Out of prudence, immortal Jinsha deliberately took the opportunity of patrolling to carefully search around in order to prevent the strong barbarians from appearing.


    To the east of the territory of qiaoshoumen is the territory acquired by huoyun sect in Yuantu prairie.


    In the north, it is the territory of Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    If you don''t count Jin Qiaoer, the yuan God Zhenjun, the skillful hand gate is not as good as the two sects in terms of strength and inside information.


    In particular, the Guyue family in Dafeng City can be called the most powerful one among the vassals of Taiyi gate.


    Once the skillful door, only look up to the ancient moon family.


    Even now, if it wasn''t for Jin Qiaoer''s relationship, the skillful hand sect can''t be compared with the ancient moon family.


    There should be no room for barbarians to survive in the territory of these two sects.


    The key directions of Jinsha real person''s patrol are South and West.


    After a careful inspection, no trace of barbarians was found.


    There was no other discovery except a few low-level monsters.


    Yuantu prairie is a place where there are many monsters in the wild.


    At that time, there were many sects and families who were proficient in the art of defending animals.


    After the foreign Barbarian Invasion and the demise of these Xiuzhen forces. Their originally domesticated monsters fled to the wild and multiplied, and the population continued to expand.


    Although the barbarians outside the region live on hunting, they occasionally graze.


    They all know that these monster groups will not be cut off.


    Even after many disasters by the practitioners, there are still a lot of monsters on the Yuantu prairie, especially the low-level monsters.


    A sect like the skillful hand sect will also allow these low-level monsters to multiply.


    In addition to regular cleaning, I also let the low-level disciples of the sect practice their skills on weekdays.


    Immortal Jinsha has made several turns and is preparing to fly back.


    Suddenly, in the high altitude in the distance, a smoke and dust galloped here.


    Before approaching here, the terrible momentum made Jinsha immortal unstable in the air and almost fell down.


    Immortal Jinsha''s face changed greatly. Even the third-order strong man of the barbarian, that is, the barbarian general, could not have such momentum.


    She sighed in her heart, how could she be so unlucky to meet the fourth level strong man of the barbarian, but she didn''t know whether the other party was a shaman or a Barbarian King.


    After years of hard training, real Jinsha made the right response.


    A dazzling firework flew into the air with a shrill scream.


    This is the highest level warning signal agreed by taiyimen and many Xiuzhen forces for reporting information.


    Once the warning signal is sent, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces will immediately know that there are strong enemies at the level of Yuanshen.


    One by one, the heraldic runes were sent out from the hands of Jinsha immortal and flew in all directions.


    In addition to sending out warning signals, she also sent out communication runes to report the situation to the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Immortal Jinsha has just finished these, and it''s too late to have more reactions.


    The dust had crossed a long distance and flew not far in front of her.


    I saw a tall figure dimly visible in the dust.


    The figure waved his right fist and hit immortal Jinsha hard in the air.


    Immortal Jinsha saw the huge fist print falling from the air and tried his best to resist it.


    She held up a silk like magic weapon and blocked the direction of the fist print.


    As soon as the magic weapon and fist seal began to collide, immortal Jinsha screamed, gushed blood and fell from the air.

 Chapter 1140

    After the figure succeeded, he probably hurried on his way. He didn''t stop to check the life and death of Jinsha immortal, but continued to fly forward.


    This is a pretty king. He has a lot of tasks today. He can''t waste his time on the way.


    It''s just easy to attack Jinsha immortal who is blocking the road. We can''t delay too long.


    The magic tools sacrificed by Jinsha immortal were destroyed, and all the body protection magic tools and spells were smashed by the great power of fist seal.


    The enemy''s brute force was so terrible that she almost died here.


    Losing all her resistance, she fell heavily from the air to the ground and lost her life and death.


    The surname Jin is a big surname in the skillful sect. There are countless friars named Jin in the sect.


    Jin Qiaoer and Jin Lizhen are also surnamed Jin.


    Of course, not all friars surnamed Jin are related by blood.


    The ancestors of immortal Jinsha happened to have a relationship with Jin Qiaoer. They are distant relatives.


    Jin Qiaoer attaches great importance to friendship and takes good care of immortal Jinsha, a blood related descendant.


    On immortal Jinsha, there is a life saving thing given by Jin Qiaoer.


    With this treasure, she was able to escape from the Barbarian King.


    After being summoned and warned by Jinsha immortal, all the truth cultivation forces around entered the highest alert state.


    The protective array of each family has been opened, and all stationed friars are in full readiness.


    The Barbarian King first flew to the stronghold of the skillful hand gate.


    He spent a lot of effort to defeat the third-order protection array guarding the stronghold, and rushed in to kill wantonly.


    The stronghold, which had just been built, turned into ruins.


    Fortunately, the Barbarian King didn''t stay in the stronghold of skillful hand sect for too long. After venting his desire for destruction, he continued to fly to other places.


    Many skilful friars stationed in this stronghold will escape if they are lucky to avoid the killing just now.


    This is the darkest day since taiyimen opened up Yuantu prairie.


    There are seven strongholds of Xiuzhen forces, which were completely destroyed by crazy barbarian strongmen.


    Among them, there are Jindan sects such as skillful hand sect, huoyun sect and Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    Countless friars died in the war. Only immortal Jindan lost eight people, and countless low-level friars were killed and injured.


    As for material losses, not to mention.


    The hard-working foundation was destroyed overnight, and countless practitioners died miserably.


    After the news spread, the Xiuzhen forces on the whole Yuantu prairie fell into great panic.


    Not only do many practitioners who are ready to settle here have to reconsider, but even the monks who have already settled here have the idea of moving.


    Originally, the harm caused by the Barbarian King should be greater.


    Although Taiyi gate has arranged he Luozhen and Jin Qiaoer to garrison the broken castle. But the Yuantu prairie is too vast, and the strong man Wang flies too fast.


    If the Barbarian King attacked an area, he Luozhen and Jin Qiaoer, who were stationed in the broken castle, had no time to respond.


    Fortunately this time, Jin Qiaoer was about to go to the stronghold of Qiaoshou sect to see the situation of the younger generation in the sect.


    Halfway through the flight, I happened to meet the Barbarian King who was killing.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Jin Qiaoer flew over and fought with him.


    The man king didn''t pester Jin Qiaoer more, so he took the initiative to leave the battle and flew away from the battlefield.


    Jin Qiaoer was busy treating people of the all kinds of the cultivation. She didn''t chase them, so she had to let them escape.


    What happened here soon spread to Meng Zhang''s ears through various channels.


    Developing Yuantu prairie is Meng Zhang''s next plan. If this kind of thing is not handled well, the whole plan will be greatly affected.


    After Meng Zhang received the message, he sent it to the broken castle as quickly as possible.


    Along with Meng Zhang came sun Shengdu, the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Sun Shengdu was besieged by barbarian strongmen and his flesh was badly damaged when he set out for the Yuantu prairie.


    After years of treatment and self-cultivation, he completely recovered not long ago.


    Meng Zhang took him this time just to concentrate as much as possible on dealing with the wandering barbarian strongmen.


    Yuantu prairie is still too big, and taiyimen has only built a long-distance transmission array in the broken castle for the time being.


    After arriving at the broken castle, Meng Zhang and Sun Sheng need to fly the rest of the way.


    By the time Meng Zhang arrived at the place of the incident, it had been many days.


    Meng Zhang took sun Shengdu and joined Jin Qiaoer in the stronghold of Qiaoshou gate.


    Although it has been cleaned up for a long time, it still leaves many traces of ruins, which can see the tragedy of the original war.


    Many of the disciples of the skillful sect who survived by chance looked pale and depressed. They were just walking corpses.


    After Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer met, ignoring the nonsense, they directly entered the topic.


    Jinsha immortal, who was seriously injured that day, was saved by Jin Qiaoer who arrived later.


    Jin Qiaoer helped her stabilize her injury.


    Although she was still badly injured, she could barely move.


    Jinsha immortal is Jinsha immortal. After that, Jin Qiaoer added a lot of content.


    Jin Qiaoer is not idle these days.


    In addition to helping the Terran cultivators save the lives and heal the wounded, she also carefully sorted out the information and found out the actions of the Barbarian King that day.


    After hearing the report from immortal Jinsha and what the man king had done, Meng Zhang was cold and knew that he was in big trouble this time.


    These barbarian kings, who used to hide from the pursuit of Taiyi gate, have finally learned to be smart and know how to attack the key of Taiyi gate.


    They don''t go to gnaw at the hard bones like the castle, and they don''t fight head-on with the protoss Zhenjun of the Terran.


    The barbarians who have always been straight and only know simple and rough frontal operations actually know how to play guerrilla warfare with the Terran side.


    Yuantu prairie is too vast. The mountain gates and strongholds of various Xiuzhen forces are distributed in such a vast place. They are like needles falling into the sea.


    The area where the Yuanshen Zhenjun of taiyimen can quickly support is limited to the periphery of the broken bunker.


    It''s too remote. Even if you know that you''ve been raided by the Barbarian King, the cauliflower will be cold when reinforcements rush over.


    This time, if Jin Qiaoer didn''t stop it by chance, the Barbarian King would have caused more than this damage.


    This kind of destruction has happened several times. Where are the Xiuzhen forces that dare to stand on the Yuantu prairie?


    Meng Zhang''s plan to develop Yuantu prairie will all become empty talk.


    As for the impact on the reputation of taiyimen, Meng Zhang''s reputation is ruined and so on, they are only collateral damage.


    What Meng Zhang must do now is to use all means to prevent the barbarian strongmen from continuing to wantonly destroy and kill on the Yuantu prairie.


    Yuantu prairie is so vast that it can''t be effectively monitored by a broken castle alone.


    Moreover, the distance between various places is too far to carry out timely reinforcement.


    After years of efforts by Wen qiansuan, he has fully understood the long-distance transmission array, and has also incorporated the places where the child and mother transmission disks are connected into the transmission system of Taiyi gate.


    Now Taiyi gate is in the endless sand sea and Gobi of evil wind. Several key points, as well as the maple leaf mountain city in Daheng Xiuzhen world, are connected by long-distance transmission array for fast transmission.


    Meng Zhang gave Wen qiansuan all the materials for building the long-distance transmission Dharma array obtained from the silver pot old man.


    Wen qiansuan can build at least two or three long-distance transmission arrays with the materials in his hand.


    Meng Zhang decided to speed up the original plan and establish two more strongholds directly controlled by taiyimen on Yuantu prairie, which are connected by long-distance transmission array.


    The two strongholds should be as far away as possible so that taiyimen can directly take care of more areas of Yuantu prairie.


    After that, if more materials can be obtained from the heavenly palace, more strongholds will be built.


    When the multi distance transmission array spread all over every corner of Yuantu prairie is built, the whole Yuantu prairie can be brought into the network like a huge network and strictly controlled.


    At that time, no matter which corner of Yuantu prairie has an accident, we can get the reinforcement of taiyimen strongman in time.


    Of course, this is just a plan in Meng Zhang''s mind. If we want to fully implement it or not, there are many difficulties to overcome.


    Even the arrangement made by Meng Zhang is only a passive defensive measure.


    Only a thousand days to be a thief, not a thousand days to prevent thieves.


    The strong at the level of Yuanshen should be desperate, put down their identity, pull down their face, engage in guerrilla warfare, and specifically look for the weak points of the enemy to attack.


    Even many Yuanshen sects will be tired of dealing with it.


    A bad one will shake the rule of the whole sect.


    Meng Zhang will not wait to die, but will take the initiative to pursue and kill those barbarian strongmen.


    After many raids, the surviving barbarian strongmen, regardless of their strength, at least have good Kung Fu in hiding and running for their lives.


    These barbarian strongmen are hiding in Tibet in a vast area. It''s really hard to find them and deal with them.


    There are not enough Yuanshen Zhenjun in Taiyi gate. They can search the whole Yuantu prairie like a carpet without leaving any loopholes.


    But don''t forget that Meng Zhang is still a master of heaven''s secrets. He is not an ordinary master of heavenly secrets, but a master of heavenly secrets who can calculate others or things at the level of Yuanshen.


    Almost all the masters of heaven''s secrets will be very careful and will not use heaven''s secrets at will before they use it for calculation.


    On this issue, Meng Zhang is no exception.


    Originally, in order to avoid the reverse bite of the heavenly way, Meng Zhang used his heavenly skills as little as possible.


    He had also moved his mind and calculated the whereabouts of the hidden barbarian strongmen with the magic of heaven.


    But after thinking about it, he voluntarily gave up the idea.


    You can''t expect to use your magic to solve problems as soon as you encounter them.


    Tianji cannot be used more, let alone abused.


    It''s not a last resort. Use it as little as possible. It''s best not to use Tianji.

 Chapter 1141

    Meng Zhang knew that Tianji could not be used at will.


    But there is no other way to remove the threat of the barbarian strongman as soon as possible. He only has to bear the burden of retribution. He would rather encounter doom in the future and solve the immediate dilemma first.


    After hearing Jin Qiaoer''s report, Meng Zhang immediately said that taiyimen would help them solve their problems as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang also made a commitment to eliminate the barbarian strongmen who threatened each clan in the shortest time.


    This raid by the powerful barbarians caused too much damage to the cultivation forces around.


    The skillful sect alone has lost two golden elixirs and a large number of disciples, including well-trained elites.


    If Immortal Jinsha didn''t have the life-saving thing given by Jin Qiaoer, he couldn''t escape this time.


    After such a disaster, Meng Zhang knew that the craftsman''s enthusiasm for developing Yuantu prairie would be greatly affected.


    He specially summoned the middle and high levels of the door to ask them to discuss how to subsidize the skillful door and other religious doors to make up for their losses.


    At the same time, we should also take more incentive measures to encourage all families to cultivate the truth and invest more efforts in the development of Yuantu prairie.


    Of course, if we do not solve the threat of the barbarian strongmen, what kind of incentive measures will not move all Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang took sun Shengdu and Jin Qiaoer to patrol around.


    Meng Zhang also put down the posture of the supreme yuan God Zhenjun, Haosheng comforted the robbed surrounding Xiuzhen forces and made a lot of promises.


    In this process, Meng Zhang tried to collect the breath left by the man king.


    The man king killed recklessly here and used a strong force. Later, he fought with Jin Qiaoer. All kinds of breath he left was very clear.


    Meng Zhang collected a lot of each other''s breath quietly.


    After the inspection, Meng Zhang and his men returned to the stronghold of the skillful hand sect and stopped for a while.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to master of the secret of heaven, the ordinary calculation of the secret of heaven can be carried out quietly.


    Meng Zhang put his hands into his sleeves while talking to Jin Qiaoer, and pinched his hands with ten fingers.


    Meng Zhang has been accumulating calculations during this period of time. Recently, there is nothing that needs to use Tianji to calculate.


    With the breath left by the man king, Meng Zhang hardly spent much money to figure out the whereabouts of the other party.


    After Meng Zhang knew the whereabouts of the other party, he led Jin Qiaoer and sun Shengdu to take off into the sky and fly to the calculated position.


    At this time, Meng Zhang fully realized the benefits of being a superior.


    He doesn''t need to explain his behavior and his purpose to others. He just needs to give orders, and others will naturally follow suit.


    Without saying a word, Meng Zhang took them to the north of Yuantu prairie.


    Along the way, seeing Meng Zhang''s face serious, Jin Qiaoer and Sun Sheng kept silent.


    They flew in sky for three days with theout any stopover.


    Until he flew near an insignificant barren mountain, Meng ZhangCai took the initiative to stop moving forward.


    Jin Qiaoer has known Meng Zhang since childhood. She knows him very well and knows that he has great powers.


    She basically trusts Meng Zhang unreservedly. She will do whatever Meng Zhang asks her to do.


    Although sun Shengdu also stopped, there was a trace of doubt on his face.


    When he served in the Dali Imperial Army, he served as a scout for a long time. He has a unique ability to investigate the enemy''s situation and various situations.


    Just now he looked around carefully. There was no abnormality here.


    It''s not that he hasn''t learned the skills of barbarian strongmen.


    He doesn''t believe that the strong man of the barbarians has this ability and can escape his investigation.


    Meng Zhang floated quietly in the air and shouted loudly.


    "Do you want to get out and die by yourself, or do you want this seat to drive you out of the rat hole?"


    The voice shook in the air and spread far away.


    After a while, there was no movement below.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang didn''t find any trace of the other party when he first found this place according to the calculation results of Tianji.


    Out of his confidence in Dayan''s divine calculation, Meng Zhang did not give up here easily, but quietly continued to investigate.


    He showed his keen mind and his ability to break false magic eyes.


    With his cultivation far better than sun Shengdu, as long as you carefully investigate, you will soon find a clue.


    The other party didn''t respond and probably still fantasized about being able to avoid his own people. What he said just now was regarded as a fraud by the other party.


    Meng Zhang stopped talking nonsense. With one hand and one finger, the sun and moon Pearl Rose from the top of his head, and then emitted an almost endless strong light, which sprinkled on the ground in front of him.


    After the sun moon jewel is upgraded to a fourth-order magic weapon, it can assist Meng Zhang to cast more and more magic powers and secrets.


    The sun is shining, which is a powerful magic power that can see through secret ghosts, pierce all darkness and break all kinds of illusions.


    I saw the dazzling and extremely hot light, almost everywhere, all over the lower areas, without sparing any secret corner.


    When the bursts of light spread to the foot of a barren mountain, the space there was like water waves.


    Then, the place was opened like a curtain, revealing a narrow space.


    A powerful man with a tiger back and a bear waist is looking at the swept light with a surprised look on his face.


    On the top of the big man''s head, a black cloth like magic weapon was shaking constantly.


    When Sun Sheng saw this scene, his face tightened and he was very surprised.


    He was surprised not only to find the barbarian strongman here, but also to recognize the means by which the barbarian strongman hid his tracks.


    That piece of black cloth like magic weapon is the standard magic weapon hiding clothes of Dali imperial army.


    The name of the cloak is not pleasant to hear, but it has strong functions. It can skillfully hide all kinds of movements of the user without any flaws of Ruth.


    Although it is only a standard magic instrument in the army, both the refining materials and the means used are very exquisite.


    Sun Shengdu used this magic weapon when he worked in the Dali imperial army.


    This kind of magic weapon is a secret in the imperial army. It is not easy for outsiders to have access to it.


    Even if sun Shengdu was the true monarch of the yuan God, he would not be qualified to own and use such magic tools as long as he was separated from the military system of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The standard magic weapons in the imperial army of Dali fell into the hands of a strong barbarian. And it seems that he can use this magic weapon freely.


    Because it is a standard magic instrument, it is not difficult to resist the envoy. But the specific means of the imperial envoy are also confidential.


    According to common sense, a foreign barbarian should not know how to use this magic weapon anyway.

 Chapter 1142

    After the barbarian strongman exposed his tracks, he was a little stunned, roared and jumped at Meng Zhang and others.


    Meng Zhang looks disdainful. As long as he finds the other party''s deeds, it doesn''t take much effort to deal with a mere Barbarian King.


    Before Meng Zhang started, Jin Qiaoer took the initiative to meet up without saying a word and fought with the man king.


    The Barbarian King killed so many skillful sect disciples and caused great damage to the skillful sect. As an elder of the skillful sect, Jin Qiaoer has the obligation to seek justice and avenge the younger disciples.


    As soon as the two sides hit each other, they fought fiercely.


    Taiyimen originally lacked fourth-order magic tools.


    However, after contacting the heavenly palace, there are many channels to obtain fourth-order magic tools.


    I can''t count on the high-quality fourth-order magic tools. It''s not difficult to obtain ordinary fourth-order magic tools.


    Jin Qiaoer''s current imperial envoy''s four step flying sword was bought by Meng Zhang in the heavenly palace and given to her as a gift to congratulate her on her achievement of the yuan God.


    I saw the flying sword flying up and down and shuttling back and forth, fully showing Jin Qiaoer''s outstanding swordsmanship.


    When Jin Qiaoer fought with the man king before, the man king didn''t want to entangle with Jin Qiaoer and was in a hurry to get out. He didn''t show much ability.


    Now Meng Zhang found a trace and knew that today''s thing could not be done well. The man King no longer had illusions in his heart. He tried his best to attack Jin Qiaoer with the idea of killing one by one and enough.


    After all, Jin Qiaoer did not achieve Yuanshen for a long time, and his means were limited. In the face of the crazy attack of the Barbarian King, there is a tendency to fall to the disadvantage.


    This is not a contest. Meng Zhang has no idea of winning, let alone a fair contest with the enemy.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved, and the sun and moon pearls on his head continued to shine.


    This time, the sun and moon are shining.


    The magic power of the sun moon divine light can call the power of the sun moon Avenue and shed extraordinary light.


    Jin Qiaoer and the man King were included in the irradiation range of the light almost at the same time.


    Jin Qiaoer seemed to absorb countless forces from the sun and moon, and suddenly his spirit was greatly boosted, and the power of the magic was greatly increased.


    After the man king was illuminated by the sun and moon, he felt dizzy, his whole body was soft and had no strength at all.


    The Barbarian King, who used to rely mainly on the flesh to drive the power of Qi and blood against the enemy, found that the operation of his own Qi and blood seemed to begin to slow down.


    Jin Qiaoer took the opportunity to launch a fierce attack, and Meng Zhang made a sneak attack secretly, pointing directly at the other party''s key.


    Finally, the fierce king was killed by Jin Qiaoer.


    Looking at the body of the man king, Meng Zhang showed a look of doubt on his face.


    With one hand move, the magic weapon invisibility cloak flew in front of him.


    Looking at this magic weapon, Meng Zhang''s face was more confused.


    The barbarians can never make such exquisite magic tools.


    Seeing this, sun Shengdu sighed secretly and took the initiative to explain to Meng Zhang.


    He introduced the origin and main functions of this magic weapon in detail.


    The secret magic weapons of Dali imperial dynasty fell into the hands of foreign barbarians. If it''s not coincidental, it''s really a matter of careful thinking and fear.


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak, and his mind turned quickly.


    He remembered that in the age of Jiuqu League, Dali Dynasty had a brief collusion with foreign barbarians.


    Dali Dynasty wanted to use the barbarians outside Yuantu prairie to contain the power of Jiuqu League.


    These foreign barbarians also took the opportunity to expand their own strength.


    However, Meng Zhang clearly remembered that the Dali dynasty did not personally collude with foreign barbarians, but through the traitor of Cangshan Zhenjun.


    The military secrets of the imperial dynasty are even more unlikely to fall into the hands of foreign barbarians.


    It matters a lot. Although Meng Zhang had some speculation in his heart, he still took the hiding clothes into his hand and secretly began to use Dayan divine calculation to calculate.


    This time, Meng Zhang quietly consumed most of all the accumulated calculation chips before he calculated the general situation.


    There was a flash of anger on his face. These damn big businessmen dared to make trouble behind their backs.


    Because he had too little information and the level of monks involved was not low, Meng Zhang only calculated part of the situation.


    But with his own judgment, he already knew who the enemy was.


    He first comforted sun Shengdu and said that the magic weapon fell into the hands of the Barbarian King, which should not have been done by the military of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although the bottom line of Dali Imperial military is very low, it is not necessary to collude with the defeated foreign barbarians at this time.


    It should be that some rats, such as Datong business alliance, sent this magic weapon to the Barbarian King.


    Jin Qiaoer always trusted Meng Zhang. She believed Meng Zhang''s words and scolded Datong business alliance.


    Although sun Shengdu did not fully accept Meng Zhang''s statement, he also felt that Meng Zhang was reasonable.


    Datong business alliance, a group of big merchants, is fully capable of obtaining standard magic weapons in Dali imperial army.


    Even, many materials in Dali imperial army were purchased by these big merchants or simply made by these big merchants.


    There are many precedents for these big businesses to secretly sell prohibited materials in order to seek benefits.


    Meng Zhang didn''t explain too much. There were some things he didn''t understand in this matter.


    He asked Jin Qiaoer to put away the body of the man king, and took them back together.


    After flying all the way back to the stronghold of the skillful hand gate, the body of the man king was publicly displayed for everyone to see.


    Although this approach is a little unfair, the effect is very good.


    Seeing the Barbarian King who was extremely cruel, killed countless people and destroyed everywhere, he quickly turned into a corpse and appeared in front of everyone.


    The restless people began to be comforted slowly.


    Those lost confidence in taiyimen is also slowly recovering.


    Meng Zhang did not return to taiyimen, but stayed on the Yuantu prairie for the time being.


    This matter is only the beginning, far from the end.


    He passed his order back to the door and asked the third disciple an Muran to mobilize the power of the dark hall to track down the actions of those big merchants.


    With the relevant situation calculated by Meng Zhang, an Muran is equivalent to getting clear guidance and can be targeted.


    After all, these big businesses are outsiders. Even if they try to take root in Jiuqu Province, they still can''t match the indigenous people in Jiuqu Province in many things.


    Because this matter is very important, Meng Zhang gave an Muran a great authorization.


    In addition to mobilizing the power of the dark hall, he can also call the power of each hall entrance in the door. Even at a critical time, he can turn to allies such as Huang Lianjiao for help.


    The strength of Huanglian sect has long been surpassed by Taiyi sect, but as an old Xiuzhen sect handed down from the beginning of the establishment of Jiuqu League, Huanglian sect is deeply rooted in this land and has a strong potential force.

 Chapter 1143

    Huanglian sect has been rooted here for many years, and its tentacles have long extended to all aspects of Jiuqu province. It is almost omnipresent and pervasive.


    I can''t say otherwise. In terms of spying and obtaining all kinds of information, the clever Huang Lian sect has many advantages that Taiyi sect can''t compare.


    Meng Zhang began to build the secret Hall of Taiyi gate''s intelligence system many years ago, and appointed his own disciple an Muran as the leader of the secret hall.


    Meng Zhang is not cronyism, but with an silent ability, he is fully enough to hold such a position.


    An Muran also deserves Meng Zhang''s trust. He almost established today''s dark hall from scratch and continued to develop and expand it.


    Today''s taiyimen secret hall is already a force that can not be underestimated. Its intelligence ability is among the best in the whole Jiuqu province.


    Even its reputation has spread, and it is said that even governor Zhang Weineng has heard of it.


    In addition to gathering intelligence, the dark hall has many other unknown actions.


    The dark hall is hidden in the dark. Many war fruits such as assassination and subversion are the top secrets of taiyimen.


    Of course, limited to congenital deficiencies, the existence time is not long enough. The dark hall of Taiyi gate is deficient in many aspects.


    It is normal for a layout to spread for hundreds of years or even thousands of years in the cultivation world.


    Many times, in order to place a chess piece, a lot of preparatory work needs to be done in advance, which takes hundreds of years.


    A sect like Huanglian sect may have hidden chess pieces that have been placed for hundreds of years or even longer within other religious forces.


    Even close allies like taiyimen will not disclose details to them.


    The number of such pieces is limited and extremely precious. The yellow lotus sect will not use them easily.


    After an Muran was authorized by Meng Zhang, he also had to exchange interests to get the help of Huanglian sect.


    Ann Muran was very clever and soon obtained a lot of valuable information through various methods.


    Meng Zhang was in charge of Yuantu prairie, and the news from Taiyi gate was continuously transmitted to him.


    With the more information obtained, Meng Zhang understood the enemy''s secret plot more clearly.


    Meng Zhang was not idle while waiting for these information.


    He used Dayan divination twice to calculate the whereabouts of the hidden barbarian strongmen.


    After calculating the result, he led Jin Qiaoer and Sun Sheng to attack immediately.


    The enemy is not given a chance to respond.


    More than ten strong barbarians, including a Barbarian King, a fourth order shaman, and a large number of barbarian generals, were killed by Meng Zhang.


    After several calculations in a row, Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness also began to warn, in addition to the fact that the calculation chips were almost exhausted.


    He began to feel an invisible threat looming over his head.


    Meng Zhang knows that this is his recent frequent display of heavenly secrets, calculating the trajectory of heavenly secrets, obtaining all kinds of intelligence, and finally ushered in the reversal of the way of heaven.


    Peeping at the secret of heaven must pay a price. The secret of heaven is not so easy to calculate.


    If there were an expert who was also proficient in heaven''s secrets or the art of looking at Qi at this time, if you carefully observed Meng Zhang''s head, you would find that the Qi has gathered and spread there.


    Once the robbery gas spreads, the doom against Meng Zhang will come immediately.


    If Meng Zhang did not know how to control himself and continued to unscrupulously use his magic to calculate the secret of heaven, there would be no way to stop the coming of doom.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s spiritual warning, found it early and stopped in time.


    Not only can he not continue to use his magic to calculate the secret of heaven, but also he has to find a way to prevent the doom from coming.


    During this time, Meng Zhang took the initiative to kill many barbarian strongmen and achieved fruitful results.


    It not only greatly weakened the enemy''s strength, but also greatly stabilized the people''s hearts that began to fluctuate on the Yuantu prairie.


    Sun Pengzhi of Taiyi sect and several wise elders came to Meng Zhang together.


    In addition to helping Meng Zhang deal with all kinds of affairs, they should also give play to their own expertise to analyze the situation for Meng Zhang and speculate on the enemy''s actions.


    People speculated based on all kinds of known information and probably figured out the whole story.


    Since the barbarian camp was broken and the barbarian was defeated, many barbarian strongmen fled in all directions and tried to avoid the further pursuit of Taiyi gate.


    Big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance have long coveted the treasure land of Yuantu prairie.


    They had no power to break the barbarian semidivine realm and seize the control of Yuantu prairie.


    After taiyimen won and succeeded, they started the idea of taiyimen.


    The news of these big businesses was also very well informed, and they soon figured out the beginning and end of the war.


    Meng Zhang even suspected that there were spies from these big businesses inside taiyimen, at least in hanhaidao alliance.


    With the financial and material resources of these big merchants, it is easy to buy off some monks in hanhaidao alliance.


    Even with their ability, even if they directly place chess pieces in Taiyi gate, they can''t do it.


    At the thought that there might be traitors inside the sect, Meng Zhang had the impulse to immediately use Dayan divine calculation to calculate if he did not feel the threat of doom.


    Now that big businesses such as Datong business alliance know the process of that war, they may feel that taiyimen''s means to break the semi divine domain is difficult to use on the practitioners.


    Meng Zhang personally destroyed the Shangguan family, which not only weakened the power of the small alliance, but also led to internal estrangement.


    The strength that taiyimen can use is not necessarily stronger than these big businesses.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses may make such a judgment.


    With the warning of governor Zhang Weineng, their original plan to seize Yuantu prairie from taiyimen must be implemented in another way.


    We are all Xiuzhen forces under the Dali imperial dynasty. We can''t openly tear our faces and fight.


    Therefore, big businesses such as Datong business alliance did not know how to contact the strong barbarians who fled, and did not know how to gain their trust.


    With the help of these big businesses, these barbarian strongmen have been strengthened in all aspects.


    According to the arrangement of these big businesses, they have a careful action plan.


    They usually hide and don''t reveal the slightest trace.


    When the time is right, they will attack everywhere and carry out wanton destruction and wanton killing on the Yuantu prairie.


    They destroyed the mountain gates and strongholds of various cultivation forces and killed all the cultivation people they saw at will. As a result, the whole Yuantu prairie was full of war smoke and blood everywhere.


    At that time, not to mention other forces of truth cultivation, even taiyimen can''t stand on the Yuantu prairie, let alone develop.


    Maybe on the whole Yuantu prairie, except for individual places such as broken bunkers, other places are dangerous and can''t let people survive at all.

 Chapter 1144

    It is only the plan of these big businessmen to completely mess up Yuantu prairie and prevent taiyimen from developing here. Of course, there are still many details. They still do not know the enemy''s specific plans.


    However, with such derivation results, Meng Zhang and they are very satisfied.


    If we find out the enemy behind us, we should consider how to resist the enemy''s attack and how to counterattack.


    Because of the repression of governor Zhang Weineng and the legal restrictions of the Dali imperial dynasty, these big businesses did not directly attack the Yuantu grassland under the control of taiyimen, but borrowed the strength of the fleeing barbarian strongmen.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s hunting and killing of the barbarian strongmen during this period, their most powerful attack means did not cause much damage, so they were dissolved by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang himself also knew that although he had been chased and killed many times, many escaped barbarian strongmen had been destroyed. But there is still a long way to go before they are completely destroyed.


    Meng Zhang is now afraid of doom and dare not continue to use his magic to calculate their whereabouts. The hunting of these barbarian strongmen has only come to an end for the time being.


    Fortunately, after this period of setbacks, I have fully seen the power of taiyimen. These remaining barbarian strongmen should not dare to make trouble easily for the time being.


    Yuantu prairie should have a short period of peace, and all major cultivation forces will have a quiet development time.


    Of course, without the complete elimination of these barbarian strongmen, there will be no real peace on Yuantu prairie.


    The pursuit of these barbarian strongmen should not be relaxed, but strengthened.


    Before finding a way to alleviate the disaster, Meng Zhang tried not to use his magic to calculate.


    He only organized a team of monks to strengthen the patrol of Yuantu grassland, trying to deter the remaining barbarian strongmen.


    After losing the means of barbarian strongmen, big businesses such as Datong business alliance need to find another way and means to attack Taiyi gate as long as they don''t want to fight directly with Taiyi gate.


    Although he had inadvertently neutralized the enemy''s most powerful attack, Meng Zhang would not just sit and wait for the enemy to continue to find a way to attack taiyimen.


    He wants to fight back immediately, disrupt the enemy''s deployment and let the enemy see the power of taiyimen.


    As a true cultivation force under the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang can''t directly deal with big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    In the eyes of the high-level officials of the Dali imperial dynasty, big businesses such as the Datong business alliance, which have been loyal to the imperial dynasty for many years and know the roots, are obviously more reliable than the taiyimen.


    Once the two sides meet, I''m afraid the board will mainly fall on taiyimen.


    We can''t directly attack big businesses such as Datong business alliance. Meng Zhang will choose the target well.


    Without much thought, he chose the Xiuzhen sect controlled by Datong business alliance as the target of Taiyi sect''s counterattack.


    In a word, these Xiuzhen sect and Taiyi sect have no accumulated resentment. They are also victims of foreign barbarian invasion. They can be said to be innocent.


    But when they join the Datong business alliance and other big businesses, stand on the opposite side of the Taiyi gate and become the pawn of the enemy attacking the Taiyi gate, they can only be the enemy of the Taiyi gate.


    For the enemies of zongmen, Meng Zhang has never been soft hearted, let alone stingy to use cold killing methods.


    Getting rid of these zongmen who are in the wrong team can not only disrupt the enemy''s plan and make the enemy lose the excuse to interfere with Yuantu prairie, but also deter the enemy and let them think about the result of fighting against Taiyi gate.


    After selecting the target, Meng Zhang ordered an Muran, the dark hall elder of Taiyi sect, to mobilize the dark hall disciples to actively inquire about the intelligence related to these Xiuzhen sects.


    Such as their specific location, how much strength do they have in their respective doors?


    What is the number of their monks and what is the level of the strongest?


    The friars in the Taiyi sect, especially the members of the battle hall, also secretly began to mobilize.


    Only after getting their information, Meng Zhang will order an attack and vow to exterminate these sects in World War I.

 Chapter 1145

    Meng Zhang did not use the magic of heaven to calculate this time. Instead, he handed over all the tasks of discovering the enemy''s situation to the dark hall of Taiyi gate.


    With Meng Zhang''s order, the whole Taiyi gate began to operate.


    The key to this action is a quick word. We must eliminate those Xiuzhen forces before big businesses such as Datong business alliance react.


    When an Muran began to investigate the conspiracy against taiyimen such as Datong business alliance, he paid attention to the existence of these Xiuzhen forces.


    Now we began to fully investigate these cultivation forces, and soon achieved results.


    The existence of these cultivation forces is not a secret.


    Many of their information is not deliberately kept secret.


    Meng Zhang, with sun Shengdu and Jin Qiaoer, has been waiting for news on Yuantu prairie.


    It didn''t take long for the specific information about those Xiuzhen forces to be transmitted to Meng Zhang.


    There are not many Xiuzhen forces. There are five families in total and two Xiuzhen families.


    As early as the age of Jiuqu League, these Xiuzhen forces lost the last Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    After that, these forces of truth cultivation weakened again and again, and they simply could not cultivate a new Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The strongest fighting power of the seven cultivation forces is less than 20 golden elixir immortal.


    This group of cultivation forces is now mainly divided into two parts.


    Part of the mountain gate is at the junction of Jiuqu province and Yuantu prairie.


    Another part of the mountain gate is in the south of Jiuqu province.


    The enemy doesn''t even have a true monarch. It doesn''t take much effort for taiyimen to destroy it.


    What we really need to pay attention to is that most of the big businesses such as Datong business alliance will provide some protection to these Xiuzhen forces.


    The lion fought the rabbit with all his strength. Meng Zhang decided to strike with thunder as soon as he started, not to give the enemy any chance to escape, nor to let big businesses such as Datong business alliance have the opportunity to rescue.


    Sun Pengzhi has taken refuge in taiyimen for many years and has repeatedly demonstrated his extraordinary strategy and superb strategic level.


    In particular, he has Shang Yuxia, the disabled God of the yuan God Zhenjun, attached to him. You can use a strategically advantageous vision to find out, fill in and optimize the scheme for him.


    This time, Meng Zhang asked him to work with several elders in the door to formulate an action plan.


    This is not only an opportunity given to him by Meng Zhang, but also a test for him.


    After sun Pengzhi took the order, he immediately threw himself into intense work.


    Meng Zhang knows that he is not the kind of person who is good at strategy.


    In this case, it is often the middle and senior level of the door to formulate some specific plans for him to choose, and finally he makes the final decision.


    Without spending too much time, a complete action plan appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang read it, he had no problem and decided to adopt the scheme.


    In this operation, Meng Zhang handed over the command to sun Shengdu. He himself just acted as a powerful thug.


    The implementation of the plan will begin immediately after it is formulated.


    Niu Dawei, who used to be in the heavenly palace, also took time to come back and participate in this mission.


    This time, taiyimen troops attacked in two ways and launched an attack at the same time.


    They will certainly not sit idly by and kill their chess pieces under the eyes of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    The difficulty of this task is not how to eliminate those Xiuzhen forces, but how to stop the intervention of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Meng Zhang is ready to fight with the Yuanshen Zhenjun sent by big merchants such as Datong business alliance.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and combat effectiveness at this time, he was basically fearless as long as it was not the big friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Even in the face of the siege of several Yuanshen Zhenjun, he will not lose easily.


    In Jiuqu Province, only governor Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun are known as the late great friars of Yuanshen on the Terran side.


    The two of them will not fight with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang gave the order to start the operation as the leader of Taiyi sect, the people immediately began to take action.


    First, Niu Dawei led a group of elite friars to the broken castle and soon took over the operation here.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer sent them back to Xiongshi mountain in taiyimen territory.


    In a secret place outside Xiongshi mountain, Wen qiansuan has led a team of taiyimen elite and is ready to start.


    This time, taiyimen dispatched three third-order warships and wind hunting boats.


    Among the third-order warships, wind hunting ships are good at speed. If you run at full speed, most Jindan real people can''t catch up.


    The three wind hunting boats were loaded with Taiyi disciples and various war tools.


    After Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer joined the team, without half a word of nonsense, he directly ordered the team to start.


    The three wind hunting boats were almost at full speed and flew towards the south of Jiuqu province.


    The wind hunting boat flies in the high air and uses the clouds to cover its own body. Plus the hidden movement array drawn on the ship.


    General practitioners can''t find the tracks of three wind hunting boats unless they fly close.


    As for finding the whereabouts of the wind hunting boat on the ground, you need to have high cultivation and eyesight.


    The zigzag province is so big that the three wind hunting boats don''t stay in one place. They just gallop past. They shouldn''t be so unlucky. They just happened to be seen by the enemy.


    Meng Zhang stood in the bow of a wind hunting boat, looking at the surrounding scene at will and galloping back.


    He began to guess in his heart what kind of line-up big businesses such as Datong business alliance would send to rescue after receiving the news that those Xiuzhen forces were attacked.

 Chapter 1146

    Since Jiuqu province became the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, Dali imperial government began to slowly establish a strict monitoring system.


    The governor''s office ruled the whole province and took full control of the matter.


    On weekdays, there are often patrol teams belonging to the Dali imperial government, which roam around the provinces for strict inspection.


    Garrisons stationed in various places are even more responsible for guarding their territory and shouldering the important responsibility of maintaining stability in various places.


    However, last time, in order to launch an expedition to the great horizontal cultivation world, governor Zhang Weineng transferred most of the power of Jiuqu province.


    Garrisons and patrol envoys in various places joined the expedition.


    The expedition army first lost more than half of its losses in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The remaining half, led by Zhang Weineng, fought a war with foreign invaders, and suffered no small losses.


    Now, governor Zhang Wei can concentrate the remaining troops and station not far from the destroyed Jiuqu city.


    The garrison force in Jiuqu province has been seriously weakened and it is difficult to control all parts of the country.


    Of course, it was the official power of Dali dynasty that was weakened.


    There are many monks in various places who have not been recruited.


    These Xiuzhen forces responded quickly and filled the gap left by the lack of official power in the imperial dynasty.


    The three wind hunting boats in taiyimen flew high above the ground without any obstacles.


    Dali''s official power can only guarantee the daily patrol in a few key areas.


    The route chosen by these three wind hunting ships avoided those prosperous areas and chose areas that were inaccessible.


    These areas are not the focus of the Dali imperial dynasty. Even if the local Xiuzhen forces found the trace of wind hunting ships, they would not take the initiative to ask for trouble.


    The three wind hunting boats were originally engraved with special signs belonging to Taiyi gate.


    These signs were temporarily obscured before the operation.


    Three mysterious third-order warships galloped past, which looked very difficult to provoke.


    The custom in the cultivation world is that everyone sweeps the snow in front of the door and doesn''t care about the frost on others'' tiles.


    As long as they don''t come for their own family, few people will mind their own business.


    Three wind hunting boats soon went deep into the south of Jiuqu province and quickly approached the target.


    The location of those Xiuzhen forces is in the east of the south of Jiuqu province.


    Although the south of Jiuqu province has always been rich in resources, far richer than the north, there are also many barren lands.


    The eastern part of Jiuqu Province in the south is a famous barren land.


    There are few spiritual channels and resources. Many places are not suitable for ordinary people to survive


    As outsiders, it''s not easy for those Xiuzhen forces to have a foothold. They can''t touch the real land.


    Originally, they had a certain strength. After staying in this barren land for a long time, they had no other income and could only slowly consume the savings left by their ancestors.


    Jiuqu province and other rich places in the South have masters.


    A group of cultivation forces that don''t even have the original God Zhenjun have no ability to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth.


    When the Dali Dynasty began to rule this place, the situation became stable and the class began to solidify. These Xiuzhen forces had no way to rise.


    Their situation is getting harder and harder day by day. They have no other way out except to join big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Taiyimen is well-known. Even the powerful forces of truth cultivation in the south of Jiuqu province are unwilling to provoke.


    If they were not forced to a desperate situation, they would not dare to make enemies with Taiyi sect.


    Big businesses such as Datong business alliance made a lot of promises and provided a lot of support. Only then did they dare to fight for their lives and make the last fight.


    In the cultivation world, no one cares about the so-called innocence, let alone the guy who died unjustly.


    Many times, just a little irrelevant matter will lead to the disaster of extermination.


    Maybe a low-level friar will kill himself if he accidentally looks at a high-level friar.


    As for vendettas caused by conflicts of interest, there are countless.


    Whether it was the Jiuqu League in those days or the Jiuqu province now, it seems to be in order and a scene of peace and tranquility.


    But all kinds of fighting and disputes in the dark have never been cut off.


    Especially in some remote places, there will even be some Xiuzhen families or Xiuzhen sects, which are mysteriously destroyed.


    The murderer who killed the door was either a wandering bandit or a lawless casual practitioner. Even, it will be pushed on the devil.


    Believe it or not, this is the conclusion of the official investigation.


    Those who were destroyed were small clans and families that did not enter the mainstream. They could not lift the waves at all, nor could they affect the overall situation of Jiuqu province.


    Now the situation in Jiuqu province seems stable, but the internal undercurrent is turbulent.


    Taking advantage of the chaos of war, Taiyi gate destroyed several unorthodox Xiuzhen forces, and Zhang Weineng didn''t make it difficult for Taiyi gate.


    After the three wind hunting boats entered the eastern area, there were no practitioners on the road.


    Looking down from the sky, the people below are becoming more and more sparse.


    When the three wind hunting boats arrived near their destination, the target was unknown.


    On the earth not far ahead, there are continuous hills.


    Between the hills, there are large tracts of wasteland.


    There is only a little green on the wasteland.


    Huge gullies cut these wastelands to pieces.


    The front area is the Mountain Gate established by these Xiuzhen forces.


    For Jiuqu Province, they are originally outsiders.


    Only when we unite and keep warm together can we have a foothold in Jiuqu province.


    Their mountain gates are not far from each other and keep in touch with each other from time to time.


    When a family is attacked, a beacon warning will be issued immediately.


    All other families will send reinforcements in time to rescue.


    If it is a general invasion force, such defense means can play a role.


    No matter how remote it is, it is also the land of Jiuqu Province, which is still under the jurisdiction of Dali imperial dynasty.


    When the enemy invades and they send a distress signal, Dali imperial officials will not ignore it.


    As long as they can stop the enemy and hold on until the power of the imperial government arrives, they will be saved.


    Especially after taking refuge in big businesses such as Datong business alliance, they have received a lot of care.


    But today, they will face an unprecedented enemy.


    How long they can last depends on their fate.


    Meng Zhang knew that if there were no accidents, there would be a tragic massacre here.


    A trace of pity suddenly rose in his heart, but he was quickly put aside.


    Now that they have made a choice, they have to bear the consequences.


    Maybe in Meng Zhang''s heart, he doesn''t necessarily want to carry out cruel killing.


    But this is a struggle in the cultivation world, which can''t tolerate any softness.

 Chapter 1147

    Meng Zhang knew that even if he launched a thunderbolt this time, it was impossible to exterminate all the practitioners of these cultivation forces.


    For various reasons, there will certainly be some missed fish.


    The remnants of the yuan Tu prairie are definitely more than those in front of us.


    However, other remnants of the forces of truth cultivation are even more declining and have no climate. They can''t even help them up.


    When big businesses such as Datong business alliance choose chess pieces to support them, they may not look at them at all.


    Even if the Taiyi sect makes a decisive attack and destroys the real cultivation forces in front of us.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses can launch a group of residual Xiuzhen forces of Yuantu prairie if necessary.


    At most, it''s just a little more effort and a little more price.


    Even those practitioners who have nothing to do with Yuantu prairie can become the remnant monks of Yuantu prairie through the operation of Datong business alliance.


    Big businesses such as Datong business alliance have some means to launch their own chess pieces, and taiyimen can''t stop them all at all.


    Taiyimen''s move this time can only prove their determination and frighten the enemy with extremely fierce means.


    After today, those who dare to call themselves the original owners of Yuantu prairie and want to compete with taiyimen for the territory of Yuantu prairie should think about what will happen to their families.


    Three wind hunting boats began to lower their altitude and flew close to the place where the Xiuzhen forces established the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang, Wen qiansuan and Jin Qiaoer, the three yuan gods, took the initiative to fly away from the warship and stood still in the air.


    Three wind hunting boats loaded with elite taiyimen friars rushed to the mountain gates of those Xiuzhen forces.


    On each wind hunting boat, in addition to carrying taiyimen friars, there are many mechanism creations made by taiyimen Shengong hall.


    After years of development, in particular, many ancient books of mechanism art have been obtained from the heavenly palace, and many physical objects have been used as reference.


    The skill of mechanism creation of taiyimen Shengong hall has improved rapidly.


    In many ways, it is no longer under the school of ingenuity.


    There are many war tools among the mechanism puppets made by the Shengong hall.


    Today''s war is to bully the small and rely on the strong to bully the weak. Our own side has a good chance of winning.


    Take this opportunity to test the power of these war tools and find out their shortcomings so that they can be improved in the future.


    In addition to using this place as an experimental place for war tools, Wei wucai, the head of the Royal beast Hall of Taiyi gate, also came here in person.


    Wei wucai is also an elder in the gate. He is full of the cultivation accomplishments in the later stage of the golden elixir. He is also an expert in the gate.


    Her more praised ability is her ability to control and domesticate spirit beasts.


    Especially after receiving the inheritance of the beast king mountain of the Royal beast sect, after years of hard training, she has a unique style in the art of Royal beast, and has become a family, which has a certain atmosphere of founding a sect.


    Since many years ago, she has tried to raise and domesticate all kinds of cloud beasts living in nine days.


    Many religious sects among the practitioners have made efforts to domesticate cloud beasts, but most of them ended in failure.


    Among these sects, there are many who are more powerful than Taiyi gate, or are better at resisting envoys and monsters than Taiyi gate.


    Wei wucai showed his rare talent in the art of defending animals.


    She successfully domesticated the cloud beast many years ago and was able to make it used by the disciples.


    After so many years of continuous efforts, there are more and more cloud beasts domesticated by taiyimen, and they can be improved and strengthened.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of today''s World War I, Wei wucai also wants some cloud beasts to undergo actual combat test.


    There is no doubt about the outcome of this war.


    Friars of the great sect of Yuanshen, such as the Taiyi sect, can easily surpass each other even if their cultivation level is the same as that of the enemy.


    Whether it''s the magical powers and spells cultivated, or the magic tools refined by ourselves, as well as the talismans, pills, Yin thunder and other items equipped with them, they can determine the outcome of the battle.


    With the manpower and material resources of Taiyi gate, it is not bad in Yuanshen sect.


    In terms of arming and strengthening monks in the door, Meng Zhang is also willing to spend money.


    When the three wind hunting boats carried the friar taiyimen to attack, Meng Zhang''s attention shifted away from the battlefield in front of him.


    On the ground below, beacon signals rose to the sky, with a sharp roar.


    Those attacked Xiuzhen forces came quickly in the rescue of the attack.


    It seems that big businesses such as Datong business alliance should attach great importance to these pieces.


    They arrange experts to garrison nearby. In addition to protecting these chess pieces, they should also have the intention of monitoring.


    After a while, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun flew from afar and ran directly to the Mountain Gate of the group of Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang gave an order. Wen qiansuan and Jin Qiaoer took the initiative to meet each other.


    Two groups of Yuanshen Zhenjun met in the air. Without a word of nonsense, a big war broke out immediately.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to join the battle, but watched the battle as a reserve force.


    Wen qiansuan was obsessed with array Tao and invested a lot of time and energy.


    However, he did not put aside his cultivation, nor did it affect his combat effectiveness.


    He integrated the cultivation of array Taoism into his magical powers and spells, showing good combat effectiveness.


    In the face of the two Yuanshen Zhenjun, Wen qiansuan showed his magic power of arranging the array. With only a few array flags, he temporarily arranged a Dharma array in the air to trap the two enemies.


    He uses the power of the array to strengthen himself and weaken the enemy.


    Jin Qiaoer achieved Yuanshen not long ago, but with Jin Lizhen''s careful teaching, she soon became familiar with the power of Yuanshen period.


    She skillfully mobilized the power of thunder Avenue and sent out a divine thunder attack.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is good at Thunder method, and thunder Avenue is also her major avenue.


    As her proud disciple, Jin Qiaoer not only did her best, but also had a tendency to surpass the blue in this regard.


    The thunder attack, which contains the power of the road, makes two enemies trapped by the Dharma array unable to deal with it.


    They tried to avoid, but because they were limited by the Dharma array, they often had to parry the attack of Lei FA.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight today, he only looked at it for a while and knew that unless the enemy could show that rare powerful card. Otherwise, you won''t turn over today.


    It is only a matter of time before the two enemy gods, Zhenjun, are defeated.

 Chapter 1148

    Meng Zhang''s mind sensing range is very wide, almost covering hundreds of miles.


    The battlefield on the ground is only tens of miles away.


    The various processes of Taiyi sect disciples attacking the enemy''s Mountain Gate fell into his mental induction inadvertently.


    Facing the battlefield of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang turned his back to Taiyi gate to attack the battlefield of the Mountain Gate of Xiuzhen forces.


    The two battlefields were only tens of miles away from him, and he could notice both battlefields at the same time.


    There is a lack of spiritual pulse and aura here. It can''t accommodate so many religious families to survive here.


    In order to save aura, you may not have that ability at all. There is not even a third-order protection array in the Mountain Gate of these Xiuzhen forces.


    The friars of Taiyi gate easily broke the second-order protection array that was just like goods and entered the enemy''s Mountain Gate.


    In front of the taiyimen friars, as pioneers, there are all kinds of war tools.


    These mechanism puppets with various shapes have different functions and know how to cooperate with each other.


    Even if the friars fell into the siege of mechanism puppets during the foundation building period, they would die soon.


    In addition, all kinds of cloud beasts released by the friars of the Royal beast hall are invincible on the battlefield.


    A few golden elixir immortals among the enemy just appeared and were watched by golden elixir immortals from Taiyi sect. They couldn''t distract him at all.


    Meng Zhang was a little curious. He didn''t know which of the two battlefields would win first.


    From the scene alone, the battlefield on the ground is much more tragic.


    The enemy''s Mountain Gate is about to be submerged by mechanism puppets and cloud beasts.


    All the monks in the mountain gate can only sit and resist in vain in the face of these cold killing machines.


    The opponent is not human. Even if they surrender voluntarily and beg for mercy on their knees, they have no effect.


    Whether it is fighting to resist or giving up the struggle, there is only one end. They are reaped by these killing machines.


    Seeing that the general situation was gone, many monks fled and wanted to escape here.


    However, there are numerous mechanism puppets and various cloud beasts in all directions. There is no way to heaven and no way to earth.


    These friars fought hard and could not break out of the siege and gain vitality.


    Even if there are lucky people who are not weak occasionally, it is not easy to kill a path of blood from the siege of mechanism puppets and cloud beasts. The elite friars of Taiyi sect will wait for them.


    The number of practitioners dispatched by taiyimen this time is not much, which is far less than that of the enemy.


    However, with a large number of mechanism puppets and cloud beasts, they have become the party with quantitative advantage.


    In fact, the elite friars of Taiyi sect are dispatched this time. Even without the help of mechanism puppets and cloud beasts, they can break the enemy''s Mountain Gate and destroy all the enemies.


    But with the help of these foreign objects, they spent less effort, reduced their own casualties and saved a lot of combat time.


    The battle below soon evolved into one-sided killing.


    Meng Zhang was feeling a little depressed when another cultivator flew over in the distance.


    Hundreds of miles away, Meng Zhangyun took a look at the false magic.


    What a coincidence. It was an old acquaintance Xuanfeng Zhenjun who came here this time.


    Since the age of Jiuqu League, they are acquaintances and have had a lot of dealings.


    Now, everyone is under the rule of Dali imperial dynasty, and some contacts are inevitable.


    The distance of hundreds of miles is just a moment in terms of the flying speed of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Before flying close, Xuanfeng Zhenjun also recognized Meng Zhang in front of him early.


    Although he secretly complained, Xuanfeng Zhenjun couldn''t turn around and leave like this.


    He hardened his head and flew to Meng Zhang.


    "Headmaster Meng, how come every time I see you, I don''t see anything good?"


    "Long time no see. Why are you taiyimen working with Datong business alliance again?"


    Those two Yuanshen Zhenjun are from Datong business alliance. Xuanfeng Zhenjun has known them for a long time.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun originally belonged to the local garrison system of Jiuqu province and served as an inspector. It is specially responsible for patrolling local areas and maintaining order in Jiuqu province.


    Although he suffered heavy losses and was seriously short of strength, governor Zhang Weineng reduced his inspection efforts in Jiuqu province.


    But at least on the surface, Zhang Weineng still has to strive to maintain the stability of Jiuqu province.


    A patrol envoy like Xuanfeng Zhenjun needs to be responsible for a wider area than before.


    Of course, he can''t take care of it. Most of the time, he pretends, and even doesn''t bother to do it.


    The eastern part of Jiuqu Province in the South belongs to the inspection scope of Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    However, Xuanfeng Zhenjun has never been to this place once, and he won''t care what happened here.


    Not long ago, the business letter Zhenjun of Datong business alliance specially asked Xuanfeng Zhenjun to take care of the group of Xiuzhen forces here.


    After sending two Yuanshen Zhenjun, the business letter Zhenjun, in order to be cautious, also hoped to use the power of Dali imperial government.


    After receiving the generous gift from Zhenjun in the business letter, Xuanfeng Zhenjun also came here occasionally and made a visit nearby, which can be regarded as an explanation to others.


    Today, after receiving the distress signal sent by the group of Xiuzhen forces, Xuanfeng Zhenjun hurried to see Zhenjun in the face of the business letter.


    He wanted to see who was sacred. He actually worked with big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Flying here, Xuanfeng Zhenjun regretted it.


    I really am. How could I come to this muddy water for a mere gift?


    Meng Zhang led friar taiyimen to appear here. He really didn''t want to intervene.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was also a monk in the middle of the yuan God, and his seniority and qualification were very old.


    Let alone Meng Zhang, even Jin Lizhen Jun is a junior in front of him.


    He became the original God, standing in all directions. When the Jiuqu League called the wind and rain, Meng Zhang was just an insignificant little monk.


    But just like this, Meng Zhang has grown up rapidly step by step.


    Almost under his eyes, he grew into a friar of the same rank who could compete with him. In Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s heart, he was full of fear for Meng Zhang.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed, it will be sooner or later to surpass Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was born in scattered cultivation. Even if he became a yuan God, he still has a lot of scattered cultivation habits.


    One of his good habits is not to make enemies easily.


    One of his great advantages is his long-term vision and steering according to the wind.


    He can go to today, from the era of Jiuqu League to the era of Dali imperial dynasty, he has not stood in the wrong team, mainly relying on his own advantages.


    Meng Zhang, such a promising monk, is absolutely unwilling to offend easily.


    If he accidentally offends Meng Zhang now, he will have a sad life when Meng Zhang becomes a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.

 Chapter 1149

    Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t want to offend Meng Zhang with great future, but others had come, and it was impossible to pretend that he couldn''t see what was happening here.


    Not to mention the request of Zhenjun from the business letter of Datong business alliance, as the inspector of Dali imperial dynasty, he watched the Taiyi gate kill here, but ignored it. It''s hard to make a job in the future.


    Today, the matter involves such a big business as Datong business alliance. There must be a lot of things afterwards.


    If Xuanfeng Zhenjun wants to completely get rid of himself in the future, he can''t leave a handle on people when he works today.


    At the very least, we should do our best to save face and explain the past in all aspects.


    He had to put on a questioning posture and sternly questioned Meng Zhang what he was going to do?


    Although it is a remote area, it is still under the rule of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang wantonly attacked other sects under the Dali Dynasty and set off killing after killing. We must have an explanation today.


    Meng Zhang has long been prepared for this situation.


    Facing the question of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, Meng Zhang pointed at his back with one hand.


    "Under the order of Lord Han Yao, the Secretary of Dali temple, we are in charge of the affairs of the five criminal guards in Jiuqu Province, and are specially responsible for monitoring the trend of demon cultivation."


    "Several Xiuzhen forces in this area colluded with demon Xiu to set off a demon disaster in Jiuqu province. After receiving the news, we immediately led people to come and deal with it decisively."


    "Due to the lessons learned from the Dharma cultivation world, the evil cultivation does great harm. In order to prevent the evil disaster, we have to cut first and then talk about it."


    Seeing Meng Zhang telling a serious lie there, Xuanfeng Zhenjun also listened with a serious face.


    No matter how Meng Zhang talks, no matter whether others believe it or not, what Xuanfeng Zhenjun wants is just a statement or an excuse.


    Since Meng Zhang hanged demon Xiu as the five punishment guards, it has nothing to do with Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    With this excuse, Xuanfeng Zhenjun also explained to his superiors and subordinates.


    As for whether anyone will be embarrassed with Meng Zhang and expose his nonsense in the future, Xuanfeng Zhenjun can''t control it.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun no longer entangled in this topic, but stepped aside and began to keep silent.


    Meng Zhang''s didn''t deliberately hide when he spoke to Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    The yuan God Zhenjun is a person with a wide range of hearing, seeing and divine thoughts.


    Not far away, two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Datong business alliance, who were fighting with Wen qiansuan, also seemed to hear their conversation.


    Meng Zhang led the friars to raid here, but also took a bite back and deducted the accusation of demon cultivation on people. The two yuan God Zhenjun turned pale with anger, and one of them scolded angrily.


    "Meng Zhang, don''t talk about it."


    "Xuanfeng Taoist friend, you really ignore it and let Taiyi gate commit murder here?"


    He also shouted at Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun rolled his eyes. The other party''s attempt to pull him into the water made him very dissatisfied.


    "You Taoist friends, your grudges have nothing to do with me."


    "As for what leader Meng did, it was the five punishment guards performing official duties, and I have no right to interfere."


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun put aside the relationship between the two words, didn''t say a word, and stood quietly in the air in a daze.


    Seeing that Xuanfeng Zhenjun was unwilling to intervene in this matter, his family was trapped again, and the two Yuanshen Zhenjun were helpless.


    Although they had already sent a summons flying sword and asked for help from Datong business alliance.


    But far water cannot quench near thirst. In a short time, the reinforcements could not cross such a long distance and come to support in time.


    So, in this way, the people watched helplessly as the Xiuzhen forces were destroyed, and the Xiuzhen people in the door were killed.


    After completing the mission of destroying the gate, the taiyimen friars also began to search for everything of the enemy, carry all valuable items around the mountain gate, and almost empty the whole mountain gate.


    Anyway, these disciples of Taiyi sect have a large number of items and magic weapons. There is enough space on the wind hunting boat. Don''t worry about not being able to fit them.


    While the disciples in the gate were searching hard, two more figures came quickly in the distance.


    Meng Zhang fixed his eyes and looked a little solemn on his face.


    He recognized the origin of the two men.


    One is Fu yimingzhen Jun of Qifu League, and the other is Zeng Fuyuan Zhen Jun of miaodan club.


    Zeng Fuyuan is just a true gentleman. He is just a friar in the early days of Yuanshen.


    It is said that this man has good combat effectiveness and is a famous thug in the miaodan club.


    Fu Yiming Zhenjun is not only a friar in the middle period of Yuanshen, but also a talisman. He is good at making talismans and is good at using all kinds of talismans to defeat the enemy.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that big businesses such as Datong business alliance were so considerate that they arranged such a powerful force nearby.


    In fact, Fu yimingzhen and them are not specially responsible for guarding these Xiuzhen forces.


    Especially because of Fu yimingzhen''s arrogance, even if he knows that these cultivation forces are still of great use, he will not condescend to stay nearby for a group of chess pieces.


    It was just a coincidence that Fu yimingjun, who happened to be dealing with some things nearby, received a distress message here.


    In love and reason, they should all come and have a look.


    Meng Zhang looked at the appearance of Xuanfeng Zhenjun and knew that he would not interfere with the dispute between taiyimen and these foreign merchants.


    He did not take care of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, but took the initiative to fly over and meet Fu yimingzhenjun and them.


    As soon as he entered the attack range, Meng Zhang took the initiative.


    Like a wandering dragon, Jinghong sword gently danced in the air and killed the enemy.


    The sun and moon jewels were shining brightly. The endless sun and moon lights almost covered the whole sky and gently scattered them towards the two flying enemies.


    Fu yimingzhen and they also recognized Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang''s reputation is well known in Jiuqu province.


    Fu yimingzhenjun, even outsiders, have heard of it.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was merciless, they dared not reserve anything, and took out their real skills one after another.


    A golden and transparent talisman appeared on the top of Fu yimingzhen''s head.


    This is his true life talisman, golden light and glass talisman.


    The golden glazed amulet is the most defensive. Once it is sacrificed, it will be invincible and invincible.


    The golden light and glazed runes release bursts of golden light, which will guard Fu Yiming and Zeng Fuyuan.


    Neither the flying sword offered by Meng Zhang nor the divine light of the sun and moon hurt them.


    Fu yimingzhen is not just beaten but not fought back.


    As a talisman who is proficient in the art of making talismans, what he lacks most is all kinds of talismans.


    With a wave of his hands, he shot Meng Zhang like he didn''t want money.


    The worst of these talismans are third-order talismans, most of which are fourth-order talismans.


    The magic powers on each Rune are powerful and powerful.


    One by one, flaming dragons, dragging their long, winding bodies, jumped at Meng Zhang.


    Several strong winds swept through and turned into several giant wind giants. Waving his arm, he hit Meng Zhang violently.

 Chapter 1150

    Fu Yiming Zhenjun not only firmly guarded himself and his companions, but also released various talismans to launch a fierce attack on Meng Zhang.


    Zeng Fuyuan Zhenjun pinched an Indian formula with both hands under the cover of Fu yimingzhenjun.


    A huge sword fell from the sky and stabbed Meng Zhang directly.


    At Meng Zhang''s feet, knife mountains rose.


    Countless treasure sabres on the knife mountain radiate amazing light.


    Before daoshan got close, he turned into a flying knife and shot at Meng Zhang.


    Behind Meng Zhang, a long gun emerged out of thin air, and then stabbed Meng Zhang one after another.


    Zeng Fuyuan Zhenjun is proficient in the Golden Avenue among the five elements. He is good at resisting the Qi of Geng gold and turning it into various weapons to hurt the enemy.


    All kinds of weapons used to kill Xiang mengzhang were transformed by the spirit of Geng Jin. They were blessed by the power of Jin Xing Avenue, and their power was even greater.


    Facing the siege of two Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang dared not neglect, and also began to show all kinds of cards.


    The yin-yang Linghu, the life magic tool, emerged behind Meng Zhang.


    The yin-yang Linghu advanced level Four magic weapon has been repeatedly refined by Meng Zhang with the power of the yuan God for many years.


    As Meng Zhang''s life magic weapon, yin-yang Linghu is not only powerful, but also has many wonderful functions.


    One of them is that it has a strong increasing effect on Meng Zhang''s yin-yang Taoism.


    A black and a white air stream flew out from the inside, mixed together, and turned into bursts of fog, which covered Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang, with Yin and Yang Qi protecting his body, easily blocked all kinds of attacks.


    Neither the powerful talismans nor the Geng Jin Qi blessed by the power of the road can hurt him.


    When Fu yimingzhen was refining this life talisman, out of his conservative psychology of self-protection, he chose the golden glazed talisman.


    This led to his defense far stronger than his attack.


    On weekdays, I don''t feel much about the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Today, I feel that my attack power is insufficient against a strong enemy like Meng Zhang.


    Of course, the means of paying yimingzhen Jun is more than that.


    He began to continue to cast magic and attacked Meng Zhang.


    Zeng Fuyuan Zhenjun also mobilized the power of the road and launched a fierce attack again.


    Meng Zhang urged Yin and Yang Qi to turn into a millstone and hit two opponents.


    The huge yin-yang grinding plate collided with the golden light, which shook and seemed to collapse at any time.


    However, fortunately, this layer of golden light formed a defense wall like colored glass, firmly blocking Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. He continued to urge the yin-yang millstone to slowly kill the defense of the golden light and glass rune.


    The battle on the ground has long been over.


    Even the pursuit and killing of the enemy and the handling of booty have come to an end.


    In the two battlefields above the sky, we have no intention of continuing to entangle.


    Two Yuanshen Zhenjun, trapped by the power of the wenqiansuan usage array, see things can''t be done, and don''t want to continue to be trapped.


    They summoned up Yu Yong, fought for injuries, forcibly broke the French array under Wen qiansuan, and wanted to break through and retreat.


    During the retreat, one of the yuan gods, Zhenjun, moved a little slowly, was wounded by Jin Qiaoer, and then was captured alive by Wen qiansuan.


    Another Yuanshen Zhenjun was too busy to escape. He didn''t stop to rescue his companions at all.


    The battle over Meng Zhang took a little longer, but it didn''t take too long.


    He took back the Yin and Yang Qi protecting his body and used them all to attack the enemy.


    He was protected by a fourth-order magic weapon with qicaixia light robe on his body and was hard attacked by the enemy.


    The enemy''s attack fell on the colorful glow robe and was consumed by layers of colorful glow.


    Taking advantage of the fact that the defense wall composed of golden glaze was almost worn away, Meng Zhang rushed over and stabbed the enemy''s indestructible defense wall with a spirit snake spear.


    If the defense wall is broken, the original life talisman will also be impacted.


    This life talisman is connected with the monk''s own efforts and has a special connection.


    Fu Yiming''s Qi and blood surged endlessly, and his action was one meal.


    Meng Zhang raised the spirit snake spear again and stabbed it out continuously.


    The invincible spirit snake spear pierced his body armor, and the killing power contained in it destroyed his last defense.


    Fu Yiming, who couldn''t dodge, felt a sharp pain on his left arm and couldn''t lift the whole arm.


    Meng Zhang was merciful and avoided his key.


    After a successful attack, Meng Zhang continued to be powerful, and the spirit snake spear in his hand danced quickly.


    The Jinghong sword, which was originally blocked by the defense wall, also flew in from the gap of the defense wall and killed the enemy.


    Zeng Fuyuan was frightened by Meng Zhang''s fierce attack. Unexpectedly, he lost his courage and retreated again and again. He suddenly withdrew and went far away.


    Without the restraint of Zeng Fuyuan, Meng Zhang was able to put most of his strength on Fu yimingzhen.


    Fu yimingzhen had little experience in fighting life and death with people. When he was in the tool Rune League, his main work was to refine all kinds of runes.


    After he was forced by Meng Zhang, he soon lost all his resistance and was finally captured alive by Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that Fu yimingzhen, whose cultivation was far higher than his own, was captured, Zeng Fuyuan dared to stay here, but he turned and left directly, far away from the battlefield.


    All his attention was focused on Fu yimingzhen. Meng Zhang had no intention to continue chasing Zeng Fuyuan who escaped.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who was watching the war, smiled bitterly and knew that the things behind must be lively.


    If he doesn''t show up here today, he can hide and watch the excitement.


    But when others are on the scene, there will be a lot of constant involvement.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun flew to Meng Zhang and reminded him that he must not hurt the lives of two prisoners or humiliate them.


    Otherwise, this time things really can''t be good.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who are regarded as chess pieces are actually insignificant and can be sacrificed.


    However, people at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t be easily abandoned by any force.


    Governor Zhang Weineng did not want to see taiyimen and Datong business alliance entangled.


    Without Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s reminding, Meng Zhang knows what to do.


    Meng Zhang would not easily kill the two Yuanshen Zhenjun at once.


    We are all subordinates of Dali imperial dynasty. Xuanfeng Zhenjun is still watching. How can we kill each other?


    Two prisoners are two precious chips.


    It can not only make big businesses such as Datong business alliance avoid rats, but also knock out many benefits from them.


    As for how to use these two chips, what conditions should be put forward and what should be extorted from Datong business alliance?


    These problems don''t need to be in a hurry for a while. You can think about them slowly.


    The following Taiyi disciples have handled everything and got on three wind hunting boats.


    After saying goodbye to Xuanfeng Zhenjun, Meng Zhang led his disciples to leave here and set foot on the way home.

 Chapter 1151

    Soon after Meng Zhang led the taiyimen team back to the mountain gate, the team led by Niu Dawei also completed the task and returned successfully.


    Because there is still a need for Yuanshen Zhenjun to sit down in the heavenly palace, Niu Dawei hurriedly made the handover and returned to the heavenly palace.


    When their team went to destroy the target, there were also two yuan God Zhenjun guarding the area around the target.


    The two true monarchs of the yuan God came from the Miao Dan society and the Qi Fu League respectively, and both had the cultivation of the yuan God in the early stage.


    Among the troops led by Niu Dawei, there were three Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    They not only exterminated all the Xiuzhen forces that needed to be cleaned up, but also devastated the two yuan God Zhenjun.


    In this round of competition, taiyimen won a complete victory.


    Not only successfully completed the mission, but also had an additional gain, that is, captured two enemy Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In particular, Fu yimingzhen, a Yuanshen, won''t talk about his cultivation in the middle period. As a talisman, he is a rare fourth-order talisman and can draw a large number of fourth-order talismans.


    It is conceivable that such a person is of great importance to the Qi Fu League.


    If there is no way, qifumeng will never give up him easily.


    Now, Meng Zhang is sitting on the Diaoyutai.


    After defeating the enemy''s plot and having important prisoners in hand, the enemy side is worried.


    After what happened that day, Xuanfeng Zhenjun performed his duty and reported everything he saw according to official procedures.


    The content of his report was impartial and full of what happened at that time.


    For example, Meng Zhang claimed to kill the Xiuzhen forces who colluded with evil cultivation as the five punishment guards. He also reported it as it was.


    As for the truth of the matter, it has nothing to do with him.


    It is no small matter that several Xiuzhen forces were destroyed and Yuanshen Zhenjun participated in the war.


    Soon, the report of Xuanfeng Zhenjun was passed to governor Zhang Weineng.


    Long before Xuanfeng Zhenjun reported it, big businesses such as Datong business alliance had responded in time.


    They have been hostile to taiyimen for many years and have long been old enemies.


    This time they coveted Yuantu prairie and tried to calculate taiyimen.


    Their calculations were not only seen through by taiyimen, but also countered by taiyimen.


    Of course, they are not willing to admit failure, let alone accept such a result.


    The business letter from the Datong business alliance told the villain first. First, he ran to the governor Zhang Weineng to sue the Diao of Taiyi gate.


    In his description, Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect was arrogant and killed his fellow businessmen indiscriminately, and also secretly attacked the Yuanshen Zhenjun of big merchants such as Datong business alliance.


    Governor Zhang Weineng is not a fool. He knows the virtue of the real king of the business letter.


    With the power of these big businesses, it''s ok if they don''t bully others. Where will others take the initiative to provoke them?


    Although Zhang Weineng didn''t believe the words of business letter Zhenjun, he didn''t directly refute him.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses are not only powerful, but also the mainstay of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Before organizing the expedition army to set out for the Daheng cultivation world, these big businesses actively helped transfer materials and provide all kinds of help. Even directly sent a large number of monks to join the army.


    Now Jiuqu province has undergone great changes. Zhang Weineng, who has suffered a serious loss in strength, is inseparable from big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    If he wants to maintain his rule in Jiuqu Province, he needs the active cooperation of these big businesses in many aspects.


    Therefore, Zhang Weineng can only temporarily perfunctory the business letter to Zhenjun.


    Before long, Zhang Wei learned the whole story through various channels, including the report of Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    With his intelligence, he only needs a little thought to understand who is right and who is wrong, and who is the most important thing.


    If the other party is not taiyimen, he may forcibly subdue the other party and ask the other party to take the overall situation into account.


    However, taiyimen, led by Meng Zhang, gathered a group of local truth cultivation forces, which has become a force that can not be ignored.


    Now those foreign invaders who are full of clouds and fog continue to make small moves and repeatedly test Zhang Weineng''s bottom line.


    Zhang Weineng has long planned to find a suitable time to launch a counterattack against these foreign invaders and let them be honest.


    The contract between the two sides has only been signed for a few years. These guys are so restless that they clearly think Zhang Wei is not strong enough.


    We must fully demonstrate our own combat effectiveness in order to maintain peace for a long time.


    In this case, the power of taiyimen is very important.


    Zhang Weineng had planned to beat Meng Zhang, but he had to taste it.


    Zhang Weineng felt very tired of big businesses such as Datong business alliance, which took the initiative to provoke internal struggle.


    But there was no way. He had to brush his ass for them. Help both sides resolve the matter and prevent the dispute from expanding.


    Zhang Weineng thought for a while and felt that the matter should be solved as soon as possible and could not be delayed.


    The solution is nothing more than peace and thin mud.


    Zhang Weineng played 50 big boards against big businesses such as Datong business alliance and taiyimen.


    He denounced both sides in the name of the governor, saying that their respective monks had clashed because of the dispute of spirit.


    So far, the two sides are not allowed to continue to entangle, let alone fight again.


    Zhang Wei''s words of reprimanding both sides are fierce, but they don''t have much substantive content.


    In his capacity as governor of the province, he wanted to subdue both sides and forbid them to continue their internal struggle.


    In the face of his provincial governor, the two sides should have a truce for the time being.


    But it''s hard to say how long this peace can last.


    There are many grievances between the two sides, but today it''s just an addition.


    Sooner or later, there will be another fierce conflict and another war between the two sides.


    Zhang Weineng also knows this.


    He can''t manage so far. As long as the two sides maintain peace temporarily and don''t affect his plan, it''s barely possible.


    Soon, both sides received Zhang Weineng''s fierce orders.


    The governor''s face still needs to be given. And neither side is ready for the next fight.


    Meng Zhang eliminated the Xiuzhen forces as chess pieces. Obviously, he didn''t have enough strength and willingness to continue to launch direct attacks on big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    On the other side of Datong business alliance, the original plan was abandoned, and they also didn''t think about what to do next.


    Moreover, under the current situation, the Datong business alliance can not directly fight against taiyimen.


    Both sides comply with Zhang Weineng''s order, no more trouble and maintain peace for the time being.


    However, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun captured by taiyimen are another problem.


    Of course, the Datong business alliance wants taiyimen to release the prisoners as soon as possible, but taiyimen always finds various excuses to delay.


    The two sides had a private contact through a middleman. Taiyimen lion opened his mouth and offered a series of extremely high conditions.

 Chapter 1152

    Taiyimen, holding hostages in hand, bluntly blackmailed and offered conditions that the other party would never accept.


    Such as compensation for various cultivation materials, handing over various core technologies for refining pills and magic tools


    This is not only a claim for compensation, it is simply to tap the foundation of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Even if big businesses such as Datong business alliance are crazy, they can''t agree to these conditions.


    At the beginning, the business letter Zhenjun also wanted to find Zhang Weineng and ask Zhang Weineng to come forward as governor and recover the prisoners from Taiyi gate.


    However, Zhang Weineng was impatient with this matter for a long time. He was unwilling to continue to take care of the broken things between them. He just asked the business letter Zhenjun to discuss with taiyimen himself.


    This time, big businesses such as Datong business alliance took the initiative to cause trouble, and Zhang Weineng realized that his family had been partial to them enough.


    If we further oppress taiyimen and arouse the rebound of taiyimen, it will be bad.


    No help could be obtained from governor Zhang Weineng. After discussing with a group of accomplices, business letter Zhenjun continued to send envoys to negotiate with taiyimen.


    It is absolutely impossible for taiyimen to accept such an offer. However, if taiyimen is willing to return to pay yimingzhenjun, they are also willing to give some benefits to business letter Zhenjun.


    The conditions offered by the two sides were too different, the negotiations were not smooth, and soon fell into an impasse again.


    This kind of thing has its own initiative. Meng Zhang is not in a hurry anyway. It''s OK to delay slowly.


    Fu yimingzhen, they were imprisoned for cultivation and temporarily imprisoned in the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang did not embarrass them or give them preferential treatment.


    However, they fell into the hands of taiyimen and became prisoners, and many things could not be controlled by them.


    It was not easy to catch the two powerful prisoners. Even if the other party paid a huge price to redeem them, Meng Zhang was not willing.


    He has read many classics and learned a lot.


    He began to think slowly about how to move some hands and feet on the two prisoners without leaving a trace.


    There was still a lot of time before Meng Zhang thought of a good way.


    I can''t help it at last.


    Fu Yiming, as a fourth-order talisman, is too important for the talisman alliance.


    Datong business alliance failed to negotiate with taiyimen, which greatly dissatisfied Qifu alliance.


    In addition to exerting pressure on the Datong business alliance to rescue the prisoners as soon as possible, Qifu alliance also began to contact taiyimen through intermediaries.


    The middleman found by Qifu alliance this time is the ancient moon family.


    The ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty had an unpleasant relationship with Taiyi gate.


    However, after Meng Zhang went to Dali imperial territory and had contact with the yuan God Zhen Jun Gu Yuedu of the ancient moon family, the two sides at least put aside all their unhappiness and established a new good relationship on the surface.


    Gu Yuedu tried to marry Meng Zhang.


    Although the intention of getting married was not achieved for various reasons, the ancient moon family fully expressed their goodwill.


    At the request of Qifu League, Gu Yue Shuyao, the head of the Guyue family in Jiuqu Province, took the initiative to visit baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Meng Zhang still gives some face to the relatives like the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang personally received Gu Yueshu Yao.


    Gu Yueshu Yao exchanged greetings for a long time, and Haosheng flattered Meng Zhang before he began to get to the point.


    It turned out that Gu Yueshu Yao came here this time, in addition to helping Qi Fumeng to connect, he also had a certain purpose.


    Since Jiuqu city was destroyed and all the long-distance transmission Dharma arrays in the city were destroyed, the monks of the ancient moon family who stayed in Jiuqu province also lost the way to quickly return to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Of course, the connection between these left behind monks and the mainland has never been interrupted.


    In addition to contacting the imperial court, Gu Yue Shuyao can also contact the headquarters of the ancient Yue family to obtain a lot of valuable information from there.


    At present, Dali is far from the border of the imperial dynasty. It can be said that there are beacon fires everywhere, and everywhere has encountered the joint attack of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Ziyang holy sect, as a holy sect, itself has a strong appeal. In addition, with the increasing expansion of Dali Dynasty, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces are deeply disturbed.


    With Ziyang Shengzong running through it, a siege net for Dali imperial dynasty has long been extremely tight, which has firmly trapped Dali imperial dynasty.


    Ziyang Shengzong has sent out many sect friars to attack Dali imperial dynasty. But the real main force in its door has not yet appeared on the battlefield.


    Of course, Dali Dynasty also has many cards, which are still hidden in its hands.


    Both sides are now wasting the enemy''s strength and slowly looking for the enemy''s flaws.


    As a relative family, the ancient moon family should of course be loyal to the Dali imperial dynasty and share weal and woe with the Dali royal family.


    But as a Xiuzhen family, it is also an instinct to reserve a retreat for the family.


    Taiyimen and Jiuqu provincial local cultivation forces, although nominally subordinate to the imperial dynasty, are highly independent.


    It is natural for these forces to change their ways again when the imperial dynasty is gone.


    The Shangguan family acted carelessly and exposed their feelings of disobedience early. Zhang Weineng ordered them to be exterminated.


    The ancient moon family had an in-depth understanding of taiyimen and paid much attention to Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang is now loyal to the Dali Dynasty, there is not much to blame.


    But in fact, he is also a shameless person, and his ability to steer the wind is not weak at all.


    If Ziyang Shengzong wins, Meng Zhang will definitely take the initiative to join the past.


    The ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty has a strong intelligence ability. By coincidence, they have mastered many information that Dali imperial officials may not know.


    By chance, the ancient moon family vaguely learned that Taiyi gate seemed to have the power of returning to emptiness as a backer in the heavenly palace.


    No wonder Meng Zhang can make friends with the friar of Hailing sect. It turns out that he is also a follower.


    In its heyday, taiyimen was regarded as a hero in the Middle Earth. It is also conceivable that we can leave enough shade for future generations.


    After discussion, the senior management of the ancient moon family felt that taiyimen was a reliable object.


    If there is a change from the native land of the imperial dynasty and the family headquarters suffer, these Guyue family children who stay in Jiuqu province must bear the responsibility of continuing the family inheritance.


    In order to avoid the possible pursuit of Ziyang holy sect, we must find a reliable backer.


    Among the vassal forces of taiyimen, one is the Guyue family of Dafeng City.


    At that time, among the vassals of taiyimen, there will be another Guyue family from the Dali imperial dynasty, which must not be unacceptable.


    Of course, now Dali imperial court and Ziyang Shengzong are not divided. It''s too early to say that Dali imperial court will be defeated.


    The ancient moon family just plan ahead, think more about everything, and leave a retreat for their own family.

 Chapter 1153

    Now Dali Dynasty is still entangled with Ziyang Shengzong, and the ancient moon family is far from facing crisis.


    It is too early to say that we should take refuge in taiyimen and seek asylum.


    When the war situation was not clear, the ancient moon family didn''t have to make a decision at all, and there was plenty of time to make all kinds of preparations.


    The purpose of Gu Yueshu Yao is to take the initiative to show kindness to Meng Zhang, slowly improve the relationship between the two sides and prepare for the future.


    Both sides can strengthen exchanges and even get married.


    Even if the Dali imperial dynasty defeated the Ziyang Shengzong, the ancient moon family had no crisis of defeat. It''s meaningful to make friends with a powerful sect like taiyimen and a promising monk like Meng Zhang.


    As a Xiuzhen family dominated by female practitioners, the ancient moon family seems to have the ability to dance and make friends.


    Making friends with all kinds of strong people, especially those who are growing up, has become the family tradition of the ancient moon family.


    Meng Zhang can clearly feel the goodwill of the ancient moon family.


    The ancient moon family did not have any malice this time, but lowered its posture, just wanted to become good friends with taiyimen.


    Whether Meng Zhang himself or from the interests of taiyimen, becoming good friends with the Guyue family is a matter of great benefit without harm.


    In the final analysis, there is no conflict of interest between the two sides except the Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    Now Gu Yue Shuyao has taken the initiative to completely put that matter aside, and there will be no obstacles between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yueshu Yao expressed their willingness to make friends and reached a consensus.


    How the two families can strengthen their contacts and keep making friends in the future is that their friars are responsible for handling it.


    After completing the main task, Gu Yueshu Yao told Meng Zhang about the request of Qifu alliance.


    Since Gu Yueshu Yao wanted to make friends with taiyimen, he didn''t hide anything. He told all the ideas of Qifu alliance.


    With the help of Gu Yueshu and Yao, Meng Zhang understood some of the mentality of the senior management of Qifu alliance.


    Over the years, these big businesses, led by Datong business alliance, have worked closely together to obtain various interests.


    Although they are allies, they are not the same family.


    Most of the time, their interests are the same.


    But sometimes, they also have different interests, and even some minor conflicts will occur.


    This time, taiyimen captured Fu yimingjun of Qifu alliance.


    For Qifu alliance, Fu yimingzhen Jun is of great significance and must not be lost.


    In exchange for paying a Mingzhen gentleman, Qifu alliance is willing to make major concessions to taiyimen and pay a great price.


    However, in the view of Datong business union, it believes that it is not easy to bow to taiyimen.


    Even if you want to redeem the two captured Yuanshen Zhenjun, you can''t put your posture too low, let alone lose too many interests.


    On this matter, there were serious differences between Datong business alliance and Qifu alliance.


    After listening to Gu Yueshu Yao''s words, Meng Zhang began to wonder if there was anything to do with Fu yimingzhen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang does not expect that this matter will seriously destroy the relationship between Datong business alliance and Qifu alliance, leading to discord and even internal strife.


    Meng Zhang is just preparing to alienate their relationship and create estrangement in their hearts.


    Many times, broken seeds are planted inadvertently when they are insignificant.


    When the time is ripe, the seeds will naturally take root and sprout.


    Meng Zhang is going to hand over this matter to sun Shengdu for specific operation and give full play to his intelligence.


    Moreover, he was still attached to the residual God of Shang Yu Xiazhen Jun.


    That''s a person who knows all kinds of situations inside Datong business alliance.


    Meng Zhang''s idea of the two captives was that he could get a sum of money from the Datong business alliance, and he didn''t expect much.


    Now, to hand them over to sun Pengzhi is to squeeze their use value as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yueshu Yao both wanted to make friends with each other. They talked very speculative and even made some oral agreements


    When Gu Yue Shuyao left, Meng Zhang not only asked her to stay, but also asked her to be a guest often.


    Next, Meng Zhang called a group of sect elders. Let them make some plans and arrange the contacts with the ancient moon family to make the contacts between the two families closer.


    After making arrangements, Meng Zhang began to think about major events.


    After this action, due to Zhang Weineng''s suppression and the loss of chess pieces, the big merchants of Datong business alliance should be honest for a period of time and temporarily unable to continue to provoke taiyimen.


    Taiyimen should also seize this precious time, eliminate all kinds of hidden dangers and deal with Yuantu prairie well.


    After Meng Zhang led his team to hunt and kill, many of the remaining barbarian strongmen were destroyed.


    However, according to Meng Zhang''s estimation, among the strong barbarians, there are still a certain number of fish that have escaped the hunt.


    The remaining barbarian strongmen should be temporarily deterred and dare not continue to make trouble in a short time.


    But after a long time, no one can guarantee that these barbarian strongmen will always hide.


    If Yuantu prairie wants to achieve long-term stability and completely eliminate the threat from foreign barbarians, it is necessary to find out and eliminate all the strong barbarians hiding.


    Yuantu prairie is too vast, and the remaining barbarian strongmen also have two brushes in hiding their deeds.


    If we don''t use Dayan''s divine calculation to deduce, Meng Zhang can''t accurately find out their whereabouts.


    However, Meng Zhang has been attacked by the way of heaven because he has used the magic of heaven for many times.


    He vaguely felt that if he performed the secret arts again, the doom would come.


    The most effective way to prevent or even eliminate the disaster is to obtain the merits of heaven.


    According to Meng Zhang, the best way to obtain the merits of heaven is to do something beneficial to this heaven and earth and make great contributions to this heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang recalled that the two times he had obtained the most merits and virtues of heaven were the elimination of demon cultivation.


    Once, xiuye Feifan, a demon with a great future, was eliminated, and Meng Zhang was targeted by the demons in the demon domain.


    The other was the elimination of Xu Huanshan, the leader of the previous generation of Huanglian sect.


    It seems that this world really hates evil cultivation and wants to get rid of it.


    Meng Zhang suddenly thought that Dali would be hated by heaven if he colluded with demon Xiu, covered up demon Xiu, or even cooperated with demon Xiu.


    If the Dali dynasty did not have an effective way to obtain the merits of the heavenly way and was rejected by the heavenly way, it would probably lead to doom.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside the things about Da Li''s departure from the imperial dynasty and thought about his own things first.


    The best way for Meng Zhang to obtain the merits of heaven as soon as possible is to kill the devil.


    There are many demons in Dali Dynasty.


    Han Yao, Meng Zhang''s immediate boss, is the vanguard of killing demons.


    Meng Zhang also carried the mission entrusted by Han Yao to eliminate the evil cultivation of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the demon cultivation force of Jiuqu province.


    Moreover, as Meng Zhang knows, the Dali Dynasty now needs all kinds of help in the face of such a strong enemy as Ziyang Shengzong.


    The power of demon cultivation in the territory is also very important for Dali Dynasty.


    If Meng Zhang wants to hunt and kill demons in China, I''m afraid the imperial government will stop him.


    In addition, Meng Zhang was a little cold when he thought of the devil xiumo Qingzhen Jun he had dealt with.


    Since we can''t cut off the demon cultivation in Dali''s imperial territory for the time being, Meng Zhang needs to find another target.


    The goal was not difficult to find, and Meng Zhang soon thought of it.


    On the other side of Daheng cultivation world, now is the time for the rise of demon disasters and the rampant of demons.


    With the help of the Ziyang holy sect, the major forces in the Daheng cultivation world joined hands to temporarily stabilize the situation and reluctantly repel the demons.


    In the great horizontal cultivation world, only those big families and big families can keep their territory.


    The rest of the Xiuzhen forces, even if they are not destroyed by demons, are precarious.


    Now, a large number of demons are running around in the Daheng cultivation world, destroying a large number of cultivation forces and wantonly killing cultivators and mortals.


    As long as all creatures become the target of demons, they can''t escape the miserable end.


    The big forces in the great horizontal cultivation world managed to stabilize the situation in the area around them.


    However, in many previous wars, they suffered too heavy losses and needed time to recuperate and recover.


    Second, these cultivation forces also have their own ghosts, and everyone has the mind to preserve their strength.


    So they don''t seem to be very enthusiastic about removing demons in other places, completely putting out demonic disasters and restoring the stability of the great horizontal cultivation world.


    The leader of the demon has long been born with wisdom.


    With wisdom, you know how to think and bully the soft and fear the hard.


    Under the leadership of many leaders, many demons avoided the territory of those big forces and began to sweep around, expanding the scope of the evil disaster.


    Remote areas like maple leaf mountain city did not escape the eyes of demons in the end.


    Since not long ago, there have been batches of wandering demons rushing towards that side.


    Fortunately, Yang Xueyi organized local cultivation forces and pieced together a friar coalition, with the former taiyimen friars sent by Meng Zhang as the core.


    In the border area, the friar alliance broke out many wars with the devil in order to stop the devil from moving forward.


    The friar alliance paid a lot of price to repel the demons temporarily.


    The war was extremely fierce. Yang Xueyi, who personally participated in the war, injured and repelled more than one fourth-order demon.


    In the latest report sent back to the door, Yang Xueyi made it clear.


    If there are more fourth-order demons and a stronger group of demons appear, the friar coalition led by her can''t resist at all, but retreat constantly.


    All the way back, back to when is the head?


    Although Yang Xueyi didn''t say it clearly, her meaning was already very clear.


    At present, there are disputes among the top level of taiyimen.


    The content of the debate is whether to give up the maple leaf mountain city and withdraw all monks to Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi gate also has a strong enemy on the side of Jiuqu province. It''s time to need manpower.


    According to the situation of Daheng Xiuzhen world, maple leaf mountain city is no longer suitable as the retreat of zongmen.


    Although zongmen still has many important interests there, these interests will become meaningless with the continuous ravage of magic disasters.


    It''s no good to stop the demons and fight against them. It''s just a white loss to the disciples.


    Taiyi gate is on the other side of maple leaf mountain city. It has invested a lot of strength.


    It seems that it''s hard to protect yourself there now.


    If the demons continue to attack, should taiyimen continue to invest reinforcements?


    If this goes on, when will it be a head?


    There is a bottomless pit at all. No matter how much reinforcements are invested, it is impossible to completely eliminate the demons.


    Many high-level in the door have this idea.


    They all hope to withdraw all the monks on the other side of maple leaf mountain city to the door as soon as possible to strengthen the strength of Jiuqu province.


    These high-level ideas can not be wrong.


    Jiuqu province is the foundation of Taiyi gate.


    We should make a clear distinction between the light and the heavy.


    The practice of preserving strength is a common practice in the cultivation world.


    Maple Leaf mountain city, there is nothing to give up.


    Even if you pity the practitioners around you, you can send them all back.


    As for the mortals in the territory, they may not be able to take into account all of them.


    At most, a flying boat team was dispatched to transport all the relatives of the practitioners, as well as young children and teenagers.


    Of course, there are also a group of high-level people in the door who have completely different views.


    Most of these senior leaders are hardliners in the door, and they are also the main battle faction.


    They believe that the original ruling order has completely disintegrated and the rule of several major Xiuzhen forces has begun to shake because of the magic disaster.


    Taiyimen should seize this rare opportunity to open up territory there and win more interests.


    As for the demons, although it is a little difficult to deal with, taiyimen has experienced so many bloody battles before it can rise all the way.


    The powerful taiyimen is never afraid of challenges and will not shrink back in front of a bunch of demons.


    If Meng Zhang is not a Heavenly Master, he may agree with the former view.


    Although taiyimen is already a great sect of Yuanshen, its strength is still very limited.


    Even the territory on the side of Jiuqu province has not been completely eaten. Where can we care about opening up territory in Daheng Xiuzhen boundary.


    It''s easy to open Xinjiang on the map, but it''s very difficult to implement it.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, monks with the latter view are too ambitious.


    Probably over the years, taiyimen have won many battles and become more and more powerful, which makes them arrogant and crazy. They are a little confused about how many kilograms they have.


    These guys are completely arrogant.


    Because of arrogance, they become stupid.


    However, Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, can''t take a rational approach. He must also agree with the views of these fools and do something seemingly stupid.


    Taiyi sect sent out Yang Xueyi and the elites of the sect. On the other side of maple leaf mountain city, they integrated the surrounding Xiuzhen forces and organized a joint army of monks to fight against demons.


    They blocked the demons outside the area and repelled the attack of demons many times.


    In the war, many demons were destroyed.


    All these actions are not meaningless.


    In fact, their actions have contributed to this world.

 Chapter 1154

    So far, the demon disaster caused by the demon is probably one of the most harmful disasters to the world of Jun dust.


    When the evil disaster broke out, the evil creatures fled everywhere.


    Wherever they go, almost all creatures are either swallowed up by demons or directly demonized and transformed into new demons.


    In this way, the demon group is expanding, and the demon disaster is spreading more and more widely.


    This is not only robbing the vitality of this world, but also excavating the foundation of this world.


    If the whole world is demonized, the whole heaven and earth will fall into the devil abyss and will never be free.


    It is precisely because the evil way is so fierce for disaster that the will of heaven and earth in this world will hate the evil way so much.


    In fact, in all the worlds of heaven, where there is the so-called will of heaven, they avoid the devil, and even fear it like snakes and scorpions.


    Soon after the immortal road of Jun dust world was opened here, the devil road began to come.


    What kind of history has been experienced during this period, not to mention Meng Zhang, even in the whole cultivation world, few people know.


    Regardless of the trace, regardless of the heart, regardless of the purpose of the friar coalition led by Yang Xueyi, they blocked the attack of demons. They have objectively made contributions to curbing the evil disaster, and will naturally be rewarded by the way of heaven.


    As the promoter of sending Yang Xueyi and other Taiyi disciples, Meng Zhang will naturally follow suit and get a reward from heaven.


    However, this friar alliance has made little contribution to curbing the magic disaster, so it has received few rewards, which is almost unknown.


    When the reward is distributed to Meng Zhang, it will be closer to nothing.


    This little rare reward can hardly play any role.


    If it is someone else, they may not be clear enough about this situation and do not know the operation of heaven.


    However, as a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang has a keen sense of spirit and has been rewarded by the merits of the heavenly way.


    After Yang Xueyi organized the friar alliance to fight the demon, he felt it vaguely.


    For most practitioners, the theory of Qi Yun is very ethereal, untouchable and invisible.


    Only a few people in the cultivation world know that Qi Yun is a real existence.


    Among them, the will of heaven has a great influence on the growth and decline of Qi.


    If you are condemned by heaven and despised by the will of heaven, it is easy to be depressed, with a series of bad consequences.


    If you make great contributions to heaven and earth, you will naturally be favored by the will of heaven, so that your Qi will rise, everything will go well and go all the way.


    The friar alliance led by Yang Xueyi has been fighting with demons for so long. It is really not suitable to retreat easily.


    It seems that it''s no good to continue fighting with demons and lose the disciples in vain.


    But in fact, this is not only related to the will of heaven, but also related to the merits of heaven.


    For other practitioners, the great horizontal cultivation world ravaged by magic disasters may be a dangerous place to avoid.


    However, for Meng Zhang, a master of heavenly secrets, it is a battlefield to obtain the merits of heaven.


    Remove demons and contain demonic disasters. The heavenly merits and virtues obtained are not only useful to Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang can obtain a large number of merits and virtues of the heavenly way, he can delay the coming of doom and offset some of the power of the heavenly way.


    For other disciples of Taiyi sect and even the whole sect, with the addition of heaven''s merits and virtues, many disasters can be avoided and many opportunities can be created.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang abides by the practices of the master of heavenly secrets and will not easily reveal his identity, even in Taiyi gate.


    The so-called secret of heaven cannot be revealed. Knowledge such as the will of heaven and the merits and virtues of heaven are the top secrets of the cultivation world. Even a large number of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun are not clear.


    Although the atmosphere inside Taiyi gate is relatively open, it also has levels.


    For example, external disciples and internal disciples enjoy different treatment in all aspects, including the right to understand all kinds of information.


    Meng Zhang is a very generous person. However, for all kinds of advanced knowledge, it will not spread in the door at will.


    You are not qualified to know all kinds of confidential knowledge if you don''t have enough accomplishments, status and make enough contributions to the sect.


    In particular, the classics related to Tianji are specially collected in the Sutra Pavilion.


    Except for Meng Zhang''s chosen successor of Tianji, he is not ready to spread Tianji skills.


    So far, Taiyi sect has thousands of disciples.


    If the scope is expanded a little, there are tens of thousands of monks in hanhaidao alliance.


    However, none of the them showed talent of the cultivating heaven''s secrets and could be accepted by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, the Guyue family in Dafeng City is an exception.


    That is the family''s own inheritance, which has always been reluctant to ask more about Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s three disciples, Niu Dawei, an Xiaoran and an Muran, are all talented and highly qualified people.


    Meng Zhang is also full of expectations for their future.


    However, none of them showed a talent to practice heavenly secrets.


    It can be seen that it is rare for friars in the cultivation world to have the talent to practice heaven''s secrets.


    No wonder in the cultivation world, Tianji master is so precious.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. His longevity is still very long. There is no need to hurry to find the successor of Tianji.


    Sometimes, Meng Zhang feels that the identity of the master of heavenly secrets not only brings great convenience to himself, but also brings many unshirkable responsibilities and obligations.


    If it were not for the merits of heaven, he would not like to wade in the muddy water of the great cross cultivation world.


    According to Meng Zhang, the scale of this magic disaster is so huge because of internal and external reasons.


    The internal reason is that the large-scale cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world covet the power of the devil, deliberately tolerate and even encourage the existence of demons.


    The external cause is that Dali emperor sent out evil cultivation to make wind and rain.


    Such as widely spreading enchanted items.


    The evil disaster was terrible enough. There was such an inside story in the middle. It was really a hot potato.


    Meng Zhang decided to go to Daheng cultivation world this time. First, he helped Yang Xueyi stop the attack of demons and try to keep the stronghold of maple leaf mountain city.


    Second, take the initiative to find powerful demons and kill them.


    As for the cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world, try not to involve them too much.


    Meng Zhang summoned all the elders in the door and said his decision.


    Taiyimen will continue to provide support to maple leaf mountain city. Even his leader will go there in person.


    The elders in the sect did not know Meng Zhang''s real purpose. They raised many objections one after another from the interests of the sect.


    However, as the leader of taiyimen ZTE, Meng Zhang has enough authority to overcome public opinion and achieve his own goal.


    No matter what doubts or even discontent people have in their hearts. When Meng Zhang has made up his mind and officially issued an order, the whole sect should mobilize and act according to his order.

 Chapter 1155

    Meng Zhang decided to go to Daheng cultivation world. Of course, he didn''t go there alone.


    In addition to sending a group of elite disciples to join the alliance of monks against demons in the past, a large number of materials have to be transferred.


    Fighting against demons depends not only on the cultivation of monks themselves, but also on many foreign objects.


    Elixir for dispelling evil Qi, magic tools and talismans with the attribute of breaking demons and punishing evil, etc. are all essential in the war.


    Because I had long guessed that there might be a magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen made very full preparations.


    In addition to collecting and refining all kinds of items in advance, many monks who will be arranged to fight in the door take time to practice the skills and spells against demons.


    In the face of a large-scale outbreak of magic disaster, no matter how much preparation has been made in advance, it will feel far from enough when the real business is coming.


    The materials prepared by taiyimen in advance consume very quickly when facing the impact of demons.


    At present, the long-distance transmission array of Jiuqu province and Dali imperial dynasty cannot be used. Even big businesses such as Datong business alliance have a great impact on their supply.


    Even if they respect the principle that business belongs to business and gratitude and resentment belongs to gratitude and resentment, it is difficult for them to sell all kinds of materials to taiyimen regardless of their disputes with taiyimen.


    Under Meng Zhang''s orders, the production system inside taiyimen had long been in a wartime state.


    The production friars in the door are almost making all kinds of war materials day and night.


    Even so, the production speed in the door can not catch up with the consumption speed in maple leaf mountain city.


    All kinds of war materials in stock are decreasing rapidly and becoming less and less.


    When faced with highly corrosive demons, various mechanism creations without intelligence, including mechanism puppets, can play a strong role.


    In several wars with demons, Yang Xueyi used a large number of mechanism creations, which effectively reduced his own casualties and caused great damage to demons.


    During the war, many mechanism creations were damaged and seriously damaged.


    Taiyimen not only speeds up production at full power, but also purchases a large number from its allies.


    Now Meng Zhang decides to continue the war with demons in maple leaf mountain city. In the face of the more and more fierce attack of demons, the consumption of various war materials will be greatly accelerated.


    At this time, we can see the benefits of Meng Zhang''s establishment of that small alliance.


    The magic weapon refined by huolieshan and the pill refined by changchunguan


    After receiving large orders from taiyimen, the Allies began to accelerate production.


    Taiyimen has accumulated a lot of spirit stones and materials over the years, and has also earned a lot of income from maple leaf mountain city.


    Now is not the time to be stingy. Taiyimen opened the big library and began to prepare for the next war.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to send it. First, he personally inspected each hall of the sect and supervised the war preparation in the sect.


    At this time, what a coincidence, Jin Lizhen Jun successfully broke through to the middle of Yuanshen and finally got out of the pass.


    Although there is no essential difference between the initial stage of Yuanshen and the middle stage of Yuanshen, the powerful friars in the early stage of Yuanshen can challenge the higher level and fight against the friars in the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    However, entering the middle period of Yuanshen, monks not only improved their accomplishments, but also made a great leap in strength.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, Jin Lizhen was finally sent to Yuantu prairie in Taiyi gate. Together with he Luozhen and Sun Sheng, Jin Lizhen was stationed in the broken castle to prevent the strong barbarians from coming out to do damage.


    Wen qiansuan stayed at the gate of Taiyi gate, and Niu Dawei continued to sit in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang is going to take Jin Qiaoer to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Jin Qiaoer is delicate among the Yuanshen Zhenjun, but she follows Jin lizhenjun, is proficient in thunder method, and has deep attainments on the thunder Avenue.


    In the cultivation world, there are often various dharmas. With the order of Meng Zhang, the whole Taiyi gate is almost mobilized.


    All kinds of materials are continuously transmitted to maple leaf mountain city through long-distance transmission array.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer took advantage of a gap to transmit materials and also transmitted the past.


    After arriving at Maple Leaf mountain city, there have long been special disciples waiting for Meng Zhang''s arrival here.


    Yang Xueyi did not stay in the maple leaf mountain city, but commanded the friar Coalition on the front line.


    In maple leaf mountain city, except for a few left behind Taiyi disciples, most monks went to the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang is not the front line. The war is tight. This team did not stay in maple leaf mountain for a long time, so they went directly to the front line against demons.


    If the front-line war continues to be so tense, taiyimen will continue to send reinforcements here.


    Meng Zhang sent Jin Qiaoer away and went to the most hidden secret room in maple leaf mountain city alone.


    The void tripod, the best of the four level magic tools, was placed in this place.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang wanted to refine the void tripod after he entered the Yuanshen period.


    However, the elders in the sect warned him that it would be more convenient to refine the void tripod only with the later cultivation of Yuanshen.


    The weapon spirit of the void tripod is a very annoying old guy. He is arrogant and doesn''t even pay much attention to the leader Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang''s cultivation continued to improve and entered the yuan God period, he was a little polite to Meng Zhang.


    In fact, as a treasure inherited from Taiyi gate in its heyday, the void tripod itself has great power.


    Even if it is not driven by its master, this magic weapon can wield a strong combat effectiveness.


    Unfortunately, even when the rebuilt taiyimen was destroyed, the old guy didn''t do it.


    The void tripod was placed in maple leaf mountain city, which was originally a bottom card.


    Meng Zhang believes that the Taiyi gate is already a Yuanshen sect with many Yuanshen Zhenjun. Even if the void tripod does not want to be driven by others, at the critical moment, the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate can still borrow some of his strength.


    Meng Zhang''s visit to the void tripod this time is just a business. If he wants to persuade the void tripod to take the initiative to cooperate, he''d better choose a master from the yuan God Zhenjun in the door, so as to exert his great power.


    When Meng Zhang came to the void tripod, the spirit of the instrument was not even exposed.


    Meng Zhang disagreed and began his routine persuasion.

 Chapter 1156

    Meng Zhang originally thought that his persuasion should be the same as in the past. He would not get any response from the void tripod.


    Unexpectedly, just as he spoke, an old man with white beard and white hair jumped out of the huge mouth of the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang has been to maple leaf mountain city many times, and almost every time he comes to see the void tripod.


    However, the old guy basically hid in the tripod and rarely appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    It''s an unprecedented "leader, don''t be stunned" to jump out like this


    "You''re not an elder. I don''t know what gust of wind blew you out of the tripod?"


    Vanity son blew his white beard and ignored Meng Zhang''s ridicule.


    "Although I have been staying in the tripod, I am not blind, deaf or stupid."


    "There are not many things that can hide from me in the broken place of maple leaf mountain city."


    "I heard that there was another demon disaster around, just like when the door was destroyed?"


    The rebuilt Taiyi gate was destroyed by the demon disaster.


    In other words, the rebuilt Taiyi gate and the place where the mountain gate was built were also in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But that place has long been a paradise for demons.


    The void tripod is also a fourth-order magic weapon, and its spirit is empty, and its ability is not small.


    If when the rebuilt Taiyi gate was destroyed, the void son was willing to make some efforts instead of taking the initiative to escape into the interlayer of the space, maybe it would be another result.


    Vanity son seemed to hear Meng Zhang''s voice and knew the reason why Meng Zhang was dissatisfied with his family.


    He smiled bitterly without saying a word.


    He refused to do it, of course he had his own difficulties.


    However, although he is a tool spirit, he is famous for his arrogance. He will not explain to Meng Zhang, even if he is the current leader of Taiyi sect.


    Vanity suddenly became listless and lost interest in conversation.


    He stretched out his right hand and looked at Bala in the void tripod. Unexpectedly, Bala showed a mirror.


    The mirror looks very simple, the back of the mirror is engraved with dense patterns, and the front of the mirror is a gray mirror.


    Vanity son threw the mirror at Meng Zhang.


    "When taiyimen was in Middle Earth, it was famous for all kinds of clever methods to subdue demons."


    "After the Taiyi gate was destroyed, most of these means were lost."


    "This mirror is one of the few things that can be handed down."


    "It''s just that among the descendants of the Taiyi sect, there are no good people. I''ve always kept this mirror."


    "Now, I''ll give you this mirror. I hope this demon subduing treasure will shine in your hands. I also hope you don''t insult this treasure, leader, let alone the prestige of your predecessors."


    Before the voice fell, the figure of vanity disappeared in place.


    It seems that he hid in the void tripod again.


    Meng Zhang took the mirror and looked at it carefully.


    The void tripod is originally a space magic weapon, which has a large independent space inside.


    The independent space inside the void tripod was originally used as a warehouse to store a lot of Taiyi gate''s inheritance classics and a lot of truth repair materials.


    Later, after being warned by the elder ghosts and gods in the door, vanity son opened the internal independent space to Meng Zhang and other taiyimen friars, so that they can obtain these inheritance classics and all kinds of cultivation materials.


    Of course, Meng Zhang guessed that the internal space of the void tripod must be more than one he has been to.


    It''s too easy to get some independent space inside and hide some items for space magic tools such as void tripod.


    Since there is a treasure to take, Meng Zhang can''t care about his empty attitude.


    Meng Zhang has long heard from many people that taiyimen in its heyday had a very clever means of subduing demons.


    Meng Zhang''s methods to deal with demon cultivation are mistaken for those inherited by the Taiyi clan.


    But in fact, Meng Zhang did not have many means to subdue demons among the taiyimen classics.


    He thought that all these methods of subduing demons should have been lost.


    Now vanity gave him the mirror and said it was a treasure to subdue demons.


    When the void son disappeared, Meng Zhang ignored it and put his main mind on the mirror.


    He carefully studied the material and patterns of the mirror, and then put his mind into the mirror for in-depth investigation.


    After a long time, he found out the details of the treasure.


    This mirror is called the magic subduing mirror.


    As the name suggests, it is a magic weapon specially used to subdue the devil.


    The magic subduing mirror is a fourth-order magic weapon, but there is no spirit in it.


    Most of the fourth-order magic tools in the cultivation world have a spirit, which can help the master better control the magic tools.


    However, under some special circumstances, the refiner will deliberately destroy the spirit of the magic instrument or kill the spirit of the magic instrument with a secret method.


    The most common scene of this situation is when refining some disposable magic tools.


    Many disposable magic weapons give full play to their lethality by destroying or self exploding magic weapons.


    If a magic instrument has spirit, or even has spirit, it''s hard to control.


    All living creatures, including instrument spirits, have the instinct to survive and generally do not take the initiative to destroy themselves.


    Therefore, when refining one-time magic tools, we must not allow them to have spirit, let alone the birth of spirit.


    This disposable magic instrument has a single function, but it is extremely powerful and has excellent use effect.


    The magic subduing mirror has no spirit, but it is not a one-time magic weapon.


    When refining the magic subduing mirror, its biggest imaginary enemy is all kinds of demons and all kinds of demons.


    Evil Qi is extremely corrosive and does great damage to spirituality.


    Many demons and demons have more means to confuse the mind.


    Tool spirits are often simple in mind and simple in mind. If they are not careful, they will be confused by the devil''s means.


    Therefore, when refining the magic subduing mirror, it deliberately destroys its spirit, so that it will not give birth to the spirit.


    If you want to refine the magic subduing mirror, the requirements are not harsh. You only need to cultivate any of the core skills of Taiyi gate. Its true Qi attribute is not polluted by magic Qi, so you can meet the basic requirements.


    There are no special requirements for the refining technique. As long as it is the refining technique commonly used by taiyimen, it can be used.


    Of course, there is a small requirement for the cultivation of refiners.


    At least you should have the cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen to refine this magic subduing mirror.


    Because this magic instrument has no spirit and spirit, it will neither help nor hinder the refiner.


    However, because of the restriction in the magic subduing mirror, we must have the cultivation of the yuan God in the middle and above in order to master its control center.

 Chapter 1157

    The sun moon rotation Sutra practiced by Meng Zhang before he entered the Yuanshen period is the authentic lineal inheritance of Taiyi sect.


    Later, after entering the Yuanshen period, the modified "Yin and Yang changes in heaven and earth" is one of the core inheritance classics of Taiyi gate.


    The leader of Taiyi sect is naturally very familiar with the general refining means of Taiyi sect.


    As for cultivation, he had already met his requirements.


    Meng Zhang took this magic subduing mirror, found a quiet room in maple leaf mountain city, and began to close it.


    He used the power of Zhenyuan and Yuanshen to refine this magic subduing mirror according to the refining methods commonly used in the door.


    Without spending too much time, he easily refined the magic subduing mirror.


    After thoroughly refining this magic subduing mirror, he obtained a lot of information from it.


    In this information, there are four secret methods to restrain the devil.


    One is the golden light of subduing demons.


    When this secret method is used, it emits a golden light to attack the enemy. It has special lethality to demons and demons.


    If you want to give full play to the maximum power of the golden light of subduing demons, you''d better have a magic subduing mirror as an auxiliary.


    The other is "kill demon God thunder".


    Thunder method is originally Yang and hard, and has a special restraining effect on Yin evil and demons.


    Killing demon God thunder is a special thunder method, which specially strengthens the ability to restrain demons and demons.


    It''s easy to blow ordinary demons into powder with the thunder of killing demons.


    In addition to the magic subduing mirror, there is another method for refining magic tools, which can be used to refine Yangyan magic mirror.


    Yangyan mirror is a magic weapon that can restrain demons and practices.


    Although the power and mystery are far inferior to the magic subduing mirror, the Yangyan magic mirror is not difficult to refine. It is a more popular magic weapon.


    After the Yangyan mirror is successfully refined, you only need to absorb the extremely hot Yangyan power regularly, and it can be used in combat.


    Although the old man hated it a little, he did a good thing this time.


    He gave Meng Zhang this magic subduing mirror, which is really a timely rain, which can greatly improve the combat effectiveness of Taiyi sect against demons.


    After refining the magic subduing mirror and getting familiar with its usage, Meng Zhang injected all the information into the two jade slips, and then left the quiet room.


    The situation here is tense now, but he doesn''t have much time to waste.


    After leaving the quiet room, his disciples came to report.


    Because the front-line demons suddenly attacked again, the war was tight. When Meng Zhang closed, Jin Qiaoer had taken a step first and led the transmitted friars in the door to the front for support.


    Since Jin Qiaoer had gone to the front, Meng Zhang decided to delay a little longer.


    He left a jade slip in the maple leaf mountain city.


    Then he sent it back to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate and gave another jade slip to the elders in the gate.


    The friars in the door can now refine two magic subduing tools according to the records in the jade slips to cultivate the magic subduing power on them.


    With Meng Zhang''s special explanation, the elders in the door attached great importance to this matter and took action immediately.


    The jade slips left in maple leaf mountain city will not be put on the shelf, but can be read by friars fighting against demons.


    When Meng Zhang finished telling the story of taiyimen Mountain Gate and sent it back to maple leaf mountain city again, a disciple rushed to him to report.


    Originally, the edge of the black jade forest borders the Xiuzhen area where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    Over the years, the Xiuzhen forces in this area have suffered from the invasion of monsters and beasts.


    Although the monsters invading here are a group of losers, they all fled here from the middle of the black jade forest.


    However, they are still formidable enemies for the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Later, after taiyimen secretly controlled maple leaf mountain city, the strength of maple leaf mountain city increased greatly.


    Maple Leaf mountain city took the lead in fighting against invading monsters, ensuring the peace of the surrounding area.


    At the beginning of the evil disaster, these monsters were not too presumptuous and did not rush to attack on a large scale.


    When the demonic disaster became more and more serious and began to spread to the surrounding areas, Yang Xueyi had to lead the friar coalition to fight against demons, it seemed that these demons found an opportunity and began to attack the Terran territory frequently.


    The previous attacks, which were exploratory in nature, were ordered by Yang Xueyi to fight back impolitely.


    Now, Yang Xueyi and the main force of the friar alliance are restrained by demons.


    The surrounding area is in an unprecedented state of weakness.


    But these monsters took advantage of people''s danger and took the opportunity to launch an attack.

 Chapter 1158

    According to the spies in front, the scale of the monster invasion is very large, far exceeding the previous times.


    If one does not respond well, the surrounding Terran territory is in danger of falling.


    Monsters are not human cultivation forces. They don''t have to abide by all kinds of hidden rules in the human cultivation world.


    When the Terran cultivation forces are facing the devil disaster and dealing with the attack of demons, even the hostile cultivation forces generally do not take advantage of the danger of others.


    At the beginning, the Dali Dynasty wanted to plot the Daheng cultivation world with the help of the magic disaster, but under the banner of helping the Daheng cultivation world resist demons and eliminate magic disasters.


    Even so, Dali''s behavior of the imperial dynasty is also spurned by the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    On the side of the great horizontal cultivation world, he hates it to the bone.


    But for monsters, there are no such scruples. Can swagger into the void without worrying about the Terran reaction.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang is still in maple leaf mountain city at this time and can respond in time.


    If we wait until the news gets back to taiyimen, wait for the middle and high levels of taiyimen to discuss countermeasures, and then send reinforcements, it may be too late.


    After hearing the disciple''s report, Meng Zhang immediately flew to the direction of the monster without delay.


    The area where maple leaf mountain city is located belongs to the remaining vein of Daheng mountains.


    The surrounding mountains are undulating and uneven, forming valleys.


    Most of these valleys are villages and towns inhabited by mortals.


    On some peaks with spiritual veins around the valley, the Mountain Gate of various cultivation forces is located.


    On weekdays, various cultivation forces choose disciples from mortals and protect mortals under their rule.


    According to the general unspoken rules, the struggle between practitioners in the cultivation world will not deliberately and wantonly hurt mortals.


    But when the evil disaster breaks out and the evil things are rampant, ordinary people will inevitably suffer.


    Compared with practitioners, mortals have no resistance in front of demons. Either become the blood food of the demon, or become a new demon after being demonized.


    Mortals are the foundation of the cultivation world. A cultivation force will not easily give up the mortals under its rule unless it is absolutely necessary.


    Because the area where maple leaf mountain city is located is still relatively safe, it is barely a pure land in the magic disaster.


    Therefore, some cultivation forces in the surrounding areas will organize mortals to move here when the magic disaster is approaching.


    Even, mortals in many surrounding places will spontaneously organize migration before the terrible magic disaster.


    A large number of mortals poured into this area and almost burst it.


    Taiyimen friars headed by Yang Xueyi all know the value of mortals.


    Yang Xueyi took the initiative to accept these mortals, and mobilized various cultivation forces to settle them together.


    The land suitable for mortals in this area is also limited.


    The South and west of this area have been covered by the magic disaster, and a large number of magic objects attack from these two directions.


    In order to better protect these mortals, Yang Xueyi organized practitioners to relocate these mortals from other places and even many mortals from their own region to the East.


    But now, a large number of monsters have been killed from the edge of the black jade forest in the East. I''m afraid these mortals can''t avoid being affected.


    In the eyes of monsters, mortals are good blood food.


    So many mortals can''t evacuate as soon as possible when monsters attack on a large scale.


    Mortals are the foundation of the cultivation world. When the number of mortals is large, the number of practitioners will increase.


    This simple truth is understood by almost every practitioner.


    Meng Zhang has long regarded this area as the territory of Taiyi gate. Of course, he will not watch the monsters dig the foundation of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang flew very fast, but in half a day, he crossed a long distance and appeared at the edge of this area.


    Meng Zhang flew all the way and passed many places where mortals lived.


    In many places, teams of monsters have broken through the line of defense of the cultivators in front and penetrated into the interior.


    After these monsters found the settlement of mortals, they rushed frantically, killed wantonly and devoured arbitrarily.


    Except for a few places where there are practitioners'' organizations to resist, most mortal settlements have no resistance.


    These monsters, like entering the uninhabited land, wreak havoc in all human settlements.


    In the face of powerful monsters, mortals can''t even resist or even organize evacuation.


    Just panic, running around, it''s like a headless fly.


    The main force of practitioners was restrained, and there were not many practitioners left in the rear, which led to this situation.


    Most of the monsters that broke through are second-order monsters, and even third-order monsters are very rare.


    But ordinary mortals have no resistance at all.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved and wrote down the matter.


    Although he hurried to the front to stop the large-scale breakthrough of the monster herd.


    But for these rampant monsters, he is not at all helpless.


    Meng Zhang''s original life magic tool, yin-yang Linghu, emerged behind him.


    A stream of air rose from inside, and then turned into a yin-yang Taoist soldier in the air.


    In addition to two yin-yang soldiers of Yuanshen period, the fourth level yin-yang Linghu can also conceive twelve yin-yang soldiers of Jindan period.


    In order to nurture these yin-yang soldiers, Meng Zhang not only spent a lot of time and energy, but also invested countless precious materials, natural materials and earth treasures.


    Because I love these Taoist soldiers, I don''t want to lose easily. Unless it comes to a critical moment, he will not easily use these Taoist soldiers.


    In addition to leaving two yin-yang Taoist soldiers in the yuan God period, Meng Zhang summoned all 12 Taoist soldiers in the golden elixir period.


    With his order, the twelve Taoist soldiers with golden elixir strength jumped down and flew to the place where the monsters were raging.


    Sending out a full 12 Taoist soldiers with golden elixir strength to deal with a group of infiltrating monsters is like killing chickens with ox knives.


    The task of the twelve Taoist soldiers is to clean up all the monsters around.


    Meng Zhang''s action did not stop and continued to fly forward at high speed.


    Soon after, the battlefield of a great war appeared in his eyes.


    Not far from the front, there are five human golden elixir immortal, who led more than 400 practitioners to set up a simple formation and fought with a large number of monster teams.


    The number of monster teams not only far exceeds that of Terran practitioners, but also there are no less than ten third-order monster teams.


    The Terran cultivators have left the bodies of many companions and are losing ground.


    Meng Zhang recognized that three of the five golden elixirs were friars of taiyimen.


    Among the practitioners, there are also many friars in the foundation period of Taiyi gate.


    It is precisely because these taiyimen friars have played a mainstay role that the Terran cultivators can achieve defeat without chaos after defeat.


    The formation not only did not collapse completely, but also could resist and retreat slowly.


    However, their ability to do so is the limit.


    In the face of the monster''s crazy attack, the formation could not last long and the collapse was imminent.


    Once you lose the cover of the formation, the Terran side will lose its greatest advantage.


    At that time, the Terran friars who become a mass of loose sand are the best hunting objects of the monsters.


    A bad one, this team may really be destroyed.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has been to this place, and of course he will not watch this happen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word of nonsense. The sun and moon jewels rose above his head, which was almost endless sun and moon divine light, so it sprinkled on the battlefield below.


    The sun and moon first fell on the side of the Terran cultivators.


    Many wounded and exhausted Terran practitioners seem to be much lighter and full of vitality after being illuminated by this divine light.


    Those disciples of Taiyi sect became very excited, and their morale soared at once.


    They are familiar with the various magical powers of their leader.


    They grew up listening to the legend of their leader. Of course, they knew that the situation would be reversed as soon as the leader arrived.


    After the sun and moon divine light swept over the Terran cultivators, it continued to sweep to the monster team that was madly attacking the Terran array.


    The monsters, who were originally fierce, were gently swept by the light of the sun and the moon, immediately split their skin and flesh, and howled and fell one by one.


    These originally powerful monsters had almost no resistance to the sun and moon, so they became a flesh and blood blooming corpse.


    Only those third-order monsters resisted a little more in front of the sun and moon, but they still couldn''t avoid dying.


    The sudden reversal made the Terran cultivators cheer.


    The Terran cultivators who were losing ground not only stopped retreating, but also had a tendency to counterattack.


    If so many monsters were a little organized, they wouldn''t form an array like Terran practitioners, with the help of the power of the array. However, as long as they can form a simple military array and concentrate the evil spirit of all monsters, they may be able to resist the magic power issued by Shang Meng Zhang.


    However, these monster teams are too scattered. They are busy frantically besieging the formation of human cultivators. They don''t concentrate on fighting Meng Zhang at all.


    The sun and moon divine light is still spreading among the monster teams.


    A large number of monster teams with strong people are simply vulnerable.


    While the Terran cultivators cheered, there was a sky shaking roar in the distant forest.


    A huge figure ran frantically towards this side.


    With this figure rushing forward, countless tall trees in the forest turned into sawdust.


    Before the figure approached, a huge stone fell from the sky and pressed hard against Meng Zhang below.


    Meng Zhang stood in the air, motionless, and the sun and moon pearl on his head sent out a divine light. He broke the boulder and let it fall into fragments.


    "Angry ape king, how dare you dare to invade our Terran territory? Aren''t you afraid to cause trouble for the monsters in your black jade forest?"


    Meng Zhang had recognized the origin of the other party and scolded him impolitely.


    Looking at the angry ape King ahead, Meng Zhang had many memories in his heart.


    I remember that Meng Zhang was still a golden elixir immortal at that time. In his eyes, the angry ape king was an irresistible existence and was extremely strong.


    However, for hundreds of years, Meng Zhang had enough power to suppress the famous demon king.


    If it was another enemy, Meng Zhang would not necessarily scold with this contemptuous tone.


    But he had no pressure on the monster.


    This world is dominated by human practitioners.


    Although there are many remote areas in the Junchen world, there are still many demon and beast forces due to various reasons.


    Among them, there are even monster forces with strong strength and strong influence.


    But in general, the world belongs to the Terran.


    In the eyes of real Terran strongmen, even the powerful monster forces are just clowns, which is not worth mentioning at all.


    As the true monarch of the human God, Meng Zhang has great psychological advantages over the monster.


    A huge ape appeared in the eyes of everyone.


    The giant ape''s eyes were red and his angry eyes were straight at Meng Zhang in the air.


    He raised his head and roared, and his forearms beat his chest constantly, looking very angry.


    The roar of the great ape made almost everyone on the Terran cultivator''s side scared, and they didn''t care to launch a counterattack.


    As for the monster side, it is unbearable.


    Many monsters who escaped under the sun and moon were paralyzed, weak and ready to be slaughtered.


    Meng Zhang stared back at the angry ape king without showing weakness, but he was a little confused.


    According to the information he knows, the black jade forest near the area where maple leaf mountain city is located is the edge of the whole black jade forest.


    It is not only lack of resources, but also far away from the central part of the black jade forest.


    In the past, it was those monsters who failed in the internal competition that fled to this place, licked their wounds and recuperated.


    Of course, before the power of taiyimen entered this area, even the losers of these monsters were still powerful enemies that could not be ignored for the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, causing great damage and loss to everyone.


    But now, in Meng Zhang''s eyes, even if they are not the main force of the black jade forest, they should be the more powerful ones among the monsters. They definitely don''t look like a group of lost dogs.


    Especially when the angry ape King appeared here, it was even more unexpected.


    Over the years, the forces of monsters that harass the surrounding Terran territory are not particularly powerful, among which the strongest is the third-order monsters.


    No demon king has ever come to this remote place to participate in this low-level battle.


    If the demon king like the angry ape king had appeared here before, the surrounding would have been reduced to the territory of demon beasts.


    Of course, if such a situation does happen, the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world will not sit idly by.


    But now, the situation is very special and very different from the past.


    The Terran cultivation force, which has been restrained by the devil disaster, may not be able to free up their hands to clean up the angry ape king here.


    Fortunately, taiyimen has been secretly operating maple leaf mountain city since many years ago.


    At the critical moment, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, stood in front of the angry ape king.

 Chapter 1159

    Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative to attack the angry ape King except that he just sent out the sun and moon to defuse the attack of the angry ape king.


    In his heart, there are still many doubts.


    At the beginning, Hengdao Zhenjun led the vanguard of the expedition of the Dali imperial dynasty and established a long-distance transmission array with the cooperation of the insiders of the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    At the critical moment when the army was being transmitted, it was suddenly raided by the monster army from the black jade forest.


    The long-distance transmission array was destroyed, the army suffered heavy losses, and the whole expedition died.


    Although the monsters in the black jade forest have always been hostile to human practitioners, they will never launch a raid on this scale for no reason.


    To say there is hatred, the monsters in the black jade forest and the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world have deep hatred, and there are many conflicts of interest.


    Dali, however, had no enmity with these monsters in the past, no grievances in recent days, and no conflict of interest.


    The Dali imperial dynasty conquered the Daheng cultivation world, and the main target was the major cultivation forces here.


    The enemy of the enemy is not a friend, at least it should not be an enemy.


    However, the monsters in the black jade forest simply went against the common sense and did not hesitate to pay huge casualties. They all had to raid the Dali imperial army.


    Later, Ziyang Shengzong directly attacked Dali, the native land of the imperial dynasty. When he returned to Xu Daneng and raided Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher, he easily destroyed Jiuqu city.


    Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, walked around the world and organized the coalition forces of the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world to defeat the remnants of the expedition led by Hengdao Zhenjun.


    From the results, many people, including Meng Zhang, speculated that the actions of the monsters in the black jade forest should be directed by the Ziyang holy sect.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong will never admit such a thing.


    In the cultivation world, although it is said that monsters are human enemies, colluding with monsters is not a big deal.


    I didn''t see it. Even the devil cultivation dared to collude with the imperial court.


    In contrast, Ziyang Shengzong''s collusion with monster forces is hardly worth mentioning.


    There are not many dirty things behind those so-called orthodox sects full of human righteousness.


    Ziyang holy sect, as one of the holy sects leading the whole cultivation world, has always attached great importance to face Kung Fu.


    Ziyang Shengzong can do this disgraceful thing of colluding with monsters.


    Meng Zhang was curious and puzzled about what price Ziyang holy sect paid to drive the monsters in the black jade forest for his own use.


    Although high-level monsters have wisdom, they can communicate.


    But monsters are monsters. They won''t buy the face of the Holy Land Sect.


    At the order of Ziyang Shengzong, the monsters in the black jade forest acted according to the order, which was a complete fantasy.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, Ziyang Shengzong must have paid enough price to buy off these monsters.


    Meng Zhang wanted to know what Ziyang Shengzong paid to make these rebellious monsters work so hard.


    If you know this secret, does taiyimen also have the ability to communicate with these monsters and drive them to work hard?


    Don''t look at Meng Zhang''s disdain for the angry ape king. In his heart, he has never underestimated the power of these monsters.


    The monsters in the black jade forest have been able to confront the human cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world for so many years. Although there may be many reasons, their power can not be underestimated.


    On the other side of Jiuqu Province, demons from abroad have put great pressure on Governor Zhang Weineng.


    How Ziyang Shengzong bought the monster in the black jade forest should be the secret of his sect, which will not be leaked easily.


    Now he happens to be against the monster in the black jade forest. Meng Zhang can just find a breakthrough here.


    From the appearance of the angry ape king to the present, however, in a short time, Meng Zhang''s heart turned and had a lot of ideas in his mind.


    The famous angry ape king is also a hegemon in the black jade forest with many powerful monsters, and his status is not low.


    Perhaps, from it, we can get enough information to help our family solve their doubts.


    In this way, we can''t kill this guy directly. It''s better to catch him alive.


    The angry ape King seems angry, impulsive and hot tempered, but this is only a representation.


    As a fourth-order monster, that is, the so-called demon king of the demon family, its degree of wisdom is not low, and it can well suppress its own animal nature.


    Although he doesn''t know Meng Zhang, from Meng Zhang''s attack on the demon animal team and the temptation just now, it shows that the yuan God friar of the celebrity family is not an easy generation.


    The angry ape King roared repeatedly, constantly venting his anger and showing his strength.


    But from beginning to end, it remained cautious and did not continue to sell.


    If the angry ape king doesn''t take the initiative, it doesn''t mean that Meng Zhang will continue to wait like him.


    If other demon kings come here, it''s not convenient to capture the angry ape King alive.


    Meng Zhang suddenly made a move.


    Meng Zhanglian didn''t use his swordsmanship. He directly held a spirit snake spear and jumped at the angry ape king.


    The angry ape king was only cautious, not afraid of Meng Zhang.


    Terran friars fight against monsters, mostly by virtue of magic powers, or sacrificing magic tools to carry out various long-range attacks.


    Monsters are physically strong. Close combat is the strength of monsters.


    Except for a few Terran friars who are proficient in body refining or martial arts, many Terran friars try their best to avoid close combat with monsters.


    It''s not that the Terran friar is cowardly.


    The correct way to fight is to use our strengths and attack the enemy''s weaknesses.


    Human beings are not savage monsters. They pay more attention to wisdom in combat.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang dared to rush over like this, he felt a kind of despised anger in his heart.


    Then he put aside his anger and dealt with the enemy in front of him wholeheartedly.


    The angry ape king comes from the rolling stone ape family among monsters.


    The rolling stone ape is a superior group of monsters.


    He is not only strong in physique, but also has a lot of powerful talent and magic. More importantly, most apes and monsters have a high level of intelligence. The rolling stone apes are no exception.


    For monsters, if they want to go from low-level to high-level, they will take a lot of advantage if they have a good brain.


    There are many demons in the rolling stone ape family, and the strong ones at the demon king level also occasionally appear.


    The blood of the angry ape king has brought it powerful power, so that he can use his arms and fingers to cast many earth magic powers.


    The ethnic inheritance from the rolling stone ape family gives it rich experience and insight.


    In the past, it fought many times with the Terran friars in the Daheng cultivation world, including many Yuanshen friars.


    Experienced in many battles, it not only has rich combat experience, but also never flinches and escapes in the face of combat.


    But when facing Meng Zhang, it gives it an unprecedented feeling.


    The beast side of the monster gave it a keen intuition and made it a little afraid of the human monk in front of it.

 Chapter 1160

    Meng Zhang is not a physical cultivation, and has not specially practiced the method of strengthening the physical body.


    The sun moon rotation Sutra, which he practiced before, used the power of the sun and the power of the Taiyin to harden the flesh in the process of cultivation.


    His physical strength is not weak, but he is far less powerful than a monster like the angry ape king.


    He ventured to fight the angry ape king in order to catch it alive and prevent it from escaping.


    Meng Zhang threw down the angry ape king not far from him, so he waved a spirit snake spear and stabbed him.


    The angry ape king is more than ten feet tall and incomparably large.


    Meng Zhang was like a little rabbit in front of him.


    The spirit snake spear, a fourth-order magic weapon, is like a toothpick.


    But the angry ape king was keenly aware of the killing atmosphere above, and didn''t dare to let the toothpick stab himself.


    Its rich combat experience and sensitive battlefield smell helped it avoid a crisis.


    The spirit snake spear is originally a tool for killing. Every time it is pierced, it contains the power of killing Avenue.


    In front of the power of the road, size has no meaning at all.


    With a wave of his hands, the angry ape king raised countless soil from the ground and spread along his huge body, covering his whole body from top to bottom.


    On the earth, a big hand composed of earth and stone stretched out, danced wildly in the air and grabbed Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang moved quickly and shuttled back and forth among these big hands.


    The yin-yang spirit gourd appeared behind him, and two air currents, one black and one white, constantly came out of it.


    Yin and Yang Qi, like two whips, waved around Meng Zhang''s body.


    As soon as they encounter Yin and Yang, all the big hands of earth and rock will collapse one after another and turn into earth and rock.


    With the advantage of flexible body shape, Meng Zhang rushed close to the angry ape King many times, and the spirit snake spear in his hand kept stabbing out.


    The earth and rock covered the angry ape King flows like water,


    Every time the spirit snake spear stabbed, it was blocked by this layer of earth and rock.


    Earth magic is the most defensive.


    There is a word anger in the name of the angry ape king.


    When he was with Meng Zhang, he was not anxious or angry, and slowly dealt with him.


    The battle style of the angry ape king has never been so conservative.


    It gives full play to its expertise in earthly supernatural powers, protects itself strictly, and makes it clear that it is not seeking merit but no fault.


    Before Meng Zhang started, he never thought that this seemingly grumpy demon king would be so steady and conservative.


    The combat effectiveness of the angry ape king is only stronger than that of ordinary mid-term friars.


    It does not advance blindly, but defends well.


    In this case, even Meng Zhang can''t make a quick decision, and it''s more difficult to win it as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang was also a veteran of the battlefield and immediately had no idea of making a quick decision.


    Meng Zhang''s shot also began to become steady.


    He will slowly consume the power of the angry ape king and slowly look for each other''s weaknesses in the battle.


    In this way, the two sides began a long and protracted war.


    The war between human friars and monster teams has long stopped.


    The Terran friars and monsters retreated, separated by a long distance.


    Under the command of several golden elixirs, the Terran friars began to heal the wounded and heal the dead.


    Meng Zhang just swept the Terran friar array with the sun and moon divine light. He just gave everyone a simple treatment and strengthened everyone''s state.


    Those seriously injured monks also need special treatment and care.


    Many monks with intact bodies meditate and regulate their breath while watching the battle ahead from time to time.


    Naturally, the disciples of Taiyi sect recognized their leader long ago. Through word of mouth, all the Terran friars present knew Meng Zhang''s identity.


    Many people were absorbed in the battle ahead.


    The outcome of this war is related to the lives of all human friars present.


    Even the fate of the Terrans in this area will be affected.


    As for the monster side, one by one, they dare not even go out of the atmosphere.


    Most monsters crawl on the ground and occasionally look up at the battle ahead.


    In the mind of the monster in the black jade forest, the angry ape king is a guy who is extremely grumpy and kills when he is a little unhappy.


    It doesn''t need any reason. It''s just interested and will devour some of these low-level monsters.


    If you are in a bad mood, it will kill wantonly to vent its anger.


    All the monsters are trembling and waiting for the result of the battle.


    Neither dare to leave at this time, nor dare to look at the front too often. For fear that a wrong look will lead to the anger of the angry ape king.


    Several third-order monsters, that is, the so-called demon generals, are a little bolder and dare to look at the battle ahead all the time.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang''s own cultivation is much better than the angry ape king. His fourth order magic weapon was almost armed to the teeth. Against the angry ape king with bare hands, he has a great advantage.


    This is also one of the biggest difficulties encountered by monsters against human friars.


    If it is a foreign demon family, it has a prosperous demon civilization and the ability to refine foreign objects such as demon tools.


    The monsters in the black jade forest are basically local monsters in the Junchen world, so they don''t have so much ability.


    Many monsters will use their talents to refine some parts of their own body into demon tools.


    However, these demon tools are not only of single type and generally of poor quality, but also not all demon beasts can be refined.


    The angry ape king was arrogant and disdained to refine and use inferior demon tools.


    The high-quality demon ware is rare in the black jade forest and will not fall on its head easily.


    In the past battles, the huge body and strong flesh of the angry ape King were comparable to the best demon tools, which could directly fight against the enemy''s magic tools.


    However, Meng Zhang first used Yin and yang to constantly kill the defense of the angry ape king, so that the earth rock layer covered on his body continued to peel off. Then the spirit snake spear took advantage of the weakness and stabbed it continuously.


    The angry ape king, out of instinct, did not dare to let this murder weapon stab himself.


    He twisted left and right, dodged back and forth, and tried to avoid the sting of the spirit dodging snake spear.


    Its huge body has become a burden at this time.


    However, although it has fallen to the disadvantage and is in a passive state, the angry ape king still has no tendency to retreat.


    It still attacks Meng Zhang with its powerful body and magical earth magic.


    This kind of battle at the level of Yuanshen has a wide range of influence.


    The human friars and monsters watching the war were forced to retreat far away, farther and farther away from the battlefield.


    This is also because the two sides of the battle are mainly close combat, and do not cast many large-scale destructive spells.


    Otherwise, the scope of the aftermath of the battle will be expanded by at least dozens of times. Within a radius of tens of miles, it will be affected by the battle and become a white land.

 Chapter 1161

    Many monsters in this world are more stubborn than human friars. Even if you know you are defeated, you will not retreat easily when you fight with human friars, but you should stick to the end.


    This behavior is basically because the monster is affected by the animal trend in the body, so it is not rational enough.


    Demon kings like the angry ape king have often been free from the bondage of animal nature.


    If it is really unable to win, it will not continue this meaningless battle.


    The angry ape King waved a pair of huge arms, just like flapping a fly. He slapped around fiercely and tried to fly Meng Zhang out.


    Meng Zhang''s figure moves rapidly around the huge body of the angry ape king. While avoiding its attack, he doesn''t forget to wave the spirit snake spear and stab it constantly.


    When Meng Zhang had to temporarily move to the ground again to avoid the clapping of the angry ape King''s hands. The ground shook, and a huge dark figure came out from the ground and rushed at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who should have been unprepared, suddenly encountered a surprise attack, but he seemed to have been prepared. He drank softly, "you are finally willing to come out."


    Meng Zhang flexibly avoided the attack of the dark shadow. He didn''t forget to hand over the spirit snake spear and continued to stab the angry ape king.


    A black and a white airflow hung down from the air, entangled into a chaotic airflow, and fell heavily on the top of the black shadow.


    The Yin and Yang Qi, which contains the power of the road, directly hit the enemy.


    After a dull noise, the dark shadow drilled out of the ground fell heavily to the ground, shaking the earth violently.


    The dark shadow fell on the earth and finally showed its true face.


    This is clearly a huge pangolin, covered with a layer of earthy yellow scales.


    Yellow armor king is the title of this pangolin.


    If you can be king among monsters, it is certainly a fourth-order monster.


    The Yellow armor king was originally a heterogeneous pangolin and was proficient in earth magic.


    In particular, his skill of hiding in the earth is superb. He can easily penetrate the mountains and walk on the ground.


    Although King Huang Jia is a fourth-order monster, he has a lot of luck to grow to this point.


    This guy doesn''t have a good brain and is more vulnerable to animal trends.


    Many years ago, the angry ape king, who was also proficient in earth magic, subdued the Yellow armour king and made him his little brother.


    The angry ape King originally thought that King Huang Jia could silently approach Meng Zhang and give him a cruel punishment by virtue of his clever technique of earth escape.


    But it never thought that Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, had an amazing sense of spirit. His sneak attack and conspiracy against him basically couldn''t work.


    This does not mean that Meng Zhang''s keen mental induction can see through all false magic eyes, and is a sharp weapon that can check the enemy''s movements in advance.


    Hit directly by Yin and Yang Qi, the dizzy King Huang Jia suffered a little injury.


    King Huang Jia''s brain is not good, but he is very experienced in sneaking attacks through Tu dun.


    According to the practice of Huangjia king against the enemy, if the sneak attack fails and one hit is not hit, you should run away immediately and look for opportunities again.


    But first, the angry ape king is still fighting with the enemy, and second, his brain is not very clear now.


    It didn''t immediately use the technique of earth escape to escape, but shook its head and stood up, ready to attack Meng Zhang again.


    Although King Huang Jia is a demon king, his strength is mediocre. He can''t even fight ordinary friars in the early days of Yuanshen.


    Its means of dealing with the enemy are even more single, and it is all those moves back and forth.


    Two yin-yang soldiers suddenly flew out of the yin-yang Linghu.


    Together, they temporarily entangled the angry ape king and made him powerless to care for him.


    Meng Zhang jumped down from the air and took the initiative to rush at the king Huang Jia.


    Compared with the angry ape king, the Yellow armour king is obviously much weaker.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know that this guy has a bad brain, let alone that he doesn''t have a high position in the black jade forest.


    I just think that the other party is also a demon king, and is an absolute high-level in the black jade forest.


    All kinds of Secrets of the black jade forest should be understood by King Huang Jia.


    Pick up the persimmon and pinch it soft. Use the yin-yang soldiers to entangle the angry ape king. Meng Zhang wants to capture the Yellow armour king.


    A series of explosions came from the earth.


    This simple minded guy, I don''t know what he''s crazy about, actually put on a desperate posture and wanted to lose with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was also cruel, and directly hit him hard.


    The scales on the Yellow armour King were flying, and there were many deep scars.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t stop and hit this guy hard.


    Meng Zhang was preparing to capture the hard hit guy when he suddenly felt a violent evil wave.


    Meng Zhang''s face changed. At least this guy is also a demon king. How can he be so impulsive and explode himself?


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the character of King Huang Jia. Naturally, he didn''t know why the other party did this.


    Anyway, he can''t let this guy explode in front of himself.


    Meng Zhang''s figure suddenly disappeared. When he appeared again, he came to the top of Huang Jia king.


    He raised the spirit snake spear in his hand and mercilessly inserted it into the other party''s head.


    Compared with the huge size of the Yellow armour king, the spirit snake spear is at best a thin needle.


    But it was this humble fine needle that contained the power of killing Avenue, which broke out terrible lethality and directly took away the vitality of King Huang Jia.


    When King Huang Jia lost to Meng Zhang and fell completely downwind, the angry ape king also tried to come and support him.


    However, the two yin-yang soldiers joined hands and played a strong fighting force with special joint secret skills, which made it difficult to get away.


    If the angry ape king doesn''t want to be hit hard, he must first deal with the attack of two yin-yang soldiers.


    Watching Huang Jia king killed by Meng Zhang, he was helpless, which made the angry ape king very depressed.


    Looking at the dead body of the Yellow armour king, the angry ape king made a decisive choice.


    It fought hard against two yin-yang soldiers and took the initiative to get out of the battle.


    After leaving the battle, he did not hesitate at all. He didn''t even look at the many monsters on the ground. At one glance, he immediately ran in the direction of the black jade forest and fled for his life.


    But in the blink of an eye, the huge body of the angry ape King disappeared into the sight of everyone and fled into the depths of the black jade forest.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the escaped angry ape king, but looked at the body of Huang Jia king on the ground.


    Although he was not captured alive, only a body was left. But Meng Zhang also has a way to get the information he wants from King Huang Jia.


    Meng Zhang stretched out his right hand and fished at the body of King Huangjia. In this way, the virtual shadow of a pangolin was fished out of the body of King Huangjia.


    Compared with the flesh of the Yellow armour king, its spirit is too small.


    King Huang Jia has just died, and the spirit is basically intact. It is just convenient for Meng Zhang to perform the soul search and obtain information from the spirit.

 Chapter 1162

    There are many kinds of soul searching techniques in the cultivation world.


    Friars who master this kind of magic can search for the spirits of both the living and the dead.


    If the soul searching object is the human friars in the yuan God period, because the spirit has been integrated into the yuan God, it is necessary to break the yuan God''s defense before dealing with the spirit.


    However, a monster like King Huang Jia has a strong body and the power of God and soul is not strong enough. It''s not worth mentioning compared with the original God of the Terran friar.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time, he almost effortlessly broke through the instinctive defense of the spirit of King Huangjia and searched deeply for all kinds of information hidden in the spirit.


    Before searching the soul of King Huangjia, Meng Zhang ordered several Terran Jindan friars to be busy with their own affairs without waiting on them.


    After the Yellow armour king was killed and the angry ape King escaped without hesitation, many remaining monsters became abandoned children.


    The smarter guy also knows to run away and get away from here.


    A stupid guy is like he is at a loss.


    After the rest just now, the combat effectiveness of the Terran friars has recovered a lot.


    Led by several immortal Jindan, he killed the monster team.


    A yin-yang soldier stood beside Meng Zhang to protect his Dharma.


    Another yin-yang soldier did not directly kill the past, but cast spells at a distance to help the Terran friars fight the enemy.


    At this time, the strength of the remaining monster team is not necessarily much weaker than the human friars.


    If it can be effectively organized, it may not be without the power of a war.


    But in the face of the slain Terran friars, except for a few monsters who had the courage to fight, the other monsters scattered in a mass and fled.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of the battle between the two sides. He focused all his attention on the spirit of King Huangjia.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang completed the soul search and obtained all kinds of information.


    His face looked a little disappointed.


    The Yellow armour king, although he is a demon king, doesn''t have a high position in the black jade forest.


    Like Ziyang Shengzong''s collusion with high-level monsters, it basically knows nothing.


    This fool just knows to follow the orders of the angry ape king.


    Where the angry ape king makes it rush, it rushes.


    As for the process before and after the invasion of Terran territory, King Huang Jia knows better.


    After the evil disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world, it is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for the monsters in the black jade forest.


    Many monsters are ready to invade Terran territory, seize territory and rob blood food.


    However, the order from the highest level of the monster stopped the monster''s impulse and did not allow the monster to attack the Terran territory.


    As for why the top level of monster made such a decision and how to subdue all kinds of monster, the Yellow King is not clear.


    Although the monsters in the black jade forest have leaders, they have distinct strata. However, generally speaking, monsters are not human beings. The structure is too loose to be prohibited.


    Although the demon king leaders at the highest level did not allow the monsters to attack the Terran territory at this time, many monsters still had to obey the public and disobey the public and run away alone.


    Even some demon kings could not understand the orders of the highest level and secretly made small moves.


    Near this area of maple leaf mountain city, close to the edge of the black jade forest, it is recognized as a backwater up and down the black jade forest.


    In the past, some wandering monsters had some conflicts with the human cultivation forces. In the eyes of powerful monsters, they were nothing to mention.


    Not long ago, several demon kings who wanted to make trouble liked this place and wanted to use it as a springboard to invade Terran territory.


    Because this operation was carried out secretly behind the top of the monster.


    Therefore, the scale of the invasion is not large. In addition to driving the monsters around here, it only mobilized some elite monsters to participate.


    This time, if Meng Zhang didn''t kill the demon animals, the demon king like the angry ape king was reluctant to do it himself.


    In any case, the invading monster team was defeated and suffered heavy losses. Even the demon king like Huang Jia was killed by Meng Zhang.


    The Yellow armour king is no longer hard-working, but also a demon king.


    The death of a demon king is not easy to hide.


    Maybe all the demon kings in the black jade forest know what''s happening here.


    Angry ape king, what they should consider now is how to explain to the highest level of the monster why they disobey orders.


    As for launching another attack on the Terran territory and retaliating against Meng Zhang, it will be later.


    Meng Zhang was relieved by the information obtained from King Huang Jia.


    If attacking Terran territory is only the private behavior of demon kings such as angry ape king, the result is not too bad.


    As long as the main force of monsters in the black jade forest didn''t invade here, he wouldn''t worry.


    After the war, Meng Zhang could not guess what kind of trend the monsters in the black jade forest would have.


    After all, the information obtained from the soul of King Huang Jia is too limited.


    However, just because Huang Jia''s brain was not working well, the angry ape king was not prepared for it and exposed some secrets in front of it.


    Angry ape king and other demon kings secretly formed a small group and attracted many powerful monsters dissatisfied with the highest level of monsters. It seems that they want to make some action.


    If there is civil strife among the monsters in the black jade forest, it will be a great gospel to the human beings in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    However, how the internal situation of the black jade forest will change, because there is too little information at hand, Meng Zhang is not easy to judge.


    After soul searching, the spirit of King Huang Jia, who was still full of vitality, suddenly became depressed.


    Meng Zhang also no longer continued to toss about this clever guy. After crushing it, he directly sent it into reincarnation.


    Soon after Meng Zhang finished, the Terran friars also won a big victory.


    A large number of monsters were killed on the spot, and the remaining monsters fled everywhere.


    Immortal Jindan of Terran leads his friars to continue to chase and kill the enemy.


    Some monks began to clean up the battlefield and collect booty.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to take care of these little things. He flew high into the sky, sat cross legged and closed his eyes.


    After a little while, five golden elixirs took off to Meng Zhang and said hello to Meng Zhang.


    Because the leader was the friar of taiyimen, Meng Zhang didn''t be polite to them and explained directly.


    For example, move the population close to the side of the black jade forest, arrange a defense line at the border and strengthen the defense


    Some of these things were already done by them, and some were ordered by Meng ZhangCai.


    After the confession, Meng Zhang left them and flew towards the black jade forest.


    This is the edge of the black jade forest, and the trees are relatively sparse.


    All the monsters that used to haunt nearby should have joined the team of monsters invading Terran territory.


    After a big defeat just now, the surrounding monsters had already escaped, leaving empty forests.

 Chapter 1163

    Meng Zhang flew into the black jade forest this time to personally observe the trend of the monster and see if the monster shows signs of regrouping again.


    Meng Zhang flew into the black jade forest in one breath, and flew into a distance of more than 2000 miles. There was no valuable discovery.


    All the way, except for a few scattered monsters, I didn''t even see the slightly stronger monsters, let alone the demon king and the demon army.


    Although King Huang Jia doesn''t have much useful information in his mind, he is also a demon king of the black jade forest. He knows more or less about many situations of the black jade forest.


    When Meng zhangfei reached this distance, there was no new discovery, so he had to stop temporarily.


    According to the established practice of the black jade forest, if you continue to fly inside, you will enter the real territory of the black jade forest, which is no longer the previous edge.


    In the inner area, there are many powerful monsters, including the main force of black jade forest monsters and the demon kings who rule black jade forest.


    Terran friars, especially the more powerful friars. If friars above Jindan immortal rashly enter this place, they will be regarded as a provocation to the whole black jade forest.


    Not only will the monk recruit all the people from the top to the bottom of the black jade forest to chase and kill, but also it is easy to lead to a large-scale conflict between the monster forces of the black jade forest and the human friars.


    It is already the limit for yuan Shen Zhen Jun like Meng Zhang to haunt on the edge of the black jade forest.


    Moving forward will certainly touch the sensitive nerves of the demon kings.


    Even if Meng Zhang had more confidence in himself, he dared not say that he could deal with many demon kings in the black jade forest alone.


    He also had no confidence that he could sneak into it without being found by any demon king.


    It''s not what he wants to do at the moment to provoke the fight between the human Friar and the monster forces.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean to go deep into the black jade forest, but turned around in the periphery.


    He finally determined that the periphery of the black jade forest had been almost emptied, and no large-scale monster forces could be found.


    The angry ape King escaped fast enough. After such a time, he fled back to the black jade forest.


    A few low-level monsters who escaped the pursuit of Terran friars, he had no intention to pay attention.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to leave here, so he wandered around the edge of the black jade forest.


    He waited around for several days and made several big circles. He didn''t wait for the monster army, nor did the demon king appear in front of him.


    Did the angry ape king really give up his attack on the Terran territory?


    Or is there really something wrong with the monster high-level inside the black jade forest?


    Although Meng Zhang was very curious, he didn''t mean to go deep into the black jade forest.


    He waited for several days without waiting for the result. He only left temporarily.


    He came out from the edge of the black jade forest and came to the junction of the black jade forest and the Terran territory.


    At this time, the twelve Taoist soldiers with Jindan combat effectiveness he had previously sent cleared the monsters that penetrated into the Terran territory, completed the task, and flew to meet him.


    After refining these Taoist soldiers with Yin-Yang Linghu, there was a special relationship between Meng Zhang and these Taoist soldiers.


    Even if they are separated by thousands of mountains and rivers, both sides can determine each other''s whereabouts and fly to meet each other.


    Two Taoist soldiers with the strength of Yuanshen period and twelve Taoist soldiers with the strength of Jindan period are not weak together.


    As long as Meng Zhang thought, he could command them freely and let them go through fire and water.


    When Meng Zhang came to the border, the Terran friars were arranging defense facilities nearby and trying to build a defense line.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and left two yin-yang soldiers of Yuanshen period and six yin-yang soldiers of Jindan period together to help the Terran friars guard here.


    With such strength, you can easily deal with the attack of small-scale monsters.


    Even if the monster army led by the demon king invades on a large scale, the human friars have the power of war.


    If you can''t resist it, you can also buy time for the Terran friars to wait for reinforcements from the rear.


    The remaining six yin-yang soldiers flew back to the yin-yang Linghu.


    Next, Meng Zhang has many tough battles to fight. He has several reliable men around him who can help deal with some chores.


    After arranging these things and arranging the tasks of Taoist soldiers, Meng Zhang didn''t stay much. He left here directly and flew back to maple leaf mountain city.


    He hasn''t left maple leaf mountain city for a long time, and there are no new changes here.


    However, the battle between the front line and the demon group has never stopped, and it is getting stronger and stronger.


    All kinds of reinforcements, including the taiyimen friars and a large number of war materials, are continuously transmitted from the transmission Dharma array.


    The magic subduing secret method Meng Zhang obtained from the magic subduing mirror has begun to teach. However, because the time is still short, there is no monk who has succeeded in cultivation for the time being.


    Of course, both the baicaopo side of taiyimen Mountain Gate and the maple leaf mountain city have actively arranged for idle friars to start practicing.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and understanding, these secrets don''t take too much time. Just a little practice, they can be used basically.


    In addition, there is a refined magic subduing mirror to assist in casting spells. The power of spells is huge and can play a role in the battlefield against demons.


    After getting the method to refine those two magic weapons, the weapon refiners in the taiyimen Mountain Gate tool hall have begun to refine magic weapons.


    Although Meng Zhang obtained the magic descending gate from the magic descending mirror in a short time, it can not be popularized on a large scale for the time being.


    However, as long as enough time is left for the Taiyi sect, the monks cultivate the descending magic sect one after another, and the descending magic instruments are refined one by one.


    At that time, the friars on the side of taiyimen will greatly increase their combat effectiveness against demons and become the real nemesis of demons.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay long in maple leaf mountain city. After a little understanding of the progress of various work, he left here and flew to the front line against demons.


    According to the disciples of Taiyi sect who reported to him about the war on the front line, there is a lot of pressure on the front line.


    More and more demons are approaching this area from all directions.


    Now there are a lot of demons gathered at the boundary of this area.


    Yang Xueyi led the Terran friar coalition to lay a defense line at the border and firmly block out a large number of demons.


    The demons have launched many attacks on the Terran friar defense line.


    Although every impact was blocked back by the friar coalition led by Yang Xueyi.


    But the demons didn''t give up at all, and continued to attack.


    The Terran friar coalition, whether human or material, is rapidly consuming and coping with more and more difficulties.

 Chapter 1164

    Meng Zhang didn''t stop all the way and flew directly to the front line against demons.


    A day later, a magnificent defense line appeared in his eyes.


    Below was originally a hilly area extending from mountains.


    The ground is uneven, and mountains of all sizes can be seen everywhere.


    Between the mountains, there are fragmented plains.


    The Terran friars, relying on the terrain here, invested a lot of human and material resources to build a complete set of defense system.


    Fortresses were built on the slightly larger mountains.


    With these fortresses as fulcrum, a Dharma array was built.


    These Dharma arrays are next to each other, leaving little space.


    There are monks stationed in each Dharma array.


    In addition, there is a mobile team led by Jindan immortal, cruising between the French array and reinforcing all directions at any time.


    At the periphery of the Dharma array, there are many and various mechanism creations, which have played a great role.


    Outside this line of defense, the ground is full of demons.


    The whole land looked as if it had been dyed black.


    Countless demons seemed to be the tide, one wave after another coming towards the defense line of the Terran friars.


    When the demon entered the range, there were bursts of roars and flames or lightning from the surrounding mountains.


    This is the big fire gun and lightning thunder gun in the mechanism creation.


    These two categories belong to large-scale war weapons.


    It has little effect in one-on-one or small-scale combat of practitioners.


    But in large-scale combat, it can provide important fire support.


    The fire tongue and lightning shot into the demon group, and there were big gaps on the ground immediately, and even many big pits on the ground.


    There are too many demons. Even if the roar keeps ringing, it can''t stop them all.


    A large number of demons broke through the fire blockade and rushed to the front of the Dharma array.


    A mechanism puppet with different forms is waiting in front of the demon group.


    Some of these organ puppets are human, many are animal, and even many are simply the forms of various utensils.


    There are enough forms of mechanism puppets, but they are still far from enough to see compared with strange demons.


    Almost all creatures in the world can be demonized and become all kinds of demons.


    The original magic object with complex source becomes more distorted after being demonized.


    Some animals, like tigers and wolves, suddenly split their backs and shot out tentacles.


    Some obviously looked human, but the stomach suddenly cracked and drilled out strange heads and arms.


    ¡­¡­


    These distorted demons have made a great visual impact on people.


    People who are not strong enough in willpower dare not look more.


    If you look at it more, you will be dizzy and unstable.


    The mechanism puppets fought fiercely with the demons, and the magic array in the rear shot many spells, which caused great damage to these demons.


    Demons are not only too many, but also very powerful.


    There is a huge demon like a hill, but its action is not clumsy. It strides towards the defense line of Terran friars.


    The attacks from various mechanism creations, such as fire tongue, lightning, etc., fell on such a demon, which was like scratching it.


    With the help of the Dharma array, the Terran friars can''t even lift the waves and flowers.


    I saw this huge demon striding forward and rushing forward, easily crashing into and destroying a series of Dharma arrays.


    Even the fortress on several hills was easily overturned.


    Many tentacles were drilled out of the demon, and a burst of violent clapping directly flattened the whole hill.


    Fortunately, a famous immortal Jindan led a mobile team and stopped the demon temporarily.


    After a fierce fight, the whole team suffered more than half of the casualties. Even the leader''s Jindan immortal was greatly injured, so he finally killed the demon.


    The strength of a demon is not necessarily proportional to its size.


    A demon that looks no more than the size of a rabbit shuttles flexibly through the Terran friars'' defense line.


    Each shot can seriously injure or even kill a friar in the foundation period.


    Even with the bonus of Dharma array, these human friars are still not its opponents.


    This demon has destroyed several Dharma arrays, and even hit a golden elixir immortal by sneak attack.


    Finally, two Terran golden elixir immortals who were transferred from other parts of the defense line paid a high price to kill the demon.


    There are not many powerful demons. They are mixed among the demons and cause great damage to the defense line.


    Meng Zhang just looked for a while and knew that this line of defense was not only a meat grinder, but also a bottomless hole.


    Taiyimen has transported various materials to maple leaf mountain city for many times.


    All kinds of mechanism creations are not only refined by taiyimen Shengong hall, but also purchased from Qiqiao sect.


    Meng Zhang roughly estimated the consumption rate on the battlefield.


    It is estimated that the output of Shengong hall in a month will be exhausted if it can''t last for three or five days.


    This line of defense can last so long, and the French arrays arranged here have played an important role.


    These levels are different. There are only one order at the lowest level and three orders at the highest level. Together, they form the foundation of this defense line.


    Arranging the Dharma array needs to consume various array materials, and maintaining the operation of the Dharma array needs to consume a lot of aura.


    The quality of the underground spiritual pulse in this place is average. It can''t support so many Dharma arrays to operate at the same time.


    The normal operation of the Dharma array depends on the continuous investment of a large number of spirit stones.


    There are a lot of friars, but they are not worth mentioning compared with demons.


    In addition to a large number of monks who died on the spot, many monks were injured by demons.


    The damage caused by demons is difficult to heal.


    If it is not handled in time, it will only become more and more serious.


    A bad one, the wounded may even be demonized and become a new demon.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang''s old friend, immortal ye, was hurt by evil Qi. As a result, the injury wound her for decades.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t help her dispel the evil Qi in her body later, she would end up being demonized if she couldn''t suppress the evil Qi in the end.


    Although taiyimen made a lot of preparations in advance, he collected many pills and talismans to dispel evil Qi.


    But when the battle begins, these materials will be consumed too fast to supply.


    On the battlefield, the number of taiyimen friars is small, but they are the mainstay of the whole friar coalition army and constitute the skeleton of the whole coalition army.


    When facing the magic disaster, the Xiuzhen forces in the nearby area threw away all their previous disputes and grievances and united together against the enemy.


    I dare not say that there is no reservation, but it is obvious that all the Xiuzhen forces have come up with their own family background.


    Most of the monks in the sect were sent by various religious forces to join the friar alliance.


    Everyone took out their savings to meet the needs of the coalition forces.

 Chapter 1165

    Magic is the public enemy of mankind, and magic disaster is the disaster of the whole human world.


    In such a critical moment, even the stingy people will not care about every detail.


    The Xiuzhen forces in the nearby area are all doing their best to enhance the strength of this friar coalition.


    Because everyone knows that once the friar alliance is defeated, there will be no power in the nearby area to resist the attack of demons.


    Once that time comes, I''m afraid that in addition to a small number of practitioners who can escape by luck, countless Terrans around will come to a miserable end.


    In order to defend this line of defense, taiyimen is not only providing reinforcements and investing all kinds of resources. Many Xiuzhen forces have almost gone all out.


    Meng Zhang was standing high in the air. He was not in a hurry. The battle here was too fierce.


    Practitioners do not fight for interests, but for their own survival, for their relatives and peers.


    On the battlefield, there were few people who fled, and almost everyone worked hard.


    Meng Zhang has received a report from Yang Xueyi before. She organized a coalition of monks, and the number of practitioners exceeded 8000.


    Moreover, in addition to the support provided by the taiyimen, various truth cultivation forces are constantly searching for their family wealth, squeezing their own potential, and trying to send more truth practitioners to the coalition army.


    However, according to Meng Zhang''s rough estimation just now, there are only more than 3000 Terran practitioners in the lower line of defense.


    The devil opposite is still launching waves of attacks.


    According to the latest intelligence, many demon groups outside this area are moving here and are likely to join the demon army in front of us.


    If there were no other plans, simply considering the interests of the sect and starting from the advantages and disadvantages, Meng Zhang would not need to continue the battle.


    If the battle continues to drag on, not to mention that the demon side will usher in more reinforcements. The current demon army alone can drain all the truth cultivation forces around, which will seriously damage the vitality and bones of taiyimen.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking about the changes in the war situation, there were new changes on the battlefield below.


    In the sky, groups of demons in the form of birds fly from a distance and are preparing to join the battle.


    Terran cultivators must practice to the foundation period before they can fly alone with their own strength.


    In the period of Qi refining, if the friar wants to fly into the sky, he must use some foreign objects such as mechanism creations.


    The number of flying boats on the Terran friar side is limited and the power is average.


    The big guy like Feizhou can''t transmit through the long-distance transmission array.


    In fact, many large mechanism creations transmitted from taiyimen Mountain Gate to maple leaf mountain city are disassembled and transmitted, and then slowly assembled.


    First, it is difficult to disassemble the flying boat. Second, it is far more difficult to assemble the flying boat than to assemble the mechanism gun.


    If the high-level friars on the Terran side don''t fight, the friar coalition will have no air advantage in the face of demons.


    There was a lot of flying demons. After a while, they flew over and looked like they were about to attack.


    At this time, I saw that the sky, which had been clear for thousands of miles, suddenly became very gloomy, and black clouds floated over.


    With bursts of thunder, lightning fell from the sky and split towards the demons.


    These lightning are powerful and have a strong restraining effect on demons.


    Originally powerful and ferocious demons, they turned into charred corpses and fell from the air.


    As Meng Zhang expected, Jin Qiaoer''s body appeared in the distant air.


    Among the friars in maple leaf mountain city, she is the only one who can display such powerful thunder method and launch such a large-scale attack.


    Jin Qiaoer continued to cast magic in the air, constantly summoned lightning and destroyed the overwhelming demons.


    At this time, the demons of several Eagle heads suddenly accelerated, suddenly separated from the demons in the air, and rushed towards Jin Qiaoer against the thunder and lightning all over the sky.


    Although in order to distinguish the strength of demons, the cultivators still divided demons into classes.


    From the first level to the fourth level, they correspond to the practitioners from the period of Qi refining to the period of Yuanshen.


    But the demon is a chaotic creature, and the class does not fully represent combat effectiveness.


    When low-level demons break out, they can often break out higher-level combat effectiveness and achieve higher-level challenges.


    The demons of these Eagles should have been only third-order demons. However, under the sudden outbreak, it can cause harm to the yuan God Zhenjun such as Jin Qiaoer.


    After fighting with demons during this period of time, Jin Qiaoer has long accumulated rich combat experience.


    Obviously, Yang Xueyi didn''t achieve Yuanshen, but also fought with demons for so long before Jin Qiaoer. She must have a backhand.


    Sure enough, Yang Xueyi released two fourth-order runes while suppressing a fourth-order demon.


    A dazzling golden light flashed and wrapped the boy who was ready to attack.


    A flaming fire dragon appeared out of thin air and jumped at the boy.


    As a fourth level talisman, Yang Xueyi''s most important thing is all kinds of fourth level talismans.


    Although the drawing of fourth-order runes is also expensive, whether it is Rune paper or Rune ink, it needs to consume many precious materials, including all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures.


    However, Yang Xueyi is not only a well paid talisman, but also an excellent spiritual kitchen.


    From the time of Qi refining, she was a famous rich woman of Taiyi sect.


    When you become the true monarch of the yuan God, you can still be called a rich man.


    She can afford to use some fourth-order runes.

 Chapter 1166

    Since Meng Zhang came to this battlefield, he deliberately hid his tracks and restrained his breath.


    If you didn''t know his existence in advance and deliberately search, it would be difficult to find his trace.


    Especially when the lower cultivators fought with demons, all the movements were basically concentrated on the battlefield.


    Regardless of the enemy, neither of us should have much spare power to take into account others.


    Yang Xueyi practices such excellent classics as the five elements of heaven talisman Sutra. She is not only a very clever talisman, but also has a strong talent in the five elements, which makes her good at casting all kinds of five element spells.


    Yang Xueyi continuously cast spells. The spell of storm and rain has not been interrupted. The two fourth-order demons can''t be suppressed at all.


    Yang Xueyi will release a fourth-order talisman in time and continue to suppress the other party as soon as the other party is about to become powerful.


    Before Jin Qiaoer''s arrival, Yang Xueyi fought against two fourth-order demons with the power of one person, stabilizing the overall situation of the Terran side.


    However, there are so many demons that they can almost be killed.


    The friar coalition army has been struggling for many days and suffered heavy casualties. It is about to be overwhelmed.


    Just as Jin Qiaoer appeared in time, he used the powerful thunder method for many times to destroy a large number of demons on a large scale, so he temporarily stabilized the defense line.


    In a demon group, there will only be one demon with the highest level.


    If there are several high-level demons with the same level, they will fight each other and try to devour each other.


    Before, a group of demons led by a fourth-order demon will attack the area where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    The friar alliance led by Yang Xueyi not only defeated the demon group, but also wounded the fourth order demon.


    There is also a cruel struggle between the demon groups.


    The main way of evolution of demons is to fight and devour each other.


    It''s really rare for different demon groups to attack this place together. I don''t know what attraction this place has. It has attracted more than one demon group.


    Moreover, according to the report of taiyimen spy, there are more demon groups around, approaching here.


    If there are more demon groups participating in the war, it will not only increase the number of demons, but also mean that there are more fourth-order demons participating in the war.


    In terms of high-level combat power, the Terran side will not have any advantage.


    Those two fourth-order demons are in human form.


    Generally speaking, this means that they are likely to be transformed from human monks after being demonized.


    With the former consciousness of human cultivators, such demons often have high intelligence and are not completely affected by the trend of instinct, and their harm is especially great.


    This kind of magic is a special kind of magic cultivation, which is very difficult to deal with.


    In many previous battles, Yang Xueyi wounded such demons more than once, but it was difficult to kill them completely.


    For demons, even if they are seriously injured, as long as they swallow a large number of low-level demons in time, they can slowly get rid of the trouble of injury.


    The fourth level demon that was originally hurt by Yang Xueyi will soon appear in front of Yang Xueyi again.


    Due to the cover of Yang Xueyi, Jin Qiaoer didn''t take care of the demons trying to sneak attack him. She still focused on casting spells and killing the demons.


    Thunder rumbled in the sky, electric snakes danced wildly, and it seemed as if the lightning had never been cut off.


    The overwhelming thunder and lightning, after destroying the flying demons in the sky, did not stop and continued to chop towards the demons on the ground.


    I saw that with the lightning, groups of demons were destroyed one by one, and the ground was full of charred corpses.


    Yang Xueyi with one enemy two, blocked two fourth-order demons, did not let Jin Qiaoer suffer any interference, and could concentrate on casting spells.


    On such a large-scale battlefield, the strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun is the power that can make a final decision.


    As long as there is no power at the same level to compete with it, we can kill wantonly and reverse the balance of the war.


    If you are a Terran friar from a large family, you can also set up an array and concentrate the power of many friars to compete with high-level friars with the help of the array.


    If it is a regular demon army from the demon world, most of them also have such ability.


    However, the sources of these demons are complex. After all kinds of creatures have been demonized, they are transformed one after another.


    The demon army looks numerous, but the interior is too chaotic.


    These demons often kill each other and devour each other.


    If there were no fourth-order demons to suppress, these demons would either dissipate long ago or devour each other to give birth to new fourth-order demons.


    Too chaotic demon groups can''t be called an army at all.


    The fourth-order demon takes the demon group controlled by itself as the utilization object, which is cannon fodder that can be consumed.


    No matter how much the demon loses, the fourth level demon won''t feel heartache.


    Demons fight and devour each other. However, new fourth-order demons are absolutely not allowed in the demon group.


    Yang Xueyi suppressed the two fourth-order demons. Jin Qiaoer helped the friar alliance and beat back the crazy demons.


    If this continues, today''s battle will end as usual, with the human friars paying a huge price, the demons suffering heavy casualties and being forced to retreat.


    Just when almost everyone thought so, Meng Zhang, as a bystander, keenly found something wrong.


    Seeing that the demon Group paid huge casualties, the subsequent demon group not only did not continue to rush up, but also had a tendency to retreat.


    Jin Qiaoer slowly lowered the flying altitude and flew towards the demons on the ground.


    She knew in her heart that although the two fourth-order demons were temporarily suppressed by Yang Xueyi, the fourth-order demons had a strong ability to survive. Even if you help yourself in the past, it''s difficult to leave these two fourth-order demons.


    In this way, it''s better to continue to kill as many low-level demons as possible.


    No matter how many demons there are, as long as your family continues to kill, it will be finished one day.


    You don''t even need to eliminate all the demons. As long as you get rid of most of them and eliminate their quantitative advantage against Terran friars, the demons will not be enough.


    When Jin Qiaoer was performing a large-scale spell to kill the demons on a large scale, a long tentacle was suddenly shot out of the corpses of the demons that were originally all over the ground.


    This tentacle was very fast. In the blink of an eye, it stabbed hundreds of feet and quickly stabbed Jin Qiaoer in the air from under the ground.


    The fighting time with demons is not long, but Jin Qiaoer has fully seen all kinds of strange demons, and there are many strange means for demons.


    No matter what kind of plot, sneak attack and strange secret arts, she can''t be surprised.


    She was always wary and never careless.


    Although the sneak attack means of the demon is a little unexpected, it is not enough to hurt her.

 Chapter 1167

    A layer of thunder appeared around Jin Qiaoer''s body. This is her secret skill of protecting her body.


    Before the tentacle approached, it was burned into coke by thunder.


    For this level of sneak attack, Jin Qiaoer doesn''t care at all. It''s a small episode and won''t affect her to continue to cast the group attack spell.


    Because of Jin Qiaoer''s large-scale lightning spell, dark clouds had long rolled in the sky, blocking most of the sun, and the surroundings looked very gloomy.


    In a dark cloud above Jin Qiaoer''s head, a distorted shadow suddenly appeared.


    The shadow ignored the surrounding thunder and lightning, as if it was not affected by the power of thunder, so it jumped at Jin Qiaoer from the air.


    Jin Qiaoer was shocked and was preparing to move. Suddenly, she felt that there were strange chanting sounds in her mind.


    Jin Qiaoer suddenly felt his head uncomfortable, dizzy and unstable.


    Not only was her spell casting affected, but she had to stop temporarily when she was casting half of her spell.


    The whole person felt dizzy and almost forgot that there were demons attacking him, and there was no time to make any response.


    Knowing that the situation was wrong, Jin Qiaoer quickly gathered her mind to resist this sudden influence.


    Yang Xueyi was too far away from Jin Qiaoer. She found that the situation was wrong as soon as possible and had no time to respond.


    Although I don''t know what the shadow is, it''s definitely a very powerful demon.


    The demon''s body is not only strong, but also has many strange and incomparable abilities, which makes the yuan God Zhenjun afraid.


    In this case, if Jin Qiaoer is entangled by this shadow, the consequences are unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang, who had been watching for a long time, finally played a role at this time.


    The sun, moon and divine light converged into a beam of light and shone from Meng Zhang''s position.


    Suddenly across a long distance, just hit the twisted shadow.


    The sun and moon divine light, which absorbs the power of the sun and the power of the Taiyin and is refined by the secret method, itself has a certain effect of breaking evil spirits.


    When illuminated by the sun and moon, the constantly distorted shadow sent out bursts of miserable howls.


    The sound of this terrible howl was unparalleled, and it spread far away all at once.


    The Terran friars below were very upset when they heard the scream. They could hardly wait to block their ears with their hands.


    And those retreating demons, after hearing the scream, suddenly became crazy.


    Countless demons stopped retreating, some turned and continued to rush at the human defense line, some jumped into the air and rushed desperately towards Jin Qiaoer


    After that miserable howling sound entered the ear, it also made Jin Qiaoer feel uncomfortable.


    Fortunately, as a true monarch of Yuanshen, she has a very strong power of Yuanshen.


    She quickly eliminated all kinds of abnormal conditions of her body and quickly returned to normal.


    One after another, the sun and moon lights shot from the sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head, making the shadow retreat and try to avoid.


    Meng Zhang naturally exposed his figure after he shot.


    He quickly flew to this side, ready to take this rare opportunity to leave the fourth-order demons as much as possible.


    The strange figure of the devil is really emerging one after another. Jin Qiaoer thought he was careful enough, and he almost got caught.


    She, who has always been mild tempered, was finally angry this time.


    She held her one hand high, and lightning hit the shadow.


    That seemingly insignificant shadow has high resistance to the power of thunder, which is very different from other demons.


    Jing Hong''s sword turned into a peerless practice, fell from the sky and cut directly into the shadow.


    The shadow couldn''t dodge and was split in two.


    The shadow didn''t seem to be hurt much, but burst into complacent laughter.


    The shadow took the initiative to split.


    One to two, two to four


    Originally split into two shadows, they split into dozens of shadows in the blink of an eye.


    These shadows swam freely in the sky.


    Some jumped at Jin Qiaoer, some flew towards Meng Zhang, and some fell to the ground


    The means of demons are really strange and unpredictable.


    If it was in the past, Meng Zhang may not have a good means to leave each other.


    But since he got the magic subduing mirror, Meng Zhang has a very clever means to subdue the devil.


    Meng Zhang held the magic subduing mirror in his hand and shot it around.


    Golden lights shot out from the magic subduing mirror and shot in all directions.


    Even without Meng Zhang''s control, this golden light automatically shot into the shadows.


    The speed of the golden light of subduing demons was so fast that the shadows had no time to dodge and were shot by the golden light.


    Under the golden light, the shadows turned into ashes.


    But in a moment, all the shadows in the air and on the ground were destroyed by the golden light of subduing demons.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stop. He kept holding up the magic subduing mirror and kept irradiating all around.


    On the battlefield, there are a lot of shadows hidden in the demon corpses, underground, and even near the Terran defense line.


    These shadows are not afraid of flying sword stabbing and chopping. They can resist all kinds of five element spells and even thunder attacks.


    But when you encounter the golden light of subduing demons, it''s like meeting an enemy.


    Where the golden light of subduing demons goes, all shadows are destroyed without resistance.


    No matter how tight the shadow is hidden, as long as it is illuminated by the golden light of subduing the devil, it will be forced out.


    After some effort, Meng Zhang finally wiped out all the shadows near the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang did not have much joy on his face.


    Because he knew very well that these shadows were only part of a fourth order demon.


    He just eliminated the shadow around him, far from eliminating its noumenon.


    In the demon group, there is often a large community with a fourth-order demon leader.


    After observation, although there are many demons on the battlefield below, they basically come from two different demon communities.


    There is at most one fourth order demon in a community.


    So after the two fourth-order demons shot, including Meng Zhang, they thought there were no hidden fourth-order demons around.


    However, there are some special fourth-order demons, who have always been alone. They are not along with other demons, nor do they have the intention to drive the ethnic group.


    The shadows that Meng Zhang destroyed just now belong to a fourth-order demon.


    This fourth-order demon has thousands of incarnations. Only this demon can be transformed into a demon group.


    The body of this demon is not nearby, and Meng Zhang is difficult to completely kill it directly.


    He glanced at the two fourth-order demons that were fighting with Yang Xueyi, and immediately flew over with the magic subduing mirror held high.


    Killing demons, especially high-level demons, is his main purpose of coming to maple leaf mountain city.


    The fourth order demon is right in front of him. Of course, he won''t let it go easily.

 Chapter 1168

    Two humanoid demons jointly attacked Yang Xueyi and wanted to hurt him by relying on the advantage of number of people.


    However, Yang Xueyi has practiced the five elements heavenly talisman Sutra for many years. She not only has many means of talisman cultivation, but also various magical five elements spells emerge one after another. She can be called a master of martial arts.


    The same fourth-order talisman fell into the hands of other yuan God Zhenjun, and reluctantly exerted the power of the talisman itself at best.


    However, in the hands of wise Fuxiu, it is ever-changing, can play a greater power and evolve many different tactics.


    A well prepared talisman has various means of casting spells, and various spells emerge one after another, which is very difficult to deal with.


    Yang Xueyi and even the whole taiyimen knew the problems of the great horizontal cultivation world many years ago. In order to fight against demons, I started all kinds of preparations early.


    Yang Xueyi not only has his own fourth-order talismans, but also different fourth-order talismans purchased by taiyimen at a great cost through various channels.


    A large number of fourth-order talismans, coupled with Yang Xueyi''s extraordinary magic talent, can suppress two fourth-order demons. It''s really not a problem.


    Meng Zhang was in Jiuqu Province, so he could easily capture Fu yimingzhen, who was also Fu Xiu.


    For one thing, the guy didn''t make full preparations for the battle in advance. It was a passive confrontation.


    Second, the guy''s magic talent is general, and his combat ability and experience are not worth mentioning.


    Third, Meng Zhang''s strength is extraordinary, and he can be called a leader among the friars of the same level.


    Yang Xueyi, a monk with many battles and extraordinary talents, gave full play to the advantages of Fu cultivation and showed a variety of tactical means.


    When Meng Zhang took out the magic reducing mirror and wiped out the shadows, the four level demons at both ends were fighting with Yang Xueyi, and immediately instinctively felt unknown.


    When Meng Zhang flew over, the two fourth-order demons had no desire to fight, so they had to flee the battlefield immediately.


    The survival ability of the fourth order demons is much stronger than that of the human friars of the same order, and various strange means emerge in endlessly.


    It''s not difficult to defeat level 4 demons. It''s very difficult to kill them completely.


    Yang Xueyi tried her best to entangle a fourth order demon.


    The two fourth-order demons come from different demon groups, and they are still competitive with each other.


    If it were not for the purpose of jointly attacking this area this time, it would be impossible to join hands with the enemy.


    Even when working together against the enemy, they all harboured ghosts and reservations, far from going all out.


    Two fourth order demons have no less defense against each other than human friars.


    Otherwise, Yang Xueyi is only a friar in the early days of Yuanshen after all, and may not be able to suppress two fourth-order demons so easily.


    Most of the fourth order demons are extremely treacherous. Seeing the danger coming, of course, it''s a dead friend, not a poor man, just running for his own life.


    If one end is slippery, go first and leave the other as a substitute for the dead.


    Meng Zhang knew that the fourth level demon was hard to kill. He didn''t aim high and didn''t take care of the escaping fourth level demon. Instead, he gave priority to the fourth level demon entangled by Yang Xueyi.


    The magic subduing mirror is indeed the most precious treasure inherited by taiyimen in its heyday. It has a strong restraining effect on demons.


    Even high-level demons such as fourth-order demons don''t have much resistance when facing the magic subduing mirror.


    Meng Zhang held the magic subduing mirror high, and the golden light of subduing the devil shot out one after another, and shone at the fourth level demon entangled by Yang Xueyi.


    Level 4 demons have tenacious vitality. Even if most of the body is destroyed, there is only a little flesh and blood left. As long as you can absorb enough other demons in time, you can reshape your body and get rid of serious injury.


    Everything in the world is falling from one thing to another. There has never been a creature without weakness.


    In its heyday, taiyimen had superb means of subduing demons. After its demise for thousands of years, many friars enjoyed talking about it. It can be seen that it is indeed unique.


    Magic tools like magic reducing mirror and magic powers like magic reducing golden light are the biggest enemies of demons.


    Meng Zhang offered the magic subduing mirror, and the golden light enveloped the fourth order demon.


    Finally, the fourth order demon was thoroughly refined by the magic subduing mirror and turned into a pile of dust.


    Meng Zhang was the main force to kill the fourth order demon this time.


    However, after the complete death of the fourth level demon, Meng Zhang did not immediately feel the decline of heaven''s merits and virtues.


    Meng Zhang knows that this is because he has not done enough compared with his cultivation and ability.


    At the beginning, when he killed the promising demon xiuye extraordinary, and when he killed the demon leader of Huanglian cult, he was only a golden elixir friar, which was a super play.


    As a monk in the period of Yuanshen, he should be able to make greater contributions.


    The way of heaven is selfless. Meng Zhang''s contribution to stopping the evil disaster and killing every demon is very meaningful and accumulated in the way of heaven.


    Seeing that another fourth-order demon had fled far away and couldn''t catch up, Meng Zhang didn''t do useless work.


    The demons have retreated, but there are many low-level demons in these demons, which hinders the retreat speed of the brigade.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi said hello and took the initiative to fly to the retreating demons and began to kill.


    With his cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen, he has a magic subduing mirror in his hand. For the demon groups at this level, it''s like entering a no man''s land and can kill arbitrarily.


    Demons are the enemies of the world. Even if you kill more, you won''t hurt Tianhe.


    In order to obtain the merits of heaven, Meng Zhang also worked hard. He didn''t hesitate to put down his body and actively pursue and kill low-level demons.


    This chase took two or three days.


    Not much time is really spent on fighting. Most of the time is spent chasing demons and looking for demons.


    Not all the demons are brainless fools.


    Many cunning guys fled separately early to find a way to live.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, these guys are not terrible demons, but living heavenly virtues.


    He is the most active in chasing down demons.


    The enthusiasm he showed and the way he lowered his body really didn''t have the airs of the leader.


    The Terran cultivator has been sending enough spies to monitor the surrounding demons.


    Those demon groups approaching here will also check the intelligence of Terran cultivators through various means.


    A fourth order demon was completely destroyed. It''s really rare since the outbreak of the demon disaster.


    Under Meng Zhang''s unremitting pursuit, the two huge demon groups lost most of their losses and almost lost all their casualties.


    Those demons who are approaching here have slowed down and are no longer as unscrupulous as before.


    The group of demons led by fourth-order demons is definitely not a fool acting on instinct, but a powerful group with their own goals and pursuits.

 Chapter 1169

    Originally, there were several demon groups moving towards maple leaf mountain city.


    Before, Yang Xueyi organized a coalition of monks to resist two demon groups. It has been very hard.


    Facing the approaching new demon group, she had to seek support from taiyimen.


    First, Jin Qiaoer led a group of taiyimen friars to arrive, completely stabilized the situation and killed all kinds of demons.


    Then when the leader Meng Zhang arrived, he showed his extraordinary magic power of subduing demons. He almost wiped out two groups of demons, and even one of the fourth-order demons was killed.


    Those demons moving towards this side should have detected the intelligence here, so they began to flinch.


    I have to say that Meng Zhang, as the leader of a school, really has the ability to make a final decision.


    Those demons temporarily slowed down or even stopped moving towards maple leaf mountain city. Meng Zhang will not let them go.


    Meng Zhang needs to destroy more demons in order to obtain enough heavenly merits to resolve the coming disaster.


    After the war, the friar coalition had to take the necessary rest.


    The line of defense, which has long been riddled with holes, also needs to be repaired.


    The hilly area in front of us is the only way to enter the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, and it is also the best place to establish a defense line.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of those trivial things. He just talked with Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer for a while, so he found a quiet place and began to meditate.


    Behind this line of defense is the camp of the friar coalition.


    As Meng Zhang, arranging an independent camp for him is nothing to mention.


    After Meng Zhang calmed down, he began to feel his family''s merits and virtues of heaven.


    So many demons have been destroyed, but not many heavenly virtues have been gained.


    If Meng Zhang is not a master of heavenly secrets, he has a very sharp spiritual sense and can hardly feel this heavenly merit.


    Distance is more effective than nothing in resolving the backfire caused by Tianji and resolving the coming doom.


    It seems that Meng Zhang still needs to destroy more and stronger demons in order to obtain enough heavenly merits.


    The devil is not a soft persimmon. Meng Zhang became blindly optimistic without his victory.


    This magic disaster has brought great disaster to the whole Da Heng cultivation world. The powerful demon group has made the major cultivation forces in a mess.


    The enemy met here in maple leaf mountain city is insignificant compared with the powerful strength of the demon.


    The really powerful demons are entangled with several major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world.


    And these demons who run around and run to all kinds of remote places are soft eggs who bully the soft and fear the hard.


    These relatively weak demon groups are not only worried about the loss of their own strength by the cultivators, but also worried about being swallowed up by more powerful demon groups.


    Therefore, these demons had to leave the core area of Daheng cultivation world and march around.


    They try to eliminate those weak cultivation forces, demonize more Terran territories and make their own family more powerful.


    If it had not been for the support provided by taiyimen, the surrounding areas of maple leaf mountain city would have fallen into the hands of demons.


    At that time, all the cultivation forces here will perish, and all the creatures will either be demonized or swallowed up by demons. It''s terrible to think about the end.


    The major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are too busy to waste their power in these remote areas.


    Except taiyimen, there is no savior in this area.


    Therefore, although the surrounding Xiuzhen forces have an extremely xenophobic conservative atmosphere.


    But at the last moment of life and death, everyone abandoned prejudice and recognized taiyimen in maple leaf mountain city vest.


    Up to now, friar taiyimen has disdained and no longer covered up his identity.


    Everyone appeared in front of us almost openly, and made no secret of their origin.


    Even the most conservative local practitioners accepted the existence of taiyimen and were willing to obey Yang Xueyi''s orders.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer are busy rectifying the friar alliance. For the time being, no one bothers Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who was slowly sensing and wanted to find out how much Tiandao merit he had obtained this time, suddenly felt a brand-new Tiandao merit, which came to him in this way.


    Meng Zhang was stunned. The number of merits and virtues of heaven was small, and the source was not Yangjian.


    After he felt it carefully, he found out the origin of this burst of heavenly virtues.


    It turned out that Meng Zhang didn''t get the merits and virtues of heaven, but his wonderful incarnation outside the underworld.


    Due to the mysterious connection between the self and the incarnation outside the body, the merits and virtues of heaven obtained by everyone can be shared to some extent.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is so wonderful that he basically refined the stone eggs left by the congenital ghost and God near the Dead Sea in the dark and desolate place in the underworld, and obtained a lot of his divine power.


    When his cultivation was stable and his strength improved greatly, Taimiao, an external incarnation, left the periphery of the dead sea and rushed to the quiet wind plain.


    There are many ghosts and gods entering the underworld in Youfeng plain. Meng Zhang, the chosen incarnation, appears to be ghosts and gods in the underworld, and has many characteristics of natural ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is wonderful. After a long journey in the underworld, he finally came to the Youfeng plain.


    Along the way, despite a lot of information about the underworld, he still encountered a lot of dangers.


    There are many dangerous places in the underworld, which are enough to devour ghosts and gods.


    Those wandering ghosts and ghost beasts can not be ignored.


    It''s wonderful. I killed several powerful ghosts and monsters on the road before I got a little merit of heaven.

 Chapter 1170

    After the death of the living in the sun, the soul enters the underworld and then into reincarnation.


    This is not only the rule of the operation of heaven, but also the need to maintain stability in the world.


    Many powerful ghosts in the underworld live by swallowing ghosts and devour a large number of ghosts in the long years.


    Ghosts are swallowed up by them more, and fewer enter reincarnation.


    This will not only go against the law of heaven, but also affect the stability of the world.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is so wonderful that he killed many such ghosts. For the heavenly way of Jun dust world, it is a contribution to the world.


    The underworld of the Jun dust world also belongs to the Jun dust world. Like the Yang world, it operates under the heaven.


    Too wonderful obtains very few merits and virtues of the way of heaven, but this represents an attitude of the way of heaven.


    Tiandao doesn''t want to see a large number of ghosts devouring, and encourages Taimiao to kill those ghosts devouring ghosts.


    Meng Zhang found that the original external incarnation of his family was too wonderful. He could also obtain the merits of heaven in this not too difficult way.


    There is nothing else in hell, but there are many ghosts and ghost beasts.


    There are countless ghosts with the evil habit of swallowing ghosts.


    Most ghosts are ignorant and only know to act by instinct.


    I don''t know whether it is the influence of the rules of the underworld or the environment. Most of the ghosts in the underworld are ferocious and vicious.


    Devouring ghosts is very common among many ghosts.


    Some are to enhance their own strength by swallowing ghosts. Some think the ghost tastes good. Some are just fun


    It is possible to obtain few heavenly merits from killing such ghosts, but the amount is still very considerable after slowly accumulating and accumulating over time.


    Meng Zhang gave the incarnation too wonderful a task. Under the condition of ensuring their own safety and not delaying other major events, Meng Zhang hunted and killed ghosts and ghost beasts that devoured ghosts as much as possible.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not place all his hopes of obtaining the merits of heaven on his own incarnation.


    He himself is also ready to take action and try to kill all kinds of demons.


    Of course, demons should be killed, but you can''t set yourself on fire.


    The demons are not one or two, but many.


    The fourth-order demons that lead the demon group are also strong and weak.


    Like what he encountered in the previous World War I, it is a relatively weak fourth-order demon.


    Even with the magic subduing mirror in hand, Meng Zhang could reproduce the magic subduing power of Taiyi clan''s ancestor. Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless.


    The magic subduing mirror is not omnipotent, and the magic power of subduing demons is not that there is no way to crack it.


    Although the great forces of cultivation in the Daheng cultivation world can''t compare with the taiyimen in its heyday, they are also great schools of cultivation that have been inherited for thousands of years.


    Moreover, they have recently received a lot of support from Ziyang Shengzong.


    When it comes to the means of subduing demons, these cultivation forces master some more or less, and they are definitely not ignorant.


    In particular, Ziyang holy sect, as a holy sect, has a lot of means to put out demons.


    But up to now, the magic disaster has been raging in the Daheng cultivation world for many years, and there is still no calming momentum at all.


    There may be many reasons, but the power of demons is definitely an important reason.


    Meng Zhang never thought that he could be invincible among the demons and easily destroy all demons with a magic subduing mirror.


    He wants to destroy demons, but he must master a degree.


    When picking up persimmons and kneading them soft, first consider picking up those weak demons.


    At the same time, we should avoid attracting the attention of those powerful demons, and we must not attract strong enemies that cannot be resisted.


    Meng Zhang is ready to listen to the opinions of some people familiar with the local situation.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, a messenger came outside the tent.


    He casually summoned the messenger talisman to his hand, only glanced at it, and a smile appeared on his face.


    His lips moved slightly, and a faint voice came out far and clearly to the target''s ears.


    "Come over here. This seat is waiting for you in the middle of the tent."


    A moment later, a simple and honest looking and tall Jindan immortal strode into Meng Zhang''s tent and paid homage to Meng Zhang.


    "Disciple Yang Tianzhu has seen the leader Zhenjun."


    "Well, there are no outsiders here. Don''t be so polite. Just get up and talk."


    This golden elixir immortal named Yang Tianzhu is a true disciple of Taiyi sect.


    According to the current rules of Taiyi sect, the disciples of the outer sect are generally monks in the period of Qi refining, while the disciples of the inner sect are basically monks in the period of foundation building except for a few special circumstances.


    In addition to being a friar in the golden elixir period, the most core true disciple in the sect also has great potential and some excellence.


    The true disciples of Taiyi sect are the seeds of Yuanshen carefully cultivated in the sect.


    Of course, not every true disciple can become the true king of the yuan God.


    There are numerous difficulties and obstacles between the golden elixir period and the Yuanshen period.


    True disciples are the core of Taiyi sect. They can know many secrets of the sect.


    Except for a few special cases, most of the elders in Taiyi sect are friars in the later period of Jindan.


    Many elders once had the identity of true disciples.


    Yang Tianzhu''s early cultivation accomplishments are not outstanding among the true disciples.


    However, this person''s character is to dare to fight and take risks.


    Taiyimen massively reinforced maple leaf mountain city, and Yang Tianzhu took the initiative to sign up.


    Although Yang Tianzhu''s surname is Yang, he has little to do with Yang Xueyi''s family.


    Yang Tianzhu came to this step today, not relying on other people''s support, but basically relying on his own ability.


    After Yang Tianzhu came to maple leaf mountain city, he was sent to garrison the junction with Heiyu forest.


    Not long ago, Yang Tianzhu and other Jindan immortal organized friars to stop the monster attack in the black jade forest.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t arrived in time, their situation would not be good.


    Although he had only narrowly escaped death, his fighting spirit remained unabated.


    At the border beyond the black jade forest, after the last war with the monster team, the monster side did not have any changes. It seems that it stopped attacking the Terran territory.


    There are two yin-yang soldiers of Yuanshen period and six yin-yang soldiers of Jindan period.


    It doesn''t seem to matter whether other golden elixirs exist or not.


    Yang Tianzhu is a restless character. He doesn''t think there are many of them. On the contrary, it''s time to fight against the demons. It''s time to lack manpower and strength.


    So he asked for orders to go to the front line against demons.


    This side has been fighting with demons for a long time. The monks have suffered heavy casualties. It''s time to supplement them.


    Yang Tianzhu''s request was quickly passed and asked him to come to the camp here to report immediately.


    After completing the report, Yang Tianzhu heard that the leader Meng Zhang was also in the camp, so he took the initiative to come and ask for an audience.

 Chapter 1171

    With Yang Tianzhu''s character, he came to see Meng Zhang on his own initiative, not to flatter or flatter.


    He came to see me this time. It''s really something.


    Last time I had a big fight with monsters on the edge of the black jade forest, countless monsters died, and the bodies of monsters were almost everywhere.


    For practitioners, the fur, flesh and blood of monsters are valuable resources for cultivation, let alone demon pills.


    The corpses of other monsters are just the capital, but Meng Zhang killed the corpse of the fourth order monster King Huang Jia alone.


    Not to mention, if Meng Zhang did not appear in time, they might not be able to protect their own lives, let alone defeat monsters.


    The principle of distributing booty in the cultivation world is mainly based on the size of their respective efforts.


    Meng Zhang played a decisive role in the victory of this war.


    Although Meng Zhang was dismissive of the corpses of those monsters, he didn''t even look at them. It was obvious that he didn''t care.


    However, Yang Tianzhu, as the younger generation, especially the golden elixir immortal of Taiyi sect, dare not take the booty that should belong to the leader.


    Others feel bad. Because of this matter, they specially disturb Meng Zhang.


    Yang Tianzhu was going to report to the front camp. When he heard that the leader Meng Zhang was here, he hurried to meet Meng Zhang and asked how to deal with his booty.


    Like other practitioners, Meng Zhang has an almost endless pursuit of cultivation resources.


    However, he thought that these disciples of Taiyi sect would come to help maple leaf mountain city. Despite a lot of good deeds given by the sect, maple leaf mountain city also tried to give various subsidies.


    However, after all, it delayed the cultivation of these disciples and sent them to a dangerous and unpredictable battlefield.


    After a little thought, Meng Zhang told Yang Tianzhu that they would use the spoils belonging to his leader, including the corpse of the fourth order demon king Huang Jia, to subsidize the Taiyi disciples participating in the war.


    As for how to arrange the division, he was too lazy to ask.


    Many monsters were destroyed in that war, and many corpses were left, especially the corpse of the fourth-order monster, which is of great value.


    Even if there are a large number of Taiyi disciples participating in the war, everyone can still get some soup.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Yang Tianzhu sent the news back and asked other disciples to obey the order.


    As the leader of a sect, although Meng Zhang ignored many affairs in the sect, he was more or less impressed with the excellent disciples in the sect.


    As a true disciple, Yang Tianzhu is the seed of Yuanshen cultivated by the sect. Meng Zhang has heard of it before.


    I didn''t have much contact with him this time, but I had a good impression of him.


    When the taiyimen high-level arranged reinforcements to maple leaf mountain city, they arranged some older friars with almost exhausted potential.


    Demons are powerful and ferocious. Fighting with demons and gifted monks are in danger of death.


    Although Meng Zhang did not agree with the idea of the middle and high level of the door, he could understand it.


    Of course, there are also many promising disciples like Yang Tianzhu who volunteered to come to maple leaf mountain city to fight.


    The middle and high level of the sect will not refuse the request of these disciples to join the war.


    Meng Zhang was in a good mood and said a few more words with Yang Tianzhu.


    He can also raise all his problems in practice.


    As a true disciple, Yang Tianzhu certainly received the key training of the sect.


    There are limited Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door, and these Yuanshen Zhenjun are very busy most of the time.


    In order to cultivate the next generation, these Yuanshen Zhenjun, including Meng Zhang, will try their best to take the time to give lectures in the door regularly to answer questions and solve doubts for the disciples in the door.


    All true disciples in the sect can basically get regular instructions from the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Of course, Yuanshen Zhenjun''s time is precious. Even his disciples at home can''t give meticulous guidance.


    Yang Tianzhu has accumulated a lot of questions in his past practice, and he has not had time to ask the elder Yuanshen in the door for advice.


    Now Yang Tianzhu in the door restrained his excitement and began to ask various questions, hoping to get Meng Zhang''s answer.


    Meng Zhang has always been very enthusiastic in guiding the younger generation in the door, especially the promising younger generation.


    With patience, he slowly answered Yang Tianzhu''s questions and explained them in depth from time to time.


    In this way, they asked and answered, and spent an afternoon in Meng Zhang''s big account.


    Just when both of them felt that they were still not satisfied, Yang Xueyi sent someone to summon. She wanted to bring someone to visit.


    Meng Zhang stopped pointing to Yang Tianzhu and sent him away.


    A moment later, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer came to Meng Zhang''s camp with a group of monks, old and young, and said hello to Meng Zhang.


    Please say hello, but by the way, the group of monks behind Yang Xueyi are the leaders of the surrounding cultivation forces, as well as the scattered cultivation with strength and prestige.


    Yang Xueyi introduced Meng Zhang''s identity to everyone.


    "This is Meng Zhangzhen, the leader of Taiyi sect."


    Then, Yang Xueyi introduced the identity of these people to Meng Zhang.


    These friars are just a group of golden elixir friars, and the power of cultivation is not very powerful.


    Even in the Hanhai daomeng affiliated to taiyimen, it is absolutely not outstanding.


    However, after all, this is the great horizontal cultivation world. In order to gain a foothold here, taiyimen needs the support and cover of these Xiuzhen forces in addition to putting on the vest of maple leaf mountain city.


    Before that, these people knew that changes had taken place inside maple leaf mountain city. Foreign forces occupied the magpie''s nest and replaced the original high-rise of maple leaf mountain city.


    With the outbreak of magic disaster, taiyimen almost no longer covered up. In desperation, these people acquiesced to the status quo.


    Now Yang Xueyi takes them to Meng Zhang. Obviously, she has officially stated her identity and pointed it out to them.


    Meng Zhang did not put on the airs of the supreme god Zhenjun. He lowered his posture and talked enthusiastically with the people.


    Can become the leader of a family of cultivation forces, or be recognized by everyone as a casual cultivation. The accomplishments of these practitioners are not worth mentioning in Meng Zhang''s eyes, but they are still outstanding.


    For example, a distant immortal introduced by Yang Xueyi is a very clever array master.


    Taiyi gate has an array master like Wen qiansuan and a land master like thick earth God general.


    After years of training in the sect, there are many array experts in the whole array hall.


    But Yang Xueyi still wants to focus on the remote mountain immortal, which shows that this person is extraordinary.


    Yuanshan immortal is the leader of the generation of Yuanshan Temple of Jindan sect near maple leaf mountain city.


    This person has a golden elixir cultivation. He was originally a well-known strong man in the nearby area.


    Moreover, he has rich experience and extensive knowledge. In addition to the array, he has a certain involvement in all aspects of truth cultivation.

 Chapter 1172

    Immortal Yuanshan has high prestige in the nearby area and is very convinced by many colleagues in the cultivation world.


    Whether it is a religious friar, family friar or casual friar, they all recognize this person very much.


    He has always acted fairly and has a good view of the overall situation.


    After the outbreak of the magic disaster in the Dharma cultivation world, Yuanshan immortal led zongmen Yuanshan to watch the whole door up and down, and actively approached maple leaf mountain city.


    He knew that the weather had changed in maple leaf mountain city for a long time, but he had no conservative and xenophobic mind, let alone stupid enough to ask for trouble.


    In the face of magic disaster, the Terran cultivation forces should not fight among themselves. Only by uniting can we get through the difficulties. That''s his attitude.


    It was with Yuanshan immortal taking the initiative to take the lead that the surrounding Xiuzhen forces successfully accepted the existence of Taiyi gate.


    Immortal Yuanshan took the initiative to help Yang Xueyi concentrate the power of the surrounding cultivation forces and organize the friar alliance.


    When fighting against demons, this person also took the lead and played a great role.


    Whether you really appreciate Yuanshan immortal or Qianjin horse bone, Yang Xueyi, as the de facto master of this area and the leader of the friar coalition, attaches great importance to Yuanshan immortal.


    In addition to the friar taiyimen, immortal Yuanshan is the most trusted and valued figure by Yang Xueyi.


    Among the friars'' allied forces, Yuanshan immortal also has a high position.


    Now, due to the outbreak of magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world, the situation in Jiuqu province has also changed greatly. Taiyimen originally planned to use the vest of maple leaf mountain city to slowly expand its power here, which may not continue.


    However, in any case, taiyimen will not give up the foundation of maple leaf mountain city easily, and will carry forward it as much as possible.


    Of course, taiyimen should make good use of the local friars who take the initiative to take refuge in Yuanshan immortal.


    In order to stabilize a new territory as soon as possible, we should make full use of the party leading the way.


    Yang Xueyi''s key characters, in addition to Yuanshan immortal, are the famous local sanxiu Zhu Changming.


    Zhu Changming''s accomplishments in the golden elixir period are not particularly outstanding, but he is resourceful, has been to many places, has extensive experience and is familiar with all kinds of secrets in the Daheng cultivation world.


    When Yang Xueyi organized the friar alliance to resist the demon, he also responded actively and came to participate spontaneously.


    With his rich insight and outstanding calculation, he soon stood out and was valued by Yang Xueyi.


    Yang Xueyi appointed him as the military division, military staff and advice of the friar coalition army.


    Zhu Changming is an old man with wrinkles and white hair.


    It looks very old and weak. It seems that you can''t stand stably.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes were like torches. He just glanced at Zhu Changming and saw through his details.


    His actual age is not big by the standard of Jindan friars. He is still in his prime. He should be full of vitality and vigorous.


    He didn''t pretend to be in front of everyone.


    His appearance represents his real physical state.


    If it is another Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if his eyesight is good, he can see Zhu Changming''s decline of Qi and blood and deficiency of essence and Qi at best, but he doesn''t know the reason.


    Meng Zhang knows the reason why he became like this.


    On the surface, Zhu Changming is just an ordinary casual practitioner. In fact, he is also a master of heavenly secrets.


    He has paid a huge price because he has repeatedly used the magic of heaven to deduce.


    It''s easy for him to become so miserable.


    Meng Zhang had not been in contact with many other heavenly masters before, but learned about the existence of heavenly masters from some ancient books.


    The Dayan divine calculation of his practice is too mysterious. It is an extremely rare secret method in the whole cultivation world.


    Through the calculation accumulated in advance, Meng Zhang avoided many pitfalls as the price he paid when extrapolating.


    Like other heavenly secrets, when extrapolating, we need to pay all kinds of heavy costs.


    Their own blood essence, vitality and even Shouyuan can be paid.


    Zhu Changming has to pay these costs in order to calculate.


    The first few times are good. With the increase of calculation times, the cost is also increasing.


    His present appearance is the most real side of the Tianji masters.


    The price paid by Tianji school to calculate Tianji is too heavy.


    Zhu Changming also has no good solution, so he can only drag on.


    With the outbreak of the demon disaster and the rampant of demons, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world was sensed.


    Zhu Changming also received guidance from the dark. Knowing that there would be great benefits to contribute to quell the evil disaster, he took the initiative to come to Yang Xueyi''s real king''s door and asked to join the friar alliance.


    After Meng Zhang saw through Zhu Changming, he put a certain amount of attention on him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to make Zhu Changming''s idea. He was just curious about him and wanted to learn about the cultivation world, especially the Tianji master on the side of Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang has met only a handful of heavenly masters since he became a Heavenly Master.


    Gu Yue Huai butterfly of Gu Yue family in Dafeng City is the master of the family inheritance.


    When he left the imperial territory and went to the Yin capital city, he had a secret plan according to what Zheng said.


    He had thought that there would be a duel between the masters of heaven''s secrets, and everyone would fight with heaven''s secrets.


    But the Heavenly Master did not show strength from beginning to end.


    Meng Zhang seldom meets a fellow magician now. He is very interested in having a good chat with him.


    However, there were many other guests in the big account. Meng Zhang had to look for a private opportunity in the future and talk to Zhu Changming slowly and in detail.


    Among the people brought by Yang Xueyi, Yuanshan immortal came into Yang Xueyi''s eyes, and Zhu Changming made Meng Zhang interested.


    As for others, there is nothing different, but a group of ordinary practitioners.


    Meng Zhang received them warmly because of his face, and said a few words of encouragement and praise from time to time.


    Taiyi gate is the gate of Yuanshen sect. Now it has identified itself.


    The most powerful group of cultivation forces in the surrounding area is just the golden elixir level.


    There are still demons outside, ready to invade on a large scale at any time.


    In this case, smart people should know what choice to make.


    These Xiuzhen forces should actively move closer to the Taiyi gate, obey the orders of the Taiyi gate, and even completely become the vassals of the Taiyi gate.


    This is not only the general rule of the cultivation world, but also the survival way of various cultivation forces.


    Because there is still a basic order in the great horizontal cultivation world, it is those great cultivation forces that dominate here.


    At present, taiyimen should keep a low profile and don''t easily attract the attention of the major cultivation forces.


    When going abroad, taiyimen will continue to use the name of maple leaf mountain city.


    Internally, it is necessary to slowly integrate the cultivation forces in this area and slowly digest their power.


    Taiyimen wants to turn this area into an iron bucket.

 Chapter 1173

    Don''t look at the strongest Xiuzhen forces around, but Jindan sect and families, among which there are many Zhuji sect and families.


    However, when fighting against the evil disaster, everyone can basically participate actively, strive to invest human and material resources, and fight against the evil things desperately.


    For Taiyi sect, it also needs a large group of vassal forces as the external forces of the sect to help expand strength, expand territory and stabilize order.


    In the big tent, the three Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer on the side of Taiyi gate, all laid down their bodies and comforted and attracted the people.


    The invasion of demons and the inaction of several major forces that dominate the great horizontal cultivation world, we have to actively save ourselves and seek other forces to keep our clan and family.


    No matter what kind of thoughts taiyimen has, taiyimen does play a mainstay role in fighting magic disasters.


    If it had not been for taiyimen''s continuous input and paid a huge price, this area would have been occupied long ago.


    The practitioners present were all discerning people and made choices early.


    Yang Xueyi took them to meet the leader Meng Zhang, who also meant to determine his position.


    Since then, the Xiuzhen forces present have officially become the vassals of Taiyi gate.


    There is a long-distance transmission array in maple leaf mountain city, and the transportation with taiyimen Mountain Gate is very convenient.


    These forces of truth cultivation will be incorporated into hanhaidao alliance and become members of hanhaidao alliance.


    As for what kind of treatment they will enjoy and what kind of rights and obligations they will have in the future, the elders in charge of such affairs in the door need to talk to them in detail.


    Considering that they took the initiative to take refuge, they paid a great price and made a great contribution to the fight against the demons.


    Taiyimen will take care of them.


    Maybe for a long time in the future, taiyimen will not ask for offerings from them, but will also provide them with all kinds of support.


    This meeting with these practitioners took a lot of time.


    After getting some promises from Meng Zhang, all the people left with satisfaction.


    After sending all the visitors away, Meng Zhang thought for a moment and then sent a message to the door.


    It''s best to send experienced elders to the sect as soon as possible to properly deal with the initiative of these Xiuzhen forces and bring them all into the system of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    In the following time, we probably found a new master and had a reliable relationship with the backer. The morale of the friar coalition army was greatly boosted, and all levels accelerated the work of repairing the defense line.


    Yang Xueyi organized the friar coalition to deploy defense here, not completely passively waiting for the enemy to attack.


    She has long sent a team of capable Jindan friars to form an investigation team, let them go deep into the surrounding area, expand the scope of investigation, and carefully monitor the trend of demons in the surrounding area.


    If there is a suitable opportunity, Yang Xueyi will also lead the friar coalition to take the initiative to defeat the demons trying to invade in one fell swoop.


    The two demon groups that attacked the defense line before have been considered as large-scale demon groups.


    The two demons were defeated and suffered heavy losses. Even the fourth order demons were killed. The remaining demons became more cautious.


    The plague is more terrible than the worst plague.


    Wherever the demons go, they will demonize and devour all the creatures they meet.


    The number of demons is huge, with many demons.


    Even if there are losses, it is not difficult to supplement them.


    As long as you enter an area with many creatures, the demon group will expand rapidly and the number will continue to increase.


    Up to now, many places in the vast territory of Daheng cultivation world have been ravaged by demons.


    Except for a few big forces that dominate the great horizontal cultivation world, the other small clans and families will basically be destroyed as long as they escape fast enough.


    Especially for mortals, it is difficult to see a large number of mortals except for the territories of the major cultivation forces.


    The area of maple leaf mountain city is an exception. The cultivation forces are basically intact, and the mortal territory has not been violated.


    Such a treasure land is an undeveloped virgin land for the major demon groups.


    As long as you occupy this place, you will get a lot of harvest, which can not only supplement the loss, but also expand the demon group.


    In addition to two huge demon groups taking the first step and launching the attack first, the other demon groups are also concentrated here.


    It''s better to be late than never. Even if you can''t eat fat, you can drink broth.


    The disastrous defeat of the two previous demon groups caused fear to other subsequent demon groups, so they had to stop moving forward temporarily and stop to wait and see.


    The investigation team sent by Yang Xueyi is willing to take strange risks and secretly approach the demons for many times to obtain valuable information.


    Among the latest information from the investigation team, the demons that had been standing still did not stay in place for long, but began to set out again.


    They are heading in the area where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    Demon groups are often large in number, and generally do not hide their whereabouts.


    The investigation team did not spend much effort, but found the existence of three demon groups.


    Each of these three demon groups may not be as good as the previous two, but when the three demon groups come together, they are also rivals that can not be underestimated.


    As for whether there are more demons approaching farther away, it needs further investigation.


    Three demon groups mean that the fourth-order demons have three heads, not to mention many low-order demons.


    In addition, the last incarnation of countless shadow demons has not appeared so far, and the Terran cultivator has no specific information about it.


    With the advance speed of the demon group, if you don''t change the direction, you will enter this area soon and begin to attack the defense line laid by the Terran cultivator.


    Meng Zhang will not become careless because of the previous victory, and will not despise enemies such as demons.


    He was still thinking about where to find the devil to kill. The devil took the initiative to send it to the door. Of course, he wanted it.


    In order to obtain the latest information, Meng Zhang decided to investigate in person.


    Anyway, he stayed in the camp and had nothing serious to do.


    He can''t get involved in the work of repairing the defense line and replenishing personnel and materials.


    The investigation team sent by Yang Xueyi is very capable. The members inside are senior Jindan immortal. They not only have deep cultivation, but also have rich experience.


    However, immortal Jindan''s accomplishments are still a little lower.


    Let them investigate the movements of the fourth order demons, but they are still beyond their grasp.


    Last time, they didn''t find out the fourth order demon that turned out a lot of shadows in advance, and they didn''t get any useful information afterwards.


    Meng Zhang wants to fly away and take a closer look at the surrounding situation to see how strong demons will take the initiative to attack here.

 Chapter 1174

    Meng Zhang was going to talk to Zhu Changming in private to satisfy his curiosity.


    But now the trend of the demon group has attracted most of his attention, and he can''t care about this little thing.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi greeted them, left the camp and flew out.


    According to the intelligence from the previous investigation team, the demon group is close to here from the South and West.


    He hesitated and flew West.


    The Daheng cultivation world is located near the Daheng mountains.


    The Daheng mountains spread for a long time, and the trend is not a straight line, but a curved arc, and even many branches are circular.


    Therefore, the terrain here is complex and there are many mountains.


    Meng Zhang flew out all the way and saw some scattered demons from time to time. There are also a group of cultivators who are organizing to hunt down these demons.


    Magic Qi is a special power with great communication power.


    Demons with evil Qi are moving sources of infection.


    The evil spirit also spread to the place where the evil thing passed.


    Don''t say it''s an ordinary creature. Even practitioners don''t have strong resistance to magic Qi.


    If you let it go, let these demons run around. That demon will wantonly demonize all kinds of creatures and cause great damage.


    The army composed of two demon groups has been completely defeated, a large number of demons have been eliminated, and a small number of demons have fled everywhere.


    The battle has been over for several days, and the pursuit and suppression of residual demons has not ended yet.


    The two demon groups each have a fourth-order demon as the leader.


    A fourth order demon was destroyed by the magic subduing mirror.


    Another fourth order demon lost his courage and only knew to run for his life. He couldn''t even care about the demon group under his own control.


    There was also an independent fourth-order demon that did not dare to appear easily after Meng Zhang eliminated a lot of shadow avatars.


    In fact, for most demons, the higher the level, the higher the intelligence.


    The higher your intelligence, the more you cherish your life and the less willing you are to die easily.


    On the contrary, those low-level demons are ignorant. Many don''t know how to think, but only act according to their instincts.


    Especially when driven by high-level demons, even if you go to death, you are like a moth to the fire and don''t know how to escape.


    Without the fourth level demon commander, a plate of scattered demons basically have no strong resistance in the face of the pursuit of a team of cultivators.


    In theory, if there is no fourth-order demon commander, the third-order demon should also organize some small-scale demon teams.


    However, the human friars'' coalition forces are too close to pursue and kill. As long as they find that demons tend to gather, they will call on the powerful forces in the rear to attack fiercely.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, Jin Qiaoer immediately left the camp and joined the hunt for the demon.


    Yang Xueyi sits in the camp and arranges various affairs. Many golden elixir immortal with good combat effectiveness also swarmed out to join the team of chasing and killing demons.


    In addition to the friars of taiyimen, other friars of Xiuzhen forces are very enthusiastic and actively involved in chasing and killing demons.


    Meng Zhang flew all the way and found many Taiyi disciples he knew on the way. He was trying his best to hunt down demons.


    Chasing demons is actually a very troublesome job.


    The devil has tenacious vitality. Even if it is cut into several pieces, it may not be completely killed.


    Friars who have learned the lesson of blood directly chop up and even turn each demon they encounter into powder.


    In their view, in this way, even if the devil has strong vitality, it will lose all vitality. It''s almost impossible to pretend to be dead.


    All creatures polluted by magic gas should be concentrated and burned in time.


    Burn it up with the help of the special true fire cultivated by the friars, leaving only ashes.


    The places polluted by magic gas should be carefully cleaned.


    Taiyimen prepared a large number of purification talismans in advance, which are used in these places.


    As the purification runes were released one by one, the remaining magic Qi turned into bursts of smoke and disappeared.


    As long as it is not the place where the magic gas gathers seriously and the magic gas is strong, the commonly used talismans such as purification talismans can basically play a role.


    Purification talisman is a very popular talisman with many functions, ranging from low-level to high-level.


    In order to purify the area contaminated by magic gas, the consumption of purifying runes is great.


    The inventory of Taiyi gate has long been in urgent need. The Futang in the gate is at full power and refining with all its strength, so as to barely ensure the supply of the front line.


    The war with demons is definitely not only the front-line army, but also the logistics work in the rear.


    Although taiyimen is a sect of Yuanshen, it has not risen for a long time.


    The battle with demons is the most test of the details and accumulation of the sect.


    Even if Meng Zhang is not in the door, the whole sect can operate orderly and strive to ensure all kinds of supply in the face of various challenges and several fronts at the same time.


    In wartime, taiyimen erupted with great energy, fully showing the vitality of a young sect.


    Meng Zhang flew out to the West. Less than two thousand miles away, he saw a light rain in the air ahead.


    This is not ordinary rain, but a spiritual rain transformed by Reiki with purification function.


    Bursts of light rain fell on the ground, which had been infected by magic gas. On the dark ground, bursts of black smoke rose, and then turned into nothingness in the rain.


    The color of the ground began to change after being washed by rain, and the magic gas soaked in it was purified.


    As Meng Zhang expected, it was the weak water god general who had not seen him for a long time. He cast spells there, clouds and rain, and sent down bursts of spirit rain to purify the magic Qi entrenched on the earth.


    The four Dharma protectors, including the weak water god general, are all elders of the Taiyi sect.


    When the thick earth God who first woke up would wake up, taiyimen was still an out of stream Qi refining sect, and Meng Zhang was also a minor Qi refining practice.


    After so many years, taiyimen has been developing and growing. Not to mention Meng Zhang, even the younger generation such as Niu Dawei and Wen qiansuan have become the yuan God.


    The four Dharma protectors will be gratified and somewhat sad.


    They were all gifted friars with the potential to achieve the original God, but for various reasons, they had to be transformed into Dharma protectors.


    After becoming a Dharma protector, he has the cultivation of golden elixir period. At the same time, it is difficult to make progress because of congenital shackles.


    One after another, the younger generation who grew up has surpassed them, but their accomplishments have made little progress, which can almost be said to be standing still.


    In fact, over the years, they also tried their best and made countless efforts to further their cultivation, but in the end, they were busy in vain.


    Meng Zhang did not hide the secret of heaven''s merits and virtues from them.


    I already know a little about the old qualification of Jijian God general.


    The evil disaster broke out in the great horizontal cultivation world. They volunteered to come to maple leaf mountain city and join the coalition against demons.

 Chapter 1175

    In addition to affecting the spiritual luck of practitioners, the merits and virtues of the heavenly way also have infinite wonderful functions.


    Even those who return to emptiness can''t say that they will be able to understand all the functions of heaven''s merits and virtues.


    The four Dharma protectors, who had no other way out, put their last hope on the infinite heavenly virtues.


    They all hope to get enough heavenly merits to see if they can change their situation.


    In addition, since the four Dharma protectors could not continue to make progress in cultivation, they spent more time serving the sect.


    They actively participate in the battle against demons, which can not only protect the potential disciples in the door, but also give full play to their own advantages.


    Seeing that the weak water god would purify the earth there, Meng Zhang didn''t fly to say hello.


    From the day she woke up, she was rebellious and arrogant. She didn''t even sell the leader''s face.


    After Meng Zhang became the original God, she probably felt a little embarrassed when facing Meng Zhang. She had no important things and would hardly take the initiative to see Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang looked at the ground.


    The amount and purity of magic Qi determine the difficulty of cleaning up.


    Most of the remaining magic Qi in the surrounding area is left by the passing magic objects unconsciously. It''s not difficult to clean it up.


    What is really difficult to deal with is the pure magic Qi refined by magic objects or magic cultivation.


    If the cultivator is hurt by this kind of magic Qi, it will be very troublesome to treat.


    The fallen immortal was hurt by the evil spirit tempered by the devil cultivation. The evil spirit has been around her for decades.


    Such magic Qi can''t be handled by a few purification runes.


    Or there are special magic powers to expel evil Qi, such as the exorcism clear light recorded in the magic subduing mirror.


    Either the true Qi or true yuan cultivated by the cultivator has special attributes, which can resist or even restrain the evil Qi.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang bypassed the position of the weak water god general and continued to fly forward.


    After flying out for thousands of miles, fewer and fewer human friars were found along the way, and the number of demons began to increase slowly.


    A large group of demons does not always have all demons together.


    Many times, a smaller community will also be sent to the front, back, left and right.


    In this way, we can expand the influence range of the demon group and find more prey.


    At the same time, if an enemy appears, there can also be wings around as cover.


    What Meng Zhang has found now is some small-scale demon groups.


    These small-scale demon groups have appeared here. The large-scale demon group should not be far away.


    There are many single demons that should have escaped from the previous battlefield.


    They managed to escape here, but they met their own kind again.


    These disabled and defeated generals are more afraid of seeing their own kind than human friars, and are preparing to escape.


    Unfortunately, they have long been the prey of other demons.


    With the ferocity of demons, where will the prey escape.


    Groups of demons pounced on these single demons and swallowed them up in a few times.


    Even low-level demons with low wisdom will be very afraid and instinctively resist in the face of being swallowed up.


    Unfortunately, all the resistance of these lonely demons is futile.


    Except a few special demons were accepted, basically all the single demons were swallowed up by the same kind.


    The relationship between different demon groups is so bad. It''s a real law of the jungle.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised to see him in the air.


    He didn''t rush to fight these small demons, but hid his body and continued to fly forward.


    The team of demons, as well as the really tricky fourth-order demons, should still be behind.


    Meng Zhang flew forward about hundreds of miles and finally found the target.


    A large group of dark demons advance rapidly on the earth.


    The demon''s team is disorderly and chaotic.


    From time to time, some high-level demons grabbed a low-level demon and threw it into their mouth to chew.


    There are also some monsters with huge size. They dislike low-level monsters in the way and sweep them out.


    There are also some active demons, chasing and wrestling in the team. This made a high-level demon dislike it and tore it into pieces.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, the whole demon team is in a mess, almost the same as the vegetable market.


    Meng Zhang did not despise each other because they were a mob.


    Demons never rely on discipline and formation against the enemy.


    Driven by high-level demons, a large number of demons will all become fierce madmen who are not afraid of death and attack madly.


    This group of demons is mainly land demons, but there are a few flying demons over the team.


    These flying demons did not fulfill the responsibility of providing air cover, but flew around the team, even chasing and fighting.


    The leader of this demon group, the fourth order demon, didn''t hide his tracks at all.


    In the middle of the demon group, a huge meat mountain, like a hill, is creeping on the ground.


    The meat body is full of black rotten meat, which can''t distinguish eyes, ears, mouth and nose at all. Maybe this demon doesn''t have such organs at all.


    Fat meatballs filled the meat mountain.


    The meat mountain is too big and huge, and has no limbs. It moves forward like an insect.


    Perhaps the existence of this meat mountain slowed down the progress of the whole demon group.


    Around the meat mountain demon, there are eight giants, taking heavy steps and striding forward.


    These eight demons are much smaller than meat mountain. Some look like tigers and leopards, a bit like donkeys and horses, and even keep a roughly human shape.


    Meat mountain demons are level 4, and those eight demons are level 3. There are numerous low-level demons and many high-level demons in the surrounding huge demons.


    With the advance speed of this demon group, if there is no obstruction along the way, it will reach the defense line of the human friar coalition in a few days.


    It was not long before the friar alliance ended the battle with the demon group. This time was not enough for everyone to lick their wounds.


    The damaged defense line has no time to repair. Reinforcements and additional forces in the rear may not arrive in time.


    Even if Meng Zhang was confident in himself, he did not dare to say that he could destroy the demons in front of him alone.


    Ants kill elephants. There are too many demons. Quantitative change will lead to qualitative change.


    There are always many examples of high-level practitioners who are inadvertently surrounded by low-level demons and fail to break through the encirclement and end up being consumed alive.


    Meng Zhang was confident that he would not be entangled by demons, but he was also not sure to defeat the demons in front of him.


    Fortunately, his goal from the beginning was not to defeat this demon group.


    In the war with demons, it''s not time for a man to be a hero.


    His purpose is very simple, which is to hinder the progress of the demon group as much as possible, delay slowly, repair the defense line for his own side, restore his vitality and buy time.

 Chapter 1176

    Since the goal is not to completely defeat the enemy, Meng Zhang does not need to fight the enemy head-on.


    He only needs to attack and harass, delaying the enemy''s marching speed. And in the process of attacking and harassing, destroy the enemy''s effective strength as much as possible and weaken the enemy bit by bit.


    The decisive battle begins when the enemy weakens along the way and reaches the front of the defense line.


    No matter how many demons there are, as long as they are constantly attacked and killed, they will be completely eliminated one day.


    Meng Zhang, like an eagle pouncing on a chicken, suddenly jumped down from the sky.


    As he jumped from a high altitude, he was extremely fast, just like a flash of lightning.


    His body soon approached the flying demons flying over the demons.


    Meng Zhang didn''t waste time on these demons and sprinkled a large amount of sun real fire.


    When the sun''s true fire hits a demon, it has all kinds of miraculous effects.


    Those flying demons suddenly turned into lit torches and fluttered in the air.


    Before Meng Zhang''s body was close to the ground, there was fire and rain in the sky.


    Since practicing the sun moon rotation Sutra, Meng Zhang has spent a lot of time collecting the sun and emitting flames at noon every day. Then use the secret method to refine it, and there will be the sun and true fire.


    With the deepening of cultivation, the sun fire he quenched became more and more pure and vast.


    Sun true fire has many functions. It is not only used against the enemy, but also can be used by alchemists and weapon refiners.


    The rise time of taiyimen is too short, the foundation is thin and the foundation is shallow.


    Many times, the leader Meng Zhang needs to put down his body and buy some coolies to obtain resources for the sect.


    When Meng Zhang was free, he collected and quenched some real sun fire and stored it.


    In addition to coping with unexpected needs, it can also be given to the younger generation as a gift when necessary.


    Now, Meng Zhang''s solar fire, which has been stored for many years, began to release in large quantities.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to show his magic reducing mirror as soon as he shot.


    He still wants to keep some cards to deal with emergencies.


    The sun true fire also has a very obvious restraining effect on the demons.


    Bursts of fire rain composed of real fire from the sun fell from the sky and fell into the demon group.


    All demons contaminated with the sun''s true fire were lit one after another and turned into moving torches.


    Many burning demons ran around and rushed. Many more demons rolled around, trying to put out the flame


    The original chaotic demon team suddenly became more chaotic.


    Meng Zhang quickly flew over the demon group.


    Everywhere he passed, fire rain fell from the sky.


    Meng Zhang alone caused great damage to the demons and disrupted his pace.


    Of course, there are countless strong ones in the demon group, and many demons have strange abilities.


    The sun''s true fire is powerful, but there is no way to dissolve it.


    Some third-order demons spewed out the pure magic gas that had been quenched for many years, and spewed towards the real fire of the sun that was falling from the air.


    Water can put out fire, but a drop in the bucket won''t do much.


    The sun''s true fire can kill magic Qi, but when there is more magic Qi, you don''t know who is consuming who.


    A large amount of strong magic gas covered the real sun fire like dark blankets, and immediately extinguished small clusters of real sun fire.


    Some demons ejected all kinds of thick and disgusting liquid to put out the real fire of the sun.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang flew all the way and sprinkled a lot of sun and true fire, but the damage caused by the huge demon group is far from enough.


    Moreover, although the demon group is extremely chaotic, it is not a place where he can come and go freely.


    In the sky, a flying demon rushed frantically and stopped him.


    Some demons on the ground flew into the air and began to chase him.


    Others jumped up and jumped at him.


    Some demons launched a long-range attack.


    Pure magic Qi, strange tentacles, and weird spells


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not feel the slightest trouble because of this degree of attack.


    The sun and moon jewels on his head kept emitting the sun and moon light, eliminating all the attacks one by one.


    Jinghong sword is not easy to use against enemies like demons.


    When the sun and moon divine light protected Meng Zhang''s body, it kept expanding and extending, shooting at the demons coming from all directions.


    Meng Zhang flew among the demons for a while, and finally was close to his goal.


    Although this is only a harassing battle, as the true monarch of the yuan God, how can he meet the fourth order demon for a while.


    Seeing Meng Zhang swaggering over, a large number of demons rushed over and couldn''t stop his assault.


    The huge meat mountain stopped moving and stopped where it was.


    Eight third-order demons around also warm up and guard the meat mountain in the middle.


    The spirit snake spear stirred gently, and a third-order demon in the form of tiger and leopard immediately had a long wound on his body.


    The killing breath containing the power of the road rushed madly towards the body of this third-order demon. All the way, wantonly destroy everything in the magic object.


    The huge meat mountain shook slightly, as if an earthquake had broken out around it, and the whole ground shook.


    One after another, thick, black to purple, half liquid and half solid. At a glance, the sticky meat ball, like a shell, shot at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang absolutely doesn''t want to be contaminated with this disgusting thing.


    The whole field of vision was full of such disgusting things, and Meng Zhang had no place to dodge.


    Even, he didn''t want his magic tools to be contaminated with these meatballs.


    The yin-yang spirit gourd, the life magic tool on the head, spewed out the Qi of Yin-Yang and fell in front of Meng Zhang.


    Yin and Yang Qi are not only a sharp weapon to kill the enemy, but also a wonderful way to defend yourself.


    No matter what kind of attack, it is difficult to stop the dissipation of yin and Yang.


    Some of those meat balls exploded in the air and turned into countless disgusting black purple pus, which surged towards Meng Zhang one after another.


    The Yin and Yang Qi shake gently to shake off these disgusting things.


    Many disgusting things that have not been shaken off and are attached to Yin and Yang. With the operation of yin and Yang, they have been turned into nothing.


    Some meat balls didn''t explode in the air, so they directly hit Meng Zhang.


    The Yin and Yang Qi of Meng Zhang''s body was shocked by the huge impact, as if it would disperse at any time.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the attack power of these meat balls would be so powerful.


    It''s too scary.


    The qicaixia light robe on the body automatically sends out bursts of glow, which adds to the defense under the cloth of yin and Yang and makes up for the gap that has just appeared.

 Chapter 1177

    "It stinks, it stinks. What is this?"


    "Stay away quickly. Don''t let this thing touch others."


    "This thing is disgusting and terrible."


    The lingcai''er of qicaixia light robe seldom makes noise when Meng Zhang fights with others.


    But now, the disgusting smell not only startled her, but also made her avoid it.


    She hardly spoke to remind Meng Zhang to stay away from this disgusting thing.


    Tool spirits are born with strong spirituality and know what is good for them and what is bad for them.


    The inexplicable object sent out by this fourth-order demon when attacking not only looks disgusting, but also extremely vicious.


    As long as a creature is slightly contaminated, it will be demonized immediately, and this demonization process cannot be stopped.


    Even if a magic instrument is stuck with this kind of thing, it is easy to be polluted or even demonized.


    The spirit of qicaixia light robe seems to be complaining, but it''s actually an instinct warning.


    If Meng Zhang relied on the fourth level defense magic weapon of qicaixia light robe, but he was hard attacked by the enemy, I''m afraid the magic weapon would be greatly damaged.


    Without cai''er''s reminding, Meng Zhang''s keen sense of spirit had already noticed that something was wrong.


    In his eyes of breaking the delusion, the flesh was full of strange and twisted power, and even he didn''t want to be contaminated.


    Fortunately, what he used to resist the attack of these meatballs was the yin-yang Qi released by the yin-yang Linghu, not directly using magic tools to hardtop.


    Meng Zhang''s body moved at a high speed in the air. While dodging the attack of these meat balls, he showed his magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword and mercilessly cut into the demon in the form of meat mountain.


    The magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword turned into an invisible sword Qi by using the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, and directly fell on the meat mountain.


    The whole huge body shook a little, and it was not easy to block the magic power.


    In the face of the magic power containing the power of the road, no matter how large and how deep the defense is, you must directly bear the attack.


    Resisting Liangyi Tongtian sword hurt the meat mountain and became listless all of a sudden.


    The countless demons around suddenly seemed crazy and rushed frantically to Meng Zhang in the air.


    Even without flying ability and jumping ability, demons put up meat walls and tried desperately to get close to Meng Zhang.


    Too many demons came. Even when flying in the air, Meng Zhang felt that his activity space had been greatly suppressed.


    At this time, the ground shook violently again, just like a big earthquake.


    The tall meat walls immediately collapsed, and countless demons were staggering, unstable, and falling all over the ground.


    Meng Zhang accidentally glanced underground and found the situation below through the thick earth rock layer.


    It turned out that the thick earth God didn''t know when he gave full play to his talent in earth hiding and sneaked into the bottom of the demon group from the ground.


    He hid underground, with the help of thick earth and rock cover, and has been moving with the demon group.


    In addition to tracking the enemy and investigating the enemy''s situation, he also has the idea of sneaking attacks.


    Meng Zhang paid attention to the demons before, but temporarily ignored the thick earth God General under the ground.


    Now Meng Zhang is fighting with the demons. The thick earth God probably thinks the time is coming, or simply wants to help.


    In any case, the thick earth God will launch seismology underground, which has indeed created some chaos among the demons.


    The thick earth God also exposed his deeds because of this move.


    When facing demons, even deep underground is not a safe hiding place.


    Soon, some demons who were proficient in earth hiding began to sneak underground and escape to the position of the thick earth God general.


    Many more demons began to dig holes directly and dug deep holes in the earth.


    After the thick earth God shot, he immediately began to transfer, quickly fled underground and constantly changed his position.


    To be honest, even without the help of the God of thick earth, Meng Zhang has many means to solve the problems he faces.


    The thick earth God rushed to kill him. He not only felt superfluous, but also provoked fire and led to the pursuit of demons.


    Of course, the thick earth God chose a good time this time, which had a great impact on the demons.


    Meng Zhang is even less likely to dislike others for being busy because the elder in the sect took the initiative to help.


    That demon like a meat mountain is really thick skinned and has amazing defense.


    Even if an attack containing the power of the road falls on it, it can only slightly hurt it, and it is difficult to hit it hard.


    Meng Zhang also dared not ignore the attack of this demon.


    Such an attack not only looks disgusting, but also has the power to stain magic tools and demonize creatures.


    The most disgusting place is not here, but in the terrible recovery ability of this meat mountain.


    In the battle with Meng Zhang, the meat mountain was constantly injured. Even if the injury is not serious every time, it will become serious injury if it accumulates slowly.


    However, every time this demon accumulated a certain degree of injury, the rotten meat on his body squirmed, generating a strong attraction and adsorbing all the surrounding demons.


    Then the rotten meat continued to wriggle and devoured all these demons.


    After swallowing enough demons, all the injuries on the meat mountain demon recovered, and even the energy consumed in the battle was recovering quickly.


    What''s more irritating is that those demons clearly know their fate of being swallowed up. They not only dare not resist, but also dare not dodge a little.


    Some low-level demons even rushed to the meat mountain and let them devour their own flesh and blood.


    No wonder those friars who had experience in fighting with demons said that within the demons under their command, level 4 demons are difficult to defeat.


    If you want to kill it, it''s impossible.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and this meat mountain demon has become a war of consumption.


    This group of demons has a large number. Even if the fourth order demons consume faster, they can last for a long time.


    However, Meng Zhang''s power of true yuan and yuan God can not be supplemented so easily.


    In any case, the purpose of this operation is to attack, spy on the enemy''s strength and obstruct the enemy''s advance has been achieved.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to fight with the demons.


    As for how to deal with this meat mountain demon in the future, we can go back and discuss with you.


    There are many demons in the demon group, but no one can be faster than Meng Zhang in speed.


    It''s basically impossible to trap him here.


    Meng Zhang said he would come and go. It''s not hard.


    Before evacuating, he had to let the God of thick earth take a step first.


    But at this time, the thick earth God will not only have been trapped by many demons, but also have been in danger many times.


    Under such circumstances, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to abandon his peers and focus on his own retreat.

 Chapter 1178

    Thick earth God will be the Dharma protector of taiyimen. He is no longer a pure human monk.


    His body was carefully shaped by the taiyimen elder who collected all kinds of heaven and earth spirits. It was not human flesh and blood.


    Even his original spirit was strengthened by the secret arts in the door.


    His body of divine generals, because of the integration of many earth based heaven and earth spirits, itself is biased towards earth in the five elements.


    He is also proficient in earth magic and has a special talent for earth dun.


    He had previously sneaked into the underground of the demon group with his clever earth hiding ability.


    Now, facing the siege and interception of many demons, he is also ready to escape by relying on the power of Tu dun.


    But among these demons, there are indeed many people with great powers.


    In particular, after many human friars were demonized, the special demons transformed from them not only have a high level of intelligence, but also have made great progress in cultivation after falling into the devil''s way, and have magical powers that were unthinkable before.


    The seemingly vast underground was soon blocked by powerful third-order demons with various mysteries.


    Originally, he was hiding underground. The thick earth God should be like a fish in water and very relaxed.


    Now he seems to be in a mire. It is very difficult to move every step, and he has to pay a lot of effort.


    In the face of many demons pressing step by step, he had to drill out of the ground, leave the ground and appear on the ground.


    Above the ground, there are demons in all directions.


    Wave after wave of demons poured in like a tide, and a large number of flying demons in the sky began to attack.


    The thick earth God not only did not find a chance to escape, but fell into a siege.


    Even among the many golden elixirs in Taiyi sect, he can be regarded as a strong man. However, in the face of the siege of a large number of demons, he was in danger many times, and the situation became worse and worse.


    Meng Zhang saw him in the sky. Of course, he can''t leave alone and ignore the life and death of the thick earth God.


    Holding the spirit snake spear in his right hand, the yin-yang magic weapon on his head kept spitting out yin-yang Qi, and the sun and moon pearl behind him kept sprinkling the sun and moon divine light.


    In order to help the thick earth god get out of trouble, Meng Zhang took out his real ability and began to fight.


    Meng Zhang rushed all the way and swept out all the demons who dared to stop him.


    The demon like the meat mountain chased Meng Zhang, but he was too big and slow to catch up with Meng Zhang. Can only keep shooting countless meat balls, launched a disgusting long-range attack.


    When Meng Zhang killed the thick earth God general not far in front of him and helped him out, the thick earth God general was almost exhausted.


    Meng Zhang saw the dark Qi on the thick earth God General''s face. He knew that he was hurt by the magic Qi. He must be treated in time without delay.


    The spirit snake spear flew out of Meng Zhang''s hand and was swam around by Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy, constantly assassinating nearby demons.


    With one hand, Meng Zhang summoned the thick earth God who was about to collapse to his face.


    Meng Zhang himself is very resistant to magic Qi and doesn''t worry about being infected by magic Qi.


    He stretched out his right hand and operated his Qi, so he wanted to help thick earth God drive away the evil Qi in his body.


    The thick earth God, not far from Meng Zhang, suddenly burst up and rushed at Meng Zhang like lightning.


    He held his fists tightly and hurled them at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who should have been unprepared and was successfully plotted by the thick earth God, seemed to have known for a long time. He patted his right palm and gently blocked the thick earth God''s fist.


    After a loud noise, the surrounding air vibrated violently, and the ground below was affected by the afterwave of the fight between the two people, cracking wide cracks.


    The sneak attack was blocked by Meng Zhang. The thick earth God didn''t stop and blew out more than ten punches in one breath.


    Meng Zhang''s face changed slightly. Although he had been merciful, the power of that palm was not weak.


    Even if the monks in the later stage of the golden elixir fight with themselves, Zhenyuan will collapse, feel numb and weak, and lose all the power of resistance.


    The thick earth God in front of him would take his palm, but he fell a little downwind.


    Not only was the body not much affected, but it was able to launch a fierce attack immediately.


    If you have scanned the God body of the thick earth God general many times, whether it is to break the false magic eye or your own God mind, you can determine that it is really the thick earth God General himself. Meng Zhang was afraid that he could not help but doubt that the God of thick earth in front of him would be counterfeited.


    The thick earth God looked ferocious, just like a madman. He only defended but not attacked Meng Zhang.


    The demons that were killed and scattered by Meng Zhang also rushed over madly, with an attitude of leaving Meng Zhang here.


    Meng Zhang was entangled by the God of thick earth and was unable to move in a large range for the time being.


    The meat mountain demon not only moved towards here quickly, but also kept shooting meat balls.


    These rapidly shooting meat balls don''t care if they will hurt friendly forces by mistake.


    Even if it is not weak, as long as it is hit by the meat ball, it will either become fragments and fly out.


    Or the meat ball will spread out all at once, wrap the demon, and then digest it quickly and turn it into a pool of blood.


    Even the thick earth God general who is fighting with Meng Zhang has become the target of these meat groups.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want the God of thick earth to be hit by these meat balls, which will bring more trouble to the follow-up treatment.


    Meng Zhang no longer had reservations and took out the biggest card.


    Holding the magic subduing mirror in his left hand, he first swept around.


    Whether it was the meat ball shot or the demons poured in, the golden light released by the magic reducing mirror turned into blood and flesh one after another.


    Then Meng Zhang aimed the magic subduing mirror at the thick earth God general, and once again emitted a light.


    This time, it was not the golden light of subduing demons, but the clear light of exorcising demons.


    The thick earth God who had fallen into madness will be illuminated by the clear light, and soon gave up all his actions and fell into a dull state.


    Meng Zhang''s face remained unchanged, but he sighed in his heart.


    The thick earth God didn''t recover immediately under the irradiation of the exorcism light, which shows that he is deeply possessed by the devil and the strong person who secretly controls him is really powerful.


    When Meng Zhang turns the magic subduing mirror in his hand to another direction to attack various demons.


    Lost the thick earth God General illuminated by the exorcism light, his face appeared black again, and his face became ferocious again.


    Meng Zhang stepped forward with an arrow and appeared in front of the thick earth God general.


    He slapped the Baihui cave on the head of the thick earth God general, removed all his resistance and fixed his body.


    Meng Zhang was not at ease. The yin-yang spirit released the yin-yang Qi into a black-and-white rope, which bound the thick earth God up and down.


    Meng Zhang, with a thick earth general in his hand and a magic subduing mirror in his hand, will kill a blood path from the demon group and leave this place as soon as possible.


    The spirit snake spear that had flown out was also under his control and flew back to him to cover his retreat from the demon group.

 Chapter 1179

    With the magic subduing mirror in his hand, Meng Zhang kept emitting the golden light of subduing the devil, killing and retreating wave after wave of demons.


    As soon as he carried the thick earth God to fly out for a distance, Meng Zhang felt a huge pulling force coming from the hand of the thick earth God and kept pulling his body.


    Under such circumstances, the thick earth God will be able to struggle and try to prevent Meng Zhang from breaking through.


    You know, the thick earth God general is just a Dharma protector general with the strength of golden elixir. Even if he is not trapped, he is unable to struggle under the suppression of Meng Zhang.


    The means Meng Zhang just used to trap the yuan God Zhenjun are more than enough.


    However, the thick earth God will be able to continue to struggle and continue to bring pressure to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s face was even more ugly.


    This is not because of the pressure that the God of the thick earth will give, but because he is worried about the safety of the God of the thick earth.


    Power cannot appear out of thin air.


    It is conceivable that the price to be paid for a friar of Jindan level to exert his power against the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The thick earth God has not only the power injected by the powerful devil, but also his own life potential has been greatly stimulated.


    This practice will damage his foundation and endanger his life.


    The Dharma protector general like the thick earth God general has only the power of the golden pill level, but has the longevity of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    But their age is not young, and most of their Shouyuan has been consumed.


    Among them, the oldest Jijian God general, if his cultivation can no longer make a decisive breakthrough, there will be few remaining Shouyuan.


    The thick earth God will be controlled by the powerful devil. If he is stimulated by this, the damage to Shouyuan is almost certain.


    Meng Zhang, who was furious, tried to control his emotions. First, he strengthened the power to suppress the thick earth God general, so that he could not continue to struggle. Then quickly break through and want to get out of here as soon as possible.


    The meat mountain demon desperately drives his demons to surround, chase and intercept, and his family also tries its best to intercept.


    However, Meng Zhang''s magic subduing mirror itself has a powerful power to subdue demons, which can almost be said to be the enemy of demons. Coupled with Meng Zhang''s strong strength, this demon group really can''t trap him.


    In fact, Meng Zhang did not put all his mind on the demon in front of him.


    Even when the battle was the most intense, he did not relax his vigilance, but still left some strength to guard against sudden enemies.


    Being able to control the thick earth God general with the secret skills of the devil way and let him give full play to the strength of the yuan God level, such a strong devil way is the real terrible enemy.


    There will only be one fourth-order demon in this demon group, that is, the meat mountain demon.


    This meat mountain demon is really strong, but its way is not the way to control the thick earth God.


    Someone else should be able to use this means of demonization.


    This guy is Meng Zhang''s real enemy.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, most of the mysterious enemy should hide in the dark, wait for his flaws, and then launch a thunderbolt.


    The thick earth God will not be its ultimate goal, but just a tool. Only a true monarch like himself is qualified to be calculated like this.


    In order to guard against hidden enemies, Meng Zhang secretly retained a certain adaptability.


    When he took the thick earth God to break out of the siege, he looked very hard and almost hurt his strength.


    Finally, Meng Zhang took the thick earth God general and killed a blood path from the demons and gained vitality.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flew up into the air, flying higher and farther, and fled from this place far away.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s disappearing back, a large number of demons roared angrily.


    The sound of ghosts crying and wolves howling makes people feel numb.


    After Meng Zhang left here, he didn''t stop on the road and flew directly to the camp.


    Thick earth God will work hard for taiyimen, so he can''t give up so easily.


    Meng Zhang did not bother to attack the demons, but was eager to solve the problem of the thick earth God general.


    To solve the problem of thick earth God general, we need a quiet and safe place.


    Maybe they need Yang Xueyi''s help.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang is very familiar with the terrain here.


    In the realm of Daheng cultivation, the remaining veins of Daheng mountains are almost everywhere.


    There are almost no large plains here. There are mountains, steep slopes and even cliffs everywhere.


    The whole area is cut into pieces by countless mountains.


    The group of demons that Meng Zhang has just fought takes land demons as the main force.


    A large number of demons in the demon group have no ability to fly.


    Even the leader of the demon group, the meat mountain demon, didn''t move very fast.


    Due to the obstruction of terrain, the speed of land March cannot be very fast.


    Even a ferocious demon takes a lot of time to climb over all kinds of rugged terrain.


    Unless it is a small number of demon elite, move forward with light clothes.


    Otherwise, if the whole demon group wants to act together, it will take a lot of time on the road.


    Even without Meng Zhang''s harassment and delay along the way, the human friars should still have some time to prepare for war.


    Meng Zhang galloped all the way. Without much delay, he flew directly back to the camp of the friar coalition army.


    He directly took the thick earth God general to Yang Xueyi and briefly described his experience.


    Then, Meng Zhang asked Yang Xueyi to give an order immediately.


    All the friars who pursue and kill demons, and all the friars who go to investigate the trend of demons... Must rush back to the camp of the friars'' coalition army as soon as possible.


    After returning to the camp, these friars must be carefully checked immediately to see if they have been tampered with by demons.


    This is a lesson from the thick earth God general, which must be dealt with and prevented.


    Of course, all the friars have shrunk back to the camp. Without friars to investigate the movements of demons, the whole friar coalition will become blind and deaf.


    After a brief discussion with Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang decided to select and allocate a group of Jindan real people who have been checked and determined to have no problem.


    These golden elixirs are at least a team of three. They are absolutely not allowed to act alone.


    They must take all kinds of items to resist the invasion of evil ways.


    Such as pure heart jade pendant, exorcism talisman and so on.


    After they leave the camp, they can only move no more than two thousand miles away from the camp.


    They must be careful to hide their tracks and secretly observe in the distance of the demon group. They must not be too close.


    Once you are exposed and found by a demon, you must evacuate immediately and report to the camp at the same time.


    Meng Zhang knew that even with these cumbersome arrangements, the safety of every investigative monk could not be guaranteed.


    They are all powerful golden elixir real people in the eyes of ordinary friars, but they are likely to break away so quietly that they can''t even lift a little spray.

 Chapter 1180

    This is the cruelty of the cultivation world. In the face of a strong enemy, don''t say it''s immortal Jindan, that is, the yuan God Zhenjun like Meng Zhang, who is also in danger of falling.


    Taiyimen has invested various resources and worked hard to cultivate these golden elixirs.


    Now, it''s time for them to repay the sect and even devote themselves to the sect.


    This time, the thick earth God will sneak into the underground of the demon group alone to spy on all kinds of intelligence.


    Senior members of the sect, such as the thick earth God general, are excellent in cultivation and combat effectiveness, and have rich experience in all aspects.


    With his old methods, even if he sneaks into failure, there should be no big problem to retreat.


    But horses stumble and people stumble. The thick earth God will not know when he will be controlled by the strong ones of the devil road.


    This powerful devil hiding in the dark is not only satisfied with winning a golden elixir immortal.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, there are dozens of Jindan immortal in the gate. Even if you lose a few, it''s harmless.


    The purpose of this person is to use the thick earth God general to plot against the yuan God Zhenjun in Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang broke into the demon group to attack.


    The powerful devil seized the opportunity to let the thick earth God appear.


    Seriously, if Zhenjun, another Yuanshen of Taiyi sect, was present this time, maybe he might be caught.


    Who could have thought that the thick earth God would be such a reliable senior in the door, who would be confused and fall into the control of the enemy.


    He was surrounded by demons and didn''t take any precautions. He was attacked and injured by the thick earth God. Many demons took the opportunity to attack. People were afraid of the consequences.


    After Meng Zhang became a master of heavenly secrets, he had great attainments in heavenly secrets. He can calculate people or things at the level of Yuanshen.


    He had rashly calculated too many times before, which led to the reversal of the way of heaven.


    In order to avoid the disaster, he is now afraid to take the initiative to use the magic of heaven.


    He doesn''t take the initiative to push, but his spiritual sense is still there, so he will warn him before he meets danger.


    Moreover, with the improvement of the realm of heaven''s secrets, spiritual awareness will become more and more acute.


    Whenever there is any conspiracy against their own family, they will have a premonition of whim.


    When the thick earth God took the initiative, Meng Zhang felt a little confused.


    With the old spicy of the thick earth God, you shouldn''t be so impulsive.


    He seemed to help Meng Zhang out, but in fact he exposed his deeds in vain.


    When the thick earth God would fall into the siege of demons and encounter danger, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense had an induction and made him vigilant.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know that the God of thick earth would be controlled by others at that time, he would not be plotted easily after raising his alert.


    The thick earth God made a sneak attack and was blocked by Meng Zhang, who had been on guard for a long time.


    Meng Zhang took the opportunity to investigate. The God of thick earth is not a fake and has not been replaced by others, but has been used to confuse his mind.


    After Meng Zhang got the magic subduing mirror, he practiced the magic formula recorded above.


    Even if he doesn''t use this dharma formula, it''s hard to be blinded by the devil''s means with his keen mind and false magic eye.


    He almost got caught this time. The first is that the means used by the powerful devil is indeed very hidden, which can hide from the vast majority of unprepared yuan God Zhenjun.


    On the other hand, the thick earth God will be surrounded by demons. The smell of many demons around him covered up the unnatural smell on him.


    In fact, as long as you are prepared in advance, the friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun are not so easy to be deceived.


    Others Meng Zhang can''t guarantee. At least Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer in maple leaf mountain city should be able to find clues as long as they calm down and check carefully.


    Therefore, Meng ZhangCai confidently and boldly asked Yang Xueyi to take charge of the inspection, while he dealt with the problem of the thick earth God general.


    After Yang Xueyi was ordered to leave, Meng Zhang began to check the situation of the thick earth God general.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang knew that there would be a magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, so he began to collect information about all kinds of demons.


    In addition, he also didn''t let go of all kinds of information about the devil friar.


    Relevant classics uploaded by the ancestor of Taiyi sect, various classics seized by Taiyi sect during its expansion, various materials purchased from the market... Even Meng Zhang spared no effort to spend his precious jade Qingling opportunity to collect relevant intelligence in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang not only studied all these materials one by one, but also ordered the middle and senior levels of the door, especially the monks who went to maple leaf mountain city to study better.


    Meng Zhang now knows all kinds of common demons and the general means of demon friars.


    When he just took down the thick earth God, he simply checked his condition.


    Meng Zhang made a rough judgment that the thick earth God would not be so simple to be confused by demons, but by the devil friars.


    Of course, demons are ever-changing and have a wide variety. Even the most knowledgeable practitioners in the cultivation world dare not say all demons clearly.


    There is also a very small possibility that the thick earth God will be controlled by some rare special demon.


    Now back in the camp, with a safe and quiet environment, Meng Zhang began a careful inspection.


    Because of his previous means, the thick earth God will temporarily fall into sleep.


    However, even in sleep, the thick earth God will look ferocious, as if he was struggling with something.


    The veins on his neck were swollen and wriggling. Wisps of black gas swam through his body and appeared on his face from time to time.


    Meng Zhang first used the false magic eye to carefully observe the body of the thick earth God general.


    Then release the mind and carefully probe into its body.


    As soon as his mind entered the thick earth God General''s body, it was immediately attacked by some mysterious force.


    Meng Zhang, who had been on guard for a long time, turned his mind and gently flicked away the incoming power.


    After checking for a long time, Meng Zhang finally determined the situation of the thick earth God general.


    There are powerful demons who are proficient in the way of heart demons, secretly plotting against the thick earth God general.


    The other party provoked the demons of the thick earth God general, attracted the external demons and demonized them. Then he completely controlled the mind of the thick earth God general and turned him into his puppet.


    In the thick earth God General''s body, there are the heart devil seeds left by the strong man.


    It is this heart demon seed that not only completely controls the every move of the thick earth God general, but also can stimulate all the potential of the thick earth God general and make it burst out of the yuan God level lethality for a short time.


    Of course, such an outbreak is at the cost of damaging the foundation and vitality of the thick earth God general.


    Fortunately, the body of the thick earth God general is the God body of the Dharma protector God general. It is far from being comparable to the body of ordinary practitioners to survive such an explosion.


    If you are an ordinary cultivator, you may collapse your body and die after an outbreak.


    Nevertheless, the thick earth God will seem unimpeded. In fact, the God body is full of holes and is in danger of collapse at any time.


    Once the Divine Body collapses, his divine soul can''t stay in the sun. Only the soul returns to the underworld.

 Chapter 1181

    Thick earth God will not be an ordinary Jindan friar, but has a very special position in taiyimen.


    Both the importance of the thick earth God general and Meng Zhang''s personal feelings make Meng Zhang unable to give him up easily.


    After Meng Zhang checked the thick earth God general, he fell into silence.


    The situation of the thick earth God general is very complex and very troublesome to deal with.


    If it is solved as soon as possible now, he still has a chance of life. If he continues to delay, he will be doomed.


    To solve the problem of the thick earth God general is to have a fight with the powerful devil in the name of the poisonous hand.


    Meng Zhang has a magic subduing mirror in his hand. It''s not too difficult to use it to show his exorcism and clear light to expel the Demon power in the thick earth God, even the strange heart demon seed.


    The real trouble is that the thick earth God has his own demons, which are attracted by the enemy.


    External demons are easy to get rid of, but internal demons are hard to calm down.


    The heart devil is triggered by people, and the thick earth God has been possessed.


    It''s just that it''s still shallow to be possessed, and it''s not too long. There''s still a chance to recover.


    In his daily life, the thick earth God gives the impression that he is a stable and reliable elder who takes into account the overall situation and is infinitely loyal to the sect.


    But there must be many dark thoughts in his heart.


    The thick earth God was born in taiyimen after reconstruction. Up to now, he has experienced hundreds of years.


    In his heart, there must be a lot of regret, a lot of anger


    All these emotions are used by enemies who are proficient in the secret method of heart demons. This broke the flaw of his heart and triggered his demons.


    Think carefully, whose heart will have no flaws?


    Including Meng Zhang, as long as sentient beings have their own emotions and ideas.


    But these are exactly the flaws that the monks of the demonic road are looking for.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, although the Dali dynasty took in and sheltered many evil friars, it was also very alert to them.


    It seems that because of an inexplicable accident many years ago, the friars of the secret devil line became the sworn enemy of the Dali Dynasty and were cleared from the Dali Dynasty.


    From then on, as long as the friars of Dali imperial dynasty found the magic cultivation of the secret magic Road, they should go all out to hunt down, and they must not let go easily.


    Meng Zhang also helped Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, eliminate the evil cultivation of the secret magic road.


    It is said that the friar with the heart devil is closely related to the secret devil.


    Influenced by the events of that year, although the Dali imperial dynasty did not directly attack the monks with the same vein of heart demons, it imposed special restrictions on them.


    All the people in Dali Dynasty were very afraid of the evil cultivation of the heart evil way.


    Friars in the same line of heart demons in the territory of Dali imperial court are closely monitored. It is difficult to leave the territory without the order of the imperial court.


    Meng Zhang still doesn''t know the identity of the demon cultivation of the thick earth God.


    Generally speaking, Da Li was one of the culprits of the evil disaster. It''s normal for the demon cultivation in its territory to appear here.


    However, taiyimen is also the cultivation power of Dali imperial court. If you attack taiyimen friars casually, isn''t that weakening the power of Dali imperial court?


    Of course, demon cultivation is often moody and unpredictable. It''s not strange to suddenly deal with monks in the same camp.


    In addition, every time a large-scale demon disaster breaks out in the cultivation world, it will attract demon friars from all directions like a magnet.


    For ordinary practitioners, magic disaster is a great disaster.


    But for magic cultivation, magic disaster is an invaluable treasure, which contains great opportunities.


    The devil disaster in Daheng cultivation world has broken out for so long, no one can say how many devil friars have sneaked into it.


    So far, maple leaf mountain city has not encountered magic repair, which is lucky.


    Perhaps this encounter of the thick earth God is the end of this kind of luck.


    There may be an external demon repair, who has been eyeing the maple leaf mountain city.


    As for the other party''s plot, we don''t know.


    Meng Zhang felt a little regretful at this time.


    When I was in Yuantu prairie, I shouldn''t be so rash to show my natural skills.


    Now, when it''s really necessary to use the magic of heaven to deduce, it can''t be used easily.


    Meng Zhang shook his head, threw away the superfluous emotion in his heart and began to consider how to deal with the problem at hand.


    The thick earth God will need timely treatment. But this will greatly involve their own energy and time.


    Now several demon groups are advancing towards here, and there are still powerful demons secretly eyeing and plotting.


    The treatment process will certainly not be smooth. If their family is dragged here, Yang Xueyi alone may not be able to cope with the upcoming war outside.


    For a friar of the golden elixir level in the sect, and a friar whose potential is exhausted and it is almost impossible to promote the yuan God, it affects the overall situation of the whole sect. It seems very unwise.


    The thick earth God will not allow this to happen even if he stays awake at this time.


    In the cultivation world where interests are paramount and everything has to weigh the gains and losses, it is wise to give up the thick earth God general and make every effort to prepare for war.


    Meng Zhang did hesitate for a moment, but finally decided to put aside all powerful relationships and act according to his heart.


    At the end of his family, he relied more on the power of the thick earth God general.


    Now taiyimen has developed and grown, and our family has become the supreme god Zhenjun. We should not give up the thick earth God easily because we think it will have little use value.


    Meng Zhang often felt that practitioners of truth could not become those who put interests first, and all things were about the gains and losses of interests.


    In that case, what is the joy of life?


    What''s the difference between living like that and organ puppets?


    Cultivating truth will not last for thousands of years. Let''s cultivate ourselves into a self-cultivation machine without feelings.


    It''s no big deal to indulge in your own ideas.


    In fact, the state of mind and the mastery of thoughts of monks at the level of Meng Zhang are directly related to the success rate of breaking through the cultivation bottleneck in the future.


    In addition, Meng Zhang is full of confidence in Yang Xueyi. I believe that even in the face of an adverse situation, she has a way to delay time and wait for her reinforcements.


    Since Meng Zhang has made up his mind, he will not waver easily.


    He sent a letter to Yang Xueyi, saying that his family might need to delay a long time in order to treat the thick earth God general.


    She is fully responsible for everything outside.


    If the demons attack on a large scale, she and Jin Qiaoer should try to stabilize the defense until they are finished.


    In particular, we should be vigilant and be careful of the sneak attack by the demon friars hidden in the dark.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, Yang Xueyi immediately stated her position. With her in the camp, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry.


    No matter what the enemy is, she can hold the line of defense.


    After explaining to Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang began to solve the problem of thick earth God general.

 Chapter 1182

    To save the enchanted thick earth God general, we need to face many very difficult challenges. Meng Zhang is not sure that he will succeed.


    This is a secluded place in the camp. Prohibitions are set outside the big tent, which can isolate all movements outside.


    Near the big tent, Yang Xueyi also arranged the guard friars to prevent anyone from disturbing.


    Now that he had made a decision, Meng Zhang put aside all his thoughts and devoted himself to his own work.


    The thick earth God will be imprisoned by Meng Zhang, and then he will lose consciousness and fall into a deep sleep for the time being.


    Meng Zhang flattened the body of the thick earth God and placed it on the ground.


    He raised the magic subduing mirror in his right hand and gently urged it. A clear light shot out of the mirror and fell on the thick earth God general.


    Meng Zhang gently moved the magic subduing mirror, and the exorcism light swept slowly along the body of the thick earth God, almost inch by inch, without any omissions.


    The black airflow that originally ran around in the thick earth God will immediately evaporate into the air and turn into nothingness as soon as it meets such clear light.


    When the Exorcist Qingguang was just coming, the thick earth God''s face was full of pain and ferocity. It seemed that he would wake up from his sleep at any time.


    But as the light of subduing the devil swept over him bit by bit, his face became calm, and the whole person began to relax unconsciously.


    Meng Zhang looked serious and did not relax at all because of the smooth beginning.


    This is only the beginning, and the really difficult challenges are still ahead.


    The demon cultivator of the heart demon Tao implanted his heart demon seed into the thick earth God.


    He can clearly feel every move and all encounters of the thick earth God.


    Although Meng Zhang imprisoned the action of the thick earth God general, let him fall into a deep sleep and temporarily shield his perception.


    But it''s not very useful.


    That demon friar can still know what happened to the thick earth God.


    When Meng Zhang urged the magic subduing mirror to release the exorcism light and began to expel the evil spirit hidden in the thick earth God, the demon friar quickly sensed it and responded quickly.


    I saw the thick earth God general who had relaxed, suddenly gave out a painful groan and struggled to wake up from his sleep.


    Although he had awakened, the thick earth God general with a little vague consciousness sent out a sad cry like a wounded beast in his mouth, and then roared loudly.


    The thick earth God tightened his body first, and then shook violently, as if to shake the whole body.


    Meng Zhang''s attention did not focus on the thick earth God''s actions, but focused on the heart demon seeds in his body.


    The heart devil seed is invisible and hidden in the deep body of the thick earth God.


    Meng Zhang''s keen mind was not easy to find its existence.


    At this moment, the heart demon seed quickly swam in the thick earth God, and was not fixed in a position.


    The heart devil seed constantly sends out strange power to stimulate the body of the thick earth God general and drive him to make a fierce response.


    At the same time, the invisible and traceless special magic Qi radiated silently from the heart devil seeds.


    This special magic gas, which is very different from the ordinary magic gas, constantly stimulates the thick earth God to bring the dark side of his mind and tries to extend it to pollute Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Before he started, Meng Zhang guessed the possible means of the enemy and thought about what he could do.


    So far, the enemy''s means are still in his expectation, not too surprising.


    Meng Zhang tried to appease the thick earth God general and firmly suppressed his body from moving.


    On the other side, he urged the magic subduing mirror, sent out an exorcism light, and constantly cleared the evil gas released by the heart devil seeds.


    Meng Zhang is not only passive defense, but also trying to capture the track of the heart demon seed.


    As long as the heart demon seed is fixed, he has a way to destroy it.


    The divine body of the thick earth God general seemed to become a battlefield for Meng Zhang and the powerful devil.


    The original strong God body began to appear many dense cracks.


    It seems that if such an impact continues, this divine body will not last long.


    Meng Zhang is also difficult to ride a tiger at the moment. Since he has started exorcism, he can''t stop halfway and give up halfway.


    If you miss this opportunity, who knows what difficulties you will encounter next time.


    Meng Zhang could only insist, trying to expel the heart demon seed from the thick earth God.


    Meng Zhang assigned a lot of strength to protect the God body of the thick earth God general and prevent him from further damage.


    The exorcism light in the magic subduing mirror is emitted more and more frequently.


    The clear light of subduing demons continuously shoots out from the magic subduing mirror and falls on different parts of the thick earth God general.


    Exorcism Qingguang has a special soothing power besides exorcising evil Qi, which can treat exorcised objects to a certain extent.


    However, the conflict between different forces in the thick earth God will be too intense, resulting in too strong impact on the thick earth God. The healing power of this level can no longer match the damage he has suffered.


    Meng Zhang remained calm enough in the chaos.


    In addition to urging the magic subduing mirror to emit exorcism light, he also sacrificed the sun and moon jewels and released the sun and moon divine light.


    The sun moon divine light can strengthen friendly forces and hurt opponents.


    When fighting against the devil, the sun and moon light may not be as good as the special exorcism light, but it can also play a big role.


    Meng Zhang worked hard for a long time in this closed tent and almost forgot the time.


    I don''t know how long it has been, but he finally has the upper hand.


    The thick earth God has dispelled all the evil Qi in his body.


    His consciousness fell into a deep sleep again.


    The slippery and incomparable heart devil seed was also forced to the last corner, and there was nowhere to hide.


    Meng Zhang''s face was solemn, and the last blow of the enemy was coming.


    Sure enough, a moment later, the whole invisible heart demon seed suddenly collapsed.


    The power of the outbreak turned into a vague human shadow.


    The breath of the thick earth God began to decline rapidly.


    All the strength and vitality in his body, including all the potential in the depths of his body, were forcibly stimulated at this moment.


    Nourished by the power of the thick earth God, the vague figure became a little clearer.


    In the whole process, Meng Zhang tried his best and failed to find a way to stop the other party.


    The human shadow probably accumulated enough strength, fit and pounced on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang held the magic subduing mirror high, and the golden light of magic subduing was emitted, directly shooting at the human shadow.


    Meng Zhang has little reservation and tries his best to solve this human shadow as soon as possible.


    At the same time, the sun and moon again enveloped the thick earth God general, spared no effort to retain his last vitality and tried to save his last vitality.

 Chapter 1183

    When Meng Zhang treated the thick earth God General in the big tent, everything outside was under the control of Yang Xueyi.


    All the work of the friar coalition was carried out in an orderly manner.


    There was no confusion inside or outside the camp.


    Even knowing that the invasion of a strong enemy is imminent, everyone is in no hurry, performing their respective duties and actively preparing for war.


    When Yang Xueyi ordered to recall all the monks who went out, a group of monks, as well as many individual monks, followed the orders and rushed back to the coalition camp.


    Jin Qiaoer, who originally went out to chase the fleeing demons and cover his friars, also received a summons from Yang Xueyi and was told all the inside information.


    Instead of rushing back to the coalition camp, she turned around in circles.


    The return order issued by Yang Xueyi did not include Jin Qiaoer.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the hidden heart demon, the devil cultivation, is at best the level of Yuanshen.


    He can quietly control the thick earth God general, but it is impossible to control the yuan God Zhenjun so easily.


    He may have the upper hand over Jin Qiaoer and even win the war, but it is absolutely impossible to control Jin Qiaoer in this way.


    Especially after Jin Qiaoer was reminded by Yang Xueyi that she would not be plotted by the other party''s means.


    Jin Qiaoer also had her intention to go around outside the coalition camp.


    First, she wants to cover her own friars who left the camp before and return to the camp smoothly.


    If your friar is chased or entangled by a demon, she must go to support in time.


    Second, after all our friars withdraw to the camp, there will be a huge vacuum around, making our side lose its monitoring of the surroundings.


    Jin Qiaoer acted as a scout temporarily and took over the task of investigating friars and patrolling friars.


    Outside the coalition camp, Yang Xueyi personally sat at the gate of the camp.


    All monks returning from the outside must pass her inspection before entering the camp.


    This is a very heavy and tiring job.


    Yang Xueyi was patient and carefully inspected each returning monk.


    As a Fuxiu, her mind is stronger than that of an ordinary monk.


    With preparation in advance, even if the devil Friar''s means were hidden, they could not escape her inspection.


    One after another, monks returned from the outside.


    After inspection, these friars began to prepare for the war.


    After several days of busy work, Yang Xueyi barely finished all the inspections.


    In fact, very few monks did not come back in time.


    I don''t know what kind of accident they had?


    Have you not received the summons from the camp, or have you fallen into the hands of the enemy, or have you fallen?


    In this regard, Yang Xueyi is also unknown.


    The soul lamp of friar taiyimen is enshrined in the grass slope of the mountain gate. In addition, there are some monks of other cultivation forces.


    Yang Xueyi is not sure about the life and death of these few monks.


    Judging from the results of the current inspection, the situation is still very optimistic.


    All the friars examined had never been passive, nor had they been planted by the devil.


    In order to identify the friars of the secret evil way, the Dali Dynasty developed many effective means to explore the evil cultivation.


    After Meng Zhang joined the five punishment guards, he received the task of eliminating demons.


    At the five punishment guards, he learned a lot of ways to explore demon cultivation.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang, in view of this, not only left these means in the gate, but also tried to get some methods to explore demon cultivation from the heavenly palace.


    Yang Xueyi was ordered to sit in maple leaf mountain city. She knew that after the outbreak of the magic disaster, all kinds of demons and all kinds of demons were her great enemies of life and death.


    She has carefully studied everything related to magic and magic cultivation.


    The previous inspection was also very meticulous.


    In particular, with the active cooperation of the inspected friars, there will basically be no omissions.


    Don''t say it''s the hidden means of the heart demon monk, that is, the secret demon monk, it''s hard to escape her inspection.


    Now that we have solved our internal problems, we can safely deal with foreign enemies.


    There is a huge line of defense outside the coalition camp.


    Many friars in the coalition army are stationed in the defense line on weekdays.


    The alliance camp is guarded by the Dharma array, and there are Yuanshen Zhenjun, such as Yang Xueyi, sitting in the town. Magic cultivation can''t touch it silently.


    This line of defense is built outside the camp, and Yang Xueyi doesn''t often sit in town. It''s really hard to judge whether the monks inside have been tricked by the devil and moved by the devil.


    But there are many monks stationed in the defense line, and they are basically busy repairing the defense line.


    The demons are approaching quickly. Yang Xueyi really doesn''t have more time to identify these friars one by one.


    After careful thinking, Yang Xueyi made a bold judgment according to Meng Zhang''s experience and the specific situation here.


    The demon Xiu who secretly plotted against the thick earth God general should haunt near the demon group. He hasn''t been close to his own defense line for the time being.


    The thick earth God will go to investigate the demons and be controlled by the enemy. It should be an accident. It''s just an isolated case.


    If the demon monk of the heart devil way attacks his own friars wantonly, there will never be only the thick earth God who will be attacked.


    Most likely, the heart demon friar came here not long ago and didn''t have time to get close to his own defense.


    The reason why Yang Xueyi made this bold judgment, in addition to careful analysis, is also a helpless move.


    She had spent a lot of time checking the monks who had returned to the camp.


    Now the demon group is very close. The war is coming. Check your friars on a large scale again, which will not only waste your energy, but also affect your morale and reduce your combat effectiveness.


    Yang Xueyi did not care about the few monks who had not returned to the camp.


    Yang Xueyi began to adjust her family''s state and was ready for war at any time.


    The demon group led by the fourth order demon is definitely a strong enemy.


    There is more than one such demon group.


    Meng Zhang once told Yang Xueyi about his experience in detail.


    As he was in a hurry to return to the camp to treat the thick earth God general, Meng Zhang did not go to other directions or make further investigation.


    Yang Xueyi has no good way to deal with Meng Zhang''s fourth order demon like the meat mountain he fought.


    As for the hidden heart devil, the evil cultivation is the enemy of life and death, which can never be underestimated.


    Jin Qiaoer turned around outside the camp for several times, and he had not seen his own friars staying outside.


    She summoned back to the coalition camp and explained the situation to Yang Xueyi.


    Then she began to fly away from the camp and a little farther away to investigate more situations.


    She flies so fast that she can fly a long distance in a short time.


    Jin Qiaoer found it easily.


    The three demon groups, each with a fourth-order demon commander, are coming here from different directions.

 Chapter 1184

    Not long after the last war, the consumption of the Terran friar coalition is far from being replenished.


    Friars are not leeks in the field. If they are cut off, they will grow out soon.


    It takes at least 20 years for human beings to grow from birth to success.


    Cultivating a friar, even an ordinary friar, requires time and resources.


    As for the elite friars of various monastic forces, it is not easy to cultivate them.


    Since the battle with demons began, the cultivators in this area of maple leaf mountain city have lost a lot.


    If it had not been for the constant transmission of friars from taiyimen, as the skeleton of the whole friar coalition, the defense line here would have collapsed.


    Nevertheless, in terms of the number of friars alone, the friar coalition is still far from its heyday.


    In other words, it is the loss of goods, which is easier to be supplemented.


    Most of the Dharma array and fortress above the whole line of defense have been repaired.


    The consumed mechanism creations and talismans are barely in place.


    Jin Qiaoer investigated in the distance and found three different groups of demons, all of which came here by coincidence.


    There are three groups of demons, not to mention how many low-level demons there are, but there are enough three fourth-order demons alone.


    In addition, no one can tell whether the heart demon monk who hid in the dark and took control of the thick earth God general will join hands with the devil.


    As the true monarch of the yuan God, it is her responsibility to fight against the fourth order demons or the demon cultivation of the yuan God level.


    After discovering the enemy''s movements, she did not delay outside for too long and immediately returned to the line of defense.


    She sits on the defense line, slowly adjusts her state, and waits for a fight with a powerful enemy.


    At this time, the friars sent several teams composed of Jindan real people to wander around the defense line.


    These teams should monitor the surrounding movements in real time and cover the flanks of the friar coalition.


    If there is any change on the battlefield, they want Yang Xueyi to try their best to delay time while strictly guarding against it.


    Meng Zhang is not only an expert in the middle period of Yuanshen, but also holds a magic subduing mirror and has mastered many powerful magic subduing doors.


    When he''s done and he joins the battlefield, his side can be foolproof.


    Each of the three demon groups has a fourth-order demon leader.


    The relationship between these three fourth-order demons is definitely not friendly.


    In fact, all fourth-order demons are competitive.


    In each other''s eyes, it is a panacea that can help their own promotion.


    If one level 4 demon can devour another level 4 demon, it is no less than taking a big tonic, and all aspects can be greatly improved.


    If they don''t have a common goal, these fourth-order demons will fight among themselves.


    After reaching the defense line, the three huge demon groups faced each other at a short distance.


    Many of the three demons broke away from the brigade and wandered forward.


    One is to play the role of investigation, and the other is to sweep around the creatures and take the opportunity to strengthen and supplement their own side.


    The surrounding area, especially in front of the Terran friar line. After the sweep of the previous two demon groups, it can almost be said that the creatures are extinct and there is no grass. There has long been no vitality.


    The Terran sent out many friars and spent a lot of manpower and material resources to purify this area and remove the residual magic gas of a large number of demons.


    However, with the arrival of a new group of demons, bursts of demonic Qi rushed into the sky, and there was a continuous spread of demonic Qi on the whole earth.


    All the previous efforts of many monks have been wasted. Needless to say, the demonization of this area has become more serious.


    Don''t get too close, just hide in the line of defense. The Terran friars can see that the dark magic Qi meandering gently, circling up and straight into the sky.


    This momentum looks really shocking.


    The three evil creatures stopped moving forward and temporarily settled in three different places.


    Of course, the demon group itself is chaotic and has no discipline.


    These demons won''t stay honest. Between each other, they began to chase, wrestle and even fight.


    In this case, the fourth-order demons who command the demon group have long been used to it.


    As long as the demons can rush up in a general direction after ordering the attack, that''s enough.


    The third and fourth order demons scruples about each other. Even if they have a common goal, they are not in a hurry to attack.


    I don''t know what they are waiting for. They just stay around without any big action.


    The demons are not in a hurry to attack, and the Terran friar coalition is just what they want.


    The longer the delay, the better for the Terran friar alliance.


    Some friars seize the last preparation time and repair the loopholes in the defense line at full speed.


    Some friars regulate their breath regularly and strive to achieve the best state of their essence, Qi and spirit.


    ¡­¡­


    At this time, in the camp of the friars'' coalition army, with the help of the heart devil seeds planted in advance, the demon monk came to power in the air. With the help of the thick earth God, he took his body as a battlefield and was making a final fight with Meng Zhang.


    The outcome between the two sides is in the blink of an eye.

 Chapter 1185

    These three evil creatures stayed outside the defense line, and there was no big action for the time being.


    All the Terran friars in the defense line inevitably began to get nervous.


    Perhaps, in the next moment, a large number of demons will flood the defense line and completely submerge the defense line. They will also fall into the final battle.


    In fact, up to now, the friar coalition, including Meng Zhang, can''t figure out why these demons are so persistent and must attack this area.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world, regardless of population and land, is not under the Jiuqu League.


    Except for the territory controlled by several major cultivation forces, the resistance of other areas to the demon group is not so strong.


    Now the great horizontal cultivation world has been divided into many pieces by a group of demons.


    Demons instinctively want to devour and demonize creatures, so as to strengthen themselves.


    There are soft persimmons that can be pinched in the vast horizontal cultivation world. I don''t know why the demons came here one after another?


    Most demons are rough and ferocious and have little wisdom.


    However, high-level demons such as fourth-order demons have enough wisdom and judgment to weigh the pros and cons.


    Without enough benefits, these fourth-order demons won''t fight here.


    If you say before, maybe the fourth order demons may not know the difficulty of this line of defense. But with the lessons of the defeat of the first two demon groups, these fourth-order demons should be smarter.


    Of course, no matter what is attracting these demons in this area, the Terran friar coalition will guard against them and fight to keep them out.


    The last demons who arrived here have been here for two days.


    The movements of the three demon groups are a little strange. They are not in a hurry to attack, but waste their time outside the defense line.


    Demons can''t be measured by common sense. It''s not surprising to have any strange behavior.


    Although the friars behind the defense line comforted themselves in this way, they still had many doubts in their hearts.


    In the camp of the friars'' coalition army, Meng Zhang blocked the last blow of the heart demon monk.


    Meng Zhang timely released the golden light of subduing demons to fight back, completely defeated the human shadow and made it disappear.


    In this way, Meng Zhang cracked all the means that the demon monk blessed the thick earth God general.


    The thick earth God dissipated all the prohibitions and magic Qi planted in his body.


    The problem of the thick earth God general is far from being solved.


    The external devil has gone, but the heart devil has not disappeared.


    The reason why the thick earth God will be completely controlled is mainly because he was repaired by the evil spirit of the heart devil road and used the flaw of his heart to attract his own heart devil.


    Originally, after expelling the external demons, Meng Zhang still had a lot of time to slowly help the thick earth God calm the demons.


    But in the process of fighting with devil cultivation just now, the God body of thick earth God general was further damaged. Even Meng Zhang''s efforts to repair it will not help.


    The divine body may collapse at any time, and the divine soul is still confused due to the influence of its own demons.


    In this case, if Meng Zhang continues to help the thick earth God, he will drive away the heart demons. The God body of the thick earth God will collapse directly, and the God soul will fall into eternal sleep.


    Meng Zhang''s mind flashed all kinds of ideas, and many ideas emerged at once.


    However, no matter what method, it can not solve the current problem of thick earth God.


    The result of Meng Zhang''s continued action is to bury the life of the thick earth God general.


    After hesitating for a while, Meng Zhang finally made a difficult decision.


    His mind moved, and a large amount of sun and moon light was sprinkled in the sun and moon jewels on his head.


    The sun and moon god light this time is different from the sun and moon god light he released in the past.


    In the clear light, it seems that there is water flowing, rippling out bursts of special light, emitting a strange charm.


    In addition to his major Yin Yang Avenue, Meng Zhang exerts the most power is the power of the sun moon Avenue.


    The use frequency of the Taoist magic power of Sun Moon divine light is also above all kinds of Yin-Yang Taoist magic powers.


    As the sun and the moon move, time also flows.


    The sun rises and the moon sets, the moon rises and sets, and the time of the day changes accordingly.


    Meng Zhang has studied the sun moon rotation Sutra for many years and has a deep understanding of the way of Sun Moon rotation.


    Not long ago, with his profound accumulation, he understood the fur of the time Avenue from the way of the rotation of the sun and the moon.


    This fur alone is not enough to play a big role in combat. But let him display the sun and moon divine light, which is more magical and has a more mysterious function.


    The sun and moon light he released was like a blanket, gently draped over the thick earth God''s body.


    This blanket temporarily stopped the time around the thick earth God General''s body, so that the situation in the thick earth God General''s body would not deteriorate, but remained in its current state for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding on the sunshine Avenue is very superficial. The blanket of time transformed by the sun and moon will not be kept for long.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, the sun, moon and divine light will fail in half a year at most, and the thick earth God will return to normal operation in the time around his body.


    At that time, it may even trigger the reverse bite of the power of time.


    There will be a sudden acceleration in the time around the thick earth God''s body.


    In the process of time acceleration, the situation in Houtu God will deteriorate faster, and his Shouyuan will flow away quickly.


    Even if he knew that his current practice was only to drink poison to quench thirst, Meng Zhang had to do it in order to temporarily save the life of the thick earth God general.


    As for how to deal with the situation in the future, we can only wait for the future. It''s important to get through the current difficulties first.


    Meng Zhang felt a little tired and weak after he imprisoned the thick earth God general with the sun and moon god light.


    In particular, the heart is very tired. It seems that it has just experienced a hard battle.


    Meng Zhang was busy treating the thick earth God general and temporarily cut off all contact with the outside world.


    In his mind, the demons should have launched an attack on the defense line long ago, and the battle outside has become white hot.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to waste time, but sat on the ground. With the fastest speed, I recovered my state a little.


    Before he could get back to his best, he left the tent and flew out of the camp.


    Seeing a few left behind monks in the camp, he looked calm and unhurried. All affairs are running at the original rhythm.


    In the whole camp, there was no tension that should arise during the war.


    Meng Zhang was a little strange, but he didn''t stop to delay time. Instead, he quickly flew away from the camp and quickly flew to the defense line outside the camp.


    He left the camp and flew into the air. He just looked down. Meng Zhang knew why the camp looked like that.


    I delayed so long in order to cure the thick earth God general. The demons outside the defense line didn''t seize the opportunity and made a reactionary attack on the defense line.

 Chapter 1186

    Meng Zhang was confused.


    When he was treating the thick earth God general, he had a move with the devil of the heart devil.


    This person should know that he has no time to get away and is temporarily entangled by the thick earth God.


    According to the truth, this demon cultivation should encourage three demon groups to take the opportunity to launch a fierce attack on the defense line.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t do it. It was when the Terran friar was the weakest that he just took advantage of the weakness.


    However, judging from the current situation, the whole defense line is quiet and there is no sign of fighting.


    It''s not to say that the demons are noble and don''t want to take advantage of people''s danger.


    The real reason is either that the demon cultivation of the heart devil road is not a passer-by with the devil, and there is no exchange of information. Or the demon monk had other plans and didn''t focus on attacking this line of defense.


    The friar coalition camp is very close to the front line of defense. It can even be said that this coalition camp itself is part of the defense line.


    But this part is the last place to stick to after the defense line is captured.


    Meng Zhang soon came to the defense line and met Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer.


    They were full of the thought that they were about to meet a battle with the a strong enemy. They are all recuperating, adjusting their state and preparing for a war with the fourth order demons.


    But they never thought that the enemy would not attack.


    After waiting for a long time, the enemy didn''t wait. Meng Zhang came first.


    Sure, but anyway, it''s always a good thing.


    With Meng Zhang as the master, this line of defense is at least foolproof.


    There are only three demon groups, but they have no ability to capture this place.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi had a discussion because they had too little information to discuss.


    According to Meng Zhang''s understanding of demons, demons are not such patient creatures. It''s a little strange that we can bear not to do it when we are in front of the target.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi said hello to them and flew high into the sky towards the demons.


    The three evil creatures are not short apart. They all look like a plate of scattered sand. It doesn''t seem that an attack is imminent.


    Although many demons sweep around and wander in a large area. Many demons fought and began a common internal struggle.


    However, the three demon groups did not seem to launch an attack at all, but seemed to be ready to stay like this.


    Meng Zhangyi is brave and is not afraid of being surrounded by demons.


    He not only flew very close, carefully observed the situation of demons, but even tentatively shot and killed many demons.


    He created great chaos among the demons.


    Before being surrounded by many demons, Meng Zhang left in time and flew far away from the location of the demons.


    Among the three demons, the three first and fourth order demons stayed honest.


    When Meng Zhang appeared, the three fourth-order demons were startled.


    However, they only showed their strength and did not pursue Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had some speculation in his heart.


    Could it be that these three fourth-order demons led their own demons here to pose and attract the attention of the friar alliance?


    After successfully flying back to the defense line, Meng Zhang told Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer what he had detected at home.


    All three of them don''t know why the three evil creatures behave like this.


    Later, Yang Xueyi proposed to find a group of Jindan real people to brainstorm and discuss with them to see if they could guess the purpose of the demon group.


    Because the demons have no tendency to attack on a large scale for the time being, many Jindan immortal stationed around the defense line have been temporarily transferred to Meng Zhang.


    Among these people, in addition to the friars of taiyimen, there are also high-level leaders of Xiuzhen forces around maple leaf mountain city.


    Since the outbreak of the evil disaster, these people have been paying attention to the information of the evil disaster.


    After the demons invaded here on a large scale, these people actively responded to Yang Xueyi''s call, took the initiative to join the friar coalition, and launched a war with the demons.


    Among all the people present, they have dealt with demons. I know more or less about the habits of demons.


    Meng Zhang first spoke and said the trend of the demon group he had detected.


    He let everyone speak freely and say their own ideas well.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, they began to discuss.


    After a long discussion, I talked a lot of nonsense without nutrition, but I didn''t have any valuable views.


    Finally, Zhu Changming, who is the most respected in the casual practice and is publicly recommended as the representative of the casual practice, gave some speculation.


    Since the outbreak of the demon disaster, demons have raged everywhere, causing great damage to the Daheng cultivation world.


    The world just noticed the ferocious side of the devil, subconsciously imagined the devil as an impulsive and murderous beast.


    But they often ignore that among the demons, especially those high-level demons, they not only have superb wisdom, but also have good reason.


    Like humans, level 4 demons play tricks and know some strategies.


    Three demon groups appear here, in case their real purpose is not to attack this line of defense, but to attract the idea of the friar alliance to cover up their real intention.


    Not to mention Zhu Changming''s hidden identity as a Heavenly Master, his analysis alone hit the blind spot of everyone''s thinking.


    Yes, demons are ferocious, impulsive and murderous. It is estimated that no one has ever thought that they will also play tricks.


    In fact, among the high-level demons, there are many people with outstanding intelligence, and their means of fighting intelligence are not inferior to human friars.


    If you only rely on brute force and act recklessly, the demons will not rage for so long, and the magic disaster will not spread so badly.


    Yang Xueyi immediately ordered the friars to fly away to expand the scope of investigation.


    Meng Zhang did not act in a hurry, but thought calmly.


    Think about it. Zhu Changming''s guess should be very reasonable.


    The fourth order demons are hostile to each other and want to devour each other.


    For greater and long-term interests, they can temporarily join hands to attack the territory of Terran friars.


    The behavior of the previous two demon groups seems to make sense.


    However, there are not many people who want the leaders of the three demon groups to act obediently and honestly attract the attention of the human friar coalition here.


    It is either a magical cultivation or a more powerful demon.


    No matter what kind of situation, it will be a rare strong enemy.


    What should we do now? Let both Yang Xueyi and Meng Zhang be a little difficult.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi are definitely not willing to wait for the enemy to reach their destination and complete their own tasks.


    However, it would be too difficult to order the friar alliance to give up the location of the defense line and take the initiative to attack the enemy.

 Chapter 1187

    Despite Zhu Changming''s speculation, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi also recognized his speculation.


    However, Meng Zhang and others cannot take action easily.


    The three demon groups in front of the defense line are absolute enemies. You can''t be careless about it.


    Before there was no new information, the primary task of the friar coalition was to keep the three demon groups out of the line of defense.


    As for the demons, what are the intrigues? Without obtaining more information, Meng Zhang can only respond to the changes and watch the changes.


    After listening to the ideas of Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi, everyone here has no objection.


    Only immortal Yuanshan inadvertently showed a trace of sadness.


    He hid his worries well. If Meng Zhang hadn''t had a keen mind and strong observation ability, it would be hard to find this.


    However, Meng Zhang did not think so.


    The monk worried about the massive invasion of demons is not only Yuanshan immortal.


    Since the war with the demons, many monks have never seen a smile on their faces.


    Meng Zhang''s temporary gathering place is a fortress in the center of the defense line.


    The fortress was built at the top of a hill. It covers a large area and has a lot of free space.


    Now the demon group has no tendency to attack. They were not busy returning to their posts, and they all had the cheek to stay here.


    First of all, everyone wants to be familiar with one face in front of the three yuan gods, and it''s best to be liked. Strive for some benefits not only for yourself, but also for the Xiuzhen force.


    Second, in this place, you can receive the latest news and know your latest decision.


    Meng Zhang is too lazy to care about these people.


    Anyway, as long as he doesn''t delay business, he is more tolerant in other aspects.


    As the representative of taiyimen, Yang Xueyi borrowed the vest of maple leaf mountain city, integrated the strength of this area and organized a large army of monks, so she had to deal with various Xiuzhen forces.


    In addition to friar taiyimen, all the people present are people with certain prestige in this area. Even if she is the yuan God Zhenjun, she often has to compromise and make good relations with these people.


    It is not easy to bring this area under the control of taiyimen by force alone.


    In the days to come, Yang Xueyi has many places to rely on these local snakes.


    In this way, the time passed, and people talked about gossip one by one.


    After about two or three days, there was still no sign of attack. But the golden elixir team sent out for investigation returned valuable information.


    This team is led by Yang Tianzhu, a true disciple of Taiyi sect.


    They found a fourth-order demon more than 2000 miles away from here.


    Although they dare not get too close to avoid being detected by the fourth order demons.


    But the friars who participated in the last war in the team recognized the fourth order demon.


    Last time, two demon groups attacked the defense line of the friar alliance, Meng Zhang came to the war in time.


    The two demon groups were defeated and led the fourth order demons of the two demon groups respectively. One fourth order demon was killed on the spot, and the other fourth order demon was injured and escaped.


    The demon they found was the fourth order demon that escaped wounded.


    When they found the fourth order demon, the fourth order demon was circling in a mountainous area.


    Meng Zhang clearly remembered that in the last war, although the fourth level demon who led the demon group escaped successfully, his injuries were not light.


    In the case of losing its own demon group, it should not have a good way to recover quickly.


    There is another fourth-order demon that walks alone. Many shadows differentiated from it were destroyed by Meng Zhang. It should also be seriously injured.


    They did not appear nearby, Meng Zhang can understand.


    The injured fourth-order demon appears in front of another intact fourth-order demon. It is a perfect prey and delicious meal.


    Although these three demons are all aimed at the Terran defense line, after discovering the injured fourth-order demons, maybe they will turn around and jump at each other immediately.


    A wounded fourth-order demon wandered in a mountainous area more than 2000 miles away. Meng Zhang was puzzled and gave birth to a lot of curiosity.


    Without Meng Zhang''s command, Yang Xueyi waved gently long ago, and a huge curtain of light appeared in front of the crowd.


    Above the light curtain is a detailed map of the surrounding area.


    On the map, not only various landforms are drawn, but also all the large and small Xiuzhen forces around are recorded in detail.


    That mountain area is a desolate place. There are no people around, let alone any real forces.


    However, if you cross this mountain area, you will enter the territory where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    Everyone was in a panic.


    Could it be that this fourth order demon wants to bypass this defense line and rush into the Terran territory from other places?


    The place where the friar coalition established its defense line was a hilly area with ups and downs, and the ground roads were rugged and difficult to walk.


    At the same time, it is also the only land access to the area where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    If you want to enter that area from other places, you have to climb over the towering mountains and over the bottomless abyss


    Among the demons, of course, there are many demons with the ability to fly to the sky and escape to the earth.


    However, most of the demons faced by the friar coalition are land demons.


    A large number of demons in the demon group are very important combat effectiveness and the reliance of fourth-order demons.


    If it is not a last resort, the fourth order demons will not easily leave the demons under their command.


    In fact, with the scattered situation of most demon groups. As long as the fourth order demons leave for a while, the whole group of demons may disperse and disappear.


    Therefore, even if you know that there is a defense line built by the Terran friar coalition, these demons continue to come here.


    It''s not that the demons have to bite hard bones, but detour from other places. I''m afraid most land demons will fall behind and disappear on the way.


    As for why not let those flying demons work harder and carry land demons. Or the fourth level demons can directly move these low-level demons.


    In the former case, it is too high to see the synergy of demons.


    Different demons have been close together. It is difficult to prevent them from sneaking attacks and swallowing each other.


    In the latter case, the fourth level demon is superior, and only it accepts the service of the lower level demon. You don''t have to think about it at all if you want it to work hard and carry your low-level demons.


    A large number of demons are difficult to detour, so they have to forcibly attack this line of defense.


    However, it has lost its own command of the demon group. Without drag, the fourth-order demon alone can easily cross those natural grabens and enter the area where maple leaf mountain city is located.

 Chapter 1188

    At the thought of a fourth-order demon about to rush into the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, everyone present changed his face.


    For demons, when they enter the Terran territory, it is like mice entering the rice jar and tigers entering the sheep.


    All the religious forces around maple leaf mountain city sent most of the monks to join the friar alliance.


    The main force of the friar alliance is behind this line of defense, waiting for the demons.


    The rear area at this moment is the most empty time.


    In fact, if taiyimen didn''t send a large number of monks to reinforce, the power of Xiuzhen forces in this area alone could not stop the fourth-order demons.


    In the current situation, once the single fourth order demon enters the Terran territory, there is no one to stop, and the consequences are unimaginable.


    All the monks present understood this truth, and Meng Zhang was no exception.


    Meng Zhang did not think for long, and almost immediately issued an order.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer continued to stay behind this line of defense to prevent the demons from attacking on a large scale.


    Meng Zhang left here alone and went to the area where the single fourth order demon appeared to see if he could stop the other party.


    At the same time, send a message to maple leaf mountain city to contact taiyimen Mountain Gate and let it continue to send reinforcements. It''s best to have Yuanshen Zhenjun come to support.


    In any case, you can''t let the fourth order demons alone wreak havoc in the Terran territory.


    After Meng Zhang''s order was issued, everyone present was a little relieved.


    After Meng Zhang leaves, the defense strength in this line of defense will be greatly reduced.


    Yang Xueyi asked everyone not to continue to gather here, but to return to their respective positions and prepare for the battle.


    The worst case is that the single fourth order demon rushed into the Terran territory and killed wantonly. The three demons in front of them took the opportunity to launch a fierce attack and attack back and forth.


    This is unlikely, but we must guard against it.


    After all the monks present were sent away by Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi explained a few words and were preparing to start.


    At this time, Yuanshan immortal, the leader of Yuanshan Temple who had left with the people, turned back halfway and came to see Yang Xueyi.


    Although Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect, Yang Xueyi is the leader of the friar alliance.


    The various Xiuzhen forces here have a lot to do with her. When something happens, the leaders are more willing to talk to her.


    Yuanshan immortal came to Yang Xueyi. Regardless of the presence of Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer, he immediately knelt down and kowtowed to Yang Xueyi.


    Yuanshan immortal is also the head of a party''s cultivation forces. In the surrounding areas, he is also a highly respected figure.


    On weekdays, in front of the public, Yang Xueyi also gave him enough face.


    Yang Xueyi is willing to compromise and hand over, and also has the intention to win him over.


    Every time we meet, Yang Xueyi won''t let him be too polite.


    Such a situation as today is really rare.


    Yang Xueyi waved her hand gently, and an invisible force lifted the body of Yuanshan immortal to prevent him from kneeling down.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t talk nonsense. She directly asked him what was the matter and asked him to pose like this.


    Immortal Yuanshan didn''t beat around the Bush, but directly stated his purpose.


    The place where the single fourth order demon appears is not far from Yuanshan view.


    Immortal Yuanshan is worried about the situation at Yuanshan temple and wants to ask for a favor from Yang Xueyi. I hope Yang Xueyi can be kind and allow him to return to Yuanshan temple to see the situation there.


    Immortal Yuanshan also knew that his behavior was inappropriate. He didn''t dare to say it in front of the public. He only dared to come privately to beg Yang Xueyi.


    Although everyone has left, the map that Yang Xueyi just turned out is still standing in the air.


    From the map, the location of Yuanshan Mountain Gate is not far from the fourth order demon.


    It can be said that among many sects and families in this area, the nearest place to the fourth-order demon is Yuanshan temple.


    In this case, it seems understandable that Yuanshan''s concern is chaotic.


    If it was something else, Yang Xueyi might give him more or less face and meet his request.


    But now, in the face of such a strong enemy as the demon group, a war between the two sides is imminent. This is the time when we need strength to garrison and fight desperately.


    If everyone cares about their own mountain gate like Yuanshan immortal, has no fighting spirit and quarrels to go back.


    Then the friar alliance will surely collapse and be unable to continue to block the advance of the demon group.


    As the leader of the friar coalition, Yang Xueyi should be clear about rewards and punishments, a bowl of water, and absolutely not partial to a member. At least you can''t openly favor someone and express some unfair trend.


    Yuanshan immortal is also a person who takes the overall situation into account and is straightforward.


    In the process of helping Yang Xueyi integrate the surrounding Xiuzhen forces and form this friar coalition, Yuanshan immortal played a great role, almost indispensable.


    We have known each other for so long and have been getting along well. Now people ignore their face and pull down their old face to beg. Yang Xueyi really doesn''t behave well. She''s too unreasonable.


    Yang Xueyi looked at the distant immortal. When she was a little hesitant, she suddenly received a secret message from Meng Zhang.


    Although she didn''t know Meng Zhang''s intention, out of her consistent trust in Meng Zhang and her unconditional obedience to the leader, she immediately followed Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Yang Xueyi thought for a moment, and then reluctantly agreed to the request of immortal Yuanshan in a very embarrassed tone.


    Yang Xueyi officially ordered Yuanshan immortal that in view of the huge consumption of various materials ahead, they were not supplemented in time. Immortal Yuanshan returned to the rear temporarily to urge the rear to speed up the transfer of various materials. Don''t miss the military plane.


    Immortal Yuanshan understood Yang Xueyi''s meaning and immediately received the order loudly.


    After receiving the order, immortal Yuanshan looked at Yang Xueyi with grateful eyes, didn''t say much, and left here directly.


    Looking at the back of the distant immortal leaving, Meng Zhang met Yang Xueyi''s inquiry, and Meng Zhang shook his head.


    He said that he just had some ideas temporarily, and the specific details will be explained to Yang Xueyi slowly in the future.


    After that, Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared from here.


    Yang Xueyi did not continue to waste time on this matter, but prepared for the war with Jin Qiaoer.


    After leaving Yang Xueyi, immortal Yuanshan returned directly to the camp behind the defense line.


    After the massive invasion of demons, Yuanshan Temple actively responded to Yang Xueyi''s call and sent many monks, including the leader of Yuanshan immortal, to participate in the joint forces of monks and take the initiative to fight against demons.


    Immortal Yuanshan didn''t take care of other disciples and returned to the camp directly.


    In his capacity, in this camp, there are also separate accounts and monks who serve on weekdays.

 Chapter 1189

    Immortal Yuanshan returned to his big account. I don''t know what he did in it.


    He soon left the big tent and appeared outside.


    Originally, some of the disciples of Yuanshan Temple acted as his waiter and served him personally all the time.


    However, the situation ahead is tense, and Yuanshan immortal has set an example. He has already sent all the friars around him to garrison in the defense line.


    As soon as immortal Yuanshan left his big account, Zhu Changming suddenly appeared in front of him.


    Zhu Changming has a high prestige in the scattered cultivation and is a representative figure in the scattered cultivation in the surrounding area.


    In addition to his accomplishments and combat effectiveness, he is also knowledgeable and resourceful.


    Yang Xueyi recruited him as a counselor and gave advice, staff and military aircraft around her.


    In the previous war, Zhu Changming was seriously injured and has been recovering from his own camp.


    Yang Xueyi specifically ordered him to recover from his injury. Before he recovered from his injury, he would not be stationed in the defense line.


    Yuanshan immortal saw Zhu Changming, who had been closed for healing, appear in front of his family. He was stunned at first, and then his face sank.


    Zhu Changming seems to be just a casual practitioner, but he makes the immortal Yuanshan, the Supreme Master of the school, afraid.


    "The fourth order demons are about to rush to the door. It seems that brother Yuanshan is going back."


    "I just don''t know what kind of amazing means brother Yuanshan has to fight against level 4 demons?"


    Zhu Changming didn''t seem to see the face of immortal Yuanshan and said slowly.


    Immortal Yuanshan knows that Zhu Changming has a wide range of friends and is well-informed.


    After the movement of that single fourth order demon was sent back to the friar alliance, it couldn''t hide from him at all.


    I''m here now, and I don''t know my intention.


    "Brother Zhu deliberately stopped us here. Do you have any advice?" immortal Yuanshan asked coldly.


    "I''m just a little curious if I dare to give you any advice."


    "I don''t know what treasures are in the remote mountain view that can attract fourth-order demons?"


    Zhu Changming smiled and asked politely.


    When the monks discussed just now, they were worried that the fourth order demon would break into the area of maple leaf mountain city.


    As for where the fourth order demon will take as the target, we have no judgment.


    Yuanshan immortal begged Yang Xueyi to let her family return to the mountain gate, which was also an excuse for concern.


    No one, including him, ever said that the fourth order demon would go to Yuanshan temple.


    Even in Yang Xueyi''s view, Yuanshan immortal was a little worried and confused.


    There are many targets in the area where maple leaf mountain city is located. The probability of level 4 demons choosing Yuanshan view as the target is not very high.


    It''s not very useful for immortal Yuanshan to rush back in such a hurry.


    Now Zhu Changming insists that the goal of the fourth level demon is Yuanshan view and begins to test Yuanshan immortal.


    The fierce look on the face of immortal Yuanshan flashed away, and then said in a colder tone: "I have no time to talk with you slowly."


    "If you have nothing serious to say, this seat will leave."


    After Yuanshan immortal finished, he didn''t really hurry to leave, but silently observed Zhu Changming''s reaction.


    Zhu Changming was still smiling, but he didn''t say another word.


    Immortal Yuanshan may not know the depth of Zhu Changming, or he may not be willing to make trouble.


    He looked at Zhu Changming deeply and said nothing more. He flew into the sky and quickly left the coalition camp.


    Zhu Changming looked at the back of the immortal in the distant mountain. He looked puzzled. He didn''t know what he was thinking.


    "It seems that you know some unknown secrets."


    Before the words fell, Meng Zhang appeared silently in front of Zhu Changming.


    Zhu Changming was startled by the sudden appearance of Meng Zhang.


    Despite the extreme shock, it did not affect his instinctive response.


    Zhu Changming immediately fell to the ground and saluted Meng Zhang.


    "I''ll see you later."


    Meng Zhang ignored Zhu Changming''s reaction, but looked at him with a thoughtful expression.


    Just now, in the fortress of the discussion, Yuanshan immortal suddenly asked to see Yang Xueyi and begged to return to Yuanshan temple.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take this seriously.


    As the leader of a sect, it is human nature to care about the situation of the mountain gate.


    There is nothing suspicious about the behavior of immortal Yuanshan, but it is a little difficult for Yang Xueyi.


    But I don''t know why, Meng Zhang suddenly felt a new feeling in his heart.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang never easily ignores the past for his sudden induction.


    He didn''t think too much, so he followed the feeling in his heart and told Yang Xueyi to agree to the plea of immortal Yuanshan.


    After Yuanshan immortal left, facing Yang Xueyi''s questions, Meng Zhang followed his feelings. In front of Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer, he naturally couldn''t say the reason for doing so.


    Meng Zhang didn''t delay any time and secretly followed the immortal Yuanshan.


    He wanted to see what kind of big secret was hidden in the character who could make himself feel in his heart.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, followed by the immortal in the distant mountains, are naturally imperceptible and will not expose the slightest trace.


    After Zhu Changming suddenly appeared and had a dialogue with Yuanshan immortal, Meng Zhang temporarily turned his attention to Zhu Changming.


    After discovering that Zhu Changming was a mystery master, Meng Zhang was going to have a good chat with him, but he didn''t have a suitable opportunity.


    Now that Zhu Changming and Yuanshan immortal have an intersection, Meng Zhang is more interested.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to go around in circles or guess riddles slowly.


    He appeared directly in front of Zhu Changming and asked carelessly.


    As a senior monk, Meng Zhang has such confidence.


    He didn''t believe that Zhu Changming could escape from his family, and there was no need to deal with him slowly.


    If Zhu Changming really doesn''t know interest, Meng Zhang has some ways to make him obey.


    As for the rightful leader, immortal Yuanshan, Meng Zhang did not let go.


    Meng Zhang sent two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of Jindan period to secretly follow the immortal of Yuanshan and secretly follow him.


    The situation of Yuanshan immortal is different from that of Zhu Changming.


    After all, Zhu Changming is just a casual practitioner.


    In particular, the secret of Zhu Changming as a Heavenly Master was discovered by Meng Zhang when we met last time.


    The identity of Tianji master cannot be easily exposed to the public.


    Immortal Yuanshan is also the leader of a sect, and there are many fellow disciples.


    If you suddenly disappear, it will certainly cause an uproar.


    So far, Yuanshan immortal has not shown any intention of betrayal, but actively cooperated with Yang Xueyi and contributed greatly to taiyimen''s plan.


    Meng Zhang, at least, boasts of being a righteous monk. It''s really bad to attack immortal Yuanshan like this.

 Chapter 1190

    In the face of Meng Zhang who suddenly appeared here, Zhu Changming pretended to be calm and made no wrong moves.


    Although Meng Zhang sent two yin-yang soldiers with Jindan strength to track Yuanshan immortal to ensure that he will not escape his own control.


    However, he still didn''t want to delay too long so as not to miss anything.


    You know, things that can touch your own spiritual consciousness are very rare.


    Since Meng Zhang became a Heavenly Master, he is about to encounter a huge crisis. Things like whim and spiritual warning have happened several times.


    However, like this time, the spiritual sense was suddenly touched. It is very rare that my family is still confused and has no clue.


    Meng Zhang had to attach great importance to this matter and didn''t want to make any mistakes.


    Facing Zhu Changming, Meng Zhang has great psychological advantages.


    This is not only because he has a higher level of self-cultivation, but also because Meng Zhang has mastered Zhu Changming''s secret.


    Seeing that Zhu Changming was not ready to give in, Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk more nonsense and gave a loud drink.


    "Zhu Changming, do you really think no one knows that you are a master of heaven''s secrets?"


    The loud drink sounded like thunder in Zhu Changming''s ears, shaking his mind and mind.


    In fact, the loud drink was not loud, at least it wouldn''t disturb the whole camp.


    The reason why Zhu Changming felt shocked and shaken was because Meng Zhang used his means.


    Meng Zhang is not familiar with the spiritual Avenue or magic Avenue.


    Originally, he only knew some simple bewitching and enchanting spells.


    His good friend Xu Mengying, who has been with him for many years, ostensibly majored in magic, but in fact, Xu Mengying majored in spiritual magic.


    No one even knows the secret of Huanglian sect, which is related to the foundation of friars'' cultivation.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying had the experience of fighting side by side for many times before he knew it by chance.


    The two had close contacts and exchanged their cultivation experiences for many times.


    From Xu Mengying, Meng Zhang learned a lot of small means that can affect the monk''s mind.


    Before that, Meng Zhang was not afraid of the evil cultivation of the heart demon Tao. One major factor was that he was familiar with all kinds of spiritual means.


    Zhu Changming''s accomplishments in the middle of the golden elixir are only 18000 miles away from Meng Zhang.


    Zhu Changming suffered from the reversal of heaven for a long time. His longevity was greatly damaged, his Qi and blood were weak, and his mind was greatly affected.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang broke his long hidden secret, and his heart defense was directly broken.


    Meng Zhang''s loud drink contained the power to shock his mind and confuse his mind.


    Zhu Changming was suddenly affected by such power. His heart was in chaos and couldn''t help shouting.


    "Master, elder martial brother... Don''t blame me. I have nothing to do."


    "The way of heaven is so terrible that I can''t hold on."


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang did not expect that Zhu Changming''s heart would be so fragile.


    One drink by oneself is just a tentative shot, which can achieve such a result.


    At any rate, he is also a golden elixir and a master of heavenly secrets. I don''t know how he reached this state of cultivation.


    However, since Zhu Changming''s own ambition is not strong, he can easily mess with himself, that''s no wonder Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang continued to use the magic of bewitching God, but after a while, Zhu Changming completely collapsed.


    Without Meng Zhang''s specific inquiry, Zhu Changming took the initiative to say everything about his origin.


    It turned out that Zhu Changming was not only a secret master, but also an evil secret master.


    The so-called evil heavenly secrets masters are those who do not follow the right path, use evil means to delay the reversal of the heavenly path, or enhance their ability to calculate the heavenly secrets.


    The master of heavenly secrets calculates the heavenly secrets and peeps into the operation of the heavenly way, which will inevitably lead to the counterattack of the heavenly way.


    To some extent, in the eyes of Tiandao, Tianji masters are thieves. It''s best to die clean.


    Some Tianji masters seize this point by hunting other Tianji masters and sacrificing them to Tiandao, so as to delay the counterattack of Tiandao that their families will incur.


    In order to enhance the ability of calculation, some heavenly masters even hold large-scale blood sacrifices to offer valuable creatures to the heaven.


    Such means are close to magic.


    Zhu Changming was not really born in casual practice, but in a small sect.


    The family has very few people, only three or two big cats and two kittens.


    This sect is a rare sect in the cultivation world, which mainly inherits the secret of heaven.


    Because Tianji masters often incur the jealousy of Tiandao, the inheritance of Tianji has always been very difficult.


    There are very few sects and families in the cultivation world based on the inheritance of Tianji, and it is easy to lead to doom and perish.


    A family as big as the Guyue family in Dafeng City. Although the family has the inheritance of Tianji, such inheritance is not the mainstream.


    There are many people in the family, but the people who can practice heaven''s secrets are rare and pitiful.


    Sometimes, there will even be the dating of the Heavenly Master.


    Zhu Changming has a good talent in practicing heaven''s secrets. At a young age, he has made great achievements.


    It is precisely because of his youth that he is not calm enough.


    Regardless of the teachings of his elders from childhood, he repeatedly rashly displayed the secret of heaven and calculated the secret of heaven.


    Later, he finally regretted when the reverse bite of heaven was coming.


    In the desperate situation, the guy had a bad heart.


    He went astray and took the path of the evil Tianji master.


    In order to delay and alleviate the counterattack of the heavenly way, he did not hesitate to betray other heavenly masters.


    Either hunt it directly or sacrifice it to heaven and earth.


    At first, he just started with the Tianji master he met by chance.


    Later, he got deeper and deeper, and even ignored the kindness of upbringing, the love of teachers and the righteousness of his peers, he attacked the Tianji master in his own school.


    There are only a few people in his school.


    Including the master, elder martial brothers and younger martial brothers, they didn''t take any precautions against him and were easily taken by him.


    It was by sacrificing his fellow disciples that he escaped the disaster brought by the reversal of heaven.


    Of course, in the years to come, he will inevitably have a time to use his magic.


    Even if you are cautious, only the master of heaven can solve the problem in some cases.


    Even if he offered sacrifices to other heavenly masters, he could only delay and reduce the counterattack of the heavenly way, which could not be completely avoided.


    For so many years, because of the continuous loss of his vitality and longevity, his mind is unstable, and his heart will be so easy to shake.


    Of course, in his early years, he lived for his own family, maimed his fellow disciples, exterminated his own school, and left a flaw in his heart.


    Except for a few abnormal people, most people with normal mentality can distinguish right from wrong even if they are selfish and ruthless.


    Zhu Changming did such a bad thing. Even if he looked indifferent, he didn''t take it to heart at all. But in his heart, there was still a hidden unease.


    Meng Zhang easily asked Zhu Changming, who was already unconscious, about his hidden past and all kinds of evil things he had done.


    These things proved that Zhu Changming was more than worthy, and made Meng Zhang kill in his heart.


    Zhu Changming told his past and talked endlessly, with a lot of nonsense.


    Meng Zhang wants valuable information, not listening to his nonsense.


    Taking advantage of Zhu Changming''s unconsciousness, Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask, guided him to the main topic and said what he wanted to know.


    Zhu Changming wanted to hide the identity of Tianji master and look for other Tianji masters as prey.


    He once wandered in the cultivation world for a long time, and his footprints covered many places.


    It was not until later that he ended his wandering and settled in the surrounding area of maple leaf mountain city because of the reverse bite of the heavenly way, which led to his great loss of vitality and longevity.


    Because of the relationship between extensive knowledge and outstanding wisdom. He can infer a lot of things even if he doesn''t use his magic.


    He made many friends and got many news channels in the cultivation world.


    By chance, he discovered a big secret of Yuanshan temple.


    It seems that there is an unknown secret relationship between the remote mountain view of an ordinary Jindan sect and the Wanhe mountain, the top practice sect in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Wanhe mountain, as the great sect of Yuanshen, is one of the four top cultivation forces that dominate the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    There are many powerful people in Wanhe mountain, with great influence and vast territory.


    If jindanzong gate like Yuanshan temple can have a relationship with Wanhe mountain, it is absolutely desirable.


    Even if Yuanshan is a little softer, he will take the initiative to become a vassal force of Wanhe mountain.


    If Yuanshan temple is built on Wanhe mountain, even if its behavior style is low-key, it is inevitable to show off.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is located in this area, which is located at the edge of Daheng Xiuzhen world. It is a famous backcountry.


    It is far away from the center of the Daheng cultivation world, and has nothing to do with those Yuanshen sect doors.


    The influence of those relatively powerful cultivation forces is also difficult to penetrate here.


    But Yuanshan temple has a secret relationship with Wanhe mountain.


    Moreover, Yuanshan Temple strictly kept this secret and never revealed the slightest wind.


    Zhu Changming would not have known the secret if it had not been a coincidence.


    Inadvertently knew the secret, Zhu Changming hid it in his heart.


    The top sect like Wanhe mountain seldom does meaningless things.


    Perhaps, Yuanshan view is the dark son arranged by Wanhe mountain, or Wanhe mountain has arranged a backhand in Yuanshan view as a retreat to continue the sect.


    Such a situation is very common in the cultivation world.


    Zhu Changming dared not divulge any news for fear of being killed.


    After the outbreak of the devil disaster and the massive invasion of the devil group, Zhu Changming took the initiative to sign up for the friar coalition and actively fought with the devil.


    He knew that demons were the enemies hated by heaven. If he killed a large number of demons and helped quell the evil disaster, he might get the merits of heaven, which could delay and reduce the backfire of heaven.


    In helping Yang Xueyi fight against demons, Zhu Changming really did his best and threw himself into it because he had common interests.


    When Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi were discussing affairs in the fortress, Zhu Changming''s good friends were among the monks present.


    This person is very happy to act as a microphone to convey all kinds of latest information to Zhu Changming.


    When the news came that the single fourth order demon appeared more than 2000 miles away. Zhu Changming, who was familiar with the geography of the surrounding area, soon thought that the nearest door of practice was Yuanshan temple.


    If it is someone else, there may not be too many other ideas.


    But Zhu Changming knows that Yuanshan view has something to do with Wanhe mountain.


    On the side of Daheng cultivation world, many well-informed friars know the attitude towards demons in the daily life of top cultivation sects such as Wanhe mountain.


    After the outbreak of the demon disaster that destroyed the rebuilt Taiyi gate, several top cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world did not completely exterminate the demons and completely quell the demon disaster.


    Intentionally or unintentionally, they reserved some special areas in the Daheng cultivation world for demons to thrive.


    The area occupied by these demons will do great harm to the great horizontal cultivation world every once in a while.


    Even so, these top cultivation forces tolerated it.


    Their thoughts are not so hard to guess.


    At least a master like Zhu Changming knows something about it.


    If it weren''t for his poor strength, Zhu Changming wanted to attack these Xiuzhen sects and obtain the merits of heaven.


    Dali Dynasty is the main promoter of the magic disaster that broke out in the great horizontal cultivation world. The top sect like Wanhe mountain also has unshirkable responsibility.


    Therefore, the single fourth order demon rushed towards the distant mountain view, which aroused Zhu Changming''s vigilance and touched his mind.


    He specially left his closed account and came to the big account where Yuanshan immortal, the leader of Yuanshan temple, lived.


    Sure enough, Yuanshan immortal hurried into it, and then hurried away.


    Zhu Changming ventured to stop Yuanshan immortal and wanted to test whether he could get some useful information from his mouth.


    But the alert Yuanshan immortal left without saying anything more to Zhu Changming.


    After hearing Zhu Changming''s statement, Meng Zhang''s doubts were not solved, but began to expand.


    It''s really unexpected that Yuanshan temple has a secret connection with Wanhe mountain.


    Could it be that the goal of that single fourth-order demon is really Yuanshan view.


    What great secret is hidden in the remote mountain view, which makes the fourth order demons give up entering the Terran territory and ignore swallowing and demonizing the creatures?


    Is it related to this secret that one''s spiritual sense is touched?


    Meng Zhang repeatedly asked Zhu Changming many times and confirmed that he had asked all the relevant information. He couldn''t ask any more relevant information.


    Although the secret of Yuanshan immortal has not been revealed, Meng Zhang still has a great harvest. At least he has the goal and object of speculation.


    After asking this question, Meng Zhang asked about other things and guided the confused Zhu Changming to answer.


    For example, Zhu Changming''s practice of heaven''s secrets, his understanding of heaven''s secrets, his understanding of heaven''s Tao, and so on.


    However, Meng Zhang had just begun to ask these questions. Zhu Changming, who was confused and had no reservations, suddenly shouted.


    Holding his brain in his arms, he looked very painful and almost began to roll on the ground.

 Chapter 1191

    It was Meng Zhang who asked about Tianji. I don''t know what he touched. Zhu Changming, who was already out of his mind and answered all questions, actually began to wake up after a painful struggle.


    Before, because Zhu Changming cooperated too much, Meng Zhang did not imprison his freedom.


    Looking at Zhu Changming in great pain, his body kept twisting, and he was almost going to roll on the ground. Meng Zhang hesitated and didn''t help him in time.


    After a while, Zhu Changming got rid of the sudden pain.


    At the same time, he basically recovered his consciousness.


    As soon as he regained consciousness, he soon recalled what he had just said.


    In his stupidity, he told Meng Zhang all the secrets about his origin and the possibility that the hunter might obtain the merits of heaven.


    When he thought of these things, Zhu Changming was very depressed.


    He sat on the ground feebly and kept talking.


    "The will of heaven is like this. I deserve it..."


    "I didn''t expect that the man who robbed me was a Yuanshen Zhenjun..."


    Meng Zhang is also a master of heavenly secrets and has a certain understanding of the operation of heaven.


    Listening to Zhu Changming''s words and thinking of the previous events, Meng Zhang had a lot of speculation in his heart.


    In the cultivation world, the Heavenly Master not only takes the initiative to hide his own identity, but also often has some effective hiding methods.


    Meng Zhang and Zhu Changming are still a very important reason, which should be the guidance of heaven''s secret.


    Over the years, in order to delay and mitigate the disaster, Zhu Changming has hunted and killed his fellow Tianji masters everywhere, including his own school.


    But the fate of heaven never disappeared. Once the time comes, it will come on its own initiative.


    Meng Zhang is the fate of Zhu Changming. Under the guidance of heaven, he easily found Zhu Changming''s identity.


    Meng Zhang will not have the slightest psychological burden on killing scum and scum like Zhu Changming.


    Kill Zhu Changming, who is also a master of heavenly secrets. Maybe heaven will give rewards.


    Zhu Changming himself has accepted his fate. Meng Zhang can kill him with a gentle hand.


    But Meng Zhang looked at Zhu Changming and couldn''t do it.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s weakness, but a deeper idea in his heart.


    The will of the heavenly way is really hostile to the Heavenly Master.


    Not only will he be doomed to Tianji, but also he will use it as a threat to induce Tianji to kill other monks who are also Tianji.


    Meng Zhang had just begun to ask Zhu Chang about tomorrow''s machine technology, and he took the initiative to regain consciousness.


    Does this mean that the will of heaven is in the dark and does not want to see the spread of heaven''s secrets more widely?


    If you think so, Zhu Changming killed his fellow disciples and destroyed his own clan. They were unconsciously driven by the way of heaven.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang was full of vigilance against the will of heaven in Jun dust world.


    Don''t forget that he is also a master of heaven''s secrets and the object of heaven''s will.


    Meng Zhang found that his family''s understanding of the will of heaven in the Junchen world was too superficial.


    I''m afraid only those holy places can have more detailed records of similar related knowledge.


    Once the vigilance was born, Meng Zhang was unwilling to act according to the way of heaven.


    He thought for a moment and summoned two yin-yang soldiers with golden elixir strength.


    Then he imprisoned Zhu Changming''s accomplishments and asked the two Taoist soldiers to find a secret place. Haosheng took care of Zhu Changming and dealt with it slowly when he was free.


    Leaving Zhu Changming aside for the time being, Meng Zhang''s priority is still the matter of immortal Yuanshan.


    Although Zhu Changming delayed a little time here, Meng Zhang asked himself that he should still catch up.


    The two yin-yang soldiers sent by Meng Zhang have been secretly following Yuanshan immortal behind his back.


    By virtue of the special relationship between the Taoist soldiers and their masters, the two yin-yang Taoist soldiers kept sending all kinds of information back to Meng Zhang.


    After leaving the camp, immortal Yuanshan directly embarked on the road of returning to Yuanshan view.


    He flew at high speed without any delay.


    According to the information from the Yin and Yang soldiers, Meng Zhang also left the coalition camp and went to the distant mountain view.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang advanced very smoothly without any obstacles.


    At the same time, Yang Xueyi began to summon Meng Zhang and keep reporting the latest situation to him.


    The three demon groups in front of the friar coalition defense line had no intention of launching an attack, but still occupied their original positions.


    On the other side of maple leaf mountain city, after receiving the urgent message from Yang Xueyi, the two yin-yang soldiers who followed Yuanshan immortal also saw Yuanshan immortal return to Yuanshan temple with their own eyes.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang''s contact with the two yin-yang soldiers was interrupted.


    After that, no matter how hard Meng Zhang tried, he couldn''t contact the two yin-yang soldiers.


    In this case, the greatest possibility is that someone has just killed two yin-yang soldiers.


    After all, Taoist soldiers are Taoist soldiers. They don''t have the magical powers and secrets of the same level human friars, nor do they have all kinds of magic tools like human friars.


    Compared with the golden elixir friars above the standard, the two yin-yang soldiers sent a lot.


    However, if you want to kill two yin-yang soldiers in the golden elixir period quietly and quickly, I''m afraid you need at least an expert at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Cultivating two yin-yang Taoist soldiers with golden elixir strength from the yin-yang Linghu, a magic tool of this life, not only needs to consume many precious materials, but also needs to wait for a long time.


    The two yin-yang soldiers were lost in vain. Meng Zhang''s face was very ugly.


    He not only felt sorry for this loss, but also thought that there would be an unknown Yuanshen level enemy just ahead.

 Chapter 1192

    Two yin-yang soldiers were suddenly killed and disappeared too fast. There was only darkness in the last message they sent back to Meng Zhang.


    They didn''t have time to disclose too much information. Meng Zhang didn''t know what kind of enemy he was.


    Is it a sneak attack by a fourth-order demon, or is it another Terran God Zhenjun, or is it a plot by a demon monk?


    Meng Zhang thought in his heart and accelerated his progress.


    The sudden killing of two yin-yang soldiers not only didn''t scare him, but aroused his anger.


    With Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, he would not shrink back as long as the great friar in the later period of the yuan God did not appear.


    Since the other party dares to kill the yin-yang Taoist soldiers of Taiyi sect, even if most of the two Taoist soldiers have not had time to reveal their identity, the other party must also pay a price.


    Meng Zhang flew very fast. It didn''t take long to come to the place where the two yin-yang soldiers disappeared.


    This place is a high mountain.


    Not far in front of this narrow mountain is the Mountain Gate of jindanzong gate Yuanshan view.


    It was a tall mountain, and the whole mountain was shrouded in a thick fog.


    It should be the power of the third-order mountain protection array guarding the mountain gate. It is used to cover the mountain gate and avoid exposing the virtual reality.


    The whole Daheng cultivation world is located near the Daheng mountains.


    Daheng mountains not only spread very long, but also have countless branches.


    It can even be said that the whole Daheng cultivation world is either surrounded by the main vein of Daheng mountains or by the branches of Daheng mountains.


    All kinds of mountains are continuous.


    In the whole Daheng cultivation world, the most terrain is all kinds of mountains, hills and so on.


    Yuanshan temple is no exception.


    There are also many connected peaks here, forming a vast mountainous area.


    Yuanshan view is located on the highest and broadest mountain peak.


    Some low peaks around are either the external strongholds of Yuanshan view or the vassal families of Yuanshan view.


    The hill where Meng Zhang is now has a certain height. But it was so narrow that it was like a straight solitary peak. It couldn''t live at all, so it was empty all the time.


    Standing at the top of this isolated peak, you can clearly observe the surrounding situation.


    In particular, it is difficult for the monks in and out of the remote mountain view gate to hide their sight from here.


    The two yin-yang soldiers probably liked the terrain here, so they stayed here.


    One is to hide the body shape, and the other is to monitor the distant mountain view ahead.


    Two yin-yang soldiers were killed soon after.


    There are some broken debris on the ground and light black-and-white airflow in the air.


    Meng Zhang simply observed that the murderer should not be a demon.


    The higher the level of the demon, the stronger and more obvious the magic Qi.


    Even if it is as strong as a fourth-order demon, it is difficult to completely restrain the evil Qi without exposing a penny.


    Especially when shooting, it is difficult to avoid the overflow of magic Qi.


    If it''s not a demon, the killer should be a human friar.


    Yuanshan temple is only a jindanzong gate, and the main friars in the gate are among the friars'' coalition.


    Although immortal Yuanshan was a monk in the later period of the golden elixir, he didn''t have the ability to kill two yin-yang soldiers of the golden elixir silently.


    Zhu Changming once said that there is an unknown relationship between Yuanshan view and Wanhe mountain of Yuanshen sect.


    Is it true that the yuan God Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain rushed to this place to fight?


    Wanhe mountain is one of the four top cultivation forces that dominate the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    The sect not only has many experts and great power, but also has a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In the original Jiuqu League, there were only two top sects, yujianmen and qingyuanzong, each with a big monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In the Daheng cultivation world, the four top forces each have a big monk in the later stage of the yuan God.


    From this point alone, the great horizontal cultivation world is much stronger than the original Jiuqu League.


    The general atmosphere of Da Heng cultivation world is extremely exclusive and dislikes outsiders very much.


    In those days, Taiyi gate was just a Jindan sect. It was not easy for them to get a foothold on the edge of Daheng cultivation world.


    Now Taiyi gate is a powerful Yuanshen sect gate. In this way, it infiltrates into the great horizontal cultivation world. Once it is found by Wanhe mountain, the consequences will be very bad.


    Zhu Changming said that there was some kind of collusion between Yuanshan temple and Wanhe mountain.


    Perhaps the news that taiyimen occupied maple leaf mountain city and expanded its influence around has long been revealed to Wanheshan by Yuanshan view.


    Fortunately, the devil disaster in the Dharma cultivation world has broken out, and demons are rampant everywhere. The sect gate like Wanhe mountain should not consider dealing with Taiyi gate for the time being.


    Meng Zhang stood beside the remains of two yin-yang soldiers, hesitating a little.


    In other cases, he may be too lazy to take care of Yuanshan temple.


    After all, Taiyi gate is an outsider in Daheng cultivation world. It is really not suitable to provoke a local sect like Wanhe mountain.


    However, if one''s own spiritual sense is touched, it''s not good to ignore it.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang turned and looked into the distance.


    A dark smoke is floating here at high speed in the air.


    I''m so angry. This guy really doesn''t hide it.


    Although far apart, Meng Zhang has recognized each other''s origin.


    That''s the single fourth order demon, and it''s also the loser who escaped from his hand last time.


    From the track of the smoke, the other party didn''t hide his destination at all, but went straight to the distant mountain view.


    If it were normal, Meng Zhang would have stood up and flew over the devil guard road.


    But now, he wants to see what the fourth order demon wants.


    At the same time, he also wants to use the hand of this fourth-order demon to test the reality of Yuanshan view.


    The dark smoke is still far away from here, but it appears before the Yuanshan view in a few seconds because of its speed.


    In the smoke, a human figure loomed.


    Without a word of nonsense or a pause, the human figure directly shot at the distant mountain view.


    The dark smoke condensed into a huge palm and grabbed it at the distant mountain view.


    Yuanshan temple has long been disturbed.


    Although the main monks in the temple went to the front to fight, only a few old, weak, sick and disabled remained in the temple.


    However, as Yuanshan immortal just returned to the temple, Yuanshan Temple responded immediately and made a positive resistance.


    The mountain peak where the remote mountain view is located suddenly lit up a dazzling light, which seemed to pierce through the thick fog.


    The thick fog began to roll violently and turned into a huge shield.


    The big dark hand falling from the sky clapped heavily on the third-order mountain protection array.


    The whole mountain trembled violently, and the original dazzling light immediately became dim.


    The shields melted by the fog fell apart and turned into fog again.


    With a gentle wave of the dark hand, all the fog was dispersed and disappeared without a trace, revealing the sheltered peaks.

 Chapter 1193

    The third-order mountain protection array guarding the remote mountain view was hit hard by the fourth-order demon. The thick fog that had covered it disappeared, revealing all kinds of scenes on the mountain.


    In the center of a huge square above the mountain peak, the remote mountain immortal who presided over the whole mountain protection array sat on the ground, his face was pale, and there were a few faint blood stains at the corners of his mouth.


    Inside and outside the remote mountain view, a large group of monks collapsed to the ground and didn''t know whether they were alive or dead.


    It seems that the attack of the fourth order demon not only hurt the array, but also caused heavy casualties to many monks in the array.


    Meng Zhang disdained to pull the corners of his mouth. He just found two things.


    One thing is that although the fourth order demon escaped from his hand last time, he was seriously injured and has not completely recovered so far.


    "Leader Meng, please help Yuanshan temple for the sake of being a human race."


    "Headmaster Meng, help me, do you really want to see Yuanshan Temple die in the hands of demons?"


    ¡­¡­


    The mountain where Meng Zhang is located is dozens of miles away from the distant mountain view.


    But Yuanshan immortal poured Zhenyuan''s cry for help, like thunder, which spread far and clearly into Meng Zhang''s ears.


    Hearing the cry for help from immortal Yuanshan, Meng Zhang''s face was cold.


    Although he didn''t spend much effort to hide his tracks, it''s not close to the distant mountain view, and it''s covered by terrain.


    With the skill of Yuanshan immortal, it is difficult to recognize Meng Zhang accurately from so far away.


    Now Yuanshan immortal directly asks Meng Zhang for help. It is obvious that he has found Meng Zhang long ago.


    It seems that either immortal Yuanshan has unknown special skills, or he has been promoted by others.


    In addition to the main peak of Yuanshan temple, there are other practitioners on some surrounding peaks in the area where Yuanshan temple is located.


    Among them, they are basically vassal families of Yuanshan view.


    The fourth level demon didn''t take care of other peaks and directly attacked the Mountain Gate of Yuanshan temple.


    Of course, seeing the monstrous demons and other practitioners on the top of the peak, they can''t afford to reinforce Yuanshan temple.


    But because of the shouts of the immortal Yuanshan, they all know that Meng Zhang has come here.


    If Meng Zhang really doesn''t save his life, unless he kills all the practitioners around him. Otherwise, some bad news will inevitably spread in the future.


    With Meng Zhang''s identity and status at this time, we should talk more or less about face and pay attention to reputation.


    In particular, Taiyi sect claims to be an authentic sect, and Meng Zhang claims to be the leader of the orthodox sect, so we should pay more attention to his actions.


    The fourth level demon was not in a hurry, but waiting for the distant mountain immortal to ask for help.


    OK, you distant immortal, think you can pull this seat into the water.


    I''ll see who can laugh last.


    Meng Zhang''s mind turned and made a decision within a few seconds.


    "Bold demon, dare to wreak havoc in our Terran territory. I can''t spare you today."


    Meng Zhang burst into a drink and suddenly appeared at the top of the remote mountain view, not far from the fourth order demon.


    Meng Zhang did not show other skills, that is, he sacrificed the startling sword and killed the fourth level demon.


    In the face of Meng Zhang, a true monarch who once defeated himself, where can the fourth level demon take care of the distant mountain view.


    It screamed a few times, the black fog rolled, and began to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Flying swords shuttle back and forth to assassinate. The sky is full of sword light of flying swords.


    The evil spirit rolled up and down, and looked fierce.


    If Meng Zhang is fighting with the fourth order demons in the eyes of a monk with ordinary eyesight, the war is really fierce.


    But in fact, Meng Zhang and the fourth order demon had a tacit understanding to fight Taiping boxing.


    Both sides are acting more than fighting. They are all acting for others.


    Of course, although their acting skills are good, but such a performance will fool outsiders, and they can''t deceive the strong at the same level at all.


    However, both sides are a little interested in it and are very involved in it.


    Meng Zhang had a fierce battle with the fourth order demon for most of the day, and there was no intention of ending.


    It seems that if there is no other interference, they will continue to play until the end of time.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and was willing to play with each other.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer guarded the defense line as stable as Mount Tai. Moreover, the three demon groups have no momentum of attack.


    Wen qiansuan has long been transmitted to maple leaf mountain city and is now flying here at high speed.


    Meng Zhang, who has no worries, is most afraid of wasting time slowly.


    After a while, the characters hiding in the dark finally couldn''t bear it.


    An old Taoist priest with fairy demeanor, elegant demeanor and Hefa Tongyan fell from the sky and flew into the air above Meng Zhang''s head.


    Seeing the old Taoist priest appear, the fourth order demon seemed frightened, gave up the fight and flew away at once.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean to pursue, but looked at the old Taoist who just appeared.


    The old Taoist priest lowered his flying altitude, flew to the level of Meng Zhang and made an inspection.


    "I''m from the poor SONGFENG sect. I''ve seen leader Meng."


    Taiyi gate has penetrated into the Daheng cultivation world through the vest of maple leaf mountain city many years ago.


    Of course, taiyimen has to use all kinds of methods to collect all kinds of intelligence in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    The Dali Dynasty once launched a large-scale expedition on the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although the expedition was abandoned halfway and was on the verge of success, the Dali Dynasty had collected very detailed information from the Daheng cultivation world before.


    Taiyimen, a true cultivation force under the Dali Dynasty, also shared some intelligence.


    Up to now, the taiyimen don''t know much about the deep-seated secrets of the great horizontal cultivation world. At least I know a little about the major cultivation forces and the well-known strong ones.


    Gusong Zhenjun is a famous figure in the world of Daheng cultivation.


    He came from SONGFENG sect, which is as famous as Wanhe mountain.


    Wanheshan and SONGFENG are the four top forces that control the Daheng cultivation world.


    Between the two, not to mention the incompatibility between fire and water, but also constant disputes, and various large and small struggles often occur.


    In the Daheng cultivation world, the four most powerful cultivation forces, namely, Bairi Valley, SONGFENG sect, Wanhe mountain and Xiangjia, dominate everything here.


    The daytime Valley is the strongest and domineering. It has always regarded itself as the boss of the great horizontal cultivation world.


    When it comes to the whole Daheng cultivation world, Bairi Valley always tries to get ahead.


    The other three forces are also unwilling to compete with the valley of the sun for some false fame.


    As long as specific interests are not involved, they will basically give half of the day valley.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong sent Xiao Jiansheng to the Daheng cultivation world to encourage the Daheng cultivation world to send an army of monks to support the Jiuqu alliance and fight against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    With the purpose of pleasing the holy sect of Ziyang, Dayi Valley, which is the leader of Daheng cultivation world, actively responded to Xiao Jiansheng, recruited cultivation forces in a wide range, and tried to form an army of monks.


    The other three Xiuzhen forces, however, lacked interest in this and did not participate in this matter at all.


    The other three cultivation forces are respectful to the daytime Valley and are unwilling to provoke this domineering guy for no reason.


    There is no peace among the three forces of truth cultivation.


    Xiangjia is a Xiuzhen family inherited by blood. The source of monks is relatively single, and their strength is the weakest among the four families.


    Xiangjia keeps a low profile on weekdays and closely guards his own one-third of an mu of land. As long as others don''t take the initiative to provoke the door and violate his interests, they basically won''t get involved in the affairs between the other three families.


    There is a deep old grudge between SONGFENG school and Wanhe mountain.


    I''m afraid they don''t remember when and where the grudges between the two families began.


    In short, the two sects often compete in all aspects and do not give in everywhere.


    Generally speaking, the strength of the two sects is equal, and they fight equally on weekdays.


    However, in recent years, it is rumored in the cultivation world that the supreme elder of SONGFENG sect, the only yuan God in the door, Cang Songzhen Jun, the late great friar, is old, and there are not many longevity yuan left, which is not far from Zuohua.


    His old opponent, the Yuanshen of Wanhe mountain, valued the real king in the late great friar mountain. He was in his prime and could run for many years.


    Once the Cang Song Zhen Jun Shou yuan has exhausted his position, the SONGFENG sect has not trained a new great friar of the later yuan God, it will be unable to compete with Wanhe mountain and will fall to the disadvantage in all aspects.


    Of course, with the pattern of Daheng Xiuzhen world, Wanhe mountain can''t destroy SONGFENG school.


    Even, the day valley will not watch Wanhe mountain completely overwhelm the SONGFENG school.


    However, without the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, the SONGFENG sect will lose many interests and the foundation of the sect will be shaken.


    In the long run, it is a question whether the SONGFENG school can maintain its four major positions.


    The true monarch of Gu song, who now appears in front of Meng Zhang, is one of the most likely candidates to break through to the later stage of Yuanshen among several monks of SONGFENG sect.


    Cang Song Zhen Jun has been shut up all year round and seldom cares about the affairs of the cultivation world.


    As a young sect of SONGFENG sect, Gusong Zhenjun has made a great reputation in the cultivation world and has done many glorious deeds.


    When fighting against Wanhe mountain, he was the main friar of SONGFENG sect.


    The strength of SONGFENG sect is above taiyimen. Gusong Zhenjun has a high status in SONGFENG sect, and his accomplishments are not below Meng Zhang.


    He suddenly appeared here. It can be seen that the secret of Yuanshan temple is not small.


    Meng Zhang thought about things in his heart. On the surface, he didn''t dare to neglect. He politely returned to the other party.


    "Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate, I''ve seen Gu song Zhenjun."


    Both of them are figures with certain status. After meeting, they were polite to each other before they began to get to the point.


    "Yuanshan Temple colludes with the devil friars and secretly keeps demons."


    "I received the news and made a special trip to deal with it."


    "Headmaster Meng, don''t be used by the villains of Yuanshan temple."


    ¡­¡­


    Listening to the accusations made by Gusong Zhenjun against Yuanshan temple, Meng Zhang nodded on the surface and looked indignant. But in my heart, I sneered.


    When it comes to keeping demons, it is estimated that none of the four top cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world can get rid of their relationship.


    Meng Zhang was already very familiar with the situation in the Dharma cultivation world.


    If it were not for the tacit consent and even active participation of the four top cultivation forces, how could there be demons in the area?


    The internal factors are very important for Dali Dynasty to easily cause magic disasters in Daheng cultivation world.


    Gu song Zhenjun accused others of keeping demons. It was a crow laughing at pig black.


    That single fourth order demon just attacked Yuanshan temple, most of it was ordered by Gu song Zhenjun.


    Of course, whether Yuanshan temple really raises demons is not the focus of Meng Zhang''s concern.


    If Yuanshan temple is really just an ordinary jindanzong gate, Gusong Zhenjun can easily take it down, and Taiyi gate will not offend SONGFENG sect for it.


    Gu song Zhenjun treats Meng Zhang so politely. In addition to not wanting Meng Zhang to intervene, he also has scruples about Yuanshan view.


    In addition to the famous Wanhe mountain, what else can make Gu song Zhenjun so serious.


    Taiyimen is an outsider. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to get involved in the struggle between the two giants of SONGFENG school and Wanheshan.


    After listening to the words of Gusong Zhenjun, Meng Zhang looked like a sudden enlightenment and politely said, "I have been taught."


    Then Meng Zhang hid away and put on a clear look of staying out.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s active retreat, Gu song Zhenjun nodded with satisfaction.


    Taiyimen, in the name of maple leaf mountain city, infiltrated into the great horizontal cultivation world on a large scale.


    They thought it was a remote place and their behavior was very hidden. However, four giants such as SONGFENG school have controlled the Daheng cultivation world for many years, and their tentacles have penetrated into all aspects and corners.


    Long ago, the four giants discovered the details of maple leaf mountain city.


    However, there are contradictions among the four giants, often dragging each other back.


    The area where maple leaf mountain city is located does not belong to the sphere of influence of any of the four giants.


    If you want to count it in detail, this area is just between the sphere of influence of SONGFENG sect, Wanhe mountain and Xiangjia.


    It is close to the black jade forest, which is the buffer zone between the Terran and the monster forces. The situation is even more complicated.


    Even if you are as domineering as the day Valley, it''s not good to fight in other families'' sphere of influence, and you''re not willing to rush into conflict with the monster forces in the black jade forest.


    Just when the four giants began to coordinate this matter, a large-scale magic disaster suddenly broke out in the Daheng cultivation world.


    As a result, the four giants are busy dealing with matters related to the magic disaster, and they don''t care about such a remote place for the time being.

 Chapter 1194

    Seeing Meng Zhang standing aside, Gu song Zhenjun was very satisfied.


    As long as Meng Zhang doesn''t intervene in this matter, he has a good chance of success this time.


    Gusong Zhenjun glanced at the distant mountain view below, pulled out the pine grain ancient sword behind him, and cut it far below.


    A fierce sword fell from the sky and cut to the mountain where the remote mountain view is located.


    Gu song Zhenjun''s sword not only cut into the distant mountain view, but also showed Meng Zhang his strength and warned him not to intervene.


    Meng Zhang understood the intention of Gusong Zhenjun, and his smile remained unchanged, as if he didn''t care about him at all.


    The fierce sword spirit is like cutting on tofu. It easily cuts open the third-order protection array above the remote mountain view.


    The array was completely broken, and the real people in the distant mountain vomited blood and fell to the ground. The monks in the temple are almost dead.


    The sword Qi just paused a little and continued to cut down.


    It seems that if there is no obstacle, this fierce sword will cut the whole mountain in half.


    At this time, a huge wood rose from the back of the remote mountain view and took the initiative to meet the sword Qi falling in the air.


    Jumu and Jianqi collide, are smashed, and then turn into a clear Qi and disappear together with Jianqi.


    The sword Qi was blocked. Gu song Zhenjun was not surprised. He looked like he had expected.


    "Old Shanmu, it was rumored in the cultivation world that you fell in the last magic disaster."


    "For this reason, your senior brother Shan chongzhenjun was furious. He rushed into the demon group and destroyed many demons himself."


    "I didn''t expect that you are a promising Yuanshen Zhenjun. You have been hiding in this mouse hole for so many years."


    "The acting skills of a great friar like shanchong Zhenjun are not bad. It''s a pity not to be a performer."


    Gusong Zhenjun looked down and laughed loudly.


    While Gusong Zhenjun was talking, an old man with a hunchback and a face of wind and frost flew out from the back of the distant mountain view and flew to a place not far from Gusong Zhenjun.


    "Gu song, you immediately turn around and leave here. I can regard today''s incident as having never happened."


    This old man should be Yamaki Zhenjun in the mouth of Gusong Zhenjun.


    He didn''t have much nonsense, so he came directly.


    The disdain of Gu song Zhenjun''s face.


    "Old Yamaki, who are you scaring?"


    "I''m not Yamaki Zhenjun. I can think about these things while fighting with Gusong Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang had long hid far away and watched the war from a distance.


    He was quite interested in watching the struggle between the two friars of the same rank, and his mood was very relaxed.


    It''s a lie to say that they have no interest in the secret between them.


    However, Meng Zhang needs to think more about the giant zongmen such as SONGFENG school and Wanheshan.


    If he could get the advantage, he would certainly jump at it without hesitation.


    But if the benefits are too hot, he will go to the theatre.


    So far, Meng Zhang has no idea what the two sides are fighting for. Naturally, he will not intervene rashly.


    Yamamu Zhenjun became famous before Gusong Zhenjun.


    If it hadn''t been for the fake death caused by the evil disaster, it might be one of the leaders of Wanhe mountain now.


    He never lost sight of Gu Song Zhen Jun.


    If they want to win or lose, even if they fight for ten days and a half months, they may not be able to do it.


    Yamaki Zhenjun is not worried about the delay for too long.


    When Gusong Zhenjun came to the door, Shanmu had passed the secret method to return everything that happened here to the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    The secret here is very important, which is related to the path of shanchongzhenjun.


    After receiving the news, Shanzhong Zhenjun will definitely arrive here as soon as possible.


    Although Wanhe mountain is far away from here, with the flying speed of the great friar Yuanshen, you can arrive in a few days.


    As long as shanchong Zhenjun gets here, he can easily suppress all the clowns present.


    At that time, let alone Gu Song Zhen Jun, who doesn''t know whether to live or die, Meng Zhang, who is watching, and the damn demon, will die.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the vicious idea in yamamu Zhenjun''s heart. He was watching it with relish.


    Yamaki Zhenjun and Gusong Zhenjun fought in the air, and the surrounding clouds were torn apart and scattered.


    Several dark shadows sneaked close to yamamu Zhenjun under the cover of broken clouds around, and then rushed at him silently.


    The seemingly unprepared yamamuzhen King drank violently, and the giant wood in his hand waved and shattered these shadows.


    "Well, you lonely old man, you really colluded with the devil."


    "Do you think you can beat me by such a dirty trick?"

 Chapter 1195

    Meng Zhang, who was watching the war, saw clearly that the fourth order demon was the one who had just attacked yamamu Zhenjun.


    It seems that this fourth order demon has no demon group for its command, but a special demon moving alone.


    When the previous two demon groups attacked the defense line of the friar alliance, the demon also differentiated many shadow parts and tried to sneak attack the Terran friars.


    After Meng Zhang joined the war, with the magic subduing mirror in his hand, he basically eliminated all the parts of the demon and greatly damaged his vitality.


    Because he didn''t find the body of the demon in time, Meng ZhangCai had to let it go temporarily.


    I didn''t expect that this demon should take the initiative to cooperate with Gu song Zhenjun at this time.


    Gusong Zhenjun is really a character. He dares to collude with demons. I don''t know whether he is too bold or too stupid.


    In the long history of the cultivation world, those friars who collude with demons are trying to hide from the tiger, and basically will come to no good end.


    Plus the fourth order demon just shot, no matter what happens to Gusong Zhenjun in the future. Now he can drive demons to fight, which is a bit of skill.


    In the great horizontal cultivation world, the four giant forces have secretly participated in the cultivation of demons.


    But it''s really rare to really collude with demons and fight side by side with demons, especially in such broad daylight, regardless of the fact that this is a public occasion.


    The secret was broken by yamamu Zhenjun. Gu song Zhenjun''s face remained unchanged and his hand was still fierce and powerful.


    The fourth order demon was no longer hidden, but directly turned into many shadows and rushed to Shanmu Zhenjun from all directions.


    With one enemy against two, there are monks and Demons among the enemy. Yamamu Zhenjun is not afraid at all and still takes the initiative to attack.


    Unfortunately, there has been a gap in the strength of the two sides. They are not brave enough to make up for the gap.


    With the help of the fourth order demon, Gusong Zhenjun began to gain the upper hand slowly.


    Seeing the fourth order demons coming on stage one after another, Meng Zhang was very moved.


    He has never forgotten that the purpose of coming to Daheng cultivation world is to kill a large number of demons, especially high-level demons, in exchange for heaven''s merit and prevent his own doom.


    The fourth level demon that was attacking yamamu Zhenjun seemed to feel Meng Zhang''s undisguised murderous spirit.


    This time, the body of this fourth-order demon also did not appear here, but turned into a large number of shadow avatars to participate in the siege of yamamu Zhenjun.


    Gusong Zhenjun really colluded with demons. He didn''t forget to remind Meng Zhang during the battle.


    "Headmaster Meng, this is the grudge between our SONGFENG sect and Wanhe mountain. Please don''t bother."


    Yamamu Zhenjun has the unique pride of big sect friars, but he is also not a fool.


    "Leader Meng, the friars of SONGFENG sect collude with demons. They are really scum in the cultivation world. Everyone can kill them."


    "If leader Meng can help me kill this tusk, I will be grateful to Wanhe mountain."


    "At this moment, it is a good time for leader Meng to eliminate demons and defend the way."


    Meng Zhang is also a monk in the middle of the yuan God. As long as he joins the battle, he will certainly affect the balance of victory and defeat.


    Both Gusong Zhenjun and Yamaki Zhenjun began to offer conditions to win him over and let him become one of their own.


    Seeing their style, Meng Zhang didn''t have the idea to act immediately.


    Without saying a word, he flew to the side and far away from their battlefield.


    The confrontation between Yuanshen level opponents affects a wide range, and it is difficult to be affected for tens of miles.


    Meng Zhang simply flew back to the original mountain and sat there watching the tiger fight.


    Meng Zhang stood for a while, suddenly turned around and said in a cold tone, "last time you narrowly escaped death, you didn''t learn a lesson and dared to come to the door and die."


    The fourth level demon that had to be left alone when the demon group was destroyed appeared behind Meng Zhang.


    "I''m wang Dechao. I''ve seen leader Meng."


    The fourth level demon even saluted Meng Zhang and took the initiative to report his name.


    This demon is originally in human form, but it is still so elegant. It seems that this man should have been a human monk before he was demonized.


    Meng Zhang did not relax his guard because the other party was once a human monk, but became extra vigilant.


    In the cultivation world, it is well known that human beings are the primates of all things.


    The demons transformed by human beings may not be the most powerful, but they are often the smartest and treacherous.


    The reason why Meng Zhang didn''t have Wang Dechao didn''t seem to notice Meng Zhang''s alert appearance, and he still talked to himself.


    This man has a good eloquence and speaks clearly. After a while, he said a lot of strong materials and preliminarily answered some of Meng Zhang''s questions.


    It turned out that in the evil disaster of that year, the mountain of Wanhe mountain weighed the real king. By chance, I got a magic fetus.


    The demon embryo contains magical power, which is likely to be the origin of the demon disaster that year.


    When shanchongzhenjun got the demon embryo, the demon embryo was not fully developed.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun covets the powerful power of the demon embryo and wants to turn it into his own use.


    In addition to being a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, Shan Chongzhen Jun is also a four terrace master rarely seen in the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    The fourth terrace masters are basically feng shui masters. They are not only proficient in geomancy, but also know how to use the power of mountains and rivers.


    In order to hide people''s eyes and ears, Shanzhong Zhenjun chose Yuanshan temple as the place to hide the demon fetus.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun searched for the Dragon acupoint and specially found a special crypt to place the demon fetus.


    The Qi of the earth vein will continuously strengthen this demon embryo and let it grow and mature slowly.


    The power of mountains, rivers and earth gathered in the crypt will slowly wear away the demonic nature of the demon embryo in a long time.


    When Wang Dechao talked about the demon fetus, his eyes shone from time to time, and he made no secret of his covetous heart.


    Meng Zhang can know without guessing that this demon embryo is also of great benefit to demons.


    Meng Zhang can also understand the arrangement made by Shan Chongzhen Jun''s coveting the power of the devil fetus.


    Xu Huanshan, the old leader of the Huanglian sect, was clearly a great monk in the later period of the yuan God, enough to lead the rise of the Huanglian sect.


    If he wants, he can compete with qingyuanzong and yujianmen. Maybe he will turn the two giants of Jiuqu League into three giants.


    But he gave up all this for his own way.


    In order to further his cultivation, he did not hesitate to borrow the power of the devil and finally demonize and degenerate.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, Shan Chongzhen Jun, who had never met before, was just another Xu Huanshan.

 Chapter 1196

    In order to protect this demon embryo, Shanzhong Zhenjun has made great efforts.


    He not only arranged the chess piece of Yuanshan view here, but also let his younger martial brother Shanmu Zhenjun pretend to be dead, out of the sight of the cultivation world, and has been hidden here secretly.


    The chess piece of Yuanshan temple is really well hidden. It hasn''t been exposed for hundreds of years.


    Meng Zhang thought that taiyimen borrowed the vest of maple leaf mountain city to enter this area.


    I''m afraid Shanzhong Zhenjun learned the secret through Yuanshan Temple long ago.


    Funny, Meng Zhang used to think that taiyimen acted secretly, and the monks sent were careful enough.


    The reason why Shanzhong Zhenjun didn''t immediately start on Maple Leaf mountain city was that he was worried about making too much noise, which attracted the attention of other giants.


    In fact, the fact is indeed similar to Meng Zhang''s guess.


    The four giants of Daheng Xiuzhen have long discovered the fact that Taiyi gate infiltrates through maple leaf mountain city.


    But Shanzhong Zhenjun didn''t want everyone to pay too much attention to this area, so he secretly pulled back and prevented everyone from taking action against maple leaf mountain city.


    Even, he secretly made trouble elsewhere to divert everyone''s attention.


    So it seems that the existence of this demon fetus has also helped taiyimen to some extent.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will never be grateful to him.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang listened carefully, Wang Dechao obviously listened to what he said.


    He became more energetic and further told Meng Zhang.


    SONGFENG sect and Wanheshan are two old opponents, both of whom regard each other as their biggest enemies.


    Sending spies and even undercover agents to each other and spying on each other are routine operations.


    Gusong Zhenjun didn''t know where he knew the existence of the devil fetus.


    Cangsong Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect is old and doesn''t have much longevity.


    However, among the yuan Shen friars of SONGFENG sect, no one has been able to break through to the later stage of Yuan Shen for the time being.


    Gusong Zhenjun also wants to get the power of the devil fetus and break through the bottleneck of his cultivation.


    Out of selfishness, he did not tell the news to his classmates, let alone to outsiders.


    Gusong Zhenjun once tested Yuanshan temple and knew that he could not take away the demon embryo by himself.


    Before demonization, Wang Dechao was a Jindan friar of SONGFENG sect and a key disciple of the sect.


    After he was demonized, he made great progress in cultivation and soon became a fourth-order demon.


    Gu song Zhenjun actually found Wang Dechao and lured Wang Dechao to join hands with him to seize the devil''s foetus by sharing the benefits of the devil''s foetus equally.


    In order to be more sure, Wang Dechao contacted other fourth-order demons.


    Of course, he didn''t reveal the secret of the devil fetus. He just said that the area where Yuanshan temple is located has weak strength, a large population and many creatures, which is a big fat meat.


    As long as you successfully invade this place and demonize the creatures here, everyone will get great benefits.


    Wang Dechao himself led a group of demons and persuaded another fourth-order demon to take another group of demons.


    In addition, he also found a special demon Qianying demon without a demon group.


    Of course, Wang Dechao doesn''t want to share the demon embryo with other demons.


    He took everyone together and attacked the area from the ground.


    First of all, capturing this area and demonizing local creatures can really greatly expand his demon group.


    Second, not directly attacking the remote mountain view is also to hide people''s eyes and ears and attract others'' attention to the actions of the demon group.


    When the time is ripe, Wang Dechao will leave the demon group and sneak to Yuanshan temple with Gusong Zhenjun to seize the demon fetus.


    Unfortunately, Wang Dechao is good at everything, but his luck is too bad.


    Before they entered this area, their demon army was blocked by the friar coalition led by Yang Xueyi.


    After many wars in a row, I saw that I was going to have the upper hand. However, Meng Zhang reinforced in time, but defeated the army of demons. Wang Dechao had to abandon the demons and escape wounded.


    Probably in order to win the trust of Meng Zhang, Wang Dechao showed great sincerity.


    Not only did there be nothing to hide, but even many of their secrets took the initiative to say it, and spontaneously opened their scars.


    Meng Zhang was very serious when he heard it. Sometimes he couldn''t help asking Wang Dechao a few words.


    Wang Dechao is very frank, almost saying everything.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved and asked him if he had taken the initiative to expose his whereabouts and attract himself.


    Wang Dechao admitted generously.


    After his last defeat, he not only lost his huge demon group, but also suffered serious injuries and has not recovered so far.


    Gu song Zhenjun, who has always claimed to cooperate with him, bypassed Wang Dechao and directly contacted Qianying devil.


    I don''t know what price he paid, but he got the full support of the thousand shadow devil.


    In this case, even if Wang Dechao succeeds in stealing the devil''s fetus from Yuanshan temple, he can''t compete with Gu song Zhenjun.


    Therefore, he deliberately swaggered to the direction of Yuanshan temple and deliberately exposed his trend in front of Yang Tianzhu''s investigation team.


    Sure enough, out of the importance of the fourth order demons, the Terran friar sent Meng Zhang to check.


    Wang Dechao''s purpose is very simple, that is, to attract more people with the ability to stir up the game, create chaos and strive for the opportunity to win the magic embryo for his family.


    Wang Dechao confessed everything and proposed to Meng Zhang.


    The two of them can work together to compete for the devil fetus.


    After winning the demon embryo, the benefits can be divided equally.


    Meng Zhang refused to comment on Wang Dechao''s cooperation proposal, but took the initiative to ask other questions.


    He asked Wang Dechao if he knew the devil cultivation of the heart devil way.


    Wang Dechao gave a negative answer.


    Meng Zhang asked again where the three demon groups that later arrived in this area came from and what purpose they had.


    Wang Dechao also asked three questions and couldn''t give any useful answers.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed that Wang Dechao really knew nothing and was not unwilling to answer.


    Wang Dechao is about to please Meng Zhang and is ready to join hands with Meng Zhang.


    He should not hide anything about these issues, thus losing Meng Zhang''s trust.


    Meng Zhang finished asking questions and became silent for a while.


    In Wang Dechao''s view, his family showed full sincerity and had such great benefits. Meng Zhang was not moved.


    You know, for their own path and to break through the realm of practice, practitioners are willing to take strange risks at all costs.


    The devil fetus carefully cultivated by the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, such as shanchongzhenjun, can almost make the whole Daheng cultivation world crazy.


    All practitioners will covet this, and Meng Zhang must be no exception.


    As long as Meng Zhang joins hands with him, he is very sure that he can win the demon fetus.


    Just when Wang Dechao thought that his success was in sight and was about to convince Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang, who had been silent, suddenly burst into trouble.


    Without half a word of nonsense and no sign, Meng Zhang suddenly shot and killed Wang Dechao.

 Chapter 1197

    There were no signs before Meng Zhang took the shot.


    One moment he was still talking with Wang Dechao, and the next moment he suddenly burst into trouble.


    After taking the shot, Meng Zhang showed no mercy. He directly sacrificed the magic reducing mirror and showed his strongest means to deal with demons.


    The golden light of subduing demons was emitted from the mirror of subduing demons, and almost shrouded around Wang Dechao''s body, making him unable to hide and avoid.


    Dark smoke came out of Wang Dechao, who reluctantly parried the attack of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    Before he was possessed by the devil, he was a Jindan friar of Yuanshen sect. He was well-informed and experienced. He had never seen any kind of people.


    After being possessed by the devil, he not only improved his cultivation level, but also recognized that he could see through the hearts of the people and had the ability to deceive other practitioners wantonly.


    He thought he had seen through Meng Zhang''s mind and took out the great temptation. But Meng Zhang''s response was like this. He was not tempted at all.


    If Wang Dechao knew more about Meng Zhang, he would not have made such a mistake.


    In many ways, Meng Zhang, like other practitioners, goes on to see the benefits. Take risks in order to make things useful for cultivation.


    However, there is still a bottom line for Meng Zhang to grow to where he is today.


    On the one hand, as a master of heavenly secrets, he has a special spiritual sense. On the other hand, it is his own persistence.


    The most important point in his bottom line is that he must not trust or cooperate with demons.


    At that time, Zhang Wei, governor of Jiuqu Province, asked him to help spread demonized items. Even if he was weak, he would not accept it, but tried to avoid it.


    His experience told him that anyone who has anything to do with the devil''s way is definitely not good.


    Even if the demon fetus was brought to him, he would not accept it.


    At that time, he witnessed with his own eyes the great monk Xu Huanshan, the old leader of Huanglian sect, who, in order to break through the realm of cultivation, finally fell into the devil and degenerated with the help of the power of the devil, so that he could never recover.


    Wang Dechao, as like as two peas, are what looks like human beings.


    But once he becomes a demon, he becomes another creature.


    Even if the appearance remains unchanged, the previous memory still exists, but the devil is a devil, which is a creature completely different from human beings.


    For the simplest example, after becoming a demon, even if Wang Dechao encounters his most trusted peers and closest family members, he will only want to demonize them all without mercy.


    Don''t expect demons to have positive feelings, let alone kindness.


    For demons, there is only one way to kill them completely.


    This is the result of thousands of years of experience and countless lessons in the cultivation world.


    But it is such a simple truth, but many people don''t take it seriously.


    Almost all monks who collude with demons think they are different. They will not fall into the calculation of demons with the help of the power of demons.


    But in the end, they have to pay a heavy price with the help of the power of demons.


    Meng Zhang would not make such a mistake.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang''s disciples and relatives become demons and completely degenerate into demons, Meng Zhang has only one choice to kill his relatives in righteousness and bear the pain.


    He will never believe or even sympathize with the devil because of his identity before he became a devil.


    No matter how nice Wang Dechao said and how sincere he showed, Meng Zhang would not believe that he would sincerely cooperate with himself.


    Since there is no basis for cooperation between the two sides, Meng Zhang naturally wants to take the opportunity.


    The other party is also a fourth order demon at least. After killing it, you can get some merits of heaven.


    The dark smoke emitted by Wang Dechao was actually collected by him for many years, and then worked hard to refine the pure magic Qi.


    Black smoke came out of him, or rose into the sky, or turned into a shield to firmly protect him, or twisted and deformed into huge tentacles to grasp Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang fought with demons several times and accumulated some experience.


    He did not use other means, that is, he sacrificed the magic reducing mirror and constantly released the golden light of magic reducing.


    When dealing with demons, the golden light of subduing demons is the most powerful means against the enemy, which surpasses other magical secrets.


    Once the seemingly arrogant and imposing black smoke meets the golden light of subduing demons, it is like snow under the sun, which melts quickly and disappears.


    Wang Dechao roared again and again, constantly urging the evil spirit, and went all out to fight with Meng Zhang.


    In the air outside the mountain gate, Yamaki Zhenjun is facing the siege of Gusong Zhenjun and Qianying demon.


    Meng Zhang and the demon king de Chao fought a war. Both sides were a little unexpected.


    However, they are fighting to the death. They really have no spare power to ask other things.


    And most importantly, neither Meng Zhang nor de Chao, the demon king, is a friend of both sides.


    It''s a good thing no matter who loses or dies.


    Of course, the death of both sides together is what everyone wants to see most.


    Although Wang Dechao is a fourth-order demon that can fight against the yuan God Zhenjun, there is still a certain gap between his cultivation and Meng Zhang.


    I was seriously injured before, but I haven''t recovered yet. I met a demon killer like magic subduing mirror


    The evil spirit rising into the sky seemed to have its own life. It kept roaring and twisting wildly, and then poured into Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, with the magic subduing mirror in hand, turned into the best demon removing warrior.


    No matter the pure magic Qi or the evil magic secret method, they are all vulnerable and completely purified under the golden light of subduing the devil.


    Although Wang Dechao is a fourth-order demon, his evil Qi is not endless.


    The magic Qi was consumed rapidly, but it could not be supplemented. He began to become depressed.


    After the golden light of subduing demons is emitted, it will chase after the demonic Qi, disperse the demonic Qi, and then turn it into nothingness.


    In fact, before the evil Qi in Wang Dechao''s body was completely consumed, the battle had been divided.


    The golden light of subduing demons shot through his body protection magic Qi and shot his body into a pair.


    Seriously injured again, Wang Dechao could no longer maintain his own human form, but turned into a mass of distorted flesh and blood.


    This mass of flesh and blood is ugly, ferocious and terrible. It makes people feel sick and nauseous at first sight.


    Even if you stare for a long time, it will make people dizzy and confused.


    Meng Zhang did not flinch in the face of such flesh and blood, but still drove the magic subduing mirror to make great power.


    The falling golden light of subduing demons melts the twisted flesh and blood.


    Wherever the golden light went, no matter how twisted and struggling the blood and flesh were, they were only burned by the golden light and finally turned into ashes.

 Chapter 1198

    Under the golden light of subduing demons released by Meng Zhang, all the flesh and blood produced by Wang Dechao were burned and turned into ashes, and even half a drop of blood was not left.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless. He still sacrificed the magic reducing mirror and continued to release the golden light of magic reducing.


    He knew that the devil was a strange creature with many mysterious means.


    Maybe just a little flesh and blood will give it a chance to be reborn again.


    The golden light of subduing demons ploughed the surrounding ground and air thoroughly to ensure that there were no omissions.


    Wang Dechao''s demon was really completely destroyed. Even the magic Qi he left disappeared under the golden light of subduing the devil.


    The battle did not take much time, and Meng Zhang did not consume much.


    Killing a fourth order demon, Meng Zhang also completed a small goal.


    Instead of leaving, he found a deserted Hill nearby.


    As he began to adjust his breath, he slowly regained his strength. While continuing to watch the war, waiting for the opportunity to intervene.


    If Gusong Zhenjun and Shanmu Zhenjun are fighting for other things, because they involve the two giants of SONGFENG sect and Wanheshan, Meng Zhang must stay away and will never get involved blindly.


    But they are fighting for the devil''s foetus, so Meng Zhang can''t ignore it.


    Meng Zhang has never seen the devil fetus. The only little understanding of it comes from Wang Dechao''s oral statement just now.


    In view of the devil''s consistent credit, the authenticity of the devil''s fetus learned from Wang Dechao is in doubt.


    If you don''t believe it, you can''t believe it all.


    However, since it is called the devil''s fetus and related to the devil''s way, Meng Zhang will not let it go easily.


    Wang Dechao said that the devil fetus was the source of the last devil disaster and should still have some credibility.


    He doesn''t mind getting rid of the so-called devil fetus as long as he has the right time.


    Whether it''s the great friar mountain Chongzhen Jun who trained this demon embryo, or the Gusong Zhen Jun who desperately grabbed it.


    Meng Zhang bet that no matter how confident they are and how much preparation they have made in advance. As long as they dare to absorb the power of refining the devil embryo, they will not escape into the devil''s end.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about their life and death.


    But the monks of their accomplishments and status. Once they are possessed, they may cause a catastrophe.


    Many times, Meng Zhang is a little confused.


    There are so many masters in Daheng cultivation world, and many monks are above themselves in both cultivation and knowledge.


    But why don''t they understand the truth that they can think of?


    How can you come to a good end if you keep demons and covet the power of demons?


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether they are in the game, obsessed or blinded.


    The two sides fought fiercely in the air not far away.


    Although Shanmu Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain fell a little downwind temporarily, he still has a long way to go before he was defeated.


    Meng Zhang''s plan is very simple, that is to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight, look for opportunities and destroy the demon fetus.


    In this process, it is best to be able to avoid deep hatred between the two sects of Wanheshan and SONGFENG sect.


    Meng Zhang''s strength has been restored, and he has adjusted his state to the best.


    However, the two sides fighting not far away still have no tendency to distinguish the victory from the defeat.


    There are only a few cases of quick battle and quick decision when the strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun fight. In most cases, it is not uncommon for the fighting to last ten days and a half months.


    Originally, although it was temporarily downwind, there was a real king of mountains and trees to rely on. He was not nervous at all.


    In the fierce struggle, he still has spare power to pay attention to the situation of Meng Zhang from time to time.


    If Meng Zhang joins the fight, I''m afraid the situation will change immediately.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang only killed demons and had no intention to participate in the war, both sides were a little relieved while continuing to be vigilant.


    The two sides fought for a long time. Yamamu Zhenjun, who was still a little relaxed, changed his face and scolded angrily.


    "Well, you mean man has other accomplices."


    Yamaki Zhenjun stormed a few moves, got rid of his opponent, then fell suddenly and flew to the Mountain Gate of Yuanshan view.


    Gusong Zhenjun was stunned. When did he have another accomplice?


    The magic fetus is a treasure with infinite magic. In his heart, as long as he knew the existence of the devil fetus, he would have a heart of coveting.


    If there was no other good plan, Gusong Zhenjun would not take the initiative to cooperate with Wang Dechao.


    Gusong Zhenjun is not a fool. Of course, he knows how loyal he is to SONGFENG sect no matter what his status was before Wang Dechao became a devil.


    Once he is possessed, he will become another person completely. Even if you have previous memories, your mind will change greatly.


    Under the banner of the same door, Gusong Zhenjun wooed Wang Dechao and persuaded him to cooperate with him.


    In fact, he had already prepared a back hand.


    Once they succeed in capturing the devil''s foetus, he has his own way to solve Wang Dechao.


    But Wang Dechao, a fool, said that he wanted to hide people''s eyes and ears. He swaggered to attack the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, and bumped into the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate.


    Whether his purpose of hiding people''s eyes and ears has been achieved or not, Gusong Zhenjun is not very clear.


    But it is not true that the fool suffered heavy losses and was seriously injured.


    Fortunately, the thousand shadow demon fooled by Wang Dechao was not seriously injured and his strength remained.


    On the surface, Gu song Zhenjun continued to cooperate with Wang Dechao, but secretly fooled the thousand shadow devil.


    This thousand shadow demon is also a wonderful flower among many fourth-order demons.


    Its brain is not very clear, it is easy to be fooled.


    Especially knowing the existence of the devil''s foetus, in order to seize the devil''s foetus, it almost obeyed Gu song Zhenjun.


    Wang Dechao is also not a fuel-efficient lamp. He has been on guard against Gu song Zhenjun.


    Now he has lost the demon group, his injury is not light, and his competitiveness has been greatly reduced.


    He deliberately exposed his whereabouts, attracted Meng Zhang and tried to cooperate with Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t come here, another yuan God Zhenjun would be here. Even if he didn''t believe Wang Dechao, he would probably cooperate with him temporarily.


    Meng Zhang unexpectedly stormed into trouble and finally killed Wang Dechao. It can only be said that he was unlucky.


    Although Gu song Zhenjun is a little confused, his action is not slow at all.


    With many shadows demonized by Qianying, he followed yamamu Zhenjun and flew to the distant mountain view below.


    Meng Zhang saw their movements and hesitated a little. He also flew over and hung far behind them, maintaining a sufficient safe distance.


    The previous fighting has completely broken the third-order mountain protection array of Yuanshan temple, and almost killed and injured the monks in the temple. Only Yuanshan immortal can''t afford to be seriously injured.


    When Shanmu Zhenjun flew back to Yuanshan temple, he didn''t land directly at the gate of Yuanshan temple, but continued to fly towards the back mountain.


    During the flight, he glanced at the bottom.


    There is no breath of living people in the whole remote mountain view.


    Yuanshan immortal, who was only wounded, collapsed to the ground without the same breath.

 Chapter 1199

    When flying over the distant mountain gate, yamamu Zhenjun''s face was indifferent and there was no sadness at all.


    Yuanshan view is just a chess piece arranged by Wanhe mountain, which is barely a secret branch of Wanhe mountain.


    This secret is only known by a few high-level officials such as Yuanshan immortal in Yuanshan temple.


    Up and down in Yuanshan temple, I died to protect the devil''s fetus. It was a good death.


    Yamaki Zhenjun''s figure quickly passed over the distant mountain view and flew directly to the back mountain.


    The mountain peak where Yuanshan temple is located is the tallest and broadest among the surrounding mountains.


    At the back of the mountain, a small ridge spread out, forming a mountainous area and several valleys.


    Yamaki soon flew over a valley.


    In the valley below, there are dense forests and tall trees everywhere.


    At this time, it seems that a hurricane has just blown here, countless trees are staggering, and a large area has been lifted on the ground, revealing a deep gully.


    Great changes have just taken place here, but there is not much noise.


    If Yamaki Zhenjun was not connected with the secret forbidden mind below, he would almost be deceived.


    Yamamu Zhenjun''s face was very ugly. He scolded and flew down.


    Originally, a special prohibition was set here to guard the secret of the demon fetus.


    But now that the prohibition has been broken, it is obvious that someone broke in.


    At the same time, Yamaki Zhenjun was disturbed and knew that there was a fire in the backyard.


    Yamamu Zhenjun performed the skill of earth hiding and immediately hid into the ground.


    The crypt where the demon embryo is located is still far from the ground.


    Soon after Shanmu Zhenjun escaped into the ground, Cangsong Zhenjun and many shadows demonized by Qianying followed him into the ground.


    After a while, Meng Zhang, who was far behind, flew over the valley.


    Don''t go underground, just stay outside. Even with his ability, it is difficult to find out the following details.


    He hesitated and summoned two yin-yang soldiers with golden elixir strength to keep them outside and observe the surrounding situation at any time.


    Then Meng Zhang plunged into the ground and also hid underground.


    Yamamu Zhenjun fled to the ground for more than a thousand feet and appeared in a huge cave.


    In the middle of the cave, a small earthy yellow flag was floating quietly in the air.


    The small earthy yellow flag let out a thick light mask to firmly cover a stone platform below.


    Not far in front of the stone platform, an ordinary looking middle-aged man is struggling to attack the hood. Try to break the hood and get close to the stone platform.


    Seeing this, Shanmu Zhenjun immediately raised the giant wooden magic weapon in his hand and beat the middle-aged man hard.


    This small yellow flag is one of the inheritance treasures of Wanhe mountain. It is a fourth-order magic weapon, Shutu Guiyuan flag.


    This flag for guarding the earth and returning to the Yuan Dynasty was carefully sacrificed and refined by many predecessors of the yuan God Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain. Later, it was applied by the mountain chongzhenjun.


    Even without the control of the yuan God Zhenjun, the weapon spirit of the garrison earth returning to the yuan flag can control magic weapons and exert great power.


    In particular, it goes deep into the underground, is above the earth vein, and has a strong earth atmosphere.


    Over the years, the garrison earth returning flag has not only gathered the power of the earth vein and slowly dissipated the evil nature of the devil embryo, but also accumulated a strong power of the earth vein in the body.


    The intruder was secretive and swift.


    He broke the ban above and broke into here easily.


    If he hadn''t been stopped by the flag of guarding the earth and returning to the Yuan Dynasty, he might have taken the devil''s foetus and left.


    Yamamu Zhenjun was so angry that he showed no mercy.


    He was afraid that the enemy had sneaked here.


    If the garrison and Guiyuan flag, as the last line of defense, were not effective, the efforts of senior brother for hundreds of years would be cheaper for others.


    If you hide your name and hide here secretly, hundreds of years of hard protection will become meaningless.


    Yamaki Zhenjun, who was really angry, took out his cards.


    The green wooden pillars took shape in the air, and then turned into green dragons and frantically jumped on the middle-aged man.


    Yamaki Zhenjun and the middle-aged man have just started, and Gusong Zhenjun and they have followed here.


    Seeing the two fighting, Gu song Zhenjun''s face changed and recognized the middle-aged man.


    "Hu Yiding, how did you appear here? How did you know this place?"


    But Gu song Zhenjun was not surprised because he recognized the identity of the middle-aged man.


    Hu Yiding is a well-known yuan Shen San Xiu in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Many years ago, the SONGFENG sect once courted him and wanted him to be the elder of Keqing in the door.


    Although Hu Yiding politely declined to take the post of elder Ke Qing, he did not exclude working for the SONGFENG sect.


    From then on, Hu Yiding was still the casual practitioner in name.


    But secretly, he accepted the employment of the SONGFENG sect and did a lot of secret work for the SONGFENG sect.


    In fact, Hu Yiding became an unofficial member of the SONGFENG sect and served as a spy and killer.


    Gu song Zhenjun and Hu Yiding are very familiar, and they have had many contacts.


    In the SONGFENG sect, Gusong Zhenjun is the friar responsible for contacting Hu Yiding and assigning tasks to him.


    Now Hu Yiding appears here for no reason.


    Without too much conjecture, Gusong Zhenjun knew what Hu Yiding came for.


    Where on earth did this guy get the information?


    I''ve never spoken in front of him.


    Could it be that he guessed something from his deeds?


    Gu song Zhenjun was in doubt and kept staring at Hu Yiding.


    Gu song Zhenjun and Hu Yiding have known each other for so many years. Both his experience and the intelligence ability of the SONGFENG sect make him guess the identity of Hu Yiding.


    It seems that this person is not a simple casual monk, but a hidden demon monk.


    SONGFENG sect doesn''t even care about keeping demons, let alone dealing with demons.


    No one is far away from the imperial dynasty. It is almost semi public to accept the demon cultivation.


    Hu Yiding has great use value and can help SONGFENG sect in many aspects.


    It doesn''t matter whether he is a demon or not.


    On weekdays, Gusong Zhenjun turns a blind eye to Hu Yiding. In order to win him over, I am willing to pay some price.


    However, in front of the magic fetus, he would never give in or share it with others.


    Hu Yiding, who was fighting with yamamu Zhenjun, of course heard Gu song Zhenjun''s question.


    He didn''t answer directly, but smiled at Gu song Zhenjun.


    Yamamu Zhenjun has been hiding here for hundreds of years, and Hu Yiding became famous in the Daheng cultivation world.


    So yamamuzhen couldn''t recognize Hu Yiding.


    But he heard Gusong Zhenjun''s question and knew that they knew each other.


    The strength of these two people is not weak. If they work together, the situation will not be good.


    Yamaki Zhenjun began to panic.

 Chapter 1200

    Yamaki Zhenjun doesn''t know the relationship between Gusong Zhenjun and Hu Yiding. He is a little hesitant.


    At this time, Meng Zhang also escaped from the ground and entered this huge cave.


    Meng Zhang just took a look and saw the situation in front of him.


    Hu Yiding is fighting with yamamu Zhenjun.


    Although he has not yet revealed his true ability, Meng Zhang had a move with him before and has firmly remembered his breath.


    Yes, Hu Yiding is the monk who controlled the thick earth God general and tried to plot against Meng Zhang.


    If the current situation were not a little complicated, Meng Zhang would have rushed over and killed this guy.


    He didn''t know the identity of Hu Yiding, but he knew that he was the devil of the heart devil road.


    Since this person started to fight the people in Taiyi gate first, he can''t stay any longer.


    Seeing Meng Zhang chasing after him, yamamu Zhenjun''s face became more ugly.


    The devil embryo has magical power. After refining, it can help the cultivators in the yuan Shen period break through the bottleneck of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang previously said that he would not interfere with the grievances between the SONGFENG sect and Wanhe mountain, but no one could guarantee what he thought in the face of such a treasure as the devil fetus.


    Shanmu Zhenjun is living on his own. He guessed Meng Zhang''s intention wrong.


    Not to mention Shanmu Zhenjun, but also Gu song Zhenjun, looked at Meng Zhang with great vigilance.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knows their thoughts and knows that they won''t listen to their own explanation.


    He said that he had no desire to covet the devil fetus, but wanted to destroy it. It is estimated that the practitioners of the whole great horizontal cultivation world will not believe it.


    Meng Zhang also regretted that he shouldn''t have chased too close to let others misunderstand him.


    Of course, if he didn''t catch up so closely, it would be difficult for him. Although he would inevitably be affected by the aftermath of the battle, Meng Zhang was not ready to continue to retreat.


    Meng Zhang secretly looked at the stone platform.


    His false magic eye easily broke the cover of the outer layer of the stone platform and saw the situation inside.


    The devil fetus really deserves its reputation. It is clearly a human fetus.


    I saw this lovely fetus floating quietly above the stone platform, the whole body curled up and was falling into a sweet dream.


    If he didn''t know the details of this demon embryo in advance, maybe Meng Zhang would be attracted by its lovely appearance.


    Meng Zhang continued to use the method of breaking delusion and looked at the fetus to see its details.


    Soon after his eyes fell on the surface of the fetal body and were about to go deep into the inside of his body, a strange mysterious force followed his eyes and returned to Meng Zhang''s body.

 Chapter 1201

    Meng Zhang only felt in a trance. His whole body seemed to lose weight, as if he were going to fall from the air.


    Meng Zhang''s keen spiritual sense played a great role at this time.


    A feeling of extreme danger rose from his heart, as if something bad would happen if he didn''t respond.


    Meng Zhang suddenly woke up and got rid of the influence of that mysterious force.


    He looked at the demon fetus with great vigilance, and did not hide the alert color on his face.


    He just looked a few more eyes from a distance, and he was almost affected by the power of the devil fetus.


    Gu song Zhenjun, who wants to use the power of refining the devil''s foetus for himself, is too ignorant.


    The top cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world secretly connive at the existence of demons and have studied demons for many years.


    Perhaps they have made great achievements through the study of demons in these years.


    But if they think they can freely control the power of demons, they are too confused.


    Meng Zhang is sure that no matter what kind of secret method Gu song Zhenjun has mastered and what kind of assurance he has.


    As long as he tries to refine this demon embryo, he will only end up being demonized.


    Evil foetus, such a harmful thing, should not exist in this world.


    Meng Zhang''s crazy breaking method looked at it for a while, but he couldn''t go deep into the devil''s body to see the specific inside story.


    He just vaguely felt that there was a terrible power in the little fetal body.


    Once such power breaks out, it is enough to blow the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun to pieces.


    Meng Zhang began to look for opportunities to see how he could break the defense of the Shutu Guiyuan flag and directly kill the demon fetus.


    At this time, Yamaki Zhenjun felt that under the siege of the enemy, he was more and more difficult to deal with.


    He hesitated for a moment, took out a mysterious talisman from his body and inspired it directly.


    Seeing that yamamu Zhenjun inspired the talisman, Gu song Zhenjun, who could not be stopped, focused on the power of the talisman.


    The power of runes that can be displayed by yamamu Zhenjun at this time cannot be underestimated.


    However, the power of the talisman was not directly released to Gu song Zhenjun and others.


    I saw him fly into the air and the light disappeared.


    Then, at the location of the talisman, there appeared a vortex that grew larger and faster.


    Gu song Zhenjun and others have not recognized the origin of the talisman, but Meng Zhang shouted.


    "Break the vortex quickly. You can''t let the transmission channel through."


    Meng Zhang has recognized what talisman this is.


    On the other side of the Middle Earth continent, the long-distance transmission array has been basically popularized.


    However, for the edge areas around the Jun dust world, the long-distance transmission array is still very tall and rare high-end technology.


    Neither the former Jiuqu League nor the present Daheng cultivation world has the ability to deploy a long-distance transmission method array.


    The Xiuzhen sect in the Middle Earth, which has the ability to deploy long-distance transmission arrays, will not easily spread this technology to these places.


    Of course, in addition to long-distance transmission of the Dharma array, there are many ways to carry out long-distance transmission in the cultivation world.


    The sub master transfer disk previously owned by taiyimen can be transferred between the sub disk and the master disk.


    Yamaki Zhenjun just released a long-distance transmission rune.


    This kind of talisman is generally divided into one pair and two pieces.


    Two practitioners each hold a talisman. As long as one person releases the rune, another Rune will be consumed automatically to jointly create a temporary transmission channel.


    Gu song Zhenjun heard Meng Zhang''s warning and wanted to fight, but it was too late.


    After the vortex expanded, the rotation speed stabilized.


    Gu song Zhenjun cut out several sword Qi in a row, all like a clay ox into the sea, which was swallowed up by the whirlpool rotating at high speed.


    He was about to continue his attack. A tall figure flew out of the vortex and appeared in front of the crowd.


    This is a tall old man with thick eyebrows and a high nose.


    He is graceful and broad-minded, with a broad cloak on his body.


    The old man stood in the air and looked around without expression.


    Gu song Zhenjun and others were intimidated by the old man''s power and had to temporarily stop the siege on Shanmu Zhenjun.


    Gu song Zhenjun was even more bitter, and a few words came out of his mouth.


    "The mountain is heavy. It''s really you."


    Originally, according to the calculation of Gusong Zhenjun, even if the speed of shanchong Zhenjun is fast, it will take at least several days to get from the core of Daheng Xiuzhen world to the edge.


    During this time, it was enough for him to take the demon fetus and evacuate safely.


    But he never thought that the last card in yamamu Zhenjun''s hand was a long-distance transmission talisman.


    Such treasures are very rare. At least they have hardly appeared in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    I don''t know where shanchongzhenjun found this treasure.


    The mountain is heavy and famous. It is a big mountain on the heads of all monks of SONGFENG sect.


    Cangsong Zhenjun, the only one of the SONGFENG sect who can compete with Shanzhong Zhenjun, has tried to avoid confrontation with Shanzhong Zhenjun in recent years because he is old and his life will be exhausted.


    Invisibly, this has contributed to the fierce power of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    After Shanzhong Zhenjun appeared, he made no secret of his momentum as a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    He looked at Gu Song Zhen Jun with disdain.


    "A clown."


    "Shanmu, go outside and clean up and wipe out all the traces around."


    In the eyes of Shanzhong Zhenjun, all the people present, except Shanmu Zhenjun, are dead.


    Gusong Zhenjun, they can appear here, and they don''t know which link leaked the secret.


    If it weren''t for the special terrain here, which is most conducive to the cultivation of the devil''s foetus, he wouldn''t place the devil''s foetus here.


    However, it seems that the devil fetus can no longer be placed here.


    As long as Shanzhong Zhenjun sits in this place, he is not afraid of being robbed.


    But it would also be troublesome if Dayi Valley and Xiangjia worked together to put pressure on Wanhe mountain.


    Especially now the people of Ziyang holy sect are in the Daheng cultivation world to help quell the evil disaster. He kept the devil''s foetus secretly, so he couldn''t be easily exposed.


    Fortunately, just at random, Shanzhong Zhenjun found that the devil fetus was almost mature.


    Even if the fire is a little insufficient, you can take it back to Wanhe mountain and raise it slowly. You don''t have to stay here.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is ready to kill people and kill all the enemies present.


    Maybe he was irritated by the attitude of shanchong Zhenjun, who was like no one else. He knew that he would never let go of himself. Gusong Zhenjun also wanted to fight his life.


    "Meng Zhenjun, the mountain is heavy and the old man won''t let you go. Don''t think you can stay out of it."


    "If you don''t work hard at this time, you won''t have a chance."


    While persuading Meng Zhang, Gu song Zhenjun and many shadow incarnations of Qianying devil killed shanchongzhenjun.

 Chapter 1202

    Even Hu Yiding, who was originally relaxed, was dignified and joined the attack of Gu song Zhenjun.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen had the advantage of rolling in the face of other Yuanshen friars.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun has become famous for many years and has a great reputation. It is a daunting mountain.


    Seeing Gusong Zhenjun, they began to work hard, but Meng Zhang did not join the siege of shanchong Zhenjun as Gusong Zhenjun imagined.


    From the momentum shown by Shan Chongzhen Jun alone, even if all the people present work together and make every effort, they may not be his opponents.


    What''s more, we have different backgrounds, so it''s impossible to really cooperate well.


    At least as far as Meng Zhang is concerned, he will never trust demons and Demons and regard them as comrades in arms.


    No one knows when the demons who fought side by side will stab you in the back.


    It is the principle that Meng Zhang has been trying to adhere to that he does not cooperate with demons or demons in any form.


    Besides, compared with Meng Zhang, Gusong Zhenjun is the guy Shanzhong Zhenjun wants to get rid of most.


    Seeing that shanchong Zhenjun and Gusong Zhenjun had begun to fight, Meng Zhang jumped to the top of the cave without saying a word and began to perform the art of earth escape. He tried his best to escape upward.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s escape, Gu song was so angry that Zhen Jun couldn''t help scolding.


    "It''s no conspiracy."


    Even Hu Yiding, such a cunning heart demon, didn''t expect Meng Zhang, the leader of Tangtang Taiyi sect, to be so counselled.


    Of course, people were not too surprised at Meng Zhang''s choice.


    Seeking advantages and avoiding disadvantages is the nature of cultivators.


    It is also a normal choice to escape in the face of a strong man like shanchongzhenjun.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun looked at Meng Zhang who had escaped and sneered with disdain.


    Earth buns in small places are earth buns. I''m afraid I''ve never seen the means of a big monk.


    It''s naive to think that you can escape from your own palm.


    Shanchong Zhenjun, who was fighting with Gu song Zhenjun, took out his hand, gently pointed to the direction Meng Zhang ran away, and directly showed his magic power of pointing to the ground and becoming steel.


    The magic power of Zhidi Chenggang is one of the magic powers that specifically restrain Tu dun.


    As the mana of shanchongzhenjun passed, the surrounding earth and rock immediately solidified,


    Layers of loose earth and rock suddenly solidified to the extreme, hard as fine steel.


    The earth rock as hard as fine steel not only greatly slowed down Meng Zhang''s escape speed, but also kept squeezing towards his body.


    The huge squeezing force seemed to burst his flesh alive.


    Although Meng Zhang was proficient in the art of earth escape in his early years, he did not have any attainments on the earth road after entering the yuan God period.


    The great friar mountain of Wanhe mountain attaches great importance to Zhenjun, and Tuxing Avenue is one of his best avenues.


    Even if he was only distracted and didn''t give full play to his strength, he could easily mobilize the power of the earth road and trap Meng Zhang temporarily.


    Opponents are strong at the level of Yuanshen, including human friars, demons and even demons. Shanzhong Zhenjun dare not say that he will be able to solve it at one go.


    When he dealt with the enemy, he also had a plan and a certain order.


    Gusong Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect is the great enemy of Wanhe mountain. He has the blood of many monks of Wanhe mountain. The mountain is heavy and Zhenjun will want to get rid of it.


    He is going to trap Meng Zhang temporarily and deal with Meng Zhang only after solving other enemies.


    Meng Zhang, who is performing the art of hiding from the earth and hiding towards the ground, is trapped by the magic of shanchongzhen Jun, but his face doesn''t look panic, but is very relaxed.


    In his opinion, everything is under control and his real escape is about to begin.


    Meng Zhang made a sudden effort to display the art of space transmission, directly escaped into the space gap, and wanted to escape from this battlefield that did not belong to him with the help of the space gap between different spaces.


    How about getting out of here first.


    As for killing demons and other things, we can put them in the future.


    Many qualified practitioners will practice one or two hand space spells as much as possible in case of need.


    Among the Yuanshen Zhenjun, many master the power of space Avenue.


    There is no need to have too deep attainments on the space Avenue. As long as you can get started, you can basically use the magic powers of space transmission and even instant movement.


    As for how far it can be transmitted and how strong the transmission power is, it depends on their abilities.


    Meng Zhang has deep attainments on the avenue of space.


    Just now I used the skill of earth hiding, but it was just a cover. His real escape skill is space transmission.


    Moreover, instead of transmitting to the space on the ground, he did the opposite, transmitting to the depths of the earth.


    Meng Zhang''s body immediately broke free from the shackles of the Earth pointing steel magic, disappeared from its original position and entered the space gap.


    "A small skill."


    Shanzhong Zhenjun disdains it very much.


    Could it be that this monk named Meng Zhang really thought that with a little intelligence and small means, he could escape from heaven.


    While suppressing Gusong Zhenjun, Shanzhong Zhenjun boldly disturbed the surrounding spatial structure and tried to destroy Meng Zhang''s transmission.


    Meng Zhang, who was walking through the space gap, suddenly felt that the surrounding space was in disorder, as if there was a trend of space storm.


    As a last resort, he had to temporarily interrupt the space transmission, break away from the space gap in advance, and return to the space of Yangjian in the Jun dust world.


    The space transmission was forcibly interrupted, and Meng Zhang was not able to transmit to the original target at all.


    As soon as his body left the space gap, it was firmly wrapped by thick rock layers.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to determine his current position. There was a big deviation from the expected transmission position.


    Originally, he was ready to send one or two thousand feet to the ground, get out of the space gap, and then use the earth escape technique to escape from the side.


    However, due to the obstruction of Shanzhong Zhenjun, the transmission position has shifted. His current position has at least been nearly 10000 feet deep underground.


    Such a situation has both advantages and disadvantages.


    The advantage is that at such a depth, he should have long been separated from the God feeling of shanchongzhenjun, and barely escaped from the bottom of his hand.


    As for the disadvantages, that is, the depths of the earth, there are also many dangers for Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If you go too deep into the ground, you will bear great pressure first.


    If you are unlucky and encounter the flowing earth lung poison fire, it is even harder to get away.


    Meng Zhang now feels that he is under great pressure, such as the pressure of mountains, which makes it difficult for him to move. His mind is too far away.


    His current position is judged by his keen spiritual sense and rich experience.


    As for many situations in the depths of the earth, he has only read various records on the classics and has not personally experienced them.

 Chapter 1203

    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the art of earth hiding can not play a great role in such a deep place.


    He tried to resist the great pressure from all directions and escaped hard in the rock stratum.


    His escape speed is very slow. He can only move a distance not too far in half a day.


    Originally, Meng Zhang intended to try to escape upward, leave the depths of the earth as soon as possible and return to a place closer to the ground.


    But Meng Zhang just moved a few steps, and there was an inexplicable palpitation in his heart.


    He hesitated for a moment, followed the throbbing and fled to the side.


    After hiding for a while, Meng Zhang felt relaxed. The original huge pressure was reduced a lot. He actually came to a huge underground rock gap.


    This is a huge arched cavity, below which is a dark flame flowing like water.


    This is the legendary earth lung poison fire.


    The earth lung poisonous fire has extremely high temperature and can melt gold and iron. In particular, there is a special poison in the fire, which is very harmful to the original God of the cultivator.


    If there is no targeted means, practitioners, especially those who have cultivated the yuan God, will try to avoid direct contact with the lung poison fire.


    Fortunately, the height of this cavity is not low, and the toxic fire of the ground lung only flows at the bottom.


    The place where Meng Zhang appeared was not close to the earth lung poison fire.


    As long as he is not in direct contact with the earth lung toxic fire, Meng Zhang can resist the heat and toxicity it emits.


    In the middle of the underground rock gap, there is a protruding boulder.


    The earth lung poisonous fire flows around the boulder as if it were guarding the boulder.


    At the top of the boulder, there is a small hole.


    Not far above the boulder, a dark shadow hung down from the top of the cavity like an elongated rope, trying to get close to the boulder.


    The dark shadow withstood the heat and toxicity of the lung poison fire, and with a gentle suction, drops of bright red thick liquid like blood were sucked out of the pores at the top of the boulder.


    After the blood red liquid was sucked out from the top of the boulder, it was imprisoned by the dark shadow by a strange means.


    This liquid seems to have life, flowing around in the air, and even spreading and climbing.


    There seems to be an invisible cage in the air, which firmly traps all these liquids.


    No matter how they struggle and collide, they will not leak a drop.


    Meng Zhang had just entered this place. At a glance, he found all the situation.


    The drops of bright red blood like liquid are clearly the legendary earth milk spirit slurry.


    Earth milk spirit paste, an extremely rare treasure of heaven and earth, can only appear in the depths of the earth.


    Let alone Meng Zhang''s current position, even if he can continue to escape downward and go deep into tens of thousands of feet, it is very difficult to find the trace of the underground spirit slurry.


    The ground bottom paste is called the essence of heaven and earth, also known as the blood of Jun dust.


    It contains a terrible spiritual opportunity, which plays an extremely great role for practitioners, especially those in the Yuanshen period.


    As for the dark shadow that was desperately extracting the milk spirit slurry from the earth, Meng Zhang felt a familiar breath from it.


    It was almost as like as two peas.


    Meng Zhang had no time to think carefully, let alone to think about his relationship with the devil fetus.


    When he saw the scene in front of him, he shot immediately.


    Because if he didn''t hurry, the shadow would react and disappear with the extracted earth milk spirit slurry.


    In such a deep underground, due to the great pressure everywhere, Meng Zhang not only has difficulty in action, but also it is not easy to cast spells and fight.


    Fortunately, in this rock gap, the pressure is reduced a lot.


    He tried to overcome the pressure and run Zhenyuan with all his strength.


    As soon as he made a move, he was an unreserved killing move.


    The magic subduing mirror was sacrificed, and the golden light of magic subduing came out one after another.


    This shadow is actually related to the devil fetus. The devil spirit is awe inspiring. Of course, we should take the most powerful means to subdue the devil.


    The golden light of subduing demons accurately shot onto the shadow.


    It is the supreme principle between heaven and earth that one thing falls to another.


    Although the shadow tried to resist and fled desperately, they didn''t play any role.


    But in a moment, the dark shadow disappeared completely under the golden light of subduing the devil.


    The dark shadow disappeared, and the power to imprison those earth milk spirit plasma also disappeared.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang responded in time, released a pair of yin and Yang Qi, turned into a huge hand, and firmly grasped all the earth milk spirit slurry.


    There are a lot of local milk spirit slurry. They flow and struggle spontaneously, but they can''t escape the palm of the giant hand.


    Meng Zhang carefully checked around and repeatedly confirmed that there was no magic residue before he had time to slowly analyze the scene he had just seen.


    I don''t know why, at the bottom of this depth, there is a natural treasure such as di ruling slurry.


    The demon embryo placed on it by shanchongzhen Jun differentiated into a existence similar to separation, sneaked here and secretly extracted the earth milk spirit slurry.


    Earth milk spirit plasma is called the blood of Jun dust world, and there is no reason.


    The earth milk spirit contains the original power of the Jun dust world.


    If the earth milk spirit slurry is extracted in large quantities, it will damage the origin of the Jun dust world.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally understood why his spiritual sense was touched and involved himself in this matter.


    The devil fetus itself is the devil hated by the will of heaven in Jun dust world, and secretly steals the origin of Jun dust world.


    In the eyes of the will of heaven in Jun dust world, it is a great evil and must be eliminated.


    The will of heaven in the Jun dust world is high, and it is basically difficult to directly interfere with various affairs in the Jun dust world.


    Even according to some conjectures of Meng Zhang, the so-called will of heaven is likely to be a collection of many consciousness.


    It takes an unknown amount of time for these consciousness to operate once.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense drove him here and knew about it.


    Meng Zhang had only one choice, that is to execute on behalf of heaven and kill the demon fetus.


    This is an opportunity for Meng Zhang to obtain the merit reward of heaven and prevent the doom from coming.


    But if he can''t handle it well, he will be punished by heaven.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s mind turned quickly, quickly analyzed and understood the whole thing, and judged the pros and cons.


    He smiled bitterly. It was so far that he seemed to have no other choice.


    Meng Zhang released Yin and Yang again and turned into another giant hand with black and white.


    The giant hand gently pressed on the boulder and gently pressed it into the ground.


    There was an endless stream of earth milk spirit slurry on the boulder, but Meng Zhang dared not collect it.


    If you steal the original power of Jun dust world in such a rash way, with his current situation, I''m afraid the doom will come immediately.


    The will of heaven in Jun dust world will not allow a large loss of their own original strength.


    Meng Zhang pressed the boulder into the ground and exhibited the art of restraint. He placed a heavy restraint around it to completely imprison it.

 Chapter 1204

    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time to imprison and hide the huge stone from the milk spirit slurry.


    Before there was no way to hide the will of heaven, Meng Zhang not only wouldn''t move the earth milk spirit slurry, but also tried to keep it secret.


    After all this, Meng Zhang looked at the earth milk spirit slurry firmly trapped by his huge hand.


    There are a lot of this batch of earth milk spirit slurry. I don''t know how long it took the demon fetus to collect it. Now, it''s all cheap, Meng Zhang.


    These earth milk spirit plasma were not stolen by Meng Zhang from the Jun dust world, but chased back from the demon embryo.


    And next, Meng Zhang had to use his power to kill the devil fetus.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s absorption and refining of this batch of land milk spirit slurry will not lead to doom.


    In the cultivation world, the practitioners in the early stage of Yuanshen can absorb and refine the essence of the nine days like those in the later stage of Jindan.


    Of course, it''s better to be extravagant and absorb the refined jade Qingling machine.


    There are not many local tyrant friars who can do this in the spiritual world.


    Even the holy door will not tolerate such waste of monks in the door.


    When the friar reaches the middle stage of the yuan God and beyond, there is only a refining jade Qingling machine.


    Whether it is the essence of the nine days or the jade qinglingji, it is equivalent to a staple food for the yuan God friar.


    In addition, there are some natural materials and earth treasures, or special pills, which can improve the cultivation of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    These things are equivalent to dishes.


    In the past, friars of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, could only guarantee the supply of staple food. For dishes, you can only watch.


    The di Ru Ling paste in Meng Zhang''s hands is one of the top dishes.


    Meng Zhang would be absolutely ecstatic if he could get the earth milk spirit slurry that could be used at another time.


    But now, he didn''t have much joy, but his face was full of bitterness.


    After hesitating for a while, knowing that there was no other way to think about, Meng Zhang had to slowly absorb and refine these local milk spirit slurry.


    Before refining, Meng Zhang carefully inspected every drop of earth milk spirit slurry and let the magic subduing mirror shine for a while.


    After all, it was only from the shadow of the devil''s foetus that they captured. Who knows if they have been passive.


    Fortunately, after Meng Zhang''s careful inspection, all the di ruling slurry had no problem.


    It seems that the magic shadow is eager to extract more ground milk spirit slurry, and it doesn''t care to deal with this batch of ground milk spirit slurry.


    Moreover, as the top spirit, the earth milk spirit slurry itself has the ability of self purification.


    Even if you are occasionally contaminated with a small amount of magic Qi, you can drive it away by yourself.


    After checking, ruling slurry flew into Meng Zhang''s hands bit by bit. He slowly refined it and inhaled it into his body.


    With every drop of ruling slurry being refined and absorbed, Meng Zhang''s cultivation is rapidly enhanced.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the middle of the yuan God period have long been almost complete, but they are still a little short of heat.


    The threshold between the middle and later period of Yuanshen is extremely difficult for other Yuanshen friars.


    For Meng Zhang, it is natural to break through this threshold.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s cultivation from the middle to the later period of Yuanshen has long been a smooth road.


    The only thing he lacks now is a little accumulation.


    After all, he set foot on the road of cultivation for a short time, and did not get too many natural materials and earth treasures.


    He needs to take time to accumulate and supplement the details in order to enter the later stage of Yuanshen normally.


    Meng Zhang himself is not in a hurry to make a breakthrough.


    With the inheritance of big sects, he also knows the importance of foundation.


    He should slowly accumulate strength and finally naturally break through the realm.


    Not to break through the realm, forcibly impact the bottleneck, consume a lot of their own potential, resulting in insufficient afterforce.


    But now, if he wants to kill the demon fetus, he must first face the mountain heavy Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain.


    Shanchongzhenjun has his own purpose to place the demon fetus here. But the devil will never be allowed to steal the earth milk spirit slurry.


    The evil debts created by the demon fetus will be recorded on his head in the end.


    Moreover, for the great friars like shanchongzhenjun, the earth milk spirit slurry is also a rare natural material and treasure.


    Therefore, the greatest possibility is that the demon fetus has secretly got rid of the control of shanchongzhenjun.


    It is conceivable that it will be difficult to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth and seize the devil''s foetus in the hands of great friars in the later period of Yuanshen such as shanchongzhenjun.


    Only when Meng Zhang promoted his cultivation to the later stage of Yuanshen, could he have the power of World War I.


    He knew that he could make a breakthrough by using the earth milk spirit slurry in front of him.


    It''s just that he doesn''t want to see such a breakthrough.


    But there is no way. As a cultivator who is facing battle at any time, it is impossible to make every breakthrough in his realm, which is so perfect.


    There are not so many perfections in this world.


    If a breakthrough has defects, Meng Zhang can barely accept it as long as it is not completely irreparable.


    As far as the current situation is concerned, Meng Zhang used these land ruling slurry to replace himself to complete years of accumulation.


    When the local ruling slurry was just refined and absorbed, Meng Zhang also had a sense of satisfaction with sufficient strength.


    However, as more and more earth milk spirit slurry was refined and absorbed, while making great progress in cultivation, Meng Zhang had a wandering feeling and was aware of the instability of his foundation.


    Now that he has made a choice, Meng Zhang has no intention of giving up halfway.


    Bit by bit, the milk spirit slurry was absorbed and refined by him and turned into his food, making up for his lack of accumulation.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the middle period of Yuanshen were soon completed, and then his accomplishments were still making continuous progress, starting to hit the threshold between the middle period of Yuanshen and the later period of Yuanshen.


    After the local ruling slurry consumed more than half, Meng Zhang''s cultivation finally broke through the bottleneck and entered the later stage of Yuanshen.


    There are many Yuanshen friars in the Junchen world.


    As long as these Yuanshen friars are self-motivated and willing to practice seriously. Most people can break through the threshold between the initial stage of Yuanshen and the middle stage of Yuanshen and successfully enter the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    However, there was an insurmountable natural moat between the middle and late Yuanshen, which blocked most of the Yuanshen monks in the Junchen world.


    As long as you cross this natural graben, you will see another scenery.


    The reason why the friars in the later period of Yuanshen were called great friars was that their combat effectiveness was essentially different from that of other friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Then there are the mid-term friars of Yuanshen who are amazing and gifted. Even if they have the inheritance of the holy sect, they are difficult to challenge the big friars in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Just now, Meng Zhang ran away without hesitation when facing shanchongzhen. That is to know that only a few monks in the middle period of Yuanshen can not defeat shanchongzhen king in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Now, Meng Zhang himself has entered the later stage of Yuanshen, and he fully feels the horror of this realm.


    With Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness at this time, he can easily crush him before breaking through.


    At this time, he had the capital to kill the devil fetus.

 Chapter 1205

    Meng Zhang also paid a high price in order to obtain such a powerful combat effectiveness.


    Originally, he only needed to spend some time to make a normal breakthrough.


    But now, with the help of the power of the earth milk spirit slurry, he forcibly made a breakthrough.


    It has not only greatly improved the combat effectiveness, but also left a lot of future problems.


    In his breakthrough, he consumed his great potential, and his foundation became somewhat vain.


    In the future, if he wants to solve future problems and make up for deficiencies, he will spend more time and greater effort.


    If there is no other accident, he will stay in this realm for a longer time.


    If he is unlucky, he will even lose the chance to break through the realm of Yang God.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to make up for it slowly in the future.


    In any case, the combat effectiveness obtained now is real and visible.


    For a senior monk like chongzhenjun, I dare not say that he can beat each other. At least he has the ability to compete with him.


    As long as he can stop the attack of shanchongzhenjun and not be easily won, Meng Zhang can draw out his energy to slowly solve the demon fetus.


    After the breakthrough of cultivation, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to leave here.


    He is in the gap between the rock layers, slowly stabilizing the cultivation that has just broken through, and quickly getting familiar with the newly mastered ability.


    After one practice, Meng Zhang found that he had been secretly left with a secret Dharma mark on his body.


    He thought a little and carefully identified the smell.


    It turned out that shanchong Zhenjun unknowingly left a secret seal on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was really unaware of it before his cultivation breakthrough.


    If Meng Zhang managed to escape from the heaven, then according to the instructions of the secret seal, Shan Chongzhen Jun came to the door afterwards. Meng Zhang would be in great trouble.


    In fact, Meng Zhang was in such a hurry to break through to the later stage of Yuanshen. In addition to killing the devil fetus, he also had a heavy mind to guard against the mountain and the real king.


    If the monk can run, he can''t run. Even if Meng Zhang escaped the pursuit of mountain Chongzhen today.


    If shanchongzhenjun goes to maple leaf mountain city afterwards, this foundation can''t be guaranteed.


    Now he is also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. Meng Zhang finally has the power to fight against shanchongzhenjun.


    After Meng Zhang absorbed and refined a large amount of earth milk spirit slurry, he felt his body swell.


    If it weren''t for his deep foundation and full potential, Meng Zhang''s body would really be burst by the power of earth milk spirit slurry.


    In a short time, so many earth milk spirit slurry made Meng Zhang go through a long road of cultivation, saving decades or even hundreds of years of cultivation time.


    In the future, Meng Zhang will spend more time to make up for the defects.


    But at least today, we can solve Meng Zhang''s big problem.


    Meng Zhang sealed and suppressed the rest of the milk spirit slurry, and carefully put them away.


    Such natural materials and earth treasures, if used properly, will play a great role.


    Besides his own use, it can also be given to other monks in the door.


    The secret seal that shanchongzhenjun had just secretly imposed on him was easily erased by Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t break through here to the later stage of the yuan God, and he didn''t know that he had been carrying the seal of secret Dharma, he didn''t know what disaster it would lead to.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang killed Shan Chongzhen in his heart.


    Meng Zhang can''t delay too long.


    It would be hard to deal with if shanchongzhenjun took out his hand.


    He felt familiar with his power, so he left the rock gap and fled upward.


    After entering the later period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang''s abilities in all aspects have been greatly improved, including his earth hiding technique.


    It took him at least half a day to cross the distance. Before long, he escaped from the ground and returned to the bottom two or three thousand feet deep.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can release his mind more smoothly and carefully explore the surrounding situation.


    It was also at this time that he found out how big his transmission error was due to the interference of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    His position was not directly below the cave, but offset by dozens of miles.


    After Meng Zhang judged the direction clearly, he fled to the cave he had just escaped.


    Meng Zhang was very smooth all the way.


    But when he appeared in the cave again, the scene in front of him surprised him.


    Originally arrogant and arrogant, Shan Chongzhen Jun was depressed at this time, and a large pool of blood appeared on his chest.


    He collapsed to the ground with a look of resentment on his face. He tried to struggle to get up, but he couldn''t catch it.


    Gu song Zhenjun was also seriously injured. Under the siege of many shadow avatars demonized by Qianying, he barely parried and supported.


    The demon embryo still floats quietly on the stone platform.


    It is controlling the flag of guarding the land and returning to the Yuan Dynasty, and together with Hu Yiding, it is besieging Shanmu Zhenjun.


    Yamaki Zhenjun has obviously fallen to the disadvantage of one against two.


    Less than a day after Meng Zhang left here, such a big change occurred. The situation was almost completely reversed, and even the relationship between enemies and friends was basically subverted.


    When seeing Meng Zhang go and return, everyone in the field was surprised.


    Gusong Zhenjun reacted the fastest and immediately asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang looked puzzled.


    He really didn''t want to make a rash move before he knew the situation, so as not to end up with the same injury.


    Gusong Zhenjun shouted to him a few words, and was completely suppressed by the shadow of the thousand shadow devil, so he couldn''t distract himself.


    On the contrary, shanchongzhenjun, who fell to the ground, had no previous pride at this time. He secretly transmitted a message to Meng Zhang, explaining what had just happened.


    Meng Zhang combined his own speculation and speculation to almost reproduce the previous scene.


    Soon after Meng Zhang left, shanchong Zhenjun had suppressed all of them and was about to win.


    Meng Zhang probably killed the shadow of the devil''s foetus and captured the earth milk spirit slurry at this time.


    The devil fetus probably sensed that the shadow was destroyed and knew that his secret might have been exposed.


    Therefore, the devil tire manipulated the Shutu Guiyuan flag and seized an opportunity to plot against Shanzhong Zhenjun and hit him hard.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun never thought that the devil fetus, who originally thought it was completely under his own control, had long separated from his own control and obtained autonomy.


    In these years, the devil fetus unknowingly infected the spirit of the Shutu Guiyuan flag and took full control of it.


    The powerful power possessed by the devil fetus and the terrible combat effectiveness displayed were far beyond the expectation of shanchongzhen Jun.


    Hu Yiding, a demon monk, was secretly persuaded by the devil''s foe, turned against him and joined the camp of the devil''s foe.


    The devil''s foe has a strong suppressive force on the devil itself.

 Chapter 1206

    Wang Dechao, the fourth level demon, once told Meng Zhang that this demon embryo came from a strange and mysterious origin and had special power. It was one of the sources of the last magic disaster.


    Meng Zhang was skeptical about it.


    In fact, this demon embryo really has a crushing advantage over other demons.


    It can not only easily press over the momentum, but also has strong control power.


    The fourth level demons like thousand shadow demons have many shadow avatars. They are manipulated and used by the demons without too much effort.


    The devil fetus is also not ready to let go of Gu song Zhenjun.


    The more demonized human friars, the stronger the level of cultivation, and the greater the benefits that the demon embryo can obtain.


    Thousands of shadows demonized by Qianying immediately surrounded Gusong Zhenjun.


    Although Gusong Zhenjun has not trusted his temporary comrades in arms, he has always been highly wary of them.


    But he was seriously injured when he was suppressed by shanchongzhenjun before.


    Now many shadow incarnations of the thousand shadow devil suddenly defected, which also caused him a lot of damage.


    Surrounded by many shadow incarnations, Gusong Zhenjun can only parry reluctantly and can''t resist.


    The biggest goal of the demon embryo is actually the heavy real king of Wanhe mountain.


    Hundreds of years ago, it was shanchongzhenjun who found the demon fetus and controlled it.


    In these hundreds of years, shanchongzhenjun has always trapped the devil fetus here and dissipated its evil nature with the help of the earth vein.


    Unfortunately, Shanzhong Zhenjun underestimated the devil fetus too much.


    In these hundreds of years, this demon embryo has continuously expanded itself by using the power of the earth vein, but its evil nature has not been dispelled.


    In these hundreds of years, the devil fetus secretly demonized the fourth-order magic weapon Shutu Guiyuan flag, which was imprisoned in his house, and let it be used by himself.


    Originally, the devil fetus was fully capable of defeating Shanmu Zhenjun and escaping from here.


    But the devil didn''t do so, but continued to hibernate here.


    There are many reasons, such as continuing to absorb and make use of the power of the earth vein, and the earth milk spirit slurry found underground, which needs to be absorbed by sending a demon avatar


    But the most important thing is that the devil fetus never forgets the mountain Chongzhen Jun who captured him that year.


    The devil fetus is still a devil in essence. It''s just a demon with high level and extraordinary origin.


    One of the biggest factors that all high-level demons can retain independent consciousness is strong obsession.


    The devil fetus has a strong and abnormal obsession with the mountain heavy real king.


    This is not just because of hatred, but the desire to demonize the mountain Chongzhen king.


    If you can demonize the mountain Chongzhen monarch and let him fall into the devil''s way completely. That is likely to shake the situation in the whole Mahavira world.


    The war situation between demons and Terran friars may be reversed.


    Just now, shanchongzhenjun was seriously injured by a sneak attack, and the devil''s fetus will attack him.


    Fortunately, Yamaki Zhenjun handled all kinds of traces outside and just returned here.


    The devil controlled the demonized Shutu Guiyuan flag, together with Hu Yiding, to suppress Shanmu Zhenjun.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun finally had a chance to breathe, but he couldn''t recover his combat effectiveness because he was badly injured just now.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, scenes that just happened soon began to emerge.


    After understanding the causes and consequences, Meng Zhang also knew that the culprit was the demon fetus.


    Meng Zhang has always been highly vigilant against demons.


    Especially when he came to this cave, he felt the powerful power contained in the devil''s foetus, and he was very alert to the devil''s foetus.


    Unfortunately, monks like shanchong Zhenjun and Gusong Zhenjun are still Meng Zhang''s predecessors. Their experience and knowledge are above Meng Zhang. However, they can''t see the harm of the devil fetus, only know how to covet its power.


    It''s not just blinding, it''s like being fascinated by ghosts.


    When Meng Zhang was underground just now, he was still considering how to remind them that the devil fetus could have sent demons to sneak underground.


    It''s ok now. I don''t need Meng Zhang to remind me. The human friars present basically saw the horror of the devil fetus.


    Meng Zhang arrived here in time.


    From Meng Zhang''s return to the cave to figuring out what happened, it was only a short time.


    For this human friar who had met before, of course, the devil fetus would not forget so soon.


    Originally, if no one else came, the human friars present could not escape the hand of the devil fetus.


    But the return of Meng Zhang is a huge variable.


    The devil didn''t try to convince or confuse Meng Zhang.


    In the previous initial contact, the devil fetus found that Meng Zhang''s mind was very firm and could not be shaken at all.


    If Meng Zhang is persuaded by Shan Chongzhen Jun to join the battle, the devil will have another strong enemy.


    Meng Zhang had just figured out the situation. Before he started, the devil fetus took the first step and tried to strike first.


    The devil controlled the Shutu Guiyuan flag to suppress the real king of mountain wood. Hu Yiding secretly harassed and confused by using the secret method of heart devil.


    Yamamuzhen Jun was not only wounded, but also had only parry skills and no ability to fight back.


    In his spare time, the devil fetus began to control the Shutu Guiyuan flag to fight Meng Zhang.


    I saw the strong spirit of guarding the earth sweeping towards Meng Zhang. Affected by the spirit of guarding the earth, the rock strata around the cave turned into stone pillars to stab Meng Zhang, or into huge stone balls to roll towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s head raised Yin and Yang Qi, and the entangled black and white air swirled upward, which easily calmed down the agitation of the rock stratum.


    The Qi of guarding the earth was vaporized into nothingness by Yin and Yang before it came close.


    Meng Zhang held the magic subduing mirror, and the golden light of subduing the devil came out one after another, shooting in the direction of the devil fetus.


    The devil fetus was also very sensitive, and immediately realized the great harm of the golden light to himself.


    The flag of guarding the earth and returning to the Yuan Dynasty in the air was waved gently, and the gasification of guarding the earth was used as an earthy yellow mask to firmly protect the devil''s fetus.


    The golden light of subduing demons has a strong restraining effect on demons, but it has no such obvious restraining effect on the power of other attributes.


    The golden light of subduing demons has no advantage over the spirit of guarding the earth.


    The black-and-white airflow turned into a sharp sword and cut hard at the earthy yellow mask in front.


    Use Yin and Yang Qi to display the magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword. The power of the magic power has been greatly strengthened.


    Between the flash of the sword light, the earthy yellow mask was cut and trembled, as if it would collapse completely in the next moment.


    Under the control of the devil fetus, many shadows besieged Gu song Zhenjun, separated at least half, and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    Countless rocks condensed into a huge stone hand and grabbed it towards Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    The thousand shadow demons in their heyday were not Meng Zhang''s opponents at all.


    Now it''s just a part of the shadow, which is basically delivered to the door.

 Chapter 1207

    Meng Zhang simply dismisses the black shadows from all directions.


    The magic subduing mirror was held high in the hand, and the golden light of magic subduing came out one after another, turning all these shadows into nothingness.


    Gusong Zhenjun''s side has also greatly reduced the pressure and has a little chance to breathe.


    Meng Zhang continued to control Yin and Yang Qi, and fought fiercely with the Qi of defending the earth and returning to the yuan flag.


    Of course, the devil fetus is not only a means to control the garrison and Guiyuan flag, but also has great magical power.


    However, most of its magic methods can''t play a big role in the face of Meng Zhang holding a magic subduing mirror.


    It is the flag of guarding the earth and returning to the Yuan Dynasty. Because of its attribute, it is not restrained by the magic subduing mirror.


    Therefore, the devil made full use of this treasure that originally belonged to Wanhe mountain, gathered the vitality around, continuously transformed it into the spirit of guarding the earth, displayed various earth magic powers, and fought with Meng Zhang.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang did not rashly show his later cultivation of Yuanshen.


    At this time, he no longer had any reservations, but all his firepower was open.


    Meng Zhang did not speak, nor did he have any superfluous actions. He just sacrificed one magic instrument after another and showed one magic power.


    With the improvement of his cultivation, the magic tools driven by him and the commonly used magic powers have greatly increased their power.


    The startled Hong sword turned into a piece of practice and fell from the sky. It easily broke the stone hand of the other party.


    The flying sword is castrated and continues to cut fiercely towards the front.


    After a few cuts, the earthly yellow mask made by the gasification of the garrison can be easily cut by the flying sword.


    Yin and Yang Qi turn into Liangyi Tongtian sword, and cut it from the air to the stone platform where the demon fetus is located.


    After a loud noise, the stone platform turned into powder.


    The devil fetus moved in time, so it was not easy to avoid this blow.


    The devil fetus has the ability to move instantaneously in a small range. In this way, its escape ability will be very strong.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head emit almost endless sun and moon lights, almost covering the whole cave.


    The magic subduing mirror on Meng Zhang''s head is constantly changing direction with the movement of the devil fetus again and again, and is also looking for opportunities to take action.


    Hu Yiding gave up Shanmu Zhenjun, the opponent, and began to cast magic secretly, trying to confuse or affect Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Shanmu Zhenjun, who managed to escape from the enemy, did not join the battle to help Meng Zhang. Instead, he retreated to shanchong Zhenjun and protected the senior brother.


    Meng Zhang showed his accomplishments in the later period of Yuanshen at this time, but he was just a monk in the middle period of Yuanshen before.


    No one would think of the breakthrough made by Meng Zhang in a short time. He would only think that Meng Zhang had retained his strength before.


    Originally had a strong strength, but took the initiative to retreat and let the remaining monks and Demons fight endlessly.


    Meng Zhang is not only extremely cunning, but also extremely vicious.


    Yamamu Zhenjun is not grateful to Meng Zhang for helping him out. Instead, he is very hostile to Meng Zhang in his heart.


    Although Gu song and Shan Chongzhen begged Meng Zhang for help, they were humble and extremely humble.


    But in their hearts, they are also very defensive against Meng Zhang.


    Even, most of their accounts of being plotted and injured were counted on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who was fighting with the devil fetus, turned and stabbed a spear behind him.


    Hu Yiding originally went around behind Meng Zhang and cast a spell behind him.


    Not to mention the current Meng Zhang, when there is no breakthrough in cultivation, as long as he is prepared in advance, he will not be confused by this means of the heart demon Tao.


    Hu Yiding''s attempt to plot against Meng Zhang not only failed, but also led to Meng Zhang''s fierce counterattack.


    After the spirit snake spear was stabbed, it was not close to Hu Yiding''s position.


    But the killing power shot out of the spearhead and stabbed Hu Yiding directly.


    Hu Yiding danced with both hands, and a barrier composed of magic Qi appeared in front of him.


    The killing power is almost invincible. He easily destroyed these barriers and continued to stab Hu Yiding.


    The devil knows that if Hu Yiding is lost, his family will face the powerful Meng Zhang alone.


    Shutu Guiyuan banner shook violently, and the whole cave shook violently, as if there had been a big earthquake.


    Countless earth and rock fell from the cave, and the earth shook very badly


    The mountain chongzhenjun who finally stood up felt that his foothold was unstable and almost fell.


    Yamaki Zhenjun firmly protected him and blocked all the earth and rock coming for him.


    But in a moment, the special cave built by Shanzhong Zhenjun, who spent a lot of effort, collapsed in this way.


    All kinds of prohibitions on the four walls of the cave hardly play a role in strengthening.


    The cave collapsed and almost endless earth and rock fell above.


    Even the yuan God friars should deal with it seriously to avoid being submerged by earth and rock.


    Meng Zhang''s body floats quietly in the air.


    Whether it was falling from above or pouring in from the side, the countless earth rocks were pushed away by the invisible force before they leaned over.


    Meng Zhang basically didn''t distract his attention. He still kept a firm eye on the demon fetus and attacked Hu Yiding at the same time.


    Gu song Zhenjun, besieged by many shadows, fell into passivity again.


    He was seriously injured, but he had to distract his attention to stop the earth and rock pouring in.


    And those shadows were invisible. Not only were they not affected by the earth and rock, but they rushed frantically to Gusong Zhenjun under the cover of the earth and rock.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t like Gu song Zhenjun, he can''t watch him. He was killed by demons in front of him.


    There was no need to display the golden light of subduing demons. Meng Zhang released the sun and moon divine light to sweep around the body of Gu song Zhenjun, and basically all the shadows were eliminated.


    The devil knows that he is invincible. He actually controls the Shutu Guiyuan flag. He wants to get rid of Meng Zhang''s lock under the cover of countless earth and stone.


    A shrill scream sounded. Hu Yiding was hurt by the killing power released by the spirit snake spear, and half of his body was lost at once.


    The demon cultivation who controlled the thick earth God general and tried to plot against Meng Zhang finally began to pay the price.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the half dead Hu Yiding for the time being, but still kept a firm eye on the demon fetus.


    The Yin and Yang Qi sweep through the air, and all the earth and rock swept into nothingness.


    The black-and-white two-color air flow, like a python, tightly wraps around the location of the devil''s fetus, so that it can''t continue to move freely.


    Although the Jinghong sword is far inferior to the flag of guarding the earth and returning to the Yuan Dynasty, under the control of Meng Zhang, it temporarily suppressed this inheritance treasure of Wanhe mountain.


    The golden light of subduing demons shoots out from the mirror of subduing demons and constantly shoots at the devil fetus.


    The demon foe tries to cast instant movement to avoid, but because the surrounding space is fixed by Yin and Yang, it fails every time it casts instant movement.

 Chapter 1208

    Unable to cast instant movement Dodge, the demon fetus had to resist the attack of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    The body of the demon fetus twisted and turned into a huge demon God with three heads and six arms.


    The demon God has six hands, each holding all kinds of weapons.


    These weapons look fierce and frightening.


    At the foot of the demon God, there was a black python.


    The python danced up and down.


    The devil tire has no time to continue to control the Shutu Guiyuan flag.


    Anyway, the weapon spirit of the Shutu Guiyuan flag had long been demonized. Under the command of the demon fetus, he began to give full play to the power of magic tools.


    Before being demonized, the spirit of garrison earth returning to Yuan flag can only play part of the power of this inheritance treasure.


    After being demonized, the power of autonomy has greatly increased, and you can play most of the power of this magic weapon.


    Shutu Guiyuan flag is worthy of being the inheritance treasure of Wanhe mountain, with extremely terrible power.


    Even if it is not fully played, it is still enough to resist a friar in the middle of the yuan God.


    Meng Zhang divided his mind. The imperial envoy Jinghong sword, a four-step flying sword, flew up and down around the Shutu Guiyuan flag, kept dancing and firmly suppressed the magic weapon.


    Most of Meng Zhang''s attention was still on the demon embryo.


    The magic subduing mirror is Meng Zhang in his hand. No matter how the shape of the devil fetus changes, what magic magic tricks he displays. He just sacrificed the magic reducing mirror and kept shooting the golden light of magic reducing.


    It is indeed the supreme principle of heaven that one thing falls to another.


    No matter how strange and powerful the magic secret art is, it will collapse and disappear immediately after meeting the golden light of subduing the devil.


    After the collapse of this huge cave, no one was buried by earth and rock because everyone showed their skills.


    Massive amounts of earth and rock have either been melted away or pushed aside by various forces.


    Now, looking down from a high altitude, you can see a huge pit on the ground.


    In the huge pit, with the roar and curse of demons, black smoke billowed, and the brilliance of magic kept shining.


    A fierce battle is going on to a white hot stage.


    Meng Zhang, who sacrificed the magic reducing mirror, soon gained the upper hand in such a battle.


    All spells released by the demon God are dissolved by the golden light of subduing the devil.


    More golden lights of subduing demons were shot towards the body of the demon God.


    There is a thick black fog around the demon God, which is constantly rolling and surging.


    In the black fog, there were bursts of ghosts crying and howling, and all kinds of shadowy demons could be seen faintly.


    This is a very pure evil spirit, which is the foundation of the cultivation of demons and has various wonderful functions for the monks of the devil road.


    Even if the yuan God friar is accidentally contaminated by such magic Qi, he is in danger of being demonized.


    And even if you want to get rid of it, it is definitely not an easy thing.


    However, in the face of the golden light of subduing demons, this strong evil spirit can only reluctantly parry.


    The evil Qi was gradually dissolved by the golden light of subduing the devil, and became weaker and weaker.


    The python at the foot of the demon God was also touched by the golden wave of subduing the devil, and sent out bursts of miserable screams.


    The python seemed to feel pain, but roared and was about to pounce on Meng Zhang.


    But the golden light of subduing demons forms a light net, which is firmly entangled and continuously refined.


    With the more and more use of magic subduing mirrors and the golden light of magic subduing, Meng Zhang has a new understanding of this magic weapon and this magic power, and has mastered more usage.


    He is now not only the display and use of machinery, but also able to make new changes and even innovations.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to the yuan God in the later stage, he made great progress in cultivation. Compared with before, there was a huge leap in Zhenyuan in his body.


    He now feels that his true meta mana is almost endless, as if he will not be exhausted no matter how he uses it wantonly.


    This is not entirely his illusion, but the ability of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In combat, true mana can recover very quickly.


    As long as the recovery speed is not lower than the consumption speed, the true mana will almost never be exhausted.


    In fact, even if the friars in the later period of Yuanshen controlled multiple fourth-order magic tools at the same time and kept exerting various secret magic powers, their own consumption was minimal and worthless.


    With Meng Zhang''s almost continuous injection of true yuan mana, the golden light of subduing demons from the magic subduing mirror almost never stopped, as if it would never stop.


    Although the devil fetus has an extraordinary origin and great ability, it has almost no good response to the highly targeted golden light of subduing the devil. It can only rely on the thick and incomparable devil Qi to resist.


    More than a day later, the thick fog around the demon God melted by the demon fetus and the black Python at the foot completely disappeared under the irradiation of the golden light of subduing the demon.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang could not resist, the demon fetus tried to escape more than once.


    However, the surrounding space was restrained by the Yin and Yang Qi released by Meng Zhang. It could not move and escape instantly.


    Many attempts to fly away directly were blocked by the golden light of subduing the devil.


    Around the body of the demon fetus, it has become a golden ocean, where countless golden lights of subduing demons gather.


    The golden light of subduing demons seems to have spirituality, or turn into a golden rope, or turn into a golden giant net


    The golden rope continues to extend and firmly entangles the demon God transformed by the demon embryo.


    The golden giant net shone on the past and caught the devil''s foetus tightly.


    ... no matter how angry the demon God with three heads and six arms roared and struggled desperately, he could not escape the siege of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    The Shutu Guiyuan flag, which is struggling with Jinghong sword, is preparing to come to the Savior under the control of the demonized instrument spirit.


    The endless sun and moon light sprinkled from the head of the Shutu Guiyuan flag and fixed it temporarily.


    Meng Zhang was interested in this inheritance treasure of Wanhe mountain.


    The sun and moon kept sprinkling on the Shutu Guiyuan flag, trying to suppress it completely.


    Meng Zhang flew to the top of the devil''s head and sat cross legged.


    Meng Zhang kept urging the magic subduing mirror to thoroughly refine the demon embryo with the help of the power of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    This demon embryo is too weird. Meng Zhang will be relieved only by refining it into ash.


    Countless golden lights of subduing demons almost completely enveloped the demon God transformed by the demon embryo.


    The golden light constantly erodes and melts the demon God''s huge body.


    The demon''s body is rapidly compressed at a speed visible to the naked eye.


    It seems that the devil fetus also gave up other actions and wanted to shrink and concentrate on fighting against Meng Zhang''s refining.


    Meng Zhang knew that the demon fetus was a rare hard bone. To completely refine it into ash, it takes not only a lot of effort, but also a lot of time.

 Chapter 1209

    For Meng Zhang, this demon embryo is the most valuable prey.


    There was a faint feeling in his heart that he would get great benefits as long as he completely killed the demon fetus.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about anything else for the time being. He almost devoted himself to refining the demon embryo.


    The magic subduing mirror continuously releases the golden light of subduing the devil, and constantly destroys everything of the devil fetus.


    The weapon spirit of Shutu Guiyuan flag has long been demonized. It is completely equivalent to the puppet of the demon embryo. It has tried to rescue the demon embryo many times.


    In the end, he not only failed, but was completely suppressed by Meng Zhang.


    After being suppressed, the garrison and Guiyuan flag was easily collected by Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang seems to have forgotten or didn''t care at all. This magic weapon is the inheritance treasure of Wanhe mountain.


    Gu song Zhenjun, who was seriously injured, saved his life earlier because Meng Zhang killed all the shadows demonized by Qianying.


    When Meng Zhang dealt with the devil fetus, Gu song Zhenjun began to heal with all his strength and wanted to recover as soon as possible.


    For friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is not easy to be seriously injured in normal battles.


    However, once you encounter an irresistible force and are seriously injured, it is very difficult to recover completely.


    At least the injury on Gusong Zhenjun can''t be cured in a short time.


    He must return to the SONGFENG sect and use the strength in the door to recover in the shortest time.


    He stabilized his injury for the time being, recovered a little and put his attention back on the field.


    When Meng Zhang suppressed the demon fetus, Gu song Zhenjun was a little happy on his face.


    However, seeing Meng Zhang''s golden light of subduing demons and constantly destroying the demon fetus, Gu song Zhenjun finally felt sad.


    The devil embryo contains magical power. Once it is absorbed and refined, the friars in Yuanshen period can break through the cultivation bottleneck and obtain great benefits.


    Meng Zhang was so kind that he made a merciless move and looked like he was going to completely destroy the demon fetus.


    That''s a monster.


    You Meng Zhang is a steamed stuffed bun from Jiuqu League. You don''t know the goods at all. That''s completely understandable.


    But even if you don''t know the goods, you can''t waste natural materials and land treasures like this.


    You don''t need it yourself. You can give it to others.


    Even if you sell it, you can get back huge profits.


    If you can, Gusong Zhenjun is willing to give up all his wealth in exchange for this demon fetus.


    Seeing that with the refining of Meng Zhang, the demon God transformed by the demon embryo became smaller and smaller, which was obviously a huge loss.


    Gusong Zhenjun finally couldn''t help but take the initiative to speak to Meng Zhang.


    He asked Meng Zhang to give him the devil''s foetus and what price it would cost. Although Meng Zhang spoke, he would try his best to meet it.


    Even as a senior of the SONGFENG sect, he can transfer the interests of some sects.


    Gu song Zhenjun''s words made Meng Zhang really angry and funny. What''s this called?


    Ignorant of life and death, blinded by profit, blinded by profit?


    The practitioners present suffered a great loss in the hands of the devil fetus. If Meng Zhang had not arrived in time, most of them would have lost their lives.


    But the situation was a little better. These guys were stubborn and began to think of the devil fetus again.


    Countless demons are raging around the great horizontal cultivation world. They have all experienced the terrible of demons, but in the end, they still don''t forget the power of demons.


    I don''t know whether it''s just these guys or the whole atmosphere in the great horizontal cultivation world?


    Meng Zhang guessed that most of them should be the latter.


    The four giants secretly keep demons and acquiesce in the existence of the place where demons occupy.


    Meng Zhang would not be surprised at the tricks created by such a place and such a cultivation force.


    It''s just pity that there are many innocent friars and more innocent mortals in Daheng cultivation world, who will be implicated by these guys.


    According to the atmosphere in the great horizontal cultivation world, even if there is no secret mischief from the imperial dynasty, the outbreak of magic disasters can not be avoided.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was not a good man, but he still had a bottom line.


    Because he coveted the power of the devil''s way, he kept demons and eventually made the world of true cultivation thousands of miles away, with countless casualties. This behavior made Meng Zhang very shameless.


    All of a sudden, Meng Zhang''s mood became miserable.


    Regardless of the face of Gusong Zhenjun, he scolded loudly.


    Coveting the power of demons and infecting them is a big taboo in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang was really righteous and strict this time. Standing on the moral commanding height, he taught Gu song Zhenjun a good lesson with an unprecedented severe attitude.


    Gusong Zhenjun is also a monk in the middle of the yuan God. He is far above Meng Zhang in terms of the years and years of practice.


    Meng Zhang was so mercilessly reprimanded that he couldn''t hang on his face.


    His face was blue and red, and he could hardly wait to find a way to get in.


    If he didn''t know that he could not defeat a great monk like Meng Zhang, he would be impatient and almost burst out.


    Seeing that Gu song Zhenjun was scolded by Meng Zhang, he couldn''t lift his head and didn''t say a word for a long time. As an old enemy of SONGFENG sect, Shanmu Zhenjun, who should have gloated at misfortunes, looked equally ugly.


    In the final analysis, this demon fetus is the property of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    Hundreds of years ago, shanchongzhenjun paid a lot of price to get the devil fetus.


    Later, the devil fetus was placed here, and yamamu Zhenjun spent hundreds of years guarding here.


    If this demon embryo is refined in this way by Meng Zhang, the hundreds of years paid by shanchongzhenjun and shanmuzhenjun will become worthless, all in vain.


    Gusong Zhenjun didn''t convince Meng Zhang, so Shanmu Zhenjun stopped talking.


    After a while, Yamaki Zhenjun spoke again, but it was not about the devil''s fetus, but very sincerely thanked Meng Zhang.


    He thanked Meng Zhang for saving his life and for his righteous hand


    After saying a lot of good words about no money, Yamaki Zhenjun got to the point.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is seriously injured and the situation is very bad. He needs to return to Wanhe mountain in time and use the strength in the door for treatment.


    He took the initiative to say goodbye to Meng Zhang. He wanted to escort Shan Chongzhen back to the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much. He just said take care of it. I''ll see you later.


    Shanchong Zhenjun collapsed powerlessly to the ground. Shanmu Zhenjun picked him up and flew with him. He was about to leave here.


    The two men were very knowledgeable from beginning to end about the heavy treasure Shutu Guiyuan flag in the gate collected by Meng Zhang.


    Yamamu Zhenjun holds yamachongzhenjun and flies up.


    Just as they flew to Meng Zhang''s head, they suddenly broke out.


    Yamamu Zhenjun rushed towards Meng Zhang like a mad tiger with the giant wooden magic weapon in his hand.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun suddenly stood in the air and pinched the Jue with both hands. A looming mountain peak hit Meng Zhang directly.

 Chapter 1210

    When Shanmu Zhenjun flattered Meng Zhang and finally left with shanchong Zhenjun, Gusong Zhenjun felt that the situation was wrong.


    As the saying goes, the one who knows you best is often not your friend, but your enemy.


    SONGFENG sect and Wanheshan have been hostile for thousands of years. There have been countless disputes and countless bloody conflicts between the two sides.


    The friars of both sides, from high level to low level, almost regard each other as their biggest opponent.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is famous. His character and style are not too big a secret.


    As a high-level official of SONGFENG sect, Gu song Zhenjun is so fierce about all kinds of situations in Wanhe mountain, especially Shanzhong Zhenjun, who is so fierce that he doesn''t look like he can''t afford to be hurt at all.


    Needless to say, he was acting when he couldn''t recover from his injury.


    He must have been injured, but the injury is definitely not as serious as Yamaki Zhenjun said, and it will not affect his shot.


    In fact, when Shanmu Zhenjun wanted to leave with shanchong Zhenjun, Gusong Zhenjun expected this.


    However, instead of reminding Meng Zhang and watching Shanmu Zhenjun sneak into Meng Zhang, he began to run Zhenyuan and was ready to mend Meng Zhang''s knife at any time.


    For this demon fetus, they have no psychological burden to attack Meng Zhang, the life-saving benefactor.


    They also do not feel ungrateful and bite the hand that feeds them.


    They did not appreciate Meng Zhang''s saving themselves, but felt that Meng Zhang had a ulterior motive.


    In the face of the merciless sneak attack by yamamu Zhenjun and yamachong Zhenjun, Meng Zhang had no unexpected expression.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, I have a keen sense of spirit. Since then, Meng Zhang has almost never been successfully attacked by the enemy.


    What''s more, he has a deep understanding of the virtues of these practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world. Be able to anticipate their behavior.


    Meng Zhang would never believe it if they were willing to give up the demon fetus.


    Seeing that if there was no external interference, Meng Zhang could refine the demon embryo in two or three days at most.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun, if they don''t do it in time, they won''t have a chance to recapture the demon fetus.


    Those who covet the power of demons and cultivate demons absolutely have no so-called bottom line, and the lower limit will be as low as nonexistent.


    Don''t mention turning over his face and shooting at the life-saving benefactor. Meng Zhang won''t be surprised no matter what crazy things they do.


    In the face of the two men''s sneak attack, Meng Zhang, who had long been prepared, responded in time.


    The magic subduing mirror continues to release the golden light of subduing the devil and firmly press the devil tire town. The work of refining demon foetus was not affected.


    This is the top priority. Meng Zhang will not let this process be disturbed.


    Meng Zhang''s original magic weapon, yin and Yang spirit gourd, raised Yin and Yang Qi, blocking the mountain peak lowered by mountain Chongzhen king.


    Facing yamamuzhen Jun, Meng Zhang did not dodge. He held a spirit snake spear and danced with him.


    Like Meng Zhang, Shanzhong Zhenjun was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The time when he achieved the later stage of Yuanshen was far before Meng Zhang.


    He is far ahead of Meng Zhang in terms of both the sophistication of cultivation and the use of divine powers and Taoism.


    Fortunately, he now looks like a fierce dragon and tiger, but in fact, the situation inside is not very good, and the state in all aspects is far worse than that in its heyday.


    When he was secretly attacked by the devil fetus, Shanzhong Zhenjun was seriously injured and couldn''t afford to fall to the ground.


    However, as a top friar of Yuanshen sect like Wanhe mountain, he has many body protection treasures and secret skills.


    He secretly took a precious fourth level elixir and used the secret method to temporarily suppress the injury and restore most of his combat effectiveness.


    The reason why he continued to pretend that he couldn''t afford to be seriously injured was that he wanted to see what powerful means the devil fetus had hidden. Second, I want to plot against each other while the enchanted fetus is unprepared.


    But later, Meng Zhang returned and showed the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage. He easily pressed the whole audience and controlled the situation.


    Meng Zhang was a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, which was really unexpected.


    If you are in full bloom, you may not have to worry about each other so much.


    However, the injury on his body was not cured, but was temporarily suppressed. Shan Chongzhen Jun, who could not give full play to his combat effectiveness, had to continue to lie dormant and pretend that he could not afford to be seriously injured.


    Under other circumstances, Shanzhong Zhenjun may temporarily avoid his edge and talk to Meng Zhang slowly after his injury recovers.


    However, he paid a huge price to get it. He painstakingly kept the demon fetus for many years and saw that it would be destroyed.


    In this case, even if you are not sure, Shanzhong Zhenjun must take action.


    In any case, no matter how much he paid, he would keep the demon fetus.


    This demon embryo is related to his road and is his only hope for further cultivation.


    The road to the main road depends on you to break through and fight for it yourself.


    This is not a dispute over the devil fetus, this is a dispute over the road.


    Therefore, he is willing to block everything and fight for life and death with Meng Zhang.


    Before Meng Zhang entered the later period of Yuanshen, yamamu Zhenjun was still a strong enemy.


    But at the moment, he just waved the spirit snake spear and firmly suppressed the other party.


    Meng Zhang''s more strength is still put on Shan Chongzhen Jun.


    The sun and moon treasure light, which contains the power of the sun and moon Avenue, lit up in the huge pit and spread to the heavy real king of the mountain.


    Yin and Yang Qi is the power of yin and Yang Avenue, circling and rolling towards the opponent in the later stage of the yuan God.


    A lot of huge mountains appeared in the air and pressed towards Meng Zhang with the momentum of Mount Tai.


    Around Meng Zhang, there are thick space cracks out of thin air, a look that wants to devour Meng Zhang.


    The yin-yang Linghu shook slightly, calmed the space, and let the cracks in the space begin to disappear slowly.


    The earth and rock under the huge pit began to roll like boiling water.


    Thick ground spikes and ferocious earth dragons pounced on Meng Zhang.


    The sun and moon light in the sun and moon pearl continued to sprinkle downward, and all the changes of earth and rock began to recover slowly.


    Earth spikes, earth dragons and so on have disappeared.


    Sure enough, he is worthy of being a great friar in Wanhe mountain. His attainments on the three roads of tuhang Avenue, mountain Avenue and space Avenue are not simple.


    If Shanzhong Zhenjun is in his heyday, it''s really unknown who will win this battle.


    After all, Meng ZhangCai''s understanding on the avenue of heaven and earth in the later stage of the advanced yuan God is far from keeping up with the growth of cultivation.


    His attainments in the power of the road are still much worse than those of the real king.


    As for more magical powers and Taoism, he hasn''t had time to practice.

 Chapter 1211

    Seeing that Meng Zhang was still so fierce under the siege of Shanmu Zhenjun and shanchong Zhenjun, Gu song Zhenjun hesitated.


    Meng Zhang actually saw through the other party''s sneak attack and didn''t let the other party succeed.


    After that, the two sides had a big fight. Meng Zhang also fully demonstrated the strength of a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen and fought with each other.


    Gu Song Zhen Jun, who was originally indecisive, glanced at the demon fetus being refined, and his greedy face flashed away.


    The desire for the devil fetus helped him make his final decision.


    Gu song Zhenjun seemed to react at this time. He seemed angry at Shanmu Zhenjun''s behavior.


    He was filled with righteous indignation and scolded angrily.


    He scolded Shanmu Zhenjun. They were ungrateful and avenged the hand that feeds them. They actually attacked the life-saving benefactor.


    Such a sect as Wanhe mountain is simply the shame of the cultivation world.


    They are inferior to pigs and dogs.


    ¡­¡­


    Gushong Zhenjun scolded incessantly, and the more scolded, the more energetic he was.


    There is no need to act in this regard. As a senior level of the SONGFENG school, he is already full of hostility to his old enemy Wanheshan.


    Gusong Zhenjun''s scolding comes from his heart. He really hates the friars of Wanhe mountain.


    If you can scold the Yuanshen friar of Wanhe mountain to death, he will scold for as long as he can.


    The more he scolded, the more ugly he was. He even exposed the secrets of many Wanhe mountains and revealed a lot of black material.


    Based on the relationship between SONGFENG school and Wanheshan, it seems that simple scolding is not enough fun.


    The mountain is heavy and the real king is gloomy, and the city is very deep. Although he was already very angry, he remained silent.


    He knew that Meng Zhang was the real enemy of life and death and needed to face it with all his strength. He couldn''t distract him at this time.


    But yamamu Zhenjun is a little grumpy and doesn''t have enough Qi cultivation skills.


    Many of the contents of Gusong Zhenjun''s scolding stabbed him in the pain.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t suppress him, he would rush over and tear up Gu song Zhenjun.


    Even so, he could not help but scoff at Gu song Zhenjun and stare at each other with murderous eyes.


    Meng Zhang is now distracted and multi-purpose. He sacrificed the magic subduing mirror, trapped the demon fetus and continued to refine it.


    At the same time, we must fight with yamamu Zhenjun and yamachong Zhenjun.


    With the passage of time and the progress of the battle, Meng Zhang not only did not show fatigue, but became more energetic and could play a more powerful force.


    Meng Zhang hurriedly broke through the ground to the later stage of the yuan God. He was a little familiar with the new realm of cultivation. He didn''t even fully grasp the newly acquired strength, so he had to leave in a hurry and come to kill the demon fetus.


    First he fought with the devil fetus, and then he fought with the mountain chongzhenjun.


    In particular, shanchongzhenjun himself was a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. His means gave Meng Zhang a lot of inspiration.


    Fighting is the best teacher.


    After a long battle, Meng Zhang became more and more familiar with the realm of new breakthroughs, and was better able to master new forces and play a stronger and stronger combat effectiveness.


    At this time, Shanzhong Zhenjun felt great pressure.


    There was some remorse in his heart.


    The transmission was too hasty. Several treasures were left in the gate. When they were not at the mountain gate, they were used to resist demons and hostile sects.


    If I had those treasures in my hand, I''m afraid today''s war situation would be another situation.


    Wanhe mountain is a giant sect gate in the great horizontal cultivation world. Its strength and heritage are still above the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword gate.


    As the only yuan God in the door, the late great friar of shanchongzhen has a lot of treasures with him.


    Fourth order talisman, disposable magic weapon, and rare fourth order elixir.


    However, Meng Zhang is not a poor scattered practice. He is also a supreme sect. He also has the support of a sect behind him.


    In the battle, he can also take out many treasures.


    The two sides fought again for a little while.


    With a shrill scream, the spirit of the fourth-order magic weapon in yamamu Zhenjun''s hand was killed alive by the killing power released by the spirit snake spear.


    The most popular magic instrument that has been kept warm for many years has been seriously damaged, and Yamaki Zhenjun has also been affected. He keeps spitting blood out of his mouth.


    The mountain over there, chongzhenjun, also began to be unable to suppress his original injury and began to show some decline.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had the upper hand, he began to suppress the enemy.


    Gusong Zhenjun knows that he can''t wait any longer.


    If Meng Zhang finally wins, he will have no chance at all.


    Gusong Zhenjun dragged his seriously injured body and shouted, "headmaster Meng, I''m here to help you."


    Before Gu Songzhen Jun flew to Meng Zhang, a cold light appeared out of thin air and stabbed him fiercely.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool. How can he be cheated so easily.


    In his heart, he never had half trust in the practitioners on this side of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Facing Gu song Zhenjun, who harbored evil intentions, the Jing Hong sword, which had been ready for a long time, directly gave a sharp blow.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling in his heart that with his own level of swordsmanship, the strike of startling Hong sword was completely beyond the level.


    Gu song Zhenjun, who was not healed, did not avoid the sword, and added a sword wound to his body again.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of one more Gusong Zhenjun as the enemy.


    Under his imperial envoy, Jinghong sword kept flying and dancing and stabbed Gu song Zhenjun back and forth. He was sweating and unable to resist.


    With one against three, Meng Zhang still had the upper hand and suppressed all the enemies.


    At this time, Hu Yiding, a heart demon who had been badly hurt by Meng Zhang and had been lying on the ground pretending to be dead, had no doubt about Meng Zhang''s strength and knew that there was no chance to take advantage of it.


    Hu Yiding''s body radiated out, so he had to fly away from the huge pit immediately to avoid Meng Zhang, the great enemy.


    Meng Zhang raised his left hand gently, and a black light came out, right in the middle of Hu Yiding''s body.


    This is the disposable magic weapon killing magic sting Meng Zhang received from the warehouse of the five punishment guards.


    After so many years, he finally had a chance to try the power of this disposable magic weapon.


    The evil cultivation of the heart evil way is really good at running for life.


    After Hu Yiding was hit by the devil stab, he just paused, dragged his seriously injured body and continued to escape to the distance.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of him, but turned his attention back to the enemy in front of him.


    Gusong Zhenjun, who finally joined the war, was killed first.


    In his current state, he could not even exert the strength of Yuanshen in the early stage, and dared to participate in the siege of Meng Zhang.


    Before a few moves, he was stabbed in his chest by Jinghong sword and died.


    Because he died so fast, he didn''t even have time to escape. He was killed by a flying sword with the flesh.


    Then there was Yamaki Zhenjun, who was picked out by Meng Zhang with a spirit snake spear.


    In front of the power of the killing Avenue, the flesh and the yuan God were destroyed and killed all the vitality.


    In the end, there was only the helpless mountain chongzhenjun left.

 Chapter 1212

    It''s said that the demon Xiu Hu Yiding, who came out of the devil''s way of body and mind, managed to escape the battlefield and leave the giant pit.


    He flew out of the huge pit and flew high into the sky, trying to get out of here as soon as possible.


    When he was seriously injured, he didn''t pay attention at first. When he flew out for a long time, he didn''t fly too far, but always revolved in a fixed area, he realized that he was ambushed.


    Wen qiansuan originally led a team of elite disciples to reinforce to prevent demons from rushing into the empty defense area for destruction.


    After discovering the change of Yuanshan view, Meng Zhang contacted Wen qiansuan remotely through the secret means of Taiyi gate, and asked him to come in time for reinforcements as his backup.


    When Meng Zhang was powerful in the huge pit against many opponents, Wen qiansuan had already arrived nearby.


    Wen qiansuan had been secretly instructed by Meng Zhang for a long time. Instead of rushing in, he gave full play to his array talent and temporarily built a Dharma array outside the giant pit.


    With the array flag, array plate, talisman and other instruments, the power of the Dharma array under Wen qiansuan cloth is not bad. Even if the yuan God Zhenjun is trapped inside, it will take some effort to get out of the trap.


    Hu Yiding, who was anxious to escape, became the above of the Dharma array and became an unsolved mystery for the time being.


    In the huge pit, after Meng Zhang successively killed Gu Songzhen Jun and Shan Muzhen Jun, he could finally put most of his strength on Shan Chongzhen Jun.


    In addition to the magic subduing mirror, Meng Zhang has used all other magic tools to attack shanchong Zhenjun.


    It was another fierce battle. The injury on Shanzhong Zhenjun was getting worse and could not be suppressed.


    The mountain is heavy and true, and the king has been in the cultivation world for many years. He is also a very decisive figure.


    Knowing that he could not be cured today, he made a decision before the injury completely broke out.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun runs Zhenyuan and takes the initiative to burst the flesh.


    With the invisible waves of air, his body burst open and his flesh and blood splashed.


    The power of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun''s self explosion, even Meng Zhang didn''t dare to resist hard, so he had to retreat temporarily.


    At the same time that the flesh burst open, a light group rushed out of the tianlinggai of the mountain Chongzhen king. It flew into the sky and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    Shanchongzhenjun covered his Yuanshen to break through at the cost of self explosion.


    Meng Zhang gave him a way to live in order to avoid the scope of physical self explosion.


    Wen qiansuan, who is waiting outside the giant pit, is busy killing Hu Yiding.


    Caught off guard, he didn''t stop the yuan God of mountain Chongzhen Jun in time and let him escape.


    If Meng Zhang pursues with all his strength at this time, he still has a chance to catch up and completely shovel weeds and roots.


    But he glanced at the dying devil fetus and finally chose to solve the devil fetus first.


    At this time, without any external interference, Meng Zhang can concentrate all his thoughts on the demon embryo.


    He injected more Zhenyuan into the magic subduing mirror, issued a more powerful golden light, and accelerated the speed of refining.


    Probably also knew that the end was bad, and the demon fetus began to make the final struggle.


    The demon God transformed by the devil fetus struggled and twisted desperately, and always couldn''t get rid of the imprisonment of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    The devil fetus offered countless benefits and made various promises to try to buy Meng Zhang, who was unmoved.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang could not be seduced, the demon fetus began to bully again.


    It moved out of its own backstage and said that it came from the devil Kingdom and was backed by a powerful devil.


    It was sent to the Jun dust world hundreds of years ago, which is the mission of the great devil.


    If Meng Zhang dares to hurt it, he will lead to the anger of the devil Kingdom and the anger of the great devil.


    Meng Zhang is even more dismissive of this threat.


    It''s not that he hasn''t offended the great devil in the devil kingdom.


    Many years ago, when he killed the demon xiuye extraordinary, he angered the great devil, and he still had the secret mark left by the great devil.


    But after so many years, I haven''t seen the big devil kill into the Jun dust world. What do you do to him.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about the threat of the great devil as long as he doesn''t go too deep into the extraterritorial void or stay in the extraterritorial void for a long time.


    No matter how the devil fetus intimidates and lures, how he buys and intimidates, Meng Zhang''s only response is to speed up the power of refining and strive to turn it into ash as soon as possible.


    After killing the demon Xiu Hu Yiding, Wen Qian didn''t stay away from here, but lingered around.


    One side is to carefully search around and continue to check if there are any omissions. The other side is to protect Meng Zhang from being disturbed.


    Three days later, much later than Meng Zhang''s original time, the refining devil fetus finally entered the last moment.


    Meng Zhang, who had worked hard for several days, began to see all kinds of pictures and illusions, which made it difficult to distinguish between true and false.


    Meng Zhang tried to stabilize his mind and not be confused by illusions.


    Meng Zhang knew that this was the last resort of the demon fetus.


    This mysterious demon fetus with extraordinary origin finally came to the last step.


    In a series of thunderous explosions, the demon fetus was finally refined by the golden light of subduing the devil and completely turned into ash.


    Almost at the same time, a roar of anger came from a distant unknown sky.


    Meng Zhang felt a heavy burden on his body.


    In the dark, a tall demon God glared at himself and waved his hands at him.


    With his later cultivation of Yuanshen at this time, he can clearly feel that there is a faint and incomparable secret mark on his body.


    This seal is different from the seal left on the body before, but it has many similarities.

 Chapter 1213

    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time, he can finally feel the secret mark left by the great devil.


    However, he could neither stop the great devil from leaving a mark on himself, nor remove the existing mark on his body.


    Anyway, more lice don''t itch, and more accounts don''t worry.


    The threat of the great devil is still far away. Meng Zhang doesn''t care too much for the time being.


    At most, when going in and out of the void in the future, just be more careful.


    Meng Zhang was the last and biggest winner in this war.


    Vaguely, he seemed to feel the hype, the fairy music floating between heaven and earth


    This is not an illusion, but a vision that will appear only when you have made great contributions to this heaven and earth and obtain a large number of heavenly merits and virtues at one time.


    These visions did not last long, but the merits and virtues of heaven were real and numerous.


    Meng Zhang has also obtained the merits of the heavenly way before, but he has never received so many merits of the heavenly way in one breath.


    Thus, it can be seen how much harm this demon fetus does to this world.


    Meng Zhang has made great contributions to heaven and earth by completely killing the demon fetus.


    At the beginning, Wang Dechao said that the devil fetus had an extraordinary origin and was one of the sources of the last devil disaster.


    Now it seems that this remark may be true.


    If the devil fetus was not so extraordinary, the will of heaven would never be so generous.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s move also made him greatly offend the devil and become the mortal enemy of the great devil in the devil kingdom.


    If you offend the devil in the devil Kingdom, you will have a lot of trouble in the future.


    Due to the protection of the merits and virtues of the heavenly way, Meng Zhang used his heavenly skills to push forward the heavenly secrets, which led to a fundamental change in the situation of imminent doom.


    The cloud of robbery condensed above his head began to dissipate, and the impending disaster was greatly delayed.


    Meng Zhang knew that the doom had not completely disappeared. Only he had a large number of heavenly virtues to protect himself and did not touch the doom for the time being.


    If you wait until one day in the future, when the merits and virtues of heaven are consumed and your family''s luck is low, the doom will come again.


    With this lesson, Meng Zhang will be more cautious in exercising his heavenly skills in the future.


    After a long time, Meng ZhangCai completely woke up from the joy of obtaining Tianjiang merit.


    This time, he made great efforts to eliminate the devil fetus. In addition to the merits of heaven, he had other gains.


    In addition to the self explosion of shanchong Zhenjun''s body and the subsequent explosion and disappearance of his storage magic weapons, both Shanmu Zhenjun and Gusong Zhenjun have storage magic weapons and stored many useful items.


    Besides, the pine grain ancient sword held by Gu song Zhenjun is a good fourth-order magic weapon.


    Although the spirit of the giant wooden magic weapon in yamamu Zhenjun''s hand was destroyed, the magic weapon was degraded.


    However, after repairing and slowly warming up, this magic weapon is still expected to be restored to level 4.


    As for other valuable items they carry, there are more.


    Like Yamaki Zhenjun, who hides here all year round, he has stored a large number of jade Qingling machines for cultivation.


    The Shutu Guiyuan flag just suppressed by Meng Zhang is one of the inheritance treasures of Wanhe mountain.


    Although due to the demonization of the spirit, the whole magic instrument may degenerate into a magic instrument.


    However, Meng Zhang has a magic reducing mirror. He will take time to purify it slowly with exorcism and light in the future.


    Maybe the spirit of the instrument can''t be saved, but after purification, even if the rank falls, it is still of great value.


    Wen Qian is not only a fourth-order array mage, but also received the guidance of the thick earth God General in his early years and mastered many local masters'' means.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun looks for Dragon acupoints here and builds underground caves to keep demon foetuses.


    Regardless of the good and evil of this behavior, his means are still very clever and have many advantages.


    Next, Wen qiansuan also needs to use the means of local teachers to arrange the array by using the power of mountains and rivers to smooth the place.


    He wants to repair the damaged veins and seal the place where the underground milk spirit slurry is located.


    Meng Zhang asked Wen qiansuan to stay and deal with these trivial matters, so he left directly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go too far.


    He flew high into the sky, and the jewels of the sun and moon appeared on his head, emitting a light of the sun and moon.


    In the sun and moon, you can see a dark shadow looming.


    This is a shadow that Meng Zhang deliberately left when he used the divine light of the sun and moon to wipe out all shadow incarnations of the thousand shadow devil in the battle just now.


    This shadow has been imprisoned by him in the light of the sun and the moon. Affected by the power of the sun and moon, it has become depressed.


    With this shadow, Meng Zhang can find the whereabouts of the thousand shadow devil without using the magic of heaven.


    Not to mention the previous conflict with the thousand shadow demon, Meng Zhang will want to get rid of the other party as a fourth-order demon.


    Even if the benefits of killing thousand shadow demons are far less than killing devil foetuses, mosquito legs are also meat. Meng Zhang will never be too much for the merits of heaven.


    There are many shadow avatars demonized by Qianying, which are connected with the body, and have a special induction.


    Meng Zhang took out the magic subduing mirror and cast the secret method of finding magic formula. Using the breath of the shadow incarnation, he began to carefully feel the body of the thousand shadow devil.


    After casting the spell for a while, Meng Zhang had a harvest.


    He followed the guidance given by the magic formula and flew to a mountain near the distant mountain view.


    This mountain peak is a vassal family subordinate to Yuanshan temple, which is used to establish the mountain gate.


    Although most of the friars in the family were recruited by Yuanshan temple, they went to the front line to join the friar alliance.


    But there are still a lot of old, weak, sick and disabled people left behind in the family Mountain Gate, plus a group of mortals.


    Great changes took place in Yuanshan temple. Later, Yuanshen Zhenjun started a war here.


    The vassal forces of Yuanshan temple around gave full play to their strongest way of survival.


    Close the Mountain Gate one by one, become an ostrich, and ignore everything in the outside world.


    When Meng zhangfei reached the top of the mountain, regardless of the panic crowd below, he just turned Yin and Yang into a big hand and grabbed at the bottom of the mountain.


    A huge shadow demon flew out from under the mountain.


    This shadow demon looks like a big ball, and its body is extremely distorted, as if it is composed of many shadows.


    These shadows are intertwined with each other, constantly twisting and fighting.


    After being forced out by Meng Zhang, the big shadow ball suddenly exploded, divided into countless shadows and flew out in all directions.


    Some shadows fly directly into the sky and want to soar into the sky.


    Some shadows go directly underground and want to escape from the ground.


    Even some shadows try to escape into the mountain gate and escape under the cover of the crowd.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang held the magic subduing mirror high, and the golden light of subduing the devil came out one after another, almost without letting go of any shadow.


    Those shadows will turn to ashes as soon as they are hit by the golden light of subduing demons.


    Meng Zhang took a lot of effort to kill all the shadows and confirmed that there was no fish missing.


    At this time, the thousand shadow devil was completely killed.

 Chapter 1214

    After killing the thousand shadow devil completely, the surrounding area will return to calm and there will be less future trouble.


    This time, because of the spiritual touch, Meng Zhang participated in the matter of the devil fetus. Meng Zhang gained a lot, but he still left a lot of future trouble.


    SONGFENG sect and Wanhe mountain are two of the four top sects in the Daheng cultivation world. They have great power and strength.


    Now Gusong Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect died. A Shanmu Zhenjun died in Wanhe mountain, but he escaped from the most critical Yuanshen of shanchong Zhenjun.


    The flesh of Yuanshen Zhenjun was destroyed, leaving only Yuanshen. Even if shanchong Zhenjun was a great friar in the later stage of Yuanshen, he may not be able to defeat the ordinary friars in the early stage of Yuanshen at the moment.


    He either honestly transformed into ghosts and gods and embarked on the road of ghosts and gods. Or find a way to reshape the flesh.


    If it is the former, it will be difficult for Zhenjun to oppose taiyimen in the future.


    People and ghosts are separated by Yin and Yang, and the underworld is the destination of ghosts and gods.


    But if the latter, taiyimen will have to take more precautions in the future.


    Now alone, taiyimen has a lot of trouble.


    Taiyimen''s secret of infiltrating Daheng''s cultivation world through the vest of maple leaf mountain city has long been exposed.


    However, due to various reasons, the most important one is that Shanzhong Zhenjun did not want this area to become the focus of attention and deliberately interfered.


    Therefore, the cultivation forces on the side of Daheng cultivation world didn''t care to deal with taiyimen.


    Now Meng Zhang is at the same time feuding with SONGFENG sect and Wanhe mountain. Even if the magic disaster is still raging, I''m afraid these Xiuzhen sects will not let go of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang must come up with a good strategy to avoid Taiyi gate''s power in the great horizontal cultivation world falling into the siege of many sects.


    With this in mind, Meng Zhang flew back to the camp of the friar coalition army.


    When Meng Zhang was making great efforts to kill the devil fetus and the heart devil road demon Xiu Hu Yiding, the three demon groups that were confronting the human friars alliance suddenly took the initiative to retreat and quickly withdrew from this area.


    Because I don''t know what happened, my own strength doesn''t have any advantage.


    Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer could only stand still and watch carefully. They watched the demons evacuate, but did not lead a large team to pursue.


    In the absence of Meng Zhang, all their actions were for stability.


    By the time Meng Zhang handled the matter over there and returned to the camp, the demons had long been far away from here.


    Meng Zhang, who had something in mind, didn''t go up to hunt down the demons, but called Yang Xueyi, Jin Qiaoer and other senior friars of Taiyi sect together to discuss countermeasures.


    Meng Zhang briefly talked about his experience.


    The focus of his narration was that shanchongzhenjun kept the devil''s foetus, and Gusong Zhenjun coveted the devil''s foetus. As a result, they were calculated by the devil''s foetus.


    Meng Zhang focuses on these, and there is no lack of warning to everyone.


    Magic disaster is breaking out here in Daheng cultivation world. Demons are everywhere. It''s very easy for people to contact demons.


    If anyone can''t stand the temptation of the power of the devil, once he is possessed, he can''t turn back.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude has always been very clear.


    All friars in the Taiyi sect, no matter who is possessed, will be killed by everyone, without exception.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, everyone was amazed and extremely vigilant about the power of the devil.


    Of course, Meng Zhang advanced to the later stage of the yuan God and became a great friar, which is definitely a great good thing for the whole sect.


    Even if the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen were placed in the Middle Earth, where the cultivation civilization was extremely prosperous, they were qualified to take charge of one side alone.


    The great monk Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect not only greatly increased his strength, but also greatly improved his status.


    At least within the Dali imperial system, taiyimen at this time is qualified to become a vassal.


    Especially now Dali Dynasty is falling into a struggle with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen''s strength at this time can wait and see around and wait for a price.


    Of course, the strategic direction of taiyimen headquarters needs to be discussed slowly in the future. At present, the top priority is to discuss how to continue to gain a foothold in the Daheng cultivation world.


    After some discussion, especially sun Pengzhi, who has been playing the role of a dog army teacher around Meng Zhang, put forward many valuable suggestions.


    Finally, Meng Zhang drew on the strengths of everyone and issued a series of orders.


    At this time, taiyimen no longer hide, but directly reveal their identity and origin.


    As the representative of the taiyimen friar here, Yang Xueyi publicly announced that she was invited by Maple Leaf mountain city and many nearby Xiuzhen forces to lead the taiyimen friar to help the local Xiuzhen forces quell the evil disaster.


    The evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world has erupted for a long time, and both practitioners and ordinary people have suffered from it.


    The four giants of the great horizontal cultivation world, who clearly did not act, or were incompetent, actually allowed the demons to rage, but they had no good plan.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, sent out his disciples to help the suffering Daheng cultivation world for the sake of everyone''s same family.


    Taiyi sect''s aboveboard and bright identity is a famous teacher and occupies the position of great righteousness.


    As for the devil fetus, in addition to Yang Xueyi''s public giving a lot of information, there are many grapevine news that began to spread everywhere.


    When he learned about this, he went up to Chongzhen Jun, defeated him and destroyed his body as a warning.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang used his great magic power to completely refine and turn this demon embryo into ash.


    Wanheshan and SONGFENG sect are old enemies who have been hostile for many years.


    I hope that after these news spread, the two of them can continue to be enemies and ignore the trouble of finding taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was able to defeat shanchong Zhenjun and destroy his body. Obviously, he was qualified to compete with the giant zongmen in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Wanhe mountain is very powerful and has many interests. But the great friar mountain chongzhenjun lost his body and his strength fell sharply.


    Picking up persimmons and pinching them soft, if other Xiuzhen forces fall into the well, it is really possible to tear off pieces of fat from Wanhe mountain.


    As long as this happens, the cultivation forces in the great horizontal cultivation world will not bother to find taiyimen.


    After the demons retreated, Yang Xueyi did not dissolve the friar alliance, but still gathered a large army and looked like she was ready to fight at any time.


    According to the reports of investigation teams, the demons retreated all the way after they left the place where they confronted the friar coalition army.


    Now, the demons have left this area far away, and began to turn, as if to look for other targets.

 Chapter 1215

    The original demon group is far away, and no new demon group has come to the door for the time being. The area has temporarily restored calm.


    Of course, in calm, there are still many undercurrents surging.


    Yuanshan temple is a chess piece under the cloth of Wanhe mountain. It has always helped Wanhe mountain monitor the surrounding movements and secretly guard the demon fetus.


    On this matter, Meng Zhang did not keep Yuanshan Temple confidential.


    The monks in Yuanshan Guanshan gate, including Yuanshan immortal, almost died.


    There are many friars in Yuanshan temple, who are still among the friar coalition forces.


    A few high-level officials in Yuanshan Temple who knew the origin of their ancestral clan were eliminated by friars of Taiyi clan.


    At the same time, their confidants were removed.


    Next, the territory owned by Yuanshan temple and the original forces were divided up by the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    The unknown disciples in Yuanshan temple were also absorbed by other cultivation forces.


    In fact, taiyimen at this time, after throwing away the vest of maple leaf mountain city, openly integrated the power of the surrounding areas.


    Most of the Xiuzhen forces have long been psychologically prepared and are very cooperative with the actions of taiyimen.


    A few unknowns were secretly eliminated by friar taiyimen.


    Before long, all the surrounding Xiuzhen forces expressed their attitude and officially joined the Hanhai road alliance led by taiyimen.


    Hanhai daomeng controlled a large area around it and became the dominant force in the realm of Daheng Xiuzhen.


    In this process, other forces in Daheng cultivation world seemed to be blind and ignored all the changes here.


    The atmosphere of Da Heng cultivation world has always been conservative and extremely exclusive.


    However, foreign forces such as taiyimen have openly established themselves here, and the four giants have no response.


    Because the devil disaster is still expanding, the devil blocked most of the traffic. Meng Zhang was not very clear about the situation in other parts of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Similarly, he knows almost nothing about the movements of the four giants.


    I don''t know whether they tolerate the existence of taiyimen or are planning a counterattack.


    Although the battle with the demons was temporarily over, the preparations for taiyimen didn''t stop.


    However, this time the enemy may be replaced by human monks.


    There should be no one at Taiyi gate. After dealing with everything, Wen Qian returned to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose of coming to Daheng cultivation world has been basically achieved.


    He has gained a lot of heavenly merits and virtues. He doesn''t have to worry about doom in a short time.


    He continued to sit here until the situation became clear before he returned to the mountain gate.


    If the four giant zongmen in the Daheng cultivation world really can''t accommodate Taiyi gate, then the two sides have only had one fight.


    Meng Zhang was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, who had the power to fight them positively.


    In this rare free time, Meng Zhang also took the time to familiarize himself with the newly acquired power and began to understand various magical powers and secrets.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun''s body was destroyed, and the balance of the four giant zongmen maintained for many years should have been broken.


    In particular, Cangsong Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect is said to be old and will have a long life.


    If he doesn''t seize the opportunity to do something, he really doesn''t deserve his reputation.


    In the face of powerful demons running around, day Valley and Xiangjia should at least pretend Even if they can''t pursue them with all their strength.


    Meng Zhang found a quiet place near the camp of the friar coalition army and devoted himself to cultivation.


    Taiyi sect sent more monks and strengthened patrols in this area.


    Jin Qiaoer and Yang Xueyi went out in person for many times to explore various situations in the surrounding area.


    Time passed. Soon, it was three months since Meng Zhang killed the devil fetus.


    There is still no big movement near this area.


    Even close to the black jade forest, they were not attacked by monsters.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of serious work to do in Jiuqu province. He can''t stay here forever.


    Before he left, he was going to visit the four giants in person to see what their attitude was.


    Of course, he has made a dead enemy with Wanhe mountain. He must not visit Wanhe mountain in a swagger.


    We can only inquire about the trend of Wanhe mountain through other channels.


    As for the other three giants, they will not turn a blind eye to Meng Zhang''s goodwill.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he also had the idea of looking for opportunities to divide the four giants.


    As long as the four giants don''t join hands, I''m afraid none of them will easily deal with big friars like Shang Meng Zhang.


    Just as Meng Zhang was about to leave, a sudden guest came outside the camp of the friar coalition army and asked for an interview with Meng Zhang.


    The man did not cover up and took the initiative to identify himself.


    He was walking in the world of Ziyang Shengzong, and Xiao Jiansheng, the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong is now fighting with Dali emperor, Taiyi gate is not very hostile to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Yang Xueyi, who was in the camp of the Allied forces, did not mean to regard Xiao Jiansheng as an enemy.


    She received Xiao Jiansheng in a big way and politely welcomed him into the camp.


    At the same time, she sent a summons flying sword and informed Meng Zhang.


    Xiao Jiansheng didn''t show that the friars of the Holy Land Sect should be superior and domineering.


    His visit to Meng Zhang was a gesture of equality.


    After Meng Zhang received the summons from Yang Xueyi, although he was surprised and had some doubts, he still dared not neglect it and quickly returned to the camp.


    Even in the holy door of Ziyang Shengzong, the friars in the later period of Yuanshen are not Chinese cabbage.


    Moreover, Xiao Jiansheng is a leader among many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In these years, he first traveled all over the world as Ziyang Shengzong to explore all kinds of situations in the cultivation world.


    In particular, the cultivation forces of various schools within the jurisdiction of Ziyang Shengzong were the focus of his exploration.


    After the rise of the Dali imperial dynasty, which became a great threat to the holy sect of Ziyang, Xiao Jiansheng also fully promoted the decision-making of the sect''s top leaders and gave priority to solving the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He wandered around the Xiuzhen area around Dali Dynasty, contacted various Xiuzhen forces through various means, and attacked Dali Dynasty together.


    Xiao Jiansheng took great credit for the strategic deployment of Ziyang Shengzong to build an encirclement circle and firmly surround Dali imperial dynasty.


    He himself also went into battle shirtless and personally participated in the war with Dali Dynasty many times.


    In the war when Jiuqu League was destroyed, he led the friars of Bairi Valley to help the jade sword gate.


    Although yujianmen took the initiative to flee overseas, Jiuqu League did not avoid the fate of enemy occupation.


    But what he did in the whole war was commendable.


    After dormant for many years, taking advantage of the opportunity of the Dali imperial dynasty to invade the Daheng cultivation world, he gave the Dali imperial dynasty a heavy blow, which was regarded as revenge.

 Chapter 1216

    Meng Zhang had no contact with Xiao Jiansheng, but I heard a lot about him.


    After Meng Zhang returns to the camp, he will see this person directly.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, Xiao Jiansheng freely congratulated Meng Zhang and congratulated him on becoming a great monk in the later period of the yuan God. Since then, he has the qualification to be the only one.


    Then, instead of going around in circles, he went straight to the subject.


    Xiao Jiansheng told Meng Zhang that there were some differences on how to deal with taiyimen''s invasion of Daheng cultivation world.


    Wanhe mountain claimed that taiyimen secretly developed its power in Daheng Xiuzhen world in the name of maple leaf mountain city.


    Taiyimen is a cultivation force under Dali imperial dynasty. It is the enemy of Daheng cultivation world.


    The Dali Dynasty openly organized the expedition and attacked the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although Daheng Xiuzhen paid a lot of price to defeat it, Dali''s ambition of the imperial dynasty has never been weakened by half.


    The Dali Dynasty developed many secret forces within the Daheng cultivation world.


    It was the work of these secret forces that triggered the magic disaster.


    Now, taiyimen colludes with demons to create greater disasters in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Gusong Zhenjun of the SONGFENG sect was murdered by the friar of the Taiyi sect after he found out about the plot of the Taiyi sect.


    Wanhe mountain called on all the spiritual forces in the whole Daheng spiritual world to unite and organize an army of monks to defeat the invading Taiyi gate.


    The saying of Wanhe mountain can''t be trusted at all.


    Apart from other things, Wanhe mountain can explain the problem by not mentioning the state that its great friar mountain attaches importance to the real king.


    However, on the issue of taiyimen, the Xiuzhen forces on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world will also not have goodwill.


    Among the four giants, in addition to the SONGFENG faction''s consistent position and singing the opposite tune with Wanheshan. Both Bairi Valley and Xiangjia tend to expel Taiyi clan''s influence and can''t let it have a foothold in the Daheng cultivation world.


    As Meng Zhang guessed, the SONGFENG sect did put the death of Gusong Zhenjun on the top of Wanhe mountain.


    Cangsong Zhenjun, the great monk who has been closed for many years, rarely goes out of the customs once and asks about it in person.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun lost his body and only the yuan God remained. Naturally, he could not come forward to compete with Cangsong Zhenjun.


    At other times, Wanhe mountain exposed its weakness, especially the big friar in the later period of Yuanshen in the door. Most of the other three giants will take advantage of the fire and seek various benefits and benefits from Wanhe mountain.


    However, the current situation in the Daheng cultivation world is really very complicated.


    A group of demons is rampant everywhere, and the demonic disaster is likely to continue to expand.


    On the outside, the Dali imperial dynasty is eyeing the Daheng cultivation world.


    No one can guarantee that after a failure, the Dali Dynasty will stop attacking the Daheng cultivation world.


    Apart from other things, taiyimen, a subordinate of Dali imperial dynasty, has been making waves and expanding in the realm of truth cultivation in Daheng.


    At this time, there should be no more internal fighting within the great horizontal cultivation world.


    We should abandon our past grievances, unite for the time being and deal with foreign enemies first.


    According to the meaning of Bairi Valley and Xiangjia, we should organize a friar coalition to expel Taiyi gate when its foothold is unstable and its power is limited, so as to avoid its continued expansion and expansion.


    Of course, Wanheshan welcomes these two proposals. Even if the SONGFENG faction is very dissatisfied, it is unable to convince the other three.


    If there is no accident, the cultivation forces in Daheng cultivation world will mobilize and organize a large army of monks to attack the area where maple leaf mountain city is located.


    Although due to the limitation of magic disaster, this friar army can not concentrate too much power. However, it will also be very difficult to deal with the strength of etheric B gate in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    At this time, Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, walked around the world and found Bairi valley.


    Over the years, Xiao Jiansheng has been on the side of Daheng cultivation world to help the cultivation forces here fight against demons and try to quell the demon disaster.


    Because Ziyang Shengzong didn''t invest much power here, relying solely on Xiao Jiansheng''s own power, even if he had gone all out, it was still a long way away from eliminating all demons and completely quelling the demonic disaster.


    Xiao Jiansheng, as a disciple of Ziyang holy sect of Holy Land Sect, naturally has a very well-informed news channel.


    That day, in the huge pit, except Meng Zhang, only the yuan God of shanchongzhen King escaped.


    Although there is no party to provide, whether Meng Zhang''s words are true or false, he is more willing to believe Meng Zhang than shanchong Zhenjun, who keeps the devil''s fetus.


    Xiao Jiansheng directly told the senior management of Bairi valley that Taiyi gate is of great use to Ziyang Shengzong, which is related to the grand plan of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The actions of taiyimen in the Daheng cultivation world are recognized by Ziyang Shengzong.


    With Ziyang Shengzong standing up, the day Valley and other Zong doors can only stop fighting and give up the collection of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang listened to Xiao Jiansheng''s words. Although he was not sure that they were all true, he also knew that Xiao Jiansheng would not deceive his family on such issues.


    Ziyang Shengzong, a Holy Land Sect, will not please Taiyi sect in this way.


    Taiyimen was spared from the disaster of sword soldiers.


    Regardless of the positions of both sides, Meng Zhang has to thank Xiao Jiansheng for this matter.


    At least after he came forward, taiyimen''s foundation in the Daheng cultivation world, don''t worry about being besieged by major cultivation forces.


    When the foundation was stable, Meng Zhang could get away and return to Jiuqu province.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, there are many things waiting for him at the mountain gate.

 Chapter 1217

    Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court are at war in an all-round way. Taiyimen, as a truth cultivation force subordinate to Dali imperial court, should be the same enemy as Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, taiyimen''s attitude towards Xiao Jiansheng was very kind and regarded him as a distinguished guest.


    In the cultivation world, the most indispensable thing is the situation of both ends of the rat and the right.


    Ziyang holy sect and other holy sects have dominated the Junchen world for thousands of years and faced countless challenges.


    But until now, these holy land sects still dominate the Junchen world, and those seemingly powerful and aggressive challengers have long disappeared in history, and even their names have not been left.


    Dali Dynasty seems to be very powerful, with profound inside information and unfathomable strength. It has never lost in the face of Ziyang shengzongsi.


    But in his heart, Meng Zhang was not very optimistic about the Dali Dynasty.


    In fact, in the Dali Dynasty, there were a large number of monks with similar ideas of Meng Zhang.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang decided to contact Ziyang Shengzong secretly to leave a way back for himself and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t speculate about such a thing. Even if he was far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty and resisted the attack of Ziyang Shengzong, most of the enclaves such as Jiuqu province could not be maintained.


    Meng Zhang intended to contact the holy sect of Ziyang, but there was no very reliable channel.


    You can''t be too careful about such things.


    In those days, the Shangguan family was eager to contact the Ziyang holy sect. As a result, they did not contact the Ziyang holy sect, but led to the disaster of destroying the family.


    As a party to the direct destruction of Shangguan family, Meng Zhang should certainly firmly remember this lesson.


    Now that Ziyang Shengzong''s world is walking, Xiao Jiansheng takes the initiative to come to the door. Of course, Taiyi gate is very popular. Not only won''t show the slightest hostility, but also try to be friendly.


    For Meng Zhang, it is very reliable to convey information and establish contact with Ziyang Shengzong through Xiao Jiansheng.


    Before Meng Zhang had time to say what he thought, Xiao Jiansheng took the initiative to express his goodwill.


    He prevented the major forces of the great horizontal cultivation world from jointly dealing with the Taiyi gate, which not only helped the Taiyi gate, but also showed his own attitude.


    Meng Zhang, of course, seized the opportunity to constantly express his gratitude to Xiao Jiansheng.


    Then he said a lot of good things about Ziyang holy sect, and fully expressed his admiration for Ziyang holy sect, the holy sect.


    Both sides are understanding people. Many words don''t need to be too clear. Simple hints and seemingly irrelevant words can understand each other''s intentions.


    It seems that taiyimen is really not Dali''s loyal to the imperial dynasty, but has ulterior motives.


    I think so. Taiyimen was not the direct line of Dali imperial dynasty. It was a member of Jiuqu League at the beginning.


    Later, the general trend and the situation forced taiyimen to take refuge in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong himself has made a move, and the wind direction has changed. Crafty people like Meng Zhang will naturally have new ideas.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s struggle with the Dali Dynasty has fallen into a tug of war in many aspects.


    Due to some restrictions, the power of Ziyang Shengzong was greatly involved and could not go all out to deal with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In terms of the overall strength of Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty, even if there is Meng Zhang, the great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, the strength of Taiyi gate is still not worth mentioning.


    However, Xiao Jiansheng believed that the final victory was largely accumulated bit by bit on weekdays.


    If one''s own strength is stronger, the enemy''s strength will be weaker.


    A chess piece like taiyimen seems insignificant in the overall situation. At a critical moment, it can pry the situation in some places.


    Since Meng Zhang is so knowledgeable that Taiyi gate can be used, Xiao Jiansheng doesn''t mind saying more.


    He told Meng Zhang that the four giants in the Daheng cultivation world were not clear about the problem of demons.


    Ziyang holy sect and other holy sects command the Junchen world. Many times, they have to use some strategic means, and even do something that does not conform to their ideas.


    But they all have a bottom line, that is, they can''t collude with demon cultivation, let alone raise demons.


    If the four giants of Daheng cultivation circle violate the taboo of Ziyang holy Sect on this issue, they will never get the trust of Ziyang holy sect.


    Although forced by the situation, Ziyang Shengzong had to tolerate their existence and even provide help to them.


    However, when the situation is completely stable in the future, Ziyang Shengzong is bound to liquidate and completely liquidate their collusion with demons.


    Taiyimen has been doing well on this issue.


    Meng Zhang''s determination to destroy the devil''s foetus without being tempted by the devil''s foetus and indulging in obtaining powerful power is very commendable.


    Meng Zhang''s behavior is in line with the philosophy of the holy places and will be rewarded in the future.


    Xiao Jiansheng even hinted that Meng Zhang, after solving the Dali imperial dynasty, Ziyang Shengzong could support the expansion of Taiyi gate in the realm of truth cultivation in Daheng.


    There is no clear relationship between the cultivation forces and Demons here. It is urgent to introduce fresh blood and change the atmosphere here.


    Meng Zhang was skeptical about Xiao Jiansheng''s statements.


    Ziyang Shengzong did not collude with evil cultivation, nor did he keep evil things.


    However, it tolerates the existence of the four giants in the great horizontal cultivation world, which is itself a compromise, which is equivalent to indirectly protecting the demons.


    Meng Zhang believes that on the issue of demons and demons, these holy places often turn a blind eye because of the needs of the situation.


    If the Dali Dynasty is really destroyed, the so-called liquidation of Ziyang Shengzong is not entirely due to the factor of demons.


    The taiyimen under the leadership of Meng Zhang never colluded with demons and demons, not for anyone''s reward.


    That''s because of Meng Zhang''s idea, and also because Meng Zhang can see the operation of heaven''s secrets and know the harm of demons and demons.


    On this issue, with the ability of Meng Zhang and taiyimen, they can be alone at most.


    Like the large door in the Dharma cultivation world, Meng Zhang has no power to interfere with the cultivation of demons.


    Dali Dynasty has taken in many demons, and Meng Zhang can only pretend not to see.


    Xiao Jiansheng said these words to express his goodwill and win over Taiyi gate.


    No matter what his heart thinks, Meng Zhang on the surface still wants to look flattered because of Xiao Jiansheng''s praise.


    Xiao Jiansheng is the world walk of Ziyang Shengzong. To some extent, it can represent Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, Meng Zhang should fully express his family''s longing for Ziyang holy sect and his wish to make friends with Ziyang holy sect in front of him.


    Lang Youqing''s concubine is interested. The two sides have similar purposes. Soon, the more they talk, the more they speculate, and the more they talk, the more they feel that each other''s utilization value is not small.

 Chapter 1218

    No matter how many good words he said and how much goodwill he expressed, Meng Zhang''s bottom line is very clear.


    He secretly colluded with Ziyang Shengzong just to leave a retreat for Taiyi gate in case the situation would change in the future.


    However, under the current circumstances, it is impossible for him to openly stand on the side of Ziyang Shengzong, let alone openly betray Dali Dynasty and make a direct enemy of Dali Dynasty.


    In the conversation, probably to increase the pressure on Meng Zhang, Xiao Jiansheng told a secret.


    Hu Yiding, the heart demon, who was killed by Meng Zhang, appears to be a scattered practitioner in the Daheng cultivation world, but actually has two hidden identities.


    The first identity is a chess piece secretly supported by the SONGFENG sect, which specializes in doing some shady activities for the SONGFENG sect.


    Another identity, which is also his real identity, is actually the demon cultivation taken in by Dali imperial dynasty.


    Many years ago, Hu Yiding was sent by the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty to Daheng Xiuzhen world to engage in various secret activities.


    Over the years, Hu Yiding made a lot of contributions to the Dali Dynasty.


    If it causes a magic disaster in the Dharma cultivation world of Daheng, secretly help to establish a long-distance transmission Dharma array to receive the expedition army from the imperial dynasty.


    But such a hero who had made great contributions to the Dali Dynasty died in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s words also fully show the intelligence ability of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Everything that happened in that huge pit, except Meng Zhang and Shan Chongzhen Jun, all the parties were killed.


    The original God of shanchongzhenjun hid in Wanhe mountain and didn''t dare to come out. Meng Zhang didn''t tell anyone except the friar taiyimen what happened.


    Xiao Jiansheng was very clear about the situation at that time, which was enough to explain his intelligence ability.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s meaning is also very clear. He can know Hu Yiding''s death. Naturally, he has a way to know it when he is far from the top of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about Xiao Jiansheng''s provocative words.


    No matter what the origin of Hu Yiding is, since he dares to take the initiative to fight against the friar of taiyimen, Meng Zhang has the right to fight back and kill him.


    In the future, even if Dali''s high-level officials blamed him for this, Meng Zhang was not afraid.


    Demon Xiu is a rat in the underground cave. He is always in disgrace.


    Meng Zhang killed devil Xiu openly, and no one could say anything.


    As for whether Dali''s high-ranking officials will secretly embarrass themselves in the future, wait until they pass the level of Ziyang Shengzong first.


    Of course, knowing the origin of Hu Yiding, Meng Zhang also gained.


    Most demons are weird and moody.


    As long as there is a chance, don''t say that taiyimen is not Dali''s imperial lineage. Even if it is Dali''s imperial lineage friar, the demon monk may plot against him.


    After all, it is a profitable thing for magic practitioners to demonize other practitioners.


    At the beginning, Hu Yiding plotted against himself, which should be his own behavior, not the order of the high level of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang is not comforting himself, but making an accurate judgment after collecting all kinds of information.


    He was not worried that because of Hu Yiding, he would officially turn against the Dali Dynasty.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s attitude, Xiao Jiansheng didn''t continue to entangle this topic.


    Meng Zhang was willing to keep in touch with Ziyang Shengzong secretly. Taiyimen remained neutral in the struggle between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial dynasty. Xiao Jiansheng reluctantly reached his destination.


    Moreover, Xiao Jiansheng acted fairly and aboveboard, disdaining to use some sinister tricks.


    For example, the direct disclosure of Meng Zhang''s collusion with Ziyang Shengzong will also take some restrictive measures against Taiyi gate, even if Dali''s senior officials will not fully believe it.


    Xiao Jiansheng has a long-term vision and won''t be so eager for quick success and instant benefit.


    Xiao Jiansheng determined Meng Zhang''s attitude and left contact methods with each other, which can be regarded as a preliminary goal.


    As for pulling taiyimen completely into the chariot of Ziyang Shengzong, this kind of thing is urgent and needs the cooperation of the external situation.


    Of course, since taiyimen has not completely fallen to Ziyang Shengzong, you can''t expect to get more benefits.


    Before leaving, Xiao Jiansheng specially reminded Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi gate is on the side of Daheng cultivation world and controls the current territory. Don''t continue to expand, so as not to stimulate the sensitive nerves of zongmen such as Bairi valley.


    Originally, taiyimen controlled the area near maple leaf mountain city, which took time to digest. Meng Zhang really didn''t want to continue to expand.


    He accepted Xiao Jiansheng''s kindness and listened to his reminder.


    After sending Xiao Jiansheng away, Meng Zhang was also in a good mood.


    Xiao Jiansheng came forward and temporarily solved the problem here. Many years ago, I wanted to contact Ziyang Shengzong, and finally achieved my goal.


    But Meng Zhang''s good mood didn''t last long, so he was disturbed by a worry.


    Since returning to the camp of the friars'' coalition army, Meng Zhang has not kept secret about the situation of the thick earth God general. He has told all the middle and high levels of the door.


    In the door on the side of Daheng cultivation world, monks who have friendship with the thick earth God come to visit one after another.


    In particular, the three generals of Jijian God, weak water god and thunder god have the same origin as the thick earth God, and have a deep friendship for hundreds of years.


    After peace was restored Here, they stayed with the thick earth God general and accompanied the old comrade in arms.


    At the same time, they also show their strengths and actively look for ways to help the God General of thick earth.


    But they racked their brains and couldn''t think of a good way to help the thick earth God general.


    Even the oldest and most knowledgeable Jijian divine general in the sect is helpless about the situation of the thick earth divine general.


    The divine body of the thick earth God general is very fragile now. If you touch it gently, it may collapse completely.


    All the means of strengthening and repairing the divine body are useless in this case.


    The three men of the extreme sword God general only waited around the thick earth God General in vain, waiting for a miracle to happen.


    Among them, the most impatient weak water god general asked Meng Zhang for help many times.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang doesn''t have a good way at present.


    After he was promoted to the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, the weak water god probably regarded him too high and thought that he would always have a way to help the thick earth God.


    Therefore, the weak water god will harass him many times.


    The thick earth God is still sleeping and has not regained consciousness.


    This sleep is different from the previous sleep.


    Sleeping in the past can also take the opportunity to heal. This sleep, the spirit has been confused, and the physical condition is getting worse and worse day by day.


    If there is no other way and time continues to delay, the thick earth God will be in deep sleep, the God body will collapse and the soul will return to hell.


    No matter from which perspective, Meng Zhang cannot tolerate this situation.


    After confirming from Xiao Jiansheng that he would not be attacked by the local Xiuzhen forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, Meng Zhang did not hurry to leave here, but put all his heart on the thick earth God general, trying to find a way to help him.

 Chapter 1219

    Meng Zhang is thinking about how to deal with this matter. Yang Xueyi, who is fully responsible for dealing with the affairs of Daheng Xiuzhen world, is not idle, but continues to be busy.


    Despite Xiao Jiansheng''s statement, the Xiuzhen forces in Daheng Xiuzhen world will not take the initiative to attack maple leaf mountain city.


    But not afraid of ten thousand, just in case, Yang Xueyi was not too careless. Instead, she took the initiative to inquire about various trends in the Daheng cultivation world through various channels.


    Even Jin Qiaoer, the yuan God friar, was caught by her coolie and led a team of Jindan real people to go through the area where the devil disaster broke out, avoid the devil group, go to the sphere of influence of the four giants and inquire about the news through various means.


    Jin Qiaoer had the opportunity to take charge of her own affairs. She slowly gave full play to her abilities and stimulated her potential.


    At this time, she was not the little girl under Jin Lizhen''s wings, but a powerful and capable Yuanshen friar, who could shoulder the important task.


    Soon, Jin Qiaoer sent back a lot of useful information.


    Originally, the three giants of Dayi Valley, Xiangjia and Wanheshan all agreed to organize a friar coalition to jointly attack maple leaf mountain city.


    But at this time, day Valley suddenly changed its mind.


    Say that the evil disaster is still continuing, and the devil is the biggest enemy of human friars.


    Even if taiyimen is a foreign invader, we are all connected with each other.


    Before completely quelling the evil disaster and solving the evil things, the Terran friars should not quarrel among themselves.


    Among the four giants, day Valley has been actively striving for leadership. And the strength of day Valley is indeed the strongest.


    Day Valley changed its original plan. Xiang Jia, who has always kept a low profile and is not easy to fight with other giants, first agreed.


    Although the Wanhe mountain side is very dissatisfied with this, there is no good way.


    Without day Valley and help from home, relying on Wanhe mountain alone may not dare to attack maple leaf mountain city.


    In addition, Wanhe mountain itself is also facing great trouble.


    SONGFENG sect insists that Gusong Zhenjun died in the hands of shanchong Zhenjun, twisting Wanhe mountain. Wanhe mountain must give a statement.


    A monk in the middle period of Yuanshen died in SONGFENG sect. Chongzhenjun, the great monk of Wanhe mountain, has been unable to hide. It is not good for Bairi Valley and Xiangjia to forcibly suppress SONGFENG sect. At most, he talks nonsense about peace and unity with the outside world.


    Wanheshan, entangled by the SONGFENG sect, let alone retaliate against taiyimen, is about to lose many of its own interests.


    After receiving these messages, Yang Xueyi was completely relieved.


    The day Valley is clever. After being warned by Xiao Jiansheng, he still knows to keep Xiao Jiansheng confidential. He didn''t disclose the relationship between Taiyi gate and Ziyang saint, but found another excuse.


    After making sure that she would not be attacked by these giant sects, Yang Xueyi also went to the edge of the black jade forest.


    There are two yin-yang soldiers left by Meng Zhang in the Yuanshen period.


    After so many days, not only did the monsters in the black jade forest have no intention of making a large-scale attack, but even the previous small-scale attack did not happen again.


    Although I don''t know why, it''s always a good thing that monsters don''t attack.


    Now, there is only the last and biggest threat left, that is, the wandering demons.


    Although the last demon group left, no demon group has come to attack so far.


    But Yang Xueyi did not relax her vigilance at all.


    Although most of the friar coalition forces were disbanded, many core friars were left and a small coalition force was maintained to facilitate mobilization at any time.


    As for the defense line against demons, it has been repaired and strengthened.


    According to Yang Xueyi''s plan, after thoroughly digesting this area, she will organize a capable small-scale team to leave here and take the initiative to enter the area occupied by demons and hunt them.


    This is not only the training of the monks under the opponent, but also to make a contribution to the complete elimination of demons.


    Meng Zhang agrees with this.


    If it weren''t for the Jiuqu Province, there were still many important things there. Meng Zhang would stay here for a long time and actively fight against demons.


    Meng Zhang began to plan in his heart. After handling the affairs of Jiuqu Province, he would return here again and organize friars to sweep away demons and try to quell the demonic disaster as soon as possible.


    Almost at the same time, Meng Zhang''s outer incarnation in the underworld was so wonderful that he also had a new plan.


    After Meng Zhang made a breakthrough and became a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, Taimiao almost completely refined the divine power left by the innate ghosts and gods, and possessed the perfect strength in the middle period of Yuanshen.


    At the same time, too wonderful also gained a lot of new and useful abilities.


    In the Yin capital of Dali imperial dynasty, there are ways to help the yuan God Zhenjun''s yuan God transform into ghosts and gods and avoid all kinds of common disadvantages.


    Now, too wonderful has a similar ability.


    If the Yuanshen friar loses his body and the Yuanshen comes to him, he can successfully turn it into a ghost at some cost without some common problems.


    In addition, Taimiao also has the ability to deter and control ghosts.


    In the underworld of the law of the jungle, the strong can easily enslave the weak.


    Many powerful ghosts and gods have some ghosts as their subordinates.


    Of course, these ghosts are not confused, not particularly violent and ferocious.


    In the underworld, there are many ghosts and gods, as well as many ghosts and objects, which occupy an area and occupy the mountain as the king.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the ghost and God elder of Taiyi sect is upright and seems to have certain power in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect in Yangjian and has the power of a sect.


    His external incarnation is so wonderful that he doesn''t want to fight alone. He wants to gather a group of his men and create a foundation.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang chose to refine Taimiao''s outer incarnation and put it into the underworld. He had planned to do so.


    In the eyes of ordinary people, the underworld is a terrible existence, and the living avoid it.


    But in Meng Zhang''s eyes, the underworld is a huge treasure.


    The situation in the underworld is too special. The situation is very chaotic.


    The major cultivation forces in the Junchen world are far from enough to develop the underworld.


    Apart from the Dali Dynasty, it seems that no real power can establish a decent foundation.


    At best, some powerful ghosts and gods with extraordinary background circle a territory and close the door to be king.


    The development of the underworld is not only to obtain resources, but also material benefits.


    Establish a foundation in the underworld. Even in the worst case, taiyimen can keep its inheritance.


    According to all kinds of information obtained by Meng Zhang, he vaguely felt that there was a huge secret in the underworld, which was related to the whole Jun dust world.


    The purpose of establishing the Yin capital in Dali Dynasty is also very complex.


    Dali Dynasty can compete with the Ziyang holy sect, and Yin capital is one of the its greatest strengths.

 Chapter 1220

    Although the Junchen world is vast, all areas that are easy to develop have been almost divided up by the powerful forces led by the Holy Land Sect.


    Dali dynasty became the great enemy of Ziyang Shengzong because its rise violated the interests of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen is also in the remote area of Jun dust world, so there is room for development.


    In the future, with the continuous growth of taiyimen''s strength, greater development space will be needed.


    Although the underworld is as competitive as the Yang world, it is more dangerous.


    However, at least the situation and stratum of the underworld have not solidified, and there is still much room for rise and development.


    In order to establish a foundation in the underworld, Meng Zhang is willing to make early investment, even at a high price.


    Too wonderful. After leaving the Yin Feng plain, I wandered around the underworld in order to find a place suitable for building a foundation.


    Of course, many dangerous places in the underworld, even the strength of Taimiao at this time, dare not rush into.


    Wandering in the underworld for a long time, combined with some data collected before, it was wonderful. Finally, I chose a place as a temporary foothold in a hilly area not far from the Yinfeng plain.


    This place is not suitable for establishing a permanent foundation. It can only be used temporarily.


    That''s wonderful. My strength is not weak at this time. I''m also qualified to gather a group of men.


    Innate ghosts and gods themselves have the ability to frighten and control all kinds of ghosts.


    It is wonderful to refine the innate supernatural power, and it also inherits some abilities.


    Of course, if you want to gather a group of subordinates, you''d better have a group of core members as the backbone.


    That''s wonderful. The ghosts we''ve come into contact with at present are either too simple to use. Or it''s too cunning to be reassuring.


    As for the ghosts and gods with different origins in the underworld, he would not easily believe it.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who was having a headache about the situation of the thick earth God general, knew the problems faced by Taimiao, and had a new idea.


    Since the God body of the thick earth God general is on the verge of collapse and cannot be repaired, don''t repair it at all.


    The spirit of the Dharma protector is strengthened.


    Although it is far from being compared with the yuan God of the yuan God Zhenjun, it can be far more powerful than the spirit of ordinary practitioners.


    The thick earth God might as well give up his body and enter the underworld.


    In terms of how to treat and restore the gods, he inherited the wonderful part of the divine power of the innate ghosts and gods. In the underworld, there are too many ways, which far exceeds the ability of Meng Zhang.


    After the thick earth God regains his consciousness, he can be transformed into a ghost. From then on, he will serve under the command of Taimiao.


    It''s wonderful to be short of manpower, and you can get a trusted help.


    After repeated thinking, Meng Zhang determined that the best of both worlds approach was feasible.


    Of course, in order to show his respect for the elders in the sect, he still has to discuss with Jijian God before implementing it.


    Jijian God called the three together by Meng Zhang and listened to Meng Zhang''s story.


    Meng Zhang clearly told them that there was nothing he could do to help the thick earth God general.


    He tried all means, but he was not sure that he could cure the thick earth God general.


    It is the last and only choice to let the spirit of the thick earth God enter the underworld.


    At least, the thick earth God will be able to continue his life as a ghost in the underworld.


    In order to convince the three, Meng Zhang took the initiative to reveal the wonderful existence of his outer incarnation.


    After Meng Zhang finished, the weak water god was very dissatisfied and was about to attack, but he was stopped by the extreme sword God in time.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude was very sincere. He did his best, and he had no reason to deceive them.


    Jijian God will plead guilty to Meng Zhang, ask the three of them to discuss it, and then give Meng Zhang an answer.


    Meng Zhang readily agreed, leaving a separate space for the three of them.


    Without discussing for a long time, the three men came to Meng Zhang again and gave their reply.


    They not only agreed with Meng Zhang''s disposal of the thick earth God general, but also hoped that Meng Zhang would cast a spell and send the three of them to the underworld to accompany the thick earth God general.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, there is no shortage of these three Dharma protectors.


    Even without them, it will not have much impact on the sect.


    However, they are all senior members of the sect. They have made countless contributions and made great achievements in the process of the re emergence of Taiyi sect.


    In particular, the master of Jijian God gave Meng Zhang a lot of advice, which benefited Meng Zhang a lot.


    In this way, the three of them were sent to the underworld, which seemed a little cold and thin.


    In the eyes of people who don''t know the inside story, they will even feel that Meng Zhang has crossed the river and torn down the bridge. I''m sorry for these old ministers.


    Meng Zhang did not agree to their request, but hesitated.


    Finally, Jijian God gave many reasons to persuade Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is too wonderful to do a career in the underworld, there is no lack of reliable men.


    Several old ministers who have been tested for a long time and are loyal to Taiyi sect are wonderful. You can rest assured.


    With the extremely sword generals, they can solve the problem of too wonderful and lack of reliable men.


    They are not ordinary friars, but Dharma protectors refined by taiyimen secret method.


    The master who created the refining method considered all kinds of situations and the needs of fighting in different environments at that time.


    After entering the underworld, they will not be greatly affected by the underworld and can continue to exert most of their combat effectiveness.


    And even if they have to, they can give up the body of God and take the initiative to turn into ghosts.


    Among the reasons given by Jijian God, the one that moved Meng Zhang most was about himself.


    Jijian God general was born in Taiyi sect in the heyday. He was originally a gifted disciple of the sect.


    But later, because of an accident, he lost the hope of the advanced yuan God period, and then he became a Dharma protector.


    The longevity of the Dharma protector is much higher than that of the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun.


    However, the longevity of Jijian God General at this time is about to reach his limit.


    Due to congenital limitations, the Dharma protector will basically be unable to break through the golden elixir period.


    If you can''t break through your accomplishments, you can''t get more longevity yuan.


    The extreme sword God could not break through the congenital restrictions no matter how hard he practiced them.


    Even Meng Zhang has collected all kinds of information and thought of many ways, but he has always been unable to help them.


    In the absence of a good plan, entering the underworld has become the last way.


    The extreme sword God will want to make a last fight and look for opportunities in the underworld before Shouyuan is completely exhausted.


    Compared with the Yang world, the underworld is more mysterious and there are more incredible miracles.


    Although the weak water and thunder generals still have a lot of life yuan left, they will face the same problems as the extreme sword generals sooner or later.


    In addition, the friendship between the four Dharma protectors also made them willing to go to the underworld together to find opportunities.

 Chapter 1221

    Finally, Meng Zhang agreed to their request and sent them together with the thick earth God to the wonderful side of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang can''t help either the situation of Houtu God general or the problems faced by Jijian God general.


    He can''t watch the extreme sword God run out of longevity yuan.


    Since they have the courage to go to the underworld to look for opportunities and make the last fight, Meng Zhang can only help them.


    There is a special connection between Meng Zhang and his own incarnation too wonderful.


    Through this connection, they can transmit people or goods to each other between the underworld and the sun.


    Of course, this transmission is not without consumption.


    There should not be too many people or objects transmitted each time, and they should not be transmitted too frequently.


    Meng Zhang and his avatar were so wonderful. After communicating well, he chose a good time and successfully transmitted all four of them to the underworld.


    There will be wonderful details about their next arrangement.


    Due to the separation of yin and Yang, it is difficult to synchronize the relationship between the self and the external incarnation.


    Moreover, the Buddha and his incarnation are busy people. They are always busy on weekdays.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang and his external incarnation are too wonderful. They can only communicate regularly and keep in touch.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, there are few Jindan friars, which has little impact.


    Meng Zhang soon put this matter aside and went to deal with other things.


    After such a long delay in the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang didn''t stay long and directly returned to the baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    During Meng Zhang''s absence, the whole sect was running normally, and no special event happened.


    The only important thing is the two Yuanshen Zhenjun captured last time. After bargaining with big merchants such as Datong business alliance, the middle and senior management of the door squeezed out some benefits and put them back.


    Originally, taiyimen was determined not to relax and insisted on big businesses such as Datong business alliance to bleed well.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also had some other considerations about the two prisoners.


    However, the business letter from Datong business union, Zhenjun, went to Zhang Weineng many times, but he also used both soft and hard, and exhausted all kinds of methods.


    Zhang Wei can''t help being entangled by him, and he still has many places to rely on these big businesses.


    Therefore, Zhang Wei can directly intervene in this matter and send envoys to baicaopo to ask Taiyi gate to release people.


    At that time, it was when Meng Zhang and the demons fell into a war, and many forces of taiyimen were dragged into the Daheng cultivation world.


    The high level in the left behind gate was unwilling to make trouble, let alone offend governor Zhang Weineng, so they had to put the two prisoners back.


    Although more or less extorted some benefits from big businesses such as Datong business alliance, it was far from achieving the intended purpose.


    As for some of Meng Zhang''s previous considerations, it is impossible to talk about.


    Meng Zhang, who returned to the mountain gate, knew about it. Although he was slightly dissatisfied, he didn''t show it, let alone blame the monks in the gate.


    In addition, the whole door is basically peaceful.


    Even the Yuantu prairie remained roughly stable.


    Apart from the occasional discovery of some barbarian tribes, many practitioners immediately went to exterminate them, nothing else happened.


    The strong men among the barbarians outside the territory didn''t know if they were afraid of being killed by Meng Zhang. They never showed up.


    Although these barbarian strongmen hide and dare not rise up easily, Meng Zhang will not let them go.


    If these barbarian strongmen are not completely eliminated, there will always be future troubles on Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang got a lot of heavenly merits and virtues by killing the demon fetus this time, and the fate was greatly delayed.


    If he casts his magic again, he won''t have to worry about doom in a short time.


    However, after this lesson, Meng Zhang became more cautious in exercising his heavenly secrets.


    If it is not necessary, it will never take the initiative.


    After he entered the later period of Yuanshen, he had more powerful magical powers.


    He will try to use some other means first. If he really can''t, he will take the secret arts as the last means.


    However, Meng Zhang has not had time to act, and there are new troubles coming to the door.


    Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, sent Meng Zhang''s old friend Wen Dongzhen Jun to convey his secret instructions.


    Zhang Weineng has planned for a long time and is ready to launch a large-scale counterattack against foreign invaders invading Jiuqu province.


    This counterattack will not only recapture the territory and various interests lost during the last peace negotiation, but also inflict heavy losses on these extraterritorial invaders. From then on, they only dare to hide in the clouds and fog, and dare not covet Jiuqu province.


    Ziyang Shengzong delayed to take action in Jiuqu province. Zhang Weineng decided to solve the problem of these foreign invaders first.


    Meng Zhang led the local Xiuzhen forces to kill the Shangguan family who tried to collude with Ziyang Shengzong.


    With this deterrent, all the cultivation forces in Jiuqu province should become honest and dare not make any small moves.


    Later, taiyimen organized a large army of friars to completely eliminate the barbarians outside the territory, and it was also a strong enemy faced by Jiuqu province.


    In this way, as long as we can defeat the coalition forces of foreign demon families and foreign spirit families, the Jiuqu province will be able to restore the old view on the whole.


    Meng Zhang led taiyimen to make great achievements and showed strong combat effectiveness.


    Even if Zhang Weineng doesn''t trust him very much, sometimes he will be dissatisfied, but he still has to tolerate him.


    Zhang Weineng also needed the power of taiyimen to attack foreign invaders this time.


    In the north of Jiuqu Province, these local religious forces are basically only led by Meng Zhang.


    Even Zhang Weineng needs to go through Meng Zhang to mobilize this force.


    Now Meng Zhang is already a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, and is completely enough to compete with Zhang Weineng.


    Meng Zhang felt that he had suffered a loss because of the two captured Yuanshen Zhenjun. He felt that he still had to show something.


    Otherwise, Zhang Wei can really treat taiyimen as a soft persimmon and think he can take whatever he wants.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses have huge power, which has greatly helped Zhang Weineng rule Jiuqu province. Zhang Weineng can''t live without them now.


    But Meng Zhang wants Zhang Wei to know that taiyimen can''t help, but it can ruin his business.


    When Meng Zhang left the mountain gate and went to Daheng cultivation world, he used the excuse of closed practice.


    Wen dongzhenjun had been to Taiyi gate twice before, and received his friar of Taiyi gate. They all said that Meng Zhang was practicing in seclusion, and it was a critical moment. Don''t disturb him.


    Zhang Weineng wants to fight with the help of taiyimen. Naturally, he can''t freeze the relationship between the two sides at this time.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun was dissatisfied, he could only return in vain.


    To this end, Zhang Weineng''s original battle plans have been repeatedly postponed.


    This time, Wen dongzhenjun came with Zhang Weineng''s strict order. In any case, there must be a result. Meng Zhang can''t hide anymore.

 Chapter 1222

    In the eyes of a monk like Wen dongzhenjun, who was loyal to the Dali imperial court, Meng Zhang delayed the main task of attacking foreign invaders because of his closed door practice.


    He even began to doubt whether Meng Zhang deliberately avoided him and avoided war in the name of seclusion.


    Zhang Weineng''s side has long planned to attack foreign invaders.


    In order to wait for taiyimen''s troops to take place, he has twice postponed the time to launch an attack.


    After three things, can Zhang Wei smell that dongzhenjun came to the outside of taiyimen Mountain Gate and saw the taiyimen elder who was responsible for receiving him, wendongzhenjun was ready to start scolding each other.


    Unexpectedly, the elder told Wen Dongzhen Jun that the leader Meng Zhang had left the customs and was waiting for him in the hall.


    Wen dongzhenjun felt as if he had hit the empty place with a fist. He was very depressed.


    But anyway, since Meng Zhang has left the customs and wants to meet himself, he can''t continue to delay sending troops.


    Under the leadership of the Taiyi sect golden pill elder, Wen Zhenjun came to the sect Hall of Taiyi sect.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun was not this time. He didn''t see Meng Zhang outside the hall.


    When he entered the hall, Meng Zhang''s figure came into his eyes. At the same time, a powerful momentum also came out of Meng Zhang.


    This momentum brought great pressure to Wen Dongzhen Jun, which made him almost unstable, and his body couldn''t help shaking a few times.


    "You, you..."


    Because he was too surprised, Wen Dongzhen Jun became a little stammering.


    He is no stranger to this momentum. He has experienced it in Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, and in Qinggu Zhenjun, a traitor of the Qing Yuan sect. Even in the Dali Dynasty, he had seen many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    But he never thought that one day he would be so shocked to see a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Whether the governor Zhang Weineng, whom Wen Dongzhen knew, or any other great friar, they would not deliberately show their self-cultivation in front of Wen Dongzhen.


    In fact, in daily life and getting along, they will deliberately restrain this breath.


    Wen Dongzhen has known Meng Zhang for many years and knows that Meng Zhang is a gifted friar with extraordinary qualifications.


    Perhaps one day in the future, Meng Zhang will become a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    But Wen Dongzhen never expected that this day would come so soon.


    Surprised, Wen Dongzhen Jun was shocked by Meng Zhang''s deliberate momentum.


    Meng Zhang achieved the preemptive effect, so he put away the unique breath of the great friars in the later period of the yuan God.


    "Brother Wendong, I''m really sorry. Brother, I''ve just broken through. I''m not completely familiar with the new realm. I can''t control my breath."


    "Brother, are you okay?"


    Meng Zhang, with a concerned expression on his face, booed and asked about Wen Dongzhen.


    After Meng Zhang''s breath converged, Wen Dongzhen Jun reacted almost at the same time.


    He tried to stabilize his figure and not let his family show the slightest embarrassment.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun was much older than Meng Zhang, and he was far ahead of him when he stepped into the road of practice.


    In the past, when Meng Zhang got along with Wen dongzhenjun, he called him big brother or old brother very politely.


    Now it''s better that one''s own family has become a brother and the other has become a brother.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun secretly scolded Meng Zhang''s villains for their success, he complained that God was not open-minded, and unexpectedly let such villains become great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun''s family is a cultivator who stayed in the middle of the yuan God for many years.


    For the difficulty of breaking through the later stage of Yuanshen, I have a very profound experience.


    At Meng Zhang''s age, he made a breakthrough.


    In the future, he will have at least one or two thousand years to live.


    Wen dongzhenjun was indeed a qualified Dali imperial official, and soon adjusted his mood.


    On the surface, he didn''t care at all. He didn''t blame Meng Zhang at all. Instead, he smiled kindly and talked with Meng Zhang very cordially.


    "How long haven''t you seen him? Leader Meng broke through to the later stage of Yuanshen."


    "Leader Meng really has extraordinary talent and excellent qualification. He is really a rare genius in a thousand years."


    "If I come here in the evening for a few years, maybe leader Meng has become a great power to return to emptiness."


    Everyone likes to hear good words. Wen dongzhenjun still doesn''t care what he thinks. They talk like old friends they haven''t seen for many years.


    Meng Zhang broke through the later period of Yuanshen and disrupted Wen Dongzhen''s original plan.


    In the present Jiuqu Province, on the side of Dali imperial dynasty, only Zhang Weineng and Qinggu Zhenjun are two great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was seriously injured when he escaped from Daheng Xiuzhen world last time.


    After returning to Jiuqu Province, he immediately closed the door to heal his wounds. So far, he has not recovered.


    Zhang Weineng is the only one of the later great friars of the yuan God who can be used immediately by the Dali emperor in the Jiuqu province.


    If Meng Zhang was a loyal minister of the Dali Dynasty, it would be a great good thing for him to become a great monk in the later period of the yuan God.


    However, this man is mercenary, treacherous and cunning. He can''t be trusted too much.


    Wen dongzhenjun can''t force the other party too much for fear of forcing him against him.


    According to the current situation in Jiuqu Province, once Meng Zhang rebelled and left the imperial dynasty, it would be a great disaster.


    Wen Dongzhen thought about his words and thought about his sentences. Just slowly began to talk.


    He first accompanied Meng Zhang for a long time.


    During the conversation, he not only made friends with Meng Zhang, but also pointed out the power of Dali imperial court. The imperial court has always treated Taiyi gate well, and Governor Zhang Weineng takes great care of Taiyi gate.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang still respects Wen Dongzhen very much.


    He was not only the envoy of governor Zhang Weineng, but also the official representative of the Dali imperial dynasty. Before Meng Zhang officially turned against the Dali Dynasty, he would not easily wait for this person.


    After chatting for a while, I felt the atmosphere began to warm up. I heard that Dongzhen Jun came to the point.


    He began to vomit bitterness, saying that foreign invaders had caused great harm to the whole province, how ambitious


    Governor Zhang Weineng had to plan a counterattack against foreign invaders for the sake of the Terrans of the whole Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1223

    Wen dongzhenjun did not hide his intention, but put forward his own requirements with as soft words as possible.


    For the sake of the Terrans in Jiuqu Province, governor Zhang Weineng is ready to lead an army to capture foreign invaders.


    As a human friar, Meng Zhang should lead taiyimen to actively cooperate with the enemy.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang has no opinion on cracking down on extraterritorial invaders, and he is extremely in favor of it.


    However, he believes that this is not a good time to take the initiative.


    There are many reasons for this. Just from the side of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang hopes to have more time to let Taiyi gate develop and accumulate strength.


    At the very least, we must wait until the end of the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world and the Taiyi gate has completely gained a foothold there before we can deal with the foreign invaders in the Jiuqu province.


    Because taiyimen has strict internal discipline and does a good job in confidentiality.


    So far, outsiders do not know that taiyimen has invested a lot of power in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although the demons have retreated on their own initiative, taiyimen didn''t continue to reinforce on a large scale.


    However, on the other side of Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen still retained a strong army of monks.


    After all, the rise of taiyimen is still short, and even the endless sand sea and Gobi have not been completely filled.


    In order to acquire the new Yuantu prairie, we have to invest a lot of efforts.


    Many times, Meng Zhang felt that taiyimen expanded too fast, involved too many directions and occupied too much territory, which was a little difficult to take into account.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, taiyimen should focus on internal affairs for a long time to come.


    As long as there is no foreign invasion, Meng Zhang is not ready to take the initiative to send troops abroad.


    Now governor Zhang Weineng''s request to cooperate in sending troops is against the interests of taiyimen and disrupts Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    Meng Zhang had long been very clear about the intention of Wen Dongzhen Jun, and also wanted to have a good excuse.


    Meng Zhang told Wen dongzhenjun that he agreed with governor Zhang Weineng''s action and was willing to send troops to fight together.


    However, he has just broken through to the later stage of Yuanshen, and his realm is far from stable. His cultivation is still very vain, not to mention being familiar with the newly acquired power.


    He needs to spend some time to consolidate his realm, stabilize his accomplishments, and avoid setbacks.


    Meng Zhang''s remarks were not entirely evasive.


    At the bottom of the ground near Yuanshan temple, relying on the power provided by the ground milk spirit slurry, he hurriedly broke through to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    After that, I didn''t have much time to stabilize the realm, so I was busy chasing the demon fetus.


    After a hard battle, he took advantage of the poor state of Shanzhong Zhenjun, and the devil fetus was restrained by the magic subduing mirror, and finally won the victory.


    During the battle and the process of refining the demon embryo, he was a little familiar with the newly acquired power.


    Then he dealt with the four Dharma protectors and rushed back to the mountain gate.


    Now Meng Zhang really needs some time to settle down and sort out his cultivation.


    You know, his breakthrough in the later period of Yuanshen was not willing, let alone a natural breakthrough, leaving many hidden dangers.


    It can be predicted that Meng Zhang will pay a price for this for a long time in the future.


    In order to make up for these hidden dangers, he needs to spend countless time and energy.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words of evasion, Wen Dongzhen Jun fell into silence.


    Of course he knew that Meng Zhang was looking for an excuse to shirk.


    But what can he do?


    Meng Zhang is already a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, and the situation has completely changed.


    The original method, direct threat, carrying out governor Zhang Wei can suppress him, is no longer applicable.


    If you really forced Meng Zhang to the opposite of Dali imperial dynasty, you can''t afford the consequences.


    With the power of Dali imperial government in Jiuqu Province, even if it can surpass taiyimen, it will also suffer heavy losses and it is difficult to continue its rule.


    Wen dongzhenjun was silent for a while and chose to compromise.


    He said that no matter what happened, it was not as important as Meng Zhang''s cultivation. Since Meng Zhang wants to continue his practice and consolidate his accomplishments, he doesn''t have to bother him this time.


    Wen Dongzhen asked tentatively whether Meng Zhang could send taiyimen friars to cooperate in the battle if he did not participate in the expedition.


    From Wen Dongzhen''s previous concession, Meng Zhang saw clearly his weakness at this time.


    Meng Zhang made an excuse at will and refused to send out monks to join the war.


    Meng Zhang refused again and again, which embarrassed Wen Dongzhen.


    But form is better than man, and he has no better way.


    Finally, Wen dongzhenjun failed to persuade him, so he had to leave taiyimen Mountain Gate with regret.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang treated Wen Dongzhen gentleman politely and politely.


    He personally sent Wen Dongzhen out of the hall and called an elder to take him away from the Taiyi gate.


    After Wen Dongzhen returned, he told governor Zhang Weineng all about his experience, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and the current situation of Taiyi gate.


    After hearing the story of dongzhenjun, Zhang Weineng hesitated for a long time and finally made a very unwilling decision.


    The original attack on foreign invaders was completely cancelled.


    Zhang Wei can make this decision not only because he lacks the combat power of taiyimen, but also because he has other scruples.


    In fact, even if taiyimen doesn''t participate in this battle, with the power he has, he is very sure that he can repel those foreign invaders and teach them a hard lesson.


    But now Meng Zhang became a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. His loyalty to the Dali Dynasty was limited, and he obviously didn''t obey his orders.


    Zhang Weineng raised his level of preparedness for Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    From then on, Meng Zhang and taiyimen will also be the objects of his strict prevention.


    His biggest worry was that after the Dali Dynasty''s power in Jiuqu province fell into a battle with foreign invaders, Meng Zhang reaped the benefits and became the final winner.


    Therefore, he cancelled the original plan and strengthened the prevention of Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    Under the current circumstances, for a long time, it was impossible for the mainland to provide large-scale support to Jiuqu province.


    Zhang Weineng became the only support for the Dali Dynasty to maintain its rule in Jiuqu province.


    Zhang Weineng, as an important official of the court trusted by Bawu emperor, knows many secrets of Bawu emperor.


    Every time Dali conquered more territory, Emperor Bawu''s power would be stronger.


    But similarly, with the reduction of the territory away from the imperial dynasty, Emperor Bawu will also be negatively affected and his strength will be weakened.


    Compared with the huge land away from the imperial dynasty, the vast Jiuqu province is not worth mentioning at all.


    However, in the face of the critical moment of Ziyang Shengzong, Bawu emperor must maintain his best state, and any weakening can not be tolerated.


    Zhang Weineng, who bears the heavy responsibility, must consider things thoroughly and all possibilities. Even the worst results should be taken into account.

 Chapter 1224

    Now Zhang Weineng is very regretful.


    He regretted two things.


    One thing is that we didn''t make up our mind early and completely solve taiyimen early.


    At first, because he had too many scruples, he didn''t make up his mind to fight taiyimen.


    Just letting taiyimen kill Shangguan family is an example.


    If Meng Zhang had known that he would break through the later stage of Yuanshen so quickly, he would never be merciful.


    Even though Meng Zhang and taiyimen were very obedient to Dali Dynasty, as long as he had the power to endanger Dali Dynasty''s rule in Jiuqu Province, Zhang Weineng would start immediately.


    Now Meng Zhang is a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, and he has lost the best time to deal with taiyimen.


    Now that the original battle plan has been cancelled, everything must remain the same.


    Of course, on the surface, Dali and taiyimen still need to maintain a good relationship.


    As governor of the province, Zhang Weineng also sent envoys to Taiyi gate to congratulate Meng Zhang on becoming a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    For the time being, both Meng Zhang and taiyimen have won peace and have an undisturbed time.


    Meng Zhang ordered the friars of taiyimen in Yuantu prairie to strengthen the search for elements in the prairie and try to find the trace of the strong barbarians.


    On the other hand, he took the time to practice and made every effort to consolidate his current state of cultivation.


    Although Meng Zhang wants to eliminate the barbarian strongmen hidden in the Yuantu prairie as soon as possible, he still needs to find other good strategies and look for their traces without using the magic of heaven.


    Because all forces have no intention of fighting. Jiuqu travel inside and outside the province, but temporarily fell into peace.


    Meng Zhang had been practicing in the grass slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate for less than three months. He was disturbed by another thing and had to deal with it in person.


    When he was in the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang took Zhu Changming, the hidden secret master.


    To a large extent, it is guided by the way of heaven.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to be completely manipulated by God, so he didn''t kill Zhu Changming, but imprisoned him.


    Until a series of events happened later, he had no time and energy to pay attention to this person.


    Before leaving Daheng cultivation world, he told the disciples of Taiyi sect to keep this person in solitary custody and not let him escape.


    Zhu Changming, who was imprisoned for cultivation, was secretly imprisoned in maple leaf mountain city like an ordinary person.


    He spent a few months like this until yesterday, he suddenly killed himself.


    Before his death, he left behind his own cultivation of heaven''s secrets and many of his experience in practicing heaven''s secrets.


    Zhu Changming was the person Meng Zhang specially ordered Haosheng to guard before he left the Daheng cultivation world.


    He suddenly committed suicide. The disciple in charge of the guard did not dare to neglect it and immediately reported it to the police at all levels.


    To be honest, most of Zhu Changming''s value has been drained by Meng Zhang except for his magic.


    Meng Zhang is also very contradictory about how to deal with Zhu Changming.


    It seems to be the best way to kill Zhu Changming according to the guidance of heaven and the arrangement of heaven, but it does not accord with Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang is not willing to completely obey the way of heaven, let alone become a puppet of the way of heaven.


    He put Zhu Changming''s case on hold until there was no better way to deal with it.


    After receiving the news of Zhu Changming''s suicide, Meng Zhang hurried away from the taiyimen Mountain Gate and sent it to the maple leaf mountain city.


    Zhu Changming''s body and relics were carefully placed aside, waiting for Meng Zhang to come and deal with them.


    No one dared to touch these things without Meng Zhang''s personal command.


    Several taiyimen friars in charge of guarding Zhu Changming were terrified and nervous when they saw Meng Zhang coming so quickly.


    Meng Zhang carefully examined Zhu Changming''s body.


    This person really committed suicide, leaving no other traces, let alone anything wrong.


    He did not blame the guard''s disciples.


    Zhu Changming, an old man with rich experience in the Jianghu, is determined to commit suicide. The watchman can''t guard against it and can''t see it at all.


    When Zhu Changming was detained, all his belongings, including storage and magic tools, were taken away.


    Although Meng Zhang despised him as a person, he still allowed him to maintain general treatment when he ordered him to be detained.


    On weekdays, as long as his general requirements are not too excessive, the guard''s taiyimen friar will meet them.


    Before he committed suicide, he asked the guard monk for a lot of paper and pens.


    Anyway, his accomplishments were imprisoned and there could be no other changes. The guard friar didn''t ask much and directly met such a trivial request.


    Zhu Changming wrote down the secret of his practice with these ordinary paper and pen.


    After Zhu Changming committed suicide, the disciple of Taiyi sect who was in charge of guarding just glanced at what he had left. He didn''t dare to look more, so he hurried to inform the leader Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang looked at Zhu Changming''s body and sighed in his heart.


    He took the white paper left by Zhu Changming recording the secret of heaven in his hand and looked at it carefully.


    What is recorded above is Zhu Changming''s natural skill of changing the number of plum blossoms, which has been practiced for many years.


    Meng Zhang, as a master of the secret of heaven, just looked through it and determined that there was no problem with this secret of heaven. It was a genuine inheritance of the secret of heaven.


    In the content behind the plum blossom Yi Shu, Zhu Changming recorded his family''s experience in practicing Tianji for many years, as well as his family''s thinking on the operation of Tiandao and his understanding of Tiandao.


    To be honest, Zhu Changming''s plum blossom is easy to count, which is far less wonderful than the Dayan divine calculation of Meng Zhang''s practice.


    Not only the effect of deduction is far less than that of Dayan divine calculation, but also it is more likely to lead to the reversal of the way of heaven.


    However, after Meng Zhang became a master of heavenly secrets, there were not many fellow masters of heavenly secrets, and there were few other classics of heavenly secrets.


    Now it is rare to get a plum blossom easy to count, which can broaden his horizons and even learn from others.


    As for Zhu Changming''s experience and understanding of heaven, it is even more valuable to Meng Zhang.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, we should fear the way of heaven and respond to people according to heaven.


    But in the dark, there is no lack of disobedience to heaven.


    It is a profound knowledge not only to spy on the operation of the heavenly way and make use of the power of the heavenly way, but also not to cause too serious counterattack of the heavenly way.


    Zhu Changming''s achievements in Tianji are far inferior to those of Meng Zhang due to his inheritance and his own qualifications.


    But his experience and understanding can benefit Meng Zhang a lot.

 Chapter 1225

    Meng Zhang still clearly remembers that when he took Zhu Changming, he was unconscious. He only applied a little means to let him know everything and say everything. He told all the secrets, including the dark secrets hidden deep in his heart.


    After that, Meng Zhang was going to ask Zhu Changming about his practice of heavenly secrets, but Zhu Changming suddenly woke up.


    This made Meng Zhang at that time sigh, and called out to heaven that it was so, what to do.


    After that, Meng Zhang regarded this as a warning of God''s will, so he did not continue to press Zhu Chang to ask questions about tomorrow''s machine technology.


    Meng Zhang vaguely felt that the will of heaven in the Jun dust world was full of malice towards the master of heaven''s secrets, and he was unwilling to spread the art of heaven''s secrets.


    Even when Zhu Changming slaughtered his own clan and killed other heavenly masters, it may be influenced by some aspect of the will of heaven.


    Meng Zhang read the records left by Zhu Changming and was filled with emotion.


    In the last period of his life, Zhu Changming recalled all the evil things he had done.


    In order to delay the counterattack of the heavenly way, he hunted and killed other heavenly masters, even his own disciples.


    As a result of his plot, a clan that had been inherited for hundreds of years became extinct.


    Zhu Changming finally realized that over the years, his fear of death has made his family a puppet of the Tao of heaven.


    He finally got rid of his fear of death and took the initiative to end his own life.


    Before committing suicide, he left behind his own cultivation of heaven''s secrets and relevant cultivation experience, which is a little resistance to the will of heaven.


    Of course, although there was no other trace of Zhu Changming''s death, Meng Zhang guessed that there were still some things that his family couldn''t understand now.


    However, Meng Zhang will not continue to investigate.


    He asked his disciples to bury Zhu Changming''s body. He left the other party''s relics for later reference.


    Although maple leaf mountain city and baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate are far away, a long-distance transmission array has been built between them, which only takes a little time to transmit back and forth.


    However, if Meng Zhang is busy, he still has little time to come here.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang did something he had thought for a long time.


    Meng Zhang placed the void tripod in maple leaf mountain city since he recaptured it from the demon occupied area.


    The weapon spirit of the void tripod depends on the old and sells the old. No one looks up to it.


    Later, Meng Zhang invited the ghosts and gods of the underworld to keep the right. With the help of keeping the right, the void tripod reluctantly recognized Meng Zhang as the new leader.


    Recognition belongs to recognition. The spirit of the void tripod is empty, but it doesn''t work for Meng Zhang.


    In fact, not to mention Meng Zhang, even the taiyimen after the original reconstruction regarded the void tripod as the foundation of their career and offered it high


    However, the void tripod has put on the posture of its predecessors and is not interested in the fate of Taiyi gate.


    In the war of the destruction of taiyimen after reconstruction, the void tripod did not play much role.


    Although Meng Zhang was dissatisfied with the spirit of the void tripod, he didn''t trust it.


    However, as the top of the fourth-order magic tools, the void tripod has all kinds of miracles.


    If it can be refined, Meng Zhang will be greatly improved in all aspects.


    Jijian Shenjiang once warned Meng Zhang that if he wanted to completely subdue the void tripod, he had better need the later cultivation of Yuanshen.


    After waiting for so many years, Meng Zhang finally came to this time.


    With his strength at this time, he should have a chance to subdue the weapon spirit Kongzi of the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang''s strength will be greatly improved as long as he subdues the spirit of the famous tool, the void son, and completely grasps the magic tool, the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang felt that his accomplishments were not stable enough, so he was not in a hurry to do it.


    After this period of cultivation, he settled down well, and his cultivation level was roughly stable.


    By coming to deal with Zhu Changming this time, I solved the problem of the void tripod by the way.


    Before he started, Meng Zhang specially found a quiet room. Haosheng concentrated and calmed his breath for most of the day.


    When his conscious state was restored to its best, he came to the secret room where the void tripod was placed.


    Meng Zhang had just entered the chamber of secrets when the spirit of the void tripod suddenly appeared.


    He glanced at Meng Zhang and noticed his accomplishments.


    "Since the leader is already a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he is naturally qualified to refine the old man."


    After that, the void son automatically returned to the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang was stunned. The old guy''s temper seemed to have changed a lot.


    Without much thought, Meng Zhang came to the void tripod, began to inject his own yuan God power and true yuan, and began to slowly refine this fourth-order magic instrument.


    Originally, in Meng Zhang''s expectation, Kongzi, an old man, was very rebellious and never sold his account as the leader.


    In the face of his own refining, he doesn''t say fighting to the death. He should also try to create all kinds of obstacles for himself and don''t let himself succeed easily.


    However, after Meng Zhang began to refine, he found that Kongzi not only did not resist, but cooperated with himself intentionally or unintentionally.


    With the active cooperation of the spirit, refining fourth-order magic tools saves a lot of effort.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t care why emptiness was such an attitude, but put all his mind on refining emptiness tripod.


    The rank of this magic weapon is far beyond Meng Zhang''s imagination, and it is very difficult to refine.


    Even with the active help of the tool spirit of vanity son, Meng Zhang was very hard, and the process was not very smooth.


    Meng Zhang fully demonstrated the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage, worked hard to overcome great resistance and began to refine this magic tool bit by bit.


    Although his major skill "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth" is not based on space Avenue, it is the legitimate skill of taiyimen after all.


    Not to mention the brilliance of the skill itself, the special breath brought by the Taiyi sect''s direct transmission of the skill has a special addition effect when refining the inheritance magic tools of the Taiyi sect.


    With the progress of refining, Meng Zhang began to slowly master the magic weapon of void tripod.


    Many details of this magic instrument also slowly appeared in front of him.


    The void tripod has long been a magic weapon at the top of the fourth level. Just like human friars, you can get reborn changes and start to advance to the fifth level after passing the thunder robbery.


    The void tripod itself has accumulated enough, but it has not gone through the robbery.


    Of course, there is a great possibility that the famous weapon spirit of nihonzi doesn''t know the secret method of crossing robbery.


    In fact, in the later period of Yuanshen, the friars who advanced to the Yang God also needed to survive the thunder robbery.


    The method of crossing robbery is very rare in the whole cultivation world.


    Basically, all monks who have mastered similar methods are strictly confidential.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether the Taiyi sect had ever been a real king of the Yang God. He only knew that among the Taiyi sect inheritance he obtained, there was no Dharma record of safely surviving the thunder robbery.

 Chapter 1226

    Although the Taiyi sect in its heyday was a famous Yuanshen sect in mainland China, it was still much worse than the real top sects in the cultivation world.


    Like the secret method of getting through the thunder robbery, I don''t know whether it exists.


    Fortunately, shortly after Meng Zhang broke through to the later stage of Yuanshen, he still has a long way to go before he can pass the thunder robbery and attack the Yang God. Now he doesn''t have to worry about obtaining the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    In the heyday of the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang had previously obtained the information about the two treasures from the heavenly palace and interpreted them through the nether tripod and lingxukonzi.


    One of the treasures is in the underworld.


    According to the interpretation of Kongzi, Meng Zhang must at least have the cultivation of the later yuan God in order to explore this treasure.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are enough now, and there is too wonderful external incarnation to help in the underworld.


    When he was ready to solve the problem of the sun, he went to the underworld to look for treasure.


    Meng Zhang put aside these other ideas and paid all his attention to refining the void tripod.


    Although it was very difficult to refine the void cauldron, Meng Zhang got the help of the void son and spent three days and three nights to preliminarily refine the void cauldron.


    Now Meng Zhang can sacrifice the void tripod and initially show his divine power.


    As the name suggests, the most powerful ability of the void tripod is all kinds of space gods.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue and was proficient in Sun Moon Avenue. He could only say that Bo had some attainments above other avenues, such as the most powerful space Avenue.


    Even the long life of the yuan God Zhenjun, his time and energy are limited. Moreover, Meng Zhang is young among the true monarchs of the yuan God.


    It''s good that he can understand the cultivation of Yin-Yang Avenue, which is his major. He doesn''t have much spare energy to spend on other avenues.


    Refining this void tripod can greatly enhance Meng Zhang''s power to mobilize the space Avenue and enhance the power of his space magic.


    Besides, after refining the void tripod, Meng Zhang can freely shuttle back and forth between the underworld and the Yang world with the power of the void tripod.


    Wherever he has been, whether in the underworld or the Yang world, he can freely transmit to and from with the help of the void tripod.


    In particular, he can use the power of the void tripod to move instantaneously and transmit in long-distance space.


    In the extraterritorial void, because the space there is not stable enough and the space barrier is weak, the friars in the Yuanshen period can easily move tens of thousands of miles or even farther.


    However, in the Jun dust world, due to the stable space structure, the power of various space transmission spells will be greatly reduced.


    In addition to the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array, even the yuan God friars are difficult to carry out long-distance spatial transmission.


    The magic instrument of the void tripod can help Meng Zhang break this restriction.


    Inside the void tripod, there is a very broad space, and it is carefully divided into several different parts.


    Meng Zhang was able to enter before, but only part of it.


    Now, all the space inside the void tripod is finally completely open to Meng Zhang.


    In these spaces, there are many inheritance classics of taiyimen.


    Originally, the void tripod was placed in the secret room, which means it is an important place for Taiyi gate to inherit.


    But now Meng Zhang had to take it with him because he needed the powerful power of this magic weapon.


    Anyway, with the void tripod in hand, Meng Zhang can freely transmit space. Even if he meets a strong enemy or a siege, he can also have a way to escape.


    After the emptiness tripod was refined by Meng Zhang, the famous tool spirit of the emptiness son became silent.


    He has no mind and action against Meng Zhang now. However, there is no enthusiasm.


    Meng Zhang asked questions, and he answered every question.


    Meng Zhang ordered him to obey the order.


    But he would not take the initiative to talk with Meng Zhang, let alone communicate.


    With this result, Meng Zhang is barely satisfied.


    Compared with the previously rebellious void son, Meng Zhang would not have such treatment if he had not had the cultivation of the later yuan God.


    As long as the void tripod can be used by himself and does not drop the chain at the critical moment, Meng Zhang will not ask for more.


    There were many fourth-order magic tools refined before Meng Zhang.


    In order to maintain these magic tools, he needs to consume a lot of Yuanshen power.


    If it were not for the later stage of the advanced yuan God, he would not have enough yuan God power to support the new fourth order magic tools.


    After refining the void tripod, he discovered one advantage of this magic instrument.


    The void tripod is a magic weapon at the top of the fourth level. The accumulated power of the yuan God has long been enough.


    It''s just that I haven''t survived the thunder robbery that I can''t continue to advance.


    Meng Zhang does not need to provide additional yuan Shen power to support the void tripod.


    He only needs to use the void tripod on weekdays. When it causes consumption, it is enough to timely provide the power of the original God for supplement.


    In this way, the void tripod will not cause too much burden on Meng Zhang.


    In the future, if Meng Zhang meets a favorite fourth-order magic instrument, he can continue to refine it.


    After refining the void tripod, Meng Zhang met with Yang Xueyi and other taiyimen officials.


    Everything here in maple leaf mountain city is very smooth, and there are no accidents.


    He originally wanted to leave two yin-yang soldiers with Yuanshen strength to monitor the black jade forest.


    However, according to the results of Jin Qiaoer''s personal investigation, the monster forces in the black jade forest contracted once. I don''t know if there is a problem within them.


    The black jade forest adjacent to maple leaf mountain city is almost invisible now.


    After defeating the angry ape king for so long, there was no massive retaliation from the black jade forest monster force.


    Coupled with Jin Qiaoer''s investigation results, Meng Zhang roughly judged that the monster forces in the black jade forest should not invade the maple leaf mountain city in a short time.


    After going back this time, Meng Zhang will try his best to eliminate the barbarian strongmen hidden in the Yuantu prairie. It is just when he needs manpower.


    He took all the Yin and Yang soldiers with him.


    Of course, after the Yin and Yang soldiers leave, Yang Xueyi will try to strengthen her defense against the black jade forest.


    After handling the affairs here, Meng Zhang left.


    He did not leave the long-distance transmission array arranged in maple leaf mountain city this time. Instead, he sacrificed the void tripod and carried out long-distance transmission with the help of the power of the void tripod.


    He will take this trip to test the power of the void tripod.


    The power of the void tripod in space did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang first transmitted, he only transmitted hundreds of miles at a time, up to thousands of miles at most.


    When he became familiar with the magic instrument in his hand, the distance he transmitted each time increased.


    From thousands of miles to tens of thousands of miles, and even slowly increase to tens of thousands of miles.


    In the end, he can transmit more than 100000 miles at one time.


    Meng Zhang clearly felt that this was not the limit.


    With the deeper control of the void tripod, it should be possible to transmit hundreds of thousands or even millions of miles in the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 1227

    Between the Jiuqu province and the Daheng cultivation world, the distance between their respective boundaries is only one or two hundred thousand li.


    However, it is impossible for friars to travel in a straight line on weekdays, even if you can fly.


    There are many very dangerous areas between Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world.


    Even the team led by Yuanshen Zhenjun dare not go forward in a careless straight line.


    In order to avoid these areas, we must take a detour many times, and sometimes go in a big circle, all of which take a lot of distance.


    In addition, it is impossible to start from the nearest area.


    In this way, the journey between Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world is often more than hundreds of thousands of miles.


    With the help of the power of the void tripod, Meng Zhang carried out long-distance transmission. There was no need to go in too many circles and make too many wrongs.


    He only needs to avoid a few places that are too dangerous, such as the core area of the black jade forest monster force and the key area of the aquarium in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River, so he doesn''t have to worry about getting into trouble.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of this opportunity to get familiar with the ability of the void tripod.


    After spending some time, he left the Daheng cultivation world and entered the Jiuqu province.


    After entering Jiuqu Province, he also sent it to the area near Yunwu daze for observation.


    Although he refused to cooperate with Zhang Weineng to send troops to attack foreign invaders, he was still very concerned about the movements of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang did not go too deep, but observed in the peripheral area.


    The foreign invaders in the fog and haze took advantage of the danger of others and gained a lot of territory that originally belonged to Jiuqu province.


    The human cultivation forces in these territories have long been escorting the civilians under their rule with their own members.


    These territories have now completely become the paradise of foreign demon families and foreign spirit families.


    A part of the foreign barbarian tribes who took refuge in the foreign demon clan and the foreign spirit clan were placed on the side of the human friars near the Jiuqu province.


    The foreign barbarians were wronged and looked at the human friars. In a short time, these foreign invaders had no intention to invade on a large scale.


    At most, they took advantage of the Dali imperial power under the leadership of Zhang Weineng and could not be distracted to take advantage of some small advantages.


    As a practitioner of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang still has some consensus on expelling foreign invaders, no matter how much differences he has with Zhang Weineng.


    However, Meng Zhang believes that such things do not need to be in a hurry for a while.


    Foreign invaders need to be expelled, but they can''t delay the development of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is acutely aware that fighting against foreign invaders will become a protracted battle that has spread for many years.


    After observing the foreign invaders, Meng Zhang sent it back to the endless sand sea.


    After a little inspection of the endless sand sea under the rule of taiyimen, he sent it back to the Gobi and made a simple inspection.


    Due to the delay on the road, it was several days since he left last time when he returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    In the past few days, another major event happened in Taiyi gate.


    An Xiaoran, Meng Zhang''s second disciple, successfully broke through the golden elixir period and successfully entered the Yuanshen period.


    An Xiaoran became the true monarch of the yuan God, not just because Taiyi gate had an extra yuan God combat power.


    She was the leading alchemist in the school. Now she has the cultivation of Yuanshen period. I think she can advance to the fourth level alchemist soon.


    For a long time, not to mention taiyimen, even the former Jiuqu alliance is very short of fourth order pills.


    Even if Jiuqu League became Jiuqu Province, large merchants from Dali Dynasty invaded on a large scale.


    But the pills they brought were mainly low-level pills.


    Like high-level pills, especially the fourth level pills that can be used by Yuanshen Zhenjun, are still very rare.


    After Meng Zhang opened up the channel of the heavenly palace, he had a place to obtain the fourth order pill.


    However, in the heavenly palace, whether it is the fourth level pill provided by the heavenly palace official for exchange or the fourth level pill sold by other bulk doors, it is very expensive for the current Taiyi gate.


    If it''s not urgent, the yuan God friars in Taiyi gate are reluctant to exchange these fourth-order pills.


    In fact, for Yuanshen Zhenjun, all kinds of fourth order pills are not only powerful, but also indispensable in many cases.


    Now an Xiaoran has broken through the original God Zhenjun and advanced to the fourth level alchemist, which is basically a certainty.


    Since then, taiyimen also has a certain supply capacity in terms of fourth order pills.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. Among the inheritance classics of taiyimen, it seems that there are several fourth order danfang.


    It would be nice if you could exchange for a fourth-order Dan furnace in the heavenly palace.


    Next, I''ll tell Niu Dawei, who is stationed in the heavenly palace, to try to collect some fourth-order Dan squares that are not in the door.


    After returning to the gate and learning that the second disciple an Xiaoran had broken through the period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang had these ideas in his heart.


    An Xiaoran and an Muran are both highly qualified and talented people.


    Moreover, the two brothers and sisters work very hard in cultivation. They catch up with each other, and their cultivation achievements are very tight.


    Now an Xiaoran is one step ahead of the yuan God. An Muran should catch up.


    Meng Zhang is considering whether to find someone to share the work of an Muran in the dark hall, so that he can have more time and energy for cultivation.


    After an Xiaoran advanced to the period of Yuanshen, he still needed some time to slowly consolidate his cultivation. He was not in a hurry to meet Meng Zhang.


    Because of an Xiaoran''s breakthrough, Meng Zhang also postponed taking action on Yuantu prairie.


    It''s not that an Xiaoran, the Yuanshen, needs to join the war immediately, but that the disciple has broken through to the Yuanshen period. As a master, he needs to explain more or less.


    In the middle, an Muran also visited Meng Zhang and reported to him about the work of the dark hall.


    Meng Zhang knew that an was silent and didn''t need to worry about himself, so he didn''t say much.


    Just tell him that Haosheng trains several available deputies. When he breaks through the closed door in the future, these deputies can preside over the work of the dark hall without delaying the business.


    As Meng Zhang imagined, an Muran was always very calm and did not feel impatient because his sister broke through the yuan Shen period.


    He still lived at the original pace and practiced step by step. Even the work of the dark hall was not delayed. Everything was as usual.


    Although the three disciples are young, they are so calm and have the style of a great general, which makes Meng Zhang very happy.

 Chapter 1228

    An Xiaoran didn''t spend much time, but it took less than a month to consolidate his cultivation and go through the customs directly.


    After she left the customs, she came directly to see her mentor Meng Zhang.


    After seeing an Xiaoran, Meng Zhang first encouraged her Haosheng, and then began to explain something.


    Although there are many suggestions on what monks should do after breaking through the Yuanshen period in the taiyimen classics.


    But the records in books can''t compare with the words and deeds of experienced teachers.


    Meng zhanghaosheng gave an Xiaoran some advice and gave a lot of advice, especially focusing on a lot of useful experience.


    This is the advantage of the monks of Damen sect, especially those with the guidance of famous teachers.


    At a critical time, you can get the most needed guidance. You can avoid many detours and avoid many big pits on the road of truth repair.


    The master and apprentice stayed together for several days, and Meng Zhang gave almost all his experience to each other.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s experience only belongs to him after all.


    An Xiaoran can study hard and draw lessons from it, but he can''t copy it completely.


    For a long time after that, an Xiaoran would stay at the baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate, get familiar with the realm of Yuanshen period and try to master new means.


    With Meng Zhang as the teacher, there is also the strong sect support of Taiyi sect. In a short time, she doesn''t have to worry about cultivation resources.


    Taiyimen has cultivated several Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    At this time, one more yuan Shen Zhen Jun will not significantly improve the strength and deterrence of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang let the new breakthrough Yuanshen Zhenjun decide whether to hold the Yuanshen ceremony or not.


    They can do it if they want, and they can''t do it if they don''t want.


    Anyway, taiyimen doesn''t expect a grand ceremony of Yuanshen to frighten the enemy.


    After explaining all the details, Meng Zhang asked an Xiaoran to stay in the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate for cultivation.


    He called Shang qiansuan to transmit the Dharma array to the broken castle on the Yuantu prairie through a long-distance transmission.


    On the Yuantu prairie, there are three Yuanshen Zhenjun, Jin Lizhen, he Luozhen and Sun Sheng, to prevent the strong barbarians from making trouble.


    Taiyi gate in other places also needs Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    It''s a little too wasteful to spend three Yuanshen Zhenjun on the Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang secretly determined to completely solve the problem of the barbarian strongman this time and restore peace on Yuantu prairie.


    After that, on the Yuantu prairie, Taiyi gate can retain at most one or two Yuanshen Zhenjun to cope with unexpected needs, which is enough.


    After Meng Zhang came to the broken castle, he called all the Yuanshen Zhenjun together and began to discuss.


    Meng Zhang is going to spend a year and a half, or even three or five years, on Yuantu prairie this time.


    Although Yuantu prairie is vast, it still has limits.


    From the map, Yuantu prairie is an irregular strip.


    The southernmost and northernmost ends are more than 100000 miles apart, and there are tens of thousands of miles between the East-West boundary.


    It borders the endless sand sea to the north. It borders Jiuqu Province in the West. The southernmost is close to the hengjue mountains. The easternmost part is a really barren land, which is said to be the end of the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang divided the whole Yuantu prairie into small pieces of different sizes on the map.


    Such a small piece has a large area of thousands of miles and a small area of hundreds of miles.


    Meng Zhang is going to use stupid Kung Fu to search the past block by block and conduct a carpet search, so as not to leave any shelter for the strong barbarians.


    Wen qiansuan and four other yuan gods, Zhenjun, followed Meng Zhang and helped him search.


    In addition to the direct dispatch of several Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang also transferred a group of Jindan real people who are good at tracking from Taiyi gate.


    Wei wucai, the leader and elder of the Royal beast hall in the door, surprised Meng Zhang this time.


    She brought two specially trained spirit beasts for this search operation.


    A spirit beast is a cloud beast captured from nine days. It is harvested after breeding and cultivation.


    This spirit beast is called wind listening dog. Its body is the size of a calf and its personality is fierce.


    Listening to the wind dog''s hearing is extremely sensitive. As long as it is pasted on the ground, it can''t escape its ears, whether on the ground or underground.


    Another kind of spirit beast is called the pursuit bird.


    It was cultivated by several special demon birds in taiyimen Royal beast hall after many times of hybridization.


    As the name suggests, the bird has a very powerful ability to find traces and explore various clues.


    When it comes to combat effectiveness, these two spirit beasts can''t even fight the stronger friars in the foundation period.


    But when it comes to their ability to find the trace of the enemy, they are still above many golden elixirs.


    These two kinds of spirit beasts are difficult to reproduce. The Royal beast hall has brought a total of less than 100 heads this time.


    In addition to the direct friars in Taiyi sect, some friars of Hanhai daomeng were recruited, and a total of more than 20 Jindan immortal were gathered.


    These golden elixirs and these spirit beasts can form more than ten teams to join the search and assist Meng Zhang.


    After the people were in place, Meng Zhang did not continue to wait. He let the people and all the spirit beasts sit in the flying boat and rush to the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    In the peripheral area of Yuantu prairie, there are already many Xiuzhen forces who have established a foundation here and opened mountain gates.


    On weekdays, many practitioners come and go in this area, which makes it a bit prosperous.


    Among the strong barbarians, most of them are good at frontal combat and not good at hiding their whereabouts.


    Perhaps there are a few barbarians who are good at hiding, and big businesses such as Datong business alliance have provided them with all kinds of help.


    But if they are too close to the territory of the Terran cultivation force, it is still easy to expose their whereabouts.


    Maybe it''s just a casual trip, maybe it''s just a random action, which may fall into the eyes of all pervasive practitioners.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang judged that at least most of the strong barbarians should hide in the depths of the Yuantu prairie, away from where human practitioners gather.


    After many large and small raids organized by taiyimen, perhaps the barbarian tribes can no longer survive there.


    But a few strong barbarians should be able to continue to hide.


    In fact, with Meng Zhang''s deeper understanding of foreign barbarians, he is more confident to find out these hidden and exposed guys.


    The strong barbarians are different from the cultivators. The more powerful the barbarians are, the more they eat, and the more they can''t live without blood food.


    Practitioners can cultivate the valley and take pills to make a living. They don''t have to eat.


    However, if the strong barbarians don''t eat blood for a long time, they will begin to become weak.


    Even the fourth rank Barbarian King and shaman have to eat blood more or less to ensure their vitality.

 Chapter 1229

    Whether they are friars of taiyimen or those of other monastic forces in Hanhai Taoist League, they are experienced and well-trained.


    Meng Zhang only needed to give orders without detailed command. All monks began to take action and launched a detailed search on Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang asked the four Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door to take charge of these search teams.


    Once they find the trace of the barbarian strongman, they should support and cover each other in time.


    As long as they don''t encounter many strong barbarians at one time, the four yuan gods are enough to deal with everything.


    In fact, the number of barbarian strongmen hidden on the Yuantu prairie should also be small.


    Meng Zhang did not act together with the brigade, but alone, acting at his own pace.


    According to the principle of moving from near to far, the brigade moves forward step by step and searches bit by bit.


    This method is a little stupid, and the search speed is not fast. However, this carpet search is very detailed and there will be no omission.


    After Meng Zhang refined the void tripod, as long as this magic instrument is around, it can easily teleport and space transfer.


    One moment he was still on a hill. The next moment, his body appeared silently thousands of miles away.


    Meng Zhang''s body appeared and disappeared from time to time on the Yuantu prairie, with a long distance between each haunt.


    In a short time, the interval is only hundreds of miles, in a long time, the interval is thousands of miles or even tens of thousands of miles.


    Each time the transmission reaches a new location, Meng Zhang will stop a little, carefully observe the surroundings, and then start the transmission again.


    Meng Zhang''s seemingly aimless random transmission makes a rough and simple search.


    With those barbarian strongmen hiding deeply, Meng Zhang should not have any harvest.


    Meng Zhang has become more and more cautious in deducing the use of heaven''s secrets.


    Last time he easily pushed the whereabouts of several barbarian strongmen, and soon solved them.


    However, he was afraid of the serious consequences.


    With the experience of doom, Meng Zhang will solve things by other means in the future.


    Unless he really had to, he would use the magic of heaven to deduce.


    Of course, after some thinking, Meng Zhang thought of a way to exploit loopholes. I don''t know whether it is feasible.


    He didn''t take the initiative to use the magic of heaven to deduce, but his special spiritual sense was still there.


    He teleports around freely on the Yuantu prairie to see if the spiritual sense will be triggered passively.


    As he entered the later stage of Yuanshen, his gifted divine power, his mind communication, integrated part of the ability of spiritual perception, mutated and became more acute.


    Within a certain range, as long as someone is hostile to him, he can feel something in his heart.


    Meng Zhang didn''t really expect to find the hidden barbarian strongman after such a short observation every time he sent it to a new place.


    What he really expects is that his great enemy who has broken through the barbarian camp and killed many barbarians will appear. After those hidden barbarian strongmen find themselves, they will be unable to restrain their killing intention and anger.


    Even if they were forced to hold back, they didn''t jump out and attack themselves.


    But their strong hostility is difficult to escape their own feelings.


    Meng Zhang also knows that his behavior is not much better than looking for a needle in a haystack.


    However, this is a feasible method without actively using the magic of heaven to deduce.


    In addition, the search team carries out carpet search step by step. With the cooperation of each other, it can still play a role.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang continued to haunt the Yuantu prairie, trying to attract the attention of the hidden barbarian strongmen.


    And that search team carried out a detailed search on the whole Yuantu prairie.


    More than ten days later, Meng Zhang hasn''t found it yet. The search team has achieved results first.


    They found a small barbarian tribe hidden in caves and underground caves in a place with dense hills.


    This small tribe is small in number and cautious enough to escape the repeated raids of practitioners and survive until now.


    In order to avoid the practitioners, the people of this small tribe dare not go out to graze, and dare not go out for large-scale hunting. They can only secretly collect some food and hunt a few solitary prey.


    The long time of hunger and cold made the strong barbarians unable to hold on.


    The situation in the tribe is very poor, and the people are very miserable.


    Not everyone in the team is as hard hearted as iron, but they will never have any mercy on the invaders from abroad.


    The search team easily took the barbarian tribe.


    They didn''t have time to deal with the prisoners and deal with the aftermath. They informed the rear directly.


    Taiyimen has long begun to establish a stronghold in Yuantu prairie and has also arranged mobile teams.


    When necessary, taiyimen can also recruit monks from various monastic forces on Yuantu prairie.


    Soon after receiving the letter, the monks from the rear came here in a flying boat to deal with all kinds of aftermath work.


    In the current Taiyi sect, the domestication of barbarians, especially ordinary people, is relatively successful.


    The domesticated barbarians became slaves.


    They are very useful in all kinds of hard work.


    The cost of driving the barbarians to dig mountains, mines and build buildings is very low. It is more flexible and efficient than simply using puppets or building Lishi.


    As more and more barbarians were domesticated, taiyimen sold to members of Hanhai daomeng in addition to their own use.


    Because of the demand of taiyimen for barbarians, capturing barbarians and sending them to taiyimen for sale has increasingly become a profitable business.


    Stimulated by high profits, the slave hunting teams of different origins on Yuantu prairie have almost never been cut off.


    However, as more and more barbarian tribes were eliminated, there were fewer and fewer barbarians on the Yuantu prairie.


    In order to gain something, the slave team had to go deep into the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    If you are unlucky and encounter a powerful barbarian tribe, it is very normal for casualties to occur.


    The most unfortunate situation is that there are hidden barbarian strongmen who can''t bear to see their people captured and suddenly intervene.


    It''s normal that the whole slave team was wiped out.


    In fact, in the depths of Yuantu prairie, many slave hunting teams mysteriously disappeared without any news.


    I don''t know whether they were eaten by the human cultivators, or encountered the barbarian strongmen, or had other accidents.


    The places Meng Zhang sent seemed irregular. In fact, he had already found out that there had been a slave hunting team missing in these places.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get anything. The search team found a barbarian tribe, which was a good start.


    The search team was greatly encouraged, made persistent efforts and began to continue the search.

 Chapter 1230

    Meng Zhang didn''t find anything here. Instead, the search team began to find something one after another.


    The barbarians outside the region are indeed a powerful race with strong survival ability. Even after repeated raids by practitioners, many barbarians still hide everywhere in the Yuantu prairie.


    There are small tribes, small teams, and even many lone barbarian warriors


    Yuantu prairie is rich in water and grass, and there are many places with rich production.


    It is not impossible for these barbarians to get food.


    The team originally used to search for the strong barbarians has not found the target yet. Instead, it hugged the grass and beat the rabbits. First, it found many barbarians and captured them.


    After receiving the news, the rear organized a team of monks, either in flying boats or on flying mounts, to deal with the prisoners.


    Although these things delayed a little time, the search speed of these search teams was not greatly affected.


    With the continuous expansion of their search scope, there are fewer and fewer hiding places for barbarians.


    In addition to the reinforcements dispatched by taiyimen, some practitioners with sensitive noses also appeared in groups near the search team.


    Meng Zhang''s search team this time aims to search for the strong barbarians. They won''t delay too much time on ordinary barbarians.


    These practitioners from all walks of life with different origins just follow behind to pick up some bargains and catch some ordinary barbarians.


    As long as they didn''t do too much, friar taiyimen didn''t bother to argue with them.


    These practitioners come from different backgrounds, good and bad, and they inevitably have no bottom line.


    After discovering a group of hiding barbarians, the search team was too lazy to deal with it, and these practitioners rushed up like vultures.


    When dealing with these barbarians, these practitioners were so cruel and despicable that they let a Barbarian King hidden in the dark rush out to intervene.


    Among these practitioners, the most successful one is the foundation building period. Many of them are still young friars in the Qi refining period. In front of the Barbarian King, they don''t even respond at all, and they are completely destroyed.


    The nearby search team was also angered by the Barbarian King and attacked by the Barbarian King.


    Fortunately, the search team is basically Jindan real people, and before the action, I expected this situation and had a lot of preparation.


    They took a lot of life-saving things with them and managed to survive the Barbarian King. Now taiyimen is the great sect of Yuanshen and the leader of many Xiuzhen forces. In public, we should pay attention to a little image.


    Under Meng Zhang''s intervention, the practice of torturing the barbarians and leading out the barbarian strongmen was stopped.


    Everything returned to its original appearance, and the search team still searched in the old way.


    Meng Zhang, who has not been found, has finally gained.


    When he was sent somewhere, this was the place where the ranks of practitioners often disappeared.


    Before he could stand firm, he felt a strong malice.


    Although this kind of malice is fleeting, it still exposes the existence of barbarian strongmen who release malice.


    Meng Zhang sensed a little and found the source of malice.


    He flew into a seemingly ordinary haystack and gently pressed it against the ground.


    The ground collapsed and the earth and rock collapsed, exposing a big pit.


    In the pit, a barbarian was staring at Meng Zhang.


    If the eye can kill, Meng Zhang doesn''t know how many times he has died.


    Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense. He started shooting directly.


    These hidden barbarian strongmen are mainly barbarian kings, and there are few fourth order shamans.


    The combat effectiveness of most barbarian Kings is similar to that of the practitioners in the early days of Yuanshen.


    The Barbarian King Meng Zhang found this time has almost the combat power of the mid yuan God.


    But it''s no use.


    In front of Meng Zhang, a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, the end is almost the same.


    After a fierce battle, Meng Zhang killed the other party.


    With both Meng Zhang and sousu teams, they started a rigorous search according to their own plans and needed to find out the hidden barbarian strongmen.


    Time passed quickly. In an instant, more than half a year passed.


    On the whole Yuantu prairie, there are many places that have not been searched.


    Meng Zhang also found at this time that his family still thought too simple.


    On the vast Yuantu grassland, it is very easy for the strong barbarians to escape and hide.


    Not to mention that there are many places that have not been searched, even where they have been searched, the strong barbarians can re-enter.


    If the strong barbarians were more flexible and decisive, they would even transfer quickly.


    The strong barbarians can suddenly move to the searched area when the search team is approaching, and then continue to hide.


    So far, neither Meng Zhang nor the search team have found such a situation.


    But they also have to admit that this possibility should exist.


    They can only pray that the barbarian strongman''s brain is rigid and has not thought of these aspects.


    Meng Zhang also found at this time that there is really no other good way to find out all the hidden barbarian strongmen and completely solve this problem without using the magic of heaven.

 Chapter 1231

    Meng Zhang finally figured it out at this time.


    To ensure that there is no barbarian strongman hiding in such a vast place as Yuantu prairie. It is difficult to do this by conventional means alone.


    However, he did not stop all kinds of search operations.


    The larger the range you have searched, the smaller the living space of the barbarian strongman.


    When other methods are exhausted to solve the barbarian strongmen as much as possible, especially the strongmen at the Barbarian King level, they can use the magic of heaven to deduce.


    Because the deduction content is reduced, the scope is reduced, and the difficulty is reduced, it can greatly reduce the power of the way of heaven.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the search operation continued.


    Moreover, taiyimen began to invest more and more resources.


    From the Gobi of evil wind, various spirit beasts that are helpful to search are transported continuously.


    In addition to continuing to send immortal Jindan, many flying boats joined the search. Even a large number of third-order warships were used.


    Every time a flying boat above the third level starts, it will consume a lot of spirit stones. In particular, special flying boats such as warships consume more spirit stones.


    A large number of flying boats flew over Yuantu prairie and launched a carpet search.


    The search operation for Yuantu prairie has a huge scale, invested a lot of human and material resources, and consumed resources comparable to a small battle.


    This search operation lasted for four years and found more than ten third-order barbarian strongmen, three barbarian kings and two fourth-order shamans.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt almost.


    Continuing to maintain this scale of search operations consumes too many resources, which is a little more than worth the loss.


    The strong barbarians who can be found by conventional means should be arrested.


    Meng Zhang stopped the search operation, dismissed the search team and sent many monks away.


    He looked for a quiet place, performed Dayan divination, and began to deduce the hidden barbarian strongman.


    He is too lazy to waste his energy to deduce the third-order strong among the barbarians.


    Anyway, even if the third-order barbarians will cause some harm, they can''t start a big wave.


    There is no need to send out the yuan God Zhenjun. Only the Jindan immortal of various Xiuzhen forces can solve it.


    The goal of Meng Zhang''s deduction is the fourth-order strong man of the barbarians.


    Over the years, he has never neglected accumulation.


    The accumulated calculation chips are enough for many calculations.


    If he had not been worried about the reversal of heaven, he would have been able to perform his divine calculation wantonly.


    Soon, after consuming some calculations, he deduced the final result.


    The barbarians outside the region also have two fourth-order strong men hiding near the Yuantu prairie.


    Meng Zhang felt it carefully. This deduction did not cause too strong counterattack of the way of heaven, and the fate was far from being triggered.


    These two barbarians are the fourth level strongmen, and one of them is the Barbarian King.


    This guy''s hiding place is not fixed, but has been wandering on the Yuantu prairie, creating a lot of difficulties for the search work.


    After Meng Zhang figured out his current hiding place, he ordered the four yuan gods Zhenjun to kill him.


    Meng Zhang himself wants to deal with the last target.


    Meng Zhang galloped all the way to the east of Yuantu prairie and flew at a high speed.


    To the east of Yuantu prairie is a very barren area.


    The endless sand sea where Meng Zhang was born is already desolate, but there are still many oases.


    In the dead sand sea north of the endless sand sea, there is still tenacious life to survive.


    However, to the east of Yuantu prairie, there is a real barren land without any vitality.


    In the legend of the Xiuzhen world, the easternmost side of the Yuantu prairie is one of the ends of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has never been to that place and does not know whether the legend is true or false.


    With more and more flying to the East, in addition to no vitality, the vitality of heaven and earth is becoming thinner and thinner.


    Later, Meng Zhang felt that he had entered the land of Jue Ling.


    There is no aura in the sky, in the earth, or in the depths of the earth.


    In such a place, it is very difficult for practitioners to survive, let alone practice.


    After the spiritual Qi of the cultivator is consumed, it is impossible to supplement it by absorbing the spiritual Qi.


    Even if there are auras and elixirs that can be used, but because there is no aura in the surrounding space, the power of the cast spells is greatly reduced, and even the casting fails.


    Meng Zhang, such a yuan Shen Zhen Jun, doesn''t have to worry too much for the time being.


    In the body of Yuanshen Zhenjun, itself is a small world.


    It not only contains the aura reserve of terror, but also can cast spells freely even if there is no aura in the environment.


    The only thing that made Meng Zhang a little unaccustomed was that it began to become difficult for him to mobilize the power of heaven and earth.


    In such a place, practitioners don''t want to come and go at all.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s position at this time can be called the edge of Yuantu prairie or outside Yuantu prairie.


    The strong man of the barbarian clan really can find a place to hide. He knows how to hide in a place that the cultivator can''t avoid.


    Unfortunately, since Meng Zhang has calculated his existence, he will want to get rid of it and then quickly.


    In fact, this kind of place is not friendly to the practitioners, and it is also not a good place for the strong barbarians.


    Meng Zhang continued to move forward and finally found his goal three days later on a barren land.


    A long lost barbarian strongman was sitting on the ground feebly, his eyes numb and empty looking at the sky.


    After he found Meng Zhang flying from a distance, he regained some anger and looked at Meng Zhang.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s figure falling rapidly from high altitude, he did not try to avoid, but slowly stood up from the ground.


    This barbarian strongman is the chief of wolf eagle, the former leader of this foreign barbarian who invaded the Junchen world.


    As a barbarian strongman, chief wolf eagle is also an owl of a generation.


    He integrated the power of this barbarian family, led them to overcome various difficulties and came to the Junchen world from abroad.


    He also completely changed the internal beliefs of the barbarians and led all the people to believe in mixed spirits and gods.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t broken the semi divine realm, he might have made a foothold in Yuantu prairie and waited until the incarnation of Hunling and respecting God came.


    If the mixed spirit and God really incarnate in the Junchen world, I''m afraid even if he can return to the virtual world, he can''t help this foreign barbarian.


    Unfortunately, all his plans have completely failed.


    All ambitions have become Utopian.


    Even at the last minute, in order to escape for his life, he turned his back on the spirit worship God who had believed in for many years.


    The last time Meng Zhang broke the barbarian demigod domain, he fought with the wolf Eagle chief.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang was busy dealing with the idol containing a trace of the will of the mixed spirit to respect the God. He had no time to take care of the chief wolf eagle and let him escape.


    Now we meet again here. Meng Zhang won''t give him a chance to escape.

 Chapter 1232

    In his heyday, the wolf Eagle chief had the strength of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    During the battle, if the supernatural power of the mixed spirit God is summoned, he can even resist the siege of several great friars in the later period of the yuan God.


    However, he forcibly cut off the connection with the semi divine domain, which seriously injured him and has not recovered so far.


    Betraying the mixed spirit and respecting God made him lose the favor of God. Not only can we not continue to use the divine power previously given by the gods, but also we must remove the residual divine power from the body in time.


    After fleeing from the battlefield, he first hid in Yuantu prairie.


    At first, he also tried to gather his former confidants and had the idea of making a comeback.


    But then a series of things happened, which made him completely give up the idea.


    The barbarian camp was broken, and the barbarian suffered an unprecedented defeat, which made him lose his prestige among the barbarians and his power disappeared.


    In addition, he was seriously injured and his strength fell sharply. Some problems previously covered up were exposed one after another at this time.


    Before, he forcibly abandoned the totem belief of the barbarian tradition and forced all people to believe in mixed spirits and gods.


    However, totem belief has been inherited by barbarians for thousands of years. How can it be so easy to eliminate it.


    Before, just because of his strength, the opponents in the clan dared to be angry but dared not speak.


    Now the wolf Eagle chief was in trouble and was soon eaten back.


    His original so-called confidant was unwilling to continue to listen to him.


    His original opponents in the clan openly turned against him and directly fought against him.


    Later, big businesses such as Datong business alliance secretly supported these barbarian strongmen, hoping that they would destroy the stability of Yuantu prairie and create all kinds of trouble for taiyimen.


    The ultimate goal of these big businesses is to drive away taiyimen and make themselves the masters of Yuantu prairie.


    They are temporarily taking advantage of the barbarian strongmen. When they control the Yuantu prairie in the future, if these barbarian strongmen dare to continue to make trouble, they will also be the object of their elimination.


    For barbarian leaders such as chief wolf eagle, they are very scrupulous.


    First, after some internal fighting, chief wolf Eagle lost control of his confidants and completely became a loner.


    Instead of receiving assistance from big businesses such as Datong business alliance, they will face the suppression organized by Meng Zhang.


    Finally, the wolf Eagle chief had to flee to his current position to avoid all kinds of trouble.


    Due to the shortage of resources and bad environment, the most important thing is that the injury is too serious. The wolf Eagle chief''s injury is far from recovering. At this time, the combat effectiveness is not as good as that of the cultivators in the middle of the yuan God.


    Meng Zhang flew all the way and made no secret of his momentum.


    When the wolf Eagle chief saw Meng Zhang coming, he was a little desperate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know about the internal strife disputes among the barbarians, and didn''t know the details of the secret assistance of big businesses such as Datong business alliance to the strong barbarians.


    Meng Zhang was very happy to find the leader of this barbarian family here.


    I gave another goal to the other yuan God Zhenjun in the door, and I came here myself. It seems that there is nothing wrong with your choice.


    Speaking of it, chief wolf eagle is unlucky.


    For many years, he has been hiding here and did not make trouble on Yuantu prairie.


    In fact, even during the time when he was hiding on the Yuantu prairie, he was unwilling to provoke all kinds of practitioners because of the impact of his injuries.


    But this time, Meng Zhang figured out the hidden barbarian strongman near Yuantu prairie through Dayan divine calculation.


    In the face of fierce enemies, chief wolf Eagle certainly won''t be caught like this.


    Even though he knew he was not his opponent, he summoned up his spare strength and took the initiative to launch an offensive against Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang saw through the enemy''s falseness and reality at a glance. He was too lazy to sacrifice magic tools.


    One black and one white air currents entangled in the air, and then quickly rushed to each other.


    In recent years, many tribes and clansmen of this foreign barbarian tribe were captured by Taiyi sect through various means.


    Within the barbarians, there is no strict confidentiality for many things.


    Taiyimen has the means to tame these barbarians, and naturally has the means to pry open their mouths.


    In particular, some barbarian warriors provided taiyimen with a lot of valuable information.


    These information were sorted out and sent to the top of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is still very interested in chief wolf eagle, an owl.


    His own experience and later achievements have great reference value.


    Meng Zhang''s reunion with chief wolf Eagle this time determined to capture him alive as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang was already a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen at this time. There may be some flaws in his cultivation, but when it comes to combat effectiveness, he definitely deserves his cultivation level.


    After a fierce battle, the wolf Eagle chief added many wounds to his body, and then Meng Zhang captured him alive.


    In the void tripod, there is a lot of space.


    These spaces are divided into several independent spaces that are not connected to each other.


    As the owner of the void tripod, Meng Zhang can use these spaces arbitrarily, and can also divide or merge these spaces.


    Meng Zhang threw the wolf Eagle chief who was imprisoned for cultivation into the void tripod.


    He divided a small independent space inside to serve as a prison.


    When he is free in the future, he will slowly pry open this person''s mouth and ask for all kinds of interesting content.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the distance and extinguished his mind to continue flying to the East.


    Just looking from a distance, the East brought him a deep and strong sense of oppression.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling in his heart that if he continued to go deep to the East and his cultivation, he would encounter great danger.


    Since the goal has been solved, Meng Zhang has no intention to continue to explore.


    According to legend, the end of Jun dust world is to continue eastward.


    Although he has a strong curiosity in his heart, he has a lot of important things. He really doesn''t have much energy to explore slowly.


    Meng Zhang finally glanced at the East and flew high into the sky to the direction when he came.


    Meng zhangfei''s return process was the same as when he flew over. It was smooth with the wind and water, and he didn''t encounter any accidents.


    Soon after he flew back to Yuantu prairie, the four Yuanshen Zhenjun who completed the task came to meet him.


    The barbarian strongman they went after was a rare fourth-order assassin.


    This man is proficient in all kinds of hidden means and is better at running for his life.


    After knowing where he was hiding, the four Yuanshen Zhenjun spent a lot of effort to completely block this guy.


    Four hit one. Everyone was killed with minor injuries.


    After listening to their report, Meng Zhang didn''t say much.


    He led four yuan Shen Zhenjun all the way back to the broken castle.


    On the way, Meng Zhang did not forget to inspect the situation of Yuantu prairie.


    In particular, the newly opened Mountain Gate and the newly established Xiuzhen forces are the focus of Meng Zhang''s observation.

 Chapter 1233

    When he flew over all the way, he just took a cursory look, and Meng Zhang didn''t see much.


    But on the surface, all kinds of practitioners came to Yuantu prairie, established a foundation here and began to develop wantonly. After that, there was a thriving scene.


    Such a vast Yuantu prairie belongs to taiyimen.


    All practitioners stationed here must obey the orders of taiyimen.


    The various forces of truth cultivation established by them are equal to the vassal of taiyimen and help taiyimen develop this place.


    Flying over the boundless prairie, looking at the scene below, Meng Zhang suddenly raised a heroic spirit in his heart.


    Taiyimen, which had declined to the extreme, is slowly rising in his hands.


    The original territory of taiyimen, whether endless sand sea or Gobi, is far from rich and can not be compared with Yuantu grassland.


    Yuantu prairie was a place where there were many forces of truth cultivation, many of which were based in the second time.


    Its overall strength is not weak, and it can even compete with Jiuqu League.


    Taiyi gate now owns it. As long as there is enough time to develop slowly, it will become the king''s capital of Taiyi gate.


    In any case, Meng Zhang will firmly hold here and will not give it to others.


    Meng Zhang led four yuan gods Zhenjun all the way back to the broken castle.


    Now on the Yuantu prairie, the hidden barbarian fourth-order strongmen have been basically cleared away.


    Even if there are still some third-order strongmen, or small groups of barbarians hidden, they are not enough to suffer and can''t lift any waves.


    What Meng Zhang really needs to worry about is that big businesses such as Datong business alliance refuse to admit defeat and continue to play the idea of Yuantu prairie.


    However, Meng Zhang has now become a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, with a great increase in deterrence. Moreover, not long after the last failure, they should not forget the painful lesson so soon.


    Meng Zhang left he Luozhen and Jin Lizhen to sit in the broken castle and monitor the situation on the Yuantu prairie.


    With the gradual increase of the original God Zhenjun of Taiyi gate, rotation will be slowly implemented in many places.


    Meng Zhang took sun Shengdu and Wen qiansuan and sent them back to the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang didn''t go out and stayed in the Mountain Gate honestly.


    On the one hand, he has to spend a lot of time and energy on his own cultivation.


    The later period of Yuanshen is not the end of practice. He still has many places to work hard.


    On the other hand, he tried to interrogate the chief wolf eagle and wanted to get the information he was interested in from him.


    There is a problem that Meng Zhang has never understood.


    How did so many foreign barbarians come to the Junchen world?


    And more than once, there have been many times in the history of Jun dust world, and a large number of foreign invaders have come on a large scale.


    The heavenly palace above the Junchen world and the doors of the holy places are all dead?


    Even if some strong people release water and even deliberately connive at the arrival of these invaders, it is impossible to turn a blind eye to so many returning virtual powers in the Jun dust world?


    When Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace, he also tried to inquire about relevant information from all aspects, but he got nothing.


    Even those organizations that specialize in selling all kinds of intelligence are secretive about this, and warn Meng Zhang not to continue questioning.


    The unconvinced Meng Zhang even took advantage of an opportunity to visit her mother-in-law and took the initiative to ask her this question.


    The silk pulling mother-in-law, who had always been very kind to Meng Zhang, also changed her face at that time and turned off the topic very abruptly.


    From then on, Meng Zhang stopped asking for relevant information from the heavenly palace.


    Now he finally caught the chief wolf eagle, the barbarian leader. Of course, Meng Zhang should ask him about it.


    In fact, taiyimen has interrogated those captured low-level barbarians before.


    However, these low-level barbarians were confused and didn''t know how they came to the Junchen world.


    In their simple mind, they thought that the tribe had just come to a new hunting ground.


    Anyway, the world where the barbarians live outside the territory is full of fighting and contention.


    It is even more common for foreign barbarians to invade and plunder.


    For the vast majority of foreign barbarians, invading the Junchen world and gaining a foothold on the Yuantu prairie is just the same action as before, which is common.


    I can''t find out the result from ordinary barbarians. The chief wolf eagle is also the leader of this barbarian family. It''s impossible to know nothing about it.


    But in the face of Meng Zhang''s inquiry, chief wolf Eagle didn''t cooperate at all.


    He not only didn''t answer Meng Zhang''s questions, but also scolded when he became angry.


    Meng Zhang will not get used to him. Prisoners should look like prisoners.


    Meng Zhang cleaned him up and used a lot of torture.


    The tenacity of chief wolf eagle was beyond Meng Zhang''s imagination.


    He was just a stone in the pit, smelly and hard. He calmly endured all the painful torture means without bowing his head.


    His will is even stronger.


    All the secrets Meng Zhang used to confuse people and shake their hearts and minds had no effect on him.


    His mind is so closed that Meng Zhang''s heart can''t read any useful information.


    Meng Zhang is also an old hand in interrogation and extorting confessions.


    All kinds of measures that have been successful before have not worked this time.


    After his initial anger, Meng Zhang decided to fight a protracted war with the other party.


    Although Meng Zhang wanted to know this information, he was not in a hurry.


    Anyway, he is now a prisoner. Meng Zhang has plenty of time to cook him slowly.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it. Even if chief wolf eagle can persist for a while, can he be tough for a lifetime.


    Meng Zhang was imprisoned in the void tripod. The wolf Eagle chief had no chance to escape. Meng Zhang''s life and death were all in his hands.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and slowed down.


    In his spare time, he tortured the wolf Eagle chief as a relief and relaxation.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, the situation in the whole Jiuqu province was as calm as ever.


    Governor Zhang Weineng gave up his initiative to launch an attack on foreign invaders, and there was no major war in Jiuqu province for the time being.


    It is far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty. The long-distance transmission array has long been destroyed, and the two places have lost the channel of direct communication.


    Although the two places can still keep information unblocked, what happened far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty has been difficult to affect here.


    In all directions of Dali Dynasty, Dali Dynasty faced all kinds of powerful attacks.


    The Jiuqu province seems to be a paradise away from all battles and disputes.


    After a long time, many practitioners even have the illusion that the war between the Dali Dynasty and the Ziyang holy sect has nothing to do with the Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1234

    Since Meng Zhang last saw Xiao Jiansheng walking in the world of Ziyang Shengzong, he admitted that he had taken the line of Ziyang Shengzong and left a way for Taiyi gate.


    Of course, as long as Dali is not defeated for a day, he will still be a loyal minister of Dali.


    Last time I refused Zhang Weineng''s order and didn''t attack foreign invaders with him. Meng Zhang also intends to make up for possible gaps in bilateral relations.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to provide Zhang Weineng with a source of truth cultivation, under the banner of serving the imperial court.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also ordered the monks in the door to try to increase their contacts with southern practitioners in Jiuqu province.


    Zhang Weineng welcomed Meng Zhang''s move to ease bilateral relations.


    He laughed at Meng Zhang''s spiritual resources, and also ordered his practitioners to strengthen their contacts with the north of Jiuqu League.


    Through the efforts of both sides, at least on the surface, it is a picture of happiness and unity.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate from Daheng cultivation world, although he did not publicize it, he only revealed it on some occasions, the news that he became a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen spread like wildfire and soon spread all over the whole Jiuqu province.


    Everyone else has returned it. These cultivation forces in the north of Jiuqu province can''t turn a blind eye.


    Xu Mengying of the Huanglian sect, Changchun Zhenjun of the Changchun temple, and other familiar Yuanshen Zhenjun, visited the door one after another.


    Before, Meng Zhang wiped out the barbarians outside the territory on the Yuantu prairie. They all knew that they didn''t bother.


    Now Meng Zhang has completed his goal and returned to the mountain gate. Before two days of silence, he welcomed a visitor.


    Later, even the monks in the southern province of Jiuqu and Meng Zhang, such as Xuanfeng Zhenjun, visited the door respectively.


    It''s not exactly flattering. It''s just expressing goodwill and pulling a relationship by the way.


    Other friars are just fine. Now those who are qualified to take the initiative to visit are Yuanshen Zhenjun of the same level.


    Even if Meng Zhang is a big monk now, it''s not easy to trust him in front of them. He only received these people one by one.


    This group of people visited Meng Zhang, that is to say, a few congratulations and a relationship.


    It''s hard to say that he took refuge in Meng Zhang.


    Among the Yuanshen friars, the friars in the early stage of Yuanshen and even in the middle stage of Yuanshen are not very rare.


    However, there are only three monks in the whole Jiuqu province at present.


    Meng Zhang also has a huge force. To some extent, he has the strength to compete with Zhang Weineng.


    Many senior officials in Taiyi gate proposed to Meng Zhang that it would be better to hold a celebration ceremony and invite guests from all over the world to celebrate Meng Zhang''s later stage of the advanced yuan God.


    In this way, the prestige of taiyimen can be greatly increased, and Meng Zhang can take this opportunity to establish prestige.


    Meng Zhang thought a little and rejected the proposal.


    In addition to being troublesome, he was unwilling to stimulate the sensitive nerves of governor Zhang Wei at this time.


    In addition, an Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, did not hold the grand ceremony of Yuanshen after consolidating his cultivation.


    In addition to her daily cultivation, she also spent a lot of energy on refining pills and improving alchemy.


    Meng Zhang wasted a lot of time in receiving visitors from all directions. Soon, there were fewer guests.


    Within the Jiuqu Province, there are only a few monks who are qualified to visit Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang take the initiative to meet him.


    Like Zhenjun, a business letter from Datong business union, who is qualified, but will not be interested in seeing Meng Zhang''s proud expression.


    Meng Zhang became a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. He was greatly encouraged by the close sects such as Huanglian sect and Qiqiao sect, and strengthened his cooperation with Taiyi sect.


    In less than ten years after breaking through the period of Yuanshen, an Xiaoran successfully advanced to the fourth level alchemist.


    An Xiaoran not only had been the alchemy heavenly palace in the gate for a long time, but was relatively peaceful and had more channels to obtain various resources, including danfang and alchemy materials.


    After an Xiaoran went to the heavenly palace, he not only had a stable environment to continue to consolidate his accomplishments, but also had a better chance to continue to improve his alchemy.


    In recent years, due to Niu Dawei''s efforts, taiyimen''s various business activities in Tiangong have been on the right track and do not need to spend too much time and energy to deal with them.


    For example, Taiyi gate opened a small shop outside the courtyard where the sect is located.


    The daily management of the shop was handed over to the puppets bought from the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen sells all kinds of resources and purchases all kinds of goods. It has relatively fixed customers and becomes much more convenient.


    Organize the low-level friars of the sect to go to the heavenly palace to complete the tasks of returning to virtual power.


    After being familiar with various processes, except for several handover, the garrison friars do not need to stare at them all the time.


    Moreover, in many cases, the stationed monks of taiyimen and Huanglian sect in the heavenly palace will also help each other and share some work with each other.


    An Xiaoran went to the heavenly palace. Under the careful guidance of Niu Dawei, he soon became familiar with everything here and took over all the work of Niu Dawei.


    It took Niu Dawei a little time to complete the handover with an Xiaoran before returning to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    In recent years, Niu Dawei not only stayed in the heavenly palace, but also went back and forth to the Taiyi gate many times.


    But every time he returned to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, he was in a hurry and didn''t stay for too long.


    Without Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, Meng Zhang found it very inconvenient to overview the affairs in the door. He had a lot of work out of thin air.


    Now that Niu Dawei has come back to take charge of the mountain gate, Meng Zhang can unload a lot of work.


    After Niu Dawei returned to the mountain gate, he first came to see Meng Zhang.


    In addition to his regular greetings, he also reported to Meng Zhang all his work in the heavenly palace.


    After listening to Niu Dawei''s report, Meng Zhang praised him.


    He also tested Niu Dawei''s cultivation.


    The cultivation environment in the heavenly palace is excellent. No matter how busy you are these years, Niu Dawei''s cultivation has not fallen behind.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with Niu Dawei''s cultivation progress and spent a lot of time giving him some advice.


    After all this, Meng ZhangCai gave Niu Dawei some of the taiyimen work he was responsible for.


    With the eldest disciple Niu Dawei in charge of the mountain gate, there is no need to disturb Meng Zhang in the daily and ordinary affairs of the gate.


    Niu Dawei looked at everything in the door. Except for important things, he would not bother Meng Zhang easily.


    Except for a few elders, it is becoming more and more difficult for the middle and high level of the door to have the opportunity to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang raised the threshold of visiting himself. It was not that he was arrogant, but that he was unwilling to waste his time on greeting and sending.


    In the future, both the guests from outside and the middle and high levels of the door will be screened by the eldest disciple Niu Dawei before meeting Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1235

    Meng Zhang has been staying in the grass slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate. His external incarnation is too wonderful, but he is not free all day.


    In a twinkling of an eye, the extremely sword God general has entered the underworld and worked for Taimiao for more than ten years.


    The thick earth God will wake up successfully with wonderful help.


    After he woke up, he took the initiative to abandon the body that was on the verge of collapse and escape from it.


    It''s wonderful. After refining all the divine powers left by the natural ghost and God, he inherited most of his abilities.


    He gathered Yin Qi with a secret method and refined pure Yin attribute materials to help the thick earth God strengthen the spirit and reshape the body.


    Since then, the thick earth God will become a special ghost.


    Seeing that the thick earth God has transformed them into ghosts, the effect is very good. In order to facilitate action and combat in the underworld, the extremely sword God general also actively asked Taimiao to help them transform.


    Too wonderful. It took a lot of time to refine the original breath of the underworld, and let the Jijian God slowly convert their body attributes into Yin attributes.


    Of course, their original basic attributes have also been partially retained.


    With the help of four loyal and capable Dharma protectors, Taimiao also began to recruit troops and horses in the underworld.


    There are many ghosts wandering around the underworld, almost endless.


    Most ghosts are confused and mentally retarded.


    Too wonderful. He has a natural smell of ghosts and gods. He naturally has a strong pressure on all kinds of ghosts.


    After careful selection, he picked out many ghosts that could be simply communicated and driven.


    Among them, there are some slightly clever ghosts, which have also been selected by Taimiao.


    Too wonderful organized a ghost army and occupied a territory in an area near the Yinfeng plain.


    If there is no accident, he will slowly accumulate strength and grow here.


    However, I don''t know if Taimiao is fighting with this place. He hasn''t had good luck since he left the Yinfeng plain.


    He set up a temporary camp and organized a small ghost army. Led the ghost army to attack many times and actively killed those wandering ghosts.


    If you can''t accept a ghost that is too cruel and foolish, kill it completely.


    Ghosts that can communicate and be subdued are collected into their own army.


    Almost all the forces in the underworld who have certain strength and occupy one side complete the original accumulation and continue to grow.


    After suffering losses, all forces in the underworld also supplement their own strength by attacking wandering ghosts.


    It''s wonderful. I fell in love with a wandering group of ghosts and led an army to encircle and suppress them.


    There are almost endless ghosts in the underworld, but there are not many ghosts with enough value to be subdued.


    It''s wonderful. I like the ghosts. At the same time, I''m favored by another force.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, has Meng Zhang''s wisdom and almost all of Meng Zhang''s knowledge.


    However, Meng Zhang''s own understanding of the underworld is very limited, too wonderful, and the time to enter the underworld is not long.


    When encircling and suppressing this ghost group, it was wonderful to be plotted by your opponent.


    The opponent is fighting with the ghost * * while it is too wonderful, and unexpectedly attracted another more powerful ghost group.


    At the same time, facing the attack of two ghost groups, the army led by Taimiao couldn''t resist and had to take the initiative to break through and escape the battlefield.


    Taimiao led a ghost army, but it was not long before the army was formed, and the ghosts in the army lacked training and training.


    In fact, most ghosts are free and loose by nature and don''t like to be constrained.


    Those wandering ghost groups in the underworld, even if they are forcibly restrained by powerful ghosts, in fact, the team is chaotic and there is no order at all.


    At the time of defeat, the ghost army led by Taimiao fell into chaos.


    Fortunately, with four Dharma protectors, the whole army was not completely finished. More or less, Taimiao retained some strength.


    In the underworld, if the number of low-level ghosts is large to a certain extent, they can surround high-level ghosts.


    Too wonderful now has the perfect strength in the mid-term of Yuanshen, but facing the siege of thousands of ghosts in the golden elixir period and even the foundation period. If you can''t break through all the time, you may end up exhausted and die.


    Few of those who can dominate the underworld are alone. They all have a lot of subordinates and can easily pull out a huge army of ghosts.


    It''s wonderful. I still attach great importance to the army I finally pulled up.


    Relying on his own coercion and deterrence, and four Dharma protectors as the backbone, he managed to lead a group of disabled and defeated soldiers to escape.


    But the bad luck is not over yet.


    He just left the battlefield and was attacked by an army of ghosts before he got a firm foothold.


    The truth of eliminating the root is not understood by humans.


    In the struggle in the underworld, we pay special attention to killing the enemy.


    Because accidents often happen in this place of hell, and there are many opportunities hidden.


    It is likely that the opponent who was kicked out by himself last time will have the strength to surpass his family and turn to kill himself.


    Since this faction has made a plot, it''s too good to expect to keep it secret forever.


    It''s better to kill them all and completely destroy the wonderful party.


    It''s a common method for many forces in the underworld to absorb ghosts that can be collected and devour powerful people like Taimiao.


    This time, in the face of the organized ghost army raid, it''s wonderful that there''s no good luck before.


    The two ghost groups encountered before, especially the one attracted later, are particularly powerful.


    But almost all ghost groups have the same shortcomings. They are too chaotic and basically have no organization.


    This allowed Taimiao to lead the army to break through successfully.


    This time he is facing the ghost army of hostile forces. His opponents have been trained for a long time and there are many strong men in the army.


    The new defeated division led by Taimiao can''t resist at all.


    As a last resort, it''s wonderful. We have to give up the remaining ghost army and try our best to break through with a small number of confidants, including four Dharma protectors.


    Among the opponent''s army, there are ghosts and gods transformed from Yuanshen Zhenjun and powerful ghosts native to the underworld.


    Too wonderful, with one enemy and strong strength, managed to defeat the opponent with the fighting power of Yuanshen period, kill the ghost army blocking the road, and kill a bloody road from the ten thousand armies.


    Too wonderful, with four Dharma protectors and other close friends, fled all the way, and the opponent pursued and killed all the way.


    They have been chasing far away and completely away from the area where they were based before. It''s wonderful that they finally escaped the pursuit and escape from Shengtian.


    At this time, with four Dharma protectors around Taimiao, there are only seven or eight members in the team.


    Fortunately, the four Dharma protectors did not suffer any damage, otherwise it would be an irreparable loss.


    It''s wonderful. When I had a chance to breathe, I began to think about the next step.

 Chapter 1236

    The wonderful character is somewhat similar to that of Meng Zhang, but it has the kind of stubbornness that Meng Zhang does not have.


    This failure made Taimiao very dissatisfied and angry.


    Without revenge, his thoughts will never be accessible, and his heart will never be calm.


    I don''t know if it is the environmental impact of the underworld. Most ghosts and gods in the underworld are very paranoid.


    It''s wonderful. I''ve been worried about being calculated this time. I have to take revenge.


    However, he lost all his strength at hand. Only with his own strength and two or three men of big cats and kittens, he could not retaliate against his opponent at all.


    Too wonderful, but not too depressed. I decided to find another place as a foothold, recruit again and accumulate strength.


    It''s never too late for a gentleman to take revenge.


    He is ready to spend a long time accumulating. When he has enough strength and has formed a powerful ghost army, he will retaliate against his opponent and repay his opponent''s calculation and pursuit.


    Meng Zhang synchronized the information of both sides in the wonderful routine communication with his external avatar, and knew the defeat.


    Meng Zhang could not help but sigh that his external incarnation was really unlucky.


    In its infancy, it suffered such a powerful blow.


    It''s wonderful. I want to find a foothold, settle down temporarily and recruit again.


    But the family that framed him before refused to let him go. Organized an army of ghosts and continue to chase him.


    Soon, it was wonderful to find that as long as you stay in a place a little longer, the enemy''s army will come to the door.


    In this way, too wonderful, there is no time to recruit and expand strength.


    Facing the enemy''s ghost army, it was wonderful and had to fall into fatigue.


    Just when too wonderful planned to fight back and wanted to break this situation, Meng Zhang contacted him.


    The last time Meng Zhang received the legacy left by Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace, he got the information of two treasures at the same time.


    Later, the spirit of the void tripod, the void son, helped Meng Zhang interpret the information.


    One of the easier treasures is hidden in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang was able to grow from a small monk to today. In addition to his own efforts, the ancestral heritage of Taiyi clan also played an important role.


    Although taiyimen in its heyday had long perished, its various successors did not annihilate and continued to play a role.


    Many times, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder whether his family could lead the Taiyi sect to rise again, whether it was the backhand left by the Taiyi sect''s ancestors, or whether the efforts of himself and the monks in the sect were more important?


    With Meng Zhang''s firm determination at this time, he will not be troubled by such problems for too long.


    Whether there is a successor left by the taiyimen elder or not, he will unswervingly lead the taiyimen down.


    Of course, we must try our best to obtain all kinds of heritages left by taiyimen elders.


    Meng Zhang is now a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen and has begun to consider the way of practice in the future.


    With the inheritance of taiyimen, he has a certain understanding of all kinds of spiritual realm and the need to break through the realm.


    After completing his cultivation in the later period of Yuanshen, his next goal is the realm of Yang God.


    He knew that in the later period of Yuanshen, friars needed to pass the thunder robbery and accept the test of the will of heaven to break through the realm of Yang God.


    But he knew nothing about what happened to Lei Jie and how to spend it.


    Of course, he would not think superficially that to survive a thunderstorm is to get a few lightning strikes at random.


    In the whole Jun dust world, the number of friars in the realm of Yang God is very rare.


    In the Middle Earth, where the spiritual civilization flourished, there may be many great monks in the later period of Yuanshen. However, most of the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen could not advance to the realm of Yang God.


    In the wild places far away from the Middle Earth, such as Jiuqu League and Daheng Xiuzhen world, the real king of Yang God has never been born.


    For thousands of years, many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen ended up depressed because they had no way forward in this life.


    There are also great friars in the later period of Yuanshen who do not hesitate to pay a painful price in order to go further.


    Xu Huanshan, the old leader of the Huanglian sect, even didn''t hesitate to use the power of the devil, and finally fell into the devil and was doomed.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, the supreme elder of the Qingyuan sect, in order to obtain a way to break through the realm of Yang God from the Dali Dynasty, did not hesitate to betray the sect, so that the Qingyuan sect, which dominated the Jiuqu League, perished, and the Jiuqu League fell into the hands of the Dali Dynasty.


    There are many similar examples.


    Although Meng Zhang asked himself in his heart, he would not be so crazy. He would never abandon everything he insisted on in order to break through the realm of Yang God.


    Of course, this is because Meng Zhang is still young. With the yuan God Zhen Jun Shou yuan, he still has at least one or two thousand years to live.


    He has been on the road of cultivation since then, but he has never encountered too much threshold.


    Many practitioners can easily break through the bottleneck that they can''t break through.


    So so far, he has not been distressed by the problem of practice.


    Perhaps, when he is trapped in a state of cultivation for thousands of years. I watched Shouyuan consume bit by bit, but I couldn''t make a breakthrough.


    Maybe at that point, his ideas will be different.


    Even Meng Zhang himself dare not say that he can always keep his original heart unchanged.


    Among the taiyimen inheritance classics obtained by Meng Zhang before, there is no specific content of the advanced Yang God period.


    The elders he came into contact with, including the ghosts and gods in the underworld, Shouzheng, and even the spirit of the void tripod, were far from practicing to the realm of Yang God. I know nothing about how to break through.


    Of course, their situation is different, and the information in this regard may not be urgently needed.


    Shouzheng has long been on the road of ghosts and gods, and is not the same cultivation system as the human cultivators. He no longer needs to break through the Yang God period.


    The realm division and advanced mode of the spirit are also very different from those of the practitioners.


    The four Dharma protectors who only have the strength of the golden elixir period can''t help Meng Zhang on this issue.


    Meng Zhang did not know whether the Taiyi sect in its heyday had ever produced the true king of the Yang God, and whether it had left the secret method of the advanced Yang God.


    However, the taiyimen inheritance in its heyday is the only direction he can strive to start.


    In other places of the Junchen world, including the heavenly palace, he could not find a way to break through the Yang God.


    The great power of returning to emptiness, such as mother-in-law of pulling silk, is also secret to similar dharmas.


    Meng Zhang wants to get it, I''m afraid he will pay a price he can''t afford.


    When there was no other way, Meng Zhang had to start with the treasure left by Taiyi gate.


    It is less difficult to start with the treasure left in the underworld. And there is too wonderful to help in the underworld, which will provide a lot of convenience.


    When contacting Taimiao, Meng Zhang learned about Taimiao''s situation and told him his requirements.

 Chapter 1237

    The light and shadow inheritance beads that originally recorded the specific information of the two treasures were encrypted with the top ciphertext of taiyimen.


    Even the leader Meng Zhang can''t crack this ciphertext.


    Later, it was the spirit of the void tripod. Kongzi cracked the ciphertext and told Meng Zhang all the contents of the light and shadow inheritance beads.


    In the later stage of Meng Zhang''s advanced Yuanshen, after refining the emptiness tripod, although the famous tool spirit of the emptiness son was not kind to him, he would at least obey his orders.


    All orders given by Meng Zhang as the leader will be executed without discount even if he does not agree with them. Not to mention some small things.


    Meng Zhang learned the most secret and almost unknown ciphertext of Taiyi gate from Xu Kongzi.


    Then he used the ciphertext he learned to crack the light and shadow inheritance bead.


    What he read from the light and shadow inheritance beads, of course, is exactly the same as what vanity son said.


    Originally, the elder ghosts and gods in the sect have been developing in the underworld for many years. Both their own strength and their own forces are far above Taimiao, who has just entered the underworld.


    However, Meng Zhang was unwilling to let Shouzheng participate in the search for the treasure this time.


    It''s not that he doesn''t trust Shouzheng, but that as a leader, he should master the minimum way of checks and balances. He can''t put all his eggs in one basket.


    What''s more, compared with the outsider, you can absolutely trust your own incarnation.


    Meng Zhang and his external incarnation are so wonderful that they have the same heart.


    Just because Yin and yang are separated, their minds can''t be synchronized.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao regularly contact, exchange information and communicate with each other.


    Too wonderful. After getting the information about the treasure from Meng Zhang, without any hesitation, she gave up all her previous plans and gave priority to looking for the treasure.


    In Taimiao''s heart, there is another thought.


    Since master Taiyi can hide this treasure in the underworld, there may be many items that can be used in the underworld to equip and strengthen the ghost army.


    Maybe this treasure will help too much.


    Meng Zhang also knew that all the sects in the Junchen world actually attached great importance to the underworld.


    Many Xiuzhen forces are making plans in the underworld, trying to create a situation here.


    Otherwise, there would not be so many yuan Shen Zhen Jun, who would take the initiative to transform into ghosts and gods.


    Yuan Shen Zhen Jun is transformed into ghosts and gods. The growth of Shou yuan is limited, and its strength will decline sharply.


    However, in the cultivation world, there has always been a steady stream of Yuanshen Zhenjun transformed into ghosts and gods and developed into the underworld.


    Of course, for those Yuanshen Zhenjun who have exhausted their potential or cannot go further, there may be new development in going to the underworld with many opportunities.


    It''s wonderful now. The situation in hell is not very good.


    His own strength is passable, but his men are short of soldiers and horses, so it is difficult to resist the ghost army.


    Taiyimen can pull up a powerful army of friars.


    However, yin and yang are separated. How to enter the underworld for support is wonderful. It is really a big problem.


    The special relationship between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao allows them to transmit a certain number of people or things to each other, but the number of people or things transmitted at one time cannot be too much.


    Meng Zhang can''t send an army of monks to the underworld for the time being.


    Moreover, when the monk army in the sun comes to the underworld, it will be suppressed by the rules of the underworld, and its strength will be greatly reduced. Really, against the ghost army, there is no other advantage except well-trained.


    If you can''t send the friar army, you can only ask for refinement, not more, and send a few strong people in the past.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao agreed to increase the frequency of contact in the future. Once needed, Meng Zhang immediately sent helpers from the sun.


    There are two main reasons why you don''t send helpers now.


    First, the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld itself exclude living creatures.


    Even if the yuan God Zhenjun stays in the underworld for a long time, he will lose a lot of longevity yuan.


    Second, living people are more likely to become the target of ghosts in the underworld.


    Unless it is in an orderly place, such as the Yin capital of Dali Dynasty.


    In other parts of the underworld, once ghosts find a living person, they will rush over desperately and try to devour each other.


    For ghosts, the flesh and blood of living people, especially the flesh and blood of powerful monks such as Yuanshen Zhenjun,


    It''s a real tonic.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to send it early and become the target of ghosts.


    The underworld is vast, almost boundless.


    Whether foreign ghosts and gods or ghosts native to the underworld, they have only visited a small part of the underworld.


    There are many places in the underworld that are too dangerous. Even if the return to emptiness in the world can be discouraged.


    When Taimiao first got the treasure information from Meng Zhang, she was worried that the area where the treasure was located was too dangerous to get close to.


    After reading this information, it was wonderful and relieved.


    Although there are many dangers in the area where the treasure is located, it is not insurmountable.


    I think so. Even if the Taiyi gate in its heyday was stronger, its strength was still limited, which was far inferior to those holy places.


    Even the strong men sent by the Holy Land Sect did not dare to wander in the underworld. Its influence cannot go deep into the underworld.


    Of course, there are many restrictions on the place where taiyimen ancestors hid their treasures.


    With the strength of taiyimen ancestors, it is impossible to go too deep into the underworld.


    Wonderful. I''ve been in hell for years. I also have some new understanding here.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s efforts to obtain the map of the underworld in the sun, especially in the heavenly palace.


    It''s wonderful. In the underworld, I also spent a lot of effort to get the map of the underworld.


    It''s wonderful now. At least I have a map of the areas where ghosts and gods often come and go, or where there are strongholds established by Terrans.


    The treasure of taiyimen is hidden in a place called ten thousand needle stone forest.


    That place is already a very peripheral area for the underworld area explored by the Terran friars.


    Those ghosts and gods transformed from the yuan God Zhenjun have not entered this place on a large scale.


    The nearest human strongholds to the ten thousand needle forest are still hundreds of thousands of miles away.


    The ten thousand needle stone forest is far away from the Yin wind plain. The distance is wonderful. At present, it is at least millions of miles or even tens of thousands of miles away.


    Even if the etheric speed is wonderful, you can''t get there overnight.


    What''s more, he has several men around him to slow down.


    Fortunately, there is no need to worry about exploring the treasure.


    The treasure has been hidden in that place for more than a thousand years, and there is no need to rush for a moment.


    It''s wonderful. After recognizing the position of the ten thousand needle stone forest, he changed his previous direction and started on the road with several of his men.


    Although the enemy who chased him would not let him go easily, he would still keep on chasing him.


    But with a new goal, I still feel much better.


    At the same time, in his heart, he began to plan a counterattack.

 Chapter 1238

    Taimiao led his few remaining men to fly towards the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    He was not surprised at his sudden change of direction and the pursuers who followed him thought it was just a means for him to escape.


    Among the pursuers, there are two ghosts with the initial strength of Yuanshen and one ghost with the initial strength of Yuanshen.


    They led thousands of ghost armies, followed the change of direction, and followed too wonderful behind.


    Compared with the Yang world of Jun dust world, the underworld is more chaotic and has more opportunities.


    However, those who have some ability and foresight will actively organize forces to slowly develop the underworld and obtain various interests when they have spare power.


    Of course, such actions have both successes and failures.


    Many times, the proportion of success is much lower than that of failure.


    Not to mention the dangers of the underworld, the changes in the situation of the sun will greatly affect the underworld.


    As for Meng Zhang, it''s not that he doesn''t want to put more power into the underworld, but taiyimen faces all kinds of enemies at the same time in the Yang world, and many places need hands.


    Basically, those who can barely gain a foothold in the underworld and establish some forces are the top cultivation forces in the underworld.


    For thousands of years, in the underworld, in addition to the local ghost forces, it is the power of cultivation forces from the sun.


    Behind this force, which plotted so well this time, is the Liuyun sect, a great practice sect in the middle earth of the Junchen world.


    Liuyun sect is also a Yuanshen sect that has been inherited for many years. In terms of strength, it may not be weaker than Taiyi sect in its heyday.


    Since the decision to develop the underworld, Liuyun sect has many Yuanshen Zhenjun, who have been transformed into ghosts and gods and entered the underworld.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun abandons the flesh and turns into ghosts and gods. His temperament often changes greatly, and most of them become more gloomy and ferocious.


    For thousands of years, many forces in the cultivation world have improved in response to this situation.


    After thousands of years of efforts, many truth cultivation forces have made some achievements and developed many auxiliary secrets.


    During the transformation, these auxiliary secrets are more or less effective and can help the yuan God Zhenjun maintain some of his original temperament.


    Of course, it''s still too difficult to completely keep nature unchanged.


    The most important time, after the yuan God Zhenjun turns into a ghost, no matter how his temperament changes, at least his IQ will not drop too much, let alone become a fool.


    It is very difficult for a newly transformed ghost to fight alone in such a dangerous place as hell.


    But with the help of the power of the sect, it will be much easier.


    Therefore, these transformed ghosts and gods, even if their temperament has changed greatly and they no longer care about the kindness of the sect, can''t leave the original sect from the perspective of interest relations.


    Perhaps, from a certain point of view, the pure interest relationship will be more lasting and reliable.


    Take Liuyun sect as an example. For thousands of years, there will be a lot of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door, embarking on the road of ghosts and gods.


    These yuan gods and true kings had to be transformed into ghosts and gods because of problems such as physical trauma. Or because there is no way forward on the road of practice, take the initiative to turn into ghosts and gods and find a new way


    After entering the underworld, they gathered under the banner of Liuyun sect and established a force.


    They cut off one side of the underworld and recruit troops and horses. Forcibly subdue all kinds of ghosts and spirits, take in isolated ghosts and gods, and constantly expand their own forces.


    After thousands of years of accumulation, the influence of Liuyun sect in the underworld can be regarded as a powerful party.


    Although it is far from being compared with the Yin capital city established by Dali imperial dynasty, it is not something ordinary ghosts or ghosts dare to provoke.


    This force continues to expand its power in the underworld and exploit all kinds of resources in the underworld. It is used to exchange various resources of Yangjian from Liuyun sect in Yangjian.


    With the support of the patriarchal clan of the Yangjian, the Yin and the Yangshi communicate with each other. This force is well-known around the Yinfeng plain.


    The reason why I stare at it is not that there are any grievances, but just habitual actions.


    In the underworld of the law of the jungle, it is normal for big fish to eat small fish and small fish to eat shrimp. There is no need to hide it.


    Don''t mention that entrapment is too clever. It''s profitable. Even if it''s unprofitable and purely harmful to others and not to yourself, these ghosts and gods in the underworld have done a lot.


    In order to eradicate the root, a ghost army chased after Taimiao.


    It''s wonderful. In order to take care of the few remaining men, I can''t fly with all my strength.


    After years of war in the underworld, there are many ways to control the ghost army.


    Although the really powerful dharmas are the secrets of major forces, many commonly used dharmas have long been spread through various channels.


    One ghost and two powerful ghosts connect their own breath with their ghost army.


    The whole ghost army has almost become a whole. It has the same breath. It can borrow strength from each other and cast all kinds of large-scale spells.


    The whole army of ghosts and monsters who have received the blessing of the art of resisting the wind has greatly increased their speed. It''s wonderful to keep chasing them.


    That''s wonderful. There''s a way to get rid of the pursuers if you like.


    But he is not a man without temper. He is determined to make a counterattack and revenge a small arrow first.


    After communicating with the master Meng Zhang, a simple counterattack plan came out soon.


    There are no sun, moon and stars in the underworld. It is dark all day.


    Occasionally there is some light, which is not particularly obvious.


    Since those ghosts and gods from the Yang world poured into the underworld, many Yang habits were also brought into the underworld.


    In many times, especially those ghosts and gods from the Yang world, they habitually distinguish twelve hours a day, month, day and so on.


    Taimiao and some of his men have been chased and killed by the ghost army behind him for more than half a month.


    That day, they flew into a narrow valley.


    In these days of pursuit, this ghost army has long known the general strength of the other party.


    It was wonderful. They flew in for less than half a day. An army of ghosts seemed to be riding the Yin wind, and floated into the valley by the wind.


    Shortly after the ghost army entered the valley, they saw Taimiao and several men blocking the way ahead.


    In the rear of the ghost army, Meng Zhang fell from the sky and blocked his way.


    This counterattack does not need too complex tactics, but a simple front and rear attack is enough.


    Meng Zhang could have been easily transferred to the incarnation too wonderful outside his body.


    After refining the void tripod, the ability of space transmission increases greatly.


    It''s wonderful to have an external avatar to provide guidance in the underworld. It''s more convenient for him to transmit space, which is almost unstoppable.


    After Meng Zhang appeared, like Taimiao in front of him, he killed the ghost army without saying a word.

 Chapter 1239

    Meng Zhang has not been to the underworld, but after becoming a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, he can only give full play to the strength in the middle period of Yuanshen, and can obviously feel the loss of Shouyuan.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang is not the kind of old friar whose life will be exhausted. According to the standard of yuan God Zhenjun, he is in his prime, and his life is still very long.


    He can fully afford the loss of longevity.


    Meng Zhang was even more indifferent to the fact that he could only give full play to the strength of Yuanshen in the middle period.


    As a spiritual cultivator, he has many means to deal with ghosts.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, a hot sun appeared in the sky.


    Almost endless light fell from the sky and fell into the ghost army in front.


    The great sun power of Zhizheng and Zhiyang is the bane of ghosts.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in the sun moon Avenue and can control the power of the sun and moon.


    Maybe the Dayi he turned out was not as good as those practitioners specializing in the sun Avenue, but it was more than enough to deal with the ghosts in front of him.


    I saw the strong Yin Qi in the outer layer of the ghost army when the hot sun passed, which was easily dispersed.


    With endless light and heat, the sun shines directly on the ghost army.


    Countless ghosts howled and fell to the ground, some directly disappeared into smoke, and some were like a lit torch, burning all over and running around


    One thing in the world conquers one thing. Meng Zhang showed his great power to restrain ghosts and hit the enemy''s weakness.


    There is no sun in the underworld, and these ghosts have never felt the heat of the sun.


    Meng Zhang has been practicing the sun moon rotation Sutra for many years, and he has accumulated a strong power of Zhiyang in his body for a long time.


    When he was free, he would occasionally collect and refine some real fire of the sun.


    In addition to preparing for a rainy day, it can also be given as a gift to the younger generation in the door.


    As the supreme god Zhenjun, Meng Zhang met with his disciples both inside and outside the sect.


    As long as he finds talented and hardworking young people, he doesn''t mind playing grandpa and giving them some rewards to help them in their practice.


    Meng Zhang''s illusion of the great sun contains a lot of real sun fire.


    In the front, too wonderful also began to attack the enemy and launched an attack on the ghost army.


    The ghost God, who commanded the ghost army, roared and concentrated the strength of the whole ghost army, intending to resist the big day that restrained his own attribute.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang directly controlled the big day in the sky, fell from the air and hit the ghost army heavily.


    After the roar, Dayi hit the center of the ghost army, leaving a huge pit on the earth.


    With the explosion of the big day, the flames danced and the flames spread all over the air. The whole ghost army was almost cut off from the center and began to become chaotic.


    The ghost who directly resisted the big day''s blow half knelt on the ground and was seriously injured.


    While the rest of the ghosts tried to reorganize the whole ghost army, another big day began to gather in the sky.


    In the desperate eyes of many ghosts, Dayi soon condensed into shape.


    It''s wonderful. In terms of attributes, it''s very close to natural ghosts and gods. Compared with the Buddha, it is more suitable for the environment of the underworld and can give full play to its combat effectiveness in the underworld.


    When Meng Zhang shot, it was wonderful to urge the power of ghosts and gods, turn into black dragons and jump at the rest of the ghost army.


    Too wonderful has been suppressed before because the enemy has an absolute quantitative advantage. After gathering the power of the whole ghost army, it''s too wonderful to break it alone.


    And it''s wonderful. The formation time of this external avatar is too short. Although taking a shortcut has great power, there is no matching way to play.


    In addition to a few gifted spells, he also needs time to slowly practice various magic powers and understand the road of heaven and earth.


    In the face of the ghost army, Taimiao has a strength, but it can''t play it at all.


    Now Meng Zhang broke the army of the whole ghost army. It''s wonderful to take advantage of it.


    There is no suspense about the outcome of the battle.


    After half a day, except for a few ghosts who escaped in disorder, the whole army of ghosts, including the ghost God and two ghosts with Yuanshen strength, were wiped out.


    Of course, it''s annihilation. After some ghosts are captured, it''s wonderful. Naturally, there are ways to let them join their own team.


    Originally, there were only two or three big cats and kittens left, which was supplemented.


    After the victory, Meng Zhang did not stay here long.


    He just said a few words with the four Dharma protectors he had not seen for a long time, and then sent them back to the Yangjian.


    In the grass slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, he left a space landmark to guide him back.


    As for the work of cleaning up the battlefield, eliminating the remaining enemies and subduing ghosts, it is naturally wonderful to deal with it by yourself.


    Through this counterattack, after the ghost army was eliminated. It not only dealt a great blow to the enemy, but also failed to allocate enough strength to continue chasing them in a short time.


    During this time, it''s wonderful that they will leave here far away, making it difficult for the enemy to track in the future.


    After ending the war and returning to taiyimen, Meng Zhang waited patiently.


    Too wonderful. After getting rid of the enemy''s pursuit, he embarked on the road to the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    The road is blocked and long, and the distant journey is full of unknown dangers.


    Wonderful. Through these battles, I also found my own shortcomings.


    After he got on the road, he didn''t rush to his destination.


    On the way, he walked and stopped, and he didn''t relax at all in his practice.


    He needs painstaking cultivation and long-term accumulation to give full play to his full strength.


    Every time he walked out of a certain distance, he would stop for a period of time for closed door cultivation.


    Sometimes, when he suddenly has an understanding on the road, he will stop temporarily.


    In addition, it was wonderful to lose the original ghost army. After fully seeing the power of the ghost army in the underworld, they also began to recruit ghosts and slowly form a new ghost army.


    On the road, if he meets a relatively weak group of ghosts that he thinks he can eat, he will attack decisively, defeat them and try his best to catch ghosts as prisoners.


    After selection, the captive who can tame the ghost will be incorporated into his own hands by him.

 Chapter 1240

    At the speed of Taimiao, even if it takes ten or twenty years, it may not be able to reach the destination million needle stone forest, let alone look for treasures.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, nor did he urge this external incarnation.


    The purpose of obtaining the treasure is to accept the legacy left by the ancestors of Taiyi sect and to enhance the strength of their own family and sect.


    This does not contradict the wonderful practice.


    Wonderful. Only when the strength is enhanced can we better foothold in the underworld and make a greater career in the underworld.


    There are so many cultivation forces in the Junchen world. They all strive to open up the underworld and establish forces in the underworld.


    There are many secrets that Meng Zhang does not know, but this does not prevent him from following suit.


    In its heyday, taiyimen could leave ghosts and gods in the underworld to guard the right. So far, it can play a role.


    With the deeper understanding of the underworld and ghosts and gods, Meng Zhang had a stronger idea in his heart.


    Meng Zhang decided to set aside Shouzheng and start a new stove to re-establish a force in the underworld.


    If Shouzheng is completely reliable, this force can be used as a supplement.


    If Shouzheng has any other thoughts in the future, this force can be used as a check and balance.


    Meng Zhang did not easily interfere with his actions because he had deep expectations of the wonderful incarnation outside his body.


    This external incarnation intelligence is not under Meng Zhang, but also inherited some of the abilities of natural ghosts and gods.


    He should know how to develop in the underworld and how to act, so as to strengthen himself as soon as possible and have more powerful power.


    In the following time, in addition to regular communication with Taimiao and synchronizing the information of both sides, Meng Zhang released his main attention from the underworld and put it back to the Yang world.


    There are still no major events in Jiuqu province. Taiyimen is still on the fast lane of rapid development.


    The development of a clan is not achieved overnight, nor can we see results in a short time.


    Anyway, since Meng Zhang became a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, many things began to go smoothly.


    In addition to developing Yuantu prairie, the Taiyi sect has completely absorbed the territory of Shangguan family, and began to provide resources for the sect.


    In his daily cultivation, Yuanshen Zhenjun needs to absorb not only high-end resources such as Jiutian essence and Yuqing spirit machine, but also many relatively low-end spirit objects.


    The main aspect of Yuanshen Zhenjun''s cultivation is to strengthen and refine his Yuanshen in addition to understanding the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Especially the monks in the later period of Yuanshen have to spend a lot of effort to refine their Yuanshen in order to fight against thunder robbery in the future.


    But this does not mean that the yuan God Zhenjun can ignore his own flesh.


    If Yuanshen Zhenjun loses his body, it means that the road of truth cultivation has come to an end.


    Whether it is transformed into ghosts or reincarnation, that is another matter.


    On weekdays, in order to warm the body and meet the needs of the body, we need to consume a large amount of resources.


    Taiyimen found several third-order spiritual veins full of vitality in the Gobi of evil wind, which were specially used to open up special spiritual fields and plant special spiritual valleys such as yellow crystal rice and blood spirit rice.


    A whole spiritual vein, but it can open up a special spiritual field of about one mu. Finally, the number of special Linggu planted is even less.


    After the Spirit Valley is made into spirit rice, it is specially used to worship the yuan God Zhenjun in the door.


    Only when Yuanshen Zhenjun eats these spiritual rice every day can he ensure that the flesh gets enough nutrition and energy.


    In order to plant these LingMi, it takes a lot of manpower and material resources.


    Moreover, these LingMi are just one of the many materials to support the yuan God Zhenjun.


    In fact, the worship enjoyed by the current Yuanshen Zhenjun of taiyimen is far from comparable to those of the top sects.


    In particular, those holy places have the legendary blessed land.


    In the blessed land, you can open up more high-level spiritual fields and plant more higher-level spiritual valleys.


    Their Yuanshen Zhenjun enjoys rich resources and has more powerful power.


    This is why Meng Zhang can''t wait to expand abroad when it is clear that taiyimen has not fully developed its existing territory.


    With the development of Taiyi sect, the more high-level friars in the sect, the more cultivation resources need to be consumed.


    The cultivator is like a gluttonous beast, and his desire for the resources of cultivation is almost endless.


    Sometimes, high-level friars have to use hundreds of friars to move mountains and seas and empty mountains


    A zongmen, especially a fast-growing zongmen like taiyimen, is eager for all resources. No matter people or goods, as long as they are useful to the sect, almost everyone comes.


    With the continuous expansion of the territory and the breeding of the population in the original territory, the number of mortals under the rule of taiyimen is also increasing.


    Since the rise of taiyimen, the threshold for joining taiyimen has been raised many times.


    However, the number of disciples of Taiyi sect is still growing rapidly.


    The number of disciples of Taiyi sect now far exceeds 10000.


    But even so, taiyimen often feels that they are short of manpower and can''t give consideration to many aspects.


    Those with poor qualifications who are not qualified to join taiyimen directly either join through some indirect ways or join other sects in hanhaidao alliance.


    Taiyimen is growing, and Hanhai daomeng under its control is also developing at a high speed.


    Due to the low threshold of recruiting disciples, the growth rate of the number of monks in Hanhai daomeng is much faster than that of Taiyi gate.


    If you count all the religious forces on the Yuantu prairie, the number of monks in the whole Hanhai Dao alliance has far exceeded 200000.


    Moreover, the number of disciples of Taiyi sect and monks of Hanhai daomeng is still growing at a high speed.


    Since taiyimen opened Yuantu prairie, more and more practitioners have come here to look for opportunities.


    After all, compared with Gobi and endless sand sea, Yuantu prairie is obviously richer and richer in resources.


    By taking refuge in Taiyi gate, these practitioners established their foundation here and opened up the mountain gate.


    They either established a family or established a sect, which became the vassal of Taiyi sect.


    Taiyimen''s solicitation for casual repair has never stopped.


    When the Taiyi gate was still a Jizong gate, an organization such as Tongxin alliance was established to attract monks from all sides.


    Up to now, every hall entrance in Taiyi gate has the right to recruit useful casual practitioners.


    In particular, the dark hall widely attracts monks from all walks of life as their own ears and eyes.


    Of course, most of these friars did not join taiyimen, but existed as peripheral members of the dark hall.


    Even Meng Zhang, the leader, doesn''t know how many such peripheral members there are.


    Taiyimen under Meng Zhang''s command has done a good job in confidentiality.


    Especially for intelligence agencies such as dark hall, many information is highly confidential. Even the ordinary elders in the door are not qualified to contact.

 Chapter 1241

    The dark hall of Taiyi gate is the most mysterious entrance.


    Unless a monk in the door has relevant needs, no matter how high his status and accomplishments are, he is not qualified to contact the secret of the secret hall.


    The dark hall directly listens to the order of Meng Zhang, who is under the management of an Muran. The other high levels in the door can''t intervene at all.


    The whole Taiyi gate, under the instruction of Meng Zhang, gave support to the dark hall in all aspects and invested a lot of resources.


    The dark hall also lived up to the expectations of the top and bottom of the door. Since its establishment, it has made many meritorious contributions.


    Recently, the dark hall reported two important pieces of information to Meng Zhang.


    Over the years, Dali imperial officials have not relaxed the monitoring and penetration of the Xiuzhen forces under their opponents.


    For example, taiyimen, which has a semi independent status for historical reasons, has always been unable to deviate greatly from the real trust of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang can even guess why Zhang Wei can suddenly accelerate to do so.


    What Meng Zhang and taiyimen did in the Dharma cultivation world should have been passed back to the Jiuqu province long ago.


    Dali imperial government has infiltrated the Daheng cultivation world for many years. No one knows how much power it hides there.


    Not to mention anything else, Hu Yiding, the demon practitioner of the heart demon Tao encountered by Meng Zhang, is said to have come from the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen made such a big noise in the Daheng cultivation world. They can''t hide it from the eyes and ears of the imperial dynasty.


    Zhang Weineng has only responded now, which is seriously lagging behind.


    Of course, it is also possible that a magic disaster is happening in the Dharma world, affecting the transmission of information between the two places.


    And Zhang Weineng will verify relevant information in many ways in order to be cautious.


    When he understood the whole thing, his fear and hatred for taiyimen would quickly increase.


    Meng Zhang''s collusion with Xiao Jiansheng has not been exposed yet.


    In the daytime Valley, I dare not easily reveal the secrets of Ziyang holy sect.


    Zhang Wei is afraid that taiyimen can create such a situation in the Daheng cultivation world, which is enough to show its strong strength.


    He had asked taiyimen to use its channels in the Daheng cultivation world to spread all kinds of demonized items, but Meng Zhang skillfully pushed them away.


    Later, the expedition army of the Dali imperial dynasty was trapped in the Daheng cultivation world. He also asked Meng Zhang for help, but Meng Zhang refused.


    Zhang Wei can easily guess that there has always been a long-distance transmission Dharma array leading to the Daheng cultivation world in the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang kept it a secret, but refused to help him.


    Meng Zhang''s loyalty to the Dali imperial dynasty is questionable. Zhang Weineng resents his blatant obedience to Zhang Weineng.


    If Meng Zhang and taiyimen had not become the climate, Zhang Weineng might have retaliated immediately.


    Although apparently he could not immediately retaliate against Taiyi gate, Zhang Weineng strengthened the infiltration and monitoring of Taiyi gate and its vassal forces in case of need.


    Meng Zhang can understand Zhang Weineng''s mind, but he will not relax his vigilance.


    To some extent, the official power of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province has become the great enemy of Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi gate should not only strengthen its defense, but also Meng Zhang should take action.


    The dark hall brought Meng Zhang. Even if Zhang Wei could be malicious to Taiyi gate, he had to order to strengthen prevention.


    At the same time, the dark hall should pay close attention to the official trend of Dali Dynasty.

 Chapter 1242

    In Meng Zhang''s heart, there has always been a hidden worry.


    Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, suddenly fainted and had to open the Taiyi gate first to integrate the human cultivation forces of the whole Jiuqu province.


    Although this possibility is very small, Zhang Weineng should not be so irrational.


    If Zhang Wei can attack taiyimen, even if he wins, he will pay a heavy price and give foreign invaders and other foreign enemies a chance to take advantage of it.


    But if he is determined and wants to fight outside, he must first settle inside, then taiyimen will be in great trouble.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and felt that he could not tolerate Zhang Wei blindly. Still need to shine your muscles and show your strength. Let him know that taiyimen is not what it used to be, not what it used to be.


    If you want to win taiyimen, it''s not worth the loss. You''ll knock off his big teeth.


    As for how to act, it can not only show strength and make Zhang Wei fear, but also will not completely intensify the contradictions between the two sides and lead to a complete reversal, which needs to be considered carefully.


    Meng Zhang summoned a group of top leaders in the door, including sun Pengzhi, a dog headed military master, to discuss the matter together.


    Since Sun Pengzhi joined taiyimen, he has performed well and made many contributions.


    He is resourceful and often puts forward constructive opinions.


    Although Meng Zhang hasn''t let go, he let him be the counselor of Taiyi gate. But many times, I will listen to his opinions.


    Such a key occasion for discussing major events will also enable sun Pengzhi to actively participate.


    This can not only listen to his valuable opinions and let him participate in major events, but also exercise him.


    After discussion, many proposals came out.


    Finally, sun Pengzhi gathered everyone''s opinions and formulated a plan for Meng Zhang to use.


    Meng Zhang himself also participated in the discussion, and of course there will be no objection to it.


    Meng Zhang gave an order as the leader, and the whole Taiyi sect immediately took action.


    Meng Zhang personally went to Huanglian to meet his old friend Xu Mengying.


    Over the years, Xu Mengying has gained a lot of benefits in the heavenly palace, most of which are spent on the door.


    Huanglian sect is an old sect in the age of Jiuqu League, with a long history and rich heritage.


    In the age of the old religious leader Xu Huanshan, he was qualified to participate in the struggle between the Qing Yuan sect and the jade sword sect.


    Although after a series of changes, the internal division of the sect began to weaken.


    However, after Xu Mengying took the post, he tried to revive the sect and adopted various means.


    Up to now, although there are still many problems in Huanglian religion, it can be regarded as a true Yuanshen sect, which is gradually restoring its style in its heyday.


    Not to mention anything else, just from the top floor of the door, Xu Mengying was a monk in the middle of the yuan God. Xu daoran sits in the heavenly palace all year round, and his accomplishments are also growing steadily.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, there seem to be several Jindan friars in Huanglian sect who are trying to attack the yuan God period.


    As long as one of these people succeeds, the Huanglian sect will appear. Huanglian sect can get too many benefits from Taiyi sect.


    Of course, for taiyimen, with allies like Huanglian sect, we can greatly enhance the power of control.


    Governor Zhang Weineng, after Meng Zhang was promoted to the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, apparently still maintained a good relationship with taiyimen, but secretly made a lot of small moves.


    Dali, the official power of the imperial dynasty, is secretly infiltrating into Huanglian sect and other sects.


    Zhang Weineng''s envoys also actively wooed the sects of Huanglian sect and changchunguan, trying to woo them to their own side.


    Of course, because of the prestige established by Meng Zhang over the years, the masters of these sects have no intention to deviate from the Taiyi gate for the time being.


    However, Meng Zhang couldn''t watch this happen and didn''t respond at all.


    If Zhang Wei is allowed to use his means, in the long run, these zongmen will gradually alienate from Taiyi gate.


    Now, Meng Zhang is solving the problem once and for all.


    Meng Zhang came to see Xu Mengying this time. There are many things that need her cooperation.


    They had a long and sincere talk, and Meng Zhang also made a lot of commitments.


    Xu Mengying has been a loyal supporter of Meng Zhang for so many years. Even the emissary sent by Zhang Weineng offered a high price to win her over, she did not waver.


    This is not only because of the friendship between them, but also because Xu Mengying has always seen it clearly.


    For Dali Dynasty, Huanglian sect was always an outsider. After using it, it will be abandoned like my shoes.


    Once the Huanglian sect develops and grows, like the Taiyi sect, it shows enough power to threaten the rule of the Dali Dynasty, it will be secretly rejected and hostile by the Dali Dynasty, just like today''s Taiyi sect.


    However, taiyimen always needs the support of Huanglian sect and will always regard it as the most important ally.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying can carry out their own plan after they have negotiated.


    Meng Zhang extended invitations to the four sects of changchunguan, Qiqiao, huolieshan and wurift valley.


    He invited the leaders of the four families to go to baicaopo, the gate of Taiyi gate. He had something important to discuss with them.


    Among them, changchunguan, Qiqiao sect and huolieshan sect are all Meng Zhang''s scheduled allies.


    As for wurift Valley, although he has always been against taiyimen, wurift Zhenjun also greatly offended Meng Zhang.


    However, Lord Meng Zhang has a lot of, and he still gave wurift the last chance.


    If you know the truth, you can continue to exist in Jiuqu Province, and there may be further development.


    But if you don''t know how to live or die, there is no need to exist.


    On the appointed day, in addition to Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang, they had already come to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Changchun Zhenjun of Changchun temple, Qiqiao Zhenjun of Qiqiao sect and Huolie Zhenjun of huolieshan all came here on time.


    Only the real king without Rift Valley ignored Meng Zhang''s invitation and lost his last chance.


    Changchun Zhenjun and Qiao Zhenjun needless to say, have long been accepted by Meng Zhang. Not obedient, at least obedient, dare not violate Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Huolie Zhenjun is always rebellious and hot tempered. He is not a fool. He knows that he can''t contradict Meng Zhang head-on.


    In the past, when we discussed matters together, we relied on the old to sell the old, took the opportunity to make more benefits, and never dared to make trouble.


    Later, Meng Zhang''s thunderbolt means of blatantly exterminating the Shangguan family shocked him and made him dare not have other ideas.


    Now Meng Zhang has become a great monk in the later period of the yuan God, and he has the ability to crush all the people present.


    Huolie Zhenjun not only came here honestly, but also had a low eyebrow and a low profile.

 Chapter 1243

    They gathered together and came to the sect Hall of Taiyi gate.


    After a few routine greetings, Meng Zhang stopped talking nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    He invited changchunguan, Qiqiao sect, Huanglian sect and huolieshan sect to officially join the Hanhai Dao alliance led by taiyimen.


    Of course, because these four were originally independent yuanshenzongmen, unlike the current members of Hanhai daomeng, they are basically the vassals of Taiyi gate.


    After they joined Hanhai daomeng, their status was naturally different.


    Meng Zhang offered good conditions to attract the four families.


    After joining Hanhai road alliance, they have a high status, a certain degree of autonomy and can enjoy many benefits.


    As for the specific details, several monks in the door can slowly negotiate with the Taiyi door in the future.


    In a word, Meng Zhang will not let everyone suffer.


    We joined Hanhai daomeng and really became a family with taiyimen. We can help each other and go abroad together in the future.


    Compared with the nameless League before, Hanhai daomeng is more atmospheric.


    In the past, Meng Zhang established an unknown alliance in order to integrate the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu province.


    Although Meng Zhang is the leader of this small alliance, he does not have much control over the whole alliance.


    At the beginning of the establishment of the minor league, various Xiuzhen forces were still afraid of taiyimen. There are many restrictions on Meng Zhang, the leader. Even the headquarters of the alliance are located in Huanglian holy mountain, the headquarters of Huanglian cult.


    After these Xiuzhen forces joined the Hanhai Dao alliance, they would never have the same situation as before.


    As the leader of Hanhai Daoist alliance, Meng Zhang has absolute authority over all the cultivation forces under his command. He can force them to obey.


    In fact, Meng Zhang has been controlling the unknown small alliance by various means, and constantly strengthening the relationship with various Xiuzhen forces.


    Huanglian sect has the closest relationship with Taiyi sect. Changchunguan and Qiqiao sect are increasingly inseparable from Taiyi sect, and huolieshan is unwilling to confront Taiyi sect head-on.


    After the first World War to eliminate the Shangguan family, this small league has in fact been completely controlled by taiyimen, but it lacks a name.


    Now we have officially joined Hanhai road alliance, and we have become a group in good faith.


    Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult had settled with Meng Zhang before.


    Ji Qiao Zhen Jun of Ji Qiao sect and Changchun Zhen Jun of Changchun Temple dare not disobey Meng Zhang''s meaning.


    Huolie Zhenjun is not a fool. He knows the current situation and can''t refuse by himself.


    Finally, on behalf of their Xiuzhen forces, all the Yuanshen Zhenjun present expressed their willingness to join Hanhai daomeng.


    Strike while the iron is hot. After everyone agreed, Meng Zhang immediately announced that he would hold a grand ceremony to celebrate everyone''s participation.


    Originally, maybe Huolie Zhenjun and others wanted to delay by discussing their future status and treatment in the Tao alliance.


    However, in the face of Meng Zhang''s pressing step by step, they can''t delay.


    After they agreed to join the Hanhai Taoist alliance, Huolie Zhenjun immediately rushed back to the sect and discussed with the middle and senior level of the sect.


    Since they know that joining Hanhai daomeng is inevitable, they naturally have to strive for all kinds of benefits for their family.


    Several zongmen sent special teams to taiyimen Mountain Gate to discuss with taiyimen on the specific matters of joining Hanhai daomeng.


    They are in intensive negotiations, and the grand celebration began before many details were settled.


    At baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate, taiyimen sprinkled invitations and invited guests from all parties to participate in the celebration.


    All the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu province became a member of hanhaidao alliance except for no rift valley.


    The guests invited this time are mainly the major religious forces in the south of Jiuqu province. Among them, governor Zhang Weineng, the representative of the official forces of the Dali imperial dynasty, was also invited.


    The major religious forces in the south of Jiuqu province bought the face of Meng Zhang and sent envoys to congratulate him.


    Even Xuanfeng Zhenjun came to congratulate him personally even though he was an official of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Governor Zhang Weineng certainly didn''t want to see the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu province. They were basically caught by taiyimen and almost all joined Hanhai daomeng.


    But at this time, he had no ability to forcibly stop.


    He wouldn''t have forced a war with taiyimen because of this.


    Although he is a provincial governor in power, he still can''t go his own way. Instead, he will be subject to many constraints.


    Especially now, the situation is delicate. Many religious forces in the south of Jiuqu province need his good comfort.


    After thinking about it, Zhang Weineng sent Wen dongzhenjun as his messenger to participate in the ceremony.


    As for big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance, Meng Zhang regarded them as non-existent. I never say hello to anything.


    While holding the grand ceremony, taiyimen also did one thing.


    Under the organization of the dark hall friars, the Taiyi sect conducted a top-down clean-up of the interior of its own sect and the interior of Hanhai daomeng, and comprehensively eliminated the friars who colluded with Dali imperial officials.


    The Taiyi gate is fine. The Dharma in the gate is strict. The friars know the importance. However, there are many monks on the side of Hanhai daomeng who have done something they shouldn''t do.


    As the leader of the dark hall, an Muran comprehensively presided over the action.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to make a big fight, let alone carry out a bloody internal cleaning.


    Taiyimen is nominally the Xiuzhen force under the Dali emperor.


    It is natural for both Taiyi disciples and friars of Hanhai Taoist League to have normal contacts with official friars of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Of course, there must be someone who secretly colludes with each other and betrays the intelligence of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng.


    Even many interest exchanges and various transactions can not be avoided.


    An Muran followed Meng Zhang''s meaning and did not blindly expand the scope of the attack.


    Some friars who betrayed the interests of Hanhai daomeng became an example.


    Ann silently cleaned up a few monks and warned and intimidated the rest.


    The action of the dark hall shows the attitude of the upper class of Taiyi gate, especially Meng Zhang.


    Dali was an outsider or even an enemy.


    When communicating with the monks of Dali imperial dynasty, it''s best to have a bottom line and don''t cross the line easily.


    Meng Zhang did not like the official power of Dali Dynasty and showed hostility if there was nothing.


    All the friars of the hanhaidao alliance were warned and knew what to do in the future.


    For a moment, on the side of Hanhai daomeng, he began to slowly cut off contact with Dali imperial officials.


    The members of Hanhai daomeng, who had made friends with the official friars of Dali imperial dynasty, were busy cutting off contacts with each other and drawing a clear line.


    Many private contacts and transactions have disappeared.

 Chapter 1244

    Meng Zhang also knew that when the water was clear, there was no fish. He did not strictly investigate the contacts between the friars of Hanhai daomeng and the official friars of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The most is to let Ann quietly catch some guys who have gone too far and clean them up as a model.


    As a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he still has enough deterrent power.


    As long as he clearly shows his attitude, the whole hanhaidao alliance should know how to act in the future.


    There are really those stubborn and mercenary guys. The dark hall of taiyimen will clean them up slowly.


    As for the new Xiuzhen sects who joined taiyimen, at least taiyimen will show enough respect for them for a long time in the future.


    After a long time in the future, taiyimen, as the leader of Hanhai daomeng, has enough advantageous power to slowly penetrate and influence these sects.


    Meng Zhang believes that they will eventually be completely controlled by taiyimen through Hanhai daomeng.


    Although these sects colluded with more monks than the official monks of the imperial dynasty and mastered a lot of power, Meng Zhang was also indifferent.


    Now that they have joined the Hanhai road alliance and completely boarded the thief ship of taiyimen, it is easy to get on the ship but difficult to get off the ship. In the future, they will be completely unable to get away. Only they can honestly stand aside with taiyimen.


    On the day of the ceremony, Meng Zhang felt a surge of pride in the face of visitors from all sides.


    After a series of tedious processes, the ceremony began to come to an end.


    At this time, Meng Zhang loudly announced a big news to the people.


    For many years, wuchazhen Jun without Rift Valley has been colluding with foreign invaders, providing various help to foreign invaders and guiding them to wreak havoc in Jiuqu province.


    The reason why the demon and spirit families from abroad have been in trouble for so many years is that no Rift Valley has played a great role in the middle.


    Now, Meng Zhang wants to act on behalf of heaven, mobilize the power of the whole Hanhai Tao alliance, eliminate the traitors and scum of the cultivation world of wurift Valley, and cut off the tentacles of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang made such a declaration in public, which surprised everyone and made a lot of comments.


    No Rift Valley, but from the age of Jiuqu League, it is the famous Yuanshen sect.


    After taking the initiative to take refuge in Dali imperial court, at least on the surface, he was still a good minister of Dali imperial court, and had no intention of not being subject at all.


    Last time Zhang Weineng ordered Meng Zhang to destroy the Shangguan family who tried to collude with Ziyang Shengzong. Although wurift occupied the opposite of Taiyi gate, it was not because wurift and Shangguan family were together.


    That''s just because wucrack Zhenjun offended Meng Zhang and was full of vigilance against Meng Zhang.


    Governor Zhang Weineng is also well aware of this.


    After eliminating the Shangguan family, Meng Zhang didn''t bother to find trouble without Rift Valley, but had many things to do.


    Knowing that there is no Rift Valley and taiyimen are at odds, governor Zhang Weineng will certainly not miss this opportunity.


    Zhang Weineng sent people to secretly woo wurift Valley and make it his own eyes and ears, constantly monitoring various trends in the north of Jiuqu province.


    Before wurift Valley, he joined the small alliance created by Meng Zhang just because of his interests in order to obtain more benefits.


    After the quarrel between wucrack Zhenjun and Meng Zhang, although it was not publicly announced, wurift has actually separated from the small alliance.


    For Dali imperial government''s solicitation, wucrack Zhenjun is certainly desirable.


    Wucrack Zhenjun thinks he has become a direct subordinate force of Dali imperial government. With a backer behind him, he can compete with taiyimen in the future without fear of Meng Zhang''s retaliation and attack.


    Especially when Meng Zhang became a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, especially after Zhang Weineng knew what he had done in the Daheng cultivation world, the position of wurift in Zhang Weineng''s eyes became more important.


    Over the years, the collusion between the governor''s office of Jiuqu province and wurift Valley has deepened day by day.


    No Rift Valley has gained many benefits from the official side of Jiuqu province.


    Zhang Weineng began to make various preparations and tried to strengthen the strength of no rift valley.


    No Rift Valley can be of great use in case of conflict with taiyimen.


    When the whole northern part of Jiuqu province is about to fall into the full control of Taiyi gate, wurift Valley is unique, that is, a sharp knife pointed at the belly of Taiyi gate.


    At this time, Meng Zhang actually put charges on wurift in public, ready to start against wurift.


    The other guests were all right. They talked a few words at most and lamented Meng Zhang''s ruthlessness and boldness.


    However, Wen Dongzhen, the representative of governor Zhang Weineng, suddenly broke out.


    If you want to add sin, you have no choice.


    In any case, wurift Valley is subordinate to the Xiuzhen sect of Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang''s arbitrary accusation that he wanted to clear the rift valley was so shameless that he simply ignored the official of Dali imperial court.


    Hearing that Mr. Dongzhen couldn''t care about anything else, he stood up and questioned Meng Zhang in public.


    As an authentic sect, Taiyi sect should pay attention to its reputation.


    Meng Zhang has long wanted to deal with wurift Valley, which has been delayed for various reasons.


    After all, he has more important things to consider than no rift valley.


    No Rift Valley''s collusion with governor Zhang Weineng is not too confidential.


    No Rift Valley even deliberately publicized that he had Zhang Weineng as his backer.


    Meng Zhang wants to demonstrate to Zhang Weineng and show the powerful power of taiyimen, so he needs to find a goal of Liwei.


    Compared with the left and right, no Rift Valley has become the most suitable target.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to claim that there was no Rift Valley to collude with Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, the person who really colludes with Ziyang Shengzong is himself. He always feels a little strange to put this crime on wurift valley.


    After thinking about it, he put a bigger charge on the Rift Valley - colluding with foreign invaders to harm the Terran.


    The struggle between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong can also be said to be a contradiction within the human race.


    The demons and spirits from abroad are the great enemies of the human race.


    No one betrays the human race and is willing to be raped. That''s a real crime and unforgivable.


    Taiyimen dealt with it decisively and cleaned up the door for the Terran. That''s a just move.


    Seeing that Wen Dongzhen jumped out to stop him, Meng Zhang was not angry.


    Since he announced it in public, he naturally considered all kinds of situations.


    Of course, Wen Dongzhen won''t watch Meng Zhang do whatever he wants.


    If Meng Zhang is allowed to attack the rift valley so easily, where is the official authority of the imperial dynasty?


    Many people know that Wufeng took refuge in governor Zhang Weineng, sought asylum and received Zhang Weineng''s support.


    Meng Zhang is ready to attack wurift Valley, which is basically provoking Dali imperial officials and slapping governor Zhang Weineng in the face.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun jumped out to stop Meng Zhang even though he knew he was not his opponent.


    But he did not know that what he had done had long been counted by Meng Zhang.


    This time, Meng Zhang not only wanted to destroy the old rival of wurift Valley, but also took the opportunity to damage the official authority of Dali imperial dynasty.

 Chapter 1245

    Looking at Wen Dongzhen, who jumped out on his own initiative, Meng Zhang asked coldly, "brother Wen Dong, do you want to protect these scum of the human race who collude with foreign invaders?"


    "I don''t know if that''s what you mean, or governor Zhang?"


    As soon as Meng Zhang opened his mouth, he obviously had a bad intention. He not only put on a big hat for Wen Dongzhen, but also brought in governor Zhang Weineng.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s question, Wen Dongzhen Jun was so angry that his face turned red.


    "Meng Zhang, don''t spit out blood and put charges on people at will for no reason."


    Meng Zhang shook his head and his face was full of pity.


    "You are confused to hear from old brother Dong. We must have enough evidence to do so since we dare to expose their charges."


    "I heard you, brother Dong. How can you cover up these scum for some private friendship?"


    "Do you know what governor Zhang did?"


    Wen dongzhenjun was very angry, but he didn''t continue to argue with Meng Zhang.


    He represents governor Zhang Weineng, who, in reasonable terms, should have supreme authority in Jiuqu province.


    In front of such a door, he should be higher.


    However, Meng Zhang completely ignored him and the authority of governor Zhang Weineng.


    Even if there is really any problem in the rift valley, it should be handled by the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty. Meng Zhang is really not qualified to take over the responsibility.


    When he threatened to destroy the rift valley, he was beating Dali in the face of the imperial dynasty.


    Moreover, he splashed dirty water and climbed and bit indiscriminately. He simply ignored the governor''s office of Jiuqu province.


    As Wen Dongzhen, he continued to argue with Meng Zhang, which not only damaged his face, but also seriously damaged the dignity of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Hearing that Dongzhen Jun was angry at Meng Zhang, his eyes full of warning seemed very fierce.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to talk to Wen Dongzhen. Everything is enough. If he continues to stimulate him, he will make any extreme response, it will be bad.


    In the final analysis, Meng Zhang was unwilling to completely tear his face with the Dali Dynasty.


    Stay on the front line and see each other in the future.


    When Ziyang Shengzong failed to completely defeat Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang was still a minister of Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang openly attacked the rift valley in front of all guests participating in the celebration and claimed to destroy each other.


    None of these guests who knew well dared to say a word.


    Especially after seeing the dispute between Wen Dongzhen Jun and Meng Zhang, everyone pretended not to see all this.


    Today''s affairs are a fuse, which will lead to chaos in Jiuqu province.


    Soon after Meng Zhang announced this, the celebration ended.


    All the guests left here in a hurry, as if they were on fire at home, regardless of the host''s hospitality.


    They should take back what happened at the celebration ceremony and tell the door as soon as possible.


    If Meng Zhangzhen and Governor Zhang Wei can have a conflict, all the forces of truth cultivation should make preparations in all aspects as soon as possible.


    Wen dongzhenjun finally warned Meng Zhang and left in a hurry.


    He wants to report Meng Zhang''s latest attitude to Zhang Weineng.


    If Meng Zhang really starts on the rift valley, governor Zhang Wei can certainly not sit idly by and must make a correct response.


    The celebration ceremony has just ended, and the long prepared army of taiyimen friars has completed the assembly.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity for allies such as Huolie Zhenjun and Changchun Zhenjun to come to the celebration ceremony, Meng Zhang called them all and invited them to go to the wurift valley together.


    Let alone the power of taiyimen, even if Meng Zhang alone, he is sure that he can destroy Wuchang.


    The reason why we are called on is to show that we are allies who advance and retreat together from now on.


    Second, it also shows that he has integrated the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jiuqu province and has the intention of demonstrating to governor Zhang Weineng.


    Outside the Baicao slope at the gate of taiyimen mountain, a huge flying boat team blocked out the sky and the sun, and had long been ready for the expedition.


    Before outsiders knew it, Taiyi sect mobilized its disciples and recruited some friars from Hanhai Taoist League. They took a flying boat and moved outside the Baicao slope of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang invited all his allies to board a third-order flying boat.


    With his order, the whole flying boat team took immediate action and flew at high speed in the direction of no rift valley.


    In addition to Xu Mengying, Changchun Zhenjun, Qiaozhen Jun and Huolie Zhenjun invited by Meng Zhang, there are also three Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate.


    Niu Dawei, Jin Lizhen, Meng Zhang''s first disciples, and an Xiaoran, the second disciple who just came back from the heavenly palace.


    This expedition does not mean that an Xiaoran, the yuan God, is lacking in combat power. The main purpose is to let her see the world and increase some experience of Yuanshen level war.


    According to the information collected by taiyimen for many years, there are only two yuan God Zhenjun at most in the wurift Valley, including wucrack Zhenjun.


    The number of friars without Rift Valley is not very large, and the total number is up to two or three thousand.


    In the age of Jiuqu League, wurift valley was a closed and conservative sect, rarely involved in foreign affairs.


    Wurift Valley is nominally a sect, but the monks it recruits are mainly selected from several Xiuzhen families around wurift Valley, and basically will not recruit outsiders.


    There is no Rift Valley in the north of Jiuqu Province, which has been covered with a mysterious veil.


    The monk of his sect seldom walks outside. If not necessary, he will not actively associate with other monks.


    For many years, Tai Yi men''s Secret hall has secretly investigated the rift valley, but has not investigated much useful information.


    Most of the information that spies in the dark hall can get is outdated information that everyone knows.


    Of course, the general strength of no Rift Valley is difficult to hide from the ears and eyes of spies from all parties.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, no matter how mysterious wurift Valley is and how many cards it has, its power is only that. It can''t turn into flowers anyway.


    I personally led the army to go. How much resistance can I have without the Rift Valley?


    There was still a period of time between Meng Zhang''s public announcement of his intention to destroy the rift valley and his leading of a large army of friars.


    This is the escape time left by Meng Zhang to friar wurift valley.


    If the senior level of wurift knows what''s good or bad, wurift Zhenjun should immediately dismiss the friars, go east and West and close the door.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to kill all the disciples of wurift valley.


    He will occupy the mountain gate without Rift Valley and bring all his territory into the rule of taiyimen.


    As for those who escaped without Rift Valley friars, as long as they don''t take the initiative to fight against taiyimen in the future, Meng Zhang will be very generous to leave them a way to live.


    After all, no Rift Valley is just a bad disaster this time. Meng Zhang''s real goal this time is to show strength and deter Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu province.


    The army of friars of Taiyi gate took a flying boat and formed a huge team. In this way, they killed the target.

 Chapter 1246

    Although the whole flying boat team is basically all kinds of third-order flying boats, there are many third-order warships. The whole team also speeds up and will not stop halfway.


    However, no Rift Valley is not close to the Gobi.


    With the marching speed of the flying boat team, even if there is no delay, it will take at least five or six days to reach the destination.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. He talked freely with several allies on the flying boat.


    He regarded the expedition as a practical drill.


    Even if the non Rift Valley received the news in advance and made all kinds of combat preparations, it was unable to compete with this friar army.


    If there is no Rift Valley to escape in advance, taiyimen will save some energy and avoid a big war.


    Although it is said that the cultivation world has always paid attention to killing all and uprooting all, the purpose of this action is to show strength.


    It is enough to break the rift valley and completely annex its territory.


    If the killing is too bloody and completely angers governor Zhang Weineng, it will be bad.


    The flying boat team quickly left the Gobi and entered the territory of the original Jiuqu League.


    Along the way, many Xiuzhen forces of Hanhai daomeng took the initiative to send a team of monks to join the army and join the expedition even if they did not receive the order of recruitment.


    When passing through Dafeng City, the three third-order flying boats sent by the ancient moon family, carrying the monks of the ancient moon family, soon joined the team.


    Next, powerful Xiuzhen sects such as huoyun sect and Heming sect also sent a team of monks to join this army.


    Taiyimen didn''t lack this strength, but they still accepted these teams.


    The active participation of these Xiuzhen forces only shows an attitude that they are only the leader of taiyimen.


    There are many forces of truth cultivation in the Han Hai Dao alliance, among which there is no lack of a strong sect.


    In addition to the Huanglian sect and huolieshan sect, the four sects joined this time are actually limited in strength.


    If we were not lucky enough to have two true monarchs, we might not be as powerful as Xiuzhen forces such as huoyun sect and Dafeng City.


    Although we have long known that taiyimen is not only powerful, but also the cultivation power of Hanhai daomeng is very powerful.


    But knowing is one thing and seeing it with your own eyes is another.


    This army of monks who set out for the war only concentrated a small part of the forces that taiyimen could mobilize, but it was enough to shock several new allies.


    The flying boat team carrying the taiyimen expedition army moved forward at a high speed.


    Meng Zhang and several monks of the same rank talked about metaphysics and Taoism together and exchanged some experience of practice.


    We don''t feel bored. Instead, we feel that time passes quickly.


    When they were talking happily, the flying boat team swaggered into the territory without rift valley.


    No Rift Valley is located in the north of Jiuqu Province, not too far from Huanglian holy mountain, the Mountain Gate of Huanglian sect.


    The territory without Rift Valley is a rolling mountain.


    Its mountain gate is surrounded by mountains, which is a continuous valley between mountains.


    After the flying boat team entered the territory without Rift Valley, it was not intercepted, and no friars dared to take the initiative to attack.


    But the friar army will not let this territory go.


    Taiyimen''s action this time is to occupy the rift valley and completely control its subordinate territory.


    Several flying boats left the brigade and began to land nearby.


    A group of friars jumped down from the flying boat and began to capture the key points on the territory and control the places where resources are produced.


    Large forces remained unaffected and continued to fly at high speed.


    But every time after a certain distance, one or two flying boats occasionally leave the team to perform various occupation tasks.


    When the army crossed the high mountains and appeared outside the mountain gate without Rift Valley, about three-quarters of the flying boats remained in the whole flying boat team.


    Around the valley where the mountain gate without Rift Valley is located, it has long been ready for battle.


    I saw all kinds of lights shining over the whole valley. Layers of heavy light curtains cover the valley tightly.


    Monk wurift didn''t escape in advance, which was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    After entering the territory without Rift Valley, there has been no resistance. It seems that there should be no Rift Valley to give up its territory, shrink all its forces back to the mountain gate and concentrate on the final resistance.


    These guys dare to stick to the mountain gate and dare to use Mantis as a cart. I don''t know what they rely on? Or are they really reluctant to give up the mountain gate?


    With the arrival of the flying boat team, the colors of light over the valley changed fiercely, and the dazzling light made people almost unable to open their eyes.


    Meng Zhang took a casual look.


    Well, it''s actually a fourth-order protection array.


    I really didn''t expect that there is such an inside story without rift valley.


    However, do they think they can resist the friars of Taiyi gate by relying on a four-level protection array?


    Even the most proficient array expert Wen qiansuan didn''t go out with him. It''s not difficult to break through this four-level protection array with the strength of the army alone.


    Even if Meng Zhang wants to spend less power, he can spend it slowly and fight a protracted war with the non rift valley side.


    There can be no legendary blessed land without rift valley. It has up to three levels of spiritual veins.


    To maintain this fourth-order defense array, we must continuously invest a lot of resources.


    Even if the family is rich, it can''t last too long.


    Of course, Meng Zhang still decided to make a quick decision and try not to delay too long.


    Since the other party is ready to resist, Meng Zhang has no nonsense.


    With Meng Zhang''s order, the attack on the rift valley was launched in an all-round way.


    Meng Zhang''s third-order flying boat flew to the side of the battlefield, high above.


    Meng Zhang invited several allies to the bow to watch the battle below.


    Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen Jun flew over the non Rift Valley and began to attack the fourth order Dharma array.


    Niu Dawei majored in wind thunder Avenue and Jin Lizhen Jun majored in thunder Avenue. Both of them are experts who are good at controlling thunder method.


    I saw dark clouds immediately over the rift valley, strong winds, thunder, electric snakes running around


    Heavy thunder and lightning fell from the sky and hit the defense array below.


    The strong wind wrapped in countless thunder balls roared past and blew fiercely towards the rift valley.


    ¡­¡­


    As soon as Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen took action, they showed their best skills and showed no mercy.


    An Xiaoran flew behind the two and pressed the array for them.


    About a dozen third-order warships flew near Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen Jun to provide cover for them, but also began to attack the fourth-order protection array below, trying to consume the power of the array.

 Chapter 1247

    There are many kinds of flying boats in the cultivation world. Because of different uses and different strengthening directions, special types such as warships and cloud boats have been developed.


    Only flying boats of level 3 and above have the special classification of warships.


    As the name suggests, a warship is a special flying boat specially used in the battlefield.


    Warships have strengthened their combat capability, and have performed well in both ground attack and air combat.


    If we simply talk about the power of attack, the third-order warship is still above the ordinary golden elixir real person.


    Especially in large-scale wars, warships are almost indispensable.


    More than a dozen third-order warships flew over and launched an attack. I saw all kinds of mechanism creations placed on the warship, constantly spitting fire tongues and so on downward.


    Although Niu Dawei, they put a lot of pressure on the fourth-order defense array.


    However, it will take at least two or three days for an attack of this level alone to break the array and enter the rift valley.


    If Meng Zhang takes action, he will certainly speed up the end of the battle.


    This time, however, he had to watch the war with several allies who had just joined Hanhai daomeng, so that the friars in Taiyi gate could give a good performance.


    All kinds of attacks constantly hit the fourth-order protection array.


    The non rift friars who control the array not only defend, but also actively launch counterattacks.


    Neither Niu Dawei nor Jin Lizhen nor the dozen third-order warships suffered losses in the counterattack of the big array.


    Seeing the fierce battle ahead, we can''t tell the outcome in a short time. Meng Zhang was not worried at all. He was very interested in commenting on the war situation in front of the people.


    An Xiaoran, who had been pressing the array behind, saw Niu Dawei''s fierce attack, which almost attracted all the attention of the enemies in the array. She took a chance and began to act.


    An Xiaoran fell from a high altitude and landed in front of the fourth-order protection array.


    With one hand pointing to the front, she sacrificed a fourth-order array breaking amulet and gently shot at the big array.


    Array breaking talisman is a special talisman, which is specially used to break the Dharma array.


    Refining the broken array talisman requires the cooperation of the talisman and the array mage, and also consumes a lot of precious materials.


    The more advanced the array breaking talisman is, the more difficult it is to refine. It is very rare in the market.


    Taiyi gate has a fourth-order talisman like Yang Xueyi and a fourth-order array mage like Wen qiansuan. It''s not very difficult to refine the fourth-order array breaking talisman.


    Although the materials needed to refine level 4 array breaking talisman are precious and rare, they can basically be collected with the ability of taiyimen today.


    Because refining is difficult and expensive, there are not many finished fourth-order array breaking runes in Taiyi gate, and most of them are stored in zongmen warehouse.


    Before this expedition, we didn''t know that there would be a fourth-order protection array without rift valley.


    However, an Xiaoran was cautious and habitually received two from the big library.


    Unexpectedly, her unintentional move was of great use at this time,


    I saw that the fourth-order array breaking symbol turned into a streamer and hit the fourth-order protection array in front heavily.


    Special forces spread along the surface of the array and soon penetrated into the interior of the array.


    The operation of the whole fourth-order protection array was forcibly terminated.


    The large array not only could not continue to fight back, but also its defense was greatly reduced, revealing many flaws.


    The friars at Taiyi gate basically know that a single fourth-order array breaking charm can not completely break the fourth-order protection array in front of them.


    However, the sudden stagnation of the array will provide valuable opportunities for attackers.


    An Xiaoran, who was closest to the big array, first moved.


    Behind her rose a huge golden tree.


    The whole giant tree is burning continuously, and the hot golden flame is sprayed wantonly.


    On the golden giant tree, a crow composed of flame rushed forward.


    Fusang Sutra, which an Xiaoran majored in, has both wood and fire attributes. It not only has miraculous effects in alchemy, but also has strong combat effectiveness.


    The flaming crows exploded on the fourth order protection array, blowing out large and small gaps.


    An Xiaoran quickly broke into the array from a gap.


    In the sky, taking advantage of an Xiaoran''s opportunity to release the fourth-order array breaking charm and fix the fourth-order protection array, Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen Jun used the same means to break the array one by one.


    Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen beat Ann Xiaoran, but they killed her first.


    Wucrack Zhenjun personally led several Jindan immortal to meet him. He wanted to stop Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen Jun and buy time for the big array to recover.


    In the flying boat team of Taiyi gate, a famous Golden elixir immortal flew out and followed him to enter the array from the gap.


    Once these golden elixirs of taiyimen enter the big array, they destroy it wantonly and try their best to prevent the big array from resuming its operation.


    The friars without Rift Valley in the grand array are full of strength and vow to drive the enemy out of the grand array.


    In the wurift Valley, there was another Yuanshen Zhenjun besides the leader wucrack Zhenjun.


    Wucrack Zhenjun was entangled by Jin Lizhen, and the other Yuanshen Zhenjun fought with Niu Dawei.


    An Xiaoran, the yuan God Zhenjun, had no friars of the same rank to stop her.


    An Xiaoran walked back and forth freely in the big array. All the friars who dared to stop her came to a dead or injured end.


    An Xiaoran broke through several important nodes in the array, causing great damage to the array.


    Those taiyimen Jindan friars who rushed in with them were also trying to destroy important nodes while blocking the enemy''s counterattack.


    After a while, the effect of the broken array charm disappeared, and the fourth-order protection array began to slowly resume operation.


    An Xiaoran was going to release another fourth-order breaking charm.


    Seeing that many nodes of the fourth-order protection array have been destroyed, the operation speed is slow and very not smooth.


    Ann Xiaoran breathed a sigh of relief. It seems that he can save a fourth-order array breaking charm.


    She continued to come and go in the array, trying to destroy all important nodes in the array.


    Meng Zhang, who watched the war in the sky, saw this scene and knew that the overall situation of World War I was basically determined today.


    Sure enough, the next battle was carried out according to Meng Zhang''s speculation.


    After losing the fourth order protection array, wurift lost its effective weapon against taiyimen.


    The battle between immortal Jindan will not be mentioned. There is an extra Yuanshen Zhenjun at Taiyi gate alone. There is no one to stop the side without Rift Valley, so they can only let the other side kill.


    An Xiaoran has no psychological burden on bullying the small and relying on the strong to bully the weak.


    As a true monarch of the yuan God, no friar of the same rank can stop her. She is like a tiger into a pack of wolves and kills wantonly among the friars without rift valley.


    Due to some experiences in his early years, an Xiaoran was by no means a kind-hearted person.


    When you kill people, you don''t blink.


    Faced with such a murderous God, the friars on the non rift valley side soon completely collapsed.


    The fourth order protection array completely lost its function, and the expedition troops on the flying boat fell to the ground one after another, forming an array and killing into the mountain gate without rift valley.


    Wucrack Zhenjun and another Yuanshen Zhenjun, led by a small number of monks who still insisted on resistance, had to begin to retreat.


    They tried to hold their ground, retreat orderly and resist step by step.


    Under the leadership of three yuan Shen Zhenjun, taiyimen friars rushed up and pursued the enemy.


    In the scuffle, the original Yuanshen Zhenjun who blocked Niu Dawei was secretly injured by an Xiaoran. Then Niu Dawei encouraged the power of wind and thunder to completely tear up the enemy, and even his Yuanshen was scattered alive.


    There is only one true monarch, the yuan God, who can''t stand it.


    He had to give up his last resistance and flee to the depths of the mountain gate without rift valley.


    Jin Lizhen and Niu Dawei are chasing after each other, trying to get rid of them.


    An Xiaoran led the army of friars to thoroughly sweep the mountain gate without rift valley.


    The non Rift Valley Mountain Gate itself is the predetermined booty of Taiyi gate.


    Therefore, the monks who invaded here were mainly to eliminate the remaining evils of wurift Valley, and did not mean to destroy it wantonly.


    Taiyimen has organized the expedition troops to go abroad for many times. They not only have rich experience, but also have certain constraints. They know that they are forbidden.


    Although the expedition came from many sects and had complex members, no one dared to violate the military order and only focused on their own looting.


    Without everything in the rift valley, there has already been a Lord.


    After the war, taiyimen naturally organized rewards based on merit to reward the monks participating in the war.


    Seeing that the war situation was as smooth as expected, Meng Zhang did not show any joy. Instead, he frowned and looked at the southern sky.


    Soon after, a large number of flying boats came from the South and began to approach here.


    Judging from the flag of flying boat, it is the power of Dali imperial government.


    To be exact, it was the Zhenbei army stationed in Jiuqu province of Dali imperial dynasty.


    This army is one of the most powerful forces in Zhang Weineng''s hands.


    When we organized the expedition to set out for the Daheng cultivation world, we transferred the main force of the Zhenbei army.


    This army has experienced both serious setbacks and wars with foreign invaders. Although the losses are heavy, the momentum is still there. At first glance, it is a strong army that is difficult to resist.


    The purpose of this army flying here is self-evident.


    Meng Zhang secretly said that he had miscalculated this time because of his carelessness.


    He did not expect that governor Zhang Wei would be so decisive and move so quickly.


    Meng Zhang led the army to attack wurift Valley in order to show strength and deter Zhang Weineng.


    Wen dongzhenjun informed governor Zhang Weineng of the news in time after he left the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After some thinking and listening to his suggestions, Zhang Weineng finally made a decision.


    He must not watch Meng Zhang destroy the rift valley without doing anything.


    In order to warn and deter Meng Zhang, Zhang Weineng personally led the North army of the town to wurift valley.


    This time, will Zhang Wei continue to tolerate Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang is stubborn and refuses to make concessions, Zhang Wei will not hesitate to fight a war and keep the rift valley.


    Meng Zhang felt that the army of Zhenbei university came too fast, but Zhang Weineng, who led the army, still felt that his action was too slow.


    Looking at the scene of no rift valley below, Zhang Weineng felt a little regretful.


    I still delayed too much time. If I arrived earlier, the army in the north of the town would help the non rift valley side to defend. Meng Zhang has absolutely no courage to take the initiative to attack and will only have no choice but to retreat.


    Seeing the North army of the town arrive here, Meng Zhang quickly recovered his calm after his initial surprise.


    He smiled and invited several allies to meet the army together.


    Even if we don''t want to have a direct conflict with the Zhenbei army at the moment, we have no reason to refuse Meng Zhang.


    Meng zhangfei left the flying boat and took the lead to meet the approaching army.


    Huolie Zhenjun and others looked at each other, immediately followed him and flew over, closely following Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and others flew out for a short distance, blocked the forward route of the Zhenbei army, stopped moving forward and temporarily suspended in the air.


    The huge flying boat team saw someone in the way ahead and stopped slowly.


    Governor Zhang Weineng led several of his men to fly away from the flying boat team and stabbed them to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised to see governor Zhang Wei appear.


    Zhang Wei can show up in person. It seems that he has a firm will to stop himself.


    Meng Zhang not only did not feel afraid, but raised a fighting spirit.


    Since Zhang Weineng attached so much importance to the non Rift Valley, he wanted to destroy the non Rift Valley and give him a good look.


    "Yes, governor."


    "Why did the governor come all the way here today?"


    Meng Zhang saluted Zhang Weineng and pretended to be confused.


    "Headmaster Meng, stop your men and stop attacking. Otherwise, I won''t blame myself."


    Zhang Weineng ignored Meng Zhang''s pretence and directly blocked taiyimen''s action.


    "Governor, no Rift Valley colludes with foreign invaders. The evidence of the crime is conclusive and the crime is unforgivable. I''m just cleaning up the door for the people and cleaning up the harm for the cultivation world."


    Meng Zhang said solemnly.


    By this time, the battle below has come to an end.


    The taiyimen side has gained an absolute advantage.


    Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen Jun have surrounded wucrack Zhenjun at the core of wurift valley.


    The friars on the side of taiyimen began to chase down the remaining enemies and wipe out all places.


    Before long, the friars of the non rift valley side will be completely annihilated, and the taiyimen side will completely occupy the non rift valley.


    Although we are prepared to turn over with Zhang Wei, it is best not to turn over.


    Meng Zhang deliberately procrastinated to make the taiyimen friar completely perish without Rift Valley, resulting in the established facts.


    Even if Zhang Weineng is dissatisfied, he will not fight with Taiyi gate because of a destroyed sect.


    If there is no Rift Valley, it is still worth rescuing.


    But the rift valley was completely destroyed. With the current situation of Dali imperial dynasty and Jiuqu Province, can Zhang Wei really make the decision to go to war with taiyimen?


    What kind of person Zhang Weineng is, he can see through Meng Zhang''s careful thinking at a glance.


    "Meng Zhang, this is the last warning."


    "If you don''t get out of the way again, don''t blame me for my ruthlessness."


    Zhang Weineng''s momentum is rising, and he looks like he will do it at any time.

 Chapter 1248

    Seeing that Zhang Wei could act at any time, Meng Zhang didn''t dare not panic, but smiled.


    "The governor must cover up the scum of wurift valley. Is there something I don''t know?"


    "Go away."


    Whether Zhang Wei was willing to continue to talk with Meng Zhang or not, Zhang Wei made a bold move with a violent drink.


    A blood red smoke rose from Zhang Weineng''s head. Behind him, it seemed as if thousands of troops and horses were galloping.


    The fierce vigorous Qi, which was as red as blood, rushed to Meng Zhang fiercely with a trend of sweeping everything.


    Frightened by Zhang Weineng''s ferocious momentum, several yuan Shen Zhenjun who had followed Meng Zhang avoided them one after another, looking afraid of being affected.


    Xu Mengying is proficient in the spiritual Avenue and has strong resistance to this spiritual attack.


    However, Zhang Weineng, who has experienced many battles, not only has far more cultivation than her, but also has the momentum of iron horse and gold, which makes her unable to help retreating.


    While Zhang Wei was able to shoot, several monks behind him stepped aside one after another, leaving enough space for him to play.


    "Is this the iron blood Gang Qi commonly used by fierce generals in the army? It''s really powerful."


    Meng Zhang murmured in a low voice and stood motionless.


    We are all great friars in the later period of Yuanshen. We can''t scare each other just by frightening momentum.


    Meng Zhang''s yin-yang spiritual gourd loomed behind him, and a mixed airflow of black and white gushed out, actively welcoming the blood red iron blood Gang Qi.


    A series of loud noises kept ringing. Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng''s bodies shook slightly, obviously both of them were under heavy pressure.


    Iron blood Gang Qi is not a secret. Many monks who grow up in the army will practice it.


    But everyone can change tricks, but different people can change different tricks.


    In the hands of military friars like Zhang Weineng, the ordinary iron blood Gang Qi has become a powerful killing move that can pry the avenue of heaven and earth and has irresistible power.


    Yin Yang Qi and iron blood Gang Qi collided and fought fiercely in the air. The aftermath of the battle alone made the friars watching the battle consciously hide away.


    So far, the two players have played conventional means and have not played their cards and Maces.


    At present, the battle is still in the stage of mutual temptation.


    Both Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang know that the present is not a good time to fight, and they are unwilling to completely tear their faces with each other.


    They not only have some reservations, but also haven''t let others join the battle.


    However, looking at the less and less movement in the non rift valley below, Zhang Weineng knew that the non rift valley was on the verge of extinction, and Zhang Weineng began to be impatient.


    "Meng Zhang, I''ll give you a chance to stop at last."


    "If you take your men out of here right away, I can assume that nothing has happened today."


    This is the biggest concession Zhang Wei can make, and this is his final bottom line.


    If Meng Zhang really doesn''t even give him this face, there will be only one way to go to war in an all-round way.


    If there is another way, Meng Zhang doesn''t want to make trouble with Zhang Wei.


    However, there is no turning back, and the offensive without Rift Valley has reached the final stage. If he stopped, he would not be reconciled, but also wasted the sacrifices and efforts of many monks, making everyone''s hard work worthless.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes suddenly became firm and made the same final decision.


    Although it was a serious violation of his plan, Zhang Weineng really wanted to intervene in this matter, so he had to be desperate to stop him.


    "Governor, do you really want to make a show for those who collude with foreign invaders?"


    "There is no great evil. Don''t fail to distinguish right from wrong, let alone be confused by them."


    Meng Zhang spoke with certainty, as if there was no such thing as colluding with foreign invaders.


    Since he has declared the crime of no Rift Valley and sent troops under the banner of eliminating the scum of the Terran, of course, he should thoroughly implement this matter.


    Now the friars of the taiyimen organization have killed into the mountain gate without Rift Valley and occupied most of it.


    It''s hard to say anything else. It''s really not difficult to find out some criminal evidence of colluding with foreign invaders.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, the following people will naturally arrange everything properly and prepare all kinds of criminal evidence.


    Meng Zhang talked about this matter from beginning to end. He just wanted to stand on the moral high ground. It seemed that his family was famous and not provoked for no reason.


    Zhang Wei was stunned to see Meng Zhang speak vividly.


    Is it true that wurift Valley is secretly colluding with foreign invaders?


    With the consistent virtue of practitioners, this situation is not uncommon.


    But Zhang Wei can think about it.


    In recent years, wurift Valley has been closely connected with the governor''s office, and there are many exchanges between the two sides. The governor''s office has provided a lot of help to the rift valley in many aspects.


    Many actions without rift valley are basically in the eyes of the governor''s office.


    It''s really impossible for the non rift valley side to hide Zhang Weineng''s eyes and ears and secretly collude with foreign invaders.


    To say the least, even if there is some collusion between wurift and foreign invaders, Zhang Weineng will never admit it in today''s situation and will support wurift to the end.


    While Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang began to have sexual intercourse, there was no rift valley below, and there was a great change.


    In the mountain gate without Rift Valley, that is, the central part of this vast Valley, there was a huge crack with no bottom.


    The crack is hundreds of feet long, and the widest part is more than ten feet. No one can tell how deep the crack is.


    It is said that the origin of the name wurift is also related to this crack.


    At the beginning of the establishment of no Rift Valley, this crack was regarded as the fundamental important place in the gate.


    Where the crack is located, a huge building is built as a shelter, which is covered by heavy prohibitions.


    It is heavily guarded all the year round. Not to mention ordinary disciples, but also senior officials with shallow qualifications and insufficient status, are not qualified to get close to it.


    Over time, this place has become more and more mysterious and has become the core of the sect.


    There are all kinds of rumors about this place.


    The disciples of the sect say everything in private.


    Some say that cracks connect the underground, and there are all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures that will appear in the depths of the underground.


    Some say that in the cracks, the founders of the Rift Valley suppressed all kinds of demons and ghosts.


    Some say that the environment in the crack is special, which is suitable for practicing the supreme secret method without rift valley. Friars without Rift Valley can achieve the true king of the yuan God only by practicing in the crack.


    ¡­¡­


    As for the truth of this crack, few people in the Rift Valley know.


    Anyway, this is the last fortress without Rift Valley and the most important place.

 Chapter 1249

    The battle has reached this point and has entered the final stage.


    No Rift Valley disciples almost lost their lives, and only a few disciples remained.


    Without Rift Valley, the whole mountain gate is located. Most places have been completely occupied by the enemy and completely occupied by the enemy.


    The leader of wurift Valley, wucrack Zhenjun, took the last group of disciples and retreated to the last stronghold in the gate for a dying struggle.


    This stronghold is where the crack is located.


    From the appearance alone, it is a huge palace.


    The appearance of the palace has no decoration, no eye-catching place, and even looks a little plain. It looks very vulgar and crude.


    However, the materials used to build the palace are spiritual materials with strong defense and can withstand attack.


    The walls around the palace were covered with dense prohibitions.


    The whole palace was surrounded by a third-order protective array.


    At this time, even the important places in the Sutra Pavilion, the grand Treasury and the ancestral hall have been occupied.


    Wucrack leader wucrack Zhenjun took a group of disabled and defeated generals and made the last resistance here.


    In the eyes of the taiyimen side, the overall situation is basically settled, and all the enemy''s resistance and struggle are futile.


    Niu Dawei and other middle and high-rise men with high accomplishments have long found the arrival of the Dali imperial Zhenbei army.


    Now, although the leader Meng Zhang blocked the army. However, Meng Zhang alone may not be able to resist for too long.


    Niu Dawei and they also decided to make a quick decision, end the battle here early, and then go to reinforce Meng Zhang.


    To this end, even more casualties are worth it.


    Taiyimen organized a large army of monks to attack thousands of miles and conquer the mountain gate without Rift Valley in one fell swoop.


    It seems that it has the advantage of rolling, and the war is relatively smooth, but its own casualties can not be avoided.


    No matter how to say, it is also a strong Yuanshen sect. And as a defender, it has the advantage of location.


    The friar army''s strong attack on the rift valley has to pay some price.


    In order to send the last enemy on the road as soon as possible, an Xiaoran also came to Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun almost shot at the same time and attacked the huge palace in front.


    The power of the avenue was mobilized, and the whole sky seemed to collapse and press heavily on the palace.


    The wind roared, the thunder rumbled, the fire crow danced wildly


    The only third-order protection array played little role and was directly crushed.


    The seemingly indestructible huge palace collapsed in the terrible thunder and turned into ruins.


    Among the remaining friars without Rift Valley, except for the real king without rift who is still gritting his teeth and struggling, others fell to the ground one after another.


    Wucrack Zhenjun''s mouth kept spilling blood, and even his body became bent and couldn''t stand straight.


    The palace disappeared into ruins, revealing the huge crack hidden by the palace.


    Niu Dawei and other three Yuanshen Zhenjun are sensitive people. They just look at the huge crack and feel that there is a mysterious smell inside, which makes people feel very uncomfortable.


    Since you feel uncomfortable, you have to do something.


    While suppressing the unbroken real king, Jin Lizhen cleaved a thick lightning bolt at the crack.


    As the oldest elder, Jin Lizhen Jun was so rash that the steady Niu Dawei had no time to stop him.


    When the thick lightning hit the crack, it was a light sound, as if something had been broken.


    Then, a violent, domineering and violent breath burst out of the crack and soared into the sky, almost disturbing the whole rift valley.


    Such a breath is no weaker than the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun.


    The attention of Niu Dawei and others could not help being attracted.


    Before they could move, two figures flew out of the crack.


    After the two figures flew away from the crack without a pause, they roared and jumped at Jin Lizhen Jun, which seemed to be angered by Jin Lizhen Jun''s previous moves.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is also not an easy person. Even if the other party seems fierce and fierce, she won''t have the slightest fear.


    When Jin Lizhen waved, several lightning bolts cleaved to the rushing figure.


    Seeing that wucrack Zhenjun has become the end of a powerful crossbow, Niu Dawei exchanged eyes with an Xiaoran, waved a wind and thunder hammer and met the new enemy.


    Wucrack Zhenjun, who was already dying and almost had only one breath left, saw two figures appear and showed an excited color on his face, so he should be ready to cooperate.


    An Xiaoran held his hands high, and countless golden flames fell from the sky, firmly suppressing the real gentleman without crack.


    Niu Dawei waved his wind and thunder hammer and took the initiative to attack one of them.


    After approaching, Niu Dawei also saw each other clearly.


    This person is basically a human form, but his body is tall and close to two feet. And a face full of yellow hair, Lei Gong''s mouth is very eye-catching, just like an ape.


    This form is very close to those powerful demon families.


    Many monsters can turn into half human and half animal forms at the third level.


    If the fourth order demon king turns into a form, it is basically like this.


    At first glance, Niu Dawei felt it carefully, but he didn''t feel the slightest evil spirit from each other.


    Niu Dawei has not seen monsters, and has dealt with the fourth level demon king.


    His experience and induction clearly told him that the other party was definitely not a demon family.


    This ape like opponent, armed with a long gun, is very good at close combat.


    Niu Dawei, who wielded the wind and thunder double hammer, fought with him for a moment, but he couldn''t get any advantage at all.


    Jin Lizhen''s opponent is a thin middle-aged man, but he has a pair of horns on his head and his face is covered with all kinds of strange patterns.


    Jin Lizhen Jun and his opponent also fought inextricably and fiercely.


    Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang, who fought in the sky, not only didn''t do their best, but also put a large part of their thoughts on the non rift valley below.


    From that crack, two guys who looked like demon clan fought with Zhenjun, the yuan God of Taiyi gate, and naturally fell into their eyes.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help muttering that his crow''s mouth wouldn''t be so clever.


    He just made a random excuse to slander no rift valley.


    But I didn''t expect that the demon clan was really hidden in the rift valley.


    Now, let''s see what Zhang Wei can say.


    Whenever he wants to face, he should not continue to entangle, but should immediately draw a clear line from the rift valley to avoid being involved.


    Zhang Wei could see the scene in the rift valley. Sure enough, he took the initiative to escape from the battle with Meng Zhang, flew over the rift valley and looked down carefully.

 Chapter 1250

    Seeing that Zhang Wei can take the initiative to get out of the battle, Meng Zhang will certainly not entangle and continue to fight.


    In the final analysis, he is not ready to completely turn over with Dali imperial officials.


    However, Meng Zhang still flew to a place not far from Zhang Weineng and kept an eye on him.


    Meng Zhang was also worried. Zhang Weineng couldn''t hang on his face. He was so angry that he suddenly shot at the Wu rift below.


    Now wurift Valley is already the booty of taiyimen, but Zhang Wei can''t destroy it wantonly.


    Zhang Weineng had no intention of shooting, but looked at the two guys flying out of the crack.


    Meng Zhang was also a little vigilant.


    Two guys casually come out of the crack, and they can block their own two Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If the strong continue to appear, today''s battle will certainly last for a long time.


    Meng Zhang focused most of his attention on the crack.


    Although the distance was not close, he still looked inside with his broken eyes.


    However, there was a strange force in the crack, which blocked Meng Zhang''s eyes from further exploration.


    At this time, there was no rift valley below, and the fighting in other places was almost over.


    The friars on the side of taiyimen began to work as occupiers.


    A group of powerful Jindan friars came to the only remaining battlefield and listened to orders at any time.


    Seeing that the overall situation was almost settled, Meng Zhang couldn''t help showing off to Zhang Wei.


    "Governor, it''s a certainty that no Rift Valley colludes with foreign demon families. You deserve it."


    "Do you want to take the remaining foreign demon families and take them back for interrogation?"


    "Leader Meng is really a good eyesight among foreign demon families." Zhang Weineng sneered.


    Meng Zhang, who thought something was wrong, was stabbed by Zhang Weineng and quickly observed the bottom carefully.


    Soon, he corrected the mistake he had made because he was too far away, and confirmed that the two guys were not demons at all.


    Among the extraterritorial invaders in Jiuqu Province, there are only three races: demon race, spirit race and barbarian race.


    These two guys just look a little like the demon clan, not to mention the spirit clan and the barbarian clan.


    Could it be that there are other races among the foreign invaders?


    Meng Zhang began to think.


    Taiyimen in its heyday was a Yuanshen sect with a long history and a long history. I have a deep understanding of the history and secrets of the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang, who inherited a large number of ancient books from his ancestors, vaguely remembered that he seemed to have read the origin of these two guys in the ancient books.


    At this time, wucrack Zhenjun, who thought that the reinforcements appeared and his family was saved, also came to an end.


    An Xiaoran was worried about any further changes, so he was determined to end the battle as soon as possible and retain enough strain.


    Wucrack Zhenjun, who was seriously injured and dying, has no combat effectiveness at all.


    When an Xiaoran urged Zhenyuan to turn into a huge burning tree and press it down from his head, the unbroken Zhenjun finally couldn''t support it.


    Wucrack Zhenjun explodes his flesh. The yuan God escapes from his flesh and wants to take the opportunity to escape.


    However, he was too seriously injured and his self exploding flesh was not powerful enough to completely block an Xiaoran.


    The yuan God who had just escaped from the flesh had no time to escape, so he was entangled by the branches stretched out from the huge tree and burned up.


    Seeing the death of Wu crack Zhen Jun, the two strange looking guys suddenly became more angry.


    However, no matter how they erupt, Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen can firmly block them.


    "Are they the legendary gods?" Meng Zhang finally recognized each other''s origin.


    Although this is a question, it does not mean to ask.


    Zhang Wei could hear this sentence and said it without salt or light.


    "You have some knowledge, even the divine race knows."


    How could Meng Zhang not know the divine origin.


    Although this is still recorded in the taiyimen inheritance classics, it is more and more difficult to see the divine descendants in the Junchen world because of the constant pursuit of the practitioners.


    Of course, the Jun dust world is so big, whether there are still divine descendants living in a corner is not what Meng Zhang can know.


    The legendary divine descendant appeared in front of him. Meng Zhang was surprised and felt the weight of this matter.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, it is a great event to find the trace of divine descent.


    The great Xiuzhen faction, which occupies the dominant position in all regions, has the obligation to pursue and kill the divine descendants.


    If the Xiuzhen sect can''t handle it well, the Holy Land Sect in the area will take over.


    In a word, as long as the divine descendant is found, it must not be allowed to escape alive.


    Divine descent was found in the place of no rift valley. No Rift Valley can not get rid of its relationship anyway.


    Compared with colluding with foreign invaders, it is also a very serious crime to take in and harbour divine descendants.


    Of course, if the rift valley is strong enough and has not been caught by others, this kind of thing can be muddled through.


    Anyway, in the cultivation world, some cultivation forces have even committed more serious crimes.


    However, the rift valley was too weak, and the mountain gate was broken by Taiyi gate. In full view of the public, there was conclusive evidence.


    At this time, even if Zhang Wei can deliberately cover up, it''s hard to talk.


    Zhang Weineng has not yet had a clear attitude. It is obvious that he has not figured out what to do.


    Now the cultivation world is basically dominated by the orthodox sect.


    Dali is very powerful from the imperial dynasty, but it has not been able to cover up the sky with one hand.


    At least on the surface, Zhang Weineng must stand on the opposite side of divine descent.


    Meng Zhang was also in no hurry to communicate with Zhang Weineng.


    Many thoughts flashed through his mind as he looked at the huge crack.


    In addition to the two guys who have appeared, is there any other divine descent hidden in this crack.


    If this is a God''s nest, or a base camp, it will be a lot of fun.


    It''s a pity that an Xiaoran shot too fast and killed wucrack Zhenjun on the spot.


    Otherwise, if you take this person and interrogate him, you should be able to interrogate a lot of valuable information.


    Of course, in the battle of conquering the rift valley, many non rift friars were either captured or voluntarily surrendered.


    I just don''t know how much information I know about the crack with the identity and status of these people.


    Meng Zhang directly summoned the disciples of Taiyi sect below and asked them to give priority to interrogating the disciples without Rift Valley, especially the intelligence related to the crack.


    Although only two divine descendants appear now, Meng Zhang is not careless at all.


    The power of divine descent comes from the divine blood of the body.


    There were many gods in the Junchen world, and the gods also had all kinds of magical abilities.


    Many divine descendants inherited these abilities from their blood.


    As long as they are adults, even the weakest ones have the strength that is not inferior to the human golden elixir immortal.


    A slightly stronger divine descendant can easily rival the original God Zhenjun of the Terran.


    The strongest of the divine race can even defeat the return to emptiness power of the Terran.


    Of course, because of the persistent pursuit of human practitioners over the years, the number of divine descendants is becoming more and more rare, and the strong are naturally rare.


    Meng Zhang is unlikely to encounter the top strength of the divine race here even if his luck is extremely low and plagued by bad luck.


    If the crack is really a god colony with a certain number of God experts, it is not the responsibility of the taiyimen family to eliminate it completely.


    Anyway, it is still the territory of Jiuqu Province, which nominally belongs to Dali Dynasty.


    Dali had an inescapable responsibility to pursue and kill the God descendants on his own territory.


    According to the rules of the Xiuzhen world, if it is unfavorable for the Dali Dynasty to pursue and kill the divine descendants, Meng Zhang can even report to the Holy Land zongmen where this area is located, let it exert pressure on the Dali Dynasty, and even personally participate in the pursuit and killing.


    However, this matter has an embarrassing joint.


    The northern area of Junchen world belongs to Ziyang Shengzong, which is now waging an all-round war with Dali emperor.


    Meng Zhang saw that Zhang Weineng had not stated his position, but he wouldn''t let him fool him like this.


    "Governor, there should be no doubt that Wu rift colluded with divine descendants to subvert the rule of practitioners. He was caught on the spot."


    Zhang Weineng ignored Meng Zhang and still stared at the crack as if there were some treasure in it.


    Zhang Weineng''s entourage and several allies who had followed Meng Zhang heard what Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng said.


    All practitioners with some common sense know that divine descent is involved, which is definitely a major event in the practice world.


    Now that everyone has run into this matter here, as a member of the human cultivator, everyone should have the obligation to kill all the divine descendants.


    Of course, it is one thing to have such an obligation, and it is another to be willing to implement it.


    The powerful power of divine descent should be heard in all kinds of legends.


    Even the original God Zhenjun, in the process of chasing God descendants, also has a great danger, even the danger of falling.


    Whether people are willing to take such a big risk to pursue and kill God descendants who have nothing to do with themselves is another matter.


    I don''t know what Zhang Weineng is thinking. So far, he hasn''t made a clear statement.


    The Zhenbei army behind him, of course, obeyed orders and prohibitions. Without his orders, it would still remain the same and would not change at all.


    However, Zhang Weineng''s rush to rescue wurift Valley is ready to fight taiyimen.


    In order to strengthen his strength, in the team behind him, in addition to the direct forces of the imperial dynasty, there are some local practitioners temporarily recruited in Jiuqu province.


    Under normal circumstances, these local practitioners should obey Zhang Weineng''s orders and should not have the slightest objection since they have long been subject to the Dali emperor.


    However, these practitioners are outsiders after all, not directly related to the imperial dynasty. Even if they have official positions rewarded by the imperial dynasty, they can''t get the complete trust of Zhang Weineng.


    Under such special circumstances, I''m afraid these people have other ideas.


    I''m really afraid of anything. Seeing that Zhang Wei can''t say anything for a long time, his direct subordinates have been silent, and other practitioners in the team can''t help it.


    A shadow flew not far behind Zhang Weineng and saluted him respectfully.


    "Governor, do you have any new instructions?"


    It seems that this sentence is just asking for instructions. Whether there is any other meaning in it, we should slowly understand it.


    Zhang Wei glanced at the man without the slightest response.


    This man is Chiba Zhenjun, the leader of Chiba Island, the southern Yuanshen sect of Jiuqu League.


    When Dali emperor conquered Jiuqu League, he saw that qingyuanzong had fallen. Chiba Island, located on the Expedition Route of the army, knew that it could not resist the army and had to surrender.


    Chiba Island, which voluntarily surrendered, retained most of its territory and various interests.


    However, under the Dali Dynasty, it was not as comfortable as in the Jiuqu League era.


    Especially after big businesses such as Datong business alliance entered Jiuqu Province on a large scale, the life of Chiba island is also sad.


    The south of Jiuqu province is the fertile land of Jiuqu province and the focus of Dali imperial rule.


    The rule of Dali Dynasty here is very stable.


    Chiba Island, even if secretly dissatisfied, only gritted his teeth and did not dare to reveal it at all.

 Chapter 1251

    As the leader of Chiba Island, Chiba Zhenjun also has an official position greatly rewarded by the imperial dynasty.


    The official position is not big, but just a patrol envoy, and belongs to the local garrison system of Jiuqu province.


    After the establishment of Jiuqu Province, the local famous practitioners, especially the leaders of major sects, were absorbed into the garrison to be responsible for suppressing the local areas and maintaining law and order.


    Although on the surface, friars like Chiba Zhenjun have also entered the system of Dali imperial dynasty.


    But in essence, he was always an outsider and could not get the real trust of Dali''s high-level officials.


    In addition, they are not satisfied with the current situation. After the full-scale war between Dali imperial dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong, these people will inevitably have different thoughts.


    Of course, he didn''t have the courage to ask Chiba Zhenjun to betray the Dali Dynasty now.


    Even, I don''t have the courage to fight Zhang Weineng openly.


    However, given the opportunity, with Chiba Zhenjun''s temperament, it is inevitable that he will jump out to show his existence and block people from time to time.


    Chiba Zhenjun''s seemingly asking for instructions made Zhang Weineng very dissatisfied.


    But now, it''s not the time to argue with him. We have to ignore it.


    But Meng Zhang immediately grabbed the words and chatted with Chiba Zhenjun.


    "Chiba Taoist friend, no Rift Valley is a big school inherited for 2000 years. No one can tell how deeply it is involved with divine descent."


    "The divine descendants have been hiding here for so many years. What kind of conspiracy is really worrying."


    "Divine descendants are the mortal enemies of our practitioners. They always want to subvert the practice world. They can''t be careless about anything involving divine descendants."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s chattering words, Chiba Zhenjun kept nodding and saying yes.


    Zhang Weineng ignored him. He was in an awkward moment. Meng Zhang took the initiative to pass the words, which alleviated his situation.


    Meng Zhang''s concern about divine descent is also what he cares about.


    The two of them talked as if there were no one else.


    At this time, the two gods below were unable to defeat the two opponents they faced.


    While an Xiaoran watched the war for so long, he also roughly saw the details of the other party and began to prepare for reinforcements in the past.


    In the face of the three original gods, the two divine descendants are at an absolute disadvantage in terms of number, and they know it is difficult to win.


    They looked at each other and took the initiative to break away from the battle and jumped into the huge crack.


    Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen Jun did not gain the upper hand in the battle, nor did they have the ability to prevent the enemy from retreating.


    They ran to the edge of the crack and looked inside. They were smart enough not to jump in.


    An unknown and strange place, which also hides opponents who are not weaker than their own. They will never be careless.


    If you underestimate the enemy and advance rashly, you will be in danger of falling.


    Next, Niu Dawei led the disciples of Taiyi sect to isolate all the areas around the crack and forbid irrelevant friars to come near.


    Niu Dawei and his men sealed this place tightly and waited for Meng Zhang''s next order.


    On the other side, friar taiyimen is indeed very efficient.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, they began to interrogate the friar without rift valley.


    After preliminary interrogation, they did not gain anything.


    Friars without rift valley are almost unanimous. The area where the crack is located is a forbidden area in the door. Only a few high-level people in the door are qualified to enter there.


    Many junior friars don''t even know the existence of the crack. They only know that the palace is a forbidden area in the door.


    A few high-level leaders who knew the details, such as the leader wucrack Zhenjun, were basically killed in the war.


    In a word, friars without rift valley are basically unaware of the existence of divine descent.


    The preliminary results of the interrogation were reported to Meng Zhang in time.


    The unwilling friar taiyimen is still conducting further interrogation and trying to obtain valuable information.


    Meng Zhang secretly regretted that he shouldn''t be in such a hurry to kill wucrack Zhenjun.


    But he is also bad. Because of this kind of thing, to blame an Xiaoran can only blame his own bad luck.


    Although he didn''t know the details of the crack, Meng Zhang had to deal with it sooner or later.


    After all, in any case, he would not ignore such a hidden danger.


    If you really kill a large group of strong people of divine descent from it, taiyimen will definitely suffer first.


    Meng Zhang is going to make a detailed exploration of the crack first.


    If the situation is not too bad and the enemy is not too strong, it must be a thorough clean-up, kill all divine descendants and eliminate all future troubles.


    If the situation is too complicated and the enemy''s strength is too strong, block the place temporarily.


    As long as the divine race is trapped inside and does not come out for disaster, it is reluctantly acceptable.


    It''s a big deal. I''ll leave this matter to Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    Hunting down God descendants is not only the great righteousness of the human race, but also the obligation of all practitioners. But if we want to make taiyimen pay the price and lose friars, Meng Zhang will quit.


    Meng Zhang had a decision in his heart. When he was about to start ordering action, he finally spoke in Zhang Weineng, who had been silent for a long time.


    "For the remaining sins of divine descent hidden in that crack, I don''t know if leader Meng has any rules to deal with it?"


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not tell Zhang Weineng what he really thought, but began to sing a high profile.


    What is at odds with the divine race, no matter what price you pay, you must wipe out the divine race.


    Speaking of the back, Meng Zhang didn''t forget to stab Zhang Wei.


    Zhang Weineng, as the governor of the province, has the responsibility to defend his territory. In the face of the divine descendants in the Jiuqu Province, he has the obligation to eliminate and suppress them.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, it would be best if Zhang Wei could lead his friars to take the lead.


    Of course, Meng Zhang never expected that Zhang Weineng''s city government would really take the initiative to attack the crack because of a few stimulating words.


    This kind of thankless work is avoided by anyone with a little brain.


    But something unexpected happened to Meng Zhang.


    Zhang Weineng listened to Meng Zhang''s words and said that he had been blinded by wurift and didn''t know that wurift had collusion with divine descendants.


    It is not too late to mend.


    Zhang Weineng decided to take over the matter formally in order to make up for his previous negligence and carelessness.


    He asked Meng Zhang to lead the friars on the side of taiyimen to retire and be replaced by his men.


    Zhang Weineng said that he would personally lead his friars into the crack, thoroughly eliminate the hidden divine descendants and avoid all future troubles.


    Zhang Weineng''s remarks not only cleared away the relationship with non Rift Valley, but also seemed very responsible.


    He was so aboveboard and righteous that he immediately won the praise of his subordinates.


    Only Meng Zhang looked at Zhang Weineng suspiciously. He almost suspected that there was something wrong with his ears and heard it wrong.

 Chapter 1252

    If something goes wrong, there must be a demon. Zhang Wei can ask to take over so happily. There must be something he doesn''t know.


    According to common sense, or out of habit, Meng Zhang should oppose it and prevent Zhang Wei from easily achieving his goal.


    Of course, there is also a certain possibility that Zhang Weineng said so on purpose to attract himself into the hub.


    If you refuse Zhang Weineng to take over the matter, the responsibility for dealing with the divine descendants will fall to the Taiyi door.


    For a moment, Meng Zhang hesitated and was difficult to make a decision.


    Zhang Weineng saw that Meng Zhang didn''t respond. With a wave, a group of monks flew out behind him and began to fly to the rift valley. It seems that he really wants to take over everything there.


    At this time, a faint voice sounded in Meng Zhang''s ear.


    "There is a small world hidden in that crack."


    "This small world is in a special position, between the underworld and the sun."


    "Generally speaking, there are some rare natural materials and earth treasures in such a small world."


    Meng Zhang heard the voice of the spirit of the void tripod.


    After Meng Zhang refined the void tripod, it''s no wonder Zhang Wei was so proactive to take over this matter. He must have gone to the small world hidden in the crack.


    With an independent small world hiding, it is no wonder that these divine descendants have never exposed any trace over the years.


    Meng Zhang observed for a long time and did not find the existence of a small world.


    I don''t know when Zhang Weineng discovered the small world.


    When Meng Zhang was ignorant, he found clues, indicating that at least his eyesight was far above Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang refined the void tripod, a rare space magic tool.


    As the spirit of the fourth-order magic instrument, nihonzi itself is not inferior to the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun in many aspects.


    Coupled with its unique space talent, this small world can''t escape his eyes.


    What an independent small world means, Meng Zhang''s heart is clear.


    Not to mention the production in the small world, the small world itself alone has immeasurable value.


    Now that he knows the inside story, Meng Zhang will certainly not give up this small world.


    Meng Zhang sent a message secretly. Xu Mengying, who had followed him, took the initiative to fly over and blocked Zhang Weineng''s men who flew to the rift valley.


    Meng Zhang stood in front of Zhang Weineng and spoke loudly.


    "How can you kill a chicken with an ox knife? There are only a few remaining sins of divine descent. Where can you use the driving of the labor governor."


    "Although the governor can rest assured, he can completely hand over this matter to his subordinates."


    "Since my subordinates can destroy the rift valley, they naturally want to pursue the victory and kill the divine descendants together, so as to achieve the whole skill."


    On the other side, Xu Mengying kept silent, blocking the direction of Zhang Weineng''s men, making them unable to move.


    Even the friars of taiyimen, who are not in the rift valley below, began to mobilize quickly.


    They tried to use the terrain without Rift Valley to build a new defense line to block other invaders.


    Niu Dawei and Jin Lizhen, who had originally blocked the crack, also looked covetously into the air, looking ready for war at any time.


    Meng Zhang reacted so quickly, and the friars of taiyimen reacted so fiercely, which was really beyond Zhang Weineng''s expectation.


    He tried again and found that Meng Zhang''s attitude was very firm, that is, Zhang Wei was not allowed to intervene in the affairs of wurift, but regarded wurift as the private property of taiyimen.


    After clarifying Meng Zhang''s attitude, Zhang Weineng was silent again.


    Those men who were going to fly to wurift Valley didn''t get further orders from Zhang Wei, so they stopped temporarily and didn''t move on.


    Zhang Weineng was silent for a while before he spoke again.


    "Headmaster Meng, do you think you have the strength to block our army?"


    "Headmaster Meng, don''t make a mistake. You''d better step down quickly and leave it to our seat."


    Meng Zhang smiled disdainfully at Zhang Weineng''s threat.


    Why hand in the benefits in vain?


    Taiyimen sent out an army of friars and paid a certain price to conquer wurift valley.


    Everything in the rift valley, including the small world hidden in that crack, should be the booty of taiyimen. How can it be cheaper for others?


    The interests involved in a small world are so huge that it is even enough to trigger a big war in the cultivation world.


    Since Zhang Wei can find the clue first, he will not give in.


    Zhang Weineng began to calculate whether to fight with taiyimen in order to compete for this small world.


    Meng Zhang was a little nervous. He really didn''t want to turn over with Zhang Wei. Now the time to break with Dali imperial dynasty is not ripe at all.


    But this small world really can''t be given to Zhang Weineng.


    This is not only out of the inherent greed of practitioners, but also involves the layout of Meng Zhang.


    What Meng Zhang insists on is not just the ownership of this small world.


    Meng Zhang''s main purpose of sending troops to destroy the rift valley is to show his strength and let Zhang Wei know that Taiyi gate is not easy to provoke.


    Only when Zhang Wei can fully realize the power of Taiyi gate, can he not easily attack Taiyi gate and temporarily ensure the peace of Jiuqu province.


    But if Meng Zhang gives in at this time, his previous efforts will not only be in vain, but will make Zhang Wei look down on taiyimen.


    If Zhang Wei can feel that Meng Zhang is weak and deceptive, he will only advance an inch and press step by step.


    As a result, a big war is likely to break out between taiyimen and the governor''s office.


    Zhang Wei could stare at Meng Zhang with a look of awe.


    Practitioners see the benefits and go on, and they will never let go of what they eat. This is the atmosphere in the practice world.


    He did not expect that people like Meng Zhang could not avoid the common problems of practitioners.


    Now Jiuqu province is cut off from the local traffic of the imperial dynasty, and such a large territory hangs out alone.


    Zhang Weineng needs to maintain a large army with sufficient strength, defend against foreign invaders and other enemies, and maintain the stability of Jiuqu provinces, all of which require a lot of resources.


    Although big businesses such as Datong business alliance have made great efforts to help, their help has always been limited.


    Under such special circumstances, can Zhang Wei squeeze the Jiuqu provinces too hard to avoid the rebound of the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Although Zhang Weineng tried his best to hide it and never revealed it to the outside world, in fact, the governor''s office has long been unable to make ends meet and has been consuming the previous accumulation.


    A small world where divine descendants have been hiding for many years is absolutely valuable.


    Even the divine body itself is a rare resource with many uses.


    If you can eat this fat meat in front of you, it will definitely greatly alleviate his dilemma.

 Chapter 1253

    Zhang Weineng can no longer entangle with the destruction of wurift Valley, and even acquiesce in Meng Zhang''s accusation of placing wurift valley. But this small world, he will never give it to Meng Zhang.


    Zhang Weineng was born in Dali Dynasty, which was far more powerful than taiyimen in its heyday. Zhang Weineng also has a lot of information that Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    This small world falls into his hands and can play a great role.


    Compared with taiyimen, Zhang Weineng can fully explore the value of the small world.


    Although there is no direct communication between Jiuqu province and Dali imperial territory, Zhang Weineng can still enter the heavenly palace.


    As long as he has enough resources, he can also exchange various cultivation items from the heavenly palace to maintain his army.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng are determined to win this small world and the conflict is imminent, a monk flew behind Zhang Weineng.


    This is a female monk. She is the leader of Shuiling Pavilion, Shuiling Zhenjun.


    Shuilingge, as a great sect of Yuanshen in the south of Jiuqu Province, took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty earlier and was able to lead the way.


    Therefore, Shuiling Pavilion received better treatment in Dali imperial dynasty, and took the opportunity to obtain many benefits in the process of Dali imperial dynasty conquering Jiuqu League.


    As a representative of the southern cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province, Shuiling Zhenjun has always been friendly to the Dali Dynasty and has a little face with governor Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Weineng had never spoken before. He was just using his secret skills to spy on the crack.


    With far more insight and insight than Meng Zhang, he discovered the existence of the small world early.


    Then, he secretly communicated with his confidants and was ready to take the opportunity to occupy the small world.


    Although Shuiling Zhenjun was not directly related to the imperial dynasty, he had a special status. Zhang Weineng told her.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he had never taken the initiative to find his vanity son. This time, he took the initiative to tell him the existence of the small world.


    Meng Zhang and Zhang Wei can''t give in to each other. For some reasons, Shui Lingzhen Jun doesn''t want to see a war break out here.


    Shuiling Zhenjun came between the two without half a word of nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    "Guys, are you really ready for an all-out war?"


    "No one can tell the internal situation of that small world, and you haven''t sent anyone into it."


    "Do you want to compete at any cost for a small world with unknown internal conditions?"


    The words of Shuiling Zhenjun happened to be said in the hearts of Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng.


    They all speculate that this small world is of great value and can provide many real resources.


    But after all, they have not seen the internal situation with their own eyes, and they can''t tell the specific value of this small world.


    Under the present circumstances, if we go to war for the small world, we will lose both sides.


    Both sides need to reserve enough strength to cope with the situation of nine zigzag provinces.


    Although Zhang Weineng thinks that his own strength is far better than taiyimen, powerful foreign invaders and Ziyang Shengzong, which has not been shot so far, are enemies he can''t ignore.


    Even if Zhang Weineng led the army to destroy taiyimen, he would not be the final winner.


    Just now Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang had a few tentative moves.


    Although both sides have great reservations and have not come up with real skills, they have a certain understanding of each other''s strength.


    Zhang Wei can believe that he can defeat Meng Zhang, but he is not sure to leave him.


    Meng Zhang also has self-knowledge and knows that he is not Zhang Weineng''s opponent.


    Originally tit for tat two people, in the heart did not have a bit of regret.


    When it was difficult to ride a tiger, Shuiling Zhenjun handed over the steps. Of course, they wanted to step down.


    The tension between Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang has eased.


    However, they will not make too many concessions.


    Shuiling Zhenjun continued, "that small world should be the hiding place of God descendants for many years. We don''t know how many God descendants are hidden in it and what strength these God descendants have."


    "The small world has been operated by divine descendants for many years. Maybe there are many mechanisms and countless ambushes." "it will not be easy for anyone to win this small world."


    "In my opinion, it''s better for everyone to cooperate to win the small world first, and then divide the spoils according to their contribution."


    Shuiling Zhenjun not only stopped the war between them, but also put forward a seemingly feasible proposal.


    The words of Shuiling Zhenjun greatly moved Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang.


    The strength of taiyimen is far inferior to that of the governor''s office.


    If there are serious losses in the process of conquering this small world, it will really be unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang even guessed. If the strong among the divine descendants are hidden in the small world, relying on the strength of taiyimen alone may not be able to win the small world.


    Zhang Weineng is also unwilling to have too many casualties in the process of conquering the small world.


    He should retain his strength as much as possible to deal with various challenges faced by Jiuqu province.


    Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang looked at each other and saw that each other was moved by Shuiling Zhenjun''s proposal.


    Next, after some bargaining, the two sides reluctantly reached a preliminary cooperation agreement.


    First of all, no Rift Valley colludes with divine descendants in an attempt to disrupt the cultivation world. Meng Zhang led an army of monks to exterminate him, which was a just act on behalf of heaven.


    Zhang Weineng also recognized this statement.


    Secondly, all the territories of wurift Valley, including the mountain gate, are the spoils of Taiyi gate.


    In this regard, Zhang Weineng has no objection and will not compete with taiyimen.


    Of course, after the event, taiyimen must compensate Zhang Weineng for a batch of truth repair resources.


    Over the years, Zhang Weineng secretly supported wurift Valley and gave it a lot of support.


    He can''t break the cost. At least he should get the cost back.


    As for the specific amount of cultivation resources to be compensated by taiyimen, naturally, there will be further negotiations among their own friars.


    Since there is no problem with the general direction, some details in the negotiations are also easy to solve.


    Zhang Wei can make such a big concession on the matter of no Rift Valley, and even do not hesitate to slap himself in the face. The only purpose is to obtain the opportunity to carve up the small world.


    The crack and the surrounding area became a public area. The governor''s office and taiyimen sent people to sneak into the crack for exploration.


    Then the two sides worked together to conquer the small world and wipe out the divine race.


    The general principle is to divide the spoils equally.


    However, after all battles are over, certain adjustments should be made to the contributions made to the war according to the performance of both sides in the battle.


    Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng had a very hard talk. Later, the men of both sides joined in. Many Yuanshen Zhenjun talked to me and argued for a long time before this preliminary agreement was reached.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor Zhang Weineng is satisfied with this agreement.


    But there is no way. As long as they do not want to go to war immediately, they must make concessions and compromise with each other.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader for many years, and Zhang Weineng is far away from the top of the imperial dynasty. Both of them have the temperament of mature politicians and know that they can''t act willfully.


    When the agreement was reached, the matter came to an end for the time being.


    Next, it''s time to enter the crack exploration and consider how to do something about the small world.


    Zhang Wei can let the leading Hengdao Zhenjun lead the North army of the town to return first.


    In the army and among his men, he chose a group of powerful monks to stay and prepare to attack the small world.


    Meng Zhang also dismissed a large part of the army of monks who went on this expedition.


    In addition to some monks on their return journey, some monks occupied the territory without Rift Valley and completely ended the rule without rift valley.


    In the mountain gate without Rift Valley, Meng Zhang also left only a few monks.


    Of course, the monks who can stay are carefully selected and have good abilities in all aspects.


    The friar of taiyimen array Hall who accompanied the army this time laid a simple array around the crack to isolate it temporarily.


    In this valley, Meng Zhang set aside a special area for the temporary stationing of Zhang Weineng and his men.


    The residence of the left friar taiyimen is far away from here.


    The search team composed of friars taiyimen continued to search in the valley.


    In addition to collecting booty and plundering the accumulation of the rift valley for many years, they also tried to find clues from all aspects to find out the relationship between the divine race and the rift valley.


    The friar without Rift Valley who fell into the hands of taiyimen was not easy.


    They will be separated and further interrogated by the special torture friars of taiyimen.


    Attack cities and land, conquer other Xiuzhen forces and deal with their mountain gate. The Taiyi friar, not Zhang Weineng, led a group of his men, came to the temporary area designated by Meng Zhang for their stationing.


    Zhang Weineng knows that conquering the small world and plundering all kinds of precious resources are not things that can be completed in a short time. It takes a lot of time.


    He ordered his men to set up a temporary camp here and prepare for a protracted war.


    Among the monks Zhang Wei can leave behind, in addition to the lineage of the imperial dynasty, there are many local monks in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Such as Shuiling real king of Shuiling Pavilion and Chiba real king of Chiba Island, they were all left by him.


    He originally recruited these local monks to join the army and reinforce wurift valley with himself.


    Now attacking the small world where the gods hide also needs their power.


    Zhang Weineng has his own plan in mind.


    He enlisted local friars from Jiuqu province to participate in the war. In addition to enhancing their own strength, he also took the opportunity to consume their strength and preserve the legitimate friars of the imperial dynasty as far as possible.


    Of course, Zhang Wei has rich experience in doing such things, and has always been careful. He won''t reveal any flaws, let alone leave a confession.


    Shuiling Zhenjun, Chiba Zhenjun and others have deep curiosity about the small world and divine descent, and are willing to stay and have a look.


    They are not ignorant of Zhang Weineng''s intentions.

 Chapter 1254

    The crack is 100 feet long and wide enough.


    Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng both had a tacit understanding. They took their own men and stood at both ends of the crack, facing each other from a distance.


    Among Zhang Weineng''s team, in addition to the direct friars of Dali imperial dynasty, there are also many friars recruited from the local cultivation forces of Jiuqu province.


    Among these friars, the weakest one is immortal Jindan.


    Obviously, Zhang Wei can guess what he will face.


    It''s useless to hunt down divine descendants and attack the small world. Friars are more expensive.


    Local monks such as Chiba Zhenjun, although they knew that they would be used as cannon fodder by Zhang Weineng, they had no choice but to retreat.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t rush into the crack, but carefully observed the situation in the crack with several confidants.


    Meng Zhang followed his example and began to observe the situation in the crack with a group of Taiyi disciples.


    Meng Zhang was so close this time that he used his eyes to break delusions and had a keen mind. He didn''t believe it and couldn''t see anything.


    Before, Zhang Wei was able to find the small world inside first. He didn''t know about it until he was reminded by vanity. He lost half his move first.


    Jin Lizhen, Niu Dawei and others all showed their abilities and began to carefully observe the situation in the crack.


    However, no matter how hard Meng Zhang tried to observe, they could not see the situation clearly.


    There is always a strange force hovering at the opening of the crack, constantly interfering with their perception and various exploration mysteries.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the other side. Zhang Weineng had begun to discuss with several of his men. It was obvious that they had made a little profit.


    Meng Zhang was a little worried about falling half a step behind again.


    However, he would not risk his own life and his men''s life until he found out the specific situation in the crack.


    Xu Mengying and several other allies stood behind Meng Zhang. They also got nothing.


    Meng Zhang began to secretly summon vanity son and communicate with him.


    Kongzi was not as cold as before. Instead, he patiently communicated with Meng Zhang.


    According to the vanity son, there is a mysterious array below the crack.


    This large array makes full use of the power of space and takes the small world as the core of the large array.


    If you want to enter that small world, you must first break through the big array.


    There is a strong sense of death in the array. It is not a good place at first sight.


    Although nihonzi has strong space ability, his attainments in array are still a little poor. He can''t find the weakness of this large array.


    Meng Zhang''s divine thoughts and exploration skills were shielded by the power of the array, so they didn''t find anything.


    Meng Zhang frowned slightly when he heard that the lower part was wrapped by a large array.


    Not only was he mediocre in array skills, but there seemed to be no outstanding array master among our own friars present.


    According to the practice of Taiyi gate, the friars of the array hall in the gate were specially arranged among the friars who accompanied the array.


    However, those friars of the array hall were only third-order array mages at most. They had not found the mystery of this crack before.


    Meng Zhang looked at the other side. As far as he knew, Zhang Weineng seemed to have strong array skills. Moreover, Liu qizhenjun, who joined the army under him, is said to be a fourth-order array mage.


    Meng Zhang made a decision after a little thought.


    He asked his second disciple an Xiaoran to escort some of the captured booty and return to the Taiyi gate first.


    When she goes back, ask Wen Qian to come over.


    Then, he called several friars of the array hall in the gate to him and covered them to observe and see if they could find the existence of the array.


    When Meng Zhang made arrangements, Zhang Wei could compete with several of his men, as if he were arguing about something.


    After a long time, Liu qizhenjun seemed to convince everyone, and they stopped arguing.


    Liu qizhenjun took out a lot of array flags from his body and personally placed them around the crack, as if he were arranging a Dharma array.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not watch them act arbitrarily.


    If Liu qizhenjun moves anything in the process of array arrangement, he can make his own side suffer a great loss.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to negotiate with the other party to stop Liu qizhenjun from continuing to do it.


    Zhang Weineng took the initiative to fly over.


    "Headmaster Meng, I don''t know how your investigation is. When are you going to start?"


    Meng Zhang was suddenly asked.


    An Xiaoran has just left. Even if Wen qiansuan starts right away, he can''t get here so soon.


    Without the presence of the array master Wen qiansuan and the details of the array below, Meng Zhang will not take risks easily.


    Although he didn''t communicate too much with Kongzi, he heard from Kongzi''s tone that he was very afraid of the big array below.


    Zhang Weineng saw that Meng Zhang didn''t answer, and probably guessed that he wasn''t ready.


    If only Zhang Weineng''s team is here, he must hope to start right away and win the small world as soon as possible.


    But Meng Zhang was eyeing, but he didn''t want to take action first.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, they will reap the benefits of fishermen. That is, they attack back and forth when they break the array. It''s a disaster.


    Zhang Weineng pondered and tentatively asked Meng Zhang how much he knew about the situation under the crack.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t let Zhang Wei look flat. He casually said that the situation of the big array was strange and shouldn''t act rashly now.


    Zhang Weineng listened to Meng Zhang''s words and sighed secretly that Taiyi gate really had a lot of information. He found the big array below so soon.


    In that case, Zhang Wei can reluctantly ask Meng Zhang if he is willing to work together to explore this crack.


    Meng Zhang certainly won''t promise Zhang Weineng.


    He knows nothing about this big array. If he is trapped by Zhang Weineng during his exploration, he has no place to complain.


    Meng Zhang thought mysteriously for a while, and then told Zhang Weineng that the time is not yet here, and it is not a good time to explore below.


    We need to wait for a period of time. When the right time and place come, it is the time to start.


    Zhang Weineng might have been fooled by Meng Zhang if he hadn''t mastered the array himself.


    Although he did not believe Meng Zhang''s statement, he could not completely ignore it.


    He returned to join the army Liu Qi Zhenjun and renegotiated with him.


    Meng Zhang saw that they seemed to have an argument.


    Liu qizhenjun shouted loudly in the direction of Meng Zhang, saying that Meng Zhang played tricks.


    Meng Zhang ignored him, but flew into the air, pointed one hand at the bottom, and a sharp sword shot out, leaving deep traces on both sides of the crack.


    His meaning is very clear. The crack is divided into two, and each side occupies a part.


    Both sides, whether exploring or arranging, are in their own territory. Don''t easily invade other people''s territory.


    If you cross the border, you will bear the consequences.

 Chapter 1255

    Seeing Meng Zhang''s move, not only Liu Qizhen but also Zhang Weineng''s face changed.


    Liu qizhenjun originally planned to lay an array around the crack to guide Zhang Weineng to go deep into the array and break it.


    But Meng Zhang drew the crack and divided it into two sections. Relying on Zhang Wei to their side of the area is not enough to set up the Dharma array envisaged by Liu Qi Zhenjun.


    Zhang Weineng felt that Meng Zhang did not give him face again, and his practice was too resolute.


    At this time, Shuiling Zhenjun came up to Zhang Weineng and asked him very considerately whether he wanted to negotiate with Meng Zhang to see if he could make some concessions.


    At least, he should leave enough space for Liu qizhenjun to arrange the FA array.


    Zhang Weineng did not answer Shuiling Zhenjun, but asked Liu qizhenjun if he could adjust the FA array and deploy it in this half of the area.


    Liu qizhenjun obviously held his breath.


    After thinking for a while, he told Zhang Weineng that he could try hard.


    After listening to Liu qizhenjun''s words, Zhang Weineng waited patiently.


    He didn''t like Meng Zhang''s face and didn''t want to discuss anything with him again.


    Moreover, since Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to explore the following, he should not be too flustered.


    Zhang Weineng secretly planned that it was best to do it together when they did it.


    First, to avoid being taken advantage of by Meng Zhang. Second, both sides start at the same time, which can not only distract the enemy''s attention, but also bring greater pressure to the enemy.


    So, in the next period of time, there was no change between the two sides.


    The friars of the array Hall of Taiyi gate spent a lot of time and found that there was a big array below.


    But for the details of this large array, they still don''t know, let alone break the array and so on.


    Meng Zhang saw that Zhang Weineng did not take action. They were also not in a hurry. They quietly waited for the arrival of master Wen qiansuan.


    Zhang Weineng, the fourth order array mage Liu qizhenjun, is in a hurry to transform the Dharma array and is too busy.


    Meng Zhang secretly told his friars about the current situation and asked them to wait patiently.


    In the expectation of everyone, Wen qiansuan finally arrived here.


    As the only array master of Taiyi sect, Wen qiansuan is not only highly accomplished in array, but also obsessed with array.


    Meng Zhang summoned him that he had found a strange array and needed him to deal with it in person.


    After arriving at the no Rift Valley, Wen Qian simply greeted Meng Zhang. Ignoring what to say to others, he devoted himself to the formation.


    Wen Qian didn''t just watch from a distance, but jumped down the crack himself, but didn''t go too deep, but detected at the periphery.


    Wen qiansuan spent a full two days to thoroughly understand the details of this big array.


    The space under this crack is very complicated.


    In terms of spatial structure, it is not stable, the space is often turbulent, and there are many spatial mezzanine and separate small spaces.


    In terms of spatial location, the lower part is very close to the underworld, which is greatly affected by the rules of the underworld.


    Wen Qian doesn''t know the name of this big array.


    This is very normal in the cultivation world.


    The same Dharma array can have countless changes.


    A little far fetched, every change can be called a new Dharma array.


    As long as you understand the theory of array and have certain array skills, it''s not difficult to create an array yourself.


    In the cultivation world, those famous Dharma arrays are needless to say.


    Many practitioners created their own Dharma arrays. I''m afraid they didn''t even have a chance to appear, so they slowly disappeared.


    However, no matter how the array changes, it is inseparable from the basic array.


    On those self created Dharma arrays, you can also find the shadow of several basic Dharma arrays.


    Of course, Wen qiansuan didn''t know the name given to this dharma array by the divine descendant, but he found out its general principle.


    This dharma array itself is only a middle and lower work, but it has become a good high-order Dharma array due to the favorable timing and location.


    This array has at least four orders.


    The Dharma array normally relies on the power provided by the small world to maintain its operation, but only opens up a small part of its power.


    In wartime, if the Falun is in full operation, in addition to continuing to draw the power of the small world, it needs to invest all kinds of spiritual objects.


    After all, the divine descendants were once the rulers of the Junchen world, and the rotten ships had three nails.


    Even if you are down now, you are on the verge of extinction. There is still a lot of accumulation and inside information available.


    With the accumulation of divine descent, it should not be too difficult to maintain the operation of this dharma array.


    Wen qiansuan figured out the reason for the operation of the Dharma array and spent some time thinking before he had the final solution.


    Liu qizhenjun wants to set up other Dharma arrays to break the array. Naturally, there is no problem. This is a conventional means in the cultivation world.


    Wen qiansuan later heard about it from Meng Zhang. And Liu qizhenjun is not far away, where he makes all kinds of arrangements.


    Anyone who has a skill often has some pride.


    Wen qiansuan is very confident in his array skills. He doesn''t want to learn to walk in Handan. He wants to be unique and try a new way to break the array.


    However, at this time, Meng Zhang also faced the problems faced by Zhang Weineng and them.


    Meng Zhang is also unwilling to break the array first, so as not to take advantage of his opponent.


    He never relaxed his vigilance against Zhang Weineng, and was even more worried about Zhang Weineng''s sneak attack behind his back when his side attacked the FA array.


    Wen qiansuan heard about Meng Zhang''s worries.


    He patted his chest and said that if he led the team into the array, he could advance and retreat freely as long as he didn''t go too deep into the French array.


    Wen qiansuan suggested that they could wander around the periphery of the FA array for a while. Wait until Zhang Wei can them, and then go deep slowly.


    In this way, even if Zhang Wei can them have any bad thoughts, his side can get out in time.


    No doubt about employing people, no doubt about people.


    Since Wen qiansuan is the only array master in the gate, Meng Zhang certainly needs to listen to his professional opinions.


    After a little thought, Meng Zhang called Jin Lizhen, Xu Mengying and Huolie Zhenjun. Together with the above thousand calculations, the five broke into the array together.


    Niu Dawei, Changchun Zhenjun and qiaozhenjun stayed outside the crack and were ready to receive them at any time.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also ordered to organize a team of Jindan friars on standby.


    When Meng Zhang broke the battle array and opened up a route to the small world, this team of Jindan real people followed as a follow-up force to help sweep and hunt down the divine descendants in the small world.


    Meng Zhang gave orders to several allies as the leader of the Alliance for the first time. Even the most rebellious Huolie Zhenjun obediently obeyed without any objection.


    When they were ready, they jumped down the crack under the leadership of Wen qiansuan.

 Chapter 1256

    After Wen qiansuan led them into the crack, they first felt a flower in front of them, and then seemed to come to a dark abyss.


    The five people are the true monarch of the yuan God who can fly to the sky and escape to the earth. Seeing things at night is a piece of cake.


    But now they feel dark in front of them, they have lost their ability to fly, and their bodies are falling constantly.


    The most impatient fire is strong. When Zhenjun runs Zhenyuan, he will fly up.


    But no matter how hard he tried, his body was still falling rapidly towards the bottom, and he couldn''t fly to the top at all.


    "Don''t worry, it''s just an illusion caused by the array."


    Wen qiansuan''s voice sounded in everyone''s ears at the right time.


    All of them have experienced many tests and been tempered for many years.


    They just get used to having strong power and suddenly fall into this place. Their strong power seems to be unable to even control their body flight, so they instinctively panic.


    After being reminded by Wen qiansuan, Huolie Zhenjun and Jin Lizhen, who were a little flustered, quickly recovered their composure and quickly adapted to the environment here.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation was the highest and remained silent all the time.


    He not only has the self-confidence to deal with all kinds of scenes, but also the spirit of the void tripod reminds him from time to time.


    Xu Mengying majored in spiritual Avenue and was also proficient in magic Avenue.


    She has a strong resistance to all kinds of illusions.


    She was unable to solve the illusion caused by the array for the time being, but she was able to keep calm.


    As a master of illusion, she knows very well that when she is in the illusion, she must not panic. She must keep calm before she can get out of it.


    Wen qiansuan took out an array disk, held it on the palm of his right hand, pinched it quickly with his left hand, and is looking for a way to crack it.


    After Huolie Zhenjun calmed down, he found that there was nothing like this.


    Although it was dark and everyone was falling, no one was really hurt.


    Just keep falling like this. I don''t know when it''s the end.


    If it weren''t for Wenqian''s calculation, it was an illusion. I''m afraid he would really think he was falling into the abyss.


    After Wen qiansuan calculated for a while, a faint light lit up on the array disk, and then several beams were emitted in different directions.


    "Broken." Wen qiansuan shouted loudly. Everyone saw that the illusion disappeared and the light returned to their eyes.


    Where is there any bottomless abyss? People''s bodies are only less than a hundred feet deep underground.


    There seemed to be an invisible force under the ground, holding the people''s bodies, and they were falling slowly at a very slow speed.


    "It''s just that when Wen qiansuan jumped into the crack and didn''t respond for a long time, it''s Zhang Wei''s turn to worry.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s confidence, it seems that it is not difficult to break this dharma array.


    It is still a mystery how many divine descendants are hidden in the small world and how their specific strength is.


    If Meng Zhang and his men are lucky enough to meet the enemy''s lack of strength.


    After they conquered the small world, as the first friars to enter there, they may really loot the place.


    Zhang Weineng also considered whether to attack back and forth while Meng Zhang was concentrating on breaking the array.


    But judging from Meng Zhang''s arrangement, he was obviously on guard.


    People were left outside to pick them up, and the situation after they entered the battle was completely unclear.


    Even if Zhang Weineng does it boldly, he may not be able to take much advantage of it.


    If they get caught in a struggle between Snipes and mussels and let the God who hides benefit in the end, he will become a joke.


    After thinking for a while, Zhang Weineng gave up his plan to plot against Meng Zhang. Instead, he decided to crack the big array and seize the small world.


    He glanced at Liu Qi Zhenjun.


    Although he didn''t say anything to urge the old subordinate who had followed him for many years, Liu qizhenjun still felt great pressure.


    To be honest, Liu qizhenjun is very disdainful of wenqiansuan.


    As a soldier under Zhang Weineng, he is certainly very familiar with all kinds of information about taiyimen.


    Wen qiansuan is said to be the first array master of Taiyi sect. He has extraordinary attainments in array.


    But how old is Wen qiansuan? It''s only a few years since he became a Yuanshen? It''s probably not a few days since he became a fourth-order array mage.


    Liu qizhenjun is a true elder, especially in the field of array Taoism. He is a famous expert in Dali Dynasty.


    When he practiced array Taoism, Wen qiansuan was not born. When he became famous for array Taoism, Wen qiansuan was still playing with mud.


    But it was such a young man who took the lead in full view of the public, which made Liu Qizhen angry.


    It took so long to set up their own Dharma array, but the other party observed it for a while and entered the array directly.


    In the eyes of outsiders who don''t understand the array, it is clear that they are superior and inferior, and they have fallen behind.

 Chapter 1257

    Liu qizhenjun''s Dharma array has been greatly adjusted temporarily, and there are still many places that are not perfect.


    However, the reality forced him not to have much time to adjust slowly.


    While making final preparations, he didn''t forget to say a few words to defend himself.


    "The boy called Wen qiansuan doesn''t know the height of the earth. He thinks he knows a few arrays, so he underestimates the big array in front of him."


    "If he rashly breaks into the array, he will certainly be disheartened and suffer enough."


    "After we are ready, we break into the array at one fell swoop. Maybe we can see them trapped by the array."


    Liu qizhenjun was not such a shallow person at first, but it was probably the relationship between peers and enemies. He was challenged and questioned in his best field. He was inevitably angry in his heart.


    He talks on his mouth and moves on his hands.


    After half a ring, Liu qizhenjun reported to Zhang Weineng that the final layout has been completed and the FA array can be started at any time.


    Zhang Wei can no longer delay and directly order action.


    He broke into the array with Liu Qi Zhenjun, Shui Ling Zhenjun, Chiba Zhenjun and two other legitimate Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Six Yuanshen Zhenjun entered the array, leaving three Yuanshen Zhenjun and nearly 20 Jindan friars.


    Those who stay outside, except as a cover to prevent accidents. After Zhang Weineng and them enter the array, they should control the Dharma array outside according to Liu qizhenjun''s previous teaching, and provide support and guidance to Zhang Weineng and them.


    Holding a flag, Liu qizhenjun stood at the center of the Dharma array.


    The monks who are scheduled to stay outside are all located in the Dharma array with array flags, array plates and other magic tools.


    Liu qizhenjun waved the array flag and directly launched the FA array.


    An invisible force poured in from the Dharma array and hit the big array below the crack.


    The surrounding earth shook violently, and countless earth and rock slipped around the crack and flowed into the crack, as if to completely submerge the crack.


    The cow standing opposite looked at this side with a bad look.


    Zhang Weineng''s side made too much noise, which has affected the opposite side.


    Fortunately, the violent vibration didn''t last long and disappeared automatically.


    There was a sound of something breaking under the crack. It was like a curtain opened in the crack, revealing many large and small gaps.


    Liu Qizhen greeted Jun, took the lead, flew into the crack and flew down.


    Zhang Weineng and others followed closely and immediately flew over.


    The dreamland below was originally a burst of hearty laughter from Meng Zhang.


    "Governor, why did you come here? I''ve been waiting for a long time."


    Zhang Weineng didn''t speak. He looked at Liu qizhenjun.


    Liu qizhenjun pointed to the Loess below and reported it in a low voice.


    "That''s the depth of the big array and the entrance to the small world."


    Meng Zhang also learned this information from Wen qiansuan.


    He made a gesture of invitation to Zhang Weineng, but he did nothing else.


    Zhang Weineng knows that if he doesn''t go in first, he will never go in because of the cunning of Meng Zhang.


    Although he was very upset, he also knew that if no one stepped on the array disk in the palm of Wen qiansuan, the figures of Jin Lizhen Jun, Xu Mengying and Huolie Zhen Jun began to disappear one after another.


    There seemed to be a slight ripple on the Loess below, and then disappeared immediately.


    Compared with Liu qizhenjun''s means, the method of Wen qiansuan has no smoke and fire smell, and is particularly clever.


    Liu qizhenjun''s face suddenly turned blue.


    After all Zhang Weineng''s men entered the gap, Liu qizhenjun and Zhang Weineng finally entered.


    Before entering, Liu Qizhen took a deep look at Wen Qian.


    Wen qiansuan seemed not to notice his eyes and disappeared in situ with Meng Zhang.


    When Wen qiansuan and Meng Zhang appeared again, they appeared in a special space.


    The three of Huolie Zhenjun, who came over one step first, were constantly looking around.


    Their location is a deep tunnel.


    The four walls of the tunnel are composed of flowing loess.


    "They should have entered the big array from another direction. Now, it''s up to that side to cross the big array and enter the small world first."


    Wen Qian explained a sentence for everyone.


    Almost at the same time, Zhang Weineng and his party entered a very similar environment.


    Liu qizhenjun made a similar judgment to Wen qiansuan and has begun to take action.


    Zhang Weineng and his party were strong and swaggered along the tunnel.


    They did not advance a few steps. The ground in the tunnel surged, and countless yellow giants rose from the ground.


    After these yellow giants took shape, they seemed to be crazy and rushed to Zhang Weineng and his party.


    In terms of pure power, these giants are at least equivalent to friars in the foundation period.


    Those giants who are especially huge are probably equivalent to the golden elixir friars.


    These giants are numerous, not only have infinite power, but also have many gifted spells, mainly various earth series spells.


    These giants rushed forward bravely and recklessly, with an attitude of completely drowning their opponents.

 Chapter 1258

    The tunnel where Zhang Weineng and his party are located is not too wide. There are so many giants crowded in such a large space that there is no place to hide.


    Fortunately, everyone is the true king of the yuan God, and their strength completely crush the enemy.


    And these giants have no intelligence, only know to act by instinct.


    Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun didn''t have to fight. The other Yuanshen Zhenjun just waved at will. Those yellow giants were destroyed in pieces and couldn''t get close at all.


    Chiba Zhenjun rose up and began to unconsciously expand the attack range.


    I saw one broad leaf after another on the ground. The leaf gently rotated and cut all the Yellow giants around into pieces.


    The high-speed rotating blade moves to the side and cuts directly onto the yellow stone wall around the tunnel.


    Liu qizhenjun quickly drank, "no". But he was still half a step slow and didn''t stop Chiba Zhenjun in time.


    The originally calm tunnel was cut by blades, like a lake thrown into stones, which immediately rippled. The ripples quickly evolved into wind waves, which had a great impact.


    Countless yellow loess around, like a flowing river, rushed towards the people with a mighty momentum.


    Shuiling Zhenjun casually laid a water curtain as a barrier, trying to block the surging loess.


    However, the momentum of loess''s galloping was too fierce, and it easily dispersed the water curtain she had laid.


    After those giants were involved in the loess, they seemed to become a part of the loess. Not only did it rush through the loess, but it expanded many times both in strength and momentum.


    Liu qizhenjun quickly waved the middle array flag, borrowed the power of the Dharma array from a distance, and laid a barrier to block the Loess flood temporarily.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun hurried to kill the Yellow giants.


    After stabilizing the situation, Liu qizhenjun led the way and led everyone to the front of the tunnel.


    Liu qizhenjun looked at Chiba Zhenjun with warning eyes. Everyone was taught a lesson.


    Next, everyone became more cautious. Without Liu Qizhen''s instructions, he won''t do it easily.


    On the other hand, Meng Zhang and his party also have to face countless yellow giants.


    Wen qiansuan gently turned the array plate in his hand. Those yellow giants had not approached them yet, just like headless flies, beating and turning around in the tunnel.


    According to the normal way of breaking the formation, they should go along this tunnel.


    This tunnel is transformed by the power of the big array and is the channel in and out of the big array.


    Along the way, in addition to these yellow giants, there are many other obstacles.


    As for trying to forcibly open another way out and attack the tunnel, it will face great changes.


    Zhang Weineng and his party had a lot of trouble because Chiba Zhenjun didn''t intend to do it.


    After Meng Zhang refined the void tripod, he did not hide such a middle and high level of the door from Wen qiansuan.


    Wen qiansuan knows that Meng Zhang has a void tripod in hand, which can carry out high-intensity spatial transmission.


    Wen qiansuan kept looking for the flaws of the array and made a quick calculation.


    After turning for a long time, the Yellow giants were finally about to break through the obstacles with brute force and rush to Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, Wen qiansuan completed the calculation in time and pointed out the direction of transmission for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod, took all the people around him, and forcibly launched space transmission.


    Originally, when trapped in the Dharma array, it is absolutely impossible to transmit space at will.


    The Dharma array itself makes use of the power of space, and the surrounding space is unstable.


    If you randomly transmit space, you are likely to get lost in the spatial turbulence.


    However, with Wen qiansuan pointing out the right direction, Meng Zhang mobilized the power of space Avenue and the transmission was carried out smoothly.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in situ. When they appeared again, they came to a desert.


    The main attribute of this large array built underground is the earth system. Many arrangements and ambushes mobilize the power of the earth.


    Of course, most of the high-grade Dharma arrays can make use of the power of space more or less.


    Meng Zhang came to this desert and found that there was no vitality around.


    Meng Zhang, who was most sensitive, even sensed the breath of death.


    Although the spirit of the void tripod has no power to break the array, it has sensed a lot of information through this large array with its keen spatial sensing.


    As he said before, the small world at the core of the array is between the underworld and the sun.


    Meng Zhang is not surprised to find the smell of death here.


    Sure enough, their foothold was not stable, and the big array began to change accordingly.


    The earth shook violently, the soil was lifted one after another, and countless bones emerged from the bottom of the earth.


    These skeletons kept twisting and merging into a skeleton monster of different sizes.


    These skeleton monsters are not as small as human children. They are as big as a hill.


    After the skeleton monster took shape, they rushed to Meng Zhang from all directions.


    The deeper into the array, the more difficult it is to calculate.


    Wen Qian has neglected to stop these skeleton monsters. All his thoughts were spent on calculation.


    Meng Zhang and others showed what they could and blocked all the skeleton monsters coming.


    Although the number of these skeleton monsters is large, the strongest one is just equivalent to the human golden elixir friars.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun joined hands to defend without leakage, and no skeleton monster could get close.


    Skeleton monsters were still far away, so they were attacked one after another and turned into messy bones again.


    With the passage of time, not only the number of skeleton monsters is increasing, but also their strength is becoming stronger and stronger.


    Jin Lizhen Jun waved and released countless thunder balls, which blew a skeleton monster whose strength was very close to that of the yuan God friar to pieces.


    There is no need to urge, and Wen qiansuan knows that it should not be delayed too long.


    If you consume too much power in the big array, it will be difficult to give full play to it when you enter that small world.


    Finally, after the skeleton monster with the strength of three yuan gods appeared in the distance, Wen qiansuan completed the calculation.


    According to the guidance of Wen qiansuan, Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod again and launched space transmission.


    The void tripod supports everyone to shuttle through the turbulent flow of space against the chaotic force of space.


    A moment later, Meng Zhang and his family came to another brand-new place and faced another pass.


    Wen qiansuan and Meng Zhang repeated their old skills. After a while, they started space transmission again under the protection of the void tripod.


    In this way, relying on the superb array attainments of wenqiansuan, Meng Zhang was protected by the void tripod after refining. They succeeded in passing all the checkpoints by ingenious means.


    It didn''t take much time. They fully passed the seven passes and came to the last pass.


    As long as you successfully pass here, you can enter the small world at the core of the big array.

 Chapter 1259

    Wen qiansuan''s array skills, coupled with Meng Zhang''s refined void tripod, was like opening a plug-in. Without spending too much time, they broke through one pass after another and came to the last pass.


    At this time, Zhang Weineng and his party, led by Liu qizhenjun, are cracking all kinds of ambushes step by step and slowly breaking through checkpoints.


    Despite their strong strength, Liu qizhenjun was able to rely on the power of the external Dharma array.


    But this nameless array of divine descent has stood here for at least two thousand years.


    In the past two thousand years, the big array kept accumulating strength, increasing ambush, becoming more and more powerful, and has the strength to directly counter the Yuanshen team.


    Zhang Weineng, they fell into a big war and had to move forward slowly.


    Talent really has nothing to do with age, seniority and years of entering the Tao.


    Compared with Liu Qi Zhenjun, Wen Qian is a younger generation, even a sprout on the road of cultivation.


    However, he played a key role with his brilliant array talent.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang didn''t refine the void tripod, he didn''t dare to transmit it in the big array.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang and his party are located on a vast plain.


    In the distance of the plain, facing them from afar, there was a huge curtain of light.


    There is the entrance to the small world.


    Here, we can''t save up in a clever way. You must cross a long distance ahead and reach under the light curtain.


    Standing on this plain, Meng Zhang felt that his body became extremely heavy and it was almost difficult to fly high in the sky.


    The body left the ground a little and rose up in the air. It was very hard. I felt that great power came from the ground and kept dragging his body.


    This is the case with the highest Meng Zhang, not to mention others.


    Their flying ability is greatly limited.


    "The power of meta magnetism is so terrible." Jin Lizhen couldn''t help sighing.


    There is a very rare magic among the earth magic, which is the use of the power of meta magnetism.


    The power of yuanci originates from the power of earth travel, and yuanci Avenue in 3000 Avenue is one of the branches of earth travel Avenue.


    This large array really moves the earth force to the limit, and even the force of element magnetism can be fully utilized.


    Because the force of element magnetism in the large array is too strong, Meng Zhang not only has great restrictions on their flight, but also makes it very difficult to move on the ground.


    Let alone action, they just lift their arms. Such a simple action takes thousands of times more strength than usual.


    They can all feel the great attraction coming from the ground, causing great constraints on their bodies.


    Yuan magnetic force is not the main course of this level.


    Meng Zhang and his men were only a little adapted to the environment here, and the real enemy appeared.


    The earth shook slightly, and the dark crowd came from all directions.


    This is a real army of thousands of horses, with both steps and horses.


    Soldiers riding all kinds of strange animals run wildly.


    Behind them are teams of soldiers who are firm and resolute, lined up in neat formations.


    Meng Zhangyun looked at the army with his eyes. He could not see the slightest vitality, but full of strong vitality.


    Neither soldiers nor their beast mounts are living creatures.


    "This is a terracotta soldier." Meng Zhang thought of an ancient book he had read.


    More than 10000 years ago, Shinto prevailed, and the gods ruled the Jun dust world of all the people. The terracotta warriors were a common tool of war.


    The terracotta warriors are similar to the Taoist soldiers commonly used by the Xiuzhen sect, but they are more bloody and weird. They can almost be called evil means.


    The gods created the body of the terracotta warriors with a special secret method.


    Then they forcibly injected the souls of living people and animals into the terracotta warriors.


    As for the specific details, Meng Zhang is also unknown.


    Anyway, according to ancient books, terracotta warriors are a war tool between life and death and have many ghost characteristics.


    The more advanced the terracotta warriors are, the more fierce they are, and they have a strong lethality to the practitioners.


    After the rise of the fairy way in the Jun dust world and the rise of the cultivators, many wars broke out between the cultivators and the terracotta warriors.


    Terracotta warriors are a powerful means for the gods to fight against the practitioners, who have paid a heavy price.


    Of course, the practitioners also developed special means to deal with the terracotta warriors.


    But now it''s too far away from that golden age.


    In the Jun dust world, even divine descendants are becoming more and more rare, let alone terracotta warriors.


    Anyway, according to public records, there have been no terracotta warriors in the Jun dust world for at least thousands of years.


    Many people believe that the terracotta warriors disappeared with the demise of the divine race.


    Therefore, even the taiyimen in its heyday did not collect methods to deal with the terracotta warriors.


    In Meng Zhang''s generation, it is even more unnecessary.


    Now, facing the terracotta warriors that are difficult to deal with at first sight, I''m afraid there is no better way except hard resistance.


    Without any superfluous movements, groups of terracotta soldiers rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, they dare not let these fierce terracotta warriors close at a glance.


    One spell after another fell into the terracotta army group and blew the terracotta army group apart.


    After the terracotta warriors are destroyed, the whole body will soon collapse into countless dust.


    As soon as they started, Meng Zhang did not find it unexpected. It was very difficult to cast spells here, and the power of spells was greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang felt that the real yuan in his body was consuming rapidly, and the recovery speed of the real yuan was about to catch up with the consumption speed.


    Meng Zhang knows that it is not suitable to stay here for a long time. Fighting with the terracotta warriors is meaningless.


    The terracotta warriors that appear in front of us alone are invincible and can hardly be completely eliminated.


    Meng Zhang, holding a spirit snake spear, led the way in front, leading everyone to the front.


    For today''s sake, we can only enter the small world ahead as soon as possible to see whether we can get rid of the seemingly endless terracotta warriors.


    Five Yuanshen Zhenjun tried their best to kill each other and covered each other to the front.


    As they moved, more and more terracotta warriors appeared and became stronger and stronger.


    Fortunately, none of the five are weak. Even if they are severely restricted in all aspects, they can give full play to their combat effectiveness.


    Pieces of terracotta warriors were destroyed, and their bodies turned into Loess and disappeared.


    Meng Zhang and his party moved forward slowly and firmly.


    The sun and moon pearls on Meng Zhang''s head kept shaking, sprinkling almost endless sun and moon lights. It not only strengthens our own friars, but also weakens and kills the terracotta warriors.


    The thunder and lightning emitted by Jin Lizhen and the fire emitted by Jin Lizhen emptied almost all the areas around the five people.


    However, the terracotta warriors are like a tide. One wave goes by and another wave rushes in. It seems that there will never be an end to it.

 Chapter 1260

    Meng Zhang and his party almost did their best to force out all their potential.


    In the battle, Meng Zhang, as a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, played a mainstay role.


    He made threats many times to cover everyone''s smooth progress.


    When the pressure was greatest, he took out the last card and summoned the Taoist soldiers fed in the yin-yang Linghu.


    Two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of Yuanshen period led a group of Yin-Yang soldiers with the strength of Jindan period, firmly guarded around everyone and blocked all the incoming terracotta warriors.


    The yin-yang soldiers of the golden elixir period didn''t hold on for long, so they were swallowed up by the terracotta warriors.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to be distressed. He kept trying to disperse the coming terracotta warriors.


    If they are in the outside environment, they can break through the group of terracotta warriors with a little effort.


    As long as we are willing to pay the price, it is not impossible to wipe out the terracotta warriors.


    However, they were severely suppressed in all aspects of the battle.


    These almost endless terracotta warriors almost became their talisman.


    Fortunately, they are all experienced people and have seen all kinds of difficult tests.


    After half a day''s hard struggle, even if the advance speed was slow, they came to the light curtain.


    According to Wen qiansuan''s calculation, after the light curtain, there is the small world, which is also the ultimate goal of their adventure.


    There must be divine descent hidden in the small world, but they don''t know the specific situation.


    How many gods are there and how strong are they?


    Will they be besieged by many powerful gods as soon as they enter?


    Meng Zhang, they have no time to think about it slowly.


    If they stay among the terracotta warriors for a long time and are constantly besieged, they may really be in danger of falling.


    As soon as Meng Zhang clenched his teeth and greeted the people, he took the lead in jumping into the light curtain ahead.


    Without hesitation, the other four jumped in one after another.


    After a flower in front of him, the scene in his eyes changed rapidly, and Meng Zhang stepped on the ground.


    He quickly looked around. The place where he stood was a huge open square.


    Around the square, there are many houses and other buildings.


    Meng Zhang had not had time to take a closer look, and the other four companions appeared next to him one after another.


    At this place, their feelings finally returned to normal and were no longer suppressed by the power of the big array.


    They simply glanced around and found no enemy or danger.


    Regardless of anything else, they quickly took out pills, Yuqing LINGJI and Jiutian essence, and were busy absorbing and refining, hoping to restore all their strength in the shortest time.


    When they were besieged by terracotta warriors just now, the recovery speed of their true elements was greatly affected due to the suppression of the power of the big array.


    Now that we are in a seemingly safe place, we are about to face an unknown strong enemy. Of course, we should restore our best state as soon as possible.


    No one was hurt, just a little worn out.


    After a period of adjustment, they recovered one after another.


    At this time, they began to explore their surroundings carefully.


    Meng Zhang led everyone to the sky and flew in one direction at will.


    Along the way, they found many kinds of buildings.


    Most of these buildings are residential houses.


    But the houses were empty and no one lived in them.


    Everyone is a good seeker. Judging from the traces left in the house, the residents inside left in a hurry.


    This discovery cast doubt on the public.


    Could it be that there are other exits to the outside of this small world, and the gods have evacuated here in time?


    Meng Zhang did not fly forward along a straight line. Their flight path was closer to an arc and took a big turn.


    They want to fly over as much land as possible in a short time.


    Only from the places where Meng Zhang and his family flew, the area of this small world is not small, with a radius of at least hundreds of miles.


    Such a large area is enough to build cities and villages for the divine descendants to thrive here.


    Judging from the traces around, there are indeed many settlements in the small world.


    After turning a big corner, they finally found a group of living people in a settlement the size of an ordinary village.


    Of course, it seems a little difficult to call this group of creatures in front of us human.


    The so-called divine descendants are the descendants of the gods in the Junchen world.


    These gods themselves come from different races and look strange.


    Of course, the divine race is not a separate race. They look the same as each other.


    As the divine descendants slowly multiply and survive and pass on from generation to generation, the divine blood flowing on them naturally becomes thinner and thinner.


    Even the divine race only intermarries within a small circle, and even breeds among close relatives. It is inevitable that the divine blood becomes thinner and thinner.


    There are many restrictions on the blood inheritance of gods, which need to follow special rules.


    In terms of blood power alone, divine descent will only be weaker from generation to generation.


    The divine descent has been inherited for many generations, and the blood of the gods is thin to a certain extent, which is almost difficult to play a role.


    At this time, such descendants can no longer be called divine descendants, but fall into the ranks of ordinary creatures.


    This group of creatures appeared in front of Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Although they are still strange in shape, they have many obvious alien characteristics. But their looks are very close to ordinary humans.


    The two God descendants who appeared in the non Rift Valley and fought with Niu Da for them have a strong smell of divine power and show strong combat effectiveness.


    But in front of these people, the breath is poor, and they can''t feel any breath of divine power.


    Moreover, their hair is white, it is clear that they are very old, are at the end of their life, and are not far from death.


    Meng Zhang, they are about to fly over to capture these people and interrogate the intelligence of God''s descent from their mouth.


    But as soon as they saw Meng Zhang coming, they all killed themselves.


    Because the distance was too far and they moved too fast, Meng Zhang and them had no time to save them. They just harvested a group of fresh bodies.


    These guys have just died and their souls are not completely detached.


    If Meng Zhang and his disciples use the means to capture their souls, catch their souls and search for souls, they should be able to get some useful information.


    However, Meng Zhang hesitated a little.


    Direct attack on the soul is a taboo in the cultivation world.


    Except for ghost monk and demon monk, other monks generally don''t do it openly.


    He has been an expert in the right way for a long time. In full view of the public, Meng Zhang is not used to using this method.


    Of course, the other monks present did not have such a leader burden on Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1261

    Meng Zhang hesitated, but others around him wouldn''t hesitate. They helped Meng Zhang do something he didn''t want to do.


    Xu Mengying and others took out the souls who had just died and had not had time to leave the body from the still fresh body for soul searching interrogation.


    There are also several souls forcibly captured from the bodies of such a group of newly dead guys.


    Xu Mengying and others were interrogated respectively, and then summarized the information they obtained.


    The result of the interrogation was not very optimistic, but some intermittent information was obtained.


    The languages and characters of the indigenous people in these small worlds are very different from those commonly used by the people today.


    Fortunately, people directly search their souls and use their minds to obtain information, which is similar to heart to heart, but they also bypass this difficulty and learn many of their ideas.


    These indigenous people are not recognized as the same race by the divine race because of their thin blood of the gods.


    In this small world, they are regarded as inferior creatures and slaves of divine descent.


    When needed, it can also be used as cannon fodder and blood sacrifice.


    Because of their low level of identity, these indigenous people are basically unable to know the things at the top.


    They were born and grew up in this small world. In their life and their cognition, this small world is the whole world. They knew little about the outside world and were ignorant of everything in the Junchen world.


    The reason why they can reproduce in this small world is mainly due to the grace of divine descent.


    Even the lowest creatures have almost no divine blood.


    However, in some extreme cases, there will be blood ancestry among them.


    For the lucky ones with blood lineage, the divine blood will reappear, and the concentration is not low.


    These lucky ones will have the opportunity to return to the divine community.


    The deepest obsession of these indigenous people is that they hope that there will be blood ancestry among their descendants.


    They have lived here for many years, generation after generation.


    Not long ago, the Lord of divine descent sent an order to transfer the residents of the village.


    Because the action was too hasty, and the focus of divine descent was on the young, some old, weak, sick and disabled who could not walk were ignored intentionally or unintentionally.


    When they saw Meng Zhang and others, they committed suicide one after another, as if it came from their childhood education.


    In the brainwashing of divine descent, the legendary Terran has become the most terrible devil. Once it falls into the hands of the Terran, even the spirit can''t rest.


    The people summarized the information obtained from soul searching and easily came to the conclusion that the divine descendants had already evacuated.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised by this result. In his heart, he still admired the determination of these divine descendants.


    No matter how powerful they are and with the help of the big array, these divine descendants are just invisible mice.


    Even how the divine descendants evacuated, this problem should be clarified.


    This small world has been operated by the divine race for many years. The divine race evacuated in a hurry and may not be able to loot it all.


    If there are any valuable resources in the small world, we should find out as soon as possible to see whether they can be picked.


    The big array outside takes the small world as the core. Through the small world, you should be able to control the big array.


    If there is no accident, Zhang Weineng and others should still be in the big array and slowly break through one pass after another.


    If Meng Zhang and his people controlled this big array, with the help of the power of this big array, even if they didn''t expect to annihilate Zhang Wei and his party, it should be feasible to plot against them.


    Meng Zhang secretly told Wen qiansuan what he thought.


    If you want to control the big array outside, you still need Wenqian''s output.


    Wen qiansuan immediately made some nervous calculations.


    After half a ring, Wen qiansuan pointed to a direction and motioned to Meng Zhang.


    The center controlling that array should be in that direction.


    Meng Zhang no longer hesitated, and immediately took the people to fly in the direction of Wen qiansuan.


    They flew by and found several small villages.


    There is no need to land, but the mind sweeps gently. These small villages are basically empty and have no residents.


    Occasionally found a few old, weak, sick and disabled, even if they did not kill themselves in time, Meng Zhang they were too lazy to go and catch them.


    In their capacity, it is difficult to get more useful information from them.


    After flying for a long time, Meng Zhang finally found the target.


    It was a very magnificent palace, standing on a high mountain in front of it.


    Before they got close, they smelled a pungent smell of blood.


    Meng Zhang and his men quickly flew over and landed in the palace.


    There were no living creatures in the palace for a long time.


    Following the smell of blood, they came to a high platform in the middle of the palace.


    The huge platform was surrounded by corpses.


    These corpses are basically different from their heads, and even their limbs are broken into pieces, which are incomplete at all.


    But strangely, there was not much blood on these bodies.


    On the ground, around the corpse, although the blood was stained, the amount of blood was obviously insufficient compared with the number of corpses.


    Wen Qian looked at the high platform with an iron face.


    Those gods defiled the center of controlling the outer array with the vicious method of blood sacrifice.


    The method of blood sacrifice is close to the devil''s way, which has long been strictly forbidden in the Jun dust world.


    At least, no one or Xiuzhen forces dare to hold a large-scale blood sacrifice.


    The center of the array is defiled by blood sacrifice, which can not be purified in a short time.


    Moreover, Wen qiansuan, who is familiar with the way of array, has another worry.

 Chapter 1262

    Wen qiansuan is very sensitive to everything about the array.


    After a brief observation, he found that the high platform, that is, the center of the big array outside, had traces of violent operation before and after the blood sacrifice.


    Wen qiansuan was a little confused when he went through several passes of the big array with the people and came to the outside of the small world smoothly.


    The resistance of this large array is too weak. It seems that no one controls the whole array. It operates spontaneously and automatically resists all intruders.


    However, this large array is clearly established by the divine race, and the core of the large array is the small world where the divine race hides. Why don''t the divine race control the large array for defense and counterattack?


    Just now everyone searched the soul and learned from the aborigines that the divine descendants had already begun to evacuate here.


    Wen Qian thinks he has an answer to his question.


    However, when he came to the hub of the big array, he looked at the traces of operation here not long ago, and he was puzzled.


    The divine race obviously operated too large an array, which was not used to resist the enemy, but did other things.


    What kind of thing is more important than resisting the enemy who kills the door?


    Wen qiansuan spoke out his doubts in public and attracted the attention of everyone.


    At this time, since entering the small world, there has been no sound of the emptiness tripod and spirit emptiness to Meng Zhang.


    According to him, he felt that the small world seemed to begin to move slowly.


    He pointed out several places in the small world and asked Meng Zhang to hurry over and have a look.


    Meng Zhang knew that the old man was well-informed and far ahead of himself.


    He didn''t dare to be careless about vanity son''s reminder. He immediately called everyone and flew to several places pointed out by vanity son.


    They flew out less than a hundred miles and came to the bodies on the ground referred to by the void son, not only the indigenous people in the small world, but also many human races.


    Seeing the corpses of these Terrans, everyone''s faces were not good-looking.


    Regardless of good or evil, the practitioners of Jun dust world are all from human race.


    Seeing that the Terrans are treated as large-scale blood sacrifice as animals, they will inevitably have a feeling that things hurt their kind.


    Although up to now, it is not known what kind of relationship is between divine descent and non rift valley. Who is the leader and who is the subordinate?


    However, with the close relationship between the two and the power of no Rift Valley, it should not be difficult for the divine descendants to obtain some Terrans for blood sacrifice through no rift valley.


    Of course, Jiuqu League, as the edge of Junchen, has never been a densely populated and prosperous area.


    For the major cultivation forces, mortals are also a kind of resource.


    According to the information obtained before, the collusion between the non Rift Valley and the divine race should be limited to individual high-level, and the vast majority of the non Rift Valley lower friars know nothing about it.


    In this case, the non rift aspect is also difficult to continuously provide too many mortals to the divine race.


    After Meng Zhang and others came to the square, they also observed the surroundings.


    Not far from the square, there are some simple buildings that should be used by ordinary people.


    Judging from the buildings, these mortals were not imprisoned here for long.


    Roughly, it was not long ago that the divine race acquired a large number of mortals from the rift valley.


    The divine race carried out a large-scale blood sacrifice on this square, which killed many mortals and indigenous people in the small world.


    After careful observation, they couldn''t get more information.


    At this time, the earth suddenly vibrated violently, making people almost unstable.


    Vanity son whispered to Meng Zhang that the movement of the small world intensified.


    Meng Zhang and others did not continue to delay here. They flew in another direction according to the guidance of vanity son.


    Meng Zhang and his men flew out for a distance and came to the bottom of a hill.


    On the surrounding low hills, there are three huge stone arches.


    There were heavy blood stains on the three arches, and the original appearance of the arch could hardly be seen.


    The open space around the arch is full of strange and complex symbols.


    Although Wen qiansuan doesn''t understand the array way of divine descent, the supreme principle of the road is interlinked.


    He just flew over and observed it briefly, and he knew the function of the three stone arches.


    The three arches were originally portals to the outside world.


    Not long ago, these portals were transmitted.


    Now, the power of the blood sacrifice has defiled the three portals. It not only makes it ineffective, but also masks the specific location of transmission.


    After listening to Wen qiansuan''s words, Meng Zhang guessed that the gods and indigenous people in the small world should have left the small world through these three portals.


    However, since the brigade has been evacuated, why do the remaining guys have to hold a large-scale blood sacrifice? Is it just to cover up the whereabouts of the transmitted brigade?


    After three blood sacrifice sites in a row, Wen qiansuan seemed to catch something and fell into meditation.


    The vibration of the small world began to become more intense.


    The earth kept shaking, the surrounding hills began to shake, and countless earth and rock fell from it.


    "No, this little world is sliding towards the underworld."


    The most sensitive to spatial transformation, the void, finally found the trend of the whole small world.


    Vanity son''s words stunned everyone, and then they couldn''t help thinking.


    This small world was originally located between the underworld and the Yang world. Now it is not too unimaginable to slide towards the underworld.


    After the small world slipped into the underworld, it became a part of the underworld. As living people, Meng Zhang could not occupy this place for a long time.


    Can it be said that the divine race did not hesitate to burn jade and stone in order not to let the small world fall into the hands of human practitioners.


    If Wen qiansuan had something to gain, he finally reacted after being reminded by vanity.


    These places have held large-scale blood sacrifice, which is to use the power of blood sacrifice to promote the movement of the whole small world.


    Including the power of the big array outside, some of them have been used to promote the small world.


    This is also an original array.


    The array of divine descent is primitive and bloody, but it is also useful.


    The place of blood sacrifice is the node of the Dharma array and the focus of the Dharma array.


    After some intense calculation, Wen qiansuan pointed in one direction.


    In that place, there is a will to manipulate the power of blood sacrifice to push the small world to hell.


    Meng Zhang looked at the direction, which was the last of the several directions pointed out to him just now.


    If nothing unexpected happens, it is in that place that the guys left behind in the divine race do it.

 Chapter 1263

    Meng Zhang has long regarded this small world as something in his bag. Of course, he doesn''t want to lose it.


    Although they didn''t take a closer look, just now they flew all the way and made a rough observation.


    In this small world, there is abundant aura, and there are more than one third-order spiritual pulse.


    Although it is far from being a blessed place, it is also a good place to open the sect and serve as the foundation of the sect.


    In many parts of the small world, there are special elixir gardens, planting many and all kinds of elixirs.


    Among the God descendants, there are also primitive herbal medicine theories.


    Many divine descendants have rich experience in planting and cultivating miraculous drugs.


    Although they don''t understand the elixir of practitioners, they also know the medicine. They have primitive ways to use these miraculous drugs. At best, it''s just a little inefficient.


    Before evacuating the small world, the divine descendants must have carried out extensive search, and even did not hesitate to carry out destructive picking and excavation.


    But because they were in such a hurry, it was impossible for them to ransack the place.


    There are still many precious miraculous medicines in many miraculous medicine gardens.


    In fact, these miraculous medicine parks, which have been painstakingly operated for thousands of years, are a huge wealth in themselves.


    Because the small world is located between the underworld and the Yang world, the environment is special. Both the Yin Qi from the underworld exudes and the Yang harmony Qi from the Yang world diffuses.


    Many special miraculous medicines can be grown here, and many rare natural materials and earth treasures have been bred.


    When Meng Zhang just flew over the sky, he picked up his eyes and projected his eyes to the bottom of the earth.


    Near an insignificant hill, he found a Xuanyin iron ore at the bottom of the ground.


    Xuanfeng iron mine is rare in the surrounding areas of Jiuqu province because of its harsh birth conditions.


    When refining many magic tools, some Xuanyin iron ore is needed more or less, which leads to the high price of Xuanyin iron ore.


    Meng Zhang found more than one similar mineral deposit.


    This is just a cursory observation. There is such a valuable harvest. If you survey carefully, there must be many precious minerals in this small world.


    As for the small world itself, located between the underworld and the Yang world, it is an independent world independent of the Yang world of the Junchen world.


    According to Meng Zhang, when the top forces in the cultivation world build a blessed land, it seems that they need such an independent world as the foundation.


    Although the method of how to create a blessed land is not very clear, Meng Zhang devoted a lot of energy to understanding its related knowledge because of the great role of the blessed land.


    The last time he worked for the silver pot old man in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang almost succeeded in creating a blessed land.


    Although he made another choice at that time, he still had some basic information about blessed land.


    In the cultivation world, whether there is a blessed place is the symbol of a top sect.


    In addition to those holy places, few of the other cultivation forces have blessed land.


    In view of the great significance of the blessed land to the family, the ambitious Meng Zhang, although he is still unable to build the blessed land, does not prevent him from making some preparations in advance.


    Taking full control of this small world is an important preparation.


    Now that the divine descendant wants to sink the small world into the underworld, Meng Zhang will never allow it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think too much. After greeting the people, he took off towards the direction pointed out by Wen qiansuan and vanity son.


    They flew out about a hundred miles and finally came to their destination.


    It was a huge palace on a towering mountain.


    On a square in front of the palace, two tall old men sat cross legged and were looking at Meng Zhang and others flying here.


    There are many strange patterns on an old man''s face. At first glance, it is very strange. At a closer look, it feels that it contains special power, which gives the old man an unusual dignity.


    Before he got close, Meng Zhang felt that the tattooed old man had strength no weaker than himself.


    Another old man has two long tentacles on his head, and the upright tentacles swing with the wind from time to time.


    Meng Zhang saw that in the ancient times of the Jun dust world, many gods born in heaven and earth were naturally loved by heaven and earth and had the ability to peep into the secrets of heaven.


    Among the God descendants who inherited the blood of these gods, those with similar abilities are rare, but they are not without them.


    Compared with practitioners, gods and their descendants are closer to the way of heaven.


    Of course, like the Heavenly Master among the practitioners, if the Heavenly Master among the divine descendants wantonly peeps into the Heavenly Master, he will also be eaten by the Heavenly Master.


    However, they are much less affected by the way of heaven than practitioners, and they have many ways to reduce this kind of counteraction.


    In the palace behind the two old men, blood colored flames rose into the sky, and strange forces were constantly surging.


    Although there is still a distance from the palace, the bloody smell that makes people want to vomit is still very clearly introduced into the induction of the public.


    Needless to say, everyone knows that the root cause that drives this small world to the underworld is in that palace.


    Of course, if you want to break into the palace, you need to break through the two old men first.


    Without half a word of nonsense, Meng Zhang gave an order, and the five yuan God Zhenjun shot at almost the same time.


    The sun and moon filled most of the sky.


    Countless thunder and lightning fell from the sky and hit the two old men fiercely.


    The ground cracked and flames gushed out, pouring along the ground to two old people.


    ¡­¡­


    Two old men sitting cross legged got up almost at the same time and began to parry the attack.


    The strength of the tattooed old man is not weaker than that of Meng Zhang.


    After he got up, his momentum was rising and his strength was increasing.


    Between his gestures, he has infinite power.


    He seems to be the supreme king. Not to mention many creatures, even the heaven and earth in front of him are his ministers.


    He gently waved his hands to mobilize the power of the world, just like breathing.


    In addition to his own strong power, he also fully mobilized the power of heaven and earth.


    Another old man with tentacles was much weaker, but his combat effectiveness was also not simple.


    As if he had not predicted, he knew the movements of each opponent and their next moves.


    Each opponent has just cast a spell, and he can resolve it in time.


    He can always anticipate the enemy''s initiative and strike first. When the opponent moves, he can react in advance.

 Chapter 1264

    The cooperation between the two elders is very tacit and can give full play to their unique advantages.


    Meng Zhang and their five yuan gods, Zhenjun, couldn''t take the two elders at the same time.


    After fighting for a while, the two old men attacked and defended without losing the slightest.


    Meng Zhang''s eyesight was so sharp that he soon found the problem.


    The tattooed old man himself has the power equivalent to the late Yuan God, and can make full use of the power of this small world.


    Simply speaking from the level of strength, he is much better than Meng Zhang, a great monk.


    As for the old man with tentacles, the reason why he can predict the enemy''s advance is that he can use the magic of heaven to deduce, so that he can spy on the operation of heaven in advance, so as to deduce the future situation.


    To be honest, this is Meng Zhang. Of course, Meng Zhang can''t dare to display his heavenly secrets so recklessly until he solves the problem of the reverse phagocytosis of the heavenly way.


    As for why the old tentacle dared to do so, the answer is very simple.


    Meng Zhang sensed from him that he was determined to die.


    For the guy who doesn''t want to live, he''s going to die soon anyway. How can he care about the reversal of heaven?


    As long as the doom does not come soon, they can not take it seriously.


    In fact, Meng Zhang can clearly see that there is a cloud of robbery over the old man''s head, and the disaster will come at any time.


    The guys who don''t want to live are natural and unrestrained enough and difficult enough. Meng Zhang muttered in his heart.


    Although they have a number advantage, they can never win the two old people in front of them.


    In fact, not only the old man with tentacles, but also the old man with tattoos is determined to die and doesn''t want to live.


    Since the opponent has put life and death aside, it is very difficult to deal with.


    The two groups fought fiercely. As the small world continued to slide towards the underworld, the whole world shook more and more violently.


    Even if they fly in the air, they all feel unstable.


    At this time, a huge hole appeared in the sky, and then Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun jumped out of the hole together.


    Looking at the scene of fierce fighting in front of them, they were a little stunned.


    Meng Zhang immediately reacted and shouted.


    "These gods want to push this small world and let it slide to the underworld."


    "If you don''t stop them, it''s too late."


    Zhang Weineng and his party can appear here in time, which is also related to the actions of divine descendants.


    Through blood sacrifice and other means, the divine descendants concentrated all their forces to promote this small world.


    The power of the big formation outside has been seriously weakened. When the small world began to move, the whole array began to collapse because of the chain reaction.


    At that time, Zhang Weineng and others were still breaking through checkpoints step by step.


    The array collapsed and all the forces that blocked them began to disappear.


    At this time, Liu qizhenjun finally gave full play to the inside information and true skills of an old array master.


    He borrowed the power of the Dharma array outside from a distance, forcibly broke through the barrier of the large array in front of him, and led Zhang Weineng and them into the small world together.


    It is not entirely coincidental that they appear in this position in the small world.


    Liu qizhenjun sensed that this place was the most powerful place in the small world and thought it was the core of the small world.


    If you want to completely control this small world, you must fully grasp its core.


    He never thought that when they broke into the small world, they just ran into Meng Zhang and they were fighting.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s cry, everyone was skeptical.


    At this time, Zhang Wei can show his judgment and responsibility.


    At his command, except for him and Liu Qi Zhenjun, several other Yuanshen Zhenjun joined the battle and began to siege the two elders who were obviously of divine descent.


    No matter what the relationship with Meng Zhang is, at least it''s not wrong to destroy the divine race first.


    God descendant is the public enemy of the cultivation world. In short, it''s right to kill mistakes without letting go.


    As for how to argue with Meng Zhang and them later, it doesn''t matter for the time being.


    With the addition of a number of new forces, Meng Zhang''s strength increased greatly, and immediately suppressed the two divine elders.


    Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun began to use their secrets to explore the situation of this small world and judge whether Meng Zhang lied.


    By this time, the whole small world is moving faster and faster, and all kinds of signs are very obvious.


    Not to mention the true monarch of the yuan God, even friars with a little space ability should feel something.


    After a while, Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun were sure that the small world was indeed moving towards the underworld.


    Zhang Weineng was also determined to win in this small world, so he almost tore his face with Meng Zhang.


    Now they have just entered this small world. Before they have carefully explored here, this small world began to slide to the underworld, which is tantamount to giving him a blow in the head.


    If this small world falls completely to the underworld, he will really be powerless. He can only watch it disappear completely.


    The Dali Dynasty had great power in the underworld and established a big city such as the Yin capital.


    But the underworld is vast and boundless. Who knows where this small world will fall into the underworld.


    The possibility of this small world falling into the area controlled by the imperial dynasty is so low that it hardly exists.


    Zhang Weineng also believed that he was not the son of the plane and could not be so lucky. After this small world fell into the underworld, it could just be captured by the power of the Dali imperial dynasty in the underworld.


    After realizing the situation of the small world, Zhang Weineng made up his mind to prevent the small world from falling to the underworld.


    At this time, under the siege of Meng Zhang and others, the two divine elders began to have scars and could not support them.


    The tattooed old man can easily mobilize the power of the whole small world, but with the joint efforts of many Yuanshen Zhenjun, its power limit has far exceeded the limit of the small world.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, the old tentacle tries his best to push and deduce regardless of the reverse bite of heaven''s Tao, and tries to anticipate the enemy''s opportunity first.


    But the enemy is too strong. In the face of an absolute power gap, even if we know the enemy''s actions in advance, we can''t stop the enemy''s offensive.


    The only thing he can do is take the initiative to choose to bear the weaker attack, hoping to last as long as possible.


    Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun also felt that the majestic palace was the root of the decline of the small world.


    Instead of joining the siege of the divine race, they flew directly to the palace.

 Chapter 1265

    When the two elders of divine descent saw Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun flying to the palace, they immediately seemed crazy. Regardless of all kinds of attacks on themselves, they tried their best to stop them.


    The two old men rose from the sky and were about to fly back to the palace.


    Meng Zhang saw the opportunity and threw the spirit snake spear in his hand at the front.


    The old man with tentacles vomited a lot of blood in his mouth.


    He has been exhausted and exhausted, but he is still trying his best to push.


    Pictures appeared in his mind, all of which were the scenes of him being killed the next moment.


    This is a fatal situation. There is no way to recover it.


    He smiled miserably, refused to accept the fate of death, and had to struggle for the last time.


    Several attacks, including Meng Zhang''s spirit snake spear, fell on him and turned him into powder. His bones were completely gone.


    Meng Zhang has his own little mind to kill the old tentacle first.


    The rule of heaven in the Junchen world seems to encourage Tianji masters to kill each other.


    As a man, Meng Zhang can''t hunt and kill other heavenly masters among practitioners for no reason.


    He knew many years ago that Gu yuehuai butterfly of Gu Yue family in Dafeng City was a Heavenly Master, but he never killed her.


    But in front of him, this heavenly master is not a cultivator, let alone a Terran.


    Hunting divine descendants is the great righteousness of the human race, which is the most legitimate.


    Meng Zhang shot to kill the other party, which is also a response to heaven and acting on behalf of heaven.


    The only pity is that the death of the old man with tentacles was not his own credit, and others also made great efforts.


    The tattooed old man was seriously injured and finally entered the palace before Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun.


    Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun kept walking and still rushed to the target.


    Don''t mention that the tattooed old man has been seriously injured. Even if his strength still exists, Zhang Weineng won''t be afraid of him.


    The other Yuanshen Zhenjun also followed the old man with grain face and rushed to the palace.


    Meng Zhang, who recalled the spirit snake spear, was going to rush into the palace like everyone else.


    Suddenly, he had a strange feeling and was alarmed.


    This kind of whim, spiritual warning is no longer a feeling of danger. It came too fast and too urgent. In addition to giving priority to himself, he really had no time to remind others.


    He only had time to slightly urge the power of the void tripod and ruthlessly pulled the Wen qiansuan nearest to him.


    Wen qiansuan was also in a hurry to rush into the palace to stop the actions of God descendants.


    He felt a great force pulling himself in the back.


    He was ready to struggle. He sensed that the power came from Meng Zhang. He was stunned. Out of his trust in Meng Zhang, there was no resistance, and let the power pull him back.


    An unprecedented powerful blood flame rose in the palace, and the whole palace burst open at once.


    The extremely powerful explosive force swept all directions, and all practitioners who tried to rush past became targets.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun reacted very quickly. While releasing various body protection spells and spells, they retreated rapidly, trying to avoid the power of explosion.


    But because the explosion came too suddenly and they were too close, they couldn''t completely escape the explosion.


    The terrible waves blew the people out one after another, far away from the mountain.


    Almost everyone felt their blood rolling and couldn''t control their body.


    Even Meng Zhang, who responded first and took evasive actions in time, was hurt by the power of the explosion.


    His qicaixia light robe kept flashing light, removing most of the power of the explosion.


    The rest of the explosion force only made him vomit a mouthful of blood and suffer a slight injury.


    While being pulled back by Meng Zhang, Wen qiansuan used his ability to read into an array and set up a defensive array in front of him.


    The Dharma array was easily destroyed under the power of explosion, but it also helped him bear most of the damage, which made his injury much lighter than expected.


    Almost all the Yuanshen Zhenjun present were seriously injured.


    When they managed to stabilize themselves, the huge palace had completely disappeared in the explosion.


    Most of the tall peak was missing, and a huge mushroom cloud appeared above it. A huge crater appeared on the remaining half of the mountain.


    What gods, what palaces, what blood sacrifices, as if they had never appeared.


    Zhang Wei can rush the fastest. When the explosion happened, he had half a foot in the palace.


    Although he has the highest cultivation among all the people present and has many life-saving magic tools, he can''t avoid serious injury.


    A lot of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun''s injuries are not the worst.


    The worst thing is that affected by the big bang, the small world slides to hell faster, which is almost unstoppable.


    Regardless of their injuries, Zhang Weineng and Liu qizhenjun began to try to find a way to prevent the small world from sliding to hell.


    After stabilizing the injury, the other Yuanshen Zhenjun also joined the discussion one after another.


    At this time, regardless of their respective positions, everyone is trying their best to give advice.


    But after a long discussion, they didn''t have a good way to think of.


    The power of a small world''s rapid decline is so great that even if it is a powerful shot, it may not be able to stop it.


    If all the Yuanshen Zhenjun present are not injured and in good condition. They all organized, set up a Dharma array, and worked together to cast the Dharma together, which might prevent the decline of the small world.


    However, under the current circumstances, they simply can not do this.


    Nothing else, at least the two groups lack trust in each other and will not cooperate wholeheartedly without reservation.


    Everyone is afraid that others are sneaky and slippery, and even deliberately pull back.


    What''s more, their injuries are not light, and some unlucky people can''t recover in a short time.


    Since the slide of this small world to the underworld can no longer be stopped, everyone will have no object to compete for, and naturally there will be no reason for hostility.


    Zhang Wei can simply command his monks to walk around the small world and search as soon as possible to see if he can get some harvest.


    Meng Zhang naturally did the same thing.


    As the small world accelerated to the underworld, closer and closer to the underworld, more and more Yin Qi began to seep into the small world.


    The living instinctively do not like the environment of hell. And even if everyone has a certain ability to travel through space and continue to stay in the small world for a long time, there is a certain danger.


    The space turbulence encountered by the small world in the process of sliding, the upcoming impact of the small world and the underworld... Will produce many crises.


    Without staying in the small world for too long, Zhang Weineng left the small world with his men.

 Chapter 1266

    Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng almost left the small world with their front and rear feet.


    Seeing that Zhang Wei can be seriously injured, his friars are also in bad condition.


    Meng Zhang, who has basically maintained all his combat effectiveness, hesitated and gave up doing it here to completely solve Zhang Weineng''s tempting idea.


    First of all, Zhang Wei can be such an old monk. Who knows how many cards he has. Without complete assurance, Meng Zhang is unwilling to rush. Once I completely tear my face with him, there is no room for redemption.


    Second, Meng Zhang still has something to do.


    This is even more important than killing Zhang Weineng.


    The void tripod refined by Meng Zhang has a special ability to leave a space landmark somewhere.


    As long as this space edge is used as a guide, Meng Zhang can control the void tripod and send it back to the place where the space landmark is left, even if it is far away and there are many space barriers.


    Soon after entering the small world, Meng Zhang secretly left a space landmark out of prudence.


    After that, in the face of a series of events, he was able to do it calmly.


    Zhang Wei could see that the small world had slipped into the underworld, and they didn''t want to stay there more.


    For Meng Zhang, the slide of the small world to the underworld is not the worst result.


    If the small world stays where it is, maybe the two sides will really tear their faces and fight in order to compete for the small world.


    At that time, it will not only destroy the development plan of taiyimen, but also predict the outcome.


    Since Zhang Weineng and them have given up all their schemes for the small world, Meng Zhang can monopolize the small world with the space landmark left by the void tripod.


    Even if the small world falls to the underworld, it can''t accommodate the living. But don''t forget that Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is wonderful. It''s in the underworld now.


    Too wonderful. I have long wanted to create a foundation in the underworld, but I can''t find a satisfactory base.


    The little world fell to the underworld, which was just cheap for him.


    The big bang in the small world accelerated the slide of the small world to the underworld and caused great damage to the rift valley.


    By the time Meng Zhang and his disciples were sent out from the small world, the whole rift valley was shaking violently, the surrounding peaks began to collapse, and countless earth rocks poured down.


    Fortunately, those who stay in the rift valley are at least Jindan monks with good strength, so they can survive such great changes.


    Zhang Wei called the people waiting outside and flew into the air together.


    The monks on their side looked at the scene with gloating eyes.


    It took a lot of effort for taiyimen to fight without rift valley.


    Now the rift valley is suffering from natural disasters, which can only be regarded as bad luck for Meng Zhang. Who calls this guy so arrogant.


    Although Zhang Weineng did not lose their hands this time, almost everyone was injured. Some people were seriously injured, but they gained little.


    Originally, they were somewhat depressed. Now they feel much better when they see the disaster in the rift valley.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, the disciples of Taiyi sect in wurift valley have begun to collect valuable items as much as possible and then evacuate here quickly.


    Liu qizhenjun shouted to Meng Zhang in the air and asked him if he needed help.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to pay attention to this guy, so he got busy with the people directly.


    Shortly after occupying the rift valley, the friars on the side of taiyimen took away all kinds of valuable booty after a rough search.


    Because after there was no Rift Valley, it belonged to taiyimen, and everyone did not carry out destructive plunder, leaving a lot of room.


    Of course, wurift Valley, as the gate of Yuanshen sect, has established the sect for more than 2000 years. There must be a lot of hidden wealth in the sect Mountain Gate.


    Originally, after taiyimen occupied no Rift Valley, DA can search and dig slowly.


    But no one thought that the Rift Valley had changed at this time.


    All the friars of Taiyi sect took action to rescue all the valuable items before the destruction of the rift valley.


    Zhang Weineng and his party didn''t stay too long. After seeing Meng Zhang and them leave the small world, they left at ease.


    Looking at the back of Zhang Weineng and his party, Meng Zhang''s mind is a little complicated.


    In his induction, Zhang Weineng was seriously injured.


    Despite his efforts to cover up, he inevitably exposed his weakness.


    The news that Zhang Weineng was seriously injured cannot be concealed. It will soon spread in Jiuqu province.


    If he fails to recover in time, the situation in the whole Jiuqu province may change.


    In the cultivation world, whether a region is stable or not and how the situation changes often depend on the situation of a top power.


    Based on Zhang Weineng''s experience, we should be aware of this situation.


    For Meng Zhang, the top priority is not the Jiuqu province. Of course, he does not want the Jiuqu province to undergo great changes, which will affect taiyimen.


    At present, taiyimen''s development and silent farming are actually quite good.


    But if we can weaken the power Zhang Wei can have, it is also a good thing.


    Meng Zhang shook his head, temporarily put the matter aside and paid attention to the non Rift Valley in front of him.


    After the huge explosion accelerated the small world to the underworld, the crack in the rift valley was like a huge mouth that ate people, expanding and widening.


    Many surrounding buildings were affected and fell into them one after another.


    The earthquake lasted for three days. It was not until the small world was completely away from the Yangshi world and there was no rift valley that it began to return to normal.


    After the great change, there was no Rift Valley and was devastated. Almost all the buildings inside collapsed and turned into ruins.


    The spiritual pulse shifts or even tears, which leads to Reiki riots and makes it difficult for practitioners to approach it easily.


    The Holy Land and medicine garden, which were painstakingly operated by friars without Rift Valley for many years, were basically destroyed.


    Fortunately, friar taiyimen evacuated in time. In addition to rescuing many items, there were no casualties.


    The thick earth God went to the underworld long ago. Fortunately, he not only inherited his local masters in the Taiyi gate, but also cultivated several excellent local masters.


    Wen qiansuan also completely inherited the inheritance of the earth master of the thick earth God general. He is also a third-order earth master.


    Meng Zhang ordered the local division and other monks to be transferred from Taiyi gate to cooperate with Wen qiansuan to repair the terrain without Rift Valley and retain the original spiritual pulse as much as possible.


    In the cultivation world, due to the scarcity of blessed land, most of the Yuanshen sect doors only have third-order spiritual veins.


    However, those with stronger strength may have multiple third-order spirit veins at the same time, and the quality of spirit veins is better.


    For the current taiyimen, the third-order spiritual pulse is also a valuable asset.


    The mountain gate without Rift Valley has been operated hard for many years. Although it has experienced great changes and suffered great losses, it is still of great value.


    If the remedy is timely, a large part of the loss may be recovered.

 Chapter 1267

    Up and down the Taiyi gate, I thought there would be a relatively easy day after the elimination of the rift valley.


    However, due to the great change of the mountain gate without Rift Valley, Meng Zhang spent a lot of manpower and material resources to remedy it as much as possible. Under the command of several local divisions, he began a series of heavy work.


    Even Meng Zhang, the great leader and great yuan God Zhenjun, has worked hard many times.


    He used his magic power to move mountains and seas, move mountains, shake the earth, change the direction of mountains, and dredge the blocked earth veins.


    He went deep underground many times to help repair the earth''s veins.


    In his spare time, Meng Zhang also reflected on the success or failure of the war.


    He organized an army of monks to conquer the rift valley. Although he paid some price, it was still a beautiful victory.


    However, Zhang Weineng''s determination to save the rift valley was far beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    He didn''t hesitate to put down many things at hand and personally led the army to reinforce, which really brought great pressure to Meng Zhang.


    If it hadn''t been for a sudden accident and the divine descendants were exposed in front of everyone, Meng Zhang didn''t know how to end.


    Zhang Weineng''s eyesight was extraordinary. He first noticed the small world.


    Because of his greed for the small world, he didn''t care about the destruction of the rift valley.


    Now the small world has slipped into the underworld, and the divine descendants have long escaped, and the high-rise without Rift Valley has basically disappeared.


    What is the collusion between the rift valley and the divine race, and what kind of relationship it is, has become a mystery for the time being.


    Anyway, because of this accident, Meng Zhang barely achieved his goal.


    Without saying that the rift valley was destroyed, he was also accused of colluding with divine descent and betraying the human race.


    It was completely knocked to the ground and couldn''t turn over again.


    Even Zhang Weineng accepted this statement. Meng Zhang can embezzle the territory without Rift Valley in a fair and honest way.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he still wanted to find out the secret between wurift Valley and divine descent.


    Needless to say, he can''t find the whereabouts of the divine race for the time being.


    However, many disciples of wurift valley have been captured and are still detained by taiyimen.


    Although there had been a rough trial before, Meng Zhang still refused to give up.


    Meng Zhang ordered the monks in the door to strengthen the interrogation to ensure that there was no omission.


    And the issue of divine descent.


    The news about the emergence of divine descendants in the Rift Valley must be widely spread.


    The divine descendant was originally the public enemy of the Xiuzhen world. This time, he had a big feud with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang ordered the mobilization of taiyimen and allies to inquire about the divine descent.


    Of course, there is probably no gain in doing so.


    Meng Zhang is just doing his best to listen to heaven.


    In addition, after the spread of the news about the divine descendants, I hope that the famous and decent sects in the cultivation world, and even the Holy Land Sect, will take the initiative to take responsibility and strengthen the pursuit of the divine descendants.


    Huolie Zhenjun and other new allies of Hanhai road alliance have experienced this action together with the taiyimen friar army and faced Zhang Weineng. They are completely on the taiyimen ship and can''t turn back.


    Several allies and Meng Zhang entered the small world together. Although time is tight and there is not much gain, they can get nothing at all.


    Before finally leaving the small world, they searched some resources more or less.


    When Meng Zhang was busy repairing the spiritual pulse in the rift valley, these allies also said goodbye to Meng Zhang one after another.


    They are more or less injured and need to go back to heal as soon as possible.


    One has two. With the experience of this joint action, Meng Zhang will be easier and more convenient to mobilize the strength of his allies in the future.


    Meng Zhang demonstrated to Zhang Weineng to show his strength, which can be regarded as a preliminary achievement.


    Speaking of it, the biggest loss this time is Zhang Weineng''s side, not to mention the dead wurift valley.


    The goal of rescuing no Rift Valley has not been achieved, and the attempt to capture the small world has also failed.


    Even Zhang Weineng was seriously injured, but the harvest was not much.


    When they left the small world, they were confused and unfamiliar with the internal situation. In a short time, not many resources can be searched.


    It is really a test for Zhang Wei how he can continue to intimidate the four sides and suppress the provinces after his injury.


    Wen qiansuan inherited the earth division inheritance of the thick earth God general. I am also the yuan God Zhenjun and the fourth level array mage. Naturally, I acted as the commander-in-chief and commanded everyone to repair the spirit pulse without rift valley.


    The work of mending the spiritual pulse was once commanded by the disciples of the Taiyi gate when the thick earth God general was still in the Taiyi gate.


    Some older monks in the door are not unfamiliar with this kind of work.


    The spirit vessel of no Rift Valley is seriously damaged, which requires the whole sect to invest a lot of human and material resources.


    Fortunately, taiyimen is not what it used to be, and there are enough resources to invest in this matter.


    In addition to directing the repair of the spiritual pulse, Wen qiansuan also took time to follow Meng Zhang secretly.


    Meng Zhang found a hidden place, took Wen qiansuan and several trusted men, sacrificed the void tripod and sent it to the small world together.


    It is rapidly sliding to the small world of hell, and the interior seems to be the end of the world.


    Large and small earthquakes continue, and the whole world seems to be shaking.


    Meng Zhang and his party, in addition to taking risks to collect some resources, mainly assisted Wen qiansuan in setting up the Dharma array.


    Wen qiansuan took out many array materials and set up a solid Guardian array in some important miraculous medicine gardens and mineral deposits.


    With the protection of these Dharma arrays, the small world can suffer less loss and retain as many important places as possible in the process of sliding and the upcoming impact with the underworld.


    Of course, protecting the Dharma array is not omnipotent.


    Even a fourth-order array mage like Wen qiansuan, the defensive power of the protective array is also limited.


    If you encounter too strong impact, these protective arrays will also collapse because they can''t bear it.


    Meng Zhang asked Wen Qian to do so, but to reduce the loss as much as possible, and did not expect to solve the problem once and for all.


    After that, Meng Zhang drove the void tripod many times and led trusted monks into the small world.


    Collect resources and reinforce the array


    A series of busy work lasted for more than half a year.


    At this time, the small world had completely separated from the Yang world and began to enter the periphery of the underworld.


    Outside the small world, there will be a space storm from time to time.


    Many times, violent space storms madly impact the small world, causing great pressure on the small world.


    The natural barrier outside the small world trembles under the space storm and looks shaky.


    From time to time, the small world was involved in the turbulent flow of space, and the whole world began to roll.


    At this time, even if Meng Zhang had a void tripod in his hand, he didn''t dare to transmit it to the small world.


    The environment around the small world is very dangerous, and the inside of the small world is very unstable. It is in danger of collapse at any time.

 Chapter 1268

    It is a long process for this small world to slide to the underworld and completely stabilize.


    If everything goes well, in about three or five years, the small world will become a part of the underworld and slowly stabilize.


    If the middle is not smooth, the small world will continue to toss in the turbulence of space and face the destruction of space storm.


    The most extreme case is that after reaching the underworld, the small world collapsed completely because of the violent impact on the underworld.


    The probability of this situation is small, but it is not zero.


    If this happens, Meng Zhang will have to cry without tears.


    All the efforts and expectations turned into nothing.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang will feel the left space landmark from time to time.


    The space landmark is still intact, and the small world has not completely disintegrated.


    No matter how hard the small world is hit, as long as it is not completely destroyed, there is still hope.


    At this point, with Meng Zhang''s ability, he can''t do anything. He can only wait quietly for the final result.


    It''s wonderful to be in the underworld. At this time, we are still moving towards the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    After defeating a wave of pursuers, Taimiao led a group of subordinates to transfer in time, and finally got rid of the pursuers of Liuyun sect.


    Along the way, it''s wonderful. Because of the time spent on practice, the group walked and stopped, and the forward speed has been slow.


    But their team is constantly developing and growing.


    There are many ghosts in the underworld, which provides a large number of troops for the team.


    However, in a few years, the team with only two or three big cats and kittens turned into a large army with thousands of ghosts.


    Because there are four Dharma protectors as the backbone, this army has a minimum organization, and it is not completely chaotic.


    Too wonderful led the army to move forward slowly, and constantly took in ghosts and joined the team along the way. The army was like a snowball.


    The number of troops increased greatly, and the marching speed naturally slowed down unconsciously.


    It has taken so much time. It''s still on the road. The distance is wonderful. It''s really a long way to reach the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    Meng Zhang waited patiently. In addition to strengthening his cultivation, he also paid more attention to the situation of Jiuqu province.


    After the last time there was no Rift Valley, the news that Zhang Weineng was seriously injured soon spread and became well known.


    Among them, Meng Zhang is naturally indispensable.


    But he is not the originator of spreading the news. Even without him, the news would still spread quickly.


    Some time ago, an Muran gave up his job in the dark hall and went to practice in seclusion in order to break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Now the monk who presides over the dark hall is the Deputy before anmuran.


    Although he was equally capable and loyal to the sect, Meng Zhang always felt that he was not very easy to use.


    Of course, there was no slack in the dark hall because of Ann''s silence, and they still tried their best to complete their tasks.


    According to the investigation of the monk of the dark hall, there seems to be an undercurrent spreading the news that Zhang Wei can''t afford to be seriously injured.


    Meng Zhang knew that Dali had conquered Jiuqu province for so many years, but he still didn''t digest this territory completely for various reasons.


    In the north of Jiuqu Province, the Xiuzhen sects, who were originally in a semi independent position, have now joined the Hanhai Dao alliance, which is in faint opposition to the official of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, no one can tell what kind of activities the Xiuzhen forces who seem to be respectful to the Dali emperor are secretly engaged in.


    If Zhang Wei can''t get up seriously, I don''t know who will jump out first.


    Meng Zhang insisted on his principles no matter how the situation changed.


    Before the struggle between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong is really divided, it is absolutely not easy to expose their tendency, let alone betray Dali Dynasty.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s attitude, the whole Jiuqu Province in the North appears very calm.


    Even if there are some other ideas in the senior management of individual sects, they will soon be suppressed.


    At this time, those invaders from outside the territory actually moved first.


    Foreign invaders constantly provoked at the border and organized teams for many times to attack the Dali imperial friars defending the border.


    Since taking advantage of the opportunity of the last peace talks, they have gained a lot of territory and taken great advantage of it, those foreign invaders have been dishonest.


    However, such large-scale incidents and blatant provocations are still relatively rare.


    These foreign invaders took Yunwu daze as their base, and their newly acquired Jiuqu provincial territory became their forward stronghold.


    Even those foreign barbarians who were forced to take refuge in the foreign demon and spirit tribes were mobilized to constantly encroach on the remaining territory of Jiuqu province.


    In order to prevent Meng Zhang, Zhang Weineng not only cancelled the attack against foreign invaders, but also ordered the friars at the border to exercise more restraint.


    These extraterritorial invaders advance every inch, constantly put forward all kinds of indiscriminate requirements, and constantly expand their own territory.


    In addition to expanding mainly to the south of Jiuqu Province, they also unconsciously expanded to the north.


    Although their current expansion in the north of Jiuqu province is limited, in the long run, it will certainly greatly damage the interests of the northern sect of Jiuqu province.


    The closest neighbors to the foreign invaders are the territories of the Huanglian sect and the huolieshan sect.


    The two sects not only sent a team of practitioners to strengthen patrol and defense in the border area, but also sent envoys to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    If foreign invaders are really on a large scale, they will not be able to resist by relying on their two clans alone.


    Now that they have joined the Hanhai Dao alliance, of course they have to ask the alliance leader Meng Zhang for help.


    It is a good thing that Hanhai daomeng continues to expand and strengthen its power, but Meng Zhang is not willing to see it involved in more disputes.


    However, there are many such unhappy things in the world.


    Now that Meng Zhang has established the Hanhai Taoist alliance, it is used to integrate his Xiuzhen forces. As the leader of the alliance, even if he doesn''t want to do it again, he has the obligation to stand out for his truth cultivation forces. He can''t escape similar things at all.


    In order to win over the people and enhance the cohesion within the Tao alliance, he should deal with this matter as soon as possible so as not to let his allies suffer losses.


    Meng Zhang, who had planned to farm behind closed doors, had to pay attention to foreign invaders.


    Foreign demon clan and foreign spirit clan are old rivals.


    The two races have powerful forces in the extraterritorial void.


    It is not easy to invade this part of the team in Jun dust world.


    In fact, the strength of the foreign barbarians controlled by them is not weak.


    Although Meng Zhang was the culprit who almost exterminated and invaded Junchen world, he would not ignore the strength of foreign barbarians.

 Chapter 1269

    As a native of Junchen world, Meng Zhang should be at odds with these foreign invaders, and would like to get rid of them.


    This is the basic position that all Terran practitioners should hold.


    If Meng Zhang could completely follow his heart, he would certainly call up Taiyi gate, mobilize the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance, and organize a large army of monks to exterminate these foreign invaders.


    However, as the leader of a school and the master of a great power, Meng Zhang can''t act completely according to his own mind.


    As outsiders, these foreign invaders can occupy a place in Jiuqu province. Not only take root, but also continue to expand, in fact, it can be imagined.


    Although there are internal battles between the human cultivation forces and there is no time for him to take care of the reasons, these foreign invaders can skillfully take advantage of these opportunities and make full profits for themselves every time. The inside story is not simple.


    Meng Zhang even mobilized the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance to wage a large-scale war with foreign invaders.


    The outcome of the battle is hard to say, and serious damage to their own strength is inevitable.


    Meng Zhang fought with foreign invaders. I''m afraid Zhang Weineng is the most happy.


    On the one hand, we should prevent foreign invaders from continuing to expand to the north of Jiuqu province and continue to damage the interests of hanhaidao alliance members. On the other hand, we should try our best to preserve our strength and prevent others from benefiting.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of the alliance, is really difficult.


    Of course, no matter how difficult it is, we should do it as soon as possible and do it beautifully.


    After discussing with the middle and high level of the door, Meng Zhang thought it was better to contact the foreign invaders first.


    Judging from the consistent behavior of these extraterritorial invaders, they do not seem to be that kind of brutal and uncommunicable existence.


    The two sides should have a lot of consensus on the issue of Zhang Weineng.


    If the other party has a minimum of reason and is also unwilling to let Zhang Wei benefit, it should try to keep peace with taiyimen.


    As the weaker side, taiyimen should first convey goodwill.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang is not good at moving.


    Moreover, it is a taboo to contact foreign invaders openly.


    In the cultivation world, many cultivation forces have done more than this. But they all know to get rid of the relationship and not be caught by others.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and decided to appoint Jin Lizhen as an envoy to make preliminary contact with those foreign invaders.


    If the other party intends to hold peace talks, then we can organize a negotiating team to negotiate secretly.


    In order to avoid the outbreak of war now and undermine the good situation of taiyimen''s peaceful development, Meng Zhang is even willing to make some concessions and let taiyimen lose some interests.


    As long as these extraterritorial invaders stop expanding to the north of Jiuqu province and no longer damage the interests of hanhaidao alliance members, everything is easy to say.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Jin Lizhen quickly set out for daze.


    Although Jin Lizhen was sent to contact foreign invaders, his family also had the heart to maintain peace. But Meng Zhang still needs to be prepared.


    If these foreign invaders do not enter the oil and salt, and really insist on invading the north of Jiuqu province and annexing the territory of members of Hanhai Dao alliance, Meng Zhang must have another response.


    Sun Shengdu, the elder of guest Qing in the gate, was originally a friar born in the military of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Since he moved his family to the Gobi, he has worked wholeheartedly for taiyimen.


    Although sun Shengdu came from the mainland of Dali Dynasty, he still had a lot in common with the middle and high-level military of Dali Dynasty stationed in Jiuqu Province, and should be able to connect with him.


    Meng Zhang asked sun Shengdu to bring a large amount of spiritual stones and cultivation resources to the south of Jiuqu province and actively make friends with the governor''s office and the high-level garrison.


    When necessary, Meng Zhang will try to contact Zhang Weineng and take the initiative to join hands with him to eliminate these foreign invaders.


    Think about it carefully. Not long ago, Zhang Weineng tried every means to persuade Meng Zhang to join hands with him to attack these foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang found many excuses to refuse, so he didn''t hesitate to make a bad relationship with Zhang Weineng.


    But in the past few years, Meng Zhang may even take the initiative to join hands with Zhang Weineng to fight against those foreign invaders.


    It''s really a Feng Shui turn.


    This also shows that the situation in the cultivation world is changeable, and the transformation of enemies and friends is in the blink of an eye.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, sun Shengdu took positive action.


    After Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng had a bad relationship, the exchanges between their subordinates were also greatly affected.


    Sun Shengdu''s behavior is not only actively transmitting goodwill, but also easing the relationship between the two sides.


    In addition, since we are ready to fight each other in case we can''t stop foreign invaders, Meng Zhang certainly needs to find out the enemy''s intelligence.


    The so-called knowing yourself and the enemy is invincible in a hundred battles.


    How dare Meng Zhang go to war rashly if he doesn''t have a minimum understanding of the enemy.


    Extraterritorial invaders are mainly composed of extraterritorial demon families and extraterritorial spirit families.


    The secret Hall of Taiyi gate is also powerful, but its spies are basically Terrans.


    Different races, spies naturally can''t mix with each other.


    The base camp of foreign invaders is tightly blocked, and the Terran cultivators can''t get close at all.


    Dali imperial officials have organized many investigations into the clouds and daze, which seems not to be very smooth.


    What kind of intelligence they have detected has not been shared with Meng Zhang.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of Terran civil strife, foreign invaders occupied many Terran territories in Jiuqu province.


    The Xiuzhen forces in these territories withdrew early and carried out large-scale migration.


    Not to mention the spies of taiyimen, even the spies of Dali imperial government, after infiltrating into these territories, it is also difficult to obtain valuable information.


    The secret Hall of taiyimen had a plan to use the domesticated barbarians to infiltrate the foreign barbarians controlled by the foreign demon and spirit races, and try to get all kinds of intelligence.


    However, because the preparatory work has not been completed so far, the plan has not been implemented in time.


    So far, the taiyimen side has very limited knowledge of the intelligence of the extraterritorial invaders, only some very rough understanding.


    Jin Lizhen, the envoy sent by Meng Zhang, appeared in front of Meng Zhang without much delay after going to the cloud daze.


    According to Jin Lizhen Jun, she went to Yunwu daze as an envoy this time, reported her identity, revealed the cultivation of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and initially went smoothly. She directly met the leader of the demon family outside the territory, nu Jiao Wang.


    King Nu Jiao did not let Jin Lizhen enter the depths of the cloud and fog daze, but met her at the edge of the cloud and fog daze.


    Also participating in the meeting were two spiritual kings sent by the spiritual family outside the territory.

 Chapter 1270

    The meeting was led by foreign demon families. In addition to Nu Jiao king, many demon kings of foreign demon families were present.


    It''s the spirit clan outside the region. I''m not very interested in it.


    At the beginning of the meeting, King Nu Jiao did not embarrass Jin Lizhen, but let her say her intention.


    After hearing Jin Lizhen''s story, King Nu Jiao had no response. A demon king named flying eagle king immediately attacked and thought that Jin Lizhen was disrespectful to foreign demon families.


    The Nu Jiao king didn''t bully the small with the big. He took action against Jin Lizhen Jun himself, but he let the flying eagle king get into trouble and didn''t stop him.


    Jin Lizhen Jun also knows the character of these demon families. She knows that she can''t be soft at this time.


    Otherwise, the other party will only think you are weak and deceptive and continue to gain an inch.


    Jin Lizhen immediately argued with the eagle king.


    The two sides did not give in to each other, and the debate was fierce.


    Later, King Nu Jiao said that showing off his tongue was meaningless. It was better for both sides to try it themselves. Whoever had a big fist was reasonable.


    In Jin Lizhen''s induction, the cultivation level of the flying eagle king should be no different from that of himself.


    The arrogant Jin Lizhen agreed to the hands-on competition between the two sides without hesitation.


    Jin Lizhen and the flying eagle king fought in a battlefield selected by the angry Jiao king.


    This battle, whether it is the extraterritorial demon clan or the extraterritorial spirit clan, did not intervene, and basically maintained the general fairness of the battle.


    Jin Lizhen is not weak. She has experienced many battles. She also has the fourth order magic weapon Huangsha Wanli map.


    Logically speaking, she should have a great advantage over the enemies at the same level.


    But the two sides fought for a long time, and finally Jin Lizhen lost a move.


    Of course, as the winner, the flying eagle king has no spare power to continue to cause harm to Jin Lizhen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun looked a little embarrassed, but the injury was not serious.


    After Jin Lizhen''s defeat, King Nu Jiao did not embarrass her, but directly drove her away.


    After Jin Lizhen''s defeat, she had no face to stay there for a long time and had to leave in embarrassment.


    After leaving the control area of foreign invaders, Jin Lizhen kept returning to Taiyi gate and reported to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang listened and patted his forehead.


    This time, Jin Lizhen did not think about his mission to the foreign demon family.


    The foreign demon clan and the foreign spirit clan are rough and outrageous.


    They are all awe inspiring guys.


    If you take the initiative to contact them and release goodwill to them, they will think you are weak and deceptive.


    In particular, Jin Lizhen was defeated by the flying eagle king in public, which made them more arrogant and arrogant.


    Meng Zhang was wrong at the beginning when he sent Jin Lizhen as an envoy.


    While reflecting on his mistakes, Meng Zhang asked Jin Lizhen about the details of the fight between Jin Lizhen and the flying eagle king.


    Although he was the loser, Jin Lizhen was not too unconvinced.


    The level of cultivation of the flying eagle king is similar to that of her, but both combat experience and combat wisdom are above her.


    She tried her best and showed her cards, but she couldn''t beat each other all the time.


    In the struggle, she lost because she was a little anxious in her heart.


    Jin Lizhen Jun is also a very single person. He recognizes when he loses. He doesn''t think the flying eagle king has any invincible place. The other party does have such strong combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang comforted Jin Lizhen and let her go.


    Before leaving, Jin Lizhen asked Meng Zhang when to go to war with these damn foreign invaders, and she will actively participate.


    After Jin Lizhen left, Meng Zhang thought calmly.


    He had already prepared a back hand. If those foreign invaders did not know the good or bad and insisted on making an enemy of Hanhai daomeng, he would find a way to unite Zhang Weineng and destroy each other together.


    But this is the last choice.


    Because once the war starts, regardless of victory or defeat, with the strength of foreign invaders, hanhaidao alliance will pay a high price.


    Taiyimen recently swallowed a large piece of fat like Yuantu prairie and was digesting the fruits of victory.


    But whenever there is a chance, Meng Zhang is unwilling to let taiyimen get involved in the war at this time.


    Taiyimen has rich resources, and now is the time for rapid development.


    Every once in a while, experts will be born in the door.


    Time is on the side of Taiyi gate. As long as there is enough development time, the strength of Taiyi gate will increase sharply.


    However, since these foreign invaders are such a fearless virtue, they can''t have a good communication with them. They must first show their strong strength.


    Only by deterring them can they listen to their own words and have the hope of maintaining peace.


    Meng Zhang did not let others go to the foreign invaders, but prepared to go there in person.


    As a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he not only has strong combat effectiveness, but also has sufficient survival ability.


    More importantly, since refining the void tripod, his ability in space has greatly increased.


    The situation is really wrong. He can use space to transmit and leave freely.


    Meng Zhang explained what was going on in the door, sacrificed the void tripod and sent it away.


    There are countless space gaps between yin and Yang in Jun dust world.


    The technique of space transmission that practitioners usually perform is to walk through these space gaps to shorten the travel distance.


    Of course, space transmission is a huge risk.


    The space gap is full of crises and traps.


    If you are carefully involved in the turbulent flow of space, you may be completely lost.


    In addition, if it is captured by the gravity of the underworld and transmitted directly to the underworld, it is also not a pleasant thing.


    The living have all kinds of inconveniences in the underworld, and are greatly suppressed in all aspects. A friar with a slightly weaker cultivation can hardly survive in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang himself has good attainments on the space Avenue.


    After refining the void tripod, the treasure of space, I have a new understanding of the avenue of space. Not only strengthened the original space magic, but also mastered the new space magic.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in the Yang world, and then went in and out several times in the space gap between the underworld and the Yang world.


    When his figure appeared again in the Yang world, he had left the Gobi of evil wind.


    There was no clear dividing line between the South and the north of Jiuqu League.


    Only because of the different attribution of the two sides'' Xiuzhen forces, there were great differences.


    This time, foreign invaders are expanding in both north and south directions at the same time. It''s really arrogant.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang''s response, in the south of Jiuqu Province, those Xiuzhen forces whose interests have been hurt will not give up.


    Zhang Wei can make the garrison of Dali emperor patient and not easily conflict with foreign invaders.


    This was an old and serious move, but it was dissatisfied from top to bottom, which led to many people''s doubts.

 Chapter 1271

    The main force of these extraterritorial invaders is composed of extraterritorial demon clan and spirit clan. The dominant one seems to be the extraterritorial demon clan.


    Because of the ethnic customs of the foreign spiritual race, it is not suitable to be a leader.


    These foreign invaders were originally entrenched in the clouds and fog. Taking the opportunity of the full-scale war between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial dynasty, they obtained a piece of land in the middle of Jiuqu province.


    Then it took this as the foundation and slowly eroded and expanded towards the four directions.


    Now the territory occupied by foreign invaders is not small.


    After the camp of the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie was destroyed by Meng Zhang, many foreign barbarians either actively or passively took refuge in the foreign demon and spirit families.


    These foreign barbarian tribes were arranged near the southern border of Jiuqu province.


    One is to use them as a buffer against the Dali imperial dynasty, and the other is to let foreign barbarians as cannon fodder.


    After the news that Zhang Weineng was seriously injured spread, the foreign demon clan once again organized many small-scale external expansion.


    They not only expanded to the south of Jiuqu Province, but also to the north of Jiuqu province.


    After Meng Zhang left the Gobi, he sent it again and came to the border.


    It was originally the territory of Huanglian sect, close to the south of Jiuqu province.


    After these foreign invaders occupied the territory of Jiuqu Province, they were adjacent to here.


    Recently, small groups of foreign invaders have been infiltrating into the territory of Huanglian sect.


    The patrol team formed by the monks of the yellow lotus sect has clashed and even fought fiercely with the teams of foreign invaders nearby for many times.


    Although Huanglian sect is also an old-fashioned Yuanshen sect, it still feels irresistible to this group of foreign invaders.


    On the other side of huolieshan, because the territory was invaded, many friar teams were also organized to participate in patrol and strengthen defense.


    After a series of small-scale fierce battles, the loss of huolieshan was even heavier than that of Huanglian cult.


    The grumpy fire was so fierce that Zhenjun was furious.


    If you don''t know the potential of foreign invaders, Huolie Zhenjun will organize an army of friars and directly start a full-scale war with the other party.


    Later, Xu Mengying took him and went to Meng Zhang for help.


    They hope Meng Zhang can solve the problems encountered by the members of the door as the leader of hanhaidao alliance.


    Huolie Zhenjun was not sure whether Meng Zhang would stand out for his family.


    He''s just a dead horse. Try it.


    But Xu Mengying knew Meng Zhang and knew that he would not sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang is also an ambitious person. The organization of Hanhai daomeng is very important to him. Of course, he should strive to maintain the organization and prevent problems.


    Meng Zhang came to the territory of Huanglian sect, but did not visit Xu Mengying. Instead, he continued to move forward and entered the territory controlled by foreign invaders.


    Since the foreign invaders have launched aggression against others, of course, they should also prevent others from invading themselves in turn.


    They also arranged a patrol team on the territory under their control to conduct irregular and strict inspections.


    Of course, there are many loopholes in such a large territory, even if the patrol is strict.


    Don''t mention Meng Zhang, a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, who is a stronger Jindan immortal. If you are more careful, you can sneak in.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of these foreign invaders, but does not want to fight before he meets the Lord.


    Although he said he came to challenge, his ultimate goal was to maintain peace.


    When there is still a glimmer of hope, he is not willing to kill each other.


    Meng Zhang easily came to this territory that was not long controlled by foreign invaders.


    More than ten barbarian tribes, large and small, are placed on this territory. Barbarian people can be seen everywhere.


    The Terrans originally on this territory have long been relocated by several Xiuzhen forces.


    As for the remaining minorities, I am afraid it is impossible to survive under such circumstances.


    In addition to the barbarians, there are many demon and spirit families around.


    Because the foreign aggression led by the foreign demon clan takes this territory as a stronghold and advance base.


    So a large number of demon and spirit teams began to settle here on a large scale.


    The barbarians had taken this place as a new home and wanted to settle down. However, the demon and spirit tribes settled in have had many conflicts with them for various reasons.


    The spirit clan is a kind of sentimental and indifferent creature.


    The spirit clan will not take care of the barbarians'' ideas, but act rashly, do what they want, and ignore the views of others.


    For example, a group of fire spirits fell in love with a place and thought it was suitable as a temporary nest.


    Even if it was near the place where the barbarians were stationed, they wouldn''t care.


    This group of fire spirits not only settled here on a large scale, but also transformed the environment here, making it a place where the vitality of the fire system is extremely active, sparks are splashing, and even magma flows.


    In this way, the nearby barbarians will naturally be unable to survive here.


    But Huoling is very happy and enjoying.


    There are many similar examples.


    In addition to fire spirit, water spirit, Earth Spirit, gold spirit and wood spirit all have the same ability to transform the environment.


    After the original good territory was transformed by the spirit clan, it was riddled with holes and the environment was extreme. It could not continue to accommodate life.


    Even the barbarians with strong body and strong survival ability can''t feel it.


    If the behavior of the spirit family can be reluctantly said to be unintentional, the demon family''s oppression and persecution of the barbarians is deliberate.


    The demon families outside the territory are rough and brutal, cruel and bloodthirsty. In the face of the barbarians under the control of others, many demon families have no compassion at all, but directly devour their food.


    There are even powerful demon kings who regard the whole barbarian tribe as their own reserve rations and take them at will.


    The barbarians who were unwilling to wait to die and could not bear humiliation, of course, made a counterattack.


    Barbarians are very domineering and ferocious races. But now when I meet the demon family, it''s true that the strong have their own strong hand, and the wicked have more grinding.


    The remaining barbarian high-level, those barbarian kings have long been subdued by the powerful demons.


    Except for the Barbarian King, the other barbarian strongmen did not mobilize all the barbarians to organize the conquest of the prestige and power of the army.


    In this area, barbarian resistance occurs from time to time, but it will only lead to a larger scale counterattack by the demon family.


    After many conflicts, foreign barbarians suffered heavy losses.


    If the foreign barbarians were not needed as cannon fodder, I''m afraid these foreign barbarians would have been extinct or become captive pigs and sheep.


    Meng Zhang found the situation of foreign barbarians, thought about it in his heart, and felt that there was much to be done.

 Chapter 1272

    Foreign barbarians, foreign demons and foreign spirits are different. Whether in terms of appearance or living habits, foreign barbarians are very close to Terrans.


    After taiyimen occupied Yuantu prairie, they captured many foreign barbarians.


    After training and domestication, these foreign barbarians can be used by taiyimen.


    Even, not only the ordinary barbarians, but also the warriors of the barbarians were domesticated by taiyimen.


    Although taiyimen enslaved foreign barbarians, they only treated them as slaves. As long as they are honest and obedient and work hard, at least they have enough to eat and wear.


    Moreover, taiyimen paid a lot to capture these barbarians.


    These barbarians already belong to important property and will not be consumed easily.


    In fact, the living conditions of the barbarians outside the territory, especially at the bottom, are not very good.


    It is common to be hungry when the weather is bad.


    No matter how taiyimen oppresses the barbarians outside the territory, at least they will not be used as food like the demon clan.


    For the vast majority of Terrans, the barbarians will not appear on the recipes.


    In the plan of taiyimen dark hall, we used the domesticated barbarians to break into these barbarian tribes to obtain information about these foreign invaders.


    Now seeing the tragic situation of the barbarians with his own eyes, Meng Zhang had more ideas in his heart.


    Of course, how to implement it needs to be discussed with the disciples of the dark hall.


    Meng Zhang made a big circle in this area and found out the general situation here.


    The main force of these foreign invaders did not gather here.


    The largest number here are the foreign barbarians used as cannon fodder.


    Although there are several barbarian leaders, the barbarians who have experienced many failures and setbacks have long been consumed. Not only the combat effectiveness is average, but also the morale is relatively low.


    In addition to sending a detachment, the demon family and spirit family also sent several demon kings and spirit kings here.


    These demon kings and spirit kings seem not weak, but they can''t get into Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, the real masters of the demon and spirit families should still be in the fog.


    Meng Zhang came alone this time. His main purpose was to meet the strong of these foreign invaders and see their weight.


    If we can deter them and make them agree to live in peace with Hanhai daomeng, it is the best.


    If they are determined to expand to the north of Jiuqu Province, they can also touch their reality.


    Since the real strong among the foreign invaders were not here, Meng Zhang did not stay much, but rushed to the clouds and fog daze.


    He is flying at high altitude, hiding under the ground, or sneaking on the ground


    Meng Zhang used various means to avoid patrols and outposts, and successfully entered the cloud daze area.


    There are many large and small rivers and lakes in this area due to the inflow of Jiuqu River.


    The swampy area is covered here, and the whole area is steamy, which is beyond count of * a lot of miasma.


    In the age of Jiuqu League, daze was a famous and dangerous place, which attracted many foreign practitioners to explore here.


    There are also many fugitives among the practitioners, who are not allowed to be the ghost practitioners and evil friars in the mainstream practice world, and even the demon practitioners secretly gathered in this place.


    There have been many hideouts and miasma dens here.


    After the foreign invaders occupied here and transformed it, basically no explorers dared to continue here.


    The whole area completely cut off all the news, as if it were completely isolated from the cultivation world.


    As for the life and death of the practitioners inside, we don''t know.


    Dali imperial officials once organized many investigations into the clouds and fog daze.


    The price paid is not small, but the harvest is not big.


    As for what they have detected, they have never shared with their subordinate Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang personally went deep into the clouds and fog this time. At first, it was relatively smooth.


    His cultivation in various evasion techniques is not weak. After strengthening his spatial ability, he can freely walk through the space gap between the underworld and the Yang world.


    As long as you find that you can''t escape the scene, a move of space transmission is directly transmitted to the space gap. Unless you are a strong person of the same level who is also proficient in space Avenue, it''s difficult to find his trace.


    From this point alone, Meng Zhang can be called the best scout and assassin.


    Yunwu daze has obviously been transformed on a large scale by the demon clan and spirit clan.


    In many places, vigilance arrays have been arranged, and patrols often patrol back and forth.


    Compared with the outside, the security inside is countless times tighter.


    Meng Zhang can still understand the transformation of the lingzu to the cloud and fog daze.


    For example, Shui Ling likes to live in an environment with water, and Mu Ling likes to live in an environment such as a forest


    These demon clans have built many special buildings in many places of Yunwu daze.


    Although the appearance of these buildings is a little rough, the demon family built them with their mind.


    Not only the construction technique is very clever, but also many precious materials are invested.


    These buildings are not randomly distributed, but have special laws.


    If you look carefully, it seems to be a part of some array.


    Unfortunately, the array master Wen qiansuan has no peers this time. With Meng Zhang''s array attainments, he can''t see what array is a part of and what role it plays.


    Meng Zhang transferred more than half of the circle in the daze of clouds and fog, and preliminarily estimated the strength of the demon and spirit families.


    The demon clan and spirit clan he has found are not weaker than taiyimen in both quantity and strength.


    Even if Meng Zhang concentrated the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance and organized a large army of friars to compete head-on. At best, we can only protect ourselves reluctantly, and it is difficult to defeat the enemy.


    The strength of the enemy did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    Without strong foreign aid, it is really inappropriate to go to war with these foreign invaders.


    In the process of investigating the enemy''s situation, Meng Zhang almost exposed several times.


    After the transformation of demon and spirit families, Yunwu daze has their ears and eyes almost everywhere.


    A seemingly insignificant tree may be mu Ling''s ears and eyes.


    A pool of seemingly calm underwater, there may be a water spirit hidden.


    ¡­¡­


    It is no wonder that the spies sent by the officials of the Dali imperial dynasty are difficult to find a lot of useful information here.


    Apart from Meng Zhang, other monks really don''t have the ability to come and go freely.


    I''m afraid the spies of Dali Dynasty will be exposed if they are not careful when they enter here.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure in the clouds and slowly explored it.


    A few days later, he found a good opportunity to have a good meeting with the top leaders of these foreign invaders.

 Chapter 1273

    Since the demon clan occupied the cloud and fog daze, they have built a lot of buildings here.


    The local demons in the Junchen world give people the impression that they are a group of uncivilized animals.


    The situation of these demon clans from abroad is very different.


    In the extraterritorial void, there is a big world that belongs to the demon family alone.


    The demon clan has also established a unique civilization in its own world.


    Of course, from the perspective of the human race, the civilization of the demon race is barbaric, backward, cruel and bloody.


    The demon clan also has a skill inheritance similar to the cultivation of truth.


    Although it is far less clever and exquisite than the inheritance of the Terran cultivators, it seems very vulgar, but at least it is also a practical inheritance.


    Lay Dharma array and build all kinds of buildings... It is time for this inheritance to play a role.


    As for the various buildings built by the demon family in the fog, they look vulgar and crude, but they can still play their due role.


    Since the Nu Jiao King prepared to give a banquet a few days ago, banshees were busy decorating a huge palace. Many low-level demon families began to prepare all kinds of ingredients and carefully clean the inside and outside of the palace.


    Meng Zhang guessed from the trend of these demon families that there should be a banquet here.


    He hasn''t been far away these days and has been wandering around.


    Seeing that the banquet was about to officially begin, he came to the palace where the banquet was held early.


    Because this is the core building of the demon family, there is no spirit family to lay all kinds of investigation means here.


    The demon clan is responsible for the guard inside and outside the whole palace, and also keeps it watertight and flawless.


    Meng Zhang first passed through the space gap to enter the palace, then performed the art of wooden hiding and hid in many trees in the palace.


    As soon as Meng Zhang hid his figure, a group of elite demon guards began to settle in the palace. They inspected around and then joined the defense team.


    There are many palaces built by the demon family in the fog.


    As the leader of the demon clan, King Nu Jiao doesn''t like to stay in one place all the time.


    From time to time, he would choose a palace as a temporary residence.


    This time, he also temporarily chose the palace as the place for the grand banquet guests.


    Because only a few days'' notice in advance, the preparation of the demon clan is certainly not perfect.


    Fortunately, all aspects of the demon clan were relatively crude, and no one asked how exquisite the banquet was.


    Surrounded by a group of demon kings, King Nu Jiao swaggered into the main hall of the palace and sat down on the main seat in the middle.


    King Nu Jiao held such a banquet every once in a while.


    In addition to kneading the demon family, we should also take the opportunity to maintain the friendship with the spirit family.


    The demon clan in the cloud and mist daze has complex sources and comes from different demon tribes.


    King Nu Jiao was born in a noble family and had the strength equivalent to the later stage of the human yuan God, so he could subdue these rebellious demon families and firmly grasp the power of the cloud and fog daze.


    Nevertheless, in the demon clan, there is still an undercurrent, and different voices come out secretly.


    When he was young, nu Jiao Wang was hot tempered, impulsive and irritable, so he got the name now.


    As he grew older, his temper contracted a lot.


    In particular, after directing the demon family army to invade the Junchen world and experiencing so many ups and downs, he has long been completely mature and has the basic quality that a superior should have.


    He also knew that the internal situation of the demon clan was complex, and all kinds of fighting never stopped.


    This demon clan army invading Junchen world came from many tribes, many of which were enemies of the Nu Jiao king.


    As the commander of the demon family army, King Nu Jiao can accommodate those who refuse to obey him.


    As long as they don''t openly oppose themselves, disobey their orders and destroy the plans of the demon family, King Nu Jiao won''t care more about these guys.


    In addition, although the lingzu side seems to have handed over the power of the coalition army to King Nu Jiao, all Lingwang are reluctant to take charge.


    But the king of Nu Jiao knew the power of the spirit family and dared not have the slightest ambiguity. Not only will the various arrangements never hide from the spirit family, but also strive to maintain the relationship with the spirit family.


    Every time he held a banquet for guests, he would invite the spirit king who had a good relationship to attend.


    Several manwang figures also appeared at the banquet.


    For these foreign barbarians, King Nu Jiao is of great use.


    Even if you treat others as cannon fodder, you can''t bully them at will, or even directly treat them as food.


    King Nu Jiao was very dissatisfied with the misdeeds of his demon king.


    However, these demon kings have their own backgrounds, and King Nu Jiao can''t turn his arms and elbows out.


    King Nu Jiao hosted a banquet to entertain several barbarian kings, just to appease them.


    As long as several barbarian kings are settled, all barbarian tribes will fall into control.


    As the vassal of the demon clan, these barbarians have many advantages.


    After the banquet, King Nu Jiao frequently raised his glasses to several barbarian kings.


    Meng Zhang was hiding in the dark. He originally planned to take the opportunity of this banquet to listen to the next plans of foreign demon and spirit families.


    But he hid in the dark and listened for a long time. It was basically a state of disorder.


    The banquet held by King Nu Jiao was chaotic by a group of demon kings.


    On such occasions, business is generally not discussed.


    Meng Zhang, who is hiding in the dark, is unwilling to continue hiding in the dark after listening to a pile of worthless nonsense again.


    Meng Zhang''s figure suddenly appeared in the hall.


    "What are you talking about so happily? Would you like to tell us and make us happy?"


    Looking at the many foreign strongmen in the hall, Meng Zhang did not have the slightest fear and retreat, but said hello in a big way.


    Daze is an important place controlled by foreign invaders, and it is one of the core parts of the important place.


    A celebrity friar didn''t disturb anyone, so he broke into the hall unconsciously.


    If he hadn''t made a voice, everyone didn''t expect that there would be human friars in the palace.


    This is a naked slap in the face, which fully shows this person''s madness and contempt for the demon family.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s silent intrusion, as a demon king who arranged the defense around the palace, he couldn''t sit still immediately.


    The demon king was originally a python. The present form is a big man covered with thick scales.


    Meng Zhang made a mistake of dereliction of duty when he broke into here like this.


    In his great anger, without a word of greeting, he shot a black light at Meng Zhang.


    This is a demon weapon in the form of a dagger, which is refined from its poisonous teeth that faded many years ago. It is most suitable for sneak attack and pre emption.


    Meng Zhang did not dodge. When the dark light hit him, he waved it and flew it out.


    In recent years, the flying eagle king, who was most trusted and appreciated by the angry Jiao king, took a soft drink and soared into the air and flew towards Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1274

    The flying eagle king really deserves to be the demon king who can defeat Jin Lizhen. As soon as he makes a move, he shows his extraordinary strength.


    Meng Zhang felt that the air flow around his body had suddenly disappeared, and his whole body seemed to be trapped in the mud, becoming extremely heavy and difficult to move.


    Several huge wind blades rushed directly at Meng Zhang with the body of the flying eagle king.


    Meng Zhang''s head dropped a black-and-white air flow, which turned into a peerless practice and swept towards the flying eagle king''s body with an unstoppable trend.


    The flying eagle king screamed, and countless black feathers fell off his body, turned into a sharp sword and shot away towards the front.


    When these sharp swords met the black-and-white practice, they were like a clay ox into the sea. They soon disappeared without a ripple.


    The sweeping trend of pitting practice was not affected at all, but still rolled towards the flying eagle king.


    The wind blade around the flying eagle king was easily swallowed by pitting practice.


    It knows how powerful it is and doesn''t dare to be hit. The body moves quickly in the air and wants to avoid this competition.


    The training of yin and Yang is just like life, and it is firmly behind the flying eagle king.


    No matter how the eagle king moves and changes or how he attacks, he can''t have the slightest impact on this practice.


    In the middle, several demon Kings also reacted.


    They either want to show loyalty or hate Meng Zhang, a sudden Terran. They began to fight one after another.


    Some helped the eagle king resist the challenge, while others directly attacked Meng Zhang.


    All the attacks against Meng Zhang were easily dissolved by him before he got close.


    Those demon kings who helped the eagle king not only failed to achieve their goal, but also were affected by the power of the competition, and the whole body was bounced out.


    Finally, perhaps it was unavoidable. The flying eagle king roared, encouraged the Demon power of the whole body, and took the initiative to face the pilian.


    After a loud noise, the whole palace shook violently.


    If King Nu Jiao hadn''t stabilized the palace in time, I''m afraid the whole palace would collapse immediately.


    The training disappeared, and the eagle king''s body was thrown out and fell heavily to the ground.


    If Meng Zhang pursues the victory, he may really take the life of the flying eagle king.


    Knowing who his real opponent was, he stopped and looked at the Nu Jiao king in front of him.


    Even the flying eagle king was easily defeated by Meng Zhang. The other demon kings and spirit kings were interested in stopping temporarily and waiting for the order of the angry Jiao king.


    Meng Zhang, a master of Dali Dynasty, had fought with these foreign demon families before.


    During the war, he saw the style of the angry Jiao king and knew the strength of this guy.


    As for whether King Nu Jiao knew himself or not, Meng Zhang did not know.


    However, before the official fight, Meng Zhang still needs to introduce himself.


    "Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect, has seen the king of Nu Jiao."


    Meng Zhang held his head high and said with great momentum.


    As the leader of these foreign invaders, King Nu Jiao, even if he is arrogant, needs to collect information about the strong men in Jiuqu province.


    Although King Nu Jiao was arrogant, he was not arrogant or stupid.


    Meng Zhang, the famous leader of Taiyi sect, how could he not know and pay attention?


    Taiyimen, a neighbor, is second only to the great enemy of the official power of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The legendary deeds of Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, have been widely spread in the realm of Jiuqu provincial cultivation.


    The truth that knowing oneself and knowing the enemy is invincible in a hundred battles is not only understood by human practitioners.


    King Nu Jiao had long studied taiyimen and Meng Zhang as imaginary enemies in great detail.


    The foreign invaders expanded to the north of Jiuqu province this time, without any temptation.


    As long as the Xiuzhen sect in the North shows any weakness to be bullied, the wolf like foreign invaders will advance an inch and pounce on it.


    Last time Jin Lizhen took the initiative to visit, King Nu Jiao gave her a note of Ma Wei, which also meant to test the follow-up reaction of taiyimen.


    He didn''t expect that taiyimen''s reaction would come so fast and intense.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of the great Taiyi sect, dared to go deep into the clouds and fog alone and appear in the core of the demon family and the spirit family.


    How confident was he that he was not afraid of being besieged?


    Or did he really look down on the combat effectiveness of the demon family and the spirit family and think they can''t keep him?


    At this moment, King Nu Jiao had an impulse to immediately call all the strong men of the demon family and spirit family to besiege Meng Zhang, and be sure to keep him in the fog forever.


    Taiyi sect, who lost its leader Meng Zhang, must have lost morale and seriously weakened its combat effectiveness.


    At that time, the demon and spirit families will invade the north of Jiuqu Province, and Taiyi gate may not be able to resist.


    The Nu Jiao King finally suppressed the impulse in his heart and didn''t give the order of siege.


    First of all, since King Nu Jiao is the leader of the demon family, he should think more about it when he is in trouble.


    Meng Zhang dares to appear here alone. Maybe there are some hidden cards that can help him get away at any time or give him enough self-confidence.


    Second, King Nu Jiao was born in the upper race of the demon family. He is also a well-known strong man of the demon family. He is more or less arrogant and is very confident in his strength.


    Meng Zhang''s presence here made him feel happy and wanted to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang ordered to feel the war intention of the angry Jiao king. He didn''t say more nonsense, but looked over with provocative eyes.


    The king of Nu Jiao waved to stop his men who wanted to fight, made an invitation gesture to Meng Zhang, then left the palace and flew to the sky.


    Meng Zhang''s expression remained unchanged, and immediately followed Nu Jiao Wang to fly into the sky.


    When powerful people at their level fight, there is great movement and noise. The aftermath of the battle alone can cause great damage to the surrounding environment.


    Since Yunwu daze is the hard-working territory of the demon family, the king of Nu Jiao is certainly unwilling to break all kinds of bottles.


    The reason why the cloud daze is named is that there is a large-scale fog that does not disperse all year round.


    The fog mixed with miasma not only looks very mysterious, but also hides many crises.


    The fog in many places can not be penetrated even by the spiritual thoughts of practitioners.


    If you accidentally inhale some miasma, you will immediately get rotten intestines and necrosis of the flesh.


    The angry Jiao King flew up thousands of feet, but he didn''t fly out of the fog.


    He flew to a height of more than 2000 feet before he stopped.


    As soon as he stabilized his figure, Meng Zhang appeared not far away and looked at each other almost face to face.


    Other demon kings and spirit Kings also followed and flew into the sky.


    They did not dare to get too close and watched the battle from a distance.


    Of course, if King Nu Jiao gave an order, they would also join the group fight and besiege Meng Zhang together.

 Chapter 1275

    At the level of Meng Zhang and nu Jiao Wang, as long as you don''t deliberately hide your accomplishments with secret methods, you can know each other''s general level by looking at each other.


    It''s Fair for them to fight alone. It''s hard to say who bullies who.


    The age of the Nu Jiao king is much older than that of Meng Zhang. Of course, the way of calculating the age of the demon family is different from that of the human family.


    But when he became the demon king, he was older than Meng Zhang.


    The struggle of the strong does not depend on who is old and has a high seniority.


    The Nu Jiao king would not despise Meng Zhang because of his age.


    The Nu Jiao king, who had stopped, continued to climb up.


    He estimated that fighting at the current position would still cause damage to the clouds below.


    Meng Zhang showed no weakness and flew up and continued to climb.


    They flew higher and higher until they reached a high altitude.


    This place has a sharp wind and can easily break the golden elixir level body protection spell.


    Even the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t want to stay in this place for a long time.


    Meng Zhang and nu Jiao Wang flew to the current position. As long as they didn''t do it intentionally, they shouldn''t cause too much damage below.


    King Nu Jiao turned to face Meng Zhang and said more nonsense. He shot directly.


    In the face of a strong enemy, he has no carelessness. His first skill is his own skill.


    I saw a huge Jiao shaped Qi condensed in the air, and then, like a living evil Jiao, jumped at Meng Zhang with open teeth and claws.


    Magic tools such as Jinghong sword and sun moon pearl were sacrificed one after another, and magic powers such as flying sword stabbing and sun moon divine light began to be displayed.


    Under the cover of the sun and moon, Jinghong sword flew out and fought with the Jiaoxing Qi.


    The yin-yang gourd behind Meng Zhang appeared, and a black-and-white air stream spewed out from the mouth of the gourd, and then swept towards the angry Jiao king.


    The angry Jiao king tried to rush over and fight Meng Zhang hand to hand while using his magic to resist.


    Most of the demon clan are strong in flesh and have the advantage of claws and teeth.


    When most demon clans set foot on the path of cultivation, they mainly rely on the ability of close combat and close combat to protect themselves.


    Like his name, the Nu Jiao king is an evil Jiao.


    Both Terrans and demons have the saying of Jiaolong.


    Comparing a dragon with a dragon is not only because they are similar in shape, but also because they are powerful creatures.


    The Jiaos in adulthood, especially those who are particularly powerful, are not far behind the real dragons.


    If a Jiao king like Nu Jiao Wang is not suppressed by the natural blood of the real dragon, he will not be defeated even against the ordinary fourth level real dragon.


    Since invading the Junchen world, King nujiao has suffered several major setbacks.


    Instead of being knocked down by setbacks, he was tempered and made great progress in his mind.


    He didn''t look down on each other because they were young. Instead, he gave full play to his own strengths and gave full play to his real skills.


    Meng Zhang saw through the Nu Jiao King''s attempt to fight hand to hand.


    He is not physical cultivation. Although he has rich fighting experience, he can never beat the angry Jiao king in close combat.


    Meng Zhang wants to open the distance and rely on magic powers to defeat the enemy.


    You come and I go, and each side has displayed a magic skill.


    After fighting for a long time, both sides were neck and neck.


    Although King Nu Jiao has extraordinary talent, he is powerful. However, practitioners have a magic system that has been inherited for thousands of years, and can have corresponding means to crack all kinds of magic.


    Monks like Meng Zhang are not afraid to fight with King Nu Jiao.


    In Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang is not the monk with the highest spell talent.


    But he can still cast a variety of spells.


    Even if the angry Jiao king was powerful with the Demon power, he had a little advantage. However, Meng Zhang can support him with his changeable spells.


    King Nu Jiao also knew the advantages and disadvantages of both sides. He roared and showed his original shape directly.


    I saw an evil Jiao with a length of more than 100 feet and an incomparably thick body, which appeared directly in the air.


    Once the evil Jiao appeared, it was a long roar.


    The demon kings and spirit kings who fought in the distance were trembled by the long howling.


    Especially those demon kings, because of their natural blood suppression, they couldn''t lift their heads in front of this huge evil Jiao.


    Although the evil Jiao is huge, his movements are not clumsy at all.


    And the body is too long. If you roll it gently, you can circle a lot of space.


    The angry Jiao King jumped up in the air like lightning and easily appeared beside Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang held a spirit snake spear and managed to parry a few moves. He felt unable to parry.


    Meng Zhang moves quickly in the air. He wants to open the distance and fight with Nu Jiao Wang Yuan.


    However, the evil Jiao moves very fast. After moving a few times, he can catch up with Meng Zhang and entangle Meng Zhang firmly.


    The demon king who was watching the war could not help pointing.


    Their cultivation is not weak, their vision is brilliant, and they see Meng Zhang''s current dilemma.


    Although the Nu Jiao king still kept enough vigilance in his heart, he still felt very optimistic.


    He has begun to think about how to kill Meng Zhang and avoid Meng Zhang''s counterattack before his death, which will bring him too serious harm.


    The whole evil Jiao''s long and thick body enclosed Meng Zhang in a very small range, which made it difficult for him to move.


    Meng Zhang knew that he should take out his own cards at this time.


    He sacrificed the void tripod and showed space transmission.


    His figure suddenly disappeared in front of the evil Jiao.


    He didn''t send out too far, but directly appeared not far behind the evil Jiao.


    After his body flashed, he showed his yin-yang Qi and ruthlessly rolled towards the evil Jiao.


    King Nu Jiao was a little stunned.


    Under the pressure of his own family, he can also transmit in such an instant space without the smell of fireworks. His accomplishments on the space Avenue are not shallow.


    Evil Jiao''s huge body rushed again and easily rushed to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared again, and then appeared not far away.


    This time, King Nu Jiao couldn''t help being surprised.


    His attack was not a simple one, but he used magic to imprison the ability of space.


    However, Meng Zhang was not affected at all and still carried out space transmission easily.


    The unyielding Nu Jiao king tried several more times. Every time he just got close, Meng Zhang could use the space transmission to retreat in time.


    No matter what means the angry Jiao King uses, he can''t stop his space transmission.


    In his anger, the king of Nu Jiao several times cast a large-scale group attack spell, covering hundreds of feet around.


    However, Meng Zhang''s art of spatial transmission is really superb. He can transmit freely around without any interference.


    When it is far away, it can be easily transmitted tens of miles or even hundreds of miles.


    When he did, he only needed to transmit several or even tens of feet to avoid the attack of the angry Jiao king, and he could fight back in time.

 Chapter 1276

    If you are another monk, even if you are proficient in space transmission, King Nu Jiao can find a way to deal with it.


    However, Meng Zhang himself is a friar of the same rank as him. In fact, there is little difference in strength between the two sides.


    Even if Meng Zhang doesn''t use space transmission, it takes a lot of time and hard fighting for the Nu Jiao king to surpass Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s art of space transmission through the imperial envoy void tripod is a very clever means even among the yuan God Zhenjun who is also proficient in space Avenue.


    After fighting for a long time, the angry Jiao King finally realized that he could never beat Meng Zhang as long as he couldn''t find an effective way to restrain his spatial transmission.


    He can not only rely on space transmission to avoid the close combat he is best at, but even if his fighting method is better than him, as long as the situation is wrong, he can immediately transmit and leave, and he can''t leave him at all.


    In this way, Meng Zhang is basically in an invincible position.


    To deal with the slippery Meng Zhang, the king of Nu Jiao only thought of two ways.


    One way is that the strong at a higher level, such as the demon master of the demon family, should be able to easily win Meng Zhang.


    However, according to the tacit understanding of the struggle between the human race and the demon race, the return of the human race can not do anything, and the demon lord of the demon race can not bully the small with big.


    In the current fighting form between Terrans and demons, it is unrealistic for the Demon Lord to deal with Meng Zhang.


    Another way is to organize a number of strong people at the same level to work together to block the space, so that Meng Zhang can''t display the space transmission.


    However, King Nu Jiao thought for a moment. According to the current situation of cloud and fog daze, even if many demon kings and spirit kings are dispatched, they may not be able to lock the surrounding space.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang is not a fool. Seeing that the enemy is gathering and ready to attack together, he will certainly send it away immediately.


    Since the above two methods are useless, the Nu Jiao king is really helpless to Meng Zhang.


    People have the ability to compete with themselves. If you can''t fight, you have no way at all.


    At this time, King Nu Jiao also calmed down from the enthusiasm of fighting.


    He took the initiative to get out of the battle and turn into a human again.


    Once he calmed down, he knew that the current battle had lost its meaning.


    He can neither leave Meng Zhang nor hit him hard.


    If you have been entangled for a long time, you will be careless for a moment. Maybe you will be attacked by Meng Zhang in turn.


    In fact, space transmission can also be used for sneak attack and assassination in addition to running for life and opening the distance from the enemy.


    Meng Zhang can easily appear near any part of the evil Jiao''s body by using the art of space transmission.


    The spatial fluctuation caused by passing through the space gap is extremely weak, and it can hardly be sensed if it is not always concerned.


    Seeing that the Nu Jiao king had the intention of a truce, Meng Zhang''s body flashed again and appeared not far from the Nu Jiao king.


    "Leader Meng really deserves his reputation. His ability to transmit space is more slippery than a rabbit."


    The angry Jiao king could not help complaining, which could be regarded as venting his depression.


    Anyone who plays against an opponent like Meng Zhang should have the same depression.


    Because the other party comes freely, there is no way to keep it.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of quarreling with King Nu Jiao.


    Through the battle just now, King Nu Jiao should understand that he can''t win easily.


    If the demon clan and spirit clan continue to expand towards the north of Jiuqu Province, and there is a war with Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang will be a big trouble.


    As long as Meng Zhang, regardless of his identity and relying on the power of space transmission, appears in the weakness of the two ethnic coalition forces, it will cause great damage.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word, so he looked at King Nu Jiao.


    As the king of the demon family, King Nu Jiao also knew that his family could not be controlled by emotions.


    Their foreign invaders seem to be powerful, threatening and swaggering into the Junchen world.


    But in fact, they are just chess pieces for big people.


    Among the coalition forces composed of demon and spirit families outside the territory, the high level of the spirit family saw through this truth and gave up the power of the coalition forces because of their nature.


    The Nu Jiao king was full of ambition and wanted to have a good fight.


    In fact, their situation is not good, even extremely bad.


    If it were not for the deliberate indulgence of all parties and the situation, they could not exist in the clouds.


    Such a big event as Dali''s challenge to Ziyang Shengzong can be said to be rare in the cultivation world for thousands of years.


    If there had been no such thing, according to normal circumstances, Dali dynasty would have wiped out these foreign invaders.


    Even if the Dali Dynasty is unwilling to contribute, the Ziyang holy sect, as the holy sect in charge of the north of the Junchen world, will not tolerate the long-term existence of foreign invaders.


    In recent years, it seems that foreign invaders have expanded wantonly, pressed Zhang Weineng step by step, and continued to cause trouble in Jiuqu province.


    But in fact, the Nu Jiao king was walking on thin ice, judging the situation very carefully and making careful decisions.


    Now Meng Zhang came to the door and fully demonstrated his combat effectiveness. It was time for King Nu Jiao to make another decision.


    Of course, he knows Meng Zhang''s intention, and he also knows that the Xiuzhen forces belonging to hanhaidao alliance have no intention to be enemies of the demon clan, let alone expand the territory of the demon clan.


    What Meng Zhang did was just to prevent the demon clan from expanding to the north of Jiuqu province.


    "Headmaster Meng, I can guess your intention."


    "Although our two families come from abroad, they are not hostile to you local practitioners."


    "If we can get rid of stereotypes, we will certainly be able to live in peace in the future."


    Meng Zhang''s face softened when he heard these words.


    He understood the meaning of King Nu Jiao and knew that the purpose of his trip had been basically achieved.


    The reason why Meng Zhang has always kept his words is to avoid leaving a handle.


    As he is today, he can definitely be regarded as a big man in the cultivation world.


    Of course, he should cherish his feathers and try not to be stained with any stains.


    It is not a glorious thing to make private contact with foreign invaders and reach some kind of agreement.


    However, it is a good thing to go deep into the core territory of foreign invaders alone and fight against the leaders of foreign invaders.


    Since his contact with King Nu Jiao, Meng Zhang has never said a word of nonsense from beginning to end.


    With the intelligence quotient of both sides, they understood each other''s meaning and reached a certain tacit understanding.


    Meng Zhang saluted King Nu Jiao, and his body disappeared in the air.


    King Nu Jiao sensed the fluctuation of space transmission this time, but he couldn''t judge where Meng Zhang was transmitted.


    The demon king and spirit king who watched the war were somewhat puzzled by the acceptance of such a war.


    Those spirit kings just returned, but some of the demon kings were not willing to watch Meng Zhang leave.


    Come and go. What place is the demon clan territory?

 Chapter 1277

    The origin of this foreign demon family is complex. Although King Nu Jiao is the leader, he can''t command every demon king under his hand.


    Some demon kings have always obeyed the angry Jiao king and secretly made small moves.


    If it''s anything else, King Nu Jiao can barely tolerate it.


    But if these guys who don''t know what to do provoke taiyimen, it will be bad in case of a war between the two sides.


    Now it seems that foreign invaders are expanding wantonly, and the aggression against the north of Jiuqu province is also in full swing.


    But the Nu Jiao king had always been very measured, but he tried carefully.


    He knew that as an alien invader, he was isolated in the Junchen world and was the public enemy of the whole cultivation world.


    Only by showing a strong side, those local Xiuzhen forces will not easily go to war with their own side in order to preserve their strength.


    Concerning his own layout, King Nu Jiao forcibly suppressed the discontent within the demon family.


    The spirit clan has never been involved in these things. All things related to the outside world are basically handed over to King Nu Jiao.


    King Nu Jiao showed a tough side and let these foreign invaders settle down at least for the time being.


    Meng Zhang offered sacrifices to the void tripod. After he left the battlefield, he didn''t leave the cloud and fog daze immediately. Instead, he turned around and observed it carefully.


    The biggest anomaly in the fog is that the demon clan has built many buildings similar to palaces in various places.


    I don''t know whether it''s their habit or not.


    Meng Zhang secretly wrote down the shape and location of these palaces and prepared to go back and analyze them slowly.


    Then he teleported away from the clouds.


    After returning to the north of Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang did not rush back to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, but stayed at the border for some time.


    Soon, there were new changes here.


    The extraterritorial invaders almost stopped expanding to the north of Jiuqu province. They not only turned defensive into offensive, but also gave up many sites of low value.


    Although the conflict between foreign invaders and Terran practitioners has not stopped, the intensity and breadth have decreased greatly.


    Only in a few border areas, small patrols from both sides have clashed from time to time.


    Since the foreign invaders had the intention of shrinking, the Terran friar did not take the opportunity to recover the lost land, but closely guarded his own territory.


    Judging from the current situation, King Nu Jiao really wants to keep peace with human practitioners as he said.


    Since the situation would not worsen, Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Soon after returning, he summoned Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult and Huolie Zhenjun of huolieshan.


    Meng Zhang told the two of them that he had personally gone to daze.


    For quite a long time to come, these foreign invaders should not wantonly expand to the north of Jiuqu province.


    The territory of their two families will not be invaded on a large scale for the time being.


    Of course, the state of hostility between the cultivators and foreign invaders will not change. The two families will also face continued small-scale conflict.


    Although Meng Zhang did not elaborate on his journey to Yunwu daze. But judging from his tone, he should have dealt with the foreign invaders.


    Although there will be various small-scale conflicts after that, Xu Mengying and Huolie Zhenjun will not be afraid as long as there is no large-scale war.


    Huanglian sect and huolieshan sect are also veteran Yuanshen sect, and have enough strength to deal with small-scale battles.


    In order to reassure them, Meng Zhang also told them.


    Other forces of Hanhai Dao alliance, including taiyimen, will send practitioners to form a team to go to the border to join defense and patrol, so as to prevent changes on the side of foreign invaders.


    At other times, let alone Huolie Zhenjun, even Xu Mengying, who is very close to Meng Zhang, would not want other practitioners to go to their own territory.


    However, under the current circumstances, they can not refuse Meng Zhang''s kindness.


    They also welcomed the arrival of reinforcements.


    After Xu Mengying and Huolie Zhenjun left Taiyi gate and returned to their respective mountain gates, they paid close attention to the movements of foreign invaders.


    They finally breathed a sigh of relief when they found that things were developing as Meng Zhang said.


    Although it failed to completely solve the problem, it somehow curbed the further expansion of extraterritorial invaders.


    Especially in the Huanglian sect, after Xu Mengying came to power, the whole sect is in rapid development, and the original potential of the sect has been excavated one by one.


    At this time, she was unwilling to fight with foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang continued to pay attention for a period of time and found that there were no major problems with the subsequent changes in the situation, so he focused on other things.


    The small world left by the divine descendants began to slowly integrate with the underworld since they separated from the Yang world and entered the underworld.


    This process was surprisingly smooth. The small world was neither involved in the turbulent flow of space nor had a violent impact with the underworld.


    The vast underworld easily captured this small world and turned it into its own.


    In this process, although Meng Zhang did not dare to transmit it easily, he felt it carefully through the space landmark left in the small world and the power of the void tripod.


    The small world merged into the underworld faster than before, and it was basically intact without much damage in the whole process.


    After the small world began to stabilize slowly, Meng Zhang tried to use the power of the void tripod to transmit the past.


    When he entered the small world, the small world was still merging with the underworld.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the small world are also undergoing great changes under the influence of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, which are very different from those in the Yang world.


    The Yang Qi in the small world quickly disappeared, and the Yin Qi began to become stronger and stronger.


    ¡­¡­


    All the changes here are conducive to the survival of ghosts here and begin to exclude all living creatures in the Yang world.


    After several attempts, Meng Zhang finally confirmed that the small world would not collapse.


    After the interior began to stabilize, he could also transfer it here without scruples.


    Although the rules of heaven and earth in the small world began to tend to the underworld, they gradually excluded living people like him. However, with Meng Zhang''s cultivation, there is still no big problem to stay here for a short time.


    It has been less than three years since this small world slipped to the underworld.


    Under the influence of the underworld, the complete transformation of the rules of heaven and earth is a long-term process, which can not be completed overnight.


    Some of the original spirit flowers and grass in the small world have not completely withered. Minerals and so on have not been completely polluted.


    Meng Zhang took the time to bring a group of taiyimen elite friars here again and again. After collecting a lot of resources, he left quickly.

 Chapter 1278

    At the beginning, Wen qiansuan commanded the disciples of Taiyi sect and deployed a large number of Dharma arrays in many parts of this small world.


    These arrays have played a great role.


    In the process of the small world sliding to the underworld, it not only kept many internal places intact, but now temporarily prevented the pollution of the underworld atmosphere to various cultivation resources inside.


    In addition to organizing the elite friars of Taiyi sect to seize the time to collect all kinds of cultivation resources, Meng Zhang also had a wonderful idea of his external incarnation.


    It''s wonderful to say, and it''s really too slow.


    It has been several years since he and his men began to set out in the direction of the ten thousand needle stone forest to find the treasure left by the elder taiyimen there.


    But he still walked slowly on the road and only walked a little more than half the way.


    Of course, he is not a waste of time for no reason.


    In addition to spending time on his own cultivation, he also had to ambush those small-scale ghosts, eliminate too savage ghosts, and tame smarter ghosts for his own use.


    Over the years, he not only made great progress in strength and combat effectiveness, but also his ghost army is growing day by day.


    There are four Dharma protector generals as the backbone of the army to help him command the originally chaotic ghost army.


    After some rectification, although the whole ghost army is far from being able to carry out orders and prohibitions, it has a little appearance at least. It is not a complete mess and can barely command its action.


    Among them, some ghosts with slightly stronger intelligence are also carefully selected. After careful adjustment by him, those with enough ability can be entrusted with important tasks to help him share heavy work and lead the ghost army as the backbone.


    After refining the divine power of natural ghosts and gods, nature has great suppression and strong command over all kinds of ghosts.


    After his awe with divine power breath, as long as it is not too extreme, these ghosts can barely be called obedient. They will not easily disperse in a crowd, let alone defection.


    Meng Zhang first sent it to Taimiao, and then asked Taimiao to take several assured men. He sent Taimiao to the small world together.


    Since then, this small world has been the main base of wonderful in the underworld.


    Although this small world belongs to the underworld, it does not appear directly in a corner of the underworld, but is hidden in the space gap near the underworld.


    In general, as long as you don''t take the initiative to expose, those ghosts in the underworld can''t find the existence of the small world.


    After the small world was completely bound by the underworld, there would have been an exit to the underworld.


    However, Meng Zhang called Wen qiansuan and asked him to set up a Dharma array to completely hide the possible exits in the small world.


    Meng Zhang can''t come to see him off every time he goes to and from the small world.


    Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace and spent a lot of effort and cost to buy a set of child and mother transfer tray.


    Like the long-distance transmission array commonly used in the cultivation world, the child mother transmission disk is generally used in this world.


    Just like in the Yang world of Jun dust world, it can be transmitted safely. However, there is no transmission between the sun and the hell.


    If you want to transmit it to the world outside the Jun dust world, you can''t do it.


    This set of child and mother transmission disk originally used in the Yang world can be used for long-distance transmission in the underworld after careful transformation by array master Wen qiansuan.


    The master of the child and mother transfer disk is placed in this small world.


    The sub disk is too wonderful to carry with you.


    When he is outside, he just needs to find a suitable place to place the sub disk, and then he can start the transfer disk and transfer it back to the small world.


    Although it is not as convenient as using the void tripod, such treasures as the void tripod can not be found. Meng Zhang can not find that wonderful. As Meng Zhang''s incarnation, he can naturally get the indoctrination of similar abilities from the Buddha, so he can easily transfer them to the small world without borrowing any foreign objects.


    These things are still far away for the time being. Now it''s too wonderful to get in and out of this small world. You still need to use the child mother transfer disk.


    In addition to the four Dharma protectors, there are also some useful people among the ghosts subdued in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful to leave a group of ghosts in this small world and let them manage this place well.


    Although this small world had experienced several rounds of raids before, both divine descendants and other practitioners came and went in a hurry and did not search too carefully.


    Now the situation in the small world has stabilized and become the exclusive property of Taiyi gate. Naturally, it can be searched and operated slowly.


    The experienced Jijian God was the first to gain. When he searched near a mountain with a group of ghosts, he found a treasure house left by God descendants.


    This small world has been operated by the divine race as the foundation for many years. There are many years of accumulation and backhands of the divine race.


    Some treasures that are too old, or too secret arrangements, may not even be clear to the younger generation of divine descent.


    In the treasure house that Jijian God will find, there are many precious resources and natural materials left by the ancestors of the divine race.


    After the great discovery of the great sword general, people began to make new discoveries again and again.


    Warehouses for storing various materials left by divine descendants have been found one after another, and even buildings such as Sutra pavilions of divine descendants have been found.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the divine race once established a strong civilization.


    Among the divine descendants, there are also language spread.


    In the base camp of small world, a large number of various books are stored.


    Before, the divine race was eager to run for their lives. Even if they wanted to take them away, they also gave priority to those important classics.


    Many books that are not worth mentioning in the eyes of the divine race are scattered in some places.


    These books fell into the hands of taiyimen, but they were of great use.


    It can help the middle and senior level of the door to understand the history of the Jun dust world, know many secrets of the Jun dust world, broaden their horizons and enrich their experience


    Although no one in the Taiyi sect knows the language and characters of the divine race, in the heavenly palace, as long as they are willing to pay the price, they can obtain classics and books to learn these languages and characters.


    In fact, after finding the books left by the divine descendants in this small world, Meng Zhang ordered to carefully collect them all and send them back to taiyimen in person and carefully keep them in the Sutra Pavilion.


    Then he asked an Xiaoran, the second disciple stationed in the heavenly palace, to find a way to obtain information related to the language and characters of divine descent. It would be better if he could learn it directly.

 Chapter 1279

    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, not only did he have to learn the language and characters of these divine descendants, but also a group of disciples would be selected to learn.


    These books left by the divine descendants will be translated and handed down as taiyimen classics.


    The details of a clan are gradually strengthened in these places.


    This small world is fully integrated into the underworld. After the rules of heaven and earth change, the environment inside will also change accordingly.


    The original miraculous medicine garden needs to be rearranged and planted with brand-new miraculous flowers and grasses.


    With the special environment here, it must be very suitable for planting some special spirit flowers and spirit grass.


    And the original mineral deposits here should also change.


    These changes can not all be good changes, and some minerals may be scrapped.


    But there will certainly be good changes, which will make these minerals mutate into new rare minerals.


    Of course, such changes will not happen overnight. They may last for more than a thousand years.


    As for how to operate this small world in the future, we still need to plan slowly according to the changes of the environment.


    Of course, some preliminary preparations can start now.


    The original resources should be collected as much as possible, and some new buildings should be built slowly.


    In different areas of the small world, we should start preliminary planning according to different environments.


    The biggest problem now is the lack of manpower.


    Although the disciples of Taiyi sect brought by Meng Zhang have good accomplishments, they can''t stay in the small world for a long time because they are living people.


    If you stay for a period of time, you must leave in time to avoid being hurt by the breath of the underworld.


    And too wonderful. Although he has a large number of ghosts, there are still too few ghosts that can carry out fine construction work.


    There is no good solution to this problem for the time being.


    Only wait until Taimiao slowly expands his ghost army in the underworld and slowly selects the ghosts that can be used.


    In fact, the friar who knew the existence of the old master Shouzheng in Taiyi sect once advised Meng Zhang to ask Shouzheng for help and seconded some ghosts from Shouzheng.


    With the increasing contact with Shouzheng, Meng Zhang also had some knowledge about his situation in the underworld.


    When Shouzheng was transformed into ghosts and gods, he retained his previous personality and emotion because of some chance, and remained loyal to the sect.


    Taiyimen in its heyday was also interested in developing the underworld, which naturally helped Shouzheng a lot.


    After the Taiyi gate was destroyed, Shouzheng was not only still active in the underworld, but also mixed with wind and water. It was very good.


    Now Shouzheng has a strong strength under his hands and has been regarded as the overlord of the underworld.


    After one or two thousand years of accumulation, there must be a lot of ghosts that his men can use.


    However, Meng Zhang refused his proposal and did not turn to Shouzheng for help.


    He is not willing to expose his own incarnation to Shouzheng, not to mention the small world that will be taken as an important foundation by him.


    Ghosts and gods are not living people. They have completely different views and ideas about things.


    Even though Shouzheng was originally a disciple of Taiyi sect, he has always been loyal to the sect, but after staying in the underworld for so many years, he will inevitably have some other ideas.


    Apart from other things, he has run such a large business and must have his own interests.


    If Meng Zhang''s interests conflict with his own interests, he will stand there, which is worth considering.


    Even if Shouzheng is willing to sacrifice his own interests, his subordinates in the underworld may not agree with him.


    In the long history of taiyimen, many monks have been transformed into ghosts and gods.


    There are definitely not one or two who can survive so far.


    According to Shouzheng himself, ghosts and gods transformed by friars of taiyimen work for him.


    Meng Zhang had never been in contact with these ghosts and gods before.


    Shouzheng told him that after the transformation of these ghosts and gods, his temperament changed greatly and became completely different from that in front of him.


    Guarding the integrity and controlling them also rely on their own strong strength to subdue them, rather than borrowing the identity of the elders in the door and the righteousness of their peers.


    Shouzheng is also a ghost and God. Although he is still friendly to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang still has to keep a minimum of caution to him.


    In the cultivation world, the heart of preventing people must be kept. At any time, in front of anyone, we must have reservations.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang, as the leader of a school and a superior, needs to maintain a certain degree of suspicion.


    Meng Zhang originally created Taimiao, an external incarnation, to develop in the underworld. In addition to Meng Zhang''s own ideas on developing the underworld, he also has the intention of restraining Shouzheng.


    Since he can''t completely trust and keep upright, he has to keep some problems secret. Meng Zhang has to solve these problems slowly by himself.


    Fortunately, there is no need to worry about developing the underworld and managing this small world. It can be used as the school''s Centennial plan and even the millennium plan.


    That''s wonderful. The outer incarnation didn''t stay in this small world for a long time, but it also had a great harvest.


    Meng Zhang and his family had passed through many passes before. Before entering this small world, the last pass they encountered was facing countless terracotta warriors.


    These terracotta warriors are the accumulation of God descendants for thousands of years. Of course, there are a large number.


    Almost at the same time that the big array outside collapsed, many terracotta warriors returned to the small world through special channels and hid in several special warehouses.


    It''s wonderful. I found one of the warehouses inadvertently.


    The warehouse is full of terracotta soldiers.


    Terracotta warriors are special war tools of this type. Because their manufacturing methods are too bloody and cruel, they are almost demonic. In today''s cultivation world, no cultivation force dares to create it openly.


    Moreover, in the open, the manufacturing means of such war tools are not only taboo in the cultivation world, but also have basically been lost.


    Taiyimen, don''t mention that there is no similar manufacturing means. Even if there is, it''s not good to manufacture in large quantities.


    It''s wonderful. I''m lucky to find this warehouse and so many terracotta warriors.


    In the Taiyi gate of the Yangshi world, it may not lack the combat effectiveness brought by these terracotta warriors.


    After all, taiyimen itself can create many mechanism creations, and the ally Qiqiao sect takes the production of mechanism creations as the foundation of its faction.


    Moreover, there are more and more demons and cloud beasts domesticated and bred in the Royal beast Hall of Taiyi gate.


    Most importantly, these terracotta warriors have special manufacturing methods, and have been infected by Yin Qi for a long time in the small world. Their attributes are very close to ghosts in the underworld.


    When these terracotta warriors are brought to the underworld to fight, they can basically give full play to their combat effectiveness.


    This is a timely rain for those who are lacking combat effectiveness.


    Although the terracotta warriors are stiff and rigid, they are the best soldiers who are well-trained and strict in discipline compared with chaotic ghosts.

 Chapter 1280

    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is wonderful. Although many terracotta warriors have been found, I don''t know how to manipulate them.


    There must be a unique secret method for divine descendants to control these terracotta warriors, and even special keepsakes.


    In this regard, in addition to being too clever and slowly groping, Meng Zhang should also pay close attention to sorting out various books left by the retreat of divine descendants to see if there are relevant records.


    In the underworld, there are many places suitable for the placement of child and mother transfer plates. And it''s wonderful. I have strong learning ability. I soon mastered how to choose a place to place the sub disk.


    In this way, Taimiao can not only enter and leave the small world freely, but also use the sub disk to transfer personnel and materials.


    After Meng Zhang had been busy with Taiyi disciples for some time, as the rules of heaven and earth in the small world became closer and closer to the underworld, Meng Zhang also took the initiative to reduce the number of transmissions here.


    He gave this small world to his external incarnation. It''s wonderful. He himself led a group of Taiyi disciples to send it once regularly to see if there is anything he can help.


    Meng Zhang''s main energy was put back on the Taiyi gate of the Yang world.


    Too wonderful. He spent more and more time and energy on the small world, which undoubtedly slowed down his journey.


    Several years have passed. He is still on his way and has never reached his destination, the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    Fortunately, neither Meng Zhang nor too wonderful are in a hurry about this matter.


    The treasure has been hidden there for one or two thousand years. Won''t problems happen in these years?


    When Meng Zhang first broke through to the later stage of Yuanshen, he took a shortcut and made a hasty breakthrough because of the situation, leaving many hidden dangers for himself.


    Over the years, his main task in cultivation is to slowly make up for these hidden dangers and re consolidate his foundation.


    He will try all kinds of taiyimen''s inheritance secrets and all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures collected from all aspects to see whether they are effective.


    So far, his actions to make up for hidden dangers and consolidate the foundation have not been very smooth.


    Of course, his longevity is still very long. There is plenty of time to work hard and try.


    He is not impatient, but still practices slowly according to the original rhythm.


    In recent years, the situation in Jiuqu provinces has remained the same.


    The undercurrent surged below, but remained generally calm on the surface.


    Those foreign invaders stopped their wanton expansion of the north of Jiuqu province. They seemed aggressive towards the expansion of the south, but in fact, they left a lot of room.


    Meng Zhang, who had gone deep into the clouds and fog, also found out their details through contact with these foreign invaders.


    Although these foreign invaders can not be said to be strong in the outside world but weak in the inside, they are inevitable.


    They seem ferocious and actively expand in all directions. But their actions are very methodical. They know where the bottom line of Terran practitioners is.


    After understanding the situation of these foreign invaders, Meng Zhang paid more respect to his leader, King Nu Jiao.


    The fighting power of King Nu Jiao is still above that of Meng Zhang. If Meng Zhang had not refined the void tripod, he would not be able to fight king Nu Jiao.


    What''s more rare is that the Nu Jiao king has a mind and knows strategy, and is not as reckless as other demon families.


    Meng Zhang paid more attention to these foreign invaders.


    But now the conditions are not allowed, and he doesn''t want to lose his strength. Otherwise, he has the intention to eliminate these extraterritorial invaders.


    After returning to Taiyi gate from Yunwu daze, Meng Zhang basically told the middle and high levels of the gate what he saw and heard in Yunwu daze.


    He also recorded many palaces built by foreign demon families in various places of the cloud and fog, and brought them back to the door.


    The middle and high levels of the door passed it around, but they couldn''t understand the mystery.


    A few people with good vision can only recognize that this is mostly an array.


    After Wen qiansuan, the master of the array in the door, consulted in detail, he also didn''t know the function of this array.


    Although the way of array is interlinked, there are more than ten million arrays in the world, not to mention the array system of foreign demon families, which is very different from that of practitioners, and has little in common.


    Meng Zhang brought back only the general style and location of the palace without too detailed information.


    Wen qiansuan said that these palaces are only part of a large array, and they are probably not very important.


    Otherwise, the foreign demon clan will not do anything to hide and let it appear in broad daylight.


    Although Wen qiansuan didn''t understand the specific situation of this array at that time, he told Meng Zhang that he would slowly consult it. At the same time, I hope Meng Zhang can provide more information.


    If the time is right, he will personally go to the cloud daze to investigate this array.


    Wen qiansuan, who had many affairs, was busy dealing with the problems of the small world and temporarily abandoned the array of the demon family.


    For wenqiansuan and taiyimen, the extraterritorial demon clan is not an imminent threat, and there is no need to deal with relevant affairs in a hurry.


    In recent years, the strength of the rapidly developing taiyimen has increased sharply. In addition to many excellent low-level friars, two yuan God Zhenjun have appeared one after another.


    One is an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang.


    After less than ten years of isolation, he broke through the golden elixir period and successfully advanced to the yuan God period.


    In this way, the three disciples of Meng Zhang became the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Plus Meng Zhang himself, he can be called a four element God.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s effective training, the three disciples have extraordinary talents.


    In fact, even in those holy places, it is rare for a teacher to teach three yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang himself also felt that in addition to taiyimen being on the rise, his department was as lucky as a rainbow and had a tendency to soar to the sky.


    If it is said that Meng Zhang expected an to achieve the yuan God silently, Meng Zhang was a bit surprised by another yuan God true king in the door.


    Wei wucai, the elder who was originally in charge of the Royal beast hall, also successfully broke through the Yuanshen period soon after an Muran became the Yuanshen.


    Wei wucai is not a monk of Meng Zhang''s department. Her master is just a golden elixir immortal.


    Meng Zhang is very happy about her breakthrough.


    This means that taiyimen has become a mature Yuanshen sect. In addition to its own department, it also has a new hematopoietic ability.


    Meng Zhang is not a narrow-minded generation. He is happy to see the rise of new forces and the emergence of new talents in the door.


    Only in this way, the whole taiyimen will continue to develop and grow.


    Not to mention the current taiyimen, that is, any Yuanshen sect with an additional Yuanshen Zhenjun, is a great good thing worth celebrating.


    Two new Yuanshen Zhenjun suddenly appeared in Taiyi gate, which is of course worth writing a special book.

 Chapter 1281

    Meng zhangfei was in the air, looking at the bustling crowd below, which was slowly dispersing. Visitors from all walks of life began to embark on the return journey.


    An Muran and Wei wucai achieved Yuanshen. After consolidating their accomplishments a little, they held a grand ceremony of Yuanshen together.


    The Yuanshen ceremony held at taiyimen is unprecedented in scale.


    Of course, celebrating the two yuan gods Zhenjun at the same time is also a very rare scene in Jiuqu province.


    The major religious forces in Jiuqu province sent representatives, and most of the well-known monks from all sides came in person. Even governor Zhang Weineng, who was very wary of Taiyi gate, sent special envoys to congratulate two more yuan gods Zhenjun on his behalf.


    As for the members of Hanhai road alliance, they dare not neglect it at all.


    A noisy and powerful celebration ended slowly in the envious eyes of everyone.


    After the celebration, Meng Zhang flew up into the sky alone and quietly watched around the Taiyi gate.


    It is a lie to say that he has no complacency in his heart.


    A weak sect door, which has not fallen to the extreme, does not even have a foundation friar. It all depends on a few small friars in the Qi refining period.


    Under his leadership, in less than a thousand years, but only a few hundred years, taiyimen has become a great sect of Yuanshen, and it can barely rank among many great sects of Yuanshen in the cultivation world.


    If taiyimen had such strength in the age of Jiuqu League, it would be enough to compete with qingyuanzong and yujianmen for the dominance of Jiuqu League.


    At least, it will turn the two giants of Jiuqu League into three giants.


    Meng Zhang did not know what a grand occasion taiyimen was in its heyday. However, when he thought about it, the distance between taiyimen and its heyday should be limited.


    Perhaps if taiyimen develops for a few more years, it can slowly catch up with its heyday and restore its glory.


    When he was proud, Meng Zhang seldom relaxed and talked with the tool spirit Kongzi of the void tripod.


    Originally, he didn''t take the initiative to talk to Meng Zhang''s vanity son, because after the divine world took the initiative to remind Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang also talked to him from time to time.


    He has a lot of fourth-order magic tools, but they are still ignorant. Even the spirit of the most mature qicaixia light robe is still a little girl''s heart, and there is really no common language with him.


    However, the elder Kongzi has rich experience and extensive knowledge. When talking to him, he often brings Meng Zhang a lot of inspiration from a few casual words.


    Meng Zhang was so happy that he couldn''t help showing off in front of vanity.


    Mainly to show off his great achievements and the brilliant face of taiyimen today.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, vanity son did not directly refute, but asked coldly.


    Is the Taiyi gate capable of arranging treasures in the ten thousand needle Stone Forest in the underworld? Do you have the ability to go deep into the extraterritorial void and bury treasures in the extraterritorial void?


    Vanity son''s words were like pouring a basin of cold water on Meng Zhang, making him speechless for a moment.


    Just a little proud of him, his complacency disappeared.


    At the same time, vanity son''s words gave him a wake-up call.


    In addition to actively exploring the underworld, the really powerful Yuanshen sect in the cultivation world will also organize the exploration of extraterritorial emptiness.


    Taiyi gate now has a wonderful chess piece in the underworld, which is enough for all kinds of layout.


    However, taiyimen''s exploration of extraterritorial emptiness is far from beginning.


    To explore the extraterritorial void, we need to organize a team with at least Yuanshen Zhenjun as its members, be prepared to fight against various extraterritorial races, and have the ability to deal with the endless risks of extraterritorial void.


    To be honest, now taiyimen really don''t have that strength. They can organize a team to explore the void.


    However, everything is established in advance and abandoned without advance.


    Now that Meng Zhang has laid a son in the underworld, he has achieved preliminary results. The exploration of the void should also begin to prepare slowly.


    The exploration of vanity has a lot of significance, not only to meet the vanity of a few people, or to prove their own strength.


    Many valuable resources for cultivating truth only exist in the extraterritorial void.


    In particular, many of the high-level cultivation resources that are useful to the true monarch of the yuan God can only be produced in the void.


    More importantly, according to Meng Zhang, all religious sects with a certain position in the heavenly palace, including those holy sites, will take the initiative to explore the void and actively confront major foreign races.


    In order to improve the status of taiyimen in the heavenly palace, in addition to trying to earn contribution value, it is to show some performance when exploring the extraterritorial void.


    Meng Zhang kept this matter in mind and considered where to start.


    With taiyimen''s not very strong strength at present, what can we do.


    After this celebration ceremony, the already famous taiyimen once again shocked all parties in the province.


    Many southern Xiuzhen forces took the initiative to contact taiyimen and became more enthusiastic.


    Due to the long-distance transmission method array between Heda and the native land of the imperial dynasty has not been restored, large foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance have lost important sources of goods, and their expansion trend has not only stopped, but also the original market is not guaranteed.


    Taiyimen has united many cultivation forces in the north of Jiuqu province. It not only has extremely rich cultivation resources, but also can turn these resources into various products such as pills, magic tools and talismans.


    Firstly, the forces of Hanhai daomeng actively infiltrate into the south of Jiuqu province. Secondly, the forces of truth cultivation in the South also want to make good friends with Meng Zhang, or have a demand for truth cultivation resources and products in the north.


    For a while, the commerce and trade between the South and the north of Jiuqu province became very frequent, giving birth to a lot of large and small businesses.


    For this situation, Zhang Weineng, who has rarely appeared in public since his serious injury, did not express any opinion.


    Of course, big businesses such as Datong business alliance are very dissatisfied, but they have nothing to do.


    The local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province have long been dissatisfied with these foreign big businesses.


    The southern Xiuzhen forces dare to be angry but dare not speak, while the northern Xiuzhen forces openly confront.


    Now taiyimen has integrated the cultivation forces in the north of Jiuqu Province, and its strength has increased greatly.


    With the momentum of taiyimen, the Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province began to exclude big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Big businesses such as Datong business alliance really dare not tear their faces with taiyimen without the explicit support of Zhang Wei.


    Meng Zhang is completely happy to see the success of the commercial expansion of Hanhai daomeng under the leadership of taiyimen.


    The reason for the existence of commercial trade in the cultivation world can not only exchange what is needed, but also take the opportunity to expand its power.


    Although Meng Zhang did not dare to openly make the idea of Jiuqu Province in the south, he had no opinion of slowly infiltrating the power of Hanhai daomeng over there.


    Taking the opportunity of business exchanges, Hanhai daomeng can slowly expand its influence in the south of Jiuqu province.


    The demand for resources is almost endless.


    Xiuzhen sect is also greedy for territory and resources.


    As the leader of the Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang not only expressed the greed of the practitioners incisively and vividly, but also fully reflected the expansion desire of the Xiuzhen sect.


    Even the land of Yuantu prairie has not been fully digested, but Meng Zhang began to covet the south of Jiuqu province.


    The southern part of the nine songs is the essence of the nine tune provinces, which is far richer than the north.


    Besides, Meng Zhang integrated the cultivation forces in the north of Jiuqu Province, but he was far from being the overlord of the north.


    First, there is a slight lack of strength and a slight lack of details.


    Secondly, it is the most excellent territory of the northern part of the nine provinces, which is the territory of the jade sword gate, and some similar areas, which are under the control of the imperial power.


    In the northern core of Jiuqu Province, where the yujianmen Mountain Gate was originally located, there is still an army far away from the imperial dynasty.


    This army is small in number and limited in strength, but it is like a sharp sword against the key of Hanhai road alliance, which makes Meng zhangru stuck in his throat and very uncomfortable.


    But before he openly tore his face with the Dali Dynasty, he had nothing to do about it.


    In these years, Wen Qian is not idle.


    After working on the small world, he finally had time to slowly study the situation in Yunwu daze.


    Wen qiansuan''s ability to become an array master not only relies on his extraordinary talent in array Tao, but also stems from his love for array Tao.


    The time he spent on the way of array was not even lower than the time he spent on cultivation.


    Since he knew that the palaces built by the demon clan outside the territory were related to the array, he actively studied and tried to calculate.


    Disliked that the information Meng Zhang brought back was too crude, he was also going to go to the cloud daze in person to see the layout there with his own eyes.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to let the only array master in the door get involved.


    He took time to use the void tripod to carry Wen qiansuan to the cloud and fog.


    They carried out space transmission many times in the clouds and fog, and unconsciously checked many of the various arrangements of the demon clan outside the territory.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Wen qiansuan finally discovered the role of these palaces after some thinking.


    The demon clan arranged a huge array in the range of the whole cloud and fog.


    The nodes of the array are located on the local veins, which can make full use of the power of the veins.


    These palaces were used as road markers for positioning after the launch of the array.


    As for the role of this large array, there is only one.


    That is to connect the extraterritorial void so that the creatures there can be directly transmitted to the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang was shocked when he heard that the demon clan outside the territory was secretly deploying this transmission array across the boundary.


    The ability of the demon clan was far beyond his expectation, and the possible consequences of this matter were unacceptable to him.


    Fortunately, Wen qiansuan made a detailed explanation next.


    The transmission matrix that can cross the boundary is at least a fifth order matrix.


    Creating such a large array requires at least five level array mages. Even if you just follow the cat and draw the tiger, you need several four level array mages to work together to complete it.


    The large array laid by the demon clan is far from being completed. The completed part can''t even be called the prototype.


    The present wenqiansuan are not sure of arranging such a large array well.


    The level of the array mage in the demon clan is far inferior to Wen qiansuan.


    The demon clan will certainly encounter many difficulties and challenges in the process of array arrangement.


    Even if there are ready-made templates that can be copied, the deployment process is still slow.


    After reading this large array, it is very enlightening for Wen qiansuan.


    If he can thoroughly digest all the information obtained, he will certainly make great progress in the way of array.


    According to Wen qiansuan''s calculation, the demon clan can''t do it for the time being.


    Even if they try their best to explore and shit luck goes against the sky, it will take a long time to barely complete the prototype of the formation.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry at all. He can deal with this problem slowly.


    Wen qiansuan''s words relieved Meng Zhang''s worry and slowly restored his peace of mind.


    He secretly decided that these foreign invaders could not stay any longer. Even if you pay some price, you have to get rid of them all.


    The consequences of direct connection to the extraterritorial void are too terrible.


    If a steady stream of foreign demon and spirit families are transmitted through the array, I''m afraid the whole Jiuqu province will fall.


    Taiyimen will bear the brunt and become one of the earliest victims.


    Even if the foreign demon clan is still far away from successfully arranging the array, they have such a mind and have the ability to realize such a mind, that is, the way to death.


    Of course, how to eliminate the extraterritorial invaders in daze still needs to be considered in the long run.


    Moreover, this is not the responsibility of the taiyimen family.


    Eliminating foreign invaders should have been the responsibility of the rulers of Jiuqu province.


    Zhang Weineng, as governor of the province, is duty bound on this matter and cannot escape.


    How to persuade Zhang Weineng and how to cooperate with the Zhenbei army of the Dali imperial dynasty need to be carefully considered in advance.


    Even the reaction of Ziyang Shengzong needs careful consideration.


    Of course, Meng Zhang soon ignored the foreign invaders.


    Because there are more important things for him to do.


    His external incarnation was so wonderful that he finally finished his journey and came to his destination after a long journey in the underworld.


    Although the journey is far away, it''s wonderful. If you really try your best, you can''t spend a month.


    But he delayed too much time on the way, so he arrived now.


    Roughly speaking, he was delayed on the road for nearly twenty years.


    For nearly twenty years, he didn''t spend all his time on the road.


    In other words, driving is not his main task.


    After years of practice and training, he not only completely digested and absorbed his own strength, but also gave full play to his strong combat effectiveness.


    After him, he ambushed the ghost group all the way, collected the ghost and recruited troops and horses.


    Up to now, the number of ghost troops under him has exceeded 10000.


    Not to mention the quality, it looks like a large area, as if it is boundless, which is still a little deterrent.


    Of course, the ghost army is also a major culprit in slowing down his speed.

 Chapter 1282

    Ten thousand needle stone forest is known as a dangerous place in the underworld. It is well-known far and near. All kinds of ghosts, gods and ordinary ghosts are reluctant to come near. Naturally, there are reasons.


    In the periphery of the ten thousand needle stone forest, there are countless crazy ghosts wandering all year round.


    These ghosts are powerful and crazy. They are very different from ordinary ghosts.


    In the underworld, ghosts are divided into two categories according to their form.


    Ghosts in human form and ghosts in animal form.


    Most of the ghosts in animal form are more crazy and more aggressive.


    Therefore, those practitioners who enter the underworld list such ghosts separately and call them ghost beasts.


    Like those ghosts in human form, those with stronger intelligence can communicate.


    If strongly oppressed, you can also accept it for your own use.


    Too wonderful. Expand the army of ghosts under your hand. The main object is ghosts in human form.


    Except for a few exceptions, animal ghosts are basically unable to communicate, let alone accept.


    Wandering around the periphery of the ten thousand needle stone forest are mainly various ghost beasts.


    These ghost beasts don''t know why. They are more crazy and ferocious than the common ghost beasts in the underworld.


    Not to mention foreign ghosts and gods, it is an army of ghosts and objects. If they easily go deep into this place, they will be easily swallowed by these numerous ghosts and beasts.


    In the ten thousand needle stone forest, the haunting and eroding wind blows all year round.


    Neither powerful ghosts nor ghosts and gods with secret Dharma can withstand the long wind.


    There is no precious production here, and the location is still remote.


    So for many years, no outsiders will come here easily.


    The ghosts and gods transformed by the human cultivators, with the support of the forces of the Yang world, have established many bases in the underworld, and their traces have spread all over many places in the underworld.


    But there are still few ghosts and gods in the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    I don''t know what magic power and means the taiyimen ancestors had to bury a treasure in the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    Too wonderful. Later, he found many usable terracotta warriors in the small world, but so far, he has not mastered the way to control these terracotta warriors.


    What he can use now is the army of ghosts he took all the way.


    There are many ghosts and beasts around the ten thousand needle stone forest. There is almost no gap. It is difficult to sneak in secretly.


    Moreover, I don''t know whether it is the relationship between the fierce wind all year round. The spatial structure in the ten thousand needle stone forest is very unstable, and the spatial gap is full of spatial turbulence.


    Even Meng Zhang, who has a void tripod in his hand, is not completely sure that he can safely transmit it with too wonderful.


    As a last resort, it''s wonderful. I had to lead the ghost army directly.


    After a great war, it''s wonderful. After years of collection, an army of ghosts and animals came out. In the face of a steady stream of ghosts and animals, they almost lost all of them soon.


    Crazy ghost beasts don''t care about their own life and death, let alone casualties.


    As long as all ghost beasts find outsiders, they will launch endless full-scale attacks.


    The army was completely lost and the family could not support it. Seeing that it was too good, the situation was not very good.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang, who has been paying attention to his incarnation outside his home, has long been prepared for this and is enough to deal with the worst situation.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod and led a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate to Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang, Niu Dawei, Wen qiansuan, an Xiaoran, etc. needless to say, they have long been called together by Meng Zhang.


    Yang Xueyi, who was originally in the maple leaf mountain city of Daheng Xiuzhen world, also received a notice in advance, temporarily left the affairs there and came to Meng Zhang.


    Even an Muran and Wei wucai, who recently broke through the Yuanshen period, were called together by Meng Zhang.


    There are seven yuan Shen Zhenjun, all of whom are the direct friars of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not disturb the yuan God Zhenjun who was worshipped.


    It''s not that he doesn''t trust them, but that the treasure is very important. Meng Zhang doesn''t want any accidents.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, all Yuanshen Zhenjun tried their best to repel a steady stream of ghost beasts and sent Taimiao into the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    Because the dark wind rages in the ten thousand needle stone forest all year round, those ghost beasts are not willing to come in.


    After entering the ten thousand needle stone forest, wonderful finally got rid of those crazy ghost beasts.


    Before sending Taimiao to the ten thousand needle stone forest, Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod and sent you back to the Yang world.


    The next journey needs to be completed by yourself.


    In the ten thousand needle stone forest, the Yin Qi is unusually strong, and the smell of death is almost everywhere.


    In this place, there is a great oppressive force against the living creatures of the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang felt this oppressive force outside the ten thousand needle stone forest, so he had to return to the Yang world with his colleagues.


    If they continue to move forward, Meng Zhang may still be able to support them. Other monks in the door, even the yuan God Zhenjun, may not be able to resist the attack of the breath of death for a long time.


    As a last resort, Meng Zhang had to take everyone away and let his outer incarnation be too wonderful to risk alone.


    It''s wonderful. In essence, it''s basically the same as the creatures in the underworld.


    In this place with strong Yin Qi and strong breath of death, it will not be affected.


    After entering the ten thousand needle stone forest, there is no other great danger except the dark wind blowing from time to time.


    It''s wonderful. In the ten thousand needle stone forest, we move forward carefully against the attack of the Yin wind.


    In several dangerous moments, the divine power from natural ghosts and gods, which was so skillfully refined, played an important role in helping him avoid these dangers.


    It took a lot of time. According to the records left by predecessors, Taimiao finally found the treasure left by the ancestors of Taiyi sect in a secret place.


    Whether it''s the ghost animals outside the ten thousand needle forest or the harsh environment inside, they are the best natural protection, which can block the practitioners from the Yang world. Even ghosts and gods in the underworld can hardly cross the two gates outside.


    Therefore, the ancestors of taiyimen didn''t continue to arrange ambushes and protective means near the treasure.


    Moreover, the treasure is hidden very secretly. If you don''t know the inside story in advance, it is difficult for others to easily find the treasure in the special environment of the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    The treasure left by the ancestors of taiyimen looks like a pocket Pavilion, less than a foot high.


    It''s wonderful. I know this is a space magic weapon. The items left by the ancestors of taiyimen should be stored in it.


    The environment of ten thousand needle stone forest is too bad to stay for a long time.


    It''s too wonderful to open this space magic weapon and count the items in it in detail.


    With this magic instrument, he quickly walked along the way and left the ten thousand needle stone forest.


    After leaving the ten thousand needle stone forest, he didn''t stay nearby, but rushed away from here.

 Chapter 1283

    Seeing that the incarnation outside his body was so wonderful that he successfully obtained the treasure left by the ancestors of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang dismissed the monks in the sect.


    After all, many of them have important tasks and can''t easily leave their posts for a long time.


    After the dissolution, they dispersed one after another to get busy with their own affairs.


    Meng Zhang himself sacrificed the void tripod, sent it to the underworld again, appeared next to Taimiao, and then sent it to the small world with him.


    At this safe place, Meng ZhangCai and Taimiao check the treasure together.


    First of all, you need to open this space magic weapon like a pavilion.


    This is also a fourth-order magic weapon with its own spirit.


    This magic weapon is called the treasure house, and its spirit also has the wisdom of ordinary people.


    Only with the approval of the spirit can we safely open the treasure house and take out the items inside.


    If the treasure house is forcibly opened by violence, it is likely to lead to the burning of jade and stone.


    In the ten thousand needle stone forest, the spirit of the treasure house was sleeping all year round.


    In the records obtained by Meng Zhang himself, there are ways to awaken the spirit and communicate the spirit.


    Moreover, with the experience of dealing with the nether tripod and lingxu Kongzi, Meng Zhang can be said to be familiar with it.


    Meng Zhangyun began to inject his own unique Zhenyuan into the treasure house, and then slowly touched the spirit with his mind and began to gently stimulate his consciousness.


    Meng Zhang awakened Qi Ling step by step, and then revealed his identity as the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Probably worried that the instrument spirit didn''t recognize his identity, Meng Zhang also called out the instrument spirit and emptiness of the emptiness son.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the spirit of the treasure house not only knew vanity son, but also had a respectful attitude towards vanity son.


    It seems that the old guy, vanity son, has an unusual position in the Taiyi gate.


    With the presence of vanity son, things would be much easier. The tool spirit of the treasure house easily recognized Meng Zhang''s identity as the leader and expressed his willingness to obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Under the control of Meng Zhang, the treasure house turned into a huge building hundreds of feet high, standing in the small world.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao enter the treasure house and carefully count the items inside.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, the items in the treasure house were much less than expected.


    There are no common cultivation resources, not even spirit stones, only a few items.


    But Meng Zhang was not very disappointed, especially after carefully checking several items, his face showed an indelible surprise.


    In a jade box full of prohibitions, a golden crystal was sealed.


    Meng Zhang has seen and mastered similar articles before.


    This is the crystallization of the divine power of natural ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang''s previous magic crystallization was achieved by chance when ghosts and gods exploded naturally.


    A large part of the power of the natural ghost and God was used on the self explosion, and the divine power crystal left was naturally not so perfect.


    The one in front of him is obviously bigger and contains more divine power than the one Meng Zhang had before.


    Meng Zhang has personally experienced the power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods.


    His external incarnation is so wonderful that he can achieve today mainly by relying on this treasure.


    I don''t know where the taiyimen ancestors could get such a treasure.


    Could it be that the ancestors of Taiyi sect hunted and killed natural ghosts and gods, which condensed the crystallization of such divine power?


    If so, Meng Zhang will reassess the strength of taiyimen in its heyday.


    Needless to say, this divine power crystal was directly handed over by Meng Zhang. It''s wonderful.


    He looked forward to how powerful he would have after refining this divine power crystal.


    In addition to this crystallization of divine power, Meng Zhang believes that the most important thing is a thick ancient book.


    Meng Zhang has always attached great importance to all kinds of ancient books and exhausted various methods to collect them.


    This ancient book was refined by taiyimen ancestors by special means. It can only be read by Yuanshen Zhenjun with divine thoughts.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go up to read this book for the time being. He just scanned it with divine thoughts at the beginning. The contents are related to the friars in the period of Yuanshen.


    From the level of this book alone, it is worth Meng Zhang''s more energy.


    Meng Zhang inherited many taiyimen classics before, but few of them seem to be of such a high level.


    Temporarily put the classics aside. Meng Zhang will read them slowly and carefully only after he returns to the door.


    The remaining items are mainly several fourth-order magic tools.


    Those that can be collected as precious and important and left to future generations as sect inheritance are naturally the best of the fourth-order magic weapons.


    The old saying is that there is not much lack of fourth-order magic tools in taiyimen now.


    With the channel of the heavenly palace, as long as you are willing to pay Yuqing LINGJI to buy, or even consume merit values to exchange, it is easier to start with the fourth-order magic tools.


    Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Taiyi sect, can at least ensure that there is more than one fourth-order magic weapon in hand.


    Of course, most of the fourth-order magic tools that can be purchased in the Tiangong market are ordinary goods among the fourth-order magic tools.


    Moreover, it would be more troublesome to be able to fit everyone''s practice.


    It''s better to consume the merit value of the fourth order magic weapon exchanged from the heavenly palace official. It''s also limited.


    Moreover, the merit value is too precious and difficult to get. Meng Zhang always feels a little reluctant to exchange it for ordinary fourth-order magic tools.


    At present, it is a great harvest to get the fourth-order magic tools left by the ancestors of taiyimen.


    Among them, Meng Zhang selected a flying sword for his own use.


    Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship is superb. Although he is not a swordsman, he is also proficient in kendo.


    The Jinghong sword he used before is the booty he captured. It''s good, but it''s not very good.


    The flying sword he selected is called taiyifen lightsaber. It is not only an extremely powerful flying sword, but also an inheritance treasure of Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi Fen lightsaber contains the most brilliant sword formula of Taiyi sect.


    Taiyi sect is not the sect of sword cultivation. I don''t know where I got this sword formula.


    This sword formula has great power. Even if it is put into those ordinary sword cultivation schools, it can be used as the most precious treasure of the town school.


    This sword formula is very difficult to cultivate, and it is always hidden in the door. It won''t easily give the disciples of the door access.


    Even the great sword General of that year, as a true disciple of Taiyi sect, was not qualified to practice this sword formula.


    Meng Zhang easily awakened his sleeping spirit after he got taiyifen lightsaber.


    The spirit of taiyifen lightsaber is also a rebellious and aggressive guy.


    However, facing the leader of Taiyi sect in the later period of Yuanshen, he was still obedient and obedient.


    After all, even the head of Taiyi sect in its heyday, in most cases, there were monks in the later period of Yuanshen.

 Chapter 1284

    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments at this time can be regarded as several strong men even in the taiyimen in its heyday.


    With his ability, he is more than enough to be the leader.


    In fact, when Meng Zhang first came into contact with the weak water god general and the void son, he was despised by them because of his lack of cultivation.


    If Meng Zhang had the current cultivation accomplishments, let alone the weak water god general, even the old master of the school, vanity son, did not dare to rely on the old and sell the old in front of him and did not take him seriously.


    What is rebellious, what bad temper, also depends on who is facing.


    The spirit of taiyifen lightsaber, a high-end flying sword, often has a bad temper similar to sword repair.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang had the experience of facing the emptiness of the spirit of the tripod. When he awakened the spirit of Taiyi''s lightsaber, he showed the breath of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, which completely suppressed him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t put on any headmaster''s airs in front of the tool spirit.


    Since both sides have self-knowledge, they can get along well.


    As the inheritance treasure of Taiyi sect, Taiyi Fen lightsaber has a high status in the sect. Its weapon spirit is only slightly inferior to the void tripod in terms of qualification and status.


    Taiyi told Meng Zhang that his predecessors called him Xiaoguang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t be so big. He respectfully calls him guanglao.


    The Lingguang old Taiyi lightsaber can not only teach Meng Zhang''s many secret sword tricks of Taiyi sect, including Taiyi lightsaber tricks, but also give Meng Zhang some advice on swordsmanship.


    The so-called skill industry has a specialty. Guanglao may be far inferior to Meng Zhang in the later stage of Yuanshen in other aspects, but he is enough to be his teacher in kendo.


    Although Meng Zhang hasn''t devoted himself to Kendo since his cultivation, he has also practiced many sword tricks hard because of his high sword talent.


    However, due to the lack of teachers, he focuses on his own practice.


    In the past, Jijian God would be able to give him a few words.


    However, after he made great progress in cultivation and became the true monarch of the yuan God, the Jijian God general could not guide him.


    Now it is rare to have an elder in the door who can provide guidance for himself. Meng Zhang certainly wants it.


    Meng Zhang is going to take those magic tools and ancient books back to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    He will study the classics well. The magic tools can be put into the medium and large library of the entry for the yuan God Zhenjun in the door to exchange with good skills.


    Wonderful. This time I went to the ten thousand needle stone forest to look for treasure. I also suffered heavy losses.


    He worked hard and spent a lot of time to come up with an army of ghosts. Basically, the whole army was destroyed.


    Fortunately, before approaching the ten thousand needle stone forest, he knew it was very dangerous. He left the four Dharma protectors and a group of reliable ghosts in the small world and was responsible for dealing with all kinds of affairs in the small world.


    With these guys as the backbone, he only needs to capture and subdue a pile of ghosts again, and he can make an army of ghosts again.


    After the treasure collection task is completed, too wonderful, there are no other important things for the time being.


    He will practice in seclusion in this small world for a period of time.


    In addition to refining the new divine power crystallization, we should also manage this small world.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod, sent it away from the small world and returned to the Taiyi gate.


    Originally, he was ready to study the new classics, refine Taiyi sub lightsaber and practice Taiyi sub lightsaber formula. But before he sat down long, Wen qiansuan came to the door.


    Wen qiansuan has been thinking about this matter since he saw the cross boundary transmission array deployed by the demon clan outside the territory in the cloud daze last time.


    He came to ask Meng Zhang when he was going to fight against Yunwu daze.


    Once the war started, Wen qiansuan hoped that Meng Zhang could capture the Dharma array as completely as possible and give it to him for a good study.


    Meng Zhang naturally agreed to Wen qiansuan''s request.


    Meng Zhang also felt that these foreign invaders should be solved in time.


    Of course, it is neither Meng Zhang''s business nor taiyimen''s responsibility to solve the foreign invaders.


    I don''t know if Zhang Weineng, who was seriously injured in that year, has improved. Can he lead the army?


    Meng Zhang called sun Shengdu, the guest minister enshrined in the door, and asked him to go to the south of Jiuqu Province as his envoy to visit Zhang Weineng.


    Even if you can''t see Zhang Weineng, you should at least see senior leaders such as Wen dongzhenjun.


    Sun Shengdu revealed to them his intention to unite the two countries to exterminate foreign invaders and see how they would react.


    After sun Shengdu was ordered to leave, Meng Zhang called his third disciple an Muran.


    According to the practice of Taiyi sect, the friar is automatically promoted to the supreme elder in the sect after he enters the yuan God period.


    The hall leaders of each hall entrance in Taiyi gate are basically Jindan friars, and most of them are Jindan middle friars.


    If you want to be an elder in the sect, you must at least have the cultivation in the later stage of the golden elixir.


    Some friars hold the position of leader of a certain hall for a long time as elders.


    For example, Wei wucai has always been the leader of the Royal beast hall.


    When she broke through the Yuanshen period, she passed the position of the Lord of the Royal beast hall to her deputy.


    Because once she breaks through her cultivation and becomes the true monarch of the yuan God, she is not suitable to continue to be the leader of the Royal beast hall.


    Of course, even now she is the true king of the yuan God. Because of her interest in domesticating and training all kinds of monsters, she still puts a lot of energy on the beast hall.


    Although she is no longer responsible for the specific affairs of the Royal beast hall, she still pays close attention to many demon beasts and cloud beasts domesticated by the Royal beast hall.


    At the same time, she also actively accumulated experience in animal defense, and worked hard to train animal defense teachers for the door.


    As the most mysterious entrance of Taiyi gate, the dark hall is in a special situation. With the consent of Meng Zhang, after an Muran became the original God, he still acts as an elder on the ether and is fully responsible for all affairs of the dark hall.


    As for the newly appointed leader of the dark hall, he is an Muran''s subordinate. In addition to handling the general daily affairs of the dark hall, he helps an Muran take charge of the dark hall.


    An Muran achieved the original God. As soon as he consolidated his cultivation, he was in a hurry to get out of the pass and regain control of all kinds of affairs in the dark hall.


    It is almost entirely different whether there is a dark hall in the charge of Anmo.


    Meng Zhang feels that he can use it easily and can always get some information he needs.


    Meng Zhang called an Muran to inquire about the situation in Jiuqu Province recently, especially the movements of Zhang Weineng and foreign invaders.


    Since Zhang Weineng was seriously injured last time, he has been closed in the name of healing. He hasn''t left the pass yet, let alone appeared in front of outsiders.


    Don''t say it''s a friar under the Dali imperial dynasty. Even members of the governor''s office can''t see him.


    Meng Zhang was also present when Zhang Weineng was injured. Meng Zhang''s eyesight also knew that he was seriously injured.


    But after so many years, Zhang Weineng''s injury still hasn''t healed, and Meng Zhang feels that there is something wrong.

 Chapter 1285

    Based on Zhang Weineng''s accomplishments and details, there should be ways to treat serious injuries.


    Moreover, as a frontier official of Dali imperial dynasty, he could not have no healing pills on his hands.


    In Dali imperial treasury, there are some healing pills and treasures that can be exchanged by monks in the imperial dynasty with their fighting skills.


    When it comes to military exploits, Meng Zhang still has many military exploits far from the imperial dynasty.


    However, Da Li lost the direct connection with Jiuqu provinces, and the four borders began to fall into war again.


    Even if Meng Zhang wanted to exchange the items in the Treasury, he was powerless and had no way.


    If the Dali Dynasty is really defeated by Ziyang Shengzong, all the combat achievements in Meng Zhang''s hands will be invalidated.


    Whenever he thought of this, Meng Zhang hoped that Dali Dynasty could support him a lot and not lose so quickly.


    Zhang Weineng has been closed in the name of healing. Meng Zhang speculates that there may be something fishy in it.


    Is it because he is trying to draw out some enemies?


    If this is the case, Meng Zhang is one of his goals.


    Without more information, Meng Zhang could not make a judgment.


    Zhang Wei''s accomplishments are above him. If he uses Dayan divine calculation to calculate, he must pay a lot of price.


    If he had no choice but to do so, he would not easily use his magic to deduce.


    An Muran came to Meng Zhang without a word of nonsense. He reported all kinds of important information about Jiuqu province to Meng Zhang.


    Zhang Weineng has not summoned his subordinates so far. All the affairs of the governor''s house are handled by Wen Dongzhen and his subordinates.


    Wen dongzhenjun and his subordinates were really effective and handled all affairs in an orderly manner.


    With the active cooperation of Datong business alliance and the deterrence of Zhenbei army, the situation in the south of Jiuqu province is still calm.


    As for the foreign invaders, they are still the same as before.


    It seems to provoke everywhere and actively expand, but it''s actually very measured and never too much.


    Dali, the official power of the imperial dynasty, also tried to retreat and tolerate foreign invaders.


    In this way, the war between the two sides will naturally not start.


    What an Muran said first is some conventional intelligence with limited value.


    Finally, he told some secret things.


    The governor''s office of Jiuqu province has secretly strengthened its ties with the aquariums in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River. The two sides have had many exchanges and transactions.


    The aquarium in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River is a powerful force that is easy to be ignored.


    The aquarium of Jiuqu River and the owner of the Gobi Gobi Gobi are actually the aborigines of the Junchen world.


    However, with the rise of Xiandao and the prosperity of the human race, these Aborigines were defeated and had to flee to remote areas to survive.


    So far, the deep sea of Jun dust world is still ruled by the dragon family.


    Both Shui and Hai were subordinates of the dragon in those days.


    It is only after the dragon people retreated to the distant sea many years ago that these races have the power of autonomy.


    The shuizu of Jiuqu River used to be the great enemy of Jiuqu League.


    Later, after the rise of the monster in the black jade forest, the aquarium couldn''t resist and began to make friends with the Jiuqu League.


    At present, the ruler of Jiuqu province is Dali Dynasty. The expedition army sent by Dali Dynasty to Daheng Xiuzhen world was plotted by monsters in the black jade forest.


    The enemy of the enemy is a friend. It is conceivable that Zhang Wei can make friends with the aquarium and even form temporary allies.


    The intelligence reported by ANN Muran doesn''t sound too important.


    However, Meng Zhang had a flash in his mind, as if he had been touched, but he couldn''t think of what it was.


    After listening to an Muran''s report and instructing the disciple to practice, Meng Zhang sent him away.


    In the following days, Meng Zhang waited for sun Shengdu''s reply in addition to maintaining his daily practice.


    Sun Shengdu, who was sent to Jiuqu Province in the south, soon returned.


    After returning to taiyimen Mountain Gate, he reported directly to Meng Zhang.


    Sun Shengdu was originally a friar born in the military of Dali Dynasty. He had many friends in Dali Dynasty.


    After arriving at Jiuqu Province, he also had a lot in common with the official friars of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    According to Meng Zhang''s orders, under his flattery and deliberate flattery, he has many acquaintances, even friends, in the governor''s office, the Zhenbei army and other places.


    His mission to the south of Jiuqu province was very smooth. He easily met Wen Dongzhen, who was in charge of the daily affairs of the governor''s office.


    Sun Shengdu told Wen Dongzhen that Meng Zhang intended to join hands with Zhang Weineng to wipe out foreign invaders in the clouds and fog.


    Wen Dongzhen is of course very welcome to this.


    He even had some emotion.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang and Zhang Wei were able to make enemies, that is, they had differences on whether to fight against foreign invaders.


    It is certainly a good thing that Meng Zhang has changed his previous attitude and actively asked to exterminate foreign invaders.


    However, Zhang Weineng has been closed to heal his wounds because of his serious injury.


    Wen dongzhenjun can only report it to him after he recovers from injury and leaves the pass.


    Sun Sheng wanted to test Zhang Weineng''s situation, but he was pushed back by Wen Dongzhen Jun, who was neither soft nor hard.


    Before leaving the governor''s office, Wen Dongzhen told sun Shengdu that exterminating foreign invaders was not only Zhang Weineng''s responsibility as governor of Jiuqu Province, but also his long-standing wish.


    The governor''s office and the Zhenbei army from top to bottom will actively support it.


    After sun Shengdu goes back, he can tell Meng Zhang the relevant information.


    Meng Zhang can also make preparations first. When Zhang Wei can get out of the pass, he can attack together.


    After leaving the governor''s office, Sun Sheng didn''t hurry back, but took a turn in the south of Jiuqu province.


    He contacted many friends and acquaintances and inquired about the specific situation of governor Zhang Weineng from them.


    But these people either knew nothing or hesitated and refused to answer positively.


    Most of the monks supported the war of extermination against foreign invaders.


    Dali Dynasty, as a powerful human Dynasty, has a high position in the cultivation world and has the strength to compete with the Holy Land Sect.


    The official friars of Dali Dynasty are more or less arrogant. They don''t look up to other friars, let alone foreign invaders.


    In the face of the constant provocation and aggression of foreign invaders, many people have resentment in their hearts.


    If it had not been for Zhang Weineng''s full suppression, I''m afraid these friars would have taught foreign invaders a lesson.


    Many of the contents reported by sun Shengdu were mastered by Meng Zhang before.


    Sun Sheng has never seen Zhang Weineng, and Meng Zhang has expected.


    He was a little disappointed.


    Whether Zhang Wei can really close his door to heal his wounds or avoid seeing him. Anyway, as long as he doesn''t come forward, Dali imperial officials can''t take the initiative to launch an attack on the rain and fog daze.

 Chapter 1286

    Without the cooperation of Dali imperial officials, Meng Zhang could not let Hanhai daomeng attack Yunwu daze alone.


    On the one hand, in the face of powerful foreign invaders, he is not sure of victory.


    Once the war starts in an all-round way, regardless of victory or defeat, Hanhai daomeng will suffer heavy losses.


    Another aspect is that if Hanhai daomeng loses too much in the battle with clouds and fog, Zhang Weineng will certainly not miss the opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Since Zhang Wei refused to meet outsiders in the name of isolation, Meng Zhang had to give up the idea of attacking Yunwu daze and wait patiently.


    Meng Zhang has been waiting for more than a year.


    For more than a year, Zhang Weineng was still the same as before. He couldn''t get out of the door and didn''t see anyone.


    Following Meng Zhang''s orders, Sun Sheng made two special trips to the southern province of Jiuqu, each time without success.


    It''s almost 30 years since Zhang Weineng closed the door before.


    For the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, not to mention 30 years of isolation, even 100 years is not long.


    Meng Zhang did not have the patience to wait slowly.


    The demon clan outside the territory has secretly built a transmission array across the boundary for many years, and its purpose can be imagined.


    Although according to Wen qiansuan, the array master in the door, it is difficult for the demon family to arrange such a large array perfectly.


    Meng Zhang is also willing to believe Wen qiansuan''s judgment.


    But everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. Any miracle can happen in the cultivation world.


    If the demon clan outside the territory really built the big array successfully, the consequences would be unimaginable.


    The last time Meng Zhang went to Daheng cultivation world, he met Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang. They left contact information.


    The actions of foreign demon families are a threat to the whole cultivation world. Regardless of the Dali Dynasty, Ziyang Shengzong, as the ruler of the north of Junchen world, will not ignore it.


    Meng Zhang sent it to maple leaf mountain city. Ignoring to summon the disciples here, he began to try to contact Xiao Jiansheng.


    Xiao Jiansheng left Meng Zhang a jade pendant.


    As long as he is still within the scope of Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang can contact him through this jade pendant.


    Despite repeated inspection, it is determined that there is no problem with this jade pendant. Cautious Meng Zhang still left this jade pendant here in maple leaf mountain city.


    He took the jade pendant and began to activate it according to the method taught by Xiao Jiansheng. He wanted to contact Xiao Jiansheng.


    However, no matter how Meng Zhang urged Zhenyuan and used the method, the jade pendant could not receive the information from Xiao Jiansheng.


    There are generally two possibilities for this.


    One possibility is that Xiao Jiansheng has left the Daheng cultivation world. The distance is too far, so the jade pendant can''t contact him.


    Another possibility is that the connection between Xiao Jiansheng and Yu Pei was artificially blocked.


    If someone else is here, you may not be able to make accurate judgment.


    However, Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, has a keen sense of spirit and has a very divine feeling. Many times, he will have the ability to predict.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt that Xiao Jiansheng was probably in some trouble.


    For so many years, Xiao Jiansheng, who bears the heavy responsibility, has not left the Daheng cultivation world. It''s not so coincidence that he left at this time.


    Xiao Jiansheng is also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. It must be no small matter that he can get into trouble.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself that if he could help Xiao Jiansheng and let him owe him a favor this time, it would be very beneficial to himself and the whole Taiyi gate.


    Of course, if Xiao Jiansheng is in too much trouble, Meng Zhang can only help.


    No matter whether they help or not, the most important thing now is to find out where Xiao Jiansheng is and what kind of trouble he has encountered?


    Meng Zhang was going to use Dayan divine calculation to calculate, but after thinking about it, he gave up.


    Like himself, Xiao Jiansheng is a friar in the later period of Yuanshen. It is not easy to calculate his whereabouts. I''m afraid it will cost a lot.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has long warned himself not to use the magic of heaven to deduce the secret of heaven if it is not a last resort.


    Is there any way to find Xiao Jiansheng except to show his secret arts?


    Meng Zhang glanced at the jade pendant in his hand.


    Meng Zhang has seen a lot of communication tools similar to this jade pendant, and Taiyi gate also has the ability to refine them.


    However, the refining means and materials determine the product level of the magic instrument and the communication range of the magic instrument.


    The communication method left by Xiao Jiansheng is of course a boutique.


    Meng Zhang started the jade pendant again by running Zhenyuan and using his magic door.


    The jade pendant sent out a very secret wave and spread to the distant horizon.


    This special fluctuation is the way that the jade pendant transmits information.


    Even the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen can hardly find the existence of this fluctuation.


    Meng Zhang had previously studied similar magic instruments due to curiosity and knew their general principle.


    He began to carefully sense the wave and slowly explore the direction of wave propagation.


    In addition to his keen mind, Meng Zhang''s unique spiritual sense from the Heavenly Master also played a role this time.


    Before long, he found the direction of this special wave transmission.


    Meng Zhang began to fly in the direction of wave transmission.


    He soon left maple leaf mountain city and flew south.


    As long as Meng Zhang keeps urging the jade pendant, the transmission of fluctuation will not stop.


    The wave transmission speed is so fast that even Meng Zhang, who flies at full speed, can''t catch up.


    Fortunately, the transmission direction of this special fluctuation is actually fixed, which provides Meng Zhang with a lot of convenience.


    In order to speed up the speed, he sacrificed the void tripod from time to time for space transmission, and soon left maple leaf mountain city far away.


    Meng Zhang hurried all the way south.


    In the area around maple leaf mountain city, there has been no attack by large-scale demons since the last war.


    At most, from time to time, a few demons will inadvertently break into here.


    Yang Xueyi organized several patrol teams and strengthened the inspection of the surrounding areas.


    As long as there is a trace of a demon, it will immediately lead to the pursuit of the cultivator.


    The whole Daheng cultivation world almost fell into the fire of war and was tossed by the devil disaster.


    The surrounding area of maple leaf mountain city has been turned into a rare pure land.


    Meng ZhangYue flew farther and farther away from this area.


    As he began to enter other areas of the great horizontal cultivation world, various demons began to appear slowly in his vision.


    Meng Zhang, who has something important to do, doesn''t care to clean up these demons and continues to fly to the north.


    He spent more than half a month on the road before he finally arrived near his destination.


    The special wave transmitted by the jade pendant entered the front area, just like a clay ox into the sea, without any response.


    Under normal circumstances, Xiao Jiansheng also wore a similar jade pendant.


    When the jade pendant receives a special wave from a distance, it will start spontaneously, and then Xiao Jiansheng will respond accordingly.


    The jade pendant will convey a similar special fluctuation and return to the jade pendant owned by Meng Zhang.


    Now there is no special wave coming from the front. Most of it is the information transmitted by Xiao Jiansheng through the jade pendant, which has been intercepted by some means.


    Is it possible that Xiao Jiansheng is in the area ahead?


    Meng Zhang became very careful, slowed down, and cautiously moved forward.


    From a distance, the area ahead is normal, just a seemingly insignificant wilderness.


    After Meng Zhang had advanced a distance, he took the initiative to stop and looked forward with his eyes.


    Meng Zhang has mastered this divine power since the Qi refining period. With the continuous improvement of his cultivation, his ability to see through vanity is becoming stronger and stronger.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, a thick fog appeared in front of him. Through the fog, a fierce battle was going on.


    Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, the long lost devil xiumo Qingzhen Jun, and two Shui friars are walking together to besiege the world of Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Jiansheng.


    It goes without saying that Zhang Weineng''s combat effectiveness is not weak compared with Meng Zhang''s self-improvement.


    As a demon friar, Mo Qingzhen has many strange magic secrets. Ordinary later friars of Yuanshen may not be his opponents.


    The two Shui friars are weaker, and they have only the cultivation in the middle of the yuan God.


    One woman is a fish head, and the other man is a fish head.


    Two aquarium friars jointly control a treasure like a jade bottle, which can play almost the combat effectiveness of the later yuan God.


    Xiao Jiansheng is not a big monk in the later period of ordinary yuan God.


    Born in the Holy Land Sect, his cultivation skills are one of the top skills in the cultivation world. He has mastered many supernatural powers and secrets, as well as excellent magic tools and life-saving things


    The friars at this level in the later period of Yuanshen could hardly threaten his life.


    However, facing the siege of many enemies, he was trapped by a Dharma array outside.


    After many days of hard work, Xiao Jiansheng has completely fallen to the disadvantage and suffered heavy losses.


    His efforts to break through several times have failed, but he has added a lot of wounds to his body.


    If there were no accident, this would be the place where he died.


    The sound of Xiao''s sword during the enemy''s siege rushed left and right, and he couldn''t take it off. His face couldn''t help showing a few threads of sadness and anger.


    The damn Dharma array outside not only prevented him from breaking through, but also prevented him from sending out a message for help.


    The Dharma array can enter or leave. He can receive the information from the outside, but he can''t pass the information out.


    Although Xiao Jiansheng was born in Ziyang Shengzong, he was never that arrogant person, and he would not act willfully based on his background.


    Before the full-scale war between Dali imperial dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Jiansheng was ordered to come to the Dharma cultivation world, contact the cultivation forces here, and join the siege of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Xiao Jiansheng took the initiative to ask for this task.


    He also went to Jiuqu League last time to help yujianmen against the invading army of Dali Dynasty.


    Although he persuaded the day Valley to send reinforcements, he also actively participated in the war.


    But in the end, he could not avoid failure and let the Dali imperial dynasty conquer the Jiuqu League.


    Although he was not entirely responsible for the failure, he regarded it as a great humiliation.


    When he went to Daheng cultivation world this time, he had the idea of revenge.


    The Dali Dynasty triggered a magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, and sent an expedition to conquer the Daheng cultivation world.


    Xiao Jiansheng paid a lot of price, gave many promises and secretly connected the forces of all parties.


    In the case of intentional calculation but not intentional calculation, he gave a heavy blow to Dali imperial dynasty, which was reluctantly revenge.


    After that, because the magic disaster in Daheng Xiuzhen world became more and more severe, Ziyang Shengzong did not send more forces to support him. He had to stay here temporarily to help the local Xiuzhen sect quell the magic disaster.


    Xiao Jiansheng is as penetrating as fire in the relationship between the local Xiuzhen sect and demons in the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    However, the evil disaster has been so rampant that the local Xiuzhen forces are still like that. They are not willing to do their best at all, which makes Xiao Jiansheng angry.


    However, even the most respectful day Valley to him is also contrary to the public, and has not fully invested in the battle to put out the demon disaster.


    Even if Xiao Jiansheng tried hard, it would be difficult for him to completely quell the evil disaster.


    Of course, on the surface, the local Xiuzhen forces still respect him very much.


    Xiao Jiansheng organized a team composed of Yuanshen Zhenjun to put out fire and strangle demons everywhere.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team was drawn from the local Xiuzhen forces.


    As long as they don''t touch the key of the local Xiuzhen forces and affect their strength, they are also willing to send some Yuanshen Zhenjun to be sent by Xiao Jiansheng.


    This time, Xiao Jiansheng received the news that there was a change in the demon group in a certain place. He specially brought two of the early Yuan gods'' men to fly over to check.


    But he never thought that one of his men was the dark son of Dali imperial dynasty, which directly led him into the ambush.


    Zhang Weineng and others have already set up a Dharma array here. Then they all joined hands and trapped Xiao Jiansheng with the help of the force of the Dharma array.


    Xiao Jiansheng, who was betrayed, was furious. He tried to get hurt and killed the traitor on the spot.


    But after the siege, he soon fell to the disadvantage.


    Another of his subordinates didn''t last long and died in the Dharma array. Only Xiao Jiansheng was still struggling to support him.


    It has been more than three months since he was besieged.


    Xiao Jiansheng had long been the end of a powerful crossbow. He hung at one breath and made the last resistance.


    All the life-saving things on him have been used up and can''t last long.


    If nothing happens, his death will be in these two days.


    It is common to fight for a year and a half at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In more than three months, we can solve a big monk in the later stage of Yuanshen. It''s really not too long.


    Zhang Weineng and others are still energetic and full of vitality.


    They are outnumbered by the crowd and wait for work with ease, but they have made a lot of preparations in advance for this ambush.


    There were similar plans many years ago.


    Seeing that success is imminent, Zhang Weineng and others have not been careless at all, but have become more careful.


    The other side is the friar of Ziyang Shengzong. Who knows if there are any hidden cards.


    Especially at the last moment of life, the other party may have a life-threatening blow.


    It would be really unworthy if the enemy''s counterattack before his death pulled his back when he successfully killed the enemy.

 Chapter 1287

    Meng Zhang saw the scene from a distance and soon understood the current situation.


    Zhang Weineng, an old man, has been hiding under the banner of closed door healing. Originally, I didn''t stay in Jiuqu province at all, but ran all the way to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun, a demon monk, had not seen him for a long time. Meng Zhang thought he had returned to the mainland of Dali Dynasty long ago.


    Unexpectedly, he would appear in this place.


    They can surround Xiao Jiansheng in this place and occupy the absolute upper hand, which is obviously premeditated for a long time.


    If facing other enemies, Meng Zhang may not hesitate to rescue Xiao Jiansheng.


    However, Zhang Weineng and others made the move, and Meng Zhang began to hesitate.


    At present, he is at least nominally a subordinate of Dali imperial court, and he doesn''t want to break with Dali imperial court until the situation is clear.


    Meng Zhang believed that as long as he broke Zhang Weineng''s good deeds, it meant that he was officially against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    No matter from which perspective, Meng Zhang is unwilling to see this happen.


    But if he gave up and left, Meng Zhang was also a little reluctant.


    It''s a rare opportunity for Xiao Jiansheng to owe a favor and show kindness to Ziyang Shengzong. It''s a pity to give up.


    Moreover, among the people who besieged Xiao Jiansheng, Meng Zhang was very unhappy with Zhang Weineng, and had no goodwill to the demon cultivation of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    If we can destroy their good deeds, Meng Zhang will certainly feel more comfortable in his heart.


    Meng Zhang and Zhang Wei were able to deal with each other, especially with each other. They had a certain impression of each other''s breath and practice skills.


    In front of people like Zhang Weineng, all kinds of means such as hiding identity are not easy to use. What kind of masked, hidden body and so on is a children''s play.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang can''t help Xiao Jiansheng directly.


    In that case, Meng Zhang had to find another way to save Xiao Jiansheng.


    Meng Zhang secretly communicated with his outer incarnation.


    During this time, Taimiao stayed in the small world and concentrated on refining the divine power crystallization of the new start.


    I had a wonderful experience of refining divine power crystallization. I started refining easily. Everything was very smooth and achieved results soon.


    The crystallization of divine power has only refined a small part, but it has benefited too much.


    Great progress in strength, with more and stronger capabilities.


    Originally, the cultivation level of the outer incarnation was one level lower than the self.


    For example, Meng Zhang''s self is now the cultivation of the late Yuan God, and that wonderful cultivation can only be the middle level of the yuan God at most.


    But it''s wonderful. I vaguely feel that as long as I thoroughly refine this divine power crystal, I can break this restriction and have the same level of cultivation as my self.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, Taimiao interrupted the crystallization of refining divine power.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod and sent it to the small world. He brought too wonderful and sent it back to the Yang world again.


    As soon as I came to the Yang world, I felt a serious maladjustment.


    Too wonderful is basically a complete hell ghost. Naturally, it will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world, and its strength will fall greatly.


    Fortunately, Taimiao is essentially the outer incarnation refined by Meng Zhang, and its divine soul is actually the distraction split by Meng Zhang''s original God.


    With this connection with the Yang world, Taimiao is suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth, not as serious as other ghosts in the underworld.


    Although his strength declined seriously, he still managed to keep at the level equivalent to the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang was relieved by this situation.


    If the strength of too wonderful is a little lower, it will not be easy to do.


    Meng Zhang took out the void tripod and gave it to Taimiao.


    Too wonderful. With the special connection between the self and the external avatar, you can barely exert some magical effect of this space magic weapon.


    In order to prevent Zhang Wei from recognizing this common magic instrument of Meng Zhang, Taimiao temporarily incorporated the void tripod into his body. Then start to communicate with the spirit void, and try to use this magic weapon.


    After some attempt, Taimiao initially mastered the ability of the imperial envoy void tripod.


    After such a delay, Xiao Jiansheng''s situation became worse and worse.


    Meng Zhang knew that he could not delay any longer, otherwise he would have no time to save people.


    Meng Zhang has already made a plan.


    Although the plan is too crude, it has to be so when time and conditions are limited.


    It was wonderful to fly secretly to the direction of the Dharma array. Meng Zhang stayed quietly and watched.


    At this time, all the minds of Zhang Weineng and others were put on Xiao Jiansheng.


    In the face of Xiao Jiansheng, who is at a dead end, they dare not have the slightest carelessness, let alone any distraction.


    In this way, they do not pay enough attention to the external situation.


    However, the battlefield was shrouded by the Dharma array, which not only blocked all the distress signals sent by Xiao Jiansheng, but also isolated all external interference.


    At this time, too wonderful has flown not far from the Dharma array.


    It''s wonderful. Seeing the opportunity, he released a fourth-order array breaking charm to the Dharma array.


    Originally, before going to the ten thousand needle stone forest for treasure, considering that it may be necessary to break the prohibition of the Dharma array, Meng Zhang prepared some fourth-order array breaking runes in advance.


    However, I didn''t expect that these four-level array breaking runes were not used in the ten thousand needle stone forest, but they were used here.


    The fourth order array breaking symbol turned into a ray of light and shone on the Dharma array.


    The operation of the Dharma array not only stopped immediately, but also broke a big hole.


    It was wonderful to have been prepared. Using the power of the void tripod, it was immediately transmitted to Xiao Jiansheng.


    Xiao Jiansheng, who was originally resisting the siege, was preparing to respond to the ghosts that suddenly appeared around him.


    Too wonderful. He sent him a message in time, saying that he was sent by Meng Zhang to help.


    Xiao Jiansheng responded quickly. He knew that he had no time to judge the truth at this time. He had to believe the ghost for the time being.


    Anyway, he was already doomed. Even if the ghost had bad intentions, how bad could the consequences be?


    Xiao Jiansheng''s decisive character saved his life this time.


    He not only let the ghost close to himself, but also exerted his last strength to cover the ghost.


    Xiao Jiansheng probably knew that this was the last chance to escape and took out the last card without hesitation.


    He began to burn his source, turned into a huge sword, and fiercely cut into his besieged opponent.


    Zhang Weineng and others were careless for a moment and did not notice that reinforcements came from outside the French array.


    It was wonderful to break the Dharma array and transmit it to Zhang Weineng. It really surprised them and almost stunned them.


    But Xiao Jiansheng would burst into trouble and suddenly try his best. They had expected it.


    As for the ghost who suddenly appeared, his cultivation was far from enough, and he couldn''t control the war at all.


    He joined Xiao Jiansheng, but he died in vain.

 Chapter 1288

    Zhang Weineng has formed a very tacit cooperation with them through their joint efforts against the enemy these days.


    They didn''t need any language, let alone orders. They made the most correct response by these people who had experienced many battles and had incomparable combat experience.


    Zhang Wei can exert his iron blood vigorous Qi without hesitation.


    A bloody waterfall falling from the sky fell on the giant sword, completely covering up the edge of the giant sword and dissolving the last desperate move of Xiao Jiansheng.


    Mo Qingzhen and two aquarium friars are preparing to use their means to take down the enemy.


    At this time, a violent drink like thunder sounded in everyone''s ears.


    "Where does the evil animal go?"


    Meng Zhang, holding a spirit snake spear, fell from the sky like a divine soldier.


    The spirit snake spear in his hand shone brightly, and came out, turned into an electric light, and flew towards the position of the people with a huge explosion.


    Zhang Weineng and Mo qingzhenjun both know Meng Zhang and know his power.


    Although the two Shui friars don''t know Meng Zhang, he has great momentum and power, which can''t be underestimated.


    Although taiyimen is a true cultivation force under Dali emperor, its loyalty has always been questionable.


    Since Meng Zhang advanced to the later stage of Yuanshen, Zhang Weineng has been more afraid of him and has been on strict alert.


    When the spirit snake spear shoots into the field, the target may not be Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Weineng had a fight with Meng Zhang before. He really didn''t dare to gamble. Meng Zhang had no intention to attack him.


    No one, including Zhang Weineng, dared to despise Meng Zhang''s attack, let alone suffer such a blow.


    They stopped attacking Xiao Jiansheng and focused on Meng Zhang.


    Taking advantage of this rare opportunity, Taimiao immediately used the power of the void tripod to transmit space and left here with the sound of Xiao Jiansheng who did not make any resistance.


    As soon as their figure disappeared, the spirit snake spear shot to their original position.


    The powerful spirit snake spear suddenly threw itself into the air, but disturbed the surrounding atmosphere.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun will try to master some space related abilities.


    At the later stage of Yuanshen, space transmission can basically be performed. However, according to different abilities, the level of transmission is high.


    Zhang Weineng also has great attainments on the space Avenue, and Mo qingzhenjun has also mastered some magic methods in space.


    Too wonderful. I just left with the sound of Xiao Jiansheng. The spatial fluctuation has not subsided. Moreover, it is too wonderful to give full play to the full ability of the void tripod, and the transmission distance will not be too far.


    If Zhang Weineng and others follow the guidance of spatial fluctuation and also use the art of spatial transmission at this time, they are likely to catch up with Taimiao in time.


    However, the attack of the spirit snake spear not only didn''t hurt them, but also stirred up the originally traceable spatial fluctuations into a mess.


    At this point, even the Yang God Zhenjun may not be able to catch up with them.


    Meng Zhang, who fell from a high altitude, appeared in front of the crowd.


    He took back the spirit snake spear and looked at the people in surprise.


    "Why are you here?"


    Zhang Weineng stared at Meng Zhang with a bad look. He wanted to tear up the guy who had broken his plan for many years.


    The two Shui friars were also full of hostility to Meng Zhang, but seeing Meng Zhang''s appearance of knowing Zhang Weineng, they only temporarily suppressed their hostility.


    Mo Qingzhen had courted Meng Zhang before. He was also very unhappy at this time.


    "What a coincidence. We killed the friars of Ziyang Shengzong here, but we were so disturbed by leader Meng."


    "Could it be that leader Meng has something to do with Ziyang Shengzong? This time he came to save people?"


    After listening to Mo Qingzhen''s question, Meng Zhang kept waving his hand with an innocent expression on his face.


    "Misunderstanding, misunderstanding, it''s all misunderstanding. How can I have any connection with Ziyang Shengzong?"


    "I used to clean up demons nearby, but I found a ghost by chance."


    "As a member of the right path, how can I watch ghosts appear in the sun?"


    "Hunt down the ghost all the way, and the ghost also runs away all the way."


    "I''m about to catch up. How did I run into you here?"


    "This is really, this is really, alas..."


    Meng Zhang sighed a long sigh. He didn''t know whether he was sighing about his bad luck or the wrong time for everyone to appear.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t speak all the time. He was thinking about how confident he would be to leave Meng Zhang here if he suddenly turned his face.


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang''s appearance this time is too coincidental, just good or bad for his own good. Even Meng Zhang''s previous actions have already enabled Zhang Wei to kill.


    Zhang Wei thought it over and over again, and finally gave up.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen were not so easy to kill.


    Meng Zhang is not an unprepared Xiao Jiansheng.


    Judging from his position alone, we know that he has been on alert.


    All our arrangements are exposed to the light.


    Moreover, after this period of fighting, they have consumed more or less, not in their heyday.


    Yimeng Zhang is a slippery guy. He will run away immediately when he sees that the situation is bad.


    If you tear your face rashly and leave Meng Zhang, it means a formal break with taiyimen.


    The situation in Jiuqu province could have been maintained, and Zhang Weineng also had his own overall plan.


    At this time, he can''t afford such serious consequences.


    Meng Zhang suddenly appeared here. He just helped Xiao Jiansheng and them. It''s really suspicious.


    In fact, it''s not just suspicious.


    Where are so many coincidences in the world?


    Without conclusive evidence, Zhang Weineng can conclude that Meng Zhang did it deliberately.


    Unfortunately, Zhang Weineng, like Meng Zhang, is unwilling to make a formal break at this time.


    Without the ability to quickly solve Meng Zhang and taiyimen, Zhang Wei can only bear it temporarily.


    However, according to his plan, he doesn''t need to endure too long.


    Zhang Wei can keep a straight face and ignore Meng Zhang.


    At this time, he didn''t even want to be insincere.


    Anyway, in his eyes, Meng Zhang is already a mortal.


    Meng Zhang and Mo qingzhenjun argued for a few words, but they fully showed their acting skills and Haosheng performed.


    Unfortunately, the people present were not fools. They determined that he was deliberately stirring up the game and didn''t care about his performance at all.


    Meng Zhang''s performance was not in vain, at least it showed his attitude.


    He was also willing to devote himself to acting, which showed that he was also unwilling to break with the Dali Dynasty at this time.


    After some entanglement, Meng Zhang, who was self-conscious and boring, found an excuse and took the initiative to slip away.


    Looking at the back of Meng Zhang''s departure, Zhang Wei can no longer hide his killing intention.


    It seems that Taiyi sect has fallen to Ziyang Shengzong. Such a sect can''t stay any longer.

 Chapter 1289

    After Meng Zhang left, he looked carefully at the back all the way and made sure that no one was following him, so he flew to the place agreed with Taimiao.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t know that Zhang Weineng hated him very much and had a killing heart for him.


    Zhang Weineng''s ambush against Xiao Jiansheng was premeditated for a long time and cost a lot of money.


    Facing such a great enemy as Ziyang Shengzong, Dali Dynasty has been difficult to find allies in the cultivation world.


    Zhang Wei managed to deceive the aquarium in Jiuqu River and let it get on the thief ship of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although aquarium is not a good ally, it is better to have than not.


    This time, in order to subdue Xiao Jiansheng, he made great efforts to get the aquarium to promise to help.


    In addition, the Yuanshen Zhenjun, who betrayed Xiao Jiansheng, was also an important chess piece placed in the Daheng cultivation world by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Zhang Weineng had no right to use such chess pieces unless the situation was special and urgent.


    However, after such a chess piece was exposed, it was killed by Xiao Jiansheng on the spot. It was really a painful loss.


    After paying so much and seeing that success is imminent, Zhang Weineng falls short because of Meng Zhang''s relationship. It is conceivable that Zhang Weineng hates Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know Zhang Weineng''s mood. Even if he knows, he won''t care.


    He flew all the way and soon joined Taimiao at the appointed place.


    Too wonderful and Xiao Jiansheng have been waiting for Meng Zhang for a while.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s appearance, Xiao Jiansheng was finally relieved.


    He knowingly didn''t ask about Meng Zhang''s relationship with the ghost and waited for Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    Wonderful. After all, this body is closer to ghosts and is not suitable for staying in the sun for a long time.


    Meng Zhang took Taimiao''s empty tripod, sent Taimiao back to the underworld, and then came back with Xiao Jiansheng, all the way back to the maple leaf mountain city.


    To this place, it is barely safe for the time being.


    In this process, Xiao Jiansheng was silent.


    When he arrived at Maple Leaf mountain city, Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask, and the two talents began to talk.


    Meng Zhang knew the general course of his fall from the sound of Xiao''s sword.


    Xiao Jiansheng also learned from Meng Zhang about Zhang Weineng''s situation in Jiuqu province.


    Although Xiao Jiansheng narrowly escaped his life this time, he was seriously injured and had hurt the source.


    If you don''t want to cut off this road and want to retain further hope, you need to heal.


    Xiao Jiansheng is a man of temperament. He feels Meng Zhang''s saving grace and reveals a lot of news to him.


    Because the injury can''t be delayed and needs to be closed immediately, Xiao Jiansheng just explained Meng Zhang a few words in a hurry.


    He told Meng Zhang to be careful of Zhang Weineng. Zhang Weineng should have other intentions besides ambushing him when he came to Daheng cultivation world this time.


    As for what kind of attempt it is, Meng Zhang needs to inquire about it himself.


    In addition, the situation is not very right within the four giants of the great horizontal cultivation world. In addition to their secret indulgence of demons, they may have other conspiracies.


    Finally, Xiao Jiansheng revealed a secret that was not a secret to Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Shengzong has a strong control over the monsters in the black jade forest.


    Since he last met Meng Zhang, he has restrained the monsters in the black jade forest from harassing the maple leaf mountain city.


    The main force of monsters in the black jade forest will not take the initiative to attack the maple leaf mountain city.


    But because monsters are always scattered, a few low-level monsters attack from time to time, which is inevitable.


    From then on, Meng Zhang didn''t have to waste too much strength to guard against the black jade forest.


    Meng Zhang can guess this even if Xiao Jiansheng doesn''t say it.


    At the beginning, the expedition army of the Dali imperial dynasty had just been sent to the Daheng cultivation world, when it was attacked by monsters of the black jade forest brigade.


    At that time, many people speculated whether Ziyang Shengzong had any means to control the monsters in the black jade forest.


    Later, Zhang Weineng allied with the shuizu in Jiuqu River and also aimed at the black jade forest.


    Meng Zhang had many questions to ask. For example, the layout of Ziyang holy sect in Daheng cultivation world, what are the plans for the next step.


    But Xiao Jiansheng was busy closing the door, and he couldn''t delay others.


    Without further delay, Xiao Jiansheng chose a secret room in maple leaf mountain city and began to heal his wounds behind closed doors.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had time to slowly think about the advantages and disadvantages of saving Xiao Jiansheng.


    Of course, the benefits are visible. Xiao Jiansheng''s attitude towards Meng Zhang just now makes Meng Zhang feel sincere.


    He had only two contacts with Xiao Jiansheng, but Meng Zhang had a general understanding of his character.


    With this saving grace, Meng Zhang can always be cared by Xiao Jiansheng as long as he does not become the enemy of Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    As for the disadvantage, it leads Zhang Wei to bear a grudge.


    Anyway, whether there is this one or not, Zhang Weineng is very wary of Meng Zhang and has bad intentions.


    If there is a chance, Zhang Wei can decide not to let Meng Zhang go easily.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t itch when there are more lice, don''t worry when there are more accounts, and don''t care if Zhang Wei can write down more today.


    Anyway, neither he nor Zhang Weineng is ready to tear his face completely.


    However, after today''s event, Meng Zhang''s original plan to join hands with Zhang Weineng to attack the foreign invaders in daze should be over.


    Now Xiao Jiansheng is closed to heal his wounds, and Meng Zhang can''t use the power of Ziyang Shengzong for the time being.


    No way, Meng Zhang still made the choice that most practitioners would make, giving priority to preserving his own strength.


    Since there is no external help, he is not prepared to turn against the foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang did not rush back to taiyimen Mountain Gate, but stayed in maple leaf mountain city for the time being.


    For one thing, Xiao Jiansheng is still healing in isolation. Meng Zhang is personally sitting here to protect his Dharma.


    Second, Meng Zhang also wants to know the latest situation of Daheng cultivation world.


    In these years, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer have been sitting here for a long time and rarely leave.


    With their efforts, the situation around maple leaf mountain city has been very stable.


    Even the evil disaster that wreaked havoc on most of the great horizontal cultivation world hardly spread here.


    In addition, the secret Hall of taiyimen sent friars to take over the intelligence system here.


    In addition to maintaining internal stability, they also actively sent spies to other areas of Daheng cultivation world to inquire about the latest intelligence.


    However, the Daheng cultivation world under the magic disaster is full of chaos. Even the single Jindan immortal wandering outside is in danger of falling.


    The spies sent by the dark hall are not easy to survive outside, let alone inquire about any intelligence.


    After so many years of efforts, the dark hall did not establish an intelligence system all over the great horizontal cultivation world, but sent back some scattered intelligence through a few spies.


    Judging from the information Meng Zhang has at hand, Daheng Xiuzhen world is still the same as it was many years ago.


    The evil disaster is rampant. Practitioners attack everywhere, but they can''t completely put out the evil disaster.


    Xiao Jiansheng has been in the Dharma cultivation world for many years, and he personally led the local friars to fight against magic disasters.


    Before the autumn wind moved, the cicada felt that he must have noticed something, so he would solemnly remind Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang couldn''t even deal with things in Jiuqu province. He simply couldn''t give consideration to this side.


    In the world of Daheng cultivation, he can keep the foundation of maple leaf mountain city and become a bridgehead in the future.


    If he wants to do more, Meng Zhang is powerless.


    Not long after Xiao Jiansheng closed the door, Mo qingzhenjun secretly came to the outside of maple leaf mountain city, stopped a group of Taiyi disciples and asked them to inform Meng Zhang that they wanted to see him.


    The message from a Yuanshen Zhenjun was not ignored by people from the top to the bottom of Taiyi gate. The message soon reached Meng Zhang.


    This is not Meng Zhang, who has a void tripod in his hand. He is also an art expert. He is not afraid that Mo Qingzhen will calculate himself and boldly go to the appointment.


    The place where Mo Qingzhen met Meng Zhang was in a barren mountain not far from maple leaf mountain city.


    If the Yuanshen war breaks out here, the movement will easily be transmitted back to maple leaf mountain city.


    Although there are only two Yuanshen Zhenjun in maple leaf mountain city, and they go out from time to time.


    Unfortunately, maple leaf mountain city and taiyimen Mountain Gate have a long-distance transmission method array, which is directly connected. Once necessary, you can transmit many yuan Shen Zhenjun from there at any time.


    Meng Zhang went to the appointment on time. Sure enough, he saw Mo Qingzhen Jun there.


    Meet secretly. Mo Qingzhen Jun is not as angry as he was when he met before. Instead, he is very kind.


    Meng Zhang knew that there were many smiling tigers in the demon cultivation, so he didn''t dare to be careless.


    After Mo Qingzhen met, he chatted casually, chatted with Meng Zhang, made friends, and then came straight to the point that Xiao Jiansheng was saved by him.


    Meng Zhang knew that it was meaningless to lie in front of an understanding person like Mo qingzhenjun, but he would not admit it directly. Only silence was right.


    Even if they get along in private, the cautious Meng Zhang will not give others a handle.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s silence, Mo Qingzhen smiled and didn''t continue to ask.


    He took the initiative to cut off the topic and talked about other things.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang that he didn''t take part in the siege of Xiao Jiansheng out of his own intention. He had to take part because he was strictly ordered by Zhang Weineng.


    During the battle, he actually kept his hand secretly and didn''t go all out.


    Otherwise, Xiao Jiansheng would have been taken down by them and could not support Meng Zhang''s rescue at all.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether what Mo Qingzhen Jun said is true or not.


    His purpose was very clear. He explained to Xiao Jiansheng at the mouth of Meng Zhang.


    It seems that even the fearless and reckless devil friars still feel guilty when facing the Ziyang holy sect.


    Mo Qingzhen, regardless of Meng Zhang''s reply, went on anyway.


    He said that his evil cultivation was forced by the situation, so he had to shelter in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Since you are sheltering in Dali Dynasty, you should obey the orders of Dali Dynasty.


    Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong fought in an all-round way. They could not stay away from such evil cultivation, but embarked on the road of confrontation with Ziyang Shengzong.


    But in his heart, he was absolutely unwilling to be the enemy of Ziyang Shengzong.


    On the surface, Mr. Mo Qingzhen showed his kindness to Xiao Jiansheng through the mouth of Meng Zhang.


    Ostensibly loyal to Dali emperor, he secretly left a way out for himself and secretly contacted Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang has done the same thing.


    Logically speaking, he should understand Mo Qing Zhenjun very much.


    However, Meng Zhang never relaxed his vigilance against evil cultivation.


    Evil cultivation is cunning and changeable. What he says and what he thinks are often two different things.


    Don''t look at Mo Qingzhen Jun''s insinuation to Ziyang Shengzong, but I''m afraid only he knows what he''s going to do.


    Meng Zhang would not believe anything he said.


    Of course, after Xiao Jiansheng''s exit, Meng Zhang will tell Xiao Jiansheng his attitude, but will not make any judgment.


    Mo Qingzhen said how he admired Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang must convey his admiration to Xiao Jiansheng.


    Then, Mo Qingzhen looked around and carefully continued to tell Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that Zhang Weineng had a plan to launch soon, which might be detrimental to Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang must be careful.


    As for the details of this plan, Mo Qingzhen doesn''t know yet.


    But he solemnly promised that he would try to inquire. Once the result is obtained, Meng Zhang will be notified immediately.


    He also told Meng Zhang that several giants in the Daheng cultivation world seemed to be planning something secretly.


    If their plan is successful, the great horizontal cultivation world will immediately undergo earth shaking changes.


    As for the specific content of the plan, Mo Qingzhen Jun is also not very clear.


    After listening to Mo Qingzhen Jun''s words, Meng Zhang was still expressionless, but he scolded the old fox in his heart.


    Seemingly confidently, but there is no reliable word.


    It seems to reveal a lot of information, but it is of no use at all.


    Words that really carry weight are even less than half a sentence.


    He talked nonsense for a long time, just fooling.


    Take Zhang Weineng''s information he disclosed as an example. Even without his reminder, Meng Zhang''s vigilance against Zhang Weineng has never been relaxed.


    He didn''t say Zhang Weineng''s specific plan and how Meng Zhang would respond.


    This damn old fox doesn''t think he can gain his trust by some verbal means.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    Mo Qingzhen kept talking for a long time. Meng Zhang didn''t respond at all, as if he hadn''t heard anything.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t feel bored at all, let alone ignored.


    Every time he meets Meng Zhang privately, he will say a lot of good words and try to win over Meng Zhang.


    He talked to himself alone and just chattered for a long time.


    Meng Zhang neither responded nor meant to be impatient, so he listened without expression.


    After talking for a long time, Mo Qingzhen finally stopped talking.


    Mo Qingzhen left after saying goodbye to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang looked at the back of Mo Qingzhen Jun''s departure and had a lot of ideas in his heart.


    As far as he knows, Mo Qingzhen''s loyalty to the Dali Dynasty is very limited.


    In private, he must have done a lot of things that betrayed Dali Dynasty and damaged Dali Dynasty''s interests.


    Meng Zhang caught him on the spot when he colluded with Ouyang Jian, the king of swords, to seize the divine body of natural ghosts and gods.

 Chapter 1290

    Mo Qingzhen Jun''s evil cultivation has two hearts for Dali imperial dynasty. That''s for sure. However, he may not really take refuge in Ziyang Shengzong.


    Mo qingzhenjun has always been optimistic about Meng Zhang and tried to win him over many times.


    Meng Zhang has his own principles. He always keeps a distance from evil cultivation and resolutely doesn''t mix with it.


    After Mo Qingzhen left, Meng Zhang also returned to maple leaf mountain city.


    Less than a month after he returned to maple leaf mountain city, three more guests came to the door.


    These three guests are the true monarch of the yuan God. The leader calls himself Xiao Qiao, a monk in the middle of the yuan God.


    Xiao Qiao introduced himself to the disciples of Taiyi sect who received him. He was a friar from Ziyang Shengzong and Xiao Jiansheng''s younger martial brother.


    Meng Zhang heard that the friars of Ziyang Shengzong came to the door and dared not neglect them. Haosheng received them.


    When Xiao bridge arrived, Xiao Jiansheng also happened to pass the pass.


    Although Xiao Jiansheng has finished his closed door healing, his injury is far from completely healed, but it is only suppressed temporarily.


    Xiao Qiao came to the door so skillfully that he obviously received Xiao Jiansheng''s message.


    In fact, after being saved by Meng Zhang, Xiao Jiansheng contacted his fellow disciples with a secret method.


    As the saint of Ziyang, Xiao Jiansheng has a high position in the door and is surrounded by a group.


    Xiao Qiao and others have always been his followers and have been loyal to him for many years.


    If it weren''t for the delay on the road and the special situation in Daheng Xiuzhen world, Xiao Qiao and others wouldn''t come here until now.


    Xiao Jiansheng solemnly thanked Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that he was seriously injured and needed to return to the door immediately to recover with the help of the strength in the door.


    Xiao Qiao and others came to escort him back to zongmen.


    Xiao Jiansheng is of course very grateful to Meng Zhang for saving his life.


    However, he was not the kind of person who was particularly good at words, and he didn''t say much gratitude.


    He just solemnly promised that he would be grateful in the future.


    Meng Zhang is not a glass hearted person. He doesn''t feel that others don''t trust him because Xiao Jiansheng has arranged a backhand.


    He sent Xiao Jiansheng away with enthusiasm.


    Before leaving, Xiao Jiansheng told Meng Zhang something after repeated hesitation.


    Ziyang Shengzong has a strong influence on the monsters in the black jade forest.


    At the beginning, the monsters in the black jade forest not only took the initiative to raid the expedition army sent by the Dali imperial dynasty, but also actively contacted the foreign demon families in the cloud daze.


    The extraterritorial demon clan, which claims to be a higher creature, can not look up to the local monster in the Junchen world and regard it as a primitive and barbaric steamed stuffed bun.


    However, from outside came to the Junchen world, isolated, all directions are full of hostile practitioners.


    In this case, the foreign demon clan also reluctantly received the emissary of the black jade forest.


    At the beginning, the foreign demon clan took the opportunity to attack Jiuqu province. In addition to the persuasion from the black jade forest, it was mainly because such actions could bring them enough benefits.


    Dali made enemies on all sides of the imperial dynasty, domestic and foreign troubles. Of course, foreign demon families should take advantage of people''s danger and take the opportunity to expand.


    In fact, the foreign demons in daze did take advantage of this opportunity and greatly expanded their territory.


    Whether it is the local monster in Junchen world or the foreign demon family, compared with the cultivators, they are all heterogeneous and the enemies that the cultivators want to get rid of.


    Since the monsters in the black jade forest take the initiative to make friends, the foreign demon families will not refuse people thousands of miles away.


    Naturally, the two sides slowly came together and began to hold together for warmth.


    Although the foreign demons are not interested in the local demons, they are also very wary. However, within the demon clan outside the territory, the organizational structure is not strict, and it can even be called scattered.


    For the leader of King Nu Jiao, there are not one or two families who obey the public but oppose the evil and secretly mess up.


    The emissary sent to the cloud and fog daze from the black jade forest deliberately made friends and flattered, but he also obtained a lot of useful information from some lax guys.


    Recently, the news came from the black jade forest that the foreign demon clan in the cloud daze seemed to have reached an agreement with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu Province, went out in person, secretly went to the cloud daze and had a secret talk with King Nu Jiao for a long time.


    Originally, this news was a secret of Ziyang Shengzong. Xiao Jiansheng should not tell Meng Zhang.


    But this time, if Meng Zhang didn''t save him in time, Xiao Jiansheng''s life would be hard to protect.


    Now Xiao Jiansheng has to return to zongmen to heal his wounds. He can''t appear here for a long time in the future. It''s difficult to help Meng Zhang.


    So after thinking about it, he told Meng Zhang the secret news so that Meng Zhang would not suffer.


    While telling Meng Zhang the news, Xiao Jiansheng also warned Meng Zhang not to disclose the connection between Ziyang Shengzong and Heiyu forest to others.


    Meng Zhang, of course, agreed, and thanked Xiao Jiansheng for his reminder.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s news is very important. It can even be said that he helped taiyimen a lot.


    At present, Jiuqu provinces are barely three pillars, far from the power of the imperial dynasty, the Hanhai daomeng led by taiyimen and the extraterritorial invaders of Yunwu daze.


    For a long time, the three parties have been able to maintain peace without a big fight, which is barely safe.


    According to Meng Zhang''s previous idea, it is to unite the forces of the Dali Dynasty to eliminate the extraterritorial invaders in the fog and daze.


    But he never thought that Zhang Wei could connect with foreign invaders first, and it is likely to reach any agreement.


    In this way, the isolated taiyimen has become very dangerous.


    If the two sides reach an agreement to deal with taiyimen together and attack taiyimen together, taiyimen can''t really support it.


    Fortunately, Xiao Jiansheng revealed the news, which made Meng Zhang prepared in advance so that the matter would not come to an end and was still in the dark.


    Next, Meng Zhang will slowly think about the way to break the situation.


    Some things Xiao Jiansheng didn''t say clearly, and Meng Zhang could understand them in his heart.


    Meng Zhang had been in contact with Xiao Jiansheng before, although he actively showed kindness to Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, Meng Zhang still swayed left and right, and did not really stand on the side of Ziyang Shengzong.


    He just wanted to leave a way back in Ziyang Shengzong, and had no intention of breaking with Dali imperial court immediately.


    In this case, Ziyang Shengzong will not regard Meng Zhang as his own person, let alone pay attention to the life and death of Taiyi gate.


    If Zhang Wei can really unite with foreign invaders in daze to attack taiyimen, it will be a great good thing for Ziyang Shengzong.


    For one thing, taiyimen has no other choice but to completely oppose Dali imperial dynasty.


    Second, even if taiyimen can''t defeat the two families and work hard before death, it can greatly consume the strength of the two families.


    Even at the critical moment, Ziyang Shengzong appeared as the Savior. While saving taiyimen, he completely controlled the power of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng.

 Chapter 1291

    Xiao Jiansheng had no friendship with Meng Zhang and could carry out such a plan without psychological pressure.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang saved his life this time.


    With his character, of course, he doesn''t want to see the life-saving benefactor suffer.


    Although he won''t disclose the secrets in the door, it''s OK to remind Meng Zhang a little.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he was kind enough to save Xiao Jiansheng and received a reward so soon.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s reminder came in time.


    Meng Zhang, who wanted to work with Zhang Wei to deal with foreign invaders, never thought that Zhang Wei could collude with foreign invaders first.


    After sending off Xiao Jiansheng and them, Meng Zhang immediately sent them back to the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Unknowingly, the crisis that could seriously damage and even destroy taiyimen is coming.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect. He urgently summoned all the middle and senior management of the door and told everyone the news revealed by Xiao Jiansheng.


    After hearing this, they were shocked. First there was a silence, and then they fell into a fierce debate.


    Some elders proposed to strike first, and taiyimen took the initiative to attack the south of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang did not take such brainless advice seriously.


    A slightly more valuable suggestion is to negotiate with foreign invaders in the fog.


    No matter how much concessions are made or what price is paid, we must win over these extraterritorial invaders, and it is best to form an alliance with them.


    This suggestion is still very reasonable.


    Among the three forces in Jiuqu Province, the official power of Dali Dynasty is the strongest, and the extraterritorial invaders and taiyimen in daze are the weakest.


    The two weak should be natural allies. It is the right way to unite the weak and confront the strong.


    As for Meng Zhang''s disgust and vigilance against foreign invaders, it is not worth mentioning at this time.


    In the cultivation world where enemies and friends change rapidly, although the elders of Taiyi gate don''t like it, they won''t reject it.


    However, this seemingly reasonable proposal was not immediately accepted by Meng Zhang.


    On the issue of foreign invaders, Meng Zhang has made a mistake. At this time, we should be more cautious.


    The demon clan outside the region builds a cross domain transmission array in the clouds and fog, trying to directly connect the void outside the region.


    After Meng Zhang discovered the secret, he decided to work with Zhang Wei to eliminate the demon clan.


    It was only because Zhang Wei could keep the door closed that he didn''t contact him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang now knows that Zhang Wei''s ability to close the door and see no visitors is not to heal his wounds, but to run to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that if Zhang Weineng was told about the construction of the transmission array by the foreign demon clan, he should share a common hatred and join hands with taiyimen to deal with the foreign invaders.


    However, Meng Zhang thought carefully later that he must not overestimate the lower limit of such practitioners as Zhang Weineng.


    From his initiative to spread demonized items and promote the outbreak of magic disasters in the Daheng cultivation world, we should know that this person is a cultivator who has no bottom line and takes interests first.


    If he is determined to join hands with foreign invaders to deal with taiyimen, he will turn a blind eye to the behavior of foreign demon families and don''t care at all.


    Even if the foreign demon clan can build a transmission array to receive more foreign demon clans, so what?


    Foreign demon families come on a large scale, and Jiuqu provinces bear the brunt. It will certainly be greatly affected.


    But in the final analysis, Ziyang Shengzong, as the ruler of the north of Junchen world, can not shirk their responsibility to prevent the wanton expansion of foreign invaders.


    A small number of foreign invaders are shrouded in clouds and fog. Ziyang holy sect may be able to tolerate or even take advantage of them.


    However, the army of foreign invaders expanded wantonly in the north of Junchen world, so it was difficult for Ziyang Shengzong to pretend to be invisible.


    At that time, maybe these foreign invaders will become informal allies of the imperial dynasty.


    Now the Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong are at full war and are entangled.


    If these foreign invaders can disperse part of the power of Ziyang Shengzong, even if they temporarily lose Jiuqu Province, it may not be unacceptable to Dali imperial dynasty.


    The more Meng Zhang thought, the more reasonable he felt.


    He didn''t hide his thoughts and told everyone his worries.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s worries, all the elders here feel very reasonable.


    Maybe this time Zhang Wei can join hands with foreign invaders to deal with taiyimen. He just wants to use taiyimen''s territory to satisfy the appetite of foreign invaders.


    Taiyimen, including Hanhai daomeng under its leadership, has a limited number of practitioners. It''s very loose compared to the territory.


    Not to mention the barren land like endless sand sea. The remaining Gobi and Yuantu grassland are good places to support Yuanshen sect.


    If you can seize the territory owned by taiyimen, you can place a large number of demon families and spirit families.


    After some discussion, they had to admit that it was too late to win over foreign invaders and try to form an alliance with them.


    Since we can''t pull over foreign invaders, taiyimen will face two powerful enemies at the same time.


    Meng Zhang dared not even disclose the news to the members of Hanhai Dao alliance, especially the newly joined members such as huolieshan and Qiqiao Zong.


    With the integrity of these people, seeing that the situation is bad, most of them will immediately fall to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Anyway, they are the courtiers of Dali imperial dynasty. They have seen and experienced too much of this drama of constant betrayal.


    To solve the current crisis, it still depends on taiyimen''s own strength.


    Sun Pengzhi, who has always been resourceful and has a lot of ghost ideas, put forward another good proposal this time.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang thought that most of Zhang Weineng still stayed in the Daheng cultivation world, so this proposal has a lot of room for implementation.


    After the discussion of all the people present and continuous improvement, Meng Zhang decided to follow the plan.


    Soon, the friars of taiyimen, including him, began to take action one after another.


    Around the Jiuqu provincial territory controlled by foreign invaders, small teams composed of foreign demon families and foreign spirit families often join many barbarian warriors.


    They kept provoking in both north and south directions.


    In the north of Jiuqu Province, although Meng Zhang reached a tacit understanding with king nujiao.


    However, all kinds of small-scale conflicts and even fierce battles between foreign invaders and friars of Hanhai daomeng have never been cut off.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, the intensity of the conflict is even greater.


    Zhang Weineng ordered the friars stationed at the border to be as tolerant as possible to the foreign invaders to avoid large-scale fighting.


    The more tolerant the Xiuzhen side is, the more the extraterritorial invaders, especially the extraterritorial demon clan, will advance and press step by step.


    The small team sent by foreign invaders almost never stopped, expanding towards the south of Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1292

    The practitioners on the side of Dali imperial court have long been full of resentment in their stomach.


    If it hadn''t been for Zhang Weineng''s strict order, I''m afraid these people would have retaliated wantonly against foreign invaders.


    Now it seems that Zhang Wei''s ability to strictly control the actions of his subordinates is not only a simple unwillingness to break out further conflicts with foreign invaders, but has long had the idea of hooking up with foreign invaders.


    In recent years, taiyimen has used a lot of overt or covert means to inquire about all kinds of news in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Whether Sun Sheng inquired on the surface or investigated secretly, he was unaware of the news that Zhang Weineng was colluding with foreign invaders.


    This shows that Zhang Wei can act cautiously and keep the news strictly confidential.


    Not to mention the Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu Province, even the official friars of Dali imperial dynasty, many people with high status and great power, also do not know the news.


    Now Zhang Weineng seems to be still on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although Mo Qingzhen didn''t disclose much useful information, according to what he said casually, Zhang Weineng seems to have some things to complete in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although the words of the devil friar can''t be trusted, Meng Zhang believes that Mo Qingzhen won''t deceive himself in such seemingly insignificant things.


    Since Zhang Wei is very likely not to stay in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang can follow his plan.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, the forces between Terran cultivators and foreign invaders are intertwined, and there are conflicts at any time.


    Although Zhang Weineng has secretly hooked up with foreign demon families, the people below don''t know, so the Terran friars are still strictly guarded and invested a lot of strength to prevent foreign demon families.


    In fact, even if Zhang Weineng had an agreement with the foreign demon clan, he still maintained his basic defense, and the necessary defense forces could not be abolished in a hurry.


    According to the needs of defense, the governor''s office of Jiuqu province has built many temporary strongholds in the border area as a defensive fortress.


    In addition to garrisoning monks, there are a large number of patrol teams to maintain a close patrol of the surrounding area.


    The sources of these friars, apart from a small number of friars drawn from the army in the north of the town, are mainly members of the southern Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, as well as the military strength sent by the local garrison.


    Among them, the number of direct friars in Dali imperial dynasty and local friars in Jiuqu province is about 37.


    Recently, a group of powerful demon clans suddenly appeared on the side of the foreign demon clans, which attacked the patrol team of many human friars in a row.


    This group of demon clan is powerful and ferocious as ever.


    In a short time, there were many casualties on the side of Terran friars.


    Originally, the situation between the Terran friars and the foreign invaders was relatively calm, although there were constant conflicts and casualties.


    The two sides reached some silent tacit understanding, limiting the intensity of the conflict to a certain level.


    The conflict suddenly intensified, and the casualties on the side of the Terran friars increased greatly. In the view of the senior level of the Terran friars, it was a treacherous extraterritorial invader, which once again violated the tacit understanding and tried to take advantage of the sudden attack.


    Although similar things do not happen often, they are unavoidable every long time.


    Although the Terran friar side tolerated more foreign invaders, it never took the initiative to expand the conflict.


    However, the enemy has begun to take large-scale action, and our own side can''t have no response at all.


    If foreign invaders are allowed to kill wantonly, this line of defense will not be maintained sooner or later.


    Therefore, in the following time, the Terran friars organized several powerful teams to retaliate against the patrol teams of foreign invaders.


    After a raid, the patrols of foreign invaders were also destroyed, and some were even wiped out.


    In general, the casualties of foreign invaders are slightly less, and they are the initiator of this incident.


    However, because of Zhang Weineng''s deliberate suppression, the Terran friar endured the evil spirit and accepted the fact that his side suffered a little loss.


    By convention, such a fierce conflict should be eased after the Terran Friar''s counterattack.


    Otherwise, if both sides continue to retaliate and increase their weight, the result will only become worse and worse, and there will be no end to the matter.


    But this time, things are completely different.


    After the Terran cultivators ended large-scale retaliation, the foreign demon clan organized a large-scale counterattack again.


    This time, the counterattack of the foreign demon clan was unusually fierce. Not only destroyed several patrol teams sent by Terran friars, but also captured a Terran stronghold.


    All the Terran friars in the stronghold were destroyed.


    Near the stronghold, there were mutilated human friars'' bodies, which were obviously bitten by monsters and animals, almost everywhere.


    After receiving an accident at the stronghold and seeing these bodies, the Terran friars who came to reinforce broke out immediately.


    Since the monster side messed with the rules first, we should expand the war situation.


    The Terran side must accompany to the end.


    Even the most conservative Terran friars feel that they can''t be weak easily at this time.


    If the Terran friars want to avoid a real war with foreign invaders, they must fully show their combat effectiveness.


    Even with Zhang Weineng''s suppression, the Terran side can still burst out a powerful force.


    Then, with a large-scale counterattack organized by the Terran friars, it seemed to ignite a fuse.


    The foreign invaders also broke out and began to attack the Terran stronghold.


    The Terran friar was unwilling to show weakness and also launched a defensive counterattack.


    In this way, with the fierce battles you come and go, the situation on both sides has completely changed.


    At the border, teams from both sides fought fiercely.


    Constantly, foreign invaders are eliminated, and constantly, people''s practitioners are killed in battle.


    Both foreign invaders and Terran friars have their strongholds captured by each other.


    The originally stable situation began to collapse step by step.


    From the border, the war began to spread towards their respective rear.


    At the beginning, there were some calm Terran friars who remembered Zhang Weineng''s instructions and wanted to try to calm the situation.


    Zhang Weineng also knows that there are constant conflicts at the border, and major events are likely to happen.


    Therefore, he not only arranged for confidants to look after him here long ago, but also made some special arrangements before leaving Jiuqu province.


    The general stationed at the border by the North army of the town is the candidate responsible for implementing Zhang Weineng''s orders.


    Although he was equally dissatisfied, he still strictly obeyed the military order issued by Zhang Weineng.


    Relying on his cultivation in the period of Yuanshen and the position of a senior general in the army, he wanted to suppress the human friars first. Let the Terran friar disengage from the extraterritorial invaders first, and then talk about others.

 Chapter 1293

    Originally, the general was right.


    If all these can be carried out smoothly, it is indeed possible to calm down the situation slowly.


    But at this time, a demon king of the foreign demon family, his only son, was ambushed and killed by the Terran friars in the battle with the Terran friars.


    Even his body was made into barbecue by Terran friars and eaten up.


    At the level of demon king, it is very difficult to give birth to descendants.


    On weekdays, the demon king cherishes and dotes on the only son.


    Now he saw a bare skeleton with his own eyes and imagined that his only son was eaten by the Terran friars. The demon king immediately became angry and completely lost his mind.


    The forces of demon clan and spirit clan at the border were concentrated to form a large army and launched an all-round attack on the Terran side.


    At this time, don''t say that the Terran side, even within the foreign demon family, has no power to stop the demon king.


    Caught off guard, the Terran friars who had no intention of fighting suffered an unprecedented defeat.


    The general of Zhenbei army was originally prepared to stabilize the situation. As a result, he was besieged and injured by a demon king and spirit king. He had to put down everything and escape alone.


    The situation at the border was completely chaotic and turned into a pot of porridge.


    Both Terrans and foreign invaders are asking for reinforcements to the rear.


    Hundreds of miles behind the Terran friar line, Meng Zhang stood quietly on the ground and looked at a body in front of him.


    The general of Zhenbei army was stopped by Meng Zhang on his way to escape.


    He was seriously injured and had little power to fight back. He died at the hands of Meng Zhang.


    When he died, the matter was not over. Two monsters were biting his body and turning his body into incomplete fragments.


    Of course, even if his body turned into pieces, his colleagues still had a way to find it here.


    Meng Zhang felt that the two monsters were almost done. With a wave of his hand, Meng Zhang collected the two monsters into the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang checked the scene carefully again to make sure that he didn''t leave any traces at home, only the traces left by monsters.


    From Meng Zhang''s original heart, he is also unwilling to trample on the body of human friars.


    But the situation forced him to abandon some useless insistence.


    During this time, all conflicts between the Terran friars and foreign invaders were secretly stirred up by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not just acting alone.


    The void tripod, a space magic tool, allows him to transmit freely. He can come and go without any trace.


    In addition, there is a huge independent space inside the void tripod, which can accommodate many monks.


    These friars act together with Meng Zhang and cooperate in all aspects, creating the illusion that Terran friars are on a large scale to attack foreign invaders.


    The Royal beast Hall of Taiyi gate is good at making Royal envoys.


    There are many kinds of demons and beasts domesticated in the hall.


    Like Meng Zhang, he has domesticated monsters. As a spiritual pet, there are also a large number of taiyimen friars.


    While Wei Wuxian, the famous Beast Master in the gate, advanced to the yuan God period, her companion spirit pet also advanced to the fourth level spirit beast.


    It is not difficult to turn into an army of monsters and attack the human friars.


    During this time, Meng Zhang, with monks in the door and domesticated monsters, kept haunting around, creating all kinds of troubles, and tried every means to expand the conflict between human monks and foreign invaders.


    Now, with the tragic death of the general of the northern army in this town, Meng Zhang''s action has achieved initial results.


    Many strongholds in the front were captured, the defense line almost fell, and our friars suffered heavy losses. Even Yuanshen Zhenjun died on the spot without a whole body.


    At this point, even if there are strict orders that Zhang Wei can leave. As long as he doesn''t come forward to suppress himself, he can''t try to suppress the revenge anger of the Terran side.


    Whether from personal feelings or from the overall situation, the monks in the Jiuqu province of the Dali imperial dynasty must respond in time to the massive attack of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang and his party tried to hide their tracks and tried to cover up all kinds of traces.


    But Meng Zhang knows that when Zhang Wei can come back, he will probably find some flaws.


    Even if he didn''t find any flaws, he would instinctively doubt Meng Zhang.


    The reason is very simple. Taiyimen is the one who benefited the most from this incident.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of Zhang Wei''s suspicion.


    As long as he can destroy his joint efforts with foreign invaders and deal with an enemy alone, Meng Zhang is sure to deal with it.


    Without the help of foreign invaders, the crafty Zhang Weineng may not completely break with taiyimen and go to war in an all-round way.


    He was also afraid of the competition between Snipes and mussels.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to kill some monks from the imperial dynasty again, as well as many foreign invaders, and left traces of each other at the scene.


    After all this, Meng Zhang, who knew that it was too much, temporarily stopped his action and silently watched the situation.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, not only the local religious forces are boiling, but also the official monks of Dali imperial dynasty can''t sit still.


    Originally, because of Zhang Weineng''s suppression, they had to be patient with foreign invaders. Now they must respond to the wanton expansion of war by foreign invaders with the intention of full-scale invasion.


    Zhang Weineng is really not in Jiuqu province at the moment, and it is difficult to contact him in a short time.


    His collusion with foreign invaders was only known to him and King Nu Jiao.


    They haven''t had time to tell their men.


    Wen Dongzhen, who temporarily acted as the governor''s office''s daily affairs, was a militant long ago and actively demanded that foreign invaders be eliminated first.


    Now, facing the fierce situation of friars from all sides, he had to let Zhang Weineng''s order go temporarily.


    Soon, the south of Jiuqu province organized a large army of monks with strong strength and began to go to the front line.


    In the foreign demon clan, the Nu Jiao king has no control ability that Zhang Wei can.


    Within the demon clan outside the territory, there are forces against the Nu Jiao king.


    Now there is a full-scale war between the demon clan and the human clan, and the demon clan has the upper hand for the time being.


    In any case, King Nu Jiao had no reason to stop fighting.


    In desperation, he only temporarily forgot the agreement reached with Zhang Weineng as if it did not exist.


    The foreign demons and spirits in the cloud and fog daze transferred a lot of forces, and also recruited a group of foreign barbarians to form a coalition army, rushed to the front line and killed the south of Jiuqu province.


    King Nu Jiao still had a heart. Although he sent reinforcements to the front line, he still had reservations and did not devote all his strength to attacking the south of Jiuqu province.


    With the continuous input of foreign invaders and Dali imperial dynasty, the scale of the front line war soon expanded, and the situation was out of control.

 Chapter 1294

    Wen Dongzhen watched the war between the human Friar and the foreign invaders become more and more intense, but he felt more and more bottomless in his heart.


    He kept trying to contact Zhang Weineng. After several failures, he finally succeeded.


    After contacting Zhang Weineng, he immediately reported the recent events in detail.


    Zhang Weineng was very worried after listening to the report.


    A few days ago, because of his special environment, he had to temporarily interrupt his contact with the governor''s office of Jiuqu province.


    But it was just a few days that such a big event happened, which shocked him.


    Although special magic tools such as child and mother transfer disk are rare, they are not impossible to start.


    In those days, Taiyi gate, which was only the Jindan sect gate, was able to obtain the child and mother transfer disk because of an opportunity, not to mention the powerful Dali imperial dynasty.


    For a long time, the governor''s office of Jiuqu province has kept secret contact with the Daheng cultivation world by relying on a child and mother transmission disk.


    However, the transfer capacity of this pair of child and mother transfer disk is limited. It can not transfer a large army and a large amount of materials, but only a few monks and a small amount of materials.


    All along, Zhang Weineng has taken the child and mother transfer disk as a secret card and tried not to use it.


    He began to use this card because he needed to connect the forces of all parties in the Daheng cultivation world recently.


    He is generally satisfied with the set of mother and son transfer discs. The only regret is that the transmission distance is limited and can not be directly used for the connection between the mainland of the imperial dynasty and Jiuqu provinces.


    Now I heard that such a big event happened when Jiuqu province was away. Zhang Wei rushed back immediately.


    When Zhang Wei returned to Jiuqu Province, the war between foreign invaders and Terran friars was in full swing.


    In this case, even if he could be desperate to damage his own authority and forcibly suppress his own friars.


    However, those foreign invaders like wolves and tigers cannot stop like this. They will only intensify their attack.


    What''s more, Zhang Weineng is not the Supreme Master of Jiuqu province after all. He can rule here only by virtue of strength and prestige and as governor of the province.


    Among the official forces of the Dali Dynasty, which remained in the Jiuqu Province, many monks were temporarily under his control. There was not much loyalty to him personally.


    As for the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province, it is even more impossible to be one with him.


    Now, under the banner of human righteousness, our friars are trying their best to eliminate foreign invaders and fight with the enemy, which is largely a rebound from Zhang Weineng''s previous suppression.


    Zhang Weineng knows that the war will not end in a short time.


    Even after the war, it will take time to quell the hatred between the two sides. It is not so easy to form an alliance with foreign invaders immediately.


    This is the biggest difference between Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has supreme authority in Taiyi sect, and the whole sect can operate under his will.


    When zoomed in to the whole Hanhai Taoist League, in addition to the new Yuanshen sects, other Xiuzhen forces are also obedient to Meng Zhang and dare not have any different opinions.


    Meng Zhang''s orders and will can be easily implemented.


    It seems that Zhang Wei has a very strong power in the nine winding provinces under his command, but there are many internal constraints that need him to consider too many links.


    Soon after Zhang Weineng returned to Jiuqu Province, he quickly figured out all kinds of situations before the outbreak of the war.


    Apart from a few details that are not very clear, he already has some speculation about the cause of the war.


    Needless to say, taiyimen must be playing tricks here.


    We do not need any evidence and hold the principle that whoever benefits will be suspected. Taiyimen is the culprit of this war.


    As Meng Zhang imagined, knowing that taiyimen is playing tricks, the current situation does not allow Zhang Wei to open up a new battlefield and fight on the two fronts.


    He repeatedly tried to contact the foreign demon leader Nu Jiao king to discuss with him how to quell the war..


    King Nu Jiao had no illusions about ending the war in a short time. And in his heart, he was full of complaints about Zhang Weineng''s monks.


    King Nu Jiao didn''t immediately respond to Zhang Weineng, but secretly suppressed some of his own actions and tried not to let the scale of the war continue to expand.


    Although Zhang Weineng was unable to contact king Nu Jiao, he did almost the same thing as him, trying to limit the scale of the war.


    In this way, although the leaders of both sides did not want to see the war, it lasted more than three years before it came to an end.


    As for the aftermath of the war, I''m afraid we can''t do it in a short time if we want to completely quell it.


    The large-scale war between the two sides has basically ended, but all kinds of small-scale conflicts and struggles have almost never ended.


    As a result of this war, the foreign invaders pushed the front hundreds of miles towards the south of the zigzag province.


    It is equivalent to swallowing a large territory in the south of Jiuqu province.


    The south of Jiuqu province is the richest place in the whole Jiuqu province.


    It is rich in resources and densely populated, and there are many Xiuzhen forces, large and small.


    Due to Zhang Weineng''s efforts to suppress foreign invaders, they have achieved such great results. I don''t know how much their own interests have been damaged.


    It''s OK to be an official friar of Dali imperial dynasty. After all, the territory is not their own. However, the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province have accumulated a lot of dissatisfaction with Zhang Weineng.


    The war subsided and there were a series of follow-up troubles.


    Zhang Weineng is busy just solving internal problems.


    At least in a short time, it is difficult for him to unite with foreign invaders to deal with taiyimen together.


    On the side of taiyimen, after Meng Zhang provoked a war between the two sides, he didn''t make any more moves. He just watched the war.


    He didn''t have the slightest idea of taking the opportunity to pick up bargains, but ordered his men to strengthen their vigilance.


    Despite the lively fighting between the Dali Dynasty and foreign invaders, both sides have reservations and have not invested all their strength.


    Meng Zhang certainly hopes that the longer the two sides fight, the better. It''s best to fight like this forever.


    But he knew that this idea could not be realized.


    He should take advantage of this precious time to prepare for the war.


    Whether facing the Dali imperial dynasty or foreign invaders, Meng Zhang needs to concentrate all the forces he can.


    In addition to the power of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, Meng Zhang also tried to obtain other powers.


    Ghosts and gods guard the right side. As long as the friar taiyimen pays a certain price, he can summon Shouzheng and his ghosts to come temporarily.


    However, at present, Shouzheng doesn''t know how wonderful it exists.


    If he knew that Meng Zhang had made a new start in the underworld, it would be wonderful to support him. He didn''t know if his mind would change.

 Chapter 1295

    For so many years, Meng Zhang did not say that he was responsive to Taimiao, but he tried to cooperate with him in many things.


    Meng Zhang was willing to take strange risks before going to hell at a distance from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, in accordance with the instructions given before Shou Zheng, promoted the special ghost oath on a large scale in the areas under the control of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng.


    These ghost oath books are ghosts and gods who use ghosts and gods to keep righteousness as witness oath.


    After contacting the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang had a new channel to obtain all kinds of information and secrets.


    His experience has greatly increased and his vision has become more open.


    He was about to help promote the purpose of these ghost vows, and he had already known it very well.


    With the promotion of these vows, more and more people use them, which can not only slowly improve the strength of Shouzheng, but also enhance the influence of Shouzheng on the Yang world.


    In the long run, Shouzheng can come to the Yang world more frequently, and the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth of the Yang world will gradually weaken.


    Meng Zhang helped Shouzheng a lot in this matter.


    Shouzheng also knows the treasure left by taiyimen ancestors in the underworld.


    He always hoped to open this treasure with Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang was wary of keeping upright, so he reserved the information about the treasure.


    Second, Shouzheng overestimates the danger of opening the treasure. Similarly, he doesn''t want to start rashly. If he wants to make Meng Zhang''s strength improve greatly, it''s best to open it together after the later stage of Yuanshen.


    But now, Meng Zhang, with his guard on his back, let his external incarnation be wonderful and get the treasure.


    The most precious piece of the treasure, the crystal of natural ghosts and gods, was also handed over to Taimiao for refining and absorption.


    Meng Zhang still hasn''t figured out how to explain this matter to Shouzheng, so he kept it from him.


    Shouzheng knew that after Meng Zhang advanced to the later stage of Yuanshen, he would urge Meng Zhang to open the treasure.


    Meng Zhang is now just relying on the separation of yin and Yang and the inconvenience of information exchange, so he has temporarily avoided this trouble.


    Of course, it can''t be hidden forever.


    If Shouzheng finally knows the truth, Meng Zhang doesn''t know how he will react.


    If he turns against Meng Zhang, the friar taiyimen will not be able to summon Shouzheng and his ghosts to help fight.


    Meng Zhang has already arranged Taimiao''s move. He can only hope that Taimiao will grow up as soon as possible.


    It''s wonderful. After getting the crystal of divine power, he has been staying in the small world and slowly refining and absorbing it.


    Except for the rescue of Xiao Jiansheng, he never went out.


    Now, the wonderful refining and absorption has reached a critical moment and can not tolerate any disturbance from the outside world.


    After Meng Zhang sensed the state of his external incarnation, he only temporarily gave up the idea of looking for help from Taimiao.


    Unfortunately, since Xiao Jiansheng returned to the sect to heal, Meng Zhang lost contact with Ziyang Shengzong.


    He also didn''t know whether Ziyang holy sect had arranged other forces in Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, and whether he could get help from them.


    Looking around, taiyimen can''t find any new allies.


    The Xiuzhen forces headed by the four giants in the Daheng Xiuzhen world are full of hostility to Taiyi gate.


    Even the SONGFENG sect with the best attitude towards taiyimen will never help taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang secretly sent messengers to secretly visit those Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu Province, trying to contact them and resist the Dali Dynasty together.


    However, these Xiuzhen forces are dissatisfied with Zhang Weineng, but they dare not openly rebel at this time.


    Although Meng Zhang failed this test, he also made it clear that many Xiuzhen forces were not so firm in their loyalty to Dali imperial dynasty.


    Since it is difficult to get help from the outside, Meng Zhang has to strive to tap the potential from the inside.


    In addition to enhancing the strength of taiyimen, they also tried their best to strengthen some major Xiuzhen forces in hanhaidao alliance.


    To this end, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to pay some valuable resources.


    On Zhang Weineng''s side, with the end of the war with foreign invaders, he began to think of uniting with foreign invaders again.


    He was so angry with Meng Zhang that he wanted to kill Meng Zhang. Now he can''t wait to eat meat and hide skin.


    This time, he finally contacted the leader of the demon family outside the territory, King Nu Jiao, and the two sides met.


    King Nu Jiao agreed with the end of the war and the restoration of relations between the two sides.


    However, King Nu Jiao began to hesitate about resuming the previous agreement and jointly attacking taiyimen.


    King Nu Jiao neither refused nor immediately agreed. He just said it would take time to think about it.


    Zhang Wei doesn''t know whether this guy wants to start the price and ask for more benefits, or whether he is simply unwilling to join hands with himself.


    However, Zhang Weineng had no way to force the Nu Jiao king. He just reiterated the previous conditions and said that these conditions could be discussed slowly.


    After Zhang Weineng finished his meeting with King Nu Jiao, he had to wait patiently and wait for King Nu Jiao to make a decision.


    Originally, the spies of Dali Dynasty went deep into the clouds and fog, and did not detect much useful information.


    Later, Zhang Weineng personally led several Yuanshen Zhenjun to sneak to the cloud daze and found out a lot of inside information.


    Although they later revealed their whereabouts, they began to fight with the foreign invaders in the fog.


    But they finally withdrew safely and took away a lot of valuable information.


    The palaces built by the demon clan outside the territory were too obvious to escape Zhang Weineng''s eyes.


    In the Dali Dynasty, there are also very clever array masters.


    Even in terms of inside information and vision, these array masters with brilliant inheritance are far above Wen qiansuan.


    Although the long-distance transmission array between Dali imperial mainland and Jiuqu province was destroyed, the communication between them has been kept smooth.


    The secret plan of the demon clan outside the territory, the role of these palaces, and the information about the transmission array across the boundary... Were placed in front of the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After knowing this, Zhang Weineng soon came up with a bold idea.


    If the Dali dynasty did not fight with Ziyang Shengzong, Zhang Weineng certainly did not want the foreign demon family to build a cross-border transmission array to succeed and summon more foreign invaders.


    However, under the current situation, the large-scale arrival of foreign invaders from the extraterritorial void is not necessarily a bad thing for the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although Dali Dynasty could not openly ally with the foreign invaders, it was entirely possible to use its power to fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Dali Dynasty is now in a stalemate with Ziyang Shengzong. At this time, any external force may become a weight to affect the balance of victory and defeat.


    Therefore, Zhang Weineng secretly contacted the leader of the demon family outside the territory, nu Jiao king, and proposed a establishment of the best of both worlds.

 Chapter 1296

    Zhang Weineng''s suggestion is very simple.


    Dali imperial dynasty can provide assistance in all aspects to help foreign demon families build this cross-border transmission array.


    The extraterritorial invaders in the fog must join hands with him to destroy taiyimen and its subordinate Xiuzhen forces entrenched in the north of Jiuqu province.


    Although the Nu Jiao king knew that he had secretly built a cross-border transmission array, it would leak out sooner or later. But he never thought that he would be broken by Zhang Wei when the big array was far from complete.


    He did not expect that Zhang Weineng would offer help, just in exchange for the joint efforts of the two sides.


    After much consideration, King Nu Jiao agreed to Zhang Weineng''s proposal.


    Not to mention all the help Zhang Wei can promise to provide, just let him keep this secret and prevent the formation from being destroyed by Terran friars. It''s worth Nu Jiao king to do so.


    As for the destruction of the tacit understanding with Meng Zhang, King nujiao didn''t take it seriously at all.


    Before, he kept a tacit understanding with Meng Zhang only because he didn''t want too many casualties, and didn''t expand to the north of Jiuqu Province on a large scale.


    Now, because of the contradictions among the Terrans, Zhang Weineng wants to destroy Meng Zhang with him, which is exactly what he wants.


    Originally, according to the plan, Zhang Weineng had to go to the Daheng cultivation world.


    When he comes back, both sides will start to act.


    Zhang Weineng secretly went to the Daheng cultivation world in the name of closed door healing and implemented the plan he had made long ago.


    But he never thought that after he returned to Jiuqu Province, the situation had changed so much.


    Zhang Weineng, who hates Meng Zhang, is bent on persuading King Nu Jiao to join hands against taiyimen.


    However, after this war, King Nu Jiao became distrustful of Zhang Weineng and asked the demon king under his opponent to explain something.


    Therefore, after some thinking, he put forward the hope that Zhang Wei could first provide some substantive help to speed up the construction of cross-border transmission array of demon clan.


    In the heart of King Nu Jiao, no matter what Zhang Weineng thinks, no matter how the Terran fights. Anyway, for him, as long as the cross-border transmission array is built and the demon army from the void outside the territory comes, his task is basically completed.


    After hearing the conditions of King Nu Jiao, Zhang Weineng kept complaining.


    He was really fooling the white wolf with empty hands before. All his promises were just to persuade the king of Nu Jiao to join hands with him to deal with taiyimen.


    Jiuqu province can''t directly connect with the mainland of the imperial dynasty. Relying on the power of Jiuqu Province alone, it can''t help the demon family complete this cross-border transmission array.


    However, Zhang Weineng could not admit that he was fooling each other before.


    As a last resort, he sent a group of his array mages to Yunwu daze to help build the cross-border transmission array.


    In any case, a group of Terran array mages will help more or less.


    At the same time, he also provided a batch of materials needed by the demon clan.


    Although King Nu Jiao was not very satisfied, he reluctantly accepted it.


    However, although he had let go, he did not immediately agree to attack together, but said that he needed to slowly convince the demon kings under his hand.


    Zhang Wei couldn''t think of any other way, so he had to wait slowly.


    On the other side, Meng Zhang knows that after the war, Zhang Weineng and nu Jiao Wang are likely to continue to come together.


    Instead of waiting to die, he actively sought external help.


    Unable to find help around, he set his eyes on the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace to visit mother-in-law Qiansi, who is a great power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang never expected that mother-in-law Lansi would personally intervene in the struggle between taiyimen and other forces.


    His original plan was to tell the silver pot old man with the background of the heavenly palace about the construction of a cross-border transmission array by foreign invaders in the fog.


    As the supreme ruling organization of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace will not completely ignore it.


    He is not familiar with old man Yinhu, but he has worked for him.


    Old silver pot also said that he would guide Meng Zhang''s cultivation, but later there was no following.


    Meng Zhang went to see her mother-in-law to listen to her opinions.


    In Meng Zhang''s capacity, if you take the initiative to visit old man Yinhu, you may be shut down and can''t even see him.


    As old man Yinhu, many people have worked for him. Just a Meng Zhang, he won''t pay attention to it at all.


    Especially after using it, maybe he could not remember such a little monk as Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang met her quite smoothly, and her attitude towards him was the same as before, which was very good.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s intention, mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t suggest that he go to find old man Yinhu.


    According to the Convention, Ziyang holy sect has the priority to deal with the large and small matters that occur in the north of Jun dust world.


    Unless Ziyang Shengzong takes the initiative to request, the heavenly palace will respect the power of Ziyang Shengzong and will not intervene rashly.


    There is another situation, that is, the event is too major, which will affect the whole Jun dust world, so that Tiangong has to intervene.


    Now in this situation, let alone the cross-border transmission array of foreign demon families, it is far from successful. Even if it is completed, it is not a particularly important event in the eyes of the heavenly palace.


    Even if Meng Zhang reported the matter to Tiangong, Tiangong would hand it over to Ziyang Shengzong as before.


    Therefore, instead of going to the heavenly palace for help, Meng Zhang might as well go directly to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang felt that there was no channel to contact Ziyang Shengzong. In fact, it was not a problem.


    In such an important place as the heavenly palace, Ziyang Shengzong will certainly have a stronghold.


    However, Meng Zhang thought that he had no acquaintances to introduce him, so he rushed to the door, which would not attract the attention of Ziyang Shengzong.


    And Meng Zhang was a little careful before.


    He hoped that Ziyang Shengzong would come to him on his own initiative, not that he would go to Ziyang Shengzong on his own initiative.


    In this way, he can take the initiative and may win better treatment from Ziyang Shengzong.


    But now, Zhang Weineng and foreign demon families are going to do it. In desperation, he had to take the initiative to go to Ziyang Shengzong for help.


    Meng Zhang just hoped that Ziyang Shengzong would not put forward too harsh conditions, and taiyimen had better continue to maintain its independence.


    Meng Zhang once thought that only Zhang Wei was ready to fight him. He didn''t know what he thought about it. Maybe there will be other variables.


    But before Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang, there was no doubt about what choice would be made by Dali''s high-level officials.


    Zhang Weineng is the real core friar of Dali imperial dynasty. Even Meng Zhang has the identity of Dali imperial five punishment guards, which is of no use at all.


    Han Yao, his nominal immediate superior, Dali Temple secretary, will not protect him or him.


    Zhang Weineng said that he would destroy taiyimen. The Dali emperor would only unconditionally give all kinds of support.

 Chapter 1297

    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that the strength of taiyimen and its subordinates alone could not resist the joint efforts of Zhang Weineng and King Nu Jiao.


    Now the situation forced him to take the initiative to take refuge in Ziyang Shengzong, hoping to get help.


    He hoped that Ziyang sect would be more willing to live up to the awesome reputation of the holy land.


    Meng Zhang also tried to find out who was the most likely winner between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty.


    However, although most of the agencies in the heavenly palace that sell all kinds of intelligence, including the Dark Alliance, are optimistic about Ziyang Shengzong, they dare not say that Ziyang Shengzong will win.


    As for the real cards of Dali Dynasty, even if those intelligence agencies knew it, they would not easily sell them to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang also had the cheek to consult her mother-in-law on this issue.


    She just said that behind the Dali Dynasty, there were a group of strong people who were dissatisfied with the Holy Land Sect and tried to change the situation in the Junchen world.


    As for more, mother-in-law didn''t reveal it.


    Meng Zhang comforted himself that in the history of Junchen world, there were many Xiuzhen forces like Dali Dynasty, trying to challenge the status of Holy Land Sect, and there had been great storms, but none of them had ever succeeded.


    The fight between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong should be no exception.


    It should not be a wrong choice to take refuge in Ziyang Shengzong early now.


    Because the matter involves such high-level existence as Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang can''t get the result even if he uses Dayan divine calculation to deduce.


    After hesitating for a while, Meng Zhang finally took the initiative to visit Ziyang Shengzong.


    The holy door of Ziyang holy sect not only controls the Junchen world on behalf of the heavenly palace, but also is an important member of the heavenly palace itself.


    In the heavenly palace, the residence of Ziyang Shengzong is located in the core area of the heavenly palace, which is easily inaccessible to others.


    After several transmissions, Meng Zhang came to the bottom of a magnificent palace.


    This huge palace is full of purple, just like a purple sun, floating quietly in the sky.


    In most parts of the heavenly palace, there is a forbidden air Dharma array, which prohibits practitioners from flying at will.


    Ziyang holy sect is indeed worthy of being the holy sect gate. Its residence in the heavenly palace is actually flying in the sky.


    Before Meng Zhang came here, he inquired about some rules of Ziyang Shengzong.


    He made a prayer note in advance, which explained his identity and the reason for visiting Ziyang saint.


    When he urged Zhenyuan, the prayer turned into a streamer and flew to the palace in the sky.


    Then Meng Zhang waited slowly below.


    Around, there are many practitioners who also come to visit Ziyang Shengzong.


    Many of them don''t know how long they have been waiting below, but they still haven''t received any response.


    Without the permission of Ziyang holy sect, they could neither enter the palace above, nor leave rashly.


    These yuan gods and true kings have a high status in the Jun dust world. Maybe there are some masters like Meng Zhang.


    But here, they are like little friars, honestly waiting for the summons of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang pressed down his anxiety and waited patiently.


    After waiting for about a long time, a light column shot down from the palace above and just landed in front of Meng Zhang.


    The light column spread, revealing a tall and proud cultivator.


    The cultivator glanced at Meng Zhang and said impolitely, "are you Meng Zhang?"


    Meng Zhang knew that it was normal for such monks who were born in the holy land to be arrogant and above the top.


    He didn''t care about each other and calmly replied.


    The man said no more. He waved to Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang go not far from him.


    After Meng Zhang stood still, a pillar of light fell from the sky, shot out of the palace in the sky, and fell on them.


    Meng Zhang, who guessed about the function of the light column, did not resist and let the light column fall on himself.


    After the light column covered the two people, it automatically spread out a moment later. Meng Zhang and the Ziyang Saint friar had disappeared in situ.


    Meng Zhang, who is proficient in space Avenue, is very sensitive to the power of space. He senses the power of space transmission in the light column and transmits himself.


    As soon as he saw the flower, it appeared in a hall.


    At the top of the hall sat an old man with white hair, white beard and wrinkled face.


    The monk with Meng Zhang saluted the old man.


    "Elder martial uncle, the disciple has brought Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect."


    "You go down. I have something to talk to head Meng."


    The old man waved the other party back, and then motioned Meng Zhang to go over.


    Meng Zhang went to the old man and paid a big tribute.


    "Young man Meng Zhang paid a visit to the elder. I don''t know what to call him?"


    Just looking at the old man, Meng Zhang sensed that the old man''s seemingly aging body contained extremely terrible power and brought himself a strong sense of oppression.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, this old man should not have entered the realm of Yang God. Like himself, he is a monk in the later stage of yuan God.


    However, the same friars in the later period of Yuanshen also have very obvious differences in strength.


    Meng Zhang just entered the later stage of Yuanshen, and took a shortcut when he broke through, leaving no small future trouble.


    When it comes to combat effectiveness, he is not the bottom of the friars in the later period of Yuanshen, nor is he a strong one.


    If he hadn''t refined the void tripod and gained powerful space power, he would really be unable to fight friars like King Nu Jiao and Zhang Weineng.


    Even if there is a void tripod, he can transmit space at will. If he really fights with these people, he is only barely able to protect himself.


    In front of Meng Zhang, the old man did not deliberately hide his accomplishments.


    From Meng Zhang''s induction alone, this person''s strength is not only far above him, but also should be at the top among many later monks of the yuan God.


    Without mentioning his identity, his accomplishments alone are enough to make Meng Zhang maintain enough respect and dare not neglect at all.


    It seemed that he was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s respectful attitude, and the look on the old man''s face eased a little.


    "My husband Xiao Liang is the elder of Xiao Jiansheng''s family."


    "Since you saved Xiao Jiansheng once, you are not an outsider."


    Meng Zhang was relieved. He didn''t expect that he would have so many follow-up benefits if he saved Xiao Jiansheng by chance.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s position in Ziyang holy sect is not low, and the background is not simple.


    Also, where did the Ziyang holy sect get so many friars surnamed Xiao?


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know that Xiao is the surname of Ziyang holy sect.


    The Xiao family is among the best in the whole clan.

 Chapter 1298

    Meng Zhang did not know the internal situation of Ziyang Shengzong, let alone the interpersonal relationship of Xiao Jiansheng in the door.


    The great monk named Xiao Liang had a good attitude towards him because of Xiao Jiansheng.


    He accompanied Xiao Liang to chat a few words and greeted Xiao Jiansheng''s recent situation.


    According to Xiao Liang, Xiao Jiansheng''s injury has been controlled. Only in order to prevent the foundation from being affected and lose further opportunities, it takes more time for Haosheng to recuperate.


    Xiao Liang told Meng Zhang that Xiao Jiansheng was the best among the younger generation of the Xiao family.


    The whole Xiao family had high hopes for Xiao Jiansheng.


    Meng Zhang saved Xiao Jiansheng''s life this time. Xiao Jiansheng didn''t compensate Meng Zhang in time because he left in a hurry and had nothing.


    Now Meng Zhang seldom takes the initiative to come to Ziyang Shengzong''s residence, and happens to meet Xiao Liang''s rotation in the heavenly palace. He decided to treat Meng Zhang well to thank him for saving Xiao Jiansheng''s life.


    Meng Zhang kept being polite and dared not even say.


    He said that he saved Xiao Jiansheng just by chance. In fact, he didn''t do much. He couldn''t afford Xiao Liang''s gratitude.


    After a few polite words, Meng Zhang began to get to the point and talked about his intention.


    He told Xiao Liang about the cross-border transmission array built by foreign demon families in the cloud daze, and Zhang Weineng''s preparation to join hands with King Nu Jiao to deal with Taiyi gate.


    Although Xiao Liang''s duty is not in Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, he knows something about the situation there because of Xiao Jiansheng.


    Because there are monsters in the black jade forest available, Ziyang Shengzong knows more about foreign demon families than Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Shengzong has long known that the demon clan outside the territory has built a cross-border transmission array.


    Xiao Jiansheng told Meng Zhang about Zhang Weineng''s collaboration with King Nu Jiao.


    In this matter, Zhang Weineng did keep it a secret and basically didn''t tell his men.


    However, because of the king''s carelessness, he leaked the news without realizing it, and the monster in the black jade forest knew it.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to come and tell. Xiao Liang already knew the information.


    Xiao Liang didn''t care about the construction of cross-border transmission array by foreign demon families, let alone regarded it as a threat.


    He told Meng Zhang that Ziyang Shengzong had a comprehensive plan for the Dali Dynasty.


    Before the successful implementation of this plan, Ziyang Shengzong will not make any big moves in Jiuqu province.


    Originally, because of Xiao Jiansheng, Xiao Liang used the power of the sect to give some assistance to Taiyi gate to help it resist Zhang Weineng and foreign invaders.


    However, after Xiao Jiansheng was injured this time, some forces in the door who opposed the Xiao family thought they saw the opportunity and began to attack slowly in many aspects.


    If Xiao Liang''s tools are for private use, use the power of Ziyang Shengzong to help Taiyi gate. It fell into the ears of these people and was publicized by them in the door, which was very unfavorable to the Xiao family.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the internal fighting in the holy gate of Ziyang holy sect was so fierce.


    However, he thought that the current taiyimen is still in the rising period of rapid development and has its own strong repression, but there are also different factions in the door, and there are no lack of open and secret struggles among them.


    Ziyang Shengzong, a large door inherited for thousands of years, will only have more complex internal relations and more intense interest competition.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to take the initiative to join Ziyang holy sect, just to get assistance from here.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t care about the Jiuqu provincial affairs for the time being. Xiao Liang can''t help because of the internal reasons of Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang is really unlucky.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s disappointed expression, Xiao Liang felt embarrassed.


    They simply said that he invited several yuan Shen Zhenjun, especially the great friars in the later period of Yuan Shen, to sit at Taiyi gate for the time being. That can make up for the gap in taiyimen''s high-end combat power.


    As long as taiyimen can withstand high-end combat power, it can completely delay the battle.


    If Zhang Wei and King Nu Jiao can join hands to attack, taiyimen doesn''t need to repel the enemy. As long as they stick to it for 20 or 30 years, the external situation will certainly change.


    It can be said that Xiao Liang''s help is very sincere.


    And he did not know whether intentionally or unintentionally, revealed an important information.


    Within twenty or thirty years, the external situation will change.


    Why is there such a change?


    Xiao Liang didn''t say it clearly, but Meng Zhang could guess that Ziyang Shengzong must have taken action.


    Although Xiao Liang sits in the heavenly palace, he still has a certain understanding of the general strength of the three forces of Jiuqu province.


    He knew the biggest short board of taiyimen and provided a way to make up for it.


    Meng Zhang also knows that although his goal has not been achieved and he has not been able to get the official help of Ziyang Shengzong, this result is the best situation now.


    Xiao Liang left Meng Zhang here for a long time. The two sides talked and said that he talked almost everything and had a certain understanding of each other.


    Through Xiao Liangzhi''s mouth, Meng Zhang also had a clear understanding of the holy door of Ziyang holy sect.


    In Xiao Liang''s eyes, Meng Zhang is already his own.


    There is no doubt that taiyimen has completely fallen to Ziyang Shengzong.


    As for how to arrange Taiyi gate in the future and what status Taiyi gate has under Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Liang can not decide at present.


    He just promised Meng Zhang that he would strive for Meng Zhang in the future and let taiyimen try to obtain better conditions.


    Xiao Liang probably knew that Meng Zhang was worried about the situation in Jiuqu Province, so he didn''t stay with him for a long time.


    He told Meng Zhang that they would have a good chat when they were free in the future.


    A rising star like Meng Zhang, he will introduce him to friars of the Xiao family.


    Meng Zhang can clearly feel Xiao Liang''s intention to win over himself.


    He is so kind to himself, not only because of his saving grace to Xiao Jiansheng.


    According to the information disclosed by Xiao Liang, the internal situation of Ziyang Shengzong is also complex and factional struggle continues.


    Meng Zhang guessed that Xiao Liang should represent his faction, expand his influence, attract new blood, and try to get Meng Zhang and taiyimen under his command.


    Meng Zhang was afraid of such a huge thing as Ziyang Shengzong, but he didn''t dare to meddle in its internal affairs.


    Although he is willing to make friends with the Xiao family, he is also willing to accept the Xiao family''s friendship. However, he won''t be rushed into the boat by the Xiao family until he knows the details of Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1299

    With Xiao Liang''s help, Meng Zhang managed to solve the urgent problem.


    He didn''t stay in the heavenly palace for long because he was worried about Zhang Weineng and the actions of the angry Jiao king. After talking to an Xiaoran, who was in the heavenly palace, he hurried back to the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s biggest expectation now is that Zhang Weineng and King Nu Jiao must not be in trouble before the assistance provided by Xiao Liang comes.


    Fortunately, Zhang Weineng and nu Jiao Wang have not reached an agreement, and the progress of the two sides is very slow.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned from the heavenly palace, the assistance promised by Xiao Liang arrived in time.


    The first to arrive were three mighty yuan God Zhenjun.


    The three were friends of eight friends, formed a small Gang and wandered in the middle land for many years.


    Later, they ran to the north of Jun dust world and slowly began to settle down.


    The eldest of the three, named Nanzhu Zhenjun, is a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The second and third are a couple, known as Qiao Mei Zhenjun and Han Song Zhenjun.


    Both husband and wife are monks in the middle period of Yuanshen.


    I don''t know what means Xiao Liang used and what price he paid, but he hired these three people temporarily.


    According to the agreement between Xiao Liang and the three of them, the three of them will sit in taiyimen for 20 years.


    As for the remuneration for hiring the three of them, Xiao Liang has already paid.


    Of course, when the three of them were in taiyimen, according to the usual practice, Meng Zhang, as the host, also had to have a generous gift.


    Even Meng Zhang should be responsible for the supply of the jade Qingling machine they need for daily cultivation.


    In this way, taiyimen also has to pay a lot of price.


    Originally, Yuanshen Zhenjun has been emerging in Taiyi gate in recent years, and the supply in the gate began to appear tight.


    Now we have to supply outsiders, which will put more pressure on the sect.


    Fortunately, taiyimen has been doing well in Tiangong in recent years, and has harvested a lot of jade qinglingji.


    Among the Yuanshen friars in Taiyi gate, most of them were in the early days of Yuanshen.


    When they practice, they can also use the essence of nine days.


    Although it''s a little tight, the sect can guarantee the minimum supply.


    For Meng Zhang, it would be worthwhile to have such a strong person to help and pay more resources within 20 years.


    After all, taiyimen will face disaster if it doesn''t work well. It all depends on these reinforcements.


    The three reinforcements did not know whether they had such a character or whether they had been told by Xiao Liang in advance.


    The three of them didn''t look cold, and their attitude towards Meng Zhang was OK.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, the eldest of the three, is a serious and unsmiling character.


    On weekdays, the female monk qiaomei Zhenjun is mainly responsible for foreign exchanges.


    Of course, although Nanzhu Zhenjun has few words, he can always hit the point when he speaks.


    The three men showed enough respect for Meng Zhang, a great monk in the later period of the yuan God.


    At present, taiyimen is also a great sect of Yuanshen, which can not be despised by anyone.


    The three of them are also willing to make friends with big sect leaders like Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, simply get along, everyone feels good.


    Meng Zhang, of course, gave a grand reception to the three and gave them a high courtesy.


    Meng Zhang introduced the three to the yuan God friar in the door.


    Because they may fight together, in order to facilitate mutual cooperation in the future, the three also made some self introductions and gave a general introduction to their own accomplishments.


    Meng Zhang also had a general understanding of them according to their self introduction and their own induction.


    The cultivation of Nanzhu Zhenjun was among the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, which can only be said to be general.


    Even if it is a little stronger than Meng Zhang, its strength is limited.


    However, Qiao Mei Zhenjun and Han Song Zhenjun are very strong.


    It is said that they have a special method of cooperation.


    Together, they can also fight against the great friars in the later period of Shangyuan God.


    With these three powerful reinforcements, Meng Zhang was reluctantly at ease.


    Soon after the three arrived, another reinforcements arrived.


    The reinforcements looked like a tall and thin old man with a slender neck and a distinctive sharp mouth.


    When he arrived at Taiyi gate, he also brought a letter from Xiao Liang to Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t expect that Xiao Liang was so powerful that he could find powerful monsters to help.


    After reading Xiao Liang''s letter, he knew the origin of the old man.


    The other party can''t be called a monster, but should be called a spirit beast.


    Most of the friars in the holy sect of Ziyang call this old man crane old.


    He Lao was originally a heterogeneous crane.


    In his early years, he was accepted as a spiritual pet by an elder of Ziyang holy sect, and he has been practicing with this elder.


    After so many years, he has long had the strength equivalent to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Even for the Ziyang holy sect, the monks in the later period of Yuanshen were not cabbage in the field, but very important core members of the door.


    Although he can''t really become the top level of Ziyang holy sect because he is a beast.


    However, because of his profound cultivation and the elder behind him, he still has a high position in the door.


    Most of the monks in the door, in front of him, are younger generation and should show enough respect.


    Even the top level of Ziyang holy sect, it is not easy to call the crane old.


    The crane is as old as a wild crane, and he doesn''t get involved in the affairs of the door.


    On weekdays, most of the time, I just care about my own family.


    Because of his special status, he was detached from many fights in the door and did not involve factional disputes.


    A few years ago, old crane owed a favor to the Xiao family for one thing.


    This time Xiao Liang asked with heavy gifts, and he reluctantly agreed to Xiao Liang''s request.


    He Lao didn''t come here as a member of Ziyang Shengzong this time, but as a private person, he has been in taiyimen for 20 years.


    Monsters have a long life, especially cranes.


    For old crane, twenty years is just a nap.


    He didn''t take it as a big thing to come here this time. He just came here for a vacation to see the scenery of the Gobi desert.


    After meeting Meng Zhang and briefly confessing a few words, old crane ignored it and found a place to sleep.


    According to his instructions before going to bed, it''s no big deal. It''s best not to disturb him.


    Xiao Liang''s assistance this time exceeded Meng Zhang''s best expectations and brought him a great surprise.


    Even as Xiao Liang and the strength of the Xiao family, it is not easy to send such a strong team in a short time.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to accept the kindness of the Xiao family. But in my heart, I still feel a heavy pressure.


    The Xiao family paid so much. It''s not just to repay their kindness.

 Chapter 1300

    Ziyang Shengzong went to war with Dali emperor this time. On the surface, it seems that he didn''t go out on a large scale, but secretly, he has mobilized a strong force, and many disciples have been assigned tasks.


    This time, the Xiao family did not use the power of Ziyang holy sect in order to avoid the head-on attack in the door, but relied on the power of the family to provide support to Taiyi door.


    Although he Lao was born in Ziyang holy sect, he himself is more detached.


    Not only are they rarely constrained, but they are not assigned any important tasks.


    With his special status, even the enemies of the Xiao family can''t make use of him to make full use of the topic.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, he Lao found a place to sleep with his head covered near baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain, and ignored all kinds of things outside.


    With the three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun and old crane sitting in Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang is completely relieved.


    At this time, even if Zhang Weineng and King Nu Jiao joined hands to attack, Taiyi gate also had the power of resistance. At least it could hold the mountain gate.


    Of course, if peace can be maintained, it is the best.


    Once the war starts, regardless of the victory or defeat, our side will certainly suffer heavy casualties.


    What''s more, according to the information disclosed by Xiao Liang, Ziyang Shengzong should use some means against Dali Dynasty within twenty or thirty years.


    At that time, most of the imperial dynasty will be in chaos. Zhang Weineng and others are too busy to deal with taiyimen.


    Therefore, even with the support, Meng Zhang still has to try not to go to war with Zhang Weineng and them.


    It''s no use begging for mercy and being soft. Only by showing strong strength can the other party be afraid.


    At the same time, you can''t stimulate the other party too much, so as not to really provoke the other party''s attack.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and had an idea.


    The dark hall friar of taiyimen kept infiltrating into the south of Jiuqu Province, trying to find out all kinds of news there.


    Similarly, Zhang Weineng also sent many spies to go deep into the Gobi to find out the details of Taiyi gate.


    The intelligence war between the two sides has never been cut off, and there have even been many tragic battles secretly.


    However, most of these fights are unknown, so they have not caused any waves.


    Taiyimen dark hall was originally an old friend jueying who studied with Meng Zhang. It is an authentic black market inheritance. Later, it also got the classics of Dark Alliance.


    Since an Muran took charge of the dark hall, he has a great potential to surpass the blue.


    The dark hall under his leadership can be called one of the most powerful intelligence organizations in Jiuqu province.


    On Zhang Weineng''s side, in addition to the power of the governor''s office itself, there are scouts stationed in the imperial dynasty.


    In terms of intelligence ability, it is not weak compared with the secret Hall of Taiyi gate.


    Many spies were placed in the area controlled by taiyimen.


    Taiyimen itself may be better. Other members of Hanhai daomeng don''t know how far they have been infiltrated.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the dark hall had been cleaned up many times, but it could not be completely cleaned up.


    Originally, the existence of enemy spies in Hanhai daomeng was a headache for Meng Zhang.


    But now, we can make use of it.


    Soon, a news spread inside Hanhai daomeng.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, spent a lot of money and invited several experts to sit in Taiyi sect.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun also showed up around at the right time, showed their accomplishments, and instructed several low-level friars.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun is a famous monk in the north of Jun dust world.


    The Dali Dynasty, which wanted to be the overlord of the north, must have details of three people.


    Meng Zhang didn''t cheat, but revealed the existence of the three.


    Meng Zhang believes that before long, Zhang Weineng should receive the news that Nanzhu Zhenjun is sitting at Taiyi gate.


    Zhang Weineng, as a frontier official of the Dali imperial dynasty, bears an important task when he loses contact with the Jiuqu province and the Dali imperial dynasty. He will never act rashly, but will make a careful choice.


    The news that taiyimen has received strong support should be enough for him to think about his original plan.


    Of course, just revealing information is not enough.


    Especially the foreign invaders in the fog, they are a gang of guys who are afraid of authority.


    The news of Hanhai daomeng may not reach there.


    Even if the news reached there, they would not see the coffin and shed tears. They might not easily believe it.


    So Meng Zhang had to disturb old crane''s sleep.


    Old crane, who was awakened from his sleep, agreed to Meng Zhang''s request although he was a little angry.


    As for Nanzhu Zhenjun, he is very talkative.


    Their brother and sister are very aware of being hired. As long as Meng Zhang''s requirements are not too excessive, they will implement them honestly.


    Meng Zhang did not use the void tripod for transmission this time, but took the three brothers and sisters of crane old and Nanzhu Zhenjun and flew to the direction of cloud and fog daze.


    The four of them and the crane are all strong at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, and three of them are at the level of great friars.


    Flying all the way, they did not hide their strength at all, but wantonly released the breath of the strong.


    As they passed by, whether they met the human friars on the road, or the demon and spirit families, they retreated one after another.


    They soon flew to the territory controlled by foreign invaders.


    Although the foreign demon clan is rebellious and ferocious, it is not a fool.


    In the face of such a powerful team, even the demon king has to retreat.


    They flew out of the fog, but they didn''t fly in. Instead, they flew half a circle outside.


    Their breath was released wantonly and easily spread to the clouds and fog.


    The demon and spirit families outside the region are all trembling and ready.


    King Nu Jiao came forward in person and led a group of demon kings to face Meng Zhang from a distance.


    Some demon kings are eager to try because of their large number of people and want to rush to fight with each other.


    With the strength and eyesight of the Nu Jiao king, he naturally saw through the reality of the opposite team.


    The team is small in number, but it is too strong.


    Even if all demon kings and spirit kings are sent out, they may not be able to leave each other.


    Once war begins, one''s own side will certainly suffer heavy casualties.


    King Nu Jiao is far less impulsive and belligerent than he seems. As the leader of this foreign invader, he must consider the overall situation and the whole group.


    To go to war with the current Meng Zhang, it will do him hundreds of harm without any benefit. It will only be a white bargain for Zhang Weineng.


    In his heart, he was also wary of Zhang Weineng and worried that the other party would become a fisherman.


    King Nu Jiao suppressed the disturbance of the demon king under his hand and kept his side calm. He was not allowed to take action easily.


    Meng Zhang saw the response of King Nu Jiao and knew that his goal had been achieved.


    Since the goal has been achieved, there is certainly no need to stay here.


    If the gun goes off, it will be self defeating.


    Under the eyes of King Nu Jiao and others, Meng Zhang swaggered away.

 Chapter 1301

    With the character of the foreign demon family, he didn''t do anything from beginning to end. He just sat and watched Meng Zhang come and go freely.


    From this point, Meng Zhang knew that the purpose of his demonstration had been achieved.


    Yes, to treat these demon families is to show their strength and deter them.


    Like when they came, Meng Zhang swaggered along the original route, embarked on the return journey and flew back to taiyimen territory.


    The journey was smooth and did not encounter any obstacles.


    After the operation, old crane went back to his old place to sleep.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun still sits at Taiyi gate.


    In addition to daily cultivation, the three of them will also have some exchanges and exchanges with friar taiyimen.


    The three of Nanzhu Zhenjun, as casual practitioners, have been able to come to this stage. It is obvious that they are extraordinary with such accomplishments and achievements.


    They have been to the most prosperous middle earth continent in the Junchen world and met experts from all sides.


    After I came to the north of Jun dust world, I was not idle and had dealt with many friars.


    Their accomplishments and experience are very outstanding.


    In particular, they have been to many places and traveled all over the cultivation world. Whether they see or hear, they are very attractive to the taiyimen friars in the north.


    Friar taiyimen is also willing to communicate with them, so as to broaden his horizons and increase his knowledge.


    For Nanzhu Zhenjun, it is also a very valuable opportunity to communicate with big sect monks such as taiyimen.


    With their experience, they certainly know how powerful taiyimen was in its heyday and was a hegemon in the Middle Earth continent.


    Now taiyimen looks prosperous and must have inherited the inheritance of its predecessors.


    All three of them are casual practitioners. Although they have had many opportunities, they are still very interested in the systematic inheritance of big sects.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun lived a full life in taiyimen.


    For taiyimen, it not only adds a few temporary top combat forces, but also opens a window to understand the outside world.


    Besides the Nu Jiao king, although he and his demon king were very angry. I can''t tolerate Meng Zhang''s demonstration.


    However, form is stronger than people. In the face of powerful enemies, they can only tolerate temporarily.


    Seeing the strength of taiyimen, King Nu Jiao had to give up the idea of attacking together with Zhang Wei.


    In his opinion, if he and Zhang Wei can jointly attack taiyimen, even if they can win, their own side will suffer heavy casualties, or both will lose.


    In a world full of enemies and hostility, King Nu Jiao certainly has to try to preserve his strength and dare not let his side weaken.


    He can make friends with Zhang Weineng and cooperate with Zhang Weineng, but it''s better to attack taiyimen together.


    On Zhang Weineng''s side, after learning that taiyimen had received strong assistance, he began to hesitate in his heart.


    The attitude of the angry Jiao king came at this time, which was not beyond his expectation.


    Although he was very unwilling, he still had to give up his original plan to exterminate taiyimen.


    Compared with the angry Jiao king, he can''t afford to lose.


    If the loss is too great and his strength drops sharply, he will not be able to continue to maintain the rule of Dali imperial dynasty in Jiuqu province.


    Taiyimen has been reinforced, and the advantage of joining hands with King Nu Jiao is not so obvious.


    As an important frontier official, he should take into account the overall situation, think more about everything, and can''t mess with his own temperament.


    Although Meng Zhang knew that after he showed his strength, most of the war could not be fought.


    But he remained on high alert and did not relax at all.


    The surveillance and infiltration of the southern part of Jiuqu province and the daze of clouds and fog have never been cut off.


    Taiyimen captured many barbarian people outside the region.


    At the beginning, only ordinary barbarians were tamed and served as coolies for the sect. They went to mine in the mine and farm in the spirit field


    Later, slowly, barbarian warriors were tamed.


    After thousands of choices, some better barbarian warriors who were domesticated were selected.


    Taiyimen controlled them with various severe means to ensure that they could be loyal to taiyimen.


    In the area around Yunwu daze, those foreign barbarians who have taken refuge in the foreign demon clan have obtained a place to live.


    Of course, they were also controlled by foreign demons and became cannon fodder and food.


    In recent years, in the face of the increasingly complex situation around, King Nu Jiao tried to suppress his demon families, especially those powerful demon kings, and did not allow them to arbitrarily oppress and devour these foreign barbarians.


    In the eyes of King Nu Jiao, these foreign barbarians are of great use, but they can''t be wasted in vain.


    In this way, although the barbarians outside the region are still under heavy oppression, they are better than before.


    On the Yuantu prairie, even after years of suppression, there are still some foreign barbarians from time to time.


    As escaped fish, in addition to trying to hide and hide deeper, some barbarians, especially barbarian warriors with certain strength, left the Yuantu prairie to take refuge in their compatriots under the rule of the demon family.


    Not to mention the fate that these foreign barbarians will encounter, this provides an opportunity for the dark hall friars of taiyimen.


    The barbarian warriors trained by the dark hall were also sent to try to blend into various barbarian tribes.


    Of course, this process is not plain sailing. There are many twists and turns in the middle.


    But this is a good start. Taiyimen can finally successfully send spies to obtain the information of these foreign invaders.


    Next, the dark hall is even ready to train the tamed spirit beasts in the door to break into the foreign demon clan.


    Meng Zhang is not optimistic about this idea.


    The difference between foreign demons and native demons is quite obvious.


    Monsters of local origin are not easy to get in.


    Of course, although not optimistic, Meng Zhang did not pour cold water on it, but actively tried to provide assistance.


    If you can connect with the monsters in the black jade forest and get their help, the probability of success of such actions will be higher.


    As for how to contact the monsters in the black jade forest and get their help, we have to turn to Ziyang Shengzong.


    While the Taiyi gate is secretly making various efforts and constantly sending spies to collect various intelligence, Zhang Weineng has shifted his attention and no longer takes the Taiyi gate as the next target.


    Ziyang Shengzong secretly planned to give Dali a cruel punishment.


    Dali imperial high-level may not know the plan of Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, as opponents, they will also use all kinds of means to attack Ziyang Shengzong from all aspects.


    Compared with the holy door, which has ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years, although the Dali Dynasty seems powerful, it is still slightly inferior in the scene.


    In order to level the gap between the two sides and try to contain the strength of Ziyang Shengzong, it is inevitable that there will be some unscrupulous means and some shady taboos when acting far away from the imperial dynasty.

 Chapter 1302

    Zhang Weineng is also a character with no taboos and no bottom line.


    He would actively cooperate with Dali''s various actions.


    Moreover, he has some ideas and will take some actions.


    Since there was no way to take taiyimen for the time being, he turned his attention to other things.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been more than six years since the arrival of reinforcements.


    In the past six years, although Zhang Weineng and nu Jiao Wang have had some contacts and cooperation, neither side has made too many different actions in dealing with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has long been able to roughly determine that Zhang Weineng and King Nu Jiao should give up the plan to destroy taiyimen according to various intelligence.


    In a short time, taiyimen is safe.


    Since there is no foreign invasion for the time being, taiyimen still puts its main strength on internal development.


    Not to mention the original old territory such as the Gobi, but the new territory such as the Yuantu prairie has also achieved great development.


    One stronghold after another has been established, and more and more Xiuzhen forces have joined the tide of development.


    With a large enough site, we can provide enough cultivation resources, including a very important population.


    Not only taiyimen, but also all members of Hanhai road alliance have benefited a lot and achieved great development.


    Now Taiyi sect has many true monarchs of Yuanshen, and its strength is relatively strong among Yuanshen sect.


    In this case, Meng Zhang can vigorously support other members of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    In particular, those forces of truth cultivation with a long history and profound heritage have been supported by Meng Zhang.


    Although taiyimen is developing at a high speed, it is close to the power of one family and can obtain limited promotion in a short time.


    However, these old-fashioned cultivation forces have long had enough potential, and what they lack is only an opportunity.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing to invest, they will soon soar to the sky and complete the complete transformation.


    In these years, it is not others who have made the greatest progress, but Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is too wonderful.


    Once the experience was so wonderful that it didn''t take much time to successfully absorb and refine the divine power crystal.


    The natural ghosts and gods who left this divine power crystal are indeed extraordinary. They are not only extremely powerful, but also have many special abilities.


    Too wonderful. Through the crystallization of this divine power, he has inherited many useful abilities.


    First of all, the wonderful cultivation finally broke through the bottleneck and reached the later level of Yuanshen.


    In the cultivation world, the outer incarnation of the yuan God Zhenjun often has a lower level of cultivation than the self.


    But it''s wonderful. Because of the special situation, he inherited the divine power of natural ghosts and gods, but he broke through this limitation.


    Although the cultivation may not be as good as this one, it is at the same level as this one.


    The powerful ghosts and gods in the later period of Yuanshen are qualified to occupy one side in the underworld and become the overlord of one side.


    The taiyimen elder Shou Zheng, whom Meng Zhang knew, is the strength at this level.


    He''s the number one man in the underworld. He''s doing well.


    It''s wonderful. With great strength, it will be much easier to recruit troops and rebuild the ghost army in the future.


    The transformation from God is not a simple thing. It has a complex process and needs to consume many precious materials.


    Too wonderful. I haven''t been in the underworld for a long time, but I have rich experience and some accumulation at least.


    As for the insufficient part, Meng Zhang will make up for it.


    The entire taiyimen storehouse is almost completely open for Taimiao to choose the materials.

 Chapter 1303

    Too wonderful. The newly acquired ability is of great significance to the four Dharma protectors.


    If they become too wonderful from God, they can break the original bondage and have further opportunities in cultivation.


    For too wonderful, with this ability, you can get more loyal and available men.


    In addition to the four Dharma protectors, there are ghosts and even taiyimen friars who can be transformed into followers of God.


    With these gods as the backbone, he can form a truly powerful army of ghosts.


    However, it is not easy to transform from God.


    It not only has a great burden on Taimiao, but also needs to consume many kinds of rare natural materials and earth treasures.


    In the current situation, even if it is too wonderful to go all out and the whole taiyimen cooperates fully, it can not transform several from God.


    If you can transform all the four Dharma protectors, you can be thankful.


    In order to help Taimiao collect materials, Meng Zhang went to Tiangong many times and checked in various shops.


    In addition, during this period, Meng Zhang vigorously supported the vassal forces, and the expenses of Taiyi sect increased greatly, which put a lot of pressure on the whole sect.


    Some monks in the door with insufficient vision even secretly complain that the middle and high levels of the door are wasting resources on useless things.


    Not to mention supporting the vassal forces, the big people worshipped by the sect will crush the whole sect.


    Now there is no war outside Taiyi gate and has always maintained peace with the surrounding forces. Is it necessary to worship such strong men?


    These ignorant gossip spread around the door and even reached Meng Zhang''s ears.


    Meng Zhang is really angry and funny that there are such short-sighted people in the door.


    Taiyimen can keep peace with the surrounding forces for so long because of these strong men?


    Without them, Meng Zhang alone could not deter Zhang Weineng and King Nu Jiao.


    Although it is said that the mouth grows on others, Meng Zhang, the leader, should not take care of the rumors behind the disciples.


    However, Meng Zhang thought for a moment and called some elders in the door to help them straighten out the atmosphere in the door.


    For those who chew their tongue behind their back, set an example to the others and catch two typical examples to clean up.


    At the same time, we should also do a good job in preaching in the door and explain to the disciples the current form of Taiyi door and the great significance of the sect.


    After telling several elders, Meng Zhang sent a letter to an Muran, a disciple, asking him to use the power of the dark hall to investigate whether there was any external force behind this incident and whether it was unusual.


    After dealing with this trivial matter, Meng Zhang still focused on the wonderful business.


    Anyway, the overall situation at taiyimen is stable, and all plans are implemented according to Meng Zhang''s wishes.


    Besides Zhang Weineng.


    Since taiyimen got strong support, he focused on the side of Daheng cultivation world


    The devil disaster in Daheng cultivation world is rampant, which is due to the great leave of the imperial dynasty.


    The big giants in the Daheng cultivation world have a dark history of keeping demons.


    When the magic disaster broke out, they were a little scared at first.


    However, it was later found that the magic disaster seemed fierce and caused great damage in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But for the big four zongmen, the threat is not big, and it can''t endanger themselves at all.


    In this case, some high-level sects began to think carefully.


    They used to keep demons, but they coveted the power of demons and wanted to make use of it.


    Now the devil disaster is rampant, demons are everywhere, and all kinds of strange demons are emerging one after another.


    So they suddenly found that the results of their own research on demons for hundreds of years were far less than the self evolution and development of demons in these years.


    These people have a crooked mind and secretly have some dark schemes.


    The penetration of Dali imperial dynasty into the realm of Da Heng cultivation is far deeper than everyone imagined.


    In particular, those demon practitioners who were taken in by Dali imperial dynasty, in the present Daheng cultivation world, are like fish in water. How happy are they in the demon disaster.


    Zhang Wei can know the plot of these people through the arrangement of Dali imperial dynasty in Daheng cultivation world.


    For him, there are many places that can be used.


    So he did not hesitate to get involved and tried to profit from it.


    In this way, some high-level friars in Daheng cultivation world came together with Zhang Weineng and began to secretly plot something.


    Zhang Weineng had previously organized the encirclement and killing of Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang.


    First, he knew that Xiao Jiansheng was the principal who presided over the affairs of Ziyang holy sect in Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world.


    Getting rid of Xiao Jiansheng can disrupt the deployment of Ziyang Shengzong in Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, and it is also a big blow to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Second, getting rid of Xiao Jiansheng was also entrusted by some high-level friars in Daheng cultivation world.


    Xiao Jiansheng enjoys high prestige and has many supporters in the Daheng cultivation world.


    He has established many relationships in the Dharma world for many years, and his ears and eyes are very sensitive.


    Xiao Jiansheng has noticed some of these high-level conspiracies.


    They dare not expect Xiao Jiansheng to be indifferent to their own behavior, nor dare they take the initiative to fight Xiao Jiansheng.


    So Zhang Weineng took over the task of encircling and killing Xiao Jiansheng, and got the help of these people who secretly tipped off the news.


    Zhang Wei failed to kill Xiao Jiansheng, but Xiao Jiansheng was badly hurt and had to return to the sect to heal his wounds. Everyone managed to achieve his goal.


    Without Xiao Jiansheng''s restriction, some senior leaders in the Daheng cultivation world have become more and more unscrupulous and crazy.


    Zhang Weineng also gained the trust of these high-level officials by surrounding Xiao Jiansheng and was able to join their plot.


    After years of continuous efforts, their plot is about to come true.


    Zhang Weineng will certainly not give up this opportunity and must participate in it personally.


    Meng Zhang is worried that Zhang Wei can attack Taiyi gate, and Zhang Weineng is also worried that Taiyi gate will attack the south of Jiuqu province.


    Although the possibility of this situation is very low, it can not be ignored.


    Especially when Zhang Wei was able to go to the Daheng cultivation world, and Taiyi gate was strongly supported and its strength was greatly enhanced.


    Therefore, before leaving, Zhang Weineng went to find Qinggu Zhenjun in isolation.


    Since taking refuge in the Dali Dynasty, the great friar in the later period of the yuan God of the Qing Yuan sect has maintained the original selfishness and virtue of focusing only on his own way.


    In his eyes, nothing is more important than his own cultivation.


    For his own way, he can betray and betray qingyuanzong and take refuge in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Now, in order not to delay his own cultivation, he also played a small trick, cheating and sliding, and refused to honestly contribute to the Dali imperial dynasty.

 Chapter 1304

    Originally, when Qinggu Zhenjun just took refuge in Dali Dynasty, he was also very active in serving Dali Dynasty.


    After receiving the secret method of crossing the robbery taught by Bawu emperor and knowing the method to break through the Yang God period, his attention turned back to his own cultivation.


    However, at that time, it was far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty and kept connected with Jiuqu provinces, and the long-distance transmission array was still in normal operation.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is not good. He behaves too recklessly. He still has to do his duty reluctantly, obey orders and perform various tasks.


    However, when he was transported to the Daheng cultivation world with the vanguard of the expedition army, he encountered an ambush and finally escaped back to Jiuqu Province, but he was seriously injured.


    At this time, Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong officially started war, and Jiuqu province lost the ability to directly connect with Dali Dynasty.


    Qinggu Zhenjun had some careful thoughts and was unwilling to continue to work for the Dali Dynasty.


    Of course, before he was taught the secret method by Bawu emperor, he made an oath to never betray the Dali emperor.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, the oath of the great road cannot be made easily.


    Once established, it has great binding force.


    If you break the road oath, you will pay a very heavy price.


    He didn''t betray Dali''s mind. He just hid alone in the name of closing down and healing.


    After years of self-cultivation, his injury has long recovered.


    But he didn''t leave the customs and stayed in the closed place.


    In this way, we can not only avoid the wind and rain outside, avoid fighting, but also have a good life and practice. Strive to make up for the defects of the foundation as soon as possible and obtain the ability to break through to the Yang God period.


    After Qinggu Zhenjun took refuge in Dali Dynasty, at least Dali Dynasty treated him with courtesy and gave him a high status.


    The treatment he enjoys in all aspects is also very good.


    He said he wanted to heal his wounds behind closed doors, and it was difficult for others to disturb him.


    If the situation was good in the past, Zhang Weineng was willing to let him go.


    In any case, Qinggu Zhenjun was injured when he invaded the Daheng cultivation world with the expedition army.


    But now, Zhang Weineng''s plot is at a critical moment. He needs to leave Jiuqu province and go to Daheng cultivation world.


    On the side of Jiuqu Province, Dali imperial government still had a strong force to suppress the four sides.


    However, in terms of top combat power, after taiyimen received foreign aid, it was enough to pose a serious threat to the rule of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The combat power of Qinggu Zhenjun has become an indispensable existence.


    The south of Jiuqu province needs a great monk like him to stabilize people''s hearts and suppress all kinds of undercurrent.


    Zhang Wei can ignore being polite to Qinggu Zhenjun and directly break into his closed place.


    Facing Zhang Weineng who came to the door, Qinggu Zhenjun also had to come out to deal with one or two.


    Zhang Weineng was not polite and directly told Qinggu Zhenjun that if he was still loyal to the Dali imperial dynasty, he would immediately leave here and take a seat outside to help the official forces of the Dali imperial dynasty defend the south of Jiuqu province.


    Even if Qinggu Zhenjun was no longer willing, he could not go against Zhang Weineng''s will and had to go out honestly.


    With Qinggu Zhenjun sitting in the south of Jiuqu Province, Zhang Weineng made some arrangements before he went to the Daheng cultivation world.


    On the side of taiyimen, Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative to start the south of Jiuqu province.


    Even if Zhang Wei can''t be here, he is far from the official strength of the imperial dynasty, but there are foreign invaders eyeing him, he won''t light the war.


    If Zhang Weineng didn''t take the initiative to attack taiyimen, Meng Zhang was very satisfied.


    It is rare to have enough peacetime to allow taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng to develop well. Meng Zhang''s plans can also be implemented smoothly.


    But at this time, an uninvited guest came to maple leaf mountain city and asked to see Meng Zhang.


    This person is Xiao Qiao, the younger martial brother of Ziyang Shengzong who walks around Xiao Jiansheng.


    Xiao Qiao is also a member of the Xiao family and has always been a confidant of Xiao Jiansheng.


    After Xiao Jiansheng returned to the sect and closed the door, Xiao Qiao stayed in the Daheng cultivation world and was responsible for monitoring the situation here.


    The last time he came to escort Xiao Jiansheng, he mixed up with the friars in maple leaf mountain city.


    After receiving the news of his request, Meng Zhang quickly sent it to maple leaf mountain city and met him.


    Xiao Qiao knows that Meng Zhang is Xiao Jiansheng''s life-saving benefactor and has a good relationship with the Xiao family.


    After the two met, without any politeness, he went straight to the subject.


    It turned out that although Xiao Jiansheng returned to the sect to heal his wounds, his remaining power is still here in the Daheng cultivation world. Many of the relationships he left behind were well maintained after Xiao Qiao took over.


    Before being surrounded and killed by Zhang Weineng, Xiao Jiansheng noticed an undercurrent in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Some high-level monks of the sect secretly took advantage of this evil disaster to seek the power of demons.


    Such a thing made Xiao Jiansheng very angry.


    The giant forces in the Dharma cultivation world secretly connived at the existence of demons and kept demons. He didn''t know nothing about it.


    However, in order to resist the overall situation of the imperial dynasty, he had to pretend to be invisible and endure silently.


    Now the devil disaster broke out and the lives were ruined. These practitioners didn''t think about how to quell the devil disaster as soon as possible. On the contrary, they continued to play the idea of devil things. They really didn''t know whether to live or die.


    Xiao Jiansheng arranged some eyes and ears to secretly inquire about relevant information.


    According to his idea, when these people act, they will be arrested on the spot, and a man will be stolen and arrested.


    He can make an example of others and use the heads of these people to warn others not to continue to be ambiguous about demons.


    But Xiao Jiansheng didn''t expect that all his plans were cancelled because he was seriously injured and returned to the sect.


    However, the eyes and ears he arranged continued to inquire about the news and passed the news to Xiao Qiao.


    Before Xiao Jiansheng left, he did explain something to Xiao Qiao.


    Compared with Xiao Jiansheng, Xiao Qiao is more jealous of evil and has zero tolerance for demons.


    He hated those friars who secretly indulged demons and even kept demons.


    According to the latest news, there are many high-level friars in the Dharma world who have to hold some evil magic ceremony with the help of the power of demons.


    What Xiao Qiao couldn''t tolerate in particular was that it was said that Dali dynasty would also send people to participate in this event and provided great help.


    It has long been an open secret for Dali to secretly take in evil friars.


    After the war between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court, he directly accused Dali imperial court of colluding with the devil, which is a place to hide evil and accept evil.


    Now the friars of the Dali imperial dynasty, in collusion with the high-level of the Daheng cultivation world, want to hold a magic ceremony.


    Whether out of personal feelings or his bounden duty as a member of Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Qiao will not watch this happen.

 Chapter 1305

    However, most of the power and resources of Ziyang Shengzong have been invested in the plan for Dali''s native land.


    In the corner areas such as Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, Ziyang Shengzong did not pay attention to it and did not invest too much attention and resources.


    Especially after Xiao Jiansheng returned to the sect to heal his wounds, the power of Ziyang holy sect in the Daheng cultivation world weakened to the bottom of the valley.


    Xiao Qiao''s task, in addition to organizing the local truth repair forces to quell the evil disaster, is to inquire about all kinds of news and pay attention to the latest changes in the situation at any time.


    The power of Xiao Qiao alone is not enough to stop the collusion between the Dali imperial dynasty and some high-level friars in the Daheng cultivation world to hold the magic ceremony.


    Although he was born in the holy land, he was just a monk in the middle of the yuan God.


    When the target was the high-level friars in the Dharma world, he neither trusted nor could he mobilize local friars to help the war.


    But if he just watched and did nothing, he felt uneasy.


    If these guys really make a big deal, it will not only cause great harm, but also most of them bear the responsibility afterwards.


    Xiao Qiao first asked zongmen and his family for help.


    But neither the clan nor the family can provide enough strength to support him.


    Especially for Ziyang Shengzong, even if the devil disaster is serious, it will not affect the overall situation in the marginal area of Daheng cultivation world.


    At the critical moment of Dali Dynasty, Ziyang Shengzong will not invest his power in these unimportant places, resulting in the dispersion of power.


    Originally, Xiao Qiao had completed the task as long as he maintained the situation of Daheng cultivation world.


    But he was acutely aware that if those guys really succeed, maybe the situation in the great horizontal cultivation world will really become out of control.


    In desperation, Xiao Qiao thought of Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang himself was a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen and the leader of a sect.


    As long as he is willing, he can send a powerful force to help Xiao Qiao stop the actions of those people.


    So Xiao Qiao came to maple leaf mountain city and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    After listening to Xiao Qiao''s intention, Meng Zhang didn''t promise, but fell into meditation.


    To be honest, if it''s anything else, Meng Zhang is willing to buy Xiao Qiao a face and provide him with all kinds of help.


    But in this matter, Meng Zhang began to hesitate.


    Taiyimen''s current policy is to try not to go to war with foreign countries, try to maintain peace and concentrate on its own development.


    But if you agree to Xiao Qiao''s request, you will completely tear your face with the Dali Dynasty and the Xiuzhen forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    It''s really a bit tricky to fight against the high-level friars in Dali imperial dynasty and Daheng cultivation world and face demons.


    If one is not good, the stronghold of maple leaf mountain city will be directly attacked by the cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world.


    On the other side of Jiuqu Province, taiyimen will directly face the pressure of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Simply making friends with Xiao Qiao, even if he is a disciple of Ziyang Shengzong or a member of the Xiao family, it is not worth Meng Zhang to pay such a high price.


    Taiyimen''s development policy cannot be easily changed.


    When Meng Zhang was about to say no to Xiao Qiao, he suddenly felt a palpitation in his heart.


    A sudden feeling came to him.


    As a mystery master, he is no stranger to this feeling.


    This is his spiritual awareness reminding him that he can''t just refuse Xiao Qiao''s request.


    Lingjue was stirred and took the initiative to remind him that Meng Zhang didn''t dare to be careless.


    After a little hesitation, he found an excuse to leave temporarily and came to a quiet room.


    He began to use Dayan divination, trying to figure out what kind of involvement was behind Xiao Qiao''s request.


    Meng Zhang made up his mind to try not to use the magic of heaven at will.


    Unless there is really no other way, or things are too important, he will do it once.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, his unique spiritual sense is stirred. This is definitely not a small matter. It is worth Meng Zhang''s good promotion at the risk of the reversal of heaven.


    After some deduction, Meng Zhang did not get too clear results.


    He has encountered this situation many times before.


    That is because the level of power involved in this matter is too high, or there are strong people with more strength than him, so it has a certain interference with derivation.


    In the fuzzy results derived from the deduction, the whole Daheng cultivation world seemed to be shrouded in dark clouds, and a catastrophe far more terrible than the previous magic disaster occurred.


    Meng Zhang did not deduce the specific situation of the Holocaust. He just knew that if he did not stop it in advance, when the Holocaust broke out completely, not only the whole Daheng cultivation world would be in danger of being occupied, but also other surrounding areas.


    As for the foundation of taiyimen in the Daheng cultivation world, maple leaf mountain city was completely occupied in the Holocaust, and taiyimen friars suffered heavy losses.


    In addition to these pictures and situations, Meng Zhang did not deduce any more content.


    Meng Zhang was shocked by the derived content alone. He stood still for a long time without saying a word.


    After a while, Meng Zhang reacted and remembered that Xiao Qiao was still waiting for his response.


    The spiritual sense was stirred and deduced such a result. Meng Zhang knew that he could not avoid it.


    As a member of the human race, he still has a minimum of human nature.


    If we really make the deduced picture become a reality, the Terrans in the great horizontal cultivation world may almost be reduced to the edge of extinction.


    Things hurt their kind. Meng Zhang can''t watch this happen.


    The foundation of maple leaf mountain city was destroyed, and the scene of the death and injury of friar taiyimen touched Meng Zhang''s inverse scale.


    Meng Zhang knew for a long time that the power of the devil''s way could not be bothered.


    He never avoided the evil way, and never colluded with the evil cultivation.


    However, not everyone in the cultivation world has the consciousness and self-control of Meng Zhang.


    For the sake of powerful power, it is common to collude with demon Xiu.


    For the sake of their own path, it is common to use the power of demons.


    Devil friars are not benevolent men and women, nor are they great benevolents of Bodhisattva''s heart. They never provide strength to others for no reason.


    What they do best is to seduce others into depravity.


    What they like to see most is that the so-called righteous friars fall into the devil and become their new colleagues.


    Meng Zhang had long been alert to the serious consequences of colluding with demons and demons.


    But he never thought that the high-level friars in the Dharma world would play so much.


    The terrible catastrophe came, and the whole Daheng cultivation world was completely occupied


    If Meng Zhang does nothing and allows such things to happen, taiyimen will lose more than the hard-built foundation of maple leaf mountain city.


    Jiuqu province is around the Daheng cultivation world.


    If the catastrophe spread and affected Jiuqu Province, even the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate could not escape.

 Chapter 1306

    Meng Zhang, who had intended to stay out of the matter, was touched by his spiritual sense and gave rise to a terrible scene.


    This let him know that he must face up to it and never escape with luck.


    In the cultivation world, most practitioners hold the idea that it''s none of their own business. As long as the trouble doesn''t find its own head, it won''t take the initiative to do much.


    When Meng Zhang was young, he didn''t like this practice.


    However, when he became the leader of a school and his cultivation and status became higher and higher, he became more and more conservative.


    What he despised at that time has become one of his principles.


    This is because the higher the status, the more things you carry. There are many bottles and cans that contain his behavior.


    Now, for the coming catastrophe, Meng Zhang must break his previous code of conduct and take the initiative to intervene in this matter.


    Since there is no escape, Meng Zhang should think about how to act.


    As long as he is involved in this matter, those high-level practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world and the Dali Dynasty will certainly tear their faces.


    Meng Zhang should not only take this opportunity to inflict heavy losses on these people, but also consider how to deal with the aftermath of good things.


    Meng Zhang thought again before returning to the reception hall.


    At this time, Xiao Qiao was a little impatient and began to feel a little restless.


    With his cultivation and mind, he shouldn''t have been so unbearable.


    However, because this matter is very important to him, Meng Zhang is almost the only object he can turn to for help.


    He always looked forward to Meng Zhang''s decision in his heart, so he seemed a little impatient.


    When Meng Zhang came to Xiao Qiao, he first said a lot of difficulties. He and taiyimen had to face many problems


    Listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Xiao Qiao could hardly hide his disappointment.


    He was not sure whether Meng Zhang would promise himself.


    After all, the matter is too important and the enemy is too powerful. It is reasonable that Meng Zhang is unwilling to help.


    At this time, Meng Zhang talked about his friendship with Xiao Jiansheng, the friendship between taiyimen and the Xiao family, and taiyimen''s admiration for Ziyang Shengzong


    In a word, no matter how difficult it is and how much it costs, Meng Zhang will try his best to mobilize taiyimen''s strength to participate in this matter and will never disappoint the friends of the Xiao family.


    Meng Zhang''s statement moved Xiao Qiao a little.


    He did not expect that Meng Zhang was such a person who valued emotion, righteousness and righteousness.


    Just to make friends with friends, I am willing to get involved in such things that have nothing to do with myself.


    Since Meng Zhang indicated that he was willing to help, of course, he should care about the specific details.


    To be honest, Xiao Qiao knows little about the plans of those guys.


    Meng Zhang may have seen more information than Xiao Qiao by using Dayan''s divine calculation.


    What Xiao Qiao knows most is the several high-level practitioners of the great horizontal cultivation world who participated in this matter.


    Meng Zhang was a little disappointed. Xiao Qiao didn''t know much about the enemy''s dynamics, so it was difficult to make targeted arrangements.


    Meng Zhang covered up his disappointment and asked Xiao Qiao what strength he could use.


    Hearing Meng Zhang asking this question, Xiao Qiao showed a look of embarrassment on his face.


    In those years, Xiao Jiansheng laid out a plan in the Daheng cultivation world, defeated the expedition army of the Dali imperial dynasty, and established a high prestige.


    Later, he also organized a team of monks to actively participate in the action to quell the demon disaster.


    At the beginning, the monks in Xiao Jiansheng''s team were basically provided by several major schools.


    Xiao Jiansheng also knew that he could not completely accept these sect friars.


    Although they are obedient to Xiao Jiansheng''s words, their position is very unreliable when Xiao Jiansheng conflicts with the sect they came from.


    Therefore, Xiao Jiansheng used the reputation of Ziyang holy sect and the resources provided by Daheng cultivation world to attract a group of friars focusing on scattered cultivation.


    However, as Xiao Jiansheng was injured and returned to the zongmen, he took over Xiao bridge, where Xiao Jiansheng stayed, but he did not have enough ability and prestige to continue to command these friars.


    When neither Ziyang Shengzong nor the Xiao family will provide more support, Xiao Qiao can command up to two or three friars of the same level.


    He also predicted that in the next action, at least Yuanshen Zhenjun was qualified to participate.


    It was because of his poor self-knowledge that he came to Meng Zhang for help.


    Since Xiao Qiao is so unreliable, Meng Zhang has to rely on himself.


    After discussing with Xiao Qiao and agreeing on the details of the action, he immediately sent it back to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang has long considered what kind of team to organize to stop each other''s actions.


    Meng Zhang first went to Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters and explained the general process of the matter. He hoped that the three of them could act together with themselves to stop each other''s actions.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun was hired to take charge of Taiyi gate, mainly to sell the face of Ziyang Saint Xiao Liang.


    Before hiring, Xiao Liang also clearly told them.


    As long as they show up at Taiyi gate, the enemy of Taiyi gate is likely to stop and give up the attack.


    The three of them don''t have to do anything. If they stay in taiyimen for 20 years, they can get a lot of money.


    Meng Zhang''s request is a little beyond the conditions of the original employment.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, who could have refused, agreed after thinking for a while.


    In his opinion, his brother and sister have all come. It''s better to send the Buddha to the west, so as to sell the favor of Taiyi gate.


    If we refuse Meng Zhang now, Meng Zhang will not say anything, and there will be dissatisfaction in his heart.


    It''s hard for Xiao Liang to explain in the future.


    Moreover, although the three of them are casual practitioners, they still regard themselves as righteous monks on weekdays, belonging to a group of people who cherish feathers.


    Since you are a member of the right path, it''s not good to ignore things related to demon cultivation and demons.


    Nanzhu and Zhenjun agreed to help. Meng Zhang was determined that the next thing would be well arranged.


    The next person on the list of the dispatched team formulated by Meng Zhang is Jin Lizhen.


    She is a strong person in the Taiyi sect because of her cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen.


    Moreover, she is proficient in all kinds of thunder methods and is the bane of all kinds of demons.


    Of course, the array master Wen qiansuan should take it with him. If he encounters the array prohibition, he can solve it.


    Meng''s two disciples, an Xiao ran, were also transferred from the temple of heaven by Meng Zhang.


    As a master of Dandao, an Xiaoran is not only proficient in many healing methods, but also her major "Fusang Sutra" has a strong restraining effect on demons.


    As for the great master of Ziyang Shengzong crane, Meng Zhang thought for a moment and let him continue to sleep.


    For one thing, taiyimen needs a strong man at the level of a big monk.


    Second, in case he has any shortcomings in the war, Meng Zhang can''t explain to Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1307

    Although Zhang Weineng and nu Jiao Wang were temporarily deterred by Meng Zhang, they should not attack taiyimen in a short time.


    But with such two strong enemies around him, Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless.


    Before he leaves taiyimen, he still has to make arrangements.


    When Meng Zhang was away, Niu Dawei, his eldest disciple, acted as the leader and was responsible for all the affairs of the sect.


    Once attacked by these two enemies, Niu Dawei should actively organize resistance.


    If the war situation is unfavorable, we must retreat to the mountain gate, buy time and wait for Meng Zhang''s return.


    After making various arrangements, Meng Zhang took the people to the maple leaf mountain city through the long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.


    On the side of maple leaf mountain city, Yang Xueyi has been waiting for a long time.


    Yang Xueyi has been in charge of Daheng cultivation world for many years. She has fought with demons frequently and accumulated rich experience in fighting demons.


    Since there are likely to be demons among the enemies this time, it is natural to take Yang Xueyi with you.


    In this way, there were a full number of eight Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team organized by Meng Zhang.


    Led by the great friar Meng Zhang, together with Jin Lizhen Jun, Nan Zhuzhen Jun, Wen qiansuan, Yang Xueyi and an Xiaoran.


    Such a lineup, slightly weaker Yuanshen faction may not be able to get it out.


    The eight of them joined hands, not to mention walking horizontally in the Daheng cultivation world, at least they would not fear any cultivation forces here.


    After Xiao Qiao and Meng Zhang made an agreement, he left maple leaf mountain city to gather the strength he could concentrate.


    Meng Zhang and them waited for a few days in maple leaf mountain city. Xiao Qiao rushed here with two yuan God friars.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s strong team, Xiao Qiao tried his best, but he could only come up with a lineup of two or three big cats and kittens, which made him feel a little Hao Ran.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of these, but simply said hello and received all the ten yuan gods except himself into the void tripod.


    Fortunately, everyone trusted Meng Zhang and did not make any resistance, otherwise the void tripod would not have the ability to suppress so many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    With the help of the transmission ability of the void tripod, Meng Zhang left the maple leaf mountain city directly and transmitted it to the west of the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    According to the information obtained by Xiao Qiao, among the monks who led the magic ceremony, Shanliang Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain is a very important figure.


    Meng Zhang and the friars of Wanhe mountain have not lost the only great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, and the new great friars have not been trained in time.


    In terms of top combat effectiveness, Wanheshan has been in an absolute disadvantage among the four giants.


    SONGFENG sect, which has been tit for tat with Wanhe mountain for many years, had to be at a disadvantage in the face of Wanhe mountain because Cangsong Zhenjun, the only yuan God in the door, was old and had little life left.


    Now Wanheshan''s strength has fallen sharply. Of course, SONGFENG sect will not miss such a rare opportunity. It must try its best to suppress each other.


    If Bairi Valley and Xiangjia didn''t want to destroy the balance of power in the Daheng cultivation world at this time and came forward one after another, I''m afraid both of them would have gone to war.


    Bairi Valley and Xiangjia are unwilling to fight with each other, but they will not prevent the SONGFENG sect from embezzling various interests of Wanhe mountain.


    Even both of them will participate and plunder all kinds of benefits.


    It is precisely because of the severe external pressure that the high-level of Wanhe mountain is so eager to hold the magic ceremony and try to obtain power from the magic.


    Shanliang Zhenjun has a high position in the door, almost second only to Taishang Da Changlao mountain chongzhenjun and the leader.


    He used a lot of resources from Wanhe mountain to promote this matter.


    Of course, it is inevitable that there will be a lot of help from other cultivation forces.


    Now, everything is ready, only due to the east wind. He is about to start the last step of his plan.


    Meng Zhang was not very familiar with the situation of Daheng cultivation world, so he delayed a little on the road.


    Fortunately, the space he had carried was enough to make him not miss the whereabouts of the emperor awesome.


    In order to hold this magic ceremony, we need to collect a lot of resources.


    Shanliang Zhenjun is a delicate character. He will personally intervene in any small matter, or even do it himself.


    Among the information obtained by Xiao Qiao, there was no place for the magic ceremony, but there was the whereabouts of the real king of the ridge.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure flashed out at the foot of a high mountain, a huge flying boat was leaving here at high speed in the distance.


    Although the flying boat is huge, its flying movements are extremely flexible.


    The flying boat doesn''t fly high, but flies very low. Many times, it flies almost close to the ground.


    Even if there are occasional obstacles on the road ahead, it won''t fly very high.


    Surrounded by a continuous mountain, flying boats pass through the mountains flexibly.


    According to Xiao Qiao''s information, Shanliang Zhenjun is on the flying boat in front of him.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure and silently followed the flying boat in front of him.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, if he deliberately hides it, the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun can''t find his deeds at all.


    The flying boat advanced cautiously, obviously with enough defense.


    The flying boat does not advance in a straight line, but goes around East and West, changes direction from time to time, and even stops suddenly.


    The friars on the flying boat are always on high alert. They often look left and right and look around.


    But all these means have no effect on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has a brilliant hiding method. When necessary, he can quietly sneak into the space between the underworld and the Yang world without any trace of Ruth.


    The flying boat went around on the road for more than half a month, and finally it was close to its destination.


    Meng Zhang also recognized what was ahead.


    This is near a branch of the Daheng mountains.


    After the demise of Taiyi gate in its heyday, a group of escaped fish rebuilt Taiyi gate nearby.


    The demon disaster that wiped out the rebuilt taiyimen is also nearby.


    Even if the demon disaster subsided later, this is still the area occupied by demons.


    Of course, this is also one of the places where several great cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world secretly raise demons.


    In those years, Meng Zhang came here under the guidance of the extreme sword general, overcome various difficulties, broke into the demon group, and recaptured the void tripod, the inheritance treasure of Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1308

    Meng Zhang did not expect that he would return to this place again after many years.


    He ignored the sigh and still secretly followed the flying boat.


    Ahead is a continuous mountain range. The flying boat flew past and disappeared immediately.


    Meng Zhangyun looked at the mountain in front of him and saw a huge Dharma array hidden in the mountains.


    It looks like an ordinary mountain, but the interior is obscured by a vast space.


    Through the cover of the array, he found that there was a huge Valley inside.


    In the valley, many monks of all kinds are busy.


    The flying boat hovered in mid air, and the monks in it went in and out, carrying all kinds of things.


    Shanliang Zhenjun led a group of monks to fly towards the valley.


    Although Meng Zhang''s array attainments are average, he also knows that the array ahead not only has hidden effects, but also has the function of early warning.


    Now the situation is unknown. Instead of rushing over, he waited silently in the distance.


    Without waiting too long, another huge flying boat flew from a distance.


    From the shape of the flying boat and the banner outside, this is the flying boat of the family of the four giants in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Xiangjia attaches great importance to blood because it is inherited by the family.


    Although the family will also recruit some friars with other surnames to increase fresh blood, the number is limited.


    The core of the family is always the direct friar of Xiangjia.


    In this way, although the cohesion within the family is maintained, the power of the family will not be lost.


    However, the source of family friars is a little single.


    Compared with those sects, family inheritance naturally has great disadvantages in this regard.


    Of course, Xiangjia must be one of the big four.


    In addition to the excellent skill inherited by the family, the special blood circulating in the family is even more powerful and has extraordinary potential.


    It is said that some advanced cultivation skills of Xiang family were created by Xiang''s ancestors for his family. Only friars with Xiang''s blood can cultivate them to the top.


    Over the years, the number and quality of Xiangjia high-end friars have remained stable, and the family has made great contributions to the inheritance of blood.


    Just because the number of core clans is limited, there are fewer people who can practice and achieve success. Compared with the other three giants, there are disadvantages in many aspects.


    Therefore, Xiangjia has been the most low-key and conservative among the big four for many years.


    Many times, as long as their own interests are not infringed, Xiangjia will not attack easily.


    It is precisely because of Xiangjia''s non aggressive style that Xiangjia can find both sides of the big four and buy well everywhere.


    Meng Zhang is not surprised that such a great family of Xiuzhen as Xiang Jia participates in such a thing.


    In fact, on the issue of demons, many cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world, including the four giants, are not innocent.


    The flying boat flying home flew into the valley. Before it landed, a line of monks flew out of the flying boat.


    Seeing the first monk, Meng Zhang''s face changed slightly and was a little surprised.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang made great efforts to collect information from well-known monks in the Dharma world.


    Before this operation, in order to show sincerity, Xiao Qiao of Ziyang Shengzong shared with Meng Zhang some information about Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    The first of the friars was Xiang, the master of the family and the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Xiang Huanan is not only Xiang''s master, but also Xiang''s only great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    He is really in power at Xiang''s home. He has the absolute power of the family.


    Like other cultivation forces, although they also secretly store demons and other things, they are all other monks and leaders of the sect who pretend not to know.


    This is also a necessary self-protection strategy.


    If something serious happens, the leader will be innocent as long as he doesn''t directly participate in it. All things are the actions of a small group of monks in the door.


    Xiang Huanan didn''t even cover up at all, but directly participated in the matter, which shows his recklessness. This is not in line with his rumored character at all.


    In the valley, there is a tall altar.


    At this moment, around the altar, a group of monks were whispering.


    These friars are basically the true monarch of the yuan God, and come from various forces in the Daheng cultivation world.


    In addition to the monks of the big four family, there are some other monks of the sect, such as iron clad door, ChiYan society, and even several casual monks.


    When Xianghua came with a group of Xiangjia monks, Shanliang Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain was arguing with Bai Songzhen of SONGFENG sect.


    Wanheshan and SONGFENG faction are fighting fiercely now. Although Shanliang Zhenjun and Bai songzhenjun have colluded for a long time, they began to make trouble because of the contradiction between their respective sects.


    In the Daheng cultivation world, these cultivation sects, including the four giants, do not hesitate to risk the universal condemnation, secretly connive at the existence of demons, and even directly store demons. They covet the power of demons and want to get something from them.


    There are two main purposes. One is to enhance the strength of the Xiuzhen force,

 Chapter 1309

    Other practitioners, even those from the same big four, participate in the activities of this organization in their own name and cannot use the power of the whole sect.


    As the initiator of the organization, Xianghua has directly invested many resources of Xiangjia.


    He can not only fully represent Xiangjia, but also easily mobilize the strength of the whole Xiangjia.


    After the death of shanchong Zhenjun, Xiang Huanan was the only great monk in the later period of Yuanshen within the organization.


    Among the practitioners participating in this organization, there are no good men and women, but many people with deep intention and ruthlessness.


    Many people are afraid to rely on the absolute strength advantage of South China, put aside the people and swallow all the achievements alone.


    In this matter, no matter how you express it to South China, you can''t completely win the trust of everyone.


    At this time, the dark son of the Dali imperial dynasty in the Daheng cultivation world found out about it.


    Dali Dynasty used a lot of magic cultivation to conquer the real world of Daheng.


    After hearing this, these demons seemed to smell the flies of smelly meat and rushed over one after another.


    These demons knew that they were not strong enough to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth, and informed Zhang Weineng of the matter.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t know for what purpose. He not only didn''t obstruct it, but also actively participated in it.


    For participants other than Xiangjia friar, Zhang Weineng is actually welcome to join.


    Although there are more people, everyone will share less when they finally divide the fruit.


    However, only when Zhang Wei can join us can we effectively curb the expansion to South China.


    Otherwise, if you turn your face to South China, others will be empty and even lose their lives.


    As for the hatred between Dali imperial dynasty and Daheng Xiuzhen world, it has long been forgotten by everyone.


    Xiang Huanan certainly doesn''t want Zhang Weineng and others to participate, but it''s hard to break the public''s will. He doesn''t want to turn against everyone before he''s done.


    I don''t know whether Zhang Weineng led people to join the relationship. Although everyone''s plan is about to be completed, the atmosphere inside this loose organization has always been strange recently.


    Although Shanliang Zhenjun and Bai songzhenjun belong to different sects, they can still coexist peacefully within the organization.


    Now the two are arguing loudly, with an attitude that they will start if they disagree.


    Among the monks around, the only one who is qualified to stop them is ri Guangzhen Jun of Bairi valley.


    But at this time, RI Guangzhen Jun not only didn''t stop the dispute between them, but looked very energetic as he sat on the mountain watching the tiger fight.


    In this way, even if the other Yuanshen Zhenjun had the intention to come forward to advise, it was hard to say anything.


    Xiang Huanan led a group of Xiang family members to fly over. Seeing that Shanliang Zhenjun and Bai songzhenjun were still arguing there, he couldn''t help yelling.


    What time is it? These people are still in the mood to fool around here.


    Xiang South China is the first of all present in terms of strength and prestige.


    Even if he comes forward, the friars of other cultivation forces dare not contradict him head-on.


    He glanced at the sky in South China and showed an impatient look on his face.


    Originally, he was extremely reluctant to participate in the participation of Zhang Weineng and others.


    Now, seeing that the time is coming, Zhang Weineng and others are still delayed. He has some hesitation in his heart.


    Zhang Weineng and his gang don''t want to sneak attack while the ceremony is going on, do they?


    For the exclusion of Zhang Weineng and others, in addition to stakeholders, Xiang Huanan was always worried about these enemies from the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Fortunately, the worst worry about South China has not become a reality.


    Just when he was a little suspicious, Zhang Weineng and others flew into the valley in a small flying boat.


    Zhang Weineng didn''t come alone. He was followed by several demons.


    Among these demons, Mo Qingzhen is the leader.


    Although Mo Qingzhen showed many accomplishments in the middle of the yuan God, he was able to compete with the great friars in the later period of the yuan God.


    Zhang Weineng and his party flew to the altar.


    At this time, Zhang Weineng couldn''t see the prestige of any great frontier officials of the imperial dynasty, but was very kind.


    He first hugged and bowed around, apologized for his late arrival, and then skillfully greeted the familiar monks and made friends with them.


    Moqing Zhenjun and other demons also found their own acquaintances and talked enthusiastically.


    Seeing the style of Zhang Weineng and others in South China, Xiang snorted heavily in his nose, but didn''t say much.


    Organizing this organization to South China is to mobilize people''s strength, provide sufficient resources, carry out a special magic ceremony and communicate with a demon God in the demon domain.


    At that time, as long as you offer enough sacrifices, you can ask the demon God to give strength to help you break through their cultivation bottleneck.


    Although all the monks participating in this organization covet the power of the devil''s way, they still have the least vigilance against the devil''s way.


    The evil way is notorious, and the power of the evil god is not so easy to be contaminated.


    The demon God can compete with the real immortal. He has great powers and boundless magic power.


    Even across many worlds, far away from the extraterritorial void, a random idea may set off countless storms.


    Not to mention, demons are moody people.


    Even for their devout believers, demons are often full of malice and like to frame and torture.


    These practitioners involved in this matter can''t even talk about demon God believers. They just covet the power given by demon God.


    In the course of the ceremony, it is very common to accidentally change from a sacrifice to a sacrifice.


    It''s common for people to be infected by demons, lose their mind and completely become walking corpses and living puppets.


    It can be said that Xiang Huanan has made a lot of efforts to organize so many monks to participate in this matter together.


    The demon God he was going to communicate with was an alien among many demons in the demon kingdom.


    Although this demon God is as ferocious as other demons, he is more trustworthy and won''t, or disdain to play with those intrigues.


    Even if the demon God wants to create disasters and infect all sentient beings, he often does it openly and honestly, and never disdains to act secretly.


    As long as he strictly follows various processes in the sacrificial ceremony, meticulously completes the ceremony and offers sacrifices to the satisfaction of the demon God, he is not stingy to give some strength.


    Many practitioners in Daheng cultivation world have a certain understanding of demons and demons.


    All the practitioners involved in this matter have carefully studied all kinds of things related to the devil''s way.


    The taboo of the demon God has been recorded in some ancient books of the devil way.


    Some erudite Yuanshen Zhenjun have also read such classics more or less.


    The records in the classics are similar to many of the information provided to South China.

 Chapter 1310

    Xiang Huanan also revealed a big secret about Xiang''s family in order to win people''s trust.


    Xiangjia''s ancestors communicated with the demon God by chance. Through fair trade, he gained a trace of the power of the demon God.


    Since then, this trace of power has been circulating in Xiangjia''s blood and has been circulating until now.


    Relying on the blood force inherited by the family, Xiangjia has today''s status and achievements.


    Xiangjia, on the side of the Daheng cultivation world, is a cultivation family that has been inherited for more than 2000 years.


    Xiangjia is also one of the four giants in the world of great horizontal cultivation.


    After so many years of inheritance, Xiangjia has never lacked the true monarch of the yuan God. The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen have always been relatively stable.


    There have been many rumors about Xiangjia''s blood inheritance in the Daheng cultivation world long ago.


    It''s rare to be so frank with South China. It really attracts many monks.


    Of course, the monks who can cultivate to the golden elixir period and even the yuan God period are basically crafty people.


    They did not easily believe these words from South China, but sought verification in many ways and inquired carefully.


    In order to communicate with the demon God, Xiang Jia generously handed over all the details of the ceremony.


    These relevant contents have been carefully examined by the participants.


    In a word, because Xiang Jia really didn''t do anything in the middle, all the information provided is true and credible.


    Well known monks from all sides, including Mr. Shan Chongzhen, have joined this loose temporary organization one after another.


    The main task of the members of the organization is to assist the exhibition in the smooth progress of the ceremony.


    When the ceremony was completed, he successfully communicated with the demon God. Then we will share the power given by the demon God according to everyone''s contribution.


    It is very difficult to hold this ceremony. It can be called a huge project.


    It takes a long time to hold this ceremony, with all kinds of cumbersome procedures and all kinds of very complex rituals.


    Every once in a while, sacrifices will be held on this altar, offering all kinds of sacrifices.


    These offerings have a wide variety and a large number.


    Not to mention all kinds of living creatures such as living humans and monsters, but also all kinds of precious materials, including legendary heaven and earth treasures, and even all kinds of strange demons.


    Even though the great horizontal cultivation world secretly acquiesced in the existence of the place occupied by demons, after years of accumulation, there can not provide enough kinds of demons.


    Fortunately, the devil disaster broke out later, countless creatures were dyed by the devil, and countless kinds of demons appeared in the Daheng cultivation world, so we barely raised enough sacrifices.


    Of course, due to the special requirements of this ceremony, the time span of the ceremony is very long, almost decades.


    For friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, this time can still afford to wait.


    In those days, the reason why shanchongzhen Jun was sure that he could refine the demon fetus secretly was to a large extent that this ceremony could give him special power so that he could completely overwhelm the demon fetus.


    Now, this long-lasting magic ceremony has finally come to an end.


    The time to communicate with the demon God is close at hand.


    After Zhang Weineng brought people here, all participants basically arrived.


    Dozens of monks, including more than 20 strong ones at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, stood around the tall altar in a certain order.


    Most of the practitioners summoned to South China were in the period of Yuanshen, and only a few Jindan immortal with special skills.


    Among the monks present, Xiang Jia is the most numerous.


    Many golden elixir immortal who had high hopes also participated in the ceremony, hoping to get the power given by the demon God.


    When the people began to prepare for the ceremony, Meng Zhang soon felt the flaw of the front array after communicating with Wen qiansuan in the void tripod.


    This large array has neither strong attack nor strong defense.


    Its main functions are to hide this huge Valley and to prevent outsiders from sneaking in.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, as long as he found the flaw of the big array, he easily passed through the big array silently and sneaked into the valley.


    With the help of the power of the void tripod, Meng Zhang''s figure freely travels secretly in different levels of space.


    Shadow space is a special space between the sun and the underworld.


    Many assassins and spies are used to haunt quietly in different places in the world through this space.


    Meng Zhang also made use of this secret space.


    However, there was almost no movement in and out of this space, which was more hidden than those so-called shadow masters.


    Meng Zhang quietly came to a place not far from the altar and secretly observed the front.


    The ceremony of communicating with demons and gods has clearly entered the final stage.


    Dozens of Xiangjia monks, young and old, men and women, danced strangely in front of the altar.


    Their bodies twisted wildly, their faces were full of fanaticism, but their eyes looked a little confused.


    As they danced wildly, a gloomy wind blew around the altar.


    All kinds of braziers were placed around the altar.


    The miserable green flame in the brazier swayed with the strong wind.


    One sacrifice after another was sent to the altar in front of the practitioners at home.


    Among the offerings are the cultivators who are obviously not weak in cultivation, strange demons and all kinds of rare treasures


    Those practitioners who were restrained stopped talking. Even if many demons were imprisoned, they were still frantically struggling and howling.


    However, when these demons were escorted near the altar, they immediately became silent. They not only stopped struggling, but also dared not go out of the atmosphere and make any movement.


    The tall altar is like a bottomless pit. No matter how many sacrifices are given, these sacrifices will disappear silently on the altar.


    The monks under the altar looked solemn and respectfully watching the ceremony.


    No matter how rebellious they are on weekdays, they dare not neglect the coming power of demons and gods.


    Meng Zhang looked at the dark crowd and was under great pressure.


    You can know the strength of the enemy in front of you at a glance without counting.


    No matter the number of monks or combat effectiveness, your side does not have any advantage.


    At least half of the strength of the Daheng cultivation world is concentrated below, which is strong enough to surpass any sect in the Daheng cultivation world.


    If Meng Zhang and their eleven yuan gods Zhenjun force their hands, they may soon be submerged by the enemy in front of them.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s purpose this time is not to completely eliminate the enemy in front, but to prevent the final completion of the ceremony.


    If deployed properly, it is not impossible to succeed.

 Chapter 1311

    Meng Zhang secretly communicated with the monks in the void tripod and began to make plans secretly.


    It doesn''t need too complicated plans, just make a simple order and finish it soon.


    What really matters is the time to do it.


    When the ceremony is about to be completed and all the enemies are attracted by the ceremony, that is the best time to start.


    Of course, it can''t be too late. We must not miss the opportunity.


    If you wait until the ceremony is completed, who knows what will happen here.


    Meng Zhang did not know the purpose of the ceremony.


    The information provided by Xiao Qiao only said that a group of high-level friars held a magic ceremony in an attempt to obtain the power of the magic.


    There is no information related to this ceremony in the intelligence deduced by Meng Zhang with Dayan divine calculation.


    The picture he saw was that after the completion of the magic ceremony here, the catastrophe came to the Daheng cultivation world and affected the Jiuqu province.


    Whatever the consideration, he would not allow the enemy to complete the ceremony.


    Meng Zhang carefully investigated the situation ahead and carefully speculated on the completion time of the ceremony.


    As the ceremony neared completion, many people could not hide their excited faces.


    In addition to Xiangjia, Wanheshan was the one who participated in and contributed the most to this event.


    Especially after the accident of Shanzhong Zhenjun, Shanliang Zhenjun vigorously promoted it.


    In his opinion, obtaining power from the demon God through this ceremony has become the only way to solve the current dilemma of Wanhe mountain.


    However, now that the ceremony is about to be completed, Shanliang Zhenjun has other thoughts in his heart.


    Although the demon God has great powers, he is not omnipotent.


    Across a long distance, the power given by the demon God is limited.


    With so many people present, it''s a little hard to think about how to allocate limited power.


    Xiangjia, as the initiator of this matter, makes the greatest contribution and should occupy the largest share.


    According to the previous agreement, Wanhe mountain should occupy the largest share next.


    However, the cultivation world has always spoken with strength. Can we still hold the current share after losing the Wanhe mountain that weighs the real king?


    No one has too many benefits. Will Xiangjia, who accounts for the largest share, be dissatisfied and continue to eat more?


    Although the power of Zhang Weineng and his party was introduced to contain Xiangjia, we should also give them some shares.


    With their strong strength, are they willing to accept only such a small share?


    For a moment, Shanliang Zhenjun fell into complex thoughts.


    After the death of shanchong Zhenjun, Shanliang Zhenjun has been facing great pressure.


    The leader of Wanhe mountain is low-key and doesn''t take care of things very much.


    It is shanchong Zhenjun and his deputy Shanliang Zhenjun who really hold the power of Wanhe mountain.


    Similarly, Wanhe mountain is in a disadvantageous situation, and the pressure is mainly borne by Shanliang Zhenjun.


    Originally, although he and Bai songzhenjun had different positions, they had the same purpose, and their relationship had always been passable.


    Before, because he was in a bad mood, he actually clashed with Bai Songzhen Jun in public, which is not like his usual behavior.


    Seeing that the ceremony was about to be completed, he began to worry about gain and loss.


    For a moment, I was worried that the ceremony could not successfully communicate with the demon God, and for a moment, I was worried that the power given by the demon God could not reach me


    When Shanliang Zhenjun''s thoughts began to be confused, Bai songzhenjun secretly looked at him and began to struggle in his heart.


    For so many years, because the Cang Song Zhen Jun Shou yuan is about to run out, in the face of the pressing of Wanhe mountain step by step, the SONGFENG sect has only kept giving way.


    The monks of SONGFENG sect, including Bai Songzhen, have accumulated countless anger.


    A few years ago, shanchongzhenjun died. Naturally, SONGFENG sect should seize this opportunity to counter attack.


    In the hearts of many monks of SONGFENG sect, they have the idea of taking this opportunity to completely solve the Wanhe mountain.


    Of course, Bai Songzhen Jun knows what Shanliang Zhen Jun is thinking. He wants to use this ceremony to obtain the power of demons and gods and solve various problems faced by Wanhe mountain.


    Bai songzhenjun felt very guilty and remorse at this time.


    He clearly knew that Shanliang Zhenjun''s plan not only did not stop, but also promoted it. He even didn''t hesitate to secretly use the sect''s resources for this purpose.


    He also needs to use the power of the demon God to help him break through the bottleneck of cultivation.


    For his own sake, he gave the enemy a chance to breathe. Maybe Shanliang Zhenjun would take the opportunity to turn over.


    Bai Songzhen Jun has deep feelings and enough loyalty to zongmen SONGFENG school.


    His behavior at this time was clearly betraying his family.


    Remorse and guilt, like poisonous snakes, kept gnawing at his heart.


    Bai Songzhen Jun looked at the back of Shanliang Zhen Jun, and his uncontrollable killing intention rose in his heart.


    Blame this damn guy for making himself a traitor of the sect.


    Unconsciously, Bai Songzhen Jun''s eyes were red.


    The singing and dancing in front of the altar continued.


    This crazy dance, which has no beauty in Meng Zhang''s eyes and is the same as dancing the great God, is coming to an end.


    Many crazy dancers to the family have begun to foam at the mouth and collapse to the ground.


    This has happened more than once in the past.


    Enough ethnic replacements were arranged at home, and the wild dance almost never stopped.


    The last group of ready family members hurried forward and began the last wild dance.


    At this time, while everyone''s attention was basically attracted by the dancers, Bai Songzhen Jun, who couldn''t suppress his killing intention, suddenly shot.


    He jumped forward and suddenly appeared behind Shanliang Zhenjun.


    He did not sacrifice any magic weapon, but slapped it with one palm.


    Originally, high-level friars would keep enough distance from each other on weekdays.


    It is normal to keep a safe distance of hundreds of feet between the yuan God Zhenjun of different sects.


    But now, because the space around the altar is limited, we have to be close to each other.


    Although everyone knows that no one will do it here, it''s still relatively safe around.


    However, there is still an instinctive vigilance among high-ranking friars.


    Especially with the completion of the ceremony and the arrival of the long-awaited moment, many people present began to be confused.


    No one thought that Bai Songzhen Jun would choose to attack suddenly at this time.


    Confused and unable to dodge, Shanliang Zhenjun was slapped, but the injury was not very serious.


    First, he was in the middle of Yuanshen, and Bai Songzhen Jun was only in the early stage of Yuanshen.


    Second, in a hurry, Bai Song Zhenjun not only failed to go all out, but also didn''t show the combat effectiveness that Yuanshen Zhenjun should have.


    Shanliang Zhenjun spits blood and flies out.


    Some friars instinctively began to cast spells to protect themselves because of their instinctive reaction or too nervous, and even unconsciously shot around.


    For a moment, many monks in the field began to fight against each other because of the sneak attack of Bai Songzhen Jun, and the whole scene seemed very chaotic.

 Chapter 1312

    The friars in the field have complex origins and different sources.


    Between each other, there is already a strong alert, there is no mutual trust at all.


    There are many friars, even in themselves.


    Only for the common purpose can they maintain the status quo and live in peace.


    Bai Song Zhenjun suddenly attacked Shanliang Zhenjun, which is tantamount to breaking the calm situation.


    Due to the extreme reaction of many monks, the monks in the field actually moved hands with each other.


    In fact, many monks do not mean to attack others, but are habitual self-protection actions.


    Other monks affected by their spells also made an instinctive response and spontaneous counterattack.


    As a result, it was like a chain reaction. The magic flying and magic dancing in the field were completely chaotic.


    The Dharma practitioner wants to step back immediately and keep a safe distance from others.


    If you want to rush into the crowd, give full play to your own advantages.


    ¡­¡­


    With limited space, many monks flew around and almost hit each other.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know why there is such a chaotic scene below. But he knew in his heart that the best time had come.


    This is a better time than he planned.


    Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and immediately released the monks from the void tripod.


    Everyone had already prepared to fight. At this time, without the slightest hesitation, they killed the past towards the front under the leadership of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and rushed to the front.


    Knowing that the opportunity was rare and could not be wasted, he took out the killing move as soon as he shot.


    The Taiyi branch lightsaber, a treasure of the Taiyi sect, which had just started, was sacrificed by him. It turned into a sky of sword light in the air and fell directly to the altar in front.


    If you want to destroy this magic ceremony, destroying the altar can play a great role.


    Taiyifen lightsaber and the supporting taiyifen lightsaber formula are not a complete set of sword repair inheritance.


    You must have accomplishments above Yuanshen period and have a good foundation of Kendo before you are qualified to understand this set of sword formula.


    Meng Zhang began to practice this set of sword formula for a short time, but under the careful guidance of Taiyi Fen lightsaber spirit and his extraordinary talent, he not only introduced this set of sword formula to practice, but also gave full play to his great power.


    The sword light flying all over the sky has dazzling light and shadow, which makes people unable to distinguish what is virtual and what is real.


    The seemingly beautiful and spectacular sword light hides a terrible killing opportunity.


    It took a lot of manpower and material resources to build this altar. It is difficult to do it alone.


    The altar is of great importance. Xiangjia has arranged a strong Guardian force.


    Even in the chaos, these monks who were responsible for guarding the altar did their duty.


    A Yuanshen Zhenjun of Xiangjia looked at the sword light falling on the altar. Although he felt it was difficult to deal with, he led a group of Jindan immortal to meet the sword light.


    The sword light stopped a little and rolled up countless blood lights.


    The yuan God Zhen Jun, who was at home, was bleeding and kept retreating.


    The golden elixir immortal who shot with him turned into corpses in the light of the sword.


    The sword light was a little heavy, and its power did not decrease. It continued to fall to the altar.


    At least he was also a friar in the early days of Yuanshen. There were a group of subordinates to help, but he couldn''t even stop it a little. This shows the ferocity of taiyimen''s lightsaber.


    Dangdang, a series of loud noises spread continuously.


    It turned out to be a critical moment. He offered a magic weapon like a giant clock to the owner of his family in South China, blocking the edge of Taiyi Fen lightsaber.


    Taiyifen lightsaber was blocked, but Meng Zhang''s action didn''t stop.


    Holding a spirit snake spear, he rushed fiercely to the altar with indomitable momentum.


    Xiang Huanan didn''t care to investigate the cause of the chaos in the field. Instead, he took the initiative to meet Meng Zhang with a bloody knife and blocked Meng Zhang''s way.


    The broadsword danced, and countless screams of ghosts crying and Howling sounded around, and the surrounding space seemed to vibrate.


    The blood red light rolled towards Meng Zhang like the pitting practice turned by blood.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that Xiang Huanan, a gentle looking monk, would use such bold and unrestrained magic tools.


    And the blood red light that looked very strange gave him a warning in his heart.


    This is not a serious way. It''s almost close to the devil''s way.


    Facing the strong enemy, Meng Zhang immediately fought with his opponent regardless of others.


    Among the monks participating in this plan, according to their origin and accomplishments, Bai Songzhen Jun and Shanliang Zhen Jun are among the best.


    Once they had a conflict, it was impossible for ordinary monks to stop them.


    Bai songzhenjun shot too fast, and others haven''t reacted yet. There''s no time to persuade him.


    Seeing the chaos in the field, Riguang Zhenjun of Bairi Valley roared angrily.


    "Bai Song, are you crazy?"


    Driven by inexplicable emotions, Bai songzhenjun suddenly attacked Shanliang Zhenjun. Bai songzhenjun was also in a trance. He couldn''t believe that he had done such a thing.


    Shanliang Zhenjun, who was worried about gain and loss and was highly nervous, broke out immediately after being secretly attacked by Bai songzhenjun.


    He won''t take care of Bai Songzhen Jun''s mood, but give a violent drink.


    "White pine child, I''m not finished with you."


    Shanliang Zhenjun roared and killed Bai songzhenjun.


    Although Bai Songzhen Jun was still in a trance, his instinct still reacted.


    He sacrificed his magic weapon and immediately fought with Shanliang Zhenjun.


    Seeing this, the two Yuanshen friars of Wanhe mountain rushed to kill Bai Songzhen.


    The fellow disciples brought by Bai Songzhen had to be passively involved in the scuffle.


    RI Guangzhen Jun looked at this chaotic scene and stamped his feet with anger.


    He wants to lead a group of monks who can keep calm to calm down the chaos in the field.


    No matter what kind of grievances and grievances, now that the success is imminent, we can''t quarrel at this time.


    However, the monk on Meng Zhang''s side who suddenly launched the attack soon involved him in the battle group.


    Among the ten monks who came out of the void tripod, the strongest must be Nanzhu Zhenjun''s brother and sister.


    The three brothers and sisters have a tacit understanding and have great power. They are almost unstoppable.


    All friars who dared to block their way were either killed on the spot or shot out.


    According to the scheduled plan, they are also ready to destroy the altar in front.


    Being entangled by Meng Zhang, Xiang Huanan couldn''t take care of him. He could only yell at Zhang Weineng.


    "You haven''t done it yet. Are you going to watch the play?"


    Zhang Weineng actively participated in the ceremony of sacrificing the demon God. The main purpose is not to obtain the power of the demon God.


    Dali Dynasty has received so many demons, and there is also a very in-depth study on the power of demons.


    Zhang Wei can be far more sober than other monks present and know that the power of the devil is not so easy to infect.


    The power given by the demon God is not so easy to take.

 Chapter 1313

    Zhang Weineng volunteered to participate in the ceremony and harbored evil intentions from the beginning.


    According to his assumption, after successfully communicating with the demon God, he will destroy the ceremony with long prepared means to make the power given by the demon God out of control.


    In this way, all the friars present, except for his party who had been prepared for a long time, would be affected by the violent Demon power, so as to completely demonize and incarnate into a demon.


    Although the magic disaster before Daheng cultivation world was fierce, the four giants could barely control the magic disaster within a certain range and keep their territory.


    In addition to the fact that a few Yuanshen Zhenjun were caught in the attack when the magic disaster just broke out, the Yuanshen Zhenjun on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world actually had little loss in the magic disaster.


    This is also the reason why the magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world can not go to a higher level and cause greater harm.


    But if all the friars present were infected by the power of the demon God and turned into demons, the situation in the great horizontal cultivation world would be completely out of control.


    At least more than one eighth of the yuan God Zhenjun in the Daheng cultivation world gathered here, not counting the golden elixir immortal.


    Among them, there are great friars in the later period of Yuanshen like South China.


    Once they incarnate into demons, no one will be able to control them. They will easily wreak havoc in all directions. If not, the whole Da Heng cultivation world will fall.


    In the face of such a large area being captured by demons and completely incarnating into magic soil, Ziyang Shengzong must not continue to sit idly by.


    In order to quell the evil disaster that has expanded countless times, even Ziyang Shengzong has to spend a lot of effort and be restrained by a large part of its power.


    In this way, it will help to reduce the pressure faced by Dali Dynasty in all aspects.


    Everyone, including Xiang Jiazhu and Xiang Huanan, did not doubt Zhang Weineng''s intentions.


    They thought that Zhang Weineng, like them, was greedy for the power given by the demon God.


    Their biggest worry is that Zhang Wei can rely on his strength to eat more and occupy more shares.


    Now Meng Zhang led a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun to kill and destroy the ceremony, which also disrupted Zhang Weineng''s plan.


    It''s Meng Zhang again. Zhang Wei can''t help looking at Meng Zhang.


    For today''s affairs, he planned for a long time and made a lot of preparations in advance.


    Seeing that he was about to start, Meng Zhang broke his plan again.


    Zhang Weineng is ready to fly over and join hands with South China to win Meng Zhang.


    But Nanzhu Zhenjun has long been eyeing him.


    As a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, Nanzhu Zhenjun wants to have a good competition with Zhang Wei.


    He left Qiao Mei Zhenjun and Han Song Zhenjun and took the initiative to fly to Zhang Weineng.


    Zhang Wei was very knowledgeable. Of course, he recognized Nanzhu Zhenjun, a famous monk in the north of Jun dust world.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun has had a lot of cooperation with Ziyang Shengzong before, and can even be regarded as a peripheral force of Ziyang Shengzong.


    "Nanzhu old son, it''s just that you make a dog for Ziyang Shengzong. Why are you driven by a yellow mouth child like Meng Zhang now? You really live and go back."


    Nanzhu Zhenjun didn''t argue with Zhang Wei. Instead, he waved a green bamboo stick and beat Zhang Wei from afar.


    Seeing the shadow of the staff falling all over the sky, Zhang Wei dared not neglect it and encouraged iron blood Gang Qi to counterattack.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun has achieved Yuanshen for many years, and his accomplishments are far more sophisticated than Meng Zhang. It has certain advantages over Zhang Weineng.


    Fighting with Nanzhu Zhenjun, Zhang Weineng couldn''t care about anything else.


    The other Yuanshen Zhenjun brought by Meng Zhang have cooperated with each other, killed into the crowd and provoked battles.


    Among the monks present, except that brother Xiangjia was originally a family and could cooperate in combat, the other monks had different origins and could not trust each other.


    In the face of such a group of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun who killed them, they all focused on themselves and parry, and didn''t have much desire to fight back.


    Brother Xiang wants to organize and kill the invading enemy first.


    However, qiaomei Zhenjun and Han songzhenjun can work together to give full play to the power of a great monk.


    After they were killed, they actually disturbed the formation of Xiangjia friars, so that they could not make an effective counterattack for a while.


    Jin Lizhen, Yang Xueyi and other taiyimen friars almost have no weak ones. They are full of confidence and move forward bravely to the friars of the same level.


    In contrast, Xiao Qiao and the two monks around him performed a little worse.


    Xiao Qiao is also a monk of Ziyang holy sect. He still needs to take into account his face.


    At present, others have been greatly powerful, and he is unwilling to be lonely. He began to take out his full strength and fight desperately.


    Unable to unite and help each other, plus they are still infighting, although the number of monks in the field is far more than the invaders, they can not repel the enemy, but fall to the disadvantage.


    After Zhang Wei could make a move, among the demons he took with him, in addition to Mo Qingzhen, several other demons also jumped on the friars of taiyimen.


    Jin Lizhen Jun attracted bursts of thunder and lightning, which made these demons afraid and dare not act wantonly.


    Not only did Mo Qingzhen not go to meet the enemy, but he disappeared in the crowd.


    Although he is a demon friar, Mo Qingzhen, Xiang Jia and even several companions are not passers-by.


    Mo Qingzhen also worshipped the demon God.


    And very coincidentally, the demon God he worshipped and the demon God who organized sacrifices to his family just didn''t deal with him.


    In the devil''s way, the law of the jungle and big fish eating small fish are interpreted incisively and vividly.


    The struggle between demons and gods is extremely cruel.


    As a believer of demon God, for believers who are hostile to demon God, it is certainly a great enemy of life and death.


    From the beginning, Mo Qingzhen hid the real source of power and made Xiang think he was just an ordinary demon monk.


    The main purpose of Mo Qingzhen Jun''s participation in this ceremony is to destroy and prevent the power of hostile demons from coming to Jun dust world.


    Once the power of the demon God behind Xiang home comes to the Junchen world, it means the expansion of the power of the demon God, which the demon God behind Mo Qingzhen doesn''t want to see.


    As a believer of demon God, of course, we should solve our worries for the demon God we believe in.


    Zhang Weineng''s plan was not hidden from Mo qingzhenjun.


    Because many of these details need the help of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Mo Qingzhen knew that relying on his own strength alone could not stop the ceremony and the power given by the hostile demon God.


    Just as Zhang Weineng needs to rely on his strength, he also needs to rely on Zhang Weineng''s strength.


    According to his calculation, he had to find a way to let Zhang Wei do it in advance, not to let the ceremony be completed, let alone the power of hostile demons and gods.


    As for the specific operation, although he has a series of arrangements, he is still not fully confident of success.


    After all, it is still very difficult to play tricks under the eyes of so many Yuanshen Zhenjun, especially the two great friars.

 Chapter 1314

    In order to destroy the ceremony, Mo Qingzhen made a lot of preparations.


    He first revealed the relevant news to Xiao Qiao of Ziyang Shengzong through secret channels.


    Of course, Xiao Qiao didn''t have enough strength to destroy the ceremony, and he expected it.


    Therefore, he made other preparations.


    Bai Songzhen Jun of SONGFENG sect had contact with him before. He used evil methods to secretly control part of his mind.


    In the cultivation world, many practitioners believe that the monks of the heart demon Tao are the best at manipulating and playing with the mind.


    However, few people know that the friars with the same vein of heavenly demons are also good at finding spiritual flaws and attracting the heart demons of practitioners.


    Originally, Shanliang Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain was also his goal.


    However, Shanliang Zhenjun not only has a higher level of cultivation than Bai Song Zhenjun, but also has a stronger heart and will.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t want to expose the traces of his hands, so he had to do it secretly.


    His influence on the soul of Shanliang Zhenjun is far from enough for him to drive each other.


    Fortunately, Bai Songzhen Jun has been quietly recruited.


    Seeing that the ceremony was about to be completed, Mo Qingzhen didn''t want to wait any longer.


    He aroused the demons of Bai Song Zhenjun and asked him to take the initiative to fight against his opponent.


    Once there is a war between them, it will easily lead to chaos in the field.


    At that time, Mo qingzhenjun is ready to make a misunderstanding, so that Xiang Huanan mistakenly thinks that Zhang Wei can play tricks in the dark, provoke the conflict between the two sides, and create an opportunity for him to secretly destroy the ceremony.


    It is totally acceptable for Mo Qingzhen to betray Zhang Weineng for his own purpose.


    As for the magic cultivation of several other peers, he was not paid attention to by Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    True demon friars don''t need companions, let alone friends.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun didn''t expect that as soon as Bai Songzhen Jun shot, Meng Zhang led a group of people to kill him.


    This is much better than Mo Qingzhen Jun''s original plan.


    Mo qingzhenjun originally blamed Zhang Weineng for his plan to conflict with South China, but it may not succeed.


    Mo Qingzhen''s plot to secretly destroy the ceremony has a great possibility of failure.


    But Meng Zhang''s move made a completely different situation.


    This ceremony is likely to be completely destroyed.


    If the ceremony fails, it will be difficult to organize the same ceremony again with Xiangjia''s resources and strength.


    This is equivalent to completely cutting off the demon God behind Xiang''s home and interfering in the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang is really a timely rain.


    In Mo Qingzhen''s heart, Meng Zhang has been regarded as his lucky star.


    This strengthened his mind of attracting Meng Zhang.


    Of course, it is urgent for Mo Qingzhen to destroy the ceremony.


    As a demon monk, Mo Qingzhen Jun has a deep understanding of such a magic ceremony. He knows how to do it, so as to completely destroy the ceremony and make it impossible to recover.


    The altar in front is a very key link.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t join the scuffle, but secretly approached the altar in front.


    At this time, there was chaos in the field. Friar Xiang Jia, who guarded the altar, was basically entangled. This was a good opportunity for Mo Qingzhen.


    Mo Qingzhen tried to get closer, just to get a hit.


    He didn''t want to give the Xiangjia friars a chance to block themselves, and he didn''t want to get into a struggle with them.


    Mo Qingzhen, such a demon monk, is good at hiding his tracks.


    After several ups and downs, his figure appeared silently in front of the altar.


    He pointed to the altar in front with one hand, and a seemingly light black smoke floated to the altar.


    The black smoke seemed insignificant, but Moqing Zhenjun believed that as long as the altar was stuck with black smoke, it would soon turn into powder.


    The speed of black smoke seemed to be slow and fast. It was about to fall on the altar. A low animal roar sounded in Moqing Zhenjun''s ear.


    The black smoke dissipated, and the figure hidden by Mo Qingzhen Jun also appeared.


    He was fighting with Meng Zhang to South China and heard the beast roar.


    He looked this way and found the sneaky Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    "What are you going to do?"


    Xiang Huanan, regardless of Meng Zhang, who was fighting with him, asked fiercely.


    Mo Qingzhen could not cope with South China now, but looked at the top of the altar with a solemn look on his face.


    A monster, dark all over, huge in size, with one corner facing the sky and somewhat in the form of a vicious dog, slowly took shape above the altar.


    As soon as the monster showed its shape, it sniffed at Mo Qingzhen in front of him, and then seemed to be irritated and gave an angry roar.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun knew that his true identity had been seen through by the gang in front of him.


    This monster is not a monster, but a special demon called Unicorn demon.


    Unicorn demons have the ability to see through invisibility and vanity, and are very alert. They are often kept by some powerful demons as guard dogs.


    There are also some demon gods who like to give the unicorn demon to their devout believers.


    The unicorn devil is not only the help of these believers, but also plays a very important role.


    When these believers do bad things and offend the demon God, they will also be torn to pieces by the unicorn demon.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t expect that there would be a unicorn demon guarding near the altar.


    The one horned dog demon is not a creature in the Jun dust world, nor is it a demon born in the Jun dust world, but is born in the demon domain.


    This one horned dog demon must have been given to Xiang family by the demon God.


    It seems that the relationship between Xiangjia and the demon God and the degree of attention paid by the demon God are all above the imagination of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    As a believer of a hostile demon God, Mo Qingzhen can hide from a great monk like South China, but he can''t hide from the one horned dog demon in front of him.


    Mo Qingzhen, who was identified by the one horned dog demon, secretly complained.


    In his plan, he should always be hidden behind the scenes, but he should not be exposed so soon.


    After seeing through the identity of Moqing Zhenjun, the one horned dog devil became very angry, and even seemed to forget the responsibility of guarding the altar.


    The one horned dog devil roared angrily and jumped at Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is very familiar with the relevant information of the one horned dog demon.


    But because of his familiarity, he knew that the unicorn devil was a difficult enemy to deal with.


    Many of the magic methods he is good at don''t work on the unicorn devil.


    Mo Qingzhen, who had nowhere to hide, sighed and reluctantly fought with the unicorn devil.


    Black smoke came out of Mo Qingzhen''s body, just like flexible tentacles, rolling up gusts of vigorous wind and patting at the one horned dog devil.


    The one horned dog devil roared, and the magic power of Moqing Zhenjun was greatly weakened immediately.


    After a fierce attack and biting, these tentacles fell apart and disappeared into smoke.


    Mo qingzhenjun sighed again and really started, only to find that the one horned dog demon was more difficult than he thought.

 Chapter 1315

    The previous roar of the unicorn demon was just meaningless noise in other people''s ears, but it had a clear meaning in the ears to South China.


    He understood the meaning of the one horned dog demon. Mo Qingzhen Jun was actually a believer of the hostile demon God, which shocked him and felt a deep fear at the same time.


    On the ceremony of worshiping the demon God in the sacrificial family, there are actually believers hostile to the demon God, which is not only a provocation to the family, but also an disrespect to the demon God.


    Unlike the true God, the demon God does not need believers to provide the power of faith, so it doesn''t care whether believers are religious or not.


    Demons use fear and interests to control believers.


    The devil has never had anything to do with leniency.


    If believers make mistakes, they will only lead to cruel torture.


    This ceremony, which has been prepared for a long time and lasted for so many years, made such a big mistake.


    If the demon god gets angry, the whole Xiang family may disappear.


    Xiang Huanan, the owner of Xiang''s family, established this loose organization many years ago to complete the sacrificial ceremony and share the power given by the demon God.


    This is not because he is so generous, but because he has no choice.


    Xiangjia has been full of talents for so many years. There are many strong people like crucian carp crossing the river. The biggest reason lies in Xiang''s special blood.


    Xiangjia''s ancestors, by chance, got the power given by the demon God and integrated into their blood.


    For so many years, Xiangjia has been devoutly worshipping the demon God.


    However, with the passage of time and the increase of inheritance algebra, the power of blood began to decay slowly.


    He thought of many ways to prevent the exhaustion of blood power.


    Within the family, it has always been intermarriage among close relatives.


    Secretly raise demons at home, extract the power of demons and inject them into your own blood.


    ¡­¡­


    However, no matter how hard you try to the top of the family, you can''t stop the slow decline of the family blood.


    Xiangjia''s senior management had to focus on the source of their own blood.


    But for the demon God, believers like Xiangjia are not much different from mole ants. Never give strength at will because of piety and begging to the family.


    Of course, it''s not without any benefit to worship and sacrifice the demon God to the family for so many years.


    This special ceremony is the only way to get power from the demon God.


    However, the ceremony was too difficult and the demand for various resources was too great. It could not be completed by relying solely on the strength of the family.


    Therefore, Xiang Jiazhu and Xiang Huanan thought of a way to rely on the strength of others.


    This loose organization has been established. After so many years of efforts, seeing that the ceremony is coming to an end, it is about to obtain the power given by the demon God. Suddenly, such a great change has taken place. Xiangnan and many Xiangjia friars are about to explode.


    He deliberately concealed some details of the ceremony from South China.


    In the process of holding the ceremony, Xiang Huanan has secretly obtained some benefits.


    This one horned dog demon is an important guarantee given by the demon God to ensure the smooth completion of the ceremony.


    This shows that the demon God has noticed the ceremony.


    If Xiang Huanan finally fails to complete the ceremony, he will greatly offend the demon God.


    At that time, don''t say acquiring new power, or it will lead to the curse of the demon God.


    For Xiangjia, this ceremony is related to life and death and must not be lost.


    Due to the relationship between Mo Qingzhen and Jun, Zhang Weineng and others along the way have also become very suspicious in the eyes of South China.


    Although Zhang Weineng is still at war with Nanzhu Zhenjun to prevent invaders from destroying the altar. But in South China''s heart, he has been regarded as an enemy.


    Xiang Huanan, who was fighting with Meng Zhang, had a slight advantage. However, he was so distracted that he was almost hurt by Meng Zhang.


    Among the great friars in the later period of the yuan God, Meng Zhang was definitely not a strong one.


    His biggest dependence is that he can easily use the power of the void tripod to display the art of space transmission.


    This makes him the most slippery loach. Basically, he doesn''t have to worry about being trapped by friars of the same level.


    As soon as he sees something bad, he can teleport away immediately.


    But if he bumps face to face, he''s a little short of fire.


    He became a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen in South China for many years and has accumulated rich experience for a long time. Coupled with the blood power inherited by the family, he can play a more powerful combat effectiveness.


    If Meng Zhang had not just obtained Taiyi lightsaber and made some achievements in this sword formula, he might not be able to fight against South China.


    Looking to South China, he toured around and looked at the chaotic scene in the field. He knew that others could not be relied on, but he had to rely on his own strength to stabilize the situation.


    However, Xiangjia''s cards are limited and must be used at the most critical moment.


    Forced to stabilize his mind to South China, he continued to fight with Meng Zhang.


    The two have known each other''s strength for so long.


    Neither of them has the confidence to make a quick decision. They can only maintain the status quo and place the hope of changing the war situation in other aspects.


    Zhang Weineng did not give up his attention to the surrounding situation when he fought with Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun was blocked by the one horned dog demon. The two sides fought fiercely, and naturally fell into his eyes.


    Zhang Weineng told Mo Qingzhen Jun his plan long ago.


    He didn''t expect that Mo Qingzhen Jun also had his own plans, but he was unhappy because of Mo Qingzhen Jun''s sneaky behavior.


    These demons always go their own way. They can''t be relied on at all.


    Like all normal practitioners, Zhang Weineng doesn''t like the devil friar. But many times, he needs the power of these evil friars.


    Although he is fighting with Nanzhu Zhenjun, Zhang Weineng can see the situation very clearly.


    Because of the fighting between Liang Zhenjun and Bai songzhenjun in Wanhe mountain, almost most of the monks in the field fought inside.


    Coupled with the sudden disturbance of taiyimen, the whole situation has been chaotic and difficult to clean up.


    At this time, unless there is enough strength, the situation can be calmed down.


    Unfortunately, no matter to South China or Zhang Weineng, there is obviously no such power.


    It seems that the last step of the ceremony cannot be completed.


    Although Zhang Weineng felt very sorry, he could barely bear it.


    The plan failed, and my family didn''t have much loss, but there was a clever move that could contain Ziyang Shengzong.


    Similar opportunities can be looked for slowly in the future.


    For Meng Zhang, who led people to stir up the situation, Zhang Weineng added another stroke to him in his heart.


    At this time, the real king of white pine and the real king of Shanliang in the field have really fought out their anger.


    Even if there were no manipulations and new resentments secretly made by Mo Qingzhen Jun, they had almost fallen into an endless situation.

 Chapter 1316

    Driven by Bai Songzhen Jun and Shan Liangzhen Jun, their fellow disciples are also fighting for life and death. Together with a group of monks who have long had grievances, they also have the idea to understand gratitude and resentment here.


    The friars raiding on the side of taiyimen are smart enough to not deal with the enemies who fall into scuffle, but mainly attack the enemies who can keep calm and try to control the situation.


    The RI Guang Zhen Jun and his fellow disciples in Bairi valley have become the key targets of attack.


    Xiangjia has the largest number of monks and is the most powerful group. However, due to the joint raid of qiaomei Zhenjun and Han songzhenjun, they were also restrained.


    The demons who came with Mo Qingzhen were still fighting with friars of taiyimen.


    However, seeing that Mo Qingzhen tried to get close to the altar, but was blocked by the one horned dog demon, they had a different thought in their hearts.


    What kind of person is Moqing Zhenjun? I don''t know the thoughts of these so-called companions.


    He whispered to these companions that the power of demons and gods had long accumulated on the altar. It was only because of the deliberate concealment from South China that it was not exposed.


    This statement is quite right. The mind of these demons is also in line with their imagined conspiracy to the home society.


    Although they were still skeptical, these demons gave up blocking the friars of taiyimen, but secretly approached the altar.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun probably felt that the scene was not lively enough, so he continued to spread the news secretly and told Meng Zhang the whole story, including all Zhang Weineng''s calculations.


    Mo qingzhenjun''s tone is sincere, but there is really no fictional place.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang believed most of them, although he still had some doubts in his heart.


    It''s just to repay these friars in South China, but they covet the power of the demon God.


    Such monks are almost countless in the cultivation world, and there is nothing surprising.


    Even if they succeed and really gain the power of the demon God, their harm should be limited.


    But Zhang Weineng''s idea is too vicious.


    Unexpectedly, I was prepared to do hands and feet while the demon God lowered his power, so that all practitioners present could be demonized.


    In this way, I''m afraid it''s really a catastrophe.


    Meng Zhang guessed that the picture he saw before he performed Dayan divine calculation is the scene that will appear after Zhang Wei''s success?


    In this way, Zhang Wei can never succeed.


    If we want to solve this matter from the source, we must completely destroy this ceremony so that it can not be held again.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, Zhang Weineng, who has no bottom line for doing things, is also a murderer.


    After fighting against South China for so long, Meng Zhang and know that they can''t do this guy alone.


    It takes some thought to bypass South China and destroy the altar.


    In front of the altar, Mo Qingzhen fought with the unicorn devil.


    Although many means were restrained, Mo Qingzhen Jun fell slightly to the disadvantage.


    But he was not in a hurry and remained calm enough.


    The demons who were walking with Mo Qingzhen looked around the altar from a distance.


    They didn''t get too close. They didn''t want to be involved in the battle between mochin Zhenjun and unicorn demon.


    What''s the use of being far apart? When these people were told by Mo Qingzhen Jun, Mo Qingzhen Jun had achieved his goal.


    The space in front of the altar was originally limited. Mo Qingzhen Jun just applied a little means, so he asked the one horned dog demon to treat the demons as his companions and targets.


    Accompanied by the incessant roaring of the unicorn devil, black virtual shadows flew out of the unicorn devil and directly jumped at the demons who were watching the war from a distance.


    These demons scolded one after another, but they still had to be involved in the battle with the unicorn devil.


    Demon Xiu also had a temper. Although he knew that the one horned dog devil was not easy to provoke, he was entangled by the one horned dog devil and couldn''t get out of the battle. After that, several demon Xiu greeted Mo Qingzhen and wanted to work together to solve the one horned dog devil first.


    Moqing Zhenjun, who got help, was shocked and immediately suppressed the unicorn demon in turn.


    Meng Zhang, who was struggling with the South China, also found an opportunity to destroy altar.


    In the yin-yang spirit gourd, the original life magic tool behind him, a mixed black-and-white air stream spewed out again and shot towards South China.


    Xiang Huanan had seen the power of yin and Yang. He didn''t want to be hard connected. He dodged and drove away.


    After the lost black-and-white airflow swept to the original position in South China, it suddenly accelerated and flew to the altar.


    When Xiang Huanan realized that something was wrong and wanted to respond, it was too late.


    The black-and-white air flow fell above the altar, revealing two yin-yang soldiers.


    Under the cover of yin and Yang, Meng Zhang finally sent the only two yuan God soldiers to the top of the altar.


    At this time, the unicorn devil, the last card to guard the altar, had been completely suppressed by Mo Qingzhen and his people, and he was unable to help at all.


    Xiang Huanan wanted to fly to stop the other party from destroying the altar, but Meng Zhang in front of him suddenly made a crazy attack, which made him afraid to be distracted.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is also a great friar of the same rank as him. He has the ability to kill him.


    If he is too distracted, Meng Zhang may really take the opportunity to kill him.


    The rest of the Xiangjia monks had long been caught in a scuffle.


    There are still a large number of Xiangjia friars who are not concerned and are not involved in scuffles.


    But among these people, the strongest one is immortal Jindan.


    Although they tried their best to rush to the altar, trying to prevent each other from destroying the altar.


    However, the two yin-yang soldiers just waved at will and flew them out.


    After clearing all the obstacles, the two yin-yang soldiers stood opposite each other, with their hands in a circle.


    A huge ring rose from among them and hit the altar heavily.


    A Black Mist rose above the altar, blocking the ring. Ignoring Meng Zhang''s attack, he handed his back to Meng Zhang completely, and suddenly turned around and rushed to the altar.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not miss this opportunity to mobilize the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and try his best to suppress his opponents.

 Chapter 1317

    In order to help the altar, Xiang Huanan did not hesitate to bear Meng Zhang''s heavy blow. Only at the cost of being seriously injured did he get rid of Meng Zhang''s restraint.


    The unicorn devil, who was as eager to rescue the altar as South China, paid a greater price.


    Under the fierce attack of Mo Qingzhen Jun and others, the one horned dog devil lost half of his body and was able to escape.


    But whether it is to South China or the unicorn devil, it is still a step too late despite paying a high price.


    The two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of Yuanshen period worked together to smash the ring onto the altar.


    All the protective measures arranged on the altar could not stop the attack.


    After the ring fell on the altar, with a loud noise, the whole altar collapsed completely.


    Originally flying back in a hurry, he looked at the collapse of the altar in South China and was scared to death.


    It took a lot of manpower and material resources to build this altar, which almost exhausted the accumulation of many years from home.


    All these are not enough. The most important thing is that this altar is a channel to connect the demon God.


    When the altar is destroyed, Xiangjia not only loses the way to obtain the power of the demon God, but also is likely to offend the demon God.


    He was furious and went to South China. Instead of looking for the trouble of the two yin-yang soldiers in the yuan God period, he flew directly to the ruins of the altar to see if it was possible to recover.


    The one horned dog demon jumped at two yin-yang soldiers with a roar.


    The one horned dog demon is powerful. It is not suitable for the yin-yang soldiers in the Yuanshen period. It needs to spend a lot of precious materials. Meng Zhang doesn''t want them to be easily damaged here.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, the two yin-yang soldiers turned into a black-and-white airflow and flew back to the yin-yang Linghu.


    The one horned dog devil didn''t stop and continued to rush towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of a demon. A simple mirror flew out of his head, emitting golden light.


    The magic subduing golden light released by the magic subduing mirror has extremely powerful lethality to demons.


    Facing the golden light of subduing demons, the one horned dog demon, who was already seriously injured, had to step back and roar reluctantly.


    The altar collapsed and turned into ruins. Black airflow flew out of the altar ruins and shot in all directions.


    Xianghua seemed to be in a trance because the altar was destroyed, and stood there quietly in a daze.


    At least he was also a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen. He didn''t take the initiative, and no one took the initiative to provoke him.


    Several demons who came with Mo Qingzhen Jun saw the black airflow flying out one after another, just like a vicious dog saw fresh meat, rushed over one by one and tried their best to collect the black airflow.


    These seemingly unattractive black airstreams are extremely pure magic spirits, which play a very important role in magic.


    The ceremony was not completely completed, the communication with the demon God was not completely completed, and the demon God did not start to give strength.


    But a little breath from the magic God infected the whole altar and condensed so many pure essence of magic spirit.


    In the distance, Zhang Wei could see the altar destroyed and knew that nothing could be done. This plan was a complete failure.


    He had no other thoughts except that he hated Meng Zhang more in his heart.


    It''s meaningless to continue fighting with Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Zhang Wei can force Nanzhu Zhenjun back with a few moves, so he is ready to leave here.


    As for Mo Qingzhen and those demons, they have their own way out and don''t need him to care.


    Xiang Hua, standing in front of the ruins of the altar, has lost his mind because of extreme anger.


    Meng Zhang, who suddenly attacked, Zhang Weineng, who harbored evil intentions, and Bai songzhenjun, who provoked internal strife, all became the targets he hated. He could hardly wait to eat them all alive.


    Seeing that Zhang Weineng was about to leave here, Xiang Huanan finally couldn''t stand it anymore and took out his last and biggest card.


    He took out a small statue and threw it into the air.


    The statue is small and exquisite, but it hides incredible power.


    Because the shape of the statue is the Dharma phase of the demon God, the Lord of the magic plow house, who has been worshipped to his family for many years, and there is a wisp of breath of the Lord of the magic plow house on it.


    The statue has been worshipped to the family for many years. The family friars praise the demon God in front of the statue day and night.


    This statue not only has some miracles for a long time, but also can use the breath of the master of the magic plow house to urge a killing move with great lethality.


    However, this killing move is a large-scale killing move. Once cast, it will attack all creatures around regardless of the enemy and ourselves.


    More importantly, the statue will be automatically damaged after urging the demon spirit breath in the statue.


    This is no different from disrespect to the demon God.


    If it weren''t for the last minute, Xiang Jia wouldn''t use such a killing move.


    The family''s plan for many years failed, and the family''s hope was destroyed. Under the attack of anger to South China, regardless of the consequences, they had to leave all the monks present.


    Of course, although the reason is almost completely lost, there is still some confidence to launch indiscriminate attacks on South China.


    He has been devoutly worshipping the demon God to the family for many years, and has gradually become accustomed to the smell of the demon God.


    Facing the indiscriminate attack from the statue, Xiang''s children will have stronger resistance than other monks.


    When the statue flew into the air, it immediately began to grow larger and quickly changed into a huge statue with a height of 100 feet.


    The statue looked down and said to Mo Qingzhen.


    "It turned out to be a bad thing for the family members of the old famine thief."


    With a casual word, the statue naturally put the black pot of the failure of the ceremony on the head of Mo Qingzhen.


    Xiang Huanan, who was going to bear the impact of the killing move, was shocked to see that the statue actually spoke.


    In this statue, there was only a breath of the master of the magic plow house, and there was no consciousness of the demon God.


    But the statue spoke, indicating that its consciousness clearly came here.


    At the thought of the cruel means of the Lord of the magic plow to treat the losers, he fell into great fear to South China. His brain was blank and almost lost all his consciousness.


    In fact, when the statue spoke, the heavenly palace far above the nine days also fell into a panic.


    A great power of returning to emptiness, which is rare in the cultivation world, is busy everywhere.


    Some people can''t help shouting.


    "All of you work hard and start the power of the immortal array quickly. It''s really unlucky. Why did the demon God come at this time."


    "Fortunately, with the immortal array blocking, the demon God can''t break into the Jun dust world."


    Some return to emptiness and can try to comfort everyone.


    In the face of this chaotic scene, some people really can''t see it.


    "What are you panicking about? You''re also a retreat friar anyway. Don''t you have any eyesight?"


    "The Jun dust world is guarded by the immortal array. The demon God will not come and ask for trouble."


    "It''s just a wisp of consciousness coming from the demon God. What big waves can it turn over?"


    With this yell, everyone began to calm down.


    "You see, the demon God is really smart. He retracted so quickly."


    The man who just yelled at everyone showed off a bit proudly.


    "Demon consciousness has come for a while, won''t it leave any future trouble?"


    Someone asked carefully.


    "What future trouble can you leave in such a short time?"


    "Even if there is a little trouble, the little guys below know how to solve it."


    "Isn''t it the meaning of your so-called Holy Land Sect to solve these small problems?"


    The man continued to speak with a sense of reason.


    Probably frightened by his momentum, everyone fell into a long silence.


    At this time, everyone in the valley did not know what kind of disaster would happen to them immediately.


    The statue glanced at South China and the unicorn devil at random.


    The unicorn devil uttered a cry of mercy.


    The statue was unmoved and just stared at the unicorn demon.


    The unicorn demon''s huge body exploded like a balloon, and the wailing voice immediately disappeared.


    The statue stared at Mo Qingzhen again.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun''s body suddenly exploded without accident.


    Seeing this scene, all the remaining monks in the field were taken by the dead, and they were at a loss.


    Even the late great friars like Meng Zhang, Zhang Weineng and Nanzhu Zhenjun could not afford to resist at all.


    What kind of magic is this? It''s terrible.


    Just a casual stare can kill a strong man like Mo Qingzhen Jun without resistance.


    You know, although Mo Qingzhen Jun shows only the cultivation in the middle of the yuan God, his real strength is far more than that.


    The statue is so powerful that the demon God himself came.


    Demon gods can compete with real immortals. Even if Huixu meets them, they can only run for their lives early.


    In the field, these Yuanshen friars had no choice but to die obediently in the face of the coming demon God.


    Just when the people were frightened, the huge body of the statue suddenly dissipated.


    Before the astonished people could breathe a sigh of relief, bursts of vague whispers sounded around and spread into everyone''s ears.


    With the whispering sound, all the monks present fell into a trance, and their minds began to become blurred.


    The whispering voice doesn''t know where it comes from, and it seems to be everywhere.


    Many practitioners in the valley collapsed to the ground and lost all their resistance.


    A few monks with high accomplishments can barely keep awake and concentrate all their will to compete with the whispering voice.


    But they could barely keep their mind, and could not move at all, let alone move.


    A moment later, several demons in the field changed first.


    There was a violent twist in their collapsed bodies.


    As if there were no bones, the body spontaneously made many incredible movements.


    The twisted body began to change rapidly, one thick bone spur broke out, and one tentacle drilled out of the body


    All the monks present were familiar with this situation, which was completely demonized.


    These demons turned into demons.


    Evil cultivation and evil things are not the same thing.


    Evil cultivation is often composed of human practitioners who practice evil ways.


    These practitioners took the initiative to choose the path of demon cultivation.


    But the Warcraft is passively demonized by all kinds of creatures, including humans, birds and animals, flowers, plants, insects, fish and so on.


    In the eyes of many demons, demons are only lower animals, and their own family is higher creatures.


    If it is not a last resort, few demons are willing to completely become demons.


    From the situation in the field, these demons certainly did not take the initiative to become demons.


    In the valley, in addition to many high-level friars, there are many low-level friars.


    In addition to the family members, these low-level friars also have the younger generation of these high-level friars.


    They often play the role of factotum in the valley.


    Their cultivation was the lowest, and their willpower was not strong enough. Under the attack of whispers, they had almost no resistance, and soon changed.


    Soon, these low-level friars, like those magic friars, became twisting demons all over the ground.


    Seeing this scene, the remaining monks seemed to know their next fate.


    No normal cultivator is willing to become a demon.


    They struggled desperately, but with no effect.


    They resisted with all their strength, but could not resist the attack of whispers.


    Originally, Meng Zhang, like others, had almost no resistance to the strange whispers.


    In addition to lamenting the power of the demon God, it seems that there is no other way but to wait and die.


    With the continuous attack of whispers, the magic subduing mirror originally floating on Meng Zhang''s head sent out buzzing vibrations, and the light on the magic subduing mirror also flickered.


    The vibration sound became stronger and stronger. The magic subduing mirror suddenly stopped, and several cracks appeared on the originally smooth mirror.


    In the crack, several clear lights shot out and fell on Meng Zhang.


    When Qingguang entered the body, Meng Zhang reluctantly restored his action ability.


    Meng Zhang did not think that this magic mirror that specifically against the monster would be so awesome. In the face of the power of the demon God, they can resist.


    Meng Zhang knew that this was the magic mirror, which helped him restore his freedom at the cost of losing his source.


    The origin of the magic subduing mirror is limited and can''t withstand long-term consumption.


    Meng Zhang must take advantage of this rare opportunity to escape from here far away in order to get a chance of life.


    Meng Zhang struggled to get up and walked outside the valley.


    Along the way, all the friars he would see were collected into the void tripod.


    When those self friars who barely kept awake saw Meng Zhang''s actions, they were relieved.


    There are also some people who lack cultivation and have completely lost consciousness.


    There were some other monks in the field who saw Meng Zhang''s actions and looked over with praying eyes.


    Because of the influence of whispering voice, everyone has lost the ability to communicate with language and mind, and can only communicate with primitive eyes.


    These people''s praying eyes not only did not make Meng Zhang sympathize, but aroused the killing opportunity in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, these guys who covet the power of the demon God are all worthy of death.


    It was their actions that led to today''s disaster.

 Chapter 1318

    Meng Zhang knew very well that if all the monks present were demonized and completely turned into demons, it would really be unimaginable.


    You know, the stronger the monk''s accomplishments, the stronger the power of the demon after being demonized into a demon.


    There are so many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the valley, which can be said to be the best source of demons.


    If Meng Zhang ignored it and ran for his own life, the scenes he deduced with Dayan divine calculation would become true.


    The great catastrophe will soon come to the Daheng cultivation world and affect the nearby Jiuqu province.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang clenched his teeth and forced Zhenyuan to run. He used his secret method to stimulate the flesh and stimulate his final potential.


    He reluctantly sacrificed Taiyi''s lightsaber, turned out countless sword lights and swept across the crowd.


    Where the sword light passed, I saw flesh and blood flying, and a famous friar had his head elsewhere.


    If it were not for the influence of these whispers, these friars could move freely. With Meng Zhang''s strength, they could not kill them so easily.


    However, the demon God''s consciousness of the master of the magic plow house has retreated, but he has left this arrangement to demonize all the people present and turn them into demons completely.


    There will be loopholes no matter how powerful the unconscious dominated arrangement is.


    In front of us, Meng Zhang''s magic subduing mirror after refining is an unexpected variable for the master of the magic plow house.


    The arrangement he left behind, although powerful, could not respond flexibly.


    Meng Zhang walked slowly towards the outside of the valley. As long as he passed by his own friars, he would put them into the void tripod.


    Taiyifen lightsaber is flying in the air, leaving only one corpse where it passes.


    Xiang Huanan, the culprit of this accident, is the object Meng Zhang wants to kill very much.


    However, it may be the relationship between Xiang''s family and his blood, and his changes come quickly.


    Before taiyifen lightsaber came, he completed the preliminary change and became a huge monster with distorted shape and ferocity.


    Although the change has not been completely completed, he is not free to act. But the instinct of being a demon has given him a bit of self-protection.


    I saw a black light jet from him, blocking the endless sword light falling on him.


    Despite the protection of magic subduing mirror, Meng Zhang himself also bears great pressure. And the magic subduing mirror can''t last long in this environment.


    Although Meng Zhang wanted to kill Xiang South China, he made a rational choice.


    Taiyifen lightsaber let go of the demon changed to South China and chose other targets.


    There are many friars in the field, enough for Taib lightsaber to drink blood.


    Among the monks in the audience, monk Xiangjia is the fastest changing monk except the demon monk because of his blood.


    Of course, even if the changes become demons, not all demons can resist the edge of taiyifen lightsaber.


    Those demons that have changed to the family God friars, although they can''t move freely, they have some resistance.


    Limited time, Meng Zhang had to let go of these stubble and kill those easy targets first.


    Meng Zhang killed all the way. When he was close to the mouth of the valley, he had collected all his friars into the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang, a little relieved, looked at the target he wanted to kill most.


    Governor Zhang Weineng of Jiuqu Province, Lord Zhang, has always wanted to kill Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang has the same thoughts about him.


    As long as Zhang Wei can be eliminated here, taiyimen will basically not have to face the pressure from the official forces of the Dali imperial dynasty in the future.


    Dali''s power in Jiuqu province is difficult to protect itself. Where can we take care of the trouble of finding Taiyi gate.


    As if sensing Meng Zhang''s killing, Zhang Weineng sighed helplessly.


    He had thought that if the plan failed, the card could be kept.


    But now it seems that he can''t even get out of here without using this card.


    Although Zhang Weineng could not move, he still bit the tip of his tongue and spewed out a mouthful of blood.


    Due to lack of strength, the blood didn''t gush too far and fell directly on the clothes on his chest.


    A small pendant hanging on his chest, excited by his blood, immediately emitted a faint light.


    The pendant broke away from his chest, flew into the air independently, and flew high into the sky.


    There was no undulating whisper around. After the pendant appeared, it suddenly became excited.


    There was an invisible force in the whole valley, which was stirred like boiling water.


    All monks who are still conscious at the moment feel an inexplicable sense of anger.


    That was the residual breath left by the master of the magic plow house in the valley. He instinctively began to get angry.


    With the angry murmur, it seemed that endless power rushed towards the pendant flying high into the sky.


    All the demons and friars in the valley, as if facing the irresistible natural enemies, crawled on the ground one after another and issued bursts of mourning.


    The taiyifen lightsaber, which originally flew in the air, fell back into Meng Zhang''s hands with a cry.


    Meng Zhang also stood still. His great fear almost swallowed his heart and left his brain blank.


    The magic subduing mirror that originally flew on Meng Zhang''s head trembled even more.


    On the smooth mirror, in addition to the original few cracks, there are a fine crack like a dense cobweb.


    Zhang Weineng, who released the pendant, was even more unbearable. He collapsed on the ground and kept gushing blood. Obviously, he was also under great pressure.


    The pendant didn''t last long under great pressure, so it was completely crushed and turned into powder.


    At this time, the invisible power boiling in the valley calmed down a little.


    By seizing this rare opportunity to escape, Zhang Wei was able to display secrets such as the disintegration of demons. He did not hesitate to hurt himself and stimulated his final potential.


    His figure turned into a streamer and immediately flew away from the valley. Without even a pause, he flew away to the distance.


    With the protection of the magic subduing mirror, Meng Zhang also resumed his free movement.


    He gave up everything in the valley and didn''t even care about killing the friars in the valley.


    When he left here, he found that the surrounding space was like a pot of boiling porridge, which could not be crossed at all.


    In desperation, his body turned into a rainbow and flew away from the valley quickly.


    Fortunately, both Zhang Weineng and Meng Zhang escaped in time. They fled far from here before the valley changed again.


    Meng Zhang was able to escape after Zhang Wei.


    But when he left the valley and flew far away, Zhang Weineng had long disappeared.


    Meng Zhang, who has just experienced great changes, has no mind to find his trace.

 Chapter 1319

    Although he was far enough away from the valley, Meng Zhang was still afraid.


    After he felt that he could use space transmission, he immediately carried out long-distance space transmission with the help of the power of the void tripod and directly transmitted it back to the maple leaf mountain city.


    When he arrived at his familiar territory, Meng ZhangCai was a little relieved.


    He released all the yuan God friars who were housed in the void tripod.


    Far away from the valley, we will gradually get rid of the influence of the devil and God''s power and can move freely.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, including the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, all looked frightened, and even some looked frightened.


    What they have just experienced is enough to become a nightmare for their whole life.


    If we can''t completely get out of this nightmare, this experience may turn into their demons and haunt them for a lifetime.


    Although Meng Zhang also experienced this scene, he had the protection of magic subduing mirror and was tenacious enough.


    After some self adjustment, he began to recover slowly.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had time to count his losses.


    He touched the broken mirror of the magic subduing mirror with heartache.


    Without this special mirror to restrain the power of the devil, he might have been left in the valley forever, let alone escaped with everyone.


    If you lose so many yuan Shen friars at once, you will not only hurt the vitality of taiyimen, but also be unable to explain to Ziyang Shengzong.


    The magic subduing mirror was badly hurt this time.


    Although many fourth-order magic tools have the power of self-healing, it is not easy for the magic subduing mirror to recover.


    In addition to the need to invest a lot of natural materials and earth treasures, we also need to invest more energy to slowly warm up.


    Taiyifen lightsaber was just a little frightened. The flying sword itself was not much damaged.


    Meng Zhang will slowly communicate with Qi Ling in the future. Hao Sheng should be able to solve the problem by comforting him.


    In addition, Meng Zhang has no other big losses.


    He didn''t care about the injury he suffered because he finally inspired his potential.


    Just a little recuperation, you can return to normal.


    As for other monks, because they were influenced by the power of the demon God, their flesh changed more or less, and their hearts left a huge shadow.


    These people were led by Meng Zhang to fight in the valley. Meng Zhang is naturally responsible to them to the end.


    Meng Zhang forcibly urged the magic subduing mirror, released exorcising lights, and stroked the people''s bodies in turn.


    The people''s flesh, which had a tendency of demonization, soon returned to normal under the irradiation of the magic subduing mirror.


    As for the trauma to their hearts, Meng Zhang had no choice but to comfort them.


    After recovery, Xiao Qiao of Ziyang Shengzong rushed to say goodbye to Meng Zhang and left maple leaf mountain city with two men.


    A series of changes took place in that valley. The power of the Lord of the demon God magic plow house came to this event. He must return to the clan and family as soon as possible.


    The three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun have strong accomplishments and are less affected. After the exorcism and clear light, there is no big problem.


    They returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate and began to close together.


    They should be self-cultivation and solve all future problems as soon as possible.


    The rest of the monks were from taiyimen. After being dismissed by Meng Zhang, except Yang Xueyi, who continued to serve in maple leaf mountain city, others returned to baicaopo, taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang stayed in maple leaf mountain city for the time being.


    Such a big event happened here in Daheng cultivation world, so he couldn''t help paying less attention.


    The monks in the valley were slaughtered by him, especially the yuan God Zhenjun, who almost killed most of them.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether his actions can prevent the catastrophe.


    This time I went to the valley to carry out the mission. Although I did not fully achieve the mission goal, at least no one on my side was injured.


    What''s more, shortly after he returned to maple leaf mountain city, Meng Zhang felt that the heavenly virtues came to him.


    This time, the Tiandao consciousness rewarded him with Tiandao merit, which is enough to prove his great contribution to Tiandao.


    Meng Zhang ordered the Taiyi disciples in maple leaf mountain city, especially the dark hall disciples, to step up the investigation of the surrounding situations.


    The changes that have taken place in the valley should be concealed and will be revealed soon.


    No matter what the purpose, when Mo Qingzhen was in the valley, he told Meng Zhang all the causes and consequences of this incident.


    Almost every family has monks who join this loose organization to try to obtain the power of the demon God.


    After these changes, a huge earthquake will occur in the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    I don''t know how this event will end, and what kind of response will the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world make.


    Although Meng Zhang did not publicize his experience, what happened in the valley soon spread in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Xiao Qiao told Meng Zhang before leaving maple leaf mountain city. He will pass on the matter to the major forces in the Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible, which is a warning to them.


    Outside the valley where Meng Zhang and his disciples left, a true monarch named Yuanshen from all sides was soon welcomed.


    Most people are careful to wait and see outside. Some unbelievers wanted to sneak into the valley and never came out again.


    Now, everyone became honest. They only dared to hide far away and didn''t dare to approach at all.


    How to deal with this valley, including the cultivation giants of day Valley, there is no accurate letter.


    It''s not that they want to delay, but that they can''t do anything about it.


    With their strength, they really don''t have the courage to face the residual power of the demon God.


    There was no clue about the problem on this side of the valley. Another news quickly spread all over the Daheng cultivation world, and triggered a wave of panic.


    Xiangjia, one of the four giants in the Daheng cultivation world, was demonized and completely turned into a demon.


    Now Xiangjia territory has been completely occupied and has become a paradise for demons.


    Only a few practitioners and mortals on the original territory were able to survive.


    Xiangjia is such a powerful family. Apart from the family members, of course, there are many friars with other surnames.


    Friars with other surnames who can be recruited from their families either have high strength or have a skill.


    Among the monks who escaped from the territory this time, there was a guest Qing who solicited from the family.


    It was these guests who brought detailed information and let everyone know what happened in Xiang''s territory.


    There was a sudden change in the valley and the enemy fell to his home. It''s really a wave after wave.


    For the friars in Daheng cultivation world, this is not the time to lament the troubled times, but the whole cultivation world may face disaster.

 Chapter 1320

    Meng Zhang was cultivating in maple leaf mountain city when the incident to his family came into Meng Zhang''s ears.


    When he was in the valley, he learned the cause and effect of their ceremony and a lot of information about Xiang''s family from Mo Qingzhen.


    The power contained in Xiang family''s blood comes from the gift of the demon God, the Lord of the magic plow house. It should have been a great secret.


    However, in order to win people''s trust, Xiang family asked everyone to hold a ceremony to sacrifice the Lord of the magic plow house, and then took the initiative to disclose it to the members of the loose organization.


    The gift of the demon God is not so easy to take.


    Don''t say it''s a demon God. It''s very normal for those positive gods to do some hands and feet in the divine power given.


    The sacrificial ceremony mixed the believers of hostile demons and gods, resulting in the failure of the ceremony. It is conceivable that the master of the magic plow house was angry.


    It is natural for the demon God to punish his family when he is angry.


    Obtain the power of the demon God from the ancestors of the family. The whole family worships the demon God all the year round. Future generations pay a price for this, which can be regarded as self eating evil fruit.


    But those friars and innocent civilians on Xiangjia territory were affected for no reason.


    Xiangjia is one of the four giants in the great horizontal cultivation world. All his people have been demonized and completely transformed into demons.


    This is an incomparably huge demon cluster, which easily makes Xiangjia''s territory fall completely and turn into a paradise for demons.


    Next, this demon cluster will certainly not stay on Xiangjia territory, but will continue to expand in all directions.


    Wherever demons reach, it is inevitable that life is ruined and disasters are rampant.


    Relying solely on the power of the remaining three giants in the great horizontal cultivation world may not be able to stop the expansion of demons.


    When he was in the valley, Meng Zhang tried to kill and killed most of the yuan God friars present, which greatly weakened the power of the demons in the future.


    However, the whole Xiang family was completely demonized, and the demon added new power.


    Meng Zhang was a little frightened. Could it be that what he had done could not prevent the doom from coming to the great horizontal cultivation world?


    The scenes derived from the calculation of Dayan God are destined to happen?


    What is the effect of all your efforts?


    For a moment, Meng Zhang fell into deep self doubt.


    Meng Zhang is also a qualified master of heaven''s secrets.


    In particular, after being promoted to master Tianji, he not only made great progress in Tianji, but also had his own understanding of Tianji.


    The secret is uncertain, and the future can be changed.


    The future derived from his divine skill is only one possibility.


    If there is strong external force interference, this possibility will not become a reality.


    Meng Zhang has read in the classics that in the world of cultivation, there are some heavenly masters of schools who believe that the future is doomed and cannot be changed no matter how hard they struggle.


    Even if there is some deviation in the middle, it will eventually return to the original track in the future.


    Meng Zhang naturally doesn''t like this statement.


    If the future has been doomed, what is the use of the cultivator.


    Under the influence of his previous life, Meng Zhang more agrees with the truth that man can conquer heaven.


    But what happened this time made him feel confused and fell into a state similar to magic.


    Meng Zhang could not help but begin to deny himself.


    He first doubted whether his family''s understanding of the secret arts was correct, and then doubted the significance of what he did


    Just as Meng Zhang''s idea became more and more extreme and began to get into the tip of the ox horn, a sudden inspiration made him break free from this state at once.


    However, for a moment, Meng Zhang was already sweating and scared.


    Although he had left the valley long ago, he was far away from the residual power of the demon God.


    However, the impact of that force on our family is still there, which almost triggered our own demons.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t been so lucky that he suddenly woke up, he would only sink deeper and deeper. Maybe he would really collapse his heart because of his denial of himself.


    The influence of demon God''s residual power on the flesh is better to remove. If the influence on the soul is invisible and untouchable, it is difficult to completely remove it.


    Meng Zhang has also experienced a no small disaster this time, which is also a tempering for him.


    Meng Zhang thought of himself and others. He didn''t know what happened to others.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun closed the door immediately after they returned to Taiyi gate. Obviously, they felt something.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s brother and sister have been wandering in the cultivation world for many years. They have a wide range of knowledge and rich experience. They have solutions to all kinds of situations.


    Xiao Qiao is a friar of Ziyang holy sect. His sect is responsible for it. Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about it.


    Other monks are from taiyimen. Meng Zhang can''t ignore them.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and sent a letter to Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, asking her to go to Taiyi gate.


    Xu Mengying majored in the spiritual Avenue. She should have a certain ability to deal with such spiritual problems.


    After this disaster, Meng Zhang became more cautious.


    He even let go of the things in the Daheng cultivation world and sent Yang Xueyi back to the Taiyi gate.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s letter, Xu Mengying immediately put down everything and rushed to the gate of Taiyi gate as soon as possible.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying knew what had happened from his mouth.


    Xu Mengying is indeed a monk who has been immersed in the spiritual avenue for many years.


    She can mobilize the power of the spiritual Avenue, help others concentrate, calm down, calm down the confusion in the heart and prevent the birth of heart demons.


    Meng Zhang summoned all the friars of taiyimen who were dispatched this time.


    Xu Mengying spent a lot of effort to help everyone restore peace of mind one by one.


    After Xu Mengying cast the spell, everyone felt that they were very heavy and relaxed.


    My heart seems to have been brushed away a layer of dust, which is much more transparent.


    Meng Zhang sent a letter to Nanzhu Zhenjun and told them about it.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun returned Meng Zhang''s information and told Meng Zhang that their brother and sister had a secret method and could solve the problem by themselves.


    In that case, Meng Zhang can''t continue to say more.


    With his many years of friendship with Xu Mengying, there is no need to say more words of gratitude.


    Xu Mengying also began to feel a burst of worry after learning from Meng Zhang what had happened in the Daheng cultivation world.


    As the leader of the school, Xu Mengying also has a sense of the overall situation.


    The power of demons in the great horizontal cultivation world has increased greatly, but the cultivators have been seriously weakened. This is clearly the situation of eliminating demons.


    If the Daheng cultivation world is completely captured by demons and completely reduced to a demon realm, the nearby area will become the next target.


    On this issue, no one can stay out of the Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1321

    If we proceed from the overall situation, regardless of other factors, the most correct approach is the tripartite forces on the side of Jiuqu Province, which are far away from the imperial government, foreign invaders and taiyimen.


    They should put aside all their past gratitude and resentment, abandon mutual suspicion, send troops together, support the great horizontal cultivation world, work together to eliminate demons and quell demons.


    Only in this way can the evil disaster be strangled in the Daheng cultivation world and not spread to the Jiuqu province.


    However, the most correct approach is absolutely impossible to achieve.


    Many things are not put down.


    The positions and purposes of the three parties are different, and they simply cannot coexist.


    From Zhang Weineng''s point of view, the more severe the devil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, the better. Even if it affects the Jiuqu Province, it''s not hesitate.


    In order to leave the overall situation of the imperial dynasty, such marginal territories as Jiuqu provinces can be abandoned.


    Even, Zhang Weineng was eager for the evil disaster to spread to Jiuqu Province, so that Ziyang Shengzong had to deal with it.


    If there is an effective way to help spread the magic disaster, Zhang Weineng will definitely do it without hesitation.


    The invaders from abroad will not have the slightest sympathy and concern for the experience of the indigenous creatures in the Junchen world.


    They have no obligation or responsibility to the land of Junchen.


    As long as the demons don''t enter the clouds, it has nothing to do with them.


    If demons can contain more power of practitioners in Jun dust world, they can''t get it.


    They may even take the initiative to provide some support to the demon group.


    In this case, I''m afraid only taiyimen side is really concerned about the situation in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    But what''s the use of caring alone?


    Taiyimen has limited strength and can only barely maintain the status quo. Even if Meng Zhang wants to do something, he has more heart than strength.


    If he really dares to dispatch taiyimen friars to greatly reinforce the Daheng cultivation world, Zhang Weineng and foreign invaders must have taken advantage of the opportunity to come straight to taiyimen.


    Xu Mengying is also well aware of the current situation.


    She also knows that neither she nor Meng Zhang can do anything under the current situation.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying looked at each other and sighed, but they were helpless.


    The most depressing thing is that you know that a very bad situation is going to happen, but you can''t do anything to stop it.


    After dealing with all the problems, Xu Mengying returned to Huanglian holy mountain, the gate of Huanglian sect.


    As the leader of the sect, there are still many things waiting for her to deal with, and she can''t leave for too long.


    After Xu Mengying left, Meng Zhang remembered one thing.


    The last time he exterminated the barbarian strongman on the Yuantu prairie, he captured the leader of the barbarian outside the territory, chief wolf eagle, alive.


    The wolf Eagle chief was abandoned and kept in Taiyi gate.


    There must be many secrets in such a strong man who came from abroad.


    Besides, his knowledge and experience alone is a valuable asset.


    Meng Zhang interrogated the chief wolf Eagle many times, but he couldn''t pry open his mouth.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. He imprisoned chief wolf eagle and asked trusted disciples of the dark hall to interrogate him regularly.


    The chief wolf Eagle suffered a lot by using these dark hall disciples to extort confessions by torture.


    But for so many years, the chief wolf Eagle never gave in, let alone revealed any valuable information.


    Meng Zhang thought that chief wolf eagle was once a believer in the worship of God, and should know more or less about the intelligence of God.


    Perhaps, from his mouth, we can interrogate useful information about the demon God.


    Meng Zhang came to the place where the wolf Eagle chief was held.


    This is the forbidden area of taiyimen, and it is also a prison for serious criminals.


    The longevity of barbarians outside the territory is not as long as those of the same level.


    In his heyday, the wolf Eagle chief had the combat effectiveness of friars in the later period of Yuanshen, but there was no corresponding longevity yuan.


    What''s more, his accomplishments have long been abandoned, and after so many years of continuous cruel torture.


    When Meng Zhang saw him, he was already white haired and haggard. He could hardly recognize him.


    Although he was old and weak to the extreme, this guy was really a hard bone. When he saw Meng Zhang, he still didn''t mean to bow his head at all.


    Chief wolf eagle, who once served the gods, has a special secret method to keep his secrets.


    Even if the cultivation is completely abolished, the secret method still works.


    Even if Meng Zhang forcibly searched his soul, there would be no result.


    As a last resort, Meng ZhangCai used the stupidest method to slowly kill his will.


    But from the results, it doesn''t seem to have played much role.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have so much time to talk to him slowly. Instead, he directly told him that he had just escaped from death under the power of the demon God magic plow house master.


    If he can tell some valuable information about the demon God, he can suffer less torture.


    When Meng Zhang mentioned the demon God, there was an obvious fluctuation on the face of the wolf Eagle chief, who was originally wubo Gu Jing.


    Meng Zhang, who has been watching him, saw this scene and knew there was a door.


    But no matter how Meng Zhang pressed him, he didn''t say a word.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to waste time here, so he had to call the disciples of the dark hall to continue interrogating him.


    Since the means of extorting confessions by torture did not work, Meng Zhang asked the disciples in charge of interrogation to change some softer means.


    The so-called heart attack.


    Meng Zhang let these disciples have the results, immediately informed himself and left here.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay at taiyimen Mountain Gate for a long time, so he and Yang Xueyi sent them to maple leaf mountain city.


    He was not at all confident about the situation in the Daheng cultivation world.


    He is on the side of maple leaf mountain city and can receive all kinds of intelligence from the front more quickly.


    With the passage of time, the situation on the side of the great horizontal cultivation world has not improved, but has become more and more serious.


    After the Xiang family members on Xiang family territory are completely transformed into demons, they first demonize all the creatures in the whole territory.


    Within a short time, there was a huge number of demon clusters.


    A powerful group of demons left Xiangjia territory and began to expand in all directions.


    As one of the four giants, Xiangjia''s territory is not small, and there are a large number of practitioners and mortals living on it.


    With enough troops to replenish the demon group, it is like blowing a balloon.


    In this process, the surrounding cultivation forces are simply unable to stop it.


    A friar of the day Valley once organized the investigation and exploration of Xiangjia territory


    However, the practitioners who had just entered Xiangjia territory were soon submerged by a large number of demons.


    The whole team was almost destroyed, and only a few people were able to escape.


    At this moment, all people with a clear eye know that the demon cluster is unstoppable.


    Xiuzhen forces around Xiangjia territory have been busy moving mountain gates and people.

 Chapter 1322

    Xiang family members were all demonized and completely turned into demons, and what happened in the valley, the impact was too bad.


    The other three giants in the world of Daheng cultivation have no good way to deal with this.


    Wanhe mountain has lost its only Yuanshen. Later, the great friar mountain weighs Zhenjun. This time, it has lost Shanliang Zhenjun and others, which can be described as a great loss of vitality.


    I can''t cope with the pressure from the SONGFENG sect. I don''t have any spare power to meddle in other business.


    SONGFENG sect is also busy oppressing Wanhe mountain. Even if they knew that if they let their family go, it would certainly harm themselves, and they couldn''t deal with it.


    Even the daytime Valley, which is the most powerful on weekdays and has always regarded itself as the leader of the great horizontal cultivation world, also pretended to be an ostrich at this time.


    In the face of the fierce demon group, the day Valley can only be alone and has no power to stop the expansion of the demon group.


    In fact, these high-level monks of the sect, but they have a little eyesight, all know that this is not the way.


    However, due to various internal and external factors, they have to become shortsighted and focus on the present.


    Anyway, the demon cluster can''t kill them in front of them for a while.


    In this way, without effective leaders, the rest of the cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are simply scattered sand.


    Facing the expanding demon group, they only retreat step by step and keep running away.


    However, the great horizontal cultivation world is only so large. Many places have been occupied by demons, and there are fewer and fewer areas suitable for human survival.


    Before long, these practitioners will have nowhere to retreat and nowhere to escape.


    The news of Da Heng''s cultivation world continued to spread to Meng Zhang''s ears through various channels.


    Meng Zhang can only watch helplessly. He is really powerless to interfere.


    One after another, the cultivation forces were eliminated, the mountain gate was occupied, and a group of demons expanded wantonly in the whole Daheng cultivation world with an unstoppable trend.


    Originally, the original demons in the Daheng cultivation world have been temporarily suppressed by the practitioners, and the scope of activity has been continuously compressed.


    However, after wantonly expanding to the home demons, these demons also took the opportunity to launch a counterattack against the cultivators and recaptured many sites.


    Now the great horizontal cultivation world has almost become the world of demons.


    The original giant clan can only reluctantly defend its own territory.


    As for how long we can stick to it, no one can say.


    The rest of the practitioners have long become bereaved dogs and are precarious.


    However, many practitioners are not completely desperate about the situation.


    Before the sudden outbreak of the devil disaster, Xiao Jiansheng came out of the world of Ziyang Shengzong, organized major cultivation forces, gathered monks from all sides to fight with demons and strive to quell the devil disaster.


    After Xiao Jiansheng''s unremitting efforts, although the evil disaster has not been completely subsided, it has also been greatly limited.


    To be honest, if it hadn''t been done at home, maybe everyone would have seen the dawn of calming the demon disaster.


    Even Meng Zhang was looking forward to the performance of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As the Holy Land Sect in the north of Jun dust world, Ziyang holy sect will not see the whole Daheng cultivation world fall and completely turn into a demon kingdom.


    Unfortunately, the expectations of all people, including Meng Zhang, will fail.


    The matter of Xiang family has happened for so long that the friars of Ziyang Shengzong have not appeared.


    On the contrary, it is the power of demons, which is stronger and stronger day by day, and the expansion momentum is stronger and stronger day by day.


    Not only the Terran territory, but also the traditional territory of other races began to be invaded by demons.


    Some demons attacked the black jade forest, and some began to touch the waters in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River


    This means that the scope of influence of this magic disaster has gone beyond the great horizontal cultivation world and spread to the surrounding areas.


    If this momentum is not curbed and the magic disaster spreads to Jiuqu provinces, it will happen sooner or later.


    What Zhang Wei, governor of Jiuqu Province, could think of was actually achieved in this way.


    Meng Zhang was keenly aware of this trend through the intelligence collected.


    But not only was he powerless to intervene, but he would soon suffer.


    Since defeating the demons last time, peace has been restored near maple leaf mountain city.


    Except for a small group of demons, there are no large groups of demons wandering.


    But recently, more and more small demons appeared around and began to slowly penetrate into maple leaf mountain city.


    After the investigation of the sent friars, it can be seen that several powerful demon groups are slowly moving towards maple leaf mountain city.


    It seems that the last failure did not let the demons learn too many lessons.


    After the situation changed greatly, the demons who consciously gained the upper hand once again targeted maple leaf mountain city.


    In this case, the area around maple leaf mountain city soon entered a state of alert.


    Maple Leaf mountain city has already integrated the power of all the surrounding cultivation forces, formed an alliance, and belongs to hanhaidao alliance.


    Facing the threat of demons, monks of various cultivation forces were transferred one after another, and the army of monks began to gather again.


    In addition, Jin Qiaoer personally led the team and organized several hunting teams to strengthen the hunting of small demons in the surrounding area.


    Taiyimen Mountain Gate is also ready to reinforce maple leaf mountain city at any time.


    Of course, this time is different from last time.


    The cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world can''t protect themselves, so they can only let demons expand.


    Maple Leaf mountain city will not be a bird at this time to fight against a steady stream of demons alone.


    If the magic power is too strong to resist, you have to give up the foundation of maple leaf mountain city and evacuate all monks and mortals to Jiuqu province.


    The number of practitioners is limited and it''s easy to evacuate.


    However, there are too many mortals, and they can''t afford to transmit the Dharma array over a long distance.


    The only way to safely evacuate a large number of mortals is to use the flying boat team.


    Consider defeat before victory. Maple leaf mountain city has begun to consider a retreat.


    Yang Xueyi sent a team of capable monks to explore the best flight route from maple leaf mountain city to Jiuqu province.


    The flight route should avoid various dangers on the road as much as possible and save flight time as much as possible


    At the same time, taiyimen has also begun to organize a flying boat team to help maple leaf mountain city retreat.


    In addition, taiyimen also sent a pathfinder team to explore safe and reliable routes.


    Now the surrounding situation is completely different from the era of Jiuqu alliance. The original safe routes have become unreliable after times have changed.


    Although all kinds of preparations have been made after the defeat, maple leaf mountain city will still try to resist, hoping to resist the attack of the demons.


    Meng Zhang was not familiar with the situation here and did not intervene at will. All the command power was delegated to Yang Xueyi.


    Meng Zhang himself is only used as a high-end combat force when needed.

 Chapter 1323

    Meng Zhang, like all practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world, waited on the left and on the right, but he couldn''t wait for the reinforcements of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Terran living space in the Daheng cultivation world has been severely oppressed and becomes smaller and smaller.


    Meng Zhang knew that Ziyang Shengzong had a big plan for Dali Dynasty, and invested the main power of zongmen for this purpose.


    Could it be that they have given up the great horizontal cultivation world in order to ensure the smooth implementation of the great plan?


    Since the great horizontal cultivation world can give up, does that mean that Jiuqu province can also give up?


    Meng Zhang''s heart was covered with a thick shadow.


    The territory of taiyimen is vast. Of course, there is a way out.


    Maple Leaf mountain city cannot be defended. You can retreat to the Gobi and endless sand sea.


    If you can''t hold those two places, you can retreat to Yuantu prairie.


    But when will it come to an end if you keep retreating.


    When Meng Zhang was upset, he received a letter from the heavenly palace. Xiao Liang of Ziyang Shengzong wanted to see him.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect. He immediately left maple leaf mountain city and hurried to the heavenly palace.


    He came to the residence of Ziyang Shengzong and successfully met Xiao Liang.


    Not seen for many days, Xiao Liang hasn''t changed at all, but his eyebrows are a little gloomy.


    After they met, without greeting, they went straight to the subject.


    Xiao Liang told Meng Zhang that Xiao Qiao had already told the family and the clan what had happened in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Ziyang saints in the great everfount also has eye liner, and the source is constantly sending the latest intelligence back to the Zong men.


    Xiao Liang himself admitted that he didn''t pay too much attention to the situation in the Daheng cultivation world and ignored the warning of Xiao Qiao, a younger generation.


    If Ziyang Shengzong had tried to intervene earlier, the situation in Daheng Xiuzhen world would not have deteriorated to this point.


    At this point, it''s too late to say this.


    To be honest, Ziyang Shengzong''s main attention has long been put on the side of Dali imperial court.


    In order to ensure the smooth progress of the plan, it is also acceptable to give up the great horizontal cultivation world and even the Jiuqu province.


    But in the whole Junchen world, Ziyang Shengzong is not the only Holy Land Sect.


    Above all the holy doors, there is a heavenly palace.


    The north of Junchen world is the traditional sphere of influence of Ziyang holy sect. Generally, other holy sect doors and heavenly palace will not easily interfere with what happens here.


    However, a large area has been demonized, and the demons are rampant. When the Terran encounters a great catastrophe, others have a reason to intervene.


    In the holy land, although there is harmony on the surface, there are many private fights.


    The Holy Land Sect door, which does not deal with Ziyang holy sect, has a ready-made excuse. Of course, it will not miss this opportunity.


    What''s more, this time the Demon power came to the Junchen world, which also alerted the high-level of the heavenly palace.


    Now, some people have begun to attack Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the Ziyang holy sect is unable to quell the magic disaster on its own territory, they are willing to do it on their behalf to save the human beings affected by the innocent.


    Almost every Holy Land Sect is strictly guarded against its own sphere of influence. It is regarded as a forbidden place and absolutely does not allow others to interfere.


    In any case, Ziyang holy sect will not hand over the disposal right of events on its own territory to other holy sect gates.


    Under the pressure of the situation, in order not to fall into the real population and not to provide an excuse for other holy places to suppress their own family, Ziyang holy sect must solve the magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible.


    However, at present, a large part of the power of Ziyang Shengzong has been restrained by Dali imperial dynasty.


    For the next big plan, Ziyang Shengzong really can''t draw too much power to quell the demon disaster.


    In the face of this situation, Ziyang Shengzong should make full use of the various Xiuzhen forces on his own territory.


    Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect actively approached Ziyang holy sect and saved Xiao Jiansheng, who walked around the world. Naturally, he came into the sight of the high-level of Ziyang holy sect.


    In fact, as the ruler of the north of Junchen world, Ziyang Shengzong has full power to recruit Taiyi gate.


    Of course, having power is one thing, and whether you can do it is another.


    To tell you the truth, Dali Dynasty is also the cultivation force in the north of Junchen world. It is also a subordinate of Ziyang Shengzong. It should still accept the transfer of Ziyang Shengzong.


    But in fact, the two are now in a war.


    Taiyimen, as a subordinate of Dali imperial dynasty, is separated from Ziyang Shengzong.


    Therefore, if Ziyang Shengzong wants to mobilize taiyimen''s power to quell the demon disaster, he must pay a price.


    Fortunately, Ziyang Shengzong has been the ruler for so many years and has rich experience in how to drive the Xiuzhen sect.


    Taiyimen will help quell the evil disaster this time. Ziyang Shengzong will not let taiyimen busy in vain. There are many benefits waiting for taiyimen.


    On the side of the great horizontal cultivation world, in the battle with demons, all the territory hit down by the Taiyi gate will belong to the Taiyi gate in the future.


    On the other side of Jiuqu Province, after the defeat of Dali Dynasty, taiyimen will replace Dali Dynasty and become the new ruler of Jiuqu province.


    ¡­¡­


    Ziyang Shengzong gives many benefits, such as material assistance, not to mention.


    Such generous conditions are more than enough to attract taiyimen to quell the demon disaster.


    In fact, even if Ziyang Shengzong did not give these benefits, Meng Zhang would tend to help Daheng Xiuzhen world quell the evil disaster from the perspective of the death of lips and teeth.


    But still that sentence, taiyimen is now in a disadvantageous situation and is restrained by Zhang Weineng and foreign invaders. It''s really powerless for him.


    Meng Zhang was not polite either. After hearing Xiao Liang''s offer, he said his difficulties.


    He didn''t exaggerate much this time, but really told his difficulties.


    Xiao Liang patiently listened to Meng Zhang''s complaint, and then told him. Ziyang Shengzong has long known the problems faced by Taiyi gate and came up with a solution.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong''s main attention was focused on Dali, he had enough ears and eyes in Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world.


    It''s no secret that taiyimen is in a bad situation now.


    Taiyimen is facing two enemies, and it is also the enemy of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In particular, the official forces of Dali Dynasty are the priority targets of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the arrangement of the high level of Ziyang Shengzong, taiyimen had to defeat the official forces of Dali imperial court and foreign invaders before it began to reinforce the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Ziyang Shengzong had no choice but to make such an arrangement.


    Without solving the worries at home, it is really difficult for taiyimen to calm the demon disaster wholeheartedly.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong also knows that taiyimen has limited strength and can''t beat two opponents at the same time.


    Therefore, the high level of Ziyang Shengzong arranged a strong helper for Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1324

    Xiao Liang hired the three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun and invited the old crane of Ziyang holy sect to enter Taiyi gate together.


    With such strong support, taiyimen escaped a disaster of extermination.


    Of course, relying on these forces alone, taiyimen can barely fight with Zhang Weineng and they are unable to launch a counterattack against Zhang Weineng.


    If you want to beat Zhang Weineng and them as soon as possible, you need other strong support.


    Xiao Liang didn''t disappoint Meng Zhang last time. This time, he will certainly provide more reinforcements.


    In fact, Meng Zhang was really surprised when Xiao Liang said what reinforcements he would send.


    There are two batches of reinforcements mentioned by Xiao Liang.


    A group of monsters came from the black jade forest.


    The other group is the aquarium in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River.


    Meng Zhang had long known that Ziyang Shengzong had a deep relationship with the monsters in the black jade forest. However, Xiao Liang''s ability to resist them so easily was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    As for the aquariums in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River, they had close contact with Zhang Weineng before.


    It is said that Zhang Weineng, on behalf of the officials of the Dali Dynasty, has long allied with the Shui nationality.


    The last time Zhang Weineng designed to surround and kill Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, he also got the help of two strong Aquarians.


    Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t know what means it used to make these aquariums betray Zhang Weineng, change their position and join their camp.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled look, Xiao Liang patiently explained it to him.


    I think he also knows that if Meng Zhang doesn''t explain clearly, Meng Zhang won''t trust to join hands with these two groups of reinforcements.


    King Huipeng, the monster commander of the black jade forest, was originally the spiritual pet of an elder of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Many years ago, Ziyang Shengzong sent Huipeng king to break into the monsters in the black jade forest.


    With the secret support of Ziyang Shengzong, the strength of Huipeng king has been continuously improved, and his position in the black jade forest is also higher and higher.


    Wang Huipeng is indeed an extraordinary person. He has grown from an undercover to the chief of the monster in the black jade forest.


    For Ziyang holy sect, it needs some forces that have nothing to do with their own family to do things that are inconvenient for their own family.


    As the superior of the king Huipeng, Ziyang Shengzong is happy to see his success.


    Therefore, the black jade forest monster under the leadership of King Hui Peng became a peripheral force that specially helped Ziyang Shengzong do dirty work.


    This was originally the top secret of Ziyang holy sect. Many people in the door are not qualified to know.


    Even if outsiders doubt it, they just doubt that Ziyang Shengzong bought Heiyu forest by any means. It is absolutely unexpected that the monster forces on the other side of Heiyu forest have completely fallen into the control of Ziyang Shengzong.


    So far, most of the monsters in the black jade forest don''t know that they have become the knives in the hands of Ziyang Shengzong.


    King Huipeng never revealed his identity, but used his identity as the commander to order his demons to work for Ziyang Shengzong secretly.


    This time, Xiao Liang would never have revealed this secret to Meng Zhang if he had not asked Meng Zhang and was eager to quell the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Of course, Xiao Liang only revealed some secrets. He wouldn''t tell Meng Zhang more details.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang sighed in his heart that he was indeed worthy of being a Holy Land Sect. The layout was so far-reaching and unexpected.


    Since King Huipeng was born in Ziyang holy sect, he is worthy of trust.


    The aquariums in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River have fought with the monsters in the black jade forest for many years, and the two sides have deep hatred.


    Since the monsters in the black jade forest have become the peripheral forces of Ziyang Shengzong, they will naturally get some secret support from Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Huipeng king, who was born in Ziyang Shengzong, is not comparable to those wild monsters.


    He not only has profound cultivation and strong combat effectiveness, but also has great strategy and is good at using troops.


    Under the leadership of King Huipeng, the monsters in the black jade forest have always had the upper hand in the struggle with the aquarium.


    In the age of Jiuqu alliance, facing great pressure, aquarium tried to form an alliance with Jiuqu alliance to get assistance, and even both sides fought against the monsters in the black jade forest.


    When the Jiuqu League became a Jiuqu Province, Zhang Weineng was also keenly aware of the needs of the aquarium, and took the Dali imperial dynasty as the backing to connect with the aquarium.


    The senior management of the aquarium has been promised by Zhang Weineng that the Dali imperial government will help the aquarium deal with the monsters in the black jade forest.


    In addition, the expedition army sent by the Dali imperial dynasty to the Daheng cultivation world has also been secretly plotted by the black jade forest monster, so the aquarium will believe Zhang Weineng and be willing to cooperate with him.


    However, after the spread of the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, the situation changed.


    Now, some demons have begun to attack the black jade forest and the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    As the aborigines of Jun dust world, Shui people have deep feelings for this land.


    The senior level of the aquarium is also wise enough to know the consequences of the further spread of the magic disaster.


    It was a catastrophe for the living, a real disaster.


    Unfortunately, the aquarium alone can only resist the incoming demons, but it is unable to quell the whole demon disaster.


    At this time, the messenger sent by Ziyang Shengzong came to visit the aquarium.


    The messenger will set up the loose organization and hold the magic ceremony at home and tell the senior level of the aquarium.


    The envoy added fuel and vinegar and emphasized Zhang Weineng''s role in the matter.


    The evil disaster has become so serious that Zhang Wei can use the power of the Dali imperial dynasty to make tricks in the dark.


    The evil cultivation of Dali Dynasty colluded with the evil things in secret and continuously provided various resources to the evil things.


    If we don''t eliminate the official forces of Dali Dynasty led by Zhang Weineng, we can''t completely quell the evil disaster.


    The senior level of the aquarium has enough awe for the holy sect door, and is willing to believe in the messenger of Ziyang holy sect.


    Under the mediation of the messenger, in the face of the doom of all creatures, the aquarium and the monster in the black jade forest have temporarily reached a reconciliation.


    Of course, thousands of years of gratitude and resentment between the two sides are not so easy to erase.


    Ziyang Shengzong never expected both sides to turn enemies into friends. I just hope they can cooperate temporarily when dealing with Zhang Weineng.


    King Huipeng was originally a chess piece of Ziyang Shengzong. Of course, he would not disobey the orders of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The aquarium is already at a disadvantage in the confrontation with the black jade forest monster. Of course, it will not refuse this breathing opportunity.


    What''s more, in the face of the threat of magic disaster, the senior management of aquarium originally hoped that all creatures could work together to quell the magic disaster.


    After Ziyang Shengzong messenger''s running, the monsters in the black jade forest and the aquariums in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River reluctantly reached a temporary cooperation agreement.


    Coupled with the strength of taiyimen, the strength of the three parties has exceeded the joint efforts of Zhang Weineng and foreign invaders.


    Strength has an absolute advantage. Of course, you can take the initiative to attack.


    However, how to attack, in order to eliminate the enemy as much as possible and reduce our own losses as much as possible, we need to make a good plan.

 Chapter 1325

    Facing the pressure of the hostile sect, Ziyang holy sect, in order not to provide an excuse for intervention to the heavenly palace, should rely on its own strength to quell the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible.


    In this matter, Ziyang Shengzong is still a little worried.


    Fortunately, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong is not short-sighted. He knows that no matter how anxious he is, he can''t mess around, let alone force taiyimen too much.


    If you want taiyimen to help quell the evil disaster wholeheartedly, you should pay attention to some strategies.


    Eliminating the official power of Dali Dynasty represented by Zhang Weineng is not only to help Taiyi gate get rid of its worries, but also in the interests of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For Meng Zhang, time is also more urgent.


    Of course, no matter how tight the time is, we must make up our minds.


    Especially when dealing with such a strong enemy as Zhang Weineng, we must not be careless at all.


    Ziyang Shengzong helped make a simple plan.


    After listening to Xiao Liang''s account of the plan, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to make a statement. Instead, he wanted to meet with the senior management of aquarium and Huipeng Wang for a while and communicate with everyone.


    Before the war, it is a very legitimate requirement for the three temporary allies to communicate.


    Xiao Liang couldn''t refuse no matter how urgent he was.


    He told Meng Zhang that he would arrange these things immediately.


    He didn''t urge Meng Zhang. He just told Meng Zhang that the faster he calmed down the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, the more benefits taiyimen would get.


    Meng Zhang also patted his chest and assured Xiao Liang that he would serve Ziyang Shengzong wholeheartedly and quell the evil disaster as soon as possible.


    After leaving Xiao Liang''s place, Meng Zhang visited mother-in-law Lansi.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi stayed in the heavenly palace most of the time, and Meng Zhang met him smoothly.


    With an attitude of seeking advice, Meng Zhang told mother-in-law Qiansi the latest orders of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the eyes of these great powers of returning to emptiness, the disputes between the Holy Land and the religious sects are not a secret.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi also heard about the problems faced by Ziyang Shengzong recently.


    If Meng Zhang obeyed Xiao Liang''s orders, it would mean a complete break with Dali emperor and completely fell to the side of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although this is different from Meng Zhang''s original plan, the plan will never catch up with the change.


    Zhang Weineng''s fear and hostility to Meng Zhang, Dali imperial court''s acceptance of demon cultivation, and a series of events such as provoking the demon disaster in the Dharma cultivation world have long made Meng Zhang dissatisfied with Dali imperial court.


    Meng Zhang was unwilling to associate with the Dali Dynasty and was even more hostile to Zhang Weineng.


    He now completely took refuge in Ziyang Shengzong. To a large extent, he was forced by the situation and had no other choice.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t say much about Meng Zhang''s choice. She just reminded Meng Zhang that there were a lot of dark activities in the holy land that showed that the world was fair and bright.


    When dealing with the holy sect of Ziyang, Meng Zhang must keep an eye on it. Don''t be confused by the reputation of the holy sect and lose your guard.


    Meng Zhang knew these things even if she didn''t remind her mother-in-law.


    If it hadn''t been for the pressure from the heavenly palace this time, Ziyang Shengzong would have given up the Daheng cultivation world.


    This alone is enough to make Meng Zhang full of vigilance to Ziyang Shengzong.


    After staying with mother-in-law Qiansi for a while and chatting for a while, Meng ZhangCai left and returned to the taiyimen stronghold.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long in the heavenly palace, so he got Xiao Liang''s message.


    Xiao Liang has agreed on the time and place of Meng Zhang''s meeting with the senior Shui people and the grey Peng King through the envoy of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After receiving this information, Meng Zhang left the heavenly palace and returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Back to baicaopo, Meng Zhang immediately sent it to maple leaf mountain city.


    Then he urged the void tripod to use the art of space transmission and rushed to the direction of the black jade forest.


    Two days later, at the edge of the black jade forest, Meng Zhang waited for the meeting object.


    A huge pengbird swooped down in the sky. When it was about to land, it turned into a powerful and burly man.


    After the big man landed, Meng Zhang, who had been waiting for a long time, took the initiative to welcome him.


    Both of them did not hide their own strength and released their own strong breath.


    After they looked at each other for a moment, Meng Zhang first broke the silence.


    "I''ve seen King Hui Peng at the next Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang."


    The king of grey Peng had the momentum of the superior. He arched his hand at Meng Zhang without saying anything more.


    During the contact just now, both sides have a certain understanding of each other''s strength.


    King Huipeng has the strength of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, and his combat effectiveness is still above Meng Zhang.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments have made little progress because he broke through the hidden dangers left by the late Yuan God.


    Since King Huipeng is stronger, he has more voice.


    Fortunately, King Huipeng is not a blind and arrogant person, nor will he violate the arrangement of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The main force of this battle is taiyimen, and the monsters and aquariums in Heiyu forest are only auxiliary.


    As the leader of this war, Meng Zhang should respect his opinions in the battle plan.


    Time was pressing. Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang had no nonsense and went straight to the point.


    The rough plan provided by Ziyang Shengzong actually has no problem, but many details need to be filled in.


    In particular, participants in taiyimen and other plans need to make some adjustments to the plan according to their actual situation.


    King Huipeng is not as rude and rude as an ordinary monster, nor is he a fool without a brain.


    He is resourceful and insightful about many things.


    He had already obtained this battle plan from Ziyang Shengzong.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang, he put forward many valuable opinions and implemented many details with Meng Zhang.


    They talked very speculatively. They can find a common language on many topics.


    Both of them are experienced people. Their rich combat experience makes them not divorced from reality when they supplement their plans.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and status are getting higher and higher. It is more and more rare to meet such a good friend.


    Wang Hui Peng''s insight and many views are very in line with Meng Zhang''s appetite.


    And King Hui Peng should have the same view on Meng Zhang.


    Originally, they were just temporary collaborators. They felt pity for each other and both meant to make friends with each other.


    After discussing the details of the battle plan, the two sides chatted a few more words to deepen their understanding of each other.


    If the time is not tight, the two sides are really interested in chatting for a while.


    From mutual defense at first sight to mutual appreciation when leaving, they have a certain friendship.


    After chatting with King Hui Peng, Meng Zhang did not continue to delay and immediately rushed to the upper reaches of Jiuqu River.


    Jiuqu River is a large river spreading over millions of miles, with many tributaries, almost countless.


    The upper reaches of Jiuqu River is a very vast area with many large and small tributaries.


    Meng Zhang saw the high level of the aquarium on a tributary near the black jade forest.

 Chapter 1326

    The three strong Shui people who appeared in front of Meng Zhang were two men and one woman.


    The first male aquarium is almost the same as the human elderly, but there is a thick layer of fish scales on his face.


    The two younger aquariums behind him are fish head and body for men and fish head and body for women.


    From the perspective of human aesthetics, male aquariums are ugly, while female aquariums are gorgeous.


    Three aquariums stood quietly on the water and watched Meng Zhang fall from the sky.


    Meng Zhang already knew something about the aquarium in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River.


    Among these aquariums, the most powerful is the mermaid family.


    The first male aquarium is the mermaid king, the leader of the aquarium.


    The two Shui people behind him met Meng Zhang. They met when they killed Xiao Jiansheng last time.


    Among them, the male is the son of the mermaid king, and the female is the princess of the mermaid king.


    The mermaid king is the real strength of the late Yuan God and the real pillar of the aquarium.


    The prince of the mermaid and the princess of the prince of the mermaid have only the strength equivalent to the middle period of the yuan God.


    Together, they can drive an aquarium treasure by secret method, which can barely compete with the masters in the later period of Yuanshen.


    This is also an important reason why the aquarium is always at a disadvantage when fighting against the monsters in the black jade forest.


    Among the monsters in the black jade forest, in addition to the king Huipeng, there is a king of brocade monkey, who has the strength of the late Yuan God.


    Although King Jin monkey has always been at odds with King Hui Peng, when facing foreign enemies, he will also respect the commander of King Hui Peng and focus on the overall interests of the black jade forest monster.


    In terms of high-end combat power, there is a big difference. Coupled with the monsters in the black jade forest, the aquarium is more brave and dare to fight.


    The result of years of fighting is that the aquarium has been at a disadvantage.


    The mermaid king is a very insightful elder. He knew that the situation was bad after he demonized all the monks at home and spread the magic disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Sure enough, soon a group of demons began to move towards the area occupied by the aquarium.


    Although these demons who despise the enemy and advance rashly were repulsed by the aquarium, the aquarium also paid a high price.


    What''s more, with the aggravation of the evil disaster, the evil things have been continuously supplemented, and the scale of the evil things group will only become larger and larger.


    It is the nature of demons to constantly expand around and demonize more creatures.


    The demon invasion was repulsed, which only temporarily alleviated the situation of the aquarium.


    Before long, the demons will attack again.


    At that time, I don''t know how large the incoming demon group will be.


    In the long run, there will always be times when the aquarium can''t support it.


    The mermaid king knew the harm of the evil disaster and was eager to quell the evil disaster.


    But the practitioners of Daheng cultivation world almost became a beach of loose sand.


    Almost all practitioners are selfish and only care about self-protection.


    The strength of aquarium alone is not enough to quell the magic disaster.


    What''s more, the aquarium is best at fighting in the water.


    Without rivers, lakes and other waters, the combat effectiveness of the aquarium will be greatly reduced.


    It is for this reason that the expansion of aquarium for many years has been along the Jiuqu River.


    When the mermaid king was anxious, the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong came to the door.


    The two sides almost hit it off and soon reached an agreement.


    Shui nationality joins the camp against Dali imperial dynasty. Ziyang Shengzong will soon organize practitioners to come to Daheng Xiuzhen world to quell the magic disaster.


    There have been countless deep hatred between the aquarium and the monsters in the black jade forest, and both sides have shed a lot of blood.


    In the aquarium, talking peace with the black jade forest has caused great resistance.


    But the mermaid King forced all the opposition to the crowd.


    Before Meng Zhang''s arrival, there had been in-depth communication between the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong and the mermaid king, and the two sides had negotiated a lot of things.


    Meng Zhang''s arrival was just to confirm the battle plan with the mermaid king and supplement some details.


    Meng Zhang talked with the mermaid king for a while and found that the communication with the mermaid king was very smooth.


    It is the mermaid King''s son''s hostility to the Terran is not shallow. Especially in his words, he revealed his deep hatred for the black jade forest monster.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help worrying about whether the hatred of the mermaid King''s son would affect the next battle.


    What an old man the mermaid king is. He guessed his mind from Meng Zhang''s face.


    He almost patted his chest and assured Meng Zhang that he would personally command the attack on the official forces of the Dali Dynasty, and there would be no mistakes in the process.


    At this point, Meng Zhang seems to have no other way but to believe in the mermaid king.


    However, in his heart, he left an extra eye and secretly strengthened his defense against aquariums.


    After negotiation, the two sides agreed on the time to attack. Meng Zhang did not delay here and left quickly.


    Meng Zhang urged the void tripod and sent it back to maple leaf mountain city.


    He was preparing to send the Dharma array from a long distance back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate. The taiyimen friar in maple leaf mountain city told him that a strange Yuanshen Zhenjun, who claimed to be his old friend, came to visit him the day before yesterday.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s absence, the yuan God Zhenjun left a few words and left.


    The content of these words is very simple. It is agreed to meet Meng Zhang near maple leaf mountain city two days later.


    Now I am busy preparing for the reactionary attack against Zhang Weineng and them. After the victory, I have to hurry to quell the magic disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    At this time, Meng Zhang really had no spare time to waste on strange monks.


    However, Meng Zhang thought that the other party was at least a true monarch of the yuan God. He might have something important to find himself.


    If you ignore it, it''s bad if you delay something important.


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a moment, kept it in mind, and quickly sent it back to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    As soon as he returned to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang summoned the high-level people in the gate.


    He told the middle and high level of the door one by one that he had fully accepted the orders of Xiao Liang, the saint of Ziyang, and the plan of the battle.


    This time, because time was too tight, Meng Zhang did not discuss with the middle and senior management of the door in advance.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang has supreme authority in Taiyi gate and led the monks in the gate to victory many times.


    Therefore, after some whispering, no middle and senior level of the door questioned Meng Zhang''s decision.


    Next, let''s discuss all the details of the battle.


    Black jade forest and aquarium will act according to the plan.


    The top level of taiyimen here just reviewed the plan together to see if there are any loopholes in the actions of taiyimen.


    After they added some details, they all felt that the plan was not a problem and could be implemented.


    Next, the top level of Taiyi gate will mobilize secretly and start to summon the monks in the gate to prepare for a large-scale attack.

 Chapter 1327

    It is not as troublesome for practitioners to gather an army as ordinary mortals. Many troublesome links are missing, and there is no need to delay too long.


    However, the enemy we face this time is too strong. There is nothing wrong with making more preparations before the war.


    Even if the time is tight, taiyimen still needs to spend some time to mobilize personnel and materials.


    Moreover, all these preparations should be kept as secret as possible and should not be known to the enemy in advance.


    Therefore, before the war, there is still a little free time for Meng Zhang to move freely.


    Two days later, Meng Zhang came to a valley near maple leaf mountain city as agreed.


    Anyway, with the void tripod in his body, he is not afraid to fall into ambush and be besieged.


    He flew boldly to valley with theout hesitation or hesitation.


    Meng Zhang arrived a little earlier than the agreed time.


    But as soon as he entered the valley, he found a strange middle-aged man Xiu waiting there.


    This man Xiu is a stranger. Meng Zhang has never seen him before.


    However, Meng Zhang recognized his identity as soon as he saw him. He was clearly Mo Qingzhen, who had died in the valley where the ceremony was held at home.


    Practitioners identify each other''s identities not only by looking at external forms, such as appearance, but also by relying on breath.


    Even if a friar has a special secret method to hide his breath, it is difficult to hide it from friars of the same level.


    This person has no similarity with Mo Qing Zhen Jun in appearance, but the breath is clearly the breath of Mo Qing Zhen Jun.


    In that valley, Meng Zhang saw with his own eyes that in full view, Mo Qingzhen was killed by the power of the Lord of the magic plow house.


    I didn''t expect that the guy who thought he was dead could escape from death.


    It''s true that good people don''t live long, and disasters live for thousands of years.


    The middle-aged monk, who was suspected to be mo Qingzhen, saw Meng Zhang coming, so he greeted him without hesitation.


    After a few words of dialogue, Meng Zhang had no doubt in his heart. This person was 100% Moqing Zhenjun.


    "Your Excellency is really a good means. He can hide from the power of the demon God, fake death and escape, and deceive everyone present."


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sigh.


    The secret arts of the evil way are strange and changeable. There are many secret arts that have never been seen or heard, even with Meng Zhang''s knowledge and experience.


    The impression that Mo Qingzhen had left on Meng Zhang was that he was an unfathomable figure with many means.


    Although Meng Zhang was greatly surprised by his narrow escape this time, he was able to figure it out.


    "Where is a good means? It''s just that you should make more preparations and reserve a few retreats before making trouble on the territory of your old enemy."


    Mo Qingzhen explained with a bitter smile.


    From the situation at that time, the demon God behind Mo Qingzhen should be the old famine thief in the mouth of the master of the magic plow house.


    He is qualified to fight against the Lord of the magic plow house. Mo Qingzhen also dares to destroy the ceremony of offering sacrifices to the Lord of the magic plow house. Obviously, the famine demon God is not an easy generation.


    Meng Zhang is not qualified to take care of the disputes between demons and gods, nor does he want to pay attention to them.


    He just wondered why Mo qingzhenjun came to find himself since he narrowly escaped death and didn''t return to the Dali Dynasty.


    Mo Qingzhen didn''t make Meng Zhang curious for too long. He just changed Meng Zhang''s color in a word.


    "Headmaster Meng, are you going to be able to control Zhang Wei?"


    Although it is a question, it is in a positive tone.


    Meng Zhang stared at Mo Qingzhen with gloomy eyes. He didn''t know which link was out of the basket, but he leaked the secret in advance.


    The battle plan was led by Ziyang Shengzong, who mobilized the forces of taiyimen, the aquarium in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River and the black jade forest monster.


    Any of these links may leak secrets.


    Let alone the monster Meng Zhang of aquarium and black jade forest, Meng Zhang can''t guarantee that there is no problem even within taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng.


    The key to this operation is to be surprised and keep it strictly confidential before launching.


    If the news is leaked in advance, it will be difficult for Zhang Weineng to make a quick decision.


    A bad one will fall into a protracted bitter struggle.


    This will not only disrupt the deployment of Ziyang Shengzong, but also completely different from Meng Zhang''s plan.


    When can the three forces be held back by Zhang Wei to quell the evil disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world?


    It''s not clear whether Ziyang Shengzong, who failed in the plan, will anger taiyimen and other forces.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong is obedient and fully cooperate with Taiyi gate, it is because he has a demand for Taiyi gate.


    Once Taiyi gate loses its value, Ziyang Shengzong will not have this attitude.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s appearance, Mo Qingzhen Jun obviously saw his concern.


    Mo Qingzhen showed a careless smile on his face.


    He easily told Meng Zhang that their action plan for Zhang Weineng had not been leaked yet.


    The reason why Mo Qingzhen Jun knows this is because there are other channels.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang very frankly that he would not disclose Meng Zhang''s plans, but would provide Meng Zhang with some help within his power.


    Meng Zhang looked at Mo Qingzhen suspiciously. Is there really such a good man in the world who doesn''t ask for return?


    Next, Mo Qingzhen''s actions proved that he was such a good man.


    He revealed many secrets of Zhang Weineng to Meng Zhang.


    Among them, Zhang Weineng may not know some secrets about the southern Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, but Mo Qingzhen Jun is as clear as fire.


    He told Meng Zhang''s secret, there are many places to use.


    It can not only reduce the casualties of taiyimen in the next battle, but also help to disintegrate the power of Dali imperial government in Jiuqu Province as soon as possible.


    With Meng Zhang''s experience and wisdom, he has sufficient discrimination ability to distinguish whether Mo Qingzhen is telling the truth or falsehood.


    After Mo Qingzhen finished, Meng Zhang thought about it and couldn''t find any loopholes in his words.


    Combined with the actual situation in the south of Jiuqu Province, his words don''t look fake.


    Is it true that Moqing Zhenjun sincerely provides help?


    He clearly came from the imperial dynasty. Why did he betray at this time?


    Mo Qingzhen was not loyal to Dali Dynasty. Meng Zhang knew it long ago.


    This is the consistent character of demon Xiu. He is capricious and often betrays his former companions without warning.


    This is also the most hated point of demon cultivation in addition to cultivation skills and cultivation ideas.


    But Mo Qingzhen chose to betray Dali Dynasty at this time, which still made Meng Zhang a little confused.


    He should know that Meng Zhang will not keep his betrayal secret.


    After this battle, Meng Zhang subverted the rule of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu Province, and will certainly become the great enemy of Dali Dynasty.


    But as a traitor, Mo Qingzhen Jun was also the target of the hatred of Dali imperial court.


    Many times, traitors are more hateful and unforgivable than enemies.

 Chapter 1328

    Facing Meng Zhang''s question, Mo Qingzhen Jun smiled bitterly.


    Originally, he was not going to tell Meng Zhang some secrets, but he was worried that Meng Zhang could not make full use of the information he gave because of his doubt and delayed his action. Therefore, he decided to reveal more inside information to Meng Zhang.


    At this critical juncture, Meng Zhang''s joint ally started with Zhang Weineng to clear up the future trouble as soon as possible, and then went to the Daheng cultivation world to quell the magic disaster.


    Although Meng Zhang tried to keep this secret, Mo Qingzhen still had a way to know it.


    Different from Meng Zhang''s imagination, Mo Qingzhen not only won''t stop it, but will make it happen, so that Meng Zhang can go to Daheng Xiuzhen world to quell the devil disaster as soon as possible.


    The reason for this is not complicated.


    In a word, it has something to do with the struggle within the devil''s way.


    There are many demons in Daheng cultivation world, but these demons are not in the same camp.


    Even human practitioners are constantly fighting inside, not to mention demons.


    The cruelty of fighting within demons is far more than that between practitioners.


    There is no faith between demons.


    The reason why many demons in the Daheng cultivation world have not been in civil strife now is that they have weaker creatures as their targets.


    Picking up persimmons and kneading them soft is obviously more appetizing than competing with other creatures like humans.


    There is a vast horizontal cultivation world to expand, and the demons don''t care about internal strife.


    In the eyes of ordinary practitioners, demons are demons. There is no essential difference except for different strength.


    However, in the eyes of demon friars, demons are very different according to the source of power.


    Before, the Dali Dynasty provoked a magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, and the main person in charge was mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Although Mo Qingzhen didn''t speak clearly, Meng Zhang could guess after listening to him so much. He must have done a lot of tricks in the middle.


    Originally, with the help of the famine demon God''s power, Mo Qingzhen Jun had a certain control over the demons in the Daheng cultivation world.


    In a broad sense, a large part of demons in Daheng cultivation world are the relatives of famine demons.


    However, this situation has changed greatly with the complete demonization of Xiangjia friars and their complete transformation into demons.


    The monks in that valley were all demonized because of the power of the master of the magic plow house.


    Xiangjia friar was demonized because the blood inherited from Xiangjia contained the power given by the master of the magic plow house.


    Even if the master of the magic plow house is far away in the extraterritorial void, it only needs a gentle curse to turn all Xiangjia friars into demons.


    These demons constantly expand their power, devour and demonize all kinds of creatures, and create more demons.


    In the final analysis, the power of these demons comes from the master of the magic plow house.


    The development and growth of these demons means that the power of the Lord of the magic plow house is expanding in the Junchen world.


    At this point, Mo Qingzhen didn''t go any further.


    He didn''t say what he said, and Meng Zhang could guess.


    The demon God behind Mo Qingzhen has a hostile relationship with the Lord of the magic plow house. Of course, he doesn''t want to see the expansion of the power of the Lord of the magic plow house.


    What''s more, the demon group based on Xiangjia friar seems to have a great momentum.


    The demons under the influence of Mo Qingzhen are likely to be swallowed up once they meet each other.


    Although Mo Qingzhen did not dare to say that he had no reservations, he had already said what he should say.


    According to Meng Zhang''s analysis, he should not have lied much. He really wants Meng Zhang to go to the Daheng cultivation world to quell the demon disaster.


    In the war with Zhang Weineng, his help to Meng Zhang was also true.


    In order to curb the expansion of the main power of the magic plow house, he even did not hesitate to betray the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Mo Qingzhen had the intention to win over Meng Zhang.


    He also told Meng Zhang that he could provide solutions to the things that he offended the great devil and was secretly marked on his body.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang was watched by the great devil Ye Fanfan worshipped because he killed the demon xiuye Fanfan, and a secret record was left on him.


    This secret record is so secret that even the yuan God Zhenjun can''t find it.


    Meng Zhang was also a master of heavenly secrets. He found this mark only after his spiritual progress.


    The great devil is an existence that even the great power of returning to emptiness is unwilling to offend easily.


    Meng Zhang has been in and out of the heavenly palace for many times, and has seen some great powers of returning to emptiness, including a good looking elder like mother-in-law lead silk.


    But they never mentioned Meng Zhang''s secret words.


    This is not that they can''t find the secret record, but that they don''t want to be involved in the dispute between the great devil and Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to care too much about this before.


    Because the main track of his activities is in the Jun dust world. Even if you leave the Jun dust world, you won''t leave too far and move in the nearby airspace.


    For some special reasons, not to mention the great devil, even the demon God is unwilling to be too close to the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang can ignore the threat of the great devil.


    However, with the progress of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, whether from the perspective of personal cultivation or the needs of sect development, he needs to slowly go deep into the extraterritorial void.


    Meng Zhang has long put on the agenda to organize a team to explore the extraterritorial void.


    Once entering the depths of the extraterritorial void, Meng Zhang is very likely to encounter the great devil.


    In the face of the great devil who can compete with the great power of returning to emptiness, it is difficult for the ordinary Yuanshen team to escape.


    As a believer of the devil God, Mo Qingzhen is very sensitive to the mark of the great devil.


    He had already discovered the great devil mark on Meng Zhang.


    If there are not enough benefits, Mo Qingzhen will not offend the great devil.


    But now in order to win over Meng Zhang, he took out his cards.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang that although the great devil was a little difficult, as long as Meng Zhang was willing to believe in the famine demon God with him. No matter how ferocious and domineering the devil was, he didn''t dare to attack him easily.


    Mo Qingzhen had courted Meng Zhang many times before, but he failed.


    This time, Mo Qingzhen gave more benefits.


    Although the demon God does not need the power of faith, he also needs believers to work for his own family.


    Excellent and capable believers are also a useful resource for the demon God.


    Mo Qingzhen felt that Meng Zhang was one of the most needed believers of the demon God behind his family.


    When he heard that Mo Qingzhen wanted to help him solve the big devil''s problem, Meng Zhangzhen couldn''t help but feel a little excited.


    But the condition is to believe in the demon God and become a believer of the demon God. Meng Zhang is not sensitive to it.


    Xiangjia, as a demon God believer, has worshipped the Lord of the magic plow house for so many years.


    His miserable end is still fresh in my mind. Only when Meng Zhang is ill will he go to believe in the demon God.


    It is said that among many demons and gods, the Lord of the magic plow house is a relatively mild tempered and impartial person.


    This is the case with the Lord of the magic plow house. You can imagine the situation of other demons and gods.


    And one of Meng Zhang''s principles is that he will never come together with the devil.


    At that time, just because of the diffusion of demonized items, his psychic awareness took the initiative to warn.

 Chapter 1329

    Now Mo Qingzhen has a certain utilization value for Meng Zhang. He still needs to make a false deal.


    Even though Meng Zhang would not put himself into the devil''s way at all, let alone believe in the devil God, he did not tear his face with Mo Qingzhen Jun, but vaguely refused him tactfully.


    Meng Zhang was courted for many times and gave good conditions, but Meng Zhang was unmoved, which really depressed Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    However, he did not give up, but still had hope.


    In order not to offend Mo Qingzhen Jun, Meng Zhang also took the initiative to promise that he would not take the initiative to publicize Mo Qingzhen Jun''s betrayal of Dali emperor.


    In this regard, Mo qingzhenjun doesn''t care much.


    Since he dared to betray Dali Dynasty, he had already made preparations in all aspects.


    Of course, if the betrayal is discovered by Dali imperial officials one day later, it will be more beneficial.


    After the two talked, Mo Qingzhen did not continue to pester, but said goodbye to Meng Zhang happily.


    Looking at the figure of Mo Qingzhen Jun disappearing in the sky, Meng Zhang was thinking about how to use all the information he said.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang also left here and returned to the Taiyi gate.


    Now that we have new and important information, the operational plan must be adjusted in time.


    Fortunately, there are still a few days before the official launch, and there is still time to make adjustments.


    About three days later, Zhang Weineng, who was in charge of the governor''s office of Jiuqu Province, received a message from his ally aquarium.


    Because of the rampant demon disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, the demon Group continues to expand around, and the aquarium is also suffering from it.


    Although the aquarium can still defend its territory now, it is also to keep the fire just in case.


    The Shui people asked Zhang Weineng for help. They will move some of their people into Jiuqu province. I hope Zhang Wei can allow them and give them shelter when necessary.


    Since the war between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong, Dali Dynasty has fallen into unprecedented isolation.


    Jiuqu Province, a remote territory far away from the mainland, is even more difficult to get support.


    Zhang Wei can rely on his mediation skills to form an alliance with the aquarium in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    Last time, the mermaid king sent his son and princess to help kill Xiao Jiansheng. Although it was unsuccessful, it also showed that the aquarium was relatively reliable.


    Compared with the foreign invaders in daze, the allies like Shui nationality are obviously more trusted by Zhang Wei.


    It''s just a matter of lifting a finger to receive the people who have migrated from the aquarium.


    And when needed, these aquariums are the best cannon fodder.


    Zhang Weineng thought a little and agreed to the requirements of aquarium.


    The aquarium side naturally thanked Zhang Weineng for his kindness, and the mermaid king sent a special letter of thanks.


    Since Zhang Weineng agreed, the aquarium brigade starting from the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River rushed downstream.


    The Jiuqu River runs across most of the Jiuqu Province, and its upstream extends to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Compared with the roads on the road, Jiuqu River is actually more smooth.


    In the past, the waterway was not fully developed and utilized because the aquarium and Terran practitioners were hostile, and there were often demons and beasts in the black jade forest in a few reaches of the upper reaches.


    This time, the aquarium team went down the river without any obstacles along the way.


    Even a few river sections controlled by the black jade forest were not intercepted by monsters.


    Almost when Zhang Wei could receive the help of the aquarium in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River, the monster in the black jade forest also sent messengers to the cloud daze to ask for help from the foreign demon clan entrenched here.


    The reason they ask for help is the same as that of the aquarium. The magic disaster is spreading. The demons are pressing against the black jade forest. The demons inside need to reserve a way back.


    Through the messenger, King Hui Peng asked King Nu Jiao to take in some of the monsters evacuated from the black jade forest.


    For the request of King Huipeng, most foreign demon families do not agree.


    Foreign demon clans boast of being orthodox demon clans. They don''t care about these wild demon clans born and bred in Junchen world at all.


    The foreign demon clan went deep into the Junchen world and was helpless. They recognized these distant relatives with their teeth.


    However, in the eyes of the demon kings of the foreign demon family, they treat the monsters in the black jade forest like humans treat monkeys. They don''t treat each other as their own kind at all.


    Take advantage of how close the other person can, but it is absolutely impossible to really establish a relationship with the other person.


    Moreover, the internal space of Yunwu daze is limited, and it is very barren. It is very difficult to support these foreign demon families. Where can we accommodate monsters from the black jade forest.


    As the commander of this foreign demon family, King Nu Jiao has a unique view.


    Although the local demon clan in Jun dust world is a little rustic, it is still a member of the demon clan in essence.


    The current situation of the foreign demon clan is to unite all forces that can be united.


    If you want to have a foothold in the Jun dust world for a long time, these local demon families are the best help.


    Taking in the monsters in the black jade forest can not only show kindness to King Huipeng, but also facilitate the continued use of him in the future.


    And when the time is right, it is also a useful supplement for your side to directly annex these monsters.


    In some extreme cases, these native monsters are still very good blood food.


    King Nu Jiao took out his identity as the commander, defying all opinions, and agreed to King Hui Peng''s help on behalf of the foreign demon family.


    The emissary stationed in the cloud daze immediately communicated with the grey Peng king with a secret method and relayed the good news.


    The black jade forest had already started to act before it received the news.


    A large number of monster armies have set out and embarked on the road to daze.


    This monster army was carefully selected by King Huipeng.


    Not only the strength of the monster is extraordinary, but also has a strong mobility.


    Although the land road from Jiuqu province to Daheng Xiuzhen world is far more difficult than water, the monster army has a strong ability to climb over the wilderness and Cross Mountains and rivers.


    All kinds of dangers along the way can not defeat such an army of monsters.


    When the aquariums in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River and the monsters in the black jade forest took active action, Meng Zhang was not idle.


    He sneaked into the south of Jiuqu Province alone and began to move secretly according to some information provided by Mo Qingzhen.


    Zhang Weineng used his cards last time to escape from the valley where he sacrificed to the Lord of the magic plow house.


    He saw Meng Zhang wantonly killing the yuan God friars present, and knew that his family was also the target of Meng Zhang''s killing.


    When he escaped from the valley, he was seriously injured because of the impact of the power left by the master of the magic plow house.


    In order to avoid Meng Zhang''s pursuit, he did not hesitate to use his self mutilation secret art to urge his potential and try his best to escape.


    After returning to Jiuqu Province, his injury became more and more serious.


    While trying to cover up his injury, he focused on healing.

 Chapter 1330

    Because of the long-distance communication method provided by Ziyang holy sect, the three forces of taiyimen, aquarium and black jade forest have always maintained contact and coordinated action in the process of war preparation.


    The aquarium of Jiuqu River flows downstream from the upper reaches of Jiuqu River and reaches Jiuqu province first.


    The provincial governance of Jiuqu province was originally Jiuqu city.


    But last time, Ziyang Shengzong''s Huixu power attacked Dali''s imperial master Chunyu Zhongda and destroyed the big city.


    After the temporary peace in Jiuqu Province, Zhang Weineng had no mind or sufficient resources to rebuild the big city. They just asked people to clean up the ruins of Jiuqu city and collect available materials.


    Not far from Jiuqu City, Zhang Weineng established a temporary camp to station the army in the north of the town.


    At the same time, the executive bodies, including the governor''s office, are also housed in this camp.


    After Zhang Wei can heal his wounds in isolation, unless something big happens, his men will not easily disturb him.


    Whether it is government or military affairs, general daily affairs are in the charge of his subordinate officials.


    All officials performed their duties and handled various affairs in an orderly manner, ensuring the normal operation of Jiuqu province.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, as another great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, did not sit here.


    He often left the camp and visited various places in Jiuqu province to deter the forces of truth cultivation.


    Because his practice was interrupted, Qinggu Zhenjun was very dissatisfied. But there was no way. He couldn''t publicly disobey Zhang Weineng''s orders.


    According to Zhang Weineng, the situation has reached such a point. As a member of Dali imperial dynasty, he should not want to stay out of it.


    After entering Jiuqu Province, the brigade of Jiuqu River clan came towards the camp along the main stream of Jiuqu River.


    The original location of Jiuqu city was not far from the main stream of Jiuqu River.


    Standing high in the city, you can see the river with a width of more than 100 miles and many islands and reefs above the river.


    Wen Dongzhen had already received the order and was responsible for receiving and arranging these aquarium visitors.


    This group of migrating aquariums has a large number and looks strong.


    On the surface, the two strong men of the shrimp Terran command this aquarium team.


    These two strong men have the strength of Yuanshen period and are responsible for contacting the Terran side.


    According to Zhang Weineng''s order before closing, Wen Dongzhen placed the aquarium team in the waters near Jiuqu River.


    Zhang Weineng was going to receive the aquarium team in person, but he had to close down in advance because of his serious injury.


    The monks stationed in Jiuqu province by the Dali imperial dynasty, with the idea that their hearts must be different from those of other races, actually did not want the aquarium team to enter the territory of Jiuqu province.


    Anyway, Jiuqu River has a long winding and wide water area. In the waters outside Jiuqu Province, it is also enough to accommodate this aquarium team.


    However, Zhang Wei can think that aquarium still has great utilization value. It is the only foreign aid. It''s better to attract students.


    Therefore, he not only allowed the aquarium team to settle in Jiuqu Province, but also specifically explained that no conflict between Terran friars and aquariums was allowed.


    Wen dongzhenjun did not have any accidents in the process of arranging the aquarium team.


    The aquarium probably knows that they are dependent on others. There are many places away from the imperial dynasty for help in the future, so they have a good attitude and have no special requirements.


    In order to prevent the aquarium from making trouble, Wen dongzhenjun still sent a team to stay on the nearby shore to monitor the aquarium''s movements at any time.


    Soon after the shuizu entered Jiuqu province and settled down, a capable demon team also traveled all the way from the black jade forest to beyond the clouds and fog.


    In order to keep the movements of both sides synchronized, the aquarium deliberately delayed time when it was on the road, while the monster stepped up its journey, which can almost be said to race against time.


    The two teams are in place and ready to start at any time.


    Although the Nu Jiao king insisted on accepting the monster team, he still had to consider his feelings.


    According to his arrangement, a territory was set aside on the newly seized land of Jiuqu province to house the team of local monsters.


    Just let these monsters and the foreign barbarians previously admitted be neighbors.


    After the aquarium team and the monsters in the black jade forest were in place, the Taiyi gate did not delay, and immediately launched a raid on the south of Jiuqu province.


    In order to ensure the suddenness of the attack, the number of teams launching the attack is small, but there are many strong ones.


    The raid team was personally led by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader of Taiyi sect, including the three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters are not very willing to participate in such a war.


    But they had a close relationship with Ziyang Shengzong, and could not disobey the will of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The raiding team rushed all the way and directly killed Zhang Weineng''s camp.


    As long as they didn''t take the initiative to intercept the friars, they ignored them.


    Many of the official strongholds of the imperial dynasty and the mountain gates of some Xiuzhen forces were left behind by them.


    All the members of the raid team took a high-speed flying boat and rushed all the way. They were caught off guard in the south of the province.


    In the rear, an Xiaoran, who came back from the heavenly palace to participate in the war, is fully mobilizing Taiyi disciples and wantonly recruiting monks from all members of hanhaidao alliance to form a huge army of monks.


    The second group of troops led by he Luozhen, taiyimen, set out soon.


    Along the way, the participating teams sent by various Xiuzhen forces of Hanhai daomeng kept coming to meet the army.


    In this way, monks continued to join along the way, and the team continued to grow.


    After meeting the team led by Xu Mengying, he Luozhen handed over the command of the team as planned and rushed back to lead the follow-up team.


    Xu Mengying led the army all the way south without any pause.


    Those Dali imperial strongholds left behind by the leading team, as well as the mountain gates of some Xiuzhen forces, became her targets.

 Chapter 1331

    Huanglian holy mountain, the Mountain Gate of Huanglian sect, is originally located at the North-South junction of Jiuqu province.


    From here to the south, it is the area ruled by the official power of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The friar team led by Xu Mengying met with he luozhenjun''s team near Huanglian holy mountain, and then took over the command.


    Although Xu Mengying is a female generation, she not only has high strength, but also has rich experience in leading the army.


    She led this huge army of friars with ease, and the whole army dared not obey.


    Although taiyimen essentially controls the north of Jiuqu Province, Dali imperial officials still have some strongholds here.


    It''s not easy for taiyimen to attack these strongholds before the formal war.


    Now that the two sides have torn their faces and officially launched a war, these strongholds have become the first targets to be swept away.


    Among these strongholds, the original gate of Yujian gate, where Yujian mountain is located, is the most important one, which is responsible for commanding all strongholds in the north.


    This place is like a sharp knife in the hinterland of the Taiyi gate. It has long been a thorn in the flesh up and down the Taiyi gate. I can''t wait to get rid of it.


    After the raid team set out, Wei wucai, the new Yuanshen Zhenjun of taiyimen, led an army of friars and surrounded Yujian mountain.


    This stronghold is guarded by a partial division led by a Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Zhenbei army.


    Although he is a friar in the army, he has long been told by Zhang Weineng.


    He must be careful not to be impulsive.


    Although the outside of the stronghold was surrounded by taiyimen friars, he remained calm and withdrew all his friars to the stronghold to avoid fighting with taiyimen friars.


    When he received the exact news that the Taiyi gate had officially launched a war against his own side, the Qiqiao Zhenjun, Changchun Zhenjun and Huolie Zhenjun of Hanhai daomeng had led the friars in the gate to respond to the call of the Taiyi gate and came to meet the army led by Wei wucai.


    After gathering enough strength, Wei wucai no longer hesitated and immediately led the army to launch a fierce attack on the stronghold.


    Those who took the lead in the fierce attack were all kinds of monsters domesticated by the Royal beast hall for many years.


    Despite its convenient location, Yujian mountain has been operated for many years and is also ready to face the siege.


    However, in the face of the absolute power gap, it is only a matter of time before Yujian mountain is broken.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, the raid team led by Niu Dawei encountered few obstacles along the way.


    This is because Meng Zhang, who had previously sneaked into the south of Jiuqu Province, pulled down his face, regardless of the identity of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, took action personally, uprooted many strongholds of Dali imperial dynasty, attacked and killed many friars, including the true king of Yuanshen.


    Among the various information disclosed by Mo Qingzhen Jun before, many are about the military deployment of Dali imperial dynasty in Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang, who has sufficient information, can launch accurate attacks and point directly at the enemy''s vital points.


    There are many strong men in this team, including Nanzhu Zhenjun, a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    All the way, almost unstoppable.


    First, Meng Zhang cleared the obstacles, and the team was strong enough.


    The main time of the whole team was not spent on fighting, but on driving.


    After removing these obstacles first, Meng Zhang did not follow the team, but acted alone.


    Although the attack launched by taiyimen was too sudden, it was a bit unexpected.


    However, the forces stationed in Jiuqu province of Dali Dynasty have always regarded Taiyi gate as an imaginary enemy and never relaxed their vigilance.


    After the initial panic of the raid, he immediately reacted and began to respond.


    The main force stationed in Jiuqu Province in Dali imperial dynasty was the Zhenbei army under the personal command of Zhang Weineng.


    In addition to garrisoning several key points, the main force of the Zhenbei army is stationed in the camp where Zhang Weineng is located.


    In addition, there is a strong local garrison stationed in Jiuqu province.


    A large part of this local garrison is provided by various religious forces in the south of Jiuqu province.


    After the taiyimen raid, the local garrison did not play a great role.


    Apart from some instinctive reactions, there is no more action.


    The friars of the governor''s office naturally dare not hide such a big event as the taiyimen raid.


    They didn''t care that Zhang Wei could heal in isolation, so they immediately reported the matter.


    Zhang Weineng, who was at a critical juncture of healing, had to forcibly interrupt his exercise and command the war.


    As soon as he left the customs, he issued several important orders.


    He ordered the conscription of friars from various monastic forces in Jiuqu Province, so that all the conscripted friars would rush to the camp to meet.


    He asked the Dali imperial friars scattered all over Jiuqu province to assemble at the location of the camp as soon as possible.


    He also sent a letter to Yunwu daze and asked King Nu Jiao to help him fight against taiyimen according to the agreement reached between the two sides.


    The demon clan outside the territory had better immediately organize an army to launch a fierce attack on taiyimen territory in order to share the pressure he is facing.


    He also ordered Qinggu Zhenjun, who was cruising outside, to return to the camp and meet him immediately.


    On the way back, gather your friars as much as possible.


    ¡­¡­


    With the release of a series of orders after Zhang Wei was able to leave the customs, the self friars who had been somewhat frightened began to calm down one after another.


    Zhang Weineng has been guarding Jiuqu province for many years and has high prestige. He is the sea god needle of Dali emperor here.


    In the face of the enemy''s surprise attack, he commands with determination and has the wind of a big general.


    Of course, Zhang Wei is not as calm as he appears.


    The timing of taiyimen''s raid was too opportune. It was time for him to close the door and heal his wounds.


    Without Zhang Wei''s personal command, Dali''s power here was taken by surprise.


    Our side has lost the first chance and is half behind.


    Now we have to defend first and passively bear the enemy''s attack.


    Meng Zhang, who has survived the enemy, is not the kind of person who is reckless and only knows that his soldiers are dangerous.


    Zhang Weineng joined hands with King Nu Jiao and overthrew Meng Zhang. Taiyi gate was on the defensive.


    Under the condition of insufficient strength, Meng Zhang also launched a fierce war and launched a sudden attack.


    He dared to do so, either he got new reinforcements, or Ziyang Shengzong had stepped in.


    Or, the two possibilities are the same thing at all.


    Ziyang Shengzong finally launched an offensive against Jiuqu province. Taiyi gate no longer covered up and completely fell to Ziyang Shengzong.


    The offensive launched by taiyimen is only the first wave.


    At the thought of this possibility, even Zhang Weineng, who has great determination, can''t help feeling a little frightened.

 Chapter 1332

    When the commando team led by Niu Dawei of taiyimen killed Zhang Weineng camp, Meng Zhang was not idle, but ran around.


    Previously, when he secretly sneaked into the south of Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang met several important people.


    Such as Shuiling Zhenjun of Shuiling Pavilion, Qinglang Zhenjun of Qingyuan sect, etc.


    Shuiling Pavilion is one of the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu Province, which took refuge in Dali imperial dynasty earlier.


    After taking refuge, he also took the initiative to work for Dali imperial court, made a lot of contributions, and has always been highly valued by Dali imperial court.


    But in his early years, Mo Qingzhen Jun inadvertently found a secret.


    If the Dali imperial government discovers this secret, Shuiling Zhenjun will not want to stand under the Dali imperial government in the future.


    Mo Qingzhen, who had his own plan, did not disclose the secret to the officials of the Dali Dynasty, but kept it all the time to see when it could be used.


    After Meng Zhang learned the secret from Mo Qingzhen Jun, he secretly went to see Shui Lingzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang told Shuiling Zhenjun that he knew her secret, but he didn''t threaten Shuiling Zhenjun with this secret, but told her how powerful it was.


    The holy land of Ziyang Shengzong has come to an end, and the demise of Dali imperial dynasty is in the sunset.


    If shuilingge wants to avoid the disaster of extermination in the future, it''s best to leave a retreat for his family as soon as possible.


    After warning Shuiling Zhenjun, Meng Zhang also secretly went to see Qinglang Zhenjun.


    Because of the past of qingyuanzong, Qinglang Zhenjun has always been very low-key. He can''t wait for everyone to forget that there is such a family as qingyuanzong.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun was also born in the Qing Yuan sect, he was extremely selfish. He only cared about his own way and would not care about the life and death of the sect at all.


    Although Qinglang Zhenjun apparently took refuge in Qinggu Zhenjun and is regarded as his staunch supporter, he has always been deeply unwilling in his heart.


    Not to mention Qinglang Zhenjun, even if he was in his position, he would not be willing to accept such a fate.


    Originally, he thought he would survive in the shadow of the Dali emperor. After Ziyang Shengzong shot, he finally saw a glimmer of hope for change.


    Of course, he was extremely cautious and did not dare to reveal it at all.


    He knew in his heart that in the current embarrassing position of Qing Yuanzong, anyone who caught a little painful foot would be killed by the imperial court.


    Meng Zhang still had some knowledge of people. He had already seen Qinglang Zhenjun''s careful thinking.


    After meeting Qinglang Zhenjun, he did not encourage him to rebel against the Dali imperial dynasty, but analyzed the situation for him and pointed out the power of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In this way, under the banner of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang wandered among several Xiuzhen forces, frightening their leaders.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang the information so that Meng Zhang could accurately grasp the relationship between these Xiuzhen forces and choose those swing forces to contact.


    Shuiling Zhenjun, Qinglang Zhenjun and others did not immediately betray Dali imperial dynasty. However, they also did not tell the matter, but kept it strictly confidential and secretly met Meng Zhang.


    Later, when taiyimen launched a surprise attack, the assault team drove all the way.


    All the friars who had a little plot began to guess whether Ziyang Shengzong finally attacked the power of Dali imperial dynasty in Jiuqu province.


    If Ziyang Shengzong started the attack, the taiyimen offensive was just that they would not openly rebel against the imperial dynasty when the situation was not clear. However, as Meng Zhang said, it is a wise choice to leave a way back for the future of his family.


    Therefore, after receiving the recruitment order issued by Zhang Weineng, these Xiuzhen forces began to delay with various excuses and delayed sending monks to respond to the recruitment.


    The attitude of these Xiuzhen forces naturally affected some other close Xiuzhen forces.


    In addition, there are many local monks in the local garrison of Jiuqu Province, and the representative figures such as Shuiling Zhenjun hold important positions in them.


    Due to the slack of these local monks, the mobilization of the local garrison was also greatly affected and was unable to provide timely support to Zhang Weineng''s camp.


    Of course, it is not these that Zhang Wei can expect the biggest reinforcements in the war, but Qinggu Zhenjun, the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Unfortunately, because his whereabouts were leaked, Qinggu Zhenjun was stopped by Meng Zhang on his way back to the camp.


    The two big friars have a face-to-face contest, so they can''t tell the winner in a moment and a half.


    The war situation is developing rapidly. When the raid team led by Niu Dawei killed not far from Zhang Weineng camp, the aquarium finally launched.


    Before, the mermaid king had been hidden in the aquarium team and did not show up.


    Now, the mermaid King shows his identity and leads the aquarium team to attack the army in the north of Dali imperial town and directly kill Zhang Weineng''s camp.


    Wen Dongzhen originally deployed an army to monitor the movement of the aquarium.


    But under the attack of the mermaid king, the army soon collapsed completely.


    The mermaid king himself has the strength equivalent to that of the late Yuan God. Even if the combat effectiveness of the aquarium army led by him is greatly reduced after landing, the strength of the army is too strong and there are too many strong people in the army.


    The barracks and strongholds of Zhenbei army along the coast of Jiuqu League were broken one by one.


    The mermaid King soon broke through the obstacles and led the team to join Niu Dawei''s team.


    The two allied forces surrounded the camp that Zhang Wei could build and could attack at any time.


    At this time, Zhang Weineng finally knew what the means of Ziyang holy sect were.


    Because the aquarium betrayed without any sign and launched a sneak attack, the unprepared Zhenbei army suffered heavy losses and completely fell to the disadvantage.


    As the news of the Shui nationality rebellion spread, the whole Jiuqu province was panic and unrest.


    But anyone with a little brain knows that the situation of Dali''s official power in the imperial dynasty is not good.


    At this time, according to the consistent character of practitioners, everyone should start looking for a way out.


    Zhang Weineng can''t think about why the aquarium in Jiuqu River betrayed.


    It is not difficult to do this by means of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Compared with Dali Dynasty, Ziyang Shengzong has too many resources.


    Under the extremely unfavorable situation, Zhang Weineng still has two reinforcements to look forward to.


    One is the extraterritorial invaders in the fog.


    With the wisdom of King Nu Jiao, you should know the truth that lips die and teeth die.


    If Zhang Wei can be defeated without any attention, the next target of taiyimen is these foreign invaders.

 Chapter 1333

    Even if a person like King Nu Jiao doesn''t care about the life and death of Zhang Weineng, he should also have enough foresight to plan for his own family and his forces.


    Of course, although Zhang Weineng is extremely looking forward to the assistance of King Nu Jiao. But he was also very clear in his heart that he would not ignore the cloud daze with the means of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The holy door of Ziyang holy sect acts carefully. If you don''t move, you won''t leave any flaws.


    After launching the offensive, taiyimen must also have a way to deal with these extraterritorial invaders.


    The second reinforcements that Zhang Wei can look forward to is the large foreign merchants led by Datong business alliance.


    With the support of the official forces of Dali Dynasty, these big businessmen occupied the most fertile territory of Jiuqu province and wantonly developed commerce and trade.


    Although in recent years, their development has been greatly limited because of the destruction of the long-distance transmission FA array between Dali and the imperial dynasty.


    However, the strength of these big businesses themselves has not been affected.


    In fact, in Zhang Weineng''s camp, there are monks provided by these big businesses at any time.


    The help provided by these big businesses effectively helped Zhang Wei stabilize the situation in Jiuqu province.


    When Zhang Weineng ordered before, he ordered to recruit the friars of these big businesses to reinforce the camp as soon as possible.


    The three major merchants of Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance, as well as small merchants such as the ancient moon family, can easily organize a strong army of monks.


    Just as they began to organize an army of monks to rush to rescue Zhang Weineng''s camp, old crane, who was sleeping in Taiyi gate, suddenly appeared and swaggered around the territory of these merchants.


    A spirit beast in the later period of Yuanshen, without concealing its own strength, wantonly released a powerful breath, which was enough to produce a strong deterrent.


    Practitioners are selfish, and businessmen among practitioners pay particular attention to interests.


    Such a powerful spirit beast appears on his own territory. Of course, he should keep his own territory.


    Since no one on our side can compete with this spirit beast alone, we should concentrate enough monks and give full play to the number advantage.


    He Lao didn''t fight with these human friars, let alone stay here for too long. He just took a big circle, left nearby and flew in the direction of clouds and fog.


    Everyone dared not say that the spirit beast would not return, so they had to keep waiting.


    In this way, the reinforcement of Zhang Weineng will be ignored by everyone.


    Great changes had taken place near the cloud daze before the crane flew to the cloud daze.


    In the area outside the cloud and fog daze, which originally belonged to the Jiuqu Province, in addition to the troops of foreign demon families and foreign spirit families, many foreign barbarians were settled here.


    Many of these foreign barbarian tribes are under the command of three barbarian kings.


    Despite the repeated orders of the Nu Jiao king, many powerful demons outside the territory still wantonly oppress and even devour these barbarians outside the territory.


    Over the years, foreign barbarians have long suffered and complained.


    In the past, it was only because the foreign demon clan was too strong and worried about the disaster, that these foreign barbarians gnawed their teeth and endured it.


    With the arrival of the monster army in the black jade forest led by King Hui Peng, the situation changed.


    After the Taiyi gate was launched, King Huipeng also led an army of monsters.


    Foreign demons and spirits without much defense suffered heavy losses and lost all initiative when they were attacked by friendly forces.


    Among the three barbarian kings, one of them suddenly led his people to rebel and joined the camp of King Huipeng.


    The Barbarian King also sent messengers to meet the other two barbarian kings and tell them how powerful they were.


    Although the barbarians have a simple mind and a grumpy and impulsive character, they still have some brains to become a Barbarian King.


    The little intelligence in his head made the other two pretty kings understand.


    When the Barbarian King rebelled among the barbarians, the barbarians would no longer get the trust of King Nu Jiao.


    According to the attitude of the foreign demon clan towards the foreign barbarians before, if the foreign demon clan has the upper hand and is liquidated afterwards, all the foreign barbarians will live rather than die.


    The two savage kings who had begun to hesitate in their hearts were finally moved by the messenger.


    In this way, when a Barbarian King rebelled, he carried all the barbarians outside the territory, including the other two barbarian kings, and openly set up a rebel flag to betray the demon families outside the territory.


    As for why the Barbarian King betrayed, that''s another story.


    Among them, the secret Hall of taiyimen is of great merit.


    This was the result of the spiritual thought of the dark hall Friar and years of efforts.


    The demon beast army led by King Hui Peng and the barbarian army joined hands to quickly eliminate the nearby extraterritorial demon families and extraterritorial spirit families, occupied a large area of territory, and the military front pointed directly at the cloud and fog daze.


    At this time, King Nu Jiao finally reacted.


    He accepted the monster from the black jade forest with all his strength and kindness, but the other party suddenly turned his face and broke his previous covenant.


    And those damn barbarians outside the territory, who were desperate at the beginning, were also accepted by King Nu Jiao.


    These ungrateful guys dared to launch a surprise attack and sneaked into the ranks of the demon and spirit families.


    The angry King Jiao could hardly wait to tear up all these traitors alive.


    Not to mention, the sudden betrayal of these traitors made the Nu Jiao King lose his prestige among the foreign demon families, and it was difficult to convince the public in the future.


    The direct threat they brought made the Nu Jiao king have to pay more attention.


    The territory outside the cloud and fog daze has been occupied, and the enemy''s army has reached the door and will enter the cloud and fog daze at any time.


    King Nu Jiao organized a large army composed of extraterritorial demon families and extraterritorial spirit families to leave Yunwu daze and block the coalition forces of King Hui Peng and extraterritorial barbarians outside Yunwu daze.


    The two armies are facing each other, and a bloody war is imminent.


    Of course, King Nu Jiao had already received the help message sent by Zhang Wei.


    However, such great changes have taken place near daze. He can''t even take care of his own affairs. It''s difficult to have spare time to support Zhang Weineng.


    King Nu Jiao still paid more attention to the mutual assistance agreement with Zhang Weineng, and knew that Zhang Weineng should not lose.


    But what can he do in the face of the current situation?


    I don''t even care about my nest. Why don''t you support others first?


    Of course, King Nu Jiao did not completely ignore Zhang Weineng.


    Although Zhang Weineng is not so reliable and unreliable, he is at least the only ally of foreign invaders in the Junchen world.


    King Nu Jiao is going to defeat the traitors in front of him first, and then lead the army to support Zhang Weineng.


    With Zhang Weineng and his strength, it''s impossible to hold on for such a little time.


    He just needs a little more persistence and can wait until he leads the reinforcements.

 Chapter 1334

    The Nu Jiao king, who came from the developed world of foreign demon civilization, despised the local monsters in the Junchen world from the bottom of his heart.


    Since he plans to quickly defeat the monster army led by King Hui Peng, he has his own assurance.


    In fact, in the hearts of almost all foreign demon families, they can''t see these local demons.


    Tens of thousands of years ago, the demon clan came to the Junchen world, leaving the inheritance of the demon clan in this world.


    It is these not so clever inheritance in the foreign demon family world that created the demon family in the Jun dust world.


    Otherwise, the demon families in Jun dust world are still a group of foolish beasts.


    Whether it is the inherited secret method or the battle experienced, the foreign demon clan thinks it has an overwhelming advantage.


    A group of local steamed stuffed buns who have obtained incomplete inheritance are not a real demon family at all.


    Now facing the authentic demon clan, they don''t have much resistance at all.


    Moreover, there is a hidden card on the side of the Nu Jiao king.


    Among the extraterritorial spirit families who came to the Junchen world with the extraterritorial demon families, there is also a powerful spirit king with the strength equivalent to the late Yuan God.


    After the spirit king came to the Junchen world, he took the initiative to fall into a deep sleep and didn''t ask about all affairs.


    It is in this way that the Nu Jiao king can obtain the command of the extraterritorial spirit family and become the supreme leader of this extraterritorial invader.


    Now the cloud and fog daze is facing the enemy''s invasion. Naturally, the spirit king should not continue to stay out of it.


    When King Nu Jiao sent troops, he asked the spirit family to awaken the spirit king and ask him to join the war in time.


    Although King Nu Jiao despised the local monster like King Hui Peng from his heart, he expected the enemy to be lenient and made all kinds of preparations in battle deployment.


    When the army led by King Nu Jiao collided with the army led by King Hui Peng, a big war was imminent.


    King Hui Peng probably knows that his own forces are at an absolute disadvantage.


    So he took the lead in breaking away from his own army, flew to the front first, and put forward a single challenge to King Nu Jiao.


    Even though King Nu Jiao knew the calculation of King Hui Peng, he still accepted the challenge proudly.


    His self-confidence as a strong man made him want to defeat and even kill the grey Peng king in public.


    Without a word of nonsense, the two sides flew into the sky and fought fiercely.


    The angry Jiao king showed his original shape and incarnated into a giant Jiao.


    The original shape of King Hui Peng was a huge pengbird, which made king Nu Jiao feel cold after watching it.


    A giant Jiao and a roc bird came in the air to show what they could and kill them back and forth.


    After the war, the war situation was not as one-sided as king Nu Jiao imagined.


    The two sides not only fought inextricably, but also king Huipeng posed a great threat to King Nu Jiao.


    Although the inheritance of the demon family in the Junchen world comes from the teaching of the great power of the demon family abroad, after tens of thousands of years of development, there have been countless in-depth studies of the strong local demon family, which have long been separated from the barriers and unique.


    There are also several places where demon families live in the Jun dust world.


    Among the places where these demon families live, there is a very clever inheritance and spread.


    Although these inheritances are not comparable to those of foreign demon families, they have experienced the practice of many powerful demon families and the test of a long time, and also have great power.


    In particular, King Huipeng has an extraordinary origin and was originally born in Ziyang Shengzong.


    Before he entered the black jade forest, he had mastered many clever means. Later, I learned the demon family inheritance of the black jade forest, integrated the two, and had a trend of becoming a family.


    As for combat experience, he is no less than King Nu Jiao.


    These alone are enough to make king Hui Peng invincible in the battle with King Nu Jiao.


    The reason why king Huipeng was accepted as a spiritual pet by the experts of Ziyang Shengzong was that he had extraordinary blood and great potential.


    There is a faint blood of the golden winged ROC bird on the grey ROC king.


    The golden winged ROC bird, as a mythical beast in ancient times, feeds on dragons and snakes, and naturally inhibits dragons and snakes.


    Not to mention the low-end creatures like Jiao, even if the real dragon meets the golden winged ROC bird, it can''t avoid natural restraint.


    Fortunately, the blood of the golden winged ROC bird on the grey ROC king is too weak, and it is far from being excited.


    Otherwise, he doesn''t have to fight for so long. He only needs one attack, which can make the angry Jiao King lose his soul and lose his fighting spirit.


    King Nu Jiao felt cold to King Hui Peng because of his instinctive fear of his blood.


    After fighting for a while, the angry Jiao king knew that his plan had failed. He simply can''t beat the grey Peng king in the single challenge.


    King Nu Jiao is not a pedantic generation. As the leader of a party, he has a strong decision-making power.


    At his command, he was ready to let the demon and spirit allied forces behind him kill out and attack these traitors together.


    At this time, a clear and incomparable crane cry sounded in the field, which shocked all the creatures present and made them feel dizzy.


    A huge crane, which looks like a fairy and has some dust smell, flew over from a distance.


    The crane unscrupulously released its strong breath in the air and threatened the foreign invaders.


    He was also a local monster with the strength of the late Yuan God. The king of Nu Jiao secretly complained.


    The sleeping spirit king did not appear, but the enemy ushered in a powerful reinforcement.


    After such a fierce fight with King Hui Peng, King Nu Jiao began to calm down slowly.


    Punishing traitors is certainly important, but it is definitely not as important as the task of their own family.


    More than half of the cross domain transmission array has been built. You can see the hope of success.


    As long as the cross domain transmission array is completed, the Nu Jiao king can get rid of the current disadvantage.


    For all foreign invaders, the biggest task is to ensure the successful completion of this cross domain transmission array.


    It doesn''t make much sense to continue fighting with the army led by King Hui Peng.


    Even if it is a fluke victory, it is also a disastrous victory with huge losses.


    If your loss is too large, it will certainly affect the construction of cross domain transmission array.


    At the thought of this, King Nu Jiao had a retreat in his heart.


    Under the command of the Nu Jiao king, the foreign demon clan and the foreign spirit clan have been operating in the fog for many years and have a very sufficient arrangement.


    Even if the enemy''s army attacks, our side has the advantage of location and can stick to it for a long time.


    Leaving the clouds and fog to fight with the enemy has become the advantage of attacking the enemy with my short.


    Once the Nu Jiao king wants to understand these things, he can quickly make a new decision.


    The overall situation is the most important. You must not be arrogant.


    King Nu Jiao forced down his anger, took the initiative to escape from the battle with King Hui Peng and flew back to his own army.


    He ordered the army to stop moving and slowly return to the fog.


    Although there are many opposition voices in the army, many opponents openly question his orders.


    But king Nu Jiao still used his overwhelming strength and authority accumulated over the years to forcibly suppress all different opinions and command the army to slowly retreat.

 Chapter 1335

    Seeing that the army led by King Nu Jiao began to retreat slowly, King Hui Peng knew that he had no intention of fighting and had no intention of pursuing.


    The leader of this battle is taiyimen, and the monster in the black jade forest is just an auxiliary.


    By blocking the foreign invaders in the fog and daze and preventing them from interfering with the battle on the other side of taiyimen, King Huipeng has achieved his goal.


    There is really no need to entangle more in this situation, which will damage your strength in vain.


    Although he and Meng Zhang are very congenial, they feel good about each other and have the intention of making friends.


    But in any case, he will not abandon the public for private and let the monsters in the black jade forest pay more.


    Seeing the crane in the sky flying here, King Huipeng immediately flew over and joined him.


    They had known each other for a long time when they were in Ziyang Shengzong.


    The secret mission undertaken by King Hui Peng can also be known as old crane.


    In public, King Huipeng saluted old crane, but he didn''t talk about the past slowly.


    With the help of old crane, the king of Nu Jiao intended to avoid the war. The foreign invaders in the cloud and fog could not affect the war situation outside at all.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang firmly entangled Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was an elder. When he achieved the later stage of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang was still a little monk of Jindan.


    He has been practicing for many years and has begun to consider the period of attacking Yang God.


    Both cultivation and combat effectiveness are based on the newness of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that he couldn''t defeat Qinggu Zhenjun. He didn''t want to win. He just entangled him and wouldn''t let him reinforce Zhang Weineng''s camp.


    With the power of the void tripod, Meng Zhang can freely use the art of space transmission.


    After fighting with Qinggu Zhenjun for a while, I felt overwhelmed, so I backed away for a while and had a rest.


    Qinggu Zhenjun wants to continue on his way. Meng Zhang will immediately send it to him and launch a fierce attack again.


    Meng Zhang was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. No one dared to ignore his attack.


    Qinggu Zhenjun had to make efforts to parry Meng Zhang''s attack, which affected his way.


    Meng Zhang is like a piece of damn brown sugar. Qinggu Zhenjun can''t get rid of it by all means.


    It is even more difficult to hit and even kill Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is extremely smart. When he sees that Qinggu Zhenjun wants to kill, he will send it away immediately.


    Qinggu Zhenjun also used many means to block the space, trying to stop Meng Zhang''s transmission ability.


    However, the ability of the void tripod in the way of space is too strong. It can easily break through his various blocking means.


    After many fruitless attempts, Qinggu Zhenjun finally accepted his fate.


    As long as there is Meng Zhang''s interception, he can''t go to Zhang Weineng for support.


    Meng Zhang not only entangled Qinggu Zhenjun, but also talked endlessly and kept attacking his heart.


    It is no secret that Qinggu Zhenjun is a man.


    A guy who can betray his family for his own way is extremely selfish.


    He was loyal to the Dali Dynasty, but only to get the secret method of breaking through the Yang God period.


    In his heart, he was absolutely not loyal to the Dali Dynasty.


    His true loyalty is himself and his way.


    Meng Zhang grasped this point and began to keep talking.


    He told Qinggu Zhenjun that all he had done was worthy of Dali''s pay.


    He did not betray Dali Dynasty, let alone Zhang Weineng''s military order. It was only because of Meng Zhang''s obstruction that he failed to catch it.


    Even if Qinggu Zhenjun was lucky enough to kill Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s counterattack before his death could cost him a huge price.


    At Qinggu Zhenjun''s age, if you delay too much time because of injury, you won''t have enough time to impact the Yang God period in the future.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is old and has few longevity yuan left. There are few opportunities to impact the Yang God period.


    He continued to entangle with Meng Zhang, which made no sense.


    He should put all his thoughts on Cultivation and strive to break through the period of Yuanshen as soon as possible. Instead of fighting meaninglessly and wasting real yuan in vain.


    We are all monks of Jiuqu League. Meng Zhang has no invincible intention of Qinggu Zhenjun. He is very willing to see Qinggu Zhenjun go further on the road of practice and set an example for later generations.


    Meng Zhang has only respect for Qinggu Zhenjun, the pioneer on the road of cultivation.


    He hoped that Qinggu Zhenjun would make a breakthrough first and explore the way for himself.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang chattered a lot, and almost every word came to Qinggu Zhenjun''s heart.


    Zhang Weineng''s success or failure is not directly related to Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Zhang Weineng forced Qinggu Zhenjun to work before, which has made Qinggu Zhenjun very dissatisfied.


    There were not many Shouyuan in his family, and he had to delay in meaningless things. Qinggu Zhenjun had already held a fire in his heart.


    The rise and fall of the Dali imperial dynasty was not in the eyes of Qinggu Zhenjun at all.


    From beginning to end, he was most concerned about his own practice and path.


    As long as he could go further, he would not take another look at the demise of the Dali Dynasty.


    Even though he knew that Meng Zhang had other plans, Qinggu Zhenjun was still willing to believe Meng Zhang''s statement.


    When Qinggu Zhenjun was taught the secret method of breaking through the Yang God period by Bawu emperor, he made a great road oath to always be loyal to the Dali imperial dynasty and will never betray.


    The great road oath still has a great binding force for the yuan God Zhenjun, and it can''t be broken easily.


    However, being loyal to the imperial dynasty and never betray does not mean that you can''t slow down.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was entangled by Meng Zhang on the way to support Zhang Weineng. It was force majeure, not that he was unwilling to support Zhang Weineng.


    The most important thing is that if the Dali Dynasty is destroyed by Ziyang Shengzong, Qinggu Zhenjun will lose his object of loyalty and regain his freedom again, so he can devote himself to cultivation wholeheartedly.


    Once you want to understand these things, Qinggu Zhenjun knows what to do.


    He slowed down the next offensive. Instead of trying to defeat Meng Zhang as soon as possible, he began to respond to the story.


    What kind of person Meng Zhang was, he soon saw through Qinggu Zhenjun''s mind.


    So, the next two people had a tacit understanding to fight Taiping boxing.


    You come and go. It looks very lively. In fact, it doesn''t have much power. It''s just the same thing.


    Even Qinggu Zhenjun was in the mood to start a conversation with Meng Zhang.


    He asked Meng Zhang how confident he was in dealing with Zhang Wei.


    If taiyimen wins and becomes the new overlord of Jiuqu Province, what are Meng Zhang''s plans and how will he deal with the local monks of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang chatted with Qinggu Zhenjun without a word.


    Qinggu Zhenjun wanted to test Meng Zhang''s tone and wanted to know what happened after taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang also carefully inquired about the news and wanted to obtain the information of Dali Dynasty from Qinggu Zhenjun.

 Chapter 1336

    Due to Meng Zhang''s series of actions, Zhang Weineng was completely cut off from all foreign aid.


    Zhang Wei can only rely on the strength of the camp to fight against the alliance of taiyimen and Shui nationality.


    Zhang Weineng can''t tell how long the camp without reinforcements can last.


    As the chief disciple of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei was highly expected and cultivated by Meng Zhang.


    He has had many experiences of taking charge of his own affairs and can command his army with ease.


    Because the taiyimen raid team came too fast, Zhang Weineng not only didn''t have much preparation here, but also didn''t have time to gather the troops scattered all over Jiuqu province.


    The important pillar of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province was the Zhenbei army under Zhang Weineng.


    But what Zhang Weineng can command now is only a part of the Zhenbei army.


    In other important strongholds of Jiuqu Province, such as yujianshan, the original Mountain Gate of yujianmen, many partial divisions of Zhenbei army have been stationed, dispersing a lot of strength.


    The sudden rebellion of the Shui nationality took the Zhenbei army by surprise.


    The rebellion near the constraints caused heavy casualties to the troops stationed in the north of the town.


    Due to the ambiguous attitude of the local Xiuzhen forces, it is difficult to call the local garrison.


    The follow-up reinforcements of taiyimen are rushing to the south of Jiuqu province and launching a fierce attack all the way.


    Even if they were scattered all over Jiuqu Province, the forces still loyal to Dali Dynasty were busy dealing with the subsequent attacks of Taiyi gate and unable to support Zhang Weineng''s camp.


    After contacting the mermaid king, Niu Dawei soon formed a temporary coalition.


    Due to the destruction of Jiuqu city and the interruption of transportation from the imperial territory, Zhang Weineng could not get enough supplies.


    Even with the great help of big businesses such as Datong business alliance, he can only barely maintain the material supply of his army.


    Facing the threat of Ziyang Shengzong, he could not wantonly search for Jiuqu provinces, so as not to make people panic and affect Dali''s rule over Jiuqu provinces.


    There are not enough resources to build a new city. This camp, which was originally just a temporary emergency camp, has to be preserved and become a semi permanent building, which has been used until now.


    Although the camp is guarded by the fourth order mountain protection array, there are many loopholes.


    Zhang Weineng himself never meant to make this camp as solid as gold.


    In his heart, he tends to attack actively and fight actively.


    In the face of the alliance of taiyimen and aquarium, the camp with insufficient defense has met a real challenge.


    Although Niu Dawei was outside the camp, information from all parties was constantly reaching him.


    He knew that his plan was carried out very smoothly and everything was carried out according to the original plan.


    On all other fronts, taiyimen has a great advantage.


    Niu Dawei, who was granted the right to make a decision by Meng Zhang, did not forcibly launch an attack on the camp at any cost.


    But let Wen qiansuan find out the weakness of the camp protection array, launch targeted attacks, try to reduce his own losses and slowly consume the enemy''s strength.


    The mermaid King''s mind was not on the camp in front of him.


    He divided at least half of the aquarium army to occupy the stronghold of Dali imperial dynasty and seize more territory, focusing on occupying the territory on both sides of the Jiuqu River.


    The reason why the mermaid king sent troops so happily this time, in addition to the consideration of calming the demon disaster, is the benefit promised by the envoy of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In this battle, all the sites occupied by the aquarium army led by the mermaid King were permanently owned by the aquarium after the war.


    The mermaid king wants to leave a way back in Jiuqu Province, which is not entirely an excuse to deceive Zhang Weineng.


    He really wants to occupy enough territory in Jiuqu province to accommodate aquariums.


    If the magic disaster continues to spread and cannot be calmed down in time, the aquariums in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River are likely to slowly migrate to Jiuqu province.


    The long Jiuqu River passes through Jiuqu Province, with many tributaries and wide waters.


    There is enough land here to accommodate the relocated aquariums.


    The environment here is also suitable for aquarium survival.


    The mermaid king, who had a different mind, naturally did not pay all his attention to the battle in front of him.


    Of course, the mermaid king still has the least reason. He knows that if he doesn''t break the camp in front of him and completely wipe out the official power of the imperial dynasty, he can''t occupy the territory of Jiuqu province.


    The crafty Zhang Wei could never have thought of it in advance. Because of his carelessness, he unexpectedly led wolves into the house.


    Originally, the territory of Jiuqu province had long been given to Meng Zhang by Xiao Liangxu.


    According to the conditions he gave in the heavenly palace, after the success, taiyimen can not only rule the Jiuqu Province, but also expand wantonly in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong actually connived at the expansion of Shui Nationality in Jiuqu province.


    Marrying two women is not a temporary negligence, but the conspiracy of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For Yuanshen sect like Taiyi sect, no matter how respectful Meng Zhang is, Ziyang Shengzong still has an instinctive defense.


    The introduction of aquarium in Jiuqu province is a check on Taiyi gate.


    The vast territory of Jiuqu province is enough to breed many yuanshenzong doors. Taiyimen is absolutely not allowed to dominate.


    The main goal now is to eliminate the power of Dali emperor in Jiuqu province first, and then Ziyang Shengzong will use the power of taiyimen to quell the demon disaster.


    So many things, Ziyang Shengzong did very hidden, but also to use the hand of the aquarium to compete with taiyimen for territory.


    When everything is over and the overall situation has been decided, it can be imagined that Ziyang Shengzong has more means to limit and control Taiyi gate.


    Of course, at this time, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate, including Meng Zhang, knew nothing about it.


    Even if Meng Zhang knows now, he has already been on the thief ship of Ziyang Shengzong. He can''t get off the ship on the way. He has to bite his teeth and be patient and acquiesce to the status quo.


    The taiyimen team led by Niu Dawei and the aquarium army led by the mermaid King began to attack the camp in front of them in turn.


    The strength of the two combined forces is much better than that of the Zhenbei army and other monks in the camp.


    Perhaps in terms of low-level combat effectiveness, Niu Dawei is much weaker than them.


    But in terms of top combat effectiveness, Niu Dawei has an absolute advantage.


    The mermaid king has the strength of the late Yuan God. Nanzhu Zhenjun is a great friar in the late Yuan God. Not to mention Qiao Mei Zhenjun and Han Song Zhenjun.


    Zhang Weineng, the only great monk in the later period of Yuanshen in the camp, was seriously injured and his combat effectiveness was greatly reduced.


    After the war, he appeared in front of everyone, gave orders one by one, and personally commanded and organized the defense of the camp.


    But from beginning to end, he avoided direct confrontation with the rival friars of the same rank.


    Even if he couldn''t hide and had to fight, he fought with Nanzhu Zhenjun with the help of the fourth-order mountain protection array.

 Chapter 1337

    In the cultivation world, the key force that really determines the victory or defeat of a great war has never been a low-level friar, but the top combat effectiveness of both sides of the war.


    In the imperial camp, there was a big difference in the top combat power, which was doomed to failure.


    When the taiyimen and Aquarium allied forces began to attack the camp, Zhang Weineng also tried to stabilize people''s hearts and show strength.


    With the help of the power of the four-level protection array guarding the camp, he tried to suppress the injury and was able to give full play to his combat effectiveness.


    Neither Mermaid King nor Nanzhu Zhenjun had to participate in the war, but he tried to avoid fighting with such a strong enemy as Zhang Wei.


    Seeing that Zhang Wei can have the help of the big array, it seems difficult to deal with. They just respond to stories and don''t show much real skills.


    As a result, the attack on the camp became very difficult.


    Niu Dawei is also a decisive figure.


    Although he doesn''t mind delaying a little longer and doesn''t want to pay too many casualties, he can''t go on like this.


    We must exert enough pressure on the enemy and cause continuous consumption to the enemy.


    Niu Dawei was given enough rights by Meng Zhang to serve as the commander of taiyimen team and has a certain command over Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    After forming a coalition with the aquarium, although the mermaid king was above him in both cultivation and status, he still argued and won a lot of voice.


    Niu Dawei not only personally urged everyone to fight carefully, but also took the lead and charged ahead.


    Several times, seeing Niu Dawei rush to the big array, Zhang Weineng, who recognized his identity, tried to kill him with the help of the big array.


    However, Niu Dawei, who is proficient in the wind and thunder Avenue, shows the wind and thunder evasion method. He comes and goes like electricity and doesn''t give Zhang Weineng a chance at all.


    Zhang Weineng failed several times. Instead, he exposed his own falsehood and reality, which gave some clues to the sharp eyed Mermaid king and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Although the mermaid king and Nanzhu Zhenjun were worried that Zhang Weineng was deliberately clumsy, they couldn''t help the temptation to kill him and came forward to entangle him.


    When the array master Wen qiansuan cracked the enemy array, he often played the absolute main force.


    He mobilized many Yuanshen Zhenjun to look for the flaw attack of the big array.


    For this war, Yang Xueyi, who was temporarily transferred from maple leaf mountain city, helped Wen qiansuan refine a lot of fourth-order array breaking runes before the war.


    Once an opportunity is found, the fourth-order array breaking symbol will turn into streamer and fall into the large array.


    Last time, Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness could attack Jiuqu City, which not only destroyed the whole city, but also hurt the surrounding veins.


    Zhang Weineng managed to find a place nearby to set up a fourth-order protection array, but it was difficult to fully mobilize the power of the earth vein.


    The underground third-order spirit pulse can not give full play to the power of the fourth-order protection array. It also needs to continuously invest various resources, including Yuqing spirit machine, to maintain the operation of the array.


    The resources stored in the camp are limited. Even the Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t hesitate to contribute the Yuqing LINGJI needed for their daily cultivation to maintain the operation of the array.


    However, when facing great pressure, all kinds of consumption are frightening.


    After the Allied forces of taiyimen and Aquarium attacked for only half a month, the protective array became full of holes and scars.


    Zhang Wei was able to keep up the formation and stop the enemy''s attack while constantly asking for help from all directions.


    Dali dynasty still has strong power in Jiuqu province. As long as it gathers near the camp, it will have the power of World War I.


    However, for various reasons, Zhang Weineng''s request for help was like a clay ox into the sea, and did not get any response.


    With the follow-up army of taiyimen entering the south of Jiuqu province one after another, the local garrison scattered everywhere and the Xiuzhen forces loyal to the Dali imperial dynasty have been too busy.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses didn''t come back after seeing old crane fly away. Some people who took the overall situation into account proposed to support Zhang Weineng as soon as possible.


    However, the monks of many forces gathered together and had a large number of people, so it was difficult to form a unified opinion.


    None of them has the authority to make a final decision.


    Therefore, the reinforcement of Zhang Weineng was delayed.


    On the other side of the cloud and fog daze, King Nu Jiao was determined not to go out.


    It is not important to guard the large cross domain transmission array that is about to be completed.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, who was highly expected by Zhang Wei, was not willing to take a shudder from the fire for him. Instead, he had a tacit understanding with Meng Zhang and played Taiping boxing.


    In this way, Zhang Wei can wait left and right, but he can''t wait for the arrival of reinforcements.


    In a twinkling of an eye, a month has passed.


    The four-level protection array outside the camp is already crumbling and is about to completely collapse.


    After this period of fighting, the mermaid king and Nanzhu Zhenjun found out the reality of Zhang Weineng.


    This person is really seriously injured and can''t give full play to his real strength.


    If it hadn''t been for the cover of the fourth-order protection array, he might have been killed by the mermaid king.


    At this time, for Zhang Weineng, the situation in Jiuqu province has completely deteriorated.


    The partial division of Yujian mountain in the north of Jiuqu province has been eliminated by the coalition forces of Hanhai daomeng.


    After a simple rest, Wei wucai, who vacated his hand, led the winning coalition army and directly killed the south of Jiuqu Province, trying to join the army led by Xu Mengying.


    An Xiaoran mobilized the strength of the whole Hanhai road alliance, led the last batch of reinforcements, also killed the south of Jiuqu Province, and began to sweep away the power of Dali imperial dynasty here.


    By this time, the Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province had almost seen the situation clearly.


    Many Xiuzhen forces defected one after another and turned to Taiyi gate.


    Even the Xiuzhen forces loyal to the Dali Dynasty had to stop their actions and keep a wait-and-see state for their own survival.


    Zhang Weineng, who insisted hard in the camp, did not cut off contact with his surroundings.


    The bad forms now faced by the south of Jiuqu province were introduced to him one after another.


    The building is about to collapse and is unable to return to the sky. Zhang Weineng has such a feeling in his heart.


    At the last moment, Zhang Weineng showed his due determination.


    Before the collapse of the fourth level protection array, while his side still had some fighting power, he ordered all the friars in the camp to break through and try to fight a path of blood to preserve the last vitality for the Dali Dynasty.


    Wen Dongzhen and other loyal members of Dali imperial court want to resist the order and be loyal to the imperial court.


    But under Zhang Weineng''s strict order, he had to break through.


    Zhang Weineng did not break through, but stayed to attract the enemy''s attention and cover everyone''s breakthrough.


    As the first breakthrough team began to kill out, the fourth order protection array finally collapsed and the camp was broken.

 Chapter 1338

    Without the protection of the fourth-order protection array, the combat effectiveness of the camp immediately plummeted.


    The monks who had long received Zhang Weineng''s order dispersed in a crowd and broke out in all directions.


    In fact, in such a war, only high-level friars can really break through.


    Those low-level friars, unless they are lucky enough to go against the sky, are unable to escape the battlefield.


    Zhang Weineng never expected his own large forces to break through.


    The array collapsed and the camp was broken. The morale of the Zhenbei army stationed in the camp immediately fell and the morale of the army was lost.


    Although Zhang Wei could take the initiative to stay and organize the final resistance, he wanted to fight for a chance of life for the monks who broke through.


    However, he had been seriously injured for more than a month, and his injury was deteriorating and his strength was losing.


    Mermaid king and Nanzhu Zhenjun are very interested in killing opponents like Zhang Weineng.


    Now Zhang Weineng is in such a bad state, which is a good opportunity for them to make a move.


    Zhang Weineng soon fell into a siege. He had no energy to care about others.


    The Zhenbei army in the camp fell into chaos and could not list the military array. Naturally, it also lost its last support against high-level friars.


    The largest number of people in the army in the north of the town was low-level friars. At this time, they became the target of the enemy''s slaughter.


    Before the complete fall of the camp, Zhang Weineng was killed by the mermaid king and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Finally, he didn''t have to see the complete collapse of his side and the massacre of his army.


    The camp, which had lost all its resistance, was completely occupied. Most of the monks in the camp died and a few were captured.


    Zhang Weineng''s last persistence still has a certain value.


    Because he attracted the main attention of the coalition forces, many monks in the camp escaped and fled far away.


    Before the war was completely over, there was a conflict between Shui nationality and taiyimen friar.


    First, the aquarium side insisted on executing all captured friars. The taiyimen side, for the sake of being a fellow human friar, wanted to keep the prisoners for the time being.


    Next, after several large storehouses in the camp were found, in order to compete for booty, the Shui nationality and the taiyimen friar almost had to fight each other.


    Before Zhang Weineng died, he tried to pull a cushion. However, it failed to achieve its goal.


    Of course, his counterattack before his death was not ineffective at all.


    The mermaid king and Nanzhu Zhenjun both suffered some serious injuries.


    In particular, the mermaid king was regarded as a traitor by Zhang Weineng and took special care of him as the culprit of his family''s defeat.


    After the conflict between the aquarium and the taiyimen friar, Niu Dawei originally thought that the two sides were allies. In the future, there were places to continue cooperation when quelling the demon disaster.


    However, the attitude of the aquarium side is too arrogant, which makes him feel that he can''t give in too much.


    As a result, Niu greatly prevented the intensification of the conflict as soon as possible, but he still maintained an indomitable attitude on many issues.


    The mermaid king is above Niu Dawei by virtue of cultivation and status, and is also unwilling to give in.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun was just an outsider. He didn''t want to intervene in the dispute between the two. He pretended that he didn''t see anything and hid away from him.


    At first, the mermaid king wanted to subdue Niu Dawei with his accomplishments, but Jin Lizhen and other monks in the middle of the yuan God stood up one after another.


    The mermaid king thought of his injury. After weighing one or two, he finally reached a compromise.


    The two sides divided up all the booty in the camp and jointly sent people to stay in the camp.


    Then the Allied forces dissolved, and the two sides began to sweep the surrounding Dali imperial strongholds and seize the territory and various resources.


    Before attacking the camp, the mermaid King assigned half his troops to sweep around and enclosure.


    With this advantage, the aquarium side has the upper hand first.


    At this time, the taiyimen side also discovered the aquarium''s plot.


    Aquarium not only came to help destroy Zhang Weineng, but also seized the territory of Jiuqu province. It seems that aquarium is going to take root in Jiuqu province.


    According to the promise of Ziyang Shengzong, Jiuqu province should be the territory of Taiyi gate.


    Niu Dawei didn''t dare to make decisions without authorization, so he quickly informed Meng Zhang.


    After the camp was broken, Meng Zhang immediately received the news.


    At this time, there is no need to continue to intercept Qinggu Zhenjun.


    However, Meng Zhang talked with Qinggu Zhenjun for a while and actively gave him advice.


    Qinggu Zhenjun can take this opportunity to hide it.


    As long as you can''t contact Qinggu Zhenjun from the imperial dynasty, you naturally have no way to give him orders and won''t disturb his cultivation.


    Qinggu Zhenjun had no intention of fighting against taiyimen, so he broke up with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang received the letter from Niu Dawei, he hurried to meet him.


    Drive the void tripod. After two transmissions, Meng Zhang appeared in front of Niu Dawei.


    At this time, the situation in the whole Jiuqu province was very good on the side of taiyimen.


    The camp was broken, and the news of Zhang Wei''s defeat soon spread in Jiuqu province.


    Except for a few diehards of Dali Dynasty who are still fighting tenaciously, all practitioners know that the heaven of Jiuqu province has changed, and taiyimen is about to ascend.


    At this time, as long as you are not a fool, you should know what choice to make.


    Family by family Xiuzhen forces began to actively contact taiyimen; Countless practitioners tried to get in touch with taiyimen; Taiyi gate welcomes countless practitioners who express their submission


    The elimination of the official forces of the Dali imperial dynasty was natural and had long been expected by Meng Zhang.


    But the action of the aquarium was really a little unexpected.


    The aquarium side is so chiguoguo and taiyimen to grab territory and eat from taiyimen. Obviously, it is not a temporary intention, but a premeditation.


    The aquarium can''t compare with taiyimen in terms of strength and situation.


    Aquarium dare to do so, there must be something behind it.


    Meng Zhang has been fooling around in the cultivation world for many years. He has seen a lot of machinations and experienced a lot of intrigues.


    He boldly guessed that behind the move of aquarium, he must have been acquiesced and even connived by Ziyang Shengzong.


    As for why Ziyang Shengzong did so, Meng Zhang really understood.


    Any Xiuzhen force will impose certain restrictions on its subordinates and will never allow them to develop and grow unscrupulously.


    Ziyang Shengzong clearly wants to introduce the influence of Shui nationality into Jiuqu Province, contain Taiyi gate and prevent Taiyi gate from becoming a dominant family.


    Put Meng Zhang in the position of decision-maker of Ziyang Shengzong, and he will make such a decision as well.


    Understand to understand, but Meng Zhang will not accept it so easily.


    In any case, he must make a certain response and not be too timid.

 Chapter 1339

    Meng Zhang first went to see the mermaid king.


    The mermaid King bullies the small with the big and bullies the cow with the cultivation. He must give Meng Zhang a statement.


    The mermaid King''s cultivation and strength are above Meng Zhang, but he has suffered a little injury, and Meng Zhang has the magic weapon of void tripod, which has been in an invincible position.


    Meng Zhang angrily stopped the mermaid king and asked him to give himself a statement.


    Looking at his posture, he looks like he''s going to fight if he doesn''t agree with him.


    In full view of the public, the mermaid King confronted Meng Zhang without showing weakness.


    Both sides have no intention to start, but such a gesture is necessary.


    Before their conflict escalated, Nanzhu Zhenjun rushed over and made peace between them, trying to persuade both sides to calm down.


    Meng Zhang knows that although Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters are temporarily living in Taiyi gate, in the final analysis, they are always outsiders.


    Their choice between Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen is always very clear.


    Taking Nanzhu Zhenjun''s persuasion as a step, Meng Zhang seemed to leave angrily.


    Meng Zhang decided to go to the heavenly palace and ask Ziyang Shengzong for a statement.


    Before leaving, he instructed Niu Dawei for a long time and made arrangements for the next affairs.


    In order to stabilize the situation in Jiuqu Province as soon as possible and completely control all sites, taiyimen can be more lenient.


    Especially when there are aquariums competing for territory, taiyimen must race against the clock.


    As long as all the Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province take the initiative to surrender to taiyimen now, all the past gratitude and resentment will be forgiven.


    Various Xiuzhen forces can retain their original territory and resources.


    All their original interests have been preserved.


    Among them, those who first defected to taiyimen must be rewarded.


    Those stubborn guys should be resolutely eliminated and must not be tolerated.


    Those directly belonging to the official territory of Dali imperial court are the key objects of Taiyi gate.


    Of course, if Dali imperial friars stationed in these territories are willing to surrender to taiyimen, taiyimen can also accept them generously.


    No matter who the friar is, if he wants to surrender, he can only surrender to taiyimen.


    If a Terran friar betrays the Terran and runs to collude with the aquarium, it is a traitor and sinner of the Terran. Everyone can kill them.


    Now in the south of Jiuqu Province, the forces led by big businesses such as Datong business alliance are the largest remaining force.


    These big businesses and taiyimen are old friends, and they have a lot of grievances in the past.


    If it were not for the changes in the aquarium, these big businesses would be the target of Meng Zhang''s next elimination.


    However, under the current situation, Meng Zhang can only put aside his past gratitude and resentment and tolerate their existence.


    Taiyimen sent messengers to contact these big businesses.


    As long as these big businesses stay on their own territory and don''t make trouble with taiyimen, taiyimen will default that they continue to occupy the current territory.


    Even after the situation in Jiuqu province is stable, they can continue to do business in Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang admitted that the conditions given by his family were lenient enough and his concessions had reached the bottom line.


    If these big businesses don''t know what to do and really want to fight against taiyimen to the end, taiyimen will destroy them at all costs.


    Zhang Weineng was killed and the army in the north of Zhenbei was destroyed. All the forces of the imperial dynasty in Jiuqu province are far from stopping Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang can easily destroy any of the original forces in Jiuqu province if he is willing.


    Now he is just out of expediency, in order to minimize the loss of taiyimen, he will be so generous.


    Niu Dawei must lead the friars of hanhaidao alliance to seize the ownerless land in Jiuqu province because it is far from the official power of the imperial dynasty.


    In this process, even if there is a conflict with the aquarium side, its own side should be tough enough and resolutely not give in.


    Of course, tough is tough, and you can''t really tear your face with the aquarium, let alone fight and easily start the war.


    How to master this degree depends on Niu Dawei''s wrist and wisdom.


    After explaining Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang rushed to the heavenly palace without delay.


    He came to Ziyang Shengzong''s residence in the heavenly palace and met Xiao Liang smoothly.


    Xiao Liang did not find an excuse to avoid meeting, which was a good start.


    After seeing Xiao Liang, Meng Zhang went straight to the point and began to sue the aquarium.


    Although he knows that the aquarium has the support of Ziyang Shengzong behind it, he won''t be stupid enough to say it.


    He just grabbed the aquarium and said that the aquarium acted recklessly and violated the order of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Jiuqu province was originally the territory granted to taiyimen by Ziyang Shengzong, but Shui nationality expanded arbitrarily and occupied the territory.


    This clearly means that Ziyang Shengzong has not been paid attention to, and it has despised the majesty of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Xiao Liang was very happy with such a crude tune.


    He was glad that Meng Zhang was very knowledgeable and knew to hold on to the aquarium and didn''t say what he shouldn''t say.


    Xiao Liang reluctantly told Meng Zhang.


    The Xiao family has great power in Ziyang Shengzong, but it is not alone. There are many forces that can compete with the Xiao family.


    The Xiao family has many enemies.


    The mermaid king of the aquarium hooked up with some opponents of the Xiao family and indirectly affected the high-level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Originally, with the help of the Xiao family, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong has decided to hand over the Jiuqu province to the leader of taiyimen.


    However, these opponents of the Xiao family have made many slanders to the top, constantly slandering the Taiyi gate, believing that the Taiyi gate is not reliable enough and loyal to the Ziyang holy sect, so they are not qualified to occupy the Jiuqu province at all.


    Xiao Liang is also angry about the current experience of taiyimen and the practice of aquarium.


    Xiao Liang patted his chest and assured Meng Zhang that he would fight for the Taiyi gate in front of the high level of Ziyang Shengzong and strive to ensure that the interests of the Taiyi gate would not be damaged.


    Immediately, Xiao Liang''s words turned.


    Of course, due to the existence of those opponents, he can''t guarantee that his efforts will have results.


    In the next battle to quell the demon disaster, if taiyimen can actively fight and make enough contributions, he can speak for taiyimen Guan.


    At present, taiyimen and aquarium are still allies, and there are many places of cooperation in the battle to quell the demon disaster.


    The two sides should still value peace and try to control themselves. There must be no conflict.


    Xiao Liang said a lot, which seemed sincere and wholeheartedly considered for taiyimen.


    But in Meng Zhang''s view, it''s all nonsense.


    However, Meng Zhang still wants to suppress his dissatisfaction and cooperate with Xiao Liang in acting.


    Xiao Liang also knew that Meng Zhang knew he was acting.


    However, neither side destroyed the friendly atmosphere and cooperated with each other to perform a good play.

 Chapter 1340

    With the wisdom of Meng Zhang and Xiao Liang, they can understand each other''s meaning without saying it clearly.


    As a subordinate sect of Dali Dynasty, Taiyi gate maintained a semi independent status for historical reasons.


    Jiuqu province is far away from the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty. When Dali imperial dynasty conquered Jiuqu League, in order to quell the resistance as soon as possible


    According to the practice of Dali Dynasty, after the situation is completely stable, it will use various means to slowly bring the semi independent sect such as taiyimen into its own ruling system.


    However, due to the struggle with Ziyang Shengzong, Dali imperial court has not been able to do so, but it has been cheaper for Taiyi gate.


    After the first World War, taiyimen completely broke with the Dali Dynasty and completely turned to Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the future, Taiyi gate will be a member of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong, as a holy sect, may be too lazy to ask about the internal affairs of Taiyi sect, and generally will not compete for any interests with Taiyi sect.


    But taiyimen should have a minimum attitude towards Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong itself should also ensure the control of Taiyi gate.


    Since taiyimen has taken refuge in Ziyang holy sect, it must be honestly loyal to Ziyang holy sect. It is absolutely impossible to swing left and right as before.


    Ziyang Shengzong, as the superior, must have at least the prevention and control of Taiyi gate.


    The Shui Nationality''s seizing the territory of Jiuqu province is a knock on the Taiyi gate by Ziyang Shengzong.


    If Meng Zhang can''t stand this and shows two hearts, how can he get the further trust of Ziyang Shengzong?


    Of course, as the superior, in order to control his subordinates, stick plus sweet jujube is a common means.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong gave taiyimen a warning by using aquarium, he should take out some benefits as sweet dates.


    Xiao Liang put the responsibility on the hostile family in order to leave Meng Zhang some face and room for everyone.


    He also told Meng Zhang almost clearly. The future status of taiyimen depends on its performance in calming the evil disaster.


    As long as Meng Zhang is not stupid, he will not betray the emperor Dali and then betray Ziyang Shengzong again.


    The position of the sect is not a trifle and can not be changed at will.


    If Taiyi sect wants to make a living under Ziyang holy sect in the future, it must make enough contributions.


    Meng Zhang accompanied Xiao Liang for a long time. The atmosphere was very friendly and the two sides were happy. In the laughter, the two sides reached an agreement implicitly.


    Taiyimen continues to work for Ziyang Shengzong and tries its best to quell the demon disaster. Xiao Liang will strive for benefits for taiyimen.


    There are many yuanshenzong gates of Taiyi gate under the control of Ziyang Shengzong. Taiyimen is not much strange.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, if the situation is not special and the timing is really unlucky, there is really no need to turn to Taiyi gate.


    It is a good thing that Taiyi gate is of value to Ziyang holy sect.


    Children who can make trouble have milk to eat. Knowing that it''s useless to complain to Xiao Liang, Meng Zhang made such a trip.


    Since the goal was achieved, Meng Zhang did not stay in the heavenly palace for a long time and hurried back to Jiuqu province.


    Just a few days after Meng Zhang left, there have been many conflicts between taiyimen and Shui Nationality in order to seize territory and resources.


    Some small-scale battles broke out among the lower friars on both sides from time to time. Except that no one died, it has been noisy.


    In addition to seizing the official territory of Dali Dynasty, the Shui nationality also began to encroach on the interests of the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu province.


    Of course, the aquarium can not help but use some means of coercion and inducement to make the surrounding Xiuzhen forces take refuge, but it has little effect.


    Between the forces of aquarium and Terran, as long as they are not related to interests, only from the perspective of feelings, few practitioners are willing to join an alien like aquarium.


    No matter how powerful the aquarium is, it is always an outsider.


    Taiyimen, as the head of the province, has a high prestige here.


    After Meng Zhang left, Niu Dawei firmly followed the plan left by Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang came back, he saw that Niu Dawei performed well and did not interfere.


    Meng Zhang found a chance and quarreled with the mermaid king again.


    He didn''t really want to quarrel with the mermaid king, but knew that the more discord he had with the mermaid king, the more relieved Ziyang Shengzong was.


    Meng Zhang knows that the dispute with the aquarium will not last long, and finally the two sides will have to compromise.


    The urgent task now is to lead the army to the Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible to quell the magic disaster there.


    Before that, there is not much time left for yourself.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, the Shui people and taiyimen fought a lot, but in the end, the two sides divided their territory and delimited their sphere of influence.


    Aquarium mainly controls Jiuqu River and some important tributaries, as well as both banks.


    These places are originally Jiuqu provinces, and Meng Zhang is reluctant to give them to Shui nationality.


    But there is no way. Now is not the time to settle accounts with aquariums.


    The local Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province basically retained their original territory as long as they took the initiative to take refuge in taiyimen.


    Dali is an official territory directly under the imperial government. Except that Shui nationality accounts for a part, Taiyi gate has a big head.


    Dali''s influence in Jiuqu province was at least removed in the open.


    A few diehards were also wiped out by taiyimen.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses finally agreed to Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    They closely guarded their territory and apparently bowed to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang knew that taiyimen had only become the controller of Jiuqu Province on the surface, and there were still many future problems secretly. Such rule was not stable.


    Besides, in Jiuqu province and its surrounding areas, there are still many remaining evils from the imperial dynasty.


    There are a large number of practitioners who broke through the camp of Zhang Weineng alone.


    Although the Taiyi gate released the wind and offered extremely high conditions to recruit these practitioners.


    As long as they take refuge in taiyimen, all the past will be written off.


    If they don''t want to work for the Taiyi gate, they can also. As long as they don''t continue to fight against the Taiyi gate, the Taiyi gate can send them a rich gift to leave the country and let them leave Jiuqu province far away.


    Unfortunately, few people responded to taiyimen''s proposal.


    Most of these practitioners lurked down and became nails hidden in the zigzag provinces.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who take refuge in taiyimen are even more unreliable.


    It was only because of the situation that they had to take refuge temporarily.


    If the situation changes, these Xiuzhen forces will rebel again and change their owners.


    Meng Zhang didn''t do less of these things, so he knew the virtues of these cultivation forces.


    In a word, taiyimen''s rule over Jiuqu provinces is completely superficial.


    This situation should also be what Ziyang Shengzong is willing to see.

 Chapter 1341

    This rebellion is far from the imperial dynasty, and the number of interests won is the second. For Meng Zhang, the biggest gain is to eliminate the great threat of Zhang Weineng.


    Since then, Jiuqu province has no power to destroy Taiyi gate.


    No matter how bad the situation in Jiuqu province is, it is much better than before. At least the situation of taiyimen has been fundamentally improved.


    Even if the situation deteriorates in the end, these new benefits gained by Jiuqu Province in the South can''t be saved. If they are thrown out in this way, taiyimen won''t have much loss, and Meng Zhang can fully accept them.


    For a long time to come, taiyimen will focus on the north of Jiuqu province and Yuantu prairie.


    Especially after seizing Yujian mountain, the Mountain Gate of the original Yujian gate, Meng Zhang thought about whether to move the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    After all, yujianmen was one of the two giants who ruled Jiuqu League. The conditions of its mountain gate were excellent in all aspects, and it was of great significance.


    However, Meng Zhang didn''t bother to toss more when he thought that he was going to fight in the Daheng cultivation world.


    All Xiuzhen forces under Hanhai Taoist League responded positively to the recruitment of Taiyi gate and sent friars to fight with Taiyi gate.


    After the war, it is inevitable to reward people for their achievements.


    Meng Zhang enfeoffed some newly captured territories in the south of Jiuqu Province as a reward.


    The south of Jiuqu province is far richer and richer in resources than the north.


    These members of the Han Hai Dao alliance will certainly send monks to these rich territories.


    These territories are the nails of Taiyi gate nail in the south of Jiuqu province. We always pay attention to the changes here.


    Although we should focus on developing the north, we should not ignore the south.


    Here is so rich, and the territory here is hard won.


    As long as there are no major changes, taiyimen will certainly manage these territories well.


    All kinds of things in Jiuqu province have come to an end for the time being.


    The clouds and fog are great, which is another problem of Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Unfortunately, after the Nu Jiao King led his men to retreat into the cloud and fog, he could not defend it.


    Yunwu daze has been operated by foreign invaders for many years, in which they have the advantage of location.


    The aquarium has occupied such a large territory and is completely satisfied. It is unwilling to continue to fight in the cloud and fog daze.


    King Huipeng was also anxious to return to the black jade forest and was unwilling to continue to toss here.


    Relying solely on the current strength of taiyimen, if we forcibly attack Yunwu daze, it is hard to say whether we will win or lose, and it will be certain that we will lose our troops.


    It is urgent to quell the evil disaster. We can''t lose too much strength in the cloud daze, let alone delay too much time.


    Since King Nu Jiao can''t keep it, he won''t pose a threat to Taiyi gate for the time being.


    As for the cross domain transmission array, it is not easy to complete.


    Meng Zhang discussed with the middle and high level of the door and made a decision.


    Before King Huipeng leads the monster army to return, he will leave a partial division outside the clouds and fog.


    This is not only to help monitor the movements in the clouds and fog, but also to leave a retreat for the monsters in the black jade forest.


    The three barbarian kings rebelled against the foreign demon race and made great contributions to the war.


    Clear reward and punishment is the basic quality of a qualified superior. Even if the other party is not a human cultivator, but a foreign barbarian, Meng Zhang will not treat them badly.


    Outside the cloud and fog daze, it originally belonged to the territory of Jiuqu province and was occupied by foreign invaders.


    After the war, all these sites were empty.


    Meng Zhang specially set aside a vast territory to house the monsters left by the black jade forest.


    Another large area is used to settle these foreign barbarians.


    Since then, these foreign barbarians have obtained the status similar to that of members of hanhaidao alliance.


    As the vassals of Taiyi gate, they not only have certain obligations to Taiyi gate, but also are protected by Taiyi gate.


    These barbarians settled down on this land, which has also become a place to guard against clouds and fog. These barbarians have a special status and are absolutely not allowed to be harassed by practitioners.


    Since then, those overseas barbarians scattered abroad, mainly those hiding on the Yuantu prairie, can survive as subordinates of the Taiyi gate as long as they take the initiative to surrender to the Taiyi gate.


    The barbarian free people in taiyimen territory enjoy all the rights that the human race should enjoy.


    Those barbarians who used to work hard as slaves in the territory of taiyimen and its vassal forces have also been treated better.


    As long as they have worked for a certain number of years or made enough contributions, they can be free.


    In order to win over and subdue these foreign barbarians, Meng Zhang has worked hard.


    In fact, those previously captured barbarians, even as slaves, worked hard in mines and spiritual fields. Their situation was much better than that of the barbarians under the command of foreign demon families.


    At the very least, slaves are the property of their owners, and few people are willing to easily damage their own property.


    Whether mortals or friars, the Terrans have no habit of eating barbarians.


    Meng Zhang hopes to thoroughly integrate these foreign barbarians into the rule of taiyimen within a certain period of time.


    From all aspects, barbarians are very valuable.


    In addition to the barbarians outside the territory and the monsters in the black jade forest, Meng Zhang was reluctantly relieved to finish these arrangements.


    Now that his worries have been relieved temporarily, Meng Zhang will follow the agreement with Ziyang Shengzong and go to Daheng Xiuzhen world to quell the evil disaster.


    Just after the end of the war, the friars of taiyimen and vassal forces were mobilized again and began to make various preparations for the expedition.


    Ziyang Shengzong has also provided great help this time.


    Although we couldn''t draw many people to directly participate in the war, Ziyang Shengzong collected a large number of cultivation materials, which were transferred through the heavenly palace and directly handed over to Taiyi gate.


    Among these materials, the most useful ones are those specifically aimed at demons, such as exorcism talismans and magic killing tools.


    Meng Zhang tentatively put forward a request to Xiao Liang and gave a list of all kinds of natural and precious materials.


    Xiao Liang saw that the list was not too much. He just tapped Meng Zhang a few words and generously met his requirements.


    Many precious treasures that Meng Zhang and the whole Taiyi gate could not ask for before were easily given by Ziyang Shengzong.


    This enabled Meng Zhang to see once again the gap between the Holy Land Sect gate and the ordinary yuan God sect gate.

 Chapter 1342

    Meng Zhang''s most powerful weapon against demons, in addition to his cultivation, is the magic weapon of magic subduing mirror in his hand.


    This mirror, like its name, is a sharp weapon against the devil.


    It not only had a great restraining effect on demon cultivation and demons, but also saved his life under the influence of demon God.


    But it was precisely because of that experience that the magic subduing mirror inherited by the ancestors of Taiyi clan was seriously damaged.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has been carefully warming up this mirror and collecting all kinds of natural and earth treasures for repair.


    After receiving these precious materials provided by Ziyang Shengzong, the progress of repairing the magic subduing mirror has been greatly accelerated.


    Of course, it takes a lot of time and energy to completely repair this mirror.


    This is a painstaking effort. You can''t worry.


    Before the magic disaster broke out in the Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen began to make various preparations.


    As the magic disaster became more and more severe, taiyimen invested more resources to prepare for the fight against the magic disaster.


    Of course, to the extent of today''s magic disaster, those preparations are far from enough.


    However, in any case, all the preparations before taiyimen will not be in vain.


    At first, taiyimen just wanted to keep the stronghold of maple leaf mountain city, so it had the intention to fight against demons.


    Later, Meng Zhang saw the horror scenes of the spread of magic disasters through the deduction of heaven''s secrets, and his investment in this field was even greater.


    The magic subduing skills obtained from the magic subduing mirror, such as the golden light of subduing the devil and the clear light of expelling the devil, have long been popularized among the friars of Taiyi gate, and urge the qualified friars in the gate to practice.


    The Taiyi gate utensil hall has been working hard for a long time to refine the weakened version of the magic subduing mirror.


    After wiping out the official power of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu Province, taiyimen has more resources that can be used for war preparation.


    All kinds of materials supported by Ziyang Shengzong helped a lot.


    Shortly after the end of the war, mermaid king and Huipeng King left Jiuqu province with a group of their men and embarked on the journey back to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although there was no overt urging from Ziyang holy sect, there were many hints that Meng Zhang should go to quell the evil disaster as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang knew that this kind of thing could not be avoided, and calming the evil disaster was what he wanted to do. He had no resistance.


    Of course, there must be some care before going out.


    We must not just kill the main force of taiyimen with such stupidity, and lose our soldiers in vain.


    First of all, the situation in Jiuqu province is not stable, and there are still many remaining evils from the imperial dynasty.


    Therefore, taiyimen must leave enough strength to guard their hometown and deter outlaws.


    If there is a fire in your backyard when you go on an expedition, it will certainly affect the morale of the army.


    Secondly, the local Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, especially those in the south, must not let them watch the play.


    Killing demons and quelling demonic disasters are matters related to the fate of all practitioners and the great righteousness of the human race. Everyone is duty bound and has the obligation to contribute.


    Since all Xiuzhen forces have recognized the rule of taiyimen over Jiuqu Province, they are willing to submit to taiyimen.


    Now is the time to test their loyalty.


    To see whether they are really willing to submit to taiyimen or talk about it, they actually have an evil heart.


    Meng Zhang issued the recruitment order as the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Conscription of friars from all walks of life in Jiuqu Province, including all forces of cultivation, as well as scattered cultivation.


    All monastic forces must send enough monks to join the expedition organized by Meng Zhang to expedition the great cross monastic world together to quell the evil disaster and save the common people.


    At the same time, all Xiuzhen forces also need to provide enough materials for the expeditionary army.


    If anyone dares to resist the order, it is the sinner who colludes with the devil''s way. Everyone should be punished.


    No matter who obstructs the great cause of resisting demons, taiyimen will not let go easily.


    Under the banner of human righteousness, Meng Zhang began to give orders in good faith.


    This is also a test of Meng Zhang.


    People who dare to disobey orders before they go to war will certainly not be honest after they go to war.


    It''s better to take this opportunity to find out all such characters and deal with them in time.


    For the major religious forces in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang''s practice is clearly Yang Mou.


    If you obey the call of taiyimen, send your own friars to join the friar army.


    Needless to say, these friars are bound to suffer heavy losses in the next war.


    But if he disobeys the order, it will only give Meng Zhang an excuse to destroy his family.


    Taiyimen destroyed the official power of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu Province, which was the most powerful time.


    And as long as people with a clear eye know, taiyimen dares to rebel against the Dali imperial dynasty. There must be Ziyang Shengzong behind it.


    Taiyimen has never concealed this.


    The friar of taiyimen even publicized that taiyimen had long been under the command of Ziyang Shengzong and received the full help of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Under such circumstances, no Xiuzhen force dared to stand out and openly opposed taiyimen.


    Besides, in the war that had just ended, many blind guys were killed.


    The peace and order war conducted by taiyimen to stabilize Jiuqu province and rectify order has not ended yet.


    Therefore, although the family cultivation forces were unwilling, they honestly sent their own monks to participate in the expedition.


    All kinds of materials for repairing the truth began to be transferred from all over the country.


    As a local snake in Jiuqu Province, taiyimen is very clear about the general strength of various cultivation forces.


    The monks and materials required by taiyimen are just stuck on the psychological bottom line of each family.


    It can not only severely damage the strength of each family, but also make them barely bear it.


    For example, the Datong business alliance and other forces that were originally loyal to the Dali Dynasty are still hostile to taiyimen. Meng Zhang still gave them a step down.


    Taiyimen clearly told them that the monks recruited this time were to quell the evil disaster, not against the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the future, if taiyimen and Dali imperial court go to war, taiyimen will not recruit their monks and supplies.


    Moreover, taiyimen showed mercy this time, and significantly reduced the recruitment of big businesses such as Datong business alliance, giving them more room for maneuver.


    The situation is pressing. Datong business alliance and other businesses do not have the strength to resist taiyimen.


    Their only dependence is that taiyimen is unwilling to delay more time and needs to stabilize Jiuqu Province as soon as possible.


    Facing the steps given by taiyimen, they had to accept it reluctantly.


    In any case, under the banner of human righteousness, to save the common people and quell the evil disaster is also an excuse to give in.


    Even businesses such as the Datong business alliance, which is most hostile to taiyimen, succumbed and had to obey the recruitment, so there would be no resistance in the whole Jiuqu province.

 Chapter 1343

    The taiyimen''s action of recruiting monks and materials was very smooth.


    Although the major cultivation forces were unwilling, they honestly obeyed the recruitment.


    This makes Meng Zhang, who is determined to establish authority, unable to find an object.


    No one is a fool. He will jump out and die at this time.


    Even those spiritual forces in the south of Jiuqu province obediently obeyed, and there were no problems within Hanhai daomeng.


    Before the war against the south of Jiuqu Province, taiyimen conducted a large-scale recruitment within Hanhai daomeng.


    Now a new round of conscription has begun before the original army of monks has been disbanded.


    The major cultivation forces within Hanhai daomeng have long been used to obeying taiyimen, and there will be no opposition.


    Taiyimen also considered these vassal forces.


    In fact, the strength of recruiting these vassals is not very strong. There are enough monks left for various cultivation forces to guard the mountain gate.


    In terms of materials, with the support of Ziyang Shengzong, taiyimen mainly mobilized its own inventory, so it did not recruit the materials of hanhaidao alliance members.


    According to the result of the discussion between Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of the gate, after the army set out, the Jiuqu provincial government must leave enough strength to guard the house.


    There are many hidden opponents in Jiuqu province.


    In particular, the remaining evils of those who were loyal to the Dali Dynasty made Meng Zhang very worried.


    After much consideration, Meng Zhang gave up his plan to use Dayan''s divine calculation to find out the remaining evils.


    There is long-distance transmission method array communication between maple leaf mountain city and baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate. I also have a void tripod in hand. There is no problem with long-distance mobility.


    Even if there are any changes in Jiuqu Province, the taiyimen side can help in time.


    Meng Zhang will not easily use the manpower to guard against foreign invaders outside the cloud and fog.


    He sent his third disciple, an Muran, to the south of Jiuqu province.


    Anmuran will command the friar of the dark hall, strive to stabilize the situation here, and actively pursue and kill the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai, two yuan gods, Zhenjun, sit at the gate of Taiyi gate for emergencies.


    After making arrangements for staying behind, Meng Zhang announced his plan for the expedition.


    The expedition was divided into two routes, one bright and one dark.


    The dark road is not a secret.


    Taiyimen will continuously deliver personnel and materials to maple leaf mountain city through long-distance transmission of FA array to enhance the power there.


    Yang Xueyi will lead a large army of friars to attack the surrounding demons with maple leaf mountain city as the stronghold.


    Due to the lack of strength in maple leaf mountain city, the transmission capacity of long-distance transmission array is limited.


    Therefore, the army of friars led by Yang Xueyi is only a partial division, and its main function is to cooperate with the main force.


    The main force of this expedition lies on the way of Ming Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang personally led the expedition army to advance upstream along the Jiuqu River and set out for the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Among the five members of this team, there are only two big friars in the later period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng sent a large number of monks to join this team.


    All the monks recruited from the south of Jiuqu province are also in this team.


    Although the mobilized personnel and materials are very large, due to Meng Zhang''s strong urging and the cultivator''s own mobility, it is very good.


    Less than two months after calming the Jiuqu Province, taiyimen was ready to launch an expedition.


    Of course, it is impossible for such a huge army to rush over at one breath.


    Meng Zhang personally led the main force one step ahead, leaving Jin Lizhen to transfer materials in the rear and dispatch subsequent reinforcements.


    In fact, before that, Yang Xueyi had already returned to maple leaf mountain city with a group of taiyimen friars and made preparations for the war there.


    Taiyimen''s reinforcement of maple leaf mountain city has almost never stopped.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles, is also the situation in the Daheng cultivation world. Meng Zhang has always been paying attention to it.


    Even during the war in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang never relaxed.


    Jin Qiaoer, who stayed in maple leaf mountain city, has been actively organizing various investigation activities to obtain specific information about the magic disaster.


    Ziyang Shengzong also shares some information with Meng Zhang from time to time.


    The magic group of Daheng cultivation world has been expanding all the time, and the scope of magic disaster spread all over most areas of Daheng cultivation world.


    Probably because he was afraid to scare Meng Zhang, he didn''t dare to go out. The information provided by Ziyang Shengzong was still reserved.


    Jin Qiaoer''s intelligence ability is limited and she can''t get too much detailed information.


    It was mo qingzhenjun who took the initiative to deliver information to Meng Zhang several times through the channels of maple leaf mountain city.


    The power of the demons on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world is not Meng Zhang''s power, which can defeat him.


    Fortunately, these demons do not belong to each other, and there are many internal disputes. It is impossible to work together against the enemy, which left Meng Zhang a chance.


    Mo Qingzhen gave Meng Zhang some suggestions very considerate.


    After reaching the Daheng cultivation world, he can use the internal struggle between the demon groups to divide and rule the major demon groups and break them one by one.


    Meng Zhang would not believe that Mo Qingzhen, who actively launched the demon disaster, would remind himself so kindly. He must have his own calculations.


    Of course, although I don''t believe Mo qingzhenjun, to be honest, his proposal is really good.


    The demons are so powerful that they can only break them one by one before they get more support.


    How to implement it is a very test of wisdom and strength.


    Meng Zhang still had his own calculation in his heart when he went on a big expedition this time.


    In any case, the expedition must be cautious enough.


    Not for merit, but for no fault.


    If the situation is wrong, Meng Zhang will not fight with the demons.


    He will focus on defense and slowly delay time.


    Ziyang Shengzong was only temporarily restrained by Dali imperial court.


    According to the information disclosed by Xiao Liang, more than ten years later, Ziyang Shengzong will launch an offensive against Dali imperial dynasty.


    When Ziyang Shengzong defeated the Dali Dynasty, he could naturally free his hand to help Meng Zhang put out the evil disaster.


    Meng Zhang just needs to stick to it until then.


    As for the result that Ziyang Shengzong was defeated by Dali emperor, Meng Zhang had not thought of it for the time being.


    Of course, after this expedition, Meng Zhang did not paddle in the whole court.


    When facing demons, if there is a good time, he will take the initiative to destroy them.


    After all, if a large number of high-level demons are eliminated, Meng Zhang will be rewarded with the merits of heaven.


    If the time is not good, Meng Zhang will not be reluctant, but to preserve his strength.

 Chapter 1344

    In the eyes of all the people, Meng Zhang led the expedition.


    As the aquarium in the upper reaches of Jiuqu River is now an ally, the monsters in the black jade forest will not come out to block it.


    From Jiuqu province to the upper reaches of Jiuqu River, there is already a smooth road.


    The main route of the expedition led by Meng Zhang was to go up along the Jiuqu River and directly to the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    The secret flying boats filled the sky over the Jiuqu River like dark clouds.


    On this expedition, taiyimen not only enlisted many flying boats and warships, but also sent out cloud boats as huge as a hill to transport troops and materials.


    This expeditionary army composed entirely of monks has more than 30000 people. It can be said that most of the elite monks in Jiuqu province have been transferred.


    Such a large number of troops set out, and their momentum was so great that all the aquariums watching from one side were shocked.


    After the mermaid King led some aquariums back to the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River, he still left a lot of aquariums to garrison the newly acquired territory.


    Meng Zhang''s somewhat demonstrative expedition really shocked the hearts of the Shui people and did not dare to despise the human friars.


    In the future, the aquariums who stay in Jiuqu province must be more honest.


    The expedition army went all the way. The road was very smooth and basically did not encounter any obstacles. There are no blind guys who jump out to find trouble.


    On the way along the Jiuqu River, Meng Zhang left some monks at intervals to establish a temporary stronghold here as a troop station for follow-up supplies.


    Before the expedition, Meng Zhang asked Ziyang Shengzong for a batch of materials to build a long-distance transmission array.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who had always been very generous, became stingy at this time and found some excuses to shirk it.


    The materials for building the long-distance transmission array are rare. With the ability of Taiyi gate, if the old silver pot didn''t help at the beginning, they couldn''t get together at all.


    After so many years of hard collection, the materials collected by taiyimen can''t build too many long-distance transmission arrays.


    After building some long-distance transmission arrays in endless sand sea, Gobi and Yuantu grassland, most of these materials will be consumed.


    Meng Zhang wanted to build several more long-distance transmission arrays between the Daheng cultivation world and the Jiuqu province to facilitate the transportation of personnel and materials.


    The great horizontal cultivation world itself is far broader than the nine curved provinces, and there is a vast middle area between the two.


    With enough long-distance transmission arrays, it is easy to move.


    But Ziyang Shengzong refused Meng Zhang''s request, which made Meng Zhang see a lot of things.


    Xiao Liang had promised on behalf of Ziyang Shengzong that Meng Zhang could occupy the territory of Daheng cultivation world as long as he tried to put out the evil disaster.


    However, in fact, Ziyang Shengzong was unwilling to provide materials for building the Dharma array. It was clear that he did not want Taiyi gate to have too strong control over the Daheng cultivation world.


    It seems that Xiao Liang''s promise is going to be greatly reduced. Most of it is because the lip service is not real.


    It is the series of actions of Ziyang Shengzong that makes Meng Zhang, who was already on guard against Ziyang Shengzong, more careful.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong does not provide materials, Taiyi gate will not consume a few construction materials.


    Meng Zhang only had a little trouble and set up more strongholds.


    Anyway, he recruited monks from various monastic forces in Jiuqu province. He is still abundant in manpower.


    The expedition led by Meng Zhang took less than a month to reach the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    When Meng Zhang led the expedition army nearby, the mermaid king, who was originally sitting in the aquarium palace, came out to watch in person.


    He knew that Meng Zhang''s demonstration was intentional and deterred the aquarium with the help of strong troops.


    Knowing Meng Zhang''s intention, the mermaid king has no good way.


    He just warned Meng Zhang not to get too close to the aquarium palace.


    Meng Zhang did not fully listen to the mermaid king, but led the army to press step by step until he reached the mermaid King''s psychological bottom line.


    More than 300 miles away from the aquarium palace, flying boats began to land quickly, laying down countless monks and massive materials.


    This area is the area with the most abundant River in Jiuqu. The widest part of the river has hundreds of miles.


    In addition to establishing bases on the shore, Meng Zhang also ordered the conscription of several islands and reefs in the river to build strongholds.


    The Terran side is powerful, and the aquarium side has to endure silently and give up these islands and reefs originally occupied by the aquarium.


    The cultivator moved very fast, and soon built a base and settled the army.


    According to the previous coordination results of Ziyang Shengzong, the army of monks led by Meng Zhang is the main force in the battle to quell the demon disaster.


    Aquarium and black jade forest monsters are helping.


    Especially in the black jade forest, Ziyang Shengzong can''t directly control the monsters inside. He must pass through the grey Peng king.


    Although king Huipeng is the commander of the black jade forest monster, there is also a king of brocade monkeys who can compete with him.


    The order that obviously damages the interests of the black jade forest cannot be directly issued by Wang Huipeng.


    The foreign demons who betrayed the cloud daze before can also be pushed to the contradiction between the local demons and the foreign demons. King Huipeng did occupy a new territory in the Jiuqu Province, leaving a way back for the demons in the black jade forest.


    Now join hands with aquarium to help the human friars quell the demon disaster, and also get the support of some long-term high-level monsters.


    However, in this process, we must try our best to ensure the interests of the black jade forest.


    Moreover, the hostility of black jade forest monsters to Terrans and aquariums will not disappear.


    When King Hui Peng met with Meng Zhang, he also clearly told Meng Zhang that he could provide limited help. The main force of real combat still depends on the Terran friars.


    Now Meng Zhang''s army of friars has reached the Daheng cultivation world.


    While preparing for a long-term battle, he contacted two unreliable allies.


    The mermaid king very much hopes to quell the demon disaster as soon as possible, but he is unwilling to damage the power of the aquarium too much.


    He told Meng Zhang very clearly that when the aquarium left the water and went to the land, its combat effectiveness would be greatly reduced.


    Therefore, the aquarium army he sent will only fight near the water and will not go deep into the land.


    When you robbed territory, you didn''t care that your combat effectiveness would be reduced, but you occupied a lot of land in zigzag provinces. Meng Zhang''s heart was full of Feifei.


    Of course, it is always a good thing for Mermaid Wang Ken to help and everyone to fight together, despite many restrictions.


    On the other hand, the grey Peng king was embarrassed to say that because of the hatred between the black jade forest monster and the human friar, the two sides could not fight together on the battlefield.

 Chapter 1345

    King Huipeng wanted to fight side by side with Meng Zhang, but there was a deep hatred between the monsters in the black jade forest and the human friars.


    Even if he is the commander-in-chief, he can''t ignore this situation.


    In the general direction, or from a strategic point of view, he can lead the monsters of the black jade forest to cooperate with Meng Zhang.


    However, it is not so easy for the monsters to regard the human friars as comrades in arms without estrangement.


    It''s better to keep a distance early in the morning than delay the fighters on the battlefield because of wrangling and infighting.


    Meng Zhang had long expected this situation.


    The expedition army led by him is powerful. Even if it can''t quell the demon disaster, it''s not so easy to be defeated by demons.


    Before the expedition, Meng Zhang discussed the general strategy with the middle and senior management of the door.


    Their present position is probably in the southwest of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Maple Leaf mountain city is in the northeast of Daheng Xiuzhen world, with a distance of no less than 100000 Li.


    In the middle, there are parts of the black jade forest and some branches of the Daheng mountains.


    The Xiuzhen forces originally near these branches were basically wiped out by demons.


    In addition to some demons wandering nearby, some demons settled on the ruins of the Mountain Gate of Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang''s initial strategy is to find a way to connect his location and the road between maple leaf mountain city, so that the two can establish a direct connection.


    In this process, Meng Zhang has a certain selfishness.


    In this way, it will help to reduce the pressure faced by Maple Leaf mountain city in the future and better protect that place.


    Of course, the ostensible reason is that after the strategic objectives are achieved, the two places can echo and support each other.


    At this time, less than a year before the demonization of the whole family, the situation deteriorated again.


    The living space of the Terran is compressed smaller and smaller, and the surviving Terran friars are about to have nowhere to retreat.


    Almost everywhere, demons began to haunt.


    Hordes of demons roam around, almost everywhere.


    After the base was established and the monks settled down, Meng Zhang directly began to give orders.


    Having been prepared for a long time, he didn''t have to discuss with other monks in the army at all. He was arbitrary.


    First of all, of course, an investigation team was sent to investigate in all directions and find out the division of the surrounding demons as soon as possible.


    In this regard, the aquarium, as the landlord here, has actively provided help.


    Due to the efforts of the aquarium to expel, there are no large-scale demon groups in the surrounding area, only small groups of demon groups appear and disappear.


    After finding out the surrounding situation, the investigation team continued to go deep into the Daheng truth cultivation world to investigate more situations.


    Meng Zhang sent a team of monks to move along the tributary of Jiuqu River. With the help of aquarium, they tried to eliminate the small demons they saw along the way.


    If you meet a more powerful group of demons, gather the strength of multiple teams and destroy them together.


    Meng Zhang''s request is not excessive, and is to clean his own door. Although the aquarium still has some stomach Fei, it still cooperates honestly.


    The surrounding area has vast waters and dense water network, and there are almost countless large and small tributaries of Jiuqu River.


    It''s very safe to move along the river.


    Meng Zhang also wants to temper his team and cultivate their experience against demons through such a small-scale battle, so that everyone can enter the state as soon as possible.


    After a team of friars was sent out, many war results came back soon.


    Many small demons were destroyed, and the surrounding area soon began to be eliminated.


    Of course, in this process, our own side can not avoid some casualties.


    As long as the casualties are not too heavy, Meng Zhang is completely acceptable.


    With the deepening of investigation teams, more and more intelligence has been transmitted back to Meng Zhang.


    Based on this information, he began to plan the direction of his next March.


    After the expeditionary army arrived at the Daheng cultivation world, it was a good start.


    Not only the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, but also the friars of other religious forces recruited, were obedient to Meng Zhang and honestly obeyed the military orders.


    This makes Meng Zhang, who wants to find some unattractive guys, feel a little sorry that he can''t find the opportunity.


    Although it has not been tested by large-scale combat, at present, the obedience of this army still barely meets Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    This time, due to time constraints, a small number of monks recruited are still on the way back due to various reasons. They are coming here one after another.


    If the war situation ahead is tight, Meng Zhang will not hesitate to continue to order the recruitment of rear friars.


    When the expeditionary army arrived at the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang didn''t want to act alone.


    On the side of Daheng cultivation world, although the local cultivation forces have suffered serious setbacks, they have not been completely extinct.


    Especially the remaining three of the big four, they still retain a lot of strength.


    They have a duty to defend their homeland. They can''t hide, preserve their strength and evade their responsibilities.


    With the cooperation of local Xiuzhen forces, the expeditionary army can get twice the result with half the effort.


    Before the expedition, Meng Zhang asked Xiao liangti that Ziyang shengzongli use his great influence to make those local Xiuzhen forces actively participate in the war and can''t continue to avoid it.


    This requirement itself is also in line with the mind of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong was greatly dissatisfied with the local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world for secretly conniving at and raising demons.


    Now the devil disaster is so serious that Ziyang holy sect loses face in front of other holy sects.


    If the situation does not allow, Ziyang holy sect may begin to severely deal with these cultivation forces.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent Xiao Qiao as an envoy to visit these local Xiuzhen forces one by one.


    Xiao Qiao brought the strict order and ultimatum of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong gave them one last chance.


    They must immediately organize to find an opportunity to launch a counterattack against the demons and cooperate with Meng Zhang''s expeditionary army.


    If they continue to do nothing, then it is no wonder that Ziyang Shengzong has been liquidated afterwards.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong has given special communication tools to keep Meng Zhang in touch with Xiao Qiao.


    However, Xiao Qiao has not taken the initiative to contact Meng Zhang.


    If Xiao Qiao''s action had been successful, he would have taken the initiative to contact Meng Zhang to discuss the plan to cooperate with the local Xiuzhen forces.


    Meng Zhang did not bother Xiao Qiao, but did his own thing well first.


    With the construction of large and small strongholds and military stations on both sides of the Jiuqu River and on some islands and reefs in the middle of the river.


    A fairly stable supply route was established between Jiuqu province and the upper reaches of Jiuqu River to transport monks and materials.


    Taking the aquarium territory as the starting point, the expeditionary army also began to establish more strongholds and military stations, slowly extending the control range to the depths of the Daheng cultivation world.

 Chapter 1346

    When Meng Zhang commanded the expedition army to start action, Yang Xueyi also organized an army of monks, starting from the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, slowly extending to this side, trying to connect two remote areas.


    Meng Zhang not only sent friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun to investigate intelligence, but sometimes even went out to investigate in person many times regardless of the identity of the leader of the army.


    I don''t know why. There are no large groups of demons or powerful demons in the surrounding area.


    In addition to those wandering small demons, there are some cultivation forces. In the ruins of the mountain gate, some demons have established nests.


    On the one hand, Meng Zhang ordered to continue to strengthen the investigation. On the other hand, he sent a number of friars to continue to eliminate these demons.


    The main force of the army was not dispatched easily and was still stationed in the base.


    Although it is only a temporary base, Meng Zhang ordered to invest a lot of resources to build it well.


    In Meng Zhang''s plan, even if the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world was put out, the base should be preserved as much as possible.


    In the future, only a team of monks need to be stationed here, which can pose a great threat to the Jiuqu River aquarium.


    Meng Zhang is not going to suffer from the orders of the monarch outside. At present, it is Ziyang Shengzong who needs his own help to put out the demon disaster. Moreover, as the commander of the army, he should also have such command power.


    In addition to the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, there are also many friars of other monastic forces, such as the recruited friars of Datong Business League, who have a deep hatred with taiyimen.


    However, Meng Zhang''s orders were unimpeded among the army.


    Meng Zhang is basically able to enforce orders and prohibitions, and no one dares to openly disobey military orders.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been almost three months since the expeditionary army arrived at the Daheng cultivation world.


    The expedition seemed to have limited results, but Meng Zhang carried out the original battle plan step by step, basically free from external interference.


    At this time, Xiao Qiao of Ziyang Shengzong finally contacted Meng Zhang through a special communication method.


    During this period of time, Xiao Qiao was not idle and had been actively running around the Daheng cultivation world.


    Relying on the name of Ziyang Shengzong, he successfully contacted the residual cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Especially for the remaining three giants, zongmen, the principals of zongmen had a serious conversation with Xiao Qiao.


    The leader of Bairi Valley, Bairi Zhenjun, the supreme elder of SONGFENG sect, Cangsong Zhenjun, and the leader of Wanhe mountain, Zhenjun, are the three most powerful practitioners of Daheng.


    The development of the magic disaster to this serious degree has long exceeded their expectations.


    When they indulged and even raised demons, they never thought that their family would eat evil consequences and play with fire.


    Even before demonizing the whole family, they didn''t realize the seriousness of the problem and thought everything was under control.


    However, after demonizing the family, the situation deteriorated too quickly and they couldn''t react at all.


    Facing the great disaster, the three Xiuzhen forces all made similar reactions.


    They fully reduced the strength of their respective sects, made every effort to strengthen the defense near the mountain gate, and abandoned everything else.


    In this way, although they ensured the safety of their mountain gate, they also lost the last chance to quell the demon disaster by their own strength.


    They are not really so stupid, let alone did not foresee the consequences.


    Only at the critical moment, their self-interest, dead Taoist friends and poor Taoist mentality gained the upper hand, and they were only concerned about preserving their own strength.


    The three giants are like this, let alone other cultivation forces.


    Taking advantage of the fact that the major cultivation forces began to shrink with all their strength and only focused on the opportunity of self-protection, the demon side also completed the general integration.


    The more high-level demons, the smarter they are. Many high-level demons and wisdom are still above many humans.


    However, most demons can''t get rid of the shackles of nature.


    Their murderous and bloodthirsty nature often masks their reason.


    This makes them often irritable, impulsive, arbitrary and unable to make correct decisions.


    Moreover, there are often deep vigilance among different demon groups. Even if they join hands temporarily against the enemy, they will not last long.


    But anyway, with the intelligence quotient of those high-level demons, I still know that combination is strong.


    Especially after the human cultivation forces retreat to the mountain gate, they must gather strong forces to break the Mountain Gate with strong defense forces.


    Xiang, the head of the family, was demonized by the Lord of the magic plow mansion in South China, which is not only a punishment, but also a means of the Lord of the magic plow mansion.


    After being demonized, he retained most of his memory and reason to South China.


    The power left in him by the Lord of the magic plow house allows him to temporarily get rid of the shackles of the demon instinct.


    In the valley demonized to South China, despite Meng Zhang''s efforts to kill, many yuan God Zhenjun escaped and became demons.


    Before the demonization to South China, the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen was. After the demonization, his strength increased instead of decreased.


    He first integrated the demons in the valley, and then gained allegiance to the demons above his home territory.


    He was originally the head of the family and had the power given by the Lord of the magic plow house. He could easily subdue the demonized Xiang family members.


    Xiangjia, as one of the four giants in the Daheng cultivation world, has many monks and the strong emerge one after another.


    Once all demonized, this is a large and powerful army of demons.


    He led this army to South China and began to slowly subdue and integrate different demon groups scattered throughout the Daheng cultivation world.


    Among the evil creatures of the law of the jungle, we pay special attention to the level of power.


    Xiang Huanan has the breath left by the demon God, the Lord of the enchanted plow house. He can easily subdue those wild demons.


    The movement to South China was very smooth and did not encounter much resistance.


    Except for a few demons, most demons in the whole Daheng cultivation world have become his subordinates.


    The originally scattered magic objects, a mass of loose sand, have a unified command in this way.


    What does this mean, but anyone who has a little brain should understand it.


    The devil''s actions are not covered up at all.


    The Terran cultivator soon noticed this situation through various means.


    Not to mention ordinary practitioners who feel that the general trend is over, even figures like Bairi Zhenjun and Cangsong Zhenjun feel that a great disaster is imminent.

 Chapter 1347

    There is no regret in the world. By this time, it is too late to regret.


    Those high-ranking practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world began to feel regret in their hearts.


    But if they do it again, they will probably make the same choice.


    Demons are so powerful. If we fight against them head-on, we will lose a lot and lose most of our strength.


    If the strength of the sect is seriously lost, even after the magic disaster subsides, it will not be able to maintain its original status and interests.


    On the contrary, if the strength of the sect still exists, it will have a certain status wherever it goes.


    At this time, I know that the devil can''t resist. The three giants, zongmen, all made the final choice.


    They will give up all their territories, including the mountain gate, and lead their disciples to flee the Daheng cultivation world far away to find a new place to live.


    Fleeing in a hurry, not to mention all kinds of resources, even the monks in the door may not be able to take them all away.


    As for the mortals attached to them, they have to obey fate.


    Most of the places in the Jun dust world suitable for practitioners to live have masters.


    Even if the Yuanshen sect left its original territory and wanted to open up a new living space elsewhere, it was not easy.


    But there was no way. The devil was so powerful that they couldn''t think of any other way except to run away.


    At this time, Xiao Qiao found three giants respectively.


    From the standpoint of Ziyang Shengzong and Xiao Qiao, they were unwilling to see the three families escape without fighting.


    Xiao Qiao tried his best to use both soft and hard methods, so that the three families temporarily gave up their intention to give up their territory and escape.


    Xiao Qiao made cruel remarks on behalf of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If they dare to escape at this time, even if they escape to the ends of the earth, Ziyang Shengzong will never let them go.


    By means of Ziyang holy sect, it is easy to destroy the three sects completely.


    The reputation of Ziyang Shengzong made them dare not ignore the threat of Xiao Qiao.


    Xiao Qiao also told them that Ziyang Shengzong had begun to find a way to quell the evil disaster.


    Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate, with the support of Ziyang Shengzong, has become the ruler of Jiuqu province. He has integrated the power of the whole Jiuqu province and is leading an expeditionary army to put out the demon disaster.


    The expeditionary army from Jiuqu province is nothing, but since Ziyang Shengzong has already shot, there may be a way to quell the evil disaster.


    If not forced, who is willing to give up all their roots, leave their homes and start over?


    Under Xiao Qiao''s efforts, the big three zongmen had to stop running away temporarily.


    At this time, the day Valley finally showed the posture of the boss of the great horizontal cultivation world.


    In the daytime, Zhenjun personally came forward to contact the residual Xiuzhen forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world and tried to organize an army of friars to fight with the expeditionary army from Jiuqu province.


    Xiao Qiao told Meng Zhang the news in his communication, and also made a request on behalf of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The integration of the demon is about to be completed.


    After the integration, the strength of the demon army must be very terrible. It is difficult to resist by any party alone.


    At this time, Meng Zhang should march deep into the Daheng Xiuzhen world and lead the expeditionary army to join the local friars in the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    After the two armies join forces, they can start a frontal battle with the demon army.


    As long as the demon army is defeated in the war, the overall situation of the action to put out the demon disaster is almost determined.


    Xiao Qiao''s tone is euphemistic because he has a good relationship with Meng Zhang.


    But this requirement, like the command, cannot be violated.


    Since Xiao Qiao spoke on behalf of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang had to obey obediently.


    When communicating with Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang agreed without any comments.


    He told Xiao Qiao that he would lead the expedition as soon as possible and go to meet.


    But after the communication with Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang''s face immediately became gloomy.


    Xiao Qiao''s requirements seem reasonable and in line with the current actual situation. But it is definitely not in the interests of Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s original plan was to make steady progress step by step.


    Now, if we lead the army in such a reckless rush, the consequences will be unimaginable in case of accidents.


    If Ziyang Shengzong is really restrained by the Dali imperial dynasty, most of the forces can''t fight, then the monk army led by Meng Zhang is the only reliable force to resist demons.


    As long as the expedition army is still there, no matter how bad the situation is and how powerful the demons are, the Terran side still has the least resistance.


    But without this expedition army, not only the Daheng cultivation world will be completely hopeless, but even the surrounding areas will be affected by the magic disaster.


    Meng Zhang wants to strive to preserve the strength of the expedition army, not only out of selfishness, but really for the overall situation.


    In Meng Zhang''s opinion, Xiao Qiao is too selfish and too eager for quick success and instant benefit.


    Meng Zhang could guess Xiao Qiao''s mind, but he wanted to take the opportunity to make meritorious service and get more benefits inside the sect.


    His ideas and plans are too naive.


    Meng Zhang led the expeditionary army to make a rapid advance. Even if there was nothing to do along the way, he met with the friars of Daheng Xiuzhen world smoothly.


    After the meeting, who is the supreme commander of the army? Who do you want to listen to?


    Meng Zhang will not hand over the command of the army anyway.


    The sources of monks in this expeditionary army are complex.


    If the friars of Ziyang Shengzong come forward, it is really possible to shake the minds of some people in the army.


    Meng Zhang did not want to listen to the direct command of others, but did not trust his so-called comrades in arms at all.


    The local friars and demons in the Daheng cultivation world are too deeply involved, and there is no limit to their work.


    Meng Zhang has personally experienced the virtues of these friars.


    How can you rest assured that you want to fight side by side with these friars against demons?


    Many times, the so-called comrades in arms cause more serious damage than the enemy.


    Although he had not been in contact with Xiao Qiao for a long time, Meng Zhang still saw his character.


    He has a strong temperament and can''t rub sand in his eyes.


    The good side is that they are jealous of evil and stand firm.


    The bad side is self willed and can''t listen to other people''s persuasion.


    Although he thanked Meng Zhang for the last two events, he regarded Meng Zhang as a good friend of the Xiao family.


    But if Meng Zhang''s words don''t accord with his mind, he can''t listen either.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang simply gave up the doomed futile persuasion and promised.


    Of course, agreeing is one thing, and how to act is another.


    Xiao Qiaoming said it was a request, but in fact it was an order. Meng Zhang cannot openly violate it.


    At least, he should make a gesture that he is really leading the expedition and will go to meet him.


    However, due to all kinds of difficulties and obstacles along the way and the need to clean up demons, the action speed of the army was a little slower, which was really helpless.

 Chapter 1348

    Since Meng Zhang was thinking of procrastination and was unwilling to join forces with the local forces in the Daheng cultivation world, there were naturally many ways.


    Soon, more and more fierce conflicts and battles broke out between the expeditionary army and demons.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s order, the expeditionary army just sent a team to carefully remove small groups of demons in the surrounding area.


    For the longer distance and larger demon group, it is ignored for the time being.


    However, in order to find an excuse to delay, a team of friars from taiyimen flew out a long distance and deliberately provoked some large-scale demons.


    These friars deliberately led these demons around the expedition army.


    In this way, the expeditionary army had to send more forces to eliminate the demons within its own sight.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s latest order, the friar army led by Yang Xueyi set out from Fengye mountain city also accelerated the pace of progress and tried to join the expedition army led by Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    No matter how the situation changes, it is always a good thing for the two armies to establish contact and take care of each other.


    As a monk of Ziyang holy sect, Hanqiao became the nominal leader of the friars of Daheng cultivation world.


    No matter which Xiuzhen force, we should respect him and hold him carefully.


    Under his strong urging, all the major religious forces accelerated the speed of gathering monks and organizing a large army of monks.


    Seeing this, an army of monks with a large number and strong strength is about to be completely formed.


    Han Qiao ordered at will.


    Even a strong sect like the valley of the sun dare not openly oppose his orders.


    Speaking of it, the local cultivation forces on the side of Daheng cultivation world are deeply involved in demons. They always feel guilty in the face of Ziyang Saint friar.


    Since Han Qiao wants to come forward forcibly, everyone has to work hard to cooperate with him.


    If you don''t say anything to atone for your meritorious deeds, at least it''s not wrong to please him.


    In this case, Han Qiao felt that everything was easy and smooth.


    Although he was a monk of Ziyang holy sect, his accomplishments in the early days of Yuanshen were not outstanding in the door.


    The Xiao family is a powerful family in Ziyang holy sect, but Xiao Qiao is not too important in the family.


    From his practice to now, he has never been in today''s position and has never mastered so much power as today.


    A huge army of monks, under his command, obey orders and prohibitions, which is a very pleasant experience.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, such as Bairi Zhenjun and Cangsong Zhenjun, were obedient to him, which greatly increased his arrogance.


    His pride, which was originally a large number of friars, was out of control.


    He is a little addicted to his current feelings and has a further mind.


    He wanted to personally command his friars'' army, embark on the battlefield of eliminating demons, and establish a feat that amazed his fellow disciples and people.


    Of course, even if Xiao Qiao was confident, he would not think that the power of his hand alone was enough to destroy the powerful demons.


    At this time, the delayed Meng Zhang became a little eye-catching.


    He kept contacting Meng Zhang to speed up the March and lead the army to meet as soon as possible.


    All the explanations made by Meng Zhang were regarded as prevarication by him.


    In his opinion, the main demons in Daheng cultivation world have been concentrated under Xiang Jia''s command.


    What Meng Zhang met was just scattered soldiers and wandering braves among some demons. It shouldn''t have taken so long.


    After repeated urging, Xiao Qiao, who became more and more impatient, simply ignored his previous friendship, directly pulled down his face and gave orders to Meng Zhang in the name of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Han Qiao ordered that Meng Zhang must lead the expedition as soon as possible. Once he misses the military plane, he will be dealt with by military law.


    Sure enough, he is a monk from the Holy Land Sect. He has no other skills. His ability to turn his face and not recognize people and pull the flag as a tiger skin is first-class.


    Even though Meng Zhang resisted extremely, he could not directly disobey the order issued in the name of Ziyang holy sect.


    In fact, Han Qiao, who was already very anxious, issued the same order not only to Meng Zhang, but also to the aquarium in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River and the grey Peng king of the black jade forest.


    Even if the mermaid king knows that the aquarium has left the water, his combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced. However, he could not openly disobey the order of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the situation of Shui nationality, there are many things to help Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    Ziyang Shengzong did not directly control the monster in the black jade forest, but passed the grey Peng king.


    King Huipeng is not only the link of Ziyang holy sect to control the black jade forest, but also has a certain background in the door.


    Although he is just a monster, his master is a big man of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If you don''t look at the monk''s face or the Buddha''s face, you have to look at your master to beat a dog.


    Xiao Qiao was so satisfied that he gave a blunt order to King Hui Peng, who was very unhappy.


    However, King Huipeng was loyal to the clan and was a figure who took the overall situation into account.


    He forcibly restrained his dissatisfaction and actively cooperated.


    He sent an army of monsters to move in the direction of Han Qiao, so as to attract the attention of Warcraft and reduce the pressure on Xiao Qiao.


    After some hesitation, the mermaid king had to succumb to the reputation of Ziyang Shengzong.


    He sent his son and his concubine to lead an aquarium army to meet Xiao Qiao.


    In order to maintain combat effectiveness, when the aquarium army moves forward, try not to leave the scope of the water area.


    Only where there are no rivers and lakes can we go ashore.


    Even Mermaid king and Huipeng king listened to the order, and Meng Zhang had no reason to delay.


    Xiao Qiao also pointed out the distribution of demons. It''s not easy to use demons as an excuse.


    Although so far, Meng Zhang''s intelligence about demons is still limited. But he had a hunch in his heart that the situation would be very bad this time.


    It''s very important. Meng Zhang can''t care about the consequences such as the reversal of heaven.


    He specially found a quiet place to perform Dayan divination and deduce all the information related to the expedition.


    However, Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort. The mystery deduced by Meng Zhang is chaotic, and he can''t get any useful information at all.


    For many years, Meng Zhang has rarely encountered such a situation.


    Especially after he became a master of heavenly secrets, he has never encountered such great resistance in derivation.


    With a little thought, he understood the reason for this situation.


    The Xiangjia friar was demonized by the power of the master of the magic plow house.


    Most of them have the breath left by the demon God


    The demon God is enough to compete with the immortal, and its power level is very different from that of Meng Zhang.


    It is very normal that the secret of heaven is hoodwinked and Dayan can''t deduce any information.

 Chapter 1349

    Since he wanted to understand this, Meng Zhang gave up his mind to continue to push forward.


    Involving the power of the demon God level, Meng Zhang won''t get much useful information even at the cost of his own life.


    If he doesn''t know what''s good or bad and continues to fight, whether it''s the counterattack of heaven''s secret or the spontaneous counterattack of demon God''s power, it can kill him.


    The enemy''s situation was unknown, and there was no result in the deduction of Tianji. Meng Zhang''s heart was covered with a thick dark cloud.


    He instinctively felt that Xiao Qiao''s order was inappropriate.


    This time he forcibly ordered everyone to attack together, which may lead to very bad consequences.


    But this was just a feeling in his heart, but he couldn''t get any evidence.


    With Xiao Qiao''s temperament and current state, Meng Zhang doesn''t expect to convince him.


    Meng Zhang wants to go to the heavenly palace and talk to Xiao Liang.


    However, Xiao Liang and Xiao Qiao are of the same family. Meng Zhang is always an outsider in front of them.


    As for the so-called estrangement, Xiao Liangduo would prefer to trust his own people.


    Besides, Meng Zhang will not expose his secret as a master of heavenly secrets in front of outsiders.


    In this way, he had no capital to persuade Xiao Liang.


    If Meng Zhang goes to Xiao Liang to question Xiao Qiao''s order, he may end up being an outsider.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and gave up the idea.


    However, Xiao Qiao ordered one after another in a more severe tone, and Meng Zhang could not delay any longer.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to make a very reluctant choice.


    Meng Zhang transferred a large number of monks from the expedition army to form a capable but not weak team.


    The friars in this team are mainly friars from the southern Xiuzhen forces in Jiuqu Province, including those transferred by big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    This brand-new team was quickly formed, and then boarded the flying boat. Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, they rushed directly to the location of Xiao Qiao.


    As for the rest of the expedition army, the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng were the main ones.


    Meng Zhang also knew that if anything really happened, his new army would have to fall victim.


    It''s too ugly to eat like this, which will certainly lead to some bad consequences.


    Chiguoguo''s rejection of dissidents may cause chaos in Jiuqu province.


    However, if you have to sacrifice, you must sacrifice outsiders and try to preserve your own lineage.


    Even if there is any future trouble, it will be in the future.


    At present, the key is to deal with Xiaoqiao first.


    Even in Meng Zhang''s heart, he did not have the idea of luck.


    Perhaps, after his family led the army to meet Xiao Qiao smoothly, he could really defeat the devil.


    In order to satisfy Xiao Qiao, the strength of this army is not weak.


    Besides, Meng Zhang took Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters with him.


    In terms of top combat power, I''ve gone all out.


    Among this army, there are selected monks with high overall quality.


    The number of the army is less than 5000, but it is enough to crush ordinary demons.


    In the sky, numerous flying boats formed a huge team and quickly rushed to the goal.


    Now that he had accepted the order and had to act immediately, Meng Zhang followed the trend and wanted to do better.


    Although Meng Zhang led this army to set out last, it was the fastest and soon flew to the front.


    In order not to march away from the water as far as possible, the aquarium army is still slowly detouring behind.


    As for the demon and beast army sent by Heiyu forest, it is dragging behind.


    Eager to join forces with Xiao Qiao, the army led by Meng Zhang avoided all unnecessary battles.


    Even if you encounter some small demons on the road, you just ignore them and fly over quickly.


    Once in a while, when we encounter a large group of demons, the army will make a slight detour.


    In fact, the information provided by Xiao Qiao is not useless at all.


    He said that most of the demons in the Daheng cultivation world gathered under the command of Xiangjia demons and began to concentrate on a large scale.


    Around the area where the expedition army is located, there are really no large-scale demon groups found.


    Meng Zhang led this army to set out for so long and flew all the way. Similarly, he did not find too powerful demons.


    The flying boat team didn''t stop on the road and kept flying at high speed at high altitude.


    The friars on the flying boat basically didn''t leave the flying boat.


    It''s a long dream. This army had better meet Xiao Qiao as soon as possible.


    In a twinkling of an eye, the flying boat team has been flying in the sky for more than half a month.


    At most, less than two thousand miles away, we will arrive at the meeting place agreed with Xiao Liang.


    A continuous mountain appeared in front of the flying boat team.


    Due to the influence of the Daheng mountains, there are many mountains in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, and dangerous peaks and steep mountains emerge one after another.


    Although the flying boat team flies at high altitude, there are still certain restrictions on the flying altitude.


    Many times, the whole team will fly close to the mountains and cover up their tracks a little with the help of the mountains.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s request, but Xiao Qiao''s order.


    He not only asked Meng Zhang to lead the army to join forces as soon as possible, but also Meng Zhang to hide the tracks of the army as much as possible.


    When the army arrives at the destination secretly, it can achieve the suddenness of the battle and help to launch a surprise attack on the demon group.


    Although Meng Zhang disdained Xiao Qiao''s order, there was no need to offend him on such a small matter.


    Anyway, it''s just a show. At most, it''s a little troublesome. It''s not very difficult.


    Under Meng Zhang''s command, the flying boat team did a lot of actions to hide their tracks.


    As for whether these actions have any effect, only God knows.


    Seeing the continuous peaks ahead, the flying boat team slightly reduced the flying altitude and was ready to fly around the peak.


    When the small half of the flying boat team entered the peak area, the change suddenly occurred.


    On the peak where everything seemed normal, a strong attack against the flying boat team suddenly broke out.


    Huge hills hit the flying boat team like this.


    A powerful demon suddenly appeared on the mountain.


    The Black Mist rose from the top of the mountain and soon covered almost the whole flying boat team.


    Thick tentacles shot from all directions. Some directly shot the flying boat through, and some directly entangled the flying boat and squeezed it


    A huge demon like a bird fell from the sky and frantically jumped on the flying boat in the sky.


    Suddenly, the practitioners in the whole army, from the yuan God Zhenjun to the little friars in the Qi refining period, did not notice the abnormality in advance.


    When the demon launched a raid, everyone finally reacted.

 Chapter 1350

    When the sneak attack launched by the demon took place, Meng Zhang was sitting opposite Nanzhu Zhenjun on a third-order flying boat, talking about metaphysics and Taoism.


    It takes so long to fly on the road. Besides meditation, communicating with friars at the same level is also a way to kill time.


    Not long ago, Meng Zhang completed his last communication with Xiao Qiao.


    The army is not far from the meeting place, and so far everything has gone well.


    In the whole flying boat team, from top to bottom, the tense mood of all monks began to slow down.


    Most of the monks began to relax their vigilance.


    But this does not include Meng Zhang.


    Whether as the leader of the army or the unknown feeling before departure, Meng Zhang dared not relax at all.


    As long as you don''t meet Xiao Qiao successfully, you can''t relax.


    Among the flying boat team, including Meng Zhang, there are many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun have strong thoughts and keen senses.


    Even if they don''t deliberately release their divine thoughts far away, their instinctive induction alone is enough to make them feel something wrong in advance.


    But this time before the demon launched the sneak attack, don''t say it was another Yuanshen Zhenjun. Even Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun, the two great friars in the later stage of Yuanshen, didn''t find any clue.


    Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, has an extremely keen sense of spirit, but also let the team encounter a sneak attack.


    In the event of a sneak attack on the team, both the divine induction of Yuanshen Zhenjun and his own spiritual awareness were hoodwinked.


    This kind of deception is very targeted and has indeed played an extremely important role.


    When the whole army was not aware of it, the demon party launched a sudden attack and caught the friar army unprepared.


    This army of friars is basically a select elite.


    After the sudden attack and the initial panic, the monks immediately reacted and began to make a spontaneous counterattack.


    The yuan God Zhenjun in the team also played a role, cast magic to resist, and began to command the monks under their command.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun left the flying boat silently and appeared on the battlefield.


    Due to the ambush and the enemy''s strength is too strong, our army has not only obviously fallen to the disadvantage, but also suffered heavy casualties.


    Black smoke rising from all directions was so thick that it almost covered the whole sky.


    In such black smoke, the monk''s vision was blinded and his mind was suppressed.


    Some friars proficient in pupil magic tried to observe the enemy''s movements, and many friars began to use various means to try to disperse or annihilate the black smoke.


    However, the black smoke is extremely thick and difficult to disperse. It also has strong resistance to various spells.


    And your own Yuanshen Zhenjun also has to face the attack of fourth-order demons.


    Looking at the chaos of his friars in the smoke, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun cast spells almost at the same time.


    The endless sun and moon divine light sprinkled from Meng Zhang, almost to every corner of the team, and easily let these black smoke disappear.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s big sleeve waved gently, and invisible forces rushed out, forcing out the demons who sneaked into the team one after another.


    The two great friars in the later period of Yuanshen were really extraordinary. As soon as they made a move, they reversed the war situation and changed their own passive situation.


    But then, the two people who were preparing to continue their actions stopped and looked at the air not far away.


    In that place, a huge, twisted demon was staring at them with a look full of hatred and hatred.


    The middle part of the demon is a meat ball as huge as a hill.


    The meat ball is inlaid with countless incomplete bodies, which makes people shudder after watching it.


    Numerous thick tentacles extend from the meat ball and beat constantly in the air.


    The smell of this meat ball makes Meng Zhang feel a little familiar.


    Ordinary friars in the field felt upset and uncomfortable as long as they glanced at the demon.


    Even Yuanshen Zhenjun didn''t want to stare at the demon all the time.


    Meng Zhang was not affected by these. When he looked closely, he found that there was a white haired head in a corner of the meat ball.


    Although the head had been severely deformed and looked ferocious, Meng Zhang recognized it at a glance.


    This head is clearly the owner of the house to South China.


    Thinking of the familiar smell, Meng Zhang reacted at once.


    This demon is clearly the result of being transformed after being completely demonized to South China.


    It''s really sad that a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen is the leader of a giant force. He has become such a person without people and ghosts.


    Of course, there is no need for Meng Zhang to sympathize with South China.


    Perhaps, with a distorted state of mind, he prefers the current form.


    "Be careful, this big guy is changing to South China."


    Even without Meng Zhang''s reminder, the frightening momentum emitted from the whole body of this demon is enough to attract the attention of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Generally speaking, after a monk is completely demonized and becomes a demon, his strength will soar.


    Xiangjia is low-key again. He is also one of the four giants in the world of great horizontal cultivation.


    Xiang Huanan, the master of Xiang''s family, is definitely not a weak one among the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    After he was completely demonized, his breath really soared compared with that in the valley.


    The most powerful magic weapon in Meng Zhang''s hand is the magic reducing mirror.


    However, after receiving the precious materials given by Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang used some useful materials to repair the magic subduing mirror.


    Now the magic subduing mirror is being warmed up in Meng Zhang''s body. By the way, it can fuse and absorb those useful materials.


    If he had no choice, Meng Zhang would not easily interrupt the process of self-healing.


    Without the magic subduing mirror, Meng Zhang has the same ability to subdue demons.


    Not to mention, there is Nanzhu Zhenjun nearby to help.


    As soon as he appeared, he focused on Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Facing the huge pressure brought by this demon, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun have no time to attend to him. They only have priority to deal with this strong enemy.


    Both of them have begun to lock in each other, and their breath has begun to test the confrontation. They will launch a thunderbolt at any time.


    Before the sneak attack of demons, a large number of flying boats have been shot down and damaged.


    Facing the overwhelming flying demons in the sky, almost all the remaining flying boats began to fire.


    Soon after the battle began, many injured flying boats had to leave the team and began to land.


    A large number of demons came from all directions and frantically rushed at the friar army.

 Chapter 1351

    Almost after the ambush and sneak attack by the demon, although Meng Zhang did not know the specific strength of the demon at that time, the demon was able to set an ambush at an accurate place and successfully launch the sneak attack, which was enough to show that the demon was extraordinary.


    In line with the principle of leniency for the enemy, Meng Zhang used the communication method to convey the news of the attack on his family to Xiao Qiao, hoping that he could send a large army of monks to support him.


    The enemy''s offensive was too fierce. Meng Zhang had no time to wait for Xiao Qiao''s response, so he went out to meet the enemy with Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    In the face of a powerful attack on South China, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun only have to work together against the enemy, and they don''t care to keep in touch with Xiao Qiao.


    Countless demons came from all directions, including powerful high-level demons.


    Most of the original gods and true kings in the friars'' army were soon entangled by the fourth-order demons.


    The air battle broke out in the sky.


    Countless flying demons launch suicide attacks and constantly hit large and small flying boats.


    All the flying boats opened fire with all their strength, and lightning and fireballs shot out from the flying boats.


    Outside the flying boat, layers of light masks were lit.


    The devil intercepted on the way and occupied the right place. Suddenly, the human friar was caught off guard.


    Among the flying boats, there are many third-order warships and many special flying boats with different functions.


    However, because the attack came too suddenly, the flying boat not only could not open the distance from the demon in time, but also had no time to give full play to its power.


    After being approached by demons, the flying boats fell from the air one by one.


    Without the cover of the flying boat, practitioners can only fly directly in the air and fight with demons.


    A group of practitioners who were not good at flying took the initiative to land on the ground, organized a team of friars, set up large and small formations and launched active resistance relying on the wreckage of the flying boat that fell to the ground.


    Some time ago, Meng Zhang asked the expeditionary army to send out a small team to fight against demons in turn.


    Such an arrangement has finally achieved results at this time.


    Although there are many strange demons, and there are many strange demons that have never been heard of or seen in the army of demons, the human friars can still make a positive response.


    In the sky, the stalemate between Meng Zhang, Nanzhu Zhenjun and Xiang South China did not last long.


    After the demonization, Xiang Huanan still retained a strong wisdom, but the demon''s impulsive and murderous instinct still had a great impact on him.


    He recognized Meng Zhang long ago and made it his primary goal.


    In Xianghua''s heart, if Meng Zhang had not destroyed the altar and angered the master of the magic plow house, his family would never have fallen to such a point.


    As long as he is a normal person, he will not let a good human do nothing and become a monster of distortion and chaos.


    Xiang Huanan, who regarded Meng Zhang as the enemy of life and death, stared at him with eyes full of hatred and extreme malice.


    He unscrupulously released his own unique atmosphere of chaos and wantonly spread malice.


    From the perspective of breath alone, Xianghua is better than any one of Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    The tentacles all over South China unconsciously kept twisting and beating wantonly.


    High level demons are always moody and often take low-level demons as the object of vent.


    It seemed that he felt the undisguised anger towards South China. All the low-level demons, even the fourth-order demons, were far away from the nearby area and didn''t even dare to look here.


    The Qi machines of both sides are in constant confrontation and intense entanglement.


    The celestial phenomena of the sky are changing violently involuntarily.


    First, dark clouds covered the sky, a scene of Rainstorm at any time, and then the dark clouds spread unconsciously, revealing the dazzling sunshine.


    Before the sun shone for long, it was completely covered by dark clouds.


    When the sky was dark, Xiang South China finally couldn''t help but take the initiative to launch an attack.


    The meat ball like a hill bumped over with fierce and unstoppable momentum.


    On the meat ball, countless tentacles kept beating around, arousing bursts of fierce vigorous wind.


    Two fight one. Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun have no intention of avoiding.


    They want to try the enemy''s weight and don''t avoid fighting the enemy''s front.


    Meng Zhang is holding a spirit snake spear, with the sun and moon jewels on his head, and the yin-yang Magic Gourd behind him is looming.


    In this way, the sun and moon divine light sprinkled from the air, and the Yin and Yang Qi turned into a training air flow and rolled directly to the huge meat ball opposite.


    Taiyi Fen lightsaber first turned into countless sword lights, desperately cutting down those twisting tentacles.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun has a big green bamboo stick in his hand. There is a dazzling red pearl on the top of the stick.


    When the bamboo stick is gently waved, countless bamboos and trees appear on the way of the meat ball, turning into a huge bamboo forest.


    The meat ball rushed into the bamboo forest, and all the bamboos and trees turned into weapons and chopped at the meat ball with all their strength.


    The tentacles extended from the meat ball dissolve all kinds of attacks one by one.


    Although the forward speed of the meat ball slowed down, the posture of the rampage remained unchanged and still rushed to the target.


    There was a thunderous explosion in the sky. The pitting practice of yin and Yang was directly dispersed by the huge meat ball.


    Many tentacles on the meat ball were cut off by taiyifen lightsaber, and countless black and purple blood was sprayed from the fracture.


    The severed tentacle has not landed yet, and the wound at the fracture has begun to heal rapidly.


    Invisible waves poured into Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    If they were not strong spirits and strong willed people, they would have been almost hit just now.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun shook their bodies a little and returned to normal.


    In such a short time, the huge meat ball had broken through all kinds of obstacles and was about to hit them.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed and appeared not far from the meat ball.


    The spirit snake spear in his hand turned into thousands of illusions and stabbed at his tentacle.


    Compared with entanglement with tentacles, Meng Zhang wants to directly assassinate the body of the meat ball.


    However, near the huge body of the meat ball, there is a strange force field guard, which blocks all means including space transmission.


    Meng Zhang tried to use the technique of space transfer to directly transfer the meat ball to his body.


    However, an inexplicable force directly blocked the space around the meat ball and squeezed Meng Zhang out of the space gap.


    Meng Zhang can''t get close. He can only use his tentacle as the target of assassination.


    While struggling with Meng Zhang, Xiang Huanan did not forget Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Countless tentacles suddenly extended out, so they rushed at Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s face was expressionless. He saw that the tentacles rushed over immediately lost all their flesh and blood, as if they had withered, turned into withered branches, and then fell off from the meat ball.

 Chapter 1352

    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun joined hands to temporarily block the demonized South China.


    Beyond the battlefield where they fought fiercely, there was a larger battlefield.


    The Terran friars and demons have launched a continuous fierce battle of life and death.


    On the other side, Xiao Qiao received a message from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang said that he was less than two thousand miles away from the meeting place and was ambushed by demons.


    Xiao Qiao, but he turned to think that a smart man like Meng Zhang should not tell such low-level lies.


    A lie that is too obvious will only annoy you when it is easily exposed.


    He tried to contact Meng Zhang again, but he couldn''t.


    At that time, Meng Zhang had fallen into a fierce battle. Where did he have time to talk to Xiao Qiao.


    Moreover, the huge mana fluctuation caused by fighting with demons and the special smell after the gathering of huge demons have had an adverse impact on the use of communication methods, making both sides temporarily lose contact.


    There was no response in the communication method, which made Xiao Qiao feel vaguely uneasy.


    Although all the forces have not been gathered, there is already a strong army of friars under Xiao Qiao''s hands.


    The chief friars of Bairi Valley, Wanhe mountain and SONGFENG sect have all listened to orders under his command.


    The situation is unknown. Meng Zhang asks for help. Xiao Qiao is a little uncertain. He calls his main friars together to discuss how to deal with it.


    Xiao Qiao was a little surprised by the response of monks.


    Wanhe mountain, which has a deep hatred with Meng Zhang, is not entangled in the previous hatred.


    Zhenjun, the leader of Wanhe mountain, tried his best to persuade Xiao Qiao to meet Meng Zhang as soon as possible to prevent the army led by Meng Zhang from encountering accidents.


    Ridge Zhenjun won Xiao Qiao''s appreciation for his disregard of past grievances and his understanding of the great cause.


    As an old enemy of Wanheshan, the SONGFENG school will basically oppose as long as Wanheshan agrees.


    Most of the time, opposition is purely for the sake of opposition, which is completely a dispute of sentiment.


    This time is no exception. Cangsong Zhenjun, the supreme elder of SONGFENG sect, strongly opposes the proposal of ridge Zhenjun.


    Cangsong Zhenjun''s statement sounds very reasonable.


    Now the enemy situation is unknown. We don''t know what happened to Meng Zhang.


    If Mao rashly leads the army to act, if he falls into the trap of demons, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    The devil disaster broke out for so long that everyone basically had a hand with the devil. At this time, no one will regard the devil as an ignorant fool.


    With the intelligence quotient of high-level demons, it is very common to play tricks and tricks to lure the enemy into depth.


    Cangsong Zhenjun and ridge Zhenjun didn''t deal with each other, and immediately fell into a fierce dispute as before.


    The Bairi Zhenjun, who had always regarded himself as the leader of Daheng Xiuzhen world, became unusually low-key after Xiao Qiao arrived.


    He usually kept silent, and he would never say more unless it involved dayvalley.


    This time, as before, he allowed Cangsong Zhenjun and ridge Zhenjun to quarrel without saying a word.


    At this time, ambitious Xiao Qiao showed his ambition, talent and ambition.


    In the face of a sudden situation, he can''t make a decisive disposal.


    In the face of his subordinates'' different opinions, he didn''t know who to listen to.


    Cangsong Zhenjun and ridge Zhenjun seem to be right and reasonable.


    The army led by Meng Zhang was ambushed by demons. It seems that they really should support.


    But if you rush to send troops, but fall into the trap by the tricks of demons, it will be bad.


    Xiao Qiao, in a dilemma, secretly scolded Meng Zhang as a waste.


    He clearly led a powerful army of friars and even asked himself for support.


    After thinking for a long time, Xiao Qiao finally came up with a compromise.


    He ordered his army of monks to be ready for battle and ready to go out at any time.


    Then he sent several capable monks to the direction of Meng Zhang.


    They should investigate carefully all the way, find out all kinds of situations, and then report in time.


    Due to Xiao Qiao''s hesitation, he missed the best opportunity to reinforce Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun joined hands to fight against the demonized South China.


    After being demonized to South China, his strength increased greatly, and he even overwhelmed them.


    His attack with Nanzhu Zhenjun was not a big threat to South China. At most, it plays a role of delaying each other.


    But to South China is a deadly move. In particular, his most hated Meng Zhang is the main target of attack.


    On several occasions, Meng Zhang avoided killing himself by relying on the timely use of space transmission.


    Meng Zhang attracted most of the hatred of the other party, and Nanzhu Zhenjun was in a slightly better situation.


    Judging from the current posture, even if the two sides fight for ten days and a half months, they may not be able to decide the outcome.


    At this time, the situation began to be bad on the side of the Terran friars.


    Although this Terran friar army was temporarily recruited, its members were not Hanhai daomeng and taiyimen friars used by Meng Zhang.


    But after all, they are the elites of the major cultivation forces of Jiuqu League, who have been trained by their respective sects.


    After the war, in addition to being caught off guard at the beginning, everyone quickly reacted and made the right response.


    But the number of demons is too much. It''s almost endless.


    The number of fourth order demons is only a lot more than the true king, the original God of the human race.


    The absolute quantitative advantage is enough to cover up all problems.


    The demons are disorderly and a mass of loose sand.


    Terran friars are well-trained, cooperate with tacit understanding and advance and retreat, but what''s the use of this?


    There are fewer and fewer flying boats in the sky, and only a few scarred flying boats are still reluctantly insisting.


    Maybe some time, all these flying boats will crash.


    The Terran friars flying in the sky face a steady stream of flying demons. While killing a large number of demons, they will inevitably pay heavy casualties.


    The Terran friars on the ground were divided into many large and small squares.


    With the continuous influx of demons, the formation of a personal friar began to be completely submerged.


    In such a chaotic battlefield with many demons, human friars, no matter how high their accomplishments, will soon fall into the demons as long as they lose the cover of their companions.


    Although Meng Zhang is fighting with a strong enemy, he will still pay attention to the battlefield below from time to time.


    Originally, he still had the idea of sticking to the aid and waiting for the support of Xiao Qiao''s army.


    At that time, the inside meets the outside, and the two sides work together. Maybe they can come to a center to blossom, which in turn will give a heavy blow to the demon army.


    However, the reinforcements led by Xiao Qiao have not arrived for a long time, and the army of friars led by himself is about to lose its hold.

 Chapter 1353

    At this time, Meng Zhang knew that fearless persistence was meaningless.


    Xiao Qiao is really as unreliable as he expected.


    The friars'' army organized by Daheng cultivation world can not be regarded as comrades in arms.


    If you really put hope on them, you don''t know how you die.


    From now on, I''m afraid the expedition led by Meng Zhang will really fight alone.


    With the passage of time, the development of the war situation is more and more unfavorable to the Terran friars.


    The Terran friars were constantly divided and surrounded, and more and more friars fell.


    If nothing else happens, it is only a matter of time before this army of friars is completely annihilated by demons.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s courage to go deep alone also has a bottom card.


    Moreover, although the Terran friars were completely defeated, the most casualties were low-level friars. The friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun are still basically intact.


    Meng Zhang stirred up Yin and Yang Qi, forcibly broke through the interception of countless tentacles, and roared in his mouth.


    Several powerful Yuanshen Zhenjun in the army, such as Shuiling Zhenjun, Xuanfeng Zhenjun, qiaomei Zhenjun and Hansong Zhenjun, were ordered by Meng Zhang in advance.


    Although these Yuanshen Zhenjun are not the direct lineage of taiyimen, they still have the trust of Meng Zhang. At critical moments, we can shoulder heavy responsibilities.


    They had long wanted to retreat. After receiving Meng Zhang''s secret signal, they took action immediately.


    If it is simply a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun who wants to retreat from the battlefield, it is not difficult.


    But Meng Zhang arrived here with this army all the way, so he wouldn''t leave it all behind.


    Although before sending troops, Meng Zhang was prepared to pay huge losses. But in any case, the annihilation of the whole army is a bad thing with endless consequences.


    If the situation is not irreparable, Meng Zhang will try his best to bring this army back.


    Before sending troops, Meng Zhang worked with the middle and high levels of taiyimen to formulate many plans and arranged them for trusted friars in the army.


    Now, Shuiling Zhenjun and other friars, according to the plan, began to try to gather the following friars.


    In particular, qiaomei Zhenjun and Han songzhenjun attack together, which is really unstoppable.


    In order to block the two of them, it often needs to use several fourth-order demons.


    The yin-yang spirit gourd behind Meng Zhang spewed out a black-and-white airflow, which turned into a group of Yin-Yang soldiers in the air.


    Two yin-yang soldiers of Yuanshen period led a team of Yin-Yang soldiers of Jindan period to directly rush to the battlefield below to help collect their own friars scattered by demons.


    Xiang Huanan, a demon, tried to stop the actions of these yin-yang soldiers, but Meng Zhang tried to stop them.


    At this time, Meng Zhang couldn''t care to keep the magic subduing mirror.


    The magic subduing mirror, which is far from being repaired, appeared on Meng Zhang''s head and emitted golden lights.


    The huge meat ball seemed to sense the terrible power of the golden light of subduing the devil. Countless tentacles surrounded in front of the body and blocked the irradiation route of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    Although the power of the magic subduing mirror is far from in its heyday, it still plays a great role in restraining the properties of demons.


    Countless tentacles spontaneously ignited without fire under the golden light, and were soon burned out.


    The golden light of subduing demons shot onto the huge meat ball through the shielding of tentacles.


    Holes appeared in the huge meat ball because of the great pain.


    Taking advantage of Meng Zhang''s opportunity to temporarily suppress the South China with the magic subduing mirror, Nanzhu Zhenjun took out his hand.


    The bamboo stick in his hand struck down.


    The earth shook violently, and the whole ground seemed to turn over.


    All the demons that came in one after another were thrown to the ground, a scene of people tumbling up.


    The momentum of the crazy impact of demons is slow.


    Taking advantage of this rare opportunity, the Terran friars began to accelerate the gathering speed.


    Seeing that many Terran gods Zhenjun were entangled by fourth-order demons, Nanzhu Zhenjun threw out the bamboo stick in his hand.


    The bamboo stick turned into a huge dragon with teeth and claws, hovered in the air and took the initiative to fly to those powerful fourth-order demons.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen had almost unstoppable advantages in the face of ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Although these fourth-order demons have their own abilities and are very difficult to deal with, they are still much worse in the face of Nanzhu Zhenjun who makes every effort to fight.


    The Dragon kept flying in the air and kept rushing towards the devil.


    Under the cover of the dragon, many Yuanshen Zhenjun temporarily got rid of their opponents and were able to free up their hands.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun, who vacated his hand, shot at the demons one after another to cover his low-level friars.


    Of course, it won''t last long.


    Meng Zhang, with the power of the magic subduing mirror, suppressed South China for a while, and then he was out of his power.


    A layer of thick black smoke gushed out from the meat ball, blocking the golden light of subduing demons from the magic subduing mirror.


    The golden light of subduing demons shines on the black fog, and the black fog disappears immediately.


    But the black fog is almost endless. When it disappears, more emerge.


    The magic subduing mirror was severely damaged by the power of the demon God last time and has not been repaired so far.


    After the battle lasted for a while, the luster on the magic subduing mirror began to dim.


    In order to avoid irreparable damage to this treasure, Meng Zhang had to put it away.


    Losing the suppression of the magic subduing mirror, he made a big magic threat to South China and forced Meng Zhang into a mess.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s left branch and right block several times in distress, Nanzhu Zhenjun had no choice but to recall the bamboo stick and wave it to South China.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun joined hands and reluctantly blocked the powerful demon.


    However, taking advantage of the opportunity just now, the elite friars below have basically gathered.


    After gathering, the Terran friars spontaneously discharged huge formations.


    The few self flying boats left in the sky also flew over these formations to provide air cover.


    A group of Yuanshen Zhenjun flew into their own formation, began to command many monks, and slowly began to break through.


    Those yin-yang soldiers released by Meng Zhang undertook the most dangerous and difficult tasks.


    Yin and Yang soldiers first served as the vanguard of breaking through the encirclement, leading the Terran friars to kill a path of blood in the heavy encirclement of demons.


    After the Terran friars retreated from this blood path, the remaining yin-yang soldiers, regardless of heavy losses, took the responsibility of breaking the rear and took the initiative to face the crazy influx of demons.


    In this way, the Terran friar army fought and retreated, and slowly withdrew from the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun in the sky join hands, although they can''t go to South China. However, the two can not only block each other''s attack, but also draw out their hands from time to time and once in a while to help their own friars retreat.


    It was through the efforts of the people and the sacrifice of the Yin and Yang soldiers that the remaining terran friars were able to break out of the siege and escape from the siege of the demon army.

 Chapter 1354

    The Terran friar army paid a huge price, and it was not easy to break out of the siege.


    But this is only the beginning, not the end.


    An almost endless army of demons still came from all directions, constantly chasing after the Terran friars.


    You Yuanshen Zhenjun protected the Terran friars, fought and retreated, and tried to get out of contact with the demon army slowly.


    The most terrible thing about the demon army is that there are too many.


    Whether the Terran friars release mechanism puppets or various runes, they can only play a temporary effect and will soon be submerged by the demon army.


    Before setting out, the army of friars made full preparations.


    Meng Zhang is not stingy with all kinds of war materials. He is really arming this army with his heart.


    But the number of demons is too much, and all kinds of materials are consumed too fast.


    Not long after the breakout, most of the war materials were consumed.


    At this time, not only a large number of demons pursued from behind, but also some faster demons surrounded from the side, trying to surround the Terran friars again.


    The Terran friar army is not without advantages. They are organized and can discharge the formation and give full play to their own strength.


    They also have a large number of mechanism puppets as cannon fodder, countless talismans, sufficient magic tools and so on.


    But all these advantages are offset by the absolute quantitative advantage of the demon.


    And the most disgusting thing about demons is their demonization ability.


    The greater the number of demons and the higher the level, the stronger their magic ability.


    If you face the siege of a large number of demons for a long time, even those with firm determination will be demonized slowly.


    Although every cultivator has exorcism runes and pills, it is difficult to resist the power of demonization when these consumables are exhausted.


    Maybe I saw the huge meat ball that the Terran friar army broke out and changed to South China, and suddenly became angry.


    His attack was more ferocious and violent, which made Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun Parry very hard.


    To be honest, before leaving, Meng Zhang had guessed that his family might encounter South China.


    However, after demonizing this guy in South China, although he became neither human nor ghost, his strength improved so much, which was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    I''m afraid that at the level of the late Yuan God, few human friars can surpass Xiang South China.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun can only protect themselves reluctantly.


    If you want to beat this guy, unless it''s a monk of Yang God, or several yuan God Zhenjun participate in the siege.


    In the current situation, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun can only give full support.


    If they can''t stop this terrible demon and let it rush into the army of human friars, it will be a terrible massacre.


    As a superior, Meng Zhang cannot escape his responsibility.


    Fortunately, Nan Zhu really was awesome enough to meet strong enemies and did not shrink back.


    Meng Zhang advanced to the yuan God in his later years. He made little progress in cultivation, but after many trials, he accumulated rich combat experience and mastered many magical powers and secrets.


    When he really moved his hands, he showed that his combat effectiveness was not weak.


    Meng Zhang also worked hard to cultivate the magic powers recorded on the magic subduing mirror, such as golden light for subduing demons and clear light for expelling demons.


    Although he did not use the magic subduing mirror, he was able to exert the power of these magic removing skills, which posed a great threat to the demons transformed into South China.


    Meng Zhang''s strength may be a little inferior to Nanzhu Zhenjun, but when fighting against demons, he can play a greater role even without the magic subduing mirror.


    When Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun couldn''t get away, the Terran friar army below was also retreating slowly.


    Despite the great cost, it was not surrounded again.


    In particular, those yin-yang soldiers stopped the pursuit of demons at the cost of self explosion at the critical moment.


    This group of yin and Yang soldiers is not easy to keep and need to consume a lot of precious materials.


    They all lost here. Although Meng Zhang felt meat pain, it played a great role at least.


    Of course, the Terran friar army has not completely got rid of the demon army.


    The Terran friars kept retreating, and the demon army was chasing after them.


    From time to time, many demons that rush faster will rush to the Terran formation and have a fierce battle with the Terran friars.


    Seeing that the army of monks below began to retreat, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun fought and retreated without fighting in situ.


    The retreat direction of the Terran friar army was carefully selected.


    Ten days later, the Terran friar army entered a water network area.


    Before departure, Meng Zhang also considered how to retreat his own friars in case of adverse conditions.


    He specifically contacted the aquarium and the grey Peng king.


    Although the aquarium and Meng Zhang don''t deal with each other, they can still cooperate in the face of the demon army.


    On the other hand, although it is difficult for the demon army sent by the grey Peng king to directly cooperate with the human friars, it can control the route of the demon army. Let it attract the attention of the demon army at the critical moment.


    According to the information disclosed by the aquarium in advance, this area with dense water network is the only place they must pass on the route.


    Sure enough, less than two days after the Terran friars retreated into this area, the aquarium army appeared from a big river.


    Facing the huge demon army, without half a word of nonsense, the aquarium army directly entered the battle.


    The prince and Princess of the mermaid King took the lead and rushed ahead to block the strong among the demons.


    The participation of the aquarium army made this Terran defeated, and finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    After these days of fierce fighting, most of the casualties of the Terran friars, and almost everyone of the remaining friars was wounded.


    In addition to the destruction of the Yin and Yang soldiers under Meng Zhang, there are three yuan God Zhenjun who died in the war.


    Before the departure, the number of the friar army was more than 5000, almost 6000.


    But after this, the remaining number is estimated to be even 1000.


    If it were an ordinary human army, in the face of such heavy casualties, it is estimated that it would have collapsed completely long ago.


    But monks are much more tenacious than ordinary people in mind, and everyone knows what terrible end they will encounter if they lose in the face of demons.


    Moreover, several headed yuan Shen Zhenjun commanded effectively and carefully supervised and urged everyone to fight.


    Therefore, almost everyone in this army of monks worked hard and went all out to fight.


    During the war, many monks who died of serious injuries and were desperate took the initiative to explode and strive for a glimmer of life for their companions.


    Such a scene is difficult to see in the battle between Terran friars.

 Chapter 1355

    Taking advantage of the battle of the aquarium army, the Terran friar finally got a rare chance to breathe.


    Many seriously injured friars can no longer delay their injuries and must be treated immediately.


    Most of the low-level friars are running out of strength, so they have to hurry to recover.


    Of course, it doesn''t mean that the aquarium army takes part in the war, and the Terran friars can stay out of it.


    Many Terran friars still tried to drag their tired bodies to join the battle.


    Especially those Yuanshen Zhenjun, must help the aquarium army resist those high-level demons.


    Even if they are seriously injured, they must continue to insist.


    Otherwise, once those high-level demons lose their resistance and rush into the aquarium army, most of the aquarium army will collapse immediately.


    Although the battlefield is next to the river, the aquarium army can give full play to all its advantages.


    But in the face of an endless army of demons, the aquarium side still began to feel uncomfortable.


    The aquarium army led by Mermaid King Shizi and Princess Shizi is large in number, and concentrates the elite of various ethnic groups under the aquarium.


    However, in terms of combat effectiveness, it is not as good as the army of monks led by Meng Zhang.


    After facing the crazy impact of the demon army, the aquarium army soon showed a decline.


    Meng Zhang never expected that with the help of this aquarium army, he could defeat the chasing demon army.


    He just wanted the aquarium army to provide cover for the safe retreat of the remaining terran friars.


    But it seems that now the aquarium army is also entangled by demons, which is a little difficult to get away.


    At this time, the monster army sent by King Huipeng also happened to pass nearby.


    Although king Huipeng did not personally lead the army, he made a route for the army before the army set out.


    The marching route of this monster army is very close to that of the aquarium army.


    Even if the two sides can''t cooperate with each other because of past grievances.


    But so close apart, once facing the devil, they can echo each other.


    Now, the monster army passed nearby and immediately entered the sight of the demon.


    Demons are full of malice to almost all creatures.


    As soon as the cruel and ferocious demon saw this demon army, he couldn''t bear the bloodthirsty impulse and instinctively wanted to demonize it.


    A large group of demons howled wildly and rushed to the demon army desperately.


    Monsters, even if they are beasts, can also hate monsters.


    Without any delay, the two sides immediately fought.


    More and more monsters left the team, chose the monster army as the target, and rushed frantically.


    Relying on this monster army to share the pressure of demons, under the cover of the aquarium army, the Terran friars began to retreat slowly from the river.


    After seeing the power and madness of the demon, the aquarium army also began to fight and retreat.


    As for the monster army, it was selectively forgotten by everyone.


    Seeing the rest of the Terran friars, covering each other with the aquarium army, with the help of the geographical advantage of the river, he slowly separated from the demon army and began to stay away. Meng Zhang was relieved in the air.


    After the Terran friars and the aquarium army withdrew, they probably vented their anger on the monster army, and more and more demons rushed over.


    The monster army soon couldn''t support it and collapsed completely.


    The monster army is not as well-trained as the aquarium army, nor as well-trained as the Terran friars.


    In the face of the huge demon army, once the demon army collapses, it reveals the nature of animals and begins to become a mass of loose sand, all of them just running for their own lives.


    Even if those high-level monsters are suppressed with all their strength, they won''t play much role.


    Later, in the face of crazy monsters, those high-level monsters simply ran away first.


    The monster army that lost its organization and completely collapsed has become the best prey of Warcraft.


    Next, it is estimated to be a one-sided massacre.


    Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun fought against South China for another two days and confirmed that the Terran friars and the aquarium army had fled far from here, and the demon party should not catch up.


    They didn''t want to continue fighting and began to look for a chance to get out.


    Finally, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun took them to South China, circled around for a long time, and flew out for a long distance. Then Meng Zhang found an opportunity, urged the void tripod, took Nanzhu Zhenjun, and sent them away together.


    Although the magic objects changed to South China are powerful and powerful, they have average attainments in space Avenue.


    Although Meng Zhang can be prevented from being transmitted to him by his natural powers, he cannot be prevented from leaving with the help of the void tripod.


    When Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun disappeared in front of South China, their fury can be imagined.


    I''ll talk about the situation over Xiaoqiao later.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s distress message, he still made some responses.


    He sent several ranks of monks to investigate the enemy.


    But after these teams set out, they waited for a long time, and no information came back.


    This situation made Xiao Qiao hesitate more and more.


    Although he has a series of shortcomings such as headstrong and arrogance, he is not a fool. He still has some basic knowledge of the strength comparison between the enemy and us.


    He knew that the army of monks under his hand alone could not cope with the huge group of demons, so he forced Meng Zhang to lead the expedition army to meet.


    He also needs to rely on the power of aquariums and monsters.


    He took out his communication device and tried to contact the sent investigation team, but he couldn''t contact it all the time.


    As for the connection between him and Meng Zhang, it has long been interrupted.


    The friars under his command are the biggest capital of his family. Xiao Qiao is unwilling to let him take risks.


    Thinking of Meng Zhang''s previous distress message, Xiao Qiao was finally surprised.


    Meng Zhang''s direction was like a black hole, devouring all the investigation teams sent out.


    But no matter what, Xiao Qiao couldn''t be at ease without knowing the situation ahead.


    He once again sent a more powerful team of monks, led by two Yuanshen Zhenjun, to investigate in that direction.


    Finally, there was clear news this time.


    The friars he sent were ambushed by demons.


    Almost all the friars were surrounded by demons, even the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team was no exception.


    A Yuanshen Zhenjun finally broke out at the cost of serious injury and brought the latest information.


    In the direction of Meng Zhang, a powerful demon set an ambush in advance to ambush the friars sent by Xiao Qiao.


    This time, Cangsong Zhenjun''s guess was confirmed.


    It is false for the demon to ambush the friar army led by Meng Zhang. It is true to ambush the friar army led by Xiao Qiao.


    This is Xiao Qiao''s judgment based on the information obtained.

 Chapter 1356

    Xiao Qiao, such a large number of children, is always so self righteous.


    Once he has identified something in his heart, he will stick to it and stick to it.


    Now, he thinks that the demon army''s attack on Meng Zhang is just a bait, that is, he wants to lead the army to rescue, and then take the opportunity to ambush the army led by his family on the way.


    What Meng Zhang encountered was not the main force of the demon army. The main force of the demon army had been preparing to ambush himself.


    "Meng Zhang, a waste, just encountered a group of demons. He was in a mess and asked for help. He almost broke a big deal."


    With resentment in his heart, Xiao Qiao couldn''t help scolding in front of everyone. He seemed to completely forget that Meng Zhang had saved him. He was also full of gratitude to Meng Zhang at the beginning.


    As for why demons do not retain the main force in both directions, it is because Xiao Qiao believes that the demons army does not have such strength.


    If the demon army really had such strong strength, it would have directly come to the door to wipe out the remaining friars in the Daheng cultivation world.


    He still believes that as long as the expedition army led by Meng Zhang successfully meets with himself and the two sides join hands, the demon army can be defeated.


    In this way, Xiao Qiao, who thought he had seen through the demon conspiracy, stood still and ignored the situation of Meng Zhang.


    In order to avoid greater losses, he didn''t even send out the investigation team.


    Meng Zhang used space transmission and took Nanzhu Zhenjun with him. After getting rid of moving to South China, he soon joined the withdrawn Terran friars.


    After getting rid of the pursuit of demons, the aquarium army and the Terran friars fled far at one breath, and then found a safe place to stay temporarily.


    This is a huge lake, where several large and small rivers converge.


    Terran friars heal and recuperate on the shore next to the lake.


    The aquarium army is also slowly rectifying in the lake.


    After this war, not only the Terran friars suffered heavy losses, but also the aquarium army paid a heavy price.


    The aquarium army didn''t really fight for a long time, but it lost almost a quarter of its troops for such a while.


    The ferocity of the devil was beyond everyone''s expectation. The mermaid King''s son, who had made some achievements and dispelled the devil''s mind, also became depressed.


    When Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun came to meet and looked at a large area of disabled soldiers and defeated generals below, Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing.


    The total number of expeditionary troops on this expedition exceeds 30000.


    However, many of the low-level friars are used to make do and have little combat effectiveness.


    In addition, many production friars who are good at refining pills, tools and symbols are also arranged in the Logistics Department of the army. If they were not forced, they would not be asked to go to war.


    The more than 5000 monks dispatched this time are not only elite, but also basically combat monks.


    After the war, it was only a rough count, and the remaining number was less than 1000.


    Of course, many monks fell on the battlefield and were separated from the army.


    If you are lucky enough to go against the sky, some monks may survive.


    The defeat of this war has greatly damaged the strength of the expedition army.


    Of course, the defeat was also related to Meng Zhang''s selfish thoughts.


    If he did not save his strength, but brought the whole expedition army, it would be hard to say whether he would win or lose.


    However, Meng Zhang did not do so, and he selected the cannon fodder friar in advance.


    That''s because Meng Zhang always firmly remembers one thing. He is the leader of Taiyi sect, and Taiyi sect is his foundation.


    If he led all the expeditionary troops and encountered such an ambush, he would fight with demons.


    Regardless of victory or defeat, the expedition army must have suffered heavy losses.


    If the taiyimen friar loses all, even if he defeats the demon and calms the demon disaster, it is not good for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is willing to participate in the battle to quell the demon disaster, on the premise that friar taiyimen cannot lose too much.


    Without enough taiyimen friars, he could not control the territory of Daheng cultivation world, even the Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang knew more clearly that it was because he had a powerful Taiyi gate under his hand that he had enough use value in the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If you don''t use your brain and spell out all the strength in your hand, it will be really difficult to get a foothold in the future.


    On the contrary, even if the magic disaster spread again, it even spread to the Jiuqu province. As long as you have enough strength on hand, you can give up your current foundation and start a new career elsewhere.


    Moreover, after exposing the unreliability of Xiao Qiao this time, Meng Zhang can''t rest assured to fight with demons. He must look after his own back.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent friars like Xiao Qiao to preside over the overall situation. In order to protect himself, Meng Zhang should try his best to preserve his strength.


    Now he is separated from the demon, and the communication method can be used normally. Meng Zhang contacted Xiao Qiao again.


    As soon as the communication was restored, Meng Zhang had not had time to speak, so he welcomed Xiao Qiao''s criticism.


    Xiao Qiao accused Meng Zhang of being too timid and only knew how to preserve his strength.


    As soon as he encountered a demon, he didn''t even know the strength of the demon. He hurried for help and almost missed the big event.


    Meng Zhang was stunned and almost stunned by the scolding.


    The Terran friar army and the aquarium army suffered heavy losses and managed to escape from the sky. Can all this be false?


    Xiao Qiao didn''t listen to Meng Zhang''s explanation at all. He just scolded him. He was really bullied by Meng Zhang.


    After scolding, Xiao Qiao ordered without waiting for Meng Zhang to respond.


    Meng Zhang should lead the army to join him as soon as possible. We must not delay any more.


    If Meng Zhang delays the military plane, it''s no wonder he doesn''t miss the old friendship.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to argue with him, knowing that it was useless to argue.


    Meng Zhang ended the call directly, regardless of Xiao Qiao''s possible reaction.


    Meng Zhang gave him face for the sake of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Since the other party is so rude, he is not polite.


    Meng Zhang saw clearly that the losses paid in this war had been enough to block the mouth of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even if Xiao Qiao wants to put pressure on Meng Zhang through zongmen, Meng Zhang has something to say.


    At present, Meng Zhang still has great use value. The senior management of Ziyang holy sect must not be so indiscriminate and blindly favor Xiao Qiao.


    Apart from Ziyang Shengzong, there is only a Xiao bridge, and Meng Zhang doesn''t pay attention to it at all.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t even have the mind to deal with Xiao Qiao now, let alone accept his random orders.


    When the aquarium army and the Terran friars rest, Meng Zhang will retreat with everyone and return to the aquarium''s nest.


    It was not only the monks under Meng Zhang who paid great losses this time.


    With the huge losses of the aquarium army and the black jade forest monster, I''m afraid it won''t end so easily.

 Chapter 1357

    When Meng Zhang led a group of defeated soldiers back to the temporary camp, there was a response from the aquarium and the black jade forest.


    Mermaid king was at odds with the Meng Zhang, but he did not blame Meng Zhang for this failure.


    In his eyes, Meng Zhang, like him, was a victim and was entrapped by Xiao Qiao, who commanded indiscriminately.


    If Xiao Qiao hadn''t hurriedly asked everyone to lead the army to meet in the past, he would not have been ambushed by demons and such heavy casualties would not have occurred.


    On the other side of the black jade forest, the grey Peng king also encountered trouble.


    After the monster army was entangled by Warcraft, only a few high-level monsters could escape in time. All the remaining monsters fell into the hands of the devil.


    It was either swallowed up directly by the demon, or it was demonized and transformed into a new demon.


    This army went out because of the strong request of King Huipeng. A temporary truce with the aquarium to fight against demons is also the strong proposition of King Huipeng.


    In the eyes of Meng Zhang and the mermaid king, anyway, the demons and beasts in the black jade forest are not directly ordered by Ziyang Shengzong. If they lose, they lose.


    But for the grey Peng king, he has to face the blame inside the black jade forest because of this matter.


    The opposition forces led by King Jin monkey questioned the position of King Hui Peng and publicly accused him of being bought by Terrans and aquariums and selling the interests of the black jade forest.


    Next, the grey Peng king had to temporarily fall into the internal struggle of the black jade forest.


    The infighting involved his great energy.


    In order to avoid suspicion, he had to temporarily terminate his cooperation with aquarium and Terran friars.


    In this way, when fighting against the demon army, your side has lost a strong support.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t care about Xiao Qiao''s attitude, he couldn''t let him gossip with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang secretly contacted each other and told each other the general process of the defeat.


    King Hui Peng has always been optimistic about Meng Zhang. As evidenced by the mermaid king, he almost completely accepted Meng Zhang''s statement.


    Wang Huipeng, who was dissatisfied with Xiao Qiao, put all the responsibility on him this time.


    King Huipeng told Meng Zhang that he would report the reason to Ziyang Shengzong and help Meng Zhang clarify the truth.


    But Wang Huipeng also told Meng Zhang that the Xiao family had great power in Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the Xiao family believes in Xiao Qiao and insists on making trouble with Meng Zhang, I''m afraid there will be many future troubles.


    Meng Zhang had better communicate with the Xiao family and explain it well.


    Meng Zhang knew that King Hui Peng and his backers were not from the same family in Ziyang Shengzong, so he could not distinguish Meng Zhang from the Xiao family.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang left the military affairs temporarily, left the camp alone and flew to Jiutian.


    After he sent it to the heavenly palace, he went directly to see Xiao Liang, the elder of the Xiao family.


    Before Meng Zhang arrived, Xiao Liang had received the latest news from Xiao Qiao.


    At the mouth of Xiao bridge, Meng Zhang was rebellious and did not obey Xiao bridge''s orders at all.


    Moreover, he was too selfish. He only wanted to preserve his strength, tried every means to escape the battle and hid from demons.


    Had it not been for Meng Zhang''s bad deeds, Xiao Qiao would have won a great victory over demons.


    Xiao Liang is skeptical about Xiao Qiao''s statement.


    Xiao Liang had contact with Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang''s personality is not as unbearable as Xiao Qiao said.


    However, a cultivator like Meng Zhang can save his strength and avoid fighting with demons.


    In fact, Ziyang Shengzong never appointed Xiao Qiao as the leader of the friars'' army, let alone ordered all parties.


    Xiao Qiao is just a messenger, responsible for communicating with all parties and coordinating everyone''s actions.


    However, relying on the reputation of Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Qiao shocked the remaining cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world and organized an army of friars, which is his skill.


    In such matters, Ziyang Shengzong will only support the winner and acquiesce in his disposal.


    Xiao Qiao intensified his efforts to gain command of the expedition led by Meng Zhang, the grey Peng king and the aquarium, which was a little too much.


    If he can successfully obtain command and command everyone to quell the demon disaster together, Ziyang Shengzong will also continue to condone his behavior.


    But now, Meng Zhang came to the door.


    After seeing Xiao Liang, Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and went straight to the point.


    Compared with Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang has another set of words.


    Due to Xiao Qiao''s eagerness for quick success and instant benefit and arbitrary command, Meng Zhang''s army of friars, the army of aquariums and the army of monsters in the black jade forest all stepped into a trap and were ambushed and killed by the army of Warcraft.


    After World War I, our side was defeated and paid heavy casualties.


    Now, Meng Zhang, mermaid king and Hui Peng king are dissatisfied with Xiao Qiao''s practice and want to invite Xiao Liang to preside over justice.


    Meng Zhang also told Xiao Liang that king Huipeng had reported this matter to the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong through his channels.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Xiao Liang fell into silence.


    Emotionally, he must be more willing to trust his own people.


    But intellectually, he knew that most of what Meng Zhang said was the truth.


    Otherwise, the grey Peng king and the mermaid king will not be on his side.


    However, if this matter is really made big, it will not do any good to Xiao Qiao and the Xiao family.


    Moreover, as an elder of the same family, Xiao Liang is willing to give Xiao Qiao, the younger generation of the family, another chance.


    The crafty Xiao Liang spent a lot of effort to appease Meng Zhang.


    On behalf of Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Liang promised to provide more assistance to the expedition led by Meng Zhang.


    From then on, Meng Zhang could act independently and fight alone without listening to Xiao Qiao''s orders.


    As the price of these benefits, this matter is over. Meng Zhang should stop pestering.


    As for the grey Peng king and the mermaid king, Xiao Liang has his own means to appease him.


    Although King Hui Peng reported to the high level of Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Liang also had the means to settle the matter as long as king Hui Peng did not continue to insist.


    Although Meng Zhang was extremely dissatisfied with Xiao Qiao, he never had the idea of tearing his face with the Xiao family.


    The Xiao family is also a behemoth within Ziyang Shengzong, with a high status and many resources.


    If the Xiao family has an eye on taiyimen, Meng Zhang will have a lot of trouble in the future.


    Although such a solution now has the meaning of being kind, it can at least settle the dispute as soon as possible and make everyone happy.


    Meng Zhang just thought a little and accepted Xiao Liang''s arrangement.


    Seeing Meng Zhang so knowledgeable, Xiao Liang had a good impression of him.


    After making an agreement with Xiao Liang, Meng Zhang thought about the military affairs ahead, so he hurried away from the heavenly palace and rushed back to the camp.


    The grey Peng king and the mermaid King were soon appeased by Xiao Liang.


    From then on, it goes without saying that Xiao Qiao was not qualified to command him.


    The aquarium led by the mermaid king doesn''t have to obey Xiao Qiao''s orders.

 Chapter 1358

    Xiao Liang made such an arrangement mainly because he was afraid that Meng Zhang and others would blame each other and fall into an internal struggle because of their discord with Xiao Qiao, which would not only miss major events, but also disturb the senior management of Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, in this way, his arrangement is tantamount to dispersing the power to quell the demon disaster.


    The devil''s strength is already very strong. There is internal discord and each party goes its own way. If one doesn''t do well, let alone quell the demon disaster, it''s possible to be broken by each demon.


    With Xiao Liang''s sophistication, of course, he also thought of this problem and had corresponding countermeasures.


    He drew several lines on the map of Daheng cultivation world and divided the whole Daheng cultivation world into several different areas.


    The expeditionary army led by Meng Zhang, the friar army organized by Xiao Qiao and the mermaid King were divided into responsible areas.


    They should be responsible for eliminating demons in their respective areas and quelling local demons.


    As for King Hui Peng, Xiao Liang could not direct him either. He just asked him to cooperate actively in the name of zongmen.


    It seems that Xiao Liang''s approach is very fair.


    He treated everyone equally and did not do anything to divide the area.


    His requirements for everyone are the same.


    Meng Zhang, they must finish the task within a time limit. Otherwise, you will be punished by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang and the mermaid king had no opinion on Xiao Liang''s seemingly fair arrangement and accepted it honestly.


    But this is just their brother and sister. At the invitation of Xiao Liang, they settled in Taiyi gate to help Meng Zhang resist Zhang Weineng.


    Now Dali''s power in Jiuqu province has been extinguished, and Zhang Weineng has long died.


    They continued to follow Meng Zhang and came to quell the evil disaster under the order of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now, Xiao Liang asked them to leave the expedition led by Meng Zhang and go to Xiao Qiao for support. Naturally, they could not refuse.


    Although the three Nanzhu Zhenjun are casual practitioners, they have been actively close to the holy sect of Ziyang for many years, but they were not allowed to enter before.


    It was not until he caught up with Xiao Liang that he had a way.


    Xiao Liang has driven them many times. They have almost become non staff thugs of the Xiao family.


    Sometimes, Xiao Liang also asked them to complete some tasks of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the three brothers and sisters want to really join Ziyang Shengzong, they can''t do without Xiao Liang''s help.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun and Meng Zhang have known each other for so many years. They get along well.


    If it were not for the pressure from Xiao Liang, he would not leave at this time.


    Before leaving, Nanzhu Zhenjun also explained what he had to do to avoid offending Meng Zhang.


    After Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters left, Meng Zhang''s strength fell sharply, especially in terms of high-end combat power.


    Meng Zhang also had nothing to say about Xiao Liang''s means.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun three people are not subordinates of taiyimen. Naturally, they have the power to come as freely as possible.


    In fact, in addition to transferring Nanzhu Zhenjun, Xiao Liang also used many other means to strengthen the strength of Xiao Qiao.


    Ziyang Shengzong can''t make a move to quell the evil disaster in Daheng cultivation world.


    But this does not mean that Xiao Liang has no way to recruit helpers from other places.


    In the past, it was the official business of Ziyang Shengzong to quell the evil disaster. Of course, Xiao Liang was not willing to consume the strength of the family, let alone his own favor.


    Now, Xiao Qiao is personally involved, and this matter is directly related to the Xiao family.


    Xiao Qiao is ambitious. He wants to make contributions to the sect by calming the evil disaster.


    As an elder of the family, Xiao Liang naturally needs active support and does not hesitate to invest some resources of the family.


    In the final analysis, Xiao Qiao is his own man, while Meng Zhang is just an outsider.


    This time, if he was not worried that the contradiction between Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao would intensify and things would become big, he might not make concessions to Meng Zhang.


    Even if Xiao Qiao is wrong, it is also a member of the Xiao family and an excellent descendant of the family.


    Regardless of right and wrong, Xiao Liang naturally wants to help Xiao Qiao without reason.


    Although he was optimistic about Meng Zhang and actively courted Meng Zhang, he naturally made a choice in favor of Xiao Qiao between himself and outsiders.


    Xiao Liang didn''t personally see the strength of the demons in Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    All his intelligence about demons comes from Xiao Qiao.


    According to Xiao Qiao, after he got support, he had the strength no weaker than the devil.


    Xiao Liang did not doubt Xiao Qiao''s statement.


    With Xiao Qiao''s ability, he still has a minimum of judgment and will not make mistakes on such issues.


    After thinking, Xiao Liang had a vicious plan.


    With Xiao Qiao''s current strength, it is really difficult to completely eliminate demons.


    However, if he led his friars and took the initiative to drive away demons, he should be able to do it.


    Demons also have a bullying side.


    Facing the fierce Xiao bridge, most of the demons will not fight to the end.


    The great horizontal cultivation world is so big that demons naturally have a place to retreat.


    Xiao Qiao only needs to drive the demons to Meng Zhang''s area.


    Next, it is Meng Zhang''s responsibility to deal with demons.


    When the devil and Meng Zhang were both defeated, a snipe and a clam came to Xiaoqiao to compete and gain.


    It should be easier to eliminate demons with seriously damaged strength.


    As for the loss that Xiaoqiao will certainly pay, it is not worth mentioning.


    Anyway, the cultivation forces in Daheng cultivation world kept demons, which led to the outbreak of demonic disaster. They have long lived up to their death.


    It''s cheap for them to die in the war to quell the demon disaster.


    Of course, this plan is only Xiao Liang''s idea. How to implement it depends on how Xiao Qiao acts.


    In the process of implementation, we will certainly face various variables.


    How to deal with these variables and ensure the smooth implementation will test Xiao Qiao''s ability.


    This can also be seen as Xiao Liang''s temper and test for his younger generation.


    If Xiao Qiao can be successfully completed, it shows that he is a real material that can be made.


    At that time, he will not only be rewarded by Xiao Liang, but also further cultivated by the family.


    Xiao Liang communicated well with Xiao Qiao through the messenger.


    At the same time, he also tried his best to mobilize resources to help strengthen the strength of Xiao Qiao.


    At this time, Meng Zhang did not know that Xiao Liang''s intentions would be so vicious.


    Because Nanzhu Zhenjun left, he was very angry and felt a little headache at the same time.


    Without Nanzhu Zhenjun''s help, he alone can''t resist if the demonized Xiang Huanan comes to the door.


    At this time, he needs to have a good chat with the mermaid king.

 Chapter 1359

    An old fox like Xiao Liang can''t find anything wrong with his work, at least on the surface.


    The mermaid king is responsible for the area after being divided, which is near the upper reaches of Jiuqu River, not far from the aquarium territory.


    The area under Meng Zhang''s responsibility after being divided, next to the area under the responsibility of mermaid king, extends to maple leaf mountain city and continues to extend towards the main vein of Daheng mountains.


    In terms of area, Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao are responsible for almost the same area, and together account for most of the area of Daheng cultivation world. The mermaid king is responsible for only a small area.


    Meng Zhang and the mermaid King were a little unhappy because of the territory dispute over the Jiuqu province.


    However, in the face of powerful demons, the two sides have a joint foundation.


    The mermaid king is not a fool who cares about the overall situation. He clearly knows the horror of demons.


    After Meng Zhang''s visit, the two sides had a frank conversation.


    The two sides reached a mutual assistance agreement and agreed to deal with demons together.


    With the temporary ally of aquarium, Meng ZhangCai was a little relieved.


    If the demonized Xiang Huanan kills him, with the help of the mermaid king, he can resist at least.


    Of course, placing hope on others is also an expedient under helplessness.


    The current volume of Taiyi gate is enough to support two or three great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    However, the rise time of taiyimen is too short to have enough time for development.


    There is not much threshold from the early stage of Yuanshen to the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    As long as they can keep up with the practice of martial arts, have sufficient resources and have no hidden diseases, the friars in the early stage of Yuanshen can basically break through to the middle stage of Yuanshen.


    Of course, this threshold seems small, which is for the large number of children with inheritance.


    In fact, there are many friars in the early days of Yuanshen in the cultivation world who can''t even meet the above minimum conditions.


    Even in the Jiuqu Province, there are many friars in the early days of Yuanshen who can''t break through to the next stage all their life.


    Friar taiyimen doesn''t have such problems.


    Basically, all kinds of conditions required on the road of cultivation can be met by the sect.


    However, cultivation takes time. Even a genius needs enough time to grow.


    The leader of Taiyi sect, including Meng Zhang, is too young by the standard of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If Meng Zhang had not been a coincidence at the beginning, he might not be able to break through to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Even so, it also leaves a great hidden danger for the road of practice in the future.


    For the younger generation in the door, Meng Zhang certainly won''t let them make a breakthrough eager for quick success and instant benefit, but asked them to play steadily, step by step.


    The result is that taiyimen has a big gap in top combat power.


    Knowing that it was impossible for taiyimen to cultivate the great friars in the later stage of Yuanshen in a short time, Meng Zhang only had to be wary of the demonized attack on South China.


    He stepped up to repair the magic subduing mirror, which was his last resort.


    If the magic subduing mirror is completely repaired, he can compete with the demonized South China with his own strength.


    Before that, he needs to carefully maintain his relationship with the mermaid king, even at the cost of some benefits.


    Although Xiao Liang strictly ordered Meng Zhang to clean up the demons in his area of responsibility as soon as possible, Meng Zhang, who had scruples, did not act in a hurry.


    He just cleared away the demons near the camp and near the maple leaf mountain city.


    However, the army of monks led by Yang Xueyi has been progressing smoothly.


    Yang Xueyi led a large army of friars from maple leaf mountain city and slowly came all the way to the camp established by Meng Zhang.


    Along the way, the army swept all the demons they met, and set up strongholds such as military stations along the way to control the transportation route.


    Of course, high-level friars do not need such an arrangement, but low-level friars can safely move long distances with such an arrangement.


    In particular, when the army is dispatched and there are strongholds along the way, we can safely drive straight in.


    Meng Zhang had planned to keep a low profile, but seeing Yang Xueyi''s smooth action, he also actively cooperated and sent many friars to connect the traffic between the two sides.


    On weekdays, Meng Zhang himself stayed in the camp most of the time.


    In addition to maintaining daily cultivation, the main energy was put on the magic mirror.


    The mermaid king is mobilizing the aquarium army to clean up the demons in his responsible area.


    According to the agreement between the two sides, Meng Zhang must actively cooperate when the aquarium army takes action.


    However, the aquarium army hasn''t started yet. Meng Zhang waited for a letter from the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    It turned out that the chief wolf eagle, who had long been captured by Meng Zhang, had been detained by taiyimen for so many years and suffered all kinds of torture, but he never gave in and never disclosed any useful information.


    After Meng Zhang led the expeditionary army to the Dharma world of Daheng to put out the evil disaster, the friar taiyimen in charge of the trial disclosed the outside situation to the chief wolf eagle.


    Chief wolf Eagle has long been very interested in everything related to demons.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, friar taiyimen stopped extorting confessions from chief wolf Eagle by torture.


    In order to reduce the wariness of the chief wolf eagle, the friar taiyimen who interrogated revealed a lot of information.


    Including Meng Zhang''s encounter with the main force of the magic plow house in that valley before; The actions of Mo Qingzhen, a believer of famine demon God; The barbarian tribes outside the cloud daze take refuge in Taiyi gate and get the kindness of Taiyi gate


    After learning this information, chief wolf eagle thought alone for a long time.


    Today, he finally made a decision.


    He told the guard''s Taiyi disciple that he had something important to tell Meng Zhang.


    Only when Meng Zhang came to him in person would he continue to speak and say everything Meng Zhang wanted to know.


    Meng Zhang attached great importance to the capture of chief wolf eagle.


    As the leader of foreign barbarians, chief wolf Eagle came to the Junchen world. His experiences in the foreign void


    All these are what Meng Zhang wants to know.


    Meng Zhang captured the chief wolf Eagle alive and imprisoned him in Taiyi gate for so long that he never opened his mouth.


    He now offered to speak, which was a surprise to friar taiyimen.


    The guard''s taiyimen friar had been told by Meng Zhang in advance. He dared not neglect it and immediately reported the matter layer by layer.


    Meng Zhang went on an expedition and kept in touch with taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After receiving the news, Meng Zhang was really surprised.


    He hesitated and decided to go back in person.


    I don''t know why I haven''t taken the initiative to attack South China for so long.


    Meng Zhang has a void tripod in hand and can freely carry out long-distance space transmission.


    It doesn''t take him much time to travel between the great horizontal cultivation world and the Jiuqu Province alone.


    Even if something urgent happens here, he can send it in time.

 Chapter 1360

    Meng Zhang told the trusted friar taiyimen what happened in the camp, and then secretly left the camp.


    He urged the void tripod and first transmitted it to maple leaf mountain city.


    Then with the help of the long-distance transmission array of maple leaf mountain city, he transmitted it back to the baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Without delay, Meng Zhang went directly to see chief wolf eagle.


    When they meet again, their feelings are a little complicated.


    After the wolf Eagle chief fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, he had no hope for the future.


    He was imprisoned by Meng Zhang for cultivation, and imprisoned for many years. He was tortured by various means.


    Although the barbarians outside the region were strong and full of blood, the wolf Eagle chief in his heyday had no less combat effectiveness than the great friars in the later period of the yuan God.


    However, Shouyuan of barbarians outside the territory is far inferior to those of the same level, not to mention the wolf Eagle chief who has been bitten by divine power.


    At this time, the wolf Eagle chief was about to come to the end of his life.


    He has started to run out of oil and the lamp is dry. There is not much life yuan left.


    If there is no accident, he can last up to ten or twenty years.


    Originally, according to the temperament of the wolf Eagle chief, he didn''t open his mouth and took all his secrets to the underworld. It''s definitely not cheap for Meng Zhang, let alone bow his head.


    However, after learning a lot of external information, especially everything related to the magic disaster, chief wolf Eagle remembered the past and began to waver in his heart.


    In the end, he still didn''t want to die so worthless. He still had to leave some explanations before he died.


    When Meng Zhang came to him, he had no waves in his heart. In the face of Meng Zhang, who had hurt himself so much, his mind became complicated again.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to speak and looked at the wolf Eagle chief without saying a word.


    After struggling for a long time, the wolf Eagle chief finally made his final decision.


    He told Meng Zhang that as long as Meng Zhang promised him two conditions, he could meet Meng Zhang''s requirements and say everything Meng Zhang wanted to know.


    Chief wolf eagle, even if chief wolf Eagle doesn''t mention this condition, Meng Zhang will give shelter to the foreign barbarians who take refuge in Taiyi gate and are willing to abide by the laws of Taiyi gate.


    Although it is impossible to make a bowl of water level, at least it can ensure at least fairness and will not be too harsh to them.


    The conditions put forward by the wolf Eagle chief are just a step further, allowing Meng Zhang to expand the scope of asylum and assume the responsibility of taking care of all the foreign barbarians left in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang thought a little and agreed to the conditions of chief wolf eagle.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also said it first.


    Although he will take care of foreign barbarians and even give asylum. But he will not tolerate those stubborn guys too much.


    There should be punishment and disposal, which will not be affected.


    Meng Zhang is generous enough to do this.


    The wolf Eagle chief lives by himself. If he were in a position like Meng Zhang, he might not be able to do so.


    For this matter, the wolf Eagle chief did not do more entanglement.


    The wolf Eagle chief put forward detailed information about the believer. Meng Zhang would not tell him until he agreed to this condition.


    It''s really a coincidence that Xiang Jiahua, who believes in the master of the magic plow house, is on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world. Now chief wolf Eagle wants Meng Zhang to kill a believer of the master of the magic plow house.


    Meng Zhang did not care about the grudges between the chief wolf eagle and the demon God believer. He had to kill each other.


    He doesn''t care about the past story of chief wolf eagle.


    He just thought about the pros and cons of the matter.


    Kill the devout believers of the demon God. It''s red fruit. It''s against the demon God.


    However, as a true cultivator, he is opposed to the devil.


    Meng Zhang destroys the ceremony of offering sacrifices to the Lord of the magic plow house, and will certainly kill Xiangjia demons in the future.


    The demon gods at this level of the master of the magic plow house may not pay attention to the little friars like Meng Zhang at all.


    However, if Meng Zhang continues to offend him, he will never spare Meng Zhang with the spirit of the demon God.


    Meng Zhang was once left with a special mark by the great devil because he killed the demon xiuye Feifan.


    Now, if you offend the higher-level demon God, you won''t worry about more scores, and you won''t itch when there are more lice.


    The demon God is still far away from himself, and it is impossible to rush into the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry about offending the Lord of the magic plow house for a long time.


    The key to this matter is how accomplished and powerful the believer is.


    If the other party''s strength is far above Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang wants to kill the other party, isn''t that a door-to-door death?


    Meng Zhang directly expressed his concerns.


    After thinking for a while, chief wolf Eagle told Meng Zhang,


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to kill the demon believer in a hurry. He can wait until he has enough strength to start action.


    When to take action and how to kill are completely in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang can''t have enough strength all his life, the wolf Eagle chief can only admit bad luck.


    The wolf Eagle chief said so. The conditions are so loose that Meng Zhang seems to have no reason to refuse.


    Killing a demon believer is also in line with the identity of a righteous monk.


    After repeatedly weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang agreed to the conditions of chief wolf eagle.


    Chief wolf Eagle certainly won''t believe Meng Zhang''s empty promise.


    Even Meng Zhang has always kept his word and has a very good reputation. He has almost never broken his word.


    The wolf Eagle chief insisted that Meng Zhang make an oath and give a promise before he would believe Meng Zhang.


    For the practitioners of Yuanshen period and above, the Da Dao oath has a strong binding force.


    Once issued, it is easy not to go back.


    If you violate the oath of the road, you will be eaten by the power of the road.


    If it''s light, it will destroy one''s accomplishments, but if it''s heavy, it''s hard to protect one''s life.


    As long as you take the road oath, there are few examples of breaking the oath.


    Of course, some crafty people will look for loopholes and take advantage of some vows.


    Even some great supernatural powers have the secret method of stealing heaven and earth and can evade the oath to a certain extent. That''s another matter.


    Anyway, according to Meng Zhang, the former may happen occasionally, but the latter is really rare.


    Even many great powers of returning to emptiness are difficult to avoid the oath easily.


    Even those great powers who evade the avenue oath must pay a painful price.


    The great road oath can not be made easily, let alone violated. This is the common sense that almost every Yuanshen friar knows.


    Meng Zhang also thought for a while and confirmed that there was no hidden trap among the two conditions put forward by chief wolf eagle.


    Finally, Meng Zhang made a big road oath and promised the two conditions in front of the wolf Eagle chief.

 Chapter 1361

    When Meng Zhang made the road oath according to the conditions of chief wolf eagle. He felt an invisible vibration in the air.


    He knew that this was the response of Tiandi avenue to his oath.


    The reason why only the friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun and above can take the avenue oath is that when making the oath, they need to mobilize the power of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Almost every true monarch of the yuan God will be proficient in a certain heaven and earth Avenue and can mobilize the power of the corresponding Avenue.


    Meng Zhang made an oath and got the response from Tiandi Avenue, even if he had completed it.


    Seeing Meng Zhang so, the wolf Eagle chief also became happy.


    He first told Meng Zhang about the demon believer who needed Meng Zhang to kill.


    After listening, Meng Zhang had a feeling of being put together.


    The target of killing is not in the Junchen world, but outside the extraterritorial void.


    At present, Meng Zhang has the ability to go to the extraterritorial void, but it is impossible to leave everything in the Junchen world and go to the extraterritorial void like this.


    What''s more, he still remembers that his family has the mark left by the great devil.


    If you go to the extraterritorial void and encounter the interception of the great devil, you will be doomed.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s oath did not force him to kill the target.


    Only after he has enough ability can he fulfill his promise.


    Meng Zhang can practice well without being in a hurry.


    When he achieves great accomplishments in the future, he really doesn''t have to be afraid of just a big devil.


    Meng Zhang put the matter aside for the time being and began to ask chief wolf Eagle some questions.


    Meng Zhang was most concerned about how the wolf Eagle chief led a large number of foreign barbarians to the Junchen world.


    There is a heavenly palace on the nine days of the Jun dust world, which has established a solid defense line to prevent all kinds of foreign invasion.


    Chief wolf eagle, as a party, is not very clear about Meng Zhang.


    He just told Meng Zhang that, for some reason, those strong people who are vertical and horizontal in the extraterritorial void and enough to compete with immortals cannot directly come to the Junchen world.


    But I don''t know what attracts these strong people in the Jun dust world. They have been thinking about the Jun dust world.


    Since thousands of years ago, many invaders from the extraterritorial void have been sent into the Junchen world by these powerful forces.


    These extraterritorial invaders who entered the Junchen world came from different backgrounds and acted in different styles.


    Some wreaked havoc in the Jun dust world and set off storms everywhere. Some hide in a corner and develop silently


    Like the wolf Eagle chief and his overseas barbarians, they were sent to the Junchen world by the mixed spirit God many years ago.


    As for the means used by the mixed spirit and God, it is naturally difficult to see through with the eyes of the wolf Eagle chief.


    He just knew that one day, he gathered the foreign barbarians under his control and came to the place designated by the mixed spirit God.


    He was just a flower in front of him, and his consciousness was in a trance. I don''t know how long time has passed. When he regained consciousness again, he and his overseas barbarians have appeared in the depths of Yuantu prairie.


    As for what happened, chief wolf Eagle didn''t know.


    Even the chief wolf eagle looked like this, not to mention his helper.


    The order of Hunling zunshen to the wolf Eagle chief is to make waves in the Jun dust world, spread the name of Hunling zunshen everywhere and expand its influence.


    Chief wolf eagle is actually a very scheming figure.


    He studied the history of Jun dust world and knew the current situation of Jun dust world.


    With the strength of him and his overseas barbarians, even in remote areas such as Yuantu prairie, he can run wild for a while, or even dominate the country.


    When the upper friars of the Junchen world, especially those holy sects, react, this foreign barbarian can only be wiped out.


    The wolf Eagle chief did not expand wantonly at first, but answered the story in vain.


    Of course, it is necessary to occupy the Yuantu prairie in order to allow their overseas barbarians to have enough living space.


    Although the mixed spirit God did not come to the Jun dust world, he was very clear about the every move of the wolf Eagle chief.


    The mixed spirit God first forced the wolf Eagle chief to wipe out the totems offered by all tribes, and transformed all the totem beliefs of barbarians into the belief in the mixed spirit God.


    Then, he asked the wolf Eagle chief to construct a false god domain on the Yuantu prairie, and then lead his divine power to the Junchen world.


    The wolf Eagle chief knew that this was a way of self destruction, but he was unable to resist the oracle of the mixed spirit and God.


    He was also lucky and hoped that the mixed spirits would respect God and have boundless divine power, which could protect the barbarians abroad from crisis.


    As for the result of this, Meng Zhang led an army of friars to fight.


    What chief wolf Eagle said was of little help to Meng Zhang.


    There must be a lot of mystery about why the Jun dust world attracted the attention of the strong at the divine level.


    However, with Meng Zhang''s current status and strength, he is not qualified to inquire about such secrets.


    Chief wolf Eagle also mentioned that many foreign empty giants have spent great efforts to send foreign invaders into the Junchen world.


    However, they do not care much about the life and death of these extraterritorial invaders, or even let them all die without much intervention.


    Meng Zhang only kept these things in mind and left them for later attention.


    After asking this question, although the answer was not very satisfactory to Meng Zhang, chief wolf Eagle did know everything, said everything, and didn''t hide anything.


    Next, Meng Zhang just mentioned it a little, and the wolf Eagle chief began to talk about his various experiences in the extraterritorial void.


    Jun dust world is like a pond, which can''t limit the real strong.


    Meng Zhang, who has lofty aspirations, wants to go further and will enter the void sooner or later.


    These valuable experiences introduced by chief wolf Eagle not only broadened his horizons, but also gave him more opportunities to survive in the void in the future.


    In the extraterritorial void, there is the intersection of the strong from all over the world, and there are countless dangers.


    The knowledge of extraterritorial emptiness is rarely spread in the heavenly palace.


    Even if it is occasionally spread, it is also the general situation of the void near the Jun dust world.


    As for the more distant extraterritorial void, I''m afraid we don''t know much about the great power of returning to the void.


    What chief wolf Eagle said is priceless. Meng Zhang not only benefited from it, but also increased the foundation of Taiyi gate.


    Once the wolf Eagle chief began to talk, he didn''t stop and began to talk endlessly.


    Meng Zhang concentrated on listening carefully and listened to everything he said, including those obvious nonsense, one by one in his ears and in his heart.


    The wolf Eagle chief has rich experience, not only in the barbarian world for many years, but also in the extraterritorial void for a long time.


    Especially after taking refuge in the mixed spirit and respecting God, he has been to many worlds through the power of the mixed spirit and respecting God.

 Chapter 1362

    The wolf Eagle chief not only told about his experience in the foreign void, but also said a lot about his family''s origin and past.


    Later, the more he said, the more excited and excited he was.


    Meng Zhang said many things without asking.


    Chief wolf Eagle said so much that he hardly stopped to have a rest.


    Meng Zhang interrupted him several times and asked him to have a rest before continuing.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. He can take his time.


    It''s a long time coming. We have plenty of time to talk slowly.


    But the wolf Eagle chief didn''t accept Meng Zhang''s kindness and still kept talking.


    It seems that once you stop, you can''t speak.


    Seeing that he could not stop him, Meng Zhang probably understood his mentality.


    Since the wolf Eagle chief has made up his mind, Meng Zhang will no longer stop him and let him go.


    The wolf Eagle chief kept talking like this, almost telling his life experience.


    As the leader of such an overseas barbarian tribe, chief wolf eagle is a strong man with the strength of the late Yuan God.


    In my life, I have participated in countless battles and experienced countless hardships.


    He is like an old man with rich experience. He is imparting experience to his younger generation, which has benefited Meng Zhang a lot.


    The wolf Eagle chief has no reservations about his own cultivation skills and magic powers.


    Many of the foreign barbarians'' wise inheritance was slowly taught by him.


    For Meng Zhang, although he may not be able to directly practice the inheritance of these barbarians, his mountain stones can be used to attack jade. Compared with his own practice, it is still very valuable as a reference.


    As a matter of fact, it is difficult to break through the state of Mencius and Zhang''s self-cultivation by simply closing the door and practicing hard.


    If you want to make further progress, you need to broaden your horizons, absorb the strengths of a hundred schools, refer to various inheritance, and absorb enough nutrition.


    When chief wolf Eagle talked about cultivation related issues, Meng Zhang also actively joined the conversation and discussed with him.


    Although the cultivation of chief wolf Eagle has long been abandoned by Meng Zhang, his vision and experience are still there.


    Even, just because cultivation was abolished and a person was imprisoned for so long, he had unique views on many problems in cultivation.


    Although the two sides have different systems of practice, there are still many things in common on the avenue.


    At this time, the wolf Eagle chief seemed to forget that Meng Zhang was his enemy of life and death, but regarded him as a younger generation.


    After learning from the experience of chief wolf eagle, Meng Zhang began to confirm his practice.


    The wolf Eagle chief''s conversation lasted for a long time, with almost no pause.


    Meng Zhang is also patient and listens patiently.


    Meng Zhang also specifically ordered the disciples of the sect not to interfere with their conversation if they had nothing important to do.


    Fortunately, during this period, no major events happened at taiyimen and Jiuqu province.


    On the other side of the great horizontal cultivation world, the demons did not launch a large-scale attack.


    The changes of small demon groups can be easily handled by the expedition army without disturbing Meng Zhang.


    But on the aquarium side, the mermaid king has organized an aquarium army and is preparing to clear the demons in his area.


    Meng Zhang''s sneaking away from the expedition army is a very confidential matter. Only a few close followers of taiyimen in the army know it.


    Sun Shengdu specially went to see the mermaid king and found an excuse to say that Meng Zhang was practicing a magic power in isolation and needed to delay some time.


    He asked the mermaid king to forgive him and wait a few more days.


    Even though the mermaid king was dissatisfied, he still didn''t say anything.


    When fighting against demons, with the help of the Terran friars, it not only has a better chance of winning, but also can reduce the casualties of the aquarium army.


    In the face of major events, the mermaid king put aside his personal likes and dislikes and waited patiently.


    In the grass slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate, chief wolf Eagle spent more than half a month and finally told Meng Zhang everything.


    His life experience, all kinds of encounters, many barbarian inheritance


    After all this, chief wolf Eagle stopped.


    After he stopped talking, he was like a deflated ball, as if he had exhausted all his energy. At once, he became listless and couldn''t even sit still.


    Meng Zhang sincerely thanked chief wolf eagle.


    He promised that he would sort out all the barbarian inheritance taught by chief wolf eagle.


    When there is a chance in the future, those foreign barbarians who stay in the Junchen world will have good seedlings. He will pass on these inheritance to each other so that they will not be cut off.


    As for the deeds of the wolf Eagle chief, he will also record them and let them spread among the barbarians outside the territory.


    With Meng Zhang''s promise, chief wolf eagle had a certain look in his eyes.


    Soon, he became very weak and fell completely.


    Meng Zhang knew that the wolf Eagle chief was already running out of oil and the lamp was dry.


    Now that his wish has been fulfilled, he will probably lose his desire to survive.


    The mermaid king is still waiting hard. Meng Zhang can''t delay too long.


    Before he left, he ordered the Taiyi disciple who guarded here to take care of chief wolf eagle.


    If chief wolf Eagle has any requirements, as long as he can do it, he will try his best to meet them.


    If the wolf Eagle chief dies, he should be buried according to the barbarian etiquette.


    Meng Zhang finally glanced at the once great enemy and knew that most of them had no time to see each other again.


    Meng Zhang learned a lot from the wolf Eagle chief.


    Meng Zhang felt very complicated.


    After a while, Meng Zhang shook his head, put aside all the negative emotions, and rushed back to the Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible to meet the mermaid king.


    On the Bank of a river in the mainstream of Jiuqu River, Meng Zhang met the mermaid king who had long been ready for the expedition.


    Behind the mermaid king is an army ready to go.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang finally came, the mermaid king was a little dissatisfied, but he didn''t say much.


    Although the mermaid king didn''t personally experience the power of the demonized South China, he knew from Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun that this was a terrible demon.


    The mermaid king has the same scruples as Meng Zhang.


    If the demonized South China kills the mermaid king, who can''t resist by himself, and let him enter the aquarium army, it will be a great disaster.


    If one fails, the whole aquarium army may be destroyed.


    Therefore, the mermaid king did not act rashly, but patiently waited for Meng Zhang to come and act with him.


    Meng Zhang joined hands with him to block the demonized South China.


    According to the agreement of both parties, when Meng Zhang starts to sweep the responsible area in the future, the mermaid king should also actively cooperate.


    Meng Zhang also needs the help of the mermaid king to avoid going to South China after being demonized.

 Chapter 1363

    Meng Zhang did not go out alone this time. On the side of the expedition army, he also transferred many elite monks to form a capable team.


    This team will work with the aquarium army to sweep the designated area.


    At the same time, the expeditionary army also carried out large-scale mobilization.


    If the aquarium army is attacked by powerful demons in the process of sweeping away demons, the Terran expedition army will also provide support in time.


    Probably considering that Shui nationality is an alien, not a subordinate of Ziyang Shengzong. And when the aquarium leaves the water, its combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced.


    Therefore, the area that Xiao Liang divided for the mermaid king to clean is not large, far less than the area allocated by Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao.


    This area is mainly near the banks of Jiuqu River.


    Jiuqu River has many tributaries, and many rivers and lakes have also been formed on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    All areas near these rivers and lakes are the responsibility of aquarium.


    When fighting near the waters, the aquarium army can also make the best use of everything and give full play to its combat effectiveness.


    The mermaid King led the aquarium army and joined the Terran friars led by Meng Zhang. The two sides went hand in hand until they reached the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River near the black jade forest.


    Mermaid king and Meng Zhang each ordered their men to set up temporary camps here.


    The main force of the aquarium army is stationed in the camp.


    The Terran camp is also used to house the ranks of Terran friars.


    Then many large and small teams were divided among the aquarium army to move along a large number of rivers and lakes.


    The main task of these teams is to investigate the situation nearby and sweep away small demons encountered on the road.


    If you encounter a larger group of demons that cannot be cleared, you should call for support in time.


    The Terran friar team also divided troops and divided many small teams to cooperate with the aquarium team.


    Neither Mermaid King nor Meng Zhang wants to split up.


    However, although the area that Mermaid king is responsible for cleaning is much smaller than that of Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao, it is also a large area.


    Because of the division of rivers and lakes, this range is divided into large and small areas.


    If we do not divide our troops to clean up, but take direct action by the army, even if it takes ten or eight years, we may not be able to clean up all the demons.


    The aquarium army divided about half of its troops into small teams to clean up small demons.


    The remaining half of the troops, led by the mermaid king, sit in the temporary camp to prevent the large-scale attack of demons.


    In fact, in terms of strategy, the mermaid King adopts the most unwise and inefficient strategy.


    The normal practice should be to concentrate the forces of all parties and strive to find the main force of demons for battle.


    In the battle, completely defeat the main force of demons and eliminate most demons, and then pursue the victory. Small teams sweep away the remnants of demons everywhere.


    However, due to the differences of several forces, it is impossible for us to fight the enemy together.


    Moreover, people have different views on the strength of demons.


    Meng Zhang personally encountered the attack of demons, and even fought with South China. He knew the horror of the strength of demons.


    Even if Meng Zhang and Mermaid King join hands, their combined strength may not be able to defeat the main force of demons in the frontal battle.


    More importantly, why did Xiao Qiao watch and let Meng Zhang and the mermaid King fight with the main force of the demon.


    It is obviously more important to preserve strength than to put out magic disasters.


    On the other side of Xiao bridge, he obviously underestimated the strength of the demon side.


    He believed that Meng Zhang''s incompetence and his mind of avoiding war led to the defeat last time.


    Even after the three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun went to meet Xiao Qiao, Nanzhu Zhenjun told Xiao Qiao about the specific process of the last war, and Xiao Qiao was still skeptical.


    He believes that Nanzhu Zhenjun exaggerates the strength of demons in order to cover up his disgraceful experience of defeat.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Nanzhu Zhenjun''s statement about the strength of demons is true, Xiao Qiao will not be afraid.


    He had two great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, Bairi Zhenjun and Cangsong Zhenjun. Now he adds Nanzhu Zhenjun. In terms of top combat power, it should have surpassed the demon side.


    Bairi Valley, SONGFENG school and Wanhe mountain, as the original giant sect in the Daheng cultivation world, have profound heritage and strong strength.


    The army of friars, which is mainly composed of these three sects, is a real powerful division.


    Moreover, Xiao Liang also provided a lot of help to Xiao Qiao, a younger generation.


    Xiao Qiao is now holding the idea of driving tigers and swallowing wolves. Naturally, he is more reluctant to fight with the main force of demons.


    What Xiao Qiao is doing now is to lead a large army of friars to carry out a parade in his own area of responsibility, so as to fully show the strong strength of the army.


    Those demons had better be more interesting and take the initiative to retreat. The farther they escape, the better.


    If the demons escape to the area in charge of Meng Zhang, Xiao Qiao will achieve his goal.


    Because everyone is selfish, they are not willing to fight with the main force of demons. In that desperation, the mermaid king and Meng Zhang had to take stupid measures.


    While carefully removing the demons in the responsible area, they should also be careful to guard against the emergence of the main force of demons.


    Once the main force of demons appears, they will immediately shrink their forces and confront the main force of demons.


    Of course, neither Mermaid King nor Meng Zhang had the intention to fight with the main force of the devil.


    When they face the main force of demons, they will mainly focus on defense.


    Although Xiao Liang issued a strict order on behalf of Ziyang Shengzong to complete the cleaning of their respective areas within a time limit.


    However, they were entangled by the main force of the devil and couldn''t get away. There was no way.


    It''s not that they don''t try their best, it''s that the devil is too powerful.


    As long as they are in a state of confrontation with the main force of demons, can Xiao Liang really punish them immediately?


    Of course, if the main force of the demon doesn''t appear all the time, it''s the best to let them clean up their respective responsible areas smoothly.


    No matter how the magic disaster develops and how the demons run rampant. Now everyone has been divided into responsible areas, so everyone can sweep the snow in front of the door and stop worrying about the frost on others'' tiles.


    From Meng Zhang''s heart, he really wants to quell the evil disaster.


    But what can he do if the situation develops like this.


    Xiao Qiao led a powerful army of monks, but he couldn''t help at all.


    Even, Meng Zhang has to spend a lot of time to prevent each other.


    Meng Zhang never dared to look up to Xiao Qiao''s moral integrity.


    If Xiao Qiao suddenly goes crazy at the next moment and has to lead his friars to embarrass Meng Zhang, it''s not strange.


    Xiao Liang, an old fox, seems to do things fairly, but as long as he is of the same family as Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang will not easily believe him.


    However, Meng Zhang is limited to the current situation, has insufficient strength and can do little.

 Chapter 1364

    So far, the mermaid king is the only ally Meng Zhang can rely on.


    Of course, if the situation changes and faces external threats, the mermaid king may not be reliable.


    As the leader of aquarium, mermaid king is an alien in the eyes of practitioners.


    If at another time, the practitioners go to hang the aquarium, it''s a matter of course. No one will say anything more.


    However, after the outbreak of the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, the local cultivation forces were unable to deal with it.


    Ziyang Shengzong was stumbling by Dali emperor, so he had to make use of the power of aquarium temporarily.


    Using aquarium is only an expedient measure. Ziyang Shengzong has never regarded aquarium as his own person.


    The mermaid king is a leader with great vision and foresight.


    He knew that the Junchen world had long been the world of human practitioners, and the living environment would be worse and worse for aliens such as Shui nationality.


    For many years, he has been restraining the aquarium and trying to avoid conflicts with Terran practitioners, especially those big practitioners.


    At the same time, he is also actively looking for a new way out for the aquarium.


    In order to obtain more living space, he accepted Zhang Weineng''s goodwill and made a temporary alliance with the Dali Dynasty.


    But when the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong came to the door, the mermaid King decisively betrayed the Dali emperor and turned to Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the eyes of the mermaid king, the Holy Land Sect gate is the biggest and best backer.


    In fact, going to Ziyang Shengzong has indeed brought many benefits to the aquarium.


    Apart from other things, acquiring a large area of territory in Jiuqu province is a huge harvest.


    Originally, the mermaid king should be closer to Xiao Qiao and try to curry favor with this talent.


    But in the last demon raid, Xiao Qiao was really unbearable.


    This person is selfish, regardless of the actual situation, only knows to give orders indiscriminately, which has caused huge casualties to the aquarium.


    If the mermaid king doesn''t say anything and let Xiao Qiao go on like this, the aquarium can''t stand the toss.


    So the mermaid king stood on the opposite side of Xiao bridge.


    The mermaid King opposed Xiao Qiao, but he had absolutely no intention of opposing Ziyang Shengzong.


    He easily accepted Xiao Liang''s handling of the matter without any opinions.


    Now he is also actively sending out the aquarium army to complete the task assigned by Xiao Liang and clean up the area he is responsible for.


    Meng Zhang looked at the mermaid King''s mind very thoroughly.


    He didn''t have much hope for the mermaid king. He just hoped that everyone could help each other when fighting against demons.


    The mermaid King led the aquarium army to clean up the responsible area, which can not be done overnight.


    This area is very large. Even if many small teams are assigned, it will take a lot of time to clean up the whole area.


    The mermaid king was not in a hurry and took action step by step.


    The biggest good news is that so far, the team of aquarium and Terran practitioners have not found the main force of demons.


    A small number of demons were found and soon destroyed.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t understand the trend of the main force of demons.


    After the last ambush of Meng Zhang led by the demon army in South China, he neither pursued the victory, directly killed the expedition army, nor turned the direction to find the trouble of Xiao Qiao.


    Logically speaking, the demonized has integrated more than half of the demons in the great horizontal cultivation world to South China, and has enough strength to have a frontal battle with the Terran cultivators.


    Not to mention the discord between Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao, even if they work together to lead their forces against the enemy, they may not be able to defeat the demon army led by Xiang South China.


    Since he couldn''t figure out his purpose to South China and his trend, Meng Zhang had to stop thinking about it for the time being.


    He just hoped in his heart that the main force of the demon army led by South China should not appear in his responsible area.


    His friars helped the aquarium clear a large area, and Meng Zhang stayed in the temporary camp.


    While slowly warming up the magic reducing mirror, he waited for the latest news from all parties.


    About half a month later, Meng Zhang received a message from Yang Xueyi and asked him to go there in person. He said he had something important to discuss with him.


    Yang Xueyi is now the sole general of taiyimen. Meng Zhang dare not neglect her requirements.


    Meng Zhang is just a little strange in his heart. He can''t talk about any major events in the communication method. He has to talk face-to-face in the past.


    The mermaid king has not encountered any trouble for the time being.


    Meng Zhang has a void tripod in hand. He can transmit space quickly. Even if he goes out, he can''t delay too much time.


    Meng Zhang confessed to the accompanying taiyimen friars, urged the void tripod and sent it away.


    Since Yang Xueyi led the friar army to leave the area where maple leaf mountain city is located, she has made great progress all the way and quickly advanced towards the location of the expedition army.


    Because I didn''t encounter a large number of demons along the way, I just met many scattered demons and small groups of demons.


    The monk''s army cleared the demons quickly without much delay.


    In this short period of time, Yang Xueyi led a large army of friars and has advanced twenty or thirty thousand miles.


    If it''s not time to consolidate the newly occupied areas, build more strongholds and so on. Maybe she has led a large army of friars to join Meng Zhang.


    With a few efforts, Meng Zhang sent it to a place not far from Yang Xueyi''s camp.


    Just ahead, Yang Xueyi established a temporary camp to station the army of friars led by her.


    When he came outside the camp, Meng Zhang didn''t go in, but according to the previous agreement, he used the secret skills in the door to secretly contact Yang Xueyi.


    Soon, Meng Zhang got a reply from Yang Xueyi through the secret arts. She and Meng Zhang agreed on a meeting place.


    Yang Xueyi was so mysterious that she deceived his friars, which really made Meng Zhang a little curious.


    Meng Zhang arrived at the meeting place on time.


    A moment later, Yang Xueyi and a strange monk took off.


    The meeting place was located in a secret mountain forest, and it was very quiet around.


    The monk with Yang Xueyi was wearing a black cloak.


    This cloak not only covered his figure and appearance, but also his breath.


    Even Meng Zhang''s mind could not easily see the situation inside through this cloak.


    Looking at the way this person and Yang Xueyi walked together, most of them were friends rather than enemies. Meng Zhang didn''t behave well. He was too presumptuous and didn''t make further exploration.


    Yang Xueyi took the man to Meng Zhang.


    First, she saluted Meng Zhang in a proper manner and met her head.


    Then she introduced Meng Zhang to this fellow monk.


    This man is the leader of Wanhe mountain, the giant of Daheng cultivation world, and the real king of ridge.


    At the same time as Yang Xueyi introduced, the monk took off his cloak, politely saluted Meng Zhang and said a greeting to head Meng.


    Meng Zhang has heard a lot about the real gentleman on the ridge, but he has a strong edge.


    Now I finally saw a real person.

 Chapter 1365

    In the great horizontal cultivation world, the four giants, including Wanhe mountain, are the most powerful cultivation force and the master of the whole cultivation world.


    In the past, in the Wanhe mountain, all the power in the sect was in the hands of Chongzhen Jun of Taishang Dachang Laoshan.


    As the leader of the sect, ridge Zhenjun not only has far less authority than Shan Zhenjun, but also his younger martial brother Shan Liang Zhenjun.


    As a confidant of Shanzhong Zhenjun, Shanliang Zhenjun suppressed the ridge Zhenjun everywhere in the door with the support of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    After the accident of Shanzhong Zhenjun, Shanliang Zhenjun quickly grasped the power inside the zongmen and tried to completely throw the ridge Zhenjun aside.


    Of course, ridge Zhenjun is a righteous leader after all, and still has the power to resist.


    Shanliang Zhenjun secretly used all kinds of resources to help Xiang''s family owners hold a ceremony to sacrifice demons and gods to South China.


    In that valley, only Zhang Wei, except Meng Zhang and his companions, could escape successfully because of the power of the demon God, the Lord of the magic plow house.


    Shanliang Zhenjun, like South China, was completely demonized and turned into a demon.


    Wanhe mountain has experienced great changes in succession, and the strength in the door has fallen sharply. Outside, there is an old opponent of SONGFENG sect who has fallen into a well.


    At this time, the ridge Zhenjun, who has always been low-key in the door and has little sense of existence, took the initiative to stand up and preside over the overall situation as the leader.


    In a very short time, this person showed a strong skill, not only completely mastered the power of Wanhe mountain, but also stabilized the internal situation of zongmen. Moreover, it was able to compete with the SONGFENG sect and defend many interests of Wanhe mountain.


    When Xiao Qiao went to contact the major gates as the envoy of Ziyang holy sect, shanjizhenjun actively supported Wanheshan on behalf of Wanheshan.


    When Xiaoqiao organized a large army of friars to fight against demons, it was also the ridge Zhenjun who responded first and sent Wanhe mountain disciples to take the initiative.


    Xiao Qiao also valued the real king of the ridge.


    The cultivation of Bairi Zhenjun and Cangsong Zhenjun are far above the ridge Zhenjun. The strength of Bairi Valley and SONGFENG sect is also stronger than Wanhe mountain at this time.


    But in front of Xiao bridge, the real king of the ridge is no weaker than the real king of the day and the real king of the Cangsong.


    Secretly, Xiao Qiao trusted the real king of the ridge.


    Meng Zhang has long heard of these performances of ridge Zhenjun through various channels.


    Although he has never met, Meng Zhang has determined that this person is definitely not a simple person.


    This man was able to keep a low profile when shanchongzhenjun was in power, which shows his wisdom.


    This person can stand up when the sect is in crisis, which shows his responsibility and decision.


    As a trusted person of Xiao Qiao, ridge Zhenjun suddenly appeared in front of him mysteriously. Meng Zhang was really surprised.


    With the current relationship between Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao, isn''t he afraid of Xiao Qiao''s misunderstanding?


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s expression, Yang Xueyi took the initiative to explain it to him.


    It turned out that although the Xiuzhen forces in maple leaf mountain city had long been integrated by Yang Xueyi, the previous relationship between some forces was not so easy to cut off.


    One of the Xiuzhen families has a certain origin with Wanhe mountain.


    Even under the command of taiyimen, the Xiuzhen family still maintained a secret contact with Wanhe mountain.


    A few days ago, the owner of the Xiuzhen family took the initiative to contact Yang Xueyi and said there was something important to talk to her.


    Through the relationship of the owner, Shanji Zhenjun secretly met Yang Xueyi.


    Ridge Zhenjun released his goodwill to Yang Xueyi and said he wanted to meet Meng Zhang and discuss in detail the future cooperation between the two sides against demons.


    At the same time, ridge Zhenjun also asked Yang Xueyi to keep the meeting strictly confidential and never divulge any information.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t notice any malice on Zhenjun on the ridge. Moreover, with the cultivation of the real king of the ridge, he can''t turn over any big waves.


    As a senior member of Taiyi sect, Yang Xueyi is very clear about the situation of the sect.


    Offend Xiao Qiao, without the support of Ziyang holy sect, and deal with fierce and powerful demons


    Taiyimen at this time is the time to need strong allies.


    If ridge Zhenjun really comes with goodwill and is willing to let Wanheshan cooperate with taiyimen, it is definitely a great good thing.


    Yang Xueyi has been engaged in Dharma cultivation for many years. She knows more about the situation here than Meng Zhang.


    Yang Xueyi tends to believe in the true king of the ridge.


    Therefore, Yang Xueyi arranged this secret meeting.


    After listening to Yang Xueyi''s explanation, Meng Zhang turned his eyes to the ridge Zhenjun.


    Strictly speaking, Meng Zhang and Wanheshan have a deep hatred.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t killed shanchongzhenjun, Wanhe mountain wouldn''t have encountered such a difficult situation later.


    Even Liang Zhenjun was indirectly destroyed by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang let Wanhe mountain lose so much. It''s interesting that Zhenjun on the ridge still has goodwill.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s questioning eyes, ridge Zhenjun took a very calm attitude and told a lot of inside information.


    Ridge Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that he was not in favor of the sect''s behavior of conniving at demons and even secretly raising demons for many years.


    However, he has no right to speak in the door.


    It''s a pity that shanchong Zhenjun died at the hands of Meng Zhang, but he deserved his death.


    It is the loss of the suppression of the mountain heavy real king that the ridge real king can master the power in the door.


    After the ridge Zhenjun took control of the Wanhe mountain, he straightened out in the door and cleaned up all kinds of bad customs.


    Ridge Zhenjun asked all the disciples of Wanhe mountain to cut off all contact with demons.


    Since then, not only can not continue to raise demons, but also regard demons as enemies of life and death and kill them with all their strength.


    In fact, after the outbreak of the demon disaster, all major gates, including Wanhe mountain, gave up many bases for secretly storing demons.


    The action of the real king of the ridge is just a further step. It is a farewell to the Wanhe mountain in the past.


    Meng Zhang was skeptical about what ridge Zhenjun said.


    The involvement between the major cultivation forces and demons in the Daheng cultivation world is too close to be separated.


    If ridge Zhenjun really did everything he said, it would be a clean source. It''s really great.


    For this sudden outbreak of magic disaster, ridge Zhenjun has always had a clear attitude.


    That is, the major cultivation forces must join hands, abandon the past gratitude and resentment, work together to eliminate demons and quell demonic disasters.


    But the ridge real gentleman couldn''t even control his family, let alone convince other Xiuzhen forces.


    Ridge Zhenjun has a long-term vision. He saw the horror of the devil disaster early, but he is really powerless.


    The major cultivation forces only care about themselves and constantly give way in front of demons, which disappointed ridge Zhenjun.


    The arrival of Xiao Qiao and his actions made the ridge Zhenjun see some hope of calming the demon disaster.

 Chapter 1366

    Out of his trust in Ziyang Shengzong, Shanji Zhenjun supported Xiao Qiao almost unconditionally.


    However, Xiao Qiao''s actions, especially after Meng Zhang''s expedition army was attacked by demons last time, Xiao Qiao not only failed to reinforce in time, but blamed Meng Zhang, which greatly dissatisfied the ridge Zhenjun.


    Ridge Zhenjun supports Xiao Qiao because Xiao Qiao organizes a large army of friars to try to quell the demon disaster.


    However, Xiao Qiao quarreled with Meng Zhang for his own sake, which weakened his power against demons. The ridge Zhenjun was really disappointed.


    Next, a series of arrangements made by Xiao Liang, an elder of Xiao Qiao, are even more excessive.


    These arrangements have completely exposed their selfishness and are likely to affect the overall situation of fighting against demons.


    Ridge Zhenjun sincerely wants to quell the evil disaster in Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    In his opinion, Meng Zhang is more reliable than Xiao Qiao in fighting against demons.


    That''s why he sneaked over to meet Meng Zhang with Xiao Qiao on his back.


    Ridge Zhenjun wants to contact Meng Zhang personally to see what he thinks about the current situation.


    Judging from the words of ridge Zhenjun, this person can be regarded as a person in the right way. There are places to cooperate in many things.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t easily believe him just because of his words.


    Meng Zhang did not directly respond to Shanji Zhenjun after listening to Shanji Zhenjun, but asked another question.


    When he destroyed the devil''s foetus, Meng Zhang just destroyed the body of shanchongzhen Jun and let his yuan God escape.


    After that, in order to mess up the situation, he sent people to spread rumors that shanchong Zhenjun''s body was destroyed and Yuanshen fled.


    But later, the news of the death of shanchong Zhenjun soon came out of the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    According to Meng Zhang''s impression of Shanzhong Zhenjun, this man is not like the kind of person who is willing to enter the underworld.


    Even if the body is destroyed and only the yuan God is left, most of this person will continue to stay in the sun.


    The question Meng Zhang asked was about the whereabouts of shanchongzhenjun after he fled.


    Shanji Zhenjun just hesitated a little and happily responded to Meng Zhang''s questions.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is a suspicious person. He doesn''t believe his classmates.


    In particular, King Chongzhen of the mountain is domineering and arbitrary in his daily life. Many monks in the door dare to be angry but dare not speak.


    After his body was destroyed, he did not touch other people in the door, but secretly met his confidant Shanliang Zhenjun.


    Later, there was news from Shanliang Zhenjun that Shanzhong Zhenjun not only had his body destroyed, but also the yuan God was badly hurt and was about to lose his support.


    After explaining what happened, Shanzhong Zhenjun died completely.


    Shanliang Zhenjun is relying on his daily authority and the life of shanchong Zhenjun to pass the leader of the ridge Zhenjun.


    At first, ridge Zhenjun also suspected that crossing the mountain weighed Zhenjun''s life and death.


    But I thought that no matter how discordant we are on weekdays, we are at least the same school, and we are also the leader.


    When Wanhe mountain was pressed by the SONGFENG sect step by step, what the sect needed most was unity. Shanliang Zhenjun should not lie about such things even if he competes for power with the ridge Zhenjun.


    Therefore, ridge Zhenjun not only believed the news that Shanzhong Zhenjun was dead, but also let it spread.


    Of course, there is also the selfishness of ridge Zhenjun.


    After the news of the death of Shanzhong Zhenjun spread, it helped him, the leader, regain the power of the sect.


    Anyway, the news of the death of the mountain heavy Zhenjun has been thoroughly spread in the Wanhe Mountain Gate and even the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    Even if Shanzhong Zhenjun really didn''t die and made a comeback in the future, Shanji Zhenjun could not admit it and say that the other party was disguised as an evil devil.


    When ridge Zhenjun said this part of the content, his tone was a little vague and a little vague.


    Meng Zhang is also the leader of a sect. Although there is no such fierce power struggle within Taiyi sect, there are many similar plays in the cultivation world, and Meng Zhang has seen them for a long time.


    Therefore, he understood the meaning of ridge Zhenjun very well.


    Ridge Zhenjun is so frank that Meng Zhang has more trust in him.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also had some doubts.


    He clearly remembered that when he had a war with shanchong Zhenjun, shanchong Zhenjun took the initiative to explode his body and cover his Yuanshen to escape.


    His Yuanshen fled quickly. Even if he was affected by the self explosion, he would not be seriously injured.


    In the state of his original God, he will never run away.


    Is Shanzhong Zhenjun really pretending to be dead? What is he doing this for?


    Of course, Meng Zhang was not too worried about this issue.


    Perhaps, the Yuanshen of shanchongzhenjun suffered some accident after he fled, so he was badly hurt.


    It is also possible that the Yuanshen of shanchongzhenjun took the initiative to enter the underworld to embark on the road of ghosts and gods.


    The news of Shanliang Zhenjun''s death is to avoid some trouble and prevent Shanzhong Zhenjun''s former enemies from coming to the door.


    Anyway, a mountain heavy real monarch with only yuan God left, whether it''s pretending to die or turning into ghosts and gods in the underworld, can''t pose a great threat to Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, the news of the death of shanchongzhen king has long been spread in the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Even if the mountain heavy real king comes out again in the future, the most anxious thing should be the ridge real king, not Meng Zhang.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang put this problem aside.


    He just reminded the real king of the ridge. When I fought with shanchongzhenjun, I just destroyed his body and did no harm to Yuanshen.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s reminder, the face of ridge Zhenjun couldn''t help a change.


    He didn''t know the real situation of shanchong Zhenjun Yuanshen before. He thought that even if the other party wasn''t dead, the Yuanshen should be hurt, so he chose to believe that the other party was dead.


    Now Meng Zhang''s reminder reminded him of some secrets inside the sect.


    If the Yuanshen of shanchongzhenjun is really intact, there is likely to be the worst result.


    As a rightful leader, he has completely mastered the power of Wanhe mountain. He will never allow shanchongzhenjun to come back from death.


    Soon, the face of ridge Zhenjun returned to normal.


    If Shan Chongzhen really comes back from the dead, the monks in Wanhe mountain are not worthy of trust under the accumulated prestige of many years.


    On this issue, Meng Zhang is the most trusted ally.


    Ridge Zhenjun is a very decisive person.


    If he had some other thoughts before, now because shanchongzhenjun is likely to fake death, he decided to win over Meng Zhang for a rainy day.


    Ridge Zhenjun just thought a little and made a decision. Between Xiao Qiao and Meng Zhang, he completely fell to Meng Zhang.


    Without Meng Zhang opening his mouth, he took the initiative to snitch and told Meng Zhang all the secret arrangements of Xiao Qiao.

 Chapter 1367

    After Xiao Liang came up with a poison plan against Meng Zhang, he asked Xiao Qiao to carry it out secretly.


    Xiao Qiao did keep it a secret and didn''t let it out easily.


    However, in the process of implementation, if you need to mobilize the army of monks, you need the close cooperation of your confidants.


    Ridge Zhenjun took refuge in the past with Wanhe mountain, and soon got Xiao Qiao''s trust and became Xiao Qiao''s capable hand.


    In contrast, Xiao Qiao''s trust in ridge Zhenjun even exceeds that of Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters.


    In Xiao Qiao''s eyes, Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters have stayed in Taiyi gate for so long. Nanzhu Zhenjun doesn''t forget to say good things about Meng Zhang in front of him. Maybe he has been secretly attracted by Meng Zhang.


    As the first friar of Daheng cultivation world who took refuge in Shanji Zhenjun and actively responded to him, he had nothing to do with Meng Zhang. On the contrary, he became a big enemy because of the death of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    Therefore, Xiao Qiao told ridge Zhenjun about Meng Zhang''s calculation. And ask the ridge Zhenjun to actively cooperate when mobilizing the friars'' army.


    It was this matter that the ridge Zhenjun began to be completely disappointed with Xiao Qiao.


    The evil disaster is so serious that the whole great horizontal cultivation world is in danger of overturning. At this time, my mind was full of infighting and how to frame friars in the same camp.


    Such a person was entrusted with an important task by Ziyang Shengzong to command the army of friars in Daheng cultivation world and quell the evil disaster.


    Just think about it, the ridge Zhenjun feels very unreliable.


    This led him to sneak out and meet Meng Zhang secretly.


    Originally, he was not prepared to disclose it at first.


    He just wanted to meet Meng Zhang and test each other.


    However, because Shanzhong Zhenjun is likely to fake death, Shanji Zhenjun needs Meng Zhang''s help,


    In order to show his sincerity and win over Meng Zhang, he became an informer once.


    Meng Zhang''s face was livid after hearing the tip of the ridge Zhenjun.


    With his understanding of Xiao Qiao, the other party can do such a thing completely.


    And in his judgment, ridge Zhenjun should not have lied.


    With his bad relationship with Xiao Qiao, there was no need to provoke him.


    Meng Zhang just didn''t expect that Xiao Liang, an old man, would be so vicious.


    It''s understandable that Xiao Liang favors his fellow Meng Zhang, but it''s too much to leave so much room.


    Meng Zhang was angry at the thought of the old man''s appearance of justice and kindness to himself.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t wait to run to the Ziyang holy sect in the heavenly palace and slap the old man.


    Meng Zhang has been trained for so many years.


    He soon calmed down his mood and continued to talk with ridge Zhenjun calmly.


    At first, when news of the death of the mountain Chongzhen king came out from Daheng Xiuzhen world, Meng Zhang was a little confused, but he didn''t care much.


    In his eyes, the life and death of Shanzhong Zhenjun is not a big deal.


    At most, he was a little curious.


    But now he just asked a question and casually mentioned it, which led to the follow-up.


    Shanliang Zhenjun, the only one who may know the real situation of Shanzhong Zhenjun, has long been completely demonized and turned into a demon in that valley.


    There is no conclusive evidence that Shanzhong Zhenjun is pretending to die.


    But he had such a big reaction because of Meng Zhang''s reminder.


    It seems that there are great secrets hidden in the family gate of Wanhe mountain.


    Of course, ridge Zhenjun now takes the initiative to snitch. He is releasing goodwill. Meng Zhang can''t turn his face and disown others and embarrass each other immediately.


    On the contrary, if ridge Zhenjun really stands on Meng Zhang''s side, Meng Zhang will get many benefits.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang did not ask about the real king of the ridge.


    What ridge Zhenjun doesn''t want to reveal, he won''t be difficult for each other.


    Ridge Zhenjun told Meng Zhang all Xiao Qiao''s plans, which meant that he completely betrayed Xiao Qiao.


    With Xiao Qiao''s temper, if he knew about it, he would hate the real king of the ridge and the whole Wanhe mountain.


    At present, the ridge Zhenjun can''t open Xiao Qiao''s face. Many places still need to rely on him.


    Therefore, he asked Meng Zhang to keep it secret for him.


    Meng Zhang readily agreed.


    Ridge Zhenjun lurks around Xiao Qiao and will ask for more information and provide more information.


    At this time, although the ridge Zhenjun tried to maintain his composure on the surface, he was a little worried in his heart.


    If shanchongzhenjun is really not dead, Yuanshen is in good condition, and acts as he imagined, he will be in great trouble.


    In this case, Xiao bridge is unreliable, and SONGFENG sect and Bairi valley will only fall into the well.


    If Meng Zhang can defeat Shan Chongzhen Jun once, he can defeat him again.


    Ridge Zhenjun has considered it well. If things are bad, he will not hesitate to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Without Meng Zhang''s opening, the ridge Zhenjun told Meng Zhang all kinds of information on Xiao Qiao one by one.


    In addition, there are some observations and judgments about magic disasters.


    It has long been an open secret for the major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world to keep demons. However, Meng Zhang, as an outsider, did not know many details.


    As the leader of the giant zongmen Wanheshan, ridge Zhenjun had no real power before, but he was well informed and knew a lot of inside information.


    He almost unreservedly told Meng Zhang the inside information. I hope Meng Zhang has a clear understanding of the strength of demons, not as careless as Xiao Qiao.


    Meng Zhang is not as self righteous as Xiao Qiao. He has seen the powerful demon army, and he will not be careless about such things.


    Even without the reminder of the real king of the ridge, he didn''t dare to look down on the strength of the demon.


    The reminder of ridge Zhenjun gave him a further understanding of the distribution and strength of the demon group.


    Ridge Zhenjun sneaks away this time. He can''t delay too long. Especially after knowing that Shanzhong Zhenjun may fake death, he wants to go back in a panic.


    He left his contact information to Meng Zhang. After making some explanations, he left in a hurry.


    Just now, when Meng Zhang talked with ridge Zhenjun, Yang Xueyi listened silently and didn''t speak.


    Yang Xueyi didn''t talk to Meng Zhang until the ridge Zhenjun left.


    Over the years, Yang Xueyi has been staying in the maple leaf mountain city, taking charge of her own affairs and actively fighting against demons.


    Among the top leaders of taiyimen, she is the one who can''t let go of this foundation and wants to completely eliminate demons and quell demonic disasters.


    Originally, under the coordination of the envoys of Ziyang holy sect, the Daheng cultivation world has been mobilized. With the help of Jiuqu Province, it is expected to quell the magic disaster.


    But at this time, such a thing happened again.


    In Yang Xueyi''s heart, she is full of resentment against Xiao Qiao and is extremely dissatisfied with Ziyang Shengzong.


    When she was stationed in the heavenly palace, she was angry with the Holy Land Sect.


    Coupled with the role of Ziyang holy sect in this event, she completely saw the faces of those holy sect doors.

 Chapter 1368

    Yang Xueyi is dissatisfied with Ziyang Shengzong, but she can''t help each other.


    She hated the present situation very much, but there was nothing she could do about it.


    In front of the real king of the ridge, Meng Zhang didn''t say much, let alone overreact.


    In fact, he was a little worried about Xiao Qiao''s practice.


    If Xiao Qiao''s practice of driving tigers and swallowing wolves is really successful and driving the main force of demons to the area in charge of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will be in great trouble.


    Even if Meng Zhang is willing to sacrifice his friars at any cost, he may not be able to defeat the main force of the demon.


    If the expedition led by Meng Zhang is defeated by the main force of demons, most of Meng Zhang will lose its use value in the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Without the use value, many promises made by Ziyang Shengzong may not be reliable.


    If Ziyang Shengzong completely defeats Dali Dynasty, Taiyi gate will probably have no good life.


    By means of Ziyang holy sect, we can easily find many ways to suppress and weaken Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi sect is now a subordinate sect of Ziyang holy sect, and the Xiao family is in a high position within Ziyang holy sect.


    In the face of Xiao Qiao''s aggressiveness, Meng Zhang has no good way to deal with it.


    Of course he wants to clean up Xiaoqiao now. It''s best to get rid of this scourge.


    But he not only couldn''t do that, but also pretended that he didn''t know Xiao Qiao was targeting himself.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do now is to enhance his self-protection ability.


    Since Xiao Qiao did not directly attack Meng Zhang and Taiyi, it shows that he also has great scruples.


    Now the direct threat Meng Zhang faces mainly comes from the demon army.


    If Meng Zhang has more means to fight against demons and has stronger power to repel demons, Xiao Qiao''s calculation will be defeated.


    Meng Zhang''s most powerful means against demons is the magic subduing mirror.


    However, the magic subduing mirror has not been completely repaired since it was damaged last time.


    Moreover, in the face of the army of demons, it is not enough to rely on one magic subduing mirror alone.


    Although the taiyimen friar has long been practicing various magic powers to subdue demons. All kinds of exorcism tools have long been popularized among the expeditionary forces.


    But in the face of a powerful army of demons, it is still far from enough.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi had a good discussion on the current situation and exchanged their views.


    They reached a consensus that no matter what plot Xiao Qiao had, they should first enhance their own strength.


    Most of the potential of Jiuqu province has been tapped. Even if Meng Zhang ignores the safety of the rear, it is impossible to continue to mobilize more and stronger forces.


    To enhance the strength of the expeditionary army, Meng Zhang had to find ways elsewhere.


    After talking with Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang sent them directly back to the temporary camp.


    The situation here is still very stable. Meng Zhang secretly left once, and the mermaid king knows nothing about it.


    Meng Zhang showed his face once in front of the crowd and met the mermaid king.


    Then he went back to the camp to sit in.


    After telling the Taiyi disciples around him again, he secretly left the camp again.


    This time, Meng Zhang ran a little far. He came directly to the heavenly palace.


    After entering the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang did not meet Xiao Liang, but went to see mother-in-law Lansi.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. When he passed by, his mother-in-law was just in her mansion.


    Meng Zhang has been here many times. He is a regular guest.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has always had a good attitude towards Meng Zhang. Basically, every time she comes over, Meng Zhang can visit her smoothly and will not be rejected.


    After seeing her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang first gave her a prepared gift, chatted with her for a while, and flattered her for a long time.


    Then, Meng ZhangCai slowly got to the point.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not mention his gratitude and resentment with the Xiao family, let alone his dissatisfaction with Ziyang Shengzong.


    He just asked mother-in-law for advice. Is there any good way to deal with powerful demons.


    As a great power of returning to emptiness, mother-in-law Qiansi is limited to the regulations of the heavenly palace. She can''t take the initiative to fight in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have such a big face. You can ask her to do it.


    The silk pulling mother-in-law was originally born in casual cultivation. She has limited magical powers and secrets, and lacks effective means to target demons.


    Regardless of her accomplishments, she is not as effective as Meng Zhang in dealing with demons.


    Meng Zhang came to ask mother-in-law for help this time, not only because of her cultivation, but also because of her contacts and knowledge.


    Meng Zhang came to the door for help with a generous gift.


    Although these so-called generous gifts are not worth mentioning in her eyes, Meng Zhang is her promising younger generation, and there are many contacts between the two sides.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is not good, completely ignored, pointed out a clear way for him.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi told Meng Zhang that old man Yinhu worked in the heavenly palace, and the north of the Junchen world was just his responsibility.


    Last time, Meng Zhang took the initiative to attack the camp of foreign barbarians in Yuantu prairie, also because of the entrustment of old man Yinhu.


    Speaking of it, the old man in Yinhu is still in an awkward situation.


    The north of Jun dust world is only nominally his responsibility.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong, as a local snake in the north of Junchen world, has been recognized by the heavenly palace for its ruling position here.


    Ziyang holy sect has the priority to deal with everything that happens in the north of Jun dust world.


    The heavenly palace also fully respects the power of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Old man Yinhu, even if he is powerful enough to return to emptiness, can''t easily stretch out his hand and interfere with things here.


    Silver pot old man is full of scruples about Ziyang Shengzong and is unwilling to offend easily.


    However, if something big happens in the north of Junchen world, especially the catastrophe that does great harm to people, old man Yinhu has to bear part of the responsibility.


    Just like the last time, if the barbarians outside the region really built a false god domain and led to chaos, the divine power of respecting God came on a large scale, the old silver pot must eat and hang in the heavenly palace.


    Of course, the old man in Yinhu is extremely dissatisfied with the situation that he has no benefits but has to bear the responsibilities he should not bear. His rights and obligations are extremely unequal.


    But there is no way. This arrangement has been the tradition of Tiangong for many years, and it is impossible to change it for him alone.


    In the eyes of the practitioners, the supreme power of returning to emptiness is the same in the eyes of the high level of Ziyang holy sect.


    Many times, Ziyang Shengzong ignores the existence of the old man Yinhu.


    Now, the devil disaster in Daheng cultivation world is rampant and spreading, showing an uncontrollable trend.


    The Holy Land Sect gate, which does not deal with Ziyang holy sect, took the opportunity to attack Ziyang holy sect.


    The silver pot old man also didn''t get good, so he was innocent and ate a lot of chops.


    To say that he is also very dissatisfied with the current situation in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The situation of old man Yinhu and his experience have become jokes and jokes among many great powers of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi ordered Meng Zhang.


    In addition to showing Meng Zhang a clear way to ask old man Yinhu for help, I also hope he can share his worries for old man Yinhu.

 Chapter 1369

    Some words, although mother-in-law didn''t say too clearly, Meng Zhang still understood her meaning.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s great ability of returning to emptiness is superior in the eyes of monks such as Meng Zhang. But she, born in sanxiu, also needs friends in the heavenly palace.


    It is understandable that mother-in-law Qiansi tries to have a good relationship with the old man Yinhu.


    Old man Yinhu was not confident when facing the Ziyang holy sect, but at least he worked in the heavenly palace for many years and had some powerful figures.


    Meng Zhang left mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence and went directly to visit old man Yinhu''s house.


    Meng Zhang has some opinions about the old man silver pot.


    At first, Meng Zhang was hired by him to work for him to eliminate the foreign barbarians on the Yuantu prairie.


    In this process, the silver pot old man has indeed provided a lot of help.


    After the success, he basically kept his promise and gave the promised reward.


    However, he once said that Meng Zhang could go to him more in the future, and he could give Meng Zhang some advice on cultivation.


    Later, Meng Zhang really visited old man Yinhu several times.


    After he met old man Yinhu, old man Yinhu completely avoided talking about what he promised to instruct him to practice.


    Sometimes, Meng Zhang can''t even see anyone.


    For Meng Zhang, the guidance of returning to emptiness and great power is certainly a great good thing that can be met and can not be asked for. But old man Yinhu''s practice also aroused his pride.


    Since Meng Zhang was a little monk, he has mainly relied on his own efforts and received little help from others.


    Since the old silver pot didn''t want to give him advice, he didn''t bother to ask for trouble.


    In fact, Meng Zhang also knows that the guidance of returning to emptiness is really precious.


    It''s like he has a good relationship with mother-in-law Qiansi. But many of the key points of cultivation were not mentioned in front of him.


    Even if Meng Zhang has the cheek to ask for advice, her mother-in-law is also concerned about him.


    Therefore, the stinginess of the silver pot old man seems understandable.


    Meng Zhang is only dissatisfied with his eating his words.


    This time, since mother-in-law Qiansi pointed out the way for him, even if she was reluctant, Meng Zhang still had to go to the door for help from old man Yinhu.


    At Meng Zhang''s age, he had already passed the stage of acting on his own initiative and from likes and dislikes.


    Now the situation of taiyimen and Meng Zhang is really bad.


    It is possible for a person to be defeated by the demon army and framed by Xiao Qiao.


    Meng Zhang not only shoulders the rise and fall of Taiyi gate, but also bears the life and death of twenty or thirty thousand monks in the expedition army.


    In front of these, his dissatisfaction with old man Yinhu is nothing at all.


    I don''t know if it''s really such a coincidence, or if mother-in-law Qiansi has contacted old man Yinhu in advance.


    When Meng Zhang went to visit old man Yinhu''s residence, he met each other smoothly.


    Silver pot old man''s attitude towards Meng Zhang is not very enthusiastic, nor is it indifferent. He feels a little salty and doesn''t talk about it.


    After seeing the old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang didn''t say a few greetings, so he began to complain directly.


    Seeing that the silver pot old man didn''t mean to stop, he talked about the front and back of the magic disaster in the Daheng Xiuzhen world. In that valley, the power of the demon God, the Lord of the magic plow house, led to changes, as well as the situation he was facing, etc.


    Apart from some of his own secrets, he didn''t have much reservation and told it in detail for a while.


    Of course, he didn''t express his gratitude and resentment with the Xiao family and his dissatisfaction with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Old man Yinhu''s calm face finally began to change slowly with Meng Zhang''s description.


    He used to know that the devil disaster in Daheng cultivation world was very serious, but he didn''t know in detail. He didn''t know that there were so many stories in it.


    In particular, demon gods like the Lord of the magic plow house can compete with real immortals.


    Last time the power of the Lord of the magic plow house came to the Junchen world, it caused a lot of trouble.


    Many great powers of returning to emptiness were panicked. Fortunately, the situation of Jun dust world is special, and the heavenly palace is guarded by immortal array. You don''t have to worry about the arrival of the Lord of magic plow house.


    The power of the Lord of the magic plow house penetrated into the Jun dust world. The high level of the heavenly palace also knew it and ordered the people below to deal with it.


    Because this happened in the north of Jun dust world, Ziyang Shengzong naturally became the person in charge.


    The silver pot old man didn''t expect that Ziyang Shengzong was so careless that he hasn''t properly solved this problem up to now.


    Of course, the silver pot old man also understood the situation of Ziyang Shengzong. He was restrained by the Dali imperial dynasty, and it was difficult to quell the evil disaster in time.


    But no matter what, Ziyang Shengzong should think of a way.


    Instead of driving the local Xiuzhen forces of taiyimen and Daheng Xiuzhen circles to quell the demon disaster as they are now.


    The local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are certainly unreliable, and the strength of taiyimen is insufficient.


    If this continues, the evil disaster will not be extinguished as soon as possible, but will become more and more intense.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t mention his gratitude and resentment with Xiao Qiao in his narration, he vaguely pointed out that this person''s ability is insufficient and it is difficult to be a big responsibility.


    In the view of old man Yinhu, Ziyang Shengzong didn''t pay attention to it at all and sent a disciple at will, which was completely to deal with the matter.


    How Ziyang Shengzong acts, old man Yinhu doesn''t care, and he doesn''t want to offend Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, if the magic disaster continues for such a long time, it still shows a trend of continuous diffusion, which is very disgusting.


    With the control of the heavenly palace over the Junchen world, demons can''t turn the sky, and demonic disasters can''t subvert the cultivation world.


    But the evil disaster is getting stronger and stronger, and the evil things are growing stronger and stronger, especially with the infiltration of the power of the demon God.


    Once a fifth order demon appears, it will set off a terrible disaster.


    At that time, the high level of the heavenly palace will not care about the face of Ziyang Shengzong, nor will it care about tacit understanding and practices. It will directly take action to quell the evil disaster.


    As the person in charge of the Northern Affairs of the Junchen world, old silver pot is not just eating and hanging.


    At the thought that he might be implicated by Ziyang Shengzong, old man Yinhu felt a burst of upset.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s family has a great cause. Even if he breaks through a great disaster, he can hold it.


    But the old man Yinhu is different. He can''t afford and is unwilling to bear such a great responsibility.


    When old man Yinhu thought of these things, he had an impulse in his heart. He wanted to go to the Daheng cultivation world immediately to personally eradicate demons and quell demons.


    Of course, he''s just thinking. It''s impossible to do so.


    As a man in the heavenly palace, he has too many constraints.


    If you act rashly, put your hand into the territory of Ziyang Shengzong. Ziyang Shengzong will not thank him, but will regard him as an enemy who deliberately provokes.


    The thinking of these holy doors is so strange. Just like a miser, he keeps a firm eye on his own territory and does not allow powerful outsiders to intervene.

 Chapter 1370

    Silver pot old man out of many concerns, it is impossible to directly deal with the demons in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    However, he would not like to see the situation deteriorate and get out of control, thus harming himself.


    Originally, it was not his responsibility. In the end, when things got big, it was really unfair to ask him to take the blame.


    But in the cultivation world, such unfair things can be found everywhere.


    Almost every cultivator will encounter unfair treatment.


    Even in the eyes of ordinary practitioners, the great power of returning to emptiness, which is superior, will also encounter unfair treatment in front of higher-level forces.


    Old man Yinhu has long been used to this situation, but he can''t help getting angry every time he meets him.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, old man Yinhu looked gloomy and asked Meng Zhang several questions carefully.


    Meng Zhang basically didn''t hide anything, but answered honestly.


    The focus of silver pot old man''s attention is the demonized family owner to South China.


    Xiangjia has always believed in the demon God of the master of the magic plow house for many years. Xianghua was originally a great friar in the later stage of the yuan God, and it was because the power of the master of the magic plow house was completely demonized and transformed into demons.


    In the eyes of old silver pot, the demonized South China has the potential to become a fifth order demon, which is the biggest threat.


    No matter how fierce the devil disaster is, the demons will be rampant. As long as there are no fifth order demons, things can be controlled within a certain range.


    However, once there are five level demons, I''m afraid the power of Ziyang Shengzong alone can''t hold it.


    The fifth order demon is enough to compete with the return virtual power, and even has the strength to kill the return virtual power.


    Even if many people can join hands to defeat the fifth level demon, it is difficult to kill it completely.


    Therefore, in any case, there can be no fifth order demons in the north of Jun dust world, which is the bottom line of silver pot old man.


    The demonized South China is the target that must be cleared.


    At the thought of his painstaking efforts here, but Ziyang Shengzong, as a party, stayed out of it, the old man Yinhu was very angry.


    Even the great power of returning to emptiness can''t help but be angry with these holy places. Old man Yinhu was extremely dissatisfied with Ziyang Shengzong.


    When the silver pot old man can''t do it directly, if he wants to kill Xiang South China. This matter still falls on Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang''s strength is insufficient, the silver pot old man will provide him with some help.


    Meng Zhang had a place to use, and the silver pot old man also became pleasant.


    Old man Yinhu encouraged Meng Zhang to strive to eliminate demons and quell demonic disasters.


    As a righteous monk, this is not only his responsibility, but also his obligation.


    Of course, just a few empty words can not improve combat effectiveness, let alone solve the problem.


    Old man Yinhu was very concerned and asked what kind of help Meng Zhang needed to fight against demons.


    This time, Meng Zhang not only serves the old man Yinhu, but also strives for his own family.


    After all, the threat of demons is imminent, and he suffers from it.


    Therefore, he didn''t have the lion''s mind to take the opportunity to blackmail, but kept complaining about his own strength and how powerful the demon is.


    There is no Holy Land Sect to rely on behind the silver pot old man, and there are not so many subordinates to drive him, let alone mobilize the monks of the heavenly palace.


    He heard the biggest problem Meng Zhang faced from his words.


    The demonized Xiang South China is too powerful. Even if Meng Zhang gets the help of one or two great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, he can block each other at most and can''t win, let alone kill.


    And to South China is regarded as the biggest threat by the elderly in Yinhu, which is naturally the priority to be eliminated.


    After thinking for a while, the old silver pot took out three items and handed them to Meng Zhang.


    The old man in the silver pot told Meng Zhang that this Thunderball was a highly skilled person who was proficient in Lei FA, collecting the essence of thunder between heaven and earth, and pouring the brilliant thunder method of his own practice to produce it.


    This thunder ball is called Shenxiao Tianlei and has great power. Once activated, it is enough to cause great damage to return to virtual energy.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the later period of Yuanshen can barely stimulate Shenxiao Tianlei.


    Although it can''t exert all its power, it should be more than enough to kill a fourth-order demon.


    This Shenxiao Tianlei is a big killing weapon given by the silver pot old man to Meng Zhang. It is specially used to kill the demonized South China.


    This God sky thunder is hard won. It is a very precious treasure for the old man Yinhu.


    Given by the silver pot old man, when taiyimen and Meng Zhang were very weak, Meng Zhang hired black market friars to serve his family.


    So he is no stranger to such things.


    However, with the improvement of Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, taiyimen is growing, and the help provided by the black market is getting smaller and smaller.


    The black market is only a peripheral organization of the Dark Alliance. For Meng Zhang, he is qualified to directly contact the Dark Alliance.


    When he came to the heavenly palace before, Meng Zhang contacted the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace.


    However, no matter how close the relationship between Meng Zhang and the black market is, the Dark Alliance completely treats Meng Zhang as a new customer without any preferential treatment.


    Even with the introduction of mother-in-law, Meng Zhang can only buy some ordinary intelligence from Dark Alliance.


    As for hiring the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, there is no need to think about it.


    If Meng Zhang wants to obtain higher authority and further services, he needs to accumulate slowly and trade more with Dark Alliance.


    In many places in the Junchen world, the great friars in the late Yuanshen period were enough to affect the situation in a region and even completely subvert the original ruling order.


    Therefore, the Dark Alliance has strict control in this regard.


    Now that Meng Zhang has this jade amulet given by the silver pot old man, he can bypass many restrictions and directly hire a great friar in the later period of the yuan God.


    The third item given by the silver pot old man is three drops of silver spiritual liquid.


    The reason why the silver pot old man has such a name is mainly because his original magic weapon is a special silver pot.


    This silver pot is mysterious and has many functions.


    One of the important functions is that it can produce several kinds of spiritual fluids.


    These kinds of spirit liquid have different functions, but they are all the same, magical and magical.


    The silver pot old man can practice all the way to the realm of returning to emptiness. This silver pot can be said to have made great contributions.

 Chapter 1371

    All kinds of spiritual fluids provided by this silver pot have not only exchanged a lot of money and food for the silver pot old man for cultivation, but also won a lot of favor.


    If it were not for the limited output of silver pot and the hard won spiritual solution, I''m afraid the achievements of silver pot elderly people would not be limited to this.


    Needless to say, the silver pot is a life-saving magic weapon. The old man of silver pot sees it very closely and will never let others touch it.


    The silver pot old man also cherishes these spiritual liquids that have been made at a great cost and will not give them easily.


    Basically, every time the spirit liquid is sent, it can bring great harvest to the old man Yinhu.


    This time, if it was not forced and there was no better way, the old silver pot would not have cost so much.


    The three drops of holy liquid he gave Meng Zhang have the greatest magical effect, which can be used to repair various magic instruments.


    When Meng Zhang was complaining just now, he said that his magic weapon was badly damaged by the power of the demon God and could not be completely repaired.


    Since it is against demons, it is necessary to drop magic tools.


    The Shenxiao Tianlei just given by old man Yinhu not only has great power, but also the power of thunder has a special effect in killing evil spirits. It can be called the nemesis of evil things.


    But Shenxiao Tianlei is disposable and can only play a role once.


    The demon army is powerful and needs other magic tools.


    Therefore, the silver pot old man endured heartache and gave Meng Zhang three drops of spiritual liquid to repair the magic weapon and enhance his power against demons.


    Meng Zhang certainly accepted the kindness of old man Yinhu.


    If these three things are used properly, they can really play a great role in helping Meng Zhang defeat the demon army.


    In addition to giving Meng Zhang three items, old silver pot also opened a convenient door and asked him to go to the library of the heavenly palace to check some information about demons.


    There are many kinds of demons with strange abilities.


    If you know more about demons, you can start targeted.


    Taiyimen itself has a lot of information about demons.


    When Meng Zhang was far away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty, he was recruited into the five punishment guards and took on the important task of exterminating demons.


    He not only read many demon materials collected by the five punishment guards, but also tried to collect more materials later.


    Now I have the opportunity to enter the library of the heavenly palace and read the magic materials collected by the heavenly palace. It''s really an opportunity.


    Old silver pot knew that Meng Zhang was busy dealing with demons, so he didn''t keep him much. Just told him a few important words and let him leave.


    When Meng Zhang left the silver pot old man''s residence, a boy beside the silver pot old man took him to a library in the heavenly palace.


    With the boy leading the way, Meng Zhang did not encounter any obstacles and easily entered the library.


    The boy and Meng Zhang explained a few words and left directly.


    Meng Zhang looked at all kinds of ancient books in the library and began to climb slowly.


    Of course, what is so easy to open to Meng Zhang is only the lowest level library. The various classics collected inside are not particularly precious.


    Most of the classics can be found on the market.


    Meng Zhang then flipped through several books, and his originally excited mood began to calm down.


    The classics here are of little value to him. He has limited time and needs to read what he needs first.


    The ancient books were arranged by categories. Meng Zhang soon found the part introducing demons.


    Meng Zhang read quickly.


    Although there are many classics collected here, he has not seen very few.


    He had so many dealings with demons, and his understanding of demons was far above many practitioners in the cultivation world.


    He finished reading these classics quickly, but the harvest was not great.


    Perhaps, in those high-level library, there may be more detailed classics, but he is not qualified to enter them.


    The heavenly palace has ruled the Junchen world for many years, and its accumulation and details are unfathomable.


    If you have a chance in the future, you must find a way to collect all kinds of classics collected by the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in the library too long, so he left here.


    His next stop is the branch of the Dark Alliance in the heavenly palace.


    The behavior style of the Dark Alliance is very similar to that of the black market, which is very secret.


    The division of the Dark Alliance in the heavenly palace is also a big secret.


    At that time, Meng Zhang also took the lead with the Dark Alliance branch because of the guidance of her mother-in-law.


    Meng Zhang came to the Dark Alliance branch. Relying on the jade amulet given by the silver pot old man, he met a deacon of high status.


    Meng Zhang used this jade symbol as a voucher and put forward his own requirements.


    He needs to hire a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen to go to the Daheng cultivation world to help him fight and kill demons.


    The monks in the later period of Yuanshen were not Chinese cabbage. Even in the Dark Alliance branch, it was difficult to find too many monks for Meng Zhang to choose slowly.


    As Meng Zhang was in a hurry, the Dark Alliance branch did not have much time to transfer more objects.


    Finally, the Dark Alliance branch provided a great friar named Qianying Zhenjun for Meng Zhang''s employment.


    Qianying Zhenjun soon appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    This is a kind-hearted old man in white with a peaceful face, just like a kind neighbor grandfather.


    According to the deacon, Qianying Zhenjun is the old God Zhenjun in the Dark Alliance. Strong strength and rich experience.


    Meng Zhang observed a little. Although the other party deliberately hid his strength, it was definitely not easy.


    Without more choices, the other party should not be the worst choice.


    Under the introduction of the deacon, Meng Zhang and Qianying Zhenjun met.


    Next, Meng Zhang will tell Qianying Zhenjun in detail what he needs to do.


    Generally speaking, the employer must inform the relevant information in detail when hiring people from the Dark Alliance, especially not deliberately hide the dangers.


    Meng Zhang did not want to violate the established rules, let alone make enemies with the Dark Alliance.


    Therefore, he didn''t hide anything, and told the power of the devil and all kinds of dangers.


    Qianying Zhenjun was not frightened by Meng Zhang''s danger, but looked very interested.


    Since Qianying Zhenjun had no opinion, the employment was easily reached.


    Meng Zhang signed a contract with the deacon of the Dark Alliance and made an agreement.


    During his employment, Qianying Zhenjun will follow Meng Zhang and help him fight and kill demons.


    In the ordinary battle, Qianying Zhenjun will obey Meng Zhang''s orders and obey Meng Zhang''s dispatch.


    Of course, he has the right to refuse the order that he must die.


    Qianying Zhenjun was hired by Meng Zhang until Meng Zhang successfully killed the demons transformed to South China.


    If Meng Zhang has not been able to kill the demonized South China, then in ten years, Qianying Zhenjun will also take the initiative to leave and end the employment relationship between the two sides.


    As for the remuneration of this employment, it is naturally the responsibility of the silver pot old man.

 Chapter 1372

    Meng Zhang left the Dark Alliance branch with Qianying Zhenjun. Without further delay in the heavenly palace, he embarked on his return journey.


    When Meng Zhang secretly returned to the temporary camp, Qianying Zhenjun followed.


    Qianying Zhenjun is indeed a monk from the Dark Alliance. His ability to sneak and hide his tracks is better than Meng Zhang.


    After the two returned to the camp, the mermaid king didn''t notice that Meng Zhang had left secretly for so long.


    During this time, there has been no major war. The aquarium army and the Terran friars work together to clean up the nearby area and eliminate all kinds of demons. It is very smooth.


    Without powerful demons, there is naturally no need to disturb the two strong men, the mermaid king and Meng Zhang.


    In fact, even the mermaid King stayed in the camp to meditate and didn''t go out much at all.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the camp, he had time to slowly communicate with Qianying Zhenjun.


    Speaking of, they still have a certain origin.


    After some communication, they had a preliminary understanding of each other.


    Qianying Zhenjun spent a long time in Jiuqu province many years ago.


    At that time, Jiuqu province was still Jiuqu League, and the rulers there were yujianmen and qingyuanzong.


    It''s just taiyimen. It''s also a small sect that lives hard in the endless sand sea.


    Qianying Zhenjun was sent by the senior management of the Dark Alliance to perform special tasks near the endless sand sea.


    Originally, this task was a secret of the Dark Alliance at that time, but so many years have passed, and Meng Zhang himself is also one of the parties. Qianying Zhenjun didn''t hide it.


    It turned out that at that time, Tianzhu Zhenjun found a seriously injured fifth order Earth Spirit coming to the endless sand sea.


    For the sake of his future of cultivation, after Tianzhu Zhenjun reached an agreement with the Dark Alliance, he entered the endless sand sea and entangled with the fifth order Earth Spirit.


    The task of Qianying Zhenjun is to implement the agreement between the Dark Alliance and Tianzhu Zhenjun, and prevent foreign strongmen from entering the endless sand sea to disturb Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Although the senior management of the Dark Alliance is not optimistic about the practice of Tianzhu Zhenjun, if Tianzhu Zhenjun succeeds, he will not only become a fifth level strong man, but also open up a new path of cultivation.


    Therefore, the Dark Alliance is still more concerned about Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Dark Alliance has invested a lot of resources and paid a lot of costs to ensure that Tianzhu Zhenjun will not be disturbed.


    Of course, Meng Zhang witnessed many things that happened later. Even after so many years, he still has a fresh memory.


    The death of Tianzhu Zhenjun not only shocked Meng Zhang, but also affected the overall situation of the endless sand sea.


    When Tianzhu Zhenjun died, Qianying Zhenjun was away from Jiuqu League for some reasons and failed to provide support in time.


    Because of this, Qianying Zhenjun later suffered a lot of criticism and blame in the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang heard Qianying Zhenjun mention the past and recalled the scenes at that time.


    He told Qianying Zhenjun everything that happened to Tianzhu Zhenjun at that time.


    After Tianzhu Zhenjun''s body fell, Qianying Zhenjun also made a lot of investigations.


    Although he understood the general situation at that time, he was definitely not as clear as Meng Zhang.


    Later, he hurried back to the dark League for disposal without further investigation.


    Now Meng Zhang, as a party, talks about all this, and Qianying Zhenjun feels very sad in his heart.


    He became a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen for many years, and had long encountered the same problems as Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    His further hope is very slim. Basically, he can''t break through the later stage of Yuanshen all his life.


    He once laughed at Tianzhu Zhenjun''s wishful thinking.


    But now it''s his turn to face the same situation, but he doesn''t have the opportunity and courage of Tianzhu Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang completed many details of the incident from the mouth of Qianying Zhenjun.


    He has seen many precedents at all costs in order to break through the bottleneck of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang is also a monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    For many friars in the Junchen world, the road of cultivation comes to an end at this level.


    If you want to go further, it is really difficult and almost impossible.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation progress was very slow after he entered the later stage of Yuanshen because of the hidden dangers left when he broke through.


    He didn''t know what kind of choice he would make if he encountered the same difficulties of his predecessors in the future and his cultivation stopped all the time


    As Meng Zhang and Qianying Zhenjun talked about the old events of that year, they began to become familiar and began to feel a little friendly.


    Qianying Zhenjun volunteered this time and was willing to accept Meng Zhang''s employment. First, it was because of this origin in those years. Second, I also want to see the devil disaster and try the power of the devil.


    When Qianying Zhenjun stayed near the endless sand sea, he also knew something about the situation of the endless sand sea.


    Immortal Jinli in those days and now Jinli Zhenjun are still the younger generation working for Tianzhu Zhenjun. It''s not worth mentioning at all.


    As for Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate, they can''t enter the magic eyes of Qianying Zhenjun.


    Qianying Zhenjun didn''t expect that Meng Zhang and taiyimen had grown to this level over the years.


    Meng Zhang has the strength to compete with him, and his status is hidden above him.


    After they became familiar with the relationship, they talked more and more.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang also has many friends in the black market.


    Shushan Zhenjun, who was born in the black market, has a good relationship with Meng Zhang. He has always presided over the black market in the north of Jiuqu province.


    In the south of Jiuqu Province, the black market there was originally presided over by Dong Qiang Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun.


    They took refuge in Dali Dynasty early, and together with the black market under their auspices, they also became subordinates of Dali Dynasty.


    After Meng Zhang obtained the control of Jiuqu Province, in order to stabilize the situation as soon as possible, he adopted a very lenient strategy for the original Xiuzhen forces.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun and Bai Yazhen Jun served Meng Zhangchen in time, escaped the disaster and continued to preside over the black market in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Of course, when Meng Zhang organized a large army of monks to make an expedition across the spiritual world, Meng Zhang forcibly recruited many monks and materials in the black market in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang knew that the Dark Alliance behind the black market was very powerful. He was unwilling to make a grudge against it, so he restrained himself and didn''t go too far.


    The black market belongs to the subordinate organization of the Dark Alliance, or the Dark Alliance is a large and higher-level black market.


    Qianying Zhenjun also experienced in the black market before directly working for the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang talked about everything about the black market. He was very familiar and kind.


    He felt a little familiar with the names of these people mentioned by Meng Zhang.


    In particular, Shushan Zhenjun, who is highly valued by the senior management of the Dark Alliance, is just put into the black market to experience.


    In recent years, the situation in Jiuqu provinces has changed rapidly, and the black market has also experienced a great impact.


    Shushan Zhenjun can maintain the independent status of the black market and ensure the normal operation of the black market.

 Chapter 1373

    Qianying Zhenjun heard about it not long ago. Someone at the top of the Dark Alliance is very satisfied with Shushan Zhenjun and is ready to transfer him back to the Dark Alliance Committee to take an important task in the near future.


    Meng Zhang mentioned Shushan Zhenjun, and they also had a new conversation.


    During the conversation, Meng Zhang suddenly remembered two good friends, real ye ye and jueying master and apprentice.


    At the end of Meng Zhang''s life, he got to know their teachers and disciples and got a lot of help from them.


    The establishment of taiyimen''s most important organization, the dark hall, has a unique skill.


    Later, their teachers and disciples were transferred away by the dark League, and they never returned to the Jiuqu League again.


    The communication method left by fallen immortal Meng Zhang can only communicate within a certain distance.


    After their masters and disciples left, they had already exceeded the communication distance of the communication device.


    After so many years, Meng Zhang has been trying to contact the two people, but they all failed.


    He couldn''t find out their whereabouts from the black market.


    Now, it''s rare to talk to Qianying Zhenjun. Meng Zhang tries to find out the whereabouts of the two friends.


    In any organization in the Junchen world, the monks in the later period of Yuanshen are not Chinese cabbage.


    Qianying Zhenjun also has a good position in the powerful Dark Alliance and has mastered many intelligence unknown to the outside world.


    Now he looks at Meng Zhang very pleasing to his eyes, and he has some thoughts of making friends with Meng Zhang.


    As long as Meng Zhang''s inquiry is not the secret of the Dark Alliance, Qianying Zhenjun will not hide it.


    The name of fallen leaf immortal, Qianying Zhenjun has also heard of it. Of course, the fallen leaf immortal has long become the fallen leaf real king.


    The internal factions of the dark league are complex and the members come from different backgrounds. Some things are not easy for Qianying Zhenjun to disclose to Meng Zhang, an outsider.


    He just told Meng Zhang that after experiencing the experience of the black market, the real master and apprentice of fallen leaves entered the eyes of some senior leaders of the Dark Alliance and was entrusted with an important task.


    A few years ago, Qianying Zhenjun also heard that their teachers and disciples were running south of the Junchen world.


    Of course, because the two sides have no direct relationship, they do not belong to each other within the Dark Alliance. In more cases, Qianying Zhenjun is not clear.


    Many arrangements and actions within the Dark Alliance are very confidential. Even if members of the alliance do not participate, it is difficult to know the specific details.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was somewhat disappointed, Qianying Zhenjun said that when he returned to the Dark Alliance in the future, he would help Meng Zhang pay attention to this matter. If you have a message, you can pass it on to him.


    Meng Zhang is of course very grateful for this.


    After chatting for a long time, they finally began to talk about the situation in the Daheng cultivation world.


    In the future, he will fight side by side with Qianying Zhenjun, so Meng Zhang has nothing to hide from him.


    Not only the intelligence of the devil, the trend of the local Xiuzhen forces, but also the gratitude and resentment between him and Xiao Qiao were told to Qianying Zhenjun one by one.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that his resentment with the monk Ziyang Shengzong would make Qianying Zhenjun shrink back.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Qianying Zhenjun didn''t care at all.


    Qianying Zhenjun doesn''t worry about offending Ziyang Shengzong at all.


    He also told Meng Zhang that the Dark Alliance was one of the few forces in the cultivation world who dared to break their wrists with the Holy Land Sect.


    Of course, the Dark Alliance will not offend the holy door like Ziyang Shengzong for no reason.


    The Dark Alliance has its own rules.


    Since Qianying Zhenjun accepted Meng Zhang''s employment, he came to kill the demons.


    In this process, if friar Ziyang Shengzong has to come and make trouble, Qianying Zhenjun doesn''t mind weighing each other''s weight.


    If later, Ziyang Shengzong takes this as an excuse to hold on to Qianying Zhenjun, the Dark Alliance will never sit idly by.


    Since Qianying Zhenjun is not worried about offending Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang is finally relieved.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, Qianying Zhenjun also felt a little worried about the current situation.


    However, this not only did not make him shrink back, but aroused his pride.


    In the eyes of many practitioners, the Dark Alliance is an evil sect and an evil organization.


    However, most of the practitioners in the Dark Alliance are still Taoist monks.


    Since he is a Taoist friar, he is the enemy with demons and demons.


    When the conditions are right, Qianying Zhenjun doesn''t mind killing demons.


    After learning about Meng Zhang''s situation, Qianying Zhenjun began to think about how to help Meng Zhang break the situation.


    Qianying Zhenjun is a person with professional ethics.


    Now that you are employed by Meng Zhang, you should try your best to consider for the employer.


    Although Xiaoqiao has the name of Ziyang Shengzong, it also has many resources. But in the eyes of Meng Zhang and Qianying Zhenjun, they are just a clown.


    A strong army of demons is a strong enemy that is difficult to deal with.


    In particular, Meng Zhang should try to preserve his strength to avoid excessive loss of his friars.


    There are two biggest difficulties in fighting against the demon army.


    Fortunately, now with the God Xiao Tianlei given by the silver pot old man, we finally have the means to restrain each other.


    There is no shortcut to deal with such a large number of enemies, only slowly eliminate them and eliminate their quantitative advantage little by little.


    After a long discussion, they had a general clue, but they didn''t know how to start.


    Fortunately, there has been no change in the demon army during this period, leaving Meng Zhang more time.


    In the following time, the action of the aquarium army to clean up the responsible area continued without encountering too much resistance.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of spare time and can stay in the temporary camp.


    He took out the three drops of spirit liquid given by the silver pot old man to slowly repair the magic subduing mirror.


    These three drops of holy liquid are really effective.


    After the magic subduing mirror absorbed it, the process of self-healing was accelerated many times, easily melted many precious materials and began to recover slowly.


    Although the clean-up operation of the aquarium army is smooth, the area in charge is too large to be completed in a short time.


    After Zhenjun, the leader of Wanhe mountain, safely returned to Xiaoqiao, he reported peace to Meng Zhang with a communication method and began to secretly transmit all kinds of information.


    Xiao Qiao''s action to drive away the main force of demons was also not smooth.


    Although the spies sent by Xiao Qiao found a lot of demons, they have not found their whereabouts to South China after demonization.


    There have been many conflicts between his friars and the demons. Both sides have their own victories and losses, and each has casualties.


    Now it seems that Xiao Qiao wants to drive the demons to the area under Meng Zhang''s responsibility, which is wishful thinking and has no basis for implementation.


    Xiao Liang''s vicious strategy in the heavenly palace fell through because the demons didn''t cooperate.

 Chapter 1374

    With the slow recovery of the magic weapon of magic subduing mirror, Meng Zhang''s confidence is more and more sufficient.


    However, there has been no big action in the aspect of demons, and the overall situation remains a strange silence, which makes Meng Zhang a little confused.


    In the area in charge of aquarium, there are only a small group of demons and many single demons, and there are no large groups of demons.


    Taiyimen is in charge of the area, although large-scale cleaning has not yet begun. However, Meng Zhang had already sent many monks to investigate them.


    So far, these friars have not found a large group of demons.


    Yang Xueyi led the army of monks and slowly approached the expedition army.


    The operation along the way was also relatively smooth, and did not experience too fierce fighting.


    Is it true that the main force of the demon army is all in the area in charge of Xiaoqiao?


    Normally, if this is the case, Meng Zhang should gloat and be very happy.


    However, Meng Zhang is not a short-sighted person, but a figure with an overall view.


    If the demon army completely defeated the monk army led by Xiao Qiao and destroyed the local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world. The strength of the demon will certainly expand rapidly and usher in great changes.


    At that time, the demon army will kill in the direction of the expedition army, which is really unstoppable.


    Of course, in any case, Meng Zhang would not lead an expedition to reinforce Xiao Qiao in the past.


    I can only hope this guy can use a little. After getting so many reinforcements from Xiao Liang, he can entangle with the demon army more and don''t retreat so quickly.


    After each victory, the demon army will demonize more creatures.


    After swallowing and demonizing more practitioners, the demon army will become stronger and stronger.


    Fortunately, so far, the friars under Xiao Qiao have not encountered too strong demon clusters, but have fought with a few demon clusters led by a fourth-order demon.


    Where is the main force of the demon army hidden?


    The great horizontal cultivation world is too vast. Even if the yuan God Zhenjun is dispatched, it is difficult to search every corner in a short time.


    If you send out a team of monks with insufficient strength, once you encounter the main force of the demon army, don''t mention escaping, you can''t even get the news.


    The only consolation for Meng Zhang is that the friars he sent have not suffered too much losses, let alone the total annihilation of the army.


    Meng Zhang has been unable to receive the trend information of the main force of the demon army, and he is a little worried.


    Meng Zhang decided that after the magic subduing mirror was completely repaired, he would personally go out for a turn, go deep into all parts of the Daheng cultivation world and have a good exploration.


    He didn''t believe that such a large army of demons would leave no trace.


    As a mystery master, although he can''t actively calculate the whereabouts of the demon army, his keen sense of spirit can certainly provide no small help in the search.


    While Meng Zhang was waiting silently, an old acquaintance who had not seen him for a long time secretly contacted him.


    Meng Zhang left Qianying Zhenjun in the temporary camp and left secretly to meet the old acquaintance.


    This old acquaintance is mo Qingzhen, who has dealt with Meng Zhang many times.


    Mo Qingzhen contacted Meng Zhang at this time. Meng Zhang was surprised, but it was reasonable.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang long ago that he would support Meng Zhang to eliminate demons, especially to South China after killing demonized demons, because of the internal struggle of the devil road.


    Last time Meng Zhang was able to pacify the whole southern Jiuqu province so quickly, the information provided by Mo Qingzhen played a great role.


    Now when he meets with Mo Qingzhen Jun again, Meng Zhang already has some expectations in his heart.


    After they met, without a few nonsense, they went straight to the subject.


    This time, Mo Qingzhen brought the information Meng Zhang needed most.


    He told Meng Zhang a lot of information about demons.


    Before they were completely demonized and transformed into demons in South China, many fourth-order demons emerged in the demonic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Among them, there are two powerful demons in the later period of Yuanshen.


    This is also one of the reasons why the local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world are unwilling to have a hard encounter with the demon army.


    Xianghua and Xiangjia, as well as many other monks, were demonized by the power of the master of the magic plow house.


    They soon gathered together, led by Xiang South China, and began to conquer and integrate other demons in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although South China has the power of demons and gods, many demons are not so easy to surrender.


    The Lord of the magic plow house is a powerful demon God, but he still has many opponents and even enemies in the devil''s way.


    The struggle between the demons in Jun dust world is a superficial embodiment of the struggle between demons and gods to a certain extent.


    After a fierce struggle, Xiang became the final winner in South China.


    The other two powerful demons in the later stage of Yuanshen were swallowed directly to South China after one was defeated.


    The other saw the opportunity early and left the ruling demons in time to escape alone.


    After that, Xiang Huanan spent a lot of time and energy to integrate all the demons.


    Up to now, this work has not been completely completed.


    The devil itself is a rebellious and disorganized creature.


    In a separate group of demons, demons barely know the distinction between upper and lower levels.


    However, if many different demon groups want to be completely kneaded together to form a new huge demon group, it is a long-lasting and very arduous work.


    The demonized to South China retains many memories and experiences of being human.


    He has been the owner of Xiang family for many years, and his ability to command a giant Xiuzhen family to South China is beyond doubt.


    However, it is too troublesome and difficult to integrate different demon groups.


    In order to lead the army of demons to sweep across the great horizontal cultivation world in South China and expand around wantonly, we need a strong demon cluster.


    In the process of integrating the demons, many demons secretly opposed him and obstructed his actions.


    Even many powerful demons who escaped before will come out to make trouble and delay their action to South China.


    Now, Xianghua has lost patience.


    Those demons that are difficult to command and integrate have been abandoned by him.


    He commanded his trusted men to devour all these disobedient demons.


    Devouring each other between demons is not only an instinct, but also a means to strengthen itself.


    Those who swallowed a lot of demons are now beginning to evolve, and many even fall into sleep.


    When these guys complete their evolution, they will greatly increase their strength.


    At that time, Xiang Huanan will lead this strengthened army of demons and begin to sweep away the human cultivation forces.


    If Terran friars want to defeat Xiang Huanan and his demon army, they''d better grab before these guys complete their evolution.


    The time left for Terran friars is running out. Many demons will complete their evolution at any time, and their strength will increase greatly.

 Chapter 1375

    Mo Qingzhen said so much information about demons, especially pointing out the urgency of the current situation.


    Without him going on, Meng Zhang understood what he meant.


    Now is a rare opportunity to launch a surprise attack on the main force of demons while the elite of demons are evolving and even many demons are still sleeping, so as to severely damage the main force of demons and eliminate most of their elite.


    You know, with the selfish habit of demons, Xiang Huanan after demonization must let his most trusted subordinates devour other demons and get the opportunity to evolve.


    If we can take advantage of the weakness and eliminate these demons in the war, we will greatly damage our strength to South China.


    The information provided by Mo qingzhenjun is surprisingly detailed.


    Even where these demons hide from evolution, he knows very well.


    The valley where people held a ceremony to offer sacrifices to the master of the magic plow house in South China is now the hiding place of those demons.


    Xianghua has almost integrated most of the demons in the great horizontal cultivation world on the surface.


    But among the demons he had recently taken refuge in, there were many unreliable guys.


    Not to mention that some fourth order demons have not taken refuge in him so far, hiding in the dark and eyeing him.


    Although he defeated the army of monks led by Meng Zhang last time, Xiang South China still kept a lot of vigilance against Terran monks.


    The valley has been operated to South China for many years, and has been influenced by the power of the Lord of the magic plow house. It happens to be his nest.


    When Meng Zhang sent a friar team to search for the main force of demons, he didn''t send someone to investigate the valley for a reason.


    Meng Zhang had escaped from the valley. He was unwilling to send his men to die for nothing until he confirmed that the power left by the master of the magic plow house dissipated.


    The local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world once sent some friars near the valley.


    However, after many monks fell into the valley and began to rage towards South China after being demonized, these monks had already fled.


    As for now, according to Xiao Liang''s division, the valley is located in the area in the charge of Xiao Qiao, and Meng Zhang will not be bothered.


    It is reasonable to take this valley as a nest to South China.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang.


    Although the master of the magic plow house is a powerful demon God, his real body is far away in the void outside the territory. His power to come to the Jun dust world will dissipate slowly with the passage of time.


    Now in that valley, the influence of the power he left behind has long disappeared completely.


    Even if practitioners enter there, they will not be threatened by demonization.


    Xianghua is seriously suspicious.


    When many of his cronies began to evolve, he allowed only a few trusted demons to approach the valley.


    The rest of the demon was divided into several parts by him.


    Some are standing by near the valley, and some are entangled with the friars led by Xiao Qiao


    After Meng Zhang''s last defeat, Xiang Huanan probably thought that Meng Zhang and Shui Zu would be honest for a while, so he didn''t arrange forces to invade here.


    The information provided by Mo Qingzhen Jun is too detailed. There are few omissions about all kinds of demons.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but be a little surprised when he heard the back.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is just a demon, not a demon. What''s more, the famine demon God behind him obviously has a feud with the Lord of the magic plow house.


    It was amazing that he could understand the situation in South China so clearly.


    After Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang all the information he had, he didn''t urge Meng Zhang to act, but kept silent and waited for Meng Zhang to think slowly.


    Although the enemy of the enemy is not necessarily a friend, Mo Qingzhen has no reason to entrap Meng Zhang on the issue of going to South China.


    At least before defeating Xiang South China, Mr. Mo Qingzhen can barely be trusted.


    Meng Zhang exhausted various means and did not detect much information about the main force of the demon.


    The information provided by Mo qingzhenjun has become the biggest basis for his decision-making.


    Of course, Mo Qingzhen Jun''s active help must have his own selfishness and calculation.


    Selfishness or calculation is not important.


    Most importantly, Xiang South China has long been the biggest enemy of Meng Zhang and even the human cultivators.


    Silver pot old man and Meng Zhang have reached a tacit understanding.


    He offered help and Meng Zhang went to kill South China to avoid the worst.


    If Meng Zhang can''t do anything to South China for a long time, he will certainly offend old man Yinhu.


    Silver pot old man''s things are not so easy to take.


    Although old man Yinhu is not a trustworthy elder, it is of great benefit to Meng Zhang and taiyimen to have a good relationship and deepen contacts with him.


    I don''t see that even the great power of returning to emptiness like mother-in-law Qiansi is making friends with the old man Yinhu.


    If Xiang Huanan really becomes a fifth order demon, I''m afraid it will not be a disaster for the great horizontal cultivation world and the Jiuqu Province, but a catastrophe for the whole Jun dust world.


    At that time, even if Meng Zhang is willing to give up all his current foundation and lead taiyimen to move, he may not have time to escape the catastrophe.


    Meng Zhang prides himself on being a righteous monk. He still has a sense of justice, not to mention the life and death of taiyimen.


    After listening to Mo Qingzhen''s story, Meng Zhang thought that he would not only take the opportunity to launch an attack and destroy the elite demons under Xiang South China, but also see if he could take this opportunity to directly eliminate Xiang South China, the great enemy.


    Now Xiang''s confidants in South China are evolving, and only a few demons remain in that valley.


    Most of the demons that were not trusted enough and later accepted were arranged outside the valley to South China.


    At this time, if a small team is organized to sneak into the valley and launch an assault on the interior of the valley, without the continuous disturbance of a large number of demons, it only needs to face south China directly.


    Meng Zhang, who has the card of Shenxiao Tianlei, is really likely to kill Xiang South China on the spot.


    As long as Xiang South China is removed, Meng Zhang will not be afraid of the remaining army of demons.


    The more he thought about it, the more Meng Zhang felt that the plan was highly feasible.


    The biggest problem can be solved as long as it is arranged properly and attacked vigorously.


    Of course, Meng Zhang just has a preliminary idea in his mind. As for the specific way to do it, he has to discuss it with the middle and senior management of the door.


    However, time is limited and opportunities are precious. We can''t delay too long.


    In front of Mo Qingzhen, Meng Zhang did not reveal his true thoughts, let alone his intention to decapitate South China.


    He just asked Mo Qingzhen Jun many questions carefully and found out all kinds of situations in the valley.


    Until the end of the conversation with Mo Qingzhen Jun, Meng Zhang didn''t say a word. He just said that he would consider the information provided by Mo Qingzhen Jun and go back to discuss with Haosheng at the middle and senior levels of the door.

 Chapter 1376

    After talking with Mo Qingzhen, Meng Zhang returned to the temporary camp.


    This time, instead of sneaking away directly, he told the mermaid king that he had something important and wanted to go back and discuss with the middle and senior level of the door.


    If the mermaid king has emergency information, he will send it at any time.


    The mermaid king has seen Meng Zhang''s ability to use space transmission and believes that once something happens, he can provide support in time, so he didn''t say much.


    After leaving the temporary camp, Meng Zhang first sent back to the camp of the expeditionary army and told the senior level of Taiyi gate all the information brought by Mo Qingzhen.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang also went to Yang Xueyi to discuss the matter with her and listen to her opinions.


    Including Yang Xueyi, most of the top leaders of taiyimen feel that the opportunity is rare. They must seize this opportunity and launch an assault on the valley.


    Even if you can''t kill the demonized South China, you should also kill a large number of demons that are evolving. Reduce the pressure for future operations.


    There are also some people who question the intentions of Mo Qingzhen Jun, or suspect that there is something wrong with the information provided by this person. After all, no matter how much goodwill Mo Qingzhen Jun shows, this person is always a demon monk.


    Magic cultivation is not trustworthy. It is absolutely unreliable. It is recognized by all levels of Taiyi gate and Meng Zhang''s propaganda in the gate all the time.


    However, Meng Zhang chose to believe in Mo Qingzhen Jun this time.


    After communicating with the chief wolf eagle, Meng Zhang also knew a lot of foreign empty intelligence.


    He also heard about the relationship between different demons and gods.


    The hostility between the Lord of the magic plow house and the famine demon God is not uncommon among the demon gods.


    The struggle between hostile demons and gods is extremely cruel.


    They will do everything they can to strike their opponents by any means.


    Such a relationship naturally extends to its believers.


    Meng Zhang felt that no matter what calculations Mo Qingzhen had and what evil intentions he harbored, his hostility to South China could not be fake.


    In dealing with the problem of South China, he will try his best to help Meng Zhang.


    Yang Xueyi most agreed with Meng Zhang''s judgment and asked for orders to participate in the raid on the valley.


    Since most of the high-level people in the door agree, there is no problem for Meng Zhang to attack the valley.


    There are many monks of other forces in the expedition army. They absolutely dare not openly violate Meng Zhang''s opinions.


    In addition, Meng Zhang should also find ways to get more support as far as possible.


    He first contacted the grey Peng king on the other side of the black jade forest and told him the information he had obtained and his plan.


    King Huipeng had another backer in Ziyang holy sect, and did not mix with the gratitude and resentment of the Meng Zhang and Xiao family.


    The Xiao family not only can''t easily offend him, but sometimes they have to show kindness to him.


    King Huipeng is more considerate of the overall situation of Ziyang Shengzong.


    From his point of view, he also hopes that everyone can unite and strive to quell the evil disaster, so as not to let Ziyang Shengzong have worries.


    Between Xiao Qiao and Meng Zhang, he was obviously more optimistic about Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention, although he had little contact with Meng Zhang, he felt that Meng Zhang was very angry with him and they could talk very well.


    On the contrary, Xiao Qiao, a villain, obviously doesn''t look up to him.


    Yes, in the eyes of King Hui Peng, Xiao Qiao is a real villain.


    King Huipeng hid his origin and origin, entered the black jade forest and became the monster leader of the black jade forest. Naturally, he had a purpose.


    With a heavy responsibility, he can provide limited help to Meng Zhang without revealing his identity.


    But this time, Meng Zhang fully expressed his determination.


    Hui Peng Wang, who is familiar with the situation in the Dharma cultivation world, also knows that if he can hit and even get rid of Xiangnan, it will be of great significance to quell the magic disaster.


    After some thinking, the grey Peng king made a promise.


    He will try to cooperate with Meng Zhang''s action and provide maximum cover for his assault on the valley.


    After receiving the promise of King Huipeng, Meng Zhang went to meet the mermaid king again.


    Meng Zhang told the mermaid king about the current trend in South China and his idea of preparing to launch an assault.


    Although the mermaid king is an alien, he cares more about the overall situation than many human practitioners.


    With a long-term vision, of course, he knows that their current actions have little effect, but will leave many opportunities for the devil.


    The mermaid King agrees with Meng Zhang and is willing to participate in it personally.


    However, the old fox took advantage of this opportunity to ask Meng Zhang for a lot of benefits.


    With regard to the territory of Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang made many concessions and promised a lot of material assistance.


    On this key issue, Meng Zhang has a clear weight and will not be stingy at all.


    After the mermaid king is finished, our side will not be too far away in terms of top-level combat power. Even if something happens, you can get out of it.


    As for Xiao Liang and Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang will not ask for trouble. He will take the initiative to contact them.


    Xiao Liang, an old fellow, seems fair, but actually his mind is vicious.


    He not only made a vicious plan, trying to murder Meng Zhang.


    Even in the name of Ziyang Shengzong, he promised to provide all kinds of support materials to the expeditionary army. He found an excuse to delay and delayed the delivery.


    Meng Zhang is better to guard against them than against demons.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, they are more vicious and hateful than demons.


    After Meng Zhang coordinated all aspects, he began to organize raids.


    Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi, an Xiaoran, and Jin Lizhen, who had just arrived at the front line, would all take part in the operation.


    In addition to the taiyimen friar, Huolie Zhenjun and Changchun Zhenjun of Hanhai Dao alliance will participate in the war.


    In addition, there are more than ten Yuanshen Zhenjun dispatched this time, including other Xiuzhen forces in the expedition army, such as Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    The mermaid king also took two fourth order aquarium strongmen to the war.


    As the hired Qianying Zhenjun, naturally, he will not escape this battle.


    Before Meng Zhang and his men began to assemble and prepare to launch an assault, the grey Peng King took one step first.


    A monster army sent by Heiyu forest last time was almost wiped out by demons, which made king Huipeng suffer criticism and questioned by many monster leaders.


    This time, King Hui Peng personally led a monster army, under the banner of revenge for the previous monster army, took the initiative to drive towards the direction of the valley, trying to find demons and destroy them.


    Soon after the monster army went out in a big way, it was intercepted by several demon groups, and the two sides launched a fierce war.


    Xiao Qiao felt puzzled about the move of the grey Peng king.


    However, he can''t control the movements of the grey Peng king.


    Meng Zhang knew that this was the help promised by King Hui Peng.


    He led the monster army to march towards the valley, which will not only attract the attention to South China, but also contain some demon groups.

 Chapter 1377

    Soon after the war between the demon army and the Warcraft army led by King Hui Peng, Meng Zhang and them secretly came to the valley.


    King Huipeng is a powerful monster with the strength of the late Yuan God, and his monster army has extraordinary strength.


    In the face of such a strong enemy, even crazy demons dare not have the slightest carelessness.


    Originally, the demon army stationed outside the valley dispatched several demon groups to fight against the grey Peng king.


    Great loopholes immediately appeared in the defense around the valley.


    The nature of Meng Zhang''s operation is a beheading operation. It does not need to use too many troops. It is mainly to dispatch a few high-level friars to ensure that one blow will hit the target.


    The monks on Meng Zhang''s side were basically included in the void tripod by Meng Zhang.


    Qianying Zhenjun has the means to hide his body and sneak in secretly.


    In this respect alone, he was born in the dark League and worked as an assassin and scout for many years. His skills are not necessarily worse than Meng Zhang.


    The mermaid king still has a minimum wariness of Meng Zhang and is unwilling to enter the void tripod.


    As the leader of the aquarium, he still has many cards.


    He took out a magic instrument with hiding function and hid the deeds of himself and his two men.


    After being demonized to South China, it still retains many previous memories and feelings.


    The demonized Xiang family became his most direct subordinate and won his trust.


    What benefits it has is also the first possession from the family.


    This time, many demons who disobeyed Xiang South China were given to Xiang Jia as tonic to Xiang South China.


    After Xiangjia demons swallowed these demons, they hid in the valley and began to evolve.


    The evolution of demons takes some time, and this process cannot be disturbed.


    Some demons even go into a long sleep to completely complete evolution.


    Xiang Huanan doesn''t trust the newly subdued demons and doesn''t allow them to get close to this valley easily.


    Therefore, in the valley, there are not many demons that can really play a role.


    If Meng Zhang and his disciples rush into the valley, at least in a short time, they don''t have to worry about encountering an endless army of demons.


    Meng Zhang and his men hid their figure and began to approach the valley slowly.


    In this process, Meng Zhang did not have any changes.


    It seems that the influence of the power left by the master of the magic plow house has indeed subsided.


    Meng Zhang knew for a long time that the Junchen world had a strong rejection of all external forces.


    Once the powerful and striking existence like the power of the devil and God enters the Jun dust world, it will soon become the key excluded object of the Jun dust world, which is difficult to maintain for a long time.


    The devil itself is a very chaotic creature, and there is no strict order and discipline inside.


    Although under the strict order to South China, the demons in the valley have strengthened their defense and are patrolling closely all the time.


    Meng Zhang they still looked for a suitable opportunity and sneaked into the valley.


    Meng Zhang''s goal this time is to move to South China after demonization. He will try to avoid those demons moving around in the valley to avoid disturbing them.


    Under Meng Zhang''s keen perception, many demons fell asleep in the deep underground of the valley.


    Many demons were motionless, their breath fluctuated, and their bodies began to be distorted.


    These should be the evolving demons.


    Although they are also the targets of Meng Zhang''s extermination, Meng Zhang''s primary goal is to South China.


    Meng Zhang ignored these demons and continued to sneak into the deep valley.


    He didn''t deliberately hide himself from South China.


    He is in the middle of the valley. It seems that he is releasing his violent breath recklessly all the time.


    The breath was so striking that Meng Zhang and his disciples felt it clearly before they entered the valley.


    In the middle of the valley, there was a black smoke rising into the sky.


    The smoke is full of chaos, killing, evil and so on.


    Below the smoke is the source of the smoke, a huge meat ball.


    The meat ball floated in the air, and the tentacles kept dancing.


    Meng Zhang and his men sneaked into the valley smoothly all the way.


    But when they saw the meat ball, the meat ball also found them.


    A furious sound wave came out from the meat ball. Meng Zhang couldn''t dodge. They were forced to show their body shape.


    Especially the two men brought by the mermaid king, whose strength was a little weak, were shocked and their blood rolled and their foothold was unstable.


    The huge meat ball rushed towards Meng Zhang''s position without hesitation.


    The black smoke rising into the sky rolled towards Meng Zhang and them.


    The demons in the valley seemed to be stimulated by unknown people. One by one, they became extremely violent and rushed to Meng Zhang and them madly.


    Meng Zhang urged the void tripod to release all the yuan gods and Zhen Jun inside.


    These two men of the Yuanshen Zhenjun and the mermaid king, their task is to block the huge demons from interfering with Meng Zhang''s war.


    Meng Zhang and Mermaid King jumped directly at the huge meat ball from the front.


    The figure of Qianying Zhenjun disappeared again in the shadow and disappeared.


    There are many demons in the valley, and there are almost endless demons outside.


    We must make a quick decision and not fall into the siege of a huge group of demons.


    As soon as Meng Zhang shot, he sacrificed the magic reducing mirror.


    Most of the magic subduing mirrors have been repaired and have exerted great power.


    The golden light of subduing demons shot out and bombarded the huge meat ball.


    When the mermaid King waved his magic weapon, Water Dragons rose from the ground, turned into thick chains, began to entangle the huge meat ball, and tried to bind it firmly.


    In the ubiquitous shadow, countless shadows suddenly appeared, frantically jumped on the giant''s meat ball, and kept biting and attacking on it.


    The huge meat ball twisted gently, broke free from the bondage and scattered the water dragons.


    Countless tentacles beat wildly, scattering the invisible shadows one after another.


    The golden light of subduing demons, which poses the greatest threat to demons, is the focus of prevention to South China.


    A black smoke blocked the golden light of subduing demons, constantly reducing and offsetting the power of the golden light of subduing demons.


    If nothing happens, the battle is another entanglement.


    Meng Zhang, together with the three of them, may not be able to beat the demonized Xiang South China.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang still has a powerful card.


    Moreover, seeing the right time, he showed his cards without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to excite Shenxiao Tianlei.


    A terrible thunder sounded in the sky, and almost all the demons in the valley fell to the ground in fear.


    A dazzling white light fell on the giant''s meat ball.


    Just now, the aggressive and arrogant meat ball immediately had no resistance and was easily blown to pieces.

 Chapter 1378

    Meng Zhang has personally experienced how powerful the demonized Xiang South China is.


    Meng Zhang suffered a lot from his strong flesh and powerful terrorist power.


    However, Meng Zhang still couldn''t believe that such a powerful demon was so easily blown to pieces by Shenxiao Tianlei.


    The treasure provided by Huixu is really so powerful?


    Xiang Huanan was killed, and all this is over?


    After the explosion of Shenxiao Tianlei, the dazzling light made everyone unable to look directly at it. The vast atmosphere generated in the explosion repelled all observation means, including divine thoughts.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t find out all the details of Shenxiao Tianlei explosion.


    It can only be judged from the meat ball fragments all over the ground that the demonized Xiang South China has been blown to pieces.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that even if the strength of Xiang South China is strong and the vitality of the demon is strong, it is impossible to survive under this powerful thunder.


    Not to mention the most powerful central position of Tianlei, the aftermath of Tianlei alone caused great damage to the demons in the valley.


    After the sky thunder explosion, the demons that were pouring in one after another fell to the ground one by one, and countless demons were seriously injured or died directly.


    Those demons hiding deep underground and in the process of evolution were disturbed by Tianlei, their evolution was interrupted and phagocytized by the evil Qi.


    Many demons made painful howls, their bodies were constantly distorted and deformed, and their whole bodies were rolling madly on the ground.


    There were more demons. They were killed without even making any noise.


    Meng Zhang is also a demon at the fourth level. If he does not reach the fifth level, no matter how powerful he is, he should not be able to resist the power of Shenxiao Tianlei.


    The body to South China was blown to pieces, and the breath disappeared long ago.


    Although Meng Zhang still had a little doubt in his heart, he still accepted the fact that Xiang Huanan was killed by himself.


    The biggest goal has been achieved.


    Of course, while the demons in the valley were awed by the power of Shenxiao Tianlei, Meng Zhang decided to pick them up again and chase after them.


    Every time one more demon is destroyed here today, countless efforts will be saved for future elimination and suppression.


    Although we all know that Meng Zhang can only attack with foreign objects.


    However, such a powerful and terrible blow, out of their own hands, still greatly boosted morale.


    Even the mermaid king, an elder of the aquarium who has some views on Meng Zhang, is now a little frightened of Meng Zhang.


    No one knows whether Meng Zhang has reservations or whether he can strike like that again.


    If Qianying Zhenjun was only a bit optimistic about Meng Zhang before, he is also a bit convinced of Meng Zhang at this time.


    As for the friars of Taiyi sect, needless to say, they have long been convinced by their own leader.


    Those monks recruited by other monastic forces in Jiuqu province are more in awe of Meng Zhang.


    Even if they had any careful thoughts before, they have all been eliminated or well hidden.


    Taking advantage of everyone''s high morale, Meng Zhang led everyone to kill the demons in the valley.


    Get rid of those evolving demons in the valley. The strength of those remaining demons is not weak.


    Not only a large number, but also there are many fourth-order demons.


    If it is normal, even in the face of a group of strong enemies like Meng Zhang, they can fight for a long time.


    There are too many demons and don''t care about casualties.


    Meng Zhang, it is not easy for them to win.


    But just now, the strike of Shenxiao Tianlei not only caused great damage to the demons, but also caused a great shock.


    Demons are violent and crazy in nature, and low-level demons have no reason.


    But too much power will still make them instinctively afraid.


    Moreover, among all dharmas, thunder Dharma is respected.


    Among the thunder methods, Tianlei is the top thunder method.


    Especially when dealing with creatures such as demons, Lei FA has a special restraining effect.


    The huge demon group in the valley was in great chaos because of the shock of Shenxiao Tianlei.


    Meng Zhang took the opportunity to kill them, and soon left the corpses of demons all over the ground.


    The demons who fall into chaos and have low fighting spirit can''t give play to their own quantitative advantage at all.


    Those fourth-order demons have the strength to stop Meng Zhang.


    But the fourth level demon has enough wisdom, not the ignorant low-level demon.


    They know how to cherish their own lives and will not die in vain most of the time.


    Except for a few too brainless guys, most of the fourth order demons began to shrink back after personally feeling the power of Shenxiao Tianlei.


    The sun and moon jewels hung high above Meng Zhang''s head, and endless sun and moon jewels sprayed out.


    Fell into the demon group and caused great damage to the demon.


    After all, the magic subduing mirror has not been completely repaired, and Meng Zhang has not continued to use it.


    Although the power of Sun Moon treasure light to subdue demons is far less than that of golden light to subdue demons, it still has a certain restraining effect on demons.


    The Yin and Yang Qi spewed out from the Yin and Yang spirit gourd of Meng Zhang''s life magic tool, turned into one practice in the air, and fell into the demons.


    A lot of low-level demons are crushed into powder by the sweeping Yin and Yang Qi.


    Meng Zhang holds a spirit snake spear and specializes in looking for high-level demons to fight.


    Just after a fourth order demon was easily picked up with the spirit snake spear, there were no more demons and dared to block Meng Zhang''s way.


    The mermaid king really deserves to be a strong man of the aquarium, and his ability to control water is superb.


    Countless streams of water of different thickness infiltrated into the ground silently, entangled those evolving demons and rolled them into a mass of meat mud.


    The water spirit Pavilion is also a water spirit true gentleman who is proficient in water system magic. Looking at the water control magic power of the mermaid king, his face is full of envy.


    There is no way. In the water system spell, the aquarium has a natural advantage, which is the talent of the aquarium.


    Among the Terran friars, only a few friars with unique talents can compete with them in this regard.


    Qianying Zhenjun shows countless shadows, infiltrates into the ground from all directions, and wantonly kills the demons below.


    The magic power of Qianying Zhenjun is a bit similar to the magic power of Qianying devil.


    In fact, many cultivation methods of the human friars are based on the natural abilities of various powerful creatures, including exotic animals, demon birds, and even demons.


    The Terran is the best at learning among the heavens.


    The Terran''s skill system is diverse, complex and changeable, because it draws on and absorbs too many abilities of other systems.

 Chapter 1379

    Of course, Qianying Zhenjun is not a demon cultivation after all. His cultivation skills just look similar to the abilities of demons. In fact, it is not directly related to it.


    What they learn from is only the ways and means of the devil''s power.


    However, those lawless and unscrupulous demons directly acquire or even seize the power of demons.


    Many of their means are not much different from those of demons.


    In order to obtain the ability of demons, they do everything they can.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, even in organizations like the Dark Alliance, demons are invisible.


    Although Qianying Zhenjun''s skills are strange and his means are changeable, and he is often regarded as a heresy, he is still a true Taoist monk in essence.


    After Qianying Zhenjun and others began to kill, the speed of removing demons was greatly accelerated.


    All the people present made concerted efforts to launch a fierce attack on the demon group.


    Soon, the demon group, which was a little orderly, began to collapse.


    Many of the demons who were flocking to Meng Zhang directly turned and ran away.


    Meng Zhang''s focus on killing is those evolving demons, and they don''t chase those escaping demons.


    Most of these demons are transformed from family people and are true confidants to South China.


    Once discovered, they are in evolution and have little resistance.


    Even if some demons forcibly interrupt evolution and try to attack Meng Zhang. But they can''t play much strength because they were injured by the counterattack.


    Meng Zhang they stayed in the valley for a long time, trying to destroy all the demons.


    After fighting for a long time, not only the valley was filled with all kinds of demon corpses.


    Deep underground, there are countless torn debris.


    When Meng Zhang and others were killing in the valley, the demons outside had already found the movement in the valley.


    However, without orders to South China, they can''t easily get close to the valley.


    In the hearts of these demons, they don''t want to lean over like this.


    It is best for them to fight South China and the incoming enemy without winning or losing, and lose both. Only in this way can they best meet their wishes and interests.


    Among the high-level demons who escaped from the valley, there are some loyal guys to South China who want to encourage the surrounding demons to support the valley.


    However, under the intentional or unintentional delay of many high-level demons, the surrounding demons have always been unable to go out in time.


    In this way, Meng Zhang, almost in the valley, carried out a reckless crazy killing.


    I''m afraid no one can tell how many demons were destroyed.


    With the rapid death of a large number of demons, the magic Qi around the battlefield not only did not fade, but became stronger and stronger.


    Meng Zhang was keenly aware that the surroundings of the battlefield began to become strange.


    The smell here has become a little less human.


    The primary task of killing South China has been completed, and most of the evolving demons have been eliminated, not to mention a large number of demons directly eliminated in the battle.


    Meng Zhang''s adventurous attack has long overfulfilled the task in exchange for sufficient return.


    Meng Zhang is worried that there will be a change in his time and is unwilling to stay here.


    He called everyone and led them away from the valley.


    When you come, you are afraid that the enemy will notice in advance and make an effective response. Meng Zhang, they sneaked in secretly, and there was little movement.


    When they returned, Meng Zhang, who had triumphed and returned, flew away from the valley with great momentum and swagger.


    In the eyes of those high-level demons with enough intelligence, the enemy''s strength must be very terrible when they are eliminated to South China.


    Without further understanding the enemy''s situation or strong support, the demon group simply did not dare to intercept Meng Zhang.


    In this way, Meng Zhang quickly returned to their camp under the eyes of many demons.


    This beheading raid was very successful and perfectly achieved its goal.


    After returning, Meng Zhang not only publicly announced the good news among the expedition army, but also encouraged everyone to publicize it intentionally or unintentionally.


    The mermaid king is not the kind of person who is willing to be an unsung hero.


    He not only boasted that his family played a key role and made great contributions in the operation, but also directly reported the course of the operation to Ziyang Shengzong through the contact channel with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, because Xiao Liang is in charge of the affairs here. The mermaid King''s report fell into his hands.


    Meng Zhang also deliberately reported his achievements to Xiao Liang.


    Xiao Liang was a little skeptical about Meng Zhang''s achievements.


    He doubted Meng Zhang''s ability, but he also knew that Meng Zhang should not lie about such a big event.


    The killing of Xiang Huanan can''t be fake.


    In addition to the legitimate friars of taiyimen, there were many friars of other forces, and there were other races such as Shui nationality.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong was restrained by Dali emperor, there was not much power for Daheng cultivation world.


    However, he has been in control of the north of Jun dust world for many years, and Ziyang Shengzong still has many ears and eyes.


    Soon, Meng Zhang led everyone deep into the tiger''s den, willing to take strange risks and kill the leader of the demon army. The information to South China was spread everywhere.


    The news spread all the way, through various channels, not only to Xiao Liang and Xiao Qiao, but also to the monks of the local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world.


    What kind of strength did Meng Zhang, who heard the news from Xiao Qiao, actually kill Xiang South China and make such a great contribution?


    Not long ago, Meng Zhang and his army of friars were ambushed by demons and defeated in South China.


    Also, the valley was originally located in the area where Xiao Qiao was responsible for cleaning up.


    Meng Zhang went deep into it. It was an offence to Xiao Qiao and a deliberate provocation.


    Although he was very reluctant, Xiao Liang had to accept the reliable information provided by various intelligence sources. Meng Zhangzhen killed Xiang South China, which laid the foundation for victory and made great contributions to quell the war of demons in Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has made great contributions. Xiao Liang is not happy, but deeply afraid of Meng Zhang.


    He began to think about how to play the word game in the report to zongmen and how to dilute Meng Zhang''s great achievements this time.


    Xiao Qiao was reluctant to accept the reality, but criticized Meng Zhang for no reason.


    Those friars of Daheng cultivation world who worked for him could not say anything to his face. They secretly had some opinions on him and even looked down on him.


    In any case, for the local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world, they all hope to quell the evil disaster as soon as possible, keep their foundation and keep their families from leaving their homes.

 Chapter 1380

    For anyone except Xiao Qiao and Xiao Liang, Meng Zhang''s killing to South China is a great good thing.


    The demonized Xiang South China is incomparably powerful and can rival many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The power of his demon alone made all the practitioners in the cultivation world out of breath.


    Except for Xiao Qiao, who has too much self-confidence, no one is sure that he can fight against South China.


    Even Xiao Qiao probably doesn''t want to fight with South China.


    Meng Zhang killed Xiang South China by relying on the Shenxiao Tianlei given by the silver pot old man, which is equivalent to sweeping away the top combat power of the demon army.


    Since then, although there are still a large number of demons, including powerful fourth-order demons, all human practitioners can see the dawn of clearing demons and calming demons.


    Meng Zhang, on the one hand, lost too much in the battle, and on the other hand, they were unwilling to fall into the siege of many demons.


    Therefore, they didn''t make further sweeping of the demon, but went back directly.


    After the rest, they can lead the army of friars and the army of aquariums to start sweeping away the remaining demons.


    Without such unmatched demons as South China, no matter how many demons there are, there are ways to deal with them.


    The most is to spend more time and clear the remaining demons bit by bit.


    After returning to the expedition camp, the mermaid King''s attitude towards Meng Zhang also became much more polite, and even had a somewhat flattering trend.


    He regretted the conflicts between Shui people and taiyimen over territory in Jiuqu province.


    Fortunately, because of the common enemy of demons, his relationship with Meng Zhang was not completely destroyed, but there were many places of cooperation.


    In this action, the mermaid King resolutely stood on Meng Zhang''s side despite some opposition within the aquarium.


    Now it seems that he feels that this is the most correct decision he has ever made.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards the mermaid king has not changed, let alone domineering.


    For Meng Zhang, Shenxiao Tianlei is disposable, and it will be gone after use.


    After killing Xiang South China, the expeditionary army solved the serious problem and greatly alleviated the external threat.


    However, given the current complex situation, it is far from being at ease.


    The strength of aquarium is not weak. Although it is an alien, taiyimen also needs this friend. At least they can''t turn each other into enemies.


    Before the mermaid King left, Meng Zhang talked with him happily and agreed to continue cooperation in the future.


    Not only the mermaid king, but also the Yuanshen friars who came into the valley with Meng Zhang this time, such as Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun, were greatly stimulated and felt that Meng Zhang was really unfathomable.


    They are people who know the goods. They all know Meng Zhang''s strike with Shenxiao Tianlei.


    Such attack power has far exceeded the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    They may also have guessed that Meng Zhang was able to make that blow by borrowing foreign objects, or even just a one-time means.


    But it is just like this that shows Meng Zhang''s strength.


    You know, similar foreign objects are not so easy to buy in the market, including the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to obtain such means proves that his back is not simple. If he doesn''t do well, he will have the support of returning to emptiness.


    After this encounter, Shuiling Zhenjun and other monks in new courtiers became much more honest.


    Meng Zhang rested in the camp of the expeditionary army, recovered a little strength, and flew to the heavenly palace.


    He went to the heavenly palace to visit old man Yinhu and report the latest results to him.


    Old man Yinhu greatly appreciated Meng Zhang.


    Last time, Meng Zhang worked for him twice in a row and successfully completed his task.


    Although Meng Zhang was given a lot of help this time, Meng Zhang was able to successfully kill South China and complete it in such a short time, which is enough to show his ability.


    The silver pot old man looked up at Meng Zhang.


    People who are capable and valuable will not be ignored when they go there.


    Originally, the silver pot old man only used Meng Zhang as a disposable tool last time.


    But this time, he felt that Meng Zhang played a great role. It can be of great use when needed.


    Old man Yinhu has encountered a lot of trouble these years.


    He also began to feel that he had better have several capable monks who could serve himself and solve some problems for his family.


    With the identity and status of old man Yinhu, as long as he waves his hand, a large number of monks will rush to become his subordinates and work for him.


    However, old man Yinhu has high vision, and not everyone can see it.


    Now Meng Zhang has entered his eyes.


    With this idea, old man Yinhu''s attitude towards Meng Zhang has become much kinder, and vaguely hinted that the two sides can have more exchanges in the future.


    Of course, if we really want to completely accept Meng Zhang and make him his own man, we still need to think about it in the long run and investigate it slowly.


    The silver pot old man encouraged Meng Zhang a few words and hoped that he would make persistent efforts to slowly put out the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Of course, because Xiang Huanan has been killed, Meng Zhang can act slowly without worrying.


    Meng Zhang almost patted his chest and said to the silver pot old man that he would try his best to put out the evil disaster and not let the silver pot old man be distracted.


    After talking with old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang left the heavenly palace.


    After returning to the camp of the expedition army, Meng Zhang was ready to change his previous plan.


    Without the strong suppression to South China, our side will not have to be so careful and operate step by step.


    Meng Zhang decided to speed up his action and dispatch the main force of the expedition to quickly wipe out demons.


    At the beginning, Xiao Liang promised in the name of Ziyang Shengzong that if Meng Zhang led a large army of friars to Daheng Xiuzhen world to put out the devil disaster.


    After the success, Meng Zhang can touch the territory of Daheng cultivation world.


    In particular, the territory he recovered himself will be owned by taiyimen in the future.


    Although they have become enemies with Xiao Liang now, the two sides have not torn their faces and still maintain a superficial relationship.


    If Meng Zhang tries to expand and reclaim the territory in the Daheng cultivation world, even if he doesn''t admit it, it''s not easy to forcibly reclaim it.


    The Xiuzhen forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world suffered heavy losses in the demon disaster, and many Xiuzhen sects and families were completely destroyed.


    There are so many ownerless sites that you can seize them.


    Moreover, Ziyang Shengzong said before that the greater the contribution Meng Zhang made in the fight against the evil disaster, the higher his position in Ziyang Shengzong in the future, and he can retain many interests.


    Although Xiao Liang may be a hindrance, if Meng Zhangli''s credit is too great, he can''t completely erase it.


    At least on the surface, the holy door of Ziyang holy sect should pay attention to a clear distinction between reward and punishment.

 Chapter 1381

    After the mermaid king returned, he accelerated the speed of cleaning his responsible area.


    In his opinion, the killing of Xiang South China and the elimination of so many demons will certainly have a great impact on the demons.


    There should not be too powerful demons in his area of responsibility.


    The emissary sent by Ziyang Shengzong made a promise similar to that made by Xiao Liang to Meng Zhang when talking to the mermaid king in the past.


    The territory recovered by the aquarium in the process of quelling the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world can be considered to be handed over to the aquarium in the future.


    The mermaid King''s ambition for Terran territory is not great, but he can''t stand to meet many of his men.


    Among the huge aquariums, mermaid is not the only one.


    Only the mermaid family is the most powerful, and with a strong man like the mermaid king, can they become the leader of the aquarium race, and the mermaid king has also become the leader of the aquarium.


    On weekdays, there are many different voices inside the aquarium.


    This time, I joined hands with the Terran practitioners to quell the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, and there are many opponents within the aquarium.


    The mermaid king also needs to provide enough benefits to appease the major ethnic groups within the aquarium.


    Now the devil has been hit hard, and the mermaid king can rob the territory wantonly.


    On the side of the expedition army, Meng Zhang is also unwilling to show weakness and is ready to fight a big battle.


    Not only taiyimen, but also friars of other cultivation forces began to brush their hands.


    Before the expedition, when Meng Zhang recruited the monks of the major cultivation forces, considering that the Jiuqu province was initially decided, he made promises to the major cultivation forces and promised a lot of benefits.


    The great horizontal cultivation world is far broader and richer in resources than the Jiuqu province.


    These Xiuzhen forces from Jiuqu province are also jealous of the rich territory here.


    When taiyimen eat meat, they always leave some soup for many younger brothers.


    Seeing the same desire and the availability of the people, Meng Zhang also began to make various arrangements.


    The army of friars led by Yang Xueyi has accelerated its progress and will join the expeditionary army in a shorter time.


    The expeditionary army will also change its previous conservative style and become a lot more radical.


    Meng Zhang is ready to send many elite teams to go deep into all parts of the Daheng cultivation world and seize the territory.


    Although Xiao Liang divided different areas, he gave them to Meng Zhang to clear away the demons in their respective areas.


    But he never said that he was not allowed to enter the area in charge of others.


    Moreover, such division is not the division of postwar territory.


    Of course, considering the huge number of demons and demons, Meng Zhang was not careless.


    He is ready to keep a strong mobile force on hand to support everywhere at any time.


    At the critical time, he will concentrate on fighting with the rest of the demon army.


    Just as the expeditionary army, from Meng Zhang to the little friars in the Qi refining period, were ready to take action, a sudden bad news spread to the camp of the expeditionary army.


    After the expedition, the Jiuqu province remained calm at the beginning.


    Because most of the main friars of the major monastic forces in Jiuqu province were recruited into the expedition army by Meng Zhang.


    Even if these Xiuzhen forces want to take the opportunity to do something, they are powerless.


    However, the biggest enemy of Jiuqu province is not these cultivation forces, but the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty hidden in the dark.


    When Meng Zhang didn''t set out to fight, it goes without saying that the remaining evils didn''t dare to make trouble, but only knew to find a place to hide.


    Soon after Meng Zhanggang left, these remaining evils also dared not come forward easily.


    Now, the expeditionary army has been out for so long.


    It is also said that the expeditionary army suffered a disastrous defeat in the Daheng cultivation world, suffered heavy losses, and the war was stuck. Meng Zhang could not get away in a short time.


    Therefore, these remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty finally jumped out and made a mess.


    They wreak havoc and spread rumors everywhere.


    Many strongholds of taiyimen in the south of Jiuqu province were attacked.


    Even some material transfer points originally used to support the expeditionary army were destroyed.


    Because Jin Lizhen, who was responsible for the transfer of materials in the rear, went to the Daheng Xiuzhen world to participate in the war, the rear was also unable to respond in time.


    There are many rumors among many practitioners in Jiuqu province.


    What expeditionary army suffered a great defeat, the whole army was destroyed, and the losses were exhausted. Even Meng Zhang, the leader, was seriously injured and dying.


    Many true and false rumors spread everywhere, causing panic and confusion.


    After being deliberately provoked by intentional people, the Xiuzhen forces of the new courtiers became ready to move.


    Worst of all, taiyimen''an was besieged by several yuan God Zhenjun in an attack.


    Although he tried his best, he managed to kill a path of blood, but he was also seriously injured.


    Before Meng Zhang left, he ordered an Muran to lead the friars of the dark hall to secretly eliminate the friars who disobeyed the Taiyi gate and try their best to pursue and kill the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    As an important force to stabilize the south of Jiuqu Province, after this trauma, the taiyimen side has been unable to draw enough strength to suppress the south of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang, who received the latest news, was shocked and angry. He was even more worried about his little disciple an Muran.


    When he was preparing to fight, he encountered a fire in the backyard and chaos behind him.


    Meng Zhang always remembered that Jiuqu province was the foundation of himself and Taiyi gate, and there must be no loss.


    Although there is still chaos in the south of Jiuqu Province, if it is not curbed in time, this chaos will soon spread to the north.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only temporarily handed over the expeditionary army to others for command, left everything on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world, and hurried back to Jiuqu province.


    Of course, before leaving, he didn''t forget to send a message to Xiao Liang and report to him.


    Xiao Liang actually welcomed Meng Zhang''s hurry to return to Jiuqu province.


    In his opinion, Xiang Huanan, the most powerful of the demons, has been eliminated. The strength of the demons has fallen sharply. Now it is only a matter of time to eliminate all the demons.


    The great contribution of eliminating demons and calming demonic disasters cannot all fall on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is leaving at the right time.


    If he wants to calm down the situation in the zigzag provinces, he will certainly take away many powerful monks, which will affect the strength of the expedition army.


    Without Meng Zhang''s expedition army, it is equivalent to a tiger who has gone to its claws and teeth. It can''t play a big role.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Xiao Qiao took the time to eliminate the demons as soon as possible, and firmly grasped the credit for calming the demon disaster.


    For this purpose, Xiao Liang not only did not prevent Meng Zhang from returning to Jiuqu Province, but pretended to be kind and let him deal with the affairs in the rear.

 Chapter 1382

    Jiuqu province was originally governed by Jiuqu city. It was the core ruling area of Jiuqu Province in the era of Jiuqu League and Dali imperial dynasty, and it was also the most prosperous place in Jiuqu province.


    After taiyimen became the ruler of Jiuqu Province, although Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to completely bring the south of Jiuqu Province under the direct control of taiyimen, he still established many strongholds in the South and gradually strengthened his control over the south.


    There is an important stronghold of Taiyi gate here.


    Now, the stronghold has become ruins. Between the ruins, there are faint spots of blood.


    Meng Zhang floated quietly over the stronghold, his face livid.


    These damned remaining evils of the Dali Dynasty actually dared to seize the empty opportunity in the rear and take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang regretted that he was too eager to lead the expedition and didn''t set aside enough time to clean up the remaining evils and completely eliminate the zigzag provinces.


    Meng Zhang also had a reflection in his heart. At the beginning, with the support of Ziyang Shengzong, he got rid of Zhang Weineng and overthrew the rule of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province. He may be somewhat satisfied. Obviously, he was too careless and ignored the hidden danger.


    After receiving the news of the accident in Jiuqu Province in the rear, Meng Zhang hurriedly confessed, sacrificed the void tripod and sent it directly back to Jiuqu province.


    Instead of returning to the gate of taiyimen, he went directly to the south of Jiuqu Province, where taiyimen had just suffered heavy losses.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about the expeditionary army now.


    The taiyimen friar who stays in the army will manage the army well.


    With the record of killing South China, all friars in the army dare not make any changes.


    After Xiang Huanan was killed, Qianying Zhenjun has completed the agreement and can return to the heavenly palace.


    However, Qianying Zhenjun is quite generous this time. He said that he did not make much contribution in the first world war against South China. He mainly relied on Meng Zhang''s efforts.


    Therefore, he is ready to stay in the expedition army and help Meng Zhang eliminate demons.


    Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t know if he has any other purpose.


    Anyway, so far, Qianying Zhenjun has helped Meng Zhang a lot and is really working honestly for Meng Zhang. It should be trustworthy for the time being.


    With Qianying Zhenjun staying in the expedition army, even if Meng Zhang leaves, the expedition army has a minimum guarantee in terms of top combat power.


    Meng Zhang was in a hurry to come back. Instead of taking others, he set out on the road alone.


    He first went to the south of Jiuqu province to see the losses with his own eyes.


    Many strongholds of Taiyi gate were destroyed, and the stationed monks suffered heavy casualties.


    Originally, Jin Lizhen stayed in the south of Jiuqu province and was responsible for organizing material transfer and timely transportation to the expedition army.


    As Jin Lizhen left, the defense strength here was insufficient, and the material transmission line was almost destroyed.


    The remaining evils of Dali Dynasty who took the opportunity to make trouble are very resourceful.


    The main targets of their attacks were the friars of Taiyi gate and its vassal forces.


    For those Xiuzhen forces who only surrender to taiyimen in the south, they are almost innocent.


    On the one hand, it reduces the attack surface and avoids making too many enemies.


    On the other hand, there are also factors that provoke the relationship between taiyimen and these Xiuzhen forces.


    In addition, for the aquarium who betrayed the covenant, they also temporarily put down their hatred and did not rush to attack the aquarium stronghold.


    This shows that they can distinguish between primary and secondary, are not willing to disperse their forces, but wholeheartedly attack taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was only glad that the group of foreign invaders in the fog did not take the opportunity to rush out and attack wantonly.


    If there are more problems there, taiyimen will really be in crisis.


    Old crane was asked by Xiao Liang to come to Taiyi gate to take charge.


    But old crane and Xiao Liang are not the same people, and Xiao Liang can''t command him.


    In the eyes of old crane, the interests of Ziyang holy sect will be the most important.


    Therefore, after Meng Zhang and Xiao''s family had a bad relationship, old crane still sat in town outside the rain and fog.


    With the old crane in his seat, Meng ZhangCai doesn''t have to worry about the situation in daze.


    These remaining evils of Dali Dynasty jumped out to make trouble while Meng Zhang was on the battle, and they have been on Meng Zhang''s must kill list.


    On the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang did not completely relax after killing Xiang South China.


    Although the situation is very optimistic, there are still many hidden dangers.


    Meng Zhang clearly remembered that among the information provided by Mo Qingzhen, in addition to the demonized South China, there were also four level demons with the later strength of two yuan gods in the Daheng cultivation world.


    One of them has long been killed in South China. It is estimated that even the bones have been swallowed in South China.


    Another head escaped alone and fled the pursuit to South China.


    Now it has been killed in South China. If this demon takes the opportunity to return to the demon army, it is likely to become the new leader of the demon army and control these demon clusters by virtue of its strength and previous prestige.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang has long planned.


    In the battle in that valley, in addition to killing South China, Meng Zhang also killed many demons of different levels.


    In addition to his previous accumulation, Meng Zhang has obtained a lot of heavenly virtues.


    In the next battle, Meng Zhang will certainly kill more demons and accumulate more heavenly merits.


    With so many heavenly merits and virtues, we can barely offset the counterattack of using Dayan''s divine calculation to deduce.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards Tianji is to use it with caution, but not absolutely not.


    When it''s time to use it, or when it''s necessary to use it, no matter how powerful the Tiandao anti phagocytosis is, he will use it without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang''s original intention was to use Dayan''s divine calculation to deduce the whereabouts of the demon, and then kill it in time to prevent it from mastering the demon army and becoming a new threat.


    Meng Zhang estimated that with his accumulated merits and virtues of the heavenly way, even if he successfully completed this deduction, he could avoid the coming of the reversal of the heavenly way.


    However, due to changes in Jiuqu Province, he had to change his original plan and rush back to put out the fire immediately.


    These remaining evils of Dali Dynasty are invisible mice.


    They only dare to hide in the dark and sneak out to bite while Taiyi door is not prepared.


    If the news of Meng Zhang''s return spread, they might immediately hide in their own rat hole.


    It''s not difficult to get rid of these mice. It''s rare to find their whereabouts in time.


    Meng Zhang is also cruel this time. He must eliminate all the remaining evils and solve the problem once and for all.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have so much time to entangle with them slowly, and he doesn''t want them to destroy their plans.


    If their whereabouts cannot be found in a short time through conventional means, Meng Zhang will use Dayan magic calculation to calculate their whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang hoped that things would not develop to this stage, so as not to waste his opportunity to show his heavenly skills.

 Chapter 1383

    Meng Zhang first went to the south of Jiuqu province and checked the losses suffered by Taiyi gate. He knew it well.


    The loss of taiyimen this time is too great. It is not only the casualties of so many disciples, but also the loss of prestige, which can be said to have greatly shaken taiyimen''s rule over Jiuqu province.


    It was not long after taiyimen calmed down the southern province of Jiuqu. Under the condition that the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty were not completely eliminated, Meng Zhang hurriedly led the expedition army to leave.


    Now the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty have caused such a heavy blow to the Taiyi gate. I don''t know how many people are watching the jokes of the Taiyi gate behind their backs, and how many people with evil intentions are gloating.


    If Meng Zhang can''t respond as soon as possible and solve the problem in the shortest time, the consequences will be really bad.


    Meng Zhang recognized the situation and sent it directly back to the Baicao slope of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Since refining the magic weapon of the void tripod, his skill of void transmission has become stronger and stronger day by day, which has a sense of being close to the end of the world.


    Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate, and the middle and high level of the gate left behind immediately welcomed him out.


    Meng Zhang, accompanied by these high-level leaders, went to see an Muran who was healing.


    As the third disciple of Meng Zhang, an Muran is always low-key and has no reputation in the eyes of many people.


    However, he not only has profound cultivation and strong ability, but also has been in charge of the dark hall for many years, which has become a great help to Meng Zhang.


    Whether in public or private, Meng Zhang has extraordinary concern for an Muran.


    An Muran was seriously injured this time. He hasn''t suffered such serious injury since he embarked on the road of practice.


    He was originally a monk in the period of Yuanshen, and he was good at hiding his whereabouts and sneaking in secretly.


    Since he received the order of Meng Zhang and went to the south of Jiuqu Province, he began to work conscientiously.


    He didn''t appear in public, but kept hidden in the dark.


    He commanded the disciples of the dark hall to inquire about the news in the south of Jiuqu Province, look for the remaining evils of the Dali Dynasty, and strive to eliminate the opponents of Taiyi gate.


    Originally, his initial work was relatively smooth.


    Although it did not achieve much results, it greatly maintained the stability of the south of Jiuqu province.


    But not long ago, almost overnight, there was a sudden change in the situation.


    The remaining evils of Dali Dynasty, who had long been hiding, unexpectedly appeared in public and launched a counter attack on Taiyi gate.


    In particular, several yuan God friars, Wen Dongzhen and Heng Daozhen, are said to have fled Jiuqu province and returned to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    For some unknown reason, they suddenly appeared and directed the counterattack against taiyimen.


    An Muran, who had been wandering, was also stopped by them on the way and was surrounded and killed.


    It was not easy for an Muran to fight his way back to the north of Jiuqu province.


    When Meng Zhang saw Ann Muran, he felt very uncomfortable when he saw her haggard.


    His own disciple, who had been painstakingly cultivated, almost died, which made him angry.


    After greeting an Muran, an Muran took the initiative to report his experience to Meng Zhang.


    When an Muran reports, Meng Zhang carefully checks an Muran''s physical condition.


    Anmuran was seriously injured. Fortunately, he had a solid foundation of practice and didn''t hurt his foundation.


    And today''s taiyimen has enough channels to obtain all kinds of panacea.


    An Xiaoran, an Muran''s close sister, is a rare fourth-order alchemist who can refine all kinds of fourth-order pills.


    Although she has stayed in the Daheng cultivation world now, there is still a healing pill refined by her in the door.


    If the medicine is not right, Meng Zhang can also go to the heavenly palace to exchange it, and even ask Huixu Da Neng to help and help an silent treat the injury.


    Meng Zhang is willing to pay for his little disciple.


    An Muran told Meng Zhang that the pill stored in the door was enough. With his own efforts to heal, he should recover soon.


    Although an Muran has few words, he is a silent person as his name, but he generally won''t show off his strength in such things.


    Meng Zhang visited an Muran and told him to heal well and not to be distracted by other things. He, the leader, will deal with the next things.


    Then, Meng ZhangCai discussed business with the senior management in the left behind door.


    Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai are the two leaders of the high-level people who stay at the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After the great changes in the south of Jiuqu province and the attack on taiyimen stronghold, Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai also thought of taking the initiative.


    But after careful consideration, they gave up the plan.


    For one thing, after Wen dongzhenjun and others appeared, the power of these remaining evils from the imperial dynasty was too strong.


    Most of the main friars of Taiyi sect go to Daheng cultivation world, and the power to stay at the sect is limited.


    Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai are two people. Even if they bring elite disciples to the door and set up the Dharma array, they are not sure of victory.


    Second, it is also the most important.


    The main task of Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai is to guard the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    If they lead the friars to leave the taiyimen Mountain Gate, and the enemy attacks the taiyimen Mountain Gate, they may shake the foundation of the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In contrast, the losses and problems taiyimen suffered in the south are not too important.


    Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai can''t be wrong about this cautious and conservative approach.


    Meng Zhang not only did not blame them, but comforted them.


    Now, Meng Zhang has come back.


    With him, the leader of taiyimen, all the crises faced will be resolved one by one.


    When Meng Zhang came back this time, he did not mobilize the strength of the expedition army, but was sure to solve all problems on his own.


    As long as he kills all the remaining evils of Dali Dynasty as soon as possible, all the problems will be solved.


    Meng Zhang asked Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai to continue to sit at the gate of Taiyi gate and pursue the target themselves.


    Although the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty have appeared in public, they do not stay in one place, but move erratically and unpredictably.


    In particular, the first few yuan God friars are invisible.


    The dark hall of Taiyi gate suffered great losses this time. Many strongholds were destroyed and many disciples were injured. It was almost completely cleared from the south of Jiuqu province.


    If you want to support Meng Zhang in intelligence, you have more than your heart but less than your strength.


    In fact, even if the dark hall goes out with all its strength, it is very difficult to investigate the whereabouts of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang went to learn about the current situation of the dark hall. Although he was a little disappointed, he was still expected.


    It seems that if you want to find the whereabouts of the remaining evils of Dali Dynasty as soon as possible, you can only use Dayan divine calculation to deduce them.


    Now that he had made the decision, Meng Zhang stopped hesitating and began to take action immediately.

 Chapter 1384

    Meng Zhang made up his mind to find out the remaining evils one by one and kill them like prey.


    The Hengdao Zhenjun he chose was just a monk in the middle of the yuan God, and his cultivation was far inferior to that of Meng Zhang.


    There is no great power to protect himself, and there is no treasure to suppress Qi luck on him.


    Meng Zhang only spent a few calculations to deduce his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang and Wen qiansuan, who finished pushing and deriving, greeted them and left Taiyi gate with space transmission.


    After several transmissions, Meng Zhang appeared over an ordinary manor in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang''s memory is often very good and he can remember many details.


    He remembered that the manor in front of him was an inn of Datong business alliance.


    It seems that these guys really colluded with each other.


    Their original means are still too soft.


    In the cultivation world, tenderness and compassion are often regarded as incompetence. Only iron blood can deter all parties.


    Meng Zhang, who was flying in the air, didn''t say a word of nonsense. He shot directly at the manor below.


    The sun and moon jewels on his head were shining, and the endless sun and moon lights sprinkled on the manor, almost all over every corner of the manor.


    With the sun and moon, all the buildings in the manor are rapidly disintegrating and turning into nothingness.


    In the manor, whether mortals or friars, there was no time to make a miserable cry, and the whole body melted in the light.


    With the deepening of cultivation, the power of Meng Zhang''s original Taoist magic increased.


    Especially after he entered the later stage of Yuanshen, because of his physical hidden dangers and little progress in cultivation, he devoted a lot of energy to cultivating various Taoist and magical powers.


    For example, the sun, moon and divine light, which are commonly used and easy to use, have long been cultivated to great success by him. Their power exceeds that of many Taiyi sect elders who cultivate this magic power and goes straight after the founder of the magic power.


    The creators of the so-called Taoist supernatural powers often understand from the avenue of heaven and earth, or refer to other Taoist supernatural powers and bypass by analogy in order to create.


    Meng Zhang''s perception of heaven and earth Avenue is not bad, and he can also mobilize the power of the avenue.


    If he is willing to calm down and spend enough time and energy to create an ordinary Taoist magic, it will not be difficult.


    With his attainments on the sun moon Avenue, he practices the supernatural powers created by his predecessors, which is enough to give full play to his power.


    When the whole manor was shrouded in the sun and moon, a powerful breath rose from the center of the manor.


    Hengdao Zhenjun and another initial friar of Yuanshen protected a group of weaker friars and flew out of their hiding place.


    The sun and moon divine light just displayed by Meng Zhang is enough to pose a great threat to the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Other low-level friars, including immortal Jindan, will die as long as they are covered by the sun and moon.


    The true king of Hengdao, who was originally hiding in the manor, did not have time to respond when Meng Zhang arrived. Meng Zhang shot without saying a word.


    Meng Zhang made a large-scale attack without difference, targeting the whole manor.


    Hengdao Zhenjun didn''t care about the life and death of others in the manor. First, he and his companions escorted his men away from the manor, ready to find an opportunity to escape.


    Meng Zhang has to pay a price every time he casts his magic.


    If you cast heaven''s secrets more often, it will lead to the reversal of heaven''s way and lead to heaven''s disaster.


    Meng Zhang used Dayan''s divine calculation to deduce the whereabouts of Hengdao Zhenjun. Of course, he would not waste the opportunity to give them a chance to escape.


    Taiyi''s lightsaber turned into a man Sky Sword shadow and fiercely cut them to the Hengdao Zhenjun.


    Hengdao Zhenjun and others were immediately separated by the shadow of the sword.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun, who was with the Hengdao Zhenjun, was overwhelmed by Taiyi''s lightsaber. He didn''t care to protect those men with weak cultivation.


    As for Hengdao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang has appeared in front of him, so that he can''t distract him at all.


    Without the protection of the yuan God Zhenjun, the friars died without a few parries in the light of the sun and moon.


    "Kneel down immediately. I can consider leaving you a way to live."


    In the face of Hengdao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang spoke about the Hengdao Zhenjun since he took the shot. His heart was full of sadness and anger.


    He knew Meng Zhang very early. At that time, Meng Zhang was just an ordinary yuan God friar.


    At that time, how could he imagine that Meng Zhang could grow to this point and become a person to send himself on the road.


    From the moment he saw Meng Zhang, Hengdao Zhenjun had a will to die in his heart.


    He knew that he was not Meng Zhang''s opponent, but wanted to entangle him and fight for his men to escape.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang easily broke all his fantasies.


    The endless sun and moon divine light sprinkled on Hengdao Zhenjun, trapping his body in the divine light.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even need to use his major yin-yang Avenue, which was enough to win the opponent in front of him.


    Before the death of Hengdao Zhenjun, another Yuanshen Zhenjun was killed on the spot by Taiyi Fen lightsaber.


    Killing magic tools such as spirit snake spear and taiyifen lightsaber need to find some strong opponents from time to time to sharpen their edge and see blood.


    Hengdao Zhenjun didn''t persist in the sun and moon for too long, so he became a body full of holes.

 Chapter 1385

    Looking at the body of Hengdao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang did not have much joy after victory.


    As a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, it is natural for him to catch such an ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun, and there is no difficulty.


    As long as there is no one who can compete with Meng Zhang among the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty.


    It is only a matter of time before they all become the souls of Meng Zhang''s men.


    In his current capacity, Meng Zhang is reluctant to waste time cleaning the battlefield at this level.


    The Taoist soldiers he raised in the yin-yang Linghu were completely lost when they were ambushed by the demon army.


    Up to now, he has not had enough time. On the other hand, he has not collected enough materials to raise new Taoist soldiers again.


    For a moment, he had no handyman.


    Meng Zhang hesitated a little. He used to live a hard life. Being careful and fighting for every penny has almost become a habit.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in situ.


    After a while, Meng Zhang''s figure flashed out again.


    He gently urged the void tripod, and a group of Taiyi disciples were shaken out of the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang just sent it back to the nearest taiyimen stronghold and brought a group of disciples to clean the battlefield.


    Taiyimen''s stronghold in the south of Jiuqu province was almost lost.


    Meng Zhang sent it back to the place near the holy mountain of Huanglian before he found a intact Taiyi gate stronghold and brought this group of Taiyi gate disciples.


    These disciples did not need too much orders from Meng Zhang, but worked diligently and without complaint.


    All the other booty was returned. The corpse of Hengdao Zhenjun was deliberately kept by him and was of great use.


    Meng Zhang was watching his disciples clean the battlefield. His communication device shook and new information came.


    When Meng Zhang led the expedition to the Daheng cultivation world, Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult didn''t follow the expedition because she had something important to deal with in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang will not ask too much for true close allies.


    Not long ago, Xu Mengying, who finished handling important affairs in the heavenly palace, returned to the Huanglian holy mountain, the general altar of Huanglian cult.


    The latest series of events in Jiuqu Province soon came into her ears.


    Xu Mengying has long been a grasshopper on a rope with taiyimen. Everyone has a stake and shares weal and woe.


    Xu Mengying immediately contacted taiyimen Mountain Gate to see if she could help.


    Meng Zhang does not reject helpers. With Xu Mengying as an old friend, he can save a lot of effort.


    After these disciples cleaned the battlefield, Meng Zhang put them into the void tripod.


    Meng Zhang once again performed the art of space transmission and came to Huanglian holy mountain.


    After meeting Xu Mengying, they didn''t greet each other, so they went straight to the subject.


    Xu Mengying''s view is similar to that of Meng Zhang. They all want to get rid of the remaining evils of Da Li Dynasty as soon as possible and completely solve the problem.


    Meng Zhang has an overwhelming power. It''s not difficult to kill each other..


    Originally, how to find out the whereabouts of the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty should be the biggest problem.


    However, Meng Zhang is willing to pay the price and use Dayan''s divine calculation to deduce. It''s not difficult to find them.


    In order to facilitate the journey, Meng Zhang also received Xu Mengying into the void tripod.


    Later, with Meng Zhang''s rapid growth, he became a figure that Zhang Weineng was afraid of, and the two sides were getting farther and farther away.


    Even because of their different positions, there have been some small conflicts.


    Mr. Wen Dongzhen has always been loyal to the Dali Dynasty and attaches great importance to the interests of the Dali Dynasty.


    When Zhang Weineng was defeated, Wen Dongzhen, under the command of Zhang Weineng, lived a miserable life and reserved a useful body for the Dali Dynasty.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that Wendong Zhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun left Jiuqu province and tried to slowly return to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Unexpectedly, these people were haunted and jumped out to make trouble while Meng Zhang was away.


    If there were no such figures as Wen Dongzhen Jun, the common remaining evils of Dali dynasty would not have been enough.


    As a monk in the middle period of Yuanshen, he had both strategies and was a think tank around Zhang Weineng.


    Although he is not as high-profile as Hengdao Zhenjun, he is also the backbone of the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang first killed Hengdao Zhenjun, who seemed to be the leader, in order to establish prestige.


    In fact, in Meng Zhang''s mind, the importance of Wen Dongzhen Jun is not under Hengdao Zhen Jun.


    When Meng Zhang met Xu Mengying just now, he had asked Xu Mengying to send Huanglian sect disciples to spread the news around that Meng Zhang had come back and killed Hengdao Zhenjun, a guy who didn''t know how to live or die.


    In order not to give Wen Dongzhen time to react, Meng Zhang needs to act immediately.


    Meng Zhang performed Dayan divination again and began to push and hear the whereabouts of Dongzhen king.


    But this time, the result of deduction was greatly beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    His secret arts encountered an inexplicable power shield, and he couldn''t find the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    The power of this shelter is not weak, and the means used are very clever.


    Seeing that this power obscured his goal, Meng Zhang simply turned to deduce the details of this power.


    It is not a treasure to suppress Qi luck, nor is it a strong man with higher cultivation, but a Heavenly Master like himself, who is using his heavenly skills to hide the information about Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang soon discovered these new situations.


    Facing the intervention of other heavenly masters, Meng Zhang not only did not shrink back, but aroused curiosity and fighting spirit.


    Although he had not seen many heavenly masters, nor had he had much experience in the confrontation of heavenly secrets, he slowly gained the upper hand in the struggle by virtue of the brilliance of Dayan''s divine calculation.


    The unknown Master of heavenly secrets who is fighting against himself should be a Yuanshen friar, and like himself, he is a master of heavenly secrets.


    The other party''s means of exerting Tianji is very old, and the experience of confrontation between Tianji masters is very rich.


    You know, there are few Tianji masters in the cultivation world, and they try their best to hide their identity on weekdays.


    Most Tianji masters try their best to avoid the confrontation between Tianji masters.


    I don''t know how to accumulate so much experience for the guy who suddenly appeared opposite?


    Could it be that this man is the legendary evil Tianji master, whose purpose is to hunt and kill other Tianji masters?


    Meng Zhang had a lot of ideas in his mind, but he continued to perform Dayan divination, trying to fight the enemy, trying to break his cover and find out the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen.


    Of course, it would be best if we could directly find the mystery master.

 Chapter 1386

    When Meng Zhang was in maple leaf mountain city, he came into contact with a casual monk named Zhu Changming.


    This man is an evil Tianji master. He has hunted and killed many other Tianji masters.


    From then on, Meng Zhang got a lot of secrets about Tianji master, especially the evil Tianji master.


    Although Zhu Changming has only the cultivation of the golden elixir period, and his attainments in heavenly secrets are far inferior to those of Meng Zhang, and he is easily planted in Meng Zhang''s hands, many of the information he provides is still very useful.


    If the Tianji master opposite is really an evil Tianji master, Meng Zhang must get rid of him as soon as possible, whether for self-protection or other purposes.


    Meng Zhang tried to urge Dayan to calculate, peeped into the track of the heavenly way, and tried to find out the Heavenly Master.


    The Heavenly Master not only cast a spell to hide all kinds of information about Wen Dongzhen, but also tried to calculate the specific information of Meng Zhang.


    The two sides are engaged in intense offensive and defensive confrontation with the power invested in Tianji.


    Meng Zhang, who was not very familiar with this kind of Tianji confrontation, began to quickly get familiar with this new form of struggle and learned a lot of experience in such fierce confrontation.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments in secret arts were originally above this secret enemy.


    His practice of Dayan divination is also an extremely brilliant inheritance of heaven''s secrets.


    Meng Zhang has extraordinary qualifications and strong learning ability.


    He soon learned enough experience and became an old hand in such a confrontation.


    After a while, Meng Zhang began to gain the upper hand slowly.


    The other party''s means come and go like that. After Meng Zhang found out, he couldn''t change any new tricks.


    The secret opponent also found himself at a disadvantage.


    After a few struggles, the opponent probably found that he could not turn the situation around and began to retreat.


    He no longer directly fought against Meng Zhang''s secret arts, but tried his best to cover up the whereabouts of himself and Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang tried several times and returned in vain.


    This is the confrontation of Tianji, attacking the weak and defending the strong.


    If one side does not take the initiative to attack, but shrinks to defend with all its strength and tries to cover its own information, even if Meng Zhang is superior, it is difficult to deduce the result he wants.


    The other party saw the opportunity early and slipped fast enough to escape the positive confrontation with Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that he could not deduce too many results, Meng Zhang had to stop temporarily and interrupt the casting of spells.


    As far as Tianji masters are concerned, as long as they are willing to pay the price, there are many means to enhance their ability to deduce Tianji.


    Meng Zhang''s ability is not enough to break through the enemy''s cover.


    But if he is willing to lose life yuan and so on, there is still hope to deduce the desired result.


    Meng Zhang is not reluctant to give up this longevity yuan.


    At his current age, he is still a young man among the true monarchs of the yuan God.


    He knew that the deeper he peeped into the secret of heaven, the more likely he was to be bitten by the secret of heaven, and the faster the doom would come.


    There are many masters of the secret of heaven, who have no control, can not resist the temptation of the secret of heaven, pay more and more prices, and finally embark on the road of no return.


    Therefore, when the results were not deduced, Meng Zhang not only did not increase the investment, but terminated the derivation in time.


    I don''t know where this sudden Heavenly Master is sacred.


    However, since he stood on the side of Wen Dongzhen Jun, he must be the enemy.


    Because the Heavenly Master was a hindrance, Meng Zhang could not directly deduce the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s plan was completely disrupted, so that he had to delay more time in Jiuqu province.


    I''m afraid the counterattack against demons in Daheng cultivation world has to be postponed.


    Meng Zhang is a very planned and methodical person.


    I never liked such sudden accidents.


    Therefore, breaking the original arrangement made him a little angry.


    However, this is the case, and we have to do so.


    We can''t deduce the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen Jun directly with the magic of heaven. Meng Zhang has to find another way.


    Wen dongzhenjun, the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty, hid well before Meng Zhang went to war and dared not show up easily.


    After Meng Zhang left, although they appeared in public, they still maintained a minimum of vigilance.


    Their whereabouts are erratic and uncertain, and their hiding place is strictly confidential.


    Of course, due to the omission of Meng Zhang''s achievements in space transmission, they did not expect Meng Zhang to return so soon. They still inevitably have omissions in their actions.


    Especially after giving a heavy blow to the Taiyi gate and destroying many Taiyi gate strongholds, they thought that the Taiyi gate had fallen into the downwind, had no power to fight back, and became a little arrogant. Some things were not covered up.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was in a hurry to return to the Daheng Xiuzhen world. He was just going to kill Wen Dongzhen Jun and deal with the rest slowly after the expedition army triumphed.


    But now, in order to find out Wen dongzhenjun and them, Meng Zhang had to be more troublesome and spend more time.


    Especially after Meng Zhang discovered the secret master, Meng Zhang attached great importance to him.


    This degree of attention even exceeds the treatment of Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang sent it a few times and came to the outside of a big city.


    The big city is located on a great plain in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Not long after Datong business alliance and other big businesses came to Jiuqu Province, they began to build this big city as the headquarters.


    Meng Zhang still clearly remembers that there was a fierce conflict here between the local cultivation forces in Jiuqu province and these big businesses.


    After the collapse of the power of Dali imperial government to stay in Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang, in order to stabilize the situation as soon as possible, gave good conditions and reduced these big businesses with a very lenient attitude.


    Meng Zhang also knows that these big businesses will never obey themselves, let alone become subordinates of taiyimen.


    It is expedient for Meng Zhang to accept them, and they are unwilling to submit to Meng Zhang.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t expect how long it would take. Many of the monks sent by these big businesses are still serving in the expedition army.


    This group of big businessmen had an evil heart and colluded with the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Even, maybe they have never been disconnected and have been colluding.


    After all, these big businesses had a close relationship with Dali imperial dynasty, almost a family.


    It is not surprising what kind of plot they have with the remaining evils of the Dali Dynasty.


    If Meng Zhang had not found the whereabouts of Hengdao Zhenjun and others in the shop of Datong business alliance, he might not be completely sure now.


    They were caught by Meng Zhang. Don''t want to pass easily this time.


    Meng Zhang released Xu Mengying from the void tripod, told her the general course of the matter, and then said his next plan.


    After a few words of discussion, they immediately began to act.

 Chapter 1387

    When Meng Zhang took action, there were changes in many places in Jiuqu province.


    There are numerous rivers and lakes in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Under an insignificant small lake, there is a very secret cave.


    At this time, Wen dongzhenjun and his party were hiding in this cave.


    Dali Dynasty has ruled Jiuqu province for some years.


    In these years, Dali Dynasty established many secret strongholds in Jiuqu provinces according to the practice.


    Dali Dynasty also had institutions similar to taiyimen dark hall, and there was more than one.


    Dali Dynasty, as a huge cultivation force with a history far above Taiyi gate, has many wise men inside.


    They prepared for a rainy day and considered many situations. In view of these different situations, many preparations have been made and various responses have been made.


    Secret strongholds throughout almost the whole Jiuqu province are one of these preparations.


    In the whole Jiuqu Province, the number of secret strongholds owned by Dali Dynasty is much higher than that expected by the owner of Taiyi gate.


    There are also many monks lurking in the dark.


    After the collapse of Dali''s official power in Jiuqu Province, the remaining evils of Dali did not escape far, but chose these secret strongholds as hiding places.


    The news that the defeated soldiers led by Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun fled the Jiuqu province and returned to the mainland of the imperial dynasty was deliberately released by them to hide people''s ears and eyes, so that the friars of taiyimen who chased them could relax their vigilance.


    Among these disabled and defeated generals, Hengdao Zhenjun, as a senior general in the army, had the experience of hiding his identity and sneaking into Jiuqu League many years ago, so he became the leader.


    Wen dongzhenjun was a counselor when he was with Zhang Weineng.


    As a deputy, he assisted Hengdao Zhenjun to help him find out the leaks and fill the gaps.


    They hid in the dark and secretly contacted the remaining evils of the Dali Dynasty scattered everywhere, trying to concentrate everyone''s strength and plot great events.


    After a big defeat, everyone became much more careful.


    Knowing that they could not compete with Meng Zhang, they kept hiding and waiting for opportunities.


    When Meng Zhang led the expeditionary army to Daheng Xiuzhen world, Hengdao Zhenjun thought the opportunity was coming and was ready to take action.


    But Wen Dongzhen Jun was cautious and asked Hengdao Zhenjun not to worry, but to wait.


    When Meng Zhang led the friar army into the ambush of the demon army, and the news of the tragic defeat was sent back to the Jiuqu Province, everyone thought that the real opportunity had come.


    Although Wen dongzhenjun was still a little confused, he had no reason to stop everyone.


    What''s more, at this time, they received the support of monks from Dali Dynasty.


    After careful preparation, they launched a counterattack against taiyimen.


    Of course, due to the distance between the Daheng cultivation world and the Jiuqu Province, and the intentional people deliberately obstruct it, they can''t get the latest news of the Daheng cultivation world and don''t know the subsequent development.


    Otherwise, they may not have the determination to make trouble.


    They launched a counterattack against taiyimen this time, and never expected to defeat taiyimen in this way.


    Even the most active Hengdao Zhenjun knows the huge strength gap between his own side and taiyimen.


    Their purpose of making trouble was to create chaos in Jiuqu province and distract Meng Zhang in the Dharma cultivation world.


    It would be even better if the major cultivation forces could have doubts about taiyimen and shake the rule of taiyimen.


    The best result is that Meng Zhang can''t fight against the devil wholeheartedly because of the fire in the backyard. So he is firmly entangled by the devil and gives them more time to cause greater damage to Taiyi gate.


    Because he has never relaxed his vigilance against Meng Zhang, Wen Dongzhen is very cautious.


    He did not rashly reveal the whereabouts of his party.


    Every time I leave the secret stronghold secretly and sneak back after completing the task.


    It''s Hengdao Zhenjun, because he is the main force of this attack. He wants to contact all Xiuzhen forces and provoke them to resist Taiyi gate.


    So sometimes, I have to stay outside the secret stronghold.


    However, because of the cover of Datong business alliance, he is not afraid to expose his whereabouts.


    Wendong Zhenjun and Hengdao Zhenjun have special communication devices, which can keep in touch all the time.


    Not long ago, he suddenly lost contact with Hengdao Zhenjun.


    Wen dongzhenjun suddenly became uneasy.


    Of course, the communication method is interrupted for many reasons, not necessarily because of the accident of Hengdao Zhenjun.


    Such as failure of communication method; Hengdao Zhenjun is in some special place, and the connection is obscured; Hengdao Zhenjun is entangled in important things and can''t reply to Wen dongzhenjun in time.


    However, at such a moment, anything wrong will make Wen Dongzhen think more.


    At this time, a friar with white hair and looking very weak appeared in front of Wen Dongzhen.


    The man''s name is Lu Gangfeng. He is a friar from Dali Dynasty.


    Not long ago, he led a group of monks to Jiuqu province and contacted Wen dongzhenjun through special contact methods.


    Lu Gangfeng told Wen dongzhenjun that they left the imperial territory and came to Jiuqu province for a secret mission.


    But I didn''t expect that such changes had taken place in Jiuqu Province, and even the rule of Dali imperial dynasty had been overturned.


    Such changes made it difficult for them to complete their secret tasks.


    But the secret task was not completed, and they could not return to the mainland of the imperial dynasty in such a gloomy way.


    Neither Hengdao Zhenjun nor Wen dongzhenjun are qualified to ask about their secret mission.


    Lu Gangfeng and his party stayed in Dali imperial territory for the time being to keep company with these disabled and defeated generals.


    When they launched a counterattack against taiyimen, Lu Gangfeng also provided a lot of support and helped a lot.


    In this process, Lu Gangfeng also revealed his identity as a master of heaven''s secrets.


    In any family of cultivation forces, Tianji master has a very high status. His identity is strictly confidential and plays an important role in many aspects.


    In particular, friars like Lu Gangfeng in the Yuanshen period, who have the strength of master Tianji, are very rare in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    His opinions and opinions can be directly conveyed to Bawu emperor and affect the decision-making of the high level of the imperial court.


    No matter from which aspect, Lu Gangfeng''s status is far above Hengdao Zhenjun.


    Without the order of the imperial court, Lu Gangfeng can give orders to Hengdao Zhenjun.


    However, Lu Gangfeng did not give orders from a commanding position, nor did he act domineering. Instead, he got along with Wen Dongzhen and them very peacefully.

 Chapter 1388

    By Lu Gangfeng''s means, he soon won the trust of these disabled and defeated generals. Not to mention playing with them, it also has a decisive influence on them.


    Lu Gangfeng and Wen dongzhenjun have been staying together. When Meng Zhang uses his magic to push Wen dongzhenjun''s whereabouts, Lu Gangfeng will naturally be affected.


    He had a ghost in his heart. As soon as he was disturbed, he immediately made a fierce reaction.


    In the confrontation of heaven''s secrets, Lu Gangfeng, an experienced man, fell to the disadvantage. They had to defend with all their strength and try to hide their information.


    Shortly after the confrontation with Meng Zhang''s secret arts, Lu Gangfeng appeared in front of Wen Dongzhen.


    "Something''s wrong. We''re being watched by the enemy. It may be unsafe here. It may have been exposed."


    Although he thought that he had not exposed his position in the confrontation of Tianji, for prudence, Lu Gangfeng also asked Wen dongzhenjun to transfer them immediately.


    Out of his trust in Lu Gangfeng, Wen Dongzhen didn''t say much and immediately led his men to transfer.


    In the process of transfer, Wen Dongzhen asked for details slowly.


    Lu Gangfeng thought for a moment. At this time, everyone is on the same boat. He thinks it''s best not to hide Wen Dongzhen.


    He told Wen dongzhenjun that there was an expert who was proficient in the magic of heaven. He just used the magic of heaven to calculate their whereabouts.


    Although Lu Gangfeng covered all his information in time, they had better transfer it in time just in case.


    Although Lu Gangfeng didn''t clearly say who was stronger or weaker than his secret opponent, Wen Dongzhen Jun was also an old Jianghu man. Inferred from a few words, Lu Gangfeng mostly fell to the disadvantage.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun, a group of defeated soldiers, has begun to fight back against Taiyi gate, but they still try to hide their tracks and hide in various secret strongholds.


    That''s because everyone, including Wen Dongzhen, knows very well.


    They just took advantage of Meng Zhang''s absence to gain the upper hand.


    If Meng Zhang leads taiyimen elite back, they are definitely not opponents.


    At that time, if they want not to be annihilated, they can only hide again and disappear from the zigzag provinces.


    The mystery master who calculated their whereabouts was either related to the Taiyi gate or simply a friar of the Taiyi gate.


    In such a remote place as Jiuqu Province, Wen Dongzhen had never heard of the existence of a Heavenly Master before.


    In the cultivation world, the Heavenly Master is a real rare existence.


    Wen dongzhenjun never thought that taiyimen might have Tianji master.


    Moreover, Lu Gangfeng, as a monk of the yuan God and a master of the secret of heaven, is definitely not an ordinary master of the secret of heaven.


    Maybe there are not many such figures in the whole Dali Dynasty.


    The door of Taiyi clan is so hidden.


    I have overestimated taiyimen as much as possible. Whenever I think I have seen the limit of taiyimen, taiyimen will bring me new things.


    Wen dongzhenjun sighed in his heart.


    Of course, because Lu Gangfeng was completely defeated in the confrontation of Tianji, he naturally did not calculate that the Tianji master he was facing was Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Wen Dongzhen didn''t expect that Meng Zhang, who had dealt with himself many times, would be an expert in heaven''s secrets.


    He just sighed that taiyimen was deep enough and would fight back immediately after being attacked.


    It''s already clear.


    Taking advantage of his unprepared, his side took Taiyi gate by surprise.


    After taiyimen reacted, even the hidden secret master went out to find his hiding place.


    At this time, Wen dongzhenjun had a bad feeling about the fate of Hengdao Zhenjun.


    When they were busy transferring, Meng Zhang had already started to act.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying quietly broke into the big city, avoided the strict guard and appeared in front of Shang Hanzhen, the leader of Datong business alliance.


    When the business letter Zhenjun, who was dealing with affairs in his study, was surprised and looked up, he found Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying standing in front of him.


    The business letter really shocked you.


    He was not only shocked that Meng Zhang appeared in front of him so quietly, but also shocked that Meng Zhang came back so soon without any sign in advance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say more nonsense and went straight to the point.


    "Old Hengdao has just been killed by our seat. The news will spread soon."


    "I''m too lazy to talk about superfluous nonsense. I''m not busy investigating your responsibility now."


    "What you say next will determine the fate of Datong business alliance and the fate of this city."


    "You''d better think it over before you speak."


    After Meng Zhang finished, he said nothing and stared at the business letter Zhenjun.


    Both sides are understanding people, and the business letter Zhenjun should have understood the fierce relationship between them for a long time.


    With the current strength of Meng Zhang and taiyimen, Datong business alliance can be doomed.


    The Datong commercial League in Jiuqu province was only a branch of the Datong commercial League in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After the scandal with the Xiao family, although Meng Zhang could not immediately abandon Ziyang Shengzong and fall back to Dali Dynasty again. But when he acts, he will leave a little more room.


    Now, it depends on whether the business letter Zhenjun can seize this line of leeway.


    If he is really stubborn, Meng Zhang will no longer be merciful, but will kill all.


    Business letter Zhenjun''s face was struggling, and a cold sweat even came out on his forehead.


    His family, his family are all in the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    He can''t completely turn his back on the imperial dynasty. It''s only an expedient measure to bow to taiyimen.


    With the current environment of Jiuqu Province, he meets the needs of both sides and tries to survive.


    When Meng Zhang came to the door, he knew that he had to make a choice.


    Almost everyone who can cultivate to the period of Yuanshen has a very tough will after many trials.


    However, as a businessman for so many years, the bravery in the blood of the business letter Zhenjun has long disappeared.


    Businessmen value profits and are more likely to face power compromise.


    In the face of life and death, the merchant side of the business letter Zhenjun completely gained the upper hand, making him forget that as a minister of the Dali imperial dynasty, he should be loyal to the imperial dynasty.


    Business letter Zhenjun didn''t think for too long and gave in completely.


    He took out a map, which marked the hiding place Wen dongzhenjun had used and the hiding place they were likely to use.


    Among these hiding places, there are strongholds of Datong commercial League and secret bases built by Dali imperial government.


    Datong business union is always well informed.


    Nominally, it was a non-governmental organization from the imperial dynasty, but it had close relations with the government and penetrated deeply into each other.


    Many of the secret strongholds built by Dali imperial government also relied on the strength of Datong business alliance.

 Chapter 1389

    In fact, it was not long for Dali Dynasty to bring Jiuqu province into its ruling scope.


    Dali''s official power was mainly to maintain the ruling order of Jiuqu provinces.


    As for the development and operation of Jiuqu Province, many aspects have relied on the strength of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    As the leader of these big businesses, Datong business alliance naturally has the most resources and the most informed news.


    Many of the so-called secrets of the Dali imperial government are transparent in the eyes of the senior management of the Datong business alliance.


    Business letter Zhenjun is also a conscientious person. He spends a lot of time to inquire about the official affairs of Dali imperial dynasty.


    This is not out of malice, but a businessman''s instinct, looking for more business opportunities.


    Meng Zhang took the map handed over by Zhenjun and glanced at it quickly.


    Meng Zhang remained silent and continued to stare at the business letter Zhenjun.


    Looking at the tense look of business letter Zhenjun bending down and sweating, Meng Zhang chuckled.


    "You don''t have to act."


    "As long as this map is useful, you will pass this time."


    "But if we don''t find our goal, we will come again. At that time, we won''t be so easy to talk."


    Meng Zhang said that and left with Xu Mengying.


    To tell the truth, Meng Zhang has not yet figured out what to do with the big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance.


    If Meng Zhang and most of the taiyimen friars had followed their original intention, these seemingly submissive and constantly making small moves in private should have been completely eradicated.


    However, from the perspective of sect interests, you''d better not be so extreme.


    As you get older, you have been hosting taiyimen for longer and longer. Meng Zhang also believes more and more in the saying that we should stay on the front line and meet each other in the future.


    He abandoned the Dali imperial dynasty and completely turned to Ziyang Shengzong.


    This is not how loyal he is to Dali imperial dynasty, but he simply doesn''t want to stand in line too early.


    According to what Xiao Liang said to him at that time, twenty years is coming. Ziyang Shengzong should really start against Dali Dynasty.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s plan is about to launch. It is not certain who will win or lose between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although most of the monks in the Xiuzhen world, including Meng Zhang, feel that as the holy sect that has ruled the Junchen world for many years, they will not lose to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    But in Meng Zhang''s heart, he didn''t want Ziyang Shengzong to win so soon.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s victory is too easy, which is not in the interests of Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    Ziyang Shengzong had better fall into a long and protracted war with Dali Dynasty as before.


    Especially after making friends with the Xiao family friars, Meng Zhang also had a lot of bad feelings about the Ziyang holy sect.


    From this, we can see the true face of these holy places.


    Moreover, in the cultivation world, all kinds of rumors about these holy places have never been cut off.


    Even mother-in-law Qiansi, the great power of returning to emptiness, has hinted at Meng Zhang more than once that Ziyang Shengzong is not trustworthy.


    In this case, Meng Zhang had better not completely tear his face with the Datong Business League, a powerful organization with important influence in Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang weighed various advantages and disadvantages and made a new decision.


    If the business letter Zhenjun people know each other, they will no longer make trouble with Taiyi gate secretly. He can let them go and leave them for the time being.


    If they insist on fighting against taiyimen to the end, they can''t blame Meng Zhang''s ruthlessness.


    Meng Zhang took Xu Mengying to display spatial transmission, quickly haunted all over Jiuqu Province, and slowly explored various strongholds marked on the map as soon as possible.


    As a man of Wen Dongzhen Jun, it is certainly impossible to disclose his detailed whereabouts.


    Even with the help of big businesses such as Datong business alliance, he will not completely trust them.


    Even in the face of allies, we should retain the minimum precepts, which is the way for practitioners to survive in the world of cultivation.


    What business letter Zhenjun can do is to mark out all the places where Wen dongzhenjun may appear.


    From the fact that he easily took out this map, this guy really deserves to be an exquisite businessman. He has long been ready to deal with various situations.


    If Meng Zhang finds the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen Jun through this map, then Shang Xinzhen Jun will take the initiative to hand over a big handle to Meng Zhang.


    These places marked on the map are widely distributed, almost throughout the whole Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang urged the void tripod, almost ignoring the distance, and soon searched a lot of places.


    Although no trace of the target has been found yet, it is not nothing.


    He captured the left behind monks in several secret strongholds.


    From their mouth, they know that Wen Dongzhen Jun and Hengdao Zhen Jun, who have been killed by themselves, have haunted these strongholds.


    These seemingly useless clues will provide some help when Meng Zhang displays his secret arts.


    When Meng Zhang used Dayan''s divine calculation again to calculate the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen, the more clues he had, the greater the help he would get, and the more he could calculate the satisfactory results.


    Yes, Meng Zhang didn''t stop after the last Tianji confrontation failed.


    If we can''t find the trace of the enemy by conventional means, we have to do the Dayan magic calculation again.


    Probably killed many demons in the Daheng cultivation world, especially the relationship with powerful demons like South China.


    Meng Zhang had used Dayan divination twice before to calculate the whereabouts of the enemy, but he was not bitten by the way of heaven, and there was no news of Tianjie.


    After this event, Meng Zhang returned to the Daheng cultivation world, where he would kill more demons and obtain more heavenly merits.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang, those monks who participated in the killing of a large number of demons will more or less obtain the merits of heaven according to their contributions.


    But most of the monks are ignorant and unaware of it.


    In fact, even ordinary Yuanshen friars and Tianji masters don''t feel much about the existence of Tiandao merits and virtues.


    Of course, even if they can''t feel the decline of heaven''s merits and virtues, they don''t know that they have heaven''s merits and virtues. However, when heaven''s merits and virtues should play a role, they will still play a role as usual.


    Heaven is selfless and won''t treat these things differently.


    Those friars who make great contributions in the process of killing demons and calming demonic disasters will get more heavenly merits.


    In the future, they will be in high spirits and act smoothly until the merits of heaven are exhausted.


    Meng Zhang now recalls that Xiao Liang was so indulgent and partial to the younger generation of Xiao Qiao. He should also know the existence of heaven''s merits and virtues and hold the idea that fat water does not flow to outsiders.


    Xiao Qiao''s temperament has changed greatly. Regardless of his friendship with Meng Zhang, he also wants to obtain more heavenly virtues.


    The merits and virtues of heaven are not omnipotent, but they play a great role in friars and are worth fighting for by countless friars.

 Chapter 1390

    According to Meng Zhang''s simple feeling, he has a lot of heavenly merits and virtues. Even if he performs Dayan divine calculation two or three times to calculate the whereabouts of the enemy, it should not lead to too serious consequences.


    In particular, he had long felt that the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world seemed to encourage the mutual hunting between the heavenly masters.


    If he can find the Tianji master who confronts him and kill him, it will certainly play a great role in alleviating the backfire of heaven.


    Last time, he just found out Zhu Changming, a golden elixir friar. He was not a particularly powerful Tianji master. He could obviously feel that he had gained a lot of benefits.


    This time, the opponent is a rare master of secrets, which will probably bring him greater benefits.


    In a short time, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying went through all the places marked on the map.


    Among them, many places were secret strongholds built by Dali Dynasty.


    Some strongholds have garrison friars, and more strongholds are empty.


    In most of the strongholds, various resources including Lingshi are stored.


    Meng Zhang moved too fast to clean up these strongholds. Only write down the location and let taiyimen send a team to clean up these places slowly in the future.


    Although he was sure to reap a lot of booty, Meng Zhang was not happy.


    His main target, Wen Dongzhen Jun and the mysterious mystery master, has not been caught by him so far.


    Meng Zhang knew that the old fox, Zhenjun, should not hide any important information. Everything he knows is on this map.


    Therefore, even if he met some strongholds of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in the search process, he tried to be merciful.


    For Wen Dongzhen, who has always been cautious, it is very normal for outsiders such as Shang Xinzhen to have reservations.


    Meng Zhang found some clues from these places, but it was far from enough to find out Wen dongzhenjun.


    After this time, Meng Zhang returned to Jiuqu province and began to calm the chaos. The news that he killed Hengdao Zhenjun and his men has slowly spread.


    All aspects of the cultivation forces in Jiuqu province did not expect that Meng Zhang would return from the Daheng cultivation world so soon.


    They did not expect that Meng Zhang''s thunder means would be so powerful that he defeated Hengdao Zhenjun, the nominal leader of the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty, as soon as he came back.


    The name of man, the shadow of the tree, the name of Meng Zhang, is still powerful enough.


    The originally turbulent zigzag provinces began to calm down quickly.


    Those practitioners who had other ideas even abandoned their original ideas and became honest one after another.


    As for those who openly attacked taiyimen friars and strongholds, they disappeared.


    All the remaining evils of Dali''s imperial dynasty hid early.


    Those who didn''t see the opportunity early enough and didn''t move fast enough became the souls of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that his plan to return to the Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible had failed.


    There is no way. He has to settle down first. This time, he is determined to solve the internal problems of Jiuqu Province, and then return to the Daheng cultivation world.


    He had to let go of everything about the demon disaster temporarily.


    As the news of Meng Zhang''s return spread, the local Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province lost their ambiguous attitude and became flattered in front of Taiyi.


    Taiyimen and hanhaidao alliance began to send a large number of monks into the south of Jiuqu province.


    In addition to rebuilding the stronghold, we should also obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang began to use various forces to collect clues and prepare for his next performance of Dayan divine calculation.


    The expeditionary army stationed in the Dharma Realm kept in touch with the taiyimen in the rear.


    According to the latest news, there has been another change in the demon cluster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The fourth order demon, who had the strength of Yuanshen in the later stage and had escaped the pursuit of South China, appeared again after being killed in South China.


    This fourth order demon began to take over the command of the demon army and integrate the power of each demon group.


    If this fourth order demon is successful, the demon army will become a whole again.


    After analyzing the latest situation in the Dharma Realm, Meng Zhang issued the latest order to the expeditionary army.


    Originally, after Meng Zhang returned to Jiuqu Province, the action of the expeditionary army has slowed down.


    Now, according to Meng Zhang''s order, the military affairs of the expedition must be cautious and try to avoid taking the initiative to provoke those powerful demons.


    Before Meng Zhang returns, don''t have redundant actions, let alone think about going deep into the great horizontal cultivation world.


    After Yang Xueyi''s friar army and expedition army joined forces, Yang Xueyi will be the commander in chief, responsible for commanding the two armies.


    Meng Zhang knew that the demons in Daheng cultivation world still had strong power.


    If these forces are integrated, it is definitely not so easy to win.


    Now that Meng Zhang is away, the strength of the expedition army has fallen sharply.


    As long as the expeditionary army is no longer so active, Xiao Qiao, who is eager to fight for merit, will certainly take action wantonly.


    Since Xiao Qiao is busy competing for credit, let him compete with the demon army. It''s best to let him touch the wall.


    After Meng Zhang passed the order, he put his attention back in front of him.


    However, he was busy chasing down Wen Dongzhen Jun and was slightly distracted by another news.


    The wolf Eagle chief, who has been imprisoned at the gate of Taiyi gate for a long time, has long been determined to die, and his life is about to run out, finally sits down.


    Meng Zhang, who had expected this for a long time, could not help sighing in his heart.


    Taiyi disciples will bury each other according to his instructions, so he is too lazy to go back.


    I probably know that Meng Zhang''s actions are not smooth enough. The expeditionary army has sent new reinforcements for him.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Shuiling Pavilion Shuiling Zhenjun, two old acquaintances of Meng Zhang, hurried back.


    In fact, shortly after Meng Zhang left, Jin Lizhen sent them back.


    But they don''t have Meng Zhang''s ability to freely use space transmission. They can only fly in the sky, so they don''t come back until now.


    In addition, a group of friars from taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng also transmitted back to taiyimen Mountain Gate from the long-distance transmission array of maple leaf mountain city.


    With the help of these monks, the shortage of manpower on our side has been alleviated.


    In order to hunt down Wen Dongzhen, we need to master more clues and send more monks.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang once again issued the latest recruitment order to the major cultivation forces in the south of Jiuqu province.


    He wants to summon these friars of Xiuzhen forces to help him trace the whereabouts of Wen Dongzhen.


    Meng Zhang, who just got rid of Hengdao Zhenjun, had enough deterrent. No Xiuzhen force dared to resist publicly and obediently obeyed the order.

 Chapter 1391

    After Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun rushed back to Jiuqu Province, they didn''t even return home, so they hurried to see Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the south of Jiuqu province most of the time.


    Although the secret strongholds of Dali Dynasty spread all over the Jiuqu Province, there should be more in the south.


    Taiyi gate has long been the overlord of Jiuqu Province in the north. If Dali imperial dynasty wants to build large-scale construction in the North secretly, it is difficult to hide the eyes and ears of Taiyi gate.


    Maybe a few secret strongholds can be built secretly under the eyes of taiyimen. If there were more, it would be too contemptuous of taiyimen''s control of their own sphere of influence.


    Meng Zhang met Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun in the mainstream of Jiuqu River near the border of Jiuqu province.


    He is looking forward to their return, especially the arrival of Shuiling Zhenjun.


    Of course, this is not because of the strength of Shuiling Zhenjun, nor because of her beauty, but for another reason.


    Many years ago, when the Dali Dynasty secretly laid out the layout of Jiuqu province and began to build a secret stronghold, it was accidentally bumped by Shuiling Pavilion disciples.


    Although shuilingge took refuge in Dali Dynasty earlier, it gained many benefits in the process of Dali Dynasty conquering Jiuqu province.


    However, since Datong business alliance and other big businesses entered Jiuqu Province, shuilingge has also been deprived of many benefits, and life has become increasingly sad.


    The official friars of Dali Dynasty hid their identity and secretly transported a batch of materials to these secret strongholds.


    The Shuiling Pavilion disciples who accidentally broke their whereabouts didn''t recognize them because they wanted to kill and seize treasure.


    After a fierce battle, the disciples of Shuiling Pavilion won a great victory, killed their opponents and seized the truth cultivation materials they transported.


    But at the last moment, they also found each other''s identity.


    Knowing that the disciple of Shuiling Pavilion had caused great trouble, he urgently contacted the leader Shuiling Zhenjun.


    According to common sense, Shuiling Zhenjun should take all the disciples of Shuiling Pavilion, take the initiative to send them to Dali imperial court, grovel, send a lot of compensation materials and pray for the official forgiveness of Dali imperial court.


    However, among these disciples, there are descendants favored by Shuiling Zhenjun, which is related to the inheritance of Shuiling Pavilion.


    In addition, the location of the incident is very secret and has been successfully killed. Shuiling Zhenjun hesitated and made another choice.


    She destroyed all traces of the scene to ensure that no clues were left.


    After the disciples of Shuiling Pavilion were brought back to Shuiling Pavilion by her, they were secretly imprisoned in the forbidden area of zongmen.


    The nature of such a thing is serious, and it is not worth leaving the imperial dynasty to use too much force to trace it at this time.


    After a tense investigation, the Dali imperial dynasty, which was facing the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong, had to give up the investigation temporarily.


    Later, Mo Qingzhen Jun accidentally found a clue and traced it to Shuiling Pavilion.


    Mr. Mo Qingzhen is not a loyal minister of the Dali Dynasty. He conceals this matter to see if he can benefit from it.


    Later, he disclosed the matter to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang used this secret to keep Shuiling Zhenjun neutral in the war to subvert the rule of Jiuqu province.


    Shuiling Zhenjun knew for a long time that with the severity of the means under the imperial court of Dali, once this secret was exposed, Shuiling pavilion would be severely punished by the imperial court of Dali, or even destroyed.


    Therefore, she had to succumb to Meng Zhang.


    Now, although we have already moved across the border, we have already boarded the ship of taiyimen, and it is difficult to turn back.


    Among the major monastic forces in the south of Jiuqu Province, shuilingge and qingyuanzong probably do not want to return from the imperial dynasty.


    As a female nun, shuilingzhen has smart wrists and long sleeves. He often goes in and out of Jiuqu provincial governor''s house and other places. Among the official monks of Dali imperial dynasty, there are many ministers under the skirt.


    Probably all males, in front of females, have more or less a desire to express themselves, and the cultivators are no exception.


    She is good at taking advantage of women and has always been well informed.


    There are also many contacts between her and Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang knows the secret of Shuiling Zhenjun and her contacts and relationships.


    Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun saw Meng Zhang. After a simple visit, Meng Zhang directly entered the topic.


    Meng Zhang asked Shuiling Zhenjun if there was any clue about the whereabouts of dongzhenjun.


    After thinking for a while, Shuiling Zhenjun said a place.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying, Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun came to the top of a lake.


    With the increasing attainments of space Avenue, Meng Zhang''s ability in space transmission has greatly improved.


    Now Meng Zhang can carry out space transmission with a few people without putting them into the void tripod.


    When he came here, Meng Zhang''s false magic eye easily saw through the emptiness and reality below, and led the people into the secret cave under the lake.


    At first, I heard that dongzhenjun was very anxious when they transferred, and didn''t completely clear all the clues here.


    In order to avoid making too much noise, they did not have time to destroy the secret cave.


    Meng Zhang found something in this secret cave.


    It was here that the mysterious master performed his secret arts and fought against himself.


    Meng Zhang sensed the breath left by the Heavenly Master and felt a little familiar.


    He thought about it carefully. He felt deja vu.


    Soon, Meng Zhang reacted.


    At that time, I felt something when I went to the capital of Dali imperial court, entered the Yin capital of the underworld, and then went outside the Yin capital.


    Before he set out, Shouzheng vaguely reminded him that the other party had the participation of Tianji.


    At that time, although Meng Zhang was not as good as the other party in the realm of heavenly secrets, he not only avoided the prying eyes of the Heavenly Master, but also made some gains by relying on the brilliance of Dayan''s divine calculation.


    Of course, this also had something to do with Lu Gangfeng''s reluctance to lose too much at that time and his reservations when he performed the secret arts.


    Now when he came to the place where Lu Gangfeng had just performed the secret arts, Meng Zhang felt it carefully and even calculated it a little.


    Finally, Meng Zhang caught the mysterious master''s tail.


    He didn''t know the identity and origin of the other party, but he knew that the other party had participated in the actions of Mo Qingzhen Jun and sword Lord.


    This heavenly master was related to Mo Qingzhen and was involved in creating chaos in Jiuqu Province, so Meng Zhang had to think more.


    Could it be that the fire in my backyard was not only caused by the remaining evils of Dali Dynasty, but also the calculation of Mo Qingzhen?


    What''s the purpose of Mo Qingzhen''s doing this?


    It''s easy to guess that Meng Zhang came back to put out the fire in the backyard.


    Is it true that Mo Qingzhen wants to transfer Meng Zhang from the Daheng cultivation world?

 Chapter 1392

    Mo Qingzhen Jun is a demon monk, who can never be trusted. This is what Meng Zhang often tells himself.


    Meng Zhang not only insisted on his vigilance and hostility to demon cultivation, but also often taught his disciples in this way.


    When dealing with Mo Qingzhen, Meng Zhang always kept a deep sense of caution.


    However, in the face of such a powerful enemy in South China after demonization, Meng Zhang had to adopt the information provided by Mo Qingzhen.


    Mo Qingzhen told Meng Zhang that because of the internal struggle of the devil Road, the famine demon God he believed in and the master of the magic plow house behind South China have always been at odds. This led to the hostile relationship between Mo Qingzhen and Xiang South China.


    Now think about it, what Mo Qingzhen Jun did is clearly Yang Mou.


    In any case, if Meng Zhang wants to quell the evil disaster, he must eliminate the demonized Xiang South China, and he has to act according to the plan of Mo Qingzhen.


    After the demonized Xiang South China was destroyed, Mo Qingzhen Jun secretly used his means to set Meng Zhang''s backyard on fire, so he had to hurry back to Jiuqu province to put out the fire.


    Meng Zhang didn''t spend much time trying to understand all this and guessed Mo Qingzhen''s plot.


    At this time, maybe Mr. Mo Qingzhen is trying to integrate the demons on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Understand to understand, but Meng Zhang has no better way.


    Jiuqu province is the foundation of taiyimen. He can''t give up here. He must give priority to dealing with the unrest here.


    With the relationship between Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao, he is even less likely to remind Xiao Qiao.


    If he kindly reminds Xiao Qiao, it will not only be difficult to trust the other party, but also be labeled as collusion.


    At this point, Meng Zhang has nothing to do.


    In this secret cave, Meng Zhang got a lot of clues and figured out the cause and effect of this matter.


    However, there is still a long way to go to catch Wen Dongzhen and the secret master.


    Meng Zhang took the crowd and sent them back to the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang first used his communication method to tell Yang Xueyi all his guesses about Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang reminded Yang Xueyi again that she must be careful and never be careless.


    If the situation is wrong, we would rather retreat actively and retain our strength as much as possible.


    After the communication between Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi, they began to think about how to find out their secret opponents.


    Soon after, a disciple of the dark hall of Taiyi sect came to see Meng Zhang and said that an Muran wanted to see him.


    Ann Muran, who is slowly recovering from injury, has something to do and needs to see herself immediately? Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    Without delay, he immediately came to anmuran.


    Ann was silent without nonsense and went straight to the point.


    It turns out that as a Yuanshen friar who has been in charge of the dark hall for many years, an Muran has been responsible for all kinds of secret work of Taiyi gate, such as spying for intelligence, finding traitors and plotting against the enemy


    A long time ago, the dark hall had a certain connection with the Qing Yuan sect.


    Qing Yuanzong, under the rule of Dali emperor, has always had a precarious psychology.


    Although the leader Qinglang Zhenjun was cautious, he still established direct contact with an Muran.


    The connection between the two is highly confidential. No one knows except Qinglang Zhenjun himself. In Taiyi gate, there are also few people who know.


    Not long ago, Qinglang Zhenjun asked to meet Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, through the secret contact channel between him and an Muran.


    Meng Zhang also felt that it was difficult to deal with the family of qingyuanzong.


    In its heyday, Qing Yuanzong was one of the two giants of Jiuqu League and dominated Jiuqu League for many years.


    When the taiyimen rose in those years, they didn''t even have the qualification to directly join the Jiuqu League. They had to rely on the protection of Jin Lizhen.


    But now, taiyimen in turn has become the ruler of Jiuqu province. The Qing Yuan sect has been very weak after changes.


    Although in the war between Meng Zhang and Zhang Weineng, Qing Yuanzong listened to Meng Zhang''s persuasion and remained neutral for the time being before deciding the victory or defeat.


    After taiyimen became the ruler of Jiuqu Province, qingyuanzong also surrendered in time.


    However, Meng Zhang still had some scruples about qingyuanzong.


    He was worried that the younger friars of qingyuanzong were not as steady as Qinglang Zhenjun. They were bent on restoring their former glory and could not put aside the past of ruling Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang is not worried that these people will be able to overthrow the rule of taiyimen, but that they will make trouble and force himself to kill.


    In any case, Meng Zhang did not want the Qing Yuan sect, a sect with a long history, to perish in his own hands.


    Fortunately, during this period of time, qingyuanzong was honest, and there had been no changes.


    Even when the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty caused chaos and many troubles, the qingyuanzong side has been watching coldly.


    Of course, this also shows that Qing Yuanzong is far from loyal to Taiyi gate.


    Now Meng Zhang, in the case of no obvious fault of the Qing Yuan sect, still regards him as a member of his cultivation forces, and will not give special treatment or target him.


    Qinglang Zhenjun secretly contacted an Muran at this time and asked to see Meng Zhang. It must be a great event.


    Otherwise, he can visit Meng Zhang in a fair and aboveboard manner. He doesn''t have to be so sneaky.


    It was a time of trouble. Meng Zhang was careless and immediately agreed to meet Qinglang Zhenjun.


    Despite the injury, an Muran arranged a secret meeting for both sides as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang met Qinglang Zhenjun smoothly.


    The monk who needed Meng Zhang to look up at at the beginning is now very low in front of Meng Zhang.


    He clearly made some determination long ago. Soon after meeting Meng Zhang, he directly said his intention.


    Not long ago, Qinggu Zhenjun, who had long disappeared, suddenly appeared in qingyuanzong.


    Qinggu Zhenjun asked Qinglang Zhenjun to mobilize all the forces of qingyuanzong as the leader of qingyuanzong and be ready to fight at any time.


    When Qinglang Zhenjun asked who the enemy was, Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t hide it.


    He told Qinglang Zhenjun that as long as he gave an order, all the forces of qingyuanzong must launch a raid on Taiyi gate and cause the greatest loss to Taiyi gate.


    Although Qinglang Zhenjun seems to obey Qinggu Zhenjun, he has great respect for him.


    But in fact, Qinglang Zhenjun hated Qinggu Zhenjun for a long time, and wanted to eat meat and sleep on skin.


    In the era when qingyuanzong ruled Jiuqu League, Qinglang Zhenjun was indeed a loyal supporter of Qinggu Zhenjun and his iron younger brother.


    However, when Qinggu Zhenjun abandoned the sect door and sold Qingyuan sect to Dali imperial court for his own Avenue, Qinggu Zhenjun became the most hated object of Qingyuan sect, including Qinglang Zhenjun.


    However, for the continuation of zongmen, Qinglang Zhenjun had to pretend to continue to support Qinggu Zhenjun and give in to him.

 Chapter 1393

    Qinggu Zhenjun only cares about cultivation. He doesn''t care much about the qingyuanzong under the leadership of Qinglang Zhenjun.


    Qinglang Zhenjun led the extremely weak qingyuanzong to carefully seek survival in the Dali imperial system.


    The worse the situation of qingyuanzong, the more they hate Qinggu Zhenjun.


    People had to bow their heads under the eaves. Qinglang Zhenjun not only carefully hid his hatred, but also tried his best to restrain the disciples from showing any dissatisfaction.


    It was not easy until Meng Zhang overthrew the rule of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province. Qing Yuanzong was reluctantly relieved and his living environment became much better.


    At this time, Qinggu Zhenjun came to the door and talked up and down. He had to use all the strength of qingyuanzong to attack Taiyi gate.


    This old guy, I don''t know where he got such a thick skin and so much confidence?


    Not to mention that the strength of qingyuanzong is far inferior to that of Taiyi gate. Qingyuanzong alone has many disciples who have been recruited into the expedition army. Qingyuanzong can''t rebel against Taiyi gate at this time.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, and Qinglang Zhenjun was not an opponent.


    He promised on the surface and temporarily stabilized Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t think that Qinglang Zhenjun dared to resist himself. He thought that Qinglang Zhenjun was his loyal younger brother as before.


    After he told Qinglang Zhenjun to mobilize personnel and materials and prepare for the war, he left qingyuanzong temporarily to contact others.


    After Qinggu Zhenjun left, Qinglang Zhenjun thought for a long time.


    Now the Taiyi gate is just like the sun at its zenith. It is incomparably powerful. Relying on a group of people connected by Qinggu Zhenjun alone and the power of qingyuanzong, it can''t shake the Taiyi gate at all.


    If qingyuanzong attacks Taiyi gate with Qinggu Zhenjun, history will repeat itself. Qingyuanzong will be entrapped by Qinggu Zhenjun again, and there will be a disaster of extermination.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, a selfish guy, has sold qingyuanzong once for his own interests.


    In any case, Qinglang Zhenjun will not let the same thing happen again, and will not let Qinggu Zhenjun bring qingyuanzong to the point of eternal doom.


    Therefore, through the channels established with an Muran before, Qinglang Zhenjun secretly contacted an Muran and secretly came to see Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang listened to Qinglang Zhenjun''s story. Although he was expressionless, he turned up a storm in his heart.


    Even Qinggu Zhenjun was used by the enemy and joined the enemy ranks of Taiyi gate.


    At that time, Meng Zhang persuaded Qinggu Zhenjun not to be hostile to taiyimen and to find a place to hide and practice well to avoid being found by Dali imperial court.


    Meng Zhang told Qinggu Zhenjun that although he vowed to be loyal to the Dali Dynasty, he would obey the orders of the Dali Dynasty.


    But as long as he finds a place to hide and doesn''t contact the friars of Dali imperial court, Dali imperial court can''t give him an order.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, a selfish guy, accepted Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    Now it seems that what they both think is too simple.


    Dali Dynasty must have left a backhand to find Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, who has made the oath of the great road, certainly can''t disobey the order of the Dali Dynasty and can''t avoid being called up.


    I just don''t know whether Qing Gu Zhen Jun jumped out to be the enemy of Taiyi gate this time, is it the order of Dali imperial dynasty, or the meaning of Mo Qing Zhen Jun, or both.


    Just a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he could not shake the rule of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was able to overthrow the rule of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu Province, but now he can block his counter attack.


    No matter what purpose Qinglang Zhenjun came to snitch, Meng Zhang had to accept his kindness.


    Meng Zhang told Qinglang Zhenjun that Taiyi gate had enough strength to quell all unrest.


    A clown like Qinggu Zhenjun is just looking for his own death.


    When Dali ruled Jiuqu Province, his strength was much stronger than now, and he became the defeated general of taiyimen.


    Now, do you think that a group of people who live a miserable life can surpass taiyimen?


    Meng Zhang promised that as long as qingyuanzong honestly obeyed the rule of taiyimen, taiyimen would treat qingyuanzong equally.


    Under the protection of Taiyi gate, the Qing Yuan sect will pass on smoothly.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also provided many benefits to reward Qinglang Zhenjun''s loyalty.


    Meng Zhang''s confident appearance probably infected Qinglang Zhenjun, making him feel that he had made no mistake in his choice this time.


    Qinglang Zhenjun said a lot of loyal words and expressed his willingness to obey the dispatch of Taiyi gate.


    Qingyuanzong not only made a clean break with the traitor Qinggu Zhenjun, but as long as Meng Zhang gave an order, qingyuanzong could immediately mobilize and fight according to the orders of taiyimen.


    They talked for a while and each got what they wanted.


    After talking with Qinglang Zhenjun, Meng Zhang hurried back to Taiyi gate and ordered the disciples to prepare for the war.


    Don''t look at his confident and indifferent appearance in front of Qinglang Zhenjun. But in fact, his heart was full of vigilance.


    Even the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen such as Qinggu Zhenjun went out. It seems that the enemy is really unscrupulous. He has exhausted all means and must entangle Meng Zhang and prevent him from leaving Jiuqu province.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun should be very clear about the strength comparison between the two sides.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is now mostly on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, busy among the demons.


    If you don''t use the power of demons, the power mobilized by Mo Qingzhen Jun can''t really fight taiyimen led by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, if you just entangle Meng Zhang firmly, let him have no time to separate. Meng Zhang had to admit that Mo Qingzhen succeeded this time.


    No one knows whether Qinggu Zhenjun has colluded with other Xiuzhen forces in addition to trying to mobilize the power of qingyuanzong.


    Other Xiuzhen forces don''t hate Qinggu Zhenjun as much as Qinglang Zhenjun, and they can''t have such a good vision as Qinglang Zhenjun.


    It would be really troublesome if other Xiuzhen forces joined Qinggu Zhenjun and became the enemy of Taiyi sect.


    Although Meng Zhang only killed Hengdao Zhenjun soon, those remaining evils of Dali Dynasty should still have good strength.


    With the participation of Qinggu Zhenjun, these remaining evils really have the strength to threaten Taiyi gate. They must not be careless.


    Meng Zhang was a little hesitant about whether to temporarily transfer some strength from the expedition army in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But after thinking about it, he gave up the plan.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is likely to make waves in the Daheng cultivation world and strive to gather the power of demons.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is so unfathomable that even Meng Zhang can''t see through him.


    If he personally commands the demon army, it is definitely a very terrible army.


    Meng Zhang left the expedition army, which had been greatly weakened.


    At this time, the expeditionary army needs to ensure its combat effectiveness as much as possible and can not be weakened again.

 Chapter 1394

    When Qinggu Zhenjun appeared in front of Wen Dongzhen Jun, he was always calm and almost couldn''t help turning his face.


    The rule of Dali Dynasty in Jiuqu province was overturned, and Qinggu Zhenjun should bear great responsibility.


    This is what many people have been thinking about, such as Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    If Qinggu Zhenjun is not selfish to avoid the war, but wholeheartedly joins the battle, the result of the war may not be irreversible.


    You know, in addition to Zhang Weineng, who was seriously injured, Qinggu Zhenjun was the only great friar in the later stage of the yuan God.


    Compared with Zhang Weineng in poor condition, he is well deserved to be his No. 1 combat power.


    In good condition, he has the ability to dominate the war.


    Qinggu Zhenjun doesn''t know this wishful thinking in Wen dongzhenjun''s heart. Even if he knows it, he won''t care.


    After the last war, he found a place to hide and practice wholeheartedly, so as to accumulate enough strength as soon as possible to survive the thunder disaster.


    However, the high-level officials of Dali Dynasty had long calculated and had already tampered with him.


    Not long ago, the envoy of Dali imperial dynasty came to the door and asked him to obey Lu Gangfeng''s order and strive to restore Dali imperial dynasty''s rule in Jiuqu province.


    Qinggu Zhenjun could not violate such a direct order even if he was no longer willing in his heart. He had to leave the closed place and return to Jiuqu province.


    Originally, he was a little unconvinced by Lu Gangfeng.


    As a senior monk, he was one of the rulers of Jiuqu League in his early years. Ordinary Yuanshen friars can''t convince him.


    Even the original Zhang Weineng, a great friar, was polite to him and had to provide for him many times.


    Lu Gangfeng showed his identity as a master of secrets, and then he got a little respect from Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Of course, Lu Gangfeng also had to use the name of Dali imperial dynasty to order him.


    Qinggu Zhenjun will not openly resist orders, but only he knows how to execute orders and whether he will be slack.


    Wen dongzhenjun and his entourage are extremely dissatisfied with Qinggu Zhenjun.


    However, the current situation has not allowed them to be impulsive. With Lu Gangfeng''s persuasion, they reluctantly accepted Qinggu Zhenjun''s companion.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is not only powerful, but also able to mobilize the power of Qingyuan sect. He is an indispensable figure on his own side.


    Although the Qing Yuan sect has undergone many changes, it is also a powerful sect that once dominated the Jiuqu League.


    The rotten ship also has three nails. If qingyuanzong is defeated, it still has a certain strength.


    In addition, these remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty, even Lu Gangfeng has some dark sons.


    The combined strength of several aspects is enough to pose a great threat to taiyimen.


    According to Wen Dongzhen''s original plan, they still attack secretly.


    If Meng Zhang returns from the Daheng cultivation world, they should immediately hide and temporarily avoid Meng Zhang''s edge.


    Wait until there is a new opportunity and start acting again.


    After the news that Meng Zhang killed Hengdao Zhenjun spread, Wen dongzhenjun insisted on his own opinion and asked everyone to avoid Meng Zhang for the time being and not fight with him.


    But Qinggu Zhenjun scoffed at Wen dongzhenjun''s opinion and couldn''t see it at all.


    Although Meng Zhang was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, he was always a younger generation in the eyes of Qinggu Zhenjun.


    According to the last fight with Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang is clearly not his opponent.


    I really want to match Meng Zhang. Qinggu Zhenjun is confident of winning the war.


    Of course, the great friar is not so easy to kill.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is sure to defeat Meng Zhang, but he is not sure to leave him completely.


    In any case, Qinggu Zhenjun is unwilling to hide from Meng Zhang and avoid each other.


    Qinggu Zhenjun''s opinion is that his side shows its flag and swaggers against Taiyi gate.


    Now the main force of taiyimen is still on the side of Daheng cultivation world. Relying solely on Meng Zhang and the rest of his strength, our side has the strength to fight it.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is still a little selfish.


    Against taiyimen this time, whether he wins or loses, he hopes to distinguish the results as soon as possible.


    If you win, naturally, needless to say, everyone will be happy.


    If he fails, Qinggu Zhenjun can get away early and continue to go back to practice.


    Anyway, even if the war is defeated, with the strength of Meng Zhang and taiyimen, we can''t think of leaving Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Even in the face of the siege, Qinggu Zhenjun also has the assurance to retreat.


    Wen dongzhenjun had been very angry with Qinggu Zhenjun. Now they disagreed and immediately had a fierce dispute.


    Wen dongzhenjun, such a junior, dared to be so rude and contradict himself, which soon made Qinggu Zhenjun angry and even killed him.


    Fortunately, he was not confused. He knew that the other party was the direct line of the imperial court, and he was trusted by the imperial court.


    Qinggu Zhenjun endured his anger and did not attack immediately.


    Among these people, at least on the bright side, Lu Gangfeng has the highest status.


    He was not only a rare Heavenly Master in the cultivation world, but also sent to Jiuqu province to carry out secret missions from the top of the imperial dynasty.


    When needed, monks in Dali imperial court, including Qinggu Zhenjun and Wendong Zhenjun, must actively cooperate with him.


    Lu Gangfeng''s purpose of coming to Jiuqu province this time is not simple.


    Although Lu Gangfeng was a master of heaven''s secrets enshrined by the Dali imperial court, he was also vigorously cultivated by the imperial court. But he was never a loyal minister of Dali Dynasty, but a very selfish guy.


    After he was caught by the demon Xiu Mo Qingzhen Jun, he fell into the other party''s calculation step by step, and finally was completely controlled by the other party.


    Under normal circumstances, such as Lu Gangfeng, a master of heaven''s secrets, is closely controlled by the Dali imperial dynasty, and it is almost impossible to leave the Dali imperial territory without permission.


    This time, Ziyang Shengzong took action against Dali Dynasty, which led to a large area of chaos in Dali Dynasty. With the active help of King Jian and other accomplices, Lu Gangfeng secretly left the imperial territory in the name of completing the secret task.


    He came to Jiuqu Province, which is related to the calculation of emperor Mo Qingzhen.


    From Lu Gangfeng''s original intention, he is unwilling to get involved in this vortex.


    However, controlled by others, he can''t disobey the order of emperor Mo Qingzhen.


    His original intention, like Wen Dongzhen Jun, was to create all kinds of chaos here while Meng Zhang was not in Jiuqu province.


    After all, even if he was a Heavenly Master, he didn''t want to face a big monk like Meng Zhang directly.


    But the last time the mysterious master changed his mind.


    Although he doesn''t know the identity of this heavenly master, the other party must be from taiyimen.


    Otherwise, I wouldn''t use the magic of heaven at this time to push and spread the whereabouts of Dongzhen Jun, thus affecting him.


    Lu Gangfeng, as Meng Zhang guessed, is an evil master of heaven.


    Evil Tianji master hunts and kills other Tianji masters to slow down the counterattack of Tiandao and prevent the coming of Tianjie.

 Chapter 1395

    Lu Gangfeng has been a master of heavenly secrets for many years, and has performed various calculations on many occasions.


    The reverse bite of heaven accumulated in him has been very serious.


    In particular, he colluded with Mo Qingzhen Jun, a demon monk, and completely came together, which was a taboo of the way of heaven.


    Over the years, he not only relied on the protection of the Dali emperor, but also secretly hunted other heavenly masters to reduce the phagocytosis of the way of heaven.


    Tianji master is a very rare figure in the cultivation world. Even with the help of emperor Mo Qingzhen, it is impossible to have Tianji master for him to hunt and kill often.


    He didn''t have the courage to touch those other heavenly masters in the imperial dynasty.


    Over the years, especially after being controlled by Mo Qingzhen Jun, he was more and more attacked by the secret of heaven.


    Dali Dynasty, as a powerful force second only to the Holy Land Sect, had many means to shelter the Heavenly Master who took refuge in his own family.


    However, such means of protection also have limits, and it is impossible to completely counteract the reverse bite of heaven.


    In the dark, Mo Qingzhen provided some magic tricks to help Lu Gangfeng resist the counterattack of heaven.


    Lu Gangfeng has been able to support until now, and has not been found by the robbery.


    But recently, he began to feel more and more that his family was about to lose its support.


    If there were no other help, he would never be able to resist the next reversal of heaven.


    At this time, a powerful Heavenly Master appeared in his sight.


    This is God''s will. It shows that he has not exhausted his life and should not die.


    The Heavenly Master''s technical attainments are still above Lu Gangfeng.


    If you can hunt it yourself, it will greatly weaken the counterattack of heaven faced by your family.


    Although I don''t know the identity of this heavenly master yet, as long as I know that the other party is from taiyimen, it shouldn''t be difficult to find the other party.


    If you follow Wen Dongzhen''s advice and hide yourself in the dark, let alone kill the Heavenly Master, it''s not easy to find the other party.


    If you follow Qinggu Zhenjun''s advice and make it clear that the chariots and horses will confront taiyimen head-on, you are likely to force all the cards of taiyimen in the confrontation, never find the Tianji master and take advantage of the opportunity of the war between the two sides to kill him.


    This is in the best interests of Lu Gangfeng.


    As for in case his side fails, Lu Gangfeng doesn''t care.


    Anyway, even if it is a failure, the loss is also the power of Dali imperial dynasty, which has nothing to do with Lu Gangfeng.


    Even if all the friars present were lost, Lu Gangfeng would be satisfied as long as he could kill the Heavenly Master.


    Of course, Lu Gangfeng will try his best to ensure his own victory.


    To this end, he is willing to use some dark sons to take out the power originally belonging to Mo Qingzhen.


    Lu Gangfeng has no loyalty to the Dali Dynasty, which has taken in his family for many years, not to mention to Mo Qingzhen.


    He was only forced to be controlled by others.


    Now for the sake of his own life and death, it must not matter to do a little damage to the interests of Mr. Mo Qingzhen.


    Lu Gangfeng, such a master of heavenly secrets, is still of great value to Mo Qingzhen.


    A little trifle should not make him turn against Lu Gangfeng.


    Once he made up his mind, Lu Gangfeng stood on the side of Qinggu Zhenjun without hesitation.


    He openly supported Qinggu Zhenjun''s opinion when Qinggu Zhenjun and Wendong Zhenjun were arguing.


    Wen Dongzhen was greatly dissatisfied, but he had nothing to do.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun is really worried.


    After the overthrow of Dali''s rule in Jiuqu Province, they are the only force left by Dali''s imperial dynasty in Jiuqu province.


    They must act carefully, preserve their strength, retain useful bodies for the Dali Dynasty, and wait until the time for a counterattack comes.


    Jump out like this and confront taiyimen head-on. Once the war is not going well, they will lose all their strength, and it will be really difficult for Dali to accept the Jiuqu province.


    Wen Dongzhen is loyal to the Dali Dynasty and starts from the interests of the Dali Dynasty.


    But the two guys in front of him had their own selfish interests and didn''t care about Dali Dynasty at all.


    In particular, Lu Gangfeng doesn''t know if he has stayed with demon Xiu for a long time. His style of behavior is getting closer and closer to demon Xiu.


    In the face of Wen Dongzhen''s objection, he directly moved out of his identity as an envoy of the Dali imperial court and suppressed each other with the orders of the imperial court.


    According to the order of the imperial court, once he wants to perform a task, all the monks present must actively cooperate with him.


    Now, his biggest task is to confront taiyimen head-on, defeat taiyimen in the front battlefield and recover the nine curved provinces as soon as possible.


    Wen Dongzhen, such a loyal minister, could not disobey the order of the imperial court. He only obeyed reluctantly.


    He subdued Wen Dongzhen and unified his opinions. Everyone immediately took positive action.


    As Lu Gangfeng took out his cards, even Wen Dongzhen, who was not optimistic, had a little confidence.


    Lu Gangfeng is not completely disorderly. He still has rules.


    When Lu Gangfeng and his colleagues were making preparations and secretly began to act, Meng Zhang still acted at his own pace.


    After guessing Mo Qingzhen''s plot and getting the warning from Qinglang Zhenjun, Meng Zhang was vigilant.


    Even if he did not know the enemy''s next plan for the time being, he responded positively.


    The monks of taiyimen and hanhaidao alliance who stayed in Jiuqu province were mobilized and ready to go to war at any time.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s plan, he would once again recruit a group of monks from Jiuqu province to fight in Daheng Xiuzhen world to replace some monks of the expeditionary army.


    Meng Zhang had long predicted that it would take more time to completely kill demons and completely quell demonic disasters.


    He planned to use this method of rotation to let the friars with suitable conditions in the Jiuqu province take turns to join the war.


    One is to reduce the pressure of the expeditionary army, and the other is to accumulate everyone''s experience against demons.


    But now faced with this situation, he had to cancel his original plan for the time being and take care of Jiuqu province first.


    Just as both sides began to act, a rumor spread all over Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang enlisted the practitioners of the major monastic forces in Jiuqu province to join the expedition, using them as cannon fodder.


    When fighting against demons in Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang was too selfish. He deliberately retained the strength of Taiyi gate and vassal sect gate and sacrificed the monks of cultivation forces in the south of Jiuqu province.


    In the war with demons, practitioners from the south of Jiuqu province suffered heavy losses.


    The cultivation forces in the south of Jiuqu province have hurt their muscles and bones and their vitality, but Meng Zhang did not give up. He still had to continue to recruit practitioners from them, so he had to exhaust their vitality.

 Chapter 1396

    With the rapid spread of rumors against Meng Zhang and taiyimen, the southern Jiuqu province suddenly became panic, and dissatisfaction with taiyimen was accumulating rapidly.


    If it''s just a simple rumor, it certainly won''t have such an effect.


    In fact, many of the so-called rumors in the mouth of these taiyimen friars are true.


    Meng Zhang enlisted the practitioners of the major monastic forces in the south of Jiuqu province to join the expedition army. He had originally planned to use them as cannon fodder.


    In the war that was ambushed by the demon army, Meng Zhang had an unknown premonition in advance. He mainly brought other monks recruited and left the friars of taiyimen and vassal forces in the temporary camp.


    The defeat was a heavy one, and indeed a lot of cannon fodder was lost.


    Many monks in the expedition army, such as Shui Lingzhen Jun, were very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang at that time.


    However, due to Meng Zhang''s strong strength, they dare not say anything.


    Especially after Meng Zhang killed the demonized Xiang South China, no one bothered about this issue.


    Although the distance is far away, there has always been a certain connection between the Daheng cultivation world and the Jiuqu province.


    Especially after Meng Zhang led the expedition, the communication between the front and rear has been very smooth.


    With the news coming back, all the left behind monks of the major cultivation forces were very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang began to recruit monks from all sides, everyone had a certain psychological preparation. Most of his monks would be used as cannon fodder by taiyimen.


    But when it really happened, everyone still felt angry inexplicably.


    His classmates, elders, relatives and friends died on the battlefield, and all the responsibilities were attributed to taiyimen.


    If the strength gap is not too large, Meng Zhang and taiyimen have enough deterrence, maybe there are really guys who are not afraid of death and have jumped out to rebel.


    With these real situations as the basis, the rumors that Meng Zhang wanted to cut off the inheritance of major cultivation forces and completely achieve Shunchang and reverse death were not only quickly spread, but also quickly accepted by everyone.


    The southern part of Jiuqu province was originally the territory newly conquered by taiyimen, and there was no solid rule at all. Now, with the loss of the expeditionary army, there is a trend of unrest.


    Although temporarily on the surface, no one dares to jump out and fight against taiyimen. But the undercurrent has been surging in the dark for a long time. I don''t know how many intrigues against Taiyi gate have begun to plan.


    Meng Zhang has no good way to deal with this situation.


    The only way to completely solve these problems is to find out the enemies hiding in the dark as soon as possible and kill them all. Then, it can be used to frighten the practitioners of all parties, so as to restore the peace of Jiuqu province.


    Unfortunately, so far, although Meng Zhang has mastered many clues, he is still a long way from finding out the whereabouts of Wen dongzhenjun and others.


    Using the clues he had mastered, he performed Dayan divination again and made a deduction.


    In the process of this deduction, he and the mysterious master of heaven, Lu Gangfeng, fought against heaven again.


    The result was similar to the last time. Although Meng Zhang had the upper hand in the confrontation, Meng Zhang did not deduce the whereabouts of the other party because the other party covered it in time.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only ended this deduction.


    Since it''s impossible to deduce with Tianji now, we have to let our friars take action and collect more clues as much as possible.


    Of course, Meng Zhang should make the best use of the manpower at hand.


    Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun were turned around by him.


    Especially Shuiling Zhenjun, who is familiar with Wen dongzhenjun and others, is a local snake in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly urged her to help collect and provide more clues.


    Shuiling Zhenjun did not disappoint Meng Zhang, and soon provided a very important clue.


    Inside Shuiling Pavilion, there is a female nun of the golden elixir who once had close contact with a younger generation of Wen Dongzhen Jun.


    According to this female practitioner of the golden elixir, she once met the younger generation of Wen Dongzhen Jun again not long ago.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Shuiling Zhenjun took active action to pursue the whereabouts of Wen dongzhenjun and others.


    As soon as she heard about it from the female nun Jindan in the door, she hurried to inform Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang listened to the report of Shuiling Zhenjun, and without any hesitation, asked Shuiling Zhenjun to take him to the place where the two met.


    Meng Zhang, who was in a hurry to start, took Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun and sent them to the nearby destination without notice.


    Over a big river in the south of Jiuqu Province, with an obvious spatial fluctuation, Meng Zhang appeared with Shuiling Zhenjun and Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Shuiling Zhenjun pointed to the river below and told Meng Zhang that there was a secret cave at the bottom of the river, which was their destination this time.


    At such a close distance, Meng Zhang did not use space transmission again, but led Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Shuiling Zhenjun to fly towards the river.


    When they flew above the water, the three didn''t delay at all. They didn''t even need to cast the water avoidance curse. They swaggered to the bottom of the river.


    Along the way, the river automatically stepped aside to give way to a wide passage.


    This big river not only has a large area and extends a very wide distance, but also has a deep bottom.


    The bottom of the river is thousands of feet from the water.


    According to the direction of Shuiling Zhenjun, the three flew to the bottom of the river. Sure enough, they found a hidden cave at the bottom of the river.


    The entrance of the cave is very secret, and there are special means to cover it outside.


    Fortunately, the three are the true monarch of the yuan God, and only when they come to such a close position can they easily find the target.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and led everyone to the entrance of the cave.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had taken half a foot and was about to enter the cave, he suddenly stopped.


    Meng Zhang seemed a little confused and looked around. He was preparing to act. There were bursts of loud noises around him.


    Huge stone tablets suddenly came out from the bottom of the river, rose continuously, and soon reached the water above.


    The river around Meng Zhang seemed to be boiling, constantly rolling and surging, shaping all kinds of strange shapes.


    Light masks appeared out of thin air and completely surrounded Meng Zhang and them.


    In the face of such great changes, Meng Zhang not only did not have the slightest panic, but looked disdainful.


    "I can''t hold my breath like this."


    "You should wait until you enter the cave before you start."


    Meng Zhang''s voice clearly spread to all directions.


    His confident appearance was very infectious, which made him suddenly encounter great changes. He thought that Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Shuiling Zhenjun, who were lying in his home, soon calmed down.

 Chapter 1397

    No one around answered Meng Zhang''s words, and all kinds of visions were still flashing rapidly.


    The water surges, the light shines, the earth trembles, and the vitality surges wildly


    In this process, Meng Zhang not only did not act rashly, but looked at the changes around him with interest.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun couldn''t help reminding Meng Zhang that the enemy''s layout has obviously not been completed. They should take this opportunity to break out of the siege and break all the enemy''s layout.


    Meng Zhang was noncommittal about Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s proposal, and remained motionless.


    When Xuanfeng Zhenjun saw Meng Zhang''s big look, he felt bitter.


    Meng Zhang is still young and does not want to retreat easily.


    But at present, the enemy has long planned.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t move, and Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t move easily.


    After a while, all the visions began to disappear, and it was obvious that the enemy''s arrangement had been completed.


    Not far away, with bursts of strong spatial fluctuations came. Qinggu Zhenjun, Wen dongzhenjun and others suddenly appeared in this way.


    The position where they stood was just a semicircle, which surrounded Meng Zhang firmly.


    "Meng Zhang, I was not allowed to ambush you by such means. I wanted to fight you fairly."


    "But although I can easily beat you, I don''t know what means you have to protect your life."


    "In order to eradicate the scourge of you, I have to make such a bad plan."


    "Now you''re trapped in this dharma array. You can''t give full play to your skills. You have to die obediently."


    Qinggu Zhenjun''s high voice soon sounded in Meng Zhang''s ear.


    Wen Dongzhen stared at Meng Zhang with extremely hostile eyes, with an expression that wanted to tear him to pieces.


    Meng Zhang didn''t respond to Qinggu Zhenjun. He didn''t look at Wen dongzhenjun much. His main attention now is on Lu Gangfeng.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, Lu Gangfeng''s counterattack of the heavenly way and the looming robbery cloud above his head all show his identity.


    This man is clearly a Tianji master, and he is a Tianji master who is very serious and will die soon.


    Although Lu Gangfeng''s current image is a little embarrassed, this is a common phenomenon of Tianji masters in the cultivation world.


    Almost all the heavenly masters in the cultivation world suffer from the trouble of the reversal of the heavenly way, but there is no better way to solve it.


    Meng Zhang saw that Lu Gangfeng''s pilot Gao tomorrow, who was fighting against him with the secret arts, was clearly Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi sect.


    Most of Tianji division are not good at direct combat, and their combat effectiveness is generally very low.


    Lu Gangfeng mastered some magic tricks because of his close relationship with the devil xiumo Qingzhen Jun.


    These moves can''t be said to have much powerful combat effectiveness, but they still play a great role in sneak attack and assassination and against the same kind of Tianji division.


    This is also Lu Gang''s killer mace at the bottom of the wind pressure box and an effective means to hunt other heavenly masters.


    Although Lu Gangfeng had never thought that Meng Zhang, the leader of a school, still had the hidden identity of a secret master.


    Lu Gangfeng''s evil methods and the killer mace at the bottom of the box can''t play a big role in front of Meng Zhang.


    While Lu Gangfeng secretly complained, he also strengthened his determination.


    As long as Meng Zhang was killed successfully this time, he not only achieved his goal, but also overfulfilled Mo Qing''s task, and was able to explain to Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although Lu Gangfeng was controlled by Mo Qingzhen, he actually betrayed the Dali Dynasty. But before the last moment, he was still unwilling to completely tear his face with such a powerful force as Dali imperial dynasty.


    At least for now, he has no sign of betraying the Dali Dynasty and is still a loyal minister of the Dali Dynasty.


    Of course, it is not so easy to kill Meng Zhang.


    In Lu Gangfeng''s original idea, the Tianji master who fought against his family was mostly from taiyimen.


    As long as we open war with taiyimen, there will be a way to force out this heavenly master.


    An ambush was set up here to ambush Meng Zhang, who fought back against Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang is the master of heaven''s secrets. Although it was beyond Lu Gangfeng''s imagination, it just saved him a lot of effort and trouble.


    However, Meng Zhang''s strength is strong. If you want to kill him, it depends on the means of Qinggu Zhenjun.


    It seems that he sensed Lu Gangfeng''s expectant eyes, and Qinggu Zhenjun shook his head with regret.


    "Young man, you are still too big."


    "If you found something wrong just now, run away immediately instead of staying carelessly. Maybe I can''t keep you and let you escape this time."


    "By now, the big array has been launched. It''s too late for you to leave."


    Just as Lu Gangfeng took Meng Zhang as his biggest goal after confirming the identity of Meng Zhang''s Heavenly Master, he wanted to be the same as Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang also took Lu Gangfeng as a must kill target after he found his identity as a Heavenly Master.


    Meng Zhang ignored the arrogant Qinggu Zhenjun, but looked at Lu Gangfeng and asked.


    "May I ask your name? You are also a master of heaven''s secrets. It makes sense to work for the Dali imperial dynasty, but it''s too cheap to be a dog for demon Xiu."


    Although I know that the fire in my backyard is related to Mo Qingzhen''s plot. But there are many problems that Meng Zhang still doesn''t understand.


    He asked tentatively to find out the answers to these questions.


    "My name is Lu Gangfeng. Remember this name. This is the man who killed you."


    Lu Gangfeng said a cruel word, so he didn''t say much.


    With this attitude, he covered up some surprise and guilt in his heart.


    Does this guy in front of you know his details, or does he make a rumor?


    Lu Gangfeng''s control by Mo Qingzhen Jun is a secret strictly kept by him and Mo Qingzhen Jun. it must not be known by Dali imperial officials.


    Wen dongzhenjun and others nearby were not too surprised.


    It''s no secret that Dali emperor took in evil cultivation and used it.


    Lu Gangfeng is connected with demon Xiu. It''s not a big deal.


    As for making a dog for demon Xiu, they regarded it as meaningless abuse after Meng Zhang fell in the middle.

 Chapter 1398

    However, after a few words, Lu Gangfeng felt very bad, and his secret was almost exposed.


    He decided to solve Meng Zhang as soon as possible and stop talking nonsense with him.


    The main force to deal with Meng Zhang is Qinggu Zhenjun, and Lu Gangfeng is just helping.


    He secretly signaled Qinggu Zhenjun that he could do it.


    Qinggu Zhenjun secretly said that it should have been so long ago.


    Before launching, Lu Gangfeng once suggested that Qinggu Zhenjun, after showing his strength and layout, can find ways to frighten Meng Zhang, disturb his mind and prepare for his firm trap.


    Qinggu Zhenjun scoffed at this.


    The great friars who can cultivate to the later stage of the yuan God do not know how many hardships and experiences they have to go through. With only a little means, they want to shake their mind. It is just wishful thinking.


    Although Lu Gangfeng was a master of heavenly secrets, he didn''t know everything. This time, he obviously underestimated the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    However, Qinggu Zhenjun did not oppose Lu Gangfeng on this issue. He not only allowed him to act freely, but also actively cooperated with him.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun is a Madman of cultivation, he is not the kind of guy who doesn''t understand the world.


    Since Lu Gangfeng supported his opinion when he argued with Wen dongzhenjun, he should repay his kindness and return something.


    He will actively support each other on some less important things.


    Now Lu Gangfeng wants him to do it quickly, just like his heart.


    According to the original plan, Lu Gangfeng presided over the Dharma array that trapped Meng Zhang, and Wen dongzhenjun and others should actively cooperate. To block Meng Zhang from the front, we must rely on Qinggu Zhenjun, a friar at the same level as him.


    Just as they were about to start, Meng Zhang took the lead.


    I don''t know when Meng Zhang has held the spirit snake spear in his hand.


    The spirit snake spear stabbed out silently and aimed at the water Ling Zhenjun around him.


    Shuiling Zhenjun, who had already prepared for the attack, did not expect Meng Zhang to start first, nor did he expect Meng Zhang to attack so shamelessly regardless of his own identity.


    In the face of the sudden snake spear, Shuiling Zhenjun didn''t have time to make more responses. The body protection spells and body protection tools were launched spontaneously and made instinctive protection.


    In front of the invincible spirit snake spear, all the protection is like paper paste, which will be broken by one stab.


    I saw the blood gushing wildly, and there was a wound the size of a bowl on the chest of Shuiling Zhenjun.


    She held her chest in one hand and a white silk magic weapon in the other, trying to distance herself from Meng Zhang.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was stunned first, then instinctively reacted, took the initiative to open the distance from Meng Zhang, and stared at Meng Zhang with full caution.


    "Elder brother Xuanfeng, I''m not a person who hurts people indiscriminately. It''s just that I''ll eradicate a traitor before the war."


    Meng Zhang continued to lock the water spirit true king with his divine mind while explaining.


    Although Shuiling Zhenjun was badly hurt by the spirit snake spear, this woman was quite tough. She didn''t respond to Meng Zhang''s accusation that she was a traitor, but opened her mouth to persuade Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    "Xuanfeng Taoist friend, you and I have known each other for many years, and my little sister won''t hide it from you. My little sister really made a choice long ago."


    "Good birds choose trees to live in, Xuanfeng Taoist friend. Now it''s time for you to make a choice."


    "The old bandit Meng Zhang is gone. It''s hard to escape today. As long as you turn back in time, everything will be discussed."


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang admired the woman''s perseverance. He was hurt by the spirit snake spear. He was not in a hurry to find a place to heal. Instead, he was busy plotting against Xuanfeng Zhenjun first.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to see how these people are going to perform.


    Although Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t betray Meng Zhang immediately, he was obviously persuaded by Shuiling Zhenjun.


    Moreover, judging from the current situation, Meng Zhang has been ambushed and has fallen to the disadvantage.


    As a cultivator, it''s instinct to seek advantages and avoid disadvantages. It seems that Xuanfeng Zhenjun doesn''t have to hang on the tree of Meng Zhang.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, they are also not in a hurry.


    If you delay a little, you can disintegrate all the help of Meng Zhang. They are willing to wait a little longer.


    Lu Gangfeng felt a little sorry. Shuiling Zhenjun was a killing move he had already prepared, which should be launched at the critical moment.


    However, Meng Zhang was so vigilant that he noticed it in advance and cracked the killing move.


    This is also because Lu Gangfeng launched this time behind the back of Mo Qingzhen, and the two sides did not communicate smoothly in information.


    At that time, Mo Qingzhen seized the handle of Shuiling Zhenjun and gave it to Meng Zhang to persuade Shuiling Zhenjun not to continue to work for Dali Dynasty.


    How can Mo Qingzhen not leave behind when he acts like a demon?


    Since he had already grasped the handle of Shuiling Zhenjun, he might have used some means to control or control Shuiling Zhenjun.


    Even if Mo Qingzhen didn''t do so, Meng Zhang must consider this possibility.


    Lu Gangfeng didn''t know about it.


    As Meng Zhang expected, Mo Qingzhen not only controlled Shuiling Zhen Jun long ago, but also handed over his control to Lu Gangfeng, hoping that Lu Gangfeng could entangle Meng Zhang as much as possible and not let him return to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Although Shuiling Zhenjun was somewhat unwilling, he still had to cooperate under the orders of Lu Gangfeng.


    Meng Zhang was already on guard against Shuiling Zhenjun. This time, because the news provided by Shuiling Zhenjun was full of ups and downs, Meng Zhang naturally made a decision in his heart.


    Even ten thousand steps back, even if everything is a coincidence, everything is a misunderstanding. Meng Zhang wronged Shuiling Zhenjun.


    That''s nothing. Anyway, the cultivation forces in the south of Jiuqu province are Meng Zhang''s next goal.


    If you start with Shuiling Zhenjun, you should remove the obstacles in advance.


    Meng Zhang let Shuiling Zhenjun speak to persuade Xuanfeng Zhenjun in order to give himself a reason to kill Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Since Xuanfeng Zhenjun took refuge in Taiyi gate, he has never made any mistakes. Meng Zhang killed and indiscriminately killed innocent people without good teaching.


    But Xuanfeng Zhenjun now shows signs of betraying Meng Zhang. Even if he hasn''t taken action, Meng Zhang can do it safely.


    It has to be said that after so many years of righteous experts, famous and decent leaders and Meng Zhang, he still inevitably gets a lot of hypocrisy.


    "Unfortunately, I didn''t want to kill and was going to save your life, but you made the wrong choice."


    Meng Zhang sighed with regret.


    When he sighed, the void tripod appeared in front of him, and several lights and shadows flew out of the void tripod, showing several human figures.


    Xu Mengying, Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai, the three yuan gods Zhenjun, appeared in front of everyone.


    Since he had been wary for a long time, how could Meng Zhang not take sufficient precautions before he set out.


    Especially the existence of the great friar Qinggu Zhenjun among the enemies, he dared not be careless.

 Chapter 1399

    Before leaving, Meng Zhang secretly incorporated Xu Mengying into the void tripod and followed his own actions.


    Even if he was nervous and overreacted this time, nothing happened when he got to the ground, it was just a trip for nothing.


    In contrast to the rush in case of a raid, it is the right way to make adequate preparations in advance and be prepared.


    Meng Zhang''s caution gave him the ability to fight back.


    Seeing that the situation in the field has changed, Meng Zhang has a few more helpers.


    Qinggu Zhenjun and others dare not delay any longer.


    The time has been delayed for a long time. Who knows what Assassin''s mace Meng Zhang will come up with.


    They all worked together to urge the Dharma array they had set up in advance.


    Lu Gangfeng is not only a master of heavenly secrets, but also has deep attainments in the way of array.


    Although it is not as good as the fourth order array mage, it is not far away.


    Lu Gangfeng presided over the Dharma array and began to stimulate the power of the Dharma array.


    The ground at the bottom of the river shook violently, and Water Dragons condensed and formed, and rushed towards Meng Zhang and them.


    Countless beams of light were emitted from the stone tablets, cutting the space where Meng Zhang and his family lived.


    ¡­¡­


    Qinggu Zhenjun took the initiative to attack Meng Zhang with the power of the array.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, Wen qiansuan and others spontaneously began to respond to the enemy.


    Wen qiansuan advanced level Four array mage has many years, and his array skills are far above Lu Gangfeng.


    He just glanced a few times and saw through the details of the Dharma array in front of him.


    This dharma array is a collection of things, using Rune array, various array devices and so on.


    It looks vast and powerful, but in fact, it is strong outside and weak in the middle, and there are flaws everywhere.


    As soon as Wen qiansuan held an array plate and waved an array flag in one hand, he began to use his means to break the array.


    Xu Mengying has participated in taiyimen''s foreign war for many times, and has a lot of experience in fighting side by side with Wen qiansuan.


    Wei wucai is a fellow disciple of Wen qiansuan. He is naturally familiar with his skills.


    Both of them know how to cooperate actively and help Wen qiansuan break the battle.


    The three people worked together to temporarily block the power of the Dharma array and began to fight back.


    Qinggu Zhenjun held a handle to brush the dust. Before he got close to Meng Zhang, the dust gently waved, and the crisscross cyan airflow swept over madly.


    The yin-yang magic weapon behind Meng Zhang appeared, and the black-and-white mixed yin-yang Qi spewed out, taking the initiative to meet these cyan air currents.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was attracted by Qinggu Zhenjun, Shuiling Zhenjun thought he had escaped.


    The sharp pain from the wound has made her unable to support it.


    The power of the killing Avenue is wantonly destroying her wound and running towards her body.


    Shuiling Zhenjun couldn''t help sitting cross legged and was ready to stabilize his injury first.


    A dark shadow flew out of Meng Zhang and gently swept over the body of Shuiling Zhenjun.


    Shuiling Zhenjun immediately turned into a corpse without any breath of life, and even the yuan God didn''t have time to escape.


    The dark shadow killed Shuiling Zhenjun and continued to fly to Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    A hurricane blew in front of Xuanfeng Zhenjun, blocking the dark shadow and making it show its shape.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t respond yet. Qinggu Zhenjun, who was fighting Meng Zhang, noticed the situation here first.


    "Even the ghosts and gods in the underworld have been summoned. I really despise you."


    Meng Zhang did not speak and responded with a magic power.


    That dark shadow is the incarnation of Meng Zhang. It''s wonderful.


    Just now, Meng Zhang secretly summoned him to the sun by using the special induction between the self and the external avatar.


    In these years, too wonderful has almost completely refined the new crystallization of the divine power of natural ghosts and gods.


    If you fight in the underworld, too wonderful, you can easily give full play to the combat effectiveness of the later period of Yuanshen.


    Even if he came to the sun and was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth, he also had the strength of perfection in the middle of the yuan God.


    As for the special abilities he obtained from the divine power crystal, that''s more.


    It can be said that after this practice, Taimiao is completely reborn. In essence, it is very close to natural ghosts and gods.


    The identity of ghosts and gods in the underworld was revealed by Qinggu Zhenjun. It''s so wonderful that it won''t be affected at all.


    With a wave of his big hand, a huge black ghost claw easily tore the hurricane in front of him and fiercely grabbed Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    The ghost claw of the nether world can be used by many ghosts and gods.


    However, it is not so easy to display such brilliance.


    Because the Buddha is connected with the mind of the incarnation outside the body, Tai Miao has Meng Zhang''s insight and combat experience.


    Too wonderful. Although his accomplishments were suppressed to the middle stage of Yuanshen, in essence, he was still a strong monk in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    He is far ahead of Xuanfeng Zhenjun in his mastery of power, the use of various magical powers and secrets, and his understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    The two sides do not exist at the same level at all. Under the same level of strength, the combat effectiveness is very different.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is an old-fashioned Yuanshen Zhenjun. Even Jin Lizhen is far less qualified than him.


    But he is only an ordinary person among the yuan God Zhenjun, and he is definitely not a brilliant genius.


    He advanced to the middle stage of Yuanshen for many years and couldn''t find a further way.


    His accomplishments in this life are limited to this.


    It''s wonderful to have the natural talent of ghosts and gods and all kinds of extraordinary talents. It''s just a moment of fighting, so it won the upper hand and firmly suppressed Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Nine netherworld fires emerged out of thin air and surrounded Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun mobilized the power of the road of wind and blew up bursts of hurricanes, which could not blow out these seemingly ordinary flames.


    Before jiuyouming fire came close, Xuanfeng Zhenjun felt a chill.


    A chill seemed to rise from the soles of his feet and ran all the way to his head.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is also a generation who has experienced many battles. While trying to parry, he asks Qinggu Zhenjun for help.


    For Lu Gangfeng and his family, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is just an outsider.


    Before starting, Shuiling Zhenjun didn''t disclose the key information to Xuanfeng Zhenjun in order to keep it a secret.


    Although she often pretended to inadvertently say some provocative words and carefully observed Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s reaction, she never said it clearly, let alone completely pull Xuanfeng Zhenjun into the boat.


    It is difficult for both sides to cooperate closely without sufficient preparation in advance.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was killed by Taimiao, but the power of the Dharma array controlled by Lu Gangfeng was difficult to support him.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun himself cannot use the power of the Dharma array to bless and cover himself.


    Lu Gangfeng managed to mobilize part of the power of the Dharma array and prepared to support Xuanfeng Zhenjun. Before he had time to make more moves, Wen qiansuan dispersed it, creating a strong pressure on the Dharma array.

 Chapter 1400

    Without external interference, it''s wonderful to act recklessly against Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Although Meng Zhang had some precautions in advance, the enemy had planned for a long time and had already made all kinds of preparations.


    Meng Zhang had guessed before he left this time.


    Over this period of time, he has exhausted all means and has been unable to find the whereabouts of the enemy.


    Knowing Mo Qingzhen''s general plan and that he had launched it in the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang was unwilling to delay too long in the Jiuqu province.


    He, who has dealt with Mo Qingzhen Jun several times, knows that this demon cultivation is powerful.


    If he is allowed to act wantonly in the great horizontal cultivation world, the situation is bound to get out of control.


    Meng Zhang finally killed Xiang South China. It took a lot of effort to turn the situation around.


    However, with the entry of Mo Qingzhen, the situation will probably reverse again.


    This not only means that Meng Zhang''s previous efforts are in vain, but also will lead to the complete failure of taiyimen in the evil disaster.


    Therefore, even though Meng Zhang knew that Shuiling Zhenjun was unreliable, he was likely to design himself, but he came here.


    Only by taking the initiative to take risks can the enemy appear in the shortest time, and then make a quick decision to solve the trouble on the side of Jiuqu Province as soon as possible.


    Although Meng Zhang had made psychological preparations in advance, he was still a little stressed in the face of the enemy''s strong lineup.


    In addition, Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is too wonderful. They have only five yuan God level combat power.


    The enemy not only has the help of the Dharma array, but there are nine friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun alone. It''s not a lot of golden elixirs.


    If these Jindan friars make full use of the power of the Dharma array, they can also play a role. They can not only help their own Yuanshen Zhenjun, but also contain the enemy''s attention.


    Fortunately, Wen qiansuan, the array master, took the lead in dissolving the power of the array.


    Wen qiansuan, a rare array master, became the key to the victory or defeat of this battle.


    Meng Zhang''s sneak attack on Shuiling Zhenjun just now has exempted him from internal worries.


    Even so, today''s war will not be easy.


    Meng Zhang and Qinggu Zhenjun, the two highest friars, entangled each other and had no time to attend to him for the time being.


    It''s not an overnight effort for them to decide the outcome.


    The three of Wen qiansuan are at an absolute disadvantage in terms of number of people, but with Wen qiansuan''s brilliant array skills and secret skills, they come to a four or two kilos to fight.


    Lu Gangfeng slowly found that his Dharma array seemed to have extraordinary power. Most of the power did not fall on the enemy, but was distorted.


    Not only does the power of the Dharma array not provide too much help to our side, but sometimes it seems to be a hindrance and hinders the play of our friars.


    Lu Gangfeng, as a master of heavenly secrets, is under the close protection of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    I don''t say it''s a matter of living in dignity, but I don''t have much combat experience.


    This problem is not obvious for weaker opponents.


    However, his weakness was exposed to the strong in front of him.


    Lu Gangfeng himself may not be aware of this problem. Wen dongzhenjun, who helped him control the French array, soon found something wrong.


    Wen dongzhenjun''s array skills are not as good as Lu Gangfeng, but he has experienced many battles and has rich experience.


    He now felt that this dharma array was like a chain, binding his hands and feet, so that his family could not play at will.


    Without the drag of this dharma array, he might be able to play a stronger combat effectiveness.


    Although the number of our friars is large, they are limited by this dharma array and can''t shoot directly. They can only shoot through the Dharma array.


    Wen dongzhenjun whispered to Lu Gangfeng to remind him of this matter and let him think of a way.


    Originally, because of the previous dispute, Lu Gangfeng had a bad influence on Wen Dongzhen. Now after listening to Wen Dongzhen Jun''s words, he was narrow-minded and thought that Wen Dongzhen Jun was blaming himself for his poor command of the Dharma array.


    The arrogant Lu Gangfeng was calm on the surface, but he secretly hated Wen Dongzhen Jun in his heart.


    Since he came to Jiuqu Province, Lu Gangfeng thinks that his attitude has been low enough, courteous and approachable enough.


    But this damn guy, obviously a loser, is still so rude in front of himself.


    Lu Gangfeng knows that the overall situation is important. Now he is fighting with the enemy. It''s not the time to argue with Wen Dongzhen.


    He worked harder to control the FA array and ignored Wen Dongzhen''s reminder.


    Lu Gangfeng acted in spirit, not only tied his hands and feet, so that his number advantage could not be brought into full play, but also sent Xuanfeng Zhenjun to a dead end.


    It''s wonderful. Knowing that the opportunity is rare, he took out his killer mace to kill Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun is controlling hurricanes and desperately resisting wonderful attacks.


    Suddenly, he felt that the hurricane, which had been like arms and fingers, became a little disobedient.


    In silence, a dark wind hid into the hurricane. Not only disturbed Xuanfeng Zhenjun''s hand, but also invaded him.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who has accomplished a lot on the avenue of wind, soon found out that it was wrong.


    "Bone etching Yin wind. No, there is also Jiuyou Yin wind."


    Aware of the enemy''s sneak attack with sinister magic power, Xuanfeng Zhenjun was preparing to fight back. A huge ghost claw fell from the sky, and cold nine hell fires rose under his feet.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun hurriedly parried all kinds of attacks and was about to lose his support.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun is fighting with Meng Zhang, he has been paying attention to the whole battlefield.


    Lu Gangfeng''s wrong choice made him frown.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun also had a conflict with Wen Dongzhen Jun, he knew that there was no room for emotional disputes on the battlefield.


    The enemy we face this time is not weak. If we are careless, it is really possible to turn the enemy over.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun is not loyal to Dali Dynasty, he is also unwilling to lose here.


    All along, Qinggu Zhenjun thought that he released Meng Zhang last time.


    Meng Zhang is ungrateful and arrogant, which makes Qinggu Zhenjun angry.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was a giant in the age of Jiuqu alliance. At the critical moment, I can still make a decisive decision.


    Although the Dharma array provided him with a little help, with this help, he could not defeat Meng Zhang in a short time.


    In contrast, due to the greater obstruction of the Dharma array to your side, your friars can''t go all out and give full play to their number advantage.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, who made up his mind, didn''t discuss with others. He just greeted Lu Gangfeng and started directly without waiting for his response.


    Qinggu Zhenjun encouraged Zhenyuan, mobilized the power of the avenue, started from the inside and forcibly broke the Dharma array.


    After a loud noise, the light curtain in the Dharma array began to break, countless Water Dragons disappeared out of thin air, and the Dharma array stopped running.

 Chapter 1401

    Qinggu Zhenjun is still very measured.


    He broke the Dharma array from the inside. In fact, he did little damage to the Dharma array, mainly stopping the operation of the Dharma array.


    Except that Lu Gangfeng, who presided over the Dharma array, felt the surge of Qi and blood and was very uncomfortable, other friars were not hurt.


    Wen dongzhenjun and others took the initiative to attack Wen qiansuan and others after slowing down.


    Without the obstacles of the French array, they can give full play to their numerical advantage.


    A full seven yuan Shen Zhenjun rushed over from all directions and directly shot Wenqian.


    The operation of the Dharma array stalled, and Wen qiansuan also lost the object to fight with. He had to rely on his own strength to fight the enemy.


    The wave sent by the breaking of the Dharma array stunned Xuanfeng Zhenjun who was parrying Taimiao attack.


    The Dharma array has been broken. Does the enemy have the upper hand and our side will be unable to resist?


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun, who had doubts in his heart, quickly observed his surroundings regardless of the wonderful pressure.


    The Dharma array was broken, but our friars were not damaged. We were about to kill Wen Qian and count them.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun didn''t have time to be happy. Taking advantage of his distraction, he finally succeeded.


    A cold flame silently passed through his body protection spell and fell directly on him.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun immediately felt a chill, almost freezing his yuan God.


    It''s wonderful. Strike while the iron is hot. Youming ghost claw, nine Youming fire and nine Youyin wind swarmed in.


    But for a moment, Xuanfeng Zhenjun died on the spot, and even the yuan God didn''t escape.


    For such a powerful ghost as Taimiao, the original God of the enemy is more important than the flesh.


    When Taimiao kills Xuanfeng Zhenjun, wenqiansuan three have to face the siege of seven yuan gods Zhenjun.


    As a friar of taiyimen, Wen qiansuan summoned the righteous distraction through simple rituals according to the previous agreement between Meng Zhang and ghosts and gods.


    Judging from this distraction, Shouzheng has lived very well these years.


    This distractor not only has the strength of the middle period of the yuan God, but also has sufficient air and strong strength.


    Probably the same kind attracted each other. After Shouzheng''s distraction was summoned to the sun by Wen qiansuan, he didn''t care about the enemy. First, he looked at it.


    Where are the ghosts and gods? Unexpectedly, I personally sent out and came to Yangjian?


    I wonder where taiyimen found such a thug?


    This ghost is really hard-working.


    Shouzheng sees that Taimiao is a powerful ghost, but he can''t guess that the other party is the incarnation of Meng Zhang.


    Although there were many doubts in my heart, I heard that their attack was coming and was about to fall on me.


    Ghosts and gods keep this distraction, so they have to put their doubts in their hearts and fight the enemy with Wen qiansuan first.


    Wen dongzhenjun sent out many Jindan friars on their side this time.


    According to a special ritual, after connecting your own forces, immortal Jindan is qualified to participate in such a battle.


    It''s one thing to be qualified to intervene, but it''s another thing to be able to play a big role.


    A group of golden elixir immortals tried their best. Their power is better than nothing. They can''t attract too much attention from the yuan God Zhenjun.


    With the help of distraction, the enemy''s number advantage has been reduced.


    Wenqian reckoned that their own strength was very strong and soon fought with Wen Dongzhen Jun..


    When Qinggu Zhenjun fought with Meng Zhang, he had the upper hand and could distract himself from the whole battlefield.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun was killed like this, which made him feel very sorry.


    Anyway, Xuanfeng Zhenjun is a monk in the middle of Yuanshen.


    If you don''t die so fast, it will work more or less.


    Besides, he can at least contain a Yuanshen friar on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Xuanfeng''s body fell, and Wen qiansuan and others were shocked by it.


    First the water spirit true gentleman, then the Xuanfeng true gentleman, and the next one should be the friar of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun led the crowd to fight with Wen Qian, but it was difficult to decide the outcome in a short time.


    Too wonderful. After killing Xuanfeng Zhenjun, he found the next target, which Meng Zhang wanted to kill most this time.


    The wonderful figure flew silently towards Lu Gangfeng.


    Lu Gangfeng, who had just recovered his tumbling Qi and blood and completely returned to normal, was blocked by Taimiao before he could join the battle.


    It''s wonderful. Without a word of nonsense, he shot directly at Lu Gangfeng.


    The huge ghost claw easily tore open the protective light shield over Lu Gangfeng and shrouded his whole body.


    Lu Gangfeng raised his hand and shot a small green arrow.


    The little arrow was torn to pieces by the great pressure before it approached the huge ghost claw.


    Lu Gangfeng used several methods in a row, and even the magic skills that Mo Qingzhen gave him to protect his body were used.


    All kinds of magic instruments and talismans are rich. They are released desperately without money.


    He tried his best to stop the ghost claw, and the nine Youyin wind blew towards him again.


    Lu Gangfeng''s combat effectiveness is not as good as Xuanfeng Zhenjun.


    Xuanfeng Zhenjun could fight Taimiao for a while and delay for a certain time.


    But Lu Gangfeng and Taimiao couldn''t resist after a few moves.


    Seeing the death of Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Shuiling Zhenjun with his own eyes, he didn''t care about the shelf at this time and directly asked others for help.


    Wen Dongzhen was busy dealing with Wen qiansuan, and he was dissatisfied with him.


    Wen Dongzhen pretended not to hear, and continued to lead the people and Wen qiansuan. They fought endlessly, and there was no meaning to help back.


    Those golden elixirs around didn''t have the courage to disobey Lu Gangfeng''s orders. They had to harden their heads and try to stop Taimiao.


    The nine Youyin wind suddenly blew past, blowing the golden elixir immortal of these people everywhere.


    The vicious Jiuyou force penetrates into their bodies and constantly consumes their vitality.


    But in a moment, a large area of golden elixir fell down.


    The huge nether ghost claws grabbed a group of Jindan immortal, not only rushed their formation, but also took the lives of several Jindan immortal.


    Relying on the restraint of his subordinates regardless of life and death, Lu Gangfeng finally had a chance to breathe.


    In the name of Dali imperial court, he ordered Qinggu Zhenjun to come and rescue himself.


    His life is at stake. Lu Gangfeng doesn''t care about the war situation. It''s important to keep his life first.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has made an oath on the road and cannot disobey the orders from the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Lu Gangfeng gave orders directly. He was unwilling to give up Meng Zhang and flew to rescue Lu Gangfeng.


    In the face of Qinggu Zhenjun who flew over fiercely, it was wonderful. There was no fear at all. Another great God sent it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let Taimiao fight alone. He also followed Qinggu Zhenjun and continued to fight against Qinggu Zhenjun.

 Chapter 1402

    The Qing Yuan sect inherits the skill, is good at manipulating the vitality of heaven and earth, and borrows the power of heaven and earth.


    Although Qinggu Zhenjun''s character is not good, he has excellent cultivation talent. He is a rare strong man since the founding of Qingyuan sect.


    He not only perfectly inherited the inheritance of the Qing Yuan sect, but also had the potential to surpass the blue.


    Before the Qinggu Zhenjun people flew close, the offensive had come.


    It''s wonderful. I feel that the world around me seems to have collapsed. An unstoppable great force presses on me, making me feel irresistible in my heart.


    He wanted to cast magic, but the vitality of the world around him seemed to be solidified and could not be mobilized at all.


    If you can''t mobilize the vitality of heaven and earth, the power of most magical spells will be greatly reduced.


    If you are an ordinary mid-term friar of Yuanshen, it will be difficult to parry this move alone, or you will be badly hurt.


    In essence, Taimiao and Qinggu Zhenjun exist at the same level. Even if there is a gap in cultivation, it is not insurmountable.


    Now, due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the sun, one''s accomplishments can''t be brought into full play, and many powerful means can''t be used, but it''s not comparable to ordinary friars in the middle period of Yuanshen.


    It''s wonderful. You can kill an old Yuanshen friar like Xuanfeng Zhenjun in a frontal battle, and you can also block Qinggu Zhenjun temporarily.


    Too wonderful. The vitality of heaven and earth around the body is imprisoned and it is difficult to cast spells. He didn''t bother to cast the spell at all, but threw himself at Qinggu Zhenjun, waved his single fist to the sky and hit it heavily.


    After a loud thunder, all the imprisonment around disappeared, and the fist power as heavy as a mountain roared to Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Most of the blue airflow dancing in front of Qinggu Zhenjun was scattered, which finally dissolved the power of this fist.


    Qinggu Zhenjun''s eyelids beat for a moment. The nameless ghost and God liked to have terrible power and strong flesh.


    The bodies of ghosts and gods shaped by many ghosts and gods in the underworld are far stronger than the physical body of the cultivator, and can even be compared with monsters and beasts.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has extraordinary knowledge and has dealt with some ghosts and gods before.


    But he had never seen such a powerful ghost when he came to Yangjian and was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in Yangjian.


    Too wonderful. I was distracted to resist the attack of Qinggu Zhenjun. I had to let Lu Gangfeng go for a while.


    Too wonderful, relying on his divine body similar to natural ghosts and gods, he attacked Qinggu Zhenjun face to face.


    As soon as Meng Zhang took a step, he came behind Qinggu Zhenjun.


    He and Taimiao have the same heart, cooperate with each other, and attack Qinggu Zhenjun at the same time.


    The dust in the hands of Qinggu Zhenjun danced, and the sky''s silk thread rolled up blue airflow, sweeping away towards Taimiao.


    It was so wonderful that he rushed into the cyan air flow.


    The blue air that could easily destroy the mountain and crack the stone hit him, making him feel extremely painful.


    Not only did the pain not make Miao shrink back, but it aroused his madness unique to ghosts and gods.


    It''s so wonderful that you don''t even bother to use your magic powers. In this way, you jump at Qinggu Zhenjun like a crazy tiger.


    The sun and moon, yin and Yang and other magical powers and spells poured into Qinggu Zhenjun from behind.


    Under the cover of the powerful taiyifen lightsaber, Meng Zhang holding the spirit snake spear also rushed to Qinggu Zhenjun not far away.


    Qinggu Zhenjun never expected that this ghost and God would be so crazy.


    He didn''t know that Meng Zhang invested a lot of natural and precious materials when refining Taimiao''s external incarnation.


    In particular, Taimiao has absorbed the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods twice, and has a strong divine body very close to natural ghosts and gods.


    Ordinary magic tools are really not as strong as wonderful divine bodies.


    What Qinggu Zhenjun is best at is the vitality Avenue among the three thousand avenues, and his manipulation of vitality is superb.


    The frenzied vitality of heaven and earth, like a storm, poured into Meng Zhang and blocked him firmly.


    Qinggu Zhenjun decided to get rid of the ghost in front of him first, and then slowly clean up Meng Zhang.


    The roaring noise kept ringing, and the river bottom shook violently like an earthquake, and then even the surrounding space was shaking.


    Originally, the array was only temporarily stagnant, the foundation of the array was not damaged, and most of the array equipment remained in good condition.


    But after a series of severe earthquakes, the Dharma array collapsed and a large number of array equipment were shattered.


    The wonderful body was thrown out heavily, and countless deep visible bone scars appeared on the body.


    The wonderful body turned in the air and continued to fly to Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Not only did he not retreat because of the trauma on his body, but he shouted happily in his mouth. It was obvious that he was fighting.


    Normally, the outer incarnation should be similar to the character of the self.


    Meng Zhang himself was not the kind of calculating, forward-looking character.


    However, he has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years. He is the life and death of the whole sect and shoulders the life and death of countless disciples.


    Over the years, he has developed that steady, quiet and deep character.


    Too wonderful. As a ghost and God, he lives in the underworld all year round. It''s normal to have a gloomy character and forbearance.


    However, looking at his heroic, dry and crazy appearance, he has nothing in common with Meng Zhang''s character.


    After Qinggu Zhenjun went deep into the fight with Taimiao, he found that this guy was really difficult to deal with.


    With the ability of Qinggu Zhenjun, even if it is too wonderful, it is not his opponent to keep in full bloom without being suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the sun.


    But too wonderful, relying on their own ghosts and gods, they are strong enough to bear the attack of Qinggu Zhenjun, just in order to win the opportunity to fight against Qinggu Zhenjun.


    After only a short fight, Qinggu Zhenjun knew that there was something wrong with his choice of tactics.


    The ghost and God in front of us is obviously more difficult to kill than the cultivator. He exerts several kinds of magical powers, and the damage to Taimiao is very limited.


    It seems that he chose to kill first. It''s wonderful that he kicked on the iron plate.


    With the cover of too wonderful regardless of life and death, Meng Zhang has posed a great threat to Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Since he was summoned to the sun by Wen qiansuan, Shouzheng has been paying attention to Taimiao.


    Even in the fierce battle, this concern has not weakened much.


    Taimiao and Qinggu Zhenjun beat the world, and Shouzheng''s distraction paid more attention.


    I don''t know where Meng Zhang found this ghost. He not only came to the sun, but also worked so hard.


    Shouzheng is an elder of taiyimen. He always takes care of Meng Zhang, but he will never work for Meng Zhang like Taimiao.


    Even he didn''t want to lose the distraction in front of him.


    The righteous distraction maintains a special connection with the Buddha.


    The two exchanged information. After thinking for a long time, they couldn''t think of a wonderful origin.


    Of course, the underworld is so vast that there are countless ghosts and gods in it.


    It''s not unacceptable to suddenly come out with ghosts and gods that Shouzheng has never seen before.


    Meng Zhang gets the help of new ghosts and gods. Shouzheng suddenly has a sense of urgency in his heart.

 Chapter 1403

    In theory, when the cultivator reaches the middle stage of Yuanshen, he can refine the outer incarnation.


    However, in the cultivation world, there are not many yuan God friars who really refine their external incarnations.


    There are various reasons. For example, the secret method of refining external incarnation is not available to ordinary Yuanshen sect.


    The natural materials and earth treasures needed to refine the external incarnation can be found but not sought.


    Refining the outer incarnation will greatly consume the original God.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang has dealt with many Yuanshen friars, but basically he has not encountered many incarnations outside the refining body.


    Qinggu Zhenjun refined an external incarnation many years ago.


    Soon after the success of refining, he regretted it.


    Cultivating external incarnations requires additional resources. However, because of the distraction from the yuan God, it greatly consumed the yuan God and delayed his cultivation.


    As for the benefits of refining the outer incarnation, he didn''t appreciate it at all.


    With his combat effectiveness, in ordinary battles, ordinary external avatars can''t help much at all.


    It is even more inappropriate for him to be destroyed and his external incarnation can continue to survive.


    Because in that case, the cultivation of the outer incarnation cannot continue to progress.


    The road of cultivation was cut off. For him, he was killed and he felt even worse.


    Now, Meng Zhang and Taimiao join hands against the enemy. It seems that Lu Gangfeng in the distance was afraid of being beaten by Taimiao just now. He stayed aside and didn''t know to come to help.


    Qinggu Zhenjun stared at Lu Gangfeng and didn''t say much.


    This kind of guy who has lost courage can''t play much role even if he joins the battle.


    He slapped his left palm on his chest, and a blue smoke spewed out of his chest and flew to his head, turning into an old Taoist robe somewhat similar to Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Because of insufficient investment, the outer incarnation of Qinggu Zhenjun is only equivalent to the cultivation in the early days of Yuanshen.


    He can''t play much role in the battle he is facing.


    Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t expect too much. He just wanted this external avatar to block Meng Zhang temporarily and delay time so that he could kill him. It''s wonderful.


    Now that the tactics have been selected, Qinggu Zhenjun will not change easily, but will stick to it to the end.


    Even the rarely used external avatars were taken out. Obviously, Qinggu Zhenjun was not easy.


    Qinggu Zhenjun''s incarnation met Meng Zhang, not seeking to win, but trying to block each other.


    Qinggu Zhenjun took out all his strength and tried to kill Taimiao in the shortest time.


    Another round of war broke out, and both sides began to take out the killer mace at the bottom of the box.


    The violent airflow rose from the bottom of the river, broke through the river and rushed to the high altitude.


    The river over the battlefield was thrown into the air with great force and turned into countless waves falling in all directions.


    Thousands of huge pits appeared at the bottom of the river, and the surrounding banks had long disappeared.


    A group of Yuanshen Zhenjun fought here. The aftermath of the battle was like a natural disaster to the surrounding people.


    Lu Gangfeng, the golden elixir immortal on their side, has long lost all of them.


    The array that originally protected them, the array they formed, did not play much role.


    In such a fierce war, even if they are not deliberately targeted by the true monarchs of the yuan God, a little power leaked out in the battle is enough to make their bones disappear.


    Even Wen Dongzhen, who has always cared for his subordinates, can''t care about the sacrifices of these subordinates.


    Their seven yuan Shen Zhenjun fought against four opponents. Although they had a number advantage, it was not easy.


    Wen qiansuan commanded everyone to form a simple square four phase array to give full play to their combat effectiveness. And they can take care of each other and cooperate with each other.


    Wen Dongzhen Jun and other seven yuan gods surrounded this simple array and kept attacking.


    But after fighting for a long time, they not only couldn''t break the array, but were entangled by the array and couldn''t get away easily.


    With every time Wen qiansuan swings the array, the seemingly simple array will produce a major change, which will disintegrate the enemy''s attack and have spare power to counter attack.


    Wei wucai is a disciple of Taiyi sect. Shouzheng is an elder of Taiyi sect. He is very familiar with the battle array inherited in Taiyi sect.


    As a member of Hanhai Taoist League, Xu Mengying was also recruited by Taiyi sect for many times. Not only participated in daily exercises, but also had rich practical experience.


    Wen qiansuan array was far more accomplished than Wen Dongzhen Jun and other opponents expected.


    Under his control, a seemingly simple battle array just has the momentum of a mountain protection array and gives full play to its extraordinary power.


    Lu Gangfeng in the distance watched the two battlefields fight fiercely, with earth shaking momentum.


    In Dali Dynasty, he had been living in dignity for many years. He didn''t have much combat experience. He was really guilty.


    The enemies in front of us are not the weak chicken secret masters who were hunted and killed by him in the past, but those who dare to fight on the battlefield after many battles.


    He felt that if he was rashly involved in such a battlefield with his combat experience, he would not help much, but might drag down his own side.


    He might as well watch carefully to see if there is any opportunity for him to sneak attack and plot behind his back.


    He can''t fight head-on, but he has mastered several magic tricks, which are quite powerful for sneak attack and plot.


    But after fighting for so long, neither side showed much weakness.


    Moreover, they fought too fiercely and affected a wide range. Lu Gangfeng didn''t want to approach rashly to avoid being involved in the battle.


    On the battlefield of Qinggu Zhenjun, there were casualties again.


    Qinggu Zhenjun wants to block Meng Zhang temporarily by an external avatar. He simply underestimates Meng Zhang.


    The outer incarnation, however, had a few moves with Meng Zhang. Without delaying too long, he was killed by Taib''s lightsaber.


    Meng Zhang pursued the victory and killed Qinggu Zhenjun again.


    Now, the war situation has become two to one.


    Meng Zhang and his own incarnation are so wonderful that they have the same heart and mind. Their cooperation is incomparable. They have reached the peak.


    Qinggu Zhenjun even has an illusion that he is facing the attack of two Meng Zhang.


    If it''s not too wonderful and suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the sun, his strength is greatly weakened. Maybe Qinggu Zhenjun has been overwhelmed.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is much better than Meng Zhang in both cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    But no matter how strong Qinggu Zhenjun is, there is a limit.


    Not only was he far inferior to the true king of Yang God, but even the later cultivation of yuan God was not perfect.


    As long as there is no rank suppression, the number advantage makes sense.


    With his wonderful help, Meng Zhang can not only slowly level the gap with Qinggu Zhenjun, but they can even gain the upper hand over time.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is not as good as that of Qinggu Zhenjun, but his foundation is strong, his cultivation skills are better, and his stamina is long.


    It''s a wonderful body of ghosts and gods. It has full endurance and is good at long-term war.

 Chapter 1404

    In the two battlefields, many Yuanshen Zhenjun fought fiercely.


    The battlefield has long been transferred from the bottom of the river to the sky, and killed from the sky to the ground


    The range of a hundred miles has almost become their place of coming and going.


    This is still because everyone is unwilling to extend the scope of the war too far to prevent the enemy from escaping.


    Yes, at this point, both sides regard each other as the enemy of life and death.


    Even the most indifferent Qinggu Zhenjun fought for so long, but he also fought out the real fire. He had to distinguish a victory from a defeat.


    Lu Gangfeng looked at the fierce battle field and had thousands of thoughts in his heart.


    They fought so hard that they made such a huge scene. If you delay too long, it will certainly disturb others.


    At least on the surface, taiyimen was still the ruler of Jiuqu province.


    If the news of this battle spreads, maybe reinforcements will arrive at taiyimen.


    Lu Gangfeng wanted to give up and withdrew. But with a glance at Meng Zhang, he strengthened his determination to stay here.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, he calculated the heavenly secrets many times and colluded with demon cultivation. He can clearly feel that the backfire on his own way of heaven is inevitable.


    Before long, he will be doomed and die.


    He had exhausted all the means he could use and could no longer delay.


    His only hope is to kill Meng Zhang, the master of heaven''s secrets in front of him, obtain the merits of heaven''s way and delay the arrival of the counterattack of heaven''s way.


    The way of heaven is extremely fair. Even if Lu Gangfeng, such a sinner full of sins, can do something beneficial to heaven and earth, there will also be merit and virtue of the way of heaven.


    Of course, to the extent of his guilt, even killing more Tianji masters can not completely offset the phagocytosis of the way of heaven, but can only be delayed a little.


    For Lu Gangfeng, no matter how long it is delayed, it is a great good thing. One more day is one more day. No one will despise his life.


    Meng Zhang also noticed that the heavenly way of the Jun dust world seemed to encourage the Heavenly Master to kill each other.


    Although he will not kill innocent people indiscriminately, he will hunt and kill Tianji at will.


    But for such a guy who is full of sins and colludes with evil cultivation, he will never be merciful.


    If Meng Zhang had not been entangled by Qinggu Zhenjun now, he would have tried his best to kill Lu Gangfeng.


    Lu Gangfeng also felt Meng Zhang''s killing intention, and he wanted to get rid of Meng Zhang.


    Such a powerless scene at present made Lu Gangfeng feel a burst of irritability.


    He couldn''t help complaining about the gangs of Datong business alliance.


    Originally, big businesses such as Datong business alliance also secretly colluded with the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty to provide them with all kinds of help.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Jiuqu Province, these guys who were at the helm immediately cut off contact with the remaining evils of the Dali Dynasty and refused to provide all kinds of help.


    Even if Lu Gangfeng, as a local envoy from the imperial dynasty, forcibly ordered big businesses such as Datong business alliance, they could not obey.


    Datong business alliance and other big businesses have a deep background in Dali imperial dynasty, and they will not be afraid of messengers like Lu Gangfeng.


    In the final analysis, Lu Gangfeng''s identity as an emissary is a little empty, and he can''t get a serious imperial edict or the like. Its rights are limited, and it can''t instruct big businesses such as Datong business alliance at all.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is a monk who surrendered. He has a low status in Dali imperial dynasty and is not very trusted.


    Wen dongzhenjun was too loyal to the Dali Dynasty and didn''t mean to resist Lu Gangfeng.


    Therefore, Lu Gangfeng can command them, but he can''t command big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    If big businesses such as Datong business alliance are willing to participate in this matter and try their best to help encircle and kill Meng Zhang, the result of World War I today may be very different.


    Maybe they have defeated Meng Zhang together now.


    I don''t know what the business letter Zhenjun guys think, but they actually choose the attitude of watching.


    Lu Gangfeng complained endlessly, but he didn''t have a good way to help the current war situation.


    In this way, the battle began to enter the stage of protracted war.


    In a blink of an eye, the war lasted more than half a month.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined hands to gain the upper hand, but it''s still far from winning.


    Wen qiansuan''s battle with Wen dongzhenjun and others is also inseparable.


    The place where they fought was in the south of Jiuqu province.


    When planning this battlefield, Lu Gangfeng and others specially found a desolate place with few people.


    On weekdays, let alone mortals, even practitioners rarely come to this place.


    However, the battle lasted so long and the movement was so earth shaking that the information of the war was more and more difficult to hide.


    Of course, even if the low-level friars saw it from a distance, the smarter ones would immediately avoid it from a distance.


    If someone is too curious and wants to hide in the distance to see the excitement, it is like asking for death.


    A Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t control the strength of his hand a little. He just needs to wipe off the aftermath of the battle, which is enough to kill a large number of low-level friars.


    Lu Gangfeng secretly prayed that the high-ranking friars of Taiyi gate should not rush here so quickly and intervene in the battle here.


    He hoped that the previous intelligence was accurate enough. Taiyimen was empty and could not send Yuanshen level reinforcements in a short time.


    Unfortunately, Lu Gangfeng''s prayer is doomed to be in vain.


    Since Meng Zhang is willing to step into the trap, how can he not be prepared in advance.


    However, because the main friars of taiyimen and Hanhai Dao alliance have joined the expedition, they are still calming the devil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The strength of staying in Jiuqu province is limited. It is difficult for Meng Zhang''s skillful wife to cook without rice and make better arrangements.


    He hid so many monks in the void tripod. He had already taken out all the cards of Taiyi gate.


    Before leaving Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang told the remaining monks in the gate where he was going.


    If he hasn''t returned for a long time, the friars in the door will naturally respond.


    The fighting continued, and more than a month passed.


    Together, the two sides have been fighting for more than two months.


    According to the standard of Yuanshen Zhenjun, this time is not much, but it is enough for taiyimen to respond.


    I only heard that two monks suddenly jumped out of the originally empty air above the heads of dongzhenjun and others.


    One is Jin Qiaoer, who is glittering with thunder, and the other is an Muran with infinite cold breath.


    After Meng Zhang had not returned for a long time, the left behind friar at Taiyi gate secretly sent someone here to inquire about the news.


    It took a long time for the spy to fly a long way, go deep into the south of Jiuqu province and arrive near the battlefield.


    Seeing the battlefield from a distance, the spy didn''t dare to approach. He immediately fled to a safe place and sent a message to the mountain gate.


    Taiyimen Mountain Gate is empty and there is not enough strength to support.


    An Muran, who was originally closed to heal his wounds, had to leave the pass urgently and suppressed his injuries temporarily with a secret method.


    Through the long-distance transmission array in the mountain gate, I contacted the maple leaf mountain city.


    The army of friars led by Yang Xueyi is about to join the expedition army. It''s too late to return aid for the time being.


    After receiving the news, Jin Qiaoer, who left behind near maple leaf mountain city, rushed back to maple leaf mountain city as soon as possible and sent it back to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Ann Muran and Jin Qiaoer hurried to their destination without waiting for other reinforcements.


    Ann quietly showed her clever hiding skills and sneaked close to the battlefield with Jin Qiaoer.


    When the time came, they suddenly launched a sneak attack and boldly joined the battle.


    As Meng Zhang''s own disciple, an Muran was given full instructions by Meng Zhang.


    In addition, he was highly qualified and soon had superb strength and became one of the pillar friars of Taiyi gate.


    He has been in charge of the dark hall for many years and trained many assassins and spies. He is very good at assassination.


    This is a deliberate but unintentional sneak attack.


    Even dragged down by the injury, he can''t give full play to his strength.


    But as soon as he shot, he immediately hit an enemy Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Jin Qiaoer has been in maple leaf mountain city for many years and has had many fierce fights with demons.


    She has long lost her original childish color and has become a decisive and skillful hundred war elite.


    From her appearance to the successful assassination of an enemy Yuanshen Zhenjun, it was only a short moment, and almost no one in the field responded.


    The taiyimen side had a new force to join, but the enemy suffered heavy losses because of the sneak attack.


    With the increase and decrease, there was a huge gap in the balance of power between the two sides.


    Wen Dongzhen, who was completely caught up in the war and almost forgot everything, finally reacted at this time.


    According to the original plan, the siege of Meng Zhang should be a quick decision. However, due to frequent accidents, the battle has been delayed until now, and the enemy''s reinforcements have finally arrived.


    He did not expect that with the long-distance array of the mountain gate and maple leaf mountain city, taiyimen could quickly mobilize troops and provide timely support.


    Next, with the absolute advantage of Wen Qian, they began to slowly kill the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is also a very decisive figure.


    Seeing the arrival of enemy reinforcements and knowing that the defeat of our side has been determined, it is meaningless to continue fighting.


    He tried to get rid of the entanglement between Meng Zhang and Taimiao, so he wanted to get out of the battle and leave the battlefield.


    Lu Gangfeng did not expect that the originally promising war situation had been fundamentally reversed in such a short while.


    Although he is blinded by profit, he has not completely lost his mind.


    Without saying a word, he turned and flew away.


    He had never joined the war. It was easy for him to escape.


    Meng Zhang took personal risks and finally led out the enemy. He wanted to eliminate all evil and completely solve the problem. Of course, he would not give up halfway.


    Meng Zhang flew out after Qinggu Zhenjun and vowed to take him down.


    His external incarnation was so wonderful that he chased Lu Gangfeng who ran away.


    Wen dongzhenjun, who was still fighting, lost morale and had the idea of breaking through the encirclement and escaping.


    However, with the help of the array, Wen Qian took the opportunity to counter attack and entangled them temporarily.

 Chapter 1405

    Lu Gangfeng, as the principal of this time, escaped first, which is really bad morale.


    Not only Wen Dongzhen Jun and others have been greatly affected, but Qinggu Zhen Jun can safely escape from the imperial government in the future.


    Qinggu Zhenjun runs away wholeheartedly, ignoring others. Turned into a light and soon disappeared into the horizon.


    Meng Zhang made up his mind to solve the problem thoroughly this time, so he followed closely.


    Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation is a little worse than Qinggu Zhenjun, his speed is not slow.


    Whenever Qinggu Zhenjun finally opened the distance between the two sides, he immediately performed the art of space transmission and transmitted it not far behind Qinggu Zhenjun.


    Qinggu Zhenjun is also proficient in the space Avenue and has escaped into the space gap for many times, trying to avoid Meng Zhang''s tracking.


    However, Meng Zhang has a void tripod in his body, and his ability in space is still above Qinggu Zhenjun.


    No matter what he thinks, he can keep up with him.


    He escaped for a long time, but Meng Zhang was still clinging like brown sugar.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was also angry.


    He was not afraid of just a Meng Zhang, but was unwilling to continue the meaningless battle, so he took the initiative to escape.


    Meng Zhang was so swaggering after him that he didn''t pay much attention to him.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was so angry that he simply didn''t continue to escape.


    He stopped, turned and took the initiative to meet Meng Zhang.


    There was no nonsense between them. It was another war of life and death.


    The two of them have been fighting for a long time. They see that Qinggu Zhenjun has begun to gain the upper hand.


    At this time, there was a slight fluctuation in the space around Meng Zhang. It was wonderful to transmit it.


    It''s wonderful. It was originally to chase and kill Lu Gangfeng who escaped.


    Although Lu Gangfeng escaped the earliest, he still has some ability to protect his life. However, in the face of Taimiao, a ghost whose cultivation is far above him, he exhausted all means and failed to escape from the heaven.


    It was wonderful. It took a little effort to catch up with Lu Gangfeng.


    After a fierce battle, they can easily kill each other.


    Tai Miao is the incarnation of Meng Zhang. The two are essentially one. They can share the merits and virtues of heaven.


    Soon after killing Lu Gangfeng, Taimiao sensed the arrival of a large number of heavenly virtues.


    I don''t know how many evil things this guy has done to offend the heaven. It''s good to be able to live until now.


    After killing Lu Gangfeng, too wonderful put his body away. Before he had time to examine it carefully, he was in a hurry to support Meng Zhang.


    There is a special connection between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    Meng Zhang was used as a road sign. It was so wonderful that it was transmitted easily.


    After Taimiao appeared, without saying a word, she immediately joined the battle group to help Meng Zhang fight against Qinggu Zhenjun.


    It''s wonderful. Relying on their strong ghosts and gods, they often take the game of losing both sides. Would rather take the initiative to bear the attack of Qinggu Zhenjun and give him a cruel.


    It was another day and night of war. Everyone was already scarred and injured.


    Qinggu Zhenjun was a little angry.


    What''s the matter with this nameless ghost and God? Why do you work so hard?


    Qinggu Zhenjun was very sure that he had never sinned against the ghost before.


    Even, he had nothing to do with all the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    I don''t know what good the ghost and God received from Meng Zhang, but he was willing to spell it for Meng Zhang.


    It''s wonderful. Although his fighting power is far less than that of Qinggu Zhenjun, he was really shocked by his fierce and fearless momentum.


    Qinggu Zhenjun, a selfish guy, cherishes his own life very much. How can he be willing to work hard easily.


    It is very important for masters to compete with each other, especially in the battle of the strong at the same level.


    Qinggu Zhenjun showed a weak side. Meng Zhang and Taimiao immediately became very strong and had to take Qinggu Zhenjun down.


    Qinggu Zhenjun has no heart for war, and his heart is full of retreat. However, Meng Zhang and Taimiao were too tightly entangled. He really didn''t find a way out.


    This time, the war not only lasted a long time, but also the two sides fought and walked, and the battlefield spread thousands of miles.


    They killed many densely populated places and even passed through the mountain gates of some Xiuzhen forces.


    The aftermath of the fighting between the two sides caused great damage to the surrounding areas.


    They fought fiercely at high altitude, which was like the collapse of heaven and earth and the subversion of mountains and rivers.


    Mountains collapse, rivers cut off, the earth cracks, and creatures die out


    This scene of natural disasters soon shocked the south of Jiuqu province.


    No one dares to intervene.


    The guy affected by the aftermath of the battle can only admit bad luck.


    In the area where the battlefield passes, all practitioners try their best to escape, hoping to escape the scope of the battle.


    As a righteous monk, Meng Zhang didn''t want to be in such a situation.


    But there is no way. In the face of an opponent like Qinggu Zhenjun, he can''t have the slightest reservation. Naturally, he has no spare power to control the power and scope of his shot.


    Fortunately, this is the southern province of Jiuqu, not the hinterland of Taiyi gate.


    Even if it caused some disasters, it had little direct impact on Taiyi gate.


    The two sides fought for more than half a month.


    Because both sides went all out and showed all their abilities, basically without any reservations.


    So everyone felt a little tired, and the scars on their bodies began to affect their play.


    Soon after, Wen qiansuan flew over from a distance with several Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate.


    Before, they had an absolute advantage by the sneak attack of Jin Qiaoer and an Muran.


    After a hard battle, Wen dongzhenjun and others were all killed on the spot, and no one escaped.


    The ghost and God guarded the body and was seriously injured. He returned to the underworld immediately after the battle.


    Wen qiansuan and others, as winners, are also wounded. Many people are seriously injured and unable to fight again.


    Fortunately, there is no shortage of pills and talismans for yuan Shen Zhen Jun in Taiyi gate.


    They take pills, release talismans and heal injuries.


    When the injury was a little stable, they cared about the leader Meng Zhang, and hurried over.


    Meng Zhang''s battle was so dynamic that the traces left behind were even more obvious.


    Wen Qian reckoned that they rushed to the battlefield without much effort.


    Although their accomplishments are far inferior to those of Qinggu Zhenjun, their number advantage is too obvious.


    So many Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if they are in poor condition, they are not so easy to kill.


    Wen qiansuan was not in a hurry to join the war, but commanded everyone to set up a Dharma array and slowly approached the battlefield.


    Even people as strong as Qinggu Zhenjun are powerless to return to heaven in the face of such a situation.


    He tried hard to break through many times, but he was entangled by Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    Wen qiansuan''s array is like a gangrene attached to the bone, which makes Qinggu Zhenjun unable to get rid of it easily.


    It was another several days of war. Qinggu Zhenjun finally died and was killed by Meng Zhang himself.

 Chapter 1406

    Qinggu Zhenjun has long been refined into a portable mustard space for storing all kinds of items.


    After he falls, mustard space will automatically break, and all items in it will be destroyed in the collapse of space.


    Sensing the wave of the imminent destruction of space, Meng Zhang, regardless of his serious injury, suddenly jumped into the space crack in front of him with the help of the void tripod and groped inside.


    He moved quickly, but with a breath, he escaped in time before the mustard space was completely destroyed.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care to check the items in his hand, so he urged the void tripod and sent them back to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate with everyone.


    Everyone was seriously injured and had little power to fight again.


    If some looters come out at this time, everyone may capsize in the gutter.


    Of course, facts have proved that Meng Zhang is over worried this time.


    They fought for so long this time and made earth shaking noise. But all monks with a little brain dare not come close easily.


    Many well-informed and good-looking people should have guessed that this was a war between taiyimen and Dali imperial court.


    In Jiuqu Province, only these two forces can set up such a battle.


    The forces of truth cultivation in Jiuqu province don''t have the courage to participate in such a war.


    As for the idea of making a profit, they hide it well and dare not jump out at all.


    Big businesses like Datong business alliance have long installed ostriches and buried their heads in the sand.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi gate, everyone was in a hurry to heal.


    It''s wonderful to be seriously injured and stay in the sun for so long. If he was not the incarnation of Meng Zhang, the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the sun would kill him.


    Too wonderful to stay for a long time. He threw down Lu Gangfeng''s body and ran back to the underworld.


    Wen dongzhenjun and his group were killed by Wen qiansuan. Meng Zhang naturally won''t ask about the booty.


    He temporarily threw aside the items taken out from Qinggu Zhenjun mustard seed space and Lu Gangfeng''s body and began to treat his injuries.


    Although after this war, the remaining evils of Dali''s imperial dynasty in Jiuqu province should be basically eliminated. Even a great monk like Qinggu Zhenjun could not escape death.


    However, the south of Jiuqu province is far from being stable. Meng Zhang needs them to restore their combat effectiveness and stabilize the situation as soon as possible.


    When Meng Zhang and his family closed their doors to heal their wounds, all kinds of rumors spread in Jiuqu province.


    Many people saw the scene of the war and guessed the two sides of the battle.


    Now the battle is over, but there is no clear result, so rumors began to spread, and many people thought carefully.


    When Meng Zhang and his opponents fought, the Daheng cultivation world was not calm.


    A powerful fourth-order demon subdued other fourth-order demons, integrated many demon groups, and once again formed a huge army of demons.


    The army wandered around, and the Bing Feng even reached a place not far from the expedition army.


    Yang Xueyi had to command the expeditionary army to deal with the demon army.


    In this way, after receiving the news from Jiuqu Province, the forces ready to come back to support Meng Zhang had to stay temporarily.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s war was dangerous and became the final winner.


    Yang Xueyi doesn''t need to disperse her troops. She can concentrate on fighting against the demon army.


    Although there has not been a large-scale frontal war between the two sides, a series of extremely tragic outpost wars have already begun.


    A group of cultivators went out to the front of the expedition army and fought for life and death with a group of demons.


    In order to cope with the coming war, Yang Xueyi began to gather all her strength.


    She even sent a letter to Meng Zhang. If the situation in Jiuqu province is stable, I hope Meng Zhang can send reinforcements to Daheng xiuzhenjie as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang knew that if the situation was not really grim, Yang Xueyi''s character would not easily ask for help from herself.


    However, with the current strength of taiyimen, Meng Zhang is also difficult to send strong reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and changed some of his previous ideas.


    It seems that due to the restriction of the great horizontal cultivation world, taiyimen can''t fully eliminate the Jiuqu provinces and completely solve the problems here.


    In less than half a month, Meng Zhang only temporarily suppressed his injury, and his strength is far from recovering.


    But he didn''t want to wait any longer. He must act immediately.


    Meng Zhang let others continue to heal. He swaggered to the south of Jiuqu Province alone.


    Meng Zhang first came to the headquarters of Datong Commercial Union in Jiuqu province and met the business letter Zhenjun again.


    With the insight of Zhenjun in the business letter, you can''t see that Meng Zhang is strong outside but weak in the middle.


    He clearly knew that a great monk like Meng Zhang could easily crush him even if he was a little injured.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came, he gave the business letter Zhenjun a reassurance.


    He gently let go of the collusion between big merchants such as Datong business alliance and Dali imperial dynasty as a reward for their correct standing in the team this time.


    He knocked on the business letter Zhenjun for a few words, and then hinted that he had rebelled against the Dali imperial dynasty because of the situation and was forced by Ziyang Shengzong.


    He and taiyimen have always been loyal ministers of the Dali Dynasty. There is no malice towards the Datong business alliance and other forces under the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Since then, as long as the Datong business alliance does not oppose taiyimen, it can continue to do business and activities freely in Jiuqu Province as before without any restrictions.


    After expressing his goodwill, Meng Zhang began to give orders to the business letter Zhenjun.


    His order is very simple, that is to ask businesses such as Datong business alliance to help spread some news.


    Qing Gu Zhen Jun, Wen Dong Zhen Jun and other remaining evils of the Dali Dynasty fought against Taiyi gate.


    As a result of the war, the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty were wiped out, and two taiyimen allies, Xuanfeng Zhenjun and Shuiling Zhenjun, were also killed on the spot.


    With a flattering mind, business letter Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that he would mobilize Datong business alliance and other businesses to help clarify the rumors against taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was noncommittal and did not care.


    Rumors are not useless, but they can''t play a big role in the face of absolute strength and clear form.


    The remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty have been completely eliminated. Which Xiuzhen force in Jiuqu province dares to oppose Taiyi gate?


    Even if those rumors make taiyimen worse and Meng Zhang a great evil doer, who dares to jump out to walk on behalf of heaven?


    In the face of the absolutely strong taiyimen, even if all the Xiuzhen forces are dissatisfied or even full of hatred, they can only bear it honestly, hide all their dissatisfaction and hatred and obediently submit to the taiyimen.

 Chapter 1407

    According to Meng Zhang''s original intention, it was to take advantage of the momentum of this great victory to thoroughly purge the southern provinces of Jiuqu.


    Such as Shuiling Pavilion, where Shuiling Zhenjun was born, is to be completely destroyed.


    Big businesses such as Datong business alliance should also be weakened and restricted.


    But now the situation is forcing Meng Zhang to stabilize the situation of Jiuqu Province as soon as possible and send his forces to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Therefore, he had to make some concessions and compromises.


    The death of Shuiling Zhenjun was packaged and changed from a traitor to a hero.


    Shuiling Pavilion should not only not be destroyed, but also be rewarded.


    Big businesses such as Datong business alliance should also be comforted, and they should not be completely reversed.


    The Jiuqu province must remain stable, and Meng Zhang can recruit the monks and materials of the major cultivation forces again.


    In any case, the remaining evils of the Dali imperial dynasty have been basically eliminated, eliminating this greatest scourge. If no one takes the lead, the Xiuzhen forces of all parties dare not move at will.


    As long as the Jiuqu province is not chaotic for the time being, Meng Zhang can accept it.


    As long as they don''t come out now, those evil minded Xiuzhen forces can survive for a while.


    When he is free in the future, Meng Zhang has a hundred ways to weaken it slowly or even completely destroy it.


    Next, Meng Zhang ran around in the south of Jiuqu province and met with the heads of various Xiuzhen forces.


    The appeasement of appeasement, the deterrence of deterrence


    With the power of his great friar, he soon subdued the four directions.


    On the surface, at least, the south of Jiuqu province began to stabilize slowly.


    After this period of healing, regardless of the cost, all kinds of resources were invested. The original injured Yuanshen friars began to get better.


    Jin Qiaoer couldn''t wait for the injury to recover completely. When she heard that the demons were raging in the Daheng cultivation world, she hurried to transmit it.


    Xu Mengying came to the south of Jiuqu province and met Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang issued a conscription order again to recruit the personnel and materials of Xiuzhen forces from all parties in Jiuqu province.


    The strength of this recruitment is far less than that of the last time, or even just a form.


    As long as the major cultivation forces in Jiuqu province send some forces to show their obedience to Taiyi gate, they can pass the pass.


    Taiyimen is holding the power of victory. No fool should jump out against it at this time.


    Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen and left Xu Mengying in the south of Jiuqu province.


    Xu Mengying will gather the monks and materials summoned to be ready to reinforce the Daheng cultivation world.


    Wen qiansuan gathered the personnel and materials recruited by hanhaidao alliance in the north of Jiuqu province.


    Ann Muran, the most seriously injured in this war, has not healed his old wounds and added new ones.


    He will stay at the Taiyi gate with Wei wuleisure.


    Meng Zhang has been busy for so long that he has time to slowly clean up the booty obtained in the last war.


    He ventured to rescue three items in Qinggu Zhenjun''s Mustard space.


    An object like a cloud. After unfolding, it records all the inheritance classics of the Qing Yuan sect.


    This was originally the most precious treasure of the town sect of qingyuanzong and the most precious collection in the door.


    In the past, it was hidden in the forbidden area of qingyuanzong and guarded by the yuan God Zhenjun.


    After Qinggu Zhenjun betrayed qingyuanzong, he took it with him for daily reading.


    As the taiyimen slowly retrieved various inheritance classics from its heyday, its inheritance is only stronger than that of the Qing Yuan sect.


    However, the basic classics of the Qing Yuan sect still have a strong reference value, which can greatly enhance the inside information of the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang has been running around all these years. He hasn''t had time to carefully read the Taiyi gate inheritance secret code obtained from the Taiyi gate treasure in the underworld. Now he has no time to slowly read the inheritance of Qingyuan sect.


    Of course, when he is free in the future, he will read these classics carefully.


    He sent the treasure to taiyimen Sutra Pavilion for collection.


    He took out the qingkong jade crystal. After being refined by the yuan God friar, it can be used to make up for the hidden dangers left in the previous practice and help consolidate the foundation.


    The reason why Qinggu Zhenjun didn''t dare to go to the thunder robbery is that his foundation is insufficient and his cultivation is not perfect.


    He worked hard to get the blue empty jade crystal.


    If you let him refine the qingkong jade crystal, maybe he can really make up for the foundation and have the opportunity to advance the Yang God period.


    Unfortunately, qingkong jade crystal is very difficult to refine.


    Even the monks in the later period of Yuanshen can''t refine much if they can''t find a way to spend 180 years.


    Meng Zhang also has no ability to quickly refine qingkong jade crystals.


    But he has all kinds of channels that Qinggu Zhenjun doesn''t have.


    There was no way. He could even ask for help from mother-in-law Lansi.


    Meng Zhang carefully put away the qingkong jade crystal.


    Not to mention anything else, just this green empty jade crystal is worth everything he paid before.


    He risked his life to rush into the mustard space that was about to be destroyed, and the booty he obtained was too precious.


    In particular, the qingkong jade crystal, once refined, may completely solve the problems that have plagued him for many years.


    He was forced by the situation and hurriedly broke through the later stage of Yuanshen, leaving a great hidden danger, which greatly affected his later cultivation.


    After that, he spent a lot of time and energy, thought of a lot of ways, and failed to effectively solve this problem.


    Qingkong jade crystal is a natural treasure. It''s really time to come.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder whether he had obtained enough merits and virtues of the heavenly way in recent years, so his luck was high and his blessings were all in the sky.


    In any case, it is necessary to strive for more merits and virtues of heaven in the future.


    With those three items, Meng Zhang had little expectation of what he would gain from Lu Gangfeng.


    Lu Gangfeng has many items and magic weapons, some of which are hidden very secretly.


    By Meng Zhang''s means, he easily found all the stored magic tools and began to count all kinds of items inside.


    Meng Zhang looks at the huge amount of spirit stones. Is this guy really so rich, or did he take away the public funds of Dali dynasty?


    All kinds of precious pills and talismans fully illustrate Lu Gangfeng''s wealth.

 Chapter 1408

    Lu Gangfeng has a lot of wealth, but Meng Zhang doesn''t care very much.


    With his status today, he only needs one word. There are all kinds of ordinary cultivation resources.


    He doesn''t lack wealth like spirit stone at all.


    Meng Zhang is not very interested in Lu Gangfeng''s common magic tools and general secret scripts.


    After a thorough inventory, he found two items that were useful to him.


    The first is Lu Gangfeng''s book of the secret of heaven, the secret code of six dragons.


    Meng Zhang took the road of becoming a master of heaven by relying on the ancient book of heaven''s secrets, Dayan divine calculation, which he got by chance.


    Over the years, he has also collected a lot of ancient books on Tianji through various channels.


    Most of these classics are scattered and unsystematic.


    Among them, the ancient book "plum blossom Yi Shu", which he obtained from the captured Master Zhu Changming, is the most systematic and valuable.


    Over the years, he understood and learned from the plum blossom Yi Shu, which was of great benefit to himself and made him gain a lot from the secret arts.


    In front of him, the book "liuxiang secret code" is a very profound book of Tianji. Meng Zhang just flipped through it at will and felt it was very valuable.


    Meng Zhang collected this book and waited until he studied it carefully in the future.


    Another valuable item is a three inch thick tortoise shell the size of a palm.


    This tortoise shell seems to have a special lasting appeal, which is simple and mysterious.


    There are deep scratches on the back of the tortoise shell.


    Meng Zhang studied it carefully and found that this tortoise shell is a very special magic tool, which can be used to assist in the display of heaven''s secrets.


    Meng Zhang has practiced so far, and he found that the biggest function of this tortoise shell is to help cover his own secret.


    At the level of Meng Zhang, he has long ignored ordinary booty.


    Although the war was a little hard, the spoils available were really extraordinary. They played a great role in themselves and the whole sect.


    Next, Meng Zhang put these things aside and began to heal wholeheartedly.


    If he doesn''t recover from his injury and can''t give full play to his strength, he can''t play a big role even if he goes to the Daheng cultivation world.


    The demon army of Daheng cultivation world had several conflicts with the expedition army. Fortunately, there was no full-scale war.


    Yang Xueyi led the expeditionary army to face the demon army.


    Because of the existence of Qianying Zhenjun, your side will not be too far away in terms of top combat effectiveness.


    After several temptations, the demon army found that there was a hard bone in front of them. Human friars were well defended and had no chance to take advantage of it, so they had the meaning of retreat.


    Lost to South China, the new commander of the demon army, is far from so powerful and arrogant.


    Seeing that the expedition army could not be easily defeated, the demon army began to turn and move in other directions.


    Yang Xueyi had been ordered by Meng Zhang in advance. Seeing that the demon army retreated on its own initiative, she stopped to strengthen defense and prepare for a protracted war.


    Although the aquarium side did not directly participate in the war this time, the mermaid king has begun to mobilize the aquarium army and is ready to provide reinforcements at any time.


    Everyone was relieved to see the demon army retreat voluntarily.


    Although there is a long distance between Daheng Xiuzhen world and Jiuqu Province, the expeditionary army has always maintained smooth contact with the Taiyi gate in the rear.


    Even in the process of closed door healing, Meng Zhang takes time every few days to receive the latest news and pay attention to the war there.


    Meng Zhang will not interfere in the command of the front line at will, but give some guidance from the general direction.


    After so long, the road between maple leaf mountain city and the camp of the expeditionary army has long been opened up, and a smooth land connection channel has been established between the two.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s initial plan was finally reluctantly achieved.


    Maple Leaf mountain city and the expedition army can take care of and support each other.


    Yang Xueyi took charge of all his own friars. According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, she did not take the initiative to attack the demon army, but first established a solid defense.


    Soon after the demon army retreated, new news came.


    A series of fierce conflicts occurred between the demon army and the friar army led by Xiao Qiao.


    After receiving the news, the friars of taiyimen were relieved.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, has a kind of schadenfreude mentality.


    Although he knew that his psychology was bad, he couldn''t help being happy.


    Xiao Qiao''s eyes are high and his hands are low. Now facing the army of demons, he has enough headache.


    The local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world can''t be relied on at all. See what he relies on to fight with the demon army.


    Xiao Liang has already divided everyone''s respective areas of responsibility.


    Now the demon army is raging in the area in charge of Xiao Qiao. The expeditionary army can stay out of it.


    Anyway, after killing Xiang South China, there are no powerful demons in the demon army, which has the potential of advanced fifth order demons.


    No matter how rampant or arrogant the demons are, they will not destroy the overall situation, and the harm will be controlled within a certain range.


    Meng Zhang has made a great contribution to killing Xiang Huanan before.


    If Xiao Qiao can lead the army of friars to defeat the army of demons, after the two sides decide the outcome, the taiyimen side will naturally beat the water dog.


    If Xiaoqiao and others are defeated, Ziyang Shengzong will need taiyimen to clean up the mess.


    Meng Zhang had no other orders except to remind Yang Xueyi to strengthen her defense and prevent the demon army from attacking East and West.


    Xu Mengying gathered the conscripted friars to form a limited number of friars. Along the route of the previous expeditionary army, she headed for the Daheng cultivation world.


    The reinforcements of Hanhai daomeng gathered by Wen qiansuan were slowly transmitted to Fengye mountain city through the long-distance transmission array located at the taiyimen Mountain Gate, and then slowly joined up with the expedition army.


    Seeing that there were no other major events in the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang could also close the door and heal his wounds with peace of mind.


    In the process of healing, he also tried to refine the green empty jade crystal he had just obtained.


    When Qinggu Zhenjun got the green empty jade crystal, he tried his best to refine it.


    It took a lot of time and achieved little.


    The qingkong jade crystal that he refined and absorbed is really very little.


    This green empty jade crystal almost completely fell into Meng Zhang''s hand.


    However, after many attempts, Meng Zhang found that he also had no way to quickly refine this green empty jade crystal.


    Meng Zhang roughly estimated that according to his current refining speed, it may take one or two thousand years to completely refine and absorb it.

 Chapter 1409

    Meng Zhang was seriously injured this time and could not recover in a short time.


    And refining qingkong jade crystal is also not smooth because it is not in a proper way.


    Seeing that no major events have happened in the Daheng cultivation world for the time being, the situation is still stable. Meng Zhang simply took the time to go to the heavenly palace.


    He is going to see if he can get the method of refining qingkong jade crystal in the heavenly palace.


    After Meng Zhang arrived at the heavenly palace, he went to several places successively.


    There are the hall of common affairs in the heavenly palace, the Dark Alliance branch that sells intelligence, some pill stores and so on.


    Finally, he had no choice but to consult her.


    Even if he paid some price, he hoped to obtain the method of refining qingkong jade crystal.


    When Meng Zhang came to mother-in-law''s residence, mother-in-law was right in the residence.


    When she saw Meng Zhang, she smiled and said, "I knew you couldn''t sit still after you received the news."


    "Your boy is well informed this time. I received the news so soon."


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s vacant expression, mother-in-law Lansi reacted.


    "Don''t you know?"


    Before Meng Zhang asked, mother-in-law Lansi took the initiative to tell the so-called latest news.


    Just a few days ago, Ziyang Shengzong launched an action against Dali Dynasty.


    This action has been planned for a long time. Ziyang Shengzong sent out most of his forces, and even the friars in the period of Yang God directly participated in the war.


    You know, in the case of whether the great energy of returning to emptiness can directly fight in the Jun dust world, the friar of the Yang God period is the strongest combat power in the Jun dust world.


    Originally, everyone thought that Ziyang Shengzong was able to defeat Dali emperor.


    Unfortunately, Ziyang Shengzong''s action aimed at winning failed, and he also paid a great loss.


    It is said that Ziyang Shengzong''s great ability of returning to emptiness can''t be seen. He is ready to end himself regardless of the rules.


    However, with the precedent of the last shot, Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness was closely watched by all parties.


    As soon as he was ready to go out, he was stopped by the return to virtual power from other aspects before he really started.


    The failure of the Holy Land Sect is a favorite thing in the spiritual world.


    Many monks in the spiritual world have been dissatisfied with the holy door for a long time.


    Even the silver pot old man in the heavenly palace has received a lot of Qi from Ziyang Shengzong. It can be seen that Ziyang Shengzong is arrogant and how hated he is.


    When mother-in-law Qiansi talked about the failure of Ziyang Shengzong, her face couldn''t help showing an expression of schadenfreude.


    Meng Zhang listened to mother-in-law Lansi''s story, with myriad thoughts and complicated feelings.


    More than ten years ago, he learned that Ziyang Shengzong would take great action against Ziyang Shengzong within 20 years.


    At that time, he felt something wrong.


    How could such a large-scale action of Ziyang Shengzong be leaked in advance.


    Even outsiders like myself know that this operation can''t be kept secret at all.


    However, the monks of Ziyang Shengzong he contacted at that time looked confident. Coupled with the prestige established by the Holy Land Sect''s rule over the Junchen world for thousands of years, he did not imagine in a too bad direction.


    Now it seems that the failure of Ziyang Shengzong should have a certain omen.


    Ziyang holy sect is so arrogant that almost everyone knows its actions that should be strictly confidential. It really treats Dali imperial court as a dead man.


    Dali Dynasty is equally powerful and profound. Even, behind it, there is the support of returning to emptiness.


    After knowing that Ziyang Shengzong has taken action, Dali Dynasty will certainly make corresponding response.


    However, Meng Zhang thought that the Dali Dynasty could resist the attack of Ziyang Shengzong at most.


    But he never thought that Dali could win a big victory.


    Now, if Dali imperial court takes advantage of the situation to counter attack and really completely defeat Ziyang Shengzong, Taiyi gate, as a traitor of Dali imperial court, will come to a bad end.


    Her next words relieved Meng Zhang''s concern.


    Although Dali Dynasty has achieved unprecedented brilliant victory this time, its own loss is not small.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong suffered an unprecedented defeat, its foundation still exists and it still has the power to fight again.


    The victory of Dali Dynasty was not enough to completely defeat Ziyang Shengzong.


    After this war, the relationship between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong became a real one.


    If Ziyang Shengzong can''t completely defeat Dali Dynasty, its authority and status will be greatly shaken, and it will be difficult to continue to rule the north of Junchen world in the future.


    I''m afraid there will be more Xiuzhen forces who will not obey the rule of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For the Dali Dynasty, now is a rare opportunity.


    As long as Ziyang Shengzong can be defeated, the Dali Dynasty will replace it and become a new Holy Land Sect.


    Looking at the current situation, it is difficult for both sides to completely distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time.


    There should be a lot of time left for the development of taiyimen, which makes Meng Zhang most happy.


    Maybe Ziyang Shengzong lost, which made her mother-in-law in a good mood.


    She continued to chatter with Meng Zhang. Intentionally or unintentionally, she revealed many secrets that Meng Zhang didn''t know before.


    Meng Zhang suddenly thought of a question.


    Taking advantage of her good mood, he put forward it.


    Meng Zhang''s question is very simple, that is, in the face of the failure of Ziyang holy sect, what is the attitude of other holy sects.


    Logically speaking, even if there is discord and all kinds of disputes between these holy places.


    However, their status is similar. They all stand in the same position and belong to the same class.


    They are happy to see Ziyang Shengzong encounter some setbacks, and even fall into the well and severely damage the face of Ziyang Shengzong.


    But they absolutely don''t want to see the complete failure of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As the rulers of the Junchen world, the last thing they want to see is that someone challenges the success of the Holy Land Sect and shakes their status as rulers.


    Today, Ziyang holy sect was defeated by Dali imperial court. Other holy sect doors can watch jokes.


    Aren''t they afraid that in the future, there will be more Xiuzhen forces to learn from the imperial dynasty and stand against the Holy Land Sect.


    Since he came into contact with the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang''s vision has been wide open. Through various channels, he has learned many secrets unknown in the cultivation world.


    As far as he knows, in the history of the Junchen world, there have been Xiuzhen forces like the Dali dynasty that resist the rule of the Holy Land Sect.


    Even some Xiuzhen forces appear to be more powerful than Dali imperial dynasty, making a greater momentum and closer to success.


    However, without exception, these forces trying to challenge the ruling position of the Holy Land Sect finally failed.


    Among them, the holy places should have a certain tacit understanding and secretly use some means.

 Chapter 1410

    Although Dali is very strong, he has just won a big victory.


    But if all the Holy Land sects have a tacit understanding, they don''t want to see the Dali imperial dynasty replace the Ziyang holy sect.


    No matter how powerful the Dali Dynasty was, it could not escape defeat.


    After all, as long as all the holy doors make a sound, it is enough to subdue the whole cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang led taiyimen to defecte from Dali emperor to Ziyang Shengzong. Of course, he did not want to see Dali emperor become the final winner and gain the right to rule the north of Junchen world.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s problem, mother-in-law Qiansi hesitated. She looked at Meng Zhang for a long time before she finally spoke.


    "Originally, you are not qualified to know this, and I shouldn''t have told you. But over the years, you have grown up."


    "Well, I should sell you a favor. When you become successful in practice in the future, you still need to remember today."


    "The next words come out of my mouth and into your ears. You must not spread them out at will, otherwise there will be great disaster and even affect me."


    "Soon, the Jun dust world will encounter a great change."


    "This great change is unprecedented. It can be called the unprecedented change in the Junchen world in ten thousand years."


    "At that time, everything in the Junchen world will be subverted and the original ruling order will disappear."


    "These holy places have long known that great changes are coming, and they will make preparations to deal with the changes."


    "In this case, we don''t care much about the previous tacit understanding and agreement."


    "Perhaps, in the near future, you will even see the war between the Holy Land and the holy door."


    When mother-in-law Qiansi said these words, the expression on her face was very thought-provoking.


    This is mother-in-law''s residence. There is a strict Dharma array around, which can prevent all peeping.


    When she talked to Meng Zhang, she couldn''t help looking around, looking afraid of being discovered by outsiders.


    "This time, if the rise of Dali dynasty did not really threaten Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong would not choose to fight Dali Dynasty at this juncture."


    "Since Ziyang Shengzong can''t beat Dali emperor, there will be a good play next."


    When mother-in-law Qiansi said this, she became happy again.


    After saying these words, she shut up and completely ignored Meng Zhang''s inquiry.


    Meng Zhang is also an informed and knowledgeable person. It''s no use pleading for what her mother-in-law doesn''t want to say.


    Anyway, although her mother-in-law was vague, the information she revealed was still like a bolt from the blue for Meng Zhang, which shocked him severely.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what the so-called great change of mother-in-law Qiansi was, but it was an unprecedented event to subvert everything in the Junchen world and change the original ruling order.


    In such a great change, even if Taiyi gate is located in a corner of Jun dust world, you can''t expect to stay out of it.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts flashed through his mind.


    How to deal with such great changes and how to preserve themselves in the great changes will be a big problem.


    Since he couldn''t get the details of the great change from her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang had to ask slowly in the future.


    Meng Zhang kept this matter firmly in mind, so he took the initiative to switch off the topic and talked about another thing.


    Meng Zhang took out the green empty jade crystal and asked her mother-in-law for advice. Is there any way to speed up the refining of this thing.


    Mother-in-law holding silk looked at the green empty jade crystal and said with a smile.


    "You are lucky to get this treasure."


    "You just take it out. You''re not afraid that my mother-in-law will kill me and seize the treasure?"


    Meng Zhang smiled twice.


    "My mother-in-law is joking. How can you look at this kind of thing as an old man."


    "Besides, your old man is highly respected and has a bright future. Are you a murderer and treasure hunter?"


    She waved her hand.


    "Well, you don''t have to flatter me."


    "If I see such a treasure before the advanced retreat period, I will seize it anyway."


    "Now, some worthless scum of monks in the retreat period will also be jealous of this treasure."


    Meng Zhang has looked at the blue sky jade crystal as high as possible.


    Now from the words of mother-in-law, he still underestimated the value of this treasure.


    "There are several ways to speed up the refining of qingkong jade crystals."


    "The best effect is to find a monk to help in the retreat period."


    While talking, mother-in-law Qiansi ran her mind and passed several ways to Meng Zhang through her mind.


    "I''m in a good mood today. I''ll give you a free hand."


    While talking, mother-in-law stretched out her hand, and the green empty jade crystal spontaneously flew to her from Meng Zhang''s hand.


    The silk holding mother-in-law shut up and her face was positive.


    Meng Zhang only felt that her mother-in-law seemed to have changed into a person. Her seemingly thin body showed a few threads of terrible power.


    Behind the silk holding mother-in-law, an illusory light and shadow flashed away.


    Even a great monk like Meng Zhang was caught off guard. He just looked at the light and shadow. He felt like he was struck by lightning. He couldn''t help but step back a few steps to stabilize his body.


    Fortunately, the vision on mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t last too long and soon disappeared, which didn''t put more pressure on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and mother-in-law Lansi have known each other for so many years. Mother-in-law Lansi has always shown herself as a kind and kind old woman.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang even had the illusion that she could not help forgetting the fact that she was a great power to return to emptiness.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang finally remembered that no matter how harmless it looked, the great power of returning to emptiness like mother-in-law Qiansi had far more power than him.


    Mother-in-law doesn''t even have to give him a hand directly. Her leaking momentum is enough to deter him.


    If mother-in-law Qiansi really takes her hand, it must be effortless to win Meng Zhang.


    At this time, mother-in-law said softly, "it''s done."


    The shape of the blue empty jade crystal changed greatly, turned into a blue liquid, formed a ball, and floated quietly in front of her mother-in-law.


    Meng Zhang was stopped by mother-in-law Qiansi just now. She almost didn''t notice when she finished.


    Under the sign of mother-in-law, Meng Zhang released the power of the yuan God and carefully put away the blue liquid.


    This form of qingkong jade crystal is easier to refine and can save Meng Zhang a lot of time and energy.


    For the silk pulling mother-in-law, a trivial shot solved the big problem that had plagued Meng Zhang for a long time.


    If Qinggu Zhenjun could get the help of a great power to return to emptiness, he would not waste so many years for no reason.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was not only amazed at the means of returning to virtual power, but also deeply felt the importance of returning to virtual power.

 Chapter 1411

    Meng Zhang had nothing to do with this green empty jade crystal, and Qinggu Zhenjun wasted his time for it.


    If Qinggu Zhenjun could get the help of returning to emptiness, he would have refined qingkong jade crystal long ago, and there would be nothing wrong with Meng Zhang.


    All along, Meng Zhang has been trying to make friends with her mother-in-law.


    Now, his thigh hugging behavior is finally beginning to pay off.


    Next, Meng Zhang chatted with her mother-in-law for a while before leaving.


    After Meng Zhang returned from the heavenly palace, he began to retreat.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to spend too much effort on the qingkong jade crystal treated by the silk pulling mother-in-law, so he can slowly refine it with the power of the yuan God.


    He only refined a little and felt that qingkong Yujing was of great use to his injury.


    If you refine all the green empty jade crystals, not only the injury will be completely healed, but also the hidden dangers left in that year can be made up.


    Soon, Meng Zhang devoted himself to the practice of refining and absorbing green empty jade crystals, and hardly cared about external things.


    On the other side of the Daheng cultivation world, Yang Xueyi followed Meng Zhang''s instructions and adopted a conservative strategy.


    She took the initiative to shrink the expeditionary army and do a good job in the defense of the current occupied territory.


    In addition, she also actively contacted the aquarium and the Huipeng king, and they became horns with each other.


    At this time, more and more information about the demon army was transmitted to the expedition army.


    On the other side of Xiaoqiao, there is also an insider of taiyimen.


    The leader of Wanhe mountain, immortal ridge, has kept in touch with Meng Zhang since he talked with him last time and informed him of all kinds of news.


    After Meng Zhang closed the door to practice, he handed over the matter of contacting the real king of the ridge to Yang Xueyi.


    Yang Xueyi has been following the trend of the demon army through the ridge Zhenjun.


    The fourth level demon that integrates the demon cluster and re establishes the demon army calls itself the black gold demon king.


    Although this guy is not an opponent to South China, he is still a strong one among the fourth-order demons.


    The friars in the later period of the ordinary yuan God really couldn''t hold him down.


    The black gold demon king led the demon army and fought with the friar army led by Xiao Qiao for many times. The two sides won and lost each other.


    In the top combat power, Xiao Qiao should have an absolute advantage.


    There are three great friars in the later period of Yuanshen alone.


    However, Cangsong Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect is old and has few longevity yuan left.


    The older the old guy is, the more he is greedy for life and afraid of death. He won''t work hard at all.


    When it''s his turn to fight, he looks old and frail. He can drag and hide.


    I can''t hide it. It''s also a false story. I didn''t show much strength at all.


    Although Xiao Qiao is very dissatisfied, he still has many places to rely on the SONGFENG sect. It''s not good to be too harsh on the old master.


    The Bairi Zhenjun of Bairi valley should be the strongest of the three great friars, and should be the main force against demons.


    But this guy usually listens to Xiao Qiao and looks very respectful.


    Can really go to the battlefield, the same is cheating, playing tricks and preserving strength.


    Especially in the face of the black gold devil, this guy seemed to be short out of thin air and didn''t go all out at all.


    Bairi Valley is the most powerful sect in Daheng cultivation world. Xiao Qiao can''t easily tear his face with Bairi Zhenjun.


    In this way, among the three great friars, only Nanzhu Zhenjun, who could not be trusted by Xiao Qiao, fought honestly with demons.


    But Nanzhu Zhenjun''s combat effectiveness is obviously a little worse than that of the black gold devil.


    Fortunately, Dayi Zhenjun and Cangsong Zhenjun know the bottom line of Xiao bridge and don''t dare to go too far. When it''s time to make efforts, they should make some efforts to prevent Nanzhu Zhenjun from being killed by the black gold demon king on the spot.


    In this way, Xiao Qiao had three great friars under him, but he couldn''t beat the black gold devil.


    In addition to the great friars, the strength of the friars under Xiao Qiao is actually much weaker than the demon army.


    Fortunately, the black gold devil is not to South China. It is difficult to completely control his demon army, so he can only reluctantly command his actions.


    Xiao Qiao led the army of friars and the army of demons for a long time. It was always inseparable.


    Yang Xueyi led the expedition army to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight. It was clear that she was watching a play.


    Yang Xueyi hates demons and wants to wipe them out as soon as possible and completely quell the demon disaster.


    However, due to the contradiction between Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao, she had to stand still for the benefit of taiyimen.


    Relying solely on the strength of Xiao bridge, it is difficult to completely defeat the demon army.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s plan to quell the evil disaster and accept Daheng''s cultivation world as soon as possible failed.


    Of course, the high-level of Ziyang holy sect is now estimated to have no regard for a large horizontal cultivation world.


    It has been planned for a long time and used a large amount of human and material resources. The action against Dali imperial court encountered failure, which greatly shocked the senior management of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even the great power of returning to emptiness in the door was furious.


    If Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t respond in time, give Dali a lesson and save face from the battlefield, it will not only shake the prestige of Ziyang Shengzong, but also those who take refuge in Ziyang Shengzong, follow the name of Ziyang Shengzong and besiege all the truth repair forces of Dali imperial dynasty together, maybe they will have another idea.


    Ziyang Shengzong will not only provide help to Xiao Qiao, but also recall the power outside.


    Xiao Liang really wants to provide more help to Xiao Qiao, the younger generation of the clan, but he can''t do anything in the face of the general situation in the door.


    To be honest, it''s not Ziyang Shengzong who has to leave a big monk to garrison the heavenly palace. Xiao Liang has long been transferred here.


    There is also a troublesome thing in mengzhang, Taiyi gate.


    Old crane, who used to sit outside the cloud and fog to help guard against the angry Jiao king, also received the news from the door.


    When the sect is in urgent need of manpower, he can''t continue to be free outside. He must return to the sect as soon as possible to listen to the order.


    Although he Lao is a spirit beast, he is kind enough to do things.


    After receiving the news from the zongmen, he immediately informed Meng Zhang.


    And he also set aside a month for Meng Zhang.


    He will continue to sit outside the clouds for a month before he leaves.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally in seclusion, was also alarmed by the news.


    In such a short period of time, he refined many green empty jade crystals, and most of his injuries have been cured.


    It was the order of Ziyang Shengzong that he Lao left, and Meng Zhang could not retain him.


    Fortunately, he didn''t leave suddenly, leaving Meng Zhang enough buffer time.


    If Meng Zhang wants to continue his peace of mind and closed door practice, he needs to find another great monk in the later stage of the yuan God to help guard against the clouds and daze.


    After a little thought, Meng Zhang sent it to the Daheng cultivation world and found the Qianying Zhenjun who was still working in the expedition army.


    In the heavenly palace, there is a channel to hire the yuan God Zhenjun.


    However, in the employment market, the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen are still rare and often have a price but no market.

 Chapter 1412

    You know, the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen have an extraordinary position in the Junchen world.


    Either the leader of one party or the pillar of a cultivation force


    Even if it is a casual practice like Nanzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang can''t hire it if it''s not for the face of the monk Ziyang Shengzong.


    If you want the friars in the later period of Yuanshen to fight, it will cost a lot.


    However, Meng Zhang has no good plan except with the help of external forces.


    Only when a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen sits outside the clouds and fog can Meng Zhang be at ease.


    Otherwise, once King Nu Jiao leads the invaders outside the field to kill, it will be a tragic massacre, and taiyimen will face a crisis of life and death.


    As for the Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen has occupied a large area and has great interests. Meng Zhang is also unwilling to give up.


    After finding Qianying Zhenjun, Meng Zhang put forward a request, hoping to temporarily hire a monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    At present, only organizations such as dark alliance can meet Meng Zhang''s needs.


    If even the Dark Alliance can''t do anything, Meng Zhang has to pull down his face and ask for help from mother-in-law Lansi and old man Yinhu.


    Of course, it''s not easy to owe you the kindness of returning to virtual power.


    If it was not a last resort, Meng Zhang would not turn to them.


    Qianying Zhenjun and Meng Zhang haven''t known each other for a long time, but they already have a certain friendship.


    Especially after the war against South China, Qianying Zhenjun was very optimistic about Meng Zhang and was willing to make friends with this young man with deep potential and promising future.


    According to the standard of Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang can really only be regarded as a young man.


    Although the Dark Alliance itself has the business of selling intelligence and providing monks for employment.


    However, it is still very difficult to hire the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Last time Meng Zhang successfully hired Qianying Zhenjun, he had the face of old man Yinhu.


    His current status as a mere leader of Taiyi sect is not qualified to be valued by the senior management of Dark Alliance.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, Qianying Zhenjun hesitated for a while before deciding to help Meng Zhang once, which can be regarded as buying a favor.


    Qianying Zhenjun left the expedition army and went to the Dark Alliance branch of the heavenly palace in person.


    Before leaving, Qianying Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that although the Dark Alliance had a big family and career, there were also several great friars in the later period of Yuanshen for employment.


    These few big friars are also distributed in almost the whole Jun dust world. Maybe many are being employed now.


    Although he is willing to help, if Meng Zhang is unlucky and there is no suitable candidate in the Dark Alliance for the time being, he can do nothing.


    Of course, he will try his best to run for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang only understood this and thanked Qianying Zhenjun for his help again.


    As soon as Qianying Zhenjun left, there was no news for more than half a month.


    Seeing that old crane was about to leave, Meng Zhang was a little impatient, and Qianying Zhenjun finally came back.


    He didn''t come back alone this time. He also brought a nun.


    The nun has a cool temperament and has a strange expression on her face all the year round.


    Qianying Zhenjun introduced this man to Meng Zhang.


    Like Qianying Zhenjun, this nun is a Dark Alliance friar.


    She is also a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In the future, there is a place to take advantage of this person. Meng Zhang quickly salutes you Huan Zhenjun.


    Despite the enthusiastic introduction of Qianying Zhenjun in the middle, the female monk named Youhuan Zhenjun still has a very indifferent attitude and is unwilling to say more to Meng Zhang.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, Youhuan Zhenjun''s cultivation is not weak. Even among the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, he is not weak.


    It''s very normal for people with ability to be arrogant and have a little temper.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to make friends with her, but needs her strength for the time being.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about her attitude at all.


    As long as Youhuan Zhenjun completes the task and helps watch the angry Jiao king, Meng Zhang can accept her bad temper.


    Before Qianying Zhenjun left, Meng Zhang said that he was willing to pay any price in order to hire a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t really do anything at all costs.


    However, the cost of hiring Youhuan Zhenjun is not generally high.


    Qianying Zhenjun listed a lot of conditions on behalf of Youhuan Zhenjun.


    Among them, the ordinary repair resources required alone are almost the income of taiyimen for 20 years.


    In addition, it also requires a lot of high-end resources.


    Meng Zhang knew that most of these common cultivation resources required by the other party were not for his own needs, but for the Dark Alliance.


    Fortunately, the natural materials and high-end resources required by Youhuan Zhenjun are not too difficult to find.


    As long as taiyimen is willing to spend time and cost, they can collect it slowly and even go to Tiangong to exchange it.


    Taiyi gate has paid so much. Youhuan Zhenjun just promised to sit outside the cloud daze for ten years.


    If she needs to fight the enemy in person, the employment fee will be calculated separately.


    Meng Zhang agreed to these seemingly harsh conditions without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang still knows a little about the employment market.


    To hire a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, it would have to pay a high price.


    Youhuan Zhenjun''s asking price is much higher than the market price, but it can''t be said that he took advantage of the fire.


    Because Meng Zhang has a solid need, he must have a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Otherwise, taiyimen will pay more losses.


    Like the last time Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters were hired by Taiyi clan, they wanted to please Ziyang Shengzong and curry favor with Xiao Liang, so there was no big talk from the lion.


    In this process, it has always been Qianying Zhenjun who helped Youhuan Zhenjun ask for price and made various negotiations with Meng Zhang.


    Youhuan Zhenjun said nothing and seemed impatient to tangle with these mundane affairs.


    After Qianying Zhenjun and Meng Zhang had a good talk, the two sides reached an agreement.


    Youhuan Zhenjun didn''t say a word of nonsense, so he went directly to the town outside Yunwu daze.


    After Youhuan Zhenjun left, Qianying Zhenjun talked to Meng Zhang about private words.


    He first apologized to Meng Zhang for the attitude of Youhuan Zhenjun.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was in a good mood and really didn''t care about these small things, he continued.


    He told Meng Zhang that the position of Youhuan Zhenjun in the Dark Alliance was still above him.


    Originally, Youhuan Zhenjun rarely accepted the employment of outsiders.


    This time he spent a lot of effort to move Youhuan Zhenjun.


    Youhuan Zhenjun has an extraordinary identity and a deep background. Even if his attitude is poor, he hopes Meng zhanghaosheng will forgive him and never offend him.


    Meng Zhang accepted all the kind reminders of Qianying Zhenjun.


    Probably I feel a little sorry. Qianying Zhenjun also proposed that he had accepted Meng Zhang''s employment and agreed to spend ten years.


    Now the situation in the Daheng cultivation world is tense, and it is time to need manpower. Even if the ten-year period expires, he can stay for a few more years.


    Meng Zhang is more grateful for this.

 Chapter 1413

    Qianying Zhenjun probably worried about Meng Zhang''s misunderstanding, so he explained a lot.


    Meng Zhang knows that Qianying Zhenjun is not the kind of person who is greedy for small gains and profits.


    Moreover, even if they suffer a little loss, as long as they can solve the problem, it is worth it.


    Meng Zhang thanked Qianying Zhenjun for his help. They had a very speculative conversation.


    After talking with Qianying Zhenjun, Meng Zhang left the expedition and returned to Jiuqu province.


    First, he went around Jiuqu province and took a general look at the situation around him.


    Since the victory of the last World War and the elimination of the remaining evils of Dali Dynasty, Jiuqu province began to slowly restore calm.


    Although there may be some undercurrent surging, at least no cultivators dare to openly oppose taiyimen.


    Without the overt opposition, the orders of taiyimen can barely pass through here.


    Meng Zhang is reluctantly acceptable for this result. He can tolerate many things as long as it does not affect the expedition army to fight abroad.


    The thorough elimination of the nine bend provinces can be put off for the future.


    After inspecting the situation of Jiuqu Province, Meng ZhangCai went to see him off.


    Out of his trust in Qianying Zhenjun, he was more relieved of Youhuan Zhenjun.


    With Youhuan Zhenjun in charge, old crane can finally leave at ease.


    Although he was wary of Ziyang holy sect and was very dissatisfied with the Xiao family, Meng Zhang had a good impression of old crane.


    He made a special trip to see him off, expressed his thanks to old crane and gave him a generous gift.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude satisfied old crane.


    He didn''t say much and left directly.


    After seeing off old crane, Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate and continued to close.


    He spent more than seven years in the blink of an eye in his closed practice.


    The qingkong jade crystal treated by the silk pulling mother-in-law is really easy to refine and absorb.


    Without much effort, Meng Zhang absorbed all the green empty jade crystals.


    His injuries not only completely healed, but also made up for the hidden dangers left in that year.


    The problem that has plagued Meng Zhang for many years has been solved so easily.


    He had a somewhat vain foundation and became very solid again.


    From then on, he could continue to practice and make progress like a normal later monk of Yuanshen.


    His cultivation, which had stagnated for many years, began to improve normally.


    This feeling of steady improvement of cultivation step by step is really wonderful.


    Meng Zhang was somewhat intoxicated with this feeling and was unwilling to leave the customs.


    However, he began to sit still when he thought that the situation outside was not peaceful, especially in the Daheng cultivation world, the magic disaster was still spreading.


    Meng Zhang had to end his seclusion and left the Taiyi gate.


    After more than seven years of closed door practice, Meng Zhang was almost reborn and ushered in a huge transformation.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to the Daheng cultivation world, but went outside the cloud and fog daze to visit Youhuan Zhenjun.


    Although Youhuan Zhenjun showed a look of refusing people thousands of miles away, she has been sitting outside the cloud and fog all these years.


    According to those friars of taiyimen who went to inspect around Yunwu daze. Although most of the foreign invaders in the fog and daze can''t keep out, from time to time, there are still a small group of demon families and even spirit families running out of it.


    Most of the demons are violent, and there are some hot tempered guys.


    After staying in one place for a long time, there are always many guys who can''t sit still and want to come out for activities.


    Outside the cloud and fog daze, in addition to the left behind monsters in the black jade forest and the barbarian tribes who take refuge in the Taiyi gate, there are many friars of the Taiyi gate and the Hanhai road alliance stationed.


    In the periphery of daze, there are often small-scale battles.


    Sometimes, when everyone fights, not only the scale of the battle will expand, but even the high-level friars on several sides will be involuntarily involved.


    Although Youhuan Zhenjun didn''t do it directly, he released the power of the yuan God several times to suppress foreign invaders in the clouds and fog, and frighten the monsters in the black jade forest. Let these temporary allies know that the Terran is the real master of Jiuqu province.


    Now that Youhuan Zhenjun has fulfilled his responsibilities, Meng Zhang is basically satisfied.


    Now it is less than three years since the agreed time expires. Meng Zhang has never talked to Youhuan Zhenjun alone.


    Although Meng Zhang paid a high price for hiring Youhuan Zhenjun, in essence, the two sides are a transaction.


    But Youhuan Zhenjun didn''t perfunctory and worked hard honestly. Meng Zhang was still a little grateful.


    Meng Zhang visited her this time. In addition to expressing his gratitude, he wanted to see if he could keep her for a few more years.


    Meng Zhang has recovered from his injury and made up his foundation. His combat effectiveness is much better than before.


    If the agreed time expires and Youhuan Zhenjun leaves, Meng Zhang will have to take her place outside the cloud and fog daze.


    Qianying Zhenjun has been in the Daheng cultivation world long enough.


    If Qianying Zhenjun also leaves, Meng Zhang will really have no skills.


    Meng Zhang must give priority to solving one problem while they are all there.


    Although daze of clouds and fog is next to taiyimen territory, it is closer. However, in the long run, Meng Zhang decided to give priority to solving the problems in the Dharma world.


    For one thing, these foreign invaders can''t keep out in the clouds and fog, so they have the advantage of location.


    Now taiyimen and Hanhai road alliance have limited strength, so it is difficult to enter the clouds and fog and completely eliminate foreign invaders.


    Second, Meng Zhang has always been full of deep caution for Mo qingzhenjun.


    Mo Qingzhen spent a lot of effort to drag Meng Zhang into the Jiuqu province. He must have a great plot in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But so far, Mo qingzhenjun has never appeared and made any action.


    The more so, Meng Zhang felt uneasy.


    He vaguely had a hunch that if Mo Qingzhen Jun didn''t move, he would make earth shaking movements.


    At that time, not only will there be havoc in the Daheng cultivation world, but also the Jiuqu provinces will be affected.


    Although this hunch has little basis, Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, will never ignore it.


    He needs Youhuan Zhenjun to continue to sit outside the cloud and fog. The longer the time, the better.


    He took advantage of this time to find out Mo Qingzhen''s plot first.


    After Meng Zhang left the taiyimen Mountain Gate, he sent it directly to the nearby destination.


    The residence of Youhuan Zhenjun is not a secret place.


    She built a temporary cave in the middle of a lake not far from the clouds and fog.


    On weekdays, she basically won''t leave here.


    For a long time, if the friars on the side of Taiyi gate encounter danger, they will take the initiative to run here and ask for help.


    The foreign invaders in the fog, whether ferocious demon clan or strange spirit clan, dare not get close to here easily.

 Chapter 1414

    Meng Zhang came over the lake and saw a small island in the middle of the lake below.


    On the island in the middle of the lake, there is a row of exquisite and small wooden houses.


    From a distance, it is quite interesting.


    Meng Zhang did not approach rashly, but announced his name and intention from a distance.


    "I''m Meng Zhang of the lower Taiyi gate. I''m here to visit you Huan Taoist friends."


    After Meng Zhang finished, he didn''t wait for any response for a long time.


    In his induction, in the wooden house below, a powerful breath was hidden and dormant quietly.


    Meng Zhang, who met Youhuan Zhenjun once, knew that this was the breath of Youhuan Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang was not dissatisfied with the other party''s neglect, but waited quietly in the air.


    Meng Zhang is now the one who asks for help. Naturally, he should be more polite.


    After a while, a cool female voice came from below.


    "Headmaster Meng, please come down."


    When invited, Meng Zhang landed on the island in the middle of the lake carefully.


    Whether it is the island in the middle of the lake or the wooden house above, there is no prohibition or the like.


    However, with the seat of the great friar Youhuan Zhenjun, it is enough to turn this place into a dragon pond and a tiger''s den.


    Meng Zhang was not worried that Youhuan Zhenjun was bad for himself, but kept a minimum of respect and discipline for unfamiliar monks.


    Meng Zhang had just landed, and Youhuan Zhenjun came out slowly from a wooden house.


    After Meng Zhang and Youhuan Zhenjun saw the ceremony, they thought about how to speak.


    He is not familiar with Youhuan Zhenjun, and Youhuan Zhenjun is such a bad temperament.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, Youhuan Zhenjun took the initiative to speak before he opened his mouth.


    Meng Zhang is a little strange about the topic of Youhuan Zhenjun.


    She didn''t say anything else, but asked about Meng Zhang''s contacts with YeYe and jueying.


    Fallen leaf immortal, well, it should be called fallen leaf Zhenjun now.


    Qianying Zhenjun told Meng Zhang a few years ago that immortal ye ye had already advanced to the yuan God period.


    Although he hasn''t seen them for many years, Meng Zhang still misses them very much.


    The two sides also met at the end of Meng Zhang''s life. Their teachers and disciples gave Meng Zhang a lot of great help.


    Their mentors and apprentices came from the black market under the dark League and had a close relationship with the dark League.


    Youhuan Zhenjun was also born in the dark League. It''s not surprising to know them.


    Even, Youhuan Zhenjun is likely to be their elders.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much, and their exchanges were no secret.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully and said everything he could.


    Of course, he didn''t say anything that shouldn''t be said.


    When Meng Zhang told these stories, Youhuan Zhenjun kept silent and listened silently.


    After Meng Zhang finished, Youhuan Zhenjun asked several questions about the two masters and disciples of deciduous and jueying.


    Meng Zhang didn''t feel malicious, so he answered honestly.


    Youhuan Zhenjun repeatedly asked for some details, which was obviously of great interest.


    Meng Zhang was patient and chatted with Youhuan Zhenjun for a long time.


    After talking about this topic, Youhuan Zhenjun fell into silence again.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what she means.


    Meng Zhang inquired tentatively whether Youhuan Zhenjun and the fallen leaf master and apprentice knew each other and what the relationship was.


    Youhuan Zhenjun didn''t answer Meng Zhang''s question, but turned the topic aside and asked Meng Zhang''s intention.


    Business matters. Meng Zhang ignored his curiosity and directly said his intention.


    Seeing that Youhuan Zhenjun has a good attitude, he has nothing to hide. He hopes that she will continue to sit in town outside the cloud and fog for a period of time, and the remuneration is easy to discuss.


    Youhuan Zhenjun promised to stay in town for ten years. Now the ten-year period has passed for more than seven years.


    Meng Zhang knew the difficulties of Mo Qingzhen and was worried that he could not solve the problem in a short time. Naturally, he hoped that the longer you Huanzhen stayed here, the better.


    Youhuan Zhenjun pondered for a moment and happily agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    Youhuan Zhenjun promises that after the expiration of ten years, she will continue to sit here for ten years.


    As for the remuneration, just follow the price agreed last time.


    Meng Zhang was relieved.


    With such a long time, it should be enough to solve the problem of Moqing Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to get close to Youhuan Zhenjun, but looking at her, Meng Zhang really couldn''t find any topic to talk about.


    After Youhuan Zhenjun gives his promise, he will end his conversation with Meng Zhang.


    There are all kinds of practitioners, and there are many people with strange personalities.


    Youhuan Zhenjun''s temperament is not particularly strange, and Meng Zhang can accept it.


    After saying goodbye to Youhuan Zhenjun, he took the initiative to leave.


    Youhuan Zhenjun looked at Meng Zhang''s back and wanted to stop talking. When Meng Zhang flew into the air, a word came into his ears.


    "Be careful, Qianying Zhenjun. Don''t get involved in the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance."


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang suddenly turned back.


    But Youhuan Zhenjun has entered the wooden house and obviously doesn''t want to say anything more.


    The contact time is not long. Meng Zhang has a little understanding of Youhuan Zhenjun''s temperament.


    She wouldn''t say anything she didn''t want to say.


    Since she didn''t want to say more, Meng Zhang had no choice but to leave.


    On the way back to taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang has been wondering what the sentence "Youhuan Zhenjun" means.


    Between Qianying Zhenjun and Meng Zhang, they are obviously more familiar. Moreover, he has been making good friends with Meng Zhang and only recently helped Meng Zhang a big favor.


    If it weren''t for Qianying Zhenjun, Meng Zhang couldn''t hire Youhuan Zhenjun and wouldn''t have the opportunity to contact her.


    However, Meng Zhang''s reminder to Youhuan Zhenjun will not be easily ignored.


    Now I have too little information to know the specific situation. Meng Zhang can only keep this reminder in mind.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate, he received a letter from Yang Xueyi, who was far away in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Zhenjun, the leader of Wanhe mountain, has something important to meet Meng Zhang. The sooner the better.


    Although he didn''t tell Yang Xueyi the details, from his words, he should have encountered something difficult and need to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Over the years, Shanji Zhenjun has been keeping in touch with Yang Xueyi secretly according to the previous agreement and passing her all kinds of information about Xiao Qiao.


    There is no problem with the authenticity of these information.


    This shows that ridge Zhenjun still attaches great importance to the cooperation with Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, ridge Zhenjun also has great utilization value.


    Now he just provides information. When he takes action in the future, the real king of the ridge is likely to become a great help.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to the requirements of the real king of the ridge.


    It must be no small matter when the grand leader of Wanhe mountain and the mid-term friars of Yuanshen need help.


    Meng Zhang did not neglect, and immediately transmitted it to the Daheng cultivation world.


    While leaving, he summoned Yang Xueyi and asked her to arrange a meeting between the two sides.

 Chapter 1415

    Under the arrangement of Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang met the long-awaited ridge Zhenjun smoothly.


    I haven''t seen you for many years. When we meet again, Zhenjun on the opposite ridge looks sad and makes no secret of it, giving people an unspeakable feeling of haggard.


    It seems that he is really troubled and full of sorrow.


    The last time Shanji Zhenjun and Meng Zhang met, they talked happily and had a good impression of each other.


    Meng Zhang even felt that in the miasma of the Daheng cultivation world, it was the blessing of the Wanhe mountain and the Daheng cultivation world to have a person like the real king of the ridge who knew the general and distinguished right from wrong.


    Meng Zhang was deeply impressed by the style and conversation of ridge Zhenjun at that time.


    Such an extraordinary character appeared in front of Meng Zhang with such a face. Meng Zhang was immediately alert. This was a big event.


    Although the ridge Zhenjun was very urgent, he still maintained a minimum demeanor.


    He did not hesitate to salute Meng Zhang, and even had time to chat.


    Anyway, as the leader of a school, he still has this patience.


    After Meng Zhang accompanied him for a few words, Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask what happened, which made him so anxious to ask for a meeting.


    You know, as the leader of Wanhe mountain, Mr. shanjizhen is regarded as a trusted assistant by Xiao Qiao.


    Not only does every move attract people''s attention on weekdays, but also many times, I have to deal with the childe brother Xiao Qiao. I don''t have much free time.


    He took time to meet Meng Zhang. It was not only difficult, but also at great risk.


    Once the clue is revealed, or the news is leaked, with Xiao Qiao''s temperament, he will not be spared, and Wanhe mountain will also be brutally suppressed and retaliated.


    Meng Zhang has asked actively, and the ridge Zhenjun can''t hold it at last.


    With a long sigh, he began to tell his origin.


    When he met Meng Zhang that year, he was reminded by Meng Zhang that he guessed that chongzhenjun, the big monk in the door, escaped by pretending to be dead.


    After parting from Meng Zhang, he immediately returned to the gate of Wanhe mountain as soon as possible and began to track down the whereabouts of shanchongzhenjun.


    Sure enough, as he guessed, the body of shanchong Zhenjun was destroyed, but the yuan God still existed.


    Moreover, the worst he imagined happened.


    In the deepest part of the gate of Wanhe mountain, thousands of feet deep underground, there is a special forbidden area.


    On weekdays, there are not only many prohibitions outside the forbidden area, but also the yuan God Zhenjun in the door takes turns to guard.


    Disciples of the sect, including true disciples and ordinary elders, are not qualified to get close to here.


    In the forbidden area, the biggest secret of Wanhe mountain is hidden, and it is also the biggest card for Wanhe mountain to become one of the giants of Daheng cultivation world.


    There is a special god stone.


    This divine stone has absorbed the Qi of the earth evil spirit for many years. Every once in a while, it will spit out a special stone tire.


    The perfect cultivator in the golden elixir period can refine and absorb such stone foetuses when impacting the Yuanshen period, which can greatly increase the probability of successful impact.


    Over the years, relying on this divine stone, the yuan God Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain has never been cut off.


    Moreover, the number of Yuanshen Zhenjun in Wanhe mountain remains stable all year round, and more than ten Yuanshen Zhenjun often exist.


    If not for the limited production of stone tires, perhaps Wanhe mountain has dominated the whole Daheng cultivation world with the continuous birth of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help looking at the ridge Zhenjun deeply.


    This sacred stone is the inside story of Wanhe mountain.


    Now taiyimen lacks such details.


    The friar who really supports the facade of a Yuanshen sect door is the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door.


    The number of Yuanshen Zhenjun determines the status and strength of the sect.


    Once there is a fault in Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if it is a sect that has been inherited for a long time, it will be in danger of collapse.


    The cultivation of truth depends on each person''s talent and qualification. There are many foreign objects that can also help practitioners break through the period of Yuanshen.


    With the divine stone in Wanhe mountain, we can produce the yuan God Zhen Jun stably and continuously.


    Even if the sect suffered heavy losses, it was only a temporary setback.


    When the new Yuanshen Zhenjun was born slowly, the strength of zongmen could be gradually restored.


    In contrast to the current Taiyi gate, the number of Yuan gods in the gate is very limited, except for outsiders such as Jin Lizhen and he Luozhen.


    The real talented disciples, the younger generation with the ability to break through the original God, are limited.


    Although taiyimen can exchange various channels in the heavenly palace for some auxiliary treasures that can help break through the Yuanshen period.


    However, the source is not stable, and there is no guarantee that it will be available when needed. And the cost is huge and the effect is average.


    With their own ability to collect, it is even more difficult.


    Although Taiyi gate is booming now, there are hidden worries in the hearts of middle and high-level officials like Meng Zhang.


    It''s rare for talented disciples to help break through the treasures of the yuan God.


    So far, taiyimen can''t say that it can stably cultivate Yuanshen friars.


    If you are unlucky, the older generation of friars will wither and the younger generation of disciples will lose their morale, the fault of friars in Yuanshen period may exist.


    Therefore, when the ridge Zhenjun said the treasure of Wanhe mountain, although Meng Zhang knew that he should not, he still had greed in his heart.


    Ridge Zhenjun probably knows the truth that treasures move people''s hearts.


    If the news of this treasure owned by Wanhe mountain is spread, it may lead to competition from many Yuanshen sects.


    If it were not a last resort, he would not take the initiative to disclose the secret to Meng Zhang.


    He even hastily added some disadvantages of the treasure.


    This divine stone is not born out of nothing. It needs to be supported by various precious materials, including all kinds of heaven and earth treasures.


    Supporting this sacred stone has long been a heavy burden that has plagued Wanhe mountain for many years.


    The stone fetuses produced by divine stone are not only limited in number, but also have the same general effect.


    It doesn''t mean that after refining and absorbing this stone embryo, the cultivator will certainly break through to the Yuanshen period, but it just increases the probability.


    Moreover, only those who practice Wanhe mountain skill can give full play to the effect of stone fetus.


    If you are a cultivator of other martial arts, even if you absorb and refine the stone tire, the effect will be greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang listened to the supplement of ridge Zhenjun and said that it was normal.


    If there is no limit at all, this divine stone is too rebellious.


    I''m afraid even those holy places will fight for such treasures regardless of their faces.


    Even with all kinds of restrictions, this divine stone still has extraordinary effect.


    Especially for a sect, it is of great significance. It can be used as the foundation and inheritance treasure of a sect.

 Chapter 1416

    For practitioners, breaking through the yuan Shen period is a great difficulty.


    Once the Yuanshen is achieved, it will usher in a leap in longevity, accomplishments and status.


    Even if they can only increase their chances a little, they are often willing to pay all the price.


    You know, treasures that can help break through the Yuanshen period, including pills, are very rare in the cultivation world.


    If the Taiyi gate didn''t have the channel of the heavenly palace, it really couldn''t get such treasures occasionally.


    For example, an Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, as a fourth-order alchemist, can refine many fourth-order pills.


    Taiyi sect concentrates the power of the whole sect and collects all kinds of danfang for it.


    However, even if taiyimen tried his best, he couldn''t collect the danfang that could help break through the Yuanshen period.


    Such danfang is often in the hands of the Holy Land Sect.


    On weekdays, at most a small amount of such pills appear on the market.


    Every time such pills appear, they will be quickly robbed.


    As for danfang, it will never appear on the market.


    If Taiyi sect can own the sacred stone of Wanhe mountain, it will really lay the foundation of the sect for thousands of years.


    At this moment, even with Meng Zhang''s mind, he couldn''t help thinking of killing and seizing treasure.


    He didn''t need this stone for a long time.


    However, as the leader of a sect, he has to think about the disciples and the future of the sect.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang remained calm. In fact, it was not easy to suppress his evil thoughts and continue to talk to ridge Zhenjun.


    Looking at Meng Zhang as if nothing had happened, ridge Zhenjun secretly sighed and continued to talk.


    When shanchongzhenjun held the power of Wanhe mountain, this divine stone was naturally in the hands of the people and horses of shanchongzhenjun.


    Even if ridge Zhenjun is the leader of Wanhe mountain, he is not qualified to ask about God stone.


    Of course, anyone with a little brain knows the importance of this divine stone.


    After the ridge true king mastered the power of Wanhe mountain, according to the ridge true king, the stone fetus produced by that divine stone not only helped Wanhe mountain friars break through the yuan God period, but also had the function of warming and nourishing the yuan God.


    In addition, the ridge Zhenjun also vaguely knows that after the direct refining of this divine stone, it can help the yuan God friar reshape his flesh.


    However, this divine stone is related to the foundation of Wanhe mountain. The friars in the door will never allow anyone to make such use of the divine stone.


    If someone really dares to do so, they will immediately attack them up and down the door.


    Ridge Zhenjun thought of Shanzhong. Zhenjun has always been selfish.


    After his separation from Meng Zhang, he rushed back to Wanhe mountain as soon as possible and came to the forbidden area where the God stone was placed.


    At first, Zhenjun at the back of the mountain, who guarded the God stone, did not allow the leader Zhenjun at the ridge to approach the forbidden area.


    Ridge Zhenjun immediately knew that the situation was wrong. Seeing that the leader''s majesty could not hold back Shanbei Zhenjun, he had to start with him.


    Both of them were monks in the middle period of Yuanshen, and they fought hard for a moment.


    Fortunately, both of them were worried about too much damage to the surrounding area, accidentally damaged the divine stone, and they were very measured.


    After falling downwind, Shanbei Zhenjun had to give way and let the ridge Zhenjun rush to the God stone.


    Seeing the divine stone, the ridge Zhenjun finally knew that the worst guess in his heart had come true.


    The original God of mountain chongzhenjun has already sneaked into the divine stone and is trying to refine the divine stone.


    Whether it''s xiaoyidayi or pleading with the future of the sect, ridge Zhenjun can''t stop shanchongzhenjun.


    Ridge Zhenjun wants to expel mountain chongzhenjun, but there is a mountain back next to him, and he is more worried about damaging the divine stone in the process of doing it.


    The original God of mountain Chongzhen king is in the divine stone and protects himself through the divine stone.


    The ridge of the rat repellent, Zhenjun tried all means, but he couldn''t stop the mountain from weighing Zhenjun.


    Ridge Zhenjun also wanted to summon other monks in the door to besiege shanchongzhenjun.


    But a large part of the power of Wanhe mountain is now working under Xiao Qiao.


    If we rashly mobilize this part of power, it will certainly arouse Xiao Qiao''s suspicion.


    Everything about the divine stone is very important. The real king of the ridge really can''t believe the character of Xiao Qiao.


    The holy door of Ziyang holy sect, although it seems to be the leader of the right way, is high above the top and aboveboard on weekdays.


    However, after discovering the treasure, they will also kill and seize the treasure.


    Meng Zhang recognized the guard of ridge Zhenjun against Xiaoqiao and Ziyang Shengzong.


    In addition, the original God of shanchongzhenjun has the cover of the divine stone. It is difficult to expel him without hurting the divine stone by ordinary means.


    Fortunately, this divine stone is not so easy to refine. Even the yuan God of a great friar like shanchongzhenjun can''t refine this divine stone overnight.


    It is precisely because it is found that the progress of refining God stone by the mountain heavy Zhenjun is slow that the ridge Zhenjun has enough time to plan slowly.


    In the middle, he can even spend a lot of time dealing with Xiao bridge.


    Although the speed of refining God stone by the yuan God of Shanzhong Zhenjun is very slow, with the accumulated time, he always has the day of success.


    If we let him achieve his goal, the foundation of Wanhe mountain will be completely cut off.


    As the leader of a sect, ridge Zhenjun will never allow this to happen.


    However, he himself, and even the internal forces of Wanhe mountain, can no longer solve this problem.


    Think about it and try everything. Recently, with the acceleration of refining divine stone by Shanzhong Zhenjun, Shanji Zhenjun had to make a difficult decision and had to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Before he met Meng Zhang, he knew clearly that there was a great risk for Meng Zhang to know the secret.


    If Meng Zhang covets this divine stone, Wanhe mountain will usher in a terrible opponent in the case of civil strife.


    But there is no other good way for the ridge Zhenjun.


    In contrast, asking Meng Zhang for help is the best of all choices.

 Chapter 1417

    Meng Zhang killed shanchongzhen Jun''s body that year, and he was the great enemy of shanchongzhen Jun''s life and death.


    I will never forget such hatred with the mind of mountain Chongzhen king.


    Once the strength is restored, most of them will continue to be enemies with Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, he also didn''t want to see a big monk in the later stage of Yuanshen eyeing himself.


    He is not afraid of shanchongzhenjun, but he will worry that shanchongzhenjun will hurt Taiyi disciples.


    Among the practitioners in the nearby area, Meng Zhang''s wind rating is quite good.


    Although he had a black history of changing his family and betraying the old master many times, this is the normal state of the cultivation world and the way of survival that all cultivation forces have to follow.


    In that case, anyone in the cultivation world, including the real king of ridge, would make the same choice as Meng Zhang.


    In general, Meng Zhang is a man of his word.


    He is not particularly greedy, and he is not ferocious.


    In many cases, he is very reasonable.


    As a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he has excellent skills and should have enough means to help.


    Most importantly, in order to ask Meng Zhang for help, yamajizhenjun made a condition that Meng Zhang could not refuse.


    As long as Meng Zhang helps to expel the yuan God of mountain Chongzhen king, from then on, Wanhe mountain will automatically become the vassal of Taiyi gate, and only Taiyi gate will take the lead in everything.


    Most importantly, the stone fetus produced by the divine stone, Wanhe mountain, will pay half of the tribute to Taiyi gate.


    As for the worship and maintenance of sacred stones, Wanhe mountain is naturally responsible.


    If taiyimen is not at ease, they can send friars and Wanheshan friars to guard the divine stone and supervise the output and distribution of stone tires.


    Ridge Zhenjun didn''t seem to be ready to bargain. As soon as he came up, he burst out the reserve price of Wanhe mountain.


    He even hinted that Meng Zhang had a way to worship and maintain the divine stone.


    It took thousands of years for Wanhe mountain to figure out this way.


    If you don''t do it properly, the production of stone tire by divine stone will be greatly affected.


    For Meng Zhang, the offer made by ridge Zhenjun seems very sincere.


    If Meng Zhang is insatiable and really wants to monopolize this divine stone, Wanhe mountain will not agree, and the two sides will only shoot and scatter.


    Taiyimen has nothing to gain except a great enemy of life and death.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t want to help, then ridge Zhenjun can only try to ask for help from other monks, just take more risks.


    Even, ridge Zhenjun went to Ziyang Shengzong for help and offered the same conditions, which Ziyang Shengzong is likely to accept.


    Meng Zhang agreed to do it this time. Taiyimen doesn''t have to do anything. Lying down can get half of the output of the divine stone.


    Even the stone foetus produced by divine stone is not so effective for monks outside Wanhe mountain.


    But it''s still that sentence. For those who practice truth, it''s extremely valuable to improve a little help and help them break through the Yuanshen period.


    In terms of the current situation in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, it is of inestimable significance for a sect like Wanhe mountain to completely take refuge.


    In recent years, Wanhe mountain has acted badly and suffered great losses. Even the only big monk in the door has been lost.


    But anyway, Wanhe mountain has always been one of the four giants in the Daheng cultivation world.


    A rotten boat has three nails, and a skinny camel is bigger than a horse.


    The foundation of Wanhe mountain is deeper than the current Taiyi gate. Maybe there is some hidden strength.


    With the full help of Wanhe mountain, taiyimen not only has a greater assurance that it can quell the magic disaster, but also can get more benefits in the Daheng cultivation world with the help of the strength and reputation of Wanhe mountain.


    Even after taiyimen ruled the Jiuqu Province, it still had the opportunity to dominate the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang is also an ambitious figure. He is not willing to be a vassal all his life.


    He''s really fed up with the experience that he has a master on his head and his fate can''t be independent.


    In order to master their own destiny, in addition to continuously improving their own strength, the whole taiyimen also needs to have more powerful power.


    Now Dali is entangled with the emperor and Ziyang Shengzong. No one has too much energy to care about such a small role as taiyimen.


    This valuable window period is a good time for taiyimen to develop rapidly and strive to expand itself.


    This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. If you miss this village, you won''t have this store.


    As long as we master the two vast areas of Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, we have enough time to develop.


    I dare not say anything else. At least both Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong will be afraid of Taiyi gate in the future and can''t do whatever they want.


    After listening to the conditions offered by the ridge Zhenjun, Meng Zhang did not rush to agree, but thought carefully and weighed the pros and cons repeatedly.


    Ridge Zhenjun was so sincere that he deeply moved Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang really can''t find any excuse to refuse.


    Meng Zhang also thought of the situation of Wanhe mountain and took into account the feeling of Zhenjun on the ridge.


    Since there are still many places that need the help of Wanhe mountain in the future, Meng Zhang can''t oppress it too hard.


    The conditions put forward by ridge Zhenjun are really suitable.


    Finally, Meng Zhang agreed to the terms offered by Shanji Zhenjun and was willing to help him expel shanchong Zhenjun.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun thought that under the cover of God stone, he could make the ridge Zhenjun helpless.


    However, Meng Zhang, a great friar with brilliant inheritance and extraordinary skills, had more than one way to expel and even capture the original God of Shanzhong Zhenjun without hurting the divine stone after listening to the details introduced by Shanji Zhenjun.


    There are great differences in all aspects between the monks in the late Yuanshen period and the middle Yuanshen period.


    For Meng Zhang, the problem that has plagued the ridge Zhenjun for many years is not unanswered.


    Although shanchongzhenjun was once a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he lost his body and left only Yuanshen. He had no ability to fight Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang killed his body, although he had just broken through the later stage of the yuan God, Shan Chongzhen was seriously injured by the devil''s foetus, and his state was very poor.


    Now Meng Zhang will stop talking about martial virtue again and take advantage of it.


    Normally speaking, ridge Zhenjun has offered such rich conditions. In order to ensure that he will keep his promise in the future, Meng Zhang needs some guarantee.


    For example, ask the real king of the ridge to take an oath that he will not break the contract.


    But this time Meng Zhang was simply generous and decided to clean up the yuan God of shanchongzhenjun first, and then deal with other things slowly.


    After all, half of the production of that divine stone has been regarded by Meng Zhang as his own. Of course, he should expel the yuan God of shanchongzhenjun as soon as possible to prevent him from damaging the God stone.


    If we discuss the details of Wanhe mountain''s submission to Taiyi gate now, we need the monks of both sides to talk slowly and spend a lot of time.


    It was a long dream at night. Fearing that the divine stone would be damaged, Meng Zhang decided to do things first.

 Chapter 1418

    People like Meng Zhang and Shanji Zhenjun will not easily break their official commitments.


    Meng Zhang was very confident and decided that the ridge Zhenjun didn''t dare to fool himself. Later, he turned his face and didn''t admit it.


    After the two have talked, the remaining details can be discussed slowly by the senior management of both sides in the future.


    Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi said hello, explained briefly, and set off with ridge Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has never been to Wanhe mountain before. He is not familiar with the terrain there. When performing the art of space transmission, he can''t find a familiar landmark.


    So when he took the real king of the ridge to transmit together, the effect was greatly reduced.


    The distance transmitted each time is limited and cannot be transmitted continuously. It also takes time to locate slowly in the middle.


    Although a little anxious, Meng Zhang still had to spend a lot of time on his way.


    Wanhe mountain is located in the southernmost part of the Daheng cultivation world and stands in opposition to the other three giants.


    Of course, after the accident at home, there was one less giant family.


    The gate of Wanhe mountain is the main vein of Daheng mountain.


    Here, the mountains are high and the forests are dense, and the magnificent mountains are towering and continuous.


    Among the many mountains, there are countless undulating peaks.


    The main vein of the Daheng mountains and the surrounding vast area are the ruling scope of Wanhe mountain.


    After the outbreak of the magic disaster, Wanhe mountain narrowed its defense range, and many vassal cultivation forces and strongholds in the periphery were abandoned one after another.


    The main defensive range of Wanhe mountain has been reduced to the area around the mountain gate.


    The loss of intermediate population and various resources is simply incalculable.


    This is the decision made by Shanzhong Zhenjun when he was in control of Wanhe mountain.


    The main purpose is to reduce the direct conflict with demons and try to preserve the strength of Wanhe mountain.


    Ridge Zhenjun is highly opposed to this, but he has nothing to do.


    After Ridge Zhenjun came to power, he faced too many difficulties. It is also difficult to change this situation.


    SONGFENG sect took the opportunity to suppress Wanhe mountain.


    A large number of monks in Wanhe mountain were recruited under Xiao Qiao''s command.


    We have to wait until we defeat the main force of demons before we can slowly clean up the demons entrenched everywhere.


    Ridge Zhenjun doesn''t want to start a war with demons around Wanhe mountain at this time.


    Meng Zhang and ridge Zhenjun teleported to a place not far from the gate of Wanhe mountain, and began to fly over the last part of the journey.


    Around the gate of Wanhe mountain, there are many large and small camps.


    Fleeing mortals and practitioners filled these camps.


    Both mortals and practitioners believe that only around the giant zongmen such as Wanhe mountain is the last safe area in the great horizontal cultivation world ravaged by magic disasters.


    Of course, it is too far away from the area where maple leaf mountain city is located. The refugees neither know the news there nor have the ability to cross most of the great horizontal cultivation world to go there.


    Although the monk of Wanheshan did not expel these refugees, he would not easily accept them.


    At most, the friars of some vassal forces closely related to Wanhe mountain can take refuge in the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    In fact, allowing those refugees to take refuge around the mountain gate was the result of the original ridge Zhenjun''s strong insistence.


    When flying over these camps, he saw Meng Zhang looking down at the ridge. Zhenjun couldn''t help but say a few more words.


    He did not show his merit for himself, but to explain the difficulties faced by Wanhe mountain.


    They flew to the periphery of a foggy area.


    This is the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    Needless to say, the gate of Wanhe mountain must be guarded by a very powerful four-level mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang''s knowledge of the array was average. He didn''t recognize the origin of the mountain protection array in front of him.


    However, with his eyesight today, he only glanced a few times and knew the general power of the mountain protection array.


    Even when he used his destructive magic eye, he could vaguely see some situations inside the mountain protection array.


    Wanhe mountain is indeed a giant sect with a long history, and its details are far above today''s Taiyi gate.


    Although Wanhe mountain does not have its own blessed land, there are many third-order spiritual veins in the area where its mountain gate is located, which can provide very abundant aura.


    Of course, because there is no blessed land, Wanhe mountain also needs to pay additional resources to maintain the four-level mountain protection array guarding the mountain gate.


    With a ridge, the leader Zhenjun led the way. They easily passed through the mountain protection array and entered the mountain gate.


    The mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain is unique, just like the name of zongmen, like countless mountains and gullies, which divides the whole mountain gate into many levels.


    The outermost floors are inhabited by the external disciples of Wanhe mountain and the friars of vassal forces.


    As we went deep into the interior of the mountain gate, various important buildings began to appear slowly.


    Inner disciples, true disciples, elders, etc. are all located in the inner layer.


    Ridge Zhenjun probably kept it a secret. He didn''t take Meng Zhang to the main gate. After entering the mountain protection array, they entered the core of the mountain gate along a secret channel.


    He led Meng zhangfei into a main hall, and then they performed the art of earth hiding and fled all the way down.


    At the bottom of Wanhe mountain, there is a unique cave.


    There are not only many prohibitions, but also special monks are responsible for defense every distance.


    The worst of these friars are the friars at the beginning of the golden elixir. With the help of prohibition and array, they can resist the attack of the yuan God Zhenjun a little. At least they can send an alarm to prevent the invaders from sneaking in silently.


    According to the real king of the ridge, the divine stone must be hidden deep underground to ensure the daily absorption of the earth''s evil Qi.


    In addition, the ancestors of Wanhe mountain also laid a large array under the surrounding ground to gather the power of the earth vein for warming and nourishing this divine stone.


    Since the underground is so important, of course, Wanhe mountain should always maintain a strong guard force.


    Even if the outside is tight and needs manpower, Wanhe mountain will not easily use the guard force here.


    Most of the guard friars were surprised to see the ridge Zhenjun coming with Meng Zhang.


    Ridge Zhenjun has been the leader for many years. A few years ago, he personally took charge of the power of the sect.


    Even if these guard friars were confused, they didn''t dare to question him easily, so they had to let them pass


    They dived thousands of feet underground. After many checkpoints, they finally entered a huge underground tunnel.


    The underground tunnel connects several huge stone caves.


    Ridge Zhenjun led Meng Zhang along the tunnel to the outside of a stone cave.


    Outside the cave, a middle-aged Taoist sat cross legged and looked coldly at the coming ridge, Zhenjun and Meng Zhang.


    "Headmaster, don''t you know this is a forbidden area?"


    "What do you mean by bringing outsiders here? Is it to betray the sect?"


    This middle-aged Taoist is probably the real gentleman on the back of the mountain mentioned by the real gentleman on the ridge.


    He questioned the leader of the sect without any mercy in front of outsiders. This man is really a close friend of shanchongzhenjun.

 Chapter 1419

    The true king on the back of the mountain who guards the God stone used to be a member of the true king of the mountain.


    Although this person has always been low-key, he is the real confidant of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    Otherwise, Shanzhong Zhenjun won''t let him guard the God stone.


    After Shanzhong Zhenjun''s body is broken, his original God will not hide in the God stone under his cover.


    Ridge Zhenjun hates that his family didn''t find out the details of Shanbei Zhenjun earlier. He just regarded him as an ordinary supporter of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    He thought that as his family really took charge of Wanhe mountain, the real king on the back of the mountain would sooner or later surrender to his leader.


    But the truth is that Shanbei Zhenjun is the real confidant of Shanzhong Zhenjun, and his trust level is higher than that of Shanliang Zhenjun.


    Before departure, ridge Zhenjun, like Meng Zhang, introduced the situation here and discussed the countermeasures.


    As a staunch supporter of shanchong Zhenjun, Shanbei Zhenjun will never watch Meng Zhang go to deal with shanchong Zhenjun.


    As the leader of Wanhe mountain, Zhenjun on the ridge obviously can''t help the mountain, so Zhenjun on the back of the mountain can let him close to the divine stone.


    However, if the ridge Zhenjun takes outsiders to the past, the mountain back Zhenjun, who is responsible for guarding the God stone, will definitely come out to block it.


    In order not to leave too much warning time for Shanbei Zhenjun, when he got to the place, Shanji Zhenjun would try his best to entangle Shanbei Zhenjun, and then Meng Zhang took the opportunity to rush to the God stone to solve shanchong Zhenjun''s original God.


    Now facing the question of Shanbei Zhenjun, the ridge Zhenjun who had been prepared for a long time made a bold move.


    An illusory mountain peak appeared in the air, and then pressed heavily against Zhenjun at the back of the mountain.


    The ridge real gentleman didn''t say a word, so he suddenly shot, which didn''t surprise the mountain back real gentleman.


    The shadow of a mountain peak also appeared on Zhenjun''s back, blocking the falling attack.


    Shanliang Zhenjun, who was trying his best to suppress Shanbei Zhenjun, shouted at Meng Zhang.


    "Come on, now."


    According to the previously discussed plan, Meng Zhang should immediately rush into the cave in front of him and try his best to expel the yuan God of shanchongzhenjun.


    There is no portal in front of the cave, which is only tens of feet away from Meng Zhang.


    Standing in Meng Zhang''s position, you can see the general situation inside.


    A huge stone ten feet high, like a hill, stands quietly in the middle of the cave.


    In front of the boulder, there is an equally huge altar.


    Around the boulder, there is a layer of prohibition, which is clearly the prohibition of the patron saint stone.


    With the cultivation of Meng Zhang, you can approach the God stone with one step, and then start to cast a spell to expel the yuan God of the mountain Chongzhen king.


    But Meng Zhang, who should have taken the time and started immediately, did not know why. He suddenly hesitated and stood still.


    The ridge Zhenjun, who was trying to suppress the mountain back Zhenjun, found that there was no news of Meng Zhang''s action. He quickly turned his head and looked at Meng Zhang. His face was puzzled.


    His hasty eyes were obvious, and it was obvious that he was really worried.


    Meng Zhang remained motionless, stared carefully at the front, and then looked around again.


    Facing the eyes of the real gentleman on the ridge, Meng Zhang showed a mocking color on his face.


    Ridge Zhenjun secretly screamed that he was not good. He was preparing to take action, but Meng Zhang took the first step.


    A sword light flashed in the air, and the taiyimen sub lightsaber suddenly killed Zhenjun on the back of the mountain who was in a stalemate with Zhenjun on the ridge.


    The original plan was not like this. The ridge Zhenjun almost couldn''t help roaring.


    Meng Zhang didn''t act according to the plan, but suddenly attacked Shanbei Zhenjun, which was really beyond the expectation of Shanji Zhenjun.


    Shanbei Zhenjun was also unprepared. Facing Meng Zhang''s almost sneak attack, he tried to parry.


    Another mountain shadow appeared in front of him, blocking the attack direction of taiyifen lightsaber.


    The sword light is divided, and the sword light is thousands of. Countless sword lights are killed on the illusory mountain peak, cut it into pieces and disappear.


    "Headmaster Meng, what are you going to do?" ridge Zhenjun asked in surprise.


    Meng Zhang ignored the question of the real king on the ridge. After Taiyi cut the unreal peak with a lightsaber, he continued to kill the real king on the back of the mountain.


    A whip and a flying sword flew from Zhenjun on the back of the mountain. At the same time, they met the taiyifen lightsaber and blocked it temporarily.


    He gave a violent drink to Zhenjun on the ridge.


    "Fool, you have long been seen through. What are you talking about there?"


    Shanbei Zhenjun''s drinking and scolding made Shanji Zhenjun throw away the last trace of fantasy in his heart.


    He looked a little pale and hesitated obviously.


    Then he withdrew his attack on the real king at the back of the mountain and drove the illusory mountain peak to Meng Zhang.


    Ridge Zhenjun really couldn''t figure out where he was exposed, but Meng Zhang found out.


    He even quickly recalled his meeting with Meng Zhang and confirmed that he really did his best to cover it up.


    Facing the attack of Zhenjun on the ridge, a black and a white airflow rose behind Meng Zhang, holding the pressed mountain.


    His main attack target was clear from beginning to end, that is, the real king on the back of the mountain.


    For the ridge Zhenjun, he put aside for the time being and was not busy cleaning up.


    He urged the spirit snake spear to turn into a swimming dragon. Suddenly, he crossed a distance of tens of feet and stabbed at the back of Zhenjun on the back of the mountain.


    Ordinary friars in the middle of Yuanshen can parry and fight against the big friars in the later stage of Yuanshen, even if they are not opponents.


    Shanbei Zhenjun is not an ordinary mid-term monk of Yuanshen. He can resist one or two even in the face of Meng Zhang.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang made a sneak attack regardless of his identity at the beginning, and then completely mastered the rhythm of the battle.


    Step by step, step by step. From the beginning, Shanbei Zhenjun fell into passivity. He could only passively Parry Meng Zhang''s attack and could not make an effective counterattack at all.


    Taiyi is divided into lightsaber and spirit snake spear, one bright and one dark, one positive and one strange, showing the true meaning of yin and Yang.


    Taiyi''s lightsaber forced him to the disadvantage, and the sneak attack of spirit snake spear made him unavoidable.


    All the body protecting spells and apparatuses of Shanbei Zhenjun were easily pierced in front of the invincible spirit snake spear.


    There is a big hole the size of a bowl in the back of Shanbei Zhenjun. His violent killing power easily destroyed his body.


    A virtual shadow broke out from the body of Zhenjun on the back of the mountain. It had just flown into the air and was preparing to escape. The surrounding space seemed to solidify and bound it firmly in the air.


    Meng Zhang urged Yin and Yang, easily parried the attack of Zhenjun on the ridge, and stared at the yuan God bound by Zhenjun on the back of the mountain.


    "Sure enough, the mountain is heavy, old man. The outer incarnation you refined is really good."


    "The strength in the middle period of Yuanshen is not worth mentioning. But these hiding skills are somewhat interesting."


    "If you change a person, you really can''t see that the so-called real gentleman on the back of the mountain is the incarnation of your old son."

 Chapter 1420

    It should be said that the performance of ridge Zhenjun was very successful.


    From the beginning to the end, Meng Zhang had no doubt about him.


    What ridge Zhenjun told Meng Zhang is not entirely a lie.


    At least he said everything he could about the divine stone.


    The gratitude and resentment between him and Shanzhong Zhenjun, and the power struggle within Wanhe mountain, are even more true facts.


    This practice of mixing a few lies with most of the truth perfectly hides his purpose.


    Because the effect of the divine stone was so magical, Meng Zhang couldn''t help being greedy.


    When he was greedy, he was somewhat blinded by profit, and his judgment decreased. He fully believed everything that ridge Zhenjun said.


    Even if there is a flaw in the words of ridge Zhenjun, he will spontaneously make up for it and take the initiative to find an explanation.


    Therefore, at all times and in all over the world, most of the people who were deceived were greedy.


    Meng Zhang followed the real gentleman on the ridge and arrived at this place. He didn''t have any doubt until he saw the real gentleman on the back of the mountain.


    However, at the moment of seeing the true king on the back of the mountain, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense from the master of heaven was touched and began to give a spontaneous warning in his heart.


    Since there was an alarm in his heart, Meng Zhang naturally became alert and began to observe everything carefully.


    With his cultivation and eyesight at this time, he didn''t need to show his false magic eyes. As long as he settled down and looked carefully, he soon found several flaws.


    One of the biggest flaws is Shanbei Zhenjun.


    After Meng Zhang became a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he met Shanbei Zhenjun. On the surface, he and shanchong Zhenjun were brothers, and they were two independent individuals.


    However, Meng Zhang''s sensitivity is incomparable, far beyond the imagination of Shan Chongzhen Jun and others.


    In particular, his spiritual sense as a Heavenly Master not only has the divine effect of early warning, but also can sense many things that are difficult for other practitioners to sense.


    Relying on the unique spiritual sense of Tianji master, his sensing ability can often catch up with friars in the period of Yang God.


    The breath of Shanbei Zhenjun hidden in the depths of Yuanshen is almost the same as that of shanchong Zhenjun recorded by Meng Zhang.


    After discovering this, Meng Zhang immediately thought of the biggest possibility.


    Shanbei Zhenjun is not an independent individual, but the incarnation of Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang himself had refined Taimiao''s outer incarnation. He had also seen the outer incarnation of other yuan God Zhenjun.


    Shanbei Zhenjun is nominally the younger martial brother of shanchong Zhenjun, but actually the incarnation of shanchong Zhenjun.


    This is indeed surprising, but it is not unacceptable.


    Even after discovering this, Meng Zhang did not immediately doubt the real king of the ridge.


    Perhaps, yamajizhenjun was also kept in the dark and didn''t know it at all.


    Perhaps, even if he knew it, he didn''t take it as a great event.


    But since he found something he didn''t know before, Meng Zhang had to keep an eye on it and have a good look to see if there were any other accidents.


    With precautions in mind, Meng Zhang soon made new discoveries.


    In his spiritual sense, the seemingly ordinary cave in front of him was like a beast that ate people, with an inexplicable fierce breath.


    Meng Zhang even had a hunch that if he really acted according to the original plan and rushed into the cave in a hurry, he was afraid that great danger would come to him.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can finally determine that there is fraud in this matter.


    With the urging of ridge Zhenjun, he finally put aside his greed and recovered his mind.


    Ridge Zhenjun used a trick to lead himself here. They clearly had a premeditation.


    With Meng Zhang''s mind, once he saw through the other party''s layout, he immediately made a move without hesitation.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang is nervous and kills the wrong person, so what?


    When wandering the cultivation world, be careful.


    I''d rather kill three thousand by mistake than risk myself.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang is not mistaken, let alone neurotic.


    Meng Zhang had time to deal with the real king on the ridge after the power of space imprisoned the original God of the real king on the back of the mountain, that is, the distraction of the heavy real king on the mountain.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry to kill the real king on the ridge, and is ready to capture him.


    In his heart, there are still some questions that need to be answered by ridge Zhenjun.


    Although he is still mocking Shanzhong Zhenjun, Meng Zhang has shot at Shanji Zhenjun.


    The Yin and Yang Qi He released easily ground the illusory peaks released by the real king of the ridge, and circled and rolled towards the real king of the ridge.


    Just a monk in the middle of the yuan God, he is confident enough to easily take it down and catch it alive.


    Now that Meng Zhang has seen through the trap, ridge Zhenjun will no longer talk nonsense.


    He tried his best to parry Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Meng Zhang, who easily suppressed the real king on the ridge, was distracted by the mountain heavy real king, so he slowly flew to him.


    Although distraction is not the Buddha, there may not be much information.


    However, Meng Zhang is still ready to perform the soul searching technique and check it thoroughly to see if there is any harvest.


    While doing these things, Meng Zhang''s eyes kept staring at the huge stone in front of him.


    The original God of the mountain Chongzhen king has been hidden in his boulder.


    Meng Zhang has cast the so-called divine stone and found its existence.


    The last time I killed your body, your God escaped the day of birth.


    You old man don''t hide and survive. You still want to calculate yourself. You really don''t know what to do.


    Today, we will eliminate all evils and completely solve you old fellow.


    Meng Zhang made a silent announcement in his heart.


    Shan Chongzhen Jun was distracted by Meng Zhang and tried to explode many times.


    But how could Meng Zhang, who had already prepared, let him succeed easily.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of the space avenue to make an invisible space cage, which imprisoned all the distracted actions.


    Don''t say it''s self explosion. This distraction can''t even turn a thought.


    This distracter came to Meng Zhang, who was ready to release the power of the yuan God to explore its interior.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang felt a chill and immediately stopped his action.


    At this time, Meng Zhang made a new discovery.


    This distracted interior has been eroded by a kind of evil spirit.


    For Taoist friars like Meng Zhang, the smell of the devil''s way stinks so much that they don''t want to be easily offended.


    The most important thing is that once the original God of a friar is eroded by the smell of magic, it will change slowly until it is completely demonized.


    At the thought of the collusion between the practitioners and the devil in the Daheng cultivation world, shanchongzhenjun even secretly kept the devil fetus.


    It''s not surprising that his original God was eroded by the smell of the devil''s way.


    But in this way, Meng Zhang can''t search the soul.

 Chapter 1421

    If Meng Zhang rashly uses the power of the yuan God to contact the yuan God of the true king on the back of the mountain, his own yuan God power may be polluted by the smell of the devil Road, which is very troublesome.


    Moreover, after the distraction of shanchongzhenjun was eroded by the smell of the devil''s way, the soul searching means could not be of much use.


    Meng Zhang''s original plan failed. With a cold hum, Shan Chongzhen Jun was distracted by the power of space.


    With a soft sound, the distraction was extinguished, and all the forces erupted were bound in the invisible space cage.


    Watching his own distraction dissipate, the mountain heavy real monarch and God hiding in the God stone didn''t even respond.


    Since Meng Zhang knew that the other party had set a trap in the cave ahead, he would not fall into the trap.


    He focused his attention on the real king of the ridge.


    Meng Zhang didn''t use any other means. He just drove Yin and Yang, which made Zhenjun on the ridge embarrassed.


    Ridge Zhenjun can be said to have done his best.


    He held a magic weapon in the form of a mountain, constantly stimulating the magic power of Taoism.


    The four step flying sword he released turned into sword shadows and desperately killed the Yin and Yang Qi rolled towards himself.


    Ridge Zhenjun is also the leader of a school. He not only has a deep foundation, but also has a lot of cards. Meng Zhang needs to work hard to catch him alive.


    It is not Meng Zhang who should worry now. He has a lot of time to toss slowly.


    "Mountain heavy old man, you old turtle, think you can escape today by shrinking your head?"


    "I will destroy the Wanhe mountain first, kill your followers, and then come and clean you up slowly."


    Meng Zhang''s words were not empty words of intimidation, but he was really ready to do so.


    Now the interior of Wanhe mountain is empty. Meng Zhang is in trouble internally. With his cultivation, there is no one to stop in Wanhe mountain.


    It is not difficult for him to wash the mountains and valleys with blood and destroy the family.


    Meng Zhang now wants to excite the mountain heavy real gentleman while fighting with the ridge real gentleman.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun was indifferent at all. He didn''t seem to hear Meng Zhang''s threat.


    On the contrary, Zhenjun, who was being forced downwind by Meng Zhang, couldn''t help showing a worried expression on his face after hearing Meng Zhang''s words.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang was moved.


    The conflict between ridge real king and mountain heavy real king should be true. The struggle for rights between the two is even more true.


    Why did ridge Zhenjun stand on the side of mountain chongzhenjun, lure himself here and try to lure himself into a trap. In this process, Meng Zhang has many puzzles.


    Whether to satisfy his curiosity or to help solve the problem completely, Meng Zhang wants to know the answer.


    Since Shanzhong Zhenjun has installed a shrinking turtle, and the ridge Zhenjun seems to care more about the survival of Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang first opened a breakthrough from Zhenjun on the ridge.


    "Ridge, you''ll catch it immediately and tell the whole story of today''s affair honestly. Maybe I''m in a good mood and can let go of Wanhe mountain for the time being."


    Meng Zhang began to persuade him to surrender while increasing the pressure to suppress the real king on the ridge.


    From today''s situation, as long as Meng Zhang doesn''t step into the trap, no matter whether he is the real king of ridge or the real king of mountain weight, he can''t help him.


    Meng Zhang showed his great power outside, but shanchong Zhenjun started to shrink his head and let the ridge Zhenjun support outside.


    The reason why Shanji Zhenjun gave in to shanchong Zhenjun and agreed to calculate Meng Zhang with him is for the future of Wanhe mountain.


    But if a great monk like Meng Zhang kills, there will be no future for Wanhe mountain.


    Ridge Zhenjun''s face changed, and his heart was full of contradictions and struggles.


    Hiding in the God stone, the mountain heavy Zhenjun yuan God probably also found the shaking of the ridge Zhenjun.


    After a long silence, shanchongzhenjun finally spoke.


    "Headmaster, as the leader of a sect, you shoulder the fate of thousands of gullies and mountains. You must not give in easily."


    Listening to the voice from the cave, Shanji Zhenjun seemed to have made up his mind.


    "Headmaster Meng, if I tell you all the calculations of senior brother Shanzhong, can you spare me a horse in Wanhe mountain?"


    Ridge Zhenjun began to whisper to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s face was full of disdainful sneers. At this time, he still wanted to bargain with himself.


    Ridge Zhenjun this guy, could he forget that he just colluded with Shanzhong Zhenjun and tried to calculate himself.


    "Ridge Road friend, you are no longer qualified to bargain with us."


    "Only if you take the initiative to surrender can Wanhe mountain have a glimmer of vitality."


    Meng Zhang disdains to cajole ridge Zhenjun. He is not in the mood to deal with him slowly now.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that the real enemy, Shan Chongzhen Jun, was still hiding in the cave ahead.


    Since he has been hiding out, Meng Zhang is not willing to throw himself into the net, so he has to find a way to force him out.


    "Leader Meng, even if you defeat me, you can''t know anything from me if I don''t want to."


    "Headmaster Meng, please think about it carefully. Our Wanhe mountain is not a worthless sect."


    Ridge Zhenjun continues to persuade Meng Zhang.


    Ridge Zhenjun is ready for his end.


    Now that things have reached such a point, he has long put aside personal life and death, just hoping that the inheritance of the sect will not be cut off.


    Ridge Zhenjun said so, but angered Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that ridge Zhenjun, a monk from a large family, was also the leader of the school. He must have practiced some secrets of keeping his mind and closing his mind.


    Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power, his mind power, doesn''t work for him. Even if he is captured and searched, he may have a way to resist.


    But Meng Zhang couldn''t hold down this tone in his heart. He just didn''t want to compromise with ridge Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was a little motivated this time.


    However, after so many years of practice, he has always been trembling and honest, and rarely acted willfully.


    If you always suppress your own temperament and consider the pros and cons of everything first, it would be too oppressive to live like this.


    Today, Meng Zhang will indulge in his own temper.


    For many years, Meng Zhang almost forgot when he last acted arbitrarily.


    Today, he does not consider interests or the long term. He just wants to take a bad breath and take revenge.


    Thanks to my trust in ridge Zhenjun, I once appreciated him very much.


    This guy colluded with shanchongzhenjun to deceive himself and wanted to deceive himself into a trap.


    Since he dares to live up to his trust and has a bad heart, he must be prepared to pay a sufficient price.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, there was not only the old shame of being cheated into anger, but also the fear of almost falling into a trap.


    If he doesn''t vent all the negative emotions in his heart today, his thoughts will not be accessible and his mood will not be smooth.

 Chapter 1422

    Since no one came out to stop it, it was only a matter of time before Meng Zhang''s cultivation would win the ridge Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang just wanted to capture the other party alive, so he entangled with the other party for so long.


    After fighting for a long time, the ridge Zhenjun has almost done his best.


    All his cards have been seen through by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that the time had come and stopped pestering.


    Taiyi sub lightsaber turns into thousands of sword light, covering the real king on the ridge.


    The Yin and Yang Qi even fixed all his means and made him powerless to resist.


    In this process, Shanji Zhenjun has been whispering to Meng Zhang secretly, trying to reach an agreement with him so that he can let go of Wanheshan.


    Ridge Zhenjun offered incomparably favorable conditions and was almost willing to hand over everything of Wanhe mountain and completely turn Wanhe mountain into a servant of Taiyi gate.


    But Meng Zhang, who had made up his mind, couldn''t listen to every word he said.


    After hearing for a long time, Meng Zhang didn''t respond. Zhenjun on the ridge knew that Meng Zhang was iron and would not let go of Wanhe mountain.


    He finally asked for help from shanchongzhenjun.


    Although he knew in his heart that the original God of shanchongzhenjun would not leave the God stone to support himself anyway.


    However, when facing a desperate situation, people always try to grasp every straw.


    Even though he knew that his struggle was futile, he still had to make the last effort.


    The dying ridge Zhenjun didn''t support Meng Zhang for long.


    When all his magic tools were shot down by taiyifen lightsaber, yin and Yang broke his last defense and wrapped his body tightly.


    Meng Zhang felt a little relieved when he successfully won the ridge Zhenjun.


    In this process, shanchongzhenjun had no intention to leave the cave. Meng Zhang could almost believe that he could not easily leave the divine stone.


    Meng Zhang grabbed the Yuanshen of Zhenjun on the ridge and retreated some distance to keep a certain distance from the cave.


    Of course, every move in this cave is under his surveillance.


    No matter what Shanzhong Zhenjun wants to do, he can''t hide from Meng Zhang''s eyes and ears.


    Meng Zhang looked at the real gentleman on the ridge in front of him. He didn''t say a word of nonsense, so he began to use the soul searching secret method against him.


    The Yin and Yang Qi stirred gently, and the flesh of the ridge Zhenjun was stirred to pieces.


    Before his original God could escape from the flesh, Meng Zhang caught him in his hand.


    Meng Zhang first observed it carefully.


    In the depths of the true monarch and yuan God on the ridge, there are also signs that the smell of the devil road is beginning to erode.


    However, he was eroded by the smell of the devil''s way to a very light degree, which has not caused much impact.


    Compared with the Yuanshen of the true king on the back of the mountain, the Yuanshen in front of us still has some value of salvation.


    Meng Zhang waved his right hand and an exorcism light covered the real monarch and God on the ridge, and then quickly penetrated into its depths.


    Exorcism Qingguang is a magic power that expels the power of the devil. It can be said that it is the right medicine to deal with the smell of the devil.


    Since the large-scale demon disaster broke out in the Dharma cultivation world, Meng Zhang and his disciples have worked hard to cultivate all kinds of secret skills against the devil.


    After getting the magic subduing mirror, this exorcism Qingguang Meng Zhang was not only promoted on a large scale in the door, but also practiced hard at home.


    He has already achieved great success in cultivating this magic power. Even without the help of magic subduing mirror, he can easily display it and exert great power.


    With the exorcism light going deep into the depths of the true monarch and yuan God on the ridge, the faint smell of magic road hidden inside disappeared.


    With the disappearance of the devil''s way, the yuan God of the real king on the ridge was also severely damaged.


    Fortunately, the entanglement between the devil''s breath and the yuan God is limited, and it is not difficult to separate.


    If Meng Zhang cast an exorcism light on the Yuanshen of Shanbei Zhenjun just now, I''m afraid that the Yuanshen of Shanbei Zhenjun who has been deeply entangled by the smell of the devil will collapse with the disappearance of the smell of the devil.


    Meng Zhang, who had known this for a long time, did not do useless work and directly destroyed his original God.


    The original God of the real king of the ridge was also greatly hurt. The almost irresistible pain made his yuan God writhe.


    Meng Zhang carefully showed his exorcism and light, and finally completely removed the evil spirit breath in the true monarch and yuan God deep in the ridge.


    Regardless of the life and death of the real king on the ridge, Meng Zhang immediately began to perform soul searching and began to search his yuan God.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, his soul searching technique met little resistance. He easily intruded into each other''s yuan God and read all kinds of information.


    The original God of ridge Zhenjun is very similar to his body, which is roughly human.


    However, Yuanshen looks like an illusory light and shadow.


    His primordial God suffers and will respond similarly to the flesh.


    When the evil breath in the depths of the yuan God was dispelled, the real king of the ridge seemed to have figured it out and stopped all resistance.


    When Meng Zhang finished the soul searching, the yuan God of the real king on the ridge was already weak.


    The light and shadow of the yuan God obviously faded a lot, and went out from time to time, becoming very unstable, like a lamp that will go out at any time.


    "I finally have nothing to do with the devil. I can die in vain."


    An idea was introduced into Meng Zhang''s induction from the original God of Zhenjun on the ridge.


    Then, the Yuanshen of the ridge Zhenjun began to collapse and disappear into countless light and shadow fragments.


    Meng Zhang did not stop this process, but let it develop naturally.


    There was an unspeakable relief in the thoughts of the real king of the ridge before he died.


    Obviously, the relationship with the devil has become a heavy burden in his heart, and he can''t let go until he dies.


    Meng Zhang remained silent for a moment, and then began to sort out the information obtained by soul searching.


    Although Meng Zhang''s soul searching was carried out smoothly due to the active abandonment of resistance and even intentional or unintentional cooperation of the yuan God of the ridge Zhenjun.


    However, when Meng Zhang dispelled the evil spirit, the original God of ridge Zhenjun was badly hurt and lost many memories.


    Moreover, in the soul searching process, Meng Zhang will also focus on searching for some useful information, rather than chicken skin and garlic hair. All worthless information will be collected.


    Therefore, the information collected by Meng Zhang is still a little incomplete.


    Of course, sorting out all these incomplete information, coupled with Meng Zhang''s speculation and reasoning, can roughly fill in the truth of the whole thing.


    While sorting out these information, Meng Zhang sighed in his heart that the real king of the ridge is also a poor man.


    The heart is higher than heaven, and the life is thinner than paper.


    He has ambition and has had the opportunity to show his ambition.


    Unfortunately, since he became a disciple of Wanhe mountain, he fell into a net.


    When he became the original God, his fate was doomed.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is his biggest enemy. He can''t get rid of his shadow until he dies.


    He hated everything related to the devil''s way, but watched his fallen devil''s way irreparable.

 Chapter 1423

    Ridge Zhenjun didn''t lie completely in front of Meng Zhang.


    At least, after he found that the original God of shanchongzhenjun was hidden in the divine stone, his initial reaction was to expel shanchongzhenjun.


    With the help of the true king on the back of the mountain, and with the divine stone as a cover.


    But if ridge Zhenjun is determined to deal with him, he still has a way.


    Ridge Zhenjun has been the leader of Wanhe mountain for many years. There are still a group of supporters in the door.


    After the news of the death of Shanzhong Zhenjun came out, he controlled the power of Wanhe mountain and could command Wanhe mountain up and down.


    If ridge Zhenjun transfers other monks in the door, they will join hands and add some cards hidden by him.


    Once the war starts, the odds of victory are still relatively high.


    The mountain weighs the real king, leaving only the yuan God. Of course, I don''t want to fight with the real king on the ridge.


    The ridge Zhenjun doesn''t want to damage the divine stone, and the mountain chongzhenjun doesn''t want to damage the divine stone.


    So Shanzhong Zhenjun took out his cards and was ready to convince Shanji Zhenjun to use them for him.


    In the conversation, Shanzhong Zhenjun revealed many secrets that he didn''t know before.


    The so-called divine stone was inadvertently obtained by the founder of Wanhe mountain.


    God stone has a strong spirit and can have simple communication with practitioners.


    After he explored its usage, he used the stone fetus produced by the divine stone to cultivate many yuan God friars, and established the top position of Wanhe mountain in the Daheng cultivation world.


    If you want the divine stone to produce stone fetuses regularly, you need to offer all kinds of offerings to support the divine stone.


    In addition to all kinds of precious materials, the best tribute is all kinds of strange demons.


    Living demons are the best, and the remains of demons are barely acceptable.


    In the Jun dust world, the number of demons is not much, and most of them are hidden in dark corners.


    In order to support the divine stone, Wanhe mountain began to secretly store demons through various ways.


    Demons are very easy to feed, and they can easily reproduce and spread.


    At first, Wanhe mountain was still secretly raising demons.


    When Wanhe mountain later found that the whole Daheng cultivation world and several major cultivation forces were raising demons, Wanhe mountain became bold and expanded the scope of raising demons many times.


    The devil is not a harmless little white rabbit, but an extremely cruel and cunning existence.


    Once a demon gets a chance, it will immediately bite back.


    It was the behavior of the four giants to keep demons that led to the chaos of demons and led to a large-scale demon disaster.


    The Taiyi gate rebuilt near the Daheng mountains was destroyed in this magic disaster.


    Although the evil disaster was finally controlled, the four giants of Daheng cultivation world not only did not learn a lesson, but intensified their efforts to keep evil things.


    They kept a lot of places for demons to thrive. That was the place where the well-known demons in the Daheng cultivation world were entrenched. Meng Zhang had also been there in person.


    If the divine stone only absorbs demons and produces stone foetuses, it is equivalent to turning waste into treasure, worthy of the name of the divine stone.


    But with the passage of time, when Wanhe mountain was completely inseparable from this divine stone, and most of the yuan God friars in the door broke through the refined stone tire, this divine stone revealed its true face.


    The so-called divine stone is simply a magic stone, which was deliberately put into the Jun dust world by a powerful demon God thousands of years ago.


    The founder of Wanhe mountain thought it was his chance to get the divine stone. He had the foundation of establishing the school. In fact, he just fell into the calculation of the demon God.


    Wanhe mountain friars who broke through the Yuanshen period through refining stone foetuses hide a wisp of evil spirit in the depths of their Yuanshen.


    Ordinary Yuanshen friars can''t find this evil spirit at all.


    The master of shanchongzhenjun found this situation by chance.


    However, even if he found the existence of this wisp of evil spirit, it could not be completely eliminated because the evil spirit was deeply entangled with the yuan God.


    If you insist on clearing the evil Qi, the yuan God will collapse first.


    In order to prevent the collapse of the whole sect, the master of shanchongzhenjun kept this secret strictly, and only passed it on to his most trusted disciple, shanchongzhenjun.


    Anyway, when he came to the mountain, chongzhenjun mastered the power of Wanhe mountain. This trace of evil spirit did not show any harm, let alone show any clue.


    Originally, the master of Shanzhong Zhenjun once tried to stop the monks in the door from refining stone fetuses.


    However, in this way, the number of Yuanshen friars in the door will be greatly reduced, and there may even be faults.


    The harm of evil Qi has not been exposed. Wanhe mountain, which lacks enough Yuanshen Zhenjun, may be destroyed and divided up by the other three giants.


    The inheritance of Wanhe mountain and the survival of zongmen have completely depended on this divine stone.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun buried the secret in his heart as if he didn''t have it.


    However, after the master of shanchongzhenjun died and he broke through the later stage of Yuanshen, he began to establish some mysterious connection with a demon God intermittently.


    After the initial panic, Yama Chongzhen, who pursued power, became a loyal believer of the demon God.


    It was also the guidance of the demon God that enabled him to get the demon embryo that year and raise it. Only then did he have the story with Meng Zhang.


    After the Yuanshen of Shanzhong Zhenjun escaped, he secretly hid in the God stone.


    With the help of the gods and stones, his connection with the demons and gods became clearer.


    From the idea of the demon God, shanchongzhenjun learned many secrets.


    When the leader of Wanhe mountain came to the door, Shanzhong Zhenjun simply revealed these secrets to threaten Shanji Zhenjun.


    After death, the soul of the true monarch of the yuan God of Wanhe mountain, who hides the evil spirit in the yuan God, will be automatically reincarnated into the God domain of the demon God.


    Of course, some friars with iron heads may only care about this life, ignore the next life, and don''t take this as a matter.


    More importantly, the demon God can locate these friars through this wisp of magic gas.


    Even if the demon God is far away in the extraterritorial void, as long as his mind moves, he can demonize all these friars and completely transform them into demons.


    The vast majority of Yuanshen Zhenjun in Wanhe mountain had refined stone fetuses before breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    All these Yuanshen Zhenjun will soon be able to demonize all the friars in Wanhe mountain. It is estimated that no one will be spared from the whole sect.


    A mountain of ten thousand valleys will completely become a magic nest at that time.


    It''s terrible to think about such a scene.


    The reason why the demon God didn''t rush to do so was that Wanhe mountain still had great utilization value.


    After all, in the Junchen world, a world ruled by practitioners, demons are street mice, and everyone yells at them.


    There are many things that are easier to achieve if they are left to practitioners.


    In fact, shanchongzhenjun accepted the order of the demon God and began to plan a new plot.

 Chapter 1424

    For a long time, everything related to the divine stone has been controlled in the hands of shanchongzhenjun.


    Even as the leader, ridge Zhenjun has few opportunities to contact the divine stone, and his understanding of the divine stone is very limited.


    The ridge Zhenjun knows about the secret cultivation of demons in Wanhe mountain.


    He also knew that he used demons to support the divine stone.


    Therefore, even if the ridge Zhenjun was very dissatisfied with the sect''s keeping of demons, he had no way to oppose it.


    He also considered that after he controlled the divine stone, he could try to change some materials, and even spend heaven and earth treasures to support the divine stone.


    If other materials can be used to replace the function of demons, there is no need to keep demons in Wanhe mountain.


    Now it seems how naive his original idea was.


    This divine stone, no, should be a magic stone. It is the source of all evil.


    When Shanzhong Zhenjun told these secrets and had a showdown with him, Shanji Zhenjun fell into silence.


    In order to prevent the ridge Zhenjun from disbelieving, the mountain chongzhenjun even urged the divine stone to let the divine stone slightly hook the wisp of magic gas in the depths of the ridge Zhenjun yuan God.


    In front of the facts, the ridge Zhenjun had no doubt, only reluctantly accepted it.


    Ridge Zhenjun is a very upright monk with a full style of conduct.


    Due to some personal experiences in his early years, he hated demons and evil ways.


    He actively participated in quelling the evil disaster. In addition to his far-reaching vision and long-term consideration, he also had personal feelings, so he could not see the evil things raging.


    He thought that after he completely controlled the Wanhe mountain, he could change the style of the sect completely.


    But he never thought that the fact gave him a blow in the head.


    It turned out that he was under the control of the devil from beginning to end.


    The stone fetus produced by divine stone is the most precious specialty of Wanhe mountain.


    Only those Yuanshen seeds with great future and deep trust in the door can get the reward from the middle and high levels of the door.


    Before the Yuanshen period, the ridge Zhenjun spent a lot of effort to get a stone embryo and absorb it for refining.


    Now it seems how ridiculous his behavior was.


    From the time he refined the stone embryo, he became a chess piece in the hands of the demon God.


    However, the demon God who is far away from the void has not easily used these pieces before because of various restrictions.


    If ridge Zhenjun dares to resist the demon God, xiangjiaxiang South China is his example.


    Even if he doesn''t think about himself, he should think about everyone in the door.


    The whole Xiangjia clan has been demonized. The real king of the ridge has seen it in person.


    No matter what price he paid, he didn''t want to end up in the same way.


    Therefore, the ridge real gentleman was unwilling and bowed his head to the mountain heavy real gentleman with hatred.


    Although the ridge real king gave in, the mountain heavy real king who knew his temperament didn''t force him too much, and even didn''t interfere with his daily actions.


    Ridge Zhenjun kept this matter strictly confidential, and they had little contact on weekdays.


    Until not long ago, Shanzhong Zhenjun took the initiative to call Shanji Zhenjun and discuss important matters with him.


    Shenshi can help shanchongzhenjun to reshape a flesh body, but it needs to absorb and refine a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In the whole Daheng cultivation world, there are few great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Moreover, in the current state of shanchongzhenjun, it is impossible to go out to catch the great friar.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun hopes that Shanji Zhenjun can find a way to lure a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen to Shenshi.


    At that time, shanchongzhenjun can urge the power of the divine stone, stimulate a certain field, and firmly suppress the targets in the field.


    With the help of Shanbei Zhenjun and shanjizhenjun, you can slowly win the goal.


    Of course, because the area released by the divine stone is not large, the target must be introduced into the cave before it can be launched.


    When Meng Zhang read this information, he finally understood the whole story.


    The ridge real gentleman should be persuaded by the mountain heavy real gentleman and completely colluded with the mountain heavy real gentleman.


    As for why he chose Meng Zhang as his goal, it is also well understood.


    On the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world, neither the Bairi Zhenjun of Bairi Valley nor the Cangsong Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect can be cheated here by the ridge Zhenjun.


    Because they are too wary of each other and lack the least trust.


    If you deceive Nanzhu Zhenjun, it may disturb Ziyang Shengzong.


    Only Meng Zhang is the most suitable. There is no big background behind it. He has a bad relationship with Xiao Qiao of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If Meng Zhang is missing in an accident, Xiao Qiao will only gloat.


    Ridge Zhenjun has contacted Meng Zhang before, and the two sides have established solid ties.


    Over the years, ridge Zhenjun tried to maintain this contact and tried his best to provide all kinds of information for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his appreciation for the real king of the ridge.


    ¡­¡­


    After calculation, Meng Zhang became the most appropriate target.


    Whoever becomes a calculated target and almost falls into a trap will not be happy.


    Meng Zhang believed that if he really entered the cave and fell into the field of divine stone, it would not be so easy to get out.


    The evil way is extremely strange. Many of them can''t even fight Meng Zhang.


    At the thought of the terrible consequences, Meng Zhang was not only afraid, but also angry.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang was also somewhat self-conscious.


    This time, the real king of the ridge seized his psychological weakness and took out what he wanted. Only then did he move his greed and lose his minimum vigilance.


    Still, greedy guys are the easiest to be deceived.


    The connection between Wanhe mountain and the evil way is too deep.


    Meng Zhang grabbed the yuan gods of the real king on the ridge and the real king on the back of the mountain, and finally found the hidden magic Qi.


    Meng Zhang had some doubts in his heart.


    Since the enemy laid a trap, why didn''t he warn in advance when he set out with the real king on the ridge.


    Now the doubt is solved.


    Demon gods can rival the existence of real immortals, which is far beyond Meng Zhang''s current cultivation of heaven''s secrets.


    Since the God stone was obtained by the demon God from the Jun dust world, it must have a very high level, which easily automatically obscured Meng Zhang''s sense of spirit.


    Meng Zhang secretly said that it was dangerous.


    If he hadn''t seen through Shanbei Zhenjun, he was the incarnation of shanchong Zhenjun. He became suspicious and left a little more heart. When you really enter the cave, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang even thought a little more.


    Monks of the family have worshipped the Lord of the devil God and the devil plow house for generations. Wanhe mountain is also related to the devil God, and Mo Qingzhen, who believes in the devil God of famine, is moving in the dark.


    It''s really too deep to be involved in the evil way in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Maybe there''s a layout of demons in it.


    For the first time, Meng Zhang began to lose confidence in calming the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The water was so deep that he even had the urge to get out in time.

 Chapter 1425

    Since Meng Zhang already knew that the cave ahead was a trap, of course he would not be foolish enough to continue to step in.


    But if he left like this, he would be unwilling.


    The other party calculates himself. This matter can''t be so.


    Although the real king on the ridge and the real king on the back of the mountain, that is, the incarnation of the real king on the back of the mountain, have been completely finished.


    However, the original God of shanchongzhenjun is still hiding in the divine stone and eyeing covetously.


    If you don''t give him some color to see, Meng Zhang can''t just leave.


    Since there are traps in the cave ahead, Meng Zhang will teach Shan Chongzhen a lesson from a distance.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang didn''t think about it for too long and made a move immediately.


    I saw a bright pearl rising above his head. In the originally dark tunnel, it suddenly lit up a dazzling light.


    The endless sun and moon appeared out of thin air and sprayed away towards the cave in front.


    Where the sun and moon shine, the prohibition outside the cave melts quickly like snow in the sun.


    The dazzling light entered the cave and fell on the so-called divine stone.


    After knowing the origin of the divine stone, Meng Zhang not only had no greed for it, but also wanted to get rid of it quickly.


    The sun moon Baoguang magic power is not only a distant attack magic power, but also has a strong exorcism.


    Before obtaining the magic subduing mirror, the sun and moon light was a powerful Exorcism in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Now in the face of the God stone related to the demon God, Meng Zhang first uses this magic power to test one or two.


    Before the sun and moon treasure light fell on the God stone, the God stone shook gently and sent out a layer of blood light, blocking all the sun and moon treasure light.


    This is not over yet. The bloody light emitted by the divine stone expanded rapidly and soon filled the cave, expelling all the invading sun and moon lights.


    Meng Zhang''s move was futile, but he was not surprised.


    Meng Zhang has been famous for a long time. Many magical means are no secret.


    It''s widely spread in the cultivation world. It''s not difficult to hear it with a little effort.


    Mr. Shan Chongzhen was once the defeated general of Meng Zhang. Since he dared to calculate Meng Zhang this time, of course, he was prepared.


    This so-called divine stone is his greatest reliance.


    Next, Meng Zhang hid far away, shot across the air and launched an attack.


    The divine channel techniques such as the sun and moon treasure light, Liangyi Tongtian sword, yin and Yang Qi were used one after another.


    These powerful attacks cannot break through the bloody light emitted by the divine stone.


    Although Meng Zhang was still far away, he felt that the cave in front had become the domain of the divine stone and was completely under the control of the divine stone.


    Meng Zhang''s strongest means to deal with demons. The magic subduing mirror has not been displayed yet.


    It''s not the showdown time. He decided to keep some cards.


    And out of fear of the demon God behind shanchongzhenjun, Meng Zhang is not ready to fight to the end here.


    Since we can''t do anything about the divine stone, we''d better bury it temporarily.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, so he launched seismology and created a violent earthquake.


    Originally solid caves and connected tunnels collapsed one after another under the earthquake.


    Neither the earthquake nor the falling earth and rock can hurt the divine stone, so we can only trap it temporarily.


    In the trial just now, Meng Zhang has found that this divine stone is not immovable, but difficult to move.


    Even if it takes half a day, the divine stone is difficult to move a few steps.


    Such a speed is even slower than a snail.


    No wonder Shanzhong Zhenjun asked Shanji Zhenjun to introduce Meng Zhang into the cave and let him wait for the rabbit.


    The earth shook violently, and the God stone and the mountain Chongzhen King hidden in it were completely buried.


    If there is no accident, you should be able to trap each other for a long time.


    There was so much noise here that the monks of Wanhe mountain who guarded the checkpoints around them all showed their skills of earth hiding and rushed here.


    Meng Zhang knew that not everyone among the friars of Wanhe mountain had an affair with the devil. There must be many innocent people.


    But Meng Zhang now has no time to slowly distinguish who is innocent and who is dead.


    The clan of Wanhe mountain is crooked from the root, and sooner or later it will completely fall into the devil''s way.


    Since they were born in this family, these friars have to admit bad luck.


    These monks are cultivated and blessed by the sect, and should naturally bear the consequences brought by the sect.


    A real Jindan appeared near Meng Zhang.


    These friars are the elite of Wanhe mountain and the most trusted direct disciples.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even take a picture of them. With a wave of his hand, a Jindan friar became a corpse.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang finally looked at the direction where the stone was buried.


    It''s like this for the time being. Sooner or later, I will make a thorough liquidation with shanchongzhenjun.


    Meng Zhang fled all the way to the ground along the direction when he came. He soon escaped out of the ground and came to the ground.


    This is inside the gate of Wanhe mountain, but there are no people around.


    Meng Zhang''s anger has not been completely vented.


    The main force of friars of Wanhe mountain is now fighting against the demon army under Xiao Qiao.


    The Wanhe mountain at this moment is the most empty time.


    There are at most two or three Yuanshen Zhenjun sitting in the mountain gate. Other levels of monks, Meng Zhang does not exist at all.


    Anyway, Wanhe mountain will fall into the devil sooner or later. Meng Zhang might as well take advantage of it first.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang immediately took action in the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    In the course of his action, he also took several friars with high status in Wanhe mountain, searched their souls, and mastered many situations inside the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to be tough at first, but was going to rob secretly.


    But after all, Wanhe mountain is a Yuanshen sect door inherited for many years. Even if it is empty, it still has a minimum internal defense ability.


    In particular, places such as the large library and the Sutra pavilion are the focus of the sect gate prevention, and many warning prohibitions have been set up.


    The mountain protection array of Wanhe Mountain Gate has been operated by the monks in the gate for many years. It has strong power both externally and internally.


    Not long after Meng Zhang started his action, he exposed his tracks and was found by the guard friar of Wanhe mountain.


    The next scene happened naturally.


    The three remaining gods Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain quickly took their place and immediately urged the fourth level mountain protection array to suppress Meng Zhang.


    Especially after Meng Zhang exposed the later cultivation of Yuanshen, the whole gate of Wanhe mountain was disturbed.


    The whole door was like a big enemy. They joined the defensive ranks one after another and began to attack Meng Zhang with the help of the mountain protection array.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, these monks, like mole ants, actually restrained Meng Zhang by the power of the big array.


    Without this mountain protection array, even if the three yuan gods are true kings, Meng Zhang can suppress them.


    But it was the existence of the mountain protection array that made Meng Zhang feel constrained and stressed everywhere.

 Chapter 1426

    Once the four-step mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain was launched, unreal peaks emerged in the air, and countless boulders fell heavily from the air like raindrops.


    Meng Zhang urged Yin and Yang Qi to protect himself and dissolve these boulders one by one.


    The fourth order mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain naturally has the ability to confine space. After it is fully launched, it can prevent internal space transmission.


    Even with the help of the void tripod, it is still very difficult for Meng Zhang to transmit in space.


    A loud thunder came from the array, and the whole gate of Wanhe mountain shook several times.


    Judging from the test just now, even a great monk like Meng Zhang has to pay a high price to break this array.


    Meng Zhang, who has felt the darkness on the side of the Daheng cultivation world, is not willing to delay here for too long, let alone be injured.


    If it hadn''t been for his bad breath, he would have left secretly.


    Meng Zhang looked ahead, not far from the Sutra Pavilion in Wanhe mountain.


    Finish this ticket and slip away immediately. As soon as Meng Zhang gritted his teeth, he was still unwilling to run away like this.


    He urged the void tripod with all his strength, walked through the space gap with difficulty, and finally came outside the Sutra Pavilion.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain, who controlled and presided over the mountain protection array, probably worried that the power of their hand was too great and spread to the Sutra Pavilion, so they slowed down their attack a little.


    When Meng Zhang came to the Sutra Pavilion, taiyifen lightsaber turned into thousands of swords, and the light fell on the Sutra Pavilion.


    There are bursts of bright lights on the Sutra Pavilion, and countless runes and prohibitions emerge.


    The sword light falls on the Sutra Pavilion and quickly wears away these prohibitions.


    Seeing that the situation was wrong, the three Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain did not care about the damage to the Sutra Pavilion. They immediately fully controlled the array and stormed towards Meng Zhang.


    But Meng Zhang''s action was too fast. Holding a spirit snake spear, he directly broke a big hole in the guard and prohibition of the Sutra Pavilion and drilled his body into it.


    After entering the Sutra Pavilion, there are many guards and prohibitions here.


    The Yin and Yang Qi rolled over, and these prohibitions were broken one after another.


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s big hand, all kinds of classics in the Sutra Pavilion were sucked into the void tripod like a Changhong.


    Wanhe mountain, as the door of Yuanshen sect, which has been inherited for thousands of years, is located at the top of Daheng Xiuzhen world for many years.


    After years of collection and accumulation of sects, there are many classics in the Sutra Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang''s body flashed and moved quickly to plunder the collection here.


    Meng Zhang entered the Sutra Pavilion, and the monks of Wanhe mountain outside were a little wary of rats.


    A heavy attack from the fourth order mountain protection array hit the Sutra Pavilion, which began to shake violently.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang can''t hide in the Sutra Pavilion all his life. The friar of Wanhe mountain temporarily stopped his attack and controlled the large array to firmly lock the space around the Sutra Pavilion.


    After a while, Meng Zhang finished the plunder and flew out of the Sutra Pavilion.


    As soon as he appeared, he was facing the crazy attack of the fourth-order mountain protection array.


    In the gate of Wanhe mountain, there is not only a sutra Pavilion, but also a large library with many rich resources.


    Meng Zhang searched the monk of Wanhe mountain just now. Among the information obtained, there are a lot of confidential information of Wanhe mountain.


    But the real top secret of Wanhe mountain, such as the place where the most precious classics are stored, is not much known.


    The Sutra Pavilion looted by Meng Zhang is the largest one.


    Although he was still a little unwilling, he was reluctantly satisfied with these gains.


    Next, Meng Zhang should consider how to break through.


    It was another war. Meng Zhang fought and walked, slowly moving to the edge of the fourth order mountain protection array.


    He urged the void tripod, unleashed the power of space Avenue, forcibly opened a gap in the fourth-order mountain protection array, and then got out.


    Once he left the range of the fourth order mountain protection array, Meng Zhang was a fish into the sea and quickly fled away.


    Meng Zhang flew to the distance, looked back at the gate of Wanhe mountain, sighed, and left with space transmission.


    After being sent back to the expeditionary army camp, he called Yang Xueyi and other taiyimen executives to tell everyone about his previous experience.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, everyone was amazed.


    Wanhe mountain is one of the four giants in the world of truth cultivation. It is so deeply involved in the devil''s way.


    When we think of Xiangjia, half of the four giants of Wanheshan have proved to have an affair with the devil.


    I''m afraid we won''t be too surprised if there are more hot news about SONGFENG sect and daytime valley.


    In fact, the cultivation of demons by the cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world has long been an open secret.


    If all the four giants in the great horizontal cultivation world stand on the side of the devil Road, the expeditionary army will be in danger.


    As the chief disciple of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei always led the sect when Meng Zhang was away.


    However, this time it was a battle with the demon army. Meng ZhangCai chose Yang Xueyi with more experience to command the expedition army.


    In this regard, Niu Dawei was not dissatisfied, but also actively helped Yang Xueyi command the army.


    He tentatively asked Meng Zhang whether to inform Xiao Qiao and Ziyang Shengzong about it.


    Meng Zhang was silent for a moment.


    He certainly hoped that Xiao Qiao would suffer a big loss because of this matter.


    However, he should also consider that if Xiao Qiao fails completely, the pressure of the demon army will fall on his side.


    Moreover, if you inform Ziyang Shengzong of this matter, you may also get some help from Ziyang Shengzong.


    It must be that even if Ziyang Shengzong really can''t draw out his strength, he won''t easily give up such a vast land of Daheng cultivation world and let it become a demon territory.


    Meng Zhang made a decision soon. We should not only report the matter as soon as possible, but also spread the news quickly.


    Soon, with taiyimen going all out, all kinds of news about Wanhe mountain spread rapidly.


    Wanhe mountain is a chess piece of the demon God. It has long been completely under the control of the demon God.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun not only didn''t die, but also as a chess piece of the demon God, he has been planning a conspiracy secretly.


    ¡­¡­


    In addition to sending a letter to Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang also processed his family''s experience and informed Xiao Liang of the holy sect of Ziyang.


    As for the allies of the grey Peng king of the black jade forest and the mermaid king of the aquarium, he did not fall.


    Not to mention Qianying Zhenjun, Youhuan Zhenjun and others.


    As these news spread, a big storm sweeping the whole Daheng cultivation world began to breed in the dark.


    The allies such as the grey Peng king and the mermaid king have strengthened their vigilance.


    The practitioners who knew the news became suspicious in the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    After Xiao Liang, who is in charge of the heavenly palace, got the information from Meng Zhang, although he was hostile to Meng Zhang, he was also skeptical.


    Meng Zhang should not dare to lie on such a question, right?


    However, after receiving the news from Meng Zhang, Xiao Qiao almost without thinking, immediately determined that Meng Zhang wanted to destroy his actions and mess up his own army of monks.


    Because of the active cooperation of ridge Zhenjun, he sent the main force in the gate to join this army of friars.


    Among this army of monks, the number of monks in Wanhe mountain is the largest.


    If Wanhe mountain is really a chess piece of the devil''s way, who dares to trust the monk of Wanhe mountain?


    I''m afraid this army of friars is not far from falling apart.


    Xiao Qiao did not take Meng Zhang''s warning seriously because of his prejudice against Meng Zhang.


    But the three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun, who worked under Xiao Qiao, knew Meng Zhang''s character and dared not ignore Meng Zhang''s warning.


    At the repeated request of Nanzhu Zhenjun, Xiao Qiao called several friars of Wanheshan, the leader of the army, to the front and asked.


    The relationship between the demon God and the divine stone is unknown to the former leader, Zhenjun Shanji, not to mention other Wanhe mountain friars.


    If Meng Zhang had not been deceived, Shanzhong Zhenjun would not have disclosed the news to Shanji Zhenjun.


    These Wanheshan friars questioned, of course, denied Meng Zhang''s allegations.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun and Xiao Qiao show their secret skills and confirm that these friars are not lying.


    At this time, the latest news came from Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang sneaked into Wanhe mountain, assassinated Zhenjun, the leader of Wanhe mountain, looted the Sutra Pavilion of Wanhe mountain, and caused immeasurable losses.


    After receiving these news, many monks of Wanhe mountain ran to Xiaoqiao to complain and complain.


    Wanhe mountain actively sent friars to join the army of friars, fought desperately with the army of demons and tried to quell the evil disaster.


    But Meng Zhang, a villain, stabbed him in the back and poisoned him in the back when Wanhe mountain was unprepared.


    What Meng Zhang did was heinous and heinous.


    Xiao Qiao was even more angry.


    The leader of Wanhe mountain ridge Zhenjun is his biggest supporter and his most trusted subordinate.


    Meng Zhang not only assassinated the real king of the ridge, but also fabricated rumors to slander the real king of the ridge, sow discord and try to lose the great help of Wanhe mountain.


    In doing so, Meng Zhang is clearly against himself, retaliating against himself, venting his dissatisfaction with Ziyang Shengzong and opposing Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now, Xiao Qiao can''t even care about the threat of demons. He should clean up the portal first, get rid of the great enemies in his camp, and clean up Meng Zhang.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s three brothers and sisters were also angered by Xiao Qiao because of their initial position on this matter.


    If it weren''t for the fighting power of their three brothers and sisters, Xiao Qiao would attack them.


    The three brothers and sisters of Nanzhu Zhenjun didn''t find any flaws in the monk of Wanhe mountain, which made them suspicious of Meng Zhang''s news.


    The news from Wanhe mountain made it difficult for them to speak for Meng Zhang.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun knew that Xiao Qiao was dissatisfied with his three brothers and sisters, so he had to keep silent.


    Since Xiao Qiao fell out with Meng Zhang last time, he took the initiative to cut off all contact with Meng Zhang.


    Xiao Qiao directly contacted Xiao Liang, who was in charge of the heavenly palace, and told each other Meng Zhang''s sinister intentions.


    He made it clear that if Meng Zhang didn''t get rid of, everything would be impossible. You can''t calm down the demon disaster.


    Xiao Liang, who had been inclined to believe in Meng Zhang''s news, began to change his mind after receiving Xiao Qiao''s complaint.


    Meng Zhang is really so lawless that he fights inside at this time.


    In the face of the pressure of the demon army, it was too late for our friars to unite. Meng Zhang took the initiative to kill each other. It was too much.


    In Xiao Liang''s heart, they all killed Meng Zhang.


    However, at the thought that Meng Zhang not only has advanced accomplishments, but also has a strong army of monks, he can''t be dealt with easily.


    What''s more, even if Xiao Liang wanted to attack Meng Zhang, he couldn''t draw enough strength for the time being.


    As a senior monk, Xiao Liang has presided over the foreign affairs of Ziyang Shengzong for many years and has long developed a city like mountains and rivers.


    He tried to suppress his dissatisfaction with Meng Zhang, but sent a severely worded letter to Meng Zhang through the communication system of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In his letter, Xiao Liang scolded Meng Zhang and denounced him for his crimes of internal struggle and cruelty to his peers.


    Xiao Liang clearly told Meng Zhang that in the next time, Meng Zhang must actively fight against demons and strive to eliminate demons.


    Only in this way can he make atonement and win the forgiveness of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Otherwise, when Ziyang Shengzong is angry, taiyimen will immediately turn into powder, and Meng Zhang will die without burial.


    Meng Zhang hardly believed his eyes after receiving this letter.


    He read it again and again to make sure he was right. Xiao Liang, an old man, really confused right and wrong.


    Meng Zhang laughed angrily.


    Whether Xiao Liang is old and confused or selfish, he turns a blind eye to the obvious facts.


    Although Meng Zhang was angry, he would not add fuel to the fire at this time to annoy Xiao Liang.


    Since you guys don''t know how to live or die and treat your kindness as a donkey''s liver and lung, you have to taste it slowly in the future.


    At this time, Meng Zhang doesn''t care about the task of calming the demon disaster.


    His first task is to protect himself.


    He drew back all the troops that had been scattered by the expedition.


    Originally, Meng Zhang''s safest choice at the moment should be to give up everything on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world and lead the expedition army to return to Jiuqu province immediately.


    But on the side of Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen has occupied a lot of interests. Especially in maple leaf mountain city, we are really unwilling to give up easily.


    In addition, the mermaid king of the aquarium and the Huipeng king of the black jade forest contacted Meng Zhang and hoped that he would lead the expedition army to continue to fight against the demons.


    They are willing to keep watch with Meng Zhang and keep warm.


    Meng Zhang discussed with Yang Xueyi, Niu Dawei and other middle and high-level officials for a long time. Everyone was reluctant to give up so easily.


    In particular, the situation on the side of Daheng cultivation world has not been completely clear.


    Even if the Wanhe mountain is full of people, completely demonized and transformed into demons like Xiangjia before, the situation is not to the point of complete despair.


    Even if the SONGFENG sect and Bairi valley are not trustworthy and the army of monks under Xiao Qiao collapses, the strength of the expedition army is not weak. There are monsters in the black jade forest and aquariums in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River as allies.


    When the Warcraft army comes to the city and endangers itself, the monsters in the black jade forest will put aside their previous gratitude and resentment and join the war under the leadership of King Huipeng.

 Chapter 1427

    The expedition army organized by taiyimen, the black jade forest with king Huipeng as the leader, and the Jiuquhe clan ruled by the mermaid king are all great forces that dominate one side.


    If the three families can work together sincerely, even if the demon army sweeps the whole Daheng cultivation world, they are not without the power of resistance.


    Among the three families, the Jiuquhe clan and the monsters in the black jade forest are all native forces.


    Although the two families have made some arrangements in Jiuqu province and have a less reliable retreat, they will not easily give up their own territory, leave their homes and go into exile unless they have to.


    The monsters in the black jade forest hate the human cultivators, and the Shui people in the Jiuqu River are even more feuds.


    But Warcraft is the enemy of almost all creatures. Monsters are also the target of Warcraft. Even monsters don''t want to be demonized.


    The monster army sent by the black jade forest last time was almost completely destroyed, resulting in some criticism of the grey Peng king in the black jade forest.


    But it is just like this, so that those monsters with a little vision know the horror of the demon army.


    Relying solely on the power of the black jade forest, I''m afraid it''s difficult to resist the demon army.


    King Huipeng spent a lot of effort to persuade the monsters in the black jade forest to agree to join hands with aquariums and humans. So far, he has not done his best.


    Meng Zhang, King Hui Peng and King Mermaid met in person, discussed together and reached some agreements.


    Although King Hui Peng didn''t want to offend the Xiao family, out of his trust in Meng Zhang, he reported the matter of Wanhe mountain to Ziyang Shengzong through his own channels.


    After all, Meng Zhang is obviously much more reliable than Xiao Qiao.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong is busy dealing with the Dali Dynasty and has little mind to pay attention to the Daheng cultivation world.


    No one knows how long Ziyang Shengzong will be able to respond after the report of Huipeng king is passed on.


    Although Xiao Qiao and Xiao Liang don''t cooperate, they still have to do what they should do.


    Xiao Qiao ignored Meng Zhang''s kind reminder and tried to die, so he had nothing to do with others.


    On the side of the expedition army, they still spread the secrets about Wanhe mountain through various channels.


    There are many remaining practitioners in Daheng cultivation world. After they know these news, they will be more or less wary of Wanhe mountain.


    Even excluding the big four sect, other practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world have more or less power.


    I hope they have been prepared in advance, so that they can reduce casualties and retain more vitality in the next changes.


    For the specific defense plan, Meng Zhang also made a deployment after discussing with the middle and high levels of the door.


    The expeditionary army actively shrinks, and only two areas will be reserved on the side of the Daheng cultivation world to concentrate its strength for protection.


    One area is maple leaf mountain city, which has been operated for a long time. The Xiuzhen forces over there have long joined Hanhai daomeng and become the vassals of taiyimen. Of course, taiyimen can''t give them up easily.


    Taiyimen has established a solid defense line and arranged a strong defense force there.


    Moreover, maple leaf mountain city borders the edge of black jade forest. If the demon army attacks on a large scale, the monsters in the black jade forest will also provide some support.


    This area is under the command of Yang Xueyi.


    On weekdays, he spent most of his time in the expedition camp.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the expeditionary army began large-scale construction and was ready to build the camp into a permanent base.


    Large scale construction and construction of various buildings. Outside the camp, a mountain protection array is arranged, and many prohibitions are added inside.


    Wen qiansuan came from Jiuqu province to take charge of the construction of this camp.


    If at ordinary times, the Terran friars built so much near their own royal court, the aquarium would have reacted long ago.


    However, the mermaid King believed Meng Zhang''s statement about Wanhe mountain and judged that the devil in the great horizontal cultivation world would become bigger.


    In order to enhance his resistance in front of the demon army, he can only try to appease the Shui people and acquiesce in the action of the expedition army.


    In addition to strengthening the defense of the camp, Wen qiansuan also took out the very scarce array materials of taiyimen to build a long-distance transmission array in the camp.


    The array materials owned by taiyimen are mainly the reward from the silver pot old man.


    Over the years, although taiyimen tried to collect, he thought of many ways in the heavenly palace.


    However, little progress has been made and too many useful materials have not been collected.


    In particular, there is no way to supplement several main materials when they are used up.


    Facing the situation in the Dharma cultivation world, Meng Zhang knew that this was not the time to be stingy with array materials.


    If you want to hold the camp, you must pay all kinds of costs.


    After the long-distance transmission array in the camp is completed, it can not only directly connect with maple leaf mountain city, but also connect with taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In this way, personnel mobilization and material transfer will become much more convenient.


    Of course, because these long-distance transmission arrays have limited transmission capacity, they can only transmit small-scale personnel and materials in a short time, mainly for emergency.


    The mobilization of large troops and the transfer of a large amount of materials still need to pass through the Jiuqu River.


    Meng Zhang adjusted the strength of the expeditionary army and assigned a lot of troops to strengthen the defense of maple leaf mountain city.


    Although Meng Zhang knew that the situation in Daheng Xiuzhen world would completely collapse soon, so far, the situation here is still relatively stable.


    The fourth level demon of the black gold demon king led the army of demons and the army of friars led by Xiao Qiao.


    Only a few demons, or some small-scale demons, are close to the expedition army from time to time.


    Since the war would not break out for the time being and there was a long-distance transmission array for emergency use, Meng Zhang rotated the expeditionary army according to the previous assumption.


    Some monks were sent back to Jiuqu Province, and the newly recruited monks came to replace them.


    As before, the expeditionary army sent a team of friars to go deep into the area occupied by demons, take the initiative to fight with demons and eliminate small-scale demons.


    After arranging the expeditionary army, Meng Zhang saw that the demon army had no trend of massive invasion for the time being, so he left the camp and went to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang is going to visit mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu.


    In particular, the silver pot old man is responsible for the north of the Junchen world. The last time Meng Zhang was able to kill South China, he received the strong help of the silver pot old man.


    This time, he brazenly came to the door for help, hoping that old man Yinhu would pay attention to the situation in the Dharma cultivation world and provide some help to Meng Zhang more or less.

 Chapter 1428

    Meng Zhang first went to visit mother-in-law of lead silk. She was unlucky. Mother-in-law of lead silk was not in the mansion.


    He went to visit old man Yinhu again and threw himself into the air.


    Since neither of them was there, Meng Zhang thought for a moment and went to the branch of Dark Alliance in the heavenly palace, hoping to obtain the latest information about the struggle between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong.


    I don''t know if Meng Zhang''s customer level is not enough, or the Dark Alliance itself doesn''t have detailed information in this regard.


    Meng Zhang delayed for a long time in the Dark Alliance branch, did not get accurate information, and only got some outdated information.


    Since the failure of the last action against the Dali imperial court, Ziyang Shengzong has been ruthless and sent a large number of friars to join the direct attack against the Dali imperial court.


    In the face of the fierce attack of Ziyang Shengzong, Da Li calmly responded to the imperial court. The two sides entangled for a long time and each had its own victory or defeat. Now they are far from seeing the final victory or defeat.


    As for the plans of Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor, it is unknown.


    Although Meng Zhang was surprised that Ziyang Shengzong was defeated by Dali emperor last time, he was very welcome and wanted it.


    The longer these two forces fight, the farther they go. It''s better to lose both. No one can spare the spirit to pay attention to the Jiuqu province.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong was entangled by Dali imperial dynasty, and the pressure on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world fell on Meng Zhang and them.


    Xiao Qiao, an incompetent young man with high eyes and low hands, thinks he is right. Sooner or later, he will plant a big follower.


    It is only a matter of time before the army of demons sweeps across the great horizontal cultivation world.


    At that time, it still depends on Meng Zhang''s means.


    Meng Zhang did not get the information he wanted in the Dark Alliance branch, but left disappointed.


    Anyway, the situation in the Daheng cultivation world was stable for the time being. Meng Zhang decided to stay in the heavenly palace for a few more days.


    Taking advantage of his free time, he simply went to the residence of Hailing sect in the heavenly palace.


    Hailing sect is a big sect in the South China Sea. It has been fighting openly and secretly for many years.


    The relationship between the two sides is similar to the Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, the two sides have not completely torn their faces and officially launched a war.


    Meng Zhang had a good relationship with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, the great friar of Hailing sect.


    With this relationship, taiyimen and hailing sect also had some contacts in the residence of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang is not a Hailing sect. He is frightened by Zhenhai hall and is in a very bad situation.


    Although Taiyi gate is far away from the north of Jun dust world, it is almost separated from the whole Jun dust world with Hailing sect.


    However, for the current Hailing sect, any friend is precious.


    Hailing sect is far above Taiyi gate in terms of strength and details.


    Meng Zhang is envious of being able to break his wrist with the holy door of Zhenhai palace.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t expect to get much help from Hailing sect now.


    He just came to contact the feelings of both sides and kill some time.


    After staying at the place where Hailing was stationed for a while, Meng ZhangCai left slowly.


    When he visited her again, she had already returned.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang didn''t hide anything. He told her his situation and the current situation of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi can''t help Meng Zhang''s situation.


    As a great power of returning to emptiness, she must be bound by the rules of the heavenly palace and cannot take the initiative to fight in the Junchen world.


    As a return to virtual power from casual practice, she has no large-scale subordinates.


    Of course, after achieving the great power of returning to emptiness, naturally many monks came to the door and took the initiative to attach themselves, including the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has high eyes. Not all cats and dogs can see it.


    It took a lot of effort for taiyimen to be qualified to work for her mother-in-law.


    Meng Zhang has been able to enter the eyes of mother-in-law Lansi for so many years.


    Although it was difficult for mother-in-law Qiansi to directly provide help to Meng Zhang, she promised Meng Zhang that she could help him collect some materials for cultivation.


    Such as runes, magic tools and pills for dealing with demons, as well as the main materials for arranging long-distance transmission array.


    The level of returning virtual power is higher and there are more channels.


    If she is willing to help, she must gain something soon.


    Meng Zhang also felt that mother-in-law Lansi paid more and more attention to taiyimen and herself.


    Last time, mother-in-law Qiansi revealed to Meng Zhang the great secret of the imminent great change in the Junchen world. This time, she offered to help.


    In the past, there was more of a trading relationship between taiyimen and her mother-in-law.


    Taiyimen worked for mother-in-law Qiansi in exchange for equal remuneration.


    How much effort the Taiyi gate makes, how much return.


    Occasionally when she is in a good mood, she will take care of taiyimen and mention Meng Zhang.


    Now, although mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t say it clearly, Meng Zhang guessed that mother-in-law Qiansi probably had the intention of supporting Taiyi gate for the future.


    Of course, even if she knew what mother-in-law Lansi was thinking, Meng Zhang would not expose it as long as she didn''t say it clearly.


    After leaving mother-in-law''s residence, Meng Zhang waited for a few days before waiting for the old man Yinhu to come back.


    Meng Zhang went to visit old man Yinhu and met him smoothly.


    Meng Zhang reported to him the situation of Daheng cultivation world, especially pointed out his worries.


    After hearing this, old man Yinhu was also very unhappy.


    Daheng cultivation world has become a trouble gathering place.


    The last time he asked Meng Zhang to kill the demonized Xiang South China, he thought the problem had been solved.


    I really didn''t expect that it would be long before new problems arose.


    The situation in Daheng cultivation world also aroused the vigilance of the old man Yinhu.


    It''s definitely not a small matter to have a relationship with the demon God again and again.


    Old man Yinhu is more informed than Meng Zhang and knows the current situation of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong should not have more power to invest in the Daheng cultivation world in a short time.


    The Xiao family friar of Ziyang Shengzong is so stupid that he dares to ignore the threat of the demon God.


    There are no trivial matters involving demons and gods. Even the great power of returning to emptiness like the old silver pot, he dare not despise it.


    Old man Yinhu had a sense of excitement in his heart.


    Look at those young people of the Xiao family. How can they capsize at that time.


    If things get big, Ziyang Shengzong can''t get rid of it.


    Of course, the silver pot old man is responsible for the north of the Jun dust world. If he doesn''t do anything, it''s also difficult to explain to the heavenly palace at that time.


    Although old man Yinhu is a friar directly under the heavenly palace, he is similar to mother-in-law Qiansi and has few reliable men.


    Last time, he tried to support taiyimen for his own use.


    With the power of taiyimen, many inconvenient things and problems that are difficult to deal with have someone to deal with.


    Now Meng Zhang comes to the door and mentions the matter of Daheng cultivation world. Old man Yinhu has a stronger mind in this regard.

 Chapter 1429

    There are the heads and tails of demons in the great horizontal cultivation world. The old silver pot can''t help but guard against them.


    He originally wanted to report to the high level of Tiangong and use Tiangong to put pressure on Ziyang Shengzong.


    But on second thought, Ziyang Shengzong became very sensitive after being defeated by Dali emperor last time.


    Those who have a wrong attitude at this time are regarded as enemies by Ziyang Shengzong.


    If he comes out at this time, I''m afraid he will be regarded as a provocation by Ziyang Shengzong.


    A good man like old silver pot still doesn''t want to offend Ziyang Shengzong.


    No way, just wait.


    When the limelight is over, find a chance to have a good chat with the senior management of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Old silver pot thought of this, so he decided to continue to wait and see.


    Of course, if the demons on the other side of the Daheng cultivation world have been rampant, and the demonic disaster has even spread again, it can not be completely ignored.


    Meng Zhang came here at the right time.


    Silver pot old man decided to take the taiyimen led by Meng Zhang as an insurance.


    If the demon army sweeps the Dharma cultivation world, Meng Zhang needs to lead his friars to resist.


    In the same way, it is necessary to strengthen the strength of Meng Zhang and taiyimen to resist demons.


    Old silver pot, as a great power of returning to emptiness, is also a monk in the heavenly palace. He has some power more or less.


    As long as he tilts slightly to taiyimen in some aspects, taiyimen will enjoy endless benefits.


    Old man Yinhu and Meng Zhang talked for a while and talked about how to cooperate in the future.


    After that, Meng Zhang left contentedly.


    In the later time, taiyimen received many tasks from the heavenly palace, most of which were easier to complete.


    Friar taiyimen easily completed these tasks. He not only received a lot of remuneration, but also purchased many needed materials at preferential prices.


    Among them, it includes the main materials for arranging the long-distance transmission array.


    In this way, with the secret support of the silver pot old man and the silk pulling mother-in-law, taiyimen has obtained more opportunities and developed at a higher speed.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been almost 20 years since Meng Zhang exposed the details of Wanhe mountain.


    In the past 20 years, the situation of cultivating the real world in a big way was still half dead.


    The army of friars led by Xiao Qiao continued to struggle with the army of demons.


    The small-scale battles between taiyimen friars and demons are also endless.


    But most importantly, there has been no change in Wanhe mountain in the past 20 years.


    After the death of ridge Zhenjun, Wanhe mountain elected a new leader.


    The new leader continued the practice of the real king of the ridge and continued to send a large number of monks to join the army of monks and listen to orders under Xiao Qiao.


    Not only is everything normal in Wanhe mountain, but all the monks in Wanhe mountain are not abnormal.


    At this time, Xiao Qiao took Meng Zhang''s previous warning as harboring evil intentions.


    Meng Zhang, the damned guy, not only assassinated the real king of the ridge, but also tried to mess up the Wanhe mountain and destroy his plan against the demon army.


    Although the new leader of Wanhe mountain is equally respectful to Xiao Qiao, he is far from as easy to use as Zhenjun on the ridge.


    Xiao Qiao hated Meng Zhang even more.


    If Meng Zhang was not still at the other end of the Daheng cultivation world, he would like to fly to Meng Zhang immediately and kill the despicable man himself.


    In the past 20 years, he complained to Xiao Liang many times, hoping that Xiao Liang would punish Meng Zhang.


    Twenty years is just a moment for a great monk like Xiao Liang.


    But what happened during this period is enough to show that Meng Zhang lied at the beginning.


    Meng Zhang has always had ulterior motives. He is not willing to honestly destroy demons and work for Ziyang Shengzong.


    Through his own channels, King Huipeng had already passed on Meng Zhang''s warning to the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, due to Xiao Liang''s insistence, he said Meng Zhang was alarmist and had ulterior motives. In addition, the senior level of Ziyang holy sect was unwilling to spend too much energy in the Daheng cultivation world. Therefore, Meng Zhang''s warning was ignored.


    Many monks in the Dharma world also felt that Meng Zhang had not told the truth at the beginning.


    It is true that Wanhe mountain has something to do with the devil road. The black history of Wanhe mountain''s cultivation of demons is almost well known.


    But Meng Zhang''s statement is really too outrageous.


    Fortunately, the two key figures of mermaid king and grey Peng king are understanding people, and their confidence in Meng Zhang has not wavered.


    As for what other people think, Meng Zhang doesn''t care.


    Qianying Zhenjun stayed long enough in the Daheng cultivation world. He had already completed the agreement and returned to the Dark Alliance.


    Youhuan Zhenjun, who has a bad attitude, has been sitting outside the cloud and fog for the past 20 years and has no intention of leaving for the time being.


    If it weren''t for Youhuan Zhenjun, Meng Zhangzhen couldn''t give consideration to both.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not waste these 20 years.


    Not only have I made great progress in cultivation, but the strength of taiyimen and its vassal forces has increased greatly.


    Once old man Yinhu made up his mind to support Meng Zhang, he became very decisive and gave great help in all aspects.


    Coupled with the help provided by mother-in-law, taiyimen has ushered in unprecedented opportunities.


    Many resources that used to be difficult for taiyimen have more opportunities to start.


    For example, taiyimen has gained a lot of pills and spiritual objects to assist in breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    Meng Zhang acted very magnanimously and did not use all these materials on taiyimen.


    After all, in a short time, not so many monks began to break through the Yuanshen period.


    The vassal forces of taiyimen, especially those who have been loyal for many years, have many good seedlings.


    The current strength of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate has long been enough to subdue the general yuanshenzong gate.


    Even if there are more Yuanshen sect in the subordinate forces, it can not shake the position of Taiyi sect.


    Moreover, those Yuanshen sects who later took refuge in Taiyi gate, such as huolieshan, Qiqiao sect and changchunguan, are always not loyal to Taiyi gate.


    After taiyimen became the ruler of Jiuqu Province, there were many yuanshenzongmen as his subordinates in name.


    Of course, most of these sects have not joined the Hanhai road alliance led by taiyimen so far.


    At this time, the original vassal forces of taiyimen cultivated some Yuanshen Zhenjun, which not only helped to balance all aspects, but also greatly enhanced the strength of Hanhai daomeng.


    At the same time, it also has the role of Qianjin city horse bone, which can show how the hearts of Meng Zhang and taiyimen are atmospheric.


    With the increasing development of taiyimen, there will be more strong people from all sides to invest.


    After Meng Zhang''s personal investigation, he selected some of the most potential friars from these vassal sects as the seed of the yuan God and focused on training them.


    In fact, these friars have the ability to break through the yuan God period. They have not been able to break through the yuan God period before, but they just lack an opportunity.


    Now, Meng Zhang gave them this opportunity.

 Chapter 1430

    In a short period of 20 years, nearly ten true monarchs of Yuanshen have emerged in the whole Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Among them, there are three Taiyi disciples, and the others are friars of Taiyi vassal forces.


    Such as huoyun Zhenjun of huoyun sect, Gu yuehuai butterfly of Dafeng City, etc.


    It goes without saying that disciples of Taiyi sect, such as huoyun sect and Guyue family in Dafeng City, are old Jindan families with profound heritage and long history.


    Not only has the golden elixir immortal never been cut off, but almost every generation has many golden elixirs.


    Compared with the weakest Yuanshen forces, such Jindan forces are inferior to a true monarch of Yuanshen.


    The ideal of these Xiuzhen forces for thousands of years is to cultivate a Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    However, due to the limitations of various conditions, they have always been unable to realize such a dream.


    After the rise of taiyimen and its hegemony over the endless sand sea and Gobi, together with the overall cultivation level of these two places, it is a great progress.


    After taiyimen took control of Yuantu prairie and became the leader of Jiuqu Province, all members of Hanhai road alliance were promoted more or less.


    Xiuzhen forces such as huoyun sect and Guyue family in Dafeng City have always been very loyal and dedicated to Taiyi gate since they took refuge in Taiyi gate and became vassals.


    In such old-fashioned cultivation forces, talented friars with Yuanshen talent can occasionally appear.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is such a figure. It goes without saying the origin between her and Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang helped the vassal forces to cultivate Yuanshen friars this time, which not only rewarded their loyalty, gave hope to more Xiuzhen forces, but also greatly enhanced the overall strength of Hanhai daomeng.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun, who has just broken through, can''t be used directly in the battlefield against demons.


    But letting them sit in the rear and deal with many chores can liberate many of their old Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    With these new Yuanshen Zhenjun, Meng Zhang suddenly felt that his hands had become very sufficient.


    Huolieshan used to be an ally of taiyimen. Even after he became a vassal of taiyimen, he was a little reluctant.


    But in the face of Meng Zhang''s great efforts this time, he was also greatly shocked.


    Chang chunguan and Ji qiaozong had the Yuanshen Zhenjun by chance. The weak zongmen were directly compared by huoyun sect and Gu Yue family.


    Huanglian sect has always been a loyal ally of Taiyi sect. Xu Mengying has made many contributions to Taiyi sect.


    This time, Huang Lianjiao also got a reward. When one of Xu Mengying''s younger generation broke through the Yuanshen period, he got Meng Zhang''s strong help.


    Over the past 20 years, after several rounds of rotation, the main friars of the major cultivation forces in Jiuqu province were basically recruited by Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention consuming the power of many cultivation forces, they also greatly trained various monks and gave them a lot of experience in fighting demons.


    As taiyimen nominally ruled Jiuqu province for a longer and longer time, the strength of Hanhai daomeng has been greatly improved, and the mentality of many Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province has changed.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s very generous move to help the members of Hanhai daomeng get promoted has made many Xiuzhen forces jealous.


    Many Xiuzhen forces took the initiative to join Hanhai daomeng, hoping to become a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    At this time, it''s taiyimen''s turn to hold them.


    Hanhai road alliance is already a powerful old organization, and its members enjoy many benefits.


    Now, it''s not that you can join if you want to.


    For good and bad entrants, of course, we should set some thresholds and make some choices.


    On the condition of accepting new entrants, taiyimen divided, disintegrated and wooed the Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, if no other accidents happen, it will take another 50 years at most, and taiyimen will be able to completely control all the forces of truth cultivation and become the rightful master of the Jiuqu province.


    Of course, the power of big foreign merchants such as Datong business alliance should be calculated separately.


    Although these big merchants ostensibly submit to taiyimen, they have kept in touch with Dali imperial dynasty secretly.


    Since the Dali Dynasty showed enough strength to resist Ziyang Shengzong, it was not long before it defeated Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang should be very careful with these big businesses.


    Neither can we give them the illusion that taiyimen is weak, nor can we force them too much and arouse their full resistance.


    It took Meng Zhang a lot of effort to master the measure.


    Fortunately, after years of tests, sun Pengzhi, the leading strategist around Meng Zhang, has not only proved his loyalty and ability, but also won the trust of taiyimen senior management, including Meng Zhang.


    Now he finally got his wish and became the master of Taiyi gate, carrying out various calculations and planning for Taiyi gate.


    However, the guy he joined halfway is not the direct lineage of Taiyi gate, and he has always been unable to completely integrate into Taiyi gate.


    There is a counselor with extraordinary intelligence and proficient in strategy. Meng Zhang has saved a lot of effort in many things.


    After straightening out the internal problems, Meng ZhangCai was able to deal with the problems of Da Heng cultivation world wholeheartedly.


    The situation in the Dharma cultivation world has not deteriorated as predicted by Meng Zhang, which has indeed paralyzed many people.


    No one dared to question Meng Zhang among the Terran friars in the expedition army.


    Among the Shui people in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River, some ethnic leaders thought Meng Zhang was alarmist, but their doubts were suppressed by the mermaid king.


    The mermaid King originally believed in the holy door of Ziyang holy sect, but because of some operations of Xiao Qiao, he began to be disappointed with Ziyang holy sect and had to pay more attention to his relationship with Meng Zhang.


    King Huipeng is secretly the dark son of Ziyang Shengzong, but he doesn''t look at Xiao Qiao at all.


    He is very appreciative and optimistic about Meng Zhang and has always firmly supported him.


    In the black jade forest, in addition to the grey Peng king, there is a golden monkey king whose strength is only slightly weaker than him.


    The Golden Monkey King not only has the strength equivalent to the cultivators in the later period of the yuan God, but also is the leader of the golden monkey group.


    Among the monsters, red fruit is the law of the jungle, and the strong is respected.


    King Huipeng defeated all the challengers with the strength of Guanjue black jade forest, so that he could become the leader of all monsters in black jade forest..


    If the brocade Monkey King, who is a little weaker than him, has been unwilling to admit defeat by relying on the strong strength of the ethnic group, it is really difficult for the grey Peng king to take the position of leader.


    Fortunately, King Jin monkey accepted the bet and conceded defeat. After being defeated by King Hui Peng, he did not rely on the strength of the ethnic group.


    Although King Jin monkey and King Hui Peng have been at odds with each other and have had a lot of open and secret fights with him, most of the time, King Jin monkey is still willing to obey the leader of King Hui Peng.

 Chapter 1431

    The monkey king is the representative of the Conservatives among the many monsters in the black jade forest.


    This kind of monster is extremely conservative, extremely xenophobic, hostile to human cultivators and aquariums.


    If it were not for the threat of Warcraft, this kind of monster would not reconcile with the aquarium temporarily, let alone accept the two allies of Terran and aquarium.


    Now the demon army has been fighting with the friars under Xiao Qiao, and there is no trend to attack the black jade forest on a large scale.


    This made the monkey king wonder if Meng Zhang was alarmist, just to pull the monster onto his warship.


    Although King Hui Peng could make king Jin monkey listen to the order, he could not suppress his opposition.


    For these skeptics, Meng Zhang has only one evaluation, that is, short-sighted and short-sighted.


    For high-level demons and demons with a long life span, twenty years is nothing at all.


    The time span of their scheming should be calculated in terms of thousands and hundreds of years.


    As for the situation in Daheng cultivation world, although everything is fine now, maybe when the situation will completely collapse.


    Meng Zhang did not pay attention to these skeptics, but actively prepared to deal with the changes that will surely come.


    In these 20 years, his cultivation has not been pulled down. The magic subduing mirror, the most precious treasure of subduing the devil, has been completely repaired by him and completely restored all his strength.


    He went to the heavenly palace many times to meet the old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi and get all kinds of help from them.


    Without the active help of these two back to emptiness, we can''t collect so many elixirs and spiritual objects to help break through the Yuanshen period by relying on the power of taiyimen alone.


    This made Meng Zhang fully realize the power of returning to emptiness.


    As long as you are willing to return to emptiness, you can easily support and even establish a Yuanshen sect.


    After receiving the report from Meng Zhang, the old man Yinhu attached great importance to the situation of Daheng cultivation world.


    Although he didn''t want to provoke Ziyang Shengzong, he still found an opportunity to mention it with a familiar high-level of Tiangong.


    However, to the great surprise of the old man Yinhu, the senior manager didn''t care about it at all.


    Old man Yinhu thought that the other party didn''t realize the seriousness of the problem and couldn''t help saying a few more words.


    The next words of the other party made the old silver pot cold in his heart.


    The senior manager gloated at the situation of Ziyang Shengzong and was happy to see Ziyang Shengzong''s bad luck, which was nothing.


    However, he vaguely suggested that the evil disaster continued to spread, and it was better to have five levels of demons. As the ruler of the north of Junchen world, Ziyang Shengzong must not still sit idly by.


    The fifth order demon has the power to threaten the return to virtual power.


    A bad thing, if Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness can cause losses, it will shake the foundation of Ziyang Shengzong.


    These seemingly understated words are full of malice towards Ziyang Shengzong.


    Old man Yinhu secretly felt that he was involved in some terrible dispute.


    In the past, although the heavenly palace was dissatisfied with the major holy places in the Junchen world, it generally maintained goodwill. Everyone was in the same camp.


    But recently, not only the struggle between the Holy Land sects began to turn white hot, but even the heavenly palace began to show its malice towards those holy land sects.


    Old man Yinhu''s great ability to return to emptiness is a great figure in front of Meng Zhang. But in the heavenly palace, there is no number at all.


    The heavenly palace organization, in addition to the direct friars of the heavenly palace, also has the forces of various holy places.


    The recent disputes have made the silver pot old man more and more unable to understand.


    He didn''t want to get involved in the dispute, so he just pretended to be confused.


    He did his job well so that no one could make mistakes.


    Daheng cultivation world is located in the north of Jun dust world, which should be the area he is responsible for taking care of.


    On the one hand, he made up his mind not to interfere directly in the affairs there. On the other hand, it has also increased its assistance to Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    From the original intention of old man Yinhu, as a righteous monk, he still has a certain bottom line, that is, he must not watch the birth of fifth order demons.


    However, his character made him choose to protect himself. He can only pass through Meng Zhang and taiyimen, hoping that they can suppress the evil disaster.


    Although the silver pot old man didn''t directly tell Meng Zhang about these disputes in the heavenly palace, he just hinted at him.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Tiangong will not directly deal with the affairs of Daheng cultivation world. Everything depends on Meng Zhang himself.


    Meng Zhang thought that her mother-in-law told herself that the Junchen world would usher in unprecedented changes, and the relationship between the Holy Land and the sect had also changed.


    Could it be that Ziyang Shengzong and Tiangong are also beginning to be affected?


    Although Meng Zhang, who was already riding a tiger, had a retreat in his heart, he still had to continue to adhere to the Dharma cultivation world.


    The endless sand sea and Gobi dominated by taiyimen, not to mention the rich Jiuqu province and Yuantu grassland, can provide massive resources even if they have not been fully developed and controlled.


    As long as there is enough time, Hanhai daomeng under the leadership of taiyimen can provide a huge army of monks to fight against demons.


    However, the change of the situation really came too fast and didn''t leave Meng Zhang more time at all.


    On that day, Meng Zhang, as usual, sent it from Jiuqu province to the camp of the expedition army, and was preparing to ask about the recent situation of the camp.


    Niu Dawei, who was in charge of commanding the camp, rushed to Meng Zhang.


    After losing the insider of ridge Zhenjun, it is more and more difficult for taiyimen to master the intelligence over Xiao Qiao.


    Although the expeditionary army was unable to interfere with the situation on the other side of Xiaoqiao, many practitioners were sent to monitor it.


    Once there is a change, the expeditionary army can respond in time.


    In addition to the investigation team composed of Jindan friars, Niu Dawei also sent Yuanshen Zhenjun in turn to conduct on-the-spot investigation.


    But not long ago, not only the three investigation teams lost contact, but also the Yuanshen Zhenjun, Jin Qiaoer, who was investigated in the past, was always out of contact.


    Before they set out, they were equipped with special long-distance communication devices.


    As long as they are in the Daheng cultivation world and the surrounding areas, they can maintain close contact with the expeditionary army camp in the rear.


    In the past, individual teams lost contact, but all the investigation teams lost contact, and even Yuanshen Zhenjun couldn''t contact. Before Niu Dawei finished speaking, Jin Lizhen rushed in from the outside.


    The teacher and apprentice are connected. This time it''s Jin Qiaoer''s turn to go deep into the enemy territory for investigation. She has been paying attention to the rear.


    Now Jin Qiaoer lost contact, she immediately began to worry.

 Chapter 1432

    Jin Qiaoer has achieved the Yuanshen Zhenjun for many years. She has fought against demons many times. She has extremely rich combat experience. She has been a veteran in the battlefield for a long time.


    Even in case of any accident, she should have enough ability to deal with it.


    However, in Jin Lizhen''s eyes, he probably regarded this closed door disciple as an object to be taken care of.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen had been friends for many years, and they watched Jin Qiaoer grow up all the way.


    Whether in public or private, he can''t sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang had a bad omen in his heart.


    After years of fighting with the demons in Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang killed countless demons, and even killed Xiang South China, a guy with the potential to break through the fifth order demons.


    He has obtained a lot of heavenly virtues.


    He had long found that the merits and virtues of heaven were infinite.


    For Tianji master alone, Tiandao merits and virtues can not only help counteract Tiandao backfire, but also greatly enhance Tianji master''s various abilities.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense has become more and more acute.


    Although it is far from being a prophet, but the autumn wind has not moved, the cicada has a premonition. He has a prior induction to many major events related to himself.


    Although the feeling this time is still very vague, he already has the feeling that the mountain rain is coming and the wind is all over the building.


    Could it be that the battle between Xiao Qiao and the demon army has changed a lot?


    Meng Zhang asked Niu Dawei to immediately mobilize the camp friars and prepare for the battle.


    He took Jin Lizhen Jun all the way to the area where Xiao Qiao was located.


    When Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen finished the last transmission, they appeared at the last contact place of Jin Qiaoer.


    Jin Lizhen Jun holds a small conch and blows it gently.


    This is the long-distance communication device Meng Zhang bought from Hailing sect a long time ago.


    Both Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Emperor gave similar magic tools to Meng Zhang.


    However, in addition to maintaining contact with the two forces, Meng Zhang did not want the monks to use the communication method they gave in order to avoid divulging any secrets.


    The weapon refining skill of Hailing sect is far above Taiyi gate, and the South China Sea is a treasure house rich in resources, which can provide all kinds of rare and precious resources.


    As long as it is not shielded, friars holding such magic instruments can keep in touch within a range of about one million miles.


    The camp of the expedition army is hundreds of thousands of miles away from here. Although it is still within the communication range, it is far away and will inevitably be disturbed.


    Jin Lizhen Jun blew the conch at this distance, and there was a faint response.


    However, these responses are not very clear and are obviously disturbed by some force.


    Meng Zhang''s mind expanded and easily shrouded in a range of hundreds of miles.


    In his keen mind, all kinds of traces were invisible.


    Dozens of miles to the southwest, there was an obvious evil spirit circling.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen looked at each other. That was the direction of the conch''s response.


    Their figure immediately disappeared in place. When he appeared again, he had come to the place where the magic Qi circled.


    The evil spirit is mixed with the true yuan breath of human friars. It was obviously left when the two sides fought.


    Meng Zhang immediately purified the evil Qi and flew to the south along this clue.


    They found the target less than a thousand miles away.


    Jin Qiaoer and a strange human Yuanshen friar fought fiercely with three heads and four orders of demons.


    These three fourth-order demons are very powerful, especially one of them is almost completely composed of black smoke, which completely shrouds the surrounding space and covers the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen both flew close. Only with Meng Zhang''s arrogant magic eyes can they barely see the scene surrounded by black smoke.


    No wonder Jin Qiaoer can''t be contacted. This thick black smoke can not only shield the meditator''s mind, but also block the signal sent by the communication method.


    Although Jin Qiaoer was still the little apprentice in Jin Lizhen''s eyes.


    However, she has long been regarded as a mature Yuanshen Zhenjun, and has many years of experience in fighting demons.


    Now Jin Qiaoer joined hands with another yuan God friar, and was forced to the disadvantage by three demons, so it was difficult to get away.


    The strange Yuanshen friar is a Taoist robe female friar. His accomplishments are much better than Jin Qiaoer. A jade ruler in his hand has a very obvious restraining effect on demons.


    If it hadn''t been for the help of this goddess, Jin Qiaoer would have been unable to support it.


    After seeing the form clearly, Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen immediately made a move without hesitation.


    The sun and moon jewels rose from Meng Zhang''s head, and the endless sun and moon god light fell from the sky and fell into the battlefield.


    Jin Lizhen pinched the formula with both hands and began to call the wind and rain and stir the wind and cloud.


    But for a moment, the sky was covered with thunder clouds and the thunder rolled.


    The three fourth order demons found that reinforcements came from the Terran side and were preparing to respond. The enemy''s attack was imminent.


    The sun and moon falling from the sky fell on the black smoke shrouding the battlefield and easily turned it into nothing.


    The sun and moon light that continued to fall fell on the three fourth order demons, making them feel like needles all over, tingling incomparably.


    Then the thunder ball fell all over the sky and smashed three fourth order demons.


    Jin Qiaoer and the strange female nun seized the opportunity and immediately began to counterattack. They firmly entangled the three fourth order demons, so that they could not get away easily.


    After a great war, the third and fourth order demons had no chance to escape, and all were killed on the spot.


    After the battle, Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen had time to ask Jin Qiaoer slowly.


    Jin Qiaoer first introduced the strange nun to them.


    This female nun, named Feng Yao Zhenjun, is an elder of SONGFENG sect.


    Jin Qiaoer was originally ordered to come here to monitor the battle between the friars under Xiao Qiao and the demon war.


    But not long ago, she happened to meet fengyao Zhenjun, who was chased and killed by the fourth order demon.


    Jin Qiaoer flew to help, but a fourth-order demon came later.


    Jin Qiaoer and fengyao Zhenjun fought and retreated until they were completely surrounded by three fourth order demons.


    If Meng Zhang and Jin Lizhen hadn''t come, it would be difficult for them to get away.


    As for the situation of the other three Jindan teams, Jin Qiaoer is not very clear. She only knows that they should also be active in the nearby area.


    I can''t contact them now. I''m afraid they are also besieged by demons.


    Three separate golden elixir teams were besieged by demons almost at the same time, indicating that one of the demons must have made big moves.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect them, immediately cast a spell to search, and began to track their whereabouts along the traces left by them.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun, who was saved by Meng Zhang, offered to help. Meng Zhang didn''t refuse and let him follow everyone.

 Chapter 1433

    Meng Zhang and his companions walked around for a while and encountered demons many times.


    I don''t know when, a large number of demon teams appeared in the surrounding area.


    These demon teams are constantly wandering around, hunting and killing all human friars they meet.


    These demon teams are very strong. They are basically composed of third-order demons, including many fourth-order demons.


    Change a weaker Yuanshen Zhenjun and enter this area rashly. If you are not careful, you may be folded in the hands of demons.


    Meng Zhang is anxious to rescue his friars and has no intention to entangle with demons.


    They easily dispelled the demons they met on the road and soon determined the situation of the three golden elixir teams.


    A golden elixir team has been completely destroyed under the siege of demons, and no one survived.


    The other two teams suffered heavy casualties and were chased and besieged by demons. Fortunately, they were saved by Meng Zhang at the last minute.


    When they flew to a relatively safe place, they asked about their experience.


    They are still a little confused. All they know is that they are suddenly besieged by demons, blocked all information, and even have no time to send a signal for help.


    Seeing that these friars were seriously injured, Meng Zhang put them all into the void tripod and let them heal slowly.


    Meng Zhang''s expedition army gathered elites from almost the whole Jiuqu Province, and experts at all levels emerged one after another.


    But friar Jindan is not a cabbage. Even in the expedition army, he is an important backbone.


    Now that so many Jindan friars have been lost in one breath, Meng Zhang''s face is very ugly.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun followed Meng Zhang all the way, looking like he wanted to talk and stop.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t deliberately kill demons, his cultivation, that is, a random blow, has great power, enough to crush ordinary demons.


    After the rescue, Meng Zhang killed a lot of demons along the way.


    Fengyao Zhenjun hesitated for a while before he found a topic.


    "Leader Meng, do you know the latest trend of the demon army?"


    Both Meng Zhang''s hunch and his experience after coming here made him predict the trend of the demon army.


    However, he did not trust the local monks in the Daheng cultivation world enough and could not be honest.


    Meng Zhang didn''t speak. He looked at Feng Yao Zhenjun and waited for her to continue.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun didn''t expect Meng Zhang to answer his question just now. It was just an introduction.


    Next, Feng Yao Zhenjun told a lot of things.


    After Meng Zhang left Wanhe mountain that year, he spread the inside information about Wanhe mountain everywhere.


    Fengyao Zhenjun and many of his classmates chose to believe the news spread by Meng Zhang.


    SONGFENG sect has been fighting with Wanhe mountain for many years, and now Meng Zhang provides them with the best excuse.


    At this time, if SONGFENG attacks Wanhe mountain, Wanhe mountain will be severely bitten off by SONGFENG sect even under the protection of Xiao Qiao.


    If Meng Zhang''s words are taken seriously, Wanhe mountain will be destroyed.


    But what surprised fengyao Zhenjun and her fellow disciples was that Cangsong Zhenjun, the supreme elder of SONGFENG sect, actually stopped the practice of his fellow disciples, and scolded Meng Zhang in front of Xiao Qiao, believing that Meng Zhang was stirring up discord and undermining their unity.


    Cangsong Zhenjun''s words are in harmony with Xiao Qiao''s mind, which makes Xiao Qiao praise his wisdom.


    But fengyao Zhenjun and others had doubts in their hearts.


    Fengyao Zhenjun and others can''t directly question Xiao Qiao and Cangsong Zhenjun. Instead, they begin to secretly monitor Wanhe mountain and try to find out what''s wrong with Wanhe mountain.


    But fengyao Zhenjun not only didn''t find the secret of Wanhe mountain, but they had accidents one after another.


    Some of Feng Yao Zhenjun''s classmates disappeared inexplicably, and some of them were suddenly besieged and killed by demons.


    Fengyao Zhenjun has also been attacked by demons many times.


    The latest one, that is, the one saved by Jin Qiaoer, was the one closest to her death.


    Fengyao Zhenjun was vague, and many key places were hidden.


    When she said this, she followed Meng Zhang''s original statement and drew everyone''s attention to Wanhe mountain.


    Although the SONGFENG sect and Wanhe mountain have always been hostile, water and fire are incompatible.


    However, Meng Zhang did not treat the SONGFENG sect differently because the enemy of the enemy was a friend.


    He will not trust all the Xiuzhen sects in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, including the SONGFENG sect.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that when shanchongzhenjun raised the demon fetus, Gu songzhenjun of SONGFENG sect tried to compete.


    SONGFENG sect has kept demons for many years, and it can''t be said to be innocent.


    Meng Zhang just wanted to know more information from Feng Yao Zhenjun, so he could talk to her more.


    Meng Zhang would not easily believe all the words she said, but had his own judgment.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun said for a long time, and Meng Zhang was silent all the time.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, didn''t make a statement, and Jin Lizhen and Jin Qiaoer were even more difficult to talk.


    Fengyao Zhenjun is also a little worried. However, many things are related to the secrets of SONGFENG sect, and she is not easy to disclose to outsiders.


    Just when fengyao Zhenjun was a little embarrassed, a sword light fell from the distant sky and ran towards fengyao Zhenjun.


    Seeing this, Feng Yao Zhenjun waved to Meng Zhang and received the flying sword with a gentle wave.


    This is a special messenger flying sword. It should bring some information.


    Just a moment after flying the sword, Feng Yao Zhenjun immediately turned pale, his body shook violently, and he was almost unstable.


    He was a true monarch of the yuan God. Tears appeared in his eyes and his weakness was exposed.


    Jin Qiaoer is kind-hearted and is preparing to comfort her, but Feng Yao Zhenjun has quickly adjusted.


    She put away her posture and looked at Meng Zhang.


    She seemed to have made up her mind, and her eyes were full of perseverance.


    "Headmaster Meng, what I''m going to say next is related to the secrets of our SONGFENG sect and is also closely related to the situation in Daheng Xiuzhen world."


    "If it weren''t for the great change in the door and the complete collapse of the situation in the great horizontal cultivation world, these words should not be spoken of with outsiders."


    With the story of fengyao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang and their faces began to become serious.


    It is an open secret that the four giants of Daheng cultivation world secretly keep demons.


    Meng Zhang knew about this many years ago, and had personal experience in the Dharma world.


    But he didn''t know much about the exact reason, just had his own guess.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience and speculation, the Xiuzhen Sect on the side of Daheng Xiuzhen world should covet the power of demons before secretly raising demons.


    He has seen many friars. In order to obtain more powerful power and longer life, he does not hesitate to fall into the devil''s way and completely degenerate.


    Later, a series of events seemed to confirm Meng Zhang''s guess after the magic disaster broke out on the side of Daheng cultivation world.

 Chapter 1434

    Meng Zhang has experienced a lot in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The fact that shanchongzhen kept the demon fetus was destroyed by him.


    The details of Wanhe mountain were also discovered by Meng Zhang.


    Xiangjia led all monks to offer sacrifices to demon gods. Meng Zhang was also a witness, a troublemaker and destroyer.


    Wanhe mountain and Xiangjia are the chess pieces of the demon God. The two giants of SONGFENG sect and Bairi valley should not be good birds.


    But what fengyao Zhenjun said overturned Meng Zhang''s cognition.


    SONGFENG sect is not an indigenous sect in Daheng Xiuzhen world, but an alien sect.


    Thousands of years ago, the SONGFENG sect moved to the Daheng cultivation world.


    The ancestors of SONGFENG sect come from the Middle Earth. They are good at restraining demons. The profound secret method of making demons by demons is spread in the door.


    Many cultivation skills of SONGFENG sect need to be cultivated by refining demons and killing demonic friars.


    Most of the demons in the cultivation world are mysterious and difficult to find. Demons are great enemies of living creatures, which are difficult to survive.


    In order to ensure the cultivation of monks in the door, SONGFENG sect has the tradition of keeping demons.


    After reaching the Daheng cultivation world, the SONGFENG sect secretly raised demons on a large scale according to this tradition.


    Because this matter is related to the secret of martial arts in the sect, and even the origin of SONGFENG sect. Of course, SONGFENG sect will not disclose the inside information.


    Coincidentally, Xiangjia and Wanhe mountain, two main gates in the Daheng cultivation world, also have the tradition of keeping demons.


    In the cultivation world, there are indeed many practitioners who are greedy for the power of demons, so as to cultivate demons.


    According to the monks of SONGFENG sect, Wanhe mountain and Xiangjia should be such a situation.


    The ancestor of SONGFENG sect was at odds with the devil and regarded the devil as the enemy of life and death.


    It was precisely because of this that the ancestors of the SONGFENG sect were doomed and had to flee from the Middle Earth to the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    After the SONGFENG sect came here, its style of conduct has converged and is no longer so extreme.


    For many things, forced by the situation, they have to pretend to be invisible.


    It is impossible to pursue the devil as before.


    With the situation of Da Heng Xiuzhen world, it is impossible for SONGFENG sect to destroy Wanhe mountain and Xiangjia.


    However, for Wanhe mountain and Xiangjia, SONGFENG school is also very despised.


    Later, because of some conflicts of interest, the SONGFENG sect and Wanheshan became incompatible and became a feud.


    Of course, later, because of Meng Zhang''s relationship, the details of home and Wanhe mountain were exposed. The monks of SONGFENG sect had the idea that they should have.


    As for the day Valley, it''s a little funny in this matter.


    Day valley was originally a serious Taoist sect, which had nothing to do with the devil.


    But three of the big four are secretly keeping demons.


    If these three families get more powerful power from the demons, they may be able to beat the day valley.


    In addition to coveting the power of demons, the day Valley is also worried about its own independence and being isolated by the other three.


    Therefore, the day valley began to keep demons secretly.


    Of course, the other three have ways to use demons, but the day Valley didn''t get much from keeping demons.


    The reason why Bairi Valley acts overbearing and thinks of itself as the leader of the great horizontal cultivation world is actually a little guilty.


    Friars of SONGFENG sect fight against demons all year round and have a lot of contact with demonic forces.


    In order to prevent the friars in the door from being confused by the power of the devil''s way and really falling into the devil''s way, SONGFENG sect has many defensive means.


    Friars like Feng Yao Zhenjun are the insurance of SONGFENG sect.


    They have special inheritance and training means. Most of the monks in the door are not a system, but trained separately.


    Their duty is to monitor the monks in the door and prevent them from falling into the devil.


    After the outbreak of the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, the situation within the SONGFENG sect began to become tense.


    The power of the ancestors of the magic plow and the famine demon God appeared one after another, which made the senior friars of the SONGFENG sect panic.


    Our ancestors stood against demons all year round. After all, Meng Zhang''s reputation is still very good.


    At least on the issue of fighting against demons, his attitude has always been very firm and can not be criticized.


    When no other reinforcements could be found, Meng Zhang became the only choice for fengyao Zhenjun.

 Chapter 1435

    Of course, Feng Yao Zhenjun will not completely trust Meng Zhang, but judging from Meng Zhang''s previous performance, he and the devil should be in a state of hostility.


    As long as he is not a member of the evil way, Feng Yao Zhenjun can accept it.


    She offered good terms to persuade Meng Zhang to agree to help.


    As long as Meng Zhang helps the relocated population, after Feng Yao Zhenjun rebuilt the SONGFENG sect, the SONGFENG sect can be dominated by the Taiyi sect and become a vassal of the Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang did not fully believe in Feng Yao Zhenjun.


    However, judging from her current performance and content, no flaws have been found for the time being.


    Although he hasn''t discussed with the middle and senior management of the door, Meng Zhang is inclined to help Feng Yao Zhenjun.


    Taking advantage of the internal division of the SONGFENG faction to incorporate some of the power of the SONGFENG faction can not only weaken the enemy, but also enhance themselves.


    Especially when Feng Yao Zhenjun introduced the origin of SONGFENG sect, Meng Zhang was very moved.


    The ancestor of SONGFENG sect comes from Middle Earth. He is good at fighting demons and can restrain demons.


    From what Feng Yao Zhenjun did just now, she can show good combat power in front of demons stronger than her own. Her statement should be true.


    Taiyimen, the great enemy of demons, needs such strength.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t immediately promise Feng Yao Zhenjun. Instead of waiting for the price, he had another idea.


    From the experience of Jin Qiaoer and others, the demon army should have big moves. And Cang song Zhenjun exposed the matter of going in and out of the devil at this time. It was a little too coincidental in time.


    Although the magic power of the Daheng cultivation world is powerful, they do not belong to each other, but there is a fierce struggle inside.


    The Lord of the magic plow house originally worshipped by Xiang family and the famine demon God believed by Mo Qingzhen are hostile to each other. As a result, their believers and family members will not tolerate fire and water.


    Now the black gold demon king, who is in charge of the demon army in Daheng Xiuzhen world, doesn''t know which demon God to believe in?


    Meng Zhang doesn''t even know the name of the demon God behind Wanhe mountain.


    Now Cangsong Zhenjun is possessed. In addition to his own reasons, it is still unknown whether there are external factors.


    Sometimes the struggle within the devil''s way is more cruel than the struggle between the right and the devil.


    It is precisely because several enemies are unlikely to join hands that Meng ZhangCai has been sticking to the Dharma cultivation world.


    But the current situation gave him a bad feeling.


    If the forces of the evil way come together, it will be a big trouble.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun saw that Meng Zhang had not promised. In addition to continuing to plead, he also looked to Jin Qiaoer for help.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun and Jin Qiaoer just met.


    When Jin Qiaoer saw that she was chased by demons, she helped her, so she knew her.


    To tell you the truth, they have no friendship.


    However, Jin Qiaoer has a pure heart and can''t bear to look at the innocent friars of SONGFENG sect and the mortals under his rule, who were killed by the demonized Cangsong Zhenjun.


    Of course, she will not easily interfere with Meng Zhang''s decision on such a major event.


    Jin Qiaoer asked and wanted to know Meng Zhang''s attitude.


    In this time, Meng Zhang has considered completing it.


    No matter whether fengyao Zhenjun is really credible or not, and no matter what action there is in the devil''s way, he decides to go and check the situation in person.


    Anyway, with the void tripod in hand, he can withdraw in time even if the situation is wrong.


    Meng Zhang agreed to fengyao Zhenjun''s help.


    However, he didn''t say anything, just said he was willing to go and see the situation.


    If it''s really impossible, he has to give up.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude has greatly exceeded the expectation of Feng Yao Zhenjun.


    Next, Meng Zhang took Jin Qiaoer, Jin Lizhen and Feng Yao Zhenjun to deliver them to the camp of Xiaoqiao army.


    Fengyao Zhenjun showed great cooperation in this process without any resistance.


    According to Feng Yao Zhenjun, during this time, the army of friars led by Xiao Qiao has been confronting the army of demons led by the black gold king.


    Cangsong Zhenjun also works in the army.


    He spent most of his time in the camp of the friar army.


    The camp is not far away. Meng Zhang came outside the camp after a transmission.


    They don''t have to move on. The scenes ahead have appeared in front of them.


    The whole camp was in chaos, with fires everywhere and beacon smoke covering the sky.


    Countless demons have long been killed in the camp, rushing left and right and running around.


    The army of monks had long collapsed, and there was little organized resistance.


    Countless monks were slaughtered, eaten and swallowed by demons. It is difficult to see a complete monk''s body on the ground.


    The rest of the Terran friars ran around and ran for their lives like headless flies.


    There are a few friars with strong combat power who have just made their way out of the siege, but a large group of demons are still chasing after them.


    On the battlefield, we can see from time to time that after the fall of Yuanshen Zhenjun, the rules of the surrounding heaven and earth appear, temporarily disordered, and the spirit of heaven and earth becomes violent.


    There are more Jindan real people who are desperate and forced to explode.


    The friars who blew themselves up were lucky. Those who fell into the demon group ended up miserable.


    ¡­¡­


    Although they had already made some psychological preparations, everyone, including Meng Zhang, did not expect that the collapse of the Terran friar army came so quickly.


    The strength of this army of friars is not weak, especially in terms of high-level friars, it is much stronger than the expedition army led by Meng Zhang.


    Without the black jade forest and aquarium as allies, Meng Zhang can''t pull enough strong monks.


    Among the army of friars led by Xiao Qiao, in addition to Cangsong Zhenjun who has been possessed, there are two great friars, Bairi Zhenjun and Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    But now, this powerful army of friars has completely failed and almost all the army has been destroyed.


    Although Meng Zhang was unwilling, he also knew that it was impossible to reverse the overall situation by relying on their strength alone.


    The defeat of the Terran side in this war has been decided, and no one can return to heaven.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes turned to the southern edge of Daying.


    There are three powerful momentum rising into the sky. The power of terror makes all demons and human friars unable to get close to there.


    The long lost Nanzhu Zhenjun''s eyes were red and he tried his best to fight like crazy.


    A demon in human form turned into a sword and completely shrouded Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    There is also an old man with white hair and wrinkles, who is cooperating with the demon to limit the movement of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Although he had never seen it before, Meng Zhang had recognized the identity of the human demon.


    This demon should be the legendary black gold demon who leads the demon army.


    It is said that although the black gold demon king is a demon, he has the same extremely brilliant Kendo attainments as the human sword cultivation.


    Even, most of the Terran sword practitioners don''t have his Kendo attainments.


    Seeing you today, you really deserve your reputation.

 Chapter 1436

    Meng Zhang himself is also a master of swordsmanship and a man of goods.


    Meng Zhang has seen powerful sword cultivation before, such as Ouyang sword, king of sword, Zhenjun of jade sword, etc. when it comes to swordsmanship, it is more than a notch worse than the demon in front of him.


    Meng Zhang is not a swordsman. He is not as good as this demon in kendo.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has many other means besides his excellent swordsmanship. If he really starts to fight with this demon, he may not be afraid of each other.


    But now the tide is over.


    The Terran side was completely defeated, and countless demon armies crowded around the camp.


    Even if Meng Zhang forced his hand, the final result was drowned by an endless army of demons.


    It''s not necessary for the black gold demon king to make a move. Once a large army of demons with enough numbers comes around, it is entirely possible to break through the cultivation gap and beat Meng Zhang alive to death.


    Fengyao Zhenjun was so angry that he couldn''t speak, pointing to the old man who cooperated with the black gold demon king.


    Needless to say, this old man is Cangsong Zhenjun after being possessed by the devil.


    Although he has been possessed by the devil, Cangsong Zhenjun is still in human form. He has not changed beyond recognition and changed greatly like South China.


    It may be that Cang Songzhen Jun was possessed not long ago and was not deeply possessed.


    Of course, as long as you are possessed, you can''t get it back. The end to South China is the tomorrow of Cangsong Zhenjun.


    There was a great terror between life and death. Before Shouyuan was exhausted, a great monk like Cangsong Zhenjun finally couldn''t bear it and fell into the devil''s way.


    "Nanzhu Taoist friend, your sworn brothers and sisters have died. What''s the meaning of living alone?"


    "You might as well give up resistance and let me send you to reunite with them."


    Cangsong Zhenjun spoke as he shot, trying to shake Nanzhu Zhenjun''s mind.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s brother and sister stayed in Taiyi gate for a long time, and Meng Zhang knew something about them.


    Although the three brothers and sisters are not close brothers and sisters, they have excellent feelings and miss each other deeply.


    They got to know each other at the last minute, supported and relied on each other, and then they came to this step all the way.


    Now qiaomei Zhenjun and Hanzhu Zhenjun are dead, which makes Nanzhu Zhenjun crazy.


    Cangsong Zhenjun''s words not only did not shake Nanzhu Zhenjun''s fighting spirit, but made him angry and desperate.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, who was born in scattered cultivation, was not a strong monk in the later period of Yuanshen. He was injured in the battle just now. Now he is surrounded by two strong enemies. Even if he is unwilling to lose, it is only a matter of time.


    After all, we got to know each other and got along well. Meng Zhang didn''t want to watch each other die in front of him.


    Although he could not save the defeat or save more human friars, he should be able to save Nanzhu Zhenjun, an acquaintance.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples had already found them among the demons around the camp after they appeared outside the camp.


    Many demons, regardless of the huge strength gap between the two sides, have come crazy.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun, Jin Lizhen Jun and Jin Qiaoer''s master and apprentice made moves one after another to sweep away the demons.


    Meng Zhang greeted them and took the initiative to fly to the direction where Nanzhu Zhenjun was besieged.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed away and rushed into the battlefield between them in the blink of an eye.


    Seeing a celebrity monk come to stir up the situation, the black gold devil with one finger and a huge sword fell from the sky and killed Meng Zhang.


    Several fourth order demons jumped around to block Meng Zhang''s progress.


    The black gold demon king and Cangsong Zhenjun hurry up and want to solve Nanzhu Zhenjun as soon as possible.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, who was already determined to die, saw Meng zhangfei coming and shouted a few words.


    "Don''t worry about me, leader Meng. I''ll die with these demons today. Even if I die here, I have to take some cushions."


    "Headmaster Meng, get out of here. Don''t risk yourself."


    ¡­¡­


    With these shouts, Nanzhu Zhenjun became more crazy and fearless.


    Whether it is a high-level demon like the black gold devil or Cangsong Zhenjun who has been possessed for a long time, they cherish their own lives and don''t want to die here for nothing.


    They don''t want to be buried with Nanzhu Zhenjun. First, they need to protect themselves.


    Meng Zhang, holding a spirit snake spear, picked it from left to right. After a few times, he overturned the fourth level demon in the way and successfully rushed into the battlefield.


    Taiyi''s lightsaber turned into a sword light and shot away at Cangsong Zhenjun.


    The Yin and Yang Qi turned into a huge millstone to block the infinite sword Qi released by the black gold demon king.


    "Nanzhu Taoist friend, don''t talk nonsense. Let''s leave here first and talk about others."


    Nanzhu Zhenjun still has some desire for survival in his heart, and he is not a hypocritical person.


    At present, Meng Zhang has been killed by himself. He knows that he can''t live up to Meng Zhang''s intention and immediately actively cooperates.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun inspired his potential, broke through the blockade of Cangsong Zhenjun and joined Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took back Taiyi''s lightsaber, took Nanzhu Zhenjun, used space transmission, and appeared next to fengyao Zhenjun.


    The black gold demon king and Cangsong Zhenjun were also able to transmit space, and followed Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang urged the void tripod to bring the three women of fengyao Zhenjun together, carry out space transmission again, and penetrate into the space gap.


    Meng Zhang, with the help of the void tripod, shows a strong space ability.


    However, he transmitted it several times in a row and walked through the space gap for a long time before he finally got rid of two powerful pursuers.


    In the later stage of Yuanshen, most of the strong people have not weak space ability.


    Cangsong Zhenjun has the brilliant inheritance of SONGFENG school. After being possessed by the devil, his strength increases instead of decreasing.


    The black gold devil is like a Terran sword repair. He has an indomitable spirit. Even space can be cut open with a sword.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to make a beautiful counterattack when he walked through the space gap with his accomplishments on the space Avenue.


    However, Nanzhu Zhenjun was seriously injured. With Meng Zhang alone, even if there were many hidden cards, it was difficult to defeat two with one.


    Second, Meng Zhang vaguely felt that a more powerful demon cultivation was approaching them at a high speed.


    If you stop to fight back, once you are entangled by the black gold demon king and Cangsong Zhenjun, when the demon repair arrives at the battlefield, everyone will be really dangerous.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only gave up the idea of killing a horse gun and ran for his life honestly.


    After getting rid of the black gold demon king and Cangsong Zhenjun, he also carried out several additional transmissions in order to get rid of the demon Xiu who came.


    In a valley more than 100000 miles away from the camp of the friars, Meng Zhang''s figure appeared from the void.


    After temporarily getting rid of the enemy''s pursuit, Meng Zhang had time to talk to Nanzhu Zhenjun and understand what happened in the camp.

 Chapter 1437

    Three days ago, in the camp of the friars under the command of Xiao Qiao, it looked as usual, calm and peaceful.


    However, the changes related to the survival of the whole friar army took place silently.


    This army of friars has a large number, and the sources of friars are complex. It is mainly composed of friars in several aspects.


    These monks of different origins are not very friendly to each other, and some have accumulated resentments.


    To this end, the friar army was divided into several parts, stationed in different positions of the camp, and built a simple defense system.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t risked to save him, Nanzhu Zhenjun would have died.


    While launching an all-round attack on the camp, the demon army also arranged many teams around.


    One is to clear the Terran friars in the surrounding area, and the other is to intercept and hunt down the escaped fish from the camp.


    Facing the careful arrangement of the devil, this army of friars is afraid that few can escape from the heaven in the end.


    As for the attack on the friar team sent by Taiyi sect, in addition to this factor, it was affected by the demon chasing Feng Yao Zhenjun and suffered from the disaster of pond fish.


    Meng Zhang and his wife all lamented after hearing the story of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Although Meng Zhang extremely hated Xiao Qiao, he still felt sorry for the fate of this friar army.


    If it weren''t for the internal and external factors, even if the friar army was defeated, it wouldn''t be so miserable.


    This army of friars can be said to concentrate the main force and the last resistance force in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Now the whole army is destroyed, and the local Xiuzhen forces in the Daheng Xiuzhen world can no longer resist the demon army.


    It''s a pity that so many monks and such a powerful force have been lost in vain.


    Next, the situation of Daheng cultivation world will be completely changed.


    After the demon army completely annihilates the friars, most of them will continue to wipe out the remaining cultivation forces in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    The expedition army and Aquarium led by Meng Zhang should also be the target of the demon army. They don''t have much time left.


    We must make an early decision on how to arrange the next step.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t care to go up to meet Feng Yao Zhenjun''s classmate.


    Fortunately, when fengyao Zhenjun received a letter from his elders flying sword, the news that Cangsong Zhenjun was possessed should also be passed to her companions.


    I hope her companion is smarter and can respond in time.


    Fengyao Zhenjun was going to leave and went to meet his companions alone.


    But Meng Zhang stopped her and told her to wait a little.


    Meng Zhang has an idea in mind. She may need her help next.


    Meng Zhang urged the void tripod and sent it directly back to the expedition camp with the people.


    When he returned to the camp, Niu Dawei had already begun to mobilize friars to actively prepare for the war.


    Meng Zhang immediately spread the news of the accident over Xiao Qiao to King Hui Peng and King Mermaid and asked them to come as soon as possible.


    Then, Meng Zhang left Nanzhu Zhenjun and other wounded in the camp and let them heal well.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun is also very determined to come to this step today.


    Although there were countless unwilling and resentment in his heart, he calmed down temporarily and dealt with his injury first.


    If he can''t recover his combat effectiveness in time, he can''t help.

 Chapter 1438

    After receiving the news from Meng Zhang, both king Huipeng and King Mermaid dared not neglect. They soon came to the camp of the expedition army and joined Meng Zhang.


    After we met, Nanzhu Zhenjun had gone to retreat to heal his wounds. Meng Zhang relayed his words.


    For this fiasco, the mermaid King sighed, and the grey Peng king was a little angry.


    Xiao Qiao did not rely on his strength to organize this army of friars.


    He took advantage of the name of Ziyang Shengzong to gather many forces of truth cultivation and get the support of many people.


    Xiao Liang is even more self serving and has invested a lot of resources in it.


    Now the whole army is destroyed, not only the victory of the demon army, but also the failure of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who suffered defeat in Dali Dynasty not long ago, is tantamount to another indirect setback.


    Once the news is spread, it will greatly damage the reputation of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, these things can be put aside for the time being. The top priority is how to deal with the next move of the demon army.


    After explaining the current situation, Meng Zhang discussed with them.


    According to the mermaid King''s opinion, your side should continue to shrink, concentrate and be ready to resist the attack of the demon army at any time.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had this idea, and he had made such an arrangement before.


    However, after going to the battlefield in person, he met fengyao Zhenjun again, and his mind changed.


    Meng Zhang''s opinion is very simple, that is, our side should not passively wait for the action of the demon army, but should take active action and take a more active strategy.


    Although the demon army has just won a decisive victory, it should not have time to sweep away the mountain gates of the major cultivation forces in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Needless to say, Wanhe mountain has colluded with demons for a long time.


    However, according to Feng Yao Zhenjun, there should still be rebels in SONGFENG sect.


    As for the day Valley, even if it suffered a disastrous defeat, it should still have some strength.


    The number of other smaller Xiuzhen forces is more.


    If Meng Zhang and his followers defend passively, they ignore these cultivation forces and allow the demon army to sweep them.


    After the sweeping of the demon army is completed, the strength will certainly increase greatly, and it will be more difficult to deal with at that time.


    The characteristic of the demon army is that the Vietnam War is stronger, unless it encounters too heavy losses.


    After winning the first World War, in addition to the practitioners who were killed, many practitioners were demonized and became new demons.


    As for capturing the Mountain Gate of Xiuzhen forces and entering the area inhabited by mortals, it was a carnival of demons.


    Not only can the lost demons be supplemented in time, but also the army of demons can usher in an expansion.


    Meng Zhang''s initiative at this time can not only save many practitioners and mortals, but also prevent the further expansion of the demon army.


    Saving others is saving yourself.


    It''s terrible that demons produce more demons by demonizing creatures.


    If the whole Daheng cultivation world is completely demonized, Meng Zhang will face an endless army of demons until they are completely submerged.


    In addition, Meng Zhang has another thought.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of the great victory of demons, suddenly launch a counterattack, which has an unexpected effect.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to kill too many demons. He just wants to kill more high-level demons while they are unprepared.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s opinion, the mermaid king was silent. After a little thought, Wang Huipeng loudly agreed.


    Meng Zhang''s opinion is very much to the taste of King Hui Peng.


    Passive defense is not his style, and King Huipeng prefers to take the initiative.


    Since Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng have unified their views, the mermaid king has not firmly opposed it.


    Next, it''s time to discuss how to act.


    Speed is important. Meng Zhang, King Huipeng and King Mermaid set out first.


    With their combat effectiveness, they will never be left by demons as long as they are not surrounded by demons.


    Meng Zhang''s army of monks, as well as the demons and beasts of aquarium and black jade forest, each sent a team to form an army, left the camp and went to rescue various practitioners.


    In the large-scale war, low-level practitioners also play a great role.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun can kill friar Jindan in seconds.


    However, if a sufficient number of Jindan friars form an array, they can contain the Yuanshen Zhenjun and greatly consume the strength of the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    By analogy, even small friars in the gas refining period can at least play the role of cannon fodder as long as they are organized and on the battlefield.


    The demon army has an absolute quantitative advantage, which requires the monk army to offset this advantage.


    Before the action, through his own special channels, King Huipeng reported what had happened in the Daheng cultivation world to the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although after Xiao Qiao escaped, the news will certainly reach Xiao Liang and then return to zongmen.


    However, in order to prevent Xiao Liang and them from shirking their responsibilities and distorting the facts, King Huipeng is obliged to send the truth back to zongmen.


    He didn''t have a grudge against the Xiao family, but worried that their misinformation would mislead the zongmen and make them make wrong decisions.


    King Hui Peng was undercover among the black jade forest monsters by the Ziyang holy sect, and his contact with the high-level of the sect was not very smooth.


    Although he sent the latest news back to zongmen, he probably couldn''t get a response in a short time.


    After all this, King Huipeng will go out with everyone.


    Meng Zhang called fengyao Zhenjun and asked her to join the team.


    If she comes to the SONGFENG sect, she needs to contact the resistance forces within the SONGFENG sect.


    Although Meng Zhang acted alone and separated from the big army, they don''t have to worry about being broken by the enemy.


    With the void tripod in his body, he can easily be transmitted back to the friars'' army.


    Meng Zhang, mermaid king, Huipeng king and fengyao Zhenjun started space transmission together.


    The grey Peng king also showed some strength at this time.


    His understanding on the space Avenue is actually far above Meng Zhang and the mermaid king.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t have the help of the void tripod, his ability in space alone was really far inferior to that of King Hui Peng.


    Meng Zhang takes the mermaid king and Feng Yao Zhenjun together to open the space channel and enter the space gap. The grey Peng king followed closely and did not fall behind.


    After several transmissions, they came near the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect.


    After the outbreak of the evil disaster, the SONGFENG sect, like other Xiuzhen forces, also began to shrink its sphere of influence and concentrate its main forces near the mountain gate.


    What is better than other forces is that in this process, the SONGFENG sect did not give up the friars with vassal strength or the mortals under its rule.


    Due to inheritance, the friars of SONGFENG sect are especially restrained from demons in battle.


    Whether small demons attack frequently or large-scale demons attack on a large scale, the friars of SONGFENG sect can respond in time.


    The friar of SONGFENG sect, who has mastered the clever means of subduing demons, is simply the enemy of demons. He has won many battles, large and small.

 Chapter 1439

    Because of the shadow of their ancestors, SONGFENG sect has unique advantages in fighting demons.


    However, the high level headed by Cangsong Zhenjun asked the disciples to avoid fighting with demons in the name of preserving their strength.


    At the beginning of the outbreak of the evil disaster, the four giants of the great horizontal cultivation world did not try their best to calm the evil disaster, but only wanted to preserve their own strength.


    Those who are more vicious even have the idea of bringing disaster to the East. They are eager for the misfortune of other sects.


    Naturally, SONGFENG sect will not fight against demons alone. It is helpless to choose to take the initiative to retreat.


    However, the loosely awesome monks were more powerful, and they effectively protected the dependencies of the vassal and the surrounding people, and did not let them lose too much.


    Near the Mountain Gate of the SONGFENG sect, there are fleeing practitioners and mortals.


    Low level practitioners can''t open the valley yet. They need to eat. It''s best to eat the spiritual fruit of the spiritual valley.


    With such a large number of mortals, the daily consumption of food is astronomical.


    No matter how powerful the practitioners are, they can''t produce a lot of food out of thin air.


    Therefore, so many refugees gathered around the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect, causing great pressure.


    When Meng Zhang and others appeared near the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect, it was already in chaos.


    There are many practitioners who kill each other, and many practitioners who risk universal condemnation and wantonly kill mortals.


    Many more demons rushed into the refugee camp and collided wantonly in it, creating a chaotic situation.


    The situation here is so chaotic that it is difficult to restore order in a short time with the help of Meng Zhang alone.


    What''s more, their main goal is in the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect.


    Fengyao Zhenjun tried to bear his heart and flew forward with Meng Zhang.


    After flying less than a hundred miles, he came to the top of the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect.


    Within the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect, it also fell into chaos.


    The same door in ordinary days has become the enemy of life and death.


    Countless demons ran around the mountain gate, wantonly attacking the practitioners they met.


    The Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect is a continuous mountain range.


    This is part of the Daheng mountains.


    In the mountains, there are many broad valleys.


    In the past, these valleys were the gathering places of low-level disciples of the sect, and a large number of spiritual fields were opened up.


    Now, these valleys are basically in the hands of demons.


    Cangsong Zhenjun finally chose to fall into the devil when Shouyuan was about to end.


    As the only yuan God in the door, he was a great monk in the later period. He was in power and had a large number of loyal followers.


    Either actively or passively, these loyal followers fell into the devil with him.


    However, there are many disciples of SONGFENG sect who are unwilling to fall into the devil''s way.


    In particular, it is rejected by many people to let good humans do evil things instead of doing them.


    Within SONGFENG sect, there is a strict monitoring system to prevent disciples from being possessed by demons.


    If it was not Cangsong Zhenjun but other friars who were possessed this time, even Yuanshen Zhenjun might have been eradicated by the friars of fengyao Zhenjun.


    It is precisely because the devil is Cangsong Zhenjun that the harm will be so great.


    Cangsong Zhenjun certainly knows the monitoring system in the door, and knows that once he is possessed by the devil, he will be hostile to a large number of monks in the door.


    The old man has calculated for a long time and is willing to pay almost everything for the continuation of his family''s longevity.


    If the SONGFENG sect becomes a stumbling block to him, he must get rid of the SONGFENG sect.


    He not only secretly eradicated the friars of Feng Yao Zhenjun''s department by various means. Moreover, while fighting against the water in the friar camp, there was civil strife in the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect according to his plan.


    Some of Cang song Zhenjun''s best friends, the friars who followed him into the devil, deliberately let go of the mountain protection array and led a demon army into the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect.


    Cang song Zhenjun didn''t expect to completely overthrow the SONGFENG sect by relying on this power alone, but to make the SONGFENG sect fall into chaos and entangle the monks in the door.


    When the SONGFENG sect was in chaos, Cangsong Zhenjun was cooperating with the black gold devil to deal with the follow-up of that war.


    Soon, Cangsong Zhenjun will lead a team back to the mountain gate.


    At that time, he will eradicate dissidents, control the overall situation and turn SONGFENG sect into a demon sect.


    Meng Zhang, they don''t know what Cangsong Zhenjun''s plan is.


    Seeing the confusion of the SONGFENG sect below, we didn''t say much, so we went straight ahead.


    Taiyi Fen''s lightsaber turned into countless sword lights and entered the demon group,


    The sun and moon jewels rose above the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect and began to emit endless sun and moon lights.


    All demons irradiated by the sun and moon have suffered great damage and fell to the ground one after another.


    Only those powerful high-level demons can compete with them.


    The mermaid King waved his scepter and waves appeared inside and outside the mountain gate out of thin air, sweeping away a large number of magic objects.


    With a long roar, the body of countless demons was cut off and turned into several pieces.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun could not bear it for a long time. While Meng Zhang took the initiative to fly to the mountain gate below.


    "Martial uncle fengyao came back with reinforcements."


    Several low-level disciples who first found Feng Yao Zhenjun shouted.


    Fengyao Zhenjun is not particularly powerful among many Yuanshen Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect. However, she has a high prestige in the door on weekdays, and after the outbreak of the magic disaster, she has fought against the demons for a long time. Three strong men with the strength of the great friars in the later period of the yuan God, whether the army of demons or the men of Cangsong Zhenjun, are unable to stop.


    Although countless demons rushed forward one after another, trying to drown them by relying on the advantage of quantity.


    However, there is no strong person at the same level to block their edge, and the number of these demons is not enough to turn the situation around.


    Under the attack of Meng Zhang''s three strong men, these demons were just killed in vain.

 Chapter 1440

    Meng Zhang showed the ability of the top monks to turn the war around.


    It was with their action that the friars of SONGFENG sect were able to turn the war around and turn defeat into victory.


    After Meng Zhang and his colleagues joined the war, they all went through a hard struggle and spent nearly two days to win.


    They specially selected those powerful enemies to fight. For low-level demons, just sweep them away.


    The rebellious high-level friars were basically killed, and only a few of the high-level demons escaped.


    Although there are still many small-scale battles going on inside and outside the mountain gate, the big war is basically over.


    At this time, Feng Yao Zhenjun brought the other three yuan gods Zhenjun left in the door to Meng Zhang.


    The true monarch of wind and rain, the true monarch of wind fighting, the true monarch of heisong, and the true monarch of fengyao are the only four true monarchs of the yuan God of SONGFENG sect.


    The other Yuanshen Zhenjun either fell into the devil with Cangsong Zhenjun or died in a series of previous disturbances.


    Although the strength of SONGFENG sect has fallen sharply, it is still very valuable in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    SONGFENG sect is worthy of being a Yuanshen sect with an extraordinary origin and a long history. Even after repeated changes, it can still come up with such a lineup.


    Of course, if Feng Yao Zhenjun didn''t bring Meng Zhang to reinforce them in time.


    Even if these yuan Shen Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect can quell civil strife and repel the demon army, they will pay heavy casualties and lose most of their strength.


    Relying on the remaining strength alone, facing the returning Cangsong Zhenjun, he was not only vulnerable, but also difficult to escape.


    Although fengyao Zhenjun didn''t know Cangsong Zhenjun''s plan, she instinctively guessed that the situation of SONGFENG sect would be very bad after receiving the news that Cangsong Zhenjun was possessed.


    Without the support of external forces and the remaining strength of the SONGFENG faction alone, I am afraid it will be difficult to complete the original withdrawal and relocation plan.


    Therefore, she did not hesitate to ask Meng Zhang for help, and did not hesitate to let SONGFENG sect become a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    Now, the remaining four yuan gods of the SONGFENG sect, Zhenjun, are gathered together and will start to consider the next plan.


    Fengyao Zhenjun has a high position in SONGFENG sect, but he is far less powerful than Cangsong Zhenjun.


    She may not be able to count the conditions she promised Meng Zhang on behalf of the SONGFENG faction.


    Although this is only an expedient measure, from her point of view, she does everything for the future of the sect. But for Meng Zhang, it is very unfair.


    Of course, Meng Zhang took the initiative to rescue the SONGFENG sect, which was not affiliated with the SONGFENG sect, but mainly to fight the overall situation of demons.


    If the SONGFENG faction hesitates on this issue, he can understand that this is not the time to worry about it.


    SONGFENG sent all the original gods Zhenjun together to thank Meng Zhang and them sincerely, leaving fengyao Zhenjun with them. Others pleaded guilty and went to get busy.


    The three Yuanshen Zhenjun were seriously injured, especially heisong Zhenjun.


    They want to suppress the injury, solve the remaining enemies first, and completely restore the calm of the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect.


    They can''t ignore the camps outside the mountain gate.


    If demons are allowed to rage in those camps, before long, the creatures in the camps will turn into a huge army of demons.


    Even if there are not enough high-level demons to lead, this army of demons can also cause great harm.


    Meng Zhang, they don''t want to delay here. They have other objects to rescue.


    Meng Zhang took out a conch like magic weapon and gave it to Feng Yao Zhenjun, asking her to keep in touch at any time.


    Originally, according to the plan of the friars of fengyao Zhenjun, after the fall of SONGFENG sect, it was impossible to do anything, we should immediately lead some potential friars to withdraw.


    But now, thanks to Meng Zhang''s timely help, they have accepted the mountain gate.


    Although the monks in the gate suffered heavy casualties, as long as the mountain protection array is repaired, they will have at least the ability to protect themselves.


    If you insist on retreating, you can only take a few friars away, and most low-level friars will be abandoned.


    The countless mortals gathered near the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect are even more ignored. They have to completely throw them to demons.


    The tragic fate of these people can be imagined after fengyao Zhenjun and their withdrawal.


    Although fengyao Zhenjun has a certain momentum of decisiveness, there is still a weak place in his heart.


    For a moment, she could not ruthlessly abandon low-level friars and mortals.


    As for other monks in the door, especially those born and raised, they are even more reluctant to evacuate.


    Their families and mortal relatives are unwilling to give up.


    No one can make a decision on what the SONGFENG sect will do next for the time being.


    I''m afraid we''ll have to wait until we deal with the surrounding situation. The middle and high levels of the remaining doors get together and have a good discussion.


    Meng Zhang also has no intention of interfering with the decision-making of the SONGFENG faction.


    To be honest, the SONGFENG sect has great disadvantages whether it goes or stays.


    If the senior management of SONGFENG sect decides to stay, with the current strength of SONGFENG sect, most of them can''t stop the next attack of the demon army.


    Once the demon army attacks, the expedition army is too far away from here to provide timely support.


    The worst thing is that if the expeditionary army encounters an ambush on the way, it is likely to be broken by the enemy one by one.


    However, if the senior leadership of the SONGFENG faction decides to withdraw, so many mortals cannot be transported away in a short time.


    Throwing them to the demon will only strengthen the power of the demon.


    No matter what choice the senior management of SONGFENG school makes, Meng Zhang will actively cooperate.


    After saying goodbye to fengyao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang and the three of them immediately left and rushed to the direction of Bairi valley.


    This time they didn''t send it directly, but stopped several times on the way.


    The place where they stayed was the Mountain Gate of various cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The news that the whole army of friars led by Xiao Qiao was destroyed has not been thoroughly spread.


    Many Xiuzhen forces that do not have sophisticated means of communication and are not well informed have not received news so far.


    A few Xiuzhen forces who received the news have fallen into chaos.


    They began to pack their belongings and prepare to run for their lives.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t take care of so many cultivation forces for a moment.


    All he can do is try to keep everyone up to date.


    Although the expeditionary army has already begun to spread news. But at the end of the land, Meng Zhang still has to do more.


    Every time he stopped, he would release a messenger rune.


    In the heraldry, Meng Zhang, as the head of Taiyi sect, informed everyone of the latest news.


    He didn''t hide much and wrote down what had happened.


    Meng Zhang can''t decide whether these forces believe it or not, what response they will make and what choice they will make after receiving the news.


    The most powerful one left in the Daheng cultivation world is the daytime Valley, which is the object he needs to pay attention to.

 Chapter 1441

    The Mountain Gate of the daytime Valley is a vast valley.


    The great Hengshan Mountains took a turn here, enclosing a large area of vast plains and hills.


    There are many large and small spiritual veins under this valley. The ground is rich in aura and has strong separation.


    Day Valley has opened up many spiritual fields and medicine gardens here.


    After years of operation, it has become the famous Linggu and the origin of miraculous medicine in the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    The surrounding area of the day Valley is surrounded by tall mountains, and only a few narrow exits can communicate inside and outside.


    In the valley, on the surrounding mountain walls, there are all kinds of prohibitions, linked together, combined with the mountain protection array, with strong defense.


    Because of the influence of the no air Dharma array, it is difficult for friars below the yuan God Zhenjun to fly over the daytime valley.


    If foreign troops want to attack here, I''m afraid they have to attack honestly along the specially reserved channels.


    Such an easy to defend and difficult to attack terrain, coupled with the thousands of years of operation of the day Valley, even if the demon army comes out and attacks with all its strength, it can persist for a certain time.


    Unfortunately, the practitioners in the daytime valley have long lost their fighting spirit.


    Once the fighting spirit is lost, everyone has no intention to resist, and then a strong defense will break through.


    Day Valley naturally has a clever means of communication and can keep in touch with the disciples sent to the friars'' army.


    The news that the camp was captured and the whole army of friars was destroyed soon spread to the valley of day.


    The leader, Zhenjun Bairi, left the army of friars and the disciples of the sect and fled. He still doesn''t know whether he is alive or dead.


    Although Bairi Valley had some reservations when Xiaoqiao recruited various friars, due to the face of Ziyang Shengzong, it sent most of the main friars to join the army of friars.


    The strength of the left behind gate was not strong. Now, after learning the latest information, the high-level people left behind the Mountain Gate almost immediately began to carry their belongings and prepare to evacuate.


    Bairi Valley has long had a plan to evacuate Daheng cultivation world and move to other places.


    Although the hometown is hard to leave, and the disciples can''t bear to abandon it, the top level of Bairi Valley has only one way to escape.


    When Meng Zhang came to the Mountain Gate of the valley of day, they saw a scene of chaos and panic.


    In order to evacuate quickly, the top level of Bairi Valley must have to leave many low-level disciples. As for the mortals under the rule, they don''t care at all.


    Meng Zhang and his men flew to the front of Bairi valley. In order to avoid misunderstanding, they didn''t break in directly.


    Meng Zhang loudly reported his identity and asked the monk in charge of Bairi Valley to come out and see him.


    The name Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, still carries a lot of weight. Before long, the two Yuanshen friars rushed out of the valley.


    These two people are the real king of Japan and the real king of Japan. When the leader of the real king of daytime is not in the door, the valley of daytime is dominated by them.


    They flew to Meng Zhang and greeted him.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk nonsense, so he went straight to the point.


    "Do you know that the friar army led by Xiao Qiao has been completely destroyed. What are your plans next?"


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, they smiled bitterly, and the Japanese Zhenjun said helplessly: "leader Meng, the situation is so far, the general trend is gone, we have to give up our ancestral inheritance and flee here far."


    The Japanese emperor was so frank that Meng Zhang had nothing to say for a moment.


    People have lost so much. Now they lose confidence. It''s disgraceful to say that they want to escape, but it''s also a helpless move to continue the inheritance of the sect.


    However, as soon as they run, the power of Daheng cultivation world will be weakened again. It is estimated that not many practitioners dare to stay against demons.


    The rotten boat still has three nails. The day Valley has been inherited for many years, has a big family and a big business, and has been reserved.


    If you squeeze it well, you can squeeze out a lot of strength.


    However, Meng Zhang had no name or reason to order Bairi valley.


    Even if they were forced to subdue them by virtue of their cultivation, they didn''t dare to take them to the battlefield.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not spoken, he probably knew that the escape was not glorious, so ripei Zhenjun added something.


    "Headmaster Meng, you probably don''t know. Senior brother Bai RI, the headmaster of our school, used the secret method in the school and sent the latest news not long ago."


    "He was chased and killed all the way by a demon Xiu called Mo Qingzhen Jun. he was desperate."


    "The last news from him was that he unfortunately fell into the hands of Mo Qingzhen and was captured by him."


    It''s not a glorious thing that the great friar in the later period of the yuan God, the leader of the sect of Dayi Valley, was captured alive by the demon cultivation.


    After much thought, RI Peizhen Jun told Meng Zhang the news that he kept it strictly confidential and kept it from his disciples.


    Although Bairi Valley is ready to withdraw, it seems that Meng Zhang will stay to resist the demon.


    RI Pei Zhen Jun told Meng Zhang this news in order to make Meng Zhang beware. It can be regarded as a token of his heart.


    The news that Bairi Zhenjun was captured alive by Mo qingzhenjun surprised Meng Zhang.


    They all thought that Zhenjun was a great friar at any rate. Even if he was defeated and escaped, most of them could escape from heaven.


    In their hearts, they are full of deep caution for the demon cultivation of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang and Mo qingzhenjun have dealt with each other many times. They never thought that the other side would be so powerful.


    No wonder every time he meets with Mo Qingzhen Jun, he instinctively becomes alert and doesn''t dare to be careless.


    Meng Zhang guessed that Moqing Zhenjun must have gained great benefits in this magic disaster, and his accomplishments will make great progress.


    In the daytime, Zhenjun was captured alive, which immediately reminded Meng Zhang of one thing.


    He cut off the body of the heavy Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain, leaving only the yuan God.


    His original God is hidden in the so-called God stone.


    According to the information Meng Zhang obtained from the ridge Zhenjun, if God stone can refine a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, God stone can help Shan chongzhenjun reshape his body.


    Now the evil forces of several parties have united. It is very possible for Mo Qingzhen Jun to trade Bai Rizhen Jun to Shan Chongzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang escaped a disaster at the beginning, but Bairi Zhenjun was doomed this time.


    In this way, when the mountain heavy Zhenjun recovers, the enemy will have a strong man at the level of big friar.


    The middle and high level of the Bairi Valley gate decided to escape. Meng Zhang and others were powerless and could only let them escape.


    At most, if circumstances permit, Meng Zhang will ask the expeditionary army to send monks to help move and take care of abandoned mortals.


    However, the mortals under the rule of day valley are at least calculated in millions. It is not easy to move all of them.


    Meng Zhang saw the real king of Japan. They had made up their mind and knew that verbal persuasion was useless. Only they left Bairi Valley disappointed.


    Meng Zhang kept in touch with the expedition army. He informed the rear of the latest trend of the day valley.

 Chapter 1442

    Meng Zhang informed the rear of the situation of Bairi valley. He couldn''t manage how to deal with it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang attacked with Mermaid king and grey Peng king this time. The main purpose is to rely on his advanced cultivation and hope to kill some high-level demons and reduce the pressure in the future.


    It''s a surprise to be able to save the SONGFENG sect.


    On the side of the day Valley, if you can save, you can save. If you can''t save, you have to give up.


    You can''t just take the expedition army in for a group of low-level friars and mortals abandoned by day valley.


    Meng Zhang is not in the army now. Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi are in charge of the command in the army.


    How to deal with it is their business. Meng Zhang will not command remotely.


    After leaving Bairi Valley, Meng Zhang and the three of them began to transfer around, looking for high-level demons to hunt.


    Besides the devil, the black gold devil led the devil army to an unprecedented victory.


    After a big victory, he also needs time to digest the fruits of victory.


    Those monks who fell into the hands of demons were transformed into new demons.


    Among the demons who have experienced some killing and swallowing, many demons began to advance.


    The friars of Wanhe mountain did not directly participate in the war. They just made way for the passage and destroyed the protective array, so that the demon army could drive straight in.


    At the same time that the demon army invaded the camp, Zhenjun, the yuan God of Wanhe mountain, led his friars to leave the battlefield long ago.


    The last time Meng Zhang left Wanhe mountain, he made a big fuss and buried the mountain Chongzhen king and the so-called divine stone.


    This means can''t trap the mountain chongzhenjun.


    After confirming Meng Zhang''s departure, the original God of shanchongzhenjun left Shenshi and directly contacted the left behind friars of Wanhe mountain.


    Although the original God of Shanzhong Zhenjun was not destroyed and the resurrection from death was beyond everyone''s expectation, after the leader''s ridge Zhenjun died, he quickly regained his right to speak as Shanzhong Zhenjun.


    Wanhe mountain is different from SONGFENG sect. At that time, the ridge Zhenjun sent most of the monks in the door to Xiaoqiao, and there were not many left behind monks in the door.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun threatened and lured, exposed the true face of the divine stone, and soon controlled the remaining Yuanshen friars.


    In the following time, because of an accident at the mountain gate, the Wanheshan Yuanshen friar of Xiaoqiao army was recalled by the Mountain Gate in turn.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain is basically the stone embryo produced by refining the divine stone, so as to obtain the opportunity to advance the Yuanshen period.


    Controlled by others, they soon succumbed to the high prestige of shanchongzhenjun and had to accept the reality.


    If you master the yuan God Zhenjun in the gate, you can naturally command all the monks in the gate.


    Even if there are smart monks in the door who think the situation is wrong, so what, can they resist the yuan God Zhenjun?


    In fact, although Wanhe mountain has always had the tradition of keeping demons, many monks in the door are still very exclusive because of their direct collusion with demons.


    However, under the order of the yuan God Zhenjun in the door, everyone had to listen to the order.


    There are those disciples who dare to disobey orders. You Yuanshen Zhenjun will hurt the killer without hesitation.


    Of course, although all the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain have succumbed to the mountain heavy Zhenjun, they are not so crazy as to turn all the monks in the door into demons.


    Many low-level friars in the door still have great use value.


    After the monks of Wanhe mountain left the camp, they embarked on the way back to Wanhe mountain.


    After Cangsong Zhenjun was demonized, he made many monks fall into the devil through various means.


    After the end of the war, he led the demonized men to return to the SONGFENG sect.


    Cang Song Zhen Jun was more ferocious and cold-blooded than the devil after he was possessed by the devil.


    He is ready to demonize all the remaining monks of the SONGFENG sect, including the fleeing monks and mortals around the mountain gate.


    Before long, he will lead a huge army of demons to join the stage of striving for hegemony in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Although several evil forces joined hands temporarily when destroying the army of friars led by Xiao Qiao, they have different backgrounds, have great conflicts of interest and many differences.


    If the Terran forces in the Daheng cultivation world are swept up, there may be another fierce struggle between these evil forces.


    Meng Zhang didn''t touch those numerous demons, but found some high-level demons alone.


    However, when demons reach a certain level, most of them will spontaneously form a certain scale of ethnic groups.


    They hunted everywhere, but the harvest was not great.


    They constantly haunt around the demon army, and have found out the general situation of the demon army.


    If the demon army does not deliberately hide its strength, it seems that there is only a fourth-order demon at the level of big friar, the black gold demon king.


    Mo qingzhenjun, these guys of the same level, don''t know where they went.


    Meng Zhang was a little hesitant. Should they take the opportunity to launch an attack on the demon army.


    First, there are too many demon armies. Even if they launch an assault, they may not be able to cause too much damage to the black gold demon king.


    Second, if there are strong people of the same level of the black gold devil hidden in the demon army, they will take the initiative to step into danger.


    After some discussion, they finally decided to give up attacking the demon army directly.


    Meng Zhang met the black gold devil last time and was deeply afraid of his tall strength.


    The expedition led by Niu Dawei has gathered the teams sent by aquariums and monsters, and has advanced in the direction of the Warcraft army.


    They did not advance fast, but carefully and step by step.


    Niu Dawei also specially sent a team of monks to take in those lonely practitioners and appease the religious forces in chaos.


    The army led by Niu Dawei will not fight against the demon army.


    Just when Meng Zhang thought that the hunting harvest was not big and began to consider the next plan, Meng Zhang received a message from Feng Yao Zhenjun.


    He took out the conch like communication tool and began to communicate with fengyao Zhenjun.


    After Meng Zhang left, the friars of SONGFENG sect spent a lot of effort to drive away the demons and calm the surrounding chaos.


    The monk in the door heals the wound. The beginning of repairing the Dharma array is to repair the Dharma array.


    Fengyao Zhenjun, who was in the best condition, took the initiative to leave the SONGFENG sect and flew far away to patrol and investigate in the peripheral areas to prevent the SONGFENG sect from being raided.


    Just now, she found that the team led by Cangsong Zhenjun was on the way back to SONGFENG sect.


    SONGFENG sect has just experienced serious losses, and even the mountain protection array has not been completely repaired.


    At this time, facing the demonized Cangsong Zhenjun, the SONGFENG sect has little resistance.


    Fengyao Zhenjun immediately asks Meng Zhang for help and hopes they can help resist Cangsong Zhenjun.

 Chapter 1443

    Meng Zhang was not satisfied with the killing of a group of demons. He was worried that he had no good goal. At this time, he received the help information from Feng Yao Zhenjun and immediately went to help without hesitation.


    The conch like communication device given by Meng Zhang to Feng Yao Zhenjun not long ago can also be used as a landmark for positioning.


    This time, Meng Zhang first crossed the space gap, followed by the king of grey Peng and the king of mermaid, and soon transmitted it to the side of fengyao Zhenjun.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and them appear nearby out of thin air, fengyao Zhenjun immediately welcomes them.


    Meng Zhang looked around. It was still a long way from the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect. He didn''t know how fengyao Zhenjun appeared here.


    The cultivation forces on the side of Daheng cultivation world, including the four giants, have no ability to build a long-distance transmission Dharma array. However, over the years, the high-level friars among them have some means of space transmission.


    Fengyao Zhenjun himself is proficient in space Avenue. He also has a broken space magic weapon in his hand, which can transmit space at a certain distance.


    SONGFENG sect doesn''t keep demons in the mountain gate, but looks for secret places outside the mountain gate.


    Since the outbreak of the demon disaster, the demons stored in these places began to rebel and riot, and they were out of the control of the SONGFENG sect.


    But there is one place, because the location is secret and very important. The SONGFENG sect has been in control and has not let it out of control.


    After the situation of SONGFENG sect was stable, fengyao Zhenjun took advantage of the opportunity of going out for inspection to check the situation of this place.


    She had just sent it. Before she got close to the place, she found that Cangsong Zhenjun had led the demon to seize the place.


    The disciples of SONGFENG sect who guarded the place and many demons became the prey of Cangsong Zhenjun.


    Fengyao Zhenjun is unable to stop Cangsong Zhenjun''s behavior, and knows that Cangsong Zhenjun''s next goal must be to kill back to the SONGFENG sect.


    The current strength of SONGFENG sect alone can''t resist Cangsong Zhenjun. It''s not even possible to escape.


    Fengyao Zhenjun didn''t expect that Cangsong Zhenjun came so fast that he didn''t leave them a chance to breathe.


    In desperation, she had to ask Meng Zhang for help again.


    Meng Zhang''s goal is to hunt high-level demons as much as possible. Cangsong Zhenjun is a good goal.


    As for the idea of taking advantage of SONGFENG sect, Meng Zhang really didn''t have it in mind.


    After meeting Meng Zhang, Feng Yao Zhenjun briefly introduced the situation and took them to the target.


    But in a moment, a huge cloud boat appeared in the sight of everyone.


    Cangsong Zhenjun and his demons are killing SONGFENG sect in this cloud boat.


    The fourth-order cloud boat looks the size of a hill. It has a lot of space and strong defense.


    The flying speed of the fourth-order cloud boat is similar to that of the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun. Although it is not a fourth-order warship specially used for combat, it still has strong combat effectiveness.


    The fourth level cloud boat was filled with strong magic Qi, especially a powerful magic Qi rising into the sky, which seemed to infiltrate people. That should be the real king of Cangsong.


    After several previous common confrontations with the enemy, Meng Zhang and others have a certain tacit understanding.


    Everyone looked at each other and did not need to communicate again.


    The figure of the grey Peng King disappeared, and then a huge pengbird fell from the sky and jumped on the fourth-order cloud boat below.


    With the mermaid King''s casting, Water Dragons roared and rushed to the cloud boat.


    There are several fourth-order demons on the cloud boat, and Cangsong Zhenjun is a strong man.


    In the face of the sudden attack, other demons haven''t reacted yet. These high-level demons began to resist one after another.


    Under the control of Cangsong Zhenjun, the strong black magic Qi turned into several Python and met the king of grey Peng.


    Cang Song Zhen Jun took the initiative to fly out of the cloud boat and fought with king Huipeng.


    The other four level demons either cast spells or use their flesh to dissolve the water dragon created by the mermaid king.


    Meng Zhang''s figure silently appeared not far from Yunzhou.


    The divine work hall of Taiyi gate is an entrance that Meng Zhang attaches great importance to.


    Shengong hall is specially responsible for building various mechanism creations, including flying boats and warships.


    Although taiyimen does not have the ability to build a fourth-order cloud boat at present, it can carry out simple maintenance and repair.


    Meng Zhang is very familiar with the fourth-order flying boat because of his personal interest, and is familiar with the structure and position of its various parts.


    Meng Zhang gently threw out the spirit snake spear in his hand.


    The spirit snake spear was like a flash of lightning. Before the demon on the cloud boat reacted, it pierced the cloud boat.


    Neither the cloud boat''s defense prohibition nor the thick armor caused much obstruction to the spirit snake spear.


    After the spirit snake spear stabbed into the cloud boat, it moved forward rapidly and soon stabbed into the core power cabin.


    When the spirit snake spear completely pierced the cloud boat and appeared from the other direction of the cloud boat, it was accompanied by a series of serial explosions in the rear.


    The big bang started from the power cabin, quickly extended to other cabins, and then spread to the whole Yunzhou.


    The huge cloud boat fell from the air with a violent explosion.


    A large number of demons were blown apart in the explosion, and many demons with flying ability also had no time to escape.


    As for those demons without flying ability, they have to be buried with Yunzhou.


    All the demons in this cloud boat are subordinates of Cangsong Zhenjun who have been demonized.


    Cangsong Zhenjun did a lot to destroy the friars led by Xiao Qiao. However, when dividing up the booty after the war, the domineering black gold demon king almost ate his own food.


    Although Cangsong Zhenjun is possessed by the devil, he hasn''t become stupid. He won''t foolishly talk to the powerful dark gold devil.


    He tried to gather his men together. With some corner materials he found on the battlefield, he managed to gather up an army of demons with a quantity of less than 10000.


    This army of demons is mainly composed of low-level demons. As the backbone, they are the former SONGFENG sect disciples who were dragged into the water by him.


    Now Meng Zhang took a drastic move and directly killed most of the demon army.


    Many magic objects with flying ability hurriedly flew out of the cloud boat and were immediately attacked by Meng Zhang and the mermaid king.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun waved the jade ruler in his hand and also joined the battle of killing demons.


    The strongest four level demons among these demons were originally the yuan God Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect.


    After they were possessed, their strength increased greatly, but they lost a lot of reason.


    They can''t continue to use many magical powers and secrets they have mastered before, but they don''t have much experience in using the newly acquired power after being possessed by the devil.


    The two strong monks, plus Feng Yao Zhenjun, who is weak but good at dealing with demons, soon gained an overwhelming advantage.

 Chapter 1444

    In the high air, the real king of Cangsong and the king of Huipeng fought very hard.


    Cangsong Zhenjun, who had been demonized for a long time, roughly maintained the human form, but his body became much bigger than before.


    From time to time, several tentacles will be stretched out on the body, big mouths with sharp teeth will appear behind, and some granulation will appear on the head


    Cangsong Zhenjun has also maintained some human habits. Whenever there is something strange on his body, he will try to restrain and cover up.


    A normal human is basically unwilling to become a strange demon.


    The SONGFENG sect, from which Cangsong Zhenjun was born, took fighting against demons and destroying demons as its mission.


    In the inheritance of SONGFENG school, there is a detailed introduction to the evil way, evil cultivation and evil things.


    Cangsong Zhenjun certainly knew the consequences of being possessed by the devil. He hated it very much before.


    But when Shouyuan was about to end and the deadline was coming, his heart was full of fear and became crazy.


    The desire for survival is more than almost everything else.


    If under normal circumstances, he has not been possessed.


    But at this time, Mo qingzhenjun, the devil, secretly contacted him.


    Facing the temptation of Moqing Zhenjun and the desire to survive, Cangsong Zhenjun, with a firm heart, finally fell completely.


    After being possessed by the devil, Cangsong Zhenjun not only gained a longer life, but also gained more powerful power.


    Of course, there is a huge price to pay for these.


    Cangsong Zhenjun still retains his previous memory, but his original feelings have been suppressed or even erased, his temperament has changed greatly, and he has almost completely changed a person.


    Of course, after he was possessed, he could not be called a person for a long time.


    He became extremely cold-blooded and selfish.


    For his own interests, he can betray the army of monks and collude with demons. Now he wants to subvert his family.


    King Huipeng has extraordinary blood and extraordinary talent.


    The great friar in the later period of ordinary yuan God is not necessarily his opponent.


    In the Daheng Xiuzhen world where the Terran forces have an absolute advantage, the monster forces in the black jade forest can not only suppress the Jiuquhe clan, but also dare to attack the Terran territory. The combat effectiveness of the two strong men, King Huipeng and King jinmonkey, has played a great role.


    Soon after Cangsong Zhenjun, who had a deep foundation, became possessed, he thoroughly digested his newly acquired strength and greatly increased his combat effectiveness.


    If before, he really didn''t have the strength to compete with the grey Peng king.


    When the fierce fight between the grey Peng king and the Cangsong Zhenjun was in full swing, Meng Zhang and the mermaid King joined hands and had eliminated many fourth-order demons.


    High level demons, especially Cangsong Zhenjun, a demon transformed from human friars, have a high degree of wisdom.


    The army of demons that had been pieced together with great difficulty was destroyed, especially the fourth-order demons as the backbone. Even Cangsong Zhenjun may not have the opportunity to gather again in the future.


    His heart was furious, but it did not affect his judgment.


    He can''t do anything for a grey Peng King alone. If others join the battle group, he will have to lose.


    Knowing that there was no point in continuing to entangle, Cangsong Zhenjun did not hesitate to give up his men, so he had to get rid of the entanglement of King Huipeng and prepare to escape here.


    After a fierce collision, Cangsong Zhenjun''s body was hit and flew out. He took the opportunity to escape from the battle and prepare to flee to the distance.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed and appeared in front of Cangsong Zhenjun.


    It''s not easy to seize the single Cangsong Zhenjun, which is the best opportunity to reduce the top demons. How can Meng Zhang let go easily.


    With the void tripod in hand, he can haunt everywhere freely and easily stop Cangsong Zhenjun.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang took out his cards, which was also his strongest means to deal with demons.


    The magic subduing mirror repaired by him for a long time has further power after years of warm cultivation.


    The magic subduing mirror suddenly appeared on Meng Zhang''s head, emitting golden light.


    Tai Yi has powerful means such as lightsaber, sun and moon divine light, yin and Yang, and Meng Zhang also exerts them one by one. He will never give Cangsong Zhenjun a chance to breathe.


    The speed of King Huipeng was very fast. He soon caught up with him and joined the siege of Cangsong Zhenjun.


    Although he is a monster, King Hui Peng was born in Ziyang holy sect and has extraordinary vision and insight. He deeply knows how great harm it will bring to the cultivation world if a demon like Cangsong Zhenjun escapes.


    A crack suddenly appeared in the space around Cangsong Zhenjun, which almost swallowed his body.


    Although he avoided in time, a large piece of flesh and blood was taken away.


    The powerful magic power of split air chop requires profound attainments on the avenue of space before it can be cultivated successfully.


    Wang Huipeng''s mind moved. One after another, he cut the air directly to Cangsong Zhenjun. It not only broke most of his protective powers, but also greatly limited his range of activities.


    Meng Zhang''s various means were overwhelmed by Cangsong Zhenjun.


    In particular, the magic power of subduing demons and golden light is the bane of demons.


    Cang song Zhenjun''s evil methods are easily dissolved in front of the golden light of subduing demons.


    But he was only lightly rubbed by the golden light of subduing the devil, as if he had been badly hurt, which was very uncomfortable.


    Cang song and Zhen Jun fought for a while and knew that they were not Meng Zhang''s opponent.


    He didn''t want to fight and wanted to escape in time.


    But whether it was Meng Zhang or King Hui Peng, he was faster than him. He just wanted to escape, but he couldn''t.


    His efforts to escape several times were thwarted by Meng Zhang and them.


    Seeing that he could not escape, he had to stop and fight honestly.


    After fighting for a long time, Cangsong really Lacrosse hair is not an opponent.


    Not only has his strength been greatly weakened, but also his injury began to appear, and the injury became more and more serious.


    Knowing that if you don''t find a way, today may be the time of death. Cangsong Zhenjun roared and no longer suppressed his instinctive reaction.


    His body began to deform violently. A small body soon expanded many times and became a monster like a meat mountain.


    In this process, Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang tried their best to fight Cangsong Zhenjun, whose whole body was full of wounds and flesh and blood.


    However, no matter how many injuries, Cangsong Zhenjun can recover in time.


    If he didn''t feel desperate, Cangsong Zhenjun wouldn''t be completely demonized and completely transformed into such a demon body.


    Seeing the limited effect of ordinary attack methods, Meng Zhang simply stopped using other magic powers and wholeheartedly urged the magic subduing mirror to send out more and stronger magic subduing golden lights.


    The golden light of subduing demons also has a great restraining effect on the demon body.


    As long as the part directly hit by the golden light of subduing the devil turns into ashes and disappears.


    With the full help of the grey Peng king, he kept cutting the flesh and blood of the devil''s body.


    Later, the recovery speed of the demon body was far behind the speed of being destroyed.

 Chapter 1445

    The Cangsong lacrosse, who was almost forced to a dead end, was crazy.


    Completely demonizing and manifesting the demon body is not an overnight thing.


    Even if it is easy for the devil to obtain power, there is a minimum conversion process.


    Cang Song Zhen Jun was not long after he became a devil. Unlike South China, he had a powerful magic plow. The Lord of the house gave the power of the devil and God across the air.


    It would have taken him some time to fully manifest his demon body.


    But desperate, in order not to be killed on the spot, he had to forcibly stimulate the magic in his body and ignore all the consequences.


    Once he is completely demonized and shows such a demon body, he can no longer change back to human form.


    Even because the transformation is too urgent, his most basic reason will slowly lose, and finally become a demon with only instinct left.


    Meng Zhang has rich experience in dealing with demons. He has even dealt with the more powerful South China more than once.


    Facing the crazy Cangsong Zhenjun, he calmly released the golden light of subduing the devil and slowly weakened each other''s devil body.


    When the mermaid king and fengyao Zhenjun destroyed the remaining fourth order demons, fengyao Zhenjun continued to chase down the escaped low-order demons. The mermaid King flew to join Meng Zhang''s fight.


    The mermaid king has no special means to restrain demons. However, he has practiced for the longest time and mastered the same magic and secret methods.


    In the sky, there were huge waves rushing from nowhere, constantly scouring the huge demon body of Cangsong Zhenjun.


    Even if Meng Zhang and the three of them worked together, it took a lot of time to completely solve Cangsong Zhenjun.


    In this process, the golden light of subduing demons released by Meng Zhang played the most important role, not only smashing the demon body of Cangsong Zhenjun, but also annihilating his demon soul.


    After killing Cangsong Zhenjun, everyone was a little tired and had a feeling that they still had more to say.


    The raid was fruitful and of great significance.


    Without Cangsong Zhenjun, the top combat power, the strength of the demon side will be greatly affected.


    After killing Cangsong Zhenjun, Meng Zhang helped fengyao Zhenjun to destroy other demons that fled together.


    The SONGFENG sect benefited the most from the destruction of Cangsong Zhenjun.


    According to the tradition of the SONGFENG sect, people like Cang Songzhen Jun, who took the initiative to fall into the devil and caused great harm, must kill them at all costs.


    Fengyao Zhenjun clearly knows that the SONGFENG sect after great changes has no power to protect itself, let alone destroy Cangsong Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang''s actions are of great significance to the SONGFENG sect and are really great kindness and virtue.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to fengyao Zhenjun''s gratitude.


    The demons in the great horizontal cultivation world have great potential. Human practitioners must keep watch and help each other and fight together.


    Since Meng Zhang is determined to eliminate the demon army and quell the demon disaster, he must have a certain concept of the overall situation.


    He didn''t want to repay his kindness, but just reminded fengyao Zhenjun. After fengyao Zhenjun returns, he''d better find a way to restore the combat effectiveness of SONGFENG sect as soon as possible and actively participate in the next war with the demon army.


    The great horizontal cultivation world, which has suffered great losses, is very valuable for every power against demons.


    With the tradition of SONGFENG school, it should have been the main force against demons.


    But the former SONGFENG sect, because Cangsong Zhenjun Shouyuan was about to end, he didn''t want to fight against demons and wanted to prolong his life.


    There are also some high-level friars who want to preserve their strength, and they are not willing to spend their power against demons.


    Now the SONGFENG sect has undergone great changes and its strength has fallen sharply, but it has been uprooted anyway.


    As long as the high level of SONGFENG sect is not willing to escape from the Daheng cultivation world like the daytime Valley, they have to embark on the road of fighting against demons.


    In any case, SONGFENG sect is quite effective in dealing with demons because of its inheritance.


    Kill Cangsong Zhenjun, Meng Zhang. They are preparing to send out here to find the next target.


    Fengyao Zhenjun hesitated, stopped Meng Zhang and talked with him privately.


    After hearing the words of Feng Yao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang was surprised.


    He didn''t say much, so he left with king Huipeng and King Mermaid.


    Meng Zhang sent them this time to a place not far from the demon army led by the black gold demon king.


    The black gold demon king is not Cangsong Zhenjun who has just been possessed, but a powerful demon for years.


    In terms of strength, the black gold devil is not as good as that year''s to South China, but there is not a big gap.


    In the struggle for the leadership of the demons in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, the black gold demon king and fought against South China several times.


    Although the black gold devil is not an opponent to South China, he can retreat after every defeat, leaving South China helpless.


    It can be seen that the black gold devil is a powerful opponent.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them fight alone. They may not be the opponents of the black gold devil.


    Together, the three may be better than the black gold devil, but the huge army of demons under the black gold devil is at least worth several big friars.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to fight the demon army head-on. They just swam around looking for opportunities.


    Besides Niu Dawei, after he led the three allied forces out, although he marched quickly, he did not advance rashly, and still looked very stable.


    Niu Dawei has been fighting with demons for many years and has long known each other''s strengths and weaknesses.


    The strength of the expedition army is far inferior to that of the Warcraft army. Even with the support of aquarium and black jade forest monsters, it is still much worse.


    It''s best for Terran friars to give full play to their strengths when fighting against demons.


    Niu Dawei believes that his greatest strength is his mastery of various array prohibitions.


    In the field, Terran friars can still lay many arrays. However, if we can lay a large array of defense in a fixed camp, we can give full play to the power of the array.


    If the camp under Xiao Qiao had not been betrayed by an insider, the demon army would not have been so easy to break it.


    Therefore, Niu Dawei also tried his best to avoid the field battle with the demon army.


    When he leads the army forward for a distance, he will stop to set up a camp and set up a protective array around the camp, waiting for the demon army to take the initiative to attack.


    Once the demon army takes the initiative to attack, he can fully consume the strength of the demon army and reduce the number of the demon army as much as possible.


    Niu Dawei led the army forward for a long distance, but he never encountered the main force of the demon army. Even large-scale demon clusters were not encountered, but only fought with small demons occasionally.


    Meng Zhang they came to the vicinity of the demon army led by the black gold demon king. Meng Zhang kept in touch with Niu Dawei and told Niu Dawei all the trends of the demon army.


    According to the information obtained before, Niu Dawei judged that in addition to the demon army led by the black gold demon king, there are several large-scale demon groups, which have not been found so far.

 Chapter 1446

    In fact, although the black gold devil is powerful and has a huge army of demons under his hands, he is not the most feared target of Meng Zhang.


    Mo Qingzhen, a demon monk, is the most defensive figure Meng Zhang has always been.


    Compared with demons, demons tend to have deeper thoughts and are less easily controlled by instinct.


    As a monk who cultivates the devil''s way, he has mastered many magic skills of the devil''s way.


    Most demons can only rely on instinct to cast a limited number of spells.


    Although the situation of high-level demons is much better, compared with magic cultivation, both the understanding of heaven and earth Avenue and the mastery of various secrets are far from good.


    Of course, demons are really powerful to a certain extent, and they will not fall to the disadvantage of demons of the same level.


    Xiang Huanan, who was killed by Meng Zhang before, is far more powerful than the demon cultivation like Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    There is also the black gold demon king. No one knows. He is clearly a demon, but he has some shadow of sword repair, and his swordsmanship is incomparable.


    Mr. Mo Qingzhen spent many years with the Dali emperor. Later, he was ordered to come to the Daheng cultivation world to join other demons, which triggered the magic disaster here.


    The devil disaster broke out for so long. Mo Qingzhen Jun has been moving secretly. No one knows what he is planning.


    Meng Zhang heard about him recently from the friar of Bairi valley. It is said that he captured Bairi Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has no such ability to capture a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen alive.


    In the past, Mo Qingzhen showed only the cultivation in the middle of the yuan God. Even if the strength is hidden, it is very limited.


    Meng Zhang has fought with him and contacted him many times.


    Now think about it, Mo Qingzhen Jun has made such great progress, most of which has benefited enough from this magic disaster.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch in his heart that if the evil disaster continued, it would not be calmed down, I''m afraid there would be more powerful demons.


    Although he has just killed Cangsong Zhenjun, so far, Meng Zhang is not fully sure about calming the demon disaster.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them did not directly fight with the demon army, but wandered around the periphery and slowly explored the details of the army.


    Almost when Meng Zhang arrived at SONGFENG sect, Mo Qingzhen, who was regarded as the enemy of life and death, came to the gate of Wanhe mountain with his booty.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun has been in touch with Moqing Zhenjun before.


    At first, Mo Qingzhen didn''t find out the details of shanchong Zhenjun and Wanhe mountain, but took the initiative to confess his identity as a believer of famine demon God.


    Mountain Chongzhen Jun, whose feet are not clean, does not taboo contact with demon cultivation.


    Most of the demons in the demon world don''t trust each other, and there are even many fights.


    However, in addition to extreme situations such as the Lord of the magic plow house and the famine demon God, other demons can cooperate when the situation is appropriate.


    The devil fetus obtained by the ancestor of Wanhe mountain comes from the famous evil stone demon God in the demon world.


    The evil stone demon God, the famine demon God and the master of the magic plow house have little relationship, let alone hatred.


    Among demons and gods, there are also high and low. Similarly, they are divided into three, six, nine and so on because of various factors.


    Among many demons, evil stone demons are not weak.


    As a chess piece of evil stone demon God, Shanzhong Zhenjun certainly doesn''t want to be easily crushed by other demons or demons.


    There are not many exchanges between him and Mo qingzhenjun, let alone too in-depth cooperation.


    After losing his flesh and leaving only the yuan God, shanchongzhen Jun was full of fear and vigilance for other demons and demons.


    The original God of the cultivator is a rare delicacy for demons and demons.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is a guy with long-term vision and doesn''t care about temporary gains and losses.


    In addition to the believers of the Lord of the magic plow house, he is not hostile to other evil forces.


    When the power to South China was strong, he actively helped the black gold devil and other demons to prevent them from being completely conquered to South China.


    After being killed in South China, he actively helped the black gold demons integrate the power of the major demon groups.


    He even put many demon powers he had into the command of the black gold demon king.


    After the failure of Meng Zhang''s calculation, shanchong Zhenjun regained the power of Wanhe mountain and controlled the yuan God Zhenjun in the door.


    After hearing the news about Wanhe mountain spread by Meng Zhang, Mo Qingzhen immediately rushed to Wanhe mountain.


    A demon like him knew that Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense and said all the facts.


    Even, according to his understanding of the demons and gods in the demon world, he guessed who the demons and gods behind shanchongzhenjun were from some words of Meng Zhang.


    Believers of evil stone demon God can be partners.


    Mo Qingzhen took a lot of effort and even vowed to help Shan Chongzhen and give him a chance to reshape his flesh.


    In addition, Cangsong Zhenjun is possessed by the devil, which is also a proud work of Moqing Zhenjun.


    It was by virtue of Mo Qingzhen''s running around and positive contact that the cooperation of several evil forces was promoted, which led to the tragic defeat of Xiao Qiao.


    Now, Mo qingzhenjun comes to shanchongzhenjun and comes to fulfill his promise.


    Shanchong Zhenjun didn''t trust Mo qingzhenjun. The place he met was in a newly excavated stone chamber under Wanhe mountain.


    The Yuanshen of mountain chongzhenjun has been hidden in the so-called God stone, and there are several Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain nearby.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun didn''t care about it. Without saying a word, he handed over the Dayi Zhen Jun captured by himself.


    If you really want to fight head-on and fight fairly, it is difficult for Mo Qingzhen Jun to capture each other even if he can beat Bai Rizhen Jun.


    Unfortunately, the day Valley learned from the other three sects to keep demons, trying to get powerful power from demons.


    In this process, many monks who were not determined enough were confused by the power of the devil''s way and completely fell into the devil''s way.


    Although the day Valley is also prepared for this situation, it has killed many enchanted monks.


    But as long as the day valley still keeps demons and the monks in the door still want to get power from the demons, this situation cannot be stopped.


    Mo Qingzhen had already chosen many targets among the friars in the day Valley and lured them into the devil''s way by various means.


    In addition, the number of enchanted friars he accepted was also quite large.


    It was with the help of these traitors in the day valley that Mo Qingzhen prince could sneak into the day real prince and make a sneak attack when the black gold demon king attacked the camp.


    The day after the injury, Zhenjun was also decisive. As soon as he saw that the situation was wrong, he left the friar in the door and ran away.


    But Mo Qingzhen pursued him all the way, and finally captured him and brought him here.


    The original God of the mountain heavy real king sent out his divine thoughts and held the controlled day real king with his divine thoughts.


    The mind searched almost every corner of the real gentleman in the daytime. After a careful inspection, he looked at the real gentleman with a happy face.

 Chapter 1447

    Shanchong Zhenjun, who is always cunning and never trusts others easily, never thought that Mo qingzhenjun actually fulfilled his promise and handed over a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen to him.


    Shan Chongzhen Jun recalled that Mo Qingzhen Jun had been running around all these years, connecting several evil forces and planning big things together.


    Several evil forces, it seems that everyone has gained a lot of benefits. Only Moqing Zhenjun seems not to have much harvest.


    Is it true that he is a good man who only thinks of others?


    Yama Chongzhen Jun put this ridiculous idea out of his mind.


    In his opinion, Mo Qingzhen must have a deep calculation.


    However, he didn''t know what Mo Qingzhen was calculating for the time being.


    Mo qingzhenjun promised to hand over the day-to-day Zhenjun to shanchongzhenjun without any conditions, but promoted the cooperation between Wanhe mountain and the black gold demon king.


    Although all the Yuanshen Zhenjun in Wanhe mountain are actually pawns of the evil stone demon God.


    However, before the evil stone demon God urged the magic Qi in their bodies and demonized them, they looked like human friars.


    As a chess piece of the demon God, many times the cultivator is more useful than the demon.


    The evil stone demon God was not anxious to demonize the friars of Wanhe mountain, but allowed them to maintain the status quo.


    However, he strengthened his control over Wanhe mountain by emphasizing Zhenjun.


    Wanheshan firmly denied Meng Zhang''s accusations and bit him back.


    Wanhe mountain betrayed Xiao Qiao and colluded with demons this time. Many monks in the door couldn''t understand it.


    But this is the decision of the yuan God Zhenjun in the door, and no one can object.


    Anyway, whether it''s useful or not, the skin of the righteous friar in Wanhe mountain is still on his body for the time being.


    After Mo qingzhenjun handed over the day-to-day Zhenjun to Shanzhong Zhenjun, he left here without stopping more.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun doesn''t know the real calculation of Moqing Zhenjun and has been speculating.


    In fact, the purpose of Mo Qingzhen Jun is very simple. He hopes that the scope of the magic disaster will continue to spread. The larger the scale, the better, and the longer the duration, the better.


    Famine demon God, as the name suggests, is a demon God who is good at creating famine and takes creating famine as the foundation of Taoism.


    Magic disaster is also a kind of famine, and it is very serious.


    As long as all kinds of famine are spread in the heaven and the world, the famine begins to spread. According to some mysterious rules, the famine demon God can gain strength from it.


    The famine demon God is a relatively generous demon God. He can barely overcome the negative emotions around himself and make a clear distinction between reward and punishment to a certain extent.


    After gaining more power, he is more willing to give to believers who have made great achievements.


    As a believer of the demon God of famine, Mo Qingzhen should strive to create all kinds of famine in the Junchen world, both from his vocation and from his personal interests.


    At that time, the Dali imperial court sent demon cultivation to the Daheng cultivation world to provoke demon disasters, which was strongly encouraged by Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Dali imperial high-level officials did not agree with this plan.


    Although the Dali imperial dynasty accepted the demon Xiu and used the power of the demon Xiu many times, it was taboo to provoke the demon disaster within the Terran rule.


    However, in the face of the great pressure of Ziyang Shengzong, in the face of the crisis of life and death, Dali''s imperial high-level abandoned many bottom lines.


    Most importantly, Mo Qingzhen, who jumped up and down, moved around and used various relationships, and finally persuaded the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In the eyes of Mo Qingzhen, who had been to the Daheng cultivation world in his early years, the Daheng cultivation world with the tradition of keeping demons has long been a powder keg.


    After Mo Qingzhen and a group of evil practitioners started the evil disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world, he made waves everywhere and tried to expand the evil disaster.


    When the Xiuzhen sect of Daheng Xiuzhen world faced the devil disaster, they were ugly and only focused on preserving their strength.


    A series of subsequent events, despite Mo Qingzhen''s calculation, it was really beyond his expectation to develop the magic disaster to this extent.


    Of course, as a hero who provoked the evil disaster, after the evil disaster continued to spread and became more and more serious, Mo Qingzhen Jun also got the power given by the famine demon God, which greatly improved his strength.


    The prisoner of Bairi Zhenjun is also of great use to Moqing Zhenjun.


    It is a good choice whether to refine it into a devil puppet or directly find a way to demonize it.


    In order to spread the evil disaster, Mo qingzhenjun not only actively contributed and tried to contact the evil forces of all parties, but also was willing to sacrifice some of his own interests.


    At least for now, the real king of the day has a greater effect on the real king of the mountain.


    Soon after Moqing Zhenjun left, Shanzhong Zhenjun couldn''t wait to put the daytime Zhenjun into the divine stone.


    This so-called divine stone was put into the Jun dust world by the evil stone demon God.


    In the past, the friars of Wanhe mountain provided various sacrifices to let the divine stone produce stone fetuses regularly to help the friars in the door break through the Yuanshen period.


    In fact, this divine stone has many functions, which have not been fully explored.


    The mountain is heavy, the true monarch and the original God are hidden in the divine stone. Over the years, they have explored the new role of the divine stone.


    God stone is not a dead thing, with a weak self-consciousness.


    As a chess piece of the evil stone demon God, Shanzhong Zhenjun can manipulate this divine stone to a certain extent.


    In addition to the great friar of the later yuan God, the yuan God Zhen Jun of Wanhe mountain also brought many other items.


    There are precious cultivation materials and all kinds of demons


    God stone is like a living creature, greedily devouring all things.


    Then, Shenshi fell into a deep sleep.


    After sleeping for seven days, Shenshi spit out a brand-new body.


    This body looks a little similar to the real king in the daytime, but it is not a complete body of flesh and blood, but more like a strange mixture.


    Part of the body is twisted flesh and blood, part is indestructible stone, and more part is inexplicable material that the yuan God friars of Wanhe mountain don''t know.


    This body is the new body bred by the divine stone for the mountain Chongzhen king.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun hesitated for a long time, and finally put his yuan God into the body.


    He did not want to enter the underworld and become a ghost, let alone reincarnate. Reshaping the flesh became the only choice.


    As soon as his Yuanshen threw himself into the brand-new body, he felt a sense of fish entering the water and felt very harmonious, as if the body was the flesh of his original body.


    The yuan God and the flesh body match so well that Shanzhong Zhenjun can completely control the flesh body and restore his cultivation in that year in not much time.


    As he became more and more familiar with the new body, he found that the body had more powerful ability than his original flesh.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t know that the enemy shanchong Zhenjun, who was almost killed by him, had reshaped his body and was about to make a comeback.

 Chapter 1448

    When Meng Zhang and others were wandering around the demon army, Niu Dawei made a new deployment among the three coalition forces in the rear.


    After receiving the news from Meng Zhang, he knew that the friar of Bairi Valley took the initiative to withdraw from the Daheng cultivation world, he was moved about the foundation left by Bairi Valley, especially the Mountain Gate of Bairi valley.


    Although Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect, most of the time he is only responsible for deciding the major events of the sect, such as strategic direction and choosing enemies and friends.


    As for how the sect works on weekdays, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, is responsible together with all the senior leaders of the sect.


    Since the expeditionary army was sent to Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen has been consuming a lot of materials.


    Although taiyimen has a big family and business, it also feels a little unbearable after several wars.


    Friars killed or injured on the battlefield, even those recruited by taiyimen, should have a rich pension according to the practice of the spiritual world.


    After the casualties of the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng, taiyimen cannot be ignored.


    Taiyimen currently controls a large territory, but many places have not been fully developed for various reasons.


    Even if taiyimen became the ruler of Jiuqu Province, in order to maintain the stability of the rear, taiyimen did not exploit the south of Jiuqu Province, and the materials recruited were still within a certain range.


    The daily salary of the disciples of Taiyi sect and the expenses of the war have caused a heavy burden on the sect.


    Although the silver pot old man has given some subsidies to taiyimen through various means. But compared with the huge consumption, these subsidies are simply car water cup salary.


    The miraculous drugs and objects obtained by Meng Zhang from the silk pulling mother-in-law and the silver pot old man to help break through the Yuanshen period also need to pay a certain price.


    Niu Dawei is responsible for the daily operation of the sect. He must find ways to increase revenue and reduce expenditure in order to ensure that he will not sit idle.


    As one of the four major sects in the Daheng cultivation world, the territory of Bairi Valley is one of the richest places in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The friar of the day Valley hurriedly evacuated, and it must be too late to search the territory.


    As Niu Dawei knows, there is a spirit stone vein in the Mountain Gate of Bairi valley.


    It seems that friars in the Yuanshen period often don''t use low-level resources such as spirit stone.


    However, the high-level resources produced at the resource point within nine days need to continuously invest in low-level resources such as Lingshi in order to ensure production.


    Even, it is said that the jade Qingling machine produced by the heavenly palace also needs to consume a large number of spirit stones and other resources.


    Moreover, low-level friars are the most numerous subjects in a clan, and low-level resources consume a lot.


    After Meng Zhang killed Cangsong Zhenjun, Niu Dawei assessed the situation and decided to divide the troops.


    He asked Jin Lizhen Jun to lead a partial division, take a flying boat, rush to the Mountain Gate of Bairi Valley as soon as possible, occupy the place, and establish a certain protection system.


    Jin Lizhen took the order and immediately took action.


    Meng Zhang wandered outside the demon army for a long time and was finally found by the demon army.


    At first, just some unorganized demons rushed at them. Later, more and more demons began to appear in their sight.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples shot out a large group of demons, and then sent them away together.


    Meng Zhang is ready to return to the army and discuss with you what to do next.


    Meng Zhang sent them a few times and joined the army of friars led by Niu Dawei.


    Meng Zhang called the top leaders of the three families together to discuss the next action plan.


    Since Cangsong Zhenjun was destroyed, the black gold demon king led the main force of the demon army, still hovering near the camp of Xiaoqiao.


    I don''t know if the news that Cangsong Zhenjun was destroyed has reached the black gold demon king.


    There has been no big movement on the other side of Wanhe mountain, but we can''t help but guard against it.


    As for Mo Qingzhen, who Meng Zhang was most afraid of, his whereabouts were unknown all the time.


    After discussion, we all felt that if we wanted to quell the demon disaster, we could not avoid a frontal war with the demon army.


    Now the army of monks led by Xiao Qiao has been destroyed. It seems that the power of the Terran cultivators has been seriously weakened, and the Daheng cultivator world is in danger.


    But from a good point of view, Meng Zhang also removed the last constraints. He can safely and boldly fight with demons without fear of being stabbed from the back.


    On the side of the great horizontal cultivation world, it did not completely lose its resistance.


    At least from the SONGFENG sect, they seem to be trying to stick to it.


    Those who ran away don''t care. What remains now should be friars who are very determined to resist and are at odds with demons.


    Meng Zhang shouted, bringing hope to these remaining friars, so that they can easily gather their strength.


    This can not only enhance the strength of the expedition army, but also help taiyimen to rule the Daheng cultivation world in the future.


    Yes, although the evil disaster has not subsided, Meng Zhang has begun to consider how to rule the Daheng cultivation world.


    Ziyang Shengzong can''t pay attention to the Daheng cultivation world for the time being. Taiyi gate just takes the opportunity to expand wantonly.


    With a large territory and strong strength, we will have more capital to bargain with Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    Of course, the frontal battle with the demon army also has many disadvantages.


    The combination of expeditionary forces, aquariums and monsters in the black jade forest is not necessarily sure of victory.


    And even if we win in the end, such a frontal war will bring great casualties. Maybe it will hurt taiyimen.


    Finally, most people still reached an agreement. Now that they have sent troops, they have to fight with the demon army.


    Although the aquarium and the monster have some opinions, the mermaid king and the grey Peng King agree with the proposal of the Terran cultivator.


    Now that the plan has been decided, the three coalition forces will soon start to act.


    Niu Dawei personally led the three allied forces, making steady progress step by step, and directly ran to the direction of the demon army.


    Meng Zhang, their three strongest fighting forces, temporarily separated from the army.


    The mermaid king has the weakest space transmission ability. It operates in the nearby area close to the three coalition forces to conduct investigation and prevent the army from being raided.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang have the strongest space transmission ability. They are not afraid of siege, but also can easily carry out ultra long-distance transmission. They can stay away from the army.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang did not act together, but separated early and acted alone.


    King Hui Peng personally went to monitor the movements of the demon army.


    Meng Zhang went a long way to contact the SONGFENG sect.


    Since Niu Dawei led the army to set out, he has taken in many scattered practitioners.


    Naturally, it is difficult for these practitioners to win Niu Dawei''s trust and will not let them mix into the army and act together.


    Niu Dawei set up some temporary strongholds on the road to accommodate these interned practitioners.

 Chapter 1449

    After Meng Zhang sent it to SONGFENG sect, he soon met fengyao Zhenjun.


    At this time, the war inside and outside the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect was basically over.


    Demons are not all those fierce, fearless and crazy fools.


    Many clever demons saw that the situation was gone and had already fled one after another.


    Friars of SONGFENG sect are busy dealing with the chaos inside and outside the mountain gate, and they don''t care to pursue these demons.


    After these disturbances, the SONGFENG faction may not be able to recover its combat effectiveness in a short time.


    If Meng Zhang had not killed Cangsong Zhenjun, the mountain gate would have been lost and completely occupied. SONGFENG sect may not be able to keep the inheritance of zongmen.


    It can even be said that Meng Zhang has made a decisive contribution to the survival of SONGFENG school to some extent.


    Without the pressure brought by Cangsong Zhenjun, a traitor, the SONGFENG sect finally has time to take a good breath.


    As long as the SONGFENG sect with profound heritage takes time, it still has a bright future.


    After Meng Zhang met with Feng Yao Zhenjun, without much greeting, he went straight to the subject and asked about the remaining combat power of SONGFENG sect.


    Meng Zhang''s visit this time is mainly to determine the final decision of SONGFENG sect.


    Fengyao Zhenjun tells Meng Zhang that as long as Meng Zhang leads the army of friars and the army of demons to fight, the SONGFENG sect will not give up the mountain gate and escape until the victory is determined.


    If you wait a few more days, the SONGFENG sect can send two yuan God Zhenjun to lead a team of friars to fight with the demon army.


    This is better than nothing. It''s OK.


    If it takes a little longer, the SONGFENG sect can provide more support.


    Fleeing monks outside the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect can be organized and have a little combat effectiveness.


    The wounded friars of SONGFENG sect have more healing time and can recover better.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the practice of SONGFENG sect.


    After coming to Daheng cultivation world for so long, I finally met a responsible and responsible sect.


    The last time Meng Zhang broke up with Feng Yao Zhenjun, Feng Yao Zhenjun told Meng Zhang to take time to go to the Mountain Gate of SONGFENG sect alone. She would thank Meng Zhang for his great kindness in killing Cangsong Zhenjun.


    As for Mermaid king and Huipeng king, they were selectively ignored by fengyao Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take the so-called gratitude of fengyao Zhenjun to heart, but after hearing what fengyao Zhenjun said, he couldn''t help but be moved.


    The giant sects that can control one side of the cultivation world are at least powerful Yuanshen sects.


    These Yuanshen sects have one thing in common, that is, they can stably provide help to the monks in the sect to break through the Yuanshen period.


    As long as we don''t encounter accidents and major disasters, we can ensure that there will be no fault in the yuan God Zhenjun inside the sect.


    In the age of Jiuqu League, qingyuanzong and yujianmen had such ability.


    Unfortunately, the jade sword sect has long fled overseas. Most of the details of the Qing Yuan sect were captured by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, there are so-called divine stones in Wanhe mountain that produce stone fetuses, and there is a blood inheritance left by the demon gods on the monks of Xiangjia.


    Of course, these means ensure that the two can continuously produce Yuanshen friars, but also let them completely fall into the control of the demon God.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what the inside information means of Bairi valley. Feng Yao Zhenjun now tells Meng Zhang the means of SONGFENG sect.


    SONGFENG sect has a very clever inheritance of Dan masters. The fourth level Dan masters in the sect have never been cut off.


    The ancestor of SONGFENG sect left a fourth level pill called concentrating pill, which can be refined by the fourth level pill master.


    When the golden pill friar breaks through the yuan Shen period, if he takes the fourth level concentration pill, he can increase the chance of breaking through.


    If it is taken by monks who practice SONGFENG sect''s inheritance skills, the maximum probability can reach nearly 20%.


    Monks who practice other skills have less than 10% chance to take it.


    In order to thank Meng Zhang, SONGFENG sect can regularly provide this pill to taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate has been rising for many years. It looks more powerful than qingyuanzong and Yujian gate. However, compared with these old yuanshenzong doors, Taiyi door still lacks a lot of details.


    The pill provided by SONGFENG sect is one aspect of this inside story.


    Meng Zhang guessed whether taiyimen in its heyday had such details.


    However, there is no similar discovery in his inheritance.


    In order to ensure the status of Yuanshen sect, Taiyi sect really dominates the real world, such details are most needed.


    After listening to Feng Yao Zhenjun''s words, Meng Zhang almost couldn''t help thinking of killing and seizing treasure for a moment.


    But soon, he put down his greed and put it away completely.


    Although it is said that practitioners are mercenary and profit first, Meng Zhang still has his own bottom line in dealing with the world.


    The SONGFENG sect is about to become comrades in arms fighting side by side, but Meng Zhang really can''t do this.


    Moreover, Feng Yao Zhen Junming knows Meng Zhang''s strength and dares to disclose this secret. Isn''t she afraid of Meng Zhang''s killing and looting?


    Meng Zhang is basically sure that the SONGFENG sect must have a way to protect such a vital danfang.


    If Meng Zhang really pulls down his face and forcibly seizes the treasure, he will probably draw water with a bamboo basket, and even burn jade and stone.


    Next, Feng Yao Zhenjun continues to talk.


    The conditions for refining this pill are very harsh.


    She didn''t elaborate on the secret alchemy of SONGFENG sect. It just shows that even if the pill of concentration pill falls into the hands of outsiders, it is also a useless waste paper.


    Meng Zhang, who had already been psychologically prepared, said secretly in his heart that it was true.


    Although taiyimen can''t master this method, it''s very helpful for SONGFENG sect to provide pills regularly.


    Of course, due to the reason of cultivating the martial arts, friar taiyimen takes this pill and gets limited help.


    Meng Zhang himself is a former man and knows the difficulty of breaking through the Yuanshen period.


    Let alone increase the success probability of nearly 10%, even if it increases the probability of 1% or 1 / 1000, it will be competed by countless practitioners.


    Meng Zhang would not refuse Feng Yao''s kindness, so he accepted it with a smile.


    Besides Jin Lizhen''s side.


    Among the expeditionary forces, there are a sufficient number of flying boats.


    On weekdays, the ranks of monks are basically flying boats.


    The Terran friars led by Niu Dawei are only part of the expedition.


    In addition to carrying Terran friars, there are enough flying boats to carry aquariums and monsters.


    With the high-level elastic pressure of aquariums and monsters, low-level aquariums and monsters stay on the flying boat and dare not make trouble wantonly.


    Although Jin Lizhen was led by a partial teacher, her strength was not weak.


    A long line of flying boats left the three coalition forces and sailed rapidly to the territory of the White Sun Valley.

 Chapter 1450

    After galloping all the way, the flying boat team led by Jin Lizhen spent more than half a month and finally reached the sky above the Mountain Gate of Bairi valley.


    At this time, the top level of the day Valley had long led the remaining disciples of the gate, brought their savings for many years, and fled the day valley.


    Although all kinds of materials in the day valley were basically looted, there are still many things that can''t be taken away.


    Lingtian, lingyao garden, mineral veins and other things cannot be taken away. Before the day Valley friar left, there was no large-scale destruction.


    For one thing, the monks in the gate have deep feelings for the mountain gate. They are really cruel to destroy it all.


    Second, many people in the gate still have illusions. They hope that after the evil disaster subsides in the future, the friar of the day Valley can come back and recover his mountain gate.


    Almost all the friars in the gate were taken away, and the vassal friars who temporarily lived in the gate were expelled early.


    Before leaving, a four-step protective array guarding the mountain gate was raised in the daytime valley.


    Of course, several third-order spirit veins in the mountain gate can only support the most basic function of the fourth-order protection array.


    Moreover, the power of the protective array could not be brought into play without the monk in the middle.


    Although they would not publicize the evacuation of friars in the valley of day, they could not keep it secret. The news soon spread everywhere.


    After the day Valley friars withdrew, they saw that they would not come back in a short time. Some brave friars around gathered outside the Mountain Gate of day valley.


    The friar of day Valley has left, and the demon hasn''t come near here yet. This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.


    A clan like Bairi Valley has a great cause. If you leak something, you can make people useful.


    As a result, these brave monks even began to try to attack the mountain protection array.


    The mountain protection array is not powerful enough, nor can it be broken by these speculators.


    These friars are mainly friars in the foundation period, including several golden elixirs.


    They attacked for a long time, but they couldn''t help this four-step mountain protection array.


    On the contrary, because the fourth order mountain protection array was attacked, it made a spontaneous counterattack and really killed a group of guys who didn''t know how to live or die.


    Just when the monks outside the valley were in a dilemma, the team led by Jin Lizhen arrived here.


    The friars were ordered to be taken down by Jin Lizhen.


    What kind of hard work do you need.


    In addition to Jin Lizhen, there are two other yuan God Zhenjun accompanying Jin Lizhen.


    With a little effort, the three Yuanshen Zhenjun broke the fourth-order protection array, which could not exert much power at all.


    After confirming that there were no traps in the mountain gate, the monks on the flying boat rushed in and began to receive everything in the valley.


    When they attacked the mountain protection array, Jin Lizhen and them had reservations and did not cause too much damage to the array.


    After controlling the valley, people began to try to repair the mountain protection array.


    Although the array road in the Taiyi gate and the silver pot old man helped him exchange a lot of pills and spiritual objects to help him break through the yuan Shen period, no sect has ever had too many such pills.


    Moreover, the help of silver pot old man and lead silk mother-in-law is limited, and it is impossible to help Meng Zhang endlessly.


    In fact, in recent years, neither the silver pot old man nor the silk holding mother-in-law continued to help Meng Zhang exchange such pills and spiritual objects.


    In order to provide such help to Meng Zhang, even the return to emptiness power also needs to pay resources such as human feelings and face.


    In the view of old man Yinhu, he provided so much help to Meng Zhang, greatly enhanced the strength of Taiyi gate, and was enough for Taiyi gate to do its best to contain demons.


    Now from the SONGFENG sect, we have obtained a new channel to obtain this kind of pill. Of course, Meng Zhang attaches great importance to it.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not believe in the SONGFENG sect so easily.


    When the elixir of SONGFENG sect is delivered in the future, he will not only check it himself, but even ask mother-in-law Qiansi to help check it. After confirming that there is no problem, he dares to use it for the friars in the door.


    Meng Zhang has seen too many bad examples in this regard.


    Even if he is willing to believe in the SONGFENG sect in his heart, he must be defensive.


    There is a loose alliance called Dan alliance in the cultivation world.


    In each region, it is basically the branch of Dan League established by the main local Xiuzhen forces.


    The original intention of danmeng is to ensure the reliability of pills and prevent people from tampering with pills circulating in the market.


    However, later, the Dan League in various places became a tool for the major cultivation forces to monopolize the Dan medicine market and obtain high profits.


    After taiyimen became the regional overlord, it also established danmeng branch within its rule.


    However, because Meng Zhang''s character is more generous, his eating appearance is not so ugly.


    Fourth order pills such as concentrating pill are the foundation of SONGFENG sect. Even organizations such as Dan league can hardly control its circulation.


    If major interests were not involved, the SONGFENG sect would not trade such pills to others.


    In addition to repaying his kindness, Feng Yao Zhenjun also hopes to get the protection of taiyimen.


    The strength of SONGFENG sect was greatly damaged. However, the Daheng cultivation world was in turmoil at this time, and the situation was extremely dangerous.


    Relying solely on the strength of the SONGFENG sect itself, it is difficult to ensure its continued foothold in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang understood Feng Yao Zhenjun''s mind and accepted her reward without hesitation.


    During his stay in SONGFENG sect, Meng Zhang took the initiative to help the monks of SONGFENG sect heal.


    The magic subduing mirror emits the golden light of subduing demons, which can destroy demons. When it emits the clear light of exorcising demons, it can expel demonic Qi and heal the injuries left by demons.


    Even if the SONGFENG sect has a brilliant inheritance of killing demons, it can''t compare with Meng Zhang holding a magic subduing mirror in this regard.


    After Meng Zhang was busy, the monks injured in the battle with demons before the SONGFENG sect were greatly improved.

 Chapter 1451

    Cangsong Zhenjun was possessed by the devil, turned into a demon, betrayed the Terran and attacked the friar army led by Xiao Qiao.


    This is not a glorious thing. Of course, the SONGFENG faction is not willing to publicize it.


    However, after Meng Zhang killed Cangsong Zhenjun, in order to boost their morale, at Meng Zhang''s instigation, taiyimen quickly spread the news.


    After some debate, the senior level of the SONGFENG faction had to disclose the news in the door.


    First of all, the fact that Cang Song Zhen Jun is possessed by the devil can alert the friars in the door and prevent them from making similar mistakes.


    Second, I can explain to Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    The SONGFENG sect did not deliberately betray, but something happened in the door.


    Cangsong Zhenjun''s enchantment has also caused great losses to SONGFENG sect, which is absolutely something that SONGFENG sect doesn''t want to see.


    What Cang Songzhen Jun, a traitor, has done cannot represent the whole SONGFENG school.


    As for whether Ziyang Shengzong accepted such an explanation, they couldn''t care about it for the time being.


    After leaving Wanhe mountain, Mo Qingzhen tried to contact Cangsong Zhenjun, but received the news that Cangsong Zhenjun was killed.


    Without Cangsong Zhenjun, the evil forces no longer have an advantage in high-end combat power.


    Moreover, there is no trust among several evil forces, including Mo Qingzhen Jun, but interests drive them to come together.


    For Mo Qingzhen Jun, Cangsong Zhen Jun, who was personally seduced by him, is the most important chess piece in his hand, which can be easily used by him.


    Now that he has lost Cangsong Zhenjun, Mo qingzhenjun''s efforts over the years have been wasted.


    Originally, he was very optimistic about Meng Zhang. Even if he failed to win over Meng Zhang many times, Mo Qingzhen still had expectations for Meng Zhang.


    However, due to the death of Cangsong Zhenjun, Mo qingzhenjun finally lost patience with Meng Zhang and gave birth to a killing intention.


    Now it seems that the forces of demons have the upper hand in the Daheng cultivation world and are as powerful as ever.


    But Mo Qingzhen, who has a clear mind, has seen the hidden danger.


    Anyway, several evil forces should unite again and defeat the power of Meng Zhang''s organization first.


    Mo qingzhenjun immediately returned to Wanhe mountain and saw the mountain chongzhenjun who had successfully reshaped his flesh and was adapting to the new flesh.


    Mo Qingzhen, a rare and sincere gentleman, presented his interests to him and tried to persuade him to completely stand on the side of the devil.


    For Meng Zhang, Shanzhong Zhenjun has too much hatred.


    Without mentioning the overall situation and persuading Mo Qingzhen, he is at odds with Meng Zhang.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun solemnly promised that if Meng Zhang fought with the demon army, he would look for an opportunity to give Meng Zhang a fatal blow.


    Although Mo Qingzhen couldn''t trust Shan Chongzhen''s promise, he couldn''t ask for more.


    Although it is normal for demons to cheat each other and frame each other, Mo Qingzhen believes that no matter what consideration, Shan Chongzhen should not let Meng ZhangCai go.


    After leaving Wanhe mountain, Mo Qingzhen immediately rushed to the demon army and met the black gold demon king.


    The black gold devil is always arrogant and goes his own way.


    Although moqingzhenjun has given him a lot of help, he will not have any gratitude.


    Mo Qingzhen warned the black gold devil that Meng Zhang was about to pose a great threat.


    But the satisfied black gold devil didn''t listen much.


    The army of friars organized by Ziyang Shengzong friars was destroyed in front of him.


    A mere taiyimen Meng Zhang, but he didn''t pay much attention to him.


    Of course, arrogance returned to arrogance. The black gold demon king listened to the opinions of emperor Mo Qingzhen and no longer continued to delay. Instead, he commanded the army and immediately dispatched to take the enemy''s base camp.


    As long as Meng Zhang, the enemy, is eliminated, the whole great horizontal cultivation world will no longer have any power to stop the demon army under the black gold demon king.


    At that time, he will be the new overlord of Daheng Xiuzhen world. He can do whatever he wants here and turn it into a real demon domain.


    If such a vast area of Daheng cultivation world is demonized and transformed into a demon realm, the black gold demon king will get countless benefits from it.


    Even, he will have the opportunity to advance to the fifth level demon.


    After the order of the black gold demon king, a large but messy army of demons soon began to act and move towards the target.


    The target of this demon army is the camp established by the expedition army next to the aquarium territory.


    The dark gold devil is careless in character and extensive in style.


    He didn''t have much rules to command the demon army, which was driven by overwhelming force.


    Of course, for demons, this simple and rough command method is the most applicable.


    Before he sent troops, he didn''t carry out too detailed investigation, but sent some demon teams to wander around the demon army to prevent the enemy''s investigation friars from approaching.


    He knows the general distribution of the enemy''s forces, but it is difficult for him to keep an eye on the enemy''s movements all the time.


    Anyway, with the huge number of demons, you don''t have to worry about being ambushed by the enemy.


    Mo Qingzhen felt speechless about the military means of the black gold demon king.


    However, the black gold devil began to move, which also met his requirements.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun has many ears and eyes in the Daheng cultivation world, and the news is far more informed than the black gold demon king.


    The cooperation between the black gold demon king and Mo qingzhenjun has benefited a lot in many aspects.


    If Mo Qingzhen didn''t provide intelligence and connect with all parties, he wouldn''t be so easy to wipe out the friars led by Xiao Qiao.


    Compared with the rough body of the black gold demon king, Mo Qingzhen Jun is really resourceful and cunning.


    It was at the beginning that he found the hidden dangers of Xiao Qiao''s external strength and medium strength, and the friars'' army under him that Mo Qingzhen led him as the primary goal.


    Originally, Mo Qingzhen thought that after knowing the fate of the friars under Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang, who was stunned, should take the initiative to shrink his strength and avoid direct conflict with demons out of the self-interest nature of the practitioners.


    But he didn''t expect that Meng Zhang was so bold and dared to take the initiative.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has some means. He can actually pull the people and horses of aquarium and black jade forest monster to go out together.


    In this way, a head-on battle with Meng Zhang''s leadership can not be avoided.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun knew that the enemy had gone out, and even Jin Lizhen Jun heard about the trend of the partial division.


    The black gold demon king led the demon army to directly attack the enemy''s base camp, which can be regarded as directly engaging in the Yellow Dragon and pointing directly at the enemy''s key.


    If the black gold devil goes to find the army sent by the enemy, the enemy may take the initiative to avoid the war and retreat.


    His current simple and crude approach has made the enemy unavoidable and unavoidable.


    Therefore, Mo Qingzhen did not interfere with the command of the black gold devil because he had more information.

 Chapter 1452

    King Huipeng has been wandering around the periphery of the demon army, killing some lonely and small demons from time to time.


    The demon army began to mobilize disorderly and set out slowly. King Huipeng has witnessed the whole process.


    Of course, there is no military appearance in the demon army, but the huge number makes people feel scared at first sight.


    Even strong people like the grey Peng King dare not rush into the demon group and only dare to move on the periphery.


    The demon army is not organized at all. It still has a minimum command system.


    Some powerful fourth-order demons have their own ruling demons.


    The black gold demon king controls each group of demons through these fourth-order demons, and then forms a huge army of demons.


    Among the demons, some high-level demons began to notice the existence of the grey Peng king.


    Although king Huipeng kept changing his position, he didn''t pay much attention to hiding his tracks.


    Slowly, some high-level demons began to organize and began to encircle and suppress the grey Peng king.


    A strong man like King Hui Peng is a delicious meal for high-level demons.


    King Hui Peng was born in an extraordinary family. He has ruled the monsters in the black jade forest for many years. Naturally, he is arrogant. Not all cats and dogs can scare him.


    Facing a group of high-level demons, he didn''t turn around and leave, but took the initiative and began to kill each other wantonly.


    A fierce battle broke out.


    Full three fourth-order demons, plus one or twenty third-order demons, could not help king Hui Peng, but there were many casualties.


    The black gold devil is no longer lax in management. It''s time to receive the news.


    With the rough temper of the black gold devil, he flew to the place where the battle took place without saying a word.


    One end after another, the corpses of demons fell from the air. When the black gold demon king saw this scene, he directly turned into a sword spirit and shrouded the gray Peng king and his surroundings, regardless of whether he was injured by mistake or not.


    Those demons who besieged the grey Peng king had seen the ferocity of the black gold demon king for a long time, and were scared to retreat one after another.


    Wang Huipeng''s mind moved, the surrounding space twisted, and all the sword Qi disappeared out of thin air.


    In the face of the fierce black gold devil, the grey Peng King took the initiative to meet him without showing weakness.


    The sword Qi is vertical and horizontal, the space is fragmented, and the loud noise in the sky is constant, as if the whole world is constantly shaking.


    The black gold demon king and the grey Peng king are strong at the same level. They have their own strengths and have the strength to dominate.


    King Hui Peng went deep into enemy territory alone. He didn''t want to fight. He just wanted to see real strength of the famous black gold devil.


    As soon as the expert reaches out his hand, he knows whether there is one.


    To their level of strength, as long as a little contact, they can feel the general depth of each other.


    Although the grey Peng king did not go all out, he hid a lot of cards. But he soon realized that if he fought alone, he might not be able to beat the demon in front of him.


    The black gold demon king is clearly a demon, but he has the style of sword repair.


    He seldom used the means of magic, almost entirely relying on swordsmanship against the enemy.


    But it was his sword skill that caused great suppression to strong people like King Hui Peng.


    King Hui Peng has been undercover in the black jade forest for many years. He has an extraordinary mind and knows how to advance and retreat. He is not a stupid monster who only knows how to fight hard.


    Since he has tried to find out the depth of the other party and roughly achieved his goal, there is no need for him to continue pestering.


    Continuing to fight is not only meaningless, but also dangerous.


    Hui Peng Wang, a guy who is proficient in space Avenue, makes good use of the power of space. I dare not say anything else. At least few people can escape.


    The space twisted, and the figure of the grey Peng King disappeared in situ.


    The black gold demon king was really ferocious. The fierce sword spirit just cut open the space, revealing the space gap that King Hui Peng entered.


    Several violent sword Qi followed the figure of King Hui Peng into the space gap, making a mess of the already unstable space.


    King Huipeng quickly left the space gap to avoid being involved in the space storm.


    When his figure appeared again, it was not far ahead, far from transmitting the predetermined distance.


    The black gold demon urged the sword Qi and continued to chase and kill him.


    The grey Peng king was somewhat embarrassed to block left and right. It took a lot of effort to escape from the battle and escape from the battlefield.


    The black gold devil looked unwilling.


    However, for a strong man like King Hui Peng, it is really difficult to leave each other alone.


    Mo Qingzhen''s figure appeared next to the black gold demon king.


    He came a step late.


    If he had come earlier and joined hands with the black gold devil, the grey Peng king would not have been so easy to get away. Maybe he would have left some costs.


    Mo qingzhenjun has long had an in-depth understanding of the information of his opponents.


    He made a brief introduction to the dark gold devil about the identity of the grey Peng king.


    Of course, as an undercover of Ziyang Shengzong, King Huipeng didn''t know, only knew that he was the leader of the black jade forest monster.


    The black gold devil smiled scornfully.


    King Huipeng has escaped now, but when he leads his army into the black jade forest, see where he can escape.


    This episode did not affect the action of the demon army.


    The whole demon army still ran to the camp of the expedition army according to the order of the black gold demon king.


    King Hui Peng didn''t leave too far. He still moved near the demon army.


    After the demon army began to act, he always followed nearby and informed Meng Zhang of the news of the dispatch of the demon army.


    At this time, Meng Zhang also ended his work in SONGFENG sect and soon transmitted it to King Huipeng.


    When they get together, as long as they don''t take the initiative to fall into the siege of the demon army, there will basically be no danger.


    They stared at the demon army in the distance and followed it.


    If they are interested, they will make a sudden attack on the demons outside.


    Several times, they killed many demons.


    Of course, this number of demons is not even a dime compared with the whole army of demons.


    Soon, the black gold demon appeared in the sight of the grey Peng king again.


    This time, in addition to Mo Qingzhen Jun, there were several powerful fourth-order demons around him.


    The two sides looked at each other from a distance, and no one did it first.


    Once you start, although the black gold devil can gain the upper hand, you are not sure you can leave your opponent.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Mo Qingzhen''s face was as kind as ever.


    He greeted Meng Zhang from a distance, and then began to make friends with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang ignored him, and he spoke eloquently.


    He persuaded Meng Zhang to give up fighting against the demon army, and the two sides can coexist peacefully.


    The great horizontal cultivation world is so big that it can accommodate several forces.


    If Meng Zhang is willing, he can serve as a guarantee for everyone to sit down and negotiate and peacefully carve up the territory of Daheng cultivation world.

 Chapter 1453

    Meng Zhang will not believe every word that Mo Qingzhen Jun said.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Mo Qingzhen really wants to talk about peace and is willing to carve up the Daheng cultivation world with taiyimen, Meng Zhang will never accept it.


    Mo Qingzhen doesn''t really think he can convince Meng Zhang, but he wants to lower Meng Zhang''s vigilance.


    When the black gold demon king and Mo qingzhenjun were ready to lead several fourth-order demons around, Meng Zhang and King Huipeng wisely withdrew in time.


    Looking at their leaving backs, the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun were helpless.


    At this time, they all strengthened their determination to take the enemy''s base camp directly.


    When they reach the enemy base camp, where else can they escape?


    The number of demons is huge, and they can''t hide their tracks unintentionally.


    Meng Zhang they observed and roughly guessed the marching direction of the demon army.


    The demon army directly killed the camp of the expedition army, which really made Meng Zhang ignore it.


    Meng Zhang informed Niu Dawei of the trend of the demon army.


    Niu Dawei discussed with the middle and high levels of the army and had a rough plan.


    Now that the marching direction of the demon army has been clear, they can take the first step to establish a stronghold and deploy defense on the marching route of the demon army, so as to block the demon army firmly.


    Since Meng Zhang handed over the command of the army to Niu Dawei, he took responsibility without hesitation and began to give orders.


    Niu Dawei searched the map of Daheng cultivation world and soon selected a place to block the demon army.


    It''s a place called wild dog ridge.


    There is an extension of the Daheng mountains, covered with undulating mountains and many rivers and lakes.


    In the wild dog ridge, there were several small families.


    Soon after the outbreak of the evil disaster, these small zongmen abandoned the mountain gate and fled far away.


    With the current position of the demon army, it is a necessary place to reach the camp of the expedition army as soon as possible.


    The number of demons is huge, and land demons account for the majority.


    In order to take care of these land demons, we have to choose the route of the army.


    Too steep mountains, abysses and gullies should be avoided as much as possible.


    Of course, unlike the mortal army, the demon army must move along the road.


    The demon army has strong cross-country ability and can easily cross mountains and swamps that ordinary people can''t cross.


    With the personality of the black gold devil, it must urge the demon army to move forward and reach the destination as quickly as possible.


    As for how many demons left behind and how many casualties of demons on the road, he would not care at all.


    After much weighing, Niu Dawei decided that the demon army would certainly pass through the wild dog ridge.


    At the command of Niu Dawei, the three allied forces took a flying boat and rushed to the wild dog ridge.


    With a fleet of flying boats, the mobility is far more than that of the demon army.


    The three allied forces led by Niu Dawei came to the wild dog ridge before the demon army arrived.


    At this time, Wen qiansuan also reached the expedition camp through the long-distance transmission array, and then rushed to yegou ridge.


    Wen qiansuan surveyed the terrain and began to organize friars to lay out Dharma arrays and build a defense system.


    All kinds of expensive array materials have been ready for a long time. Wen qiansuan, an expert of array, is here. Even if there are only two second-order spiritual veins and several first-order spiritual veins in yegou ridge, Wen qiansuan still makes full use of them to reduce the consumption of array as much as possible.


    According to Niu Dawei''s order, Yang Xueyi also led an army of friars to meet him quickly.


    Niu Dawei built a defense line in the place of yegou ridge and waited for the demon army to attack.


    Wait for work with ease. It has the advantage of location. It must be able to cause great damage to the demon army.


    If the demon army is too strong to resist, it can also resist and retreat step by step.


    In the back of yegou ridge, Niu Dawei has also arranged for a long time, and has established many temporary strongholds to meet the retreat of the army, and then re-establish a new defense line there.


    After Niu Dawei told Meng Zhang his deployment, Meng Zhang had no opinion.


    He and Wang Huipeng continued to wander around the periphery of the demon army and monitor the trend of the demon army at any time.


    If the trend of the demon army changes, he needs to inform Niu Dawei in time.


    Fortunately, after the demon army set out, he didn''t change his direction, which saved him a lot of trouble.


    With the character of the black gold devil, once you make up your mind and start taking action, you have to stick to it.


    After the news of Meng Zhang''s killing to South China spread, including Mo Qingzhen, they were very afraid of Meng Zhang.


    Later, after careful analysis, Mo Qingzhen Jun, who was familiar with the situation of the Xiuzhen world, thought that Meng Zhang could kill South China mostly with the help of some disposable treasure.


    Such treasures can not be found in the cultivation world. Meng Zhang may not be able to warn the black gold demon king that it is best to bring more fourth-order demons when fighting with Meng Zhang.


    Once Meng Zhang really has any irresistible mace, you can use these fourth-order demons as cannon fodder and consume him well.


    The main force of the demon army galloped on the earth at high speed at the urging of the black gold demon king.


    In the sky above the demon army, there are dark flying demons.


    The demon has amazing endurance and almost no requirements for logistics. It can keep moving at a high speed all the time.


    But the number of demons is too large. They drag on the ground and stretch out for hundreds of miles.


    The demons in the sky are not so messy, but they are not much better.


    Different demon groups will instinctively keep a distance and guard against each other.


    To be honest, with the state of the demon group, Meng Zhang is not easy to count the number even if he wants to count it carefully.


    Big demons are as big as mountains, and small demons are not as big as fingers.


    The strength of demons is mostly related to body shape, but there are always many exceptions.


    Meng Zhang simply estimated that the number of demons in the demon army exceeded one million.


    This has not yet calculated the special * magic of insect species.


    In contrast, even after Niu Dawei was reinforced by Yang Xueyi, there were only more than 10000 Terran friars on hand.


    The number of monster troops sent from the black jade forest is only about 3000.


    Of course, in order to facilitate cooperation, these monsters are of the type with a little brain and more obedience.


    The number of troops sent by the aquarium is about 6000.


    The three allied forces are at an absolute disadvantage compared with the demon army.

 Chapter 1454

    For the three coalition forces participating in the war, even if there were few enemies, the enemy was obviously more powerful, and they had to fight.


    Everyone has a reason to fight and is unwilling to flee without fighting.


    Since the goal is the same, we can work together safely.


    After intensive deployment, a seemingly indestructible defense line was arranged on the wild dog ridge.


    On the front of yegou ridge, there is a four stage three light evil killing array arranged by Wen qiansuan himself.


    Inside and outside the array, there are all kinds of powerful mechanism creations.


    Because the spirit pulse on the wild dog ridge is too bad, just to maintain the daily operation of the array, you need to put in a steady stream of spirit stones.


    Once the war begins, the loss of the large array is even more amazing.


    In order to activate the array''s several killer maces, you even need to consume the essence of nine days or even the jade clear spirit machine.


    Taiyimen is also willing to give up this time. He directly paid his blood. He should try his best to stop the demon army at all costs.


    There are several large rivers and lakes near yegou ridge.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun worked together to dig mountains and move mountains, connecting all these rivers and lakes. Needless to say, they also attracted several large rivers from a distance to form a broad water area.


    The aquarium army is on standby in the waters, ready to provide reinforcements at any time.


    The monster army from the black jade forest is lined up next to the Terran friar army.


    Although the leader of the grey Peng king made great efforts to promote it, there were still many monsters in the black jade forest who opposed to going out with the Terran friars and the aquarium.


    It''s very good that Heiyu forest can come up with such troops.


    The black gold devil led the demon army all the way. He didn''t know what was waiting for them.


    Even if he knew, he wouldn''t care.


    The demon army marched forward in a mighty way. Wherever it passed, it was basically the end of the extinction of living creatures.


    All flesh and blood creatures can become food for demons.


    Even in the army of demons, they often hunt each other.


    For high-level demons, the low-level demons ruled by themselves are not only slaves, but also food reserves.


    This is the nature and custom of demons. Even the black gold demon king, the leader of the demon army, can''t interfere.


    When the defense deployment of yegou mountain was completely completed, the leading force of the demon army had approached.


    A large group of flying demons as pioneers, without any organization, rushed at the wild dog ridge in such a mess.


    Niu Dawei made no mistake. The demon army chose wild dog ridge as the only way.


    Once the demon army chooses the direction to March, it will not change easily. It is the same whether there are obstacles in front or not.


    Mermaid king has been working outside the three coalition forces to provide them with cover and early warning.


    Seeing a large group of flying demons flying over, he took the initiative after passing the news back.


    Taking this opportunity to kill as many demons as possible to reduce the pressure for the next war is his idea.


    The mermaid King unleashed his magic power, and there was a strong wind and heavy rain in the sky.


    The violent rain contains great power. As long as it falls on those flying demons, they will break their heads, blood and bones.


    Flying demons are like raindrops, which fall to the ground with the real heavy rain.


    Flying demons are coming in an endless stream. It''s like taking the initiative to come to the door and die.


    The mermaid king, a strong man of this level, can restore mana in the battle and fight almost continuously.


    But after a long spell, he also felt a little tired.


    Suddenly, several dark shadows jumped out of the flying demons and rushed towards the mermaid king.


    These four level demons, who are good at hiding their tracks, approached under the cover of flying demons, suddenly burst into trouble and launched a sneak attack on the mermaid king.


    The well prepared Mermaid king did not panic, easily blocked the enemy''s sneak attack, and was able to fight back.


    In the distance, several fourth-order demons rushed towards the mermaid king with a large group of high-order demons.


    The high-level demons in the demon army also have an absolute quantitative advantage compared with the three coalition forces.


    A large number of fourth-order demons soon forced the mermaid king to the disadvantage.


    The mermaid King began to retreat, trying to lead these high-level demons into the rear line of defense, and kill them with the help of the power of the three light demon killing array.


    Three lights refer to the three lights of the sun, moon and stars.


    These three kinds of light are of special nature and have the functions of guarding righteousness, breaking evil, expelling demons and killing demons.


    The fourth order demon has enough wisdom. It''s not so easy to be fooled. After seeing the mermaid King retreat, they didn''t follow closely, but stopped moving forward.


    The demon army in the rear is arriving here in a steady stream, and then began to gather in the mountains opposite the wild dog ridge.


    Soon, some demons who are good at sneaking into the investigation roughly saw the defense of wild dog ridge, and then reported it to the black gold demon king.


    After the demon army was dispatched, Mo Qingzhen Jun stayed with the black gold demon king in the army.


    After receiving the report and knowing that there are powerful people in the way ahead, the black gold demon king immediately ordered to concentrate the power of the demon army and crush the people in the way completely.


    As for the idea of detour, it did not appear in the heart of the black gold devil.


    This is the character of the black gold devil, and it is also his style of behavior all the time.


    Although it looks a little stupid in many times, it has an unspeakable domineering spirit.


    The commanders of the demon army are not real fools.


    In the demon army, there are even strong people who are proficient in arranging troops.


    Soon, several evil creatures formed a chaotic formation in front of the wild dog ridge. They even launched a raid on the wild dog ridge before all the members came together.


    Taking advantage of the strength and quantity of the demon army, we don''t need any exquisite troop arrangement or tactics. If we just roll over in this way, we can crush everything in the way ahead.


    In the sky and underground, a group of demons rushed forward like a tide.


    The light of the three lights killing demons array lit up, and various defense means were opened. Light fell from the sky and shot into the demons.


    The light quenched by the power of the sun, moon and stars has a special killing effect on demons.


    But in a moment, the corpses of demons were left everywhere.


    This little casualty is simply dismissive of the demon army.


    The demons in the rear seemed unable to see the casualties in front, and were still charging one after another.


    The figures of Meng Zhang and the grey Peng King appeared over the demon army.


    Since the demon army has officially started a war with the three coalition forces, they don''t have to keep an eye on the demon army.


    Next, they should do their duty of top combat power to fight against powerful demons such as the black gold demon king to prevent them from killing into the Terran friar army and disturbing the Terran friar camp.

 Chapter 1455

    Once the demon army launches an attack, it is an almost never-ending and ferocious attack.


    The fourth order array three lights kill demons array operates at a high speed to block the attack of the demon army.


    Although there was sufficient preparation in advance, the rapid consumption of a large number of spirit stones still made the taiyimen friar who presided over the array pale.


    Fortunately, Niu Dawei was properly deployed. He arranged a defense line and a large array here in advance.


    Without the cover of this array, the three allied forces would have been submerged by the demon army.


    With the help of the big array, the Terran friars either cast spells to strengthen the big array within the big array, or take the initiative to attack with the power of the big array.


    The demon army paid heavy casualties and finally broke the array. As long as Taiyi sect can sacrifice fewer disciples, even if it consumes more mechanism creations, it is worth it.


    Whether it is a civil war between practitioners or a war between practitioners and other enemies, most of the time it is the details of the sect, and it is the supply and logistics capabilities.


    As long as there are enough mechanism creations, Taiyi gate does not have to fear a large number of demon armies.


    Unfortunately, the number of mechanism creations is limited, which needs to be made by the rear friars bit by bit.


    The speed of demons demonizing creatures and transforming new demons is very fast, and they will soon expand their team countless times.


    There is no lack of strong ones in the demon army. The elite of those third-class demons and fourth-class demons are a headache for the same level human friars.


    Several fourth-order demons secretly approached the array, suddenly started, and immediately opened several gaps around the array.


    Wen qiansuan, who presided over the array, immediately put the essence of nine days into the array and launched the killing move of the array.


    The illusion of the sun, moon and stars flashed over the array, and the endless light broke out, blocking all the fourth-order demons.


    Wen qiansuan''s face twitched for a moment and felt very heartache.


    For any family, the essence of nine days is never too much.


    Although Taiyi gate has several resource points within nine days, it has organized friars to search on nine days for many times.


    However, the number of nine day essence in the door has not been enough.


    Consuming too much in the big array will certainly affect the daily cultivation of monks in the later stage of Jindan and even the early stage of Yuanshen.


    Seeing more fourth-order demons rush over, a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the array immediately took the initiative to meet them.


    Their task is to block these fourth-order demons and reduce the pressure on the array.


    Meng Zhang, who was watching the battle from high above, jumped down and killed these fourth-order demons.


    The battlefield is not a place to pay attention to face. In order to gain an advantage, Meng Zhang''s sneak attacks and conspiracies use all kinds of means.


    Meng Zhang soon killed many of the fourth order demons that could rival yuan Shen Zhen Jun.


    Among the seemingly endless army of demons, the existence of fourth-order demons is also limited.


    Although the number of fourth order demons far exceeds that of human Yuanshen Zhenjun, they can''t let Meng Zhang kill them like this.


    More and more fourth order demons joined the battle and were ready to besiege Meng Zhang.


    The enemy''s number advantage is too obvious, and Meng Zhang can''t easily kill each other.


    Once the demon army launches an all-round attack, there is no need to continue to order or carry out any precise command.


    The black gold devil is not the kind of general who is good at commanding.


    He can subdue many fourth-order demons and organize the army of demons in front of him, mainly relying on his own strong strength.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang and they had already joined the war, the black gold demon king was not idle and flew to the battlefield with Mo Qingzhen.


    Once the strongest fighting force of the two demon armies joined the war, Meng Zhang would no longer be so relaxed, but fell into great pressure.


    If you fight alone, the black gold devil can beat any of Meng Zhang''s three.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun also has the strength in the later period of Yuanshen, and his combat effectiveness is much higher than the average level.


    Neither side pays attention to fighting alone. Even the aggressive black gold devil has no intention of fighting alone with the enemy.


    The number of fourth-order demons on the demon side occupied an absolute advantage, and soon suppressed the human God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang waved the snake spear and drove back a fourth order demon that almost killed he Luozhen.


    "You quickly retreat into the big array and use the power of the big array to fight the enemy."


    "This is not the time to be stingy with the essence of the nine days. When necessary, the Yuqing LINGJI should also be used. We must give full play to the power of the big array."


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s voice fell, the fierce sword spirit released by the black gold demon king had killed him. He asked him to parry quickly and didn''t care to continue to speak.


    However, after a while, the protoss friars began to suffer casualties.


    Facing a large number of fourth-order demons, the yuan God Zhenjun on the Terran side covered each other and retreated into the big array.


    Wen qiansuan urged the array and sent out a kill move to meet them.


    No matter how precious the essence of the nine days is, it is not as precious as the life of the original God Zhenjun.


    After retreating into the large array, you Yuanshen Zhenjun reluctantly blocked the attack of many fourth-order demons with the help of the large array.


    Meng Zhang, mermaid king and Huipeng king did not retreat into the array.


    If they also retreat into the array, no one will contain the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Although the three lights kill demons array is a fourth-order array, it can''t stand the constant attack of strong people like the black gold demon king.


    In the face of the dominant enemy, Meng Zhang was not stupid enough to fight with the enemy, but took the way of fighting to contain the enemy as much as possible, so that they could not attack the big array with all their strength.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s figure moves at a high speed in the air, flickering from time to time, trying to contain the strong such as the black gold devil.


    When other fourth order demons didn''t have time to surround them, Meng Zhang didn''t reject fighting with the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s restraint, the pressure on the array has indeed been greatly reduced.


    But even so, under the constant siege of demons, the big array was still in a precarious state.

 Chapter 1456

    Meng Zhang, they are entangled with top demons such as the black gold demon king, and the three light evil killing array below still faces great pressure.


    Although a large array such as Sanguang devil killing array has special lethality for demons, the number of demons is too large and the strength is too strong, which makes the whole array support very hard.


    The monsters and Jiuquhe clan deployed by Niu Dawei in the black jade forest on both wings are also the targets of the demon army.


    With the strength of the demon army, a little power will greatly increase the pressure on these two places and make them shaky.


    Even if it is not the active direction of the demon army, there are still a large number of demons coming.


    With the convenience of the water area, the aquarium can give full play to its combat effectiveness. The situation is a little better.


    There are monsters in the black jade forest, even if these monsters are the elite carefully selected by the grey Peng king.


    Moreover, the three light evil killing array also provides full help to close allies.


    However, after holding on for less than three days, most of the casualties of the monster army collapsed completely.


    The remaining few monsters fled around, exposing the flanks of the Terran friar army.


    The side is surrounded by the demon army, and the pressure faced by the three light evil killing array is even greater.


    The aquarium army persisted for a few more days, but in less than ten days, it lost more than half and collapsed.


    In this way, except for the rear, three aspects of the three light evil killing array were surrounded by the demon army.


    Although the Terran friars in the array tried to resist from left to right, they were still broken by the demon army.


    The demons pouring in from the gap of the array are overwhelming, and you can''t see the end at a glance.


    In the array, Niu Dawei gathered all the mechanism creations that could be obtained.


    In addition to the accumulation of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng for many years, many of them have just been sent here from Jiuqu province.


    So many mechanism creations are enough to break through most of the sects in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Without their own intelligence, they do not know fear and fear, let alone the demonized mechanism creation, which is actually the best weapon against demons.


    Unfortunately, Niu Dawei''s massive mechanism creations are still far behind the army of demons in terms of quantity.


    However, in five or six days, most of these mechanism creations were lost under the fierce attack of the demon army.


    Fortunately, the mechanism creation is not a living creature. It is completely controlled by the cultivator and doesn''t know how to escape.


    More and more demon armies broke through the interception of mechanism creations and fought directly with the practitioners in the array.


    In a twinkling of an eye, this three light evil killing array has been under the siege of the demon army for more than half a month.


    The whole array is full of holes, and its power drops sharply. There are loopholes almost everywhere, and Demons pour in everywhere.


    There are too many gaps in the large array. Even those who are good at using troops can''t command the cultivators to fill all the gaps.


    The demon army that rushed into the array had already pushed the cultivators to the disadvantage.


    The army of friars led by Niu Dawei also suffered heavy losses and was about to lose its grip.


    According to the original plan, he should lead the remaining friars out of the battle in time, evacuate here slowly, and use the rear stronghold and defense line to resist and retreat


    But the demon didn''t give Niu Dawei this opportunity.


    The demon army is tightly entangled. If you evacuate rashly at this time, I''m afraid the friar army will collapse immediately.


    In desperation, Niu Dawei only gritted his teeth and endured huge casualties silently, waiting for a good opportunity to retreat.


    In the sky, although Meng Zhang and the three of them played a role, they firmly entangled the black gold demon king, Mo Qingzhen Jun and several fourth-order demons to prevent them from interfering with the war below.


    But the demon army was so powerful that it broke its own interception.


    Seeing that before long, the big array of three lights killing demons will completely collapse, Meng Zhang can''t bear it anymore.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, he must not watch the friars under him be wiped out by the demon army.


    If the demon army below completely defeats Niu Dawei, it will free up more fourth-order demons to besiege Meng Zhang.


    At that time, a bad one, Meng Zhang, they may really get stuck here.


    Although he knew it was very risky, Meng Zhang took action without hesitation.


    Taiyi''s lightsaber pushed back two fourth-order demons, and the spirit snake spear created a blank around him.


    Taking advantage of this rare opportunity, Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in the air. When he appeared again, he came to the three light devil killing array not far above, facing countless demons.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head sent out almost endless sun and moon lights, blocking a large number of demons in front.


    Many weak demons even began to melt under the light of the sun and moon.


    The black gold devil seems to have guessed Meng Zhang''s action long ago.


    He threw the battle in the air and showed the rare skill of sword evasion and killed Meng Zhang directly.


    Mermaid king and grey Peng king want to stop the black gold demon king, but they are firmly entangled by Mo Qingzhen Jun with several fourth-order demons.


    The black gold devil has long wanted to hit and even kill Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang had to stop the army of demons in order to help the army of monks evacuate, creating a golden opportunity for the black gold demon king.


    With a flash of sword light, the black gold devil killed Meng Zhang''s head.


    A fierce sword cut through the space and fiercely cut Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang hurriedly parried the sword attack. It seemed that he was unstable and fell to the ground at once.


    With a cruel smile on his face, the black gold devil took the opportunity to kill Meng Zhang and vowed to cut Meng Zhang under the sword.


    Suddenly, in an inconspicuous corner below Meng Zhang, a figure rushed to the black gold devil like lightning.


    Before approaching, the dark shadow sent out a pillar of light to cover the black gold devil firmly.


    Although the dark gold devil suddenly encountered a sneak attack, he was not flustered at all.


    He still had time to glance at the guy who launched the sneak attack.


    Isn''t this guy the loser of Nanzhu Zhenjun?


    He recovered so quickly and came back to die?


    The black gold devil struggled hard and let the light column covering him shake, as if it would collapse at any time.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s face was full of abnormal flushing, spit out a big mouthful of blood, and worked hard to stimulate his last potential.


    The light column was stabilized at once. It not only bound the black gold demon king, but also greatly restrained his movements and scattered his protective sword Qi.


    Meng Zhang did not waste this opportunity.


    This is the opportunity that Nanzhu Zhenjun wants to create for Meng Zhang at the risk of his life.


    Meng Zhang urged the void tripod and directly dispersed the body protecting sword Qi of the black gold demon king. Then the magic subduing mirror was held high, and the golden light of magic subduing came out one after another, straight to the key of the black gold demon king.

 Chapter 1457

    Meng Zhang had been forced to endure before. No matter how critical the situation was, he did not use the magic power and secret method of subduing demons and golden light.


    He knew very well that although he relied on the blessing of the magic subduing mirror, the golden light of magic subduing displayed by him could really hit and even kill the black gold demon king.


    But the black gold devil is a different kind of demon. What he usually does is actually the means of sword repair.


    If Meng Zhang urges the golden light of subduing demons when he confronts him in the front, he must first crack his superb swordsmanship, and then find a way to break his protective sword Qi, so as to hurt the body of the demon.


    In this way, the power of the golden light of subduing demons does not exist, and it can not cause fatal damage to the black gold demon king at all.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang held back and waited for a better opportunity.


    Three days ago, Nanzhu Zhenjun rushed to the battlefield and established contact with Meng Zhang through Niu Dawei.


    When Meng Zhang saved Nanzhu Zhenjun from the black gold demon king, he checked his injury.


    Even if taiyimen spared no cost to help him and provided him with various conveniences and panacea.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun gave full play to his cultivation and healed his wounds wholeheartedly.


    If he wants to recover completely, it will take him at least decades or even hundreds of years.


    Now in less than three months, Nanzhu Zhenjun took the initiative to leave the customs and join the war.


    According to what he told Niu Dawei, he has recovered almost 80% of his combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang thought a little and understood that Nanzhu Zhenjun must be eager for revenge and used some secret method to stimulate his potential.


    This kind of secret method has remarkable effect and quick effect, but it has great side effects and will leave fatal hidden dangers.


    However, Nanzhu Zhenjun has made up his mind and put it into action. Meng Zhang can''t stop him even if he regrets.


    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei have a secret method between their masters and disciples, which can communicate with each other secretly.


    Under the coordination of Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun designed a simple plan to calculate the black gold devil.


    After waiting for two days, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun finally waited for this opportunity.


    The golden light of subduing demons shot at the black gold demon king without stopping, which made him so determined and cold that he couldn''t help but scream.


    No matter how much he behaves like a sword practitioner and how many sword practitioners he is proficient in, he is always a demon in essence.


    As long as it is a demon and there is no absolute bit suppression, it must be restrained by the targeted magic weapon of magic subduing mirror.


    But after a while, the black gold devil was hit hard by this golden light.


    This is really one thing against one thing.


    The seemingly invincible black gold demon king struggled and tried his best to survive under the continuous attack of the golden light of subduing the devil.


    Seeing the black gold demon king in trouble, it was mo Qingzhen''s turn at this time. They were worried.


    Mo Qingzhen tried to get rid of his opponent and rescue the black gold demon king in the past, but this time the mermaid king and the grey Peng king showed their own means and entangled them firmly.


    The black gold devil knew that he could not continue to be attacked by the golden light of subduing demons.


    Even a powerful demon like him has felt the origin damaged and was badly hurt.


    Finally, the black gold devil paid the price that half of his body was cracked, and then escaped from the bondage of Nanzhu Zhenjun and the golden light of subduing the devil.


    The remaining half of the black gold devil disappeared into the sky by a sword light.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s body fell, gushed blood, and fell down all at once.


    Fortunately, Niu Dawei personally caught him and prevented him from falling into the demon group.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t care about Nanzhu Zhenjun''s injury and flew directly to the battlefield in the air.


    Mo Qingzhen is still there. He is Meng Zhang''s great trouble and the most feared object.


    Without the control of the black gold devil, Meng Zhang recklessly held high the magic subduing mirror and tried his best to urge the golden light of magic subduing.


    The golden light of subduing demons shot at Mo Qingzhen Jun and those four level demons.


    Seeing that the black gold devil was seriously injured and fled, the four level demons dared to resist Meng Zhang''s edge and fled everywhere.


    Mo Qingzhen wanted to go, but he was firmly entangled by the mermaid king and the grey Peng king.


    They both know that Moqing Zhenjun is a must kill target.


    As an old demon monk, Mr. Mo Qingzhen has mastered a variety of magic tricks, and various strange means are far richer than magic objects.


    In order to keep Mo Qingzhen, Meng Zhang, they did everything they could.


    Unfortunately, after a great war, facing the siege of the three strong enemies, Mo Qingzhen still took the initiative to leave his body and let his demon soul escape.


    Of course, his demons were hurt by the golden light of subduing demons.


    Seeing Mo Qingzhen''s ghost suddenly disappear, Meng Zhang hesitated and looked down first.


    Meng Zhang and his three strong monks immediately killed the demon army below.


    But in a moment, he not only destroyed a large group of demons, but also killed two fourth-order demons.


    This demon army is composed of many demon groups.


    These demons are always in dispute. The fourth order demons who command the demons are eager to devour each other.


    If it were not for the overwhelming strength of the black gold demon king, he would not be able to subdue the demons of all parties and integrate multiple demons into the army of demons in front of him.


    The black gold devil escaped with such injury, which not only made those high-level demons with a little brain feel that the situation was wrong, but also made the disputes between those fourth-order demons who were not convinced of each other rise again.


    Maybe these fourth-order demons all know that this is not the time for infighting, but no one has the ability to subdue all demons except the black gold demon king.


    These fourth-order demons are unwilling to let other fourth-order demons sit in the position of leader. They will not obey other fourth-order demons.


    Some high-level demons smart enough, seeing the unknown situation, have temporarily stopped attacking and began to deliberately preserve their strength.


    Together with Meng Zhang, the three of them entered the demon group with an unstoppable trend, and soon created a large number of casualties, which directly threatened the survival of those high-level demons.


    Therefore, the attack of the demon army was one of the slowdowns.


    These high-level demons don''t trust each other and don''t want to give their backs to others.


    Without the command of the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun, the high-level demons could not organize the siege against Meng Zhang.


    In fact, as long as the remaining high-level demons work together against the enemy, even Meng Zhang, a strong monk, can''t rush through the army of demons and do whatever they want.


    Unfortunately, this will never happen to demons.


    Seeing that the war situation turned around, Niu Dawei also took out the last strength and personally led the remaining monks to launch a desperate counter attack.


    The high-level demons who had no intention of fighting retreated one after another, together with the low-level demons under their respective commanders.


    With the active retreat of many demon groups, the attack of the demon army came to an abrupt end, making the Terran side turn defeat into victory.

 Chapter 1458

    The black gold devil is famous among the demons and is extremely fierce. But his origin is mysterious. No one or demon knows his specific origin.


    Many high-level demons have different numbers of family members, which can form a group of demons of different sizes.


    For example, Xiang Huanan was not only extremely powerful, but also the demonized Xiang family was his most reliable subordinate.


    It is with these men as the backbone that he can command a large number of demon armies.


    But the black gold devil was alone, so there was no subordinate.


    He became famous purely by his personal combat power and ran amok among many demons.


    It''s not strange that there are a lot of high-level demons like him.


    At that time, many demons were unwilling to surrender to South China, so they pushed the black gold demon out.


    Among them, there is the strong support of Mo Qingzhen.


    Most of the demons directly under the original team of the black gold demon king were provided by Mo Qingzhen.


    At that time, Emperor Mo Qingzhen received the order of the Dali emperor and led a group of demon practitioners to the Daheng cultivation world to provoke the demon disaster here.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun is also a ruthless person, who brings the cruelty of demon cultivation to the extreme.


    Most of his demons were transformed into demons by him, and then controlled by secret methods.


    These demons mingled with the tide of demons and became the ears, eyes and tools of emperor Mo Qingzhen.


    Although the black gold devil was defeated by the hand to South China, he retreated and established enough fame among many demons.


    After Xiang Huanan died, Mo Qingzhen fully supported the black gold demon king and handed over all the demons he could control to the commander of the black gold demon king.


    The black gold demon king is not a fuel-efficient lamp. After becoming the leader of all demons in the Daheng cultivation world, he began to set up family members who only belong to his own family.


    And Mo Qingzhen gave it to his subordinates, which was deliberately consumed by him in cruel battles.


    Of course, due to his own talent, the black gold devil is not the type that is easy to form relatives.


    So far, the strength of his family members directly under him is very limited and can not be used, let alone qualified to serve as the backbone of the army.


    After the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun were defeated successively, the whole army of demons with a large number lost its minimum command.


    In the eyes of those powerful fourth-order demons, the black gold devil was seriously injured and lost, and was no longer qualified to continue to command this army.


    In order to seize the power to command the army of demons, those powerful demons who are qualified will inevitably have a battle between dragons and tigers in the future.


    If this is a well-organized army of human friars, it is even the loss of two top powers. However, with the strong strength of the army, at least we can fight and go, so that Meng Zhang and his men can''t take too much advantage.


    However, the treacherous, selfish, greedy and mean nature of demons doomed this army of demons without the command of the top strong to become a mass of loose sand.


    Except that some demons continued to fight there out of their belligerent and murderous nature, most of the other demons withdrew on their own initiative.


    A small number of demons left to continue fighting did not last long, so they were scattered by Meng Zhang.


    Watching the demons retreat, most of the Terran friars are exhausted and unable to fight any more except Meng Zhang and a few others who still have the strength to pursue the victory.


    During more than half a month of persistence, the Terran friars suffered heavy losses, and most of the remaining friars were also injured and in a very poor state.


    Finally, to turn defeat into victory and win this victory, the Terran friars also paid a huge price.


    This is not to mention the monster and Aquarium army that have long collapsed after being destroyed by the demon army.


    Meng Zhang and a few strong people are in fact in the same great loss and in poor condition.


    However, Meng Zhang must take advantage of this rare opportunity to kill the demon army as much as possible and drive them away as far as possible, so that they will not be so easy to make a comeback.


    After chasing and killing for a long time, Meng Zhang, who initially achieved their goal, dragged their tired bodies back to the wild dog ridge.


    At this time, except for a few sporadic wars around, the major wars have basically stopped.


    Most of the monks took the time to heal their wounds, or meditated to regulate their breath and quickly recover their vitality.


    A friar with spare strength in a branch is there to treat his companions and occasionally clean up the nearby battlefield.


    Why is fighting against demons a thing that many practitioners avoid?


    There are many reasons. The most realistic point is that you can''t get any booty by fighting with demons.


    The corpses of demons must be burned as soon as possible, and the areas occupied by demons for a long time should be purified in time.


    This army of demons swept through the Dharma cultivation world and seized many Dharma tools of Dharma practitioners.


    These magic tools can be used by magic objects after they are polluted by magic objects, but they are hot potato for practitioners.


    Practitioners can not continue to use these magic tools, but must spend great energy to destroy and purify them.


    In terms of materials alone, after this war, the Terran friars only paid and did not gain.


    They can hardly find any booty on the demon.


    When the battlefield is cleaned up later, the high-level friars in the army will keep a close watch to prevent their own friars from hiding evil things.


    The devil''s way is very diffuse. A seemingly insignificant little thing may lead to the devil''s degeneration of practitioners.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang encouraged the monks in the door to practice all kinds of exorcism.


    After getting the magic subduing mirror, he made every effort to promote magic powers such as magic subduing golden light and exorcising clear light in the door, and organized the friars of the tool hall in the door to refine a simplified version of the magic subduing mirror.


    These prescient arrangements played a great role in the war with demons and restrained many means of demons.


    If the strength is not too great, friar taiyimen should be the enemy of the demon army.


    After the war, these arrangements also played a great role.


    Being hurt by evil Qi and being contaminated with evil Qi was originally a headache for many practitioners and even helpless. Friar taiyimen had targeted treatment.


    Many monks who were injured in the war have received symptomatic treatment and began to recover rapidly.


    For the purification of magic gas, taiyimen has long had a means to deal with it.


    Otherwise, it would be too sad for a friar to be possessed by the evil spirit when cleaning up the battlefield as a winner.


    Although there was no time to count the casualties, Meng Zhang just glanced at his own friars below and knew that the situation would not be very good.


    Although he had already made some psychological preparations, Meng Zhang couldn''t help feeling dejected.


    For a superior like him, the number of casualties is only a number.


    But for the Friar''s teachers and family, it is a living life. It was a great tragedy for the relatives of these monks.

 Chapter 1459

    Meng Zhang was in a gloomy mood, with some inexplicable sadness.


    However, since he became a cultivator and embarked on the road of hegemony in the cultivation world, he has encountered this situation countless times.


    Although he did not dare to say that he had experienced and practiced a heart of stone, he was still slowly used to this scene.


    On the way to the rise of taiyimen, we have experienced many wars.


    Meng Zhang faces too many times of life and death and the death of disciples.


    He doesn''t have much time to slowly hurt spring and autumn there.


    He must be in a good mood as soon as possible. There are a lot of things waiting for him to do next.


    After this war, although it can almost be said that our victory has been decided, we have won a decisive victory.


    But now it is far from the time to relax. The remaining power of the demon is also very strong.


    If you can''t make the right response, if you''re not careful, it''s really possible to make today''s sacrifices in vain.


    Next, Meng Zhang must continue to mobilize strength to pursue the victory of the devil and cut off any hope of turning over the devil.


    Although his army of monks had suffered heavy casualties, Meng Zhang still had to be hard hearted and continue to squeeze the potential of this army and let it enter the next battle as soon as possible.


    This is only an external problem. There are also many problems within the expeditionary army.


    The most realistic point is the follow-up pension of dead and injured friars.


    Among the expeditionary forces, in addition to the friars of taiyimen, there are many other friars recruited by the true forces.


    If we can''t deal with the follow-up pension problem, it may cause big trouble.


    In addition, after a big victory, we should reward people for their achievements.


    However, taiyimen lost a lot of materials in the war with the demon army. It will certainly continue to consume all kinds of materials in the next war.


    There must not be so much savings in the big storehouse of taiyimen.


    Fighting with demons, there is no saying of capture.


    How to deal with this financial crisis is another big problem.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t care about these things for the time being, he handed over these difficult things to Niu Dawei and other middle and high-level officials.


    But in his heart, there was a faint direction.


    The Daheng cultivation world is far broader than the Jiuqu Province, and the material output here is richer.


    When the evil disaster is calmed down, there will be a lot to do in the territory and Mountain Gate of the local cultivation forces.


    Of course, the top priority now is to eliminate demons first, especially the escaped black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    We must beat the drowning dog in pain, and we can''t give them a chance to recover.


    In the Daheng cultivation world, in addition to Meng Zhang''s battlefield, another battlefield broke out almost at the same time.


    Before Mo Qingzhen Jun set out with the army of the black gold demon king, he contacted shanchongzhen Jun of Wanhe mountain and asked him to launch an attack on Meng Zhang.


    Although Shanzhong Zhenjun is not completely familiar with and controls the new body, he has been in charge of Wanhe mountain for many years and has a good strategic vision.


    He knew that now was a good time to attack and defeat Meng Zhang and other hostile forces in one fell swoop.


    However, although the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain is basically controlled by Shanzhong Zhenjun, other monks in the door have other ideas.


    Wanhe mountain is such a big family. There are many monks in the door.


    Although Wanhe mountain has always had the tradition of keeping demons, keeping demons is one thing, and completely standing on the side of demons is another thing.


    Because the evil stone demon God didn''t send magic gas, he demonized all these yuan gods and true kings.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun, who retained the status of human friar, were also unwilling to mix with demons.


    The last time I betrayed Xiao Qiao and betrayed the army of friars, it can also be said that it was a conspiracy and mutual frame up between Terran practitioners.


    Although the nature is a little bad, it can barely make sense.


    In fact, after the Xiaoqiao camp was broken, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the Wanhe mountain belt team led the Wanhe mountain friars to leave on their own initiative. They did not fight side by side with the demon army and attack the Terran friars together.


    Now the black gold demon king leads the demon army to attack Meng Zhang. If shanchongzhenjun leads the friars of Wanhe mountain to help the war and stand in the same camp with the demon and fight side by side, it will be difficult to explain to the top and bottom, inside and outside the sect.


    The human heart is strange.


    Many times, people''s hearts seem unimportant at all, and it is easy to succumb to power.


    However, even the most cruel and authoritarian rulers dare not say that they have no regard for the hearts of the people.


    At this time, all over the gate of Wanhe mountain, they still regard their own family as the door of human family Xiuzhen sect, and disdain to collude with demons.


    Even a few monks with a strong sense of justice in the door may have the idea of cutting demons and removing demons.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun has been in charge of Wanhe mountain for many years. He is a monk trained by Wanhe mountain. He can''t ignore the feelings and psychology of the sect at all.


    After thinking for a while, he chose a compromise.


    Instead of directly joining the battle between the black gold demon king and Meng Zhang, he decided to lead the friars of Wanhe mountain to attack the camp of the expedition army.


    In this way, this war can be regarded as a war between different cultivation forces of the Terran.


    This kind of self deception can at least appease the people in the door.


    If it wasn''t for the last moment, shanchong Zhenjun also didn''t want to see the whole family door, so it fell apart and completely collapsed.


    After shanchongzhen made up his mind, he personally led the friars in the door, took a flying boat and directly killed the camp of the expedition army.


    In order to avoid the battlefield between Meng Zhang and the black gold demon king, and to get to the destination as soon as possible, the friar army crossed part of the black jade forest.


    In this way, it is inevitable to have some conflicts with the monsters in the black jade forest.


    Before the outbreak of the evil disaster, Wanhe mountain, as one of the four giants in the great horizontal cultivation world, had many conflicts and battles with the monsters in the black jade forest.


    According to the current situation, in the eyes of Shanzhong Zhenjun, the demons in the black jade forest have long been dead bones in the tomb, and will be swallowed up by the demon army sooner or later.


    Heiyu forest sent an army of monsters to help Meng Zhang, which was an unforgivable sin.


    In this way, the friars of Wanhe mountain did not give way, and the conflict with the black jade forest monster became more and more serious.


    At this time, the golden monkey king who stayed in the black jade forest immediately organized forces to start counterattack after learning that the friars of Wanhe mountain had invaded.


    As the most conservative and xenophobic demon king, Jin Monkey King is reluctant to cooperate with Terran cultivators and aquariums.


    It was only because of the great potential of the devil that he was reluctantly persuaded by Wang Huipeng in order to protect himself.


    The unwilling Monkey King refused to join the three allied forces, but promised to take care of the Terran camp and Aquarium territory.


    Now the enemy is so swaggering into the black jade forest, treating him as nothing, which directly aroused his anger.

 Chapter 1460

    The details of Wanhe mountain have long been exposed by Meng Zhang.


    Now, except that friar Wanheshan stubbornly refuses to accept the reality, others regard Wanheshan as a member of the demon camp.


    Although the monkey king is stubborn and exclusive, he still knows the harm of demons.


    If you let demons enter the black jade forest and do whatever they want here, maybe the whole black jade forest will be demonized and become a demon domain.


    Different from the outsiders like the grey Peng king, the Golden Monkey King is a monster native to the black jade forest.


    He himself and his own ethnic group. Many members of the ethnic group were born and raised in Sri Lanka. They have long regarded the black jade forest as their home.


    It is absolutely intolerable for the forces of demons to invade their homes, and we must resolutely fight back.


    To be honest, shanchongzhenjun didn''t take the black jade forest as a place. He didn''t think of it. In order to take a shortcut through the black jade forest, he touched the sensitive nerve of the king monkey.


    The strength of King Jin monkey is only a little inferior to that of King Hui Peng. He can also surpass many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    What he is better than King Huipeng is that he has a huge population of brocade monkeys.


    When the flying boat team led by shanchongzhenjun passed through some areas of the black jade forest and was about to leave the black jade forest, the monster army led by the king of Jin monkey killed it.


    In addition to the brocade monkey group, this monster army also has many other powerful groups.


    Among the army, there are not many fourth-order monsters.


    Previously, under the command of King Huipeng, a powerful demon and beast army was organized in the black jade forest to fight with the Terran friars.


    In the black jade forest, the strength of the remaining monsters is still strong.


    Now, Shanzhong Zhenjun will personally see the powerful combat effectiveness of these monsters.


    In the high altitude above the flying boat team, a group of huge and ferocious birds loomed in the clouds.


    With the loud song of these giant birds, thunder clouds and thunder rumbled in the sky.


    Thick lightning and huge thunder balls fell from the sky and fell into the flying boat team.


    Although there are protective arrays on these flying boats, they can''t help such indiscriminate bombing.


    Flying boats, puffing with smoke, fell from the sky.


    Fortunately, several Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team shot in time, so they didn''t cause too many casualties.


    But after such a encounter, the whole flying boat team became very messy and had no order.


    Thunderbirds are one of the most powerful groups in the black jade forest.


    If the Thunderbird king of this generation had not been a little worse, the position of the leader of the black jade forest might not have fallen into the hands of King Huipeng.


    Facing the messy flying boat team, a huge eagle fell from the sky and attacked fiercely.


    The giant eagle family is only slightly inferior to the Thunderbird family. It is also a powerful group in the black jade forest.


    Several demon kings threw out from the side and fought fiercely with the yuan God Zhenjun in the sky.


    Without the cover of Yuanshen Zhenjun, it was difficult for the flying boat team to continue to stand in the air and had to land on the ground.


    Relying on the landing of many flying boats, the monks of Wanhe mountain began to line up one after another.


    Before they had lined up, a large number of monsters rushed out from all directions and launched a crazy charge against them.


    As the demon bird in the team, shanchongzhenjun told king Huipeng all the detailed information of the war.


    Meng Zhang, who was standing next to the grey Peng king, was also slightly surprised after hearing the report of the demon bird.


    The monkey king may not see the situation clearly and do not know the real goal of the grey Peng king.


    However, Meng Zhang immediately thought of the march route of shanchongzhen Jun and immediately understood his purpose.


    If you really let shanchongzhenjun kill the expedition army camp, you can''t stick to it for long by relying on the left behind forces in the camp alone.


    Even with the care of Jiuqu River clan and black jade forest monster, the situation will not be much better.

 Chapter 1461

    Shanzhong Zhenjun thought that the demon possessed an absolute advantage. He bravely broke into the black jade forest with the power of the demon. He deserved this failure.


    This time, Monkey King Jin, the demon king, inadvertently helped Meng Zhang and saved the camp of the expedition army.


    Meng Zhang has long heard of the character and position of the demon kings in the black jade forest.


    The monkey king is conservative and xenophobic. He hates Terrans, cultivators and aquariums. He is not a good object to deal with.


    Meng Zhang not only did not thank him, but was secretly vigilant in his heart.


    The black jade forest monster was so powerful that it really surprised him.


    Even if the evil disaster is calmed down, I''m afraid the situation in Daheng cultivation world will not be stable.


    The strength of taiyimen and its subordinates alone can be far less than that of the original big four zongmen.


    If the monsters in the black jade forest wantonly expand outward while the great horizontal cultivation world is empty, they will become a powerful opponent of Taiyi gate.


    Although Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang can talk very well, they both appreciate each other very much.


    However, their identities make them involuntarily and unable to act according to their own wishes.


    King Huipeng is the undercover of Ziyang Shengzong, so he must obey the instructions of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although he is the leader of the monster in the black jade forest, he is far from being a word in the black jade forest, and often has to succumb to the common opinion of the demon kings.


    Whether it is Ziyang Shengzong or the monster in the black jade forest, there are reasons for wanton expansion.


    Although Meng Zhang was unwilling to make enemies with the monsters in the black jade forest, he had to consider this possibility.


    Now that the evil disaster has not subsided and the great enemy is still running away, Meng Zhang can''t help thinking about the situation in the world of great horizontal cultivation after the war.


    Without thinking for too long, Meng Zhang''s thoughts were greatly interrupted by Niu.


    Niu Dawei came to him with Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun was pale and shaky. He didn''t hide his situation at all.


    Meng Zhang just took a look. With his eyesight, he immediately saw through the current situation of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    In order to recover from the injury as soon as possible, Nanzhu Zhenjun took part in the war and forcibly suppressed the injury with secret methods, leaving a great hidden danger to his body.


    His sworn brothers and sisters qiaomei Zhenjun and Hanzhu Zhenjun died when the demon army attacked the camp.


    In addition to Xiao Qiao''s betrayal, the main culprit is the black gold demon king who led the demon army.


    In order to revenge, he did his best to break out, even stimulate all his potential, temporarily contain the black gold devil and create opportunities for Meng Zhang.


    As a result, his physical condition deteriorated completely.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, not only could he never completely recover his accomplishments, but also his longevity was greatly wasted.


    Even if taiyimen gives full help and Nanzhu Zhenjun actively cooperates, his situation can''t really get better.


    Meng Zhang felt very sorry for this.


    Of course, without the sacrifice of Nanzhu Zhenjun, the great friar, Meng Zhang would be difficult to hit and repel the black gold devil, let alone a series of subsequent victories.


    From this point of view, the sacrifice of Nanzhu Zhenjun is still of great value.


    Niu Dawei came to see Meng Zhang to report the post-war situation to him.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun dragged his injury to come over. He guessed that Meng Zhang and his disciples would continue to hunt down the black gold devil and wanted to act with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask too many details and handed over all kinds of post-war affairs to Niu Dawei.


    Although Niu Dawei was also badly wounded in the battle, he took command calmly.


    As for Nanzhu Zhenjun''s request, it''s just a mess.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun didn''t cherish his life, but Meng Zhang was reluctant to give up such an experienced great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang talked well and even moved out of the name of Xiao Qiao''s great enemy, so he persuaded Nanzhu Zhenjun to stay and heal his wounds.


    Meng Zhang told Niu Dawei that he must provide the best conditions. He must not be stingy with pills and spiritual objects, and try his best to help Nanzhu Zhenjun heal.


    When this happened, Meng Zhang was going to go to the heavenly palace in person to seek the help of mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu to see if there was a better treatment for Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Now, Meng Zhang''s top priority is to pursue and kill the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    In the previous battle, both of them were injured by the golden light of demon subduing issued by Meng Zhang''s magic subduing mirror.


    On them, there is the breath left by the golden light of subduing demons, and it is very difficult to completely eliminate them by their means.


    Following the breath of the golden light of subduing demons, Meng Zhang can catch up with them even if they escape to the ends of the earth.


    The mermaid king was also seriously injured in the previous battle and needs to stay to heal.


    Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng recovered their strength, adjusted their state and set out soon.


    Between the two goals of the black gold devil and Moqing Zhenjun, it seems that the strength of the black gold devil is more powerful.


    But in Meng Zhang''s heart, he was more afraid of Mo Qingzhen.


    Although Mo Qingzhen Jun''s body was destroyed, he just escaped the demon soul.


    However, with the means at his disposal, he could not decide when he would be able to return to the original state and make a comeback.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang chose Mo Qingzhen as his primary target.


    After he took out the magic subduing mirror and sacrificed it, the magic subduing mirror began to sense the breath of magic subduing golden light on Mo Qingzhen.


    Moqing Zhenjun has been running away for a long time. At his speed, the two sides must be far away now.


    However, no matter how far away it is, the information uploaded from the magic subduing mirror still points out the current direction and general position of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang flew high into the sky and transmitted directly in the approximate direction.


    Mo Qingzhen must have thought of some ways to cover up the breath of the golden light of subduing demons, and even performed a lot of magic tricks.


    Meng Zhang could not sense his specific position through the magic subduing mirror, but only the general direction.


    Meng Zhang, of course, can''t directly send it to Mo Qingzhen. They can only send it near his location first, and then search slowly.


    When Meng Zhang and King Huipeng left the space gap and returned to the Yang world, Meng Zhang looked around from the air.


    Although he has never been here, he has heard a lot about this place.


    This is Xiangjia''s territory, not far from Xiangjia''s Mountain Gate.


    Since all the descendants of Xiang family were demonized by the power of the master of the magic plow house and completely transformed into demons, there were no ordinary creatures on Xiang family''s territory, only demons all over the ground.


    After Xiang South China was killed by Meng Zhang, the remaining Xiang home demons also returned to Xiang home territory and held in this place.


    They knew this place very well before they were transformed into demons.


    The remaining Xiangjia demons are not weak, but also have the advantage of location. They are a very difficult force to provoke.


    Other demons will not easily invade this place due to the residual power of Xiang South China and the power of Xiang home demons.

 Chapter 1462

    The famine demon God believed by Mo Qingzhen Jun and the master of the magic plow house believed by Xiang Jia have been sworn enemies for many years.


    Mo Qingzhen wanted to catch all the Xiangjia demons and cut off one of the tentacles of the master of the magic plow who extended to the Junchen world.


    He once encouraged the black gold demon king to fight against the family demon and wanted to kill with a knife.


    After the black gold demon king led the demon army, he was much more afraid of Mo Qingzhen, who had supported him for many years.


    When Xiang Huanan was killed by Meng Zhang, many of Xiang''s demons were also killed.


    Now, the demons in Xiangjia''s territory have average strength and are far from threatening the black gold demon king.


    Therefore, the black gold demon king did not listen to the encouragement of Mo Qingzhen Jun, but deliberately left these demons, which can be regarded as a check on Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    Mo Qingzhen Jun still has many places to rely on the power of the black gold demon king, which is not good to go against his will.


    Therefore, the demons on Xiangjia territory have avoided many storms and stayed here safely.


    This time, Mo qingzhenjun sensed that the injury caused by the golden light of subduing demons was divulging his whereabouts.


    While using his magic tricks to cover up, he fled to Xiangjia territory, trying to make Meng Zhang conflict with the demons here and buy time for his family.


    For Meng Zhang, chasing Mo Qingzhen is a big event. Even if he escapes to the ends of the earth, he will not give up easily.


    Below Meng Zhang and King Huipeng, a vast plain appeared.


    In the Daheng Xiuzhen world, where mountains are the main terrain, this kind of great plain terrain is really very rare, which can be said to be unique.


    In the central part of this great plain is the ancestral land of Xiangjia family.


    Originally, Xiangjia established many manors, spiritual fields and spiritual medicine gardens there.


    On the plain around xiangjiazu land, there are many large and small towns and villages, and millions of mortals multiply here.


    In the mountains around the great plain, there are many vassal families and patriarchal doors of Xiangjia as a barrier to protect Xiangjia.


    Originally a prosperous area of Haosheng, it has become a hell on earth because it has been demonized to all family members.


    Except for a few people who escaped the day of birth, the creatures in the whole area were either demonized and turned into demons, or became the food of demons and swallowed up alive.


    Meng Zhang and King Huipeng looked down from a high altitude, and the plain below was shrouded in layers of gray and black fog, which was a very strong magic gas.


    It can not only cover the Friar''s five senses, but also block the detection of divine thoughts.


    When ordinary practitioners enter this place, they must spend a lot of effort to isolate the magic gas and prevent being contaminated by the magic gas.


    It must be like a duck to water that demons or demons enter this place.


    Mo Qingzhen escaped into this place with a lot of cover out of thin air.


    It''s not so easy to find him.


    Meng Zhang spent most of his mind on how to fight against the demon army.


    For most areas of the great horizontal cultivation world, there was no careful inspection.


    The current situation of Xiangjia territory is very serious. The distance is almost one step away from being transformed into a real demon territory.


    I don''t know if this also happens in other areas.


    Meng Zhang had been in his heart for a long time and regarded the Daheng cultivation world as his own booty.


    He will never watch this situation grow worse.


    Now that the army of demons has been defeated, the next main work is to take advantage of the victory and gradually eliminate the demons around.


    In this process, purify all areas to completely eliminate the influence of magic Qi, and never relax.


    Meng Zhang thought about things in his heart, but his hand was not slow.


    He continued to urge the magic subduing mirror and carefully felt the specific position of Mo Qingzhen Jun.


    On the one hand, it is estimated that Mo Qingzhen Jun himself is also casting magic to cover it. On the other hand, it is also the strong magic gas interference here. Meng Zhang''s induction is hazy and not very clear.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang hesitated a little, pointed to the front and took off with the grey Peng king.


    They flew in the direction of the core area of the family at home.


    Despite such great twists and turns, Xiang Jia still did not relax his vigilance in this area.


    Meng Zhang and Wang Huipeng did not hide their deeds. Shortly after flying, they were found by a large group of flying demons on guard in the air.


    These flying demons shouted warnings and frantically jumped at Meng Zhang and them.


    Meng Zhang waved with his hand, and a large area of flying demons fell from the air.


    However, many demons in the rear were not frightened, but rushed more madly.


    Meng Zhang''s face was cold. Sooner or later, the place would be thoroughly cleaned up. If he hadn''t been busy chasing Mo Qingzhen, he would have been unable to stand what he saw.


    Since these demons didn''t know how to live or die, Meng Zhang took advantage of the situation to kill and save some energy for the later cleaners.


    Although King Hui Peng sat down with Meng Zhangping, after seeing Meng Zhang''s magic subduing mirror, which caused great damage to the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun, King Hui Peng fully respected Meng Zhang''s opinions and generally would not object to his decision on chasing and killing demons.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head rose, and almost endless sun and moon lights fell from the sky.


    Where the sun and moon divine light passed, not only the strong magic gas immediately dissipated, but also the bodies of many demons began to melt directly.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang swaggered towards the target, and the resistance in front seemed to disappear at once.


    When Xiang was still in South China, Xiang''s family was of course powerful. Even the great friars in the later period of the yuan God did not dare to be careless.


    After the last war with Meng Zhang, Xiangjia still has many demons, but there are few high-level demons left.


    There are no high-level demons to restrain. Relying on low-level demons alone, no matter how many they come, they are cannon fodder to die.


    What''s more, the demons on Xiangjia territory are far less elite than the demons army once led by the black gold demon king.


    Good and bad demons have quantitative advantages, but they can''t give full play to their strength at all.


    With their overwhelming strength, Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng could easily crush the demons they saw along the way.


    Soon, they came to xiangjiazu''s place.


    There are many demons in the manor and spirit field below.


    These demons saw Meng Zhang and King Huipeng in the air. Before they had time to make any response, they were destroyed by the sun and moon in time.


    Meng Zhang frowned. He knew the entanglement between Mo Qingzhen and Xiang Jia.


    Mo Qingzhen is a brave guy. After being badly hurt and only the ghost is left, he dares to break into Xiang Jiazu''s land.


    Could it be that he regarded all the remaining demons at home as dead.

 Chapter 1463

    Meng Zhang urged the jewels of the sun and moon to release the divine light of the sun and moon.


    Along the way, neither the strong evil spirit nor crazy demons could stop him for a moment.


    King Hui Peng followed Meng Zhang and didn''t even have a chance to shoot. Meng Zhang easily took care of everything.


    After they moved forward smoothly for some time, the sound of fierce fighting came not far from the front, and the magic Qi was stirred to pieces, and several figures were moving at high speed.


    Meng Zhang fixed his eyes and saw through the movement in front through the thick magic Qi.


    The demon soul of Mo Qingzhen was entangled by two fourth-order demons and couldn''t get away.


    The two fourth-order demons are human, which seems to be mostly transformed into family people.


    When they saw the demon soul of emperor Mo Qingzhen, they seemed to see their sworn enemies and launched a desperate attack with an immortal posture.


    Where they fought, more and more demons began to gather.


    Meng Zhang was happy when he saw this scene. Mo qingzhenjun was so immortal that he bumped into Xiang''s demon. He deserved his bad luck.


    Even if the body is destroyed, only the demon soul is left. He also has great skills.


    Ordinary friars in the early days of Yuanshen may not be able to defeat him.


    His demon soul is ever-changing. He has mastered many magic tricks and can easily surpass ordinary fourth-order demons.


    In the cultivation world, many friars can take away the flesh of friars who are lower than themselves after losing their flesh.


    Many friars in the later stage of foundation building can go out of the body of Yin God to take away others and occupy the new body after losing the body.


    Although immortal Jindan has the same ability, it becomes much more difficult and very difficult to succeed.


    Only a few friars in the foundation period can accommodate the Yin God of the golden elixir immortal.


    As for Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is almost impossible to take away other people''s flesh.


    The reason for this lies in the gap of bit.


    The position of Yuanshen Zhenjun is too high and loses his body. After only Yuanshen is left, even if Yuanshen encounters many injuries and is extremely weakened. But as long as the essence of the original God remains unchanged, the physical body of the friars, let alone mortals, is unable to accommodate in the period of Qi refining and foundation building.


    The flesh of immortal Jindan can barely accommodate many weakened yuan gods. However, once the cultivator achieves the golden elixir, his essence, Qi and spirit are integrated into the golden elixir.


    When the golden elixir immortal dies, his flesh will lose all its vitality. Even if he loses it, it doesn''t make any sense.


    As for Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if he is no longer a waste material, he can''t be directly robbed of his flesh by friars of the same level.


    Anyway, according to Meng Zhang''s experience, I have never heard of the loss of the yuan God friar in the cultivation world.


    Therefore, after the yuan God Zhen Jun lost his flesh, he either embarked on the road of ghosts and gods, or looked for some special heaven and earth spirits to reshape his flesh.


    However, the devil friars are much more flexible and less restricted in the aspect of seizing and giving up.


    Don''t look at Mo Qingzhen Jun, there are only demons left now, but as long as the time is right, he can easily take the body of the other cultivator and make a comeback.


    Meng Zhang took this factor into account when he took Mo Qingzhen as his primary target.


    Fortunately, he chased very closely along the way and didn''t give Mo Qingzhen Jun''s demon a chance to give up.


    Now Moqing Zhenjun is really unlucky. He not only failed to cover his whereabouts with his family demons, but was besieged by the family demons.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang looked at each other and shot together.


    The space around their battlefield twisted, and a space crack suddenly appeared around the fourth-order demons at both ends, and their bodies were fixed by strong space gravity.


    The demon soul of Mo Qingzhen Jun was also affected, and his action suddenly became slow.


    Meng Zhang held up the magic subduing mirror, constantly stimulated the golden light of magic subduing, and shot away at the demon soul of Mo Qingzhen.


    The demon soul of Moqing Zhenjun is very tough and can resist the attacks of various Taoist magic powers.


    However, all things in the world are mutually generated and overcome, and the golden light of subduing demons is just a great magic power to restrain demons.


    Without the flesh, just the devil''s soul, facing the bombardment of the golden light of subduing the devil, Mo Qingzhen Jun was in great pain.


    He uttered a scream of pain, and the whole demon soul twisted violently because of extreme pain.


    Meng Zhang did not have slightest pity because he had known Mo Qingzhen for many years.


    What he has seen and heard over the years has long made him irreconcilable with the devil.


    Facing the fear of complete extinction, Mo Qingzhen couldn''t stand it. He shouted to Meng Zhang for mercy and begged him to keep his own way for the sake of their friendship for many years.


    Meng Zhang ignored Mo Qing''s request for mercy.


    He won''t have any friendship with demon Xiu. He just used to use each other.


    Meng Zhang stepped up his efforts to solve the other party as soon as possible.


    Although King Hui Peng did not have the targeted means of Meng Zhang, he could also cause great damage to demons with his ability.


    He took out his real skills, and it didn''t take long to kill many demons around him.


    The two fourth order demons were also killed and injured. The injured one managed to escape.


    During this period of time, Meng Zhang urged the power of the magic reducing mirror to completely eliminate the demon soul of Mo Qingzhen Jun without leaving any hidden dangers.


    Looking at the complete destruction of the demon soul of Mo Qingzhen Jun, Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng have a little more meaning.


    Now that we''ve all come to this place, we''d better kill and get rid of Xiangjia.


    As for the black gold devil, even if he delayed a little, he could not disappear.


    Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng had the same idea. They immediately reduced their flight altitude, broke into xiangjiazu, and began to kill wantonly.


    The two killing gods enter the demon group and use their own means to kill all the demons they encounter.


    There are many demons here, but high-level demons are very limited.


    There are only a few remaining fourth-order demons in the whole xiangjiazu land.


    There are a little more third-order demons, but there are only dozens.


    These high-level demons that can be used as the backbone naturally become the primary target of Meng Zhang''s killing.


    Meng Zhang and Wang Huipeng have long accumulated rich experience in dealing with demons.


    Meng Zhang''s magic subduing mirror and sun moon jewels have a great restraining effect on demons.


    In particular, the golden light from the magic subduing mirror is almost invincible and unstoppable among the demons.


    If the later monks of other yuan gods attack here, Xiang''s demons can resist one or two and barely protect themselves.


    However, in the face of Meng Zhang, who specializes in restraining demons, King Hui Peng, who has strong combat effectiveness, failed completely before Xiangjia demons resisted for long.


    All the fourth-order demons and most of the third-order demons were killed on the spot.


    The other low-level demons scattered and fled.


    Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng wiped out a large number of low-level demons, but the number of each other was too large. They didn''t have time to slowly chase them one by one, so they had to let them escape.

 Chapter 1464

    The demons entrenched in Xiang''s ancestral land were either killed or scattered and fled. Finally, the place was barely quiet.


    Unfortunately, a treasure land in the cultivation world has been ruined by demons for so long that it can''t go back to the past.


    The demons transformed by human practitioners generally have high intelligence.


    After being transformed into demons to family people, they will not deliberately destroy their ancestral land, except for their inevitable instincts.


    But so many demons have been entrenched here for many years and have caused many irreversible damage.


    The underground spiritual pulse has long been completely polluted by the magic gas. Even Meng Zhang can''t guarantee whether it can be purified.


    As for the vast spiritual fields on the ground, the miraculous medicine gardens have long been completely ruined.


    There is a strong evil spirit around here. If the practitioners with insufficient cultivation touch it a little, they will be demonized.


    Not to mention the complete recovery of this place, just purifying the magic gas here is a great project.


    This is also one of the reasons why demons and demons are hated.


    They not only demonize the living creatures, but also seriously damage the environment and turn the environment originally suitable for mortals and practitioners into a miasma and demonic atmosphere.


    Fortunately, Xiangjia demon''s ability is limited and has not completely transformed here into a demon realm.


    In the demon realm, demons will be generated spontaneously and provide new blood for the demons.


    The devil is like a duck to water in the devil Kingdom, and its strength has greatly increased. With the help of the devil Kingdom, the devil can build an indestructible fortress to block all foreign enemies.


    Meng Zhang and King Huipeng don''t have enough time to purify this place now, so they can only wait for the future.


    The so-called thief didn''t leave empty. Since he made great efforts to kill Xiang''s demons, Meng Zhang didn''t want to be busy in vain. He delayed a little time and searched Xiang''s ancestral land.


    King Hui Peng is arrogant. He was born in Ziyang holy sect. He rarely worries about the resources of cultivation.


    The cultivation resources commonly used by human practitioners do not have much effect on him.


    While Meng Zhang was searching around, he flew into the air and began to cast spells to disperse the magic Qi around him.


    Influenced by his family background, he was very unhappy with this evil scene.


    Although it is impossible to completely dispel the evil Qi in a short time, how much you can do is how much you can do.


    Meng Zhang left him alone and began to search everywhere.


    Xiang family members have been demonized for so many years. All kinds of cultivation resources collected in Xiang family''s big library have long been ruined.


    The remaining cultivation resources are basically dyed by magic gas, and the cultivators can''t use them at all.


    Meng Zhang searched many treasure houses at home, and basically got nothing.


    He came to Xiangjia''s Sutra Pavilion, which had not been ruined.


    After being demonized, Xiang family members will not continue to practice the cultivator''s skills. Naturally, they will not enter here easily.


    Many ancient books in the Sutra pavilion are generally intact, but they are contaminated by the surrounding magic Qi.


    Although Xiang Jia became the pawn of the master of the magic plow house early because of his blood. However, it is a Yuanshen family inherited for many years, and its collection of various classics is still considerable.


    Meng Zhang urged the magic subduing mirror to release the exorcism light, dispelled all the strong evil spirit in the Sutra Pavilion, purified these classics one by one, and then put them away.


    Meng Zhang has a keen mind and a magic eye to break delusion. He can easily see through the treasures hidden at home.


    After a search, in addition to raiding the Sutra Pavilion, we also gained some gains in some small secret treasure houses.


    Since King Huipeng didn''t like these harvests, Meng Zhang didn''t care about him. He put all the purified items into the void tripod.


    After returning to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang will count slowly with the elders in the gate.


    Although he delayed a lot of time to his ancestral land, after Meng Zhang and King Hui Peng left here, he still sensed the trace of the black gold devil injured by the golden light of subduing the devil with the power of the magic reducing mirror.


    The black gold devil also covered the injury left by the golden light of subduing the devil on his body and tried his best to interfere with Meng Zhang''s induction.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s induction became not very clear, and he could only sense the general orientation.


    He and the grey Peng King transmitted directly in the general direction.


    When their figures appeared in the sky, Meng Zhang and Wang Huipeng were a little dazed.


    This is clearly a black jade forest. Moreover, it is not the outer part of the black jade forest, but has gone very deep into the interior.


    Meng Zhang felt it carefully, pointed to a certain direction below and said to King Hui Peng, "the guy of the black gold devil is near that position."


    "Well, he didn''t stay where he was. He continued to move forward. He moved very fast."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words and looking along the direction indicated by Meng Zhang, King Huipeng''s face changed greatly.


    He was stunned for a while, as if he remembered something, and the expression on his face was distorted.


    He organized the language and said to Meng Zhang, "leader Meng, the place in front is the forbidden area of the black jade forest."


    "This forbidden area is extremely mysterious. Let alone outsiders. Even the monsters in the black jade forest, including all demon kings, can''t easily step there."


    King Hui Peng''s words stunned Meng Zhang.


    He had never heard of any forbidden areas in the black jade forest before. But on this issue, Wang Huipeng had no reason to deceive him.


    "Headmaster Meng, this forbidden area is not only the top secret of the black jade forest, but also important. I hope you don''t disclose information about this place at will."


    The grey Peng King warned carefully.


    Meng Zhang is still indifferent to this so-called forbidden area. However, can he just watch the black gold devil escape into this place?


    Moreover, as a demon, how did the black gold devil know this place?


    Taiyimen has been rooted in the great horizontal cultivation world for many years, and has reached a temporary alliance with the monsters in the black jade forest. Meng Zhang has a deep understanding of the intelligence of the black jade forest. But even he knew nothing about the so-called forbidden area, but the black gold devil ran to this place.


    It would be too coincidental to say that the black gold devil was in a panic and accidentally broke into this place.


    Meng Zhang knew nothing about the secret hidden in the middle.


    But he was unwilling to let go of the great scourge of the black gold devil.

 Chapter 1465

    A powerful demon like the black gold demon king not only has strong strength, but also once commanded the whole demon army and integrated many demon groups in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    If you don''t kill him completely this time, let him escape.


    After he completely recovers, he will make a comeback. Maybe he will reorganize the demon army and set off a huge storm again.


    This time, in order to hit the black gold demon king, including taiyimen, the Terran friars paid a huge price. Nanzhu Zhenjun even risked life and death and fought his own way and life.


    If the dark gold devil comes back in the future, will he have to pay such a great sacrifice?


    Meng Zhang''s face was uncertain and his heart rose sharply.


    King Hui Peng probably guessed Meng Zhang''s mind, and he was also very worried about the black gold devil.


    He can only appease Meng Zhang, and has to reveal some inside information.


    "Headmaster Meng, I''m for your own good. You really can''t get close to that forbidden area."


    "The inside story is too complicated. I can''t explain it to you in detail due to the order of the school."


    "You just need to know that even with the power of Ziyang holy sect, you can''t easily do anything about the forbidden area."


    King Hui Peng''s words made Meng Zhang''s heart stormy.


    He had never heard of such a big secret in the black jade forest before.


    Meng Zhang had long known that king Huipeng was an undercover of Ziyang holy sect to Heiyu forest.


    He had joked with his eldest disciple Niu Dawei. Wang Huipeng became the boss of the black jade forest from an undercover. It''s really arrogant.


    His boss is an undercover sent by Ziyang Shengzong. No wonder the monsters in the black jade forest are easily used by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now it seems that the leader of the grey Peng king is more just nominal. Or just the leader of ordinary monsters.


    In the black jade forest, there is also a hidden power above the king of grey Peng.


    This force must be attached great importance to Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong didn''t take any action against the black jade forest, but sent the undercover king Huipeng,


    It can be seen that the hidden power in the black jade forest is frightening to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang is very clear about his weight.


    For the existence that Ziyang holy sect is afraid of, he is absolutely unwilling to provoke easily.


    When King Hui Peng revealed some information, he persuaded Meng Zhang.


    Of course, the grey Peng king will not ignore the black gold devil.


    He told Meng Zhang to leave the matter to him and he would explain it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is still willing to believe the promise of King Hui Peng.


    So, they said that the grey Peng king went to the restricted area alone to deal with the black gold devil. Meng Zhang stays here and waits.


    Meng Zhang can''t go with him, and the grey Peng king will not miss the deeds of the black gold devil.


    As long as the black gold devil enters the restricted area, it will be difficult for him to make his own decisions.


    In the restricted area, demons like him can''t run around.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, Wang Huipeng immediately flew to the direction of the restricted area.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much, so he began to meditate and regulate his breath.


    Meng Zhang waited for almost three days.


    When King Hui Peng appeared in front of Meng Zhang again, his face was tired.


    He told Meng Zhang that the problem of the black gold devil had been solved.


    From then on, there was no such thing as the black gold devil in the world.


    Seeing that king Huipeng was unwilling to say more about the specific course of his trip, Meng Zhang chose to believe him without asking more questions.


    Mo Qingzhen was killed by Meng Zhang himself, and the black gold devil has been solved now.


    The purpose of their trip was basically achieved.


    Without Moqing Zhenjun and the black gold demon king, there are many demons in the Daheng cultivation world. There are no heads, just a plate of scattered sand.


    The power of demons is still very strong, but unorganized demons are not invincible.


    Meng Zhang and King Huipeng teleported back to the wild dog ridge.


    After the end of the last war, the camp originally established here has been preserved.


    In addition to returning some of the seriously wounded to the rear camp, the main force of the friars led by Niu Dawei is still stationed here.


    After cleaning the battlefield, they began to recuperate here.


    Although the friar army suffered heavy losses and its strength fell sharply in the previous war, the remaining strength is still enough to defeat the major demon groups.


    As long as those demons can''t unite and fight together, they can only be broken by this army of friars.


    Meng Zhang discussed with the middle and high level of the army. Niu Dawei will lead the army to start sweeping away the major demon groups and strive to eliminate them all.


    The expeditionary battalion in the rear will continue to provide all kinds of support to this army.


    After completely controlling the Mountain Gate of Bairi Valley, the partial division led by Jin Lizhen was originally prepared to guard the mountain gate and strengthen defense.


    After receiving the news of the great victory of yegou mountain, Jin Lizhen Jun was acutely aware that the situation in Daheng cultivation world had begun to turn around.


    The devil is gone. Now it''s time for the Terran cultivators to start fighting back.


    In this process, we should seize as much territory and loot as possible.


    Therefore, Jin Lizhen led the partial division to take action.


    She first recruited all the friars near the Mountain Gate of day valley.


    These friars were originally vassals of the day Valley, and there were many foreign refugees, most of whom were casual practitioners.


    After the friars of day Valley fled in a hurry, these friars were terrified all day.


    At this time, Jin Lizhen Jun personally incorporated them. Without much resistance, she pocketed these friars.


    Even if the name of Taiyi sect is on the side of Daheng cultivation world, it is like thunder. It is the yuan God Zhenjun who comes forward in person. Few people can resist it.


    After the manpower was replenished, Jin Lizhen began to expand around.


    She will first receive the territory of day Valley, including all resources on the territory. After gaining a firm foothold, we will slowly consider the next expansion direction.


    Jin Lizhen was so decisive, acted according to the circumstances in time, and had enough discretion. Indeed, she was worthy of being a veteran Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei appreciated Jin Lizhen''s report.


    Meng Zhang had already given Jin Lizhen the power to act expediently and make decisions at the moment.


    Now it seems that Jin Lizhen did not disappoint Meng Zhang, and did better than Meng Zhang imagined.


    The news of the great victory of yegou mountain did not need Meng Zhang''s order. Many monks began to spontaneously distribute the news through various channels.


    After the news spread, it can not only greatly encourage the remaining monks in the Dharma world, but also greatly publicize the prestige of taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    The evil disaster that has plagued the Daheng cultivation world for many years and left the Ziyang holy sect helpless finally appeared after Taiyi gate took action.

 Chapter 1466

    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, after the magic disaster subsides, we should bring the Daheng cultivation world into the control of taiyimen as much as possible.


    Taiyimen paid such a high price to quell the evil disaster, but they can''t do it in vain.


    Not to mention swallowing all the great horizontal cultivation world, at least we should bite down the fattest piece.


    With this harvest, we can consolidate the foundation of Taiyi gate and provide more powerful forces.


    Spreading the reputation of taiyimen and the sacrifices made to quell the evil disaster contribute to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    In addition to the good news from Jin Lizhen, in the underworld, Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is too wonderful, and there is also great good news.


    Too wonderful. Since refining the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods and having the strength equivalent to the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, few people stayed in that small world and began to frequent activities in the underworld.


    Not long ago, he happened to find a natural treasure in an abyss in the underworld.


    In order to seize the natural materials and land treasures, he fell into a long struggle with the ghost beast under his guard.


    When the wild dog mountain fought against the demons before, Meng Zhang didn''t summon too wonderful. This incarnation came to Yangjian to help.


    One is too wonderful. As a ghost, there is no targeted restraint against demons.


    Second, both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are reluctant to give up that natural material and earth treasure.


    Just now, too wonderful has completely defeated the ghosts and gods of the guard and captured the treasure of heaven and earth.


    The Tiancai Dibao is a strange fruit called Zhiyang fruit.


    The underworld is the most Yin place in the Jun dust world. The abyss discovered by Taimiao is extremely cold and haunted by Yin Qi.


    In this place of extreme Yin, things of extreme Yang are born, which makes people sigh the magic of heaven and earth.


    In addition, with the Zhiyang fruit, there is also a Zhiyin thing called cathode flower.


    Zhiyang fruit and cathode flower, two exotic flowers and fruits, play a great role in cultivating Yuanshen friars of Yin-Yang skill.


    When Meng Zhang broke through the later stage of the yuan God, his cultivation could not be greatly improved because of the hidden dangers left behind.


    Later, he finally refined the qingkong jade crystal, which solved the hidden danger and made up for the foundation.


    In these years, he has been busy fighting with demons and didn''t have much time to practice in isolation.


    Meng Zhang''s current accomplishments are not very strong among the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Now it''s wonderful to get this natural material and earth treasure. After Meng Zhang refines it, he can greatly save the time of closed door cultivation and greatly improve his accomplishments.


    If he didn''t have other things to do now, Meng Zhang wanted to shut down and refine these two wonderful flowers and fruits immediately.


    This is not over yet. On the other side of taiyimen Mountain Gate in Jiuqu Province, the monks in charge regularly communicate with the expedition army to report the latest news in the gate.


    On the other side of taiyimen Mountain Gate, there was also good news not long ago.


    A group of little friars in taiyimen''s Qi refining period accidentally fell into an underground cave when they were practicing in the endless sand sea.


    They found a hidden jade deposit in the cave, and picked up some jade and took it back to the door.


    Identified by the high-level friars who knew the goods in the door, these jade stones were not ordinary spiritual jade, but a kind of Heaven material and earth treasure called Haoyuan jade.


    Haoyuan jade is a strange thing that helps friars break through the bottleneck in their cultivation.


    In particular, the Haoyuan jade crystal in Haoyuan jade can help the friars who build a perfect foundation to break through the golden elixir period.


    Of course, the output of Haoyuan jade crystal in Haoyuan jade mine is very rare.


    Among many Haoyuan jade mines, there is not even a Haoyuan jade crystal.


    In the Taiyi gate, there are many spiritual objects and elixirs that help to break through the golden elixir period, which can barely guarantee the supply of monks in the gate.


    But of course, the more such spirits, the better.


    After hearing the news, an Muran, who was originally in the mountain gate, thought quietly and went to the Haoyuan jade mine in person.


    At first glance, it''s amazing.


    Although an Muran was not a special earth teacher or prospector, he made a great discovery soon with the cultivation of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    In this Haoyuan jade mine, in addition to finding Haoyuan jade crystals, he also found a trace of Haoyuan chalcedony.


    Haoyuan chalcedony is a great treasure of heaven and earth, which can increase the chance of the friars in the golden elixir period to break through to the Yuanshen period.


    The specific probability depends on people. There are great differences with different cultivation methods and different physique.


    But even if the probability is low, Haoyuan chalcedony is also enough to cause those Yuanshen sect to compete for heaven and earth treasures.


    Although the amount of Haoyuan chalcedony in this Haoyuan jade mine must be very small, as long as there is, the result will be completely different.


    After an Muran discovered this incident, he immediately blocked the news of Haoyuan jade mine with all his strength.


    He personally sat there and let the reliable core disciples in the door organize mining secretly.


    Although no one knows the output of this Haoyuan jade mine, the top level of taiyimen attaches great importance to it.


    After Meng Zhang received the news, he sighed that taiyimen and himself had been lucky recently, and thought in his heart.


    He led an expeditionary army to fight against demons for many years, killing countless demons. Recently, he has achieved fruitful results and avoided the continued spread of demons.


    Both Meng Zhang, as the main force, and the whole taiyimen should be rewarded with many heavenly merits.


    Meng Zhang knew for a long time that the merits and virtues of heaven could affect the level of Qi.


    Could it be that I and taiyimen are really beginning to have high luck and good luck?


    Even now, Meng Zhang still has many things he can''t understand about heaven''s will and Qi luck.


    He just thought about it and let it go for the time being.


    Meng Zhang also went to meet Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Since he was persuaded by Meng Zhang last time, Nanzhu Zhenjun has been staying in the camp to heal his wounds.


    Meng Zhang told Nanzhu Zhenjun what happened to Mo Qingzhen and the black gold devil.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun was a little relieved when his enemy was killed.


    But when he thought that Xiao Qiao, the culprit, was still at large, he couldn''t help being angry.


    Many years ago, since Nanzhu Zhenjun decided to take refuge in Ziyang holy sect, he actively contacted Xiao Liang, worked for him many times and tried to please him.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun asked himself that what his three brothers and sisters had done was completely worthy of Xiao Liang and Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, in Xiao Liang''s mind, the status of their three brothers and sisters is still limited to thugs.


    At the critical moment, Xiao Qiao sacrificed Qiao Mei Zhenjun and Han Zhu Zhenjun without hesitation in order to run for his own life.


    This can be seen not only the coolness and ruthlessness of Xiao Qiao, but also the ruthlessness of the Xiao family, who abandoned their three brothers and sisters like my shoes.


    Even if you know that the holy land like Ziyang holy sect is high above the door and the Xiao family is extremely powerful, Nanzhu Zhenjun still can''t let go of this hatred and faces revenge almost all the time.

 Chapter 1467

    Meng Zhang grasped Nanzhu Zhenjun''s psychology and didn''t want him to die for nothing.


    Meng Zhang invited Nanzhu Zhenjun to stay in Taiyi gate and serve as guest minister.


    Meng Zhang solemnly promises that when the time is right, he will help Nanzhu Zhenjun get revenge.


    Xiao Qiao, this guy, has long been enmity with Meng Zhang.


    The Xiao family holds a high position in the holy sect of Ziyang.


    It would be a big problem for Xiao Qiao to make use of the power of his family and the power of the zongmen to embarrass Meng Zhang and make trouble for Taiyi gate in the future.


    Whether public or private, Meng Zhang needs to find a way to get rid of the scourge of Xiao Qiao.


    Of course, he must do it seamlessly without leaving any trace.


    Otherwise, it will cause trouble for taiyimen.


    Although how to act and when there will be a chance, Meng Zhang still has no clue.


    But this does not prevent him from making a commitment to Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun has known Meng Zhang for some years.


    He knew Meng Zhang''s character and was basically able to keep his word.


    Relying on the power of Nanzhu Zhenjun alone, even if you lose your own life, you may not be able to succeed in revenge.


    Xiao Qiao himself is not worth mentioning, but the Xiao family and Ziyang Shengzong behind him are giants that Nanzhu Zhenjun looks up to.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to take action, with his ability, he is really sure of success.


    After Meng Zhang''s persuasion, Nanzhu Zhenjun finally agreed to stay and serve as the guest Qing of Taiyi gate.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun is a great monk who has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years and has rich experience. Not to mention his cultivation achievements, his experience in all aspects is a huge wealth.


    Meng Zhang will actively find ways to help Nanzhu Zhenjun heal his injury and recover his accomplishments in the future.


    If Nanzhu Zhenjun can recover completely, taiyimen will have one more big monk to make up for the lack of top combat power.


    Even if Nanzhu Zhenjun''s cultivation has not been restored, he still has great value to Taiyi gate, which is worth Meng Zhang''s risk.


    After persuading Nanzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang personally escorted him back to the camp of the expedition army.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun will stay here for a while and heal well.


    Taiyimen will help as much as it can.


    This camp of the expeditionary army is an important stronghold of taiyimen in the Daheng cultivation world. It is not only the base camp for commanding and fighting demons, but also the key to controlling the Daheng cultivation world and suppressing aquariums in the future.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, the monks who left behind the camp have begun to take positive action to transform the camp into a permanent city.


    Meng Zhang, who has difficulty naming, casually named the Big City Zhiyuan city.


    The current construction work is just some simple peripheral work.


    When the evil disaster subsides, experts from taiyimen will come to carefully survey the surrounding terrain, make an overall plan for the whole city, and then carry out massive construction.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in the camp too long, so he received the message from Feng Yao Zhenjun again.


    Originally, Feng Yao Zhenjun promised Meng Zhang that when the expedition army and the demon army went to war, SONGFENG sect provided at least two yuan God Zhenjun to help fight.


    The SONGFENG sect has indeed made great efforts to draw strength and is preparing to start.


    At this time, the SONGFENG sect received the news that its old enemy Wanheshan sent out on a large scale to attack the camp of the expedition army.


    SONGFENG sect and Wanheshan have been hostile for many years. They always have enough strength to monitor each other''s every move.


    Even though the SONGFENG sect has experienced many changes, its hatred for Wanhe mountain has not weakened.


    At that time, Meng Zhang publicly publicized the secrets of Wanhe mountain and exposed the collusion of Wanhe mountain with demons and gods.


    Originally, the SONGFENG sect should take advantage of this opportunity to suppress Wanhe mountain, but because Cangsong Zhenjun was seduced by Mo qingzhenjun, it missed this good opportunity.


    Now, SONGFENG has sent Cangsong Zhenjun to do such a thing, which has not only greatly damaged his strength, but also greatly reduced his reputation. Even many monks in the door are in panic.


    At this time, several Yuanshen Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect decided to take advantage of the weakness to attack Wanhe mountain.


    They tried to regain some of their prestige by a big victory.


    Of course, the hidden part of this is carefully thought. It is not enough for outsiders to pinch soft persimmons.


    Although fengyao Zhenjun doesn''t agree with this practice, other Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door have reached an agreement, and she can''t object.


    Therefore, fengyao Zhenjun, Fengdou Zhenjun and Fengyu Zhenjun took a group of disciples and went straight to the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    In this way, the SONGFENG sect just missed the war with the demon army.


    After Shanzhong Zhenjun led the main friars in the gate to fight, the defense in the gate not only did not relax, but became particularly tight.


    The three yuan gods of SONGFENG sect, Zhenjun, led a team of monks in the gate, killed them all the way, but they exposed their tracks on the way.


    When they arrived at the gate of Wanhe mountain, the guarded monks of Wanhe mountain opened the mountain protection array to firmly protect the gate.


    In the team of SONGFENG sect, the strongest wind fighting Zhenjun is still injured, and his strength is far less than that of his heyday.


    Many of the other monks were also wounded and forced to come to the war.


    Such a team with limited strength can''t really take any advantage in the face of the Wanhe mountain.


    After attacking for some time, not only did not capture the gate of Wanhe mountain, but there were many casualties in the team.


    In the face of casualties, the three yuan gods of SONGFENG sect, Zhenjun, were cruel and prepared to attack the Mountain Gate of Wanhe mountain at all costs.


    Yamashita Zhenjun led the army of friars in the black jade forest and was blocked by the king of monkeys.


    After the defeat, shanchongzhenjun finally got rid of the pursuit of the monkey king and finally escaped from Shengtian.


    Many friars in Wanhe mountain have the ability to protect their lives.


    Under the pursuit of the monster army, many monks escaped one after another.


    The God stone is still in the Wanhe mountain. The mountain is heavy. The real king will never give up the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    After learning that the Mountain Gate of Wanhe mountain was attacked by the SONGFENG sect, he killed the Mountain Gate regardless of his injury.


    At any rate, shanchongzhenjun was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. After forcibly suppressing the injury with secret methods, he killed the team of SONGFENG sect and returned with a great defeat.


    The new body of Shanzhong Zhenjun has many miracles.


    If he had not met such a powerful opponent as the monkey king, he might not have been defeated.


    The SONGFENG sect was defeated this time. At least the three Yuanshen Zhenjun retreated, so they didn''t lose a few details.


    For this failure, the SONGFENG faction was very unwilling.


    However, as long as there is a real king in Wanhe mountain, it is not comparable to SONGFENG school.


    At this time, the news that Meng Zhang and the expedition army won a great victory and defeated the demon army also spread to the SONGFENG sect.

 Chapter 1468

    SONGFENG sect has long intended to form an alliance with taiyimen to eliminate demons and quell demonic disasters.


    Originally, in the face of the current situation, the SONGFENG faction was ready. Once the war was unfavorable, it would move out of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Now the news of Meng Zhang''s great victory has come, the situation has completely reversed, and the SONGFENG faction can safely continue to stay in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The failure to send monks to participate in this crucial war is not only a pity for the senior management of the SONGFENG sect, but also makes them a little worried about whether their family will offend Meng Zhang.


    Without Meng Zhang''s support, today''s SONGFENG sect is difficult to gain a foothold in the Daheng cultivation world.


    So we asked Feng Yao Zhenjun to contact Meng Zhang.


    One is to test Meng Zhang''s thoughts.


    Second, I hope to get Meng Zhang''s help and completely eliminate Wanhe mountain.


    Feng Yao Zhenjun doesn''t agree with some of the practices of other high-level people in the door.


    However, as a member of SONGFENG sect, she can not disobey the sect''s wishes, but also actively safeguard the interests of the sect.


    Especially after the great changes of SONGFENG sect, she must be more cautious, strive to preserve the vitality of the sect and strive for the interests of the sect in all aspects.


    Fengyao Zhenjun contacted Meng Zhang through the conch like communication device and told Meng Zhang everything about SONGFENG sect''s attack on Wanhe mountain.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang is very dissatisfied with the practice of the SONGFENG sect.


    Meng Zhang''s killing of Cang song Zhenjun was based on the overall situation and did not expect the reward of the SONGFENG sect.


    However, when fighting against the demon army, the reinforcements promised by SONGFENG sect were diverted for other purposes, which is a little too much.


    However, Meng Zhang knew that although his side had just won a decisive victory, it still had a long way to go before the devil disaster was completely quelled.


    At this time, it is the time of employment. The power of SONGFENG school is very important. We can''t easily push SONGFENG school away.


    Even after the demon disaster subsides, taiyimen also needs the strong help of the local snake SONGFENG sect to maintain its rule in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang did not blame Feng Yao Zhenjun, but comforted her.


    Meng Zhang said that he would find a way to solve the problem of Wanheshan as soon as possible.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Feng Yao Zhenjun kept thanking, and took the initiative to say that the SONGFENG sect would actively cooperate in the next battle to sweep away demons.


    After ending the call with fengyao Zhenjun, Meng Zhang thought in his heart.


    Although the mountain heavy Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain still retains the form and identity of human cultivators for the time being, if the situation is unfavorable, he is likely to be demonized and completely transformed into demons at any time.


    Cultivation and background are similar to those of Xiang South China. There are also demons behind them. Maybe Shanzhong Zhenjun will become another one to South China.


    Originally, it was not easy to eliminate the black gold demon king and Mo Qingzhen Jun, which has made the demons in the Daheng Xiuzhen world fall into a state of headless dragons.


    If shanchongzhenjun is transformed into a demon, it is likely to integrate the power of each demon group and reorganize the demon army.


    Meng Zhang will never allow this to happen.


    No matter what consideration, Meng Zhang must solve the problem of mountain chongzhenjun as soon as possible.


    However, shanchong Zhenjun is also a great monk. He stays in the gate of Wanhe mountain. With the help of the mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain, Meng Zhang has nothing to do with him alone.


    After the mermaid king was seriously injured in the last war, he returned to the aquarium territory. It is said that he healed in isolation.


    After solving the problem of the black gold devil, King Huipeng also said that there were other important things to deal with and returned to the black jade forest.


    Without the help of these two, if Meng Zhang wants to solve the problem of Wanhe mountain, he must mobilize the main force of the expedition, surround Wanhe mountain and attack it slowly.


    Meng Zhang quickly rejected the idea.


    In this way, not only will the battle become protracted, but also the casualties on our side will be very heavy.


    Once the expedition army is trapped on the other side of Wanhe mountain, it will seriously delay the next sweep and cleaning up of demons.


    Meng Zhang had another worry in his heart.


    The so-called divine stone of Wanhe mountain seems to have extremely wonderful power.


    Sacred stones are difficult to move. They basically stay in Wanhe mountain.


    If Meng Zhang led a large army of monks to attack the gate of Wanhe mountain, it will inevitably face up to this divine stone in the end.


    Meng Zhang knew a little about the details of this divine stone. He only knew that the divine stone was within a certain distance, and even the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen could suppress it.


    With the divine stone, Meng Zhang can''t completely destroy Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang thought and thought, but he didn''t find a good way to solve the problem of Wanhe mountain.


    In desperation, he only temporarily put aside the problem of Wanhe mountain and asked people to firmly monitor Wanhe mountain.


    The main effort of the expedition army is still spent on cleaning up demons everywhere.


    Meng Zhang had already handed over the specific command of the war to Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi.


    The two of them are responsible for mobilizing monks, deploying forces and personally leading the battle.


    Meng Zhang assisted as a mobile force.


    If you encounter a hard bone, it''s time for him to do it.


    At present, Meng Zhang can''t do it yet. After thinking for a while, he still sent it near the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    The monks of SONGFENG sect who attacked Wanhe mountain have already retreated.


    However, the alert of Wanhe mountain has not relaxed, and it is still in a high state of alert.


    The mountain protection array was opened to isolate the inside and outside of the mountain gate.


    Not only the monks in the mountain gate can''t go out, but also people outside the mountain gate can''t go in.


    After some twists and turns, some monks who were defeated in the black jade forest and then escaped from Shengtian returned to Wanhe mountain one after another.


    These monks were also blocked from the mountain protection array and could not go in directly.


    These monks, who managed to escape, went back to the mountain gate all the way, but were rejected.


    They made a lot of noise outside the mountain gate, and even the brave ones began to shout and scold.


    Wanhe mountain, which has experienced disastrous defeat, has suffered heavy losses. It is also very short of manpower, and we can''t give up all these friars.


    Moreover, we are all monks from the same sect. The relationship between them is complex and deeply involved.


    Who doesn''t have a few old relatives and friends, maybe he can get in touch with the middle and senior level of the door.


    Maybe there was some debate in the door. Seeing that there was no trace of the enemy around, friars controlled the mountain protection array, carefully opened a small entrance and exit, and let these friars come forward one by one and slowly enter the mountain protection array.


    Seeing the rare opportunity, Meng Zhang didn''t do anything to suppress his mind.


    The friars of Wanhe mountain are waiting in strict formation, and their precautions are too strict. Even if the mountain protection array takes the initiative to open such a small gap, it is difficult to make use of it in time.


    Meng Zhang has a better way than breaking in now.

 Chapter 1469

    Due to various reasons, there are many monks in Wanhe mountain.


    If it were not for the last moment, Wanheshan would not give up these disciples.


    These disciples began to return to the Mountain Gate one after another.


    The Mountain Gate kept a high alert and took these disciples in slowly.


    In those days, Wanhe mountain was one of the four big sects in the Daheng cultivation world. At least it can be regarded as the authentic sect.


    There are many monks in Wanhe Mountain Gate. Not everyone is willing to accept the status quo.


    After Meng Zhang exposed the details of Wanhe mountain, although the top level of Wanhe mountain denied it, he resolutely refused to admit his own activities with the demon God.


    However, many people doubted what the top leaders of Wanhe mountain had done. Even the disciples of the sect probably had a lot of ideas.


    The vast majority of practitioners are unwilling to let good people do nothing and completely turn them into demons.


    The action of Wanhe mountain is actually colluding with demons.


    To say that no one in the door feels wrong is to underestimate the IQ of the cultivator.


    Meng Zhang observed for a while far from the gate of Wanhe mountain and had a new idea.


    He soon left here and wandered around the area around Wanhe mountain.


    However, it took him a few days to meet many monks who returned to Wanhe mountain.


    He easily took down these friars without any effort.


    Some friars disappeared from the world, and some friars left safely and returned to the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    After completing the preliminary layout, Meng Zhang sent it back to the camp.


    Next, he handed over the following things to the trusted dark hall friar, left the camp and took Nanzhu Zhenjun to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang first took Nanzhu Zhenjun to visit her mother-in-law.


    After seeing her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang had the cheek to ask her to help Nanzhu Zhenjun treat his injury.


    Meng Zhang and her mother-in-law have known each other for so many years, and they know a little about her.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi is a rare genius in the cultivation world because she can return to emptiness through scattered cultivation.


    In addition to her profound cultivation, she also has great attainments in cultivating truth and all kinds of skills.


    Among them, her attainments in medical skills are particularly profound, and she is quite famous among the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    With the deepening of Meng Zhang''s cultivation and the growing power of Taiyi sect, mother-in-law Lansi''s attitude towards him is getting better and better.


    Especially after she revealed to Meng Zhang the secret of great changes in the Junchen world last time, their relationship became closer and closer.


    Meng Zhang''s request is just a small effort for her mother-in-law.


    Without Meng Zhang saying anything more, mother-in-law Qiansi directly began to check the physical condition of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    After careful examination, even a medical expert like mother-in-law Qiansi has a headache for Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Medicine can cure all diseases, and the great power of returning to deficiency is not a panacea.


    Lead silk mother-in-law told Meng Zhang that it was basically impossible to completely cure Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    He was seriously injured enough to shake the foundation. Later, he used his secret skills to suppress the injury and forcibly stimulate his final potential to participate in the war.


    During the war, his old wounds were not healed, but new ones were added, and his injuries were more serious.


    Two injuries have completely destroyed his foundation and greatly damaged his life.


    Before he was in the camp, he just forced support by relying on the panacea provided by taiyimen and his own cultivation.


    Mother-in-law is willing to help, but she is also unable to return to heaven.


    The only thing mother-in-law can do is to save Nanzhu Zhenjun''s life for the time being.


    As for his falling accomplishments and lost Shouyuan, the silk pulling mother-in-law can''t do anything.


    Anyway, mother-in-law Qiansi agreed to take action and was able to save Nanzhu Zhenjun''s life. Meng Zhang barely achieved his goal.


    Of course, Meng Zhang once again owed the adult love of mother-in-law Lansi.


    Meng Zhang left Nanzhu Zhenjun with her and received her treatment. He left temporarily to visit old man Yinhu.


    Meng Zhang met the silver pot old man smoothly and reported the current situation of Daheng''s cultivation world to him.


    For Meng Zhang''s achievements, old man Yinhu is still quite satisfied.


    He had given Meng Zhang great support and helped in all aspects, which greatly increased the strength of taiyimen.


    In addition to being optimistic about Meng Zhang and preparing to take Meng Zhang for his own use, he hoped that Meng Zhang could control the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world and not let it out of control.


    Now Meng Zhang has won a decisive victory and completely reversed the overall situation.


    Next, it''s only a matter of time to completely eliminate the demons and completely quell the demonic disaster.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t mean to ask for merit and reward, he still vaguely revealed in his words that he hoped that old man Yinhu could provide more help so that he could completely quell the evil disaster.


    Silver pot old man thought he had given Meng Zhang a lot of help, so he didn''t take Meng Zhang''s words.


    The evil disaster in Daheng''s cultivation world has nothing to do with him. It''s the trouble of Ziyang Shengzong.


    He was only worried that the evil disaster would continue to spread, and even fifth order demons would appear, which would affect him, so he supported Meng Zhang to fight against demons.


    Since the evil disaster has been controlled and will not continue to deteriorate, he no longer cares whether it is completely solved or not.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is so effective that old man Yinhu still appreciates him very much.


    The two talked for a long time. The old man Yinhu, who was in a good mood, also casually pointed out Meng Zhang''s practice.


    Although there is no specific practice method involved, it is just some general content.


    However, Huixu can stand higher and see farther. Meng Zhang has benefited a lot from a few strategically located words.


    After leaving the silver pot old man, Meng Zhang returned to mother-in-law''s residence.


    During this time, mother-in-law Qiansi has completed the treatment of Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    The effect of treatment is much better than that expected by mother-in-law.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s injury basically recovered, but his strength fell sharply and was barely maintained above the bottom line of friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    From then on, he was the lowest among the great friars.


    The longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun is generally between 1800 and 2800, and the limit will not exceed 3000.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun is less than two thousand years old. As a great monk, he had at least eight or nine hundred years of life.


    But now, his remaining life is less than 400 years old.


    Of course, if there are some miraculous drugs or objects that can prolong the life of yuan, they can be more or less effective after taking them.


    Unfortunately, such miraculous medicines or objects that can prolong life can not be found. Once it appears, it will attract countless strong competition.


    Some especially effective spirit objects will covet even the return to emptiness power.


    With the current channels of taiyimen, it is very difficult to get such spirits.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun was very satisfied with the results after treatment.


    This is much better than he originally expected.

 Chapter 1470

    Mother-in-law is also very satisfied with the results of her treatment. She has played a super level this time.


    The more she looked at the wounded Nanzhu Zhenjun, the more pleasing she was to her eyes.


    She especially reminded that Nanzhu Zhenjun could only keep his current accomplishments in any future practice, and his accomplishments could not be improved.


    He should try to avoid shooting in the future, so as not to lose too much energy.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, in particular, can''t do his best to fight the enemy again, otherwise his life will be greatly damaged.


    Every time he goes all out, he is actually consuming his own life.


    Meng Zhang is very concerned about the reminder of mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun can play a great role as long as he sits in taiyimen without shooting.


    But Nanzhu Zhenjun himself didn''t think so.


    Although he was cured by mother-in-law Qiansi this time, his path has been completely destroyed and his accomplishments can''t continue to progress.


    For him, his own life is not the most important. What he attached most importance to was the hatred between and Xiao Qiao.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t made a promise, he would have been desperate to find the enemy and go to hell with him.


    Mother-in-law is very satisfied with the achievements made by Meng Zhang leading taiyimen.


    She revealed to Meng Zhang that the Junchen world was about to undergo great changes, hoping that Meng Zhang could accumulate strength and play a role in the great changes.


    Silver pot old man actively wooed Meng Zhang and hoped that Meng Zhang would become his own man.


    Meng Zhang is willing to work for the silver pot old man, but he doesn''t want to be the iron hand of the silver pot old man, let alone be completely bound with him.


    Although the silver pot old man is powerful in returning to emptiness, he doesn''t have a high position in the heavenly palace. And he is not so reliable.


    The most important thing is that his use of Meng Zhang is too obvious, far less sincere than her mother-in-law.


    Face to face, Meng Zhang will not become a vassal of mother-in-law.


    In his opinion, it is a matter of mutual assistance and mutual benefit to cooperate with these great powers, not to become their slaves.


    After saying goodbye to her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun left the heavenly palace directly.


    After returning to the Junchen world, Nanzhu Zhenjun offered to sit in Zhiyuan city.


    With such a great monk, even if he doesn''t fight, it''s enough to frighten the nearby forces.


    Seeing the reversal of the situation, we can see the dawn of calming the demon disaster. Meng Zhang had to start to strengthen the preparedness of his allies.


    Uneven distribution of stolen goods and conflict of interest may turn allies into enemies.


    The black jade forest is too strong. Meng Zhang must give in as much as possible, but this concession is not without a bottom line.


    Shui nationality is the weakest of the three. Meng Zhang wants to fight and pull, mainly to win over.


    In the Daheng cultivation world, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi, led by a large army of monks, have begun to sweep away all demon groups.


    On the other side of the monsters in the black jade forest, as long as the monsters no longer take the initiative to provoke them, they don''t have much will to eliminate the monsters.


    In the last war, in addition to the heavy losses of the Terran friars, the troops sent by the black jade forest and the aquarium were almost wiped out.


    The strength of the black jade forest is strong, and the monster army sent is nothing. Even if it is all lost, its high-level can bear it calmly.


    However, the strength of the aquarium is much weaker. The mermaid king is also a sincere guy. The last time he sent the aquarium army, he did not ambush, but actually sent the main force of the aquarium.


    As a result, after a big war, not only the aquarium army was almost lost, but also the mermaid king himself was seriously injured and had to go back to heal.


    When the mermaid King healed, the mermaid son of the LORD had no long-term vision like the mermaid king.


    This guy only knows how to preserve his strength and refuses to send an aquarium army to fight against demons again.


    In this way, the responsibility of eliminating the demons in the great horizontal cultivation world fell almost entirely on the head of the Terran friars.


    Fortunately, in addition to the expeditionary army led by taiyimen, through the efforts of this period of time, taiyimen also accommodated and attracted many local friars who remained in the Dharma world.


    A few remnant sects, led by SONGFENG sect, also led by Taiyi sect, participated in the elimination of demons.


    It will be a long and arduous task to completely eliminate all the demons in the great horizontal cultivation world. There may be some repetition in the middle.


    Since he began to clean up the demons, Niu Dawei, who was in charge of the matter, went all out and hardly bothered Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that there was not much need for action, Meng Zhang hardly calmed down and began to practice.


    Meng Zhang sent it to the underworld. He took Zhiyang fruit and cathode grass from his external incarnation Taimiao and brought them back to the Yang world.


    At the right time, Meng Zhang took the two strange flowers and fruits and began to refine the spell.


    Concentrate on one thing, time always flies.


    In a twinkling of an eye, more than two years have passed, and Meng Zhang has preliminarily completed refining.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, more than two years of closed door practice is not worth mentioning at all. It is almost equivalent to taking a nap.


    However, Meng Zhang initially refined two kinds of strange flowers and fruits, and achieved a huge harvest, which is almost comparable to the 200 years of closed door practice on weekdays.


    Moreover, a large part of the drug power has not been completely refined and has been stored in his body so far.


    As time goes on, he will continue to practice, and these medicinal powers will be released slowly, greatly enhancing his cultivation.


    Wonderful. The two wonderful flowers and fruits obtained this time are too helpful to Meng Zhang. It saved him at least 200 years of hard work and made his cultivation a big step forward.


    If the cultivation in the future is so smooth, it is not far away for Meng Zhang to enter the later stage of Yuanshen and begin to accumulate strength and impact the Yang God.


    After leaving the customs, Meng Zhang made a special trip back to Jiuqu province.


    During the years of Jiuqu Province, it can be said that it was calm and there were no waves.


    With the news of victory in the Daheng cultivation world, the cultivation forces here became more and more honest.


    The rule of taiyimen gradually went deep into every corner of Jiuqu province and began to be slowly accepted by those Xiuzhen forces in the south.


    Now, with the exception of a group of big businesses with special circumstances, such as the Datong business alliance, it is becoming more and more difficult for other Xiuzhen forces to resist the control of taiyimen.


    Especially as taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng cultivate more and more Yuanshen Zhenjun, there are no blind guys who dare to challenge the authority of taiyimen.


    The base camp of Jiuqu province has remained stable, and Meng Zhang is very satisfied.


    This allows him to concentrate on fighting in the Daheng cultivation world and provide continuous support for the war there.


    Meng Zhang first took a look at the Haoyuan jade mine hidden underground and talked with the yuan God friar sitting here.


    An Muran, who was originally sitting here, was still injured. When other yuan God friars in the door were free, he returned to the sect door and continued to close the door to heal his wounds.

 Chapter 1471

    This yuan Shen friar, named Li boqian, is one of the three new yuan Shen Zhenjun in Taiyi sect some time ago.


    Li boqian was the elder of taiyimen before he was promoted to the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Today''s taiyimen is not the end of that year.


    When Taiyi sect was the most depressed, even the friars in the Qi refining period could be the elders of the sect.


    After the rise of taiyimen, the internal organization has undergone many reforms.


    In the current Taiyi sect, if you want to become an elder, you can either be a true monarch of the yuan God, or a golden elixir immortal with deep qualifications or special skills.


    The thick earth God once left a profound earth teacher inheritance in taiyimen.


    Later, many ancient books were obtained in the gate, which gradually complemented and strengthened the inheritance of local teachers.


    Li boqian was originally the best local teacher in the gate. He was good at looking for dragons, acupoints and minerals.


    He went deep into the underground veins many times and combed and strengthened many spiritual veins.


    He has found many kinds of minerals of different grades and has made great contributions to the sect many times.


    This time, friar taiyimen accidentally found this Haoyuan jade mine underground, which interested Li boqian.


    When he was free, he took the initiative to take the place of anmuran and survey the ore vein.


    After the leader Meng Zhang came here, he took the initiative to report to Meng Zhang.


    The reserves of this Haoyuan jade mine are not too large, but the grade and quality are very high.


    If we do not carry out destructive mining, but carefully breed, we can continuously produce Haoyuan jade crystals.


    The only piece of Haoyuan chalcedony produced in this mine has been taken by him and handed over to the large storehouse in the door.


    If we can increase investment and cultivate and breed for a long time, we are likely to continue to produce Haoyuan chalcedony.


    Haoyuan jade crystal is worth mentioning. Haoyuan chalcedony is a spiritual thing that helps to break through the Yuanshen period. It can be found outside.


    For a clan, it is more related to its survival.


    Meng Zhang instructed Li boqian to make every effort to ensure the output of Haoyuan chalcedony no matter how much resources are invested and how much price is paid.


    When necessary, the output of Haoyuan jade crystal can even be sacrificed.


    Meng Zhang''s instructions are in line with Li boqian''s wishes. In fact, he has already begun to work hard in this direction.


    In the inheritance of his practice, there are the contents of breeding minerals, cultivating veins and improving minerals.


    Before Meng Zhang arrived, he used some resources and made some attempts.


    Now with the order of leader Meng Zhang, he can use the resources of the whole sect to breed Haoyuan chalcedony.


    After checking the situation of Haoyuan jade mine and communicating with Li boqian, Meng Zhang returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Meng Zhang met with the menzhong Presbyterian Church and asked about the general situation.


    An Muran is healing in isolation, and Meng Zhang doesn''t bother him.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has led an expeditionary army to the Daheng Xiuzhen world, and there is not much time to return to the Taiyi gate.


    The left behind taiyimen elders are very capable. They not only maintain the stability of taiyimen and the whole Jiuqu Province, but also provide all kinds of support to the expedition army.


    Although Meng Zhang has been on the front line, he has never cut off contact with the rear.


    He was very familiar with the situation in the rear, encouraged several left behind elders to say a few words, and went to the Sutra Pavilion alone.


    Last time, with the help of Taimiao, he took back the treasure left by the ancestors of Taiyi sect from the underworld.


    Among these treasures, what he paid most attention to was actually that heavy ancient book.


    This ancient book needs the original God Zhenjun to release his divine thoughts for reading.


    In particular, the more important the classics are in the back, the higher the requirements for the reader''s cultivation.


    In many places, at least the later cultivation of Yuanshen can be read smoothly.


    There are some hidden contents in the classics. Even Meng Zhang''s previous accomplishments are difficult to read.


    Since he got this book, Meng Zhang also spent a lot of time reading and understanding.


    It records many cultivation experiences and insights about the yuan Shen period. After Meng Zhang read it, he applied it to his own cultivation, which can be said to benefit a lot.


    However, Meng Zhang was later busy with the devil disaster affairs in the Daheng cultivation world, so he didn''t have much free time to read and understand this classic.


    So he put this book in the Sutra Pavilion at the mountain gate for all the yuan God Zhenjun to read and understand.


    Now, he not only made up for the lack of foundation, but also made great progress in cultivation. He can make plans for the next step of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang estimated that before long, his later cultivation of Yuanshen would be complete.


    At that time, he will be ready to attack the Yang God period.


    If the monks in the later period of Yuanshen want to advance to the Yang God period, they must pass the thunder robbery.


    In order to get through the thunder robbery, you can''t just rely on hard practice. You must have a special secret method to get through the robbery.


    Meng Zhang once met people such as the true king of Tianzhu and the old leader of Huanglian sect.


    They just couldn''t get through the thunder robbery, so they had to take opportunistic measures and take some crooked means, which finally harmed themselves.


    There was also the Qing Gu Zhen Jun of the Qing Yuan sect. In order to obtain the secret method of crossing the robbery, he did not hesitate to sell the sect door and take refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    The secret Dharma of crossing robbery is a real secret in the cultivation world. It is difficult to succeed through normal means.


    Even in the heavenly palace, it is difficult to exchange for the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Although Meng Zhang has a good relationship with silver pot old man and lead silk mother-in-law, if he rashly opens his mouth to ask them for the secret method of crossing the robbery, most of them will not tell him easily.


    Meng Zhang returned to the Mountain Gate this time to see if he could find the secret method of crossing the robbery in the classics.


    Otherwise, he would have to find another way to get the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    After taking out the book from the core area of the Sutra Pavilion, Meng Zhang released his divine thoughts and began to read it.


    He skipped the front part and read the hidden part directly behind.


    After his great progress in cultivation, he still wants to read the text of the secret law. Meng Zhang''s current cultivation is still slightly insufficient.


    The master of Taiyi sect, who refined this classic, spent a lot of time.


    The younger generation friars must have the minimum strength to impact the Yang God period before they can read the text of the secret law.


    Meng Zhang could not read the text of the secret law, which showed that his current cultivation was not enough to impact the Yang God period.


    This not only did not make Meng Zhang feel depressed, but made him very excited.


    The secret method of getting through the thunder robbery has finally been found. I should really thank the ancestors of Taiyi sect.


    Until now, Meng Zhang''s knowledge of taiyimen in its heyday is limited.


    Taiyimen in its heyday had a deeper inside story than Meng Zhang imagined.

 Chapter 1472

    The preface that Meng Zhang can read briefly introduces the secret method of crossing robbery.


    There is more than one secret method of robbing people in the cultivation world, and the number is more than Meng Zhang imagined.


    There are also high and low among these secret methods of crossing and robbing.


    The skillful secret method of crossing the calamity can not only help practitioners survive the thunder calamity safely, but also enable practitioners to obtain benefits as much as possible in the thunder calamity, so as to lay a solid foundation for future cultivation.


    The common thunder robbery secret method not only has a low probability of success, but also the practitioners get little benefit from thunder robbery. Even if the practitioners barely survive the thunder disaster, their future achievements are limited.


    In the introduction, this robbery crossing secret method inherited from the ancestors of Taiyi sect is very clever and rare.


    Practitioners who practice this secret Dharma not only have a high success rate, but also are very good for their future practice.


    If he hadn''t seen these contents, Meng Zhang didn''t know. There are so many stresses in the secret method of crossing robbery.


    He can guess without being reminded. If there is no inheritance of Taiyi sect, he will search outside. Even if he is lucky enough to start a robbery crossing secret method, they are all very common goods, far less clever than the inheritance of the sect.


    He could even guess that the secret method of crossing the robberies that Qing Gu Zhenjun obtained from the Dali imperial dynasty when he betrayed the sect was mostly not a first-class thing.


    Otherwise, he would not have survived the thunder robbery for so many years and finally died at the hands of Meng Zhang.


    In its heyday, Taiyi sect suffered doom. The sect declined to the extreme and became a small sect for refining Qi.


    It is with the perseverance and careful cultivation of the leader Meng Zhang that taiyimen has the day to rise again.


    In this process, Meng Zhang also continued to receive various heritages left by the sect''s ancestors.


    In addition, the increasingly powerful sects are also helping Meng Zhang in all aspects.


    The door and the individual complement each other and achieve each other, which will inevitably become a good story in the cultivation world in the future.


    Meng Zhang was determined after reading the introduction of the preface.


    Think about those practitioners in the cultivation world who have to pay all kinds of costs in order to obtain the secret Dharma of salvation and robbery, and even fall into the devil''s way. Meng Zhang, who has the shadow of his ancestors, feels that his family is extremely lucky.


    He put the book away again and left the Sutra Pavilion.


    Now he can''t read the specific content of the robbery crossing secret method. He''s not in a hurry.


    This is actually a kind of screening or a threshold.


    Only when his cultivation continues to improve and he can read the contents of the robbery crossing secret method can he be qualified to take the initiative to go through the thunder robbery.


    I haven''t been back to the mountain gate for a long time. Daheng Xiuzhen doesn''t need his hand for the time being. Meng Zhang stayed a little longer and handled some affairs in the gate by the way.


    Then Meng Zhang inspected the taiyimen territory.


    Now the territory of taiyimen is incomparably vast. The whole endless sand sea, Gobi, Yuantu prairie and the north of Jiuqu province are the territory absolutely controlled by taiyimen.


    In addition to a large number of taiyimen strongholds, there are also many vassal Xiuzhen forces.


    The foundation of Taiyi gate lies in minerals, spiritual fields, square cities, towns where mortals live, and hundreds of millions of mortals.


    When Meng Zhang flew over the sky and looked at everything below, it was hard to hide his pride and an uncontrollable sense of achievement.


    Due to the policy of division and disintegration of the Taiyi gate, the forces of truth cultivation have been divided and even become enemies with each other. It is no longer possible to unite against the Taiyi gate.


    If taiyimen were not busy with the war in the Daheng cultivation world and lack of manpower, they would have established a stronghold in the south.


    Although there were many conscripted friars as cannon fodder, the disciples of Taiyi sect still suffered heavy losses in the wars.


    In the later battle to eliminate demons, losses can not be avoided.


    Fortunately, taiyimen has a huge territory and a large population, which can continuously provide fresh blood for zongmen.


    The step-by-step training system for disciples within the sect has long been mature, which can ensure that subsequent disciples become useful in batches.


    As the Taiyi gate occupies more territory and has more resources, the various expenses spent on cultivating younger disciples are also rising.


    Although the cost of taiyimen is also huge, it bears a huge burden because of the perennial war.


    But the disciples, especially the low-level disciples, have more and more superior cultivation conditions.


    The last stop of Meng Zhang''s inspection tour was the periphery of daze.


    A team of monsters from the black jade forest, several tribes of barbarians outside the territory, and some taiyimen friars constitute the basic force to defend against foreign invaders.


    Of course, it was the great monk Youhuan Zhenjun who played the greatest deterrent role.


    In recent years, I don''t know whether Youhuan Zhenjun is too powerful or for other reasons. There are few foreign invaders in the clouds.


    At most, there are several teams composed of low-level demon and spirit families. They occasionally move outside the cloud daze, and some small-scale conflicts break out with the defenders outside from time to time.


    As for the battle between the high-level strong, it is basically extinct.


    According to the investigation of taiyimen friar, the extraterritorial invaders in the cloud daze contracted again, shrinking the main force to the depths of the cloud daze.


    Meng Zhang knew that the cross-border transmission array had been built in the clouds and fog, and that it was almost impossible to build this large array successfully.


    But there were still some hidden worries in his heart.


    However, even if he is not at ease, he has no ability to ask about what happened in the fog.


    We should distinguish the priorities and priorities in doing things. His main energy now is still to focus on the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang made a special trip to visit Youhuan Zhenjun.


    After the two met, Youhuan Zhenjun was still silent.


    Youhuan Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that she couldn''t continue to sit here.


    In a few months at most, she will return to the dark League.


    You Huan Zhenjun has been here for so long and played a great role. Meng Zhang has always been very grateful.


    The notification before she left also gave Meng Zhang sufficient reaction time.


    However, it is not easy to find another big monk to sit here.


    Finally, Meng Zhang had to ask Nanzhu Zhenjun to sit here for a while.


    According to Youhuan Zhenjun, she didn''t have a chance to fight these years.


    All the strong foreign invaders have become shrinking turtles.


    Although Nanzhu Zhenjun is inconvenient to fight, he only needs to show his accomplishments. Presumably, those foreign invaders won''t ask for trouble and take the initiative to provoke him.


    You know, even among the foreign invaders in the cloud daze, there are only one or two who can compete with the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun sits here and probably doesn''t need to fight. He just plays a deterrent role.

 Chapter 1473

    The handover between Youhuan Zhenjun and Nanzhu Zhenjun is very simple. It can be said that there is nothing else except a few words.


    Before Youhuan Zhenjun left, Meng Zhang not only promised the reward in advance, but also sent a heavy gift.


    Youhuan Zhenjun didn''t say much, but looked at Meng Zhang with deep meaning and left in this way.


    From then on, it was Nanzhu Zhenjun who sat down outside daze and monitored the movements of foreign invaders inside.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay here too long, so he sent it directly back to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, who came from casual cultivation, has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years and has rich experience in all aspects. Meng Zhang has nothing to worry about.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Zhiyuan City, he began to pay attention to the magic disaster.


    When Meng Zhang closed the door to refine strange flowers and fruits, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi led the army of friars on many occasions and achieved many results.


    There was no trend of large-scale alliance among the major demon groups in the Daheng cultivation world, but conflicts and even wars broke out among each other.


    Demons have a tradition of swallowing each other.


    The more demons with similar strength, the more they target each other.


    Because it devours each other, it is of the greatest benefit to our family and can greatly improve our strength.


    If there are no demons with absolute strong power to overwhelm all demons, it will be difficult for these demons to really unite.


    Even because of interests, occasionally several demon groups temporarily unite.


    First, it can not last long; second, it can not trust each other too much; third, it will not be too large.


    Now there are more than hundreds of demons, large and small, in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    The temporary combination of a few demon groups will not affect the overall situation at all.


    Unless there is a powerful demon like the black gold devil or South China, and most of the demon groups are unified, it can pose a fatal threat to the current expedition army.


    In the current state of the major demon groups, it is only a matter of time before they are broken by the human friars.


    Since Niu Dawei and Niu Dawei were entrusted with the task of sweeping away demons, and they did a good job, Meng Zhang stopped paying attention.


    In addition, in the process of sweeping away demons, Taiyi gate began to occupy the territory of Daheng cultivation world, seize important resource points, and even occupy the mountain gates of various cultivation forces.


    Taiyimen''s biggest worry at present is the serious shortage of manpower.


    The demons have not been completely eliminated. We must ensure the combat effectiveness of the expedition army, and we can''t draw too many monks from it.


    The number of monks carrying out occupation missions is too small. It is far from enough to organize a minimum defense system or maintain formal occupation.


    The great horizontal cultivation world is too big. There are too many empty territories after the magic disaster.


    Hundreds of monks scattered it like a bowl of pepper and soon disappeared.


    In addition, the area occupied by demons has a strange smell and strong demonic gas, which must be purified as soon as possible.


    Taiyimen wants to control the great horizontal cultivation world in the future, which has become an unavoidable responsibility.


    To purify these areas, we need to invest countless human and material resources.


    Taiyimen needs to pay a lot before swallowing the fat of Daheng Xiuzhen world, which is an extremely heavy burden on his back.


    Even if there is a huge territorial support behind Taiyi gate and the old man Yinhu secretly helped him a few years ago, he began to feel hard at this time.


    The zongmen''s savings over the years have long been exhausted. In addition to collecting materials from the major Xiuzhen forces under them, taiyimen also has a heavy debt outside.


    In taiyimen''s current situation, there are not many loan objects that can be found.


    Meng Zhang walked around a few years ago, pulled down his face, and finally got some harvest.


    The Dark Alliance branch in taiyimen has always been presided over by Shushan Zhenjun, who has made friends with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang had the cheek to speak, Shushan Zhenjun also tried his best to support him.


    Of course, the resources that Shushan Zhenjun can mobilize are limited, and he can''t borrow too much.


    In the heavenly palace, taiyimen borrowed a large amount of spirit stones and various materials from the Hailing sect with its own property in the Junchen world as collateral.


    As the Hailing sect is facing the great pressure of the Holy Land zongmen Zhenhai hall, its help to taiyimen is very limited.


    In addition, introduced by Qianying Zhenjun, taiyimen borrowed a large number of Lingshi, Jiutian essence and Yuqing LINGJI from Tiangong Dark Alliance branch with its industry in Tiangong as collateral.


    ¡­¡­


    The interest of Shushan Zhenjun and hailing sect is the friendship price, but the Dark Alliance branch in the heavenly palace slaughtered Taiyi sect.


    For emergency, Meng Zhang only recognized the high interest.


    Taiyimen paid such a high price in order to capture the Daheng cultivation world, but they didn''t get income for a long time. They always paid.


    Although no one at the top of taiyimen dared to publicly oppose Meng Zhang''s decision, it is inevitable that there are some complaints in private.


    Meng Zhang has always believed that the difficulties are only temporary. As long as we get through the current difficulties, taiyimen will usher in new development.


    From the overall situation, the actions of taiyimen in the Daheng cultivation world are becoming more and more smooth.


    The expeditionary army led by taiyimen is the most powerful force in the world of Daheng cultivation.


    Any other forces of cultivating truth have neither the ability nor the courage to confront taiyimen head-on.


    After these years of changes, the remnants of the great horizontal cultivation world have long been scattered and out of shape.


    If you are more knowledgeable and submit to the Taiyi gate early, you can keep the inheritance of the clan or family, and at most lose some interests.


    But if you don''t know how to live or die, blindly exclude foreigners as before, and have to secretly resist taiyimen, there will be only a dead end.


    In troubled times, no one will be soft hearted.


    Anyway, now the demons are still raging in the Daheng cultivation world. Some unknown cultivation forces are suddenly destroyed and disappear. It must have been done by the demons and has nothing to do with others.


    At this time, taiyimen is short of manpower, and many resources are unable to be developed.


    Taiyimen is very welcome for all monks to take refuge.


    Even taiyimen is willing to pay some price to actively recruit a large number of monks for their own use.


    These solicited friars can''t enter Taiyi gate, but they can serve as a vassal of Taiyi gate and help Taiyi gate develop local resources. They only need to ensure that they pay tribute on time and in quantity.


    If the evil disaster had not completely subsided, Meng Zhang was ready to move some truth cultivation forces in the south of Jiuqu province to the Daheng truth cultivation world in the name of enfeoffment.


    This will not only help taiyimen to completely control the south of Jiuqu Province, but also help to develop the resources of Daheng cultivation world.


    These cultivation forces have moved to the Daheng cultivation world, which is completely foreign households.


    If you want to gain a foothold here, you must closely rely on taiyimen.

 Chapter 1474

    Taiyi sect has paid so much for the great horizontal cultivation world. It is determined to win, not to lose.


    Most of the time, Meng Zhang sits in charge of the Dharma cultivation world and deals with all kinds of situations.


    Not long after he was in Zhiyuan City, Xiao Liang of Ziyang Shengzong sent a message inviting him to the heavenly palace for a while.


    Although he and Xiao Liang have not completely torn their faces, many conflicts with Xiao Qiao have made Meng Zhang and the Xiao family enemies.


    If it hadn''t been for the Xiao family''s great power in the Ziyang holy sect, Meng Zhang would have started with Xiao Qiao long ago.


    Meng Zhang kept in mind the repeated suppression and framing of the Xiao family and never forgot it.


    This time, Xiao Liang summoned Meng Zhang in the name of Ziyang saint.


    In any case, Ziyang Shengzong is the ruler of the north of Junchen world, and its status should be recognized even in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and decided to meet Xiao Liang to see what his purpose was.


    At this time, Taiyi gate should not be officially hostile to Ziyang Shengzong.


    He had already betrayed the Dali imperial dynasty and joined the command of Ziyang Shengzong. If he rebelled again, I''m afraid there would be no place for Taiyi gate in Junchen world.


    Moreover, although the Xiao family is a big family in the Ziyang holy sect, it is impossible to cover up the sky with one hand.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court are entangled. If the senior leaders of Ziyang Shengzong have a little brain, they should know that this is not the time to force against Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang left Zhiyuan city and went directly to the heavenly palace. He went to the residence of Ziyang Shengzong and met Xiao Liang, the person in charge.


    An old fox like Xiao Liang has a thick skin, as if the conflict with Meng Zhang had never happened before.


    He seems to have forgotten his suppression of Meng Zhang and his attempt to frame Meng Zhang, and greeted him very warmly.


    Meng Zhang was also gentle, even somewhat humble, and accompanied Xiao Lianggui to pull up.


    They talked aimlessly for a long time. Xiao Liang didn''t take the initiative to get to the point. Meng Zhang pretended to be stupid, as if he didn''t know anything.


    After chatting for a while, Xiao Liang felt that it was no way for them to talk so nonsense, so he had to get to the point.


    Originally, Xiao Qiao borrowed the resources of the Xiao family and used the name of Ziyang Shengzong to contact various forces in the Daheng cultivation world, organized a large army of monks, and vowed to eradicate demons and quell demonic disasters.


    He not only got the strong support of the Xiao family, but also some people at the top of Ziyang Shengzong were optimistic about him.


    Xiao Qiao originally thought he could make great contributions, so he came into the sight of the high-level of Ziyang Shengzong to get capital for himself.


    Unfortunately, when he suffered a disastrous defeat last time, he not only lost all his capital, but also managed to escape from life.


    The casualties of local practitioners in Daheng cultivation world, whether Xiao Liang or Xiao Qiao, are not the same thing.


    Even the monks sent by Xiao Liang to help Xiao Qiao can sacrifice at any time.


    Just experienced such a failure, and the result can''t be concealed at all.


    In the eyes of some people at the top of Ziyang Shengzong, they have no good impression of Xiao bridge and the whole Xiao family.


    Xiao Qiao has great ambition but little talent, has high eyes but low hands, and lacks the minimum ability to distinguish.


    In order to support Xiao bridge, the Xiao family did not hesitate to sacrifice the interests of the sect to suppress the truly capable people.


    After the tragic defeat of Xiao Qiao, many people thought that the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world must be out of control, and the situation was about to get out of control.


    At that time, some people in Ziyang Shengzong felt that they could not continue to ignore the magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world.


    We must draw enough strength from the battlefield hostile to the Dali imperial dynasty and give priority to quelling the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Of course, most of the high-level people of Ziyang Shengzong are unwilling to change the established strategy and think that they should continue to give priority to the Dali Dynasty.


    To this end, Ziyang Shengzong also fell into a debate.


    At this time, Meng Zhang led the army of friars, achieved a decisive victory against the demon army, and completely reversed the situation.


    Thinking of Xiao Qiao''s attack on Meng Zhang and Xiao Liang''s suppression on Meng Zhang, things began to become very interesting.


    Although a big family like the Xiao family has great influence in the Ziyang holy sect, many people hold important positions in the sect.


    But similarly, the Xiao family also has competitors in Ziyang Shengzong.


    It''s rare to catch the basket of the Xiao family. Those competitors started to attack the Xiao family one after another.


    The Xiao family can not take the criticism of outsiders to heart, but they can''t ignore the attack from the inside of the sect.


    If you really make the sect leaders feel that the Xiao family is useless, it will inadvertently cause a lot of trouble to the Xiao family''s children.


    After some discussion within the Xiao family, it is felt that it is necessary to tie the bell to solve the bell. If you want to resolve the accusations and attacks from the sect, you should start with Meng Zhang.


    So a group of elders in the family made a decision soon after discussion.


    Xiao Liang summoned Meng Zhang this time just for this matter.


    After getting to the point, he first said a few words lightly, saying that he had some misunderstandings about Meng Zhang before, which led to some misunderstandings.


    Now, these misunderstandings have disappeared and the misunderstandings have naturally been clarified.


    From then on, he will treat Meng Zhang correctly.


    Between words, he pretended to inadvertently introduce the strength of the Xiao family, especially the influence of the Xiao family in Ziyang Shengzong.


    Xiao Jiansheng of the Xiao family, as the sage of Ziyang, walks around the world and is deeply valued by the great power of returning to emptiness in the door. He was cultivated as the seed of returning to emptiness of the sect.


    If Xiao Jiansheng becomes the great power of returning to emptiness in the future, the Xiao family will become the leading family in Ziyang holy sect and master the power of Ziyang holy sect.


    Although Meng Zhang had limited understanding of the internal situation of Ziyang Shengzong, he still heard that there were many exaggerations in Xiao Liang''s words.


    However, Meng Zhang not only didn''t expose him, but followed him and flattered the Xiao family.


    Say a few good words and you have no loss, but you can paralyze each other. Why not?


    Although Meng Zhang regarded Xiao Liang, Xiao Qiao and the whole Xiao family as mortal enemies in his heart.


    But before he has enough strength, he won''t show it easily.


    Meng Zhang''s good words can''t deceive Xiao Liang, but Meng Zhang''s attitude is exactly what Xiao Liang needs.


    It seems that in the face of the powerful Xiao family, Meng Zhang dare not show his dissatisfaction even if he is dissatisfied.


    As long as Meng Zhang cares about the Xiao family and is afraid of the Xiao family, it''s good to talk about the next thing.


    After trying to find out Meng Zhang''s attitude, Xiao Liang finally talked about his purpose of summoning Meng Zhang this time.


    He summoned Meng Zhang this time in the hope that Meng Zhang would accept Xiao Qiao, let Xiao Qiao join Taiyi gate, and then eliminate demons and quell demonic disasters.


    With Xiao Qiao''s experience, Xiao Liang will have a fair saying both internally and externally.

 Chapter 1475

    Hearing Xiao Liang''s words, Meng Zhang was so angry that he almost couldn''t suppress it.


    At this time, the Xiao family still wants to take advantage of themselves.


    Xiao Liang''s purpose is very clear to Meng Zhang.


    As long as Xiao Qiao participates in the next action, the Xiao family will find a way to cover up their last defeat.


    Meng Zhang has even helped the Xiao family to think out a speech.


    Xiao Qiao''s last failure was only a temporary setback. It was an action taken to paralyze the demon.


    In fact, Xiao Qiao has been working together with Meng Zhang before he had a great victory.


    Of course, such a statement can''t deceive the discerning, but it''s just a reason.


    With this reason, the Xiao family can claim that Meng Zhang has always been under the control of the Xiao family, and the Xiao family has never lost control of the situation in Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    For the high-level of Ziyang Shengzong, the Xiao family just wants to show that they have been actively making up for their previous mistakes and achieved success.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know the twists and turns, he knew that the Xiao family wanted to use themselves again.


    Meng Zhang was shocked by the impudence of the Xiao family.


    Good horses don''t eat back. Since Meng Zhang decided to be the enemy of the Xiao family, he didn''t want to be subordinate to the Xiao family again and let the Xiao family drive him.


    Meng Zhang was ready to rebuff Xiao Liang, and Haosheng laughed at him, but his heart suddenly moved.


    Meng Zhang promised Nanzhu Zhenjun to kill Xiao Qiao and help him take revenge.


    Meng Zhang himself did not want to let Xiao Qiao go.


    However, if Xiao Qiao has been hiding in Ziyang Shengzong or Tiangong, Meng Zhang has nothing to do with him.


    Although Nanzhu Zhenjun never urged Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was unwilling to delay the matter for too long.


    Only by killing Xiao Qiao, helping Nanzhu Zhenjun take revenge and ending his greatest wish will Nanzhu Zhenjun really return to Taiyi gate.


    Now, if Xiao Qiao wants to participate in the suppression of demons again, he must enter the Daheng cultivation world.


    As long as Xiao Qiao entered the realm of Da Heng cultivation, Meng Zhang had many ways to make him die imperceptibly.


    Of course, if Xiao Qiao died in the Daheng cultivation world, Meng Zhang must have something to do with it.


    Even if he is innocent, the Xiao family will doubt him and anger him.


    However, in the current situation of the cultivation world, Ziyang Shengzong has been unable to subdue Dali imperial dynasty and has no time to care about him.


    As long as Meng Zhang''s hands and feet are clean and hidden, the Xiao family will not find any evidence.


    It''s not easy for the Xiao family to attack Meng Zhang like this.


    The worst result was that the Xiao family used their own strength to deal with taiyimen.


    The power of Ziyang Shengzong will not participate in this matter so easily.


    Taiyimen can barely support the Xiao family alone.


    Meng Zhang''s mind turned quickly. In a few words, he considered the pros and cons of the whole thing clearly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t promise Xiao Liang immediately, but showed a embarrassed look on his face and tried to turn off the topic.


    Since Xiao Liang has spoken, Meng Zhang cannot refuse.


    He is a good coercion and inducement. Meng Zhang looks like he has to, and finally agrees.


    However, Meng Zhang also put forward many requirements.


    Xiao Liang bargained with Meng Zhang for a long time and refused those obviously unreasonable conditions.


    Finally, the two sides reached an agreement.


    First of all, for the sake of the past, the Xiao family must pay a large amount of cultivation resources in exchange for Meng Zhang''s generosity and tolerance.


    Secondly, Xiao Qiao will not directly join the expedition army and fight under Meng Zhang''s command.


    He will lead an independent team to fight with the expeditionary army.


    Xiao Qiao will not accept Meng Zhang''s command, and Meng Zhang will not be responsible for his safety.


    In Xiao Liang''s opinion, Meng Zhang would never dare to mess around in the face of the Holy Land Sect.


    His submission this time is a sign of his fear of the Xiao family.


    Xiao Liang never thought about the possibility that Meng Zhang might murder Xiao Qiao.


    Just Meng Zhang, do you really dare to murder the Xiao family and fight against Ziyang Shengzong?


    When Ziyang Shengzong is angry, let alone Meng Zhang, even the whole Taiyi gate will turn into powder.


    Xiao Liang''s unique arrogance of the holy sect friar made him easily accept Meng Zhang''s softness and think that Meng Zhang had succumbed.


    The most powerful demons in Daheng cultivation world have long been killed by Meng Zhang.


    The strength of the remaining demons in Daheng cultivation world is limited. Xiao Qiao is also a Yuanshen friar. As long as he doesn''t die and fall into the siege of demons, he won''t be folded in the hands of demons at all.


    Xiao Qiao''s safety is guaranteed. This time, I went to the Daheng cultivation world, mainly to respond to false stories.


    After the conditions were determined, Xiao Liangcai called Xiao Qiao out and met Meng Zhang.


    People like Xiao Qiao, even if they suffered a disastrous defeat, still don''t think they are wrong.


    Seeing Meng Zhang appear here as a winner, he felt a great sense of humiliation.


    In his opinion, if Meng Zhang had not deliberately spread the news of unknown truth and false, thus misleading his family, his family might not have been secretly attacked by the demon army.


    Even the rebellion of Wanhe mountain may be Meng Zhang''s hands and feet.


    Meng Zhang must have slandered Wanhe mountain and forced Wanhe mountain by various means. Wanhe mountain had to rebel.


    Now, if the elders of the clan want to bow to Meng Zhang, it is simply unacceptable.


    The huge anger made Xiao Qiao hate Xiao Liang, an elder who had always supported him.


    If he didn''t have the last shred of reason in his heart, he couldn''t wait to leave immediately.


    Xiao Qiao stood there without saying a word, his face was cold, and his eyes looked hatred from time to time.


    Xiao Qiao is like this. Do you expect Meng Zhang''s hot face to stick to his cold ass.


    Meng Zhang not only had the heart to kill Xiao Qiao, but also didn''t want to express any goodwill to him on the surface.


    When Xiao Liang handed Xiao Qiao over, he didn''t expect him and Meng Zhang to immediately clear their differences and turn enemies into friends.


    However, in the future, both sides are engaged in activities in the great horizontal cultivation world, and it is inevitable that they will meet again.


    At least the two sides should make a decent effort to maintain face harmony.


    But Xiao Qiao''s attitude made Xiao Liang hard to speak.


    He cursed a few words in his heart.


    How come he never found out before that Xiao Qiao was so desperate for the overall situation.


    Fortunately, he was optimistic about Xiao Qiao and gave him a lot of support.


    Now it seems that Xiao Qiao is really muddy and can''t stick to the wall. He wasted the resources provided by the family and the clan in vain.


    However, no matter what, Xiao Qiao is a member of the Xiao family, and he is also a monk in the period of Yuanshen. Xiao Liang can''t really ignore it completely.


    Xiao Liang smiled and said a few words. He asked Xiao Qiao to step down and gently exposed this unhappiness.


    Meng Zhang showed a little emotion, which he could understand and fully accept.


    If Meng Zhang really doesn''t show any dissatisfaction, it will make Xiao Liang uneasy.


    He must feel that Meng Zhang has a deep mind and doesn''t think about it.

 Chapter 1476

    No matter how unwilling Xiao Qiao was, the family made a decision, and he couldn''t object.


    Meng Zhang was even more hesitant about Xiao Qiao going to the Daheng cultivation world. The last problem was solved.


    Of course, because Xiao Qiao really doesn''t want to be with Meng Zhang, it can only keep both sides at a distance.


    According to Xiao Liang''s arrangement, Xiao Qiao didn''t go to Daheng cultivation world alone, but with a helper.


    Around Xiao Qiao, Xiao Liang specially arranged people to take care of him, and a special person was also responsible for contacting Meng Zhang.


    Xiao Qiao went to Daheng cultivation world to quell the devil disaster this time. He just pretended, but he did a full set of plays. At the right time, he can also fight Taiping boxing to eliminate some demons that are easier to deal with.


    Meng Zhang has no opinion on Xiao Liang''s arrangement.


    Next, Meng Zhang asked Xiao Liang for the compensation materials promised by the Xiao family, left the heavenly palace and returned to the Daheng cultivation world.


    With the materials of the Xiao family, the financial pressure faced by taiyimen has been relieved a little.


    After returning to Zhiyuan City, Meng Zhang began to wait for the opportunity quietly.


    About ten days later, Meng Zhang''s communication magic device given by Ziyang holy sect finally lit up.


    Xiao Qiao took a team to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Beside him was a mid-term friar named Xiao Bosheng, who was responsible for everything in the team.


    Xiao Bosheng was born in the side branch of the Xiao family. He is still an elder of Xiao Qiao.


    His task this time is to look at Xiao Qiao and make sure he won''t make any moths.


    In addition, Xiao Bosheng is also responsible for contacting Meng Zhang and coordinating various affairs.


    Although Meng Zhang had already thought about Xiao Qiao, he was very polite to Xiao Bosheng on the surface.


    As Meng Zhang lowered his posture and deliberately made friends, the two had a pleasant chat.


    After getting familiar with Meng Zhang, Xiao Bosheng was embarrassed to ask.


    He hoped that Meng Zhang could provide some information about demons that were easy to deal with, so that they could move their hands and feet.


    Xiao Bosheng was very considerate. Now that he has reached the Daheng cultivation world, he still has to pretend to destroy some demons as much as possible, so that others have nothing to say.


    Meng Zhang happily agreed to Xiao Bosheng''s small request.


    The army of friars under the command of taiyimen is fighting against the demons. They have collected a lot of intelligence about demons for a long time.


    To meet Xiao Bosheng''s requirements, Meng Zhang only raised a finger.


    After receiving the information provided by Meng Zhang, Xiao Qiao''s small team attacked several times, each time easily won a complete victory and eliminated many low-level demons.


    Xiao Bosheng is very satisfied with this harvest.


    But Xiao Qiao felt a deep sense of humiliation.


    In his opinion, their recent achievements are the gift of Meng Zhang.


    Xiao Qiao was eager to have a big victory and prove himself.


    He wants to tell everyone that his last defeat was a crime of non war.


    His failure was an accident, not that he was incompetent.


    Xiao Bosheng received Xiao Liang''s order and wanted to look at Xiao bridge all the time.


    But we are all members of the Xiao family, especially Xiao Qiao, who is a direct lineage. He is only a collateral lineage. He doesn''t want to offend Xiao Qiao too hard.


    In many cases, he had to give way to and coax Xiao Qiao.


    He also tried his best to meet Xiao Qiao''s modest requirements.


    Xiao Qiao wants to make brilliant achievements and prove himself. It''s not impossible to be ashamed before a snow.


    Of course, Xiao Bosheng will certainly not be willing to take Xiao Qiao to fight with powerful demons and put the team in danger.


    Therefore, Xiao Bosheng secretly contacted Meng Zhang with Xiao Qiao on his back in order to obtain information about high-value targets.


    In the intelligence previously provided to Xiao Bosheng, Meng Zhang ensured the accuracy.


    Now it seems that Xiao Bosheng should be paralyzed by Meng Zhang and believe in Meng Zhang''s sincere cooperation.


    Now Xiao Bosheng wants to advance with an inch, which is exactly what Meng Zhang wants.


    Meng Zhang told Xiao Bosheng that he would attack Wanhe mountain recently.


    After years of preparation, he has enough confidence to break through Wanhe mountain.


    If Xiao Bosheng wants to make contributions, he can lead his team to the war after he breaks through Wanhe mountain.


    Xiao Bosheng is not interested in making achievements, but he is very moved to attack the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    The Xiao family has a strong influence in the holy sect of Ziyang. They have a big family and great cause. It seems that their people don''t have to worry about the cultivation resources.


    But there are so many members of the Xiao family that even Yuanshen Zhenjun is not uncommon.


    As a collateral member, Xiao Bosheng has limited resources.


    Wanheshan is a giant sect in the great horizontal cultivation world, and its wealth can be imagined.


    If Xiao Bosheng enters his mountain gate and loots wantonly, he will certainly gain a lot.


    Perhaps, the harvest of a robbery is far more than his years of sacrifice.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang has said that he will be responsible for breaking Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang has done the most difficult work, which is tantamount to giving Xiao Bosheng a favor for nothing.


    Xiao Bosheng thought for a while and said that Meng Zhang should not deceive or fool him.


    Xiao Bosheng made an appointment with Meng Zhang to attack Wanhe mountain at that time.


    After the team of Xiao family came to Daheng cultivation world, they established a temporary camp not far from Zhiyuan city.


    Xiao Qiao didn''t want to stay with Meng Zhang, so everyone had to satisfy him.


    After Xiao Bosheng returned to the temporary camp, he went directly to see Xiao Qiao.


    He did not say that he had made an appointment with Meng Zhang, but said that Meng Zhang was ready to attack Wanhe mountain. They can take this opportunity to join in the fun.


    In those years, the friars of Wanhe mountain betrayed and took the initiative to release the defense of the camp, which led to the disastrous defeat of the friars'' army.


    This matter has been kept in mind by Xiao Qiao.


    If he hadn''t had no chance, he would have cut all the traitors in Wanheshan.


    Now with this opportunity, he decided to clean up the traitors first, regardless of his hostility to Meng Zhang.


    Since Xiao Qiao had no opinion, Xiao Bosheng asked the whole team to get ready and wait for Meng Zhang''s news.


    Meng Zhang began planning an attack on Wanhe mountain a few years ago.


    The mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain is any strong fortress, which is most easily broken from the inside.


    There are many problems in Wanhe mountain sect. After the last defeat, it is now facing a new situation.


    Meng Zhang believes that not all the disciples of Wanhe mountain are willing to be buried with Wanhe mountain.


    The lie of the top of Wanhe mountain can''t deceive everyone in the door.


    Meng Zhang spread the news that Wanhe mountain was colluding with the demon God, which more or less moved the disciples of Wanhe mountain.


    In particular, the monks of the whole family of Youxiang family have been completely demonized and become demons. In the front, those Wanhe mountain disciples who are unwilling to fall into the devil and become demons should have made a wise choice long ago.

 Chapter 1477

    Inside Wanhe mountain, especially many low-level friars, began to separate from zongmen.


    The original God Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain was controlled by others because he refined the stone embryo produced by the divine stone, so he had to succumb to the mountain chongzhenjun and the evil stone demon God.


    Other monks in Wanhe mountain are absolutely unwilling to become confused demons.


    Meng Zhang came forward in person and secretly captured some monks of Wanhe mountain.


    After some coercion and inducement, he managed to control these friars.


    Later, the friar of taiyimen dark hall took over the follow-up affairs.


    The dark hall is responsible for contacting these friars, continuing to plot more friars and expanding the number of internal staff.


    Even if an Muran, the elder in charge of the dark hall, is still in the mountain gate, which is a foreign country far away from the mountain gate, the dark hall still shows strong ability.


    Over the years, the dark hall friar has developed many talents in Wanhe mountain through various means.


    After such a long time of operation, these products can be used completely.


    Since he decided to fight against Wanhe mountain, the friar of taiyimen dark hall began to make various preparations.


    Now, everything is ready. I only owe Dongfeng. I can do it at any time.


    Meng Zhang and Xiao Bosheng have already made an appointment.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang informed Xiao Bosheng.


    Meng Zhang does not act alone. He takes a small team with strong strength all the time.


    In order to break the mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain in one fell swoop, Wen qiansuan sneaked into the vicinity of Wanhe mountain and began to prepare secretly before Meng Zhang set out.


    Meng Zhang took his second disciple, an Xiaoran, and two old acquaintances, Dong Qiang Zhenjun and Bai Brucea Zhenjun.


    An Xiaoran has been practicing Fusang Sutra for many years and has developed a great sun and true fire. This war is useful to her.


    Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen were originally from the black market and later took refuge in the Dali Dynasty.


    After taiyimen controlled Jiuqu Province, they led the black market branch to move to the territory of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    These big businesses are very greedy, ugly to eat, almost raw and cooked.


    On the territory of these big businesses, there is not much left for the black market.


    The black market branch under the control of Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen was very sad, and even they suffered.


    Since the last big victory, the popularity of Meng Zhang and taiyimen has soared.


    Taiyimen enlisted monks and materials in Jiuqu Province, which became much smoother than before.


    But the oil and water of Jiuqu province has long been raided by taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang does not want to dry up and fish, nor does he want to offend the black market too much.


    This time, Meng Zhang paid a price for recruiting Dong qiangzhen and Bai Brucea.


    Before the recruitment, Meng Zhang clearly told them that the black market under their control would continue to exist in Jiuqu province.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang can provide them with greater living space.


    Dong qiangzhen Jun and Bai bruezhen Jun didn''t mean much to refuse when facing Meng Zhang.


    As long as they want to hang out in Jiuqu Province in the future, they can''t offend Meng Zhang, the ruler.


    There are two more yuan Shen Zhen Jun in the expedition army. Their strength will be improved.


    In addition to taking three Yuanshen friars, Meng Zhang also took a team of Jindan friars.


    They are miscellaneous soldiers cleaning the battlefield.


    When Meng Zhang''s team arrived near Wanhe mountain, the SONGFENG sect team that had already made an appointment with him had been waiting here for a long time.


    SONGFENG sect is still interested in destroying Wanhe mountain, an old enemy.


    Meng Zhang is also willing to enhance the mutual trust between taiyimen and SONGFENG faction and make the relationship between the two sides closer through such joint operations.


    The SONGFENG sect has almost gone all out this time.


    The team is led by three Yuanshen Zhenjun, fengyao Zhenjun, Fengdou Zhenjun and Fengyu Zhenjun.


    The three flying boats behind the three yuan gods Zhenjun were filled with monks in the golden elixir period and the foundation period.


    Without too much greeting, the two sides began to act.


    There is still a long distance from Wanhe mountain.


    They left the flying boat and low-level friars. Meng Zhang personally took all the yuan God Zhenjun and secretly dived near the Wanhe mountain.


    A group of Yuanshen Zhenjun deliberately covered up their deeds, almost without leakage.


    Wanhe mountain has shrunk its power in recent years, and there are many fewer patrol friars around the mountain gate.


    Meng Zhang knew nothing about Wanhe mountain when they arrived at their destination.


    Meng Zhang and his men hid in the ground not far from Wanhe mountain and waited quietly for the signal of Wen qiansuan.


    The mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain is a four-level array, which has been operated for many years. It has almost become an iron bucket without any flaws.


    Although Taiyi sect has developed some insiders in Wanhe mountain, these insiders are mainly low-level disciples, and the highest accomplishments are only two golden elixir immortal.


    Cultivation determines the status. The status of these insiders is not enough to control the whole mountain protection array.


    In fact, Wanhe mountain has arranged the yuan God Zhenjun to take turns to protect the mountain array from weak links all the time.


    The original God Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain is completely controlled by the mountain chongzhenjun, and life and death are tied to the hand of the demon God.


    They have long accepted the reality and will never betray.


    The plan of taiyimen is to let these insiders take advantage of the opportunity of rotation to temporarily master a corner of the mountain protection array.


    Then he and Wen qiansuan should cooperate with each other to break a temporary gap in the array.


    When the gap appeared, Meng Zhang and these Yuanshen Zhenjun immediately rushed in from the gap and continued to expand the gap until the whole mountain protection array completely lost its function.


    Because the battlefield to sweep away demons also needs a lot of manpower, Meng Zhang''s manpower is limited this time. We must ensure that one hit will be hit, and we must not get entangled with the enemy.


    The key to the success or failure of this operation is all in the hands of Wen qiansuan.


    Wen Qian was not only Taiyi gate, but also a special long howl sounded.


    This is the signal of wenqiansuan.


    Meng Zhang jumped up from the ground with several yuan gods and Zhenjun, and jumped forward like lightning.


    Before he got close, Meng Zhang found that there were many large and small gaps on the thick mask in front of him.


    Wen qiansuan is standing outside this light mask and trying to expand these gaps.


    Meng Zhang rushed in through a gap.


    After breaking into the mountain protection array, Meng Zhang didn''t care about anything. According to Wen qiansuan''s previous account, he immediately sacrificed the void tripod and tried his best to shake the surrounding space.


    The whole mountain protection array began to vibrate, and huge space cracks appeared out of thin air, cutting many parts of the mountain protection array.


    The speed of other Yuanshen Zhenjun was not much slower than that of Meng Zhang. They also rushed into the big array and began to attack all nodes of the big array according to the guidance of Wen qiansuan.

 Chapter 1478

    As a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun entered the array and began to destroy wantonly, trying to destroy all the key nodes of the array, the whole array soon became shaky.


    Today, the Yuanshen friar of Wanhe mountain, who was on duty in the protection array, killed the old opponent with a spirit snake spear and a taiyifen lightsaber.


    Meng Zhang was able to defeat Shanzhong Zhenjun and kill him. Today, he is full of confidence and admits that he is just repeating the process of that year.


    Facing the old enemy Meng Zhang, shanchongzhenjun is also a new enemy and old hatred. He can''t bear it.


    Meng Zhang dared to take the initiative to kill him. He really regarded him as a soft persimmon.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun shouted angrily and killed him fiercely.


    Two great friars in the later period of Yuanshen flew high into the sky and launched a fierce fight between life and death.


    I saw the sword light shining in the sky, the sword Qi was like a rainbow, and the Qi strength was empty, like thunder.


    At the bottom, Meng Zhang brought this group of Yuanshen friars to the friars of Wanhe mountain. It''s like a tiger into a wolf group. No one can stop it.


    Those Yuanshen Zhenjun in Wanhe mountain have been decadent even though they dare not resist since they learned that the stone tire they refined was controlled by Shanzhong Zhenjun and the evil stone demon God.


    Who is a monk who can cultivate to the realm of Yuanshen, who is not a person with perseverance and own ideas?


    If life and death are not in the hands of people, they can''t resist. Where are they willing to accept the current situation?


    Not to mention the yuan God friar, even ordinary people don''t want to be completely controlled by others.


    Now the strong enemy is attacking, even the biggest mountain protection array has been broken so quickly, and chongzhenjun, the strongest monk in the door, is also entangled.


    In addition, shortly after the war, two Yuanshen Zhenjun lost their combat effectiveness. The Yuanshen Zhenjun in Wanhe mountain really have no fighting spirit and love war.


    In contrast, their enemies, because everything went according to the plan and went very smoothly, naturally had high fighting spirit and high morale.


    Soon after the battle began, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Wanhe mountain completely fell to the disadvantage.


    The yuan God friars, who had dared not rebel, were unwilling to die here in vain when they saw that their own situation was gone.


    If you stay here, you will only die in battle.


    If you run away, even if you will be punished by shanchong Zhenjun, it will be in the future.


    Looking at the current situation, Shanzhong Zhenjun may not be able to retreat.


    If the evil stone demon God wants to continue to do something in the Jun dust world, he has to rely on them.


    Those who can survive up to now are active minded guys without that kind of dead brain.


    I don''t know who took the head. The remaining Yuanshen Zhenjun in Wanhe mountain scattered in a crowd and fled the battlefield one after another.


    Even the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door escaped. The rest of the monks in the door who had long been divorced immediately began to flee for their lives.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun brought by Meng Zhang, especially the three Yuanshen Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect, were unwilling to let the tiger go back to the mountain and began to hunt down the escaped Yuanshen friars.


    Several flying boats sailed to the gate of Wanhe mountain from a distance.


    These flying boats are equipped with Jindan monks of SONGFENG sect and taiyimen.


    They got a signal to clean up the mess.


    They want to pursue and kill the enemy, clean up the battlefield and strive to search for all kinds of booty.


    Now the friars of Wanhe mountain have long been scattered by birds and animals. They are unable to stop these fierce golden elixir immortal, and can only let them do it.


    At this time, a strange shaped flying boat appeared in the air.


    On the flying boat was the small team led by Xiao Bosheng and Xiao Qiao.


    After receiving the information provided by Meng Zhang, they headed for Wanhe mountain.


    Xiao Bosheng had a good idea.


    He was going to take advantage of Meng Zhang''s breaking the gate of Wanhe mountain, and then his family appeared with their hands and picked up a big bargain.


    But he never thought that Meng Zhang''s action would be so fast and Wanhe mountain would be so vulnerable.


    Wanhe mountain is also the so-called giant sect door. Even in the eyes of Ziyang Saint sect friars like him, he should insist on going to Taiyi gate.


    Maybe the two sides will fall into a protracted struggle, and taiyimen won at a great price.


    Wanhe mountain fell so fast that they were almost a step late.

 Chapter 1479

    Xiao Bosheng secretly scolded Wanhe mountain for being useless. He was attacked by Meng Zhang so soon. While observing carefully, see if there is any opportunity to take advantage of, so that they can pick up some cheap.


    In the high altitude ahead, Meng Zhang and Shan Chongzhen fought fiercely.


    Although Xiao Bosheng and Xiao Qiao are a little arrogant, they still have at least self-knowledge.


    No matter how bold they are, they dare not rush into the battle of the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Let alone participate in it, they are too close, and the aftermath of the battle can be enough for them to drink a pot.


    In the gate of Wanhe mountain below, because the yuan God Zhenjun took the lead to escape, the other friars also fled one after another.


    With the exception of a few places where one or two dead brains are still fighting tenaciously, the war has subsided in most places.


    Most of the monks brought by Meng Zhang went to pursue the enemy and cut down the roots. Only a few searched around the gate of Wanhe mountain and tried to collect all kinds of booty.


    If you don''t do it again, all the good things will be taken away by the monks over there, but you won''t have your own share.


    Xiao Bosheng hesitated, spoke to Xiao Qiao, and flew to Wanhe mountain with his hands to join the search.


    The number of this small team is not large. In addition to Xiao Bosheng and Xiao Qiao, there is only one Yuanshen Zhenjun and more than a dozen Jindan real people.


    Xiao Bosheng was originally responsible for watching Xiao bridge to prevent him from causing any trouble.


    But looking at the current situation in the field, the Wanheshan side has completely collapsed, and they have no need to make a move.


    Even if Xiao Qiao wanted to revenge the monk of Wanhe mountain, he couldn''t find the target.


    A big piece of fat was just put in front of him. Xiao Bosheng was not so stupid.


    Xiao Qiao is at least a true monarch of the yuan God. Even if he stays here, he should not be in danger.


    Therefore, Xiao Bosheng, in addition to leaving several golden elixirs for Xiao Qiao to drive, took others to Wanhe mountain and prepared to plunder Wanhe mountain.


    The wealth of a giant zongmen can''t all be cheaper than taiyimen.


    As the saying goes, those who see have a share. Xiao Bosheng relies on the identity of Ziyang saint. Even if he takes food from Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang dare not turn his face.


    Besides, Xiao Bosheng never thought of eating alone. He just wanted to make a fair and reasonable distribution.


    Meng Zhang must have no opinion about his friendship with the Xiao family.


    This is the general mentality of the Xiao family friars. They never treat Meng Zhang as an equal.


    Looking at Xiao Bosheng''s back, Xiao Qiao looked disdainful.


    He didn''t like the collateral clan who was responsible for taking care of his family at all.


    At least he is also a noble monk of Ziyang Shengzong and a member of the Xiao family. Now he looks like a vicious dog. What''s the dignity?


    The arrogant Xiao Qiao disdained to participate in the robbery himself.


    In fact, with Xiao Bosheng''s conduct in the world, they will eventually give him a large share of the spoils they seized.


    There was nothing to do and he disdained to participate in the robbery. Xiao Qiao had nothing to do for a while.


    He looked at the battlefield of Meng Zhang and Shan Chongzhen Jun in the distance and was slightly distracted.


    Meng Zhang, whom he hates, has grown to the point where he is today. When can he take revenge?


    At this time, a figure quietly sneaked into the flying boat.


    Meng Zhang secretly summoned his incarnation too wonderful to the sun before attacking Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang knew that Xiao Bosheng and his gang would not miss the excitement of Wanhe mountain.


    Too wonderful. I''ve been wandering around secretly, waiting for the arrival of the target.


    After Taimiao refined the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods and possessed the strength of the later yuan God. Meng Zhang began to vigorously promote the ghost oath in the name of Taimiao as a guarantee within the control of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has long known from various sources that this practice can enhance the influence of ghosts and gods on the Yang world.


    This has many advantages for ghosts and gods.


    The most direct benefit is that it can increase the residence time of ghosts and gods in the Yang world.


    In the past, in taiyimen territory, similar ghost vows were guaranteed in the name of the taiyimen elder.


    Now, in order to make his incarnation too wonderful, Meng Zhang replaced most of the guarantors of these ghost vows with too wonderful.


    Shouzheng will be greatly dissatisfied if he finds this situation.


    Meng Zhang is more willing to cultivate his own incarnation than to keep upright.


    With wonderful activities in the underworld, Meng Zhang can slowly layout in the underworld.


    The need for integrity is not so urgent.


    The current Taiyi gate, even if it loses the help of Shouzheng, will not affect the overall situation of zongmen.


    When Taimiao establishes enough powerful power in the underworld in the future, friar taiyimen can also get help from the underworld.


    Of course, if it is not a last resort, Meng Zhang will not turn against Shouzheng.


    No matter what the other party says, he is also an elder in the sect. He has helped him and the sect a lot.


    Meng Zhang is going to have a good talk with Shouzheng when he is free.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, stayed in the Yang world for a long time.


    After Meng Zhang''s operation, especially without making full efforts, he can stay in the Yang world for a long time.


    Of course, the rules of heaven and earth of the Yang world still suppress him, making it difficult for him to give full play.


    However, it''s wonderful to deal with a mere Xiao bridge, and it doesn''t take much effort.


    Although in order to kill Xiao Qiao, Meng Zhang has made psychological preparations for making enemies with the Xiao family.


    But he still tries to be clean and must not leave any trace.


    The best way is to let Xiao Qiao''s death have a clear direction, which has nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    It''s wonderful. God came to the side of the flying boat and looked at several monks standing on the deck of the flying boat.


    He didn''t directly attack Xiao Qiao. The other party was also a monk in the Yuanshen period. At least he had vigilance and defense.


    He took an insignificant Jindan friar next to Xiao bridge as his goal.


    Many ghosts have the ability to confuse people.


    The so-called obsession is nothing more than that.


    Those ghosts and even ghosts and gods who specialize in this way are particularly powerful in this aspect.


    It''s wonderful. In essence, it''s very close to natural ghosts and gods.


    Among his talents, he has the ability to confuse people, and far exceeds ordinary ghosts and gods.


    Compared with those Yuanshen Zhenjun who specializes in the spiritual road and the devil friars who are all in the heart, he will hardly fall down.


    It was wonderful. He gently displayed his talent and ability and began to influence the golden pill friar secretly.


    He does not seek to completely control the target, but only exert a certain influence on the target and let the target say some specific words.


    The Jindan friar was in a trance and involuntarily mentioned something.


    That is the so-called divine stone of Wanhe mountain.

 Chapter 1480

    In those years, Meng Zhang saw through the trap of the real king on the ridge and the heavy real king on the mountain. After leaving Wanhe mountain, he spread the collusion between Wanhe mountain and the demon God everywhere.


    Among the information he spread, he just said that the demon God gave the so-called God stone to help Wanhe mountain cultivate the yuan God Zhenjun, so as to control Wanhe mountain.


    As for the other information of the so-called divine stone, he himself doesn''t know much. Naturally, he doesn''t exaggerate too much.


    Wanheshan resolutely refused to admit it, saying that Meng Zhang was spitting out blood.


    Xiao Qiao, who was not used to Meng Zhang, naturally accepted the saying of Wanhe mountain, and in turn became more hostile to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, after a series of subsequent events, Xiao Qiao should know that he was deceived by Wanheshan as long as he was not a fool.


    Although he never admitted it and insisted that what had happened was Meng Zhang''s fault, in his heart, he had to admit that there were ghosts in Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang said that the collusion between Wanhe mountain and the demon God is mostly true.


    The God stone given by the demon God mentioned by Meng Zhang is also mostly real.


    In fact, except Xiao Qiao, everyone in this team has long been convinced of Meng Zhang''s original statement.


    The golden pill friar was secretly influenced by the wonderful power and unconsciously mentioned the divine stone.


    The demon God can rival the real immortal. No cultivator is not interested in what he gives.


    Sure enough, the immortal Jindan just opened his mouth. Other monks present talked about it one after another.


    Hearing the comments of his subordinates, Xiao Qiao, who had a cold face, unconsciously became interested.


    He also wanted to see the divine stone.


    Of course, a monk of Ziyang holy sect like him can''t expect to get the power of magic from it.


    Xiao Qiao was arrogant and confused, and he didn''t dare to have anything to do with the devil.


    He came to satisfy his curiosity.


    Second, if you can get the divine stone, you can give it to the elders in the door.


    The items given by the demon God are hot potato for him, but the return virtual power in the door has a way to deal with it, and you can even get some benefits from it.


    Xiao Qiao is a character of doing what he thinks. When he is interested, he must act immediately.


    The original news spread by Meng Zhang did not specify the specific location of the divine stone.


    In fact, after that experience, the stone chamber that originally stored the divine stone was buried, and the divine stone was stored in a different place.


    Of course, since we know the target, if we want to find out the location of the target, it is difficult not to fall down Xiaoqiao.


    Xiao Qiao took several jindanqi''s men, jumped down from the flying boat and flew to the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    Then they performed the art of earth hiding, so they hid underground.


    Originally, the so-called divine stone was regarded as the most precious treasure of the sect by Wanhe mountain. It has been carefully stored in the forbidden area of the mountain gate to block all its breath.


    After successfully reshaping the body, the complacent shanchongzhen King no longer blocked the breath of the divine stone.


    The sacred stone was originally stored in a new stone chamber near the ground, and its breath was slowly released, covering the whole mountain gate of Wanhe mountain recklessly.


    Under the influence of the spirit of stone for many years, all monks in Wanhe mountain will not only gradually become awed by the evil stone demon God, but also their physical quality will change and become more adapted to bear the power given by the evil stone demon God.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is thinking about the long term. He wants to turn Wanhe mountain into the pillar force of evil stone demon God in Jun dust world.


    Fortunately, being affected by the breath of God stone is a long-term process, and the effect can not be seen in a short time.


    If it takes too long, those insiders of Taiyi gate who secretly develop in Wanhe mountain may take the initiative to expose themselves and admit their identity to shanchongzhenjun.


    After Xiao Qiao led several men to dive underground, he slowly felt the source of divine stone breath.


    The breath of divine stone is huge and incomparable, and it has a strange attraction.


    But in a moment, Xiao Qiao sensed the target.


    He led several of his men to escape there and soon approached the target.


    Shanchongzhenjun left Shenshi and went to war with Meng Zhang.


    However, outside the stone chamber where the divine stone is stored, there are still several Jindan friars of Wanhe mountain to guard.


    If we hadn''t experienced many heavy losses and were really short of manpower, we should arrange more powerful guard forces here.


    Xiao Qiao took his men to the outside of the stone chamber and removed the guards a few times. Then he left several of his men outside and broke into the stone chamber to face the divine stone.


    Meng Zhang once tested the divine stone, but he never leaked the specific information of the divine stone.


    Up to now, Xiao Qiao still thinks that this divine stone is a dead thing without his own consciousness.


    At that time, Zhenjun, the leader of Wanhe mountain, tried to lure Meng Zhang to get close to this divine stone.


    The purpose is to hope that the divine stone will capture Meng Zhang, refine Meng Zhang, a great monk, and reshape the flesh for shanchongzhen king.


    In other words, this divine stone can win the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen at a close distance.


    Of course, this divine stone needs Meng Zhang''s proximity to play its role, which also shows that the distance to play its power is very limited.


    Xiao Qiao, who knew nothing about it, so carelessly broke into the stone chamber.


    Of course, he has some basic qualities as a cultivator.


    His mind felt carefully around him. There was no one in the stone chamber except this so-called divine stone.


    As for this divine stone, although it seems to have a strong breath, it is a dead thing.


    Xiao Qiao looked at the divine stone in front of him and began to check it carefully.


    If the God stone is really given by the demon God, he will put it away and take it back to the sect door to give it to the great power in the door.


    Xiao Qiao was just about to probe his mind into the divine stone, but the change suddenly happened.


    Blood red filaments suddenly appeared on the surface of the divine stone, emitting strange light.


    Xiao Qiao had not had time to take a closer look. Those filaments seemed to have their own life. They were shot like lightning.


    Xiao Qiao''s mind moved. A shield with a palm in his hand appeared in front of him. When he saw the wind, it rose and turned into a thick giant shield to firmly protect his body.


    Almost at the same time, a flying sword appeared out of thin air and cut directly at the filaments.


    The filaments that seemed to break as soon as they were pulled were incredibly tough. After being cut by the flying sword, they were not damaged at all. They continued to shoot at Xiao Qiao.


    The heavy shield did not block these filaments and was easily pierced.


    The thin thread that pierced the shield almost did not stop and continued to fly towards Xiao Qiao.


    These filaments were so strange and difficult to entangle that Xiao Qiao was surprised and was about to retreat.


    But a huge invisible force appeared out of thin air and fixed his body firmly in place.


    Xiao Qiao had no time to make more moves, and those bloody filaments had shot at him.


    These bloody filaments were like living creatures. As soon as they pierced Xiao bridge, they extended towards the inside of his body.

 Chapter 1481

    Xiao Qiao is the true monarch of the yuan God of Ziyang Shengzong. He is also a direct family member of the Xiao family. He has a lot of things to protect his life.


    Among them, there are many treasures given by the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    After being hit by the bloody filament, although he was not flustered, he began to stimulate the life-saving things he was carrying one by one.


    Light flashed, magic tools flew out, and all kinds of attacks attacked the so-called divine stone.


    Unfortunately, in front of the overwhelming power of this divine stone, all Xiao Qiao''s efforts were in vain.


    No matter whether it is a magic instrument or anything, hitting the divine stone can''t shake the divine stone.


    In those days, Shanzhong Zhenjun himself was a great friar. Of course, he knew the skills of the great friar.


    He felt that the divine stone could capture a great monk like Meng Zhang. The power of the divine stone can be imagined.


    God stone shoots more blood colored filaments.


    Countless bloody filaments pierced Xiao Qiao one after another, extending wantonly in his body and drilling everywhere.


    The great pain made Xiao Qiao scream.


    At the thought of countless strange things drilling in his body, Xiao Qiao was even more flustered.


    Seeing that Xiao Qiao was trapped and waiting outside, two of the golden elixir real people were the most impatient. Among them, the guy who was secretly influenced by Taimiao and took the initiative to mention the divine stone rushed into the stone room to try to rescue Xiao Qiao.


    These two guys didn''t know to think about it. Even yuan Shen Zhenjun such as Xiao Qiao was helpless. They rushed over and died in vain.


    For the God stone with ignorant consciousness, there are never too many prey sent to the door.


    The two Jindan friars had little room to resist. Like Xiao Qiao, they were strung by those blood red filaments.


    Several golden elixir friars outside the stone chamber saw the tragedy of their companions and were scared to step back for several steps.


    They felt that it was not safe enough here, so they continued to retreat until they could not see the stone chamber completely.


    As the subordinates of Xiao Qiao, they left Xiao Qiao and fled back. They must be punished by the Xiao family.


    They looked at each other, not knowing what to do.


    At this time, the scream of Xiao Qiao became weaker and weaker. Obviously, the situation was very bad.


    Still a smart guy, he shouted that he was looking for reinforcements to rescue Xiao Qiao.


    These golden elixirs fled to the ground together and left here like refugees.


    After these people left, the wonderful figure appeared in the dark corner and looked coldly at the trapped Xiao bridge.


    Xiao Qiao took the initiative to check the divine stone, but he didn''t know how to close to the past. It was like looking for his own death.


    It was wonderful that the operation went so smoothly.


    From beginning to end, too wonderful didn''t shoot Xiao Qiao directly.


    The Jindan friar who was secretly influenced by him and took the initiative to mention the divine stone is now trapped in the stone chamber.


    In this way, not only the only trace is erased, but also there is no flaw left.


    No matter what means the Xiao family and Ziyang Shengzong use, they can''t find out the truth.


    Of course, even if there is no evidence that something happened to Xiao Qiao, the Xiao family will doubt Meng Zhang.


    Even if the Xiao family thinks Meng Zhang is innocent, they will also anger Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have done everything they can, and other things can''t be controlled.


    Xiao Qiao''s enemy is about to die. Meng Zhang has fulfilled his promise to Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Great revenge must be avenged. Nanzhu Zhenjun should be relieved.


    Xiao Qiao saw that he couldn''t get away. As soon as he gritted his teeth, he was ready to get out of the body, give up the body and escape.


    But as soon as he began to move, he found that those blood red filaments actually sent out strange forces, which trapped his yuan God firmly in the flesh and couldn''t get rid of it.


    Before long, Xiao Qiao lost all his resistance and even his consciousness.


    Through those blood red filaments, the divine stone unscrupulously absorbed everything from Xiao bridge.


    Flesh and blood, Zhenyuan and even the soul, the divine stone is not picky at all.


    Finally, I looked at Xiao Qiao and knew that he was completely hopeless. In this way, the wonderful figure disappeared from here.


    Besides, in the gate of Wanhe mountain, Xiao Bosheng rushed with a group of people, and soon began to rob booty everywhere, and even had some conflicts with the friar taiyimen.


    These taiyimen friars had been ordered by Meng Zhang in advance. Instead of competing with Xiao Bosheng, they took the initiative to give way.


    In this way, it encouraged Xiao Bosheng''s arrogance.


    Xiao Bosheng and his men swaggered around to take away almost everything they saw.


    While they were in high spirits, the Jindan friars who ran to ask for help disturbed their interest.


    Although unwilling, Xiao Bosheng still had to take his men and follow the Jindan friars to the stone chamber where Xiao Qiao was trapped.


    Searching for wealth is important, but it is definitely not as important as Xiao Qiao''s life.


    If something happens to Xiao Qiao, Xiao Bosheng will never have a good life.


    When Xiao Bosheng and others came to the outside of the stone chamber, Xiao Qiao was about to become a corpse. Only a faint breath proved that he was still alive.


    The two golden elixir immortals who overestimated themselves left two human skins in place.


    The current situation made Xiao Bosheng feel cold in their hearts, but they couldn''t die.


    Xiao Bosheng was a smart man. Instead of playing by himself, he let another Yuanshen friar in the team enter the stone chamber with a group of Jindan friars.


    The Yuanshen friar was not as good as Xiao Bosheng. He didn''t dare to openly resist the order. He had to tremble and kill a group of Jindan friars into the stone chamber to try to rescue Xiao Qiao.


    Of course, there was no accident.


    All monks entering the stone chamber, regardless of their accomplishments, have become the prey of the divine stone.


    Although Xiao Bosheng was a cultivation achievement in the middle of the yuan God, which was far stronger than Xiao Qiao and the yuan God Zhenjun, he also dared not easily break into the stone chamber after seeing this scene.


    Xiao Bosheng didn''t find out that he had lost so many people.


    He found that the so-called divine stone had a great limit on the attack distance. It seemed that he could only fight the enemy who entered the stone chamber.


    He and several of his men stood outside the stone chamber and had never been attacked by the divine stone.


    Xiao Bosheng and some of his men are safe, but Xiao Qiao and they are completely hopeless.


    Watching Xiao Qiao sucked into a corpse in front of him not only made Xiao Bosheng feel sad about the death of a rabbit, but also made him numb at the thought of the punishment imposed on him by the family in the future.


    He failed to protect Xiao Qiao and let the family arrangement go to waste. It is definitely not so easy to escape punishment.


    Since friar taiyimen is not far away, go to them for help.


    Xiao Bosheng didn''t expect taiyimen friar to really rescue Xiao Qiao, but was ready to pull taiyimen into the water and let them help themselves share some of the responsibilities.

 Chapter 1482

    As a collateral child of the Xiao family, Xiao Bosheng is not the kind of guy who doesn''t know how to change.


    Seeing that the God stone was too strange, he certainly refused to risk his life to enter the stone chamber.


    If he didn''t do it, he had to watch Xiao Qiao die.


    In order to shirk his responsibility, he decided to pull taiyimen into the water without psychological burden.


    After making up his mind, Xiao Bosheng returned to the ground with his remaining men.


    At this time, the battle in the gate of Wanhe mountain was basically over.


    The friars of taiyimen and SONGFENG sect are cleaning the battlefield and spoils there.


    In the air, Meng Zhang and Shan Chongzhen are still fighting fiercely.


    Shanchongzhenjun has completely mastered this brand-new body, and his strength has even surpassed his heyday.


    Meng Zhang has long made up for the hidden dangers in cultivation. After refining to Yang fruit and cathode grass, his cultivation has made great progress.


    The battle between the two was a fair duel without anyone else''s intervention. They were in good condition.


    It is not long since the war began. Meng Zhang has suppressed Shan Chongzhen and gained the upper hand.


    In those years, Meng Zhang had to take advantage of the opportunity of the serious injury of shanchong Zhenjun to defeat him.


    Now, in a fair battle, Meng Zhang has suppressed shanchongzhen Jun with his own strength.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised at his progress.


    Meng Zhang was a rare master among the monks in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The higher his cultivation is, the more he can exert his magical powers and secrets.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun is neither a demon nor a demon monk, but a Taoist monk.


    During the battle, Meng Zhang did not sacrifice the magic reducing mirror, but used other magic tools against the enemy.


    Under the persecution of Meng Zhang, it is more and more difficult for Shan Chongzhen to fight back.


    He knew that his cultivation alone could not surpass Meng Zhang.


    He began to try his best to stimulate the newly acquired body, hoping to stimulate its greater potential.


    Meng Zhang began to find that Shan Chongzhen Jun''s body was very strange. I think he tried to calculate himself, let himself be swallowed by the divine stone, and then let the divine stone reshape his flesh.


    Needless to say, the body of shanchong Zhenjun was shaped by the divine stone for him. The Dayi Zhenjun, who was captured by Mo Qingzhen Jun at the beginning, should have become a victim.


    The divine stone comes from the evil stone demon God. The body shaped by the divine stone should have something to do with the evil way.


    Originally, although Meng Zhang had the upper hand, it would take a lot of effort to completely surpass shanchongzhenjun and even kill him.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen had many means to escape even if they were defeated.


    It''s not impossible for a bad man to find a chance to escape by shanchongzhenjun.


    Now that we have discovered the enemy''s flaws, we must make use of them.


    This is by no means invincible, let alone not talking about martial ethics.


    When fighting on the battlefield, of course, we should each have their own tricks and go all out.


    To deal with the devil, we should use all means.


    Meng Zhang secretly took out the magic subduing mirror and looked for a good opportunity.


    After Xiao Bosheng came to the ground, he saw Meng Zhang in the air and was preparing to turn to Meng Zhang for help. An Xiaoran appeared in front of him and stopped him.


    Most of the Yuanshen friars brought by Meng Zhang went to hunt down the enemy. An Xiaoran stayed here to supervise the disciples'' search for Wanhe mountain.


    At the same time, she also wants to prevent others from interfering with Meng Zhang''s battle.


    If it were normal, Xiao Bosheng would probably not pay attention to an Xiaoran.


    But now he had to be patient to ask for help. He told the story roughly, and then sincerely asked taiyimen to help save Xiao Qiao.


    Whether Xiao Qiao is saved or not, he must at least put on a posture of trying his best to ask for help.


    Meng Zhang was going to calculate Xiao Qiao. He didn''t tell anyone else.


    However, the gratitude and resentment between Meng Zhang and Xiao Qiao are almost well known.


    It''s said that Xiao Qiao was unlucky and an Xiaoran gloated. It''s too late to save him.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang told the taiyimen high level all the Shenshi information he knew.


    An Xiaoran knew that the divine stone had the ability to control the great friars in the later period of the yuan God. Where would he let himself and his fellow disciples go into danger.


    An Xiaoran very stiffly refused Xiao Bosheng''s help.


    She and Friar taiyimen have limited abilities and are unable to help.


    The leader Meng Zhang is in a fierce battle with shanchongzhenjun. You can''t be disturbed.


    An Xiaoran''s attitude not only didn''t make Xiao Bosheng angry, but made him happy.


    Xiao Qiao is in danger. Taiyimen doesn''t save his life. In the future, in the face of the accountability of the family''s senior management, he has an excuse.


    Of course, on the surface, he still pretended to be very anxious. Regardless of ANN Xiaoran''s stop, he shouted loudly and sent Meng Zhang''s request for help.


    Meng Zhang is now busy dealing with shanchongzhenjun and turns a deaf ear to Xiao Bosheng''s shouting.


    As the murderer behind Xiao Qiao''s calculations, how could Meng Zhang rescue him? It''s almost as if he died early.


    Xiao Bosheng was very excited to see Meng Zhang ignore his help. On impulse, he wanted to fly over and argue with Meng Zhang.


    Where an Xiaoran would let him interfere with Meng Zhang''s battle, he should stop him.


    Under the dispute, they each made a move.


    Xiao Bosheng was a middle-term cultivation of Yuanshen and was born in Ziyang holy sect. He thought he could easily force an Xiaoran away.


    However, an Xiaoran, who had only the initial cultivation of the yuan God, showed no weakness. When he fought, he didn''t lose at all.


    Xiao Bosheng couldn''t help but look at each other and made a new evaluation of the friar taiyimen.


    He was about to continue shooting, and Wen qiansuan flew over from a distance.


    Wen Qian didn''t say a word, so he flew in the air, as if looking at the surrounding terrain.


    Xiao Bosheng had to stop and step aside.


    Wen Qian is also a monk in the middle of the yuan God. With an Xiaoran, Xiao Bosheng is not better than them.


    Moreover, Xiao Bosheng''s main purpose is still acting. He doesn''t really want to fight with friars of the same level.


    Xiao Bosheng stopped, but did not stop. He continued to shout to the sky and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Anyway, he has tried his best. He can''t care about Meng Zhang.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun also heard Xiao Bosheng''s cry.


    He knew that the divine stone seemed to be a dead thing, but in fact it had great powers. Even the great friars in the later period of the yuan God could not help it.


    Of course, God stone also has great defects.


    Once the enemy discovers the defects of the divine stone, they can make targeted response.


    The divine stone is given by the evil stone demon God. It is not only the foundation of Wanhe mountain, but also an important channel to contact the evil stone demon God.


    Although the gate of Wanhe mountain was broken today, the disciples scattered. As long as this divine stone is still there, the mountain is heavy, and Zhenjun is sure to rebuild Wanhe mountain.


    The sacred stone is of great importance, and there must be no loss.


    Once there is a problem with the divine stone, not to mention other losses, the blame of the evil stone demon God alone will make shanchongzhenjun unbearable.

 Chapter 1483

    At that time, the mountain Chongzhen King lost his body, and the yuan God had to shelter in the God stone.


    At that time, he not only discovered many secrets of the God stone, but also felt that his family was closer to the evil stone demon God.


    If the Yuanshen of Shanzhong Zhenjun continues to sit in the divine stone, he thinks he can be invincible even in the face of the siege of many Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi gate.


    But without his original God and relying on the divine stone alone, he would not have such self-confidence.


    At the thought of the importance of the divine stone, the mountain is heavy, and the real king can''t help but retreat.


    When we first started with Meng Zhang, shanchong Zhenjun was still thinking of revenge.


    Later, seeing that he could not win the other party, he fell into the disadvantage. Although he was very unwilling, he still had no intention of war.


    The battle had no meaning for him.


    However, if experts compete, they can''t retreat.


    If you hurry to retreat, expose flaws and give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Although he was already worried, shanchongzhenjun took it easy to fight with Meng Zhang and slowly looked for an opportunity to quit the battle.


    He thought he had covered up his intention well, but Meng Zhang had long experienced the battlefield and had long seen through his intention.


    The two fought for a long time again. Shanchongzhenjun thought that the time had come and was preparing to force Meng Zhang to retreat. Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang started to do it first.


    During the battle with shanchongzhen Jun just now, Meng Zhang didn''t use the void tripod just to wait for the fighter.


    The higher Meng Zhang''s cultivation, the deeper his refining of the void tripod, and the more he can give play to the power of this treasure.


    Void tripod is the most top-level existence among the fourth-order magic tools. It has great power and miraculous function.


    Meng Zhang seldom used the void tripod against the enemy, but regarded it as a bottom card.


    Every time Meng Zhang uses the void tripod, it is a critical moment.


    For example, the void tripod played a great role in breaking the four-stage mountain protection array of Wanhe mountain.


    Meng Zhang offered sacrifices to the void tripod, and the surrounding space shook violently. Shanzhong Zhenjun only felt a huge pulling force, which firmly absorbed him and made him difficult to move.


    While sacrificing the void tripod, Meng Zhang also sacrificed the magic reducing mirror.


    The golden light of subduing the devil came out and landed on the mountain Chongzhen gentleman accurately.


    Shanchong Zhenjun''s brand-new body, under the attack of the golden light of subduing demons, had little resistance, and began to disintegrate rapidly.


    Shanzhong Zhenjun didn''t expect that his brand-new body had such a weakness.


    All the power from the devil, the golden light of subduing the devil has a special restraining effect.


    Seeing the constant collapse of the flesh, Shanzhong Zhenjun is also a very decisive person.


    He is ready to repeat his old skill, explode his flesh again, and let the yuan God escape from the shell.


    This is how Meng Zhang let Shan Chongzhen''s yuan God escape.


    With the same trick, if you want to play a role in front of Meng Zhang twice, you will look down on Meng Zhang too much.


    The void tripod vibrated again, and the powerful force of space bound the flesh of shanchongzhen Jun, so that he could not explode.


    As soon as the Yuanshen of shanchongzhenjun came out of his body, he ushered in the taiyifen lightsaber falling from the sky.


    Taiyi''s lightsaber quickly chopped the Yuanshen of shanchongzhenjun into countless small pieces.


    This is not over. Under the light of the sun and moon, those Yuanshen fragments were melted directly.


    Under the irradiation of the magic subduing mirror, the flesh of Shanzhong Zhenjun melted and disappeared long ago.


    This time, Shanzhong Zhenjun is the real God and soul, and there is no chance to come back.


    Meng Zhang won the war more easily than expected and paid little price.


    After the battle, Meng Zhang stayed in the air for a while, recovered his strength a little, and then slowly flew to the ground and came to Xiao Bosheng.


    After all, he is a monk of the Xiao family of Ziyang Saint Zong. It''s hard to ignore him all the time.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, Xiao Bosheng seemed to see the Savior and asked Meng Zhang for help.


    In fact, even if Xiao Bosheng didn''t come for help, Meng Zhang had to find a way to deal with the so-called divine stone.


    The things given by the demon God can''t be put aside all the time.


    Otherwise, who knows when there will be great trouble.


    Calculate the time. Xiao Qiao should have no bones left.


    Meng Zhang, Wen qiansuan and an Xiaoran followed Xiao Bosheng to the underground and appeared outside the stone chamber.


    As Meng Zhang expected, not only Xiao bridge, but also all the monks in the stone chamber had only one human skin left.


    Their flesh and blood and even their spirits have been absorbed by this divine stone.


    God stone has just had a full meal, and there is still something to be desired.


    I probably sensed that someone was watching outside the stone chamber. The blood red filaments on the divine stone were dancing in the air, looking very arrogant.


    If a monk of Wanhe mountain sees this scene here, he will have a new understanding of the so-called divine stone of zongmen.


    Even though Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were much better than at the beginning, he was still unwilling to venture into the stone chamber and face to face with the divine stone.


    Of course, according to Meng Zhang''s estimation, although this divine stone is strong, it also has a certain limit.


    Most of its combat effectiveness will not exceed the limit of the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has long found that this divine stone has a fatal defect, that is, it is difficult to move.


    Meng Zhang personally tested it in those years. Even if Shenshi tried his best to move, the speed would be the same as that of a snail.


    This alone doomed the limited power of the divine stone.


    In view of this weakness, Meng Zhang has long come up with many ways.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had to deal with Xiao Bosheng before he started.


    Xiao Qiao and others have long lost their breath of life. Naturally, there is no need for rescue.


    Xiao Bosheng seemed worried, but secretly he was relieved.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much contact with Xiao Bosheng, but he saw through his hypocrisy at a glance.


    Meng Zhang has been in the cultivation world for so many years. He has rich experience in fighting intrigues and intrigues with others.


    Xiao Bosheng, as the person in charge of taking care of Xiao bridge, must be responsible for the accident of Xiao bridge.


    He pulled Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate, but he wanted to share the responsibility.


    Since Meng Zhang saw through Xiao Bosheng''s mind, he naturally wanted to draw a clear line with him.


    Meng Zhang knew nothing about Xiao Qiao and their presence here in advance.


    Meng Zhang led the friars to attack Wanhe mountain, but Xiao Qiao sneaked into it. It was clear that he wanted to do something secretly.


    Xiao Qiao''s death in the hand of the divine stone has nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, with a stiff face, asked Xiao Bosheng why Xiao Qiao appeared here and what he wanted to do?


    Could it be that Xiaoqiao is a divine stone given to Wanhe mountain by the evil stone demon God, and wants to take it for all?


    It has something to do with the devil way, and it is even more related to the devil God. No matter what happens to Xiao Qiao, it''s not surprising. It''s a self eating evil fruit.

 Chapter 1484

    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Xiao Bosheng said in his heart that he was powerful.


    The leader of Taiyi sect seems to have a gentle attitude, but at the critical moment, he is so vicious.


    He clearly meant to connect Xiao Qiao with the devil. What a big hat.


    Of course, Xiao Bosheng knew in his heart that the death of Xiao Qiao had little to do with taiyimen, but he was directly responsible.


    If you push Xiao Qiao''s death to the temptation of the devil, you can certainly reduce your responsibility.


    Of course, the reputation of both Ziyang Shengzong and Xiao family will inevitably be affected by this.


    While Xiao Bosheng was weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang was already very impatient.


    He glanced at Xiao Bosheng with poor eyes, gently clicked a few words, and put through Xiao Bosheng''s intention.


    Xiao Bosheng knew that Meng Zhang had seen through his intention to shirk responsibility.


    He was not so afraid of Meng Zhang and taiyimen''s revenge, but worried that Meng Zhang would make it big once he got into trouble.


    Compared with the responsibility of one''s own family, the reputation of the clan and the family is not worth mentioning at all.


    Finally, Xiao Bosheng and Meng Zhang reached an agreement.


    Xiao Qiao coveted the so-called divine stone and secretly came to seek the divine stone given by the demon God. Finally, he was killed by the divine stone.


    In this process, Xiao Bosheng and Meng Zhang knew nothing about it.


    They tried their best to remedy it afterwards, but they failed to save Xiao Qiao.


    As for whether Ziyang Shengzong and the Xiao family accept this statement or not, there is nothing they can do.


    After reaching an agreement with Meng Zhang, Xiao Bosheng left with his men.


    He wants to go back to Xiao''s house as soon as possible and make a report on the situation here.


    Meng Zhang now wants to find a way to deal with the so-called divine stone in front of him.


    Meng Zhang did not enter the stone chamber, but released the sun and moon outside the stone chamber.


    The sun and moon divine light shone into the stone chamber and continued to shoot at the divine stone. Before it was too close, the sun and moon divine light disappeared out of thin air.


    The attack did not work. Meng Zhang was not disappointed, but very satisfied.


    As expected, the power of the divine stone can only be exerted in the stone chamber, and can not pass through the stone chamber.


    Meng Zhang''s method to deal with the divine stone is very simple.


    Since the sacred stone cannot move freely, the scope of control is limited. Then he will attack the divine stone outside this range.


    Although his attack was easily dissolved by the divine stone after it was close to the divine stone.


    But still that sentence, the power of the divine stone has a limit.


    As long as Meng Zhang continues to attack, sooner or later he will exhaust the power of the divine stone and finally completely destroy it.


    Meng Zhang has no desire for this divine stone.


    Although he wanted to know the mystery of the divine stone, he would not take risks for such a thing.


    Next, Meng Zhang began to launch a long-range attack outside the stone chamber and attack the divine stone by various means.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, after Meng Zhang started, an Xiaoran and Wen qiansuan began to do it.


    An Xiaoran has practiced Fusang Sutra for many years, and he has already reached the state of perfection.


    A golden giant tree appeared behind an Xiaoran, and a red sun rose from the top of the giant tree.


    The red sun shines everywhere, emitting infinite light and heat.


    Golden crows flew out of the red sun and rushed at the divine stone.


    As soon as Wen qiansuan read it into an array, he easily set up a Dharma array and shrouded the wide stone chamber.


    The power of earth fire and geomantic omen gushed from the stone chamber and kept pouring into the divine stone.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, but fought steadily and camped step by step.


    They are determined not to step into the stone chamber, but to stay away from it.


    The so-called God stone shot more blood red filaments and danced violently in the air, trying to stop all kinds of attacks.


    Facing such a fierce attack, the divine stone should also start to worry.


    Even if the divine stone is made of extraordinary materials and shaped by demons, I''m afraid I can''t bear to let so many attacks fall on me.


    The stone chamber was trapped in the Dharma array by Wen qiansuan, completely isolated from the surrounding environment.


    No matter how fierce they attack, they don''t have to worry about spreading around.


    The three of them almost showed their magic powers and mobilized the power of the road. The attack soon completely shrouded the divine stone.


    The three of them were so slow, maintained their inherent rhythm, constantly issued expeditionary attacks, and continued to consume the power of the divine stone.


    After seven or eight days, those Yuanshen friars who went to pursue and kill the enemy returned to the gate of Wanhe mountain.


    They knew that Meng Zhang and others came to help after attacking the divine stone.


    In particular, the three Yuanshen Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect are good at dealing with demons and have excellent means of killing demons.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t take out the magic reducing mirror, he may not be able to compare with them in this regard.


    After Feng Yao Zhenjun and others began to fight, all kinds of magic powers and secrets of exorcism rushed to the divine stone like raindrops.


    That sacred stone is difficult to move. It can only act as a live target in place.


    Even if the power of the divine stone is good enough to control the friars in the later period of the yuan God, it is not the way to defend and not attack for a long time.


    Those indestructible blood red filaments began to melt one after another.


    The defense field around the divine stone finally began to lose its hold.


    After nearly a month, the strength of the defense field was finally completely exhausted.


    All kinds of attacks fell on the divine stone without hindrance.


    God stone doesn''t know what material it is made of. It''s even harder to break than the most defensive magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang they continue to maintain high-intensity attacks and strive to consume the power of the divine stone.


    Seeing that the divine stone had been opened to bear the attack with its own body, everyone knew in their hearts that this divine stone was about to lose its hold.


    However, because of prudence, people didn''t mean to get close to the God stone at all, but continued to maintain long-range attack.


    Meng Zhang began to sacrifice the magic reducing mirror, and the golden light of magic reducing shot at the divine stone.


    The skin of Shenshi began to melt rapidly and slowly revealed its core.


    The interior of the divine stone is like a blood colored heart, which is covered with countless blood red filaments.


    The heart even beats gently and regularly, sending out strange waves.


    If the friar of Wanhe mountain sees the true face of the divine stone here, I''m afraid he will directly call the divine stone magic stone.


    In fact, this is a magic stone.


    After the shell melted, the strong magic gas could no longer be concealed and directly sprayed out, almost filling the whole stone chamber.


    These evil Qi were swept away by various secret arts before they could play a role.


    All kinds of magic spells, especially those of exorcising and killing demons, continued to blow over almost unaffected, completely drowning the so-called divine stone.


    It took Meng Zhang nearly two months to smash the so-called God stone into pieces.


    Meng Zhang, who was not at ease, continued to fight until these fragments turned into powder and finally stopped.

 Chapter 1485

    This sacred stone was completely destroyed and could not cause trouble any more. Meng Zhang was finally completely relieved.


    In addition, shanchongzhenjun has been killed, and the clan of Wanhe mountain is completely finished.


    Those Yuanshen Zhenjun who went to pursue the enemy had good results, almost annihilating most of the Yuanshen friars of Wanhe mountain who escaped.


    Of course, there are many low-level friars in Wanhe mountain who escape.


    But these people should not be able to stir up any waves.


    After that, Meng Zhang issued a pursuit order in the name of Ethereum, calling on the practitioners of the whole Daheng cultivation world to participate in the pursuit of the remaining evils of Wanhe mountain.


    If you can have good results, you can exchange rewards at taiyimen.


    Some friars in Wanhe mountain took refuge in Taiyi gate early and became insiders of Taiyi gate.


    In the previous wars, there were many casualties, but many people remained.


    Meng Zhang will reward these insiders, and then move them to Jiuqu province for resettlement.


    Among the remaining evils of Wanhe mountain, taiyimen will be lenient to those who are willing to surrender as long as they do not collude with the devil and do evil deeply.


    As for the territory of Wanhe mountain, the resources above the territory are shared by Taiyi sect and SONGFENG sect.


    Because the Taiyi gate is powerful and played a major role in the World War I to destroy Wanhe mountain, the Taiyi gate certainly takes the lead in the division.


    In this regard, the SONGFENG school dare not show any dissatisfaction.


    After the death of the great friar shanchongzhenjun, Meng Zhang''s last secret worry disappeared.


    Although the number of demons in Daheng cultivation world is still huge, if there is no strong person at the level of big friar to lead, it will only be broken by each one.


    Of course, this action is tantamount to cutting off the tentacle of the evil stone demon God extending to the Jun dust world and destroying this divine stone. Meng Zhang must have greatly offended the evil stone demon God.


    Still that sentence, more lice do not itch, more debt do not worry.


    Meng Zhang, who had the experience of offending the great devil and demon God, almost didn''t take it seriously at all.


    Meng Zhang left some monks to receive everything from Wanhe mountain, and then returned to Zhiyuan city with them.


    Next, Meng Zhang''s main attention will focus on sweeping away the major demon groups.


    The monks of the expedition army attacked frequently and fought with demons with all their strength.


    Through regular rotation, the friars of the nine winding provinces in the rear came to the expedition army in turn to fight against demons.


    On the one hand, the demon launched a counterattack against the attacking human friars.


    Several large-scale counterattacks unexpectedly temporarily concentrated the power of several demon groups.


    Several fourth-order demons with foresight overcame their own nature and endured the impulse to devour the same kind. They joined hands to launch a counterattack against the expeditionary army in an attempt to reverse the war situation.


    The expeditionary army showed no weakness and organized a frontal attack.


    During the war, Meng Zhang, the great friar, personally killed several fourth order demons by sacrificing the magic subduing mirror, entering the demons group.


    The demons who lost their leader fell into complete chaos. Many demons running around like headless flies have become the target of human friars.


    After that, the demon has organized several large-scale counterattacks.


    However, due to the absolute disadvantage in terms of high-end combat power, although the demon army has a quantitative advantage, it far exceeds the human friars in terms of the number of low-level demons.


    As a result of several wars, the demon side ended up with a disastrous defeat.


    The Terran friars are braver and braver, and speed up the cleaning and sweeping of demons scattered everywhere.


    The continuous victory made the situation of Daheng cultivation world more and more clear.


    Of course, even if the demons are completely eliminated, there will be a lot of trouble in the follow-up.


    Many demons in the Daheng cultivation world occupy areas that need to be thoroughly purified.


    There are almost demons wandering in the whole Daheng cultivation world.


    After the big war, it will be a long process to clean up these small stocks or single demons.


    There are still many remnant human cultivation forces and practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world. How to treat them and how to establish the rule of taiyimen is also a complex matter.


    However, in any case, it is only a matter of time before the demon party is completely defeated and completely eliminated.


    This evil disaster, which lasted for many years and spread almost the whole Daheng cultivation world, was about to be extinguished.


    Whether it was the remaining practitioners in the Daheng cultivation world or the foreign expeditionary army, almost everyone was excited and their morale soared.


    There are fewer and fewer strong people on the demon side, and there is not much time for Meng Zhang to take action.


    When he was free, he stayed in Zhiyuan city and practiced honestly.


    Unfortunately, his peaceful days didn''t last long, so he was summoned by Xiao Liang.


    It has been more than five years since Xiao Qiao died.


    Xiao Liang could bear to summon Meng Zhang until now. He was calm.


    I don''t know how he will react to Xiao Qiao''s death.


    No matter how Xiao Liang attacks, Meng Zhang won''t be afraid of him.


    Although Meng Zhang has been staying in the Daheng cultivation world for many years, Zhenjun, the yuan God of Taiyi gate, has been stationed at the stronghold of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace in turn.


    Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of taiyimen, will visit mother-in-law lead silk regularly and will also strive to collect all kinds of intelligence and information.


    According to her mother-in-law, Ziyang Shengzong did not take advantage of the recent battles with Dali emperor, but fell to the disadvantage.


    Because for many years, they have been unable to leave the imperial dynasty, many Xiuzhen forces have begun to lose confidence in Ziyang Shengzong.


    Some Xiuzhen forces who responded to the call of Ziyang Shengzong and participated in the siege of Dali imperial dynasty have begun to sneak and play tricks on the battlefield and are reluctant to contribute.


    As for the private release of water, and even the tacit understanding with the Dali emperor to fight Taiping boxing, it often happens.


    Ziyang holy sect, as a holy sect, has dominated the north of Jun dust world for many years. It has never been a king, but a bully.


    Some Xiuzhen forces who have enemies with Ziyang holy sect used to be angry but dare not speak. Now they are ready to move when they see Ziyang holy sect frustrated.


    Although apart from the Dali Dynasty, no Xiuzhen force has come forward to openly oppose Ziyang Shengzong. But under the water, there is an undercurrent lurking.


    In this situation, Xiao Liang should know that he can''t force Meng Zhang too much, let alone openly oppose taiyimen.


    Anyway, taiyimen doesn''t know how many family names it is. It''s not unacceptable to turn back and fall back to the Dali Dynasty again.


    If this really happens, it''s Xiao Liang''s turn.


    Therefore, after receiving the news that Xiao Liang summoned him, Meng Zhang did not panic at all, let alone feel guilty.


    He deliberately delayed for two days before he came to the heavenly palace and swaggered to the stronghold of Ziyang Shengzong to meet Xiao Liang.

 Chapter 1486

    After Meng Zhang met Xiao Liang, Xiao Liang''s attitude was as kind as ever, and Meng Zhang was not investigated for deliberately delaying.


    After chatting for a long time, Xiao Liangcai took the initiative to get to the point.


    He first mentioned the death of Xiao Qiao.


    In Xiao Liang''s mouth, Xiao Qiao is to clean up demons, quell demons, and finally die in the hands of demons.


    Externally, the Xiao family also said the same.


    At that time, Xiao Bosheng acquiesced in Meng Zhang''s throwing dirty water on Xiao bridge, but the Xiao family would never agree with them.


    After Xiao Bosheng returned to the Xiao family, he was admonished by the family''s senior management because of his bad work.


    Of course, the board was only raised high, but finally it fell gently.


    Not to mention the holy sect of Ziyang, even within the Xiao family, many people think Xiao Qiao is too disappointing and can''t even do a little things well. It not only makes no contribution to the family, but wastes the family''s resources in vain.


    Xiao Bosheng was also a monk in the middle of the yuan God. Compared with the dead Xiao bridge, he was obviously more valuable.


    Xiao Bosheng was only punished nominally, but there was a dispute within the Xiao family about Meng Zhang related to Xiao Qiao''s death.


    Although there is no evidence to prove that the death of Xiao Qiao is related to Meng Zhang, the Xiao family relies on Ziyang Shengzong and never needs evidence.


    Since Xiao Qiao died under Meng Zhang''s eyes, Meng Zhang couldn''t get rid of his relationship.


    How to deal with Meng Zhang? Friar Xiao is a little embarrassed.


    Meng Zhangzheng led the Terran friars to quell the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    If you attack Meng Zhang at this time, it will be very unpopular, and the Xiao family will be ridiculed and scolded by the whole practice world.


    In the past, the Xiao family didn''t have to care about these false names.


    However, many sensitive monks have long felt the changes in the cultivation world over the years.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s behavior is not smooth, and the opponents rise and fall.


    This makes the Xiao family can''t act recklessly. They must think twice before acting.


    On the surface, we should pay attention to the righteous and upright rules of the human race, and we can''t completely ignore them.


    But if the death of Xiao Qiao hadn''t happened, it would be too cheap for Meng Zhang, and it would make people despise the Xiao family.


    The Xiao family fell into a dispute. At that time, the sweeping of demons by the friars'' army also entered a critical moment.


    Therefore, the matter was put on hold for the time being. The Xiao family did not immediately find Meng Zhang, but prepared to wait and see again.


    Now, most of the powerful demons have been cleared, and the day when the demon disaster subsides is coming.


    The Xiao family finally couldn''t stand it anymore and began to make some moves.


    Xiao Liang summoned Meng Zhang. Although Meng Zhang was two days late, he came honestly.


    Xiao Liang''s mention of Xiao Qiao''s death is just an excuse.


    His main purpose was to knock on Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    After the evil disaster subsided, taiyimen can''t monopolize such a vast territory of Daheng cultivation world.


    Xiao Liang meant that taiyimen got a lot of help from Ziyang Shengzong and Xiao family in the process of calming the demon disaster.


    Now, it''s time for taiyimen to pay off.


    In order to ensure the stability of Daheng cultivation world, the situation of Daheng cultivation world is not easy to change too much, and it should be restored to before the magic disaster as soon as possible.


    The territory and Mountain Gate of those Xiuzhen forces who were killed in the demon disaster should be entrusted to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Wait until you find the descendants of these cultivation forces in the future, and then return the territory and Mountain Gate to them.


    In order to commend the contribution of Taiyi gate to quell the demon disaster, you can delimit a territory in the Daheng cultivation world as a reward to Taiyi gate.


    ¡­¡­


    Xiao Liang said a lot of things, which can be summed up in one sentence.


    The interests involved in the great horizontal cultivation world are too great for the taiyimen family to eat.


    The Xiao family kindly helped taiyimen share the burden.


    After eating meat, the Xiao family can throw some bones to taiyimen.


    Xiao Liang''s words almost made Meng Zhang angry and happy.


    Xiao Liang really thinks he is a great man. He will take everything from Taiyi gate with a few empty words.


    Taiyimen has paid such a high price and won the fruits of the war. Is it necessary to give in to each other?


    If there were no doubt in his heart, Meng Zhang would have had an attack long ago.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know. Is this the meaning of the high level of Ziyang Shengzong, or is it just the greed of the Xiao family?


    Although the Xiao family has great power in the Ziyang holy sect, the Xiao family cannot represent the whole Ziyang holy sect.


    The interests of the Xiao family are not the interests of Ziyang Shengzong.


    At present, Taiyi gate is still the Xiuzhen sect under Ziyang Shengzong in name.


    If Ziyang Shengzong orders or requests, it is difficult to refuse taiyimen unless it is a blatant rebellion.


    As the holy door of Ziyang holy sect, Meng Zhang never dared to despise its strength.


    Even if the Dali Dynasty involved most of the power, Ziyang Shengzong was still enough to destroy the existence of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang never thought of openly rebelling against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Xiao Liang''s identity is the principal of Ziyang saint''s residence in the heavenly palace.


    Since many years ago, Xiao Liang has been dealing with Meng Zhang on behalf of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The will of Ziyang Shengzong was also conveyed to Meng Zhang through Xiao Liang.


    Meng Zhang could not make a decision until he knew whether Xiao Liang really represented Ziyang Shengzong or his personal idea.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will certainly not give away the hard-working Da Heng Xiuzhen world for nothing.


    Meng Zhang neither opposed nor agreed to Xiao Liang''s request.


    He turned his attention to the left and right and deliberately cut off the topic.


    Xiao Liang won''t let Meng Zhang muddle through like this. Instead, he pressed step by step and insisted on Meng Zhang''s immediate statement.


    Meng Zhang was forced by Xiao Liang, but suddenly patted his head and said he almost forgot his business.


    Old silver pot told him a big thing, which he must deal with immediately.


    After that, Meng Zhang left without waiting for Xiao Liang''s reaction.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s back, Xiao Liang''s face was gloomy and a fierce light flashed in his eyes.


    He didn''t even agree to such a request. It seems that Meng Zhang really has a different heart.


    In Xiao Liang''s mind, Meng Zhang and taiyimen should let themselves take whatever they want.


    Meng Zhang''s evasion and obstruction is clearly unfaithful to Ziyang Shengzong.


    As for him using the silver pot old man as a pretext to try to resist the authority of Ziyang Shengzong, he should die.


    Does Meng Zhang think that when he climbs the silver pot old man, he has the confidence to refuse Ziyang Shengzong?


    For Meng Zhang and taiyimen, the investigation of them has long been clear by the means of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It''s no secret that Meng Zhang had dealings with old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi.


    When it comes to the power of returning to emptiness, we must not take it lightly.


    According to common sense, old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi dare not easily oppose Ziyang Shengzong.


    For a mere Meng Zhang, it is absolutely impossible to go up to Ziyang Shengzong.


    The relationship between Meng Zhang and these two great powers of returning to emptiness may not be very close.

 Chapter 1487

    The high level of Ziyang Shengzong appreciated Meng Zhang''s leading the Terran friars to quell the demon disaster.


    You know, because of the evil disaster, some holy land sects that did not deal with Ziyang holy sect did not speak ill of Ziyang holy sect, and even attacked it many times, so as to question Ziyang holy sect''s ability to rule the north of Jun dust world.


    After Xiao Qiao''s failure, Meng Zhang not only did not retreat, but led the army of friars to meet the difficulties, defeated the main force of the demon army, and completely reversed the situation.


    Before long, the evil disaster will completely subside.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong not only removed the hidden dangers in the rear, but also gave his opponent an excuse to criticize.


    Although Xiao Liang did not make less use of the strength of the Xiao family, he gave Meng Zhang eye medicine in front of the high-level of Ziyang Shengzong. Many information reported to the door is modified and processed.


    However, for the real situation and specific situation of Daheng cultivation world, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong is not ignorant, but has a clearer understanding.


    The credit of Meng Zhang and taiyimen is not so easy to erase.


    Of course, for the superior, the credit of subordinates is only their duty.


    A hard-working watchdog is always just a watchdog.


    If the situation requires, Ziyang Shengzong will also do the same thing.


    However, so far, Meng Zhang is respectful to Ziyang Shengzong. Ziyang Shengzong really has no reason to attack Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Friars of the Xiao family moved around the holy sect of Ziyang and said that taiyimen should never take the opportunity to become bigger.


    It is a basic policy of Ziyang holy sect to limit the strength of its subordinate vassal sect.


    If the Taiyi gate swallows the whole great horizontal cultivation world, the Taiyi gate will really soar to the sky.


    Therefore, the high level of Ziyang Shengzong agreed to let Xiao Liang knock on the Taiyi gate.


    However, Xiao Liang can''t go too far.


    The current situation is not very good for Ziyang Shengzong. The senior management of Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t want to catch fire in the backyard at this time.


    Moreover, as a traitor to the imperial dynasty, taiyimen may have some places to use in the future.


    After discussing with the family leaders, Xiao Liang will use his identity and unequal information to try to win the victory of taiyimen.


    In this way, he not only completed the task of zongmen, knocked and weakened Taiyi gate, but also sought major interests for the family. It''s really the best of both worlds.


    As for Meng Zhang''s ideas, the interests of taiyimen were ignored by him.


    The Xiao family is very powerful in the Ziyang holy sect. They have done similar activities before, and they use the power of the sect to take advantage of it.


    The Xiao family has a big business and big expenses.


    In order to maintain the position within the sect, we need to make friends with the high-level sect, invest in gifted monks, and meet the needs of the family itself


    Each of these requires a lot of financial and material resources.


    How can these bottomless holes be filled by the income of the Xiao family alone without taking things from the outside.


    The Xiao family thinks they are of great help to taiyimen.


    Taiyimen''s involvement in Ziyang Shengzong is a bridge between the Xiao family and provides an opportunity.


    Taiyimen went to Daheng cultivation world to quell the evil disaster, and the Xiao family gave all kinds of help.


    Without the help of the Xiao family, can taiyimen get support from Ziyang Shengzong?


    If the Xiao family doesn''t send Nanzhu Zhenjun and others, does taiyimen have enough strength?


    For this reason, taiyimen should not be grateful. Thank the Xiao family well?


    In order to quell the evil disaster, the Xiao family also sacrificed a lot. Even Xiao Qiao, the family''s direct son, paid for it, not to mention the loss of the friars under Xiao Qiao.


    For this reason, shouldn''t taiyimen compensate the Xiao family?


    Can you eat such a big piece of fat in Daheng Xiuzhen world just by relying on a mere taiyimen?


    Even if you eat it, it will be a disaster for taiyimen.


    The Xiao family''s plan to take the great horizontal cultivation world is actually helping taiyimen share the pressure.


    The senior management of the Xiao family never thought that they were seizing the Taiyi gate. Instead, they thought that Meng Zhang should listen to the order and give up all the gains.


    Meng Zhang didn''t agree to Xiao Liang''s request, which made Xiao Liang hate.


    He began to think about how to attack Taiyi gate and let Meng Zhang know how powerful he was.


    After Meng Zhang left Ziyang Shengzong''s residence, he went directly to visit mother-in-law Qiansi.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang went straight to the point and said Xiao Liang''s unreasonable demands.


    In the past, the lead silk mother-in-law avoided the topics related to the Holy Land Sect as much as possible.


    She could only mention a few words about the matter between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Shengzong, and she would never get involved in it.


    After revealing the news that the Junchen world was about to change dramatically, mother-in-law Qiansi no longer covered up her family''s attitude towards the Holy Land Sect.


    She will not deliberately avoid topics related to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now, if Meng Zhang conflicts with Ziyang Shengzong, she will certainly not intervene directly.


    But if she only gives Meng Zhang some advice and secretly gives some support, she is still very generous.


    According to the analysis of mother-in-law Qiansi, Ziyang Shengzong is currently in a disadvantageous situation and will not ask for trouble. He will directly attack Taiyi sect.


    However, with the consistent virtue of these holy places, it has always been necessary to beat and suppress their cultivation forces.


    Xiao Liang''s request for Meng Zhang is mostly his personal idea, and the most is the participation of the Xiao family.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s eyelids are not so shallow. Even if he wants to seize the territory of Daheng cultivation world, his eating appearance will not be so ugly.


    The analysis of mother-in-law Qiansi basically coincides with Meng Zhang''s own speculation.


    As long as Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t directly attack Taiyi gate, there will be a lot of room for maneuver.


    But Xiao Jiaheng is in the middle. Things are really a little difficult.


    To be honest, if the Xiao family were not so ugly and had an outrageous appetite, Meng Zhang would not refuse the Xiao family to participate in the division of the Daheng cultivation world.


    The Xiao family has the strength to take a share in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But the Xiao family assumed that they wanted to eat alone, and Meng Zhang couldn''t agree.


    Taiyi sect has worked hard for so many years and made such a great sacrifice. Is it to make wedding clothes for the Xiao family?


    Xiao Liang spoke in the name of Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang really couldn''t object directly.


    Taiyimen is a subordinate of Ziyang Shengzong and cannot openly oppose Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang needs to think carefully about how to cut off the greedy hand of the Xiao family and prevent the conflict from involving Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although the silver pot old man and the silk holding mother-in-law of Meng Zhang will not directly intervene in the affairs between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang is best at pulling a big flag as a tiger skin.


    When necessary, move out the banner of returning to virtual power. The Xiao family will not be afraid at all.

 Chapter 1488

    Meng Zhang told her mother-in-law about his idea.


    Lead silk mother-in-law has no opinion about Meng Zhang borrowing her name.


    Based on her understanding of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang is not an insignificant person.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang caused great trouble under the banner of mother-in-law lead silk, mother-in-law lead silk can completely deny it afterwards.


    After Meng Zhang left her mother-in-law, he began to consider how to negotiate with Xiao Liang.


    It''s not easy for him to come forward directly. In his capacity, if the talks between the two sides collapse, it''s not easy to turn around.


    The best thing is to find a middleman.


    This middleman had better have some weight, so Xiao Liang had to pay attention to it.


    Among the people Meng Zhang knew, it was really difficult to find such a figure.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang left the heavenly palace and returned to Zhiyuan city.


    He has always kept in touch with King Hui Peng.


    He contacted the grey Peng king and hoped to meet him.


    When King Hui Peng appeared in front of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was almost startled.


    King Hui Peng, who has always been powerful and imposing, actually looks very haggard.


    King Hui Peng and Meng Zhang have good friends and have fought side by side.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking a few questions with concern.


    Wang Huipeng smiled bitterly. Instead of directly answering Meng Zhang''s questions, he turned the topic away.


    Seeing that he was unwilling to say more, Meng Zhang did not force him.


    Meng Zhang knew the temperament of King Hui Peng and didn''t beat around the bush. He went straight to the point and asked him for help. He hoped that he would help negotiate with Xiao Liang.


    King Hui Peng told Meng Zhang that as an undercover of Ziyang holy sect in Heiyu forest, he would not contact Ziyang holy sect if no major event happened.


    Moreover, his faction has no intersection with the Xiao family. Xiao Liang may not buy his account.


    It was not easy for King Hui Peng to come forward directly. Instead, he pointed out a bright way for Meng Zhang.


    After saying goodbye to King Hui Peng, Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace again to meet an elder named Ding Yangzhen.


    Ding Yang Zhenjun was the previous leader of Liuyang Pavilion.


    Since he resigned as the leader of Liuyang Pavilion, he spent most of his time in the heavenly palace.


    Liuyang Pavilion is the most closely related to Ziyang holy sect among the many vassal sects of Ziyang holy sect, and can almost be regarded as the outer gate of Ziyang holy sect.


    The founder of Liuyang pavilion was originally a monk of Ziyang holy sect.


    The outstanding friars of Liuyang Pavilion will go to Ziyang Shengzong to practice regularly and receive the guidance of the predecessors of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The high level of Liuyang Pavilion is on the side of Ziyang Shengzong, which is also highly valued by it.


    Ding Yang Zhenjun has a wide range of friends in Ziyang Shengzong and has a lot of cards.


    Many times, the top level of Ziyang Shengzong will buy his face.


    Many monks in the cultivation world who want to attach themselves to the Ziyang holy sect, but can''t enter through their door, will connect with the Ziyang holy sect through the relationship with Ding Yangzhen.


    Before going undercover in the black jade forest, King Hui Peng had a good relationship with Ding Yangzhen.


    In the residence of Liuyang Pavilion in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang met Ding Yangzhen smoothly.


    Meng Zhang gave a generous gift and moved out of the relationship with King Hui Peng. He was soon accepted by Ding Yang Zhenjun.


    In fact, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang, like Ding Yang Zhenjun, is a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen. In Ding Yangzhen''s eyes, he has the value of making friends.


    After talking with Ding Yangzhen Jun for a while, Meng Zhang got to the point and hoped that Ding Yangzhen Jun would act as an intermediary to help taiyimen negotiate with Xiao Liang.


    Ding Yangzhen, who has a wide range of friends, doesn''t do less similar things on weekdays.


    To make peace with others and make peace with others is just commonplace for him.


    Dingyang Zhenjun happily agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    After the two talked, Ding Yang Zhenjun didn''t delay much, so he went directly to visit Xiao Liang.


    As the principal of Ziyang holy sect in the heavenly palace, Xiao Liang stayed in the heavenly palace most of the time.


    Ding Yang met Xiao Liang smoothly and negotiated with him on behalf of Meng Zhang.


    Ding Yang''s accomplishments and the influence of Liuyang pavilion are nothing in Xiao Liang''s eyes.


    However, Ding Yang''s contacts at the top level of Ziyang Shengzong are something that even Xiao Liang envies.


    As a monk of Ziyang holy sect, Xiao Liang knows that Ding Yang has some face in front of his return to virtual power in the door.


    Although greatly dissatisfied with Meng Zhang, Xiao Liang received Ding Yang politely and talked with him patiently.


    Xiao Liang''s bid is too far from Meng Zhang''s bottom line.


    Xiao Liang almost wants to take away the fattest booty, which is tantamount to making taiyimen busy in vain. How can Meng Zhang agree.


    Even if Ding Yang made peace from it, the two sides could not agree at all.


    Meng Zhang''s relationship with mother-in-law Qiansi also failed to make Xiao Liang give in.


    Xiao Liang was so aggressive that he couldn''t even see Ding Yang, the middleman.


    Meng Zhang is willing to make concessions and pay interests, but he is not willing to be manipulated arbitrarily, let alone be bullied by Xiao Liang.


    In the end, the negotiations between the two sides were completely broken.


    As a middleman, although Ding Yang Zhenjun did not achieve much, he was almost busy in vain. But Meng Zhang didn''t let him run around in vain. Afterwards, he made up a generous gift.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was so sensible and had the face of King Huipeng, Ding Yangzhen decided to buy him a favor.


    Ding Yang Zhenjun has been in and out of Ziyang holy sect for many years, which can almost be regarded as the internal staff of Ziyang holy sect.


    He knows a lot about Ziyang Shengzong, including the Xiao family.


    Xiao Liang pretended to be a tiger and threatened Meng Zhang with the name of Ziyang Shengzong. His activities of extracting benefits could not hide from his eyes.


    He saw through Xiao Liang''s details at a glance and knew his plan.


    Originally, Ding Yangzhen was unwilling to do much, but finally revealed some important information to Meng Zhang.


    Although he didn''t say it clearly, he ordered Meng Zhang a few words.


    Meng Zhang and her mother-in-law had guessed that it was probably not the original intention of Ziyang Shengzong to force taiyimen.


    Now Ding Yangzhen''s words can be regarded as evidence.


    Although the negotiation failed, Meng Zhang was not very disappointed.


    If this is not the will of Ziyang Shengzong, but the selfish thoughts of the Xiao family, Meng Zhang still has room for maneuver.


    Offend the Xiao family.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it yet. According to the current situation of Ziyang Shengzong, the Xiao family can still send a large team of friars to attack Taiyi gate.


    As for the next difficulties of the Xiao family, there may be intentional trouble and trouble, Meng Zhang followed.


    After leaving from Ding Yang Zhenjun, Meng Zhang directly returned to the residence of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    He told the stationed friars a few words and returned to Zhiyuan city.


    Meng Zhang put aside the affairs of the Xiao family for the time being and put his attention back to the Daheng cultivation world.


    As more and more demons are cleared, the evil disaster will subside.


    As the leader of this matter, Meng Zhang can feel that he has obtained a lot of heavenly merits.

 Chapter 1489

    Meng Zhang and his incarnation outside the body are too wonderful. They can share the merits and virtues of heaven.


    Meng Zhang''s high fortune in the sun not only benefited him a lot, but also benefited the whole Taiyi gate.


    And too wonderful in the underworld, also ushered in a lot of good things.


    It''s wonderful. Since refining the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods from the taiyimen treasure house, I have made great progress in cultivation, and almost can catch up with me.


    Wonderful. I don''t have much time in that small world. I spend most of my time wandering around the underworld.


    He is constantly familiar with the environment here, looking for opportunities.


    In addition to obtaining strange flowers and fruits such as Zhiyang fruit and cathode grass in the underworld, he also subdued many powerful ghosts and took them as his subordinates.


    After her accumulated strength was enough, Taimiao began to use her newly acquired talents to transform the four Dharma protectors and try to transform them into her own slave gods.


    In this process, in addition to consuming a large number of various natural materials and earth treasures obtained from the underworld, Meng Zhang also opened the large warehouse of Taiyi gate to provide full support to Taimiao.


    It took a long time. Among the four Dharma protectors, the oldest Jijian God general with the least longevity yuan was first transformed by Taimiao and successfully became a ghost with the strength of Yuanshen period.


    Jijian God general not only made great progress in cultivation, but also extended his longevity.


    The longevity of ghosts and gods is much longer than that of ordinary human friars.


    Jijian God general was originally a Dharma protector God General refined by taiyimen. He is very different from human friars in all aspects.


    After being transformed into ghosts and gods, he also had many special features and mastered many new abilities.


    As a wonderful slave God, Jijian God can also use some wonderful abilities when needed.


    Transforming ghosts and gods and having obedience to gods is also a great loss for Taimiao, which will increase its own burden.


    After transforming Jijian God into his own slave God, Taimiao needs to rest for a long time.


    In addition, too many materials are consumed during the transformation of Jijian divine general, and it takes time to slowly accumulate new materials.


    When Meng Zhang knew that Jijian God would become a wonderful slave God smoothly, he was also very happy for Jijian God.


    Jijian Shenjiang was a disciple of Taiyi sect in its heyday, and later became a Dharma protector Shenjiang for some reason.


    After the demise of taiyimen in its heyday, he helped the remaining taiyimen disciples rebuild taiyimen in the Daheng mountains.


    After the destruction of the rebuilt taiyimen, he was awakened by Meng Zhang after sleeping for many years.


    Meng Zhang has received many instructions from the Jijian God General in his practice.


    For the whole taiyimen, Jijian God will also make a great contribution.


    Jijian God general has now embarked on a new road and has a better future. Of course, Meng Zhang should be happy for him.


    Besides, after being transformed into a wonderful God, Jijian God will almost be reborn and have a long life again.


    For Taimiao, with such a powerful and reliable hand as Jijian Shenjiang, it is convenient for him to organize an army of ghosts in the underworld and establish a foundation.


    The reason why Meng Zhang originally refined such a wonderful incarnation was that he was touched by the Dali Dynasty and hoped to establish a reliable stronghold in the underworld, so as to encroach on the various interests of the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I''ve been in the underworld for some years. I''ve made achievements and experienced many setbacks.


    If you can convert all the four Dharma protectors into subordinate gods, it will be wonderful to have reliable helpers and establish a stronghold in the underworld again.


    It''s wonderful to exist. It has long been known by ghosts and gods.


    Shouzheng doesn''t know that Taimiao is the incarnation of Meng Zhang. He thinks he is a ghost cooperating with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has long been ready to find a time to talk openly with Shouzheng.


    It would be great if Shouzheng could accept the existence of too wonderful and even provide some help to the too wonderful in hell.


    If Shouzheng feels that it is too wonderful to divide his interests and is unwilling to cooperate, Meng Zhang will make plans early.


    Meng Zhang was planning to summon Shouzheng to the sun. When talking to him, new trouble came to the door again.


    Since the negotiation between Meng Zhang and Xiao Liang failed, this guy began to make trouble for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Xiao Liang''s action would come so fast.


    It seems that this guy is ready.


    Xiao Liang should have prepared various means before negotiating with Meng Zhang.


    First of all, in the name of Ziyang Shengzong, Xiao Liang conveyed a severely worded letter to Meng Zhang.


    In his letter, he asked why Meng Zhang tolerated the existence of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province?


    If he didn''t start with these big businesses, could he be the head of the rat and have any illusions about the Dali imperial dynasty?


    When taiyimen betrayed the Dali Dynasty and took refuge in Ziyang Shengzong, they vowed their loyalty to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Is Meng Zhang now ready to betray Ziyang Shengzong and return to the embrace of Dali emperor?


    If Meng Zhang wants to prove his innocence, he must completely draw a line with Dali Dynasty.


    To draw a clear line, we should first uproot the branches of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province.


    After reading this letter, Meng Zhang had only one word in his heart. If he wanted to add a crime, he had no choice.


    Of course, Xiao Liang did not label Meng Zhang for no reason, but found a seemingly reasonable excuse.


    Meng Zhang is also worried about the branches of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province.


    However, due to various considerations, Meng Zhang did not start with them.


    Especially after Ziyang Shengzong''s war against the emperor was not smooth, Meng Zhang wanted to leave a retreat for his family.


    Xiao Liang grasped this point, which was a flaw in Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not change his original plan to eradicate the branches of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province because of Xiao Liang''s letter.


    Through the relationship between Ding Yang and Zhenjun, Meng Zhang bypassed Xiao Liang and sent a report letter to Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the report, Meng Zhang explained this matter well, saying that the branches of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province have long taken refuge in taiyimen.


    As a righteous monk, Meng Zhang is really bad at breaking the rules of the cultivation world and killing wantonly.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang also hinted that Xiao Liang took the opportunity to blackmail himself in an attempt to seize the wealth of taiyimen.


    Although Meng Zhang''s report letter reached Ziyang Shengzong, it did not follow.


    Later, Ding Yang Zhenjun came forward to help Meng Zhang inquire.


    The senior level of Ziyang Shengzong is busy dealing with the Dali Dynasty, but he has no mind to ask about Meng Zhang''s little things.


    Many affairs related to Taiyi gate were handed over to Xiao Liang by the high level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, although Xiao Liang was given great power, he was also greatly constrained.


    At least, before the taiyimen revolted openly, Xiao Liang could not use the power of Ziyang Shengzong to attack the taiyimen.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang did not answer his own questions, Xiao Liang bypassed himself and reported directly to the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Angry, he sent a letter again, severely reprimanding Meng Zhang.


    He ordered Meng Zhang to eradicate the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty such as Datong business alliance as soon as possible.


    After knowing the attitude of the high level of Ziyang holy sect from Ding Yang Zhenjun, Meng Zhang was determined and didn''t worry about Xiao Liang''s questioning at all.


    Even, he had the leisure to fight a mouth lawsuit with Xiao Liang.


    In a word, Meng Zhang will not attack big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Of course, if Xiao Liang wants to serve zongmen and eradicate these big businesses, Meng Zhang will not stop him.


    In addition to the problems of big businesses such as Datong business alliance, Xiao Liang also found many excuses to constantly scold Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang pretended not to know and ignored one.


    As long as Xiao Liang can''t use the power of Ziyang Shengzong to attack Taiyi gate, but just talk and shoot, Meng Zhang can slowly entangle with him.


    Of course, since Xiao Liang decided to attack Meng Zhang and began to suppress Taiyi gate, he would never have only this small means.


    With the passage of time, the number of large-scale demon groups in Daheng cultivation world is becoming less and less.


    Niu Dawei, Yang Xueyi and others organized several teams to eliminate demons in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang also shot many times and killed those fourth-order demons himself.


    The demons led by the fourth order demons have basically been destroyed or scattered by the Terran cultivators.


    Now, the demon party not only has no power to actively invade the territory of the Terran cultivators, but has to spare no effort to avoid the pursuit of the Terran cultivators.


    The Terran side has completely gained the upper hand and regained control of the situation in the Daheng cultivation world.


    As anyone with a clear eye knows, this evil disaster is beginning to come to an end.


    The evil disaster was completely calmed down, and peace was restored in the Daheng cultivation world. It is not far away.


    At this time, all kinds of cattle, ghosts and snakes began to emerge.


    Many of the original monastic forces in Daheng monastic world either actively or passively abandoned their mountain gates and territories and fled from Daheng monastic world.


    In the cultivation world, the territory suitable for the survival and development of practitioners is limited.


    Even in the remote north of Jun dust world, there are not many such sites.


    After escaping from the Daheng cultivation world, many cultivation forces did not mix well, or even struggled.


    At this time, I heard that the magic disaster in my hometown had subsided and peace had been restored. They couldn''t help thinking of returning home.


    In particular, some of them instigated and connected in series, and these Xiuzhen forces united one after another.


    As one of the four giants in the former Daheng cultivation world, Bairi valley still has strong strength even after many setbacks.


    Led by the day Valley, these cultivation forces formed a temporary alliance.


    The purpose of this temporary alliance is very simple. It is for everyone to organize to recover their original territory and Mountain Gate, so that everyone can return to their hometown.


    The alliance still looks a bit powerful.


    The Daheng cultivation world was originally a place with many cultivation forces, which was far more prosperous than the Jiuqu League.


    Because of the evil disaster, everyone was forced to leave their hometown and gave up everything in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Now they have a chance to recapture what they used to be, and they work hard to run.


    In the process of quelling the evil disaster, Meng Zhang''s army of friars stationed everywhere and occupied the mountain gates and territories of major Xiuzhen forces.


    This is an unprecedented huge harvest for taiyimen.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world, a rich territory, can support at least two or three large-scale Taiyi doors.


    Taiyimen captured the great horizontal cultivation world, which really has the foundation of overlord.


    As long as there is enough development time, I dare not say that I can catch up with those holy places. At least I can have the power to approach the Dali imperial dynasty.


    No one will spit out the fat in his mouth.


    The top level of taiyimen is to reward people for their achievements, and to master the treasure land of Daheng cultivation world as soon as possible.


    Many methods have been used to make the Xiuzhen forces on the other side of Jiuqu Province set foot here.


    Many of the members of Hanhai daomeng made sacrifices and made meritorious contributions in the previous war to quell the demon disaster.


    These members were rewarded by taiyimen with some land of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    They are ready to establish strongholds, mine minerals and open up spiritual fields here.


    Some Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province were found some excuses by taiyimen and moved to Daheng Xiuzhen world one after another.


    Even though these forces may not be willing, they are powerless to oppose the will of taiyimen.


    Of course, neither the development and management of Daheng cultivation world by those cultivation forces nor the migration of some cultivation forces can be achieved overnight.


    The original ruling order of Daheng cultivation world has long been fragmented in the demon disaster.


    Now, through a series of means of Taiyi gate, the Daheng cultivation world has little to do with the original owner.


    These Xiuzhen forces who have long escaped have the face to come back and want to snatch food from Taiyi gate. They simply don''t know what to do.


    When Meng Zhang heard about the establishment of the alliance and their demands, he didn''t need to send spies to continue to inquire. He knew that there must be many works of the Xiao family behind the alliance.


    The friars in this alliance are not fools. They know that even if they unite, they can''t fight the powerful taiyimen.


    So instead of directly fighting with taiyimen, they took a circuitous approach.


    They sent representatives everywhere crying and asking for help, hoping that someone would come out and preside over justice.


    There are such righteous people in the cultivation world.


    Xiao Liang, the sage of Ziyang, was greatly moved after hearing the tragedy of these Xiuzhen forces and stated that he would uphold justice for them.


    Xiao Liang''s doing so is justified in all respects.


    Ziyang Shengzong is the ruler of the north of Junchen world. In theory, all the forces and practitioners here should obey the rule of Ziyang Shengzong and are subordinates of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Daheng cultivation world is located in the north of Junchen world. Naturally, the cultivation forces here are also nominally subordinates of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It is impossible for Ziyang Shengzong to exercise strict rule over many Xiuzhen forces in the north.


    But when something big happens, Ziyang Shengzong will actively intervene.


    When the magic disaster broke out in Daheng cultivation world, Ziyang Shengzong didn''t do anything.


    If the main forces were not restrained by the Dali Dynasty, I''m afraid Meng Zhang and taiyimen would not come to dominate the war against demons.


    Meng Zhang led a large army of friars on an expedition to Daheng cultivation world, which was also promoted by Ziyang Shengzong.


    To this end, Ziyang Shengzong also gave Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate a lot of help.

 Chapter 1490

    Xiao Liang came forward in the name of Ziyang holy sect and presided over justice for the cultivation forces such as Bairi valley.


    Xiao Liang specifically ordered Meng Zhang not to allow Taiyi gate to invade the territory of other families.


    Meng Zhang directly regarded Xiao Liang''s orders as nonexistent.


    However, Meng Zhang still has to solve the troubles brought by the cultivation forces such as the daytime valley.


    These guys themselves are the aborigines of Daheng cultivation world, and their strength is not weak. Now I think I''ve got the support of Ziyang Shengzong, which will only double my embarrassment with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang looked down upon these forces and despised them very much.


    When the evil disaster broke out, these guys didn''t know how to resist actively, they only knew to abandon everything and run for their lives.


    Now the evil disaster has subsided, but I want to come back and pick up cheap. Where is such a good thing in the world.


    The territory captured by friar taiyimen with his life and blood must not be given to these guys in vain.


    Of course, how to deal with these guys is a bit tricky.


    Taiyimen is also a member of the orthodox sect and needs to abide by the rules of the orthodox sect.


    The ruler in the north of Junchen world is Ziyang Shengzong, and Taiyi gate cannot openly disobey the orders of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang found that Xiao Liang, as a monk of the holy sect of Ziyang, was really too annoying to borrow the name of the sect.


    Although he could not directly attack the Taiyi gate, he could use the name of Zong gate to create obstacles for the Taiyi gate everywhere and suppress the Taiyi gate in various ways.


    If Xiao Liang hadn''t stayed in the heavenly palace all the time and was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang had moved to get rid of him.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang can only think about it.


    Don''t say it''s him. Even if it''s Huixu power, he doesn''t dare to shoot in the heavenly palace wantonly.


    Xiao Liang put the trouble aside first, and Meng Zhang solved the immediate problem first.


    The cultivation forces such as Bairi Valley don''t know how to live or die. They prefer to be the Spearman for Xiao Liang. They all want to fight against Taiyi gate. That''s why Meng Zhang is cruel.


    Taiyi gate is an authentic gate. Of course, you can''t kill your fellow disciples for no reason.


    Especially when Xiao Liang is eyeing, Meng Zhang will not give others a handle without morality.


    The failure of Taiyi sect and its vassal sect does not mean that Meng Zhang will let these clowns go free.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is so wonderful. After converting Jijian God into slave God, he consumed a lot and began to close down and recover his vitality.


    After this period of seclusion, his vitality has almost recovered and can be shot.


    Wonderful. When you come to the sun, you will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth.


    However, with his strength in the later period of Yuanshen, even if he was suppressed, he would not fall into the realm, which was enough to sweep away those clowns.


    What''s more, it''s wonderful. I haven''t been idle in the underworld these days. I accepted many powerful ghosts and organized a ghost team again.


    This team has limited strength and small scale, but it can barely be used.


    It is no secret that Meng Zhang has cooperated with ghosts and gods before.


    In the cultivation world, many practitioners can be related to ghosts and gods.


    Because it is a conventional way for yuan Shen Zhen Jun to go to the underworld and turn into ghosts and gods after losing his body.


    For various reasons, many cultivation forces will support related ghosts and gods, establish a foundation in the underworld and expand their sphere of influence.


    The time for Taiyi gate to rise again is too short. There is no Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate to be transformed into ghosts and gods.


    If it were not for the wonderful existence, taiyimen would not have much power in the underworld.


    As for keeping upright, he is not the power of Taiyi gate in the underworld.


    Wonderful. The existence of this incarnation is one of Meng Zhang''s biggest secrets. Let alone outsiders, no one even knows inside the door.


    If ghosts and gods start to fight against the cultivation forces such as Bairi Valley, even if others guess that it has something to do with Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will never admit it as long as they can''t give authentic evidence.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s instructions, Taimiao took action immediately.


    The Daheng Xiuzhen world is mainly centered on the Daheng mountains, including many areas wrapped by the Daheng mountains.


    To the south of Daheng cultivation circle is Jiuqu province.


    Jiuqu province already has a master, and this new master is obviously not easy to provoke.


    To the west is hengjue mountain, which is also a separate cultivation area.


    In those days, when the Dali imperial dynasty conquered all directions, the local Xiuzhen forces in hengjue mountains were either eliminated or expelled. This place became a province of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Later, after the war between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty, many overseas territories of Dali dynasty fell one after another and fell to Ziyang Shengzong and its subordinate Xiuzhen forces.


    Those disabled and defeated generals who escaped from Daheng Xiuzhen world dared not rob the territory of Ziyang holy sect with their 10000 courage.


    To the west of Daheng Xiuzhen world is the famous black jade forest.


    In the heyday of the great cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world, they could not help the monsters in the black jade forest, not to mention now.


    To the north of Daheng Xiuzhen world is the vast sea, that is, the west sea of Jun dust world.


    The sea looks vast and infinite, but the space suitable for human survival is limited.


    If the external Xiuzhen forces want to have a foothold here, they must first face the local snake sea clan.


    At first, Xiuzhen forces such as Bairi Valley wanted to move to the sea, rebuild the sect gate and make a comeback.


    Many of them had made plans at sea many years ago, leaving behind some backhands.


    Unfortunately, the situation on the sea, just like the weather on the sea, has changed a lot in an instant.


    In recent years, the situation in the West Sea has changed rapidly, and the power of the sea clan has risen sharply, constantly squeezing the living space of the Terran cultivators.


    Even the original Xiuzhen forces in the West Sea are struggling to survive and support there. It is even more difficult for these outsiders to gain a foothold here.


    Facing the increasingly powerful sea people, the human cultivation forces in the West Sea welcome the new cultivation forces to help share the pressure.


    But these guys who are deserters, how much courage do they have to compete with the sea people and seize new living space.


    After learning that the evil disaster in Daheng Xiuzhen world had subsided, they had the idea of returning home.


    In addition, Xiao Liang sent people to incite and connect, and they took action immediately.


    In the westernmost part of the Daheng cultivation world, this is the end of the Daheng mountains.


    The places that were originally neglected because of poor resources have now become temporary shelters for many Xiuzhen forces.


    On the long coastline, there are wide beaches, continuous mountains and so on.


    One temporary camp after another was built in this place.


    In addition to those early self-cultivation forces that withdrew, only those who withdrew finally were self-cultivation forces.


    Without the control of mortals, these cultivation forces advance and retreat more freely and have stronger survival ability.


    On many islands near the coast, many mortals were temporarily resettled.


    From the perspective of the continuation of Xiuzhen power, mortals are also a kind of wealth.

 Chapter 1491

    Not long ago, in order to compete for territory and mortal wealth, these cultivation forces almost broke out in large-scale conflict.


    As one of the four giants in the past, there is no good way to deal with this chaotic situation.


    Day Valley is powerless and has no intention to subdue many cultivation forces here.


    Fortunately, later, Xiao Liang sent messengers to temporarily unite these scattered Xiuzhen forces.


    Ziyang holy sect, as the authority of the holy sect, has long been deeply rooted in the hearts of the people. In addition, there is the temptation to recapture the lost territory. Finally, these Xiuzhen forces abandoned the past unhappiness and temporarily stood on the same front.


    These losers did not dare to fight directly with taiyimen and expected Ziyang Shengzong to make decisions for them.


    Of course, Xiao Liang is not so kind. He just uses these Xiuzhen forces to block Meng Zhang and use this as an excuse to rob the spoils of Taiyi gate.


    These practitioners begged everywhere and gave Xiao Liang an excuse to intervene.


    Now Xiao Liang has made a move. It depends on how Meng Zhang responds.


    Meng Zhang can ignore Xiao Liang''s orders temporarily, but he can''t go on like this all the time.


    The authority of Ziyang holy sect is not so easy to violate.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t obey orders all the time, he will only provide Xiao Liang with more excuses.


    After Meng Zhang realized this, he began to use thunder to solve the problem.


    Everyone, including Xiao Liang, did not expect Meng Zhang to respond decisively with such ferocious means.


    That night, as usual, the whole beach was still noisy and chaotic.


    These practitioners who have left their homes are full of doubts about their future. Many guys who can''t see hope use alcohol to anesthetize themselves.


    In the camps of practitioners, many practitioners, like mortals, gamble and drink day and night.


    The tallest peak on the beach is the temporary camp of friars in the valley of day.


    This mountain peak was obviously rebuilt by friars of the valley of day.


    The top of the mountain was flattened and many buildings were built on it.


    Many caves have also been dug on the mountain wall.


    The aura in this area is very thin. There is no first-order spirit pulse.


    In daily cultivation, practitioners can only absorb the spirit stone.


    Without the support of spiritual pulse, the inventory of spiritual stones is limited, and Bairi Valley is reluctant to build too powerful array here.


    Only some Rune arrays and ordinary warning and prohibition systems are deployed, which is better than nothing.


    In this camp, most of the remaining monks in the day valley were gathered.


    There are several Yuanshen sects in Bairi valley. The Dharma in the sect is always strict.


    Even if they are exiled, there is still a minimum order in the camp, and the disciples dare not act recklessly.


    Shortly after nightfall, except for the friars who were responsible for patrolling, most of the friars in the daytime Valley stayed closed and began their daily meditation and breath regulation.


    After trying to recapture the territory, these Xiuzhen forces all knew that they had greatly offended taiyimen.


    For the purpose of keeping warm, many Xiuzhen forces moved their temporary camps around the camp of Bairi valley.


    If taiyimen really kills them on a large scale, they also expect Bairi Valley to come forward and organize resistance.


    In the camp of Bairi Valley, Japanese Zhenjun has just finished an argument with other Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate.


    From the very beginning, Zhenjun of the Japanese side opposed that the sect door was used by Xiao Liang of the Ziyang holy sect to provoke Taiyi gate, just like the middle of the sun.


    Meng Zhang led taiyimen to defeat demons and quell demonic disasters. What a terrible force.


    It''s because of the empty words of Xiao Liang''s emissary, it''s too unwise to be an enemy to such a figure.


    Japan''s Zhenjun has always been sober.


    Even if we can force taiyimen to make concessions, the greatest benefit will not fall into the hands of Bairi valley.


    If taiyimen doesn''t give in, the daytime Valley may become cannon fodder.


    Unfortunately, most of the monks in the door are not as sober as the Japanese real king.


    The other Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door were confused by the bright prospect of recapturing their territory and returning to their hometown.


    As a minority in the door, Zhenjun of Japan can''t convince others. No matter how much he opposes it, it has no effect.


    When Zhenjun of Japan returned to his quiet room, he always felt that his mood was not working, as if something bad was going to happen.


    At this time, at a distance from the day Valley camp, the ghost spirit of yin and cold rose into the sky.


    A ghost led a ghost team, suddenly appeared and killed the nearby camp.


    This ghost is extremely powerful. Its momentum alone frightens the strong around.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun in the day Valley felt the momentum of the ghost from a distance and flew over his camp one by one, looking at the direction of the ghost team.


    The ghost team has few members, but its strength is very strong. He easily entered the nearby camp, which was overwhelming.


    In particular, the leading ghost injured a yuan God Zhenjun who tried to stop him.


    I saw the ghost waving gently, and a large-scale camp immediately turned into ruins.


    The monks in the camp suffered heavy casualties and few survivors.


    The enemy is a ghost. Morally speaking, day valley should provide support to these attacked camps.


    Moreover, the lips are dead and the teeth are cold. Ghosts are always crazy and irrational. The next target is likely to be the camp in the daytime valley.


    Several Yuanshen Zhenjun in Bairi valley were preparing to lead the disciples out, and the space around them began to tremble slightly.


    A great force appeared out of thin air and came to their heads.


    Before this power fell, they felt as if they were carrying mountains.


    The great pressure made them unstable in the air and almost fell.


    These yuan Shen Zhenjun were preparing to take action, and the Japanese Zhenjun suddenly burst into a violent drink.


    "Stop, don''t do it."


    "The other party has shown mercy. Don''t provoke the other party."


    These confused yuan Shen Zhenjun was drunk by the Japanese Zhenjun and immediately calmed down.


    Sure enough, although the power came to their heads, it just posed and didn''t really fall.


    It seems that if they don''t do it, this power will not fall easily.


    In almost every generation of the valley of the day, great friars of the late Yuanshen appear.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun have never eaten pork and have seen pigs run.


    After calming down, they soon determined that this was a great friar in the later stage of Yuanshen, hiding in the dark to show strength and deter them.


    The monks in the later period of Yuanshen were not Chinese cabbage, but all had names.


    Although the other party didn''t show up, everyone guessed his identity.


    At this time, the ghost and God who was killing everywhere also made no secret of his breath and released the power of the yuan God in the later stage.


    In the face of two strong men at the level of big friars, even if friars of the valley of the day go all out to fight, there is only one way to lose.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of Bairi Valley, who recognized the situation, immediately became honest and stopped all his actions.

 Chapter 1492

    The leading ghost is the incarnation of Meng Zhang. It''s wonderful.


    The ghost troop he led behind him was formed by him in the underworld.


    In this team, in addition to the newly released congshenji sword general, there are two ghosts with Yuanshen strength.


    Each of the other thirty ghosts can at least compete with immortal Jindan.


    Too wonderful. Among the abilities of natural ghosts and gods, there is an ability that allows him to release special fields.


    Within his field, he can strengthen his own strength and weaken the enemy


    At some point, your own team in the field can even share the damage.


    Under normal circumstances, it is difficult for these ghosts to come to the Yang world.


    Taimiao uses his own field to take these ghosts, cross the gap between yin and Yang, and bring them to the Yang world.


    Due to the protection of Taimiao field, which offsets the suppression of many rules of heaven and earth, this ghost team can retain most of its strength and have more time to stay in the Yang world.


    Now, led by Taimiao, they are rampant and killing in the surrounding camps.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was not prepared to start so soon.


    However, Xiao Liang''s pressure was too urgent, which made him wary. He was worried that there would be some changes in his dreams.


    Before Meng Zhang started, in order to ensure that he was safe enough to solve the problem at one time, he also temporarily adjusted the plan.


    The day Valley, which was originally the key target of attack, was removed from the target list by him.


    As a former giant, Bairi Valley has a long history and profound heritage. No one knows how many hidden cards it has.


    Even if there is no big friar in the door now, there may be a card that can temporarily resist the big friar.


    Meng Zhang wanted to make a quick decision, but he didn''t want to get into a long struggle with Bairi valley.


    So he let go of the day Valley this time.


    The main target of Taimiao attack is other cultivation forces except the daytime valley.


    Especially those guys who danced most happily during this period were his key targets.


    Meng Zhang himself did not appear directly, but put pressure on the daytime Valley to try to frighten them and make them not act rashly.


    Meng Zhang will not take part in the war unless he has to.


    If he has to go to war, he must ensure the total annihilation of the enemy and leave no survivors.


    As long as there is no clear evidence, it is difficult for Xiao Liang to stare at him.


    Fortunately, these Yuanshen friars in Bairi valley still know each other.


    After feeling the power deliberately released by Meng Zhang, the yuan God Zhenjun of Bairi Valley stayed in place and did not dare to act rashly after being reminded by Zhenjun of Japan.


    Without the intervention of friars of the day Valley, even if the surrounding cultivation forces add up, they are simply vulnerable in front of the ghost team led by Taimiao.


    What''s more, these cultivation forces soon fell into chaos when they encountered a sudden attack in a hurry.


    If they don''t trust each other, they can''t cooperate sincerely and work together against the enemy.


    With Taimiao leading the ghost team around, the surrounding situation became more and more chaotic.


    A camp was broken everywhere, and more and more practitioners were killed.


    Some desperate guys, seeing that the camp in the daytime valley was not attacked, took the initiative to run here and tried to seek shelter.


    The friars in the day Valley camp had long been disturbed by the surrounding movement and prepared for battle.


    However, without the command of the middle and high levels of the door, they dare not act rashly for the time being.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of Bairi valley was watched by Meng Zhang.


    Willing or not, they are now unable to intervene in the war around them.


    Although they didn''t officially fight with Meng Zhang, they were frightened when they indirectly saw Meng Zhang''s strong strength.


    They even felt lucky that Meng Zhang didn''t do it directly to them.


    Japan''s Zhenjun didn''t agree that the friars in the gate were used by Xiao Liang to fight against Taiyi gate.


    After the current encounter, he made up his mind that he must do his best to make the daytime valley far away from the vortex.


    The Japanese emperor, regardless of others, gave orders directly to the friars in the door. Ask them to guard the door and not interfere in external affairs.


    No matter who asks for help outside, he must ignore it as if he didn''t hear it.


    Although I was confused, the following disciples did not dare to disobey the orders of the Japanese Zhenjun.


    Soon, the friar of day valley began to strengthen the defense of the camp. He looked like he refused people thousands of miles away and ignored everything that happened outside.


    Those monks who tried to run to the day Valley camp to seek shelter were not allowed to enter, but had to run outside the camp to call for help.


    They didn''t call for long, so they were chased over and killed by the extreme sword God.


    Too wonderful led the ghost team to rush to kill, and the time passed in the middle of the night.


    Before dawn, he led the ghost team back to the underworld.


    The surrounding camps were in a mess, and the ground was covered with the bodies of practitioners.


    In less than a night''s effort, most of the camps of Xiuzhen forces were broken except the day valley.


    Not only ordinary friars died and injured countless, but even the yuan God Zhenjun had a full three people who died here.


    I don''t know when Meng Zhang left quietly.


    Feeling that the great pressure disappeared, several Yuanshen Zhenjun in the daytime Valley dared to leave the camp to check the surrounding situation.


    In the experience of these Yuanshen Zhenjun, they have long been used to the scene of corpses everywhere and blood flowing into a river.


    But they could not help feeling cold at the thought of what had just happened close at hand.


    Meng Zhang didn''t directly attack Bairi valley. He didn''t want to lose his strength, but wanted to save some effort as much as possible.


    If friar Bairi Valley really doesn''t know interest, Meng Zhang won''t be merciful when he comes next time.


    Hearing is false and seeing is true. They may not be afraid of Meng Zhang''s reputation in the past.


    But after seeing Meng Zhang''s powerful power in person, they finally felt guilty.


    When Meng Zhang shot, Xiao Liang didn''t support them in time.


    Ziyang holy sect is high above all, and may not care about the life and death of these little people.


    Under the strong persuasion of Japanese Zhenjun, the other Yuanshen Zhenjun was finally persuaded by him.


    When you use Xiao Liang as a gun, you haven''t seen the benefits yet, but the disaster of exterminating the door is coming.


    This time, they refused to save others and allowed ghosts to run rampant. It''s not easy to explain to Xiao Liang.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of Bairi Valley finally reached an agreement and decided to leave the Daheng cultivation world completely and go abroad for development.


    The movement of the day valley was very fast, and the monks in the camp soon left here and embarked on a new journey.


    Before leaving, Zhenjun sent a letter to Xiao Liang, saying that Bairi Valley and other Xiuzhen forces were attacked by a mysterious ghost army, with heavy casualties and almost annihilation.


    In order to avoid ghosts, the remnant friars of day Valley had to flee abroad.


    It''s a pity that I can''t continue to serve Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1493

    All the friars in Bairi Valley rushed out of the Daheng cultivation world and went overseas. They didn''t hesitate at all. They seemed to be running for their lives.


    They just left a letter to Xiao Liang before they left.


    When Xiao Liang received the letter and understood what had happened, Bairi valley would have gone far away.


    Except for the cultivation forces in the daytime Valley, they were severely hit and suffered heavy losses.


    These cultivation forces were almost frightened by the ghost team led by ghosts and gods that night.


    Anyone with a little brain can think of taiyimen.


    They wanted to snatch food from the Taiyi gate, but first they met the disaster of almost completely destroying the gate.


    Most of these Xiuzhen forces followed the example of Bairi Valley and withdrew overseas.


    The remaining few disabled soldiers and defeated generals simply can''t play a big role.


    Meng Zhang''s decision was really a little unexpected to Xiao Liang.


    He spent a lot of effort, and a force connected everywhere was easily dispersed by Meng Zhang.


    The local cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world disappeared, and Xiao Liang couldn''t find a better use object for a while.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to Zhiyuan City, Feng Yao Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect visited him.


    After the meeting, Feng Yao Zhenjun apologized to Meng Zhang.


    Some time ago, the envoys of Ziyang Shengzong also visited the yuan God Zhenjun of SONGFENG sect.


    The messenger tried to persuade SONGFENG sect to oppose Taiyi sect, but they were sternly rejected by fengyao Zhenjun.


    Worried about Meng Zhang''s misunderstanding, the SONGFENG sect did not tell Meng Zhang about it in time.


    Later, fengyao Zhenjun thought for a long time and felt that he must be honest enough to treat his friends, so he came to explain this matter to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang listened to Feng Yao Zhenjun''s words, smiled and said nothing more.


    Xiao Liang is embarrassed to contact the Xiuzhen forces and Meng Zhang. Naturally, he will not forget the SONGFENG sect, the former giant sect.


    Meng Zhang received a report from the disciples of the dark hall some time ago. The envoys of Ziyang Shengzong had contact with SONGFENG sect secretly.


    SONGFENG sect is sandwiched between Ziyang Shengzong and Taiyi gate. It''s probably very difficult.


    Meng Zhang could understand the SONGFENG sect and didn''t want to push the SONGFENG sect to Ziyang Shengzong, so he kept silent.


    This time, Meng Zhang''s incarnation was so wonderful that he led the ghosts to kill. After the news spread, the SONGFENG sect must have been shocked.


    After many changes, the strength of SONGFENG sect has fallen sharply. It may not be as good as today''s Day valley.


    Even the daytime Valley is honestly bowed and soft, and the SONGFENG school should also make a choice.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong is countless times stronger than Taiyi gate, but Ziyang Shengzong is far away, but Taiyi gate is right in front of you.


    Moreover, the senior level of SONGFENG sect has heard about the gratitude and resentment between the Xiao family and Meng Zhang, and knows that targeting Taiyi gate may not be the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In order to avoid misunderstanding in Taiyi gate, Feng Yao Zhenjun, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, took this trip and explained it to Meng Zhang in detail.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care whether what fengyao Zhenjun said is true or false. The key is that she expressed such an attitude, which represents that SONGFENG school made a choice and officially stood on the side of Taiyi gate.


    The evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world has not completely ended. At the time of employment, taiyimen also needs the help of SONGFENG sect to stabilize the situation.


    Meng Zhang did not pursue anything and accepted the words of Feng Yao Zhenjun.


    Wonderful. The effect of this shot was surprisingly good, which helped taiyimen clear many obstacles.


    On the surface, it seems that the killing is carried out by ghosts, but everyone knows that it is Meng Zhang''s pen.


    But Xiao Liang could not take any action against taiyimen because of these.


    After this setback, Xiao Liang probably understood that Meng Zhang was not easy to provoke and did not continue to take too many actions.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that Xiao Liang would never give up. He was mostly planning some conspiracy.


    However, Meng Zhang did not have a pre emptive way. He had to wait quietly. The soldiers would block the water and cover the earth.


    Without external interference for the time being, Meng Zhang was able to devote himself wholeheartedly to quell the demon disaster.


    About ten years later, after many sweeps by the Terran friars, countless battles broke out.


    The last large-scale demon group was finally defeated by the army of friars.


    This means that in the great horizontal cultivation world, the demon side can no longer organize effective resistance.


    Next, the Terran friars'' army will not send out the whole army, but scattered into countless large and small teams to hunt down and eliminate the remaining demons everywhere.


    Of course, this process must take a long time and can not be completed in a short time.


    At this point, Meng Zhang can announce that the magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world is basically over, and all that remains is some finishing work.


    However, Meng Zhang did not do so. Instead, he still actively mobilized the ranks of friars, and in the name of quelling the evil disaster, let each detachment enter all parts of the Daheng cultivation world.


    Most of the large horizontal cultivation world is empty and waiting for taiyimen to occupy it.


    Eliminate the remaining demons, purify various regions, and develop and utilize various resources in the Daheng cultivation world


    These tedious tasks make taiyimen and the friars of vassal forces restless.


    The major war is basically over, and a large part of the expeditionary force can be transferred back to Jiuqu province.


    The remaining monks also accelerated their rotation.


    The idea of the top level of Taiyi gate is to take advantage of the current low-intensity battle to train the monks in the gate.


    Taiyimen and its vassal forces have accelerated the rotation of front-line friars.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t done much since several years ago.


    He spent most of his time in Zhiyuan City, practicing seclusion.


    Although taiyimen has a heavy burden in recent years, its revenue and expenditure are very unbalanced.


    But anyway, the support of the high-ranking friars in the door is guaranteed.


    Many people know that taiyimen has a vast territory and rich resources, which is only a temporary difficulty.


    When it slows down, there is no problem with solvency.


    Especially as the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world began to subside, Taiyi gate wantonly occupied the territory here.


    Many people are more optimistic about taiyimen.


    In this case, taiyimen came into contact with some cultivation forces in the heavenly palace. At a certain cost, they can rely on continued borrowing to tide over the difficulties temporarily.


    With sufficient resources, Meng Zhang has not been closed for a long time, but his practice has made great progress.


    Meng Zhang estimated that before long, he would be qualified to read the robbery crossing secret method recorded in the taiyimen inheritance treasure book and prepare to survive the thunder robbery.


    After thoroughly determining that there would be no repetition in the situation of Daheng Xiuzhen world, Meng Zhang also went to the periphery of Yunwu daze.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun has never left since he took office here.


    Xiao Qiao, the great enemy, died. Although on the surface it had nothing to do with Meng Zhang, Nanzhu Zhenjun knew that this was Meng Zhang''s handwriting.


    Originally, he owed Meng Zhang Tianda a favor. This time, Meng Zhang helped him fulfill his last wish.


    There was nothing in his heart, so he worked for taiyimen wholeheartedly in the future.


    After Meng Zhang and Nanzhu Zhenjun met, they talked for a long time.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun reported the situation of Yunwu daze to Meng Zhang.


    The foreign invaders inside have been unable to hide and almost never ask about things outside.


    According to Meng Zhang''s previous plan, after calming the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, we should turn the muzzle of the gun and concentrate our efforts to eliminate the extraterritorial invaders in the clouds.


    Although the evil disaster has subsided, taiyimen and its vassal forces have paid a great price.


    His monks suffered heavy casualties, and the financial pressure is as heavy as a mountain


    Under such circumstances, it is really too difficult to organize an all-round attack on Yunwu daze again.


    Meng Zhang is not a militarist. He knows the truth of relaxation.


    Taiyimen had better spend a period of time cultivating themselves and slowly recover their vitality.


    After saying goodbye to Nanzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang sacrificed the void tripod and sneaked into the fog.


    With his brilliant space transmission technique, he did not disturb the foreign invaders inside, so he roughly investigated it.


    As Meng Zhang guessed, these foreign invaders devoted themselves to the construction of the cross-border transmission array.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in array are average, but he has learned the general situation of this kind of large array from Wen qiansuan for a long time.


    After so many years, their construction work has still made little progress and is far from completion.


    As long as the cross-border transmission array is not completed, the harm of these foreign invaders is controllable.


    Probably because of the improvement of cultivation, the induction ability also improves.


    This time, Meng Zhang sensed not only the existence of the Nu Jiao king, but also a mysterious strong man.


    This mysterious strong man is not under the Nu Jiao king, but he has never been exposed publicly.


    Meng Zhang also wanted to take a closer look, but if the mysterious strong man felt it, he spontaneously hid it.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, but he still didn''t stay here for a long time and left Yunwu daze directly.


    The hidden power of cloud daze was beyond his expectation, and Meng Zhang had no intention to attack here.


    Foreign invaders are so strong in top combat power and have the advantage of location. Even if taiyimen pays a huge price, it may not be able to win.


    According to the current situation in the cultivation world, taiyimen had better preserve its strength as much as possible to deal with various changes.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court are entangled. Xiao Liang has been eyeing Taiyi gate


    Don''t mention that these foreign invaders haven''t caused any big trouble. Even if they did, it shouldn''t be the taiyimen family''s business.


    Ziyang Shengzong ruled the north of Junchen for many years. It should be their responsibility to deal with foreign invaders.


    Even if Ziyang Shengzong can''t pull out now, at least they should provide enough support to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang was unwilling to continue to lose the strength of taiyimen and cancelled the plan to attack Yunwu daze.


    After investigating the clouds and fog daze, Meng Zhang returned to Zhiyuan city and soon began to be busy again.


    Many years ago, taiyimen seized a small world originally belonging to divine descent.


    This small world was originally located between the underworld and the Yang world. Later, due to the writing before the God descendant left, it completely separated from the Yang world and fell towards the underworld.


    After years of continuous sliding, the small world finally stabilized near the underworld and became a small world attached to the underworld.


    Wen qiansuan, the master of array Tao, personally invested many resources and deployed many arrays with different functions in the small world.


    Among them, the most important array is the transmission array connecting small world and taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In addition, the small world also has a stable outlet in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful to take this small world as their rear base and place their ghosts in it.


    Because through this small world, you can freely travel between the underworld and the Yang world. This small world is like the portal of the underworld.


    So, too wonderful gave this small world a name, called the ghost world.


    With the passage of time, the rules of heaven and earth in the ghost world are more and more affected by the underworld, and the environment here becomes closer and closer to the underworld.


    Some spiritual farmers who are proficient in spiritual planting in Taiyi gate enter the world of the ghost gate through the transmission array, lead the ghosts inside, open up a miraculous medicine garden inside and plant various special miraculous medicines.


    And the earth division sent it to look for minerals, and then led the ghost to mine.


    After years of operation, the ghost Gate small world has begun to produce all kinds of products slowly.


    Due to the separation of yin and Yang and inconvenient communication, many resources in the underworld are rare in the underworld. After appearing on the market, they can often sell at a good price.


    In addition, when Taimiao wanders in the underworld, if he finds any valuable resources, he will also lead the ghost to mine and excavate them, then bring them back to the small world of the ghost gate, and finally send them back to Yangjian.


    These precious goods from the underworld not only made high profits for the Taiyi gate, but also opened up more commercial channels for the Taiyi gate.


    This is just the beginning.


    With the further operation and development of the ghost Gate small world and the wanton plundering of Taimiao in the underworld, Taiyi gate will get more and more materials in the underworld.


    Even if Meng Zhang didn''t care much about all kinds of affairs in the door, he was still shocked by the huge benefits brought by the underworld.


    No wonder Dali Dynasty can compete with Ziyang Shengzong?


    Because of the existence of the Yin capital, Dali Dynasty had a solid foundation in the underworld and could continuously obtain stable income.


    After years of operation, Dali Dynasty can accumulate enough strength to challenge Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although the ghost Gate small world is far from the Yin capital of the imperial dynasty, it has more convenience and greater potential.


    Still, taiyimen needs more time to operate and develop.


    Meng Zhang was looking forward to the peaceful development of taiyimen for a period of time after calming the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    But Meng Zhang also knows that his expectations may not come true.


    The tree wants to be quiet but the wind is not enough. There are too many helpless places in the cultivation world.


    Many things cannot be controlled by the leader of Taiyi sect.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to seize the time, practice against the clock, and strive to have the strength to survive the thunder disaster as soon as possible.


    If he can achieve the true king of Yang God, the situation of Taiyi gate will be different.

 Chapter 1494

    With the little world of the ghost gate as the foundation and the last retreat, Taimiao''s activities in the underworld become more frequent.


    After the Jijian God was transformed into a wonderful slave God, the other three Dharma protectors will look forward to it.


    The Jijian divine general, who had no way forward and could hardly improve his cultivation, not only had the cultivation equivalent to the Yuanshen period at once, but also could continue to improve his cultivation through cultivation in the future.


    This is full of great temptation for the other three Dharma protectors.


    Although they haven''t exhausted their longevity yuan yet, they all face the same problem as the Jijian God general.


    However, transforming from God requires a large amount of materials. With the power of taiyimen, it also needs to be collected slowly through various channels.


    While waiting to collect materials, Taimiao continues to wander in the underworld.


    Along the way, he not only accepted many ghosts and wantonly expanded his men, but also looked for various special resources.


    The deeper the integration of the ghost world and the underworld, the greater the change of the rules of heaven and earth.


    If you don''t adjust the various arrays set inside, these arrays will lose their function sooner or later.


    In particular, the important long-distance transmission array is related to the transmission of personnel and materials.


    Wen qiansuan spent most of his time in the small world of the ghost gate, dealing with various array problems.


    In order to maintain the long-distance transmission array, Meng Zhang often needs to use the void tripod to lock the space himself.


    Compared with the means of Dali imperial dynasty leading to the Yin capital, Taiyi gate is a clever way to connect the underworld by building a long-distance transmission array in the ghost Gate small world.


    It would be more complicated to directly build a transmission array connecting the underworld without the ghost world as a transit.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, Wen qiansuan''s current array attainments may not be able to build successfully.


    Since it is a coincidence, there are naturally some sequelae.


    In order to maintain the long-distance transmission array in the small world of ghost gate, wenqiansuan needs a lot of energy.


    When necessary, Meng Zhang needs to use the void tripod to help stabilize the space.


    Many times, Meng Zhang has made great progress in array attainments, and his understanding of space rules is very in-depth.


    After dealing with the problem of the small world of the ghost gate, Meng Zhang finally took the time to have a good talk with the taiyimen elder Shouzheng.


    Meng Zhang found a secluded place among the grass slopes at the gate of taiyimen mountain, set up an altar and began to summon Shouzheng in the underworld.


    In the past, when Meng Zhang''s cultivation was low, he always felt how tall this ceremony was. He called to guard the right, and he didn''t get a response every time.


    He is now a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, and he has great insight in all aspects.


    Not only have you mastered the inner mystery of these rituals long ago, but you don''t have to worry about the reverse phagocytosis caused by the rituals at all.


    Even the head of Taiyi sect in its heyday was just so cultivated.


    Shouzheng is paying more and more attention to Meng Zhang''s call.


    Soon after Meng Zhang began to summon, the righteous Buddha himself came to him.


    Shouzheng probably guessed that Meng Zhang''s solemn call to his family must have great events.


    A tall Taoist elder floated on Meng Zhang''s head and saluted him.


    "Shouzheng has seen the headmaster."


    The act of keeping upright made Meng Zhang feel a little relieved. Since he still recognized his leader, today''s conversation should not be the worst.


    Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and went straight to the point.


    He told Shouzheng that a ghost called Taimiao in the underworld took the initiative to take refuge in taiyimen, and vowed to be loyal to taiyimen forever.


    Over the years, Taimiao has made great contributions to taiyimen.


    Taimiao has actively responded to Meng Zhang''s call many times and personally came to Yangshi to help taiyimen fight.


    With the help of Taimiao, taiyimen has a special channel to connect with the underworld.


    Taimiao helps taiyimen collect various resources in the underworld and send them to the Yang world.


    Taiyimen gained great benefits from it.


    ¡­¡­


    In addition to retaining the real origin of Taimiao, Meng Zhang almost poured beans in a bamboo tube and told most of Taimiao''s contacts with Taiyi gate.


    When Meng Zhang spoke, Shouzheng kept silent and just listened quietly.


    Shouzheng''s heart is not as calm as it seems.


    Although Shouzheng doesn''t know the details, it can be seen from some details that the other party is definitely a powerful ghost and God, and his strength may not be lower than himself.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to subdue such a powerful ghost and God is his good fortune and the spirit of Taiyi gate is endless.


    Shouzheng was the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi sect in its heyday. Later, before the sect perished, he was entrusted with an important task.


    He knows more about the secrets of taiyimen than Meng Zhang.


    Taiyimen, which has declined for a long time and has almost completely fallen, has finally ushered in recovery.


    What does this mean? Shouzheng has a certain guess in his heart.


    After Meng Zhang finished, Shouzheng took the initiative to congratulate Meng Zhang and taiyimen for subduing such ghosts and gods as Taimiao.


    Shouzheng was very generous and said that he was willing to share the sacrifice of taiyimen with Taimiao.


    He also asked Meng Zhang to introduce Taimiao to him, and he would have a good communication with Taimiao.


    If it is wonderful in the future, if there is anything you need to help in the underworld, just say hello and he will do his best to help.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised by his good attitude.


    He didn''t show any dissatisfaction, but very cooperative.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not reveal the details of the wonderful things just because Shouzheng said a few good words.


    In Meng Zhang''s opinion, Taimiao has many shortcomings compared with Shouzheng, an old elder.


    If they are allowed to contact at this time, it may be wonderful and will be taken advantage of by Shouzheng.


    It is necessary to wait for Taimiao to become stronger and establish a solid foundation in the underworld before Meng Zhang can let him start to contact Shouzheng.


    Meng Zhang seemed very happy about his upright attitude.


    He made a heart-to-heart appearance and told Shouzheng from the bottom of his heart.


    Shouzheng is an old master of Taiyi sect after all. Taiyi sect will never neglect him because of the wonderful ghost.


    There will be no less sacrifice in taiyimen in the future.


    For example, the ghost oath promoted by taiyimen within its rule will be distributed fairly, and Shouzheng and Taimiao will be used as guarantee ghosts and gods respectively.


    Shouzheng, if you have any other needs, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate will try their best to meet them.


    As for the topic that Shouzheng wanted to make friends with Taimiao, Meng Zhang took the initiative to turn away.


    According to Meng Zhang, Taimiao is now collecting some special resources for the sect in the underworld and can''t get away for the time being.


    When you have a chance in the future, you must introduce them to each other.


    It''s a pity that Shouzheng can''t get to know Taimiao immediately, but he didn''t say much.

 Chapter 1495

    Meng Zhang also casually mentioned the treasure hidden in the underworld by the ancestors of taiyimen. With the help of Taimiao, he took it out completely a few years ago.


    Hearing this, Shouzheng, who had been calm, changed his face slightly. At last, he didn''t say much, but congratulated Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang won the legacy left by the ancestors of Taiyi gate, and will certainly be able to lead Taiyi gate to continue its rise and return to its former grand occasion in the future.


    It seems that he doesn''t care much about it.


    Meng Zhang finished his business and chatted with Shouzheng for a while before ending the call and sending Shouzheng back to the underworld.


    After the conversation with Meng Zhang, Shouzheng returned directly to the underworld.


    His figure appeared in a huge palace.


    Keep the front expressionless, but your heart is full of thoughts.


    No matter what kind of chance Meng Zhang has, with the ghost and God called Taimiao, his reliance on integrity will be greatly weakened in the future.


    Shouzheng himself doesn''t, and doesn''t disdain to compete for favor and so on.


    However, some of his calculations and future arrangements still need the strength of Meng Zhang and the whole taiyimen.


    Shouzheng, even if he doesn''t strive for anything for himself, should also consider for his subordinates who have followed him for many years.


    In the former heyday of taiyimen, there were many Yuanshen Zhenjun who lost his body for various reasons and had to be transformed into ghosts and gods.


    Most of these ghosts and gods were robbed one after another after Taiyi gate was destroyed, so they died completely.


    Only Shouzheng and a few lucky people survived.


    In addition, he has been guarding the underworld for many years and has established a force with many subordinates.


    His men have nothing to do with taiyimen.


    Even the few guys from Taiyi sect changed their temperament after they became ghosts and gods. They no longer care about the meaning of their peers.


    They submit to righteousness because their ability to defend righteousness has little to do with their taiyimen.


    Whether Meng Zhang is intentional or unintentional, in fact, through his wonderful existence, he has formed a certain restriction on Shouzheng.


    This is the usual political means of the superior.


    A qualified leader will not rely entirely on one side.


    Shouzheng has seen many similar precedents, but he always feels a little unhappy when it happens to himself.


    According to Meng Zhang, Taimiao helped taiyimen establish a channel to connect the underworld, which can continuously send the resources of the underworld to the Yang world.


    It is very clear how great interests are contained in this process.


    At least for now, too wonderful shows greater value.


    In the future, I''m afraid taiyimen will invest more resources in Taimiao.


    At the thought of this, Shouzheng fell into deep thought.


    After seeing off Shouzheng, Meng Zhang was also relieved.


    From his heart, he didn''t want the elder in the door to think that the younger generation would cross the river and tear down the bridge, and he was more reluctant to fall out with each other.


    The underworld is vast and has more opportunities than the Jun dust world.


    Too wonderful power alone is not enough to gain too much advantage in the underworld.


    Shouzheng and Taimiao should complement each other and help taiyimen expand in the underworld.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang found that he was guarding some things and had his own selfish thoughts. He didn''t take much care of his leader.


    With too wonderful as a check and balance, I hope Shouzheng can be honest.


    As for what will happen in the future, Meng Zhang is still unknown.


    After dealing with this matter, Meng Zhang still focused on his own cultivation.


    In the following ten years, the surrounding situation was relatively calm.


    Although the evil disaster in Daheng cultivation world has almost subsided, many subsequent work still needs taiyimen''s constant investment.


    On the side of Jiuqu Province, the whole province is completely under the control of taiyimen, except for big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    There are not many distractions. Meng Zhang can concentrate on his practice.


    He occasionally left the closed place several times, either to the heavenly palace or to the ghost world.


    Since the failure of the last negotiation, Meng Zhang did not meet Xiao Liang again.


    Xiao Liang probably knows that ordinary means can''t help Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t go on until he was not sure enough.


    Continued failure will only undermine his prestige and make the high level of Ziyang Shengzong despise him.


    In the cultivation world, there has always been a great demand for various resources from the underworld.


    However, yin and yang are separated, and it is difficult for the two places to travel. As a result, the materials in the underworld are rare in the market, and the price is very high.


    Taiyi gate began to sell a large number of materials from the underworld, which undoubtedly proves that Taiyi gate has a channel to connect the underworld.


    Although this makes people jealous, there are no other cultivation forces around Taiyi gate that can threaten Taiyi gate for the time being.


    Because it can provide a large number of materials from the underworld, taiyimen has opened up many new commercial channels in the heavenly palace and obtained a lot of benefits.


    Coincidentally, an old friend of mother-in-law Qiansi just needs some special resources from the underworld.


    After learning the news from mother-in-law Qiansi, Meng Zhang asked Taimiao to collect it in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I''ve been busy in the underworld for a long time with the extremely sword general and a bunch of ghosts.


    Maybe it''s because of the upsurge of Qi luck and the advent of good luck. It''s really wonderful to successfully collect these resources.


    With his mother-in-law as an intermediary, his old friend was quite generous and gave Meng Zhang a bottle of forging God jade liquid in exchange.


    Meng Zhang refined this bottle of forging God jade liquid, saving a lot of time again.


    It took him only more than ten years to achieve the effect that would have taken decades to achieve.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang felt that his Yuanshen had grown to the limit and could not continue to grow at all.


    His later cultivation of Yuanshen has been completely completed and reached the peak.


    If his cultivation wants to continue to improve, he must find a way to survive the thunder and advance to the Yang God period.


    In the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang took out the inheritance Treasure Book of Taiyi gate and read the text of the secret Dharma of crossing robbery with some uneasiness.


    It''s probably that the cultivation has reached and crossed the invisible threshold.


    Meng Zhang read the secret Dharma of crossing robbery very smoothly this time, and soon read the text.


    The text part of the Dharma of crossing robbery is not long, and the content seems to be few.


    However, Meng Zhang read almost word by word and sentence by sentence. After reading, he read and speculated repeatedly.


    With his understanding, he soon mastered the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Meng Zhang has never seen any other secret method of crossing the robbery, so he can''t compare it.


    From the introduction of this treasure book alone, this is a very clever secret method of crossing robbery.


    After he mastered it, he also felt that the secret method was extremely mysterious and profound.


    After mastering the secret method of crossing the robbery, Meng Zhang should start preparing for crossing the robbery.


    But somehow, he suddenly hesitated.

 Chapter 1496

    Meng Zhang hesitated because it was too dangerous to go through the thunder robbery and advance to Yang God.


    Every breakthrough in the realm of practice on the road of practice is not easy.


    Even a genius like Meng Zhang rarely encounters bottlenecks, but he will pay some price when crossing each threshold.


    Although there may be some dangers in each realm breakthrough before crossing the robbery, even if the breakthrough fails, it is at most injured, and there is rarely life danger.


    But going through a thunderstorm is a completely different experience.


    Once the robbery fails, it is the end of the destruction of both form and spirit. Basically, there is no other possibility.


    Meng Zhang has never faced such a challenge since he embarked on the road of practice.


    It is human nature that he hesitated.


    Moreover, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has too much to bear. He can''t put it down easily.


    He was really worried about everything in the sect and risked his life to get through the thunder.


    Meng Zhang knew that once he had the fear in his heart, the probability of success would be lower.


    But the more he knew this, the more difficult it was for him to get rid of such an idea.


    Meng Zhang was very alert. He soon found that his ideas were wrong and his state of mind was very abnormal.


    He put down the inheritance Scripture, closed his eyes, began to concentrate and calm down, and slowly relaxed his mind.


    After half a ring, Meng Zhang suddenly opened his eyes, and the hesitation on his face disappeared.


    Facing the unprecedented challenge, Meng Zhang was not aware of it for a moment. He showed a little weakness in his heart and was almost confused by the heart demon.


    A few years ago, Meng Zhang killed countless demons in the Daheng cultivation world. Before that, he had sinned against the great devil and the demon God.


    He still has the mark of the great devil on him.


    This mark seems to be harmless on weekdays, but at the critical moment, it touched Meng Zhang''s demons and almost broke his Tao heart.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s heart is strong and his spiritual sense is sharp. When he detects something wrong, he responds in time.


    Proficient in many kinds of secret methods, he easily dispelled the heart demons and returned to normal.


    Meng Zhang knows that there are demons in everyone''s heart, even the great power of returning to emptiness and even the immortal are no exception.


    He has only temporarily dispelled the demons, but as long as the problem is not completely solved, the demons will attack again sooner or later.


    To solve the problem, he collected the inheritance treasure and slowly left the Sutra Pavilion.


    He relaxed and walked around the taiyimen Mountain Gate, enjoying the scenery in the gate.


    After walking almost half of the taiyimen Mountain Gate, he was preparing to go back. The void tripod he put into his body shook gently.


    Meng Zhang released the void tripod.


    The void tripod floated in front of Meng Zhang, and a figure flew out of the tripod.


    Although Kongzi had long been subject to Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, he also took the initiative to cooperate with Meng Zhang''s refining.


    However, he did not ask to talk to Meng Zhang many times.


    Vanity son has something to say. Of course, Meng Zhang should listen carefully.


    After vanity son appeared, he asked Meng Zhang if he was going to cross the robbery.


    Since he had been carrying the void tripod with him, Meng Zhang was not prepared to hide many secrets from him.


    Meng Zhangdu''s robbery is very important, and even related to the future and destiny of taiyimen.


    For outsiders, Meng Zhang should certainly keep it as secret as possible.


    Meng Zhang will still tell the truth about the sect elders like vanity son.


    It is said that Meng Zhang is really ready to get through the thunder robbery. Vanity son pondered for a long time before he said something.


    It turns out that the fourth order magic weapon has a spirit. These spirits will also grow and become more and more powerful.


    In the early stage of the growth of the spirit, it mainly depends on the warm cultivation and refining of the power of the master''s original God.


    In the later stage, the spirit itself knew the spontaneous practice.


    But the spirit is always the spirit, not the real life.


    There is a big bottleneck in the growth of the spirit.


    The fourth-order magic weapon has no master''s control, but it can''t give full play to its strength by relying on the control of the spirit.


    In order to become a real creature and break through the shackles of nature, the spirit must experience the baptism of thunder robbery.


    It is difficult to survive the baptism of the thunder robbery alone by the power of the instrument spirit itself.


    For the spirit, the best way is to have a strong master.


    When the Master goes through the thunder robbery, the instrument spirit goes with him and accepts the baptism of the thunder robbery.


    As the most precious treasure handed down from Taiyi sect in its heyday, the void tripod has many secrets on its spirit, which Meng Zhang has not fully understood so far.


    After so many years of accumulation, vanity son has a certain assurance that his family can be baptized by thunder robbery.


    For the sake of perfection, it''s best to get the master''s care during the robbery.


    Vanity son solemnly requested that Meng Zhang take himself with him to help him accept the baptism of thunder robbery when he passed the thunder robbery.


    Meng Zhang had no reason to refuse vanity son''s request.


    Vanity children have the courage to take risks and seek breakthroughs in life forms. What reason does Meng Zhang have not to fight with him?


    If the robbery fails, Meng Zhang is too busy for himself, and vanity son has to obey his fate.


    Meng Zhang knew that thunder robbery was not only a great gateway for practitioners, but also a great opportunity.


    After the cultivator goes through the thunder robbery, the life form will win a breakthrough in essence.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang agreed to his request, vanity son''s face was full of joy.


    As an instrument spirit, he has been waiting for this day for too long.


    Without the care of the master, the chance of success is too low.


    Therefore, the void son had to wait silently for the appropriate master to appear.


    In order to break through the congenital shackles, he is willing to accept all the risks.


    Even for this reason, he would not hesitate to destroy both form and spirit.


    It seems that he sensed the firm heart of the void son, and Meng Zhang was greatly encouraged.


    Meng Zhangdu robbery is a very confidential matter. He didn''t tell too many people.


    He just secretly recalled his eldest disciple Niu Dawei to the mountain gate.


    If Meng Zhang fails to survive the robbery, he must die.


    He had to make arrangements early to avoid confusion in the door.


    He told Niu Dawei about the possible consequences and asked him to make all kinds of preparations.


    If Meng Zhang did not survive the thunder disaster, Niu Dawei would inherit the position of leader of Taiyi sect and lead the sect to meet challenges in all aspects.


    At that time, Taiyi sect may take the initiative to shrink its influence and even give up most of its interests in order to keep the inheritance of the sect.


    After arranging the aftermath, Meng Zhang can finally put down everything in his heart and calmly meet the thunder robbery.


    He took all the magic tools off his body, just a single coat with a void tripod, and began to sense heaven and earth and summon thunder robbery.

 Chapter 1497

    According to the secret Dharma of crossing robbery, after the monk has enough assurance of crossing robbery, he must communicate with the avenue of heaven and earth and summon the arrival of robbery thunder.


    Ordinary friars without inheritance may still be confused, unable to enter the door, and do not know how to start.


    Meng Zhang, who has inherited the secret Dharma of the sect, can take it with him only if the void tripod is also the object of robbery.


    During the robbery, the void tripod not only couldn''t help, but also needed Meng Zhang''s distraction.


    If you don''t have enough confidence in your accomplishments, no one dares to do so.


    The originally cloudless sky, after Meng Zhang called to rob the thunder, soon became dark clouds, thunder rolling, thunder roaring, electric snakes scurrying


    This is the power of heaven and earth. The thunder method displayed by the cultivator can''t achieve its just in case power.


    Meng Zhang took the void tripod and flew up into the sky and took the initiative to rush into the thunder clouds.


    In the thunder clouds, it seems to be an independent small world, completely isolated from the outside world.


    When the cultivator crosses the robbery, others just want to disturb or take the opportunity to frame him, but they can''t do it at all.


    This is determined by the mechanism of the cultivator''s salvation.


    The practitioners who cross the robbery are protected by the natural robbery.


    If there are other practitioners, even if they return to virtual power and rush into the thunder robbery, they will also be hit by the thunder robbery and suffer a great loss.


    After Meng Zhang flew into the thunder cloud, Niu Dawei stood in the air, stared at his head and waited quietly.


    For the teacher who taught him since childhood, his heart is full of respect and confidence.


    He firmly believed that master Meng Zhang would survive the thunder and return safely.


    At that time, the master will still be the leader of Taiyi sect and will continue to lead Taiyi sect to meet various challenges.


    Niu Dawei waited for ten days.


    After ten days, Meng Zhang finally flew out of the thunder clouds and directly back to the mountain gate.


    In these ten days, Niu Dawei informed several middle and high-level officials to go back to the mountain gate.


    An Xiaoran, Yang Xueyi and Jin Qiaoer took time to go back to the mountain gate. In addition, an Muran, who was temporarily out of the pass, was informed by Niu Dawei and waited together.


    When Meng Zhang returned, they met him together.


    Since Meng Zhang appeared here intact, he must have survived the thunder disaster safely.


    Not to mention anything else, Meng Zhang''s temperament is very different from before.


    In the past, everyone was the true king of the yuan God. As a great monk, Meng Zhang would bring them a great sense of oppression.


    But now, Meng Zhang''s body is full of an ethereal and lofty breath, which makes people feel like coming out of the dust at a glance.


    Meng Zhang successfully survived the thunder and became a monk in the Yang God period. Everyone was very happy.


    Although Meng Zhang himself looked light in front of the disciples, he still had unspeakable joy in his heart.


    Although Jiuqu province and Daheng cultivation world, including the surrounding areas, have never been a monk in the Yang God period.


    But Meng Zhang had seen friars in the period of Yang God.


    Think about the emperor Bawu of Dali Dynasty, the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda, and what kind of people they are.


    Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace many times and learned a lot about the status of friars in the Yang God period.


    In the practice world, many practitioners regard the Yang God period as a stage of the yuan God period, and believe that the Yang God realm is the real great perfection of the yuan God period.


    Whether this statement is correct or not, there is actually a difference between the Yang God Friar and the ordinary yuan God friar.


    For the friars of the yuan God period, including the great friars of the later yuan God period, the friars of the Yang God period are absolutely irresistible.


    Although Meng ZhangCai has just entered the Yang God period, if he meets those opponents at the level of big friars in the past, he doesn''t need to spend too much effort and can easily win them.


    In the Jun dust world, the great energy of returning to emptiness can''t be shot easily.


    Last time, Ziyang Shengzong''s great power of returning to emptiness, regardless of his identity, took the initiative to sneak into Dali''s imperial master Chunyu Zhongda and easily destroyed Jiuqu city.


    After this, even with the power of Ziyang Shengzong, it cost a lot to settle this matter.


    Some of the sequelae caused by it are still bothering Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even the return to emptiness power of the Holy Land Sect must be so limited, and those other return to emptiness power that are far inferior to their feet dare not make a mistake.


    If you can take the initiative to return to the virtual world, then the real king of the Yang God period is the strongest combat power in the Jun dust world.


    Yang Shen Zhen Jun is invincible in the Jun dust world.


    As long as you don''t take the initiative to provoke Huixu power, or offend other Yang God Zhenjun, no one can do anything like this.


    As long as there is a Yang God Zhenjun in charge of the family door, as long as it is not too dead, it can generally exist forever, and there will be no day to destroy the door.


    Other monks are not much different from mole ants in front of the great power of returning to emptiness, but the Yang God Zhenjun can take a few moves and fight a little.


    Chunyu Zhongda, the imperial master of Dali Dynasty, was attacked by the return of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even the great energy who returned to the virtual world, out of all kinds of scruples, failed to make full efforts.


    However, Chunyu Zhongda was able to retreat, and then he was able to escape all the way from the pursuit of monk Ziyang Shengzong. Finally, he successfully escaped back to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    This not only shows Chunyu Zhongda''s excellence, but also shows that the Yang God Zhenjun has strong survival ability and is difficult to be killed.


    Meng Zhang is also the true king of Yang God now. Even if he is not as powerful as Chunyu Zhongda, he can dominate for a while.


    Meng Zhang overcame the thunder disaster and became the Yang God.


    Not only has the personal strength made a qualitative leap, but also the whole taiyimen has a stronger backing.


    Many of the problems he faced before can now be solved.


    He doesn''t even have to do it. As long as the news of his advanced Yang God period spreads, many problems will disappear spontaneously.


    Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong, who are now entangled, should not rashly offend a new monk of Yang God period.


    From then on, Taiyi goalkeeper will have more activity space and more development opportunities.

 Chapter 1498

    Monks in the Yang God period generally have a life of more than 5000 years.


    Meng Zhang is only a thousand years old now.


    This means that Meng Zhang can at least run for nearly 4000 years and protect Taiyi gate for so long.


    There are essential differences in many aspects between Yang God friars and yuan God friars.


    After the baptism of thunder robbery, the friar not only washed away the worldly atmosphere in the flesh and the yuan God, but also the yuan God became pure Yang without dirt.


    Although Yuanshen Zhenjun has the ability to get out of the body, the strength of Yuanshen will fall sharply after he gets out of the body. Moreover, Yuanshen has many weaknesses and is easy to be restrained by targeted means.


    After the Yang God of Zhenjun leaves the body, his strength will not be affected.


    Scattered is Qi, gathered is God, Yang God can change, fly to the sky and escape to the earth


    For the convenience of travel, many Yang God Zhenjun usually sit in the cave in their flesh. Yang God goes out of the body and wanders around.


    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei talked to them for a while. Haosheng encouraged them and went back to their quiet room.


    Meng Zhang shook his hand, and the void tripod flew out of his sleeve and fell on the ground in front of him.


    This time, Meng Zhang not only successfully survived the thunder robbery, but also advanced to the Yang God. Under Meng Zhang''s care, the void tripod also passed the thunder robbery.


    It''s probably that it''s not easy to cultivate the spirit of the heavenly way perceptron, and it''s especially difficult to get through the robbery.


    That''s why the spirit of the instrument will be spared, so that when the spirit of the instrument crosses the robbery, it can cross the robbery with the master and accept the master''s care and help.


    The void son flew out of the void tripod and saluted Meng Zhang with unprecedented respect.


    He was glad that he had no impulse, but waited patiently for so many years, and finally came the master Meng Zhang.


    During the robbery just now, it can be said that it was extremely dangerous. Vanity son encountered danger several times.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was able to help him in time.


    The fourth order magic weapon can be called thunder robbery magic weapon after it has passed the thunder robbery.


    Thunder robbing magic weapon has got rid of the congenital shackles and can be regarded as an independent creature.


    After that, the void son can practice alone and embark on his own path like human beings.


    In the past, without the master''s envoy, the void tripod could not exert much power.


    As a fourth-order perfect magic weapon, when you shoot alone, you barely have the strength of the yuan God in the early stage.


    Since then, even if there is no imperial envoy of the master, the void tripod can give full play to it alone.


    He can easily suppress the great friars in the later period of the yuan God, and the friars in the Yang God period can also resist several times.


    In other words, the void tripod can be regarded as an independent monk in the period of Yang God.


    Of course, compared with the real friars in the Yang God period, the void tripod is a little monotonous to the enemy section. There are not so many magical powers and secrets, and the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth is far from enough.


    But in any case, for the current taiyimen, in addition to Meng Zhang, it is a rare timely rain to have such a strong man as an empty hole.


    Over the years, taiyimen has grown stronger and stronger. It seems to be thriving.


    However, its re emergence time is too short, slowly exposing many problems.


    The most obvious problem is that it is far from enough in terms of top combat power.


    According to the normal situation, there should be at least three or five great friars in taiyimen at this time.


    However, due to the leadership of Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect developed very well, and the subsequent disciples'' accomplishments were far from keeping up.


    Niu Dawei, his sister and brother who settled down, Yang Xueyi and other disciples are highly qualified and gifted, but they lack enough growth time.


    If Nanzhu Zhenjun hadn''t invested in Taiyi gate, he would have been short of money and difficult to separate by relying on Meng Zhang alone.


    Now Meng Zhang''s advanced Yang God doesn''t say that vanity son is also a shrinking Yang God.


    With both of them, taiyimen won''t have to worry about the lack of top combat power for a long time in the future.


    Before the robbery, Meng Zhang left all his magic tools, including the yin-yang magic gourd, in his own quiet room.


    He went to the pile of magic tools, looked carefully, and soon made a decision.


    For the yuan God Zhenjun, the fourth order magic tools play a great role in fighting skills, which can greatly enhance the power of his own Taoist magic powers.


    However, for Meng Zhang at this time, these fourth-order magic tools are a little chicken ribs.


    In the process of going through the thunder robbery, his understanding of heaven and earth Avenue has greatly deepened.


    Before, he had to sacrifice the void tripod in order to display many space secrets incisively and vividly.


    He now has the same or even stronger ability even without the void tripod.


    In the future, Meng Zhang will not continue to take the void tripod with him unless he fights a strong enemy.


    Now the void tripod can be used as a single Yang God friar, greatly enhancing the top combat power in the door.


    The yin-yang Linghu is a magic weapon of this life, which was incorporated into Meng Zhang''s body.


    He looked at the sun and moon jewel, hesitated, or gave it up.


    He used to need the help of the sun and moon jewels to improve the strength of the sun and moon divine light. Now there is no such need.


    With one hand move, he put away taiyifen lightsaber.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in swordsmanship and is good at flying sword assassination. Taiyifen lightsaber can still be used.


    Moreover, as a treasure left by the elders in the door, the power of taiyifen lightsaber is not under the void tripod before the robbery.


    Meng Zhang also collected the magic subduing mirror, the most precious treasure for subduing demons.


    Although the evil disaster in the Dharma cultivation world has subsided, Meng Zhang will inevitably fight against demons in the future.


    In addition, Meng Zhang gave up all the other fourth-order magic tools and put them in the door for other yuan God friars in the door.


    Meng Zhang also found a big problem facing his family.


    His cultivation speed is growing rapidly, and his realm is improving too fast. Some of the magic tools used before, including the sun and moon jewels refined by himself, are far from keeping up with his pace.


    The spirit snake spear, which he had used for many years, was not powerful enough at this time.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care much about this life magic weapon, yin-yang Linghu.


    After handling the magic tools, Meng Zhangjing sat in the quiet room, then Yang God came out of the body, and Yang God came outside.


    Meng Zhang''s Yang God is lifelike, with clear eyebrows and eyes. He looks just like a living man.


    The Yuanshen of the Yuanshen friar looks like a cloud of light and shadow.


    The Yang God of the friar Yang God can be completely separated from the physical body. He doesn''t need the physical body at all and can survive alone.


    Many Yang God friars feel that the flesh is cumbersome, and even take the initiative to turn the flesh into a mass of essence to gain Yang God.


    The Yang God friar has no flesh body, leaving only the Yang God, which does not seem to hinder the advanced return to the virtual realm in the future.


    In the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang occasionally encountered the return to emptiness power without flesh.


    However, Meng Zhang himself, out of caution, decided to keep his flesh well.


    Even if the Yang God is convenient, the flesh can''t be abandoned so easily.


    Anyway, he is only in the advanced Yang God period, and there will be a lot of time to explore the pros and cons in the future.

 Chapter 1499

    There is no saying of the weak period after the monk of the Yang God period passed the thunder robbery.


    The damage suffered by Meng Zhang during the thunder robbery, the loss in all aspects. At the end of the thunder robbery, they were repaired in time by the rain from the heaven.


    At the same time, his physical body and yuan God have reached a very perfect state.


    In the period of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang had many experiences of Yuanshen going out of the body.


    Now the Yang God out of the body is not a novel experience.


    After pacing inside the zongmen for a while, he came directly to the Sutra Pavilion.


    With Meng Zhang''s identity and accomplishments, he went directly through the guardian Dharma array of the Sutra Pavilion, greeted the monks guarding here, and entered the depths of the Sutra Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang took out the inheritance treasure book and began to read the rest slowly.


    Before the robbery, he read the secret Dharma of the robbery to get through the thunder robbery.


    Now, as the true king of Yang God, he easily read all the remaining parts of this inheritance treasure book one by one.


    There are several important parts behind the robbery crossing secret method.


    After the fifth order Earth Spirit body meteorite in the dead sand sea, Meng Zhang picked up a rare treasure left by him.


    This treasure was named soldier''s nest by Meng Zhang. It can be refined into Taoist soldiers by investing resources according to various templates.


    Meng Zhang modified the sand monster''s template to refine loess lux.


    Loess Hercules only has first-order and second-order, and his intelligence is not high. He needs friars to manipulate and command.


    Meng Zhang has also collected other Taoist soldiers'' templates, but he has not been able to use them.


    As for the yin-yang Taoist soldiers cultivated by the yin-yang Linghu, it is the power of the life magic weapon.


    When those powerful Xiuzhen sects compete for the front, Taoist soldiers are almost necessary.


    Especially the Holy Land Sect gate, sending Taoist soldiers alone is enough to sweep one side.


    With the continuous growth of taiyimen, the level of the enemy in the future will only be higher and higher.


    In order to improve the combat effectiveness of the sect, reduce the casualties of monks in the sect and cultivate powerful Taoist soldiers, it is a good choice.


    Now that he has obtained a new inheritance of Taoist soldiers, Meng Zhang decided to invest more resources and establish a new Taoist soldier system in combination with the current situation of zongmen.


    Of course, this is a time-consuming work, which requires the strength and wisdom of everyone in the door to work together in the future.


    There is also a difference between the blessed land of the remaining contents of the treasure book.


    The different construction difficulties and the resources invested can determine the potential of the blessed land in the future.


    This treasure book records three construction methods of blessed land.


    The former taiyimen knew how to build the blessed land, but they couldn''t start.


    Taiyimen is not what it used to be. It can be prepared slowly to lay the foundation for the construction of a blessed land in the future.


    At Taiyi gate, there are not only four level array masters like Wen qiansuan, but also four level array masters like Li boqian, who have the minimum conditions for building a blessed land.


    It goes without saying how important the blessed land is.


    It can not only be used for the cultivation of the yuan God Zhenjun, but also greatly save the consumption of jade qinglingji and nine day essence.


    Blessed land can be used as a fortress to protect the sect from all kinds of disasters.


    In the cultivation world, the blessed land that those holy places have played a great role in the reason why they can survive the disaster.


    Since the promotion of Yang God, Meng Zhang''s ambition has also increased.


    The so-called Holy Land Sect gate is not out of reach.


    Of course, he is not going to challenge the Holy Land Sect gate now, but tries to catch up and strive to have the strength to fight the Holy Land Sect gate as soon as possible.


    The last part of the treasure book is about the art of cultivating truth.


    The content is messy, but it is precious and rare.


    Among them, there are several prescriptions for fourth order pills, as well as some rare array diagrams and so on.


    Meng Zhang recorded the contents one by one and prepared to give them to the relevant monks in the door.


    Why these contents need to have the strength of the Yang God period in order to read them from the treasure book, Meng Zhang also has a guess.


    As for the content of practice in the Yang God period, it is useless for friars with insufficient realm to read it.


    Other content, too precious. If it is revealed that taiyimen has relevant knowledge in this regard, and if zongmen''s strength is not enough, it may not be able to keep these knowledge.


    Not to mention anything else, among the four level Dan prescriptions, there is a Dan prescription of Huashen Dan.


    Huashen pill is a precious pill that can help friars break through the period of Yuanshen.


    Once refined, in addition to the sect''s own use, it can also exchange for other precious resources.


    If there were no Yang God Zhenjun to take charge and refine this kind of pill, it would certainly attract many covetous people.


    Meng Zhang carefully recorded the contents read out and put them into the Sutra Pavilion by categories.


    He asked the monks stationed in the Sutra pavilion to inform the relevant monks of menzhong Dan Hall, array hall, etc.


    Meng Zhang himself left the Sutra Pavilion and returned to the quiet room.


    The void has left here.


    He will spend a little time familiarizing himself with the new realm and power, and then have another important task.


    In the next few months, Meng Zhang stayed in the quiet room.


    Meanwhile, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, visited him once before going to the Daheng cultivation world.


    Niu Dawei is responsible for handling all affairs in the Daheng cultivation world. Just do it according to the established policy. There is nothing to say.


    Niu Dawei asked Meng Zhang if he needed to hold a grand ceremony to celebrate Meng Zhang''s advancement to Yang God.


    Meng Zhang refused without hesitation.


    The news of his advanced Yang Shen period was not strictly kept secret at the middle and high levels of the door, and it was difficult to keep it secret. Think it won''t be long before it will spread slowly.


    But he didn''t want to be known at this time.


    He has his own calculations and is about to take action.


    Moreover, the Dali Dynasty and the Ziyang holy sect are now at a stalemate. Meng Zhang''s celebration of his family''s advanced Yang God period is likely to cause great stimulation to them.


    In the eyes of these two forces, Meng Zhang and taiyimen had better be transparent and should not attract too much attention from them.


    After Meng Zhang sent Niu Dawei away, he informed vanity son.


    Soon, an old Taoist appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Thunder looting magic tools can always show people in human form.


    If not necessary, the void son is not willing to change back to its original shape.

 Chapter 1500

    Meng Zhangyang came out of the body with a void son and suddenly appeared outside the cloud and fog.


    Meng Zhang had long wanted to eliminate the foreign invaders inside, but he was afraid of the loss of disciples and not far from the power of Taiyi sect, so he let this matter go temporarily.


    Now he, the advanced Yang God, is confident that he can sweep away the foreign invaders inside by his own strength alone.


    Since there was no need to send out a large army of monks, Meng Zhang went there and tried to solve the problem.


    Meng Zhang came to the outside of the cloud and fog. Instead of entering in a hurry, he met with Nanzhu Zhenjun, who was stationed here.


    After meeting, Nanzhu Zhenjun first had an unbelievable expression on his face, and then overjoyed.


    It''s really unexpected that Meng Zhang should enter the Yang God stage so quickly.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun congratulated Meng Zhang and talked with Meng Zhang for a while before getting to the point.


    According to Nanzhu Zhenjun, the foreign invaders in the fog and daze, as before, have nothing changed.


    Although Nanzhu Zhenjun still retained the cultivation of Yuanshen in the later stage, due to his own physical reasons, he can try not to do it without doing it.


    Therefore, he did not enter the cloud and fog to check, but just monitored outside.


    After talking with Nanzhu Zhenjun, Meng Zhang broke into the fog with vanity.


    Yang Shen Zhen Jun''s mind covers a wide range and is extremely vast. He observes it carefully.


    Meng Zhang unscrupulously released his mind and soon found the location of the Nu Jiao king.


    Meng Zhang and vanity son appeared in the sky above the Nu Jiao king.


    Those who were startled by his thoughts took the initiative to pounce on his demon king, so they pounced on the air.


    Meng Zhang and vanity son did not hide their strength at all. The unique pure Yang smell after the thunder robbery was as dazzling as the hot sun.


    King Nu Jiao was a man who knew the goods. He muttered a painful sentence in his mouth.


    "A strong Terran at the level of the big demon king."


    The human Yang God Zhenjun corresponds to the demon king of the demon family.


    The big demon king has an overwhelming advantage over the ordinary demon king, which is enough to dominate the demon family.


    Although he knew he was defeated, all the enemies came to his head. With a roar from the king of Nu Jiao, who had nowhere to escape, he showed the original shape of Ju Jiao and rushed at Meng Zhang.


    This is a fierce dragon with a length of more than 100 feet.


    Around the evil Jiao''s body, there was a violent breath.


    Meng Zhang did not display any Taoist magic power, nor did he release any magic tools. He just turned his hand casually.


    It was the Yang God, not the flesh, who appeared here.


    Compared with the flesh, Yang God is more changeable and has more incredible supernatural abilities.


    Meng Zhang''s palm suddenly became bigger and turned into a huge hand, so he patted it at the incoming evil Jiao.


    All the body protection means bestowed by the Nu Jiao king did not play any role in front of the giant hand, so they were easily smashed.


    The giant hand patted on the body of the angry Jiao king, and immediately countless scales broke and blood rushed out.


    King Nu Jiao is also a powerful demon king who can compete with the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen. Now he has almost no power to fight back in the face of Meng Zhang in the advanced Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang still remembers that when he fought with the king Nu Jiao, he relied on the power of the void tripod to use the art of space transmission to fight with each other, so as to barely block each other.


    But now, the seemingly aggressive Nu Jiao king has almost no power to fight back in front of Meng Zhang.


    No matter what kind of magic power the Nu Jiao king used, it dissipated automatically before he approached Meng Zhang''s body.


    The demon beast is strong in flesh. King Nu Jiao, a demon king with noble blood and unique talent, is one of the best.


    Even the monks who are good at forging the body among the practitioners dare not fight with him directly.


    Meng Zhang''s appearance here is not the flesh, but the Yang God.


    Yang God is a combination of divine soul, true yuan and essence according to mysterious rules, and has been baptized by thunder robbery.


    Not to mention the supernatural powers and spells possessed by Yang God, the understanding of the rules of heaven and earth can be indestructible or impermanent.


    The proud flesh of the monster can''t take the slightest advantage in front of the Yang God.


    The spirit of a friar is more sensitive than the body, and it is easier to understand the rules of heaven.


    Yang God has special advantages in communication with heaven and earth Avenue.


    Meng Zhang slapped the Nu Jiao King several times and beat him black and blue.


    There are nearly ten demon kings who can compete with Yuanshen Zhenjun in the fog.


    There are not many spiritual kings with the same strength.


    When a foreign enemy invaded, King Nu Jiao, the nominal leader, was attacked.


    Whether it was the demon king or the spirit king, whether they were convinced of the king of Nu Jiao or not, these strong men flew over from all directions and desperately rushed to the battlefield to try to help the king of Nu Jiao.


    Without Meng Zhang''s trouble, vanity son took the initiative to stop these guys.


    The void son''s mind moved, and the surrounding space began to be violently distorted.


    Front, back, left and right, up and down, misplaced one after another. More cracks appear out of thin air, filling the surrounding space.


    Those demon kings and spirit kings who rushed here just approached here, as if they were trapped in a special maze.


    They are clearly moving forward, but they are getting farther and farther away from Meng Zhang, as if they are constantly retreating.


    They swooped down from the sky, but suddenly flew to a higher sky.


    They struggled desperately, but accidentally ran into those space cracks, resulting in bruises and even mutilation.


    The noumenon of the void is the space treasure of the void tripod. After the thunderstorm, his understanding of the space Avenue has made great progress.


    If it is a hard fight, even at this time, he can''t stop so many Yuanshen level enemies.


    However, he skillfully mobilized the power of space and Avenue, and temporarily trapped these strong enemies without much effort.


    Without being disturbed by outsiders, Meng Zhang can concentrate on making the Nu Jiao king.


    King Nu Jiao was fooled between the metacarpal bones by Meng Zhang, but he had no power to fight back.


    Always arrogant, he finally fell into a violent state and lost his final reason.


    Feeling the sharp fluctuation of the breath on King Nu Jiao, Meng Zhang knew that he wanted to explode.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, so he mobilized the power of the road and firmly bound the rolling body of the angry Jiao king.


    Meng Zhang was preparing for further action, and a cold breath rose in the distance.


    This breath is stronger than that of the angry Jiao king.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised at all. Instead, he smiled and scolded: "you hiding your head and showing your tail, you can''t help it at last."


    Meng Zhang sneaked into the cloud and fog to investigate before the advanced Yang God period.


    At that time, he felt that in the clouds and fog, in addition to the angry Jiao king, there was a strong man whose strength was not below him.

 Chapter 1501

    With a long sigh, a huge human shape composed entirely of yin and cold liquid appeared in the distance and rushed to this side.


    This is the spirit king of the water spirit family in the spirit family, and it is not an ordinary spirit king. It is a powerful spirit king much stronger than the Nu Jiao king.


    As a special race, the spirit clan has strong ethnic strength, but many times, there are still many strong people who will secretly hunt or hunt the spirit clan.


    Every man is innocent and bears his sin.


    The spirit family itself is a priceless treasure.


    The body and spirit of the spirit family is a kind of natural material and earth treasure, which can be used to refine pills and magic tools.


    The fourth level spirit family, that is, the so-called spirit king of the spirit family, can be used as the main material to refine the fourth level pill or fourth level magic instrument if there is a corresponding pill or instrument spectrum after taking it down.


    Meng Zhang himself doesn''t like ordinary fourth-order magic tools now.


    However, any sect will not dislike too many fourth-order magic tools or fourth-order pills.


    Meng Zhang looked at the spirit king who came quickly, and he had a sense of expectation in his heart.


    The water spirit king is a very smart and low-key spirit family.


    He was ordered by the upper level of the spirit family to come to the Junchen world. After coming to the Junchen world, he knew that the human race in the Junchen world was powerful. These foreign invaders just took advantage of the internal contradictions of the human race to barely have a foothold.


    Once the Terran side is serious, their spirit family and demon family can''t resist the Terran attack at all.


    In the face of the true strength of the Terran, they are just fat meat on the chopping board, and let the Terran cultivators fish meat.


    Therefore, the water spirit king handed over the command of the spirit family army to the Nu Jiao king. He has been hiding, never showing up, just practicing hard.


    What rights and grudges with the human race are floating clouds in the eyes of the water spirit king.


    As for the tasks assigned by the upper levels of the spirit family and the demon family, he didn''t pay attention at all.


    He devoted all his energy to practice.


    He hopes that his accomplishments can be improved and his level can be improved.


    Only when the Terran cultivator counterattacks in the future can he have more survivability.


    Unfortunately, the average speed of spiritual cultivation is not only far lower than that of human practitioners, but also slower among many races.


    The advanced level of the spirit family often needs the continuous accumulation of long years to have such a little opportunity.


    The water spirit king has been practicing hard for so many years since he came to the Junchen world.


    However, it is still far from advanced.


    The water spirit king avoided all internal and external struggles and almost never fought.


    Unfortunately, he doesn''t look for trouble, but trouble will find him.


    When Meng Zhang and vanity son entered the cloud and fog and gained the upper hand, no matter how reluctant they were, the water spirit king could no longer escape and had to come out and work hard.


    As a powerful demon king with extraordinary blood, many parts of his body are precious resources in the eyes of practitioners.


    Meng Zhang will try to capture him alive, take him back to Taiyi gate, and then cook it slowly.


    Meng Zhang looked at the angry Jiao king who couldn''t move. Air currents flew out of him and wrapped him up and down.


    The water spirit king probably came to rescue the Nu Jiao king.


    The humanoid liquid was menacing, with an indomitable momentum.


    The water spirit king, who rarely appeared, was regarded as a hidden card by other demon kings and spirit kings.


    Seeing the hidden cards came out desperately, other demon kings and spirit kings were desperate and began to break out with all their strength.


    Suddenly facing such great pressure, the space maze just laid by the void son suddenly reached the limit of bearing and was about to lose its support.


    Meng Zhang did not help vanity son, but looked at the water spirit king who flew fiercely and snorted with disdain.


    "It''s really clever to play such a small skill in front of this seat."


    Meng Zhang has controlled the Nu Jiao king. The water spirit king who rushed over is his next target.


    Meng Zhang held up one hand, turned into a big hand, fell from the sky and firmly grasped the water spirit king who just rushed over.


    The water spirit king also tried to explode, but Meng Zhang completely imprisoned him and couldn''t even move a thought.


    Meng Zhang, who took his opponent, suddenly appeared above a river in the distance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense. His other hand also turned into a huge hand and carelessly fished it down the river.


    The whole river suddenly boiled, and countless water waves flew into the sky and danced everywhere.


    Without any interference, Meng Zhang easily and accurately grasped the target.


    It was a small crystal fish, about the size of an ordinary person''s palm.


    In Meng Zhang''s huge hand, it is almost invisible.


    This little fish is actually the soul of the water spirit king.


    He sensed Meng Zhang''s breath and knew that his opponent could not defeat him.


    After Meng Zhang took the Nu Jiao king, he actually used a secret method to drive his body to fight with Meng Zhang. His soul left the body and tried to escape.


    Meng Zhang''s eyesight and how could he be deceived by such a small hand.


    Originally, the water spirit king and his gang of demon kings and spirit kings could support Meng Zhang.


    However, he took the initiative to give up his body and escape, but let Meng Zhang easily catch him without effort.


    When the Nu Jiao king and the water spirit king were captured, the remaining demon king and spirit king were shocked and even began to panic.


    The strongest of the demon and spirit families outside the territory, who didn''t have much resistance in front of the enemy, was captured so easily. It can be seen from this that the gap between the enemy and ourselves is so large that it can not be crossed at all.


    Many spirit kings and demon kings have the idea of running away.


    Some demon kings, who were particularly crazy and irritable, suddenly became violent and wanted to die with the enemy.


    Of course, no matter what kind of ideas these guys hold, whether they are desperate or running for their lives, they need to first break the space maze under the void and get free.


    So many strong people, regardless of the cost, joined hands to finally break the space maze and regain their freedom one after another.


    The space maze under the cloth was broken, and the nether child was hurt by the force of counterattack. Unexpectedly, he didn''t have time to continue shooting.


    Fortunately, at this time, Meng Zhang has won two targets and transmitted them to these guys not far away.


    If the power can be measured by numbers, from the data alone, the absolute power of so many strong people must exceed that of Meng Zhang.


    Unfortunately, the battle in the cultivation world is not a child''s calculation of addition and subtraction, nor simply looking at numbers.


    There are many factors that determine the outcome of a battle, and simple strength is only one of them.


    In terms of factors other than strength, these guys are not dominant.

 Chapter 1502

    The strongest Nu Jiao king and the water spirit king among the foreign invaders have been taken by Meng Zhang.


    The remaining demon king and spirit king are far worse in strength. In front of Meng Zhang, they have little power to fight back.


    If they were the Yuanshen Zhenjun from the same sect and worked together to set up the Dharma array, they might be able to resist one or two.


    If ten or twenty yuan gods, Zhen Jun, really set up the Dharma array and joined hands with the enemy to give full play to their quantitative advantages, Meng Zhang would really have a headache.


    Unfortunately, at the critical moment, these foreign invaders are not united internally, let alone the various means of Terran cultivators.


    They are now in chaos with different ideas. After desperately breaking the space maze under the nether son, some want to escape, and some want to work hard with Meng Zhang


    The guy who stayed to work hard only relied on his blood courage and didn''t make a calm response at all.


    After Meng Zhang shot, without much effort, he captured a group of guys who didn''t know how to live or die, or killed them on the spot.


    After a while, vanity son also slowed down and recovered his ability to shoot.


    He easily crossed the space and caught up with those who ran away one by one.


    In this way, the high-level combat power among the foreign invaders was almost caught and no one missed the net.


    In this process, those low-level monsters and spirit families are also paying attention to the battle here.


    Many demon generals and spirit generals with only third-order strength tried to participate in the battle.


    As a result, needless to say, in the battle at this level, their cannon fodder did not play much role at all, so they died one after another.


    They didn''t even play a restraining role, but let Meng Zhang spend a little more effort.


    When the high-level of the foreign invaders were caught, and the demon generals and spirits would suffer heavy losses, the remaining foreign invaders would never dare to come and die again.


    Meng Zhang and Kongzi unscrupulously released the breath of the strong, frightening countless foreign invaders lying on the ground, almost afraid to move.


    Dealing with foreign invaders is a race struggle. There is no saying that big bullies small. Even if Meng Zhang takes a hand in the clouds and fog to commit a massacre, others will not criticize anything, but will shout good.


    However, on the one hand, Meng Zhang is unwilling to kill too much, and on the other hand, these foreign invaders have other roles.


    Therefore, he did not entangle with these low-level extraterritorial invaders.


    Those demon kings and spirit kings captured by Meng Zhang were imprisoned by him and suppressed in their own mustard space.


    Even a lot of corpses on the ground were not wasted, and they were all included in the mustard space.


    Then Meng Zhang and vanity son came to the core of the cross-border transmission array being built.


    Meng Zhang easily wiped out the foreign invaders guarding here and carefully observed the surroundings.


    Since many years ago, the foreign invaders in the fog have given up everything outside, actively reduced their strength and devoted themselves to the construction of this large array.


    Over the years, they have not achieved much, and the completion of this large array is still far away.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to destroy the array, but kept it.


    Array experts in the sect can use it as a reference to see if they can improve their array level.


    With a stroke, Meng Zhang laid a simple prohibition to protect here.


    After all this, Meng Zhang and vanity son returned directly to the mountain gate.


    Both the prisoners and the corpses were put into the Mountain Gate by Meng Zhang for the middle and high levels of the gate to deal with slowly.


    He ordered a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun to clean up the cloud daze again.


    The mission of these Yuanshen Zhenjun is to search the inventory of foreign invaders and seize useful materials.


    At the same time, kill the restless guys among the foreign invaders.


    From then on, the clouds and fog will be dominated by low-level demon families and low-level spirit families.


    Taiyimen will use certain means to block the clouds and fog and turn them into their own hunting ground.


    Selected disciples in the sect can enter the hunting ground to hunt and collect.


    They can not only increase their actual combat experience and exercise their various abilities, but also have some harvest. It is a kind of sect welfare.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask about the specific details, but just said his ideas, and the middle and high levels of the door will naturally implement them one by one.


    After Meng Zhang explained, he left the mountain gate again and sent it to the headquarters of Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province.


    Without alerting others, Meng Zhang quietly appeared in the quiet room where the business letter Zhenjun was located.


    When the real gentleman of the business letter saw Meng Zhang, the horror on his face could not be hidden at all.


    The business letter Zhenjun, who has the strength of Yuanshen in the middle period, has good eyesight, and he has met Bawu emperor and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda.


    On Meng Zhang, he sensed that very similar breath.


    Although he was unwilling to believe it, he had to accept that Meng Zhang had broken through the Yang God period.


    If you can compete with the previous Meng Zhang with the strength in your hand, he has no power to fight back in the face of the current Meng Zhang.


    As long as Meng Zhang was willing, he could easily uproot the power of big businesses such as Datong business alliance in Jiuqu province and let them become extinct.


    However, Meng Zhang did not do so.


    His appearance in front of business letter Zhenjun is not only a demonstration, but also for communication.


    The object of his communication was not the real king of the business letter, but the Bawu emperor of the Dali Dynasty.


    In the past, taiyimen betrayed the Dali Dynasty, resulting in the loss of Jiuqu province and a large number of casualties.


    Taiyimen, who was not the direct line of Dali imperial court, became the object of Dali imperial court''s hatred because of his betrayal.


    At one time and another, Meng Zhang became the Yang God, so he was qualified to have an equal dialogue with Bawu emperor.


    In the Ming Dynasty, there were only two Yang gods, Emperor Bawu and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda.


    If you don''t want more enemies of the same level, Emperor Bawu can''t entangle the past gratitude and resentment.


    Meng Zhang did not expect to turn enemies into friends with the Dali Dynasty, but hoped that both sides could have a certain tacit understanding and try to avoid a fierce frontal war in the future.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not betray Ziyang Shengzong and return to the command of Dali emperor.


    Meng Zhang just expressed an attitude that he had no intention of becoming an enemy of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In fact, taiyimen at this time had the same status as Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang has shown goodwill. Whether Bawu emperor accepts it or not is his problem.


    The two sides are now in opposing camps, but it is best to have a certain tacit understanding from everyone''s interests.


    In any case, even if Meng Zhang is in the advanced stage of Yang God, Taiyi gate still has to be humble and small in front of Ziyang holy sect. The following belongs to itself.


    If Ziyang Shengzong transfers taiyimen''s strength to attack Dali imperial dynasty, taiyimen can''t refuse.

 Chapter 1503

    Meng Zhang knew that the foundation of big businesses such as Datong business alliance was within the Dali Dynasty.


    In Jiuqu Province, it is just a branch.


    These branches seem to have no change, and have been honest to obey the rule of taiyimen.


    But secretly, they must have a way to keep in touch with Da Li''s native land.


    They obey their respective headquarters and will never really submit to taiyimen.


    If the time comes, they will become the vanguard of the Dali Dynasty''s counter attack on the Jiuqu province.


    However, Meng Zhang tolerated this situation out of fear of the Dali Dynasty, but secretly strengthened his vigilance.


    Now that Meng Zhang has achieved Yang God, of course, we must find a way to solve this hidden danger.


    Meng Zhang showed his accomplishments and frightened the real king of the business letter, so he took the initiative to leave.


    Soon after he returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, business letter Zhenjun took a group of people from the south of Jiuqu province to taiyimen Mountain Gate and came all the way to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang personally received them.


    This group of people headed by business letter Zhenjun are mainly the principals of major businesses in Jiuqu Province, as well as some senior family leaders such as the ancient moon family.


    After meeting, they took the initiative to submit to Meng Zhang and were willing to obey the rule of taiyimen.


    Next, business letter Zhenjun and they got to the point.


    It turned out that on the territory of Datong business alliance, in addition to being able to communicate with the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty, they also have a secret small long-distance transmission array, which can directly lead to the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although Jiuqu province has been occupied, Datong business alliance can still maintain limited communication with the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    However, in the past, they strictly kept this secret and even paralyzed taiyimen by various means.


    Since Meng Zhang''s last visit, the business letter Zhenjun contacted Dali in time and got the latest instructions from Bawu emperor.


    Dali imperial court can forget the past betrayal of taiyimen.


    Between the two families, we can maintain equal relations and normal business exchanges.


    Datong business alliance and other branches in Jiuqu province will become loyal ministers of Taiyi sect in the future.


    In addition, Mr. Zhenjun also sent an invitation to Meng Zhang on behalf of emperor Bawu, asking Meng Zhang to go to the capital of Dali imperial dynasty and get together in the capital.


    After the two sides meet in person, they can have an open and frank conversation and jointly determine the direction of their relationship.


    Meng Zhang was not sensitive to Emperor Bawu''s invitation.


    He lacks enough trust in Bawu emperor.


    If emperor Bawu sets up a killing game, he is not sure to retreat.


    Although emperor Bawu has a good attitude now, he actively releases goodwill through business letters to Zhenjun.


    That''s because Meng Zhang became the Yang God and already had the strength to threaten the Dali Dynasty.


    This is definitely not that emperor Bawu has become soft hearted, or that he is really so generous.


    Emperor Bawu and Meng Zhang will not ask too much of each other.


    They don''t want to start a meaningless struggle and lose their strength for no reason.


    Now that both sides have understood each other''s meaning, it is enough.


    There is also a Ziyang saint on his head. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be too close to Dali Dynasty.


    Business letter Zhenjun took the initiative to disclose his contact with Dali''s native land, but also to express his sincerity.


    Meng Zhang will not embarrass them, but also keep in touch with the high-level officials of Dali Dynasty through them.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang didn''t stay at the mountain gate for long, so he went to the heavenly palace.


    Although Meng Zhang did not hold a celebration ceremony, taiyimen did not play up. However, after so long, the news of Meng Zhang''s advancement to Yang God should have spread.


    There are two treasures left by taiyimen ancestors.


    One is in the underworld. Meng Zhang obtained it with great help.


    Another place is located in the extraterritorial void. Meng Zhang has no clue so far.


    If it is on the other side of the Middle Earth, the powerful Yuanshen sect will send Yuanshen Zhenjun to organize teams or participate in other teams to explore the extraterritorial void.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places are actively supporting and encouraging such behavior.


    They will provide help and support in all aspects.


    Those who have done well in exploring the extraterritorial void will also receive many rewards.


    Many times, the heavenly palace will personally organize the team led by Huixu Da Neng to explore and develop the extraterritorial void on a large scale.


    In the boundless extraterritorial void, the Jun dust world is just a drop in the ocean, infinitely small.


    For the exploration of extraterritorial emptiness, we can obtain valuable resources, especially those not in the Junchen world. Can discover a new world, can open up a new living space


    In a word, exploring the extraterritorial void is a very popular, beautiful and profitable thing in the middle land, where Xiuzhen civilization is the most prosperous and developed.


    However, those who have some ability will actively devote themselves to it.


    Of course, exploring the extraterritorial void is also a dangerous thing.


    There are countless dangers in the extraterritorial void.


    All kinds of natural traps, all kinds of powerful and ferocious aliens


    Jun dust world has many enemies in the void, and has a close relationship with some big worlds.


    Once the exploration team of Jun dust world meets the enemy team, it can''t avoid a big war.


    In fact, according to Meng Zhang, in the void outside the Junchen world, from time to time, some hostile races send strong men to hunt and kill the friars sent by the Junchen world.


    Such a figure as Yuan Shen Zhenjun is just a pawn who can''t even control his fate in the extraterritorial void.


    The friars in the later period of Yuanshen can barely be used as high-level cannon fodder.


    Yang Shenzhen Jun is a strong fighter.


    If you want to really protect yourself, you must at least return to the power of the virtual realm.


    Even if there are so many dangers in the extraterritorial void, it can not stop the friars of Jun dust world from exploring.


    The reason is very simple. The benefits are too great.


    Similar stories often spread in the Middle Earth continent of the Jun dust world.


    When exploring the extraterritorial void, a Yuanshen Zhenjun, who has exhausted his potential and has no way forward, got a chance to regain his new life and rise to a higher level.


    An ordinary Yuanshen sect accidentally found some high-level resources in the void. The whole sect benefited from this and was able to rise rapidly. From then on, it was dominant.


    ¡­¡­


    If taiyimen were in Middle Earth, it might have had the opportunity to participate in void exploration.


    However, taiyimen is located in the north of the remote Junchen world and has little communication with the Middle Earth continent.


    In the process of taiyimen''s rise, it is faced with life and death wars, and there are few interruptions.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door was caught in various struggles in the Jun dust world and couldn''t get away at all. We can''t leave the Jun dust world on a large scale for a long time.


    The rise of sects is too fast and the details are insufficient. It takes all the energy to take care of the affairs of Junchen world. Where can we spare no effort to participate in the exploration of extraterritorial void?

 Chapter 1504

    For a sect, exploring the void is not only to obtain material benefits, but also to exercise the promising Yuanshen Zhenjun in the sect.


    For the growth of Yuanshen Zhenjun, entering the void is very beneficial.


    Most of the great powers of returning to emptiness in the cultivation world have the experience of entering the extraterritorial emptiness during the period of Yuanshen.


    Among the various tasks released by Tiangong, many highly rewarded tasks need to enter the extraterritorial void to complete.


    Theoretically, the continuous accumulation of contribution points of the heavenly palace can continuously improve the status of the holy door and finally reach the level of the holy door.


    Of course, theory is theory, which is very different from reality.


    In reality, there has never been a sect that can become a new Holy Land Sect by accumulating the contribution of the heavenly palace.


    Whether Meng Zhang himself or other monks in the door, they all want to travel in the extraterritorial void.


    In particular, there is a treasure left by the taiyimen elder, which is still hidden in the extraterritorial void.


    The treasure of Taiyi gate hidden in the underworld has brought numerous benefits to Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    If there were no inheritance scriptures in the treasure, Meng Zhang might not be able to survive the thunder robbery and advance to the Yang God period.


    After the advanced Yang God period, until the practice of returning to the virtual realm, Meng Zhang will also rely on the inheritance of the treasure book.


    According to the information obtained by Meng Zhang, the level of the treasure hidden in the extraterritorial void should be higher.


    With the improvement of cultivation level, Meng Zhang is full of wild hopes for the future.


    In the past, I thought it was impossible to achieve Yang God and return to emptiness. But now, he began to fantasize about the realm of returning to emptiness.


    If you want to enter that realm, you must at least have corresponding inheritance.


    The only place where there is hope for such inheritance is the treasure left by taiyimen in its heyday.


    To tell the truth, Meng Zhang was also a little confused.


    According to his information and information obtained from other sources, taiyimen in its heyday was just a Yuanshen sect.


    But judging from these inheritance, the Taiyi gate in its heyday was not simple.


    Some of the deep-seated secrets are unknown to me so far.


    In its heyday, the demise of Taiyi gate is said to be the work of the temple of heaven..


    In the past, when taiyimen was still weak, I couldn''t get into the eyes of Tianguan Pavilion. Meng Zhang also neglected to consider these things.


    But at this time, the Taiyi gate is becoming stronger and stronger, and even the Yang God Zhenjun has it.


    As the leader, Meng Zhang had to consider the possible threat of guantian Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang went to Tiangong this time to collect some information about guantian Pavilion.


    While Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace, a group of taiyimen friars, led by sun shengduzhenjun, entered the territory of big businesses such as Datong business alliance.


    Although these big merchants orally submit to taiyimen, Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it at all.


    Out of fear of the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang could not oppress them too much.


    I don''t know whether it was the order of Bawu emperor or the business letter from Zhenjun.


    In order to show their sincerity and show that they dare not oppose taiyimen, they took the initiative to invite taiyimen friars to settle on their site and supervise them in all aspects.


    Taiyimen naturally won''t be polite. He took the opportunity to promise.


    Of course, the taiyimen friars who settled in would not interfere with the internal operation of these big businesses.


    The main aspect of their supervision is their secret long-distance transmission array to prevent the secret transmission of troops from the mainland of the imperial dynasty to the Jiuqu province.


    In addition, these big businesses took the initiative to provide repair materials to Taiyi gate.


    This is their obligation as subordinates of Taiyi gate, and it is also the initiative of Dali imperial court to show kindness to Taiyi gate.


    Many of them need to be transferred from Dali to the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    In the past, in order to strictly keep the secret of this long-distance transmission array, big businesses such as Datong business alliance dared not use it too much for fear of exposure.


    Now that they have passed the Ming Road at taiyimen, they don''t have to worry about leakage. They can make full use of this long-distance transmission array.


    After Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace, he first visited mother-in-law Lansi.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, mother-in-law Qiansi''s face was full of joy.


    Meng Zhang''s speed of practice was greatly beyond her expectation.


    It''s a great joy for Meng Zhang to achieve Yang God so quickly.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi once thought about how Meng Zhang would deal with her if she asked her for the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang solved the problem himself and didn''t ask her for help.


    Now Meng Zhang can not be ignored. I can help with many things.


    When he returns to emptiness, he will certainly become a great help.


    If Meng Zhang could enter the realm of returning to emptiness before that event, he might become a comrade in arms fighting side by side. She thought to herself.


    With this idea in mind, mother-in-law Qiansi has a better attitude towards Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang is not only a younger generation she is optimistic about, but also a comrade in arms who may fight side by side in the future.


    Out of consideration for the future, mother-in-law is willing to give Meng Zhang greater help.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi told Meng Zhang that if he had a conflict with Ziyang Shengzong in the future, he could move her out as the backing of Taiyi gate.


    Although Ziyang holy sect is powerful, it will not be afraid of the general power of returning to emptiness.


    However, in the case of Da Li''s absence from the imperial dynasty, he will not ignore a return to virtual power.


    The face of mother-in-law Qiansi is enough to help taiyimen deal with some minor problems.


    Since mother-in-law Qiansi had such a friendly attitude, Meng Zhang took the opportunity to mention the matter about the temple of heaven of the Holy Land Sect.


    Lead silk mother-in-law promised Meng Zhang that she would try to inquire about the dispute between guantian Pavilion and Taiyi gate in its heyday through her own channels.


    She also comforted Meng Zhang that the north of Jun dust world is the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the conservatism and exclusion of Ziyang holy sect, guantian Pavilion will not be allowed to cause trouble here.


    If guantian pavilion has any big moves here, it doesn''t need Taiyi gate. Ziyang Shengzong will never allow it.


    Especially now, because Ziyang holy sect is far away from the imperial dynasty, its high-level has become very sensitive and wary of other holy sects.


    If another holy sect enters the north of Junchen at this time, maybe Ziyang holy sect will let Dali leave the imperial dynasty temporarily and turn the muzzle to deal with the foreign enemy first.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi and Meng Zhang talked for a long time this time.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi talked a lot about her family''s practice experience in the Yang God period, and also instructed Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took the advice carefully and was very grateful to her mother-in-law.


    He stayed on the residence of mother-in-law Qiansi for more than ten days and left.


    Then, Meng Zhang visited many places where the cultivation forces were stationed in the heavenly palace.


    There are people like Hailing sect who have been making friends all the time, and some Xiuzhen forces who have business contacts with taiyimen.


    In these places, Meng Zhang, who achieved the Yang God, received a very warm reception.

 Chapter 1505

    Meng Zhang went to the branch of Dark Alliance in Tiangong this time and enjoyed a completely different treatment from before.


    The head of the branch met him personally.


    He didn''t have to take the initiative to speak, and the other party did everything.


    The customer level is automatically upgraded, with more permissions and enjoy services that have not been provided before


    With the intelligence capability of the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang''s growth along the way and the rise of taiyimen are in their eyes.


    For Meng Zhang, a promising monk, they are naturally willing to make friends.


    Especially after Meng Zhang advanced to the Yang God period, it has great value.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not be indifferent to the Dark Alliance because of the previous attitude of the Dark Alliance branch.


    How many practitioners in the cultivation world have no snobbery?


    For Meng Zhang, making friends with the Dark Alliance is also a very meaningful thing.


    Meng Zhang made a big circle in the temple of heaven. After waiting for several days, he finally waited until the old man Yinhu returned to his residence.


    When Meng Zhang knew about it, he immediately called on him.


    Meng Zhang entered the stage of Yang God so quickly, which was also beyond the expectation of the old man Yinhu.


    In the view of old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang and taiyimen grew all the way to today''s level only after they were supported by themselves.


    In many cases, he can treat Meng Zhang as his subordinates.


    Meng Zhang''s advanced Yang Shen period can play a greater role in the future.


    The silver pot old man has an average position in the heavenly palace. He doesn''t have many useful hands.


    He not only attached importance to Meng Zhang and taiyimen, but also gave great expectations.


    Meng Zhang''s door-to-door visit not only further proved his value, but also turned to the old man Yinhu for help.


    Meng Zhang had known the situation in the north of Jun dust world very clearly through various channels.


    In the north of Jun dust world, there are many powerful Yuanshen sect doors.


    Among them, there are three or five great friars in the later period of Yuanshen alone. Its overall strength is far beyond taiyimen.


    But there is one thing, among the Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jun dust world, there are few who have the Yang God Zhenjun.


    In addition to the continuous expansion of Dali Dynasty, which seriously damaged the interests of Ziyang Shengzong, Dali dynasty became a thorn in the eye of Ziyang Shengzong at that time, because Dali Dynasty had at least two real kings of Yang God.


    Planned weakening of the power of vassal cultivation forces to facilitate better control is what almost all cultivation forces will do.


    If taiyimen were not in a period of rapid rise and in urgent need of manpower, they would not take the initiative to support their vassal forces.


    Because of the relationship between the Xiao family, the relationship between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong is definitely not good.


    Now Meng Zhang has become the God of Yang, which has become particularly dazzling in the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even if Ziyang Shengzong fell into a struggle with Dali emperor and couldn''t be separated, Meng Zhang had to guard against it.


    As long as Ziyang Shengzong gave an order, Meng Zhang could not refuse. Only obediently was transferred.


    Ziyang Shengzong can let Meng Zhang fight with Bawu emperor and even deliberately put Meng Zhang in danger.


    According to the wind evaluation of Ziyang Shengzong, these things can be done completely.


    After calming the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen received the fruits of victory. It is precisely the need for a peaceful development environment.


    Still, taiyimen needs enough time to develop slowly.


    At this time, Meng Zhang really didn''t want to turn against Ziyang Shengzong.


    In order to escape the possible frame of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang needs to find another way.


    In the face of the holy land, it may not be useful to move out of the backer like mother-in-law Lansi.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang came up with a good idea.


    From time to time, the heavenly palace will summon some yuan Shen Zhen Jun, including Yang Shen Zhen Jun, and even return to the virtual power to carry out missions in the extraterritorial void.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to accept the recruitment and participate in the task released by the heavenly palace. Ziyang Shengzong has nothing to say.


    After all, the heavenly palace is the highest governing body of the whole Junchen world.


    The holy door, including Ziyang holy sect, is at least nominally subordinate to Tiangong.


    Meng Zhang can avoid many troubles when he goes to the extraterritorial void, and can avoid the calculation and even assassination of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, these tasks released by Tiangong are often very dangerous. Even the great power of returning to emptiness is in danger of falling.


    Meng Zhang came to visit old man Yinhu to ask him for help, hoping to take on a less dangerous task.


    Meng Zhang has no special requirements for rewards. He only wants to be able to reasonably avoid Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang left the Junchen world. As long as the news of his fall doesn''t come out for a day, Ziyang Shengzong won''t embarrass Taiyi gate too much.


    When Meng Zhang was away, Ziyang Shengzong used some means to weaken and suppress Taiyi gate at most, and never dared to kill Taiyi gate.


    You know, a real king of Yang God who has lost all his concerns and has no bottom line is terrible enough to give a headache to the holy land.


    For Meng Zhang''s request, old man Yinhu readily agreed.


    This is just a small effort for the silver pot old man, but he can buy Meng Zhang a great favor.


    Old man Yinhu checked a little and found a suitable task for Meng Zhang.


    Old man Yinhu has worked in the heavenly palace for many years. He still has some power.


    Without much effort, he arranged Meng Zhang into this task.


    According to the Convention, as long as the cultivator takes over the task of the heavenly palace, unless he is the great enemy of life and death, he will not risk offending the heavenly palace and continue to be embarrassed.


    Of course, I dare not embarrass myself on the surface, but I do it secretly. As long as I don''t leave any trace, the heavenly palace won''t hold on to it all the time.


    After the silver pot old man arranged, Meng Zhang went back to Taiyi gate and arranged the internal affairs of Zong gate.


    Meng Zhang left the sect alone for a long time. He was not a void son, an instrument spirit with the strength of Yang God. Outsiders did not know his existence and details.


    When Meng Zhang was away, he sat at Taiyi gate for a rainy day.


    Meng Zhang''s departure this time is not just the Yang God out of the body, but the Yang God returns to the flesh body and the flesh body goes out together.


    If he is in or near the Jun dust world, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to take the flesh.


    However, who knows how far it is to go to the extraterritorial void this time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to give up his body. The Yang God didn''t return from his body for a long time, so he was not at ease.


    He came to the old man Yinhu''s residence again. Without delay, he set out with the old man Yinhu.


    In the high altitude of Jun dust world, it is a special area called Jiutian.


    Jiutian is the elder immortal who created the fairy way in the Jun dust world. It was established according to the situation of the Jun dust world.


    Nine days is the first line of defense, which can prevent foreign invaders from crossing.


    In addition, after nine days of gestation, many precious cultivation resources were born.


    Like the essence of nine days, it is the unique resources of nine days.


    The heavenly palace is located above the nine heavens. In addition to monitoring the Junchen world, it is also a huge fortress responsible for blocking the invasion from the extraterritorial void.


    When the immortal just came to the Jun dust world, he had many fierce battles with many powerful foreign enemies in the field for the ownership of the Jun dust world.


    Even though the attribution of Jun dust world has been determined, the rule of cultivators has been established here. However, in the long years, there are still countless foreign invaders breaking in one after another, trying to invade the Junchen world.


    In order to stop these foreign invaders and strengthen the defense of Jun dust world. Led by the heavenly palace, it organized the power of practitioners in the Jun dust world and established many defense strongholds outside the Jun dust world.


    The patrol team led by Hui Xu Da Neng will patrol outside the Junchen world from time to time to expel and resist nearby foreign invaders.


    In this respect, the heavenly palace is the true guardian of the Junchen world.


    If it had not been for the existence of the heavenly palace and the holy places, the Junchen world would have fallen into the hands of various foreign invaders.


    In recent years, all kinds of foreign invaders have invaded the Junchen world more and more frequently and on a larger scale.


    Meng Zhang''s previous war with foreign invaders in the Junchen world is nothing compared with the war in the void.


    In order to deal with all kinds of foreign invaders, it greatly involves the power of Tiangong.


    Over the years, more and more forces of Tiangong have been invested in the war against foreign invaders, which has adversely affected the control of Junchen world.


    Of course, so far, in this series of wars, Tiangong has won more and lost less, occupying a great initiative.


    With Meng Zhang, old man Yinhu left the heavenly palace directly and entered the void.


    Due to the silver pot, the old man who can lead the way to return to emptiness saves the inventory along the way.


    The friars in charge of guarding the void and Jun dust world did not come out to rip off and embarrass.


    After entering the void and identifying a direction, the old man Yinhu began to move the void and began a long journey.


    Meng Zhang learned this magic power shortly after the advanced yuan God period.


    When in the Jun dust world, due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, it is not too far to move the void, and it has no obvious advantages over other evasion methods.


    But in the void, it is the best way to make a long journey to show the great movement of the void.


    Ordinary yuan Shen Zhen Jun can easily span thousands of miles or even tens of thousands of miles with each great move of emptiness.


    The silver pot old man''s understatement of a big move crossed hundreds of thousands of miles.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to keep up with the old man Yinhu.


    Silver pot old man wanted to test and teach Meng Zhang, so he accelerated his progress a little.


    At present, although Meng Zhang has achieved Yang God for a long time, he has a solid foundation, rich cultivation and promising future.


    Yang Shen Zhen Jun''s advanced return to virtual power is neither difficult nor difficult.


    As long as you understand the key points and meet various requirements, the probability of advanced is still great.


    Perhaps after many years, Meng Zhang will become the same existence as Yinhu old man.


    At the thought of this, old man Yinhu was polite to Meng Zhang.


    Outside the Junchen world, there are several battlefields between the troops sent by the heavenly palace and foreign invaders.


    The silver pot old man led Meng Zhang to one of them.


    The commander of this battlefield is the famous Tianlei shangzun in the heavenly palace.


    Only those who are particularly powerful in the great power of returning to emptiness can be entitled to the title of supreme respect.


    Like the silver pot old man and the silk pulling mother-in-law, the great power of returning to emptiness is far from qualified to be called shangzun.


    There are also strong and weak points in the great energy of returning to emptiness.


    If the silver pot old man had the strength of supreme respect, he would not be so scrupulous about Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong dares to let ordinary Huixu be angry, but dares not offend a superior at will.


    Tianlei shangzun achieved returning to emptiness many years ago. Among the many returning to emptiness abilities in Tiangong, he has old qualifications, high seniority and ranks among the best in strength.


    Tianlei shangzun is arrogant and ambitious. He can''t see the small pond of Jun dust world at all.


    He didn''t spend much time in the Junchen world. Most of his time was in the extraterritorial void.


    Tianlei shangzun of Jun dust world is a famous and prestigious figure in the void outside the territory.


    He has experienced a hundred battles and all kinds of life and death tests.


    In the long years, he killed countless foreign powerful people, including the demon lord of the demon family, the gods of the Shinto, and even the great demons of the demon Tao.


    Most of his fame was watered out with the blood and lives of foreign powers.


    People like Tianlei shangzun naturally have no shortage of people to take refuge in.


    Even the great power of returning to emptiness is proud to work for Tianlei''s superior.


    Many years ago, old man Yinhu began to drill camp and wanted to be one of his men.


    It''s a pity that Tianlei shangzun''s eyes are too high and he doesn''t pay much attention to the old man Yinhu.


    Tianlei is proud to pick players. He looks not only at his current accomplishments, but also at his potential.


    In his eyes, although the silver pot old man is the great power of returning to emptiness, it is the limit to break through the period of returning to emptiness, and it is difficult to go further.


    Moreover, among the great powers of returning to emptiness, the old man Yinhu is not outstanding in all aspects, and there is nothing that can brighten people''s eyes.


    Without being able to become the subordinate of Tianlei shangzun, old man Yinhu was not very discouraged and still actively approached Tianlei shangzun.


    Once he has a chance, he will try his best to work for Tianlei shangzun.


    Old silver pot worked so hard that he didn''t get nothing.


    Although he failed to become the real subordinate of Tianlei shangzun, he officially entered his core circle.


    But he barely became a peripheral member, and from time to time he was able to get some attention from the Lord Tianlei.


    Of course, old man Yinhu is a very interesting guy who knows how to advance and retreat.


    He never dared to think of himself as a subordinate of Tianlei shangzun, nor did he dare to act willfully outside under his signboard.


    When he encounters some troubles on weekdays, he will not easily go to Tianlei shangzun for help.


    Silver pot old man took Meng Zhang to the battlefield where Tianlei shangzun was located this time, which can be regarded as killing several birds with one stone.


    It not only meets Meng Zhang''s request, but also enhances the strength of the battlefield.


    If Meng Zhang is good enough to get into the eyes of Tianlei shangzun, it will be a great good thing for old silver pot and Meng Zhang.


    On the way to the battlefield, old man Yinhu introduced the battlefield to Meng Zhang.


    The focus of his introduction was the supreme commander of the battlefield, Tian Lei shangzun.


    The implication of the words is all kinds of praise for Tianlei shangzun.

 Chapter 1506

    In recent years, most of the wars between Jun dust world and the outside world were mainly defensive. The main battlefields are basically near the Junchen world.


    Tianlei worships attack and always strives for the initiative on the battlefield.


    He is often not satisfied with passive defense. He often takes the initiative to attack first.


    This battlefield is a certain distance from the Junchen world.


    Silver pot old man took Meng Zhang for more than half a month before he began to approach the edge of the battlefield.


    Although the great movement of the void is one of the best ways to travel in the void.


    But every time you cast it, the loss to the friar is not small.


    If you travel in the void, you will encounter all kinds of dangers if you have bad luck.


    Silver pot old people dare not consume too much, so as not to have enough reaction power in case of accidents.


    Every time he moved a distance, he would stop with Meng Zhang, fly slowly and take the opportunity to recover.


    Seeing the scattered meteorites in the distance, old man Yinhu knew that he was coming.


    Ahead is a vast meteorite belt, which contains many rich resources.


    About thirty years ago, Junchen world and Wanyao world discovered this place almost at the same time.


    Next, in order to compete for this meteorite belt, the two sides launched a series of Fierce wars here.


    The war continues to this day, and there is no sign of its end.


    Meng Zhang''s mission this time is to fight against the demon world.


    Meng Zhang achieved the period of Yuanshen for many years, but rarely entered the void.


    On the one hand, taiyimen has been facing enemies in all directions, and he has no time to separate himself.


    On the other hand, he was left with a special mark by the great devil since he killed the demon xiuye Feifan.


    After that, he offended the gods and Demons more than once.


    He is fine in the Junchen world. If he rashly enters the depths of the void, he may be found by these enemies according to their marks.


    At that time, Meng Zhang will really have no way from heaven to earth.


    This time, he experienced the baptism of Tianlei when he passed the thunder robbery of Yangshen.


    The power of Tianlei is as powerful as Yang and just. It is just the enemy of the power of the devil.


    With the help of Tianlei''s power, he washed away all kinds of marks on his body, and finally removed the biggest hidden danger.


    From then on, Meng Zhang was free to go in and out of the void without fear of being tracked down by these enemies.


    This time he entered the void and followed the old man Yinhu all the way. Although he was a little tired, Meng Zhang was in a good mood.


    In addition to seeing all kinds of scenery in the void, he also carefully understood the rules of heaven and earth in the void and made a comparison with the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    The silver pot old man who was about to enter the meteorite belt suddenly "eh".


    In the distance, several light spots seemed to be chasing and flying towards this side.


    Old silver pot and Meng Zhang stopped.


    But in a short time, these light spots were close here.


    Two Protoss friars run for their lives in front, followed by three demon kings.


    The two immortal gods looked embarrassed. They tried to move in vain many times to get rid of the enemy, but they were interrupted by the enemy in time.


    Friar Yuanshen needs a little time to cast the void movement, and he can''t cast it continuously. After each cast, he needs a certain interval.


    The three demon Kings also have rich combat experience and have fought with the protoss of the Terran for many times.


    All kinds of Taoist and magical powers commonly used by Terran Yuanshen friars are very familiar and know how to deal with them.


    Seeing that the distance between the two sides is getting closer and closer, the two celebrity clan yuan gods are about to escape.


    Although they don''t know each other, they are both human friars. They meet in the void and face the demon family. Naturally, they can''t ignore it.


    Moreover, it is close to the battlefield. Most of the yuan gods of the two celebrity families are under the hand of Lord Tianlei.


    The silver pot old man didn''t hurry to do it, but motioned Meng Zhang to do it.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang suddenly appeared on the pursuit route of both sides.


    When the two Terran gods saw the rescue soldiers appear, they suddenly became excited.


    The three demon kings who pursued and killed all at once accelerated their speed and wanted to win the target before the Terran reinforcements stepped in.


    Meng Zhang urged the Yin and Yang Qi, one black and one white airflow swept towards the three demon kings.


    The strength of the three demon Kings is not weak. The strongest one is almost equal to the later stage of the human yuan God, and the other two weaker ones also have the strength of the middle stage of the yuan God.


    The three demon kings felt strong pressure when they looked at the vast air flow sweeping like a river.


    They were all greatly stimulated and showed their original shape one after another, trying their best to resist the sweeping airflow.


    A giant bird and two tigers and leopards are easily blown out by Yin and Yang.


    It''s not over yet. All the body protecting demons on them have disappeared one after another. Even their bodies seem to be melting into yin and Yang.


    At this time, a huge cow''s hoof crossed the distant time and space, fell from the sky and trampled heavily on Meng Zhang.


    Before the cow''s hoof came, the Yin and Yang Qi released by Meng Zhang spontaneously dissipated.


    Facing the huge ox hoof like a mountain, Meng Zhang felt unprecedented pressure.


    Even if he did his best, he was not sure he could take the blow.


    "Bull Demon Lord, it''s not in line with the rules to bully the small."


    The silver pot old man drank loudly, gently held it up with one hand, and skillfully pushed the huge cow''s hoof aside.


    Relieved, Meng Zhang knew that he was not enough to participate in the struggle at this level, and immediately took two saved Yuanshen friars away.


    "Old silver pot, I haven''t seen you for many days. You haven''t made any progress."


    A heroic voice sounded, and another cow''s hoof fell from the sky and trampled heavily on the silver pot old man.


    Before the cow''s hoof fell, there was a loud thunder in the void.


    The surrounding void seemed to have collapsed, and even Meng Zhang, who was watching, felt as if the sky had fallen apart.


    The silver pot old man''s face was as heavy as water, and a small silver pot loomed behind him.


    With a gentle stroke of his hands, he will cut through the surrounding void and use the force of space collapse to dissolve the enemy''s attack.


    Silver pot old man''s heart, but not as relaxed as it seems.


    Among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace, old man Yinhu is not good at combat power.


    His fighting ability is very general. He doesn''t have many mobile phones on weekdays.


    He will try his best to avoid the war in the void.


    The Bull Demon master on the opposite side is a famous fifth order monster in the demon world.


    The Bull Demon leader is arrogant, aggressive, aggressive and keen on all kinds of battles.


    Old silver pot is really not sure about the Bull Demon master.


    His heart whispered bad luck, but he could only harden his scalp.


    He came to report this time with Meng Zhang. He also wanted to take this opportunity to meet with Tianlei shangzun.


    If he ran away without fighting, Meng Zhang would not be able to escape, and he would not be able to face Tianlei shangzun in the future.

 Chapter 1507

    The silver pot old man managed to resist several tramples of the Bull Demon Lord. Before he could start to fight back, the Bull Demon Lord''s more powerful killing moves came.


    A dim light penetrated the distant space and directly fell on the old man Yinhu.


    Sensing the strong smell of death in the light, the old man Yinhu secretly complained that the damn barbarian had to entangle himself.


    The silver pot old man didn''t know that when the Bull Demon Lord found him, he killed him in his heart.


    Even for the Bull Demon Lord, the return to emptiness ability of killing a celebrity family is also a very outstanding achievement.


    The power of death contained in this light easily broke the old man Yinhu''s self-defense and caused some damage to him.


    The silver pot old man''s face was gray and defeated. He was very hard to parry his opponent''s attack.


    Seeing the silver pot old man fall downwind, the light suddenly shines between heaven and earth.


    A giant with a height of thousands of feet and incomparable power appeared on the battlefield with a bright light.


    As soon as the giant appeared, he raised a long shoulder pole and slammed it in the direction of the Bull Demon Lord.


    "You bull dare to run around. I just killed you to eat meat."


    A pair of huge ox horns took the initiative to meet the pole and began a fierce collision.


    A series of loud noises kept ringing. The horn of the Bull Demon Lord and the shoulder pole didn''t know how many times they fought for a moment.


    "Old silver pot, you''re lucky. You escaped today."


    "Don''t be happy too early. You can''t meet this bastard every time. Help him."


    The powerful demon clan like the Bull Demon master can overcome most of their nature and will not be driven by nature.


    Although there is a word "barbarian" in his racial name, he is not a real barbarian.


    It is not easy for a mountain bearer to win.


    Although old man Yinhu is a little wasted, he can still pose a great threat to him by working with the mountain guest.


    We are outnumbered, and the enemy is obviously more powerful. Of course, the Bull Demon Lord will not be foolish enough to stay and fight hard.


    The Bull Demon Lord disappeared.


    While he retreated, he also took away three demon kings who were defeated by Meng Zhang.


    The Bull Demon King retreated, and the silver pot old man breathed a sigh of relief.


    He looked at the giant in the distance with a very complicated look on his face.


    The giant is the heaven and earth Dharma phase condensed by mountain tourists.


    Not every great power of returning to emptiness can refine the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    Old silver pot has no such ability.


    It can condense the return to emptiness power of heaven and earth, and the combat effectiveness will be greatly improved.


    The success of the mountain bearer is still behind the old man Yinhu, but he is far better than the old man Yinhu in all aspects.


    Maybe it won''t be long before the mountaineer is qualified to be called shangzun.


    Although old man Yinhu was in a complicated mood, he didn''t dare to be rude to the tourists.


    The mountain bearer took refuge in Tianlei shangzun early and was a capable man who won his trust.


    Soon after the battle, the giant Dharma disappeared quickly.


    After a while, a mighty man with a tiger back and a bear waist appeared in front of the old man Yinhu.


    "Silver pot Taoist friend, you are really a rare guest. Did you see you coming here?"


    "I thank you for your help."


    "If you didn''t do it this time, I would be in big trouble."


    The silver pot old man bowed to the strong man.


    The silver pot old man is exquisite and good at being a man.


    He has always been very flattering to the mountain bearers and tried to make friends with them.


    The two had not seen each other for many years and soon had a heated conversation.


    After exchanging greetings for a while, the old silver pot talent entered the topic.


    He called Meng Zhang to his side and introduced him to the tourists.


    Although Meng Zhang had just come into close contact with a battle far beyond his own level, he was not alarmed at all, but looked thoughtful.


    He humbly saluted the bearers and opened his mouth to see each other.


    Meng Zhang''s magnanimity left a good impression on the Danshan tourists.


    With his eyesight, he only needs a simple observation to find that Meng Zhang is very extraordinary.


    He encouraged Meng Zhang a few words and turned his eyes to the two yuan God friars saved by Meng Zhang.


    The two Yuanshen friars are also over a thousand years old, but under the eyes of the mountain bearers, they still shrink like children who have made mistakes.


    "You two guys are not timid. You are famous troublemakers on weekdays."


    "This time, not only did you get into trouble with the demon king whose strength is far higher than yours, but even the Bull Demon Lord came out."


    "If it hadn''t been for the silver pot Taoist friend and this Meng Zhang to save you, you would have been swallowed up."


    Although the mountain bearer seemed to be scolding, he didn''t mean much to blame in his tone.


    Thinking of the timely appearance of danshanke, old man Yinhu had a certain guess about their relationship.


    "Dangshan road friend, these two little friends are yours..."


    "What little shit friend, just two younger generation."


    "Their brother''s name is Luo Yuan and their brother''s name is Luo Cheng."


    "Their brother''s ancestry is old to me. It can be regarded as an old friend."


    "Over the years, these two brothers have the cheek to take a lot of advantages from me."


    ¡­¡­


    After a conversation, everyone knew each other.


    Although Meng Zhang is the true king of Yang God, his experience in all aspects of emptiness is seriously insufficient.


    The Luo brothers have only the cultivation of the middle period of Yuanshen, but they have been fooling around in the void for many years.


    They have the shelter of mountain tourists and do well in the void.


    Over the years, they have not only accumulated rich survival experience in the void, but also obtained many benefits in the void.


    Even if Meng Zhang doesn''t help, the mountain guest may be able to save them in time.


    But Meng Zhang saved them directly after all. The Luo brothers can''t help but appreciate it.


    When old man Yinhu was chatting with the mountain guest, the Luo brothers also took Meng Zhang and chatted with him.


    After understanding their respective situations, Meng Zhang and Luo brothers feel the same.


    They are really lucky. Their abilities can complement each other in the void.


    The mountaineer was very satisfied with the old man''s practice.


    Old silver pot traveled thousands of miles and personally sent reinforcements to the battlefield here. It was a small help.


    Even on the empty battlefield, Yang Shenzhen Jun is not a worthless cabbage.


    When fighting in the void, Huixu Da Neng is a chess player, and the Yuanshen Zhenjun is the chess piece driven by him.


    Among them, Yang Shenzhen Jun, as a powerful chess piece, or the leader among the chess pieces, often plays a key role.


    On the battlefield here, the enemy and we have been deadlocked for many years.


    Meng Zhang is a real king of Yang God. He still has some weight.


    Every time your side gives more strength, the balance of victory and defeat will tilt towards your side.


    In this way, accumulated over time and slowly accumulated, we can usher in the final victory.

 Chapter 1508

    Silver pot old man personally brought Meng Zhang. For his face, mountain tourists will take care of Meng Zhang in the future.


    Together with today''s event, we have a good relationship. I made a good start for getting along in the future.


    After chatting for a while, everyone was on the road again.


    This time, the mountain bearer led the way in front. He didn''t encounter any trouble on the way and entered the target area very smoothly.


    They slowly entered the edge of the meteorite belt, and there were more and more meteorites around.


    These meteorites are as big as mountains and as small as dust. Where meteorites are most concentrated, there is no space for people to walk through.


    In the void, most places are empty, so it has the name of void.


    Such a large meteorite belt with a radius of millions of miles is very rare in the void.


    With the vast void, even the meteorite belt thousands of times larger is like a drop in the ocean, which is difficult to be found.


    Generally speaking, there are some resources in such a meteorite belt.


    As for whether resources are precious and valuable for exploitation, it all depends on luck.


    In front of this meteorite belt, there are undoubtedly very precious resources, which caused the competition between Jun dust world and 10000 demon world.


    In fact, there are several such meteorite belts in the nearby area. Those smaller meteorite belts are more numerous.


    Danshanke now leads you to the largest meteorite belt, which is also the most abundant resource and the most intense competition at the beginning.


    It is best to perform the great movement of emptiness in the emptiness of nothing.


    There are many obstacles in this meteorite dense place, which is not convenient for large-scale movement over a long distance.


    The mountain bearer led everyone through the meteorite belt quickly.


    When he met those meteorites that he couldn''t avoid on the road, he thought and broke them.


    The party soon passed through the periphery of the meteorite belt and entered the core.


    Along the way, they will meet groups of Yuanshen Zhenjun from time to time to explore in the meteorite belt.


    There are many meteorites in the meteorite belt with complex components. Many times, the spiritual thoughts of practitioners will be shielded.


    When the divine mind can not be used smoothly, these Yuanshen Zhenjun have to work hard, close to observation and search carefully.


    When the mountain bearer led everyone to the destination, in the void ahead, a huge meteorite with a radius of thousands of miles floated there quietly, just like a floating continent.


    On this floating continent, there are traces of human excavation in many places.


    Many caves have been built on them, and array prohibitions have been arranged in many places.


    Most of the practitioners who participated in this war took this continent as their base.


    According to Dan Shanke, in addition to him and Tianlei shangzun, there are two other people who participated in the war.


    As for the Yuanshen friars, the number exceeded 200. But there are only more than ten Yang God friars.


    Tianlei is respected by ordinary practitioners in the Jun dust world, but its reputation is like thunder in the upper layer of the Jun dust world, especially those who have good ears and eyes.


    He is one of the leading figures in the heavenly palace, both in strength and status.


    His appeal is so strong that he is better than those holy places.


    He just needs to release the news, and a large number of practitioners will take the initiative to take refuge and work actively for him.


    More than thirty years ago, a team of friars from the Junchen world explored the void and found a nearby meteorite belt. After preliminary exploration, extremely rich resources in the meteorite belt have been found.


    That group of friars, composed of the yuan God Zhenjun, was unable to develop this place on a large scale.


    Moreover, when they found this place, they also encountered several demon kings.


    Neither of the two sides can completely deal with the other side. Naturally, they can''t stop the other side from bringing back the news here.


    After collecting some resources, this group of practitioners returned to the Junchen world, sold the news here to the Tiangong official and exchanged a large number of contribution points.


    Over the years, the Jun dust world has always adopted a contraction strategy, shrinking the main forces to the vicinity of the Jun dust world.


    For such areas that are too forward, the Jun dust world will not actively compete as usual.


    But at this time, Tianlei shangzun knew the news.


    He strongly urged the development of resources here.


    Even though the holy places in Junchen didn''t support him much, he still called a large team to develop the resources here with his own prestige and strength.


    As expected, many people didn''t expect it. The team led by Tianlei shangzun just came here and met the team of the ten thousand demon world.


    Tianlei shangzun was really strong and arrogant. He actually suppressed the team in the ten thousand demon world and let the team in the Jun dust world take root here.


    Wan demon world and Jun dust world are old enemies. Now they are faced with rich resources. Naturally, they are not willing to give in.


    The ten thousand demon world increased its troops several times and sent several reinforcements led by the Demon Lord to barely stabilize the situation.


    Now the situation here is that the teams of Jun dust world and 10000 demon world are at a stalemate, and no one can do anything.


    Therefore, the two sides almost unanimously stopped the large-scale struggle and began to accelerate the excavation and exploitation of resources.


    Of course, all kinds of small-scale battles have never stopped.


    Or to compete for resources, or to hunt each other for merit


    Even Huixu Da Neng and several demon masters will fight from time to time.


    Divide the areas they occupy by the victory or defeat of the battle.


    The continent in front of Meng Zhang is the largest meteorite in the meteorite belt, which originally contained extremely rich resources.


    Thanks to the venerable power of Tianlei, he occupied this continent.


    After years of exploitation, the resources on this continent have been basically exhausted.


    The main target of the cultivators'' mining began to turn to other areas of the meteorite belt, and the conflict with the ten thousand demon world became more and more intense.


    The situation here seems stable, but there is a big hidden danger.


    Jun dust world is in the void. There are many enemies. They almost have to face the attacks of several big worlds at the same time.


    The main forces of Jun dust world have shrunk back, and it is difficult to provide too much support to Tianlei shangzun.


    Those Yuanshen friars who came here one after another were attracted partly because of the high reward offered by the heavenly palace.


    The other part is brought by the old man Yinhu who wants to please Tianlei shangzun through various means.


    If the demon world continues to increase its troops here on a large scale, Tianlei shangzun will not be able to fight against a big world.


    At that time, whether the practitioners here can safely return to the Junchen world, let alone guard here, is a problem.

 Chapter 1509

    Along the way, I probably thanked Meng Zhang for saving his life and wanted to make friends with a monk like him.


    Brother Luo, you said a lot one by one, and gave Meng Zhang a brief introduction to the general situation here.


    The two brothers are quick talkers. They say a lot about what to say and what not to say.


    Hearing about the hidden dangers here, Meng Zhang hesitated.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s eyes, the silver pot old man smiled and scolded the two brothers, and then said to Meng Zhang, "don''t listen to their nonsense. As long as Tianlei respects him, the old man sits here, the demons in the ten thousand demon world are not afraid at all."


    "You haven''t seen Tianlei shangzun. I don''t know how powerful he is."


    "Even those holy places in the Junchen world often have to give him three points."


    I don''t know whether old man Yinhu is really full of confidence in Tianlei shangzun or deliberately comforting Meng Zhang.


    The mountain bearer also told Meng Zhang that Tianlei had a great record and had never lost.


    Even without the support of Junchen, the situation here can definitely be maintained.


    For Meng Zhang, since they have all come here, we can only take things as they come. Can we turn around and go back.


    While talking, the mountain bearer led everyone to land on the huge floating continent.


    Shortly after they landed, a white haired old man flew over from a distance.


    This old man is called Wei xuzhenjun. He was originally an old servant who had followed Tianlei shangzun for many years.


    Over the years, he has been with Tianlei shangzun and took care of all kinds of trifles for him.


    On this battlefield, he is the manager in charge of all affairs.


    Although he has only the cultivation of the later yuan God, let alone the same yuan God friar, he should respect him even for his great ability to return to emptiness.


    Wei Xuzhen Jun had already seen the mountain bearer leading people over and hurried to meet him.


    The mountain bearer threw Meng Zhang to Wei Xuzhen and left with the old man Yinhu.


    They should have gone to see Lord Tianlei.


    Although old silver pot is optimistic about Meng Zhang, he won''t take him there rashly.


    Next, Wei Xuzhen introduced the general situation here to Meng Zhang.


    Because of the Luo brothers, Wei Xuzhen saved a lot of effort.


    He handed Meng Zhang a jade pendant and asked him to take it with him at any time.


    All monks here have this jade pendant, which can be used to identify the enemy and ourselves.


    When Lord Tianlei issues important orders, they are often displayed on the jade pendant.


    After killing the enemy, the jade pendant will also be automatically recorded as the basis for judging the war achievements after the war.


    Most monks opened caves on this huge empty continent as temporary residences.


    Of course, if you really don''t want to stay on this floating continent, it is also personal freedom.


    However, if the distance is too far, if you are attacked by the demon king of the demon world, you may not have time to get rescue.


    Every once in a while, the monks here will organize to have a frontal battle with the demon families in the ten thousand demon world.


    In the gap time of the war, Tianlei shangzun had no mandatory requirements for all friars, and everyone moved freely.


    Monks can stay here and stay in the cave honestly.


    This is the safest, easiest and least rewarding.


    We can also organize to enter the meteorite belt and search for various resources.


    Friars who have the courage to participate in this kind of war are more or less adventurous.


    In order to obtain more resources, many people are not afraid of taking risks.


    The void is full of all kinds of dangers. The demon family in the 10000 demon world is close at hand, which is even more risky.


    There is also a choice between the two options.


    This floating continent was occupied by Tianlei''s own people.


    Theoretically, all the resources on this floating continent belong to Tianlei shangzun.


    Of course, it is impossible to find and mine these resources in person as Tianlei shangzun.


    Friars from the Junchen world can accept the employment of heavenly thunder and mine various resources on the floating continent in exchange for rewards.


    As for how Tianlei shangzun and Tiangong distribute these materials, others don''t know.


    Although it''s a little hard to mine resources on the floating continent and the income is small, it''s better than safety.


    However, in recent years, after everyone''s crazy exploitation, the resources on this floating continent are almost exhausted.


    In addition to the original mining friars, there are generally no new staff.


    After registering Meng Zhang''s information, Wei Xuzhen left directly.


    Anyway, there are Luo brothers here. He doesn''t have to worry about the rest.


    Generally speaking, the practitioners here have a relatively free time, except that they are regularly summoned by the Lord Tianlei to participate in the war with the ten thousand demon world.


    Next, what Meng Zhang wanted to do was a huge annular pit. The Luo brothers dug their own cave on the wall of the pit.


    Meng Zhang also dug a cave on the other side of the giant pit, far away from the Luo brothers.


    Anyway, it was just a temporary rest place. Meng Zhang made it at random and arranged some simple prohibitions around the cave.


    He didn''t expect these prohibitions to block the friars at the level of Yuanshen, but they were better than nothing, and barely played a role in marking the territory.


    The so-called cave house dug out has five stone chambers for Meng Zhang''s daily life.


    All items of Meng Zhang are stored in mustard space.


    He has no salute, let alone the need to clean up.


    He soon dealt with the cave and joined the Luo brothers outside.


    The Luo brothers took Meng Zhang and began to get familiar with the situation of this floating continent from this huge annular pit.


    Along the way, the Luo brothers met some friars they knew from time to time.


    After the two sides said hello, the Luo brothers will introduce each other and Meng Zhang.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang was not only familiar with the surrounding situation, but also knew several monks.


    Here, in addition to the great power of returning to emptiness, the strongest is the Yang God Zhenjun.


    When fighting against the ten thousand demon world, a total of more than ten Yang God Zhenjun are the main force of the battle. Sometimes they have to act as the leader and lead the yuan God friars to fight.


    Ordinary yuan God friars are very polite and respectful to Meng Zhang, the Yang God friar.


    Many friends and many roads. Meng Zhang, who is a newcomer, has no pride and actively makes friends with friars from all walks of life.

 Chapter 1510

    Time flies. It has been more than 20 years since Meng Zhang left the Junchen world and went to the void to serve the heavenly palace.


    When Meng Zhang became the Yang God, he did not publicize it, let alone hold a celebration ceremony to show off.


    But those who should know still know.


    Meng Zhang eliminated the high-level foreign invaders in the clouds and fog, and went to the heavenly palace to visit many friends.


    When Xiao Liang of Ziyang holy sect knew that Meng Zhang had broken through the Yang God period, he refused to accept it, and then he was furious.


    Although there seems to be only a line between the late Yuan God period and the Yang God period, it is a world apart.


    In the north of the whole Junchen world, there are only monks who can achieve the Yang God, except Ziyang holy sect and its confidants, who are far away from the imperial dynasty.


    Now Meng Zhang has broken this practice, which will have a great impact on the situation in the north of Jun dust world.


    Even in ordinary days, Ziyang holy sect needs to be taken seriously and can''t be disposed of easily.


    Moreover, now Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial dynasty have been entangled, which is difficult to distract him.


    Soon after, the high level of Ziyang holy sect learned the news of Meng Zhang''s advanced Yang God period.


    It is impossible for Xiao Liang to hide such news.


    The senior level of Ziyang holy sect responded quickly and immediately removed Xiao Liang from his post, leaving the leisurely fat and lack of the head of the Tiangong residence and transferred him back to the sect gate.


    Although it sounds good, he has another appointment, in fact, he just sat on the bench.


    For Xiao Liang, a monk who has little hope of further progress in this life, his power has become his most important thing.


    However, because of his mistake in dealing with Meng Zhang, not only did he lose his power, but even the Xiao family were implicated and suffered a lot.


    Old crane, who has dealt with Meng Zhang and has a good relationship with him, was ordered to send an envoy to Taiyi gate to meet the leader Meng Zhang.


    Old crane took the call up order of Ziyang holy sect and came to call up Meng Zhang to work in the front line to join the war against Dali emperor.


    However, after he came to Taiyi gate, he was warmly received by Niu Dawei, the acting leader, but he didn''t see Meng Zhang.


    Niu Dawei did not hide Meng Zhang''s whereabouts. According to the truth, Meng Zhang worked for the heavenly palace and has gone to the void.


    Old crane has nothing to say about this result.


    Although Ziyang holy sect is the holy sect, it can''t stop Meng Zhang from working for the heavenly palace.


    At least on the surface, Ziyang Shengzong should respect the status of the heavenly palace and regard it as the leader of the Junchen world.


    Old crane spent some time in Taiyi gate, and he was familiar with the middle and high levels of niudawei gate.


    The two sides used to get along very happily and have a good relationship.


    Now, due to their different positions, old crane said with deep meaning that Meng Zhang is really a smart man.


    Since Meng Zhang was not in the gate, old crane, who failed to achieve his goal, left Taiyi gate directly.


    Since then, Ziyang Shengzong seems to have forgotten the existence of Taiyi gate and ignored it.


    The Ziyang saint on his head no longer cares about the affairs of Taiyi gate, and there are no strong enemies around Taiyi gate for a long time.


    This time, taiyimen won a very valuable time for peaceful development.


    Taiyimen was originally the ruler of Jiuqu province. Naturally, it took the opportunity to consolidate its rule here.


    Most of the Xiuzhen forces in the south of Jiuqu province have successively joined the Hanhai Taoist alliance and become the de facto vassal of Taiyi gate.


    Although big businesses such as Datong business alliance have maintained their independence, they still have to turn in and offer sacrifices to taiyimen regularly, and accept the supervision of taiyimen friars in many aspects.


    There is a secret long-distance transmission array at Datong commercial League, which can directly connect the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Under the supervision of friar taiyimen, Dali imperial court could not dispatch troops to Jiuqu province through this transmission array.


    However, through this long-distance transmission array, big businesses such as Datong business alliance can obtain all kinds of truth repair materials from the mainland of the imperial dynasty.


    Taiyimen naturally communicated with the Dali Dynasty through this channel.


    Ziyang Shengzong organized a huge encirclement net to surround Dali imperial dynasty, which almost cut off most of the communication channels between Dali imperial dynasty and the outside world.


    Dali Dynasty now only maintains the circulation of materials with the outside world through the channel of heavenly palace.


    It is said that Ziyang Shengzong has long begun to plan to cut off the channel from the imperial dynasty.


    However, because the matter involves the heavenly palace, Ziyang Shengzong is very tied up and has a powerful feeling of nowhere to use.


    Although there were channels in the heavenly palace, the Dali dynasty still attached great importance to the external channels of Jiuqu province.


    For taiyimen, it is a profitable and beneficial thing to exchange needs with the old forces such as Dali Dynasty.


    Yuantu prairie, which has long been controlled by taiyimen, has developed very well in recent years.


    In addition to the fact that many members of Hanhai road alliance have established strongholds and carried out large-scale development there. Many foreign barbarians who submitted to taiyimen were also settled there.


    Meng Zhang promised the wolf Eagle chief that he would be kind to the foreign barbarians.


    Meng Zhang himself is not a bloodthirsty and ferocious person. He is willing to absorb some honest foreign barbarians and let them belong to the rule of taiyimen.


    There are a lot of barbarians outside the territory under the rule of taiyimen, even the strong ones of the Barbarian King series.


    The strong barbarians joined Hanhai road alliance, which really greatly improved the strength of Hanhai road alliance.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it is enough to completely subdue these barbarians and make them dare not have different hearts.


    On the side of the great horizontal cultivation world, even if the magic disaster has completely subsided, there are still single demons and even small groups of demons from time to time.


    Niu Dawei specially arranged a demon hunting team to patrol the Daheng cultivation world and eliminate all visible demons.


    Among them, the friars of SONGFENG sect are the most active.


    After knowing the news that Meng Zhang achieved the Yang God, most of the remaining major cultivation forces in the Daheng cultivation world took the initiative to join the Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Although SONGFENG sect has long been nominally subject to taiyimen, it is still reluctant to join Hanhai daomeng and completely become a vassal of taiyimen.


    SONGFENG sect wants to be an ally of taiyimen and get along with taiyimen on an equal footing.


    With the power of taiyimen getting stronger and stronger, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi have used a lot of means.


    Finally, the SONGFENG sect had to join the Hanhai daomeng.


    Of course, SONGFENG sect and other powerful yuanshenzongmen still have a high position in hanhaidao alliance.


    It can not only basically maintain its independence, but also get a lot of preferential treatment and enjoy some privileges.


    The cultivation world has never been a fair place, and it is impossible for various cultivation forces to be completely equal.


    Taiyimen does not treat all members of Hanhai daomeng equally, but gives different treatment according to their strength, loyalty and distance.


    For all this, everyone thinks it should be.

 Chapter 1511

    At present, Taiyi gate has a vast territory, which has far exceeded most Yuanshen sect gates in Junchen world.


    Even taiyimen in its heyday did not have such a large territory under its command.


    Of course, the most prosperous and prosperous region in the Junchen world is the Middle Earth continent.


    Although the north is vast, its resources are much worse.


    The most plump territory in the north of Jun dust world is naturally under the control of Ziyang holy sect.


    Dali Dynasty had the capital to compete with Ziyang Shengzong through the continuous expansion of these years.


    In terms of directly controlled territory and population, Dali Dynasty is not necessarily weaker than Ziyang Shengzong.


    Apart from these two giants, there should be no Xiuzhen force in the north of Junchen world, which has such a vast territory like Taiyi gate.


    Unfortunately, the territory of taiyimen is located in the northernmost part of the Jun dust world. In the generally barren north of the Jun dust world, it is the most barren area.


    Except for a few oases, the endless sand sea is basically barren land, and the Gobi is not much better.


    Jiuqu province and Yuantu prairie are the core areas of taiyimen at present. Although the foundation of Daheng cultivation world is better, it has been ruined by demons for so many years and needs to be purified slowly.


    Anyway, Taiyi gate has such a foundation. After more than 20 years of rapid development, many losses in the previous war have been recovered, and a new generation of disciples in the gate began to grow up.


    The senior management of taiyimen know why taiyimen can win such a good development environment.


    Almost everyone of them prayed silently for Meng Zhang and hoped that Meng Zhang would be safe in the void outside the territory.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t know what the taiyimen senior management expected of him.


    In these more than 20 years, Meng Zhang gradually became familiar with all kinds of situations in the void and completely immersed in his current life.


    Old man Yinhu didn''t stay there long. Before leaving, he met Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that he must stay here honestly and work well for Tianlei shangzun.


    He has told Tianlei shangzun about Meng Zhang.


    If Lord Tianlei is willing to take the lead for Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about the holy door like Ziyang Shengzong.


    After saying goodbye to Meng Zhang and leaving, old man Yinhu never came here again.


    Meng Zhang is not only familiar with and used to the life here, but also has a very comfortable life.


    He rarely stayed in his temporary cave. Most of the time, he searched and explored various resources in the meteorite belt with the Luo brothers.


    This meteorite belt is indeed very rich and worthy of competition between Junchen world and Wanyao world.


    There are many places where Meng Zhang found the Yuqing LINGJI.


    Yuqing LINGJI is not only necessary for the daily cultivation of Yuanshen Zhenjun, but also a common currency in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers went deep into the meteorite belt many times to mine these jade qinglingji.


    Most of the areas where jade Qingling machines accumulate are dangerous places in the void.


    The surrounding environment is bad. From time to time, there is enough danger to threaten the yuan God friar, and it is also very difficult to mine.


    If you rely on the Luo brothers alone, you don''t have the courage to mine alone.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang, a monk of Yang God, can overcome many difficulties.


    Yuqing LINGJI is just a kind of production in the meteorite belt. Compared with Yuqing LINGJI''s valuable cultivation resources, there are many more here.


    In order to compete for these resources, Meng Zhang and Luo brothers fought with the demon king of the ten thousand demon world more than once.


    Most of the battles between the Jun dust world and the ten thousand demon world are basically able to fight between soldiers and generals.


    Like the last time the bull King disobeyed the rules and bullied the small with the big is still very rare.


    Meng Zhang and Luo brothers joined hands to win more and lose less in the battle against the demon king.


    They not only killed several demon kings, but also hit a big demon king.


    Even after several defeats, you can retreat without paying too much price.


    Although Meng Zhang was a latecomer, everyone gained a lot because of his tacit cooperation with the Luo brothers and their strengths.


    Not to mention the rewards given by the heavenly palace after the war, Meng Zhang felt that his trip was worthwhile only because of the various resources obtained from the meteorite belt.


    In addition to the days of free activities, Meng Zhang and his disciples were also recruited twice by the Lord Tianlei to participate in the frontal battle with the demon clan in the 10000 demon world.


    This frontal battle is really a huge scene Meng Zhang has never seen.


    Nearly 200 yuan God friars, led by more than a dozen Yang God friars, listed their formations and launched a huge battle with more than 200 demon kings.


    That''s also Meng Zhang. Of course, Tianlei shangzun''s practice is actually good.


    Most of the monks present, including Meng Zhang, were reluctant to fight for the interests of the heavenly palace.


    They responded to the call to war and hoped to pass the test safely.


    On the battlefield at this level, even the Yang God friars like Meng Zhang can''t play a great role.


    If one is not good, it will also be in danger of falling.


    The contribution of killing the enemy alone is not worth making Meng Zhang fight with the enemy regardless of his own life and death.


    Most other monks should have similar ideas to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang went to the void, the main purpose is to escape Ziyang saint.


    The secondary purpose is to obtain the contribution points of Tiangong.


    The situation on this battlefield is much better than he thought.


    In addition to being called up and participating in the war, he and the Luo brothers searched for a large amount of materials in the meteorite belt.


    These are very precious and high-level cultivation resources.


    Some heaven and earth spirits are very rare in the Jun dust world.


    If brought back to the Junchen world, whether it is sold or exchanged, it can bring huge benefits.


    In the Jun dust world, many high-level heaven and Earth Spirit objects, let alone spirit stones, even jade Qingling machine and Jiutian essence, are difficult to buy.


    This kind of spiritual objects in heaven and earth are often not easy to sell after they get their hands. Even if it is a move, it is basically a barter.

 Chapter 1512

    Meng Zhang is busy collecting resources outside every day and has almost no free time.


    Although such a life is a little hard, Meng Zhang has lived a full life.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know if he will have such a good opportunity to enter such a resource rich area and search wantonly after leaving this place.


    He has gained more than 20 years here, which is comparable to the accumulation of many yuanshenzongmen for hundreds of years.


    Of course, risks and opportunities coexist.


    To obtain more and more precious resources, Meng Zhang and Luo brothers must enter the more remote areas of the meteorite belt.


    In addition to the sneak attack of the demon family in the ten thousand demon world, sometimes we have to face the hostility from the practitioners in the Jun dust world.


    As the commander-in-chief of the leading army, Tianlei shangzun still pays great attention to the law.


    Under his command, killing and looting and killing each other are absolutely not allowed.


    But Tianlei shangzun also has his own business. He can''t stare at everyone all the time.


    If someone kills, loots and destroys the body in a remote place without leaving any trace, Tianlei shangzun can''t decide for the victim no matter how powerful he is.


    And it seems calm around the meteorite belt. In fact, there are many dangers, and the demon families in the demon world are eyeing one side.


    Who knows what happened to those monks who went out and disappeared.


    The well-informed Luo brothers privately told Meng Zhang that according to the rumors spread among the yuan God friars, there were several notorious guys among the war friars in Junchen world. It is said that they had secretly killed and robbed treasure in remote places, and more than once.


    Of course, the rumor is just a rumor without any evidence. Even the relationship between the ELO brothers and the danshanke can''t let the danshanke deal with these things.


    However, after Meng Zhang was warned by the Luo brothers, he raised his vigilance every time he went out.


    Among the Yuanshen Zhenjun who participated in the war, there have indeed been many losses over the years.


    During the general battle on the front battlefield, the number of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun lost is very small. Only a few unlucky people will die in battle.


    However, during the free time, several times as many yuan God friars died or disappeared.


    Among them, less than one third of the well-documented ones died in the hands of the demon family in the 10000 demon world.


    Most of the others are mysteriously missing. Since then, no one has lived or died, and there are no news and traces.


    Those friars who came from the sect or family can also determine their life and death through their soul lamp in the mountain gate.


    As for casual practice, it''s really unknown about life and death.


    In any case, these monks who have been missing for a long time are basically unlucky and can be declared dead.


    Even if so many monks have an accident, we can''t stop our enthusiasm to explore everywhere and explore various resources.


    There are not many Yang God Zhenjun among the monks participating in the war. Meng Zhang has enough shocking power with his cultivation.


    As long as he is not too greedy and arrogant, he can avoid most of the traps and ensure the safety of his own family and companions.


    The cultivator is simply a locust, and the demon family in the opposite 10000 demon world is no less let down.


    The main thoughts of both sides did not focus on the war on the front battlefield, but were busy exploiting all kinds of resources.


    After so many years of mining, the largest meteorite belt is easy to find, and the easily exploited resources are almost exhausted.


    To get more harvest, you need to enter the smaller meteorite belt in the distance.


    The headquarters of the friars of the Jun dust world is located on the floating continent in the center of the largest meteorite belt. The returning virtual powers spend most of their time here.


    If you leave here too far, it will be a lot of trouble to encounter the ambush of the demon clan, not to mention other dangers.


    Not under the eyes of the great power of returning to emptiness, some ruthless demon masters with no bottom line can easily do things that bully the small with the big.


    Therefore, the friars on the other side of the Jun dust world hesitated to enter further areas to exploit resources.


    Later, probably after accepting the advice of some yuan God friars, several returning great energy sitting in the floating mainland discussed and drafted a rough constitution.


    Those who left the meteorite belt and went to the surrounding area.


    Before each trip, a batch of heaven and Earth Spirit objects will be collected and offered to you to return to virtual power.


    You return to the virtual power to patrol outside in turn and patrol around the surrounding area in a wide range.


    Once it is found that the demon lord ignores his identity and bullies the small with the big, they will fight back immediately.


    Of course, it is impossible to take into account every corner. There must be many omissions.


    It is impossible to take care of every friar if you spare some time.


    With bad luck, it is possible to be targeted by the demon clan and encounter a plot ambush, and it is not small.


    It''s good to ask for such help from wealth and wealth insurance.


    If you want to gain more, how can you not take any risks.


    In the Junchen world, most of the resources are controlled by the Holy Land Sect.


    Inside the holy door, most of the resources are controlled by those friars with background and gifted friars who are optimistic about returning to the virtual world.


    Ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun, even if he was born in the holy land, often felt that the cultivation resources were not enough.


    On the surface, at least, it is fair for everyone to take risks in the foreign void, and the opportunity to gain is also equal.


    Many of those friars who are willing to take risks to participate in this war are still full of courage.


    In order to take care of and cooperate with each other, many Yuanshen friars formed a team.


    In some teams, there will even be monks of Yang God.


    Teams, like locusts, rushed to the meteorite belt in the surrounding area.


    In the world of demons, the demons have established a bright demon civilization.


    Among the demons, there are also skills similar to those of human friars.


    For all kinds of cultivation resources, the demon family in the 10000 demon world also has a great desire.


    The demon clan can use various cultivation resources, alchemy and refining tools... To invest in many aspects.


    The conflict between the friar of Jun dust world and the demon family of 10000 demon world suddenly became more intense.


    In several meteorite belts and on the way back to their respective headquarters, wars of varying sizes broke out.


    There are unexpected encounters and well-designed ambushes


    Meng Zhang was not prepared to venture into remote areas. He realized that the harvest of participating in the war was huge enough.


    However, he couldn''t help the encouragement of the Luo brothers, and as the leader of the Taiyi sect, he often had to consider for the Pope and the friars in the sect.


    The resources he searched for are not only used in his own family.


    After repeated weighing, Meng Zhang and Luo brothers formed a team and began to go deep into more remote areas.

 Chapter 1513

    When Meng Zhang was busy in the void, his external incarnation was too wonderful to be idle.


    Although Meng Zhang has been keeping secrets about Taimiao''s relationship with himself, he has repeatedly told the senior management of taiyimen that Taimiao is absolutely trustworthy.


    Before Meng Zhang left the Junchen world, Niu Dawei, who specifically explained the position of acting leader, must fully cooperate with Taimiao and give him the greatest support.


    Although taiyimen was burdened with heavy debts because of calming the demon disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    However, after the magic disaster subsided, the Daheng cultivation world began to recover gradually and have a certain output.


    With the end of the war, taiyimen''s main energy was focused on internal affairs.


    It goes without saying that in the endless sand sea and Gobi, the relationship between Jiuqu province and other provinces has been thoroughly straightened out. Yuantu prairie has entered the stage of large-scale development, and the income of taiyimen is also increasing sharply.


    In addition to paying off debts, taiyimen itself also consumes a lot of various cultivation resources.


    Among them, meeting wonderful needs is the top priority.


    In fact, even without Meng Zhang''s special explanation, Niu Dawei and other middle and high-level departments will never ignore it.


    Not to mention the income of the ghost small world, it''s wonderful to obtain various special resources from the energy source in the underworld.


    For a long time, those special resources from the underworld were the highlight of taiyimen''s foreign trade.


    It''s wonderful. With the support of Taiyi gate in the sun, it also saves a lot of time.


    In addition to the Jijian general, the other three Dharma protectors have been transformed into their own obedient gods.


    The four men with the strength of Yuanshen period are absolutely reliable and capable.


    With them as the main force, they can fully support the backbone of a ghost army.


    Too wonderful. She wandered in the underworld for many years. She accepted many ghosts and incorporated them into her command.


    Among them, the ghosts of Yuanshen strength have accumulated a full four heads.


    Wonderful. I have experienced a lot in the underworld over the years and have a deep understanding of the way of existence in the underworld.


    In the cultivation world of the Yang world, although it is also the law of the jungle and constant struggle, there are still minimum rules, and many times we have to pay attention to some face Kung Fu.


    In the underworld, there are no rules. Ghosts, gods and ghosts fight endlessly all day in order to annex others and strengthen themselves.


    It''s wonderful to form a ghost army, named xuanjiayin army.


    He led the xuanjiayin army and embarked on the road of expedition everywhere.


    Many ghosts in the underworld have become climate ghosts. They all know how to refine weapons and armor with Yin Qi.


    But for most ghosts, weapons and armor are still luxury things.


    Meng Zhang found many ways to raise Taoist soldiers in the inheritance scriptures left by his ancestors.


    Among them, there is how to refine specific weapons, armor and even magic tools to equip Taoist soldiers and enhance their combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang himself had no time to study these for the time being, so he handed the relevant materials to the middle and senior level of the door to organize the research.


    Now in taiyimen, we have mastered some new means of cultivating Taoist soldiers.


    However, on the one hand, limited resources and on the other hand, it is not urgently needed, so there is no large-scale promotion.


    Dharma protector generals such as Jijian general are essentially a kind of Taoist soldiers, transformed from Jindan friars.


    Now the golden elixir friars in Taiyi gate can also embark on this road if the road is cut off and there is no way forward.


    However, it will be very difficult to transform into a Dharma protector God, and it will consume a lot of resources. Ordinary Jindan friars simply can''t afford it.


    Only those golden elixirs who have made great contributions to the sect, obtained the support of the sect, or have extremely rich savings can have such a chance.


    In recent years, several golden elixir immortal in taiyimen have actively transformed into Dharma protector generals.


    Taimiao obtained a lot of mineral resources for weapon refining in the underworld and gave them to Taiyi gate. The weapon Hall of Taiyi gate helped make weapons and armor.


    For too wonderful requirements, taiyimen actively and fully cooperate.


    Of course, the current output is limited and can only equip a few backbone members of the army.


    For the ghost army, these equipment can greatly improve its combat effectiveness.


    Taimiao leads this army of ghosts and animals, defeats wild ghosts and animals, and can slowly incorporate the captured prisoners into his own army.


    When he chose his opponent, he also deliberately looked for soft persimmons to pinch.


    With the backbone of the army, such as Jijian Shenjiang, the organization of the army has greatly increased.


    Coupled with strict training, the strength of his army will gradually surpass other opponents.


    Although it didn''t take long to start cutting around, it''s wonderful. It has slowly tasted the sweetness.


    The stronger the Vietnam War, the stronger the army of ghosts in his hands.


    Qualified friars of Taiyi sect can sign a contract with powerful ghosts under Taimiao and summon them to the Yang world as thugs at a certain price when necessary.


    The stronger the strength of Taimiao''s men, the greater the direct benefits that friar taiyimen can get.


    And with the expansion of Taimiao''s power in the underworld, he can obtain more resources.


    Meng Zhang went to the extraterritorial void and was far away from the Jun dust world.


    It''s wonderful. It''s his outer incarnation that has been greatly affected by the induction between him and the Buddha.


    Meng Zhang not only can''t keep up with the induction between Taimiao, but also has to spend a lot of thought every time he wants to contact Taimiao. The induction between the two becomes intermittent.


    After Meng Zhang advanced to the Yang God period, his cultivation was far more than his external incarnation again. It was wonderful.


    The cultivation gap above the great realm ensures Meng Zhang''s firm control over the external incarnation.


    Of course, when Meng Zhang experienced the baptism of thunder robbery and advanced to the Yang God period, his external incarnation was too wonderful, and he also got a lot of benefits.


    The indoctrination from the Buddha will make Taimiao have stronger resistance to thunder, fire and other attribute forces that specifically restrain ghosts in the future.


    Even in the extraterritorial void, Meng Zhang will take the initiative to display his secret skills and maintain communication with the external avatar too wonderful every once in a while.


    In addition to knowing about Taimiao at any time, Taimiao will also report the latest situation of taiyimen to Meng Zhang.


    If necessary, Taimiao will also send messages to taiyimen for Meng Zhang.


    With his wonderful existence, Meng Zhangyuan was able to grasp the latest situation in the Junchen world in the extraterritorial void.


    After he left the Junchen world, the attitude of Ziyang Shengzong towards Taiyi gate was expected by him.


    He is also somewhat complacent that he can win such a period of peaceful development opportunities for taiyimen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was also very clear in his heart that Ziyang Shengzong would not allow himself, a monk of Yang God, to stay out of his sight.


    With the behavior style of these holy places, there may have been many intrigues against themselves.


    In the future, Meng Zhang must be more careful not to leave them an opportunity to take advantage of.

 Chapter 1514

    Since they began to collect resources in more remote areas around, Meng Zhang and Luo brothers began to encounter a lot of trouble.


    There are many meteorites in the meteorite belt. Many meteorites containing special components have a strong shielding effect on the spiritual thoughts of practitioners.


    In this environment, the enemy can sneak into a very close distance silently. If you are not careful, you will encounter a sneak attack.


    The drama of sneak attack, anti sneak attack, siege and anti siege is constantly staged in the surrounding areas.


    No matter the cultivator from Jun dust world or the demon king from ten thousand demon world, there has been no small loss.


    Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers also experienced several wars. Fortunately, they did not lose, but gained.


    This is mainly due to Meng Zhang.


    In fact, the collection of resources is very rough for both practitioners and demon families.


    They focus on resources that are more valuable and easier to exploit.


    Many resources that are difficult to exploit and of average value have been ignored by them.


    Their goal is very simple, that is, to achieve the greatest harvest in the shortest time.


    Neither side knows the next step of the war. If the nearby area is not good, it will soon change hands.


    They must seize the rare opportunity and gain as much as possible.


    In fact, whether you are a cultivator or a demon family, as long as you calm down and explore slowly, you can still gain something in your own control area.


    However, after being used to big meals, no one is willing to spend energy on small dishes.


    There are seven meteorite belts around.


    The floating continent in the center of the largest meteorite belt is the headquarters of practitioners in the Jun dust world.


    The main control of this meteorite belt is also in the hands of the friars of the Jun dust world.


    Of course, the demon king of the ten thousand demon world often organizes to enter this meteorite belt, or seize various resources, or assassinate the yuan God friars to interfere with their actions.


    Not far from this meteorite belt, there is a slightly smaller meteorite belt.


    The central part of this meteorite belt is the headquarters of the demon family in the 10000 demon world.


    This meteorite belt is regarded as its own territory by the demon family.


    Similarly, the practitioners of Jun dust world will also organize and sneak into it to do damage.


    Several Huixu great energy encouraged this behavior and offered a high reward for it.


    It is said that Tianlei shangzun also appreciates those monks who are brave and dare to fight.


    Those friars who are selfish and focused on reaping benefits and only know how to collect resources everywhere will never be in the eyes of Tianlei shangzun.


    Among many practitioners, there are many bellicose guys who have confidence in their combat effectiveness and often actively participate in such attacks.


    Meng Zhang didn''t advance to Yang God for a long time, and he was carrying the future and destiny of his family.


    He is unwilling to participate in these attacks.


    This is not greedy for life and fear of death, but inconsistent with his plan.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care if he wants to curry favor with Tianlei shangzun and leave a good impression in his mind.


    Old man Yinhu has been running for Tianlei shangzun for many years. He has worked hard without credit.


    If Meng Zhang wants to catch up with the relationship between Tianlei and shangzun, it will happen sooner or later with the silver pot old man. Why go to the near and seek the far.


    What''s more, as the younger generation of mountain bearers, the Luo brothers have been following Meng Zhang all these years.


    Meng Zhang stroked them many times, not only because they were really useful, but also because of the face of the mountain bearers.


    Anyway, for Meng Zhang, returning to the virtual realm is not out of reach.


    He is not short of Kung Fu. On the other hand, he has inheritance. There is no need to fight and kill, trying to get the favor of returning to virtual power.


    Going to the surrounding meteorite belt to obtain resources is the biggest risk he can bear.


    Meng Zhang is sure to escape as long as he doesn''t run into the strong ones at the demon master level.


    Even if he had bad luck and really ran into a strong demon master, Meng Zhang could resist one or two and deal with it.


    Not to mention the Luo brothers.


    Although their cultivation is mediocre, as the younger generation valued by the mountain bearers, they should have the backhand left by the mountain bearers.


    On that day, Meng Zhang took the Luo brothers and entered a meteorite belt far away as usual.


    When they explored here last time, they found a valuable mineral deposit here.


    However, there were many demon kings around at that time, so they didn''t take risks to mine this mineral deposit.


    They came here after a few days to see if the demon kings had left.


    If the demon kings are still here, they will look for new targets.


    This is Meng Zhang''s principle all the time. Try to avoid conflicts with demon kings.


    He is here to obtain resources, not to hunt the demon king.


    Although hunting the demon king can get rewards, it will also encounter the counter attack of the demon king.


    In this special environment, all kinds of observation means are limited. If you are not careful, you will fall into a siege.


    Meng Zhang did not become arrogant because he became the true king of Yang God, let alone act willfully.


    Yang Shenzhen Jun is in some remote areas of Jun dust world, which is enough to run rampant and everywhere.


    However, in the extraterritorial void, there are too many threats to the existence of the true king of Yang God.


    He is still a primary school student and has a lot to learn about how to survive in the foreign void.


    When he came near the target area, Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to get close to it.


    He first asked the Luo brothers to wait in the distance, and then he hid his tracks and secretly approached the target.


    Be careful to sail for thousands of years. Meng Zhang has always been so careful.


    Although most of the time, it proved that his caution was too superfluous.


    But he still maintained such a habit as always.


    Ten thousand times of caution may lead to the final accident because of one carelessness.


    This time, Meng Zhang''s caution was not in vain.


    He sneaked close to the mine and found the target first.


    Three demon kings are mining that mine there.


    A demon king who looked like a thin bamboo pole sat on a meteorite not far away and was talking with a barbarian.


    The demon king Meng Zhang had fought with him before. It was not an ordinary demon king, but a big demon king who could compete with Yang God Zhenjun.


    Under the rule of taiyimen, there were many foreign barbarians, and Meng Zhang would not recognize the wrong target.


    That barbarian can keep pace with a big demon king, and his momentum does not fall at all. Most of them are the strong ones among the barbarian kings, which are called the existence of the big Barbarian King by the barbarian.


    On the battlefield where the cultivators in the Junchen world competed with the demon families in the ten thousand demon world, a Barbarian King suddenly appeared, which made Meng Zhang feel nervous.


    Barbarians and demons have always been enemies of the people in Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang took no other action, waited patiently, and focused on the goal all the time.


    After a while, two more barbarian kings flew over from a distance.

 Chapter 1515

    Meng Zhang''s worst conjecture was confirmed by the emergence of strong men at the level of manwang one after another.


    It was not a single Barbarian King who appeared here, but an organized barbarian team came to meet the demon family.


    Barbarians and demons are enemies of the Junchen world. The two great enemies are now converging. It is difficult for the cultivators of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang also had some understanding of the situation of Jun dust world in the void.


    Among the many worlds outside the Jun dust world, the Jun dust world has many enemies.


    Some of these enemies have even been entangled with the Jun dust world for tens of thousands of years and have never relaxed their actions against the Jun dust world.


    The Junchen world has been facing the attacks of various powerful enemies. There are large and small wars outside the Junchen world almost at any time.


    These enemies may not be harmonious or even hostile to each other.


    However, when facing the Junchen community, they can often take the same position and give priority to dealing with the Junchen community.


    Demons, spirits, barbarians... The names of these enemies appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how the practitioners of Jun dust world were so hated and provoked so many great enemies.


    Since the demons and barbarians are here, Meng Zhang''s original plan to exploit resources is naturally invalid.


    He observed secretly. The demon and barbarian seemed to be cooperating here.


    Although the details of the barbarians have not been clarified, and it is unknown whether there is a strong man at the level of barbarian Lord, Meng Zhang is not ready to continue to observe.


    He secretly left here and went to the original place to meet the Luo brothers.


    After hearing the news brought back by Meng Zhang, the Luo brothers'' face changed greatly and they obviously felt a little flustered.


    They unanimously decided to leave here as soon as possible and return to the floating continent.


    Without any delay, they set off immediately.


    Everything went well on the way back. Meng Zhang and his team went back to the temporary headquarters smoothly.


    The Luo brothers led Meng Zhang to visit the Danshan tourists.


    Since they came here, danshanke has never met Meng Zhang in private.


    However, from his reassurance that the Luo brothers were allowed to hang around with Meng Zhang, he was more reassured about Meng Zhang.


    Although the Luo brothers did not see the barbarians with their own eyes, they trusted Meng Zhang enough and never doubted Meng Zhang''s words.


    After seeing the danshanke, Meng Zhang directly reported his latest findings.


    I don''t know whether the mountain bearer is ready or pretending to be calm. Anyway, he doesn''t look any different after listening to Meng Zhang''s report.


    If there is really a large group of barbarians here, it can pose a great threat to the friars in Junchen world after joining hands with the demon clan.


    The mountain bearer asked Meng Zhang to go down and have a good rest. He will stay on this floating continent these days. Don''t go out at will.


    If he has anything, he will contact Meng Zhang at any time.


    After sending Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers away, the mountain bearers did not stay here, but left the floating continent and went to several meteorite belts outside and nearby areas.


    In this process, he also had several moves with several demon masters.


    After successfully returning to the floating continent, he went to see Tianlei shangzun with the latest information.


    Next, Tianlei shangzun issued an order.


    Those friars of the Junchen world who went to the nearby area were recruited back by the order of Lord Tianlei.


    You monks had better not leave the floating continent easily. The scope of activity is limited to the center of this meteorite belt at most.


    Although Tianlei shangzun didn''t say what the reason was, all the friars of Junchen world who are outside have embarked on the return journey.


    Tianlei shangzun is a dignified figure. No one dares to disobey or question his orders.


    Moreover, in the past, when the friars of the Junchen world organized a frontal battle with the demon family of the 10000 demon world, they recalled all the practitioners outside like this.


    Many practitioners thought that the routine war with the ten thousand demon world had begun.


    When the practitioners began to gather one after another, the mountain bearers summoned Meng Zhang again.


    Seeing the gathering of practitioners, Meng Zhang did not know whether his side would fight with the enemy or evacuate as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang came to the bearers with doubts.


    As soon as they met, Dan Shanke told Meng Zhang that his discovery was of great significance.


    He personally verified Meng Zhang''s intelligence. On the way, he not only fought with the blocked demon lord, but also almost fell into a siege.


    With a clear goal, he easily found the trace of the barbarians.


    These barbarians sneaked into the neighborhood soon, but they hooked up with the demon clan.


    These barbarians are not many, but they are strong.


    There are dozens of barbarian strongmen found by danshanke alone.


    The weakest of them are the barbarian kings, and the two barbarian masters lead the team.


    The mountain bearers not only investigated deeply, but also fought with the two barbarians to test their strength.


    In the past, the enemy of the cultivators in the Junchen world was only the demon clan team in the 10000 demon world.


    Under the leadership of Tianlei shangzun, the cultivators had already gained the upper hand and firmly suppressed the demon families in the ten thousand demon world.


    If you don''t want to have too much loss, Tianlei shangzun has led everyone to directly eliminate or completely drive away the demon clan team.


    Considering that the resources contained in these meteorite belts around Tianlei shangzun are very rich, the practitioners of Jun dust world alone can''t fully exploit them in a short time.


    Therefore, he tolerated the existence of those demon families in the 10000 demon world and did not kill them all.


    However, he will organize a large-scale frontal battle from time to time. One is to teach these demon families a lesson and let them know their propriety. The second is to temper the ranks of their monks and keep them in a fighting state.


    If nothing unexpected happens, this situation will continue for many years.


    However, the arrival of this barbarian team broke the original plan of Tianlei shangzun.


    With the help of this barbarian team, the strength of the demon team in the Wanyao world, which was originally at a disadvantage, will exceed that of the Terran friars in the Junchen world.


    Before long, when they have reached an agreement, they will join hands to launch an attack on this floating continent.


    It is difficult to stop the attacks of the two enemies by the power of the practitioners here alone.


    Of course, Tianlei shangzun is not unprepared for this situation.


    Before the war, he formulated many plans to prevent similar accidents.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but praise Tianlei''s consideration.


    Next, what danshanke said should be the retreat plan.


    I just don''t know who opens the road in front and who breaks the back?


    What kind of task was he going to give himself when he called himself here?


    Escort the brigade away, or to resist the pursuit of the enemy?


    The mountain bearer continued to speak, but what he said was completely beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.

 Chapter 1516

    The mountain bearer told Meng Zhang that according to the order of Lord Tianlei, all the monks involved in the war would retreat to this floating continent and stick to it.


    They will not easily give up this floating continent, but will rely on geographical advantages to give the enemy a head-on blow.


    They will firmly hold this floating continent from falling into the hands of the enemy.


    The enemy is powerful. His side is not busy retreating, but should stick to it on the spot. Meng Zhang is a little confused.


    Could it be that the areas of these meteorite belts are really rich in resources, which makes Tianlei shangzun unwilling to give up?


    However, when the demon clan and the barbarians joined hands to block the Terran cultivators in the Jun dust world on this floating continent, even the brave cultivators should not dare to go out to exploit resources.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s puzzled expression, the mountain guest explained a few words for him.


    The demons and barbarians in the world of ten thousand demons are not the same people, and they also have hatred against each other.


    Only in the face of the Terran practitioners in the Junchen world, they will temporarily put down their previous gratitude and resentment and join hands with the enemy.


    However, they can never trust each other completely, and their cooperation is only an expedient measure.


    After all the practitioners in the Jun dust world return to the floating mainland and stick to it, they have the command of Tianlei shangzun. Even if the demons and barbarians win in the end, they will pay huge losses.


    Although the Terran friars in the Junchen world and they are enemies, they may not be willing to pay such a high price.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the two of them have an absolute advantage, they really attack at any cost. Tianlei shangzun led the practitioners to stick to it. They can''t win in a short time.


    Meng Zhang did not know whether to feel honored or unlucky after listening to the words of the mountain guest.


    As a member of the practitioners of the Jun dust world, he still doesn''t know why the practitioners of the Jun dust world are so hated and offended so many strong enemies.


    Anyway, as far as he knows, the Junchen world is in the void. It seems that it is really the public enemy of many big worlds.


    Dan Shanke continued to explain to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Tianlei shangzun knows that there is no future if he sticks to it.


    In addition to staying here, he also needs someone to contact the reinforcements.


    After the recommendation of the mountain guest, the task fell on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was relieved to hear that there were reinforcements.


    As for why this task falls on Meng Zhang, danshanke also has an explanation.


    Because of the relationship between the silver pot old man, Meng Zhang has long been in the eyes of several people who return to virtual power.


    After this period of observation, the danshanke felt that Meng Zhang acted with moderation and knew how to advance and retreat. And careful, can shoulder heavy responsibilities.


    In terms of cultivation, in addition to several great powers of returning to emptiness, friars in the period of Yang God are the strongest friars.


    Meng Zhang had long guessed.


    The Luo brothers have been following themselves for a long time. They should also take the opportunity to observe themselves and understand themselves.


    It seems that the Luo brothers should have a high evaluation of themselves at the danshanke.


    Since he came here to participate in the war, Meng Zhang has long been psychologically prepared for the next task.


    It is not a difficult task to report and contact reinforcements.


    Let Meng Zhang''s accident happen again.


    The reinforcements that the mountain bearer asked Meng Zhang to contact were not friars in Junchen world, but someone else.


    The mountain bearer took out a statue and gave it to Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that following the guidance of the statue, he could meet reinforcements.


    He also warned Meng Zhang that he would encounter various dangers on the way to contact the reinforcements. Meng Zhang must be careful.


    The reinforcements are not friars in Junchen world. Meng Zhang should not be rude in front of them.


    The other side is also a Terran, but the cultivation system is different from the Junchen world. Meng Zhang should not be too surprised.


    In fact, there is no need to be reminded by mountain tourists. Meng Zhang has guessed about the origin of the so-called reinforcements.


    The shape of this statue is a fat and naive monk.


    This statue is clearly a Buddha.


    In the Junchen world, Buddhism has never appeared, and naturally there is no similar image.


    However, Meng Zhang''s previous life was a world with many Buddhist and Taoist legends.


    After Meng Zhang came to this world, he always thought that the world was dominated by Taoism and there was no Buddhism.


    Unexpectedly, after coming to this world for so many years, he finally learned the news of Buddhism in the foreign void.


    Although I don''t know the relationship between Buddhism and Taoism in this world.


    But just think about it, in the history of Junchen, I have never heard of the legend of Buddhism.


    Meng Zhang is also a number one figure in the Junchen world. He has never heard similar rumors of Buddhism before.


    It can be seen that the relationship between Taoism and Buddhism is definitely not intimate.


    As long as you think a little more, you should know that there will be many contradictions and even conflicts between different orthodoxy.


    Junchen world is a world dominated by Taoism, so Buddhism cannot enter it.


    Tianlei shangzun, a Taoist friar from the Junchen world, now wants to contact the Buddhism and ask the Buddhism for help.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to think about it. He knew that there must be collusion between the heavenly thunder Lord and the Buddhism, and it was not an ordinary collusion.


    The mountain bearer did not know that Meng Zhang recognized the origin of the statue and never guessed a lot.


    He just told Meng Zhang that although the friar he wanted to contact this time was not a true practitioner in the Junchen world, he was warm-hearted, helpful and had a lot of roots with Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang sniffed at this in his heart. He really regarded himself as a fool.


    However, he certainly doesn''t show any thoughts on the surface.


    As a Taoist friar in the Junchen world, Tian Lei secretly colluded with Buddhism and was close enough to ask for help from each other.


    Needless to say, Tianlei shangzun must have betrayed the Junchen world and even the Taoist gate.


    Meng Zhang felt cold at the thought of being involved in such a whirlpool.


    In the history of the Junchen world, there has never been a Buddhist sect, and there has been no news about Buddhism.


    Meng Zhang is a friar born and raised in the Junchen world. His growth track is very clear.


    He had been to the extraterritorial void twice before. He walked with people and had no chance to contact Buddhism at all.


    Meng Zhang should know nothing about the grievances between Buddhism and Taoism.


    Speaking of this, it is also a last resort for danshanke to entrust Meng Zhang with the task of contacting the reinforcements this time.


    On the surface, the demon and barbarian attacked together, but the water in the dark was very deep.


    The reason why Tianlei shangzun organized this war is not just to compete for resources.


    In the current situation, Meng Zhang is the only one who can use and barely trust.


    Of course, danshanke will not tell Meng Zhang all the real inside information.


    He concealed a lot of information and just asked Meng Zhang to contact the so-called reinforcements.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang is not on the road alone, and the Luo brothers will go with him.

 Chapter 1517

    Meng Zhang was not surprised that the mountain bearer let Luo Yuan and Luo Cheng go with him.


    What he really trusts should be the Luo brothers.


    The reason why I entrusted the task to myself was to deal with all kinds of accidents with the help of my combat power in the Yang God period.


    There were at least ten monks in the Yangshen period who participated in the war, but the mountain bearers found themselves.


    It seems that the rest of the Yang God friars are not very trusted.


    Meng Zhang also secretly raised his vigilance against Tianlei shangzun and danshanke.


    What is their plot, and why do they collude with Buddhism


    These problems have been flashing in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Mingming just asks the old man Yinhu to help find a safe task, which can legitimately avoid Ziyang holy sect and enter the extraterritorial void.


    But Meng Zhang never thought that he was involved in such a vortex.


    After the bearers had finished their orders, Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers set off together.


    This floating continent has a huge area. At this point, it is impossible for the cultivator to notice all directions.


    Meng Zhang and Luo brothers found a remote and uninhabited direction, left the floating continent and flew out of the meteorite belt.


    Although the mountain bearers didn''t come to see them off in person, they always paid attention to them.


    Meng Zhang''s trip is a blessing in disguise.


    Meng Zhang is just an outsider, but the Luo brothers are the younger generation he watched grow up.


    Unfortunately, for the future, he had to let the Luo brothers take risks and even sacrifice.


    Isn''t the so-called younger generation who has always been taken care of sacrificed for their elders at this time?


    After Meng Zhang left the meteorite belt, the mountain bearers slowly flew to the retreat of Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers skillfully shuttled through the meteorites, avoiding all the friars and demon families along the way.


    They soon broke away from the surrounding meteorite belts and entered the real void.


    Since he got on the road, Meng Zhang''s face has been very serious and silent.


    The Luo brothers didn''t talk much, but quietly followed him.


    When he came to the empty open area around him, Meng Zhang took out the Buddha statue and injected it into Zhenyuan.


    The Buddha floated in front of him, stretched out his arm and pointed in a direction in front of him.


    Meng Zhang followed the direction pointed by the Buddha and began to set out.


    Meng Zhang seems calm on the surface. In fact, he has surged up in his heart and turned over many ideas.


    Lord Tianlei colluded with Buddhism, mostly betraying the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to get involved in such a big event.


    His body is too small. If he gets involved in such a thing, no matter what happens to Tianlei shangzun, he will encounter countless risks.


    Today''s Meng Zhang doesn''t have to take risks at all.


    As long as he practices step by step, his accomplishments will naturally progress slowly.


    Taiyimen''s development momentum is also very good, growing day by day, with a momentum of soaring.


    Although he faced the trouble from Ziyang Shengzong, it was not impossible to solve it.


    No matter from which point of view, Meng Zhang does not need to collude with Buddhism.


    He has neither good nor bad feelings for Buddhism, and completely regards it as a passer-by.


    When the mountaineer assigned a task to him, he wanted to find an excuse to refuse, but he finally held back.


    Although the mountaineer didn''t reveal the real secret, he just showed a clue. But if Meng Zhang dares to refuse, maybe he will kill people on the spot.


    Although he accepted the task and was already on his way, Meng Zhang was unwilling to really contact the Buddhists according to the instructions of the mountain bearers.


    He even had an impulse to directly get rid of or even get rid of the Luo brothers, and then directly escape back to the Junchen world.


    But after thinking about it carefully, Meng Zhang still suppressed this impulse and gave up this idea.


    Even without reinforcements, Tianlei shangzun may not be defeated. Even if it is a big defeat, most of them can retreat with the strength of Tianlei shangzun.


    At that time, he returned to the Junchen world and found the fact that Meng Zhang gave up his task and escaped halfway. The end of Meng Zhang was not wonderful.


    Although the heavenly palace forbids returning to emptiness, Da Neng can directly fight in the Junchen world, but there was a precedent of Ziyang holy sect before.


    I''m afraid that the Reverend Tianlei could destroy Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate together.


    With the prestige of Tianlei, even if I don''t do it directly, there are some ways to deal with Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    Being watched by people like him, Meng Zhang and taiyimen can''t escape the disaster.


    To understand this, Meng Zhang had no choice but to give up his plan to escape halfway.


    However, to contact the so-called reinforcements in this way is actually to help Tianlei shangzun and Buddhism pass the message.


    This is tantamount to betraying the Junchen world and the Taoism.


    Although he is a Taoist monk in the Junchen world, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind being a traitor as long as the situation needs and the price is appropriate.


    However, at present, he has developed well in the Junchen world. There is really no need to be a traitor.


    Tianlei''s respect is very strong. He is a rare strong one among many great powers of returning to emptiness.


    But in the Junchen world, there are so many holy doors and so many strong people.


    Tianlei shangzun is a traitor and may not come to any good end.


    At that time, Meng Zhang, as his attendant, may not escape liquidation.


    Meng Zhang was upset at the thought of these things.


    But before he could figure out what to do and think of other good ways, he had to contact the so-called reinforcements according to the requirements of the mountain bearers.


    In order to take care of the Luo brothers, Meng Zhang slowed down his progress.


    Of course, he can''t blatantly and deliberately delay, and the accompanying Luo brothers are not fools.


    They made a great move of the void along the way, and soon they were millions of miles away from the meteorite belt.


    After another great shift of the void, they paused a little.


    Meng Zhang is going to take this opportunity to have a good chat with the Luo brothers to see if he can get some information from them and obtain useful information.


    Meng Zhang feels that his biggest problem now is that he knows too little about the whole thing.


    Why did Tianlei shangzun cling to the floating continent and refuse to retreat?


    How did he collude with Buddhism? Why did he collude with Buddhism and what did he want from Buddhism?


    Everyone stopped and Meng Zhang was considering how to speak. Suddenly, his face changed and he took the Luo brothers to the side.


    Almost at the same time, Meng Zhang punched forward.


    After a dull noise, a huge hole appeared in the empty front, in which several figures were exposed.


    Meng Zhang was sprayed with a light green venom where they were originally.


    The mysterious poison was so poisonous that Meng Zhang did not expect it. Even the surrounding space seemed to be corroded by the poison.


    Where the venom went, there were small space gaps.

 Chapter 1518

    Meng Zhang took the Luo brothers to avoid the attack, but there was no way to escape immediately.


    Meng Zhang''s attack just now forced out four demon kings hiding in the space gap.


    It was the venom demon king who just spewed out venom. This guy was a big demon king, and it happened that Meng Zhang had fought with him when he was active in the meteorite belt.


    In the last fight, Meng Zhang and the venom demon king were neck and neck.


    Meng Zhang felt most frustrated that although they were in a tie, Meng Zhang did not see what the original shape of the venom demon king was.


    The venom demon king failed to hit, but still firmly locked Meng Zhang and Luo brothers, so that they could not get away in time.


    The four demon kings who appeared from the space gap immediately surrounded.


    Although the Luo brothers have only the cultivation achievements in the middle period of Yuanshen, they have the same heart and grow up together since childhood.


    They have a tacit understanding, and they must still have a life-saving card given by mountain tourists.


    On the battlefield, they can give full play to their combat effectiveness, which is almost as good as the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Among the four demon kings, only the first Huangyang demon king has the strength of the late Yuan God. The other three demon kings have only the strength of the middle period of Yuanshen.


    Since Meng Zhang forced him out, there was no way to make a sneak attack, the four demon kings rushed over on their own initiative.


    The venom demon king sprinkled a spray of liquid before they took action, covering Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang evaporated all these venoms with the sun and moon shining directly on his head.


    The Yin and Yang Qi turned into two Python and sprang flexibly to the venom demon king.


    Taiyi''s lightsaber flickered, killing the Yellow Goat demon king in a panic and almost overwhelmed.


    The Luo brothers blocked the other three demon kings, and the two sides fought fiercely.


    The demon clan of the ten thousand demon world can accurately grasp their own whereabouts and set up ambushes in this place, which is really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Of course, what surprised him more was that the demon clan could only use such a little strength to ambush himself.


    This is too much to look down on yourself, the real king of Yang God.


    Maybe several demon masters on the demon family side were entangled by the human family''s return virtual power and couldn''t get away. But the demon clan should send at least a few more demon kings to take them down.


    Before, in order to compete for a resource, Meng Zhang and the venom demon king had a face-to-face fight.


    Although both sides have reservations and don''t try their best, the venom demon king should know the general strength of Meng Zhang.


    Relying solely on the current lineup sent by the demon clan, they really have no way to take Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang thought about things, but it didn''t affect his shot at all.


    No matter what tricks the demon clan had, he decided to leave here as soon as possible and didn''t entangle them too much.


    With a decision in mind, Meng Zhang''s shot became more fierce.


    It was not long before he advanced to the Yang God stage, and he didn''t have much experience in fighting with enemies of the same level.


    After participating in the war, he faced the attack of the demon family many times in the meteorite belt.


    He has fought with the strong at the level of the big demon king more than once.


    However, the main energy of both sides is focused on collecting resources, and they don''t have much mind to fight and kill.


    Even if there is an encounter, it is shallow and easy to stop without too much entanglement.


    After this period of exercise, he was not only fully familiar with the power of Yang Shen period, but also able to give full play to his strength.


    The Yellow Goat demon king is not weak and has extraordinary talent.


    He is naturally proficient in space secrets and can shuttle freely between space gaps.


    The pair of curved horns on his head were originally of extraordinary quality. After years of refining, his power is far more powerful than most fourth-order magic tools.


    Such a powerful demon king met Meng Zhang''s nemesis.


    Even if Meng Zhang could only devote a small part of his energy to him, he could not resist.


    After Taiyi''s lightsaber and sheep horn exchanged blows hundreds of times, the Yellow Goat demon king was unwilling to take back the sheep horn and looked at the scars on it.


    As soon as he entered the space gap, he felt the violent vibration of the surrounding space and the disorder of space rules.


    He had to get out of space and show his body.


    In terms of the attainments above the space Avenue, the Huangyang demon king can''t catch up with Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi followed the lightsaber like a shadow and directly killed the key of the Yellow sheep demon king.


    On the other side, Meng Zhang''s Sun Moon divine light and yin-yang two Qi magic powers were constantly displayed in turn, blocking the venom demon king.


    The venom demon king was unwilling to watch the Yellow sheep demon king die at the hands of Meng Zhang, so he had to be distracted to rescue him.


    Several poisons swept over and ran directly to taiyifen lightsaber.


    Taiyifen lightsaber is excellent in nature and never afraid of being polluted by external forces.


    When the sword light flickered, all the venom was stirred out.


    After such a delay, the Yellow Goat demon king escaped from the attack of Taib sub lightsaber in time.


    The venom demon king faced his equal opponent. Because he was distracted, Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and forced him to retreat again and again, losing the first chance at once.


    Meng Zhang''s body flashed and appeared not far from the Luo brothers.


    Taiyifen lightsaber flew over and drove the three demon kings back.


    Meng Zhang took the Luo brothers to use the art of space transmission and left the battlefield.


    Not long after they left the battlefield, Meng Zhang and his men moved away from the place where they were ambushed.


    After several big moves, he left the demon kings far behind.


    Even if he stayed to fight, Meng Zhang was confident that he would not lose.


    But he was a little confused, so he decided to leave as soon as possible.


    The ambush was not only head and tail, but also inexplicable.


    This level of ambush can''t help Meng Zhang and them. It''s even difficult to slow them down.


    Meng Zhang shook his head, ignoring the mystery in the middle.


    Meng Zhang was reluctant to contact the Buddhist reinforcements. At this time, he had no other good way but to act according to the orders of the danshanke.


    The Buddha statue flew in front of Meng Zhang and always pointed out the direction for Meng Zhang.


    The extraterritorial void is vast. Even if you master the means of positioning, it is easy to get lost in the void.


    Especially in places that are too open and have no reference objects around, it is easier to get lost.


    Although Meng Zhang was able to locate himself in the void, he began to feel a little confused in the face of the increasingly strange void after flying away with the guidance of the Buddha.


    The Luo brothers got along with Meng Zhang for some time and knew that Meng Zhang was not a talkative person.


    They kept silent most of the time unless necessary.


    Meng Zhang had a few conversations with them and tried to get some information about Buddhism from them.


    But I don''t know whether they really know nothing or deliberately keep it secret. Meng Zhang didn''t get any useful information.

 Chapter 1519

    Inexplicably involved in this kind of thing, Meng Zhang was unhappy.


    At this time, the Luo brothers still pushed and blocked, and there was no happy word. Meng Zhang was even more angry.


    After a great void movement, Meng Zhang seemed to burst out at once when everyone stopped for a rest.


    At least he is also a true king of Yang God, and he is also the leader of the Jun dust world.


    Now I''m ordered to contact the reinforcements. It''s also an important task.


    However, the Luo brothers have not disclosed the specific information of the reinforcements so far. In case he gets to the ground and meets with the reinforcements, Meng Zhang won''t be confused at all.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are far above those of the Luo brothers. He helped them at the beginning.


    During this time, the Luo brothers fooled around behind Meng Zhang and took a lot of advantage.


    Meng Zhang can be at ease and confidently ask them what the so-called reinforcements are all about.


    In the face of Meng Zhang''s questioning, they really don''t disclose any information. It''s really a little unreasonable.


    Luo Cheng also wanted to find an excuse to prevaricate, but Meng Zhang looked horizontal and made an appearance of explosion.


    Brother Luo Yuan quickly grabbed Luo Cheng and stopped his prevarication.


    There is nothingness on all sides here, and there is no one else. If Meng Zhangzhen has a temper attack, leaves the job and leaves, the Luo brothers will be in wax.


    Not to mention anything else, the Luo brothers were not sure to get away from the previous ambush.


    If Meng Zhang is extreme and does things regardless of the consequences, he will teach the Luo brothers a good lesson here. They should not be called ineffective every day.


    Luo Yuan politely told Meng Zhang that his brother didn''t know much about the reinforcements, but only heard a few words from his elders.


    The mountain bearers have long warned them not to disclose these information to the outside world at will.


    However, Meng Zhang is not an outsider. He is not only their brother''s good friend, but also their brother''s lifesaver.


    Therefore, he is willing to tell Meng Zhang all the information he knows.


    Of course, what they really don''t know, their brothers can''t fabricate and deceive Meng Zhang out of thin air.


    After some scenes, Luo Yuan began to talk slowly.


    According to him, there are countless big worlds in the extraterritorial void.


    There are many different races living in these big worlds.


    Among them, the Terran is a very powerful race in many big worlds.


    In addition to the Junchen world, there are also Terrans in many other big worlds.


    Terrans not only rule many big worlds, but also have very powerful forces.


    However, the location of Jun dust world is too remote and far away from the gathering area of Terrans.


    In the big world around the Jun dust world, it is mainly alien.


    Therefore, the Jun dust world is quite different.


    The Junchen world ruled by the Terran cultivators, in the face of the siege of a group of big worlds around, often shows a single force.


    Although the Jun dust world is the number one overlord around, the inside information is very rich.


    Facing the alien siege of several big worlds, Xiuzhen can not only firmly hold the Junchen world, but also defeat the enemy many times.


    However, in the long run, in order to improve the situation of Junchen, Junchen still needs allies.


    If you are not my race, your heart will be different.


    Even if the Terran cultivators in the Junchen world want to find allies, they will try to avoid other races.


    Many years ago, Tianlei shangzun came into contact with a Terran force from a distant place.


    In the case of being besieged by aliens and surrounded by enemies, Terran forces from afar are particularly valuable.


    Although this Terran force has different cultivation systems, they are both Terrans. They still expressed enough goodwill to the practitioners in the Junchen world.


    After years of exchanges, the two sides have established close relations.


    When needed, both sides will keep watch and help each other for mutual benefit.


    As the representative of the practitioners in the Junchen world, Tianlei shangzun has been dealing with this Terran force, and the two sides have established a deep friendship.


    Listening to Luo Yuan pulling a lot, Meng ZhangCai carefully asked the details of this Terran force.


    Luo Yuan is honest. Limited to his status and accomplishments, he is not qualified to participate in the communication with this Terran force.


    Everything he knows comes from hearsay, and he doesn''t have much information.


    The cultivation system of this Terran force is completely different from the Junchen world. They call themselves Buddhist monks.


    Buddhist monks are broad-minded and compassionate.


    Although their practice systems are different, they never regard the practitioners in Jun dust world as different.


    Buddhist friars have provided a lot of help to the Junchen world since they communicated with the Junchen world.


    The elders of Tianlei shangzun and Dan Shanke have benefited a lot from Buddhist monks.


    Although Luo Yuan spoke highly of Buddhist monks, Meng Zhang had memories from previous lives in his mind, which made him skeptical.


    Buddhism and Taoism are completely different orthodoxy.


    In many cases, the dispute over orthodoxy is more serious than the dispute over race.


    Buddhist friars are not the virgin. They will help other orthodox friars so selflessly.


    Buddhist friars have a special plot to make friends with friars in the Junchen world.


    I don''t know whether the Buddhist monk covered up Luo Yuan well, or whether Luo Yuan was lying at all.


    Judging from Luo Yuan''s reaction, Meng Zhang is more inclined to the former.


    After spending some time with the Luo brothers, Meng Zhang found out the general character of their brothers.


    There must be a lot of inaccuracies in Luo Yuan''s words, but his admiration for Buddhist monks is sincere and sincere.


    Luo Yuan continued to introduce relevant information to Meng Zhang.


    The high level of Junchen didn''t agree with this war.


    Facing the siege of several big worlds around, the Junchen world has always been timid and conservative.


    Lord Tianlei has a strong temper and always dares to act.


    Considering the long-term interests of Junchen world, Tianlei shangzuncai promoted the war.


    The high level of the Junchen world couldn''t compete with the Lord Tianlei, so they had to acquiesce in the action of the Lord Tianlei.


    Although Tianlei shangzun was able to launch the war, he mainly relied on his own strength and couldn''t get any help from the Junchen world.


    The friars who participated in the war came to help because of the prestige and achievements of Tianlei.


    The high level in the Junchen world not only did not provide any help to Tianlei shangzun, but often pulled the hind legs of Tianlei shangzun and restrained him in many aspects.


    At this point, both Luo Yuan and Luo Cheng brothers were filled with righteous indignation.


    Meng Zhang muttered in his heart that he was already a yuan God Friar and could be brainwashed so easily.


    The two brothers did not know whether they were acting in front of an outsider or whether they really thought so.


    If it is the latter, it shows that their worship of heavenly thunder is obviously very fanatical and has begun to affect their reason.

 Chapter 1520

    After Luo Yuan spoke, his brother Luo Cheng added a few words from time to time.


    The more they talked, the more excited they were. They talked for a long time.


    For the benefit of the Junchen world, Tianlei shangzun launched the war, gained the upper hand with his own strength, and obtained many resources for the Junchen world.


    Seeing that the demon family in the ten thousand demon world could not resist, they colluded with the barbarians to deal with Tianlei shangzun.


    For one thing, there are different opinions within the Junchen world. Even if Tianlei shangzun asks for help from the Junchen world, it is estimated that it is difficult to get reinforcements in time.


    Second, Tianlei shangzun is also a proud figure. He doesn''t want to see some people''s faces. He would rather pay a little more.


    This is also a kind of loser not loser.


    Therefore, facing the reinforced enemy, Tianlei shangzun gave up asking for help from the Junchen world, but asked for help from his old friend, the Buddhist friars.


    With the friendship between the two sides, this little thing must not embarrass these old friends.


    Speaking of this, the Luo brothers explained all the causes and consequences of this matter.


    Meng Zhang was skeptical about what they said, and even most of them didn''t believe it.


    According to the Luo brothers, Tianlei shangzun is a saint with noble character and no defects.


    But will there really be such a figure in the world of self deception?


    Although he had not come into contact with the Buddhist monks, Meng Zhang was instinctively wary of them.


    Buddhist friars deliberately make friends with high-level friars in the Junchen world such as Tianlei shangzun. Most of them are ill intentioned and harbouring evil intentions.


    And Lord Tianlei won''t have any good ideas for Junchen world to make friends with Buddhist monks.


    Of course, these are just Meng Zhang''s guesses.


    As for the specific truth, he still doesn''t know.


    Even the Luo brothers, although they are the younger generation of mountain travelers, are mostly hidden from the drum in many things.


    The Luo brothers finished talking about the origin of the Buddhist monks and Tianlei shangzun, and also specifically mentioned the cultivation of these monks.


    Buddhist friars and Taoist friars are two completely different practice systems, but the roads are the same, and their practices still have some in common.


    There are two levels of Qi refining and foundation building. Needless to say, Taoist friars form golden elixirs, and Buddhist friars of the same level produce relic.


    The golden body realm of Buddhism is equivalent to the Yuanshen realm of Taoism.


    The perfection of the golden body realm is equivalent to the Yang God period.


    The Buddhist monks who return to the virtual realm are called the venerable ones. The group of Buddhist monks who make friends with the venerable Lord Tianlei are led by three venerable ones.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang''s memory of his previous life let him know that there is such a practice system as Buddhism.


    The words of the Luo brothers gave him a little understanding of this.


    After saying what to say and what to say, the Luo brothers took the initiative to shut up.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang knew that unless he completely tore his face, he could not ask more information from the Luo brothers.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to end the conversation without further coercion.


    Next, everyone embarked on a journey again.


    Along the way, with the guidance of the Buddha statue, Meng Zhang and them walked quickly in the void.


    After many empty moves, the Luo brothers began to be confused. They almost forgot how far they ran out.


    It took Meng Zhang more than half a month for them to finally reach their destination.


    In the vast void, three pagodas taller than mountains stand there quietly.


    As soon as the three pagodas appeared in the field of vision, the Buddha statue guiding the way turned into a light and shadow, and lightning fell into one of the pagodas.


    Meng Zhang and his colleagues did not have time to respond. As soon as they saw a flower, the world whirled around, and their position immediately changed.


    Meng Zhang had the ability to resist one or two, but he let it go without any resistance.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in situ. When they reappeared, they had come not far below a pagoda.


    A fat man with a big belly, a fat body and a smiling bald head appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    The Buddha statue that guided Meng Zhang and them here was played gently in the bald hand.


    Seeing the bald head, the Luo brothers quickly and respectfully saluted.


    "I''ve seen Fang yuanzun."


    Meng Zhang was still lamenting that the other party had great powers. There was almost no smell of fireworks. He easily moved them here.


    Seeing the Luo brothers salute voluntarily, it is obvious that they know each other.


    Meng Zhang also followed the respectful salute, and did not dare to neglect it at all.


    No matter whether the two sides are enemies or friends in the future, no matter what the other party''s origin is. In the face of a Buddhist venerable who returns to the virtual realm, Meng Zhang naturally has to show his due respect.


    "I haven''t seen you for many years. The two mud monkeys who used to follow the old friends of the mountain riders have also grown up and become the true monarch of the yuan God."


    The Reverend Fang Yuan spoke kindly and seemed very friendly.


    The Luo brothers greeted Fang Yuan on behalf of the mountain guest, and were ready to get down to business and ask him for help.


    Now Tianlei shangzun and his men are facing the joint efforts of demon clan and barbarian clan. Maybe the two sides have started a war now.


    Of course, the Luo brothers do not want to delay too long, but hope that the reinforcements can arrive as soon as possible to provide support to their own side.


    Reverend Fang Yuan waved to stop the Luo brothers from talking.


    He pointed to the Buddha statue in his hand.


    "The relevant information, everything that should be said, and the old friends of danshanke are put in this Buddha statue."


    "You don''t have to say anything more. I already know your purpose."


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the Buddha statue had the function of transmitting messages.


    In this way, he and the Luo brothers saved some words.


    "I''m a Buddhist monk. I''ve always been peaceful and kind to others. I won''t easily get involved in all kinds of disputes." Fang yuanzun sighed in embarrassment.


    "Venerable, those demons in the ten thousand demon world and the barbarians of the barbarians are not good things..."


    Luo Cheng''s words were interrupted by Fang yuanzun before he finished.


    "Amitabha, in front of Buddha, all beings are equal. In our eyes, the human race, the demon race and the barbarian race are the same."


    "I, Buddhist friar, shouldn''t have been involved in these disputes. But at the beginning, we made an agreement with Lord Tianlei to help each other and take care of each other."


    "Monks don''t lie, and I''m not the kind of person who eats his words and gets fat."


    "Wait a minute. Let me discuss with my classmates before deciding how to act."


    Before the voice fell, the figure of Fang yuanzun disappeared in front of Meng Zhang and them.


    It seems that Founder Fang Yuan is looking for someone to discuss.


    Everyone has come here. The founder of Fangyuan didn''t say to introduce them into the pagoda and give them a good reception, which made Meng Zhang a little disappointed.


    He really wanted to go deep into the pagoda and see the details inside.

 Chapter 1521

    Meng Zhang was muttering in his heart that Fang yuanzun was stingy. In front of them, an old monk appeared in front of them.


    "I''ve seen three Taoist friends."


    "As instructed by martial uncle Fangyuan, I will be responsible for entertaining the three Taoist friends."


    Meng Zhang''s face was positive and he dared not say. Master, you''re welcome.


    In Meng Zhang''s perception, this monk who calls himself Yuanjue is a monk in the same realm as himself.


    Unexpectedly, an expert with perfect golden body realm was sent out to entertain the guests. Fang yuanzun didn''t wait for Meng Zhang.


    Yuanjue first introduced the Three Pagodas in front of Meng Zhang.


    These three pagodas are means of transportation, carrying them, Buddhist friars, to leave their hometown and cross a long distance to this remote boundary.


    At the same time, these three pagodas are also their daily residence, protecting them from all kinds of dangerous environments and giving them a foothold in the void.


    Meng Zhang glanced roughly. The lowest of the three pagodas was more than a thousand feet high, with at least hundreds of floors inside.


    Yuanjue took Meng Zhang and they took off to the bottom of the lowest pagoda.


    The bottom of the pagoda is very broad. In addition to the closed buildings, there is an open-air square with a radius of more than 100 feet.


    From time to time, some Buddhist monks leave the pagoda and fly to the void in the distance.


    Similarly, from time to time, some Buddhist monks fly from a distance, land on the square, and then enter the pagoda.


    Yuanjue casually explained a few words.


    Although there are abundant resources stored in the pagoda, the monks will still organize to go out and actively collect all kinds of resources every time they come to a resource gathering place, so as to avoid the situation of sitting on the mountain and eating nothing.


    Yuanjue led Meng Zhang and them into the pagoda.


    Along the way, from time to time, passing monks saluted Yuanjue and said hello.


    Obviously, Yuanjue''s position here is not low.


    Presumably, Yuanjue''s accomplishments are not weaker than those of Meng Zhang, a monk in the Yang God period. Among the Buddhists with many powerful people, they should also be regarded as the number one figure.


    After entering the pagoda, Meng Zhang was a little surprised.


    There are many monks in the pagoda. These monks are not all experts at the golden body level.


    There were many monks in the relic period and even in the foundation period.


    You know, the Taoist friars in the Junchen world will not form a team to go to the extraterritorial void until at least the Yuanshen period.


    Only the cultivation of Yuanshen period can ensure the minimum survival ability in the void.


    These low-level monks should be protected by this pagoda.


    Meng Zhang has also heard that there seems to be a void warship among the holy places in the Junchen world, which can carry low-level practitioners into the void.


    Of course, these low-level practitioners must always stay on the warship and can''t leave half a step.


    Inside the warship, they can do some maintenance and repair work.


    Now taiyimen has a certain background in mechanism and weapon refining.


    Taiyimen can refine various levels of flying boats, even warships and cloud boats.


    However, friar taiyimen has never even seen a virtual battleship that can survive and travel in the void.


    Let alone refining, you can''t even buy.


    In fact, the heavenly palace, together with the holy places, has imposed great restrictions on all aspects of the technology for manufacturing virtual warships, and even on the construction and sale of virtual warships.


    Even if the Taiyi gate has strong financial and material resources and pays more, without the consent of the Holy Land zongmen, they can''t get in touch with the channels related to virtual warships.


    Meng Zhang guessed that these three pagodas should be the virtual battleship of Buddhism.


    Yuanjue led Meng Zhang and they made a simple turn inside the pagoda.


    Not to mention the key part of the pagoda, they were not able to enter even most parts of the pagoda.


    I don''t know whether these Buddhist monks don''t trust them or whether their hospitality is like this?


    Where Yuanjue led them, there was nothing beautiful.


    Open hall, wide room, long corridor


    Finally, Yuanjue led Meng Zhang to a remote corner.


    In this corner, there are more than ten separate rooms.


    Yuanjue arranged a room for Meng Zhang and the three of them to rest.


    In addition, outside the room, three monks during the foundation construction period were arranged for them to call.


    After arranging them, Yuanjue left.


    Before leaving, Yuanjue specifically explained.


    If they have anything to do, they can tell the summoning monks outside.


    They had better not leave the room easily and walk freely in the pagoda.


    The monks in the pagoda come from different sects, many of whom are not sexual enough and have a rude character.


    Yuanjue was worried that they had collided with the three distinguished guests of Meng Zhang, causing some unpleasant conflicts.


    Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers didn''t say much and went back to their rooms.


    Although he was alone in the room, Meng Zhang didn''t feel relaxed in the Buddhist monk''s territory.


    So far, everything has been going well since he took over the task of mountain guest.


    There was no accident except an ambush by the demon clan on the road.


    He and the Luo brothers arrived here smoothly and have completed the task.


    Meng Zhang can''t decide how the Buddhist monk will react and whether he will support Tianlei shangzun.


    The only thing he can do is wait silently.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t understand the relationship between the high level of Junchen world, Tianlei shangzun and Buddhist friars.


    According to the Luo brothers, the high-level friars in the Junchen world know that Tianlei shangzun has contacts with Buddhist friars.


    On that day, Lord Lei should not be suspected of secretly colluding with Buddhist friars and betraying the Junchen world.


    But this is just a unilateral statement of the Luo brothers.


    They also said that Lord Tianlei has many opponents in the Junchen world, and Buddhist monks are also full of goodwill to the Junchen world.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang shook his head and threw these chaotic thoughts away from his brain.


    Since he can''t think of things for the time being, he''s too lazy to think more.


    Once you come, you will be at ease. Since you have come to the Buddhist monk''s territory, the other party has no malice for the time being, so wait honestly.


    The Luo brothers and Meng Zhang did the same. They didn''t go out and waited silently in their own room.


    They didn''t wait long. In less than two days, Yuanjue appeared in front of Meng Zhang again.


    There is a small corner outside Meng Zhang''s room. Yuanjue met them here.


    After meeting, Yuanjue didn''t have a word of nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    Reverend Fang Yuan and several martial brothers have discussed and made a decision.


    For the sake of having known Tianlei shangzun for many years, they decided to reinforce Tianlei shangzun and help Tianlei shangzun get out of trouble.


    Yuanjue''s words made the Luo brothers overjoyed, and their faces were full of joy.

 Chapter 1522

    Fang yuanzun promised to send out rescue, which made the Luo brothers happy.


    They ran so far this time, came to ask for help, and finally completed the task.


    Although Meng Zhang''s face was also full of joy, his heart did not fluctuate.


    After all, he is an outsider and doesn''t care much about the success or failure of Tianlei shangzun and others.


    Since the mountain bearers will let them come for help, they must be sure.


    It''s reasonable for Fang Yuan to agree to help.


    After the founder informed Meng Zhang and them, he left.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang left their original position and flew to the position where Tianlei shangzun was.


    Although Meng Zhang has been staying in the pagoda, he still knows something about the outside situation.


    Yuanjue will come to visit them from time to time and reveal some information about the outside world to them.


    As Meng Zhang imagined, this pagoda is a void warship used by Buddhist monks. It can travel long distances in the void for expeditions.


    Compared with Meng Zhang''s speed when they came, the speed of the pagoda was much slower. It took almost a month to get to the meteorite belt where Tianlei shangzun was located.


    Yuanjue led Meng Zhang and left the pagoda and flew outside.


    Reverend Fang Yuan and another unknown monk had already come outside the pagoda.


    Yuanjue whispered that the strange monk was Fang zhengzun, the younger martial brother of Fang yuanzun.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples flew to the two worshippers and quickly saluted respectfully.


    When Meng Zhang flew over, he took the opportunity to observe the surroundings.


    They are now located at the periphery of the largest meteorite belt, a long distance from the floating continent garrisoned by the practitioners of the Jun dust world.


    As for the pagoda that brought them over, it was temporarily parked a little further.


    Although the distance is far away and there is no sound in the void, Meng Zhang paid attention to the observation. In that huge meteorite belt, there will be explosions from time to time, emitting dazzling light


    In Meng Zhang''s keen sense, he can sense that powerful power fluctuations are constantly taking place there, and many forces with different attributes are colliding fiercely.


    Many broken meteorites drifted around in the void, and many drifted in the direction of Meng Zhang.


    It seems that the war is not over yet.


    Even if the demon clan in the ten thousand demon world has received the help of the barbarians, the two families have not been able to destroy the human cultivators in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang is also a member of the human family cultivators in the Junchen world. Seeing that his side has not encountered failure and is still insisting on resistance, he is still a little excited.


    No matter what the relationship between Tianlei shangzun and Buddhist friars is, now these Buddhist friars come to reinforce, and the practitioners in Junchen world will not fail.


    After they saluted the two Buddhists, Meng Zhang stood aside honestly.


    Fang yuanzun, they also kept silent and stared at the battlefield in the distance.


    Their accomplishments and eyesight are far above Meng Zhang. They should be able to see more than Meng Zhang.


    After half a ring, Fang yuanzun sighed and took the initiative to speak.


    "Almsgiver Tianlei is really powerful. He is at a disadvantage. With one enemy, he can still stand tall and block all the enemy''s offensives."


    "It seems that even if we don''t make this trip, as long as there is almsgiver Tianlei, the Junchen side will be invincible."


    After praising Tianlei, Fang yuanzun fell into silence again.


    According to Fang yuanzun''s words, Meng Zhang''s three people were excited and worked harder to look at the meteorite belt.


    Meng Zhang, the highest among the three, could only see thunder walking and lightning shining.


    As for the specific details of the battle, Meng Zhang could not see clearly.


    First, it is still a long way from the battlefield, and second, the meteorite belt in the middle also plays a great shielding role.


    If you follow the idea of the Luo brothers, you should go over immediately, directly participate in the war and attack the enemy.


    But the founder and founder did not move, and they did not dare to say anything.


    Maybe the two venerable masters have great plans and have their own ideas.


    Meng Zhang and Luo brothers couldn''t see the specific situation of the battlefield and didn''t dare to leave directly. They just waited here quietly.


    After a while, a monk named Yuanguang flew over from the pagoda and whispered a few words to the founder.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what they were talking about. He just looked at them and turned away.


    After another half day, the movement in the distant meteorite belt began to decrease, and the war seemed less intense.


    Reverend Fang Yuan said this at this time.


    "The time has come. We used to help the war, and success or failure depends on it."


    Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun flew to the distant battlefield with Meng Zhang.


    The pagoda, which stayed in the distance, followed them and flew to the battlefield together.


    During the flight, Fang Yuan seems to be practicing some kind of secret method and has made contact with Tianlei.


    Without flying too long, they entered the meteorite belt, and the huge floating continent was in sight.


    Above the floating continent, a thunder giant with a height of more than a thousand feet and a giant with a short head and a shoulder pole are resisting the joint attack of several demon masters and barbarian masters.


    The place where they fought was the most intense place in the battlefield, and no other creature dared to approach.


    On the floating continent, hundreds of demon kings and barbarian kings are rushing up madly and fighting fiercely with the protoss Zhenjun.


    During the period when Meng Zhang left, the mortal friars of Jun dust world tried to strengthen the defense of the floating continent, and arranged many arrays and prohibitions on it.


    After this period of fierce fighting, most of these arrangements were destroyed.


    The ground of the floating continent was covered with incomplete bodies.


    After the demon king dies, it will naturally show the original shape of the demon beast.


    The corpses of Terran friars and barbarians are also numerous.


    Far away, Meng Zhang felt the tragedy and blood of the battlefield.


    Even he, who has experienced many battles and seen countless great storms, is the first time he has personally contacted such a high-level battle.


    Not to mention the strength of the level of return virtual power, but the hundreds of masters of the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun can give people a great shock.


    The strong one of Yuanshen series is also the number one person in the Junchen world, but it has completely turned into cannon fodder on the battlefield in front of us.


    Flying into the meteorite belt, they were about to approach the battlefield, but they stopped instead of moving forward.


    After a while, an old man with a national character face, ruddy face and no anger appeared in front of the crowd.

 Chapter 1523

    Seeing the old man, the Luo brothers quickly saluted respectfully.


    "I''d like to see heavenly thunder."


    This is the content related to cultivation recorded by Meng Zhang in the inheritance treasure left by the ancestors of taiyimen until the period of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang was not very clear about the cultivation in the period of returning to emptiness.


    He came into contact with some great powers of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace, including the elder who was willing to take care of him.


    He also heard a little about some magical powers of great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Not all the great energy of returning to emptiness can condense the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    Only those outstanding and powerful powers of returning to emptiness can condense the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    Heaven and earth Dharma phase is the most powerful means against the enemy, which is far better than all kinds of magic tools.


    It is said that the heaven and earth Dharma phase of returning to emptiness and great energy is centered on their own Yang God.


    If a monk like Meng Zhang in the Yang God period leaves the body after the Yang God comes out of the body, there will only be some instinctive reactions left in the body, and there is not much magic power.


    But in front of Tianlei shangzun, his flesh body can fly alone and talk to everyone.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang vaguely felt that the flesh in front of him contained the power of terror.


    I''m afraid I''ll only be crushed if I face this flesh.


    When Meng Zhang was lamenting the power of Tianlei, both Fang Yuan and Fang Zheng talked about business with Tianlei.


    The war in front of us is not over yet. It''s not time to catch up slowly.


    Tianlei shangzun is not a hypocritical person, so he directly asked Fangyuan Zun for help.


    On the floating continent, including Tianlei shangzun, there are four return virtual powers.


    They are now entangled by the incoming Demon Lord and barbarian Lord. Except for the body of Lord Tianlei, others can''t get away for the time being.


    According to the superficial plan of Tianlei shangzun, his heaven and earth Dharma and Dan Shanke together attract the enemy''s attention in the front. Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun led Buddhist monks to sneak attack in the back, trying to break the alliance of demon and barbarian in one fell swoop.


    This level of fighting, what tricks, what art of war strategy, does not play much role. It mainly depends on the real strength comparison between the two sides.


    Although the friars in the Junchen world were temporarily defeated because their strength was inferior to each other, with the support of Buddhist friars, they can smooth out the strength gap and strive to reverse the war situation.


    Fang Yuan and Fang Zheng kept nodding and saying yes to the arrangement of Tianlei shangzun.


    Although the main combat effectiveness of Tianlei shangzun is in that heaven and earth Dharma phase. But the flesh in front of me can also fight against ordinary demon lord or barbarian Lord.


    Tianlei shangzun turned around and was preparing to lead Fangyuan Zun to take action.


    Just as Tianlei shangzun turned around, Fangyuan, who was originally full of kindness and smile, flashed a fierce look in his eyes and suddenly shot.


    The thick string of Buddha beads originally hung on his chest flew out like lightning, and suddenly set on the head of the unexpected Tianlei Zun.


    After catching the target, the Buddha bead immediately tightened and tightly entangled the head of Tianlei shangzun.


    Fang zhengzun, who was already silent, quietly flew behind Tianlei and patted him on the back.


    The two sides who had talked happily just now turned into enemies at once.


    As reinforcements, Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun attacked Tianlei shangzun, which was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Although the flesh body of Tianlei shangzun is not weak, it is difficult to stop the sneak attack of two Buddhists regardless of their identity.


    Once the body is damaged, the heaven and earth Dharma phase of Tianlei will be greatly affected.


    The incident happened suddenly. I''m afraid that other people have not figured out what''s going on, except the founder and founder who made a sneak attack.


    Tianlei shangzun is also capable of returning to emptiness. Even if he is suddenly attacked, he still makes an instinctive struggle and resistance.


    Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun were worried that their subordinates would reveal flaws. They did not give any instructions to Yuanjue and Yuanguang before making a sneak attack.


    Yuanjue, as a younger generation highly valued by the elders in the school, is the best of the Yuanzi generation in all aspects.


    Although he didn''t know in advance that the two elders would attack the rescue object, he never regarded the cultivator in the Junchen world as a friend, but as an enemy.


    He responded in time and made the right response.


    He knew that with his cultivation, he was not qualified to participate in the battle of returning to the virtual level.


    He takes Meng Zhang, which is similar to his cultivation, as his goal.


    Once Yuanjue''s big sleeve was brushed, a short Vajra pestle flew out of the big sleeve silently and quickly flew to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who seemed to be in a daze, easily avoided the Vajra pestle issued by Yuanjue.


    Taiyi Fen''s lightsaber fell from the sky and cut into the Vajra pestle that was chasing Meng Zhang and fought fiercely with it.


    Meng Zhang also didn''t expect that we had a good plan to discuss how to fight the enemy. Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun turned their faces and suddenly attacked Tianlei shangzun.


    Because of the memory of his previous life, Meng Zhang''s impression of Buddhism has not been good.


    Although these Buddhist monks didn''t show any flaws before they started, Meng Zhang kept a minimum of vigilance.


    After Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun attacked Tianlei shangzun, he immediately reacted and instinctively responded.


    Yuanguang has the cultivation in the later stage of the golden body realm, which is a big difference between Meng Zhang and Yuanjue.


    After Meng Zhang and Yuanjue began to fight, he reacted.


    He also didn''t waste time, so he shot directly at the Luo brothers.


    The Luo brothers reacted the slowest.


    Seeing Tianlei shangzun being attacked, they still have a feeling of disbelief. They wonder if there is a mistake there.


    Although they stopped Yuanguang''s sneak attack out of instinctive reaction, they soon fell to the disadvantage and were completely controlled by Yuanguang.


    Although Meng Zhang blocked Yuanjue''s sneak attack, he didn''t mean to entangle him at all.


    Even Lord Tianlei was secretly attacked by the enemy. What''s the use of his staying?


    If the body of Tianlei shangzun dies, he is just a monk of Yang God period. He will not be able to turn the war around at all, but will become a new booty of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang tried to kill Yuanjue, who was pressing back step by step, and find a chance to get out.

 Chapter 1524

    Meng Zhang wanted to escape, but his cultivation was not under him. He tried his best to entangle him, so that he had to parry one or two first.


    If he really runs away regardless, he will inevitably be hurt by Yuanjue.


    While trying to get rid of the entanglement of Yuanjue, Meng Zhang is still observing the situation around him.


    If Tianlei shangzun is completely subdued, even if he pays all the price, he will run away immediately.


    The situation of the Luo brothers is even worse. They are entangled by the round light and completely suppressed. They can''t advance or retreat at all.


    If there is no external force to help them, it is only a matter of time before they are taken by the round light.


    Tianlei shangzun''s body itself contains strong power.


    Neither Fang yuanzun nor Fang zhengzun expected to control him so quickly.


    Tianlei shangzun struggled with all his strength and couldn''t get rid of the shackles of Fangyuan Zun with Buddha beads.


    Founder Zun''s palm easily broke all Tianlei shangzun''s defenses and accurately hit him on the back.


    Finally succeeded, founder Zun not only did not have the slightest joy, but his face changed greatly, looking very surprised.


    The seemingly strong body of Tianlei shangzun exploded like a bubble after being hit by founder Zun, and then disappeared quickly.


    "It''s magic."


    Fang Yuan, who was always silent, couldn''t help shouting in surprise.


    "Heavenly illusory superior?" the founder, who was familiar with the situation of Jun dust world, spit out a name in his mouth.


    The body of Tian Lei Shang Zun who appeared in front of them was clearly not real, but transformed by magic.


    Among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world, only a few people can perform this magic skill of indistinguishable truth and falsehood.


    As a Buddhist monk, practicing Buddhist secret Dharma is not only sensitive, but also good at seeing through all kinds of vanity.


    However, the Buddhist friars of founder and founder, who were in the retreat period, had not found any flaws before, and were almost completely concealed from the past.


    As far as Fang zhengzun knows, the most easily thought of by those who have such illusory accomplishments is that the flesh body of Tianlei Supreme Master claiming to be illusory disappeared mysteriously. Obviously, he was not unprepared at all.


    Founder and founder were shocked. It was obvious that stealing chicken could not erode rice, but was calculated by others.


    Tianlei shangzun was not attacked. It should be a good thing, but Meng Zhang didn''t have much joy on his face.


    Gods fight, mortals suffer.


    No matter who calculates, who attacks, and who wins or loses in the end, it has nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    He and the Luo brothers went to seek Buddhist reinforcements this time, which was obviously used as bait.


    Tianlei shangzun didn''t succeed in the sneak attack. It''s obvious that he was prepared long ago.


    In the eyes of these great powers of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang is completely an outsider and an object that can be easily sacrificed.


    When Huixu has a big fight, it is estimated that no one will take Meng Zhang into account.


    With his cultivation, if he is unfortunately involved in the war of returning to the virtual world, it will be difficult to get away.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even care about what happened next. He just wanted to escape here as soon as possible.


    Yuan Jue, who originally entangled Meng Zhang, was a little distracted because of the changes in the field, which gave Meng Zhang an opportunity.


    Seeing Meng Zhang flying towards the distance, Yuanjue hesitated, knowing that he couldn''t help much in the war of returning to emptiness.


    A bird in the hand is better than a thousand birds in the forest.


    If he really wants to make a contribution, he might as well take Meng Zhang, the opponent of Yang God period.


    Yuanjue didn''t delay long, so he flew in the direction of Meng Zhang.


    The Luo brothers over there did not react as fast as Meng Zhang, nor did they have as good luck as him.


    They were entangled in the round light and couldn''t get away at all.


    And Yuanguang''s hand was fierce, almost killing.


    Yuanjue and Meng Zhang quickly left here as soon as they ran after each other.


    Naturally, no one cares about the fate of the Luo brothers.


    Not far away, founder and founder accidentally fell into a trap.


    Knowing that they were right, they did not act rashly, but carefully observed their surroundings.


    Large and small bubbles surrounded them.


    Large bubbles are covered with small bubbles, which are stacked one after another.


    Many bubbles burst and disappeared quickly, and more bubbles were born again.


    The two Buddhists seem to be trapped in another world.


    Meng Zhang did not care what happened behind him, but ran for his life with all his strength.


    In the distance, two huge warships appeared out of thin air above the pagoda.


    Then two warships launched a fierce attack on the pagoda.


    As Meng Zhang guessed, this pagoda is the Buddha''s empty warship, which also has good combat effectiveness.


    After the sudden attack, the pagoda immediately reacted, launched a counterattack and tangled with two empty warships.


    Meng Zhang chose to escape in the direction of the floating continent.


    In the surrounding emptiness, the war was fierce, and even the great power of returning to emptiness came to an end in person.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to run around for fear that he would be slapped to death by the enemy''s return virtual power.


    He is ready to escape and meet the monks who are participating in the war to keep warm with everyone.


    Meng Zhang was still flying in the meteorite belt. When he was still a distance from the floating continent, the two figures attacked Meng Zhang silently under the cover of the surrounding meteorites.


    Meng Zhang, who seemed to be running for his life, dodged in time and avoided the attack.


    Without saying a word, a tall and powerful man rushed over and tried to fight Meng Zhang.


    A huge black eagle jumped down from the sky and waved its claws at Meng Zhang.


    While Meng Zhang was entangled by the demon king and the Barbarian King, Yuanjue caught up with him from behind.


    Probably worried about being misunderstood by the demon king and the man king, Yuanjue quickly indicated his identity.


    "I''m a Buddhist monk. I came here with my elders this time to help you Taoist friends and take down the scum of the cultivation world in Junchen world."


    Previously, Yuanjue was seen chasing Meng Zhang all the way. Now Yuanjue has indicated his identity. Neither the demon king nor the Barbarian King paid too much attention to him, but continued to attack Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was delayed for a while, and several demon kings and barbarian kings came from all directions to join the siege of Meng Zhang.


    It seems that the demon families and barbarians of the ten thousand demon world have long been ambushed here, ready to ambush foreign reinforcements or escaped friars of the Junchen world.


    They found no other target, but they firmly entangled Meng Zhang.


    Yuanjue is a very cautious guy. He is probably worried about causing misunderstanding. He is not in a hurry to join the siege of Meng Zhang.


    He saw a large number of demon kings and barbarians around him, and there were also big demon kings with the strength of Yang God period.


    He began to talk seriously.


    His two Buddhist elders originally came here to help the demon and barbarian families destroy the friars in the Junchen world.


    These disciples will also pursue and kill the friars in the Junchen world as their own task.


    Buddhist monks are no strangers to demon and barbarian tribes.


    These Buddhist monks have long been in the nearby area.


    In addition to the friars in Junchen world, they have had some contacts with the demon families and barbarians in the 10000 demon world.


    These Buddhist monks are powerful and kind to others. They seem to pose no threat to everyone.


    Therefore, the major races of several big worlds around the Junchen world did not provoke these Buddhist monks for no reason.


    Especially those who have been to the depths of the void and have a wide range of knowledge know that Buddhism is powerful and not so easy to offend.


    Although Fang yuanzun and other upper class figures strongly advocated making friends with friars in Junchen world, friars such as Yuanjue did not have much favor with friars in Junchen world because of the gratitude and resentment disputes between Taoism and Buddhism for many years.


    However, the orders from the elders made it impossible for them to disobey, and they had to get along well with the Taoist friars in the Junchen world.


    Just now, Fang Yuan and Fang Zheng suddenly burst into trouble and raided Tianlei shangzun.


    Yuanjue and others, who had not received any hint in advance, were certainly a little surprised, but not very surprised.


    Yuanjue and others were almost instinctive, so they launched an attack on Meng Zhang and other Taoist monks.


    Although he did not fully believe Yuanjue''s words, these demon kings and barbarian kings around him still took Meng Zhang as their main goal.


    Facing the siege of many demon kings and barbarian kings, including the big demon king with the strength of Yang God period, Meng Zhang secretly said bad luck, but all kinds of actions are not slow at all.


    Taiyifen lightsaber produced countless sword shadows in the air, which disappeared and appeared from time to time, and the sword light shone all over the sky.


    Meng Zhang''s old and pure swordsmanship killed several weak demon kings and barbarian kings back again and again.


    The endless sun and moon divine light lit up in the dark void. Wherever the divine light went, both the demon king and the Barbarian King felt a great threat and had to parry with heart.


    The huge black eagle is also the only big demon king among several demon kings.


    Before he fell on Meng Zhang, a black and a white airflow mixed together, like a flexible rope, caught his claws.


    Meng Zhang was so powerful that he could fight vividly. Yuanjue gave him a high look.


    Where Meng Zhang had just fled, the real war began.


    The founder and founder, who were temporarily trapped, began to use all kinds of magic powers to fight against the invisible enemy.


    The strong at the level of returning to virtual power can come to this step, all of them have gone through thousands of tempering and countless storms.


    Such a strong man, even if he fell to the disadvantage for a while, would not be able to defeat him completely, let alone kill him completely.


    The battle between returning to virtual powers is even more difficult to distinguish the victory and defeat easily.


    Even if there are several strong ones in Tianlei shangzun''s return to emptiness power, it takes a lot of effort to kill ordinary return to emptiness power.


    If Tianlei shangzun''s power is not restrained by the battlefield over there, but fights Fangyuan Zun and Fangzheng Zun with all his strength, it is not difficult to defeat them, but it is difficult to stop them from retreating, let alone kill them.


    Now, it is the Tianhuan Supreme Master who is almost as famous as the heavenly thunder Supreme Master in the Junchen world that entangles the founder and the founder.


    When it comes to the head-on battle, Tianhuan shangzun may be slightly inferior to Tianlei shangzun.


    But when it comes to all kinds of strange and mysterious skills and playing with all kinds of means, Tianhuan shangzun is much better than Tianlei shangzun.


    As like as two peas, he first developed a brilliant illusion and created a body similar to that of the sky thunder.


    Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun did not surprise him. They saw the opportunity and boldly attacked Tianlei shangzun.


    When they broke the body of the fake Tianlei shangzun, they triggered the secret skill designed by Tianhuan shangzun in advance, and were temporarily trapped by Tianhuan shangzun.


    Next, Tianhuan shangzun will use all kinds of means to win the return to emptiness power of the two Buddhists.


    Although Meng Zhang was facing the siege of the demon king and the Barbarian King, he was also thinking about what had just happened.


    These Buddhist friars came here in the name of providing support and successfully met with the physical body of Lord Tianlei.


    Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun sneaked in and suddenly attacked Tianlei shangzun, indicating that they had long harbored evil intentions.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, what happened later showed that Junchen not only expected the actions of these Buddhist monks, but also took the opportunity to counter count the opponents.


    In the distance, the empty warships of the Junchen world were sent out and were storming the pagoda of Buddhism.


    Previously, when Tianlei shangzun organized the war, he did not use the void warships, but now there are two at once.


    I don''t know whether this is the dispatch of the holy door or the power directly under the heavenly palace.


    In any case, it shows that Tianlei shangzun did not secretly collude with Buddhism, let alone betray Junchen world.


    Even this time, Lord Tianlei was leading the snake out of the cave, bringing these Buddhist monks here and giving them a head-on blow.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had been hidden from the drum before.


    It''s a pity that he had many guesses before, but he didn''t guess anything right.


    Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers are a chess piece.


    They went to ask for reinforcements from the Buddhist monks and came here all the way.


    They also took great risks.


    If there is any doubt on the Buddhist friar side, Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers have long been taken down.


    Perhaps in order not to arouse the suspicion of Tianlei shangzun and make him more relieved, Fang yuanzun brought Meng Zhang and participated in the meeting.


    After all, in the eyes of these Buddhist monks, Meng Zhang is just an insignificant pawn, and Tianlei shangzun is the goal they want to get rid of.


    I just don''t know if these Buddhist friars have made an agreement with the demon and barbarian families in advance.


    From the performance of these demon kings and barbarian kings, they should know nothing about it.


    Of course, if the two sides really collude, most of the information will be controlled at the highest level for the sake of confidentiality.


    The Terran practitioners in the Junchen world were already on guard. They not only failed the Buddhist friars'' sneak attack, but also designed an ambush long ago.


    Meng Zhang knew that as long as he could get rid of the enemy in front of him, he would probably get out of danger safely.

 Chapter 1525

    In this void, there were already wars everywhere.


    Originally, it was only the demon and barbarian who jointly attacked the floating continent occupied by the friars of Jun dust world.


    Later, in the name of reinforcements, Buddhist friars came to try to plot against heavenly thunder.


    However, the friars of Junchen world, who had been prepared for a long time, took the plan and calculated these Buddhist friars in turn.


    Several forces, in this void, launched an extremely fierce war.


    Although Meng Zhang was surrounded by several demon kings and barbarian kings, he was not flustered at all.


    The fact that the Junchen world can fight so many big worlds around it alone shows its strength.


    Since the Junchen side has made preparations in advance, there is a great possibility of victory in this war.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t just wait for the victory of Junchen world, but he doesn''t do anything, and then wait for someone to rescue him.


    Who knows how long this high-level and wide-ranging war will last.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang was reluctant to leave his family''s fate to others.


    In the void, the rules of heaven and earth are far less stable than those of Jun dust world, and they have less constraints on practitioners.


    Meng Zhang can call the power of the space Avenue unscrupulously and continuously make his body flicker and move in the void.


    Even without the void tripod, he can perfectly display all kinds of space secrets.


    If Yuanjue hadn''t been eyeing around, he could have escaped from the battle by using the art of space transmission.


    Since this is the war of Junchen against other big worlds, Meng Zhang certainly hopes to make war achievements.


    He wants to find a chance to hit and even kill Yuanjue and get rid of this trouble completely.


    Meng Zhang has never been an open-minded person.


    This time he was sent by a mountain guest to the Buddhist monk to ask for reinforcements. In fact, he really took a great risk.


    Buddhist friar has hidden evil intentions. If he and Luo brothers take care of him, Meng Zhang really has no place to complain.


    If it were not for the sake of being more realistic and convincing, the founder would not bring them here alive.


    In the later war of returning to the virtual world, if Meng Zhang was not alert and moved a little slower, he might not be able to get away.


    At the thought of these things, Meng Zhang was angry and couldn''t help but want to vent.


    It was not easy to achieve the Yang God, but he trembled a little. Before he was proud, he met such a dangerous situation again.


    What makes Meng Zhang even worse is that even if he gets out of danger safely afterwards, he has no ability to settle accounts with the mountain tourists.


    Although he was very angry, Meng Zhang was very calm.


    He seemed to be a little passive under the siege of several demon kings and barbarian kings, but he was secretly looking for opportunities.


    A rude and arrogant man Wang was greedy for work and rushed out of the cover of others. He was about to rush to Meng Zhang.


    The space in front of Meng Zhang quietly cracked a thick space crack.


    The fast-moving Barbarian King seemed to take the initiative to rush into the space crack.


    His whole body seemed to have been cut by the sharpest blade.


    Half of the body remained in place, and the other half was involved in the space crack, so it disappeared.


    Even the strong barbarians with strong flesh and strong vitality can hardly save their lives under such circumstances.


    The big demon king desperately flapped his wings, and countless wind blades swept over, completely drowning the place where Meng Zhang was located.


    Meng Zhang''s body had already disappeared in place and appeared in another place.


    Next, Meng Zhang tried to avoid a hard fight with the big demon king, and specially picked the ordinary demon king and the Barbarian King.


    Although the number of enemies is large, there is nothing we can do about Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had few enemies, but he could walk freely in the siege of the enemy. He didn''t feel bound at all.


    Meng Zhang''s figure constantly flashed around, haunted, and made the enemy unable to catch his trace.


    Every time he makes a move, he hits the weak link of the enemy and can often catch the enemy''s flaws.


    Before long, he followed suit and killed a demon king and a Barbarian King again.


    The big demon king screamed angrily and couldn''t wait to tear Meng Zhang up.


    But Meng Zhang was too slippery. He didn''t fight with him at all, so that he had nowhere to show his strength.


    The remaining three demon kings and one Barbarian King were obviously a little timid in the face of Meng Zhang''s cruel means.


    They seem to be helping the demon king encircle Meng Zhang, but they can''t play any role at all.


    If this situation continues, Meng Zhang will destroy these enemies one by one.


    Yuanjue, who has been watching the war, knows that his chance is coming.


    He shouted to the big demon king who was chasing Meng Zhang and said he was willing to help. Let''s take down the cultivator in the Jun dust world.


    Most Buddhist monks are good at speaking and Kung Fu.


    Yuanjue may not have the ability to speak like a blooming lotus, but his sincere words fell into the ears of the big demon king, but they seemed very pleasant to his ears.


    The big demon king hesitated, agreed to Yuanjue''s proposal and promised to let him help.


    Yuanjue had been watching the war and observed it carefully for so long.


    He thought that he had seen through the details of Meng Zhang and knew the reality of his opponent.


    In terms of strength, Meng Zhang is not much better than the black eagle demon king.


    With the help of so many demon kings and manwang, Meng Zhang should have fallen to the disadvantage.


    However, Meng Zhang''s space is so powerful that he can move around freely, which is almost a blink.


    In contrast, the space traps he laid and the space cracks he created are nothing.


    If you want to subdue Meng Zhang, you must first restrain his space magic, so that he can''t blink around freely.


    After getting the permission of the big demon king, the prepared Yuanjue closed his hands, and the rosary hanging on his neck flew to his head, and then scattered all at once.


    Numerous rosary beads fell around Meng Zhang.


    These beads did not directly attack Meng Zhang, but surrounded him.


    With the application of Yuanjue, the space of Meng Zhang''s area seemed to solidify all at once.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to use space transmission again and teleport away from his original position.


    However, due to the blocking of Yuanjue''s spell casting, his space transmission was blocked, and his movement stopped a little.


    After such a pause, the big demon king immediately chased over and entangled Meng Zhang firmly.


    Yuanjue''s space blockade could not completely lock Meng Zhang''s space magic power, but delayed him, making him not so smooth blinking.


    The delay for such a short time is enough for these demon kings and barbarian kings to react.


    At this point, Meng Zhang''s teleportation ability was abolished and could not play a role.


    He could no longer fight with the enemy. He had to fight with the enemy honestly.

 Chapter 1526

    Seeing Meng Zhang entangled, Yuanjue didn''t watch.


    He sat cross legged on the ground, holding the seal in his hands, and his fingers danced rapidly, just like a lotus in full bloom.


    A huge lotus throne appeared on Meng Zhang''s head and pressed heavily against him.


    Yuanjue was really powerful. He broke Meng Zhang''s most powerful means as soon as he shot. Now he showed a fierce killing move.


    Meng Zhang, who seemed to be in trouble, not only did not look flustered, but was unusually calm.


    Although space Avenue has always been his effective means against the enemy.


    However, his major avenue has always been yin-yang Avenue, and space Avenue is only a minor.


    He used to have a void tripod in his body, so he was used to using all kinds of space magic powers.


    Now that the void tripod is gone, he can also give full play to the power of all kinds of space gods when he enters the Yang God period.


    When he went through the baptism of thunder robbery, he deepened his understanding of space Avenue and mastered more powerful related forces.


    Even the minor Avenue has made great progress, not to mention the yin-yang Avenue.


    He has not fully demonstrated the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, but took it as a bottom card.


    Meng Zhang before the thunder robbery is completely different from Meng Zhang after the thunder robbery.


    Now, he will show these guys the power of Yin Yang Avenue.


    Meng Zhang took back the taiyifen lightsaber just released and let it resist the falling lotus throne.


    His hands were raised in a virtual way, and two streams of air, black and white, came out of his body and surrounded his head in a circle.


    The black-and-white circle began to turn, and the faster it turned, the more it turned.


    Yuanjue and the great demon king had the strongest cultivation, and first felt the unknown breath.


    The two of them attacked with all their strength to stop Meng Zhang from casting magic.


    The sun and moon turned into a curtain of light and fell, covering Meng Zhang''s body.


    All external attacks fell on this layer of light curtain and were quickly resolved.


    The black-and-white circle rose from Meng Zhang''s head, rose to a higher air and turned into a vortex.


    In the vortex, a black hole begins to appear and slowly takes shape.


    It seemed that there was an endless suction from the black hole, which firmly absorbed all the demon kings and barbarian kings present.


    These demon kings and barbarian kings are not weak, but they feel very hard and difficult to move after being attracted by the huge attraction.


    The attraction in the black hole is becoming stronger and stronger. It not only firmly attracts these demon kings and barbarian kings, making it difficult for them to move, but also Yuanjue and the black eagle can''t afford to attack Meng Zhang, but first resist the great attraction from the black hole.


    Everything around us could not escape the attraction of the black hole and was sucked into it one after another.


    Several struggling demon kings and barbarian kings were sucked into the black hole with almost no resistance.


    Yuanjue doesn''t know what''s in the black hole, but he doesn''t want to explore it with his own life.


    The lotus throne he just released and the rosary beads that hold the surrounding space have been sucked into the black hole.


    Yuanjue is also a very decisive figure. He knows that it is not suitable to stay here for a long time.


    He had previously underestimated Meng Zhang and did not know that Meng Zhang would be so powerful.


    If we continue to delay here, who knows what kind of killer mace Meng Zhang can come up with.


    He spewed a mouthful of blood from his mouth, tried his best to stimulate the potential of the golden body, suddenly broke free from the attraction of the black hole and flew away.


    The big demon king was preparing to emulate Yuanjue''s action, but he was still a step slow.


    Now that Yuanjue has escaped, Meng Zhang can only take the big demon king as the main target this time.


    The huge black hole fell from the sky and quickly fell to the big demon king.


    A huge black eagle spread its wings and wanted to escape here.


    The huge black hole firmly attracts the Black Hawk and constantly pulls it towards the black hole.


    The Black Hawk also struggled desperately to break free from the attraction and bondage of the black hole.


    Meng Zhang continued to use his secret method to increase the attraction of the black hole.


    After a long time, the black eagle finally couldn''t hold on, and the whole body was slowly attracted to the black hole.


    At this time, Meng Zhang began to end his spell casting and ended the great killing move of Yin-Yang mixed cave.


    Yin and Yang mixed cave is a powerful means for practitioners to use Yin and yang to forcibly break the void and manifest the black hole to kill the enemy.


    No matter what kind of enemy, as long as he falls into such a black hole, he will be slowly melted away by Yin and Yang and eventually disappear.


    If you want to practice this Taoist art, you not only need to have high attainments in the avenue of yin and Yang and the avenue of space, but also have high requirements for the cultivator''s understanding and talent.


    Even a genius like Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to practice this Taoism after the advanced Yang God period.


    Although all the enemies are sucked into the black hole, Meng Zhang still needs to spend time refining slowly.


    Regardless of anything else, he sat cross legged on the ground, began to operate Yin and Yang, and slowly refined everything that sucked into the black hole.


    Fortunately, this place is still quiet for the time being. No one has come to disturb Meng Zhang. The escaped Yuanjue dared not look back.


    It took Meng Zhang more than half a day to complete the preliminary refining to avoid reverse phagocytosis in the mixed cave.


    It will take a long time to thoroughly refine everything in the mixed cave.


    Meng Zhang stood up and observed the situation around him.


    The war was dangerous and he was reluctant to join in such a war.


    In this level of war, even the Yang God Zhenjun like him can''t make his own decisions, and he also has to fight for his own life.


    If you are not careful, you will worry about your life.


    He took out his jade pendant.


    This is the jade pendant he was given when he first came here.


    Previously, he fought with several demon kings and barbarian kings and won the final victory, which were recorded in the jade pendant.


    He touched the jade pendant with one hand and temporarily sealed its recording function.


    Next, Meng Zhang chose a direction away from the battlefield and hid secretly.


    Although there are many strong people around, everyone has their own mission.


    Under normal circumstances, no one should deliberately search for Meng Zhang.


    More than half a month later, the war began to end slowly.


    Meng Zhang did not hide in one place, but moved his hiding place from time to time.


    And he did his best to observe the battlefields everywhere and pay attention to the movements of all parties.


    It was the Buddhist monks who first showed their decline.


    The tall pagoda was completely broken under the fierce attack of two empty warships.


    The pagoda broke into several sections. From the broken pagoda, a Buddhist priest tried to kill it.


    A large number of Buddhist monks fled the pagoda and fled in all directions.


    The Taoist golden elixir, that is, the Buddhist monk in the period of relic, can barely survive in the void.


    If you want to move quickly in the void, you must at least cultivate in the period of Yuanshen or Jinshen.

 Chapter 1527

    In fact, after the pagoda was damaged, only Buddhist monks in golden age could escape alone.


    If your side wins, those Buddhist monks in the period of relic can still wait for rescue.


    However, the current situation is that the Junchen side has won and the Buddhist friars have been defeated.


    Although those Buddhist monks in the period of relic can temporarily survive in the void, they simply have no ability to move far in the void.


    There was no one to rescue, and they were unable to escape to the nearby world. They had to wait for death.


    As for Buddhist monks in the foundation period, after the pagoda was damaged, they were on a dead end.


    A Buddhist monk who was in charge of the pagoda during the retreat period also flew out after the pagoda was damaged.


    If he runs away immediately, there may be a great hope of escaping from the battlefield.


    However, he looked at many low-level Buddhist monks in the pagoda and many Buddhist monks in the relic period who closed their eyes outside the pagoda.


    His heart softened and his big sleeve brushed away many Buddhist monks.


    He tried his best to rescue Buddhist monks inside and outside the pagoda as much as possible.


    After the destruction of the pagoda, two empty warships were also seriously injured.


    One returning to virtual power flew out of the virtual warship and killed the Buddhist friar in the period of returning to virtual power.


    The Buddhist friar was busy rescuing his own friars and was entangled by the returning virtual power of the Junchen world.


    Although the two virtual battleships were not close to their battlefield, they sprayed all kinds of lights and flames from time to time in the distance, trying to contain the Buddhist monk who returned to the virtual period.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to get close to the past. He only dared to hide in the distance and peek.


    Finally, the Buddhist monk who returned to the virtual period died on the spot.


    Most Buddhist monks in the pagoda also died here and were buried with him.


    Shortly after the end of the war, Meng Zhang also saw Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun running away from a distance without any intention of staying.


    These two guys are really powerful. After being calculated by the friar of Jun dust world and falling into the trap, they can still retreat all over.


    Of course, Meng Zhang couldn''t go after them. He just watched their figure leave.


    After the defeat of Buddhist friars, the victory and defeat were also divided on the front battlefield.


    Tianlei shangzun received support from Junchen world and defeated the alliance of barbarians and demons in the frontal battle.


    The Allied forces of demons and barbarians suffered heavy casualties. The remaining losers fought and retreated and slowly left the battlefield.


    The defeated disabled soldier didn''t even go back to his camp, so he fled away from the battlefield.


    Although the Junchen world tries to provide support, its strength is limited. Even if it has won great victories in several battlefields, it is difficult to completely annihilate the enemy due to various conditions. It can only allow some enemies to escape.


    Seeing the war subsided and everything ended, Meng ZhangCai pretended to fly to the floating continent in a hurry.


    Most of the meteorites around the floating continent were smashed in the previous war, revealing a large blank space.


    Even the floating continent itself was broken and broken into several pieces.


    In the surrounding space, there are many fine stones and some incomplete corpses floating.


    There are still many corpses of human friars and monsters.


    The battle has just ended. As the winner, the friar of Junchen world has not had time to completely clean up the battlefield.


    The friars in Junchen world also suffered heavy casualties, and many wounded need to be treated in time.


    Among the busy crowd, few people paid attention to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang also stayed here for a long time, and basically had a face-to-face photo with most of the monks participating in the war.


    But now he flew over, but he didn''t see many familiar faces.


    Occasionally I see one or two familiar faces, and no one is in the mood to say hello at this time.


    Meng Zhang made a big circle on the battlefield and finally saw the figure of the mountain bearer.


    At the moment, the mountain bearer is missing an arm, blind an eye, and has a big hole in his chest. He is standing there in a daze.


    Such an injury is enough to cut off the path of ordinary friars, but it will not become the trouble of returning to virtual power.


    What really made Meng Zhang cringe was that the breath of the mountain guest was fluctuating and his face was gloomy and terrible.


    The mountain bearer saw Meng Zhang from a distance and waved the remaining arm.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t hide and hurriedly flew to him.


    "The life card left by brother Luo Yuan and brother Luo Cheng was broken half a month ago."


    There was an indelible sadness in the tone of the mountain bearer.


    Meng Zhang was also a little depressed.


    It seems that the Luo brothers didn''t escape in the end, so they lost their lives.


    Although the mountain bearers did not ask, Meng Zhang gave him a report on their experience.


    The mountain bearers have long known that Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun failed to plot against Tianlei shangzun, but were calculated by Tianhuan shangzun.


    He knows more details than Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang said that he was in chaos and fled the battlefield of returning to virtual power.


    This is human nature. Even if the mountain bearers are dissatisfied, they can''t say anything.


    Soon after he fled the battlefield, he fell into the siege of demon king, Barbarian King and Yuanjue.


    He fought for a long time before he defeated the enemy.


    As for the whereabouts and experiences of the Luo brothers, he was really unable to take care of them.


    Since then, while avoiding pursuit, he fought with all kinds of enemies on the road.


    When the enemy was defeated, Meng Zhang immediately came to report the matter to the danshanke.


    What Meng Zhang said is basically true, only concealing a small part of the content that has nothing to do with the war situation.


    The mountain bearers did not blame or anger Meng Zhang because of the death of the Luo brothers.


    When he sent Meng Zhang and Luo brothers out to perform the task, he was already mentally prepared.


    In order to win the trust of those Buddhist monks, he sent his Luo brothers who grew up.


    He had long expected the fate of Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers.


    In the calculation and counter calculation of returning to virtual power, Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers are too weak to break when they touch.


    The death of the Luo brothers was inevitable. Meng Zhang was able to escape from heaven. He was blessed and lucky.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang successfully completed his task and returned safely.


    This time, it attracted Buddhist friars to take the bait and took the opportunity to give them a major blow. Although it was premeditated by our own side for a long time, it was mainly shot by Tianhuan shangzun and others.


    However, Meng Zhang, as a bait, was willing to take strange risks and made great achievements.


    As a close confidant valued by Tianlei shangzun, the man''s character is somewhat similar to Tianlei shangzun.


    He is not only magnanimous, but also has always been clear about reward and punishment.


    Meng Zhang''s great contribution will not be ignored, and the reward he should give will not be discounted.


    Of course, although the war is over now, there are still many follow-up things.


    Meng Zhang looked in good condition, so he was summoned by the mountain bearers and began to be busy around the battlefield.

 Chapter 1528

    Under the command of Dan Shanke, Meng Zhang began to rescue the wounded and clean up the battlefield.


    He was busy for three or five days before he got a little free.


    After this period of contact with danshanke, they became familiar.


    Meng Zhang was originally brought to this battlefield by old man Yinhu.


    The original intention of silver pot old man is to introduce Meng Zhang to Tianlei shangzun, hoping that he will be valued by Tianlei shangzun and become his subordinate.


    Dan Shanke is a reasonable man. He didn''t anger Meng Zhang because of the death of Luo''s brother. What should he do or what.


    Meng Zhang was half his own man and made great achievements.


    Therefore, the mountaineers have a good attitude towards him.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the opportunity to contact danshanke and asked a lot of things.


    Anyway, the war has ended, and there is no need to keep many things secret, so the mountain bearers don''t have much to hide.


    Many years ago, those Buddhist monks from afar deliberately made friends with high-level officials in the Junchen world.


    Although I don''t know the intention of these Buddhist monks, the top level of Junchen world is full of instinctive vigilance.


    However, in the face of the Junchen world besieged by several big worlds, it was impossible to push the Buddhist friars to the enemy, but maintained certain contacts with them.


    Among them, a few people, such as Tian Lei shangzun, have the most contacts with Buddhist monks, especially close relations.


    In addition to competing for resources, Tianlei shangzun mainly hoped that the Junchen world would not retreat all the time in the face of foreign enemies, so as to give the enemy enough deterrence.


    Meng Zhang has personally experienced the development behind the war, and he is quite clear.


    As for the discord between Tianlei shangzun and other high-level officials in Junchen world and promoting the war alone, it is the news deliberately released by Tianlei shangzun.


    Tianlei shangzun pretended to pose. Even the Luo brothers, who can be regarded as trusted descendants, were concealed by him. He didn''t know the actual situation.


    Of course, danshanke still has reservations about Meng Zhang.


    He just gave a general account of his own calculation of Buddhist monks. He didn''t elaborate on many of the details and inside information.


    For Meng Zhang, these details do not help much except to satisfy his curiosity.


    Anyway, he just needs to know that Tianlei shangzun didn''t betray Junchen world, let alone secretly collude with Buddhist monks, that''s all.


    In this war, the Jun dust world suffered heavy casualties, but the war results were more brilliant.


    The pagoda of Buddhism, probably the empty warship of Buddhism, was sunk by the side of Junchen world.


    You know, the difficulty of building a virtual warship is not necessarily much worse than training a returning to the virtual world.


    All kinds of precious materials consumed are too many to count.


    Many Buddhist practitioners on the pagoda of Buddhism basically died there, including a great energy in the period of returning to emptiness.


    After the pagoda was destroyed, only a few Buddhists in golden age may be able to escape.


    In addition, Fang yuanzun and Fang zhengzun, the two famous great powers of returning to emptiness, although they barely escaped a disaster, they were seriously injured and could not recover in a short time.


    Yuanguang and the Luo brothers were killed by the aftermath of the battle when Tianhuan shangzun fought with two Buddhists. It was a trivial matter.


    On the front battlefield, a demon lord and a barbarian Lord died. There are more than 100 fallen demon kings and barbarian kings.


    The friar of Jun dust world lost a lot of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun. fortunately, the great energy of returning to emptiness was not damaged.


    At most, it''s just like a mountain guest who is seriously injured.


    The mountain bearer''s heaven and earth Dharma was damaged, and his flesh was also injured, but it didn''t hurt at all.


    He only needs a good rest for a period of time and can recover completely.


    In terms of war damage ratio, the Junchen side can basically be said to be a complete victory.


    After the war, the demon and barbarian teams left the battlefield far away and gave the resource rich meteorite to the Junchen world.


    This is a great harvest for the Jun dust world.


    You know, facing the siege of several big worlds, Junchen has been in a state of passive defense.


    In recent years, we can only keep close to the area near the Jun dust world, and it has become more and more difficult to obtain various resources from the void.


    The beginning of this meteorite belt is not just the harvest of resources. It also shows that in the face of the siege of several big worlds, the Junchen side still has the power to fight back and can still give a great blow to the enemy.


    After this war, Tianlei shangzun is even more famous.


    The demon world and other big worlds are frightened. I''m afraid it will be difficult to keep pressing on the Junchen world in a short time.


    For quite a long time in the future, the friars of Jun dust world have more living space in the void and can move a little more in the surrounding void.


    Taking advantage of an opportunity when the mountain guest was in a good mood, Meng Zhang gave him his jade pendant.


    The above records Meng Zhang''s great power, defeating Yuanjue and killing the big demon king and several demon kings.


    Of course, the news on the jade pendant is not all the original information. Meng Zhang has undergone some processing.


    He not only deliberately blocked some key information, but also concealed some intelligence about his own Taoism.


    If other friars cut the information on the jade pendant so casually, they must be scolded.


    Many punishments can''t be said. At least, danshanke can question the authenticity of his achievements.


    After this period of time, the mountain bearers had a good impression of Meng Zhang and also intended to add new blood to Tianlei shangzun''s command.


    Therefore, he doesn''t care too much about some unimportant things, but tries to help muddle through.


    After the end of the war, the work of cleaning up the battlefield and saving the lives and healing the wounded has also come to an end. It''s time to reward the merits.


    Meng Zhang did not participate in the war for a long time. Previously, his main energy was also focused on collecting various resources. It was also easy to kill a few demon kings and barbarian kings.


    But this time he was willing to take a strange risk and act as a bait to lure Buddhist friars into the bait, which made a great contribution.


    There are two main reasons why danshanke sent Meng Zhang.


    First, he valued Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and expected him to escort Luo brothers and keepsakes to meet Buddhist monks successfully.


    Second, using a Yang God friar as a bait, coupled with the trusted descendants of mountain tourists, the weight of the bait is enough.


    The mountain bearers were prepared that Meng Zhang and the Luo brothers could not come back.


    But since Meng Zhang came back safely, it was certainly a great reward.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang''s deeds should be publicized to inspire others.


    Although the Junchen world won the war, it also lost a lot of Yuanshen Zhenjun and even Yangshen Zhenjun. It really needs to boost the morale by various means.


    As for Meng Zhang''s achievements, the goal of killing has become the icing on the cake.


    After the mountain bearer reported Meng Zhang''s situation, Tianlei shangzun took the time to meet Meng Zhang in his busy schedule.

 Chapter 1529

    The floating continent, which used to be the headquarters of friars in the Junchen world, was seriously damaged in the last war and was completely interrupted into several sections.


    Tianlei shangzun chose the largest part as his daily residence.


    He dug a cave in the center of the continent and spent most of his time in it.


    All kinds of daily affairs were handed over to many of his friars.


    But there are still a few important matters that must be handled by him himself.


    He generally does not receive outsiders easily, especially the monks under the retreat period have no chance to see him.


    This time, he specially approached Meng Zhang, which shows his attention to Meng Zhang.


    In a tall and simple cave, Meng Zhang finally met the famous Tianlei shangzun.


    Although this is the name he saw last time, it is a frame of blame, which was transformed by Tianhuan''s magic.


    But its image and temperament are basically the same as the real Tianlei shangzun.


    Otherwise, I can''t hide from the two Buddhists who have dealt with Tianlei shangzun.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang felt a little familiar when he saw the real Tianlei shangzun.


    After the usual ceremony and gossip, Tianlei zunhaosheng encouraged Meng Zhang.


    When facing the younger generation, Tianlei shangzun''s attitude is very kind. He has no legendary grumpy temper and no high shelf.


    Of course, that''s all.


    With the cultivation and status of Tianlei, not to mention the friars in the period of Yang God, even the friars in the period of returning to emptiness are seen more.


    In his eyes, even most of the great powers of returning to emptiness could not enter his eyes.


    Tianlei is full of ambition and has made great plans.


    It is very difficult to be accepted by him and become his confidant.


    Among many practitioners in the Junchen world, there are countless who want to attach themselves to and take refuge in the heavenly thunder.


    But there are only a few people that Tianlei shangzun really trusts.


    Even people like old silver pot are not his real men, but only peripheral members who are used and run for him.


    Meng Zhang is really excellent. He has extraordinary cultivation and excellent talent. He is a good choice in all aspects.


    But in the eyes of Tianlei shangzun, that''s it.


    Maybe in the future, after enough time to grow up, Meng Zhang will become a useful figure to Tianlei.


    But now Meng Zhang is of no great use, and he is not qualified to become a confidant of Tianlei shangzun.


    Of course, Tianlei shangzun is not the kind of person who refuses people thousands of miles away.


    He will show a little bit about taking the initiative to take refuge in him, not that kind of ugly figure.


    Silver pot old man has worked for him for many years, which is also a little useful.


    Tianlei shangzun admitted that he didn''t treat each other badly, and also gave him a lot of benefits.


    Meng Zhang''s contribution this time is not small, but also has the relationship with the silver pot old man. Tianlei shangzun will not treat him badly.


    Lord Tianlei gave several gifts, which Meng Zhang needed very much.


    First of all, Lord Tianlei left Meng Zhang in his cave to teach him and guide his practice.


    Although he didn''t teach him the specific cultivation skills, Tianlei shangzun shared his own understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth and many of his own practice experiences and experiences.


    This reward alone is of infinite value to Meng Zhang.


    The Taiyi sect has a special situation. So far, Meng Zhang''s practice has mainly relied on his own strength, and he has received limited guidance from his elders.


    Especially with his increasingly advanced cultivation, he is now a Yang God. No one in Taiyi gate has been able to guide him for a long time.


    In addition to learning and understanding the inheritance scriptures left by his predecessors, he also got a lot of advice from his good mother-in-law.


    Both Tianlei shangzun and lead silk mother-in-law are back to virtual power, but there are great differences in both aspects.


    The vision and insight of Tianlei shangzun are many times better than that of mother-in-law.


    With his commanding vision, he can easily see through many shortcomings and shortcomings of Meng Zhang.


    If Lord Tianlei gives Meng Zhang a few words at will, he can save Meng Zhang years of hard thinking and benefit him a lot.


    Tianlei shangzun didn''t have many opinions. He didn''t hide much when instructing Meng Zhang.


    He took many secret skills in Junchen world as examples to explain all aspects of practice for Meng Zhang in detail.


    In the process of teaching, Tianlei shangzun also practiced various wonderful methods for Meng Zhang many times.


    When interest comes, he will also tell Meng Zhang some high-end secrets of Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Tianlei shangzun''s cave for only seven days.


    However, Meng Zhang felt that the harvest in these seven days was equal to his 70 years, even hundreds of years of hard practice.


    This is the history of Meng Zhang. Before leaving, he even carried out the disciples'' rites and paid homage to Tianlei willingly and sincerely.


    The kindness of preaching, teaching and dispelling doubts is enough to make him unforgettable all his life.


    Tianlei shangzun seems rude, but his mind is delicate. His rewards take into account the actual situation of Meng Zhang, which is what Meng Zhang needs most.


    Lord Tianlei is in the heavenly palace. He had to return to virtual power to get a formal position.


    Some of the monks in Yuanshen period and Yangshen period accepted private employment of these returning to virtual power, or simply temporary workers hired by the heavenly palace.


    There are always exceptions. Even in the heavenly palace, it is also a human society, and many human relationships cannot be avoided.


    Many Yuanshen friars with deep backgrounds can also obtain various positions and become people with status through various circuitous means.


    These powerful beings called supreme are the ones who really dominate the upper levels of the heavenly palace.


    The factions in the heavenly palace are complex and personnel relations are chaotic.


    It is not difficult to seek a formal position for Meng Zhang with the identity and status of Tianlei shangzun.


    On behalf of the heavenly palace, Lord Tianlei granted Meng Zhang the post of law enforcement envoy.


    He also gave the seal and special tools of Meng Zhang''s law enforcement envoy.


    The seal letter is a small silver seal the size of a palm and emitting cold light.


    The special magic weapon is a chain and a pair of shackles.


    Chains and shackles are as powerful as ordinary fourth-order magic tools. Their main function is to lock criminals.


    The power of magic tools is second, mainly representing the authority of the heavenly palace and the duties of law enforcement envoys.


    Before Lord Tianlei granted Meng Zhang the status of law enforcement envoy, he was also recorded by Tiangong.


    This means that Meng Zhang is not a private employee of Tianlei shangzun, but an official subordinate of Tiangong.


    In the heavenly palace, the law enforcement envoy is a powerful and weighty position.


    Meng Zhang was able to hold this position as a monk in the period of Yang God, which shows the energy of Tianlei in the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 1530

    In the system of the heavenly palace, there is a chief manager who is responsible for overseeing all the affairs of the heavenly palace.


    Under the general manager, there are several deputy general managers who are responsible for assisting the general manager in commanding the heavenly palace.


    In addition, Tiangong has also divided many departments, each with its own position.


    Tianlei shangzun holds a real high position and power as the deputy head of the law enforcement hall in the heavenly palace.


    As the name suggests, the law enforcement hall is responsible for implementing the laws of the heavenly palace.


    In the Junchen world, any cultivator who violates the laws of the heavenly palace and commits crimes such as colluding with the devil, cultivating magic skills, fornicating with foreign powers, and offering sacrifices to foreign gods will soon have law enforcement envoys to enforce the law as soon as they are found by the law enforcement hall.


    In the heavenly palace, monks who violate the rules of the heavenly palace will also be punished by the law enforcement hall.


    Of course, the power of the law enforcement hall is only great in theory, and it can govern the whole Jun dust world, including the heavenly palace.


    In fact, the law enforcement hall should respect the landlords in the areas where the main holy places are responsible.


    Generally, things are left to the Holy Land Sect to deal with themselves.


    Even if they have to go to enforce the law, they will inform the holy places in advance.


    It''s like the devil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world was so serious at the beginning. It''s also an open secret for Dali to collude with the Emperor


    However, most of the time, the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace is still open and closed, and is unwilling to easily set foot in the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Lord Tianlei respected the deputy hall leader, but he was a little different.


    He is not only nosy, but also always acts according to the rules. He is never afraid of offending others. He doesn''t even buy the Holy Land Sect.


    In addition to the main hall of law enforcement, there are several deputy hall masters.


    Later, after discussing the matter, he adjusted the management of Tian Lei Shang and let him no longer be responsible for specific law enforcement matters.


    Of course, there are fewer things that Tianlei shangzun is responsible for, and his real power is greatly reduced. However, the status and power that should be enjoyed are still reserved.


    As the deputy head of the law enforcement hall, he arranged Meng Zhang to act as the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall. No one would stop him.


    As a law enforcement envoy, Meng Zhang should have listened to the dispatch of the law enforcement hall and performed various tasks.


    But Tianlei shangzun assigned him to his own hands and accepted his own command. He can find an excuse at will to avoid those cumbersome tasks and let Meng Zhang not be commanded by others.


    Since then, Meng Zhang, as the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, has enjoyed the due treatment.


    Daily salary and merit points are small things. The most important thing is that with this skin on his body, he can not be recruited by Ziyang holy sect in the future.


    If Ziyang Shengzong insists on recruiting him, he can shirk it with his position and the task of the heavenly palace.


    Generally speaking, the doors of the holy places are at least in the open, but they still need to buy enough faces of the heavenly palace.


    As long as Meng Zhang does not take the initiative to provoke Ziyang holy sect and other holy sect doors, these holy sect doors will not take the initiative to embarrass him, let alone hurt him.


    Tianlei shangzun gave Meng Zhang this identity, which added a layer of guarantee to his safety and solved his great problem.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t rest easy and think that all the problems have been solved.


    If Ziyang Shengzong really wants Meng Zhang to disappear, there are still many ways.


    As long as you keep your hands and feet clean and leave no evidence, no one will stand up for a dead man and offend Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of Ziyang Shengzong in public, but in private, he should pay more attention.


    Most importantly, he tried not to stimulate Ziyang Shengzong and lead to the killing intention of Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor are entangled, I hope the identity of the law enforcement envoy of Tiangong and the face of Tianlei shangzun can make Ziyang Shengzong restrain and will not easily attack Meng Zhang.


    The status of law enforcement envoy brings many benefits.


    As a member of the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang can enjoy many benefits inside the heavenly palace.


    Not to mention anything else, it will be much more convenient for him to enter and leave the Junchen world in the future.


    Lord Tianlei gave Meng Zhang two great benefits. Finally, some precious resources, even some rare natural materials and earth treasures, are nothing.


    At the end of the seven-day lecture, Meng Zhang explained clearly what should be explained. Meng Zhang reluctantly left Tianlei shangzun''s cave.


    Although Lord Tianlei did not officially accept Meng Zhang as a close subordinate. But like old man Yinhu, he is regarded as a member of the Zunyi Department of Tianlei. At least he should be regarded as a peripheral member.


    In the heavenly palace of the Junchen world, it looks like a kind of harmony on the surface. We get along very well. In fact, all kinds of overt and covert battles continue, and there is a danger of falling if you are not careful.


    Even if it is to return to the virtual power, if you want to live a more comfortable life, you can''t help hugging and warming.


    Since then, Meng Zhang has been an organized figure.


    The sky thunder above his head is respected. His name alone can protect him from the wind and rain.


    Meng Zhang did not become arrogant.


    He knew very well that there was a limit to Tianlei shangzun''s care for himself.


    If you don''t know how to advance or retreat and do whatever you want under the banner of Tianlei shangzun, that''s the real way to die.


    After leaving Tianlei shangzun''s cave, Meng Zhang went to see the mountain bearers.


    The mountaineer became closer to him.


    The mountain bearer explained many things to Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang has obtained so many benefits from Tianlei shangzun, he naturally has to pay.


    Later, he wanted to accept the instructions of Tianlei shangzun and his confidants and work for him like the silver pot old man.


    When needed, he was asked to fight through life and death.


    Tianlei is extremely strict with his superiors and subordinates, but he doesn''t have much requirements for peripheral members such as Meng Zhang.


    When he did not receive the order, Meng Zhang was still very free and could not be disturbed.


    The war is over.


    The demons and barbarians who suffered great defeat should not dare to make a comeback in a short time.


    As for Buddhist monks, they also need time to lick their wounds slowly.


    The nearby area has ushered in a rare time of peace.


    Next, the Junchen world will mobilize more forces to develop here and fully exploit all kinds of truth cultivation resources.


    This resource collection is not the extensive way Meng Zhang took in order to hurry.


    Jun dust world will manage this hard won treasure land well.


    In fact, in recent years, facing the siege of several big worlds, Junchen has lost many resource points in the extraterritorial void.


    Resources from the extraterritorial void have decreased.


    In a short time, the Jun dust world can still fight hard with years of savings and profound inside information.


    Over time, it will affect all aspects of the Jun dust world.


    The surrounding meteorite belt is the biggest harvest in Jun dust world in recent years.


    For the Junchen world, it will be a rare tonic after its full development.

 Chapter 1531

    The heavenly palace should send others to take over everything here.


    Tianlei shangzun, who has strong combat power, should have another appointment after recovering his strength.


    In addition to healing, the mountain bearers are also dealing with various affairs and preparing for the handover.


    Before long, he will leave here with Tianlei shangzun.


    He asked Meng Zhang about his next arrangement.


    After they leave, Meng Zhang can also stay here.


    Anyway, people are needed to exploit various resources and continue to explore the surrounding areas.


    However, all the remaining monks can''t be treated so well in the future, and they won''t be so free.


    When the war is fierce, in order to attract friars from all walks of life to actively participate in the war, of course, we should offer enough benefits.


    Now that the war is over, it has become safe here. Mining all kinds of resources has become pure manual work. There is no danger at all, let alone fighting with strong enemies.


    The heavenly palace will take out part of the reward and hire a group of monks to mine resources here.


    But all the friars with some skills and spirit are not willing to stay here as miners.


    Of course, for those friars with average cultivation and low combat effectiveness, this is a rare safety work, that is, they may be paid less and work a little harder.


    Meng Zhang was granted the post of law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace with the help of Lord Tianlei. Most of the original problems have been solved.


    In his opinion, Ziyang Shengzong may not hold on to himself if he keeps a low profile in the future.


    In terms of his cultivation and strength, it is really overqualified to stay here for boring and boring work after the war.


    Meng Zhang is also unwilling to stay in this place.


    After dealing with all kinds of affairs, he said goodbye to the mountain guest and left here directly.


    Before leaving, he was going to say goodbye to Tianlei shangzun, but it happened that Tianlei shangzun was out. He had to leave with regret.


    Back to the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang went to see mother-in-law Lansi first.


    He was unlucky and happened to meet her absent.


    According to the servants of mother-in-law Lansi who stayed at the residence, mother-in-law Lansi was not in the heavenly palace during this period. It seems that she went to the Junchen world to deal with important matters.


    Meng Zhang then went to see old man Yinhu.


    Although old man Yinhu didn''t participate in the last war, he was very clear about the results of the war.


    He followed Tianlei shangzun to lead the war and win again. Of course, he was very excited.


    Meng Zhang performed well in the war and made great contributions. After the war, he was received by Tianlei shangzun.


    As a recommender, silver pot old man is also proud.


    Old man Yinhu has been running for Tianlei shangzun for many years, trying every means to expand the strength of Tianlei shangzun''s men.


    Most of the monks he recommended in the past failed to get into the eyes of Tianlei superior.


    Although Meng Zhang has not directly become a confidant of Lord Tianlei, this is a very good start.


    Although Meng Zhang does not want to be subordinated to others, he does need a backer to counter the pressure from Ziyang holy sect according to the current situation in Junchen world.


    Moreover, he himself admired Tianlei shangzun and appreciated his style of action.


    Meng Zhang felt that it was not unacceptable to take refuge in Tianlei and become his subordinates.


    Silver pot old man has almost regarded Meng Zhang as his own person, and consciously his relationship with him has taken a step further.


    Since Meng Zhang holds a formal position in the heavenly palace, he will have to travel frequently to and from the heavenly palace in the future.


    Tianlei shangzun didn''t have much time at that time, and in his capacity, he wouldn''t explain to Meng Zhang some gossip about right and wrong in the heavenly palace, or even the affairs of flies and dogs.


    Silver pot old man did not have these scruples. He introduced Meng Zhang in detail about the heavenly palace.


    Old man Yinhu has worked in the heavenly palace for many years. His position is not high and his power is limited. However, he has been fooling around for so many years and has long become a veteran.


    He is basically clear about all aspects of the relationship between the heavenly palace and various stakeholders.


    He told Meng Zhang one by one about the hobbies and likes and dislikes of some big people. He basically had no reservations.


    With his guidance, Meng Zhang can avoid many detours and mistakes.


    Meng Zhang stayed at the silver pot old man''s house for a long time and learned a lot of useful information from him.


    Old man Yinhu was in a good mood. He personally took Meng Zhang to the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace to report.


    Among the many departments of the heavenly palace, the law enforcement hall is a very important and powerful key department.


    When you enter the central area of the heavenly palace, you can see huge palaces suspended in the air.


    Some of these palaces are still, and some slide gently in the air according to some law.


    In front of the gate of one of the palaces, there are two strange animal statues, left and right.


    With the silver pot old man leading the way in the Jianghu, Meng Zhang entered the law enforcement hall very smoothly.


    The Lord of the law enforcement hall and several deputy hall lords are all powerful. Naturally, they will not personally deal with all kinds of trivial matters, let alone receive Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang is nominally a law enforcement envoy under Tianlei shangzun, law enforcement envoys of other factions will not deliberately make friends with him.


    Of course, in the name of Tianlei, no one will embarrass his men for no reason.


    Everything was handled according to the established procedures. Meng Zhang completed the report in the law enforcement hall, received the salary recently issued, and became familiar with the environment here.


    Seeing the jade qinglingji given as salary, Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing that the treatment of law enforcement envoys was really good.


    Meng Zhang belongs to the management of Tianlei shangzun. He doesn''t have to pay attention to those daily tasks and all kinds of trivial things.


    Except for Tianlei shangzun, no one directly manages him.


    After leaving the law enforcement hall, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to leave the heavenly palace.


    He entrusted the relationship with the old man Yinhu, received a simple task in the heavenly palace, and went to the extraterritorial void again.


    In the following years, Meng Zhang frequently went in and out of the void and quickly became familiar with everything in the void.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that there is a treasure left by the ancestors of taiyimen, which is still hidden in the void near the Junchen world, waiting for him to open it.


    Because the Junchen world has been fighting with several big worlds around for many years, everyone''s sphere of influence has been changing.


    After a fight a few years ago, the void of hidden treasure has fallen into the control of the demon family in the 10000 demon world.


    The demon clan established a stronghold in that area as a springboard to attack the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly evaluated and even went there himself.


    Finally, I have to admit that with his current cultivation and strength, he can''t sneak into that area safely and get the treasure without disturbing the demon family.

 Chapter 1532

    The treasure left by the taiyimen ancestors in the heyday brought Meng Zhang a great surprise.


    In particular, the inheritance treasure book is the key for him to successfully advance to the Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang sometimes couldn''t help but wonder what kind of family was Taiyi gate in its heyday?


    It actually has such details and can leave such a legacy to future generations.


    How did taiyimen perish with such details?


    Even if it was the temple of the holy land, the Taiyi gate should not be so easy to be destroyed at that time?


    So far, there are still many unsolved mysteries in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    He felt that taiyimen in its heyday seemed to be covered with a mysterious veil. The more he understood, the more confused and questioned he became.


    The most powerful sword generals of Taiyi gate and the void tripod were all left by Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    However, although they disclosed a lot of information to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang always felt that they had reservations.


    Meng Zhang did not embarrass them or force them to ask questions, but put these questions aside for the time being.


    He had a hunch that the taiyimen treasure in the void should be able to solve the mystery and answer all his questions.


    However, Meng Zhang, a monk in the period of Yang God, is far from being able to come and go arbitrarily in the void.


    The area where the treasure is located is controlled by the demon clan in the 10000 demon world, and there are often demon master level powers.


    Meng Zhang felt that he really did not need to risk his life because of this treasure.


    With the guidance of inheriting the Scripture, Meng Zhang has understood the road of advanced return to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is still very confident in himself. He feels that he will return to the virtual stage sooner or later.


    He decided not to take care of the treasure for the time being. After his advanced return to the virtual period, he slowly thought of a way.


    In recent years, Meng Zhang has been relatively safe in the extraterritorial void.


    He returned to the heavenly palace from time to time and kept abreast of the latest situation of the Taiyi gate through the monks stationed in the heavenly palace at the Taiyi gate.


    In these years, Ziyang Shengzong really did not exist as Taiyi gate, completely let it go and did nothing to it.


    For Meng Zhang, Ziyang Shengzong seems to have no action.


    With the strength of Ziyang Shengzong, even if Meng Zhang hides in the void, as long as he has an iron heart, he can always find a way to deal with Meng Zhang.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong has never started, and seems to acquiesce and tolerate the existence of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang guessed that Ziyang Shengzong had some scruples, whether it was his identity as the law enforcement envoy of Tiangong or the face of Tianlei.


    Of course, Meng Zhang, who was cautious, did not rush back to Taiyi gate.


    Apart from staying in the heavenly palace, he went to the extraterritorial void.


    Because of the great victory of Tianlei shangzun last time, several big worlds around him have become much more convergent.


    In the void around the Jun dust world, the friars of the Jun dust world restored a lot of free space.


    Taiyi gate specially dispatched a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun to the heavenly palace, and then entered the void experience under the personal leadership of Meng Zhang.


    With the current surrounding environment of Jun dust world, Meng Zhang doesn''t expect the yuan God friars in the door to gain much in the void. I just hope they can be familiar with the void environment and lay a foundation for large-scale exploration of the void in the future.


    In addition to the Yuanshen friars of Taiyi gate, friars of other forces of Hanhai daomeng can also go to the heavenly palace and obtain the qualification to enter the void after some selection.


    In the Taiyi gate, both the veteran Jin Lizhen Jun and others, as well as those new Yuanshen Zhenjun, are more enthusiastic about going to the extraterritorial void.


    Those farsighted Yuanshen Zhenjun in Hanhai daomeng are also very active in this matter.


    For Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is one aspect to enter the extraterritorial void and collect resources such as Yuqing LINGJI. On the other hand, in a completely different environment from the Jun dust world, carefully understand the heaven and earth Avenue, and make a comparison with the heaven and earth rules of the Jun dust world to help them further master the power of the avenue.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun, who has experienced going to the extraterritorial void, is very different in many aspects from those friars of the same rank who have not been to the extraterritorial void.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun, who were brought into the extraterritorial void by Meng Zhang, have gained a little more or less.


    Among them, Meng Zhang''s old friend, Xu Mengying of Huang Lianjiao, gained the most.


    Xu Mengying''s time of advanced Yuanshen period is similar to that of Meng Zhang, and her qualification is not much worse than that of Meng Zhang.


    However, she has no chance and experience like Meng Zhang.


    The ancestors of Huanglian sect did not leave her all kinds of precious heritage.


    In addition, she has made a lot of sacrifices for Huang Lian''s teaching and for cultivating young generations in teaching.


    Meng Zhang has reached the stage of Yang God, and her cultivation is still in the middle of yuan God.


    Of course, the Yuanshen friars in the Hanhai Taoist alliance are attached to the Taiyi gate. With the help of the Taiyi gate, the minimum cultivation resources can be guaranteed.


    Xu Mengying has been operating in the heavenly palace for many years. She can not only ensure her own cultivation resources, but also take care of the younger generation in the teaching.


    Her cultivation in the middle of Yuanshen has long been complete, and the accumulation is enough, but she lacks an opportunity.


    She followed Meng Zhang to the extraterritorial void, where she had an unprecedented experience.


    After returning from the extraterritorial void, Xu Mengying entered an epiphany, quickly broke through the middle of the yuan God and advanced to become a great monk in the later stage of the yuan God.


    If Xu Mengying had been a senior monk in the past, it might have damaged the internal balance of Hanhai daomeng.


    But now, with the suppression of the strong Yang gods Meng Zhang and vanity son, it is not enough to be a big monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Of course, Meng Zhang still hopes that taiyimen friars, preferably the legitimate friars, can appear the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, so as to facilitate the control of everything in Hanhai daomeng.


    Unfortunately, the rise time of taiyimen is still too short, and there is not enough time for the younger generation to grow up.


    Even Jin Lizhen, an elder, has been unable to break through the bottleneck and advance to the later stage of Yuanshen because of problems in qualification and foundation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have a good way to deal with this. He had to wait patiently.


    After Xu Mengying consolidated her accomplishments, she often led the team to the extraterritorial void instead of Meng Zhang.


    As long as the Yuanshen team led by the later monks of Yuanshen doesn''t leave the Junchen world too far, it still doesn''t have much danger to move in the void near the Junchen world for the time being.


    Sometimes, in order to train the later generation of Yuanshen friars, those returning to the virtual power in the Junchen world will deliberately open the defense gap and let some foreign invaders enter the vicinity of the Junchen world to fight with the later generation of Yuanshen.


    Those foreign invaders also regard this as an opportunity to spy on the reality of the Jun dust world, get familiar with the surrounding situation of the Jun dust world and train their younger generation.


    In fact, in the void around the Jun dust world, the small-scale battle at the level of Yuanshen has almost never been stopped.

 Chapter 1533

    In the void around the Jun dust world, with the connivance and attention of the strong from all sides, the battle of the yuan God level occurs from time to time.


    Those Yuanshen friars who are lucky to break through Yuanshen and have average strength are certainly afraid of it. They try to avoid such a battle.


    However, those Yuanshen friars who have confidence in their own strength and have broad vision are willing to accept such challenges.


    Not to mention the training gained in the battle and the harvest after killing the enemy.


    If you perform well and enter the eyes of those bystanders who return to virtual power, it will be of infinite benefits.


    For the Yuanshen friars of taiyimen and even Hanhai daomeng, Meng Zhang did not force them to participate or not to participate.


    If you want to hang out in the void in the future, it is certainly good to participate in such a battle.


    If you want to stay in the Junchen world all the time, you have no ambition. Naturally, there is no need to participate in such a struggle.


    After all, even if it is taken care of by your own return to virtual power, return to virtual power generally does not personally intervene in this level of battle.


    It happens from time to time when you meet a strong enemy or die under a strong man of the same rank in battle.


    Although Meng Zhang did not interfere with the choice of his own Yuanshen friars, he always looked up at those friars who actively accepted the challenge and had a high vision.


    To his great surprise, many Yuanshen friars in Taiyi sect did not say that they would be happy if they heard of the war, at least they did not reject it.


    Even Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the headmaster, would like to go to the void to experience if he could not escape.


    After the disciples in the gate began to get familiar with the situation in the void, and Xu Mengying could lead the team alone, Meng ZhangCai finally released his hand.


    In the heavenly palace, he actively made friends with friars from all sides and was familiar with everything inside the heavenly palace.


    With the status of law enforcement envoy, many people look up to him.


    As long as there is no conflict of interest, many forces are willing to make friends with him.


    In particular, Ding Yangzhen, who had known Meng Zhang before, became more enthusiastic about Meng Zhang after he was promoted to Yang Shenzhen.


    Ding Yang Zhenjun is very familiar with Ziyang Shengzong and has many relationships.


    Meng Zhang also wanted to test the voice of Ziyang Shengzong through him.


    Ding Yang Zhenjun has been hanging around in the heavenly palace all the year round. What he does is this kind of matchmaking work.


    He used to act as a middleman to help Meng Zhang negotiate with Xiao Liang.


    Although the negotiation did not succeed, the responsibility did not lie with Ding Yangzhen.


    This time, he once again acted as a middleman to deliver messages to Meng Zhang and Ziyang Shengzong.


    What he brought to Meng Zhang was basically good news.


    The senior level of Ziyang holy sect was not dissatisfied with Meng Zhang, let alone malicious.


    As long as taiyimen continues to be loyal to Ziyang Shengzong in the future and supports Ziyang Shengzong''s leadership over the north of Junchen world, Ziyang Shengzong still treats taiyimen as a subordinate.


    When Meng Zhang was in the advanced stage of Yang God, Ziyang Shengzong was happy to see his success and congratulated him.


    Meng Zhang was skeptical about the news brought by Ding Yang Zhenjun.


    He was not worried that Ding Yangzhen would deceive him, but that even Ding Yangzhen would be kept in the dark.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, if he really wants to attack Meng Zhang, he will not let Ding Yangzhen know the inside story.


    Of course, no matter what he thought, since Ding Yangzhen brought the kindness of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang naturally had to respond.


    In front of Ding Yangzhen, Meng Zhang fully expressed his admiration for Ziyang Shengzong and almost swore to heaven to be loyal to Ziyang Shengzong forever.


    Meng Zhang is very modest to say that he has been lucky to break through the Yang God period and has exhausted all his potential. It is estimated that he can''t go further in this life.


    He had to go to the void to save more money for his younger disciples.


    Fortunately, he was lucky and made great achievements. He became the Dharma eye of Tianlei shangzun and was awarded the position of law enforcement envoy in the law enforcement hall.


    In order to repay the appreciation and love of Tianlei shangzun, from then on, his main energy will be put on his own position, try his best to work for Tianlei shangzun and serve Tiangong, so as to fulfill the duty of law enforcement envoy.


    As for the Taiyi gate in the Junchen world, it''s really difficult for him to give consideration to it.


    Children and grandchildren only have children and grandchildren. He really can''t care about the disciples and grandchildren of future generations.


    Dingyang Zhenjun didn''t distinguish the truth of Meng Zhang''s words. He just brought Meng Zhang''s words back to Ziyang Shengzong intact.


    I don''t know whether Meng Zhang''s true or false words really played a role, or whether Ziyang Shengzong was unable to take care of Meng Zhang.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has not been disturbed, and the Taiyi gate has not been suppressed by the holy sect of Ziyang.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been more than 40 years since Meng Zhang advanced to Yang God.


    In the case of Shouyuan, the true king of Yang God, more than 40 years is not long, but it is enough for Meng Zhang to complete many things.


    After he entered the Yang God period, his cultivation was relatively smooth because of the relationship of inheritance.


    The salary he received in the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, plus his own harvest, was enough to meet his daily cultivation needs.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace became more and more prosperous.


    Taiyimen''s shops in the heavenly palace are booming, and there are already some rudiments of businesses.


    Many specialties from taiyimen territory, including special resources from the underworld, are sent here for sale or bartered with other cultivation forces.


    Friars of taiyimen also gain more or less when they complete their tasks in the heavenly palace or go to explore the void.


    Taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng are constantly cultivating new Yuanshen friars.


    Taiyimen''s continuous development in the vast territory held by Junchen world provides more and more truth cultivation resources.


    In addition to paying off debts, the harvest of these years has also provided for many excellent monks.


    Although Meng Zhang has not been in the gate for a long time, the development of Taiyi gate is still on the right track and has entered a virtuous circle.


    The threat from Ziyang holy sect is getting smaller and smaller. Meng Zhang, who has been in the heavenly palace for a long time, misses the mountain gate.


    At this time, two mysterious guests came to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The two mysterious visitors secretly came to Taiyi gate and entered the mountain gate through Anmo without disturbing others.


    After receiving the news, Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate directly from the heavenly palace to meet the two mysterious visitors.


    These two mysterious visitors are Meng Zhang''s good friends in those years, old friends Ye Zhenjun and jueying, who have not seen for many years.


    Naturally, there is no need to say more about their contacts. The two teachers and disciples of Ye Zhenjun were friends in need who Meng Zhang knew at the end of his life.


    Meng Zhang missed them very much since he left last time.


    Meng Zhang also inquired about their news and whereabouts through various channels.


    Later, from Qianying Zhenjun and Youhuan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang learned that they were all right and successfully advanced to the yuan God period. Meng Zhang was also very happy for them.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that they came to the door so suddenly.

 Chapter 1534

    Although they haven''t seen each other for many years, Meng Zhang and Shitu yeozhen don''t feel strange. Still the same as before, I think the other party is very kind.


    They talked enthusiastically for a long time and talked a lot about their experiences after leaving.


    After returning to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, master and apprentice Ye Zhenjun still paid attention to the situation of Meng Zhang and taiyimen from time to time through various channels.


    In particular, Jue Ying would have wanted to come back to see Meng Zhang if she didn''t have time to separate after entering the Yuanshen period.


    For taiyimen, Jue Ying has a different concern.


    She carefully instructed Meng Zhang''s third disciple, an Muran, to help him establish the dark hall of Taiyi gate, so that Taiyi gate had a minimum information system.


    Although it has been unable to find time to come back, the Dark Alliance itself is a well-informed force.


    It can even be said that the Dark Alliance, which sells all kinds of intelligence, is one of the most well-informed forces in the Junchen world.


    As for what happened in Taiyi gate, Shifu Zhenjun and his disciples always knew something about it.


    As old friends, they are even more amazed at Meng Zhang''s achievements and the achievements he has led taiyimen.


    In particular, Meng Zhang was able to break the hidden rules in the north of the Jun dust world and advance to the Yang God period, which was even more incredible.


    Meng Zhang chatted with the master and apprentice of yeozhen Jun for a long time. Finally, he got to the point and asked about their intentions.


    At this time, they were still full of words. They looked very embarrassed and hesitated a little.


    They were very embarrassed to tell Meng Zhang that they left the Dark Alliance headquarters and came to the desolate north of Jun dust world. In fact, they came for refuge.


    It turned out that the two masters and disciples of Ye Zhenjun advanced to the yuan God period one after another. Later, after the cultivation in the middle of the yuan God period, they were barely regarded as the No. 1 figure in the Dark Alliance.


    Among their factions, they are favored and trained.


    In recent years, the interior of the Dark Alliance is not calm, and there are constant open and secret struggles among the high-level.


    In a recent internal struggle, their faction suffered a serious setback.


    Ye Zhenjun and his disciples were unfortunately involved.


    If factional struggle fails, it will naturally pay a price.


    In the cultivation world, even those losers in the internal struggle in the so-called orthodox door will bear the corresponding consequences.


    At least they lose all their power and are sent to remote areas. At worst, they will even be abandoned for cultivation and expelled from the school.


    The Dark Alliance is secretive, and many of its styles are closer to those of the demon sect.


    In the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance is often regarded as a heresy, which is completely different from the famous and decent sects.


    The internal struggle of the Dark Alliance is fierce, and casualties are also essential.


    As a failed master and disciple of Ye Zhenjun, if one doesn''t do well, he may worry about his life.


    At any rate, the two masters and disciples are also Yuanshen Zhenjun. At a time of great future, how can they die inexplicably.


    With the help of their elders, their teachers and disciples secretly fled the headquarters of the Dark Alliance and came to the outside world.


    The intelligence system of the Dark Alliance is huge. If their political enemies refuse to give up and use the power of the Dark Alliance to pursue and kill them, they are really difficult to escape.


    Finally, they fled all the way north to the territory of taiyimen.


    Although Ye Zhenjun and jueying had not discussed with Meng Zhang in advance, they believed in Meng Zhang''s personality and everyone''s friendship.


    They fled here. Meng Zhang certainly won''t ignore them. Even if he offends the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang will probably accept them.


    When it comes to this, ye Zhenjun feels a little ashamed and can''t lift his head.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about it.


    As ye Zhenjun and jueying thought, Meng Zhang would not hesitate to protect the two old friends who fled.


    Even if he offended their enemies and became enemies with the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang was not afraid.


    In the Junchen world, according to the popular saying among practitioners, the Dark Alliance is a powerful and unfathomable organization.


    Its strength can even compete with the Holy Land Sect.


    After all, the Dark Alliance has lived in the Junchen world for so many years, and often acts under the eyes of those holy religious sects, which shows that the holy religious sects have great tolerance for the Dark Alliance.


    The black market, the peripheral organization of the dark alliance that Meng Zhang had previously contacted, and some branches of the Dark Alliance do have very strong strength, not to mention the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    But so what? If the Dark Alliance is strong again, what else can it do?


    There is a dark word in the name of the Dark Alliance, which represents the style of the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance generally works in the dark and rarely participates in the disputes in the cultivation world.


    Besides, the black market, the peripheral organization of the Dark Alliance, fully respects the overlord of each region and will not be easily an enemy.


    As the overlord of the endless sand sea, Feihong sect was just a Jindan sect.


    Not to mention the Dark Alliance, there are many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the black market.


    But from the beginning to the end, the black market was subordinate to Feihong sect and never opposed it.


    Now Taiyi gate, as the dominant Yuanshen sect gate, is not so easy to shake.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, the leader, is not only the Yang God Zhenjun, but also the law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace.


    Even if the dark league wants to be disadvantageous to Meng Zhang, what kind of lineup should it send to win?


    If the Dark Alliance really goes against its usual style and attacks Taiyi gate on a large scale, not to mention the heavenly palace, even those holy religious gates will not tolerate it.


    Meng Zhang has been hanging around in the heavenly palace for so many years and has mastered many secrets of the cultivation world.


    The previously mysterious dark alliance has also been slowly unveiled.


    There are reasons why many holy places tolerate the existence of dark alliances.


    A very important point is that the Dark Alliance promised many years ago that it would never actively affect the original pattern of the Xiuzhen world, seek hegemony in various regions, and forcibly invade the territory of the major Xiuzhen sects in the Junchen world


    Meng Zhang agreed to accept and protect master and apprentice of the Ye Zhenjun with theout any consideration in advance.


    On second thought, he had nothing to worry about.


    Even if you offend the top of the Dark Alliance, it''s no big deal.


    The Dark Alliance can''t attack Taiyi gate openly. The most is to cut off contact with Taiyi gate.


    With taiyimen''s current strength and channels, breaking off diplomatic relations with the Dark Alliance is at most a little inconvenient and won''t cause any serious harm.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude moved Ye Zhenjun and jueying master and disciple.


    In order to reassure Meng Zhang, they also told Meng Zhang.


    Although their enemies have a high position in the Dark Alliance, they can not cover up the sky, let alone completely control the general policy of the Dark Alliance.


    Their enemies will send people to chase them at most, but they can''t do anything about taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    Of course, if the news of Meng Zhang''s protection spread and these enemies made some small moves secretly, it would be inevitable.

 Chapter 1535

    Ye Zhenjun and jueying are at least monks in the middle of the yuan God.


    The two of them took refuge in Taiyi gate, which was not good for Taiyi gate at all.


    They live in taiyimen temporarily, and of course they have to do what they can.


    Such as instructing younger friars, communicating with friars at the same level, and so on.


    Although they will not spread the secret skills of the Dark Alliance at will, they still have many things to take out.


    Not to mention anything else, in terms of experience, the yuan God true kings who live in the north of the Jun dust world are not as good as those who came from the Dark Alliance.


    The struggle within the dark League had a great impact on them.


    Although Ye Zhenjun is far away from the Dark Alliance and faces the pursuit from the Dark Alliance, she still has no intention of betraying the Dark Alliance.


    She is very sorry to tell Meng Zhang that she will strictly keep the secrets of the Dark Alliance and will not disclose all kinds of internal intelligence.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about this at all.


    Jueying should be younger. I suffered a lot this time and had a lot of resentment in my heart.


    She secretly found an Muran and talked with him about the dark hall of Taiyi gate.


    Over the years, the dark hall of Taiyi gate under the control of an Muran has grown and made countless contributions to the sect.


    When the dark hall was first established, it was instructed by Jue Ying.


    Later, by chance, Meng Zhang got a book about cultivating assassins and scouts in the dark League.


    Through the research of many friars in Taiyi gate, combined with the actual situation of Taiyi gate and referring to this treasure book, the cultivation of dark hall friars in Taiyi gate has been strengthened.


    Ann Muran still trusts jueying very much. Many situations in the dark hall are not hidden from her.


    Jueying is inside the Dark Alliance. Whether it''s the cultivation of skills or later work, it''s also the combination of assassins and spies.


    Combined with her own experience for many years, she even did not hesitate to disclose some internal secrets of the Dark Alliance and put forward many suggestions for improving the situation of the dark hall.


    Sometimes, she would go into battle shirtless and give advice herself.


    In this way, deciduous Zhenjun and jueying master and disciple stayed in Taiyi gate and began to help Taiyi gate in their own way.


    Although Meng Zhang is not afraid of Dark Alliance, he will not take it lightly.


    He ordered the taiyimen friars in Jiuqu province to strengthen their vigilance, focusing on foreign friars.


    Of course, just by this way, if the Dark Alliance really sends spies or assassins here, they can''t find their whereabouts.


    In order to be safe, ye Zhenjun and jueying master and disciple spend most of their time in the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate and rarely go out.


    Meng Zhang believed that as long as the Dark Alliance friar was not dizzy, he did not dare to break into the Taiyi gate at will.


    Soon after Yezhi Zhenjun and jueying came to taiyimen, Shushan Zhenjun, the head of the Jiuqu provincial branch of the black market, took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has always been optimistic about Shushan Zhenjun and has a very good relationship with him.


    After several changes, the black market division of Jiuqu province is almost completely different from that in the past.


    Shushan Zhenjun has been secretly supporting taiyimen for many years.


    After taiyimen controlled the whole Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang secretly supported Shushan Zhenjun and controlled the black market of the whole Jiuqu province.


    If the black market on the other side of Daheng Xiuzhen world had not suffered heavy losses in the demon disaster and was almost destroyed, Meng Zhang wanted Shushan Zhenjun to accept the black market on the other side.


    Shushan Zhenjun also attaches great importance to his friendship with Meng Zhang.


    If it were not for Meng Zhang''s support, he would not be able to easily beat Dong qiangzhen and Bai Yazhen to control the black market in Jiuqu province.


    After the two met, ignoring the greetings, Shushan Zhenjun went straight to the point and asked Meng Zhang whether he had taken in deciduous Zhenjun and jueying master and apprentice.


    The black market is indeed worthy of being the periphery of the Dark Alliance. The intelligence ability is so strong that we can find out the whereabouts of Ye Zhenjun and Jue Ying so quickly.


    Meng Zhang did not speak, which is tantamount to acquiescence.


    Shushan Zhenjun knows Meng Zhang''s temper. Since he has decided to take in Ye Zhenjun and Jue Ying, he must have considered the consequences clearly and will never listen to others'' persuasion.


    Shushan Zhenjun didn''t want to ruin their friendship. Without Meng Zhang''s support, he could not hold his current seat.


    But his identity made him loyal to the Dark Alliance and obey the orders of the Dark Alliance.


    Shushan Zhenjun thought about it and told Meng Zhang that the enemy of shiye Zhenjun and his disciples had great power in the Dark Alliance.


    If Meng Zhang is an enemy of them, there will be a lot of trouble in the future.


    Shushan Zhenjun finally vaguely reminded him.


    In recent years, the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance has been fierce, and the high-level has undergone great changes, which has greatly affected the behavior style of the Dark Alliance.


    Although it is impossible for the Dark Alliance to attack taiyimen openly, it is very possible to break some conventions and find ways to make trouble for taiyimen.


    As for how the Dark Alliance will act, Shushan Zhenjun didn''t elaborate.


    In his awkward capacity, he can say so much, which shows his friendship with Meng Zhang.


    After the two talked, Meng Zhang personally sent Shushan Zhenjun out of the mountain gate.


    In the same sentence, the soldiers will block the water and cover the earth. Meng Zhang can take over whatever means the Dark Alliance has.


    Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate are not what they used to be.


    Now Meng Zhang has enough strength to act according to his will without compromise.


    Soon after the visit of Shushan Zhenjun, Jin Qiaoer, who was in charge of Daheng Xiuzhen circle, sent someone from the black market to contact her.


    In recent years, Yang Xueyi, who had originally reviewed all the affairs of the Daheng cultivation world, basically stayed in the heavenly palace or went to the void outside the territory to experience.


    Instead of Yang Xueyi, Jin Qiaoer took charge of all the affairs in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Jin Qiaoer has long been the naive little girl Meng Zhang knew.


    She has experienced many battles and many trials. Both her personal cultivation and management ability are enough to suppress the big horizontal cultivation world.


    The black market was originally in the branch of Daheng cultivation world. Because the magic disaster was destroyed, now the black market headquarters sent someone to rebuild this branch. That''s reasonable.


    In most areas of Jun dust world, there are branches of black market.


    It can be seen that the power of the black market is huge.


    According to convention, the person in charge of the black market in each region should have a good relationship with the local rulers and respect their authority as much as possible.


    The black market sent someone to contact Jin Qiaoer. It looks like a routine.


    Meng Zhang offended the senior management of the Dark Alliance not long ago and was specially reminded by Shushan Zhenjun.


    He felt that he could not be too careless and decided to go there himself to see what was going on.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments on the space Avenue at this time do not need to transmit the Dharma array through a long distance, let alone with the help of the void tripod. Relying on his own strength, he can easily complete the transmission and move freely between the Jiuqu province and the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to Daheng cultivation world.


    He instructed Jin Qiaoer through the communication method not to easily meet people in the black market. It''s best to hang his good life for a few days.

 Chapter 1536

    Meng Zhang didn''t directly send it to the Daheng cultivation world, but after several rounds on the road, he made a good inspection of the current territory of taiyimen.


    After leaving the mountain gate, he first transported it to the south of Jiuqu province.


    Originally, the Shui people in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River sent an army to help Meng Zhang eliminate Zhang Weineng, the governor of the Dali imperial dynasty stationed in Jiuqu province.


    Taking this opportunity, these aquariums occupy a lot of territory in Jiuqu province.


    These territories are mainly concentrated on both sides of the main stream of Jiuqu province.


    The mermaid king, the leader of Jiuquhe clan, was injured in the battle to quell the demon disaster. Meng Zhang later advanced to the Yang God period.


    Mermaid king is a very smart guy who fully understands the way of survival.


    Before quelling the evil disaster, he formed an alliance with Meng Zhang.


    In order to win him over, Meng Zhang gave him many promises and promised him many benefits.


    After the demon disaster subsided, the mermaid king was busy healing in isolation, ignoring asking Meng Zhang for these benefits.


    When Meng Zhang entered the Yang God stage, he not only stopped asking for these benefits, but took the initiative to shrink and give up a lot of territory.


    For example, many sites occupied by the aquarium in Jiuqu province were ordered to give up by the mermaid king.


    Now the Jiuqu River clan has only a few strongholds on the side of Jiuqu Province, and deliberately avoided the vital place of Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang is not a pedantic person. Since the mermaid king doesn''t ask him, he won''t insist on giving him benefits.


    In the cultivation world, the conversion between the enemy and us is very fast.


    Before quelling the evil disaster, Jiuquhe clan and taiyimen were allies.


    After quelling the evil disaster, it is not unusual for Meng Zhang to do whatever he wants by virtue of his practice, or even destroy the Jiuquhe clan.


    After all, the Jiuquhe clan is an alien.


    The Junchen world is a world controlled by the Terran cultivator. Meng Zhang comes forward to deal with the aquarium. Even the Ziyang holy sect is hard to intervene.


    As for the monsters in the black jade forest, and the Jiuqu River clan have been sworn enemies for many years. It''s better not to fall into a well and hit a stone.


    If it had not been for the great evil disaster and the persistence of King Huipeng, the Jiuquhe clan and the monsters in the black jade forest might not have been able to live in peace so far.


    The mermaid king was worried that Meng Zhang turned his face and didn''t recognize others, so he took the initiative to give way.


    Later, Meng Zhang eliminated the foreign invaders in the fog and daze, which severely deterred him.


    Meng Zhang is not easy to kill, nor is he a person without a bottom line.


    His former allies did not show malice, but gave way everywhere. He was really ashamed to deal with others.


    From this point of view, Meng Zhang is not thick and dark enough and not spicy enough.


    Anyway, the taiyimen is getting stronger day by day, which is enough to deter these aquariums in the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River. Meng Zhang also maintained the status quo and did not act rashly.


    Meng Zhang went to the void outside the territory. Niu Dawei, the acting head, did not change his original strategy.


    Jiuqu River aquariums are sensible enough under the orders of the mermaid king.


    They are very respectful to the Taiyi gate and regard themselves everywhere.


    Although the Jiuquhe clan did not officially join the Hanhai road alliance, they are keeping up with the members of the alliance in many aspects.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor Niu Dawei is a generation with racial prejudice.


    They are open-minded and willing to accept loyalists of other races.


    Many years ago, taiyimen accepted many foreign barbarians as vassals.


    Meng Zhang took a turn in the south of Jiuqu province and came to the outside of the cloud and fog.


    Originally, a monster team sent by Heiyu forest was stationed here.


    Soon after Meng Zhang swept away the foreign invaders in the fog, the monster team also took the initiative to withdraw to the black jade forest.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun, who used to be here, also returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate for cultivation.


    Now, many demon families and spirit families still exist in the clouds.


    However, there is no strong one at the level of Yuanshen for a long time.


    Taiyi gate has stationed more than two Yuanshen Zhenjun here all year round.


    As long as the foreign invaders inside show signs of being strong at the level of Yuanshen, they will carry out a big sweep and kill all the guys who are expected to break through.


    Two Yuanshen Zhenjun led a group of taiyimen friars to garrison in daze to prevent foreign invaders from fleeing to other areas.


    From time to time, friars from the major forces of taiyimen and hanhaidao alliance will come here to practice.


    These friars will enter the cloud and fog, kill the demon family and spirit family inside, and collect various resources outside.


    Cloud daze has been built into a very popular test area.


    Because taiyimen is generous enough, it opened this trial area to other members of hanhaidao alliance, making it more lively.


    Around the clouds and fog daze, several square cities and towns have even been established.


    Monks who enter the cloud daze test need to supplement various supplies.


    After the trial, if they gain something, they often sell all kinds of booty.


    ¡­¡­


    Who would have thought that the aggressive foreign invaders who threatened the whole Jiuqu province at the beginning had been reduced to such a situation that they were completely kept in captivity by Taiyi gate.


    For the sake of sustainable development, taiyimen forbids all kinds of trial friars to kill chickens and lay eggs and carry out destructive mining in it.


    From time to time, taiyimen will take the initiative to provide materials and help in all aspects for the demon and spirit families to thrive and grow.


    Meng Zhang just looked around for a while. Even the garrison friars were not summoned, so he directly transmitted it to the Daheng cultivation world.


    When he came to Daheng cultivation world, he thought of the black jade forest.


    Soon after the demon disaster subsided, the monsters in the black jade forest became very honest and took the initiative to shrink their sphere of influence.


    This made the taiyimen friar who was worried that the monsters would rush out and seize the territory completely relieved.


    The top level of taiyimen once wanted to send a capable team to go deep into the black jade forest to investigate and find out what the monster was doing.


    Meng Zhang stopped their behavior. And specifically ordered that the friars of taiyimen and its vassal forces should stay away from the black jade forest and never break into it at will.


    Through various sources, Meng Zhang knew that the water in the black jade forest was too deep.


    Even Ziyang Shengzong will send a strong man like King Huipeng to go undercover in the black jade forest.


    The matter involves the plan of Ziyang Shengzong, and there is no conflict of interest with taiyimen. Of course, Meng Zhang is not willing to get involved casually.


    In a word, the friars of taiyimen and its vassals stay away from the black jade forest as if it did not exist.


    Anyway, after the monsters in the black jade forest began to shrink, they not only didn''t come out to harass the Terrans, but also hid in the depths of the black jade forest. They are rarely seen outside on weekdays.


    After Meng Zhang advanced to the Yang God period, he did not enter the black jade forest because of his curiosity.


    Every time he looked at the direction of the black jade forest from the outside, he felt a faint pressure in his heart.

 Chapter 1537

    As Meng Zhang went through the thunder robbery and advanced to the Yang God period, his spiritual sense became more acute.


    In the process of the baptism of thunder robbery, he had a deeper understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth, and made great progress with the magic of heaven.


    Of course, no matter how advanced he is, he will still be subject to many restrictions.


    He not only can''t display the secret arts at will to avoid the reverse bite of the heavenly way, but also can''t deduce the people or things that are above his cultivation.


    Although there was no deduction, when Meng Zhang looked at the black jade forest, his spiritual sense had been touched.


    Meng Zhang had a certain guess in his heart.


    The level of power involved in the black jade forest is still above their own cultivation.


    No wonder the holy sect of Ziyang Shengzong did not directly attack the black jade forest, but secretly sent undercover.


    The black jade forest is next to the Daheng cultivation world. If there is any change in it, the Daheng cultivation world will inevitably be affected.


    But there is no way. Meng Zhang is unable to take these things into account for the time being.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong treats Meng Zhang politely now, if Meng Zhang interferes with the affairs of Ziyang Shengzong and destroys Ziyang Shengzong''s plan for many years, Ziyang Shengzong will never spare him.


    Meng Zhang finally glanced at the black jade forest, sighed a little reluctantly, and sent it away directly.


    When Meng Zhang led the expedition army into the Daheng cultivation world to quell the evil disaster, he established the camp of the expedition army not far from the headquarters of Jiuquhe clan.


    Later, on the basis of this camp, a big city called Zhiyuan city was built.


    After these years of development, Zhiyuan city and fengyeshan City, one south and one north, have become important hubs for taiyimen to control Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    In addition to a certain strength of monks stationed in the two cities, there are also Yuanshen Zhenjun sitting in the town.


    In addition, in the vast Daheng Xiuzhen world, taiyimen is leading the major members of hanhaidao alliance to continuously establish strongholds everywhere for large-scale development and management.


    Although the magic disaster has brought devastating damage, the Daheng cultivation world is originally popular and has a good foundation.


    After these years of recovery, we can see obvious improvement in many aspects.


    Especially near the Mountain Gate of the original day Valley, there are a large number of intact spiritual fields and miraculous medicine gardens, and there are also very rich mineral deposits around.


    After taiyimen took over, it continuously provided manpower there, and most of the production has been resumed.


    Various outputs there have become an important source of revenue for taiyimen.


    It was because it was so important that Jin Qiaoer stationed in the daytime Valley most of the time.


    Meng Zhang made a circle in Zhiyuan city and then sent it to maple leaf mountain city. He was very satisfied with all aspects of the situation.


    Finally, he sent it to the day Valley to meet Jin Qiaoer.


    After meeting the two people who had not seen each other for many years, they talked enthusiastically for a long time before they began to talk about business slowly.


    The black market headquarters sent a late great friar named chige Zhenjun to visit Jin Qiaoer and report on the reconstruction of the black market branch in the Daheng cultivation world.


    This great friar named chige Zhenjun was capricious without relying on his accomplishments, and his attitude was OK.


    Originally, Jin Qiaoer thought it was just a ceremonial meeting.


    Although the black market branch was established on the territory of the Daheng cultivation world, it was difficult for taiyimen to intervene in its internal affairs.


    With all the practices in the cultivation world in front, Jin Qiaoer will not deliberately embarrass chige Zhenjun.


    As long as the black market respects and recognizes taiyimen''s leading position in the Daheng cultivation world, taiyimen will not be difficult for the black market.


    But after receiving the news that chige Zhenjun was coming to see him, Jin Qiaoer routinely reported to Taiyi gate.


    After Meng Zhang knew, he ordered Jin Qiaoer not to hurry to meet chige Zhenjun, delay for a period of time and dry him well.


    Jin Qiaoer followed Meng Zhang''s order and found an excuse at will, so she couldn''t avoid seeing guests. Just let someone inform chige Zhenjun that the meeting between the two sides will be postponed indefinitely.


    At first, Jin Qiaoer was still a little worried. Chige Zhenjun was also a big monk. Would he be dissatisfied after being treated so slowly.


    But after such a long time, there was no news from chige Zhenjun.


    According to the taiyimen dark hall, the reconstruction of the black market branch has not started yet.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally came here.


    Meng Zhang listened to Jin Qiaoer''s report and felt that it was almost the same after hanging chige Zhenjun for so long.


    He also wanted to see what kind of rhetoric and plot this black market visitor would have.


    Jin Qiaoer sent someone to inform chige Zhenjun and agreed to meet him.


    During this time, chige Zhenjun didn''t run far, and basically stayed near the daytime valley.


    After receiving the notice, he soon came to visit.


    Seeing Meng Zhang present, he did not look surprised and politely saluted Meng Zhang.


    As a monk in the period of Yang God, Meng Zhang accepted this gift calmly. Then without a word of nonsense, he went straight to the point and asked chige Zhenjun about his intention.


    In the face of Meng Zhang, chige Zhenjun is courteous and respectful. He just talks about rebuilding the black market branch. I hope taiyimen will take more care of him in the future.


    He didn''t mention anything else.


    Even after being hung up by Jin Qiaoer for so many days, he seemed to have no complaints.


    Monks like chige Zhenjun, who were born in the black market, must have practiced the secret method of closing their minds and hiding their minds. Even if his accomplishments were far better than his monks, it was difficult to see through his mind.


    Meng Zhang has the gift of knowing his heart, but he can''t see what chige Zhenjun is thinking.


    He just vaguely felt that the purpose of chige Zhenjun was not so simple.


    Meng Zhang believed that the Dark Alliance should have known about his taking in yeozhen Jun and jueying Shitu.


    With the intelligence ability of the Dark Alliance, you should also understand his temper and temperament, so you won''t ask for trouble. Send someone to ask him to hand over the fallen leaf Zhenjun and jueying apprentice.


    But it''s not normal for chige Zhenjun not to mention it.


    Could it be that the Dark Alliance really has nothing to do with him, so it can only let it go?


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the real intention of chige Zhenjun.


    Similarly, he could not take chige Zhenjun directly and force him to ask each other.


    If he did, he would have completely torn his face with the Dark Alliance.


    The strength of taiyimen is far less than that of Dark Alliance, an organization with a long history and huge power.


    However, due to some rules of the cultivation world and the tradition of the Dark Alliance, the Dark Alliance can''t wantonly attack taiyimen.


    If Meng Zhang breaks the rules on his own initiative, the consequences are hard to say.


    Let alone Taiyi gate, even the Holy Land Sect gate must abide by many rules of the cultivation world and can''t act willfully.


    Of course, the Holy Land zongmen can play on the sidelines, and even be capricious once in a while, but taiyimen doesn''t have the capital and strength to do so.

 Chapter 1538

    Seeing that chige Zhenjun had no useful words in his mouth, Meng Zhang was too lazy to continue to talk to him.


    Next, chige Zhenjun and Jin Qiaoer talk about rebuilding the black market branch.


    There is not much to say about these, and many things have conventions to follow.


    In most areas of the cultivation world, there are black market branches, and the taiyimen territory is no exception.


    Meng Zhang and dark alliance did not tear their faces, and naturally they would not create obstacles to such things.


    Although the black market is the peripheral organization of the Dark Alliance, or a layer of skin. However, there are differences between the two when they are external.


    In the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang also has good acquaintances such as Qianying Zhenjun and Youhuan Zhenjun.


    Chige Zhenjun and Jin Qiaoer talked smoothly and finished the task soon.


    After talking about business, chige said goodbye respectfully.


    From beginning to end, Meng Zhang did not see any problems.


    After chige Zhenjun left, Meng Zhang felt that he would stay in the Daheng cultivation world for a long time to see if he would make some tricks in the dark.


    Although Meng Zhang has the post of law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace, he has no mandatory task and is basically relatively free.


    Next, he stayed in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Sometimes he went around and inspected the territory that taiyimen had acquired at a great cost.


    Sometimes, I stay in the daytime Valley, maple leaf mountain city and other places to guide the practice of the yuan God friar in the door.


    Especially Jin Qiaoer, a younger generation who has received many instructions from him since childhood, he pays more attention.


    Jin Qiaoer''s accomplishments in the middle period of Yuanshen are about to catch up with her master Jin Lizhen. She is really better than blue.


    The news that Meng Zhang came to the Dharma cultivation world was not strictly confidential.


    After hearing that Meng Zhang was coming to SONGFENG sect, fengyao Zhenjun took the initiative to come over and say hello to him.


    In these years, the SONGFENG sect is fairly honest.


    After joining Hanhai daomeng, he also actively integrated into it and became a capable hand of taiyimen.


    Of course, in order to strengthen the control of the great horizontal cultivation world, Taiyi gate should use the same means.


    Many cultivation forces of hanhaidao alliance have either been moved to Daheng cultivation world or established branch strongholds here.


    The influence of the SONGFENG sect, an old indigenous sect, in the Daheng cultivation world is actually declining.


    Of course, as long as Meng Zhang, a monk in the period of Yang God, is one day, the SONGFENG sect dare not have any different ideas.


    For a sect like SONGFENG sect, the policy of Taiyi sect is still based on Huairou.


    Meng Zhang received Feng Yao Zhenjun with a very kind attitude.


    He was in a good mood and gave a few instructions by the way, which benefited fengyao Zhenjun a lot.


    After the SONGFENG sect, many local religious forces in the Daheng religious world sent people to greet Meng Zhang.


    Of course, these people are not qualified to see Meng Zhang. At most, let Jin Qiaoer meet them.


    In a twinkling of an eye, Meng Zhang has been in the Daheng cultivation world for a little half a year.


    Chige Zhenjun has been very honest and devoted himself to rebuilding the black market branch since he last met Meng Zhang and Jin Qiaoer.


    According to the report of the dark hall disciple in charge of monitoring, he hasn''t changed anything during this period.


    Of course, it is impossible for the disciples of the dark hall to closely monitor a great monk. The most important thing is to monitor his subordinates and master their general movements.


    Meng Zhang could not stay in the Daheng cultivation world all the time. Seeing that there was no problem here, he was ready to leave.


    At this time, something big happened in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    At the time of the incident, Meng Zhang was still staying in the daytime Valley to guide Jin Qiaoer''s practice.


    He Luozhen, who was in charge of guarding Zhiyuan City, suddenly heard the news of asking for help through a communication device.


    There seems to be a big war at the aquarium headquarters. An aquarium army drove near Zhiyuan city and blocked the road from Zhiyuan city to the aquarium headquarters.


    Although he Luozhen Jun is the only one in Zhiyuan city to guard Zhenjun, Zhiyuan city has long been connected with maple leaf mountain city, Bairi Valley and even baicaopo of taiyimen Mountain Gate through long-distance transmission array.


    Any one of these places is invaded by a strong enemy. Through long-distance transmission of the FA array, taiyimen can dispatch reinforcements in time.


    Jiuquhe clan is a neighbor of taiyimen. The alliance established when quelling the demon disaster has not been lifted.


    Changes have taken place in the aquarium. Naturally, taiyimen can''t ignore them.


    Jiuquhe clan has always been outside the sect, and taiyimen can hardly send too deep spies to such aliens.


    Jiuquhe clan had attacked Jiuqu League for many times, fought with Heiyu forest for many years, and once calmed the demon disaster with taiyimen.


    From the above aspects, the strength of Jiuquhe clan is not weak.


    If Meng Zhang had not been in the advanced Yang God period, the strength of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng alone might not have been able to subdue these aquariums.


    Jiuqu River, an aquarium, has a long history, long heritage and deep heritage.


    The current leader of the aquarium, mermaid king, knows the way to advance and retreat. When it''s hard, it''s hard, and when it''s time to counsel.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not completely understood the depth of this aquarium.


    Because the situation was temporarily unknown, Meng Zhang did not urgently order the mobilization of the friars of taiyimen.


    He just ordered all the important strongholds of taiyimen to strengthen their vigilance and began to summon monks.


    He took Jin Qiaoer and sent it directly to Zhiyuan city.


    He Luozhen and Meng Zhang, who had been waiting for a long time, came to the head of Zhiyuan city without a word of nonsense.


    When Zhiyuan city was built, it was planned on a large scale. A large number of building warriors were used for the outer wall, and many practitioners controlled many mechanism creations to build a towering wall together.


    Outside the city wall, there are secret prohibitions.


    The whole Zhiyuan city is shrouded in the protection of a mountain protection array.


    The local masters of Taiyi gate spent a lot of effort to draw two third-order spiritual veins from a distance for daily consumption in the city.


    With the development of the city, Zhiyuan city has been expanding and transforming.


    So far, many construction works of Zhiyuan city have not been completely completed.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at the head of the city, there were many monks in the city.


    Although the Daheng cultivation world has generally been peaceful for a long time, the Jiuquhe clan gets along well with the Terran practitioners, and even can be called obedient.


    However, once there is a change, the monks stationed in Zhiyuan city still maintain a high degree of vigilance and can respond in time.


    The garrison monks began to prepare for battle.


    Some began to manipulate all kinds of mechanisms and creations for guarding the city, and some began to stimulate all kinds of guarding and prohibition


    Meng Zhang stood at the head of the city and looked in the direction of the headquarters of the Jiuquhe clan.


    The first thing that came into their eyes was a large and well-organized aquarium army, which was lining up in the Jiuqu River dozens of miles away, facing Zhiyuan city.

 Chapter 1539

    This aquarium army looks extraordinary and murderous, but it is not aimed at Zhiyuan city.


    The whole army was arrayed in the river with no intention of landing.


    Looking at their posture, it seems that they just blocked the road to the aquarium headquarters.


    If the practitioners of Zhiyuan city want to go to the aquarium headquarters, they must pass the interception of the aquarium army.


    Although the guard friars of Zhiyuan city began to prepare for battle, most people didn''t think that the aquarium dared to take the initiative to attack Zhiyuan city.


    Over the years, the aquarium has always been obedient. For Terran practitioners, there are almost concessions everywhere.


    This aquarium army looks aggressive, but it only dares to line up in the Jiuqu River and dare not go ashore at all.


    According to the agreement reached between Zhiyuan city and aquarium in the early years, Jiuqu River is the territory of aquarium, and Terran friars can''t easily invade it.


    If the Terran friar wants to enter the Jiuqu River, he must report to the aquarium first.


    The shore is the territory of the Terran, and the aquarium can''t step here easily.


    At present, the action of the aquarium army is still cautious and does not mean to violate the agreement.


    Meng Zhang, a monk with profound cultivation, did not focus on the aquarium army in front, but looked into the distance.


    Along the Jiuqu River, hundreds of miles away, a great war is now breaking out.


    That''s where the aquarium headquarters is.


    Although the distance is too far, and the aquarium headquarters is covered by the array, the battle is too noisy and the momentum is very amazing. Even the array can''t cover it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, the level of fighting ahead is not low. At least several strong people at the level of Yuanshen can make such a momentum.


    Because of the impact of the aftermath of the battle, countless storms have been set off in the Jiuqu River.


    The surging water waves swept across the two banks, and even it rained heavily in the sky.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, most of the war was a civil war of the Shui nationality.


    If it was a foreign invasion, I''m afraid the aquarium would have asked Zhiyuan city for help.


    Even if you don''t ask for help, you should let me know.


    Moreover, according to the situation in the great horizontal cultivation world, the monsters in the black jade forest can''t shrink out. Apart from Taiyi gate, no force dares to fight the aquarium easily.


    Even with the details of the aquarium, the number of strong people at the level of Yuanshen will not be too many.


    It seems that there has been a lot of trouble inside the aquarium this time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s understanding of the mermaid king, the old guy doesn''t seem to be a figure who can''t control the situation of the aquarium.


    I don''t know the reason for the internal strife of the aquarium and what is the mystery in the middle.


    According to the principle, the internal affairs of Shui nationality are all internal affairs of Shui nationality, and taiyimen should not interfere.


    However, the aquarium headquarters is next to Zhiyuan City, and Zhiyuan city should still pay attention.


    Meng Zhang whispered to he Luozhen, who immediately left the city and flew towards the aquarium headquarters.


    When he was about to fly into the Jiuqu River, a dark shadow flew out of the aquarium army and stopped Mr. He Luozhen''s way.


    A closer look shows that it is an upright giant lobster with a dazzling blue shell behind it.


    Jiuquhe clan is just the general name of this aquarium, which has many branches.


    Now it is the mermaid clan that rules this aquarium. There are many different tribes in the mermaid clan.


    In addition to the mermaid, there are shrimp people, crab people and other different races.


    The green shrimp clan is a more powerful tribe among the shrimp people.


    The green shrimp king had also participated in the war to quell the demon disaster.


    Now with the advantage of Jiuqu River home, the green shrimp king is full of air.


    The green shrimp King stopped he Luozhen Jun''s way, but did not start immediately. Instead, he advised him to go back temporarily.


    He luozhenjun also didn''t turn his face immediately, but asked with great concern what happened at the aquarium headquarters and if there was anything to help.


    Seeing something happening here, taiyimen, as an ally, is a little worried.


    The green shrimp king told he luozhenjun that there was a little trouble in the aquarium and it would soon subside.


    This is the internal affairs of aquarium, which has nothing to do with taiyimen. I hope he Luozhen will not interfere in this matter for the sake of the friendship between aquarium and taiyimen for many years.


    Of course, he Luozhen didn''t want to shrink back, but pulled up with the shrimp king.


    The green shrimp King spoke respectfully and softly, but he Luozhen was not allowed to pass there.


    For the green shrimp king with hardness in softness, he Luozhen Jun has no way for the time being.


    Out of caution, Meng Zhang is unwilling to easily tear his face with the aquarium army in front of him until he knows the reason for the matter.


    But in the distant aquarium headquarters, a series of loud noises and shrill screams suddenly sounded, and then the vitality of heaven and earth suddenly became violent.


    Sudden aura storms swept through the four directions. The protective array over there couldn''t cover it. The aura storm broke out and set off a ferocious storm around.


    This is the fall of the strong at the level of Yuanshen, which will lead to the astronomical phenomena and great changes.


    Meng Zhang has participated in many battles at the level of Yuanshen and killed many strong people at this level.


    With his experience, to make such a movement in front of him, at least several strong people at the level of Yuanshen have to fall in a row. Moreover, the cultivation of these strong yuan gods should not be too weak. Most of them have strong men at the level of big friars.


    On the bright side, the Jiuquhe clan has only the mermaid king, a strong man of the great friar level.


    Meng Zhang could no longer sit still. His body flashed and disappeared in situ.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure reappeared, he had crossed hundreds of miles and came outside the aquarium headquarters.


    If it were not for the existence of the protection array and the influence of Reiki storm, he would have been directly transmitted to the aquarium headquarters.


    Before the fierce aura storm approached Meng Zhang''s body, it spontaneously disappeared.


    Meng Zhang is ready to break through the array and break into the aquarium headquarters. A figure is emitted from the array.


    It was a mermaid strongman with a head and body and looked very beautiful and beautiful.


    Meng Zhang recognized each other at a glance.


    This celebrity is the imperial concubine of the mermaid family.


    Behind the imperial concubine is a fierce hunter.


    The chaser Meng Zhang also knew that the other party was the famous general King Jingou of Jiuquhe clan.


    King Jingou is the clan leader of the crab Terran and has the strength equivalent to the friars in the middle of the protoss of the Terran.


    In the war against demons, his strong fighting power helped the aquarium make great contributions.


    I don''t know why, he will chase and kill the imperial concubine all the way.


    The imperial concubine just left the protective array and saw Meng Zhang standing in the air ahead.


    She was a little desperate. She was overjoyed. She immediately flew over to Meng Zhang and shouted.


    "Headmaster Meng, help me."


    How could the king of golden hook watch the cooked duck fly away like this.


    Although he walked upright, his form was very different from that of the Terran.


    The left hand is a big clip and the right hand is a glittering gold hook.


    With a slight stroke of the golden hook towards the flying direction of the imperial concubine, a sharp golden light crossed the distance between them and directly rowed to the head of the imperial concubine.


    Without knowing the cause of the Shui People''s civil strife, Meng Zhang was unwilling to take action easily.


    However, the imperial concubine has asked for help from herself. It''s too presumptuous for King Jingou to dare to do it.


    Meng Zhang flicked the index finger of his right hand, and all the attacks sent by King Jingou disappeared.


    The king of gold hook was keenly aware of the crisis. The big clip and gold hook were raised alternately to block his head.


    After a light sound, the big clip and the gold hook were swung away.


    The king of golden hook received a heavy blow on the front, sprayed blood in his mouth, and the whole heavy body flew out towards the rear.


    The king of golden hook took a breath. His body was not stable. He didn''t even dare to look at Meng Zhang, so he fled into the protection array in a very embarrassed way.


    If Meng Zhang had not been merciful, he would have killed King Jingou at once.


    While slightly punishing King Jingou, Meng Zhang did not forget the princess of the mermaid family.


    A moonlight light came from Meng Zhang''s hand and gently sprinkled on the princess.


    The imperial concubine was so pale and bruised that she could hardly support her.


    After the moonlight fell on her, her face recovered a few threads of blood, and the scars on her body began to disappear slowly.


    As soon as the situation got better, the imperial concubine immediately knelt down in front of Meng Zhang and begged to Meng Zhang loudly.


    "Please be merciful, leader Meng, to save my Mermaid family and the whole family."


    The ruler of this aquarium is the mermaid family. Now the imperial concubine of the mermaid family kneels in front of Meng Zhang and cries for help. The civil strife of the aquarium is not simple.


    Meng Zhang is not the virgin of salvation. He doesn''t mean that anyone who kneels in front of him and cries can let him do it.


    From the bottom of his heart, Meng Zhang is even happy to see the success of the Shui People''s civil strife.


    Although Jiuqu River aquarium is an ally and has always been obedient to Taiyi gate, it is an alien race after all, and its strength is quite good.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who has a racial view and has to kill all other races.


    However, it is not a particularly reassuring thing to have such a strong aquarium around.


    Meng Zhang has certain principles in dealing with the world. He will not kill this aquarium for no reason.


    With the improvement of his status and accomplishments, Meng Zhang has become more and more like a righteous leader. He hopes to be famous and justifiable in everything he does.


    Meng Zhang did not attack the aquarium, but the aquarium broke out civil strife, resulting in heavy casualties and great loss of vitality. No one can blame others.


    If this aquarium is seriously weakened because of the civil strife, taiyimen can find a way to take it as a vassal and bring it into its own ruling system.


    Growing up in the water since childhood, the aquarium has many special water abilities, especially its water combat power.


    In many cases, it is still very useful.


    I hope the more fierce the fight in the aquarium, the better, the more casualties. Meng Zhang didn''t immediately respond to the request of the mermaid princess, but his face was full of embarrassment.

 Chapter 1540

    "Imperial concubine, please get up quickly. Don''t be like this."


    "It''s not that I don''t want to help, it''s because it''s your aquarium''s internal affairs. As an outsider, it''s really hard to intervene."


    Meng Zhang looked like a kind old man at this time.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he even regretted it.


    I really shouldn''t have rushed here.


    I should wait a little longer until the internal performance of the aquarium is getting stronger and stronger, and the damn people are almost dead, so as to appear as the Savior and save the mermaid family.


    Now in the face of the imperial concubine''s bitter request, Meng Zhang has to find an excuse to perfunctory her.


    The imperial concubine was also a decisive figure. Seeing that Meng Zhang could not be moved by begging alone, she immediately offered benefits.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing to help shuizu quell the rebellion and save shuizu, shuizu will be loyal to Taiyi gate and become a pawn of Taiyi gate.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was a little moved, the imperial concubine struck while the iron was hot and told Meng Zhang that the internal strife of the aquarium was not simply an internal problem of the aquarium, but the interference of outsiders and collusion between inside and outside.


    As soon as he heard that outsiders had intervened in the Shui People''s civil strife, he immediately provoked Meng Zhang''s sensitive nerves.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world has long belonged to taiyimen. The shuizu of Jiuqu River can maintain its independence because it has no threat to taiyimen. Meng ZhangCai is merciful.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, this aquarium already belongs to Taiyi gate. It will be sooner or later to completely absorb and accept this aquarium.


    Now there are outsiders interfering in the internal affairs of the aquarium and creating civil strife within the aquarium. To subvert the original ruling order of the aquarium, Meng Zhang must not sit idly by.


    Even, he already had a suspect in his heart.


    Could it be that the secret alliance''s hands and feet are in the aquarium civil strife this time?


    Meng Zhang began to guess in his heart. At the same time, he praised the imperial concubine. It''s really a good means.


    Not to mention her other skills, but her ability to grasp people''s hearts and persuade people is very extraordinary.


    She first lured Meng Zhang to benefit, and lured Meng Zhang with the complete refuge of the aquarium.


    Then she mentioned that outsiders were involved in the internal strife of the aquarium, which would arouse Meng Zhang''s vigilance.


    Meng Zhang looked at the imperial concubine. Although the other party played some tricks, he was absolutely afraid to deceive himself on key issues.


    Meng Zhang pondered for a while before slowly opening his mouth: "Shui people have been friends with our taiyimen for many years. When the demon disaster was quelled, they were comrades in arms fighting side by side."


    "Now the aquarium is in trouble and your imperial concubine asks for help in person. It''s not good for me to continue to sit idly by."


    Before the voice fell, Meng Zhang gently tore his hands at the front protective array.


    With a sound like a cloth crack, the prohibition of the protective array was broken.


    Of course, if it weren''t for this protective array itself, it would have been seriously damaged, and Meng Zhang didn''t break it so easily.


    The protective array was broken, which was like a stage. The curtain was removed and the scene behind the stage was exposed.


    I saw that there was a magnificent palace in front of me, but now it has become devastated.


    The continuous palaces fell in pieces, the fierce fire was spreading among the palaces, and the black smoke almost covered the sky


    Friar taiyimen has never entered the aquarium headquarters before, and the information here is very rare.


    After Meng Zhang first advanced to the Yang God period, he inspected the Daheng cultivation world.


    At that time, he sneaked to the aquarium headquarters. With the magic power of breaking false magic eye, he simply observed the aquarium headquarters through the protective array.


    Unlike Meng Zhang''s original idea, the aquarium headquarters is not located underwater, but on a lake island in the main stream of Jiuqu River.


    Meng Zhang once explored the terrain around the Daheng cultivation world and had a certain understanding of it.


    In the west of Daheng cultivation world is the vast west sea.


    The sea water from the West Sea flows into the Daheng Xiuzhen world along a big gap. After some wonderful changes, it becomes a river and flows into the Jiuqu River, forming the Jiuqu River, the northernmost river through the Junchen world.


    The Jiuqu River spreads for a long time, and the length within the Daheng cultivation world alone is far more than 100000 Li.


    In addition to the main stream, the long Jiuqu River has numerous tributaries, large and small, and has formed a large number of rivers and lakes in many places.


    Jiuqu River, where the aquarium headquarters is located, forms a huge circular lake because of the special topographic conditions.


    In the center of this circular lake, there is an island in the middle of the lake with a radius of hundreds of miles.


    This is the headquarters of the aquarium and the ancestral place where the mermaid family has lived and multiplied for many years.


    Now, this ancestral land where mermaids have lived for many years is almost destroyed in the war.


    The ground is full of the corpses of mermaid people. They are real corpses everywhere, with blood flowing into a river.


    A few survivors who survived by chance hid in Tibet in the Middle East of the ruins of the palace to avoid the pursuit of the enemy.


    Many people of the mermaid family who were seriously injured lay on the ground and closed their eyes to death.


    Meng Zhang looked into the distance. King Jingou, who had just been wounded by him, and a group of aquarium strongmen were running for their lives quickly.


    They didn''t care about anything else. They even gave up their men who were still chasing and killing the enemy and looting everywhere, and just ran away at full speed.


    Those guys look strong, but Meng Zhang can catch up with them and kill them all at any time as long as he wants.


    But at this time, the imperial concubine not only dragged her seriously injured body to save her people, but also loudly asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment and felt that it was not in line with his identity to die.


    On the island in the middle of the lake ahead, many strong opponents of the aquarium, such as various shrimp soldiers and crab generals, shrimp Terrans and crab Terran experts, are running around.


    Among them, there are Jindan level masters and even Yuanshen level masters.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t help, the seriously injured imperial concubine will not only be unable to save her family, but also her own life.


    The ancestral land of the mermaid family was destroyed and suffered heavy losses, almost on the verge of extinction.


    The survivor of the imperial concubine is of great use to Meng Zhang. Naturally, Meng Zhang can''t watch him die.


    There were bursts of light in the dark sky.


    Almost endless sun and moon light fell from the sky, onto the island in the middle of the lake, and onto all the aquariums present.


    The people of the mermaid family who were seriously injured suddenly were pleasantly surprised to find that their injuries began to heal slowly, all kinds of scars disappeared quickly, and the injuries became stable,


    The other aquariums who chased the mermaid family, exposed to the light of the sun and moon, sent out miserable cries for help one after another, and watched their bodies disappear quickly.


    There are at least tens of thousands of hostile low-level aquariums on the island in the middle of the lake, but in front of a strong man like Meng Zhang, he has no power to resist. He has to die obediently.

 Chapter 1541

    Meng Zhang immediately took control of the audience.


    On his own, he completely reversed the situation in the field.


    This is the crushing absolute advantage that high-level friars have against high-level and low-level enemies.


    King Jingou is smart enough to know Meng Zhang''s power.


    Just a moment ago, I saw Meng Zhang''s terrorist fighting power and knew that my side could not resist Meng Zhang.


    Even if they are numerous and powerful, they still have little effect in the face of Meng Zhang in the period of Yang God.


    He was also a decisive man who had experienced many battles and battles. He immediately ran away with a group of associates and didn''t stay in place for a moment.


    King golden hook''s companions trusted him enough not to question his decision.


    As for those low-level aquariums, they had long been scattered on the whole lake island, and there was no time to call them to escape.


    King golden hook, they are all cruel and ruthless people. It is common for them to give up a group of subordinates and let them be killed by the enemy.


    There were also two strong Yuanshen level masters belonging to the king of golden hook, who were busy searching for the treasure house of mermaid family, but didn''t have time to escape.


    At this time, the sun and moon god light released by Meng Zhang also targeted them.


    A friar at the level of Yang God can cultivate a certain sect or several Taoist magic powers to the realm of having yuan spirit in Dharma.


    The so-called Dharma has yuan spirit. In short, it is the magic power of Taoism. It is like having its own life and consciousness. It can independently distinguish enemies and friends and search for enemies.


    The sun and moon divine light, a great magic power, was cultivated by Meng Zhang to the realm of Dharma and Yuan spirit.


    The sun and moon have been released. Without Meng Zhang''s continued control, he began to play a great role according to Meng Zhang''s mind.


    The power of the sun moon divine light terror can be used not only to kill the enemy, but also to heal your own side.


    One by one, the aquariums fell down and their bodies disappeared.


    The two aquariums with Yuanshen strength resisted a little more, and they felt very hard and difficult to support.


    They looked at Meng Zhang in the distance and knew that this man was the culprit of all this.


    The original good situation has changed, and they are about to die.


    Regardless of the huge gap in cultivation, they roared at Meng Zhang and looked like they were going to die together with Meng Zhang.


    Inspired by the two strong Yuanshen level, many aquariums with Jindan level strength were greatly inferior. They also struggled to stand up straight and desperately rushed at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even bother to look at these guys. He just waved them gently with one hand. These guys flew out one after another and died one after another.


    Meng Zhang finished the task by annihilating the enemy and saving the people of the mermaid family.


    The imperial concubine led the people of the mermaid family to clean up the battlefield and treat their own wounded.


    The sun and moon light just released by Meng Zhang only healed many Mermaid people with minor injuries and stabilized the injuries of the seriously injured.


    To treat the injured thoroughly, there is still a lot of work to do.


    The imperial concubine handled it a little, learned the latest situation, and immediately looked sad.


    She didn''t let Meng Zhang wait for a long time. She endured her grief and came to Meng Zhang and began to report to Meng Zhang about the beginning and end of the Shui People''s civil strife.


    Before reporting, the princess informed Meng Zhang of her name.


    Mermaids with enough wisdom also have their own names like Terrans.


    Most of the high-level officials such as Mermaid king, Prince and Princess take fish as their surname.


    The imperial concubine''s name is Yu Boli. She was originally the distant niece of the mermaid king.


    Because of her extraordinary talent and hard cultivation, Yu Polly emerged among the mermaid family when she was very young.


    The mermaid King took Yu Boli as his disciple and focused on training.


    After she was promoted to the level of Yuanshen, she married him to her son and became the imperial concubine of the mermaid family.


    For many years, mermaids have been the leaders of this aquarium, ruling many ethnic groups in the aquarium.


    The king of mermaid family is also the king of this aquarium.


    The prince princess of the mermaid family, of course, is also the future Princess.


    Half a month ago, there was a change at the border between the West Sea and the Jiuqu River.


    Jiuqu River, an aquarium, lives in Jiuqu River all year round. It is very vigilant against any movement on the other side of the West Sea.


    After receiving the news of the change, the mermaid king went to check it in person.


    The mermaid king himself had the strength of the late Yuan God and brought a team of elite guards.


    But three days ago, the soul lamp enshrined by the mermaid king in the ancestral land of the mermaid family suddenly went out inexplicably.


    The soul lamp goes out, which means that the mermaid king is dead outside.


    After the news spread, the high-level left behind by the mermaid family fell into chaos.


    Just as the prince and his concubine came out to appease people and stabilize the situation, great changes happened again.


    King Jingou has always been valued and trusted by the mermaid king because of his bravery and good fighting skills.


    The mermaid king even promoted him to be the guard general around him regardless of race, responsible for guarding the periphery of the aquarium headquarters.


    For a long time, King Jingou has been loyal and committed.


    However, when the news of the mermaid King''s death spread, King Jingou took advantage of his position to release the protection array outside and lead a group of strong people to the aquarium headquarters.


    As soon as these strong men entered the interior, they launched a crazy attack and cruel killing on the mermaid family.


    They didn''t talk and communicate with the mermaid family, and they vowed to kill the mermaid family.


    King Jingou and his accomplices directly led part of the Shui nationality army stationed here to launch a rebellion.


    Since it is the headquarters of aquarium, it is not only the garrison of mermaid, but also many members of other groups of aquarium.


    Although only a small part of the aquarium army launched the rebellion with King Jingou, the mermaid army still exists in the face of sudden attacks and still has an absolute quantitative advantage.


    However, the strength of those strong Raiders is too strong, and there is even a big monk level.


    Mermaids have a deep heritage and fight in their ancestral land, which is convenient for their location.


    As a result of the war, the mermaid family suffered a disastrous defeat.


    The son of the mermaid king and most of the top leaders of the mermaid family were killed on the spot.


    The mermaid army was completely destroyed.


    Seeing that the war situation was unfavorable, the imperial concubine Polly wanted to preserve the fire and inheritance for the mermaid family and fight to get out of the siege.


    Seriously injured, she was chased and killed by King Jingou and almost died.


    She was so angry that she just ran into Meng Zhang to check the situation and was saved by him.


    When yupolly talked about the tragic defeat of the mermaid family and the tragic situation of being almost destroyed, she finally couldn''t help crying.


    If Meng Zhang comes a few steps later, today is not only the day when the fish Polly can''t escape the poison, but also the day when the mermaid family destroys the family.


    The sobbing fish Polly managed to stabilize her mood. She was very grateful to Meng Zhang, a great benefactor.

 Chapter 1542

    Meng Zhang didn''t care much about Yu Boli''s grateful appearance. What he really cares about is that fish Polly said before that outsiders were involved in the internal strife of the aquarium.


    The mermaid king, a strong man at the level of a great friar, dies mysteriously outside, at least with the power shown inside the aquarium.


    Even if the ambush is designed in advance, it is not a simple thing to leave the mermaid King completely.


    The ancestral land of the mermaid family, even if it was attacked inside and outside and sold by traitors, but the mermaid family has ruled the aquarium for so many years. How rich its savings and heritage are, and it almost ended up killing the family. This shows the strength of the enemy.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang felt a little regretful. He should have shot in time just now, took down the escaped King Jingou one by one, and then interrogated him slowly.


    Of course, you can''t have both fish and bear''s paw. If he did, he might soon find out the internal affairs of the internal strife of the aquarium, but most of them didn''t have time to save the remnant people of the mermaid family such as yuboli.


    The internal situation of the internal strife of the aquarium can be investigated slowly. The mermaid family has really been completely exterminated, and some of Meng Zhang''s plans are difficult to implement.


    Meng Zhang waited until Yu Boli''s mood calmed down a little before he began to ask about the specific process of the war, focusing on the origin of the enemy.


    Polly hesitated for a moment before she hesitated.


    The enemy who invaded the ancestral land of the mermaid family, let alone the traitors of the aquarium, the most important one is the strong man of the mermaid family.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was a little strange to the fish people, Yu Boli quickly explained it carefully for him.


    Mermaid and Mermaid are just one word apart, but they represent two distinct races.


    Generally speaking, both races belong to the aquarium.


    There is no reason why people are in front of fish in the name of mermaid family.


    Mermaids are close to human beings in terms of form, many living habits and even social customs.


    In fact, the upper class of the mermaid family has always advocated and envied the Terran life.


    As long as the mermaid family has the strength of Yuanshen level, it can be perfectly transformed into human shape, leaving only a few characteristics of fish.


    Of course, they will still show their original shape when they are fully against the enemy and need to indicate the identity of mermaid.


    The original shape of fish Polly is the shape of a head and fish body.


    The female members of the mermaid family are basically in the form of fish Polly.


    Male clansmen, on the contrary, are fish head people.


    The fishman group does not have many human morphological features.


    Fishman looks like a variety of fish, but with more hands and feet, he can walk upright.


    The biggest difference between Mermaid and mermaid is not in appearance, but in customs and ideas.


    Mermaids are close to humans and will not be enemies of the Mermaids for no reason.


    The fish people are savage and ferocious. They eat their hair and drink their blood. Compared with the mermaid people, they are uncivilized beasts.


    The fish people are not only extremely hostile to humans, but also extremely cruel within the aquarium.


    Many years ago, Mermaid and Mermaid were both members of Jiuquhe clan. They stood side by side and did not yield to each other.


    Later, after a series of changes, the mermaid family completely perished, and even the traces of existence were completely erased by the mermaid family.


    After the mermaid became the leader of the aquarium, there was no trace of the mermaid at least in the Jiuqu River area.


    Yuboli and the mermaid family never expected that the mermaid family, which has been extinct for thousands of years, would suddenly come out and collude with the internal forces of the aquarium to launch a surprise attack on the mermaid family.


    Meng Zhang listened to Yu Boli''s explanation and began to think.


    He originally thought that the civil strife of the Jiuqu River clan was the involvement of the Dark Alliance.


    With the strength of the Dark Alliance, it is completely enough to set off this rebellion.


    He offended the big people in the Dark Alliance not long ago because he took in yeozhen Jun and jueying master and apprentice. The Dark Alliance has every reason to make trouble for himself.


    However, according to Yu Boli, this is clearly the continuation of the struggle within the aquarium thousands of years ago, which has nothing to do with outsiders.


    Meng Zhang was relieved that the Dark Alliance did not intervene in this matter.


    Of course, he will not be completely relieved until the whole matter is thoroughly investigated.


    Chige Zhenjun just came to Daheng cultivation world in the name of rebuilding the black market. Soon, there was a rebellion on the aquarium side. Is it really a coincidence?


    Meng Zhang put aside this question for the time being and continued to ask about the fish people.


    Why the fish people who have disappeared for thousands of years suddenly appear, fish Polly really knows nothing.


    As for why there are so many traitors inside the aquarium, yupolly has some speculation.


    Jiuquhe tribe has many ethnic groups, including many violent and arrogant tribes that are hostile to the human race.


    The mermaid family has a softer character, and the mermaid kings of previous dynasties are very wise.


    The Junchen world is a world ruled by the Terran. The Terran cultivators have the strength to completely eliminate the Jiuquhe clan.


    The high level of mermaid family is not willing to provoke humans, let alone make enemies with humans.


    But the mermaid family can''t completely ignore the different voices inside the aquarium.


    In particular, the Jiuqu River almost crosses the vast area to the north of the Junchen world. Both the huge water area and the two banks are involved in great interests.


    In order to quell internal opposition, transfer internal contradictions, and compete for interests, the mermaid family led this aquarium many years ago and fought against the Jiuqu League many times.


    Later, after the conflict between the Jiuquhe clan and the monsters in the black jade forest, a fierce war broke out.


    Jiuqu River clan could not defeat the monsters in the black jade forest. It not only stopped the war with Jiuqu League, but also actively looked for allies among the Terrans.


    The high-level mermaid who made this decision, of course, caused a lot of dissatisfaction within the aquarium.


    Especially after the outbreak of the demon disaster in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, the mermaid King forcibly suppressed the internal differences of the aquarium and actively allied with the Terran and the monsters in the black jade forest.


    In particular, many Aquarians are dissatisfied that in the process of calming the magic disaster, Aquarians have made great sacrifices and killed countless people.


    But after the magic disaster subsided, the benefits were basically taken away by taiyimen, and the aquarium didn''t get any compensation at all.


    Speaking of this, Yu Boli couldn''t help observing Meng Zhang''s face carefully.


    Meng Zhang was still expressionless, as if his words had no effect on him.


    Taiyimen is powerful. Of course, it should eat more and occupy more.


    It is natural for the strong to take advantage.


    Don''t taiyimen want all kinds of benefits and have to give them to the aquarium for nothing?


    After the magic disaster subsided, the aquarium had no value to buy.


    If Meng Zhangzhai hadn''t been kind-hearted and didn''t want to hurt Tianhe, he would have killed this aquarium.

 Chapter 1543

    For the Jiuquhe clan, Meng Zhang did not feel that he owed anything.


    At the beginning, he was ready to give all kinds of benefits according to his promise.


    But the mermaid King first closed the door to heal his wounds and carefully guarded against Taiyi gate.


    Later, after Meng Zhang advanced to the Yang God period, he was almost frightened and dared not accept these benefits.


    Meng Zhang didn''t break his promise, but the mermaid king didn''t dare to ask for these benefits, and Meng Zhang wouldn''t force it on him.


    The strong within the aquarium, especially those with bad brains and rudeness, will not understand the intentions of the mermaid king.


    They just saw that after the magic disaster subsided, they put a large blank territory and did not occupy it, but gave it to human beings for nothing.


    Especially later, the mermaid King forced the aquarium to bow to the Taiyi gate, which was almost servile.


    Many proud aquariums simply regard it as a great humiliation.


    There are even many rumors spread among the major ethnic groups of the aquarium, saying that the mermaid king betrayed the aquarium and sold the aquarium to the human friars.


    Yu Boli was also honest and told Meng Zhang about many waves within the aquarium in recent years.


    Meng Zhang knows and doesn''t know what Yu Boli said.


    He was not particularly concerned about the internal situation of the aquarium before.


    Meng Zhang, who has absolute strength, is not afraid that the aquarium side dares to be unfavorable to Taiyi gate.


    Now Meng Zhang listened to Yu poli. Meng Zhang found that he overestimated the IQ of many members of the aquarium.


    Many ethnic groups within Shui nationality are relatively closed and conservative.


    Many people who sit around and watch the sky can''t tell whether they are strong or weak. They don''t know how many kilograms they have. They dare to be dissatisfied with taiyimen. They simply don''t know whether to live or die.


    If Meng Zhang had known that such a fool existed earlier, I''m afraid he would help the mermaid King clean up the aquarium.


    People inside the aquarium are in panic, and dissatisfaction with the mermaid king is accumulating.


    Many years ago, the mermaid family was juxtaposed with the mermaid family. Even in many cases, it has to surpass the fish people.


    Although for thousands of years, mermaids have spared no effort to eliminate the influence of mermaids within the aquarium.


    However, among many ethnic groups of Shui nationality, there are still many stories and legends about the fish people.


    With the influence of the mermaid family within the aquarium, it can indeed make many aquarium groups rebel against the mermaid family, especially when the mermaid king is unpopular.


    Yupolly doesn''t know when the fish people revived, let alone how they colluded with the traitors within the aquarium. She doesn''t even know the specific scope of the rebellion within the aquarium.


    Speaking of these things, fish Polly was very painful and self reproach.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean to comfort her.


    Mermaids have ruled aquarium for too long, and their sense of crisis is so weak.


    Mermaids have no news of their deadly enemies, and they relax their vigilance within the aquarium. It''s a disaster they deserve.


    Of course, the mermaid family still has great use value. Meng Zhang will not watch the other party completely perish.


    If yupolly didn''t lie about the mermaid family, Meng Zhang would want to keep the mermaid family.


    If we let the Yuren family become the leader of the Jiuquhe family, it will inevitably become the great enemy of Taiyi gate.


    After disappearing for thousands of years, Meng Zhang can make a comeback. Meng Zhang will not despise the fish people too much.


    He even had a hunch that the fish people were not simple and had many secrets.


    Yu Boli told Meng Zhang everything she knew.


    While they were still talking, he Luozhen Jun and Jin Qiaoer flew over from a distance and came to the island in the middle of the lake.


    They came directly to meet Meng Zhang and reported the latest situation to Meng Zhang.


    Not long ago, the aquarium army that blocked Mr. He Luozhen''s way seemed to have received some instructions and immediately withdrew quickly.


    When the aquarium army blocking the road withdraws, Mr. He Luozhen can come unimpeded.


    Jin Qiaoer found that the war seemed to have subsided at the aquarium headquarters, and followed him to find out.


    Meng Zhang thought a little and began to order.


    After he asked Mr. He Luozhen to go back, he recruited some friars from Jiuqu province to form an army of friars and stood by at Zhiyuan city.


    Taiyimen''s strongholds in the Daheng cultivation world, including vassal forces, should strengthen vigilance and prepare for battle.


    On this side of the great horizontal cultivation world, we should also organize an army of friars as a mobile force, led by Jin Qiaoer himself.


    Meng Zhang clearly knows that the internal strife of the aquarium is not just an internal affair of the aquarium, and taiyimen has long been unable to stay out of it.


    Although the fish people have not had contact with taiyimen so far, Meng Zhang has regarded it as an enemy.


    The mermaid family has experienced such changes. The mermaid king and the mermaid King''s son have died one after another. As the princess, Yu Boli has become the highest cultivation and status among the remaining people of the mermaid family.


    According to Meng Zhang''s suggestion, yuboli should immediately inherit the throne of the mermaid family, and then count the remaining power of the mermaid family.


    At the same time, she also needs to find out how many of the many ethnic groups of the aquarium are still loyal to the mermaid.


    If she issues a call up order in the name of the mermaid king, how many aquarium armies can she summon?


    If the ancestral land of the mermaid family was broken, yupolly believed that only a few traitors in the aquarium, and most of the aquarium were loyal to the mermaid family.


    There are also many people in the aquarium who follow the trend.


    The mermaid family came back strong, defeated the mermaid family, and almost killed the mermaid family


    After such news spread, Polly could imagine that the mermaid family would soon usher in a wave of betrayal.


    A large number of aquarium groups will quickly fall to the fish people.


    Fish Polly dare not ask too much. As long as there are enough aquarium groups to remain neutral and continue to wait and see, she will be satisfied.


    Without Meng Zhang''s support, Yu poli would have to lead the remaining people of the mermaid family to start the escape journey, how far away, how far away from the Jiuqu River.


    Meng Zhang''s presence here is a reassurance for Yu Boli, which gives her the courage to continue.


    Although Meng Zhang''s tone was polite and said it was a suggestion, for the current fish Polly, it was an order that could not be refused.


    Yupolly immediately took action and called the remaining Mermaid people on the lake island to see how many available people there were.


    In the previous war, the mermaid people on the island in the middle of the lake suffered heavy casualties. There was no one in ten, and almost all the people who could fight were exhausted.


    Cleaning up the ruins and treating the wounded alone will take great efforts of the mermaid family.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang did not sit idly by.


    At his command, a team of friars from Zhiyuan city came to help.

 Chapter 1544

    With the help of the Terran friars from Zhiyuan City, the ancestral land of the mermaid began to recover rapidly.


    The flames have long been extinguished, the ruins have been completely cleaned up, and the wounded have been treated


    Although the overall appearance can not be restored in a short time, it can at least barely meet people.


    This time, the casualties of mermaid clan were too heavy. Not only the people were killed and injured, but also the experts were almost lost.


    In ancestral land, there is no other strong person of Yuanshen level except yuboli, the imperial concubine.


    You know, in the heyday of the mermaid family, the strong at the level of Yuanshen were at least ten or twenty.


    The only good news is that due to the limited time, the enemy has no time to plunder here. Many treasures of the mermaid family are still intact.


    Yu Boli was also very decisive. She opened the treasure house generously and took out all kinds of precious resources and the accumulation of the mermaid family for thousands of years as a sacrifice to Meng Zhang.


    Yu Boli not only formally served Meng Zhangchen, but also paid a lot of protection fees.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t care much about the protection fee, it is still very useful for taiyimen.


    If taiyimen intervenes in the aquarium civil war, it is bound to recruit friars from all sides and mobilize the army of friars. At that time, the consumption of various resources will be absolutely indispensable.


    With this protection fee, we can not only greatly reduce the pressure of taiyimen, but also better summon monks to fight.


    Mermaids have ruled the aquarium for many years, and the heritage is deep enough.


    In addition to the ancestral land of the mermaid family, many key places in Jiuqu River have stationed experts and even armies of the mermaid family.


    Regardless of her injury, yuboli sent orders to the mermaid people everywhere to rush back to her ancestral land as soon as possible.


    In the ancestral land of mermaid, there are special communication devices that can contact the strong Mermaid everywhere.


    In order to ensure the accurate transmission of the information, yupolly had to convey the order in person regardless of her serious injury.


    Meng Zhang could not tolerate the accident of Yu Boli, so he had to condescend and escort Yu Boli to give orders in person.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in the art of space transmission and quickly shuttles around the Jiuqu River.


    In addition to the strong people of the mermaid family, there are also some dead loyalty of the mermaid family among other groups of the Shui family, which is still trustworthy.


    With the action of Yu Boli, the remaining strength of the mermaid family was quickly mobilized, and teams quickly concentrated towards the lake island.


    The rebels should have known for a long time that Meng Zhang began to intervene in the internal strife of Shui nationality.


    Based on the strength of the strong in the Yang God period, the rebels did not continue to attack.


    However, due to the lack of intelligence, Meng Zhang did not know the other party''s trend for the time being.


    One month after the mermaid family was attacked by a sneak attack, after sorting and repairing, some of the buildings on the lake island were restored, barely having the momentum of the aquarium headquarters.


    During this time, fish Polly also fully revealed her wrist.


    She tried her best to catch up with the people and contacts accumulated by the mermaid family for thousands of years, and finally came up with a force that can be used.


    The strong and garrisons outside the mermaid family have returned to the ancestral land of the mermaid family.


    Around Yu Boli, there are two more strong Mermaid people at the level of Yuanshen.


    A well-trained and well-organized Mermaid army is stationed nearby.


    In addition, among other ethnic groups of Shui nationality, there are also three strong men at the level of Yuanshen and several strong armies gathered under yupoli''s command.


    In this way, yuboli, the new king of mermaid family and the new leader of Jiuqu River family, finally has some cards.


    She sent many messengers to preach to the major ethnic groups of Shui nationality.


    Few ethnic groups are really willing to obey her. A large number of ethnic groups remain neutral, and some ethnic groups directly kill the messenger and openly oppose yupoli.


    All this was expected by yupolly.


    As a member of the mermaid family, she certainly hopes to keep the leader status of the mermaid family and revenge her enemies.


    To this end, she did not hesitate to completely take refuge in Meng Zhang.


    As long as she can take revenge and restore the status of mermaid, she is even willing to sacrifice all the aquariums in Jiuqu River.


    Meng Zhang readily accepted Yu Boli''s refuge.


    In Zhiyuan City, there is a newly organized army of monks who can send reinforcements at any time.


    At least on the surface, Meng Zhang still gave full respect to yuboli, allowing the mermaid family to maintain a relatively independent status.


    Except Meng Zhang, other Terran friars did not easily get close to the ancestral land of mermaid.


    At least it seems that the mermaid clan is not a vassal of taiyimen.


    Fish Polly has the strength to support herself, but it is still far away from revenge.


    Among the Jiuqu River clan, there are few people who support Yu Boli.


    Some of the other ethnic groups are on the sidelines, while others have completely taken the side of the rebels and openly raised anti flags.


    Most importantly, the core of the rebels, that is, the details of the mermaid family, has not been clearly understood by yupolly so far.


    She only knew that most of the strong men who had invaded the ancestral land of the mermaid were from the mermaid.


    Among them, there are two strong monks.


    If it were not for such a big gap in high-end combat power, the mermaid family would not have lost so miserably under the condition of occupying a favorable land.


    Except for the rebellion of many ethnic groups of Jiuquhe clan, the mermaid clan has no sign of massive attack for the time being.


    With the latest information, Yu Boli came to Meng Zhang and discussed the next countermeasures with Meng Zhang.


    For one thing, taiyimen is not ready for an all-out war.


    Second, friar taiyimen is far less convenient than aquarium for activities in the water.


    Third, on the surface, we should respect the mermaid landlord.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not sent taiyimen friars to investigate Jiuquhe clan. He also knew nothing about the enemy.


    He slowly analyzed the enemy''s strength according to Yu poli''s report.


    Yuboli also told Meng Zhang that there was a hidden force among the Jiuquhe clan.


    It is a rare but powerful group of black turtles.


    Black turtles are quiet and do not like to move. Once they sleep, they don''t move their nest for many years.


    In addition, this mysterious turtle group is very low-key up and down, and has never bothered to ask about foreign affairs.


    Therefore, even among the Jiuquhe ethnic group, this xuangui ethnic group has little reputation and few know its details.


    There are several mysterious turtles of Yuanshen level among the mysterious turtles, especially the ancestor of the mysterious turtle, who has a life of at least thousands of years, and his strength is particularly profound and terrible.


    Although the ancestor of xuangui is not a strong man at the level of Yang God, the great friars in the later period of yuan God are far from his opponent.


    Mermaid kings of all dynasties are respectful in front of xuangui''s ancestors. They regard themselves as younger generations and dare not be careless.


    Over the years, the ancestors of the xuangui clan have never been exposed, and the whole xuangui clan has never participated in it, whether it is internal or external fighting.

 Chapter 1545

    With the terrible strength of xuangui''s ancestor, as long as he wants, he can easily subdue the mermaid king and become the leader of Jiuqu River clan.


    But all the people of the xuangui family, including the ancestors of xuangui, are lazy.


    Not to mention competing for the position of aquarium leader, they are reluctant to sleep less.


    If it''s not a big thing, they don''t bother to move a little more.


    For many years, the mermaid king was also very relieved about the ancestor of xuangui.


    The mermaid King took the ancestor of xuangui as the biggest card of Jiuqu River clan. Unless it was at the critical moment of life and death, it was easy not to disturb him.


    This time, the mermaid family almost destroyed the family. Such a great change took place in the aquarium, and the fish Polly had to disturb the ancestor of xuangui.


    She was going to visit xuangui in person and ask xuangui to support her.


    But in her heart, she didn''t have enough assurance that the ancestor of xuangui would support her and the mermaid family.


    In the past, it was not so much the ancestor xuangui who supported the ruling position of the mermaid family as the ancestor xuangui who was too lazy to oppose the mermaid family.


    Especially this time the aquarium civil strife involved the mermaid, and the fish Polly hesitated even more.


    According to the ancient records of the mermaid family, the ancestor of xuangui personally experienced the cruel struggle between the mermaid family and the mermaid family.


    The ancestor of xuangui was closer to the mermaid, but the mermaid king used some means to ensure that the ancestor of xuangui remained neutral and did not intervene in the struggle.


    In order to keep enough room for maneuver, yuboli did not visit xuangui''s ancestor in person, but sent a confidant to visit xuangui''s ancestor on her behalf to seek xuangui''s support.


    The situation was not too unexpected for Polly.


    Her confidants were driven away by the xuangui family after they arrived at the seclusion of the xuangui family. They didn''t even say a word.


    This attitude of the xuangui family, even the most optimistic guess, is that they remain neutral in the internal struggle of the aquarium this time.


    The worst result, of course, is that they completely stand on the side of the mermaid and become the enemy of yupoli.


    After listening to Yu Boli''s report, Meng Zhang began to think.


    Jiuqu River clan also hid such a card as xuangui''s old ancestor, which was not beyond his expectation.


    As long as the ancestor of xuangui doesn''t have the strength of Yang God level, it''s not enough to be afraid.


    No matter which side xuangui''s ancestor took, he could not influence Meng Zhang''s plan.


    The situation of the mermaid is still unknown, which makes Meng Zhang a little wary.


    According to yupoli, the mermaid clan was completely destroyed and disappeared thousands of years ago when it was defeated by the mermaid clan.


    There must be a problem with the sudden emergence of forces that have perished for so long and have such strong strength.


    Of course, with Meng Zhang''s current strength, he will not be afraid of any more intrigues.


    The struggle in the cultivation world finally depends on strength.


    In the Jun dust world, due to the severe restrictions of the heavenly palace, the great energy of returning to emptiness cannot be easily used.


    Meng Zhang, a monk in the Yang God period, became the upper limit of being able to fight.


    Moreover, taiyimen also has a bottom card.


    Although the strength of the void son is not as good as that of Meng Zhang, the realm is the same. They are all at the level of Yang God.


    Let alone outsiders, even in Taiyi gate, there are only a few high-level people who know the real strength of vanity son.


    The only time Kongzi made a move was to help Meng Zhang sweep away the strong among the foreign invaders in the fog.


    The strong of those foreign invaders who participated in the war were either killed or captured, and the details of the vanity should not have been exposed.


    Meng Zhang, who has enough confidence in his heart, still hopes to take the initiative even when the enemy''s situation is unknown.


    According to his instructions, Polly fish quickly took action.


    On this island in the middle of the lake, under the gaze of many onlookers, yuboli officially ascended the throne of the mermaid family and became the new Mermaid king.


    When yuboli inherited the throne of King Mermaid, she also inherited the position of leader of Jiuquhe clan.


    She publicly ordered all the Shui Ethnic Groups in Jiuqu River to let the heads of major ethnic groups come to visit her in person within a limited time to express their submission to her.


    If there is any disobedience, yupoli will lead an army to crusade against it.


    At that time, she will severely punish these dissidents.


    At the same time of public orders, yupoli really began to organize an army and prepare for the expedition.


    This is Meng Zhang''s plan, simple, rough and effective.


    Yuboli doesn''t have to worry about the foreign enemies of the Merman clan, but first clean up the interior of the Jiuquhe clan.


    In this process, it goes without saying that the ethnic groups who submit to her will certainly face the crusade of the army.


    If the Mermaids ignore this, then yupoli can smooth out all opposition forces and integrate the Jiuqu River clan.


    If the Mermaids want to intervene, they will certainly send forces to fight.


    At that time, as long as the time is right, Meng Zhang will personally kill the strong among the merpeople.


    If the scale of the war is too large and the war situation is too wide, taiyimen will organize a large army of monks to participate in the war and help yupoli defeat the enemy.


    After the public order and before the time limit, only the heads of a few aquarium ethnic groups came to yupoli to show their obedience.


    These guys are timid and blind, and forget the horror of the fish people in those days.


    Due to the accumulated prestige of the mermaid clan ruling the aquarium for many years, they habitually bow their heads to the mermaid clan after being threatened by the order of yupolly.


    Polly doesn''t like these guys very much.


    These guys have average strength and are timid. They have been waiting and watching before, but they hope to get some benefits from the internal strife of the aquarium.


    Faced with the tough fish Polly, these guys immediately counselled.


    Although she doesn''t look up to these incompetent people, people take the initiative to surrender, and yupolly can''t be too harsh.


    Fish Polly used both hard and soft to hold these guys to death.


    Then, she recruited many aquarium soldiers from these ethnic groups to supplement her newly formed aquarium army.


    Polly''s time limit soon passed.


    Most of the Jiuquhe clan were like that and did not submit to her.


    Yu Boli, who was ready for the expedition, did not continue to wait, so she directly led the aquarium army.


    In this team, there are many soldiers of other ethnic groups in addition to the mermaid soldiers.


    There are four strong people at the level of Yuanshen.


    Such a lineup and strength surpass the vast majority of Jiuquhe ethnic groups.


    Yupolly chose the nearest family group as the first target and the object of Liwei.


    Among the many ethnic groups of Jiuquhe nationality, in order to maintain a relatively independent status, there must be at least one strong person at the level of Yuanshen among the ethnic groups.

 Chapter 1546

    Yuboli, who led the aquarium army, although yuboli is a female generation, has fully demonstrated her ability at this juncture.


    She not only has the cultivation equivalent to the mid-term of Yuanshen, but also has a very good combat effectiveness. Moreover, they are quite good at marching, arranging and commanding operations.


    After several victories, her strength became stronger and stronger, and the aquarium army led by her became stronger and stronger in the Vietnam War.


    Fish Polly is not afraid of trouble, conquering those aquarium groups one by one.


    If she meets a hard nail that is really hard to bite, she will ask Meng Zhang to do it.


    Among these aquarium groups, the strongest is the middle period of Yuanshen.


    As long as Meng Zhang pulls down his face and bullies the small with the big, he can easily assassinate them one by one.


    In order to speed up Yu Boli''s action of integrating the major ethnic groups of the aquarium and reduce the resistance she encounters, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind being an assassin.


    If you don''t need taiyimen to send out an army of friars, it is absolutely a very cost-effective thing to calm the internal strife of the aquarium only by relying on the aquarium army led by yupoli.


    Now it is only a few decades away from quelling the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    For cultivating a generation of elite practitioners, this time is not long.


    If it is not necessary, Meng Zhang is also unwilling to interrupt the rapid development of taiyimen and involve it in another war.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s secret help, Yu Boli''s action became more and more smooth.


    Those who joined forces to fight her aquarium group fell one after another.


    More and more aquarium groups are conquered by her, or take the initiative to surrender to her.


    Of course, there are some aquarium groups who are unwilling to surrender and unable to resist yuboli. They have to give up their habitat and start a long journey to move farther away.


    The Jiuqu River clan is nominally the ruler of the whole Jiuqu River. In fact, the main control area is the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    At the westernmost end of the upper reaches of Jiuqu River, it is the channel connecting the West Sea.


    On the other side of the West Sea, many aquarium groups, including Mermaid, seem to be very afraid.


    The ancestral land of mermaid clan is also the headquarters of Jiuquhe clan, which is more than 100000 miles away from the West Sea.


    Other ethnic groups of aquarium will also try to stay away from the West Sea.


    The territory of each major ethnic group is a long distance from the West Sea.


    At the junction of the West Sea and Jiuqu River, there is a huge and solid water fortress.


    The mermaid kings of all dynasties will send heavy troops to guard the fortress closely.


    No matter what happens elsewhere in the Jiuqu River, the mermaid king will not transfer the garrison of the fortress.


    In that fortress, the soldiers of the mermaid clan are the main, and the elite of the major ethnic groups of the Shui clan are concentrated, including the strong ones at the level of Yuanshen.


    Not long ago, the mermaid King led elite guards to the fortress after receiving the news of the accident in the fortress.


    Since then, the soul lamp worshipped by the mermaid king in the ancestral land of the mermaid family went out, and the fortress lost contact completely.


    After yupoli led the army, she started the expedition from near to far. For the time being, she didn''t care about the important fortress.


    According to the conjecture of her and the rest of the mermaid, the fortress must have fallen long ago.


    Now, those groups who fled from the yuboli front began to flee in the direction of the fortress.


    Yu Boli was not in a hurry to chase and kill these escaped guys. She still slowly subdued the aquariums in Jiuqu River according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s secret help, yupoli''s conquest came to an end ahead of time.


    In less than a year, the aquarium groups that did not have time to escape were basically conquered or completely destroyed by her.


    Jiuqu River is a long meandering river with numerous tributaries. There are countless rivers and lakes in the water area.


    Yupoli''s army didn''t spend a long time on fighting. A large part of the time was spent on driving and searching for enemy tracks.


    Even if the aquarium army has a great bonus on marching in the water, it is still very spirit consuming to March too long.


    In fact, there are too many large and small ethnic groups of Jiuquhe nationality.


    Yu Boli personally sent troops to conquer the ethnic groups with a little scale.


    As for those ethnic groups that are too weak, she is too lazy to ask about them now.


    Fortunately, after the large ethnic groups were conquered, those small ethnic groups either made a call or voluntarily surrendered.


    The army led by yupoli did not go too deep near the West Sea.


    Thirty thousand miles away from the fortress, the army stopped.


    Most of those who fled fled to the fortress.


    After a long time of running and fighting, yupoli''s Aquarium army is very tired.


    She needs some time to rest the army.


    The major aquarium groups newly joined the army also need time to integrate in order to truly form combat effectiveness.


    Fish Polly had a hunch in her heart that after the relatively easy battle in the early stage, she should bite hard bones next.

 Chapter 1547

    Meng Zhang didn''t go out with Yu Boli''s army. He spent most of his time in the ancestral land of the mermaid family.


    Yupoli has a long-distance communication device. In case of difficulties, as long as she asks Meng Zhang for help, Meng Zhang can immediately use space transmission to catch up and help her solve the problem.


    Of course, if it is not really forced, Yu Polly will not rashly contact Meng Zhang.


    After yuboli completely surrendered, the ancestral land of the mermaid family was completely open to Meng Zhang and let him take whatever he wanted.


    In the mermaid family''s treasure house, there are many rare treasures, especially those special spirits only produced in water, which are particularly precious.


    Meng Zhang''s main attention was not on these treasures, but on the various classics collected by the mermaid family.


    Jiuquhe nationality has its own unique civilization, and Mermaid nationality is a race with wisdom and long inheritance history.


    In addition to the classics related to cultivation and recording many cultivation experiences, Meng Zhang is most interested in the records of mermaid history.


    Among them, the classics that only the mermaid kings of previous dynasties are qualified to read are the focus of Meng Zhang''s attention.


    By reading these classics, Meng Zhang understood the origin of the mermaid clan, the origin of the Jiuquhe clan, and guessed the root cause of the internal strife of the Shui clan.


    Before the immortal came to preach in the Jun dust world, the Jun dust world was ruled by many native races.


    There are gods, sea people and even the real dragon.


    Among them, the divine race rules the vast land, and the sea race rules the boundless sea.


    Rivers and lakes on the continent are ruled by aquariums.


    Some aquariums submit to the divine race, and some aquariums are attached to the sea race


    Jiuqu River connects the West Sea, and the aquarium here is closer to the Haizu.


    In order to strengthen their control over the Jiuqu River, the Hai people specially sent the mermaid family to rule the Jiuqu River with the mermaid family.


    Later, the immortal came to the Junchen world, swept up the local aborigines, and moved a large number of people.


    The Terran thrives in the Junchen world and has cultivated countless Terran practitioners.


    In the process of becoming the ruler of the Jun dust world, countless wars naturally broke out between the Terran cultivators and the original races of the Jun dust world.


    The final result is to form the current situation of Jun dust world.


    Ethnic groups such as divine descent were almost extinct, and only a few escaped from the net disappeared and disappeared completely.


    The sea clan retreated to the depths of the sea and relied on the shelter of the real dragon clan.


    When the situation in the Junchen world changed greatly, the mermaid family was very wise. After judging the situation, they secretly hooked up with the Terran cultivators.


    Taking advantage of the defeat of the sea clan, the mermaid clan destroyed the mermaid clan and became the only leader of the Jiuqu River clan.


    There are naturally many opposition voices within the Jiuquhe clan.


    But at that time, the sea people were gone, the fish people were also destroyed, and the voice of opposition naturally disappeared slowly.


    The head of the aquarium was canonized by the sea family and given the throne.


    The Hai nationality also helped the Shui nationality establish a royal court.


    In the process of destroying the fishman family, the royal court was also destroyed.


    On the basis of the ruins of the aquarium royal court, the mermaid family made great efforts to establish a fortress to the sea.


    Tonghai fortress has isolated many links between Jiuqu River and the West Sea. It is used by Jiuqu River to defend the sea tribe. However, it does not matter and will not affect Meng Zhang''s next action.


    Even in the heyday of the Yuren clan, Meng Zhang will not be afraid, not to mention the current Yuren clan.


    He just needs to sweep the past all the way. The things behind the Mermaid will be opened by him sooner or later.


    After more than two months of rest and reorganization, the aquarium army under yupoli finally looks like a strong army.


    Yuboli also wants to quell the civil strife of the aquarium and consolidate the rule of the mermaid family as soon as possible.


    Yu Boli personally led this large-scale aquarium army and directly embarked on the journey.


    The goal of this expedition is the most likely hiding place of the Yuren tribe - Tonghai fortress.


    Those aquarium groups who fled their original territory and avoided the yuboli army have long fled around the sea fortress.


    During this period, these aquarium groups not only temporarily settled around the Tonghai fortress, but also strengthened the defense of the fortress.


    As the army led by Yu Boli began to approach, the Yuren clan hiding behind finally appeared.


    A group of mermaid strongmen appeared in the sea fortress and gained the command of the fortress.


    Those rebel mermaids, who are unwilling to accept the rule of yuboli, are quite powerful.


    Under the organization of this group of mermaid strongmen, a strong army was soon pulled up.


    King Jingou and others were originally the generals of Jiuquhe clan. They already have strong power.


    King golden hook is highly valued by the strong of the mermaid. He also runs actively and constantly strengthens the strength of his own army.


    The aquarium army led by yupoli went upstream and ran upstream along the main stream of Jiuqu River.


    Soon after, the aquarium army led by yupoli appeared not far from the sea fortress.


    While Yu Boli led the aquarium army to set out, Jin Qiaoer led an army of friars, took a flying boat and slowly approached the sea fortress from the direction of the shore.


    The river surface of the main stream of Jiuqu River is often very wide. Even the narrowest places are at least tens of miles wide.


    The most spacious places, hundreds of miles or even thousands of miles, are very common.


    The sea fortress is located on a river about 200 miles wide.


    In those years, the aquarium King''s court was more often called the fishman King''s court.


    Because the mermaid clan has been the leader of Jiuquhe clan for a longer time than the mermaid clan.


    Yuren Wangting is located at the bottom of Jiuqu River. It is a complete underwater city.


    In addition to the underwater part, the sea fortress built on the ruins of Yuren Wangting also has dozens of miles of buildings on the water surface.


    The fortress was originally an important defensive place for the mermaid family, which was specially used to resist threats from the sea.


    But now, it has become a base for traitors to make trouble.


    I don''t know how the Mermaids captured this fortress at the beginning?


    Although who is far from being bloodless, he does little damage to the fortress.


    After a little cleaning, the fortress not only restored its original defense, but also became more lethal.

 Chapter 1548

    The aquarium army led by yupoli has concentrated most of the forces she can mobilize.


    Among the army, there are more than ten strong people at the level of Yuanshen.


    Many soldiers from various ethnic groups of Shui nationality have jointly formed this army with a number of more than 100000.


    When this army came to the outside of Tonghai fortress, its momentum was very frightening.


    Relying on some lake islands and reefs in Jiuqu River, Tonghai fortress has built many defense facilities.


    The whole fortress is covered with all kinds of prohibitions, and it is backed by a fourth-order protection array.


    At the beginning, the Mermaids broke the fortress, largely with the help of the power of the traitors.


    Now, without an insider, it is absolutely difficult for yupolly to break through the fortress by force.


    The combined strength of the aquarium groups who oppose the mermaid group is not necessarily much weaker than that of the fish Polly.


    With the help of the strong of the mermaid, it has basically been in an invincible position.


    The head of the mermaid is probably very confident in himself.


    In the face of the large-scale attack of the army led by yupoli, they did not rely on the sea fortress, but took the initiative to lead the army out to fight.


    Relying on the sea fortress, under the high wall of the fortress, a large-scale aquarium army began to form a chaotic array.


    The commander of this army is not the strong man of the mermaid, but the king of the golden hook who betrayed the mermaid.


    King Jingou''s personal combat power is not lower than yupoli. Both his marching ability and the war he has experienced are far higher than yupoli.


    In the face of her bitter enemy, yupolly didn''t say a word of nonsense and directly led the army to kill the past.


    Because the two aquarium armies were loyal to different objects, they fought fiercely under the Tonghai fortress.


    Under the guidance of their respective flags, different ethnic groups, such as shrimp soldiers and crab generals, water snakes and turtles, mermaids and fishmen, have launched a fierce battle of life and death with their opponents.


    Shortly after the battle began, it entered a white hot stage.


    Countless Jiuquhe clan died in the battle, blood of various colors flowed all over the surrounding River, and all kinds of broken limbs and arms flew everywhere


    Meng Zhang didn''t rush to help, but watched silently behind.


    Although Yu Boli had long served Meng Zhangchen, she was willing to make Jiuquhe clan a vassal of Taiyi gate.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t trust Yu Boli and the Jiuquhe clan under her leadership.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the strength of Jiuqu River clan is still a little stronger.


    It''s not a good thing that taiyimen suddenly has such a strong subordinate.


    If this situation is not handled properly, there will be endless disasters.


    Therefore, Jiuqu River clan had better be weakened.


    Meng Zhang would like to see the army led by yupoli and the enemy she faces, no matter where there are huge casualties.


    The Jiuquhe clan had better be in this civil war. With heavy casualties and great loss of strength, taiyimen can safely take it for their own use.


    Looking at the battlefield full of corpses and rivers of blood ahead, Meng Zhang waited silently, waiting for the consumption of both sides. It was time for him to make a move.


    A large part of the aquarium army under yupoli was forcibly recruited.


    Including those strong people at the level of Yuanshen, she had to obey her orders.


    Whether it is morale or obedience, yupoli''s Aquarium army has many shortcomings.


    Although her opponent''s Aquarium army is also Patchwork and composed of different aquarium ethnic groups, King Jingou is worthy of being a veteran on the battlefield. He has trained this army with a model and combat effectiveness.


    The two sides fought for a long time, each with casualties. It was difficult to distinguish between them, and it was difficult to decide the outcome for a while.


    At this time, Polly began to take out her cards.


    The mermaid people have ruled Jiuqu River for so many years, but they still have a lot of details.


    A black flag rose behind yupoli, and with the sound of drums and gongs, waves surged into the sky and rushed to the opposite side.


    This is a large-scale war magic weapon made by Mermaid clan with secret method, including drum wave flag and high wind Gong and drum.


    This kind of war magic weapon is composed of many magic weapon parts. The more parts, the greater the power.


    For thousands of years, the mermaid family has spent countless efforts and resources to create a large number of composite parts.


    Such large-scale war tools are often used in large-scale battlefields.


    Last time the mermaid clan was betrayed by traitors, and Zu Di was attacked secretly. It was too late to take out such war tools from the big library and distribute them to his troops.


    Before the war, yuboli made full preparations, used all the power she could, and would never be stingy with the magic tools she should use.


    With the use of the drum wave flag and high wind gongs and drums, we can see that one wave follows another wave of turbulent water waves, one after another rushing towards the enemy''s army.


    The water turned into all kinds of monsters and rushed to the king of golden hook from the front.


    King Jingou and his guards stood on the water and cleaved the incoming waves.


    However, among the aquarium army, there is the king of golden hook, but few people have such accomplishments.


    Those aquarium soldiers with insufficient cultivation can''t support them after resisting the fierce water waves for a moment.


    Soon, the aquarium army led by King Jingou began to shake, the army array collapsed and the feet of the array were washed out.


    Yupoli''s battlefield experience is not as good as king golden hook, but her battlefield smell is equally sharp.


    She seized the opportunity and led her aquarium army to rush forward madly.


    Under her strict order, the strong men of the major ethnic groups of the aquarium who were banned by her had to lead their men to work hard.


    After a fierce attack, the aquarium army led by King Jingou couldn''t resist and had to start to retreat.


    Neither King Jingou, as Yu Boli''s opponent, nor Meng Zhang, who watched the war, expected that Yu Boli was so good that she had the upper hand and defeated the enemy in such a short time.


    Although the defeat has appeared, the king of golden hook is not so flustered.


    The more at this time, the more you can show the ability of King Jingou.


    He tried to stabilize his position and avoid the collapse of the whole army.


    From time to time, he led the guard to launch a counterattack, trying to block yupoli and the enemy''s impact.


    The mermaid side probably didn''t expect the golden hook king to lose so quickly.


    In order to reverse the war, the strong Mermaid had to take out some cards in advance.


    On the side of the battlefield where the two aquarium armies fought fiercely, waves of water suddenly rolled up. A huge black turtle stepped on the waves and directly launched an attack on the yuboli army.


    Although they had already had some psychological preparation, the xuangui family really stood on the opposite side and stood with the mermaid family, which still shocked yupoli.

 Chapter 1549

    The xuangui family has always kept a low profile. Once they sleep, they hardly move their nest.


    Among ordinary aquariums, the xuangui family has no reputation.


    However, among the high-level Shui people, especially those who have a long tradition, the reputation of the xuangui family is really thunderous.


    Those who have enough insight know that the xuangui family is the real strong among the many ethnic groups of Jiuquhe family.


    For many years, the xuangui family has been the biggest card and last resort of the Jiuquhe family.


    Now, it has become a strong enemy of fish Polly.


    The number of black turtles launching the raid is not large, but hundreds of black turtles.


    But among these mysterious turtles, there are real strong ones like clouds.


    Under the leadership of several mysterious turtles at the level of Yuanshen, only a few hundred mysterious turtles have the momentum of thousands of troops.


    Not to mention that the army led by yupoli is now struggling with the enemy. Even if it is so rushed at ordinary times, it must be well prepared to deal with it.


    If these turtles rush into the army at this time, the army led by yupoli will collapse immediately.


    Polly, who has taken out various means and has no way to resist, is not very flustered.


    She didn''t even bother because these turtles were too distracted. She still focused on the army led by King Jingou.


    Seeing that these turtles were about to rush into the target army, Meng Zhang sighed and had to shoot in advance.


    If the army led by Yu poli really collapsed, even with Meng Zhang''s ability, it would take a lot of effort to turn the war around.


    Meng Zhang needs to weaken Yu Boli and her enemies, but he doesn''t want her to retreat completely.


    A huge palm fell from the sky and slapped heavily into the xuangui team.


    After a loud noise, countless water waves mixed with flesh and blood rose into the sky, and many broken turtle shells could be seen faintly.


    Under the attack of the strong Yang God, the Xuan turtle team immediately suffered heavy casualties and almost collapsed.


    Even the strong at the level of Yuanshen are vulnerable in front of the huge palm.


    "The Terran friar is shameless. He bullies the small with the big. I will not spare you lightly."


    With a roar, a huge turtle, almost like an island, rose from the bottom of the water and floated above the water.


    The giant turtle''s head alone is like a hill.


    The whole body of the giant turtle revealed a terrible and ferocious smell.


    Under the oppression of this breath, the fighting aquarium army and the black Turtles who had just escaped were frightened and began to panic.


    Meng Zhang has guessed the identity of the other party without the introduction of fish polido.


    The other party should be the legendary ancestor of xuangui.


    The ancestor of xuangui in yuboli''s mouth is an expert hermit in the aquarium. He is very peaceful and independent of the world.


    But now the ancestor of xuangui is clearly a fierce beast.


    With the appearance of the ancestor xuangui, even the celestial phenomena changed, and the dark clouds began to gather in the sky.


    Meng Zhang was also a little surprised. The momentum of this mysterious Turtle was about to reach the monk of Shangyang God.


    Before Meng Zhang had time to explore more, the angry giant turtle had already shot.


    When the giant turtle opened his mouth and sprayed, a wave of water turned into countless sharp arrows and shot at Meng Zhang.


    The endless sun and moon light came down from the sky, dispersed the dark clouds in the sky and fell on the river.


    The giant turtle''s attack was dissolved by the sun and moon god light. Not to mention, the sun and moon god light fell on the giant turtle''s huge body.


    Countless rippling water lights appeared around the giant turtle''s huge body, blocking the irradiation of the sun and moon.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and xuangui fought with each other.


    After only a short fight, Meng Zhang found out the details of xuangui''s ancestor.


    His cultivation level has surpassed that of the great friars in the later period of the yuan God, and is not much worse than that of the true king in the period of the Yang God.


    The level of power displayed by the ancestor of xuangui is almost similar to that of Meng Zhang.


    Of course, in the use of power, he is worse than Meng Zhang.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, the sun and moon changed thousands of times, and easily suppressed xuangui''s ancestor.


    Although the ancestor of xuangui fell to the disadvantage, he had strong defense, especially the turtle shell was indestructible and could resist the attack of Yang God.


    If Meng Zhang wants to completely surpass xuangui''s ancestor, he can''t do it in a short time.


    After Meng Zhang suppressed xuangui''s ancestor, he had extra strength and shot in other directions.


    He didn''t put out much strength. He just threw it at will and completely dispersed the team of Xuan turtles with heavy casualties.


    A Black Turtle ran around like a headless fly and fled the battlefield far away.


    Although these turtles are powerful, they stay in their old nest all year round and sleep with their heads covered. They don''t have much combat experience at all.


    With the protection of xuangui''s ancestors, they don''t have to worry about survival or compete for anything.


    After so many years of peaceful life, these turtles have been completely abandoned.


    These turtles rely on the strong to bully the weak. It''s OK to fight with the wind.


    In case of setbacks and huge casualties on their own side, they were immediately scared to pieces.


    Xuangui''s ancestor roared angrily.


    He is not only angry with future generations, but also hostile to Meng Zhang''s killers.


    Meng Zhang will not be affected at all. He is trying to make this giant turtle slowly.


    When the giant turtle is taken away, the essence of its blood will be made into a Dan medicine. It must be a great supplement.


    The shell of this giant turtle can also refine many excellent defense magic weapons.


    The army led by King Jingou was defeated by the army led by yupoli, and the ancestor of xuangui was completely suppressed by Meng Zhang.


    The strong man of the Yuren clan, who has been hiding behind, can no longer sit still and has to fight directly.


    In a secret room of Tonghai fortress, three strong Yuren people with the strength of the late Yuan God sat opposite each other.


    Among the three of them, there is a seemingly simple and old incense burner.


    The three strong Mermaid worshipped the incense burner very piously, then chanted words and quickly recited secret spells.


    As their strength was poured into the censer, a wisp of smoke began to rise in the censer.


    The smoke seemed to be only a thin wisp, but it gathered but did not disperse. It soon rose into the air and flew all the way over the sea fortress.


    That wisp of smoke turned into a huge fish man with a height of more than 100 feet, a ferocious head and four arms.


    The fish man had weapons in his four arms and rushed to Meng Zhang in front of the fortress.


    Meng Zhang''s face became somewhat solemn.


    This huge fish man also has the power level of Yang God level.


    Before the ancestor xuangui could get rid of it, a new strong enemy appeared again.


    Meng Zhang not only did not have the slightest fear, but gave birth to a bit of pride out of thin air.


    Without waiting for the fisherman, Meng Zhang took the lead.

 Chapter 1550

    This time, the mermaid clan planned and led the civil strife of Jiuquhe clan, almost exterminated the Millennium enemy Mermaid clan, and completely subverted the ruling order of Jiuquhe river.


    Even if the fish people were on the verge of success because of Meng Zhang''s intervention, they were not discouraged.


    Even knowing that Meng Zhang is the strong one in the Yang God period, the Yuren still dare to compete positively. Naturally, they have their own cards and rely on.


    Not to mention anything else, just the cards of the mermaid itself.


    In the history of Jiuqu River, the mermaid nationality once overtook the mermaid nationality, ranking above many aquarium groups and becoming the ruler of Jiuqu River.


    Among them, in addition to the secret support of the sea family, it is because the mermaid family has a strong man equivalent to the Yang God level of the human cultivator.


    Relying on this strong man at the level of Yang God, the mermaid family controlled the Jiuqu River family, and even marched on land.


    But it was also a time of luck. That was the time when the human cultivators rose, began to invade the four directions, and finally became the ruler of the Junchen world.


    Not to mention the Merman clan, even the sea clan behind the Merman clan, in the face of powerful Terran cultivators, they also fought and lost repeatedly, and finally had to retreat to the deep sea to avoid its edge.


    Even if the mermaid is in the strongest stage in history, it can''t resist the surging trend of Jun dust world.


    The high level of mermaid was killed by Terran cultivators, and even the strong at the level of Yang God did not escape.


    The mermaid clan, which has been suppressed by the mermaid clan for many years, took the opportunity to rebel and set off a massive rebellion in Jiuqu River.


    Even if a strong man like xuangui had the intention to support the mermaid, he knew that the general trend was so far that he was unable to return to the sky, so he had to hide and was out of sight.


    The mermaid race was exterminated by the mermaid race and has never been seen since.


    Of course, the return of the mermaid family shows that there were fish that escaped the net when the family was destroyed.


    In the hands of these escaped fish, there is the inside information accumulated by the mermaid for many years.


    Although the strong man of the Yuren clan at the level of Yang God has long been killed, the magic weapon in the shape of the incense burner left by him is the biggest card that the Yuren clan can continue to this day.


    Three strong mermaids jointly urge this incense burner to turn out this huge Mermaid with Yang God level strength.


    Facing the strong enemy, Meng Zhang also began to feel pressure and had to show his real strength.


    The Yin and Yang Qi formed in the air, and a black and a white airflow swept down, surging towards the huge fish man.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang didn''t relax his suppression of xuangui''s ancestor, and the sun and moon god light became more ferocious.


    As the saying goes, the thousand year turtle and the ten thousand year bastard.


    Turtles are the long generation of Shouyuan, especially the different species of xuangui.


    The ancestor of xuangui has lived for tens of thousands of years and personally experienced the era when the sea people ruled the sea, the divine people ruled the mainland, and the aquarium ruled the rivers


    Later, he witnessed the rise of Terran practitioners step by step, conquered the four directions and became the overlord of Junchen world.


    This time, the Mermaids please move the ancestor of xuangui. One is the friendship between the two peoples over the years.


    In these years, the mermaid people have been hiding from the mermaid people. Among them, the ancestor of xuangui secretly helped and provided protection.


    Second, the Yuren clan presented a treasure that xuangui''s ancestors had been longing for for for many years, so they couldn''t help but be unmoved by xuangui''s ancestors.


    With the help of this treasure, the ancestor of xuangui broke through the congenital blood shackles and achieved unprecedented achievements of the xuangui family.


    Now the ancestor of xuangui has the power of Yang God level.


    But there is no corresponding sense of control power, so you can''t give full play to your own power.


    He is not really a strong man at the level of Yang God. He can only be regarded as more than half of the strong man of Yang God.


    As long as he is given enough time to thoroughly digest all the gains and master the new power, he will be promoted to the real strong man of Yang God level.


    The ancestor of xuangui supported the mermaid to turn back and recapture everything they lost.


    But he didn''t agree with the Terran cultivator.


    The ancestor of xuangui has lived in seclusion for a long time and doesn''t know much about the situation around Jiuqu River.


    He did not expect that the Jiuquhe clan under the rule of the mermaid clan would have such a close relationship with the human cultivators.


    The mermaid had just had an accident, and the mermaid cultivators couldn''t wait to step in and stand on the mermaid side.


    The fish people knew the situation around the Jiuqu River, but they didn''t tell xuangui in detail.


    Meng Zhang''s decision was a little unexpected.


    Of course, for some reason, the mermaid has long been mentally prepared to fight with the Terran cultivators.


    Even if Meng Zhang doesn''t take the initiative to intervene this time, when the mermaid clan controls the Jiuquhe clan and resumes its rule in the Jiuquhe River, the mermaid clan will also embark on the road of becoming an enemy of taiyimen.


    Although xuangui didn''t want to be the enemy of the Terran cultivator, he could not get off the ship. There was only one way to go to the dark.


    Regardless of his face, Meng Zhang bullied the small with the big and personally killed the children and grandchildren of the xuangui family, which aroused the great anger of the ancestors of xuangui.


    Master xuangui launched a series of water magic powers and desperately attacked Meng Zhang.


    The huge fish man strong man also dashed towards Meng Zhang against the attack of yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang fought one against two, but he was not afraid. He still shot at his own pace.


    After a fight between you and me, Meng Zhang has roughly figured out the details of each other.


    Among the strong Yang gods, there are also high and low points.


    Meng Zhang didn''t advance to the Yang God period for a long time, but because of his solid foundation and excellent inheritance, his cultivation is quite outstanding among many Yang God friars in the Jun dust world.


    After years of practicing in the void, his cultivation became more and more proficient.


    Although there are two enemies, neither of them is a real monk in the period of Yang God.


    In terms of the huge fish man, it can be regarded as the combat power of the Yang God level at the bottom.


    The famous ancestor of xuangui is an incomplete strong man of Yang God level.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing to pay enough price, he is sure to defeat and even kill his opponent.


    After years of wandering in the cultivation world, Meng Zhang gradually developed the habit of keeping his hands on everything.


    He still has some doubts about the internal rebellion of the aquarium, so he should keep a little cards and is not willing to fight with all his strength now.


    As a result, Meng Zhang and his two opponents fought fiercely, but they couldn''t tell the outcome in a short time.


    The small army of taiyimen friars led by Jin Qiaoer had already taken a flying boat and came not far from the battlefield.


    Before Meng Zhang''s clear command, they also watched silently there and did not directly participate in the war.


    The civil war of Shui nationality mainly took place in the wide Jiuqu River, and the two sides were also affected by fierce war.


    Fortunately, there is still a constant distance from the Terran territory, so it has not caused much damage.

 Chapter 1551

    Meng Zhang fought with one enemy and two strong enemies. For a moment, he was in a stalemate, and it was difficult to distinguish the victory from the defeat.


    Where they fought, they deliberately or unintentionally avoided the battlefield where the two aquarium armies fought, so as to avoid the aftermath of the battle from hurting the two armies.


    On the battlefield where the two aquarium armies are fighting head-on, relying on the war tools accumulated by the mermaid family for many years, yupoli has stood in the absolute upper hand.


    King Jingou, such a veteran on the battlefield, can''t resist this younger generation at last.


    The cards taken out by the Yuren family are used to resist Meng Zhang. For the time being, they are unable to take into account the king of the golden hook.


    The aquarium army led by King Jingou began to retreat.


    Fortunately, the king of the golden hook was well organized and broke up in person, which did not lead to the collapse of the whole army.


    Moreover, the place where they lined up against the enemy was not far from the Tonghai fortress, which can be said to be at the foot of the Tonghai fortress.


    The defeated aquarium army returned to the sea fortress in disorder.


    Yupoli was about to pursue the victory, and all kinds of defense equipment arranged on Tonghai fortress began to become powerful.


    Thick water dragons gushed out of the fortress, and arrows like raindrops shot out


    The aquarium army under yupoli had to stop temporarily and resist the attack of the fortress first.


    It was under the cover of the fortress that yupoli''s pace was delayed, and the aquarium army led by King Jingou returned to the fortress.


    He is not an opponent in the frontal battle, but it is not difficult to defend the fortress.


    Soon, King Jingou led a group of defeated soldiers to join the defense of the fortress.


    The power of Tonghai fortress is almost well known in Jiuqu River.


    The army led by yupoli made a tentative attack. After finding that the enemy had completely mastered the fortress and could give full play to the power of the fortress, the army left the corpses all over the ground and took the initiative to retreat.


    Facing the high sea fortress, yupoli had to order the army to retreat temporarily and far away from the attack range of the fortress in order to reduce her own casualties.


    The fortress was built by the mermaid family with all their efforts and countless human and material resources.


    As the king of the mermaid family, how can yuboli not know the strength of this fortress.


    Although she led the army to victory in the field, she was not sure of conquering the fortress.


    The enemy experienced this defeat. Although the casualties were heavy and the vitality was greatly damaged, as long as the enemy relied on the defense of the fortress and couldn''t defend it, yupoli really had nothing to do.


    Even if she forced her aquarium army to attack the fortress regardless of casualties, she was just dead in vain.


    Yuboli took the initiative to lead the aquarium army back and lined up far away from the sea fortress.


    She even had the wrong fantasy in her heart, hoping that the enemy would be dazed and take the initiative to come out of the fortress to pursue her own army.


    Of course, fantasy is just fantasy. The king of golden hook is not so stupid.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and his two opponents continued, and there was no sign of an end at all.


    The two aquarium armies have temporarily truced and separated from contact.


    Yupolly had nothing to do with the powerful sea fortress and had to look at it.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and his two opponents can''t tell the outcome for a moment. It doesn''t seem to make much sense to continue fighting like this.


    After fighting for a while, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave the battle.


    He gave up the suppression of xuangui''s ancestors and put away the sun and moon. Then he also took back Yin and Yang and flew back to the army led by yupoli.


    After fighting for so long, the angry ancestor xuangui had long calmed down.


    Speaking of it, he was not willing to be the enemy of Terran cultivators, and his desire to fight was also the lowest.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to retreat. He seemed to forget the casualties of his children and grandchildren and took the initiative to retreat.


    The huge fish man was even more straightforward, directly turned into a wisp of smoke and flew back to the sea fortress.


    The battle is finally over. There is no need to maintain this magic weapon. The three strong fish people sitting around the incense burner were finally relieved.


    Although they all have the strength of the late Yuan God, they also need to bear a lot of pressure to urge this magic weapon against the enemy.


    After the giant fish man appeared, he was consuming their energy and spirit almost every moment.


    If the battle time is delayed too long, in order to maintain the huge fish man strong, magic tools will even consume their life and origin.


    They are secretly happy at the bottom of their hearts. Fortunately, the enemy stopped when he saw good and did not continue to entangle.


    If the battle goes on so endlessly, even if the strong fish man doesn''t show defeat, they will be dragged to death and tired to death.


    Seeing his biggest card and backing, Meng Zhang has taken the initiative to stop the war. Yupoli has no choice but to take the sea fortress and has only a temporary truce.


    The aquarium army she led was well prepared and had brought all kinds of materials before going to battle.


    At a distance from Tonghai fortress, yuboli personally commanded the aquarium army to set up a camp.


    In this process, yuboli deliberately revealed many flaws, but the enemy in the opposite fortress was unmoved and had no intention of going out.


    There are not many ordinary prohibitions in the camp, let alone the defense array.


    The whole camp is leaking everywhere, full of flaws, and has little defense.


    After setting up the camp, the whole aquarium army was stationed in the camp.


    Although this army is barely a winner, it has just experienced a great war and suffered heavy casualties.


    After camping, the whole army looked defenseless.


    In the face of the flaws deliberately exposed by Yu Boli, the king of golden hook resisted the temptation and had no impulse.


    The previous field battle, in addition to losing soldiers and sacrificing generals, also made him understand the combat effectiveness gap between the two sides.


    Since he can''t fight Polly for the time being, he won''t fight a fat face and insist on going out to fight each other head-on.


    Relying on the fortress of Tonghai, he is fully confident that he can stick to it all the time.


    Since the strong man of the mermaid clan handed over the command of the army to the king of the golden hook, he also has the courage to use people.


    The strong Mermaid let King Jingou command the army, March and arrange various strategies and tactics, but did not interfere.


    The biggest task of mermaid strongman and xuangui ancestor is to block Meng Zhang, the strongman of the Terran in the Yang God period.


    If there is no force at the same level to hold Meng Zhang down, let the unstoppable Meng Zhang enter the army. Then the aquarium army will have no resistance, and the whole battle will become a one-sided massacre.


    Only by holding Meng Zhang in check can the battle between the Shui nationality armies be meaningful.


    In the same way, Meng Zhang also wants to stop the strong fish Terran and the ancestor of xuangui from directly attacking the army led by Yu Boli.

 Chapter 1552

    Soon after setting up camp and slowly adjusting and recovering, the whole aquarium army slowly recovered its energy and its combat effectiveness began to recover.


    After a period of rest, the unwilling fish Polly personally led the army and tentatively attacked the sea fortress several times.


    In this process, she deliberately revealed flaws many times, trying to lure the enemy out of the field.


    Yuboli knows about Tonghai fortress very well. The mermaid family has all the drawings of Tonghai fortress, so that she can know all the details of Tonghai fortress.


    After King Jingou took control of Tonghai fortress, he strengthened the defense here and made up for many previous flaws.


    The combat effectiveness of the army under King Jingou is only a little inferior to that of yupoli, and there is no too big gap.


    If it were not for the war tools accumulated by the mermaid family for many years, it would be difficult for yupoli to win in the field.


    Now the king of the golden hook, a veteran on the battlefield, personally commands the defense. Even Yu Boli has no chance to take advantage of it.


    Fish Polly made several exploratory attacks, but paid casualties in vain and left corpses all over the ground.


    She deliberately revealed her flawed trick of luring the enemy. It is feasible to deal with those simple minded other aquarium generals, but she can''t hide it from the experienced golden hook king.


    After several times of futility, yupolly had to admit defeat. She really had nothing to do with Tonghai fortress.


    In these wars, Meng Zhang and the ancestor of xuangui, as well as the huge Mermaid revealed by the strong of the mermaid, are also fighting.


    They have fought fiercely these times, but the two sides not only didn''t win, but even didn''t consume much.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t know how much the strong Mermaid had to pay to maintain the incense burner and show the huge Mermaid.


    If he really knows the inside story, he doesn''t need to pursue victory in every war. He just needs to delay slowly and can bring down the enemy.


    Time passed so slowly, but there was nothing to do to get through the sea fortress. Yupolly began to feel frustrated.


    Meng Zhang was pinned down by the enemy''s strongmen. Relying solely on the aquarium army in yupoli''s hand, he could not break the sea fortress.


    Do you want to return in vain? Fish Polly''s heart is full of reluctance.


    After becoming the king of the mermaid family with the support of Meng Zhang, yuboli personally led a large army to conquer the East and the west, almost equalizing the major ethnic groups of the Jiuqu River family and restoring the rule of the mermaid family over the Jiuqu River.


    Now there are not only the remaining rebels of the Jiuquhe clan, but also the feud of the mermaid clan.


    As long as we conquer the sea fortress and eliminate the enemy on the opposite side, we can not only eliminate rebellion and revenge, but also stabilize the situation of Jiuqu River.


    But they have come to this step, but they can''t win the final victory. How can yupolly be reconciled in her heart.


    In fact, the victory or defeat of this war has long been out of yupoli''s control.


    In other words, from the beginning, both the fate of the mermaid family and the war against rebellion were under Meng Zhang''s control.


    From the beginning of the war to the present, Meng Zhang can defeat the enemy at any time if he wants.


    Even if the mermaid and xuangui tried their best to stop, it would take a little more effort at most.


    Meng Zhang didn''t do it. In addition to deliberately killing the strength of the aquarium and wiping out Yu Boli''s spirit, he also wanted to see that no one had jumped out.


    The great hermit of the Jiuqu River clan, the ancestor of xuangui, finally stood on the side of the mermaid clan. Yu Boli had expected and had told Meng Zhang about this possibility.


    At the time of the war, Meng Zhang was not shocked by the great strength of Yang God summoned by the powerful Mermaid, although it was a little novel.


    Through this period of fighting and testing, if there are no more cards on the mermaid side, Meng Zhang will really start with all his strength.


    Yu Boli had to beg Meng Zhang for help because she failed to attack Tonghai fortress several times.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. Just let her wait patiently.


    There must be a result of this expedition, and all future troubles of Jiuqu River will be solved accordingly.


    In addition to believing Meng Zhang, Yu Polly had no other way but to continue to wait.


    Later, Polly even made exploratory attacks and didn''t bother to do it.


    She stationed her aquarium army in the camp and hardly moved out.


    Meng Zhang and his opponents would move their hands from time to time.


    In such a battle, xuangui realized that he had gained a great deal.


    Through the fight with Meng Zhang, he actually began to slowly adapt to the newly acquired power.


    If he continues to develop like this, before long, he will be able to fully grasp the power of Yang God level and become a real strong man of Yang God level.


    At this time, xuangui no longer rejected the war, but actively wanted to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Sometimes, he would even go outside yupoli camp and take the initiative to challenge Meng Zhang behind him.


    Meng Zhang also noticed this, but he didn''t care at all.


    In his eyes, the ancestor of xuangui was already dead bones in the tomb and could not hop for a few days.


    Two months after yuboli led the aquarium army to Tonghai fortress, Meng Zhang finally got what he needed.


    Vanity son finished his task and came to Meng Zhang.


    Since the rebellion of Jiuquhe clan, Meng Zhang had a hunch that the matter was not as simple as it seemed, and there must be a deeper inside story behind it.


    Since he survived the thunder disaster with the help of Meng Zhang, he has stayed in the gate of Taiyi gate all the year round and hardly contacted outsiders.


    Except for a few high-level officials in Taiyi gate, no one else knows his existence.


    The nether child is a tool that becomes the Tao, which is essentially different from the human cultivator.


    But anyway, after the thunder robbery, his strength in the Yang God period can''t be fake.


    Meng Zhang ordered vanity son to go out secretly and come to Daheng cultivation world to listen to the order.


    After vanity son sneaked under Meng Zhang''s command, he was ordered by Meng Zhang to monitor chige Zhenjun in the black market.


    All along, Meng Zhang has doubts about chige Zhenjun.


    If he didn''t want to tear his face with the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang would have taken chige Zhenjun for interrogation.


    Although the taiyimen dark hall has a large number of elites, it does not have the ability to monitor a big monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The Kongzi with the strength of the Yang God period went to monitor chige Zhenjun, which was enough for the God to completely grasp all his whereabouts without being aware of the ghost.


    Kongzi watched chige Zhenjun for a long time and didn''t find anything unusual.


    Chige Zhenjun''s actions have no flaws. He has been mobilizing human and material resources to rebuild the black market branch.


    Not long ago, vanity son caught chige Zhenjun''s painful foot.


    Chige Zhenjun not only secretly met with the strong of the mermaid, but also secretly met with the messengers of the sea family.

 Chapter 1553

    Taiyimen had a big war with the invading Hai people on the other side of the Gobi.


    However, the strength of the Hai ethnic group who invaded the Gobi was average and did not set off too much storm.


    For the real strength of Hai nationality, the seemingly aggressive invasion can only be regarded as a small-scale attack.


    Among the sea people, there are also many ethnic groups.


    The more powerful the Hai ethnic group, the more it retreated to the depths of the sea.


    The Hai ethnic groups that haunt near the shallow sea are relatively weak ethnic groups.


    Some are losers in the internal struggle of the Hai nationality, some are exiled guys within the Hai nationality, and some are new tribes that have split up and seek opportunities


    The Hai ethnic group who invaded the Gobi Gobi came all the way to seek new development opportunities along the coast of the Gobi Gobi.


    Their strength is not weak, but it is also very limited.


    Because of the fear of Terran practitioners, the truly powerful Hai ethnic group will not easily attack the mainland.


    In fact, in the whole Jun dust world, the Hai nationality attacked the islands near the mainland from time to time. However, it is relatively rare to really drive straight into the mainland and invade the mainland on a large scale.


    Even if you come here once in a while, the strength of the sea people''s army is limited and the level is not high.


    The original Taiyi gate was still a Jindan sect gate. It defeated the sea army that launched a tentative attack, and forced the other party to make concessions with the support of Jin Lizhen.


    Later, when taiyimen became stronger and stronger, the Hai ethnic groups who had fought with taiyimen dared not easily invade taiyimen territory.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, the guard against the sea clan has never been relaxed for so many years.


    Chige Zhenjun colluded with the mermaid family, but also with the sea family.


    With this alone, Meng Zhang can take him down and make the Dark Alliance have nothing to say.


    As for the collusion between the mermaid and the sea, Meng Zhang had long expected.


    In the historical classics of the mermaid family, it is clearly said that the mermaid family entered the Jiuqu River with the support of the sea family and became the ruler here.


    This time, the Mermaids made a comeback with the support of the sea clan, which was also expected by Meng Zhang.


    Vanity son found something, but he didn''t surprise Meng Zhang.


    After he informed Meng Zhang of his discovery, Meng Zhang ordered him to continue the investigation.


    The enemy knew that Meng Zhang was a monk in the period of Yang God, and dared to oppose him. There must be support behind him.


    In the battle of attacking Tonghai fortress, Meng Zhang has forced out two cards of the enemy.


    The nether child is originally the spirit of the top space magic weapon nether tripod, and has a high attainments on the space Avenue.


    In addition to continuing to monitor chige Zhenjun, he also took time to display the art of space transmission and went to the west of Daheng cultivation world.


    There, the sea water from the West Sea poured into the Jiuqu River because of some special law. After some magical changes at the beginning of the river, the sea water became a river and became the source of the Jiuqu River.


    Vanity son continued to go deep into the West Sea and went to the vast sea.


    On the sea hundreds of thousands of miles away from the mainland, a large number of marine troops are on standby there.


    Among the army, in addition to the ordinary strong people of the Hai nationality, there are also the strong people of the real dragon family at the level of Yang God.


    If the void son was not good at hiding in the space gap, he would almost be discovered by the strong of the real dragon family.


    Although this sea clan army is eyeing Daheng Xiuzhen world, it has no tendency to attack immediately.


    If the real dragon of Yang God level led the sea family army to invade the Daheng Xiuzhen world, it would not be a matter for the taiyimen family.


    Not only the Ziyang holy sect, which controls the north of the Jun dust world, can''t sit back and ignore it, but I''m afraid the whole Terran practitioners in the Jun dust world will be disturbed.


    After observing the sea clan army, Kongzi sent it back to Daheng Xiuzhen world and continued to monitor chige Zhenjun.


    Chige Zhenjun was very careful and tried not to reveal any flaws.


    Every time he met with the strong of the mermaid, he not only kept it extremely confidential, but also secretly carried out after determining that Meng Zhang was still in the ancestral land of the mermaid.


    Yes, there are still many traitors and traitors on the aquarium controlled by the mermaid clan.


    Yupolly''s previous expedition only eliminated a group of overt traitors.


    There are also some traitors who secretly hide, keep in touch with the mermaid and pass various messages to them.


    Meng Zhang appeared outside the Tonghai fortress and fought with his opponent. It seemed that he had no time to attend to him. Chige Zhenjun personally took a mysterious item outside the Tonghai fortress and handed it to a strong Yuren waiting here.


    The void son didn''t stop their handover and didn''t come near to check because he was worried about startling the snake.


    After that, chige Zhenjun had no other action.


    After hearing the report brought by Kongzi himself, Meng Zhang fell into meditation.


    The enemy that bothered him most should be the sea clan army that stayed in the sea.


    Meng Zhang was afraid that there was a real dragon of Yang God level in the army.


    Now the Junchen world is ruled by the human cultivators, who are well deserved overlords.


    However, the rule of the Terran cultivators was limited to the mainland that occupied most of the Jun dust world, as well as the offshore.


    The real ocean, deep in the ocean, is still under the control of the real dragon family.


    The real dragons seem to retreat to the depths of the ocean and dare not compete with the human practitioners. But similarly, the power of Terran cultivators can''t go deep into the sea.


    This is enough to show that the real dragon family has the power to compete with the human cultivators.


    What''s more, the Zhenlong family supports the Hai family and has repeatedly attacked offshore islands and coastal continents.


    There are so many holy doors of the Terran family, and no one can do anything to the real dragon family.


    If the strong Yang God of the real dragon family leads the sea family army to invade the Daheng Xiuzhen world, Taiyi gate will face a very difficult and dangerous situation.


    Fortunately, the mainland of the Junchen world is a Terran cultivator with great potential. Although there are many small-scale attacks of the Hai nationality, I''m afraid it needs to think about a real large-scale invasion.


    Of course, according to the current situation in the north of Junchen world, Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial dynasty are at a stalemate. If the sea family army really invades on a large scale, it is not impossible.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang had heard from her mother-in-law that the Junchen world was about to change, and the relationship between the religious sects of the major holy places began to become increasingly tense.


    It is difficult to maintain the apparent harmony among many holy places.


    Many tacit understandings between the Holy Land and the sect were broken.


    If Ziyang holy sect encounters trouble or even crisis, I''m afraid many other holy sects will be happy to see its success.


    The last time the demon disaster broke out in Daheng Xiuzhen world, Meng Zhang and many people had found that Ziyang Shengzong seemed unreliable.


    Ziyang Shengzong not only evaded his obligations, but also pulled Meng Zhang''s hind legs.

 Chapter 1554

    If the sea clan army really invades on a large scale, Ziyang Shengzong may turn a blind eye and tolerate it for the time being, kicking the big trouble to taiyimen.


    After thinking properly, Meng Zhang decided not to wait any longer.


    The general details of the enemy have been found out, and all the enemies that should be exposed should have been exposed.


    Meng Zhang wants to give priority to the immediate opponents before the sea army starts a large-scale invasion.


    Otherwise, when the sea people''s army really invades on a large scale, these leading parties and insiders may really cause a lot of trouble.


    In the same sentence, we must first settle down the Jiuqu River and straighten out all kinds of relations here before we can deal with foreign enemies.


    The aquarium in Jiuqu River will also be an important force against the invasion of Hai nationality.


    Now that he had made a decision, Meng Zhang took immediate action.


    He first gave orders to Jin Qiaoer, who had been watching the war not far away.


    After receiving the order, Jin Qiaoer immediately led the friar army to set out in a flying boat.


    Then he asked yupolly to reorganize the army and be ready to attack at any time.


    After he destroyed the defense of the sea fortress, yupoli led the army to pursue the victory.


    Finally, Meng Zhang asked vanity son to sweep the array for himself in the dark, and he began to go out.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to fly to the Tonghai fortress as he had done in previous battles.


    Before he flew close to Tonghai fortress, xuangui''s ancestor was disturbed and took the initiative to intercept him.


    During this time, when there was no war with Meng Zhang, the ancestor of xuangui had been sleeping on the river in front of the Tonghai fortress.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, he took the initiative to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Sometimes, he even took the initiative to challenge Meng Zhang.


    This time, xuangui''s action is no exception.


    Seeing a huge tortoise, they fought fiercely with Meng Zhang outside the Tonghai fortress.


    Soon after they started fighting, the strong Yuren in the fortress soon received the news.


    They knew that xuangui''s ancestor alone could not resist Meng Zhang.


    Without any hesitation, the three strong mermaids immediately sat down around the incense burner and began to urge the magic weapon.


    Soon after, a huge fish man strong man flew from above the Tonghai fortress and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    Soon after the strong fish man appeared, he would join hands with xuangui to attack Meng Zhang as usual.


    Maybe, in the mind of xuangui, he thought that this battle would be the same as previous battles, and both sides would win or lose, so that he could fully absorb the combat experience and understand the secret of mastering new forces.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has made up his mind to get rid of them in this war, completely solve the problem and end the battle that has been delayed for some time.


    Not long after the fight began, the ancestor of xuangui had a very different feeling from before. As if Meng Zhang had changed from inside to outside, he became stronger and more terrible.


    The sun and moon god light falling from the sky changed greatly, as if it was a very viscous liquid, so it continued to fall on the ancestor of xuangui.


    Xuangui felt unprecedented pressure, as if countless mountains were squeezing his body.


    Master xuangui not only couldn''t continue to cast spells and attack, but also it became very difficult to move his huge body.


    The rippling water light around his huge body barely blocked the falling sun and moon.


    Countless spider silk cracks appeared on the water light, as if they would collapse in the next moment.


    Meng Zhang temporarily suppressed xuangui''s ancestor and focused the rest of his attention on the strong fish man.


    Although the ancestor of xuangui is a little weak, he is not so easy to kill because of his talent.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also had the idea that the ancestor of xuangui was full of flesh and blood, and was not willing to waste it easily.


    Although the strong fish man has the strength of Yang God level, it is the manifestation of magic tools after all. Its intelligence is limited and its response is not so timely.


    The two Qi of yin and Yang turned into a big grinding plate of yin and Yang and appeared on the head of the strong fish man.


    The huge millstone turned gently and began to consume the power of the strong fish man.


    This kind of close combat is equal to the direct hard work of both sides. There is not much room for ingenuity in the middle.


    Meng Zhang and the strong fish man are rapidly consuming their strength. It depends on who can''t hold it first.


    In this way, the three strong fishmen who urged the incense burner and magic tools suffered.


    Although they all have the strength of the later level of Yuanshen, they still can''t support it soon.


    The weakest fish man, the strong man couldn''t help spewing out a mouthful of blood, and his face became very pale.


    They all know that the battle has reached a critical moment and must not relax.


    Therefore, regardless of the consequences, the three strong fish men began to use the secret method to stimulate the source in the body and urge all their potential.


    After holding on for a while, the bodies of the three strong fish men were shaky and could not sit stably, as if they would fall down the next moment.


    One of the fishman strongmen couldn''t help drinking.


    "When do you have to wait until we are exhausted?"


    After a moment, an uncertain voice came from a distance.


    "Please hold on a little longer. Victory is in front of you."


    "Meng Zhang not only has profound cultivation, but also has experienced hundreds of battles and rich combat experience."


    "Although he is now one against two, he seems to be going to beat his opponent. But he still hasn''t relaxed his vigilance. It seems that he still has a spare point."


    "We only have one chance. If we don''t hit him, he will be vigilant. We won''t be able to plot against him again in the future."


    Hearing this sound, the faces of the three strong mermaids were even more ugly.


    "Three, this is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity and the only opportunity."


    "As long as you can plot against Meng Zhang successfully, you don''t want to kill him, you just need to hit him hard."


    "After he quits the battle, the enemy will no longer be able to stop xuangui''s ancestor."


    "With the power of xuangui''s ancestors, you can easily destroy the enemy army in front of you and completely lay a victory."


    "Taiyi gate is even more headless, and it is difficult to intervene in the affairs of Jiuqu River."


    "Three, the hatred of the fish people for thousands of years, their persistence and patience for thousands of years, will come to fruition today."


    "Have you forgotten the hatred of extermination suffered by your ancestors and the blood oath made by your family in those years?"


    The voice kept beating. The three strong mermaids had to work hard.


    "That''s it, that''s it. I''ll fight for my life today and give up this crippled body. I''ll also achieve the wish of our family for thousands of years."


    The oldest of the three strong fish men sighed and left his last words.


    "You two, the future of our family is up to you. I''ll go first today."

 Chapter 1555

    The mermaid elder finally confessed and took out a half foot long gold needle.


    He looked at the golden needle and his face changed. After hesitating for a moment, his face became firm and made his final decision.


    He raised the gold needle in his right hand and plunged it heavily into his top door.


    The seemingly slender gold needle easily pierced his thick scales, stabbed to the end, and all disappeared into his top door.


    A moment later, the tall body of the old Mermaid turned into a blood mist and disappeared into the incense burner.


    This blood mist contains the life-long cultivation of the old Mermaid, as well as the whole body''s Qi and blood.


    Excited by the blood mist, the incense burner shook slightly.


    Meng Zhang, who was fighting the huge fish man strongman, suddenly felt that the opponent opposite was like taking a big tonic and became more fierce and violent.


    He had to spend extra effort to strengthen the yin-yang grinding plate, so that he could continue to suppress the strong fish man.


    In the Tonghai fortress, with the death of the mermaid ancestor and the disappearance of his body into blood mist, the gold needle became blood shining and flew into the air.


    This gold needle is the item that chige Zhenjun gave to the mermaid some time ago.


    This is a strange magic weapon, which is mainly used for assassination and raid.


    If this magic weapon wants to exert its maximum power, it needs the strong to take the initiative to die under it.


    The strong man killed by the golden needle is like being sacrificed. After death, even the spirit cannot be liberated.


    Thousands of years ago, the mermaid took the opportunity to launch a rebellion and wiped out the mermaid as the leader of the aquarium.


    Under the secret protection and cover of xuangui''s ancestor, some of the remaining sins of the mermaid family escaped.


    This part of the remaining evils did not dare to stay near the Jiuqu River and fled the waters near the Jiuqu River.


    By chance, the remaining sins of this part of the mermaid were taken in by the Dark Alliance.


    Dark Alliance is a mysterious organization with complex members.


    In the Dark Alliance, there are many alien races in addition to the human cultivators. It''s not unusual to have a group of mermaids.


    The dark alliance leaders who took in the Mermaids also had their own purposes.


    Later, with the help of the Dark Alliance, they sent members overseas to establish contact with the sea people.


    The fish people originally came from the sea people. Among the sea people, there are not only many other fish people, but also have a relationship with these fish people.


    Although Haizu retreated to the deep sea, it has always been full of ambition for offshore areas and rivers and lakes on the mainland.


    Some high-level Hai people who have high vision and great plans even have many activities secretly to prepare for the Hai people''s invasion of the mainland one day.


    This Mermaid clan was originally a chess piece sent by the sea clan. It soon contacted the Shanghai clan and got some secret help from the sea clan.


    In addition, the Dark Alliance took in this Mermaid, but also saw its advantage as an aquatic race, and was ready to use it in the battle of rivers and lakes.


    After thousands of years of recuperation and slow development, the strength of this Mermaid family has gradually recovered, even if it is not far from its heyday.


    The Yuren rebellion within the aquarium was caused by various forces.


    With the strength of this Mermaid clan, we can kill back to Jiuqu River, eliminate the old enemy Mermaid clan and restore its rule over Jiuqu River clan.


    However, due to the suppression of the Dark Alliance, the sea family also thought that the time was not coming, so the mermaid family had to endure silently.


    Until recently, the sea clan was ready to move and tried to invade the Daheng cultivation world from the sea.


    Therefore, the sea clan hopes that the mermaid clan will regain control of the Jiuqu River to cooperate with the next action of the sea clan.


    The Dark Alliance also hopes that the Mermaid will make a noise in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The Dark Alliance is more aimed at Ziyang Shengzong. For the malice of taiyimen, it''s just easy.


    Meng Zhang didn''t give face to the senior level of the Dark Alliance. He sheltered Ye Zhenjun and jueying master and apprentice, and even dared to intervene in the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance.


    It is also a lesson for Meng Zhang and taiyimen that some senior officials of the Dark Alliance are willing to see.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is also a strong man in the Yang God period, which is not so easy to deal with.


    If you can''t succeed in one attack, taiyimen, led by Meng Zhang, will become the great enemy of the mermaid family.


    The Dark Alliance secretly supports the affairs of the mermaid, and it is impossible to keep it secret forever.


    After this matter is exposed, Meng Zhang will certainly treat the Dark Alliance as a great enemy.


    Don''t forget that Meng Zhang still has the identity of law enforcement envoy of Tiangong. He himself is also a peripheral member of the Zunyi Department of Tianlei.


    With the intelligence capability of the Dark Alliance, these situations must have been familiar to me for a long time.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang must die.


    Only the dead Meng Zhang can not continue to make waves.


    Tianlei shangzun is such a person. Even if he is optimistic about Meng Zhang, he will not quarrel with the Dark Alliance for the sake of a dead man.


    But if Meng Zhang is still alive, with the resources he can use, he can cause a lot of trouble to the Dark Alliance.


    In order to ensure a fatal blow and not give Meng Zhang a chance to escape, the Dark Alliance has also made a lot of preparations.


    The Dark Alliance handed a treasure to the ancestor xuangui through the hand of the fishman family.


    With the help of this treasure, the ancestor of xuangui broke through the congenital shackles, made great progress in cultivation and possessed the power of Yang God level.


    The ancestor xuangui, who took the benefits of the mermaid family, had to go to battle naked and take part in the war himself.


    Otherwise, for the sake of the respect that the mermaid family has been paying to themselves for many years, the ancestor of xuangui is really ashamed to be an enemy of the mermaid family.


    Among the mermaids, in addition to the three strong men at the later level of Yuanshen, there is also a mixed race people called fishbone.


    Among the fish people, which have a long history, they attach great importance to the purity of blood.


    Because of their impure blood, fishbones were not valued among the mermaid when they were young. They even suffered many humiliations and were regarded as slaves.


    Later, an elder of the Dark Alliance valued the extraordinary talent of fishbone and accepted it as a disciple for careful cultivation.


    Fishbone, a hybrid despised by the mermaid race, has finally become a strong man in the Yang God period after the cultivation of the Dark Alliance.


    Fishbone is especially good at sneaking into the way of assassination. It is a prestigious high-end assassin in the dark League, and has long been among the high-level of the dark League.


    Fishbone has assassinated countless hostile strongmen and made great contributions to the Dark Alliance.


    With fishbone''s status today, the Dark Alliance will not use him easily.


    Because the target of this assassination was Meng Zhang, the famous strong man of Yang God period, he sent out assassins at the level of fishbone.


    With the intelligence means of the Dark Alliance, we can certainly make Meng Zhang''s brilliant past clear.


    The more in-depth understanding of these intelligence, the more we know the difficulty of Meng Zhang.


    Even if an assassin like fishbone is dispatched, there is little hope of successful assassination.

 Chapter 1556

    Whether it is to strengthen the ancestor of xuangui or the strong man of the Yuren clan to use the treasure uploaded by the ancestor, it is just to contain Meng Zhang, distract him and provide an opportunity to assassinate the fishbone.


    Fishbone never expected that these alone could surpass Meng Zhang, a strong man in the Yang God period.


    The only one who can really deliver a fatal blow to Meng Zhang is a strong man of the same rank like fishbone.


    Now, the ancestor of xuangui is suppressed by Meng Zhang and has almost no power to fight back, which fully proves that the fishbone''s previous judgment is accurate.


    The relic in the shape of incense burner uploaded by the ancestors of the fish people still has great potential to be tapped.


    If you want to put more pressure on Meng Zhang and let him have no time to distract, you must urge this treasure to the extreme.


    In order to completely urge the power of this treasure, it needs the sacrifice of the three strong mermaids.


    Fishbone because of early experience, although it is also a member of the mermaid family, it has little feelings for the mermaid family, let alone a sense of belonging.


    After the rise of the fishbone, of course, the mermaid family tried every means to please the old ancestor and try to restore relations so that the old ancestor could return to the mermaid family.


    For the strong at the level of Yang God, whether the blood on his body is pure or not has no meaning.


    Mermaids have great use value for the Dark Alliance.


    Dark Alliance also hopes to use the identity of fishbone to deepen its control over the mermaid.


    Although the fishbone has a lot of connections with the fishman family, it has never regarded these guys as its own people.


    For the great plan of the Dark Alliance, he can sacrifice the mermaid without changing his face.


    The gold needle taken out by the old mermaid was the magic weapon given by the Dark Alliance.


    This magic weapon has a strange place. It needs strong people to voluntarily sacrifice under the golden needle in order to give full play to its maximum power.


    The stronger the strong who voluntarily sacrifice, the greater the power of the gold needle.


    The purpose of cultivating truth is to seek longevity. How many people are willing to sacrifice themselves?


    Of course, with the power of the Dark Alliance, a few objects can also be found.


    It is not uncommon to use relatives to threaten and voluntarily sacrifice themselves for the sake of the clan and the family.


    After years of sacrifice and refining, the lethality of this magic weapon has become more and more terrible.


    But for fish bones, this is far from enough.


    The master who had voluntarily sacrificed under the golden needle was not strong enough, so the golden needle was not fully refined.


    This time, he finally took advantage of the situation and forced the future and fate of the ethnic group, so that a strong Yuren in the later period of Yuanshen voluntarily sacrificed.


    But this is not enough. Someone needs to continue to pay and sacrifice.


    Soon after the fish bone broke through the Yang God period, it turned its own flesh with a secret method, and the strength obtained was used to strengthen the Yang God.


    He who voluntarily gave up his flesh also voluntarily gave up the fetters of his flesh and blood.


    For the so-called people of the mermaid, he has no mercy, but takes it as an object that can be used.


    At the moment, the Yang God of the fishbone is hidden nearby, but no trace is revealed.


    "What a respectable elder. He doesn''t hesitate to sacrifice himself for the future and destiny of the mermaid."


    The fish bone exclaimed in the secret room.


    It was clearly a voice of admiration, but the remaining two strong mermaids felt very harsh.


    The censer was stimulated, and the strength of the revealed Mermaid giant increased for a while, and then began to fall back slowly.


    Meng Zhang not only continued to use the yin-yang millstone to suppress the huge fish man strongman, but also sacrificed taiyifen lightsaber.


    After Meng Zhang advanced to the Yang God period, his hard-working swordsmanship did not stop, but became more and more pure.


    After the huge fish man was restrained by the yin-yang grinding plate, it was a little inconvenient to move.


    At the moment, taiyifen lightsaber appears and disappears, showing thousands of sword lights. Its body is hidden in the sword light without any trace of Ruth.


    However, in a moment, the huge Mermaid giant was overwhelmed and many wounds appeared on his body.


    Fortunately, this Mermaid giant is manifested by magic tools, and there is no entity in itself.


    The wound stabbed by taiyifen lightsaber looks terrible, but it is not fatal.


    However, every time he is stabbed by taiyifen lightsaber, the mermaid giant will lose some strength.


    If the situation does not change and continues like this, sooner or later the mermaid giant will run out of strength and disappear.


    With the fishbone''s eyes, although he has been hiding in the sea fortress, he can still clearly see through everything in the field.


    He is an assassin with some traditional habits and pays great attention to the timing of his shot.


    If he doesn''t hit, he will be far away.


    If the timing of the shot is not appropriate, he will not force the shot, but wait for the next opportunity.


    "Unfortunately, the sacrifice of the elder was wasted."


    "Meng Zhang is so strong that he completely controls the rhythm of the battle."


    "Even if I force my hand, I don''t have a chance. Instead, I make him vigilant out of thin air."


    "Forget it this time. You have the right to treat it as a waste of effort and pay for nothing."


    "You take advantage of the fact that the war situation has not completely deteriorated, quickly evacuate with your people and wait for the next opportunity."


    Hearing the persuasion of the fishbone, the remaining two strong mermaids looked bitter.


    I gave up this time. Who knows when the next opportunity will appear.


    The hatred of extermination, the hatred of thousands of years, should we continue to endure?


    This time the incident was not successful, the mermaid family had experience and learned a lesson, and will definitely completely invest in taiyimen.


    With this experience, the Mermaid will no longer leave opportunities for the enemy.


    The arrangement of the Yuren people over the years has been in vain. Not only did the people sacrifice in vain, but all their cards were exposed.


    The mermaid race is a violent race, and there is a crazy side in its blood.


    Under the protection of the Dark Alliance, the strong mermaids had to suppress their own nature and obey the orders of the Dark Alliance.


    The incident in Jiuqu River was regarded by the high level of the mermaid as an opportunity to get rid of the control of the Dark Alliance and regain its independent status.


    How could it be possible to give up the opportunity that we have won and the expectations of the whole ethnic group for thousands of years because of a mere setback.


    "As long as we completely contain Meng Zhang and create a good opportunity for you, you can seize the opportunity to assassinate?"


    "That''s right."


    "How sure are you of success?"


    "I will do my best. I will never leave my hand at all."


    After a conversation, the two Mermaid strongmen first had a calm face, and then showed a crazy color.


    They respectively took the gold needle and plunged into their top door without hesitation.


    The two powerful Yuren people in the later period of Yuanshen died one after another under the golden needle. Their lifelong cultivation and all their Qi and blood were automatically put into the incense burner, which became the driving force to urge this magic instrument.

 Chapter 1557

    The incense burner shaped magic weapon finally aroused great power after receiving the lifelong cultivation and even life blessing of two powerful Yuren people in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The huge fish man strong man, which had a somewhat depressed momentum, suddenly rose.


    I saw his breath rising continuously. Finally, he pushed open the yin-yang grinding plate released by Meng Zhang, and then waved all kinds of weapons to kill Meng Zhang.


    These three Mermaid strongmen can be said to be used incisively and vividly and give full play to their value.


    Their flesh turned into blood mist and put it into the incense burner.


    They took the initiative to die under the golden needle, and they refined this magic instrument into great power.


    Their value has not been wasted at all. They have really paid everything for their own ethnic group.


    The golden needle that just killed three strong Mermaid people floats quietly in the air.


    A long shadow suddenly stretched out beside him and grasped the golden needle firmly.


    I feel a little sorry for the fishbone that has been hidden in the shadow.


    Three Mermaid strongmen voluntarily killed, barely achieving his goal.


    Unfortunately, if a strong man in the Yang God period is willing to die under this gold needle, this gold needle will certainly be sacrificed and refined to have the strongest power.


    Even if Meng Zhang, such a monk in the Yang God period, was hit, it was probably hard to escape.


    Of course, that''s what fish bones think.


    It''s more difficult than going to heaven to let the strong in the Yang God period sacrifice on their own initiative.


    The shadow sneaked into the vicinity of the battlefield from the sea fortress.


    Fishbone has just promised the strong man of the mermaid, and he himself has long targeted Meng Zhang.


    As long as circumstances permit, he certainly hopes to get rid of Meng Zhang as far as possible.


    Although he said some words of deception, he used some means to bewitch the strong of the mermaid.


    But in getting rid of Meng Zhang, he will really go all out.


    Seeing the huge fish man, the strong man rushed to himself, Meng Zhang was not flustered at all.


    The power of yin and Yang increased greatly, and the huge Yin and Yang grinding plate caught up and suppressed the huge fish man strong again.


    Xuangui, who was suppressed by the sun and moon, saw that the huge fish man was powerful and thought the opportunity came. He also began to stimulate his potential and struggled desperately.


    Meng Zhang did not consume all his strength because of the huge fish man.


    He had extra strength to suppress xuangui''s ancestor. No matter how hard they struggle, they can''t get rid of the shadow of the sun and moon.


    The long-awaited fishbone finally came the opportunity he expected.


    Whether it was the sudden outbreak of the strong fish man or the desperate ancestor of xuangui, Meng Zhang needed more strength to continue to suppress them.


    In this case, even the taiyifen lightsaber of Meng Zhang''s imperial envoy was a little weaker.


    The opportunity is rare. Maybe this is the last chance. Without the slightest hesitation, the fishbone suddenly made a sneak attack.


    This may not be the best time for a sneak attack, but it is difficult for fishbones to find a better time.


    Originally, the stormy river was suddenly covered with countless dark shadows, which swept madly towards Meng Zhang.


    The clear sky suddenly became dim. Countless dark shadows in the sky fell from the sky and poured into Meng Zhang one after another.


    Meng Zhang, who was suppressing his two opponents, was suddenly attacked, but there was no panic.


    The sun and moon jewels on his head were shining brightly, and the endless sun and moon lights suddenly burst out, illuminating the sky and the earth, leaving all the shadows invisible and disappeared.


    Meng Zhang broke the fishbone''s magic power as soon as he made a move, but it was just the beginning.


    Under the cover of the movement just now, the shape of the fishbone suddenly appeared not far behind Meng Zhang, driving a gold needle and shooting at Meng Zhang like lightning.


    Meng Zhang''s face was expressionless and did not dodge. He let the fishbone do it.


    Seeing that he was about to hit the target, the fishbone not only did not have the slightest joy on his face, but his face changed greatly and was preparing to get away.


    He just felt that the scene in front of him suddenly changed. In a whirl of heaven and earth, he appeared in a separate space.


    When Meng Zhang fought with two enemies, Xu Kongzi hid in the nearby space gap and secretly swept the array for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that the style of conduct of the Dark Alliance had always been relatively stable.


    If you want to deal with a monk like Meng Zhang in the period of Yang God, it is not enough to rely on the opponents that have appeared.


    So Meng Zhang guessed that the Dark Alliance should also prepare a backhand to sneak attack while he was unprepared.


    Meng Zhang, who had been prepared for a long time, also prepared the backhand of vanity son to prevent the enemy''s means.


    The accomplishments of the void son on the avenue of space are still above Meng Zhang.


    He secretly hid in the nearby space gap. As long as he didn''t take the initiative to expose, it would be difficult for others to detect his existence.


    Fishbone, an assassin with a high vigilance and keen sense, was also concealed by vanity.


    When the fishbone shot to sneak attack Meng Zhang, vanity son shot at Meng Zhang''s command.


    By using the technique of space transformation, Nihon not only cracked the long planned assassination of fishbone, but also trapped him in a temporary independent space.


    When the fishbone found something wrong, he had been caught.


    After the weapon spirit of the void tripod passed the thunder robbery of the Yang God, the void son as the tool spirit can also be regarded as a monk of the Yang God period.


    Of course, compared with the real Yang God friars, especially the strong ones in the Yang God friars, the void son is much inferior in many aspects.


    However, his purpose was not to defeat the assassin fishbone, but to trap him temporarily until Meng Zhang freed his hand and then slowly concoct the assassin.


    The assassins in the Yang God period are not Chinese cabbage. Even the old forces like the Dark Alliance can''t be sent casually.


    Seeing that the void son trapped the fishbone, Meng Zhang felt relieved. The pressure he had felt was gone.


    Meng Zhang knew that all the enemy''s cards had been taken out, and now it was time to counter attack by himself.


    Taking advantage of the void son to trap the fishbone temporarily, Meng Zhang began to break out with all his strength without any reservation.


    Meng Zhang''s two opponents who had been suppressed by him immediately felt great and almost irresistible pressure.


    Even if the fishbone was trapped by the void, it also felt Meng Zhang''s terrible strength.


    He looked bitter. He found that he underestimated Meng Zhang.


    With the intelligence capability of the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang has long investigated the general situation of Meng Zhang''s life clearly.


    To sum up, Meng Zhang entered the Yang God period for a hundred years at most, and his accomplishments were so terrible.


    At this time, fishbone even couldn''t help but reflect in his heart. Some senior leaders of the Dark Alliance were enemies with Meng Zhang because of some spirit disputes, so they had to deal with taiyimen.


    Is such an approach, such a decision, wise?

 Chapter 1558

    After the void son trapped the fish bone, he didn''t waste his time in vain. He also began to exert his various space magic powers, slowly consuming the power of fish bones.


    The fishbone found that there were a lot of space cracks around it. Like a sharp blade, it kept chopping towards its own body.


    The space around his body seemed to tighten all at once.


    Almost endless pressure severely bound his body, making it difficult for him to move. He also looked like he was going to crush his body completely.


    Even if Xu Kongzi is a little weak among the friars in the period of Yang God, he can be regarded as a member of the friars in the period of Yang God in essence.


    The ability that a friar in the Yang God period should have and the magic skills that he should master are almost complete.


    If you really start, you have a model, not an empty shelf.


    In the face of such a strong man of the same rank as vanity son, fishbone can''t say it''s completely ignored.


    He also needs to expend a lot of energy to resist the attack of vanity.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head flew into the air, and then slowly fell to the ancestor of xuangui.


    This fourth-order magic weapon, the sun moon pearl, is a little weak in the current battle at this level, but it doesn''t have any effect at all.


    The yin-yang Linghu, the life magic tool behind Meng Zhang, flew up with the sun and moon pearl to the head of xuangui''s ancestor.


    Two fourth-order magic tools are more or less useful.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, two fourth-order magic tools strengthened the suppression of xuangui''s ancestor.


    At this time, three strong mermaids sacrificed their lives one after another, and the power given to the magic weapon in the form of incense burner finally began to dissipate.


    The huge fish man strong man not only began to fall back quickly, but also began to weaken slowly.


    After repeated assassinations by taiyifen lightsaber, the huge fish man strong man began to become weak.


    If you want to activate the incense burner like magic weapon, you must at least have the strength of the later cultivation of the yuan God.


    There is no such strong man among the fish people now.


    Without the urge of the strong, the huge fish man strong, the little power originally stored, can''t last long.


    Before long, the huge fish man strong man was completely dissipated under the rolling of the yin-yang grinding plate.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, whether to pick up the persimmon and pinch it soft first, take down the weak chicken of xuangui''s ancestor, or clean up the assassin first.


    Assassins must be difficult to deal with, and assassins are always slippery. If you accidentally let the other party escape, there will be a lot of trouble in the future.


    It''s better to take the assassin down, so that we can have the ability to bargain with the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang thought of this and gave orders directly to the spirit of Yin-Yang spirit gourd and sun moon pearl.


    The spirits of the two fourth-order magic weapons began to stimulate their potential, fought their old lives, and tried their best to suppress the ancestor xuangui.


    Even though Meng Zhang assigned a lot of power to help them, it was still difficult to suppress xuangui''s ancestor by relying on two fourth-order magic tools alone after Meng Zhang fell into a struggle with the assassin.


    At that time, I''m afraid the two fourth-order magic tools will have to pay some price.


    Fishbone, an experienced assassin, believes in losing one shot and hiding thousands of miles.


    This is his secret to escape from various dangerous environments for many years.


    After being trapped by the void, the fishbone has been thinking about the escape strategy.


    After the huge fish man disappeared completely, he knew that there was not much time left for himself.


    Before Meng Zhang shot, he began to work hard.


    The fish bone offered the gold needle and stabbed hard at the weak part of the space.


    As soon as a narrow space gap appeared, the void son manipulated the force of space to constantly squeeze the body of the fishbone.


    The fish bone took the blow hard and couldn''t help spewing a mouthful of blood.


    At the cost of actively wasting his vitality, he finally got out of the space where he was trapped.


    The body of the fish bone turns into a shadow and will be far away.


    Meng Zhang, who had reacted, moved his hands gently, and a thunder roared.


    Before the thunder sounded, a thunder had split at the fish bone.


    Among all kinds of thunder methods, yin-yang divine thunder is among the best in power and can be called sharp.


    Unable to avoid, the fishbone first threw out the gold needle in his hand and tried to resist one or two.


    This magic weapon, which was highly expected by fish bones, was completely blown into powder just after being touched by Lei Bo, the God of yin and Yang.


    This magic weapon, which was originally powerful and had great lethality, had no chance to play, so it was completely over.


    The fishbone had no time to regret, and the yin-yang divine thunder was almost unimpeded, so it directly hit his body.


    In this way, the body of the fishbone disappeared in the thunder light, and seemed to be killed by the yin-yang God thunder.


    Meng Zhang''s face is very ugly.


    The assassin actually performed the secret technique of substituting for death at the critical moment and escaped the blow.


    There are many similar death replacement mysteries in the cultivation world, each with its own mysteries and differences.


    But you need to pay a price to perform such a secret technique of replacing death.


    Meng Zhang believed that even if the assassin escaped his life, he would not feel better now.


    Meng Zhang was not proficient in the avenue of cause and effect, and it was difficult to find out the direction of the assassin''s escape.


    Meng Zhang is not willing to pay the corresponding price if he wants to use the magic of heaven.


    Just an assassin in the Yang God period is not worth consuming the heavenly merits he has accumulated.


    Vanity son spent some time, as if he had found the space track where the assassin fled.


    He wanted to follow the space track and was stopped by Meng Zhang.


    At the speed of friars in the period of Yang God, just this time is enough for the other party to escape far away. Now catch up, most of them can''t catch up with each other.


    Instead of wasting time, it''s better to deal with the immediate problems first.


    Meng Zhang flew over the ancestor of xuangui and began to slowly cook the big turtle.


    Vanity son has already shot this time, and it must be difficult to hide in the future.


    As the enemy''s Dark Alliance assassin, he will not keep the secret for taiyimen.


    Seeing Meng Zhang go to deal with xuangui''s ancestor, the void son who received the order shot at the Tonghai fortress.


    The space around Tonghai fortress began to vibrate gently.


    After a few shocks, the protective array outside Tonghai fortress cracked several big cracks. After shaking a few times, the tall city wall began to collapse quickly.


    The Tonghai fortress is also of great use to the Jiuquhe clan, so Kongzi was merciful and only broke its defense without wantonly destroying it and completely destroying it.


    Seeing that the fortress of Tonghai, which had been plagued for many days, was broken, yuboli, who had long been preparing for the war, did not hesitate, so she led her aquarium army to kill the past.


    The void son, who rarely made a move, was interested. He made another move several times and cleaned up the strong men in the fortress, which can be regarded as reducing the pressure for yuboli.

 Chapter 1559

    In the fortress of Tonghai, with the far escape of fish bones, the strongest of the mermaid clan have long died. Although the number of remaining aquariums is large, there is no strong enough to be independent.


    The defense of Tonghai fortress itself was easily broken by vanity, and the defensive side lost the final barrier.


    Without much effort, yupoli led the aquarium army into the sea fortress and fought fiercely with the garrison.


    A series of great changes have long plunged the aquarium army stationed here into chaos.


    Kongzi killed several enemy strongmen, which made no one in the fortress come out to reorganize the army.


    Even if the chaotic army was not weak, it did not have much combat effectiveness.


    After a fierce battle, the aquarium army stationed in the fortress completely collapsed, allowing yupoli to occupy the fortress.


    The defeated aquarium army fled everywhere, trying to find a way to survive.


    The army of taiyimen friars led by Jin Qiaoer had never participated in the war before.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, the friar army had already circled from the land to the rear of the sea fortress.


    The defeated aquarium army fled everywhere, mostly to the rear of the fortress.


    Before they could escape far, they were surrounded by an army of Terran friars.


    The army of Terran friars who had been energetic for many days easily wiped out the remaining enemy.


    In a series of scuffles, the aquarium army organized by King Jingou was basically wiped out.


    The aquarium in the army was either destroyed or surrendered or captured.


    Even the king of golden hook himself was obliterated by vanity.


    There were also some strong fishermen in Tonghai fortress.


    But in the face of the aquarium army entering the fortress, they have little resistance.


    The Yuren clan in the fortress was not only basically wiped out, but also the magic weapon like incense burner fell into the enemy''s hands.


    Tonghai fortress was recovered, and the escaped aquarium army did not escape.


    Yuboli led the aquarium army to set out this time, and finally achieved her goal.


    It not only quelled the rebellion in one fell swoop, but also wiped out the opposition forces and secured the position of leader of Jiuqu River.


    After that, she only needs to spend a little effort to appease the major ethnic groups of Shui nationality and completely integrate them, so that she can completely restore her rule over Jiuqu River.


    After the ancestor of xuangui was suppressed by mengzhang Town, mengzhang began to exert Yin and Yang and slowly refine this huge xuangui.


    The ancestor of xuangui lived for thousands of years. His body was huge and his Qi and blood essence were so powerful that it was incredible.


    However, with the dissipation of yin and Yang, all this has become Meng Zhang''s food.


    The huge body of the ancestor xuangui began to be slowly digested, transformed into various nutrients and integrated into the Yin and Yang Qi.


    Meng Zhang''s Yin and Yang Qi became stronger and stronger, and many beneficial ingredients were extracted to strengthen his Yang God and flesh body.


    Before half of his huge body was consumed, the huge turtle lost all its vitality.


    Meng Zhang stopped the movement of yin and Yang.


    The remaining blood essence of the tortoise turtle is collected and can be used for the future refining of the Dan medicine.


    The huge tortoise shell of the Black Turtle condensed more than half and became several pieces of tortoise shell fragments.


    Meng Zhang also collected it and prepared to give it to the weapon refining master in the door.


    In the body of xuangui''s ancestor, Meng Zhang found a lot of residual elixir power.


    Thinking that the ancestor of xuangui had the power of Yang God level, but had no consciousness of Yang God level, Meng Zhang carefully checked the power of the remaining pill, and Meng Zhang had some speculation in his heart.


    The ancestor of xuangui should have taken and refined a special pill before he made great progress and had the power to confront himself.


    Of course, no matter how wonderful the pill is, it can''t let him break through the cultivation bottleneck and become a real strong man at the level of Yang God.


    This pill is actually very useful and wonderful.


    Meng Zhang took out the residual power of pill from xuangui''s ancestor and prepared to give it to the alchemist in the sect for research.


    Meng Zhang solved the ancestor of xuangui, and the war was finally ushered in.


    There are a large number of Yuren in Tonghai fortress. Some were captured by yuboli and taiyimen friars.


    By interrogating these mermaids, we have obtained a lot of information.


    Among them, the most important thing is that this mermaid has been sheltered by the Dark Alliance for many years, and has grown slowly with the Dark Alliance''s Secret support.


    It''s nothing to secretly take in and support aliens, but it''s a taboo to drive aliens to disturb the cultivation world and interfere in all kinds of affairs in the cultivation world.


    According to the confessions of the mermaid, the assassin at the level of Yang God is not only the ancestor of the mermaid, but also the high-level leader of the Dark Alliance.


    Although the assassin escaped in time, Meng Zhang wouldn''t let it go.


    The Dark Alliance was caught by him this time. He will never give up.


    Meng Zhang is also going to take chige Zhenjun.


    But this guy was too cunning. After receiving the news of the defeat of the Merman clan, he immediately left everything and ran away.


    The black market branch of Daheng Xiuzhen world has not been established. Meng Zhang can''t find a target even if he wants revenge.


    As for the Jiuqu Province, although it has a black market branch, Meng Zhang can''t directly deal with it because of his friendship with Shushan Zhenjun and so on.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside the Dark Alliance and asked taiyimen to help yupoli rebuild her rule over the Jiuqu River.


    Yu Boli is very respectful to Meng Zhang and has a very honest attitude.


    After she got the treasure in the form of the censer of the mermaid, she took the initiative to give it to Meng Zhang.


    It''s interesting that this treasure can summon the strong fish man of Yang God level.


    Meng Zhang carefully examined it, found its details and advantages and disadvantages, and threw it back to Yu Boli.


    This treasure needs the blood of the mermaid and the secret method inherited by the mermaid to be driven.


    Driving this treasure and summoning the strong fish man of Yang God level will cost a lot.


    This thing is too chicken ribs. Meng Zhang doesn''t like it at all.


    It''s better to throw it to the fish Polly and let the experts of the mermaid family study it slowly.


    After taking over Tonghai fortress, yupolly fell into a busy work.


    According to Meng Zhang''s reminder, the Hai nationality army is likely to invade Jiuqu River on a large scale.


    With Meng Zhang and taiyimen behind, yuboli certainly can''t escape without fighting. She must organize forces to fight with the Hai nationality army and stop it outside the Jiuqu River.


    Yuboli needs to integrate the power of Jiuquhe clan to prepare for the future war.


    The damaged Tonghai fortress needs to be repaired in time as a strong fortress against the sea invaders.


    The strength of the Jiuquhe clan, which has experienced a series of changes recently, has plummeted and is far worse than before.


    If the sea clan invades on a large scale, the Jiuquhe clan can''t resist it. It still needs the support of Taiyi sect.

 Chapter 1560

    Meng Zhang never relaxed his vigilance against the sea clan army that secretly approached the Daheng cultivation world.


    Fortunately, the marine army did not launch an attack in time, which gave yuboli enough time to calm the rebellion and restore its rule over the Jiuqu River.


    Under the command of Meng Zhang, yuboli did not hurry to dissolve the Jiuquhe clan army after taking over the Tonghai fortress.


    As she repaired the fortress, she tried to restore its defense. On the other hand, the captured aquariums, including those who voluntarily surrendered, were reorganized by her and incorporated into her aquarium army.


    In addition, she also sent an aquarium team to start patrolling and monitoring the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River.


    After this war, the army of friars of taiyimen was not in a hurry to dissolve, but strengthened.


    Kongzi first made a circle in the Daheng cultivation world, trying to find the clues left by the members of the Dark Alliance.


    After many unsuccessful attempts, Kongzi flew to the nearby sea and began to monitor the trend of the sea family army.


    Although this sea clan army has never launched an invasion, since it has gathered such an army and came to the offshore, it is definitely not to come to play.


    The Hai nationality has great power and has always dominated the distant sea.


    The Terran has ruled the Junchen world for so many years and has been unable to conquer the ocean, largely because of the existence of the sea clan.


    It''s just the sea clan. The real dragon clan behind the sea clan can compete with the religious sects of the major holy places, so that the human cultivators have no choice.


    After Kongzi''s secret investigation, he had long found that there was a strong man of the real dragon family in the sea family army.


    If the Hai clan invades the mainland, it should never be the responsibility of the taiyimen family.


    Ziyang holy sect, as the holy sect gate ruling the north of Jun dust world, should show more or less at this time.


    With this idea, Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang reported two things to the heavenly palace as the law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace.


    For the news brought by Meng Zhang, old man Yinhu also felt very headache.


    He told Meng Zhang that the Dark Alliance was a very special Xiuzhen force in the Junchen world.


    Over the years, the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects have acquiesced in the existence of the Dark Alliance. The Dark Alliance has always adhered to the bottom line and has not directly violated the interests of the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects.


    What the Dark Alliance did in the Daheng cultivation world this time not only violated its early commitments, but also violated some taboos.


    The north of Junchen world is the territory of Ziyang Shengzong. It is reasonable that Ziyang Shengzong should talk to Dark Alliance and give Dark Alliance a warning according to the situation.


    However, he was familiar with the behavior style of Ziyang holy Zong and thought of the status quo in the north of Jun dust field. In addition to informing Ziyang holy Zong about this matter, the old man of silver pot reported the matter to the senior level of Tiangong in the face of Meng Zhang.


    Over the years, although Tiangong seems not to have interfered with the actions of the Dark Alliance, many people in the top of Tiangong have been full of vigilance against the Dark Alliance.


    Now with the excuse provided by Meng Zhang, these people should not sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang does not expect to completely solve the Dark Alliance or bring much trouble to the Dark Alliance.


    I just hope that the pressure from the heavenly palace can make the Dark Alliance ignore and continue to target taiyimen.


    On this point, old man Yinhu can almost guarantee Meng Zhang.


    As long as someone in the heavenly palace comes forward, even if the Dark Alliance is no longer willing, at least it will stop for a period of time.


    Meng Zhang reported that when old man Yinhu talked about business and asked Ziyang Shengzong how to resist the massive invasion of the sea army, Xiang Yangsheng began to shirk it.


    The sea family is powerful, and there is a real dragon family behind it.


    How to deal with the relationship with the sea clan and how to deal with the actions of the sea clan are the high-level of Ziyang Shengzong, which is mainly the decision of several great powers who return to emptiness.


    Now, Ziyang Shengzong''s great power of returning to emptiness either confronts with the invaders of other big worlds in the emptiness outside the Jun dust world. Or it can''t be shut out in the Pope''s door and can''t be disturbed easily.


    Xiang Yangsheng has reported this matter to zongmenzhong through special channels.


    If the sect wants to make a decision, it must summon the return to virtual power in the sect to discuss.


    As for what the Ziyang holy sect can summon the return to emptiness powers, and what decisions those return to emptiness powers are making, it is not something that only Xiang Yangsheng can know.


    Before that, Meng Zhang and taiyimen must be careful. They must not take the initiative to provoke or even provoke the Hai nationality army.


    If the relationship between Meng Zhang and taiyimen leads to a war between the sea clan and the Terran cultivators, Meng Zhang and taiyimen must bear all responsibilities.


    If the Hai nationality army takes the initiative to invade the Daheng cultivation world on a large scale, taiyimen, as the controller of the Daheng cultivation world, has the responsibility to defend the land and should first organize resistance to block the Hai nationality''s invasion army.


    If taiyimen resists disadvantageous, loses its master and loses its land, Ziyang Shengzong will be held accountable in the future.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong will not sit idly by.


    When the middle and high levels of the sect have discussed and made a decision, Ziyang Shengzong will certainly give taiyimen assistance, and even directly send a large army to help taiyimen fight.


    Xiang Yangsheng seems to have a good attitude, reasonable and restrained, but the malice and trap in his words are almost looming.


    When the sea clan was about to invade on a large scale, Ziyang Shengzong almost put it out and pushed it completely to Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen should not only bear all the responsibilities, but also face the censure of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang has long speculated about Xiang Yangsheng''s practice, which is not surprising.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who has always regarded the north of Junchen as his own forbidden area and absolutely does not allow other forces to intervene, has such an attitude this time, which shows his fear of Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1561

    Xiang Yangsheng seems fair and reasonable, but in fact, as long as he is not a fool, he can see his bias.


    This time, if the silver pot old man didn''t come forward and Meng Zhang asked Ziyang Shengzong for help, he would be too lazy to perfunctory.


    His meaning has been very clear. No matter what the sea family army does next, Ziyang Shengzong will not directly intervene.


    He not only had an excuse to shirk, but also passed the pressure on to taiyimen.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world is now the territory of Taiyi gate, and the sea clan army has naturally become a trouble for Taiyi gate.


    Perhaps, from a certain point of view, it may be more in the interests of Ziyang saint to invade the Daheng cultivation world and fight with taiyimen.


    As for another thing mentioned by Meng Zhang, that is, the Dark Alliance created trouble in the Daheng cultivation world, Xiang Yangsheng didn''t care.


    As a respected monk of Ziyang holy sect, Xiang Yangsheng has mastered many secrets of the Junchen world.


    He knows a little about the origin and details of the Dark Alliance.


    If it is not necessary, Ziyang Shengzong will not deliberately embarrass the Dark Alliance.


    Ziyang Shengzong seems to have accepted taiyimen in a big way, and pays enough attention to Meng Zhang, a monk in the period of Yang God.


    But in fact, Ziyang Shengzong has been full of caution and fear for Taiyi gate.


    If there is a chance to weaken and attack Taiyi gate, Ziyang Shengzong will never let it go easily.


    Ziyang Shengzong will not negotiate with the Dark Alliance because of Taiyi gate.


    Of course, Ziyang holy sect is still the holy sect that rules the Junchen world in name, and it is not willing to give up such a position.


    Therefore, Xiang Yangsheng still said some beautiful words and gave some short promises without any value.


    Whether old man Yinhu and Meng Zhang accepted his statement or not, Xiang Yangsheng took the initiative to leave.


    Seeing the back of Xiang Yangsheng leaving, the old man Yinhu snorted heavily without concealment.


    Ziyang Shengzong is still that kind of virtue. He is only a friar in Yuanshen period. He dares to play with himself.


    Meng Zhang was ten times more angry than old man Yinhu. He hated Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now he is unable to confront Ziyang Shengzong head-on. He has to endure silently.


    He couldn''t help thinking of the secret revealed by his mother-in-law.


    The Junchen world is about to change. When the heads of these holy places rush, they will be greatly impacted.


    There will be division and even war between the Holy Land and the religious sects.


    At that time, if the time is right, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind giving Ziyang Shengzong a good look.


    After Xiang Yangsheng left, old man Yinhu reminded Meng Zhang a few words.


    The situation of Ziyang Shengzong should be very bad now.


    It seems that in addition to Dali Dynasty, there are other forces that have brought great pressure to Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the usual arrogant habit of Ziyang holy sect, forces such as Dark Alliance and Hai clan were never allowed to engage in wind and rain in the north of Junchen world.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong not only made a compromise, but tried to use external forces to weaken Taiyi gate.


    What does that mean? It shows that Ziyang holy sect may have been unable to completely control the north of Jun dust world.


    As the northern overlord of Jun dust world, Ziyang Shengzong was not only severely challenged, but also faced various difficulties.


    If Meng Zhang has enough ambition, he should know how to take advantage of this opportunity.


    After hearing the reminder from old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang was very excited, but he still couldn''t make up his mind to break with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Apart from other things, Ziyang Shengzong has more than one person who can return to virtual power.


    Neither the silk pulling mother-in-law nor the silver pot old man is a completely reliable dependence.


    Meng Zhang must not take the initiative to break with Ziyang holy sect unless he can return to the virtual period.


    Ziyang Shengzong still needs to keep a certain relationship.


    The fierce sea clan army needs taiyimen to try to stop it.


    Old man Yinhu also didn''t want to see the sea clan army invade the north of Junchen world.


    However, although he saw that the situation of Ziyang Shengzong was not good, he would not rashly offend Ziyang Shengzong.


    Silver pot old man has always been optimistic about Meng Zhang and introduced Meng Zhang into the command of Tianlei shangzun.


    Now that Meng Zhang has encountered problems, he still needs to provide help within his ability.


    He told Meng Zhang that among the sea people, especially among the real dragon people, there is the power of returning to emptiness.


    However, unless there is chaos in the Junchen world and a racial war breaks out, these returning virtual powers will also be bound by many constraints and can''t be shot easily.


    Whether the Huixu power of the sea clan and the real dragon clan can take part in the war, the strongest combat power of the incoming enemy should be the same as that of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can resist the incoming enemy as long as he can deal with it well.


    After all, although the sea clan and the real dragon clan are powerful, they can''t send too many forces to invade the Junchen world.


    According to the judgment of old man Yinhu, the invasion of the Hai nationality is likely to be a test.


    In addition to testing the reality and strength of resistance on the Terran side, it is also a rehearsal for a large-scale invasion in the future.


    Old man Yinhu must know more about the situation in Jun dust world.


    Standing high and looking far, he could see many things Meng Zhang didn''t know.


    In addition to encouraging Meng zhanghaosheng to resist, old man Yinhu will also have a good activity in the heavenly palace to see if he can help taiyimen Lala.


    Meng Zhang was far from achieving his goal when he came to the heavenly palace this time.


    However, the temporary solution of the problems in the Dark Alliance is a great harvest.


    I understand the true attitude of Ziyang Shengzong towards Taiyi gate. I must be more careful in the future.


    After leaving old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang went to visit mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence.


    She hasn''t come back since she left the mansion last time, and she hasn''t sent back any news.


    Meng Zhang left disappointed.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world, in addition to ordering the Jiuquhe clan to continue to strengthen their defense, he went back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Originally, after years of cultivation, taiyimen has recovered a lot.


    In particular, Meng Zhang collected the materials about how to build the blessed land recorded in the taiyimen inheritance classics into the Sutra Pavilion in the gate.


    Some middle and high-level officials who have read relevant materials are very positive suggestions. They should concentrate on building a blessed place first.


    Even if it cannot be built successfully for the time being, we should make more preparations and complete all relevant work first.


    The excellent local teachers in the gate did begin to survey the terrain in Jiuqu province and look for the address to build the blessed land.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, he ordered all the work in the gate to be suspended, especially the work that is not very urgent and necessary, and must be stopped immediately.


    All the attention and main resources in the door should be focused on war preparation.


    Meng Zhang informed taiyimen and even the whole Hanhai Dao alliance of the news that the sea army was about to invade on a large scale.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world is the first target of the massive invasion of the Hai nationality army.

 Chapter 1562

    The foundation of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng is on the side of Jiuqu province.


    Since the magic disaster in Daheng cultivation world subsided, taiyimen led hanhaidao alliance to start large-scale development and operation in Daheng cultivation world.


    Compared with Jiuqu Province, Yuantu prairie and other places, Daheng Xiuzhen community is too rich, with richer resources and greater development potential.


    As for the endless sand sea and Gobi where taiyimen started, it is not worth mentioning by comparison.


    With the submission of the Jiuqu River clan and the connection of the upstream and downstream of the Jiuqu River, the Daheng Xiuzhen world is connecting with the Jiuqu province.


    Both taiyimen and other members of Hanhai daomeng have invested too much resources in the Daheng cultivation world.


    If not forced, no one is willing to take the initiative to give up the great horizontal cultivation world.


    If the sea clan army really invades on a large scale, Meng Zhang will certainly lead taiyimen to make firm resistance in the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    If you don''t block the sea family army in the Daheng cultivation world, let it gallop. I''m afraid that before long, the powerful Hai nationality army will go down the Jiuqu River and directly kill Jiuqu province.


    With Meng Zhang''s order, taiyimen and its vassal forces immediately began to actively prepare for the war.


    Teams of friars were recruited from all over the country, and all kinds of war materials began to be transported from all over the country


    Originally, taiyimen organized a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun to enter the void through the heavenly palace to experience,.


    Now I have received the news that there has been a change in the Junchen world. These Yuanshen Zhenjun have also returned to the heavenly palace and rushed back to the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang was going to contact the black jade forest.


    The monster in the black jade forest has stood in the great horizontal cultivation world for many years. It is a native of the local area.


    If the sea people invade on a large scale, it should be difficult for them to stay out.


    However, Meng Zhang had to give up the idea after he failed to contact the king of Hui Peng many times according to the contact information left by the king of Hui Peng.


    The monster in the black jade forest doesn''t know what''s going on. It shrinks so thoroughly.


    It seems that we can''t count on them in this war against the Hai nationality army.


    At this time, it was not long since the last war to quell the demon disaster.


    The losses suffered by taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng in the last war have not been fully compensated and restored.


    Of course, taiyimen is much stronger now than it was then.


    The vassals and resources of taiyimen have been greatly improved.


    Not to mention anything else, in terms of Yuanshen Zhenjun alone, the forces of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng have successively emerged new Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang''s old friend, Xu Mengying of Huanglian sect, had long broken through to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Jin Lizhen, the elder and the oldest Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi sect, finally broke through to the later stage of Yuanshen not long ago.


    Due to the damaged foundation, Nanzhu Zhenjun, whose hand is limited, will not mention it for the time being. Jin Lizhen and Xu Mengying, two great friars in the later period of the yuan God, are enough to play a great role.


    The army of monks and war materials assembled in Jiuqu province began to be transported to the Daheng cultivation world at a high speed.


    Meng Zhang also came to the Daheng cultivation world to supervise that even after the war, Meng Zhang would not be responsible for the specific command of the friars'' army.


    In this way, Meng Zhang seemed very idle before the war.


    On the side of Jiuqu River clan, Yu Boli''s behavior satisfied Meng Zhang very much.


    She not only held the position of leader of Jiuquhe clan, but also firmly controlled the Shui clan army in her hands.


    Yuboli took the initiative to disclose the news that the sea army was about to invade to the major ethnic groups of Jiuquhe nationality.


    Inland aquariums such as Jiuquhe clan feel low in all aspects in the face of a powerful sea clan.


    If the Hai nationality army really kills, I''m afraid many Shui nationality groups will fall in the wind.


    The fear of the inland aquarium for the sea has almost become nature.


    Especially those low-level aquariums have little resistance in front of the sea tribe.


    Yupolly understood this truth and actively tried to solve it.


    Unlike low-level aquariums, high-level aquariums such as Mermaid are more vigilant and alert to the sea.


    In the history of mermaid nationality, it has been suppressed and even persecuted by Hai nationality.


    The mermaid clan supported by the sea clan has competed with the mermaid clan for the position of leader of Jiuquhe clan.


    Compared with Meng Zhanglai, Yu Boli is more resistant to the Hai people and more reluctant to enter the Jiuqu River.


    As the oldest and most brilliant race in Jiuqu River, mermaid still has a lot of cards. There are also some experiences in confrontation with the sea people.


    Yuboli almost went all out to rectify the aquarium army under her, and was ready to fight the sea invaders.


    Tonghai fortress, the largest and most defensive fortress in Jiuqu River, has a very clear function at the beginning of construction, that is, as a fortress against the sea family army.


    In those years, great changes took place in the Dharma cultivation world. The mermaid clan took the opportunity to destroy the mermaid clan and seize the leader position of Jiuquhe clan. After that, they have been very worried about the Revenge of the Hai clan.


    Therefore, the prevention of the sea people has been put in the first-class position.


    During the civil strife of Jiuquhe clan, Tonghai fortress was seriously damaged.


    After recovering Tonghai fortress, taiyimen sent friars to help Mermaid repair the fortress.


    The Tonghai fortress has not only been repaired, but also many defense systems have been strengthened.


    Meng Zhang personally came to Tonghai fortress and conducted a detailed inspection here.


    Meng Zhang was quite satisfied with the situation of Tonghai fortress.


    After checking the fortress of Tonghai, Meng Zhang went up the Jiuqu River and flew to the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River, ready to enter the West Sea along the entrance to the sea.


    There are not many powerful aquarium groups living in the reach of Jiuqu River west of Tonghai fortress.


    Many of those powerful Shui ethnic groups had seen the terrorist power of Hai ethnic group in those years.


    Subconsciously, they will stay away from the sea and the sea people.


    For thousands of years, the Daheng cultivation world has been the territory of the Terran. Including the mainland and offshore areas, they are under the control of the Terran cultivators.


    The Hai people, let alone entering the Jiuqu River, rarely even near the sea near the Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    However, the fear and fear of the Jiuquhe ethnic group towards the Hai ethnic group are almost imprinted in their bones.


    However, all aquarium groups with some skills and abilities will try their best to move to the river section to the east of the sea fortress, which is separated from the sea.


    It seems that if they do not do so, these aquarium groups will not be at ease.


    Meng Zhang was a little worried. The major ethnic groups of the Jiuquhe clan were so afraid of the Hai clan that he didn''t know how much combat power the Shui clan army led by Yu Boli could have left in the face of the Hai clan''s invasion army?

 Chapter 1563

    Meng Zhang did not directly intervene in the affairs of Jiuquhe clan, and it was inconvenient for him to intervene.


    As the new Mermaid king, yupoli not only easily intimidated the mermaid family, but also suppressed the major ethnic groups of Jiuquhe family.


    Since Meng Zhang let her go, he had to choose to trust her.


    After all, the mermaid clan has ruled the Jiuquhe clan for thousands of years. Even if it has just experienced great changes, there have been many problems within the aquarium because of the previous rebellion. The prestige of Keren fish family still exists, and yuboli is an excellent ruler.


    Meng Zhang hopes that Yu Boli can boost the morale of her aquarium army and make some resistance in the face of the incoming sea army.


    Fighting in water, whether sea or aquarium, has great advantages.


    If the taiyimen friar army wants to block the invasion of the Hai clan and minimize its own casualties, it really can''t do without the cooperation of the Jiuquhe clan army.


    Meng Zhang thought about these things in his heart, but the speed of flying was not very slow.


    After he left Tonghai fortress, he observed the situation along the way more carefully.


    Tonghai fortress is tens of thousands of miles away from the junction between Jiuqu River and West Sea.


    This distance was originally used as a buffer between Jiuqu River and the West Sea.


    Not only will the stronger aquarium groups not take the initiative to enter here, but even the patrol team organized by the mermaid group will not stay here any longer.


    Some are too weak to survive in other sections of the Jiuqu River, or offend the strong within the Jiuqu River clan, and even many fugitives from the Jiuqu River clan, slowly converge on this long section of the river.


    After thousands of years of reproduction, there are also a lot of aquariums here, including some strong ones who are not weak.


    Although it was only a brief glance, some of the breath left Meng Zhang a little impression.


    Of course, such a place of good and bad people has always been chaotic and there is no order.


    Meng zhangfei came, but after a while, there were several unattractive aquarium teams trying to intercept him.


    Meng Zhang''s flying altitude is not high. He flies almost close to the river surface of Jiuqu River.


    In the eyes of many aquariums, I''m afraid this is a manifestation of Limited cultivation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have to fight. The spontaneous reaction of body protection Taoism in the event of an attack was enough to shock a large number of blind guys.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, although the aquarium in this area is a little weak, it is not without any merit.


    Meng Zhang sent a message to Yu Boli.


    In this information, Meng Zhang briefly introduced the general situation of this section of the river.


    Yuboli can send an aquarium army to forcibly capture these aquariums and incorporate them into the army for cannon fodder.


    According to Kongzi''s previous observation, the number of the sea nationality army stationed in the offshore area is 100000.


    To confront such a huge army, our side also needs enough cannon fodder to contain and consume the enemy on the battlefield.


    After several times of hitting the wall, the aquarium on this section of the river learned to be smart. Knowing that Meng Zhang was not easy to mess with, they dared not come and ask for trouble again.


    This section of the river also twists and turns, with many tributaries. Coupled with nearby lakes and streams, the water area is very wide.


    Such vast waters are enough to serve as a battlefield for the war between the two armies.


    Meng Zhang hurried all the way. Without spending too much time, he crossed this long river and began to enter the estuary of Jiuqu River.


    The endless sea water of the West Sea enters from the tonghaikou. In this section of the river, after some wonderful changes, it slowly becomes a river, flows down, and becomes the source of the Jiuqu River.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he easily saw through the situation here.


    At the bottom of the river, thousands of feet deep, there are many water holes, constantly gushing out a large amount of river water.


    Many water holes and the special structure of the river bottom actually form a natural Dharma array.


    There was no one to control it. This array turned around automatically and played a role in transforming and purifying seawater.


    It''s amazing that nature can form such a special spectacle.


    Meng Zhang vaguely felt that there were some miracles he had not seen through for the time being.


    But now he is in a hurry to see the sea army and has no time to study here slowly.


    Meng Zhang continued to fly towards tonghaikou.


    The land of Daheng Xiuzhen world suddenly forms a gap two or three hundred miles wide in this place, and the West Sea is deeply inserted into this gap to form a large bay.


    Meng Zhang flew over here, even if he entered the West Sea.


    In these thousands of years, the mainland of Jun dust world was ruled by Terran practitioners.


    Not to mention the coastal zone, the offshore and many islands are also Terran territory.


    Although the Hai nationality launched some small-scale attacks from time to time, some of them even entered the mainland, attacked cities and occupied no small territory.


    However, the sea people rarely organize large-scale invasion. Those who invade the mainland can hardly stand on the land for a long time, and will eventually be driven into the sea.


    Taiyimen had the experience of fighting against the invading Hai tribe many years ago.


    Of course, there seemed to be a lot of troops mobilized by both sides in that war, but the level of the war was not high.


    Among the teams directly participating in the war, the strongest are just a group of Jindan level guys.


    The strong at the level of Yuanshen are restrained from each other and it is difficult to make a direct move.


    That time was not so much a war, but a small-scale conflict in the eyes of Meng Zhang today.


    This time, Meng Zhang and taiyimen are about to face the real war.


    This is true both quantitatively and hierarchically.


    Before Meng Zhang had gone three thousand miles into the sea, the son of vanity appeared before him and joined him.


    Meng Zhang stopped for a moment and looked forward.


    On the sea not far from the front, a large army of Hai nationality set up a camp there. It looks like it is continuous and huge.


    In the hundreds of miles of camps, at least hundreds of thousands of marine troops are stationed.


    So many Hai nationality armies gathered here, showing an incomparably terrible momentum.


    The spirits of many powerful creatures rose into the sky and gathered into a piece in the sky, which made the wind and cloud begin to change, and there were many strange landscapes.


    Meng Zhang has experienced many battles and has seen many races and various armies.


    Friar army, barbarian army, demon army... He has fought against them.


    I''m afraid that only when the demon disaster was calmed down, the demon army encountered could barely compete with it.


    Although there were a large number of demons in those years and their strength was very strong, they were still far inferior to the current sea clan army in terms of top strength.


    Although there is a huge momentum of the army, the breath of the two strong men in the army is like a bright moon in the night, which is very eye-catching and can not be ignored.


    No wonder vanity knew the existence of the enemy''s strong at a simple glance from a distance.

 Chapter 1564

    In Meng Zhang''s induction, there are two strong men in the sea army ahead, which are particularly eye-catching.


    One of them is a little weak. It seems domineering and ferocious. It obviously has the strength of Yang God level, but it won''t make Meng Zhang too afraid.


    Another strong man has an unspeakable arrogance and recklessness. His arrogance makes Meng Zhang judge the origin of the other party at once.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang, who was also a Jindan immortal, fought against a member of the real dragon family with a small gap in strength.


    Although the opponent and the strong man in front of him are real dragons, their breath is indeed similar. But the strength of each other is a world apart.


    Jindan level real dragon is not in the real dragon family at all. It is barely a hairy boy.


    At least they should have the strength of Yuanshen level. That kind of real dragon can be regarded as a mature real dragon and can be sent to the brand name within the real dragon family.


    Compared with Terrans, the real dragons have outstanding talents and are naturally the top fighting machines.


    Even if the Terran cultivators with the same cultivation level fight with the real dragon, the real dragon can often win by virtue of his talent.


    After Meng Zhang advanced to the Yang God period, he also experienced many scenes.


    The real dragon of Yang God level is more difficult to deal with than other strong Yang God.


    If he fights with the sea army in front of him, Meng Zhang will meet an opponent this time.


    The real dragon family is a powerful creature by nature. Its natural blood is almost at the apex of all creatures in the Jun dust world, far beyond all major races, including the human race.


    I''m afraid only the gods who dominated the Junchen world ten thousand years ago, or a few powerful gods, can be compared with the real dragon family.


    The true dragon with pure blood, once grown up, is at least a third-order creature, equivalent to the cultivator in the golden elixir period.


    Moreover, because the real dragon has a strong talent, it has inherited many wonderful skills and secrets through its blood, and its combat effectiveness is very amazing. The strong of the same level of other races can hardly compete with the adult real dragon.


    Of course, everything in the world has both advantages and disadvantages.


    The amazing natural blood of the real dragon, in a way, is also a shackle to limit their further progress.


    The cultivation of the real dragon before the third level, that is, the cultivation before the golden elixir period of human beings, is very simple and extremely relaxed.


    After the birth of the real dragon, as long as he eats, sleeps and grows naturally, when the year comes, he can easily have the third-order strength. It''s no problem to enter the later stage of the third-order and even the third-order perfection.


    However, it is very difficult for the real dragon to break through the fourth level, which is equivalent to the cultivation of human Yuanshen period. It is many times more difficult than the human Jindan immortal to become the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Many of those naturally powerful real dragons do not have the will and courage to make breakthroughs.


    Otherwise, based on the number of third-order real dragons, if the fourth-order strong can be born according to the normal number, the real dragon family has long been the world. Of course, if the sea family army really just goes to the offshore and goes back with a show of strength, Meng Zhang would be more than happy.


    Although Meng Zhang is not afraid of war, he is not willing to fight easily with such a powerful enemy.


    "Will this army really invade on a large scale?" vanity son asked with a little worry.


    Meng Zhang''s judgment of the situation has always been very accurate. And as a master of secrets, even if he doesn''t take the initiative to deduce, he often has amazing intuition about many things in the future.


    "If there is no accident, the war with the sea family army can not be avoided." Meng Zhang said with a heavy face.


    Although he had already made psychological preparations, Meng Zhang''s affirmative answer still made vanity son''s heart become heavy.


    As the spirit of the void tripod, the void son has a long life, and consciousness was born a long time ago.


    In the heyday of Taiyi gate, he was an old man in the gate.


    Shortly after the founding of Taiyi gate, the void tripod became a fourth-order magic weapon, with the spirit of void son.


    He has personally experienced most of the history of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang still knows nothing about many secrets of Taiyi sect in its heyday, but vanity son knows them all.


    The Taiyi gate in its heyday can rank in the Junchen world. There are few enemies in the Junchen world except those holy religious gates.


    But even in the heyday of taiyimen, there is still a big gap between its power and that of the Hai people, especially the real dragon people.


    Apart from other things, a real dragon of Yang God level alone may be able to scratch the head of taiyimen in its heyday.


    Although nihonko has passed the thunder robbery and become a strong man at the Yang God level, he really has no confidence to fight the real dragon at the Yang God level.


    Meng Zhang seemed to feel the emptiness of his heart.


    "Soldier to soldier, general to general. Once the war starts, the real dragon of Yang God level will be handed over to us."


    "The sea clan at the level of Yang God should be the strong one of the Sea Patrol yecha clan from the perspective of breath. I''ll bother you."


    Meng Zhang''s distribution was reasonable and did not surprise Kongzi.


    Although it can be said that he watched Meng Zhang grow up all the way and knew Meng Zhang''s strong strength, he was still a little nervous if Meng Zhang really fought with the real dragon.


    In addition to the two strong men at the level of Yang God, the hundreds of thousands of sea people are also very difficult to deal with.


    Once this sea clan army enters the Jiuqu River, even if the Jiuqu River clan has a sea fortress as its support, I''m afraid it won''t last long.


    Kongzi was considering the power balance between the enemy and ourselves. In the sea army ahead, the breath suddenly fluctuated violently.


    In the blink of an eye, thick clouds shrouded the sea clan army, and quickly spread to Meng Zhang''s position.


    "They found us?" vanity son was not surprised.


    Although he and Meng Zhang had restrained their breath, they did not use special means to hide themselves.


    Although it''s still a long way from the place where the sea clan army is located, the strong at the level of Yang God still have the means to explore.

 Chapter 1565

    The so-called wind from the tiger, cloud from the dragon. Wherever the real dragon passes, there will be changes.


    But for a moment, Meng Zhang was already covered with dark clouds and thick clouds over their position


    An old man wearing a crown and a robe, with a dragon shadow looming behind him, appeared in the air and looked at Meng Zhang and them from a distance.


    Meng Zhang winked at Xu Kongzi. With a gentle step, he appeared not far from the old man.


    "Meng Zhang, leader of Taiyi sect." Meng Zhang announced his name in a deep voice.


    There are several strong people of Yang God level in the whole Jun dust world, and they are basically big people in the powerful side.


    When we meet each other, we should pay attention to some integrity.


    The old man pondered for a moment before opening his mouth and said, "you human friar still has some strength and is qualified to know the name of the king. The king is the Sea Patrol governor of the dragon family, and the king of Dinghai Ying Yuntian."


    After their names were known, Dinghai king and Meng Zhang fell into silence.


    Although they didn''t speak, their hands were not idle.


    A layer of clouds appeared at the foot of Dinghai King Ying Yuntian, and the water vapor filled a large space nearby.


    Moving clouds and rain and flying clouds and fog are the natural powers of the real dragon.


    Any real dragon with pure blood will naturally be able to use these two magic powers.


    But when the same magic power is displayed in the hands of different real dragons, it is very different.


    The two magic powers displayed in the hands of Dinghai King Ying Yuntian easily mobilized the power of the avenue.


    Almost endless rain fell from the dark clouds, turning the surrounding into a world of rain.


    Here is the sea. There is not only plenty of water vapor, but also almost inexhaustible sea water below.


    For the real dragon family, various waters, especially the vast sea, are their home and most suitable for their own play.


    Coupled with the influence of the cloud and rain power, Dinghai King Ying Yuntian has built a wide legal area around him, covering himself and Meng Zhang.


    In the jurisdiction, the enemy will be greatly suppressed and his abilities in all aspects can be greatly blessed.


    Once the jurisdiction is formed, Ying Yuntian, an old dragon, is almost invincible.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that the real dragon in front of him would be so old and experienced.


    Of course, he can''t let his opponent act wantonly. He must break his opponent''s rhythm and try to take the initiative.


    In the same color of the sea and the sky, there was a sudden burst of light, and the almost endless sun and moon god light seemed to shine on every corner here.


    With the passing of the sun, moon and God''s light, all the power of jurisdiction is gone and easily removed.


    This is not over yet. The sun and moon divine light continued to shoot and directly swept to Ying Yuntian, the king of Dinghai.


    I don''t know when Dinghai King Ying Yuntian had a huge square sky painting halberd in his hand.


    He waved Fang Tianhua halberd, and endless sea water poured up from the sea below, wrapped into huge waves.


    The waves surged in the sky and rushed towards Meng Zhang''s position.


    Dinghai King Ying Yuntian stepped on the waves, waved Fang Tianhua halberd and took the initiative to kill Meng Zhang.


    With each time he waved the halberd in his hand, it seemed that there was infinite power to bless it, and the surrounding space seemed to vibrate gently.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. Taiyi''s lightsaber turned into a sky of sword light and killed his fierce opponent.


    The Yin and Yang Qi turned into a training and swept away towards the enemy.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Dinghai King Ying Yuntian fought fiercely in the sky.


    Ying Yuntian was probably worried that the aftereffects of the two men''s battle would affect the Hai nationality army below, so he deliberately led Meng Zhang away from here and fought in the high altitude in the distance.


    Meng Zhang felt Ying Yuntian''s undisguised intention to kill, but without hesitation flew over and continued to fight with him.


    After Meng Zhang and Ying Yuntian flew to the distance to fight, the void son didn''t have time to make more moves. A strong man of Yang God level flew out of the sea family army.


    This is a small, ugly old man of the Sea Patrol yecha clan.


    Wherever the Sea Patrol yecha old man went, the surrounding sea army immediately gave out bursts of thunderous applause and cheers.


    Without a word of greeting, the old man of the Sea Patrol yecha clan rushed to the void standing still on the river with a trident in his hand.


    When he found that he had become the target of the strong of the sea family, vanity son snorted angrily, as if dissatisfied with being despised by the enemy.


    Xunhai yecha is one of the largest ethnic groups in the Hai nationality, with many branches.


    The old man of the Sea Patrol yecha family is named Hai Gangjian. He is one of the strongest ancestors of the sea search yecha family.


    There are many people of Hai nationality, and they basically follow the orders of the real dragon family.


    Since the Terran cultivators entered the Junchen world, the Zhenlong family took the initiative to retreat to the depths of the ocean with the Hai family.


    The real dragon people basically live in seclusion in their own habitat, and on the surface, they no longer directly command the Hai people.


    However, the major ethnic groups of the Hai family not only do not have the slightest sense of self-reliance, but redouble their dedication to the real dragon family.


    For so many years, it''s not that Terran practitioners haven''t thought about the depths of the ocean.


    Many Terran cultivation forces began to develop on the ocean, occupied many islands, and slowly penetrated into the depths of the ocean based on these islands.


    One of the holy places in the Junchen world, Zhenhai hall, which dominates the East China Sea, controlled almost the whole East China Sea and almost drove out the original sea people in the East China Sea.


    The Terran is powerful, and the real dragon family also tries to avoid a war with the Terran practitioners.


    For those people who expand their power on the ocean, the true dragon family rarely comes forward directly. They all drive the sea family to deal with it.


    Over the years, most of the many ethnic groups in xunheyasha have had the experience of bloody war with the human cultivators.


    Hai Jianjian fights with the Terran cultivators all year round. He grew up in the fire of war.


    The Hai nationality army was mainly organized by Hai Gangjian.


    Invite Ying Yuntian, the Dinghai king of the real dragon family, to participate, take the sea family army to the offshore, secretly contact the mermaid family and support it to launch a rebellion in Jiuqu River


    All these things were vigorously promoted by Haigang.


    Hai Gangjian has always been hostile to the Terran, and has won many benefits in the struggle with the Terran cultivators.


    In his heart, he is very eager for the sea clan and the Terran cultivators to break out a war, so that his family can make contributions in the war, get the reward of the real dragon clan and get further opportunities.


    As one of the oldest races in the Junchen world, the real dragon family has many means and is well-informed.


    Of course, the news that great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world can''t hide from the eyes and ears of the real dragon family.


    For their own great plan, the real dragons also need to slowly test the details of the practitioners in the Jun dust world to obtain more information.

 Chapter 1566

    Ying Yuntian, the Dinghai king of the real dragon family, took this invasion of the Daheng Xiuzhen world as a test.


    Test the truth of the Terran cultivators, test the reaction of the Terran cultivators... The most important thing is to test the response of those holy places.


    Of course, even exploratory actions cannot be sacrificed in vain. Even if you sacrifice, you must have a certain value.


    This marine army has long been here. The reason why it has not launched an attack is to find a way to obtain information on the land to decide what to do next.


    The real dragon and sea people retreated to the depths of the ocean thousands of years ago.


    Although in the early years, it had great influence on the mainland, and even had many backhands and arrangements.


    However, after such a long time, the world has changed, and the times have changed, these backhands and arrangements have basically failed.


    Take Jiuqu River as an example. In those years, the mermaid clan loyal to the Hai clan was destroyed, overthrown and replaced by the mermaid clan.


    After the mermaid clan ascended the throne, it has always maintained a high degree of vigilance against the sea clan, and it is strictly prohibited for all major ethnic groups of Jiuquhe clan to collude with the sea clan.


    The real dragon and the sea people don''t know anything about all kinds of situations on the mainland, but they really don''t have a very effective intelligence system.


    Fortunately, the dark alliance established contact with the sea clan through the channel of the mermaid clan in time.


    Great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world, and the cattle, ghosts, snakes and gods of all parties have jumped out.


    Although the Dark Alliance has many internal contradictions and disputes and fierce internal fighting, it still wants to engage in wind and rain in the dark.


    The Dark Alliance provided some information to the sea clan.


    The main purpose is to use the power of the sea family to test the holy places in the Junchen world.


    In particular, Ziyang Shengzong, which has dominated the north of Jun dust world for many years, can''t even take a big away from the imperial dynasty for so many years.


    This makes those people with ulterior motives have a lot of bad thoughts about Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now Ziyang holy sect seems to be the holy sect gate, but in fact it is about to face challenges from all sides.


    Many people have been eyeing and began to plot against the law.


    The Yuren nationality supported by the Dark Alliance failed to seize the rule of Jiuqu River, but suffered the disaster of extinction.


    This greatly disappointed some senior leaders within the Dark Alliance, and became more hostile to taiyimen.


    Originally, some stable high-level officials in the dark League had some doubts about the massive invasion of Daheng cultivation world by the sea clan army, worried about introducing wolves into the house, and finally completely lost control of the situation.


    After years of hard training, the Yuren clan was eliminated. They lost the channel to directly interfere with the Jiuqu River, so they had to rely on the power of the Hai clan.


    Therefore, the dark alliance began to contact the Hai nationality directly and provided it with a lot of information.


    The sea clan still has some understanding of the Dark Alliance''s mind. They know that the other party is using themselves and want to make themselves take fear from the fire for the other party.


    However, because some schemes of the Dark Alliance coincide with the Hai nationality, the two sides have a basis for cooperation in many things.


    Therefore, the sea clan and the Dark Alliance colluded with each other.


    The sea clan is not willing to be cannon fodder for the Dark Alliance. Of course, they should keep enough vigilance and defense.


    After staying here for so long, this marine army is not only receiving intelligence from the Dark Alliance, but also trying to verify some intelligence.


    According to the latest information, Ziyang Shengzong was not only restrained by Dali imperial dynasty, but also seemed to be divorced from taiyimen, the current controller of Daheng cultivation world.


    If the sea people''s army invades the Daheng Xiuzhen world on a large scale, Ziyang Shengzong may not respond in time, but let the sea people''s Army take action.


    If Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t directly stop the sea clan army, the biggest opponent of the sea clan army is only taiyimen and its vassals.


    Kongzi has been haunting around the sea clan army for a long time, keeping a constant watch on it.


    Ying Yuntian and Hai Gangjian have long found the whereabouts of the void son.


    However, due to the prevention of Yuntian, haigangjian didn''t take action in time.


    Now Ying Yuntian, the Dinghai king of the real dragon family, and Meng Zhang are fighting together. Naturally, the sea of the sea seeking yecha family can''t be idle.


    Holding a trident, the sea braved the wind and waves, carrying endless waves, pouring into the void.


    As long as he is not against the strong man of the Yang God level of the real dragon family, Kongzi is still a little confident.


    The sea seeker is a powerful race among the sea people, but it has no great advantage compared with the human cultivators.


    The sea is the home of the sea family. The sea health of the sea seeking yecha family can play a stronger strength here.


    Instead of flinching back, the void son sacrificed his own body, the magic weapon that had experienced the baptism of thunder robbery, and took the initiative to kill the past against the sea.


    After a loud noise, it seemed that the whole world around was shaking.


    The seemingly irresistible waves turned into spray and dissipated, and a lot of space cracks suddenly appeared on the sea surface.


    Hai Jianjian carefully avoided these space cracks and tried to kill him directly.


    The body shape of the void son kept jumping and flashing in the air.


    Cracks in space seemed to be weapons in his hands, chopping and killing towards the sea.


    Hai Jianjian and vanity son also fought together. The fight was inextricable. I''m afraid it''s difficult to tell the victory or defeat in a short time.


    Before Dinghai King Ying Yuntian took action, he had discussed with his men and decided on the next action plan.


    Before Hai Gangjian took action, he directly ordered the sea family army to go out and kill the Daheng cultivation world immediately.


    Although the two strong men at the level of Yang God were entangled by their opponents, there were still enough high-level commanders in the sea family army.


    The Hai nationality army soon began to set out.


    The huge army avoided the battlefield of the fierce fight between the sea and the void, circled in a big circle, and killed it in the direction of the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Land is their goal this time. The huge bay at the junction of Jiuqu River and sea is the breakthrough they chose.


    This marine army will pour in from the Bay and flow down the wide Jiuqu River. Along the way, God blocked and killed God, Buddha blocked and killed Buddha, directly conquered the whole Jiuqu River, and established a forward base deep into the mainland in the Jiuqu River.


    Of course, it would be better if we could incorporate a group of aquariums as cannon fodder in this process.


    After that, if everything goes well, this sea nationality army will take Jiuqu River as the starting point, continue to kill both sides of Jiuqu River, and then slowly seize Daheng Xiuzhen world and even Jiuqu province.


    Meng Zhang saw that on the vast sea below, countless marine armies formed a military array one by one, and began to set out in groups.


    Meng Zhang knew that the massive invasion of the Hai nationality army into the Jiuqu River and the Daheng Xiuzhen world began.

 Chapter 1567

    Meng Zhang and Dinghai King Ying Yuntian fought fiercely in the distant sky. Part of his attention was still focused on the sea family army.


    Seeing that the Hai nationality army bypassed the battlefield and began to run towards the land, Meng Zhang also tried to stop it.


    There were bursts of violent earthquakes and space cracks in front of the marching route of the Hai nationality army.


    The front teams of the Hai nationality team were engulfed by the space crack, and there was a burst of chaos in the front of the army.


    As the strong man of the real dragon family, Ying Yuntian is arrogant and even arrogant


    When he just fought with Meng Zhang, he had a little advantage.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang, who was at a disadvantage, had more strength to attack the Hai nationality army, Ying Yuntian was angry at once.


    The clouds rolled in the sky, the wind roared, and the waves on the sea became more violent.


    Huge water dragons roared in the air and rushed frantically towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who is fighting Ying Yuntian''s jurisdiction, feels even more pressure.


    Not only did he have no spare time to pay attention to other things, but he even had to deal with the attack of Yuntian.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to run all his forces and show all his abilities to stop the crazy real dragon first.


    This awesome army is about to enter the great cross realm. Meng can only hope that Tai Yi men and its vassals can make a little effort to live up to their expectations and block the sea clan army.


    The only thing he could do was to send a message to the friar taiyimen that the sea clan army began to invade on a large scale.


    Next, Meng Zhang will no longer be distracted and fight with Yuntian wholeheartedly.


    Since he embarked on the road of cultivation, Meng Zhang has experienced many life and death wars and has long been tempered.


    He was not sure about the war in front of him, so he had to fight with his life.


    I saw the wind and cloud changing in the sky, the sword light shining, the sun and moon shining madly, and the Yin and Yang Qi sweeping through.


    The strong at the level of Yang God fight, and there is little difference in strength between each other. No one is that kind of child.


    After the war started, it was difficult to tell the winner in a short time.


    This is not only the case with Meng Zhang and Dinghai King Ying Yuntian, but also with the son of vanity and the vigorous side of the sea.


    A fierce war broke out over the sea. Without other interference, the marine army marched forward smoothly.


    This large number of Hai nationality army marched not slowly. It soon crossed the sea area and came to the Bay connecting the Jiuqu River.


    The high-level leaders of the Hai nationality who command the Hai nationality army are also experienced soldiers. They have rich experience in leading soldiers. They do not underestimate the enemy because of their strong strength.


    The Hai nationality army stopped for a few days at the Bay and established a new camp here as the back road and forward base of the army.


    After the camp was built, and enough strength was left to guard it, the Hai nationality army continued to move forward and officially entered the Jiuqu River.


    Although the river channel of Jiuqu River is wide, the formation of the Hai nationality army is not small.


    Along the river course of Jiuqu River, the formation of the Hai nationality army meanders and spreads, just like a long snake, marching forward quickly.


    Taiyimen and Jiuquhe people have been actively preparing for war for a long time.


    The threat of the Hai nationality army was imminent. Taiyimen mobilized all forces and rushed to the Daheng Xiuzhen world for reinforcement.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s letter, they knew that the war was imminent. All the people completed the final preparations for the war and began to deal with the arrival of the Hai nationality army.


    Since the mermaid clan became the ruler of Jiuqu River, it has always regarded the sea clan as the biggest threat and actively prepared for the invasion of the sea clan.


    For thousands of years, the Hai clan has not invaded, but the Jiuquhe clan has to face all kinds of enemies.


    Jiuqu River aquarium once attacked Jiuqu League and fought with Terran cultivators. And had a fierce conflict with the monsters in the black jade forest. Later, he fought with demons and participated in the action to quell the demon disaster.


    Recently, because of the internal rebellion, the mermaid clan almost destroyed the clan. Even if the civil strife subsides, the Jiuquhe clan will suffer a great loss of vitality and strength.


    Yuboli knew very well that the current Jiuquhe clan, that is, the Jiuquhe clan in its heyday, could not stop the sea clan army that was about to face.


    If the mermaid family wants to continue to rule the Jiuqu River, it must rely on the help of taiyimen.


    Yu Boli not only completely served Meng Zhangchen for a long time, but also kept a very low posture when facing the high-level of taiyimen. She looked respectful and listened to the order.


    Now the sea clan army is about to attack. If she resists, how to defend and how to fight, she completely obeys the orders of taiyimen.


    On the side of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, is still in charge of the whole army and the overall situation.


    According to the original plan, yuboli led the Jiuquhe River clan army to fortify the sea fortress and block the Hai clan army.


    The Taiyi goalkeeper will send a team of cultivators into the Tonghai fortress to help defend.


    The friar army led by Niu Dawei personally deployed defense on both sides of the Strait near the Tonghai fortress, supported the Tonghai fortress from both wings and blocked the attack of the Hai nationality army.


    Yuboli also fought her old life this time. In addition to taking out all the cards of the mermaid family, she also searched and cleaned up every part of the Jiuquhe family and concentrated them in the sea fortress.


    After being reminded by Meng Zhang, despite the tight time, yuboli sent a capable team to capture and search the Jiuqu River west of Tonghai fortress, forcibly captured many aquariums and incorporated them into the army as cannon fodder.


    Tonghai fortress is the key to resist the sea clan army. In addition to the original layout, the Terran cultivators have also been continuously strengthened to greatly increase their defense.


    After the Hai nationality army entered the Jiuqu River, it went all the way down the river.


    As an opponent, of course, we can''t let it drive in unstoppable.


    Xu Mengying organized a team of monks dominated by the yuan God Zhenjun to harass and intercept on the way.


    There are a large number of high-level strongmen in the sea clan army, such as the fourth-level strongmen of powerful races such as the shark clan, the sea seeker and the sea shark clan. Their combat effectiveness is not under the true king, the original God of the Terran clan.


    The team led by Xu Mengying tried to avoid frontal combat, focusing on guerrilla warfare and harassing warfare, not to stop the enemy, but to delay the enemy''s March.


    On the one hand, Jiuqu River area is half of the home of the strong sea people, and on the other hand, there are more strong sea people.


    In order to get rid of Xu Mengying''s team and remove the obstacles of marching, the Hai nationality also organized a team dominated by the fourth-order strong to hunt them.


    Finally, the team led by Xu Mengying could not avoid fighting head-on with the sea hunting team and began shopping.


    After several wars, Xu Mengying lost two Yuanshen Zhenjun in her team, and more people were injured.


    Although these two Yuanshen Zhenjun are not the direct lineage of Taiyi gate, they are friars of the vassal forces of Taiyi gate, and their combat effectiveness is not very excellent.


    But it was too painful to lose the fighting power of Yuanshen Zhenjun level before the formal war.


    On the road of taiyimen''s rise, it has experienced countless challenges. The middle and high levels of taiyimen have risen in bloody battles.


    However, in previous wars, there were basically no casualties at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun so soon.


    Seeing the failure of harassing and delaying the battle, Xu Mengying had to lead his team to retreat and withdraw into the army.


    The sea clan army did not delay too long on the road. In less than a month, it crossed tens of thousands of miles of rivers and killed in front of the sea fortress.


    Without persuading to surrender, without a word of nonsense, the Hai nationality army immediately began a fierce attack on the sea fortress.


    Yuboli is not only an excellent ruler, but also a great general.


    Mermaids have various plans on how to deal with the invasion of the sea people.


    However, in these plans, I never expected to encounter such a powerful marine army.


    And with the passage of time, many previous means began to fail slowly.


    Yuboli took out all the details of the mermaid family and all the effective treasures for the sea family.


    She also exhausted a series of means such as coercion, inducement, vows and promises to fully stimulate the fighting spirit and morale of her aquarium army.


    Although the time was in a hurry, the friar of taiyimen array hall, led by Wen qiansuan, deployed a new four-step mountain protection array on the basis of the original array of Tonghai fortress.


    This large array called wanchongshan is one of the four order large arrays at the bottom of the pressure box at Taiyi gate.


    It not only needs all kinds of precious layout materials, but also needs a number of Yuanshen Zhenjun to preside over after the deployment of the large array.


    The Wanchong landscape array covers a large area, covering not only the Jiuqu River channel where the sea fortress is located, but also a large area on both banks.


    The original array and prohibition of Tonghai fortress have also been strengthened, which is presided over by the strong aquarium led by yuboli.


    We have long known that the number of the Hai nationality army is huge and its strength is terrible. Taiyimen has done everything it can.


    All the friars of vassal forces were recruited to join the war. Not to mention, a large number of spirit beasts kept in the Royal beast hall in the door and mechanism creations made by the divine work hall were sent to the front line.


    After years of accumulation in the gate, the friars of the divine engineering hall are still building day and night. The Qiqiao sect is also going all out.


    Before the war, the river surface near Jiuqu River was covered with all kinds of mechanism creations.


    Tens of thousands of monks have established camps on both sides of the Jiuqu River and are ready for battle.


    The top level of taiyimen has done everything they can. They think they are well prepared. In the face of the attack of the Hai nationality army, their own resistance should be enough.


    However, at the beginning of the attack of the Hai family army, it gave a heavy blow to the taiyimen side.


    Not only does the total number of Hai people''s army far exceed that of taiyimen and Jiuquhe people''s army, but also the high-level strong ones have great advantages.


    After only half a day of the war, the Hai nationality army cleared the defense in front of the sea fortress and killed directly below the fortress.


    While taking the Tonghai fortress as the main attack direction, the marine army also divided enough military strength to launch a fierce attack on the Terran army on both wings.


    The four-step mountain protection array and the ten thousand mountains and rivers array, which are highly expected by the top and bottom of Taiyi gate, have been in trouble for three days.


    Even relying on the sea fortress, the Jiuquhe clan army was killed and injured by the enemy, resulting in heavy casualties.


    Even if they leave the water and come to the shore, the sea clan army is still fierce enough.


    The frontier stronghold set up by taiyimen and its vassals on both sides of Jiuqu River was conquered by the army of Hai nationality one by one.


    The Terran friars retreated and soon retreated to the camp.


    The friars of the taiyimen organization exhausted their strength and paid huge casualties, but they still couldn''t stop the fierce attack of the Hai nationality army.


    Under the constant attack of the Hai nationality army, the Tonghai fortress is in urgent need everywhere, seeing that the enemy is about to fall.


    If yu Boli had not been able to command, the army of Jiuquhe River clan would have completely collapsed.


    It seems that the aquarium army in Jiuqu River is still struggling to resist, but the heavy casualties and low morale have shown a decline. Obviously, it won''t last long.


    The ferocity of the Hai people''s army was indeed beyond the expectation of the taiyimen high level.


    Of course, before the war, Meng Zhang, as the leader of Taiyi sect, also made the worst plan and tried everything possible.


    Ziyang holy sect, which rules the north of Junchen world, is full of malice and intends to kill with a knife. It''s magnanimous not to stab in the back, let alone reinforce Taiyi gate.


    Ziyang Shengzong evaded his due obligations and left the fierce Hai family army to Taiyi gate.


    Around their own territory, taiyimen couldn''t find enough reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang has a good relationship with old man Yinhu and has relevant interests.


    When he was in the heavenly palace, he asked old man Yinhu for help.


    But old man Yinhu himself can''t do it directly in the Junchen world, and he has always been alone and has no available men.


    Silver pot old man tried to hire Dark Alliance friars to help Meng Zhang as before.


    But this time, the Dark Alliance friar didn''t even sell the accounts of the silver pot old man, and refused his request for employment.


    Old man Yinhu has worked for Tianlei shangzun for many years and is regarded as his subordinate.


    He now actively introduces Meng Zhang to Tianlei shangzun.


    After some thinking, old man Yinhu tried to get help from Tianlei shangzun.


    Of course, Lord Tianlei and his cronies spent most of their time in the extraterritorial void.


    In a short time, the old man couldn''t get a response from there.


    Old man Yinhu can''t count on it for the time being, and mother-in-law Qiansi is not in the heavenly palace. Meng Zhang has lost his two biggest help.


    Because of the deterioration of the relationship with the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang can''t even contact old acquaintances such as Qianying Zhenjun and Youhuan Zhenjun for the time being.


    Before the war, although Meng Zhang didn''t know that the Hai nationality army would be so fierce, he did everything he could and tried to get every help.


    He pulled down his face and asked for help from every cultivator he knew and every cultivator he had dealt with.


    He not only said all his good words, but also promised many benefits.


    But he didn''t get any substantive help until the sea clan army began to invade on a large scale.


    The person in charge of taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace was not discouraged. After Meng Zhang left the heavenly palace, he still ran actively, trying to get help from the outside world.


    After all, the sea clan is an alien, an enemy of the Terran, and a public enemy of the Terran cultivators.


    Taiyimen has an absolute sense of righteousness to resist the invasion of the sea people and fight against the sea people.

 Chapter 1568

    Over the years, taiyimen has also made friends with some Xiuzhen forces in Tiangong.


    These Xiuzhen forces have verbally supported the war between taiyimen and Hai clan, and will give good encouragement.


    If you really want to provide any substantive help, you can''t think about it.


    After all, most of us are business contacts without too deep interest relations.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Kongzi, the two most powerful leaders of Taiyi sect, fought fiercely with their opponents in the West Sea. The top level of Taiyi sect must rely on their own strength to fight against the powerful Hai nationality army.


    Seeing that the war situation was more and more unfavorable, taiyimen unexpectedly welcomed unexpected support.


    Lu Tianshu, the great friar of Hailing sect, led a team of Yuanshen friars to the Daheng cultivation world through the heavenly palace, and directly joined the war against the sea army.


    Taiyimen''s line of defense on the verge of collapse was finally stabilized for the time being.


    Hailing sect is located in the South China Sea of Junchen world. It has been fighting with the Hai and Zhenlong for many years and has accumulated very rich experience for a long time.


    In the vast South China Sea, the sea spirit sect has an absolute advantage. The sea people were forced to retreat to the depths of the ocean, almost near the end of the world.


    It was in the war against the Hai nationality that the Hailing sect rose and established enough achievements and reputation to confront the holy door such as Zhenhai hall.


    Lu Tianshu led a small number of teams, but all of them were yuan Shen Zhen Jun, and everyone mastered many unique means against the Hai nationality.


    With the help of Lu Tianshu, taiyimen finally stabilized and rebuilt its defense system.


    Lu Tianshu, the great friar of Hailing sect, has a good relationship with Meng Zhang and has had a lot of contacts.


    But Lu Tianshu really came to support, which was beyond everyone''s expectation.


    No matter what plot Lu Tianshu has, he has really helped a lot this time and solved the urgent need of taiyimen.


    After the defense line is stable, Niu Dawei knows the strength of the sea family army and that his side can''t keep any more.


    Taiyimen once again recruited monks and materials from all members of hanhaidao alliance, which almost drained the potential of every family''s cultivation power.


    Taiyi gate itself mobilized again and almost drained all the monks in the gate.


    Even Nanzhu Zhenjun, who has been resting in the door for many years, took the initiative to go to the battlefield.


    Although his foundation was damaged and his strength fell sharply, at least he was also a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    In the battlefield, it is bound to play a great role.


    In these years, Nanzhu Zhenjun has long left all he has learned in Taiyi gate, and there have been descendants.


    With little regret in his heart, he was not worried about losing his strength and even his longevity in the battle.


    The assistance from the rear was continuously sent to the front line, and even the collapsing Jiuquhe clan army was temporarily stabilized by yupoli''s powerful means.


    One night, Niu Dawei, as the leader of Taiyi sect, summoned the ghost Shouzheng and Meng Zhang''s incarnation Taimiao to help.


    After knowing that taiyimen was facing the attack of the sea army, the ghost guard sent an avatar and led a team of ghost soldiers to help.


    Such a lineup seems not weak, but it is far from the full strength of Shouzheng.


    Defending justice is not only a matter of retaining strength, but almost perfunctory.


    If it weren''t for Meng Zhang''s relationship with Yang God, he might not even be willing to send this lineup.


    It''s wonderful. It''s really going all out there.


    Too wonderful led the main force of the ghost army under her hand, crossed the yin-yang gap and came to the Yang.


    Niu Dawei doesn''t know that too wonderful is the incarnation of Meng Zhang. After comparing his attitude with that of Shouzheng, he naturally has a bias in his heart.


    Taking advantage of the dark night and the strong Yin atmosphere between heaven and earth, Taimiao personally led the ghost army as a pioneer and took the lead in counterattack against the sea army.


    Then Niu Dawei led all the forces that could be summoned, followed the ghost army and killed the Hai family army.


    A group of foreign barbarian tribes who had long submitted to taiyimen sent most barbarian warriors to fight this time.


    Several powerful barbarian kings dared to fight on the battlefield and showed great bravery.


    Although the taiyimen side suffered heavy casualties, the counterattack finally reached its goal, disrupted the foot of the Hai nationality army and drove it back for a long distance.


    When the Hai people''s army reacted and began to fight back, the taiyimen army had begun to retreat.


    The Hai nationality army needs to count the casualties and reorganize the team, which has won a lot of time for the taiyimen side.


    With this buffer, the assistance behind taiyimen rushed to the front line and joined the defense.


    The territory under the command of taiyimen is vast.


    In addition to the powerful Taiyi gate, there are many forces of truth cultivation in this territory.


    Among them, the old yuanshenzongmen are not one or two.


    Taiyimen issued the highest level mobilization order and concentrated all the forces that could be concentrated.


    When all these forces converged on the front line of Jiuqu River, they created an indestructible defense line.


    In this way, the war between taiyimen and the Hai nationality army fell into a protracted battle, and it was by no means possible to decide the outcome in a short time.


    Neither of the two sides would give way. They fought to death near the Tonghai fortress, regardless of casualties.


    This battlefield has become a meat grinder, constantly consuming life and creating death.


    The casualties of the sea people''s army are calculated in tens of thousands, among which there are no lack of fourth-order strong men who can rival the yuan God Zhenjun.


    The casualties of taiyimen and its vassals were equally heavy, and a famous friar fell on the battlefield one after another.


    Even those taiyimen high-level officials who have accompanied the rise of taiyimen all the way, experienced hundreds of battles and used to seeing casualties have never seen such a bloody scene before.


    Not only low-level friars continue to suffer casualties, but even high-level friars are precarious.


    A friar of Jindan immortal level may die at any time, and it is difficult for the yuan God Zhenjun to keep himself in battle.


    The casualties were so heavy that not only the taiyimen had complained, but also the vassal forces were very dissatisfied.


    Fortunately, the leader Meng Zhang is still fighting with the strong ones of the real dragon family. So far, there is no winner or loser.


    Both Meng Zhang''s past prestige and Yang Shen''s strength are enough to suppress all kinds of discontent.


    Even in the fierce fight with Dinghai king, Meng Zhang occasionally seized some opportunities to communicate with the rear briefly.


    Meng Zhang knew the difficult situation faced by taiyimen, but there was nothing to do and there was no way to help.


    Taiyi gate knows that Meng Zhangzheng has blocked the strong of the real dragon family, and no one dare to retreat easily.


    Even if the friars of vassal forces were dissatisfied and ready to move, they did not dare to show it at will, nor did they dare to violate the orders from Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1569

    While Taiyi sect and its vassal fell into a hard battle, Meng Zhang, as the leader, was not easy.


    Ying Yuntian, the Dinghai king of the real dragon family, is not a generation with a false reputation. Even among the real dragon family with strong people, he is a unique strong man and a overlord.


    Especially here is still above the sea. This is the home of the real dragon family, which is enough for Ying Yuntian to give full play to his strength and get additional bonus.


    Ying Yuntian turned the nearby sea area into his own jurisdiction, tried to trap Meng Zhang in it, and then slowly processed it.


    Meng Zhang worked very hard and felt that he was almost against the world around him.


    He constantly mobilized the power of heaven and earth Avenue and displayed a secret Taoist magic power of Taiyi gate to fight against the secret skills of the real dragon family.


    It is very normal for a strong man at the level of Yang God to fight a war, even if it lasts for decades or even hundreds of years.


    The longevity of Yuanshen Zhenjun is generally between 1800 and 2800, and the limit will not exceed 3000.


    After the thunder robbery and the advanced Yang God period, Shouyuan can reach the age of 5000 at most.


    As a powerful creature born in the real dragon family, Shouyuan is far above the Terran.


    Also a strong man at the level of Yang God, Ying Yuntian''s Shouyuan is at least thousands of years more than Meng Zhang.


    According to the standard of Yang God friar, Meng Zhang is still very young, almost a hairy boy.


    Ying Yuntian is not a very old person among the real dragon family.


    There are a lot of Shouyuan to spend. He doesn''t mind slowly pestering Meng Zhang and consuming Shouyuan at will.


    Meng Zhang even struggled to resist Ying Yuntian''s attack, let alone counter attack and turn the situation around.


    He can only temporarily let Ying Yuntian do it and slowly look for a chance to fight back.


    The vigorous battle between Kongzi and the strong sea seeker of the sea Yaksha family was also extremely fierce.


    Although vanity son fell to the disadvantage for the time being, it was not easy for Hai Gangjian to completely surpass him.


    The nether child drives the nether tripod. Relying on a clever nether secret skill, he can barely come and go freely without being trapped by the enemy.


    Hai Jianjian can''t trap vanity son, but vanity son wants to find a way to entangle him firmly so that he can''t get away.


    If the Sea Patrol Yaksha with such strength as Hai Gangjian joins the battle of the sea family army, I''m afraid the situation on the side of the Terran cultivator will collapse immediately.


    Vanity son also took out all his skills and tangled with the sea.


    After the sea clan army entered the Daheng cultivation world along the Jiuqu River, it didn''t want to play any tricks such as dividing troops. It was just that it had one mind and had to conquer the sea fortress.


    The powerful sea clan army constantly attacked the sea fortress and the Terran friar camp on both sides of the Strait, without any tricks in the middle.


    Even if the casualties were heavy and the attack could not be carried out for a long time, the Hai nationality army had no intention of changing the battle plan.


    Of course, it can be said that the high-level of the Hai nationality has one track record and does not know how to adapt. It can also be said that they understand the situation of the enemy and ourselves and give full play to their own advantages.


    Fighting in the water is half the home for the sea army.


    In addition to the Shui nationality army in Jiuqu River, the Terran cultivators really can''t fight the Hai nationality in the water.


    Moreover, there are a large number of ethnic groups in this marine army, and there are many powerful races that can still play a fighting role on the shore.


    These fierce races took the initiative to go ashore and fought with the Terran friars on both sides of the Jiuqu River.


    In addition to guarding the camps on both sides of the Strait, the Terran friars often send teams to the sea fortress for reinforcements.


    After all, even the last drop of blood left by the aquarium army in Jiuqu River alone can''t stop the aquarium army.


    In this way, both Meng Zhang and Tonghai fortress fell into a stalemate and began a real and lasting battle.


    In the blink of an eye, this impasse has lasted for ten years.


    Meng Zhang and Ying Yuntian are still in a difficult fight. Even if they fall to the disadvantage, there is still a long way to go before they can completely decide the outcome.


    There was also a constant struggle between the void and the sea, and it was difficult for anyone to get away easily.


    Hai Jian has a great advantage and has the upper hand, but it will take at least decades to defeat and even kill empty children.


    On the other side of Tonghai fortress, Taiyi gate bears a huge burden. The consumption of personnel and materials is about to exceed the affordability of the sect.


    Since the rise of taiyimen, all the accumulation and details are rapidly consumed.


    The sect has worked hard to train friars for many years, so they continue to fall on the battlefield.


    In addition to those pure productive monks, there are only a group of young devils who have just started.


    As for other members of Hanhai daomeng, the situation will only be more serious than taiyimen.


    As the area finally under the control of Taiyi gate, many Xiuzhen forces soon took refuge in Taiyi gate.


    In the face of such casualties that can shake the foundation of the sect and there is no hope at all, these Xiuzhen forces are beginning to feel shaken.


    The Taiyi sect is still in power, and the SONGFENG sect has been firmly standing on the side of the Taiyi sect, so as to barely stabilize the situation and not change.


    Taiyi gate mobilized all the forces that could be mobilized to the front line of Tonghai fortress, and the rear became extremely empty.


    In particular, there are almost no defensive forces left in the Jiuqu Province, the fundamental important place of Taiyi gate.


    Fortunately, in these years, taiyimen has eliminated all the resistance forces in Jiuqu province and almost all the sources of trouble.


    The Datong business alliance and other forces not only did not make trouble behind, but actively responded to the recruitment of Taiyi gate and gave great reinforcements to Taiyi gate.


    Soon after the war, ye Zhenjun and jueying left taiyimen Mountain Gate and went to Tonghai fortress to join the war.


    As the head of the black market division of Jiuqu Province, Shushan Zhenjun, due to the relationship between the Dark Alliance and taiyimen, can''t stand on Meng Zhang''s side openly.


    But he did everything he could.


    In addition to actively deploying various materials for the use of taiyimen, he also took advantage of the power of the black market to actively maintain the order in the rear and make up for the defense vacuum after a large number of taiyimen friars were transferred.


    In the heavenly palace, although the silver pot old man can''t help Taiyi gate directly, he still uses his power and influence to provide all kinds of help to Taiyi gate.


    He helped to purchase many talismans and magic tools for dealing with the Hai nationality, as well as pills for treating the damage caused by the Hai nationality.


    The sea clan is the great enemy of the Terran cultivators. The two sides have been entangled and fought for thousands of years.


    Among the Terran cultivators, especially some coastal cultivators, have accumulated rich experience and have means to deal with the sea clan in all aspects.


    With the help of old man Yinhu and Lu Tianshu of the Hailing sect, taiyimen made up for this shortcoming and mastered many special means for the Hai nationality.

 Chapter 1570

    In these ten years, while taiyimen side has paid huge losses, many monks participating in the war are also making rapid progress.


    The whole army of friars showed great toughness.


    Heavy casualties and fierce bloody battles will only make the whole army braver and braver.


    Every time the sea people''s army attacked desperately, it was only one step away from breaking through the opponent''s defense line and completely defeating the opponent.


    However, when the critical moment comes, the friars on the side of Taiyi gate try their best to come forward and fight back. They can always block the gap and block the enemy firmly.


    It is very demoralizing to return in vain after paying huge losses.


    Judging from the number of losses alone, the Hai nationality army is far more than its opponent.


    In the sea family, red fruit is the law of the jungle, and the competitive environment is extremely cruel.


    The low-level sea people are not only driven by the high-level sea people, but also the food of the high-level sea people when needed.


    It is even very common for some high-level sea people to arbitrarily kill low-level sea people and devour low-level sea people.


    This sea clan army has several high-level racial commanders in the sea clan, and behind it has the support of the real dragon clan.


    Therefore, the upper and lower organizational structure is stable, and the command transmission is very smooth. No matter how heavy the casualties are, there is no need to worry about mutiny in the army.


    Of course, I have been fighting here for many years and have been unable to conquer the enemy''s defense line in front. It is inevitable that there will be war weariness in the Hai nationality army. Even some senior leaders begin to feel slack and tired.


    According to Yuntian''s order, Dinghai king is that the sea family army must attack along the Jiuqu River and control the whole Jiuqu River all the time.


    Before a new order is issued, the high level of the Hai nationality army must strictly implement the order and dare not disobey it at all.


    The war is still going on and looks very fierce, but with the passage of time, the Hai nationality army is also weak, and it is more and more difficult to conquer the front line of defense.


    The taiyimen side finally survived the most difficult stage and the war situation began to stabilize.


    Under the leadership of taiyimen, Hanhai daomeng controls such a vast territory, which is rich in human and material resources.


    In the past ten years, war supplies from the rear have never been cut off.


    Ten years later, some new monks were trained and embarked on the battlefield.


    Of course, ten years is not enough for the growth of monks.


    It will take at least a hundred years to cultivate a generation of monks.


    Taiyimen has established a strict cultivation system for friars, which can ensure the continuous cultivation of future generations of friars.


    Even such a tragic war will not lead to the generation of friars.


    And every once in a while, new monks appear.


    This war was simply a refining of blood and fire, which made taiyimen experience unprecedented training.


    When Meng Zhang was fighting with Dinghai king yingyuntian, he would take time to contact the rear from time to time.


    The severe situation taiyimen faces affects his mind all the time.


    Unable to be distracted, he only hoped that there would be enough morale up and down the door to firmly block the Hai family army.


    When the war situation in the rear stabilized, he was completely relieved.


    The sea clan army could not break through the Taiyi gate''s defense line, and fell into a stalemate with the Taiyi gate.


    If there is no external interference, such a stalemate will last for more than decades until every drop of blood on both sides is exhausted.


    In these ten years, Meng Zhang seems to have been defeated, but he can still attack and defend, and slowly feel the details of Ying Yuntian.


    He still has enough time to slowly find a way to deal with his immediate opponent.


    In a flash, five years have passed.


    Meng Zhang has never experienced such a hard struggle since the advanced Yang God period.


    In those years, he had received the personal guidance of heavenly thunder and was taught a lot of valuable cultivation knowledge and experience.


    This hard-working exercise made him fully absorb and digest the guidance he obtained, and he benefited a lot in all aspects.


    Compared with Meng Zhang 15 years ago, the cultivation of Meng Zhang now seems to have made little progress, but his understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth and his understanding of the magical powers of Taoism are higher.


    In the battle, even if he was at a disadvantage, Meng Zhang still carefully hid his harvest and did not easily expose his cards.


    He is waiting for a chance, a chance to break the game.


    After more than half a year, the opportunity to break the game finally came.


    Ying Yuntian, as usual, set off the waves again, stimulated the power of the jurisdiction, and tried to trap Meng Zhang completely.


    Fifteen years of fierce fighting has made Ying Yuntian a little impatient.


    He used the blood of the real dragon to drive the supernatural power, and urged the power of the water system jurisdiction to the limit.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be in a world composed entirely of water. There was nothing else around his body except the vast sea and rough waves.


    The waves all over the sky contain the mana of practicing hard for a lifetime, and every drop of sea water contains the power of terror.


    Ying Yuntian and Meng Zhang have been fighting for so many years. They know that this seemingly massive attack is not enough to defeat the guy in front of them.


    He even did not hesitate to show his real body, so as to better stimulate the blood of the real dragon and show a more terrible magic power.


    I saw a ferocious dragon with a length of more than 1000 feet, huge and double horns, flying clouds and rain and making waves there.


    In the wind and waves, the terrible dragon twisted its huge body and wantonly spread the power of heaven and earth.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang trapped by the waves is like a tiny ant, which is not worth mentioning at all.


    Seeing that he was at an absolute disadvantage, Meng Zhang not only didn''t look nervous, but smiled on his face.


    When the enemy is strongest, he is also his weakest.


    Ying Yuntian urged the real dragon''s blood to the limit and stimulated all his magic powers. While his strength climbed to the top, there was no room for change.


    Meng Zhang pointed to the sky with one hand and to the ground with the other. He drank "change" in his mouth.


    I saw a trance between heaven and earth. The original waves all over the sky changed into fire waves all over the sky.


    Water turns into fire, and the vast sea turns into a sea of fire


    Overturning Yin and Yang is the fundamental skill of Meng Zhang''s cultivation. It is a supreme magic power and supreme Taoist art in the change of heaven and earth Yin and Yang.


    Originally, it was necessary to have the cultivation of returning to emptiness at least in order to release the door god channel art and give full play to its power.


    Under great pressure, Meng Zhang gave extraordinary play and fully mobilized the power of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    He did not hesitate to hurt himself and paid a high price, which reluctantly inspired the door god channel technique.


    Time, place and people are all ready. Meng Zhang''s long-standing fight did not fail.


    He only needs to inspire the Taoist magic power of overthrowing Yin and Yang, and does not need to exert all its power, which is enough to reverse the war situation and break the stalemate.

 Chapter 1571

    Overturn the magic power of yin and Yang and use the power of the avenue of yin and yang to completely reverse the surrounding rules and the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Most of the sea people and the real dragon people are best at Shuixing Avenue, and Ying Yuntian is no exception.


    Of course, Ying Yuntian is good at a variety of heaven and earth roads, and the real dragon blood contains many rare powers.


    However, while constructing this jurisdiction, he still focuses on the water Avenue.


    The jurisdiction he constructed is a world of water, a small ocean.


    Now Yin and yang are reversed, and the rules between heaven and earth are completely reversed.


    Water turns into fire, from one extreme to another.


    Ying Yuntian''s jurisdiction is equal to being forcibly broken and forcibly reversed.


    The rules were broken and the counterattack brought by Tiandi Avenue immediately gave Ying Yuntian a heavy blow.


    The huge real dragon couldn''t help howling, and its huge body twisted and struggled in pain.


    The real dragon''s body is extremely strong. Ying Yuntian doesn''t say anything else. This body alone is enough to resist most attacks in the world.


    Even if he stood there and let the enemy attack, it would cost the enemy a lot to break his defense.


    In the previous fierce fight, Meng Zhang''s taiyifen lightsaber passed Ying Yuntian several times, but it didn''t even pierce a dragon scale.


    But now the power of the heaven and earth Avenue is to let Ying Yuntian fight against this heaven and earth alone.


    Countless heavy dragon scales on his body suddenly broke, revealing a lot of flesh and blood.


    It was just a skin injury. The power of heaven and earth penetrated into his internal organs and stirred it to pieces.


    If the injuries on the flesh can be tolerated, the spirit is closer to the avenue of heaven and earth and easier to sense the rules of heaven and earth.


    Similarly, when heaven and earth Avenue backfires, the Spirit bears the brunt, is the first object to be attacked, and is also the most seriously injured.


    The heavy damage from the spirit made Ying Yuntian''s huge body almost out of control and fell heavily on the sea from high altitude.


    The fire waves all over the sky also didn''t let Ying Yuntian go, crazy rolled to his body.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments in Huoxing Avenue are ordinary, but the power of Huoxing force forcibly converted by yin-yang Avenue is really extraordinary.


    Now it is not the fire road mastered by Meng Zhang that determines the power of fire waves, but the water road mastered by Ying Yuntian.


    After the rules of heaven and earth were reversed, his water power was forcibly transformed into fire power.


    The deeper his attainments on the water road, the stronger the fire power.


    Under the scorching of the fire waves all over the sky, Ying Yuntian''s huge dragon body was scorched and black.


    Ying Yuntian is going crazy because of the heavy damage he has never encountered.


    The remaining reason in his mind made him understand that this was not a place to stay for a long time and could not continue to entangle with the enemy.


    Although the real dragons seem ferocious and arrogant, they often ignore life and death.


    But as a race with a long life, where can you not cherish your own life?


    Maybe some young real dragons are not calm enough. They are driven by their nature. They are often impulsive and irritable, and often fight with the enemy.


    However, Ying Yuntian, a real dragon of Yang God level, has long been rid of the nature of these beasts.


    The long years he spent and the long life he had made him cherish his life more and will not give it up easily.


    Ying Yuntian roared and inspired the secret method of saving life.


    Ying Yuntian''s huge body suddenly shrunk, then turned into a rainbow, broke through the containment of the fire waves, and disappeared into the horizon.


    The real dragons have been living in the depths of the ocean for many years. They have a big family and have accumulated countless treasures.


    The sea in Junchen world is extremely rich, and the real dragon family, the owner of the sea, is famous for its multi treasure wealth.


    Ying Yuntian is one of the few real dragons in the whole real dragon family.


    The life-saving thing he was carrying was absolutely extraordinary. I''m afraid even in the face of the great power of returning to emptiness, he had a chance to save his life.


    Meng Zhang understood this truth, so he never expected to leave Ying Yuntian completely.


    Ten thousand steps back, Meng Zhang may not dare to start even if he has the ability to kill Ying Yuntian.


    Meng Zhang has long been an impulsive and irritable little hair. He has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years. The heavy responsibility he shoulders makes him unable to act willfully.


    If Meng Zhang really killed Ying Yuntian, there might be a dragon king with strength to return to the virtual period in the next moment. Regardless of the rules, he broke all the rules of the Jun dust world and appeared in front of him.


    It is an acceptable result to expel Ying Yuntian after he has been hit hard.


    After Ying Yuntian fled, the surrounding waters began to slowly recover.


    Meng Zhang''s body kept shaking and gushed blood.


    His victory was not without cost.


    For a long time to come, it will be difficult for him to fight with the strong at the same level.


    The place where Hai Jianjian of the Sea Patrol yecha family fought with the void son was not far from Meng Zhang''s battlefield.


    Dinghai Wang yingyuntian''s defeat was so fast that he didn''t respond in time. He just didn''t have time to help in the past.


    Ying Yuntian was hurt and ran away. In his eyes, Meng Zhang, who defeated Ying Yuntian, became particularly powerful.


    Ying Yuntian seems to be seriously injured. If there is any accident on the way to escape, not only Hai Jianjian will definitely be involved, but the whole Sea Patrol Yasha family will be involved.


    The sea was strong, regardless of anything else, attacked desperately, forced the void son back, and then flew in the direction of Ying Yuntian''s escape.


    Instead of chasing after the sea, vanity son flew to Meng Zhang.


    He looked at Meng Zhang with admiration on his face.


    Meng Zhang, the younger generation, is one of the few strong men who can defeat and seriously hurt the real dragon family, even in taiyimen in its heyday.


    It can even be said that in the thousands of years of history of taiyimen, few monks can achieve such achievements as Meng Zhang.


    Even if Meng Zhang was badly wounded in the battle just now, it will not damage his image.


    Meng Zhang waited here for a while and determined that Ying Yuntian and Hai Jianjian would not come back.


    He called shangxukongzi and immediately transmitted it to the Jiuqu River and came to the rear of the Hai family army.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the air and did not start immediately.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s signal, vanity son immediately killed the Hai nationality army in front from the rear.


    I saw several violent vibrations in the sea family army, and space cracks of different sizes appeared out of thin air, swallowing a large number of sea families.


    Some huge sea people are particularly unlucky. Their huge bodies are directly torn apart by space cracks.


    As soon as the Kongzi at the level of Yang God made a move, he shook the whole sea family army with his own strength, bringing huge blow and damage.

 Chapter 1572

    Shortly after defeating Dinghai Wang Yingyun, Meng Zhang contacted his eldest disciple Niu Dawei and told him his next plan.


    When Meng Zhang and vanity son came to the back of the Hai family army, and vanity son began to make great power, Niu Dawei also hurriedly convened an army of friars and took the initiative to launch a counterattack against the Hai family army.


    If a strong man of Yang God level is not restrained by a strong man of the same level, he will be almost unstoppable on the battlefield.


    It is very normal for one man to fight against one army and one enemy to ten thousand.


    The original strict formation of the Hai family army was easily disturbed by the void son, and there was chaos in the army.


    Kongzi didn''t want to kill more evils, so he didn''t kill the low-level sea people wantonly. The main targets were those high-level sea people.


    In this way, it actually plays the role of beheading.


    Those high-level sea people have enough IQ to understand what happened.


    The two strong Yang gods of the enemy appeared here, but the two strong Yang gods of our own side have been missing. They can''t help thinking.


    Hai Jianjian, the strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family, has just returned. Ying Yuntian is the sea king of the real dragon family and the Sea Patrol governor. What a big man he is.


    Even Ying Yuntian can''t stop the Terran friars in front of him. It''s conceivable that the other party''s terror.


    The more high-level Hai people are, the smarter they are. The smarter they are, the more afraid they are of death, and the more they cherish their own lives.


    The high level of the sea people''s army, which was originally stable, soon collapsed.


    Even if some diehards, or guys with one mind, want to stay and die on the spot in the face of the deliberate hunting and killing of vanity children.


    The high level of the sea family army either starts to run for their lives, or is resisting the pursuit of vanity son


    The whole Hai nationality army lost its high-level command and could only be maintained according to its original inertia.


    At this time, Niu Dawei led an army of friars to kill him.


    After a fierce battle, the whole Hai nationality army began to collapse.


    The corpses of Hai people are everywhere, and there are fleeing Hai people everywhere.


    The morale of the Hai nationality army was not very good. It not only lost the high-level command, but also did not have enough strength to resist the other party''s high-level strongmen. That defeat and escape was the only end.


    With the passage of time, the taiyimen side concentrated more and more forces into the attack on the Hai nationality army.


    The attack went extremely smoothly, easily defeated the enemy and began to pursue the victory.


    Even the Jiuqu River clan, who was full of fear for the sea clan, soon joined the ranks of hunting.


    When the sea clan''s army is strong, the Jiuqu River clan cringes. If yu Boli had not been able to command, the aquarium army would have collapsed.


    Now the sea clan has become the target of being chased and killed. These Jiuquhe clan do not know whether to vent or to shed shame. They have become particularly cruel and violent.


    It''s natural that the army of the Hai nationality was defeated, and the taiyimen side pursued the victory and expanded the results.


    Meng Zhang did not directly join them, but just watched silently.


    The remnant of the Hai nationality army went up the Jiuqu River and ran directly to the West Sea according to the route when they came.


    The army on the side of Taiyi gate is chasing after him and seizing the time to catch the water dog.


    Even the friars of Hailing sect who came to reinforce were also in high spirits.


    Defeating such a large marine army is a very fulfilling thing for anyone.


    The defeated remnant of the Hai family army fled all the way along the Jiuqu River, leaving countless bodies.


    When the defeated disabled soldiers fled to the bay of tonghaikou, the partial division of the Hai family army stayed here and was ready to welcome the defeated disabled soldiers into the camp and reorganize immediately.


    Before the pursuers who chased here all the way started, the void son gently shook the space, and the whole camp began to collapse.


    The pursuers rushed forward, easily broke into the camp and launched the pursuit of the crippling enemy.


    When he reached this point, vanity son thought he had done enough.


    He stopped shooting and began to watch the war to deal with the accident.


    In the whole process of hunting, there was no accident. In addition to defeat and escape, there was no Meng Zhang in the Hai people''s army. Although he defeated Ying Yuntian, king of Dinghai this time, he was seriously injured and lost a lot. He urgently needed to close the door and heal his wounds.


    Of course, before closing the door to heal his wounds, he should show up in front of everyone to boost everyone''s confidence and morale.


    In addition, Lu Tianshu of Hailing sect led the friars of Hailing sect to come from far away overseas for support, which helped taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang must receive this kindness.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu met.


    Not seen for many years, Meng Zhang not only advanced to the Yang God period, but also became a strong man in the Yang God period. He can defeat the real dragon of the same level.


    This not only made Lu Tianshu envious, but also raised his expectations for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not put on the airs of the father of Yang God in front of his old friends because of his progress in cultivation.


    His attitude towards his old friends is as sincere as ever.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Lu Tianshu didn''t beat around the Bush and went straight to the subject.


    Lu Tianshu led the crowd to help this time to buy Meng Zhang a favor.


    Meng Zhang is a strong man in the Yang God period. Even if the Taiyi gate is defeated and the Hai family army occupies the Jiuqu River, Meng Zhang can keep his life, and the Taiyi gate will not perish.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is extraordinary, and he has been recognized and appreciated by Lord Tianlei, which makes him valuable and hot.


    The sea spirit sect faced the suppression and containment of the sea hall in zongmen Town, the holy land.


    Except for the Holy Land Sect, the strong are all the friends of the Hailing sect.


    Hailing sect has a good relationship with taiyimen and has a lot of contacts.


    Lu Tianshu''s timely help is to deepen his friendship with Taiyi gate. It''s best to pull Taiyi gate into his own chariot and fight against Zhenhai hall together.

 Chapter 1573

    Of course, Lu Tianshu was not so direct, but vaguely revealed his intention in this regard when expressing his goodwill.


    For taiyimen, we also need allies, especially allies such as Hailing sect, which are powerful enough to compete with the Holy Land Sect.


    However, in the past, the strength of Hailing sect was much stronger than taiyimen. Even if the relationship between the two sides was good and involved the interests of the sect, some accounts must be calculated clearly.


    If we were to form an alliance at that time, the two sides would not be equal.


    If taiyimen forms an alliance with Hailing sect, it will surely become the enemy of Zhenhai hall.


    But the Hailing sect will not go all out to help taiyimen against Ziyang Shengzong.


    The strength of taiyimen is still not as good as that of Hailing sect, but because of Meng Zhang, hailing sect has to treat it seriously.


    Meng Zhang''s recent achievements have made Lu Tianshu make a new plan.


    Lu Tianshu told Meng Zhang that although the Hailing sect had always been at a disadvantage in front of Zhenhai hall, it was not without resistance.


    Although he didn''t speak clearly, he vaguely said that the sea spirit sect had the support of more than one return to virtual power.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang is not surprised.


    Without the support of the great power of returning to the virtual world, which sect dares to confront the holy sect head-on?


    Ziyang Shengzong is full of malice towards Taiyi gate, but Taiyi gate still has to pretend to be a grandson. Isn''t it lack of combat power at the level of returning to emptiness?


    Now, if taiyimen and hailing sect form an alliance, it will be taiyimen''s climb.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu both have the intention to form an alliance, and the senior leaders of the two sects also support it.


    As for the specific terms of the alliance, the two sides need to discuss it slowly.


    At the very least, taiyimen wants to get help from Hailing sect, not become the cannon fodder of Hailing sect''s anti Zhenhai hall.


    Similarly, the sea spirit sect needs taiyimen as a helper, not to make taiyimen a vampire who draws benefits from himself.


    Although Lu Tianshu was only a friar in the later period of Yuanshen, he was highly valued in the door and had a high status.


    He led the crowd to reinforce taiyimen this time, which also won the strong support of taiyimen.


    His contact and conversation with Meng Zhang were fully authorized by the sect''s senior level.


    After Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu reached a general intention, they began to heal in isolation.


    Lu Tianshu, on behalf of Hailing faction and Niu Dawei, on behalf of taiyimen, began arduous and long alliance negotiations.


    After the war, Niu Dawei, who was already busy, had to take time to participate in negotiations, which was really a little difficult for him.


    Even though he selected several assistants from the top level of taiyimen to participate in the negotiations, he was still too busy to touch the ground.


    After months of negotiations, Niu Dawei and Lu Tianshu reached a preliminary agreement on behalf of their respective zongmen.


    Taiyimen and hailing sect officially formed an alliance and became allies.


    The two sides will not announce the alliance relationship, but only tell relevant people.


    The two sides will cooperate in all aspects.


    Friars regularly exchange visits and exchange goods and materials to ensure that each other''s business routes are unblocked on each other''s territory. When necessary, they join hands with the enemy to form a coalition


    Taiyimen kept this covenant secret for fear of being directly targeted and suppressed by Zhenhai hall.


    Originally, a Ziyang Saint pressed Taiyi gate almost out of breath. With a Zhenhai hall, Taiyi gate is more difficult to parry.


    Although Meng Zhang was appreciated by Lord Tianlei, he was regarded as a peripheral member of his subordinates.


    However, as a superior, Tianlei shangzun will not protect Meng Zhang without restraint.


    The strong are implicated and implicated by the weak, but they are involved in endless struggle. That''s a joke.


    Although taiyimen can''t stand on the side of Hailing sect openly, it will provide all kinds of help to Hailing sect secretly.


    If conditions permit, taiyimen can also secretly make some small moves behind Zhenhai hall to create some trouble and block it.


    The sea spirit sect kept this covenant secret out of fear of Ziyang holy sect.


    Although the Hailing sect is far away in the South China Sea, it is far away from the sky highland of the northern mainland of the Junchen world. However, by means of Ziyang holy sect, it can still cause enough trouble to the Hailing sect when necessary.


    Hailing sect will not directly help taiyimen against Ziyang Shengzong, but will provide some help secretly at most.


    In this covenant, the rights, responsibilities and obligations of both sides are roughly equal, and their status is also equal.


    Although the Hailing faction is stronger and the two sides will be led by the Hailing faction after the alliance, it is difficult for the Hailing faction to impose orders on taiyimen.


    The two sides negotiated for so long, constantly argued, constantly compromised and conceded, and only then did they have this covenant.


    Generally speaking, no one suffered much. This covenant is very necessary for everyone.


    After the negotiation, Lu Tianshu needs to bring the agreement back to the middle and high level of the door for a look, and then he can officially form an alliance.


    Niu Dawei also submitted the covenant to Meng Zhang, who was in seclusion, for review.


    Both sides have the sincerity of alliance, so there is no need to haggle over some small issues.


    Meng Zhang, who was closed for healing, took time to read the covenant and had no other opinions.


    A few months later, Lu Tianshu returned from the Hailing faction and came to Niu Dawei again. The covenant was recognized by the high levels of both sides, and taiyimen and hailing faction officially became secret allies.


    After the alliance, there are still many things to be done.


    Taiyimen will organize Yuanshen friars to transfer to the Hailing sect in the South China Sea through the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen will establish a station at the side of Hailing sect and start communication in all aspects.


    The Hailing sect will do the same thing.


    For taiyimen, there is no need to fight alone.


    With such a powerful ally as Hailing sect, we can barely count on foreign aid.


    When facing the powerful holy door, they need to hold together for warmth and unity.


    Hailing sect is a powerful sect with a long history and almost dominating the South China Sea.


    Taiyi sect is not a separate sect, but a powerful sect that commands many cultivation forces in the name of hanhaidao alliance.


    At present, the members of Hanhai Dao alliance range from Jiuqu province to Daheng cultivation world.


    In addition to many people''s Xiuzhen clan and Xiuzhen family, there are also other races such as Jiuquhe clan and foreign barbarians.


    After defeating the massive invasion of the Hai nationality army, taiyimen fully demonstrated its powerful power.


    The Jiuqu River clan is convinced of Taiyi gate and dare not have two hearts at all.


    After defeating the sea clan army last time, the taiyimen friar army and the Jiuquhe clan army chased and killed the West Sea together, almost out of the offshore area.


    Except for a few members who escaped successfully, most of the members of the whole Hai nationality army were either killed or captured.


    Taiyimen friar tried to tame these captured Hai people and turn them into their own slaves or subordinates.


    Mermaid''s fish Polly did the same thing and wanted to add some Hai ethnic groups to Jiuquhe ethnic group.

 Chapter 1574

    Jiuquhe clan is currently a subordinate of taiyimen. In addition, taiyimen doesn''t mind adding more water power.


    The sea is vast and boundless, and its resources are richer than those on the mainland.


    For the sea, those high-rise buildings with long-term vision in taiyimen also have a wild outlook.


    The combat effectiveness of the sea ethnic group is still above the aquarium, which is more suitable for use at sea.


    Taiyimen didn''t interfere with the Yu Boli''s actions.


    The increase of the ethnic groups and strength of yupoli is equal to the improvement of the overall strength of Hanhai daomeng.


    After the war ended and the battlefield was cleaned, the taiyimen high-rise carefully observed the topography of the Bay connecting the Jiuqu River to the West Sea.


    After some discussion, taiyimen decided to build a huge fortress with the Jiuquhe clan in the bay to prevent the Hai clan from making a comeback.


    After the completion of the fortress, taiyimen and Mermaid clan will jointly manage it. As a future opponent of the sea clan, he will at most point out a general direction or decide some fundamental decisions.


    On weekdays, the operation of the sect mainly depends on the eldest disciple Niu Dawei and the middle and senior levels of his sect.


    Now taiyimen has vast territory and countless population, which can continuously cultivate fresh blood.


    From the Qi refining period to the foundation building period, then to the golden elixir period, and all the way to the Yuanshen period, Taiyi gate has a variety of excellent inheritance of skills and techniques, as well as various elixirs and spiritual objects to assist in cultivation.


    Basically, taiyimen can ensure orderly inheritance and successors as long as it is not hit by a devastating blow.


    Taiyimen suffered heavy losses in this war. Even Yuanshen Zhenjun lost several people.


    But as long as taiyimen is given enough time, it can not only make up for these losses, but also become stronger.


    A zongmen family, which has the ability of self hematopoiesis and is on the rise, will only become stronger and stronger in the Vietnam War.


    A similar war is just a refining for taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang had more insights after a battle with Ying Yuntian, the strong Yang God of the real dragon family, king of Dinghai.


    When he was healing in isolation, he would slowly aftertaste the war and try to figure out these feelings.


    His cultivation in Yang Shen period has been relatively mature. After a period of accumulation, we can consider how to impact the return to emptiness period.


    In that inheritance treasure book, there are records of how to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    In order to break through the period of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang has to make some preparations in addition to continuous accumulation.


    Once he becomes a great power, he will usher in a new world.


    The great power of returning to emptiness of Taoism has the strongest vitality and is not easy to be killed among many cultivation systems.


    When the Friar''s cultivation reached the stage of returning to emptiness, the yuan God placed his trust in emptiness, and it was difficult to be killed by friars of the same level.


    During the retreat period, it is difficult to distinguish between life and death. The worst case of the defeated is usually completely suppressed.


    If you want to kill a return to emptiness power completely, you need to use some special means and pay a high price.


    Meng Zhang''s retreat was not only to treat his injury, but also made great progress in his cultivation.


    After many monks of Taiyi sect experienced the life and death war, many people also began to improve their accomplishments rapidly, and many people also broke through the bottleneck of accomplishments.


    In particular, many monks who have accumulated enough are just lack of an opportunity to make a breakthrough.


    This protracted and arduous war just provides this opportunity.


    Among them, it is particularly worth mentioning several top monks in the door.


    Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan, who were only one step away from the later stage of Yuanshen, made breakthroughs soon after the end of the war and became the great friars in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    The appearance of the two legitimate friars not only greatly enhanced the combat effectiveness of taiyimen, but also helped to strengthen the control of all aspects.


    Niu Dawei was accepted as the leader''s disciple by Meng Zhang because of his extraordinary qualification and excellent mind.


    Over the years, he has never failed Meng Zhang''s expectations and deserves Meng Zhang''s careful cultivation.


    Although he delayed a lot of time in sect affairs and was often distracted in order to control the sect, his cultivation never fell behind.


    During this war, he felt deeply that as the commander in chief, he was lack of cultivation. In the war, he not only did not play a greater role, but even delayed.


    Therefore, after dealing with all kinds of sect affairs, he began to practice in isolation in order to break through the existing realm of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally in seclusion, took the initiative to take out his own savings and gave Niu Dawei many spiritual things that were helpful for cultivation.


    Taiyi gate has accumulated a lot of natural materials and earth treasures over the years, including many treasures that are very useful to the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Niu Dawei, like Meng Zhang, is fair in life and will not easily occupy the resources in the door.


    And Niu Dawei is very down-to-earth in his cultivation. He doesn''t like to use too many foreign objects, but practices step by step.


    Meng Zhang, as a bystander, is well aware of Niu Dawei''s cultivation.


    Niu Dawei has a solid foundation, and accumulation is enough. What is lacking now is only a little foreign material assistance.


    Practitioners can''t practice without the help of foreign objects. It''s not a flood to break through the realm of cultivation by relying on foreign objects.


    With Niu Dawei''s mind, even if foreign objects are used to assist in breakthrough, it will not damage the Tao mind.


    Meng Zhang, a bystander, gave a timely push. Niu Dawei took and refined these heaven and earth spirits, and soon broke through to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Niu Dawei became a great friar so quickly, which greatly surprised him and others.


    This shows how important it is to have a good teacher.


    In addition to three more great friars in the later period of Yuanshen, many friars of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng also made breakthroughs one after another.


    However, in just a few decades, taiyimen has made great progress in high-end combat power compared with that before the war.


    The only regret for Meng Zhang is that Nanzhu Zhenjun, who has been worshipped in the door for many years, has lost his vitality and lost his little life yuan because he has fought against the enemy many times during the war.


    For the situation of Nanzhu Zhenjun, even mother-in-law Qiansi, who can return to emptiness, has no better way. Meng Zhang can only look at it and sigh.


    Meng Zhang was going to comfort Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    Who knows, Nanzhu Zhenjun is more open-minded than him.

 Chapter 1575

    Nanzhu Zhenjun''s brother and sister were originally born in casual cultivation and once wandered in the Middle Earth.


    Later, as they grew older, they returned to the north of Junchen world and wanted to establish a sect here and leave their own inheritance.


    In order to have a bright future, the Xiuzhen sect in the north of Jun dust world must be recognized by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Therefore, their brother and sister flattered Xiao Liang of Ziyang holy sect and didn''t hesitate to be driven by him.


    In the evil disaster, he was betrayed by Xiao Qiao, resulting in the tragic death of his sister-in-law and serious injury to his family. Nanzhu Zhenjun became disillusioned.


    Meng Zhang not only took in Nanzhu Zhenjun, but also avenged him.


    In recent years, Niu Dawei, adhering to Meng Zhang''s will, helped Nanzhu Zhenjun recruit a group of disciples and establish a small sect.


    Although the zongmen is small, there are no people who can take action except Nanzhu Zhenjun.


    However, in the big family of Hanhai daomeng, with the care of Taiyi gate, there is no problem in the inheritance of zongmen.


    In this regard, Nanzhu Zhenjun feels the high righteousness of Taiyi gate, which is the last wish.


    Nanzhu Zhenjun spent most of his time in this small clan, hoping to cultivate several materials before sitting down.


    With the rapid passage of time, it has been more than 50 years since the end of the massive invasion of the Hai nationality.


    Meng Zhang almost recovered from his injury and had already left the customs.


    Meng Zhang spent less and less time in the mountain gate, and more and more time in the heavenly palace.


    Three more great friars in the later period of Yuanshen appeared in Taiyi gate, and their manpower became abundant.


    Taiyimen once again organized a team of Yuanshen friars to experience and explore in the void near the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has the identity of the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace. Although there is no mandatory requirement, he still goes to the law enforcement hall every once in a while to show his face and make friends with some useful people.


    When the sea people invaded last time, old man Yinhu felt that taiyimen was in danger and tried to ask Tianlei shangzun for help.


    Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang alone defeated the army of the Hai family and the strong one of the real dragon family.


    This makes old man Yinhu more optimistic about Meng Zhang.


    In many cases, old man Yinhu no longer scruples and almost stands on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Ziyang Shengzong thought he could take advantage of this opportunity to kill people and greatly weaken and attack Taiyi gate.


    But I didn''t expect that they not only failed to achieve their goal, but also made Meng Zhang famous.


    In public, old man Yinhu praised Meng Zhang and faintly stabbed Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the eyes of many people, Meng Zhang is already a candidate for great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and talent, it will be sooner or later to become a great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    It has always been a common practice in the world of cultivation to take the helm and follow the trend.


    For a while, taiyimen''s residence in Tiangong became crowded, and many friendly visitors came.


    Although Meng Zhang was too lazy to come forward, he still arranged a special person to receive these visitors.


    This is a great opportunity to broaden contacts and expand social circles.


    Even if the new guys are useless, it''s at least a good start.


    On that day, Meng Zhang in the heavenly palace received news from the mountain gate. Important people came to visit him.


    The friars of taiyimen Mountain Gate know how important it is. It''s not that cats and dogs come to disturb Meng Zhang.


    Knowing that things might be important, Meng Zhang hurried away from the heavenly palace and returned to the Taiyi gate.


    The visitor who came to taiyimen Mountain Gate this time was Xuanshui Zhenjun, a great friar from overseas Xingluo islands.


    To the west of Daheng Xiuzhen world is the boundless West Sea.


    On the West Sea, there are also many human cultivators.


    Among them, Xingluo islands is the largest one.


    Xingluo islands is a large archipelago with wide spread and continuous islands.


    On this archipelago, there are many Terran cultivation forces.


    These Xiuzhen forces jointly worshipped Xingluo palace and formed a large alliance to compete with the sea family and even the real dragon family.


    Although the Terran cultivators ruled the Jun dust world for many years, they completely controlled the mainland of the Jun dust world. But for the sea people and the real dragon people who retreated to the deep sea, they never relaxed their vigilance.


    In the East China Sea, there is Zhenhai hall, one of the sacred doors.


    Zhenhai hall is extremely powerful. Relying solely on its own strength, it is enough to suppress the sea people and the real dragon people in the East China Sea.


    Now the East China Sea is completely the world of Terran friars. In addition to Zhenhai hall, only the vassal forces of Zhenhai hall can survive.


    Most of the sea people in the East China Sea were destroyed, and the remaining small number of disabled soldiers and defeated generals hid in the deepest part of the East China Sea with a few real dragons, where it was almost the end of the world.


    In the South China Sea, the Hailing sect, as the leader, led a group of Xiuzhen sect, defeated the Hai clan many times and resisted the dragon clan.


    The sea spirit sect, which has the great righteousness of the human race, slowly rose in the struggle against the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    Generally speaking, the sea people and the real dragon people in the South China Sea have been hit many times, but they are also out of climate. There is the world of the human people led by the sea spirit sect.


    Both Zhenhai hall and hailing sect have received a lot of help from the land cultivation forces in the Junchen world in the process of fighting against the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    Of course, after the defeat of the sea clan and the real dragon clan, there was a conflict and competition between the sea spirit sect and Zhenhai hall, which is another matter.


    In the West Sea, however, there is no such powerful Terran cultivation force to suppress the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    Many years ago, many land-based Xiuzhen forces, including Ziyang Shengzong, supported the power of Xingluo islands to resist and restrict the sea people.


    Friars led by Xingluo palace opened up their foundation in Xingluo islands, reclaimed land from the sea and opened the mountain gate.


    For various reasons, many land practitioners and forces moved to Xingluo islands.


    Like the jade sword gate, one of the two overlords of the Jiuqu League at the beginning, it could not resist the expansion of the Dali imperial dynasty. If it could not find shelter elsewhere in the cultivation world, it had to move overseas.


    There are also many Xiuzhen sects in the Daheng Xiuzhen world, such as the White Sun Valley, who have also moved overseas.


    Behind the Xingluo palace is the support of some holy places. Both human and material resources can get great help.


    In order to increase the strength against the sea clan, Xingluo palace has offered very favorable conditions to absorb the practitioners and forces on land to Xingluo islands.


    Of course, there are many risks overseas, and even with favorable conditions, you have to have life to enjoy it.


    In addition to the powerful sea people and the real dragon people, overseas practitioners have to face all kinds of dangers on the sea and fight with heaven and people in order to survive.


    As Meng Zhang knows, Xingluo islands is definitely not a place of peace, but a place of constant struggle.

 Chapter 1576

    In the past, the friars of taiyimen and overseas Xingluo islands never came and went.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun''s sudden visit surprised many people at the middle and high levels of Taiyi gate.


    For example, Meng Zhang, who is well-informed and turns his mind faster, has guessed in his heart.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun is not only a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, but also has a high status in Xingluo palace. He often runs outside on behalf of the two palace masters to contact all forces in the cultivation world.


    Xingluo palace is the ruler of Xingluo islands and the core force of the friar alliance.


    The two masters of Xingluo Palace are well-known monks of the Yang God period who have been abroad for many years.


    As soon as Xuanshui Zhenjun came to Taiyi gate this time, he showed his identity and said that he came to visit on behalf of the two palace masters and had important matters to discuss with Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi gate.


    The friar in charge of receiving him from Taiyi sect did not dare to neglect him. He immediately brought him to Niu Dawei, the acting leader.


    After talking with Xuanshui Zhenjun for a while, Niu Dawei immediately informed Meng Zhang, the leader of the heavenly palace.


    While waiting for Meng Zhang to come back, Xuanshui Zhenjun made a good turn in Taiyi gate under the leadership of Niu Dawei.


    He visited many places except some secret places.


    In addition, he also made contact with other high-rise buildings in the door.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he was not in a hurry to summon Xuanshui Zhenjun. Instead, when he was empty, he met him with the middle and senior level of Yigan gate in the leader''s hall.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun is a senior Yuanshen Zhenjun. He not only has a high status in Xingluo palace, but also has been wandering in the cultivation world for many years. He has a very wise vision and ability to deal with people and things.


    When he saw Meng Zhang, he immediately saluted and paid homage. On behalf of the two palace masters of Xingluo palace, he said hello to Meng Zhang.


    Qiu Wanshui and Qiu Gangfeng, the two leaders of Xingluo palace, are two brothers who have become famous for more than 3000 years.


    In terms of the longevity of friars in the period of Yang God, they are definitely old masters.


    In the cultivation world, it can be said that it is very rare for the Qiu family brothers to advance to the Yang God period and establish such a great power as Xingluo palace.


    Many senior officials of Meng Zhang and taiyimen have also heard many glorious deeds of the two brothers, and they are full of respect for them.


    The Xingluo palace established by the two brothers of the Qiu family commands many overseas cultivation forces and struggles to survive under the pressure of the sea people. It not only opens up a land for the human people overseas, but also reduces a lot of pressure for the human people on the mainland.


    In fact, the Xiuzhen forces on the Xingluo islands have received a lot of support from the mainland in many ways.


    Including Ziyang Shengzong, Xingluo islands are regarded as a barrier against the sea people and the real dragon people.


    If the Xingluo islands had not resisted the main force of the sea clan, the west coast of Junchen world would not have been so calm.


    Although Meng Zhang admired the contribution of Xingluo islands to the human race, he still wanted to ask the questions that should be asked.


    In the past, because of various factors, one of the major factors was the existence of Xingluo islands.


    It is difficult for the Hai people''s army to bypass the Xingluo islands and directly invade the mainland on a large scale.


    Only a small group of sea troops can launch small-scale attacks.


    The sea clan invasion that taiyimen encountered on the other side of the Gobi is one example.


    That sea clan army looks aggressive, but in fact its strength and scale are very limited.


    There are few strong sea people at the level of Yuanshen. The real battle is still at the level of Jindan and below.


    There are many such attacks, but they can''t do much harm to the Xiuzhen forces on the mainland.


    But last time, the real dragon of Yang God level personally led the sea family army to invade on a large scale, which was a very rare thing.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang still had some doubts.


    Such a large marine army has been killed to the mainland, but there is no response in the overseas Xingluo islands, not even warning in advance.


    What''s wrong with this? Is the Xingluo islands specifically aimed at taiyimen?


    Today''s Taiyi gate has two strong Yang gods, Meng Zhang and vanity son, which are not necessarily inferior to Xingluo palace.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun came to Taiyi gate this time. He had an important mission and asked for help. In the face of Meng Zhang''s impolite questions, he was not angry and explained for Meng Zhang in detail.


    Overseas, after all, the sea people are powerful. The practitioners of Xingluo islands have been struggling to survive under the shadow of the sea people and have been passively beaten.


    First, over the years, the mainland Xiuzhen forces have continuously provided all kinds of reinforcements.


    Including Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty, they have strongly supported Xingluo islands.


    Second, the sea family has scruples about the forces behind the Xingluo islands.


    Over the years, the Xingluo islands have been able to block the pressure of the sea people and stick to it very hard.


    However, in recent years, all kinds of support from the mainland Xiuzhen forces have become less and less, and almost cut off.


    In particular, Ziyang Shengzong, the biggest support force behind the Xingluo islands, has fallen into a struggle with the Dali imperial dynasty over the years, even ignoring many places in the north of the Junchen world, let alone overseas support.


    On the side of the sea clan, I don''t know whether I have noticed the internal problems of the Terran cultivation force, or whether I have the intention to make waves.


    In recent years, the activities of the major ethnic groups of the Hai nationality have become more and more frequent. With the support of the real dragon family, the Hai family has taken various actions against the human cultivation forces in Xingluo islands for many times.


    The Terran cultivation forces on the side of Xingluo islands have become very difficult to deal with the more and more frequent attacks of the sea clan.


    In recent years, Xingluo islands have repeatedly sought help from the mainland''s Xiuzhen forces, mainly Ziyang Shengzong, through various means.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong paid little attention to it and was entangled with no way. He was perfunctory at most, but he never took any substantive action.


    Without the support from mainland Xiuzhen forces, the Terran Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands are too busy to care about anything else.


    That sea clan army bypassed the Xingluo islands and directly killed the Daheng cultivation world. Even if the human cultivation forces in the Xingluo islands found its trend, they would only be grateful. Where would they have the power to intercept it?


    Meng Zhang can understand the explanation of Xuanshui Zhenjun, but he will not be satisfied.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s oppressive eyes, Xuanshui Zhenjun hesitated before continuing to speak.


    The sea clan army that invaded the Daheng cultivation world has indeed long fallen into the eyes of the friars of the Xingluo islands.


    Ziyang Shengzong has never let go of freedom for Xingluo islands, but has always had a strong control power.


    Ziyang Shengzong not only stationed friars in Xingluo islands all year round, but also the stationed friars have the right to intervene in the affairs of Xingluo islands, and even interfere in the internal affairs of various Xiuzhen forces.


    The movement of the sea clan army was requested to be kept secret by the friar Ziyang Shengzong.


    Without the permission of the stationed friars of Ziyang holy sect, no one is allowed to divulge the movements of the Hai nationality army to the mainland.

 Chapter 1577

    Xuanshui Zhenjun''s answer did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    Xingluo islands did not warn taiyimen in advance, which is really due to the relationship of Ziyang holy sect.


    It seems that Ziyang Shengzong openly tolerated the existence of Taiyi gate, but the small movements in the dark have never been cut off.


    If it had not been restrained by the Dali imperial dynasty, Ziyang Shengzong''s means to Taiyi gate would only be more direct.


    Meng Zhang expected the behavior of Ziyang Shengzong, but every time he heard it, he still felt irritable and angry.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun was so frank that Meng Zhang could not feel bad about him.


    Of course, although it may be involuntarily on the other side of the Xingluo islands, it is inevitable that the top leaders of taiyimen have a grudge in their hearts.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun''s intention this time is very simple. He hopes to establish a good relationship with taiyimen.


    In the future, when facing the attack of the sea clan, Xingluo islands hopes to get the support of taiyimen.


    In the past, Ziyang Shengzong and many Xiuzhen forces have been supporting Xingluo islands.


    However, after Ziyang Shengzong led many Xiuzhen forces to organize the siege of Dali Dynasty, both Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty stopped supporting Xingluo islands.


    Qiu Wanshui and Qiu Gangfeng, the two palace masters of Xingluo palace, are figures who deeply understand the situation.


    The sea clan in the West Sea is extremely powerful, and its strength is far above the cultivation power of the overseas human clan, not to mention the support of the real dragon clan behind it.


    If we lose the support from the mainland, the power of Xingluo islands alone can not resist the massive attack of the Hai nationality.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong and other cultivation forces no longer provide support, the Xingluo palace must find a way to obtain new assistance from other places.


    Taiyimen is a powerful force rising in the north of Junchen in recent years.


    Its territory is vast and produces all kinds of rich resources.


    The sect is powerful and has defeated the massive invasion of the Hai nationality army.


    Now in the north of Junchen, it seems that only taiyimen has enough spare power to support Xingluo islands.


    After Xuanshui Zhenjun directly said his intention, the taiyimen high-level present fell into silence.


    In terms of taiyimen''s current situation, an alliance with Xingluo islands is in taiyimen''s interests and can improve taiyimen''s external environment.


    From the overall situation, the sea clan is the enemy of the Terran cultivators, and it also poses a great threat to Taiyi gate.


    If taiyimen can wantonly support Xingluo islands, it will certainly help them resist the sea tribe.


    Besides, as long as the Xingluo islands can block the sea clan army, taiyimen can pay a lot less.


    Although the senior officials of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, were dissatisfied with the previous practice of Xingluo islands.


    However, if we can form an alliance with Xingluo palace, we are basically inclined to agree.


    Meng Zhang didn''t promise easily, but fell into thinking.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t speak, other senior officials of taiyimen didn''t dare to open their mouth to express their views easily.


    After Xuanshui Zhenjun finished his intention, he always watched the reactions of all the people present.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, Xuanshui Zhenjun should be credible and not lie.


    Although he didn''t use the magic of heaven to calculate, he vaguely felt that there should be no malice in Xingluo palace.


    Of course, the alliance between the two major forces is a major event, which can not be settled so easily.


    Moreover, taiyimen and Xingluo palace had no contact before, and the two sides lacked the necessary mutual trust.


    After the alliance, what kind of rights and obligations the two sides have, and how they are when facing Ziyang Shengzong, all need to be discussed in advance.


    Although Xuanshui Zhenjun was eager to reach an agreement with taiyimen, he let Xingluo islands get the support of taiyimen.


    But he still understood the truth that haste makes waste.


    Instead of continuing to struggle with the issue of alliance, he invited friars taiyimen, especially the leader Meng Zhang, to visit Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang agreed to Xuanshui Zhenjun''s invitation with a little thought.


    There was a faint feeling in his heart that Xingluo islands wanted to form an alliance with taiyimen, not just to fight the sea clan army.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun holds a high position in Xingluo palace. This time he also came on behalf of the two palace leaders, but he is not a monk at the level of Yang God after all.


    Meng Zhang still wants to have a personal contact with Qiu Wanshui and Qiu Gangfeng to spy on each other''s ideas.


    Meng Zhang agreed to Xuanshui Zhenjun''s request. The next thing is to entertain Xuanshui Zhenjun well, and then find a way to go to Xingluo islands.


    Before the taiyimen senior friar visited Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang decided to go there alone to see the situation.


    Xingluo archipelago is located in the open sea, at least several million miles away from the northern mainland of Jun dust world.


    The transportation between Xingluo islands and the Mainland mainly depends on a large-scale Yunzhou fleet.


    In the past, some powerful Xiuzhen forces in the north of Jun dust world would organize a cloud boat fleet and go to Xingluo islands regularly.


    These fleets brought supplies from the mainland, as well as mainland practitioners, and brought back all kinds of sea specialties.


    Therefore, there was a fixed trade route between Xingluo islands and the mainland, which brought a lot of benefits.


    Not only some large chambers of Commerce participate in it, but also many Xiuzhen forces who think they have enough strength will actively join it.


    In addition to the Yunzhou team, some long-distance transmission arrays have been built on the Xingluo islands to lead to some places in the Jun dust world.


    Among them, the long-distance transmission array leading to the control area of Ziyang holy sect has the largest scale and the strongest transmission capacity.


    After the Xiuzhen forces around the Ziyang Shengzong organization began to blockade the Dali imperial dynasty, the monks stationed in the Xingluo islands of Ziyang Shengzong occupied the long-distance transmission Dharma array leading to the Dali imperial dynasty and blocked the contact with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    In this way, the channel from Xingluo islands to the north of Junchen world is mainly in the hands of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The flow of materials and personnel, and even the transmission of information between Xingluo islands and the northern continent of junchenjie, have been greatly limited.


    It has been decades since Meng Zhang led taiyimen to defeat the army of the sea people, and Meng Zhang hit Ying Yuntian, the Dinghai king of the real dragon family.


    The news was very slow to reach the Xingluo islands.


    The two masters of Xingluo palace spent a lot of effort to collect information about Meng Zhang.


    Not long ago, they made a decision and sent Xuanshui Zhenjun to visit Taiyi gate.


    In the name of requesting assistance from Ziyang Shengzong, Xuanshui Zhenjun directly transmitted it to the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As long as the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong does not issue specific orders, it is impossible for Ziyang Shengzong friars to master his whereabouts all the time.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun found an opportunity to avoid the eyes and ears of Ziyang Shengzong. He spent a lot of effort to come to the Daheng cultivation world, then went to Jiuqu province and reached the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s trip to the overseas Xingluo islands is certainly impossible to repeat the route of Xuanshui Zhenjun.

 Chapter 1578

    Xuanshui Zhenjun didn''t stay long at Taiyi gate, so he left directly.


    Obviously, with scruples, he didn''t want to leave the sight of Ziyang Shengzong for too long.


    Even if Xingluo palace forms an alliance with taiyimen, it is mostly a secret alliance. It is impossible to offend Ziyang Shengzong.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun was very careful when he went to Taiyi gate secretly. He was afraid to attract the attention of Ziyang saint.


    Before leaving, Xuanshui Zhenjun left a chart, which marked the main routes and locations of the West Sea, including Xingluo islands.


    In addition, he left a way for Meng Zhang to secretly establish contact with the monks of Xingluo palace after he arrived at Xingluo islands.


    Xingluo archipelago is a continuous and vast archipelago with many cultivation forces.


    These Xiuzhen forces established an alliance against the sea clan in the name of Xingluo islands.


    Xingluo palace is one of the most powerful cultivation forces and the leader of this alliance.


    Of course, there are still great differences between Xingluo palace and Xingluo islands.


    Even the leader of Xingluo palace can''t represent the interests of every family and take care of everyone''s ideas.


    Within the Xingluo islands, Xingluo Palace also has competitors and even enemies.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun didn''t explain these things clearly, but just clicked them faintly.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many struggles and experienced all kinds of complicated relations, can almost understand the subtle situation in Xingluo islands.


    Taiyimen led the establishment of Hanhai road alliance.


    There are also many contradictions and disputes within Hanhai daomeng, but all the forces of truth cultivation completely submit to the Taiyi gate, and only the Taiyi gate takes the lead.


    From this point of view, although the overall strength of hanhaidao alliance is not as good as Xingluo islands, it can unite and make only one voice.


    Soon after Xuanshui Zhenjun left Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang also started.


    He showed his art of space transmission and began to transmit it slowly towards the Xingluo islands.


    This is not an extraterritorial void. We can''t move the void. The distance of space transmission is very limited.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has never been to Xingluo islands before, and there are no spatial coordinates there.


    Every time he carries out space transmission, he must first carefully test and determine the direction of transmission, so as not to accidentally fall into the space gap and be involved in the space storm.


    Even so, Meng Zhang, who has accomplished a lot on the space Avenue, still entered the West Sea at a relatively fast speed and rushed towards the goal.


    After Meng Zhang secretly left the northern mainland of Junchen world and went to the West Sea, everything on the surface of Taiyi gate was as usual.


    Taiyi sect sent special forces to secretly inquire about Xingluo islands and try to master its latest trends.


    Before that, taiyimen and hailing sect had secretly formed an alliance.


    If taiyimen wants to form an alliance with Xingluo islands, he should inform Hailing sect in advance, whether out of courtesy or fierce relationship.


    After forming an alliance with the Hailing sect, taiyimen began to exchange visits with the monks of the Hailing sect.


    Both sides sent a team composed of Yuanshen Zhenjun to go to each other''s Mountain Gate through the heavenly palace.


    On each other''s territory, they have established fixed stations.


    Originally, there were people at Taiyi gate who wanted to establish a long-distance transmission array between the two places, so that monks and materials can travel directly between the two places.


    However, the transmission distance of long-distance transmission array also has a limit.


    Taiyimen is located in the northernmost part of the Junchen world, and hailing sect is located in the depths of the South China Sea.


    Between the two, it can be said that there is almost half the distance between the whole Jun dust world.


    To establish a long-distance transmission array with such a long transmission distance, it is far beyond the ability of the two sects.


    In fact, even those holy places may not have such ability.


    The most convenient way for most high-level friars in the Jun dust world to cross the Jun dust world is through the heavenly palace.


    Of course, in the Junchen world, it is difficult to directly enter the heavenly palace on some sites that are not completely controlled by the Terran cultivators.


    For example, the West Sea, where Xingluo islands are located, is theoretically the territory of the sea people and the real dragon people.


    I don''t know what means the real dragon family has used. The friars of Xingluo islands can''t directly enter Jiutian from above the Xingluo islands, let alone the heavenly palace.


    If the friars of Xingluo islands want to obtain resources from Jiutian, they must leave Xingluo islands far away and fly a very long distance towards the northern continent of Junchen world.


    This not only caused a lot of inconvenience, but also hindered the growth of the strength of high-level friars in Xingluo islands.


    There is no such problem within the sphere of influence of Donghai Zhenhai hall and Nanhai Hailing sect.


    Friar taiyimen and Friar Hailing sect transferred through the heavenly palace, strengthening the origin between them.


    This time, the Taiyi sect informed the Hailing sect of the news of Xuanshui Zhenjun''s visit and wanted to get more information about Xingluo islands from Hailing sect.


    Since Meng Zhang had a bad relationship with the Dark Alliance, taiyimen was not only unable to obtain information from the Dark Alliance, but also unable to trade with it.


    Many times, taiyimen had to use some circuitous means, such as the friars of Hailing sect to buy intelligence from the Dark Alliance.


    The West Sea and the South China Sea are far away, separated by less than half a Jun dust boundary.


    Between the West Sea and the South China Sea, it is the territory of the sea clan and the real dragon clan. It is difficult for the Terran practitioners to step in.


    Zhenhai hall is the so-called overlord of the East China Sea, and the Hailing sect is known as dominating the South China Sea.


    In fact, even if the two zongmen sites are added up, they are only a small part of the ocean area of Junchen.


    Most areas of the sea in the Junchen world are the territory of the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    Whether it is Zhenhai hall or Hailing sect, what can really be controlled is near their own territory.


    More far-reaching oceans, there is nothing they can do.


    Over the years, the Terran cultivation force, driven by several holy places, has been expanding its control over the sea.


    The rise of Hailing school in the South China Sea is under this background.


    In addition to seizing the sea from the sea clan, the sea spirit sect also has a hidden role in restraining the Zhenhai hall.


    The intrigues, calculations and layout of the Holy Land sects in the Junchen world have almost never been cut off.


    Thanks to this, the rise of non Holy Land sects such as Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty.


    With the increase of the strength of the sect and the participation in more affairs in the Junchen world, the top level of Taiyi sect has become more broad-minded. They have a vague understanding of these things in the top level of the Junchen world.


    The Hailing sect has little direct information about Xingluo islands.


    After receiving the request from taiyimen, the Hailing sect still took active action to help collect information about Xingluo islands and then pass it to taiyimen.


    Since we are allies who have agreed to keep watch and help each other, these are our duties.


    Hailing faction has no objection to taiyimen''s intention to form an alliance with Xingluo islands.

 Chapter 1579

    For the sea spirit faction facing the great pressure of Zhenhai hall, the more allies, the better, and the greater the power of its own camp, the better.


    Although Xingluo islands are unable to compete with the Holy Land Sect, they are the top force under the Holy Land Sect.


    Generally speaking, the major Holy Land sects will impose some restrictions on the cultivation forces within their own sphere of influence.


    If some of the cultivation forces develop too well, these holy places will find ways to suppress them.


    In those days, the Dali Dynasty was too powerful because of its development. It not only had great power in the sun, but also established an extraordinary foundation in the underworld.


    At first, Ziyang Shengzong was also worried about his identity and influence. He didn''t take action directly, but indirectly restricted and suppressed Dali Dynasty.


    When all kinds of means didn''t work, Ziyang Shengzong had to directly target Dali Dynasty.


    However, facing the attack of Ziyang Shengzong, Dali Dynasty actually exposed the deep inside information, opened one card after another, and has been in a stalemate with Ziyang Shengzong until now.


    According to the current development momentum of taiyimen, Ziyang Shengzong would have taken direct action on weekdays.


    Speaking of it, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate really want to thank Dali imperial court.


    It is precisely because Dali emperor helped Taiyi gate attract the power of Ziyang Shengzong that Taiyi gate has been stable until now.


    Even if they couldn''t take it out, Ziyang Shengzong still showed a lot of tricks on Taiyi gate.


    The situation of Xingluo islands is very special because they are located overseas.


    No matter how well Xingluo islands develop, Ziyang Shengzong is not easy to suppress directly.


    Ziyang Shengzong has always maintained great tolerance for Xingluo islands.


    In the north of Junchen world and within the rule of Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong generally does not allow Xiuzhen forces to have strong Yang God level.


    However, because Xingluo islands directly face the sea family, they must have enough strength to resist the strong of the sea family, otherwise they will not be able to gain a foothold overseas.


    Therefore, with the acquiescence and even help of Ziyang Shengzong, Xingluo islands has more than one strong Yang God.


    If we do not mention the great power of returning to emptiness hidden behind the Dali Dynasty, the overall strength of Xingluo islands is still above the Dali Dynasty.


    Therefore, both taiyimen and hailing faction hope to form an alliance with Xingluo islands.


    The Hailing sect acted very quickly and soon found out a lot of detailed information about Xingluo islands through various channels.


    After carefully reading these information, the high level of Hailing faction was a little disappointed.


    Although the strength of Xingluo islands is very strong, the situation is too complex and the interior is too chaotic.


    It''s not easy to form an alliance with Xingluo islands.


    It''s taiyimen who are busy with this matter now. It''s not easy for Hailing sect to pour cold water on it. They just pass these intelligence to taiyimen one after another.


    Meng Zhang left the Daheng cultivation world and entered the West Sea. Soon, because the distance was too far, he could not keep in touch with the taiyimen Mountain Gate with a communication method.


    Although Niu Dawei did not know the special relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang, he had been ordered by Meng Zhang before.


    He communicated so well in the underworld that he told each other all the newly obtained information.


    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Taimiao has an extremely mysterious connection with the Buddha.


    As long as you are near the Junchen world, no matter how far away you are, it is difficult to interrupt this connection.


    Of course, if the distance is too far, too wonderful can''t keep in sync with Meng Zhang, and there will be a certain delay in message communication between the two.


    After Meng Zhang entered the West Sea, in addition to enjoying the magnificent sea scenery, he was buried on his way.


    It''s wonderful. There''s a lot of information coming from there.


    Meng Zhang became hesitant when he knew the information about Xingluo islands.


    It seems that my family thought the situation too simple before. Just because of the words of Xuanshui Zhenjun, I moved my mind.


    However, Meng Zhang has entered the depths of the West Sea, and he doesn''t want to go back so gloomy.


    As he moved on, he wondered whether there was anything to use in the intelligence.


    The situation of Xingluo islands is too complicated. Even as a leader, Xingluo palace is difficult to master the whole Xingluo islands.


    Among the Xingluo islands, there are many forces of truth cultivation.


    Behind many powerful Xiuzhen forces, there are supporters from the Junchen world and the mainland.


    Even the holy door behind the Xingluo islands is more than Ziyang holy family.


    Xingluo palace is the most powerful. The two palace masters Qiu Wanshui and Qiu Gangfeng are both strong Yang gods.


    The Qiu brothers have today''s accomplishments and status, not only because they are amazing, but also because they are good at dancing and are good at finding both ways.


    They took advantage of the contradiction between the holy sect and the holy sect, and advanced to the Yang God one after another when the holy sect of Ziyang asked them.


    Ziyang Shengzong is not a fuel-efficient lamp. When the Qiu brothers successively advanced to the Yang God and the Xingluo palace saw that it was going to be a dominant family, they supported other Xiuzhen forces in the Xingluo islands.


    The ostensible reason is to strengthen the power against the sea clan, which is actually to contain the Xingluo palace.


    Fu Yunzi, the leader of the Fu Yun Temple, is a member of the Xingluo islands except the Qiu family brothers

 Chapter 1580

    Xuanshui Zhenjun visited Taiyi gate as a messenger of Xingluo palace. He seemed to have said a lot and revealed a lot of news, but he still reserved some key issues.


    At least, for the bad situation in Xingluo islands, he only said that in the face of the foreign aggression of the Hai nationality, he didn''t mention much domestic worries.


    Meng Zhang would like to know how much power the Xingluo palace, as the nominal leader of the Xingluo islands, can grasp once the Xingluo islands change?


    Even the inner part of Xingluo palace itself is not very peaceful.


    If the worst happens, there will be civil strife in Xingluo palace.


    In such a complex situation, if taiyimen gets involved rashly and gets no benefit, it is likely to be implicated.


    Over the years, taiyimen has been silent and patient in the face of various persecutions and conspiracies of Ziyang Shengzong, that is, it is unwilling to touch the bottom line of Ziyang Shengzong and lead to the massive attack of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong seems to be restrained by Dali imperial dynasty, he seems to have no time to attend to him.


    However, Meng Zhang believed that as long as Ziyang Shengzong was willing, he had a way to transfer strength from other places and give a fatal blow to Taiyi gate.


    Apart from other things, Ziyang Shengzong''s great ability of returning to emptiness at the beginning, but regardless of his identity and breaking the rules, he directly attacked Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher of Dali imperial dynasty, and destroyed Jiuqu city.


    Although it is said that Ziyang Shengzong ate a lot of food in the heavenly palace for this reason, the returning virtual power who took the shot was also punished to a certain extent.


    But these can''t hurt Ziyang Shengzong.


    If Ziyang Shengzong is ruthless, redoubles his old skills and makes another sneak attack by Huixu power, it''s hard to say what punishment Ziyang Shengzong will receive. The target of Ziyang Shengzong''s sneak attack by Huixu power will never come to a good end.


    Before he didn''t have enough strength, Meng Zhang always carefully avoided Ziyang Shengzong and avoided stimulating each other. He was worried that Ziyang Shengzong would jump over the wall.


    Now the situation on the other side of Xingluo islands is obviously that Ziyang Shengzong has begun to fight.


    Xingluo palace is the target of Ziyang Shengzong this time.


    The intelligence collected by Hailing sect is very detailed, and I don''t know how to get it.


    From this point of view alone, the details of Hailing school are far above Taiyi gate.


    The high-level leaders of Hailing sect have a wide range of friends and have friends with many returning virtual powers.


    Even the sea spirit sect itself seems to have the power of returning to emptiness.


    Although taiyimen and hailing sect are secret allies now, the top secrets of the sect will not be disclosed to each other.


    Meng Zhang only guessed from some clues that the Hailing sect might have the power of returning to emptiness, but the Hailing sect never admitted it.


    If it weren''t for the suppression of Zhenhai hall, hailing sect could really become the next Holy Land Sect.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. Anyway, he is alone. It is very convenient to advance and retreat.


    As long as he is not stopped by the great power of returning to emptiness, no one can stop him.


    He decided to go and see what was going on there and make sure for himself.


    As for whether to get involved in that vortex and whether to form an alliance with Xingluo palace, it can be said in the future.


    Meng Zhang estimated that as long as he did not directly face Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong should not easily turn against taiyimen.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has long wanted to go overseas in person to investigate the intelligence of the sea people and the real dragon people.


    The last large-scale invasion of the Hai nationality army caused huge losses to taiyimen, and made Meng Zhang extra vigilant against the threat from the sea.


    The sea clan and the real dragon clan are extremely powerful. If they really go all out to invade the Terran territory, taiyimen can''t resist it.


    What Meng Zhang can do, I''m afraid, is to let taiyimen give up all coastal territories and flee far inland.


    Although for thousands of years, the Terran practitioners have suppressed the sea clan and the real dragon clan in the far sea.


    However, in recent years, the situation in the Junchen world has changed rapidly. Meng Zhang also knows from her mother-in-law that great changes are imminent in the Junchen world.


    Even the relationship between the sects of the great holy places has become somewhat strange.


    If there are problems within the Terran, especially between the Holy Land and the sect, I''m afraid there will not be enough strength to resist the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    Meng Zhang wants to plan ahead and make preparations early.


    After Meng Zhang entered the West Sea, the distance of each transmission was not too far.


    Sometimes, when interest comes, he will fly a long distance and enjoy some of the scenery of the sea.


    Along the way, he found many Hai ethnic groups.


    These Hai ethnic groups are small in scale and limited in strength.


    Some of these ethnic groups are constantly migrating, and some settle in fixed sea areas


    In fact, it is these small groups of sea people who attack the mainland and offshore islands from time to time.


    Although there are Xingluo islands in front, there are several sea tribes that Xingluo islands can block, and it is impossible to block every sea tribe team.


    Such a small-scale marine team can easily bypass the Xingluo islands and penetrate the offshore.


    Xingluo islands is not so much a shield as a sieve. It is easy to miss the small and limited number of Hai ethnic groups.


    Even if a large-scale marine army does not take the initiative to attack the Xingluo islands, but bypasses them, the Xingluo islands may not organize an army to intercept them, but to warn inland.


    The last time taiyimen was invaded by the sea clan army, due to the obstruction of Ziyang Shengzong, the Xingluo islands couldn''t even give a warning in advance.


    Both Meng Zhang''s own experience and information he obtained before fully show that the sea family and the real dragon family are the masters of the sea.


    Although the Terran Xiuzhen force nailed the nail of Xingluo islands into the West Sea, it played a limited role.


    Now there are problems within the Xingluo islands, and the practitioners of the Xingluo islands may not have the will to fight with the sea people.


    The tree wants to be quiet but the wind doesn''t stop. Xingluo islands don''t take the initiative to provoke the sea people, but the sea people will take the initiative to launch attacks on Xingluo islands again and again.


    According to Xuanshui Zhenjun, the continuous attack of the sea clan has caused great pressure on Xingluo islands.


    If the situation does not improve, it is really difficult for the Xingluo islands to persist for a long time.


    Meng Zhang has not reached the front line of the war between Xingluo islands and Hai nationality. I don''t know the specific situation.


    But along the way, he found that the sea ethnic groups behind the Xingluo islands were much more than expected, and their activities were very frequent.


    If these sea ethnic groups really attack the coast, some poorly defended coastal areas may be disturbed and suffer heavy losses.


    The coastline above taiyimen territory is very long, and there are many places that need to be defended.


    From the Gobi to the Daheng Xiuzhen world, the long coastline may become the target of the Hai nationality.

 Chapter 1581

    Meng Zhang hasn''t arrived at Xingluo islands yet. He just saw and heard on the road and had some worries about the sea family in his heart.


    Terran cultivators are constantly fighting with each other, cheating and fighting with each other, even more cruel than when facing other races.


    Taiyi gate is regarded as the holy land of the mainstay of the human race, but it is hostile and suppressed.


    However, in the face of other races, Meng Zhang, as a true man of the human race, couldn''t help thinking of the overall situation of the human race.


    Xingluo islands was originally a shield against the sea and a bridgehead established with the support of many Xiuzhen forces.


    However, judging from the current situation, this bridgehead has obviously not played its due role.


    From Xingluo islands to the north of Junchen world, the vast sea area has almost completely become the territory of Hai nationality.


    Almost no trace of Terran practitioners can be seen, but many sea people come and go.


    The strength of these Hai ethnic groups is not strong and the scale is not large, but when the number is large, it is also very annoying.


    Taiyimen has a lot of coastal territory, which is not too much to say that it is thousands of miles of sea.


    If these Hai ethnic groups continue to attack and harass, it is really impossible to prevent them and can''t take care of them.


    Fortunately, in recent years, the Hai nationality did not harass the north of Jun dust world frequently.


    The failure of the last large-scale invasion of the Hai nationality created the prestige of Taiyi gate.


    Under normal circumstances, these sea people dare not easily provoke taiyimen as long as they have a little sense.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not be so optimistic. The necessary precautions are still essential.


    How to strengthen the defense of the coast and how to deal with the attack and invasion of the sea people in the future also need the middle and high levels of the gate to think carefully.


    Meng Zhang didn''t check the situation on the road carefully. He almost glanced at Hong.


    He kept the things needing attention in mind, and passed some ideas to Taimiao from time to time, and then Taimiao informed Niu Dawei.


    Without much delay, Meng Zhang took more than a month to transmit it to the nearby Xingluo islands.


    When he came to the area near the Xingluo islands, he did not use space transmission, but flew directly into the air. While flying to the target, observe the situation below.


    Xingluo islands, as its name implies, is an archipelago composed of many islands.


    From a high altitude, the dense islands on the sea are like stars, and many islands are almost connected.


    In addition to the original islands, there have been thousands of years of continuous reclamation by Terran practitioners, which has formed such a large archipelago area.


    The largest of the many islands is the main island of the Xingluo islands, which is where the Xingluo palace, the leader of the Xingluo islands, is located.


    The main island is almost a small continent. In terms of area, it is almost half the size of Jiuqu province.


    On the main island, in addition to Xingluo palace and its vassals, those large-scale forces in Xingluo islands have stations here, and Ziyang Shengzong has a large base here.


    The area of the main island itself is not small. In recent years, the action of reclamation has hardly stopped, and the area is still expanding.


    In fact, reclamation is an action that the practitioners of Xingluo islands have never interrupted.


    As a result, the islands that were originally far away became closer and even finally joined together.


    New Islands continue to appear and slowly integrate into the Xingluo islands.


    Near the Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang began to see enough popularity.


    There are teams of fishing boats hunting on the nearby sea, and a merchant fleet shuttling between the Islands


    In places like Xingluo islands, if the fleet of mortals is not escorted by practitioners, they dare not leave the island too far.


    Meng zhangfei was high in the air. When he cast the spell, he hid his tracks, skimmed over the islands below and flew in the direction of the main island.


    Although Xuanshui Zhenjun concealed a lot of information, the chart left for Meng Zhang was still more detailed.


    Guided by the chart, Meng Zhang successfully came to Xingluo islands and accurately flew to the location of the main island.


    Many islands in Xingluo islands are like stars, like stars arch the moon, enclosing the largest main island.


    The side of the Xingluo islands facing the junchenjie mainland is relatively peaceful and has basically maintained a normal situation.


    However, on the side facing the depths of the West Sea, there are fierce preparations everywhere, ready to face the invasion of the Hai nationality army at any time.


    Because of the continuous fighting recently, friars on many islands, including the main island, come and go frequently, showing a somewhat tense atmosphere.


    Meng Zhang, who was flying high in the air, soon found several teams of practitioners passing quickly under him.


    With the strength of his Yang God friar, few people can see through his whereabouts as long as he doesn''t take the initiative to expose it.


    Meng Zhang almost unconsciously came to the main island where Xingluo palace is located.


    On the huge main island, there are many towns and villages, and there are continuous fields everywhere.


    In the West and east of the main island, there are two huge ports.


    In the center of the main island is the main city and the headquarters of Xingluo palace.


    The main city is called Xingluo city. It covers a large area and is almost a complete city of monks.


    The main city itself is protected by the protective array. Now it is wartime, and the defense in the main city will only be more strict.


    There are two palace masters in Xingluo Palace during the period of Yang God. Meng Zhang dare not be careless.


    If they rush in and find their tracks, they will make a lot of noise.


    Meng Zhang''s original intention was to sneak in secretly and meet the Qiu brothers to find out their true thoughts.


    Of course, in this process, if we can find out the real situation of Xingluo islands, it is the best.


    In order to be cautious, Meng Zhang did not rush into the main city, but waited patiently near the main city.


    On weekdays, practitioners from other islands and even Junchen mainland enter one of the two ports first. After checking and registering their identity, they can move freely on the main island.


    As the largest city on the island, the main city has a large number of practitioners coming and going.


    Even now, when the situation is tense, the connection between the main city and the rest of the island is very close.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait long before a team escorting materials rushed to the main city from the port in the West.


    Meng Zhang''s body shook slightly, turned into a small dust, and fell into the team without disturbing anyone in the team.


    The team came to the main city. After a complicated inspection, it was determined that there was no problem before it passed the protective array and entered the main city.


    Meng Zhang followed the team into the main city. When passing through a busy street and a small alley, the fine dust transformed by Meng Zhang gently left the team and showed Meng Zhang''s figure in a deserted alley nearby.

 Chapter 1582

    Before that, Meng Zhang had heard a lot about the main city from Xuanshui Zhenjun.


    There is a very detailed introduction to the Xingluo islands in the information transmitted by the Hailing sect to taiyimen.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength and experience, he quickly adapted to the environment here and quickly integrated into the flow of people.


    Looking up from every corner of the main city, a huge palace group loomed in the high clouds.


    That is the core of the main city and the Xingluo palace.


    Those who have lived in Xingluo palace for a long time are basically their formal disciples.


    Inner disciple, true disciple, elder


    In the main city below the Xingluo palace, there are relatives of disciples who are attached to the vassals of the Xingluo palace and envoys stationed here by other forces of the Xingluo islands.


    Among the Xingluo islands that are always facing the attack of the sea people, this city should be the safest in front of us.


    Many Terran practitioners in remote areas have tried their best to migrate here. Or you can send your relatives here with all your strength.


    Even if you can''t enter the main city, it''s good to settle in the towns near the main city.


    After thousands of years of reproduction, not only the population on the main island is increasing, but also a large number of people are gathered in the main city.


    Meng Zhang took a look at the Xingluo palace above and took the initiative to look away.


    According to the information he has, the factions in Xingluo Palace are complex. Even the two palace masters in the Yang God period can''t completely grasp the movements of all monks.


    Xingluo islands, including Xingluo palace, were originally supported by the Xiuzhen forces in the mainland of Junchen world. Many of its members have various implications with the Xiuzhen forces in the mainland.


    Even, many disciples in Xingluo Palace are willing to serve the holy sect like Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose his identity in front of people, so he didn''t fly directly to the palace group above.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun once left Meng Zhang a secret contact information.


    Even if Xuanshui Zhenjun is absent, Meng Zhang can directly and secretly contact the two palace masters through this contact method.


    Meng Zhang turned East and West on the street. After a long time, he came to a quiet area in the city.


    This is a relatively high-end residential area in the city. Those who have lived here for a long time are basically practitioners with some wealth.


    The aura here is far more abundant than that in other places, and the public security is good. Few curfews haunt here.


    Meng Zhang came to a small courtyard and gently buckled the array prohibition outside the courtyard.


    There lived a famous tool smelter in the courtyard.


    The tool refiner often accepts the request of other practitioners to help refine some magic tools.


    Therefore, some practitioners come here to visit from time to time, which will not appear too abrupt.


    In fact, this small courtyard is a secret stronghold arranged by the dark guard of Xingluo palace.


    There are many factions and complex forces in Xingluo palace.


    In order to strengthen the control of Xingluo palace, the two brothers of the Qiu family established a force called dark guard.


    All members of the dark guard have been carefully trained after thousands of choices and are absolutely loyal to the two palace masters.


    As a secret force directly belonging to the two palace masters, the dark guard is not only powerful, but also absolutely reliable.


    As a secret stronghold of the dark guard, this small courtyard is also a very important intelligence gathering point.


    The dark guard itself is responsible for collecting information from all parties.


    All kinds of intelligence collected by the dark guard are gathered at various nodes, screened and reviewed, and then transmitted back to the palace through secret channels.


    If enough important information is collected, such as information related to the safety of Xingluo palace and the overall situation of Xingluo islands. These intelligence gathering points are even qualified to report beyond the level and directly contact the two palace masters.


    Xuanshui Zhenjun told Meng Zhang this secret stronghold. First, he showed his sincerity. Second, he hoped that Meng Zhang could directly contact the two palace masters through here.


    In this way, Meng Zhang can avoid most practitioners in Xingluo palace and meet the two palace masters secretly.


    Meng Zhang''s method of detaining the small courtyard is a secret inside the dark guard. It is used to show his identity and prove that he is his own person.


    Just a moment after the array was detained, an entrance appeared in the array.


    Meng Zhang walked into the array gently and observed at will.


    This array is exquisitely designed. It seems that the level is not high, the scale is not large, but the effect is very good.


    Not only will this small courtyard be completely isolated from the outside world, but once the array power is fully opened, it will be enough to trap immortal Jindan temporarily.


    Meng Zhang passed the array in a few steps and entered the courtyard.


    In front of Meng Zhang, a middle-aged man with a serious face greeted him.


    According to the procedure, Meng Zhang should talk to the middle-aged man.


    Meng Zhang suddenly stopped and sighed.


    According to Xuanshui Zhenjun, most of the hidden guards in this small courtyard are the accomplishments during the foundation period, mainly responsible for sorting and analyzing the collected information.


    The leader of these dark guards is a golden elixir immortal, who is responsible for protecting the stronghold and contacting Xingluo palace through secret channels.


    But the middle-aged man in front of him was a monk in the middle of the golden elixir.


    In the small courtyard, there are also four Jindan real people secretly hidden, including a monk in the later stage of Jindan.


    If this is the case alone, it is not enough for Meng Zhang to find it wrong.


    These friars thought they had hidden their intentions well, but in front of Meng Zhang, who had mastered his gifted power of mind, their malice was as obvious as the campfire in the night.


    Compared with the Jindan monks, there is an absolute gap in the great realm.


    When Meng Zhang found the hidden monks, he habitually used his mind to scan their minds.


    These monks performing special tasks must have practiced the secret method of locking their minds and closing their thoughts.


    Even Meng Zhang, with such a rough sweep, could not know the deep secrets hidden in their hearts, but only the surface thoughts in their hearts.


    But this is enough. The superficial thoughts in their hearts are enough to show their identity.


    These golden elixir immortals all listen to the order of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For many years, they have been working for Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands.


    They are peripheral members of Ziyang holy sect and have received careful training from the direct friars of Ziyang holy sect.


    They are not only strong, but also proficient in many special means such as sneaking and assassination.


    They secretly attacked the stronghold a few days ago and secretly destroyed the dark guards stationed here without divulging the slightest information.


    Then they cleaned up the battlefield and waited for the target to come.


    Their goal is certainly not Meng Zhang.


    Even if Ziyang holy sect is arrogant, it can''t be stupid enough to let Jindan friars ambush Meng Zhang here.

 Chapter 1583

    As for the real goal of these people, Meng Zhang doesn''t know yet.


    He just glanced at it, but he didn''t have time to explore it deeply.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart.


    This city is the main city under Xingluo palace. There are elite teams stationed in Xingluo palace all year round.


    Once this stronghold encounters a raid or other accidents, as long as you hold on a little, friars of Xingluo palace will come to reinforce it immediately.


    According to Xuanshui Zhenjun, the stronghold has been safe enough for many years and has never encountered any accidents.


    But now, right under the nose of Xingluo palace, his secret stronghold is under the control of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The high level of Xingluo palace must know nothing about it.


    The most powerful power of Xingluo palace, dark guards, is like this. The whole of Xingluo palace can be imagined.


    What kind of person Meng Zhang is, how can he be impatient to entangle with these little insects.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. All the golden elixirs ambushed in the courtyard lost their ability to move freely. Just like puppets, they couldn''t speak or move.


    Meng Zhang waved his hand gently, and the ambulances flew from different directions of the courtyard to his present position.


    In their frightened eyes, Meng Zhang began to search their souls directly.


    Meng Zhang will have no mercy on the friars of Ziyang Shengzong, and so will the peripheral members.


    A moment later, several more bodies appeared on the ground.


    Most of the information in their minds is controlled by Meng Zhang.


    There are not many direct friars of Ziyang holy sect stationed in Xingluo islands, but there are a lot of available peripheral manpower.


    A few days ago, this group of peripheral friars who have always served Ziyang Shengzong received an order from Ziyang Shengzong''s residence to go all out to hunt down a female friar during the foundation building period.


    According to information, the female monk in the foundation period secretly contacted the two palace masters of Xingluo palace through various means.


    Everyone must try their best to capture the female nun before she reaches her goal.


    The two palace masters of Xingluo Palace are high and important people. They can''t be seen by a friar in the foundation period.


    Moreover, Ziyang holy sect has enough ears and eyes in Xingluo palace. It can''t hide these ears and eyes when someone visits the two palace leaders.


    In order to meet the two palace masters of Xingluo palace, the female monk in the foundation period must go through some special channels.


    Therefore, the monks sent by Ziyang Shengzong pursued the female monk everywhere, cut off the channels he might use, and set an ambush.


    In pursuit of a female monk during the foundation period, so many monks were sent out. There were quite a few Jindan monks lying in ambush here.


    Even if a lion fights a rabbit with all his strength, it''s too exaggerated.


    Moreover, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of Ziyang Shengzong''s lineage presided over the pursuit.


    It can be seen that there must be a big secret in this woman during the foundation period, which is very important to Ziyang holy sect.


    As for the specific secret and more information, Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    These Jindan friars are peripheral thugs with low status and limited knowledge.


    The really important news will not be revealed to them by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang came to meet the two palace masters of Xingluo palace secretly this time. He should not have been involved in other disputes at will.


    But when something went wrong with the secret stronghold, Meng Zhang lost the channel to directly contact the Qiu brothers.


    If he wants to meet the Qiu brothers secretly, he must find another way.


    But for a moment, Meng Zhang, who was not familiar with his life, really couldn''t think of an appropriate way.


    Even the secret stronghold of dark guard, which was originally thought to be safe, could not escape the eyes and ears of Ziyang Shengzong. It was really not easy for Meng Zhang to achieve his goal.


    In that case, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to contact the Qiu brothers. First, he had an in-depth understanding of the various situations of the Xingluo islands.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang didn''t mind the relationship between Taiyi gate and Ziyang holy sect, and secretly blocked Ziyang holy sect.


    Since you want to block the holy sect of Ziyang, you need to find the female monk first.


    Among the information obtained from the Jindan friars on the ground, there was no information such as the name and origin of the female friar during the foundation period.


    I just know that this female monk in the foundation period is not weak, and has a lot of roots with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. He didn''t seem to have any other way to find the female monk except to continue to wait here.


    But with Meng Zhang''s character, he is not willing to wait so passively.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. A black-and-white gas flew out of the yin-yang spiritual gourd behind him and turned into a young man wearing a black-and-white Taoist robe in front of him.


    Although Meng Zhang''s original life magic tool yin-yang Linghu can''t keep up with his cultivation progress, it plays little role in frontal combat.


    However, yin-yang Linghu has the ability to cultivate Taoist soldiers, and can help Meng Zhang at critical moments.


    Meng Zhang had encountered several major events before, and these Taoist soldiers had played a great role.


    Even if all these Taoist soldiers are lost in battle, as long as they are willing to spend all kinds of precious resources and wait enough time, the yin-yang Linghu can raise new Taoist soldiers.


    These Taoist soldiers have enough intelligence to perform various tasks independently according to Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang left a Taoist soldier with the initial strength of Yuanshen in this small courtyard and secretly left here.


    Meng Zhang fooled around in this city for some time. With some information he had learned before, he soon mastered a lot of useful information.


    At this time, Meng Zhang seems to be an ordinary cultivator.


    There is nothing outstanding about the appearance, but the cultivation is in the early stage of foundation construction.


    Meng Zhang made a turn around the city and came to a powerful and majestic mansion.


    This is the residence of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands. There are monks of Ziyang Shengzong stationed all year round.


    These monks of Ziyang holy sect are the supreme emperor of Xingluo islands. They have to intervene in everything, and few people dare to compete with them.


    Through these monks, Ziyang Shengzong ensured that everything in Xingluo islands was under his own control, and the situation here would not completely get out of control.


    Of course, the friars in this mansion are only the power of Ziyang Shengzong on the bright side of Xingluo islands.


    Ziyang holy sect also has a secret stronghold in Xingluo islands, hiding its secret power.


    In addition, there are countless friars willing to serve Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands.


    Ziyang Shengzong carefully selected a part to be used as peripheral members.


    Ziyang Shengzong has strong control over Xingluo islands, and there are few obvious opponents.


    Many Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands, including the nominal leader Xingluo palace, must respect and even obey the opinions of Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1584

    In recent years, the power of Ziyang holy sect in Xingluo islands has been questioned.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court have been entangled for many years and have been unable to eliminate Dali imperial court.


    This has a considerable negative impact on the prestige and reputation of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although Xingluo islands are far away from junchenjie mainland, transportation is inconvenient.


    But after so many years, all kinds of relevant news still came here.


    Over time, these effects slowly emerged.


    In the eyes of many practitioners, Ziyang Shengzong is no longer as omnipotent as in the legend, and is not as powerful as in the legend.


    Ordinary practitioners do not understand this high-level struggle, let alone the subtleties. They will only feel that it is possible to challenge Ziyang Shengzong.


    Especially not long ago, the sea people''s army frequently launched large-scale attacks on the Xingluo islands, which caused great pressure on the Xingluo islands, making it difficult for all the Xiuzhen forces here.


    At this time when reinforcements were needed, Ziyang Shengzong suddenly cut off reinforcements to Xingluo islands without any explanation.


    In this regard, various rumors began to spread in the cultivation world on the side of Xingluo islands.


    Some say that the main forces of truth cultivation in Xingluo islands disobeyed the will of Ziyang Shengzong, which led to this result.


    Only after the disobedient pays enough price will Ziyang Shengzong resume its support to Xingluo islands.


    Some people say that Ziyang Shengzong has been helpless from the imperial dynasty and has been restrained by too many forces. It is really unable to continue to support Xingluo islands.


    Others said that Ziyang holy sect had conflicts with other holy sects, which were targeted by other holy sects, and all aspects acted very badly.


    ¡­¡­


    All kinds of rumors spread everywhere, true or false, and no one can tell their origin.


    Anyway, the prestige of Ziyang Shengzong was greatly affected, and many practitioners were secretly dissatisfied.


    In fact, there have always been opponents dissatisfied with Ziyang holy Sect on Xingluo islands for various reasons.


    However, in the past, Ziyang Shengzong was powerful, and these opponents did not become a climate and did not dare to take the initiative.


    Now the Xingluo islands have a somewhat treacherous atmosphere, with turbulent undercurrent in the dark.


    Some practitioners with keen sense of smell are more or less aware of the situation and become vigilant.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s thoughts are somewhat contradictory.


    If the Xingluo islands really undergo great changes, break away from the control of Ziyang Shengzong, and even openly oppose Ziyang Shengzong, it is definitely a great good thing.


    Taiyi sect has been trembling in the face of Ziyang holy sect. It is eager for other cultivation forces to share its pressure.


    But in this way, the Xingluo islands lost the support of Ziyang holy sect and may not be able to resist the invasion of the sea family army.


    Once the Xingluo islands fall into the hands of the Hai people, the coastal area of the northern mainland of the Junchen world will face the threat of the Hai people''s army.


    After thousands of years of reproduction, Xingluo islands not only has a large number of practitioners, but also hundreds of millions of mortals.


    As an alien, once the sea clan conquers the Xingluo islands, the end of the Terran here must be terrible.


    As a member of the human race, Meng Zhang really doesn''t want to see this happen.


    Of course, with the strength of Meng Zhang and taiyimen, there is not much that can be done about what fate the Xingluo islands will face in the future.


    Meng Zhang put aside these ideas for the time being and dealt with the things in front of him first.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s residence is a garden with a large area and many buildings. It can be called an independent small city.


    It is definitely not easy to guard the array prohibition here by means of Ziyang holy sect. Even Meng Zhang, a monk in the period of Yang God, dare not break in at will.


    Obviously, the person in charge of Ziyang Shengzong stationed here is just a big monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    But who can know what kind of cards are hidden by Ziyang Shengzong in the camp in front of us.


    Meng Zhang would not be surprised if a strong man of Yang God period suddenly appeared in it.


    In the residence of Ziyang Shengzong, a long-distance transmission array leading to the northern continent of Jun dust world was built.


    Through this long-distance transmission array, Ziyang Shengzong maintained control of Xingluo islands.


    The long-distance transmission array of Ziyang holy sect is also open to external practitioners.


    As long as the monks with innocent origins and clear origins pay a high fee, they can use the long-distance transmission array to transmit between the northern mainland of the Junchen world and the Xingluo islands.


    Of course, because the transmission cost is too high, ordinary practitioners simply can''t afford it.


    Moreover, the transmission capacity of long-distance transmission array is limited.


    If it is a large number of material transportation, or a large number of population migration, it still depends on a large-scale cloud boat fleet.


    Behind the Yunzhou fleet that regularly sails between the north of Junchen world and Xingluo islands, most of them have the shadow of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In fact, the omnipresent influence of Ziyang holy sect can be felt in every corner of Xingluo islands.


    Ziyang Shengzong has been supporting Xingluo islands for many years, and it is not just pay without return.


    Xingluo islands are located overseas. Many materials are in short supply and need support from the mainland.


    The practitioners of Xingluo islands depend on the sea and eat the sea. They also collect and harvest all kinds of materials on the sea through various means.


    Among them, there are many unique materials at sea, which can earn a lot of profits after being sent inland.


    Ziyang Shengzong has a great influence on the trade between Xingluo islands and inland, and has gained a lot of benefits from it.


    If it is not a last resort, Ziyang Shengzong will not easily give up Xingluo islands.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, Ziyang Shengzong''s temporary suspension of the support of Xingluo islands is not really powerless, but a means to force Xingluo palace to submit.


    Meng Zhang didn''t come here long, but he personally walked around the city, observed some places closely, and even used some special magical means.


    Combined with the information previously transmitted by Hailing sect to taiyimen, Meng Zhang has some new views on the situation of Xingluo islands.


    Fearing the development of Taiyi gate, Ziyang Shengzong tried all kinds of ways to suppress Taiyi gate, and even secretly murdered it.


    Meng Zhang also hated the mountain on the head of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is willing to pay some price to make trouble for Ziyang Shengzong as long as it is possible and has the opportunity. It''s best to make Ziyang Shengzong tired of running and never focus on Taiyi gate again.


    Now, Meng Zhang is acutely aware of an opportunity.


    Xingluo islands can take advantage of this opportunity, which can not only attack Ziyang holy sect, but also weaken its power.


    Of course, Meng Zhang needs to act secretly and can''t easily expose his identity.


    Otherwise, the current seemingly harmonious relationship between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong will be difficult to maintain.

 Chapter 1585

    Meng Zhang came to the outside of Ziyang Shengzong''s residence to check the movements of the monks inside.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong has made such great efforts to pursue the female monk during the foundation period, there can be no movement in the camp.


    You know, even if it is a holy sect like Ziyang Shengzong, it should maintain superficial respect for the landlord Xingluo palace here.


    After all, the two palace masters of Xingluo Palace are the strong ones in the Yang God period, and Xingluo palace has many powerful monks.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s behavior this time is almost the same as that of Xingluo palace.


    If the nun wasn''t important enough, Ziyang Shengzong wouldn''t be so impulsive.


    There is still a lot of excitement around Ziyang Shengzong''s residence.


    In addition to many shops with people coming and going not far away, monks go in and out from time to time.


    Those who come to Ziyang Shengzong''s residence to work and transmit through long-distance transmission array


    Although Meng Zhang was sure that he could hide his tracks in front of ordinary monks, he was unwilling to venture into the Ziyang holy sect.


    He turned around the Ziyang Shengzong residence, seemingly glancing at it at random.


    But in a moment, he found something.


    Outside the Ziyang saint''s residence, some monks also hid their tracks and secretly monitored the place.


    Without much thought, Meng Zhang guessed that most of these people were friars of Xingluo palace.


    Xingluo palace is also the nominal leader of Xingluo islands. It is only a routine operation to send people to secretly monitor the residence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    I just don''t know. Do you know the recent trend of Ziyang Shengzong''s residence in Xingluo palace.


    Seeing these watchers, Meng Zhang had a better way.


    Meng Zhang will not trust these watchers of Xingluo palace easily.


    Of course, although you can''t trust each other, you can use each other.


    Meng Zhang sent monks from Ziyang holy sect to pursue the female monk during the foundation period. Therefore, he did not hesitate to sneak the information of attacking the secret stronghold of the dark guard and condensed it in his mind.


    Meng Zhang''s divine thoughts lightly swept over these friars, and the information was unknowingly passed into their minds.


    After all this, Meng Zhang gently jumped into a hidden space gap and completely hid his body.


    The number of monks sent by Xingluo palace to monitor the residence of Ziyang holy sect is still large, as many as ten.


    His accomplishments are also high and low. The highest is the golden elixir immortal, and the lowest is the friar in the foundation period.


    These people received the message from Meng Zhang almost at the same time, but their reactions were different.


    After their initial shock, they all began to take action.


    Some take out the communication method and start communication directly. Some figures immediately disappeared in situ, apparently leaving here


    Meng Zhang did not take care of these watchers, but still watched the station of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After a while, a group of monks flew out of Ziyang Shengzong''s residence and went in different directions.


    Sure enough, among the monitors dispatched at the Star Palace, the purple sun saints'' eyes were hidden, and the latest information was told to the purple emperor sect.


    Meng Zhang still had no other action, just waiting there quietly.


    After a while, a slight fluctuation came from the ground.


    Meng Zhang jumped between the space gaps to keep up with the direction of the wave.


    This is a Yuanshen Zhenjun, and a Yuanshen Zhenjun who is proficient in the art of earth hiding.


    People at this level should be qualified to know many high-level secrets.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent this Yuanshen Zhenjun at this juncture. The other party should have a corresponding task.


    In this bustling and bustling main city, even with Meng Zhang''s strength, it takes a lot of effort to catch a true monarch of the yuan God without being aware of it.


    It is obviously impossible to imagine how easy it was to win several golden elixirs before.


    The main city covers a huge area, with hundreds of thousands of people living in it all the year round.


    The yuan God Zhenjun, who performed the art of earth hiding, didn''t travel fast, mainly because he paid more attention to concealment.


    It''s not Meng Zhang''s strong sense of Yang God, otherwise it''s really difficult to find the weak fluctuations from the ground.


    When he left Ziyang Shengzong''s residence for a long distance, Meng Zhang finally found a good time to start.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun, who was hiding in the depths of the earth, suddenly felt that the surrounding of his body became tight. The earth and rock that had been easily separated by him seemed to solidify and was squeezing his body.


    The body that was using the earth hiding technique stopped for a while. He felt that the situation was wrong. He was preparing to move. A black-and-white air flow appeared out of thin air, and then wrapped his body firmly.


    The true magic power of his whole body disappeared without a trace, and he couldn''t mobilize a penny at all.


    He is also a decisive person and knows that his family has encountered the plot of the strong.


    Without the slightest hesitation, he would burst his flesh and let the yuan God escape from his body.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles, considered all the reactions of this person before he took the shot.


    The other party just had the idea of exploding the flesh. Before it could be implemented, he suddenly lost all consciousness and completely fell into a coma.


    Meng Zhang appeared beside him and jumped into the space with his body.


    A moment later, Meng Zhang appeared in a quiet corner with his booty.


    Meng Zhang seems to have captured the enemy easily this time. In fact, it took a lot of strength.


    The enemy''s strength is not worth mentioning. The difficulty is to make God unaware and not disturb anyone.


    Meng Zhang looked at the prisoner in front of him and was too lazy to wake him up for interrogation.


    Anyway, Ziyang Shengzong''s people fell into his hands, and there was only one end in the end.


    Meng Zhang put down a ban, sealed the surroundings, and then began to perform soul searching.


    The spirit of Yuanshen Zhenjun is extremely concise and integrated with Yuanshen.


    It is very difficult to search the soul.


    Meng Zhang relied on his cultivation beyond the other party''s great realm, and his taiyimen inheritance secret art was very clever. He spent a lot of effort to succeed in soul searching and obtained a lot of valuable information.


    The yuan God Zhenjun is not a direct friar of Ziyang Shengzong, but a figure who takes refuge on the way and adheres to Ziyang Shengzong.


    This kind of person sounds like a guest Qing, but he is actually a thug.


    Of course, if he was a direct friar of Ziyang holy sect, Meng Zhang''s success rate in soul searching would not be so high because he practiced a special soul locking secret skill.


    Especially those memories about the inheritance of the sect and top secrets are sealed by the secret law. Once touched by an external force, it will lead to unpredictable consequences.


    As a guest Qing, he has worked for Ziyang Shengzong for many years. He is still very trusted and has mastered a lot of secrets.


    From him, Meng Zhang finally knew the cause and effect of this incident.

 Chapter 1586

    The female monk whom Ziyang Shengzong wanted this time was not an outsider, but a disciple of Ziyang Shengzong''s own family.


    This nun''s name is Bai Zhilei. She is not worth mentioning. She is just an ordinary disciple of Ziyang holy sect.


    Her master, immortal Bai Shuang, is a true disciple of Ziyang Shengzong and the seed of Yuanshen. She has always been highly valued by the sect and has been vigorously cultivated by the sect.


    Baishuang immortal, who is well-known in Ziyang Shengzong, has a great future, but I don''t know why. Some time ago, he betrayed Ziyang Shengzong with his disciple Bai Zhilei.


    For a holy sect like Ziyang Shengzong, the defection of its disciples, especially the zhenzhuan disciples cultivated vigorously, is definitely a major event.


    Once this kind of thing is spread, Ziyang Shengzong will lose face and even be ridiculed.


    As for the door secrets leaked out, let alone.


    It is said that the high level of Ziyang holy sect was so angry that they ordered to catch the real master and apprentice of Baishuang.


    After the two masters and disciples fled the holy sect of Ziyang, they were caught up by the pursuit team.


    In order to protect disciple Bai Zhilei from escaping, immortal Bai Shuang died on the spot.


    A few days ago, Angelica dahurica bud concealed her identity and came to Xingluo islands through the long-distance transmission array of Ziyang Shengzong''s residence.


    Not long after Angelica dahurica Lei left the camp, the resident friar received the news and immediately chased out.


    However, the main city is too large and has too many people. Angelica dahurica bud is hidden in the main city, just like a drop of water into the sea. It is difficult to find it.


    Moreover, Xingluo palace is the nominal master of the city, and Ziyang Shengzong can''t act too recklessly.


    The news came from the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong. The master and apprentice of Baishuang immortal and the Qiu brothers, the two palace masters of Xingluo palace, have a lot of connections.


    Angelica dahurica Lei fled to Xingluo islands, mostly to take refuge in Qiu brothers.


    With the strength of the Qiu brothers, if they accept the angelica dahurica bud and hide it, it will not be easy for Ziyang Shengzong to catch it back.


    Ziyang Shengzong will never let go of the traitors. Immortal Bai Shuang has died in the war. They are determined to get Bai Zhilei.


    After receiving the order from the mountain gate, the friars in Ziyang Shengzong''s residence immediately took action, went all out and tried every means to hunt down Angelica dahurica bud.


    In the process of soul searching, Meng Zhang digested the news and thought secretly in his heart.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s vigorous pursuit of Angelica dahurica bud may not be just for the face of zongmen.


    Maybe there''s a big secret hidden in Angelica dahurica bud.


    Angelica dahurica bud didn''t go anywhere else, but fled to Xingluo islands. There must be something in it.


    Unfortunately, the information obtained from the Yuanshen friar in front of him is limited, which can not confirm Meng Zhang''s guess.


    The Qiu brothers, the two masters of Xingluo palace, are high above the world. On weekdays, the Dragon sees the head but not the tail. It''s not easy to see them.


    Even Meng Zhang has no good way to meet their brother secretly for the time being.


    Angelica dahurica fleeing to this city doesn''t mean it''s safe.


    If she wants to completely get rid of the pursuit of Ziyang Shengzong, she must meet the Qiu brothers and get the protection of the Qiu brothers.


    In this process, there are many places that can be used.


    Ziyang holy sect has a huge influence in Xingluo islands. Even inside Xingluo palace, many people are willing to drive it.


    Just now, Meng ZhangCai disclosed the news to the Xingluo palace spy who monitored the Ziyang Shengzong station. The Ziyang Shengzong station immediately knew about it.


    Even if the monks in Ziyang Shengzong''s residence were powerful, they would not know that Meng Zhang was playing tricks.


    However, they know that someone is stirring up the situation to undermine their deployment.


    However, in a short time, Ziyang Shengzong''s residence responded.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun captured by Meng Zhang was ordered to join the pursuit team and urge them to speed up.


    If things get big and spread to the brothers of the Qiu family and let them intervene in the matter, it will be difficult to clean up.


    For the two strong Yang gods, even Ziyang Shengzong should maintain superficial respect.


    If it is not forced, Ziyang Shengzong will not completely tear his face with them.


    With a flick of Meng Zhang''s hand, the corpse of Yuanshen Zhenjun was extinguished.


    At this time, he received the news from the yin-yang soldiers he had left in the small courtyard.


    A patrol of Xingluo palace has rushed to the small courtyard.


    Although the yin-yang soldier had the strength of the Yuanshen period, according to Meng Zhang''s order, he did not conflict with other monks, let alone face-to-face with others, and directly secretly left the small courtyard.


    Without the slightest delay, Meng Zhang completed the soul search and left here immediately after he got the required information.


    With Meng Zhang''s accomplishments on the space Avenue, he can haunt most areas of the city without being aware of it.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure appeared again, he came to a remote alley.


    This is a secret stronghold of Ziyang holy sect in this city. There is an elite friar team stationed in it all the year round to complete some shady secret tasks for Ziyang holy sect.


    Since accepting the task of chasing Angelica dahurica bud, almost all the secret forces of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands have been mobilized to join the secret search.


    The secret stronghold in front of us is an important node. The intelligence obtained from all aspects will be summarized here.


    There are special monks to analyze intelligence, judge the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud, and then send a team of monks to pursue it.


    Meng Zhang swaggered into this secret stronghold.


    He had already seen clearly that it was just a group of foundation building friars and Jindan friars.


    Meng Zhang did not make any movement, but just thought. The monks in the stronghold stood in place one by one, losing all their consciousness.


    Meng Zhang stayed in this stronghold for some time.


    In addition to checking the intelligence they collected, several leading monks were also searched for souls.


    So far, the pursuit of Ziyang Saint friar has not been smooth, and the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud have not been mastered.


    This is good news, but it also adds some trouble for Meng Zhang to find Angelica dahurica bud.


    When Meng Zhang left the secret stronghold, his appearance seemed unchanged, and everything inside, including a group of monks, was completely destroyed.


    Since even the powerful Ziyang holy sect can''t find the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud, Meng Zhang, as an outsider, is even more difficult to find each other.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to find Angelica dahurica bud. As long as she doesn''t fall into the hands of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang will be satisfied.


    Meng Zhang was thinking about what to do next, but suddenly his face changed and showed a smile.


    "It''s really a big axe in front of Lubanmen. Duke Guan plays with a big knife in front of him. There are really such guys who don''t know whether to live or die and don''t know the greatness of heaven and earth."

 Chapter 1587

    Just a moment ago, a master of heavenly secrets performed the art of counting and began to deduce the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud.


    Originally, the mystery master deduced the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud, which had nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang has been involved in this matter and is an insider to the letter.


    And more importantly, Meng Zhang is a master of heavenly secrets, which is much better than that master.


    Once someone tries to use the magic of heaven to deduce, and Meng Zhang is involved, it is basically impossible not to disturb Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments in the secret arts became more and more profound, but it was more and more difficult to perform the secret arts once.


    The more he peeps into the operation of the way of heaven, the more he knows the respectability and horror of the power of the way of heaven.


    He tried to avoid things that would lead to the reversal of heaven.


    Especially after the advanced Yang God period, Meng Zhang didn''t show his heavenly skill.


    For things that can be solved by other means, we should resolutely not use the magic of heaven to calculate.


    Tianji is the last choice after there is no other way. It is generally only used when it is absolutely necessary.


    Meng Zhang has never found the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud. Although Meng Zhang is a little disappointed, he has never thought of using the magic of heaven to deduce.


    It''s ok now. He doesn''t perform the secret arts, but the secret arts master who doesn''t know whether to die or not is involved in him.


    In the cultivation world, Tianji master is a very rare existence.


    It is said that only some of the top bulk doors can secretly feed some Tianji masters for use at critical moments.


    Meng Zhang had seen the Tianji master taken in by Dali emperor before and had a fight with each other.


    Now, he has seen the means of the Tianji master kept by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Tianji master is a scarce resource of the sect. If it is not a major event, it will not be used easily.


    Ziyang Shengzong even sent out the pilot. It seems that he is really determined to win the angelica dahurica bud.


    In that case, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind playing with each other.


    Meng Zhang''s secret of being a master of heavenly secrets has never been revealed to the outside world.


    Some smart senior executives in taiyimen may have guessed, but they will never leak the secret.


    Judging from the induction just now, the Tianji master kept by Ziyang Shengzong is of average level. He has broken the sky and can calculate the level of Jindan.


    At this time, as long as Meng Zhang showed a little breath, the Tianji master would immediately retreat and never dare to entangle more.


    Meng Zhang had the experience of fighting against heaven''s secrets, and his opponent was such a weak chicken.


    If he doesn''t make good use of this opportunity, it''s a waste.


    Meng Zhang restrained his breath and hid his existence, as if he had not participated in this matter at all.


    Meng Zhang''s keen sense of spirit soon sensed all the process of the deduction by the Heavenly Master.


    In a secret room in the residence of Ziyang Shengzong, an old man with white hair and beard set up an altar and was trying to display the secret of heaven.


    Outside this secret room, there are monks, including the yuan God Zhenjun, who are closely guarded.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, it is not easy to train Tianji teachers.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong has a complete inheritance of the classics of Tianji, it is rare to have the talent to become a Tianji master.


    And the heavenly way of Jun dust world is instinctively hostile to the Heavenly Master.


    It is very easy for the master of natural secrets to incur all kinds of natural and man-made disasters and lose his life.


    With the accumulation of Ziyang holy sect for so many years, there are few Tianji masters in the door.


    Tianji master''s application of Tianji and deduction of Tianji will lead to the counterattack of Tiandao, which is easy to lead to disaster.


    Therefore, Tianji can be said to be an expensive consumable.


    Based on the details of Ziyang holy sect, many times they prefer to lose the yuan God Zhenjun rather than consume the Tianji master.


    The defection of master and apprentice Bai Zhilei is very important. It involves some top secrets of the sect, and the hunting team sent by the sect is not good. Although she killed immortal Baishuang, she let Angelica dahurica Lei escape to Xingluo islands.


    If Angelica dahurica Lei meets the two masters of Xingluo palace and hands over the secret to the Qiu brothers, the consequences will be unimaginable and the fundamental interests of Ziyang Shengzong will be damaged.


    The monks stationed in Xingluo islands by Ziyang Shengzong seemed extraordinary, but they didn''t expect to be so useless.


    It''s been several days. So far, I haven''t found the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud.


    On the contrary, their actions will only disturb the side of Xingluo palace.


    Now, the dark son of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo palace is trying his best to hide the news about Angelica dahurica bud and try his best to avoid disturbing the Qiu brothers.


    The Qiu brothers have been in control of Xingluo palace for so many years. They are definitely not incompetent.


    There are many loyal brothers in Xingluo palace.


    The news that Angelica dahurica Lei escaped here can be concealed from them for a while, but it can''t be concealed for too long.


    If the Qiu brothers are disturbed, everything will stop.


    In the Xingluo islands, even if Ziyang Shengzong tore his face, it was impossible to stop the Qiu brothers.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s current situation is very bad. He really doesn''t want to completely push the Qiu family brothers to the opposite.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong urgently mobilized a Heavenly Master to transmit it to Xingluo islands.


    After the Heavenly Master came here, he immediately began to cast spells without any delay.


    For any master who knows the consequences of casting Tianji, it is not very willing to deduce by casting Tianji.


    But there is no way. Since he is the Tianji master trained by Ziyang Shengzong, it is impossible to refuse the order of zongmen.


    It takes a thousand days to raise troops and a short time to use them. The Tianji division trained by zongmen at such a great effort and cost is to be used in such a place.


    This Tianji master has the cultivation accomplishments of the golden elixir period. His attainments in Tianji are still a long way from the Tianji master.


    Fortunately, his goal to deduce is not a big deal, but just a friar in the foundation period.


    The cultivation accomplishments of the other party are not worth mentioning. They are completely within the range that this heavenly master can deduce.


    The master just performed his magic to deduce. At first, everything went well and soon caught the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud.


    But at this time, he felt a great pressure that flashed away, making all his magic tricks a meal, and temporarily lost his ability to continue to deduce.


    When he reacted and felt carefully, the pressure completely disappeared without a trace, not even a trace left.


    It was as if the great pressure he had just sensed had never existed, and everything was his own illusion.


    He shook his head, carefully checked it, and carefully began to show his magic again.


    Yes, there has never been any pressure, and my secret arts run smoothly.


    The Heavenly Master deduces the heavenly secrets and peeps into the way of heaven.


    Because the way of heaven contains too much mysterious information, many heavenly masters can''t accept it, which has caused great pressure on the brain.


    Therefore, many Tianji masters in the cultivation world have some mental problems, which seems divine. It''s not surprising that they suddenly have hallucinations or something.

 Chapter 1588

    Although the mystery master was a little confused and worried, he had been ordered by the high level of Ziyang holy sect to figure out the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud as soon as possible, and then sent someone to capture it.


    Tianji master has a high status in the sect and enjoys high treatment in all aspects.


    However, when the Pope uses them, they must also do their best and never fall off the chain at the critical moment.


    The mystery master put aside all other ideas and began to continue to use the magic of heaven and try his best to calculate the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud.


    Completing the task is the top priority without the slightest delay.


    If he hadn''t been interrupted suddenly, he should have figured out the whereabouts of the target.


    Now Meng Zhang deliberately covers his existence and secretly senses the calculation process of the Heavenly Master.


    Without any interference, the mystery master figured out the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud very smoothly.


    When he figured out the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud, Meng Zhang, who was far ahead of him in heaven''s secrets, also felt this information.


    At this time, Meng Zhang no longer covered up his existence, slightly operated Tianji, and burst out an extremely powerful breath.


    The Heavenly Master from Ziyang Shengzong has just completed the calculation and is preparing to tell the result to the friars outside the secret room. Suddenly, he felt a terrible breath, which enveloped his spirit.


    There is a world of difference between him and Meng Zhang, both in accomplishments and accomplishments of heaven''s secrets. Meng Zhang suddenly made a sneak attack regardless of his identity.


    In addition to calculating all kinds of information, Tianji can also be used for fighting among Tianji masters.


    High level Tianji masters can often kill without blood. They can easily kill low-level Tianji masters in the confrontation of Tianji.


    This master of heaven''s secrets was only the cultivation of Jindan period, but he rashly calculated the matter related to Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang made good use of the situation and gently operated Tianji, so that the Tianji master immediately suffered the counterattack of the power of Tiandao.


    Seeing that the Heavenly Master''s face changed greatly and his face was full of panic, before he could make more reactions, he immediately gushed blood and fell to the ground.


    His white beard and hair seemed to wither at once, and became no luster, just like dead plants.


    His ruddy face turned pale and then full of death.


    But for a moment, a powerful Tianji master in the golden elixir period died inexplicably because the way of heaven backfired.


    Outside the chamber of secrets, including two yuan Shen Zhenjun and a group of legitimate friars of Ziyang holy sect, have been paying attention to all the movements.


    In addition to protecting the mystery master, they should also prevent any accidents.


    When the mysterious master suddenly died, the monks outside were immediately disturbed.


    Originally, they were afraid to disturb the master to perform his magic, but they didn''t dare to do anything.


    However, sensing that there was no breath of life in the secret room, the two yuan God Zhenjun looked at each other and immediately broke into the secret room.


    The Tianji master cultivated by Ziyang Shengzong died inexplicably. There was a flurry of chickens flying and dogs jumping in Ziyang Shengzong''s residence.


    Meng Zhang did not care about anything else, but went to the hiding place of Angelica dahurica Lei according to the calculation result of the Heavenly Master.


    The rules of heaven in the Junchen world originally encourage Tianji masters to kill each other.


    Although Meng Zhanggang operated the secret arts, he didn''t spend much effort. Instead, he made good use of other people''s calculation results. Moreover, he also got rid of the mystery master.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s counterattack of the heavenly way caused by his use of heavenly secrets was very weak and had little impact on him.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in place. When he reappeared, he came outside an ordinary house in the city.


    "You are Miss Bai Zhilei. You don''t have to be nervous. I don''t mean any harm."


    "I have a grudge against the Ziyang holy sect and am willing to help the girl escape the pursuit of the Ziyang holy sect."


    During his speech, Meng Zhang put down a ban and closed the surrounding area.


    After Meng Zhang finished, there was no response in the house for half a day.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, but waited patiently.


    The woman named Angelica dahurica Lei has a good hiding method, but she can''t hide from Meng Zhang''s eyes and ears.


    The little girl is young, but her cultivation is good.


    Her foundation is very solid, and she can break through the golden elixir period at any time.


    The little girl is very beautiful. She is a beauty.


    Meng Zhang, who is outside the house, doesn''t have to spend any effort to see everything inside clearly.


    Angelica dahurica bud did not respond, which is normal.


    She was able to escape all the way here in the pursuit of Ziyang Saint friar, which shows her ability and his vigilance.


    How could such a woman lose all her vigilance and easily believe Meng Zhang because of Meng Zhang''s empty words.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to delay here for a long time.


    Although the mystery master has died, who knows what means Ziyang Shengzong has to find the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud.


    Meng Zhang tried to avoid direct contact with the monk Ziyang Shengzong. Even if he did, he had to kill people.


    He was also worried that he would be delayed here for a long time. Ziyang Shengzong sent a large team of friars here, which would be troublesome.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to take Angelica dahurica Lei away by force.


    With Meng Zhang''s means, you can easily take the other party unharmed.


    Angelica dahurica Lei doesn''t believe in herself now. She can convince her slowly in the future.


    Meng Zhang, who was just about to start, suddenly gave a gentle "eh".


    Meng Zhang is not proficient in array prohibition, but has mastered some superficial means.


    The prohibition he just laid depends on his superb cultivation.


    Even if the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun doesn''t check carefully, he may be deceived.


    But at this time, a monk had quietly appeared in the prohibition set by his family, and almost even Meng Zhang was concealed.


    Meng Zhang encouraged Zhenyuan to mobilize the power of the avenue and gently shook a space gap next to him.


    A black figure appeared out of thin air and stumbled in front of Meng Zhang.


    "Qiu Renzhen Jun."


    Although Meng Zhang had never seen this man before, he revealed his identity.


    Among the information provided by the Hailing sect, this person is mainly introduced.


    Qiu Renzhen is the adopted son of the Qiu brothers, the two palace masters of Xingluo palace, and his own disciple.


    He was valued by the Qiu brothers and got his true story. The later cultivation accomplishments of a Yuanshen are several experts in the Xingluo palace.


    More importantly, he is also the commander of the dark guard of Xingluo palace.


    As a force directly belonging to the Qiu family brothers, the dark guard was organized and cultivated by the Qiu family brothers with great efforts.


    Qiu Renzhen has led the dark guard for many years and has been very effective, making countless contributions to the Xingluo palace.

 Chapter 1589

    The responsibility of the dark guard of Xingluo palace is to collect intelligence from all aspects and monitor the enemies inside and outside Xingluo palace.


    As the commander of the dark Wei, Qiu Renzhen is naturally well-informed and knowledgeable.


    Meng Zhang is not an unknown person, but a rare strong man in the period of Yang God in the north of Junchen world. He is also the leader of Taiyi sect, a powerful sect.


    Since the rise of taiyimen led by Meng Zhang, its reputation has spread far and wide, and its fame has long spread all over the world, even overseas.


    Xingluo palace sent Xuanshui Zhenjun to secretly visit Meng Zhang, indicating that he had also collected information about Meng Zhang in advance.


    How could Qiu Renzhen not know Meng Zhang?


    When Qiu Renzhen was called by Meng Zhang to break his identity, he smiled bitterly and quickly took the initiative to salute Meng Zhang.


    "I''ve seen headmaster Meng."


    There are many eyes and ears of Ziyang holy sect in Xingluo palace, and many senior leaders can''t believe it.


    But Qiu renzhenjun can still believe it.


    Compared with Xuanshui Zhenjun, Qiu renzhenjun has a higher status in Xingluo palace and is trusted by the Qiu family brothers.


    Now that he meets Qiu Renzhen Jun, it should not be difficult for Meng Zhang to secretly meet with Qiu''s brothers.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang shouldn''t have to worry about Angelica dahurica bud.


    Xingluo palace tries to form an alliance with taiyimen. Qiu Renzhen knows very well about Xuanshui Zhenjun''s visit to Meng Zhang.


    He said a few words to Meng Zhang and asked Meng Zhang to wait a moment.


    Then he shouted into the house.


    After a few words, a tall woman with a firm face and a strong spirit came out of the house.


    She went to Qiu Renzhen and respectfully saluted him.


    Qiu Renzhen Jun also knew that this was not a place to stay for a long time. With a greeting to Meng Zhang, he jumped into a space gap with Angelica dahurica bud and began to walk through different spaces.


    Meng Zhang easily followed, without saying much.


    After a while, Qiu Renzhen led Meng Zhang to a hidden basement.


    When he came here, Qiu Renzhen finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Needless to say, this must be the secret stronghold of the dark guard.


    At a safe place, Qiu Renzhen and Meng Zhang began to talk in detail.


    Qiu Renzhen told Meng Zhang that the two palace masters of Xingluo palace were closed all year round and rarely asked about foreign affairs.


    Most of the daily affairs of Xingluo Palace are decided and handled by the Presbyterian Council.


    The Presbyterian Council has mastered most of the resources and strength of Xingluo palace and is responsible for maintaining the daily operation of Xingluo palace.


    Of course, the power of dark Wei, which directly belongs to the Qiu brothers, is not under the control of the Presbyterian Council.


    The visit of Xuanshui Zhenjun to Meng Zhang was also directly inspired by the two palace leaders and avoided the Presbyterian Council.


    During this time, the situation on the front line was tense due to the repeated invasion of the Hai nationality army. The Qiu brothers took turns to leave the customs and go to the front line.


    Now, sitting in the Xingluo palace is Qiu Gangfeng, the second brother of the Qiu family and the second palace master.


    This secret room is the most confidential stronghold of the dark guard.


    There is a secret short distance transmission method array built here, which can directly bypass the defense around the Xingluo palace and transmit it to the place where the two palace masters are closed.


    As Qiu Renzhen Jun, I can''t use the transmission array here easily.


    If Qiu Renzhen wants to see the two palace masters, he can go to Xingluo palace in a fair and aboveboard manner.


    Qiu Renzhen also considered Meng Zhang''s identity. His deeds were not suitable to fall into the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Moreover, the angelica dahurica bud he brought was to hide from the eyes and ears of the holy friar Ziyang.


    Although Xingluo palace is strong, it still can''t compete with Ziyang Shengzong.


    If you don''t want to completely tear your face with Ziyang Shengzong, you must not accept the traitors of Ziyang Shengzong openly.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, Qiu Renzhen led Bai Zhilei and Meng Zhang into the transmission array.


    This transmission array is very small. It can only transmit three or five people at a time.


    And the transmission distance is very short. It can only be transmitted within the main city.


    After the three of them stepped into the transmission array, Qiu Renzhen Jun threw himself into the spirit stone and began to start the transmission array.


    A flash of light flashed, and the figure of the three disappeared in situ.


    With the accomplishments of Meng Zhang and Qiu Renzhen Jun, even if they do not rely on this transmission method array, they can carry out spatial transmission.


    However, the transmission array with transmission targets set in advance has made spatial positioning, and can secretly avoid the defense array outside the Xingluo palace without disturbing anyone.


    After the transmission began, Angelica dahurica bud fell into a daze. Meng Zhang and Qiu renzhenjun clearly felt that they had entered a space tunnel.


    Logically, such a short distance space transmission should end soon.


    But after they entered the space tunnel, they found that the surrounding space seemed stagnant.


    Qiu Renzhen Jun noticed something was wrong and was just about to make an action. Meng Zhang had already made a move first.


    "Someone cast a spell to block the space transmission and fix the space tunnel."


    "Be careful. This man''s cultivation is not weak. He is shuttling through space and is ready to appear here."


    At the beginning of the transmission, Meng Zhang not only sensed the other end of the transmission array, but also found that someone was coming against them.


    If it is on weekdays, Meng Zhang may have the leisure to fight with his opponent and see his opponent''s skills.


    But when he came to Xingluo islands secretly this time, he was unwilling to reveal his whereabouts.


    And he is about to meet the Qiu brothers, and he is more reluctant to make trouble.


    Meng Zhang stamped his foot gently. The space tunnel that seemed to have stagnated suddenly returned to normal.


    Without waiting for the power transmission of the transmission array, Meng Zhang directly took Qiu Renzhen Jun and Bai Zhilei and jumped to the other end of the space.


    At this time, clouds appeared out of thin air, flooded the whole space tunnel and blocked Meng Zhang''s way.


    "Fuyunzi, this old ghost."


    Qiu Renzhen scolded with hatred.


    Fuyuanzi is the only strong man in the Yang God period in Xingluo islands except the Qiu family brothers.


    If Meng Zhang were not here today, Qiu Renzhen would have to pay a high price if he wanted to get away.


    Maybe it''s hard for him to take Angelica dahurica bud, so he can only get rid of it.


    It is said that fuyunzi''s achievement of Yang God is the result of the vigorous support of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong supported fuyunzi in order to contain the two palace masters of Xingluo palace and prevent Xingluo palace from being dominated by one family.


    Meng Zhang and Fu Yunzi have no grievances. The other party may not know his existence.


    Fu Yunzi is now trying to stop space transmission. The only targets can be Qiu Renzhen Jun and Bai Zhilei.


    Even if fuyunzi became the Yang God, he was suppressed by the Qiu family brothers on weekdays.


    The strength of the floating cloud view is far less than that of the Xingluo palace.


    Fuyunzi will not attack Qiu Renzhen for no reason, but will only accept the request or order from Ziyang Shengzong.


    It seems that Ziyang Shengzong''s penetration into Xingluo palace is really deep. Unexpectedly, he found Qiu Renzhen Jun''s action so soon and reacted immediately.

 Chapter 1590

    Qiu Ren seemed to disdain fuyunzi in his tone, but he was still very nervous in the face of the famous strong man of Yangshen period in luoqun island.


    However, Meng Zhang looked calm from beginning to end.


    Fu Yunzi has already made a move. He is still thinking about what went wrong.


    Since he came to Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang has been clean and left no trace.


    Obviously, it was Qiu Ren who leaked the news that attracted fuyunzi''s pursuit.


    I really didn''t expect that Ziyang Shengzong''s penetration into Xingluo palace would be so deep.


    Xingluo palace is a sieve, full of holes and no secrets.


    Of course, it was Fu Yunzi, not the friar of Ziyang Shengzong, which can also explain some problems.


    There were not too strong monks in Ziyang Shengzong''s residence. They were not sure enough to leave Qiu blade, so they had to let fuyunzi do it.


    Many thoughts flitted through his mind, but Meng Zhang''s action was not slow at all.


    Since he doesn''t want to expose his identity, he should leave as soon as possible to avoid a face-to-face battle with fuyunzi.


    Moreover, he had better not show his good means to avoid leaving clues to the other party.


    Seeing that the whole space tunnel has been filled with floating clouds and is almost unavoidable, Qiu Renyi gritted his teeth and was about to take out his ability to press the bottom of the box, but Meng Zhang stopped him.


    Meng Zhang released a true yuan, wrapped Qiu Ren and Bai Zhilei, jumped up gently and disappeared in the space tunnel.


    With his profound attainments on the space Avenue, Meng Zhang walked freely through the space gap and easily avoided the attack of fuyunzi.


    According to his own induction, Meng Zhang suddenly appeared at the other end of the space tunnel.


    Probably not at ease, the big fish ran away, and fuyunzi chased after them, and used all kinds of means to prepare to leave Meng Zhang and them.


    Meng Zhang came to the other end of the space tunnel. The attack from the rear was not imminent. A cold hurricane blew through the space gap, blowing countless floating clouds from the floating clouds.


    "Fu Yunzi, you are so brave that you dare to be presumptuous on our Xingluo palace territory."


    With a roar, a figure loomed in front.


    "Second palace leader, everything is a misunderstanding. Don''t be careless." fuyunzi smiled twice. Obviously he didn''t want to conflict with each other, so he turned and left directly.


    Meng Zhang and Qiu Ren left this chaotic space from the other end of the space tunnel.


    When they appeared, they appeared in a tall palace.


    At their feet, there is another corresponding transmission array.


    A tall and powerful old man with a beautiful beard stood facing them with his hands down.


    Seeing the old man, Qiu Ren hurried forward to salute.


    "I paid a visit to the second master. The disciple was incompetent and almost missed the big event."


    "Fuyunzi, the old boy bullies the small with the big. It''s a fault of war."


    The old man comforted Qiu and took the initiative to look at Meng Zhang.


    "Your Excellency is leader Meng. Fortunately, leader Meng is here this time, so they can wait until I do it."


    "Headmaster Meng, please wait a moment. I''ve arranged for the little girl first, and we''ll talk slowly."


    This old man is Qiu Gangfeng, the second leader of Xingluo palace.


    After tossing for so long, Meng Zhang finally met the Lord.


    Meng Zhang maintained enough respect for his fellow monks.


    He gestured to Qiu Gangfeng to help himself.


    Qiu Gangfeng trades in a boy and asks him to entertain Meng Zhang, while he leaves here with Qiu Ren and Bai Zhilei.


    The palace is located in the core of Xingluo palace. It is a private place for the two palace masters to practice in seclusion on weekdays.


    Even if it''s a confidant like Qiu Ren, you''re usually not allowed to enter unless you ask.


    If it wasn''t an emergency this time, Qiu Ren wouldn''t break into here directly.


    As for the elders of Xingluo palace, they are not qualified to be close to here.


    The boy in charge of entertaining Meng Zhang asked Meng Zhang to sit down and serve him very respectfully.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long. In less than half an hour, Qiu Gangfeng appeared in the palace again.


    Qiu Gangfeng asked the boy to step down and talk to Meng Zhang.


    After his last visit to Taiyi gate, Xuanshui Zhenjun originally wanted to return to Xingluo islands through the long-distance transmission Dharma array on Ziyang Shengzong''s territory.


    But he was temporarily delayed because of one thing.


    Fortunately, he sorted out the situation of his visit to taiyimen and their conversation with Meng Zhang, and brought a trusted confidant back to Xingluo islands.


    Qiu Gangfeng received the information and knew that Meng Zhang would come and visit soon.


    So he ended his seclusion and waited quietly in the Xingluo palace.


    At the same time, he also specifically told some close friends to pay attention to the recent news.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and told Qiu Gangfeng what happened after he came to Xingluo islands.


    After hearing this, Qiu Gangfeng smiled bitterly.


    Anyone who knows that the forces he has established and worked hard for many years are infiltrated by outsiders, and he is almost out of his own control. It will not be easy in his heart.


    Everything else is fine. The dark guard is painstakingly cultivated by the Qiu brothers as an important support for a bottom card.


    Now, the tentacles of Ziyang Shengzong have gone deep into the dark guard.


    No one knows how deep Ziyang Shengzong''s penetration into Xingluo palace and how powerful his control is.


    There is no way.


    Without the support of Ziyang Shengzong, the Qiu brothers would not be able to establish the foundation of Xingluo palace and establish a foothold overseas.


    Ziyang Shengzong intervened in various affairs at the beginning of the establishment of Xingluo palace. It is inevitable that Xingluo palace was infiltrated by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even if the Qiu brothers thought of many ways later, they could not dispel the influence of Ziyang Shengzong on Xingluo palace.


    In front of Meng Zhang, an outsider, Qiu Gangfeng didn''t want to talk about these shameful things, so he turned the topic with a smile.


    For Qiu Gangfeng, even if Meng Zhang exposed his deeds at the holy sect of Ziyang, it was not a big deal.


    In this way, Meng Zhang probably had to make an alliance with Xingluo palace to fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even, Taiyi gate will attract more attention of Ziyang holy sect and greatly reduce the pressure faced by Xingluo palace.


    If the Qiu brothers were a little black and cruel, I''m afraid they would take the initiative to reveal the collusion between taiyimen and Xingluo palace, leaving Meng Zhang no other choice.


    Of course, in this way, they will certainly greatly offend Meng Zhang.


    As the strong man in the Yang God period, the Qiu brothers still try their best to take gentle measures and don''t want to offend Meng Zhang too much.


    This visit by Meng Zhang on his own initiative also shows Meng Zhang''s sincerity.


    The two talked for a while, talking very speculative.


    On the issue of Ziyang holy sect, they have many common topics.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t hide. He told Meng Zhang all the recent situation of Xingluo islands and the domestic and foreign troubles he was facing.

 Chapter 1591

    Qiu Gangfeng knew that Meng Zhang was a sensible man. He didn''t say any superfluous nonsense and directly said the real problems faced by Xingluo islands.


    For Ziyang holy sect, the Terran cultivation force on Xingluo islands is very important.


    Ziyang holy sect needs this barrier to block the soldiers of the sea clan.


    However, at the same time, Ziyang Shengzong was not very confident about the Xingluo islands, especially the Xingluo palace. He had always been wary.


    Under the leadership of the two palace masters, Xingluo palace has developed well and has strong strength despite many difficulties.


    In particular, the two palace masters of Xingluo palace have achieved Yang God for many years, and the cultivation of Yang God is about to be completed.


    Of course, the Qiu family brothers are not willing to be just a monk in the period of Yang God all their life.


    As a cultivator, they will instinctively pursue further, not to mention people like Qiu family brothers.


    In recent years, the Qiu brothers began to make secret preparations to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    With Ziyang Shengzong''s control over Xingluo islands, the Qiu brothers thought that their secret actions had not been concealed from Ziyang Shengzong''s eyes and ears.


    The practice of the Qiu brothers violated the taboo of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, it is the limit of tolerance to let the Qiu brothers become friars in the period of Yang God.


    In any case, they can''t let their brother enter the retreat period.


    Although it is said that the great energy in the period of returning to emptiness can take the initiative in the Jun dust world, it has a great impact on all aspects of the great energy in the period of returning to emptiness.


    If the Qiu brothers become the great power of returning to emptiness, they can make the Xingluo palace completely out of the control of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even, with the Xingluo palace supported by the great power of returning to emptiness, it can truly integrate all human cultivation forces in the Xingluo islands and become a rival to the Ziyang holy sect.


    A great departure from the imperial dynasty has caused great trouble to Ziyang Shengzong and seriously threatened the ruling position of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If there is another Xingluo palace, the rule of Ziyang holy sect in the north of Junchen world may be completely shaken.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong had to take decisive action.


    Meng Zhang listened to Qiu Gangfeng''s story a little carelessly. When he heard that the Qiu brothers wanted to break through the period of returning to emptiness, he suddenly became solemn.


    In the Junchen world, the great energy of returning to emptiness can really determine the existence of a situation on one side.


    Becoming a great power of returning to emptiness is also Meng Zhang''s next goal.


    Even with the taiyimen inheritance Scripture and the guidance of Tianlei shangzun, it still takes a long time for Meng Zhang to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    If the Qiu brothers can really become the great power of returning to emptiness, they will have an unprecedented impact on the situation in the north of the Junchen world.


    Taiyi gate, located in the north of Jun dust world, is also difficult to stay out of this matter.


    Ziyang Shengzong itself was restrained by the Dali imperial dynasty, and Xingluo islands faced the threat of the sea family. Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong did not directly attack the Qiu family brothers, but adopted the strategy of courtesy before soldiers.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent envoys to warn the Qiu brothers to give up the idea of breaking through to the virtual period.


    In recent years, the sea people have invaded the Xingluo islands on a large scale.


    According to convention, Ziyang holy sect should actively organize reinforcements to Xingluo islands.


    But in order to warn the Qiu brothers, Ziyang Shengzong cut off all reinforcements.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s attitude is very clear, that is, he will never allow the Qiu family brothers to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    It''s only a short time for Meng Zhang to break through the Yang God period. There is still a long way to go before he breaks through the return to emptiness period.


    Meng Zhang also won''t stop at the Yang God period. One day, he will start to impact the return to emptiness period.


    On that day, what happened to the Qiu brothers today will also fall on him.


    Even with the protection of heavenly thunder, Ziyang holy sect will not allow another sect''s return to virtual power to appear in the north of Jun dust world.


    Moreover, it is still a question mark whether Tianlei shangzun will fully support Meng Zhang and protect Meng Zhang.


    There is a reason why the rulers of the Junchen world are those holy land sects, not other forces.


    Strictly speaking, the heavenly palace is also a special holy door.


    Tianlei is famous for his great powers, but it''s not certain whether he has the ability to resist the holy door.


    Almost after hearing Qiu Gangfeng''s story, Meng Zhang had an impulse in his heart to try his best to help the Qiu brothers break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    This is by no means a hot head, but the most in line with Meng Zhang''s interests.


    Breaking through the retreat period is by no means an overnight thing. Maybe Meng Zhang broke through it first before the Qiu brothers broke through the retreat period.


    Having the Qiu brothers in front can greatly attract the attention of Ziyang Shengzong and reduce the pressure on Meng Zhang in the future.


    Moreover, if the Qiu brothers enter the retreat period first, they can also become Meng Zhang''s help when Meng Zhang breaks through in the future.


    All along, facing the terrible shadow of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang urgently needs allies.


    There is a foundation for cooperation between Meng Zhang and the Qiu brothers.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang has made a decision in his heart, he is willing to help the Qiu brothers. But he didn''t speak immediately.


    Even if the two sides want to cooperate, there are still many specific issues to discuss.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang always felt that the Qiu brothers were hiding something from themselves, and they still had a lot of secrets.


    Since the two sides want to cooperate, they must have a deeper understanding.


    The Qiu brothers are now the high Lord of Xingluo palace, but they were only unknown people from casual cultivation at first.


    Since they are ready to break through the period of returning to emptiness, they must have confidence.


    What is their confidence? Are there any other supporting forces behind them?

 Chapter 1592

    Qiu Gangfeng seemed honest, but in fact he had some reservations and didn''t tell all the secrets.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang also has some understanding.


    He has doubts about Qiu Gangfeng, and Qiu Gangfeng can''t trust him completely.


    When they were just talking, Qiu Ren suddenly rushed over.


    Qiu Ren tells Qiu Gangfeng that Xiang baizhenjun, the principal of Ziyang holy sect in Xingluo islands, came to Xingluo palace and asked to see Qiu Gangfeng.


    On weekdays, the Presbyterian Council in Xingluo palace presides over the daily affairs of Xingluo palace.


    Among these elders, many people prefer Ziyang holy sect, and some are simply the dark son of Ziyang holy sect.


    Even those elders who are loyal to the Qiu brothers will not refuse Xiang Baizhen''s request.


    So the Presbyterian Council sent someone to Qiu Gangfeng''s closed place and informed Qiu Gangfeng of the matter.


    Only then did he drive away fuyunzi and take in Angelica dahurica bud. Qiu Gangfeng was psychologically prepared for the people of Ziyang Shengzong to come to the door.


    Xiang Baizhen, as a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, commanded all the forces of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands and had a great influence on Xingluo islands.


    He came to the door in such a hurry. It seemed that he was really worried about Angelica dahurica bud.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s face is very ugly.


    First, Xingluo palace is the master of Xingluo islands. He is the master of Xingluo palace. Xiang baizhenjun came to the door so directly that he couldn''t hang on his face.


    Second, the elders of Xingluo Palace are too incompetent, and there is almost no resistance in front of Xiang Baizhen.


    They couldn''t even delay a little and brought trouble directly to themselves.


    Especially in front of Meng Zhang, an outsider, exposed these problems, which made Qiu Gangfeng very unhappy.


    However, Xiang Baizhen has a special identity. He has come to the door. Anyway, Qiu Gangfeng has to deal with it.


    In fact, with the style of Xiang Baizhen, except for the two palace masters of Yang God period, no one can stop him in Xingluo palace.


    Qiu Gang confessed to Meng Zhang and left with Qiu Ren to deal with the matter first.


    Meng Zhang recalled that when he was carrying Qiu Ren and Angelica dahurica bud for space transmission, he didn''t fight face-to-face with fuyunzi. It should be difficult for him to detect his existence.


    Later, Qiu Gangfeng appeared in time and scared fuyunzi away.


    Meng Zhang waited for less than half an hour, and Qiu Gangfeng returned here again.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s face was full of anger. He didn''t adjust until he was in front of Meng Zhang.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s questioning eyes, Qiu Gangfeng explained a few words.


    Xiang baizhenjun came to the door this time and naturally asked for baizhilei, a traitor of Ziyang Shengzong.


    He was not caught by Ziyang Shengzong on the spot, and Qiu renzhenjun and Bai Zhilei didn''t meet fuyunzi. Of course, Qiu Gangfeng came and didn''t admit it.


    What is the traitor of Ziyang Shengzong? What is Angelica dahurica bud? Anyway, Qiu Gangfeng has never heard of it, let alone seen it.


    Ziyang Shengzong wants to catch the traitor and go to other places. Don''t come and disturb his closed practice.


    Because the Tianji master sent by the door suddenly died suddenly, the Ziyang Saint friars, including Xiang baizhenjun, did not know the whereabouts of Angelica dahurica bud.


    The spy he buried in the dark guard of Xingluo palace suddenly sent an urgent message that Qiu Ren took people to one of the most secret strongholds of the dark guard. It seemed that he was ready to start the easily unusable transmission array and directly transmit it to the depths of Xingluo palace.


    Time is pressing. Xiang Baizhen Jun, who received the news, has no time to dispatch the strong of Ziyang Shengzong, and his strength is difficult to interrupt this spatial transmission.


    He was also a decisive generation, and immediately asked fuyunzi, who was a guest in Ziyang Shengzong''s residence, to make a move.


    Fuyunzi can achieve Yang God without the strong support of Ziyang holy sect.


    The floating cloud view is no different from the vassal of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After receiving Xiang baizhenjun''s request, without any hesitation, he immediately broke into the space interlayer by force with the strong strength of Yangshen period, preventing the operation of the space tunnel.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t done it, Qiu Ren would really be hard to get rid of fuyunzi''s pursuit.


    Of course, when Qiu Gangfeng appeared, fuyunzi turned and left without hesitation.


    The Qiu brothers have ruled Xingluo islands for many years and are well-known.


    When the two strong men of the Yang God period fought against the sea clan and crossed the four directions, fuyunzi was still a worthless little monk.


    Fuyunzi, who has not broken through the Yang God period for long enough, doesn''t have the courage to fight Qiu Gangfeng.


    Moreover, Fu Yunzi worked for Ziyang Shengzong in order to gain benefits. He was unwilling to fight with a strong enemy like Qiu Gangfeng.


    After fuyunzi returned, he only said that Qiu Gangfeng shot directly, and he had to retreat temporarily.


    Although Xiang baizhenjun was very dissatisfied, he didn''t say much.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s means of controlling Xingluo islands is to fight one faction and pull one faction. When attacking the Qiu family brothers, it is necessary to win over the help of fuyunzi.


    Moreover, fuyunzi is also a Yang God friar whose cultivation is far above him, and he can''t scold him directly.


    Xiang baizhenjun thought for a while and felt that even if the Qiu brothers had a different heart, they should not dare to tear their face and have a positive conflict with Ziyang Shengzong.


    So Xiang Baizhen came to the door directly and asked Qiu Gangfeng to hand over Angelica dahurica bud.


    Bai Shuang, the master of Bai Zhilei, is a dark son buried by the Qiu brothers in Ziyang holy sect many years ago.


    Over the years, the Qiu brothers have never used this dark son, and their plot is extremely far-reaching.


    Immortal Bai Shuang did not hesitate to expose his identity this time to escape from Ziyang Shengzong. Even if you die in battle, you should cover your apprentice to escape.


    The secret of Bai Zhilei is deeply involved, which is of great significance to the Qiu brothers.


    Even Xiang baizhenjun himself didn''t know the secret of Angelica dahurica bud.


    He just received the strict order from the Pope and caught the traitor Bai Zhilei at all costs.


    Xiang baizhenjun has probably been high for a long time and has developed that self righteous habit. Unexpectedly, I thought that just a few empty words and threats could make Qiu Gangfeng hand over Angelica dahurica bud.


    Qiu Gangfeng, a strong man in the Yang God period, simply played a rogue. He didn''t recognize everything and pretended to be confused.


    Anyway, he has been closed in Xingluo palace. He doesn''t know what happened outside.


    Xiang baizhenjun''s accomplishments are not as good as others. Naturally, it is impossible to take the initiative.


    Seeing that coercion and inducement were useless, he had to leave bitterly.

 Chapter 1593

    Xiang baizhenjun was sent away this time, which does not mean that this matter is over.


    Next, there must be a lot of trouble, which will come to the door one after another.


    Ziyang Shengzong will never give up on the matter of Angelica dahurica bud, but will continue to entangle. Qiu Gangfeng is more unlikely to hand over Angelica dahurica bud, but will protect it to the end.


    In the cultivation world, the strong is respected, and it all depends on the cultivation realm.


    Xiang Baizhen''s accomplishments are far inferior to Qiu Gangfeng''s, but he is arrogant and bossy in front of Qiu Gangfeng, which makes him very angry.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong had great power, and he had only temporary patience. When he came to Meng Zhang, his mood had completely returned to normal.


    Qiu Gangfeng continued to talk with Meng Zhang.


    For the pressure from Ziyang Shengzong, the Qiu brothers'' current practice is to delay as much as possible.


    They can''t tear their faces and have a positive conflict with Ziyang Shengzong. They can only bear it silently.


    As long as they delay until they break through the virtual period, all problems can be solved.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong also knows this situation and may not give them enough time to come.


    Therefore, in addition to delaying as much as possible, the Qiu brothers need to work in some other places.


    One of the measures they took was to form a secret alliance with taiyimen and obtain Meng Zhang''s help.


    Meng Zhang responded directly to Qiu Gangfeng''s words.


    Meng Zhang can help the Qiu brothers, but everything can only be done in the dark.


    Meng Zhang also did not want to have a face-to-face conflict with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Originally, Meng Zhang also planned to make a secret alliance between taiyimen and Xingluo palace.


    However, only a few days after coming to Xingluo islands, several very serious leaks occurred in Xingluo palace.


    This means that the interior of the star Luo palace has long been penetrated by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even if taiyimen and Xingluo palace form a secret alliance, it is difficult to keep it secret.


    Meng Zhang certainly did not want taiyimen to attract the attention of Ziyang Shengzong and become the target of Ziyang Shengzong at this time.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang made it clear that he himself could help secretly, but the Qiu brothers must keep it secret for him and never disclose the relevant information to the senior management of Xingluo palace.


    Although Qiu Gangfeng was a little disappointed, Meng Zhang was willing to help, which was an unexpected joy.


    He was also embarrassed by such a big problem in Xingluo palace.


    Qiu Gangfeng solemnly promised Meng Zhang that he would spend a lot of effort to rectify the interior of Xingluo palace.


    I dare not say that we should at least select a group of absolutely reliable people to completely eliminate the influence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the future, if you contact Meng Zhang and taiyimen, you will only pass through these absolutely reliable men.


    After hearing Qiu Gangfeng''s promise, Meng Zhang hesitated and gave his own promise.


    With enough confidentiality, taiyimen can properly provide some material help to Xingluo palace.


    Due to the common enemy of Ziyang Shengzong, the more they talk, the more they speculate.


    Qiu Gangfeng also revealed what their brother was trying to promote.


    The Qiu brothers selected some of the most potential friars in the Xingluo islands to help them break through the Yang God period.


    There are several more friars in the period of Yang God in Xingluo islands. Under the condition of whether the great energy of returning to emptiness can directly take action, it can greatly distract the attention of Ziyang holy sect.


    For Meng Zhang, the more monks in the Yang God period who stand opposite Ziyang Shengzong, the easier it is for him to avoid the blow of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang asked Qiu Gangfeng what he could do for him.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang did not make an oath, but reached a mutual assistance agreement orally.


    However, because of the stakeholders, they still believe in each other.


    Qiu Gangfeng also made a request impolitely.


    If possible, he''d better give some blows to the Hai nationality and reduce the pressure on the Xingluo islands.


    Qiu Wanshui, Qiu Gangfeng''s elder brother, sits on the front line and is almost unable to move in the face of the powerful marine army.


    On the surface, Qiu Gangfeng practiced in the Xingluo palace. In fact, he had to sit in the back to prevent fire in the backyard.


    If Qiu Gangfeng is not in Xingluo palace, no one can suppress fuyunzi, a friar in the period of Yang God.


    If Xiang Bai of Ziyang holy sect comes to the door, I''m afraid it''s not necessarily that the middle and senior level of the sect will directly sell the sect to him.


    The Qiu brothers must have one person in the rear to ensure the stability of the rear and provide continuous support to the front.


    Fu Yunzi is close to Ziyang Shengzong. He obeys the orders of Xingluo palace and will not obey the orders of the Qiu family brothers at all.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t come here, Qiu Gangfeng really couldn''t find a strong enough monk to go deep into the sea area controlled by the sea family for investigation.


    Without much hesitation, Meng Zhang agreed to Qiu Gangfeng''s request.


    The in-depth investigation of the sea area controlled by the Hai nationality is not only Qiu Gangfeng''s request, but also Meng Zhang''s long wanted activity.


    The powerful sea clan is not only a threat to the Xingluo islands, but also a great threat to the Daheng cultivation world with a long coastline.


    As a member of the Terran cultivator, an alien like the Hai family is naturally its own enemy.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang agreed to the first request, Qiu Gangfeng made a second request.


    The Qiu brothers secretly cultivated and fostered some reliable monks many years ago. It is expected that these friars will become the help against Ziyang Shengzong after they have achieved success in cultivation.


    Among them, there are several monks who focus on training. They have completed their cultivation in the later period of Yuanshen and are about to have the strength to impact the Yang God period.


    If the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen want to break through the Yang God period, they must have sufficient accumulation and solid foundation.


    Second, and most importantly, we must master the secret method of crossing robbery.


    Only by mastering the secret method of crossing the robbery can we survive the thunder robbery safely.


    Qiu Wanshui, the elder brother of the Qiu family, spent a lot of money to get through the thunder robbery in exchange for a secret method of getting through the robbery from Ziyang Shengzong.


    Based on the experience of the Qiu family brothers in those years, I don''t know that there are also high and low levels of robbery crossing secret methods. Different levels of robbery crossing secret methods will have a great impact on future cultivation.


    The Qiu brothers were overjoyed and very satisfied to be able to get a secret method of robbing.


    Qiu Wanshui practiced in accordance with the robbery crossing secret method given by Ziyang holy sect, and finally got through the thunder robbery.


    However, this most low-level secret method of crossing the robbery caused him irreparable damage in the thunder robbery, leaving huge sequelae.


    Although Qiu Wanshui successfully broke through the Yang God period, he lost the opportunity to go further because of the serious injury he suffered during the robbery.


    Since then, his cultivation will always stay in the Yang God period, and he can no longer advance to the empty period.


    When the Qiu brothers later learned the truth, their thoughts were really complex and difficult to understand.

 Chapter 1594

    After Qiu Wanshui broke through the Yang God period, although it was difficult to go further in the future because of the secret method of crossing robbery.


    However, the strong in the Yang God period is, after all, the strong in the Yang God period, standing higher and contacting a higher level. Before long, he slowly figured out the mystery.


    Ziyang Shengzong only took the Qiu family brothers as a tool to resist the invasion of the Hai nationality. It was already the limit for them to break through the Yang God period. How could they be allowed to have further opportunities?


    Later, the Qiu brothers spent a lot of money to get a better secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Qiu Gangfeng practiced this secret method of crossing the robbery and survived the thunder robbery safely. He not only advanced the Yang God period, but also retained further hope.


    In the years after that, Qiu Gangfeng made great efforts to practice and strive to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    At the same time, the Qiu brothers are also actively looking for ways to help Qiu Wanshui make up for his defects. I hope he can have further opportunities.


    After years of efforts, not long ago, Qiu Gang''s cultivation in the period of wind, Yang and God became more and more perfect, and began to seek a breakthrough in the period of returning to emptiness.


    However, because there are many people in Xingluo palace, this matter was leaked out and let Ziyang Shengzong know.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong began to exert pressure on Xingluo palace, trying to stop Qiu Gangfeng''s promotion.


    The large-scale invasion of the sea family gave Ziyang Shengzong a good opportunity to embarrass Xingluo palace.


    When Meng Zhang heard this, he couldn''t help looking at Qiu Gangfeng more.


    Everyone was a monk in the period of Yang God. Unexpectedly, Qiu Gangfeng walked in front of him.


    On second thought, Qiu Gangfeng has achieved Yang God for many years, and he is much older than himself. It is natural to take a step ahead on the road of cultivation.


    I just don''t know whether Qiu Wanshui has made up for the defects left during the robbery and also has the strength to break through the virtual return period?


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t mention it, and Meng Zhang didn''t ask much.


    Today is the secret Dharma of salvation practiced by Meng Zhang, which is contained in the inheritance treasure left by taiyimen in its heyday.


    This secret method is very clever and far exceeds many robbery secret methods spread in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang naturally regards it as the top secret of the sect. Where will it be taught?


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, only the legitimate friars at the core of Taiyi sect will be qualified to practice this secret Dharma in the future.


    Now Qiu Gangfeng''s question has aroused some ideas of Meng Zhang.


    Taiyimen, through the organization of Hanhai daomeng, controlled many vassal Xiuzhen forces.


    The vassal cultivation force has developed rapidly, and the number of strong people is increasing day by day.


    In the Taiyi gate, there are many highly trained monks of Keqing.


    With the development of the sect, there are more and more powerful friars inside and outside Taiyi sect, and there will be a demand for the secret method of crossing robbery.


    The top secret law of Taiyi sect cannot be taught to others. However, the needs of these people cannot be completely ignored.


    In those days, the Qing Gu Zhen Jun of the Qing Yuan sect betrayed the sect and took refuge in the Dali Dynasty for the sake of a secret method of crossing the robbery.


    The lesson is not far away. Meng Zhang had better make plans early.


    Otherwise, who knows what those great friars in the later period of Yuanshen will do in order to cross the robbery secret law.


    According to the current situation of taiyimen and the cultivation world, Meng Zhang can''t get rid of all the great friars except the direct friars of taiyimen.


    The best way is for Meng Zhang to collect a few secret methods of crossing and robbing spread in the cultivation world and put them into the sect.


    Those great friars other than the direct friars of the Taiyi sect paid a price for it from the Taiyi sect.


    With Meng Zhang''s current accomplishments and status, the level of monks contacted is very high.


    People like Tianlei shangzun who instructed him are almost at the top of the Jun dust world.


    As long as he spends more time and is willing to pay the price, he should be able to get an ordinary robbery healing secret method.


    Now, facing Qiu Gangfeng''s request, Meng Zhang thought about it and told Qiu Gangfeng.


    The secret Dharma he practiced at the beginning is a secret biography of the Taiyi sect. Only friars who practice the Taiyi sect''s inheritance skill can succeed in practicing it.


    Due to the ancestral teachings and clan rules, this secret method of crossing the robbery can never be passed on.


    Meng Zhang and Zu Xun moved out. Qiu Gangfeng naturally couldn''t continue to plead.


    Meng Zhang also agreed with the Qiu brothers'' practice of cultivating more monks in the Yang God period.


    The inside information of Taiyi gate is too shallow. The monks'' practice time is too short. There is still a long way to go before breaking through the Yang God period.


    Even if Meng Zhang and taiyimen try their best to cultivate, they can''t do it in a short time if they want to cultivate a new Yang God friar.


    Now the monks trained in Xingluo islands are closer to breaking through the Yang God period. Meng Zhang is also willing to provide some help.


    Of course, the secret method of crossing robbery is so precious that Meng Zhang will not take it out in vain even if he starts.


    After some simple bargaining, Meng Zhang said he could find a way to get the secret method of crossing the robbery, and the Qiu brothers paid a certain price in exchange.


    Although Meng Zhang did not directly complete Qiu Gangfeng''s work, he would take advantage of this time to deepen his understanding of Xingluo palace and Qiu family brothers.


    On the other hand, the matter of Angelica dahurica bud will certainly not stop at Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang stayed to see what he needed.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Qiu Gangfeng''s closed place and kept the news strictly confidential.


    Qiu Gang ordered the wind to forbid anyone to go near his closed place without his permission.


    If someone in Xingluo palace approaches here without his permission, he will not spare it.


    There are only three friars in the Yangshen period of Xingluo islands, and fuyunzi still doesn''t deal with the Qiu family brothers.


    It is rare to meet a friar of the same rank. Qiu Gangfeng actively exchanged cultivation experience with Meng Zhang and talked about metaphysics and Taoism.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang is also very eager to respond with great enthusiasm.

 Chapter 1595

    When Meng Zhang and Qiu Gangfeng talk about metaphysics and Taoism, Angelica dahurica bud often attends.


    After Qiu Gangfeng took Angelica dahurica Lei in, he directly asked her to stay with her as a boy.


    Angelica dahurica should have started to break through the golden elixir period, but it was temporarily delayed because she defected from Ziyang Shengzong.


    After coming to Qiu Gangfeng, Qiu Gangfeng attaches great importance to her.


    Based on the conditions of Xingluo palace and the bud of Angelica dahurica, there is no problem in jiedan.


    In order to protect Angelica dahurica bud, Qiu Gangfeng hides her in the depths of Xingluo palace and prevents outsiders from contacting her.


    Why did Bai Zhilei become a traitor of Ziyang Shengzong? Qiu Gangfeng didn''t say, and Meng Zhang couldn''t take the initiative to ask.


    Anyway, it''s none of his business. Meng Zhang doesn''t bother to ask too much.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation skills are excellent. He went to the heavenly palace to see the world, and was instructed by the Lord Tianlei.


    Qiu Gangfeng was able to practice in a scattered way, and his practice has reached today''s level. Naturally, he has some merits.


    Meng Zhang communicated with him and both sides gained something. Moreover, Meng Zhang felt that Qiu Gangfeng was mostly instructed by an expert.


    The pleasant communication between them did not last long, but was interrupted by the visitors of Ziyang Shengzong.


    On that day, Meng Zhang was exchanging his practice experience with Qiu Gangfeng. Qiu Gangfeng received a report from his disciples that a friar from Ziyang Shengzong came to the door.


    Qiu Gang pleaded guilty to Meng Zhang and went to receive the guests of Ziyang holy sect first.


    Shortly after Qiu Gangfeng left, Meng Zhang sensed two extremely powerful momentum rising in front of Xingluo palace.


    The two momentum collided and entangled with each other. Although it was not long, the whole Xingluo palace was disturbed.


    Even all the monks in the whole main city were frightened like small animals before the natural disaster. They stayed where they were and almost fell to the ground.


    Fortunately, the two momentum did not appear for a long time. It just collided and entangled for a while, and then disappeared automatically.


    Many friars inside and outside the Xingluo palace were shocked and uncertain. They didn''t know what had happened. Were there strong people fighting in the city?


    However, from the beginning to the end, no one came out to explain to everyone what had happened.


    Some well-informed people secretly speculate about this, but they all shut their mouths and dare not talk at will.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t let Meng Zhang wait long.


    After going out for more than an hour, he returned to Meng Zhang.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s inquiring eyes, Qiu Gangfeng pretended to smile generously.


    "Ziyang Shengzong''s guy really doesn''t shed tears when he doesn''t see the coffin. He thinks that sending a cat and dog here can make us obey."


    "Ziyang Shengzong really wants to deal with this seat. At least he should send a great power to return to emptiness."


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t give a detailed account of what had just happened, but just chatted a few words at will.


    According to what Meng Zhang had just heard, Ziyang Shengzong should have sent a friar in the period of Yang God to negotiate with Qiu Gangfeng.


    The two sides probably didn''t reach an agreement, so they started.


    Fortunately, both sides tasted it and had no idea of a war. They just tested each other.


    Qiu Gangfeng looks like this. He should not suffer.


    Ziyang Shengzong mostly suffered setbacks again.


    Next, Meng Zhang doesn''t know what kind of action Ziyang Shengzong will have.


    From Meng Zhang''s experience with Qiu Gangfeng, Qiu Gangfeng is definitely a strong one among the monks in the Yang God period.


    Monks like him, who are only one step away from the retreat period and are ready to break through the retreat period, even Ziyang Shengzong, can hardly have a way to help him.


    Ziyang Shengzong simply swallowed his anger and gave up, or continued to send strong men to subdue Qiu Gangfeng. It was really a difficult choice.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Xingluo palace for more than half a month. After that, Ziyang Shengzong never sent anyone again.


    It seems that Ziyang Shengzong really had to give up chasing Angelica dahurica Lei because he couldn''t help Qiu Gangfeng?


    During this time, Meng Zhang not only exchanged views with Qiu Gangfeng, but also learned about various intelligence of Xingluo islands through the channels of Xingluo palace.


    By the way, the yin-yang soldier he released earlier wandered around the main city to inquire about all kinds of intelligence. He came to meet Meng Zhang before Meng Zhang left.


    Seeing that the time had passed so long, he didn''t want to stay here for a long time, so he said goodbye to Qiu Gangfeng.


    This time, Qiu Gangfeng personally provided Meng Zhang with contact information in the future.


    Qiu Gangfeng repeatedly assured Meng Zhang that this set of contact information is reliable and secret enough, and there will be no previous problems.


    Meng Zhang secretly left Xingluo palace and the main city under Qiu Gangfeng''s arrangement.


    Meng Zhang''s next goal is to go to the depths of the sea to investigate the trend of the sea people.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure, left the main island of Xingluo islands and flew to the West.


    There are many islands to the west of the main island of Xingluo islands.


    These islands belong to the system of Xingluo islands. Because of the location, facing the sea people, they bear a lot of pressure on weekdays.


    A few years ago, after the sea people''s army began to invade on a large scale, many Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands organized a friar alliance. Under the personal leadership of Qiu Wanshui, they built a defense line outside Xingluo islands and fell into a long-term confrontation with the sea people''s army.


    Because of the deployment of the Hai nationality army, the monks and fishermen of Xingluo islands dare not carry out production activities such as gathering and fishing on the Sea west of the islands at will.


    Some mineral veins in the nearby waters of the Xingluo islands had to be abandoned temporarily.


    Confrontation with the Hai nationality army is not only a simple confrontation, but also a continuous small-scale battle.


    Sometimes, the Hai nationality army even organizes a large-scale attack.


    The Terran friars'' army had been greatly depleted, and the resource collection ability of Xingluo islands was greatly affected, and Ziyang Shengzong cut off all support.


    If the Xingluo islands hadn''t had some savings over the years, it would really be difficult to supply a huge army of monks to fight outside.


    Meng Zhang flew to the West over a large sea area and many large and small islands.


    A group of islands in front are connected by a large army of human friars, just like a heavy chain.


    The Terran friar army built a camp on it, arranged defense, and confronted the sea army further away.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly break into the confrontation between the two armies.


    After seeing Qiu Gangfeng, he really wanted to meet Qiu Wanshui.


    My brother is such an outstanding person. What kind of style should my brother be?


    However, Qiu Wanshui was in charge of the army. Meng Zhang, who was not willing to reveal his deeds, had to give up the idea of meeting and wait for future opportunities.


    Meng Zhang made a big circle, bypassed the confrontation area between the two armies and continued to fly to the sea area to the West.

 Chapter 1596

    From a distance, Meng Zhang glanced at the confrontation area between the two sides.


    The Hai nationality army is obviously more powerful and has an extraordinary momentum.


    On the vast sea, there are ships of the sea family army everywhere.


    There are huge warships driving on the sea and flying boats in the sky


    The Hai nationality army has a set of skills to camp on the sea.


    The camp of the sea people''s army is continuous. From a distance, it almost surrounds the Terran army camp opposite.


    A strong breath rose in the sea clan army without any disguise.


    All the other strong men are still there. Meng Zhang looks at the strong men who belong to the real dragon family.


    In contrast, the number of Terran friars is far less than their opponents, and their momentum is far worse.


    The Terran friars were almost on the defensive to block the sea clan army.


    Before Meng Zhang came here, he had heard that the sea clan was powerful, and the Terran cultivation forces in Xingluo islands insisted very hard, so they urgently needed help from the mainland.


    Now seeing the situation on the front line with his own eyes, Meng Zhang knew that it was really not easy for the Terran practitioners in Xingluo islands. Being able to persist under the pressure of the Hai nationality army for so many years and be able to attack and defend shows his extraordinary ability.


    Ziyang Shengzong has now cut off the aid to Xingluo islands to force the Qiu brothers to submit.


    The Qiu brothers will never give in easily on matters related to their own path.


    Ziyang Shengzong will not allow the Qiu brothers to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    The contradiction between the two sides is irreconcilable. Ziyang Shengzong has not provided assistance to Xingluo islands. It is really difficult for Xingluo islands to continue under the pressure of the sea army.


    As a member of the human family, Meng Zhang doesn''t want to see the Xingluo islands fall into the hands of the Hai family army, whether public or private.


    But even if he is a strong man in the Yang God period and the leader of a powerful sect like Taiyi sect, he can do little in this matter.


    Meng Zhang sighed, left here and continued to fly to the West Sea.


    After leaving the Xingluo islands, there are still many islands in the Western sea.


    These large and small islands are completely forbidden by the sea family, and there is no trace of human friars at all.


    All the way, Meng Zhang saw from the air that a group of Hai ethnic groups were constantly moving towards Xingluo islands.


    The scale of these Hai ethnic groups varies from large to small. Among the large ethnic groups, there are many strong Hai ethnic groups at the level of Yuanshen. Among the small ethnic groups, there are also many Hai ethnic soldiers.


    The concentration of the Hai ethnic groups seen by Meng Zhang along the way is a powerful force that can not be ignored.


    Many times, Meng Zhang also landed from the sky and went directly below the sea for more careful observation.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments on Shuixing Avenue are average, but with his cultivation, he can not only come and go freely in the deep sea, but also ensure enough concealment.


    There are many sea ethnic groups living on the bottom of the sea, and they rarely go to the sea when they carry out activities.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang found many Hai ethnic groups living at the bottom of the sea.


    Although Meng Zhang did not count in detail, he just made a brief note.


    Many islands on the sea have become the habitat of the sea people. Plus a larger number of sea people living on the seabed. The large number and scale of all Hai ethnic groups make Meng Zhang''s face more and more dignified.


    The sea ethnic groups he saw alone, as long as they are united, their actual strength far exceeds many Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands.


    Even if taiyimen recruits all the forces of hanhaidaomen, it is a drop in the bucket in the face of the huge marine army and can''t play a big role.


    If all the major ethnic groups of the Hai family are mobilized and the Hai family army invades the mainland regardless of the consequences, I''m afraid that only the holy door such as Ziyang Shengzong can have the power of World War I by convening many Xiuzhen forces in the north of Junchen world and uniting the human friars.


    There is such a powerful sea clan in the West Sea. There are still internal battles among the people''s cultivation forces. Meng Zhang doesn''t know what to say.


    Although after entering the West Sea, Meng Zhang has never seen the return virtual power of the Hai family or the real dragon family.


    However, he has met many powerful people of the sea family at the level of Yuanshen.


    In several places, he was aware of the existence of the strong sea people at the level of Yang God.


    However, because he didn''t want to disturb each other, Meng Zhang didn''t make an in-depth exploration, but after a rough investigation, he immediately avoided far away.


    Because he has never been to such a sea area, he is very strange to the surrounding environment and lacks space landmarks, Meng Zhang''s art of transmission is greatly limited.


    Many times, Meng Zhang used all kinds of evasive skills to travel.


    Many strong people of the Hai nationality met on the road. Meng Zhang, with his profound cultivation and enough caution, has not exposed his deeds.


    The sea area he entered can be called the territory of the sea people.


    If it is not necessary, Terran practitioners generally will not come to such a place.


    Although the Terran cultivators are the masters of the Junchen world, they have not ruled the sea enough.


    In the East China Sea, there is the Holy Land zongmen Zhenhai hall, and in the South China Sea, there are many Xiuzhen forces led by Hailing sect.


    In these two places, the Terran cultivation forces can still gain the upper hand, forcing the sea clan and the real dragon clan to the depths of the ocean, leaving them limited living space.


    However, on the west side of the sea, there is no strong enough human cultivation force to suppress, and the sea clan will only grow and accumulate more and more powerful forces.


    Meng Zhang had heard that the sea people in the depths of the sea had developed their own unique civilization.


    Compared with the cultivation civilization established by the human cultivators, the sea civilization is no less impressive in many aspects.


    Now that civilization has been established, we can''t treat the Hai nationality as a savage beast, but as an existence with enough wisdom.


    Meng Zhang finally saw something that shook him after going deep into the west of Xingluo islands for more than a month.


    On a huge Island, Haizu has built a huge factory here, which is specially used to build all kinds of war tools such as warships.


    Although we have long known that Haizu has such building ability, it is very shocking to see it with our own eyes.


    The islands are divided into different areas.


    Some areas are responsible for smelting.


    All kinds of minerals collected by the Hai nationality from the seabed have become various weapons and armor, war tools and components of warships here.


    Some areas are huge docks, crowded with marine craftsmen who build ships.


    Some areas are responsible for building flying boats.


    Some regions are responsible for building various war tools.


    ¡­¡­


    Obviously, this huge island is an important production base of the Hai nationality, providing all kinds of equipment for the Hai nationality army.

 Chapter 1597

    The fact that Haizu has such a strong production capacity is really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    In the last war with the Hai nationality army, the army was still equipped with a limited number of war tools.


    It seems that either the Hai nationality has recently obtained such production capacity, or the last army is not the direct main force of the Hai nationality.


    In any case, with so many war tools, the originally powerful marine army will only become more difficult to resist.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. It seems that the marine army, which is confronting the friars of Xingluo islands, is equipped with a lot of war tools.


    Meng Zhang suddenly felt an impulse and was ready to destroy everything on the island below.


    Destroy the construction base, destroy the logistics of the Hai nationality, and cut off the supply of the Hai nationality to the front line


    But he immediately suppressed the impulse.


    This sea area is completely under the control of the Hai nationality. Once he takes action at will and exposes his whereabouts, he will certainly lead to the pursuit of the strong of the Hai nationality.


    Meng Zhang is sure enough to get away, but if his whereabouts are exposed, it is not easy to make further investigation.


    And more importantly, with the strength of Haizu, there may be more than one such manufacturing base.


    Even if Meng Zhang destroys here, he may not have much impact on the Hai people.


    Meng Zhang wrote down this place, then continued to go to the West and began further investigation.


    Meng Zhang''s guess is right. There is really more than one manufacturing base of Hai nationality.


    Before he left the sea, he found two similar manufacturing bases.


    Meng Zhang approached secretly and made a careful observation.


    Many of the items on these manufacturing bases are still very new, and it is obvious that they have just been put into use.


    In addition, what made him angry was that many items on these manufacturing bases had a strong Terran style, which was obviously in the hands of Terran monks.


    There are many practitioners of the human race, and it is inevitable that there are good and bad. It is not surprising that some scum collude with the Hai nationality and deliver some goods to the Hai nationality.


    However, it is still too much to help the Hai nationality establish a manufacturing base on a large scale and let it have the ability to manufacture war tools on a large scale.


    This is not just a simple seller, but almost a scum among scum.


    Although it is said that practitioners pay attention to the supremacy of interests and can sell almost anything for interests, Meng Zhang still despises these guys very much.


    If the opportunity is right, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind teaching these scum.


    In the Terran territory, even in the Middle Earth where Xiuzhen civilization is highly developed, there are several Xiuzhen forces that can help the Hai people build these manufacturing bases.


    The sea clan actually colluded with a powerful Terran cultivation force, and the Terran friars are still fighting inside. Meng Zhang is a little worried about the future of the Terran cultivators.


    Meng Zhang walked around. As he expected, on an island, there were some Terran practitioners who were guiding the Hai people to create various items.


    Meng Zhang, who did not want to create new problems, held back his anger, left the sea area and continued to go deep into the West Sea.


    This time, Meng Zhang made another great discovery not long after he went deep into the West Sea.


    Below the sea, there is a long Hidden Reef, looming and winding.


    "This, this is the legendary dragon vein?"


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help talking to himself.


    The so-called dragon veins are both naturally formed and acquired.


    The natural dragon veins are often formed by the condensation of underground veins due to the special terrain.


    The acquired dragon veins are usually buried in a place, which leads to the change of the earth veins and become the so-called dragon veins.


    Both natural and acquired dragon veins have the function of gathering local Qi and condensing aura.


    In the Jun dust world, where there are dragon veins, there are often spiritual veins with a high level.


    Once the dragon vein is found in the cultivation world, it will immediately attract many cultivation forces.


    Dragon veins appeared in the sea, but they fell into the hands of the sea family or the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang can feel the real dragon breath contained in this dragon vein far away.


    Obviously, this is the dragon vein formed by the remains of a real dragon.


    Around this reef, there is a patrol team of Hai nationality patrolling day and night. No one is allowed to approach.


    If the patrol teams of these sea people are not careful to get too close, they will also be shocked and can hardly stand stably.


    The real dragon breath has an irresistible deterrent to the sea clan.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect to meet such a dragon here.


    When Meng Zhang didn''t know, when the real dragons were outside, they felt that Shouyuan would be exhausted. They would try their best to rush back to the Dragon Palace and bury themselves in the Dragon Palace.


    Only a small number of real dragons who had an accident and had no time to return to the dragon palace had to fall outside.


    In fact, the real dragon family often sends strong people to look for missing people in other places. In particular, those lineages with pure blood are absolutely not allowed to fall outside.


    But the world is changing. Even if the dragon clan is powerful, it is difficult to avoid the fall of people outside.


    The real dragon that formed the dragon vein in front of him was badly injured because he fought with the enemy.


    On the way back to the Dragon Palace, the real dragon couldn''t hold on, so it fell outside.


    The remains of the real dragon fell here. After a long time of evolution, this long dragon vein was formed.


    Not long ago, a patrol team of Hai nationality passed by and found the existence of dragon veins.


    The sea people don''t have the courage to hide the existence of dragon veins. They have to report to the dragon people honestly.


    For the time being, the dragon family couldn''t draw enough people to move this dragon vein, so they had to order Hai family Haosheng to guard and wait for the strong ones of the real dragon family to arrive.


    There is no problem with the arrangement of the dragon family. In the waters deep into the West Sea, no force dares to touch a dragon vein.


    Even if lucky people occasionally occupy the dragon vein, they must spit it out honestly in the end.


    The dragon family never thought that Meng Zhang, who was investigating the information of the sea family, came here at this juncture and was lucky to hit the dragon vein.


    Dragon veins are very rare in the cultivation world and have many magical functions.


    Especially for a family of Xiuzhen forces, the meaning of the dragon vein is even more extraordinary.


    The ability of dragon veins to gather local veins and gather Reiki can be used as the basis for the existence of a Xiuzhen sect.


    Meng Zhang read the way to build a blessed land in the inheritance Treasure Book of Taiyi gate.


    It is difficult to build a blessed land without mentioning its specific difficulty. It is difficult to collect all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures.


    Among the main materials needed to build the blessed land, one is the dragon vein.


    It is not easy to build a blessed land, but it is of great significance to a clan with many yuan God friars.

 Chapter 1598

    If heaven does not take it, it will be blamed.


    If he misses this opportunity, Meng Zhang doesn''t know when he will have the opportunity to start the dragon vein next time.


    In particular, the Dragon veins formed by the remains of the real dragon are easy to migrate, and will not cause too serious consequences after migration.


    As long as this dragon vein appears in the cultivation world, it will immediately attract many cultivation forces.


    Even if the Holy Land Sect knows, it will compete regardless of the end of identity.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that his investigation task should be almost the same to this extent.


    Anyway, the strength of the Hai clan he saw along the way not only far exceeds the forces such as Xingluo islands and taiyimen, but also may not fall to the disadvantage even for the Holy Land Sect like Ziyang Shengzong.


    For various reasons, the sea clan did not go all out to launch an attack on the Terran cultivators.


    The strength sent by the sea clan alone makes the Terran friars of Xingluo islands complain endlessly.


    Next, we need to think of other ways to deal with the powerful sea family.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, even if the Ziyang holy sect is unreliable, the heavenly palace, as the Ruling Institution of the Junchen world, can''t watch the sea clan run wild.


    Although it is said that the north of Junchen world is the territory of Ziyang holy sect, other holy sect doors generally cannot intervene.


    However, if the sea clan army invades on a large scale, it will not only harm the north of Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang thought about it in his heart. After returning this time, he went directly to the heavenly palace to find a way to communicate with the high-level officials of the heavenly palace to see what kind of constitution they have on the issue of Hai nationality.


    Of course, it''s also a matter of course to take this dragon vein before going back.


    Meng Zhang didn''t start rashly. He made full preparations before starting.


    He conducted repeated investigations in a large area of sea around the dragon vein to determine the deployment situation here.


    Around the dragon vein, there are sea clan teams guarding day and night.


    The strength of these Hai nationality teams is average. They don''t even have the strong ones at the level of Yuanshen. It''s not worth mentioning at all.


    The real difficulty is how to take this dragon vein intact.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, I dare not say that he can catch the stars and take the moon, but there is still no problem moving mountains and seas.


    However, when moving the dragon vein, it will certainly make a huge noise, which will inevitably attract the strong of the sea family and even the real dragon family.


    At this time, someone needs to protect the law.


    Meng Zhang also has to consider how to escape safely after success.


    Deep in the West Sea is the territory of the sea people and the real dragon people. They can''t fly directly to the high altitude and enter Jiutian to reach the heavenly palace.


    This is the most convenient way to escape.


    We must leave the depths of the West Sea and begin to approach the mainland before we can enter nine days from high altitude.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang has remembered many things on the way. With a new space landmark, he can send it back all the way.


    Before starting, Meng Zhang made a final investigation. After confirming that there was no big problem, he began to take action.


    Meng Zhang first summoned the wonderful of the underworld.


    Although he has been missing for a long time, Meng Zhang has been in regular contact and communication with this external avatar.


    After Meng Zhang advanced into the Yang God period, he had some natural ghosts and gods. His cultivation and strength still maintained a stable growth.


    It''s wonderful to break through the great realm. You don''t need to go through the Yang God thunder robbery like human friars. You just need step-by-step cultivation and continuous accumulation.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, Taimiao has the strength of Yang God period, which is just around the corner.


    After Tai Miao appeared, he took the initiative to take action without Meng Zhang''s order.


    It was wonderful to fly around the dragon vein, and a cold smell of death passed by. A team of Hai people nearby immediately turned into cold bodies.


    Meng Zhang flew over the dragon vein, and two black-and-white air currents flew out of the yin-yang Linghu, the magic weapon behind him, and turned into two yin-yang soldiers of the initial strength of the yuan God.


    Two yin-yang soldiers dived into the sea and soon came to the bottom of the dragon vein.


    Meng Zhang has no attainments on the road of power, but with his cultivation, he can still easily urge the brute force to move mountains and fall into the sea.


    A black-and-white air stream rose from Meng Zhang''s head, turned into a huge palm, and grabbed it at the dragon vein below.


    This palm easily grasped the middle part of the dragon vein, and then lifted it up.


    Two yin-yang soldiers exert their strength under the reef and lift it upward with all their strength to cooperate with Meng Zhang''s actions.


    The whole surrounding sea area shook violently, as if there were a big earthquake.


    The sea rolled, the sea shook, and countless creatures such as fish and shrimp fled everywhere.


    Meng Zhang grasped the key of the dragon vein and tried his best to extract it upward.


    Countless rubble fell and the whole long reef began to disintegrate.


    A long black strip was caught in the air by a giant hand, and the rubble on the reef surface collapsed, revealing the true face of the dragon vein.


    With the cooperation of two Taoist soldiers in Yuanshen period, Meng Zhang tried to integrate this dragon vein into his mustard space.


    When Meng Zhang first refined mustard space, he made a lot of money.


    Later, with the improvement of cultivation, Meng Zhang continued to invest all kinds of spiritual objects into the mustard space, and the mustard space also expanded wantonly.


    Meng Zhang''s Mustard space now not only has a vast area, but also can accommodate mountains and rivers. And in many parts of mustard space, it can be used for living creatures to survive.


    A big black hole appeared in front of Meng Zhang, which was the channel to mustard space.


    The dragon vein caught by the giant hand seemed to be shrinking, and then swallowed up by the black hole bit by bit.


    This is the deep part of the West Sea and the sea area absolutely controlled by the Hai nationality.


    Meng Zhang made such a big noise here that the sea ethnic groups living around and the sea ethnic groups patrolling around were disturbed one after another.


    Especially because there is a dragon vein here, the sea clan has deployed a strong guard force here.


    In addition to the guard team around the dragon vein, a small-scale marine army is stationed not far away.


    The location of the dragon vein changed, and the sea army soon gathered and came here.


    Too wonderful. In the Yang world, it will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth, and it can''t give full play to its full strength.


    With his current strength, he is still enough to suppress ordinary monks in the later period of Yuanshen.


    After Meng Zhang began to do it, too wonderful looked around coldly.


    Soon after, a team of Marine soldiers appeared in sight.


    There are many ghosts and gods in the underworld. Most of them are good at using the power of the avenue of death.


    Too wonderful is to go further and have deep attainments in the avenue of life and death.


    He just stood quietly in the air, and the breath of death spread silently around him.


    Those who came to the sea team did not react to what was going on, they were robbed of all their vitality.

 Chapter 1599

    Without the strength of Yuanshen series, there will be no resistance in front of the power of the avenue of life and death.


    These first Marine soldiers who came here didn''t even know what was going on, so they died in vain.


    However, this dragon vein is huge and heavy as a mountain. Meng Zhang can''t do it in a moment if he wants to fully incorporate it into his mustard space.


    With the passage of time, more and more powerful people of Hai nationality were disturbed and rushed here one after another.


    After the fall of the real dragon, the corpse falls on the earth or the sea, which gathers the power of the earth vein and condenses countless auras to form the dragon vein.


    Most dragon veins have certain spiritual existence.


    According to the specific situation of dragon veins, some are more spiritual and some are weak.


    Even if the real dragon wants to move this dragon vein, it will encounter the instinctive resistance of the dragon vein.


    Meng Zhang, a strong Terran, moved the dragon vein, which naturally led to more fierce resistance from the dragon vein.


    Bursts of terrible cries rang out and spread all the way.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had no reaction. The two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of yuan God in the early stage immediately felt a burst of upset. Their blood kept rolling in their bodies, and their whole body was agitated. Even the action of lifting the dragon vein became sluggish.


    Without the lifting force below, this huge dragon vein twisted spiritually and wanted to get out of Meng Zhang''s control.


    Meng Zhang had to strengthen the snatch and firmly grasp the dragon vein.


    Generally speaking, if the dragon vein wants to be fully formed, it needs at least the bones of the real dragon in the Yuanshen period.


    The formation of dragon veins often takes a long time, and hundreds or even thousands of years are not necessarily enough.


    The longer the time, the larger the dragon vein.


    What forms the dragon vein in front of us is the corpse of a real dragon with the strength of Yang God period.


    Although the real dragon has strong strength, the dragon vein barely took shape after falling for a short time.


    Although the power of the dragon vein itself is not very strong, the residual resentment and hatred of the real dragon in the dragon vein have not completely dissipated.


    When facing Meng Zhang, a Terran friar, the dragon vein was almost crazy. It twisted and struggled desperately, which added a lot of trouble to Meng Zhang.


    At this time, the strong people of the Hai nationality who had the strength of the Yuanshen period arrived here.


    The sea family discovered this dragon vein here and immediately reported the news to the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family ordered the Hai family Haosheng to guard the dragon vein and wait for the real dragon sent by the real dragon family to deal with it.


    The real dragon of the real dragon family didn''t arrive, but the guard of the Hai family didn''t relax.


    Although confident that in the depths of the West Sea, no one should dare to challenge the sea people and even the real dragon people, the leaders of the sea people who know the meaning of the dragon vein to the real dragon people have carried out strict defense around them.


    After the news of the Dragon pulse movement spread out, but for a moment, one by one, the strong sea people at the level of Yuanshen rushed over quickly.


    It''s wonderful. Just after killing a Yuanshen level Sea Patrol Yasha, a huge tiger shark jumped up from the bottom of the sea and rushed fiercely.


    He had just pushed the tiger shark back, and a crab would swing a pair of scissors and hang him in his position.


    Even with the strength of the late Yuanshen period, which is very close to the Yangshen period, it feels overwhelmed in the face of the strong sea people emerging one after another.


    The most important thing is too wonderful. We must keep these strong sea people in the periphery and prevent them from interfering with Meng Zhang''s spell casting.


    In this way, too wonderful has received many restrictions, many means are not easy to use, and can only fight with the enemy within a certain range.


    Meng Zhang knew that the longer the delay, the more powerful people of the sea clan appeared. If the powerful people of the sea clan appeared in the Yang God period, it would be too wonderful to resist.


    The sun and moon jewels on Meng Zhang''s head shine brightly, and the bright sun and moon divine light shines on the dragon vein.


    The dragon vein, which was struggling and twisting, suddenly lost its ability to struggle if it was hit hard.


    Meng Zhang took the time to act and was eager to integrate the dragon vein into the mustard space.


    As Meng Zhang''s incarnation outside his body, his essence is extraordinary. He has experienced many years in the underworld, experienced hundreds of battles, passed various ghosts and gods, and showed all his skills. After he came up with all his skills, his combat effectiveness is very strong.


    Ghost claws, bone etching Yin wind, Jiuyou cold flame... One powerful magic power after another was used to kill the strong people of the besieged sea family.


    Suddenly, in the Far West, there were bursts of angry dragon chants.


    At the place where the sound of dragon chanting passed, these powerful people of the sea family who had the strength of Yuanshen period felt a burst of panic, and their faces changed greatly one by one.


    Meng Zhang was also secretly surprised.


    In such a short time, the real dragon with the strength of Yang God period was startled. It was really unexpected.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s action of collecting dragon veins has also come to an end.


    In the unwilling twist of the dragon vein, the whole long dragon vein was included in the mustard space by Meng Zhang.


    Under the sign of Meng Zhang, Taimiao and two yin-yang soldiers flew into mustard space to help suppress the dragon vein.


    Too wonderful. Finally, he flew into mustard space, and the black hole in front of Meng Zhang suddenly disappeared.


    At this time, the strong man of the angry real dragon family also flew over the battlefield.


    A middle-aged man with two horns and a red face roared angrily.


    "Damn little thief, you should die for stealing dragon veins."


    With the roar of anger, dragon shaped lights and shadows fell from the sky and rushed frantically towards Meng Zhang.


    If it is on weekdays, Meng Zhang may have the leisure to have a fight with each other and try each other''s beauty.


    But this is not the time to entangle with each other.


    With the arrival of the real dragon strongman, all the strong people of the Hai nationality around are staggering and unstable.


    A few people were not determined enough, and even fell to the ground in the angry roar of the real dragon.


    The Yin and Yang Qi rolled through the sky like a peerless exercise, dissolving the attack of the real dragon.


    The two sides had just made contact, and another strong man of the Hai nationality rushed to the battlefield.


    This is a strong man of the sea family with a shark head and a human body. He is also an expert at the Yang God level.


    There is a large sea area around, which is the territory of the strong man of the sea nationality.


    The dragon vein was taken away from his territory, and he could never stay away.


    At the thought of the anger of the real dragon family and the ensuing blame, the strong man of the sea family hated Meng Zhang and could hardly wait to break Meng Zhang into pieces.


    After the strong man of Hai nationality arrived here, without a word of nonsense, he directly joined the siege of Meng Zhang.


    Facing the siege of two strong men at the same level, Meng Zhang will not stay and fight hard.


    Who knows how many powerful enemies will arrive here if the delay continues.


    Yin and yang are everywhere, dissolving the enemy''s offensive one by one.


    Meng Zhang took the opportunity to use the art of space transmission and directly transmitted it away from here.

 Chapter 1600

    Seeing Meng Zhang''s art of space transmission and jumping into the space gap, the two angry opponents did not hesitate, jumped into the space gap and chased Meng Zhang.


    As for the other strong sea people present, not to mention that most of them do not have the ability to catch up. Even if they have such ability, they also pretend to be ostriches at this time and dare not participate in the battle at this level.


    After Meng Zhang jumped into the space gap between yin and Yang, he kept jumping between different space gaps and space interlayer, constantly changing directions.


    Between the two main spaces of yin and Yang, there are many lower level incomplete spaces. As for the space gap and space interlayer, there are countless, which is like a maze.


    It is not only difficult to locate, but also encounter many dangers.


    For example, a large number of space cracks can easily cut everything.


    If the space storm breaks out from time to time, once they are accidentally involved in it, the friars in the Yuanshen period are unlucky.


    Most of these space interlayer and space gap are not very stable.


    Maybe the last moment is still good, and the next moment will completely collapse and be swallowed up by the turbulent flow of space.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang has deep attainments in space Avenue and has many experiences in space transmission.


    Between the underworld and the Yang world, he traveled many times and often wandered.


    Even so, if he is not careful, he will also encounter danger.


    Meng Zhang is ready to leave the two pursuers with the help of the special environment here.


    Continuous shuttling and jumping between different spaces is a severe test for the cultivation and mental strength of practitioners.


    The strength of the strong man of the sea nationality was not weak, but his attainments on the space Avenue were not enough. He was soon abandoned by Meng Zhang and temporarily lost in the turbulence of space.


    If there is no one to help, he will have to pay a little price to get away safely.


    Got rid of an opponent, but there was a stronger opponent chasing after him.


    This strong man from the real dragon family, named Ying Yuxing, was named the Sea Patrol king in the family book. His identity and status are very extraordinary.


    For the strong of the real dragon family, the dragon vein formed by the fall of the real dragon has great function and special significance.


    Ying Yuxing has the strength of Yang God level for many years. It is only one step away from breaking through to the realm of returning to emptiness.


    But it is this step away that has baffled many strong people of all ethnic groups.


    With Yu Xing''s accumulation and talent, as long as you practice step by step and slowly enhance the inside information, you will break through to the realm of returning to emptiness one day.


    If it''s normal, he doesn''t have to worry at all.


    The real dragon family has a long life. He has enough time to wait slowly.


    As a senior member of the true dragon family, Ying Yuxing knows many secrets that others don''t know.


    Great changes are imminent in the Junchen world. All major ethnic groups and the strong of all parties will face great challenges and opportunities.


    If you want to make a difference in the great changes and seize the opportunities, the strength of Yang Shen period is far from enough. At least you should have the strength to return to the virtual realm before you can participate in it.


    Refining and absorbing powerful dragon veins is of great benefit to the cultivation of the real dragon family.


    There are many disputes about how to deal with this dragon vein.


    Ying Yuxing''s position in the real dragon family is far from being able to do everything he wants.


    In order to compete for this dragon vein, a fierce debate broke out within the real dragon family, which almost led to fierce conflict.


    The debate has lasted for decades and has been inconclusive.


    The top leaders of the real dragon family thought that the Dragon veins were in the depths of the ocean and could not run away, so they slowly competed with each other.


    The Hai nationality, who is responsible for guarding the Dragon veins, also honestly guards the Dragon veins for decades.


    In fact, the dragon vein also plays a great role in the strong of the sea family.


    In order to avoid suspicion, the strong people of the Hai nationality who are qualified to refine and absorb the power of the dragon vein are far away from the dragon vein.


    The only real guards near the dragon vein are the ordinary soldiers of the sea clan.


    If it weren''t for the change of dragon vein, the real strong of Hai nationality would not be too close to here.


    The fallen real dragon fell on the way back to the clan when he went to the extraterritorial void and was seriously injured.


    Speaking of it, the fallen real dragon of Yang God level is still the direct elder of Yuxing.


    Of course, the number of real dragons is small, and most of them are related.


    It''s impossible. Because the real dragon is the direct elder of Ying Yuxing, the dragon vein must be handed over to him.


    Ying Yuxing paid a huge price and owed a lot of human favor in order to obtain the disposal right of this dragon vein.


    When he was about to rush here to deal with the dragon vein, Meng Zhang unexpectedly appeared first and took the dragon vein away.


    He is very important to himself and belongs to his own dragon vein. In front of him, he was taken away by the Terran friars. Ying Yuxing was almost mad.


    He has made up his mind that even if he chases the ends of the earth, he will recapture the dragon vein and kill the thief.


    Where a real dragon is strong, it is often reflected in its strong body and many magical powers and mysteries inherited by blood.


    When it comes to the understanding of heaven and earth Avenue, the real dragon really can''t compare with those excellent Terran practitioners of the same level.


    Ying Yuxing''s strength is much stronger than Meng Zhang, but his understanding of space Avenue is much worse.


    Meng Zhang not only left Ying Yuxing far behind, but almost got rid of him several times.


    Ying Yuxing was also ruthless, desperately chasing Meng Zhang''s figure.


    Relying on the strong flesh of the real dragon family and the terrible brute force, he ran amok between different space gaps and space mezzanine.


    The sharp and incomparable power of space will cut his flesh from time to time, leaving wounds of different depths on it.


    For Ying Yuxing, these injuries are just skin injuries, which do not affect his strength at all.


    Meng Zhang and Ying Yuxing fled and chased for a long time in the interlayer and gap between yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang is a fastidious man and will not bring this trouble back to the Terran controlled area.


    If Ying Yuxing is not left behind, he will not rashly return to taiyimen territory.


    If Ying Yuxing follows Meng Zhang to taiyimen territory, even if Meng Zhang finally repels Ying Yuxing, taiyimen territory will be seriously damaged.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not taken the initiative to expose his identity.


    Of course, with the intelligence ability of the real dragon family, it is not difficult to trace his identity according to Meng Zhang''s magic and Taoism.


    But for Meng Zhang, it''s good to be exposed one day late.


    Even if the other party wants revenge, he can''t find a partner until he knows his identity.


    After walking and jumping between different spaces for so long, Meng Zhang couldn''t get rid of the pursuers. Meng Zhang was a little bored and had to start thinking about other ways.

 Chapter 1601

    After running away in the space gap for a long time, Meng Zhang''s body appeared in the Yang world again.


    The place where he appeared this time was still above the sea surface of the West Sea, and it was not long ago.


    This is a huge island. It is the manufacturing base carefully built by Hai nationality, which is specially used to build various war tools.


    There are various facilities transported from the Terran side, and many professional practitioners give guidance. This base is very efficient and has created many items for equipping the marine army.


    Compared with the Terran cultivators, the sea clan army has an absolute quantitative advantage. Now with good equipment, its combat effectiveness will be greatly improved.


    Meng Zhang had something important to do before. He let this place go because he was worried that he would disturb the strong of the Hai nationality in all parties.


    Now, he is being chased and killed by Ying Yuxing, the Sea Patrol king of the real dragon family. He deliberately creates chaos, so he chose this place as the target.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his figure this time. He swaggered over the island. Before the guards of the sea clan at the bottom reacted, he began to shoot directly.


    A huge palm fell from the sky and hit the island heavily.


    Although the sea clan has carried out strict defense here, it is deep in the West Sea. The Terran friars will hardly come to this place, and the strength of defense is limited.


    The defense array on the island was automatically activated, and a light curtain suddenly appeared, covering the whole island.


    The giant hand directly patted on the light curtain, which was torn apart. The giant hand just stopped a little and continued to fall to the island.


    After a loud noise, many facilities on the island were beaten to pieces, and many sea people directly turned into meat patties.


    Looking at the huge handprint in the middle of the island, Meng Zhang was ready to continue shooting. Ying Yuxing, who had been chasing after him, appeared in front of him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to fight with him and jumped directly into the space gap.


    Ying Yuxing, with an iron face, glanced at the bottom of the mess. Without half a word of nonsense, he directly followed Meng Zhang into the space.


    Both the guardians on the island and the reinforcements who came from other places could only look at each other.


    Meng Zhang, like walking a dog, led Ying Yuxing between the underworld and the world of the sun for a long time, and temporarily left him behind.


    Meng Zhang is the gang that angered Ying Yuxing and made him lose his mind through such means.


    When Meng Zhang appeared again, he appeared over another manufacturing base of Hai nationality.


    Meng Zhang stretched out his hands, easily tore open the protective light curtain over the island, and then rushed in directly.


    He killed and destroyed everywhere on the island. When Ying Yuxing came after him, he also had a few moves with Ying Yuxing before he began to escape again.


    The aftermath of the battle between the two Yang gods directly caused great damage to the island.


    In this way, Meng Zhang kept running around between several manufacturing bases and killed a return gun many times.


    The strong guard of the sea clan was relieved to see Meng Zhang escape. Soon, Meng Zhang appeared again, killing and smashing everywhere.


    Not to mention that the strong man of the sea family who guarded him couldn''t stop him. The strong man of the dragon family like Ying Yuxing couldn''t catch up with him.


    Even if Ying Yuxing catches up with Meng Zhang, he can''t pester him. He can only watch him continue to escape.


    Ying Yuxing and Meng Zhang are strong at the same level. Even if the former is much stronger than the latter, there is no overwhelming advantage.


    The slick Meng Zhang said he would come and go.


    He was able to advance and retreat freely, which not only caused huge losses to the Hai family, but also seriously damaged several manufacturing bases, but also made Ying Yu angry and crazy.


    More and more powerful people of Hai nationality were alarmed and joined the team of chasing Meng Zhang.


    Some strong people of the Hai nationality who thought they had good strength followed Meng Zhang into the space gap.


    However, after turning for a long time, some of these pursuers were thrown away by Meng Zhang, and some encountered various dangers in the space gap, making it difficult to escape.


    Only Ying Yuxing, a strong dragon, followed Meng Zhang from beginning to end and never got rid of him.


    With the help of a sudden space storm, Meng Zhang got rid of a strong man at the level of Yang God of Hai nationality who had been with him for a long time.


    At present, only the strong ones of Yang God level in the sea family come forward to pursue. When the delay continues, I''m afraid the real dragon family will send more real dragons of Yang God level.


    Ying Yuxing was teased by Meng Zhang again and again. He was so angry that he almost lost his mind.


    Meng Zhang felt that the fire was almost ready, so he jumped into a space storm that had long been optimistic about.


    Ying Yuxing, who followed closely, jumped in without hesitation.


    Angry Ying Yuxing was in danger several times in the space storm and almost encountered Meng Zhang''s ambush.


    Ying Yuxing got rid of all dangers and dissolved Meng Zhang''s ambush with his brilliant cultivation and strong body.


    To this end, he not only consumed a lot of strength, but also unknowingly entered the depths of the space storm.


    After the two sides entangled for a long time, Meng Zhang finally got rid of Ying Yuxing who had been overwhelmed by anger by the power of this space storm.


    If Meng Zhang''s previous actions had not completely angered the other party and made the other party confused, Meng Zhang would not be easy to get rid of his opponent.


    After completely getting rid of Ying Yuxing, Meng Zhang began space transmission and directly transmitted it back to the vicinity of Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to return to Xingluo islands, but first focused on his own mustard space.


    After the dragon vein was pulled into the mustard space, it kept struggling and almost had to riot.


    The whole mustard space was made to fly and shake endlessly.


    Taimiao leads two yin-yang soldiers with the strength of Yuanshen period and has been trying to suppress this dragon vein.


    Although the real dragon that formed this dragon vein has long fallen, its resentment and strong unwilling will left before its death have been haunting.


    In particular, being locked up in Meng Zhang''s Mustard space, the residual will of the real dragon is even more unwilling.


    Too wonderful is the body of ghosts and gods. I am used to seeing similar scenes in the underworld. There are some means to deal with this residual will that is unwilling to disappear.


    Even though the real dragon had the strength of the Yang God period before his death, the strength had long disappeared after his death.


    It''s wonderful to use the secret method of the ghost road. After a long time, the residual will of the real dragon is finally consumed.


    All its resentment and unwillingness also went up in smoke.


    The dragon vein finally stopped struggling and shaking and fell quietly on the ground of mustard space.


    After Meng Zhang communicated with Taimiao, Taimiao returned to hell.


    Although the dragon vein has been quiet and nothing has changed, Meng Zhang still keeps two yin-yang soldiers in mustard space to monitor the dragon vein all the time in case of accidents.


    After all this, Meng Zhang secretly returned to the main island of Xingluo islands and came to the outside of Xingluo palace.

 Chapter 1602

    This time, without much twists and turns, Meng Zhang secretly entered Xingluo palace and directly met Qiu Gangfeng.


    As soon as they met, Qiu Gangfeng''s face was very blue, and he was in a bad mood.


    He is not aimed at Meng Zhang, but because of something else.


    It turned out that after the failure of negotiation with Xingluo Palace last time, Ziyang Shengzong began to take various measures to increase the pressure on Xingluo palace.


    It was only after Xingluo palace sent someone to inquire that immortal Xuanshui had long been detained by Ziyang Shengzong.


    In fact, not only immortal Xuanshui, there are not many monks detained by Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo palace under various pretexts.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s detention of these friars is certainly part of the plan to threaten Xingluo palace.


    If the Qiu brothers don''t bow their heads, Ziyang Shengzong has more means.


    In the past, there were many Xiuzhen forces behind Xingluo palace. In addition to Ziyang Shengzong and its subordinate Xiuzhen forces, there was also a Holy Land Sect, the Royal beast sect.


    Yubeast sect is located in the Middle Earth continent with the most developed Xiuzhen civilization. Whether it is strength or prestige, it is still above Ziyang holy sect.


    The Royal beast sect has always regarded itself as the leader of the Holy Land Sect. Except for the heavenly palace, all the other holy places seem to have to lower their heads.


    There are many contradictions between this style and the guantian Pavilion, which is also located in the Middle Earth continent.


    The friar of the Royal beast sect likes to meddle in his own affairs. He often thinks of himself as the leader of the cultivation world, and often participates in and even organizes various actions against different races.


    The Xingluo islands are isolated overseas. Is it against the sea people or what? Ziyang Shengzong is exerting more and more pressure on Xingluo palace.


    Moreover, Ziyang Shengzong seemed impatient and was ready to take direct action against Xingluo palace.


    When Qiu Gangfeng talked about these things, his face inevitably showed a trace of fatigue.


    Qiu Wanshui confronted the Hai nationality army on the front line, and all the pressure from the rear fell on him.


    Even as a strong monk in the period of Yang God, he felt more and more difficult.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to bring him bad news, but he can''t lie to him.


    Meng Zhang told Qiu Gangfeng everything he saw and heard along the way.


    There is no need to elaborate on the trivial matter that he has captured a dragon vein.


    He just said that he was discovered by the sea clan and clashed with the strong Yang gods of the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    The enemy had been thrown away by him and did not follow him to the Xingluo islands.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s identity will be discovered sooner or later. Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether the sea people and the real dragon people will be angry at Xingluo islands.


    In this regard, Qiu Gangfeng didn''t care much.


    The Xingluo islands and the sea clan are already irreconcilable enemies of life and death, and they don''t care whether they are angry or not.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, Qiu Gangfeng was not surprised.


    The strength of the sea clan is far above the Xingluo islands, which he has long known.


    The scum of the Terran colludes with the sea clan to help the sea clan establish a system and build various war tools. It''s a little unexpected, but it''s not too strange.


    Many of the Terran practitioners, out of various considerations, wish the Xingluo islands were completely occupied and destroyed in the hands of the Hai people.


    Among them, it is not entirely aimed at Xingluo islands, but hopes to add pressure to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Without the barrier of Xingluo islands, the north of Jun dust world will face the invasion of the sea family army.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong, who ruled the north of Jun dust world, really couldn''t escape.


    Even if he was reluctant, Ziyang holy sect had to send a large number of friars to fight against the sea family army.


    Although the Qiu brothers were constantly persecuted by Ziyang holy sect, Xingluo islands still had to act as a barrier for Ziyang holy sect to resist the sea clan.


    Qiu Gangfeng also told Meng Zhang that, in fact, in the Xingluo islands, some human practitioners secretly colluded with the sea clan.


    Some of these practitioners are for the sake of interests, some see the great potential of the sea family, think that the human family will lose, and look for a retreat for their own family in advance.


    If the Hai nationality army really breaks through the front line of defense, there will be no shortage of insiders and road leaders in the rear.


    Fortunately, although the army of the Hai family is strong, the ruler of the Junchen world is always a human cultivator.


    Due to various scruples, the sea family has not gone all out to attack Xingluo islands, but retained a large part of its strength.

 Chapter 1603

    What Qiu Gangfeng really cares about is whether the sea people in the depths of the West Sea continue to organize an army to provide more reinforcements to the sea people in the front line and strengthen the attack.


    According to what Meng Zhang saw and heard, although the strength of the Hai nationality in the rear is strong and the war tools are also preparing for war, he did not see the massive mobilization of the Hai nationality, but found some normal movements of the Hai nationality group and team.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, the Hai clan has no intention to expand the war for the time being.


    In fact, even if the Hai people no longer increase their troops on a large scale, the front-line forces alone have caused great pressure on the Xingluo islands.


    The sea clan doesn''t need to mobilize, just take out some details, which is enough to overwhelm the Xingluo islands.


    In history, the Xingluo islands almost fell several times in the face of the massive attack of the Hai nationality.


    It was only with the support from the mainland, such as Ziyang Shengzong, that the Hai nationality army was repulsed and the Xingluo islands were preserved.


    At present, Ziyang Shengzong''s absolute assistance to Xingluo islands is mainly to exert pressure on the Qiu brothers.


    Ziyang Shengzong also did not want to see Xingluo islands captured by the sea clan army.


    Xingluo islands is the enemy of the sea family, and Ziyang Shengzong is also the enemy of the sea family.


    The relationship between the three is complex. How the Xingluo palace deals with itself, how to deal with the pressure of the Ziyang holy sect, and how to survive all depend on the skills of the Qiu brothers.


    The Qiu brothers are not the kind of people who only know how to be tough, let alone those who don''t know how to change.


    The Qiu brothers have rich experience in how to deal with the relationship with all parties and how to survive in the cracks.


    Since Meng Zhang said that the sea clan had no tendency to expand the war, Qiu Gangfeng finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Of course, he will not completely believe his judgment because of Meng Zhang''s few words. He will certainly get more information from other sources.


    In any case, although the pressure brought by the sea clan army is great, as long as the sea clan does not continue to increase troops, the Xingluo islands can continue to persist.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s main energy will be on how to break through to the period of returning to emptiness in addition to guarding against Ziyang Shengzong.


    After talking with Qiu Gangfeng, Meng Zhang is ready to leave here and return to the mainland.


    The two have established a direct contact channel and can always maintain communication.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask Qiu Gangfeng how to deal with the new means of Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang couldn''t help with this kind of thing.


    Next, Meng Zhang wants to obtain the available rescue secret method according to the agreement with Qiu Gangfeng and help him cultivate a new monk of Yang God period.


    When he went back, because he walked through this route and established a space landmark, Meng Zhang directly performed the art of space transmission and soon transmitted it back to the great horizontal cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang briefly inspected the situation here.


    He chatted alone with Yu Boli, the leader of Jiuquhe clan.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, Jiuquhe clan will send a patrol team to enter the West Sea through the sea port and start regular patrols.


    After going deep into the West Sea and seeing the strong strength of the Hai nationality, Meng Zhang raised the threat from the sea to a higher level.


    There is a long coastline in Daheng Xiuzhen world and the Gobi desert.


    Taiyimen must organize defense to prevent the invasion of the Hai nationality army.


    Meng Zhang stayed for some time in Daheng Xiuzhen world and Gobi, focusing on the establishment of coastal defense.


    After that, he sent it back to the grass slope at the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Niu Dawei, the acting leader, handles the affairs of the sect. Meng Zhang has nothing to pay special attention to.


    Since Meng Zhang made many contents of the taiyimen inheritance Treasure Book Public in the Sutra Pavilion, the content on the construction of blessed land has become the object of attention of many high-level officials.


    A blessed land is of great strategic significance to taiyimen, which has many yuan God friars.


    Friars in the early days of Yuanshen need to absorb and refine the essence of nine days in their daily cultivation. Friars in the middle and above of Yuanshen need to absorb and refine jade qinglingji.


    In the heavenly palace, Yuqing LINGJI is circulated as money.


    With the increasing number of Yuanshen friars in taiyimen and its vassal forces, these Yuanshen friars'' demand for Yuqing LINGJI is increasing day by day.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, a monk in the period of Yang God, consumes a large amount of jade Qingling machines every time he practices.


    Taiyi sect''s ability to earn jade clear spirit machine is also improving, but the huge consumption has become the biggest burden of the sect.


    Recently, Meng Zhang has consciously reduced the frequency of cultivation, so as not to consume too many Yuqing LINGJI in a short time and cause too much pressure on the sect.


    If Meng Zhang breaks through the period of returning to emptiness, the demand for Yuqing LINGJI is even more massive.


    It is said that during the retreat period, friars can consume the jade Qingling machine piled into a mountain every time they spit.


    The best way for taiyimen to fundamentally solve the problem of insufficient Yuqing LINGJI is to have their own blessed land.


    In the blessed land, it has extremely pure and abundant aura, which can be directly absorbed and used by the yuan God Zhenjun and even the Yang God Zhenjun.


    Having a blessed land can not only greatly reduce the consumption of Yuqing LINGJI, but also add an important foundation for the sect.


    According to legend, the Holy Land Sect has its own blessed land to support so many high-level friars.


    Including Niu Dawei, they are actively running and working hard to prepare for the construction of a blessed land.


    The construction of a blessed land needs to meet very harsh conditions. Even if the whole taiyimen is consumed, it may not be successful.


    For the aspiring taiyimen friars, building a blessed land is a grand goal, which is related to the future of zongmen.


    Although Meng Zhang was not directly involved, he gave support in all aspects.


    Under the leadership of Niu Dawei, taiyimen is trying to collect all kinds of materials for the construction of blessed land.


    In addition, Li boqian, the well-known local master and the younger generation of Yuanshen friar in the gate, is conducting a survey on the territory of Taiyi gate together with Wen qiansuan, the elder generation, to find the best place to build a blessed land.


    It''s very important to choose a location for the blessed land. We need to consider all aspects. They have been busy for so long and haven''t found a suitable place yet.


    Meng Zhang ordered that Li boqian and Wen qiansuan hurried back from other places.


    When Meng Zhang showed them the dragon vein in his mustard space, they were overjoyed.


    Dragon veins are one of the main materials for the construction of blessed land. They have always been available.


    Now with the dragon vein, less than half of the main materials needed to build the blessed land have been solved.


    Mustard space accommodates the dragon vein, which also causes great pressure on Meng Zhang.


    He is going to release the dragon vein and find a place to settle temporarily in taiyimen territory.


    Where to place the dragon vein and how to place the dragon vein will not cause harm to the dragon vein, but also let the dragon vein continue to grow, which requires the professional opinions of Li boqian and Wen qiansuan.

 Chapter 1604

    Although Wen qiansuan is a senior in the school, he is also the leader of Li boqian.


    However, Wen qiansuan''s main job is array mage. The cultivation of earth master is only incidental. His main energy is still focused on the study of array.


    Li boqian was the special local division. He took the local division as the only deputy and devoted himself to research and practice.


    Li boqian has become the most authoritative land teacher in the door since he became the fourth land teacher in the advanced Yuanshen period.


    During this time, Li boqian and Wen Qian almost visited the whole taiyimen territory in order to select a site for the blessed land.


    They don''t know every corner of the territory like the back of their hands, but they also have a deep understanding.


    After a little thought, Li Bo thought of a good place to place the dragon vein.


    There is a mountainous area near maple leaf mountain city in Daheng Xiuzhen world. Although the earth atmosphere is scattered, there is a strong surge of power deep underground, which just supports this dragon vein.


    Meng Zhang listened to Li boqian''s words and carefully recalled that the place was not the place where he had obtained the opportunity to break through the later period of Yuanshen, and later destroyed shanchongzhenjun''s body and completely killed the devil fetus.


    Meng Zhang once went deep underground and had a certain understanding of it.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t know how to be a teacher, he still has a certain ability of judgment.


    And he is good at listening to others'' opinions in areas he doesn''t understand.


    Seeing Wen qiansuan nodded and said yes, Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and immediately took them to the place together.


    Next, Meng Zhang took out the dragon vein in the mustard space and placed it properly under the command of Li boqian.


    After the dragon vein is settled down, it will slowly condense the surrounding atmosphere and constantly expand itself.


    Wen qiansuan took out the array materials and arranged a large-scale magic array here to cover the whole dragon vein.


    Next, the Taiyi gate will send a team of monks, including Yuanshen Zhenjun, to garrison near the dragon vein for a long time to prevent others from approaching here.


    After all this, Meng Zhang went back to baicaopo, taiyimen Mountain Gate, and then went to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang first visited old man Yinhu.


    I haven''t seen you for some time. After they greeted each other, Meng Zhang got to the point.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request for the secret Dharma, the old man Yinhu fell into meditation.


    On the path of cultivation, the threshold and difficulty between the later stage of yuan God and the advanced stage of Yang God exceed that from the advanced stage of Yang God to the stage of returning to emptiness.


    Among them, the biggest difficulty is how to survive the Yangshen thunder robbery safely.


    The most important thing is to use the secret method of crossing robbery.


    In contrast, as long as there are no sequelae left during the robbery and there is no problem with their own foundation, the monks in the Yang God period do not have such a big threshold in the advanced return to emptiness period.


    It can be seen that the importance of the secret method of crossing robbery.


    There are very few sects and families in the cultivation world who master the secret Dharma of crossing and robbing. Including the heavenly palace, they strictly control the spread of the secret Dharma of crossing and robbing.


    Many friars in the later period of Yuanshen paid a huge price and finally could only get a low-level escape secret method.


    Even if we barely survive the thunder robbery, we will leave many hidden dangers and lose the opportunity to return to the virtual period.


    Such as Qiu Wanshui, the eldest brother of the Qiu family in Xingluo palace.


    It is really difficult to make up for these hidden dangers and get the opportunity to return to the virtual period.


    Silver pot old man''s school inherits the secret method of robbing. Naturally, he won''t easily spread it.


    With his accomplishments at this time, he is still holding a post in the heavenly palace. It is not easy to obtain a secret method of crossing robbery.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang requires that it is better to have a higher level and keep the secret method of the robber''s further opportunities, which is even more difficult.


    In order to attract thugs or support puppets, the Holy Land sects in the cultivation world often come up with the lowest secret method of crossing and robbing.


    If practitioners practice such a secret method, not only the success rate is not high, but even if they get lucky, they will not get any benefits from the natural disaster, but will leave many hidden dangers and lose the possibility of advanced return to the virtual period in the future.


    In fact, the silver pot old man needs to spend a lot of money if he wants to obtain such a low-level secret method.


    Taking the relationship between old man Yinhu and Meng Zhang at this time, he will try his best to help as long as it is not harmful to his interests.


    It is the consensus of the high-level friars in the Junchen world to limit the spread of various robbery secret methods, which is related to the control of the major Holy Land sects over the Junchen world.


    If all kinds of secret methods of crossing and robbing are widely spread, it will certainly affect the stability of the Junchen world and destroy the original ruling order.


    After thinking for a while, old man Yinhu happily agreed to help.


    The calculation of the high level of the sect in each holy place and the overall situation of the Jun dust world are none of his business.


    Since old man Yinhu is optimistic about Meng Zhang, he should try his best to make friends with him. He will help if he can.


    According to the old man Yinhu, there are many great powers of returning to emptiness in addition to the sect system of major holy places.


    Especially in recent years, there have been more and more great powers of returning to emptiness in scattered cultivation.


    Strictly speaking, Tianlei shangzun came from casual cultivation. But in the process of growing up, he was instructed and helped by his senior Tiangong.


    As an old man of silver pot, he is able to return to emptiness during casual cultivation and is willing to make friends with him.


    Silver pot old man believes that as long as he takes a little effort and pays some price, he is completely possible to obtain a not too bad secret method of robbing.


    Of course, the silver pot old man agreed to help, and Meng Zhang naturally couldn''t afford nothing.


    The secret method of crossing the robbery has no effect on the silver pot old man. He mainly acts as an intermediary to help Meng Zhang conduct transactions.


    As for the cost of trading the secret Dharma, Meng Zhang has to prepare it himself.


    Old man Yinhu is willing to help. Meng Zhang is naturally very grateful.


    Silver pot old man also reminded Meng Zhang that after a period of time, Tianlei shangzun may make some big moves. Meng Zhang should be prepared and actively work for Tianlei shangzun.


    Although old man Yinhu is not the direct subordinate of Tianlei shangzun, he is really loyal to him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang patted his chest to ensure that he would do his best to serve Tianlei shangzun. As long as he was told by the old man, he would go through fire and water.


    Old man Yinhu was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement and did not waste his time cultivating him.


    After talking with old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang left his mansion.


    It takes a little time for old man Yinhu to contact with the secret Dharma of crossing robbery.


    Because he had to wait for the news from the old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang was going to stay in the heavenly palace for the time being.


    Meng Zhang also went to mother-in-law''s residence.


    He was just a habitual past trip and didn''t expect to meet mother-in-law.


    Unexpectedly, the lead silk mother-in-law, who had left the heavenly palace for many years and hadn''t seen each other for a long time, had returned.


    Meng Zhang came to her residence. She happened to be at home.


    Meng Zhang, who was overjoyed, was welcomed into mother-in-law''s residence and saw her for a long time.

 Chapter 1605

    Not seen for many years, they have a lot to say.


    When she left, she said she was going to the Middle Earth to explore the situation of the cultivation world there.


    In its heyday, Taiyi gate perished in the hands of guantian Pavilion. Now Taiyi gate is rising again. I don''t know how guantian Pavilion reacted. This has always been Meng Zhang''s heart disease.


    Meng Zhang has been unable to make a move, and there is no reliable channel to explore the attitude of guantian Pavilion.


    After mother-in-law Qiansi knew this, she promised Meng Zhang that she would help Meng Zhang explore the attitude of guantian Pavilion towards Taiyi gate when she went to the Middle Earth mainland.


    I don''t know if mother-in-law Qiansi has finished this thing after leaving for so many years?


    Of course, it''s not easy for Meng Zhang to ask this question directly after a long time. Instead, he first asked about the recent situation of some silk pulling mothers-in-law.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi left the heavenly palace for so many years this time. She didn''t waste her time in vain, but did a great thing.


    After a brief exchange of greetings with Meng Zhang, she began to get to the point slowly.


    Mother-in-law asked Meng Zhang if he still remembered what she had mentioned that the Junchen world would usher in great changes.


    Meng Zhang kept this matter in mind and never forgot it.


    His experience over the years also seems to be vaguely confirming this matter.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not forgotten this matter, mother-in-law Qiansi nodded with satisfaction.


    Meng Zhang asked by the way, what kind of great change will affect the whole Jun dust world, and even the sects of the major holy places will be involved.


    With a mysterious smile on her face, she didn''t directly answer Meng Zhang''s question, but asked if Meng Zhang knew the origin of the fairy way in the Junchen world and the original origin of the world''s cultivation world.


    For the problems mentioned by mother-in-law Qiansi, there have been various legends in the cultivation world, and Meng Zhang has also read relevant contents from various classics.


    Nearly ten thousand years ago, an immortal came from outside and came to the Jun dust world.


    These immortals defeated and killed the gods who originally ruled the Junchen world and overturned the ruling order here.


    Then the immortals migrated a large number of Terrans from outside the sky to help the Terrans thrive and grow in the Jun dust world.


    The immortals preached wantonly among the Terrans. They not only left their own orthodoxy, but also taught and trained countless practitioners.


    The practitioners, backed by immortals, defeated the aborigines in the Jun dust world, including divine descendants, sea people and so on.


    In this process, the immortals also led the cultivators to fight against the invaders from other worlds.


    Finally, the invaders from other worlds were defeated, the aborigines of the Junchen world were wiped out, and the Terran cultivators became the new rulers of the Junchen world.


    Since then, the immortals gradually disappeared without a trace, and the heavenly palace led the major Holy Land sects to rule the whole Jun dust world.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, mother-in-law led silk nodded.


    She told Meng Zhang that what he said was not bad, but many details were too rough.


    Next, mother-in-law Qiansi told Meng Zhang in detail and added many details.


    First of all, Meng Zhang just said that immortals came to Jun dust world, but he didn''t know the origin of these immortals.


    In fact, these immortals come from a world called Lingkong fairyland.


    It is said that Lingkong fairy world is a very powerful and rich world with countless immortals.


    For thousands of years, the fairyland has been sending immortals to every corner of the void, opening up fairyland in all the world and spreading the cultivation civilization.


    In this regard, the Lingkong fairy world is the source of the fairy way of the Jun dust world, and it is also the initial source of the cultivation world here.


    The immortals established a new ruling order in the Junchen world. In order to maintain this order, they left their own inheritance.


    Although the immortals preach widely, the real core inheritance will only be left to the selected successors.


    The major holy places in the Junchen world today are the lineal inheritance left by these immortals.


    For example, the ancestor of Ziyang Shengzong is the famous Ziyang immortal.


    The founder of jiuxuan Pavilion is a domineering jiuxuan immortal.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved when he heard this.


    It''s sad that these holy land sects have been able to rule the Junchen world for so many years, and their status has never been shaken.


    In addition to the strength of these holy places, there are people above them, protected by their ancestors.


    In the cultivation world, in addition to fighting strength, we should also fight our ancestors.


    In the heyday of Taiyi gate, it was just a Yuanshen sect. It was not difficult for guantian pavilion to say that it would be destroyed.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t know what Meng Zhang was thinking. She continued to tell Meng Zhang about the origin of these holy places.


    The major Holy Land sects in Jun dust world are basically the lineal inheritance of real immortals, but there are two exceptions.


    One is the heavenly palace, which is located at the top of all holy places and nominally rules the Junchen world.


    After the sent immortals opened up fairyland and established the ruling order in all the world, the Lingkong fairyland would send people to establish the heavenly palace organization.


    The heavenly palace is an organization that rules all the world on behalf of the celestial realm to prevent immortals from starting a new stove and monopolizing one side.


    After all, in the process of conquering all worlds, the fairy world also made great efforts.


    Since it is an immortal from the fairy world, it is natural to be loyal to the fairy world forever and no dissent is allowed.


    Of course, the heavenly palace''s rule over the Jun dust world is often nominal.


    There are not many territories directly under the jurisdiction of the heavenly palace. The main part of the Junchen world is still directly ruled by the major Holy Land sects.


    However, all the Holy Land sects are nominally subject to the rule of the heavenly palace.


    The existence of the heavenly palace is also good for the Junchen world.


    The heavenly palace organized all the holy places to establish a defense system like Jiutian to defend against invaders from other worlds.


    The heavenly palace coordinates the relationship between the sects of the major holy places, and allows the human cultivators to be consistent with the outside world in the face of alien challenges.


    ¡­¡­


    In short, the heavenly palace represents the power of the celestial realm, which is beyond the doors of the major holy places and has a very special status.


    Another exception is guantian Pavilion.


    The inheritance of guantian Pavilion comes from the fairyland.


    It is said that there is a larger guantian Pavilion in the Lingkong fairy world, and it has a great influence.


    In addition, in the major worlds subordinate to the Lingkong fairy world, there are basically Tianguan pavilions.


    Generally speaking, after the immortals conquered a new world and established their rule. First, the celestial realm sent people to build the heavenly palace, and then the celestial Pavilion of the celestial realm came to build a new celestial Pavilion in this world.


    The temple of heaven regards itself as the spokesman of the way of heaven and adheres to the tenet of the sect of heaven. Its style of action has always been independent and independent, which is incompatible with the sect of other holy places.


    In many cases, guantian Pavilion will be rejected by other holy places.


    Of course, because of the deep background and strong strength of guantian Pavilion, other holy places will not easily oppose it.

 Chapter 1606

    When Meng Zhang heard that mother-in-law Qiansi mentioned the origin of guantian Pavilion, which was so big and terrible, his heart was half cold.


    Not to mention avenging the Taiyi gate in those years, it is very difficult to prevent the guantian Pavilion.


    Now the Ziyang holy sect is restrained by the Dali imperial dynasty. With a little means at will, it can make taiyimen out of breath.


    If the holy sect like guantian Pavilion really wants to eliminate the root and destroy the inheritance of Taiyi gate, what should we do?


    In the past, Taiyi gate was insignificant and was also located in the north of Jun dust world.


    There is a deep defense between the major Holy Land sects. Ziyang holy sect absolutely does not allow other holy land sects to cause trouble on their own territory.


    But now, taiyimen has become stronger and has been feared by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who has been entangled with Dali imperial dynasty, may not shut out other holy places for the sake of face and dignity.


    When mother-in-law Qiansi talked about the origin of these holy places, she listed the guantian Pavilion separately.


    She knows the grudge between guantian Pavilion and Taiyi gate. Before she went to China this time, she also promised Meng Zhang that she would help find out the information of guantian Pavilion.


    She saw Meng Zhang''s face change, guessed his thoughts and comforted him.


    First of all, although guantian Pavilion is the so-called authentic door, its style of behavior has always been strange and can not be measured by common sense.


    Guantian Pavilion exterminated Taiyi gate in its heyday. At that time, it did not pursue the remaining evils. After many years, it is unlikely to start against taiyimen again.


    Second, the Junchen world is about to change. Guantian Pavilion is in trouble and has no intention to spend energy on a mere Taiyi gate.


    Her words calmed Meng Zhang a little.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi once again mentioned that great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world. Meng Zhang is very curious about what great changes will take place in the Junchen world all over the world, so that all the holy places and sects can''t get away.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s question, Granny Qiansi smiled mysteriously.


    Even though she knew that this was a special secret room and isolated all prying eyes from the outside world, she still looked around carefully before continuing to speak.


    In those years, those immortals opened up the fairy way in the Junchen world, left the tradition, and disappeared together.


    In the near future, these immortals will appear again.


    However, this time, they are no longer partners who work together to conquer the Junchen world, but enemies who fight for life and death.


    She didn''t know what the immortals were fighting for, but she knew that they were fighting for the opportunity to become a Taoist.


    Immortals are not the end of cultivation. There is still a long way to go above immortals.


    These immortals are real immortals. Above the real immortals, there are heavenly immortals.


    Although the immortal has a long life, it is not easy to break through the realm.


    Many immortals are just real immortals until they fall, and they can''t break through to immortals all the time.


    According to the news obtained by mother-in-law Qiansi, what these immortals compete for is the opportunity to become immortals.


    The dispute over the main road is endless, and there is no human favor to talk about.


    Even the closest comrades in arms, even fellow disciples and even blood relatives, will refuse to recognize their relatives in front of the opportunity to become a Taoist, preventing me from becoming a Taoist.


    Since these immortals want to start a dispute over the main road, the holy door, as their lineal descendants, naturally can''t stay out of it.


    Maybe, during the immortal people''s war, the Holy Land sects will also have a fierce scuffle.


    Although Tiangong and guantian pavilion have no direct relationship with these immortals, they can not avoid the dispute involving the whole Jun dust world.


    In particular, guantian Pavilion, for unknown reasons, was hostile to many holy land sects and almost became the public enemy of Holy Land sects.


    If it had not been for the mutual defense and hostility between these holy places, I am afraid they would have joined forces to attack the guantian Pavilion.


    Hearing this, Meng ZhangCai was finally relieved. He didn''t have to worry about the threat from guantian Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang was dazzled and happy by the battle of immortals mentioned by mother-in-law Qiansi and the upcoming war of the Holy Land Sect.


    At the thought of such a huge scene, Meng Zhang was very excited.


    Of course, in addition to being extremely excited, Meng Zhang also had deep vigilance in his heart.


    A war of this level and scale will certainly affect the whole Jun dust world, and may turn the Jun dust world into a white land.


    It is inevitable that the earth will fall apart and the mountains and rivers will flow back.


    In the cultivation world, the great impact of the war of high-level practitioners on the surrounding environment is often called the disaster of heaven.


    When fighting with the enemy, Meng Zhang, a monk in the Yang God period, will consciously control the attack range, restrain the power of his hand and prevent it from leaking out.


    If the immortals fight regardless, the land sinks, the ocean evaporates, and the Jun dust world is broken into several pieces, it is not impossible.


    If the Junchen world is destroyed in the war, the Holy Land sects do not know whether they have the ability to protect themselves. At least Meng Zhang knows that Taiyi gate has little ability to resist such disasters.


    Taiyimen''s vast territory governs tens of millions of people, many vassal forces and a large number of disciples. How can we protect ourselves at that time?


    At the thought of this problem, Meng Zhang was depressed immediately.


    In front of her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang didn''t hide and directly said what he thought.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, mother-in-law Lansi was also silent.


    Then, she said that there must be a way to the front of the mountain, and the situation in Jun dust world may not be so bad.


    With the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, he can give greater protection to his disciples.


    Apart from other things, even if the Junchen world is completely destroyed, even if it reaches the extraterritorial void, it can also survive. Even some disciples can be sheltered.


    Meng Zhang suddenly remembered that he had seen three huge pagodas when he was ordered to contact Buddhist monks in the void last time.


    With such a pagoda, Buddhist monks migrate in the void.


    In the Junchen world, some sects have the ability to build virtual warships.


    Virtual battleships can carry a large number of people and sail in the void for a long time.


    If taiyimen has enough empty warships, even if the Junchen world is destroyed, they can take all their disciples and take refuge in other worlds.


    After staying in the heavenly palace for a long time, Meng Zhang''s vision and insight have improved a lot.


    The void is vast, and there are many worlds.


    Although there are not many big worlds like Jun dust world, there are still many ordinary worlds, especially small worlds.


    Of course, even if there are many worlds in the void, it is not easy to find a world suitable for human survival.


    But this is at least a retreat, which can be used when the Jun dust world can''t take shelter.

 Chapter 1607

    There are not many empty warships in the whole Jun dust world.


    Although Meng Zhang had seen it several times, he had no opportunity to go deep into it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, in the Junchen world, it seems that the only ones who can own empty warships are the Holy Land sects.


    The secret of the construction of the virtual battleship, the Holy Land Sect, is naturally never spread.


    In the Junchen world, no matter how much it costs, you can''t buy a void warship.


    Some, such as the Dali Dynasty, are strong enough to compete with the great power of the Holy Land zongmen, and have some special flying boats that are far inferior to the battleships in the void, but can sail briefly in the void.


    In no way can these flying boats be compared with empty warships.


    With the ability of taiyimen and mengzhang, it must be impossible to obtain virtual warships from those holy zongmen.


    Meng Zhang thought of this and asked her mother-in-law about the virtual battleship.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi clearly told Meng Zhang that the Holy Land Sect would never allow the outflow of empty warships.


    In the heavenly palace, the only batch of empty warships are also directly in the hands of the high-level officials of the heavenly palace.


    Not to mention a person like old silver pot, even Tianlei shangzun is difficult to transfer directly.


    After listening to her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang fell into silence.


    It seems that it is impossible to obtain the empty warships from the Holy Land zongmen through normal means.


    The only way is to try to contact the Dali Dynasty.


    As Meng Zhang knows, the Dali Dynasty, which has strong construction capacity, has been tirelessly developing various war tools for many years.


    The top war tools such as the void warship have long been on the development catalogue of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    I just don''t know how the development progress of Dali imperial dynasty is?


    Although the Dali imperial dynasty has never produced the finished products of the battleship in the void, the flying boat that can travel in the void can still be made.


    In addition, Meng Zhang''s Mustard space can accommodate some creatures when needed.


    Meng Zhang asked mother-in-law Qiansi again. When will it happen when the immortals open the fight and the sects of the holy places begin to fight?


    Lead silk mother-in-law did not give a clear time, but said it was not far from now.


    It is possible to be as short as hundreds of years and as long as hundreds of years.


    For Meng Zhang''s Shouyuan at this time, this time is really not very long.


    However, such a little time, if used properly, is enough for Meng Zhang and taiyimen to make all kinds of preparations.


    Lead silk mother-in-law also reminded Meng Zhang.


    The news that great changes are about to take place in Jun dust world, he''d better keep it as secret as possible and don''t let it out easily.


    So far, this news has only been secretly circulated among a small number of high-level friars.


    Of course, the Junchen world is about to change, and some signs have begun to show slowly.


    If you are a keen eyed and well-informed person, you should also be able to detect some signs.


    Apart from other things, although the holy places have been in constant dispute for many years, they still have a tacit understanding in some general directions.


    All the holy places have been working together to maintain the original ruling order of the Junchen world and jointly suppress the destroyers of the order.


    But now, the hostility towards each other has been vaguely shown among the holy places, and they are not willing to abide by the previous tacit understanding.


    In the void outside the Junchen world, it is becoming more and more difficult for the heavenly palace to organize the return to virtual power of all holy places to fight against invaders from other worlds.


    For many years, the heavenly palace has been the main force against foreign invaders, and the support of the religious sects of the major holy places is also essential.


    If the doors of the holy places are opened for internal fighting, it is really difficult to rely on the power of the heavenly palace alone to resist powerful foreign invaders.


    The heavenly palace naturally noticed this situation long ago.


    Many years ago, in addition to vigorously cultivating legitimate friars, the heavenly palace also increased the support of friars outside the holy door.


    In recent years, there have been a large number of strong people in the scattered cultivation of Jun dust world, and there have even been many great powers of returning to emptiness, which have benefited from this.


    Of course, if the sects of the holy places really fall into internal strife and no longer help the heavenly palace resist foreign invaders, these forces alone can not resist foreign invaders.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi and Meng Zhang talked about this situation, but they both felt that they could not touch this major event related to the whole Jun dust world.


    This is not that they are too selfish and have nothing to do with themselves, but that their strength is too insignificant in the struggle of different big worlds.


    Even if they want to help, it won''t help much.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking more. As the highest organization representing the Lingkong fairy world to rule the Junchen world, can''t the heavenly palace stop the upcoming great changes in the Junchen world?


    Mother-in-law Qiansi sighed. The hatred of blocking people from becoming Taoists is the greatest hatred among practitioners. It is a deep hatred that never dies.


    Even the heavenly palace has no intention to stop the immortal people''s struggle for the main road.


    The only thing Tiangong can do is to try to maintain the situation and try to keep the Junchen world when the war breaks out.


    If things can''t be done, the heavenly palace can only give up everything and just protect itself.


    With the strength of the heavenly palace, even if the Junchen world is really completely destroyed, there are some ways to get out.


    Even the heavenly palace, which represents the celestial realm, can''t stop the coming great change. The Taiyi gate really has to rely on itself.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was a little depressed, mother-in-law Qiansi told him good news.


    The great change in Jun dust world is not all bad, but there will be many opportunities.


    The greatest advantage and opportunity is the opportunity to achieve immortals, which is the competition of immortals, and others are unable to intervene.


    In addition, there are some second-class opportunities.


    These opportunities are of great benefit to practitioners, especially those in the period of returning to emptiness, which is the goal of all practitioners.


    After gaining these benefits, the practitioners in the period of returning to emptiness are likely to break through the fairyland and become real immortals.


    Those who practice truth in the period of returning to emptiness are also called virtual immortals. There is only one word difference between virtual immortals and real immortals, but there is a world difference.


    Above the immortal and below the immortal, there are two completely different life forms, and they can even be regarded as two completely different creatures.


    It is really more difficult for a virtual immortal to become a real immortal than to ascend to heaven.


    It has been nearly 10000 years since the immortals opened up the fairy way in the Junchen world.


    However, in the whole Junchen world, I don''t know how many amazing friars, including the direct biographies of the holy places, but none of them can become a real immortal.


    The greatest pursuit of virtual immortals is to become real immortals.


    After years of hard cultivation, there is no breakthrough. The opportunity to help become immortal suddenly appears. All the virtual immortals in the whole Jun dust world will be crazy about it.


    In particular, those who are called supreme beings at the top of the monks in the retreat period will do anything to seize the opportunity to become immortals.

 Chapter 1608

    When she talked about the opportunity to become an immortal, it was also difficult to restrain the yearning color on her face.


    There is also a difference between returning to emptiness and great energy.


    The return to emptiness power like mother-in-law Qiansi, who came from scattered cultivation, is at a relatively low level among all the return to emptiness power in the Jun dust world.


    A person like her can break through to the period of returning to emptiness. She is extremely lucky. It is almost impossible to achieve true immortality under normal circumstances.


    Becoming immortal and getting the Tao is almost the ultimate pursuit of every cultivator, and mother-in-law holding silk is no exception.


    Now, in the face of the opportunity to achieve true immortality, mother-in-law is almost willing to give everything.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi told Meng Zhang that when the great changes in the Jun dust world came, there might be only one chance to become an immortal. Maybe several real immortals would fight with death and fight desperately.


    There is more than one chance to achieve true immortality, which is enough to benefit many people.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has made an appointment with several colleagues. At that time, she will advance and retreat together and participate in the competition together.


    In the battle of returning to virtual power level, the friar of Yang God period is not unable to play a role.


    If the tactics are appropriate, friars in the Yang God period can not only greatly contain friars in the retreat period, but also pose a great threat to friars in the retreat period.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi was optimistic about Meng Zhang and took good care of Meng Zhang. Now Meng Zhang has entered the Yang God period, and it is time to repay human kindness.


    Although it is extremely dangerous to participate in the fight at the level of returning to virtual power, Meng Zhang will not deny the human kindness he owes.


    Meng Zhang benefited a lot from her mother-in-law in the process of growing up. He has always been grateful for this.


    If there is a chance of return, he will not refuse.


    When Meng Zhang asked what kind of opportunity it was, mother-in-law Lansi began to be vague.


    She was a little embarrassed and said that it was not her intention to hide, but that the time had not come. She didn''t know the specific details.


    One thing is certain, however, that this opportunity is real.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s experience and knowledge are far above Meng Zhang. Since she is sure, she should have no big problem.


    Meng Zhang made it clear that as long as the silk pulling mother-in-law was useful to get him, he just needed to say hello. He would go through fire and water.


    Meng Zhang''s statement satisfied her mother-in-law, thinking that her investment in that year was not wasted.


    Since Meng Zhang is on the road like this, she is not reluctant to give more benefits.


    She told Meng Zhang that if Meng Zhang could break through the period of returning to emptiness before the great changes in the Jun dust world, he would also have the opportunity to compete for the opportunity to become an immortal.


    At that time, Meng Zhang can form an equal alliance with mother-in-law Qiansi. We will work together against the enemy and divide the spoils equally after the success.


    Meng Zhang''s current cultivation is still a long way from the achievement of returning to emptiness.


    Even he himself can''t be sure whether he can break through to the virtual period in time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang must actively work in this direction.


    Breaking through to the retreat period is his next goal.


    The content of cultivation recorded in the inheritance classics collected in the door is only until the period of returning to emptiness.


    If we break through the retreat period, we need Meng Zhang to think about how to practice next.


    Meng Zhang has no clue about how to break through the realm of true immortality.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have the cultivation of returning to emptiness, so it was even more difficult to imagine becoming an immortal and getting the Tao.


    He can''t deeply realize the difficulty of becoming an immortal.


    Over the past ten thousand years, many great powers of returning to emptiness have been born in the Jun dust world.


    The frustration, powerlessness and despair that others can''t imagine when they can''t break through the realm of true immortality.


    The years that lead silk mother-in-law has achieved the retreat period are not long, and there are a large number of remaining longevity yuan, which is also not deeply understood.


    However, mother-in-law deeply knows the difficulty of becoming an immortal and must seize every opportunity.


    Meng Zhang is not determined to win the so-called opportunity to become an immortal, but he will not let it go easily.


    Meng Zhang reached an agreement with her mother-in-law and promised to take action when the great changes in the Jun dust world came.


    After talking about it, mother-in-law seemed a lot more relaxed.


    After this, her relationship with Meng Zhang became much closer, and they were their own.


    Lead silk mother-in-law also promised Meng Zhang that she would directly platform for taiyimen and even help taiyimen when needed in the future.


    Of course, we should carefully consider how to do it.


    The biggest pressure taiyimen faces at present comes from Ziyang Shengzong.


    If mother-in-law Qiansi really has too deep contact with taiyimen, I''m afraid it will lead to greater fear of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, can Da Neng directly fight in the Junchen world? Mother-in-law holding silk can provide some help to the friar of taiyimen in the emptiness.


    Since the two are allies on the same ship, Meng Zhang has no burden to ask.


    Meng Zhang hopes that mother-in-law Qiansi can help him to get some of the secret methods of crossing the robbery.


    The level of these robbing secrets should not be too low. It''s best to keep the friars who successfully survive robbing more hope.


    While making the request, Meng Zhang also mentioned the situation of Xingluo islands.


    As soon as mother-in-law Qiansi has scattered cultivation, she can become a monk in the period of returning to emptiness. She must have mastered a good secret method of robbing.


    And behind her, there was a small group.


    For this, mother-in-law didn''t hide much, but didn''t mention it much.


    She readily agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    She asked Meng Zhang to go back and wait for a few days. In a few days, she would give Meng Zhang an answer.


    After a few more words, Meng ZhangCai left.


    Meng Zhang directly returned to taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace.


    With the rapid development of Taiyi gate, there are more and more monks in Yuanshen period in the gate and among the vassal forces.


    Taiyimen not only made full use of the original residence, but also purchased new industries in the heavenly palace.


    There are enough Yuanshen monks in Taiyi gate to garrison in the heavenly palace and be responsible for all affairs.


    Taiyimen''s industry in Tiangong is also developing more and more prosperous.


    In particular, many special resources from the underworld are very popular in the heavenly palace. They have not only made a lot of profits for taiyimen, but also opened up a lot of business channels.


    Many of the Yuanshen monks in the whole Hanhai Taoist League went to the void to experience.


    These friars will go in and out of taiyimen station before and after the void experience.


    Originally, there was a little deserted small yard. People came and went, and it became crowded and very lively.


    When Meng Zhang came here, the monks saluted him one after another.


    It''s rare to come here. Meng Zhang was quite interested in talking with the stationed monks and asked about the situation of the station to see if there were any problems.


    Meng Zhang, who is interested in coming, is also willing to talk more and give some advice to the younger generation.

 Chapter 1609

    Mother-in-law Qiansi hasn''t replied to Meng Zhang yet. Old man Yinhu has news first.


    After receiving the news that old man Yinhu wanted to see him, Meng Zhang immediately went to his residence to see him.


    Silver pot old man obviously used his heart for Meng Zhang this time.


    He spent a lot of thought and human kindness, and finally got through the joint and created an opportunity for Meng Zhang to exchange for the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    The other party will not directly meet and exchange with Meng Zhang, but everything is through the intermediary of old man Yinhu.


    The other party''s condition is very simple. Use a secret method of crossing robbery to exchange three items.


    Ten thousand Yin Sha fruits, one thousand ghost face flowers and ten thick Yin trees.


    These three kinds of goods are special products produced in the depths of the underworld, which are rare in the world of Yang.


    Obviously, in recent years, taiyimen has sold a large number of specialties from the underworld, which has fallen into the eyes of those who are interested.


    In the cultivation world, all cultivation forces with some conditions will strive to explore the underworld and make painstaking efforts in the underworld.


    In fact, many cultivation forces have more or less power in the underworld.


    However, the Yin and Yang of the Yin and Yang world are separated, and it is difficult to communicate.


    Even ordinary ghosts and gods cannot easily go to the underworld without a call from the Yang world.


    Monks in the Yang world will also face many dangers when they go to the underworld.


    It is even more difficult to carry out large-scale material exchanges between the two worlds.


    If it is a small-scale and irregular material exchange, it is nothing.


    It''s very rare to bring all kinds of special products from the underworld on a large scale and regularly like taiyimen.


    Moreover, it''s very rare for Taimiao to have a strong force in the underworld, cooperate wholeheartedly with taiyimen, strive to collect all kinds of materials and deliver them to taiyimen friars at ease.


    Although outsiders do not know that Taiyi gate has the transit station of ghost Gate small world, the friars in the gate can communicate between the two worlds at less cost.


    What''s more, it''s impossible to know that Taimiao is the incarnation of Meng Zhang. He can freely travel between the underworld and the Yang world. In fact, he is a member of Taiyi gate.


    But as long as a monk with a little brain can guess, taiyimen must have a fixed channel of communication with the underworld, and this channel is also very reliable.


    Taiyi gate is in the underworld. It must have strong strength.


    In this regard, there are naturally jealous people in the cultivation world.


    However, neither Taiyi gate nor Meng Zhang is easy. Taiyi gate is located in the north of the remote Junchen world. Even if you want to make trouble with Taiyi gate, it''s not easy to come to the door.


    In addition to the religious sects of the major holy places, the cultivation world can have reliable channels to communicate with the underworld, and there are not many cultivation forces that bring a large number of underworld specialties.


    Dali Dynasty has an important base of Yin capital in the underworld. It regularly opens the channel to the capital of Yang. It can also transport a large number of specialties of the underworld.


    Dali''s imperial strength is too strong to fight against Ziyang Shengzong. Naturally, few people dare to make up their mind.


    Now there is one more taiyimen, which is actually a good thing for the whole market.


    The demand of the cultivation world for various specialties of the underworld has always been very huge.


    Taiyimen''s entry into this market has greatly alleviated the pressure of market supply.


    Apart from the Dali Dynasty, I''m afraid no force will be dissatisfied with taiyimen.


    But now the Dali Dynasty can''t protect itself, but there''s no spare strength to fight against Taiyi gate.


    In fact, Dali Dynasty has been actively making friends with taiyimen, as if it had forgotten the fact of taiyimen''s betrayal.


    I don''t know who is sacred and why so many specialties from the underworld are needed?


    However, since there is old silver pot as an intermediary, there should be no problem with the transaction.


    As the great power of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace, the silver pot old man has extraordinary strength and power. In addition, there is the care of heavenly thunder. Few people dare to deceive him for these materials.


    As the leader, Meng Zhang doesn''t pay too much attention to the details of the work in the door, but his contact with the underworld is very important. He has always been very concerned.


    Too wonderful sent his men to collect resources in the underworld and send them to the small world of the ghost gate. He still knows the specific situation.


    These three exotic flowers and fruits are all grown in the field of the underworld. At least the current taiyimen has no ability to plant them.


    Yin Sha fruit is a kind of fruit produced by the condensation of Yin Sha Qi. It is not particularly precious.


    But it is very difficult to do so much.


    Even if a large army is dispatched to search around the underworld, it will take a lot of time.


    Grimace flowers often grow in some dangerous places in the underworld. Ordinary ghosts and gods are rare in ordinary days.


    If you want to collect grimace flowers, you must go deep into dangerous places and take many risks.


    In order to collect a large number of ghost flowers, we must send a large number of ghost armies.


    In this process, the ghost army suffered heavy losses, which is inevitable.


    Both yin Shaguo and ghost face flower taiyimen have a way to start, but Meng ZhangCai feels very embarrassed because the quantity required by the other party is too large.


    Thick Yin wood, a treasure of heaven and earth, plays a great role in many aspects and is very rare in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I got one by chance and kept it well. I didn''t intend to sell it at all.


    Now the other party asks for ten thick shade trees at once. It''s really a lion''s big mouth, which also gives Meng Zhang a problem.


    The silver pot old man told Meng Zhang that the level of the robbery crossing secret method provided by the other party was not high, and there were many problems after cultivation.


    Although there is still a chance for practitioners to return to the virtual period, in fact, such a chance is not big.


    Nevertheless, Meng Zhang decided to accept the deal in exchange for the secret Dharma.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang paid a lot of materials. He almost had to mobilize a large amount of human and material resources to collect enough materials.


    In exchange for just a secret method of crossing the robbery, it seems to suffer a lot.


    However, in the transactions in the cultivation world, there are often no statements of fairness or unfairness.


    It is common to pay a huge price, even a premium, in order to get what you need.


    Although the other party''s conditions seem a little harsh, they are still within the scope of Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, the exchange for the secret method of crossing the robbery is related to the plan of he Qiu Gangfeng and the development of Taiyi gate. Even if he pays a huge price, it is completely worth it.


    Of course, it will take a long time to collect so many materials, even if it is too wonderful to drive his ghost army to make every effort.


    The other party gave Meng Zhang ten years to collect the required materials.


    Meng Zhang thought about it carefully. Ten years was a little tight, but he couldn''t do it, so he agreed to the transaction.


    With the silver pot old man as the middleman, Meng Zhang pays three kinds of materials and delivers them within ten years, he can exchange them for the designated robbery crossing secret method.


    Meng Zhang believed in the silver pot old man.


    After talking about the deal, Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen''s residence in Tiangong.

 Chapter 1610

    Everything is going well here.


    Although the other party''s conditions are a little harsh and need to spend taiyimen''s huge resources, it can at least meet the requirements of Meng Zhang.


    However, it was not so smooth for the mother-in-law who was highly expected by Meng Zhang.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the station, mother-in-law Lansi sent someone to send a message.


    She has something important to do and needs to be delayed for a long time.


    Previously, she promised to help Meng Zhang collect the secret Dharma of crossing robbery, which had to be postponed for the time being.


    While she is sorry, she hopes Meng Zhang will wait patiently for some time. She didn''t go on with the matter until she came back.


    Meng Zhang was a little disappointed. At the same time, he secretly rejoiced that he didn''t put his eggs in a basket.


    Originally, when Meng Zhang came to Tiangong this time, he was also going to report the threat from the Hai nationality to the high-level of Tiangong to see if it could attract the attention of the high-level of Tiangong and let Tiangong send forces to deal with the Hai nationality.


    Last time I met with mother-in-law Qiansi, I heard from mother-in-law Qiansi that the great changes in the Junchen world involved the opportunity to achieve immortality.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that even if he reported, he had no effect.


    All the holy places are fighting inside the door. Who still has the mind to deal with the sea clan?


    It''s very hard for the heavenly palace to resist foreign invaders. Where can we spare the strength to deal with the Hai nationality?


    Since others can''t be relied on, we have to rely on ourselves.


    In addition, the Hai clan is powerful. If you invade the Terran territory on a large scale, I''m afraid it''s not just the taiyimen family.


    In particular, most of the Xiuzhen forces along the coast were Meng Zhang, who ordered the taiyimen friars stationed in the garrison to pay attention to receiving information from mother-in-law Qiansi at any time and maintain communication with the door at any time.


    Then Meng Zhang left the heavenly palace and returned to baicaopo, the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang first handed over the matter of contacting other sects, especially the coastal sects, to the eldest disciple Niu Dawei.


    Then he entered the closed quiet room and began to communicate with the wonderful in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang survived the thunder and became a monk in the Yang God period. His wonderful cultivation also did not stop, but made rapid progress all the time.


    In terms of physical quality and root bone, Meng Zhang is even better than Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang made this external incarnation, he used a lot of precious materials.


    Later, too wonderful had a lot of opportunities in the underworld. Especially after absorbing the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods, the wonderful body has slowly transformed into the body of natural ghosts and gods.


    Now it''s wonderful. Among the ghosts and gods of the late Yuan God''s strength, they can definitely be called rare strong ones.


    Alone, he can suppress and even surpass several ghosts and gods of the same level.


    Over time, it is not difficult for him to have the strength of Yang God period.


    With the rapid progress of personal strength, the ghost army under him is also growing.


    In the underworld of the law of the jungle, it is easier for the strong to conquer the ghosts and get the refuge of many ghosts.


    Too wonderful. His men don''t have nothing, but have a good foundation.


    The ghost army he formed in those years was almost lost, but he retained a lot of backbone.


    Especially after the four Dharma protectors turned into his followers, they not only quickly raised their strength to the level of Yuanshen, but also helped him form and command the ghost army as the most loyal and reliable subordinates.


    Taimiao led this army of ghosts, plundered and fought everywhere in the underworld, and destroyed and absorbed many ghost groups.


    By supporting the war with war, the ghost army under him is becoming stronger and stronger.


    Not long ago, too wonderful defeated a group of powerful ghosts and gods, occupied a place called cold frost mountain and established a foundation.


    Taking cold frost mountain as its headquarters, Taimiao began to expand in all directions, wantonly conquered and eliminated many ghost forces.


    Wonderful, the rise in the underworld has rolled up a storm.


    Too wonderful did not expose the relationship between her family and taiyimen, but in her own name.


    Many cultivation forces in the Junchen world have a certain foundation in the underworld.


    After losing their flesh for various reasons, many Yuanshen Zhenjun will enter the underworld and turn into ghosts and gods.


    After becoming a ghost, although his temperament has changed greatly, his memory is still there. Because of the interest relationship, these ghosts and gods still retain the connection with the previous clan or family.


    Many cultivation forces have maintained a certain degree of communication with the underworld through these ghosts and gods.


    However, recently, some Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world have found that they have lost all contact with the underworld.


    The ghosts and gods transformed by the yuan God Zhenjun in the door seem to have completely disappeared.


    Before the complete fall of a few ghosts and gods, Xiangyang spread a message to the world, the hell war broke out, and the situation changed.


    On weekdays, between different ghost and God forces in the underworld, there are constant expeditions and battles often break out.


    However, as some time ago, the scale of the battle was huge, involving many forces, causing many ghosts and gods to fall, resulting in changes in some regional patterns in the underworld. There are really few precedents.


    Taimiao was chased and killed by some ghosts and gods in those years. He not only had a bad feeling for those ghosts and gods who came from the power of cultivating truth in the Yang world, but also didn''t trust them at all.


    In the foreign war, he rarely accepted the surrender of these ghosts and gods, and often liked to wipe them out completely.


    A small number of ghosts and gods under his command will also be banned by him to prevent them from rebelling.


    When Meng Zhang and too wonderful contact, too wonderful is ending a new round of expansion soon.


    After this round of expansion, he will try to reduce foreign wars, rectify his army and consolidate the occupied territory.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, has Meng Zhang''s memory and experience. It can be said to be brave and resourceful and has great leadership ability.


    Compared with those ferocious and savage ghosts and gods, ferocious and impulsive ghosts and gods are wonderful. They can definitely be called a master of strategy.


    With four Dharma protectors as the backbone of the ghost army, it can be said that it is well-trained and well-trained.


    In addition to the various weapons and armor provided by Taiyi gate, it''s wonderful. The ghost army under my hand is a rare elite in the underworld.


    In these years of external battles, the ghost army led by Taimiao is almost invincible.


    Although Taimiao is the incarnation of Meng Zhang, he can''t get unconditional help from taiyimen all the time.


    Even during the foreign war, too wonderful kept a lot of ghosts, driving them to collect all kinds of resources and transport them to the small world of the ghost gate.


    In particular, various mineral resources can be used to make various weapons and armor equipped with ghosts.


    Taiyimen makes a lot of profits by selling resources from the underworld. Of course, we should actively support Taimiao. The more powerful it is, the better it will occupy.


    With such interest ties, the relationship between the two sides has become closer and closer.

 Chapter 1611

    It''s wonderful now. And taiyimen are already very close allies.


    Not to mention that he is the incarnation of Meng Zhang, it is difficult for him and taiyimen to leave each other because of their interests.


    After this round of expansion, we have a larger territory and more men. It''s wonderful. We were ready to expand the scale of resource collection.


    Now Meng Zhang contacted him and put forward specific requirements, asking him to give priority to collecting the three resources needed. That''s wonderful. It''s necessary to make some adjustments to the original plan.


    Not long ago, Taimiao found several mineral veins near Hanshuang mountain, including gloomy iron, Yinming copper and other minerals.


    He is going to organize an army of ghosts to mine these veins and obtain all kinds of minerals.


    After these minerals are sent to Taiyi gate, the weapon hall and divine work hall of Taiyi gate will mobilize to build weapons, armor and war tools equipped with the ghost army.


    Now Meng Zhang needs three kinds of strange flowers and fruits. That''s wonderful. He can only change the original plan and send the ghost army out to spread out on the vast territory and let them search for these strange flowers and fruits with all their strength.


    Too wonderful. In order to collect the strange flowers and fruits needed by Meng Zhang as soon as possible, he even took action and joined the search team.


    After Meng Zhang finished his communication with Taimiao, he also went to the little world of ghost gate.


    After so many years of development, the small world has taken shape and has a thriving atmosphere.


    With the deepening of integration into the underworld, the rules of heaven and earth in the small world of ghost gate are closer and closer to the underworld.


    The environment here is almost similar to that of the underworld, and its attributes are almost the same as that of the underworld.


    The originally opened spiritual medicine garden and spiritual field have long been adjusted to plant spiritual objects with Yin attribute.


    In fact, all kinds of Yin resources sent by Taiyi gate to Yangshi for sale do not come from the underworld, but also from the small world of ghost gate.


    It is difficult to stably supply all kinds of resources by collection alone.


    The quality of the underworld resources produced by the ghost Gate small world is a little worse, but the advantage lies in the stable production.


    Taiyimen weapon hall and Shengong hall have established strongholds in the small world of ghost gate, which are specially used to smelt various minerals and make weapons and armor.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the small world of the ghost gate have a certain suppression on the practitioners from the Yang world.


    If living people stay in this place for a long time, they will not only find Yin erosion, but also lose life yuan.


    Therefore, the disciples of Taiyi sect stationed here take turns and change regularly.


    In fact, due to the changes in the rules of heaven and earth in the small world of ghost gate, the long-distance transmission array originally built here began to become difficult to use.


    Wen qiansuan led the friars of the array hall here many times and adjusted the long-distance transmission array in time according to the changes of the rules of heaven and earth.


    Finally, in addition to ensuring the transmission capacity of the long-distance transmission method array, the array cultivation of wenqiansuan has made great progress.


    Meng Zhang simply strolled around and was very satisfied with the situation here.


    As a transit station connecting the underworld and the Yangshi, ghost Gate small world is of great significance to taiyimen and Taimiao.


    This small world has become a very important logistics base, which plays a great role in the wonderful foreign war.


    Meng Zhang is fully supportive of Taimiao''s expansion in the underworld.


    The conditions of ghost Gate small world are limited, and it is difficult to improve manufacturing capacity.


    Meng Zhang hopes that in the next step, minerals from the underworld will be transferred through the ghost Gate small world and sent to the taiyimen Mountain Gate of Yangshi, where they will be smelted and built.


    Too wonderful. Only a few of the ghost army under his command are equipped with various weapons and armor.


    Expanding the scale of equipment as much as possible is a shortcut to quickly improve the combat effectiveness of the ghost army.


    This time, Meng Zhang realized the importance of the foundation of the underworld.


    Even, if there is a great change in the Yang world, the taiyimen friar can''t have shelter. He can temporarily escape to the underworld and seek shelter here for a short time.


    It would be great if we could establish a foundation in the underworld similar to the Yin capital of the Dali Dynasty.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao kept regular communication and told each other his vision of the underworld.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, he began to practice while waiting for Taimiao to collect resources.


    Meng Zhang knew that if he could break through the retreat period one day earlier, taiyimen would have more room for maneuver.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong won''t let him break through so easily.


    Ziyang Shengzong did not know the specific progress of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, but judged according to his cultivation time and strength.


    The average time required for friars in the Yang God period to break through to the retreat period is about 2000 years.


    According to the records of the cultivation world, it took more than 800 years for the most amazing genius to break through the Yang God period and return to the emptiness period.


    That man is the direct descendant of the Holy Land Sect. He has been fully trained by the sect since he was a child.


    Meng Zhang can be regarded as a genius even today.


    But no one will think he is qualified to be compared with the top genius of the Holy Land Sect.


    It is only one or two hundred years since Meng Zhang became a monk in the Yang God period.


    In everyone''s opinion, it will take him at least thousands of years to break through the virtual period.


    This is the most optimistic estimate.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong has not taken further action against him for the time being, but only daily pressure.


    Meng Zhang himself also knows that he has a long way to go from breaking through to returning to emptiness.


    With the lessons learned by the Qiu brothers, Meng Zhang knew that he must try his best to shorten the time from the breakthrough to the retreat period, so as to be unexpected and break the suppression of Ziyang Shengzong.


    According to the conventional practice method, Meng Zhang can hardly do this. Only by finding another way and adopting special methods can there be a glimmer of hope for success.


    As for how to do it, Meng Zhang just had a rough idea in his mind.


    Now, he seizes the time to practice, tries to lay a solid foundation and prepare for the future.


    Too wonderful. He didn''t disappoint Meng Zhang. When he devoted himself to his work, he soon achieved great results.


    The ghost army searched all over the mountains and even went deep into various cliffs and other Jedi.


    The collection of Yin Sha fruit was the most smooth and soon collected a lot. But the quantity needed is too much, and it is also the most labor-intensive.


    Grimace generally grows in some dangerous places in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I don''t hesitate to lose the ghost army. I don''t take the lives of ordinary ghosts as one thing at all.


    He forced a large number of ghosts into these dangerous places. After paying huge casualties, he began to gain slowly.


    Only thick shade wood is too rare. It encountered many difficulties in collection.


    Too wonderful, I had to pull down my face, communicate with other ghosts and gods, and offer a high reward for the acquisition, hoping to trade from other ghosts and gods.

 Chapter 1612

    During these years, Taimiao became famous because of the East and West expeditions. Among many ghosts and gods in the underworld, she is also the No. 1 figure.


    The underworld is vast and has many layers.


    The level of Taimiao and many ghosts and gods, including the Yin capital of Dali imperial dynasty, is relatively close to the Yang world and shallow.


    The history of the underworld is far older than that of the Yang world. There are countless great secrets that have existed since the creation of the world.


    It has been less than 10000 years since the immortal conquered the Junchen world and created a fairy way here.


    The immortal and his descendants mainly focused on the Yang world.


    After the immortal left the Junchen world, the Xiuzhen world never stopped exploring the underworld, but limited to various conditions, the results achieved are very limited.


    So far, most of the underworld is still a strange and unknown area for the cultivation world.


    There are still many unsolved mysteries in the underworld.


    After years of development, the proven region has formed a very complex pattern.


    Of course, the underworld is no better than the Yang world, and the power of practitioners here is not strong.


    At the shallow level of the underworld, the power of local ghosts is also very limited, and it is difficult to see the traces of natural ghosts and gods.


    In these areas, the ghosts and gods or ghosts with the strength of the late Yuan God are enough to dominate one side.


    Wonderful strength is an absolute strength among the ghosts and gods in the later period of Yuanshen.


    If the development time is not too short and the strength of his subordinates is weak, he is definitely more than this force in front of him.


    Even so, all ghosts and gods who know a little about Taimiao are unwilling to provoke him easily.


    Like ghosts and ghosts, many ghosts and gods are cruel and domineering.


    But in front of the real strong, ghosts and gods will also converge their character and become honest.


    In the face of Taimiao, I offer a high reward to buy thick shade wood. Some ghosts and gods who wanted to make friends or had other thoughts provided him with some news.


    There were even weak ghosts and gods who offered thick shade wood directly to him to seek his shelter and shelter.


    Without spending too much time, Taimiao has made great progress in collecting thick shade wood by virtue of its reputation and strength.


    Meng Zhang will keep in touch and communicate with Taimiao''s external avatar regularly. When synchronizing information, he naturally knows the progress of Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang was very proud of his decision to refine too wonderful.


    Both he and taiyimen benefited a lot from Taimiao.


    Although taiyimen is now under the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong, the external environment is still relatively peaceful for the time being.


    After the failure of the last large-scale invasion by the Hai nationality army, the coastal territory of taiyimen has not been harassed by the Hai nationality.


    Originally, there were several sea tribes, which had a certain sphere of influence in the coastal area on the other side of the Gobi, and had always maintained a confrontation with taiyimen.


    After knowing that Meng Zhang defeated the real dragon at the level of Yang God and the sea tribe army, these sea tribes soon disappeared and fled from the sphere of influence of taiyimen.


    In this case, taiyimen can focus on its own development and quickly recover the losses suffered in the war.


    Meng Zhang decided to let taiyimen tilt resources and give more support to Taimiao in the underworld.


    With the improvement of Taimiao''s cultivation, he has mastered many new abilities.


    Although those natural ghosts and gods have extraordinary talents, vast powers and terrible strength, most of them do not have a systematic way of cultivation.


    Either cultivate according to instinct, or figure out some superficial cultivation methods in the long years.


    It is the acquired ghosts and gods transformed from the original God Zhenjun, especially those who have a wise inheritance. After becoming ghosts and gods, they began to slowly study and develop skills suitable for ghosts and gods.


    The spiritual sects in the Yangshi not only actively support these studies, but also invest a lot of human and material resources to study the methods of ghost and ghost cultivation.


    After thousands of years of development, among these acquired ghosts and gods, some general skill methods began to spread.


    Among them, Dali Dynasty is said to have achieved the greatest results.


    Whether ghosts and gods or ghosts born and bred in the underworld, after taking refuge in the Dali Dynasty and being proved loyal, they can obtain some cultivation methods, which can help them continue to practice and make progress.


    It is by such means that Dali Dynasty has attracted many experts, and the strength of the Yin capital is growing day by day.


    In the cultivation world, there is a group of ghost practitioners.


    Although the ghost cultivation group is a street mouse in the cultivation world and is completely invisible, it has become a very difficult group of guys with its strange secret skills and vicious style of behavior.


    No one knows how the earliest ghost cultivation appeared and where the inheritance of ghost cultivation came from.


    Some inheritance of ghost cultivation is really suitable for ghost cultivation.


    The so-called authentic sect in the cultivation world, on the surface, wantonly pursues and kills ghost practitioners, but it is not uncommon to secretly collect the inheritance of ghost practitioners.


    Even some ghost practitioners will deliberately spread the inheritance of some ghost practitioners and let them spread secretly in the cultivation world.


    After these ghost cultivation traditions flowed into the underworld through various ways, they greatly promoted the progress of the underworld cultivation system.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding of practice in the classics he has read is the same as that of his outer incarnation.


    The wonderful root bone and understanding are better than Meng Zhang.


    Whether it is the Taiyi sect''s inheritance or the Taiyi sect''s Classics obtained from the outside world in recent years, there is no method suitable for ghosts and gods to practice. Only some of the monks in the door collected the ghost cultivation heritage.


    Taimiao integrates all kinds of inheritance, absorbs the strengths of each family, and slowly creates some dharmas suitable for the cultivation of ghosts, gods and ghosts.


    In this process, he received the full support of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, as a monk in the period of Yang God, has a strategically advantageous position and has a far-reaching vision.


    In fact, the higher the monk''s accomplishments, the more he can''t rely on the inheritance of his predecessors, but should have his own opinions and understanding. On the basis of predecessors'' inheritance, we should find a new way.


    There will be some differences in the same skill for different monks to practice.


    The higher the accomplishments of the monks, the greater the difference, and the more they have their own things.


    Meng Zhang, such a high-level friar, has a certain degree of creativity.


    Although the top level of Taiyi sect did not know that Taimiao was the incarnation of Meng Zhang, they unconditionally believed in the leader Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang believed in Taimiao and regarded it as his own person, the top level of taiyimen naturally fully accepted Taimiao.


    Many senior officials of Taiyi gate have contacts and even summon wonderful methods.


    The connection is two-way. It''s wonderful. You can also contact them.


    Taimiao also communicated with the top level of taiyimen and got a lot of help in creating Kung Fu.


    It is of great significance for Taimiao to gather wisdom and learn from the strengths of all families.

 Chapter 1613

    After years of efforts, Taimiao has established a rudimentary cultivation system for ghosts and ghosts to practice.


    He popularized this practice system among his ghost army, so that ghosts, gods and ghosts can practice, and make timely adjustments through the feedback of practitioners.


    With the improvement of this practice system, Taimiao has a new way to increase his strength.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to wonderful results.


    If it is in the Yang world, it is too wonderful to start a sect with this practice system.


    In the Yang world of the Junchen world, in addition to the Holy Land Sect and a few top sects, many seemingly invincible ancestors of the Yuanshen sect are just the accomplishments of the later Yuanshen sect.


    In the underworld, this practice system can also become a wonderful foundation for self-cultivation.


    If this practice system can be completely improved, it will be wonderful. It can be the same as the Yin capital of Dali Dynasty, so as to attract ghosts and ghosts from all sides.


    Although most of the ghosts and gods transformed from Yuanshen Zhenjun have greatly changed their personalities compared with those before transformation, they are almost two completely different people.


    However, the instinct of practitioners who pursue strength and higher realm of practice has been deeply engraved in their bones and has never been forgotten.


    Moreover, the intelligence level of ghosts and gods is very high, which basically retains the intelligence level when they are the true monarch of the yuan God.


    They understand the importance of cultivation and the choice between advance and retreat.


    Most of the ghosts born and raised in the underworld are confused and have a low level of wisdom.


    A few high-level ghosts seem to have a certain intelligence, but most of them are single-minded and have a very simple mind.


    A large number of ghosts in the underworld, especially low-level ghosts, can be forcibly tamed by brute force.


    It''s a clever ghost. It''s not easy to accept it completely.


    There are those ghosts that are so stupid that they only have the instinct to kill. It''s not easy to accept them.


    Many ghosts still instinctively pursue greater strength.


    In particular, a few smart enough guys among ghosts can communicate freely with ghosts and gods in terms of intelligence alone.


    In this way, we have the basis to attract them.


    One of the important reasons why the Yindu city of the Dali imperial dynasty was so powerful that the Holy Land sects were terrified was that it recruited troops and horses in the underworld and attracted many ghosts, gods and ghosts.


    Yindu city is so successful that it is naturally a wonderful object to emulate.


    Taimiao not only creates this practice system, but also combs and reflects on his own practice.


    Taimiao has many natural characteristics of ghosts and gods, but has created a unique cultivation method, which can be said to have the advantages of both families.


    In the last war with the sea army, Hanhai daomeng lost several Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Over the years, the Yuanshen Zhenjun, who went to the taiyimen to practice in the void, also began to suffer casualties one after another.


    This is inevitable, and Meng Zhang can accept it.


    As the leader, he is not a nanny, so he can''t guard his disciples all the time.


    Especially the friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun have enough strength and wisdom to survive and develop independently.


    Several of these casualties of the yuan God Zhenjun were destroyed, and the yuan God was barely intact.


    There are some natural materials and earth treasures that can be used to reshape the flesh in the increasingly rich library of taiyimen.


    But even the yuan God Zhenjun can''t take things from the zongmen library for no reason. In exchange for anything, you must pay enough good deeds of the sect.


    The natural materials and earth treasures that can reshape the flesh are very precious wherever in the cultivation world.


    Zhenjun, the yuan God of Taiyi sect, may also get the care of some fellow disciples. He can borrow some good works from his fellow disciples.


    It is not so easy for those Yuanshen Zhenjun, who came from the vassal force of Taiyi sect, to exchange for such natural materials and earth treasures.


    If their contribution to taiyimen is not enough, they are not even qualified to watch the exchange list of taiyimen Treasury.


    This kind of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun can''t reshape the flesh, and doesn''t want to enter reincarnation, so he has to enter the underworld and turn into ghosts and gods.


    Fortunately, too wonderful has great powers. If it is transformed into ghosts and gods with the help of too wonderful, it can retain most of its character and thoughts before transformation, so as not to change its temperament greatly.


    After being transformed into ghosts and gods, these Yuanshen Zhenjun from Taiyi gate or its vassal forces naturally became wonderful loyal men.


    With these reliable ghosts and gods, it''s wonderful to strengthen the control of the enemy''s ghost army.


    There are many disciples of Taiyi sect. Over the years, many of the disciples below the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun have lost their bodies for various reasons, leaving only the gods and souls alive.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s insistence over the years, Taiyi gate has always had a positive style.


    After the disciples lose their flesh, they are not allowed to take away other people''s flesh, let alone turn into ghost cultivation. They are only allowed to enter reincarnation.


    Too wonderful. After the rise of the underworld, Meng Zhang made some adjustments.


    In addition to entering reincarnation, those disciples who have lost their bodies for various reasons and still have gods and spirits can also be sent to Taimiao''s men, transformed into ghosts and worked for Taimiao if they like.


    After these spirits are transformed into ghosts with the help of Taimiao, they can also retain most of their memories and thoughts.


    Slowly, this policy benefited the monks of the whole Hanhai daomeng.


    No one can tell what it is like after entering reincarnation.


    Anyone who is a person does not want his consciousness to die.


    Therefore, Taimiao''s ghost army was supplemented by the spirits of the sun world.


    Of course, turning into a ghost doesn''t mean you''re immortal.


    There are also several longevity yuan of ghosts. The longevity yuan of low-level ghosts is not much more than that of human friars.


    And since he became a member of the ghost army and fell in the foreign war, it is also common.


    There are many battles and crises in the underworld, and the situation is even more dangerous than that in the Yang world.


    In addition, Shouyuan is naturally exhausted, and the spirits of monks who die will often dissipate and enter reincarnation, which is basically difficult to be transformed into ghosts.


    However, in any case, there are so many battles in the cultivation world, and the spirits of monks in the foundation building period and even the golden elixir period are relatively stable.


    As long as it is not a targeted means, after being killed by an opponent, the spirit can successfully escape many times and stay in the Yang world for a period of time.


    If such monks of Hanhai daomeng are lucky enough to be taken to Taiyi gate during this period, many will agree to enter the underworld, turn into ghosts and work under Taimiao''s command.


    Taimiao''s ghost army has enough reliable backbone to quickly change to a real army, rather than a mob of ghosts.


    (talk about the difference between ghosts and ghosts.


    Ghosts and gods are divided into natural ghosts and gods and acquired ghosts and gods.


    Natural ghosts and gods are some manifestation of the power of heaven and earth in the underworld, which is born of the real heaven and earth.


    The day after tomorrow, ghosts and gods are the true monarch of the human yuan God. After losing the body, they are transformed through various secret methods.


    There are also two types of ghosts.


    One is the condensation of Yin Qi in the underworld, which is born naturally.


    Among them, the animal form is also called ghost beast.


    The other is the soul of life.


    For example, the practitioners below the period of Yuanshen can only be transformed into ghosts after losing their flesh and leaving only gods and spirits.


    The strength of ghosts can also be improved.


    The strong among ghosts is not necessarily weaker than ghosts.)

 Chapter 1614

    Meng Zhang, who was practicing at taiyimen, suddenly received a help message from Taimiao.


    It turned out that Taimiao got a piece of information from a ghost some time ago.


    Hundreds of thousands of miles away from Hanshuang mountain, there is a huge forest.


    Among them, there is more than one thick shade wood.


    Now, the forest is occupied by several strong men and no outsiders are allowed to approach.


    It''s wonderful what kind of person it is. Naturally, I guessed that most of the ghosts and gods who provided information were not kind.


    This method is too simple. It is either killing people with a knife or driving tigers and swallowing wolves.


    Now too wonderful is collecting thick shade trees everywhere. If there are thick shade trees in that forest, he can''t ignore them.


    Whatever the ghost''s intention, at least he provided the information he needed.


    Taimiao is also proficient in space Avenue and is good at space transmission.


    He left the frost mountain alone and went to the forest to investigate.


    I didn''t spend much time on the road, so I arrived at my destination.


    It was wonderful that the ghost didn''t cheat. As expected, he found thick shade wood in the forest.


    But it''s too wonderful and careless. I didn''t expect that the guy occupying here would be so strict in defense and attach so much importance to these thick shade trees.


    That''s wonderful. I accidentally exposed my whereabouts.


    It''s wonderful. It was originally prepared to be polite before the soldiers to see if it could be exchanged peacefully.


    It never occurred to me that his words had not yet been spoken. When the other party saw him there, they immediately fought and tried to kill him.


    Too wonderful. They are also arrogant people. The two sides immediately fought.


    In a fierce fight, he retreated temporarily when he saw that he could not defeat his opponent.


    It''s wonderful. I''ve been fighting for many years. I''m good at using the army and know myself and the enemy.


    He learned about his opponent through some channels.


    The guy who occupies this forest is headed by a powerful ghost called dead wood.


    Dead wood is not only powerful, but also ambitious.


    Many years ago, he recruited a ghost named Hanshi Zhenjun as his leading military master.


    In addition, he had previously received a powerful ghost beast and three yin birds.


    These three guys all have the cultivation accomplishments in the later period of Yuanshen, and they are all strong at this level.


    It''s wonderful to fight alone. You can easily defeat any of the three.


    One against two, it''s wonderful to be unbeaten.


    One against three, too wonderful, will inevitably fall to the disadvantage.


    Not to mention, the three guys have been entrenched here for many years, and they also have a strong ghost army.


    Taimiao used to lead a ghost army on an expedition. Sometimes, in order to carry out surprise attacks or reduce the time consumed on the military road, he would rush to the vicinity of the target first and use the space magic power to open the space channel to transmit the army.


    This time, he scattered his ghost Army long ago to help Meng Zhang collect the needed resources.


    For a while, it was difficult for the army to gather.


    Second, it''s too far from Hanshuang mountain. It''s wonderful to directly open the space channel to transmit the army. I''m not sure.


    In fact, even if the laborer goes on an expedition and sends out an army of ghosts and objects to conquer here, it''s too wonderful to be sure of victory.


    Too wonderful. His ghost army is well-trained and has many war tools.


    But there are too few real top powers in the army.


    The strength of ordinary Yuanshen in the early stage and even in the middle stage of Yuanshen is really nothing in the underworld.


    At this time, it exposed the disadvantages of too wonderful, shallow foundation in the underworld and too short rise time.


    In this army of ghosts and objects, there is no other strong power in the later period of Yuanshen except too wonderful.


    Although there are many ordinary ghosts and gods, in front of the strong ones in the later period of Yuanshen, if you want to fight, you really have to take your life to fill in.


    It''s wonderful to estimate that even if he leads the army to win by luck, the army will inevitably suffer heavy casualties, and it is possible that the losses may be exhausted.


    It''s wonderful. While calculating the strength of both sides, we didn''t give up our efforts to solve the matter peacefully.


    He tried to ask two familiar ghosts and gods to act as middlemen to negotiate with the dead wood.


    Too wonderful is willing to pay enough price for the thick shade wood they have.


    He thought that the kindness was too wonderful. Not only did he not achieve his goal, Han Shizhen Jun mocked Haosheng through the mouth of the middleman.


    How wonderful! How can you swallow this evil spirit.


    In the underworld, which lacks sufficient restraint, many things seem very direct.


    That''s wonderful. If you don''t respond to the enemy''s malice, you will be regarded as weak and will cause more trouble in the future.


    That''s wonderful. Only by dealing with this matter by thunder can we keep our reputation and not be despised.


    Since we don''t have enough power, we have to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Things start because of himself. He and Taimiao are one and two sides. Meng Zhang will naturally try his best to help solve them.


    After contacting Taimiao, Taimiao found a suitable time and summoned Meng Zhang to the underworld.


    Meng Zhang can summon his outer incarnation to the Yang world. Too wonderful can also summon his own Buddha to the underworld.


    In this way, Meng Zhang easily crossed the gap between yin and Yang and came to the underworld.


    As soon as he came to the underworld, Meng Zhang felt the great pressure everywhere and was desperately oppressing and rejecting himself.


    This is the pressure brought by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    As a living creature of the Yang world, or a powerful living creature of the Yang God level, after coming to the underworld, it will certainly attract the suppression and rejection of the underworld instinct.


    Meng Zhang is not Meng Zhang. According to the legend, the monk in the retreat period of the Yang world almost never dared to come to the underworld.


    Once they enter the underworld, they will not only be suppressed by terror, but also encounter mysterious danger.


    Meng Zhang felt very uncomfortable before he was a monk in the retreat period.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the period of Yang God has been suppressed to the later period of yuan God.


    And as time goes by, the oppression and rejection of the underworld will become more and more serious.


    Meng Zhang sensed that since he came to the underworld, the smell of death in the underworld has invaded his body almost all the time.


    This means that Meng Zhang cannot stay in the underworld for a long time. He must make a quick decision and end everything here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling that the situation in the underworld of Jun dust world was a little strange compared with the Yang world.


    The underworld not only instinctively repels the living people from the Yang world, but also seems to have a special malice towards the practitioners.


    When Meng Zhang responded to Taimiao''s call and appeared in front of Taimiao, they had already communicated in advance. With enough preparation, they immediately began to take action.

 Chapter 1615

    Not far from Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s eyes is an endless deep forest.


    The forest in the underworld is quite different from that in the Yang world. There is a strong Yin Qi and no vitality.


    The whole forest is not green, but mainly black, mixed with pale dead gray.


    One by one, the dead trees swayed weakly with the wind.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao didn''t hide their body shape and came directly to the front of the forest.


    The gang headed by dead wood and the ghost army under him usually stay in the forest ahead.


    Dead wood has a bad temper and can''t be provoked.


    He regarded the forest as his forbidden land and did not allow anyone to come near.


    Previously, Taimiao just sneaked into the forest for investigation. After being found by dead wood, he immediately became the enemy of dead wood.


    That''s wonderful. Previously, he was alone, but he couldn''t help those guys. Now with Meng Zhang''s help, he is full of confidence.


    Meng Zhang stood behind Taimiao and felt the unique Yin Qi of the underworld invading his flesh.


    Meng Zhang''s body''s true yuan operates spontaneously and dissolves all these Yin Qi.


    For creatures from the Yang world, what is really terrible in the underworld is not Yin Qi, but the breath of death mixed with Yin Qi.


    This unique breath of death comes from the special rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, which directly points to the root of the road and is very difficult to resolve.


    After living in the underworld for a long time, no matter how high the cultivation is, the longevity will be greatly lost.


    It''s wonderful. I have great attainments on the avenue of life and death.


    Meng Zhang has almost the same feeling with his outer incarnation.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t concentrate on understanding the avenue of life and death, due to the wonderful relationship, he can still skillfully call the power of the avenue of life and death.


    The avenue of life and death is one of the few avenues that help to dissolve the special smell of death from the underworld.


    With the silent operation of the power of the avenue of life and death, although the special breath of death in the underworld has not been completely dissolved, its influence on Meng Zhang has been greatly weakened.


    Compared with other monks, Meng Zhang can stay in the underworld for a longer time and lose less longevity yuan.


    It''s wonderful. I didn''t make a sound before I came to the forest. I just released my breath recklessly.


    Dead wood had impolitely refused Taimiao''s request for thick shade wood.


    He found too wonderful sneaking in and was very alert to too wonderful.


    Dead wood ordered all his men to strengthen their defense recently to prevent Taimiao from sneaking in.


    As soon as the wonderful breath is released, the originally quiet forest immediately boils.


    Countless ghosts roared and ran towards this side.


    Before all the ghosts set out, dead wood took action.


    Dead wood, Han Shi Zhenjun and three yin birds appeared in front of them first.


    Dead wood, these guys are either ghosts or gods, but they don''t pay much attention to rules and so on.


    In the previous battle, the three of them joined hands and fought back without much effort. It was wonderful.


    He didn''t give up when he saw how wonderful it was. He dared to come to the door. Dead wood looked disdainful.


    Dead wood is tall and thin, roughly human, but he has many twisting tentacles.


    He glanced at Meng Zhang and immediately knew that this was a wonderful helper.


    "Boy, I thought I would come and die if I had help."


    The three yin birds flew into the air and looked down on Meng Zhang.


    Hanshi Zhenjun looked at Meng Zhang with a smile on his face.


    He didn''t know Meng Zhang, but he saw that Meng Zhang was a living man.


    Practitioners from the Yang world visit the underworld from time to time for various reasons.


    However, in the face of the creatures in the underworld, such as ghosts and powerful ghosts, these visitors will try to avoid conflicts.


    Even if they encounter conflict, they will try to avoid direct conflict with the living creatures in the underworld.


    Like Meng Zhang, it is really rare for practitioners from the Yang world to swagger to the Mountain Gate of a family in the underworld.


    Before turning into ghosts and gods, Han Shizhen Jun was a friar of Tianshi society, a large Yuanshen sect in the middle earth of Jun dust world.


    After he entered the underworld and became a ghost, he kept in touch with the Tianshi society.


    Due to the needs of each other''s interests, he also received a lot of help from Tianshi society in the underworld.


    He accepted the solicitation of dead wood and became his subordinate, which was related to a big action of Tianshi society in the underworld.


    Otherwise, dead wood, such a stupid guy, is really not qualified to attract him.


    The underworld is vast, the traffic is inconvenient, and the transmission of information is not very smooth.


    Ghosts and gods or ghosts in a certain area often only know the strong in this area.


    It''s wonderful. The situation is a little special. He wandered in many places in the underworld before occupying the foundation of Hanshuang mountain.


    Later, he led an army of ghosts and animals to March East and West, fight north and south, and fight in all directions.


    In this process, he defeated many strong enemies and gained a great reputation.


    The Tianshi society has made great plans in the underworld.


    Therefore, the Tianshi society also focused on collecting information about the underworld.


    Hanshi Zhenjun, born in Tianshi society, is well-informed through the channels of Tianshi society.


    It''s a wonderful reputation. Mr. Han Shizhen has heard of it before.


    If according to his idea, as long as Taimiao is willing to pay enough price, he can be exchanged with a thick shade wood to avoid conflict between the two sides.


    But dead wood, a dead brain, didn''t care about these. He not only didn''t exchange ideas, but also directly regarded Taimiao as an enemy.


    In Hanshi Zhenjun''s eyes, the conflict and battle between and Taimiao are meaningless at all.


    Dead wood established such a strong enemy for no reason. Maybe it will affect the plan of Tianshi society.


    However, Han Shizhen Jun''s current status is that of dead wood''s men. There is really no way to convince this stubborn guy.


    Now it''s wonderful to come to the door with Meng Zhang, the reinforcements. It''s really endless.


    "Dead wood, this seat won''t want your things for nothing. If you hand over the thick shade wood, this seat will make up for it."


    This is wonderful, the last time to ask for it, and the last chance for peace between the two sides.


    Wonderful, the efforts of peaceful exchange not only did not get the recognition of dead wood, but made this guy angry and extremely angry.


    "Shameless thief, it''s easy to bully me."


    Dead wood roared and took the initiative to attack.


    Patches of pale fog appeared out of thin air to cover Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    The dead wood waved his hands, and the black giant trees roared in the fog, frantically crashing into Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    It''s so weird. It''s a little weird.


    I don''t know why dead wood is so hostile every time he meets?


    He just wanted to exchange thick shade wood fairly, which led to his anger. He was really wronged.


    I don''t understand it in my heart, which doesn''t affect my wonderful shot.

 Chapter 1616

    That''s wonderful. Since he called Meng Zhang to come to the underworld, he had a hard mind.


    The other party is so ignorant and knows nothing about life and death. Naturally, he will not be merciful.


    Dead wood just started to fight, and Taimiao and Meng Zhang began to fight back.


    Three yin birds fell from the sky, and their huge bodies were pressed down with the power of terror.


    The wind was cold and biting, and the strong breath of death shot everywhere.


    The three yin birds, like the dead wood, are ghosts native to the underworld.


    The three yin birds are in the form of beasts. Many times they do show the characteristics of many beasts.


    Among many ghosts and beasts in the underworld, the three yin birds are a very powerful one at the top.


    The three yin birds worked under dead wood many years ago. They have always been loyal to dead wood and have more trust than Han Shizhen, who later took refuge in him.


    After dead wood and three yin birds shot one after another, Han Shizhen Jun naturally followed suit.


    It''s wonderful. It''s already very strong. Before that, the three of them worked together to repel it.


    Although he doesn''t know Meng Zhang, it''s definitely not easy for him to be called by Taimiao as a helper.


    In this way, the two sides began a fierce battle.


    Wonderful ghosts and gods can exert their strongest ability in places like hell.


    By receiving Meng Zhang''s insights, he has achieved a lot in mobilizing the power of the road.


    It''s wonderful to have experienced a hundred battles in the underworld. I began to mobilize the power of the avenue of life and death to constantly kill the Yin and death of the three enemies.


    In a place like hell, it is difficult for the sun and moon to exert their full power. Meng Zhang simply mobilized the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and exerted the two Qi of yin and Yang.


    The Yin Qi in the underworld is absorbed by the Yin and Yang Qi, which can not damage Meng Zhang, but greatly enhance the power of the Yin and Yang Qi.


    As a monk in the Yang God period, Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is the highest in the audience.


    Even if the cultivation realm is suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, its position is still there. The huge gap between the Yang God period and the yuan God period is also very obvious.


    The Taoist and magical powers of friars from the Yang God period surpass others in level, and easily suppress the enemy.


    Catch the thief and the king first. The dead wood, the first of the three guys, was chosen as the target by Taimiao.


    In the forest not far away, a powerful ghost army was stationed.


    Although dead wood is often confused, he seldom makes mistakes in serious affairs.


    His ghost army is not as well-trained and well-trained as Taimiao''s men.


    Dead wood and three yin birds are not good at running the army.


    Dead wood''s ghost army depends on him and three yin birds to subdue it with brute force.


    Even though Hanshi Zhenjun took refuge later and spent a lot of effort to rectify, this army is still disorderly and scattered.


    In the high-level battle of dead wood and Taimiao, the ghost army with insufficient training and no targeted training will easily be suppressed by the strong and fall into chaos.


    If he sends out a large army to encircle and kill his opponent at this time, he will not play a great restraining role except for the white losses.


    Dead wood decided to rely solely on the strength of the three of them to repel the enemy.


    In the face of the enemy''s attack, I know that when I encounter the dead wood of a strong enemy, I will no longer keep it and go all out.


    Dead wood, like his name, turned into a huge tree. His tentacles danced wildly and slapped at the enemy.


    The three yin birds flapped their wings and urged countless dead Qi, just like rolling waves, one wave after another surged towards Meng Zhang and them.


    Han Shizhen Jun was born in a powerful Yuanshen sect like Tianshi society. He has a good inheritance. Even after he has been transformed into ghosts and gods, he can still display a lot of Taoist magic powers.


    Speaking of, among the dead wood camp, Han Shizhen Jun may not be the strongest, but he is definitely the most slippery and has the best survival ability.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to stay in hell for a long time. He wanted to make a quick decision.


    He also did not retain much, inspired most of his strength, and fully demonstrated the strength of friars in the period of Yang God.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, has the same heart and mind with Meng Zhang.


    They know each other best and can easily understand each other''s intentions, so as to make the most appropriate response and make the best cooperation.


    After fighting for a while, he found a good opportunity. Meng Zhang and Taimiao almost mobilized the power of space Avenue at the same time.


    The flying speed is very fast. The three yin birds that come and go like the wind are the most flexible, but they are directly exiled into a space gap. They can''t get away in a short time.


    Although Han Shizhen Jun is a subordinate of dead wood, he is loyal to dead wood and is unwilling to work for dead wood.


    If your side has the upper hand, there is no problem in fighting with the wind.


    Seeing that the three yin birds were exiled, I didn''t know whether they were alive or dead. Han Shi Zhenjun''s heart was empty.


    And after fighting for a while, with his eyesight, he had found that Meng Zhang was the strong one in the Yang God period.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s strength was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, the fear of monks higher than himself had long become the instinct of practitioners such as Han Shi Zhenjun.


    Subconsciously, Han Shizhen didn''t want to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang released taiyifen lightsaber, showing his superb skill of defending the sword.


    Hanshi Zhenjun and Taiyi fenlightsaber fought together and took the initiative to stay away from the battlefield.


    In this way, there is only one guy left in the field.


    Dead wood became a huge tree and became much slower.


    The Yin and Yang Qi came down from the sky and pressed him firmly so that he could not move.


    The Yin Qi on dead wood is being quickly dissipated by Yin and Yang.


    It''s wonderful to use the power of life and death avenue to quickly transform the dead Qi on dead wood.


    Yin Qi and dead Qi are the important existence of ghosts in the underworld.


    Killing dead Qi and Yin Qi is the foundation of killing ghosts.


    Dead wood''s huge body began to disappear, and his origin was consuming rapidly.


    Dead wood roared angrily. Knowing that the situation was bad, he began to summon reinforcements.


    Han Shizhen Jun, a cunning fellow, not only didn''t fly over immediately when he heard dead wood''s help, but left the battlefield intentionally or unintentionally.


    But the ghost army in the forest rushed out madly after hearing the roar of the dead wood.


    At the critical moment of life and death, dead wood can''t care whether this ghost army is useful or not. But he must firmly grasp every little help.


    Meng Zhang continued to use Yin and yang to refine dead wood.


    It''s wonderful to fly to the ghost army and release the breath of natural ghosts and gods unscrupulously.


    Without the strong at the same level and too wonderful to compete, many ghosts in this ghost army felt the suppression from natural rank, instinctively feared, and involuntarily slowed down the pace of charging.


    Meng Zhang stepped up the speed of refining dead wood.


    Yin and Yang quickly revolve around his body, just like a millstone, rapidly consuming his source of life.


    The strength is far above the dead wood. Once Meng Zhang tries his best, it becomes a matter of time for the dead wood to be completely refined.

 Chapter 1617

    Even if Meng Zhang''s cultivation was suppressed in the underworld, he was still far better than dead wood.


    When the three yin birds escaped from the space gap and returned to the battlefield, the dead wood had been thoroughly refined by Meng Zhang''s Yin and Yang Qi.


    I saw a black and a white airflow wrapped in a pale fog constantly twisting.


    This is the origin of the remaining dead wood. It is of no use to Meng Zhang, but it is of great use to such ghosts and gods as Taimiao.


    Before the dead wood was completely refined, the cunning Han Shi Zhenjun saw that the situation was wrong and had already slipped away.


    The wonderful target is not him. I don''t have the mind to kill him for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s main strength is on refining dead wood. Relying on a taiyifen lightsaber alone, he can''t leave this guy who is not weak.


    The three yin birds are not as stupid and confused as most ghost beasts.


    Knowing that nothing could be done, he forced down his resentment and killing intention, and flew away from the battlefield like lightning before Meng Zhang transferred his target.


    The ghost army relied on a large number, and there were several powerful ghosts as leaders in the army, who could barely entangle Taimiao.


    Seeing the dead wood being refined, the ghost army soon collapsed completely.


    The army of ghosts scattered, and many ghosts fled in all directions.


    Too good to go after these ghosts.


    He took the origin of the dead wood thrown by Meng Zhang, then went into the forest with Meng Zhang and began the search.


    The two of them had a keen mind and covered a wide range.


    It didn''t take much time to search the vast forest.


    In the nest of dead wood, they found not only three thick shade trees, but also many precious natural and earth treasures.


    Destroy the dead wood and win the thick shade wood you want. It''s wonderful. You completed the goal without too much effort.


    If it''s not too far from Hanshuang mountain and too wonderful, we should want to occupy it as a new base.


    Even after taking the escaped ghosts, it''s not easy to take them back. It''s wonderful. They also give up.


    As for the escaped Han Shizhen Jun and the three yin birds.


    If they know, they should know that when they see too wonderful, they should hide away immediately.


    If they want revenge, they will fall into too good hands one day.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of experience. He always feels that there is something wrong with this matter.


    Before leaving the underworld, Meng Zhang specifically explained something wonderful and asked him to investigate the matter and see what was inside.


    Previously, in order to get thick shade wood in a hurry, Taimiao rushed here without asking for too much information.


    When he wanted to come, there were not many strong people at the level of Yin Yang God, and generally he would not meet them. In case of difficulties, as long as Meng Zhang is summoned, most problems can be solved.


    Moreover, he didn''t delay too much for fear that dead wood would secretly transfer thick shade wood.


    Now we have the thick shade wood. The task is completed. It''s wonderful. We have enough time to investigate this matter slowly.


    Meng Zhang sent it back to the underworld. It was too wonderful. Instead of rushing back to the cold frost mountain, he made a big circle around.


    He tried to touch the ghosts and powerful ghosts around him.


    At this level of the underworld, too wonderful has been regarded as a rare strong man.


    It''s too good to be malicious. It''s still very effective to make friends with other ghosts and gods and talk to ghosts in a low attitude.


    After spending a lot of time, too wonderful basically figured out the origin of dead wood.


    Dead wood is a ghost native to the underworld. There is nothing to say about its origin.


    It is said that he seems to be undergoing some kind of evolution during this time.


    If the evolution can be successfully completed, the forest will become a similar field and be completely controlled by dead trees.


    In the process of evolution, he needs to refine many precious resources.


    Among them, thick shade wood is the most important one.


    Now, it''s wonderful to know why dead wood is not only unwilling to exchange with himself, but becomes angry when he hears his intention.


    He said he wanted thick Yin wood. Dead wood must think he was deliberately embarrassed with him and wanted to destroy his evolution.


    For ghosts in the underworld, evolution is the most important way to improve the level of life and enhance their own strength.


    Destroying the evolution of ghosts is equivalent to destroying the path of cultivation of practitioners. That''s the enemy of blocking the way. We should never die.


    It''s wonderful. I don''t know the whole story. It''s inevitable to come to the door with such a big stab and lead to conflict and fierce battle.


    However, now it''s too wonderful. By summoning Meng Zhang, he has won and refined the dead wood. There''s no need to care about who is right and who is wrong.


    Every man is innocent and justifies his sin. The law of existence in the underworld is more cruel and red than that in the Yang world.


    Ghosts devour each other, ghosts and gods eat ghosts and other things for no reason, which is the normal state of the underworld.


    Dead wood has something wonderful to need and refuses to hand it in. Then don''t blame too wonderful for killing and looting.


    Anyway, the other party is a ghost and an alien. It''s wonderful to have done countless similar activities without the slightest psychological pressure.


    What he cares about is whether it will cause bad consequences and future problems.


    Although the strength of the three yin birds is very strong, they have left the dead wood and have no power to speak of.


    It''s Hanshi Zhenjun under dead wood. It''s said that he came from the Yuanshen sect of Tianshi society.


    Even if the Tianshi society is strong in the Yang world, it is difficult to affect the wonderful in the underworld.


    Taimiao has responded to the call of Meng Zhang and taiyimen friars to fight in the Yang world.


    Too wonderful. I''ve never concealed my cooperative relationship with taiyimen.


    If Tianshi society really wants to stand up for Han Shizhen Jun, it can''t be too wonderful in the underworld. Instead, it may anger Taiyi gate in the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care much after he got the news from Taimiao.


    He still has some impression of the name of this sect of Tianshi society.


    Meng Zhang remembered that when he first arrived at the heavenly palace, he had some conflicts with the monks of the Tianshi society.


    Later, when taiyimen made friends and opened up business channels in Tiangong, they also deliberately or unintentionally avoided the Tianshi society.


    There have been some conflicts between the two sides, but they are not serious and have little impact on each other.


    Tianshi will be far away in the Middle Earth. Will you go on an expedition to the north of the Junchen world to fight against Taiyi gate in order to be a cold stone real king?


    Meng Zhang thought that as long as Tianshi had a little brain, he wouldn''t do such a stupid thing.


    But after Hanshi Zhenjun fled this time, he may continue to be the enemy of Taimiao in the future.


    Even if he can''t fight too well, he has the ability to add some trouble to too well.


    It''s a wonderful decision. As long as Hanshi Zhenjun dares to continue to be the enemy of his family, he will not let him go easily again.


    At the critical moment, he will summon Meng Zhang to come to the underworld again to join the pursuit of Han Shi Zhenjun.


    Things over here are over.


    Wonderful. After several transmissions, he returned to the cold frost mountain base.


    After collecting the booty such as thick Yin wood, he went to see a ghost for the first time.

 Chapter 1618

    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun retained their previous names after they were transformed into ghosts and gods.


    That''s wonderful. So is the ghost and God I want to see now.


    He called himself Mingyu Zhenjun, a ghost and God who always came and went alone and liked to wander around the underworld.


    Too wonderful. In order to help Meng Zhang collect these strange flowers and fruits, he offered a high reward and spread information everywhere.


    Mingyu Zhenjun came to the door after receiving the news.


    He provided information to Taimiao and told the dead wood that thick shade wood was collected there.


    For this reason, too wonderful gave him a promised reward, and generously rewarded him.


    Too wonderful, I was busy getting thick shade wood at that time, and didn''t explore the details of Mingyu Zhenjun too much.


    There is no problem with the information provided by Mingyu Zhenjun. It''s too wonderful to continue to pay attention to him.


    Meng Zhang reminded him that the situation at the dead wood side was a little complicated and involved the Tianshi meeting. Taimiao was ready to ask Mingyu Zhenjun.


    Unexpectedly, it was wonderful to go to several places where mingyuzhenjun often haunted, and threw himself into the air.


    Mingyu Zhenjun, I don''t know where he went.


    In desperation, too wonderful had to let go of this matter temporarily and continue to collect the strange flowers and fruits needed by Meng Zhang.


    In a twinkling of an eye, six years have passed.


    Most of the three wonderful flowers and fruits required by Meng Zhang have been collected through great efforts.


    It seems that there is no problem to complete the task and complete the collection within ten years.


    At this time, Meng Zhang also received a message from her mother-in-law.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi finished her business and returned to the heavenly palace. She asked Meng Zhang to see him.


    After receiving the information, Meng Zhang immediately left Taiyi gate and came to the residence of mother-in-law Qiansi in Tiangong.


    After the two met, mother-in-law Lansi apologized again and again.


    Originally, she promised to help Meng Zhang collect the secret method of crossing the robbery, but she had something to do temporarily and had to leave in a hurry. Before leaving, I didn''t have time to explain too much to Meng Zhang.


    After they were polite, mother-in-law Lansi entered the topic.


    She finished her own business this time and helped Meng Zhang collect the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Now, she has gained.


    She can provide Meng Zhang with an excellent secret Dharma of robbing.


    After practicing this secret Dharma, the success rate of going through Yang God thunder robbery is not low, and it is helpful for friars to break through the period of returning to emptiness in the future.


    From the description of the silk holding mother-in-law alone, the secret method she promised to provide is much better than the one traded by the silver pot old man.


    Of course, this secret method was not given to Meng Zhang for nothing.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t hide this time. She directly told Meng Zhang that there was a small group behind her.


    Members of the group help each other and take care of each other on weekdays.


    Mother-in-law Lansi also joined this group in that year, so that she can become a great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi and Meng Zhang have known each other for so many years. It can almost be said that she has been watching Meng Zhang grow up.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi had also inspected Meng Zhang before and was very satisfied with Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, she strongly recommended Meng Zhang to the group.


    After some discussion, the rest of the group agreed to accept Meng Zhang as a new companion.


    Now, it depends on whether Meng Zhang agrees to join this group.


    If Meng Zhang agrees to join, then this secret Dharma is a gift for him.


    In addition, he and her mother-in-law really became companions and could get a lot of help.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s hesitation, mother-in-law Qiansi gave a general introduction to this small group.


    The status of friars in the group is different, including scattered friars and zongmen friars


    The organization of the group itself is relatively loose and has no strong binding force on its members.


    In the Junchen world, the major Holy Land sects were in a dominant position, which not only divided up most of the resources, but also vigorously suppressed other monks.


    It is very difficult for a friar outside the holy land to become a friar in the period of Yang God, let alone from the advanced stage to the period of returning to emptiness.


    If the cultivator refuses to make a dog for the Holy Land zongmen, he will have to pay a lot of costs and experience countless risks in order to have the opportunity to break through the Yang God period.


    The purpose of holding silk mother-in-law and their small group is to break the monopoly of Holy Land Sect on various resources.


    In order to maintain their dominant position, the religious sects of the holy land do not want to see other retreat monks in the spiritual world.


    Any monk who has the hope to break through the retreat period in the cultivation world will be suppressed and even persecuted by the holy sect.


    Of course, some people with deep luck, the more they are suppressed, the more they grow rapidly.


    Even in the face of countless difficulties, there are still amazing people in the cultivation world who have become great powers in the period of returning to emptiness.


    In addition, in order to resist the pressure from the holy door, some monks in the spiritual world formed an alliance to help each other.


    The purpose of the small group where mother-in-law Qiansi is located is to help everyone resist the pressure from the Holy Land Sect, help everyone obtain various resources, and let everyone have the opportunity to break through the retreat period.


    Since its establishment for many years, this small group has made remarkable achievements and trained many returning monks.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is one of them.


    Because it is against the Holy Land Sect, this small group has been strictly confidential, and only those who are absolutely reliable are recruited.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen have been under the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang himself is very excellent and is the person needed by this small group.


    After listening to mother-in-law Qiansi''s introduction to the small group, Meng Zhang was moved.


    Old silver pot introduced him to join the command of Tianlei shangzun, which brought him many benefits.


    Meng Zhang deeply realized how important it is to have a strong backer in the cultivation world, especially in the face of the pressure of Ziyang holy sect.


    From the introduction of mother-in-law Qiansi, the purpose, style and internal rules of this small group are very much in Meng Zhang''s appetite.


    There should be no harm in joining this small group.


    Most importantly, since mother-in-law Qiansi has invited him and leaked the existence of this small group, if Meng Zhang refuses unknowingly, mother-in-law Qiansi will not know what reaction it is.


    Even if he didn''t kill people, Meng Zhang''s relationship with mother-in-law Lansi must have plummeted. Maybe he could change from an ally to a passer-by.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly asked her mother-in-law to understand the details of this small group.


    Meng Zhang is still an outsider. She won''t tell him anything too confidential.


    Mother-in-law is just trying to introduce this small group and the benefits of joining it.


    In order to reassure Meng Zhang to join, her mother-in-law even took a big oath to prove that she had no malice towards Meng Zhang, and that small group would not harm Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and her mother-in-law have known each other for so many years, and they have established a good trust relationship.


    He benefited a lot from the help of her mother-in-law and the big secrets revealed to him.

 Chapter 1619

    Even if Meng Zhang can''t trust the so-called small group, he should also trust the old friend of mother-in-law Qiansi.


    After repeatedly weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang agreed to join the small group called by mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Since Meng Zhang agreed to join, he will be the companion of mother-in-law Lansi in the future.


    Her attitude towards him became more intimate.


    Of course, Meng Zhang agreed to join, but Meng Zhang is now half a foot into this small group.


    If he wants to become a full member, he still needs to complete a task.


    Meng Zhang understands this.


    The choice is two-way. If he chooses to join this small group, he will naturally accept the selection of this small group.


    Before Meng Zhang became a full member, her mother-in-law had to keep many things secret from him.


    Lead silk mother-in-law told Meng Zhang that generally speaking, the tasks that need him to complete are within his ability and will not be too difficult for him.


    However, these tasks are often cumbersome and require a lot of time and energy.


    Moreover, the process of completing the task is a process of standing in line and gaining the trust of other members of the small group.


    Because it often takes a long time to complete the task, sometimes Meng Zhang needs to travel abroad.


    Meng Zhang is also the leader of a sect. He must be carrying a lot of things.


    Therefore, before accepting the task, mother-in-law Lansi was very humanized and set aside five years for Meng Zhang.


    He can take five years to deal with the affairs of the sect and other things on his own, and then come back to lead mother-in-law to accept the task.


    Meng Zhang has an appointment with old man Yinhu. Of course, he hopes to complete the agreement first and then accept the task here.


    After Meng Zhang agreed with mother-in-law Qiansi, he left with the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    After returning to taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang carefully read and studied this secret method.


    Meng Zhang himself practiced similar secret methods and had practical experience in going through the thunderstorm. He had enough eyesight and accomplishments. He soon studied this secret method thoroughly.


    There is no problem with this secret method. It can really meet Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    Although this secret method is not as good as the one Meng Zhang learned from the Taiyi gate inheritance Scripture, it can be used to cultivate friars of Hanhai daomeng and even Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang put this secret method into the Sutra Pavilion in the door.


    Zhenjun, the Yuanshen of Taiyi sect, can exchange this secret method after accumulating enough good skills.


    In addition to taiyimen, the later monks of Yuanshen of hanhaidao alliance have to spend a greater price to fully prove their loyalty to taiyimen, so that they can have the opportunity to practice this secret method.


    With this secret method, Meng Zhang has no intention of interrupting the transaction over there.


    It''s not a bad thing to gain more secrets and broaden your horizons.


    These secret ways to survive the thunder disaster were also created by the senior friars.


    With Meng Zhang''s qualifications, absorbing the strengths of various schools, understanding more, and his own practical experience of going through the thunder robbery, he may really be able to create a new secret method of going through the robbery.


    Less than half a year after Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, Taimiao and his men collected all the remaining exotic flowers and fruits and handed them to Meng Zhang.


    Ten thousand Yin Sha fruits, one thousand ghost face flowers and ten thick Yin trees. There are many of the same, and the quality is qualified.


    These three kinds of strange flowers and fruits only produced in the underworld. After counting them correctly, Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace again.


    When they came to the silver pot old man''s residence, they successfully completed the transaction.


    For the middleman, old silver pot, Meng Zhang also gave another heavy gift, which can be regarded as a gratitude to him for helping to bridge the gap this time.


    Old silver pot is very happy to be able to help.


    In his eyes, it is sooner or later for Meng Zhang to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    At that time, Meng Zhang can better serve Tianlei shangzun and help the old man Yinhu.


    In fact, for the news that great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world, the old man Yinhu may not know as well as her mother-in-law, but he is not ignorant, but is vaguely aware of it.


    In particular, the strange relationship between the religious sects of the major holy places and the ambiguous attitude of the heavenly palace are seen by the silver pot old man.


    In the past, the sects of the holy places vigorously suppressed the monks who tried to break through the retreat period.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t have the care of heavenly thunder, I''m afraid it would be really difficult to become a great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Now, these holy places are hostile to each other and ignore many tacit agreements.


    Ziyang Shengzong, the biggest threat to Meng Zhang, was restrained by Dali imperial dynasty.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s resistance to becoming a great power in the period of returning to emptiness is greatly reduced.


    For Meng Zhang, even if he joined the small group of lead silk mother-in-law, he would not break his relationship with the old man Yinhu.


    With more friends, more roads and more choices, you will move forward and backward more freely in the future.


    After leaving the heavenly palace and returning to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang carefully studied the robbery crossing secret method obtained from the old man Yinhu.


    This dharma is obviously worse than the one provided by mother-in-law.


    Of course, this dharma can still meet Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    After cultivation, the probability of going through the thunder robbery of Yang God is not low, and there will be no future trouble, leaving the opportunity to go further in the future.


    Meng Zhang also put this secret Dharma in the Sutra Pavilion in the door for the monks in the door to exchange with their good skills.


    Of course, because the quality is a little poor, the price of exchanging this secret method is also lower.


    This kind of secret Dharma can only be exchanged by later monks of Yuanshen.


    Friars who exchange secret Dharma must take an oath and will never spread it privately.


    After Meng Zhang studied this secret method, he had a feeling in his heart.


    In addition to some specific cultivation methods, some principles of getting through the thunder disaster can be seen in some Taoist Scriptures.


    Reading daozang and understanding Daojing are helpful to break through some cultivation bottlenecks.


    Especially high-level friars, they need to understand the Taoist Scriptures.


    This is a secret that the great sects of Yuanshen in the cultivation world intend to keep and will not be easily spread.


    Meng Zhang had been in the Taiyi sect for a long time. Through various means, he encouraged the disciples of the sect to familiarize themselves with the Taoist Scriptures and understand the Taoist collection.


    Influenced by the atmosphere of Taiyi sect, many vassal sects have gradually developed a similar atmosphere.


    Those who know this secret will not make mistakes on this issue.


    Meng Zhang himself has a deep understanding of Taoism and Tibet.


    His cultivation improved rapidly and successfully passed the thunder robbery of Yang God. To a great extent, he also benefited from it.


    Meng Zhang even couldn''t help guessing that those people with profound Taoist industry and profound understanding of Taoist Tibet might have a certain chance to successfully survive the thunder robbery of the Yang God without practicing the special robbery secret method.

 Chapter 1620

    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time studying the two secret methods of crossing the robbery. Combined with his previous practice and the process of crossing the thunder robbery, he did have a lot of new insights.


    Meng Zhang guessed that if he had studied in seclusion for two or three hundred years at this time, he might be able to create a new secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Of course, he has been very busy. He doesn''t have so much time to waste on this matter.


    Meng Zhang left taiyimen Mountain Gate and went to Xingluo islands.


    Having been to Xingluo islands once, he freely displayed space transmission and soon arrived at his destination. It took much less time than the last time I came here.


    He and Qiu Gangfeng had already agreed on the way of direct contact and avoided everyone in Xingluo palace.


    Soon, they met smoothly in the forbidden area of Xingluo palace.


    For a period of time, Meng Zhang found that Qiu Gangfeng''s face was not good and his breath was not very stable.


    Qiu Gangfeng knew that his physical state could not hide from Meng Zhang, and said the reason with a bitter smile.


    Recently, Ziyang Shengzong sent several friars in the period of Yang God to visit Xingluo islands in turn.


    In the name of exchange and discussion, they took the initiative to ask to fight Qiu Gangfeng.


    Qiu Gangfeng couldn''t refuse, only reluctantly.


    Although the two sides did not launch a large-scale war, they both mobilized the power of the road, did not hesitate to lose the source, and there were several fierce collisions.


    Although the fighting time is very short, it seems not fierce on the surface, but it is actually a test for both sides.


    Qiu Gangfeng, as a strong man in the Yang God period for many years, can imagine the depth of his accumulation and inside information since he dared to start preparing for the impact on the return to emptiness period.


    Most of the strong men in the Yang God period sent by Ziyang Shengzong are not Qiu Gangfeng''s opponents if they fight alone.


    Of course, Qiu Gangfeng didn''t dare to die in the fight. He couldn''t even tear his face directly with the other party. He is tied up and difficult to play.


    Nevertheless, with the advantage of combat effectiveness, the scene is not ugly.


    Although he had the upper hand in several battles, he did not cause fatal damage to his opponent, but lost a lot of strength.


    The monks of Ziyang Shengzong came to the door to challenge in turn, which was equivalent to a wheel battle. They hardly gave Qiu Gangfeng too much time to rest and recover.


    In a recent challenge, the strength of the Yang God friar sent by Ziyang Shengzong is still above Qiu Gangfeng, and he is holding a sect treasure.


    After a fight, the two sides seemed to be neck and neck. But Qiu Gangfeng not only hurt his vitality, but also had a little more serious injury.


    Qiu Gangfeng has reservations in the battle and has a hidden card. The other party also did not force too much, and it was enough to gain the upper hand.


    The purpose of Ziyang Shengzong is obvious. It is to exert pressure on the Qiu brothers bit by bit to prevent them from entering the retreat period.


    After hearing Qiu Gangfeng''s story, Meng Zhang had a bottom in his heart.


    It seems that Ziyang Shengzong still needs the Qiu brothers to take charge of the Xingluo islands to resist the invasion of the Hai nationality.


    Otherwise, the means of Ziyang Shengzong will not be so soft.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, it is the best choice for the Qiu brothers to give up the impact and return to the virtual period and honestly sit in Xingluo islands.


    Qiu Gangfeng can also think of what Meng Zhang can think of.


    What he was really worried about was that if Ziyang Shengzong could not achieve his goal with this gentle means, he might have to use a more vigorous means.


    Neither of them was entangled in this problem.


    Meng Zhang directly said his intention. He brought the promised secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Meng Zhang finished his request so quickly that he brought the available rescue secret method. Qiu Gangfeng couldn''t help but be overjoyed.


    Meng Zhang gave Qiu Gangfeng the secret method of crossing the robbery that he had traded from the silver pot old man.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s vision is extraordinary, and he also has the experience of going through the thunder robbery.


    After a little examination, he knew that this secret method was available and of good quality.


    With this secret method, Qiu Gangfeng''s plan to support a new monk in the period of Yang God can be implemented.


    Meng Zhang proved his sincerity, and Qiu Gangfeng''s relationship with him went further.


    After a little thought, Qiu Gangfeng decided to introduce several goals he supported to Meng Zhang.


    Xingluo archipelago covers a large area, and there are many Xiuzhen forces here.


    Xingluo palace is the leader of Xingluo islands, with Qiu Wanshui and Qiu Gangfeng, two friars in the period of Yang God.


    Because of the relationship between fuyunzi''s advanced Yang God period, Fuyun temple is barely the second force except Xingluo palace.


    In fact, after thousands of years of development, Xingluo islands have a lot of powerful Xiuzhen forces.


    The sea clan is too powerful. Due to the common resistance against strong enemies, the internal struggle of Xiuzhen forces on Xingluo islands is not fierce.


    Although it is necessary to fight openly and secretly, there has never been a large-scale civil war.


    For those powerful cultivation forces, Xingluo palace will try to support them rather than suppress them.


    Even the floating cloud temple had received a lot of help from the Xingluo palace before it completely fell to the Ziyang holy sect.


    If not for a floating cloud, the strength of several cultivation forces may not be weaker than the floating cloud view.


    When Qiu Gangfeng meets Meng Zhang in Xingluo palace, Angelica dahurica Lei, who defected from Ziyang Shengzong, has been following Qiu Gangfeng behind.


    Not seen for several years, she has successfully married Dan and become a real Jindan.


    It seems that she is trusted by Qiu Gangfeng and is obviously the key cultivation object of Qiu Gangfeng.


    Qiu Gangfeng wants to go out with Meng Zhang, so he leaves Angelica dahurica bud in Xingluo palace.


    Yiqi hall is the Xiuzhen sect with the largest number of people in Xingluo islands.


    The Yiqi hall has a low admission threshold and is inclusive. As a result, the disciples of Yiqi hall are mixed and have a bad reputation.


    On the strength and number of low-level friars, Yiqi hall is undoubtedly the first place in Xingluo islands.


    Of course, what really determines the strength and status of a clan depends on the strength and number of high-level friars.


    The high-level friars of Yiqi hall are also not weak.


    Yiqi hall has fought with Fuyun temple for many years, and Yiqi Zhenjun, the supreme elder of Yiqi hall, is an old enemy of Fuyun Zi.


    After fuyunzi became a monk in the Yang God period, Yiqi hall had to stop and become honest.


    Because of the situation in Xingluo islands and the care of Xingluo palace, fuyunzi can''t solve the trouble of Yiqi hall at one go.


    Xuanxin sect''s inheritance habit is just the opposite of Yiqi hall. Because of the strict selection of disciples, there are very few disciples. Many times, there will even be a scene with only one doorman supporting the door.


    Of course, although there are few disciples of Xuanxin sect, almost everyone is strong.


    It is said that those who can walk outside in the name of Xuanxin sect friar are at least experts of Jindan immortal level.


    The leader of Xuanxin sect, Xuanxin Zhenjun, is the strong one among the monks in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Before fuyunzi advanced to the Yang God period, Xuanxin Zhenjun was recognized as the first of many friars in Xingluo islands except Qiu family brothers.

 Chapter 1621

    Xuanxinzong''s inheritance is very clever, but there is no secret method of the crossing robbery.


    Xuanxinzong''s most powerful friars only stopped at the later stage of the yuan God, so it was difficult to go further.


    Among the many monastic forces in Xingluo islands, there is a sect called Guanghan palace, which is composed of women and only recruits female disciples.


    Speaking of its long history, Guanghan is still on the Xingluo palace.


    Long before the establishment of Xingluo palace, Guanghan palace was the famous door of Yuanshen sect.


    Guanghan palace is one of the earliest human cultivation forces to open up overseas and establish religious sects overseas.


    From this point alone, I''m afraid that Zhenhai hall is the only holy door in the cultivation world.


    Unfortunately, Guanghan palace was doomed and provoked a strong enemy. The Zhenlong family led the Hai family to attack on a large scale.


    After the war, the sect of Guanghan palace fell to the enemy, and the resident Lu Shen almost lost all his disciples.


    A few survivors who escaped the disaster came to Xingluo islands to rebuild zongmen here.


    Because of the loss of the clan elites and the loss of inheritance, Guanghan palace was very difficult and bumpy at the beginning of reconstruction.


    After thousands of years of development and the unremitting efforts of the descendants of Guanghan palace, today''s Guanghan palace has once again become a Yuanshen sect.


    Although it can not be compared with its heyday, Guanghan palace is among the many cultivation forces in Xingluo islands, no matter what aspect.


    Guanghan fairy, the contemporary leader of Guanghan palace, is the youngest great friar in the later period of Yuanshen in Xingluo islands. Her combat effectiveness is even extraordinary. She has made brilliant achievements in many wars with Hai people.


    However, due to incomplete inheritance, fairy Guanghan failed to inherit the sect''s secret method of crossing the robbery. Naturally, she could not survive the thunder robbery and successfully advanced to the Yang God period.


    Hearing Qiu Gangfeng''s introduction to Guanghan palace, probably because Taiyi gate had a similar experience, Meng Zhang felt a little cordial to Guanghan palace.


    Sanxiu, the true king of red dragon, is also a famous monk in the later period of Yuanshen in Xingluo islands.


    It is said that he took the dragon as the name, violated the taboo of the sea family and the real dragon family, was on the must kill list of the sea family, and was chased and killed by the strong of the sea family many times.


    Over the years, he not only didn''t die under the attack of the Hai nationality, but the Vietnam War became stronger and stronger, and in turn, he killed a lot of the strong of the Hai nationality.


    Yiqi Zhenjun, Xuanxin Zhenjun, Guanghan fairy and Chilong Zhenjun are all the objects Qiu Gangfeng is going to focus on.


    In addition, there is another person, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang.


    At that time, Dali imperial dynasty invaded Jiuqu League on a large scale, and the interior of Jiuqu League was divided. Yujianmen, one of the two giants, led many zongmen to resist Dali imperial dynasty.


    After several fierce battles, paying heavy losses and knowing that they were defeated, the Jupai of Yujian sect moved, the whole clan moved overseas and settled in Xingluo islands.


    Xingluo islands are poor in resources and face the threat of sea people. It is not a good place to settle down.


    However, the senior management of yujianmen had already arranged a retreat overseas, and had made some preparations in advance.


    The sword repair sect is often powerful. The jade sword sect''s sword repair and brave fighting are the strength needed by Xingluo islands.


    The Xingluo palace, which dominates the Xingluo islands, vigorously supports the sword repair sect such as the jade sword gate, hoping that it will play an important role in the war with the Hai nationality.


    A lot of assistance from Ziyang holy sect has been used in the jade sword gate.


    The monk of yujianmen, who was forced to leave his hometown, was brave after knowing his shame. He dared to fight and fight when fighting with the Hai family, and made great achievements.


    After experiencing the setbacks in Jiuqu League, Yujian Zhenjun, the leader of Yujian sect, also made great progress in cultivation.


    Sword cultivation requires enough training to make rapid progress.


    For real sword cultivation, a powerful enemy is just a grindstone to sharpen kendo.


    Now yujianzhen Jun seems to be old, but he has a solid foundation, profound accumulation and enough ambition to impact the Yang God period.


    Of course, at his age of more than 2000, there are few opportunities left for him.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that there were five great friars in Xingluo islands alone, which had the potential to impact the Yang God period.


    If it weren''t for the lack of the secret method of crossing the robbery, some of them might have successfully advanced to the Yang God period.


    It seems that in the Junchen world dominated by the major Holy Land sects, due to the joint suppression and restriction of the major Holy Land sects, I don''t know how many excellent monks have been buried.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang felt a little sorry in his heart, if he was in the position of the door of each holy place, he would probably make the same decision.


    After the general introduction, Qiu Gangfeng led Meng Zhang to meet the five people respectively. At the same time, hand over this secret method to them.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang were so humble that they almost bowed down.


    He repeatedly expressed his thanks to Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang.


    Qiu Gangfeng took Meng Zhang on this trip to let Meng Zhang know that the robbery secret method he sent was not wasted and used in practice.


    Second, it is to make these monks who accept the salvation secret law owe Meng Zhang a favor.


    Meng Zhang''s influence on Yiqi Zhenjun is not very good.


    Even if the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen accumulated enough and practiced the secret method of crossing the robbery, they may not be able to survive the thunder robbery and successfully advance to the Yang God period.


    Among them, it depends on all aspects of the monk himself, and even on the monk''s luck.


    Next, Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang went to see Xuanxin Zhenjun of Xuanxin sect.


    Xuanxin Zhenjun is very good-looking, with a fairy demeanor and extraordinary bearing.


    Facing the two monks in the period of Yang God, he was neither humble nor arrogant, and had a degree of hesitation and retreat.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang sent the secret method of crossing the robbery. Of course, he was very grateful.


    He could hold back the excitement in his heart and seemed indifferent to continue talking with them.


    Not to mention anything else, the appearance of Xuanxin Zhenjun left a good impression on Meng Zhang.


    This man is a man of virtue and has a high probability of successfully surviving the thunder robbery. Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    Then Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang went to see sanxiu Chilong Zhenjun.


    This person seems to be like Yiqi Zhenjun. He is a little servile and tries to please Meng Zhang and Qiu Gangfeng.


    However, Meng Zhang vaguely felt that this person was not as simple as it looked, and people couldn''t see through it at all.


    There should be a big secret in him.


    After leaving the robbery secret method, Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang went to see fairy Guanghan together.

 Chapter 1622

    Guanghan palace is located on an independent island.


    The island is far from the main island of the Xingluo islands and is very remote.


    When it was invaded by the Hai nationality army, because of its location, Guanghan palace often couldn''t get reinforcements from other Xiuzhen forces in time.


    Of course, friars of Guanghan Palace are not inferior to men. They have strong combat effectiveness. They can block the enemy and guard the mountain gate every time.


    Friar Guanghan palace is always alone and doesn''t have much contact with other religious forces.


    Even for the nominal leader of Xingluo palace, Guanghan palace only maintains superficial respect and does not have much contact with it.


    According to the measurement of the Qiu family brothers, Guanghan palace is not to blame for this.


    Guanghan palace is not a vassal of Ziyang holy sect. The palace master Guanghan fairy has the ambition to break through the Yang God period, so Guanghan palace can be used.


    For the five support objects he selected, Qiu Gangfeng secretly gave a lot of help over the years.


    No matter what you think in your heart, those who accept help are grateful to Qiu Gangfeng on the surface.


    People like Yiqi Zhenjun can''t wait to dig out their hearts and flatter them.


    Only Guanghan fairy has been very indifferent to this.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang met Guanghan fairy smoothly.


    Guanghan fairy''s face was covered with a layer of gauze, which could block Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Curious, Meng Zhangyun could not see through this layer of humble gauze.


    It seemed that she was aware of Meng Zhang''s action, and fairy Guanghan looked at Meng Zhang.


    A little embarrassed, Meng Zhang stopped snooping.


    Guanghan fairy has a cold temperament and is silent. She almost never takes the initiative to speak.


    Facing the two monks in the Yang God period, her attitude was very indifferent. It seemed that she was facing only two ordinary monks.


    Qiu Gangfeng explained his intention and said that Meng Zhang sent the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Guanghan fairy was not excited at all and gently thanked Meng Zhang.


    Qiu Gangfeng has long been used to the attitude of Guanghan fairy and doesn''t care about it.


    Those female practitioners in Guanghan Palace are all of this temperament, which seems to have something to do with their cultivation skills.


    As long as it doesn''t delay things, Qiu Gangfeng doesn''t care about their attitude towards people and things.


    Meng Zhang had already mastered his gifted magic power of Xintong. In his early years, he saw through the bottom of many people''s minds and touched many people''s minds.


    Of course, he can''t read the mind of Guanghan fairy now.


    But he vaguely felt that fairy Guanghan really didn''t care much about this secret method of crossing the robbery, and there was no fluctuation in his heart.


    In addition to Chilong Zhenjun, the fairy Guanghan met Meng Zhang today. Meng Zhang sent out a copy of the secret Dharma of crossing robbery, not the original.


    On each copy, Meng Zhang wrote a few more words, which can be regarded as a reminder to the latecomers.


    If the monks who read and practice this secret Dharma really understand Meng Zhang''s meaning, maybe they will improve the success rate of robbery by one or two points.


    Perhaps the experience is similar. Meng Zhang was going to remind Guanghan fairy.


    But now looking at her attitude, Meng Zhang swallowed the prepared words back into his stomach.


    After leaving Guanghan palace, Qiu Gangfeng led Meng Zhang to meet Yu Jianzhen.


    After the jade sword gate moved to Xingluo islands, it was arranged on the periphery of the islands to face the sea people, which was the main force to resist the sea people. In the past, when he was in Jiuqu League, jade sword Zhenjun was a high spirited and heroic figure.


    As soon as I saw him, I seemed to see a sharp sword. The edge of the sword was frightening.


    But at the moment, Yujian Zhenjun seems to be just an old man, who has no edge.


    Meng Zhang not only did not underestimate Yujian Zhenjun, but his face was solemn.


    As a sword cultivator, the sword is easy to send but difficult to receive.


    Yujianzhenjun''s control over the meaning of the sword has reached the point of perfection.


    Now he hides his sword inside and doesn''t send it easily. Once issued, it is unstoppable.


    Yu Jianzhen and Meng Zhang are also old friends reunited.


    Seeing Meng Zhang again, Yujian Zhenjun didn''t look unnatural at all.


    At that time, yujianzhen was one of the two giants of Jiuqu League.


    Meng Zhang is just a pawn in Jiuqu League. He is a chess piece driven by Yu Jianzhen.


    After many years of reunion in different places, Meng Zhang has become a monk in the Yang God period, and his cultivation level and status have exceeded that of yujianzhen king.


    Yujian Zhenjun, as if nothing had happened before, faced Meng Zhang neither humbly nor arrogantly.


    At that time, Dali Dynasty joined Jiuqu League, and yujianmen was forced to move overseas.


    All the gratitude and resentment between Taiyi gate and Yujian gate have long dissipated.


    No matter the suppression and calculation of the jade sword sect against the Taiyi sect or the coercion of the high level of the jade sword sect against Meng Zhang, it has long been meaningless.


    If yujianzhenjun becomes a monk in the period of Yang God, he can share the pressure faced by Taiyi gate, that is the most important.


    There is no point in clinging to the past.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s magnanimity, but the pragmatic attitude that every practitioner who survives in the sinister world of practice will adopt.


    Among the five supporting objects, Qiu Gangfeng attached the most importance to yujianzhen Jun.


    Meng Zhang gave the secret method of crossing the robbery to yujianzhen Jun, and he didn''t have any mind to talk about the past.


    Yu Jianzhen thanked Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang solemnly.


    Jade sword sect retreated without fighting in Jiuqu League, which has greatly offended Ziyang Shengzong.


    After arriving at Xingluo islands, without the strong help of the Qiu brothers, the jade sword gate would have been unable to stand on its feet.


    If yujianzhenjun is successfully promoted to Yangshen period, he will certainly become the most valued help of the Qiu family brothers.


    After meeting with the five foster objects in turn, Qiu Gangfeng and Meng ZhangCai returned to Xingluo palace.


    In order to thank Meng Zhang for his help, he couldn''t give any other gifts. After Qiu Gangfeng consulted Meng Zhang, he simply copied all the classics of Xingluo palace and gave them to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that Qiu Gangfeng would not easily send out the really important classics.


    These ordinary classics are also very valuable. After you take them back, you can greatly enhance the inside information of Taiyi gate.


    Among the various classics collected by a zongmen, not only high-end classics are useful.


    Many ordinary classics are also the important foundation of the sect.

 Chapter 1623

    Qiu Gangfeng led Meng Zhang to meet the five objects of support. Meng Zhang was deeply impressed.


    These five people are the kind of materials that have a deep foundation, extraordinary cultivation and have a great chance to advance to the Yang God period.


    If it hadn''t been for the lack of the secret method of crossing the robbery in the past, maybe some of them would have passed the thunder robbery and advanced to the Yang God period.


    Now with Meng Zhang''s Secret Dharma of crossing the robbery, I think it will not be long before some of them will start to attack the Yang God period.


    Of course, even if the preparation is sufficient and all conditions are met, the cultivator may not be able to survive the thunder robbery and advance to the Yang God period.


    In any case, if one or two of the five succeed, it can greatly reduce the pressure faced by the Qiu brothers.


    Meng Zhang did not stay in Xingluo islands for too long. After packing up all the copied classics, he left here and returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After returning to taiyimen Mountain Gate and putting all the classics into the Sutra Pavilion, Meng Zhang thought about it.


    Everything went well without too long delay. She left him a lot of time.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang was ready to contact the high-level officials of the Dali Dynasty again.


    As a former traitor, he betrayed the Dali Dynasty and now went back to eat. Meng Zhang felt a little embarrassed at first.


    But looking back, Ziyang Shengzong was so forced that Dali imperial court was the best natural ally of taiyimen.


    In the cultivation world, it is very common that enemies and friends change so quickly. It is unnecessary for Meng Zhang to feel uneasy.


    The reason why he didn''t contact Dali imperial court secretly before is that taiyimen has no place to ask Dali imperial court for help. Second, fear of information leakage led to a fierce response from Ziyang Shengzong.


    Great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world. With the ability to leave the imperial dynasty, you can''t be aware of it at all.


    In addition to the daily crackdown on taiyimen, Ziyang Shengzong''s crackdown on the Qiu family brothers in Xingluo islands is more and more severe.


    Meng Zhang felt that it was time to get in touch with the high-level officials of Dali Dynasty.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not rush to Dali Dynasty, but made some communication first.


    He secretly informed the Datong business alliance and asked them to report their preparations for the Dali imperial dynasty to the middle and high levels of the dynasty.


    Soon, there was a response from Datong business union. Up and down Dali imperial court welcomed Meng Zhang''s visit very much.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t swagger to Dali Dynasty. Isn''t it enough to stimulate Ziyang Shengzong?


    He agreed on the time and place of the meeting with the high-level officials of the Dali Dynasty through the Datong business union.


    After all communication, Meng Zhang went straight on his way.


    There is a small-scale long-distance transmission array in Datong commercial League, which can directly lead to the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, who has always been careful, did not use this long-distance transmission array, but directly used space transmission to transmit the past to the mainland of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Da Li is located hundreds of thousands of miles away from the mainland of the imperial dynasty in the south of Jiuqu Province, separated by many Xiuzhen forces.


    These Xiuzhen forces are basically vassals of Ziyang Shengzong. They obey the orders of Ziyang Shengzong and join the encirclement of Dali imperial dynasty early.


    These Xiuzhen forces were recruited by Ziyang Shengzong to join the war against Dali Dynasty.


    At the same time, these Xiuzhen forces tightly sealed off their own territory and the junction of Dali imperial dynasty to prevent the contact of Dali imperial friars.


    Of course, this blockade is often only formal.


    The long border cannot be without any loopholes. These religious forces don''t have so many monks to blockade every place.


    Monks, especially high-level monks, can cross the blockade.


    Meng Zhang has been to the capital of Dali Dynasty and was deeply impressed by it.


    After many times of space transmission, Meng Zhang crossed a long road and entered the territory of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang was not unprepared when he entered the territory of the Dali imperial dynasty and met with his high-level officials.


    Facing such a strong enemy as Ziyang Shengzong, Dali Dynasty really has no reason to continue to be an enemy of Meng Zhang.


    But everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. In case the high-level officials of the imperial dynasty are hot, they have to deal with Meng Zhang, a traitor. Meng Zhang can''t be unprepared at all.


    When you meet in Dali imperial court, Dali imperial court naturally occupies a favorable place.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to go too deep into Dali''s native land, fearing that he would be besieged by Dali''s strongmen.


    The place where the two sides agreed to meet was near a small town not far from the border.


    If Dali is really plotting against the emperor, it is convenient for Meng Zhang to escape.


    As long as they fled the territory of the Dali imperial dynasty, the strong ones of the Dali imperial dynasty did not dare to chase after them at the risk of forcibly attacking the blockade.


    When Meng Zhang came to the meeting place, the people from Dali Dynasty had not arrived here.


    It is estimated that from the imperial dynasty, Meng Zhang''s attainments on the space Avenue would be so profound and transmitted here so quickly.


    This town is a mortal town.


    It seems that the ordinary people in the town have not been affected by the war between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong, and still maintain their original living conditions.


    Most wars in the cultivation world will deliberately avoid mortals.


    War is a matter for practitioners, and has nothing to do with mortals.


    Mortals are wealth and belong to the victor.


    Wanton killing of mortals will lead to the unanimous condemnation of the Xiuzhen forces of all parties.


    At least on the surface, the vast majority of the cultivation forces in the cultivation world will abide by such rules.


    Ziyang Shengzong, as the ruler of the north of Junchen world, still attaches great importance to his own image.


    Even after years of entanglement with the Dali Dynasty, he never broke the rules.


    Even if it occupied a lot of territory far away from the imperial dynasty, it would not carry out wanton destruction, let alone wantonly massacre.


    From this point of view, Ziyang holy sect is indeed worthy of being a holy sect, which is enough to become a model in the cultivation world.


    Of course, it is also possible that Ziyang Shengzong is unwilling to destroy the relationship between his booty.


    The meeting place agreed by the two sides is a very eye-catching hill.


    As long as you fly to the nearby air, you can easily see the sharp peak of the hill.


    Meng Zhang stood at the top of the hill and waited quietly.


    After more than half an hour, a figure came from a distance and soon flew to Meng Zhang.


    Eh, I''m still an acquaintance.


    This person is Feng Baoshan, the commander of the five criminal guards. He is Meng Zhang''s colleague and boss in those days.


    Meng Zhang once joined the five punishment guards and received the task of killing demons.


    Han Yao, the leader of the five punishment guards at that time, Dali Temple Secretary of the Dali Dynasty, was a very courageous and capable monk. Meng Zhang always paid some respect to him.


    Han Yao is hostile to evil cultivation and has been tirelessly pursuing evil cultivation, which is very to Meng Zhang''s appetite.


    In addition to seeking Han Yao''s protection, Meng Zhang joined the five punishment guards because their style of conduct was in line with his ideas.

 Chapter 1624

    Many years later, Feng Baoshan and Meng Zhang met again with great emotion.


    Feng Baoshan, in particular, was very sorry when Meng Zhang betrayed the Dali Dynasty and became the enemy of Zhang Weineng, governor of Jiuqu province.


    Han Yao has always been optimistic about Meng Zhang. Feng Baoshan has a good impression of him. He thinks he has a great future and hopes to climb to the top within the Dali imperial dynasty.


    When Meng Zhang led taiyimen to kill Zhang Weineng and take the territory of Jiuqu province from Dali Dynasty, Feng Baoshan thought that Meng Zhang would become the sworn enemy of Dali Dynasty from then on.


    He is limited to his identity. If he meets Meng Zhang again, it may be an endless war.


    But Feng Baoshan never thought that the transformation between enemies and friends would be so fast.


    In particular, Meng Zhang was so young that he passed the thunder robbery and advanced to the Yang God period.


    You know, Emperor Ba Wu, the ruler of the Dali imperial dynasty, and his deputy national teacher Chunyu Zhongda are just friars in the period of Yang God.


    Now Meng Zhang is qualified to be on an equal footing with Bawu emperor.


    Because of the common enemy Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang and the Dali Dynasty came together again.


    In fact, Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong have been struggling for so many years.


    If it had not been for the secret help of some forces, Dali would not have been able to persist in the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, a monk in the Yang God period, has a powerful sect gate Taiyi gate in a vast territory, which can contain the Ziyang holy sect.


    Now the Dali Dynasty cherishes every possible help.


    As long as it can help resist Ziyang Shengzong, what was the previous unhappiness?


    Meng Zhang can let bygones be bygones no matter how heinous he is or how much he has hurt the imperial dynasty.


    Even, Dali Dynasty was willing to pay enough price in exchange for Meng Zhang''s help.


    Feng Baoshan is not the official candidate to negotiate with Meng Zhang.


    He just stood in front and lifted Meng Zhang''s guard.


    Dali''s high-level officials chose him because they liked his friendship with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was in a good mood when he met an old friend he hadn''t seen for many years.


    Meng Zhang is not a man of power vision. For his former colleagues, he can still maintain the superficial politeness and courtesy.


    They haven''t worked together for a long time, but they used to get along well.


    Feng Baoshan and Meng Zhang began to talk about the past happily.


    During the conversation, Feng Baoshan mentioned Meng Zhang''s former boss Han Yao with respect.


    Almost a hundred years ago, Han Yao openly challenged Ouyang sword, the top sword repair king of Dali Dynasty.


    Emperor Bawu didn''t know what to think. Unexpectedly, at the moment when the great enemy was pressing the border, he didn''t stop the battle and let them fight for life and death.


    Han Yao and Ouyang Jian launched a fair duel under the supervision of the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda.


    Ouyang Jian is the most famous sword repair in Dali Dynasty, and it is also an old minister of the two dynasties.


    Regardless of seniority or status, he was one of the top people in Dali Dynasty.


    Han Yao is not a swordsman, but he is good at kendo.


    The five punishments sword he practiced is a famous sword skill, but it is not a unique skill of sword cultivation.


    There were not many onlookers in this war, and there was no too detailed war situation afterwards.


    The news spread in the Dali Dynasty is that Han Yao killed Ouyang sword with his sword in this fair duel and became the final winner.


    Ouyang Jian, such an old minister, was deeply rooted in Dali Dynasty and had many relatives and friends.


    Many people were dissatisfied with Han Yao''s killing Ouyang Jian.


    Han Yao closed the door immediately after the war.


    Soon after, he successfully survived the thunder robbery and became a monk in the period of Yang God.


    There are only a few monks in the Yang God period in Dali imperial dynasty. Each of them is the foundation of the imperial dynasty.


    Han Yao advanced to Yang God. His identity and status were very different from before.


    The discontent and criticism against him immediately disappeared.


    Emperor Bawu originally planned to make Han Yao king, but he refused because of his insufficient achievements.


    After consolidating and getting familiar with the cultivation of Yang Shen period, Han Yao embarked on the fight against Ziyang Shengzong, but the specific details are not clear.


    Now Feng Baoshan has added a lot of details.


    The sword Lord Ouyang Jian and the demon xiumo qingzhenjun secretly colluded to be unfaithful to the Dali Dynasty, which Meng Zhang had known for a long time.


    Meng Zhang personally ran into their activities in the underworld.


    Later, Mo Qingzhen went to the Dharma cultivation world to cause magic disasters and engage in wind and rain. Although he was ordered by the high-level of the Dali imperial dynasty, many of his actions were obviously for his own interests.


    In order to contain Meng Zhang, Mo qingzhenjun even sacrificed the Heavenly Master of Dali imperial dynasty to create chaos in Jiuqu League.


    Dali was not a fool at the top of the imperial dynasty. He should have noticed the small move of Mo Qingzhen Jun afterwards.


    Ouyang Jian, such an old minister, was not easy to deal with directly, so he borrowed Han Yao''s hand.


    Han Yao had always been extremely hostile to evil cultivation and wanted to get rid of all evil cultivation sheltered by Dali imperial dynasty.


    Ouyang Jian is his political enemy. He is in deep collusion with demon Xiu. I''m afraid Han Yao killed him long ago.


    Meng Zhang secretly analyzed this matter according to the information he knew at that time.


    Soon he put the matter aside.


    Things in the past are over. How about Dali in the imperial dynasty has little to do with him now.


    As long as Dali keeps stable in the imperial dynasty and has enough strength to continue to entangle with Ziyang Shengzong, it''s OK.


    Dali Dynasty, as an old power of truth cultivation with a history of thousands of years, has a deep foundation and many hidden cards.


    It would be great if taiyimen could take advantage of this secret cooperation to get more benefits from Dali imperial court.


    Feng Baoshan introduced Han Yao''s recent situation, in addition to getting close to Meng Zhang, it is also because Han Yao is the candidate for real negotiation with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is already a monk in the period of Yang God. Naturally, he wants to send equivalent figures to negotiate with him.


    Han Yao was Meng Zhang''s former boss and the patron of Meng Zhang at the top of the imperial dynasty. He once gave him shelter.

 Chapter 1625

    It should be said that the Dali dynasty attached great importance to the secret contact with Meng Zhang.


    The high-level officials of Dali dynasty took Meng Zhang''s concerns into consideration and made special arrangements.


    After talking with Feng Baoshan, Meng Zhang''s trust in Dali imperial dynasty increased greatly.


    It seems that the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty have always been sober and did not tangle with the past.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, Feng Baoshan led the way and took Meng Zhang to the depths of the imperial territory.


    They flew for a long time and came to a secret valley.


    They entered the valley together and met Han Yao, Meng Zhang''s old boss, who had been waiting for a long time.


    Han Yao didn''t meet Meng Zhang directly, but went around in such a big circle to dispel Meng Zhang''s concerns.


    Meng Zhang has two biggest concerns.


    First, the high-level officials of Dali Dynasty could not forget Meng Zhang''s betrayal. They still hated Meng Zhang extremely. Regardless, they sent experts to besiege Meng Zhang.


    Second, Dali had sinister intentions and directly released the news of private contact with Meng Zhang to let Ziyang Shengzong know.


    In that way, Meng Zhang will be in great trouble.


    At least so far, Dali Dynasty has shown great sincerity.


    Instead of calculating Meng Zhang, they sincerely want to cooperate with Meng Zhang.


    Seeing his old boss, Meng Zhang took the initiative to salute.


    In any case, Han Yao provided him with shelter in the official face and helped him solve a lot of trouble.


    Moreover, Han Yao was optimistic about him and provided him with help in many aspects.


    In terms of their ideas, they have much in common.


    For Meng Zhang, Han Yao felt very complicated.


    He now bears a heavy responsibility and needs to reach an agreement with Meng Zhang to add power to the Dali Dynasty.


    Although Dali Dynasty has been suppressed by Ziyang Shengzong, the news is still very well-informed.


    Meng Zhang is not an ordinary monk in the period of Yang God. He has the power of returning to emptiness behind him.


    He has deep connections in the heavenly palace and has a deep relationship with the old man Yinhu.


    Especially important, he can have a relationship with Tianlei shangzun.


    Therefore, the Dali Dynasty regarded Meng Zhang as a valuable ally and could cooperate for a long time.


    After a few simple reminiscences, Han Yao and Meng Zhang entered the topic and expressed the hope of Dali Dynasty to form an alliance with taiyimen and jointly fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang has always been very firm.


    Taiyimen will not make an open alliance with Dali emperor, and taiyimen will not challenge Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, in the dark, taiyimen can make friends with Dali Dynasty and provide some convenience for Dali Dynasty.


    All this must be kept strictly confidential and must not be disclosed to the public.


    Han Yao saw through Meng Zhang''s mind at a glance.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with Ziyang holy sect and wanted to secretly block Ziyang holy sect, but he was unwilling to expose himself.


    In this way, whether Meng Zhang or taiyimen can give Dali imperial dynasty limited help.


    However, the high-level officials of Dali Dynasty valued Meng Zhang''s background and prepared to carry out long-term cooperation with Meng Zhang.


    Now it''s just a preliminary contact. Both sides don''t trust each other enough. It''s enough to reach some simple agreements.


    With the passage of time, the relationship between the two sides has gradually become close.


    Most importantly, with the continuous crackdown of Ziyang Shengzong on Taiyi gate, Taiyi gate will eventually be unbearable.


    Therefore, Han Yao did not force anything, but reached some simple agreements with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt Han Yao''s kindness and knew that Dali really wanted to make friends with taiyimen this time.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang came here to have direct contact with the high-level officials of Dali imperial court, rather than passing messages through Datong business alliance as before, which also showed his sincere attitude of cooperation.


    Next, the details of bilateral cooperation will naturally be discussed by their subordinates slowly.


    After talking about business, Meng Zhang declined Han Yao''s invitation and sent it directly back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate without stopping more in the territory of Dali imperial dynasty.


    After returning to the Mountain Gate of taiyimen, according to the agreement of both sides, the Dali imperial court will send envoys to the Jiuqu province secretly through the long-distance transmission array of Datong business alliance to negotiate the details of cooperation with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang left these things to Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, to arrange.


    He stayed in the mountain gate for a little half a year and supervised the smooth progress of this matter.


    At the beginning, the cooperation between Dali Dynasty and taiyimen was very simple, but it was just business, exchange of information and exchange of information about Ziyang holy sect


    As for whether the cooperation will be further deepened, it depends on the next development of the situation.


    Seeing that the matter had been handled properly, Meng Zhang left the mountain gate and flew to the heavenly palace.


    In recent years, mother-in-law Qiansi has been waiting for Meng Zhang''s arrival in the mansion.


    Meng Zhang came to mother-in-law''s residence and met her smoothly.


    When they met, they didn''t say much. Mother-in-law Qiansi finally asked Meng Zhang if she really wanted to join her small group and whether she was willing to accept the test?


    Meng Zhang, who had made up his mind for a long time, gave a positive answer without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t regret, so she was very satisfied.


    Next, mother-in-law Qiansi introduced Meng Zhang''s test in detail.


    To the west of the Middle Earth continent, in a relatively remote area, there is a small and low-key Xiuzhen sect gate called Yanyun cave.


    There are few disciples in this sect. If you leave aside the factotum and slaves, there are less than ten real members.


    Originally, Yanyun cave was a seemingly ordinary Yuanshen sect with many disciples.


    The territory of Yanyun cave is not small, and it is also a powerful party among the many cultivation forces around it.


    The reason why Yanyun Grottoes can maintain such a position is mainly because there has been no fault for its Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In the heyday of zongmen, there will be three or four true monarchs.


    When the situation is at its worst, at least one yuan God Zhenjun will sit in the town gate.


    Such a door of Yuanshen sect is very common in Middle Earth, and there is nothing surprising.


    Yanyun cave is like a local tyrant in the countryside, occupying a side in a remote place.


    However, in the Middle Earth continent, where the Xiuzhen civilization is extremely developed and the strength of the Xiuzhen world is extremely strong, the Yanyun cave is not ranked at all, and it is not worth mentioning in the eyes of the real strong.


    About 500 years ago, great changes took place in the area around Yanyun grottoes.


    A late great monk of Yuanshen who fled from other places suddenly killed the surrounding Xiuzhen forces for unknown reasons.


    Yanyun Grottoes bear the brunt and become the target of the great friar in the later period of the yuan God.


    Ordinary Yuanshen sect can''t resist the great friars in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    No matter how many disciples there are, they can''t even count cannon fodder in front of the real strong.


    This impeccable disaster has brought havoc to Yanyun cave.


    The Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave was broken, and countless monks in the gate were killed.

 Chapter 1626

    When Yanyun cave was almost destroyed, many Xiuzhen forces around it also suffered heavy losses in this catastrophe.


    Later, the friars from guantian Pavilion rushed there after receiving the news and killed the great friar who indiscriminately killed innocent people and acted recklessly.


    The nun of the temple of heaven, who acted on behalf of heaven, completed his task and left, leaving scars all over the ground.


    After the disaster in Yanyun cave, there were only two or three big cats and kittens left among the disciples. They had to declare that the mountain gate was closed and give up most of the original territory.


    After 500 years or so, Yanyun Grottoes not only did not recover, but also became more and more depressed.


    There are few disciples in the gate. They almost never leave the gate.


    The surrounding Xiuzhen forces almost forget that there is such a Yuanshen sect here.


    Fortunately, although Yanyun cave is down and out, there is still a Yuanshen Zhenjun sitting in the gate.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun occasionally appeared near the mountain gate, showing his great strength.


    Yanyun cave has long voluntarily given up many interests, including most of its territory, and no Xiuzhen forces around continue to embarrass it.


    After all, Yanyun Grottoes not only have no meat, but also are obviously a hard bone to chew. It is not worth paying a price to deal with.


    Besides, although there are still many struggles in the cultivation world on the other side of the Middle Earth, the intensity of the struggle is far less than that in places like the north of the Junchen world.


    Generally speaking, after a Xiuzhen force announces the closure of the mountain, it is tantamount to taking the initiative to withdraw from the Xiuzhen world and stay away from all kinds of grievances and disputes.


    As long as there is no blood feud, not many people will hold on.


    On the surface alone, Yanyun cave is just an ordinary sect door with bad luck and depression.


    The Yanyun cave first introduced by mother-in-law Qiansi to Meng Zhang is also the Yanyun cave in the eyes of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Since it can be mentioned so solemnly by mother-in-law Qiansi, Yanyun cave will certainly not be so simple.


    In fact, there are great secrets hidden in the seemingly ordinary smoke cave.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, the contemporary leader of Yanyun cave, is a strong man in the period of Yang God.


    There are less than ten formal disciples of the sect, but they are basically the true monarch of the yuan God, including two or three great friars in the later period of the yuan God.


    After listening to mother-in-law Qiansi, Meng Zhang was surprised.


    The strength of Yanyun cave is really too strong.


    Compared with the current taiyimen, there is not much difference in high-end combat power.


    Is the level of cultivation really so high in the Middle Earth?


    Can a poor clan have such strength?


    Among them, there must be hidden secrets.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s surprised expression, mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t explain too much and directly announced Meng Zhang''s task.


    Meng Zhang wants to go to the west of the Chinese mainland. Without disturbing any outsiders, he will completely destroy the Yanyun cave and kill every friar in the door. No fish is allowed to slip through the net.


    In addition, Yanyun cave is named because there is a secret cave in its mountain gate.


    This cave is unfathomable and almost reaches the center of the earth.


    After the extinction of Yanyun cave, Meng Zhang will enter this cave.


    At the end of the cave, there is a mysterious stone wall.


    Meng Zhang must destroy this stone wall without leaving any trace.


    After completing the task, Meng Zhang can evacuate secretly.


    In the whole process, Meng Zhang must not expose his deeds. He must keep a low profile.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi solemnly introduced the tasks to be completed by Meng Zhang, with particular emphasis on some details.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang fell into a silence.


    It seems that this task is not very difficult for Meng Zhang. It is completely within his ability.


    Although the hidden strength of Yanyun cave is strong, it is definitely not the opponent of Taiyi gate.


    The only thing that is a little difficult is that Yanyun cave is located in the west of the Middle Earth continent. Meng Zhang cannot honestly mobilize the friars of taiyimen to form an army of friars to fight.


    Fortunately, the number of monks in Yanyun Grottoes is small. As long as they move carefully, they are not afraid of any missing fish.


    Meng Zhang was silent because he still had doubts in his heart.


    Yanyun cave was originally just an ordinary gate of Yuanshen sect. The monks in the gate have average strength.


    However, after a catastrophe that almost destroyed the door, the strength of zongmen increased greatly, and the high-level combat power ushered in a leap.


    There must be a big secret in the middle.


    What kind of opportunities did the monk of Yanyun cave get and what kind of accomplishments can he make such rapid progress?


    Logically speaking, with such strength, shouldn''t Yanyun Grottoes expand wantonly according to the practice of the cultivation world?


    Not to mention conquering the whole area, at least recovering the territory abandoned by the family and restoring the original sphere of influence, isn''t that a matter of course?


    But Yanyun cave is so low-key, hiding its own strength, closing the mountain gate, and the monks in the gate almost never go out?


    In addition, mother-in-law Qiansi didn''t know what way she learned the secret of Yanyun cave and found out its details.


    How did Yanyun cave offend the small group behind mother-in-law Qiansi and let the mysterious small group get rid of it?


    From the performance of mother-in-law, the mysterious group she belongs to is absolutely powerful. It is absolutely easy to kill Yanyun grottoes.


    However, this small group did not start directly, but took it as a test task and handed it to Meng Zhang, who is not a full member for the time being.


    Killing Yanyun Grottoes is a small matter, but the hidden doubts have raised countless questions in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Meng Zhang humbly asks for advice from mother-in-law Qiansi. What is the mystery in this matter.


    Just now, the amiable and very easy-going mother-in-law of lead silk became dignified after she seriously announced her task to Meng Zhang.


    Instead of directly answering Meng Zhang''s questions, she talked about him.


    She stressed that the information she provided about Yanyun cave was absolutely no problem.


    Her small group handed this task to Meng Zhang. With Meng Zhang''s strength, she will be able to complete it smoothly.


    Besides, she refused to say anything more about the task.


    No matter how friendly Meng Zhang is and how humble his request is, she looks like that.


    Apart from the information she had told Meng Zhang, she would never reveal any more information.


    Even if Meng Zhang was deliberately angry and pretended to be impatient, she didn''t change her attitude.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang was even more confused.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang had a bad feeling in his heart.


    He began to regret that he shouldn''t have been in this muddy water.


    There must be many secrets hidden in this seemingly simple task.


    This small group entrusted this task to Meng Zhang as a test to join. I''m afraid it didn''t have any good intentions to let Meng Zhang complete it.


    I just don''t know what mother-in-law Qiansi thinks.


    Is she just out of loyalty to that small group and routine, or is she also malicious to Meng Zhang? Or is she simply using Meng Zhang?

 Chapter 1627

    For a moment, the image of mother-in-law Qiansi in Meng Zhang''s mind began to become strange.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has trusted her very much.


    He believed that her mother-in-law had no malice towards him. She was a trustworthy elder.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi also deserved this trust. She not only helped Meng Zhang a lot, but also always supported Meng Zhang. Even the secret news that the Junchen world was about to change greatly was also disclosed to Meng Zhang.


    If he didn''t believe in her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang might not agree to join the mysterious small group, let alone participate in this inexplicable test task.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s hesitation, mother-in-law Qiansi sighed in the dark.


    She didn''t mean that. Even as a great power of returning to emptiness, she still had many times she couldn''t help herself.


    Fortunately, she has never been malicious to Meng Zhang. Even if there is any trouble, she will try her best to help Meng Zhang solve it.


    Lead silk mother-in-law told Meng Zhang that the time is not ripe. Meng Zhang has not completed the test and is not a formal member of the small group.


    Some secrets about small groups should not be disclosed to Meng Zhang at present.


    Some secrets, I''m afraid only the senior level of small groups are qualified to know.


    This task is of great importance. If the senior level of the small group does not have enough confidence in Meng Zhang, they will not hand over the task to him.


    The senior management of the small group did not mean any harm to him, but appreciated him very much.


    When Meng Zhang successfully completes his task, joins this small group and becomes a real person, there are many benefits waiting for him.


    In order to dispel Meng Zhang''s doubts, mother-in-law Qiansi patiently explained a few words.


    Of course, Meng Zhang decided to give up after knowing the specific situation of the task. I''m afraid the whole small group will regard him as an enemy.


    Even if she didn''t want to, I''m afraid she had to draw a line with Meng Zhang from now on.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s words have reached this point. What else can Meng Zhang do?


    Can he refuse the task, turn against her and offend the small group behind her?


    How terrible is the strength of a small group that can support mother-in-law Qiansi''s great ability to return to emptiness. A little thought makes Meng Zhang dare not take the slightest rash action.


    There are many secrets hidden in this mission, but so what?


    At least, these secrets can''t hurt Meng Zhang for the time being.


    But if the small group behind mother-in-law silk takes a hand, Meng Zhang will be doomed.


    Of course, after this experience, Meng Zhang not only did not trust mother-in-law as before, but also gave birth to a deep warning to the small group behind her.


    Meng Zhang''s mind turned quickly and made a decision in a moment.


    There was a warm smile on his face.


    He took the task with ease, as if the previous unhappiness and doubt didn''t exist at all.


    The group behind mother-in-law Qiansi gives him this task. He thinks highly of him. He will try his best to complete the task and make everyone satisfied.


    Whether Meng Zhang is false or false, since he agreed to complete the task and put on such an attitude, his mother-in-law can also make a job.


    She sighed in her heart.


    She knows that her attitude today will certainly make Meng Zhang feel cracked and even dissatisfied.


    The future is long. I hope Meng Zhang can understand his pains in the future.


    Finally, mother-in-law Qiansi stressed the importance of this task. Meng Zhang must complete it in person and never leave it to others.


    Even if she doesn''t say so, Meng Zhang will complete the task himself.


    Besides, he couldn''t find anyone else to take his place.


    After talking with her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang left.


    In the whole process, he did not show the slightest dissatisfaction.


    Back at taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang entered the quiet room alone and thought for a full day and night.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to complete the task, but went back to the Taiyi gate.


    This time is to exterminate a sect with a strong man in the Yang God period. Meng Zhang needs some help in order to avoid missing fish.


    A team of Taoist soldiers hidden in his natural magic weapon yin-yang Linghu alone can not provide enough help.


    Meng Zhang was going to bring the void tripod.


    On second thought, taiyimen seems to be in a stable situation and has not encountered any challenges.


    However, Ziyang holy sect has always been eyeing Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate has such a big stall. It must have enough powerful people to sit down.


    Kongzi still continued to take charge at Taiyi gate to prevent strong enemies from entering when Meng Zhang was not in the gate.


    Meng Zhang decided to bring some useful helpers.


    With Meng Zhang''s order, Wen qiansuan, who was busy selecting the site for the blessed land, rushed back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Anyway, with Li boqian Zhenjun, an excellent local teacher, Wenqian doesn''t have to do everything himself in this matter.


    Among the many vassal sects of Taiyi sect, Huanglian sect is the most powerful force.


    Since joining Hanhai Taoist League, Huanglian sect has gained many benefits in all aspects.


    In order to increase the fighting power of Yuanshen as soon as possible, taiyimen vigorously supported Huanglian sect.


    In addition, Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, actively runs around the heavenly palace in exchange for various high-end resources.


    In the current Huanglian sect, in addition to Xu Mengying, a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, there are several true monarchs of Yuanshen, whose strength is close to its heyday.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang fought side by side many times and won his trust.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Xu Mengying quickly rushed to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    In the inheritance of Huanglian cult, there is no secret method to survive the thunder robbery of Yang God.


    Xu Mengying has great ambition for her own path of cultivation and is absolutely unwilling to stop at the later stage of Yuanshen.


    She has been hanging around in the heavenly palace for many years. Of course, she knows the rare secret of crossing the robbery.


    Since Meng Zhang brought back the obtained secret Dharma to the door, in addition to letting the friars in the door know, he also announced it to the high-level friars of Hanhai daomeng. Many high-level friars were very happy.


    With the secret method of crossing the robbery, you can see the way forward and have the hope of advanced Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang is so generous, which is very rare in the whole cultivation world.


    Xu Mengying knows that even if she has a deep friendship with Meng Zhang, she is almost a friend of life and death.


    However, as the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang must abide by the rules set by himself. It is impossible to give Xu Mengying the secret method of crossing the robbery for no reason.


    Xu Mengying must abide by the rules and make enough contributions if she wants to exchange for the secret method of crossing robbery.


    Meng Zhang enlisted her to work. She will certainly not be busy in vain.


    All her contributions will be recorded.


    Jin Lizhen, strictly speaking, is not a direct friar of Taiyi sect.


    However, she has worked for taiyimen for many years and has already been completely bound with taiyimen.


    When Meng Zhang was about to recall her, she was wandering outside.

 Chapter 1628

    Jin Lizhen, such a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, not only closed door practice on weekdays, but also travel and practice in waiyun, which is also a part of practice.


    Jin Lizhen has joined taiyimen for a long time and has long been regarded as one of taiyimen''s own people.


    Many years ago, her soul lamp was enshrined in the Taiyi gate, which is convenient to master her life and death trend when going out.


    Later, the refining ability of Taiyi sect increased greatly, and many monks in the sect refined long-distance communication devices.


    As long as the distance is not too far, you can keep in touch through long-distance communication.


    When Meng Zhang summoned Jin Lizhen, she was wandering in the north of Jun dust world.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s summoning order, she quickly returned to the door.


    This mission is required to be confidential. Meng Zhang is not going to bring too many people, and the monks sent out must be absolutely trusted.


    An Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, advanced to the middle stage of Yuanshen many years ago and studied the Fusang Sutra for many years. The pure Jinwu true fire is not only powerful, but also has many wonderful uses for alchemy.


    As a rare fourth-order alchemist in the door, an Xiaoran is active and unwilling to stay in the door for alchemy for many years.


    Meng Zhang took her this time, which was also an opportunity to train this disciple.


    Wei wucai is the best of the elders in the sect. She not only has the cultivation of the middle period of the yuan God, but also is proficient in the art of resisting animals. She also keeps several spirit beasts of the yuan God period.


    With the help of spirit and beast, she can be called a strong one among the mid-term friars of Yuanshen.


    Although Wei wucai was not a friar handed down by Meng Zhang, he was deeply valued by Meng Zhang and was entrusted with important tasks many times.


    Taking her to complete the task this time is also an eye opener for her.


    Xu Mengying, Wen qiansuan, Jin Lizhen, an Xiaoran and Wei wucai, together with Meng Zhang himself, are six in a row.


    When the silk pulling mother-in-law released the task, she deliberately emphasized confidentiality.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang mobilized the friars in the sect to participate, which will not cause leakage.


    After the crowd gathered, Meng Zhang did not disclose the inside information of the mission to them, but issued orders and issued the mission.


    Meng Zhang has been in charge of taiyimen for many years and has great prestige. People trust him enough not to question his orders.


    Meng Zhang introduced the situation of the target Yanyun cave.


    Of course, his information comes from mother-in-law. The specific details need to be reconfirmed at the destination.


    Although we are all true monarchs, we have never been to the Middle Earth.


    Everyone, including Meng Zhang, is curious and yearning for the Middle Earth, where the legendary Xiuzhen civilization is extremely developed and the strong are like clouds.


    After getting ready, Meng Zhang took everyone to the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace is a special existence, which is located above the nine heaven and overlooks the whole Jun dust world.


    If a friar wants to enter the heavenly palace, he needs to enter the nine days first, and then trigger a special transmission token or transmission talisman, which will be transmitted to the heavenly palace.


    These transmission tokens and symbols are from the heavenly palace, which is rare to see outside.


    Like the Jiuqu League in the past, it was because of the lack of communication with the outside world and the lack of such transmission tokens and symbols, so it was unable to communicate with the heavenly palace.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t get the taiyimen heritage in the heyday and had the transmission token, he couldn''t enter the heavenly palace.


    After Meng Zhang entered the heavenly palace, he purchased and transmitted tokens and talismans in the heavenly palace, which gave the younger generation of Yuanshen the opportunity to enter the heavenly palace.


    As the nominal supreme ruler of the Jun dust world, the heavenly palace is also a place for monks from all sides of the Jun dust world to communicate.


    There are many teleportation arrays in the heavenly palace, which can be directly transmitted to all parts of the Jun dust world.


    In a sense, Tiangong is the real transportation hub of Junchen world.


    Even if it is the door of each holy place, if you want to quickly travel around the Junchen world, you often need to use the heavenly palace.


    Tiangong has mastered this ability and can easily monitor all parts of the Jun dust world.


    If a major event endangering the whole world occurs anywhere in the Junchen world, the heavenly palace can send friars to deal with it in time.


    Meng Zhang, who has a mission, took the people into the heavenly palace. Instead of staying here, he went directly to the transmission hall where the transmission Dharma array is located.


    In the transmission hall, there are many transmission arrays that can be transmitted to every corner of the Jun dust world.


    Yanyun Grottoes is located in a remote area in the west of the Middle Earth continent. Of course, there is no transmission method array that can be directly transmitted there.


    Even if there is such a transmission array, Meng Zhang will deliberately avoid it in order to cover up his tracks.


    Shortly after receiving the mission, Meng Zhang spent some time understanding the situation in the area near the target.


    More than 200000 miles to the east of Yanyun grottoes, Huzhong city is a large commercial city in the middle land.


    Throughout the year, many friars from all sides come to the big city to carry out various business activities.


    Meng Zhang took a group of disciples to the big city and mingled with the crowd. It was not remarkable at all.


    In fact, a long time ago, there were Yuanshen friars in Taiyi gate who went to all sides of the Junchen world through the transmission Dharma array of the heavenly palace.


    In addition to traveling and training, they will also bring some specialties among the stored magic tools and sell them along the way. By the way, buy some repair materials from all over the country and take them back to the door.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun is not ashamed to act as a peddler.


    In particular, Taiyi gate is located in a barren area. Many materials are not abundant, and it has been suppressed and blocked by Ziyang holy sect.


    Friars travelling abroad do some small businesses on the way, which can not only increase their income, but also make some contributions to the sect.


    In the transmission hall, there are often people coming and going, crowded scenes.


    You know, those who can enter the heavenly palace and go in and out here are at least Yuanshen friars.


    If I hadn''t come here, I''m afraid I would never have thought that there would be so many yuan God Zhenjun in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang and his party paid the transmission fee and directly entered the transmission array.


    The transmission array started, and a flash of light flashed. Meng Zhang and others felt the change of the scenery in front of them, and they appeared in a cloud.


    Each teleportation array in the heavenly palace will not teleport monks directly to the target location, but will teleport them to the top of the target within nine days.


    In this way, it will not lead to the resistance of various Xiuzhen forces to the transmission Dharma array.


    Second, it can also prevent friars from launching a sneak attack on the target directly with the help of the transmission array.


    Meng Zhang, who had been in and out of the nine days for many times, flew for a while and left the nine days smoothly.


    Meng Zhang recognized the direction and flew down to the West.


    Soon after, a huge city appeared in the eyes of everyone.


    A magnificent river passes around the city, forming a rare great lake around the city.


    The whole city is located in the center of the lake, so it is named Huzhong city.


    Huzhong city is jointly managed by several cultivation forces. It has always been neutral and has never been involved in the gratitude and resentment of the cultivation world.

 Chapter 1629

    Huzhong City, located in the thoroughfare, is the surrounding business center.


    There are several great friars in the later period of Yuanshen in the city all year round, which are enough to ensure safety most of the time.


    Even those friars of Yuanshen sect dare not be presumptuous in the city.


    Meng Zhang hid his true accomplishments and suppressed his breath at the level of great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang and his party swaggered to Huzhong city without the slightest intention of hiding their tracks.


    Even though Meng Zhang hid his true accomplishments, people still dare not underestimate the strength of this group.


    Even in the Middle Earth, where the strong are like clouds and the gods are almost everywhere, and the golden elixir is not as good as the dog, such a team led by several great monks is still very rare.


    Moreover, Huzhong city is not located in the real core of the Middle Earth continent, it can only be said to be a marginal zone.


    Its overall cultivation level is not much better than today''s taiyimen.


    Due to the joint suppression of the sects of the major holy places, the number of strong people in the Yang God period in the whole cultivation world has always been very limited.


    There is the power of friars in the Yang God period. As long as they don''t provoke the sects of the holy places, they can dominate even in the Middle Earth, and no one dares to provoke them easily.


    No one dares to despise today''s taiyimen, even if it is placed in central earth.


    Meng Zhang and his party came to Huzhong city and were immediately warmly received by the master friars in the city.


    Meng Zhang did not reveal the identity of the head of Taiyi sect, but said that he was an elder of Taiyi sect.


    When such a powerful team of friars came, even the three yuan gods in the town garrison were startled and came out to meet Meng Zhang and them.


    If Meng Zhang and his people have a bad heart and suddenly make trouble in the city, not to mention the capture of the Lake City, they will at least stir up chaos in the lake city and shake its foundation, there will be no problem.


    When facing Meng Zhang, the three great friars in the later period of Yuanshen in the city were very polite and tried to meet all their reasonable requirements.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples are well prepared this time. They have brought a lot of cultivation materials in their storage and magic tools.


    With the help of high-level officials in the city, Meng Zhang quickly completed the transaction and made good profits.


    After purchasing a batch of scarce materials from Jiuqu Province, Meng Zhang left Huzhong city under the welcome of the high-rise in the city.


    According to Meng Zhang''s statement before he left, they would also like to stroll around and purchase some other materials.


    As soon as they left the Lake City, Meng Zhang immediately hid their tracks and flew to the West.


    The group are all Yuanshen Zhenjun who is proficient in flying and escaping, including Meng Zhang who is proficient in space Avenue.


    It didn''t take long for them to come to the area where the target Yanyun cave was located.


    Meng Zhang, who has always been cautious, did not lead people to kill Yanyun cave. Instead, he first found a secret place around and arranged a simple Dharma array by Wen qiansuan as their temporary foothold.


    After settling down temporarily, Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying and Jin Lizhen Jun all changed their image, hid their identity and started activities in the nearby area.


    They obtained information about Yanyun Grottoes through various means.


    Although mother-in-law Qiansi provided more detailed information when she released the task, Meng Zhang didn''t fully believe it. She still had to inquire about it at home.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, you can easily capture ordinary yuan God friars, and then try to force a confession.


    Of course, the disappearance of Yuanshen friar is a big event, and there will be a lot of noise.


    Meng Zhang chose several Jindan friars and took them secretly.


    Get information, erase their memories, and take a series of actions.


    Xu Mengying majored in spiritual Avenue and was also proficient in magic. She was also a good hand in inquiring about news.


    After a busy time, they returned to their foothold.


    After summarizing everyone''s information, the information provided by mother-in-law seems to be no problem.


    The history and experience of Yanyun grottoes are almost well known around.


    The Yanyun cave in the eyes of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces is a poor Yuanshen sect, which was forced to close the mountain for self-defense.


    Outsiders don''t know the real strength of Yanyun cave.


    It seems that it is impossible to know the real situation of Yanyun cave from the outside.


    The secret of Yanyun cave hides the strong ones in the period of Yang God, as well as many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    For such a strong strength, no matter how careful.


    Pull silk mother-in-law once stressed that Yanyun Zhenjun''s strength is not as good as Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang himself is the strong man in the Yang God period. He knows how difficult it is to kill the strong man in the Yang God period.


    Even if the opponent''s strength is not as good as his own, he must have a detailed plan and make all kinds of preparations in advance to ensure that he will kill with one blow.


    In particular, there are many doubts in this mission. Meng Zhang must be more careful.


    Since no more valuable information could be obtained outside, Meng Zhang and others directly began the investigation of Yanyun cave.


    The Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave is surrounded by mountains.


    A four step mountain protection array covers many surrounding mountains for good protection.


    Since the mountain closure of Yanyun cave was announced 500 years ago, the official disciples of the gate have hardly gone out.


    Occasionally, a few servants go out to buy some common daily necessities.


    These daily items are mainly various edible items such as LingMi and lingguo.


    Meng Zhang was a little confused. According to the information provided by her mother-in-law, Yanyun Zhenjun, the leader of Yanyun cave, was a strong man in the Yang God period. There are less than ten disciples in the door. Everyone is the true king of the yuan God.


    In addition to the jade clearing spirit machine needed for daily cultivation, these people should not ask for it. There is no need to buy so many spirit food at all.


    As for keeping servants and the like, it is even more unnecessary.


    Meng Zhang and his men walked around the gate of Yanyun cave.


    It is guarded by the mountain protection array. It seems that there are no flaws.


    In fact, with the strength of Meng Zhang''s team, they can forcibly break most of the fourth order mountain protection array.


    The big array in front of them can''t stop them at all.


    Wen qiansuan stayed alone and walked slowly around the array.


    He should carefully study the reality of this large array and ensure that it can be broken at the least cost and in the shortest time when necessary.


    The most ideal situation is to enter the array quietly without making any noise.


    After the closure of Yanyun grottoes, it is equivalent to giving up all the original territories.


    Naturally, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces would not be soft hearted. They took the opportunity to carve up and seize the territory originally belonging to Yanyun cave.


    Of course, Yanyun cave is also a Yuanshen sect. Even if you are down, as long as the yuan God Zhenjun in the door is still there, no one dares to despise it too much.


    A large area near the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave was occupied by no Xiuzhen forces.


    As a result, it slowly became a buffer zone.


    There is a square city here, which has slowly become prosperous.


    Four regardless of the area of the square market, easy to sell those invisible items.

 Chapter 1630

    This square city is only hundreds of miles away from the Mountain Gate of Yanyun grottoes, and it has been sheltered by Yanyun grottoes.


    After all, although the Yanyun grottoes are not closed, for one thing, the remaining power of the yuanshenzong gate is still there, and for another, some factotum go out to do business from time to time.


    The number of these factitious workers is small, but they are basically friars in the foundation period, and the leader is immortal Jindan.


    Besides, outsiders can''t tell the difference between official disciples and factotum in Yanyun cave.


    Out of scruples about Yanyun grottoes, other Xiuzhen forces around will not take the initiative to touch here.


    The factotum sent by Yanyun cave often purchases all kinds of goods from this square city.


    For a long time, the square city has developed very prosperous and attracted many friars around.


    The monks in Yanyun cave are closed. Only the factotum disciples go shopping. Meng Zhang, if they want to get information about Yanyun cave, they can only start with these factotum.


    Lead silk mother-in-law did not strictly limit Meng Zhang''s time to complete the task, leaving him plenty of time.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying flew outside the square city and directly became two friars in the foundation period. Their faces and shapes were very different from before.


    They flew into the sky again and flew slowly towards the square city in front of them.


    On weekdays, there are several golden elixirs in charge of the workshop, and the management is not very strict.


    A friar can enter it by simply reporting his name and origin.


    In the square city, there are no strict rules except that direct fighting is not allowed.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying made up their names at will. After simple registration, they entered the market.


    In the square market, the main trading force is the friars in the foundation period. They are not surprising and have not attracted other people''s attention.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying are both proficient in mind reading skills. After making a turn in the square city, they quietly got a lot of information.


    Then they found an inn to stay.


    Opposite this inn is the largest grain store in Fangshi.


    The factotum in Yanyun Grottoes can be as short as ten days and a half months, or as long as a month or so. They will go to the market to purchase once.


    Every purchase, a large number of LingMi are essential.


    This grain store is almost a must for them.


    The inn also runs the business of restaurants.


    After completing the purchase of LingMi in the grain store, these workers will have a few drinks in the restaurant and then return to Yanyun cave.


    Their accomplishments are not weak, and they have the background of Yanyun cave. However, no one dares to play tricks such as killing and looting.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying contracted a small courtyard in the Inn and waited quietly.


    There are many friars who come and go in this workshop and do everything, but no one pays attention to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. After waiting for more than half a month, a team of factotum disciples in Yanyun cave took a flying boat and came to the square city early in the morning.


    Yanyun grottoes are the real landlords here. The monks sent by Yanyun Grottoes naturally waited for the warm welcome of the mayor of the square.


    The two leading Jindan friars and a few close friends accepted the warm invitation of the mayor of the square and went to a drinking party.


    Those with lower status began to purchase heavily.


    These people are generous and have a large number of purchases. They are the most popular big customers in all stores.


    It''s rare to come out once. These factotum disciples can''t help having fun.


    From time to time, some friars who have completed their purchases find places to amuse themselves in the market.


    At noon, three workers in the foundation period went to the restaurant to drink after purchasing LingMi and Linggu.


    Meng Zhang''s small courtyard is only 30 feet away from the restaurant.


    In his and Xu Mengying''s mental perception, everyone''s every move in the restaurant is under control.


    Xu Mengying, who majored in spiritual Avenue, was proficient in various spiritual mysteries. Without anyone knowing it, her mind sneaked into the restaurant and began to probe into the three foundation building workers.


    As a matter of fact, the accomplishments of both sides are far apart. With Xu Mengying''s ability, they can easily find out the deepest secret in their hearts without their knowledge.


    At first, everything went very smoothly, and everything was carried out according to Xu Mengying''s plan.


    The spirit wine of this restaurant is well-known far and near. The three workers are all good drinkers.


    When they were drunk, their minds were a little confused.


    Unconsciously, Xu Mengying''s mind had entered their hearts and explored all kinds of intelligence.


    Xu Mengying is not interested in these workers themselves. What she wants to know is the information about Yanyun cave.


    Even if they are not the official disciples of Yanyun grottoes, they have stayed in Yanyun Grottoes for so long. They should know something about the situation inside.


    A lot of information was sent back to Xu Mengying through divine thoughts.


    These factotum disciples come from different backgrounds. Many of them are not from Yanyun cave.


    From time to time, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Yanyun cave secretly goes out to recruit a group of monks.


    Many friars in the foundation building period and even the golden elixir period are eager to work for the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Although they are only factotum, the treatment given by Yanyun cave is very good.


    You can also enter the Sutra Pavilion in Yanyun grottoes and read some ordinary classics.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of Yanyun Grottoes even promised that if they performed well and never made mistakes, they would become official disciples of Yanyun grottoes and have a greater future.


    There are three nails in the rotten boat, and the fallen Yuanshen sect door, all of which have inside information.


    For these casual practitioners, it is an unexpected good thing to become an official disciple of the Yuanshen sect and get the cultivation of the Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Of course, in order to prevent them from betraying, the yuan God Zhenjun of Yanyun cave laid prohibition measures in their bodies.


    Xu Mengying''s mind continued to go deep into their hearts, skipped those worthless contents, and was ready to start exploring the situation of Yanyun cave.


    Suddenly, Xu Mengying''s mind stopped a little.


    Xu Mengying found that the bodies of the three workers during the foundation period were banned.


    This is not an ordinary prohibition. The general yuan God Zhenjun can''t set such a delicate prohibition.


    At first glance, the prohibition only affected their physical bodies. At a closer look, we found that the prohibition went deep into their hearts and unconsciously distorted their hearts.


    Because of the influence of prohibition, these factotum friars instinctively believe in Yanyun cave and want to be loyal to Yanyun cave.


    In their hearts, they could not afford to betray Yanyun grottoes and resist Yanyun grottoes.


    Even, their memory has been greatly affected.


    All the information they know about Yanyun Grottoes has been banned and blocked in the depths of their hearts.


    As soon as they left the Yanyun cave, they almost forgot the information.


    Even if outsiders catch them, read their minds or search their souls, they can''t get valuable information.


    If you accidentally touch the prohibition, you will disturb the monks under the prohibition.

 Chapter 1631

    Xu Mengying''s mind did not dare to directly contact the prohibition, only dared to linger around the periphery of the prohibition, and secretly observed the operation of the prohibition from a distance.


    Such a brilliant spiritual prohibition aroused Xu Mengying''s great interest.


    As a major in spiritual Avenue and proficient in a variety of spiritual mysteries, she has never seen similar prohibitions before.


    She almost forgot her business and carefully studied these prohibitions.


    The more she studied, the more she felt the magic of prohibition and the extraordinary of the setter.


    These prohibitions are very different from similar means in the cultivation world, and are almost not a system at all.


    Xu Mengying, as a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, thought she could not lay such a subtle prohibition.


    Xu Mengying was born in the great sect of Yuanshen like Huanglian sect and has been hanging around in the heavenly palace for so many years.


    She is not a bumpkin who has never seen the world, but a knowledgeable and experienced expert.


    But she never thought that the power of the spiritual Avenue could be used in this way. The prohibition on the mind can be arranged like this.


    Even, she guessed that this was not the means of Taoist practitioners at all.


    It is said that on the spiritual Avenue, the monks of the devil''s heart and the devil''s way, as well as the legendary Buddhist monks, have extremely high attainments and master many unique means.


    When Xu Mengying calmed down the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world, she would have been obsessed with the evil cultivation of the evil way.


    Although these prohibitions seem a little strange, they don''t have the secret smell of magic, but inexplicably appear to be huge.


    As for the Buddhist monk, Xu Mengying heard Meng Zhang mention it.


    When studying these prohibitions, she did not forget to communicate with Meng Zhang.


    According to Meng Zhang, these spiritual prohibitions are not like the means of Buddhist monks.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s understanding of Buddhist monks is limited and he can''t be 100% sure.


    Meng Zhang''s mind kept in touch with Xu Mengying''s mind and learned all her exploration results.


    From time to time, Meng Zhang will put forward some reference opinions.


    After studying for a long time, Xu Mengying had no way to read the information she needed from the three factotresses without touching the prohibition.


    A little impatient, she was ready to come hard and was stopped by Meng Zhang in time.


    There are still many opportunities for investigation. There is no need to be in a hurry.


    Although the three factotresses were drunk, they didn''t forget their business.


    They finished the drink in the afternoon and flew in the direction of the flying boat.


    A little unwilling, Xu Mengying left the small courtyard where she lived and made a turn in the square city. On the way, she met several factotum disciples in Yanyun cave.


    She once experienced that when she passed by wrong, she put her mind into their bodies.


    She, who had been on guard for a long time, got the answer without touching the prohibition in their bodies.


    There are similar prohibitions on all the factotum disciples sent from Yanyun grottoes.


    Without disturbing them, Xu Mengying returned to the courtyard and joined Meng Zhang.


    After purchasing and having fun, the troupe sent by Yanyun Grottoes took a flying boat and returned to Yanyun grottoes.


    Long known that the mission was full of doubts, Meng Zhang was always very careful and never acted rashly.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang told everyone everything about the mission, except the unhappiness of himself and mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Xu Mengying knows the real strength of Yanyun cave.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying wondered if it was Yanyun Zhenjun, the leader of Yanyun cave, who had banned these factotum disciples.


    Xu Mengying lives by herself. If she wants to lay such a wise prohibition, her current cultivation is far from enough. You can only try it if you have passed the thunder robbery of Yang God and become a strong man in the period of Yang God.


    The silk holding mother-in-law did not describe in detail the skills that Yanyun Zhenjun majored in, the avenue of understanding, and the divine powers and mysteries she was proficient in.


    She just told Meng Zhang that at the level of Yang God period, Yanyun Zhenjun''s strength is very general, that is, the strength of ordinary Yang God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang was able to defeat the strong ones in the Yang God period of the real dragon family in the frontal war. Among the strong ones in the Yang God period, Meng Zhang''s cultivation was in the upper reaches.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, as long as he is not too careless, there is no big problem in defeating Yanyun Zhenjun.


    The only difficulty is how to entangle Yanyun Zhenjun firmly and prevent him from running for his life.


    In the lead silk mother-in-law wants to come, Meng Zhang will certainly bring empty space.


    With the help of vanity son, there is no big problem in trapping Yanyun Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang was worried about the emptiness of the sect. He left the emptiness in the sect. It was not so easy to kill Yanyun Zhenjun alone.


    Therefore, before taking action, Meng Zhang must master the enemy''s intelligence as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang did not agree with Xu Mengying''s speculation.


    Although he did not see through the details of these prohibitions, he did not feel the power of Yang God level.


    Most importantly, there are many Yuanshen friars in Yanyun grottoes, including the great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    I''m afraid you don''t need the leader Yanyun Zhenjun to take action on such a small matter as taking in a factotum and placing a ban on the factotum.


    The sect of Yanyun cave is really strange. The number of formal disciples is small, but they are full of Yuanshen friars.


    The sect''s territory is almost lost, and I don''t know where to get resources to support so many Yuanshen Zhenjun in the sect.


    In fact, even in the heyday of Yanyun grottoes, it is far from being able to support so many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    There are too many doubts about the family gate in Yanyun cave.


    Lead silk mother-in-law is also God nagging. I don''t know how much she knows.


    Although Meng Zhang and his party acted separately, they always kept in touch with each other by means of long-distance communication.


    When Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying acted in the square city, Wen qiansuan secretly hid near the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave and carefully studied the four-step mountain protection array.


    Jin Lizhen Jun, Wei wucai and an Xiaoran are waiting silently at the foothold.


    After exchanging information, everyone learned about their latest progress.


    Wen qiansuan has made the most progress there. He has almost figured out the details of this fourth-order mountain protection array.


    This four step mountain protection array is a common road item in the cultivation world.


    When the large array is deployed, there is a lack of good enough array mages, and the deployment is not perfect.


    The third-order spirit veins in Yanyun cave are of average quality and cannot fully support this fourth-order mountain protection array.


    On weekdays, this four step mountain protection array only opens a small part of its power.


    Of course, if Yanyun cave is attacked by surprise, as long as high-level spirit objects such as Yuqing spirit machine are invested in time, all the power of the big array can be urged.


    Taiyi gate has a fourth order array master like Wen qiansuan and a fourth order talisman like Yang Xueyi.


    The two of them worked together to refine a lot of fourth-order array breaking runes, which are mainly used by monks in the sect and rarely sold to others.


    The fourth order array breaking amulet is a sharp weapon to break the fourth order mountain protection array. Wen qiansuan will certainly carry it with him.

 Chapter 1632

    Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying tried to obtain information about the inside of Yanyun cave, because the mental prohibition in the worker''s body failed.


    Although there was no progress in the action, Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying also peeped into the extraordinary strength of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, was already wary of this action, and now he has a bad hunch in his heart.


    Jin Lizhen, an Xiaoran and Wei wucai have been hiding in the temporary foothold to prepare for the war and have not participated in the action.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and sent a direct order to let Jin Lizhen and Jun move.


    The three of them went to meet Wen qiansuan, and then hid in the distance to monitor the Yanyun cave to see if there were any changes.


    Every once in a while, the factotum disciples of Yanyun Grottoes come to the market to purchase.


    Meng Zhang''s action failed this time, so they can wait for the next opportunity.


    But Meng Zhang had a bad feeling in his heart.


    As a mystery master, Meng Zhang never easily ignores his feelings.


    Although in order to avoid the reversal of heaven, Meng Zhang has rarely used heaven''s secrets to deduce.


    However, the situation is different this time. Meng Zhang is always uneasy. He always feels that Yanyun cave is not so simple.


    Although the display of heavenly secrets may lead to the reversal of heaven''s way, compared with the unpredictable mysterious danger, this reversal is acceptable.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has accumulated a lot of merits and virtues of the heavenly way before, which can greatly reduce or even offset the power of the counterattack of the heavenly way.


    With a decision in mind, Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and started immediately.


    He sent Xu Mengying away. He was alone in the quiet room and began to perform Dayan divination to deduce the relevant of Yanyun cave.


    Both Yanyun Zhenjun and Meng Zhang, the leaders of Yanyun cave, are the true kings of Yang God.


    It is difficult to deduce the same level friars, but it can be achieved.


    Meng Zhang''s real worry is that there are hidden forces in Yanyun cave, and the level of strength exceeds his cultivation.


    In that case, Meng Zhang''s deduction is difficult to get the result. Unless he is willing to pay a huge price to strengthen the power of Dayan divine calculation.


    The worst result did not happen, and Meng Zhang''s deduction went on smoothly.


    Of course, great resistance has also been encountered in the derivation process.


    Meng Zhang is almost certain that the power to obstruct himself does not belong to the Junchen world, but comes from the extraterritorial void.


    The task released by the silk pulling mother-in-law is really deep.


    Although the strong man hidden in Yanyun cave is not proficient in the way of calculating the secret of heaven, he has an instinctive resistance to the calculation of the secret of heaven, which greatly hinders Meng Zhang''s deduction.


    Fortunately, the level of power hidden in Yanyun cave is not high. As Meng Zhang knows, there is no power beyond the level of Yang God.


    Meng Zhang was a little relieved that the worst had not happened.


    As long as the enemy''s power level does not exceed the Yang God period, the operation can continue.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the action fails, Meng Zhang can take his men back.


    Meng Zhang continued to deduce that the hidden power in Yanyun cave is very strange, and it is not the same power system as the cultivator.


    It seems that a layer of fog shrouded over the smoke cave, so that I can''t see very clearly. I can only see some vague scenes.


    Meng Zhang hesitated.


    He has achieved a little by using his magic of heaven to deduce the situation of Yanyun cave.


    If you want to get more information, you have to continue to cast spells and even pay a higher price.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to pay too much for this and is preparing to stop.


    Suddenly, an inexplicable force appeared out of thin air. Meng Zhang felt like God''s help, and the power of deduction became stronger inexplicably.


    Now, Meng Zhang saw more clearly and obtained more useful information.


    After a while, Meng Zhang slowly ended his spell casting and stopped reasoning.


    He reflected on what had just happened.


    When he used the magic of heaven to deduce, instead of being attacked by the way of heaven, he was pushed by the way of heaven. He got help out of thin air and deduced more information.


    Why does this happen?


    The greatest possibility is that everything hidden in the Yanyun cave is rejected by the heaven and not allowed by the heaven.


    Originally, there was power to hide all this in Yanyun cave.


    However, Meng Zhang''s divine calculation of Dayan revealed all this in the eyes of heaven.


    The way of heaven is high and has a unique running track.


    In general, it is difficult for heaven''s way to directly lower heaven''s punishment.


    Now, the Tao of heaven will clean up everything in the Yanyun cave by the hand of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s action is tantamount to acting on behalf of heaven.


    Although Meng Zhang did not see many hidden parts in Yanyun cave clearly, he was full of confidence in completing the task.


    Meng Zhang called Xu Mengying and left Fangshi together.


    Almost at the same time, the Yanyun cave was also disturbed.


    In the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave, there is an unfathomable grotto, which leads directly to the depths of the earth.


    I don''t know when to start, Yanyun Grottoes regard this grotto as the most important place in the mountain gate.


    This is the forbidden area of the mountain gate. Those factotresses are absolutely not allowed to get close to a penny.


    The official disciples of Yanyun Grottoes usually take this grotto as the center and firmly surround it.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, the most powerful, has been sitting over the grottoes and has almost never left.


    When Meng Zhang was rehearsing the secret of heaven, Yanyun Zhenjun, who had been meditating with his eyes closed, suddenly opened his eyes. If he felt it, he looked up at the distance.


    His blood red eyes turned quickly, and there was a faint scarlet light, giving people a strong sense of non-human.


    Yanyun Zhenjun didn''t speak. A formal disciple meditating outside suddenly felt his heart touched and immediately appeared in front of Yanyun Zhenjun.


    This disciple is called Yanhuo Zhenjun. He handles all kinds of affairs in Yanyun cave on weekdays.


    Among the official disciples in Yanyun grottoes, he is the only one who will appear outside.


    In fact, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces do not know the composition of the members in Yanyun cave, let alone the existence of the so-called formal disciples.


    The information provided by mother-in-law Qiansi to Meng Zhang exposed the disguise of Yanyun cave and pointed to the truth.


    In the eyes of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces, Yanhuo Zhenjun is one of the cards of Yanyun cave.


    It is the existence of the true king of fireworks that Yanyun cave can maintain the status of Yuanshen sect.


    Although Yanyun cave was closed hundreds of years ago, it is impossible to have no contact with the outside.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun has left Yanyun cave many times to attract casual repairs. As a gate worker, he helps deal with all kinds of chores.


    The appearance of Yanhuo Zhenjun from time to time can deter those ambitious Xiuzhen forces around, so that they will not completely ignore Yanyun cave.


    No matter how depressed the Yanyun cave is, the yuan God Zhenjun hasn''t stopped.


    They can''t go too far on weekdays. They should have a minimum bottom line and can''t force the Yanyun cave into a corner.

 Chapter 1633

    Yanhuo Zhenjun came to Yanyun Zhenjun, saluted and sat down cross legged.


    Originally, Yanyun Zhenjun didn''t need this at all. He called yanhuozhenjun to give orders in front of him.


    And the real king of fireworks doesn''t have to follow the etiquette of human cultivators.


    However, they have parasitized these two human bodies for a long time, and the degree of integration is becoming deeper and deeper. Many times, they are inevitably affected by some human habits.


    They know this, but they don''t care much.


    Only in this way can they perfectly integrate into human practitioners.


    This little influence can not affect their essence at all.


    Yanyun Zhenjun didn''t speak, so he communicated his meaning to yanhuozhenjun directly through spiritual communication.


    Just now, Yanyun Zhenjun was touched by inexplicable power and had an inexplicable palpitation in his heart.


    They can hide in Yanyun cave for so many years and have not been exposed. In addition to their great powers, they are also careful enough.


    Heart has a feeling, Yanyun Zhenjun did not ignore this feeling.


    Even if the feeling was very weak, he almost ignored it.


    Yanyun Zhenjun thought carefully about why this feeling appeared at this time.


    The biggest possibility is that their details have been exposed, or are they about to be exposed?


    Among them, only Yanhuo Zhenjun will go out from time to time. Others have never been exposed outside, and there is basically no possibility of exposure.


    He called Yanhuo Zhenjun in front of him to ask if he noticed anything wrong.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun has not been out for a long time. He has no contact with the outside world in Yanyun cave.


    However, Yanhuo Zhenjun immediately thought that today was the day when the factotum went out to buy.


    Not long ago, he received a lot of goods from the factotum.


    Could it be that these factotum show some flaws outside?


    All the servants who go out are forbidden by the mind. They should not reveal any secrets.


    Out of prudence, Yanhuo Zhenjun left here immediately to check the factotum.


    All the workers who went out were quickly summoned and appeared in front of Yanhuo Zhenjun.


    They didn''t know what had happened. They looked at the yuan God Zhenjun uneasily.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun was too lazy to talk nonsense with them, which directly led to the prohibition in their bodies.


    A worker immediately felt his mind became confused and fell into a state of confusion.


    The soul power released by Yanhuo Zhenjun began to carefully check the situation in their bodies.


    It didn''t take long. The three friars in the foundation period investigated by Xu Mengying attracted the attention of Yanhuo Zhenjun.


    There are external spiritual forces trying to invade their hearts and read the secrets in their hearts.


    Well, it should be a yuan Shen Zhen Jun who does this.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun is strong and has been as careful as possible.


    However, in the eyes of Yanhuo Zhenjun, the other party''s way of controlling spiritual power is still slightly rough and not detailed enough, so some traces are left.


    Of course, it''s hard for the real king of fireworks to find out too much information from these traces.


    He just knew that due to the existence of spiritual prohibition, the other party had not found any valuable information.


    After he finished his examination, he immediately returned to Yanyun Zhenjun.


    The figure of Yanhuo Zhenjun had just disappeared, and a worker began to slowly return to normal.


    They were unaware of what had just happened, as if they had just taken a nap.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun conveyed the results of his inspection to Yanyun Zhenjun through spiritual power.


    An outsider secretly investigated the factotum in the gate. Yanyun Zhenjun was not surprised.


    Since the closure of Yanyun grottoes, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces have taken some measures from time to time to test the details of Yanyun grottoes and want to find out the specific situation.


    If the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Yanyun Grottoes has a problem and there is no other Yuanshen combat power, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces will certainly not be polite and will directly annex Yanyun grottoes.


    After all, Yanyun grottoes, as a Yuanshen sect door inherited for thousands of years, have too many things to be coveted by others.


    All kinds of classics in the Sutra Pavilion and all kinds of rare treasures in the large library


    Swallowing the Yanyun cave can greatly enhance the inside information of those cultivation forces.


    Even though the Middle Earth continent is relatively peaceful compared with other places, there are few wars of extermination.


    But after all, it is the cultivation world of the law of the jungle. Without enough strength, Yanyun cave can''t guard everything it has.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun has been very careful to deal with all kinds of temptations.


    We should not only show sufficient strength, but also let the surrounding Xiuzhen forces retreat in the face of difficulties. And you can''t expose your real power, so as not to cause real trouble.


    So far, yanhuozhenjun''s response has been very successful and has basically achieved his goal.


    Probably influenced by this human body, Yanhuo Zhenjun sometimes feels irritable and is very tired of these temptations.


    With the real strength of Yanhuo Zhenjun, he can almost sweep the surrounding Xiuzhen forces as long as he wants.


    He can crush those little insects that are secretly tempted with one hand.


    With the current real strength of Yanyun grottoes, it is fully qualified to become the overlord of the surrounding vast areas.


    Unfortunately, the real strength of Yanyun Grottoes must not be exposed to outsiders.


    Every time Yanhuo Zhenjun faces this temptation, he will deal with it carefully.


    Originally, Yanhuo Zhenjun thought that this time, as before, was another failed test.


    But when Yanyun Zhenjun knew this situation, he had a different view.


    Hidden in Yanyun cave for many years, he seems to have no contact with the outside world, but the details of the surrounding cultivation forces are clear to Yanyun Zhenjun.


    Being able to penetrate the spiritual power into the hearts of these workers without touching the spiritual prohibition under the cloth is not what ordinary yuan God Zhenjun can do. It requires extremely high cultivation and profound attainments on the spiritual Avenue.


    Maybe such characters are not worth mentioning in the eyes of Yanyun Zhenjun, but it is difficult to cultivate such characters among the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    More importantly, it is impossible for Yanyun Zhenjun to be touched by a routine ordinary test.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, a group of people, has successfully invaded countless large and small worlds and avoided countless disasters. To a large extent, it depends on their extremely sensitive telepathy.


    However, before the disaster comes, they often feel it and guide themselves to make correct responses, so as to seek good luck and avoid bad luck.


    In particular, Yanyun Zhenjun, as the leader of this ethnic group, is even more powerful in this aspect, far surpassing his subordinates such as Yanhuo Zhenjun.


    However, after entering the Junchen world, Yanyun Zhenjun''s telepathy seemed to be suppressed and became vague and hazy, which made him unable to accurately sense.


    And his men were unbearable and almost lost their telepathic ability.

 Chapter 1634

    It is precisely because the ability of telepathy is suppressed that Yanyun Zhenjun has to be more careful.


    He asked the true monarch of fireworks, who went out from time to time, whether there had been a true monarch of the yuan God who was proficient in the spiritual Avenue among the surrounding cultivation forces recently.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun thought for a while before he began to answer.


    As far as he knows, there seems to be no such figure among the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    Generally speaking, it is difficult for ordinary Xiuzhen forces to hide their own Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    There is no need for the surrounding Xiuzhen forces to hide their own Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    However, Yanhuo Zhenjun didn''t die.


    On the one hand, it is impossible for him to know all the avenues mastered by every Yuanshen Zhenjun around him. They can only be judged by their daily performance and shooting records.


    It is not impossible if there is such a hidden figure.


    On the other hand, Yanhuo Zhenjun has not left Yanyun cave for more than 20 years.


    All the information about the outside world came from the market when the factotum went out to purchase.


    At the level of these factotum, it is difficult to understand the latest changes in the high-level of the surrounding Xiuzhen forces.


    It is also very possible that in these more than 20 years, a Yuanshen Zhenjun around has made a breakthrough in cultivation, or suddenly realized the spiritual road.


    Yanyun Zhenjun''s answer made yanhuozhenjun fall into thinking.


    If it is not the friars of the surrounding cultivation forces who probe the mind of the factotum, it will be a big trouble.


    According to his temperament, for the sake of caution, even if the telepathy is not clear, they should move immediately and give up the place temporarily.


    However, Yanyun Zhenjun also has his own difficulties. Some things are not so easy to move.


    After thinking for a while, the fluke mentality prevailed. Yanyun Zhenjun decided to wait and see again.


    He asked Yanhuo Zhenjun to take a personal trip along the route of these workers, focusing on reproducing all the experiences of the three workers during the foundation period.


    After receiving the order, Yanhuo Zhenjun read all the memories of these migrant workers again. He left Yanyun cave only after there was no new discovery.


    Because of the delay, Meng Zhanggang made arrangements in time.


    Wen qiansuan, Jin Lizhen and they soon met and were ready to break the array.


    They will take action only when Meng Zhang gives an order.


    Meng Zhang asked Xu Mengying to meet with Wen qiansuan. He came to the outside of the square city alone and quietly looked at the direction of Yanyun cave.


    The information derived from Dayan''s divine calculation just now gives him more confidence and knows how to act.


    Yanyun cave is very close to Fangshi. Even if you slowly check on the road, yanhuozhenjun soon came to the outside of Fangshi and just ran into Meng Zhang waiting here.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun is the only Yuanshen Zhenjun in Yanyun grottoes. Its appearance is no secret.


    Far away, Meng Zhang found his arrival.


    Without half a word of nonsense, Meng Zhang shot directly.


    The almost endless sun and moon light fell from the sky and directly shrouded the body of Yanhuo Zhenjun.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun, who was flying at high speed in the air, was suddenly attacked and responded in time.


    Clouds of smoke mixed with hot flames actively welcomed the falling sun and moon.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun hides his accomplishments in his daily life. The accomplishments shown to outsiders are only in the middle of Yuanshen.


    Now the strong enemy attacked, and the contact brought him almost irresistible pressure. He didn''t care to hide his accomplishments. He immediately broke out with all his strength and showed his strongest strength.


    A breath of power belonging to the great friar in the later period of Yuanshen suddenly rose from him and rushed into the sky.


    Not far away from the square city, all the practitioners felt this breath, but they were unstable and staggered one by one. If the will is a little weaker, he will directly crawl to the ground.


    Several golden elixir immortal who presided over the square city have some knowledge and know that this is the power of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    They shrunk their heads one by one and prayed secretly in their hearts that the yuan God Zhenjun was powerful. Don''t involve them or affect the square market.


    This is a foreign land, not taiyimen territory. Meng Zhang won''t care too much even if his opponent deliberately destroys it and causes the so-called Tianqing disaster.


    However, Meng Zhang is also a Taoist Friar and leader of the right way. He still has a good style in his daily behavior.


    Meng Zhang gently grasped it with one hand, and the power of space Avenue was launched, which fixed the space around Yanhuo Zhenjun.


    In this way, the real king of fireworks can not use the space transmission to leave, and the power of fighting between the two sides is also confined in this area, which will not affect the surrounding.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun has no compassion for human practitioners. He originally wanted to deliberately expand the scope of the battle, create chaos, cause the disaster of heaven, and create opportunities for his escape.


    Unfortunately, he was stopped by Meng Zhang before he could take action.


    The real king of fireworks was imprisoned in a small area, and Meng Zhang showed the power of Yang God without fear.


    Although Yanhuo Zhenjun has always hidden his strength, even if he tries his best, he is just the level of an ordinary monk.


    Meng Zhang has an absolute advantage over him. He can easily give play to the general effect of rolling.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun rushed left and right, and could not break through Meng Zhang''s imprisonment.


    The terrible sun and moon god light easily destroyed all the body protection means of Yanhuo Zhenjun and directly began to hurt his flesh.


    Yanhuo Zhenjun had to show his last resort.


    His body suddenly exploded, and a human shadow took the opportunity to shoot out from the exploded body and tried to escape here.


    How could Meng Zhang, who was already on guard, let him succeed.


    One of the biggest characteristics of Sun Moon divine light, a kind of Taoist magic power of divine light, is that it is very fast.


    If there is no other ability, the flying and escaping skill of Yuanshen Zhenjun is generally not as fast as the divine light.


    Even if the yuan God escapes from the body, it is difficult to escape the pursuit of the divine light.


    When the sun and moon divine light just came out of the body, it shone and completely shrouded it.


    The human shadow twisted and struggled desperately under the light of the sun and the moon, making a harsh scream.


    With Meng Zhang urging Zhenyuan, the power of the sun and moon divine light is still increasing.


    A moment later, the human shadow began to melt rapidly.


    After a while, however, the human shadow melted like a candle, and a human faced spider appeared in place.


    The human faced spider looked ferocious, and his venomous eyes stared at Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang had long been psychologically prepared, he couldn''t help shaking his heart when he saw the other party''s true face in person.


    If it is the kind of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun with poor knowledge, he may not be able to recognize each other''s origin soon.


    In terms of experience and experience alone, Meng Zhang has not lost to those old-fashioned friars in the period of Yang God. He can see through each other''s details at a glance.


    This thing in front of us is not from the Junchen world, but from the extraterritorial void. It is the great enemy of all creatures.

 Chapter 1635

    The root of the evil way between heaven and earth roughly comes from two places.


    One is the nine abyss demon realm, and the other is the extraterritorial void.


    In the extraterritorial void, there are so-called extraterritorial demons.


    Extraterritorial natural demons are the natural enemies of practitioners, and they enjoy their Taoist behavior.


    It is not only the pleasure of foreign demons, but also a way of practice to guide practitioners to become demons.


    Of course, for the vast majority of ordinary practitioners, they may not encounter extraterritorial demons for a lifetime.


    The target of extraterritorial demons is often the existence of high-level practitioners and even immortals.


    When high-level practitioners become immortals and get the Tao, there must be foreign demons coming to block the Tao.


    Even after becoming an immortal, they can''t get rid of the shadow of extraterritorial demons.


    Many immortals have been entangled with some foreign demons all their lives.


    The Tianmo clan outside the territory has a large group and a wide variety.


    The external demons are also strong and weak, with different temperaments.


    The fireworks in front of Meng Zhang''s body hide the demon spirit family, a common subordinate group among foreign demons.


    The demons had no fixed form and were invisible.


    The demons are good at attaching other creatures and devouring their spirits and flesh.


    Among them, the cultivator is the demon''s favorite attachment object.


    After the demon possessed the cultivator, he could hide in the depths of his spirit, and there was almost no trace of Ruth.


    The most vicious place of the demon is that it will devour the true spirit of the cultivator, and then slowly alienate its spirit and body.


    The true cultivators possessed by demons are all destroyed, and there is no chance of reincarnation.


    Like the real king of fireworks in front of him, there seems to be no problem inside and outside. Both the flesh and the yuan God are true human practitioners.


    But the demon spirit hid in the depths of its original God and swallowed up its true spirit.


    The so-called real king of fireworks is just the body or tool of the demon spirit.


    The demon was deeply hidden. Meng Zhang showed the divine light of the sun and moon, and successively wiped out the flesh and yuan God of Yanhuo Zhenjun, so that he could show his true face.


    After years of growth, the demon had the form of a human face spider.


    After the demon spirit grew up, there were many forms. Meng Zhang didn''t know what the secret was.


    It seems that this is the truth of Yanyun cave.


    All official members in the door should be completely replaced by demons.


    After the demon spirit is attached to the cultivator and replaced, there is a way to make the cultivator''s cultivation grow rapidly and break through the realm one after another.


    This is also the reason why there are few disciples in Yanyun grottoes, but they are the true monarch of the yuan God one by one.


    Of course, these yuan Shen Zhen Jun are just a shell, and have no essence of Yuan Shen friars.


    When it comes to combat effectiveness, they are not outstanding among many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The high level of the group behind mother-in-law Lansi should have known the details of Yanyun cave before Meng Zhang came to destroy it.


    As for why those guys don''t do it themselves and want to fake Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang can guess part of the reason.


    Most practitioners don''t want to offend the powerful devil.


    It may not be very difficult to destroy these demons, but offending foreign demons is a big trouble that makes Huixu''s great power frown.


    Meng Zhang used to lead to quell the evil disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world, eliminate countless demons, and also commit crimes against great demons and even demons.


    Most of the great demons and demon gods are inherited from the Jiuyuan demon domain, which is essentially different from the extraterritorial heavenly demons.


    As long as Meng Zhang doesn''t go to the extraterritorial void and has been hiding in the Junchen world, these great demons and demons have nothing to do with him.


    But the situation of extraterritorial demons is very different.


    Although there is a magic word in the name, there is an essential difference between extraterritorial heavenly demons and great demons and demons.


    It can be said that the devil''s way originated from the Jiuyuan devil''s realm and the devil''s way founded by extraterritorial demons are two completely different paths.


    Even if Meng Zhang is in the Junchen world, if he has a chance to become a Tao in the future, it is likely that foreign demons will come to block the Tao when he becomes a Tao.


    The strength of foreign demons blocking the Tao is also strong or weak.


    If the practitioners who have nothing to do with the extraterritorial demons and have excellent means to resist the demons become Taoists, the extraterritorial demons may be routine and will not pay too much effort.


    But if it is the kind who has offended foreign demons before, with the virtue that foreign demons must repay, he will certainly go all out to succeed when blocking the road.


    Meng Zhang is still a monk in the period of Yang God. Only when he becomes an immortal and obtains the Tao will there be foreign demons coming to block the Tao.


    In this way, it doesn''t matter that he offended the foreign demons now.


    Who knows if Meng Zhang has the opportunity to practice to the perfection of returning to emptiness, and if he has the opportunity to impact the realm of true immortality.


    In fact, since the rise of the Xiuzhen civilization in the Junchen world, it has a history of nearly 10000 years.


    There have been countless amazing practitioners.


    Among them, no one can become an immortal, get the Tao and achieve the position of true immortal industry.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know much about this secret.


    Like all ambitious practitioners, he has great confidence in his path of practice and believes that he will become an immortal one day.


    Meng Zhang was deeply dissatisfied with the group behind her mother-in-law.


    Even people like Meng Zhang don''t want to feud with foreign demons for no reason.


    The ferocious and terrible human face spider made a special sound in its mouth.


    This is a kind of magic language popular among extraterritorial demons.


    Meng Zhang did not understand the magic language, but he could feel the kind of deep-rooted hatred and almost endless resentment revealed in it.


    Meng Zhang suddenly remembered that when he had performed Dayan divination to push the situation of Yanyun cave, the Tao of heaven inexplicably gave a little help.


    Extraterritorial demons are not only the enemies of practitioners, but also the enemies of the world.


    In the eyes of truly powerful extraterritorial demons, Junchen world, a world with heaven consciousness, is the most delicious food and a great tonic.


    The sense of heaven in Jun dust world is instinctive and will repel foreign demons.


    The demons hidden in Yanyun cave had temporarily hoodwinked the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world by some evil means, but later they were exposed because of Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Meng Zhang felt it. No wonder his deduction was so smooth. He didn''t suffer the counterattack of the Tao of heaven this time.


    The sense of heaven in Jun dust world can''t accommodate these demons. Killing them by yourself is acting on behalf of heaven.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang no longer had any hesitation.


    On the one hand, he contacted Wen qiansuan and asked them to immediately break the mountain protection array in Yanyun cave. On the other hand, it is the killer of the evil spirit in front of us.


    The sun and moon divine light has the magical effect of breaking evil spirits and killing demons.


    Under the light of the sun and the moon, the human faced spider was not only completely imprisoned and unable to escape, but also continuously weakened.


    Yanyun cave is the highlight. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to delay here.


    With a move in mind, the magic subduing mirror was sacrificed, and the golden light of magic subduing, which was specially used to restrain the magic object, was emitted, pointing directly at the human faced spider.

 Chapter 1636

    Under the attack of the golden light of subduing demons, this human faced spider is rapidly dissipating and melting, and seems to have little resistance.


    Meng Zhang frowned.


    The magic subduing mirror was carefully refined by Meng Zhang after it fell into Meng Zhang''s hands. It is the biggest weapon against demons.


    The magic subduing mirror specializes in restraining demons. Many demons have little resistance when facing the magic subduing mirror.


    In the past battles with demons, the magic subduing mirror made many achievements.


    However, the demon spirit is different from ordinary demons. In the face of the attack of the magic subduing mirror, it shows a strong resistance.


    If Meng Zhang did not have an overwhelming advantage in cultivation, it would not be so easy to kill him.


    While Meng Zhang killed the human face spider, Wen qiansuan, who received the order, almost immediately broke the battle.


    Under the arrangement of Wen qiansuan, Wen qiansuan, Jin Lizhen Jun, Wei wucai and an Xiaoran each held a fourth-order breaking charm and stood at the weak points of the four arrays.


    With the order of Wen qiansuan, they shot almost at the same time.


    Four fourth-order array breaking symbols were released, turned into four streamers, and directly shot at the weakest link of the mountain protection array.


    The mountain protection array has not been fully opened, but only a small part has been opened.


    Moreover, the monks with Yuanshen strength in Yanyun grottoes are guarded inside Yanyun grottoes and do not directly maintain the Dharma array.


    And those workers, who can''t trust Yanyun cave, have no ability to maintain this array.


    On weekdays, the array operates completely spontaneously.


    Both the defensive power and reaction speed of the large array are far from enough.


    Four fourth-order breaking symbols were shot into the array, and four loud sounds sounded one after another.


    The array not only stopped running, but also was blown out of several big gaps.


    Wen qiansuan, they have shot one after another to continue to expand the gap.


    When Meng Zhang completely killed the human face spider in front of him, although he had long confined the space and blocked the transmission of information, the special induction from the demon family made Yanyun Zhenjun in Yanyun cave know the news of his subordinates'' death almost immediately.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, who had already felt a little uneasy because of his heart, changed his face and shot a terrible red light in his eyes.


    The fireworks Zhenjun who went outside to investigate suddenly fell. It seems that the worst result has really happened. Most of their ethnic groups have been exposed.


    Yanyun Zhenjun has regrets in his heart. He shouldn''t take chances.


    If you start arranging retreat when you feel it, the situation will not be so passive.


    He was thinking about countermeasures. There was a loud noise outside, and the fourth order mountain protection array was broken.


    Meng Zhang had secretly visited outside the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave once before.


    After killing the human face spider, he immediately used space transmission and transmitted it outside the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave.


    With a wave of his hand, Meng Zhang saw a big gap in the original broken four-step mountain protection array.


    At this time, Xu Mengying also hurried over.


    Meng Zhang sent out his divine thoughts, passed them all over Wen qiansuan, and conveyed all the latest news he had to them.


    It is said that the enemy to be faced is not the cultivator, but the demon family attached to the cultivator. Everyone looks different, but no one shows fear.


    An Xiaoran, a relatively young monk, was eager to try.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to kill in, but began to summon his external incarnation. It''s wonderful.


    It was wonderful to communicate long ago. As soon as it was called, it immediately came to the Yang world.


    It''s wonderful to use magic power to open the door to hell.


    His gang of ghosts and ghosts with the strength of Yuanshen period, one after another with a capable ghost team, poured out of the door and came to the Yang world.


    Seeing that this side was ready, Meng Zhang took the lead and entered the mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang took a few steps and came to the core of Yanyun cave.


    Here is the hinterland of a big mountain. There are not only various important buildings in the hinterland, but also directly lead to underground caves.


    A huge fist condensed in the air and hit the mountain heavily.


    The protective prohibition on the mountain started spontaneously, emitting bursts of light.


    The huge fist smashed the withered and decayed, and moved forward bravely. It easily broke all the defenses and directly hit the mountain itself.


    For the strong in the Yang God period, moving mountains to the sea and lifting mountains are just a matter of leisure.


    Meng Zhang prepared to strike and directly smashed the mountain.


    The mountain collapsed and turned into countless flying rubble.


    Surrounded by countless smoke and gravel, Yanyun Zhenjun flew into the sky with a group of disciples.


    After finding that the situation was wrong, Yanyun Zhenjun was ready to carry goods with his men and prepare to evacuate here.


    But the enemy came so fast that before they could move, the enemy was already in front of them.


    It was as if an inverted star river appeared in the air. The endless sun and moon light fell from the sky and directly fell on all the enemies present.


    Meng Zhang released a big move as soon as he made a move and directly displayed his group attack skills.


    Besides Yanyun Zhenjun, there were seven demons present.


    They have long been attached to human friars, and have been promoted to be the true monarch of the yuan God.


    Even if they were suddenly attacked by Meng Zhang, none of them exposed their identity. Instead, like the ordinary human yuan God Zhenjun, they used their own means against the enemy.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, as the strongest among the demons present, has long been promoted to be the strong one in the Yang God period.


    Although Meng Zhang came suddenly and made a rapid attack, he was able to deal with it calmly.


    A layer of red glow rose from the smoke and cloud Zhenjun, blocking the sun and moon light falling into the field.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of other Yanyun grottoes, even if he knew he was defeated, still showed his magic powers.


    A powerful Taoist magic hit Meng Zhang from all directions.


    There are also two fourth-order flying swords and a fourth-order magic weapon like a short knife in the middle.


    After these demons are possessed, they can quickly urge the possessed objects to grow and make continuous breakthroughs in their cultivation.


    But they can''t make enough fourth-order magic tools out of thin air.


    Yanyun cave is just an ordinary door of Yuanshen sect, in which only two or three fourth-order magic tools have been inherited.


    These demons dare not go out to trade and buy fourth-order magic tools.


    Although the location of Yanyun Grottoes is a little remote, it is, after all, the middle earth of the Junchen world. There are a large number of experts and a large number of sharp eyed people.


    If there are flaws and people see through the origin, these demons can''t continue to stand here.


    When you go out from time to time, you will be very careful and try to avoid those famous and powerful monks.


    Almost all the Yuanshen friars in Yanyun cave lack fourth-order magic tools.


    Without the fourth order magic weapon, the combat effectiveness of the yuan God friar will be greatly reduced.

 Chapter 1637

    The evil spirits are notorious among practitioners, which makes many people afraid.


    The main reason is that its attachment ability can replace the object of attachment, and there are almost no flaws.


    Even friars in the period of Yang God will often be concealed if they are not prepared in advance.


    The higher the level of cultivation, the harder it is to see through.


    In the world ruled by some practitioners, because they were mixed by possessed demons, they caused internal chaos and almost caused a crisis endangering the whole world.


    As the best spy, the demon spirit has created countless chaos in the cultivation camp, and has been hated by countless practitioners who have suffered from it.


    Jun dust world is a remote world among all the worlds, and has little contact with other worlds.


    Some of the surrounding worlds are basically ruled by alien races, almost all of them enemies.


    Due to the lack of communication with other worlds, the vision and insight of the friars in Junchen world have been greatly limited.


    If it were not for the various classics circulated in the cultivation world, especially the precious classics maintained in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang might not be able to recognize the demon family.


    The demons seem to have extraordinary skills, but they are just the inferior race among the extraterritorial demons, which shows that they have many defects.


    If the demons were not hidden in the body of the cultivator, they would have been rejected by the consciousness of heaven.


    Their attached practitioners are not only their amulets, but also greatly limit them.


    The ultimate achievement of their attached practitioners determines the upper limit of their accomplishments.


    In front of them, these attached Yuanshen Zhenjun lack fourth-order magic tools, and their Taoist skills are also popular.


    As a strong man in the Yang God period, Meng Zhang suppressed so many enemies almost on his own.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang is not fighting alone.


    The friars who accompanied Meng Zhang on this expedition are not only the best friars of the same rank, but also almost have their own strengths and are absolutely elite.


    Meng Zhang had just begun to fight with the enemy. Jin Lizhen Jun and others rushed in from the outside and immediately joined the battle.


    A Meng Zhang was very difficult to deal with. There were so many Yuanshen Zhenjun killed, and chaos began to appear among the demons.


    A blood spring spewed out, and a Yuanshen Zhenjun of Yanyun cave distracted himself from Jin Lizhen. Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and secretly released taiyifen lightsaber to directly kill the flesh.


    Everyone had been reminded by Meng Zhang before that it was not enough to completely kill the demons. We must completely destroy the demons hidden in the depths of the gods.


    The opponent who was cut off by Meng Zhang had not had time to make more reactions. Jin Lizhen sent out a string of divine thunder and blew his yuan God to pieces, together with the demon spirit.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, as the leader of these demons, led these demons to sneak into the Junchen world. The dove occupied the magpie''s nest and completely replaced the sect of Yanyun cave.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t kill them and give them enough development time, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces would suffer.


    Yanyun Zhenjun, as a leader, naturally has excellent decision-making power.


    Seeing the enemy is too strong, you know you can''t resist it.


    Moreover, they can''t see the light. If time delays for a long time and more reinforcements from the enemy come, they can''t go.


    Yanyun Zhenjun threw down his hand and flew to the outside of Yanyun cave.


    Meng Zhanghua gave a huge vigorous hand, punched and exploded a Yuanshen in Yanyun cave, and then followed Yanyun Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang stepped out and easily crossed the space, blocking the way of Yanyun Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has rich combat experience and many strong Yang gods will pass. Even the real dragon of Yang God level is his defeated general.


    Meng Zhang knows that in the battle of Yang God level, it is easy to defeat the opponent, but it is not easy to kill the opponent completely.


    As soon as Meng Zhang stopped his opponent, he almost went all out and didn''t give his opponent a chance to escape again.


    Yin and Yang turn into one piece of training and go straight to Yanyun Zhenjun.


    Yanyun Zhenjun showed several magical powers in a row. They were easily crushed by Yin and Yang and didn''t play much role.


    Since he chose to be attached to the flesh body, he was naturally limited by the flesh body.


    He practices the skill of Yanyun cave, and his inheritance is not brilliant.


    Even if it was made up later, it still left many defects.


    Facing a strong enemy like Meng Zhang, he soon began to show his flaws.


    On the other side, the Yuanshen Zhenjun on the side of Taiyi gate and the official members of Yanyun cave fought fiercely.


    In particular, too wonderful guy, even if he is suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world, his cultivation is still the strongest among the Yuanshen level, surpassing everyone in the field.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, can share Meng Zhang''s understanding of the way of heaven and earth.


    At the same time, because he had the body of ghosts and gods and stayed in the underworld for a long time, he had a deep understanding of the road of life and death.


    He mobilized the power of the avenue of life and death, suppressed the vitality of the enemy, and constantly eroded the enemy with the breath of death.


    In addition to joining the battle, some of the spirits and ghosts at the level of Yuanshen summoned by him began to sweep through the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave.


    In addition to less than ten formal disciples, there are nearly 100 factotum workers in the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave.


    These factotresses don''t know the secret of Yanyun cave, let alone the existence of demons. Their bodies were also planted with prohibitions.


    In a way, they are innocent.


    Meng Zhang launched a war of extermination against Yanyun grottoes. It is impossible to slowly identify all the enemies, and he has no ability to rescue these miscellaneous servants.


    Since it is to exterminate the door, it is naturally to exterminate all people, and it is inevitable to indiscriminately kill innocent people in the middle.


    This kind of thing is not worth mentioning in the cultivation world. Even the most severe righteous friars would not say much about it.


    You know, foreign demons are the great enemies of practitioners.


    Since Yanyun grottoes are controlled by demons, they naturally become the public enemy of the cultivation world.


    For matters related to extraterritorial demons, the cultivation world pursues that it would rather kill three thousand by mistake than let one go.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang found the secret and solved it himself.


    If you change to some holy land sects, maybe it will set off a bloody storm and clean up all the Xiuzhen forces in the surrounding area.


    Several ghosts and ghosts made a circle at the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave. All the servants did not miss the net and directly turned into corpses.


    Most of them were friars during the foundation period, and a few were immortal Jindan.


    In the face of Yuanshen level opponents, there is almost no resistance.


    In order to prevent some of these workers from being possessed by demons, the bodies of all the workers were burned by ghosts and gods with Yin fire.


    These ghosts and gods were completely relieved when they watched their souls burn up in the Yin Fire and couldn''t see the trace of demons all the time.

 Chapter 1638

    With the passage of time, a Yuanshen Zhenjun of Yanyun cave was killed on the spot.


    After their flesh and Yuan Shen were killed respectively, the body of the demon spirit could not be hidden at last.


    These demons have different forms, including human faced spiders, human faced moths and human faced strange insects


    The fighting power of these demons is not weak, but once they are completely exposed, they will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    The friars on the side of Taiyi gate not only have great powers, but also have basically experienced the war to calm the demon disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    During the war, they accumulated rich experience against demons and mastered many special means to restrain demons.


    The demon spirit family is essentially very different from those demons.


    As a member of the extraterritorial demons, even the lower races, the demons have a strong resistance to many means of subduing demons.


    Many effective means against ordinary demons are used on them, which has little effect.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun on the side of Taiyi gate are patient, show their magic powers and slowly kill these demons.


    True fire, sky thunder, divine light and other magic powers were displayed one by one, and finally all these demons were wiped out one by one.


    After Yanyun Zhenjun was blocked by Meng Zhang, he couldn''t get away for a while, so he had to fight with Meng Zhang.


    During the period of the two great Yang gods, the strong fought the earth upside down, the mountains collapsed and the earth sank, almost destroying the whole mountain gate of Yanyun cave.


    Meng Zhang soon gained the upper hand and firmly suppressed the enemy.


    The demon in Yanyun Zhenjun''s body is not an ordinary demon, but a veteran demon who has come to many worlds and destroyed countless cultivation forces.


    More than 500 years ago, this demon spirit experienced many twists and turns and successfully came to the Junchen world.


    He was seriously injured and his strength fell sharply, but he successfully attached himself to a cultivator according to the familiar routine, and soon urged his cultivation to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    In this process, in order to improve his strength as soon as possible, he secretly used some magic methods.


    It''s probably a newcomer. He doesn''t have a deep understanding of the Junchen world, especially he hasn''t personally experienced the terrorist strength of the Holy Land zongmen.


    He accidentally exposed some traces of using evil methods in the area near the guantian Pavilion.


    Guantian Pavilion is the most pretentious of several holy places in the Junchen world.


    The way of observing heaven and the trip to heaven are the tenet of guantian Pavilion.


    The guantian Pavilion, which claims to act on behalf of heaven, will tolerate evil cultivation around the sect gate territory.


    Soon, the demon removing friars sent by guantian Pavilion began to chase and kill the spiritual cultivator.


    The practitioners possessed by demons have little resistance in front of the nuns of guantian Pavilion.


    He ran away all the way and finally escaped to the vicinity of Yanyun cave.


    The friars sent by guantian Pavilion didn''t see through the true face of the demon spirit. They thought they were chasing an ordinary demon monk.


    This evil spirit is also very cunning. It set off a bloody storm in the area where Yanyun cave is located and almost wiped out the door of Yanyun cave.


    Then, he deliberately asked the disciples of guantian pavilion to kill the attached cultivator, and the demon spirit escaped secretly.


    After completing the task, nun guantiange was too lazy to take care of the mess left, and returned directly to the zongmen.


    The demon spirit was attached to the monk of Yanyun cave who had been captured by him before.


    He took advantage of the opportunity that Yanyun cave was almost destroyed by the catastrophe, and soon completely mastered the whole Yanyun cave.


    Yanyun cave was closed, and he became Yanyun Zhenjun, the leader of Yanyun cave.


    Yanyun cave is just an ordinary door of Yuanshen sect, which inherits skills and practices up to the middle of Yuanshen.


    In its heyday, this demon possessed the cultivation level equivalent to the perfection level of the Yang God period.


    During the more than 500 years of hiding in Yanyun cave, he not only restored most of his accomplishments, but also recruited a group of subordinates from the void outside the territory.


    With his help, these men found possessed objects one after another and quickly urged them to cultivate.


    In order to better cover up his true origin, he made a great transformation of the door of Yanyun cave.


    The Yanyun grottoes were the gate of the fallen Yuanshen sect, which was forced to close the mountains. But secretly, it has become a gathering place for demons.


    If there is no outsider to stop them and let them develop, there will be more and more demons gathered here and their strength will be stronger and stronger.


    When they have enough strength, maybe these demons can really set off a catastrophe in the Junchen world.


    Yanyun Zhenjun has long had a perfect plan for future development.


    Unfortunately, a strong enemy like Meng Zhang suddenly came to the door, exposed the true face of the demon family, and wanted to kill them all.


    Until now, Yanyun Zhenjun doesn''t know the origin of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and his followers originally came from the remote north of the Junchen world. Apart from a few interested people in the Middle Earth mainland, not many people will pay attention there.


    Yanyun Grottoes have been closed for a long time, and the channels to obtain external information are limited, so it is even more impossible to know Meng Zhang and them.


    Although Yanyun Zhenjun could not recognize the origin of his opponent, he was not too surprised.


    He has come to many worlds and has been chased and killed by practitioners for many times.


    Of course, there are not a few practitioners who have been harmed by him.


    After fighting for a long time, he not only couldn''t fight the enemy in front of him, but also those men were killed one after another and completely destroyed. Yanyun Zhenjun looked worried.


    His whole body suddenly collapsed and turned into a hot cloud of smoke. He rushed left and right, but he still couldn''t break through Meng Zhang''s interception.


    Yanyun Zhenjun was chased all the way by nuns of guantian Pavilion. The layout time was a little hasty.


    Although we try our best to choose promising practitioners to attach to the body, this has limited physical potential. It is forced to urge to the Yang God period, and it is the state of entering the Yang God period for the first time, which has reached the limit.


    If there is a more potential physical body, he can even urge the cultivation to the point of perfection in the Yang God period.


    Unfortunately, even in the Middle Earth, where the cultivation civilization is very developed and there are countless practitioners, there are few practitioners with stronger potential.


    The most powerful means of the demon family is to be good at displaying all kinds of Spiritual Secrets.


    Even Xu Mengying, who is proficient in the spiritual Avenue, laments that she is not as good as herself.


    Meng Zhang, who has a firm heart of Tao, has experienced countless trials. Where is the only spiritual secret that can be shaken.


    Yanyun Zhenjun practiced the skill of Yanyun cave when he laid the foundation of his body.


    Even if he succeeded in attaching himself later, he could only mend and make some adjustments on it, which was difficult to completely change its foundation.


    Even if the cultivation is accelerated all the way to the Yang God period, it will still be affected by the foundation. Most of the various magical powers and secrets mastered are also difficult to get out of this way.


    Later, yin and Yang had completely wrapped the hot smoke cloud transformed by Yanyun Zhenjun.


    The Yin-Yang and yin-yang Qi run rapidly and begin to erase this cloud of smoke and consume its essence.


    Finally, the cloud that Yanyun Zhenjun transformed was completely wiped out by Yin and Yang, and he could not escape the fate of being killed on the spot.

 Chapter 1639

    Meng Zhang killed Yanyun Zhenjun, and the war was almost over.


    A group of comrades in arms brought by him also completed the task long ago and wiped out the enemy.


    Even though we know that most religious sects like Yanyun Grottoes have no oil and water, we still habitually clean up the battlefield and collect spoils.


    Meng Zhang did not care about the others and flew directly to the ruins covered by mountains and stones.


    When accepting the task, mother-in-law Qiansi specially stressed that she wanted him to enter the depths of the cave in Yanyun cave and destroy a jade wall inside.


    Even without mother-in-law''s instructions, Meng Zhang noticed something wrong.


    In the battle just now, Yanyun Zhenjun deliberately destroyed the surrounding terrain and destroyed the surrounding mountains, almost completely covering up the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave.


    He thought he did it secretly, but he didn''t escape Meng Zhang''s attention.


    Meng Zhang waved with one hand, and the massive earth and rock in front of him was lifted into the air by an invisible force, and then thrown not far away.


    After a few moves, an unfathomable hole appeared on the ground in front.


    Yanyun cave is named because there is a cave at the core of the mountain gate, which is very deep and goes directly to the bottom of the earth.


    It is said that this cave is so deep that it has been connected to the ground fire layer.


    Endless ground fires are burning underground, and massive smoke clouds fill the whole cave.


    The ground fire here is too fierce to be used to refine pills or utensils. It''s a fire skill inherited from Yanyun cave. You can practice it with the help of ground fire here.


    As soon as Meng Zhang lifted the earth and rock that covered the grottoes, a thick cloud of smoke began to appear inside.


    From time to time, you can see several flames running around in the grottoes.


    From the beginning of the war to now, it has almost been confirmed that the information provided by mother-in-law is very reliable, and the strength of the enemy is expected.


    There should be few hidden enemies in the grottoes.


    Meng Zhang, a daring artist, jumped into the cave without delay.


    Meng Zhang went down this channel to the depths of the earth.


    There were many prohibitions and traps along the way. Meng Zhang hardly spent time on these prohibitions and traps and made rapid progress.


    The deeper into the ground, the hotter the smoke in the grottoes. In the smoke, it contains the ferocious fire poison.


    Even the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun, if he doesn''t have enough preparation in advance and suddenly enters here, he will probably be embarrassed.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of these and continued to move forward quickly.


    After he went deep into the ground, a huge stone chamber appeared in front of him.


    In the stone chamber, there are more than ten practitioners who fall into deep sleep.


    When Meng Zhang quickly approached here, these practitioners struggled to wake up.


    Meng Zhang found the existence of these practitioners before he entered the stone chamber.


    An invisible huge force fell from the sky and imprisoned all these practitioners in place.


    Meng Zhang entered the stone chamber and began to examine these practitioners carefully.


    Not surprisingly, these practitioners have long been parasitized by demons.


    Demons hide in the depths of their bodies and urge their strength to increase rapidly.


    These more than ten practitioners now have the strength of Jindan real person level.


    If Meng Zhang came a few years later, he might face more than a dozen enemies at the level of Yuanshen.


    Now Meng Zhang comes by coincidence.


    While these demons want to deepen the integration with parasitic practitioners, they also need to speed up their strength.


    They probably performed some strange magic tricks and fell into a state of sleep.


    If it weren''t for something big, they wouldn''t wake up.


    The demon possessed the body to this extent, and these practitioners were completely hopeless.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the origin of these practitioners, let alone how they came to this point.


    The only thing he can do for them is to crush all the practitioners, together with the demons attached to them, and turn them into powder.


    If an ordinary friar doesn''t know the inside story, he may destroy these sleeping demons and think he has completed the task.


    Meng Zhang certainly won''t.


    He looked around the stone chamber. The stone chamber was integrated and seemed to have no exit.


    Meng Zhang stamped his left foot gently, and the ground of the stone chamber cracked, revealing the deep hole below.


    Flames darted through the hole, and it seemed that the ground fire gathered below.


    Meng Zhang ignored these and continued to dive down.


    A mere fire won''t hurt him at all.


    He went thousands of feet deep into the ground, and Meng Zhang entered the earth fire layer.


    This is the world of flame. Everywhere you can see, there are all kinds of flames.


    The flame here is extremely hot and can melt iron and gold.


    On the ground is flowing magma, in which all kinds of strange monsters composed of flame can be vaguely seen.


    These are the spirits transformed by flame essence.


    Meng Zhang gave out a little breath. He was so strange in the fire that he didn''t dare to approach at all. Instead, he was scared to run around.


    Here, the cave seems to have reached the end.


    Meng Zhang just glanced around and continued to take action.


    He jumped into the ground fire, and all the flames took the initiative to separate towards both sides, making way for him.


    Meng Zhang''s body dived towards the lower part of the earth fire layer, as if he had not encountered the slightest resistance.


    After diving more than 2000 feet, Meng Zhang saw a flame barrier in front of him.


    With a gentle punch, he broke the flame barrier and revealed a secret room behind him.


    Meng Zhang stepped into the secret room, and everything in the secret room appeared in front of him.


    The most striking thing in the secret room is a red jade wall with a height of more than one person.


    This red jade should be the goal of mother-in-law Qiansi to destroy Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the red jade first, but shot a sword Qi at random.


    The sword shot above the secret room and forced out the guy hiding here.


    It was a monster with a head and a bird. Its shape alone gave people a very strange feeling.


    Meng Zhang felt a familiar smell on the beast with a head and a bird.


    That is very similar to Yanyun Zhenjun, with little difference.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he thought a little and understood.


    This monster with a head and a bird is essentially one with the demon spirit attached to Yanyun Zhenjun.


    The demon spirit split into a separate body and hid here so that he could continue to survive after his own accident.


    It has to be said that these demonic monsters are not good at other skills, and their desire for survival is full.


    If Meng Zhang killed Yanyun Zhenjun and thought that the other party was completely finished and left, maybe this part of the evil spirit might survive.


    In a few years, the demon can make a comeback.

 Chapter 1640

    The monster with a head and a bird was well hidden.


    After being forced out by Meng Zhang, he wanted to escape here quickly.


    There is no need to communicate with the demon spirit. Almost everyone kills it without leaving any future trouble.


    This guy''s strength is average, not as good as the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Not everyone, like Meng Zhang, can refine such powerful external incarnations as Taimiao.


    The demon subduing mirror flew into the air, and the golden light of demon subduing firmly covered the monster, and then began refining.


    Meng Zhang checked carefully in the secret room and confirmed that there was nothing hidden.


    At this time, the magic subduing mirror completed the refining task and flew back to Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang came to the fiery red jade.


    Meng Zhang looked at the jade and almost fell into a state of absence.


    Inside the jade wall, there seems to be an infinite world hidden with infinite mysteries.


    Meng Zhang calmed down and studied it carefully.


    This jade should be the treasure of the demon family.


    The demons hidden in Yanyun cave communicate with the demons in the foreign void through this jade wall.


    The Jun dust world has nine days as the world barrier. Above the nine days, there is the defense line established by the heavenly palace.


    Invaders from the void outside the territory must cross the line of defense and cross nine days before they can enter the Junchen world.


    Of course, even the tight defense line has loopholes.


    Jun dust world is such a big world, the defense line outside the world is too vast, and the defenders always can''t take into account.


    It is not uncommon for some smugglers from the void outside the territory to sneak into the Junchen world secretly from the defense line.


    Of course, those who are really strong will not sneak into the Junchen world. They are worried about the end of closing the door and beating the dog.


    But these strong men can drive their men to sneak into the Junchen world as cannon fodder. Test the defense of Jun dust world and spy on internal intelligence for them.


    Meng Zhang also knew that the Junchen world would even deliberately release some foreign invaders.


    In fact, every time an alien invader invades the world, the defender often deliberately releases water.


    As for why these great powers of returning to emptiness should do so, Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    It may be out of some evil interest, or it may be to add blocking to the opponent and deliberately guide foreign invaders to the opponent''s territory


    Of course, such acts are limited to ordinary extraterritorial invaders.


    For extraterritorial demons, even the lower race demons, defenders outside the world generally do not deliberately let them in.


    The demons appeared here, but most of them still made mistakes in defense and were caught by them.


    After all, no matter how tight the defense is, it is difficult to be foolproof.


    Maybe only a few demons sneaked into the Jun dust world at first.


    Then the demon established the base of Yanyun cave and laid the jade wall.


    After in-depth study, Meng Zhang found that this stone wall also has the ability to transmit more creatures in the void outside the territory.


    Of course, it''s not easy to transfer across boundaries. This jade is very difficult to use. Every time you start, there should be harsh conditions.


    Meng Zhang guessed and was blinded. With his extraordinary eyesight and the unique sensitivity of the Heavenly Master, he guessed the whole thing for eight or nine times.


    I just don''t know how many demons of the same family have been sent to the Junchen world through this jade wall?


    On the ground, Meng Zhang wiped out a group of demons at the level of Yuanshen, and Meng Zhang wiped out a group of sleeping demons in the underground stone chamber.


    Meng Zhang hopes that all the demons transmitted are among them, and there is no missing fish.


    The demon spirit is too good at hiding itself.


    Demons are the best spies and scouts. If they blend into the cultivation world, it is difficult to find them again.


    Meng Zhang still doesn''t know how the powerful people behind mother-in-law Lansi know what happened here in Yanyun cave.


    He could only guess that the gang of great energy found that the situation of Yanyun cave was wrong, saw through the details of Yanyun Zhenjun, and even secretly went deep into the ground and found the secret here.


    However, taking into account the fate of becoming an immortal and gaining the Tao in the future, these great powers did not want to offend foreign demons, so they handed over the task to themselves.


    Meng Zhang felt that he had been calculated.


    Originally, if Meng Zhang knew the existence of these demons, he would probably take the initiative to eliminate them.


    But taking the initiative and being forced and calculated by others are completely different experiences.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was still unable to compete with the powerful people behind her mother-in-law. He had to make a false deal with them and even try his best to please them.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he wrote down this account firmly.


    For practitioners, especially for friars in the Long Yang God period of Shouyuan, it is entirely possible to say that it is not too late for friars to avenge, not too late for a hundred years, or even a thousand years.


    Compared with the five thousand year longevity of monks in the Yang God period, Meng Zhang is in full bloom and has a lot of time to spend.


    After thinking about these things clearly, Meng Zhang did not hesitate and began to destroy the jade in front of him.


    This jade wall is a treasure, which can communicate the void outside the territory and transmit across the world.


    Meng Zhang has never seen such a treasure before. Its hidden value is immeasurable.


    Meng Zhang was not confused by the treasure, let alone blinded by profit.


    For everything related to the evil way, he has always maintained a high degree of vigilance.


    Especially the extraterritorial demons are the most good at confusing people and luring practitioners to demonize and degenerate.


    If Meng Zhang is greedy for this treasure, he may fall into the calculation of extraterritorial demons.


    In fact, when he just found the jade, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense kept warning him.


    Not to mention, mother-in-law Qiansi also specifically instructed him to completely destroy the jade.


    In order to avoid complications, Meng Zhang not only didn''t study this treasure too deeply, but also didn''t call Wen Qian, who was proficient in various Dharma arrays, down to study it together.


    It''s better to keep a certain distance from the treasures of foreign demons.


    The Yin and Yang Qi condensed into one piece and hit the jade wall heavily.


    Jade bi was immediately smashed and turned into countless pieces.


    At the same time that the jade wall was smashed, there was a scream inside the jade wall. It seemed that a glance glanced at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang could even feel that a vast and mysterious consciousness swept over him.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was being watched by foreign demons.


    Since he has done it, he will not regret it. Meng Zhang has offended great demons and demons, and there is nothing wrong with many enemies such as foreign demons.


    In order to be foolproof, Meng Zhang was not too troublesome. He sacrificed the magic reducing mirror and released golden lights to refine every fragment of the jade wall, no matter how small.

 Chapter 1641

    When the jade was completely destroyed by the golden light of subduing demons, Meng Zhang could clearly feel that many heavenly virtues had come to his family.


    There is no trace of the merits and virtues of the heavenly way. Except for a Heavenly Master like Meng Zhang, only a few strong talents in the cultivation world can feel it.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang had a good experience of the merits of heaven. He felt that although he was used by others and had to come to complete the task, he gained so much that his trip was worth it.


    Meng Zhang checked his surroundings again. After confirming that there was nothing else worth noting, he returned to the ground.


    During this time, people''s search for the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave was basically over.


    There are no fish in gate of the Yanyun grottoes. As for all kinds of booty, it is not worth mentioning.


    Wen qiansuan and others joined Meng Zhang to kill the evil spirit this time, and they also had a lot of heavenly merits.


    Maybe they are not aware of the existence of heaven''s merits and virtues, but feel that their physical and mental state is good.


    After completing the task, Taimiao led his men back to the underworld.


    Taimiao, who has a congenital body of ghosts and gods, is very sensitive to the merits of heaven.


    The merits and virtues of heaven are very important to him who is fooling around in the underworld.


    After confirming that there were no omissions, Meng Zhang led the people to leave the Yanyun cave.


    There was a lot of noise during the war between Meng Zhang and Yanyun Zhenjun.


    In addition, earlier, Meng Zhang and Yanhuo Zhenjun fought fiercely, which excited the people in the square city.


    Soon, the news of the outbreak of the Yuanshen war at the Mountain Gate of Yanyun cave spread quickly.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang left, some Yuanshen Zhenjun secretly approached here to try to find out what happened.


    Meng Zhang did not erase all traces of the war.


    From only some traces left, we know that the participants are many yuan gods and true kings, including the power of Yang God level.


    Before leaving this area, Meng Zhang wrote several letters on which he wrote the details of Yanyun cave.


    Meng Zhang did not reveal his identity, but said that the demon had been removed.


    In his letter, he stressed that the surrounding Xiuzhen forces had better be careful and carefully check inside and outside their mountain gates to see if there are demons.


    After leaving a letter to explain the situation, Meng Zhang left here and flew to nine days.


    After receiving the letter, the surrounding Xiuzhen forces were skeptical about what Meng Zhang said.


    Although it is a little remote here, it is still Middle Earth.


    Guantian Pavilion is the supreme ruler of the territory where zongmen such as Yanyun grottoes are located.


    If it''s something else, maybe you won''t directly inform guantian Pavilion.


    However, the matter involving extraterritorial demons soon alerted the guantian Pavilion.


    Guantian Pavilion sent a team of monks to the gate of Yanyun cave to investigate what happened here.


    Soon, the traces of the war and the long-term life of the demon spirit were found one by one.


    It is absolutely a big event that the extraterritorial demons sneak into the Junchen world and hide here for so many years.


    Guantian Pavilion sent more people to start a detailed investigation.


    Meng Zhang and his party never exposed their identity from beginning to end.


    When the nuns of guantian Pavilion arrived, they had entered nine days and sent them back to the heavenly palace.


    Friar guantiange investigated for a long time and didn''t get much valuable information.


    Later, the guantian Pavilion even used the Heavenly Master to deduce the matter.


    Meng Zhang is a master of heaven''s secrets at this level, which is very rare in the Jun dust world.


    Over the years, he has been possessed by a large number of merits and virtues of heaven, and to some extent, he has been favored by heaven.


    The Tianji master of guantian Pavilion calculated for a long time, but he couldn''t calculate any news related to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, guantian Pavilion will not give up, but has invested more efforts, expanded the scope of the investigation and vowed to investigate the whole process of the matter.


    After returning to the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang sent them away.


    Wen qiansuan hurriedly returned to zongmen to pay attention to the location of the blessed land. Jin Lizhen is ready to go to the void to experience


    Meng Zhang went to mother-in-law''s residence to meet her.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk nonsense and directly began to report on how he had completed the task.


    He didn''t say much about the process of the battle, nor did he say much about the action of his own friars. He just exposed the origin of the so-called Yanyun Zhenjun and said how he killed his opponent and destroyed Yubi.


    Meng Zhang successfully completed the task and returned. Mother-in-law Lansi was very happy.


    She asked for several details, focusing on the information about the jade.


    Meng Zhang has said everything he can, and there is basically nothing to hide.


    In general, Meng Zhang''s mission was completed very well.


    It didn''t take much time, let alone with the help of outsiders. It completely solved the problem by relying on taiyimen''s own strength.


    After this test, Meng Zhang can finally win the trust of the people behind her and become a member of that small group.


    Meng Zhang, who has passed the test, is a full member and can tell him the secrets of many groups.


    After mother-in-law Qiansi pondered for a moment, she agreed a time with Meng Zhang.


    A year later, she wants Meng Zhang to come here again. She will introduce an expert to Meng Zhang.


    At that time, we will not only handle the matter of Meng Zhang officially joining the small group, but also have some rewards waiting for Meng Zhang.


    From beginning to end, mother-in-law did not doubt Meng Zhang''s report.


    For one thing, Meng Zhang has always had a good reputation and will not lie about such things.


    Second, she also has a way to determine the authenticity of Meng Zhang''s statement.


    After leaving mother-in-law Qiansi, Meng Zhang didn''t stay in the heavenly palace for long, so he returned to the Taiyi gate.


    Because Meng Zhang specifically told in advance that several monks participating in the mission kept their actions strictly confidential, and even the same door did not easily disclose them.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, Niu Dawei soon came to him.


    Niu Dawei is the chief disciple. When Meng Zhang was not in the sect, he acted as the chief.


    In front of Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang doesn''t have many secrets.


    Like this mission, he didn''t hide it from Niu Dawei.


    Meng Zhang made friends with her mother-in-law and joined the small group behind her, not only for himself, but also for the sect to find more living space and get more help.


    After asking Meng Zhang with great concern, Niu reported to Meng Zhang and got down to business.


    On the day when Meng Zhang led the team to leave Taiyi gate, Niu Dawei arranged the contact between the middle and high levels of the gate and the Dali imperial dynasty according to Meng Zhang''s instructions before leaving.


    In the face of a common strong enemy, both sides hope to get help from each other. The contact between the two sides is very pleasant.


    The two sides seem to have forgotten the unhappy past, not entangled in the previous gratitude and resentment, and began some secret cooperation.


    Of course, the cooperation cannot be too deep at the beginning.


    The two sides cannot have in-depth trust in each other.

 Chapter 1642

    In any case, Dali imperial court and taiyimen have sincerity in cooperation. Some minor issues will not have any impact on the relationship between the two sides.


    If nothing unexpected happens, the cooperation between the two sides will continue to deepen.


    Of course, in Meng Zhang''s heart, he remained wary of the Dali Dynasty.


    Influenced by his attitude, taiyimen would not trust Dali imperial court too much.


    Through this period of contact, taiyimen also obtained a lot of useful information from Dali imperial court.


    This information is about the intelligence of Ziyang Shengzong and the war situation between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong


    Ziyang holy sect is among the holy sects in the Junchen world, which can be regarded as strong.


    There are more than one return to emptiness power in the door, and these return to emptiness power are strong among monks of the same level.


    Although the return to virtual power can not directly act in the Junchen world, it is a ban strictly implemented by all the holy places together.


    However, by means of Ziyang Shengzong, there is no way to bypass this ban.


    At most, Ziyang Shengzong can pay a little more, and can also settle the trouble afterwards.


    Dali Dynasty can compete with Ziyang Shengzong, which is also backed by the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Dali was still secretive about this before the imperial dynasty and was reluctant to disclose it to outsiders.


    Now, when communicating with taiyimen, Dali imperial court revealed this information intentionally or unintentionally.


    Dali imperial court should cooperate with Taiyi gate and show its strength so as not to be underestimated by Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang was supported by her mother-in-law and old man Yinhu, and also climbed up the relationship between Tianlei and shangzun.


    Behind the Dali Dynasty, there is also no one to support it.


    For the time being, Dali emperor doesn''t have to worry about the return of Ziyang Shengzong. He can bully the small with the big.


    When Dali revealed the news to the imperial court, he also tried taiyimen to get information about Meng Zhang''s position of returning to virtual power behind him and their support for Meng Zhang.


    This information, in the Taiyi gate, no one knows except Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei. Dali''s temptation to the imperial dynasty is bound to be in vain.


    After listening to Niu Dawei''s report, Meng Zhang praised Niu Dawei. He was instructed to continue to maintain friendly relations with the Dali Dynasty, so that the two sides could slowly increase exchanges and secretly expand business exchanges.


    Because he had to go to the heavenly palace a year later, Meng Zhang didn''t run around this time, but stayed in the zongmen honestly.


    This time was not enough for him to practice in isolation. He focused on the situation in the door. On some issues, I also gave instructions personally.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation was wonderful. After a period of rest, he began to fight in all directions again.


    With the cold frost mountain base, Taimiao''s army has a fixed foothold.


    It''s wonderful to March East and West, constantly seize territory and expand strength.


    Dali dynasty built the foundation of Yin capital in the underworld and gained countless benefits.


    Inspired by this, Meng Zhang refined Taimiao''s outer incarnation and let Taimiao develop in the underworld.


    After taiyimen and Dali dynasty became secret allies, the exchanges between the two sides began to increase.


    Under the instruction of Meng Zhang, some top taiyimen officials who had contact with the Dali Dynasty began to ask for information about the Yin capital through various means.


    Although Meng Zhang went to the Yin capital in person, he stayed there for some time.


    But for him, there are still many unsolved mysteries in Yindu city.


    In addition, there must be a lot to learn from the construction of the Yin capital in Dali Dynasty.


    Taiyimen sells a large number of special products from the underworld, which can''t hide from the discerning eye.


    Dali had long guessed that Taiyi gate had developed a strong strength in the underworld.


    Dali didn''t have too much fear of Taiyi gate.


    Many cultivation forces in the Junchen world are trying to develop the underworld.


    Some of the lucky ones have more or less achieved some results.


    However, compared with Dali imperial dynasty, on the whole, it is still far from it.


    Even though taiyimen had a little foundation in the underworld, it was much worse than the accumulation in the underworld for thousands of years in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The actions of taiyimen in the underworld are far from threatening Dali imperial dynasty.


    There has always been a great demand for various specialty resources in the underworld.


    Even if taiyimen joined as the latest supplier, it still could not change the situation of short supply on the whole.


    At most, it affects some markets in a few times and in some places.


    Of course, since the Dali dynasty took the Yin capital as an important foundation, its importance even exceeded the foundation of the Yang world. He has always paid great attention to all kinds of situations in the underworld.


    The friar of taiyimen inquired about the relevant information of the Yin capital city. He not only didn''t get any results, but also inquired about the power of taiyimen in the underworld from the imperial dynasty.


    Taiyi sect has benefited a lot from the underworld. Naturally, it will keep Taimiao related information strictly confidential. Where can it be easily disclosed to Dali imperial court?


    Taiyimen and Dali imperial court are like this. They both cooperate and guard against each other.


    Although Meng Zhang did not personally go to the Xingluo islands overseas, he has always paid attention to the Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang secretly informed the Hailing sect of the situation of Xingluo islands, including the Qiu brothers'' persecution and response to the Ziyang holy sect.


    After reaching an agreement with the Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang also informed the Hailing faction.


    Although Hailing sect and taiyimen have had some cooperation, in general, they still fight their own battles and face their own pressure.


    Zhenhai Hall''s attitude towards the sea spirit sect has long been more than just suppression.


    Both sides fought openly and secretly, often sending disciples to intercept each other''s friars.


    The two sides began almost an all-round confrontation. But we haven''t sent out a large number of friars to start a frontal battle.


    In the face of the powerful holy land zongmen Zhenhai hall, the Hailing sect has been supporting hard and has fallen to the disadvantage in many aspects, but the Hailing sect has been supporting hard and has no intention of giving in.


    Zhenhai hall is limited to the recent delicate situation in the Junchen world. There are also many scruples about the cracks between the Holy Land and the religious doors.


    Up to now, Zhenhai hall has been unable to make up its mind and concentrate the friar army to fight with the Hailing sect.


    The Taiyi sect is very clear about the situation of Hailing sect, but Taiyi sect can''t do much.


    In addition to personnel exchanges, information exchanges and exchange of goods and materials, the two sides have no further cooperation for the time being.


    Speaking of, the situation at taiyimen is better.


    Ziyang Shengzong just suppressed and blocked Taiyi gate, and there was no more action.


    There was no direct fight between taiyimen Friar and Ziyang Shengzong friar.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t feel relaxed because of this, but kept a strict guard against Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1643

    Many senior officials of Taiyi sect have been to Hailing sect. Meng Zhang is going to visit Hailing sect after meeting mother-in-law Lansi.


    In a twinkling of an eye, a year passed.


    Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace again and came to mother-in-law Lansi''s residence.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has been waiting for a long time. In addition to the silk holding mother-in-law, there was also a strange monk present.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi solemnly introduced Meng Zhang that this seemingly elegant and easygoing middle-aged man is the famous Gu Chen shangzun in the circle of returning to virtual power in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang listened to the introduction of mother-in-law Qiansi and quickly respectfully saluted Gu Chen.


    Only a few outstanding monks in the retreat period are qualified to be called the Supreme Master.


    It is said that these so-called shangzun beings are very close to immortals and have great potential to achieve immortality.


    Gu Chen had no airs of returning to emptiness and great power. He was easy-going and had a very kind attitude towards Meng Zhang. He regarded Meng Zhang as a younger generation.


    Gu Chen shangzun is a very talkative person. After a few words, Meng Zhang almost lost his vigilance and regarded him as his own elder.


    He and Meng Zhang had a conversation and commented on Meng Zhang''s accomplishments.


    Meng Zhang seems to be very excited. In fact, he has always been clear in his heart.


    With his experience and ambition, he was not that kind of hairy boy for a long time. When he saw a legendary Huixu power, he was excited and couldn''t find the north.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is mostly disguised.


    Gu chenshang Zun didn''t know if he had seen through Meng Zhang''s true attitude. He always talked to Meng Zhang patiently.


    First of all, he expressed his apology to Meng Zhang.


    It is a common practice for newly admitted monks to complete their tasks. It is not his intention to embarrass Meng Zhang.


    All members of the group have experienced this.


    If Meng Zhang feels uncomfortable, he apologizes to Meng Zhang here.


    Meng Zhang looked very frightened and kept saying he didn''t dare.


    Gu Chen shangzun also explained the relevant of this mission for Meng Zhang.


    Many years ago, due to his negligence, a demon spirit of Yang God level sneaked into the Junchen world.


    Ancient Chen Shang Zun knew that the demon spirit sneaked into the Jun dust world and couldn''t leave it alone.


    If for a long time, the demon spirit becomes the climate and causes havoc in the Jun dust world, the ancient Chen respect can''t get rid of the relationship.


    Therefore, Gu Chen spent a lot of time searching for the whereabouts of the demon spirit.


    It was not long before Meng Zhang joined the group that he found the whereabouts of the demon.


    Before being possessed, this demon spirit was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, and its strength did not exist.


    Even if the demon spirit has been attached to the real king of smoke and cloud, it is only the strength of Yang God level.


    With the cultivation of Gu Chen, you can easily kill this demon spirit and his men without effort.


    But Gu Chen''s respect is not far from Chengxian''s way.


    In order to avoid being targeted by foreign demons when he became an immortal, he hesitated before killing the demons.


    Although the demon spirit family is only the inferior race among the extraterritorial heavenly demons, the Yang God level demon spirit itself has a high position in the family, and the demon spirit family has a wide range of friends and knows many powerful heavenly demons.


    There are innumerable dangers and difficulties in becoming immortal.


    If the extraterritorial demons who come to block the Tao are too powerful, it will be more difficult to break through to the real fairyland world.


    After thinking about it, Gu Chen shangzun gave up directly killing the demon spirit, but found another way.


    Soon after, it happened that Meng Zhang joined this small group and needed to accept the test task.


    Gu chenshang Zun pretended to be public and private, and gave Meng Zhang the task of killing the demon spirit.


    In order to help Meng Zhang complete his task, Gu Chen shangzun even went deep into Yanyun cave, explored all the information and determined the strength of the enemy.


    After saying the cause and effect of this matter, Gu Chen''s respect solemnly thanked Meng Zhang.


    He was somewhat embarrassed to tell Meng Zhang that he was very disturbed by the trouble and trouble brought to Meng Zhang.


    He owes Meng Zhang a favor this time. If Meng Zhang needs his help in the future. Within his power, he can fight for Meng Zhang once.


    Logically speaking, with the cultivation and identity of Gu Chen, he has put his attitude so low and promised to make a shot for Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang should be relieved no matter what he thought before.


    In fact, at the beginning, Gu Chen''s frank attitude really moved Meng Zhang.


    But when Gu Chen finished, Meng Zhang looked very moved and flattered on the surface, but he despised it in his heart.


    Gu Chen said it was beautiful, but he didn''t know whether it was intentional or unintentional. He forgot the most important point.


    Gu Chen didn''t want to offend the foreign demons and lead to the retaliation of the foreign demons. Was Meng Zhang willing to make enemies with the foreign demons?


    Meng Zhang has offended great demons and evil gods. Now, with the addition of foreign demons, it seems that he has too much debt to worry about.


    But Meng Zhang will also break through the real fairyland world. Even if that day can be far away, it looks far away.


    If when he became an immortal and got the Tao, a powerful demon came to block the Tao, what should he do?


    Although he was unhappy, on the surface, Meng Zhang had to treat Gu Chen shangzun very respectfully and kept saying that he didn''t care about it.


    For the great love of Gu Chen, he should sincerely thank him.


    In the same sentence, the cultivation of Gu Chen''s respect is there, and Meng Zhang can''t fight with him.


    In fact, in guchen Zun''s heart, his attitude towards Meng Zhang has been benevolent and righteous, and he can''t ask for more.


    This still depends on Meng Zhang''s cultivation and background. He has such a good attitude.


    Looking at the good atmosphere, mother-in-law Qiansi echoed a few words and praised Gu Chen''s respect.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi said that Gu Chen shangzun is a very kind elder and expert. He has always cared for his younger generation, especially those talented younger generation.


    Lead silk mother-in-law hopes that Meng Zhang will get close to Gu Chen shangzun and accept Gu Chen shangzun''s guidance in the future.


    From the beginning to the end, Meng Zhang did not express his true attitude and maintained enough respect for Gu Chen.


    In Gu Chen''s view, Meng Zhang is still far away from becoming an immortal.


    In the pursuit of immortality, countless amazing practitioners fell.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t even made a breakthrough in the period of returning to emptiness. Now it''s too ambitious to consider the problem of becoming an immortal and getting the Tao.


    Meng Zhang has now offended foreign demons by killing demons. Even if there is any harm, he can''t see it in a short time.


    Maybe Meng Zhang will never have to worry about this problem.


    As for Meng Zhang''s trip to solve his problems, he also gave sufficient compensation.


    In the cultivation world, a large number of monks begged to work for him.


    Meng Zhang should be honored to have the opportunity to work for him.

 Chapter 1644

    Since Meng Zhang has completed the test task, he has been a full member of this small group since then.


    As a senior member of this small group, Gu Chen shangzun personally came to see Meng Zhang this time.


    First, on behalf of the small group, he welcomed Meng Zhang as a newcomer and expressed the group''s attention to him.


    Second, Gu Chen shangzun also has some things that need to be explained to Meng Zhang.


    After talking about task related matters, Gu Chen shangzun first represented the small group and welcomed Meng Zhang to join.


    Since Meng Zhang is already a member of the group, many secrets of the group will be opened to him.


    First, that is the name of the group.


    This group is called the immortals society.


    The purpose of the group and the purpose of its establishment, as the name suggests, is that the members of the group help each other and ascend the fairy road together.


    The purpose of cultivation is to become immortals and immortality.


    The name of the immortals association is simple and easy to understand. It''s really a coincidence.


    The immortals association was founded thousands of years ago, and its history is not much shorter than those holy places.


    When it comes to the history of the immortality society, it is inevitable to mention the history of the development of immortality in the Junchen world.


    Thousands of years ago, the true immortals from the Lingkong fairyland conquered the Junchen world, opened up a fairyland here and set up a legacy. Long ago, mother-in-law Qiansi introduced Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has read numerous classics before and after, many of which are about the history of Jun dust world, which he has known for a long time.


    What Gu Chen shangzun is saying now is to supplement what mother-in-law Qiansi said before, and to reveal some of the deepest secrets of the Junchen world for Meng Zhang.


    Last time, Granny Qiansi just said that the immortals preached in the Junchen world. Their direct descendants established various holy places to assist the heavenly palace to rule the Junchen world.


    As for the whereabouts of these immortals, mother-in-law did not tell Meng Zhang.


    Among the many classics Meng Zhang has read, there is no introduction to the relevant content.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much before. He took it for granted that after completing the task of opening up a fairyland in the Junchen world, these immortals should return to the Lingkong fairyland.


    When Gu Chen shangzun said this, he deliberately bought a pass and asked Meng Zhang''s opinion.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much, and directly said what he thought in his heart.


    Gu Chen showed a mysterious smile on Zun''s face.


    He told Meng Zhang that the immortals not only did not return to the celestial realm, but also remained in the Junchen realm.


    Meng Zhang was surprised and couldn''t believe what Gu Chen said.


    If these immortals stayed in the Jun dust world, the situation in the Jun dust world would not be like this today.


    The immortals are still there. Who dares to challenge the Holy Land Sect?


    Sea spirit sect and Dali imperial dynasty can fight against the Holy Land Sect, but can they also fight against immortals?


    Moreover, for thousands of years, no one has ever found the whereabouts of immortals in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has been in the heavenly palace for such a long time. He still has a formal position in the heavenly palace. The news is quite well-informed.


    But he almost never heard of the existence of these immortals.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s surprised and inexplicable appearance, Gu Chen''s evil taste seemed to be satisfied.


    He did not continue to sell off, and directly told Meng Zhang that the immortals preaching in the Jun dust world fell asleep for some reason thousands of years ago.


    In the near future, when these immortals wake up, that is, when the Jun dust world changes greatly.


    At that time, on the one hand, the Junchen world is facing the crisis of destruction, on the other hand, the Junchen world will have a great opportunity.


    Returning to the virtual powers can rely on these opportunities to become immortals and get the way, and the real immortals will also get the opportunity to advance to heaven.


    Meng Zhang knew that there was no need for Gu Chen shangzun to deceive him on this issue.


    He believed that the immortal people had been sleeping in the Jun dust world for some reason.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t restrain his curiosity and wanted to know more.


    But when he asked Gu Chen shangzun further, Gu Chen shangzun said that the time had not come and refused to disclose more.


    Meng Zhang was scratching like a cat''s paw, but he couldn''t help but respect Gu Chen.


    The preemptive Gu Chen shangzun was very satisfied with the effect of these words.


    Sure enough, he threw out a secret to suppress the earth buns like Meng Zhang.


    Next, Gu chenshang Zun began to get to the point and talked about the origin and history of the immortality society.


    Those immortals conquered the Junchen world and preached here.


    According to the Convention, on the other side of the fairy world, the Jun dust world is regarded as the territory of these immortals.


    Although the heavenly palace, as the highest ruling body, rules the Junchen world, it should respect the opinions of immortals on many issues and should not be arbitrary.


    After the immortals fell into a deep sleep, the holy door, as the direct descendant of the immortals, began to assist the heavenly palace to control the Jun dust world.


    Other immortals in the Lingkong fairy world, according to the rules of the Lingkong fairy world, naturally can''t run to the Junchen world to compete with the immortal people.


    Those immortals who opened up the Jun dust world, in order to speed up the opening up of the Jun dust world and establish the ruling order here as soon as possible, many Terrans have migrated from the world under the Lingkong fairy world.


    Lingkong fairy world is an extremely powerful world among all the worlds.


    There are countless worlds, large and small, as their subordinates and appendages.


    In these worlds, naturally, there are countless forces of cultivation and countless practitioners.


    Generally speaking, a new world has been conquered and brought into the ruling order of the fairyland. In addition to the ordinary people who have migrated, many practitioners have come here to look for opportunities.


    Even, there are some Xiuzhen forces that will take the initiative to move here.


    The immortals who opened up the Junchen world took the initiative to accept many cultivation forces.


    They also welcome those practitioners with innocent backgrounds.


    After all, it is far from enough to rely solely on their direct descendants to establish a cultivation civilization and establish the rule of cultivators in the originally desolate Junchen world.


    The immortals have high vision and strict standards for admission. They directly accept a small number of disciples.


    Of course, after thousands of years of development, the continuous inheritance of children and grandchildren, and the continuous reproduction of the population, the major Holy Land sects have today''s power.


    In the era when the immortals opened up the Junchen world, in addition to their own disciples, they also made great efforts to rely on the power of other practitioners.


    These practitioners who dare to take risks in a strange world for various reasons have played a great role in the opening up of the Junchen world.


    At the same time, the immortals will take the initiative to preach among the Terrans and pass down many common cultivation methods and so on.


    These ordinary cultivation methods, after generations of cultivation and research, will slowly develop and improve.


    If a generation produces a monk with extraordinary talent, it can be deduced to a high level.


    This is also the source of many local cultivation forces in the Junchen world.

 Chapter 1645

    Those immortals who opened up the Junchen world were very careful when introducing foreign cultivation forces.


    Like those cultivation forces with too big background, too strong strength, or related to other immortals, they all politely refuse.


    Of course, the cultivation forces like guantian Pavilion can''t do it even if they want to refuse.


    Fortunately, guantian pavilion has its own unique style of behavior. It is neutral in many disputes in the cultivation world, but it won''t make them too embarrassed.


    As for the heavenly palace, it represents the celestial realm, and it is impossible for several immortals to refuse.


    In this way, under the leadership of several immortals, many practitioners cut through thorns and thorns, and established a strong cultivation civilization in the Jun dust world.


    After the overall situation of the Jun dust world was settled and the ruling order was stabilized, the immortals fell into a deep sleep and ignored all the affairs of the Jun dust world.


    Many of the contents of this history mentioned by Gu Chen shangzun have been heard by Meng Zhang before, but they are unknown.


    Meng Zhang didn''t talk much and listened to each other quietly.


    Gu chenshang Zun looked like a teacher. In addition to actively explaining, he also raised some questions from time to time and interacted with Meng Zhang.


    After talking about this history, Gu chenshang Zun seemingly inadvertently asked Meng Zhang a question.


    Apart from those immortals who opened up the Jun dust world, have other immortals ever been born in the Jun dust world over the years?


    Meng Zhang had not thought about the question of Gu Chen''s respect before.


    In the past, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were insufficient and his level was too low. He had not even heard of the great power of returning to emptiness in the cultivation world, let alone immortals.


    The Immortal Dragon sees the head but not the tail. It is not qualified for low-level friars.


    The vast majority of low-level friars in the cultivation world may have this idea.


    With the growth of Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, his status is also rising.


    Up to now, he is a strong man in the Yang God period, and he works in the heavenly palace. But even so, he had not heard much about immortals before.


    It is well-known in the upper level of Jun dust world. As a pillar, it is always those great powers in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang had doubts before.


    However, he himself was very busy and did not invest too much time and energy in this question.


    Now Gu chenshang Zun deliberately asked this question, which made Meng Zhang fall into thinking.


    Immortals have been sleeping for more than 8000 years.


    In these 8000 years, no immortal was born in the Junchen world.


    Neither the friars of the Holy Land Sect nor other friars, including the local friars and foreign friars in the Junchen world, can break through the realm of true immortality.


    Gu chenshang Zun talked about it in a plain tone, but his words contained a terrible fact.


    Is it really so difficult to become immortal and get the way that no friar in a world can succeed? Or is there something else?


    Meng Zhang has doubts in his mind and tends to guess the latter.


    Gu Chen continued to explain the history of that year for Meng Zhang.


    After introducing a lot of external cultivation forces and practitioners, several immortals took the initiative to cut off the connection between Junchen world and Lingkong fairy world.


    What they said to the outside world was an accident, which led to this change.


    After several immortals fell into deep sleep, there was no hope for the Junchen world to contact the Lingkong fairy world.


    The Jun dust world is in the void. It is originally in a very remote position, far away from the control range of the spirit fairy world.


    It is said that several immortals were also in the process of exploration. By chance, they found the existence of Jun dust world.


    After the Junchen world lost its connection with the Lingkong fairy world, it completely became an isolated island.


    Before the immortals fell asleep, there were many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world. Among them, several were particularly powerful. Their accomplishments had been completed, and they were only one step away from becoming immortals.


    Because they were afraid of causing the fear of several immortals, they even hid themselves and never showed up easily.


    After the immortals fell into a deep sleep, these great powers of returning to emptiness began to break through the realm of true immortality.


    The result was too unexpected. All these return to emptiness powers failed to break through and died.


    After that, many return to virtual powers also fell in the process of breakthrough for various reasons.


    Finally, a group of Huixu great energy who did not belong to the Holy Land Sect explored together and paid a great price to find the truth.


    Before they fell asleep, these immortals jointly affected the operation of heaven and earth in Jun dust world and changed some rules of heaven and earth.


    All monks who try to break through to the realm of true immortals will be disturbed by the power of heaven and earth and eventually fail to break through.


    After discovering this truth, you can be shocked by your return to emptiness.


    They tried to find a solution while scolding several real immortals for their malice.


    Unfortunately, no matter what methods they try, they can''t overcome this problem.


    Some return to the virtual power and want to leave the Jun dust world and make a breakthrough in the void.


    However, without the protection of the big world such as Junchen world and the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth, the extraterritorial demons who come to block the road are not limited at all, and their combat power is fully open, which can not be resisted by friars in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Some returning monks want to go to other big worlds and make breakthroughs.


    However, the big world around the Jun dust world is basically ruled by other races, and they are extremely hostile to the practitioners of the Jun dust world.


    There have been many wars between the two sides, with countless blood feuds.


    Unless they are willing to take refuge in other nations and take the initiative to hand over their lives to these other nations. Otherwise, the alien will never allow the practitioners to become immortals in their own big world.


    Being able to cultivate to the period of returning to emptiness and having the strength to break through the realm of true immortals, such friars are basically arrogant and self seeking characters. How can they be dogs for other races?


    Even if someone does, he will never have the chance to become an immortal again.


    ¡­¡­


    During the retreat period, the friars could not crack the means left by the real immortal, and naturally they could not become immortals and get the Tao.


    Up to now, those monks who have the potential to become immortals and attain Taoism in the retreat period basically know this secret.


    When Gu Chen shangzun said this, the lead silk mother-in-law, who was also listening, was not surprised at all.


    Obviously, she knew it long ago.


    The enemy of blocking people from becoming Tao is really higher than the sky and deeper than the sea.


    In order to become a Taoist, many practitioners can refuse to recognize their relatives, abandon everything, and be desperate


    These immortals cut off all the powerful ways of returning to emptiness in Jun dust world, and their accumulated resentment can be imagined.


    Logically speaking, even if the monks of the Holy Land Sect are foolish and loyal to their ancestors, they will still have different hearts in the face of this hatred of blocking the way.


    However, the high-level leaders of the holy land have always been loyal to their ancestors and acted in strict accordance with their orders.

 Chapter 1646

    No matter what inside, at least on the surface, the monks of the Holy Land Sect are loyal to their ancestors.


    According to Gu Chen''s conjecture, the immortals must have left some means to ensure the loyalty of future generations.


    Previously, mother-in-law Qiansi told Meng Zhang that in the near future, the Junchen world will change greatly, the immortals will get further opportunities, and the great powers who return to emptiness will also get the opportunity to become immortals and get the Tao.


    Now, Gu Chen shangzun clearly told Meng Zhang.


    Before long, the immortals who have been sleeping for a long time will wake up.


    After they wake up, the Junchen world is in danger of complete collapse. The way of heaven and the rules of heaven and earth changed by them may also return to normal temporarily.


    The awakening of immortals is not only an unprecedented danger, but also an unprecedented opportunity.


    Many great powers of returning to emptiness are waiting for this moment.


    Gu Chen even guessed that the return to emptiness powers of the Holy Land Sect were not eager to become immortals or betray their ancestors, that is, they were waiting for a chance in the near future.


    They have more advantages in this regard with the care of the true immortal ancestors.


    Of course, other powers of returning to emptiness will not miss this opportunity.


    The period of returning to deficiency is great, and life is long.


    Most of them can reach more than 9000 years old in the period of returning to emptiness. Of course, if there is no accident, it is generally impossible to break the age of 10000.


    The immortals opened up the fairy way in the Junchen world for less than ten thousand years, and the immortals fell asleep for only eight thousand years.


    Maybe some of the great powers of returning to emptiness that existed soon after the development of Jun dust world have also lived to the present.


    In the near future, there may be a large number of antiques in the Jun dust world, and fierce life and death battles will be launched, turning the Jun dust world upside down.


    In such an environment, it is basically difficult for Meng Zhang or the taiyimen behind him to be alone.


    If you want to survive in this unprecedented situation, it''s best to have reliable friends who can unite and help each other and keep warm.


    Gu chenshang Zun talked for a long time, and finally the topic came back. It was clear that he was wooing Meng Zhang.


    Gu chenshang Zun told Meng Zhang that the ancestor of Taiyi gate was the one who moved to the Junchen world from other big worlds at the beginning of the development of the Junchen world.


    The founder of Taiyi gate is also an extraordinary figure, and its inheritance has many advantages.


    Especially more than 5000 years ago, the leader of the generation of Taiyi sect had a great opportunity in the void, which made Taiyi sect from an ordinary Yuanshen sect to a powerful sect that could make the holy sect feel threatened.


    Speaking of this, Gu Chen showed a look of fear on his face.


    As the contemporary leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang inherited many legacies of Taiyi sect in its heyday.


    However, for taiyimen in its heyday, he always had many unsolved questions in his heart.


    Now guchen shangzun mentioned this problem. It is obvious that the outsider knows something.


    Meng Zhang wants to ask, but Gu Chen shangzun turns off the topic in time.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but respect Gu Chen, and his doubts were even greater.


    What kind of secret is there in Taiyi gate, especially in its heyday, that makes Gu Chen respect the strong one in the great power of returning to emptiness show such an expression?


    Gu Chen shangzun spoke for a long time. What he said was that he hoped to get the effectiveness of Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang understood what he meant, he certainly wouldn''t be uninterested.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly patted his chest to ensure that he would be loyal to the immortal society.


    In the coming great changes in the Junchen world, he will fight for the immortal society wholeheartedly.


    With Gu Chen''s experience, of course, he will not simply believe Meng Zhang''s words.


    However, today we just meet for the first time, everything is just the beginning.


    He believed that Meng Zhang would slowly become truly obedient in the future.


    He talked so much about the history of Jun dust world, including the conspiracy of immortals to prevent practitioners from becoming immortals and gaining the Tao. This is to highlight the significance of the existence of this group.


    The ultimate purpose of the immortal society is to help each other and get the opportunity to become immortal and get the way when the great changes in the Jun dust world come.


    On weekdays, the society has absorbed many excellent young people and carefully cultivated them.


    Many of the great powers of returning to emptiness outside the Holy Land Sect in the cultivation world, especially those from scattered cultivation, have been helped by the immortal society.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength is extraordinary, and his men also have a huge clan, which is the key target of the immortal society.


    For Meng Zhang, the purpose of the immortals society is obviously hostile to the immortals, which means that the immortals society will take the Holy Land Sect as the enemy.


    Meng Zhang, who is under great pressure from the Ziyang holy sect, needs the help of the immortal society.


    He joined the immortality society in his personal capacity, and taiyimen could also benefit from it.


    At the beginning of its establishment, the immortality society was worried about being hostile to the holy places, so it kept a low profile and kept the internal situation strictly confidential.


    In recent years, the Junchen world was about to change, and the immortal society began to become active and increase various actions.


    According to Gu chenshang Zun, the two forces of Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty can fight against the Holy Land Sect, and a large part of their help comes from the immortality society.


    In recent years, the immortals association has vigorously supported various monks, hoping that they can be used at the critical moment and can fight against the sects of major holy places.


    The internal structure of the Dengxian society is loose, and the number of formal members is actually small.


    For internal members, the immortals society does not have too strong constraints.


    Gu chenshang Zun handed Meng Zhang a gold token, which was a token to prove his identity in the immortal society in the future.


    Meng Zhang took the token and observed it carefully.


    This token is a special magic weapon with high level.


    According to Gu Chen, this token is also used to protect the body. Meng Zhang had better take it with him.


    There is no fixed headquarters, but there are some secret strongholds.


    As a newcomer, Meng Zhang can only know a few secret strongholds.


    One of the secret strongholds is located in the heavenly palace.


    Gu Chen shangzun also told Meng Zhang that Tiangong was neutral and acted fairly on the whole.


    Although it is far from being able to treat the Holy Land Sect and ordinary practitioners alike, at least it will not be easily controlled by those Holy Land Sect.


    The heavenly palace is too lazy to pay attention to the plans of those immortal people and many actions of the Holy Land Sect door.


    In fact, even if those immortals break through the realm of cultivation and change from real immortals to celestial immortals, they should obey the rule of the celestial realm.


    At least on the surface, the heavenly palace, which represents the celestial realm, will never waver in its ruling position.

 Chapter 1647

    Even if the Junchen world is completely destroyed, it will not hurt the heavenly palace.


    It is not surprising that there are a large number of worlds like Junchen world under the Lingkong fairy world.


    No matter how the immortals calculate and how the holy door moves, they will try to avoid damaging the heavenly palace.


    Therefore, the heavenly palace is basically indifferent to the schemes of the immortals.


    Although Gu Chen shangzun and Meng Zhang only met for the first time, it can be seen from his words that he attaches great importance to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, this emphasis is because Meng Zhang has sufficient utilization value.


    After chatting for a long time, they basically had a good talk. Meng Zhang gained a lot and learned a lot about the secrets of the Jun dust world.


    This will play a great guiding role in his future actions and the next development of taiyimen.


    After the conversation, Gu chenshang Zun saw that he was leaving. Meng Zhang couldn''t help but ask again about Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Gu chenshang Zun thought for a moment before he said about taiyimen. Outsiders like him really shouldn''t talk much. Many things need Meng Zhang to explore in person.


    Meng Zhang sent Gu Chen shangzun away with her mother-in-law.


    After soliciting Meng Zhang''s opinion, mother-in-law Qiansi took him to the stronghold of Dengxian society in the heavenly palace.


    On the surface, this stronghold is an ordinary business firm. In the backyard of the firm, there is a warehouse.


    After mother-in-law and Meng Zhang showed their tokens respectively, they entered the warehouse.


    As soon as he entered the warehouse, Meng Zhang found that there was a hole in it.


    It looks like a warehouse only a few feet away from the outside. Inside, the magic of Space folding is used. There are several halls and dozens of independent rooms.


    Lead silk mother-in-law, who is familiar with the way, led Meng Zhang into the door and introduced the place to him by the way.


    The secret stronghold of the immortals society shoulders many functions.


    When members meet on weekdays, they can be placed in secret strongholds to ensure concealment.


    There is a large warehouse in the secret stronghold, which stores a lot of truth repair materials.


    Members of these repair materials can buy them at an internal price.


    There is also an independent Sutra Pavilion for storing various classics.


    As long as you are a full member of the society, you can read the classics free of charge, which is also a benefit provided to full members.


    She walked into the secret stronghold and came to a wall.


    There are many heraldic symbols on the wall.


    Some of these summonses are completely public and visible to all.


    This is a task distributed to internal members. After completion, you can get paid.


    Those private communication symbols are communications between members.


    Mother-in-law took a look, and no one sent a message to herself.


    As for completing those tasks, she has no mind for the time being.


    As a newcomer, Meng Zhang can get two treasures free of charge in the warehouse.


    After entering the Yang God period, it is difficult for practitioners to find suitable magic tools.


    The fourth-order magic weapon can be called an independent creature to survive the thunder robbery. It can also be cultivated to improve itself.


    Such creatures can hardly continue to be used as magic tools for others.


    If Meng Zhang wants to use the void tripod, he needs good words to discuss with the void son in order to get his cooperation.


    In order to make up for the problem that magic tools can''t be used, there are many special talismans and disposable treasures in the cultivation world for the strong in the Yang God period and even in the return to emptiness period.


    At the suggestion of her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang received two talismans to protect his life.


    Once a TianDun talisman is cast, it can immediately escape. Even in the face of the great power of returning to emptiness, it is possible to retreat all over the body.


    The other is a talisman for death, which can help Meng Zhang resist a mortal attack.


    Both talismans are made by the great power of returning to the virtual world, which can resist the attack of returning to the virtual world level.


    If there is no way to buy treasures at this level, they can''t be bought at any cost.


    As soon as he joined the immortal society, he had more benefits and could receive a free life insurance talisman. The original haze in Meng Zhang''s heart dissipated for it.


    Mother-in-law Lansi has a good cultivation and good eyesight. She led Meng Zhang around the warehouse.


    At the recommendation of her mother-in-law, Meng Zhang also spent a lot of Yuqing LINGJI to make a big purchase.


    High-level elixir like Jiyang pill can greatly promote the cultivation of friars in the period of Yang God.


    On weekdays, such pills are rarely seen outside. Even if they appear inside the immortality society, they will soon be swept away.


    Meng Zhang is lucky this time. There is still stock here.


    He spent a lot of money to buy three bottles.


    After Meng Zhang''s cultivation entered the Yang God period, there were only four level alchemists in the door, and the refined pill slowly lost its effect on him.


    The group of immortals society really can''t be underestimated.


    Inside, there was no shortage of talismans and alchemists in the Yang God period and even the return to emptiness period.


    Meng Zhang also bought a golden knife.


    This small knife less than palm size is a disposable magic weapon.


    Once triggered, you can give play to the attack strength that can only be issued by the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Although it can only be used once, it can play an important role in key places.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also bought some rare materials from the outside world and was ready to take them back to the door.


    There is a certain limit for each member of the Dengxian society to shop internally every period of time.


    Finally, Meng Zhang fell in love with a mass of Huang Lingtu. This earth spirit is an essential key material for the construction of Dongtian.


    Meng Zhang''s quota has long been used up. It''s still mother-in-law who uses her quota to help Meng Zhang buy it.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi introduced the situation of this stronghold to Meng Zhang in detail.


    Among the monks who came in and out of the house, there were acquaintances. Mother-in-law Lansi also introduced Meng Zhang.


    Finally, after telling her a lot of things, she left the secret stronghold.


    Meng Zhang came to the Sutra Pavilion and began to read many classics collected inside.


    The contents of these classics are diverse and all inclusive.


    There are many classics that Meng Zhang has not read before.


    In the classics, there are even many excellent cultivation methods.


    There are many books and records dedicated to the practice experience, including the practice experience in the Yang God period and even the retreat period.


    Such classics are generally not sold outside.


    Even if you go to the heavenly palace for official exchange, you need to spend a lot of contribution points.


    Meng Zhang is happy to see the hunter. He has nothing important to do for the time being.


    He simply sat down honestly, calmly, and began to carefully read all kinds of classics in the Sutra Pavilion.


    I have to say that the welfare arranged by Dengxian Society for internal staff is still very good.


    Even Meng Zhang, who has a brilliant inheritance and high understanding, can make a great breakthrough by reading these classics.


    Of course, the really important classics of the immortality society have long been collected.


    If members want to read these classics, they are not free. They must make great contributions to the society.

 Chapter 1648

    Meng Zhang stayed in the secret stronghold of the immortals Society for more than half a year.


    In addition to reading the classics that he can read within his authority, he knows and communicates with the monks who come and go here.


    Although she didn''t stay long before she left, some people came and went from time to time in this secret stronghold.


    Those who can get in and out here are members of the immortals Association.


    Members recruited by the immortality society from outside, such as Meng Zhang, must at least have the cultivation of Yang God period before they are eligible to join.


    Of course, the immortals themselves trained some monks.


    The accomplishments of these friars are mixed, and there are many Yuanshen Zhenjun among them. However, they are loyal enough to the society, and they are much more trusted by the society than members like Meng Zhang.


    Meng ZhangCai joined the Dengxian society and became a full member. The Dengxian society did not arrange tasks for him, but asked him to be familiar with the internal situation of the group.


    Meng Zhang didn''t spend much time in this stronghold, but he got to know many members of the immortality society.


    Among the monks who come and go, even those who return to virtual power have a passable attitude towards the members of the same organization.


    Although it is impossible to establish any friendship when we meet for the first time, it is still no problem to mix faces and lay a foundation for further exchanges in the future.


    Occasionally I met some people with similar personalities. Meng Zhang talked with them for a long time, and the two sides became good friends.


    After reading almost all the classics that can be obtained, Meng Zhang left here and returned to taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang is ready to pay a good visit to his friends in Tiangong.


    Meng Zhang was supposed to stay in the heavenly palace for a long time, but before long, he received a letter from Taiyi gate.


    After years of hard work, Li boqian, the earth master in the gate, finally found a suitable address on the taiyimen site, which can be used to build a blessed land.


    Wen qiansuan, the array master in the door, went to see it once and recognized Li boqian''s choice.


    Even after hearing the news, the thick earth God will come to the Yangshi under the call of Li boqian. After careful inspection, the thick earth God will greatly praise Li boqian''s vision.


    Now that Fudi has completed the site selection, it can start construction.


    The construction of blessed land is a huge tool, which not only consumes massive human and material resources, but also takes a long time.


    It is natural for Meng Zhang, the leader, to preside over such a great event as the construction of a blessed land.


    After receiving the news, Meng Zhang immediately returned to the Taiyi gate.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang, accompanied by his eldest disciple Niu Dawei, went to the chosen address of the blessed land.


    Li boqian, as the most brilliant land division of taiyimen, has already advanced to the fourth terrace,


    After years of practice and research, his attainments above the earth division have become more and more profound.


    The address he chose was located at the junction of Yuantu prairie and Jiuqu province.


    On the surface, it looks like an endless great plain, almost boundless.


    On this great plain, there is not even a slightly steeper hillside, and the terrain is extremely flat.


    The aura on this great plain is not very strong, only a few first-order spirit veins.


    There are no valuable minerals around.


    Taiyimen in this great plain was not enfeoffed, but as a directly subordinate territory.


    On the Great Plains, many villages and towns were established for mortals to settle down.


    After Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, he attached great importance to the mortal settlements above the territory.


    In addition to often sending disciples to mortal settlements for inspection, Taiyi gate will also station external disciples for a long time in some places with a large number of mortals to help mortals solve some practical problems.


    Li Bo had long been familiar with the construction classics of Fudi. In addition to selecting this address, he also had a simple construction plan.


    After Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei came here, they met Li boqian directly and listened to his detailed report.


    This great plain seems to have little aura, but it has a strong atmosphere. Deep underground, there are two huge veins.


    As long as the earth pulse is led out and cultivated by secret method, it is easy to form a third-order spiritual pulse.


    In addition, the strong atmosphere is fully sufficient to support the existence of blessed land.


    Meng Zhang is not good at the way of local teachers. He naturally chooses to believe in professionals like Li boqian.


    Meng Zhang soon made a decision and began to build a blessed land here.


    First of all, the simplest work is to move all the human beings living in the surrounding villages and towns and completely empty this great plain.


    Now that we have decided to start building the blessed land, the whole taiyimen force will soon be mobilized.


    Among the classics Meng Zhang read in the secret stronghold of the immortality society this time, there is an in-depth introduction to the blessed land.


    When building the blessed land, we need to mobilize the power of the space avenue to separate the space of the blessed land and make it an independent space.


    After a long period of evolution and continuous investment of various resources, blessed land can grow into a small world, which is independent of the Junchen world to a certain extent.


    If there is a disaster in the Junchen world, the cultivators hide in the blessed land and stay closed. They have a strong resistance to the disaster.


    Since Meng Zhang knew that the Jun dust world was about to change, the immortals were about to wake up and the Jun dust world was likely to be destroyed, he had been thinking about how to avoid possible disasters.


    He thought about building a battleship in the void, allowing Taiyi disciples to enter it and hide in the void for the time being.


    A real battleship in the void, like an independent small world, has the ability of self-sufficiency in the void and can survive in the void for a long time.


    Unfortunately, the holy places will not sell virtual warships, nor will they teach the way to build virtual warships.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that Dali Dynasty had made achievements in this regard.


    However, through this period of time and Dali imperial contact, there was no gain.


    I don''t know whether the Dali Dynasty really didn''t have the ability to build virtual warships or was unwilling to help taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang once thought that if the disaster happened, the friar taiyimen could hide in the ghost world that had fallen into the underworld.


    However, the small world of the ghost gate is infiltrated and influenced by the rules of the underworld, and is no longer suitable for living people to survive.


    It''s OK for living people to stay there for a short time. If they live there for a long time, they will inevitably be eroded by Yin Qi and lose life yuan.


    ¡­¡­


    The catastrophe of the Junchen world approached step by step, but when Meng Zhang was helpless, he read these contents about the blessed land, which was tantamount to another village.


    As long as Fudi is built successfully, it will be well managed. When the catastrophe comes, it can become a refuge for Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang paid more attention to the construction of blessed land and was willing to invest more resources.


    After Li Bo''s site selection was completed, he mobilized the strength of the whole taiyimen and began a large-scale operation without the slightest hesitation.

 Chapter 1649

    Taiyi gate mobilized the power of the whole sect, and the efficiency was very high.


    Hundreds of thousands of mortals on the whole great plain were soon moved away by various means.


    Flying boats kept taking off and landing here, sending off mortals and transporting all kinds of building materials.


    Dragon lock pile is one of the most important foundation stone laying tools.


    The construction materials are mainly black iron and red copper, as well as refined gold and Lingyu.


    The Dragon lock pile is ten feet long and one foot thick. It''s full of secrets and prohibitions.


    A total of 18000 such locking piles are needed.


    Taiyi gate utensil hall began to be fully built many years ago, using countless materials.


    According to the drawings drawn by Li Bo, many monks of Taiyi sect buried these dragon locking piles one by one on the great plain.


    In these years, while Li Bo was selecting the site, taiyimen has already started the preliminary work of building the blessed land.


    Although the sect bears a great burden, various preparations have been completed as scheduled.


    Meng Zhang temporarily built a temporary cave on the great plain and lived here.


    While practicing, he personally supervised the early construction work.


    Not only the array master Wen Qian in the door came to work, but even the thick earth God General in the underworld was called to help in the sun from time to time.


    More than three years later, the preliminary construction of Fudi was barely completed.


    In these three years, Meng Zhang has not been in vain.


    He refined Jiyang pill exchanged from the stronghold of Dengxian society, and his cultivation took another big step.


    When the blessed land was first built, it occupied only a large flat land with a radius of thousands of feet.


    With the further construction of Fudi in the future, the occupied site will slowly begin to expand.


    Meng Zhang went to the outside of the cloud and fog daze and extracted the dragon vein temporarily placed here again.


    This dragon vein almost took root here, began to grow again and became larger.


    After the dragon vein absorbs the local Qi, it will grow slowly.


    Meng Zhang returned to the site of blessed land with the dragon vein. With the help of Li boqian and others, Meng Zhang settled the dragon vein Haosheng here.


    After the dragon vein fell to the ground, the Dragon locking piles were nailed to the key points of the dragon vein, and the dragon vein was firmly locked.


    This great plain has long become a big construction site, and countless taiyimen friars are busy here.


    Many large and small arrays are arranged at the location of the blessed place.


    Meng Zhang called Kongzi and they started together to urge the power of the space avenue to cut out the space around the blessed land.


    For a long time after that, the noumenon of the nether son, the nether tripod, will sit here to completely stabilize the newly cut space.


    Meng Zhang was busy for more than two years before he initially completed his work.


    Next, it will be a long time.


    The taiyimen friar Association kept coming all kinds of precious materials and threw them into the blessed land.


    The yuan God Zhenjun in the door will try to move the spiritual pulse from everywhere and place it in the blessed land.


    Meng Zhang can''t be used here for the time being. Meng Zhang can leave.


    In the next stage of building the blessed land, you also need to invite Huixu Da Neng to fight.


    Meng Zhang was still thinking whether to ask mother-in-law Qiansi for help or old man Yinhu for help.


    Although he can spare his hand, Meng Zhang is still ready to stay here for a long time to ensure that no accidents happen.


    Taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace received a letter from the old man Yinhu. He wanted to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang dared not neglect the call of old man Yinhu.


    He immediately left everything here and rushed to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang went directly to old man Yinhu''s residence and met him who had been waiting for a long time.


    Silver pot old man is usually a very stable person. In front of Meng Zhang, he is basically happy and angry, full of expert style.


    But when Meng Zhang saw him this time, he looked a little agitated, as if he was a little fidgety.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, old man Yinhu barely calmed down.


    Without beating around the Bush, he directly told Meng Zhang that great changes were imminent in the Junchen world and that a catastrophe was coming.


    Meng Zhang had heard the same news from Gu Chen shangzun and mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Looking at the old man silver pot, he seems to have known the news not long ago.


    It seems that not all return to virtual power, the news is smart enough.


    Old man Yinhu works in the heavenly palace and has a lot of relationship with Tianlei shangzun. It is only then that he knows the news.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but raise his evaluation of the immortal society.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide it and nodded directly.


    The silver pot old man was surprised at first, and then quickly relieved.


    He thought of the relationship between Meng Zhang and her mother-in-law.


    Old man Yinhu also heard about the background of mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Since old man Yinhu already knew the news, Meng Zhang didn''t hide it. He directly told him what he knew, and said that mother-in-law Qiansi was his source.


    Meng Zhang''s frank attitude satisfied old man Yinhu, and he spoke his heart.


    The silver pot old man knew the news that great changes were about to take place in the Junchen world. But he didn''t know the specific details until soon.


    Originally, he thought he was a member of the heavenly palace and the care of heavenly thunder. No matter what happens in the Junchen world and what kind of catastrophe happens, he will not be endangered.


    But recently, he learned the details of the coming catastrophe in the Junchen world from his old friend danshanke.


    Those immortals who have opened up fairyland in the Junchen world are about to wake up from their sleep.


    When they wake up, they will completely destroy the Jun dust world and seize the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, so as to impact the celestial realm.


    If the big world like Jun dust world loses its origin, it will completely collapse and slowly disappear into the void.


    Originally, the silver pot old man thought that the great change in the Jun dust world was just a war between the immortals.


    The so-called heaven leaning disaster can be caused by the war of the cultivators. The war of the immortals can''t be avoided, such as the collapse of the Junchen world, the overturning of rivers and seas, the sinking of the earth and the extinction of creatures.


    With this degree of catastrophe, the Jun dust world will become broken and no longer suitable for living creatures.


    However, for the return to emptiness power like old silver pot, as long as he is not affected by the immortal war, he can stay away from it. After the immortal war, he can safely return to the Junchen world and continue to survive here.


    But old man Yinhu never thought that the immortals would do so to completely destroy the Junchen world.


    In fact, even for the immortal, it is very difficult to completely destroy a big world like Jun dust world.


    After listening to the words of old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang was also shocked.


    He had thought that the Junchen world had been destroyed in the Holocaust. He thought that only the world had become broken and living creatures could not survive.


    The words of old silver pot made him understand the terrible truth.


    The so-called Junchen world was destroyed, which is the real destruction of the whole world.

 Chapter 1650

    Mother-in-law and Gu Chen shangzun didn''t tell Meng Zhang such details during their previous conversation.


    I don''t know if they really don''t know, or they deliberately keep it from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was more inclined to the latter.


    If the silver pot old man was not so frank and outspoken, Meng Zhang didn''t know that the so-called great change in Jun dust world was such a terrible thing.


    If the Junchen world is really completely destroyed in the catastrophe, Meng Zhang must prepare early to find a way for Taiyi gate.


    Some previously prepared means may not be useful.


    Meng Zhang thought about things and asked old man Yinhu orally.


    Those immortals are so reckless that they want to destroy a big world. Are they willing to lose their foothold even if they are their disciples and grandchildren?


    Also, as the representative of the celestial realm, the heavenly palace nominally rules the whole Junchen realm. Will it ignore it?


    Meng Zhang''s inquiry made the silver pot old man smile bitterly.


    Those immortals are real immortals. With the strength of real immortals, they can protect their disciples and grandchildren to survive in the void.


    If their plan succeeds, they can even advance to immortals.


    The legendary immortal has the ability to create things in the void.


    Even if the Junchen world is completely destroyed, they have a way to create a new world.


    Even if they are unwilling to give up everything in the Jun dust world, they can''t compete with their ancestors.


    As for the heavenly palace, if the Junchen world is completely destroyed and the heavenly palace loses its support, it will certainly be greatly affected.


    Jiutian''s peripheral area can''t be maintained, and the supply of Tiangong will become very difficult in the future.


    But for the fairy world, it''s totally worth paying such a price and adding a few more immortals.


    There are essential differences between immortals and real immortals.


    Even in the celestial realm, celestial beings are great people who can be independent.


    Celestial beings are the backbone of the celestial realm and the main force of the celestial realm''s foreign war.


    Since Tiangong is the representative of the fairyland, it should have a view of the overall situation and be happy to see the strength growth of the fairyland.


    The contents that old man Yinhu told Meng Zhang were basically the original words that the mountain bearer told him.


    In fact, the heavenly palace still keeps secrets about the upcoming great changes in the Junchen world.


    If he did not actively move closer to Tianlei shangzun, old man Yinhu would not know what had happened until the great changes in Junchen world had taken place.


    If the Junchen world is completely destroyed, with the strength of the old man Yinhu, it can survive in the void.


    His real dissatisfaction is that he has been kept in the dark.


    Although he is a member of the heavenly palace, he is not the core figure.


    If Tiangong loses most of its resources, people like him must bear the brunt, and most of them will be cut down on various supplies.


    Most importantly, the silver pot old man still has high expectations for becoming immortal.


    I think so. Not to mention his great ability of returning to emptiness, he is an ordinary cultivator in the cultivation world, who takes becoming an immortal and getting the Tao as the goal of cultivation.


    Without the protection of the big world like Junchen world, it will be difficult to resist when foreign demons come to block the Tao.


    Old man Yinhu is used to his current life and is quite satisfied with his cultivation progress.


    He instinctively resists all changes, especially the earth shaking changes.


    Old silver pot is fine, almost alone. Those monks with families are even more difficult to deal with when facing great changes.


    Just like Meng Zhang, he will actively find a way to find a new living space for friars of taiyimen in the future.


    At the thought of these troubles, Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with all the holy places, including the heavenly palace.


    Those immortals conquered the Junchen world and opened up a fairyland here. They are the ancestors of the cultivation world of this world.


    But for their own sake, they will destroy the whole world and countless creatures. It is too much. It is even more cruel and inhuman than the most ferocious devil.


    Although Meng Zhang scolded secretly in his heart, he also knew that if he put himself in the position of those immortals, he might make the same choice in order to further his cultivation and practice the road.


    Old man Yinhu and Meng Zhang were equally indignant when they talked about it.


    Of course, with the ten courage of old man Yinhu, he didn''t dare to stop the actions of the immortals.


    However, after knowing such news, his loyalty to the heavenly palace will be greatly reduced.


    In the past, although old man Yinhu actively approached Tianlei shangzun and tried his best to run for him, he still attached great importance to the identity of Tiangong members.


    The news that the mountain bearer told him made him understand that he was mostly an insignificant pawn in the eyes of the high-level officials of the heavenly palace.


    Tiangong doesn''t care about his interests at all.


    Tiangong is unreliable at all. Only Tianlei respects them is a reliable friend.


    Although he didn''t say it clearly, Meng Zhang clearly felt that old man Yinhu had a lot of resentment against Tiangong.


    If there is a conflict of interest between Tianlei shangzun and Tiangong in the future, it is very obvious who the position of Yinhu old man will be in favor of.


    The silver pot old man specially called Meng Zhang and told him about it. The purpose is also very obvious, that is, to win over Meng Zhang and completely pull him to the side of Tianlei.


    Meng Zhang easily understood the intention of old man Yinhu, and naturally followed his tone to express his admiration and obedience to Lord Tianlei.


    Meng Zhang made no secret of his hatred for the holy places, including the heavenly palace.


    He also told the silver pot old man that although she had been courting him, she didn''t trust him very much.


    Tianlei shangzun''s guidance to him in those years benefited him a lot and can''t be forgotten until now.


    Old silver pot just laughed off Meng Zhang''s loyal words.


    Of course, he will not be completely relieved of Meng Zhang because of a few empty words.


    He has enough confidence in Tianlei shangzun.


    In the future, when Meng Zhang fully realized the power of Tianlei shangzun, he naturally knew to make the right choice.


    Just a silk holding mother-in-law and her friends are not worth mentioning in front of Tianlei shangzun.


    Silver pot old man knows what Meng Zhang''s biggest concern is.


    He told Meng Zhang that Tianlei had the power to mobilize the void warships owned by Tiangong.


    If the Junchen world is really completely destroyed, he can ask Lord Tianlei to send a void warship to connect all Taiyi disciples.


    Meng Zhang naturally thanked old man Yinhu for his kindness.


    Although Meng Zhang will not place all his hopes on the silver pot old man, at least the silver pot old man provides Meng Zhang with a feasible way out.


    If there is really no other good plan and no way to go, maybe the life of Taiyi gate lies in the old man Yinhu.


    Meng Zhang and old man Yinhu talked freely for a long time. They were very satisfied with each other''s attitude.

 Chapter 1651

    After Meng Zhang left the silver pot old man''s residence, he returned to the residence of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    He asked the friar on duty of taiyimen here to go to the Hailing sect and inform him that he would be a guest of Hailing sect soon.


    Meng Zhang didn''t tell the others about the news that great changes were about to take place in the Junchen world.


    The disciples in the sect are far from enough in cultivation. They can''t help with such things at all.


    If they know that the destruction of the Junchen world is imminent, it will only make them restless and affect their practice.


    Once a heart demon is born, the consequences are unimaginable.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of a sect and the highest cultivator of Taiyi sect. Many things are hidden in his heart silently and bear countless pressures alone.


    Of course, for him, a sect like taiyimen is not a burden, but an important help.


    At his command, countless monks ran for him, and many Yuanshen Zhenjun wanted to work for him.


    After Meng Zhang passed the thunder robbery of Yang God, yuan God transformed into Yang God.


    Yang God, pure Yang without scale, needs to continue to grow.


    When the Yang God is complete and strong enough to repose on the void, Meng Zhang can break through the period of returning to the void.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s own hard practice, Zhuang Da Yang God can also rely on the power of foreign things.


    Extreme pure Yang spirits are naturally of great benefit to Yang God.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength alone, even if the world spends a lot of time and energy, the collection of pure Yang spiritual objects is limited.


    However, the whole taiyimen, together with its vassal forces, has thousands of friars. They experience and search in the vast taiyimen territory, which will bring some surprises to Meng Zhang from time to time.


    Taiyimen friars worked in the heavenly palace. Many low-level friars almost fought with their lives and accumulated a lot of contributions.


    With Meng Zhang''s authority in the heavenly palace, he can consume contributions from time to time and exchange some pills or spiritual objects from the heavenly palace that are helpful for cultivation.


    In addition, the so-called extreme things will turn against each other. Meng Zhang can refine some extreme mysterious and Yin spiritual things to stimulate the growth of Yang God.


    The most common place for such spirits is the underworld.


    At this time, it can be seen that Meng Zhang actively laid out the underworld and developed the foresight of the underworld in his early years.


    He is the biggest patron of taiyimen. The whole sect tries to support him. It is natural to do so.


    In fact, even in the Yang God period, Meng Zhang was very sufficient in the supply of foreign things to assist in practice.


    Even those monks in the period of Yang God in the holy land may not have such cultivation conditions.


    Coupled with Meng Zhang''s extraordinary talent, the speed of his practice is far beyond the imagination of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong may know that his combat effectiveness is strong from his past achievements.


    For many practitioners, combat effectiveness and accomplishments are not necessarily equal.


    Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness and cultivation complement each other and will not delay.


    Meng Zhang''s current accomplishments are far closer to the perfection of the Yang God period than estimated by Ziyang Shengzong.


    The friars sent by Meng Zhang to the residence of Hailing sect will reply soon. Hailing sect welcomes Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, at any time.


    Meng Zhang has long intended to go to Hailing sect.


    Especially after knowing the news that great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world, he needs to discuss with his allies.


    Meng Zhang left taiyimen station and came to the station of Hailing sect in Tiangong.


    Over the years, the monk in charge of this residence of Hailing sect is Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, an old friend of Meng Zhang.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun became a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen, before Meng Zhang.


    When entering the Yang God period, Meng Zhang took a step first.


    Of course, Lu Tianshu''s accomplishments did not stand still.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, his cultivation in the later period of Yuanshen has been almost complete, and it is not far from breaking through the period of Yang God.


    There is not only one monk in the Yang God period in the Hailing sect, but also the great power to return to emptiness. Naturally, it will not lack the secret method of robbing.


    As long as Lu Tianshu accumulates enough, his luck is not too bad. He has a great chance to survive the Yangshen thunder robbery.


    Having not seen each other for many years, Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu felt very kind.


    Hailing sect and taiyimen have formed secret allies for some years.


    The two sides have frequent secret exchanges, which not only expand the scale of trade, but also increase the exchanges between monks.


    Although the two sides did not openly stand together, let alone openly help each other fight. However, their secret alliance is of great benefit to both sides and benefits each other.


    Hai Ling sect, which is far more powerful than taiyimen, is willing to form an alliance with taiyimen in a relatively equal position.


    First, the sea spirit sect is in urgent need of allies in the face of the great pressure of the Holy Land zongmen Zhenhai hall.


    Although taiyimen is far from the South China Sea, it is located in the northernmost part of the other end of the Jun dust world. However, the strength of the sect is not weak, and it has a lot of resources, which can make up for the shortcomings of Shanghai spirit sect in many aspects.


    Second, the top leaders of Hailing sect, including Lu Tianshu, are very optimistic about Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was able to defeat the real dragon of the Yang God period soon after he advanced to the Yang God period. After the news spread, it also caused a lot of fluctuations in the circle of Yang God friars in the Junchen world.


    In the case of whether Meng Zhang can directly fight during the retreat period, Meng Zhang can at least take charge of the Jun dust world and dominate the side with his strength.


    Many high-level battles in the Jun dust world, and the highest combat effectiveness of the last shot, are limited to the Yang God period.


    In many cases, a strong enough person in Yang God period can even play a greater role than that in returning to deficiency period.


    At that time, Lu Tianshu was first optimistic about Meng Zhang, actively promoted the alliance between Hailing faction and taiyimen, and took the initiative to make concessions in many aspects.


    Although Lu Tianshu''s practice is out of long-term consideration, it is ultimately for the interests of his family. But Meng Zhang still wants to recognize this favor.


    Lu Tianshu is not only an old friend of Meng Zhang, but also the founder of the good relationship between the two families.


    Lu Tianshu warmly received Meng Zhang at the Hailing camp.


    They talked freely for a long time and exchanged a lot of news.


    Lu Tianshu was acutely aware that Meng Zhang''s visit to the Hailing sect was not a courtesy visit, but really related to the future of the Junchen world. The future events of the two factions should be discussed with the high-level leaders of the Hailing sect.


    Lu Tianshu is also one of the top leaders of the Hailing school, and has won the trust and respect of the ancestors in the sect.


    However, he is limited to lack of cultivation and has limited status in the door.


    In matters related to the future fate of the sect, it is the strong in the Yang God period and even the great power in the return to emptiness period that really decide.


    What Meng Zhang said is so important that Lu Tianshu can''t decide alone.


    In order to show respect for Meng Zhang and be very interested in what Meng Zhang said, Lu Tianshu told his fellow disciples about his residence, so he decided to go back to Hailing sect with Meng Zhang.


    Lu Tianshu''s actions are in line with Meng Zhang''s wishes.


    With his high-level guidance, it can reduce a lot of trouble and cumbersome process.

 Chapter 1652

    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu reached the nearest exit from the South China Sea through the transmission array in the heavenly palace.


    They left the heavenly palace from the exit and appeared in the nine days.


    It didn''t take long before they came to the high altitude above the South China Sea.


    Meng Zhang has been to the Far West Sea, which is basically the territory of the Hai nationality.


    As an isolated island, Xingluo islands are isolated overseas and resist the attack of the sea people alone.


    The situation in the South China Sea is completely different.


    Since the rise of the sea spirit sect, it has led many Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea to fight against the sea clan and compete for living space with the sea clan.


    After thousands of years of efforts, it has experienced countless bloody wars, internal and external struggles and made great sacrifices.


    Only then did the Hailing sect completely defeat the Hai nationality, drive it away and become the overlord of the South China Sea.


    The Hailing faction dominated the South China Sea and established an organization called the South China Sea alliance.


    Most of the Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea are members of the South China Sea alliance.


    Among the South China Sea alliance, the Hailing faction is the dominant family and is a true leader of the alliance.


    The rise of the sea spirit sect in the South China Sea has attracted the fear of the sea Hall of the Holy Land zongmen town.


    As the only holy door located overseas, Zhenhai hall has always regarded the sea as its sphere of influence.


    Of course, the sea area of Jun dust world is too large. Although Zhenhai hall is strong, it can''t occupy it all.


    Zhenhai hall can only be completely controlled by the East China Sea.


    The sea area of the East China Sea is also the most vast and fertile sea area in the Junchen world.


    Donghai is the forbidden area of Zhenhai hall. No foreign power is allowed to intervene.


    There, in addition to Zhenhai hall, only a small number of vassal forces of Zhenhai hall can exist.


    Although the South China Sea is far less vast and rich than the East China Sea, no one has ever thought of too many territory.


    The South China Sea is the next expansion direction and control target of his highness Zhenhai.


    Many years ago, although Zhenhai hall was temporarily unable to directly control the South China Sea, it had many layouts in the South China Sea. Including supporting some local Xiuzhen forces as puppets.


    In the process of striving for hegemony in the South China Sea, the Hailing faction should not only face the powerful sea clan, but also guard against the cultivation forces within the Terran clan.


    Among them, these puppets supported by Zhenhai hall are the great enemies of Hailing sect.


    Although Zhenhai hall did not directly put the practitioners'' army into the South China Sea, it launched a series of open and secret battles with the sea spirit sect by means of supporting puppets.


    The sea spirit sect became the final winner, and these puppet forces also disappeared one after another.


    With the expansion of Zhenhai hall on the edge of the East China Sea, there are fewer and fewer barriers between Zhenhai hall and the South China Sea.


    After dominating the South China Sea, the Hailing faction pursued the remaining Hai ethnic forces and involuntarily expanded towards the East China Sea.


    Up to now, the sea clan power as a buffer between Zhenhai hall and hailing sect has almost disappeared.


    The boundary line between the two doors is not far away.


    Many people in the real world speculate that the day when the two religious sects directly border is the day when the two religious sects start an all-out war.


    In fact, the confrontation between the sea spirit sect and Zhenhai hall is all-round.


    Both sides sent small elite teams to launch a cruel and bloody battle between the East China Sea and the South China Sea.


    In the void, Zhenhai hall made use of its own strength to pursue and kill the friars of Hailing sect who came to experience in an all-round way.


    Meng Zhang was involved once when he first met Lu Tianshu.


    Just to say, Meng Zhang''s hands are also stained with the blood of Zhenhai hall disciples.


    Fortunately, the news has not been leaked, and Lu Tianshu has never threatened Meng Zhang to stand in line publicly.


    Over the years, foreign invaders from other big worlds have been pressing closer and closer to the Junchen world, putting more and more pressure on them.


    Under the strict order of the heavenly palace, Zhenhai hall had to reduce its direct actions against the Hailing sect.


    The struggle between the two factions in the void slowed down, and the struggle within the Junchen world became more intense.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu appeared in the hinterland of the South China Sea, which is temporarily inaccessible to the friars of Zhenhai hall.


    They flew freely at high altitude and flew towards the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    Along the way, there will be some fleets below from time to time.


    There are merchant ships from the mainland, fishing boats sent by nearby islands, etc.


    Since the sea clan forces were expelled from the South China Sea, the nearby waters have completely become the territory of the Terran.


    The Terran merchant fleet can sail freely, and the Terran fishing boat can fish anywhere


    Many times, even without the protection of the cultivators, all the fleets composed of mortals dare to drive far away.


    Meng Zhang, they pass by islands from time to time.


    At a glance, Meng Zhang was basically sure that the residents on the island could barely live and work in peace and contentment.


    It seems that the rule of the Hailing sect in the South China Sea is very good and stable.


    Lu Tianshu was half behind Meng Zhang and introduced all aspects of the South China Sea to Meng Zhang in a low voice.


    With Lu Tianshu''s introduction, Meng Zhang was indeed an eye opener and gained a lot of insight.


    After flying for most of the day, they finally came to the sky above their destination.


    It is a huge island full of all kinds of buildings.


    The Mountain Gate of Hailing sect is located on the largest island in the South China Sea.


    Around this island, there are many large and small islands, as if they were the escort of the main island.


    Many islands on the territory of the Hailing sect, except some of them are naturally formed, are slowly formed after reclamation.


    Before approaching the huge Island, a patrol team appeared on the way forward.


    Accompanied by Lu Tianshu, there is almost no need to stop on the road. Those patrolling friars not only didn''t come to cross examine, but also saluted Lu Tianshu one after another.


    Before returning to the mountain gate, Lu Tianshu informed the mountain gate through a long-distance communication method.


    Because taiyimen and hailing sect are secretly allied, taiyimen friars, including Meng Zhang, are reluctant to openly have too close contact with Hailing sect.


    In the past, when taiyimen friars came to Hailing sect, they were received by special personnel and directly entered the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    This time, Meng Zhang, an ally, came to the Hailing sect. Originally, a grand welcome ceremony was prepared, but later it was abandoned.


    Lu Tianshu led Meng Zhang to land on the island, bypassed the main gate, passed through the mountain protection array from the side gate and entered outside the mountain gate.


    As soon as he entered the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect, Meng Zhang had a different feeling.


    The aura here is extremely rich, just like the essence.


    Even if you concentrate multiple third-order spiritual veins, you can''t have such a degree of aura.


    He glanced at the depth of the mountain gate, where the aura could barely meet the daily cultivation needs of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    It seems that, like the previous reports of the monks in the door, the Hailing sect has a built blessed land, and the mountain gate is in the blessed land.


    In the Junchen world, except for the major Holy Land sects, there are few other cultivation forces that have a blessed land.

 Chapter 1653

    Whether there is a blessed land or not is an effective way to test the real details of a clan.


    In the past, when Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and status were not enough, he always felt how tall and rare the blessed land was.


    Later, when he had more knowledge, he knew that the top sects in the Junchen world basically had a blessed land.


    If a family wants to compete with the holy land, having a blessed land is a minimum condition.


    Only when a clan has a blessed place can it provide for the friars above the yuan God Zhenjun without the help of external forces.


    In many ways, we can be self-sufficient without fear of being blocked and embargoed.


    Apart from the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang first saw the blessed land in the Junchen world when he came to the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    He had been to the capital of the Dali imperial dynasty and had never seen the blessed land.


    I just don''t know where the blessed land of Dali Dynasty is hidden.


    Meng Zhang looked around curiously and carefully felt the unique environment here.


    For the guests, hailing sect is very generous and has no restrictions on Meng Zhang. He is allowed to walk around inside Hailing sect.


    On the contrary, Meng Zhang remembered that he still had business and didn''t delay too much time on the road. He directly asked Lu Tianshu to lead him to the top level of Hailing sect.


    Lu Tianshu led Meng Zhang outside the sect Hall of Hailing sect.


    Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, has been waiting here for a long time.


    Meng Zhang has long heard that among the representatives of the older generation of friars in the Hailing sect, there is Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of the Hailing sect.


    Especially after the alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect, most of the strength of Hailing sect was no longer hidden from taiyimen and actively exposed in front of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang learned a lot of information about Hailing sect from the normal contacts between the two sects.


    Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, was a gifted friar in the sect in his early years. He has practiced for many years and is very old in the sect.


    It is said that if his practice had not been greatly delayed by being the leader, he might have become a great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Speaking of it, the Hai Ling sect now has two powerful men in the period of returning to emptiness, who are his martial brothers. They were not as good as him in all aspects.


    Haiyang Zhenjun delayed for many years in the later stage of the yuan God. Later, he finally passed the thunder robbery and advanced to the Yang God stage.


    During this period of time, many younger generations have caught up with him and stepped into the Yang God period.


    Among the strong men in the Yang God period of the Hailing school, the real king of Haiyang is not outstanding in all aspects.


    Of course, Haiyang Zhenjun has been the leader of Hailing sect for many years and has great authority in the sect.


    The rapid rise of the Hailing sect and its ability to compete with the sea hall in the Holy Land zongmen town were mainly achieved under the leadership of Haiyang Zhenjun.


    Don''t say that they are the strong ones of the Yang God period in the door, that is, several great powers of returning to emptiness. They all respect the real king of Haiyang and are willing to obey his orders.


    Haiyang Zhenjun came out to meet Meng Zhang in person. It seems that both sides have equal identities and are leaders of the same school. However, in view of the qualifications of Haiyang Zhenjun, Meng Zhang still posed as a younger generation in front of him and looked very respectful.


    Haiyang Zhenjun received Meng Zhang very warmly and said a lot of praise.


    They exchanged greetings outside the sect hall for a long time before Haiyang Zhenjun welcomed Meng Zhang in.


    Hailing sect has a long history, and its history is still above Taiyi gate.


    In the wide sect hall, many ancestors'' statues are enshrined.


    Meng Zhang first paid homage to the statue of the ancestor of Hailing sect, and then took his first seat under the real king of Haiyang.


    In recent years, taiyimen and hailing sect have frequent contacts and maintained sufficient communication.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, visited Hailing sect this time. He was not polite, but did discuss important matters.


    After he accompanied Haiyang Zhenjun politely for a few words, he was about to get to the point.


    As an ally leader, Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and directly asked Haiyang Zhenjun if he knew that the immortals who opened up the Jun dust world were about to wake up and that the Jun dust world was about to change.


    Haiyang Zhenjun answered Meng Zhang''s question directly without hesitation.


    This is a great secret for ordinary friars, but it has long been known to people like Haiyang Zhenjun.


    Haiyang Zhenjun also took the initiative to tell Meng Zhang that the Hailing sect has a close relationship with the immortality society. Some monks in the door joined the immortality society in their personal capacity.


    Judging from his words, he had already known about Meng Zhang''s joining the immortal society.


    Over the years, many full members of the immortality society have been in the Junchen world to observe and contact those rising stars worthy of cultivation.


    If the conditions are suitable, it will be introduced into the immortal society.


    In this way, although the internal members of the immortality society are a little complicated and may have a poor cohesion, it can always maintain its vitality and have strong strength.


    The relationship between the Hailing sect and the immortal society is much deeper than Meng Zhang imagined.


    In addition to their own efforts, the Hailing sect has been largely supported by external forces such as the immortal society.


    It is no secret that mother-in-law Qiansi made friends and cultivated Meng Zhang in her early years.


    Hailing sect happily allied with taiyimen in those years, which also has some factors in this regard.


    When Meng Zhang realized that the Hailing sect had a close relationship with the immortal Society for a long time, many prepared words were swallowed back.


    Even among allies, it is impossible to be completely honest, and each still has many secrets.


    Taiyimen and hailing sect are secret allies who keep watch and help each other when facing the Holy Land Sect.


    On other matters, the position is not necessarily consistent.


    At least according to Meng Zhang''s judgment, the relationship between the Hailing sect and the immortal society is closer and older than that between the Hailing sect and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much about the upcoming great changes in the Junchen world, but asked Haiyang Zhenjun if the Hailing sect had any good countermeasures in the face of such great changes.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s question, Haiyang Zhenjun smiled bitterly.


    When immortals fight, mortals suffer.


    Facing the catastrophe brought by the immortals, the Hailing sect has nothing to do but bear it passively.

 Chapter 1654

    Haiyang Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that if the Junchen world changed dramatically and became no longer suitable for survival, the disciples of Hailing sect had to hide in the blessed land of the mountain gate and survive the catastrophe.


    The interior of the blessed land is self-contained. It is a completely independent space. There is a mountain protection array outside. It is indeed a good place to avoid robbery.


    Haiyang Zhenjun also warmly invited Meng Zhang.


    If taiyimen doesn''t have a good way to avoid the catastrophe, they can move home to the South China Sea and hide together in the blessed land of the Hailing sect.


    Haiyang Zhenjun''s attitude seems enthusiastic, but Meng Zhang is sensitive to the fact that there are many inaccuracies in his words.


    Of course, if the other party takes such an attitude, it can be regarded as fulfilling the responsibility of its allies. Taiyimen and hailing sect have been allied for a long time, and they can''t ask for more.


    After so many years of experience, Meng Zhang has already had enough scheming and Chengfu.


    Originally, he was going to have an open and frank talk with Haiyang Zhenjun to see what further cooperation between Hailing sect and taiyimen could be in the face of the imminent destruction crisis.


    Meng Zhang had been wary of the ancient Chen Zun of the immortality society, and now he can''t fully believe in the real king of Haiyang.


    According to Meng Zhang''s information, the immortals woke up and led to the havoc in the Jun dust world. It is not about to happen soon. Taiyi gate still has at least one or two hundred years to prepare.


    Meng Zhang did not refuse the kindness of Haiyang Zhenjun, but said that taiyimen was trying to build a blessed land and also wanted to find a way to obtain a virtual warship.


    After listening to taiyimen''s preparation for the catastrophe, Haiyang Zhenjun greatly appreciated it.


    They didn''t dwell on this topic for too long, and soon talked about other aspects.


    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun are leaders of the same sect. Like Hailing sect, Taiyi sect is facing the suppression of the Holy Land Sect. The two sides have many common languages, and the more they talk, the more they speculate.


    When they were talking happily, a streamer flew into the leader''s hall and fell into the hands of Haiyang Zhenjun, which turned into a messenger talisman.


    When the conversation was interrupted, Haiyang Zhenjun was slightly unhappy.


    However, as the leader of a sect, he shoulders heavy responsibilities and cannot ignore the major events in the sect.


    The top leaders of Hailing sect performed their duties and helped him share most of the sect affairs.


    He said hello before meeting Meng Zhang this time. Don''t bother him with general things at this time.


    Now there is news, mostly something big has happened.


    Haiyang Zhenjun looked at the messenger talisman in his hand.


    Even if there was Meng Zhang, the guest, he couldn''t help but change his face and snorted angrily.


    "What a bunch of losers. They can''t even do this well."


    "Brother Haiyang, if you have anything to do, don''t worry about it." Meng Zhang said aside.


    "It''s not a big deal, but the people below are incompetent." Haiyang Zhenjun''s face soon recovered calm and explained to Meng Zhang.


    It turns out that there are not only a long distance between the East China Sea and the South China Sea, but also many Hai ethnic groups.


    After the Hailing faction unified the South China Sea, Zhenhai hall, which dominated the East China Sea, actively expanded towards the South China Sea.


    Those Hai ethnic groups who blocked the expansion route of Zhenhai hall became Haiyang Zhenjun. He was very grateful to Meng Zhang for his understanding. He was not polite to Meng Zhang. He ordered Lu Tianshu to treat Meng Zhang well and left directly.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the manpower of Hailing sect was so tight that even the leader of Haiyang Zhenjun was busy for a moment.


    Of course, it may also be that this matter is very important. It''s not safe to leave it to others. The leader of Haiyang Zhenjun needs to deal with it personally.


    Facing the powerful Zhenhai hall, hailing sect can''t make any big mistakes.

 Chapter 1655

    After Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, left, Lu Tianshu followed the leader''s order and led Meng Zhang to visit the mountain gate.


    Except for a few forbidden areas in the gate, most areas of the Hailing sect were generously opened to Meng Zhang.


    Taiyimen is now building a blessed land. Meng Zhang is very interested in the blessed land of Hailing sect. He wants to see if there is anything to learn from.


    Meng Zhang is also curious about the appearance of blessed land after its completion.


    Meng Zhang followed Lu Tianshu around the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect and observed carefully.


    Lu Tianshu is a good tour guide, explaining Meng Zhang in detail.


    He will also focus on what Meng Zhang is interested in.


    Meng Zhang raised some questions from time to time. Lu Tianshu would try to answer them as long as they were not related to the secrets of the sect.


    The Mountain Gate of Hailing sect covers a wide area. They walked around the Mountain Gate leisurely. After walking for a long time, they haven''t walked a little.


    Meng Zhang had a good understanding of the layout of the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect and personally felt the wonderful use of blessed land. He was full of praise for it.


    Among the Hailing sect, not to mention the friars in the period of Yang God, there is more than one person with great power to return to emptiness.


    However, this does not mean that monks like Meng Zhang in the Yang God period are worthless. It is not surprising.


    In fact, the Hailing sect attached great importance to Meng Zhang.


    Lu Tianshu led Meng Zhang around the mountain gate all the way. Both he and other high-level monks in the gate were very respectful to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that the heavenly palace should also be a special blessed place.


    Although he has been in and out of the heavenly palace for many times, the heavenly palace is still too high-end for him to see through many mysteries.


    This blessed place of Hailing sect is just right. He can understand many places and can learn from them.


    When he returned to Taiyi gate in the future to participate in the construction of blessed land inside the gate, he had a reference object.


    In fact, many high-level friars of Taiyi sect have come to Hailing sect.


    For example, Li boqian, the fourth terrace master in the gate, and Wen qiansuan, the fourth terrace array master, personally visited the Hailing sect a long time ago. They all spent a long time in the Hailing sect.


    They are good at learning. After careful study of the blessed land, they will naturally gain a lot.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are higher than them and his eyesight is stronger than them. After the visit, he also has different feelings and new harvest.


    Meng Zhang was visiting with great interest. A friar in the early days of Yuanshen hurried to Lu Tianshu and whispered to him.


    After listening to a few words, Lu Tianshu frowned, and a trace of embarrassment appeared on his face.


    Meng Zhang shouldn''t have and didn''t want to eavesdrop on their conversation, but they were talking so close. Meng Zhang, who was well-trained, was very clear-minded and hard to hear.


    It turned out that a tiger clam, which had been defeated by the Hailing sect before, suddenly appeared and made trouble on the edge of the Hailing sect''s territory.


    This tiger clam has the strength of Yang God level. It is always alone and very slippery.


    During the expansion of Hailing sect, it invaded the territory of this tiger clam and clashed with it.


    The Yang God friar of Hailing sect easily defeated the tiger clam, but failed to leave it.


    After the tiger clam escaped, he always remembered his hatred with the Hailing sect, and came out against the Hailing sect from time to time.


    If it is a normal day, although this tiger clam is very strong, the Hailing sect will not take it to heart.


    The most troublesome thing is to send out the strong ones in the Yang God period in the door to drive them away.


    Recently, however, the sea spirit sect has been severely restrained by the actions of Zhenhai hall, and its hands are stretched.


    Now the tiger clam attacks the stronghold on the edge of the territory. For a while, the Hailing sect can''t send enough force to expel it.


    The early friar of the yuan God who came to report wanted Lu Tianshu to see the reclusive old ancestor of Huixu in the door and see what he could do.


    During the retreat period, although the friar cannot directly fight in the Jun dust world due to strict restrictions, his accomplishments and knowledge should be there. There should be a way to expel the tiger clam.


    In addition, even if the friar didn''t do anything during the retreat period, just one stop there was enough to scare the tiger clam away with his momentum.


    Lu Tianshu listened, but didn''t agree with his classmate.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, the ancestor is the real pillar of Hailing sect. Where can we disturb him because of such a small thing?


    Now the great enemy Zhenhai hall is eyeing one side. If Lao Zu is caught by him during the retreat period, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Besides, the tiger clam didn''t go deep into the territory of Hailing sect, but just wandered around the edge of the territory and attacked some small strongholds. Even if the Hailing sect has some losses, the losses are very limited and can be borne.


    The messenger God Zhenjun disagreed with Lu Tianshu. He felt that the sea spirit sect had nothing to do about it. The prestige of the sea spirit sect lost too much.


    Although his accomplishments and status were far inferior to Lu Tianshu, he still insisted on his own views and argued with Lu Tianshu.


    Meng Zhang listened for a while and understood the cause and effect of the matter.


    He shouldn''t have done much, but he thought that he would come to be a guest this time. The host''s family received him warmly. He should share his worries with others.


    Most importantly, many mussels breed pearls in their bodies.


    If the tiger clam of Yang God level breeds pearls, the pearls bred are extremely rare natural materials and earth treasures, which are of great use to monks of Yang God period such as Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang can kill him and harvest the pearls he may conceive, the Hailing sect will be embarrassed to reach out.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang took the initiative to go over and told Lu Tianshu in righteous words.


    Taiyimen and hailing faction are allies. Hailing faction has encountered difficulties now. They can''t sit idly by.


    The sea clan is the great enemy of the Terran clan. Seeing the sea clan raging, I really can''t stand it.


    Meng Zhang suggested that he was willing to take a trip to share worries for his allies and eliminate harm for the human race.


    Lu Tianshu didn''t want to work on Meng Zhang''s shelf, but Meng Zhang really insisted, and he didn''t want to let the tiger clam run wild.


    Thinking of fighting side by side with Meng Zhang in the void, Lu Tianshu understood Meng Zhang''s temperament and finally agreed to Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    Since Meng Zhang works hard, it''s important to be quick. You can''t let the tiger clam come and go freely.


    Lu Tianshu led Meng Zhang to the long-distance transmission array within the mountain gate.


    After the Hailing sect ruled the South China Sea, it tried its best to set up a large number of long-distance transmission arrays at various points in the South China Sea.


    Relying on these long-distance transmission arrays, the Hailing faction can quickly mobilize monks in the South China Sea, concentrate troops and deal with different situations.


    Meng Zhang has never been to the South China Sea before. He is not familiar with the terrain here. Naturally, he cannot directly use the art of space transmission to transmit it.


    With the help of the sea spirit sect''s long-distance transmission method array, it has become the fastest way.

 Chapter 1656

    The transmission network established by the Hailing faction using several long-distance transmission arrays covers almost most areas of the South China Sea.


    The South China Sea is very vast. Compared with the area of the ocean, those islands are hardly worth mentioning.


    The islands are distributed over the vast ocean, just like a few sesame seeds on the pancake.


    No one can control such a large territory without long-distance transmission of the Dharma array.


    Of course, building a long-distance transmission array requires a lot of manpower and material resources.


    Even if the Hailing faction controls the whole South China Sea, it can only ensure that islands above medium-sized and some important resource producing areas can build a long-distance transmission array.


    As for those too remote places, there are many small islands, there is no way.


    This time, the tiger clam attacked some small islands on the edge of the sphere of influence of the Hailing sect.


    On weekdays, the news of the attack on these small islands may not be able to get back to the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect so quickly.


    Recently, the situation has been special. The Hailing faction has strengthened its defense of the territory, especially emphasizing that the upper and lower levels must ensure smooth information.


    After several transfers, Lu Tianshu led Meng Zhang to a medium-sized island called Huangshi island.


    Huangshi island is located in the southwest of the South China Sea and is already on the edge of the control range of the Hailing sect.


    There are more than ten small islands near Huangshi island.


    These small islands are not only inhabited by Terrans, but also strongholds established by practitioners.


    Lu Tianshu led Meng Zhanggang out of the long-distance transmission Dharma array. A friar in the early days of Yuanshen hurried to meet him.


    This man is the only Yuanshen Zhenjun among the monks stationed on Huangshi Island, and is the pillar of the island.


    The news of the attack first came from some small islands under Yellowstone island.


    After the small islands found the trace of tiger clam, they immediately used communication method to ask for help from Huangshi island.


    After receiving the news, Huangshi Island immediately closed the whole island, opened the mountain protection array, and asked the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect for help.


    This approach seems a little ruthless, but it is helpless.


    Facing the tiger clam of Yang God level, the friar of Huangshi Island took the initiative to attack, but died in vain.


    Only by relying on geographical advantages, delaying time as much as possible and sticking to waiting for help, can there be a glimmer of vitality.


    Lu Tianshu didn''t talk much with the garrison friars. After a brief understanding of the situation, he and Meng Zhang flew to the attacked island.


    The distance of hundreds of miles soon arrived. The island, which originally had human villages and towns and the stronghold of practitioners, had long become a piece of ruins.


    The creatures on the island are almost dead.


    Lu Tianshu''s face was livid. The island under zongmen was robbed. He was in a bad mood.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu flew around and carefully observed the scene of the victims.


    This time, a total of seven small islands were attacked, the Terrans on the island did not survive, and the buildings on the island were basically destroyed.


    Even three of the islands almost sank. There are few land parts still exposed on the sea.


    The tiger clam of Yangshen level can easily crack the island, and then set off a big wave to completely submerge it.


    This tiger clam is really disgusting. It will bully the soft and fear the hard incisively and vividly.


    Around these small islands, the friars on the island are basically some minor friars in the gas refining period, mixed with a few friars in the foundation period.


    Even if they are guarded by a simple array, they are vulnerable in front of tigers and mussels.


    Although it is said that the sea race and the Terran have been hostile for many years, they have deep racial hatred.


    But this tiger clam can''t do such a thing if it has a bit of strong dignity.


    This behavior is no longer just bullying the small and relying on the strong to bully the weak. It is shameless.


    And this tiger clam is cunning enough.


    It knows that after its whereabouts are exposed, it will certainly attract the strong men of Hailing sect to pursue.


    It didn''t stay here much, and ran away immediately after the attack.


    This kind of practice did little substantive harm to the Hailing sect, but it was disgusting enough.


    Lu Tianshu was helpless.


    With his strength, he can''t catch up with the tiger clam at all. Even if he catches up, he is not an opponent.


    Meng Zhang despised the behavior of tiger clam and volunteered with righteous indignation.


    He asked Lu Tianshu to wait here for a while. He would catch up and teach the shameless guy a lesson.


    Lu Tianshu, the host of the laboring guests, felt ashamed.


    But after seeing the scene of the tiger clam, he hated the tiger clam and couldn''t care about anything else.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of enemies of the same rank. He has mastered many magical powers and secrets, and is very sure to catch up with the tiger clam.


    Meng Zhang gently waved with one hand and collected a wisp of tiger clam breath over an island.


    The breath of tiger clam is very obvious, and the concealment method is too poor.


    Meng Zhang immediately cast the spell. According to this breath, he sensed the escape direction of the tiger clam.


    Meng Zhang and Lu Tianshu said hello and immediately chased out along the guidance of this breath.


    Lu Tianshu couldn''t keep up with Meng Zhang''s speed, and knew that his cultivation was insufficient and couldn''t help.


    Lu Tianshu had to stay in place temporarily to help the monks on Huangshi Island deal with the aftermath.


    In his heart, he secretly made up his mind to go through the thunder robbery of Yang God as soon as possible and advance to the Yang God period to avoid this embarrassing scene again.


    Meng Zhang''s figure turned into a light and disappeared into the sky.


    The tiger clam left the scene immediately after the attack, and cast a spell to eliminate the trace and try to hide the trace.


    But its method is too single and its method is too rough.


    Meng Zhang, a powerful monk who has a brilliant inheritance and is proficient in a variety of magical powers and secrets, still accurately grasped his deeds and caught up with him in time from the rear.


    The speed of this tiger clam is far lower than that of Meng Zhang, and it hasn''t escaped with all its strength.


    However, after half a day''s effort, the goal appeared in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    A huge tiger clam like a hill is leisurely floating on the sea and moving forward carelessly.


    There was no need to communicate with this alien race. Meng Zhang didn''t even bother to say a word, so he fell directly from the sky and fell to the tiger clam below.


    Meng Zhang aroused the vitality of the surrounding heaven and earth, and the clouds rolled behind him. The vitality gathered quickly.


    He did not cast any magic, but condensed a large amount of heaven and earth vitality, turned into a huge hand and beat the tiger clam below.


    Tiger clam is not weak, and has been entangled with friars of Hailing sect for many years. It also has rich experience in fighting practitioners.


    Although it is large, it is not clumsy at all.


    As soon as Meng Zhang caught up with him in the high altitude above him, he immediately became vigilant if he felt it.


    The huge vitality and hand slapped it heavily. Naturally, it won''t stand still like a fool and let the enemy attack.


    The tiger clam roared like a tiger, and the breath of the strong man at the level of Yang God rushed into the sky.


    The sea below the tiger clam suddenly turned into huge waves. The huge waves flew into the sky and took the initiative to meet the vitality giant hand.

 Chapter 1657

    The huge powerful hand that fell from the sky was knocked aside by the wave and dissipated most of it.


    Tiger clam easily resolved Meng Zhang''s blow, but he didn''t have any relaxed ideas.


    The enemy is a monk in the period of Yang God. When he comes, he will ruthlessly hand down. It can be said that the comer is not good.


    Without any delay, Meng Zhang immediately launched a more powerful attack.


    The endless sun, moon and divine light fell from the sky and turned into all kinds of weapons in the air.


    Swords, spears, halberds, axes and sledgehammers killed the tiger mussels one after another.


    Almost all sea people are proficient in water magic and have extraordinary water warfare talents.


    Fighting in the sea is a home battle for the sea family.


    The tiger clam is huge and has infinite power.


    In particular, what gives its opponents a headache is that its defense is strong enough to be abnormal.


    The shell of tiger clam is extremely hard and unbreakable.


    Those famous flying swords and spells in the cultivation world blew up and couldn''t even leave a mark.


    The tiger clam made a terrible roar, and its powerful sound wave power spread to all directions, washing all kinds of weapons transformed by the sun and moon.


    Tiger clams toss in the sea and easily set off rough waves.


    One after another, the astonishing waves rushed into the sky and went straight to Meng Zhang.


    More numerous Water Dragons danced flexibly and rushed to Meng Zhang from all directions under the cover of huge waves.


    Meng Zhang has experienced many battles and many strong men at the Yang God level.


    Not to mention the ordinary sea people, even the strong Yang God level of the real dragon family, he once won the war.


    The tiger clam seems to be aggressive and has created such a scene, but in Meng Zhang''s eyes, it is flashy.


    The sea clan does have a strong talent for naval warfare, but there is no cultivation system like the Terran cultivator.


    In the comprehension and understanding of heaven and earth Avenue, Terran practitioners are unique.


    A hot sun and a bright moon appeared in the air at the same time.


    Meng Zhang held the moon in his left hand and the sun in his right hand, waving at the tiger clam from a distance.


    The sun and moon are in the sky. This is a Taoist magic power that Meng Zhang realized only after he was deeply immersed in the sun and moon Avenue.


    The sound waves released by the tiger clam and the waves lifted up disappeared for no reason.


    The tiger clam suddenly felt that the whole body was extremely hot, as if it was on fire, which made its head dizzy, and the huge body sent bursts of sharp pain.


    Before he had time to cast a spell to fight, the heat immediately disappeared and then turned into a cold feeling.


    His spirit seemed to be frozen, and the cold spirit confused his thoughts.


    A sword light suddenly jumped out from the tiger clam and cut a sword heavily on its huge body.


    This sword cuts right at the weak point of its body defense.


    A thick blood spring suddenly erupted from the body originally entangled by the power of Sun Moon Avenue.


    The magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword is Meng Zhang''s sharp magic power that swept all directions during the golden elixir period.


    With the continuous improvement of cultivation, the power of this previously commonly used magic power is not enough.


    Meng Zhang is not willing to waste his extraordinary swordsmanship talent, nor is he willing to give up his swordsmanship which he has worked hard for many years.


    Not long ago, after he had a new understanding of the avenue of yin and Yang, he integrated the stronger power of the avenue of yin and Yang into this magical power.


    What he now shows is the strengthened Liangyi Tongtian sword, which is enough to kill Yang God level opponents.


    The sword light is shining and the sword Qi is vertical and horizontal. The Liangyi Tongtian sword has left many wounds on the tiger clam.


    The sword Qi contains not only the power of killing, but also the power of Yin-Yang Avenue.


    The wound of tiger clam is not only unable to heal, but also expanding.


    The tiger clam is proud of its powerful self-healing force, as if it doesn''t exist at all.


    In particular, the power of the road at the wound constantly invades the depths of its body and destroys its flesh.


    This tiger clam is among the strong ones at the level of Yang God, and its strength is only at the lower middle level.


    Of course, when at sea, with his extraordinary talent, he is very good at running for his life.


    From the behavior of this tiger clam, we know that it is a cunning generation, not a single-minded thing.


    It has been entangled with the Hailing sect for many years and can still survive today because it won''t fight with strong enemies and knows to run for its life early.


    The tiger clam didn''t know Meng Zhang at all, so it was raided by Meng Zhang.


    For it, the battle was inexplicable and unnecessary.


    Since the other party is so powerful, it won''t stay here and continue to pester.


    Tiger clams urge countless waves. If you want to make a cover for yourself, it''s convenient for you to escape.


    Meng Zhang had already killed him. Where would he let him escape like this.


    Yin and yang are constantly sweeping in the air. Wherever they pass, no matter the waves or anything, they all turn into nothingness.


    The black-and-white mixed air flow is like a chain, which easily falls on the huge body of the tiger clam.


    After several twists, the tiger clam was firmly entangled.


    Invisible chains are more difficult to break free than tangible chains.


    No matter how hard the tiger clam struggles and how amazing its divine power is, it can''t drive away the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and get rid of the entanglement of chains.


    After the chain of yin and Yang entangled the tiger clam, it began to continuously limit its range of activities.


    The sea has long been like earth shaking and overturning.


    However, with the passage of time, the tiger clam not only failed to get away, but felt more and more powerless.


    There are more and more wounds on its body, and the blood flowing out is almost endless.


    After being seriously injured, the tiger clam clearly knows that he can''t escape this time.


    The opponent was so strong that he not only kept himself firmly under control from the beginning of the war, but also cut off all his escape routes.


    Mole ants are greedy for life, not to mention intelligent creatures.


    This tiger clam is always bullying the soft and afraid of the hard. He is not a guy with backbone.


    Knowing that he could not defeat Meng Zhang, this guy pulled down his face and loudly begged Meng Zhang for mercy.


    It begged Meng Zhang to spare his life.


    As long as Meng Zhang is merciful and spare his life, he will certainly have a good reward and will never let Meng Zhangbai busy.


    The sea is a huge treasure house. This tiger clam has been running in the sea for many years and has accumulated countless wealth for a long time.


    There are countless natural materials and earth treasures, which are of great use to friars in the period of Yang God.


    If he escapes this time, he is willing to offer all the treasures in his treasure house to thank Meng Zhang for his kindness of not killing.


    Meng Zhang was stunned by the tiger clam''s behavior.


    He has met many sea people before, but he has never seen such a shameless person.


    At any rate, this tiger clam is also a strong man at the level of Yang God. It can be regarded as the No. 1 person among the strong sea people.


    How can it be so shameless, so greedy, so shameless?


    Meng Zhang has seen a lot of soft bones, but he has never seen soft bones of Yang God level.


    Where has the so-called dignity of the strong gone?

 Chapter 1658

    As a man of Meng Zhang, no matter how much the other party begged, he would not do the stupid thing of letting the tiger go back to the mountain.


    However, it was rare to meet this kind of soft bone in the Yang God period. He thought it was very fresh.


    Second, before sending the other party home, it does not prevent him from squeezing some benefits from the other party.


    Meng Zhang''s men kept moving and continued to attack.


    After a while, the tiger clam was almost forced. Meng ZhangCai slowed down a little and sternly asked the other party what benefits he wanted to give in order to redeem his life.


    The tiger clam breathed a little slowly. Without considering anything else, he quickly continued to beg Meng Zhang for mercy and told Meng Zhang that all the treasures he collected were placed in his own cave.


    It begged Meng Zhang to release his entanglement. It led Meng Zhang to his cave.


    Meng Zhang''s face was cold because of Hu Beng''s words. The other party really regarded himself as a fool.


    It seems that his plea for mercy just now is not sincere enough. It is clear that he is paralyzing himself.


    Meng Zhang snorted angrily. The chain of yin and Yang was constantly tightened, which wrapped around the huge body of tiger clam and caused damage all the time.


    The sword Qi falling from the sky became more dense, which suddenly added countless wounds to the tiger clam.


    The tiger clam looked at Meng Zhang with innocent eyes, and his face was puzzled.


    Since the other party was not honest, Meng Zhang stepped up his attack and caused more serious injuries to tiger clam.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, this tiger clam did have the so-called cave and many subordinates.


    However, during the expansion of the Hailing sect, the tiger clam that unfortunately blocked the expansion route of the Hailing sect was defeated early, the cave fell, and his subordinates scattered.


    The tiger clam of Yang God level is fully capable of carrying all kinds of treasures with you.


    It said that he wanted Meng Zhang to go to his cave and offer treasures. It was clearly ill intentioned.


    It seems that the tiger clam is soft on the surface and begging for mercy. In his heart, he is still thinking of other ideas. Maybe he really has some vicious calculation and is waiting for Meng Zhang in front.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was silent and could not communicate at all, the tiger clam, which could not support more and more, finally dared not make any more ghost ideas and had to be completely softened.


    Knowing that he could not resist Meng Zhang''s attack, Hu Beng simply gave up the resistance and lay on the sea with his huge body.


    Seeing the tiger clam like this, knowing that the other party was afraid of being beaten, Meng Zhang stopped most of his attack methods, but let the chain of yin and Yang tightly wrap around the other party''s body.


    The tiger clam did not dare to say any more nonsense. He quickly performed his secret method. There were a lot of various and dazzling treasures on the sea in front of it.


    Inside the huge body of tiger clam, there is an independent space that can be used to store a large number of items.


    Over the years, the tiger clam hid all his life''s accumulation in his body and ran around.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care to count the spoils carefully. He just glanced at them and put them all into his mustard space.


    Meng Zhang knows that the guy opposite is dishonest, and he has the temperament of not crying without seeing the coffin.


    Meng Zhang urged Yin and Yang, tightened the chain, and fell heavily into the tiger clam''s body.


    Although he has always regarded himself as a righteous leader, Meng Zhang is very familiar with many cruel and terrible torture methods.


    Meng Zhang has rich experience in torturing opponents and extorting confessions by torture.


    Even if the other party is a huge tiger clam, Meng Zhang also has a way to make it miserable, life is better than death.


    The tiger clam has almost fallen into Meng Zhang''s hand. It is basically the meat on the chopping board, waiting for Meng Zhang to cut.


    Meng Zhang had almost controlled his opponent and immediately began to use all kinds of vicious means without hesitation.


    Tiger clam itself is a soft bone that is greedy for life and afraid of death. It doesn''t have too strong will at all.


    After being tortured by Meng Zhang for a while, Hu Beng couldn''t hold on any longer and begged Meng Zhang for mercy more loudly.


    Under Meng Zhang''s constant pressure, tiger clam took out his collection bit by bit to work hard from Meng Zhang.


    This tiger clam has average strength, soft bones, but it is very rich.


    It collects many items, including many precious Xiuzhen resources, especially many seabed specialties, such as some special minerals and special plants, which are very popular outside.


    Even on the tiger clam, there are pills and magic tools refined by many human practitioners.


    Meng Zhang has a mustard space. No matter how many things can be easily put down.


    Before long, all kinds of items piled up as big as several hills were included in Meng Zhang''s Mustard space.


    During this time, while collecting treasures, Meng Zhang also carefully observed the internal situation of the tiger clam.


    There is no pearl in this tiger clam.


    In this way, the value of this tiger clam is greatly reduced.


    Of course, not to mention anything else, the blood and flesh of tiger clam is a rare treasure of heaven and earth.


    While collecting the treasures from the tiger clam, Meng Zhang also conveniently collected a lot of tiger clam blood and meat.


    After all this, Meng Zhang, who thought that tiger clam didn''t play much role, began to kill.


    The tiger clam is a little soft, but it feels sensitive enough, and its ability to steer in the wind is superb.


    Seeing that it could not stop Meng Zhang''s killing intention, it had to reveal its true identity and tried to threaten Meng Zhang.


    It turns out that this tiger clam is not a wild sea race without a track record, but an existence that has long been tamed by human cultivators.


    Many years ago, the senior experts of Zhenhai hall tamed many sea people like this tiger clam.


    These tamed sea people are the best thugs and the best targets to carry the pot.


    When Zhenhai hall faces some targets that are not easy to kill directly, it often allows these sea people to come forward.


    Over the years, many Xiuzhen forces have been exterminated by Zhenhai hall under the guise of the sea family, and countless Xiuzhen people have been killed.


    This tiger clam is the smartest among these sea people. He honestly worked for Zhenhai hall and made a lot of contributions.


    Therefore, this tiger clam was later cultivated in Zhenhai hall and given more and more important missions.


    When the Hailing sect rose in the South China Sea, Zhenhai hall did not have a direct shot, so it used a lot of indirect means.


    For example, we should support those religious forces opposed to the sea spirit sect in the South China Sea.


    The tiger clam was also sent to the South China Sea to gather all kinds of sea people and horses to openly oppose the Hailing sect.


    Even if he was defeated by the Hailing sect, the cave fell and his men were defeated, the tiger clam didn''t give up completely.


    The tiger clam still persevered against the Hailing sect.


    It knew that the front enemy could not defeat the Hailing sect, and even started a guerrilla with the Hailing sect. Regardless of the dignity of the strong at the level of Yang God, he specially took advantage of the weak defense of Hailing sect to create destruction and wantonly kill.

 Chapter 1659

    Although this tiger clam has the strength of Yang God level, it has never thought of betraying Zhenhai hall.


    On the contrary, he was loyal to Zhenhai hall and never dared to have any dissent.


    This time, if it was not facing the crisis of life and death and forced to a desperate situation by Meng Zhang, it would never reveal its details.


    Hubeng spoke about his relationship with Zhenhai hall. It was clear that he wanted to suppress Meng Zhang with the name of Zhenhai hall.


    You know, even if the sea spirit sect and Zhenhai hall have almost torn their faces, the sea spirit sect is still very restrained and dare not kill the friars in Zhenhai hall.


    Even in the face of the pressure of Zhenhai hall, most of the time, hailing sect still gives way and takes the initiative to defend.


    Tiger clam doesn''t know the origin of Meng Zhang, but he can have the strength of Yang God period. It''s probably not that kind of unknown person in the cultivation world.


    Beating a dog also depends on its owner. No matter where it comes from or where it comes from, a cultivator of truth should think about it when facing the holy door such as Zhenhai hall.


    Sure enough, Meng Zhang, who was going to kill the tiger clam, suddenly hesitated after hearing the tiger clam''s self disclosure.


    By means of Zhenhai hall, even if you kill this tiger clam in such a deserted place, I''m afraid it''s difficult to hide it completely.


    Once Zhenhai hall knows, the other party will not give up.


    A Ziyang holy sect alone has overwhelmed Taiyi gate. Coupled with a Zhenhai hall, Taiyi gate has doubled its pressure and is difficult to deal with.


    The secret alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect is to avoid facing the strong pressure of Zhenhai hall directly.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang began to hesitate, Hu Beng knew that his words worked.


    Hu Beng began to talk about his high position in Zhenhai hall and how much Zhenhai hall attached to it.


    The chattering tiger clam made Meng Zhang angry.


    In any case, this tiger clam is not only his defeated general, but also his prisoner. Why dare he be so arrogant.


    Regardless of the consequences, Meng Zhang immediately increased the weight and cleaned up the tiger clam.


    The tiger clam couldn''t bear the great pain and kept begging Meng Zhang for mercy.


    At this time, Meng ZhangCai began to ask hubeng about many things inside Zhenhai hall.


    As a secret thug of Zhenhai hall and an alien, tiger clam can''t get the trust of the high level of Zhenhai hall at all, but is just used.


    Zhenhai hall will not disclose any secrets to it, but will strictly control it.


    Of course, this tiger clam has stayed in Zhenhai hall for so many years and learned a lot of information that outsiders don''t know.


    Since Meng Zhang has formed an alliance with the Hailing sect, one day he will directly face Zhenhai hall.


    The holy land of Zhenhai hall is mysterious, and there is little information about it.


    Meng Zhang, who has long-term considerations, will take every opportunity to obtain his internal intelligence and deepen his understanding of him.


    Meng Zhang tortured Hu Beng and asked a lot of information about Zhenhai hall.


    Tiger clam had no choice but to tell everything he knew.


    Many news provided by hubeng opened Meng Zhang''s eyes and had more ideas in his heart.


    After repeated inquiries, it was determined that there was no more news from the tiger clam''s mouth, so Meng Zhang let it go for the time being.


    Next, Meng Zhang is a little embarrassed about how to deal with the tiger clam.


    This tiger clam helped Zhenhai hall kill many practitioners. Of course, it deserved it and had to be killed.


    Meng Zhang will not be soft on the enemy.


    But thinking of the identity of this tiger clam, Meng Zhang couldn''t do it.


    Meng Zhang is even full of malicious speculation. He has a number of Yang gods, real kings and the sea spirit sect, which does not lack the power to return to emptiness. The reason why he can''t do anything about the tiger clam is not only because the tiger clam is slippery enough, but mostly because they know the details of the tiger clam.


    In order to avoid stimulating Zhenhai hall, the Hailing sect didn''t do it hard. It often expelled the tiger clam.


    Now it''s Meng Zhang''s turn to make trouble.


    He can kill this tiger clam. It must be that even if there are other ideas in the mind of Hailing sect, he can''t be blamed.


    Meng Zhang is not a friar in the cultivation world of the South China Sea. He can walk away afterwards and leave the trouble to the Hailing sect that rules the South China Sea.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s identity was later found out in Zhenhai hall, it is unlikely to send friars all the way to the north of Junchen world.


    Even if Zhenhai hall wants to suppress taiyimen in the heavenly palace and calculate the friars of taiyimen in the void, it is not easy to do so in the current situation.


    But Zhenhai hall is the holy door after all. No one knows what kind of cards it has.


    Taiyimen, which is developing rapidly, should try to avoid being the enemy of Zhenhai hall.


    What taiyimen needs most now is time.


    Monks in the door, including Meng Zhang, need enough time to grow.


    The construction of blessed land has just begun, and it still needs a lot of time to continue.


    Taiyimen needs more time to prepare for the great changes in the Jun dust world.


    ¡­¡­


    For a moment, Meng Zhang was a little difficult to decide.


    He chased the tiger clam this time. In a hurry, he threw Lu Tianshu behind, and there was no object to discuss.


    Meng Zhang felt that if he wanted to kill in the territory of Hailing sect, he should ask the opinions of the monks of Hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang was thinking of this, and suddenly a terrible pressure came into his heart. He felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and the space around him was constantly changing.


    Meng Zhang immediately reacted and someone secretly shot.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, there is almost no resistance to this. The cultivation of the person who took the shot can be imagined.


    Meng Zhang was shocked when a roar came down from the distant sky.


    "Old Hai Kong, how dare you take the initiative to attack others in the Junchen world?"


    After the roar, Meng Zhang''s feeling began to return to normal.


    He was shocked to find that he had left his original position and was inexplicably moved to a strange sea area.


    The tiger clam, which was originally trapped by him, disappeared just now and disappeared completely.


    "You young generation, don''t spit out blood. Who says I attacked others? I''m just pointing out the younger generation and demonstrating Taoism for them."


    "If I really want to attack, it''s not such a scene."


    An unconvinced roar sounded from the sky.


    "Old Hai Kong, you have to argue. I''m too lazy to argue with you. I''ll report the matter to your superiors."


    As the sound disappeared, the terrible pressure Meng Zhang had felt slowly disappeared.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to act rashly. He stayed in place honestly. He didn''t even dare to take a breath out of the atmosphere.


    After waiting for a long time, there was no other news, let alone any change. Meng Zhang was sure that the two Huixu Daneng who had just debated had left long ago.

 Chapter 1660

    At this time, Meng Zhang began to look carefully at the surrounding terrain.


    He tried to fly out for a distance, release his mind and observe around. Finally, he determined that he had been moved to the sea hundreds of miles away just now.


    In the whole process, Meng Zhang almost watched the whole thing happen, but he didn''t have much resistance.


    The gap between oneself and returning to virtual power is finally clearly shown this time.


    Of course, this time it was the back empty period of the secret shot. Da Neng didn''t have much killing intention. Otherwise, when Meng Zhang is facing a life and death crisis, he really has to work hard. Even if he can''t do any harm to the enemy, he can make some movement more or less.


    Meng Zhang is a little familiar with the name of sea and air.


    When he thought about it carefully, he and Lu Tianshu went to the extraterritorial void and accidentally killed several Zhenhai hall disciples. Later, he was angry by the Zhenhai hall, and the return virtual power seemed to be called Haikong.


    I just don''t know if the other party recognizes Meng Zhang''s identity and origin.


    Although Meng Zhang is famous in the north of the Jun dust world, he is not very famous among the practitioners of the Jun dust world.


    The real core area of the Junchen world is the Middle Earth continent, which is a good place for all practitioners to become famous and make achievements.


    In the north of Jun dust world, there are only a bunch of steamed stuffed buns.


    The Holy Land Sect friar is superior and has no spare children. He should not notice himself. Meng Zhang comforted himself silently.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang must inform the Hailing sect of such a thing.


    Instead of taking care of the tiger clam that took the opportunity to escape, he directly embarked on his return journey.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang met with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun near Huangshi island.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang told each other his experiences one by one. Basically, there was nothing to hide.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Lu Tianshu was angry at first, and then frightened.


    Zhenhai hall has no bottom line. It''s really too bad to secretly order the sea clan such as hubeng to kill the human settlement.


    Most importantly, Zhenhai hall is still secretly ambushing the great power of returning to emptiness, which is clearly aimed at the ancestors of returning to emptiness in Zhenhai hall.


    If the ancestor of Zhenhai Hall''s Huixu really played the edge ball of the rules, secretly took action against the tiger clam, and was just caught by Zhenhai Hall''s sea and air on the spot, the consequences would be unimaginable.


    Lu Tianshu initially had similar concerns. They were all just worries. They were completely cautious.


    In his heart, he didn''t think Zhenhai hall would do so.


    This time, if Meng Zhang didn''t happen to be here, I''m afraid he would really let the other party succeed.


    Anger is anger. It''s a big deal. Lu Tianshu has no impulse. He sincerely thanked Meng Zhang, and then led Meng Zhang to transmit the Dharma array from Huangshi island and return to the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    When they came back, Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, had not come back.


    Lu Tianshu didn''t rush to see the Huixu ancestor in the gate, but led Meng Zhang, as if nothing had happened, and continued to visit around the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    The Hailing sect respected Meng Zhang enough and entertained him very warmly.


    Maybe Haiyang Zhenjun told him before he left. Many places in the door are open to Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang can enter even many areas of the Sutra Pavilion.


    As a major sect that has been inherited for thousands of years, hailing sect has enough strength to resist the Holy Land Sect.


    Both the operation of the sect and the training system of disciples have many advantages.


    After the secret alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect, many high-level friars of taiyimen came to Hailing sect to learn from it.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed everything about Hailing sect from the perspective of the leader of a sect, and gained benefits from it.


    In this way, he was very happy at the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect and benefited a lot in all aspects.


    Six days later, Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, handled the front line and returned to the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    Lu Tianshu immediately went to see Haiyang Zhenjun and told Meng Zhang what had happened.


    After hearing this, Haiyang Zhenjun immediately became angry and almost made no secret of it.


    During the period of returning to emptiness, Da Neng is the real pillar of Hailing sect and the greatest strength of a sect.


    Zhenhai hall calculated the power of the sea spirit sect in the retreat period. It was trying to shake the foundation of the sea spirit sect. It really crossed the line.


    The Hai Ling sect, which was always on the defensive and almost retreated step by step in the struggle with Zhenhai hall, must respond this time.


    If there is no response in the face of this situation, it will only make Zhenhai hall gain an inch.


    Even, if Zhenhai hall doubts the strength of the sea spirit sect''s return to virtual power, it may immediately launch a comprehensive invasion.


    Haiyang Zhenjun took Lu Tianshu to meet the old ancestor of Huixu in the door and discussed it for a long time.


    After discussion, Haiyang Zhenjun called Meng Zhang to the sect hall again.


    When the two met, Haiyang Zhenjun first thanked Meng Zhang for expelling the evil tiger clam and restoring the peace of the South China Sea.


    Then, he also expressed his apology to Meng Zhang.


    As the host, he didn''t greet the guests well, but let the guests personally take risks. It''s really poor hospitality.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang showed up at the old son of the sea and air force, and his identity may have been exposed.


    If Zhenhai hall follows such clues, it will be difficult to hide the secret alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect with its powerful intelligence ability.


    Once the matter is exposed, taiyimen will have to face the pressure of Zhenhai hall.


    Meng Zhang had thought about everything Haiyang Zhenjun said before.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, we must not take chances in such a major event.


    Even though the great energy of returning to emptiness called Hai Kong didn''t recognize Meng Zhang at that time, he had seen Meng Zhang''s appearance, sensed his breath and understood his skills.


    With these clues, as long as he has a little ventilation with Zhenhai hall, he can find out Meng Zhang''s identity.


    With such a direction, it is only a matter of time before Zhenhai hall finds the activities between taiyimen and hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang once felt frightened and uneasy about this, but he soon calmed down.


    It''s a blessing, not a curse, but a curse.


    If the secret alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect is really exposed in front of Zhenhai hall, there is no way.


    Meng Zhang was greedy and volunteered to do it. The later things will happen. He can''t blame others.


    With his character, he will not move to the Nu Hai spirit school.


    Meng Zhang never thought that the secret alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect could be kept secret forever.


    The two clans will form a secret alliance, secretly communicate and help each other. They will certainly be exposed one day.


    However, the day of exposure came so quickly, which was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Now that the matter has come to this point, it is useless to think about anything else. Meng Zhang has to accept the reality.

 Chapter 1661

    Meng Zhang can do little now. The first thing is to inform the middle and senior management of the door as soon as possible to prepare for emergencies.


    Friars from Hailing sect and Taiyi sect come and go frequently, mainly senior friars from Taiyi sect, who often visit Hailing sect.


    Coincidentally, Fang Liangzhen, the elder of the Taiyi gate instrument hall, happened to be in the Hailing sect.


    Hailing sect is located in the sea. Many weapon refining masters in the sect are proficient in water refining.


    Compared with the common way of fire refining in the cultivation world, the way of water refining has its own characteristics.


    Not only do the refined magic tools have wonderful functions, but also many special types of magic tools can be refined.


    Although there are many water refining secrets in Taiyi sect, they are far inferior to Shanghai spirit sect.


    The way of fire refining in Taiyi gate is the mainstream.


    Fang Liangzhen came all the way to Hailing sect to communicate with the weapon refining experts of Hailing sect with the idea of brainstorming and learning from each other.


    The clan of Hailing sect itself is open and inclusive.


    It is also a basic strategy of Hailing sect to actively communicate with external monks.


    Fang Liangzhen was received as a distinguished guest.


    He also gained many benefits from learning and communicating with the weapon refining masters of Hailing school.


    Meng Zhang can''t know every disciple of Taiyi sect, but yuan Shen Zhenjun is the middle and high level of the sect. Monks of this level have basically visited Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang heard that Fang Liangzhen was also in the Hailing sect, he immediately arrested his young man.


    He asked Fang Liangzhen to return to Taiyi sect immediately and inform Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, of the exposure of the secret alliance between Taiyi sect and hailing sect.


    Although Fang liangzhenjun was a little reluctant, he knew that it was important and dared not delay, so he set out immediately.


    Meng Zhang made this arrangement and was a little relieved.


    In addition, we should hold the thigh of Hailing sect more closely.


    After all, the strength of Hailing sect is far above taiyimen.


    Only the sea spirit sect can resist the pressure from Zhenhai hall.


    Meng Zhang looked relaxed and frank in front of Haiyang Zhenjun.


    He told Haiyang Zhenjun that it was his duty as an ally to help him a little this time, and the Hailing sect didn''t care.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude greatly satisfied Haiyang Zhenjun.


    He didn''t hide from Meng Zhang and directly told the response of Hailing party.


    Over the years, in the confrontation with Zhenhai hall, hailing sect has been on the defensive and often makes concessions to Zhenhai hall.


    This seems to give Zhenhai hall a wrong impression. It seems that Hailing sect only knows defense and will only allow Zhenhai hall to attack.


    Therefore, the sea spirit sect must make a series of actions to warn Zhenhai hall and let Zhenhai hall see the fighting will of the sea spirit sect.


    The sea spirit sect is not afraid of a full-scale war with Zhenhai hall, but is unwilling to start the war.


    Next, the Hailing sect will have a series of active attacks.


    Among them, in the view of the high-level leaders of the Hailing sect, the strong at the level of Yang God should have a high position and be paid great attention to in the Zhenhai hall.


    Therefore, in order to avoid too much stimulation of Zhenhai hall, hailing sect has never killed the tiger clam.


    The strong men of the Yang God period and the great powers of returning to emptiness of the Hailing sect also have some consideration about this.


    It''s no secret that Zhenhai hall secretly supports the Hai people and attacks and kills all kinds of opponents.


    If you walk too much at night, you will always hit a ghost.


    No matter how carefully Zhenhai hall acts and how strictly confidential it is.


    Over the years, there will always be various traces.


    There are many discerning people in the cultivation world, and the victims can''t be all fools.


    However, it is those holy places that really have the right to speak in the cultivation world.


    All remarks against the Holy Land Sect can only exist in the dark and are regarded as ridiculous rumors by many people.


    Besides, with the strength of Zhenhai hall, what if it is pointed out by thousands of people?


    It is precisely because of this that the Hailing sect did not entangle in supporting the Hai nationality in Zhenhai hall.


    Now, if the Hailing sect wants to fight back against Zhenhai hall, it chooses to clean up the Hai clan it supports first. The tiger clam that has been dancing most happily has become a rare opportunity now. Meng Zhang also wants to do his best.


    When fighting with the tiger clam, Meng Zhang habitually left his backhand and left his own unique mark in his body.


    Even if the person who returns to the virtual world can make a move, it is difficult to find the hidden mark unless he is willing to take the trouble to check carefully.


    If the tiger clam didn''t lie, according to the importance of Zhenhai hall, the great energy of returning to emptiness would probably not waste time on it.


    As long as the hidden mark is not driven away by the other party, Meng Zhang can feel the breath and find a trace to catch up with him no matter how far away he is.


    Meng Zhang told Haiyang Zhenjun about it and volunteered to hunt down the tiger clam.


    Originally, Haiyang Zhenjun still had a headache. How can he find the tiger clam as soon as possible.


    I was relieved to hear about Meng Zhang''s backhand.


    Originally, Haiyang Zhenjun was not going to let Meng Zhang, the guest, do it again.


    But Meng Zhang said very well. Since the two sides are allies and the alliance relationship has been exposed, there will be a time to fight side by side in the future.


    I, the leader of Taiyi sect, should make a good start for fighting side by side in the future.


    Since Meng Zhang''s words have come to this point, Haiyang Zhenjun has no reason to refuse.


    The plan discussed between Haiyang Zhenjun and the patriarch of Huixu in the door is not small, and many monks are used.


    Killing the tiger clam is only the beginning.


    If you start well, the next action will be smooth.


    Haiyang Zhenjun still believes in Meng Zhang, an ally.


    Haiyang Zhenjun began to dispatch troops and generals, and sent back many strong men from everywhere for detailed arrangements.


    All the arrangements are ready. It''s ten days later.


    Haiyang Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that the time had come to take action.


    In order to ensure that one blow will kill, this time Haiyang Zhenjun accompanied Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang cast a spell in the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect, and soon felt the hidden mark left in the tiger clam.


    Haiyang Zhenjun wants to act together, and Meng Zhang has no opinion.


    With the leader of Hailing sect, you can deal with many accidents.


    As for the return to emptiness power of Zhenhai hall, since the Hailing sect dared to fight back, it must have a way to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang led Haiyang Zhenjun away from the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect and chased him all the way along the breath of the mark.

 Chapter 1662

    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun seemed very relaxed on the way to chase tiger mussels.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about a defeated general.


    Zhenhai hall may not be able to respond in time.


    Meng Zhang also has leisure to chat with Haiyang Zhenjun.


    During the chat, Haiyang Zhenjun told Meng Zhang that the last time the Huixu powerful sea and air in Zhenhai hall tried to use the tiger clam of Yang God level to lead to the Huixu powerful power of Hailing sect.


    As a result, the Huixu power of Hailing sect did not go out, but a Meng Zhang came.


    No matter how much they don''t pay attention to the tiger clam, it is a dog in Zhenhai hall after all, and Haikong can''t watch it be killed by Meng Zhang.


    He played a marginal ball and saved the tiger clam.


    In order to avoid complications, he actually didn''t have much intention to kill Meng Zhang.


    The relationship between Zhenhai hall and hailing sect is tense, and there are constant open and secret fights.


    Tiangong is also worried that the two sides will make a real fire, which will lead to the return to virtual war.


    In the South China Sea and the East China Sea, the heavenly palace has arranged regular inspections of Huixu Da Neng to avoid a war at the level of Huixu.


    The sea and air were unlucky. This time, they were found by the visiting friars of the heavenly palace.


    The patrolling friar was not used to the sea and air, nor was he afraid of Zhenhai hall. He directly poked the matter to the top of the heavenly palace.


    Haikong still used that kind of rhetoric to sophistry, saying that he was practicing magic for later disciples.


    The high level of Tiangong doesn''t want to offend Zhenhai hall, but the face of Tiangong must be maintained.


    It is not easy for the sea and air force to escape with such words.


    According to Haiyang Zhenjun, Haikong is still detained in the heavenly palace and can''t get away for the time being.


    After hearing what Haiyang Zhenjun said, Meng Zhang was surprised. The background of Hailing school was much deeper than he thought.


    There are many supporters behind the Hailing sect. There are enough dark sons in the heavenly palace.


    Seeing that the real king of Haiyang was talking happily, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking why it was strictly forbidden to return to the virtual period in the Jun dust world.


    Haiyang Zhenjun has limited knowledge of this rule.


    I only know that this was made by the heavenly palace and the immortals, and has been strictly implemented all the time.


    Even if the return to emptiness power of the holy door violates this rule, it will also be punished.


    Of course, the law is nothing more than human feelings. The Holy Land Sect friars have great power in the heavenly palace.


    The Holy Land Sect is nominally a subordinate of the heavenly palace and in essence an ally of the heavenly palace in ruling the Junchen world.


    The return of the Holy Land Sect can play a little edge ball. As long as it doesn''t cause serious consequences, it can muddle through most of the time.


    This time, the sea and air were captured in a single field, and the return to virtual power related to the sea spirit sect has been caught all the time.


    The heavenly palace had to detain it temporarily because of its face.


    Last time, Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power directly shot in the Junchen world, destroyed a city, exterminated countless creatures, seriously violated taboos, and was severely punished.


    All of you in the Jun dust world will try to abide by this rule.


    For thousands of years, there has been no real return to virtual war in the Junchen world.


    In particular, the return of the Holy Land Sect did not dare to do their best.


    After hearing what Haiyang Zhenjun said and contacting what he knew, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    If you want to kill the friars in the period of Yang God, it takes some effort.


    In particular, it is absolutely impossible for a strong man like Meng Zhang to return to the virtual power to kill him by playing a marginal ball.


    Whether the great power can act wantonly in the period of returning to emptiness, the friar in the period of Yang God has become the strongest combat power that can be used in the war of the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang''s imprint in the tiger clam was always very clear in his induction, neither disturbed nor expelled.


    If he was not worried about breaking into the enemy''s nest, Meng Zhang wanted to use the positioning of the mark to display space transmission and directly transmit it.


    On the way, with the help of the long-distance transmission array of Hailing sect, he carried out two transmissions and flew over the sea for most of the day. Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun finally came near the target.


    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun dived into the bottom of the sea, performed water evasion, and after more than half an hour, they came to the bottom of the sea.


    The seabed here is thousands of feet deep, surrounded by mountains and complex terrain.


    The cunning rabbit also has three caves. The tiger clam naturally has many hiding places.


    After Haikong rescued him last time, Haikong was entangled by the visiting friars of the heavenly palace and had to go to the heavenly palace to make a theoretical explanation. He didn''t care about the tiger clam at all.


    Tiger clam was seriously injured and didn''t dare to go out for a stroll.


    The experience of narrowly escaping from Meng Zhang''s death frightened him even more.


    It honestly hid in a long prepared hiding place, and then used its secret skills to contact the Zhenhai hall and ask the other side to rescue it.


    To be honest, the tiger clam of Yang God level is still rare.


    It is a rare and useful tool in the eyes of the high-level of Zhenhai hall, and it is easy not to give up.


    After receiving the rescue signal from tiger clam, Zhenhai hall will not ignore it.


    However, Zhenhai hall is far away from the South China Sea. Even if many monks have been sent to the South China Sea, they can''t do it for a while and a half if they want to meet tiger mussels.


    When Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun came here, the rescue force of Zhenhai hall had not arrived.


    Meng Zhang easily found the hidden cave of tiger clam in the undersea mountains.


    After carefully observing the surroundings, Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun confirmed that there was no ambush.


    In that hidden cave, only the breath of tiger clam exists.


    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun were not hesitant people. They immediately grabbed the fighter and shot.


    Haiyang Zhenjun''s heart moved, and he set off a huge wave at the bottom of the sea and rushed to the cave where the tiger and clam were hiding.


    The camouflage prohibition and defense array outside the cave disappeared under the impact of the waves.


    Meng Zhang turned out a huge vigorous hand and photographed it heavily from above the cave.


    After a loud noise, the earth and rock splashed, and the whole cave collapsed, revealing the huge body of the tiger clam.


    The tiger clam sees the situation is bad, so it will run away immediately.


    Meng Zhang, who had the experience of dealing with it once, easily entangled it and began a fierce attack.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s ease, he easily gained the upper hand. Haiyang Zhenjun didn''t continue to fight, but swept the array for Meng Zhang.


    The once defeated tiger clam has no courage to fight with Meng Zhang.


    It dashed left and right and ran away desperately.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang saw through all its means, and it had no luck last time.


    The tiger clam, which was forced to a desperate place, begged for mercy and threatened loudly.


    It tried to frighten Meng Zhang with the name of the great power of returning to emptiness and the reputation of the sea Hall of the Holy Land zongmen town.


    Meng Zhang learned the lesson of the last time. Without any hesitation, he directly hurt the killer.


    Until he was killed by Meng Zhang, the tiger clam failed to make an effective counterattack and did no harm to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1663

    Watching the tiger clam''s huge body fall down completely means that Meng Zhang didn''t waste his blood when he put the tiger clam''s huge body into the mustard space.


    These flesh and blood have little effect on Meng Zhang, but they are very helpful to ordinary practitioners.


    Meng Zhang, who has a big family and a great cause, often thinks of monks in the door.


    In particular, taiyimen is now making every effort to build a blessed land, with huge expenses in all aspects.


    Tiger clam has no booty in this temporary hiding cave.


    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun, who finished the inspection, were about to leave here. Suddenly they felt that two powerful breath were approaching here quickly.


    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun looked at each other, stopped and ran away in the face of the two breath.


    Although these two breaths are strong, they are still within the scope of being able to cope.


    But in a moment, the two sides met.


    As the leader of Hailing sect, Haiyang Zhenjun is a real local snake in the South China Sea.


    Having mastered all kinds of information in the gate, he is very familiar with all kinds of friars in the East China Sea, the South China Sea and even the nearby mainland.


    "Zhong Shan Zhenjun, cross the sea with a sword. It turns out that you two are running dogs of Zhenhai hall."


    Haiyang Zhenjun looked at each other gloomily and said viciously.


    Zhong Shan Zhenjun is a famous monk on the southern edge of the Middle Earth continent.


    He was born along the coast of the South China Sea and was the supreme elder of Zhongshan sect.


    Zhongshan sect is close to the South China Sea, and its location is quite good.


    Over the years, Zhongshan School has used its own location advantages to act as a bridge between the South China Sea and the mainland.


    Zhongshan faction often organized large-scale merchant ships to do business in the South China Sea.


    After the Hailing faction ruled the South China Sea, Zhongshan faction actively approached Hailing faction and became an important trading partner of Hailing faction.


    As the supreme elder of Zhongshan sect, Zhenjun of Zhongshan also escorted the caravan to and from the South China Sea many times.


    As for the sword crossing the sea, it is a famous scattered repair in the South China Sea.


    He has always been alone and refused to join any Xiuzhen forces.


    He was full of cultivation in the period of Yang God and has been rampant in the South China Sea for many years.


    In the circle of scattered cultivation in the South China Sea, he is a famous figure.


    In the process of Hailing sect''s unification of the South China Sea, DaoHai Yijian also accepted the employment of hostile sects and opposed Hailing sect.


    After the sea spirit sect became the ruler of the South China Sea, the sea sword, which knew the current affairs as a hero, turned in time, deviated from the Xiuzhen sect, and was willing to work for the sea spirit sect.


    Although Hailing sect doesn''t trust each other very much, as winners, sometimes they have to be magnanimous and can''t kill all the losers who take the initiative to admit defeat.


    Moreover, as a human cultivator, the sword crossing the sea did have brilliant achievements and made countless contributions when fighting against the sea clan.


    The Hailing sect, which is in the rising stage and has just ruled the South China Sea, still pays more attention to reputation.


    The high level of Hailing faction accepted the surrender of crossing the sea with a sword, but thought he was out of the way. They assigned him to the edge of the South China Sea and asked him to pursue and kill the Hai ethnic groups fleeing from the South China Sea.


    It can''t be a pure coincidence that old man Zhong Shan and sword across the sea, two seemingly unrelated characters, suddenly appeared in this place together.


    The only reasonable explanation is that they are the accomplices of the tiger clam. They are all thugs secretly supported by Zhenhai hall.


    Most of them came here to join the tiger clam and take some action against the Hailing sect.


    "Headmaster Haiyang, you misunderstood me. I and Dao Haiyou passed by by by chance and have nothing to do with Zhenhai hall."


    There is also a Zhongshan sect behind Zhong Shan Zhenjun. He has a big family and a big career. Of course, he is not willing to easily turn against the Hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang''s sensitive sensing ability immediately determined that Zhong Shan Zhenjun was lying.


    If Meng Zhang thought there was a small possibility before, it was a coincidence that they appeared here.


    But Zhong shanzhenjun is lying to his face now. It''s obviously a ghost in his heart.


    Since the decision to launch a counterattack against Zhenhai hall, the chess pieces attached to Zhenhai hall or supported by Zhenhai hall have become the primary targets of Hailing sect.


    Eliminating these peripheral forces of Zhenhai hall can not only weaken the strength of Zhenhai hall, but also avoid an all-round war with Zhenhai hall, so it can''t be cleaned up completely.


    Haiyang Zhenjun''s attitude now is that he would rather kill three thousand by mistake than let one go.


    Not to mention the assurance of nine layers and nine layers, we can determine that the two guys in front of us are the running dogs of Zhenhai hall. Even if they are only half sure, Haiyang Zhenjun will not let them go.


    Haiyang Zhenjun said to Meng Zhang, "headmaster Meng, you are a guest. Choose a target first."


    Meng Zhang directly focused on the sword crossing the sea.


    He used to have some sword practice, but he never practiced with Yang Shen Qi sword.


    Meng Zhang himself is a master of swordsmanship. He just had a good competition with the famous sword repair opposite.


    Haiyang Zhenjun just called out the names of the two people opposite, and he hasn''t introduced Meng Zhang in detail.


    However, Meng Zhang sensed that the sword across the sea was so sharp that it seemed to break all the powerful sword meaning.


    With his experience and experience, the guy opposite is definitely a pure sword repair.


    Haiyang Zhenjun scanned his mind and passed all the information of the two opposite to Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that Haiyang Zhenjun was about to start, Zhong shanzhenjun had to distinguish, but he was stopped by a sword across the sea.


    "What''s the use of sophistry now? People have recognized it and are not ready to tell us."


    "You''re still ready to do it honestly and save your own prestige."


    "Who is right and who is wrong, who can live to the end, still have to speak with a sword."


    There was an unspeakable spirit in the cold sound of a sword across the sea.


    "Yes, my generation of friars should have spoken with swords. Verbal sophistry is useful for birds."


    "You sword repair, I like you, so I''ll weigh your weight."


    Meng Zhang said loudly.


    Then, Meng Zhang stopped talking nonsense, directly sacrificed Taiyi''s lightsaber, and cut off with a sword across the sea.


    Using swordsmanship as a means of opening is also Meng Zhang''s respect for this famous sword cultivation.


    While Meng Zhang started, Haiyang Zhenjun also directly shot Zhong Shan Zhenjun.


    Haiyang Zhenjun, who has practiced water system skills for many years in a place like the seabed and takes Shuixing Avenue as one of the cultivation avenues, is at home and can give full play to his full strength.


    Zhong Shan Zhenjun was very reluctant to fight with Haiyang Zhenjun, but the other party had already killed him. He couldn''t just be beaten and didn''t fight back, so he had to start fighting back.

 Chapter 1664

    In order to obtain the secret method of crossing the robbery, Zhong Shan Zhenjun took the initiative to take refuge in Zhenhai hall, making the whole Zhongshan sect a pawn in Zhenhai hall.


    After practicing the most low-level secret Dharma, he was lucky to get through the thunder robbery, but he didn''t get much benefit from the thunder robbery, and lost the opportunity to go further.


    Among the monks in the Yang God period, Zhong Shanzhen Jun is the one with relatively weak cultivation.


    As the leader of Hailing sect, Haiyang Zhenjun has excellent inheritance and solid foundation. He has practiced step by step to this day.


    He really wanted to go up Zhongshan, but after a while, he got the upper hand.


    Zhong Shanzhen Jun, who had no fighting spirit, began to become a little flustered.


    On the other side, Meng Zhang first sacrificed Taiyi, divided the lightsaber and the sea sword.


    The sword crossing the sea is a sword cultivation in the Yang God period. Its sword cultivation is very good. When it is wielded, there are thousands of sword Qi and countless sword lights flying.


    His original Flying sword quality is higher than taiyifen lightsaber.


    Two flying swords shuttle back and forth in the air, colliding and fighting.


    After fighting for a while, the spiritual taiyifen lightsaber sent out bursts of low calls.


    Taiyi Fen lightsaber is a superior flying sword from the ancestor of Taiyi sect. Its quality and power are among the few in Taiyi sect.


    But now, taiyifen lightsaber has met his opponent and obviously began to feel defeated.


    Meng Zhang''s flying sword is not as good as man, and his swordsmanship is not an opponent.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang is not a pure sword cultivation. Kendo is just one of his many abilities.


    He is not a pedantic person and has to give up his strengths and take his weaknesses.


    He was just happy to meet his interests.


    Seeing that swordsmanship could not defeat his opponent, he immediately showed other skills.


    The dazzling sun and moon came to the battlefield, and the endless brilliance immediately shrouded the body of the sword crossing the sea.


    The sword light and sword spirit released by a sword crossing the sea quickly disappeared under the light of the sun and moon.


    The Yin and Yang Qi flew out of the Yin and Yang Linghu, the life magic tool behind Meng Zhang, and swept through like a waterfall.


    Meng Zhang, with full firepower, soon reversed the situation and slowly gained the upper hand.


    A sword across the sea looks indifferent on the surface, but in fact, it is very upset.


    As a chess piece buried deep in Zhenhai hall, he has been hiding his true identity and secretly working for Zhenhai hall for many years.


    After the Hailing sect ruled the South China Sea, the sword crossing the sea, which knew it was invincible, took the initiative to take refuge, just to break into the interior of the Hailing sect.


    Generally speaking, a strong man like him in the Yang God period is very popular with major cultivation forces.


    He originally thought that the Hailing sect would treat him with courtesy and accept him as the guest elder in the door.


    However, he never thought that the high level of Hailing sect didn''t think well of him. Instead of directly soliciting him to get started, he hired him to hunt down the Hai ethnic groups on the edge of the South China Sea.


    With a sword across the sea, he endured and waited silently for the opportunity to find a way to gain the trust of the high-level leaders of the Hailing sect.


    This time, Zhenhai hall received a message from the sea and air during the retreat period before receiving the information of tiger and clam for help.


    Haikong is going to stay in the heavenly palace for a while. He can''t participate in the next action of his highness Zhenhai.


    Because the tiger clam was saved by the sea and air, the high level of Zhenhai hall was not worried that the tiger clam would be further pursued and killed.


    Whether it''s the sea spirit sect or any other cat and dog, how dare you not take the great energy of the sea and air back to the virtual period seriously?


    Zhenhai hall took it for granted that tiger clam, a greedy guy, was cheating again.


    Therefore, Zhenhai hall informed DaoHai Yijian and Zhong shanzhenjun to meet hubeng and urge the cunning guy to act together.


    The high level of Zhenhai hall never thought that the sea spirit sect, which had endured for a long time, would launch a large-scale counterattack at this time.


    Haiyang Zhenjun and Meng Zhang not only catch up with hubeng and kill it, but also happen to bump into Zhongshan Zhenjun and DaoHai sword.


    In this way, Zhenhai hall not only lost a tiger clam in the Yang God period, but also exposed two valuable dark sons.


    Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun soon gained the upper hand in the battle and completely suppressed the enemy.


    Especially on Haiyang Zhenjun''s side, he was so powerful that he left a lot of wounds on Zhongshan Zhenjun.


    Zhong Shanzhen Jun, who is more and more seriously injured, has begun to feel unable to support.


    He tried to escape many times, but he was stopped by Haiyang Zhenjun in time and returned in vain.


    Meng Zhang, who was fighting with a sword across the sea, suddenly shouted and waved his right hand. He tore a long crack in the space around his body like tearing a rag.


    His mind moved, and the dazzling sun and moon immediately shone into the space crack.


    With a miserable hum, a dark shadow appeared in the light of the sun and moon.


    It was an upright sea snake with a slender body. When it stood up, it was one head higher than Meng Zhang.


    After the sea snake appeared, not only did it not panic at all, but it was fierce. It killed Meng Zhang fiercely with a pair of short daggers.


    Meng Zhang pointed with one hand and launched Liangyi Tongtian sword. The sharp sword Qi burst out, as if to pierce the opponent''s body.


    Haiyang Zhenjun, who completely suppressed Zhong Shan Zhenjun, still had time to pay attention to Meng Zhang''s situation.


    The sea snake sneaked in and approached and took Meng Zhang as the target of the sneak attack.


    While Meng Zhang found his trace, Haiyang Zhenjun also noticed it.


    Before he had time to remind Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang had directly forced the other party out.


    Haiyang Zhenjun had the same doubts as Meng Zhang.


    Why does Zhenhai hall have so many sea people with such strength as his subordinates?


    The tiger clam that has been entangled with the sea spirit sect for many years will not say. The sea snake that has just appeared is also at the level of Yang God, and its combat effectiveness is much stronger than that tiger clam.


    The strong man of Yang God level is not the cabbage in the field, which can be seen everywhere.


    Even for the holy door like Zhenhai hall, there are several strong Yang God levels that can be used.


    Of course, there are some practitioners who take the initiative to take refuge in the Holy Land Sect, including well-known strongmen and big sect leaders.


    Zhenhai hall supports some valuable monks as peripheral members, which is understandable.


    Let alone Zhenhai hall, any sect with some strength in the cultivation world will do so.


    But it''s one thing to support the human friars, and it''s another thing to vigorously support the Hai clan.


    The sea clan is the public enemy of mankind, especially the sea sects such as the sea spirit sect and Zhenhai hall, which have fought for thousands of years and have countless blood feuds.


    Now it is known that there are two strong sea people at the level of Yang God under Zhenhai hall. Whether there is more, Haiyang Zhenjun doesn''t know yet.


    Haiyang Zhenjun even began to doubt that Zhenhai hall not only supported some Hai people as their vassals, but also colluded with the major ethnic groups of Hai people in the deep sea to a certain extent.

 Chapter 1665

    With doubt in mind, naturally want to know the answer as soon as possible.


    Haiyang Zhenjun''s main attention has not been focused on his original opponent Zhong shanzhenjun.


    He secretly informed Meng Zhang and hoped that Meng Zhang would cooperate with him to capture the Yang God level sea snake alive.


    Haiyang Zhenjun thinks very well.


    After capturing the sea snake, he used his means and methods to force the required confession.


    If it can be proved that Zhenhai hall colludes with the great enemy of the human race, the sea spirit sect will mobilize all forces to make this matter to the heavenly palace.


    The Holy Land Sect''s collusion with the public enemy of the human race is definitely a big scandal in the cultivation world.


    Even if the heavenly palace protects its weaknesses and wants to be harmonious, it has to deal with it.


    Haiyang Zhenjun''s requirements are not high. As long as Tiangong can suppress Zhenhai hall one or two and strive for more breathing opportunities for Hailing sect, that''s enough.


    Even if Zhenhai hall did not collude with the Hai family, Haiyang Zhenjun was sure to get the evidence he wanted.


    Of course, such fabricated evidence can''t be sent to the heavenly palace to make trouble. We can only find ways to spread it in the cultivation world.


    Three people make a tiger, and everyone speaks gold.


    With the sea snake of Yang God level in hand and its testimony, it can at least ruin the reputation of Zhenhai hall and make it infamous.


    In the cultivation world, the power of public opinion is sometimes not worth mentioning, but it also has incredible wonderful functions when used properly.


    Pulling Zhenhai hall down from the altar proves that it has been guarding the sea for the Terran for many years, and fighting against the sea clan is just a joke.


    With a great sense of righteousness in hand, those who secretly support and sympathize with the power of the sea spirit sect have an excuse to intervene in the dispute between Zhenhai hall and the sea spirit sect.


    Jun dust world is about to change, and those immortals are about to wake up.


    After waking up, immortals are likely to fall into a war in order to compete for opportunities.


    The immortals have to fight, and the major Holy Land sects they founded will not continue to live in harmony.


    In recent years, the major holy places have completely abandoned their previous tacit understanding, and the situation of mutual hostility is increasing.


    In fact, the sea spirit sect fought openly and secretly with Zhenhai hall, and got some support from other holy places that did not deal with Zhenhai hall.


    Haiyang Zhenjun focused his attention on the sea snake. Although Zhong Shan Zhenjun''s combat effectiveness was not good, as an experienced old fox, he was acutely aware of the opportunity immediately.


    Meng Zhang fought two enemies with one. At the same time, he was still able to face the attack of a sword crossing the sea and a sea snake.


    The sea snake at the level of Yang God is an assassin of the sea nationality carefully trained by Zhenhai hall, and is proficient in all kinds of sneaking assassinations.


    After Meng Zhang saw through xingzang and lost the opportunity of sneak attack, he had to face Meng Zhang.


    When he saw a helper coming, he thought he had the opportunity to take advantage of it, but Meng Zhang responded well and didn''t show any flaws.


    Haiyang Zhenjun manipulated the sea water and turned it into a prison, temporarily trapping Zhongshan Zhenjun.


    He manipulated several water dragons and rolled flexibly towards the sea snake.


    Meng Zhang cooperated with the real king of Haiyang in time. Yin and Yang kept circling, which greatly limited the range of activities of the sea snake.


    At this time, if the three of Zhong Shan Zhenjun can work together against the enemy, even if the overall strength is a little worse, it is not so easy to lose.


    If they cooperate properly and cover each other, it is not impossible for them to retreat.


    After all, everyone''s cultivation level is the same. Without the suppression above the level, even if the combat effectiveness gap is large, there will be no fighting power.


    Even Zhong Shan Zhenjun, who has the weakest combat effectiveness, still has the power of Yang God level.


    Haiyang Zhenjun no longer looks down on him, nor dare he completely ignore his attack.


    But Zhong Shan Zhenjun didn''t want to fight with Haiyang Zhenjun at all.


    In his eyes, the battle was inexplicable and meaningless.


    He seized the opportunity of Haiyang Zhenjun''s distraction and did not hesitate to stimulate his potential. The super level burst out a powerful blow.


    Although Zhong Shan Zhenjun was injured, he broke the cage under the cloth of Haiyang Zhenjun.


    After the cage was broken, he didn''t hesitate at all. He didn''t even call his companions, so he ran for his life.


    Seeing that the figure of Zhong Shan Zhenjun turned into a hiding light and disappeared, Haiyang Zhenjun hesitated and gave up the pursuit.


    Since the other party has exposed the details, the monk can''t run away from the temple. Afterwards, Haiyang Zhenjun has some ways to cook him slowly.


    The whole Zhongshan sect will also become the key target of the Hailing sect in the next step.


    Dao Hai Yijian and Zhong Shan Zhenjun have cooperated before. They know something about their character.


    Zhong Shanzhen Jun is selfish. He runs for his life and abandons his companions without hesitation. It''s too shameful.


    He was not surprised to cross the sea.


    Although Dao Hai Yi Jian is a sword repair, it is not a guy with one mind. It is not as rigid as most sword repairs.


    In his early years, he was willing to secretly take refuge in Zhenhai hall. When he couldn''t fight the sea spirit sect, he would pretend to take refuge, which shows that he is also a flexible person.


    Zhong Shanzhen Jun fled before the battle, and there was no reason to stay and fight hard.


    He, who was very experienced in fighting, had long found that Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun took the sea snake as their main target.


    In particular, Haiyang Zhenjun is almost determined to win the sea snake.


    DaoHai Yijian and Meng Zhang have different positions and are hostile to each other, but they are all human practitioners.


    Dao Hai sword has been hostile to Hai people for many years and has killed countless Hai people. Even though he knew that the sea snake was domesticated by Zhenhai hall, he didn''t regard each other as his comrades in arms because of his instinctive dislike of the sea clan.


    Zhong Shanzhen ran away first. He crossed the sea without any hesitation. He also looked for an opportunity to escape from the battle.


    The skill of sword escape was extremely fast, and his figure suddenly disappeared in Meng Zhang''s sight.


    Everyone''s cultivation level is the same. It''s not difficult to defeat or even kill your opponent.


    However, it is not so easy to catch a Yang God level sea snake alive.


    Even a master like Haiyang Zhenjun has no full confidence to do it.


    In order to be safe, Meng Zhang let go of the sword and stayed to help Haiyang Zhenjun.


    This sea snake is at the level of Yang God. Its cultivation and combat effectiveness are very general.


    In the face of the joint siege of Meng Zhang and Haiyang Zhenjun, there was almost no strength to fight back.


    Although this sea snake is a sea family, it is strong enough.


    After perceiving his opponent''s intention to capture himself alive, and it was obvious that he could not escape, he quickly made up his mind.


    It looked for an opportunity, did not dodge in the face of the attack of Haiyang Zhenjun, and jumped on it in such a fit.


    Haiyang Zhenjun''s heart is full of warning signs. He dodges in time. Meng Zhang makes the sea snake''s attack deviate from the original direction.


    After a loud noise, the sea snake exploded.


    The sea snake exploded and fell, and Haiyang Zhenjun''s wishful thinking completely failed.

 Chapter 1666

    The sea snake''s self explosion was so powerful that it not only blew itself up without bones and flesh, but also slightly injured Haiyang Zhenjun and Meng Zhang who did not completely avoid the explosion range.


    The self explosion of Yangshen level sea clan is not so easy to bear.


    Meng Zhang gave a heavy Pooh and even called for bad luck.


    The sea snake exploded, and everything disappeared in the explosion.


    They were not only affected by the explosion, but also did not get any booty.


    Haiyang Zhenjun was far more disappointed than Meng Zhang, and his face was full of undisguised regret.


    But he turned to think that Zhenhai hall could easily send two sea families at the level of Yang God, which showed that there were many sea families under him and many strong ones.


    The sea spirit sect is fighting back against the attack of Zhenhai hall.


    In all aspects of the battle, most of them will encounter the sea clan sent by Zhenhai hall.


    With the experience and lessons learned this time, set goals in advance. If the next opportunity comes, as long as the Hailing sect is prepared in advance, it still has the hope of achieving its goal.


    Haiyang Zhenjun and Meng Zhang searched around again and waited for another day. They didn''t get anything.


    The Hailing sect has begun to fight back against Zhenhai hall. The leader of Haiyang Zhenjun shouldn''t stay outside for too long.


    Maybe the next moment, there will be something big in the door that needs him to decide.


    Haiyang Zhenjun greeted Meng Zhang and returned to the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect together.


    This time, instead of rushing slowly, they directly used the art of space transmission and transmitted it back to the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    Needless to say, Zhenjun Haiyang has lived in the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect for most of his life and is very familiar with it.


    When Meng Zhang was a guest at the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect, he also left a space landmark.


    The two sent back smoothly without any accident.


    Soon after returning to the mountain gate, Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, began to get busy.


    Since most of his identity has been exposed in the eyes of Zhenhai hall, Meng Zhang has no scruples and openly helps the Hailing sect fight.


    The Hailing faction, which lacks high-end combat power, really has no reason to refuse Meng Zhang, a powerful ally.


    The friars of Hailing sect attacked everywhere and launched a counterattack against Zhenhai hall on almost all fronts.


    Although the Hailing sect has unified the South China Sea, it has nominally become the ruler of the South China Sea.


    However, the Holy Land Sect has ruled the Junchen world for a long time, and its reputation is far above the Hailing sect.


    In the vast South China Sea, many practitioners are interested in Zhenhai hall.


    In the South China Sea alliance established by the sea spirit sect, there are some Xiuzhen forces secretly colluding with Zhenhai hall.


    Although they dare not openly oppose the Hailing sect, they will secretly send messages to Zhenhai hall and provide various conveniences to each other.


    If the Hailing sect encounters a major setback, these guys will jump out and make trouble with the Hailing sect.


    In the past, the Hailing school, for the sake of the overall situation, turned a blind eye and tolerated the existence of these acts.


    Now the sea spirit sect wants to fight back against Zhenhai hall, and these guys have become the primary targets.


    The Hailing faction should take this opportunity to thoroughly eliminate the internal and consolidate the established ruling order.


    In addition, some peripheral forces of Zhenhai hall. After being exposed, the dark son, including Zhongshan sect, also attracted the key attack of Hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang actively participated in the war and killed some opponents in the battle.


    Zhenhai hall, I didn''t expect that the sea spirit sect, which has always been patient and yielding, would suddenly attack this time and launch such a rapid attack.


    For one thing, Zhenhai hall failed to respond in time.


    Second, the supporters behind the Hailing sect, including the Holy Land sect that does not deal with Zhenhai hall, are either explicitly or secretly restraining the power of Zhenhai hall to provide support for the counterattack of Hailing sect.


    The first step plan of the Hailing faction was implemented very smoothly, successfully eradicated the enemies within the South China Sea alliance, and greatly deterred all the Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea.


    Some peripheral forces of Zhenhai hall also perished one after another under the attack of Hailing sect.


    After Zhenhai hall reacted, it also sent many friars to launch attacks on the sea spirit sect in all aspects.


    The high-level friars of Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall will break out a big war from time to time.


    Zhenhai hall did not continue to send a large number of strong sea people to participate in the war, and Haiyang Zhenjun''s original plan completely failed.


    Because the heavenly palace stared very closely, neither side sent back to Xu Da Neng to join the war.


    The level of battle is mainly limited to the friars in the period of Yang God and the later period of yuan God.


    There was a big gap between the strength of Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall.


    However, the Hailing sect has received a lot of external help, and the Zhenhai hall doesn''t know what''s wrong, so it can''t go all out.


    The high-level friars of both sides fought for many days. Although the Hailing sect fell behind, it could still support it without showing defeat.


    Seeing that the two sides began to mobilize the army of monks and the scale of the battle tended to expand, the heavenly palace could not see it at last.


    The heavenly palace sent messengers to stop the expansion of the war.


    The return to emptiness power from the heavenly palace publicly denounced the Hai Ling sect and Zhenhai hall for ignoring the overall situation and only knowing internal fighting.


    Now all kinds of foreign invaders are eyeing the Jun dust world, and the pressure on the defense line outside the Jun dust world is increasing.


    Hai Ling sect and Zhenhai hall really have that ability. Why not use them to deal with foreign enemies and defend the Junchen world.


    In fact, the sea spirit sect and Zhenhai hall had no intention of launching an all-out war at this time.


    They mobilized the army of monks to make a gesture of not hesitate to start a war, but to increase pressure on each other and show their determination.


    The two sides, who originally meant it was difficult to ride a tiger, now the heavenly palace came forward, simply took a donkey down the slope and slowly began to stop the war.


    Of course, there are fewer frontal battles, but all kinds of open and secret battles will not stop.


    As long as there is a chance, both sides will continue to attack each other in the future.


    After this war, both sides will reflect, sum up lessons and prepare for the next war.


    The high-level leaders of both sides have a premonition that if the war starts again next time, it may be a full-scale war with a large army of monks.


    The high level of Hailing faction was relieved for the time being.


    Although the high-level leaders of Hailing sect had predicted in advance, they did not expect that the war would escalate step by step and almost start a full-scale war between the two sides.


    The real strength of Hailing sect is far inferior to Zhenhai hall.


    If there is a full-scale war, the Hailing faction will almost certainly lose.


    Many people don''t care about the failure of the Hailing faction, who support the Hailing faction behind their backs and drag down the Zhenhai hall.


    Their main purpose is to attack Zhenhai hall and weaken Zhenhai hall.


    In this process, if the sea spirit sect perishes, they won''t care at all.


    The high level of Hailing sect also saw through the minds of these guys and understood the strength comparison between the two sides, so they were unwilling to be used and were unwilling to start a full-scale war with Zhenhai hall.


    If it weren''t for the contradiction between Zhenhai hall and hailing sect, Zhenhai hall has been clinging to Hailing sect. Hailing sect is more willing to make peace with Zhenhai hall, and the two sides will restore peace.

 Chapter 1667

    Among the religious doors of the holy places in the Junchen world, Zhenhai hall is the only religious door located overseas and focusing on the development of the ocean.


    In contrast, after being swept up by the immortals, the mainland where the indigenous forces have been basically wiped out is obviously more suitable for development and the establishment of religious sects.


    The main forces of the Terrans in the Junchen world are also concentrated on the mainland.


    In addition to Zhenhai hall and its followers, most of the Xiuzhen forces who went abroad for development were not willing to do so.


    Either it can''t stand on the mainland, or it can be used as a chess piece to resist the sea people


    Zhenhai hall regards the ocean of Jun dust world as its own forbidden land. No one or force is allowed to interfere with their own rule over the sea.


    Ordinary cultivation forces can be tolerated to have a foothold on the sea, but it is absolutely not allowed to have such a overlord as the sea spirit sect.


    Even if the Junchen world is about to change, Zhenhai hall is as stubborn as ever.


    If Zhenhai Temple hadn''t been persecuted too much, the Hailing sect would never have been willing to oppose it.


    Although the counterattack of Hailing sect did not cause direct damage to Zhenhai hall, hailing sect did not look ugly on the scene for various reasons.


    Now, under the pressure of the heavenly palace, the two sides have a temporary truce. The Hailing faction seizes the time to accumulate strength and actively prepare for the next war.


    The war ended temporarily, and it was time for Meng Zhang to leave.


    Although he came to visit Hailing sect this time, he did not have a frank communication with Haiyang Zhenjun because of his temporary doubts, and he did not fully achieve his goal.


    However, after this period of time, he felt that the alliance between the two countries was relatively stable, which was indeed of great value to both sides.


    Meng Zhang has fought for Hailing sect for many times, and he has a feeling of comradeship with the high-level leaders of Hailing sect.


    During this period of fighting, Meng Zhang has experienced many wars at the same level. In addition to increasing combat experience and seeing more superb means, there are other great gains.


    When pursuing a monk of the Yangshen period in Zhenhai hall, Meng Zhang chased to the bottom of the sea and entered an unfathomable submarine rift valley.


    Finally, the enemy escaped with the help of the terrain, but Meng Zhang accidentally ran into a clam demon of Yang God level in the Great Rift Valley.


    After some twists and turns, Meng Zhang successfully killed the clam demon and found a golden pearl the size of a head in his body.


    Pearls at this level can be called heavenly pearls, which plays an extremely great role in monks at the level of Meng Zhang.


    Just harvesting this pearl will not waste Meng Zhang''s hard work during this period of time.


    Meng Zhang fought for the Hailing sect these days. Naturally, the Hailing sect can''t be too stingy.


    The Hailing sect provided Meng Zhang with enough jade clearing opportunities, and also opened the Sutra Pavilion in the door for him to read most of the classics.


    When the friars of Hailing sect communicated with Meng Zhang, they did not hide anything.


    All the great powers of returning to emptiness in the door took time to instruct Meng Zhang.


    When he left the Hailing sect, Meng Zhang felt reluctant to part with him.


    After a turnover, when passing through the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang first visited the old man Yinhu.


    Many people in the outside world are very concerned about the war between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall.


    Although the war was not large in scale and lasted for a long time, the two sides only reached the point, but because the matter involved the holy door such as Zhenhai hall, it naturally became a new focus in the Junchen world.


    Since Dali Dynasty challenged Ziyang holy sect, another sect gate jumped out to confront the holy sect gate.


    In fact, although the news that great changes are about to take place in the Jun dust world is only spread among the high-level monks, the overall situation in the Jun dust world began to slowly become restless.


    In many parts of the Junchen world, more intense conflicts broke out than ever before.


    All kinds of actions that openly and secretly provoke the doors of the holy places began to become more and more.


    After seeing the old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang took the initiative to tell most of the things he experienced during his trip to the South China Sea.


    Old man Yinhu actually complained about Meng Zhang''s involvement in the struggle between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall.


    Of course, old silver pot is not good to interfere with Meng Zhang''s decision, let alone taiyimen''s action.


    For Meng Zhang''s experience, old man Yinhu was very interested.


    When the Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall were in truce, Meng Zhang had doubts in his heart.


    After years of fighting between Dali imperial dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong, the war became more and more fierce, but the heavenly palace ignored it and pretended to be invisible.


    Soon after the war between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall, Tiangong hurriedly intervened.


    Why is the treatment so different between the two?


    When he was in Hailing sect, Meng Zhang couldn''t ask this question.


    Now seeing the old man Yinhu, he hesitated and put forward this question.


    For Meng Zhang''s question, the old man Yinhu didn''t answer in detail. He just told him that the relationship between the religious doors of the major holy places and the heavenly palace was also close and distant.


    The heavenly palace seems to have always been neutral and treats all the holy places equally.


    But in fact, the heavenly palace is biased in some things.


    Tiangong stopped the war between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall this time. It seems to have saved the weaker Hailing sect, but it also avoided the great loss of Zhenhai hall.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor continued to fight, and both sides lost a lot, but Tiangong was happy to see its success to a certain extent.


    After listening to the words of old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang thought deeply and saw the actions of Tiangong more clearly.


    Old man Yinhu also told Meng Zhang that the heavenly palace rarely interferes with the specific affairs of the Junchen world.


    In particular, the heavenly palace will try to avoid matters involving the religious doors of major holy places.


    All the holy places are only nominally subject to the heavenly palace.


    If the Holy Land Sect openly opposes the heavenly palace, it will greatly undermine the authority of the heavenly palace.


    Since losing contact with the celestial realm, the heavenly palace, as the nominal ruler of the Junchen realm, actually has many difficulties.


    In the face of the Holy Land zongmen supported by immortals, the heavenly palace often shows a lack of confidence and is unwilling to have a fierce conflict with it.


    Fortunately, all the holy places also know to maintain respect for the heavenly palace. Generally, it will not make the heavenly palace unable to step down.


    Tiangong''s intervention in the war between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall is a rare big move in recent years.


    The cultivation of old man Yinhu is not outstanding among the great powers of returning to emptiness, but he has a wide range of contacts and is well-informed after working in the heavenly palace for many years.


    Meng Zhang often gets a lot of precious news from him.


    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to his relationship with the old man Yinhu.


    Every time I go to the heavenly palace, whenever I am free, I will try my best to visit him.


    He is not only respectful, but also prepares a generous gift every time.


    Sometimes, a few words inadvertently revealed by old man Yinhu can make Meng Zhang obtain valuable information, greatly broaden his horizons, increase his knowledge and learn more secrets.

 Chapter 1668

    Meng Zhang talked with old man Yinhu for a long time before leaving.


    After leaving old man Yinhu''s residence, Meng Zhang went to visit mother-in-law Qiansi.


    When I arrived at mother-in-law''s residence, I knew that mother-in-law was not in the heavenly palace this time.


    During this period of time, the silk pulling mother-in-law seemed to become active, running around and busy.


    Meng Zhang went to the secret stronghold of Dengxian society again.


    As a newcomer who has just joined, the immortals association has not arranged any tasks for him for the time being.


    Seeing nothing here, Meng ZhangCai left.


    After staying in the taiyimen station for two days, Meng Zhang returned directly to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang routinely summoned Niu Dawei, the acting head, to ask for information in the gate.


    During this time, there was no major event in the door, and both inside and outside were very calm.


    The coastal areas that Meng Zhang is very worried about have not been attacked by the Hai nationality.


    After Meng Zhang returned from Xingluo islands that year, taiyimen strengthened its preparedness for coastal areas.


    In addition to regularly sending patrol teams to inspect the nearby sea areas, Zhenjun, the Yuanshen in menzhong, goes deep into the sea from time to time to carefully observe the trend of the sea people.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong has been suppressing and blocking the Taiyi gate, it seems that it has no intention to directly attack the Taiyi gate before it has not solved the great departure from the imperial dynasty.


    In this way, taiyimen has enough time to integrate several large areas of its own territory, develop and obtain various resources.


    Now taiyimen has devoted a large part of its energy to the establishment of blessed land.


    Up and down the door, they all looked forward to the completion of the blessed land as soon as possible.


    Of course, with so much human and material resources invested and so much time spent, the construction of blessed land has just begun, and it is still far from completion.


    After careful consideration, Meng Zhang recalled the middle and high levels of the gate to the mountain gate.


    There are all the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door and some outstanding Jindan immortal.


    In addition, the main members of Hanhai Taoist League, such as Huanglian sect and SONGFENG sect, received a letter from Meng Zhang to summon the principal of the sect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s personal arrangement, these figures came to taiyimen Mountain Gate one after another to participate in the secret meeting presided over by Meng Zhang.


    After the crowd gathered, Meng Zhang didn''t bother and went straight to the subject.


    He told everyone that the immortals who opened up the Junchen world will wake up soon.


    When immortals wake up, they will fight for the chance to become immortals.


    Most of the holy places created by the immortals will stand in line and get involved in the war.


    In the war, the Junchen world will encounter an unprecedented catastrophe, and the creatures will face an unprecedented extinction crisis.


    Previously, most of the people present knew nothing about it except a few confidants and Meng Zhang occasionally leaked a little about it.


    Now Meng Zhang suddenly announced such earth shaking news, and everyone was stunned.


    Meng Zhang went on regardless of whether everyone could accept it or not.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang will lead everyone to face the crisis and tide over the disaster.


    So far, Meng Zhang has several possible schemes.


    As long as the void warship is in hand, all the friars of Hanhai daomeng can be sent to the warship.


    When a battleship sails into the void, it can naturally avoid all kinds of havoc in the Junchen world.


    However, the void warship has not yet been obtained, and it is not known whether this scheme will succeed.


    Originally, people were also shocked by the news just thrown out by Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang puts forward three plans in one breath, and everyone is a little relieved.


    If Meng Zhang''s plan can be successful, even if the Junchen world is devastated, they can escape.


    In this way, the heavy pressure in people''s hearts can be relieved.


    In fact, Meng Zhang did not disclose all the information and did not fully explain the severity of the catastrophe.


    If the origin of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world is taken away by the immortals, the Jun dust world will be completely destroyed. Let alone hide in the blessed land, even the underworld will be destroyed.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say that because he was afraid that everyone would be too desperate.


    In despair, human beings often make all kinds of irrational behavior.


    Meng Zhang revealed this news after careful consideration, not on impulse.


    Knowing that the catastrophe is coming, in order to survive the catastrophe, we must rely more on Meng Zhang.


    The friar of taiyimen was loyal to Meng Zhang. In this case, the main members of Hanhai daomeng only actively approached taiyimen.


    This helps to strengthen the cohesion of Hanhai road alliance and better mobilize the human and material resources of the whole Hanhai road alliance.


    Relying solely on the taiyimen family, the construction speed of blessed land is too slow.


    With the reason of using the blessed land to avoid the catastrophe, all major members of Hanhai road alliance have to actively cooperate and contribute.


    Meng Zhang believes that with the passage of time, the news of great changes in the Jun dust world will no longer be able to hide and will slowly spread in the Jun dust world.


    At that time, rumors will fly all over the world, and the true and false news will spread everywhere, resulting in panic and chaos.


    Rather than let everyone hear the news from the outside and think nonsense, let Meng Zhang tell everyone frankly and provide solutions.


    Meng Zhang''s action in this way is also preemptive and takes the initiative.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, the minds of the people present were like sitting on a roller coaster, up and down.


    Not to mention outsiders, even friars taiyimen, are full of questions.


    Next, although Meng Zhang had reservations, he tried his best to answer everyone''s questions.


    After appeasing everyone, Meng Zhang also stressed that everyone present must keep the news strictly confidential and do not disclose it to the public.

 Chapter 1669

    Meng Zhang knew that although he told everyone to keep it secret, everyone had to have some relatives, friends and disciples.


    It is impossible for them not to disclose such a major matter.


    Meng Zhang has no intention to restrain everyone by means of Avenue oath and so on.


    Anyway, as long as we get rid of the high-level monks in front of us, the situation will always be controllable.


    Even if the news is slowly leaked and spread, it can''t raise any big waves.


    From beginning to end, Meng Zhang did not mention how to deal with the mortals under his rule.


    The monks present, even the most compassionate and the most virgin, did not ask questions.


    No matter which scheme, the carrying capacity is limited. Even monks may not be able to accommodate all, let alone mortals.


    When the catastrophe is imminent, the best situation is to select a few mortals and give them a chance to enter the place of refuge.


    As for most other mortals, they have to give up reluctantly.


    In the final analysis, practitioners are selfish in essence.


    No one is willing to sacrifice himself to save irrelevant mortals.


    In the face of catastrophe, of course, we should first take care of the cultivators, which is taken for granted by everyone.


    Meng Zhang talked with them for a long time, comforted them well, and made a lot of promises.


    After the meeting, the people in heavy mood slowly left and returned home.


    After Meng Zhang announced that the Junchen world was about to change, there was not much change within Hanhai daomeng in a short time.


    However, more resources were put into the construction of blessed land, and the construction of blessed land was accelerated all of a sudden.


    In the cultivation world, many forces with ambition and ability will actively build a blessed land.


    From the beginning of planning, construction to the final completion, it will take at least hundreds of years, or even a generation or two.


    In this way, in most cases, the construction of blessed land failed, which drained the school''s heritage and led to the final decline of the school.


    The current construction speed of taiyimen is quite fast.


    The resources invested are still within the scope of zongmen for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s trip to the South China Sea has yielded a great harvest.


    Especially the heavenly pearl, he refined it well when he was ready to close the door.


    As for other resources, although he couldn''t use them himself, he still put them into the zongmen library for the disciples to exchange.


    The tiger clam''s huge body provides a lot of flesh and blood.


    An Xiaoran, the most excellent alchemist in the door, came up with a good way to deal with it after some research.


    She picked out a lot of flesh and blood from the huge body of the tiger''s mussels.


    Then gather the third-order and above alchemists in the door, let them refine it with real fire, and then integrate several precious miraculous drugs, and finally get a special kind of dust.


    Meng Zhang''s flesh will greatly expand his Qi and blood after absorbing this dust.


    If the flesh is full of Qi and blood, it can be transformed into special vitality for nourishing yang God.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that his second disciple still had such means.


    This method takes a lot of manpower. It needs to recruit many alchemists in the sect to make them work hard.


    Meng Zhang did not directly order the conscription by using the leader''s identity, but released a large number of sect good skills to hire these alchemists.


    Meng Zhang has made great contributions to the sect. Naturally, he will not lack the good work in the sect.


    Apart from other things, the various resources he put into the large library in the door this time alone are enough to exchange a large amount of good work, which is more than enough to pay the remuneration of these alchemists.


    The good work of Taiyi sect plays a great role. Inside the door, it is far more popular than a simple spirit stone.


    Many monks outside the door try their best to spend a lot of resources, that is, they want to exchange some good deeds of Taiyi sect, and indirectly exchange some unique resources or special treatment in the sect.


    Meng Zhang began to shut down.


    His flesh sat in a closed chamber.


    An Xiaoran regularly brought him refined special dust, which his flesh absorbed and refined by instinct.


    Meng Zhang''s Yang God came out of his shell and secretly left the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s Yang God directly performed the art of space transmission and transmitted it to Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang, who had been here, got in touch with Qiu Gangfeng.


    When the two met, Meng Zhang found that Qiu Gang was haggard and his face was very ugly.


    Meng Zhang is more concerned about his comrades in arms against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t hide Meng Zhang and told the truth directly.


    Ziyang Shengzong brought more and more pressure to Xingluo palace, mainly the Qiu brothers.


    Qiu Gangfeng worked hard to support her.


    Not long ago, Ziyang Shengzong gave the Qiu brothers an ultimatum.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent a strange treasure called Houtu tripod.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s request is very simple, that is, to refine this treasure with the Qiu family brothers.


    If they refuse, don''t blame Ziyang Shengzong for turning his face and refusing to recognize others.


    Qiu Gangfeng examined the treasure carefully.


    The thick earth tripod has great power. Once it is refined completely, the Qiu brothers can even resist the attack of Huixu power.


    But refining thick earth tripod is very difficult.


    In the refining process, the powerful thick earth gas in the thick earth tripod will certainly take the opportunity to erode the origin of the Qiu family brothers.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s wishful thinking is very good.


    I want to completely solve the problem without completely tearing my face with the Qiu brothers.


    The brothers of the Qiu family practice water system skills, and earth conquering water is the way of heaven.


    The Qiu brothers are impacted and eroded by the Qi of thick soil. They will not only be injured, but also their origin will be damaged. They will completely lose the opportunity to return to the virtual period.


    On the surface, in order to help Xingluo palace resist the invasion of the Hai nationality, Ziyang Shengzong specially sent a strange treasure to enhance the combat effectiveness of the Qiu brothers.


    For the practice of Ziyang Shengzong, others can''t pick anything wrong.


    Of course, if the Qiu brothers don''t know good or bad, they will completely ignore the goodwill of Ziyang Shengzong. It''s only natural that Ziyang Shengzong should do anything too much.


    Ziyang Shengzong even explicitly warned the Qiu brothers that as long as they dared to refuse the goodwill of Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong would directly take action to change the current situation of Xingluo islands.


    The Qiu brothers dare not be careless about the ultimatum of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, they don''t want to officially turn against Ziyang Shengzong, but they have to give up the road and the opportunity to return to the empty period. The Qiu brothers can''t accept it.


    Now, Qiu Gangfeng is trying his best to prevaricate and try his best to deal with Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, the attitude of Ziyang Shengzong was too tough for him to refuse.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s worst plan is to falsely accept the conditions of Ziyang Shengzong and make the final delay.


    Of course, this time will not be too long.


    When Ziyang Shengzong sent the thick earth tripod, he set a deadline.


    The Qiu brothers must thoroughly refine the thick earth tripod within 30 years.

 Chapter 1670

    After the Qiu brothers refined the thick earth tripod, Ziyang Shengzong would send someone to check to make sure they didn''t play tricks and would never allow them to muddle through.


    The so-called exotic treasure is a special magic weapon.


    In the cultivation world, magic weapons are higher and more difficult to control than the fourth-order magic tools.


    Generally speaking, it is during the period of returning to emptiness that great energy is using magic weapons, and only returning to emptiness can give full play to the full power of magic weapons.


    If you let the friars of the Yang God period control the magic weapon, they can barely exert some of their power under great pressure.


    In fact, magic weapons are rare in the cultivation world. Even the great power of returning to emptiness can''t guarantee a magic weapon for everyone. It''s even more difficult for friars in the period of Yang God to have magic weapons.


    Unless it is the high level of the Yang God period of the Holy Land Sect door, it is possible to borrow the magic weapon in the door when needed.


    As a special magic weapon, strange treasure naturally has some strangeness.


    If some magic weapons are weaker than normal magic weapons, it also reduces the difficulty of controlling them.


    Some exotic treasures have great defects and will cause great damage to the driver.


    ¡­¡­


    Although the power of a strange treasure like Houtu Ding is weaker than that of an ordinary magic weapon, due to the scarcity of magic weapons, it is reasonable that Ziyang Shengzong will not take it out easily.


    But Ziyang Shengzong took the initiative to send it over. In addition to its fatal defects, it also shows that Ziyang Shengzong does not want to forcibly kill the Qiu brothers, but gives them a new way out.


    How the Qiu brothers deal with the ultimatum of Ziyang Shengzong is a major event related to their brothers'' lives, even the survival of the whole Xingluo palace and the situation of the whole Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang, an outsider, can''t interrupt this matter.


    However, he believed that the Qiu brothers were not so easy to obey.


    Qiu Gangfeng told Meng Zhang that the monks he had worked hard to support had been practicing hard after receiving the secret Dharma given by Meng Zhang.


    If there is no accident, they will soon be robbed one after another.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t dare to expect them all to succeed in the robbery. As long as one or two more helpers of Yangshen period were available, their brothers would have more confidence.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t tell Meng Zhang how their brothers would deal with the ultimatum of Ziyang Shengzong, but said that their brothers would not give in easily and would fight to the end.


    Finally, Qiu Gangfeng hesitated for a long time before he carefully mentioned it to Meng Zhang. About 20 years later, their brothers will have an opportunity.


    If we can successfully seize this opportunity, the various problems imposed by Ziyang Shengzong will naturally be solved.


    Qiu Gangfeng hopes Meng Zhang can help them and let their brother get what he wants.


    As for the specific content of the opportunity, Qiu Gangfeng didn''t elaborate.


    Meng Zhang is willing to do anything that can add blockage to Ziyang Shengzong. He agreed without hesitation and promised to help at that time.


    After making an appointment with Qiu Gangfeng, Meng Zhang left Xingluo palace.


    This time he is the Yang God traveling, gathering and dispersing freely. Whether it is flight speed or concealment, it exceeds the physical dispatch.


    After leaving the main island of Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang did not rush back to taiyimen Mountain Gate, but went all the way west to explore the depths of the West Sea.


    On the edge of the Xingluo islands, an army of sea people and an army of monks led by Qiu Wanshui are still in a tense confrontation.


    Although the war never broke out, the small-scale fighting and fighting between the two sides never stopped.


    Meng Zhang has been to Xingluo islands twice. He is in contact with Qiu Gangfeng and has no contact with Qiu Wanshui.


    Only from the strict military appearance of the friar army and the almost flawless military array, we know that this man is a good leader.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure and went deep into the depths of the West Sea for a careful exploration.


    The West Sea is vast and boundless. There are many Hai ethnic groups here.


    It is also not easy to gather these Hai ethnic groups and form an army to attack human practitioners.


    After Meng Zhang went deep into the West Sea, the scenes he saw made him sad and gloomy.


    Haizu has established many large bases in the West Sea to accommodate Haizu ethnic groups from all parts of the West Sea.


    The journey is far away, and long-distance migration is not easy. Many Hai ethnic groups have spent decades or even hundreds of years on their way.


    The exhausted Hai ethnic groups, who have suffered huge losses on the road, take a rest in these bases, slowly recover their vitality and recuperate.


    The sea people gathered in these bases soon formed an army of sea people, which can go to the front line at any time.


    The more Meng Zhang went deep into the West Sea, the more scenes he saw, the more shocked he was.


    The last time he went deep into the West Sea, he easily destroyed two bases where the Hai people made war tools.


    After many years, Haizu not only repaired the destroyed base, but also established more similar bases on other islands.


    The speed of making war tools is not slow. The amount of hoarding is almost enough to start a war.


    The Hai nationality is still building a variety of war tools.


    In the sky, there are many humanoid sea people who are learning to control all kinds of large and small flying boats.


    Above the sea, there are many kinds of warships practicing.


    When the Hai nationality is familiar with these war tools, the combat effectiveness of its army will certainly increase greatly.


    I don''t know how the scum of the human race who deliver such skills to the sea race will feel after seeing this scene.


    When Meng Zhang saw this scene, he wanted to destroy it.


    But on second thought, he didn''t make much sense.


    With the manpower and material resources held by the Hai nationality, as long as these bases are not completely destroyed, they will soon recover.


    The most important thing is that perhaps after learning the lesson of Meng Zhang''s sneaking in last time, the strong of Hai nationality strengthened the protection of all bases.


    In addition to arranging more troops to garrison, many strong men patrol nearby.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, there are several sea families at the level of Yang God.


    In particular, the strong Yang God of the real dragon family has restrained his breath and hid his life.


    If Meng Zhang''s sensing ability was not sharp enough, he might not be able to find it.


    The enemy is ready and has set up an ambush. Meng Zhang will not rush over foolishly.


    Judging from the war preparations made by the sea clan alone, the next large-scale invasion of the sea clan must be a thunderous force, and the Terran cultivators will be in great trouble.


    Ironically, at this time, Terran practitioners are still fighting inside.


    As a defense against the invasion of the sea tribe, his involvement in the Xingluo islands is also an impure motive.

 Chapter 1671

    Meng Zhang also knew in his heart that this posture of the Hai nationality army was certainly not for fun.


    Before long, this huge sea clan army may launch an attack on the Terran cultivators.


    Xingluo archipelago hung alone overseas, blocking the sea clan''s invasion road. Most of them would be attacked by the sea clan. When returning to Xingluo archipelago, he hesitated in his heart.


    Whether Qiu Gangfeng knows the trend of the sea clan or not, he still decides to remind each other.


    Meng Zhang, who had just left, rushed over and asked to meet again. Qiu Gangfeng was still a little surprised.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang told Qiu Gangfeng what he had seen and heard in the depths of the West Sea.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t care much about Meng Zhang''s warning.


    He is not ignorant of the latest trends of the Hai family.


    However, his main energy has been focused on other aspects, and he can''t pay attention to the sea family.


    For Qiu Gangfeng, whether their brother''s path can break through the period of returning to emptiness is the most important thing.


    Other things, including the survival of Xingluo islands and the future and destiny of Xingluo palace, should be put aside for the time being.


    Meng Zhang was vaguely aware of Qiu Gangfeng''s real idea.


    He didn''t say much about it.


    Everyone has his own aspirations. He can''t influence Qiu Gangfeng''s ideas.


    Moreover, if the Taoist heart of the Qiu brothers is not so firm, they do not have to break through the period of returning to emptiness, they will not be so incompatible with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent someone to send a thick earth tripod. Qiu Gangfeng also asked Meng Zhang to see it by the way.


    Meng Zhang has never seen a real magic weapon before. It''s good to see a magic weapon now.


    You know, it is very difficult to refine magic weapons.


    In addition to requiring high-level natural materials and earth treasures, there must also be a skilled weapon refiner in the period of returning to emptiness.


    There are several great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world, and there are few weapon refiners.


    Ordinary magic tools can be promoted from one level to the fourth level.


    However, after the fourth order magic weapon survived the thunder robbery, it became an independent creature and got rid of all kinds of constraints.


    Even if you have a power that is not inferior to magic weapons in the future, you will not want to be refined and driven by others.


    After the thunder robbery, the void tripod of Taiyi gate is still willing to continue to serve Taiyi gate, because the void tripod and Taiyi gate have feelings for thousands of years.


    However, if Meng Zhang insists on refining the void tripod, the other party may really turn over.


    It is said that the ancestors who opened up the magic weapon refining system in the cultivation world were inspired by the spirit family and tried to create a new race with the art of refining tools.


    Of course, the truth of the matter is too old for future generations like Meng Zhang to know.


    The refining process, internal prohibition system and promotion route of magic weapons are very different from magic weapons.


    As for the specific situation, Meng Zhang is still unknown.


    Qiu Gangfeng placed the thick earth tripod near his closed chamber.


    Anyway, this is a rare treasure. Even if Ziyang holy sect harbors evil intentions, it will not affect its great power.


    When the thick earth tripod was not sacrificed, it was a huge tripod with a height of one foot and a whole body of earthy yellow.


    Its simple and dignified shape contains infinite power at a glance.


    Meng Zhang released his mind and tried to go deep into the thick earth tripod.


    However, as soon as his mind came into contact with the thick earth tripod, a burst of aura lit up on the surface of the thick earth tripod and shut him out.


    Only a dead object is so difficult to entangle. Meng Zhang''s mind moved and strengthened the exploration.


    Fortunately, the power of this treasure is much weaker than the normal magic weapon. More importantly, it has not been refined and driven by no one. Meng Zhang is also a strong man in the Yang God period, which is not much worse than this treasure in essence.


    After a lot of effort, Meng Zhang managed to figure out the details of this strange treasure.


    This strange treasure contains the power of terror, but there is not much spirituality.


    In addition to the refining materials, the most valuable thing of Houtu Ding is the prohibition in the refining process.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability at this time, he can''t fully understand these prohibitions, so he can only forcibly memorize them.


    Meng Zhang felt the defect of Houtu Ding just now.


    If he were to refine this strange treasure, it would also be hard to escape the damage of its origin and the interruption of its path.


    Meng Zhang is also powerless to solve the problems faced by the Qiu brothers.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s apology, Qiu Gangfeng didn''t care much.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is not as good as him. Even he can''t solve the problem, Meng Zhang is helpless.


    He showed Meng Zhang this treasure, which was a benefit to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang came in such a hurry to report the latest trend of Hai nationality. Even if he didn''t care about it for the time being, he couldn''t help but accept Meng Zhang''s kindness.


    He thought that twenty years later, he still needed Meng Zhang''s help. He felt that he should express something.


    Anyway, this strange treasure was sent by Ziyang Shengzong. He was generous to others.


    Meng Zhang accepted his kindness.


    After observing and speculating in front of the thick earth tripod for most of the day, I really gained a lot.


    When Meng Zhang left Xingluo palace, he sighed in his heart and felt that his trip was not empty.


    In the taiyimen inheritance of the heyday he accepted, the things above the retreat period, including practicing kung fu, magic weapons and all kinds of related knowledge, are very scarce.


    I think so. The Taiyi gate in its heyday was just a yuanshenzong gate. Even if it is powerful, it is difficult to obtain this content in the door.


    In the cultivation world, in addition to the major holy places, I''m afraid there are only a few cultivation forces that can inherit this aspect.


    After the advanced retreat period, if Meng Zhang wants to continue his practice and go further, he must obtain new inheritance.


    Of course, with Meng Zhang''s talent and his understanding of daozang over the years, if he can successfully advance to the virtual period and give him enough time, he may really be able to create a new skill.


    However, he still needs to collect and understand all kinds of knowledge related to the virtual period.


    Meng Zhang did not delay on the road this time, nor did he encounter any accidents. He returned to the Taiyi gate very smoothly.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang didn''t even pay much attention to the construction of blessed land, so he began to practice in isolation.


    This trip to the depths of the West Sea gave him a more sense of urgency.


    If the sea people invade on a large scale, I''m afraid the terrible catastrophe will come to taiyimen territory before the immortals wake up.


    Apart from the Xingluo islands, there are no other obstacles between taiyimen coastal territory and the West Sea.

 Chapter 1672

    If the Hai nationality army lands in the coastal territory of taiyimen, taiyimen can''t count on others except relying on its own strength.


    As the strongest monk in the sect, Meng Zhang can greatly enhance the overall strength of the sect with every increase in combat effectiveness.


    After Meng Zhang''s Yang God returned to the flesh, he found that the flesh had been absorbing and refining that special dust for a long time, and his Qi and blood had grown to a certain limit, so it was difficult to continue to grow.


    He quickly ran the secret method to turn the huge Qi and blood into the power to nourish the Yang God.


    In addition, he also took out the heavenly pearl he obtained last time he went to the South China Sea.


    The head size heavenly beads are crystal clear, and the water surging is faintly visible inside, and there are bursts of thin water sounds.


    The heavenly beads provided by the clam demon of Yang God level contain enormous power.


    Meng Zhang began to absorb and refine it slowly, and expand his Yang God and flesh body step by step.


    After being baptized by thunder robbery, the friar God washed away all Yin Qi and became pure Yang without scale.


    Yang God can absorb all kinds of spiritual objects, and then slowly transform them.


    This heavenly bead from the clam demon''s body has extremely abundant water attribute spiritual power. In terms of its great power, it is still on the ordinary Yuqing spiritual machine.


    But it is mixed with pure evil spirit and all kinds of other exotic breath.


    If ordinary Yuanshen friars rashly absorb the power in the heavenly beads, Yuanshen will easily be polluted and cause damage to the source.


    The unique Yang harmony Qi in Meng Zhangyang God can easily wash away all kinds of other breath, leaving only the pure and incomparable heaven and earth aura.


    The incomparably powerful aura poured into Meng Zhang''s body and constantly expanded the origin of Meng Zhang.


    It took Meng Zhang seven years to completely absorb the Pearl.


    The greatest benefit this bead has brought to him is that it has saved him at least hundreds of years of practice time.


    His Yang God and flesh body are equivalent to taking a big tonic, which has been greatly strengthened.


    Now Meng Zhang, the cultivation of Yang God period has gone through more than half, and it is not far from the perfection of Yang God period.


    According to his estimation, in two or three hundred years at most, he can cultivate Yang God and have the strength to impact the period of returning to emptiness.


    This cultivation speed has exceeded that of most of the Yang God monks in the Jun dust world.


    This is not only due to Meng Zhang''s excellent talent, but also because he has strong Qi and can get enough external assistance.


    Time waits for no man. Meng Zhang always has a sense of urgency in his heart.


    Even though he made rapid progress in cultivation, he was still a little dissatisfied with his cultivation speed.


    The Junchen world is about to change. I don''t know if there is two or three hundred years left for him to practice slowly.


    But if he wants to practice faster, he has no better way.


    In fact, as the Pearl was absorbed and refined, his cultivation speed began to slow down.


    The special dust made by an Xiaoran and the alchemist in the gate with materials such as tiger clam blood and meat has become less and less effective after he absorbs it in large quantities.


    His physical Qi and blood have grown to a certain limit, and it is difficult to continue to grow.


    Although there are few miraculous medicines used by monks in the period of Yang God in the cultivation world, they are still a little more or less.


    However, Meng Zhang''s cultivation has reached such a point, and his body has developed resistance to some spiritual objects with insufficient medicine.


    Even if Meng Zhang doesn''t hesitate to spend merit points to exchange in the heavenly palace, it is becoming more and more difficult to exchange suitable pills and spiritual objects.


    Without enough external help, Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed was still very fast, but he always felt that it was not fast enough.


    However, Meng Zhang has no better way to do this.


    Meng Zhang wanted to meditate all the time, but he was interrupted by foreign news less than eight years after he had been closed and practising hard.


    During a routine synchronization with the external Avatar Taimiao, Taimiao told Meng Zhang that there had been unusual changes recently near his base Hanshuang mountain, and he needed Meng Zhang''s help.


    Meng Zhang put a lot of effort into Taimiao''s outer incarnation.


    It''s wonderful to have some natural characteristics of ghosts and gods. It can be said that it''s like a fish in water in the underworld and always acts smoothly. Even if you occasionally encounter a small setback, you can solve it quickly and even turn it into your own opportunity.


    In these years, Taimiao conquered the East and the west, cultivated war by war, and domesticated a powerful army of ghosts.


    Among them, there are a large number of ghosts and ghosts at the level of Yuanshen.


    It''s wonderful. With the cold frost mountain base, it occupies the vast territory around.


    Taimiao''s cultivation has long been at the level of great perfection in the later stage of the yuan God, and there is only a thin line from the level of the Yang God.


    He is the overlord of one side in the underworld, and runs rampant on the other side. There are not many forces that can compete with him, and there are fewer ghosts or gods who dare to easily provoke him.


    Even if you encounter some problems and some strong enemies, it''s wonderful. It takes some twists and turns at most, and you can solve them alone in the end.


    You know, in the underworld area where human practitioners set foot, there are almost no ghosts of Yang God level.


    Occasionally, some natural ghosts and gods of Yang God level appear and disappear soon.


    The ghosts and gods of the late Yuan God''s strength are enough to dominate the underworld.


    It is said that the reason why the Dali Dynasty was able to establish such a foundation as the Yin capital in the underworld was because it had a ghost at the level of Yang God.


    If the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld had not suppressed the Terran cultivators too much, maybe the Terran cultivators would have been able to conquer most of the underworld directly.


    It is because of the special environment of the underworld that the ancestors of the human cultivators created a wonderful method to create the acquired ghosts and gods, trying to conquer the underworld with the help of the acquired ghosts and gods.


    Unfortunately, except for a few special cases, the strongest of the current acquired ghosts and gods in the underworld is only the later level of Yuanshen.


    This is related to the imperfection of the secret method of manufacturing the acquired ghosts and gods, related to the shackles of the acquired ghosts and gods themselves, as well as the cultivation skills of the acquired ghosts and gods, which can not be easily solved.


    If it is too wonderful to break through the Yang God period, it will be enough to sweep around and establish a hegemony like the Yin capital.


    Of course, including the Yin capital, the area that Terran practitioners can set foot in is only the surface of the underworld.


    In the deeper layers of the underworld, there is a more powerful existence.


    Not to mention the ghosts and gods cultivated by the Terran do not dare to easily step into those deeper areas, that is, the great powers of returning to emptiness, which are also avoided.


    It is said that the deepest secrets of the Jun dust world are hidden in the deepest part of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what kind of secret it is.


    No matter how deep the water in the underworld is, how complex the environment is.


    At Taimiao''s current level, there should be no problems he can''t solve, let alone strong enemies he can''t deal with.


    But it''s too wonderful to interrupt Meng Zhang''s practice and directly ask him for help. That''s why Meng Zhang doesn''t pay attention to it.

 Chapter 1673

    Taimiao''s foundation in the underworld can be said to be one of the important foundations of the Taiyi gate. It is very important to the whole sect and must not be lost.


    The trouble that ethereal wonderful strength can''t solve is definitely not a small matter.


    After Meng Zhang received the news, he immediately interrupted the closure and began to communicate with Taimiao directly.


    Although Meng Zhang and Taimiao Yin and yang are separated, their communication is as smooth as ever due to the special connection between the self and the external incarnation.


    Too wonderful told Meng Zhang that recently, he found many ghosts, gods and ghosts, all secretly peeping near the cold frost mountain.


    It''s wonderful to open up a foundation in the underworld and take charge of the party. I have long developed that kind of domineering character.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Yang world, he had to face the powerful Holy Land Sect. In the process of growing up, he had to be careful to survive in the cracks.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has become cautious and low-key.


    Taimiao and Meng Zhang have very different personalities. In addition to experiencing different influences, they are estimated to have been influenced by natural ghosts and gods after absorbing the crystallization of natural ghosts and gods.


    In a word, it''s wonderful. Although this external incarnation is a ghost, it has a more grumpy and strong character.


    It''s natural that an outsider dares to peep at the cold frost mountain.


    It''s wonderful. I can''t bear it. I just shot it.


    The spy in the dark was forced out by too wonderful, and there were acquaintances among them.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang needed to collect some strange flowers and fruits in the underworld in exchange for the secret Dharma of crossing the robbery.


    In this process, too wonderful summoned him to the underworld and destroyed a powerful ghost called dead wood together.


    Dead wood has two men. The three yin birds are ghosts native to the underworld. Needless to say.


    The other one was a ghost named Han Shizhen Jun.


    Han Shizhen Jun was a member of the Tianshi society of the Yuanshen sect in the Junchen world. After his death, he still seems to keep in touch with Tianshi society.


    In the original war, dead wood was killed on the spot, and Han Shizhen Jun and three yin birds escaped in time.


    Not seen for many years, Han Shi Zhenjun and three yin birds made a comeback and dared to spy on the cold frost mountain.


    It''s wonderful. I take it for granted that these two guys are here to avenge themselves.


    It''s wonderful. Without the slightest hesitation, we''ll take them down.


    The strength of Han Shi Zhenjun and three yin birds is much better than that in those years.


    You know, the strength of ghosts and ghosts has always been difficult to enhance. It is common to remain motionless for hundreds of years.


    Unless you get a great opportunity, such as a wise inheritance and the help of experts.


    Hanshi Zhenjun and the three yin birds have the combat effectiveness equivalent to the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Together, they still can''t resist. It''s wonderful.


    Seeing that Taimiao was about to take them down, a group of ghosts suddenly rushed out to help them resist Taimiao and cover each other''s retreat.


    It was wonderful to pursue all the way, but finally let the enemy escape.


    After that, there was more than one powerful ghost at the later level of Yuanshen, who repeatedly spied on the cold frost mountain in the dark.


    That''s wonderful. Every time you make a move, you can''t keep your opponent.


    As time went on, I found that the situation was getting worse and worse.


    A large number of powerful ghosts gathered around Hanshuang mountain.


    Among these ghosts, there is a terrible ghost beast, which even feels a little tricky.


    That''s wonderful. The strength of his ghost army is not weak, but it''s still the old problem. Because the rise time of Taimiao is too short and the accumulation is insufficient, there is a lack of top combat power.


    Among the Taimiao ghost army, there are several strong people at the level of Yuanshen. There is only one strong person of that level in the later period of Yuanshen.


    It''s wonderful. Sometimes it may be a little arrogant and arrogant.


    But he is not a fool, nor is he the kind of guy who refuses to accept reality.


    The enemy has an absolute advantage in top combat power. Once a war begins, it is easy to suppress its own ghost army.


    If they are entangled, the ghost army under them has little resistance.


    He could not imagine that Hanshi Zhenjun and their two revenge guys could find so many powerful helpers.


    He began to feel that something was wrong.


    If the enemy''s strength is strong and there are many top powers, it just surprises Taimiao.


    The next discovery made him feel a little flustered.


    Too wonderful. After discovering that there was a strong enemy peeping in the dark, he summoned all his men outside to shrink the whole ghost army into the cold frost mountain.


    All members of the whole army are not allowed to go out except that a team composed of spirits and ghosts at the level of Yuanshen is sent to patrol outside the army and remain vigilant.


    It''s wonderful. I know it''s demoralizing to shrink together for a long time.


    So, from time to time, Taimiao will take the initiative to attack and forcibly attack the enemy''s team with his strong cultivation.


    If you fight alone, it''s wonderful that no ghost can block it.


    Only by concentrating the power of many ghosts can we repel the wonderful assault.


    It''s wonderful to know that the enemy is strong. Of course, we won''t fight with them, let alone fight to the death.


    It''s wonderful. Most of the time, it''s a hit and you run away immediately.


    There are many enemies and the strong are like clouds, but it is still difficult to keep Taimiao.


    And I don''t know why. The enemy clearly has such a strong strength and still hasn''t launched a frontal attack on Hanshan mountain.


    In addition to peeping at the periphery of cold frost mountain, I sneak in and spy from time to time.


    There are too few top-level combat forces in the cold frost mountain. Except for being too wonderful, other members are difficult to resist the enemy''s team.


    It''s wonderful. It''s not only powerful, but also comes and goes like the wind.


    Most of the time, he suddenly attacked the enemy and then retreated quickly.


    It''s wonderful to have achieved some results in such a surprise battle.


    Not to mention anything else, he once caught the enemy''s flaw and killed a powerful ghost of Yuanshen''s medium-term strength on the spot while the enemy''s reinforcements were not available.


    When the ghost body of the ghost collapsed, a wisp of magic gas burst out at its core.


    It''s wonderful. I couldn''t react for a moment. I let that wisp of magic Qi escape in time.


    The devil''s Qi is hidden inside the ghost''s body. Either the ghost has practiced the devil''s skill and is contaminated with the devil''s Qi. Or the ghost was secretly manipulated by the powerful devil.


    No matter what kind of reason, it is enough to show that the strong devil began to pay attention to and intervene in the struggle in the underworld.


    Due to the influence of Meng Zhang, Taimiao knows the horror of the devil''s way and has always been highly vigilant about the devil''s way.


    If the devil friar is a street mouse in the sun, he can''t see the light, and he can take the lead occasionally.


    In the underworld, it''s even harder to find the trace of the demon friar.


    Over the years, some magic disasters broke out from time to time in the sun, and evil things raged.


    In the underworld, there has been almost no such situation.

 Chapter 1674

    Of course, the underworld is too vast and wonderful. Meng Zhang''s vision and intelligence ability are limited. Maybe there have been magic disasters here before, but they don''t know it.


    In any case, it is a great event to find traces of the devil in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. Even if the reaction is slow, you can guess at this time that Hanshi Zhenjun and his gang should not only seek revenge for themselves when they go to the cold frost mountain.


    Only the dead ghost at the end of the dead wood didn''t have so much face and influence. It attracted so many strong people all at once.


    Although I don''t know the enemy''s real intention, there are demons involved, and the enemy is obviously powerful. If you don''t want to give up the foundation of cold frost mountain and embark on the road of wandering again, you have to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang had a lot of dealings with the devil. Whether it was to quell the devil disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world at the beginning, or to kill the demon spirits in the extraterritorial demons a few years ago, he fully realized the terrorist power of the devil.


    The best way to deal with the evil way is to eliminate it in the embryonic stage when the other party just shows up.


    If you are careless at the beginning and give the magic road sufficient development time, it will demonize a large area and cause great havoc.


    In the underworld, Terran practitioners cannot stay for a long time. There are still many ghosts and gods and all kinds of ghosts here.


    Whether ghosts or gods, due to congenital limitations, the power attribute is relatively single, and none of them can have the attributes of breaking demons and expelling evil spirits.


    Many ghosts in the underworld are ferocious and savage people. Once they meet the devil friar, they may take the initiative to join the devil.


    If the evil way makes waves in the underworld and becomes bigger in the end, it will definitely be a catastrophe for all before.


    It is very difficult to calm the underworld alone.


    Once a large-scale demon disaster breaks out in the underworld, with the terrorist speed of the spread of the demon disaster, even if the underworld is vast, it can still affect the area controlled by the Terran forces.


    Not to mention, cold frost mountain is probably the target of the devil''s way.


    Although Meng Zhang wanted to find out the evil way''s plot in the underworld immediately, he was not in a hurry to come to the underworld.


    As a living man, due to the exclusion of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, he can''t stay in the underworld for too long.


    He doesn''t want to waste his limited time in the underworld at will, but wants to be too wonderful. He will come to the underworld only when he looks for a good opportunity, an opportunity that can cause the greatest harm to the enemy.


    After communicating with Meng Zhang, too wonderful doesn''t attack blindly anymore.


    He concentrated his ghost army in the cold frost mountain, arranged defense, and asked them to guard against it and never attack easily.


    There are many key members in the army, and the army has been trained for many years. This army, named xuanjiayin army by Taimiao, has at least the organization.


    The army led by the great sword general can completely abide by the wonderful orders, and basically will not violate them.


    If the enemy who spies outside attacks on a large scale, this army has the advantage of geography. At least it can hold on for a while and hold on until there is a wonderful return.


    Moreover, judging from the enemy''s movements, it seems that he is only spying outside the cold frost mountain, and occasionally some spies sneak in to spy.


    As for the trend of the enemy launching an all-round attack, we have not yet found it.


    It''s wonderful to use the art of space transmission and secretly teleport away from the cold frost mountain.


    So many powerful people haunt the periphery of Hanshuang mountain. The surrounding forces don''t know nothing about it.


    It''s wonderful. Instead of rashly provoking these spies, they detour from the side and try to inquire about the situation from the surrounding forces.


    Because of its wonderful strength, Hanshuang mountain is a very domineering and powerful family in a large area around it.


    Those ghosts and gods, or powerful ghosts with enough IQ, will stay away and take the initiative to avoid the expansion direction of cold frost mountain.


    Within thousands of miles of Hanshuang mountain, there are only a few forces that can still exist, and they are basically ready to move at any time.


    It''s wonderful. I remember that more than 8000 miles in the southwest, three ghosts and gods gathered a large group of ghosts and occupied the mountain as the king.


    Hanshuang mountain has no intention to expand in that direction, so it''s wonderful to tolerate their existence.


    Those three ghosts and gods are old qualified ghosts and gods. They have been based there for hundreds of years and should be regarded as real local snakes.


    Great. I want to see if I can get some useful information from them.


    When Taimiao was sent there, the place had long been empty and turned into a white land.


    The three ghosts and gods and their men have long disappeared.


    It''s wonderful. After being stunned for a while, I felt a little regretful.


    He thinks that these forces around him are too weak to pose any threat to Hanshan mountain, so he doesn''t pay enough attention to them.


    Not only did they not send anyone to monitor them, but they also did not keep abreast of their movements at any time.


    When the enemy came, he thought of coming to see them, but they had long been empty.


    Wonderful. Remember, there are two forces established by ghosts and gods around.


    According to the wonderful idea, when the frost mountain begins to expand next time, it will naturally force these ghosts and gods to surrender.


    He still lacks ghosts and gods with enough intelligence.


    With an unknown feeling in mind, Taimiao starts space transmission again and visits the surrounding forces in turn.


    The worst came.


    All the surrounding forces no longer exist.


    Some moved and left voluntarily, and some were destroyed


    There is a nest of ghosts. Too wonderful has long prepared to send troops to crusade and try to incorporate them.


    But after a little delay, the nest of ghosts was destroyed by outsiders.


    The hiding place of the ghost turned into ruins, full of signs of fighting and fighting.


    Too wonderful. I still don''t pay enough attention to my surroundings.


    Since I thought I knew the strength of the surrounding forces and regarded them as meat on the chopping board, I didn''t pay more attention.


    In fact, both those who actively migrate and those who are eliminated should play an early warning role.


    Of course, this can''t be completely strange.


    Since his army was stationed in the cold frost mountain, in addition to routine training, the main task of the army is to collect all kinds of special resources in the underworld. Including picking all kinds of exotic flowers and fruits, mining precious minerals, etc.


    For example, a few years ago, Meng Zhang asked the whole army to help Meng Zhang collect the flowers and fruits he needed in exchange for the secret method of crossing the robbery.


    In this way, Taimiao''s army has no more strength to pay attention to the surrounding areas.


    It''s wonderful to be alone. I don''t have much time to run around and wander around.


    Because he and his troops were careless for a while, they didn''t find that great changes had taken place in the surrounding areas.


    The surrounding forces have basically disappeared. It''s wonderful to ask, but we can''t find anyone to ask.


    Of course, it''s wonderful, not without any harvest.


    In the process of looking for the surrounding forces, he found some strange ghosts and ghosts flying around.


    Then they looked for some special areas, or drove some dark nails, or painted a lot of prohibitions.


    It''s too wonderful to understand the mystery of these prohibitions and the function of those nails.


    In order to avoid alerting the enemy, he did not disturb these things.


    Since I didn''t find anyone to ask around, I''m ready to go back.


    If we continue to move further, we will probably encounter some forces.


    However, they may not know any useful information because they are too far away from Hanshuang mountain.


    Before preparing to send it back to the frost mountain, Taimiao moved in her heart and sent it to a place again.


    Anyway, the enemy hasn''t attacked the cold frost mountain directly for the time being. It''s wonderful. There''s still enough time to wander outside.


    The distance he sent this time was far away. His destination was the forest where he killed wood and obtained thick shade wood.


    The forest is hundreds of thousands of miles away from Hanshuang mountain.


    It''s wonderful. Although I have the same understanding of Meng Zhang, I also have deep attainments in space Avenue.


    But after all, he is not his own Meng Zhang, not only his accomplishments, but also his attainments on the space Avenue, which is not a small distance from Meng Zhang.


    After several transmissions, he arrived at his destination.


    Wonderful figure appeared over the forest, overlooking the forest below.


    That forest is the territory of the ghost that died in that year.


    Dead wood takes root here and evolves with the power of earth vein.


    Most of the forest is affected by the power of dead wood.


    After the dead wood was killed, many parts of the forest began to wither.


    Since taking away all the resources in the forest, including thick shade wood, Taimiao and his men have never been here.


    In the past few years, there seems to be little change here except that the forest is more dilapidated.


    Dead wood had an army of ghosts.


    After being defeated by Meng Zhang and Taimiao, the army scattered and fled everywhere.


    There has been no trace of ghosts in this forest for a long time.


    Seeing that there is no valuable clue here, too wonderful is preparing to leave here.


    Suddenly, his face moved slightly and looked southeast.


    It was wonderful. He was stunned and flew in that direction.


    Without flying far, a scene of fierce battle fell into his eyes.


    The party who provoked the fight was also an acquaintance of his.


    That''s the ghost God mingyuzhenjun who used to haunt around Hanshuang mountain.


    Taimiao offered a reward to get the whereabouts of houyin wood. Mingyuzhenjun told Taimiao that there was houyin wood in the forest where the dead wood was located.


    Because of the guidance of Mingyu Zhenjun, Taimiao and Meng Zhang killed the dead wood and captured the thick Yin wood.


    At that time, Meng Zhang reminded Taimiao that Mingyu Zhenjun''s behavior was suspected of killing with a knife.


    Too wonderful. After dealing with the business, he is ready to talk to Mingyu Zhenjun, but he has long disappeared.


    In fact, too wonderful has no malice. It just wants to talk to Mingyu Zhenjun.


    Even if Mingyu Zhenjun really killed with a knife, he took advantage of too wonderful, too wonderful, and was not ready to blame him.


    Anyway, Mingyu Zhenjun still provided him with the correct information about the whereabouts of houyin wood.


    One of them is willing to fight and the other is willing to suffer.


    Mingyu Zhenjun suddenly disappeared and disappeared, which made Taimiao more interested.


    But it''s too wonderful. The business is busy. It''s impossible to invest more energy in mingyuzhen Jun, and it''s impossible to put down the business and find him.


    It''s wonderful. Unexpectedly, at this time, in this place, I ran into mingyuzhenjun and was besieged by the enemy.


    The emperor Yuzhen of Ming Dynasty is nothing but the strength of the mid-term yuan God. He is really nothing among many ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Too wonderful. I''m not familiar with Mingyu Zhenjun, but I''ve heard some rumors about him.


    It is said that when Yu Zhenjun was in the Yang world, he was a friar of loose practice.


    After being transformed into ghosts and gods, he did not become cruel and tyrannical like many ghosts and gods, but retained more gentle nature.


    Mingyu Zhenjun has a wide range of friends in this area and knows many ghosts and ghosts.


    Because he is well-informed, often able to provide some valuable information, and his reputation is outstanding, he has always been able to get along, and many ghosts and gods are willing to keep some friendship with him in case of need.


    Too wonderful. At the beginning, I didn''t hesitate to go to the dead wood territory because I believed in the credit of Mingyu Zhenjun.


    Now, Emperor Yuzhen of Ming Dynasty is surrounded by ghosts of the mid-term strength of the two yuan gods.


    Mingyu Zhenjun should be hurt, and the injury is not light.


    He couldn''t play his real skills at all. He was completely beaten passively.


    He tried many times to get out of the fight and escape here.


    But the two ghosts were so tightly entangled that they didn''t give him any chance to get out.


    It''s wonderful. I''m interested in Mingyu Zhenjun. And he vaguely felt that Mingyu Zhenjun''s presence here might have something to do with the situation on the other side of Hanshuang mountain.


    Taimiao is a vigorous and resolute figure. Since he wants to communicate with Mingyu Zhenjun, he won''t waste his time in vain.


    A wonderful figure appeared over the battlefield.


    The ghosts who are besieging Mingyu Zhenjun at both ends, look up and see too wonderful, and send out bursts of angry roars full of threat.


    It''s wonderful. The power of the road to life and death works.


    It''s wonderful. Although he has similar feelings to Meng Zhang, his major is quite different.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue and Tai Miao majored in life and death Avenue.


    Of course, Yin Yang Avenue and life and death avenue have something in common.


    Yin and Yang, life and death, are two different extremes.


    Too wonderful. The reason why I majored in the avenue of life and death is that I have some natural ghost and God abilities. The God body is very suitable for this avenue. Second, the avenue of life and death is easier to practice and more powerful in the environment of hell.


    The cultivation level of the two ghosts is a great difference. In the face of the power of the road of life and death, there is almost no strength to fight back.


    For most ghosts, the avenue of life and death has a great restraining effect.


    Two ghosts and too wonderful fight for a moment, they fell to the absolute disadvantage.


    Their faces were full of decay, their dead breath continued to pass, and the origin of their bodies was constantly weakened.


    Both ghosts struggled desperately and could not get rid of the suppression of the avenue of life and death.


    These two ferocious ghosts knew they were doomed today. They were so fierce that they had to drag a cushion when they were dying. They were about to explode themselves.


    It was so wonderful that he quietly transmitted the two ghosts that had no clear mind to the distance.


    There were two loud noises in the distance, and the power of the explosion was not weak.


    However, because it is too far away from here, it has no impact on here.


    Understatement solved the two opponents of Mingyu Zhenjun. It was too wonderful to turn around and talk to him.

 Chapter 1675

    "Mingyu Zhenjun, I haven''t seen you for many years, but I''ve long wanted to meet and talk with you, but you haven''t given me a chance."


    Too wonderful, looked at each other like a smile and said in a flat tone.


    Mingyu Zhenjun is seriously injured. Even in his heyday, he is vulnerable to Taimiao. What''s more, he didn''t mean to be an enemy of Taimiao. Instead, he asked for help.


    Mingyu Zhenjun smiled bitterly and knelt directly.


    His attitude is very modest. As soon as he came up, he solemnly apologized to Taimiao for the last death.


    He admitted that he had bad intentions and tried to get rid of the dead wood with the help of wonderful power.


    However, he solemnly stated that he did not mean any harm to Taimiao, but only with the help of Taimiao''s power.


    Seeing too wonderful, he didn''t speak, but listened quietly. Mingyu Zhenjun gritted his teeth and told all the truth.


    Many years ago, a group of ghosts and gods born in the Tianshi society recruited troops and horses in the underworld, attracted a large group of powerful ghosts and gods, and formed a huge organization.


    Mingyu Zhenjun, who came from sanxiu, was helpless in the underworld. He joined the organization by chance and became a peripheral member.


    The internal welfare of this organization is good, but the rules are a little strict.


    The organization kept growing and its influence in the underworld became stronger and stronger.


    If it''s just like this, it''s no big deal. It''s just that there is a powerful force in the underworld that is qualified to participate in the struggle for hegemony.


    I don''t know when this organization began to carry out some mysterious actions.


    Mingyu Zhenjun is not the core member of the organization. He doesn''t know the real plot of the organization. He just finds that the organization seems to be very interested in the earth vein of the underworld.


    The organization sent a team of members to dig the earth and bury some mysterious things at some powerful earth veins or key earth vein nodes in the underworld, so as to make arrangements that Ming Yuzhen couldn''t understand.


    Although Mingyu Zhenjun was curious, he didn''t want to break the discipline of the organization and get into trouble because the organization was too strong.


    But he didn''t look for anything, but it found him.


    By chance, he found that the top level of the organization had a secret connection with the devil.


    There are even several powerful ghosts, which seem to have been infected by demons.


    If it is another monk, he may pretend not to see all this because he doesn''t want to get angry.


    Ming Yuzhen Jun hated the evil way because of his experience in the Yang world.


    Since he found that the organization was related to the devil, of course, he would not stay here, but left angrily.


    Worried about being chased and killed by the organization, mingyuzhenjun fled far from the organization''s sphere of influence, escaped millions of miles, and settled in the area near the cold frost mountain.


    Mingyuzhenjun has been hanging around near Hanshuang mountain for many years and has a certain reputation.


    In fact, peripheral members like him are not paid much attention in that organization, and the top level of the organization does not know that the secret of their collusion has been exposed.


    After he fled, the organization did not organize too strong forces to pursue him endlessly.


    Just when he just defected, he chased and killed him as a routine.


    If the pursuit is fruitless, there will be no more effort to continue the pursuit.


    After a long time, I didn''t continue to pay attention to this matter.


    However, in Mingyu Zhenjun''s heart, he hated the organization of colluding with the devil because of his hatred of the devil.


    Later, the organization sent Han Shi Zhenjun to work for dead wood under his command.


    Ming Yuzhen Jun usually has a wide range of activities and is well informed.


    When he knew about it, he felt a panic for no reason.


    The action of the organization must have its intention. Maybe there is some evil conspiracy behind it.


    Moreover, the power of the organization is getting closer and closer to the scope of his daily activities. As a traitor, he will naturally be afraid.


    By chance, Taimiao, the overlord occupying the cold frost mountain, offered a high reward for the special material of thick shade wood.


    Mingyu Zhenjun happens to know that there is thick Yin wood on the territory of dead wood, and it is regarded as forbidden by dead wood.


    What happened next was a wonderful experience.


    Mingyu Zhenjun also knew that his plan to kill with a knife could not be hidden forever, so he fled around the cold frost mountain early.


    In these years, Mingyu Zhenjun didn''t escape too far.


    It was just too wonderful to search for him, so I didn''t find him.


    Some time ago, the power of that organization began to infiltrate near the cold frost mountain, which was obviously a plot.


    It''s wonderful to focus on your own things, and you''re still confused and ignorant about it. The sensitive Mingyu Zhenjun realized it early and began to escape again.


    Mingyuzhenjun is very vigilant about the expansion of the organization.


    He doesn''t want to run away again and again. He wants to find out the real intention of the organization.


    He did not dare to conflict with the organization directly, but circuitously on the side.


    In those years, the organization sent Han Shizhen Jun to work under the command of dead wood. Most of the clues will be left on the dead wood territory.


    So, mingyuzhenjun sneaked to the original dead wood territory.


    After the dead wood was destroyed by Taimiao and Meng Zhang, Taimiao commanded his men to plunder it and left directly.


    Dead wood''s territory is too far away from Hanshuang mountain. It''s wonderful. I haven''t paid attention to it since.


    Later, many ghosts that originally belonged to dead wood''s men and fled in the battle returned here one after another.


    In that forest, more than a dozen ghost gangs, large and small, appeared again.


    Not long ago, the strong team sent by the organization came here.


    All the ghosts were swept away. The strong man of the organization finished the layout here and left.


    Mingyuzhenjun tried to sneak into the forest to see what the organization had done, but he was found by two guards, which triggered a big war.


    At the beginning of the battle, mingyuzhen Jun was unprepared and was hurt by a disposable magic weapon in the hands of one of the ghosts, so he had to flee in a hurry.


    They chased and fled until they came here.


    If he didn''t show up and save Mingyu Zhenjun, he would be doomed this time.


    When Mingyu Zhenjun told his story, his face was full of happiness.


    It''s wonderful. Although he doesn''t have the same talent and magic as Meng Zhang, he still has the wisdom of knowing people.


    He personally felt that Mingyu Zhenjun should not have lied and told the truth.


    So far, there is no need for mingyuzhenjun to hide.


    Needless to say, it is the organization in Mingyu Zhenjun''s mouth that secretly spies and secretly investigates the cold frost mountain during this period of time.


    For the organization in Mingyu Zhenjun''s mouth, too wonderful also naturally gave birth to wariness.


    According to mingyuzhenjun, the huge organization has many members, but it has strong confidentiality.


    In the organization, only a few senior leaders have direct contact with the devil.

 Chapter 1676

    Too wonderful. I had killed some ghosts belonging to that organization before. Only in one of them, I found the hidden evil Qi.


    This is also mutually confirmed with the statement of Ming Yuzhen Jun.


    This organization is still in the name of the Tianshi society.


    Of course, the members of the organization are far more than the ghosts and gods of Tianshi society.


    This organization has recruited troops and horses in the underworld and developed for many years. Except for the strong ones in the Yang God period, I''m afraid its strength is not much weaker than the Tianshi in the Yang world.


    When Mingyu Zhenjun found that Tianshi would collude with the devil, he also tried to divulge the news to attract the crusade of the cultivation world.


    But later, he gave up for various reasons.


    The most important reason was that he thought of his own safety.


    If he just sneaked out and fled the Tianshi society, he would not be taken too seriously.


    Among the many organizations and forces in the underworld, personnel flow is already very frequent.


    It is not surprising that new people join and old people leave.


    But if mingyuzhenjun dared to disclose the secret of Tianshi society, the stone society would surely eliminate it that day. Even if he escapes to the ends of the earth, he may not be able to escape the pursuit of Tianshi society.


    In addition, most ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld are very indifferent and don''t care about things that have nothing to do with themselves.


    In the cultivation world of the Yang world, although selfish practitioners are the mainstream, there are still many people with long-term vision who know the harm of the devil.


    The order established by the heavenly palace and the holy places together does not allow the devil to challenge.


    At least on the surface, all practitioners will draw a clear line with the devil road.


    If the evil way is a disaster in a certain area, it will also lead to the crusade of practitioners.


    But in the underworld, as long as the evil way doesn''t provoke him, all kinds of ghosts and ghosts won''t care.


    Although Mingyu Zhenjun was born in casual practice, he had a long-term view and was not bad at heart.


    He knew that if the evil way became bigger in the underworld, it would certainly cause great harm and even spread to the Yang world.


    Ghosts and ghosts in the underworld are not reliable, and he lacks the channel to actively contact the high-level practitioners of the Yang world.


    It''s the best way he can think of to kill people with a knife and let Taimiao deal with Han Shizhen Jun of Tianshi society.


    It''s also the luck of Mingyu Zhenjun and the luck of the underworld. It''s wonderful. Due to the influence of Meng Zhang, he is very concerned about the relevant information of the devil''s way.


    I, Meng Zhang, have a deep hatred with the devil.


    Since Taimiao left Hanshuang mountain, she has kept in touch with Meng Zhang.


    All kinds of information obtained by Taimiao will soon appear in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    When he heard that Tianshi would collude with the devil and move in the underworld, Meng Zhang had a bad feeling in his heart, although he didn''t know what their plot was.


    An intuition suddenly appeared in his mind, urging Meng Zhang to destroy the action of Tianshi society.


    Meng Zhang has dealt with the devil many times and eliminated many strong devil with different origins.


    Meng Zhang has a deep understanding of the harm of the devil''s way.


    As a mystery master, he attaches great importance to his hunch.


    Meng Zhang''s notice was so wonderful that he asked him to find out the plot of the Tianshi society and the devil as soon as possible at all costs.


    It''s wonderful. After receiving the order, I feel that it may not be very smooth to investigate the matter alone.


    Mingyu Zhenjun is not weak in handling affairs, and has a good eye. He is a good helper.


    As for Mingyu Zhenjun''s previous killing with a knife, too wonderful doesn''t care much. If mingyuzhenjun joins his command and everyone is a family, there is no need to mention it again.


    Most of the original gods and real kings in the cultivation world will change their temperament and become more indifferent and ferocious after they are transformed into ghosts and gods.


    For various reasons, there will be some exceptions.


    According to wonderful observation, Mingyu Zhenjun seems to be an exception.


    Maybe it''s because of special opportunities, maybe it''s because of luck. Mingyu Zhenjun is not cold and has a good temperament.


    Too wonderful itself has the ability to help the transformed ghosts and gods and retain part of their temperament.


    The situation of Mingyu Zhenjun is of great research value, which can be used as a reference for Taimiao, and may improve his ability.


    Too wonderful, although he didn''t want to take advantage of people''s danger at this time, time was tight. He didn''t do those hypocritical routines, but directly opened his mouth to attract mingyuzhen Jun and invite him to join his command.


    Mingyu Zhenjun was stunned for a moment, then thought quickly in his mind, and soon made a decision.


    Regardless of his serious injury, Mingyu Zhenjun immediately fell to his knees and paid homage to Taimiao. He shouted "meet the Lord".


    It''s a little unexpected that Mingyu Zhenjun is so cheerful.


    No matter how sincere he is in taking refuge this time, as long as he becomes his own man, it''s wonderful to have a way to slowly subdue him.


    Etheric''s wonderful character disdains to ban in his subordinates.


    Only a few ghosts were too ferocious to communicate, he had to use such means.


    Like mingyuzhenjun, a hero who knows current affairs, there is no need to show him some shady and dirty means.


    Taimiao gave a brief introduction to mingyuzhenjun about himself and the cold frost mountain.


    At the same time of introduction, Taimiao runs the avenue of life and death and begins to treat Taimiao''s injury.


    The avenue of life and death reverses life and death, which can not only cause great damage to ghosts, but also enhance the vitality of ghosts, gods or ghosts.


    Before long, Mingyu Zhenjun felt that his injury began to stabilize and the situation was greatly improved.


    Too wonderful. There are still important things to do. I don''t have time to treat Mingyu Zhenjun carefully.


    After stabilizing the injury, you can slowly heal the injury by relying only on the resources mastered by mingyuzhen and his own cultivation skills.


    Mingyu Zhenjun''s situation began to improve. Taimiao took him to the forest where dead wood lived.


    It''s wonderful. I passed by here before without too much exploration.


    Mingyu Zhenjun came with his purpose, but the enemy found him early and didn''t have time for in-depth investigation.


    Now, he and too wonderful come here together to have a good look at this place.


    That''s wonderful. Let go of other things for a while and observe them carefully.


    Here is the confluence of multiple earth veins, which have extremely strong force.


    A large area of forest on the ground was thus spawned.


    Of course, the forest in the underworld is different from the world of the sun. All kinds of trees are not living creatures in essence, but full of dead Qi. They are barely regarded as a ghost.


    After the dead wood was killed, the forest withered and began to disappear slowly.


    By now, the forest is less than one tenth of its heyday.


    According to this posture, before long, the forest will disappear completely.


    It''s wonderful. I looked at it casually when I passed here before.


    There is nothing unusual on the ground.


    Because the earth atmosphere was too strong, which hindered his mind, he didn''t observe the underground too deeply.

 Chapter 1677

    Now after listening to the words of Mingyu Zhenjun, it''s wonderful. Of course, I won''t give up easily. I have to explore it deeply.


    He flew over the forest and looked at many gaps in the forest.


    Although there was no trace of excavation on the surface, Taimiao began to do it.


    That''s wonderful. Grab your hands and shake gently.


    A violent earthquake immediately occurred on the ground, as if the earth were shaking, and then huge cracks were opened on the earth.


    Countless earth dust hurled into the air and then fell to the side.


    The cracks on the ground became deeper and bigger, and slowly connected into one.


    A deep pit with a radius of tens of feet appears on the ground, and it is still deepening downward.


    After more than a hundred feet into the ground, something seemed to be triggered. A hazy light curtain suddenly appeared, covering a large area of the ground.


    Haosheng''s ingenious prohibition has been concealed from his wonderful perception just now.


    This prohibition skillfully makes use of the geographical advantage and fully mobilizes the power of the local vein as a cover.


    If it hadn''t been dug to this depth, it would be wonderful. I don''t know anything about it.


    Now that you have found the prohibition left by the other party, the next thing is very smooth.


    It''s wonderful to easily break through this set of prohibitions with concealment and defense functions, and dig all the way down to a depth of almost more than 1000 feet.


    Seen from the ground, it was a huge pit with no bottom.


    At the bottom of the huge pit stands a black stone tablet about ten feet high.


    Around the stone tablet, there are some nail shaped magic tools and some strange talismans.


    Taimiao takes mingyuzhenjun to the bottom of the pit and observes everything under the ground.


    Too wonderful. As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, he can basically master the classics Meng Zhang has read. Meng Zhang should have the eyesight, and he almost has it.


    Because he has absorbed the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods, he also has the ability of some natural ghosts and gods.


    But after observing the bottom of the pit for a long time, he still couldn''t understand the function of the arrangement here.


    Mingyu Zhenjun''s insight was not as good as too wonderful, and he looked at everything around him with a confused face.


    Meng Zhang learned all the arrangements at the bottom of the pit from Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and didn''t have much clue.


    He originally wanted to call Wen qiansuan, the array expert in the door, and Yang Xueyi, the talisman expert, to discuss.


    But Wen qiansuan, Yang Xueyi and others are busy now. It''s hard to get away for the time being, so he gave up the idea of disturbing them at this time.


    Among these arrangements, the most confusing thing for Taimiao and Meng Zhang is that there is no magic gas in them.


    Whether it''s the information provided by Mingyu Zhenjun or Taimiao''s own guess, the layout here is arranged by Tianshi in collusion with the evil way, which must be some kind of conspiracy of the evil way.


    Since the devil is involved, it is impossible to have no evil spirit at all.


    Is it true that the layout here has nothing to do with the devil''s way?


    If you don''t understand the other party''s arrangement, you don''t know the other party''s purpose, and it''s even harder to arrange the next step.


    After thinking for a moment, Meng Zhang first asked Taimiao to remember all the arrangements, and then passed them on to him.


    Meng Zhang injected this information into the heraldry and transmitted it to the relevant friars of taiyimen distributed everywhere.


    He wanted to brainstorm and see if he could understand the arrangements.


    Although we still don''t understand the purpose of these arrangements, since they were laid by the enemy, there should be no mistake in destroying them easily.


    It is hundreds of thousands of miles away from Hanshuang mountain.


    It''s wonderful to start here. The enemy won''t think of him for the time being.


    The layout here is destroyed, and the enemy will probably not sit idly by.


    It''s wonderful. If you do it here, you can scare the snake.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s instructions, too wonderful began to do it without hesitation.


    It''s wonderful. You can easily destroy all the arrangements here by using your magic power.


    That huge stone tablet is mostly the key to the layout and is taken care of by Taimiao.


    Too wonderful turned into a vigorous hand, hit the stone tablet repeatedly and beat it into pieces.


    After all this, Taimiao took mingyuzhenjun out of the pit and returned to the ground.


    Taimiao shows her space magic, tears the space near the forest, enters a relatively stable space interlayer, and hides here with mingyuzhenjun for the time being.


    He asked mingyuzhenjun to heal himself slowly, while he always paid attention to the situation around him.


    As Meng Zhang expected, two days after the stone tablet was destroyed, a space crack suddenly appeared over the forest, and two ghosts flew out of it.


    Although these two ghosts are roughly human, their appearance and posture are very strange.


    One of them is three feet tall, with two heads and three arms. It looks like a deformed giant.


    The other head is less than three feet tall, with a high and bulging back, but has three feet. It is clearly a strange dwarf.


    Although the appearance is a little strange, the strength of the two ghosts is really not weak.


    Although hiding in the interlayer of the space, the observation is hindered to a certain extent, the powerful smell of the two ghosts makes Taimiao change color slightly.


    These two ghosts have the strength of the late Yuan God, and bring him a sense of danger.


    The guys who peeped around the cold frost mountain before, including Han Shi Zhenjun, didn''t bring such a wonderful feeling.


    If it weren''t for the large number and high level of overall strength, those guys wouldn''t be enough at all.


    Too wonderful is still observing the two ghosts, and the dwarf ghost also found his existence.


    A dark wind suddenly blew over the forest. The fierce dark wind was like a sharp blade, directly tearing the space, revealing the space interlayer where Taimiao and mingyuzhenjun were hiding.


    Too wonderful, he flew out against the Yin wind and took the initiative to meet the two ghosts.


    According to his instructions, mingyuzhen took the initiative to stay away from the battlefield.


    With the strength of Ming Yuzhen Jun, his role in such a battle is limited. On the contrary, it may drag down too wonderful and distract him.


    The giant ghost roared, his body suddenly pulled up a large section, and his three arms held the weapon formed by Yin Qi, and killed Taimiao.


    The dwarf like ghost disappeared in place without a sound.


    When its body appeared again, it came behind Mingyu Zhenjun.


    A whirlwind ball spinning rapidly appeared in its palm and quickly flew to Mingyu Zhenjun.


    Mingyu Zhenjun had already sensed the terrible strength of the two ghosts and was frantically fleeing the battlefield.


    Let alone that his injury has not fully recovered, even in his heyday, he is not the opponent of any ghost.


    He sensed the great threat coming behind him, and did not dare to turn back. He only dared to control with his mind and lay a defense behind him.


    The whirlwind ball was almost invincible and easily destroyed all the defenses under Mingyu Zhenjun''s cloth.

 Chapter 1678

    Seeing mingyuzhenjun in distress, he was facing the enemy too well and had to help.


    Too wonderful. While resisting the giant ghost, he shot a sharp sword Qi and broke the whirlwind ball from a distance.


    Mingyu Zhenjun, who narrowly escaped death, didn''t even care to thank him. He only knew to run forward.


    While Taimiao is helping mingyuzhenjun out, the figure of the dwarf ghost disappears again, and then appears on Taimiao''s head.


    Thousands of extremely fierce wind blades fell from the sky to completely cover the wonderful body.


    The two ghosts have good eyesight. From beginning to end, their real goal is the strongest. It''s wonderful.


    It''s just a means to distract Taimiao by shooting at Mingyu Zhenjun.


    Great cultivation is far inferior to our master Meng Zhang, but he has one ability, which is far stronger than Meng Zhang.


    That''s a wonderful body. It''s so strong that it can almost be used as an excellent fourth-order magic weapon.


    When refining was wonderful, Meng Zhang invested a lot of natural materials and earth treasures. Later, too wonderful itself also absorbed many precious materials, including the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods.


    Most natural ghosts and gods are strong and indestructible.


    It''s wonderful to have some natural ghosts and gods, and it''s not bad in this regard.


    In the face of two strong enemies, it was too wonderful to reserve. He directly took out the killer mace at the bottom of the box.


    I saw the wonderful God''s body expand suddenly, and it was a big part higher than before. It was a little giant.


    On the surface of the wonderful God body, it emits layers of dazzling golden light.


    It''s wonderful. He didn''t dodge the enemy''s attack and let the countless wind blades fall on him.


    Bursts of crackling sound sounded, sparks splashed on the surface of the wonderful God body, and the light trembled.


    In the face of the enemy''s long-awaited attack, it''s wonderful to be unscathed.


    At this time, the giant ghost had rushed to Taimiao, waved the weapon of Yin Qi condensation in his hand and hit Taimiao hard.


    It''s wonderful to be barehanded. Without saying a word, he waved his fists to meet him.


    A burst of punches and kicks. After you came and I went, the weapon in the giant ghost''s hand was broken and was beaten back and forth.


    It''s wonderful. It seems that it''s not as tall as the other party, but every punch and kick seems to contain infinite power, which is as heavy as a mountain.


    The vast majority of natural ghosts and gods, even without any cultivation, can instinctively adjust the power of the road of power and play a terrible brute force.


    The accomplishments on the road of power alone are wonderful, and they are still on the master Meng Zhang.


    When Taimiao repels the giant like ghost, the dwarf like ghost casts spells one after another and makes constant sneak attacks behind, which can not break the strong defense of Taimiao God.


    Of course, it''s wonderful. It''s not unscathed.


    The dwarf ghost attacked him many times, which made him feel sharp pain.


    His body of ghosts and gods is far from impeccable.


    After another earth shaking noise, the giant ghost, after receiving a wonderful punch, was heavily hit and flew out, and the large black body was peeling off.


    These two ghosts are experienced people. Although they are extremely cruel, they are cunning enough.


    Previously, the layout here was destroyed, and the high-rise of Tianshi Association soon sensed it.


    So they were sent to find out the whole story.


    Originally stationed nearby were the ghosts of two yuan gods.


    Although the loyalty of ghosts is limited, most of them will not do their best.


    However, the two ghosts have been specially strengthened and trained in advance, and their loyalty is guaranteed. Generally, they will not leave their posts without permission.


    Under the protection of the ghosts of the two yuan gods, there is a problem with the layout. The enemy''s strength is absolutely not weak.


    In order to plan everything, the top level of Tianshi Society sent such two powerful ghosts.


    The ghosts of two yuan gods in the later stage are enough to deal with most situations in the underworld.


    But they never thought that what was waiting for them here was wonderful, a rare top power.


    You can''t get the upper hand by every means in battle. Neither of them can fight. The enemy is too strong.


    Since they can''t win the opponent, the best choice is to report the information here and let the high-level of Tianshi Association send more strong people to join the siege.


    No matter how strong the enemy is, it can''t resist the continuous reinforcements sent by the huge Tianshi society.


    With this in mind, the dwarf ghost felt that the current battle was meaningless.


    Its old partner has worked with it for many years, not to mention the same heart, at least full of tacit understanding, and soon understood its meaning.


    The giant ghost was very unwilling, but had to accept the reality.


    It made a roar, that is, it agreed with its companions how to retreat.


    Even if you want to retreat, you should pay attention to some methods.


    The enemy is too powerful for them to come and go freely.


    The two ghosts cooperate with each other and finally find an opportunity to avoid it temporarily. It''s wonderful. They are preparing to tear open the space and escape.


    At this time, the space above their heads split first.


    In the split space gap, Meng Zhang strode out.


    Too wonderful. I knew for a long time that it was easy to defeat these two opponents. It was not so easy to keep them completely.


    Since it is an ambush against the enemy, we must strive for total annihilation and not give the enemy a chance to escape.


    If the enemy can escape after meeting Taimiao, Taimiao''s identity will be revealed.


    Once the wonderful identity is revealed, the enemy will probably make every effort to attack the cold frost mountain.


    At that time, too wonderful will have to be saved and will enter a frontal war with the enemy early.


    Neither Taimiao nor Meng Zhang is willing to start an all-out war until they have thoroughly understood the details of the enemy.


    According to the intelligence of emperor Yuzhen of Ming Dynasty, Tianshi society is in the organization of the underworld, and there is no strong person in the period of Yang God.


    For a long time, among many forces in the underworld, only the Yindu city established by Dali imperial dynasty is said to be guarded by ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God.


    However, these intelligence can not completely rule out the possibility that the enemy has a strong man of Yang God level.


    In line with the principle of being lenient with the enemy, we can''t easily underestimate the enemy.


    Although Meng Zhang was a strong man in the Yang God period, when he came to the underworld, he was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth, and his strength fell sharply. He may not be able to fight the ghosts or ghosts in the Yang God period.


    It''s wonderful to destroy the enemy''s layout and lead the enemy. One is to attract the enemy''s attention and reduce the pressure of cold frost mountain.


    The second is to slowly test the enemy''s details by ambushing and destroying the troops sent by the enemy.


    I think even if the enemy has a strong man at the level of Yang God, most of them take it as a bottom card and will not be sent out easily.


    If the enemy''s troops are not strong enough, it''s wonderful to destroy them.


    It''s wonderful. One can''t eat it. He can call Meng Zhang to come to the underworld.

 Chapter 1679

    Wonderful, although arrogant, even a little arrogant.


    But he is by no means the kind of person who can''t distinguish priorities. When needed, he will give up his stubbornness and pride and choose to focus on the overall situation.


    Setting up an ambush here and completely annihilating the enemy who came to investigate is the overall situation.


    Seeing that the strength of the two ghosts was too strong and wonderful, and there was no complete grasp that they could leave their opponents, it naturally summoned Meng Zhang to come.


    During this time, Meng Zhang in the Yang world has been paying attention to all the wonderful actions, putting aside other things.


    After receiving the wonderful call request, Meng Zhang immediately came to the underworld.


    As soon as he entered the underworld, Meng Zhang immediately felt the familiar sense of oppression.


    In the underworld, the suppression of outsiders by the rules of heaven and earth is almost everywhere. It seems to expel outsiders all the time.


    Meng Zhang, who had many experiences in this regard, soon became familiar with this feeling and was used to fighting in this environment.


    Even if his strength fell sharply, Meng Zhang could not maintain his cultivation during the Yang God period. Meng Zhang was as calm as ever.


    With an expressionless face, he looked down from the sky at two ghosts who were preparing to use space transmission to leave, just like the gods looking down at mole ants, waving at will.


    The originally cracked space suddenly began to vibrate violently, and the disordered spatial fluctuation prevented the two ghosts from transmitting away.


    The two ghosts raised their heads and looked at Meng Zhang above.


    In their induction, Meng Zhang is so powerful and frightening.


    Although they don''t know Meng Zhang, from Meng Zhang''s actions, they are enemies rather than friends.


    When did Tianshi provoke such a strong enemy?


    While confused in their hearts, the two ghosts shot together.


    They were not good opponents at first. Now the other party has come to help, and they can''t resist it.


    However, these two guys have rich fighting experience and know that the more they are at a disadvantage, the more they can''t run away. That will only give the enemy a chance to take advantage of it, which is tantamount to suicide.


    They try to block their opponents, fight and retreat, resist step by step, and then slowly withdraw from the battlefield.


    A fierce wind roared past, covering the two ghosts and retreating slowly.


    While retreating, the giant ghost condensed hills with a large amount of Yin Qi and smashed Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao approach their opponents from two different directions and show their means.


    Originally a dark sky, suddenly lit up a dazzling light.


    The endless sun and moon light fell from the sky, like a viscous liquid, trying to stick the two ghosts.


    It was so wonderful to show the body of ghosts and gods that even the magic was too lazy to cast. He rushed straight over, a rampant posture.


    Although Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were suppressed under the Yang God period, both his fighting consciousness and his understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth were still at the level of the Yang God period.


    The combat effectiveness he showed was by no means comparable to those of a group of Yuanshen''s later strength.


    Meng Zhang has an overwhelming advantage over the two ghosts. Even without great help, it''s only a matter of time before he wins his opponent.


    In this way, the two sides chased and fled, quickly left here and killed all the way to the distance.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and awesome enough to force, did not let the other side withdraw too far, and did not give them the opportunity to escape.


    The giant ghost was first given the head. The huge ghost body was directly refined by the sun and moon, and there was no chance of self explosion.


    When the ghost body was entangled by the sun and moon and rapidly refined, a dark gas flew out of the ghost body and fled to the distance like lightning.


    Wonderful. Last time, I killed a powerful ghost and destroyed its body. After that, a pure evil spirit flew out of the body.


    That''s wonderful. I couldn''t react at that time and let the evil Qi escape.


    Meng Zhang had a wonderful lesson. Of course, he wouldn''t watch the magic Qi escape.


    He pointed to the front with one hand, and the space where the magic Qi was located seemed to solidify at once. No matter how the magic Qi struggled, he couldn''t move.


    The dwarf ghost saw it and screamed in despair.


    It was ready to explode without waiting for Meng Zhang and Taimiao to start.


    It was wonderful to have prepared for it. He rushed over and punched hard, interrupting its self explosion.


    Seeing that the self explosion was stopped, the dwarf ghost had to try his best to stop the wonderful attack.


    After a fierce battle, the dwarf ghost''s thin body was torn apart and scattered by Taimiao.


    While the ghost body was broken, there was also a pure black evil spirit flying out of the ghost body and trying to escape from here.


    Meng Zhang gently waved with one hand, and the black pure evil spirit was firmly grasped by him.


    Looking at the struggling magic Qi, Meng Zhang felt cold at the bottom of his heart.


    This evil spirit seems to be living in general and full of vitality.


    The quality and level of these two magic Qi are very high, which Meng Zhang has never seen before.


    More importantly, these two demons are rude and insignificant, but they are carefully induced, which actually contains a kind of terrible pressure.


    When facing this kind of pressure, the friars in the later stage of ordinary yuan God will inevitably lose their mind, so as to create an opportunity for the devil Qi to escape.


    Meng Zhang can finally confirm that these two evil Qi come from the strong ones of Yang God level.


    The strong man injected magic Qi into these ghost objects, which can not only strengthen the control of these ghosts, but also greatly enhance their combat effectiveness.


    On weekdays, these demonic Qi take root and grow rapidly in these ghost objects like parasites.


    When its master needs it, these evil Qi will absorb everything from the host, and then give it to his own master.


    Now the ghost body of the parasitic host is broken, and the spirit filled magic Qi naturally needs to escape in time.


    If Meng Zhang wants to, he can let go of these two evil Qi. If his family follows him, he should be able to find the master behind him.


    However, Meng Zhang began to hesitate at the thought that he might face the strong devil in the Yang God period, and his strength fell sharply.


    Probably he sensed Meng Zhang''s strength and knew there was no way to escape. The two evil Qi disappeared spontaneously and disappeared automatically.


    The two evil Qi moves so fast that Meng Zhang doesn''t react.


    Now, the evil spirit will completely disappear. Even if Meng Zhang has any ideas, there is nothing to do at this time.


    Looking at the vanishing evil spirit, Meng Zhang''s face was solemn.


    The strong devil with Yang God level is involved in this matter, and it''s difficult to do next.


    Although the devil friar is a rat crossing the street in the cultivation world and everyone yells at him, the devil friar has never been cut off in the Junchen world.


    In addition to being good at hiding and having tenacious vitality, this is inseparable from colluding with and even protecting the devil friars.


    If you leave the imperial dynasty, you have been secretly raising demon friars.


    But even if he was far away from the imperial dynasty, he would not tolerate the growing up of demon friars.

 Chapter 1680

    Not to mention in the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, the official absolutely does not allow the evil cultivation in the period of Yang God to appear. Even in the whole Jun dust world, it is rare to see the demon cultivation in the Yang God period.


    Whenever a demon monk in the Yang God period reveals his deeds in the sun, he will immediately attract the pursuit of monks from all sides.


    Even the Holy Land Sect will actively send people to participate in the pursuit.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not be so afraid if he met a demon cultivation at the level of Yang God in the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang himself was at the level of Yang God period, and his combat effectiveness level was located in the upper reaches. In addition, he mastered a lot of magic subduing means. Even if the demon cultivation of Yang God level can defeat him, it is difficult to kill him.


    However, the powerful devil is located in the underworld. Meng Zhang is so suppressed here that he doesn''t dare to fight with each other rashly.


    Although the demon monk will also be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, if the demon monk himself is a ghost or ghost, he can adapt to the environment of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang thought about it carefully. It seems that he has never heard of ghosts or ghosts as a precedent for demon cultivation before.


    However, no one has stipulated that ghosts and gods cannot become demons.


    Ghosts and gods are ruthless, and ghosts are cruel and irritable. They are good seedlings to become demons.


    Logically speaking, the devil friar should not let go of the underworld. He should spread the magic of the devil in the underworld.


    For so many years, I have never heard of the rampant evil cultivation in the underworld. There must be a reason Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    Meng Zhang knew nothing about many secrets of the Junchen world due to his cultivation and age.


    However, for the unknown secret, now he has a target for help.


    After killing the two ghosts, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao quickly cleaned up the battlefield to ensure that no traces were left.


    Mingyu Zhenjun is really smart. He finds that the enemy is too strong, so he dodges early.


    Seeing the enemy destroyed in the distance, he immediately flew over again.


    Too wonderful. He didn''t introduce Meng Zhang to him, so he thought Meng Zhang didn''t exist.


    Meng Zhang told him how wonderful it was with his mind, and immediately returned to the Yang world.


    Since there is evil cultivation at the level of Yang God among the enemies, even if the arrogance is too good, they all become a little trembling.


    He took Mingyu Zhenjun and left this place far away.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Yang world, he flew directly to the heavenly palace without delay.


    In the Junchen world, there are many practitioners and practitioners who collude with demon cultivation.


    Similarly, including the heavenly palace, the religious doors of the major holy places are at least on the surface incompatible with the devil cultivation.


    In particular, the emergence of demon cultivation at the level of Yang God is definitely a major event.


    At that time, the evil disaster broke out in the Dharma cultivation world. Although the evil disaster seemed to be on a large scale, countless evil things were rampant.


    But as long as there is no magic cultivation at the level of Yang God, it will not cause the panic of Ziyang holy sect.


    Once there is a demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, all the holy places will want to get rid of it and then quickly, and will never tolerate it.


    The magic cultivation of Yang God level goes further, that is, the level of returning to virtual power.


    That level of magic cultivation is enough to threaten the stability of the whole Jun dust world.


    Once it rages in the Jun dust world, it will turn the whole Jun dust world upside down.


    After Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace, he went directly to visit old man Yinhu.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang did not have too many greetings and went straight to the subject.


    Meng Zhang did not disclose his relationship with Taimiao, but said that taiyimen''s allies in the underworld found that the situation in the underworld was wrong.


    Tianshi will collude with evil cultivation and plot evil in the underworld.


    At the request of his allies, Meng Zhang personally came to the underworld and was aware of the existence of Yang God level demon cultivation.


    Unfortunately, due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, Meng Zhang did not stay in the underworld for too long and could not find out the specific situation.


    The strength of Tianshi society in the underworld is not weak, and the demon cultivation of Yang God level is even more important. Meng Zhang and Taimiao alone can''t handle such a big event.


    So he had to come to the heavenly palace and report it to the old man Yinhu.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, the old silver pot stood up from his seat, and his face became very serious.


    The reaction of old man Yinhu was a little unexpected to Meng Zhang.


    It seems that the evil cultivation of Yang God level appears in the underworld, and the heavenly palace is far more important than I thought.


    The silver pot old man who has worked in the heavenly palace for many years is not a vegetarian. He cares about his duties.


    Although old man Yinhu''s duty is to monitor the north of the Junchen world, there is a Yang God level demon cultivation in the underworld, and he can''t ignore it.


    Silver pot old man and Meng Zhang have known each other for many years and know that he is not the kind of person who speaks unreliable.


    The authenticity of his report is mostly no problem.


    Old man Yinhu asked again, and Meng Zhang answered patiently.


    Meng Zhang truthfully repeated the various arrangements of the Tianshi society discovered by Taimiao.


    Hearing these contents and seeing the stone tablets and talismans painted by Meng Zhang, the old man''s face became more ugly.


    Old man Yinhu thought for a moment, called Meng Zhang, and walked outside the mansion.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s inquiry, the old man Yinhu didn''t sell off and directly said the destination of their trip.


    This matter is too important for old man Yinhu to deal with alone. He will take Meng Zhang to the Lord of the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace and report it to the other party.


    There are many halls in the heavenly palace, which are responsible for handling various affairs.


    As the name suggests, the hall of subduing demons is a department specially responsible for eliminating demons and chasing demons.


    On weekdays, the local Xiuzhen forces are responsible for dealing with the traces of magic cultivation or magic disasters in the Junchen world.


    If the magic cultivation is too strong and the scale of the magic disaster is very large, the sect responsible for commanding the major holy places around the Jun dust world will clean up.


    For example, the Ziyang holy sect should be responsible for calming the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong was busy dealing with the Dali Dynasty, so he didn''t use too many direct forces, but mobilized the forces of taiyimen to quell the magic disaster.


    If the Taiyi gate failed to quell the evil disaster at the beginning, and Ziyang Shengzong refused to do it, the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace would have done it.


    In fact, due to the good control over their own ruling areas over the years, there are not many times when the demon subduing hall is needed.


    The hall of subduing demons takes the initiative. Many times it is a special time.


    For example, the magic disaster occurs at the boundary of the two holy places, or on the disputed territory.


    There are those demons who wander between the holy places and the clan territories.


    ¡­¡­


    Because the demon subduing hall doesn''t have much time to shoot, it doesn''t seem to have any sense of existence in the heavenly palace.


    But in the hearts of people who know the inside story, such as the old silver pot, the demon subduing hall is a very important and indispensable existence.


    Now the devil cultivation has a plot in the underworld, which is just within the scope of responsibility of the demon subduing hall.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang has the identity of law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace law enforcement hall. He is also a member of the heavenly palace.


    However, Meng Zhang did not seem to perform his duties.

 Chapter 1681

    The demon subduing hall is located in a remote corner of the heavenly palace. Few people come to this place on weekdays.


    From the appearance, the demon subduing hall is not much different from other halls, but it is a little simple and dilapidated.


    Both old man Yinhu and Meng Zhang have positions in the heavenly palace. They can easily go in and out of most parts of the heavenly palace.


    But Meng Zhang''s identity is not enough. He is not qualified to enter some confidential forbidden areas.


    As a veteran who has worked in the heavenly palace for many years, old silver pot is not a high position, but he is familiar with his head and is familiar with various internal situations.


    Most of the friars in Tiangong know that he has a close relationship with Tianlei shangzun and often buy him a face.


    If there is no silver pot with the old man and Meng Zhang is alone, I''m afraid we can only report the situation step by step and level by level according to the normal way.


    The silver pot old man led Meng Zhang over and directly met Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall Lord in charge of daily affairs of the demon subduing hall.


    Qin Fangtian seems to have little reputation among the high-level officials of the heavenly palace. In fact, he is very powerful, especially proficient in various means of subduing demons.


    The Lord of the demon subduing hall has been closed all year round and rarely cares about the affairs in the hall.


    In these years, it is even more rare for the supreme masters in the heavenly palace to show their faces.


    Old man Yinhu and Qin Fangtian have known each other for many years, and it can be said that they have some friendship.


    Silver pot old man is also full of respect for this figure who is far above himself in both cultivation and status.


    Qin Fangtian is a very fierce old man with white hair, snow-white beard and tiger back.


    He sat in the reception hall of the demon subduing hall, motionless, but he gave people a feeling of not being angry.


    Qin Fangtian is serious and unsmiling. He is a difficult person to get along with on weekdays.


    Even in front of the old acquaintance, old man Yinhu, he put on airs and looked high.


    Perhaps in his opinion, it has given him enough face to let the old man Yinhu visit himself so easily.


    Knowing his temperament, old man Yinhu first took Meng Zhang with him and saluted him respectfully.


    Qin Fangtian carelessly received their big gifts to pay homage, and then slowly opened his mouth to ask them what they came for.


    With a very respectful attitude, old man Yinhu told Qin Fangtian the news Meng Zhang had told him.


    Before the silver pot old man finished, Qin Fangtian couldn''t hold the original shelf and almost stood up directly.


    However, he had a good concentration. He quickly reacted and listened to the report of the old man Yinhu with patience.


    After the silver pot old man finished his report, he didn''t forget to take the opportunity to show his merit to Meng Zhang, saying that Meng Zhang had worked hard to get all this information.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t care much about the great power of returning to emptiness like the old silver pot, let alone Meng Zhang, a little monk in the Yang God period.


    After listening to the report of old man Yinhu, he began to ask Meng Zhang with a face.


    What Meng Zhang said is no different from the report of old man Yinhu.


    It''s just that some things, as an experienced person, seem more credible.


    Qin Fangtian did not question the meaning of the silver pot old man.


    He understands that old man Yinhu has no courage to deceive himself in such things.


    If it weren''t for the face of Tianlei shangzun, he wouldn''t be so polite to old man Yinhu.


    The evil cultivation of Yang God level appears in the underworld. Colluding with Tianshi will have a plot. It is definitely not a small matter.


    With Qin Fangtian''s identity and status, he knows many secrets about the underworld. The move of demon cultivation in the underworld in the period of Yang God touched his mind and made him a little flustered.


    Of course, in front of the silver pot old man and Meng Zhang, he still kept a pair of wisdom beads in his hand.


    Yin and yang are separated. Due to the suppression of outsiders by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, Qin Fangtian could not come to the underworld immediately to investigate the whole thing even if he was worried.


    Fortunately, this matter has something to do with Tianshi society.


    Tianshi society is the practice Sect on the other side of the Middle Earth. Theoretically, it is just under the jurisdiction of the heavenly palace.


    Qin Fangtian summoned one of his men and asked him to go to Tianshi club to run at the Tiangong station.


    Ask the friars of the Tianshi society stationed in the heavenly palace to inform the mountain gate, and ask the leader of the Tianshi society, Tianshi Zhenjun, and the two supreme elders in the door to go to the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace.


    After the man was ordered to leave, Qin Fangtian didn''t forget to explain to old man Yinhu.


    This sect of Tianshi society is different from other sects. Several sects and families gathered a group of scattered practitioners and established a true cultivation force many years ago.


    The sources of monks in Tianshi society are complex, and the strong are like clouds.


    In addition to several strong men in the Yang God period, there are also two Huixu powerful elders.


    You know, in the Junchen world, in addition to the major holy places, there are few other cultivation forces with the power of returning to emptiness.


    Even in the Middle Earth, where the cultivation civilization is highly developed and there are many practitioners, it is extremely difficult to give birth to a return to emptiness power that does not belong to the sects of the major holy places.


    Tianshi society has its own great ability to return to emptiness. In addition to its own extraordinary luck, its high-level leaders are good at finding the best of both worlds. They buy around among the major Holy Land sects and obtain the default of these holy land sects.


    The friar sent by Qin Fangtian to give orders soon returned here to resume his life.


    Qin Fangtian''s order has been conveyed to the Mountain Gate of Tianshi society through the residence of Tianshi society in the heavenly palace.


    Qin Fangtian did not continue to give other instructions, so he waited in the hall.


    While waiting, he occasionally talked with the old man Yinhu.


    Neither old man Yinhu nor Meng Zhang is an outsider. They are both members of the heavenly palace. Qin Fangtian didn''t avoid them, and inadvertently revealed many secrets.


    Especially this time, the demon cultivation in the Yang God period colluded with the Tianshi society to make wind and rain in the underworld, which made him complain.


    In fact, for some special reason, the major holy places have always paid more attention to the underworld.


    In particular, it was an important task of the heavenly palace long ago to eliminate the demons entering the underworld and ensure that large-scale demonic disasters would not break out in the underworld.


    Specifically, this task falls on the demon subduing hall.


    Because the Lord of the demon subduing hall is famous and doesn''t care.


    Therefore, all kinds of specific work fell on Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall Lord.


    As a great power in the period of returning to emptiness, Qin Fangtian could not enter the underworld in person due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    The higher the cultivator''s accomplishments, the more powerful the suppression of the rules of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang, a monk in the Yang God period, was able to move freely in the underworld and fight the enemy.


    If it is the period of returning to emptiness, it can directly enter the underworld. Maybe it will directly lead to heaven''s disaster.


    Therefore, over the years, Qin Fangtian has intervened in the affairs of the underworld through various indirect means to ensure that there will be no too powerful evil cultivation in the underworld.

 Chapter 1682

    In the underworld, there are certain forces in all holy places, and the heavenly palace is no exception.


    The power of the heavenly palace in the underworld is very strong, and most of them are under the control of the demon subduing hall.


    Qin Fangtian, as the deputy hall leader in charge of daily affairs of the demon subduing hall, has many available ears and eyes in the underworld and often provides him with all kinds of information about the underworld.


    Tianshi would make such a big move in the underworld, but Qin Fangtian knew nothing in advance, which made him feel pale.


    At the same time, he also had some doubts about the ears and eyes of the heavenly palace in the underworld.


    Of course, the underworld is vast and boundless. As long as Tianshi society avoids the busy places and acts cautiously, it is not very difficult to keep it secret.


    The news hasn''t leaked yet. It doesn''t necessarily mean that Tiangong''s eyes and ears are not dedicated enough.


    Anyway, Qin Fangtian has ordered the principal of Tianshi society to come to Tiangong to report.


    At that time, under Qin Fangtian''s pressing questions, everything should be clear.


    Meng Zhang and Qin Fangtian waited in the demon subduing hall for less than three days. The leader of Tianshi society, Tianshi Zhenjun, followed Qin Fangtian''s instructions and came to the demon subduing hall.


    The internal situation of Tianshi society is complex. The inheritance is divided into several branches, and the factional struggle has always been fierce.


    The leaders of each generation will inherit the name of Tianshi Zhenjun, be responsible for commanding the sect and coordinating the major factions within the sect.


    The Tianshi Zhenjun of this generation is a figure with no outstanding appearance and almost no strong temperament.


    He was dressed up and holding a duster. He looked listless and didn''t seem to wake up. He didn''t look like a strong man in the period of Yang God at all.


    When he came to the main hall of the demon subduing hall, he said hello to Qin Fangtian very respectfully.


    When he entered the hall and came to the public, he first paid a great tribute to Qin Fangtian, and then respectfully saluted old man Yinhu.


    He repeatedly apologized and said that the two supreme elders were traveling, and the door could not contact them for the time being.


    Therefore, he, the leader, had to come alone to visit Qin Fangtian.


    Seeing his humble attitude, Qin Fangtian was dissatisfied, but he didn''t tangle more about this issue.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t give him a good look, but directly entered the subject and sternly questioned him, what is the plot of Tianshi in the underworld, and why collude with evil cultivation?


    Facing Qin Fangtian''s impolite question, Tianshi Zhenjun looked frightened, and his face was full of panic and confusion.


    After a long time, he calmed down and shouted injustice.


    As we all know, after the Yuanshen Zhenjun''s Yuanshen is transformed into a ghost, his temperament will change greatly, just like before.


    There are indeed many yuan gods in the Tianshi society. Zhenjun has transformed into ghosts and gods, and has formed gangs in the underworld and established strong forces.


    Although these guys in the underworld are still named after the Tianshi society, they have nothing to do with the Tianshi society in the Yang world.


    We just used each other and had some transactions.


    The Tianshi society in the Yang world can never control these guys in the underworld.


    No matter what those guys in the underworld do, they have nothing to do with the Tianshi meeting in the Yang world.


    The Yangshi Tianshi society knows nothing about what these guys do in the underworld.


    Now Qin Fangtian is really looking for the wrong person because of the relationship between these guys in the underworld.


    In the process of telling, Tianshi Zhenjun''s tone is sincere, clear and justified.


    Qin Fangtian was obviously stunned because of the performance of Tianshi Zhenjun.


    In his opinion, he should cry bitterly and explain all his activities in detail when calling Tianshi Zhenjun to himself and facing his authority.


    But he never thought that Tianshi Zhenjun was such a way to deal with it.


    It''s no wonder that Qin Fangtian, as the deputy hall leader of the demon subduing hall, holds a high position in the heavenly palace and is also a big figure in the whole Jun dust world.


    All the holy places will give way to him in front of him.


    Over the years, Qin Fangtian has obtained the active cooperation of all holy places and made many achievements in eradicating evil friars and controlling the spread of evil methods.


    He has been high for a long time, and has always been with the wind and water.


    Once the monks who colluded with the devil fell into his hands, they were all honest and wailed for mercy.


    It''s a good thing for Tianshi Zhenjun. When he comes, he doesn''t admit it. He also pushes the three or five-year plan and shirks all things clean.


    Although it was a little unexpected, Qin Fangtian didn''t stare for too long.


    In the cultivation world, it is never tongue and tongue that determines who is right and who is wrong.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t bother to argue with Tianshi Zhenjun. He directly showed the power of returning to emptiness and firmly fixed Tianshi Zhenjun''s body.


    Qin Fangtian only said one word and asked Tianshi Zhenjun to be honest and not to hide anything.


    Otherwise, don''t blame his ruthlessness.


    Qin Fangtian was obviously angry. Tianshi Zhenjun''s face was full of fear and looked overly frightened.


    Frightened, he still didn''t say the answer Qin Fangtian wanted to know.


    He said that he had offended Qin Fangtian, which was really his own fault. He didn''t regret his death. He also asked Qin Fangtian to take him lightly for the sake of his uncle.


    Qin Fangtian was even more angry when he saw that Tianshi Zhenjun refused to tell the truth and carried out the so-called uncle.


    However, anger did not make him lose his mind, but let him calmly recall the background of Tianshi society and analyze the pros and cons of the matter.


    Seeing Qin Fangtian, who was originally powerful, fell into silence because of the sophistry of Tianshi Zhenjun, Meng Zhang was puzzled.


    He opened his mouth to say something, but was stopped by the old silver pot nearby.


    For Meng Zhang, he came to the heavenly palace this time to get rid of the Tianshi society in the underworld and the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God with the help of the power of the heavenly palace.


    If the matter remains unresolved, it will be a great threat to Taimiao and his men.


    You know, since taiyimen began to build the blessed land, the expenditure in all aspects has been huge. If we lose the financial resources from the underworld, I''m afraid the whole clan will be difficult to support.


    Recently, due to the threat of Tianshi society, it''s wonderful to shrink all the ghost troops back to the cold frost mountain.


    In this way, the ghost army naturally could not continue to collect all kinds of resources.


    The mining work of various mineral deposits has stopped directly.


    In a short time, taiyimen can continue to insist. Over time, there will be problems in the operation of zongmen.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was still a little worried.


    Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall leader of the demon subduing hall, looks extraordinary. Meng Zhang thinks he can solve the problem soon after he comes forward.


    It was unexpected that he should be so silent.


    If Meng Zhang had replaced him, he would have ignored it. First take down Tianshi Zhenjun, and then interrogate him slowly to find out the whole story, and then find out the countermeasures to solve the problem of the underworld.

 Chapter 1683

    As for the words of Tianshi Zhenjun, Meng Zhang didn''t believe a word.


    Tianshi Zhenjun''s acting skills are ridiculous in his eyes.


    Qin Fangtian kept silent because he suddenly remembered a problem he had ignored before.


    If Tianshi Zhenjun didn''t take the initiative to mention it, he didn''t think much.


    After a long silence, Qin Fangcai continued to ask questions.


    But this time, his tone eased a lot.


    He asked Shi Zhenjun whether he really knew nothing about what happened in the underworld.


    Tianshi Zhenjun naturally nodded and looked innocent.


    Qin Fangtian asked his uncle where he had traveled and when he would return to the mountain gate.


    Tianshi Zhenjun replied without hesitation that his uncle would return to situ family on his way. He didn''t know when to return.


    After hearing the answer of Tianshi Zhenjun, Qin Fangtian was silent again.


    After a while, Meng Zhang was a little impatient. Qin Fang genius motioned to Tianshi Zhenjun to go down.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t say whether he believed what Tianshi Zhenjun said. He just wanted him to stay in the heavenly palace for the time being and don''t run around.


    If he is summoned again in the demon subduing hall, he must arrive immediately.


    Tianshi Zhenjun naturally had no objection to this. He said goodbye to Qin Fangtian very respectfully, and then to old man Yinhu.


    Looking at the back of Tianshi Zhenjun slowly disappearing outside the hall, Qin Fangtian didn''t know what he was thinking, but he fell into thinking.


    The silver pot old man looked at Qin Fangtian carefully in the face of Meng Zhang''s inquiry. Then he whispered to him with his mind and explained something to him.


    Tianshi society is not the Holy Land Sect, but it can have its own great power of returning to emptiness. There is a reason behind it.


    As we all know, the sources of Tianshi friars are complex and there are many internal factions.


    Few people know that behind the strongest faction, there is the shadow of situ family.


    In the Junchen world, there are various holy places. These holy places are basically the direct descendants of the immortals.


    In fact, there are two holy land families in the Junchen world outside the Holy Land sects.


    One of the two holy families is situ family.


    The situ family has such status and strength because its ancestors were one of the immortals who opened up the Junchen world.


    Compared with clan inheritance, family inheritance has great defects.


    Even the senior management of the family knows to absorb talents from all parties and increase the vitality of the family by means of redundancy, marriage and so on. But in any case, it is still difficult to compare with the sect of the same level.


    The strength of situ family is not as good as that of other holy places, and it is also very low-key on weekdays.


    In addition to their own affairs on a third of an acre of land, situ family rarely cares about external affairs, and will not take the initiative to compete with other holy places.


    Regardless of the monk''s face and the Buddha''s face, for the sake of the ancestors of the situ family, the religious sects of the major holy places will also respect them and will not provoke them easily.


    Moreover, the strength of situ family may not be comparable to that of other holy places, but it is still at the top level in the Junchen world.


    On the surface, situ family seems to be indifferent to the affairs of Jun dust world, but secretly, they still maintain their influence on Jun dust world through some means.


    Tianshi society was strongly supported by situ family.


    The uncle of Tianshi Zhenjun, the only one in the family, is the son-in-law of situ family.


    Of course, within the Tianshi society, there are far more forces than the situ family.


    Although it won''t easily provoke the situ family, some holy places still keep alert to the situ family.


    Among the internal forces of Tianshi society, there are even chess pieces of the Holy Land Sect.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t think too complicated when he first summoned the leader, Tianshi Zhenjun.


    In his opinion, no matter which family or sect in the Junchen world, including the Holy Land Sect and family, should have the same attitude towards the devil friars.


    When Tianshi Zhenjun came to him, he should honestly explain everything, and then actively cooperate to eliminate the evil forces in the underworld and strive for meritorious service.


    But when Emperor Tianshi came to Qin Fangtian, it was his face.


    The attitude of Tianshi Zhenjun seems humble and wronged.


    In fact, it is soft with hard, which is obviously relied on.


    He was not even obscure at all, and directly pointed out his biggest backstage.


    Qin Fangtian, who was a little careless, couldn''t help thinking in the face of this very special and even strange situation.


    He thought too much about it.


    The situation of Tianshi meeting is complex and the background is deep. Without clear evidence, Qin Fangtian is not good to be hard on it.


    It''s official business to kill evil cultivation and evil Tao.


    But if you make enemies with situ family, it is likely to evolve into private hatred.


    Qin Fangtian was not afraid of the situ family, but was unwilling to make enemies easily. Especially when the Junchen world was about to change and the immortals were about to wake up, he didn''t want to offend the descendants of the immortals.


    When Qin Fangtian felt more uneasy, if the Yang God level demon cultivation in the underworld was arranged by the situ family, or another holy land sect was involved, the matter would be more complicated.


    Qin Fangtian should not be blamed for thinking too much, but the current situation is very different from that in the past. It is an unprecedented change in the Junchen world in recent ten thousand years. The original rules and tacit understanding have long been smashed.


    The underworld, which has always been strictly monitored by the demon subduing hall, suddenly appeared the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, and tangled up a strong force. It''s definitely not simple behind this.


    The suspicious Qin Fangtian thought too much for a moment, so it was difficult to make a decision for the time being.


    Old silver pot onlookers can see clearly the situation facing Qin Fangtian and his concerns.


    In his mind, he didn''t say much in detail. He mainly introduced the background of Tianshi society.


    What a clever man Meng Zhang is. He doesn''t know anything about these seemingly lofty thoughts of returning to emptiness.


    On weekdays, when these great powers of returning to emptiness do not involve personal interests or the holy door, they can barely do things impartially and do their best.


    But at the critical moment, the first thing they think of is always their own personal interests, for fear that their interests will suffer too serious losses.


    Qin Fangtian''s attitude towards the evil way has always been firm and resolute.


    But if it involves the layout of situ family and even other holy places, he can''t act rashly.


    After Meng Zhang understood the current situation and Qin Fangtian''s mind, he felt that he could not continue to sit and watch and had to do something.


    The various arrangements of Tianshi society in the underworld are in full swing. If we don''t stop it, we can really make it happen. Who knows what kind of trouble and catastrophe it will cause?

 Chapter 1684

    Meng Zhang saw that Qin Fangtian had been silent, so he had to take the initiative to speak.


    Meng Zhang suggested that no matter which force this incident is related to, what is the secret behind it.


    As long as you immediately remove the Yang God level demon cultivation in the underworld and its accomplices, the problem will be solved temporarily.


    As for the future problems and the beginning and end, we''ll talk about it later.


    Earlier, Qin Fangtian saw the silver pot old man secretly communicating with Meng Zhang with his mind.


    He did not expect that Meng Zhang had put forward such a simple and easy way.


    Indeed, Qin Fangtian, as the deputy leader of the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace, it was his bounden duty to kill the demon cultivation.


    What he did was not too much. It was his job.


    Kill the evil cultivation in the underworld. Even if someone is dissatisfied or destroys some people''s plan, I''m afraid no one will say anything publicly.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t know about all kinds of connections, but just did his duty.


    He doesn''t care about what''s inside, let alone take the initiative to investigate.


    Meng Zhang worked in the heavenly palace. He reported the demon cultivation to Qin Fangtian, the vice Lord of the demon subduing hall through proper channels. Qin Fangtian could hardly ignore it.


    Meng Zhang''s proposal is not perfect.


    If you really do what he says, you will certainly leave some follow-up problems.


    However, in addition, Qin Fangtian couldn''t find a better way for the time being.


    Over the years, Qin Fangtian has presided over the suppression and pursuit of evil cultivation for many times. Emotionally, he hates evil cultivation very much.


    Although he himself is far from being jealous of evil, he has always been able to grasp the bottom line in dealing with the major right and wrong of evil.


    After thinking about it, Qin Fangtian agreed to Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    Next, it''s how to kill the hell devil and his associates.


    Since Tianshi Zhenjun denied his relationship with the underworld Tianshi society, Qin Fangtian decided to destroy all these guys in the underworld.


    Other ghosts, gods or ghosts are easy to say, but the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God is very difficult to deal with.


    In order to avoid the regurgitation of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, Da Neng can''t easily enter the underworld.


    During the period of Yang God, friars entered the underworld. Because of the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, their strength fell sharply, and it was difficult to maintain the combat effectiveness of Yang God level.


    If you want to deal with the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, either the strong man at the level of Yang God in the underworld or send a large number of ghosts and ghosts to besiege. At the critical moment, the strong in the Yang world will also risk falling to the underworld.


    In the Junchen world, it is well known that Dali Dynasty is guarded by ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God in the Yin capital city.


    Now Dali imperial court is at war with Ziyang Shengzong. If you go to ask Dali imperial court for help, I''m afraid the other party will most likely put forward some unrealistic requirements.


    For example, ask Tiangong to help deal with Ziyang Shengzong, and ask Tiangong to restrict Ziyang Shengzong''s actions, etc.


    Qin Fangtian, such a figure, avoided the struggle between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor, and absolutely didn''t want to be involved in it.


    As for the other strong ones in the period of Yang God in the underworld, it is more difficult to move.


    Therefore, if you want to deal with the demon cultivation at the Yang God level, you have to adopt the human sea tactics.


    Qin Fangtian had long heard Meng Zhang report the current situation in Hanshuang mountain.


    He put forward a plan.


    Let Meng Zhang persuade the hell to be wonderful and try to delay the actions of the enemies.


    The heavenly palace has strong power in the underworld and can control many ghosts, gods and ghosts.


    However, this force is very scattered, and it is difficult to gather in a short time, so we need wonderful help to win time.


    While the enemy is held by Taimiao, the power of the heavenly palace in the underworld will quickly gather and rush to the vicinity of the cold frost mountain as soon as possible.


    At that time, both sides will work together against the enemy.


    During the war, if the enemy''s demon cultivation at the level of Yang God appears, it will immediately come to the strong from the Yang world.


    With the power of Qin Fangtian and the strength of the heavenly palace, it is not very difficult to mobilize ten or eight Yang God friars.


    Even if the accomplishments are suppressed by the rules of the underworld, the joint efforts of so many monks in the Yang God period are enough to smooth the gap between accomplishments.


    Qin Fangtian promised that the friars in the period of Yang God in the heavenly palace who came to the underworld would bring special magic subduing treasures.


    Based on the details and accumulation of the heavenly palace, the magic subduing treasures are definitely not ordinary goods.


    If you want to follow Qin Fangtian''s plan, most of the pressure will focus on Taimiao.


    That''s great. We need to hold the enemy back and delay as much time as possible.


    Moreover, Qin Fangtian''s seemingly simple plan has many loopholes, and its implementation may not be so smooth.


    This time, Meng Zhang asked Qin Fangtian for help. Now it is cold frost mountain that is in crisis.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much even if he was dissatisfied.


    Maybe, at the critical moment, you still need the combat power of Tiangong to deal with the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God.


    Of course, Meng Zhang should strive for the interests he should strive for.


    He bluntly told Qin Fangtian that Taimiao was not a friar of Taiyi sect, and it was not easy for him, the leader, to directly give orders to him.


    Because of some ancestral origins of taiyimen, taiyimen can form an alliance with Taimiao for mutual benefit and mutual assistance.


    The relationship between the two sides is equal. You can''t ask one party to pay simply.


    This action needs great efforts and risks. It''s best to have some compensation and funding for it. Meng Zhang can convince him.


    After all, the cold frost mountain stronghold is not so important to Taimiao because it has just started.


    If he really can''t resist, take the initiative to give up the cold frost mountain and escape far away, no one can take him.


    But in this way, Qin Fangtian''s plan failed.


    Meng Zhang''s request was reasonable. Qin Fangtian thought about it and decided to meet him as much as possible.


    Qin Fangtian called his men to let him transfer some materials from the big hall of the demon hall, and entrusted him with a wonderful idea.


    The quantity of these materials is small, but they are all high-quality products.


    For example, magic and weapons that can be equipped with ghosts, pills that can improve the cultivation of ghosts and gods, and talismans that can restrain the cultivation of demons, etc.


    There are many treasures among these materials. Even with the current ability of taiyimen, it is difficult to collect them.


    The demon subduing hall can easily take out this batch of materials, which shows its profound foundation.


    Meng ZhangCai was quite satisfied with the materials.


    After agreeing with Qin Fangtian on some implementation details of the plan, Meng ZhangCai and old man Yinhu are ready to leave together.


    According to Meng Zhang, he wants to hand over materials to Taimiao, communicate with Taimiao and try to persuade them to implement the plan.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang asked a question.


    Previously, he unreservedly told the silver pot old man and Qin Fangtian about the magic road layout found in the underworld, including the stone tablet and those talismans.


    After listening, they seemed to find something, but they didn''t say much.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t restrain his curiosity, as if he wanted to know if they saw anything.

 Chapter 1685

    After listening to Meng Zhang''s question, Qin Fangtian looked at the old man Yinhu for a while, and then smiled at each other.


    Obviously, they not only saw something long ago, but also thought very close.


    Finally, old man Yinhu answered Meng Zhang''s question.


    The layout of the demon Xiu seems to be secret and winding, which contains a lot of mysteries. But in the eyes of the two great powers of returning to emptiness, they can easily see through it.


    The purpose of the demon cultivation is simple, that is, trying to demonize and pollute the power of the earth veins in the underworld.


    When the power of the earth veins in many places is polluted by the smell of the devil''s way, resulting in the earth veins being demonized, the whole area will soon be demonized, and then completely become a demon realm.


    If it was in the Yang world of the Jun dust world, the demon Xiu''s plan might succeed.


    But this is in the underworld. It is absolutely impossible to succeed.


    The underworld is a very special place. All kinds of demonization methods of demon cultivation are difficult to work.


    As for the reasons, the old silver pot didn''t say much.


    Qin Fangtian heard this and added two sentences.


    In the history of the Junchen world, there were demons who sneaked into the underworld, tried to demonize the underworld and create magic disasters. In the end, they not only failed, but lost their lives.


    Since then, the heavenly palace has also strengthened the supervision of the underworld to prevent evil practitioners from engaging in wind and rain in the underworld.


    This time, the arrangement made by the demon cultivation of Yang God level will not succeed.


    Of course, even so, the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace cannot sit idly by and let it mess in the underworld.


    Although Qin Fangtian said it in a very calm tone, Meng Zhang was keenly aware that there were contradictions in his words. He clearly concealed some information about the underworld.


    Since Qin Fangtian didn''t say much, Meng Zhang couldn''t continue to ask.


    He just secretly reminded himself that it seems that there are many secrets in the underworld, and the water is very deep.


    After leaving the hall of subduing demons, when Meng Zhang was alone with old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang pretended to inadvertently talk about this problem again.


    Silver pot old man saw through Meng Zhang''s mind at a glance and told him frankly that with his current cultivation, he should not know too much about some things.


    When he was promoted and returned to the virtual period, naturally someone would introduce him to some secrets about the underworld.


    Old man Yinhu said so. It''s not easy for Meng Zhang to continue to entangle in this issue.


    As soon as he returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang immediately contacted the long-awaited Taimiao.


    Since she left the forest, Taimiao didn''t take any further action and waited for Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace for help this time. His goal was only half achieved.


    It will take some time for the reinforcements of Tiangong to reach Hanshuang mountain.


    As for the past of the strong in the period of Yang God coming from the Yang world, it is necessary to wait until the demon cultivation of Yang God level appears.


    Before that, you need to get tangled with those guys.


    Wonderful. This incarnation is hard won and the training cost is high.


    Such as the crystallization of the divine power of natural ghosts and gods, it can be met but not sought.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, even if he lost the stronghold of cold frost mountain and his ghost army was completely lost, he was unwilling to lose Taimiao''s external incarnation.


    Losing the current foundation, Taimiao will set foot on the road of wandering again, which will greatly affect the income of Taiyi gate and even the operation of zongmen.


    But these difficulties are temporary. It''s wonderful. This external incarnation is difficult to copy. Meng Zhang can''t afford to lose.


    In his contact with Taimiao, Meng Zhang said all his experiences in the heavenly palace this time.


    Meng Zhang did not ask for too clever hardtop, but asked him to act according to the circumstances to preserve himself, so that he could be more familiar with the situation of the underworld and be more clear about his ability limit.


    Too wonderful. I don''t want to give up the foundation of cold frost mountain easily, let alone leave my men.


    He will try to insist and try his best to delay time.


    Because he had some characteristics of natural ghosts and gods, he instinctively didn''t want to escape and wanted to destroy the layout of the demon monk.


    On this issue, Meng Zhang finally chose to believe that it is too wonderful.


    He passed the materials supported by the demon subduing hall to Taimiao through the space transmission ability.


    With these materials, the strength of Taimiao''s army can be greatly improved.


    Tai Miao has been in the underworld for many years. He is familiar with the situation here. Next to him is a mingyuzhen gentleman as a staff officer.


    Soon, he had a general plan for the enemy.


    There are too many strong enemies. It''s too wonderful. It''s still the same idea as before. For the time being, we don''t send our troops to start an all-round war with the enemy.


    Taimiao''s strong army still kept close to the depths of the cold frost mountain and waited for the opportunity to fight there.


    Too wonderful. It will haunt outside the frost mountain and destroy the enemy''s layout as much as possible.


    After Ming Yuzhen left the Tianshi society, he still spent a lot of effort to pay attention to his actions.


    He was not ignorant of the arrangement of the Tianshi meeting in all parts of the underworld.


    With the information provided by Mingyu Zhenjun, it''s wonderful. After searching, it''s not difficult to find out some layout of the enemy.


    If these arrangements are destroyed, Tianshi will never ignore them.


    In addition to trying to restore the layout, Tianshi society will certainly send a hunting team to hunt down the hidden destroyers.


    In this way, even if the Tianshi society is strong, it will have to transfer people from the cold frost mountain, which will greatly reduce the pressure it faces.


    It''s wonderful. We won''t fight hard with the enemy, but will fight guerrillas with the enemy.


    If the strength of the pursuit team is too strong, it''s wonderful. We will try to avoid the war.


    If the pursuit team is not strong enough, it''s wonderful, and it will be eliminated without hesitation.


    The power of ethereal magic, coupled with Meng Zhang who can come to the underworld at any time. As long as you don''t hit the demon cultivation of Yang God level, you can at least retreat.


    The wonderful plan seems simple and easy to implement.


    But Meng Zhang always felt a little inappropriate in his heart.


    If Tianshi would be so easy to deal with those guys, this force would not hide in the underworld for so long and make such a big momentum.


    According to the emperor Yuzhen of Ming Dynasty, the strength of the celestial stone society in the underworld absolutely exceeds most of the forces in the underworld.


    However, Meng Zhang did not stop the wonderful action, but let him move first.


    Meng Zhang has always been very curious about the deep secrets of the underworld.


    There was a kind of intuition in his heart. This time, he could not only get access to the deep secrets of the underworld, but also get an opportunity.


    As a mystery master, he believes in his intuition.


    In many cases, Meng Zhang will act according to his intuition, even if he is not so rational.

 Chapter 1686

    Although Qin Fangtian''s plan looks good, Meng Zhang will not place all his hopes on others.


    Wonderful. This incarnation can take risks, but it can''t really encounter the crisis of falling.


    All the other enemies have returned. It''s wonderful. Even if you can''t fight, you can escape. However, the evil cultivation of Yang God level, who has not appeared all the time, is the greatest danger to Taimiao.


    If too wonderful is really blocked by the demon monk, Meng Zhang can''t count on other people''s help.


    Therefore, when he allows Taimiao to act, he has to find ways to enhance Taimiao''s combat effectiveness and viability.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and knowledge at this time are enough to create some Taoist and magical powers.


    Taimiao has a special relationship with him. Both sides share the same mind and secretly have many special connections.


    Meng Zhang had a similar idea long ago and wanted to improve his wonderful strength.


    This time, after some hard thinking, he finally began to create a magical power by himself.


    After Meng Zhang entered the underworld, his accomplishments were temporarily suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, and did not disappear out of thin air.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, he can directly pour his cultivation into Taimiao body through some way to improve Taimiao cultivation.


    With his special relationship with Taimiao, Taimiao''s body will not reject his power, but can quickly absorb and adapt to his power.


    With a preliminary idea, Meng Zhang himself has read all kinds of ancient books and experienced a variety of secret magic powers.


    By analogy and fully absorbing the successful experience, the magic power he created began to take shape slowly.


    After the magic power was formed, Meng Zhang came to the underworld for many times, constantly tested Taimiao, and slowly improved it through practical testing.


    Too wonderful, after making up his mind, he took Mingyu Zhenjun and used his superb space transmission skills to transmit around the underworld.


    Of course, in order to take care of the foundation of Hanshuang mountain, he didn''t leave too far. It is transmitted to the farthest place, only more than one million miles away from Hanshuang mountain.


    He attacked everywhere and destroyed the arrangement of Tianshi society. At first, it was relatively smooth. He easily destroyed several secret arrangements.


    But later, it became more and more difficult to achieve results.


    The various arrangements of Tianshi club are very good in terms of confidentiality.


    Ming Yuzhen Jun was just an ordinary member of the Tianshi society, and now he has left the society for a long time.


    He can provide very little accurate information.


    It''s wonderful. After a few successes, it''s hard to find a goal anymore.


    If he hadn''t been alert enough, once he almost fell into an enemy ambush.


    Without accurate target information, it''s too wonderful to find the direction of attack. We have to stop harassing and destroying the enemy temporarily.


    The attack was disadvantageous, but Meng Zhang''s idea was no problem. The process of creating his own magic power was very smooth.


    In actual combat, after Meng Zhang came to the underworld, he can quickly put his strength into his body through the special connection between himself and his external incarnation.


    After being instilled by Meng Zhang''s power, the wonderful cultivation temporarily broke through to the level of Yang God.


    He can freely display the Taoist magic power of Yang God level, and fight the enemies of Yang God level without fear.


    That''s wonderful. It''s not the kind of guy who has power but can''t play smoothly.


    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang has few secrets in front of him.


    Meng Zhang is a monk in the period of Yang God. Naturally, he has a fighting consciousness at the level of Yang God.


    Too wonderful not only got the power infusion of Meng Zhang, but also had a fighting consciousness similar to Meng Zhang.


    He can give full play to his newly acquired strength and face the enemy of Yang God level.


    In the Yang God period, Meng Zhang is a strong man.


    After the temporary strengthening, even if it is not as good as Meng Zhang, it is not too far away.


    After many experiments, Meng Zhang''s own magic power was very successful.


    With this magical power, it is wonderful to have the power to resist the demon cultivation of Yang God level, which can be regarded as solving Meng Zhang''s biggest problem.


    Of course, this magic power is not without defects.


    Meng Zhang''s temporary infusion of power into Taimiao''s body can''t last too long.


    In other words, too wonderful, the newly baked Yang God level combat power, endurance is not good, and can not continue to fight for a long time.


    This defect does not affect the power of this magical power.


    Meng Zhang, who has difficulty in naming, thought for a long time before he gave the magic power a name of grafting flowers and trees.


    After the initial success of the self created magic power, Meng Zhang will slowly improve it and make up for its defects.


    In the future, Taimiao will slowly learn all kinds of lessons and help Meng Zhang improve his magic power.


    This magic power was carefully hidden by Meng Zhang as his card.


    It''s wonderful that there are so many strong people in the period of Yang God in the underworld. It''s enough to affect the situation in the underworld. Now it''s not the time to expose.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang will not absolutely trust even in the temple of heaven to subdue demons. Of course, he should keep his cards enough to protect himself.


    The success of the self created magic power of transplanting flowers and trees, whether it is too wonderful or Meng Zhang, has more confidence. The fear of the enemy has weakened a lot.


    Too wonderful continued to move around, even expanded the scope of activities, trying to get more results.


    Meng Zhang continued to think hard in the gate of Taiyi gate, trying to improve the magic power of transplanting flowers and trees.


    He is now studying in two directions.


    One is to continue the duration of the magic power of transplanting flowers and trees, so that Taimiao has more lasting combat effectiveness.


    For Taimiao, the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth is not enough. He has his own way to solve it.


    With a new direction, Meng Zhang devoted himself wholeheartedly to it, and even his attention to the underworld became much weaker.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it''s wonderful. It''s been going on for nearly a month in the underworld.


    He not only actively looked for the layout of the enemy and destroyed it. Moreover, he also designed to ambush and kill two enemies and sent a team to pursue him.


    As long as the demon cultivation of Yang God level doesn''t do it, the enemy really can''t find a strong person who can beat too wonderful.


    As for mobilizing enough strength to encircle and kill Taimiao, it is even more difficult to do so.


    It''s so wonderful and slippery. It comes and goes like the wind. It won''t put itself under siege at all.

 Chapter 1687

    That''s great. You''ve got the confidence and become more active.


    Although he has achieved little success and has never found a new arrangement to destroy, his previous actions have caused huge losses to the Tianshi club.


    Meng Zhang was studying the magic of transplanting flowers and trees in the mountain gate, but Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi came to the door.


    Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi were busy with the construction of the blessed land. After receiving the information from Meng Zhang, they carefully studied the layout of the Tianshi society, including those talismans, the strange stone tablet and so on.


    Their cultivation level is not as good as that of Meng Zhang, but one is the chief array expert in the door, and the other is the way of talisman in the door. Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi came to Meng Zhang and soon got to the point.


    Their findings are similar to those of Qin Fangtian and old man Yinhu.


    The monks of the Tianshi society should be trying to help the devil to pollute the power of the earth vein, so as to demonize the earth vein.


    Although Meng Zhang had known all this from the heavenly palace, he appreciated Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi''s discovery.


    Hearing Meng Zhang say that they have the same view as Huixu Daneng, Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi are very happy.


    Qin Fangtian and old silver pot told Meng Zhang that the devil''s calculation could not succeed at all.


    The other party tries to completely demonize some areas of the underworld by demonizing the earth vein. This attempt has been made by magic cultivation before, but it has never been successful.


    As for the reason, Qin Fangtian and old man Yinhu didn''t say much. Meng Zhang speculated that it was related to some secrets of the underworld.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi didn''t say much.


    Seeing Wen Qian''s appearance of wanting to talk and stopping, Meng Zhang smiled and scolded and asked him to say if he had anything to say, don''t be a mother-in-law.


    Wen qiansuan was encouraged by Meng Zhang before he expressed some of his views.


    If you know that you are wasting your efforts, why does the demon monk insist on doing so all the time, and why does the celestial stone of the underworld invest so much human and material resources?


    Meng Zhang wanted to say that the demon monk was too paranoid.


    In fact, most of the magicians are really paranoid. They are goods that don''t see the coffin and don''t shed tears.


    Meng Zhang swallowed his words.


    Wen qiansuan did not notice Meng Zhang''s reaction and continued to analyze it.


    The demon cultivation at the level of Yang God can hide in the underworld, and there is no trace left before. This shows his caution and caution.


    If the demonization of the earth vein is really not sure of success, the demon cultivation must have a different purpose.


    Wen qiansuan found something else by analyzing the layout of the demon monk.


    If the layout is launched, the earth veins in a large area around will be triggered, and the earth veins deep underground may be overturned.


    As for what will happen later, Wen qiansuan has insufficient information and is difficult to make further speculation.


    Meng Zhang did not ignore Wen qiansuan''s guess, but firmly remembered it.


    This information seems useless now, and it may be useful in the future.


    It''s rare to get together with Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi. Meng Zhang was going to talk more with them and have a good exchange.


    At this time, the friars of Taiyi gate stationed in the heavenly palace sent the latest information to Taiyi gate.


    Tianshi Zhenjun, the leader of Tianshi society, visited Taiyi gate''s residence in Tiangong and proposed to visit Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi gate.


    Tianshi society is a powerful sect with the power of returning to emptiness, and its strength is far above Taiyi gate.


    The garrison friar of Taiyi gate did not dare to neglect. While politely greeting each other, he urgently summoned Meng Zhang.


    Tianshi Zhenjun actually wants to meet himself. Meng Zhang is not very surprised. He has some guesses about his intention.


    Without much delay, Meng Zhang left the mountain gate and rushed to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang went directly to taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace and met the long-awaited Tianshi Zhenjun.


    Last time in the hall of subduing demons, Qin Fangtian asked Tianshi Zhenjun to stay in the temple temporarily and not to leave at will.


    Even though Tianshi Zhenjun had a deep background, he still gave Qin Fangtian face. At least on the surface, he honestly obeyed his orders.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, Tianshi Zhenjun still looked harmless to humans and animals. He politely greeted Meng Zhang and exchanged greetings.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and chatted with him patiently.


    They talked for a long time, but Tianshi Zhenjun took the initiative to bring up the business.


    Tianshi Zhenjun seems to inadvertently test the relationship between taiyimen and Taimiao, showing his interest in Taimiao.


    Too wonderful is Meng Zhang''s incarnation and his secret. Meng Zhang will not disclose it to the public.


    He just made a casual ha ha and said something vaguely. It''s wonderful. He and taiyimen are old friends who have known each other for a long time.


    The two sides just use each other and have many transactions.


    It''s hard to say how deep the relationship between the two sides is.


    Tianshi Zhenjun didn''t believe Meng Zhang''s words at all.


    He just told Meng Zhang that it was wonderful. This guy has been acting recklessly in the underworld recently, causing trouble everywhere and angering many strong people in the underworld.


    If Taimiao doesn''t know how to converge, these strong men will unite to attack the cold frost mountain and destroy Taimiao and his men.


    In addition, Taiyi gate is inevitably affected by the relationship between Taimiao and Taiyi gate.


    At that time, maybe a group of friars in the period of Yang God will fall from the sky and directly kill Taiyi gate.


    Tianshi Zhenjun''s tone is plain. It seems that he just said it casually, but the deep murderous spirit revealed in his words is half true.


    Meng Zhang was angry. On the surface, he remained silent and didn''t speak.


    Tianshi Zhenjun suddenly talked about Qin Fangtian in the demon subduing hall.


    He said that Tiangong''s great power of returning to emptiness seems to be superior. In fact, they are all wise people who protect themselves.


    On weekdays, they seem arrogant, but when they meet the holy door, they will consciously lower their head.


    The situ family kept a low profile, but it was still enough to deter people like Qin Fangtian and old man Yinhu.


    At this point, Tianshi Zhenjun consciously has made it very clear. His intention has been exposed.


    Tianshi Zhenjun''s intention is very simple. He is threatening Meng Zhang.


    He wants to make Taimiao stop making trouble for Tianshi society in the underworld by threatening Meng Zhang.


    It seems that the wonderful action doesn''t seem to achieve much, but it has caused great trouble to the Tianshi meeting in the underworld.


    Tianshi Zhenjun directly showed his fangs and threatened to destroy Taiyi gate.


    He also dispelled Meng Zhang''s illusion that Qin Fangtian and old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang''s backers, could not be trusted at all.


    As long as the situ family came forward, they did not dare to protect Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is not a little white who knows nothing about the situation in Jun dust world.


    He knew that there were many exaggerations in the words of Tianshi Zhenjun.


    Tianshi society may indeed have the strength to destroy Taiyi gate.


    But at this time, he was beating Qin Fangtian and old man Yinhu in the face.


    As for carrying him out of the situ family, it was mostly bluff.


    Not to mention the situ family, even the more powerful holy sect will not threaten the members of the heavenly palace.


    Regardless of Meng Zhang''s work in the heavenly palace, Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall leader of the demon subduing hall, is not the kind of person to be manipulated by the situ family.


    Meng Zhang saw through the details of Tianshi Zhenjun. Where would he be moved by his threat.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not offend him so directly.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang had a conflict with some ordinary members of the Tianshi society, resulting in poor relations between the two families.


    Taiyimen and Tianshi society have never completely torn their faces, and Meng Zhang will not take the initiative to collide with Tianshi society.


    He didn''t seem to understand the words of Tianshi Zhenjun. He didn''t care about his threat at all, but looked around him.


    Meng Zhang did not forget to explain that Taimiao and taiyimen had only some cooperation. The relationship between the two sides was general. Taiyimen was neither able nor able to restrict Taimiao''s actions.


    Meng Zhang''s statement made Tianshi Zhenjun''s face gloomy.


    Tianshi society has a huge influence in the Junchen world and a deep background. It also has many ears and eyes in the heavenly palace.


    Before Qin Fangtian summoned him, he knew the cause and effect of this matter. It was the silver pot old man with Meng Zhang who took the initiative to come to the door to complain and expose the Yang God level demon cultivation in the underworld to the demon subduing hall.


    Long ago, Tianshi society began to pay attention to taiyimen and actively obtain all kinds of intelligence.


    Taimiao has strong strength in the underworld and has a close relationship with Taiyi gate. It''s no secret.


    The Tianshi society forces in the underworld acted near the cold frost mountain. Meng Zhang hurried to the heavenly palace to complain. He and Taimiao clearly colluded deeply.


    Although the wonderful action was very secret, it basically left no trace, let alone exposed the trace.


    But as long as you are willing to use your head, it is easy to guess that he is secretly sabotaging.


    Although Tianshi Zhenjun doesn''t know how the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God was exposed. But his guess was absolutely wonderful. He found some clues and told Meng Zhang.


    Tianshi society''s plan to launch in the underworld is about to start. Tianshi Zhenjun is unwilling to create new problems, so he finds Meng Zhang and tries to persuade Meng Zhang to stop the wonderful destruction.


    Seeing Meng Zhang pretending to be a fool, Tianshi Zhenjun knew that his persuasion had failed.


    Since the other party''s oil and salt didn''t enter, Tianshi Zhenjun didn''t say much and left directly.


    Before leaving, Tianshi Zhenjun threatened Meng Zhang for the last time.


    If you are too clever and continue to mess around in the underworld, the cold frost mountain will be destroyed immediately.


    Taiyimen, who has a close relationship with Taimiao, won''t be proud for long.


    Meng Zhang kept silent and watched Tianshi Zhenjun leave.


    This guy had said that he had nothing to do with the Tianshi meeting in the underworld and knew nothing about what happened in the underworld.


    Now it''s better to come and threaten yourself for the sake of hell.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to tear his face with Tianshi Zhenjun, which didn''t mean he was willing to swallow it.


    At the same time, the threat of Tianshi Zhenjun cannot be completely ignored, and he must make a certain response.


    The strength of Tianshi society is far above Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate alone can''t deal with Tianshi society. Meng Zhang must find help.

 Chapter 1688

    The objects Meng Zhang asked for help were, of course, old man Yinhu and Qin Fangtian.


    Taiyimen is not as powerful as Tianshi society. Most of them can''t fight Tianshi society. Although Meng Zhang knew that most of the words of Tianshi Zhenjun were threatening, he didn''t dare to really attack Taiyi door at this time.


    But everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. What if Tianshi Zhenjun is a madman who does things regardless of the consequences?


    Meng Zhang will not feel ashamed or embarrassed to complain about such a thing.


    At first, the cause of this incident was that Taimiao clashed with the power of the Tianshi society in the underworld. Meng Zhang reported the trace of demon cultivation to the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace according to the rules.


    Qin Fangtian, the vice Lord of the demon subduing hall, summoned Tianshi Zhenjun carelessly, but he couldn''t decide each other, but exposed Meng Zhang.


    In this respect, Qin Fangtian could not allow Tianshi Zhenjun to deal with taiyimen whenever he wanted to face.


    Meng Zhang first went to see old man Yinhu and told him about it.


    Tianshi Zhenjun was so arrogant that old man Yinhu was a little surprised.


    Meng Zhang is a good seedling that he has long been optimistic about and actively recommended to Tianlei shangzun. Of course, he will not ignore it.


    Meng Zhang came to him at the beginning. He also advocated to report to the demon subduing hall.


    The silver pot old man didn''t say much. He directly took Meng Zhang to the demon subduing hall to meet the deputy hall Lord Qin Fangtian.


    Meng Zhang did not add fuel and vinegar, but told the truth.


    Meng Zhang''s complaint made Qin Fangtian look blue.


    Qin Fangtian is also a person who wants face. This practice of Tianshi Zhenjun is tantamount to not giving him face at all.


    According to Qin Fangtian''s temper, he can''t wait to slap Tianshi Zhenjun to death.


    Of course, even if an old fox like him is angry, he will not lose his reason, let alone act impulsively.


    Qin Fangtian is not a suspicious person, but he can''t help thinking about it at this time.


    Since the last agreement with Meng Zhang, Qin Fangtian directly ordered in the name of the demon subduing hall to mobilize the power of the heavenly palace in the underworld and rush to meet near the cold frost mountain.


    According to his plan, the power of the heavenly palace in the underworld is strong, including many powerful ghosts, gods and ghosts.


    This power can defeat the power of the Tianshi society in the underworld after it is concentrated near the cold frost mountain.


    But something that made him feel angry and helpless happened.


    His troop transfer will not go well this time.


    Some ghosts and gods can''t be contacted at all.


    After contacting some ghosts and gods, they find various excuses to shirk, and are obviously unwilling to obey the order.


    Some ghosts, gods and ghosts walked at the command, but the road was tardy and very slow. In this way, even if it takes ten or eight years, it may not be able to reach the destination.


    ¡­¡­


    Qin Fangtian was certainly not satisfied with this situation and directly issued the most severe urging order, but the result did not change much.


    Qin Fangtian was suspicious at this time.


    Although the following people argued that it was because Yin and Yang were separated and inconvenient to contact, that Qin Fangtian''s orders were not smooth.


    But Qin Fangtian thought this was not the main reason.


    The real reason is that someone inside the heavenly palace is deliberately restricting himself.


    Thinking of the background behind the Tianshi meeting, Qin Fangtian was surprised and angry.


    The person behind the scenes is so capable that he actually extends his hands and feet into the heaven palace.


    This time Meng Zhang came to complain, which made him determine some guesses in his heart.


    Qin Fangtian knew that this was not the time to act willfully.


    The immortals are about to wake up, and the Jun dust world is about to change. Tiangong''s behavior is very weak and can''t be relied on.


    Many high-level officials in the heavenly palace are looking for their own way out and backers.


    Qin Fangtian doesn''t want to abandon the heavenly palace at this time, but sometimes he is a monk and tries his best to maintain it. He is not willing to pay too much for the official affairs of the heavenly palace.


    At the command of Qin Fangtian, he sent the friars of the demon subduing hall to bring back Tianshi Zhenjun.


    He told Meng Zhang that as long as he had himself in one day, he would not allow Tianshi Zhenjun to be so presumptuous.


    Of course, he also told him frankly that there was a problem in the mobilization of the power of the heavenly palace in the underworld, and most of the reinforcements could not reach the cold frost mountain in time.


    If it''s too good to hold on, you can retreat by yourself.


    At this point, Qin Fangtian was also embarrassed.


    If too wonderful continues to fight the enemy, Qin Fangtian naturally welcomes it.


    The agreed thing went wrong, Qin Fangtian couldn''t hold his face.


    With his character, he feels he owes Meng Zhang.


    Qin Fangtian gave his promise that he would never allow Tianshi society and its related figures to directly attack Taiyi sect.


    This is related to Qin Fangtian''s face and his bottom line.


    Even the Holy Land clan or the holy land family can''t beat him in the face.


    As for others, Qin Fangtian can''t do more for the time being.


    For this result, Meng Zhang is happy and worried.


    With Qin Fangtian''s promise, there should be no problem with the safety of taiyimen.


    The power of the heavenly palace in the underworld can''t support in time. It''s wonderful. There will be a lot of pressure there.


    As for Taimiao''s next move, Meng Zhang has to discuss with Taimiao slowly.


    They didn''t wait long, and the monk of the demon subduing hall brought back Tianshi Zhenjun.


    He had no intention of resistance, and his attitude was as modest as ever.


    Seeing the appearance of Tianshi Zhenjun, Qin Fangtian was filled with disgust.


    He ordered to imprison Tianshi Zhenjun, so there was no further disposal.


    Meng Zhang said nothing about it.


    Soon, Meng Zhang left the demon subduing hall with the old man Yinhu.


    Old man Yinhu sighed and defended Qin Fangtian.


    Qin Fangtian seems to have profound cultivation and high power, but he also has his own difficulties in many times.


    Of course, Qin Fangtian''s promise is reliable anyway.


    Should Tianshi attack taiyimen directly.


    Silver pot old man also said that if someone really doesn''t behave, he won''t sit idly by.


    With the promise of two great powers to return to emptiness, Meng Zhang felt a little at ease.


    Since the power of the heavenly palace cannot arrive in time, Meng Zhang needs to discuss with Taimiao as soon as possible to make plans early and avoid falling into trouble.


    Meng Zhang said goodbye to old man Yinhu and hurried back to the Taiyi gate.


    It was wonderful for him to contact immediately and tell him the latest news.


    That''s wonderful. Although he is arrogant, he is not the kind of person who doesn''t know how to advance or retreat.


    Knowing that the reinforcements of the heavenly palace could not arrive in time, he had a retreat in his heart.


    Cold frost mountain is rich in resources around the base, which is a rare fertile place in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. It''s hard to lay this foundation. Naturally, I won''t give up easily.


    Save the land and lose the people, both people and land will lose; Meng Zhang and he are very aware of the truth that people lose land and people lose land.


    When there is really no other way, retreat temporarily to keep the main force of the ghost army.


    In the future, if you go around in the underworld, you can lay a new foundation.


    Even when the time comes, it''s wonderful that they may not have a chance to make a comeback and recover their lost land.

 Chapter 1689

    Both Tai Miao and Meng Zhang wanted to retreat as soon as possible, but there was a big difficulty.


    It''s wonderful. Before that, he completely retracted his ghost army back to the inner part of the cold frost mountain and kept it tight.


    Now, the ghosts, gods and ghosts of Tianshi society haunt around the cold frost mountain and constantly spy on its internal reality.


    Previously, too wonderful made many attacks and had a blood feud with the other party.


    Now, if Taimiao''s ghost army wants to retreat from the frost mountain, most of the ghosts, gods and ghosts peeping around will not sit idly by.


    The number of troops is huge, but the strong ones are relatively limited. If the enemy''s strong ones take advantage of the situation to kill them during the retreat, their own side will definitely pay huge casualties.


    If one is not good, the whole army may collapse.


    The best result is that a few strong people in our own army can leave the army and evacuate in time.


    As for the low-level ghosts that account for the vast majority of the army, they have to be sacrificed for nothing.


    Etheric wonderful mind will not feel sad about the loss of low-level ghosts.


    In the underworld, as long as there is enough power and willing to spend time collecting, there are basically as many low-level ghosts as there are.


    But, too wonderful, the situation of this ghost army is completely different.


    After strict training, the ghost army has experienced many choices, spent a huge price to arm, and has rich combat experience.


    Many of the key cadres at all levels in the army are from taiyimen friars.


    This is a rare real army in the underworld that can do orders and prohibitions.


    If this army is lost, even if taiyimen gives full help at any cost in the future, I don''t know how long it will take to rebuild such an army.


    As for the huge loss and inconvenience caused to Taiyi gate by the loss of various materials from the underworld during this gap time, it doesn''t count for the time being.


    At least, without the income from the resources of the underworld, the blessed land under the construction of taiyimen will have to be suspended because of the lack of financial resources and resources.


    At the thought of this series of problems, Meng Zhang felt a headache.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, he often gives up his hand as the shopkeeper and hands over the specific operation of the sect to the middle and senior levels of the sect.


    But the sect really encountered difficulties. Naturally, he, the leader, can''t ignore it and must find a way to solve it.


    Now the biggest problem facing Taimiao is how to retain the strength of his army as much as possible when retreating.


    Meng Zhang regretted a little at this time.


    Previously, when Tianshi Zhenjun came to the door to threaten himself, he shouldn''t leave no room at all.


    If Meng Zhang had bargained with the other party at that time, on the condition that he withdrew from the cold frost mountain on his own initiative, in exchange for the other party not to continue to pursue and kill his own ghost army, maybe he could really solve this problem.


    But now that things have come to this point, Meng Zhang''s regret is useless.


    What''s more, behind the power of the underworld, Tianshi society clearly hides the demon cultivation.


    It is not in Meng Zhang''s heart to compromise with the devil and watch him do evil.


    Meng Zhang, who is a little unwilling, is actively thinking about countermeasures.


    There are many exaggerations in the words of Tianshi Zhenjun''s door-to-door threat. Tianshi is unlikely to attack the Taiyi gate of the Yangshi world.


    However, it is very possible that Tianshi will join forces with ghosts and ghosts in the underworld to directly attack the cold frost mountain.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help discussing with Taimiao how long the ghost army could hold on when the cold frost mountain was firmly guarded and occupied the convenient place.


    Taimiao has always been sober and has a rational understanding of the strength of both the enemy and ourselves.


    If the enemy attacks Hanshuang mountain on a large scale, he must return to Hanshuang mountain to lead the army.


    In this way, the periphery will not be too wonderful. If we continue to make trouble and damage, the enemy can concentrate all his forces to besiege Hanshuang mountain.


    At present, there are many Yuanshen friars in Taiyi sect, but apart from Meng Zhang and vanity son, the other ordinary Yuanshen friars came to the underworld. After being suppressed by the rules of the underworld, their strength fell sharply, and they really can''t play a big role.


    As the leader, Meng Zhang was reluctant to put the friar taiyimen into this meat grinder and put him in a completely unfavorable environment.


    There are no reinforcements from abroad, and our own strength is limited. We won''t be able to stick to it for too long.


    It is only a matter of time before Hanshan mountain is completely defeated.


    At that time, if it''s not too good, you''ll lose the chance to get out.


    After listening to the wonderful analysis, Meng Zhang, who had long been psychologically prepared, couldn''t help sighing.


    After all, the enemy is too strong. Especially in terms of high-end combat power, the enemy has a completely overwhelming advantage.


    Taimiao and taiyimen alone can''t really solve this problem.


    Meng Zhang began to think, too wonderful, can he get new help from other places.


    The heavenly palace, which originally placed the greatest hope, seems unreliable.


    Senior taiyimen, ghosts and gods are guarding the underworld. It seems that they have certain power.


    But this person may not be willing to work hard for too good.


    Moreover, with his strength, he can''t help a lot in the battle at this level.


    Hai Ling sect, an ally of Taiyi sect, has limited strength in the underworld. For its previous actions in the underworld, it has to turn to Dali imperial court for help.


    Even if the Hailing sect is willing to help, it won''t play much role.


    Facing the pressure of Zhenhai hall, the sea spirit sect is even less likely to let the monks of the Yang world come to the underworld at great risk.


    After calculation, Meng Zhang found that the only possible object for taiyimen to ask for help now was Dali Dynasty.


    Dali Dynasty has a strong power in the underworld, which is not only far beyond the major holy places, but also enough to dominate the underworld.


    It is said that in the process of the Dali emperor''s confrontation with the Ziyang holy sect, many experts asked for help from the Dali emperor''s power in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang visited the Yin capital in person and fully experienced the strength of Dali Dynasty in the underworld.


    If the Dali Dynasty is willing to help this time, it may really help solve the problem.


    However, the relationship between Dali Dynasty and taiyimen is really a little embarrassing.


    Taiyimen was a subordinate of Dali imperial court at that time. Later, it betrayed Dali imperial court and took refuge in Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now, although Dali Dynasty seems to let bygones be bygones, it also has a secret alliance with taiyimen, and there are many secret exchanges and transactions between the two sides.


    But it''s strange to ask Meng Zhang to ask Dali for help.


    Meng Zhang was not ashamed, but it was difficult to figure out his attitude from the imperial dynasty.


    Of course, now there is no way to ask for help elsewhere. Meng Zhang has no choice but to seek medical treatment in a hurry and place his hope on Dali emperor.


    Yindu city and Hanshuang mountain are far away and belong to different areas of the underworld.


    If Dali Dynasty wants to rush to rescue Hanshuang mountain, I''m afraid it will have to pay a high price.


    Meng Zhang secretly thought about what taiyimen needed to pay in order to impress Dali imperial court and let it help.

 Chapter 1690

    Without delay, Meng Zhang immediately prepared to go to Dali imperial court for help.


    In his heart, he was ready and willing to pay a huge price in exchange for the help of Dali imperial court.


    Too wonderful. Since it''s hard to get the results, I went straight back to the frost mountain.


    Tianshi will not decide when it will launch an all-round attack on Hanshuang mountain. Youmiao will personally command the defense and can at least support it for a period of time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also told Taimiao that if something really can''t be done, Taimiao takes preserving itself as the primary task.


    It is only a matter of time to enter the Yang God period. It is not impossible to even advance to a higher level.


    Even if we encounter a terrible failure this time, it''s wonderful. We will have a chance to avenge ourselves in the future.


    Taiyimen and Dali imperial dynasty have been keeping close contact secretly, and the senior leaders of both sides have direct communication channels.


    Soon, Meng Zhang entered the territory of Dali Dynasty and met Han Yao, an old acquaintance.


    The place where they met was a manor not far from the imperial border.


    Han Yao is now appointed as the commander-in-chief of the Dali Imperial Army and has been fighting with Ziyang Shengzong on the front line.


    He left the front-line war and came to meet Meng Zhang in person. This shows that Dali Dynasty attaches great importance to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang still maintained enough respect for Han Yao, the old boss.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and went straight to the point. He told Han Yao everything that happened in the underworld and his intention.


    Han Yao always hated the devil friar.


    He not only organized the encirclement and suppression of the devil friars many times, but also was at odds with the devil friars under the protection of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He was shocked by the news of Yang God level demon cultivation in the underworld.


    If Han Yao could be the master, he would certainly mobilize the power of Dali Dynasty in the underworld and strive to eliminate the demon cultivation.


    Unfortunately, in the Dali Dynasty, Han Yao was not in charge of the affairs of the underworld.


    Dali''s foundation in the underworld is too important, which is the important foundation for the imperial dynasty to stand in the Junchen world.


    The strong of the imperial family are directly responsible for all affairs of the Yindu city.


    Only emperor Bawu can make decisions on many major events.


    Even if Han Yao wanted to help Meng Zhang, he couldn''t do such a thing.


    Since Meng Zhang asked Dali for help, he couldn''t hide anything.


    He involved the Tianshi society. Behind the Tianshi society, there were the situ family and the attitude of Qin Fangtian, the Lord of the heaven palace demon subduing hall, which all told Han Yao.


    Han Yao was surprised that the matter involved so much.


    He didn''t promise Meng Zhang indiscriminately, but asked Meng Zhang to wait patiently.


    I''m afraid only emperor Bawu can do such a big thing.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, Han Yao directly returned to the capital of Dali Dynasty and reported to Bawu emperor, leaving Meng Zhang to wait slowly in the manor.


    Two days later, Emperor Bawu appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that emperor Bawu didn''t summon himself, but took the initiative to meet him. He despised himself too much.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have a relationship with the Taiyi gate in the heyday of the imperial dynasty. Emperor Bawu admired the ancestors of the Taiyi gate, so he had a good attitude towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was limited to his accomplishments and lack of vision at that time. He just felt that emperor Bawu was unfathomable and could not see through his real accomplishments.


    Meng Zhang is now a monk of the same level as Bawu emperor.


    When Emperor Bawu stood there, even if he did not deliberately expose his cultivation, Meng Zhang noticed the terrorist power contained in his body.


    Although Bawu emperor, like Meng Zhang now, is a monk in the period of Yang God. However, Emperor Bawu''s strength is much stronger than that of Meng Zhang.


    The Yang God of Bawu emperor, pure Yang without scale, is constantly emitting hot light like a hot sun in Meng Zhang''s induction.


    The cultivation of emperor Bawu in the period of Yang God has been completed, and he can start to break through the period of returning to emptiness at any time.


    If Meng Zhang guesses well, Emperor Bawu has been suppressing cultivation and has not made a breakthrough. I''m afraid it''s still to contain Ziyang Shengzong.


    Whether the great energy in the period of returning to emptiness can directly fight in the Junchen world, the strongest combat power in the battle of friars in the Junchen world will stop in the period of Yang God.


    Bawu emperor, a perfect friar in the Yang God period, is enough to suppress several ordinary friars in the Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang had heard before that emperor Bawu rarely took action on the battlefield between the Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong.


    But every time he made a move, he could give Ziyang Shengzong a great blow and completely lay a battle situation.


    If the Dali imperial dynasty did not have two strong forces, Emperor Bawu and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda, Ziyang Shengzong might have won by virtue of the number of monks in the Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang respectfully saluted emperor Bawu.


    He not only respected the cultivation and status of Bawu emperor, but also paid tribute to the pioneers on the road of cultivation.


    After emperor Bawu appeared, without half a word of nonsense, he directly entered the topic.


    "Headmaster Meng, I already know your intention."


    "In the eyes of many people, the collusion between Tianshi society and demon cultivation has long been no secret."


    "It''s just that this matter involves a lot. Everyone turns a blind eye."


    "If leader Meng really wants to know, I can tell you the inside story."


    Emperor Bawu looked at Meng Zhang with deep meaning.


    Dali really deserves to be the overlord of the underworld. Things so far away can''t be concealed from his eyes and ears. Meng Zhang sighed in his heart.


    Although there have been many fights with the forces of Tianshi society in the underworld, and they see through each other''s hidden Yang God level demon cultivation.


    However, Meng Zhang still knows nothing about the real inside story of this matter.


    Now emperor Bawu wants to take the initiative to tell Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang has a faint premonition that he is in trouble.


    Emperor Bawu was so kind that he clearly wanted to pull taiyimen on board.


    However, it is Meng Zhang who asks for help and has to follow Bawu emperor first. Moreover, he was equally curious about the cause and effect of the whole thing.


    "Your Majesty''s advice," Meng Zhang said respectfully.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s attitude, Emperor Bawu nodded with satisfaction and began to tell the inside story slowly.


    In the vast underworld, what Terrans can set foot in is only a small part of it.


    In the area that Terran forces can reach, Dali Dynasty, which has Yang God level ghosts and gods, is no different from the overlord.


    Of course, the underworld is vast, the forces of all parties are intertwined, and the situation is very complex.


    The Dali Dynasty also had no plan to wipe out all forces and unify the underworld.


    Dali Dynasty only took the Yindu city as the core, slowly expanded around, and expanded its power in the underworld step by step.

 Chapter 1691

    Of course, although Dali Dynasty rarely interfered with other parts of the underworld, it still paid great attention to it.


    Most of the forces in the underworld are willing to make friends with the emperor. In many things, I am also willing to provide help to Dali imperial court.


    In the vast underworld, there are countless precious resources.


    In particular, those unique heaven and earth treasures in the underworld can play a special role in many times.


    In order to obtain the special resources of the underworld, many Xiuzhen forces in the Yang world asked to help Dali leave the imperial dynasty.


    This allowed Dali to make many contacts with the imperial dynasty, but also obtained countless benefits.


    Seeing that the Dali imperial dynasty obtained so many benefits through the underworld, naturally there were many forces of truth cultivation jealous.


    The main support for the Dali Dynasty to traverse the underworld was the ghosts and gods with the level of Yang God.


    The acquired ghosts and gods transformed from the human yuan God Zhenjun are difficult to break through the level of Yang God because of their own imprisonment.


    The strong man of Yang God level may not be so great in the Yang world, but in the underworld, it is enough to run rampant for a while.


    In order to break through the level of Yang God, many ghosts and ghosts in the underworld have made countless efforts and attempts.


    A few years ago, a ghost and God who had a great relationship with Tianshi society successfully broke through the level of Yang God by cultivating the secret skills of the devil and relying on the power of the devil and God.


    This ghost and God fell into the devil''s way and became a devil. Even with the strength of Yang God level, he was still unknown.


    This ghost is also an ambitious person. Of course, he is not willing to hide in the dark all his life.


    The sect of Tianshi society itself is deeply involved with situ family and other forces, as is its influence in the underworld.


    The demon monk joined the situ family and got the help of some great forces in the Junchen world. He was ready to do something in the underworld.


    On the surface, he tried to pollute the earth vein of the underworld and demonize a large area, but in fact, he had another plan.


    Emperor Bawu didn''t say what the devil cultivation had other plans.


    He just said that once he made it successful, he could dominate the underworld like the other side of the Yindu city.


    Although emperor Bawu talked about these things in a flat tone, there seems to be no bias. But when he said this, Meng Zhang finally understood.


    Dali imperial dynasty can have today''s status, largely relying on the Yin capital in the underworld.


    The last thing the Dali Dynasty wanted to see was the emergence of another Yin capital in the underworld, or a force comparable to the Yin capital.


    The Dali Dynasty is absolutely strongly opposed to the plot of the Tianshi society.


    If possible, the Dali Dynasty will even stop it directly.


    Unfortunately, due to the current situation of Dali Dynasty, it is impossible to make a direct move.


    Dali imperial court supported the holy door of Ziyang Shengzong very hard. It can''t continue to add strong enemies.


    The relationship between various forces in the Xiuzhen world was complex, which also greatly bound the hands and feet of Dali imperial dynasty.


    For example, Qijia, on the northern edge of the Middle Earth continent, is close to Ziyang Shengzong. There are many conflicts between the two sides in many aspects.


    The Qi family is far less powerful than Ziyang Shengzong, but it is also a powerful family with great power to return to emptiness.


    The Qi family and the situ family are in marriage for generations.


    In the cultivation world, many people regard the Qi family as followers or subordinates of the situ family.


    In the past, Ziyang Shengzong only suppressed the Qi family at most, and would not easily break out a war with it.


    Now the Dali imperial court is fighting with the Ziyang Shengzong. Among the forces that actively provide all kinds of help behind the Dali imperial court, there is Qijia.


    Dali Dynasty is not fighting with Ziyang Shengzong alone. There are many supporters behind it. You can even see the shadow of some holy places.


    Of course, the Dali Dynasty was limited by this, and naturally it could not easily offend the supporters behind it.


    Even if Dali could not bear to see the Tianshi society and was dissatisfied with the actions of the demon cultivation, he could only bear it forcibly.


    With the entanglement between taiyimen and Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang is very familiar with many situations of Dali Dynasty.


    Although the supporters behind the Dali Dynasty hide their heads and show their tails, Meng Zhang has long speculated.


    When I came to visit Bawu emperor this time, it was clear that I asked for someone, but Bawu emperor showed such initiative. Bawu emperor''s mind has been clearly revealed.


    Emperor Bawu seemed to be able to see through people''s hearts. Seeing Meng Zhang''s thoughtful appearance, he praised a child to teach.


    To be honest, if Meng Zhang didn''t come to the door for help this time, Emperor Bawu would find an excuse to summon Meng Zhang.


    The Dali Dynasty has always been very clear about the actions of the Tianshi society in the underworld.


    It''s inconvenient for Dali to directly attack the emperor. It''s natural for taiyimen, as one of the parties, to attack the demon monk.


    Seeing Meng Zhang understood his hint, Bawu emperor stopped talking and became silent.


    Meng Zhang knows that as long as he takes the initiative to speak, he will become a passive party.


    But it was so far that he couldn''t find another helper except Dali Dynasty.


    Since Dali is willing to help the emperor, he can''t ask for anything else.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang lowered his face and begged Bawu emperor, hoping that Bawu emperor could point out the maze.


    On the side of Dali Dynasty, many high-level officials are actually more anxious than Meng Zhang. They are afraid that the completion of the demon will affect the unique status of the Yin capital in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang opened his mouth. Emperor Bawu didn''t take anything and directly offered help.


    Dali''s power in the underworld is very strong, but he can''t help directly.


    On the surface, at least, Dali was completely outside the imperial dynasty and was not involved in the struggle between Taimiao and Tianshi society.


    Dali Dynasty can''t send out the ghosts, gods and ghosts under its command, but it can still provide strong combat effectiveness.


    Emperor Bawu directly lent two Taoist soldiers to Meng Zhang.


    These two Taoist soldiers are few in number, but their combat effectiveness is extremely strong, which can greatly make up for the disadvantage of Taimiao''s high-end combat effectiveness.


    A Taoist soldier is a golden corpse Taoist soldier.


    Golden corpse Taoist soldiers are high-end products in the way of corpses and ghosts.


    Golden corpse evolved from zombies. It is a very special ghost. It can not only fight in the Yang world, but also run wild in the underworld.


    The weakest golden corpses have the strength no less than that of the friars in the early days of the yuan God.


    The corpse king in the golden corpse can even rival the friars in the Yang God period.


    There is no corpse king among golden corpse soldiers loaned by Bawu emperor.


    Otherwise, Meng Zhang may feel a little afraid.


    A total of 12 golden corpses, led by Marshal Shi Heng, are considered strong in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    In the Jun dust world, the way of corpse and ghost is not popular, and few sects practice the way of corpse and ghost.


    A small number of ghost practitioners are completely street mice in the cultivation world, and almost everyone yells at them.


    Meng Zhang had never thought that Dali had such attainments in the way of corpses and ghosts.

 Chapter 1692

    It is well known that the Dali Dynasty has ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God in the underworld.


    But now it seems that the real card of Dali Dynasty should be its strength in the way of corpses and ghosts.


    Emperor Bawu casually lent two Taoist soldiers, which were closely related to the way of corpses and ghosts, which raised a strange feeling in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Many people in the cultivation world know that Dali has secretly sheltered a lot of demons. Does Dali''s real heel have to fall on the head of ghost cultivation?


    Relying on these Taoist soldiers alone, Da Li from the imperial dynasty is enough to cross the underworld.


    The way of corpse and ghost often looks strange and cruel, but strictly speaking, it is not evil.


    Meng Zhang has no special intention of rejecting ghosts.


    In order to resist the strong enemy, he can completely accept the use of ghost means.


    Emperor Bawu was very considerate.


    These two Taoist soldiers can help fight against ordinary members of the Tianshi society, but they are still a little insufficient to deal with the demon cultivation of the Yang God level.


    Although emperor Bawu has always been a wise bead in his hand and full of confidence. But after all, he is only a cultivator, not an omnipotent immortal.


    In the case that Dali couldn''t directly fight, he didn''t have any good way to destroy the demon Xiu.


    As an expedient measure, Emperor Bawu gave Meng Zhang a one-time treasure.


    The shape of this treasure is a golden statue, which looks like a powerful general. The top helmet is whipped armor, holding a big Guan Dao, which shows a terrible murderous spirit.


    According to Bawu emperor, this treasure can only be driven by friars in the period of Yang God.


    After Meng Zhang came to the underworld, even if his cultivation was suppressed, there was no problem driving this treasure.


    After being driven by treasure, you will become a strong general of Yang God level.


    Although the fierce general could not defeat the demon cultivation at the Yang God level, he could block it temporarily.


    When Taimiao defeats the power of Tianshi society in the underworld with the help of Taoist soldiers, the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God will naturally retreat.


    Although it is impossible to annihilate the enemy completely, it can be regarded as achieving its goal by defeating the enemy''s plot.


    Hearing this arrangement of emperor Bawu, Meng Zhang was slightly surprised.


    It seems that emperor Bawu is also uneasy and kind to Taimiao.


    It should be said that the Dali Dynasty will keep an eye on and be deeply alert to any powerful forces or strong ones in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. In recent years, I have conquered the East and West in the underworld and eliminated many powerful opponents. I''ve been famous for a long time.


    Wonderful. Having taiyimen as an ally in the Yang world is tantamount to relying on.


    Although this is unlikely, it is wonderful. It also has the potential to impact the status of Yindu city.


    Especially in the struggle against the Tianshi society, it was wonderful, performed well and made a big show.


    Emperor Bawu seems to have generously provided a lot of help, but if you think carefully, even with these help, the main force of the real battle is still too wonderful and its ghost army.


    After a great war, it''s wonderful. Even if you win in the end, you must lose a lot.


    Emperor Bawu should have a deep understanding of the strength of Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    Although too wonderful is strong, there is still a distance from the Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang came to the underworld and was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld. He certainly could not give play to the combat effectiveness of the Yang God period.


    In this way, even if they join hands, they can''t defeat the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, and it''s even difficult to protect themselves.


    With the one-time treasure given by Bawu emperor, they had a chance to win, but they couldn''t help the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God.


    When the demon monk makes a comeback in the future, the wonderful situation will be bad.


    Meng Zhang even suspected that emperor Bawu might have reservations. If he really helps with all his strength, it''s wonderful. Maybe he can win completely this time and leave the demon cultivation behind.


    The current practice of Bawu emperor is clearly to use Taimiao and even Taiyi gate. Basically, it can be said that he killed people with a knife.


    Although he had seen through emperor Bawu''s plot, Meng Zhang remained silent.


    In any case, Emperor Bawu really helped.


    Without the help provided by Emperor Bawu, it would only be worse and worse.


    Emperor Bawu calculated well, but he made a mistake.


    He didn''t know that Taimiao was the incarnation of Meng Zhang, the real relationship between the two sides, that Meng Zhang would never give up Taimiao, let alone the magical means of both sides.


    Emperor Bawu gave the help he could provide, and also specifically explained Meng Zhang, reminding him of many areas that needed attention.


    Meng Zhang naturally thanked emperor Bawu for his extraordinary and magnanimous efforts.


    Meng Zhang even patted his chest and said that he could spare his hand when he helped too wonderful to get through the disaster.


    He will contact friends from all sides and make trouble for Ziyang Shengzong everywhere.


    Meng Zhang proudly told Bawu emperor that he made friends with Qiu brothers in Xingluo islands and kept in touch secretly all the time.


    The Qiu brothers and Ziyang Shengzong have accumulated deep contradictions over the years. Ziyang Shengzong is more aggressive recently, which makes the Qiu brothers unbearable.


    Meng Zhang is going to try his best to persuade the Qiu brothers to rebel against Ziyang Shengzong.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Emperor Bawu didn''t care at all.


    He didn''t know about the Xingluo islands.


    The Qiu brothers did have many contradictions with Ziyang Shengzong, and they looked like they were about to break up.


    However, Emperor Bawu knew that both Xingluo palace and Qiu brothers could not do without the support of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the end, most of the Qiu brothers still have to bow to Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Qiu family brothers alone cannot compete with the Ziyang holy sect.


    Meng Zhang''s big talk was just a show of kindness to Bawu emperor.


    Of course, it would be nice for Meng Zhang to have such a mind. Emperor Bawu would not be cold in his heart.


    Anyway, taiyimen is a useful helper against Ziyang Shengzong.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang has a deep background and doesn''t know when he will play a role.

 Chapter 1693

    Emperor Bawu greatly appreciated Meng Zhang''s idea and Haosheng encouraged him.


    Meng Zhang had to talk with Bawu emperor for a while, but he was moved in his heart and received the news from Taimiao.


    It seems that the Tianshi society forces in the underworld are going to launch an all-round attack on the cold frost mountain.


    Meng Zhang only pleaded guilty to Bawu emperor, saying that he was worried about the situation on the other side of Hanshuang mountain and was inconvenient to stay outside.


    Bawu emperor said he understood Meng Zhang''s idea and said goodbye to him soon.


    Meng Zhang''s figure had just disappeared from the manor, and an old Taoist appeared behind emperor Bawu.


    This man is Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher of Dali imperial dynasty.


    In those years, he escaped from the death of Huixu Daneng''s subordinates of Ziyang Shengzong, which not only made him famous, but also benefited him a lot.


    Now Chunyu Zhongda''s cultivation is not much weaker than that of Bawu emperor. He is also qualified to impact the period of returning to emptiness.


    However, like Bawu emperor, he forcibly suppressed his accomplishments and did not rush to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Dali imperial dynasty had two strong Yang gods, Bawu emperor and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda, to fight against Ziyang Shengzong until now.


    Chunyu Zhongda saw the direction of Meng Zhang''s disappearance and asked in a low voice, "Your Majesty, I still feel that there is something wrong with the handling of this matter."


    "If that guy retaliates in the future and takes his strength as a Yang God level demon cultivation, it''s too wonderful. I''m afraid he can''t escape death."


    "It''s wonderful to lose this ally. Taiyimen has suffered huge losses in all aspects. I''m afraid Meng Zhang will resent his majesty when he thinks about it."


    Emperor Bawu smiled.


    "Resentment is resentment. According to Meng Zhang''s nature, he will make a rational judgment."


    "Will he turn against me for just one too wonderful?"


    "Is it important for a dead ally, or is it important for Dali''s help?"


    "Moreover, getting rid of Taimiao will also help weaken Taiyi gate."


    "A too powerful taiyimen is not an ally of Anfen."


    Emperor Bawu has made a decision. Chunyu Zhongda just habitually thinks more and doesn''t say much.


    After Meng Zhang left the Dali Dynasty, he soon sent it back to the Taiyi gate.


    Before he returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, the enemy''s attack had begun.


    In such a short period of time, the Tianshi meeting in the underworld has mobilized a number of ghosts and ghosts, broke the external defense of Hanshuang mountain and began to attack the interior of Hanshuang mountain.


    Although the enemy''s strength was expected, the rapid development of the war situation was beyond Meng Zhanghe''s wonderful expectation.


    If we don''t get support, we can''t hold the cold frost mountain.


    Meng Zhang dared not neglect, and immediately began to come.


    When Meng Zhang came over the cold frost mountain, the lower part had long been killed.


    Taimiao''s ghost army was named xuanjiayin army by him. The army is well-trained and well-equipped.


    More importantly, the backbone of the army at all levels is capable, and the generals can command the army freely.


    In this way, this army can reluctantly form a military array, give play to its own quantitative advantage, and make the weak enemy strong.


    A four-stage mountain protection array was originally arranged on the cold frost mountain.


    Under the cover of the large array, the xuanjiayin army deployed one military array after another, made full use of the geographical advantage and gave full play to its strong combat effectiveness.


    It''s just that there are too many high-level strong enemies, and the ghosts and ghosts used are basically at the level of Yuanshen.


    With overwhelming combat power, a high-ranking strong man came and went around the array and attacked everywhere.


    As the defensive side, xuanjiayin army is tired and hard to deal with.


    There are many gaps around the array. Even the xuanjiayin army can''t make up for the fire.


    From time to time, some strong enemy soldiers enter the array, wantonly rush to kill, disperse one military array after another, and kill a large number of sergeants.


    Too wonderful. Instead of directly commanding the army, he wants to give full play to his superiority in combat power and try to block the enemy.


    Two monstrous ghosts and two ghosts and gods joined hands to not only block Taimiao, but also force him to the disadvantage.


    It is not all the high-level strongmen sent out by Tianshi Association.


    A ghost and God waved a big flag outside the mountain protection array of Hanshuang mountain for a while.


    A moment later, a large number of ghosts, including many strange ghost beasts, suddenly appeared, and then joined the fierce attack on the mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang, who had just arrived, immediately took action without any delay.


    The situation of the cold frost mountain was so good that it was passed to him long ago. He didn''t have to waste time observing it.


    If you take action a moment earlier, your loss will be one point less.


    Meng Zhang took out a small and exquisite coffin and gently opened it.


    Twelve golden corpse Taoist soldiers flew out of the coffin and, under the leadership of Marshal Shi Heng, killed ghosts and ghosts on the side of Tianshi society.


    Meng Zhang took out a dark ceramic jar and opened the lid. A corpse Figurine Taoist soldier flew out of it and began to fight with the alloy corpse Taoist soldier.


    Meng Zhang put aside two magic weapons loaded with Taoist soldiers lent by Bawu emperor. Instead of directly participating in the war, he continued to watch the war in the sky.


    Under the command of Marshal Shi Heng, twelve golden corpse Taoist soldiers specially compete with the enemy''s high-ranking strong ones.


    In this way, the enemy''s advantages in the high-level strong are greatly offset.


    The team of corpse Figurine soldiers directly entered the ghost army summoned by the enemy and killed the army in a mess.


    Emperor Bawu''s judgment is very accurate, and lending Meng Zhang these two Taoist soldiers is not vulgar.


    With the strong combat effectiveness of the two Taoist soldiers, the pressure on the cold frost mountain side decreased greatly and began to get rid of the crisis slowly.


    Among the xuanjiayin army, several old Dharma protectors of Taiyi gate are mainly responsible for the main command positions.


    These Dharma protectors are all experienced people with a keen sense of smell on the battlefield.


    They found that with the arrival of reinforcements, the battlefield situation changed, which not only consolidated the defense line, but also began to plan a counterattack.


    In recent years, many friars of Taiyi sect have entered the underworld for various reasons and invested in Taimiao''s command.


    The Yuanshen friars who lost their flesh in Taiyi sect were basically transformed into ghosts and gods.


    There are also some Dharma protectors who were later refined by taiyimen, or friars who lost their bodies for various reasons and left only their souls.


    They basically gathered in the xuanjiayin army and served as commanders at all levels.


    With these backbone forces, xuanjiayin army shows strong flexibility and can freely change attack and defense.


    If a few strong people on the side of Tianshi Association accidentally fall into the military array, they will be besieged by many parties immediately and slowly fall into the downwind.


    Meng Zhang did not participate in the war. The Tianshi society began to be at the bottom, and no enemy came to interfere with him.


    From Meng Zhang''s point of view, he judged that the strong and weak, offensive and defensive, were beginning to change.


    If there were no accidents, Tianshi would have suffered a disastrous defeat in its attack on Hanshuang mountain.


    After the disastrous defeat, the enemy did not say that the casualties were exhausted, but at least his vitality and strength were greatly damaged.

 Chapter 1694

    With the passage of time, as Meng Zhang expected, the war situation began to shift in the direction beneficial to his own side.


    The twelve golden corpse Taoist soldiers were ferocious and effective. They showed great advantages in the face of ghosts and gods at the same level.


    In particular, marshal Shi Heng, the leader, had torn two enemy ghosts and gods alive soon after he joined the war.


    This golden corpse Taoist soldier is the enemy of ghosts and ghosts, almost completely offsetting the enemy''s advantage in high-level combat power.


    The corpse terracotta Taoist soldiers seem insignificant, but they play a great role in the battlefield, only slightly inferior to the golden corpse Taoist soldiers.


    The corpse terracotta soldiers not only killed and scattered the enemy''s ghost army, but also cooperated with each other, causing great damage to the enemy''s high-level combat power.


    Of course, although our side slowly gained the upper hand, it paid a lot of casualties.


    The golden corpse soldiers have thick skin and flesh, strong flesh and strong vitality. After fighting for so long, they are only injured at most. There is no loss yet.


    The body of the corpse Figurine Taoist soldier is made of special materials, which is almost comparable to the magic weapon. Its spirit has been tempered for many times and is extremely tough.


    Since the beginning of the war, most of the corpse terracotta Taoists have maintained strong combat effectiveness, except that a few weak corpse terracotta Taoists have been smashed by the enemy.


    It''s too wonderful. From the beginning, there were huge casualties in the xuanjiayin army.


    Up to now, the whole army has suffered heavy losses and lost its vitality.


    If the taiyimen friars in the army had not been able to command, I''m afraid the whole army would have collapsed.


    Even if the casualties of the army were so large and the organizational structure was seriously damaged, the extreme sword general and others still tried to maintain the army and began to organize counterattack.


    Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation was suppressed by the rules of the underworld, he was still a strong man on the battlefield.


    As long as he takes part in the battle, he will greatly speed up the process of his own victory.


    But Meng Zhang still didn''t move, but continued to wait.


    He believed that the enemy, like himself, had no cards.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long. As the enemy''s situation became worse and worse, the enemy who was unwilling to lose finally took out the last card.


    In the northeast of Hanshuang mountain, a powerful magic Qi rises into the sky. This magic Qi is approaching here quickly.


    However, for a moment, accompanied by the soaring evil spirit, an expressionless old man in a painted Mafia robe stood in the air, his hands negative, and approached the battlefield step by step.


    Needless to say, this person is the demon cultivation of Yang God level hidden by Tianshi society.


    "Cansha Zhenjun, why did you come here? If you came earlier, we wouldn''t have to fight so long. We would have won long ago."


    A tall ghost saw the reinforcements coming and began to shout.


    Cansha Zhenjun ignored the rude and brainless guy, but looked at Meng Zhang in front of him.


    When cansha Zhenjun was in the Yang world, he was a yuan God Zhenjun from sanxiu.


    The sources of Tianshi friars are complex. One of the purposes of the sect is to recruit talents from all directions.


    Cansha Zhenjun later joined the Tianshi society and became an elder.


    In a fight with the enemy, cansha Zhenjun lost his body and only the yuan God remained.


    Cansha Zhenjun, who was unwilling to reincarnate, turned into ghosts and gods with the help of the Tianshi society, entered the underworld and continued to work for the Tianshi society.


    Tianshi society has long had a strong ambition for the underworld, and spent a lot of effort to layout and develop its forces in the underworld.


    Originally, he was just an ordinary ghost and God''s cansha Zhenjun, but he embarked on the road of demon cultivation by virtue of the ancient books of demon Taoism, and finally became a demon cultivation at the level of Yang God.


    Cansha Zhenjun is not satisfied with this. He has greater ambition and starts to layout for his ambition.


    The Taoist monk should have been at odds with the demon monk.


    However, cansha Zhenjun shows a strong utilization value, and Tianshi will not give up.


    For cansha Zhenjun, the power of Tianshi society is also needed to help achieve his goals.


    Therefore, the two sides hit it off and used each other.


    Over the years, both the Tianshi society in the underworld and the Tianshi society in the Yang world have paid a lot of human and material resources to help the layout of cansha Zhenjun.


    As the backstage supporter of Tianshi society, situ family knew this from the beginning.


    The situ family was also interested in the plot to kill Zhenjun and acquiesced in the actions of the Tianshi society.


    When the stone will encounter some obstacles that day, the situ family even acquiesced that the stone will use its influence and name to remove the obstacles.


    In the Tianshi society, there is also the power of jiuxuan Pavilion, the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Jiuxuan pavilion was originally arranged inside the Tianshi society to monitor the situ family and restrict the situ family.


    However, when jiuxuan Pavilion knew the plot to kill Zhenjun, it chose a laissez faire attitude and did not stop it at all.


    Obviously, jiuxuan Pavilion is also interested in the plot to kill Zhenjun.


    The high level of Tianshi society knew the attitude of situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion towards this matter, and was more confident. It was almost blatant to take action.


    Of course, the necessary cover up still needs to be done. After all, it is taboo to collude with evil cultivation.


    Due to the cover of Tianshi society, the existence of cansha Zhenjun has not been easily exposed.


    Of course, there is no airtight wall in the world.


    In addition to the accidental discovery that Tianshi would collude with the devil like Mingyu Zhenjun, Dali emperor was also vaguely aware of the actions of Tianshi society.


    However, the Dali Dynasty was forced by the situation and could not intervene directly.


    Later, Meng Zhang realized that Tianshi would collude with the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God and appeal to the heaven palace to subdue demons. This matter was completely exposed.


    Qin Fangtian, the Lord of the demon subduing Hall who had originally made an appointment with Meng Zhang, began to make trouble after he realized that Tianshi would not do it alone and could see the shadow of situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion behind him.


    Among the major holy places, jiuxuan pavilion has the deepest penetration and greatest influence on the heavenly palace.


    Qin Fangtian had trouble mobilizing the power of the heavenly palace in the underworld. He easily guessed that it was the internal constraints of the heavenly palace, which was mostly related to the jiuxuan Pavilion.


    If it was just a situ family, Qin Fangtian didn''t care much.


    Qin Fangtian finally began to shrink back after he noticed the secret hands and feet of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The power of the heavenly palace in the underworld could not support Meng Zhang in time, and Qin Fangtian had no way.


    He said at the beginning that when the demon monk at the level of Yang God appeared, the temple of heaven would send a number of monks of Yang God period to the underworld and siege each other with magic weapons.


    Later, he said nothing about it, and Meng Zhang completely cut off his hope.


    Now, as Meng Zhang expected, cansha Zhenjun appeared in Hanshuang mountain, trying to turn the war around on his own.


    If Meng Zhang can''t stop the canslaying of Zhenjun, neither the two Taoist soldiers lent by Bawu emperor nor the xuanjiayin army under Taimiao can be the opponent of canslaying Zhenjun.

 Chapter 1695

    If you really let cansha Zhenjun join the battle directly below unscrupulously, you will not escape the result of defeat in this battle.


    Meng Zhang knew that the real opponent appeared and he needed to start taking out his cards.


    The attention of cansha Zhenjun mainly focused on Meng Zhang.


    He saw through the details of Meng Zhang at a glance.


    The other side is a strong man in the Yang God period from the Yang world. Even if his cultivation is suppressed by the rules of the underworld, he is still a strong enemy that can not be underestimated.


    Meng Zhang took the lead before cansha Zhenjun took the shot.


    He took out the statue lent by Bawu emperor and began to drive with all his strength.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were only suppressed in his body and did not disappear out of thin air. But even so, he still spent a lot of effort to urge this disposable treasure.


    I saw the statue fly into the air and turn into a huge God general. It looked very powerful and extraordinary.


    As soon as the God appeared, he waved the big pass knife in his hand and gently chopped at the real king.


    Where the sharp blade passed, even the space was cut open, revealing a huge space crack.


    Cansha Zhenjun''s momentum, which had been brewing for a long time, was interrupted by such a powerful blow.


    Cansha Zhenjun''s magic skills are unpredictable and weird.


    This kind of hard struggle is not what he is good at.


    But in full view of the public, he didn''t want to weaken his momentum as soon as he came up.


    And with his eyes, he could also see the emptiness and reality of the God General opposite.


    Cansha Zhenjun put his hands together, and a thick dark column of air met the blade.


    The blade and Qi column both disappeared. The body of cansha Zhenjun shook slightly, and countless fine bloody wounds appeared on his palms, and then disappeared immediately.


    After blocking the opponent''s attack from the front, cansha Zhenjun stopped fighting hard and began to show his real skills.


    The monstrous devil Qi rolled constantly under the feet of the remnant killing Zhenjun, almost rolling the whole earth.


    Countless earth rocks gushed out of the earth, melted into the magic gas, and rushed to the God general like waves.


    The shadow of cansha Zhenjun disappeared under the cover of evil Qi and mixed into the surrounding environment.


    When the God would resist the surging earth and rock waves, the remnant killing Zhenjun turned into a remnant in the sky and suddenly surrounded his opponent from all directions.


    I don''t know which expert in Dali imperial dynasty has such a hand that he can refine such a strong Yang God level general.


    The action of this God general is not complicated, but simply waving the big pass knife in his hand.


    Every time we wield the dagger, there is the momentum of thousands of troops to make changes and thousands of men to be invincible.


    No matter what kind of secret method and changes cansha Zhenjun performs, he will be interrupted at the critical moment, and even almost hurt by the sharp blade.


    This divine general''s skill is just right to restrain the devil''s secret skill of killing the real king. We have really achieved the goal of reducing ten meetings with one force and breaking cleverness with force.


    Of course, this is not a coincidence. Emperor Bawu must have calculated for a long time before he lent this treasure to Meng Zhang.


    The problem now is that I don''t know how long this disposable treasure can last.


    This God will take a little initiative in the battle against the real king, but it is still a long way from winning.


    If the power contained in this statue is completely exhausted before completely defeating the real king, it will be a big trouble.


    According to Emperor Bawu''s idea, it seems that he is eager to be too wonderful and lose both his men and the enemy.


    With the help of golden corpse Taoist soldiers and corpse Figurine Taoist soldiers, Taimiao''s xuanjiayin army began to gain the upper hand, and even began to counterattack.


    The power of Tianshi society in the underworld seems to have suffered heavy losses and great vitality this time.


    With the passage of time, ghosts, gods and ghosts on the side of Tianshi society began to suffer heavy casualties.


    Several opponents who could have entangled too wonderful also began to show an unsustainable posture.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to take advantage of the power of the God to take out his cards and try to hurt the real king.


    However, with his rich combat experience and careful thinking, he gave up the plan for the time being and wanted to wait a little longer.


    In his heart, in addition to paying attention to the enemy in front of him, he was also full of wariness about the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Emperor Bawu just lent two Taoist soldiers and a treasure to help his side completely turn the situation around.


    Meng Zhang was very alert to the power of Dali Dynasty, especially in the underworld.


    Of course, under the current circumstances, Dali imperial court is unlikely to be unfavorable to taiyimen.


    However, if there is a chance to suppress or even eliminate it, it is too good to be soft from the imperial dynasty.


    Even if you don''t do it directly, Dali will use other means.


    The biggest card and reliance of Tianshi society is the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, who can kill Zhenjun.


    They thought that as long as you kill Zhenjun, you can easily destroy the enemy and even cross the underworld.


    However, the current war situation is really beyond the expectation of Tianshi Association.


    Until now, they don''t know what''s wrong there.


    The enemy who thought he could easily win became so ferocious and powerful.


    In the battlefield, there was a sudden shrill scream. A ghost and God who entangled too wonderful was torn alive by too wonderful with his brute force.


    Too wonderful has long shown its ghost and God body and brought its power into full play.


    In such a place as the underworld, his body of ghosts and gods is very strong, and he is almost as strong as the strong one at the level of Yang God.


    The ghosts, gods and ghosts that entangled him were killed by him one after another after a fierce battle.


    Of course, being a winner is not without a price.


    In addition to many obvious wounds on his body, his breath also changed up and down, very unstable.


    As for other parts of the battlefield, the joint operation of xuanjiayin army and two Taoist soldiers has an absolute advantage.


    Tianshi society has gathered so many powerful ghosts and ghosts in the underworld. Its means are nothing more than coercion and inducement.


    These guys have limited loyalty to Tianshi club.


    If your side has the upper hand and fights with the wind, of course there is no problem.


    But once their own side falls into the wind, they have no determination to die for Tianshi.


    A few powerful ghosts were controlled by the remnant killing Zhenjun by evil means.


    The evil Qi implanted by cansha Zhenjun in their bodies helps them improve their cultivation and combat effectiveness, and secretly absorbs their source of life.


    When cansha Zhenjun needs it, all these ghosts are his big blood bag and big tonic.


    Cansha Zhenjun certainly doesn''t want to lose his property in such a battle.


    Several such ghosts have been killed by Taimiao before, which has distressed cansha Zhenjun.


    From the most powerful combat power to ordinary members, they began to have no fighting spirit. Then there will be no suspense about the outcome of the war.

 Chapter 1696

    I don''t know where it started. Before Taimiao completely destroyed all his opponents, the side of Tianshi meeting, which was still fighting below, began to run away.


    Those clever ghosts and gods, seeing that their own side was defeated and unwilling to sacrifice in vain, first began to give up the battle and flee the battlefield.


    Soon, more and more ghosts and ghosts began to look for opportunities to escape.


    After Taimiao solves his opponent, there are not many ghosts and ghosts left on the side of Tianshi meeting in the battlefield.


    The rest of these guys are not how loyal they will be to Tianshi, but fight up, their nature completely attack, fierce, suppress the residual rationality, and only know to fight hard with the enemy.


    Too wonderful. Seeing that the xuanjiayin army who has been carefully trained for many years has suffered heavy losses, his face is distressed.


    The loss this time is so heavy that I don''t know how much time it will take to fully recover.


    Too wonderful. Ignoring the interest rate adjustment, he joined the battle immediately.


    The first is to try our best to reduce the casualties of xuanjiayin army. Second, pursue and kill the enemy and eliminate all evil.


    Cansha Zhenjun saw the defeat below and knew that the general trend was gone. It was meaningless to continue fighting.


    He wants to get out of the fight, save his strength for the time being and make a comeback next time.


    However, Meng Zhang urged the God general, that is, he didn''t let him go and entangled him firmly.


    Cansha Zhenjun has long seen through the details of this God general and knows that this God will be a disposable treasure.


    Such treasures can not exist forever, and the endurance time is limited.


    There is no need to fight against the real king. As long as we avoid his edge and continue to delay time, sooner or later we can delay until the God will lose its function.


    Of course, because of the appearance of this God general, the evaluation of Tai Miao and Meng Zhang in the heart of cansha Zhenjun suddenly increased a lot.


    If the other party can take out such a treasure, there is probably great support behind it.


    Cansha Zhenjun didn''t even bother Meng Zhang next time.


    Who knows how many such treasures Meng Zhang has?


    Cansha Zhenjun wants to go, but Meng Zhang will not let him retreat safely.


    This demon cultivation at the level of Yang God is a great disaster. Since he has accepted his hatred, of course, he can''t let go easily.


    Otherwise, it will be a lot of trouble in the future to act in the style of evil repair.


    The God general and cansha Zhenjun have been fighting endlessly. Even the battle below is almost over, and they don''t mean to stop.


    After fighting for so long, there was a bit of anger in the heart of cansha Zhenjun.


    Most ghosts and gods are cruel and easy to kill, irritable and irritable.


    Since falling into the devil''s way, cansha Zhenjun has become a lot gloomy.


    Although it can temporarily suppress the nature of ghosts and gods, it does not really solve the problem.


    On the contrary, the longer its nature is suppressed, the deeper the tyranny accumulated in its heart.


    Cansha Zhenjun has made a great plan this time. He has planned for many years.


    In order to ensure the implementation of the plan, he did not hesitate to promise many benefits to the Tianshi society.


    When the plan was carried out near Hanshuang mountain, it began to go wrong.


    Frost mountain is a very important node of this plan.


    As long as he wins the cold frost mountain, he can launch the layout and implement the plan.


    Seeing that success was imminent, he encountered obstacles on the side of frost mountain.


    Then, some arrangements that had been ready for many years went wrong one after another.


    Cansha Zhenjun was already furious, but the big plan failed, and he had to bear it forcibly.


    If you follow the mind of cansha Zhenjun, you should have launched a large-scale attack on Hanshuang mountain and completely occupied this place.


    However, his partner, Tianshi society, is always looking forward and backward, pushing and blocking, and looks afraid of this and that.


    Cansha Zhenjun knows that the trust between him and Tianshi society is limited. Each has his own ghosts and plans.


    Tianshi society is not willing to easily expose the existence of the demon cultivation of cansha Zhenjun, and is not willing to lose too much power in order to capture Hanshuang mountain.


    Later, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, intervened in the matter and stabbed it to the heaven palace to subdue demons.


    After receiving the news, the high level of the Tianshi society in the underworld panicked and had to give up the plan completely.


    Then came the news from Yangshi that their plan had been sheltered by some big people and could continue.


    The Tianshi meeting in the underworld made up its mind and began to attack the cold frost mountain.


    However, the development of the war situation after that was beyond the expectation of cansha Zhenjun.


    Even when fighting with the God general, cansha Zhenjun secretly observed the golden corpse Taoist soldiers and the corpse Figurine Taoist soldiers.


    He had a certain understanding of Taimiao and its ally Meng Zhang and knew their general situation.


    On these two Taoist soldiers who suddenly took part in the war, we can find a strong shadow of the way of corpses and ghosts.


    As for the divine general, it is likely to come from the hand of returning to virtual power.


    Cansha Zhenjun knew that there were unknown powerful forces and began to intervene in his plan.


    His plan has been exposed and has experienced this failure.


    After that, it is impossible to continue the original plan, even with the help of Tianshi society.


    After this war, the strength of Tianshi society in the underworld has been seriously lost and is of little use.


    As for the big people in the high-level mouth of Tianshi Association, most of them are unreliable.


    After years of hard preparation and paying a huge price, the plan failed, and all efforts were wasted. Cansha Zhenjun was very angry.


    He originally held the idea of temporary retreat, but the God will always pester him, which makes him more angry.


    The huge anger finally made him unable to suppress his emotions and completely exposed the crazy nature of demon Xiu.


    When cansha Zhenjun crossed his heart, he was ready to fight hard and forcibly launch his plan for many years.


    Even if the layout is not perfect and the preparation is far from enough, the layout of cansha Zhenjun for so many years is not useless.


    The most important thing is that once he launches the layout, he can not only hit the enemy hard, but also have a slight possibility to achieve his own plot.


    Cansha Zhenjun''s eyes became red. His anger made him lose his last reason and began to become crazy.


    Cansha Zhenjun began to prepare to launch while resisting the attack of the God general.


    Meng Zhang, who had been watching the war, suddenly had a strong foreboding in his heart.


    His psychic sense from the Heavenly Master was giving a crazy warning, as if some great disaster was about to happen.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know what was going on for the time being, he never ignored his spiritual warning.


    Meng Zhang needs to urge the divine general to leave the battlefield too far. He directly gives orders to Taimiao who shares his heart.


    He wanted to be too wonderful. He immediately led his xuanjiayin army to escape from here, as far as he could.


    It was so wonderful that, without the slightest hesitation, it began to be implemented immediately.


    Of course, too wonderful didn''t run away immediately, but ordered the xuanjiayin army to leave the cold frost mountain as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1697

    Too wonderful didn''t leave Meng Zhang''s mind to escape, but began to approach Meng Zhang''s position.


    Although Taimiao''s Xuanjia Yin army suffered heavy losses and lost its vitality after the war, its organizational system is basically intact, and the upper and lower command system can continue to play a role.


    After receiving the wonderful order, under the leadership of several friars from taiyimen, the whole Xuanjia Yin army left everything, regardless of the battlefield had not been cleaned up in time, and immediately rushed to the distance as fast as possible.


    Because the wonderful order was very strict, the officers at all levels of xuanjiayin army were crazy and desperately urged the army to evacuate from here as soon as possible.


    The army, which had been seriously damaged, completely disrupted the team, lost its establishment and became a mass of loose sand.


    At this time, no one cares. The officers at all levels of the military front just urged the army to keep running away and were absolutely not allowed to stay at all.


    The main force of this ghost army is ghosts at all levels. Even the lowest level ghosts will not run too slowly.


    Soon, a messy ghost army left the cold frost mountain and slowly disappeared at the edge of the battlefield.


    The two Taoist soldiers loaned by Bawu emperor were a little stunned. They didn''t understand why the friendly army ran away at this time.


    It is clear that our side has won a complete victory. How can it be like losing the war.


    After completing their mission and defeating the enemy, the two Taoist soldiers stayed near the battlefield and waited for a new order.


    The leader of the golden corpse Taoist soldiers and the commander of the two Taoist soldiers, general Shi Heng looked at Meng Zhang and Tai Miao in doubt.


    However, general Shi Heng didn''t say much, but continued to observe the war between the God general and the real king.


    The current situation is a little delicate. The two Taoist soldiers do not need to continue to obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Too wonderful flew to Meng Zhang''s side and stood side by side with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t rush Taimiao to escape.


    Together, they should be able to protect themselves even if there are great changes.


    They have strengthened their vigilance and always pay attention to the changes in the surrounding situation.


    Cansha Zhenjun seems to have fallen to the disadvantage in the battle with the God general, but this does not mean that cansha Zhenjun''s strength is really inferior.


    Cansha Zhenjun saw through the details of his opponent. Of course, he didn''t want to fight with a treasure.


    Most of the time, the God will be very brave. He doesn''t hesitate to exchange injury for injury. He would rather be injured than attack.


    Cansha Zhenjun had to temporarily avoid the enemy''s edge and preferred to fall into passivity.


    At this time, the fierce cripple Zhenjun couldn''t save himself. He didn''t hesitate to attack each other and launch a strong attack with his opponent.


    In this way, cansha Zhenjun not only forced his opponent, but also had the spare power to launch his own arrangement.


    Originally, cansha Zhenjun could take this opportunity to withdraw temporarily.


    But he, who had already made a cruel decision, put all his eggs in one basket. In any case, he would launch his own arrangement and make an attempt.


    Cansha Zhenjun recites a moving spell secretly to urge the secret method.


    There are several powerful ghosts in the Tianshi meeting. After being killed, Zhenjun implanted evil Qi into his body.


    With the help of evil Qi in the body, these simple minded ghosts feel their strength has improved greatly, and their own family has become powerful.


    However, there is no free lunch in the world. When they are implanted with magic Qi, they are completely under the control of killing the real king.


    If it were not for the obstruction of Tianshi, there would only be more ghosts controlled by Zhenjun.


    Now, these ghosts are like fat pigs. It''s time to give everything they have.


    With the casting of cansha Zhenjun, except for the loss in the previous battle, the bodies of the few remaining ghosts suddenly became stiff and lost all consciousness and action ability.


    Their bodies burst out one after another, and dark magic Qi rushed out of their bodies and swallowed everything. After that, the magic Qi flew like flying dragons from all directions to kill the real king.


    Before long, this evil Qi smoothly entered the body of cansha Zhenjun and was digested and absorbed by him.


    When the spirit of cansha Zhenjun was aroused, his body seemed to become tall.


    The God general, who was fighting against the real king, suddenly felt strong pressure and had to retreat for a while.


    The voice of chanting the mantra in the mouth of cansha Zhenjun became louder and louder.


    The strange spell seems to contain some strange charm, and the whole heaven and earth seems to follow the rhythm of the spell.


    The surrounding earth began to roll violently.


    There was a violent vibration from the earth.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao looked on coldly and found that these vibrations came from some special places.


    Meng Zhang easily guessed that the place where the vibration occurred was mostly the place where Tianshi would make arrangements in advance.


    Because the layout of several places was too wonderful, it was damaged earlier, especially the place of Hanshan mountain, which was not won for a long time.


    The violent vibrations from everywhere became stronger and stronger, spread farther and farther, and soon became one.


    But even if such a violent earthquake occurred on the earth, the power was not enough.


    It''s wonderful. Looking at the bottom of the ground, he said softly, "the Earth Dragon turned over."


    Earthquakes are not uncommon in places like the underworld.


    It is said that because the geological structure of the underworld is not as stable as that of the Yangshi, earthquakes in the underworld occur frequently.


    The underworld is already vast. There are no living people here, only ghosts.


    Even if there is a big earthquake every three to five, it has little impact on the ghosts and gods living in the underworld.


    The way to kill the real king at present is clearly to attract the power of the earth''s veins, create an unprecedented earthquake and try to shake the earth''s veins.


    Meng Zhang is very knowledgeable and wonderful. He is very familiar with the situation in the underworld.


    After their secret communication, they both felt that the layout of cansha Zhenjun had a different plan.


    His plot is not to pollute the power of the earth vein and demonize the whole area, but to shake the earth vein and shift it.


    As for what good it will do to him, I can''t see for the time being.


    The earthquake was so strong that it was almost an unprecedented earthquake in the surrounding area.


    Too wonderful. Although the ghost army under my hand started to escape early, some guys who were thrown behind were unfortunately buried by the earthquake.


    But the golden corpse Taoist soldiers and the corpse Figurine Taoist soldiers, because of their strong overall strength, flew into the air and were able to avoid the harm of the great earthquake.


    Cansha Zhenjun looked at the stronger and stronger earthquake. His face was full of disappointment and whispered in his mouth.


    "Not enough, not enough, these are not enough, not enough..."


    Although he had expected for a long time, he was very disappointed that the earthquake did not achieve his goal.


    Things have been carried out to this point. Of course, cansha Zhenjun is not willing to give up..


    He was absolutely unwilling to accept the fact that he fell short of success.

 Chapter 1698

    Cansha Zhenjun looked firm and determined.


    No matter how strong the earthquake below, it can''t affect people in the air.


    After the God was temporarily forced back by the real king, it seemed as if he had been greatly humiliated.


    Before long, he roared and waved a big knife to kill him.


    Cansha Zhenjun didn''t fight with this God this time, but flew directly to the higher sky.


    The God will dance a big knife and follow the real king with a look of perseverance.


    Meng Zhang''s control over this God general is very crude. He can''t control all his movements. He can only set a goal for him.


    His goal for this God will be to fight against the real king and never let this guy go.


    The two guys ran after each other, flew higher and higher, and quickly flew to the limit altitude.


    The sky of hell is not boundless and endless.


    At the end of the Yangshi sky is the special area of Jiutian.


    At the end of the sky in the underworld is an endless cold wind.


    Even ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God can''t persist in the vigorous wind for too long.


    Ordinary ghosts and gods are in danger of falling as long as they are close to the edge of the vigorous wind.


    The power of the vigorous wind is too terrible, and the end of the sky has become the most dangerous place in the underworld.


    Cansha Zhenjun kept rising, as if the vigorous wind area above his head did not exist.


    The God would not admit defeat, and would not let go.


    With the speed of killing Zhenjun, he soon approached the vigorous wind area and began to go deep into it.


    With his cultivation, you can hold on a little deep in the vigorous wind area.


    However, such an approach seems to make little sense.


    Suddenly, cansha Zhenjun didn''t know what kind of method he used, and unexpectedly stirred countless vigorous winds in the vigorous wind area.


    The vigorous wind, which was originally extremely fierce and contained the power of terror, gathered into huge tornadoes and chased after cansha Zhenjun.


    In this way, it seems that cansha Zhenjun is flying in front and falling to the ground rapidly. The tornado formed by several vigorous winds is chasing after him.


    Facing the power of heaven and earth formed by the vigorous wind, the divine general who originally chased after cansha Zhenjun hesitated a little, and immediately turned around and began to avoid.


    At this time, cansha Zhenjun was chasing after him.


    The body of the God General landed quickly from the air. The remnant killing Zhenjun pursued him closely, and behind him was a huge tornado formed by the vigorous wind.


    They fell from the sky much faster than they rose.


    The God will soon land low and fly low against the ground, trying to get rid of the pursuit of cansha Zhenjun.


    The goal of killing the real king has never been this God general.


    Cansha Zhenjun fell on the violently shaking earth.


    The vigorous wind behind him fell to the ground, causing a violent impact.


    The vigorous wind containing the power of terror fell on the earth, and its power broke out completely.


    The terrible air waves rose into the sky, making Meng Zhang and Tai Miao unstable in the air.


    Some of the weaker corpse terracotta Taoist soldiers have been completely unable to gain a foothold in the air, or they have been blown around by the air waves. Or you just fall to the ground and don''t know whether you live or die.


    Countless earth and rock sprayed into the air, turning the sky black and gray.


    Where the vigorous wind hit the ground, there were huge and unfathomable pits.


    The top of Hanshuang mountain was first flattened by the vigorous wind, then the mountain disappeared, and finally became a big pit.


    The power of the explosion just now was so fierce that the shadow of cansha Zhenjun completely disappeared.


    Of course, everyone present would not think that cansha Zhenjun fell in the explosion.


    In fact, the explosion power caused great losses to the two Taoist soldiers.


    Meng Zhang guessed that it was definitely not easy to kill Zhenjun to make such a powerful blow just now.


    Perhaps, he has paid a great price and began to enter a period of weakness.


    The God will still have his power and can continue to fight for some time.


    The big bang just now did not do much harm to the God.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to urge the divine general to search around and find out the trace of killing the real king.


    But suddenly, he found that he had lost control of the God general.


    This treasure was lent by Bawu emperor and never belonged to Meng Zhang himself.


    Although he had been prepared for this situation for a long time, Meng Zhang was still a little surprised to make such a single moth at this time.


    The God ignored Meng Zhang''s orders and flew directly into a huge pit on the ground.


    Meng Zhang was also puzzled about what cansha Zhenjun had just done.


    He had arranged for so long, and did not hesitate to take risks and attract the power of the vigorous wind to create such a big explosion?


    Such a big bang seems to be terrible, but it can''t hurt Meng Zhang and others.


    Why on earth is this?


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were thinking quickly, the God would quickly fly out of the huge pit and then fly in another direction.


    That''s wonderful. His face changed dramatically at this time, as if he felt something.


    Before he could tell Meng Zhang, he flew in one direction.


    In a huge pit in front of him, cansha Zhenjun held a small light mass in his hand and flew out of it.


    It looks like a light mass the size of a fist, but it seems as heavy as a mountain.


    Cansha Zhenjun held this light group in his hand, which seemed very difficult, and his flight speed could not be improved all the time.


    It''s wonderful. Seeing the light group, he became very excited. Regardless of the huge gap in strength with the other party, he had to rush over immediately.


    Before the wonderful action, the god suddenly appeared behind the real king and cut down with a big pass knife.


    Cansha Zhenjun held the light group in one hand and used the secret method in the other hand to fight with the God general.


    Seeing how wonderful it was, he rushed to join the battle group, and Meng Zhang stopped him in time.


    It was wonderful to be driven by instinct and stopped by Meng Zhang, who was unwilling to stop moving forward temporarily.


    It''s wonderful to stare at the light with greedy eyes. It seems to forget everything around.


    Meng Zhang communicated with Taimiao in time to stop his impulse and find out the reason.


    That seemingly inconspicuous light mass, but it contains something remarkable.


    That is the power to mobilize the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld and to completely control all things in the underworld.


    Authority is a manifestation of the will of heaven and represents the power of heaven and earth.


    According to the normal development mode of Jun dust world, a batch of natural ghosts and gods will be born in the underworld.


    Some of these natural ghosts and gods will have the opportunity to master the power of the underworld and become the real controller of the underworld.


    Unfortunately, this development process was interrupted by the invasion of immortals from the fairy world.

 Chapter 1699

    Although the immortals did not enter the underworld, they still killed a large number of natural ghosts and gods with their great magic power, and even hindered the continued birth of natural ghosts and gods.


    The ownerless power in the underworld, because of the great influence of immortals, some dissipated completely, and some fled into the depths of the underworld and disappeared.


    I don''t know how the demon cultivation of cannibalizing Zhenjun found the trace of a certain authority, and has been planning to discover it and take it as his own.


    Of course, there is more than one authority.


    Different powers represent different powers.


    Not only in the underworld, but also in the Yang world of Jun dust world, there was power at the beginning.


    Before the invasion of immortals from the celestial realm, the ruler of the Junchen realm was a variety of indigenous gods.


    The lucky ones among these gods have the corresponding power.


    When the immortals invaded, these gods were the strong enemies of the immortals.


    Of course, the final results are well known.


    The immortals who have mastered all kinds of fairies are powerful and have countless clever means.


    Many of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world do not know how to practice, but strengthen themselves by instinct.


    Even the gods who have power have the same single means.


    The indigenous gods were defeated and basically killed.


    Most of the power of the Yang world was destroyed in the war.


    Now the Yang world of Jun dust world can''t find complete authority.


    Even if the power is born, all the holy places, including the heavenly palace, will immediately send strong people to compete.


    Only in the underworld, when the power of ownerless is found, can it be touched by others.


    Meng Zhang himself read a lot of books and read countless classics before he knew something about power.


    Part of the essence of natural ghosts and gods in Taimiao''s body makes him unable to withstand the temptation of power and want to take it as his own.


    Some memories left by natural ghosts and gods made him familiar with the importance of power in front of him.


    Seeing power in this world, Meng Zhang finally figured out a lot of things.


    Why did a holy family like situ family acquiesce in the killing of the real king and even provide cover for him?


    Why did jiuxuan Pavilion exert its power over the heavenly palace to hinder the action of the demon subduing hall?


    Why was the Dali Dynasty so interested in this matter, and why did emperor Bawu take the initiative to provide assistance to Taiyi gate?


    The answer to all this lies in the authority before us.


    What they ask for is authority in front of them.


    Now that he had understood this matter, Meng Zhang could naturally expect that these forces behind the scenes must have a backhand to ensure that they could win power from the real king.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang prevented Taimiao from participating in the competition.


    It''s too early. It''s not the time.


    Meng Zhang''s cry was so wonderful that he quietly disappeared from the battlefield and found a place to hide.


    Meng Zhang knew that since power had appeared, it was time for all kinds of cattle, ghosts and snakes to appear.


    Cansha Zhenjun entrusted power and fought fiercely with the God.


    Cansha Zhenjun didn''t expect that he put all his eggs in one basket and launched the layout for many years, but he was so successful.


    Many years ago, he found clues and knew that there was a scattered power hidden deep underground in this area and guarded by the power of the earth vein.


    As a demon, he was naturally rejected by the will of heaven in the Jun dust world.


    The power of the earth vein in the depths of the underworld strongly repels him.


    If he forcibly sneaks into the ground, disturbs the power of the earth and startles the power, the power will immediately fly away without a trace.


    Therefore, he carefully designed, even did not hesitate to disclose the news, and cooperated with Tianshi society to carry out precise layout everywhere.


    Once the layout is launched, the Earth Dragon turns over and the power of the earth vein falls into disorder, which is the time when he seizes power.


    The top level of Tianshi society is an understanding person. He knows that the commitment of demon cultivation can''t be trusted. He didn''t say that he wanted to share power in advance.


    According to the idea of the high level of Tianshi society, once power is born, it is the time to rely on their abilities.


    As a demon cultivation in the period of Yang God, cansha Zhenjun is really powerful.


    However, Tianshi will have a large number of ghosts, gods and ghosts, including the strong ones in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Tianshi will have been prepared long ago.


    Once the arrangement of cansha Zhenjun is launched and the power is in this world, many ghosts and gods on the stone side will immediately set up a large array to trap cansha Zhenjun.


    In the hands of some powerful ghosts and gods, they have even prepared many treasures specially to restrain the monks of the devil way.


    No matter how strong you are, you can''t escape this trap specially prepared for him.


    With all kinds of targeted arrangements, even if the level of strength is insufficient, you can win the real king with your life and launch the crowd tactics.


    After all, the strong man of Yang God level is not the great power of returning to emptiness. There is no insurmountable gap between Yang God level and yuan God period.


    Tianshi society planned well, but accidents occurred frequently, which made all its calculations go to waste.


    Taimiao''s xuanjiayin army combined with two Taoist soldiers lent by Bawu emperor to annihilate most of the main forces of Tianshi society and defeat them.


    The forces of the Tianshi society have long withdrawn from the battlefield.


    Even if there are a few ghosts and gods left to watch in the dark, Tianshi will be powerless to kill the real king.


    Relying solely on the strength of Tianshi society itself, it is no longer qualified to participate in the competition for power.


    Meng Zhang and Taimiao forced their patience and didn''t do anything for the time being.


    Now it is the power of Dali imperial court that actively fights against the real king.


    Meng Zhang naturally knows the importance of power.


    If too wonderful can obtain the power in front of him, it will greatly enhance his control over the underworld, and even challenge the Dali Dynasty.


    Too wonderful. The power in front of us is inevitable. Meng Zhang, as the Buddha, will naturally go all out to help.


    Meng Zhang was calm enough not to be dazzled by power fans.


    He knew that all the forces behind the scenes who secretly supported the killing of the real king had not yet appeared.


    The ownership of power is still very variable.


    Since the long cherished wish of many years has been achieved and the power has been obtained, what cansha Zhenjun wants most is to leave here as soon as possible, find a safe place to slowly refine the power and master the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    However, the God will not care about his own safety, and it will be difficult for him to get away.


    The true cultivation and combat effectiveness of killing the real king are all above this God general.


    However, he had launched arrangements to compete for power, and now he has to try to quell the resistance to power.


    The remaining strength, used to resist the God general, is still slightly insufficient, let alone get away at the time.


    In particular, the group of authority sensed the devil''s breath on the real king of cansha, and instinctively began a fierce resistance to break away from the control of the real king of cansha, which greatly involved his strength and mind.


    Under the fierce attack and crazy killing of the God general, cansha Zhenjun fell into the disadvantage again.


    This time, he was really out of strength, not reserved as before.

 Chapter 1700

    In the sky of the underworld, cansha Zhenjun tried to withdraw from the battle many times, but was stopped by the God regardless of life and death.


    Cansha Zhenjun''s face was livid, and he exchanged injury for injury.


    Even if he knew the problem, he could not lose both sides with a treasure.


    In desperation, cansha Zhenjun had to continue to fight.


    He secretly hoped that the power of this treasure would be exhausted as soon as possible, so that he could escape.


    The two strong Yang gods fell into a long-term struggle.


    On the earth, with the passage of time, the violent earthquake began to subside slowly.


    Because of this big earthquake, the surrounding terrain has long been beyond recognition.


    Cold frost mountain completely disappeared. Even if it was too wonderful to recapture it later, it would be difficult to continue to use it as a base.


    It''s so wonderful to put almost all your mind on power that you can''t care about these things at all.


    In Taimiao''s eyes, even if you lose your ghost army and all your foundation is destroyed, as long as you can win power, it''s all worth it.


    If it hadn''t been for the efforts of Meng Zhang, too wonderful would have been unable to control himself and joined the struggle for power because of his instinctive impulse.


    At present, the strength of Taimiao is not small from the level of Yang God, and it is not enough to join the battle of this level to compete head-on.


    The battle between cansha Zhenjun and the God general has lasted for nearly a month.


    The divine general seems to be majestic and ferocious. He has been chasing and beating the murderous real king. However, in the eyes of people with insight like Meng Zhang, the divine general''s afterforce is insufficient. It is obvious that his power is about to be exhausted.


    Before killing the real king, he was already injured when he forced the vigorous wind to hit the earth.


    It''s hard to kill Zhenjun for a month to suppress his injuries and the resistance of power.


    The fierce fighting, which was almost non-stop, made his injury almost uncontrollable.


    Aware of the lack of power of the God general, cansha Zhenjun seemed to see the hope of success.


    He couldn''t help but cheer up and want to survive the last period of time.


    At this time, the corpse general, who had been hiding below to watch the war, suddenly jumped up high and tried to rush into the battlefield.


    When cansha Zhenjun first came here, he carefully observed all the enemies.


    Meng Zhang, the most powerful, has been afraid to take the initiative to fight him because he was suppressed by the rules of the underworld.


    The rest of Taimiao and Shiheng generals, who have the strength of the late Yuan God, can''t play a big role in this battle at the level of Yang God.


    It''s wonderful. I''ve been hiding. The golden corpse who doesn''t know its origin doesn''t know how to live or die. He dares to shoot himself.


    Although cansha Zhenjun was suppressed to the disadvantage by the God general, he still had extra strength to deal with the corpse general.


    A strange shadow suddenly appeared behind the senior general Shi Heng and jumped at him.


    The corpse horizontal general seemed to be unaware of anything and still rushed towards the cansha real king.


    The evil shadow suddenly attached itself to the corpse cross general, and the corpse Cross General''s body, which had been attacked at high speed, suddenly froze.


    It seemed that the corpse was controlled immediately after he was possessed by the magic shadow.


    Controlling the corpse horizontal general, killing Zhenjun is equivalent to an extra cannon fodder out of thin air.


    Before the gloomy smile on his face dissipated, he realized that something was wrong.


    The corpse Hengda general roared up to the sky, and the demon shadow attached to him was shattered.


    The corpse horizontal general who had stopped had rushed to cansha Zhenjun at a faster speed.


    The scene originally controlled is an illusion.


    The momentum of the corpse''s great general kept rising. When he rushed to the real king, he was not weaker than the general strong man in the Yang God period.


    A pair of arms of general Shi Heng danced strangely in the air, and unexpectedly broke the body protection spell of cansha Zhenjun and directly contacted the power.


    The arm that cansha Zhenjun held power was scratched and power was taken away.


    The corpse Hengda general took power and flew away without any stop.


    At this time, cansha Zhenjun also understood that the golden corpse itself only had the strength of the later stage of the yuan God, but the means were laid by experts in the body, which could temporarily burst out the battle effectiveness of the Yang God level.


    The sudden outbreak of corpse horizontal general really caught cansha Zhenjun unprepared.


    After taking away the power, general Shi Heng didn''t mean to join hands with the God general to besiege and kill the real king, but turned around and ran away.


    Obviously, senior general Shi Heng attached great importance to this power and should not lose it.


    Meng Zhang, hiding in the dark, understood at this time.


    There is a demon cultivation at the level of Yang God in the underworld. Although it can frighten Dali, what Dali really wants is this power.


    Dali emperor took great pains to lend Taoist soldiers and help Meng Zhang, just for the moment.


    There''s a problem with keeping secrets in cansha Zhenjun and Tianshi society.


    Cansha Zhenjun certainly doesn''t want to make everyone know about his plot for power.


    However, in order to get the help of Tianshi society, I had to disclose something to Tianshi society.


    I don''t know whether it is the Tianshi society in the Yang world or the Tianshi society in the underworld. It failed to keep the secret, which made Dali imperial dynasty hear the wind.


    Cansha Zhenjun is about to die of anger.


    After years of planning, I finally got this power, but it was taken away.


    He wanted to chase the corpse general, but when his power was about to run out, the God was still crazy and entangled him firmly.


    Seeing that the figure of senior general Shi Heng was about to disappear, three figures suddenly fell in the sky, each holding a sword, blocking the way of senior general Shi Heng.


    "Leave power, don''t give disaster to Dali imperial court."


    These three figures are clearly three friars in the period of Yang God.


    They just came here from the Yang world and accurately intercepted the corpse general.


    Because they were suppressed by the rules of the underworld, their strength was suppressed to the later stage of the yuan God.


    But the sword in their hands is not an ordinary magic weapon, but a special treasure.


    They each urged their swords, and unexpectedly gave full play to the combat effectiveness of the Yang God period.


    As soon as the threatening words came out, they immediately took action. It seems that general Shi Heng didn''t have time to react at all.


    The sword shadow shining all over the sky entangled the corpse.


    General Shi Heng was surrounded by the enemy and was very worried.


    He is not the golden corpse king yet. This time, he can barely give play to the battle effectiveness of Yang God level by being injected into his body by experts in advance.


    Such a force can''t last at all, it''s just a one-time outbreak.


    Three friars holding swords suppressed the corpse general at once.


    That power is too important. Even if the corpse is fighting for his life, he can''t give up easily.


    Other golden corpse Taoist soldiers and corpse Figurine Taoist soldiers in the distance saw that general corpse Heng was in danger. Regardless of the strength of the enemy, they flew here one after another to try to help general corpse Heng.

 Chapter 1701

    Seeing a group of guys who didn''t know what to do rush to die, one of the friars with a sword snorted with disdain.


    The sword danced towards the guys who rushed, and thousands of sharp sword shadows flew out, killing the two Taoist soldiers.


    One of the friars, who was fighting with the corpse, opened his mouth coldly.


    "You bastard, you should know the origin of this seat."


    "In these years, if not for the support of situ family, you would have been extinct by Ziyang Shengzong long before you left the imperial dynasty."


    "Those who don''t know how to be grateful dare to fight with us. Aren''t you afraid of the situ family''s anger and absolutely your support from the imperial court?"


    The friar exposed his identity and threatened general Shi Heng.


    General Shi Heng was specially confessed by Emperor Bawu before he set out.


    If you have the chance to get power, you must not give up, even if you turn against the situ family.


    First, in the eyes of Bawu emperor, the importance of this power is still supported by the situ family.


    Second, it was general Shi Heng, a Taoist soldier, who did not leave the high-level of the imperial dynasty, such as emperor Bawu.


    At that time, the Dali Dynasty can find out that the Taoist soldiers are out of control. The Taoist soldiers have lent Meng Zhang an excuse to deal with the situ family.


    As if he had not heard the threat from his opponent, general Shi Heng still resisted desperately and tried to break through and escape.


    In the previous large-scale war, the two Taoist soldiers who had no casualties were killed and suffered heavy losses by a friar waving a sword.


    It can be seen that in the battle of the cultivation world, the top combat power is terrible.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have been hiding in the distance, they have never relaxed their attention here.


    The situ family is indeed worthy of the holy land family. Doing things is atmosphere.


    All of a sudden, three friars of the Yang God period came to the underworld, and they were holding treasures, and they were still able to maintain their original combat effectiveness.


    Like Meng Zhang, he racked his brains in order to have the combat effectiveness of the Yang God period in the underworld, and then came up with a magic power to transfer flowers and trees.


    On the battlefield farther away, there was an earth shaking noise.


    The God will explode before his power is completely exhausted.


    Although cansha Zhenjun avoided most of the power of self explosion, he still had to suffer more or less damage.


    After solving the problem that has been entangled with his opponent, cansha Zhenjun is about to rush over and seize power.


    However, seeing that the monk of the Yang God period coming from the situ family entangled the corpse general, he couldn''t help hesitating.


    The original suppressed injury made him miserable. The old injury did not go away, and new injuries were added. His combat effectiveness was greatly reduced. He was really not sure that he could snatch food from the tiger''s mouth and take power from the friars of the situ family.


    Cansha Zhenjun just hesitated, had a new idea and began to drink


    "All Taoist friends of jiuxuan Pavilion, have you been hiding and watching the tiger fight?"


    "The mantis catches the cicada and the Yellow finch is behind. It can''t succeed every time?"


    Before coming to the underworld, the three friars of situ family were specially told to be careful of the opponents of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Now cansha Zhenjun drinks so much that they thought what cansha Zhenjun found.


    While suppressing the corpse, they watched the surroundings with vigilance.


    Four figures appeared in the air out of thin air.


    "You shameless devil, who is your Taoist friend? Are you qualified to speak in front of this seat?"


    First, he shouted angrily at the killing of the real king, and then threatened the friars of situ family.


    "All of you of situ family, what jiuxuan Pavilion likes, has never been able to escape."


    "You leave here obediently, so that we can save some energy and meet in the future."


    "If you really don''t appreciate it, don''t blame me for not reading the friendship of the same way."


    Among the several holy places in the Junchen world, jiuxuan Pavilion is not the strongest, but the most arrogant and domineering.


    Even in the face of other holy places, jiuxuan Pavilion is often a domineering attitude.


    Although the situ family has always only asked about the affairs of the Jun dust world, they also maintain their attention to the Jun dust world by secretly infiltrating and controlling organizations such as the Tianshi society.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion discovered the situ family''s action and began to infiltrate the Tianshi society.


    Jiuxuan pavilion has always maintained a deep sense of caution for situ family.


    But the other party is somehow a descendant of an immortal. Even if jiuxuan Pavilion is arrogant, it can''t fight against the situ family without reason.


    Of course, it is inevitable to make some small moves and take targeted actions secretly.


    Knowing that cansha Zhenjun tried to get some power in the underworld with the help of the Tianshi society, jiuxuan pavilion was greedy like the situ family.


    Every move of cansha Zhenjun has been monitored by jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family.


    In order to ensure that it was not disturbed by the heavenly palace, jiuxuan Pavilion even did not hesitate to use its power in the heavenly palace to prevent the action of the demon subduing hall.


    Now that power has been born, jiuxuan Pavilion will not let go easily.


    Friar jiuxuange is famous for his domineering style.


    Even if the three friars of situ family were reluctant to conflict with the friars of jiuxuange, the power was right in front of them, and they would never let go.


    Seeing that the three friars of the situ family were still attacking the general Shi Heng, trying to seize power and ignoring their warning, the friar jiuxuange was angry.


    The four friars in jiuxuan pavilion are also friars in the period of Yang God. After they arrive in the underworld, their accomplishments will also be suppressed. However, they have long prepared treasures, which are enough to let them get rid of repression and give full play to their original strength.


    This is the inside story of the holy door. You can easily take out such treasures.


    If Meng Zhang could have such a treasure, I''m afraid he would have directly participated in the struggle for power.


    The four friars of jiuxuan Pavilion looked at each other and killed directly to the battlefield here, joining the competition for power.


    Of course, in order to avoid killing Zhenjun, a monk of jiuxuan Pavilion shot him directly, which forced him to be involved in the scuffle.


    In this way, the four forces and nine strong men began a chaotic scuffle in the air.


    As for the two Taoist soldiers in the distance, the number is relatively the largest, but they are not qualified to connect the near battlefield.


    There was a loud noise in the sky, and deep gullies were ploughed out on the earth by the aftermath of the battle.


    Earth shaking and earth shaking. This kind of war at the level of Yang God is very rare in the Yang world, especially in the underworld.


    In order to compete for power, everyone has shown their true skills. They will never show mercy and will only kill the enemy.


    In the fierce battle, the first person to suffer is general Shi Heng.


    General Shi Hengda was the weakest and was not qualified to participate in this level of war.


    He relies on the power injected by experts in his body to barely support him.


    But he had power and had long been the object of common attack.


    As the strength in his body subsided, his combat effectiveness weakened, but the attacks from all sides became more and more fierce.


    After supporting for a while, the corpse commander finally couldn''t resist.


    His right arm was cut off alive, and his power was taken away by a friar of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The corpse''s body fell from the air and hit the ground heavily, resulting in an unknown end.


    After the nine xuange friar gained power, he immediately became a friar of the situ family. It''s an opportunity not to lose, and it won''t come again. He made up his mind without much hesitation.


    Meng Zhang began to use the supernatural power of stealing heaven and changing the sun, and poured his strength into Taimiao''s body.


    Taimiao''s internal strength soared and soon had the battle effectiveness of Yang God level.


    Too wonderful, the body twisted for a while, the shape changed greatly, and changed into a strange ghost and God.


    Under the guidance of Meng Zhang, Taimiao rushed into the battlefield like lightning.


    The friars of situ family also guessed the result of continuing the fight, that is, jiuxuan Pavilion gained power.


    Unwilling to accept such a result, they took great risks to fight back.


    The counterattack was very smooth. The friar jiuxuange with power was caught off guard and was hit hard, and the power was shaken out.


    The seven monks tried their best to seize power, but they were in a stalemate for a moment.


    At this time, the wonderful figure flew into the battlefield, and the power seemed to sense the smell of natural ghosts and gods in him.


    The power that was originally floating in the air and held by forces in different directions suddenly broke out of a powerful force, broke away from the pull of the people and took the initiative to throw itself into Taimiao''s arms.

 Chapter 1702

    I saw that power turned into a light and shadow. Before everyone reacted, he took the initiative to fly to Taimiao''s arms.


    It''s wonderful. In fact, it didn''t directly join the battlefield, but passed by the battlefield at high speed.


    Although he was a little surprised when he got the power to vote on his own initiative, he reacted quickly enough without any influence.


    He let power fall on himself without any pause, still maintained the original high speed, and flew away from the battlefield in the blink of an eye.


    At this time, the situ family and the friars of jiuxuan Pavilion suddenly reacted.


    Their families fought hard here, killed and worked hard, but others hiding in the dark benefited and succeeded in taking power. They were shocked and angry one by one.


    In particular, the friars of jiuxuan Pavilion, who thought they had the power to own things in their bags, were taken away by others. The cooked ducks could fly away. They were completely angry.


    The seven friars ran after Taimiao in the same direction, and even if they reached the ends of the earth, they would never stop.


    Looking at this scene in the field, the remnant killing Zhenjun who watched the war on the ground didn''t respond.


    Between lightning and flint, power changed again, and the successful fisherman fled far away, so that he didn''t know what to say.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who had been hiding in the dark, suddenly appeared in front of cansha Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that this demon cultivation is a great threat. His previous main goal was to kill this demon cultivation.


    As for how to escape the pursuit of his opponent after Taimiao won power, Meng Zhang was unable to intervene for the time being.


    He can only hope that this magical power can be awesome enough to make the wonderful Yangshen level strength last longer and have enough time to escape.


    Although a large part of his strength was poured into Taimiao through the magic power of stealing heaven and changing the sun, Meng Zhang''s remaining strength could at least maintain the combat effectiveness of Yuanshen in the middle period.


    Cansha Zhenjun was seriously injured, and it was difficult to maintain the combat effectiveness of Yuanshen level.


    In the face of Meng Zhang, who is a drowning dog, cansha Zhenjun has little resistance.


    Cansha Zhenjun uses all kinds of magic tricks to parry Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Meng Zhang has rich experience in fighting demons and demons. He is not only proficient in all kinds of magic reduction doors, but also has magic reduction mirrors, which are specially used to restrain demons.


    Seeing that he couldn''t resist it, he had to use his self mutilation secret method, strive to stimulate his potential and flee to the distance.


    Meng Zhang offered up the magic subduing mirror and pursued him closely.


    They chased and fled. After escaping from the cold frost mountain far away, cansha Zhenjun was caught up by Meng Zhang.


    After another fight, cansha Zhenjun was thoroughly refined by the magic subduing mirror.


    As a demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, cansha Zhenjun originally had many life-saving secrets, many of which can escape from death and even come back to life after death.


    Meng Zhang, who has rich experience, dissolved these secrets one by one and completely ended the evil cultivation of this Yang God level.


    After the killing of Zhenjun, Meng Zhang could clearly feel that many heavenly virtues fell on him.


    Not to mention anything else, Meng Zhang''s trip was worth the harvest alone.


    After canzhen Jun is killed, Taimiao is still trying to escape the pursuit of strong enemies.


    Meng Zhang sensed the wonderful situation, but he couldn''t help.


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang''s current strength is poor, even if he still retains the strength of Yang God level, he is not willing to have a head-on conflict with situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The situ family has always kept a low profile. It''s all right.


    With the domineering style of jiuxuan Pavilion, Meng Zhang offended them. Maybe he would send someone to kill Taiyi gate.


    I killed the real king and didn''t get any booty.


    The corpse of Maisha Zhenjun and the magic tools on him were all refined by Meng Zhang.


    Meng zhangfei returned to the location of Hanshuang mountain.


    Senior general Shi Heng left here long ago with the remaining Taoist soldiers and embarked on the journey back to the Yin capital.


    They achieved less than half of their goal this time and helped Meng Zhang defeat Tianshi society and cansha Zhenjun.


    But their main goal, that power, fell into the hands of others.


    The casualties of the two Taoist soldiers were not small, and the dead general was seriously injured.


    It''s no fun to stay here. They didn''t even bother to call, so they left directly.


    It is far away from the Yin capital and is not in the same area.


    They still need a lot of effort to return to the Yindu City safely.


    Of course, with Dali''s strength in the underworld, they are unlikely to be in danger on the road.


    Although emperor Bawu had other plans this time, without the Taoist soldiers and treasures he lent, Meng Zhanghe Taimiao would have been defeated long ago.


    Meng Zhang will recognize this favor.


    As for others, Meng Zhang doesn''t care.


    Meng Zhang glanced around. The cold frost mountain had long disappeared. The terrain here was completely different.


    Too wonderful. Although the ghost army under my hand suffered heavy casualties, many people still fled here.


    With a group of Dharma protectors from taiyimen, the army will soon be reorganized.


    Since the cold frost mountain has been destroyed, after Taimiao gets away, they can meet Taimiao and find another foothold.


    Speaking of being wonderful, Meng Zhang was very worried.


    In the face of the pursuit of the holy door and family monks, I don''t know if it''s too wonderful to escape safely.


    In addition, too wonderful, although he changed the form of ghosts and gods and tried to cover up, he didn''t know whether he could completely hide from his opponent and prevent his opponent from guessing his true identity.


    If the wonderful real identity is exposed, taiyimen will be in great trouble.


    Even though taiyimen will try to get rid of the relationship with Taimiao, the temptation of power will still attract countless coveters.


    Meng Zhang put aside these troubles and was preparing to leave here.


    Suddenly, his spiritual sense from the Heavenly Master was touched and his heart felt something.


    Meng Zhang stopped and flew into an unfathomable huge crack on the ground.


    Before that, cansha Zhenjun launched the layout, which directly led the vigorous wind to hit the earth, which turned the earth upside down. There were countless pits and cracks on the ground, which almost overturned the whole earth.


    Since then, on the one hand, people''s attention has been focused on the competition for power. On the other hand, after the impact, the breath here is disordered, and the residual power of vigorous wind is very harmful to the mind.


    Therefore, no one continues to pay attention to the scene after the impact.


    Now, the power of vigorous wind began to dissipate, and Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense was touched.


    From this crack, Meng Zhang began to quickly go deep into the ground.


    The Yin Qi in the underworld is stronger than that on the ground, which does great harm to living people like Meng Zhang.


    Deep underground, the rich Yin Qi condenses into liquid, and enough liquid will even converge into a river, which is called Yin river.


    Many huge Yinhe rivers in the underworld will lead to changes in the rules of heaven and earth. They can not only seriously hurt visitors from the Yang world, but also retreat from the Yinhe River, even ghosts and ghosts in the underworld.

 Chapter 1703

    Meng Zhang tried to hold up the body protection spell to resist the attack of Yin Qi. It didn''t take long to come to the bottom of the crack.


    There seems to be nothing special at the bottom of the crack except the small puddle formed by Yin Qi.


    Meng Zhang believed in his spiritual sense very much. After a little thought, he encouraged Zhenyuan to dig down.


    Under the erosion of Yin Qi, Meng Zhang spent a lot of time and finally found his goal.


    It was a white jade in the shape of a millstone, slightly larger than the head.


    Staring at the jade wall for a while, he felt that the miserable white jade wall was very penetrating, which made people shudder.


    This is not a place to stay for a long time. Meng Zhang didn''t check carefully. He put this jade into mustard space, and then left the underworld and returned to the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate and had time to study this jade slowly.


    With Meng Zhang''s vision and insight, it took a long time to finally figure out the origin of this jade.


    After a world is opened up, its rules of heaven and earth often materialize and condense a variety of powers.


    Jun dust world is no exception. Its heaven and earth rules have long been realized and condensed a lot of power.


    Some of these powers fall into the hands of lucky gods, and some are scattered all over the Jun dust world


    Of course, after the immortal invaded the Junchen world, most of the power was broken due to the immortal''s magical powers.


    After the power is broken, nature is reintegrated into the avenue of heaven and earth.


    After some powers were broken, they left a lot of influence in the Jun dust world.


    The jade obtained by Meng Zhang is condensed from the residual power after a certain power is broken.


    The true monarch, the original God among the practitioners of truth, can feel the avenue of heaven and earth and use the power of the avenue.


    According to Meng Zhang''s conjecture, it is a power representing solid rules. After being broken, its residual power has condensed this jade after a long time and absorbing the power of heaven and earth.


    The greatest characteristic of this jade wall is that it is extremely strong and indestructible.


    This jade can be used to refine magic tools and arrange arrays.


    However, the level of weapon refiners and array mages currently owned by Taiyi gate is not enough to make use of this jade.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think about how to deal with this jade for the time being, so he had to collect it well.


    This piece of jade is not an ordinary treasure of heaven and earth, but a treasure that will be coveted by Huixu''s great energy.


    After Taimiao fled with power, she couldn''t keep in touch with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can only feel that his current safety is no problem and he is still living well for the time being through the special relationship between himself and his external incarnation.


    Meng Zhang could do nothing about the wonderful situation. He had to wait silently.


    After escaping from the cold frost mountain, the ghost army under Taimiao regrouped under the command of several Dharma protectors from taiyimen and slowly recovered its organization.


    Now, as the supreme commander of xuanjiayin army, Jijian God has temporarily found a temporary foothold to settle down the army.


    In this process, the new Ming yuzhenjun played a great role.


    As for what to do next, we still need to wait for the command from Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang was patient and waited in the mountain gate.


    After almost two months, Meng Zhang felt a wonderful call and came to the underworld again.


    The place where Meng Zhang and Tai Miao met was in a secret cave in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful at this time. Almost half of the body is missing, leaving only the upper body.


    The upper body is not only missing half an arm, but also scarred.


    It''s wonderful. The breath is very weak. It looks like it will fall at any time.


    But his mood was unusually high, and his face was full of joy.


    It was wonderful to see Meng Zhang show up. Finally, I was completely relieved.


    Meng Zhang sighed, took it too wonderful, and directly transmitted it to the small world of the ghost gate.


    After this small world is completely integrated into the underworld, the rules of heaven and earth are similar to the underworld. It''s wonderful to stay in it for a long time.


    After Meng Zhang helped Taimiao stabilize his injury, he knew what had happened from Taimiao''s mouth.


    Taimiao not only temporarily has the cultivation of Yang God period, but also knows the environment of hell, especially all kinds of natural dangers around Hanshuang mountain.


    Too wonderful is not to escape aimlessly, but to lead the pursuers and lead them into a dangerous place in the underworld.


    Relying on his familiarity with the situation and clever use of the geographical advantage, Taimiao finally managed to escape from a group of monks in the period of Yang God with power.


    Of course, the pursuers are of extraordinary origin and clever means.


    It''s wonderful. I paid a huge price to escape.


    Even with the help of Meng Zhang and various healing materials provided by taiyimen, it is difficult to recover from the wonderful injury in a short time.


    Fortunately, it was wonderful. Although it was a little embarrassed, it didn''t reveal its identity from beginning to end.


    The level of Yang God in the underworld is limited. In addition to the natural ghosts and gods that are not controlled by any cultivators, there are only a few who can send the power of Yang God level strong people.


    The friars of jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family lost their target and would not doubt Taimiao at all. They were the biggest object of their suspicion when they were far away from the imperial dynasty.


    After Taimiao and Meng Zhang made this analysis together, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    Next, too wonderful will stay in the small world of ghost gate and recover slowly.


    The xuanjiayin army is temporarily led by the extreme sword God general.


    With the remaining strength of Xuanjia Yin army, as long as the extremely sword God will act carefully and not take the initiative to get involved in various disputes in the underworld, there will be no big problem in self-protection.


    However, there is no wonderful commander for the time being. The xuanjiayin army needs to keep a low profile next.


    The extreme sword God general found a remote place to settle the army and slowly restore the vitality of the army.


    Taiyimen keeps in touch with xuanjiayin army and can help them in all aspects.


    The Xuanjia Yin army is in the current state and cannot provide various special resources of the underworld to Taiyi gate in a short time.


    In addition to fully tapping the potential of the small world of the ghost gate, Taiyi gate is to bite its teeth and stick to it and survive a hard time.


    Meng Zhang can''t stay in the little world of ghost gate for a long time. He will return to taiyimen mountain gate every once in a while.


    After his injury stabilized, he began to study his power.


    If you want to refine power and give full play to the power of power, you need at least the strength of Yang God level.


    The more high-end authority, the more important the world Avenue is.


    Wonderful. After careful study, I found that this is a power about reincarnation.


    As long as you fully master this power, you can try to intervene in the reincarnation of the underworld and slowly master it completely.


    Reincarnation is such a high-end and important power that it is worth taking a great risk for it.


    Of course, the current strength of Taimiao is far from being able to make use of this power. It can only be carefully collected temporarily. Only when its strength is improved in the future can we try to refine it slowly.

 Chapter 1704

    Meng Zhang originally refined Taimiao''s outer incarnation and placed it in the underworld. In addition to following the example of Dali Dynasty, he also had ambition.


    Meng Zhang''s initial goal is to let Taimiao establish a foundation in the underworld and provide Taiyi gate with various unique resources in the underworld.


    At the critical moment, Taimiao''s foundation in the underworld can be used as a retreat for Taiyi gate.


    In addition to the initial goal, Meng Zhang has a long-term goal.


    His greatest wild hope and dream is that he can completely control the underworld and reincarnation.


    Of course, he never thought that such a dream would come true before.


    Now it''s wonderful to get the power to represent reincarnation.


    Wait until Taimiao''s strength improves in the future and slowly refine his power. Maybe he can really realize Meng Zhang''s dream.


    Meng Zhang was so excited that he seemed to forget the heavy losses suffered by xuanjiayin army this time.


    Even if situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion didn''t know that this was such an important power, they probably wouldn''t give up if their long planned action failed.


    In order to prevent being angered by these two forces, Meng Zhang must be prepared.


    Meng Zhang left the Taiyi gate and came to the heavenly palace.


    As usual, Meng Zhang visited old man Yinhu first.


    In front of the silver pot old man, Meng Zhang had a choice and told the story of the battle in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang didn''t keep much except that Taimiao was the incarnation of himself and finally won power.


    What he said is all the truth, but not all the truth.


    Meng Zhang finally stressed that he took advantage of the opportunity to kill Zhenjun seriously and killed the demon cultivation of Yang God level.


    It is said that jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family are involved in this matter. In order to seize power, they fought in the underworld. Old man Yinhu was very surprised.


    I don''t know whether the power finally fell to situ family or jiuxuan pavilion?


    Silver pot old man also guessed Meng Zhang''s purpose. He was afraid of being angry by the losers.


    Silver pot old man said that in this matter, Meng Zhang was the most innocent from beginning to end. Moreover, he also killed the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God, which can be regarded as helping the heavenly palace subdue demons to solve the big trouble.


    If anyone uses this as an excuse to embarrass Meng Zhang and taiyimen, he will never sit idly by.


    Silver pot old man also knows that he doesn''t have enough weight alone in the face of the holy land.


    The heavenly thunder Lord behind them may not have enough deterrence if they do not come forward directly.


    Therefore, the silver pot old man with Meng Zhang came to the heaven palace subduing demons hall again and found Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall Lord of the subduing demons hall.


    Qin Fangtian''s news is far more informed than that of the silver pot old man. He has long known that situ family and jiuxuan pavilion have suffered setbacks this time.


    Qin Fangtian gloated at this and felt very relieved.


    Qin Fangtian is not a generous person.


    The threat of situ family made jiuxuan Pavilion use its power in the heavenly palace to prevent him from mobilizing the power of the heavenly palace in the underworld, which made him angry and dissatisfied.


    Although people like Qin Fangtian would not turn against situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion for the sake of a mere dispute of morale, he was really happy to see them fail.


    Old man Yinhu heard the latest news from Qin Fangtian and felt relieved.


    Of course, he did not forget to mention Meng Zhang''s worries.


    Since the end of this matter, Qin Fangtian has even released the Tianshi Zhenjun detained by the demon subduing hall. It is obvious that Qin Fangtian is unwilling to do anything.


    However, Meng Zhang reported the news of demon cultivation to him this time, and finally killed the Yang God level demon cultivation himself, which can be regarded as helping the demon subduing hall solve the problem.


    Qin Fangtian is a fastidious person, and he should also express himself about it.


    Qin Fangtian patted his chest and said that Meng Zhang, as the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, can''t directly attack him as long as he doesn''t take the initiative to make mistakes.


    Qin Fangtian wanted to have his own face. Even if jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family wanted to vent their anger, they couldn''t find Meng Zhang.


    Although Qin Fang broke his appointment several times, his promise still worked.


    With Qin Fangtian''s guarantee, Meng ZhangCai was a little relieved.


    After leaving the demon subduing hall, the silver pot old man told Meng Zhang that he would report it to Tianlei shangzun as soon as possible.


    If jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family really don''t give Qin Fangtian face, they have to ask Tianlei to come forward and keep Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Tianlei shangzun is a figure that many holy places are very afraid of.


    Even if it is arrogant like jiuxuan Pavilion, it will not easily offend the Lord Tianlei.


    After visiting the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang''s goal was basically achieved.


    After saying goodbye to old man Yinhu, he went to visit mother-in-law Qiansi and wanted another layer of security.


    He is now a full member of the immortals society. To a certain extent, he should be able to get the secret protection of the immortals society.


    Mother-in-law Lansi still didn''t come back. Meng Zhang didn''t want to contact other people of the immortality society, so he directly returned to the mountain gate.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate, the Dali Dynasty sent his old boss Han Yao to visit him in person.


    After they met, they didn''t even exchange greetings, so they went straight to the subject.


    Han Yao came for the war that had just passed in the underworld.


    Power was taken away by mysterious ghosts and gods. Jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family really took Dali imperial dynasty as the biggest suspect.


    In addition to the Dali Dynasty, which has been operating in the underworld for many years, who can easily send ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God?


    The Dali Dynasty, who carried the black pot for no reason, certainly killed him and refused to recognize him.


    In fact, when Emperor Bawu knew that the situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion were involved in this matter, he always reserved and did not fully participate in the struggle for power.


    With the current situation of Dali Dynasty, it is really not suitable to establish a strong enemy at the Holy Land Sect level again.


    If emperor Bawu really made up his mind to fight for power, he would not be so selfish and reserved.


    The main purpose of the two Taoist soldiers he lent to Meng Zhang was to fight against the demon cultivation at the level of Yang God.


    This hidden card of corpse Hengda general is only an attempt.


    If emperor Bawu sent ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God in the Yin capital, he might really be able to seize power.


    Of course, the consequences caused by this are not what Dali Dynasty can bear.


    Dali emperor called for injustice, which also provided a new direction of doubt for jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family.


    The power of birth in the underworld is the most important to the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Maybe those natural ghosts and gods hidden in the depths of the underworld will participate in the competition.


    The friars of jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family who participated in the war are people with extensive knowledge and experience.


    When they think about it carefully, the ghost and God who took power really had some natural ghost and God characteristics.


    So it seems that Dali Dynasty has no nonsense, and the ideas provided are still very reliable.


    Of course, both situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion did not easily give up their doubts about Dali Dynasty, but were limited to the current form and did not force it too much.

 Chapter 1705

    In addition to continuing to investigate the situation of Dali Dynasty, jiuxuange and situ family mobilized their respective forces in the underworld to inquire about the ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God and the whereabouts of power.


    The friars of the Yang world could not stay in the underworld for too long. The friars sent to the underworld by situ family and jiuxuange had to return to the Yang world.


    Unwilling to do so, they caused great trouble to the Dali Dynasty.


    They held on to this matter and insisted on leaving the imperial court to give an explanation.


    Even if the Dali Dynasty introduced natural ghosts and gods as a new object of suspicion, they were still reluctant.


    Inexplicably, he was suspected by jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family, and he felt wronged when he was far away from the top of the imperial dynasty.


    The arrogant figures such as Bawu emperor have acted head and tail this time, and have lost ground. It is really a great loss of level.


    Of course, in his situation, there is no better choice.


    Power is too important for him to completely ignore it, and greed will inevitably arise in his heart.


    The current situation facing the Dali Dynasty must not offend jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family.


    The dilemma made emperor Bawu confused.


    Power was not seized, but provoked suspicion in vain.


    If Dali didn''t participate in this matter at the beginning of the imperial dynasty, there might be no trouble.


    As for the existence of the evil cultivation crippling the real king, it will naturally be solved by jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family.


    Emperor Bawu sent Han Yao to visit Meng Zhang this time, just to talk about personnel.


    Meng Zhang, as a party, experienced the war from beginning to end. With his cleverness, there may be some other discoveries.


    If Meng Zhang can provide useful clues, he may be able to help find out the ghost and God and let Dali dynasty clear the suspicion.


    After hearing Han Yao''s intention, Meng Zhang smiled bitterly and explained in detail.


    The battle was so wonderful that the ghost army suffered heavy losses and almost collapsed.


    In the war, too wonderful is also seriously injured.


    Although Meng Zhang took two Taoist soldiers to actively support him, he also blocked the killing of Zhenjun with the treasure given by Bawu emperor.


    But his anger was so wonderful that he didn''t appreciate it at all. Instead, he complained that Meng Zhang didn''t do enough and didn''t provide help in time.


    Meng Zhang and Taimiao had a big quarrel and parted ways.


    That''s wonderful. I lost the foundation of Hanshuang mountain this time, and my army was greatly weakened.


    He found a place to hide and licked the wound slowly.


    Although Meng Zhang has been watching the war secretly, due to the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, he can''t keep the strength of the Yang God period. Naturally, he doesn''t dare to covet power, let alone participate in the competition.


    Meng Zhang had never seen the ghost and God who finally took power and knew nothing about it.


    Although I guessed that I couldn''t get much useful information from Meng Zhang before I came here.


    But he got nothing and went back empty handed, which still disappointed Han Yao.


    But there is no way. Meng Zhang is the least suspected in this matter.


    Neither too wonderful nor Meng Zhang has the strength to intervene in this matter.


    After Han Yao left, Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    After hiding from the Dali Dynasty and getting rid of the relationship with power, jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family had no excuse to find Meng Zhang''s trouble.


    After that, Meng Zhang stayed in the gate of Taiyi gate and took the time to practice.


    Qiu Gangfeng of Xingluo palace has an appointment with Meng Zhang for 20 years. Now several years have passed. Meng Zhang knows that the other party''s agreement is not simple. He wants to improve his strength as much as possible before performing the contract.


    The Tianshi society made such a big noise in the underworld this time, but with the death of cansha Zhenjun, the matter gradually subsided, and no one went to the trouble of Tianshi society.


    The threat of Tianshi Zhenjun to Meng Zhang naturally turned into nonsense.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family are mobilizing their own strength to comprehensively trace the whereabouts of the power.


    For a long time, there was no result. After a long time, this matter gradually faded out of the public''s sight.


    The biggest beneficiary of the incident is wonderful. He has been hiding in the small world of ghost gate and healing slowly.


    During this period, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao sensed several times that someone was using the magic of heaven to calculate the course of the incident that day.


    Meng Zhang himself is a powerful master of heavenly secrets. He also has the cultivation of Yang God period, and a large number of heavenly virtues.


    Even if the top master of heaven''s secrets performs his heaven''s secrets, it is difficult to calculate his details.


    Taimiao''s body has some natural power of ghosts and gods, and naturally has a strong resistance to all kinds of secret deduction.


    In addition, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, he also has the protection of this master Meng Zhang.


    All the wonderful inferences about the secret of heaven will eventually disturb Meng Zhang and become a confrontation with Meng Zhang''s secret of heaven.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have much experience in confrontation with heaven''s secrets, but he has experienced it at least.


    This confrontation between heavenly masters often consumes Shouyuan, origin and so on.


    With enough heavenly merits and virtues, he is not afraid of consumption at all.


    Meng Zhang guessed that jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family couldn''t find any useful clues, so they had to use the Tianji master in the door to let them show their Tianji for deduction.


    The Holy Land clan and family really have a lot of information. They also specially keep talented heavenly masters for use at critical moments.


    Unfortunately, they met Meng Zhang and too wonderful this time.


    Tianji masters can only spend life yuan in vain, but they can''t gain anything.


    In silence, few people noticed that a fierce Tianji confrontation began suddenly and then ended quickly.


    Even for the Holy Land Sect, it is not easy to train qualified heavenly masters.


    With the strength of the Holy Land Sect, there are few problems that can not be solved.


    If it weren''t for helplessness, I wouldn''t be the secret master of the sect.


    Since Tianji was hoodwinked and could not calculate useful information, jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family had to ask Tianji to stop immediately and stop losses in time.


    Even if such means as Tianji were used, they still couldn''t get useful information. Jiuxuange and situ family had to stop and slowly turn their attention to other things.


    Although authority is precious, it is not indispensable to the holy door.


    The Holy Land Sect has many cards. Even if it has no power, it will not affect its strength.


    Especially when the immortals are about to wake up and the Junchen world is about to change, jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family still have a big stall, which is not worth wasting energy on this matter.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Taimiao have escaped a disaster temporarily and will have a long time of peace of mind.


    Although jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family did not continue to embarrass Dali imperial court, they began to slowly cancel their secret support for Dali imperial court.


    They had previously supported Dali emperor against Ziyang Shengzong, with the purpose of containing the strength of Ziyang Shengzong and consuming Ziyang Shengzong''s savings.


    As for the success or failure of Dali Dynasty, they don''t care at all.

 Chapter 1706

    The Dali Dynasty was involved in the struggle for power, which made them very unhappy. Naturally, their two families would react.


    Even if Dali is really innocent, they can''t help being angry.


    They just don''t like Dali imperial court, and want to give Dali imperial court some color to see.


    As for taiyimen, on the surface, Meng Zhang and Taimiao did not directly participate in the competition.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang is not a man without a foundation.


    Situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion can''t give Meng Zhang no face just to vent their anger.


    In particular, Qin Fangtian, the vice Lord of the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace, consciously felt a little sorry for Meng Zhang in this matter.


    So he specially sent a message afterwards, saying that Meng Zhang was covered by him and that no one was allowed to go to his trouble.


    Qin Fangtian is also a person who wants face.


    This time, he has lost face. If he can''t even keep Meng Zhang, he will really lose face.


    No matter how domineering jiuxuan Pavilion is, it is impossible to openly hit Qin Fangtian in the face because of this matter.


    After Meng Zhang confirmed through various channels that jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family would not be angry with him, he was completely relieved.


    The friars from taiyimen, led by the extremely sword God general, reorganized the xuanjiayin army and recovered some strength in the absence of Taimiao.


    After they settled down, they continued to collect various resources in the underworld and sent them to the small world of the ghost gate.


    Of course, since the territory occupied by the government is far less than before, and the number of ghosts has dropped sharply, the efficiency of collecting resources is naturally very low.


    Meng Zhang knows that Taiyi goalkeeper will usher in a difficult period.


    However, with the recovery of perineal production, this situation will gradually improve.


    The vast territory of taiyimen is about to harvest after years of development.


    As long as the resources above the territory are fully developed, there is no problem with the daily cost of taiyimen.


    For monks of Meng Zhang''s level, twenty years passed almost in a flash.


    It is determined that there is no major event in the zongmen for the time being. Meng Zhang leaves the taiyimen Mountain Gate and transmits it to the main island of Xingluo islands. He successfully sees Qiu Gangfeng.


    He saw not only Qiu Gangfeng, but also Qiu Wanshui, the eldest brother of the Qiu family.


    Compared with his brother Qiu Gangfeng, Qiu Wanshui looks more rough and crazy, and his temper is a little grumpy.


    Qiu Wanshui warmly welcomed Meng Zhang.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming as promised, Qiu Gangfeng was relieved.


    More than ten years ago, the Qiu brothers could not resist the strong pressure from Ziyang Shengzong and had to give in on the surface.


    The Qiu brothers accepted the terms of Ziyang Shengzong and were willing to refine the rare treasure of Houtu Ding together.


    Of course, this delay cannot last long.


    According to the accomplishments of their brothers, Ziyang Shengzong gave a clear time.


    It is completely impossible for them to delay in the name of refining treasures.


    The Qiu brothers took the last resort to delay this period of time, of course, in order to put all their eggs in one basket and take an adventure.


    Meng Zhang came as promised, and their adventure had greater hope of success.


    Besides Meng Zhang, the Qiu brothers have other helpers.


    Last time, Meng Zhang provided a secret method to help Qiu Gangfeng''s selected training object survive the thunder robbery.


    The five training objects selected by Qiu Gangfeng are all powerful monks with rich accumulation and only one step away from the Yang God period.


    After they got the secret Dharma, they practiced immediately and began to cross the robbery again and again.


    I don''t know whether Qiu Gangfeng is lucky enough or they are very lucky.


    The five training objects survived the thunder robbery one after another and successfully advanced to the Yang God period with the help of the rescue secret method provided by Meng Zhang.


    The more powerful a monk is, the more he attaches importance to cause and effect.


    Since they have inherited the cause of Qiu Gangfeng and Meng Zhang, they will pay the fruit themselves.


    Qiu Gangfeng places Meng Zhang in a secret place on the main island of Xingluo islands and asks him to wait.


    Soon after, five monks of the Yang God period who had survived the thunder robbery came here one after another.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was the first to come. Even if he became the same Yang God monk as the Qiu brothers, his attitude towards the Qiu brothers was still as respectful as ever.


    To Meng Zhang, a great benefactor, he seemed a little humble.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is far above the true king of Qi. It''s easy to see through his details.


    Yiqi Zhenjun exhausted all the details when he crossed the thunder robbery of Yang God.


    Although he survived the robbery and became a monk in the Yang God period, he also exhausted his potential and lost the opportunity to go further.


    Qiu Gangfeng secretly told Meng Zhang that Yiqi Zhenjun not only didn''t get too much benefits when he passed the Yangshen thunder robbery, but was seriously injured. He was cured not long ago.


    In any case, Yiqi Zhenjun passed the thunder robbery and became a monk in the period of Yang God, which is essentially different from the past and qualified to be on an equal footing with Meng Zhang.


    Yiqi Zhenjun is still so humble, which inevitably has some elements of acting.


    The Yiqi hall used to crush the head of Fuyun temple. Later, when Fuyun Zi advanced to the Yang God period, the Fuyun Temple crushed the head of Yiqi hall.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was not satisfied with this for a long time. He was only patient under the situation.


    Now in the advanced Yang God period, he has the qualification to challenge the floating cloud view, but yizhenjun is not in a hurry to start, but continues to deepen his relationship with the Qiu family brothers.


    It can be seen that Yiqi Zhenjun is also a very complicated old fox.


    After Yiqi Zhenjun came Xuanxin Zhenjun, the leader of Xuanxin temple.


    After Xuanxin Zhenjun advanced to the Yang God period, his temperament was still as modest as before.


    Among the five training objects, in Meng Zhang''s eyes, Xuanxin Zhenjun is the most Taoist monk.


    Chilong Zhenjun is this person. Although he came from casual cultivation and seems ordinary, Meng Zhang always feels that there are many mysteries in this person that he can''t see through.


    Now Chilong Zhenjun appears in front of Meng Zhang again. Meng Zhang feels that the fog on him seems to be deeper.


    Yujianzhen Jun was the elder of Meng Zhang. Before Meng Zhang rose, he was the leader of Jiuqu League.


    Unexpectedly, Feng Shui took turns. Meng Zhang''s accomplishments left him far behind.


    He is now in the Yang God stage, and there is finally a dawn that can catch up with Meng Zhang.


    Among the five support targets, yujianzhenjun is the oldest. If he can''t advance to the Yang God period, he estimates that he will soon run out of Shouyuan.


    Through the thunder robbery and the advanced Yang God period, he was reborn, and his life was almost doubled.


    Sword cultivation in the Yang God period is rare in the whole cultivation world.


    The last one to arrive is the most indifferent attitude towards people. She is always the master of Guanghan palace, Guanghan fairy.

 Chapter 1707

    After Guanghan fairy came to the party, she ignored the others except nodding to Qiu''s brother and Meng Zhang. As if there were no one else, she found a place to sit down and began to meditate with her eyes closed.


    Guanghan fairy is so arrogant that some people don''t like her.


    However, there was no impulsive generation among the friars present. They would not offend the friars of the same level for trivial matters.


    When fairy Guanghan arrived, all the monks participating in the party were there.


    Meng Zhang took a look at the field. There were eight monks of the Yang God period gathered here. It was a rare event to put them into the Jun dust world.


    With such strength, you can even go to war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Especially when the main force of Ziyang Shengzong was pinned down by the Dali imperial dynasty, the eight monks of Yangshen period here might become the last straw to crush the camel and completely end the existence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knew that this was the best situation he had imagined.


    In fact, Ziyang holy sect is among the strongest in the holy sect. No one knows how many hidden cards it has.


    Although it is a rule that all parties in the Jun dust world will abide by whether or not da Neng can act directly during the retreat period.


    However, at the critical juncture of the sect''s life and death, the great power of Ziyang Shengzong may not abide by such rules.


    Not to mention, Ziyang Shengzong has long had a criminal record of violating the rules.


    During the retreat period of Ziyang Shengzong, Da Neng made a bold move in Jiuqu Province, attacked Chunyu Zhongda, the national teacher of Dali imperial dynasty, and easily destroyed Jiuqu City, creating boundless killing.


    The heavenly palace only nominally gives it a certain punishment, which can''t hurt its foundation at all.


    When facing the holy door of Ziyang holy sect, we must not look high at its bottom line.


    But anyway, with so many strong men in the Yang God period present, the Qiu brothers can subdue the Cloud View and completely master the Xingluo islands.


    With such strength, the Qiu brothers can resist the attack of the Hai nationality, refuse the request of Ziyang Shengzong, and are not even afraid to turn against him.


    When the sea clan is eyeing, if Ziyang Shengzong sends Huixu period to attack Xingluo islands and create a civil war among Terran cultivators, I''m afraid he is really cut off from the Terran.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t believe it. So many monks in the period of Yang God can''t keep the foundation of Xingluo islands.


    The Qiu brothers have enough capital to give full play to their ability to unite vertically and horizontally and obtain new allies.


    Apart from other things, the most powerful Royal beast sect in the Holy Land Sect has always existed in Xingluo islands.


    If the Qiu brothers take the line of the Royal beast sect and show great strength, they may not be able to get the support of the Royal beast sect.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years and has a clear view of the situation.


    In his opinion, with so many monks in the Yang God period, most of the problems of the Qiu brothers have been solved.


    Next, the Qiu brothers and Ziyang Shengzong have little chance to turn over directly. They are more bargaining and compromise with each other.


    In fact, most of the monks present had the same view as Meng Zhang.


    Although Yiqi Zhenjun and others rely on the cultivation of the Qiu family brothers to advance to the Yang God period, they are also willing to obey the Qiu family brothers, but they are also reluctant to formally break with the Ziyang holy sect.


    Seeing everyone gathered, Qiu Gangfeng said a few simple opening remarks and began to get to the point.


    Now, although the sea clan has temporarily weakened its attack on Xingluo islands, Qiu Wanshui still can''t leave the front line for too long.


    Due to the limited time, the Qiu brothers were not wordy.


    As soon as the Qiu brothers opened their mouth, they took the initiative to tell their true situation.


    Qiu Wanshui managed to survive the thunder disaster by practicing the secret method of crossing the disaster in exchange for the Ziyang holy sect.


    However, he not only did not get much benefit from the thunder robbery, but was seriously injured, leaving a huge hidden danger.


    If nothing unexpected happens, Qiu Wanshui has lost the possibility of advanced retreat in this life.


    Qiu Gangfeng cultivates other robbery crossing secret methods, and the cultivation of Yang God is about to be completed, which is not far from the period of breaking through and returning to emptiness.


    In order to be more valuable in the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong, increase bargaining power, and protect his brother, Qiu Wanshui always pretended to repair his body and restore the potential of advanced retreat period.


    Therefore, in the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong, the Qiu brothers have the potential to break through the period of returning to emptiness, which is the goal of suppression.


    The brothers of the Qiu family were so frank as soon as they came up, which was really beyond everyone''s expectation.


    Then Qiu Gangfeng called his closed disciple Bai Zhilei to the public.


    Meng Zhang, who met Bai Zhilei, naturally knows her origin.


    As a golden elixir immortal, Bai Zhilei doesn''t have stage fright at all in front of so many Yang God Qi Zhenjun.


    She took the initiative to introduce her family to everyone.


    Her master was originally a true disciple of Ziyang Shengzong, but she received the favor of the Qiu family brothers in her early years and was vigorously cultivated by the Qiu family brothers.


    All along, in order to repay her kindness, her master kept secret news with the Qiu brothers from time to time.


    Decades ago, her master accidentally learned a secret of Ziyang Shengzong Tianda.


    This secret is of great importance to the Qiu brothers and concerns their future.


    When her master inquired into the secret, it was finally exposed.


    Their teachers and disciples had to defecte immediately and fled to the Xingluo islands.


    In the process of escape, her master died in order to cover her.


    Speaking of this, even after many years, Angelica dahurica bud still looks sad.


    Qiu Gangfeng sent the depressed Angelica dahurica bud down and continued the previous conversation.


    The secret discovered by master Bai Zhilei is that there is a Jiazi tree with a life span of tens of thousands of years in the black jade forest of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    Not to mention the rare natural materials and earth treasures such as Jiazi tree. The rare trees in heaven and earth are ordinary trees that can live for tens of thousands of years. They have long been refined.


    The ten thousand year old Jiazi tree in the black jade forest is not only a tree demon with wisdom, but also a peerless demon with terrible strength.


    Jiazi tree, as its name implies, is that every few Jiazi will bear a variety of special fruits.


    The fruit produced by every other Jiazi of Jiazi tree is conducive to the cultivation of monks in the golden elixir period. It is called Jiazi fruit.


    The fruit of Jiazi tree every ten Jiazi can cure all kinds of serious injuries, expel all kinds of rare and strange poisons, and restore the friars to their best state. It is called Shijia fruit.


    The fruit that can be produced by a Jiazi tree every 100 Jiazi is called Baijia fruit.


    Baijiaguo is a rare treasure of heaven and earth in the whole Jun dust world. It has countless magical effects and will covet Huixu power.


    Qiu Gangfeng just said a function of baijiaguo, which moved everyone present.


    Baijiaguo can help friars in the Yang God period to make up for all the defects in their previous practice, gain their accomplishments and help them break through to the return to emptiness period.

 Chapter 1708

    When Qiu Gangfeng talked about the magical function of Shijia fruit, his purpose was already clear.


    On the faces of most of the monks present, there was an irrecoverable color of greed.


    The proportion of monks in the Yang God period in the advanced return to deficiency period is very high, but not all monks in the Yang God period can advance to return to deficiency period.


    Just like Qiu Wanshui and Yiqi Zhenjun who were present, they had lost the opportunity to go further because they had hurt their foundation during the robbery.


    Shijiaguo can make up for all the previous defects and assist friars to advance and return to the virtual period. It is tailor-made for them.


    As for the other monks present, they are also not very sure about the advanced retreat period. Knowing the information of such a rare treasure as shijiaguo, everyone will covet it.


    Many people have never heard of the Tiancai and Dibao that can assist the advanced retreat period.


    Meng Zhang has extraordinary qualifications and solid foundation, as well as the brilliant inheritance left by taiyimen in its heyday.


    He himself has great confidence that he can break through the period of returning to emptiness with his hard practice.


    However, it is a great good thing to increase the probability of advanced retreat period.


    Second, the current situation of him and taiyimen requires him to break through the period of returning to emptiness as soon as possible.


    Many of these friars present have only recently advanced to Yang God.


    Since they have enjoyed the benefits of the advanced Yang God period, they will not be satisfied with it. Instead, they covet the achievements of the return to emptiness period.


    Even the most indifferent and expressionless fairy Guanghan''s face is slightly discolored at the moment.


    Of course, although the emotions of all the people present had been mobilized by Qiu Gangfeng, everyone still maintained a minimum of vigilance.


    This matter was revealed by Qiu Gangfeng as the secret of Ziyang Shengzong, which shows that Ziyang Shengzong must have known about it long ago.


    If you want to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth in the hands of Ziyang Shengzong, it is absolutely difficult to ascend to heaven.


    Not to mention, the strength of the tree demon who has cultivated for tens of thousands of years will certainly not be weak.


    They didn''t speak, waiting for Qiu Gangfeng''s further explanation.


    Meng Zhang knew more about the black jade forest and couldn''t help thinking about it.


    As early as many years ago, the black jade forest was the most famous gathering place of demons and beasts in the Daheng cultivation world.


    The number of monsters in the black jade forest is huge and powerful. They can press the Jiuqu River clan and confront the human cultivators.


    Later, when the evil disaster was quelled together, Meng Zhang''s army of friars fought side by side with the monsters in the black jade forest, but Meng Zhang didn''t know the real details of the black jade forest.


    As the leader of the black jade forest monster, King Hui Peng, a demon king at the level of a great monk, is actually an undercover sent by Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Meng Zhang first learned the news, he was still very curious.


    Soon, he felt that the water in the black jade forest was too deep, there were too many secrets, and many things he could not deal with.


    The situation of Heiyu forest, Daheng Xiuzhen world, can understand some rough information about the periphery at most.


    Meng Zhang and Hui Peng Wang have a good relationship and appreciate each other. But Meng Zhang has never been able to go deep into the black jade forest.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has adopted a self-protection strategy and never asked about the situation of the black jade forest.


    Under his strict orders, friar taiyimen also tried to stay away from the black jade forest.


    The monsters in the black jade forest have always been xenophobic. Even if the two sides have fought side by side against the demon army, the two sides have never been friends.


    The latest news Meng Zhang learned about the black jade forest is that the black jade forest began to shrink actively many years ago.


    All the demons and beasts stationed outside the black jade forest were strictly ordered to return to the black jade forest.


    The monsters in the black jade forest cut off all contact with the outside world.


    With the reputation of the black jade forest and Meng Zhang''s strict orders, no friars would sneak into the black jade forest because of curiosity.


    Meng Zhang knows nothing about the black jade forest these years.


    Since Qiu Gangfeng put forward this matter, he naturally knows everyone''s concerns.


    He continued to explain slowly, trying to dispel everyone''s concerns.


    The ten thousand years of the Jiazi tree are not in vain. It has long had the strength of terror.


    In terms of combat effectiveness alone, it is no worse than the ordinary return to virtual energy.


    When he said this, everyone was embarrassed.


    They alone. It is almost impossible to rob something from the strong at the level of returning to the virtual world.


    Qiu Gangfeng continued to explain while paying attention to everyone''s faces.


    As a tree, the Jiazi tree had many defects in the sky.


    It takes root too deep in the dark jade forest, and its roots go deep underground.


    Jiazi tree is very difficult to move and basically can''t leave the black jade forest.


    Of course, in the depths of the black jade forest where Jiazi tree is located, not only outsiders can''t get close, but even the monsters in the black jade forest can''t get close easily.


    Many years ago, Ziyang Shengzong discovered the existence of Jiazi tree.


    In addition to the regular Jiazi fruit produced by Jiazi tree, even Jiazi tree itself is coveted by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Logically speaking, with the strength of Ziyang Shengzong, it is not difficult to send enough great energy to return to the virtual period to kill and even capture Jiazi tree.


    However, in the Jun dust world, it is almost an iron law not to allow the war of returning to the virtual level.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness can do it once in a while, quickly solve it, and play a marginal ball. That''s not a big problem.


    But if you fight back between virtual powers, it is not only difficult to distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time, but also the movement is earth shaking.


    Even the Holy Land Sect did not dare to commit such taboos, causing public anger.


    Therefore, over the years, apart from closely monitoring the black jade forest and Jiazi tree, Ziyang Shengzong did not directly attack the Jiazi tree.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong''s covetous heart for Jiazi tree has never weakened by half.


    As for what kind of intrigues and vicious schemes the Ziyang holy sect has secretly, it is unknown.


    Hearing Qiu Gangfeng saying this, Meng Zhang solved the mystery in his heart and knew the secret of the black jade forest.


    The reason why Ziyang Shengzong sent a powerful spirit beast such as king Huipeng to spy in the black jade forest is mostly that Jiazi tree.


    Jiazi tree is too mysterious. It has been living in seclusion in the depths of the black jade forest. Even most monsters in the black jade forest do not know its existence.


    However, high-level demon kings such as the grey Peng king and the golden monkey king must know the existence of Jiazi tree.


    With the existence of strong people at the virtual level such as Jiazi tree, even if King Huipeng is the leader of the monster in the black jade forest, he can not become the real master of the black jade forest.


    He can''t be the master of many major events.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the high-level demon kings such as king Huipeng are all under the Jiazi tree.


    King Huipeng, the nominal monster leader, just leads the monster and manages the daily affairs of the black jade forest.


    The real master of the black jade forest can only be the Jiazi tree.

 Chapter 1709

    Ziyang Shengzong did not dare to trigger a return to emptiness war in the Junchen world, so he could not completely solve the Jiazi tree.


    Ziyang Shengzong has been coveting the Jiazi tree and is unwilling to give up.


    After many years of observation and planning, Ziyang Shengzong finally got an important opportunity.


    Because of its own characteristics, the Jiazi tree will bear fruit regularly.


    When bearing Jiazi fruit and decapod, the damage to Jiazi tree is limited.


    However, in order to produce such rare natural materials and earth treasures as baijiaguo, we must extract a large number of Jiazi tree''s vitality and greatly consume its origin.


    Of course, Jiazi tree demon won''t want the result, but this is its own characteristic. No matter how high its cultivation is, it can''t be stopped.


    After bearing Baijia fruit, Jiazi tree is bound to lose its vitality and strength. For the time being, it can''t even maintain its strength in the virtual period.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong will send a long prepared team of monks to enter the depths of the black jade forest, kill the Jiazi tree and seize the Baijia fruit.


    As for the time when Jiazi tree bears Baijia fruit, it will be three years later.


    With the identity and status of master Angelica dahurica Lei, I was not qualified to know such secrets.


    In order to find out the secret, she had to expose her identity and betray the sect.


    The Qiu brothers certainly attach great importance to the news after losing an important chess piece.


    Qiu Gangfeng introduced the situation and finally said his goal.


    While the Ziyang holy sect friar team is holding the attention of the Jiazi tree demon, everyone can come to a mantis to catch cicadas, and the Yellow finches are behind, waiting for the opportunity to seize Baijia fruit.


    Their purpose is not to kill Jiazi tree demon, nor to be an enemy of Ziyang Saint friar, but to strive to capture Baijia fruit for their own way.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s words made people excited, and they didn''t care about the threat of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Qiu Gangfeng sincerely told everyone that the Jiazi tree demon produced a lot of Baijia fruits this time, which was enough for everyone to distribute.


    The main purpose of his participation in this event is to obtain a Baijia fruit, solve the hidden danger of his eldest brother Qiu Wanshui and give him further opportunities.


    We still trust Qiu Gangfeng.


    Except Meng Zhang, all the monks present had received his support and grace.


    Meng Zhang and Qiu Gangfeng have known each other for many years. They think he is a steady man, not a disorderly guy.


    Without thinking for too long, they were persuaded by Qiu Gangfeng and expressed their willingness to participate in this matter.


    Seeing that they finally convinced everyone that they were willing to act together, the Qiu brothers couldn''t help smiling on their faces.


    Next, the Qiu brothers began to introduce the plan and various details of the operation.


    In addition to the intelligence brought by Angelica dahurica, the Qiu brothers also obtained a lot of information about the black jade forest through other channels.


    The two brothers have long targeted the Baijia fruit produced by the Jiazi tree demon. They have planned for many years and made a very strict plan.


    The Qiu brothers seemed very frank and didn''t hide anything. They provided information, explained the plan, discussed with everyone, and slowly improved the plan.


    Meng Zhang was really greedy for the Baijia fruit produced by Jiazi tree demon and wanted to get it in his hand.


    However, he did not lose his vigilance and was always very careful.


    On the surface, he actively participated in the discussion and gave advice with everyone. But in my heart, I was thinking about it.


    Meng Zhang cannot have unreserved trust in the Qiu brothers.


    The Qiu brothers should know very well that they will snatch food from Ziyang Shengzong this time. Whether they succeed or fail, they will greatly annoy Ziyang Shengzong.


    They have been perfunctory Ziyang Shengzong before, trying to delay time, mostly for the moment.


    If their brother can''t achieve the cultivation of returning to emptiness in a short time after capturing baijiaguo, it will inevitably lead to the cruel revenge of Ziyang holy sect.


    If one doesn''t do well, the whole Xingluo palace will be involved.


    Meng Zhang has long known the character of the Qiu brothers.


    The Qiu brothers are willing to sacrifice everything for their own way.


    Even if they give up the hard-working Xingluo palace and let the Xingluo islands, a fortress against the sea tribe, completely overturn, they will not hesitate.


    The other monks present only broke through the Yang God period soon. Even if you get Baijia fruit, it is impossible to advance and return to virtual period in a short time.


    But they are willing to take risks in order to get the hope of breaking through the virtual period.


    They also know that their sect will be implicated later and will lead to the Revenge of Ziyang holy sect, but they also don''t care about these and just want to seize Baijia fruit.


    As for Meng Zhang, of course, he didn''t want to see taiyimen implicated by his next actions.


    However, Meng Zhang had a premonition that the situation in the Junchen world was not waiting.


    If he can''t break through the retreat period as soon as possible, not only himself, but also taiyimen will face great danger.


    Not to mention, when the Junchen world changes greatly, it is also the time when the opportunity to become a Tao comes. Only those who have the cultivation of returning to emptiness can be qualified to participate in the competition for the opportunity to become a Tao.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Yang God period, his accomplishments were relatively smooth. He also had some ideas on how to break through to the virtual period.


    He is now far from truly breaking through the period of returning to emptiness, what he lacks is hundreds of years of accumulation.


    He knew a thing or two about Jiazi tree.


    The carambola fruit produced by Jiazi tree contains the huge origin accumulated by Jiazi tree for thousands of years.


    He only needs to absorb and refine a carambola fruit to make up for the accumulation and eliminate the last obstacle in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness.


    Although taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have not officially torn their faces, let alone officially started a war.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong''s malice towards Taiyi gate was more and more undisguised, and its suppression and blockade did not stop for a moment.


    If Meng Zhang offends Ziyang Shengzong this time, the worst result is nothing more than a formal war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    He has long been prepared for this.


    As long as Ziyang Shengzong''s retreat period can not end in person, Taiyi gate is not without the power of a war.


    Taiyi gate has formed a secret alliance with Dali emperor. Even if Dali emperor is unwilling to help Taiyi gate, its existence itself has a great restraining effect on Ziyang Shengzong.


    Compared with the Xingluo islands alone overseas, taiyimen''s survival ability should be stronger.


    Meng Zhang''s own background is not simple.


    Once the situation reached a critical moment, the silver pot old man, the silk holding mother-in-law and even the immortal society, as long as Meng Zhang pulled down his face and asked for help, most of them could still get help.


    Meng Zhang thought about it, weighed the pros and cons, and felt that the risk was worth taking.


    He even had the feeling that the opportunity could not be missed and that the time would never come again.


    Missed this opportunity, there is no other shortcut to take, Meng Zhang will not be able to break through to the virtual period in a short time.


    Maybe this is his only chance.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang is determined to participate in the competition for baijiaguo. However, the Qiu brothers, including everyone present, will be kept on adequate alert.

 Chapter 1710

    Since the Qiu family brothers have reached a consensus with everyone present to seize the fruit of the Jiazi tree demon together, the others, except the master Qiu family brothers, will gather together and are not allowed to leave alone to prevent leakage of information.


    Fortunately, it is not surprising that monks at their level spend tens or even hundreds of years on a retreat or a trip.


    Before they left their respective doors, they all said hello to the monks in the door, but they didn''t have to worry about the inconvenience.


    They spent more than two years together in the secret manor.


    In the meantime, only the Qiu brothers occasionally left alone to deal with the situation outside.


    In addition to dealing with the increasingly urgent threat of Ziyang holy sect, we should also inquire about all kinds of latest news.


    In addition to meditating, the others also exchanged their practice experiences at the call of the Qiu brothers.


    Considering that we will fight side by side next, the Qiu brothers hope that we can deepen our understanding and get familiar with each other''s means of combat.


    Although no one will honestly show all the means, there are still many benefits to communicate more.


    More than two years passed in a flash, and it soon came to the day of departure.


    What should have been said was almost the same. The Qiu brothers had no nonsense. They directly led everyone to start space transmission. After several transmissions, they came to the periphery of the black jade forest.


    Meng Zhang fought for many years in Daheng Xiuzhen world, but he was not familiar with the black jade forest, and he did not go deep into it.


    After the Qiu brothers led everyone here, in order to avoid disturbing the Jiazi tree demon, they began to sneak carefully into the black jade forest.


    A large group of monks in the Yang God period tried their best to hide their tracks and sneaked in, but there was no noise.


    According to Meng Zhang, many years ago, the monsters in the black jade forest began to shrink in an all-round way and made every effort to strengthen the internal defense of the black jade forest.


    As soon as they entered the black jade forest, they found many guard monsters, and many monster teams were patrolling back and forth.


    The deeper you go into the black jade forest, the tighter the guard and the tighter the defense.


    Although monsters are not as proficient in array prohibition as humans, many high-level monsters still master similar skills.


    It can be seen that the monsters in the black jade forest have made great efforts to strengthen their defense.


    Of course, this kind of defensive means can deal with ordinary friars, which is almost useless in front of the strong men in the Yang God period who have been prepared for it.


    Because the Qiu family brothers have already reminded everyone that the Jiazi tree demon has the power to return to the virtual period.


    Therefore, all the sneaking monks dare not have the slightest carelessness. They are always trembling and careful enough.


    Soon, they crossed the periphery of the black jade forest and came to the depths of the black jade forest.


    Here, Meng Zhang finally found an old acquaintance he had dealt with.


    The nominal leader of the black jade forest monster, King Hui Peng, and the king of the golden monkey, who almost sat on the same level as king Hui Peng, led dozens of carefully selected powerful demon kings to patrol around the periphery of the area.


    The area behind them is the real core of the black jade forest and the place where the Jiazi tree demon takes root.


    The trees in that area look much thinner than the outside, and you can see the depth almost at a glance.


    An unusually tall tree stands in the center of this area, like a hill inserted into the sky.


    The trees are luxuriant, and the tall and dense canopy almost covers hundreds of miles around.


    The area under the canopy was dark, revealing a heavy cold.


    Meng Zhang and others just looked at the huge tree from a distance and felt that the great pressure oppressed their hearts and suffocated.


    Needless to say, the huge tree is the legendary Jiazi tree demon.


    It is said that this Jiazi tree demon has a longevity of tens of thousands of years. It is indeed extraordinary.


    Everyone just glanced at it from a distance and didn''t dare to look at the Jiazi tree demon too much.


    These old demons who have survived for a long time have unfathomable cultivation and extremely sharp feeling.


    If you look at it more, it will touch its sensing and make it alert.


    The Qiu brothers led everyone to stop nearby temporarily and didn''t move on.


    Next, they will wait here silently. Wait for the Jiazi tree demon to bear Baijia fruit, and wait until the friar of Ziyang holy sect comes to seize the fruit.


    At that time, they will come out from behind and catch cicadas with mantis and yellow finches behind.


    Everyone hid their figure according to the plan without revealing the slightest clue.


    With their patience, less than half a year is left, just a moment.


    From the scene of entering the black jade forest, it was obvious that the Jiazi tree demon had been prepared and made great efforts to be on guard.


    Unfortunately, for these friars in the period of Yang God, except for the Jiazi tree demon, although the number of other monsters is large, they are simply vulnerable.


    Everyone is quietly recuperating and waiting for the coming fierce fight.


    In the depths of the black jade forest where people did not continue to pay attention, the Jiazi tree demon was gently soaking up the vitality of heaven and earth according to the Convention.


    Every time it breathes the vitality of heaven and earth, it will trigger a small vitality tide around.


    The essence of a large quantity of Qi is inhaled by the body, then slowly refining.


    The Jiazi tree demon had an independent consciousness more than 10000 years ago and knew to practice according to instinct.


    The longer it survives, the stronger its cultivation, the deeper it takes root, and the harder it is to move.


    By now, its roots have gone deep into the earth and are about to contact the magma layer in the earth''s core.


    Deep in the black jade forest, the underground of this area is covered with its roots.


    All the movements here, no matter how secret, can not escape the induction of roots.


    Due to congenital limitations, the Jiazi tree demon is difficult to move.


    Because of this, it has been hiding in the depths of the black jade forest and has escaped countless storms in the Jun dust world.


    From the time when immortals preached to the Jun dust world and fought against the indigenous gods in the Jun dust world, to the rise of the religious doors of the major holy places, they began to sweep away the Jun dust world.


    This series of events did not threaten it.


    After Ziyang Shengzong became the ruler of the north of Junchen world, he slowly strengthened the exploration of various regions in the north, and found the existence of this Jiazi tree.


    But by this time, the Jiazi tree demon had become the climate.


    The Jiazi tree demon rooted in the depths of the black jade forest can give play to its strength not inferior to the great power of returning to emptiness with the help of geographical advantages.


    The immortals have been sleeping for a long time. During the retreat period, the friars are the strongest combat power in the Junchen world, and are subject to various restrictions.


    After several initial attempts, Ziyang Shengzong knew that it would not take a day to kill the Jiazi tree demon.


    It takes a long time to wait, and it takes thousands of years to layout slowly.

 Chapter 1711

    For this Jiazi tree demon, the high level of Ziyang Shengzong has formulated a grand plan, which can be called a millennium plan.


    This plan involves a wide range of people. It has used a lot of human and material resources of Ziyang holy sect for many years.


    In order to calculate this Jiazi tree demon, it greatly involved the power of Ziyang Shengzong, and even affected the war with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Many years ago, an expert of Ziyang Shengzong sent his spirit pet, King Huipeng, to the black jade forest as an undercover.


    The undercover King Hui Peng performed extraordinary. As a foreign demon king, he was promoted all the way and became the leader of the demons in the black jade forest.


    Of course, the real owner of the black jade forest is the Jiazi tree demon.


    Those seemingly powerful demon kings are not much better than mole ants in front of them.


    Only the top demon kings in the black jade forest are qualified to listen to it.


    As long as the Jiazi tree demon is willing, it can destroy the most powerful monster group in the black jade forest. It can also make weak monsters grow rapidly into a demon king.


    Although the undercover King Hui Peng could not really master the black jade forest, he provided countless precious information to Ziyang Shengzong, which deepened Ziyang Shengzong''s understanding of the Jiazi tree demon.


    When the evil disaster broke out in the Daheng cultivation world, Ziyang Shengzong did not quell the evil disaster in time. It was only part of the reason why he was restrained by the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The real reason is that some senior leaders of Ziyang holy sect want to make the scale of magic disaster larger and larger, so as to produce powerful magic objects.


    The black jade forest is next to the great horizontal cultivation world. After the spread of the evil disaster, the powerful demon army, led by the leader, will certainly attack the black jade forest and try to demonize it.


    Facing the impact of the demon army, the Jiazi tree demon certainly couldn''t stay out and had to fight with the demon army.


    In this way, we can not only test the real strength of the Jiazi tree demon, but also consume its vitality.


    The plan was well conceived, but later it met too many objections and had to give up halfway.


    Demons are uncontrollable. Even if they are carefully prepared in advance, it is impossible to control all the actions of demons.


    The evil things do great harm. Once the evil things of returning to the virtual level are born, it will definitely be a disaster for the whole Jun dust world.


    Even the holy door of Ziyang Shengzong can''t bear the consequences.


    Even if only a demon of Yang God level was born, it was enough to set off a catastrophe in the north of Jun dust world and greatly shake the rule of Ziyang holy sect.


    Although the Jiazi tree demon is powerful, it is trapped in the black jade forest and difficult to move. In fact, it is harmless to the cultivation world.


    Ziyang Shengzong has enough time to deal with it slowly.


    But once the magic disaster expands, it is really difficult to clean up.


    The plan to use the magic disaster to attack the black jade forest had to be abandoned halfway because of the opposition from Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong''s attention to the Jiazi tree demon has never weakened.


    The Jiazi tree demon is not a dull fool, but an old demon with profound wisdom.


    Thousands of years ago, after defeating the first few attacks of Ziyang Shengzong, it knew that the other party would not give up.


    In the following years, it can always sense that there are countless spies around the black jade forest.


    Although it can resolve the repeated attempts of Ziyang Shengzong without effort, it also knows that this passive situation will continue and there will always be problems one day.


    Unless you give up thousands of years of cultivation, the Jiazi tree can''t leave the black jade forest and move freely.


    This means that it can only passively wait for the enemy''s attack.


    The Jiazi tree didn''t do anything to deal with the strong enemy.


    For thousands of years, it has been secretly cultivating the monster groups in the black jade forest. It even doesn''t hesitate to pay some Jiazi fruit and even Shijia fruit to cultivate a powerful demon king.


    Without the existence of this Jiazi tree demon, the black jade forest could not have such a powerful monster group.


    Of course, the hard to move Jiazi tree demon can''t directly command the monster groups in the black jade forest. Only some demon kings can be selected as leaders to govern the major monster groups.


    The monsters in the black jade forest have been confronted with the Daheng Xiuzhen world for many years, and the two sides have had many dealings.


    Through various means, the monsters in the black jade forest obtained a lot of information about the cultivation world, and then reported it to the Jiazi tree demon.


    The Jiazi tree demon didn''t know nothing about the external situation. When it knew that the enemy it faced was a holy sect like Ziyang Shengzong, it knew the seriousness of the problem.


    Ziyang Shengzong can know the law of the results of the Jiazi tree demon, and the weaknesses exposed in the results can''t be unknown to the Jiazi tree demon itself.


    The result of a fixed period of time is not only the nature that Jiazi tree demon can''t overcome and avoid, but also a way of evolution.


    At the time of bearing Jiazi fruit and Shijia fruit, the effect on it is not obvious. But when it comes to producing Caragana fruit, it will cost it a lot of effort.


    Almost 6000 years ago, this Jiazi tree demon once produced Baijia fruit.


    At that time, in the absence of foreign enemies, Jiazi tree demon succeeded.


    The hundred armour fruit is equal to refining and purifying the huge original power in the Jiazi tree demon.


    The Jiazi tree demon swallowed all the Baijia fruits, obtained an unprecedented evolution, greatly improved the level of power, and had enough strength to rival the great power in the return to emptiness period.


    Without this evolution, it would not be able to resist the attack of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now, it''s time for it to end its carambola.


    If it swallows all the carambola again and evolves again, it may be able to move freely.


    With its strength of returning to the virtual level, as long as it can move freely and leave the black jade forest, the world can go.


    Seeing that the opportunity to get rid of the threat of Ziyang Shengzong and regain a new life is at hand, the Jiazi tree demon had to be very careful.


    Although the resources at hand were limited, it made full preparations and did everything it could.


    Meng Zhang and others hiding in the periphery of the core area of the black jade forest do not know the relationship, let alone the respective calculations of the Jiazi tree demon and the Ziyang holy sect. They just wait silently, waiting for the Jiazi tree demon to produce a hundred Jiaguo.


    The information that the Qiu brothers got from Ziyang Shengzong seems to be all right.


    Seeing the arrival of the three-year period, the Jiazi tree demon finally began to bear fruit.


    In silence, from the core area of the black jade forest, there began to be bursts of special fragrance.


    These bursts of strange fragrance are full-bodied and seem to contain special magic.


    The first to sense this strange fragrance were the demon kings guarding outside the core area of the black jade forest.


    These demon kings, who were originally heavily guarded and well prepared, smelled the strange fragrance, first looked in a trance, and then a look of infatuation and intoxication.

 Chapter 1712

    Meng Zhang and others, who are hidden everywhere, naturally have long smelled this strange fragrance.


    This strange fragrance also has a great temptation to these friars in the period of Yang God.


    According to the information provided by Qiu Gangfeng, when the strange fragrance began to appear, it was the Jiazi tree that began to bear fruit.


    In terms of time, the fruit produced this time is the one hundred carambola fruit that can only be produced by one hundred carambola.


    It is a long process from the beginning of fruit bearing to the complete ripening of the fruit, which takes about three months.


    In this process, the Jiazi tree will slowly lose its strength and become weaker and weaker.


    When the fruit is ripe, the Jiazi tree demon is the weakest.


    Then the Jiazi tree demon will quickly go through the weak period and quickly recover its strength in its heyday.


    Finally, it will choose a time when it is in the best state, swallow these carambola fruits and get the opportunity of evolution.


    Meng Zhang did not have much time for them.


    When the carambola is not fully mature, although it also has some effects, it is far less than after it is fully mature.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang will try their best to take it after the baijiaguo is fully mature.


    Smelling the attractive fragrance, Meng Zhang restrained the turmoil in their hearts and patiently hid in the dark and waited silently.


    But those demon kings who guarded around became more and more agitated with the fragrance coming from them.


    The fruit of the Jiazi tree is of great use to the cultivators, and it is also a great tonic to the demons and beasts.


    In the past, in order to cultivate the monsters in the black jade forest, Jiazi tree demon paid a lot of Jiazi fruit and Shijia fruit.


    As for baijiaguo, Jiazi tree demon is certainly reluctant to use it on monsters.


    The fragrance of Baijia fruit began to spread. These demon kings instinctively felt that this fruit had a great effect on their own family and could make themselves reborn and get the opportunity of evolution.


    From the time of the result, if you miss this opportunity, the demon kings in front of you will never have a chance to get Baijia fruit in their life.


    Therefore, even if Jiazi tree demons have deep prestige, they still have a covetous heart.


    Of course, the power of Jiazi tree demon has been printed into their bones.


    If there is no accident, no matter how much courage you lend them, they don''t dare to rob Baijia fruit.


    Even in the weakest state, Jiazi tree demon can sling these so-called demon kings.


    The demon kings guarding here were intoxicated, greedily absorbed the tempting fragrance, and seemed to forget their responsibilities.


    With the passage of time, these carambola fruits are getting closer and closer to maturity, and the fragrance becomes more and more rich and irresistible.


    Yizhenjun and other monks with weak concentration are a little unwilling to wait.


    They are deeply afraid that late will change and want to start first. Before the holy friar of Ziyang arrives here, take baijiaguo.


    Even if those ten armour fruits are far from mature and lack of heat, as long as you capture a few more, it should be almost the same.


    The Qiu brothers had lived in people for a long time and knew people''s hearts well. They soon found this situation ready to move.


    Qiu Gangfeng severely scolded the people with his mind and didn''t allow them to act without authorization.


    Meng Zhang and Guanghan fairy were unwilling to take the lead. Others were temporarily deterred because of Qiu Gangfeng''s prestige.


    In the silent waiting, time passed slowly, but it still passed at a fixed speed.


    Three months is coming, and the carambola is nearly fully mature.


    The strange fragrance from afar not only made many demon kings almost crazy, but also made Meng Zhang and his group endure very hard.


    At this time, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong had not appeared, which was greatly beyond everyone''s expectation.


    According to the plan set by the Qiu brothers, the friar of Ziyang Shengzong will first kill the Jiazi tree demon and rob the Baijia fruit.


    When they fought fiercely, the Qiu brothers led everyone out to catch cicadas with a mantis. The Yellow finch was behind and forcibly seized Baijia fruit.


    But at this time, seeing that baijiaguo was about to mature, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong delayed, and everyone, including the Qiu family brothers, hesitated.


    Why haven''t the friars of Ziyang Shengzong arrived here yet?


    What happened to them on the road?


    The worst result was that the friars of Ziyang Shengzong got the news and were on guard.


    All have come here, and the Qiu brothers have been planning for a long time. No one is willing to give up.


    But if they break into the depths of the black jade forest first, they won''t let the holy friar Ziyang come to a mantis to catch cicadas and yellow finches later, will they?


    For a moment, everyone was in a dilemma and fell into hesitation.


    Yiqi Zhenjun, a narrow-minded person, can''t help complaining about the Qiu brothers in his heart.


    If they had started earlier, they wouldn''t have encountered such a problem.


    At this time, people feel that time passes very fast.


    The fruit of Caragana is about to mature, leaving you little time.


    Once you miss this opportunity, everyone present doesn''t have enough longevity yuan to wait until the Jiazi tree demon bears Baijia fruit next time.


    Meng Zhang has made up his mind that whether the friar Ziyang Shengzong comes in time or not, he will participate in the competition for baijiaguo.


    Of course, he will continue to wait until the moment when the carambola is completely mature.


    For one thing, he knew that only the fully mature baijiaguo could help him enter the stage and return to the empty period as soon as possible.


    The fruit can''t be heated and the effect is insufficient. It can''t be made up by quantity.


    Second, he had a vague guess in his heart that the action planned by the Qiu brothers for a long time should have been exposed long ago.


    The reason why the friars of Ziyang Shengzong haven''t appeared so far is that they want the friars team organized by the Qiu brothers to explore the way first.


    However, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong can''t wait too long in the dark.


    They must also fight before the weak period of Jiazi tree demon is over.


    If the Jiazi tree demon recovers its strength in its heyday, they will return without success again this time.


    Meng Zhang and his group are outside the core area of the black jade forest and do not know the specific situation inside.


    Especially since it began to bear Baijia fruit, Jiazi tree demon used strong power to shield the information around itself.


    Meng Zhang and others could only see a gray patch from a distance.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s gifted magic power breaks through the false magic eye and all kinds of pupil skills performed by the Qiu brothers, they can''t see through the barrier of returning to emptiness level.


    In order to avoid disturbing the Jiazi tree demon, they didn''t dare to release their thoughts to explore.


    In fact, even if they release their thoughts, they may not be able to penetrate the barrier in front of them.


    They can only calculate the time when the carambola will mature completely according to the information obtained and the intensity of the strange aroma.


    In this way, of course, there is no small error, which can not be accurate enough.

 Chapter 1713

    For fear of missing the opportunity to seize Baijia fruit, Yiqi Zhenjun finally couldn''t bear it.


    It is said that the carambola tree bears a large number of Carambola fruits.


    As a friar in the Yang God period, he doesn''t have high requirements. He can capture one or two.


    For Yiqi Zhenjun, when he passed the thunder robbery of Yang God, the hidden danger left made him lose the possibility of advanced retreat.


    If he misses the opportunity in front of him, he may end his life.


    If God does not grant, he will be blamed.


    The road to the main road has never been smooth, and the risks we should take must be taken.


    For the sake of our own Avenue, we did it this time.


    With such an idea in his mind, Zhenjun showed up in the dark and rushed to the front, regardless of the previous stop of the Qiu brothers.


    When Zhenjun moved, Yujian Zhenjun and Xuanxin Zhenjun hesitated.


    In their view, the carambola is fully mature. At this time, every moment of delay is one step closer to the recovery of Jiazi tree demon''s strength.


    If they move fast enough, they can leave with baijiaguo before Ziyang Shengzong friar arrives.


    If you continue to procrastinate, you will miss a good opportunity.


    Yujian Zhenjun and Xuanxin Zhenjun held almost the same idea and jumped forward with Yiqi Zhenjun.


    Three friars of the Yang God period rushed over one after another and immediately alerted the demon kings who were guarding.


    Although they were addicted to the aroma of carambola and couldn''t extricate themselves, they still tried to stop the enemy when they saw him appear.


    Among these demon kings, the most powerful king Hui Peng and the king Jin monkey are just the strength of the late Yuan God. Even though there are many demon kings, they still can''t stop the impact of friars in the period of Yang God.


    The three real kings of Yang God didn''t want to fight with the demon kings. They just beat back the enemy and rushed to the front.


    Ahead is the core area of the black jade forest and the area where the Jiazi tree demon takes root.


    The whole area is actually equivalent to the field of this Jiazi tree demon.


    This area looks gray. No one knows what''s going on inside.


    After the three Yangshen Zhenjun rushed in, they had no news and lost all contact with the outside world.


    The Qiu brothers hiding in the dark were livid.


    They were disappointed that Zhenjun, the Yang God who had been painstakingly trained by himself, did not listen to the command.


    Of course, if these three guys rush over like this, it will not be useless if they can test the reality and explore some situations.


    At this time, everyone, including the Qiu family brothers, unscrupulously released their thoughts and tried to explore the situation ahead.


    As soon as they hit the barrier in front of them, their seemingly powerful thoughts were bounced away from them.


    The Qiu family brothers tried to contact Yiqi Zhenjun several times, but they also failed.


    Now, everyone is a little wax.


    Jiazi tree demon is also a strong person at the virtual level. Even if his strength is greatly damaged and his strength is greatly reduced, he is not an easy person.


    Yiqi Zhenjun, the three of them have no news. Did something happen so soon?


    Meng Zhang made a quick decision and responded immediately.


    He flew into the sky and shouted loudly.


    "You see the same way of Ziyang Shengzong."


    "The strength of this Jiazi tree demon is so strong that it is difficult to fight alone by our friars in the period of Yang God."


    "If everyone has their own ideas and even kill each other, they will only buy this Jiazi tree demon for nothing."


    "Gentlemen, no matter what grudges and calculations we have, if we don''t give priority to dealing with this Jiazi tree demon, everything will be empty."


    "If you don''t show up, we''ll leave here immediately and stop participating in this matter."


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhanghao''s big sound waves spread to all directions. The power contained in the sound waves is enough to penetrate the ordinary barrier.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, he was so high-profile. The demon kings guarding below naturally saw him at a glance.


    Feeling the momentum of monks in the Yang God period released by Meng Zhang, these demon kings really didn''t dare to rush over like this.


    The grey Peng king looked at Meng Zhang in the air with a complex look.


    The comrades in arms who fought side by side in the past have become the enemy of zongmen.


    Meng Zhang, who was similar to his strength in those years, actually left himself far behind today.


    Meng Zhang''s words were sincere and painstaking.


    Of course, if the friars of Ziyang Shengzong really didn''t hide nearby, Meng Zhang was winking at the blind.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang''s guess is correct. The friars of Ziyang Shengzong came nearby and have been hidden in the distance.


    The current situation is very clear. Meng Zhang is determined not to enter the front area.


    If they have to wait all the time, they may miss the opportunity.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, the action against Jiazi tree demon is not to be lost, and its importance far exceeds the hostility to Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang shouted, he didn''t wait too long, so he waited for a response.


    One figure after another appeared in the distance. A team of nine monks in the period of Yang God confronted Meng Zhang in the air.


    At this point, the Qiu brothers did not continue to hide and flew to Meng Zhang.


    Although there is a large reduction in the number of people, their momentum is not weak at all.


    Qiu Gangfeng recognized the monk headed by Ziyang Shengzong at a glance.


    "Xiang scrupulously abides by it. I didn''t expect you to lead the team this time."


    Xiang scrupulously observed in Qiu Gang''s tuyere. He was a middle-aged man wearing a Taoist robe with a cold face.


    He looked at Qiu Gangfeng coldly and didn''t bother to talk to each other.


    It was another Yang God monk behind him. His younger martial brother Xiao Mofei pointed to Meng Zhang and asked.


    "Meng Zhang, who gave you the courage to collude with the Qiu brothers against our Ziyang saint?"


    Xiao Mofei is a friar of the Xiao family, a big family within Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang learned about the famous experts of the Xiao family after he had a grudge with the Xiao family.


    He didn''t answer Xiao Mofei''s questions, but looked at Xiang scrupulously.


    Xiang scrupulous also ignored Meng Zhang, but shouted to the four sides.


    "You don''t have to hide. Come out."


    After shouting, Xiang scrupulously observed that there was no movement around, and his tone became severe.


    "Why, do you want me to invite you out in person?"


    This time, as soon as the voice fell, many monks appeared around.


    In addition to several monks in the Yang God period, there are more than a dozen great monks in the later yuan God period.


    Needless to say, these friars knew the news of the result of Jiazi tree demon and came from all directions to pick up cheap guys.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s face was even worse.


    I finally got the news from Ziyang Shengzong. I thought it was highly confidential. Unexpectedly, so many people know.


    At this time, Qiu Gangfeng felt a little worthless for losing the precious chess piece of master baizhilei.


    Seeing all the people hiding in the dark show up, Xiang scrupulously began to get to the point.

 Chapter 1714

    Xiang scrupulously observed that as the leader of the team of monks of Ziyang Shengzong, he was the highest in the field in terms of cultivation and status.


    Even the Qiu brothers who disliked him had to acquiesce to this.


    Among the monks present, Ziyang Shengzong''s overall strength is the strongest.


    In addition to the friars of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang''s team is still second strong even if they are short of Qi Zhenjun.


    The other ten or twenty monks, with mixed good and bad and complex sources, are not the same people and can''t work together at all.


    Through various channels, these friars learned the news that the Jiazi tree produced Baijia fruit and came to touch the opportunity.


    It''s really possible that this thing falls on someone''s head. It''s not all about cultivation.


    In fact, the news about Jiazi tree demon spread widely and attracted a large number of monks.


    However, if you want to enter the black jade forest, you must go through the Daheng cultivation world.


    Daheng cultivation world is now the territory of taiyimen. After the magic disaster, many powerful monks of Hanhai daomeng still remain here.


    It is not easy for foreign monks to pass through the great horizontal cultivation world without revealing their identity and purpose.


    Entering the black jade forest, we have to face a large number of monsters.


    The monsters in the black jade forest began to shrink with all their strength many years ago and use all their strength for defense.


    Many monks with insufficient strength were stopped outside the black jade forest, and even surrounded by the army of monsters and beasts.


    Those who can enter here are more or less capable monks.


    Xiang scrupulous''s expression was indifferent, and his words were clearly introduced into each monk''s ears.


    His meaning is very simple. Let''s not take care of the past gratitude and resentment, nor the idea of Mantis catching cicadas and yellow finches behind.


    Everyone rushed to the front and took the hundred armour fruit from the Jiazi tree demon..


    As for whom the Baijia fruit finally falls into the hands, we should rely on our abilities and see their own opportunities.


    On the surface, Xiang scrupulously observed that there was no problem and was generally fair.


    Both the Qiu brothers and Meng Zhang know that Ziyang Shengzong intends to take this opportunity to weaken and even kill the Jiazi tree demon.


    The crowd will inevitably fight with Jiazi tree demon.


    In this way, the strength of Jiazi tree demon will be greatly consumed, which is conducive to the next action of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The main purpose of Meng Zhang and Qiu brothers is to capture baijiaguo, not necessarily to destroy Ziyang Shengzong.


    They looked at each other a few times and reached an agreement.


    The Qiu brothers, regardless of their past grievances with Ziyang Shengzong, first agreed with Xiang scrupulously.


    All the monks present came for the sake of Pegasus fruit. Naturally, no one objected to Xiang''s words.


    Now that an agreement has been reached, Xiang scrupulously abides by the Qiu family brothers and takes the lead and rushes directly to the core area of the black jade forest in front.


    Unwilling to show weakness, the Qiu brothers rushed over with Meng Zhang.


    In this process, everyone ignored the dozens of demon kings guarding in front.


    A group of grumpy demon kings, including the Golden Monkey King, were about to rush over and fight with these human friars, but king Huipeng tried to stop them.


    Although King Hui Peng is an undercover from the holy sect of Ziyang, he has been with these demon kings for many years. He is more or less sweet and doesn''t want to watch them die in vain.


    King Huipeng has been the leader of the black jade forest monster for many years, and he is quite convinced from top to bottom.


    Even the monkey king, who has been trying to challenge his status, will not face him in front of outsiders.


    Under the order of the grey Peng king, the demon king of the guard took the initiative to make way for the human friars to pass.


    The human friars were divided into several groups and rushed forward one after another.


    Meng Zhang followed the Qiu brothers and rushed into the gray area ahead.


    There is invisible resistance outside this gray area, which is enough to stop the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun.


    Meng Zhang easily broke through this barrier and entered it all at once.


    As soon as he saw a flower in front of him, he felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and came to a mysterious space.


    This mysterious space is a complete desert, which is completely different from the original terrain of the black jade forest.


    Meng Zhang stood firm here, looked carefully, and found the problem.


    This is a space completely independent of the outside world.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that this Jiazi tree demon was also proficient in space magic.


    Originally, people took it for granted that the biggest skill of this Jiazi tree demon should be wood magic.


    I haven''t seen the other party''s wood magic, but I have seen the other party''s space magic first.


    It has to be said that this Jiazi tree demon is very skillful in tactics.


    Now its cultivation has fallen sharply, and it can''t retain the strength of returning to the virtual period.


    So many friars, most of them are Yang Shen Qi Zhenjun, who rush forward. Even if its magic power is great, it can''t resist positively.


    The Jiazi tree demon with tens of thousands of years of life can be said to be full of treasure.


    Any branch or bark may be of great use.


    With the greed of human cultivators, after defeating the Jiazi tree demon, they don''t mind dismembering the Jiazi tree demon and dividing it up.


    The Jiazi tree demon displays the art of space division, dividing the originally stable space into several independent small spaces, and then trapped the monks respectively, so that it can break them one by one.


    From this point of view, the Jiazi tree demon has been paying attention to the surrounding situation when it results.


    In the face of the invasion of a strong enemy, it made a timely and appropriate response.


    It is not surprising that the tree demon, who has survived for thousands of years, has such wisdom.


    Meng Zhang is not embarrassed by the other party''s means.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang''s own strength, his attainments on the space Avenue are deep enough to deal with all kinds of space gods.


    Meng Zhang just made a simple observation and found that the independent space trapped him was not large. It was only hundreds of miles, not thousands of miles.


    Although the space structure is stable enough, Meng Zhang can break this space sooner or later and get out of trouble as long as he is willing to spend time.


    In order to prevent Jiazi tree demon from having any other backhand, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to break the space, but continued to observe.


    Soon, Meng Zhang made a new discovery.


    At the core of this space, there is a fully mature Caragana fruit.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to break the space.


    If the space is broken and completely collapsed, this carambola will be destroyed.


    Although Meng Zhang found this Caragana fruit, he also found that there were other monks in this space.


    There is only one hundred carambola, but there is more than one friar. This is clearly the policy of two peaches killing three.


    This Jiazi tree demon is really treacherous enough.

 Chapter 1715

    Not to mention that these friars are not the same people. Even if they are brothers of the same sect, they will not be humble in the face of the most precious treasure related to their own path. It is even inevitable that they will fight with each other in life and death.


    Even after seeing through the plot of the Jiazi tree demon, the monks trapped in this space will still start killing each other according to its plan.


    Meng Zhang will not share this hundred Jiaguo with other monks, nor does he expect others to have the possibility of long-term consideration and long-term vision.


    At the moment of discovering the existence of baijiaguo and other monks, Meng Zhang immediately made up his mind to seize the treasure.


    In other words, Meng Zhang''s trip is for baijiaguo, not for Jiazi tree demon itself.


    At the level of Yang Shen period, Meng Zhang dare not say that the world is invincible, at least he will not fear other enemies.


    He didn''t hide his body shape and flew directly to the location of baijiaguo at high speed.


    This space is not big. There is not enough room for friars in the Yang God period.


    As long as you want to win Baijia fruit, you have to fight hard.


    As soon as Meng Zhang moved, the other two monks trapped in this space found out.


    They took the same action as Meng Zhang and flew to the place of baijiaguo at high speed.


    Meng Zhang was the first to make a decision, the first to act, and the fastest.


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang came to the Baijia fruit.


    This carambola is fully mature in terms of shape and aroma.


    Obviously, the Jiazi tree demon is a guy who is both decisive and resourceful.


    The Caragana fruit is ripe. It has not passed the weak period. The enemy has been killed in front of it.


    In order to split and weaken the enemy as much as possible, it does not hesitate to throw a hundred carambola as bait.


    Since the enemy threw out the bait, Meng Zhang naturally ate it without hesitation.


    In front of me, the hundred carambola is no more than the size of a fist. It is placed at the core of this space, surrounded by exquisite space prohibition and protection.


    It is a small space maze, and the carambola is located in the middle of the space maze.


    To get this carambola, you must go through the space maze.


    Meng Zhang did not have much time to lead.


    He had just appeared outside the space maze and could see two figures flying in the distance.


    Meng Zhang, who is proficient in space Avenue, did not crack the space maze in the usual way.


    Relying on his superb cultivation, he waved his hands in front of him, forced through the space maze, and extended his right hand to the front of baijiaguo.


    Meng Zhang struggled a little against the pressure of space and took Baijia fruit.


    The exquisite space maze began to collapse rapidly as soon as the baijiaguo came into hand.


    Originally, according to the design of Jiazi tree demon, this space maze can block the enemy for several moments.


    In this way, no one can get Jiazi fruit quickly. We must fight hard, and it is impossible to escape the battle by tricks.


    Meng Zhang was a little embarrassed to avoid the space storm caused by the collapse of the space maze.


    The figure he dodged quickly was just stopped by two figures flying from a distance.


    One of them is a monk in the team of Ziyang Shengzong, and the other one Meng Zhang doesn''t know..


    "Xiang Qiyun, the sage of Ziyang."


    "San Xiu Gu Aofeng."


    They both reported their own names.


    We all understand and know the strategy of Jiazi tree demon, but they are not willing to give up baijiaguo, so they have to become the enemy.


    "Headmaster Meng, Jiazi tree demon is too cunning. It''s obvious that we want to kill each other."


    "In my opinion, leader Meng, why don''t you hand over the hundred armour fruit and let the three of us share it equally. In this way, we can not be calculated by the tree demon."


    "I can make an oath to take only my own share, and I will never try to take the share belonging to leader Meng."


    Man''s name is the shadow of the tree. Meng Zhang is also a fierce name among the monks in the period of Yang God.


    Of course, Gu Aofeng didn''t want to start with Meng Zhang easily, so he put forward a plan that he thought was a compromise.


    Xiang Qiyun of Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t want Meng Zhang to be so cheap.


    However, if Meng Zhang agrees to Gu Aofeng''s proposal, they will become a group, and he can''t speak out against it immediately.


    Meng Zhang sneered with disdain.


    He despised Gu Aofeng. He thought the truth was on his side and acted fairly.


    But this hundred Jiaguo is clearly Meng Zhang''s booty. Why take it out and share it with others?


    Does he think that he can seize other people''s booty only by a few words of rhetoric and empty words?


    The strength of the enemy in front of him is just like that. Meng Zhang doesn''t need to cooperate with others.


    He didn''t even want to talk to Gu Aofeng, but a word came out of his mouth.


    "Go away if you don''t want to die."


    Meng Zhang will leave here before his words fall.


    Gu Aofeng''s face was green and red. He was so angry that he didn''t know what to say.


    Although Xiang Qiyun also doesn''t look up to Gu Aofeng, at the moment, the other party still has great use value.


    "Gu Daoyou, Meng Zhang has always been arrogant and arrogant."


    "You can bear such humiliation. I can''t see it as a bystander."


    "Why don''t you and I join hands to take this man and equal 100% of the fruit."


    As soon as Xiang Qiyun''s words were spoken, Meng Zhang''s attack came before Gu Aofeng''s answer.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool. How can he watch the enemy slowly discuss how to deal with himself.


    The sword Qi is vertical and horizontal, and the sword light is shining. Meng Zhang is good at Taoist magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    Long ago, there was a big purple sun rising behind Xiang Qiyun, emitting almost endless light.


    As soon as the sharp sword Qi fell into the purple light, it seemed to be melted and disappeared immediately.


    Seeing that they began to do it, Gu Aofeng knew that there was no room for hesitation. As soon as Gu Aofeng gritted his teeth, he also began to fight Meng Zhang.


    Gu Aofeng took out a seemingly insignificant small bell and gently shook it a few times.


    Just like the ancient sound of the yellow bell and the morning bell, it appeared out of thin air.


    Caught off guard, Meng Zhang''s Yang gods followed the turbulence and were almost hurt by them.


    Meng Zhang kept his mind tight and firmly shut out the enemy''s voice attack.


    With the constant sound of the small bell, the whole space is shaking one after another.


    The huge pressure almost everywhere came to Meng Zhang.


    There are also cold and invisible forces that are quietly invading Meng Zhang''s Yang God.


    There are few monks who can practice to the Yang God period. Almost everyone can come up with one or two good ways to protect the Tao.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that Gu Aofeng''s humble casual practice seemed more difficult than Xiang Qiyun, a monk from the holy sect.


    Meng Zhang''s head was hung with Yin and Yang Qi, which firmly blocked Gu Aofeng''s attack.


    The magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword was displayed again, and the fierce sword kept killing Gu Aofeng.

 Chapter 1716

    The Liangyi Tongtian sword released was blocked by Xiang Qiyun''s purple sun, and Meng Zhang immediately responded.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. The sun and moon came down from the sky, just like the rain, and took the initiative to welcome the purple sun.


    Facing the challenge of the sun and moon god light, the purple sun light was prosperous, more hot purple light flashed, and began a positive confrontation with the sun and moon god light.


    Only two different colors of light began to collide in the air.


    The purple light and the white light were first distinct, each according to one side.


    Soon, the two lights mixed together in the fierce conflict, as if they were trying to devour each other.


    Xiang Qiyun is best at this round of purple sun magic.


    As a monk of holy land, he has a lot of wealth and many magic tools and talismans.


    He kept waving his hands. First, he cut Meng Zhang with a knife and a sword.


    Then several runes were released, and the earth fire and geomantic omen in the sky rolled over and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    Ordinary magic tools and talismans play little role in the battle of Yang God level.


    The magic tools and talismans cast by Xiang Qiyun are not ordinary, and their techniques are clever and show strong power.


    Gu Aofeng doesn''t have the wealth of Xiang Qiyun, nor does he have too rich means of attack.


    In addition to constantly shaking the little bell in his hand, he honestly urged Zhenyuan and shennian, mobilized the power of space Avenue, and tried to completely suppress Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care too much about Xiang Qiyun.


    Although the other party''s means are fancy, his power is limited and there is little pressure on him.


    Gu Aofeng, a man of casual cultivation background, has a solid foundation and simple means, but he has good power.


    Yin and Yang Qi are temporarily used for defense by Meng Zhang. They are almost unbreakable.


    As soon as Xiang Qiyun''s attacks fell on the Yin and Yang Qi in front of Meng Zhang, they were immediately melted by the Yin and Yang Qi.


    Meng Zhang gently moved his steps and eliminated the spatial pressure exerted by Gu Aofeng on himself.


    Meng Zhang fought the enemy with one enemy and two. He did not lose the slightest.


    Meng Zhang was a little wary and didn''t want to be trapped in this space for too long.


    Of course, the two enemies at the same level are not weak and can not be easily defeated.


    Meng Zhang did not control the power and scope of his hand and allowed the aftermath of the battle to spread.


    In the face of Meng Zhang''s fierce attack, Xiang Qiyun and Gu Aofeng dare not have the slightest reservation, nor dare they restrain their power at will.


    Three friars in the period of Yang God fought, and the whole space shook one after another.


    The Jiazi tree demon''s cultivation is unfathomable, has tens of thousands of years of cultivation, and is very proficient in space Avenue.


    However, it is by no means easy to create so many independent spaces at one breath, and the target is the group of friars dominated by friars in the Yang God period.


    It is impossible to make every space indestructible enough to last for a long time.


    It uses Caragana as bait to make the trapped friar not break the space and escape without interference. He doesn''t even have to kill the two enemies in front of him.


    However, due to the interference of Gu Aofeng and Xiang Qiyun, he can''t do his best to break the space. At most, he can only destroy it with the help of the aftermath of the battle.


    Lightning and thunder appeared in the sky, and from time to time they would be split into space cracks.


    The earth shook violently, and the earth cracked countless unfathomable huge cracks.


    The stability of this space has been destroyed and has become somewhat shaky.


    The three monks of the Yang God period made an unbridled effort. After a long war, they caused great damage to this space.


    It is estimated that if you become an ordinary monk, you can''t stand in this space.


    Meng Zhang and the two fought for a long time, entangled for a long time, and finally found a good opportunity to kill the enemy.


    Meng Zhang forced Xiang Qiyun back with one move. His figure flashed and rushed to Gu Aofeng.


    Gu Aofeng had just seen Meng Zhang''s extraordinary swordsmanship and dared not let him close.


    His mind moved. Between him and Meng Zhang, a space barrier immediately appeared, completely separating them.


    After fighting for so long, Meng Zhang has figured out the details of the other party.


    Meng Zhang, who is also proficient in space Avenue, forced space shuttle, easily passed through this space barrier and appeared in front of Gu Aofeng.


    Meng Zhang seldom engaged in close combat with the enemy, and his attainments in this field are ordinary.


    But his external incarnation is too wonderful. Relying on the strong body of ghosts and gods, he often fights with the enemy in close combat. There are many close combat experts among his opponents.


    Due to the special relationship between the self and the external avatar, Meng Zhang also mastered Taimiao''s skills and learned his rich combat experience.


    After Meng Zhang approached Gu Aofeng, yin and Yang condensed into a sharp sword.


    With a sharp sword in his hand, he began to show his excellent swordsmanship which he had practiced hard for many years.


    Gu Aofeng couldn''t even move the little bell in his hand, so he tried his best to resist Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship.


    Xiang Qiyun, who has rich combat experience, knows that Meng Zhang can''t succeed and can''t be broken by him.


    He tried to rush to this side many times, but he was blocked by Meng Zhang''s spell.


    Whether it is the sun and moon divine light or Liangyi Tongtian sword, it is a divine power that needs his full efforts to deal with, and there can be no carelessness.


    With a light sound, Gu Aofeng was worried and had to block Meng Zhang''s sword with the small bell in his hand.


    This treasure is powerful and can pose a great threat to Meng Zhang, but its defense is really average.


    If you can''t use the treasure correctly, it will naturally lead to serious consequences.


    The little bell in Gu Aofeng''s hand was cut in two by the sword.


    Having lost his most cherished treasure, he encountered a new crisis without taking into account his heartache.


    There was no need to continue to defend against xiaolingdang''s attack. The Yin and Yang Qi hanging from Meng Zhang''s head began to roll, sweeping over like a series of pitting exercises, which made Gu Aofeng unable to parry.


    Yin and yang are powerful. They can easily melt Gu Aofeng''s body protection spells and magic tools.


    Gu Aofeng tried his best to transmit space and wanted to transmit it.


    However, Meng Zhang, who is also proficient in the art of space, has long used magic to fix the surrounding space.


    Gu Aofeng, who failed to transmit, could not dodge, and several big wounds appeared on his body.


    Yin and Yang Qi not only hurt his body, but also hurt his Yang God.


    Gu Aofeng was terrified. He knew he would be spared this time.


    He, who was born in sanxiu, also has a ruthless strength.


    Since he knew he couldn''t hide, he wouldn''t make Meng Zhang feel better.


    Gu Aofeng no longer dodged Meng Zhang''s attack, as if he had given up all resistance.


    In the blink of an eye, several more wounds appeared on his body, missing his arms and legs, and almost half of his body was missing.


    Meng Zhang did not pursue the victory, but flashed back at a very fast speed.

 Chapter 1717

    Gu Aofeng felt remorse. If it had not been for greed to plot the baijiaguo in Meng Zhang''s hand, he would not have come to a desperate situation.


    Of course, he also knows that if he can do it again, he will probably not give up competing for baijiaguo for his own road.


    Gu Aofeng, who was in a myriad of moods, couldn''t think much, urged his mind and exploded.


    Meng Zhang has been paying close attention to his opponent and has long been aware of his self explosion.


    Meng Zhang did not stop, but quickly retreated, trying to escape the scope of self explosion as soon as possible.


    Gu Aofeng''s Yang God burned rapidly and detonated his flesh.


    A monk in the period of Yang God explodes in despair. His power is too terrible.


    The violent explosion spread to every corner of the space.


    Hundreds of miles away, it is within the power range of self explosion.


    The huge power of the explosion directly penetrated the space and tore the earth.


    The wave of terror swept all directions and destroyed everything encountered.


    Xiang Qiyun, who was originally far away, dodged in time when the self explosion occurred and drove away from a distance. He was not affected by the power of the self explosion.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed in the distance and saw the great damage caused by the self explosion.


    Gu Aofeng was so strong that he blew himself up.


    This was not expected by Meng Zhang, but it did not prevent Meng Zhang from guiding and using it.


    Taking advantage of Gu Aofeng''s self explosion and causing space turbulence, Meng Zhang urged Yin and yang to turn into a huge fist.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, this mountain like fist bombarded several important nodes in this independent space.


    Meng Zhang has long seen through the virtual reality of this space and understood its weaknesses.


    The fist transformed by Yin and Yang Qi is extremely powerful. It is easy to completely destroy these nodes.


    The important nodes supporting the space are destroyed, as if the foundation of the house has been removed.


    Originally, Gu Aofeng''s turbulent space collapsed completely.


    I saw that the surrounding heaven and earth began to collapse, and pieces of space turned into nothingness. The space cracks emerging out of thin air are swallowing everything quickly


    The collapse of the space is a severe challenge for the monks inside.


    Xiang Qiyun did not care about anything else. Taking advantage of the opportunity that the space had just collapsed and the space storm had not been completely triggered, he had to go through this space and return to the normal space of the sun world.


    Since Meng Zhang dared to use the opportunity of Gu Aofeng''s self explosion to destroy this space, he naturally has the assurance of safe escape.


    He will not only get away from here safely, but also take the opportunity to deal with Xiang Qiyun.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that Ziyang Shengzong is the great enemy of Taiyi gate.


    Friars in the period of Yang God are the absolute backbone of Ziyang holy sect, and can be regarded as a very important high-level.


    Every time you lose a monk in the period of Yang God, you will lose the vitality of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For Meng Zhang at this time, eliminating Xiang Qiyun was just a small effort. Of course, he would not miss the opportunity.


    Xiang Qiyun''s figure has long disappeared from the original place.


    Born in Ziyang Shengzong, he has enough insight to know what kind of situation he will face next.


    Even if the friar in the Yang God period is not very proficient in the space Avenue, he can master some space magic powers and spells more or less, so as to walk through the space gap.


    Xiang Qiyun is now going to resist the wave of space collapse and try his best to get out of this rapidly collapsing space.


    Meng Zhang''s body flashed and followed Xiang Qiyun silently.


    Meng Zhang, who is proficient in space Avenue, cleverly borrows the strong space fluctuation and perfectly conceals his deeds.


    Although not, and in his opinion, Meng Zhang, like him, is getting out of the collapsed space.


    The collapsed space triggered a violent space storm.


    A huge spatial vortex is rapidly forming and swallowing everything around.


    Xiang Qiyun, located at the edge of the space vortex, is struggling to escape the attraction of the space vortex.


    If no one stops him, he will soon leave here and return to the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang quietly appeared not far behind Xiang Qiyun.


    A huge hand of vitality soon condensed and formed, and also absorbed power from this huge space vortex.


    Suddenly, his vigorous hand slapped Xiang Qiyun on the back.


    Xiang Qiyun found the sneak attack, but it was too late to dodge.


    The powerful attraction generated by the huge space vortex greatly limited his action and made him very clumsy.


    The vigorous and big hand accurately shot Xiang Qiyun''s younger generation and easily broke all his defense means.


    Xiang Qiyun gushed blood in his mouth and fell heavily to the center of the space vortex.


    Although Xiang Qiyun tried his best to summon up the rest of his struggle, he still failed to escape and was soon swallowed up by the huge space vortex.


    Meng Zhang looked at all this not far away and tried to strengthen the power of the space vortex.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was in the same situation as Xiang Qiyun, and it was difficult to escape from the vortex of space.


    Soon, Meng Zhang sensed that Xiang Qiyun''s vitality had completely disappeared.


    Meng Zhang no longer hesitated, made a leap, completely separated from this space vortex and returned to the Yang world.


    The place where Meng Zhang returned to the Yangshi world is also the core area of the black jade forest.


    As soon as he appeared here, he found Xiang Shoushou standing in the air in the distance, staring at himself with a fierce eye.


    What happened in that space vortex can''t be sensed so easily by Xiang scrupulously. Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    Xiang scrupulous and Xiang Qiyun are not only brothers of the same sect, but also people of blood relationship. They have a special connection.


    Just now, Xiang scrupulously sensed the collapse of an independent space, and then Xiang Qiyun''s breath completely disappeared.


    At this time, Meng Zhang looked like he had just extricated himself from a certain space. Why didn''t he arouse his conjecture and doubt.


    Ziyang Shengzong friar acts without evidence.


    Xiang scrupulously believed that Meng Zhang had killed his younger martial brother Xiang Qiyun and completely destroyed his body with the help of space collapse.


    If at another time, Xiang scrupulous had already shot Meng Zhang and took him down for careful interrogation.


    But now, almost all his strength has been restrained and there is no time for him.


    In addition to staring at Meng Zhang with fierce eyes, he can''t do too many other things.


    Of course, he has kept this account firmly in mind.


    When the matter of Jiazi tree demon is solved, he is bound to attack Meng Zhang afterwards.


    Meng Zhang left the collapsed space, returned here and immediately began to look at the surrounding situation.


    There is still a huge Jiazi tree in front of us.


    In addition to Meng Zhang himself, the monks present were Xiang SCRU Shou and one of his younger martial brothers.


    Further away, there was a monk in the period of Yang God who Meng Zhang didn''t know.

 Chapter 1718

    The Jiazi tree demon exerted its space magic power and created a lot of independent space to separate a large number of monks who rushed over.


    Xiang scrupulous, the leader of Ziyang Shengzong friar, was lucky. He was trapped in the space. In addition to him, there were two others, one was his younger martial brother, and the other was a general practitioner.


    For most of the monks present, baijiaguo is the only opportunity to assist the advanced retreat period.


    The monks from the Holy Land Sect are not so shallow. They have more opportunities and can get other help through the sect.


    Among the Ziyang holy friars in this team, Xiang, as the leader, has a high prestige and the strongest cultivation, and the heavy treasure given by the sect is the killer mace.


    Even if his younger martial brother has some other ideas, at least on the surface, he dare not disobey him.


    Xiang scrupulously abided by the important task, responded very quickly and took action immediately.


    Facing the two Ziyang holy friars, it was difficult for the scattered monk to protect himself, and he didn''t dare to participate in the competition for baijiaguo.


    After Xiang scrupulously got the Baijia fruit, he joined hands with his younger martial brother to break the space trapped them and get out of the difficulty.


    On their side, they had to extricate themselves from difficulties before Meng Zhang.


    After getting out of trouble, Xiang scrupulously observed that they would face the body of Jiazi tree demon.


    Before they started, they were first suppressed by the Jiazi tree demon.


    Jiazi tree demon spent a lot of effort. In other aspects, he can only temporarily suppress Xiang and abide by them, and he can''t win them for a long time.


    At this time, Meng Zhang killed the enemy, broke the space, and also got out of trouble.


    Meng Zhang saw through the situation at a glance.


    For Meng Zhang, baijiaguo has arrived and the purpose of his trip has been achieved. There is really no need to stay here.


    Jiazi tree demon is really a trouble, and he doesn''t like each other.


    But the biggest enemy of Jiazi tree demon is Ziyang Shengzong. Of course, he prefers to watch the play on one side rather than directly participate in the war.


    However, this is the core area of the black jade forest and the place where the Jiazi tree demon takes root.


    This area has long become the domain of Jiazi tree demon and is completely controlled by it.


    It is not easy for Meng Zhang to get out of here safely.


    Xiang scrupulously wanted to win Meng Zhang, but facing the pressure of Jiazi tree demon, he and his younger martial brother were too busy to deal with Meng Zhang.


    The Jiazi tree demon sent out countless branches and beat Xiang scrupulously towards his younger martial brother.


    A branch several times thicker than Xiang Jingshou''s body twists constantly on Xiang Jingshou''s head.


    Great pressure enveloped him, so that he had to deal with it with all his strength.


    The sanxiu was also unwilling to fight with Jiazi tree demon. It was just a false story.


    Jiazi tree demon is smart enough to easily see through other people''s intentions.


    Jiazi tree demon also didn''t spend energy on this loose cultivation, but just sent out a few branches to behave with him.


    It seems that the fight is fierce. In fact, neither side has made much effort.


    Jiazi tree demon is certainly not a good man and woman, but there are too many monks attacking today. It must pay attention to strategy and choose.


    Meng Zhang, who just got out of trouble, stood quietly in the air for fear of causing an excessive reaction from Jiazi tree demon, without too much action for the time being.


    If Xiang SCRU Shou and others were not present, worried about falling into the mouth and being labeled as colluding with the tree demon, Meng Zhang would like to have a good communication with the Jiazi tree demon and strive for peace to leave here.


    The Jiazi tree demon is also hesitating now.


    The independent space was broken. As the only survivor, Meng Zhang still had a strong smell of Caragana fruit.


    Needless to say, as the final winner, Meng Zhang captured baijiaguo.


    Jiazi tree demon took out baijiaguo as bait to seduce these Terran friars to fight inside.


    Baijiaguo is related to their next plan. Of course, Jiazi tree demon is not willing to give up.


    Jiazi tree demon constantly weighs the pros and cons. Will it lead to unsuccessful evolution without a hundred Jiaguo?


    For a hundred Jiaguo, do you want to fight for life and death with this powerful human friar?


    In the current situation, the Jiazi tree demon has the upper hand for the time being.


    Countless thick branches beat Xiang scrupulously.


    If he hadn''t been firmly protected by a purple sun on his head, he might have been taken down.


    Xiang scrupulously knew the situation he was facing. He restrained his killing intention and drank at Meng Zhang.


    In the name of Ziyang holy sect, he ordered Meng Zhang to enlist Meng Zhang to participate in the siege of Jiazi tree demon.


    Meng Zhang''s duty is to fart, but he can''t help pretending.


    The Jiazi tree demon first paid special attention to Meng Zhang, and then found that he had no intention to fight, so he was a little relieved.


    Taking advantage of the distraction of Jiazi tree demon, Xiang scrupulously took out his hidden killer mace.


    He took out a golden broken spear and gently threw it at the Jiazi tree demon in front of him.


    Jiazi tree demon is as big as a mountain. It can''t dodge at all. It''s the only way to meet this attack.


    Like a bolt of lightning, the broken spear fell into the lush branches of Jiazi tree demon.


    For a moment, countless branches withered and fell from the air like being bombarded by lightning.


    The luxuriant branches and leaves were like armor, which firmly wrapped the body of Jiazi tree demon.


    The golden broken spear opened a path among countless branches and leaves and directly stabbed the huge body of Jiazi tree demon.


    In this process, Jiazi tree demon controlled countless branches and kept beating at the golden broken spear.


    Those branches, which are incomparably thick and much thicker than ordinary trees, bounce out one after another when they encounter the golden broken spear, as if they were burned by fire.


    When the golden broken spear flew in front of the Jiazi tree demon body, the tree body trembled violently, and a huge force gushed out to blow the golden broken spear out.


    Blocking this blow, the Jiazi tree demon, who was already in a weak state, suddenly became much more listless.


    In this area, there are many inconspicuous bubbles that appear and disappear between the space gaps.


    These seemingly bubble like existence is the independent space created by Jiazi tree demon casting.


    Coincidentally, the golden broken spear that was knocked out accidentally hit a bubble.


    This golden broken spear seems insignificant, but it can temporarily exert the power equivalent to a monk''s strike during the retreat period.


    The bubble broke immediately after being hit by the monk who almost returned to the virtual period.


    Affected by the bubble breaking, a chain reaction occurred, and the two bubbles next to it broke one after another.


    This means that three independent spaces have been broken.


    The space was broken and completely collapsed, and the huge space vortex produced sucked the golden broken spear in at once.


    Xiang scrupulously abided by it, so he watched the treasure given by the Pope disappear.

 Chapter 1719

    Three separate spaces not far apart collapsed, and a violent space storm blew around.


    Both sides at war are more or less affected.


    Even Meng Zhang, who had planned to stay out, had to retreat to avoid being affected by the space storm.


    With strong and incomparable spatial fluctuations, several figures escaped in embarrassment.


    Among the three independent spaces, some monks who were originally trapped were not lucky enough and were swallowed up when the space collapsed, and others died in the previous battle


    Three familiar figures appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Yiqi Zhenjun, Xuanxin Zhenjun and Yujian Zhenjun were the first to rush into this area and were the first to be trapped by independent space.


    Originally, they were all the way. In the face of the temptation of baijiaguo, they turned their faces without hesitation and began to fight.


    The three people are at loggerheads with each other and have never won or lost.


    I don''t know if it''s their luck or misfortune.


    The space suddenly collapsed due to external force, and the carambola at the core of the space was destroyed.


    The three of them were lucky enough to escape safely from the disaster caused by the space collapse.


    Originally, the three people who fled the space storm looked at each other, snorted angrily, ignored each other, and looked like a break.


    In addition to the three, a total of three monks escaped safely in the other two collapsed spaces.


    Among them was a monk of Ziyang holy sect and two scattered monks.


    As soon as the monk of Ziyang holy sect got out of trouble, he joined Xiang''s camp.


    The collapse of three spaces means that three carambola fruits have been destroyed.


    Jiazi tree demon was very distressed, and the huge tree body kept twisting and shaking.


    These hundreds of fruits have spent thousands of years, painstakingly absorbing the essence of heaven and earth, and nurturing their vitality every day.


    Each carambola is its painstaking effort, which is related to its future.


    Every time a hundred carambola fruit is missing, the Jiazi tree demon will have less chance of further evolution.


    It only produced a total of 18 Baijia fruits this time. Meng Zhang and Xiang scrupulously got one respectively, and three were destroyed, which is a full five less.


    Jiazi tree demon took out Baijia fruit to lure human friars to kill each other, but it''s not really willing to give up these Baijia fruits.


    Xiang scrupulously felt the anger of Jiazi tree demon and had a new plan in his heart.


    For a long time, Ziyang Shengzong has two completely different opinions on the treatment of this Jiazi tree demon.


    One is to make every effort to kill Jiazi tree demon, seize all kinds of precious materials including its tree heart, and get rid of a disaster in the north of Jun dust world.


    The team of friars in the Yang God period pulled out by the Qiu brothers is powerful enough for Ziyang Shengzong to not underestimate.


    Without the intervention of Ziyang Shengzong, the strength of this team alone may be able to successfully take Baijia fruit.


    This situation is absolutely not allowed by Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the Qiu brothers refine Baijia fruit and return to the empty period, with the gratitude and resentment between their brothers and Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong will immediately have two more enemies.


    Xiang scrupulously abided by the high level of Ziyang holy sect and participated in the plan and decision-making of the action.


    He has the ability to meet emergencies and the power to make decisions.


    In Xiang scrupulously abide by his heart, in addition to killing Jiazi tree demon, he also wants to prevent the Qiu family brothers from seizing Baijia fruit.


    With the cultivation of the Qiu brothers, it is not far from the period of returning to emptiness.


    If they get Baijia fruit this time, they will soon be able to advance and return to the empty period.


    Meng Zhang has successfully captured a hundred Jiaguo.


    Of course, in the face of baijiaguo, a natural treasure, Meng Zhang will never take the initiative to give it to the Qiu brothers.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang''s advanced Yang God period was not long, and his accumulation was far from enough. Even with the help of Baijia fruit, it is difficult to break through the period of returning to emptiness in a short time.


    After this, Ziyang Shengzong had some ways to hold Meng Zhang.


    Previously, forced by the situation, he agreed to Meng Zhang''s proposal. We went deep into the black jade forest, first solved the Jiazi tree demon, and then seized Baijia fruit by strength.


    Xiang scrupulously did not expect that Jiazi tree demon would use such a response to separate people and break them one by one.


    Jiazi tree demon did not hesitate to take out baijiaguo as bait, so that everyone can not forcibly break the space, and it is more difficult to unite.


    Now most of the monks are trapped in an independent space, because they fall into a fratricidal struggle for baijiaguo.


    The friars present alone can''t do anything about this Jiazi tree demon.


    Xiang scrupulously took out his mace and failed to hit the enemy hard.


    If time continues to procrastinate, when the Jiazi tree demon passes through the weak period and completely recovers its strength, their action will have to end in failure.

 Chapter 1720

    Xiang scrupulous soon made up his mind and decided to forcibly break the independent space created by the Jiazi tree demon, destroy those hundred Jiaguo by the way, and let his practitioners get out of trouble as much as possible and join the siege of the Jiazi tree demon.


    Xiang scrupulous is still considering how to act, and the Jiazi tree demon has a new action.


    Three carambola were lost at once. The Jiazi tree demon had begun to worry that the remaining carambola was not enough for its own evolution.


    For the sake of their own evolution, the remaining carambola must not be lost.


    Now Meng Zhang and Xiang scrupulously abide by the fact that they each have a hundred Jiaguo, and immediately become the main targets of Jiazi tree demon.


    Baijiaguo has arrived. The purpose of this trip has been achieved. Meng Zhang didn''t want to stay here for a long time, but wanted to leave here as soon as possible.


    He had no intention to fight against Jiazi tree demon, and had begun to find ways to release goodwill to each other.


    But the Jiazi tree demon killed him in order to capture the Baijia fruit on him.


    Meng Zhang immediately felt great pressure and the other party''s deep malice.


    The thick branches of the tree roots turned into python, which wrapped around his body flexibly.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help scolding secretly. Demons are demons. It''s difficult to communicate and understand his goodwill.


    The monk of Ziyang Shengzong who has been out of trouble also knows to take the initiative to help Xiang scrupulously deal with the attack of Jiazi tree demon.


    The rest of the monks responded to the story in vain and preserved their strength.


    Yiqi Zhenjun and others are even more sinister. They began to guess who got Baijia fruit.


    When the war in this area became more and more intense, a group of demon kings defending outside were also mobilized.


    Jiazi tree demon sent a message directly to these demon kings, bypassing the leader of the grey Peng king.


    Jiazi tree demon has controlled the black jade forest for thousands of years. In the hearts of these demon kings, it is a terrible existence that can never be violated.


    After receiving the personal order from Jiazi tree demon, these demon kings did not take care of the order of King Huipeng, but directly turned and entered the depths of the black jade forest.


    The grey Peng king wanted to say something, but he was stopped by the golden monkey king.


    If the Jiazi tree demon is not eliminated for a day, the undercover identity of King Huipeng should not be exposed.


    In desperation, King Huipeng followed many demon kings and rushed into the depths of the black jade forest.


    After the demon kings entered this area, they directly joined the battle and began to siege the human cultivators present without the command of Jiazi tree demon.


    Because of the sign of Jiazi tree demon, those human friars who preserved their strength were deliberately or unintentionally let go. The demon kings focused on attacking the monks of Ziyang Shengzong, and Meng Zhang was also attacked by the demon king.


    The strength of these demon Kings is not worth mentioning, and they are vulnerable in front of the friars of the Yang God period.


    However, this area is equal to the field of Jiazi tree demon. It is completely controlled by it, and it can also exert a certain influence on the rules of heaven and earth.


    The Jiazi tree demon rooted here for thousands of years knows the situation in every corner here and can freely grasp all the details.


    Under the blessing of Jiazi tree demon, these demon kings have greatly increased their strength and become extremely fierce.


    Many simple minded guys are even more crazy. Regardless of their own safety, they want to work hard with these human practitioners.


    Meng Zhang beat back a demon king and was ready to chase him down, but he suddenly felt the pressure as heavy as a mountain and fell on his head.


    The air around him became very thick, just like a heavy liquid. It took him thousands of times to move.


    The vitality of the surrounding heaven and earth fluctuated violently, which greatly interfered with his magic.


    Meng Zhang knew that it was the Jiazi tree demon who launched the power of the field, made full use of his own control of the field and began to quickly weaken his assistant.


    Meng Zhang''s face is very ugly.


    This damn Jiazi tree demon is clearly forcing his family to kill him.


    Meng Zhang really doesn''t want to bargain with Ziyang Shengzong. But the enemy had killed his own head, and he had no room to escape.


    The fierce sword Qi shoots everywhere and constantly cuts down the branches that rush over.


    Layers of heavy sun and moon light shone on countless branches. The original vigorous branches began to wither and countless leaves began to fall.


    ¡­¡­


    During the fierce battle, a dark figure appeared in the scene silently, and then sneaked into an independent space.


    Although Jiazi tree demon is in a weak period, it has rich accumulation and rich foundation after all. Its power is almost endless. It constantly urges all kinds of killing moves to kill people.


    Although the strength of these demon Kings is far from that of Shangyang God friars, they are almost crazy. They are completely trying their best, causing great trouble to the human friars.


    Suddenly, with a loud noise, another independent space collapsed.


    A monk of Ziyang holy sect finally got out of the space vortex and shouted at his fellow door in the distance.


    "Be careful, Jiazi tree demon colludes with demons..."


    Before he had finished speaking, a dark figure came up from behind.


    A fierce attack forced the friar Ziyang Shengzong to shut up.


    Other monks present looked at the strange demon monk and were guessing his identity, but Meng Zhang recognized each other at a glance.


    This demon is clearly the long lost black gold demon king.


    At that time, Meng Zhang led a large army of monks to quell the evil disaster in the Daheng cultivation world and hunt down the leader of the devil.


    The black gold demon king, who had the strength of the late Yuan God, was the target of Meng Zhang''s pursuit. He pursued and killed him all the way to the depths of the black jade forest.


    King Huipeng, who fought side by side with Meng Zhang, stopped Meng Zhang from pursuing in the depths of the black jade forest and asked Meng Zhang to hand over the black gold demon to him.


    Meng Zhang chose to believe in King Huipeng.


    After entering the depths of the black jade forest, King Huipeng came back and told Meng Zhang that the black gold devil had been solved and would not come out for disaster.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t expect to see this old opponent here again after many years.


    This old opponent has not seen for many years. He has made great progress in cultivation and has the strength of Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of blaming king Huipeng.


    Because Meng Zhang knew that in many major events, he, the nominal monster leader, could not be the Lord.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the black gold demon was taken in by the Jiazi tree demon. King Huipeng was responsible. He didn''t say much, and he hid the truth from himself.


    Jiazi tree demon took in the black gold demon and helped him improve his cultivation.


    The demons in the period of Yang God have been regarded as a great disaster in the cultivation world, which is enough to be taken seriously by the holy sect like Ziyang Shengzong.


    Sure enough, Xiang scrushou became more angry when he saw his younger martial brother being attacked by demons.


    "Bold tree demon, you dare to collude with demons. Do you really want to be the enemy of my Terran?"


    Hearing Xiang scrupulously scolded, Meng Zhang smiled in a disdainful voice.


    At this time, drinking and scolding has the effect of shit.


    You have led people to kill the door and asked if they really want to be enemies with the Terran. Is it really superfluous?

 Chapter 1721

    Xiang scrupulously observed by Meng Zhang, who was despised by Meng Zhang, was shocked and angry at the moment.


    Ziyang Shengzong secretly monitored Jiazi tree demon for many years, not to mention mastering its every move, but also mastering most of its trends.


    The undercover king Huipeng has become the nominal leader of the monsters, and we should not miss these important intelligence.


    I really didn''t expect that the Jiazi tree demon colluded with the demon, which was still the demon in the Yang God period.


    This has strengthened Xiang''s determination to abide by his heart.


    Meng Zhang saw the action of the black gold devil and guessed his intention.


    The Jiazi tree demon let the black gold devil sneak into those independent spaces and plot against all the friars temporarily trapped inside.


    Friars who are competing for baijiaguo in each space don''t know that there are powerful demons sneaking in in the dark. The result can be imagined.


    Logically speaking, this matter has little to do with Meng Zhang. He has no intention of fighting Jiazi tree demon.


    But when he saw the old rival of the black gold demon king appear, he couldn''t help it.


    Not seen for many years, this demon has the strength of the Yang God period. If it is allowed to continue to grow, it won''t be good.


    Jiazi tree demon had previously used its space magic to create multiple independent spaces to separate these practitioners, generally according to their strength.


    There are three or four people in a space with stronger strength.


    The weaker ones, including the later monks of Yuanshen, have more people in the space.


    The idea of Jiazi tree demon is to use baijiaguo as bait to trigger the internal fight of practitioners as much as possible.


    The black gold demon king fought with the monk of Ziyang Shengzong for a while and completely gained the upper hand.


    Xiang scrupulously obeyed that although he was completely suppressed by the Jiazi tree demon, he released several runes and attacked the black gold demon king from a distance.


    At this time, another space was broken, and a figure escaped from the collapsed space. This time, Chilong Zhenjun became the winner.


    Meng Zhang was puzzled. It was clear that this man had just passed the Yang God thunder robbery and barely advanced to the Yang God period by relying on the robbery secret method provided by himself.


    With his accomplishments, it is not easy to win in front of friars of the same level. Now it is clear that he has eliminated his competitors and successfully won the top 100 fruit. With his strength, how can he do all this?


    Meng Zhang thought that he could not see through the real king of Chilong before, and now he feels that he is mysterious.


    Chilong Zhenjun looked at the situation in the field and seemed to hesitate.


    Xiang scrupulously remembered clearly that the monk was with Meng Zhang and Qiu Gangfeng.


    Xiang scrushou felt that the situation in the field was very unfavorable and finally made the final decision.


    He took out a glittering thunder ball and threw it into the air.


    The golden thunder ball exploded directly against countless branches.


    After a deafening thunder, countless golden light blades gushed out, blowing an unprecedented storm around.


    Jiazi tree demon, no matter how powerful it is, its ontological attribute is still wooden.


    Jin Neng Ke mu, the Geng Jin God thunder, which was made by Ziyang holy sect to return to emptiness and can be hard tempered, has a lot of restraint.


    The branches of Jiazi tree demon are broken, and countless withered leaves are flying all over the sky.


    The huge body of Jiazi tree demon trembled several times, and it was obviously hurt.


    This Gengjin divine thunder erupted with a power equivalent to a powerful shot in the period of returning to emptiness. It is the last card to abide by.


    The explosion of Gengjin mine caused indiscriminate large-scale mass killing.


    The field made by Jiazi tree demon was broken and seriously backfired.


    Several Ziyang holy friars were injured even if they had prepared in advance.


    As for the other monks in the field, their injuries vary in severity.


    The power of divine thunder is as strong and fierce as Yang. It has a special restraining effect on evil spirits.


    The black gold devil who is attacking the holy friar of Ziyang is still injured by the power of divine thunder, even if he is not at the center of the explosion power of divine thunder.


    The black gold devil, who was constantly spewing magic gas, had to let go of his opponent for a while and retreated far away.


    Many independent spaces in this area were shattered by the power of divine thunder.


    A famous cultivator escaped from the broken space.


    There are also some guys with insufficient cultivation, or unlucky enough, who are involved in the space storm by the broken space and die.


    As for the baijiaguo thrown by Jiazi tree demon as bait, it was basically destroyed.


    Not only were these practitioners extremely depressed one by one, but the Jiazi tree demon roared with despair.


    Without carambola, it loses the chance to evolve again.


    It will take at least 6000 years for it to bear carambola again.


    The Jiazi tree demon is not ignorant of the situation in the Jun dust world.


    The Junchen world is about to change greatly. It has no time for 6000 years for results.


    Meng Zhang was also affected by the explosion of shenlei and was injured a little.


    He looked at Chilong Zhenjun and couldn''t hide his surprise.


    At this time, Chilong Zhenjun was covered with blood, his bare back was full of scales, and his body could not be concealed, revealing a strange domineering atmosphere.


    Meng Zhang is very familiar with this breath. It is clearly the breath of the real dragon family.


    Chilong Zhenjun is not a pure human friar. Even if he is not a real dragon, he can''t get rid of the relationship with the real dragon family.


    Chilong Zhenjun also looked surprised and angry.


    He hid his identity and mixed with the Terran for many years. He has been hiding perfectly and has never exposed any trace.


    But he would never have thought that he would have to expose the details under the power of Geng Jinshen thunder.


    Qiu brothers, Guanghan fairy, Xiao Mofei of Ziyang holy sect and others all escaped safely from the collapsed space and appeared in the scene.


    Seeing the change of Chilong Zhenjun, the Qiu brothers and Guanghan fairy were shocked at first, and then couldn''t help being angry.


    They have been in the Xingluo islands for many years and have been at the forefront of fighting against the sea tribe.


    From the breath of Chilong Zhenjun, it is clear that he is the undercover sent by the Zhenlong family.


    He has been in Xingluo islands for so many years. God knows how many messages he has delivered for the sea family and how much damage he has caused to the human friars.


    At this time, the angry Jiazi tree demon finally made up his mind and became a little crazy.


    The huge body of Jiazi tree demon twisted, and countless branches danced in the air, like a cage, trapping all the monks present.


    Since so many hundred Jiaguo have been lost, if Jiazi tree demon wants to get the chance of evolution, it has to try to devour the monks present.


    These friars are powerful, and the weakest are the friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    The human Friar''s flesh and blood is a great tonic to monsters.


    Jiazi tree demon does not want to devour all the monks present. As long as it can devour most of them, it can be greatly supplemented and slowly make up for the loss caused by the loss of baijiaguo.


    Jiazi tree demon no longer has any reservation. It is an indiscriminate large-scale attack.

 Chapter 1722

    Losing the chance of evolution is a great blow to the Jiazi tree demon.


    Jiazi tree demon was really crazy and began to explode with all his strength.


    It even ignored many monsters in the field and also took them as the target of attack.


    These demon kings have average strength, but their flesh is strong and their blood essence is strong. It is more or less a supplement to them.


    The branches of crazy attack one by one seemed to have life, and jumped at the target flexibly.


    Dark green shadows appeared out of thin air and frantically jumped on all living creatures in the field.


    These dark green shadows are cast by Jiazi tree demon. They appear and disappear, which is impossible to prevent.


    A series of screams sounded. Several elusive demon kings were sucked by the branches, and then their bodies became dry, and their flesh and blood essence were absorbed by the branches.


    Everyone was busy dealing with the crazy Jiazi tree demon first.


    In the high altitude hundreds of miles away from here, the two old men stood opposite each other.


    Among them, the Taoist elder has a momentum of not being angry and self threatening. He is the Taoist of Ziyang Shengzong Yangji.


    The strange old man who is now in a stalemate with Taoist anode is the big man Xihai old monster in the scattered cultivation of Jun dust world.


    Both of them are monks in the period of returning to emptiness. It''s reasonable that they can''t fight in the Junchen world.


    The main purpose of Taoist anode''s trip is to kill the Jiazi tree demon.


    In addition to its strong strength, the Jiazi tree demon also took root in the black jade forest and went deep into the depths of the earth.


    If the Jiazi tree demon is forced to a desperate situation and is completely ruthless, it can take the practice of burning jade and stone, urge the tree roots, completely overturn the crust of this area, create unprecedented huge disasters, and greatly shake the earth stability of the Jun dust world.


    Ziyang Shengzong knew this well, so he had to be extra careful about it.


    According to the plan of Ziyang Shengzong this time, Xiang scrupulous and others took advantage of the weak period of Jiazi tree demon to enter the black jade forest and use various means to hit Jiazi tree demon.


    In the face of a group of monks in the period of Yang God, even if they are seriously injured, the Jiazi tree demon will not easily burn jade and stone, but will stick to it. When the weak period is over, the strength will be completely restored.


    Taoist anode waited outside for an opportunity. After the Jiazi tree demon was seriously injured, he immediately made a sneak attack, so that it had no time to overturn the earth''s crust and create a disaster of burning jade and stone.


    But soon after Taoist anode came here, he was blocked by the old monster of the West Sea before he had time to move.


    The West Sea old monster coveted the tree heart of the Jiazi tree demon many years ago.


    The tree heart of the tree demon with returning virtual strength is a rare natural material and earth treasure in the Jun dust world.


    The West Sea old monster was not sure that he could beat the Jiazi tree demon, so he had to wait for the opportunity silently.


    In his early years, Xihai old monster worked in Xihai and secretly supported the Qiu family brothers.


    His support is behind the action organized by the Qiu brothers.


    Xihai old monster didn''t want to have a direct conflict with Ziyang Shengzong, but he was determined to win the tree of Jiazi tree demon.


    Xihai old monster stopped Taoist anode just to bargain with him.


    Of course, Taoist anode was not willing to give in easily. The two returned to emptiness Da Neng confronted each other in this way.


    Although they are far apart, Taoist anode can clearly see the situation in the depths of the black jade forest.


    The beetle tree demon has gone crazy and is attacking all the monks in the field.


    Jiazi tree demon is in a weak period, and the inside information is deep. As long as there is no strength to return to the virtual period, it can''t surpass many monks present.


    Sure enough, the crazy behavior of Jiazi tree demon completely angered the monks present.


    All the friars who can cultivate to this level are the dragon and Phoenix among people and the elite among human friars.


    Jiazi tree demons are indiscriminate. If you want to eliminate them all, even the friars who were reluctant to take action and have kept their strength all the time will no longer keep their hands and begin to fight back.


    For a while, all kinds of magic instruments were flying, and the magic powers and Taoism were constantly displayed. The Jiazi tree demon was facing the crazy attack of the practitioners.


    There were countless wounds on the huge tree body of Jiazi tree demon. A large section of the tree body flew out, and countless holes appeared on the tree body.


    When the practitioners put aside their conflicts and began to attack together, the Jiazi tree demon was quickly hit hard.


    Seeing this situation, Taoist anode had to compromise with the old monster of the West Sea in order to avoid delaying the fighter.


    If Xihai old monster insists on pestering him, it will be difficult for him to get away in a short time.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, can you act recklessly in the Jun dust world.


    Even though Ziyang Shengzong has a good reason this time, it is to kill Jiazi tree demons, eliminate disasters and solve crises.


    However, Taoist anode should not fall into a long battle.


    Soon, Taoist anode reached an agreement with Xihai old monster.


    Xihai old monster helps Taoist anode kill Jiazi tree demon. After the success, the tree heart of Jiazi tree demon belongs to Xihai old monster.


    Both of them know the rules. They must make a quick decision and can''t delay for a long time.


    Both of them are decisive people. Once they reach an agreement, they start to act immediately.


    After venting for a while, Jiazi tree demon began to slowly recover his calm.


    The battle has been going on for so long. It is not long since it got rid of the weakness period and recovered its strength in the retreat period.


    The Jiazi tree demon, who was completely at a disadvantage and suffered a heavy blow, had long decided that when its strength was restored, it would crush all the monks present, and then absorb them alive.


    Suddenly, a dazzling purple sun appeared in the air, and the Jiazi tree demon immediately lit a purple flame.


    Countless branches and leaves began to burn, and the surrounding became very bright.


    Jiazi tree demon didn''t react slowly. He knew that it was Da Neng''s sneak attack on himself in the period of returning to emptiness.


    But it hesitated a little and did not immediately urge the roots, overturn the earth''s crust and burn jade and stone.


    After hesitating for a while, the Jiazi tree demon lost his last chance.


    Xihai old monster silently appeared under the huge tree body of Jiazi tree demon, and then crashed into the tree body.


    When the great power of the return to emptiness period just took action, Meng Zhang''s return to emptiness period has taken action, and he doesn''t need to intervene in the next battle.


    More importantly, I''m afraid Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t mind wiping out his restless fellow.


    Whether it''s Jiazi tree demon or the two great powers in the retreat period, they can''t care about anything else now.


    The blockade of Jiazi tree demon has long been broken and can''t stop others from escaping.


    Meng Zhang easily rushed out of the cage and ran for his life as fast as he could.

 Chapter 1723

    Among the monks present, there are many smart people.


    As soon as they found the great power of returning to emptiness, they fled around like Meng Zhang.


    The friars in the Yang God period of Ziyang Shengzong did not care about anything else.


    They want to help their elders kill Jiazi tree demons, and there are a series of troublesome aftercare work after the war.


    Even those who hate Meng Zhang most can only let him escape.


    Meng Zhang can''t care about allies such as the Qiu brothers when a great disaster is coming.


    Meng Zhang believed that with their intelligence, they should not sit foolishly waiting for the return of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power has been shot this time. I think I won''t mind wiping out some sect enemies.


    Meng Zhang soon fled the black jade forest.


    He was not at ease. After a little hesitation, he fled to the direction of Daheng Xiuzhen world.


    He didn''t want to bring the trouble back to the zongmen, so he didn''t meet the taiyimen friar stationed in the Daheng cultivation world, but fled all the way west and towards the West Sea.


    On the way to escape, there was a terrible thunder in the rear. Meng Zhang couldn''t help looking back.


    I don''t know when a purple sun rises in the sky.


    The purple sun releases endless light and heat, and its light almost covers the original big sun in the sky.


    The purple light did not spread wantonly in all directions, but mainly shone on the position of the black jade forest below.


    The core area of the black jade forest, that is, the area where the Jiazi tree takes root, has been swallowed up by the purple flame.


    The rising flames soar into the clouds, and can be seen clearly even in distant places.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time only looked at the purple sun in the sky, he felt cold and under great pressure.


    Although he had escaped from the black jade forest, Meng Zhang seemed to be able to sense the heat and terror of the purple flame.


    The purple flame is still spreading in all directions.


    If you look like this, the whole black jade forest will not escape this catastrophe.


    Many monsters, who had shrunk in the black jade forest and were heavily guarded, felt before the natural disaster came.


    The black jade forest was boiling immediately, and countless monsters ran around. The huge team of monsters rushed out of the black jade forest like ten thousand horses.


    These monsters seem to escape. After escaping from the black jade forest, they flee in all directions.


    So many monsters running around will certainly have a great impact on the great horizontal cultivation world, or it will lead to animal disasters.


    Daheng Xiuzhen world has been under the rule of taiyimen for many years. It has long been incorporated into the system and has experienced many years of hard operation.


    In addition to the direct friars of Taiyi sect stationed here, many sects of Hanhai Taoism have established strongholds here.


    The original Aboriginal sects in Daheng Xiuzhen world, such as SONGFENG sect, recovered their strength very quickly.


    In order to prevent the invasion of the Hai nationality, taiyimen and Jiuquhe nationality jointly established a strict defense system.


    On the contrary, these monsters rushed out of the black jade forest. The demon kings who command them are trapped in the core area of the black jade forest. They don''t know whether they are alive or dead.


    Although the number of remaining monsters is large, the lack of top combat power has greatly affected its overall combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang believes that the response system of Hanhai daomen is enough to cope with this sudden animal disaster.


    Meng Zhang regarded it as a test for the friars of taiyimen. He didn''t warn them in advance, but wanted to see how they responded.


    Meng Zhang has escaped from the black jade forest for a long time, at least thousands of miles.


    He paused for a moment to watch the situation develop.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great ability of returning to emptiness has been boldly shot. Jiazi tree demon in the weak period is probably hard to escape.


    Meng Zhang, who was thinking about the next step, suddenly smiled with disdain.


    "You stupid devil who doesn''t know how to live or die, dare to follow us."


    "It''s only a few years. Have you forgotten the experience of being chased and killed by this seat and fleeing in confusion?"


    In the mocking voice that Meng Zhang disdained, the figure of the black gold devil appeared out of thin air and confronted Meng Zhang covetously.


    Demons such as the black gold demon king are often narrow-minded people. They are extremely vengeful and will repay anyone who breaks his heart.


    At that time, the demon army led by the black gold demon king was defeated by Meng Zhang. He was chased all the way by Meng Zhang and almost died.


    Such hatred is higher than the sky and deeper than the sea. It has been branded in the heart of the black gold devil.


    In order to escape his life, he had to shelter in Jiazi tree demon, which was regarded as a great humiliation by him.


    King Huipeng once told Meng Zhang that the noumenon of the black gold devil was a monster.


    It''s about the secret of the black jade forest. King Huipeng didn''t say it in detail, but simply mentioned it.


    The black gold demon king is indeed a monster in the black jade forest. His body is a meteorite.


    More than two thousand years ago, a piece of meteorite iron came to the black jade forest and became fine after soaking up the vitality of heaven and earth.


    All the monsters in the black jade forest live in the shadow of Jiazi tree demon.


    Low level monsters are ignorant and live in chaos.


    High level monster can fully sense the terror of Jiazi tree demon and get trembling.


    The black gold devil is extremely arrogant and ambitious.


    He didn''t want to live under the Jiazi tree demon all his life before he left the black jade forest. Finally, he fell into the devil and became a demon.


    Unfortunately, the emergence of Meng Zhang not only destroyed his hard-built career, but also forced him to go back and beg for the shelter of Jiazi tree demon.


    The Jiazi tree demon didn''t take in the black gold devil with good intentions, but trained him into a powerful thug and slave.


    There are still prohibitions left by Jiazi tree demon on the black gold demon king.


    If the Jiazi tree demon had not been completely suppressed by the two returning virtual powers and had no time to urge the prohibition, the black gold devil would not dare to leave the black jade forest.


    The black gold devil almost lost his mind when he thought that the humiliation he had suffered over the years was given by Meng Zhang.


    He left everything in the black jade forest and risked being severely punished by Jiazi tree demon. He had to keep up with Meng Zhang and wait for an opportunity to retaliate.


    At that time, the black gold demon king and Meng Zhang were the strength of the late Yuan God.


    The black gold devil finally has the strength of the Yang God period, but Meng Zhang has already advanced to the Yang God period.


    The black gold devil thought that his magic skills were excellent and he was very sure that he could plot against Meng Zhang.


    But he never thought that Meng Zhang found the black gold devil stalking behind him at the beginning.


    After Meng Zhang left the black jade forest, he actually deliberately slowed down his escape.


    If he had all his firepower and tried his best to escape, the black gold devil would not even see his shadow, let alone catch up.


    Meng Zhang led the black gold devil to run so far. He also wanted to find a quiet place to kill the demon and get rid of a great disaster.


    This guy who doesn''t know how to live or die dares to track himself secretly. It''s completely suicide.


    In the sneer of disdain, Meng Zhang didn''t bother to say more and began to do it directly.

 Chapter 1724

    The sun and moon jewels rose above Meng Zhang''s head, and the endless sun and moon divine light sprinkled down, enveloping the black gold devil in it.


    The sun and moon divine light has great power. It can not only continuously consume the evil Qi of the black gold devil, but also limit his movement and prevent him from escaping.


    Since he met the fish that slipped through the net, Meng Zhang certainly won''t let him escape and has to kill him.


    The body of the black gold demon king is an extraterrestrial meteorite. After becoming a essence, he has specially practiced human sword cultivation.


    The black gold demon king is different from most other demons and demons. His main practice direction is kendo.


    In terms of swordsmanship, it is not necessarily much worse than Meng Zhang at this time.


    After being defeated by Meng Zhang and re invested under the command of Jiazi tree demon, the black gold demon king has the strength of Yang God period after being supported by Jiazi tree demon.


    Its standards in all aspects are also rising.


    In addition to his best Kendo, he also mastered many strange abilities.


    The whole body of the black gold devil revealed an unstoppable sharp Qi. An invisible sword Qi came out through the body, directly chopped the surrounding sun and moon divine light, and took advantage of the trend to cut Meng Zhang.


    The Yin and Yang Qi behind Meng Zhang converged into the magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword, and the black-and-white sword Qi took the initiative to welcome him.


    After a light sound, the world trembled, and countless small space cracks appeared around.


    The black gold devil and Meng Zhang were injured before, but the black gold devil''s injury was a little more serious.


    Meng Zhang was really surprised that the black gold demon king still had such combat power in this state.


    After sending out a sword, the surrounding space cracks were first dark, and then countless shadows broke out and killed Meng Zhang from all directions.


    The Yin and Yang Qi stirred and smashed these black shadows.


    Although it is thousands of miles away from the black jade forest, it is not a long distance in the eyes of Huixu Da Neng.


    Meng Zhang was worried that after Ziyang Shengzong''s great power of returning to the virtual world killed Jiazi tree demon, he still didn''t stop and had to chase himself.


    Although this possibility is very small, Meng Zhang cannot ignore it.


    We must make a quick decision and fear change.


    With this idea, Meng Zhang no longer tried and entangled with the black gold devil slowly, and directly took out the big killing move.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, and the surrounding space trembled violently.


    At this time, it was a bright day with the sun in the sky, but with Meng Zhang''s spell, the sky immediately became dark.


    A black and a white air stream circled rapidly in the sky, releasing irresistible power.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in situ and appeared in the middle of the black-and-white airflow.


    The black gold devil felt that the rules of heaven and earth around him were changing, and his magic powers and secrets were easily eliminated.


    More endless invisible forces are constantly impacting his body and constantly breaking his defense.


    Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth. This Taoist art has the same name as the skill Meng Zhang majored in. It is the Taoist magic power at the bottom of the box.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Yang God period, he first peeped into the path and barely mastered it.


    If you want to give full play to the power of this Taoist art, I''m afraid he will have to go back to the empty period.


    Even if he only mastered it a little, when Meng Zhang showed this Taoist art, he immediately crushed the black gold demon king.


    All the secret arts and magical powers mastered by the black gold demon king, whether they are strange magic arts or demon family magical powers, are easily dissolved.


    The evil spirit on the black gold devil continued to dissipate, and the whole body began to tremble. I saw that there was not much resistance.


    The black gold devil is a very strong character. He is absolutely unwilling to sit and wait to die, let alone be defeated by Meng Zhang.


    The black gold devil urged the last strength to stimulate the potential of the whole body. The whole body turned into a black giant sword and flew to the sky and cut Meng Zhang in the air.


    Meng Zhang floated in the air with the black-and-white airflow. His eyes were expressionless and his face was serious.


    He pointed with one hand, the rotation speed of the black-and-white airflow accelerated, and then took the initiative to meet the black giant sword.


    The black giant sword cuts into the black and white air flow, and its power disappears all at once. It''s like being trapped in a swamp and very difficult to move.


    The cultivation of yin and Yang reaches the extreme, which can wash and melt all things and turn heaven and earth into chaos.


    Meng Zhang''s Yin and Yang Qi is just a small success, but it is enough to deal with demons like the black gold demon king.


    Under the constant erosion of yin and Yang, the magic Qi on the black giant sword was quickly washed away and disappeared.


    The dark gold devil just felt his mind getting more and more confused, and then he completely lost his soberness and fell into an eternal sleep.


    The black giant sword disappeared, leaving only a black iron block in place.


    This piece of iron is about half the size of a man''s body and emits a faint cold light.


    This is probably the body of the black gold devil, the legendary extraterrestrial meteorite.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight and insight, he could not recognize the origin of this extraterrestrial meteorite.


    But I can feel that its material is extraordinary. It is a rare treasure with great use.


    Such a rare treasure didn''t even say that she became a fine one. Later, she fell into the devil''s way. It was a violent thing and cast pearls into the sky.


    After the washing of yin and Yang Qi, the magic Qi was basically washed and restored to its original appearance.


    It seems that killing this demon this time won''t get nothing.


    Meng Zhang, who was in a good mood, was preparing to put away this extraterrestrial meteorite, and a sudden accident happened.


    A green light spot was emitted from the meteorite iron outside the sky and directly hit Meng Zhang. The speed exceeded Meng Zhang''s response.


    Meng Zhang thought that after the washing of yin and Yang, this tianwai meteorite had recovered its original form and would not be greasy again.


    The sudden sneak attack caught him off guard and had no time to respond.


    And the green light spot looks insignificant, as if it has no power.


    But when the light hit Meng Zhang, it broke out terrible lethality, easily tore up all Meng Zhang''s defenses and smashed Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang''s body, like porcelain hit by a sledgehammer, was so gently broken.


    After the green light point sent out this blow, it was obviously not easy. He paused at the original position of Meng Zhang.


    At this time, the mutation regenerates.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed again not far away.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s palpitating look on his face, it is not much different from the original.


    I don''t know when Meng Zhang had a golden knife in his hand.


    Without any hesitation, he stabbed the knife into the green spot.


    This time, the green light spot was caught.


    Among the tiny spots of light, there was a terrible scream.


    The scream was earth shaking and spread far away.


    The light spot suddenly expanded into a palm sized light mass, and then exploded completely.

 Chapter 1725

    The expanded light mass suddenly exploded and split into countless light spots, which were about to escape in all directions.


    Meng Zhang, who just narrowly avoided a life and death crisis, has experience and lessons, and will not allow changes to happen again.


    Meng Zhang, who had been on guard for a long time, gathered the light of the sun and moon and turned it into a cage. He caught all these green light spots in the cage.


    Looking at the meteorite iron outside the sky, Meng Zhang dared not be careless. He released Yin and Yang again and wrapped it.


    After Meng Zhang finished all this, he was finally relieved.


    The accident just happened so suddenly that he didn''t react. He almost fell here.


    Indeed, there are dangers everywhere in the cultivation world. In particular, we should pay special attention to everything related to the strong who return to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang looked back and felt very afraid.


    He guessed that the green light spot on the black gold demon should be the means left by the Jiazi tree demon.


    Jiazi tree demon has repelled the existence of great power during the return to emptiness period of Ziyang holy sect. Once it broke out, even Meng Zhang couldn''t resist the means it left on the black gold demon king.


    Fortunately, when Meng Zhang joined the Dengxian society, as a newcomer, he chose three treasures from the strongholds of the Dengxian society.


    There is a talisman for death, which can help him avoid a fatal crisis.


    Without this talisman for death, Meng Zhang might have lost his life in vain.


    I don''t know who refined this talisman for death. The refined talisman can make Meng Zhang avoid the attack of returning to the virtual level.


    Meng Zhang immediately took out his cards without hesitation after escaping from danger for the death talisman.


    That golden Sabre was also a one-time treasure he got from the stronghold of the immortals Association in those years. It can give a blow at the level of returning to emptiness.


    In addition, Jin Ke Mu is the supreme principle of heaven and earth. As the fundamental Jiazi tree demon, Mu Xing is restrained by this golden knife.


    Meng Zhang was lucky to turn defeat into victory this time.


    He collected the booty and waited until later to find out.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang felt a palpitation in his heart, as if a great disaster was imminent.


    He had just escaped death without any hesitation, and immediately urged his life-saving card TianDun Fu.


    Like the talisman for death, this TianDun talisman was obtained at the stronghold of the immortality society. It is Meng Zhang''s reward as a newcomer to the immortality society.


    As soon as TianDun Fu was urged, Meng Zhang''s body immediately disappeared in place.


    At this time, a purple sun set in the sky, blocking the surrounding space and cutting off Meng Zhang''s escape.


    Without this TianDun talisman, Meng Zhang''s Dun technique alone, even if he is proficient in space Avenue, can hardly escape from the blockade of the purple sun.


    Fortunately, at the beginning of refining this TianDun talisman, the purpose is to help monks escape the pursuit of Huixu power.


    Meng Zhang''s figure had just disappeared in place, and the purple sun fell to the area where he had just been.


    In the blink of an eye, a huge pit appeared on the ground, and everything within a hundred miles turned into powder.


    If Meng Zhang continues to stay where he is, he will never be able to resist the blow.


    After this blow, there is no follow-up action.


    Tens of thousands of miles away, it was close to the West Sea, and Meng Zhang''s body appeared again.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s calmness, he couldn''t help wiping a cold sweat.


    In one day, he escaped from death twice, and the life-saving cards obtained from the immortals association were also exhausted.


    Meng Zhang was very dangerous, but he was also a little confused.


    Judging from the signs of shooting, it is mostly the return virtual power of Ziyang Shengzong who just shot himself.


    But how can you be so powerful as to work, regardless of taboos?


    If it was around the black jade forest, it could be said that it was an accidental injury, but they all fled so far, and the other party had no reason to keep chasing.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and had a certain guess in his heart.


    He simply used the art of space transmission to directly transmit it to the West Sea, hundreds of thousands of miles away from the black jade forest, and then stopped.


    He found a secluded corner at the bottom of the sea, temporarily excavated a large hole, placed a ban outside the large hole and sealed it tightly.


    After making these preparations, he took out the booty of the war.


    After the extraterrestrial meteorite was wrapped by Yin and Yang, there was no change.


    This time, Meng Zhang put a lot of thought and carefully checked it again and again to confirm that there was no difference inside and outside the tianwai meteorite, let alone any backhand.


    After all this, Meng Zhang continued to wrap this extraterrestrial meteorite iron with Yin and Yang and put it into mustard space.


    Next, he took out the cage condensed by the light of the sun and moon.


    In the cage, there are many green light spots running around, colliding left and right, trying to get out of trouble.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, the sun and moon god light slowly penetrated into these light spots.


    After the magic power of sun, moon and divine light is completed, it has the wonderful function of killing spirituality and soul.


    In the sun and moon, these green light spots slowly lose their vitality and become dull.


    Feeling that the fire was almost over, Meng Zhang began to release his mind and slowly investigated the details of these green light spots.


    Strange pictures appeared in his mind.


    A huge tree stands quietly in the black jade forest and grows slowly


    Many powerful monsters crawl at their feet and kowtow constantly


    As Meng Zhang expected, these green light spots are related to the Jiazi tree demon, which contains a lot of information.


    Of course, this information is very messy and too mixed.


    Meng Zhang needs to take time to sort out this information slowly.


    In this process, these information constantly impacted his mind, making him very difficult.


    It took Meng Zhang several days to sort out all the information and understand all the beginning and end of the matter.


    In the cultivation world, but those who have some means will prepare some backhands to prevent themselves from falling in danger.


    Among the monks Meng Zhang encountered, many prepared various means to deal with his unexpected fall.


    This Jiazi tree demon has survived for more than 10000 years and has enough wisdom and ability to prepare for his retreat.


    The cunning rabbit still has three caves, not to mention such a big demon.


    In addition to overturning the earth''s crust and causing natural disasters as a means of burning jade and stone, Jiazi tree demon also has backup hands that can be used after its own body is killed.


    Jiazi tree demon took the initiative to split the spirit in his early years and hid it by various means.


    One of its spirits secretly lurked in the depths of the black gold demon king''s body.


    Jiazi tree demon''s means are very clever. Even the black gold demon knows nothing about it.


    Of course, although the black gold demon is far less powerful than the Jiazi tree demon, it is a demon after all.


    Many demons are not only good at dyeing creatures, but also have strong resistance to the means of seizing and giving up.


    The Jiazi tree demon never expected to take away the black gold demon.


    It hides this wisp of spirit on the black gold devil, just looking for a safe hiding place.


    In order to protect this wisp of spirit, of course, we should prepare the corresponding secret method.


    When the black gold devil left the black jade forest, the Jiazi tree demon didn''t stop it, let alone urge the prohibition on him. He just wanted the black gold devil to leave with this wisp of spirit and escape from the black jade forest.


    As for the later black gold demon king to find Meng Zhang for revenge, it is not what Jiazi tree demon wants to see.


    But the ghost of Jiazi tree demon, which was hidden with one heart, did not expose its identity and came out to stop it.


    When the black gold demon king died and Meng Zhang beat him back to his original shape, the ghost of Jiazi tree demon could not be hidden at last.


    This thread of hidden spirit has extraordinary means and almost killed Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t have a lot of cards, he would really fold there.


    After understanding this information, Meng Zhang also guessed that he was attacked by Huixu power.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s powerful blow to return to emptiness came not at him, but at a wisp of spirit of Jiazi tree demon.


    The powerful thing of Jiazi tree demon is the huge tree body. As for the spirit, it is mostly inferior to human cultivators.


    The spiritual soul of human cultivators has to undergo many stages of tempering, from the spiritual soul to the yuan God, and also undergo the baptism of thunder robbery to become a pure Yang God without scale.


    As for the Jiazi tree demon''s means of splitting the gods and spirits and keeping them as a back hand, I''m afraid it can''t hide the powerful return of the human race.


    Previously, a ray of the spirit of the Jiazi tree demon appeared from the black gold demon king. I''m afraid its breath was sensed by the return virtual power, which attracted a thunder blow from behind.


    As for Meng Zhang, he was only affected.


    Anyway, it''s not worth mentioning that some mole ants were accidentally injured for the return virtual power.


    And Meng Zhang has always been a thorn in the eye of Ziyang Shengzong, let alone an innocent passer-by.


    Meng Zhang was of course angry at Ziyang holy sect''s practice of returning to virtual power.


    But what if he was angry? He couldn''t help but endure for a while.


    Among the information obtained, there are many Jiazi tree demons'' perception of the way of heaven.


    From the perspective of a big tree, it has great reference value for Meng Zhang to understand the ten thousand years of heaven and find another way.


    It''s just a pity that these contents are not much, and they are very messy.


    Meng Zhang handled this information and soon decided on the next step.


    This time, he openly fought against Ziyang Shengzong with the Qiu family brothers, which can be regarded as breaking his face with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Next, Ziyang Shengzong will probably find a way to attack Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    At that time, both Meng Zhang and taiyimen will face a severe situation.


    Whether it is the Dali imperial dynasty or the Hailing faction, these allies can play a limited role and can not place all their hopes on them.


    The best way for Meng Zhang to break the game is to break through to the virtual period as soon as possible.


    Only in the period of returning to emptiness can we have the capital and confidence to bargain with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang''s accumulation is much worse. Now Baijia fruit is enough to solve this problem.


    Meng Zhang had a plan for a long time. Now, after careful calculation, he has a great grasp of the breakthrough to the virtual period.


    Of course, even Meng Zhang''s conditions dare not say that he can be 100% successful, and he can certainly break through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Now with more than half the confidence, Meng Zhang can try hard.

 Chapter 1726

    After making up his mind, Meng Zhang immediately left his hiding place, but did not return to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang informed the middle and high levels of the door of everything that had happened recently, his own worries and the possible means that Ziyang holy sect might take, and warned the middle and high levels of the door to be careful.


    There are empty holes, which are enough to resist general attacks.


    Then without any hesitation, Meng Zhang first sent it back to the Daheng cultivation world, and then directly came to the heavenly palace.


    After arriving at the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang neither visited acquaintances such as old man Yinhu nor the taiyimen station, but directly came to the heavenly palace law enforcement hall. As an envoy of the law enforcement hall, he consumed the previously accumulated contribution points and exchanged them for a period of closed time.


    Closing in the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace not only has sufficient aura supply in the closed place, but also can support his cultivation even if he does not consume Yuqing aura. And it''s safe enough.


    No matter how powerful Ziyang Shengzong is, it is impossible to stretch out his hand here and destroy Meng Zhang''s isolation.


    In the process of going through the closing procedures, Meng Zhang heard the friars of the law enforcement Temple talking one after another.


    What they talked about was that Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power fought again in the Junchen world.


    The reason of Ziyang holy sect this time is very good. Taoist anode in the door shot to eliminate the tree demon at the level of returning to emptiness, so as to prevent it from overturning the earth''s crust, creating natural disasters and harming the whole Jun dust world.


    Moreover, Taoist anode made a quick decision without delaying too long. He soon ended the battle and eliminated the Jiazi tree demon.


    However, many monks in the law enforcement hall are not satisfied with the statement of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It''s an iron rule that Da Neng is not allowed to shoot directly in Jun dust world during the period of returning to emptiness.


    The law enforcement hall is responsible for the implementation of various laws, and naturally should be responsible for it.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great energy of returning to emptiness is either next to the black jade forest or the Daheng cultivation world. It is the current territory of Taiyi gate.


    The damage to the great horizontal cultivation world is the damage to the interests of Taiyi gate.


    If there is no more important thing to do, Meng Zhang wants to inquire about the details.


    As the nominal leader of the Junchen world, Tiangong always attaches great importance to its own authority.


    No matter what the inside of each holy place, it seems that it has a tacit understanding to maintain the majesty of the heavenly palace.


    No matter how many reasons there are, Ziyang Shengzong''s behavior this time is a little over the line.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong is not a soft persimmon held by the heavenly palace. How to deal with Ziyang Shengzong is a big problem.


    The friars in the law enforcement hall shouted fiercely. They really asked them to offend the Ziyang holy sect. They also refused.


    Without much delay, Meng Zhang entered the closed chamber.


    The law enforcement hall has a number of closed secret rooms for internal monks. The conditions are very good and the defense is tight, but it consumes a little more merit points.


    After entering the chamber of secrets and careful inspection, it was confirmed that there was no problem, and then began to practice in formal isolation.


    At the beginning of the retreat, Meng Zhang put down all his affairs and put aside all his miscellaneous thoughts.


    The purpose of Meng Zhang''s retreat is very simple, that is, to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Among the inheritance scriptures left by taiyimen in its heyday, there are brilliant skills, detailed breakthrough process and valuable experience left by predecessors.


    Meng Zhang''s biggest weakness is that the time of advanced Yang God period is too short and the accumulation is insufficient.


    If he can have two or three hundred years to accumulate slowly and polish his accomplishments carefully, he will have greater confidence and be able to successfully break through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Unfortunately, time does not wait. The current situation in Junchen, taiyimen and the environment he faces do not allow him to delay any longer.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang took a strange risk to get a Baijia fruit this time.


    This Caragana fruit can not only help him make up for the accumulation of deficiency, but also play a certain auxiliary role in breaking through the period of returning to deficiency.


    Meng Zhang took out the carambola and took it in his hand to observe it carefully.


    After repeatedly confirming that there was no problem, he began refining.


    It seems that it is only a fist sized hundred Jiaguo. It contains extremely pure vitality and is very difficult to refine.


    It took Meng Zhang more than half a month to completely refine and absorb it.


    Meng Zhang felt that his Yang God and flesh had an inexplicable sense of sufficiency, as if they were full.


    In his years of practice, he has also experienced many battles and participated in many battles. It is inevitable that there will be some hidden dangers in Meng Zhang''s body.


    For example, he suffered a little injury before and after the battle of capturing baijiaguo.


    After the injury healed, there were still some small sequelae left.


    These small problems were not noticed by Meng Zhang before, and they were completely solved after refining and absorbing Baijia fruit.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt that his state was just right, which was unprecedented.


    His accumulation has been made up, the last short board has been made up, and he has the ability to impact the virtual period.


    While the iron was hot, Meng Zhang began to impact the return empty period without the slightest hesitation.


    The monk''s impact back to emptiness period is a sublimation from the flesh to the Yang God.


    From the period of Yuanshen, monks can understand the rules of the avenue and mobilize the power of the avenue.


    If you want to break through the period of returning to emptiness, you must go deep into the avenue of heaven and earth.


    At the level of returning to emptiness, the practitioners of Taoism have stronger survival ability than the strong ones of other systems, and have a deeper understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    This is because when Taoist friars return to the empty period, they will place the Yang God in heaven and earth and leave their own brand in the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Heaven and earth are not destroyed, and Yang God is not destroyed.


    Therefore, it is very difficult to kill those who return to the virtual period.


    If you want to completely kill a person who returns to the virtual period, you must shake and even destroy the heaven and earth entrusted by his Yang God, and completely erase his brand from the avenue of heaven and earth.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s essence and spirit were perfect. The Yang God turned God into an immortal thought, and began to attach to heaven and earth, and tried to leave his own brand on the avenue of heaven and earth.


    A piece of heaven and earth can carry the Yang God is limited.


    In a big world like Junchen world, the bearing capacity of heaven and earth is strong enough to carry many Yang gods.


    At least when Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to emptiness, the carrying capacity of the world of Jun dust is far from reaching the limit.


    Although it is very difficult for Yang God to trust heaven and earth, the myriad thoughts of Meng Zhangyang God slowly wound around heaven and earth and slowly eroded step by step. Generally speaking, it is relatively smooth.


    This step took Meng Zhang more than two years. Compared with other practitioners, this speed is amazing.

 Chapter 1727

    After the completion of the step of Yang God trusting heaven and earth, the next more important step is to leave his own brand in the avenue of heaven and earth.


    In addition to testing the tenacity of the monk Yang God, the sufficiency of vitality and the perception of the avenue of heaven and earth, there are actually some shortcuts.


    If the monks who break through the retreat period have powerful school elders and family elders, they will have great convenience in this step.


    Because these fellow predecessors have left a mark on the avenue of heaven and earth, they will make some countermeasures after sensing the actions of their children.


    The power of heaven and earth is so vast that even the most powerful Yang God, the Yang God of friars in the period of Yang God, is just a drop in the ocean.


    If you are not careful, you will be completely lost in the avenue of heaven and earth, and then slowly annihilate.


    However, if there is a response to the previous brand, it is like seeing a lighthouse on the vast sea with a definite direction and goal.


    The mind of Yang God has guidance and can avoid many difficulties and obstacles.


    In this regard, the younger monks of the Holy Land Sect have great convenience.


    This is also an important reason why the Holy Land zongmen can ensure that its energy source is inexhaustible, and there will almost never be a fault..


    Meng Zhang was not sure whether taiyimen in its heyday had the power of returning to emptiness.


    Even if you really have the power of returning to emptiness, there is no news for so many years, and you can''t even care about the demise of the sect. You must expect a lot at the moment.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had to rely on his own efforts to leave a mark on the avenue of heaven and earth.


    He didn''t have any tricks. He let his divine thoughts transformed by Yang God go upstream and forcibly leave a mark on the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang has a wonderful external incarnation.


    On the avenue of understanding heaven and earth, although the cultivation level of Taimiao is far lower than that of Meng Zhang, Taimiao, which has some natural ghosts and gods, also has unique advantages.


    This Buddha is connected with the mind of the incarnation outside the body, and can share the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s advanced Yang God period is not long, but when it comes to the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth, he surpasses many old Yang God friars.


    With his deep understanding of Tiandi Avenue, Meng Zhang accurately grasped the context of Tiandi Avenue and began to try to leave a mark on it.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s mind suddenly felt strong interference.


    Meng Zhang kept calm and tried not to be affected by these disturbances.


    At the same time, he explored the origin of these disturbances according to the records of taiyimen ancient books.


    Without spending much time, Meng Zhang found out what these disturbances were all about.


    Some great powers in the retreat period who do not know their origin. Their brand left in the avenue of heaven and earth sensed that later monks were breaking through the retreat period. The gang immediately interfered in an attempt to prevent the latecomers from succeeding.


    It''s a bitter enemy to block people from becoming a Tao.


    But there are such a group of guys in the cultivation world who want to do such things that harm others and do not benefit themselves.


    They are either jealous of their younger generation, or want to reduce their future competitors, or even pure boredom.


    At this time, we can see the importance of identity background.


    If Meng Zhang was a monk from the Holy Land Sect, not only did he have the care of his elders, but other monks did not dare to obstruct him easily.


    And his current state, in the eyes of those great powers, is either a solitary casual practice or a friar from a small sect who has gone through shit luck.


    No identity background, no one on it, and those guys have no scruples when they start.


    Before Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to emptiness, he could actually inform the old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi to get their care.


    As a member of the Dengxian society, when breaking through the period of returning to emptiness, the group of returning to emptiness of the Dengxian society can help, which is just a small effort.


    However, after repeated thinking, Meng Zhang gave up asking others for help and decided to rely on himself.


    For one thing, Meng Zhang is not very confident about this group of people. He is worried that he is accidentally controlled by others.


    Second, relying on one''s own strength to break through, rather than relying on the strength of others, is more beneficial to future practice.


    Although Meng Zhang faced some difficulties for the time being, his mind remained unmoved, and he still firmly and slowly left a mark on the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang majored in the yin-yang Avenue. He wanted to brand his mind on the yin-yang Avenue among the three thousand avenues in the Junchen world.


    There are not many monks majoring in yin-yang Avenue in Jun dust world. The most mainstream is the avenue of five elements.


    There are only a few great powers that major in the advanced return to emptiness period of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang faces little competition.


    Those who tried to obstruct his return to the virtual power were difficult to make direct efforts because they majored in different ways.


    There was a gap between them, and their resistance was greatly affected, and their interference with Meng Zhang was limited.


    The return to emptiness power of Jun dust world, which specializes in the avenue of yin and Yang, has no sign of stopping Meng Zhang at this time.


    In this way, under great pressure, Meng Zhang spent less than three years to firmly leave his divine thoughts on the avenue of heaven and earth.


    The most critical step has been completed, and the rest is some finishing work.


    It has been less than six years since Meng Zhang began to close the door, and finally successfully broke through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Once the achievement returns to emptiness, Meng Zhang''s momentum can no longer be covered up.


    At the beginning of his life, Meng Zhang could not cover up his breath.


    He doesn''t have to cover up.


    The array and prohibition outside the closed place can''t cover the breath of a return to virtual power.


    A sudden smell of terror came to the law enforcement hall, covering almost half of the law enforcement hall.


    Over Meng Zhang''s closed chamber, auspicious clouds emerged, golden flowers scattered, and bursts of fairy music sounded


    This is the vision of heaven and earth when Meng Zhang achieved the retreat period. He did not need to cover it up or disdained to cover it up.


    Meng Zhang''s virtual shadow, thousands of feet high, appeared in the auspicious clouds, and the air flow with black and white on his head kept rotating around.


    Meng Zhang''s vision of the Yang God and the vision of the yin-yang Avenue didn''t appear for long.


    But the auspicious clouds and other anomalies in the sky lasted for a long time.


    There are basically no ignorant monks who can serve in the law enforcement temple.


    At least they are the true monarch of the yuan God, with extraordinary insight.


    As soon as the heaven and earth vision over Meng Zhang''s closed chamber appeared, everyone reacted one after another.


    Most of the monks in the law enforcement hall closed here, which is a breakthrough in the period of returning to emptiness.


    There are a lot of returning virtual energy in the heavenly palace, but this does not mean that returning virtual energy is not worth money.


    In fact, Huixu Da Neng often has a good position in the heavenly palace.


    In addition to the self-developed return to virtual power, Tiangong does not hesitate to offer high prices and favorable conditions to attract return to virtual power from all over the cultivation world.

 Chapter 1728

    Meng Zhang broke through the vision of returning to emptiness, but no one rushed to visit him.


    Generally speaking, monks who have just broken through the retreat period need time to consolidate their accomplishments and adapt to the new realm.


    Some monks who live a little more may continue to shut up and practice new Taoist skills.


    Visiting Meng Zhang at this time is likely to disturb his practice.


    Meng Zhang''s vision of heaven and earth over the closed chamber lasted for a few days and gradually dissipated.


    It''s really a big event for friars in the heavenly palace to break through the retreat period, but it''s not that kind of particularly important thing.


    Those who have nothing to do with this will not be affected.


    When Meng Zhang rented the closed chamber of the law enforcement hall, he registered with his real name and consumed merit points.


    Those who want to know who is the friar who broke through the period of returning to emptiness as long as they carefully check the records of the law enforcement hall.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have a strong sense of existence in the law enforcement hall, and almost never asked about the affairs of the law enforcement hall.


    There were still people who were interested in Meng Zhang. They soon found out the details of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang served as the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall, which was recommended by Tianlei shangzun.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang is a member of Tianlei''s first department.


    If Meng Zhang was only a monk in the period of Yang God, he might not be much under the command of Tianlei shangzun.


    But now he has broken through the period of returning to emptiness. I''m afraid he will soon be reused by Tianlei shangzun.


    Since Meng Zhang already had a camp, those monks who tried to win over Meng Zhang naturally gave up one after another.


    Although it''s not that monks can''t change their homes, it will cost a lot.


    Before Meng Zhang showed irreplaceable value, I''m afraid no one would be willing to pay a huge price to win him over.


    After Meng Zhang broke through the retreat period, he did not remain closed for too long.


    When he closed the door, he cut off all the news from the outside world and knew nothing about the Taiyi gate.


    There must be a follow-up after the last Jiazi tree demon. He was a little worried.


    Meng Zhang slowly consolidated his accomplishments. After he became familiar with the new realm, he took the initiative to exit the customs.


    After he left the law enforcement hall, he went directly to the residence of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    At the residence of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace, Yuanshen Zhenjun is stationed in turn every day. He keeps in touch with the gate at any time and is responsible for presiding over the affairs of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    As early as many years ago, taiyimen began to expand on the basis of Tiangong residence, strive to open up business channels and get to know more contacts.


    Today, taiyimen has a small career in the heavenly palace.


    After seeing the monks stationed here, Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense. He directly asked about the recent situation of taiyimen and Daheng cultivation world.


    Zhenjun, the yuan God stationed here, is a young generation of friars. He is like a God to Meng Zhangjing, the leader.


    Although he was not familiar with Meng Zhang, he respectfully reported all kinds of detailed information.


    At this time, less than eight years have passed since the killing of Jiazi tree demon.


    The killing of Jiazi tree demon was very powerful, and there was more than one. The fighting time was not too short and lasted for several days.


    Such a big move, the whole Jun dust world was shocked, and all kinds of news flew all over the sky.


    Over the years, it has almost become an iron rule that Da Neng is not allowed to directly fight in the Jun dust world during the period of returning to emptiness.


    In recent years, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong have violated this rule twice.


    In this regard, not only many people in the heavenly palace are dissatisfied, but also the religious doors of other holy places.


    Some people who didn''t pay with Ziyang Shengzong took the opportunity to attack Ziyang Shengzong wantonly.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong''s attitude this time was very firm and did not admit his mistake from beginning to end.


    The root of Jiazi tree demon goes deep underground, which is a major hidden danger.


    Monsters are unpredictable and can erupt at any time.


    Once the Jiazi tree demon agitates the tree roots and overturns the earth''s crust, it will be a great disaster to the whole Jun dust world.


    Ziyang Saint friar was willing to take strange risks and paid a huge price. He finally killed the Jiazi tree demon and eliminated a disaster for the Junchen world. It''s just that other people don''t appreciate it. It''s unreasonable to accuse them.


    Although the heavenly palace is the nominal ruler of the Junchen world, it has no power to deal with a holy sect.


    If the other holy fathers want them to encourage others to embarrass Ziyang holy fathers, it''s unrealistic for them to go shirtless.


    So, up to now, the heavenly palace and the major holy places are still wrangling, and they have been unable to come up with a solution to the Ziyang holy sect.


    In the process of killing Jiazi tree demon, Ziyang Shengzong''s great power of returning to emptiness only cares about his fellow monks.


    For others, if they don''t get rid of it, even if they are kind-hearted.


    Many smart people like Meng Zhang fled after they found that Ziyang Shengzong''s great ability to return to emptiness.


    Of course, the brothers of the Qiu family are unwilling. The plan they have worked hard for many years has been wasted.


    They moved a little slower and almost fell into the siege of Ziyang Shengzong friars.


    It is also a good thing for Ziyang Shengzong friar to get rid of the scourge of Qiu family brothers when killing Jiazi tree demon.


    Xihai old monster and Taoist anode reached an agreement to kill Jiazi tree demon together. Afterwards, he will get the Wannian tree heart of Jiazi tree demon.


    For the Xihai old monster who achieved his goal, the Qiu brothers have little use value.


    Moreover, in the agreement he reached with Taoist anode, he also asked him not to help the Qiu brothers against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Xihai old monster finally helped the Qiu brothers and sent them away from the black jade forest.


    From then on, the Xihai old monster will not be their secret backer.


    The action of the Qiu brothers can be regarded as stealing chickens rather than eroding rice. Not only did not get baijiaguo, solve the hidden dangers in Qiu Wan''s water body, but also lost the biggest backer.


    In addition, there is more trouble waiting for them.


    After exposing the secrets related to the real dragon family, Chilong Zhenjun quickly fled the black jade forest.


    Chilong Zhenjun is a wise man. He has been in Xingluo islands for many years as a human monk, and has even become the secret support object of the Qiu family brothers.


    This guy not only has a lot of important information about the Xingluo islands, but also has made a lot of arrangements there.


    After leaving the black jade forest, Chilong Zhenjun rushed back to Xingluo islands as soon as possible.


    He contacted the Haizu army in the distant sea and asked it to immediately launch a large-scale attack on the Xingluo islands.


    At the same time, he launched various secret arrangements in Xingluo islands to create chaos inside.


    With the cooperation of inside and outside, Xingluo islands fell into great chaos.


    In the face of the massive attack of the Hai nationality army, the interior is in chaos again. Relying on fuyunzi, a monk in the Yang God period, can not stabilize the situation at all.


    The Terran friars on Xingluo islands have fought with the sea people for many years, and they have long forged an indelible blood feud.


    Many Terran friars fought one after another and tried their best to stop the attack of the sea clan army.

 Chapter 1729

    The Qiu brothers and others are not on the island. This time, the Hai people attacked on a large scale and mobilized a very strong force.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s station in Xingluo islands performed very badly this time. He took the initiative to avoid the war, closed the door and didn''t send friars to help Terran friars defend.


    This time, the Terran friars on the Xingluo islands are not exhausted. They are lucky.


    Two friars in the Yang God period of the Royal beast sect happened to transit through the Xingluo islands to hunt sea animals overseas.


    There are many monks stationed at the residence of yubeast sect in Xingluo islands.


    Although the friars of the Royal beast sect were a little arrogant, as a member of the Terran family, they did not forget their position. As soon as they saw the massive invasion of the sea family army, they immediately took the initiative to participate in the defense battle.


    It was with the help of the friar of the Royal beast sect that the Terran friars on the Xingluo islands could persevere until the Qiu brothers led the people back.


    Among the Qiu brothers, there are many friars in the period of Yang God.


    After their friars joined the war, they soon repulsed the sea army and saved the situation at stake.


    After the war, the Xingluo islands suffered heavy losses and lost their vitality.


    If it weren''t for the brothers of the Qiu family, several friars in the period of Yang God came to the bright place and showed extraordinary strength. I''m afraid the Xingluo islands have long been worried and difficult to maintain.


    The friar of Ziyang holy sect publicly cut off all assistance to Xingluo islands, and Xingluo palace and Ziyang holy sect almost broke up publicly.


    On the one hand, the Qiu brothers should clean up the interior and expel the friars who support Ziyang Shengzong. On the other hand, they should restore their combat effectiveness as soon as possible to cope with the next attack of the Hai nationality army.


    The loss of the support of Xihai old monster means that the Qiu brothers will have no resistance to the retreat of shangziyang Shengzong.


    Although yubeast sect participated in the defense war of Xingluo islands, it was because the target of the war was the sea clan.


    As the Holy Land Sect, yubeast sect has no intention of being an enemy of Ziyang sect for the time being, and has no intention of getting involved in the confrontation between Ziyang sect and Xingluo palace.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, there is enough reason to start with the Qiu brothers.


    But just after killing the Jiazi tree demon, Ziyang Shengzong can''t risk the universal condemnation and send back to Xuda to deal with the Qiu family brothers.


    It is difficult for Ziyang Shengzong to completely annihilate the enemy without using the great power of returning to emptiness and relying solely on the friars of the Yang God period.


    In fact, Ziyang Shengzong dispatched friars of the Yang God period to attack Jiazi tree demon, which has led to the emptiness of the front line and had to temporarily slow down the attack on Dali imperial dynasty.


    It is difficult for Ziyang holy sect to draw enough strength to destroy it quickly.


    Of course, the foundation of Xingluo islands can not be supported by a few Yang God friars alone.


    Throughout the Xingluo islands, there are a large number of monks who perform their duties. Only a large number of monks can maintain the stability here.


    To support so many monks, the resources of Xingluo islands alone are far from enough.


    Once Ziyang Shengzong cut off the assistance of Xingluo islands, all kinds of troubles began to appear one after another.


    Originally, there were many Xiuzhen forces on the mainland of Junchen world to provide support to Xingluo islands to help them fight against the sea clan army.


    However, after seeing the attitude of Ziyang Shengzong, these Xiuzhen forces also cut off their support to Xingluo islands, and even the normal business was completely cut off.


    Yubeast sect is not afraid of Ziyang holy sect, but there is no need to quarrel with Ziyang holy sect.


    The Royal beast sect only ensured the normal business exchanges with Xingluo islands, so it didn''t do more.


    With the accumulation of Xingluo islands for many years, it can''t last long.


    The Qiu brothers had to come up with various ways to turn to the Xiuzhen forces of all parties for help.


    The Taiyi sect headed by Meng Zhang is the key target for the Qiu brothers to ask for help.


    Meng Zhang is not in the sect. Niu Dawei, the acting leader in charge of the affairs of the sect, begins to make trouble.


    He knew that Meng Zhang was inclined to support Xingluo islands, but at this time, taiyimen made a head bird, which might lead to the blow of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Moreover, since the last hell war, Taimiao was injured and the strength of Xuanjia Yin army was seriously injured.


    Losing the base of Hanshuang mountain, the number of hell resources provided by Xuanjia Yin army to Taiyi gate has been greatly reduced.


    At present, the biggest task and burden of taiyimen is the construction of blessed land.


    In order to build the blessed land, Taiyi gate not only invested countless human and material resources, but also the monks in the gate were tightening their belts and struggling to support them.


    Under such circumstances, taiyimen does not have much resources to assist Xingluo islands.


    Niu Dawei knew that the existence of Xingluo islands was of great use to taiyimen.


    He did not refuse the Xingluo islands'' request for help and had to find some excuses to delay the time temporarily.


    Last time in the black jade forest, Meng Zhanglu showed his tracks and was found on the spot by the friar Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who was originally very afraid of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate, completely regarded Taiyi gate as a great enemy this time.


    In addition to the routine blockade and suppression, Ziyang Shengzong was ready to move and made no secret of his malice towards Taiyi gate.


    In the same sentence, Ziyang Shengzong''s stall is too big and its power is too scattered.


    It is not easy to draw out your hand and attack taiyimen directly.


    Taiyimen is the weakest of the several opponents currently facing Ziyang Shengzong.


    It may not be easy for Ziyang Shengzong to dispatch a large army of friars, but it is very possible to temporarily dispatch a team composed of friars of Yang God to decapitate Taiyi gate.


    The reason why Ziyang Shengzong didn''t launch was that he didn''t grasp Meng Zhang''s deeds for the time being.


    Niu Dawei is very worried about the current situation.


    According to various intelligence and Niu Dawei''s judgment of the situation, Ziyang Shengzong is likely to give priority to solving taiyimen.


    One is to serve as a deterrent to those who are dissatisfied with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Second, from weak to strong, gradually solve the enemy, which will help Ziyang Shengzong concentrate its strength and finally solve the strong enemy.


    When Meng Zhang came to this station, he did not show his cultivation.


    The taiyimen friar stationed here did not know that Meng Zhang had advanced and returned to the virtual period.


    His words were full of anxiety and fear of Ziyang holy sect.


    After listening to the report, Meng Zhang didn''t say anything more, so he sent the garrison friars down. He fell into thinking alone.


    Meng Zhang is now in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness. He will be paid more attention both in Tianlei shangzun and in the immortal society.


    Regardless of strength or contacts, Meng Zhang has enough foundation to bargain with Ziyang Shengzong.


    He can find an intermediary, such as old man Yinhu, to negotiate with Ziyang Shengzong.


    It must be that even if Ziyang holy sect is powerful and arrogant, it will not ignore Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing to pay some price, the two sides can at least do non aggression without turning enemies into friends.

 Chapter 1730

    Although he was extremely unwilling and even very angry, Meng Zhang knew that this was the right way to do it.


    As a mature cultivator, he should not be influenced by personal likes and dislikes and feelings. He should put interests first.


    Taiyi sect continues to fight with Ziyang Shengzong, which is harmful to Taiyi sect. There is almost no benefit. It will only damage its own strength for no reason.


    However, Meng Zhang was very unhappy at the thought of Ziyang Shengzong''s lofty face and aggressive approach, and he almost died in Ziyang Shengzong''s Huixu power a few years ago.


    Moreover, even if taiyimen talks with Ziyang Shengzong, it is necessary to support Xingluo islands.


    In any case, Xingluo islands are isolated overseas and have made great contributions in resisting the invasion of the sea people. It is the support of the sea people''s army. Xingluo islands is simple to say, but Meng Zhang still has no idea where the massive materials needed should come from.


    Meng Zhang thought that all the problems would be solved with his advanced return to the virtual period.


    Now it seems that what I thought was too simple.


    In the period of returning to deficiency, great energy is not omnipotent, and ability has its limit.


    Especially in the Jun dust world, you can''t do whatever you want in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is not good at wisdom. We''d better keep these problems and discuss them with the middle and senior management of the door slowly.


    Taiyimen''s residence in Tiangong keeps close contact with taiyimen Mountain Gate. After Meng Zhang obtained the latest information from here, he left here and went to visit Huixu Da Neng he knew.


    The silver pot old man he most wanted to see was not in the mansion. I don''t know where he went.


    Meng Zhang met her long lost in her mansion.


    After years of not seeing her, her mother-in-law became haggard, and her face was full of fatigue.


    How many years did mother-in-law lead silk see Meng Zhang''s practice and how long did she advance to Yang God?


    Meng Zhang was so young that he successfully advanced to the stage of returning to emptiness and became a great power of returning to emptiness on an equal footing with her.


    If it wasn''t for her deep concentration, her mother-in-law wanted to see if she had an illusion.


    At any rate, mother-in-law Qiansi is a veteran. She soon calmed down and congratulated Meng Zhang generously. I wish him to become one of our generation.


    Now that Meng Zhang has advanced to the virtual period, mother-in-law Lansi has a completely different attitude towards him. He is no longer regarded as a junior, but an attitude of peer discussion.


    Meng Zhang was polite, and then accepted it.


    This is the reality of the cultivation world. All the words based on Cultivation and intimate relationships can not match the progress of cultivation.


    When the cultivation comes, there will be no less respect and treatment.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi simply asked about Meng Zhang''s recent experience, focusing on his experience before and after breaking through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much to hide. He said everything he could.


    As for the specific details of practice, he was vague.


    Meng Zhang focused on his experience in the black jade forest.


    Pull silk mother-in-law to cheer up and quietly listen to Meng Zhang''s story.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, mother-in-law Lansi understood the problems faced by Meng Zhang and taiyimen, and also heard Meng Zhang''s intention to ask for help.


    Meng Zhang not only had many years of friendship with her mother-in-law, but also joined the immortal society behind her under the recommendation of her mother-in-law.


    With the huge power of the immortal society, if we can give full help, all the problems faced by Meng Zhang can be solved quickly.


    To be honest, although Meng Zhang has become a great power in the retreat period, he is still a true newcomer in the immortal society and can''t enjoy very good treatment.


    Organizations such as the immortality society seem to be loose, but the internal rules are strict. It will not break the existing rules because of a returning monk.


    Members of the immortals society will take care of each other and help each other, but all this has limits.


    Neither Meng Zhang''s qualifications and status nor his contribution to the Dengxian society are enough for the Dengxian society to stand out against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang knows this, and mother-in-law Lansi also knows this.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi pondered for a moment and told Meng Zhang a big bad news.


    After years of fighting between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor, they have been unable to beat each other.


    At the top level of Ziyang Shengzong, there has been a voice to make peace with Dali emperor.


    Originally, Ziyang Shengzong was the ruler of the north of Junchen world. In order to stabilize the rule, too powerful cultivation forces are not allowed in the north of Junchen world.


    The emergence of Dali Dynasty broke the balance of strength in the north of Junchen world and affected the rule of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong will attack Dali emperor.


    But Ziyang Shengzong didn''t expect that Dali was strong enough, and there were many forces behind it.


    He was attacked by Ziyang Shengzong for many years. Although Dali Dynasty worked hard, he still supported it.


    Up to now, Ziyang Shengzong has a tendency of riding a tiger.


    Inside Ziyang Shengzong, there are already high-level officials who feel that Ziyang Shengzong is completely tired of false fame when it goes to war with Dali imperial dynasty. This war is meaningless.


    Since the Dali Dynasty already had a strong strength, it should have a corresponding position.


    The Junchen world is about to change. Ziyang Shengzong needs to concentrate on response. There is no need to waste his energy on Dali imperial court.


    The war with the Dali imperial dynasty spread for a long time and made little progress. There was no harvest. No wonder some senior leaders in the door had the idea of a truce.


    Of course, although there is a voice of a truce between the two sides within Ziyang Shengzong, there is still a long way to go before the real truce between the two sides.


    There are many hardliners in Ziyang Shengzong, which is very difficult to convince.


    They are determined to win the Dali Dynasty.


    After so many years of fighting between the two forces, it is not so easy to eliminate all kinds of hatred accumulated.


    Even if there is a truce between the two sides, how to carry out it and how to deal with the aftermath are a lot of troublesome things.


    ¡­¡­


    When mother-in-law Qiansi told Meng Zhang the bad news, she also directly expressed her judgment. It is difficult to have a peaceful scene between the Dali imperial dynasty and the Ziyang holy sect in a short time.


    Her seniority and seniority are much higher than those of Meng Zhang, and she is an old qualification in the society for immortality.


    Her information channel is far above Meng Zhang.


    The information she provided is still highly reliable.

 Chapter 1731

    Since Ziyang Shengzong has the sign of peace and truce with Dali emperor, it can''t be avoided.


    You know, Taiyi gate can still maintain peace under the threat of Ziyang Shengzong. It all depends on the Dali imperial dynasty to contain the main power of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If there is no truce between the two sides and there is no restriction from the imperial dynasty, Ziyang shengzongkong will come, and the Taiyi gate will be in great trouble.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang advanced in time to return to the virtual period, and all this took a turn for the better.


    Meng Zhang secretly decided to show his accomplishments as soon as possible, show his strong combat effectiveness and frighten Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the past, the biggest fear of Ziyang Shengzong for Taiyi gate was that it had two strong Yang gods, Meng Zhang and vanity son.


    Let''s not talk about it for the time being. Meng Zhang is famous for his strong combat effectiveness among the monks in the Yang God period.


    If the Taiyi gate is destroyed, Meng Zhang pulls down his face and attacks everywhere to fight guerrillas with Ziyang Shengzong and arbitrarily attack the strongholds and allies within Ziyang Shengzong''s sphere of influence, it will definitely cause great damage to Ziyang Shengzong and even affect its rule.


    Of course, as long as Ziyang Shengzong can draw enough strength and is willing to pay the price, he can still kill Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang is in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness, and the situation is very different.


    Although it is said that Da Neng is not allowed to fight in the Junchen world during the retreat period, if Taiyi gate is destroyed, Meng Zhang loses all his concerns, who knows how crazy it will become.


    A crazy return to emptiness period can care about the iron rules of the Jun dust world.


    As long as you rush to the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, you will kill them wantonly and destroy them arbitrarily. Regardless of success or failure, it will cause irreparable damage to Ziyang Shengzong and even destroy its mountain gate?


    In the Junchen world, as long as a clan has the power of returning to emptiness, its survival will be greatly guaranteed.


    As long as this clan doesn''t kill too much and make enemies everywhere, it''s basically difficult to fall into the crisis of extermination.


    Even if a powerful force wants to destroy this clan, it will first find a way to deal with the returning virtual power.


    In the current situation of Taiyi gate, as long as Meng Zhang does not die, Ziyang Shengzong will not be able to directly attack Taiyi gate.


    Not only Meng Zhang, but also her mother-in-law understand this truth.


    Lead silk mother-in-law also kindly warned Meng Zhang.


    For a long time in the future, Meng Zhang had better not leave the Jun dust world easily and stay in the Jun dust world all the time.


    Meng Zhang understood what mother-in-law Lansi meant.


    Great energy in the period of returning to emptiness can''t be used directly in the Jun dust world.


    Even if Ziyang Shengzong wanted to get rid of Meng Zhang, he could not launch a siege in the Junchen world.


    The trouble of Ziyang Shengzong sending Huixu Da Neng to kill Jiazi tree demon last time has not been solved.


    If you fight with Meng Zhang again, you really won''t give Tiangong any face.


    But if Meng Zhang leaves the Junchen world and goes to the extraterritorial void. Then Ziyang Shengzong will have a chance to attack Meng Zhang.


    In the extraterritorial void, let alone in the retreat period, there will be no interference in the immortal level war.


    If Ziyang Shengzong sent the period of returning to emptiness to kill Meng Zhang in the extraterritorial emptiness, it would not set off any water and flowers.


    At this point, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking her mother-in-law why there is such a rule in the Jun dust world. She is not allowed to return to the empty period. She can make a direct move in the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang has always been curious about this. He has asked mother-in-law Qiansi before.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi''s previous reply was that Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were not enough, so she shouldn''t know too much.


    Meng Zhang is now as powerful as mother-in-law Qiansi. He should be qualified to know.


    Mother-in-law thought about it and answered in detail.


    The world of Jun dust world was born too soon. Among many big worlds, it is relatively young.


    The whole world of Jun dust world is far from stable, and the rules of heaven and earth have not been completely fixed.


    If you can fight in the Junchen world recklessly in the virtual period, you will certainly mobilize a large number of heaven and earth vitality and stir up the changes of heaven and earth rules.


    In that way, it will not only cause great harm to the Jun dust world itself, but also, most importantly, it may disturb the sleeping immortals and destroy their plans for many years.


    There are various legends about why immortals fell asleep together thousands of years ago.


    One of the most reliable statements is that when the immortals are sleeping, they will slowly eliminate the rebellious will of the heaven of the Jun dust world, and slowly expand the origin of the Jun dust world.


    As for the specific situation, as a mother-in-law, I know very little.


    However, mother-in-law''s answer still satisfied Meng Zhang.


    Since Huixu can fight in the Junchen world, it may affect the immortal, even if Ziyang Shengzong is an iron head, he doesn''t dare to be too unscrupulous.


    The Holy Land Sect was established by immortals. Did Ziyang sect dare to destroy the plan of its ancestors?


    Knowing this, Meng Zhang can stay in the Jun dust world with more peace of mind.


    Having said that, mother-in-law Qiansi began to reveal more secrets to Meng Zhang.


    Since thousands of years ago, foreign invaders have been attacking the Junchen world.


    Even if the big troops were blocked outside the Junchen world, the small group of foreign invaders who came to the Junchen world almost never stopped.


    The high level of Jun dust world not only did not deliberately stop these small groups of foreign invaders, but also deliberately released water to let them break into Jun dust world.


    In addition to training the friars of the Junchen world and making them develop the experience of fighting with foreign invaders, these foreign invaders who died in the Junchen world are in themselves a great tonic.


    Their bodies will nourish the land of the Jun dust world, and their souls will fall into the depths of the underworld and be completely swallowed up by the Jun dust world to expand the origin of the Jun dust world.


    After listening to mother-in-law Qiansi''s words, she finally solved many questions that had existed in Meng Zhang''s heart for a long time.


    When taiyimen was still in the endless sand sea, foreign barbarians, foreign demons and foreign spirits from outside the Junchen world invaded the north of the Junchen world wantonly, almost turning the Jiuqu province upside down.


    Meng Zhang once doubted that the external defense of Jun dust world was very strict.


    There is a retreat period in the nearby void, which can patrol and guard at all times, and Jiutian is a solid defense line.


    How did so many foreign invaders come to the Junchen world?


    It is clear that the high level of the Jun dust world intends to let them in and feed them to the Jun dust world as food.


    Of course, there are also some powerful people who have too much selfish thoughts. They will take this opportunity to deliberately put some strong extraterritorial invaders on the opponent''s territory and use these extraterritorial invaders to harass and even weaken the opponent.


    Knowing these things, Meng Zhang remembered the bloody battles between Taiyi gate and foreign invaders, the price paid by Taiyi gate and the dangers experienced


    The powerful people in the retreat period of the high level of the Jun dust world can really flick their fingers, which can affect the situation of the Jun dust world and bring disaster to some truth cultivation forces.

 Chapter 1732

    The high level of Jun dust world feeds foreign invaders to Jun dust world as food. Do the high level of these foreign invaders know?


    According to the high-level observation of Jun dust world, the other party not only knows this, but also promotes it intentionally or unintentionally.


    As for the other party''s purpose of doing so, he did not hide it from the high-level of Jun dust world.


    Many of the extraterritorial invaders who were thrown into the Jun dust world had a deep special breath.


    After they died in the Jun dust world, the spirit enters the depths of the underworld of the Jun dust world, which will erode and pollute the origin of the Jun dust world.


    If their erosion and pollution are strong enough, they will have an irreversible impact on the origin of the Jun dust world.


    After knowing this, the high level of Junchen did not prevent the release of foreign invaders, but only controlled its scale and frequency.


    In fact, this is a contest between the digestion ability of Jun dust world and the throwing ability of the enemy.


    If the digestion ability of the Jun dust world is stronger than the enemy''s throwing ability, the enemy is sending supplements to the Jun dust world in vain.


    In fact, so far, the Junchen world has prevailed in this struggle.


    The origin of Jun dust world has not been defiled, but has grown.


    According to the plan of the high level of the Jun dust world, when the immortals are about to wake up, they will induce foreign invaders to launch more frequently, so as to make up for the origin of the Jun dust world.


    Those foreign invaders, who do not know whether they are head iron or too confident in their own family, ignore it and never interrupt this launch.


    Meng Zhang never thought that there were so many twists and turns behind the continuous invasion of Jun dust world by foreign invaders.


    Although Meng Zhang has become a great power in the retreat period, he has not completely joined the circle of monks in the retreat period. Naturally, the news is not so well informed.


    The so-called high-level of Jun dust world is naturally the principal of the religious doors of major holy places, including the heavenly palace.


    They can dominate the affairs of Jun dust world and determine the future destiny of Jun dust world.


    A monk like Meng Zhang, no matter how high his accomplishments are, can not enter such a decision-making circle.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi also relies on the immortality society to get these precious information.


    Meng Zhang has just advanced to the retreat period. He is still unfamiliar with everything about the retreat period.


    In terms of cultivation, there are some previous experience and skill records on the inheritance Treasure Book of Taiyi gate.


    However, he doesn''t know much about all kinds of information he needs to know, such as the precautions and taboos of Da Neng in the Jun dust world in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi has been making friends with Meng Zhang, and she was very helpful to Meng Zhang in those years.


    Even later, due to the invitation to join the immortal society, Meng Zhang was on guard against mother-in-law, but the apparent relationship between the two sides has been maintained very well.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi was patient and explained many precautions to Meng Zhang, which greatly broadened his horizons.


    For the current situation of taiyimen, mother-in-law Qiansi also actively helped Meng Zhang find a way.


    Although the silk pulling mother-in-law will not directly conflict with Ziyang Shengzong in order to help Meng Zhang, there is no problem in secretly providing support, transmitting all kinds of intelligence and bridging for him.


    After chatting with her mother-in-law for a long time, Meng Zhang benefited a lot and had some ideas on how to deal with the pressure brought by Ziyang Shengzong.


    After leaving mother-in-law Qiansi''s residence, Meng Zhang didn''t stay in the heavenly palace for a long time, so he directly returned to the Taiyi gate.


    Shortly after he left the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang was flying high in the sky and felt the message from his outer incarnation too wonderful.


    After years of self-cultivation, the wonderful injury finally recovered completely.


    It''s probably a relationship of breaking and then establishing. It''s wonderful. After the injury is healed, the cultivation is also greatly improved.


    Meng Zhang''s breakthrough to the realm of returning to emptiness is also good for the promotion of his external incarnation.


    Wonderful cultivation level has finally advanced to the equivalent of Yang God period.


    Too wonderful really has the strength of Yang God period, which is of great significance to him.


    He can explore the characteristics of more natural ghosts and gods, and master more magical powers and secrets.


    The ghosts and gods with the strength of Yang God period can already try to slowly control the power obtained last time.


    As long as he has mastered the power of power, he can not only greatly improve his power, but also slowly gain the power to control the underworld.


    The power level of the underworld is far lower than that of the Yangshi, and the power of the later yuan God is enough to dominate one side.


    The strong at the level of Yang God can walk horizontally in the underworld.


    As long as you don''t go into the depths of hell, don''t provoke the hidden strong, and don''t take the initiative to die. There are few ghosts and gods that can threaten the Yang God level in the underworld.


    Previously, Taimiao led xuanjiayin army to establish a foundation in Hanshuang mountain and dominate the country.


    He now has the strength of Yang God level and can make a greater career.


    However, in order to be cautious, Meng Zhang warned him not to expose the strength of Yang God level for the time being.


    Last time, in order to compete for power, jiuxuan Pavilion and many Yang God friars of situ family came to the underworld, held treasures and broke out a war.


    Not long after this incident, most of these friars in the Yang God period are still chasing the ghosts and gods who made a profit in those years.


    It''s wonderful. Although it''s strong, it''s not reckless.


    If it really falls into the eyes of those holy places, it will be dangerous.


    Wonderful. Although he was a little arrogant, he was not a fool. After Meng Zhang reminded him, he quickly made a plan for the next step.


    Too wonderful will hide the strength and show the combat effectiveness of Yuanshen in the later stage at most.


    Such combat effectiveness is enough to deal with most situations in the underworld.


    Taimiao will resume the command of xuanjiayin army, strive to recruit troops and horses, expand its strength, and restore the original combat effectiveness of xuanjiayin army as soon as possible.


    The underworld is vast and wonderful. I will find a good place as a base and establish a foundation.


    Those who have had similar experience are wonderful and full of confidence in rebuilding the foundation.


    Whether it''s strength or mind, it''s wonderful enough to reassure Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang keeps in touch with Taimiao at any time and can also guide at critical moments.


    Meng Zhang and Taimiao synchronized the information and gave instructions before continuing on the road and returning to the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang left the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate for a short time. There have been many similar precedents before.


    Sometimes when he closed the door once, he would not see anyone for decades.


    The top leaders of Taiyi sect are used to Meng Zhang''s absence and Niu Dawei''s acting leader.


    The reason why Meng Zhang didn''t give up the position of leader and become the supreme elder is not that he is greedy for power.


    First, he has been the head of Taiyi sect for many years, which has become a habit.


    Even if they are not in charge, everyone only recognizes Meng Zhang when they talk about the leader.


    Second, he always had a premonition that it would be a great good thing for him and his sect to continue to be the leader of Taiyi sect.

 Chapter 1733

    Meng Zhang''s advanced stage of returning to emptiness has barely been at the top of the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang did not know whether the Taiyi gate in its heyday had the power of returning to emptiness.


    From the inheritance scriptures left at that time, even if there is no return virtual power in the door, it should be related to return virtual power.


    Meng Zhang''s current cultivation is the highest even in taiyimen in its heyday.


    However, he still knew little about the specific situation of taiyimen in its heyday and had many questions.


    Especially in the heyday of taiyimen, the destruction of taiyimen by the Tiange Temple of the Holy Land Sect has always been a big pimple in his heart.


    In fact, the position of Kongzi and Jijian Shenjiang in Taiyi gate was not very high in those years, and their knowledge of all kinds of things and secrets in the gate was limited.


    Meng Zhang has basically opened several treasures left by Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Only the last place is located in the extraterritorial void. The environment is too dangerous. Meng Zhang didn''t go rashly before.


    Now that Meng Zhang is in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness, he should have enough strength to open this treasure.


    However, in his current situation, it is not suitable for him to leave the Junchen world and go to the extraterritorial void.


    After all these years, Meng Zhang had to wait.


    As soon as Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, he felt that the situation was a little wrong.


    There was a mess in the gate. The mountain protection array was seriously damaged. Various buildings in the gate collapsed and there were ruins everywhere.


    From time to time, I can see some injured disciples.


    Meng Zhang immediately summoned the middle and high level of the gate, including Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple.


    Many people in the middle and high levels of these doors have unstable breath and are obviously injured.


    Many people look heavy and worried.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming back, they relaxed a little.


    Meng Zhang did not ask, but showed his breath a little.


    Although the momentum that only belongs to the great power in the period of returning to emptiness is only fleeting, it has been enough to bring people an unprecedented great shock.


    In front of the crowd, Meng Zhang did not hide his strength and admitted that he had broken through the period of returning to emptiness.


    After hearing this, everyone was very excited and elated.


    All the people present are high-level friars who have achieved successful cultivation. They have great concentration, but they still can''t hide their joy when they hear this great good news.


    Not to mention the strength of Taiyi gate itself, Meng Zhang alone is enough to make Taiyi gate a member of the top sect in the cultivation world, second only to those holy sect gates.


    The people were excited for a long time before they finally calmed down slowly.


    In recent years, Meng Zhang was not in the gate, and Taiyi gate encountered many difficulties and problems.


    Meng Zhang has always been the pillar of Taiyi gate and the reassurance of the monks in the gate.


    Now that he is back, he has made great progress in cultivation, which is enough to solve all kinds of difficulties and problems.


    When Meng Zhang was in the heavenly palace, he knew the latest situation of Taiyi gate.


    Now I go back to the Mountain Gate in person. Seeing this look in the gate, I know that something new must have happened.


    Under Meng Zhang''s inquiry, the people reported to him in order.


    The general situation in the door is not much different from the information Meng Zhang has mastered.


    At present, the biggest trouble in the door is the pressure brought by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent friars of the Yang God period to show off their strength in taiyimen territory, causing a lot of trouble.


    Just yesterday, Xiao Mofei, a monk in the Yang God period of Ziyang Shengzong, swaggered to the door and said he would meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not in the door. Naturally, he can''t come out to deal with this guy.


    The only strong man in the Yang God period of Taiyi gate, vanity son, came forward and faced Xiao Mofei directly.


    Xiao Mofei casually made an excuse and wanted to compete with vanity son.


    Vanity son will not shrink back at this time, weakening his momentum.


    The two of them flew high into the air and started a big war.


    As a treasure left by taiyimen in its heyday, the void tripod has experienced a long time and has a profound foundation.


    Xiao Mofei was born in the holy sect of Ziyang. He has a brilliant inheritance and has been instructed by his predecessors.


    The Xiao family are all rich and powerful in the Ziyang holy sect.


    As the top friar of the Xiao family, Xiao Mofei naturally does not lack all kinds of foreign objects.


    After a great war, the cultivation of Kongzi was slightly inferior and unfortunately lost.


    During the war, Xiao Mofei was vicious and deliberately spread the war towards the taiyimen Mountain Gate to sweep the aftermath of the battle here.


    Even if the mountain protection array was opened on the side of taiyimen Mountain Gate in time, the battle aftermath of Yangshen period still caused a lot of losses to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    During the battle, vanity son was very passive because he had to take care of the taiyimen Mountain Gate to avoid being seriously damaged by Xiao Mofei.


    Of course, before the defeat, vanity son struggled to get hurt and gave Xiao Mofei a cruel.


    On the scene, it seemed that vanity was defeated, but in fact, both sides were hurt, but vanity was hurt more seriously.


    Xiao Mofei was obviously unconvinced at that time, but on the one hand, he was seriously injured, and on the other hand, he still had the fighting power of vanity. He had to withdraw temporarily.


    Before leaving, Xiao Mofei said he would visit taiyimen again soon.


    In the tone, the threat is very obvious.


    No wonder when Meng Zhang came back, he saw a mess in the door. It turned out that it was what Xiao Mofei did.


    When Meng Zhang was not in the mountain gate, the people of Ziyang Shengzong had deceived the door.


    Because this is what just happened, I don''t even know the residence of taiyimen in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang and the Xiao family have a deep grudge. I don''t know whether this is Xiao Mofei''s personal behavior or the will of Ziyang holy sect.


    Of course, anyway, Xiao Mofei dared to hit the door in a swagger, at least with the acquiescence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Maybe this is a test of the Taiyi gate by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Explore the whereabouts of Meng Zhang and the reality of Taiyi gate


    If taiyimen can''t respond in time and expose their weakness, maybe Ziyang Shengzong will really attack taiyimen.


    Ziyang Shengzong is now restrained by Dali imperial court. It may be difficult to draw out the army of friars to destroy Taiyi gate.


    Send a few friars of the Yang God period to commit mischief on the Taiyi gate territory, hit the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate and destroy it arbitrarily


    If the Taiyi gate can''t stop all this and makes it clear that it can only let the fish meat of the holy friar of Ziyang, the Taiyi gate will lose its reputation and panic inside.


    There will certainly be problems with Hanhai daomeng.


    Taiyimen established such an organization as Hanhai daomeng by virtue of its strong strength, coercion and inducement, and the combination of grace and power.


    Taiyimen is powerless for the actions of Ziyang Shengzong. What qualifications do they have to continue to command Hanhai daomeng.


    Before long, Hanhai daomeng will fall apart and completely disintegrate.


    At that time, if Meng Zhang doesn''t show up, Ziyang Shengzong can even directly kill the high-level of Taiyi gate and completely paralyze Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1734

    Meng Zhang''s thoughts flied in his mind and soon thought of all kinds of possible calculations of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Taiyi gate has various problems and is in a dangerous situation. No matter where Meng Zhang hides, he has to show up after receiving the news.


    After introducing Meng Zhang, Ziyang Shengzong had the opportunity to organize friars in the period of Yang God to surround and kill him.


    As long as Meng Zhang can be removed, the remaining power of Taiyi gate is not worth mentioning, and will soon be completely solved by Ziyang holy sect.


    Meng Zhang wants to make peace with Ziyang Shengzong and ease relations.


    But it''s still that sentence. We can make peace only if we can fight. Meng Zhang must show enough strength to make Ziyang Shengzong feel that it is not worth the loss to eliminate Taiyi gate, so he had to sit down and negotiate with Taiyi gate.


    Since the monks of the Yang God period of Ziyang Shengzong have called the door, Meng Zhang must respond.


    With a preliminary idea in mind, Meng zhanghaosheng comforted the middle and senior management of the door and said that all problems should be solved by him.


    As the leader of ZTE of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang has supreme authority in the gate. Now that he has returned to the mountain gate, the people have a backbone and don''t have to worry anymore.


    After sending away the middle and high level of the door, Meng Zhang went to see Xu Kongzi again.


    In the first battle between vanity son and Xiao Mofei of Ziyang Shengzong, he was seriously injured. Fortunately, he didn''t hurt the root.


    He was healing. With the help of Meng Zhang, he soon recovered.


    In its heyday, the void tripod was the Taiyi gate, which was the treasure of inheritance in the gate,.


    As a fourth-order magic instrument, he possessed a spirit, gave birth to a spirit, and participated in many important events in the door.


    Of course, after all, vanity is not a human Friar and can''t enter the decision-making level in the door.


    He didn''t know the top secret of the door at that time, but he had good insight and vision.


    What Meng Zhang''s advanced stage of returning to emptiness means is very clear to the void son.


    He was as excited as the others in the door.


    After the Yang God thunder robbery, the void son became a completely independent creature and could practice the Tao like a human monk.


    Since then, he also had a longing for the avenue.


    There is no order in learning, and the one who reaches is the first.


    In terms of seniority, Kongzi is an elder of Taiyi sect, but in the way of Tao, he is behind Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi gate has Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness, and the emptiness son also has a backer. On the road in the future, there is also an elder like Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and vanity son talked for a long time before they left there.


    Next, while waiting for the Yang God friar of Ziyang Shengzong to come to the door, Meng Zhang pointed out the cultivation of the younger generation in the door.


    From time to time, Meng Zhang will visit the construction site of Fudi.


    After knowing the news that the Junchen world was about to change, the middle and high levels of the gate almost devoted themselves to the construction of the blessed land.


    This blessed place can not only be used for the daily practice of the yuan God Zhenjun in the door, but also a refuge in the future. It can''t be ignored by the monks in the door.


    All the forces in the door are inclined to the blessed land, and constantly invest massive human and material resources.


    Even when the income in the gate is greatly affected because of problems in the underworld, Taiyi gate still tries to ensure the normal construction of the blessed land.


    The middle and high levels of the gate do not hesitate to take the initiative to reduce their own support, so as to ensure that the construction of blessed land will not be affected.


    The construction of Fudi was relatively smooth and basically kept up with the progress in the plan.


    Before long, it will enter the closing stage.


    When the blessed land enters the closing stage, it needs to return to the virtual power.


    In the past, Meng Zhang also considered inviting a friendly Huixu Da Neng to help.


    Now that Meng Zhang has advanced and returned to the virtual period, he doesn''t have to bother others.


    However, he needs to practice well and master the construction method skillfully.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest of Meng Zhang''s three disciples, was a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    There is no shortage of the secret method of robbing in Taiyi sect. Niu Dawei can rob after accumulating enough.


    The second disciple an Xiaoran and the third disciple an Muran are the accomplishments of the middle period of the yuan God, and both have the power to be independent.


    In particular, an Xiaoran is also the chief alchemist in the sect, and his alchemy is very clever.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the Mountain Gate this time, focusing on instructing the three disciples to practice.


    At present, the Taiyi gate, although due to the existence of Meng Zhang, is the top sect gate in the cultivation world.


    However, because the development is too fast and uneven, there is still a lack of top combat power.


    There is one friar in the period of returning to emptiness and one friar in the period of Yang God. In particular, the number of friars in the Yang God period is still too small to keep up with the expansion of Taiyi gate.


    At present, the confrontation between the top sects in the cultivation world mainly depends on the strength of their respective monks in the Yang God period.


    Taiyimen''s current strength is that it has more than enough self-protection and insufficient expansion.


    The Junchen world is about to change, and Meng Zhang has no intention to continue to expand the territory of taiyimen.


    The vast territory currently owned by taiyimen is more than enough if it can be fully developed to support the whole taiyimen and Hanhai road alliance.


    What taiyimen and hanhaidao alliance can do is to defend the territory they already have in the midst of great changes.


    In fact, even if taiyimen wants to expand, it can''t find the direction of expansion.


    In the north of Jun dust world, to some extent, Taiyi gate has expanded to a certain limit.


    The neighbors around are not what the current taiyimen can provoke.


    Meng Zhang waited patiently for the monk Ziyang Shengzong to come to the mountain gate.


    The other party didn''t let Meng Zhang wait too long. In less than a month, Xiao Mofei came to the door with a younger martial brother.


    Xiao Mofei, the younger martial brother, is also a monk in the Yang God period, but his cultivation is a little weaker than him.


    Meng Zhang did not publicize it after the breakthrough of the heavenly palace to the period of returning to emptiness.


    In addition to the high level of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, it is probably mother-in-law Lansi who knows that he has returned to virtual power.


    Naturally, these people will not take the initiative to communicate with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Go back to taiyimen Mountain Gate and summon the middle and high level of the gate.


    Some people in the middle and high levels of the gate proposed to hold a grand celebration for Meng Zhang to celebrate Meng Zhang''s becoming a great power in the period of returning to the virtual world and announce it to the world.


    Meng Zhang not only rejected the proposal, but also asked the middle and senior management of the door to keep it confidential for the time being.


    For Meng Zhang''s orders, the middle and high levels of the door naturally dare not disobey.


    Therefore, Xiao Mofei and his younger martial brother still don''t know that Meng Zhang has become a great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    According to the original plan, they hit the Taiyi gate, deliberately provoked, tested the reality of Taiyi gate, led to the strongest combat power of Taiyi gate, and eliminated it as much as possible.


    Xiao Mofei swaggered down from the sky and came to the sky above the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang had already sensed their arrival, quietly floating in the air and standing with his hands down.


    Across the distance, Xiao Mofei saw Meng Zhang and couldn''t help but change his face.


    The gratitude and resentment between the Xiao family and Meng Zhang are over. Just last time in the black jade forest, Meng Zhang triggered the killing of friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If this guy hadn''t seen the opportunity early and ran for his life fast enough, he would have been taken by friar Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1735

    Seeing Meng Zhang standing over the gate of Taiyi gate, Xiao Mofei sneered with disdain and flew to the other side with his younger martial brother.


    Xiao Mofei is also from the Holy Land Sect. Before he starts, he is ready to say a few words.


    Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang just glanced at them obliquely and gently spit out a word: "roll."


    Xiao Mofei and his younger martial brother were too lazy to be wordy, so they took action directly.


    The main task of Xiao Mofei''s trip is to test the falsehood and reality of taiyimen.


    Last time, Meng Zhang was not in the door. Xiao Mofei had a fight with vanity son.


    This time, he called his younger martial brother together. He had the idea of bullying less with more.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t appear, vanity son alone can''t stop them.


    Now Meng Zhang came back and happened to meet the Lord.


    Meng Zhang was alone and dared to be so bold and provocative without being called a hollow son. Xiao Mofei was very angry.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s lofty appearance, he has an unspeakable arrogance and arrogance, as if he was born in the Holy Land and has an absolute advantage at the moment.


    To be fair, Meng Zhang had a great reputation and remarkable achievements.


    At this level of Yang Shen period, he can be called a well-known strong man.


    Xiao Mofei was not sure of the winning against him.


    But Xiao Mofei didn''t come here alone. There was a younger martial brother walking with him.


    Xiao Mofei is carrying out this mission. He also has a strange treasure given by the door.


    Xiao Mofei is not a pedantic person. He has to compete with Meng Zhang one-on-one.


    Xiao Mofei took out a golden pearl and threw it heavily at Meng Zhang.


    This relic is in the hands of friars in the period of Yang God. It can barely give play to the power of friars in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, Xiao Mofei tried his best and could only send out this blow.


    Xiao Mofei''s younger martial brother suddenly accelerated and tried to bypass Meng Zhang''s back and prevent him from retreating or escaping.


    The lion fights the rabbit with all his strength. They were not careless. They went all out as soon as they came.


    Unfortunately, they do not know that Meng Zhang''s level has surpassed them. Even if they fight for their lives, they can''t shake Meng Zhang.


    Before the advanced retreat period, Meng Zhang knew that the great power of the retreat period seemed to be superior and powerful, but it was subject to many restrictions in the Jun dust world.


    After his advanced retreat period, Meng Zhang was a good student and studied the relevant rules.


    He is not a monk of Ziyang Shengzong with a deep background. Once he commits a foul, he will face the punishment of Tiangong.


    Can you take the initiative in the Jun dust world in the period of returning to emptiness, but what if others can take the initiative in the period of returning to emptiness?


    It''s not like going back to the virtual period. Can you lie down and pretend to be dead?


    Therefore, during the retreat period, Da Neng has the right to self-defense when attacked.


    Of course, if both sides are powerful in the period of returning to emptiness, as long as they fight in the Junchen world, no matter who is right or wrong, they will be punished to a certain extent.


    However, those who take the initiative will bear the main responsibility.


    If a low-level friar doesn''t know how to live or die and takes the initiative to offend the great energy in the retreat period, he deserves the bad luck of the low-level friar.


    In fact, there are really some people who, regardless of their identity, come to dress up as pigs, eat tigers, fish and enforce the law, and take the initiative to lure low-level friars to attack them.


    This kind of thing is relatively rare. If it goes too far, it can''t get rid of the relationship.


    In general, all the rules of the Junchen world, including the laws of the heavenly palace, are conducive to the rulers of the Junchen world.


    When the immortals were sleeping, it was these great powers who returned to emptiness who ruled all over the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, in case of conflict between low-level friars and high-level friars, no matter who is right or wrong, it is often low-level friars who suffer in the end.


    This is also a true portrayal of the law of the jungle in the cultivation world, and it is recognized by all in the cultivation world.


    I saw the golden pearl shining brightly in the air, like a small hot sun, mercilessly falling on Meng Zhang''s head.


    The power of this strike is indeed very close to the most common power of returning to emptiness.


    Unfortunately, Xiao Mofei''s accomplishments are insufficient. He can only play such a blow with the treasure in hand, and his power has not been fully urged.


    Meng Zhang waved and danced with one hand, and firmly grasped the golden pearl in his hand.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing, he can launch such powerful attacks many times.


    Xiao Mofei first had an unbelievable expression on his face, and then suddenly woke up.


    His reaction was not unpleasant.


    He didn''t even care about his younger martial brother. He turned and ran away.


    From Meng Zhang''s performance, it is clear that he has broken through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Facing the great power of returning to emptiness, Xiao Mofei had no chance of winning.


    Meng Zhang waited so long just for the moment. Where would he let the other party escape.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. A vigorous hand appeared in the sky, so he covered Xiao Mofei who was running away.


    Xiao Mofei was completely shrouded by the vitality and big hand above his head, leaving him nowhere to escape.


    Xiao Mofei was so angry that he constantly launched attacks, used all kinds of talismans and magic tools, and even didn''t hesitate to stimulate his potential and began to work hard.


    Although he didn''t want to believe it, it was a fact that Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to emptiness.


    He couldn''t resist, so he had to run back as soon as possible and bring the news back to the zongmen.


    At this time, Meng Zhang no longer covered up his breath and showed his magic power and power that can only be possessed by the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Xiao Mofei tried his best to fight against the big hand for a while, but he was unable to stop the big hand from falling.


    All his attacks fell on the hands of vitality and could not play any role.


    Xiao Mofei''s younger martial brother also reacted slowly. After sensing the breath released by Meng Zhang, he turned and left without saying a word.


    Before he flew too far, he felt a huge invisible pressure coming on him and began to bind his body.


    Although Meng Zhang fought one against two, there was no suspense about the result of the battle.


    Xiao Mofei and his younger martial brother were easily defeated by Meng Zhang and captured together.


    In particular, Xiao Mofei and Meng Zhang held him in their hands with that vigorous hand, just like an eagle catching a chicken. The meaning of humiliation was very obvious.


    After taking the two enemies, Meng Zhang did not leave immediately, but waited silently in situ.


    When this happens, there must be some beginning and end.


    He didn''t wait long until the LORD came.


    Two figures in the sky fell from high altitude and were flying to Meng Zhang.


    One of the figures is Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, old silver pot.


    Another man, Meng Zhang, although not very familiar with him, has dealt with him.


    This man is the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace and the iron faced Taoist priest.


    According to Meng Zhang, there are special treasures in the heavenly palace, which can monitor the power fluctuation of the Jun dust world at any time.


    Especially the power fluctuation at the level of returning to deficiency period is the focus of monitoring.


    Once the power to return to the virtual period breaks out, the law enforcement hall must find out the inside story as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1736

    The law enforcement hall arranged special personnel to guard in turn and pay attention to the movements of the Jun dust world at any time before monitoring the treasures.


    It''s no big deal if it''s just the monk''s imperial envoy in the Yang God period who plays the same power as the powerful hand in the return to emptiness period.


    Even if the anti Zhengyang monk fought his old life, he could not make several such attacks.


    If the monks in the retreat period are not well controlled for a moment and have power fluctuations, everyone can understand and won''t care much.


    But if you can make a direct move in the period of returning to emptiness and make no secret of the power of the move, the palace law enforcement hall must intervene that day.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much convergence before, and directly played the power of returning to the virtual level.


    Of course, the direct rolling of power made Meng Zhang not show any Taoism, but won the two opponents by some conventional means.


    It is clearly sensed that there is a period of returning to emptiness. You can do it in the Jun dust world. The law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace can''t ignore it. You must intervene immediately.


    The law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall, Taoist iron face, is one of the monks in charge of such affairs.


    In addition, the silver pot old man is the monitoring messenger responsible for monitoring the northern part of the Jun dust world.


    Although most of his power was embezzled by Ziyang Shengzong, there was really something big in the north of Jun dust world, and he couldn''t intervene many times.


    However, his duty lies in that there is an accident in the north of Jun dust world. He has to come forward.


    There are many teleportation arrays in the heavenly palace, including long-distance teleportation arrays.


    You can easily travel to and from the Junchen world through the heavenly palace transfer.


    The iron faced Taoist priest and the silver pot old man were not slow, and soon came to Meng Zhang.


    The relationship between old man Yinhu and Meng Zhang goes without saying.


    The iron faced Taoist priest and Meng Zhang are also colleagues of the law enforcement hall.


    Tianlei shangzun, who promoted Meng Zhang, is also the Deputy Lord of the law enforcement hall.


    Everyone in tiemiandao is just like his name. He acts selflessly and rigorously on weekdays.


    But his iron face is more aimed at outsiders.


    Meng Zhang is also the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall. When he broke through the retreat period not long ago, the iron faced Taoist heard about it.


    Meng Zhang himself is the leader of Taiyi sect. It is impossible to devote all his energy to Tiangong.


    But he is nominally a member of the heavenly palace, so he can''t help working for the heavenly palace.


    There are many monks and factions in the heavenly palace.


    If it is simply summed up, it is actually the three factions.


    One is the power of the Holy Land Sect to penetrate into the heavenly palace.


    On weekdays, they are more dutiful and work for Tiangong.


    However, when it comes to the interests of their own sect, they will naturally favor their own sect.


    Most of the time, this group works for the heavenly palace because of interests.


    Between the heavenly palace and the holy places, some two do not help each other; Some of them are both right and left; Some prefer one side


    Iron faced Taoist priest is a direct friar trained by Tiangong. He is always only responsible for Tiangong.


    He saw that Meng Zhang had something to do with it. Although he was still cold as usual, he still maintained a minimum of politeness.


    Meng Zhang saw the two of them coming. Before they asked, he took the initiative to report what had just happened.


    In Meng Zhang''s mouth, this is entirely the responsibility of Xiao Mofei and his younger martial brother.


    Shortly after Meng ZhangCai returned to the mountain gate, Xiao Mofei came to the door to provoke.


    Meng Zhang, as a powerful man in the period of returning to emptiness, was unwilling to argue with them.


    But they were so arrogant that they dared to take the initiative to attack Meng Zhang with the support of Ziyang Shengzong behind them.


    Xiao Mofei has the left treasure from the gate in his hand, which can launch the power attack of returning to emptiness.


    In order to avoid injury, Meng Zhang had to take some strength to capture them.


    The iron faced Taoist is the leader of this trip. Although he and Meng Zhang are colleagues, we still have to go through the procedures that should be followed, and we can''t let people tell us.


    The iron faced Taoist priest has served as a law enforcement envoy for many years and has handled many cases. Meng Zhang''s words are exaggerated and some places have reservations, but in general, Meng Zhang should not lie.


    After listening to Meng Zhang, the iron faced Taoist turned his attention to the other two parties.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s return to virtual power fought in the black jade forest last time, which caused the dissatisfaction of many monks in the law enforcement hall.


    Many people have demanded that the Taoist priest of Ziyang holy sect be severely punished.


    Iron faced Taoist priest is one of them.


    Unfortunately, although the Holy Land Sect is nominally subject to the rule of the heavenly palace, the two sides are more cooperative.


    Ziyang Shengzong appears to be subdued and small, saying that it is at the disposal of the heavenly palace. But secretly all kinds of wrangling and pressure are to make the heavenly palace unable to produce a disposal result.


    Iron faced Taoist priest, as a sect of monks loyal to the heavenly palace, hates it.


    Practitioners are also human beings. As long as they are human, they will be biased.


    Although the iron faced Taoist has been expressionless, his dissatisfaction with Ziyang Shengzong has unconsciously moved his anger to the two guys in front of him.


    Meng Zhang handed over the two people to the iron faced Taoist priest.


    In the air, in front of everyone, the iron faced Taoist began to interrogate.


    The iron faced Taoist priest didn''t ask them to be wordy, but asked them to answer his questions with yes or no.


    Xiao Mofei and his younger martial brother initially relied on the name of Ziyang Shengzong and were a little hard spoken.


    But the iron faced Taoist priest is not only a law enforcement friar representing the heavenly palace, but also a powerful returning to emptiness.


    It didn''t take long for the iron faced Taoist to hear the desired answer from them.


    From the confessions of both sides, it is clear that the matter is the responsibility of Ziyang Shengzong, and Meng Zhang is just forced to defend himself.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang did not take a long time and did not cause any damage to his surroundings.


    In fact, this is the gate of Taiyi gate. When Meng Zhang shot, he was careful for fear that it would affect the gate.


    The course of events is simple and clear, and the iron faced Taoist''s disposal is reasonable and restrained.


    He warned Meng Zhang on behalf of Haosheng, the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, and repeatedly explained that Da Neng was not allowed to take the initiative in the Junchen world during the retreat period.


    Of course, Meng Zhang repeatedly promised that he would pay attention and would not commit it again in the future.


    In this way, Meng Zhang''s move is even exposed.


    At least in official terms, there is no trouble or future trouble.


    As for Xiao Mofei, they took the initiative to attack Meng Zhang and were captured by Meng Zhang. Naturally, they were Meng Zhang''s booty and left to Meng Zhang''s disposal. Neither the iron faced Taoist nor the silver pot old man can interfere.


    After dealing with the business, the iron faced Taoist priest and the silver pot old man left directly regardless of Meng Zhang''s hospitality.


    Before leaving, the iron faced Taoist told Meng Zhang that he would report the cause and effect of the matter to the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace in accordance with the usual practice, and also to the holy sect of Ziyang.

 Chapter 1737

    The iron faced Taoist priest probably looked at the face of his colleagues and reminded Meng Zhang a few words.


    With the consistent style of Ziyang Shengzong, after knowing this, he will not give up, and there will be a lot of trouble in the follow-up.


    Without the iron faced Taoist reminding, Meng Zhang had expected this for a long time.


    The disciple of Yang Shen period was captured alive by Meng Zhang. It would be strange if Ziyang Shengzong could swallow this tone.


    Ziyang Shengzong will hold on to this matter, which has long been in his calculation, or simply his purpose.


    In the whole process of disposal, old man Yinhu was silent, just like a stone man.


    But he came here as a witness, which is his support for Meng Zhang.


    He knows more about the grievances between Meng Zhang and Ziyang holy sect than the iron faced Taoist priest.


    A few days ago, he heard that Meng Zhang had broken through the period of returning to emptiness. Before he had time to meet Meng Zhang, he met under such circumstances.


    In those days, the silver pot old man was optimistic about Meng Zhang, so he took more photos of him and introduced him into the Tianlei shangzun camp.


    However, he never thought that Meng Zhang would be able to advance to the virtual period and become a monk at the same level as him in such a short time.


    The silver pot old man winked at Meng Zhang and left with the iron faced Taoist.


    Xiao Mofei, who was taken by Meng Zhang, was searched by Meng Zhang for all the stored magic tools.


    Xiao Mofei is worthy of being born in a big family like the Xiao family. He actually constructs an independent space similar to Meng Zhang''s Mustard space in his body.


    Meng Zhang impolitely plundered the space, and then cast a spell to ban its connection with the independent space.


    After they were banned from cultivation, they were detained in taiyimen prison.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s orders, the disciples did not abuse them, but served them delicious and delicious.


    Meng Zhang had a superficial plan before he took them.


    Because the iron faced Taoist was surprisingly good at talking, everything went well.


    Meng Zhang first went to the heavenly palace and visited old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi respectively.


    With regard to the relationship between Meng Zhang and them, they will not fight for Meng Zhang to kill the enemy, but there is still no big problem waving flags and shouting and gaining momentum.


    Next, Meng Zhang sent a letter directly to Xingluo islands, informing him of his advanced return to virtual period.


    Finally, Meng Zhang personally sent it to the territory of Dali imperial dynasty.


    At this time, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about being surrounded and killed.


    At least in the Junchen world, his safety is very guaranteed.


    The news that Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to emptiness and took the friar of Ziyang Saint Zongyang God has been widely spread under his instigation.


    The friars in the Yang God period are not worthless cabbages for any sect. Ziyang Shengzong must respond to this.


    Meng Zhang took this to show his attitude. He is not the kind of person who can be kneaded and bullied by others.


    If there are still people in Ziyang holy sect who don''t know interest, Xiao Mofei''s end is an example.


    Of the course, he did not intend to go to war with the Ziyang Shengzong.


    Next, let''s see how Ziyang Shengzong handles this matter and how to negotiate with Taiyi gate.


    While Ziyang Shengzong has not responded, Meng Zhang is connecting everywhere.


    Dali Dynasty has received the news of Meng Zhang''s advanced return to the virtual period. Naturally, he dare not neglect it.


    Meng Zhang did not go to the capital of Dali imperial dynasty. As before, he came to the manor where he met with Bawu emperor last time.


    This time, Emperor Bawu didn''t let Meng Zhangjiu wait. He waited here long ago.


    After the two met, Emperor Bawu said a lot of good words regardless of the emperor''s respect, and Haosheng praised Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang will not take these words seriously.


    If emperor Bawu hadn''t resisted Ziyang Shengzong, he would have broken through the period of returning to emptiness.


    It is only a matter of time for him to break through the virtual period.


    Don''t mention the new breakthrough generation like Meng Zhang. Even those old players who return to emptiness are just like this in the eyes of Bawu emperor. He will catch up with them sooner or later.


    Meng Zhang accompanied Bawu emperor to talk nonsense for a long time before he got to the point.


    Without any disguise, Meng Zhang directly asked whether Dali had the intention of making peace with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Emperor Bawu was stunned when he heard Meng Zhang''s inquiry.


    This is a top secret between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong. Where did Meng Zhang get it?


    Although it was true, Emperor Bawu denied it.


    He vowed that the Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong had fought for many years, and the two sides were as deep as the sea, with countless deaths and injuries. It was already a situation of immortality, and it was absolutely impossible to make peace.


    When Emperor Bawu said these words, he was plausible and not guilty at all.


    Meng Zhang has been practicing in the cultivation world for many years. He can be said to be an old fox.


    Although Bawu Emperor didn''t leak any flaws, and he couldn''t see through Bawu emperor''s mind, his intuition told him that the news that mother-in-law Qiansi told him was right. Dali emperor really intended to make peace with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Since Dali imperial court is going to make peace with Ziyang Shengzong, Taiyi gate must make plans early, and Meng Zhang''s various actions must be grasped.


    Earlier, when Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace, he asked the silver pot old man and the silk holding mother-in-law to support himself as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang has become a monk in the retreat period. His status under Tianlei shangzun must be improved.


    As long as Meng Zhanghao works for Tianlei shangzun, Tianlei shangzun will not hesitate to support him.


    Tianlei shangzun is a strong person in the whole Jun dust world.


    As long as the senior level of Ziyang holy sect has a little brain, they will not have to fight with Tianlei shangzun in order to deal with a Taiyi gate.


    With the respect of Tianlei, it should not be difficult for taiyimen to make peace with Ziyang Shengzong.


    There was a decision in his heart, but Meng Zhang was half invisible.


    He didn''t pester about the topic just now, but gently turned away and took the initiative to change a topic.


    Emperor Bawu followed Meng Zhang''s tone and talked with Meng Zhang warmly.


    As if the conversation had not happened, they talked enthusiastically for a long time.


    Meng Zhang said that in the future, the two countries must strengthen cooperation and cooperate with each other.


    Emperor Bawu nodded repeatedly and said that Meng Zhang spoke very well.


    After talking, Meng Zhang left here reluctantly.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared from his eyes, Emperor Bawu''s face suddenly became gloomy.


    The peace between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong is of great significance and has a wide range of implications. So far, no agreement has been reached within the two sides.


    The two sides are only at the stage of mutual temptation, and there is far from in-depth contact.


    It''s definitely not a good thing for the news to leak at this time.


    Dali imperial court is going to make peace with Ziyang Shengzong. How should the forces behind Dali imperial court and Dali imperial allies explain to them and send them?


    It is not impossible for one to deal with it badly and cause chaos and trouble within the imperial dynasty.

 Chapter 1738

    After Meng Zhang left the Dali Dynasty and returned to the Taiyi gate, he did not go to other places, but waited for the arrival of the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong in the gate.


    He waited for several days, but the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong didn''t wait. Instead, he waited for Qiu Gangfeng, who had not seen him for a long time.


    Qiu Gangfeng left Xingluo islands alone and came to visit Meng Zhang thousands of miles away. It was intentional.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, Qiu Gangfeng respectfully paid homage to Meng Zhang with the courtesy of meeting his predecessors.


    Meng Zhang dodged repeatedly and shouted that he couldn''t afford to be. They''d better talk about friendship as before.


    In fact, Qiu Gangfeng got help from the old monster of the West Sea. When he went through the thunder robbery of the Yang God, he didn''t leave any future trouble, but gained a lot of benefits.


    He has practiced for many years and accumulated a lot. He is only one step away from breaking through the period of returning to emptiness.


    In his case, there is a great possibility of success in the advanced retreat period.


    If it weren''t for this, Ziyang Shengzong wouldn''t be so afraid of their brothers.


    If it hadn''t been for helping his brother Qiu Wanshui remove the hidden danger and restore his health, he wouldn''t have delayed so many years.


    Meng Zhang and Qiu Gangfeng were polite for a long time before they sat down and began to talk slowly.


    Looking at Meng Zhang, who has become a powerful man in the period of returning to emptiness, Qiu Gangfeng has mixed feelings in his heart.


    The last time I met Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s cultivation was far from him.


    This time, Meng Zhang has far surpassed himself, but he is still standing still.


    During the last trip to the black jade forest, the Qiu brothers told the secrets of Jiazi tree and Baijia fruit and organized a powerful team of monks to capture Baijia fruit and try to grab food from the tiger''s mouth of Ziyang holy sect.


    After a lot of hard work, they all got nothing, but Meng Zhang succeeded in baijiaguo.


    It seems that they made wedding clothes for Meng Zhang.


    Yes, Qiu Gangfeng had already guessed that it must be baijiaguo that Meng Zhang could go back to the virtual stage so quickly.


    When he guessed it, Qiu Gangfeng had mixed feelings. Somewhat unconvinced and somewhat sour.


    If possible, Qiu Gangfeng really didn''t want to come to see Meng Zhang in person.


    Unfortunately, the situation in the Xingluo islands is too bad.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong cut off the aid to Xingluo islands, other Xiuzhen forces have followed suit. They not only no longer aid Xingluo islands, but also the caravans that travel to and from Xingluo islands have almost disappeared.


    Although the caravans of the Royal beast sect still travel normally. However, the main business direction of yubeast sect is not the West Sea at all. The scale of the caravan is limited and the traffic frequency is not high.


    At this time, the Xingluo islands were short of everything, and the market had long been empty.


    Although we can still rely on a little savings for the time being, such a day of sitting on mountains and eating nothing can not last long.


    The Xingluo islands now seem to have made great progress and are in the most powerful moment since its establishment.


    Xingluo islands has never had so many strong men in the Yang God period, and it has a great deterrent to the sea people.


    Unfortunately, no matter how strong the battle effectiveness of the strong in the Yang God period is, they can''t change all kinds of cultivation materials.


    The last large-scale invasion of the Hai nationality army and collusion with Chilong Zhenjun inside and outside have caused great harm and damage to Xingluo islands.


    In Xingluo islands, many monks on the island can''t even maintain their daily cultivation.


    Low level friars are better. There are some spiritual channels of different levels available in Xingluo islands.


    The monks in Yuanshen period and above were miserable. The inventory of Jiutian essence and Yuqing LINGJI had been basically empty.


    In the same sentence, Xingluo islands is so powerful and has many friars. It is impossible to rely on only a few friars in the Yang God period.


    Even Qiu Gangfeng himself, if not for the lack of cultivation resources, he can ignore everything and start to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Due to the reputation of Ziyang holy sect, no Xiuzhen forces dare to help Xingluo islands.


    Even the Xihai old monster, who has always supported the Qiu family brothers, was bought by Ziyang Shengzong with the ten thousand year tree heart of Jiazi tree and gave up his support for the Qiu family brothers.


    The Qiu brothers looked around as if only one taiyimen could ask for help.


    Qiu Gangfeng made up his mind this time. Even if he was shameless and humble, he would get some assistance from Meng Zhang.


    Qiu Gangfeng asked regardless of his face. Meng Zhang was really hard to refuse.


    In fact, according to Meng Zhang''s idea, no matter whether taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong talk about peace or not, they should try their best to help Xingluo islands.


    Perhaps if taiyimen spends more resources in Xingluo islands today, it can reduce the huge losses caused by the sea people to taiyimen in the future.


    Although taiyimen''s current life is also very difficult, they are already in debt again.


    However, once Meng Zhang has made up his mind, he can still draw resources to assist Xingluo islands.


    After years of efforts, taiyimen has opened up a large-scale business road in the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen has a good reputation and a stable income. It''s not difficult to borrow from other Xiuzhen forces.


    In fact, taiyimen has made many large-scale foreign loans before, and finally returned them with interest.


    Meng Zhang''s idea is that taiyimen will lend abroad on a large scale again to provide support to Xingluo islands as much as possible.


    Of course, relying solely on the power of taiyimen family, even if it is ruined, it can not support the cultivation power of Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang is also ready to go around and strive for more assistance for Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang believes that there are so many cultivation forces in the cultivation world who are not afraid of Ziyang Shengzong and are willing to support Xingluo islands against the sea clan.


    On the other side of Xingluo islands, we should restore business routes as much as possible and strive to obtain income.


    It takes time for taiyimen to raise materials for cultivation. Meng Zhang tells the truth about his plan.


    No matter what he thought about Meng Zhang, Qiu Gangfeng was very grateful for what Meng Zhang did at the moment.


    After a lot of words of gratitude and agreeing with Meng Zhang how to hand over the materials, Qiu Gangfeng left with gratitude.


    The Qiu brothers have been rising in the cultivation world for so many years, but they still have some connections and contacts.


    Qiu Gangfeng is ready to take a good turn in the Jun dust world this time. He pulls down his face and asks for help everywhere to see if he can get something.


    After Qiu Gangfeng left, Meng Zhang told the middle and high levels of the door that they borrowed heavily from friendly forces according to his plan, and tried to raise materials to support Xingluo islands.


    On the other hand, he waited patiently for the door of Ziyang Shengzong messenger.


    But to Meng Zhang''s great surprise, he waited left and right, but he couldn''t wait for the messenger of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Could it be that Ziyang Shengzong really gave up the two Yang God friars captured by Meng Zhang?


    What will Ziyang Shengzong do next?


    Is it to swallow this sullen breath and let go of Taiyi gate, or ignore it and prepare to launch an all-round attack on Taiyi gate?

 Chapter 1739

    Ziyang Shengzong unexpectedly did not send envoys, and Meng Zhang was surprised and uncertain. After thinking for a while, he decided to go to the heavenly palace to explore the wind of Ziyang Shengzong through his relationship.


    Before Meng Zhang left, a message came from the monk stationed at the Tiangong residence of Taiyi gate. Old man Yinhu asked Meng Zhang to go to the Tiangong as soon as possible, saying that he had something important to discuss.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to neglect. He immediately left the mountain gate and went to the heavenly palace.


    After arriving at the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang didn''t care to go to the residence, so he went directly to the old man Yinhu''s residence.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang found that many monks came and went in a hurry, as if there was something urgent.


    Many shops have many people coming and going, even crowded, which is very chaotic.


    Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace many years ago and went in and out of the heavenly palace many times. His time in the heavenly palace is not too short.


    But he had never seen this scene in front of him in the heavenly palace.


    In his memory, the heavenly palace was always in good order and without any waves, as if it would not change for ten thousand years.


    The sight of the heavenly palace in front of us is really the reaction of Ziyang Shengzong. Is it related to this?


    Full of doubts, Meng Zhang came to the silver pot old man''s residence and met the silver pot old man smoothly.


    When Meng Zhang saw the silver pot old man, the silver pot old man was walking around the hall. Obviously, he was a little anxious.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s arrival, old man Yinhu grabbed Meng Zhang. Without half a word of nonsense, he directly entered the topic.


    It turned out that not long ago, the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, who ignored foreign affairs for many years and devoted himself to closed door practice, suddenly ordered to summon the senior management of the heavenly palace.


    Including the main and Deputy main hall owners of the main halls of the heavenly palace, some senior members, as well as the principals of the holy places in the heavenly palace.


    At the time of summoning, Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun directly ordered that in the next days, the heavenly palace should unite with the religious doors of the major holy places, mobilize the strength of the whole cultivation world, and carry out a thorough cleaning of the Jun dust world.


    The goal of the great clean-up is that the cultivators have always been the enemies, including major alien races, demons, foreign invaders and so on.


    The scale of this sweeping will be unprecedented.


    Mr. Banxue Jianjun will personally sit in the heavenly palace and fully supervise the action.


    The main halls of the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the holy places must fully participate, mobilize all forces, and never allow any slack.


    In order to concentrate on the implementation of this action, the struggle among the major cultivation forces in the cultivation world must stop immediately and turn all forces to the outside world.


    After Mr. Ban Xuejian gave the order, the high level of Tiangong took action immediately.


    The major holy places have also received the news and will respond soon.


    Meng Zhang was stunned and then ecstatic after listening to the old man Yinhu.


    If the order of Mr. Ban Xue Jian is strictly implemented, the biggest threat to Taiyi gate will disappear temporarily.


    The major cultivation forces are not allowed to fight. Even if Ziyang Shengzong intends to attack Taiyi gate, I''m afraid he can''t do it.


    In addition, mobilize all forces in the cultivation world to unite with the outside world and clean up the major alien races.


    The situation on the other side of the Xingluo islands should also be alleviated.


    The Hai clan, the great enemy that Taiyi gate has been guarding against, will suffer even more this time.


    If the sea clan is really cleaned up, taiyimen will save countless efforts.


    The order of the sword king with snow is really a great benefit to Meng Zhang, and Taiyi gate benefits immensely from it.


    Meng Zhang could not help but doubt that pangxue Jianjun intended to help taiyimen if he had never seen him before and had nothing to do with him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has a more reasonable explanation for this matter.


    Only when you and taiyimen are in high spirits will such good things happen, and companion Xue Jianjun will just give this order.


    Meng Zhang was happy for a while before he remembered something.


    Although the heavenly palace is the nominal ruler of the Junchen world, it still needs to discuss with the religious doors of the major holy places in many major events.


    If every Holy Land Sect strongly opposes it, it is difficult for the heavenly palace to carry out it alone.


    If some holy land sects feel that the order of the heavenly palace is unfavorable to their own family, they will follow the orders of the heavenly palace and create resistance everywhere.


    There is no good solution to this in Tiangong.


    Although Meng Zhang is a registered law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace law enforcement hall, he is also a full member of the heavenly palace, but he only knows a little about the organizational structure of the heavenly palace. He knows nothing about the power structure and power distribution of the high-level.


    He had heard that Tiangong, as the agency of Lingkong fairy world, was stationed in Junchen world to rule the world on behalf of Lingkong fairy world.


    Therefore, the supreme ruler of the heavenly palace does not have the title of emperor, but is called the grand manager.


    The chief manager of the heavenly palace is the will to manage the affairs of the heavenly palace and take the place of the spirit fairy world in the Junchen world.


    Of course, in a big world like the Junchen world, due to special circumstances, the immortals who opened this world and the major holy places left by the immortals have caused great constraints to the heavenly palace, so that the heavenly palace can not exercise its power arbitrarily, which has a great impact on the rule of the Junchen world.


    In particular, Junchen world is too far away from Lingkong fairy world. Thousands of years ago, for some special reason, it temporarily lost contact with Lingkong fairy world.


    As a result, the heavenly palace, which has temporarily lost its greatest support, is unable to suppress the major holy places.


    Even the chief steward of the heavenly palace has limited right to speak, and it is very difficult to command all the holy places.


    The chief manager of the heavenly palace at this time seems to be a female Nun called the prince of companion snow sword.


    As for more information about the king of companion snow sword, Meng Zhang knew almost nothing.


    In Meng Zhang''s impression, all kinds of affairs in the heavenly palace are handled by the main halls every day.


    Of course, because the main halls are not weak and can perform their respective duties, all affairs are handled in an orderly manner, ensuring the normal operation of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang''s worry now is that although companion Xue Jianjun is the chief manager of the heavenly palace, due to lack of authority, the orders issued by the holy places will not be strictly observed. At most, he will deal with them on the surface.


    In the past, when Tiangong issued various orders, there were many similar examples.


    If Ziyang Shengzong only obeys the orders on the surface, he will continue to attack Taiyi gate secretly.


    Even, Ziyang holy sect is a little more vicious. It can take advantage of this opportunity to clean up the Xiuzhen enemy, take the opportunity to calculate the Taiyi gate, deduct various charges for the Taiyi gate, and kill the Taiyi gate first.


    Meng Zhang has done similar activities.


    Collude with evil cultivation, collude with other races... Anyway, such hats don''t cost money and can be buckled randomly.


    As long as the hands and feet are clean, no one will come forward to find the trouble of Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1740

    As Meng Zhang knows, not to mention the holy sect of Ziyang, as long as there are conditional sects in the cultivation world, they will cut off their competitors by such means.


    Meng Zhang is worried that the order issued by companion Xue Jianjun this time will be used by Ziyang Shengzong, which will be unfavorable to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang had known old man Yinhu for many years and made no secret of his worries in front of him.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s worry, the old man silver pot laughed.


    He doesn''t care about Meng Zhang''s worry. The reason why Meng Zhang has such worry is that he doesn''t know the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xue Jian, nor the behind the scenes of the sweeping operation.


    Next, the silver pot old man introduced Meng Zhang in detail the origin and character of the snow sword king.


    The snow sword king is not a human monk, but an instrument spirit.


    Her original master was a powerful immortal who was famous in the fairy world.


    The body of the snow sword king is a flying sword used by the immortal before he became an immortal.


    It is said that the flying sword was forged by the immortal before he became an immortal and gained the Tao, and he slowly raised it to level 4.


    The spirit of the fourth order flying sword is the original snow sword king.


    As the flying sword cherished by the immortal, its spirit accompanied by Xue Jianjun is naturally loved by the immortal.


    Later, after surviving the thunder disaster of the Yang God with Xue Jianjun, the instrument spirit finally became an independent creature like human beings and could practice alone.


    With the help of his master, his path of cultivation is smooth.


    Of course, companion Xue Jianjun''s cultivation speed is far from keeping up with her master.


    Her Master Cheng Xiande Dao, after participating in the battle with the immortal, companion Xue Jianjun is still a long way from Cheng Xiande Dao.


    Her master is a nostalgic person, who has always taken care of the snow sword gentleman.


    After the opening of Junchen world, Lingkong fairy world set up a heavenly palace here and sent friars to manage it.


    According to the calculation made by the immortal, the chance of becoming an immortal with snow sword is not in the Lingkong fairy world, but in the newly opened Junchen world.


    Therefore, the immortal expended human kindness and found a good job for the king of companion snow sword.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian was appointed as the chief manager of the heavenly palace and stationed in the heavenly palace of the Junchen world.


    This kind of creature is inferior to the gifted friars in human cultivation. But one advantage of the spirit is that it has a long life.


    The life of great energy in the period of returning to emptiness generally does not exceed 10000 years.


    The weapon spirit who has survived the thunder robbery of Yang God can easily have tens of thousands of years of longevity.


    The snow sword king who came to the Junchen world at the beginning of the establishment of the heavenly palace is an old qualification in the cultivation world.


    Since Banxue Jianjun has the name of Jianjun, it is naturally a rare sword practitioner.


    There are many sword cultivation traditions and many sword cultivation sects in the Jun dust world.


    But in the sword cultivation of Jun dust world, there are not many people who become climate.


    There is no sword repair sect door among the sect doors of the great holy places in the Jun dust world.


    Banxue Jianjun is recognized as the silver pot old man in the Junchen world. After introducing Banxue Jianjun, he did not stop, but continued to introduce the behind the scenes of the action.


    Those sleeping immortals are not ignorant of external affairs.


    When necessary, they will pass orders to their disciples and grandchildren through some special means.


    The action of sweeping the Jun dust world is to implement the will of these immortals.


    They probably don''t want to see a miasma of Jun dust world after waking up.


    For those holy places, since it is the will of the ancestors and the order of the heavenly palace, of course, we should try our best to implement it.


    Their disciples and grandchildren should clean up the Junchen world, sweep away all kinds of demons and monsters, and welcome the awakening of their ancestors.


    In the Junchen world, one thing, since the heavenly palace and all the holy places are going to promote it with all their strength, it is bound to be implemented.


    Even if Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t give Tiangong face, he can''t give Banxue Jianjun face, let alone disobey the will of his ancestors.


    For a long time to come, cleaning up the Junchen world will be the most important work. Ziyang Shengzong simply can''t afford to deal with taiyimen.


    Of course, it is also a good thing for some senior figures of Ziyang Shengzong to take this opportunity to stop the war with Dali imperial dynasty and get rid of that quagmire temporarily.


    Anyway, Dali Dynasty is a member of the cultivation world and is not on the list of cleaning targets.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court are in a stalemate for complex reasons, but it is wasting the power of Ziyang Shengzong in vain.


    Before long, the immortal ancestor of Ziyang saint will wake up.


    At that time, just a big departure from the imperial dynasty is not worth mentioning at all.


    The scale of this clean-up operation is very large, and it almost needs to mobilize the strength of the whole Jun dust world.


    And the process is not easy and time-consuming.


    Before taking action, we need to make a detailed plan and make the necessary personnel arrangements.


    In the heavenly palace, the fighting hall is specially responsible for foreign wars.


    First, the main forces of the douzhan hall are now placed outside the Junchen world to defend against the attacks of various foreign invaders.


    Second, the sources of the members of the douzhan hall are complex. It is the most powerful Department infiltrated by the Holy Land sects in the main halls of the heavenly palace.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian doesn''t want to have all kinds of fishy things in the actions he presides over, such as public revenge, planting and framing.


    Therefore, peixue Jianjun will personally preside over the operation and supervise all details.


    The elite monks in the main halls of the heavenly palace will be transferred to participate in this action.


    Those well-known strongmen, such as Lord Tianlei, the deputy head of the law enforcement hall, will be given important tasks.


    It can be imagined that for thousands of years, there have been many dark sides hidden in the Jun dust world.


    Even the doors of the holy places will be involved if they can''t say anything.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian made a great determination this time to clean up these dirt.


    The sleeping immortals also have this heart.


    I''m afraid there are only strong men who break their wrists and give up some interests.


    In such a big action, many opportunities are hidden.

 Chapter 1741

    Meng Zhang is an official member of the heavenly palace as an envoy of the heavenly palace law enforcement hall.


    At the same time, he is also the leader of Taiyi sect and can mobilize the monks and resources of Taiyi sect.


    Tianlei shangzun was personally selected by peixue Jianjun this time. As one of the high-level leaders presiding over the action, he has no small power.


    The reason why old silver pot is so anxious to call Meng Zhang is to take advantage of his relationship with Tianlei shangzun to have a good activity and find a good job for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang finished the task beautifully, which not only raised the face of Tianlei shangzun, but also benefited him and taiyimen.


    You know, for this cleaning operation, Tiangong opened the warehouse and took out many precious resources.


    All the holy places have also been apportioned, with money and strong efforts.


    These resources are inevitable consumption in action.


    After the action, the heavenly palace will reward meritorious officials on merit.


    For many cultivation forces, the merit points of Tiangong are still rare.


    The reward given by the heavenly palace is enough to make many practitioners crazy.


    Meng Zhang is certainly grateful for the kindness of old man Yinhu.


    Tianlei shangzun is a person who cares about his face. Meng Zhang shouldn''t go to see him directly at this time to avoid falling into reality.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the heavenly palace for the time being, and old man Yinhu helped him to have some activities.


    After leaving Yinhu old man''s residence, Meng Zhang came to the residence of Taiyi gate in Tiangong. He stayed here for a while and waited for the news of Yinhu old man.


    Meng Zhang sent back the news to taiyimen Mountain Gate and told them the latest situation.


    Now in this situation, Ziyang Shengzong will not attack Taiyi gate for the time being. The top level of Taiyi gate doesn''t have to worry. Meng Zhang can also wait in the heavenly palace.


    As a member of the team of Tianlei shangzun, old man Yinhu was given an important task. He became busy and began to run around to work for Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry. He waited quietly in the station and didn''t forget his routine cultivation.


    He has just advanced and returned to the virtual period. He still has a lot of homework to do.


    Once you enter the state of cultivation, you will have a feeling of forgetting yourself.


    Although old man Yinhu has been unable to find time to meet Meng Zhang again, from time to time, he will let people pass some news to the taiyimen station.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, the taiyimen garrison friar began to pay attention to the changes in the heavenly palace.


    There are many shops in the heavenly palace, and the business is prosperous.


    Now, with the news of the cleaning operation spreading, everyone knows that a big war will break out soon.


    As a result, all kinds of war materials on the market suddenly became popular.


    Pills, talismans, magic instruments and mechanism creations were swept away one after another.


    The production departments of various Xiuzhen forces have worked overtime and stepped up the production of such materials day and night.


    Although taiyimen was reminded by Meng Zhang, it is difficult to purchase a large number of goods from outside with taiyimen''s current financial resources. We can only try our best to explore the potential of our own sect and let the monks in the Qi hall and Dan Hall work harder.


    Silver pot old man once promised Meng Zhang that he would help Meng Zhang find a good job and would not let taiyimen fall into a fierce struggle.


    Although Meng Zhang made the middle and high level of the door ready for war just in case, it didn''t need much strength.


    Although Meng Zhang concentrated on cultivation, from time to time, he still looked at the latest news from the old man Yinhu.


    Only when you know yourself and the enemy can you win a hundred battles.


    Before the clean-up operation is officially launched, of course, we need to understand the current situation of the Junchen world and find out the latest situation of the cultivator and the enemy.


    Tiangong itself has a strong intelligence gathering ability.


    Due to the strict order of the snow sword king, many high-level friars were dispatched from the heavenly palace, many of them have the ability to return to emptiness to collect all kinds of information.


    As the true leader of the Junchen world, the Holy Land Sect has a deep understanding of the specific situation of the Junchen world.


    I really don''t know. I was startled at the sight.


    With the collection of information from all aspects, when you look at it, Mr. Banxue Jianjun can''t help being surprised.


    In recent years, many hostile forces have gathered in the Jun dust world, and they are deeply rooted and almost completely integrated into the Jun dust world.


    The contradiction between the religious sects of the great holy places in the Junchen world led to their failure to cooperate in depth, but made the enemy grow stronger and stronger.


    Even, these holy places will drag each other back, and even secretly frame each other.


    It is precisely because of the indulgence of the sects of the major holy places that all kinds of hostile forces have become the climate.


    Companion snow sword gentleman is also a character who cuts the mess with a quick knife. He soon began to issue orders to solve this kind of problem.


    Each Holy Land Sect must strictly guard against and severely crack down on the enemies on each territory, especially demons and all kinds of aliens.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who collude too deeply with demon cultivation and other races will also be dealt with.


    Like the Dali Dynasty, collusion and protection of evil cultivation have almost become an open secret.


    The heavenly palace sent a team led by Qin Fangtian, the vice Lord of the hall of subduing demons, to the Dali imperial dynasty to supervise the Dali imperial dynasty to draw a clear line between the Dali imperial dynasty and the devil cultivation and completely eliminate the devil cultivation in the territory.


    If Dali dares to disobey the order, or if he obeys the order in public and disobeys the order in private, companion Xue Jianjun will destroy it in person.


    If Dali really cooperates with the imperial court, you can let them go for a while and let them commit crimes and meritorious deeds in the next actions.


    Ziyang Shengzong raised his hands to welcome the decision of the snow sword king


    Even, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong added fuel and vinegar, provoked discord, and provoked everyone''s suspicion and dissatisfaction with the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian didn''t allow others to interfere with his decision and directly scolded the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It''s not worth mentioning that it''s just a big departure from the imperial dynasty, but Mr. Ban Xuejian will never allow anyone to mix private goods in this operation.


    There is no need to wipe out Dali imperial dynasty. It will only slow down the cleaning operation.


    Emperor Bawu of the Dali Dynasty was a very wise man who gave full play to his ability to know current affairs as a hero.


    Without hesitation, he betrayed all the demons he had taken in and sheltered before and took them down one after another.


    Either he was executed directly, or his accomplishments were abandoned and handed over to Qin Fangtian


    The attitude of Dali Dynasty was so resolute that Qin Fangtian couldn''t say anything.


    In the Middle Earth, in addition to the hidden demon cultivation, the activities of divine descendants have become more and more frequent in recent years.


    Divine descendants are the aborigines of Jun dust world and the remnant of the aboriginal gods.


    Over the years, although the Xiuzhen world has been strictly pursuing and suppressing it, it has never been able to completely exterminate it.


    It is absolutely intolerable for the divine race to become active again.


    The snow sword king also arranged strict action to completely eliminate it.


    Mr. peixue Jianjun works very carefully. He also asks the friars in charge of extermination to pursue the bottom and find out whether there are still indigenous gods behind the divine descendants.


    For a long time, the Xiuzhen world has suspected that there are indigenous gods in the Junchen world who have escaped the pursuit of immortals and hidden in the dark.

 Chapter 1742

    Both indigenous gods and descendants of gods are native creatures in the Junchen world. As long as they are willing to hide and hide in any corner of the Junchen world, it is difficult to find them.


    These divine descendants actually don''t know how to live or die and dare to come out again. Terran practitioners must seize the opportunity and try their best to eliminate them.


    Although most of the extraterritorial invaders who invaded the Junchen world were eliminated, a small part of them were hidden.


    They even took advantage of the contradiction between human cultivation forces and began to grow secretly and slowly.


    In the past, Tiangong could ignore the existence of these guys, and sometimes even had the idea of raising pigs.


    Now the clean-up operation has begun, and these extraterritorial invaders have become the targets of suppression.


    Among the many alien races in the Junchen world, the sea clan is powerful, backed by the real dragon clan. All along, it has been a major problem for Terran practitioners.


    The main target of Terran attack is the sea clan.


    If the real dragon behind the sea clan takes the initiative to fight, the Terran cultivators will not be merciful.


    As for the real dragon family, because of the special situation, although they are also the great enemy of the Terran family, the practitioners in the Junchen world have never thought of cutting the roots.


    In fact, there are many reasons why Haizu can become such a big disaster.


    The reason related to the Terran is that the Terran cultivators fight inside and can''t agree with the external relationship.


    At that time, Zhenhai hall was located in the East China Sea and fought against the sea people.


    Many land-based Xiuzhen forces worried about the dominance of Zhenhai hall, and finally no one could rule it, so they secretly supported the Hailing sect, which is also the sea sect.


    On the road of the rise of the sea spirit sect, it has been faced with all kinds of pressure from Zhenhai hall.


    Now the two sects are at odds with each other. They are constantly fighting openly and secretly, but there is no full-scale war.


    Being too lazy to take care of the grievances between the two families, Banxue sword directly ordered the two families to send out the main friars to eliminate the sea clan forces close to them.


    In order to uproot the Hai people, they have to go deep into the ocean and destroy the Hai people''s strongholds there.


    On this side of the West Sea, the sea family has great potential, and there is only one Xingluo archipelago in the power of human cultivators.


    According to the order of the snow sword king, the Terran cultivation forces on the land must contribute money and effort to vigorously assist the Xingluo islands.


    The practitioners of the Xingluo islands should not only hold the original territory, but also start a counter attack after receiving reinforcements. At least they should drive the sea clan forces in the West Sea into the depths of the ocean.


    When Banxue Jianjun issued a series of orders, old man Yinhu finally helped Meng Zhang and taiyimen arrange their jobs with the help of Tianlei.


    Meng Zhang will organize friars taiyimen to help Xingluo islands.


    In addition to transporting materials, taiyimen also organized a large army of monks to participate in the war.


    Tianlei respects him as a fair man. Even if he takes care of Meng Zhang, he won''t go too far.


    After all, the operation involved a lot of people. There were many eyes staring at him all the time.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied with this arrangement.


    Because this arrangement does not impose any mandatory requirements on taiyimen, and does not require taiyimen to send much force to assist Xingluo islands.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t want to make a big fight and wants to preserve his strength, he can just pretend and respond to the story.


    Of course, in this way, taiyimen can not obtain too many achievements in this operation.


    Meng Zhang would not do so.


    In addition to getting merit points, he is also willing to help Xingluo islands.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s request for help had already been promised, and now he can help in a decent way.


    Meng Zhang secretly lamented the good luck of the Qiu brothers.


    Originally, they were in trouble because of the blockade of Ziyang Shengzong. This is tantamount to a desperate situation.


    At the same time of making various arrangements, the king of companion snow sword issued an order and lifted a restriction.


    In the past, the return to emptiness power of Terran cultivators was not allowed to directly attack in the Junchen world.


    Although the number of strong people of different races who return to the virtual level is rare, it does not exist.


    These strong people who return to the virtual world are deeply hidden. Let alone take the initiative, they dare not even make a public appearance in the Junchen world.


    In the beginning, these alien strongmen who returned to the virtual world were not so knowledgeable.


    The return to emptiness power of the Terran is not allowed to directly fight in the Jun dust world. Can the strong return to emptiness of the alien do whatever they want in the Jun dust world?


    Of course, things are not that simple. As the ruler of the Junchen world, the Terran cultivator is so self bound for a reason.


    As long as the strong person who returns to the virtual world of an alien race makes a direct move in the Junchen world, the heavenly palace will lock the other party, directly drop the so-called heavenly punishment and blast it into slag.


    As for what the so-called heavenly punishment is, there are different opinions.


    Meng Zhang has never seen the so-called heavenly punishment. According to his guess, heavenly punishment should be a unique Taoist art in the heavenly palace.


    The strong alien is also a living creature and knows fear.


    After many strong people who returned to the virtual world were killed by heaven''s punishment, the remaining strong people at the same level hid one after another and dared not show up easily.


    Like the Jiazi tree demon, he never left the black jade forest, nor took the initiative to display the strength of returning to the virtual level, so as to avoid being killed by heaven''s punishment all the time.


    At the beginning of the battle of the black jade forest, the Jiazi tree demon only showed the strength of the Yang God level. In addition to being in a weak period, it was afraid of the heavenly punishment from the heavenly palace and dared not cross the border.


    If it weren''t for Taoist anode and the old monster of the West Sea, they could force each other directly,


    In addition, the Jiazi tree demon who has recovered its strength is in a crazy state, and it may not be able to break out the battle of returning to the virtual level.


    If it is not to seize the precious materials such as the ten thousand year tree heart on the Jiazi tree demon, Taoist anode and the old Xihai monster can retreat directly by triggering the Jiazi tree demon to fight back with all his strength.


    The rest will naturally be solved by the heavenly punishment from the heavenly palace.


    Of course, in this way, the Jiazi tree demon is really dead, and nothing will be left.


    Now, with the snow sword king issued the cleaning order to the alien.


    Those who return to the virtual strongmen of other races are facing the extinction crisis, and are likely to jump over the wall and make a mortal counterattack.


    After all, it will take some time for the heavenly palace to lower the heavenly punishment.


    In this period of time, if the strong returning to the virtual world of another race is really desperate to burn jade and stone, it will cause great damage to the human friars and even the whole Jun dust world.


    Therefore, during this cleaning operation, the Terran cultivators will also take the initiative to send part of the return virtual power to supervise the whole operation process.


    If the strong person of the alien returning to the virtual world really dares to do it, the Terran returning to the virtual world will try to contain the other party and prevent it from killing and wantonly destroying.


    When the heavenly palace sends down the heavenly punishment, the strong will naturally die.


    Of course, if the return virtual power on the Terran side is strong enough to directly kill the opponent, it is also entirely possible.


    However, the Terran return to virtual power must try to control the power and spread range of the hand, and must make a quick decision as far as possible. It is not allowed to hurt friendly forces by mistake or cause too much damage to the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 1743

    This order of accompanying snow sword king is equivalent to temporarily lifting the hand restriction of great energy in Jun dust world during the period of returning to emptiness among Terran practitioners.


    Of course, although the restrictions are lifted, there are still many conditions.


    When the Terran returns to the virtual period, it can''t act recklessly.


    At the very least, when the Terran returns to the virtual state, the great power still does not allow internal fighting. It can only be used when dealing with the strong ones of the alien return to the virtual state.


    However, in any case, with the latest order of the snow sword king, it can be imagined that next, there will be a return to virtual war in the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang, who has just returned to the virtual stage, is not very nervous about this. On the contrary, he looks forward to it.


    Although this will more or less cause some damage to the Jun dust world. But in contrast, it is obviously more important to clean up the alien completely.


    After receiving the order to support Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang was ready to leave the heavenly palace.


    At this time, he was in a little trouble again.


    It turned out that many years ago, after taiyimen defeated the foreign barbarians who invaded the Junchen world, they subdued some of them.


    Now, under the rule of taiyimen, these foreign barbarians who take refuge in taiyimen abide by the rules of taiyimen and have made a lot of contributions to taiyimen.


    Someone told the high level of the heavenly palace that taiyimen colluded with barbarians outside the territory to plot against the law.


    Originally, this matter was not worth mentioning, but some people at the top of the heavenly palace took the opportunity to ask the Taiyi sect to clean up all the foreign barbarians under their command, prove their innocence, and ask the Taiyi sect to take the initiative to apologize.


    How can Meng Zhang agree to such a request.


    Foreign barbarians have completely taken refuge in Taiyi gate and naturally enjoy the shelter of Taiyi gate.


    I can''t even hold my hand. What''s Meng Zhang''s face?


    The demand to eliminate these foreign barbarians has greatly undermined Meng Zhang''s principle of dealing with the world.


    Meng Zhang is not without feet in the heavenly palace.


    Before he made any move, he took the initiative to speak for him, which triggered an argument.


    Finally, the matter even reached the ears of the sword with snow.


    After knowing the details, Mr. Ban Xue Jian said a fair word.


    Since those barbarians outside the territory have taken refuge in taiyimen, and have been honest and have no intention of betrayal, they can be regarded as the vassal of the human cultivators.


    Therefore, it is not necessary to completely remove it.


    There are so many foreign invaders hidden in the Junchen world that need to be dealt with. Why keep an eye on these foreign barbarians.


    If you speak with Xue Jianjun, the matter will naturally be settled. No one will continue to entangle.


    When Meng Zhang heard the news from the silver pot old man, he was secretly grateful to accompany Xue Jianjun to distinguish right from wrong, while thinking about who was making trouble in the dark.


    Silver pot old man told Meng Zhang that with the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation and status, such things will only become more and more.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s own enemies, as well as the enemies of Tianlei shangzun, they will pay more and more attention to him.


    Since Meng Zhang has become a great power of returning to emptiness, he will inevitably be involved in the struggle in the circle of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang knows that some fights are temporarily unable to get involved.


    He put the matter aside for the time being and returned to taiyimen first.


    After returning to the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang told the middle and high levels of the gate the latest trends of the heavenly palace and the orders of Xue Jianjun.


    After the order of Mr. Ban Xue Jian, there must be a lot of assistance to Xingluo islands.


    Even without the support of taiyimen, it is estimated that it is not a big problem.


    In the same sentence, Meng Zhang is willing to help Xingluo islands, hope to obtain merit, and also want to see and experience the power of the Hai nationality army.


    Taiyimen is making every effort to build a blessed land, which bears a heavy burden.


    After Meng Zhang''s order, the whole Hanhai Dao alliance began to mobilize quickly.


    Raise materials, dispatch friars and organize an army of friars


    Meng Zhang did not forget to inform the Qiu brothers of the latest news.


    Presumably, the order given by Mr. Ban Xue Jian this time will make the Qiu brothers ecstatic.


    When taiyimen began to mobilize, Meng Zhang was still paying attention to the surrounding situation.


    The yubeast sect, which originally had a branch in the Xingluo islands, had the order of the heavenly palace this time. It simply transported a large number of materials and monks in a big way, which greatly strengthened the power of the Xingluo islands.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong was unwilling, he had to resume all kinds of assistance to Xingluo islands.


    Of course, the action of Ziyang Shengzong is procrastinating, obviously holding the principle of procrastination.


    According to the order of the heavenly palace, Ziyang Shengzong did not dare to oppose, but had to obey, which affected many Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world.


    The west sea of the Junchen world is vast and incomparable. The sea family has always been powerful, but there is not enough powerful power to restrain it.


    Xingluo islands can barely protect themselves at most. Many Xiuzhen forces near the West Sea have been harassed and even attacked by the sea people more or less.


    Now, organized by the heavenly palace, many Xiuzhen forces have money and strong efforts to begin to vigorously support Xingluo islands.


    Under the strict order of the heavenly palace, there was a temporary truce between Dali imperial court and Ziyang Shengzong.


    Dali Dynasty showed strong obedience to the heavenly palace.


    In addition to actively cooperating with the Tiangong demon subduing hall to clean up the demon cultivation in the territory, Emperor Bawu also vigorously organized assistance to Xingluo islands.


    Dali imperial court and Ziyang Shengzong fought for many years, but they also suffered heavy losses, and all kinds of materials are very short.


    Now there is a temporary truce between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong. Dali Dynasty does not just lick the wound and recover its vitality, but actively listens to the instructions of Tiangong and actively provides assistance to Xingluo islands.


    Such a practice is superior to the attitude of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Many people at the top of the heavenly palace have made a lot of changes to the Dali imperial court, reducing their bad feelings about the reception of demons by the Dali imperial court.


    For a while, on the side of the heavenly palace, Dali''s wind evaluation of the imperial dynasty became much better.


    In contrast, some people took the opportunity to accuse Ziyang Shengzong of ignoring the overall situation.


    Mr. Banxue Jianjun is too lazy to take care of the twists and turns and infighting in the middle, but he is very dissatisfied with the attitude of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Not to mention the identity of Banxue Jianjun as the chief manager of the heavenly palace, she is the strongest sword repair recognized by the Junchen world.


    As we all know, Jianxiu focuses on Kendo and is often the kind of person who acts directly and has a strong style.


    It really annoyed the companion snow sword gentleman. No one knows what fierce reaction she will make.


    The ancestor of Ziyang holy sect is a real fairy, and the king of companion snow sword represents the Lingkong fairy world.


    After the clear statement of Banxue Jianjun, Ziyang Shengzong had to express something.


    Although the heart is extremely unwilling, it is just like swallowing a fly, but Ziyang Shengzong still had to change his previous practice and try to help Xingluo islands.


    With the arrival of many assistance from all parties, Xingluo islands not only restored the supply of monks, but also began to recover rapidly,


    Of course, launching an all-round attack on the Xihai people involves a huge amount of human and material resources.


    Xingluo islands is still in the planning stage for the time being, and there is no substantive action yet.

 Chapter 1744

    It will take some time for taiyimen to mobilize materials and recruit the monks of hanhaidao alliance to form an army.


    Meng Zhang handed over these trivial things to the middle and high level of the door, and he came to Xingluo islands first.


    As the new Jin Huixu power, Meng Zhang will provide all kinds of support for the attack on the Xihai people.


    He usually doesn''t do it, but when the Hai family''s return to emptiness can jump over the wall, it depends on his ability to see if he can resist the other party and wait for the heavenly palace to launch heaven punishment.


    Meng Zhang was the first to arrive at Xingluo islands.


    To show his attention, Qiu Gangfeng came out to receive him in person.


    According to the principle, the plight of Xingluo islands has been almost relieved because of the latest order of Mr. Ban Xue Jian. He should be happy.


    But when Meng Zhang saw Qiu Gangfeng, his face was full of depression.


    Meng Zhang can understand Qiu Gangfeng''s mood very well.


    Qiu Gangfeng had the strength to attack the retreat period for a long time, but because of the suppression and restriction of Ziyang Shengzong, he failed to shut down the impact for a long time.


    After the first World War of Heiyu forest, he tore his face with Ziyang Shengzong. Logically, he could escape Ziyang Shengzong and return to the virtual period regardless of all the impact.


    But at this time, due to the blockade of Ziyang Shengzong, he lacked all kinds of cultivation materials, and even the food for the impact of the retreat period was far from enough.


    In desperation, he had to ask for help everywhere.


    Now, due to the order of the snow sword king, the cultivation resources from all over the world are continuously sent to Xingluo islands, and the materials he needs for cultivation are guaranteed.


    But then he had to lead the army to destroy the Hai people in the West Sea.


    Many friars participated in this operation, but Xingluo friars were the main force. As the ruler of the Xingluo islands, the Qiu brothers can''t escape.


    The Qiu brothers fought with the Xihai people for many years and knew the strength of the enemy.


    Even with a steady stream of assistance, the expedition must be unpredictable and uncertain.


    Even if we can win by luck, Xingluo islands will inevitably suffer heavy losses and pay a huge price.


    In such a war, the Yang God Zhenjun dare not say that he will be able to save his life.


    Generally speaking, the order of companion Xue Jianjun is mixed for the Qiu brothers.


    Of course, for better or worse, their brothers have to accept it.


    In order to welcome Meng Zhang''s arrival, the Qiu brothers temporarily put aside all their affairs and convened the main high-level friars of Xingluo islands to host a banquet in honor of Meng Zhang.


    At the banquet, all the current Yang God friars of Xingluo islands appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    In addition to the Qiu family brothers, there is also fuyunzi who made contact for the first time.


    Fuyunzi is a monk in the period of Yang God supported by Ziyang Shengzong. He has always been against the Qiu family brothers before.


    This time, the Qiu family brothers returned, and several more friars of the Yang God period were under their charge.


    Fu Yunzi is a guy who knows current affairs. He puts his posture very low and takes the initiative to bow to the Qiu family brothers.


    The Qiu brothers disliked this guy very much, but out of various considerations, they couldn''t start with him, and could only tolerate his existence for the time being.


    Fu Yunzi is very honest now, and everything is only followed by Qiu''s brother ma.


    Among the several monks of the Yang God period supported by the Qiu family brothers, except Chilong Zhenjun, others are here.


    No one thought that such a figure as Chilong Zhenjun was actually a traitor of the Hai family.


    This time, Chilong Zhenjun colluded with the Hai nationality, which caused irreparable damage to the Xingluo islands, greatly damaged its vitality and shaken its foundation.


    It can be seen that the penetration of Hai nationality into Xingluo islands is deep and the ability of Hai nationality is strong.


    Even, no one is sure whether there are sea spies in the Xingluo islands.


    It is not uncommon for a smart race like the sea family to use various means to develop traitors within the Terran family.


    With the extreme selfishness of the cultivator, he has no resistance to the coercion and inducement of the Hai nationality.


    Especially for those casual repairs, they are carefree and easy to start.


    Of course, traitors like Chilong Zhenjun should have a high status within the Hai family.


    From his breath, either he is the descendant of the real dragon and has the blood of the real dragon. Or the dragon family''s secret arts, such as blood bathing magic, were used to gain part of the power of the real dragon.


    For many Terran practitioners, it is not surprising to abandon their Terran blood in order to obtain some real dragon power.


    When it comes to the traitor Chilong Zhenjun, everyone present hates his teeth.


    The brothers of the Qiu family stopped talking about their other cultivation and paid a secret skill of crossing the robbery, which has completely become the move of the capital enemy.


    Meng Zhang listened to everyone''s comments and remembered that he had gone deep into the depths of the West Sea and conducted a simple investigation.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge at that time, some powerful forces within the Terran family colluded with the Hai family and provided them with help in all aspects.


    Including helping the Hai people build bases and various war tools.


    Meng Zhang would like to know how these human cultivation forces who collude with the sea clan will react with the cleaning order issued by the king of companion snow sword.


    If these Xiuzhen forces are a little smarter, they should immediately cut off contact with the Hai family and draw a clear line.


    Meng Zhang did not spread these things around.


    It''s a serious problem for Dali to receive evil cultivation in the imperial dynasty. Now it''s almost cleaned up.


    In the past, many cultivation forces have done such things as colluding with other races and evil cultivation, and few people care.


    However, as long as the high-level leaders of the heavenly palace and the holy places take it seriously, such things will naturally disappear soon.


    Meng Zhang and all the monks present exchanged information about the Xihai people.


    In the previous attack on Xingluo islands, the Xihai family never used the strong ones in the retreat period, not even the strong ones in the Yang God period.


    In this case, with the strong support of Ziyang Shengzong, Xingluo islands can stick to it.


    In recent years, although Xihai family has strengthened the pressure on Xingluo islands, it is far from going all out.


    The sea clan was the real main force in the last attack with Chilong Zhenjun.


    Not to mention the huge number of Hai people, there are nearly ten strong people at the level of Yang God alone.


    If it''s not the strong Yang God of yubeast sect, it''s just right. The Yang God friars of Xingluo islands alone can''t resist each other.


    Meng Zhang has also heard a lot about the holy door of yubeast sect.


    It is said that the friar of the Royal beast sect is proficient in all kinds of Royal beast secrets and is good at keeping and using all kinds of spirit beasts.


    When a friar of the Royal beast sect goes to war, there may be several powerful spirit beasts around him.


    Therefore, the Royal beast friar is famous and powerful in the cultivation world.


    The Royal beast sect is also recognized as the strongest sect in the cultivation world.


    Of course, although yubeast sect is recognized as the strongest, its style of behavior is not particularly overbearing.


    Always being fair and keeping promises is the impression given by the friar of the Royal beast sect.

 Chapter 1745

    There is no iron plate between the holy places in the Junchen world.


    There are a lot of overt and covert fights between each other. Even those who seem to have a good relationship may secretly attack each other.


    Especially as the sleeping immortals are about to wake up, the relationship between the major holy places is deteriorating, there are more and more conflicts, and even many tacit understandings in the past are beginning to break.


    If not for the heavenly palace staring at it, and because of the inertia over the years, maybe some holy places have begun to fight each other.


    Since Taiyi sect is an enemy of Ziyang holy sect, it can get the support of some other holy sect.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also didn''t want to get involved in the disputes between the Holy Land Sect and the sect. He didn''t rashly contact the hostile sect of Ziyang holy sect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the Royal beast sect is famous for its easygoing among several holy land sects. It has always been neutral in various disputes and rarely conflicts directly with other holy land sects.


    From this point alone, yubeast sect is a good object to deal with.


    Meng Zhang secretly planned what kind of opportunity he should find to contact the senior level of the Royal beast sect and express his goodwill.


    The last time Meng Zhang acted with all the people here, he was still a monk in the period of Yang God.


    After a short time, Meng Zhang became a great power in the period of returning to emptiness.


    All the monks here are respectful to him.


    Everyone can guess that the reason why Meng Zhang advanced so quickly is that he won baijiaguo last time.


    Qi Zhenjun, who also participated in this action, was filled with jealousy and hatred.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang did not refine Baijia fruit, he could also advance to the virtual period.


    Baijiaguo just saved his time and advanced him hundreds of years in advance.


    Unfortunately, some people can''t see this clearly, and even think that Meng Zhang seized his own opportunity.


    Looking at the people with different thoughts, Meng Zhang had a gentle attitude, smiled and greeted everyone politely.


    Next, in the war against the Xihai clan, these friars are the backbone, and it is time for them to contribute.


    In any case, with Meng Zhang, who was able to sit down during the retreat period, everyone felt a lot of peace of mind.


    When the assistance from all parties continued to arrive at the Xingluo islands, a bit of returning virtual power began to gather.


    Taoist anode of Ziyang Shengzong, the old monster of the West Sea, and Taoist Jade Butterfly of Yushou sect came to Xingluo islands one after another.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, who took the first step, Xingluo islands has gathered a full number of four great powers of returning to emptiness this time, which shows that the high level of Tiangong attaches great importance to this action.


    Among them, in addition to Meng Zhang''s new return to virtual power, the other three are old return to virtual power. They have fought in the void outside the territory for many years and are famous.


    The old quarrel between Taoist anode and Xihai old monster in Jun dust world has not passed.


    After Mr. Ban Xue Jian left the pass, he was too lazy to argue and directly asked them to participate in the action of conquering the Xihai people. It was a crime and meritorious service.


    Considering the relationship between Ziyang Shengzong and Xingluo islands, Tiangong first arranged Meng Zhang to come, which can be regarded as a relaxation in the middle.


    Later, it occurred to me that Meng Zhang''s accomplishments and qualifications could not hold down the anode Taoist, and Taoist aunt yudie of the Royal beast sect was also sent.


    Taoist aunt Yu die is jealous of evil and upright. She always takes the overall situation into account.


    As soon as he saw that even the return virtual power of the Holy Land Sect door had been dispatched, Meng Zhang knew that all the Holy Land Sect doors had made great efforts in this cleaning operation.


    After the news of the arrival of the four great powers of returning to emptiness spread, the hearts of the whole Xingluo islands were determined.


    The morale that had fallen because of the last war soon revived.


    Taoist anode is very arrogant. Apart from talking to Taoist Jade Butterfly, he doesn''t care about Meng Zhang.


    As a casual monk, Xihai old monster is smooth and good at steering in the wind.


    He secretly cultivated the Qiu family brothers in order to win the ten thousand year tree heart of Jiazi tree demon.


    Later, he was easily bought by Taoist anode and gave up his support for the Qiu family brothers.


    He didn''t feel embarrassed when he saw the Qiu brothers again.


    Facing Meng Zhang, a younger generation, he didn''t put on airs and could have a few words with Meng Zhang.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly is serious and unsmiling.


    Meeting other people you are not familiar with is to maintain a minimum of etiquette, but there is no meaning of in-depth communication.


    However, after meeting Meng Zhang, Taoist Jade Butterfly was somewhat curious about such a young return to emptiness period.


    Before she came here, Taoist Jade Butterfly also knew the background of several companions.


    Meng Zhang''s identity as the leader of Taiyi sect is nothing. As a member of Tianlei''s superior department, he should be paid attention to.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly talked with Meng Zhang and exchanged views on the war.


    Meng Zhang knows more about the Xingluo islands and the Xihai people.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his secrets and expressed many valuable views.


    The Xingluo islands gathered four great powers of returning to emptiness. However, it was the Qiu brothers who nominally commanded the army.


    No matter what the Qiu brothers think, they should still maintain enough respect for the great powers of returning to the virtual world.


    Before taking action, we must listen to their opinions.


    Soon after the Taoist anode arrived at Xingluo islands, he urged the Qiu family brothers to go out immediately, led the friar army to the West Sea, and took the initiative to find the sea family for a decisive battle.


    With the current strength of Xingluo islands, apart from the four great powers of returning to emptiness that can''t be easily shot, there is more self-protection and less progress.


    The Qiu brothers knew that Taoist anode was upset and kind, but they couldn''t argue with him. They had to find a way to delay time.


    Taoist anode was not so easy to fool. He almost had to report to the heavenly palace that the Qiu brothers were afraid of war and avoided war.


    Meng Zhang is a monk with a great sense of the overall situation. He sincerely hopes that the sweeping operation of the Hai nationality will be successful.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t like the practice of Taoist anode.


    The so-called Holy Land Sect door is a group of such goods, which really makes Meng Zhang sick.


    Meng Zhang spoke out to defend the Qiu brothers, but it attracted the attack of Taoist anode.


    After a quarrel, the angry two began to make a big noise.


    On the surface, the old monster of the West Sea is trying to persuade a quarrel, but it is secretly fanning the flames and stirring up discord.


    Finally, it was Taoist Jade Butterfly who couldn''t see it and advised her to stop the escalation of the conflict.


    For the Jade Butterfly Taoist aunt of yubeast sect, not to mention Meng Zhang, even Taoist anode was quite afraid and had to give her some face.


    The quarrel between Meng Zhang and Taoist anode bought more time for the Qiu brothers.


    People and materials from the mainland are converging towards the Xingluo islands.


    Dali Dynasty also actively provided support to Xingluo islands after eliminating the demons in the territory.


    Han Yao, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, led an army to Xingluo islands from Dali imperial dynasty by flying boat.


    Before long, taiyimen mobilized the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance and also organized a large number of friars to the Xingluo islands.

 Chapter 1746

    The Hai people in the West Sea are originally taiyimen''s big trouble. In order to prevent each other, taiyimen has spent a lot of manpower and material resources.


    Friar taiyimen not only closely guarded the coastline, but also the Jiuquhe clan army was on guard day and night.


    If the Xihai clan can be eliminated this time, taiyimen will be a great threat.


    The Junchen world is about to change. Meng Zhang seizes every opportunity to train the monks in the door.


    This big scene is just for the friar Haosheng in the door to see.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang watched it in person, so that there would not be too many casualties in Taiyi gate.


    The only strong man in the Yang God period in the door, Kongzi, sits at the door to prevent accidents.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple, sent out in person and led a carefully organized army of friars to support.


    The troops are all the elite of Hanhai daomeng. They have been trained for a long time and have extraordinary combat power.


    Since the rise of taiyimen, the war has hardly been interrupted.


    Compared with other monks, the friars who have experienced many battles have a strong spirit of plagiarism and killing.


    The only regret is that taiyimen is led by only a few big friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    There is no way. The rise time of taiyimen is too short, and there is not enough time to train high-level friars.


    It''s not easy for the high-ranking friars in the door to look like this.


    Taiyi sect is also prosperous. Over the years, talented friars in the sect have almost emerged in endlessly.


    With the cultivation conditions that Taiyi gate can provide at present, it can be imagined that as long as it takes time, the top monks in the gate will certainly have a blowout.


    Niu Dawei knew that the level of cultivation was insufficient. Even with the care of Meng Zhang, he could not be careless.


    Since I came to Xingluo islands, I have been careful to stay aside.


    With more and more reinforcements coming to Xingluo islands, the strength of the island has greatly increased, and the previous depression has long been gone.


    Finally, with the arrival of a team of Royal beast friars, the atmosphere on the island reached a climax.


    The number of the friars of the Royal beast sect is small, but the first is three friars of the Yang God period.


    The friar of the Royal beast sect is the strongest among the friars of the same level because he has a spiritual pet. He can often defeat the crowd with one.


    The Qiu brothers are also smart people. Every time they hold a meeting, they will call all the monks of the Yang God period to participate.


    The battle plan discussed is also jointly formulated by everyone. Even if Taoist anode wants to be picky, it''s hard to make a noise.


    After all, these friars in the Yang God period came from various schools and schools, and they were not all enemies of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Due to the coordination of Tiangong, the reinforcements from the mainland are not only sufficient, but also almost all can be transported in time.


    With sufficient materials, we can support a large-scale war.


    Meng Zhang felt a little strange. Although the sea clan was an alien, he always had a good grasp of the important news from the Terran.


    It has been more than three months since the snow sword king issued the cleaning order. Even the most ignorant guy should have received the news.


    But the Hai clan still didn''t take any action.


    With the control of the Xihai clan over the Xihai, if they take the initiative, they can block the army of monks from the mainland and cut off the transportation route of materials.


    Instead of doing so, the Xihai family took the initiative to shrink.


    The sea ethnic group originally between the Xingluo islands and the mainland has long disappeared.


    For a long time, the sea people who often haunt around the Xingluo islands have also disappeared.


    Even the sea clan army approaching the front line of Xingluo islands began to retreat actively.


    It seems that before the war began, the sea clan had the intention of flinching.


    After all, the human cultivator is the ruler of the Junchen world.


    In the past, it was only because of constant internal fighting that the suppression of alien races such as the sea clan was temporarily relaxed.


    Now, with the help of the snow sword king, he has integrated the power of almost the whole human cultivation world and began to sweep away the alien.


    But anyone with a little brain knows that he should retreat and hide for a while.


    Of course, although the West Sea is vast, it is difficult to escape the pursuit of the Terran with the huge number of the sea clan.


    Meng Zhang and other Huixu Daneng didn''t go out in person. The Qiu brothers organized a number of friars to continuously investigate the situation in the West Sea.


    Many of them went deep into the depths of the West Sea to make a careful investigation.


    Judging from the information collected, the Hai people in the West Sea really began to retreat.


    Many islands and undersea strongholds near the Xingluo islands have begun to migrate.


    As for the Terran friars who colluded with the sea clan, none of these intelligence mentioned.


    Needless to say, these Terran cultivation forces have taken the initiative to cut off the connection with the sea clan.


    Before the Terran army was dispatched, the sea clan began to retreat. The news reached the Xingluo islands. The morale of the Terran friars was high and the desire to fight was unprecedented.


    Of course, those who have a little understanding of the sea clan will not be too optimistic.


    Almost all of them know that many tough battles are necessary to clean up the sea people in the West Sea.


    Meng Zhang is full of precautions against the actions of the Hai nationality. He always feels that the other party will not be so simple.


    Reinforcements from all sides gathered one after another, and the situation detected was also very optimistic. The Qiu brothers had no reason to delay sending troops anymore.


    Qiu Gangfeng also wanted to end the war as soon as possible so that his family could quickly impact and return to the empty period.


    A group of friars in the period of Yang God got together and began to discuss.


    In addition, some Yuanshen Zhenjun, who was good at strategy and proficient in military affairs, were also called to join the discussion.


    Half a day later, a new battle plan came out.


    After the battle plan was submitted to the four great powers in the retreat period, they had no opinion and passed the plan.


    As a result, the Qiu brothers soon issued orders, and all the armies began to go out according to the plan.


    According to the battle plan, the Qiu brothers led a strengthened army of friars in Xingluo islands. As a middle army, they went out on a large scale to attack the retreating sea army in front of them.


    The left wing is a large army of friars led by the Royal beast friars, including the reinforcements of major Xiuzhen forces from the mainland and the friars forced by Ziyang Shengzong.


    The right wing is dominated by the Dali Imperial Army, and Han Yao is in charge of the command. It also includes many reinforcements from the mainland.


    As the rear army, the friar army organized by taiyimen is responsible for rear support, material transfer and replenishment of the front line.


    The Qiu brothers arranged the taiyimen friar army as the rear army, which was not all taken care of by Meng Zhang''s face.


    It is also because the taiyimen army lacks friars in the period of Yang God, so it is difficult to be alone and fight head-on with the Hai family army.


    The reason why the army is divided into several parts is also because the West Sea is too vast and there are many Hai nationality strongholds, so we have to do so.


    Anyway, with enough flying boat teams, it''s convenient for the army to support each other. There''s no need to worry about being broken by the enemy one by one.

 Chapter 1747

    Before the official expedition to clean up the Xihai people, everyone in the Terran friar army did not expect that the war would last so long.


    When the Terran friar army was divided into three routes and pushed wantonly towards the depths of the West Sea, the West Sea army not only did not take the initiative to meet the enemy, but began to retreat continuously.


    The retreat of Xihai family was very straightforward. They did not hesitate to give up the vast sea area and countless large and small strongholds.


    In the past, the sea clan was always powerful, and the Terran friars of Xingluo islands worked hard to support it.


    After gathering enough strength to counterattack this time, the Terran side imagined that the war with the sea army did not happen at all.


    In fact, the Xihai people have occupied the Xihai for many years, worked hard, had great power and had great strength.


    Not to mention the war at the level of returning to the virtual world, it is difficult to predict the victory or defeat of the armies of both sides.


    The sea clan''s retreat was really beyond everyone''s expectation.


    Vast sea areas, sea ethnic settlements on the seabed, large and small islands, various resource points


    It is really an unprecedented huge loss for the Hai nationality to retreat without war.


    The three-way Terran friars pushed forward on a large scale. Except for a few scattered small-scale battles, they didn''t catch the main force of the Hai nationality army at all.


    The senior leaders of the Qiu brothers and other friars'' army are sensible people and will not be happy because they have occupied the vast sea area.


    As long as the main force of the Hai nationality army is not captured, all the achievements so far are vain.


    If the sea clan army is killed back, it is easy to recapture the lost sea area.


    The Qiu brothers and other middle and high-level military leaders also thought of many ways to try to fight the main force of the Hai nationality.


    The three-way army deliberately widened the distance between each other. Many friars were divided among the army to deliberately disperse their strength


    Unfortunately, no matter how tempting the Terran friar army is, the sea clan army just refuses to take the initiative to fight, and only knows to retreat constantly.


    The West Sea is too vast, with enough space for the sea clan army and the Terran friars army to deal with.


    In the blink of an eye, five years have passed.


    In the past five years, the Terran friars'' Army rushed into the air many times and couldn''t catch the main force of the sea army at all.


    In fact, the Terran senior friars are not familiar with the depths of the West Sea.


    In the past, the high-level friars of the Terran did not dare to go too deep into the West Sea for fear of being surrounded and killed by the strong men of the sea family and even the real dragon family.


    In the past five years, the Terran friars suffered many bad sea conditions and suffered many losses.


    Once the battle line began to lengthen and the Terran friars entered the strange sea area, the sea clan finally began to fight back.


    The sea clan did not face the Terran friars, but sent a small team to sneak into the rear of the Terran friars, attack large and small strongholds, and try to block the supply line of the Terran army.


    As a result, taiyimen, which was originally the safest, will face severe challenges.


    The three armies ahead were busy chasing the Hai clan army, and did not divide troops to occupy the large and small strongholds left by the Hai clan.


    The supply line dragged too long, so taiyimen had to set up a stronghold on the way as a transfer base.


    Now, the Hai people are constantly attacking the material transportation team in taiyimen and wantonly attacking the halfway strongholds.


    As a native of the West Sea, the Hai people are very familiar with the situation here.


    They know the topography of the seabed like the back of their hands and can accurately calculate all kinds of bad sea conditions.


    The haunting sea people harassed the team and caused great losses to taiyimen.


    The taiyimen high-level has also organized many counterattacks against the Hai nationality team.


    However, the attack team of Hai nationality is too slippery. It is easy to dive into the seabed and escape by using the terrain.


    Even a seemingly sudden sea storm can become the help of Haizu.


    In addition, these attack teams of Hai nationality are not afraid of sacrifice, dare to take risks, fight bravely and attack boldly


    Even if taiyimen can wipe out some Haizu teams, it can''t stop the attack of Haizu teams.


    Taiyimen recruits all kinds of friars from hanhaidao alliance. The army of friars seems to be very strong. But compared with the other three armies, it is the weakest.


    Even if the taiyimen friar army is also supported and strengthened from the mainland, it will not change this result.


    One transport team of Taiyi gate was intercepted and even destroyed, and one stronghold was attacked and even occupied.


    The loss of taiyimen is increasing, and the material transfer is becoming more and more difficult, which has begun to affect the three-way army in front.


    In the cultivation world, even in the Middle Earth, where the cultivation civilization is the most prosperous and developed, it is difficult to popularize large-capacity storage magic tools among all monks.


    In such a large-scale military operation, not to mention the consumption in the battle, it is the routine meditation of military friars every day, and the materials consumed can be called massive.


    The longer the battle lasts, the more dependent it is on the rear supplies.


    As for moving some top monks and allowing their storage magic tools or mustard space to transfer magic tools, it is even more unlikely.


    In the spiritual world, it is always the low-level friars who serve and support the high-level friars, rather than the other way around, let the high-level friars run for the low-level friars.


    Even Meng Zhang, who always has a mild temper and cares about the disciples in the sect, is unwilling to make cattle and horses for low-level disciples, let alone deliver materials to the front.


    Meng Zhang''s advanced stage and retreat period are not long, and there are still many lessons to fill.


    In the past five years, except for occasionally going to the front line, he stayed in Xingluo islands for cultivation most of the time.


    There are still many advantages in accepting the order of the heavenly palace and coming to the West Sea to join the war this time.


    According to the practice, Tiangong provided many materials for Meng Zhang''s daily cultivation.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, there are a lot of jade clearing spirit machines needed for daily cultivation, which consume very quickly.


    Relying solely on the current financial resources of taiyimen, it is very difficult to support Meng Zhang.


    Of course, in the period of returning to emptiness, Da Neng itself can go to the extraterritorial emptiness and excavate jade qinglingji from the emptiness.


    With the ability of returning to the virtual period, as long as the luck is not too bad, they can still feed themselves in the void.


    Meng Zhang now has no time to go to the extraterritorial void, mainly relying on the temporary subsidy of the heavenly palace.


    Tiangong''s subsidies cannot be taken in vain. Meng Zhang should also take responsibility for the victory or defeat of this war.


    The taiyimen side encountered serious difficulties, and Meng Zhang could not ignore them.


    In particular, according to the latest news from Taiyi gate, an important stronghold has just been contributed by the Hai nationality, and the disciples have suffered heavy losses. Even a Yuanshen Zhenjun was killed on the spot.


    In the past, taiyimen lost a few golden elixirs at most. Now even Yuanshen Zhenjun died, which fully shows the seriousness of the situation.


    Meng Zhang had to suspend his cultivation and went to the front line.


    Although he can''t do it directly, as a great power of returning to emptiness, he can actually do a lot of things.

 Chapter 1748

    Shajiao island is a large island deep in the West Sea and has always been an important stronghold of the west sea people.


    Many years ago, Xihai people also built a large base here, introducing the means of Terran cultivators to build various war tools and mechanism creations.


    For a long time, it has become very lively here, providing a large number of war tools and mechanism creations for the marine army.


    Two years ago, with the arrival of the Terran friars, the Xihai people voluntarily abandoned the island, moved all the facilities away and let the Terran army occupy it.


    The friar army led by the Qiu brothers did not stay here too long. After handing over the island to the subsequent taiyimen friars, they left directly.


    The taiyimen friar in charge of leading the rear army spent a lot of effort to build a large transit base on this big island.


    All kinds of materials transported from the rear will be concentrated here and then transferred to the front.


    Because of the key position and great role of this place, taiyimen has a strong team of monks here for a long time.


    Not only Zhenjun, the original God of the sect, stationed here in turn, but also Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, often came to inspect.


    Now, a few days ago, I began to inspect the nearby Niu Dawei. The front color is iron blue and confronts Yiqi Zhenjun.


    Because of the large-scale attack of the Hai nationality some time ago, the transportation team of taiyimen suffered heavy losses, which greatly affected the material supply to the front.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who commanded the army, considered that taiyimen had suffered setbacks and that his army lacked top combat power.


    Therefore, Qiu Gangfeng sent Yiqi Zhenjun, a monk of the Yang God period, to help taiyimen deal with the attack of the Hai family.


    Meng Zhang obtained Baijia fruit that year. Later, he broke through the period of returning to emptiness, which made Yiqi Zhenjun extremely jealous.


    This narrow-minded guy did not dare to show any performance in front of Meng Zhang. This time, when he came to the place in charge of friar taiyimen, he finally began to make use of the topic.


    As the main force of the friars organized by taiyimen is temporarily stationed on the island, there are many high-level friars of taiyimen on the island.


    Yiqi Zhenjun first criticized Taiyi disciples and scolded Zhenjun, the yuan God stationed here.


    Then, Yiqi Zhenjun began to give orders indiscriminately, forcing Taiyi sect to completely break up the friars into a small team, and then recklessly attack immediately to search for the Hai clan team and destroy them all.


    Yiqi Zhenjun''s order did not take into account the actual situation and was simply unrealistic.


    The army of friars organized by taiyimen lacks the strong ones in the Yang God period. It depends on the concentration of the army to form a minimum deterrent to the Hai nationality.


    If the army is completely dispersed and the power is dispersed, the Hai clan will not care about this friar army.


    Yiqi Zhenjun is not only a friar of the Yang God period, but also has the military order of Qiu Gangfeng. The top level of Taiyi gate is difficult to confront Yiqi Zhenjun, so Niu Dawei, who is patrolling nearby, has to be urgently notified.


    Niu Dawei hurried here and confronted Yiqi Zhenjun.


    If you follow the idea of Yiqi Zhenjun, of course, you can''t wait to slap Niu Dawei to death on the excuse of disobeying the military order.


    But if you do, you will never die with Meng Zhang,


    Yiqi Zhenjun had to be patient and moved out of the military order to intimidate Niu Dawei.


    As the chief disciple of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei takes care of the interests of Taiyi sect first.


    Even if the sweeping operation fails completely, we can''t let this army of friars suffer too much loss.


    Yiqi Zhenjun didn''t dare to shoot directly, but he released his own strong momentum.


    Niu Dawei insisted very hard under the momentum of Zhenjun, but he refused to bow his head all the time.


    When the two were in a stalemate, Meng Zhang finally transmitted it to Shajiao island.


    Before Meng Zhang came here, he carried out several transmissions, not only to the front, but also to many places for investigation.


    Meng Zhang judged the actions of the Xihai people with his rich war experience.


    Although Xihai people are retreating step by step, they look like they are afraid of the human friars.


    But the Xihai clan has been actively preparing for a frontal battle with the Terran friars.


    The sea clan''s attack on the Terran Friar''s rear stronghold and supply line should be an attempt to weaken the Terran friar army and try to delay time.


    Seeing through the attempt of Xihai clan, we understand that its attack on the army of taiyimen friars in the rear is just a plan to tire the enemy.


    Xihai people will not invest in such actions. What they send out is either abandoned children or simply the goal of death.


    Taiyimen has always been passive. First, the enemy is dark and clear. He can''t catch the enemy''s trace, so that the enemy can carry out guerrilla warfare smoothly.


    Second, the lack of strong men in the Yang God period makes it difficult to directly lock the enemy''s tracks.


    Meng Zhanggang learned from Qiu Gangfeng that he sent a real gentleman to help him. He also praised Qiu Gangfeng''s vision and ability.


    However, Meng Zhang just appeared on Shajiao island and found Niu Dawei and Yiqi Zhenjun in the confrontation.


    Niu Dawei is Meng Zhang''s last trusted and first-hand disciple.


    Even if Niu Dawei has no reason and makes trouble without reason, Meng Zhang will help his relatives and stand on Niu Dawei''s side unconditionally.


    What''s more, it''s clear that yizhenjun is making trouble without reason.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding of people has always been praised. At a glance, he saw through the intentions of a real king.


    Meng Zhang flew directly to the top of Yiqi Zhenjun''s head and snorted coldly.


    Just now, the aggressive and domineering Qi Zhenjun immediately lost his arrogance when he saw Meng Zhang coming, and respectfully paid a big tribute to Meng Zhang.


    In order to clean up this time, companion Xue Jianjun had to relax the restrictions on returning to virtual power among Terran friars.


    Many things, as long as a hole is opened, will continue to spread.


    It is impossible to perfectly abide by the conditions set by the prince of companion snow sword for the return of the human race to the virtual power.


    For Meng Zhang, a monk who is performing the mission of the heavenly palace, the heavenly palace should not care too much as long as he is not able to kill each other, fight a big fight, cross the boundary a little, and fight a little occasionally.


    As long as Yiqi Zhenjun is a little disrespectful to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang can suppress him, and basically no one will stand out for him.


    Seeing that Yiqi Zhenjun was so knowledgeable, Meng Zhang couldn''t find an excuse to fight him for a moment.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to say anything, but just waved his hand, like driving away flies, and drove yizhenjun away.


    Yiqi Zhenjun left Shajiao island with a guilty heart. He didn''t dare to stay nearby, let alone continue to contact the friar taiyimen. He left here directly and far away.


    Although Meng Zhang had to let go of Zhenjun for a while because of other important things, he was moved to kill Zhenjun in his heart.

 Chapter 1749

    Meng Zhang not only killed Yiqi Zhenjun, but also was dissatisfied with Qiu Gangfeng who sent Yiqi Zhenjun.


    He even wondered if Qiu Gangfeng had ulterior motives. Before sending Yiqi Zhenjun, he already knew that Yiqi Zhenjun''s jealousy of Meng Zhang would be transferred to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have the same spirit. Zhenjun reasoned and drove him away directly.


    What military order is not a military order? It''s fooling low-level friars. In front of Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness, it''s just bullshit.


    Of course, Meng Zhang should actively solve the problems faced by the taiyimen friar army this time.


    As for the guy Yiqi Zhenjun, we have to wait for him later.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s narrow-minded, but he knows that such a villain, if not handled, will certainly continue to bring trouble to taiyimen in the future.


    At present, there are no other friars in the period of Yang God except the void son who stays at the mountain gate.


    If Meng Zhang is absent, taiyimen will really take a breath, and Zhenjun has no choice.


    Meng Zhang personally investigated this time, and had a case on how to solve the problems faced by taiyimen.


    After discussing with Niu Dawei, he began to implement it.


    Meng Zhang stopped on Shajiao island for a while, and then began to release his own breath.


    Although the friars on the island had been reminded for a long time, they still felt frightened and uneasy in the face of the powerful breath of the retreat period.


    A famous cultivator seemed to meet natural enemies. He couldn''t lift his head at all. He just wanted to crawl on the ground.


    Meng Zhang had long controlled the intensity of his breath and did not cause any substantial damage to the practitioners on the island.


    Seeing that the practitioners on the island were frightened and uneasy, his breath changed, and a warm breath like the warm winter sun came to everyone on the island.


    The friars on the island immediately felt relaxed and relaxed.


    When they thought that this was their own great ability to return to the virtual world and come to help the war in person, they were all in high spirits and morale.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay on Shajiao island for too long, so he sent it directly away.


    However, the breath that Meng Zhang intended to leave has been wrapped around Shajiao island. It has not dissipated for a long time, but also has the potential to expand in all directions.


    Next, Meng Zhang sent it to those important strongholds in turn, stayed there for a while, left his own strong breath, and then left.


    Although the current Hai people have their own civilization and there are many intelligent people at the top, most of the Hai people still retain a part of their animal nature.


    The nature of wild animals is to fear the strong and take the initiative to avoid the strong.


    On those strongholds, the breath of the strong in the retreat period is real and strong enough.


    Both animal nature and reason are reminding the strong of the sea people that they should stay away from these places.


    The team of Hai nationality didn''t dare to approach until they knew the truth.


    Even if you die, you should achieve some results.


    As long as the team sent by the sea clan meets the return virtual power of the Terran clan, the anti palm will be destroyed, and there is no value in dying.


    After Meng Zhang was busy, the harassing team of Hai nationality was afraid to attack his own stronghold for the time being.


    Of course, this is a temporary solution, not a permanent solution.


    Moreover, just keeping the stronghold is not enough. The marine team will still attack the friars who transport materials.


    These teams sent by the Xihai people are not only familiar with the environment and good at using the power of nature, but also equipped with a lot of mechanism creations.


    Some of these mechanism creations were smuggled from the Terran friars, and some were built by the Hai clan with the help of the Terran friars.


    With these mechanism creations, the sea clan''s attack team can more easily intercept the Terran transport team.


    Even if the Terrans use the flying boat team, they are basically flying in the air, and they are inevitably intercepted by the sea clan attack team.


    If we want to solve this problem once and for all, we must annihilate the harassing team of Hai nationality, at least hit most of its strength and make it unable to fight again.


    This cannot be achieved for the time being only by the strength of the army of friars organized by taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Xingluo islands for several years and had the idea of quiet and extreme thinking.


    So far, there is no sign of the strong returning to the virtual period on the side of the Xihai family. At most, they are a group of strong sea people at the level of Yang God, who show their faces from time to time.


    Meng Zhang has heard some rumors before that the real dragon family has made many restrictions on the vassal of the Hai family.


    With the huge population of the Hai nationality and the resources provided by the sea, the Hai nationality itself does not lack inheritance.


    As long as the sea people are willing to invest and cultivate strong people at the level of yuan God and even Yang God, it is not a problem.


    But at the level of returning to emptiness, there will be many difficulties in the sea clan.


    For one thing, it is very difficult for Terran friars to survive the Yang God thunder robbery. As long as the conditions are met, it is not very difficult.


    On the contrary, it is not too difficult to become a strong man at the level of Yang God. It is really difficult to break through to the level of returning to emptiness.


    There are reasons for the inheritance of the Hai nationality and the talent of the Hai nationality.


    Second, in order to better control the sea clan, the real dragon clan does not allow too many strong people at the virtual level in the sea clan.


    The strong among the sea people who have the potential to break through to the virtual level are often suppressed and even persecuted by the real dragon people.


    No matter which race you come from or what kind of origin you come from, as long as you reach the virtual level, compared with the past, it is an evolution, a leap, and you will have the ability you never had before.


    The strong people of the sea clan at the level of returning to the void will weaken their fear of the real dragon clan in their nature.


    Such a strong man even has the courage to resist the real dragon family at the critical moment.


    The real dragon clan regards the Hai clan as a slave. Of course, the slave is not allowed to have the power of resistance.


    Hai nationality is a native of Jun dust world, with a history of tens of thousands of years and unfathomable details.


    Even though they have been subject to the restrictions of the real dragon for many years, there are still very few strong people of Huixu level among the Hai people.


    Among these sea people, the strong ones of Huixu level are not only hated by the real dragon family, but also hostile by the human cultivators.


    Even many high-level people in the Hai clan hate these strong people who return to the virtual level. They believe that their existence has affected the trust of the real dragon family in the Hai family and hindered the fate of the Hai family as the slaves of the real dragon family forever.


    Therefore, the strong at the level of returning to emptiness among the sea people are usually far away from the sea people and hide alone in a corner of the deep sea.


    Unless the Hai nationality is faced with the crisis of extermination at the critical moment of life and death, these strong people generally will not appear.


    This clean-up of the Hai people will certainly kill countless Hai people, seriously weaken and even seriously damage the Hai people.


    But if it is said that the sea people will be completely destroyed, no one will have such extravagant hopes.


    Even the snow sword king would not believe that such a miracle would happen.

 Chapter 1750

    The reason why the heavenly palace sent Meng Zhang to return to emptiness is mainly to be cautious and make all-round plans.


    After all, no one can say whether there will be a strong person of the Hai clan who faints and comes out desperate to fight against the Terran friars when there are heavy casualties in the Hai clan.


    This possibility is very small, but we can''t help it.


    After all, the cleaning operation led by Tiangong, in addition to hoping to achieve great results, does not want to have too ugly scenes.


    On weekdays, the four return to virtual powers on the Terran side mostly stay in the Xingluo islands and do their own things.


    If there is a trace of Hai nationality''s return to virtual power on the front line, they can quickly rush to the front line and respond at their speed.


    As the saying goes, hitting the small one leads to the old one.


    The taiyimen friar suffered setbacks and was in a bad situation, which led to Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment on the bottom line of Tiangong at this time, he occasionally makes moves. As long as he doesn''t make too much noise and lasts for a short time, Tiangong will mostly turn a blind eye.


    As for bullying the small with the big, Meng Zhang has no such psychological burden.


    Of course, no matter from which aspect, Meng Zhang will not go too far.


    In order to ensure the smooth operation of the taiyimen friar army, Meng Zhang also thought of many other ways.


    Soon after, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun of Hailing sect, an old friend Meng Zhang had not seen for many years, came to the West Sea through the heavenly palace.


    Lu Tianshu''s cultivation has made rapid progress in recent years. Not long ago, he passed the thunder robbery of Yang God and became a monk in the period of Yang God.


    Since Banxue Jianjun gave the order to clean up, under her strong pressure, the Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall had to stop temporarily and interrupt their confrontation and disputes.


    The sea spirit sect temporarily lost the strong pressure from Zhenhai hall, and a lot of people were available at once.


    Although the Hailing faction has the task of continuing to clean up the sea people in the South China Sea, the current situation in the South China Sea does not require too much input from the Hailing faction.


    Hailing sect and taiyimen have formed a secret alliance for many years, and both sides keep watch and help each other secretly.


    After Meng Zhang''s advanced retreat, the news naturally spread to the Hailing sect.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t visited Hailing sect and met with the high-level leaders of Hailing sect for the time being, but Hailing sect still raised its evaluation of Meng Zhang and paid more attention to taiyimen as an ally.


    Meng Zhang is at the top of taiyimen this time. He is lack of combat power. He simply asks his ally Hailing sect for help.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Yang God period, he helped the Hai Ling sect fight.


    This time, hailing sect had extra strength, so they returned the favor and sent two monks of Yang God period to help.


    In addition to sending Lu Tianshu, an old friend of Meng Zhang, to facilitate communication between the two sides, there is also a Yang God friar Hai Xuan Zhenjun, an old qualified Yang God friar of Hailing sect.


    Haixuan Zhenjun''s generation and accomplishments are higher than those of Lu Tianshu, and he has experienced many battles at the level of Yang God, which is not far from the period of breaking through and returning to emptiness.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun didn''t stop more in Xingluo islands and came directly to the front.


    For their arrival, Meng Zhang warmly welcomed them.


    The Hailing faction actively fulfilled its obligations as an ally, and Meng Zhang was even more satisfied.


    After a warm reception, everyone did not continue to delay and immediately began to take action.


    Next, the Taiyi gate was full of wisdom and exhausted all kinds of means.


    Taiyimen first resumed the transportation of materials to the front line.


    The seemingly ordinary flying boat team continued to sail along the usual route.


    The Xihai people were sent to the rear of the front to attack and harass a large number of troops, and their strength was not weak.


    However, when those important strongholds showed the breath of great power in the retreat period, the harassing teams of these Hai people were deterred one after another.


    Of course, the smart people in the sea clan attack team know that the Terran can''t send so many return to virtual power to take charge of every stronghold.


    The return virtual power of Terran is not so worthless.


    These sea people harass the team. Since they dare to risk falling and go deep behind the enemy, they are not without courage. Many of them are brave enough to die with the enemy.


    However, as soon as they sensed the breath of the return of the human race to the virtual power, these strong people of the sea race lost their courage, felt soft all over and empty in their hearts, and suddenly lost their fighting spirit.


    Even if some people with firm will can move forward with the breath of returning to virtual power, they are not willing to gamble their luck, let alone die worthless.


    Since they dare not attack the important stronghold of the Terran, the Terran transport team has become the only target.


    After taiyimen was defeated last time, even Yuanshen Zhenjun lost one, so he had to temporarily recall the transportation team and temporarily interrupt the material transportation to the front line.


    The front line was already urging. Now, with Meng Zhang''s order, these transport teams began to set off again.


    The attack team of the sea clan has been monitoring the trend of the Terran friars by using their familiarity with the environment.


    As soon as the Terran transport team was dispatched, the sea clan seemed to smell bloody sharks and began to take action one after another.


    The Hai nationality concentrated on ambushing a transport team, but just got caught in the ambush of taiyimen.


    The harassing team sent by the Hai nationality to the rear is used as cannon fodder. The high-level of Hai nationality is naturally not willing to invest too much capital.


    Among these harassing teams, the most powerful is to talk about several strong men of Yang God level.


    These strong sea people at the level of Yang God are very slippery and rarely take part in the action directly.


    Especially after sensing the appearance of the breath of the return to emptiness power of the Terran, they hide themselves deeply.


    When the sea clan''s harassing team surrounded the taiyimen transportation team, the ambush monks in the transportation team, especially Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun, immediately began to fight back.


    After a great war, the Hai nationality suffered heavy losses, and a few survivors fled in confusion.


    The attack team of Hai nationality is really iron headed. They can''t learn a lesson from a disastrous defeat.


    Taiyi gate has repeatedly used the tricks of luring snakes out of the cave, which has played a role in ambushing the sea clan''s harassing team in turn.


    His team suffered heavy losses. The strong Yang God on the side of the sea family can''t sit idly by and have to start fighting.


    Except for several strong men at the level of Yang God, the overall strength of the attack team of the Hai nationality is far less than that of the friars'' army organized by taiyimen.


    With the help of Lu Tianshu and Haixuan Zhenjun, taiyimen has smoothed the gap in top combat power.


    In particular, Haixuan Zhenjun is extremely strong on the battlefield. The strong Yang God sent by the Hai family can''t resist him at all.


    After several successive wars, the taiyimen side won, and the Hai nationality attacked and harassed the team.


    During several world wars, Meng Zhang secretly sat aside.


    Although he didn''t do it, he secretly intercepted a breath of the strong Yang God of the sea family.

 Chapter 1751

    Although Meng Zhang didn''t make a move, every time the strong Yang God of the sea nationality gained the upper hand by relying on the number of people to overwhelm Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun, Meng Zhang just released a little breath. When these strong Yang God of the sea nationality sensed it, they immediately left everything behind and fled from here.


    The strong Yang God of the sea clan began to escape, and the rest of the sea clan team naturally had only one way to defeat.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to pursue them. Now is not the time to get rid of them.


    After all, Haizu is not a fool. After being cheated several times, they dare not continue to ambush the transport team of taiyimen.


    The Hai nationality harassed the team and suffered heavy losses. Taiyimen won many times. Everyone was excited and morale soared.


    All at once, the offensive and defensive trend was immediately reversed.


    Since the method of leading the snake out of the cave didn''t work, taiyimen simply sent a large number of friars directly to start the pursuit and encirclement and suppression of the sea clan harassing team.


    For a moment, a group of Terran friars cruised around the sea, wantonly pursuing the whereabouts of the sea clan harassing the team.


    The harassing team of Hai nationality knew that they were invincible, and took advantage of their familiarity with the environment to avoid everywhere.


    The sea clan harassing team retreated, and the transportation of taiyimen to the front line was immediately restored, which ensured the combat needs of the front friars.


    At this point, the taiyimen side has achieved its initial goal, and there is no need to continue to entangle with the Hai nationality harassment team.


    The high-level officials of taiyimen, including Niu Dawei, all know the truth that cutting grass does not remove roots and the spring wind blows again.


    This time, the harassing team of the Hai nationality will not be completely eliminated. When the wind is over, they will make a comeback one day.


    Only when the sea clan is hurt can they be blocked from continuing their action.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang cannot stay here all the time to escort the army of taiyimen friars.


    The large number of friars organized by taiyimen, led by Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun, launched a dragnet search in the surrounding vast sea area.


    Although the sea area is broad, it is not boundless.


    As long as we are willing to invest human and material resources and are willing to spend time, we can always search all the surrounding sea areas.


    Although the seabed is very deep, not all sea families can enter the seabed.


    In fact, the daily activities of most sea people are in the sea at a certain depth.


    When you really get to the very deep seabed, there will also be great pressure for many sea people.


    In the next period of time, many high-level practitioners swept through the surrounding sea with strong and sharp thoughts.


    These thoughts are like pulling a net, going back and forth repeatedly, with almost no omissions.


    After some efforts, the originally hidden Hai nationality harassment teams had no place to hide and were arrested one by one.


    Facing the siege of the taiyimen friars, even if the sea clan attacked and harassed the team, they could not escape being surrounded and annihilated.


    Although the encirclement and suppression operation took a lot of time, the effect was very remarkable.


    Most of the harassing troops sent by the Hai nationality were eliminated. Only a few who saw the opportunity early and fled the surrounding sea areas could escape by chance.


    After this disastrous defeat, Xihai people must think about it if they want to continue to send harassing teams.


    The only pity is that the strong men of the sea nationality at the level of Yang God in the harassing team have been far from hiding since they were frightened by Meng Zhang.


    Many searches organized by Taiyi gate have found and eliminated many Hai nationality harassing teams, but they can''t find the whereabouts of these strong Yang gods.


    Presumably, the strong at the level of Yang God have vast powers and many means. Some are ways to avoid the search of Taiyi gate.


    Not to mention, they are all strong people of the sea family. They have grown up on this sea since childhood.


    They really want to hide deliberately. Even the return virtual power of the Terran is difficult to find their trace.


    Meng Zhang had secretly intercepted a wisp of their breath, and naturally there was a way to find them.


    Several strong Yang gods of the sea family are not enough to suffer in Meng Zhang''s eyes. They are left temporarily. Meng Zhang has his own use.


    After a lot of efforts on the side of taiyimen, even after Meng Zhang went out in person, the problem of Hai nationality attacking the team was finally solved, and the supply to the front line was completely restored to normal.


    Seeing that there were no more problems, Meng Zhang returned to Xingluo islands.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun continued to stay in the army of taiyimen friars to make up for the lack of top combat power of taiyimen.


    Both of them are people who know how to advance and retreat. Even though their accomplishments far exceed the taiyimen high-level, they still maintain enough respect for the taiyimen high-level led by Niu Dawei.


    On weekdays, they will take the initiative to obey Niu Dawei''s orders.


    Of course, the top level of taiyimen also attaches great importance to them. Niu Dawei basically won''t force orders. He will discuss anything with them.


    Meng Zhang left Xingluo islands less than a year ago.


    After returning to the main island, there was no change here as before.


    As soon as Meng Zhang returned to the main island, he began to secretly inquire about Yiqi hall and Yiqi Zhenjun.


    After the army of friars sent by Taiyi sect came to support, in addition to most friars sent to the front line, a small number of friars remained in Xingluo islands.


    In addition to being ready to support the front line, they also established a stronghold here and began to explore trade routes and expand trade.


    However, in a few years, these friars of taiyimen have been operating well and have a certain influence here.


    On the other side of taiyimen Mountain Gate, large-scale merchant ships have been organized to come to Xingluo islands for large-scale maritime trade.


    Xingluo islands is located deep in the West Sea. The surrounding resources are rich and produce many precious resources unique to the sea.


    On the side of Xingluo islands, with the assistance of Tiangong organization, the situation has been temporarily improved.


    However, the assistance of Tiangong organization cannot always be available.


    When the war with the Xihai people is over, most of the assistance will stop.


    On the side of Xingluo islands, anyone with a little foresight will actively find ways to explore financial resources and avoid the previous difficulties again.


    Taiyimen is a huge force in the north of Jun dust world, and has mastered very rich resources on land.


    Taiyimen and Xingluo islands have many complementarities.


    With the efforts of the high-level leaders of both sides, the business exchanges between the two sides have become closer and closer.


    The Taiyi sect''s influence expanded here, and the dark hall in the gate naturally established a stronghold here.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, the dark hall friar immediately took active action to inquire about the information Meng Zhang needed.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and status today, a large number of monks are willing to work for him.


    The Taiyi sect has the powerful presence of Meng Zhang, and its momentum is naturally extraordinary.


    At least the Xiuzhen forces on the Xingluo islands are not willing to fight against Taiyi gate, but actively want to make friends with Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1752

    The Yiqi hall where Yiqi Zhenjun is located was originally a well-known power in Xingluo islands.


    In terms of the number of disciples, the number of Yiqi hall disciples is the largest among many cultivation forces in Xingluo islands. In addition, there are a large number of strong people. In those years, their momentum and strength were just below Xingluo palace.


    Later, after fuyunzi got the support of Ziyang Shengzong and became the Yang God, the Fuyun temple could surpass the Yiqi hall.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was suppressed by the floating cloud view. He refused to accept it and endured it for many years.


    After that, Yiqi Zhenjun got the help of Qiu brothers and Meng Zhang, and also became the Yang God.


    At this moment, the Qi hall trembled again.


    The main friars of Yiqi hall were recruited by the Qiu brothers into the friars'' army and went to the front line to destroy the Xihai family.


    The friars left by Yiqi hall in Xingluo islands still don''t forget to expand their power.


    The friar of Yiqi hall is arrogant, domineering and causing trouble. He looks like a small man who is successful.


    The whole Yiqi hall, except the supreme elder Yiqi Zhenjun, was ignored by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was only dissatisfied with Yiqi Zhenjun and did not mean to anger others.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was ordered to return to the rear this time. After being driven away by Meng Zhang, he went back to Xingluo islands.


    In addition to returning to the sect, Yiqi Zhenjun secretly went to see Taoist anode.


    This matter was originally very secret, but the monk of taiyimen dark hall was really effective. He spent some effort to find out.


    This angry gentleman is really an unfamiliar white eyed wolf.


    After receiving the report from the monk of the dark hall, Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    The brothers of the Qiu family and the holy sect of Ziyang are at odds. As a monk supported by the brothers of the Qiu family, Zhenjun secretly hooked up with Taoist anode.


    I wonder how the brothers of the Qiu family will feel after they know this?


    Of course, Meng Zhang can also understand the practice of Yiqi Zhenjun.


    Although Yiqi Zhenjun is the supreme Yang God Zhenjun in front of others, it is not worth mentioning in front of Meng Zhang.


    He offended Meng Zhang and naturally needed the shelter of another great power to return to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what Yiqi Zhenjun talked to Taoist anode. I don''t think it''s a good thing.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and waited patiently in Xingluo islands.


    Since the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, personally ordered to start the cleaning operation, the cultivation world led by the religious doors of the major holy places soon began to take action.


    The progress on the West Sea side will not be mentioned for the time being. Great achievements have been made in other directions.


    This action almost mobilized the strength of the whole human cultivators in the Jun dust world, and carried out an unprecedented severe attack on all kinds of public enemies such as alien and demon cultivation.


    Every once in a while, some news of success can come.


    Either destroyed an alien, or killed a group of demons


    Of course, these are public announcements.


    With Meng Zhang''s identity and status, coupled with taiyimen''s intelligence channels, he was able to learn a lot of unknown news.


    The real world has achieved great results in the cleaning operation, but the loss is also not small.


    It is not Meng Zhang''s turn to care about other things. On the West Sea side, the friars'' army has not made much progress, and the high level of the heavenly palace has complained.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, taiyimen has made great achievements in encircling and suppressing the harassing team of the Hai nationality. It can be called the biggest achievement since the war began.


    After the Taiyi sect''s achievements were spread, he was forced to explain to the heavenly palace.


    However, the high level of Tiangong couldn''t help urging here.


    To be honest, the main force of Xihai clan has been hiding from the Terran friars and playing hide and seek. For a moment, there was no good way for the Terran friars to destroy them all.


    And to be fair, just a few years is nothing in a war of this scale.


    The heavenly palace was eager for success, which was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    This makes Meng Zhang can''t help guessing. Is there something inside?


    Without more information, Meng Zhang couldn''t guess anything.


    He simply put these ideas out of his mind and continued to do his own things.


    Meng Zhang didn''t return to emptiness for a long time, but he became familiar with the new realm and mastered some necessary means.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, he is so new and tender that his combat effectiveness is really limited.


    Besides, after Meng Zhang''s advanced return to emptiness period, the previously refined magic tools, including the life magic tools, did not play much role.


    In the period of returning to deficiency, you can generally use magic weapons.


    In order to refine magic weapons, in addition to consuming many natural materials and earth treasures, it also needs the hands of the refining expert in the return of virtual power.


    There is still a lack of magic weapons in the Jun dust world. The return to virtual power can''t do one thing at all.


    Don''t mention the new generation like Meng Zhang. Even many old masters have no magic weapon to protect themselves.


    There was no magic weapon in the family wealth left by taiyimen in its heyday.


    The Ziyang Saint friar, who is hostile to Meng Zhang, has a deep foundation. He should not lack magic weapons to return to emptiness in the door.


    Cultivation is not as good as people, and foreign things are not as good as people. Meng Zhang must think about ways to improve his combat effectiveness.


    Otherwise, in case of the great power to return to the virtual period of the holy land, he will have no power to fight back.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that with the help of the contacts of the silver pot old man or the silk pulling mother-in-law, he could contact the tool refiner in the great energy of returning to emptiness to refine a magic weapon for himself.


    With this idea, he began to count all kinds of precious materials.


    Among them, after killing the black gold demon king last time, the black gold demon king showed his original shape and left a precious extraterrestrial meteorite iron.


    All along, Meng Zhang hasn''t figured out how to deal with this extraterrestrial meteorite.


    He was just checking at random, but he didn''t expect that after the advanced retreat period, his abilities in all aspects were greatly improved. He found many interesting places on this extraterrestrial meteorite.


    Previously, Meng Zhang also carefully checked this extraterrestrial meteorite and put it away after confirming that there was no problem.


    Probably in the Yang God period, the sensing ability is far less than now.


    In many places he had neglected before, he now had a new feeling.


    Meng Zhang, who felt in his heart, released a keen mind and made a detailed induction when he closed the door a few years ago.


    Meng Zhang''s mind was soon immersed in induction and fell into a magical journey.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be in the extraterritorial void, incarnating a huge meteorite, wandering aimlessly around in the void.


    This meteorite gave birth to a precious material called divine iron.


    This huge meteorite was captured by a great supernatural power when it passed through an unknown world.


    This great supernatural power is not only powerful, but also proficient in the art of refining utensils.


    He extracted this divine iron from the meteorite and added many natural and earth treasures. He spent great effort to refine a powerful magic weapon.

 Chapter 1753

    After refining this magic weapon, the great Shentong refined it into a life magic weapon, which is always nourished by divine thoughts and true yuan.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, all the experiences of this divine iron are vague and not very clear.


    Moreover, there are many gaps.


    Especially at those critical moments, the sensed information became intermittent, which made Meng Zhang cry out in his heart. Unfortunately, he almost separated from this magical induction.


    Meng Zhang knew that the opportunity was rare and tried to stabilize his mind and continue to feel carefully.


    Later, the great supernatural power seemed to have experienced an earth shaking war. Not only his body fell, but also his life magic weapon was broken to pieces.


    Among them, the core piece of debris fell into the void. After many years, it adsorbed a lot of gravel and dust, and once again became a meteorite.


    This meteorite wandered in the void for many years. When passing through the big world of Jun dust world, it was captured by the gravity of Jun dust world and directly fell into Jun dust world.


    The Jun dust world has arranged strict defense and constantly monitors the void. The main target is all kinds of foreign invaders, but it is not just an insignificant meteorite.


    In fact, in order to increase the origin of the Jun dust world, the returning virtual powers of the Jun dust world often take the initiative to capture some small worlds or meteorites, let them fall into the Jun dust world and be swallowed and absorbed by the Jun dust world.


    This meteorite fell into the Jun dust world and became the so-called extraterrestrial meteorite.


    Later, tianwai meteorite was born spiritually and became a monster like the black gold demon king.


    As for the subsequent process, although it was unclear, Meng Zhang knew it long ago.


    After several twists and turns, this meteorite experienced a long wandering in the void, which really opened Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Sensing the long journey of the meteorite in the void is also good for Meng Zhang.


    However, what Meng Zhang really cares about is not these, but the Tao rhyme hidden in the depths of the meteorite outside the sky.


    Almost every magic weapon in the cultivation world contains at least one complete Tao rhyme.


    The so-called Tao rhyme is the rhythm of the avenue and a way of expression of the avenue.


    The most important thing to refine a magic weapon is not its material, but to be able to master the appropriate Tao rhyme.


    Many times, even if the material of a magic weapon is poor, if the Tao rhyme is smart enough, it can not only make up for it, but also greatly improve the power of the magic weapon.


    Although this tianwai meteorite iron is only a fragment of a magic weapon, the Tao rhyme contained in it is relatively complete.


    Tao rhyme is a very mysterious and superior power in the cultivation world.


    When the friar reaches the period of primordial God, he can initially mobilize the power of the avenue.


    Daoyun is a very high-end use of the power of the avenue.


    Monks below the period of returning to emptiness, let alone practice and use, even if the Tao rhyme is put in front of them, it is difficult to clearly feel it.


    For Da Neng in the period of returning to emptiness, Tao rhyme is a unique power.


    To master a rhyme is to have a powerful mace.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level was not enough, and he could not sense the Tao rhyme contained in this tianwai meteorite iron.


    After his advanced retreat period, he not only sensed many experiences of this extraterrestrial meteorite, but also vaguely sensed the Tao rhyme contained therein.


    In these five years, besides the routine practice of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang''s main energy was to understand the Tao rhyme.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he would have such an opportunity to get this rhyme under such circumstances.


    Compared with a magic weapon, rhyme seems to be more important.


    Meng Zhang spent five years just barely getting a glimpse of his path.


    Now back to the Xingluo islands, he began to realize this rhyme again.


    This rhyme is very hidden. The black gold demon king born from this meteorite outside the sky knows nothing about it.


    Even after the black gold devil fell into the devil''s way, his whole body was infected by the devil''s gas, and the devil''s gas could not go deep into and dye the rhyme of the way.


    This is also the path chosen by the black gold demon king.


    Tianwai meteorite iron can produce intelligence and become strange. It''s hard to say whether it has been secretly affected by this rhyme.


    If the black gold devil has been practicing normally, he has not fallen into the devil''s way. He can not only continue to benefit from this hidden Tao rhyme. When the cultivation comes in the future, we can thoroughly refine this rhyme and fully grasp its power.


    Unfortunately, he fell into the devil''s way. Naturally, he was disgusted by this way and lost the opportunity to benefit from it forever.


    The Taoist rhyme hidden in the depths of meteorite iron outside the sky is invisible, but it has special power.


    The more in-depth study Meng Zhang made, the more he thought it was extraordinary.


    If we can fully grasp the power of this rhyme, Meng Zhang will have an effective means to fight against the friars of the same level in the future.


    When Meng Zhang realized Tao rhyme, Xingluo islands was still calm.


    Even because of the arrival of support from all parties, a large number of monks and materials were gathered here. In a short time, there was a deformed prosperity.


    In the front, the three-way friars are desperately looking for the whereabouts of the main force of the Hai family and want to fight it.


    However, the main force of the Hai nationality has been engaged in guerrilla warfare, taking the initiative to avoid frontal combat.


    Occasionally, the sea clan army and the Terran army come into contact. They also leave as soon as they touch it. They will never entangle more.


    After years of hard searching, the main force of the Hai nationality has been avoiding the war.


    Even if there are some small-scale conflicts and fierce battles, the results are very limited.


    The farther the friar army is from the Xingluo islands, the longer the front is dragged, and the greater the loss of various materials.


    Tiangong is very dissatisfied with this, and they can''t help but start urging.


    Meng Zhang is only the shallowest of the four great powers of returning to emptiness. The Qiu brothers are responsible for the specific battle.


    The heavenly palace could not find his head even if it urged him.


    Meng Zhang knew that haste makes waste. He disagreed with the heavenly palace.


    How can the high-level officials of the heavenly palace be so hasty because they don''t understand the actual war situation on the front line?


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not stand out at will. He simply pretended to be confused and looked on coldly.


    The Taoist priest of Ziyang Shengzong seized the opportunity and again criticized and attacked the Qiu family brothers.


    Taoist nun yudie of the Royal beast sect is fair in dealing with people. She just talks about things on the merits and doesn''t make use of the topic.


    She conveyed the urge of the heavenly palace to the friar army ahead.


    As for how to respond to the urging of the heavenly palace and how to act next, it depends on the commanders on the front line.


    Of course, if the front-line friars have not responded to this, Taoist Jade Butterfly will have to go to the front in person to put pressure on everyone.


    Each of the three friars has its own commander. Looking at the whole army, they are the Qiu brothers in name.


    They feel the pressure from the heavenly palace and feel that they can''t disobey it. They must respond as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1754

    In fact, the pressure on the front-line commanders came not only from the heavenly palace, but also from many Xiuzhen forces on the mainland of Junchen world.


    In recent years, under the order of the heavenly palace, the Xiuzhen forces on the mainland have given great assistance to Xingluo islands in terms of human and material resources.


    With the launching of the cleaning operation, the Jun dust world is not only beacon fire everywhere, but also fierce fighting has indeed begun in many places.


    Because of the impact of the war, many Xiuzhen forces have already lost a lot. Now it is a heavy burden to support Xingluo islands.


    Many Xiuzhen forces hope that the war in the west sea will end as soon as possible, so as to stop supporting Xingluo islands and reduce their own burden.


    It''s nothing if it''s just the complaints and dissatisfaction of these Xiuzhen forces. However, the heavenly palace also has its own needs. It needs the Jun dust world to end the cleaning operation as soon as possible and transfer its strength.


    Xingluo islands can still have the current situation after offending Ziyang Shengzong. It all depends on the support of Tiangong.


    Since Tiangong asked the front line to end the war as soon as possible, the Qiu brothers could not refuse.


    Unable to catch the main force of the Xihai people, the Qiu brothers had to fight and risk.


    The base camp of Xihai nationality is also its most important base, located in the extreme depths of the Xihai sea.


    Because this place is close to the territory of the real dragon family, the Qiu brothers have never thought about it before.


    The relationship between the real dragon and the human cultivators is very strange.


    The real dragons are the great enemies of the Terrans and often make trouble for the Terrans.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the Terrans not only never intended to exterminate the real dragon, but also tolerated the existence of the real dragon with their teeth.


    The reason is that although the high level of the Terran has never said it clearly, the monks with a little insight know that this is because the real dragon family has an extraordinary origin and strong strength.


    Like the Terrans, the real dragon is also an outsider, not an aboriginal in the Junchen world.


    The real dragon family has strong power in many big worlds in the void.


    The real dragons in the Junchen world rarely directly fight against the Terrans, but more drive their Hai people to attack the Terran territory.


    In addition, some of the younger generation of the real dragon family go out for training, or some strong people are interested, so they can''t help fighting with the human cultivators.


    As for the full-scale war between the real dragon and the Terran, it has never happened.


    This action against the Xihai people did not expect to exterminate the Xihai people. As long as we can give it a heavy blow and greatly weaken it, everyone will be satisfied.


    The Terran leaders know that the sea clan has the support of the real dragon clan.


    Every time the Terran attacks the sea clan, it will try to avoid conflict with the real dragon clan.


    Even if there is a small-scale conflict accidentally, we should strive to control the scale of the conflict and avoid a war with the real dragon family.


    Xihai clan''s base camp was not among the attack targets on the Terran side at the beginning.


    This is not only because the Terran side has no plan to exterminate the Xihai family, but also because everyone is unwilling to stimulate the dragon family too much.


    Now the main force of the Xihai clan and the human friars are playing guerrilla warfare. Seeing that there is no way to end the war in a short time, the Qiu brothers have to make such a bad decision.


    The base camp of the Xihai nationality is related to the inheritance of the Hai nationality and is a fundamental place that the Hai nationality must not give up.


    The Terran friar army killed to that place, and the Xihai clan had to come out and fight head-on with the Terran friar army.


    Of course, it is too far from Xingluo islands, and it is also a vital place for the sea people.


    Once attacked, the sea clan will certainly fight with the invaders.


    Forcing the Xihai clan to the point of desperate, the Terran friar army may not be able to win.


    Worse, the Zhenlong clan supported the Xihai clan, and most of the Terran friars could not resist it.


    After all, the Qiu brothers are the front-line commander-in-chief of the operation. Even if they have any opinions, they will not openly oppose them.


    Even the Yang God friars of the Royal beast sect should obey their orders this time. Others are even less qualified to resist the order.


    The whole army soon reached an agreement.


    Without delay, the Qiu brothers immediately commanded the third army to start action.


    Before the action, the Qiu brothers reported the latest trend to the four Huixu great powers who were in charge of Xingluo islands.


    Even the most hostile Taoist priest of the Qiu family had to support their brother''s actions at this time.


    Tiangong''s pressure to end the war as soon as possible was not only for the Qiu brothers, but also began to put pressure on the four return to virtual power.


    As the highest level friars, the four of them were certainly responsible for the war.


    After the Qiu brothers led the three-way army to set out, the front line was farther and farther away. In order to avoid the situation that the rescue is not enough, the four return to virtual powers will go to the front line in turn.


    They should not only guard against the strong people of the sea family who jump over the wall, but also against the strong people of the real dragon family from interfering in the war.


    The Qiu brothers knew the four movements of returning to the virtual power. While they were a little relieved, they also informed the whole army of the news.


    Knowing that there was a great power of returning to emptiness behind your side, the three-way friars'' army was greatly demoralized and killed the Xihai family base camp with confidence.


    The Qiu brothers and other middle and high-level military leaders know that this move of making trouble with the Yellow Dragon will be like stabbing a hornet''s nest, which will lead to the siege of the Xihai family and even the real dragon family.


    Even with the great support of the retreat period behind them, they are still trembling and dare not neglect at all.


    The army started to encounter the resistance of Xihai nationality on the way, and the resistance became more and more intense.


    All the monks knew that they had hit the key of Xihai family this time, and Xihai family had to respond.


    Among the four great powers of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang is the lowest in both qualification and cultivation.


    Taoist nun yudie, who was led by him, was not very confident about his combat effectiveness. Most of the time, she let him sit in the Xingluo islands behind him.


    Meng Zhang has no dissatisfaction with this. He stayed at Xingluo islands in peace of mind and spent most of his time on cultivation.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch in his heart that the move of the Terran friars would certainly trigger a fierce reaction from the real dragon family.


    Although the real dragon family has never had a full-scale war with the Terran family, Meng Zhang knows that the strong people of the real dragon family are always arrogant and have no spare children.


    This time, the Terran friar army directly engaged in the Yellow Dragon and took the Xihai family''s base camp, which was inevitably close to the territory of the real dragon family.


    With the temperament of the real dragon family, most of them will take the opportunity to make trouble and intervene in the war.


    With the strength of the real dragon family, once they enter the war, they will probably be involved in the battle.


    Meng Zhang took the time to understand and understand the rhyme contained in the Heavenly God iron.


    In his heart, there was an inexplicable sense of urgency.

 Chapter 1755

    Although Meng Zhang was in charge of the Xingluo islands in the rear, the latest information on the progress of the front-line war could still be transmitted to him in time.


    The advance of the front-line army was not very smooth. On the road, it was blocked by the Xihai clan.


    After many battles, the casualties of the Terran friar army were not small.


    In this regard, the Qiu brothers and other middle and high-level military leaders not only did not feel depressed, but had a sense of accomplishment that the plot succeeded.


    The action of the Xihai clan shows that the Terran friars hit their key this time. They had to change their previous avoidance strategy and began to fight with the Terran friars.


    The purpose of the Qiu brothers has been achieved.


    It must be a real showdown between the two sides.


    The battle on the front line became more and more intense. Even several great powers in the retreat period increased their stay on the front line and attracted most of their attention.


    Taiyimen, which is responsible for logistics transfer, also encountered challenges again.


    As the front grew longer and longer, the supply route in charge of taiyimen was harassed and attacked by the Hai nationality team again.


    Fortunately, after the last failure and huge losses, the scale of the attack team sent by Hai nationality is limited.


    Although it can cause a lot of trouble to the friars of the taiyimen organization, the taiyimen can still solve it.


    Especially Haixuan Zhenjun and Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, two friars in the period of Yang God, have helped a lot this time.


    Since friar taiyimen can solve the problem by himself, Meng Zhang will not be busy.


    His leader is not a nanny. He will solve every problem for his disciples.


    With the continuous advancement of the Terran friars, I probably felt that the decisive battle was coming, and the atmosphere on the Xingluo islands began to become tense.


    That day, Meng Zhang was practicing in a closed secret room. Suddenly, his face changed and his face was full of shock and disbelief.


    Over the Xingluo islands, the originally high sun had long been shrouded in dark clouds and disappeared.


    There was a strong wind in the sky and a torrential rain, as if a hole had been opened in the sky.


    On the sea surface, the wind is high and the waves are fierce. Towering waves, like toppling mountains, are madly pressing against the Xingluo islands.


    The monks of Xingluo islands have lived overseas for a long time. They have never seen what kind of storms and waves.


    Although the appearance of wind, storm and rain is rare, it is not unprecedented.


    But I don''t know why, the Terran friars on the Xingluo islands feel extremely depressed at the moment, as if they were blocked by something.


    With the passage of time, the wind and waves became more and more urgent, and the whole Xingluo islands would be completely submerged.


    Many smaller islands are about to be submerged. Even many places on the main island have been flooded.


    Among the many Terran friars in Xingluo islands, some sensitive began to feel the heavy pressure like a mountain, which suddenly fell on them and almost made them unable to move.


    Some yuan Shen Zhenjun with higher cultivation finally felt that the situation was wrong.


    This is not an ordinary natural phenomenon, but a strong one behind the scenes.


    They were about to get rid of the pressure and fly high into the sky to check. Meng Zhang''s voice suddenly sounded and clearly passed into every Friar''s ear.


    "Don''t move. Stay on the island and wait for the news."


    As soon as the voice fell, Meng Zhang flew high into the sky against the crazy wind and rain.


    Although the enemy hasn''t come yet and there is still a distance from Xingluo islands, the enemy has begun to show strength and has a great impact on this place.


    Crazy, crazy.


    I don''t know who returned to the virtual power and dared to call the door so blatantly?


    This is to regard the dignity of the human race as nothing, this is a deliberate provocation, and this is an offence to the human race.


    Naturally, only enemies of the same rank can make Meng Zhang so ready.


    In the history of the Jun dust world, for many years, there has been no alien return to virtual power to attack the Terran stronghold.


    According to Meng Zhang, since the start of the clean-up operation, many places have achieved fruitful results. The enemies of other races are basically losing.


    Even if the alien''s return to emptiness is accidentally exposed, it will soon hide again and dare not fight with the Terran friars.


    I didn''t expect that there were people who didn''t know what to do and dared to take the initiative to commit it.


    Could it be that the other party knows the reality of the island and that there is only Meng Zhang on the island at this time? When he returns to the virtual period, he can sit down and feel that Meng Zhang is weak and deceptive?


    This is Meng Zhang''s advanced retreat period. Meng Zhang is the highest level monk in charge of this place. The enemy has come to the door. No matter from that point of view, he can''t escape.


    Meng Zhang has not forgotten that he is still performing the tasks issued by the heavenly palace and abides by military orders.


    Fleeing before battle or without fighting is a serious violation of military orders, which will inevitably lead to severe punishment by the heavenly palace.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s courage to take the initiative also has a reason to rely on.


    He relied on the heavenly punishment system established by the heavenly palace for many years.


    He doesn''t need to win over the enemy, or even hold on too long.


    He only needs to hold the enemy for a while. After the heavenly palace senses the atmosphere of the return to virtual level war, it will soon drop heaven''s punishment and kill the alien return to virtual strongman.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know much about the heavenly punishment system of the heavenly palace, but knew that this system ensured the peace between the returning virtual powers in the Jun dust world and basically put an end to the war between the returning virtual powers in the Jun dust world.


    In the heavenly palace, there are special means to monitor the power fluctuations in the Jun dust world at all times.


    Once the power fluctuation of returning to emptiness level occurs, it will attract the attention of the responsible friar of the heavenly palace.


    After confirmation, if it is really Huixu great energy who violates the rules and fights in the Junchen world, it is possible to lower the so-called heavenly punishment.


    Of course, the system of heavenly punishment is controlled by human friars, which is naturally affected by various human relationships.


    Apart from others, if the Holy Land Sect''s retreat period is powerful, the heavenly palace will never lower the heavenly punishment at will, but go to negotiate with the Holy Land Sect slowly to see how to punish the parties.


    Before the clean-up operation, the king of companion snow sword had a word in advance, which delimited the boundaries for the returning virtual powers among the Terran friars.


    It''s natural for Meng Zhang to stand up and fight against the alien return to virtual power.


    As for the alien return to emptiness power that will appear soon, I''m afraid it will face the heavenly punishment of the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly punishment of the heavenly palace will never be merciful to the alien''s return to emptiness power.


    Meng Zhang had just pacified many Terran friars in Xingluo islands, and a hurricane swept wildly towards his position.

 Chapter 1756

    In that hurricane, he was a blue faced tusk, blue skin, tall and slender, like a giant.


    From the appearance alone, the strong man of the Hai nationality comes from the top big family of the Hai nationality, the Sea Patrol yecha family.


    Meng Zhang had a lot of contacts with the Sea Patrol yecha family before, but he never came into contact with the Sea Patrol yecha in the retreat period.


    The heavenly palace has arranged Meng Zhang and four other returning virtual talents to participate in this war, more just in case.


    Maybe Tiangong won''t think that there is really a great power of returning to emptiness of Hai family who will take the initiative to participate in this war.


    According to everyone''s guess, even if the sea clan returns to the virtual and can jump over the wall, it should be when the sea clan is defeated and is about to encounter the crisis of extermination.


    Now the victory or defeat of the front line is unknown, and the war situation is unknown. The Hai clan''s return to virtual power jumped out in such a hurry. It''s really a little strange.


    Anyway, the sea clan''s great power of returning to emptiness has been killed in front of him. Meng Zhang can''t avoid it. There is only one war.


    The great energy of returning to emptiness of the Sea Patrol yecha family had long found Meng Zhang, an enemy of the same rank.


    He didn''t say a word of nonsense, so he shot at Meng Zhang directly.


    Holding a golden steel fork, he danced freely. Hurricanes in the sky mixed with countless thick water dragons poured into Meng Zhang.


    At the level of returning to emptiness, the various magic tools used by Meng Zhang in those years, including the yin-yang Linghu, which is the life magic tool, have basically no effect.


    The power of these magic tools is not worth mentioning in front of the return to emptiness power, and their power increase to their own magic is also very small, which can be almost ignored.


    If Meng Zhang sacrificed these magic tools at this time, he would not pose any threat to the enemy, but would waste them in vain.


    These fourth order magic tools are of no value to Huixu power. Meng Zhang also wants to pass them on to his disciples.


    Without available magic tools, Meng Zhang can only rely on his own strength against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and the vitality of the world around him began to boil violently.


    He condensed a huge vigorous hand and flapped it in the air, scattering hurricanes and Water Dragons.


    In the gloomy sky, the sun and moon suddenly began to shine brightly, which not only lit up a large area around, but also shone towards the Sea Patrol night fork.


    The sea patrolling night fork, if he did not see the dazzling sun and moon, waved his steel fork and rushed to Meng Zhang.


    Among the many tribes of the Hai tribe, the Sea Patrol yecha clan is a high-level tribe at the top.


    The Sea Patrol night fork is often strong and powerful. It is proficient in all kinds of close combat skills.


    Of course, the talents and spells of the Sea Patrol yecha family are also very powerful.


    At the level of returning to emptiness, the Sea Patrol Yasha not only gave full play to the racial talent, but also had a very good control of the power of the road.


    Where the Sea Patrol Yaksha passes, the wind and rain are like a note, the wind and rain are fierce, and the strong wind and rain all over the sky are so fierce that they should obey their orders and turn them into their weapons and armor.


    The sun and moon divine light displayed by Meng Zhang was soon submerged by the wind and rain.


    Meng Zhang, the divine power of sun, moon and divine light, has been practicing for many years and has helped Meng Zhang overcome the enemy many times. He has become more and more powerful with the growth of Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    However, in the war of returning to the virtual level, the power of the sun and moon divine light is insufficient.


    Meng Zhang can bully the weak by using the sun and moon divine light, but it has little effect on the enemies at the level of returning to emptiness.


    At this time, Meng Zhang secretly reflected on his shortcomings.


    He had a sudden sense of urgency to master more means of returning to virtual power.


    The Sea Patrol night fork rushed not far from Meng Zhang, waved his golden steel fork and hit Meng Zhang one after another.


    The steel fork did not touch Meng Zhang, but the terrorist power contained in it has caused great pressure on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt as if there were mountains, so he pressed down on himself.


    The terrible pressure suppressed Meng Zhang''s actions, and Meng Zhang could even feel his bones clicking.


    The Yin and Yang Qi on his head fell, turned into a fierce Liangyi Tongtian sword, and stabbed at the Sea Patrol Yasha.


    The sword Qi was vertical and horizontal, and the sword light was shining, but it was soon dissolved and invisible by the Sea Patrol Yaksha, which did not pose any threat to it.


    Meng Zhang wants to use space transmission to open the distance from the enemy, but he has not been able to do so.


    The power of the steel fork is extremely heavy and easily blocks the surrounding space.


    The front end of the steel fork is extremely sharp. It can easily cut the space gap and break Meng Zhang''s space transmission force.


    The fight was only a moment, but Meng Zhang almost did his best, but he was always at a disadvantage.


    He had little power to fight back and could only support himself in front of the enemy.


    Fortunately, he had great attainments on the avenue of yin and Yang, and his Yin and Yang Qi defense was very strong. He temporarily blocked the enemy''s attack and protected his body.


    The battle scene was so ugly, but it did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    He just broke through the retreat period for a few years. What kind of strength can he have?


    During the retreat period, the friars lived a long life. The Terran friars alone could live almost 10000 years.


    Of course, Terrans can rarely live beyond 10000 even if they use all kinds of means.


    After such a long time, of course, there is enough time to slowly cultivate various skills.


    Meng Zhang is just a toddler for those old qualified talents in the retreat period.


    In front of Meng Zhang''s eyes, the great power of returning to emptiness of the Sea Patrol yecha family is an old strong man who has experienced hundreds of wars and has great powers.


    In front of him, Meng Zhang almost only parried and had no power to fight back.


    Soon after Meng Zhang fought with the enemy, he wisely knew that he was definitely not the enemy of the other party.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to surpass each other, or even stick to it for too long.


    They have all started, and the breath of returning to the virtual level has spread wantonly to a far place.


    The fluctuation of power at the level of returning to emptiness has already alarmed all directions.


    As long as the monks on duty in the heavenly palace are not dead, they should have been disturbed long ago.


    Meng Zhang calmed down, calmed his mind, slowly dealt with the enemy, tried to resist the enemy''s attack, and waited for the punishment that would come at any time.


    Meng Zhang believed that before long, the heavenly punishment from the heavenly palace would come here and hit the other party heavily.


    At that time, Meng Zhang either fell into the well and helped heaven punish the guy in front of him. Or hide aside and watch the play to see how heaven''s punishment bombards the Hai family to return to the virtual power.


    It was precisely because he had a support in his heart and thought that backup was coming. Even if Meng Zhang fell to the disadvantage, no matter how fierce the enemy''s offensive was, he could strive to persevere and bite his teeth.


    Although the enemy is strong, everyone is a monk in the retreat period.


    Meng Zhang does not seek merit, but no fault, no counterattack, only defense.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, his defense is not so easy to break.

 Chapter 1757

    The Sea Patrol yecha clan''s return to virtual power seemed to know that time was pressing, and there was not much time left for him.


    He must get rid of Meng Zhang as soon as possible, and then find a place to hide to avoid the punishment from the heavenly palace.


    His offensive became more and more violent, like a storm.


    This place is originally above the sea. It is the home of Haizu, which is suitable for Haizu to give full play to its full strength.


    Moreover, the strong man of the Hai nationality is almost unscrupulous and doesn''t care about the damage to the surrounding environment.


    Before the fight, Meng Zhang took the initiative to fly high into the air, just to be as far away from the main island of Xingluo islands as possible, so as to avoid the impact of the war and cause too much damage to it.


    The main reason is that the enemy came too quickly. Meng Zhang didn''t have time to fly too far, so he had to fly as high as possible.


    At the height and distance of their fight, the aftermath of the battle spread, which inevitably caused great harm to the Xingluo islands.


    After Meng Zhang came forward, the mountain protection array was immediately opened on the main island of Xingluo islands to prevent the enemy''s attack.


    Xingluo islands has been fighting against the sea tribe for a long time. The power of the mountain protection array on the island has been urged to the extreme. All active monks on the island have tried to join the defense and put their strength into the array.


    Back to the void, there are mole ants.


    At this moment, the friars on the island deeply understood the meaning of this sentence.


    Although the place where Meng Zhang fought with the strong of the Hai nationality is still far away from here, the aftermath of the battle is still transmitted quickly.


    Under this kind of impact, the light on the whole mountain protection array suddenly dimmed, just like a residual candle in the wind, which will go out at any time.


    The whole huge main island is beginning to tremble violently at the moment, as if the next moment, an unprecedented earthquake will break out and completely collapse the whole main island.


    With Meng Zhang''s sensing ability, he naturally knew the dangerous situation facing the main island long ago.


    But he couldn''t protect himself at this time, and he had no spare time to take care of others.


    Perhaps there is a dependency relationship in his heart, and Meng Zhang seems very tenacious.


    No matter how fierce the enemy''s offensive is and how dangerous the situation looks, he can barely hold on and never be won by the other party.


    The more anxious and desperate the strong man of Hai nationality was, the more he couldn''t win Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang always held such a breath that he didn''t let the other party succeed.


    Of course, after fighting for so long, Meng Zhang also had doubts in his heart.


    It''s been so long since the battle began. Why hasn''t the heavenly punishment of the heavenly palace come yet?


    What''s going on and what kind of accident happened?


    There was a mistake in the heavenly palace. Someone deliberately embarrassed himself?


    However, even the Terran friars who are hostile to Meng Zhang dare not openly frame Meng Zhang.


    With the snow sword staring at you, does anyone really dare not fight at this time?


    Although Meng Zhang was full of thoughts, he did not show any signs on the surface and still tried to fight.


    It is very difficult to kill the monks in the retreat period of daomen.


    Even if Meng Zhang is defeated in this battle, he will not fall easily if his body is destroyed by the enemy and even the Yang God is severely injured.


    His Yang God has placed his trust in this heaven and earth when he breaks through the period of returning to emptiness. As long as this heaven and earth does not die out, it is difficult to completely destroy his Yang God.


    The big deal is to spend more time and energy after the war, slowly restore the Yang God, and then reshape the flesh.


    Of course, in this way, Meng Zhang, the great power of returning to emptiness, will not play a role for a long time. He is half dead.


    At that time, he will not only be unable to continue to caress taiyimen, but also prevent the enemy from completely obliterating him in secret.


    In fact, the sea clan''s return to virtual power had no intention of completely killing Meng Zhang.


    His purpose is to hurt Meng Zhang, so that Meng Zhang had to withdraw from the war, and even hit his foundation, affecting his subsequent cultivation.


    Although Meng Zhang did not know the enemy''s plan, he instinctively resisted it with all his strength to prevent the enemy from hurting himself.


    Meng Zhang''s support became harder and harder. He saw that he was about to lose his support.


    Thousands of miles away from the Xingluo islands, in the extremely high sky, an old man with a tall body, double horns and a dignified face, who makes people dare not look directly at him at a glance, stands proudly there.


    Whether from the aspect of appearance or breath, a slightly experienced Terran friar should know that he is a strong man of the real dragon family.


    This altitude has been very close to this special area for nine days.


    Under normal circumstances, the strong people of different races generally don''t haunt here.


    If the heavenly palace finds a trace, the heavenly palace can react quickly and send strong people to encircle and suppress.


    But the old man of the real dragon family seemed to have no fear of it. He was not worried about being surrounded and suppressed by the powerful people of Tiangong.


    The old man of the real dragon family has been here for a while.


    The sky above him was covered with thunder clouds, lightning and thunder, as if there were endless thunder gathering here.


    After some brewing, a dazzling lightning light suddenly rushed to the old man of the real dragon family.


    The old man looked disdainful.


    "It''s really uninteresting. Do you want to come again?"


    Before the words fell, the thunder and lightning light was coming.


    The power contained in the lightning light group is extremely frightening. Its breath alone is enough to frighten ordinary people.


    Among many races in the Junchen world, the real dragon is definitely one of the strongest races.


    In terms of talent and natural ability, I''m afraid only a few particularly powerful gods among the aborigines can compare with the real dragon family.


    The real dragon at the level of returning to emptiness is even more powerful and powerful. It is enough to dominate the Junchen world, so that Tiangong has to deal with it carefully.


    In the period of returning to emptiness, there are also high and low powers.


    The great power of the real dragon family in the retreat period can definitely be called the strongest group in the Junchen world.


    This old man is among the real dragon family, and he is also a famous old strong man.


    He raised his right hand and waved his huge fist in the air.


    The domineering fist accurately hit the lightning light.


    After the loud noise, the lightning light dissipated.


    The old man''s face flashed a trace of pain, his body trembled slightly, and his fist was blackened.


    Obviously, the next blow is not a simple thing for him, and he still needs to pay a sufficient price.

 Chapter 1758

    The heavenly punishment of the heavenly palace is a great threat to the great power of returning to emptiness.


    No matter which race you are, you are an extraordinary and outstanding person who can practice all the way to the level of returning to emptiness.


    Such a person, of course, does not want to have a sharp sword on his head that will be cut down at any time, threatening his life all the time.


    In order to fight against the heavenly punishment system of the heavenly palace, the great powers of returning to the virtual world of different races thought hard, racked their brains and thought out many ways.


    Of course, the Junchen world is, after all, a human race with great potential. The strong who return to the virtual world of different races rarely face the punishment of heaven, but mostly try to avoid and hide.


    If the old man of the real dragon family did not rely on the power of the real dragon family, he might not dare to resist heaven''s punishment with such arrogant positive force.


    He seemed very relaxed, but in fact he couldn''t support it for a few times.


    In the heavenly palace, the friars who control the heavenly punishment system are merciful because they have long found each other''s identity.


    For the real dragon family, returning to virtual power is the real pillar, and it is absolutely not allowed to lose it easily.


    The Terran side is unwilling to have a war with the real dragon at this time, so they have to be cautious.


    Of course, the patience of Terran friars is limited. If the other party really doesn''t know what to do and has to fight to the end, it will have to hurt the killer.


    After the lightning light was scattered, the dense thunder clouds in the sky did not disperse and were rapidly brewing the next attack.


    An angry voice came directly from the lightning light.


    "Old boy of the dragon clan, if you really want to die, I won''t be merciful next time."


    This is a solemn warning, indicating that the monks in the heavenly palace are really angry.


    Heavenly punishment represents the majesty of the heavenly palace and is a sharp weapon for the heavenly palace to suppress the strong who return to emptiness.


    Just now, the Tiangong side sensed that a retreat level war broke out in the Xingluo islands. After careful observation, it was the sea clan''s retreat strongman who invaded the Terran territory.


    That''s great. The strong people of the Hai family really don''t know how to live or die.


    The Tiangong heavenly punishment system immediately opened and directly lowered the heavenly punishment to the Jun dust world.


    The sea clan''s return to the virtual can know that without paying a price, he can''t completely defeat the difficult guy in front of him.


    I saw that the body of the Sea Patrol yecha suddenly expanded and suddenly became a big part.


    The golden steel fork in his hand avoided Meng Zhang''s resistance from a mysterious angle, suddenly pierced Meng Zhang''s last defense and directly stabbed Meng Zhang''s vital point.


    Meng Zhang instinctively felt that he must not be stabbed by this steel fork. Otherwise, it will certainly cause irreparable harm to yourself.


    At a crisis when there was no way to avoid and there was no other way to think of, Meng Zhang took out the last card.


    His hands danced rapidly in the air according to some mysterious track.


    The seemingly irregular dance contains a special charm, which makes people unable to open their eyes at first sight.


    When the steel fork was about to hit Meng Zhang, a mysterious rhythm suddenly appeared in front of Meng Zhang, blocking the approaching steel fork.


    To stimulate the potential and give a blow, you have the heart to win.


    Suddenly failed, the Sea Patrol yecha''s face changed greatly.


    "With your cultivation, how can you master Tao rhyme?"


    He couldn''t help but ask.


    Tao rhyme is a mysterious means, although it is a commonly used means in returning to virtual power. However, Meng Zhang''s breakthrough to the period of returning to emptiness is only a few years. How can he show his Taoist rhyme.


    If it is an ordinary return to emptiness power, in the few years after breaking through the return to emptiness period, it is mainly to consolidate its own cultivation.


    If you want to master a kind of Taoist rhyme, you should have at least hundreds of years of cultivation accumulation and special inheritance.


    Meng Zhang, such a genius, has a deep foundation and extraordinary accumulation, which is far above the ordinary power of returning to emptiness.


    As for the Taoist rhyme he just displayed, he learned it from the extraterrestrial meteorite iron.


    This rhyme is originally biased towards defense and has the characteristics of invincibility.


    In those years, the black gold devil fell into the devil''s way for many years, and his body was full of magic Qi. However, the core part of tianwai meteorite iron has never been infected by magic gas.


    It is mainly due to the existence of Tao rhyme.


    This also shows the tenacity of the power of Daoyun.


    Meng Zhang only has a superficial grasp of this rhyme. Just now, it was reluctantly displayed, which cost a lot of energy and finally blocked the enemy''s premeditated attack.


    When the blow failed, Meng Zhang showed his mastery of Tao rhyme. The sea clan''s great energy looked uncertain.


    He didn''t know how many hidden cards Meng Zhang had.


    In his heart, he hated the Terran junior who revealed the news to himself.


    There is fierce internal strife among the Terrans. Over the years, not only many Terran friars have colluded with the Hai clan, but when some Terran forces attack the Hai clan, there will always be other Terran forces who secretly communicate with the Hai clan and drag their fellow clans back.


    In this regard, while benefiting from it, the high-level of Hai nationality despises it very much. They don''t look down on the scum of the human race who betrays their peers.


    This time, the strong man of the Sea Patrol yecha family risked universal condemnation to attack the Xingluo islands. It was because a human friar had secretly informed him in advance.


    He originally wanted to seize the opportunity of this Terran infighting, hit the Terran side, destroy the Xingluo islands and save the crisis faced by the Xihai family.


    But I didn''t expect that the intelligence was wrong, and the new returning virtual power of the Terran would be so difficult.

 Chapter 1759

    The Sea Patrol yecha clan''s return to virtual power still can''t let go of this opportunity to hit the Terran side.


    He was about to continue shooting when his face suddenly changed.


    He received a letter from the Dragon elder and knew that the other party had taken the initiative to withdraw.


    He couldn''t help scolding.


    This time, he spent a huge price and got a lot of favor. It was not easy for him to invite the strong man of the real dragon family to help him resist the punishment temporarily.


    However, the other party accepted the benefits without hesitation, but performed so badly that it didn''t delay long at all.


    Knowing that the punishment of the heavenly palace would come to him at any time, he had to give up his original plan.


    The strong man of the Hai nationality is really a person who can afford to put down.


    After receiving the news, without any hesitation, he immediately left the battle as soon as possible, left here far away and fled to the depths of the West Sea.


    Meng Zhang, who was already exhausted, was relieved to see the other party suddenly escape.


    He lost a lot of energy in the battle just now, but he didn''t have enough strength to pursue.


    The back of the sea clan''s return to virtual power has not completely disappeared. A lightning light rapidly flew from high altitude and chased him.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Seeing that he was completely out of danger, Meng Zhang couldn''t help spitting a few words in his heart.


    Why is the heavenly punishment of the heavenly palace so like the police in previous movies and TV plays? It always appears after the battle.


    Make complaints about the Tucao, make complaints about it.


    There must be some accident in the middle. The punishment will come so late.


    While adjusting his breath, Meng Zhang looked at the Xingluo islands below.


    The battle just now didn''t last long. It''s still far from Xingluo islands, but the aftermath of the battle still caused great damage to Xingluo islands.


    Some smaller islands have split or completely sunk.


    I don''t know when the mountain protection array on the main island has been completely destroyed.


    Most of the buildings on the island collapsed, and both mortals and monks suffered heavy casualties.


    On the main island, it was like a hurricane crossing, and the scene was very sad.


    Seeing this miserable situation, Meng Zhang was also a little depressed.


    It''s a pity that he can''t catch it. He can''t stop it at all.


    Of course, this is not his responsibility alone.


    The delay in the punishment of the heavenly palace is the main reason for the heavy losses of the Xingluo islands.


    In addition, when the Hai nationality Huixu power just appeared, Meng Zhang had already used his communication skills to ask the other three Huixu powers on the front line for help.


    It''s just a matter of leisure to cross hundreds of millions of miles of sea with the ability of returning to virtual power.


    If there had been no accident, the three return to virtual powers should have returned to Xingluo islands long ago.


    But now the battle is over, and the shadow of the three return to virtual power has not been seen. Needless to say, they must be entangled in something.


    After a while, Taoist Jade Butterfly hurried back to Xingluo islands.


    When she saw the miserable appearance here, she sensed the breath of the returning virtual war that had not dissipated, and apologized to Meng Zhang.


    After communicating with Meng Zhang, Taoist sister Jade Butterfly explained that the information from Meng Zhang''s communication secret was disturbed on the way.


    The three men in front of him, Huixu Da Neng, did not receive Meng Zhang''s help message at all.


    The reason why Taoist Jade Butterfly hurried back was that she sensed the breath of heavenly punishment from the heavenly palace near the front line.


    The heavenly palace will not impose heavenly punishment for no reason. Only after the sea clan and even the real dragon clan''s return to emptiness can they be punished by heaven.


    Although she was very suspicious in her heart, how could Hai Zu''s return to virtual Da Neng make a move at this time.


    According to common sense, if a character like Hui Xu Da Neng wants to fight, it should be the armies of both sides to launch the final decisive battle, even after the victory and defeat.


    However, since the heaven''s punishment has been lowered, it doesn''t matter why the Hai family''s return to emptiness is powerful.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly thought carefully. She soon thought that the three strong powers of returning to emptiness gathered at the front line, and only Meng Zhang, the weakest in the rear, was in charge.


    If it''s on weekdays, it''s okay.


    However, the sea clan''s great ability to return to the virtual world has been shot. It''s not appropriate to rely on Meng Zhang alone in the rear.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly didn''t expect that the heavenly punishment of the heavenly palace would be blocked. She just came back alone in order to make all-round plans and avoid accidents in the rear.


    After she left, there were two people on the front line, the old monster of the West Sea and Taoist anode.


    Both of them are old-fashioned and powerful. They work steadily and should have no problems.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly didn''t expect to rush back to Xingluo islands. There was a real problem here.


    Although Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied at this time, he did not attack in front of Taoist Jade Butterfly.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s experience, he can easily infer that most of the people on the Terran side colluded with the Hai people and sold specific information.


    The sea clan''s ability to return to the void can take advantage of it and directly attack the Xingluo islands.


    As for the delay of heaven''s punishment, Taoist Jade Butterfly''s delay in returning aid can only show that the enemy has made arrangements for a long time.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t deal with this powerful action of the Hai people, he would be seriously hurt.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have to think about it. He could guess who was behind the scenes.


    Meng Zhang has written down this account and will settle it with the secret guy sooner or later.


    He knew that Taoist Jade Butterfly had nothing to do with it, and that his family had many places to use Taoist Jade Butterfly in the future.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards Taoist Jade Butterfly is as respectful as ever.


    He spoke slowly and told Taoist Jade Butterfly everything that had just happened.


    Meng Zhang only objectively told his own experience, not mixed with his own conjecture and judgment.


    Meng Zhang believes that with the wisdom of Taoist Jade Butterfly, she can find something wrong even if she doesn''t say it clearly.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s story, Taoist Jade Butterfly really fell into thinking.


    After thinking for a while, without saying anything more, she greeted Meng Zhang and joined the aftermath of Xingluo islands.


    In this sudden disaster, friars and mortals on the island suffered heavy casualties.


    The surviving monks soon devoted themselves to the work of saving the dead and healing the wounded.


    After a period of time, the statistics of casualties made Meng Zhang and Taoist Jade Butterfly very sad.


    There is no way. In front of high-level friars, the lives of ordinary friars and mortals are so fragile.


    The aftermath of the battle of high-ranking friars alone can cause great disaster to them.


    This kind of thing is very common in the Junchen world, and it occurs a lot of times. Even figures like Meng Zhang and Taoist nun Jade Butterfly can''t do anything about it.


    Xingluo islands, even in the front line of resisting the Xihai people, are in a tense wartime state all year round. However, it is the first time that such a great loss has been suffered.

 Chapter 1760

    The Hai nationality''s return to virtual power raided Xingluo islands and fought a war with Meng Zhang. The aftermath of the battle caused great damage to Xingluo islands.


    This time it''s not a small matter. It''s important. Tiangong is very concerned about it.


    Since the Terran became the ruler of the Junchen world, the great power of returning to emptiness of major alien races basically hid from the Terran friars and rarely dared to take the initiative to attack the Terran territory.


    This incident is definitely the first in thousands of years. Meng Zhang thought that he finally had to rely on and didn''t have to look at other people''s faces.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly reported to Tianlei shangzun.


    Tianlei shangzun comforted Meng Zhang and praised him for his bravery and persistence in the face of danger.


    Tianlei shangzun told them that this time it was due to the return of the real dragon family, which prevented the coming of heaven punishment.


    Afterwards, the heavenly palace remedied this.


    Tianlei shangzun came to this place to monitor the real dragon family and prevent similar situations.


    After reporting, Meng Zhang and Taoist Jade Butterfly left together.


    Then, Meng Zhang went to report to Tianlei shangzun alone, adding fuel and vinegar to describe the critical situation at that time.


    In particular, he emphasized that the sea clan''s great ability to return to the void can take advantage of the void. It is clear that someone inside the Terran friar has informed him.


    Meng Zhang thought that Tianlei shangzun would follow his tone and try his best to investigate the matter.


    But he didn''t expect that after hearing Meng Zhang''s story, Tianlei shangzun said a few words casually and sent Meng Zhang away.


    Meng Zhang was a little confused. Privately, he went to find old man Yinhu and told him all about his meeting with Tianlei shangzun.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s attitude towards Tianlei shangzun, old man Yinhu didn''t say much. He just told Meng Zhang that it''s not a time for internal strife among human friars, and unity is the most important.


    Obviously, neither Tianlei shangzun nor Yinhu old man supports Meng Zhang''s use of this matter to make waves and undermine the unity among the human friars.


    If it had been in the past, Meng Zhang might have listened to Tianlei shangzun and Yinhu old man and would not have more branches.


    But this time, facing the sea clan''s return to virtual power, Meng Zhang was still alive. He managed to escape a disaster. He couldn''t find a place to vent his anger.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang is now a great power of returning to emptiness. He can be regarded as the top friars in the Junchen world.


    He felt that he could no longer be submissive to other people''s words as before, but should make his own voice.


    Since Tianlei shangzun didn''t help them, Meng Zhang relied on his own strength to find out the guy who framed him.


    At that time, people will get stolen goods. See what the heavenly palace will say.


    Before Meng Zhang took action, Taoist anode and the old monster of the West Sea returned to Xingluo islands.


    The two of them exchanged the latest information with Taoist aunt yudie and went to see Tianlei shangzun again.


    This time, the Hai family''s return to virtual power did not directly attack the Xingluo islands, but the aftermath of his battle with Meng Zhang not only destroyed most of the buildings on the main island, but also killed countless human friars and mortals. Many stored and accumulated materials were destroyed.


    Lord Tianlei ordered that the battle on the front line must not affect the decisive battle between the human friar army and the Xihai clan.


    The mountain bearers personally came forward and negotiated with the major cultivation forces in the name of the heavenly palace, asking them to send more materials and send more monks.


    Silver pot old man cooperates with the army of taiyimen friars as the rear army to clean up materials and send them to the front.


    After some confusion, the impact of the heavy damage to the Xingluo islands was soon eliminated, and the rear support to the front line has not been cut off.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly, old Xihai monster and Taoist anode continued to go to the front line according to the order of Lord Tianlei.


    If the return of the real dragon family can intervene in this war, Tianlei shangzun will also rush to the front line in time to help.


    Meng Zhang lost a lot in the previous war, so he stayed in Xingluo islands for cultivation.


    Of course, he will go out when necessary.


    In addition to sitting on the Xingluo islands, the old man Yinhu and the mountain guest are also responsible for ensuring that the reinforcements from the rear are sent to the front line in time.


    Obviously, although Tianlei shangzun has participated in this war, he and his men will not easily fight, let alone directly participate in the war between the Terran friars and the Xihai clan.


    Tianlei shangzun''s role as a town is more of a deterrent to the real dragon family.


    If the strong people of the real dragon family who return to the virtual world must believe in evil, they must participate in this war. Lord Lei will not be polite that day.


    Tiangong always pays attention to the West Sea.


    Several monks have been added to the heavenly palace to take charge of the heavenly punishment system.


    This time, as long as the alien return to the virtual power dares to fight, no matter what its origin and how powerful it is, the heavenly palace will immediately lower the heavenly punishment and try its best to kill it.


    After the preparations were completed, everyone''s attention was focused on the upcoming war.


    Although the news of the attack on Xingluo islands inevitably spread among the front-line army, due to the effective follow-up treatment methods, even Huixu power came directly to the army to calm people and boost morale.


    Therefore, a few internal problems among the three main armies on the front line were soon quelled.


    The army of three friars killed Xihai clan''s base camp together from three directions.


    Before long, the three-way friars will join forces near the Xihai family base camp and attack here together.

 Chapter 1761

    Obviously, the West Sea clan will not allow the Terran party to act wantonly and finally launch a fierce attack on its base camp.


    On the one hand, the Xihai people sent a number of small teams to use the advantage of being familiar with the marine environment to attack the three friars and try their best to stop their footsteps.


    On the other hand, the Xihai people gathered all the ethnic groups under their command and prepared to fight with the Terran friars.


    Before the clean-up operation, Xihai people learned about the determination of the Terran through different ways.


    The high level of Xihai clan is keenly aware that this war with Terran cannot be avoided.


    Before long, the Xihai clan had to start an all-out war with the Terran friars.


    The high level of Xihai clan is not arrogant and ignorant. On the contrary, they have always been sober and know that the Terran is the ruler of Junchen world.


    The Terran friars are powerful. Even if the sea clan is supported by the real dragon clan, it is difficult to confront them head-on.


    Therefore, many years ago, the Xihai tribe tolerated the establishment of the human cultivation force on the Xingluo islands.


    If the Xihai family really goes all out, even with the support of Ziyang Shengzong and many mainland Xiuzhen forces, Xingluo islands can''t last so long.


    For a long time, the Xihai people have reservations about the attack on Xingluo islands.


    Some rational high-level officials of Xihai family clearly know that even if the Terran cultivation forces on Xingluo islands are completely eliminated, with the power of Terran friars, it is easy to establish new maritime forces again to contain the power of Xihai family.


    Of course, the Xihai family is not monolithic, and there are also many differences.


    Many high-level officials of the Xihai clan still want to eliminate the Terran cultivation forces on the Xingluo islands.


    However, due to internal constraints, it is difficult for the Xihai family to attack it with all their strength.


    As a result, the situation of confrontation between Xingluo Islanders and Xihai people for many years appeared in the West Sea.


    In the meantime, although the Terran cultivation forces encountered difficulties and even dangers many times, they persisted for various reasons.


    This time, the Terran cultivation forces on Xingluo islands received assistance from all parties and launched a massive crusade against the Xihai people.


    From the beginning, the high level of Xihai nationality made a clear plan.


    The Xihai clan took the initiative to give up a large area of territorial sea and countless strongholds. Its main force avoided the Terran friars and played guerrilla warfare.


    As the front grew longer and longer, the Xihai clan also sent several teams to attack the rear, trying to cut off the supply line on the Terran side.


    Xihai clan tried to consume the human friars through these actions. After they were exhausted, the main force of Xihai clan killed them and wiped them out in one fell swoop.


    Although the power of Terran cultivators is huge, their power on the West Sea is still limited.


    After a disastrous defeat, even if the Terran side wants to revive and make a comeback, it will not happen overnight.


    And the heavy casualties may also cause some problems within the Terran.


    After being hurt, some high-level Terrans who are not firm in will may stop fighting and give up the fight against the Xihai clan for the time being.


    Xihai people know that they can''t fight against the practitioners of the whole Junchen world alone.


    Their ultimate goal is to delay as much time as possible and wait for changes in the Junchen world.


    Originally, the Terran friars and the main force of the Xihai family played a hide and seek in the vast Xihai.


    In a short time, the Terran friars could not catch the main force of the enemy, and the two sides were in a stalemate.


    However, facing the pressure of the heavenly palace, the Terran friars directly killed the Xihai family''s base camp, and the Xihai family had to come out to fight.


    The Terran friars came fiercely, regardless of the real dragon family close at hand.


    Although the goal has not been fully achieved, the high level of Xihai family is still well prepared for this war.


    When the three Terran friars overcome many obstacles and are about to kill near the Xihai base camp, the main force of Xihai finally appeared.


    The main force of the Xihai nationality chose the weakest right army as the attack target.


    Han Yao, the five punishment sword of Dali Dynasty, was the supreme commander of this army. The main force in the army also came from Dali Dynasty. Only a small number of monks came from various Xiuzhen forces reinforced on the mainland.


    The army of Dali imperial dynasty is composed of carefully selected sergeants. After hard training, it can be called a first-class elite.


    The Dali dynasty did not hide anything this time. The army sent to the West Sea for support is one of the main armies in the dynasty.


    The army is not only highly effective, but also equipped with a large number of war tools.


    The main part of the army has experienced many battles and can definitely be called a hundred battles.


    Xihai people chose this army as a soft persimmon, which was the wrong target.


    Even the holy sect like Ziyang Shengzong can''t defeat the army. Facing the main force of Xihai family, although there are few enemies, the enemy seems unstoppable. However, under the command of Han Yao, the whole army was in full readiness and gave full play to its strongest combat effectiveness, temporarily blocking the main force of Xihai nationality.


    After receiving the news that Han Yao was attacked, not only the other two friars took the initiative to approach him, but also the taiyimen side, as the rear army, sent reinforcements.


    Although there are sources within the Terran, Terran friars often report to them. However, the high level of the sea clan still failed to make a correct judgment on the strength of the Terran. When making decisions, it is inevitable to make some mistakes.


    Facing the superior enemy, Han Yao commanded the battle calmly and tried to delay time.


    The Chinese Army led by the Qiu brothers was the first to defeat the Hai people''s blocking team and rushed to the battlefield where the Hai people''s main force besieged the Dali imperial army.


    Then, the army of friars commanded by the Royal beast sect also broke through the enemy''s heavy obstacles and arrived here.


    The three-way Terran friar army began to approach and was about to meet.


    In this way, the high-level of Haizu tried to break the strategy one by one, so it went bankrupt.


    At this time, the main forces of both sides appeared on the battlefield and were at an unavoidable distance.


    In this case, all strategies and calculations have lost their function.


    Only by relying on their own strength and launching a comprehensive war can the two sides really decide the victory or defeat.


    As a result, a more tragic war broke out.


    The three Terran friars acted as horns for each other, cooperated with each other, pushed forward synchronously, and killed the main force of the Xihai family army.


    Xihai people gathered many ethnic groups this time, almost concentrating the power of the whole Xihai people.


    The previous battles were win or lose for each other, and everyone had miscalculations.


    At this moment, we can only break the game with strength and start a bloody battle.

 Chapter 1762

    The battle between the Terran friars and the main force of the Xihai clan has long been expected and expected by both sides.


    At the beginning of the General Assembly war, it fell into a white hot stage and soon became extremely tragic.


    Soon after the war, the strong ones of Yuanshen series died on both sides. As for ordinary pawns, there are countless deaths and injuries.


    On such a battlefield, even the strong ones of Yuanshen level are precarious and in danger of falling at any time.


    The strong Yang gods of both sides soon went into battle and fought fiercely.


    After the start of the war, new reinforcements arrived at the scene from time to time.


    That was the Hai ethnic group or team scattered in other places for various reasons.


    The friar army organized by taiyimen was originally used as a rear army to protect the supply line in the rear.


    After the front-line war became more and more intense and the casualties became more and more serious, the Qiu brothers, who took an overview of the front-line command, did not care about Meng Zhang''s face, and directly ordered to mobilize this large army of monks to come to the front-line to participate in the war.


    The army of friars organized by taiyimen had long dispersed and was divided into teams of different sizes to garrison the rear stronghold and be responsible for material transportation.


    Now after receiving the military order, Niu Dawei dared not neglect it. He immediately organized his friars and began to go to the front line to fight.


    Although Meng Zhang has been in charge of the Xingluo islands, he is still very concerned about the war on the front line.


    The intelligence obtained through various channels surprised him a little, and the severity of the war was a little beyond his imagination.


    Both sides did not directly participate in the war. All of them were killed by their troops.


    Xihai people have developed in Xihai for many years under the protection of Zhenlong people, and their accumulated strength is extremely terrible.


    Although the Terran friar army has been strengthened many times, many friars from the holy sect still fight very hard.


    For the Xihai people, if the Zhenlong people do not directly participate in this war, this war is the battle for the survival of the Xihai people. They must work hard by themselves in order to keep the Xihai people alive.


    Although there are strict orders from the heavenly palace, there is always a lack of momentum to die.


    In order to please the heavenly palace and complete the tasks assigned by the heavenly palace, the Qiu family brothers are willing to catch up with the Terran friars of the whole Xingluo islands at any cost.


    Unfortunately, although they are the commander-in-chief of the Terran friar army, they can''t master every part of the army.


    Half a month after the start of the General Assembly war, both sides suffered heavy casualties and lost their vitality.


    Despite all kinds of support from the mainland, it was continuously sent to Xingluo islands and then transferred to the front line.


    However, the huge loss of manpower is very difficult to make up for.


    Now the casualty speed of Terran friars has far exceeded the speed of rear replenishment.


    When both sides began to fall, some high-level people on the side of the Terran friars finally felt cold.


    For the decline of the Terran friar army, many people who watch the war are very dissatisfied with the return to virtual power.


    However, due to the strict order of the heavenly palace, they could not directly participate in the war.


    The Jade Butterfly Taoist nun of the Royal beast sect is also very tough in dealing with aliens.


    Seeing that the Terran friar army was about to fall into the downwind, she specially went to see Tianlei shangzun.


    According to Taoist Jade Butterfly, the sea clan''s return to virtual power had raided the Xingluo islands, causing huge losses to the Terran side.


    The Terran''s return to emptiness power can also make a counterattack.


    It doesn''t need a lot of people to fight, and it doesn''t need too much strength. She just needs to show her strength at will on the front line, which is enough to change the situation and give the Terran friars an absolute advantage.


    Lord Tianlei is honored among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace. He has always been famous for his belligerence.


    With a strong character, he is far tougher than Taoist Yu die.


    According to the conjecture of Taoist aunt Yu die, even if she didn''t take the initiative to volunteer this time, she would retaliate for the willful act of Hai clan''s return to virtual power last time.


    To the surprise of Taoist Jade Butterfly, after thinking about it, Tianlei shangzun directly rejected Taoist Jade Butterfly''s proposal.


    Tianlei shangzun emphasized the order of Tiangong again. As long as the return to virtual energy of the sea clan and the real dragon clan do not directly participate in the war, the return to virtual energy on the Terran side can''t directly fight.


    Although Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly was confused, she still obeyed the order and forcibly restrained her desire to fight.


    Tianlei shangzun''s attitude is strange. Taoist aunt yudie doesn''t want to disobey Tianlei shangzun. However, Meng Zhang, who is in the rear, has never forgotten the last account and has been planning to fight back.


    Meng Zhang''s most hated object is not the Hai clan Huixu power who attacked the Xingluo islands, but the traitor of the human clan who colluded with the Hai clan to reveal the information and reveal the reality of the Xingluo islands.


    Meng Zhang has some ideas about who is playing tricks on the Terran side.


    Although Lord Tianlei asked him to take the overall situation into account and maintain the unity among the good people. But he will never let go of the guy who has calculated himself.


    The Xingluo islands in the rear gives Meng Zhang more time to slowly consider how to deal with the matter.


    We should not only do well, but also get stolen goods, so that everyone has nothing to say, but also be able to control the development of the situation, so as not to be unable to clean up in the end and offend the Lord Tianlei.


    The Xihai clan had sent several attack teams to attack various Terran strongholds and supply lines in the rear.


    Among these harassing teams, there are several strong men of Yang God level.


    Meng Zhang once secretly intercepted their breath to ensure that they would not get out of their control.


    Previously, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to find them, but deliberately kept them for future use.


    Now, Meng Zhang has an idea that just needs these guys.


    Meng Zhang, as the only returning to virtual power in Xingluo islands, no friars on the island are qualified to be on an equal footing with him.


    He doesn''t have to report to anyone, let alone put anyone in charge.


    The bloody battle on the front line is in full swing, which has attracted all the attention of the senior management of both sides.


    Most of the return virtual powers on the Terran side have arrived at the front line, and it is impossible for the Hai side not to take precautions.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, in a short time, Xingluo islands should not be raided by Hai family''s return virtual power again.


    Meng Zhang secretly cast a spell and began to feel the whereabouts of the strong Yang God of the sea family by using the breath he intercepted.


    The cultivation level of these strong Yang gods of the Hai nationality is not as good as that of Meng Zhang, and they don''t know Meng Zhang''s means. They didn''t take precautions in advance.


    Soon, Meng Zhang clearly felt the target.


    Two of the four targets are too far away from here. They are probably located in the extreme depths of the West Sea and are about to leave Meng Zhang''s sensing range.


    Meng Zhang glanced in that direction and guessed that the two strong Yang gods of the sea family should return to participate in the general battle related to the fate of the whole family.

 Chapter 1763

    The two strong Yang gods of the Hai nationality have returned to the front line to fight, and Meng Zhang will not continue to pay attention.


    If we had started early and acted decisively, these two guys would not have escaped their own hands.


    Meng Zhang felt a little sorry and was soon put aside by him.


    He continued to use his secret sense, and the other two breath gathered together, and it was less than ten thousand miles away from the Xingluo islands.


    This distance is very far for ordinary practitioners, but it is only a short distance for him.


    Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and took action immediately.


    He flew into the air and took a gentle step forward, and his body disappeared.


    When his body appeared again, it had come over the target.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his breath and looked at the bottom of the sea through the sea below.


    The two strong Yang gods of the Hai nationality have good strength. Since they dare to go deep behind the enemy, they have good courage and high alertness.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared over the sea, they felt something.


    Sensing the breath belonging to the great power of returning to emptiness, they dared not move and carefully restrained all their breath, just like a stone, quietly hiding at the bottom of the sea.


    In front of the great power of returning to emptiness, once they expose their tracks, they don''t even have a chance to escape.


    They don''t even have the courage to try.


    Meng Zhang sneered with disdain.


    It''s disgraceful to bully the small and rely on the strong to bully the weak, but he doesn''t have the slightest psychological burden.


    The struggle between the Terran and the sea is a battle for the survival of the race. It is related to the survival of the race. It can''t tolerate the slightest gentleness.


    Hai''s return to emptiness can do the first day of junior high school, and he can do the fifteenth day.


    Things like observing tacit understanding and fighting fairly often only appear among the human cultivation forces with equal strength.


    In fact, it is very common for the big to bully the small and rely on the strong to bully the weak in the internal disputes of the Terran.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word of nonsense. He knew that he couldn''t win the enemy just by talking.


    He pointed to the sea below with one hand, and the endless sea suddenly flew into the sky. The sea below was split in two, revealing a huge gap.


    Down this gap, there is a hidden hole on the seabed thousands of feet deep.


    Meng Zhang has already started. The two strong Yang gods of the sea family don''t know that their deeds have been exposed.


    Although they didn''t know where they exposed their flaws, they responded very quickly and made the right response immediately.


    A figure was emitted from the pit. He wanted to integrate into the surrounding sea and escape with the help of water escape.


    Another figure quietly dived into the bottom of the pit, trying to dive deeper into the seabed.


    The two strong Yang gods of the sea family dare not fight with Meng Zhang and want to escape separately.


    Meng Zhang is also too lazy to use any powerful secret arts. He directly bullies people by virtue of cultivation.


    His cultivation level is higher than that of the other party, so he naturally has the advantage of rolling.


    Meng Zhang pointed at the bottom with one hand. The strong Yang God of the sea family who was trying to escape with the help of water, immediately felt that the surrounding sea water seemed to solidify and become as hard as gold and stone.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments on the water route were not worth mentioning, but he forcibly interrupted the other party''s water escape skill by rolling with his accomplishments.


    Meng Zhang held his other hand to the bottom and grabbed it gently.


    The strong Yang God of the sea family who was hiding at the bottom of the sea immediately felt an invisible giant hand enveloping him, like an eagle grasping a chicken, firmly grasped his body, and put forward the bottom of the sea.


    The two strong Yang gods of the Hai nationality who were temporarily controlled did not just admit their fate, but began to use all kinds of magical powers and secrets to resist desperately.


    Although there is only one level difference between the Yang God level and the return empty level, there are two levels with a great gap, which are very different.


    If you are a human monk in the Yang God period, you are proficient in all kinds of magical powers and secrets, plus holding magic weapons or strange treasures, you can barely compete with the great power of the return to emptiness period.


    Since these two strong Yang gods of the Hai nationality can be sent behind the enemy to perform dangerous and almost suicidal tasks, they have limited status within the Hai nationality and may still be abandoned sons of the clan.


    Even the whole Xihai people have few magic weapons, not to mention the two of them.


    Both of them belong to a situation where the potential has been exhausted and it is impossible to go further.


    In front of Meng Zhang, they fought desperately, but they were just useless struggles.


    Meng Zhang did not retain much. He wantonly exerted his strength at the level of returning to emptiness and kept rolling the enemy from beginning to end, so as not to give them any chance to turn over.


    After a struggle, the two strong Yang gods of the Hai family were captured alive by Meng Zhang.


    After capturing the two enemies, Meng Zhang looked at the sky regardless of the messy battlefield.


    The time he just shot was not short, and the fluctuation of power at the virtual level was not covered up at all.


    So far, Tiangong has no response. It seems that his guess is right. Tiangong has indeed greatly relaxed the supervision of Terran return to virtual power and relaxed the restrictions on Terran return to virtual power.


    The Terran can cross the boundary once or twice. As long as there is no big noise and cause too much damage to the Jun dust world, the heavenly palace is too lazy to interfere.


    Two strong Yang gods of the Hai family were bound by invisible forces, so they knelt down in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew the general origin of the other party only by his appearance.


    A sea family should be a sea shark family, shark head, human body. It''s huge and powerful. It''s a humanoid shark.


    Another sea tribe is the Sea Patrol yecha family, with a tall body, green face and tusks, and blue skin.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk nonsense. He went straight to the point and asked them to explain themselves. What is their origin and what kind of mission they have to sneak into Terran territory


    Meng Zhang imprisons their actions, but he does not imprison their ability to speak.


    Although the two strong Yang gods of the sea clan fall into the enemy''s hands, they are tough enough.


    The strong Yang God of the sea shark family began to scold Meng Zhang. After a while, Meng Zhang bullied the small and insulted the reputation of returning to virtual power. For a while, the Terrans are despicable and dirty, and everyone should die


    After scolding, the strong man of the sea shark family scolded more and more, and the more he scolded, the worse he heard.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem to hear his angry scolding. He looked at the strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family.


    The strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family looked very arrogant and looked at Meng Zhang with contempt.


    No matter which race, those who can grow up to be strong at the level of Yang God are determined and indomitable people.


    Meng Zhang wants to know what he wants to know by relying on the power of returning to emptiness and a few oral questions, but it is not enough.

 Chapter 1764

    Most of the strong men of Yang God level are very strong and have enough toughness. Of course, they are not so easy to yield. Meng Zhang had expected this and made some preparations in advance.


    Although Meng Zhang did not dare to say that he was a torturer, he had experienced for many years in the cultivation world, was used to the world and people''s hearts, and mastered many means to enable him to achieve his goal.


    Intelligent creatures like the sea family, like the human family, have their own weaknesses.


    In the cultivation world, the more powerful creatures have a longer life, the more they cherish their own lives.


    Meng Zhang ignored the strong Yang God of the sea shark family, but turned into a vigorous hand and grabbed the strong Yang God of the sea cruising yecha family who remained silent.


    Meng Zhang deliberately slowed down and slowly grabbed the strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family and put it in front of the strong Yang God of the sea shark family.


    Then Meng Zhang''s heart moved, and the vigorous hand made a hard pinch.


    After a light sound, the strong body of the Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family was gently crushed like an egg.


    I saw blood splashing and broken meat everywhere


    It doesn''t count to destroy the other party''s body. Keep trying hard, hold the other party''s spirit, grind it slowly in your hand, and then grind it into pieces alive.


    In this process, the strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family couldn''t bear it. The spirit kept trembling, moaning and screaming.


    Meng Zhang has been silent, just squinting at the guy who was still scolding from time to time.


    Among the many ethnic groups of the Xihai people, the status and strength of the Sea Patrol yecha people are far above the sea shark people.


    Among the two, the strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family has always been the leader over the strong Yang God of the sea shark family.


    Seeing his companion and boss in front of him, he destroyed all the living flesh and soul, and died miserably. He suffered a lot of pain before he died. He had already involuntarily stopped scolding and became silent.


    Seeing that he deterred the other party and made the other party upset, Meng Zhang struck while the iron was hot and used his means one after another. Soon, the strong Yang God of the originally tough sea shark family finally gave in completely.


    Once he gave in, he had no reservations and told Meng Zhang the news he wanted to know one by one.


    This strong Yang God of the sea shark family is named shawu Liang, and he is a leading figure of the sea shark family.


    Although the sea shark family is a big family among many ethnic groups of the sea family, with a large number of Sea Sharks and many strong ones, it has been unable to enter the core high-level of the Xihai family because it has not been able to produce the power of returning to the virtual level.


    There is a fierce internal struggle among the human cultivators. There are also constant open and secret struggles among the major ethnic groups of the Hai nationality and within each ethnic group.


    However, in the face of powerful Terran practitioners, the Hai clan can still focus on the overall situation and strive to maintain internal unity.


    Facing the pressure of the Terran friars, when the high-level of the sea clan arranges tasks, it will also be very different according to the distance.


    Of course, the situation of the sea shark family is better than those low-level cannon fodder groups, but there is no one at the top of the sea family, so it is inevitable to undertake some dirty work.


    Shark Wuliang had angered a big man of the shark people. It happened that the shark people wanted to suppress the sea shark people, so they sent him behind the enemy to engage in a dangerous attack task.


    The strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family, who was accompanied by Sha Wuliang, was sent over after inadvertently offending the strong man of the real dragon family.


    Shark Wuliang has a hot temper and a rough character. He is an acute child to the letter.


    But he is not a fool. He is very clear about these twists and turns in the sea family.


    He seems to be rough and brave and not afraid of death. In fact, he cherishes his own life too much.


    After sensing Meng Zhang''s breath of returning to the virtual power last time, all the strong Yang gods sent to carry out the harassing task, including him, hid one after another and dared not show up easily.


    After receiving the news from the rear, the Terran friar army approached the Xihai base camp. After a general battle could not be avoided, the other two companions took the initiative to return to participate in the general battle.


    Shark Wuliang knew that after going back, with his own status, he only used it as cannon fodder and rushed to the front.


    The strong Yang God of the Sea Patrol yecha family is the real dragon family. He didn''t dare to go back until he spoke.


    So, Sha Wuliang found an excuse to continue to harass the Terran rear and stayed nearby for the time being.


    Of course, they have been hiding and have no intention to take the initiative.


    After Meng Zhang shot, he easily found them and took them down.


    Seeing the miserable end of his companions, after Meng Zhang''s torture, Sha Wuliang completely collapsed and completely gave in to Meng Zhang.


    From his mouth, Meng Zhang learned a lot about the internal situation of the Xihai people, including many valuable and unknown secrets.


    After knowing this information, Meng Zhang was not optimistic about the prospect of the Terran friar army.


    Without more and more powerful support, it would be difficult for the Terran friars to win the general battle on the front line.


    Although he knew this, Meng Zhang had no intention of interfering.


    Meng Zhang obviously felt wrong from the attitude of Tianlei shangzun and the order of Tiangong.


    It seems that Tiangong will not invest more resources.


    For this war, Tiangong urged very urgently, obviously unwilling to delay too long.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch in his heart that it was hard to say anything else about the cleaning operation. At least the action against the Xihai people may not go on.


    After the advanced stage of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang mastered more means.


    Shark Wuliang, a strong Yang God of the sea family, plays a great role and has many places to use.


    After Sha Wuliang gave in, he had no resistance to Meng Zhang''s next means and had to bear it.


    It didn''t take long for Meng Zhang to plant a special prohibition in the spirit of shawuliang.


    As long as Meng Zhang''s mind moves, the prohibition in the spirit will immediately break out, making shawuliang worse than death and suffer cruel torture.


    Seeing through Meng Zhang, who is fierce but weak in nature, Sha Wuliang has great confidence in his own means.


    Shark Wuliang has been completely controlled by him and dare not disobey his orders.


    In Meng Zhang''s next actions, Sha Wuliang will play a key role.


    Meng Zhang collected the controlled shark Wuliang into mustard space, and then returned to Xingluo islands.


    He didn''t leave for a long time. In such a short time, there was no big change in Xingluo islands, and he didn''t disturb anyone.


    Meng Zhang will not disclose to others what he has gained from going out this time.

 Chapter 1765

    Shawu Liang, the strong Yang God who controls the sea shark family, Meng Zhang reluctantly achieves his initial goal and has a card in his hand.


    He did not act in a hurry, let alone play this card easily, but continued to sit on the Xingluo islands and silently pay attention to the war ahead.


    The fierce bloody battle on the front line continued. After the three-way friars joined forces, their strength increased greatly, but they could not hold down the Xihai family army.


    The cruel bloody battle between the two sides continued, and countless lives were thrown on the battlefield.


    Knowing that there was great power to return to the virtual world, the top level of taiyimen dared not neglect, and took the initiative to throw the organized friar army into the battlefield.


    Of course, taiyimen still needs to leave some strength to guard the rear strongholds and transport materials.


    It is about 70% of the forces that really invest in the battlefield.


    Now the battlefield of the General Assembly war is simply a cruel meat grinder.


    A team of monks threw themselves into it and soon became corpses.


    Although there was a close investigation before the war and knew something about the enemy, the Xihai clan really began to make efforts. The strength of the army sent by the Xihai clan was so strong that it was greatly beyond the expectations of the high-level Terran.


    A group of Hui Xu''s great power is high above the others. They don''t give orders or easily contact with Terran friars. They just sit and watch the success or failure.


    The specific command power on the battlefield is almost entirely in the hands of a group of Yang Shenqi friars led by the Qiu family brothers.


    They never thought that the battle would go on to this extent, the battle would be so cruel and the casualties would be so heavy.


    Even the Royal beast sect and Ziyang holy sect, the two holy sects, have suffered countless deaths and injuries.


    After knowing the specific casualty figures, the two Yang God friars of yubeast sect couldn''t help shaking their faces and turning blue.


    As the main force, the friars of Xingluo islands undertook the main combat tasks and the greatest casualties.


    The Qiu brothers did not hide anything this time. They did not hesitate to sacrifice the friars of Xingluo palace.


    Although Xingluo palace was established by them, due to the perennial infiltration of Ziyang holy sect, no one can tell how many ghosts there are in Xingluo islands.


    Although the Qiu brothers cleaned up the inside of Xingluo palace many times after breaking with Ziyang Shengzong, they are still far from cleaning up here.


    The Qiu brothers have a lot of spirit. Since they can''t clean up completely, they should smash the stall. Only after smashing it can they rebuild their foundation.


    It is the order of the heavenly palace for the Xihai people to go to war this time. The holy sect of Ziyang and other holy sects should actively participate, not to mention the strict order of the Qiu brothers.


    Xingluo palace dared not resist orders, so it embarked on the battlefield of almost death.


    Xingluo palace has stood in Xingluo islands for many years. The accumulated family wealth has been almost completely emptied this time.


    The hard-working monks in the gate were consumed on the battlefield as cannon fodder.


    The Xingluo palace is so hard-working, and other forces on the Xingluo islands have no reason and opportunity to commit adultery and slip.


    The friars in the gate went to battle together to replace the floating cloud view, which has been waiting for a long time with the Xingluo palace.


    After the war, the main force of the monks in the door was almost exhausted, which made Fu Yunzi jump with anger.


    The Yiqi hall with the largest number of friars. Many friars didn''t hold on for long, and the whole family was about to run out of blood.


    Seeing the sect''s vitality seriously damaged and its foundation shaken, it really hurts you.


    Soon, he had no time for heartache.


    The war became more and more fierce, and the friars in the Yang God period had to go into the battlefield one after another.


    In the successive Yang God wars, casualties soon appeared on both sides.


    The war is so fierce that even friars of the Yang God period may fall at any time.


    People like Yiqi Zhenjun, who practiced the secret method of crossing the robbery in those years, barely survived the thunder robbery, but didn''t get much benefits.


    He did not achieve the Yang God period for a long time, and his strength was almost the lowest among the monks in the Yang God period.


    In the war of the Yang God period, the real king of one Qi was almost precarious and difficult to protect himself.


    Soon, he had the idea of retreating and the idea of avoiding the war.


    If he didn''t know that there was a great power of returning to the virtual world staring at him, he would have left everything on the battlefield and ran away directly.


    Knowing that he could not escape, Yiqi Zhenjun began to move his mind in order to protect his life.


    On the battlefield, the casualties of both sides are so heavy, but no one has the trend of armistice.


    The war continues, and the bloody scene remains the same.


    The so-called one drum spirit, and then decline, three and exhausted.


    After more than a month of bloody war, the morale of both sides is not as good as before the war.


    In the face of heavy casualties, many more rational high-level officials on both sides have given birth to a sense of retreat.


    If such a battle continues, there will be no real winner.


    For the Terran friars, many religious forces who participated in the war will decline after the war.


    Even if we win this battle, we have no spare power to continue to clean up the Haizu, and we can''t spare power to attack the base camp of Xihai clan.


    For the Xihai ethnic group, regardless of victory or defeat, after this war, many Hai ethnic groups will disappear and perish, and several core ethnic groups will also collapse.


    I''m afraid the whole Xihai family will usher in the fate of decline.


    In that sentence, it is not the guys who take part in the war who really decide whether the war will continue or not.


    Even the strong ones in the Yang God period of both sides are just chess pieces, following the will of returning to virtual power.


    As long as the two sides return to the virtual power and do not speak, the bloody war will continue like this.


    Apart from Meng Zhang, almost all of the return virtual powers of the Terran appeared near the battlefield.


    They swaggered high above the battlefield, indifferent to the progress of the war below.


    The sea clan''s great power of returning to emptiness has long been exposed.


    They are not fixed in a certain position, but sneak around the battlefield.


    The power of returning to emptiness on the side of the sea clan is not as good as that of the Terran friars in terms of strength and quantity.


    Without the intervention of the real dragon family, the Terran can return to the virtual world without heaven''s punishment. They all have enough confidence to defeat their opponents.


    Probably stimulated by the bloody war below, the Jade Butterfly Taoist aunt of the Royal beast sect is ready to fight with the Huixu power of the Hai family.


    Status and cultivation are the highest Tianlei supreme respect, and they are well deserved leaders in this war.


    He kept calm and didn''t mean to take the initiative at all. His behavior on peace day was very different.


    One day, Taoist Yu die was pressed by the thunder. Even if she was excited, she didn''t dare to act rashly.


    Meng Zhang in the rear paid close attention to the war ahead. He felt a little impatient for the more bloody scene.


    This is not just because the taiyimen friar army participated in the war and suffered heavy casualties.


    However, Meng Zhang felt that the war had been carried out to such an extent that it was just the end of losing both sides. It was really of little value.

 Chapter 1766

    Meng Zhang is also a figure who has experienced many wars and seen countless blood.


    He is not a soft hearted person. When needed, he will become more cruel than anyone.


    He just felt that the sacrifice of the Terran friars did not make much sense.


    Human friars'' lives are precious and should not be sacrificed here without value.


    Especially those directly affiliated friars of Taiyi sect have a great future and are of great use to the sect.


    It''s too wasteful to consume it like cannon fodder.


    However, among all the great powers of returning to emptiness, his accomplishments and qualifications are the shallowest, and his voice is limited.


    He was speechless about the war.


    If he spoke rashly, it might lead to Taoist anode''s attack, saying that friar taiyimen was greedy for life and afraid of death.


    Meng Zhang knew that he couldn''t do many things by himself. In order to avoid burning himself, he kept silent all the time.


    In any case, it is a good thing for taiyimen and Meng Zhang that Xihai nationality has been seriously weakened and even embarked on the road of decline.


    At least, taiyimen will not have to worry about the threat from the West Sea in the future.


    In the tragic war on the front line, it is common that minor injuries can not go down the line of fire. Many friars are still fighting with seriously wounded bodies regardless of their own foundation.


    In the recent battle of Yang Shen period, yujianzhen Jun of yujianmen was killed on the spot. Yiqizhen Jun of Yiqi hall was seriously injured and was unable to fight again.


    As a rare sword cultivation in the period of Yang God, yujianzhenjun has always fought bravely and is a fierce general in the army of friars.


    His death not only greatly regretted the Qiu brothers, but also reduced the morale of the army.


    After all, Yiqi Zhenjun was fostered by the Qiu family brothers and has always regarded him as a reliable subordinate.


    Seeing that Yiqi Zhenjun was really unable to fight again, Qiu Gangfeng asked two Yiqi hall disciples to return them to Xingluo islands for healing.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness who are high above did not pay attention to this small episode.


    Whether it was the death of Yujian Zhenjun or Yiqi Zhenjun who was seriously injured and left, it did not affect the continuation of the war.


    After Yiqi Zhenjun was sent back to Xingluo islands by the friar in the door, he kept closed the door to heal his wounds and didn''t ask about foreign affairs.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was seriously injured, but it wasn''t as serious as it looked.


    His cultivation and combat effectiveness are not very good, but he has some dirty tricks.


    He was wounded in the war and took advantage of the situation to play a good play, which successfully deceived other friars in the army.


    The Qiu brothers did not check carefully out of the mentality of taking care of their own people.


    Leaving the cruel battlefield, Zhenjun finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    At the thought of that cruel scene, he couldn''t help feeling a lingering fear.


    This time, he didn''t want to return to the front line under the pretext of serious injury.


    After three days of cultivation, his injury has basically stabilized.


    Of course, he will continue to pretend that he can''t afford to be seriously injured.


    One day, Yiqi Zhenjun was meditating in the secret room. Suddenly, a figure broke in silently.


    The startled Qi Zhenjun was about to react. The other party drank lightly and interrupted his action.


    "Shut up, I have business with you."


    A figure appeared in front of Yiqi Zhenjun.


    It was a huge sea tribe with a shark head, a human body and a huge body.


    Last time, the yecha family returned to the sea to attack Xingluo islands and fight with Meng Zhang.


    The aftermath of the battle destroyed the mountain protection array of the main island of Xingluo islands, causing serious damage. It has also caused varying degrees of damage to other large and small islands.


    The mountain protection array on the island where Yiqi hall is located was also destroyed, and most of the buildings on the island were damaged.


    The array prohibition in Yiqi hall is basically destroyed. The monks who stayed at the sect lost a lot.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was taking the main force of the gate to the front line at that time. The remaining monks in the gate were unable to repair the array prohibition.


    After Yiqi Zhenjun came back, he simply laid several prohibitions around the closed secret room. It can block ordinary friars, but it doesn''t have much effect in front of experts.


    Yiqi Zhenjun looked at each other, felt the breath on each other, and his face changed slightly.


    Xingluo islands and Xihai people have faced off for many years. Yiqi Zhenjun is not ignorant of the situation of Xihai people.


    The other side is clearly the strong one of the sea shark family. From its cultivation, it is mostly the king of the sea shark family.


    Xihai family is fighting with the human friars. Yiqi Zhenjun was just wounded by the strong man of the sea family. The Yang God expert of the sea shark family suddenly broke into his closed secret room.


    Normally, he should act immediately and cry for help.


    But after listening to the other party''s words, Yiqi Zhenjun fell into silence and looked at the other party with a little doubt.


    "The king, Sha Wuliang, came here at the order of his ancestors."


    "The ancestors of the clan were very satisfied with the information you provided last time."


    ¡­¡­


    After listening to shawu Liang''s words, Yiqi Zhenjun changed his face and said weakly, "the last thing has passed. What else do you want to do?"


    "I said at that time that in the future, the two sides have nothing to do with each other and don''t know each other."


    ¡­¡­


    "Since you have had the experience of secretly informing us, do you think you can get rid of it?"


    Shark Wuliang said with a sneer.


    While the two of them were having a dialogue with each other, the two figures hid their shapes and silently watched below.


    Old silver pot looked very ugly. Looking at Meng Zhang opposite, he said, "brother Meng, you have to pull me over this time to let me see this scene?"


    Meng Zhang said with a bitter smile, "old brother, if you didn''t catch a current one and let you see it with your own eyes, I''m afraid you don''t believe my little brother."


    Since Meng Zhang advanced and returned to the virtual period, his title to the old man Yinhu has changed from his predecessor to his old brother, which seems more intimate.


    Old silver pot took more care of Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang captured Sha Wuliang, he learned through interrogation that Sha Wuliang did not know the specific situation of the information between the Terran side and the sea side.


    Meng Zhang was convinced that the last time he was attacked, someone sold out the details.


    Just at this time, Yiqi Zhenjun was seriously injured, left the battle and came back to heal.


    Yiqi Zhenjun was the object of Meng Zhang''s key suspicion.


    Meng Zhang sent Sha Wuliang to play a play.


    Shark Wuliang has been completely controlled by Meng Zhang. Of course, he dare not refuse. He will only act honestly.


    In order to have a witness, Meng Zhang specially invited his old friend Yinhu back from the front line.


    Meng Zhang was going to let the mountain bearers and even Tianlei shangzun come and have a look with his own eyes.


    Unfortunately, his face is not big enough. Please don''t touch these two people.


    As soon as shawu Liang appeared, Yiqi Zhenjun, who had secretly colluded with the sea family, immediately took the bait.


    This can''t blame him for his carelessness, but he never thought that the strong man of the sea family at the level of Yang God would be controlled by the human friars, and then came to calculate him.

 Chapter 1767

    Shark Wuliang looks rough, but his mind is delicate, and his acting skills are also good. For Meng Zhang''s orders, he did his best to complete them.


    After some dialogue, Yiqi Zhenjun, who had colluded with the Hai family, soon believed Sha Wuliang''s words.


    Seeing that Yiqi Zhenjun admitted that he had colluded with the Hai people and informed the Hai people, Meng Zhang and old man Yinhu were too lazy to continue listening.


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s big hand, a huge vigorous hand condensed into shape in the air, and then grabbed it heavily to the zongmen station of Yiqi hall.


    Looking at the vigorous hands falling from the sky, I felt the terrible smell. The left behind monks in Yiqi hall looked desperate and almost couldn''t move.


    Qi Zhenjun, who is talking to Sha Wuliang, also has a big change in his face, so he has to take action.


    The vigorous hand directly broke the ban and went deep into his closed chamber.


    The breath of strength from the great energy of returning to emptiness has produced a crushing pressure on Yiqi Zhenjun.


    He was badly injured and wanted to resist, but he was caught by the vigorous hand.


    Meng Zhang manipulated his powerful hand and caught the Qi Zhenjun who had lost his resistance in front of him.


    This time, he was caught on the spot and witnessed by the old man Yinhu, which shows that Meng Zhang is not avenging public and private revenge, but finding out the traitors of the human race who collude with the Hai nationality.


    Yiqi Zhenjun is not a hard bone to resist death. After being caught by Meng Zhang, he initially tried to argue a few words.


    Meng Zhang only used a little means to make him completely give in.


    Under Meng Zhang''s trial, Yiqi Zhenjun told all the secrets, especially how he colluded with the Hai family.


    The last time yizhenjun had an attack, friar taiyimen was scared away by Meng Zhang and returned directly to Xingluo islands.


    Having offended Meng Zhang, he secretly visited the anode Taoist of Ziyang Shengzong, hoping to get help and resist the pressure from Meng Zhang.


    Taoist anode knew that Yiqi Zhenjun had been fostered by the Qiu brothers for many years and was with them.


    Taoist anode didn''t mind having another dark son around Qiu''s brother.


    As for the contradiction between Yiqi Zhenjun and Meng Zhang, he loved it all the more.


    Taoist anode received Yiqi Zhenjun with a lukewarm attitude and said a few ambiguous words.


    For Yiqi Zhenjun, Taoist anode didn''t shut himself out, which was a good result.


    Shortly after meeting Taoist anode, Yiqi Zhenjun received a letter before he was ready to leave for the front line.


    There was no signature on the letter, and after Yiqi Zhenjun read it, the letter was automatically burned.


    There is a way to contact the Hai people to return to the virtual power on the letter, and the news that it will be Meng Zhang''s turn to stay alone in Xingluo islands soon.


    The Qi Zhenjun, who understood it, immediately contacted Hai Zu Huixu power secretly and revealed this important news.


    The information from the interrogation is enough to implement the accusation of Yiqi Zhenjun colluding with the Hai family, but it is not possible to bite the Taoist anode to death.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied, but because the old man silver pot was on the side, it was difficult to get some means.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang really made some means secretly, he may not be able to hide from such an expert as Tianlei shangzun.


    But anyway, Yiqi Zhenjun has confessed. Lord Tianlei must give Meng Zhang an explanation.


    Moreover, although there is not enough evidence to prove that Taoist anode was involved in this matter. However, in the cultivation world, the returning virtual powers do not need enough evidence to act.


    Taoist anode had the motive to frame Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang had enough reasonable doubt. Yiqi Zhenjun was circumstantial evidence.


    If Tianlei has a heart, he can accuse Taoist anode of colluding with the Hai family.


    Meng Zhang has established contact with Tian Lei shangzun for a long time because of the relationship with the old man Yinhu.


    He has received the guidance and benefits of Tianlei shangzun and is recognized as a member of Tianlei shangzun.


    According to the principle, Tianlei shangzun should stand on his side.


    However, Tianlei''s previous attitude made him a little worried.


    Tianlei shangzun made it clear that he would settle things rather than make trouble.


    Meng Zhang was really unwilling, so he made such a mistake again.


    Not long after Yiqi Zhenjun was captured on the spot, the old man Yinhu passed the news to Tianlei shangzun.


    However, after a long time of Kung Fu, Tianlei shangzun returned from the front line and appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang hurried to meet him and wanted to report the matter to Tianlei shangzun.


    Tianlei shangzun waved and stopped Meng Zhang from speaking.


    "This matter has been explained in the news from the silver pot."


    "Yiqi Zhenjun colludes with the sea family. The evidence is conclusive and the crime is unforgivable. It''s really damned."


    "However, after all, this man has made meritorious service in the war against the Hai clan, and was injured in the war. It is not appropriate to punish him openly, so as not to affect the morale of the front line."


    "Externally, let''s say he''s sitting down because of his injury."


    After the disposal of Yiqi Zhenjun, Tianlei shangzun had the intention to end the conversation.


    Meng Zhang hurriedly said, "and the anode Taoist of Ziyang holy sect..."


    Before he finished, he was interrupted by Tianlei shangzun.


    "You don''t have enough evidence to prove that Taoist anode is related to this matter."


    "However, Yiqi Zhenjun has visited Taoist anode, and it is clear that he has a tacit understanding with him." Meng Zhang is very dissatisfied.


    "This little thing doesn''t mean anything. There are many monks who have visited you. Are you responsible for the actions of every monk who has visited you?"


    "Well, if you are really unwilling, you can make Yiqi hall disappear completely after the wind of this matter passes."


    Tianlei shangzun threw out a Qi hall to appease Meng Zhang.


    Although he had expected for a long time, Meng Zhang was still very uncomfortable.


    Could it be that Lord Tianlei also scruples about Ziyang holy sect and doesn''t want to offend the holy sect.


    Tianlei looked at Meng Zhang and could probably guess what he thought.


    Tianlei shangzun, who has always been tough, sighed.


    "Meng Zhang, you should take the overall situation into consideration and put the overall situation first in everything."


    "If it''s just a Taoist priest on weekdays, even if it''s disposed of, it''s nothing."


    "But now, the heavenly palace needs the power of Ziyang Shengzong, so it''s not suitable to quarrel with Ziyang Shengzong."


    "I''m not talented, but I''m not that timid person."


    "You can inquire about the so-called holy door."


    "Now there are strong enemies outside the Junchen boundary. There are dangers inside, and there is a danger of overturning at any time."


    "At this time, we must unite all forces in the cultivation world, unite with the outside world and tide over the crisis together."


    Tianlei looked at the sky.


    "Well, you will know these things sooner or later. Let the silver pot explain them to you slowly."


    "The war on the front line has reached a critical moment. We need to go and stare at it in person. We shouldn''t leave for too long."


    Before the words fell, the figure of Tianlei''s superior disappeared in front of Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1768

    After Tianlei shangzun left, looking at Meng Zhang''s slightly dissatisfied look, the old man Yinhu sighed.


    Before he spoke, Meng Zhang spoke first.


    "If you just let Taoist anode go, he will continue to embarrass me in the future and plot against me again?"


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s worry, the old man silver pot smiled.


    "Brother Meng, you should believe that Tianlei respects him."


    "Although he didn''t personally promise anything, with his old man''s consistent behavior, he will certainly solve the future problems for you and deal with the whole thing."


    Seeing the confident appearance of old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang didn''t say much.


    He had received the guidance of Tianlei shangzun in those years and had some understanding of Tianlei shangzun''s human nature strategy.


    When there is no better way, he can only choose to believe that Tianlei shangzun will handle the subsequent things.


    After all, Meng Zhang took refuge in Tianlei shangzun many years ago under the recommendation of Yinhu old man.


    He is a man respected by Tianlei and takes good care of his subordinates.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang did not entangle with this topic, the old man Yinhu introduced the dangerous situation facing the Junchen world to Meng Zhang in detail according to the previous instructions of Tianlei shangzun.


    Since the immortal preached the Junchen world and established the Xiuzhen civilization here, the Junchen world has been facing the threat of all kinds of foreign invaders.


    I don''t know how, the news that the immortals are about to wake up spread to all foreign invaders.


    These foreign invaders who have coveted the Junchen world for many years know that this is their last chance.


    If the immortals wake up, they will never have the idea of Jun dust world again.


    They can''t break the Junchen world with immortals.


    Therefore, various foreign invaders gathered together and launched a fierce attack on the Junchen world from all directions.


    As soon as the snow sword king issued the order to clean up the Jun dust world, a large group of foreign invaders killed the Jun dust world.


    Now outside the Junchen world, it has long become a bloody battlefield.


    On such a battlefield, the yuan God Zhenjun is only insignificant cannon fodder, and the friar of the Yang God period is a bigger chess piece. Even the great power of returning to emptiness is precarious and may fall at any time.


    In the past, although Junchen had been attacked by various foreign invaders, the situation had never been so critical.


    There are also irreconcilable contradictions and frequent conflicts among foreign invaders.


    The return to emptiness powers of the Jun dust world have operated in the emptiness for many years and have strict defense deployment, which can defend against the invasion of the enemy.


    But this time, it is rare for all foreign invaders to abandon their past grievances and unite to deal with the Terran friars in the Junchen world.


    The defense line arranged by the heavenly palace in the void outside the Jun dust world has long been full of holes and leaks everywhere.


    The friars in charge of defense sent by the Junchen world suffered heavy losses and were difficult to resist the enemy''s continued attack.


    For a long time, it has been the heavenly palace, which is mainly responsible for defending against foreign invaders and providing assistance to major holy places.


    Facing strong foreign enemies, the power of Tiangong family alone can''t resist them.


    The heavenly palace began to recruit the strong of the holy places to fight in the void.


    Now, although the line of defense that has gathered the strong from all sides has temporarily stabilized, the enemy''s offensive is still fierce, and the crisis is far from over.


    In this case, the heavenly palace urgently needs to end the cleaning of the Jun dust world as soon as possible and put its main forces into the void.


    Recruit friars from all holy places. No wonder Tiangong has been urging Xihai to speed up the progress, fight with Xihai family as soon as possible and complete the cleaning operation as soon as possible.


    On the West Sea side, it does contain a lot of power of Terran practitioners.


    Apart from others, it''s a huge waste to stay here all the time.


    In the past, under the command of taiyimen and hanhaidao alliance, many Yuanshen Zhenjun went to the void to experience or complete some specific tasks.


    Meng Zhang shouldn''t have known the news of great changes outside the Junchen world for so long.


    However, in order to speed up the construction of blessed land, taiyimen recalled many monks in the void.


    Some time ago, after the heavenly palace issued the order of cleaning up, Meng Zhang recalled all the friars in the void to the Junchen world in order to reinforce the Xingluo islands.


    As a result, taiyimen lost the most direct source of information outside the Junchen world.


    In fact, outside the Jun dust world, it has already been earth shaking, but due to the confidentiality of the heavenly palace, the relevant news has not spread inside the Jun dust world.


    Tiangong is also worried about the news of the invasion of foreign enemies, which leads to internal confusion and makes it difficult for the cleaning operation to continue.


    Tianlei shangzun previously said that the Junchen world was a domestic and foreign invasion. Now the old man Yinhu just said the external crisis, not the internal crisis.


    Under Meng Zhang''s questioning, old man Yinhu quickly talked about this problem.


    Through this cleaning operation, Tiangong found many problems in the Junchen world.


    These problems were covered up before, but now they are exposed, which greatly surprised the high-level of Tiangong.


    The number of returning virtual powers hidden among the major alien races is far more than the high-level of Tiangong imagined.


    Within the Junchen world, especially in the Middle Earth, Chengping has been peaceful for a long time. Many friars collude with other nationalities to seek benefits, and there are even examples of falling into the devil''s way.


    In this clean-up operation, Tiangong seems to have achieved great results, but also forced out some hidden cards of major alien races.


    But it is precisely because of this that the high level of Tiangong has a sense of crisis.


    Some low-level aliens were eliminated in the sweeping operation.


    Most of those alien powers of returning to emptiness escaped the pursuit of the cultivators and hid again.


    Through wars, the Terran friars have found more.


    Such as the trace of some powerful indigenous gods, the hidden strength of the divine race, and so on.


    If all the different races in the Junchen world join hands, it will be enough to cause great trouble to the heavenly palace and shake the rule of the human cultivators over the Junchen world.


    With the invasion of foreign enemies and numerous internal advantages and disasters, many high-level officials in Tiangong began to feel headache.


    Originally, the order of cleaning was issued by the snow sword king, which meant that you must settle in first.


    The high-level officials of the heavenly palace, such as the snow sword king, have long expected that foreign invaders will make great moves before the immortals fully wake up.


    However, the internal enemies show such strong strength, and many strong enemies hide well. It''s really difficult.


    The foreign invaders came so fast and attacked so fiercely, which really exceeded many people''s expectations and completely broke the original arrangement and plan of the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 1769

    After Tianlei shangzun returned to the front line, there was no big change in the battle situation.


    The returning virtual powers on the Terran side are still scattered in the high altitude to monitor the surrounding situation.


    The Hui Xu Da Neng on the side of the sea clan hasn''t done anything, but everyone hasn''t relaxed their vigilance.


    Tianlei shangzun said hello and called Taoist anode to him.


    Tianlei shangzun didn''t have a word of nonsense. He went straight to the point and said that Yiqi Zhenjun of Yiqi hall colluded with the Hai people. Meng Zhang and old silver pot caught him on the spot and had been taken down.


    After listening to the words of heavenly thunder, Taoist anode looked at himself and said "well done".


    He also said that the scum of the human race who colluded with the Hai family must not be spared.


    Tianlei shangzun has been staring at Taoist anode. It seems that he inadvertently asks whether Taoist anode has come and gone with Yiqi Zhenjun before.


    Taoist anode admitted very generously that Yiqi Zhenjun had visited him before and tried to curry favor with him.


    He didn''t like this man''s character and temperament very much. He just saw him out of etiquette and sent him away.


    Since then, there has been no contact between the two.


    Seeing that Taoist anode left himself clean, Tianlei shangzun no longer continued to test.


    Tianlei said something seriously.


    The Junchen world is now facing a crisis. It is time for everyone to work together and unite with the outside world. We must not quarrel among ourselves at this time.


    Meng Zhang, as the messenger of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, is his direct subordinate.


    He doesn''t want to see Meng Zhang encounter any accidents calculated by the Terran friars.


    This is the official warning of Taoist priest Tianlei.


    Behind the Taoist anode is the Ziyang holy sect. Naturally, the news is much more informed than Meng Zhang.


    He already knew that the Junchen world was facing internal and external troubles, and there was a great crisis.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Tiangong have the same interests in guarding the Junchen world and maintaining the basic order of the Junchen world.


    In fact, this time, all kinds of foreign invaders invaded on a large scale, and all the religious doors of the major holy places mobilized on a large scale to actively cooperate with the heavenly palace to resist.


    As a member of Ziyang holy sect, Taoist anode naturally obeys the interests of the sect.


    But many times, he also has his own calculations.


    The return to emptiness power in the Junchen world, no matter which race it comes from, is one of the most powerful beings in this world.


    Whether they have dealt with each other or not, they have heard more or less about each other.


    Of course, there are exceptions to those hidden too deep retreat powers.


    The Xihai clan and the Terran friars faced off for many years. In those years, Ziyang Shengzong made great efforts in many aspects to defend the Xihai clan.


    The return to emptiness power of the Sea Patrol yecha family who attacked the Xingluo islands, named Hai Weili, is a well-known generation of Xihai people who are impulsive and dare to fight.


    Taoist anode has dealt with this guy before and knows him very well.


    Taoist anode passed information to this guy through Yiqi Zhenjun. The main purpose is to hope that he can seize the opportunity to kill Meng Zhang, a new returning virtual power.


    Now, although Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen have temporarily restored the relationship of peaceful coexistence because of the order of Banxue Jianjun.


    However, Taoist anode never forgot that taiyimen betrayed Ziyang Shengzong and caused damage to the interests of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Most of the Ziyang holy friars who used to make friends with Meng Zhang were members of the first generation of the anode Taoist.


    Taoist anode seized the opportunity and made the plan of killing people with a knife without notifying zongmen.


    As for the accidental injury and spread to Xingluo islands in this process, he didn''t care at all.


    As long as we get rid of Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness, Ziyang Shengzong has some ways to clean up the shallow Taiyi gate.


    Ziyang holy sect is one of the holy sects at the top of the Junchen world. Many monks in the sect have long developed the kind of Laozi''s world. He thinks he kills people with a knife. There are no flaws and there is great hope of success.


    He didn''t directly participate in this matter and admitted that he didn''t violate the order of Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    Hai Weili, as the main battle faction of the Hai family''s return to virtual power, has long been very dissatisfied with the fact that the Hai family''s return to virtual power blindly gives way and avoids the same level friars of the Terran.


    This time, since there was a problem within the Terran, of course he would not miss this opportunity.


    Although hewley was a little rough, he was not a fool without a brain. He still had a lot of calculations.


    He decided to seize the enemy''s flaws, raid the Xingluo islands, get rid of Meng Zhang, a new returning virtual power, destroy the Xingluo islands and bury the human friars on it.


    For Terrans, the number of returning virtual powers is limited.


    Every loss of a return to virtual power can effectively weaken the overall strength of the Terran.


    Destroying the Xingluo islands is tantamount to destroying the retreat and logistics base of the Terran friar army.


    You know, a large part of the monks who went on this expedition came from the zongmen on the Xingluo islands.


    The sect gate was destroyed. These friars must be very upset.


    For the next general assembly war, Xihai nationality will naturally have many advantages.


    For a long time, there has been a certain tacit understanding between the Terran, the sea and the real dragon.


    We will not easily send back virtual power to directly participate in the war.


    This tacit understanding is good for everyone and ensures the stability of the Junchen world.


    However, among all ethnic groups, there are always some militant factions who do not agree with this tacit understanding.


    They believe that this tacit understanding limits themselves and is more beneficial to the enemy.


    Hewley thought very clearly before he started.


    After his action this time, the Terran side must be tempted to retaliate.


    In this way, the retreat war between Terran and Xihai will break out.


    The real dragon family, which always seems to be high above the world and stay out of it, will have to fight directly if they don''t want to see the complete extinction of Xihai family, a useful servant.


    Only when the real dragon people fully participate in the war can the situation of the Xihai people be completely improved and put great pressure on the Terran people.


    In order to make all things right, haiweili also made a lot of preparations in advance.


    At a great cost, he invited Ying Feitian, the main war faction of the real dragon family, to help stop the heavenly punishment, which is one of the most important preparations.


    This time, if Meng Zhang didn''t show his combat effectiveness far beyond the normal level, especially his Taoist rhyme, it can be said that Haiwei''s plan was successful.


    Since Meng Zhang did not die on the spot and his own losses were limited, the Terran side still had enough reasons to temporarily suppress the main war factions who asked for a full-scale war with the Hai and Zhenlong, so as to effectively control the scale and level of the war.


    After all, under the background of massive invasion by various foreign invaders, most Terran leaders are still unwilling to go to war with such a powerful race as the real dragon.


    Many Terran leaders tend to keep peace with the real dragon for the time being. If anything happens, wait until they repel foreign invaders.

 Chapter 1770

    When the Taoist anode was designing the return virtual power of the Sea Patrol yecha family, he didn''t know that the situation outside the Junchen world was so severe.


    In his heart, even if the sea clan and the real dragon clan fight with the Terran in an all-round way, it''s no big deal.


    He has absolute confidence in the strength of the Terran.


    If the all-out war starts, the Terran will be the final winner.


    When the news of the massive invasion of foreign invaders and the great pressure on the Junchen world reached his ears through the channels of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang had been attacked and regretted it too late.


    It doesn''t matter what the strength of the real dragon family is. The high level of the Terran has always been secretive.


    What we all know is that the real dragon family''s strength is unfathomable and can''t easily break out a full-scale war with it.


    Now that there are strong enemies pressing on the territory, most of the Terran leaders have to choose to be patient for the time being, and even compromise with the Hai clan for the time being.


    Of course, even if you really want to compromise and seek peace with the Hai nationality, you can''t be too weak. Otherwise, the other party will only advance an inch and make more unreasonable demands.


    If the sea clan finds the weakness of the Terran, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Therefore, despite the desire for peace, the Terran friar army still fiercely attacked the Xihai clan and launched an attack at any cost. Even if the losses were heavy, it would not stop.


    This is to show the strength to the sea clan and the real dragon clan, and more to show that the Terran is determined to fight to the end at any sacrifice when necessary.


    When the Terran faces strong enemies and great pressure, it''s best not to have big disputes inside.


    On weekdays, not to mention Meng Zhang, even Tianlei shangzun, will seize this matter and have to teach Taoist anode a profound lesson.


    As for whether the evidence is not evidence, it doesn''t matter at all.


    What really matters is your view of returning to virtual power.


    But now, for the sake of internal unity of the Terran, there is only temporary patience and focusing on the overall situation.


    Taoist anode understood the meaning of Tianlei shangzun and the current situation.


    As a high-level Terran friar, he knows very well that this is not the time for high-level Terran infighting.


    Since Tianlei shangzun hasn''t been investigated too much, he borrows a donkey to give Tianlei shangzun face.


    Taoist anode was not vague and clearly told Tianlei shangzun that he could represent Ziyang Shengzong before the crisis in Junchen world was alleviated, and would never cause trouble within the Terran camp, let alone against Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    With the words of Taoist anode, Tianlei shangzun also explained to Meng Zhang.


    If Taoist anode and other monks of Ziyang holy sect don''t abide by today''s promise, it will be beating Tianlei shangzun''s face. Don''t blame Tianlei shangzun for being rude at that time.


    When Tianlei shangzun negotiated with the Taoist anode, Meng Zhang''s conversation with the old silver pot began to come to an end.


    Meng Zhang knew very well that Tianlei shangzun could not be wrong.


    For the whole Terran camp, Ziyang Shengzong is obviously more important than Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    The heavenly palace needs the power of Ziyang Shengzong to deal with the current crisis.


    As a member of the human race, Meng Zhang should focus on the overall situation and take into account the overall situation of the human race.


    Although he understood these principles, Meng Zhang was still deeply unwilling.


    After all, I''m not strong enough.


    If you are strong enough to pass the holy door, you are the overall situation. Everyone should obey you, not just swallow it like now.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to say anything unconvinced. On the surface, he seemed to be persuaded by the old man Yinhu.


    But in the depths of my heart, I was very wary of the old man with silver pot on Tianlei.


    Today, for the sake of the overall situation, they can force themselves to endure injustice and favor the Taoist priest of Ziyang Shengzong.


    One day, will they sacrifice themselves and taiyimen for the so-called great undertaking?


    Meng Zhang didn''t show his mind. After chatting with old man Yinhu for a while, he returned to the main island of Xingluo islands and continued to close.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s leaving figure, old man Yinhu smiled bitterly and didn''t say much.


    Of course he knew that Meng Zhang was not satisfied, but he had no other way. It''s not true to take Taoist anode.


    The holy sect door of Ziyang holy sect hall. If the return empty power in the door is taken down, it will definitely make a fuss regardless of everything.


    At that time, it will be very difficult not only for Tianlei to respect, but also for other senior leaders of Tiangong.


    The old silver pot shook his head and put the matter aside.


    Now the battle on the front line is in full swing. He didn''t stay in Xingluo islands for a long time, so he rushed directly to the front line.


    The battle on the front line is still so fierce that it seems that neither side will stop until the last drop of blood is shed.


    Both sides are indifferent to the next change.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Xingluo islands alone, and his daily cultivation has not been put down.


    Now he urgently needs to enhance his cultivation and strengthen his combat effectiveness.


    However, cultivation is not done overnight.


    The more the cultivator reaches a high level, the more difficult it is to make progress.


    It can easily take hundreds or even hundreds of years for the great powers of returning to the virtual world to shut down every time.


    In the long life, the great powers of returning to emptiness accumulate strength bit by bit.


    If nothing happens, the return of the Terran can have a life of more than 9000 years and nearly 10000 years.


    It is less than two thousand years since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of practice.


    He still has a lot of longevity yuan to consume and has enough time to accumulate slowly.


    But time waits for no man. The situation in the Junchen world has changed too violently and too quickly. There is not much time left for him.


    The immortals will not say when they are about to wake up. At present, he needs to have enough strength to protect himself.


    The last time he faced the Sea Patrol Yasha family''s great ability to return to emptiness, he was unable to resist, and his experience of risking death and life was still fresh in his memory.


    If a similar incident happens again and a similar strong enemy meets again, how can we deal with it only by relying on his current strength?


    In addition, mother-in-law Qiansi once told Meng Zhang that after the immortals wake up and start swallowing the origin of the Jun dust world, there will be many great opportunities in the Jun dust world.


    If we can get these opportunities, we may become immortals and achieve true immortality.


    Of course, if you want to compete for these opportunities, you must at least have the strength to return to the virtual period.


    Meng Zhang has now advanced back to the virtual period and is qualified to compete for these opportunities.


    However, with his current strength, he is not at the bottom of the great power of returning to emptiness, nor is he powerful.


    Such strength, how to compete with those powerful back to virtual powers?


    Meng Zhang knows that there is no shortcut to normal cultivation. Even if there is a so-called short cut to cultivation, it''s best to be more cautious.


    However, he has to find a shortcut to enhance his strength due to the various difficulties he is facing.

 Chapter 1771

    Meng Zhang knew that if he wanted to greatly increase his combat power in a short time, he had to rely on the power of foreign objects.


    He had previously obtained the heavenly divine iron and understood the rhyme above, so he got great benefits, so that he could escape from death under the Huixu Daneng of the Sea Patrol yecha family.


    Where can we get useful foreign objects?


    Meng Zhang fell into thinking.


    You know, in the whole Jun dust world, there are several foreign objects suitable for returning to virtual power.


    Once it appears in a certain place, it will soon lead to the competition of various powers.


    With Meng Zhang''s current level of strength, he can''t get involved in such things, and there are not enough channels to understand that the last treasure is hidden in the extraterritorial void. Meng Zhang can''t go to get it for the time being.


    He had already asked all the elders in the sect, such as the Dharma protector general such as Jijian general, and the school inheritance treasure such as void son. They were unable to provide more valuable information.


    Now in the Junchen world, there is also an elder of taiyimen in its heyday. That is, the ghosts and gods who have been staying in the underworld.


    Shouzheng was originally one of the middle and high levels of the gate in those years. Both identity, status and strength are still on the void tripod. As for several Dharma protectors, they can''t compare with them.


    But Shouzheng later lost his flesh and had to enter the underworld and embark on the way of ghosts and gods.


    Because of some opportunities in his early years, after Shouzheng was transformed into ghosts and gods, he still retained most of his feelings and memories.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, staying in the underworld should be a hindhand arranged by the ancestors of Taiyi sect in its heyday, so as to ensure that the inheritance of the sect will not be completely cut off.


    After Meng Zhang took over as the leader of Taiyi sect, he entered the sect trial practice place located in the underworld through the sacrificial ceremony inherited by the sect, obtained countless benefits, laid a deep foundation, and achieved today''s achievements.


    Meng Zhang is also gifted, so he is qualified to enter the place of trial.


    The person in charge of guarding the place of trial practice is the master of the gate.


    Although this elder is separated from Meng Zhang''s Yin and Yang, he has provided a lot of help to Meng Zhang.


    He has always been devoted to his duties and worked hard to complete the tasks assigned by his ancestors.


    Of course, everyone has selfish thoughts.


    In the underworld for many years, he has established the integrity of his own forces and has his own interest demands.


    Later, Meng Zhang had the incarnation of Taimiao, and obviously paid more attention to Taimiao and was more willing to invest resources in Taimiao.


    Shouzheng doesn''t know the details of how wonderful it is. He is very dissatisfied with this. There is also a gap between Shouzheng and Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang used the small world of the ghost gate to directly connect with the underworld, there was no place to keep upright.


    Taimiao established a foundation in the underworld and became the main partner of Taiyi gate.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and Shouzheng did not tear their faces. Although there are fewer direct exchanges between the two sides, they are still connected in many aspects.


    After the development of Taiyi sect, more and more talented disciples have emerged.


    Among them, there are very few disciples. At the beginning of cultivation, the divine soul is naturally strong, or they have taken the natural materials and earth treasures to enhance the divine soul.


    They met the conditions for entering the place of trial. Through the sacrificial ceremony, offer sacrifices and enter the place of trial with the help of Shouzheng.


    In the past, taiyimen friars could offer sacrifices through some rituals and summon Yin soldiers and Yin generals under Shouzheng''s command to come to the sun to help.


    Later, after Taimiao''s forces grew, his Yin soldiers and Yin generals became more elite and obeyed orders.


    Therefore, among the friars of taiyimen, more and more people began to call Yin soldiers and Yin generals under Taimiao''s command.


    Of course, some friars are still more willing to call Yin soldiers and Yin generals under Shouzheng''s command because of habit problems.


    The Yin soldiers and Yin generals under Shouzheng command will also respond positively to the call.


    Although taiyimen has Taimiao, a reliable ally, they still offer sacrifices to Shouzheng regularly.


    With the continuous expansion of taiyimen territory, more and more ghost vows witnessed by keeping integrity have spread in the Junchen world.


    Generally speaking, taiyimen and Taimiao are almost an integration of interests. Although the relationship between taiyimen and Shouzheng is unfamiliar, it has not deteriorated and remains normalized.


    Meng Zhang thought that Shouzheng, as an elder left by taiyimen in its heyday, should also have some useful information.


    The former Shouzheng and Meng Zhang had some estrangement and could not communicate with each other completely.


    Meng Zhang is now powerful enough to return to emptiness, enough to convince him and willingly hand over all his secrets.


    It would be great if Shouzheng knew some useful information for returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang now sits in Xingluo islands. As long as he doesn''t leave this place, he is still relatively free.


    The war on the front line is still deadlocked, and there is no sign of an end in a short time.


    With the lessons learned last time, the Terran side will not allow the sea clan''s return to virtual power to attack the Xingluo islands again.


    This kind of face beating is enough once. Again, Tianlei shangzun must be crazy.


    Since he doesn''t need to appear on the stage in a short time and Meng Zhang has enough leisure, he should solve the problem of Shouzheng first.


    Meng Zhang, as a great power of returning to emptiness, cannot go directly to the underworld. Otherwise, the exclusion of the rules of the underworld will cause great harm to him.


    His outer incarnation is so wonderful that he can make a trip.


    Too wonderful. Since she had the strength of Yang Shen period, she has been acting in a low-key and not easy to rise up according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    He spent most of his time in seclusion.


    The main energy is put on mastering the power.


    After so many years of cultivation, he not only completely consolidated his cultivation in the Yang God period, but also mastered many means that were only available in the Yang God period. Great progress has also been made in the study of that power.


    With his own strength, he can slightly stimulate the power of this power and play a certain role.


    Power is the embodiment of the rules of heaven and earth. If you master power, you can master the corresponding rules of heaven and earth.


    This authority is about reincarnation and points directly to the avenue of reincarnation.


    Reincarnation Avenue is a heaven and earth avenue that many ghosts and gods in the underworld covet and want to master very much.


    However, because it is too difficult to master the avenue of reincarnation, let alone those acquired ghosts and gods, it is difficult to see the existence of mastering the avenue of reincarnation even among natural ghosts and gods.


    If Taimiao can thoroughly refine this power, thoroughly master the avenue of reincarnation, and then master the reincarnation of the underworld, it will play an inestimable role not only for Taimiao itself, but also for the future of taiyimen.


    The work of rebuilding xuanjiayin army was basically thrown to his men by Taimiao.


    He has been closed for such a long time, and he just has the idea of meditation.

 Chapter 1772

    Meng Zhang didn''t know exactly where he was in the underworld.


    I don''t know how long it will take for Taimiao to search for the right position from his current position.


    Meng Zhang certainly won''t use this stupid method.


    He doesn''t have so much time to waste.


    With his current cultivation level, there is a better way to find the position of Shouzheng.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved and began to summon Taimiao.


    It''s wonderful to break the gap between yin and Yang, come to the Yang world and appear in front of Meng Zhang.


    As soon as I came to the Yang world, it was wonderful to feel the rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world, and the power of exclusion to myself was stronger.


    This is a normal thing. With the continuous improvement of his cultivation, the power of rejection will only become stronger and stronger.


    At present, there are only two kinds of ghost oath commonly used in the area controlled by taiyimen.


    One is to witness the integrity of ghosts and gods, and the other is to witness the wonderful of ghosts and gods.


    Although the two ghosts and gods as witnesses have a close relationship with taiyimen.


    However, due to the influence of heaven and earth Avenue, ghosts and gods as witnesses must ensure the implementation of the oath fairly and impartially, and it is impossible to be partial to privacy.


    With the more and more extensive dissemination of ghost oath, it can effectively help ghosts and gods gain a foothold in the Yang world, reduce the exclusion of the rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world, and enable them to better interfere in the Yang world.


    If it weren''t for the benefits brought by the ghost oath, it would be too wonderful to break the space so easily and come to the Yang world almost silently.


    Seeing Tai Miao appear, Meng Zhang didn''t say anything.


    What should be said and what should be done, Meng Zhang passed it on to him through his mind as early as when he synchronized the information earlier.


    The low-level friars of Taiyi gate enter the so-called place of trial. In fact, they contact ghosts and gods to keep upright through the sacrificial ceremony, and then cross the space and finally reach the destination with the help of the power of keeping upright and the layout left by the ancestors of Taiyi gate.


    When Meng Zhang was young, he went to the place where he tried many times. He has been thinking about it for many years.


    He has communicated with Shouzheng many times and has long mastered the atmosphere of Shouzheng.


    Meng Zhang did not act rashly and decided to be polite.


    He arranged altars in the secret room, prepared sacrifices, and then began to sacrifice and keep upright.


    Meng Zhang has not offered sacrifices to ghosts and gods for many years.


    With the improvement of his cultivation, the communication between him and Shouzheng became more and more indifferent.


    The function of the sacrificial ceremony is to enable Meng Zhang in the Yang world to communicate with the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    When Meng Zhang passed the message of sacrifice and communication to Shouzheng, Shouzheng couldn''t help but be stunned.


    For many years, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, didn''t communicate with him.


    Although Shouzheng is dissatisfied with Meng Zhang because of something wonderful, and has some estrangement with Meng Zhang, on the whole, Shouzheng is quite satisfied with Meng Zhang, the leader.


    After the demise of the Taiyi gate in its heyday, the Taiyi gate experienced reconstruction and extinction again. It has become very weak, and even the inheritance can hardly be maintained.


    After Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, he led the development and expansion of Taiyi sect and embarked on the road of rejuvenation.


    Many disciples of the Taiyi sect have been offering sacrifices to the sect leader and keeping communication with him.


    From these disciples, Shouzheng knows more about Taiyi sect.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s advanced Yang God period reached a height that Shouzheng had never been able to reach, which made Shouzheng admire very much.


    On the way to the rise of taiyimen, Shouzheng was amazed by so many ups and downs and so many difficult and dangerous battles.


    From Shouzheng''s point of view, the Taiyi gate is now as powerful as the Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    After many years, the headmaster Meng Zhang wanted to contact him. He didn''t neglect it and quickly responded.


    I saw a gust of Yin wind blowing over the altar, accompanied by a wave of space fluctuation, and a vast divine thought came out from the inside.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time, we can see through the details of keeping righteousness at a glance. You can even observe the noumenon of keeping righteousness along this divine idea.


    Shouzheng, an old man, has no secrets in his eyes.


    Meng Zhang sat in the low sky in front of the altar, basically flush with the altar.


    After the God thought appeared, he immediately swept towards Meng Zhang.


    Before God came near, he felt the breath of Meng Zhang.


    In order to be more persuasive, Meng Zhang didn''t mean to hide his strength.


    As Meng Zhang expected, the cry of surprise rang out on the altar.


    "This is, this is the great power of returning to emptiness. Headmaster, when did you advance to the period of returning to emptiness?"


    I haven''t eaten pork. I haven''t seen a pig run.


    Shouzheng not only saw the great energy of returning to emptiness, but also had close contact with the great energy of returning to emptiness and received its guidance.


    Although he was optimistic about Meng Zhang a long time ago, he felt that he had extraordinary talent and had great hope that he could advance and return to the virtual period.


    But when the day came, he still couldn''t believe it.


    The mind wandered in the air for a while and repeatedly confirmed that Meng Zhang was really a great power to return to emptiness.


    Although he has always been calm and indifferent in recent years, Shouzheng is still very shocked and excited.


    After thousands of years, taiyimen once again has the power of returning to emptiness, and taiyimen has really revived.


    After a while, Shouzheng began to slowly restore calm.


    Meng Zhang only talked about it at this time. In order to show his respect, he decided to have a good talk with Shouzheng noumenon.


    Under the sign of Meng Zhang, Taimiao mobilized the power of the space Avenue and communicated the space above the altar.


    With the help of the space channel through which Shouzheng came, he expanded it, directly broke the gap between yin and Yang, came to the underworld and appeared in front of Shouzheng.


    In this process, Shouzheng is obviously not very willing.


    However, facing Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness, he dared not resist at all.


    Although he is a senior in the school, he is very old.


    But the cultivation world always pays attention to strength.


    Since Meng Zhang is the only great power of returning to emptiness in Taiyi sect, he is the ancestor of the sect and has supreme authority.


    Regardless of the relationship with the same door, it is even more impossible for Shouzheng to disobey a return to virtual power.


    In the process of crossing the space barrier, Taimiao fully demonstrated its strong strength.


    Shouzheng took the opportunity to take back his mind.


    What appeared in front of Shouzheng was too wonderful. It also didn''t hide its real strength. It almost released the breath of Yang God level recklessly.


    Sensing the wonderful breath, Shouzheng smiled bitterly.


    If he hides in the underworld and can avoid the return to emptiness power of the Yang world, the ghost of the Yang God level in front of him is enough to cross the underworld and suppress himself.


    Wonderful. As soon as he showed up, he began to look at his surroundings.


    This is inside a tall palace, which is a magnificent hall.


    Shouzheng sits on the top of the hall and silently stares at Taimiao.

 Chapter 1773

    Shouzheng looked at the wonderful in front of him, and his thoughts were very complex.


    Since he entered the underworld and became a ghost, he has never relaxed his practice.


    He thought he had accumulated before his death, had extraordinary knowledge, and had been instructed by the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Even if you become a ghost, you can still make continuous progress and break through to a higher level.


    When Shouzheng didn''t lose his body, he was already a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen.


    After being transformed into ghosts and gods, the strength fell sharply.


    He spent a lot of time and energy on cultivation, and finally recovered to the strength of the late Yuan God.


    After that, the progress of cultivation became slower and less obvious.


    It has been thousands of years, but he still stays at the level of the late Yuan God, and can''t break through to the level of the Yang God period.


    He tried all kinds of methods and tried many means, which could not change the result.


    The life span of ghosts and gods is also limited.


    The longevity of monks in Yuanshen period will not exceed 2000 years. After being transformed into ghosts and gods, the longevity will increase to a certain extent.


    Shouzheng is almost five thousand years old. It won''t be long before he reaches the end of his life.


    He has used many means to prolong his life, and basically he can''t continue to prolong his life.


    As a ghost the day after tomorrow, he has a long life.


    His body of ghosts and gods began to decline, his strength began to weaken, and he had lost the possibility of impacting the level of Yang God.


    Today''s Shouzheng is just surviving and living one more day.


    Shouzheng remembers that it''s too wonderful to take refuge in Meng Zhang for too long.


    When he was in contact with Taimiao before, Taimiao was only the cultivation of Yuanshen level.


    He never thought that it was wonderful that he had become a strong man at the level of Yang God.


    If Shouzheng has such an opportunity to advance to the level of Yang God, his longevity can be greatly extended, rather than sitting here waiting for the end of his life.


    For a moment, Shouzheng stared at Taimiao, and his heart was full of jealousy and envy.


    Too wonderful. There was a wave of thoughts ahead, showing the illusory image of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s Noumenon cannot enter the underworld, but he can divide his thoughts and let his thoughts follow Taimiao here.


    Distracting thoughts is not a rare means. Meng Zhang''s wisp of thoughts turns into form, which shows the virtual shadow.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s virtual shadow, Shouzheng reacted and saluted Meng Zhang.


    This ceremony is not only to respect the identity of leader Meng Zhang, but also to respect the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Although only a wisp of divine thought is here, Meng Zhang''s eyesight is so strong that he can see the specific state of keeping upright.


    Meng Zhang sighed.


    There is nothing he can do to correct the current situation.


    The great power of returning to emptiness cannot reverse the law of life and death even though it has great powers.


    Meng Zhang guessed Shouzheng''s mind.


    He is not unwilling to support Shouzheng to advance to the level of Yang God, but there is really no better way.


    The advanced level of ghosts and gods is much more difficult than that of human friars.


    The acquired ghosts and gods like Shouzheng are shackled by nature, and the later stage of Yuanshen is almost the end of cultivation.


    Taimiao is a special case. As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, there are too many places that can not be copied in order to successfully advance to the Yang God period.


    Meng Zhang was not prepared to reveal the secret that too wonderful was his external incarnation, so he didn''t explain anything.


    Shouzheng was stunned for a while. I don''t know what he was thinking.


    It took him a while to react.


    There is a great terror between life and death. He is a man with firm mind and rich experience.


    Shouyuan was about to end, which gave him a lot of ideas that he shouldn''t have.


    Fortunately, he was born in an authentic Taoist school like taiyimen. Even after he was transformed into ghosts and gods, he still maintained a Taoist heart.


    After a complicated ideological struggle, his original intention played a role. Loyalty and attachment to the sect have the upper hand.


    Taiyimen has successors and has been revived.


    With Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness, Taiyi gate has an unlimited future.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, he must be able to control the ghost and God in the Yang God period.


    The ghosts and gods in the Yang God period are in the underworld. They are a true overlord, enough to run rampant for a while.


    Taiyi gate in the world of Yang is thriving, and there are wonderful men in the underworld. It can be said that it is very perfect.


    Shouzheng thinks he can put everything down.


    The foundation he established in the underworld and some arrangements of Taiyi gate in the underworld can be handed over slowly.


    Shouzheng has been operating in the underworld for many years and has accepted many acquired ghosts and powerful ghosts.


    In the past, it might be difficult for these guys with different ideas to unconditionally submit to taiyimen and serve taiyimen wholeheartedly in the future.


    But if there is too good, it should not be a problem to accept them.


    After figuring everything out, Shouzheng no longer had the slightest reservation, began to explain everything honestly, and explained all the future affairs to Meng Zhang.


    Shouzheng''s attitude was quite different from that before. Meng Zhang was a little surprised to become so frank all of a sudden.


    He had long guessed that he had achieved the period of returning to emptiness. It was too wonderful to advance the Yang God, which was enough to deter Shouzheng, the postnatal ghost.


    However, Shouzheng completely surrendered so soon, and such positive cooperation was beyond his expectation.


    In any case, keeping such an attitude is a great good thing.


    We can achieve Meng Zhang''s goal without hurting harmony.


    As for the foundation left in the underworld, there are some arrangements left by taiyimen that year, which is even more unexpected.


    Meng Zhang felt a little guilty and embarrassed.


    He used to be estranged from Shouzheng because of some things, and he didn''t trust the elder in the door.


    Now it seems that the elder Shouzheng is loyal to Taiyi gate from beginning to end and puts the interests of Taiyi gate in the first place.


    Even when Shouyuan was about to die, what he thought was to safeguard the interests of the sect and leave everything to the sect.


    Shouzheng and Meng Zhang talked for a long time. They made a full account of almost everything. They were completely entrusted with the future affairs.


    No matter what he saw and heard, all kinds of news he learned, or all kinds of situations and arrangements left by Taiyi gate in its heyday


    Everything, he did not hide the slightest, was completely out.


    What he said answered some doubts in Meng Zhang''s heart and benefited him a lot.


    Next, too wonderful also called his trusted men to the hall and asked them to submit to too wonderful and obey too wonderful''s command in the future.


    It''s wonderful. Just showing the cultivation of Yang God level a little will frighten these guys.


    Too wonderful is not a complete natural ghost, but it has many characteristics of natural ghosts and gods.


    When he showed a few breath of natural ghosts and gods, he completely suppressed these acquired ghosts and gods and ghosts, so that they could not resist.

 Chapter 1774

    Shouzheng is to entrust everything here before Shouyuan runs out, taking advantage of his last remaining period of time.


    With his active cooperation, Taimiao received everything smoothly.


    The palace group built by Shouzheng, the powerful ghosts and ghosts under his command, many Yin soldiers and Yin generals, and the materials accumulated for many years


    All these things will have a new master.


    After being transformed into ghosts and gods, Shouzheng retained most of his temperament and remained loyal to the sect, so he got the trust of the sect.


    In the heyday of Taiyi gate, many experts had a long-term vision and knew the importance of developing the underworld.


    With the strong support of zongmen, Shouzheng established a foundation in the underworld.


    From Shouzheng''s mouth, Meng Zhang finally knew that Taiyi gate in its heyday really had the power of returning to emptiness.


    At that time, although the great energy of returning to emptiness in the door could not enter the underworld, power came from the space. Several monks in the period of Yang God who entered the underworld made joint efforts to separate an independent space in the underworld and establish the so-called place of trial.


    The palace group built by Shouzheng to drive his ghosts and ghosts is not far from the place of trial.


    In addition to guarding the place of trial, he also regularly invested resources to maintain the operation of the place of trial.


    After the destruction of Taiyi gate in its heyday, it lost the help from the Yang world, and Shouzheng also lacked sufficient resources to continue to put it into the place of trial.


    Fortunately, in the following thousands of years, no Taiyi disciples who met the conditions could enter the place of trial for trial.


    When Meng Zhang entered the place of trial, his savings were enough to use.


    Now, with the revival of Taiyi gate, more and more qualified monks will appear in the gate and enter the place of trial for trial.


    After taking over everything here, it became his responsibility to maintain the place of trial.


    For too wonderful, it''s just an easy thing.


    It''s wonderful to master the specific location of Shouzheng palace in the underworld. First, it''s transmitted back to the temporary foothold of Xuanjia Yin army, and then it''s transmitted with a group of subordinates.


    After that, he will open the transmission channel and slowly transmit the whole army here.


    With the help of trusted men, it''s wonderful to have better control of this place.


    Shouzheng also solemnly warned Meng Zhang that he must watch the Tiange carefully.


    Meng Zhang had long known that the reason why Taiyi gate was destroyed in its heyday was because the Holy Land Sect gate guantian Pavilion shot, but he didn''t know the specific reason.


    Shouzheng doesn''t know much about this, but only knows a general idea.


    According to Shouzheng, the founder of Taiyi gate was originally just an ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun in the big world of Lingkong fairy world.


    After the immortals opened up the Junchen world and established the rule of practitioners here, a large number of Terran friars were attracted to this newly opened world.


    Among them, there is the founder of Taiyi gate.


    The patriarch slowly established the Taiyi gate here.


    After people''s hard work, taiyimen gradually gained a foothold in the Junchen world.


    At this time, Taiyi gate was just an ordinary Yuanshen sect gate. Among the many sect gates in Junchen world, there was nothing strange at all.


    Later, by chance, the leader of a certain generation of Taiyi gate was inherited from other worlds.


    Among the ten thousand realms of the heavens, the fairy way spread widely, with many different factions.


    The fairyland is just one of the sources of the fairyland and cannot represent the whole fairyland.


    After receiving the brand-new inheritance of Xiandao, Taiyi gate soared to the sky. Countless powerful monks were cultivated in the gate, and their power was extremely expanded.


    When the Taiyi sect cultivated the great power of returning to emptiness, it became one of the top sects under the holy sect in the Jun dust world.


    It''s impossible for such a big sect to keep its chances secret forever.


    By chance, guantian Pavilion discovered the secret of Taiyi gate''s inheritance of other world fairies.


    The founding purpose of guantian Pavilion is to "observe the way of heaven and carry out the trip of heaven".


    Guantian Pavilion claims to be the spokesman of the way of heaven and takes it as its own responsibility to act on behalf of heaven.


    The Tiandao respected by guantian Pavilion is not the Tiandao of Jun dust world, but the Tiandao of Lingkong fairy world.


    In the mind of nuns of guantiange, only the inheritance of fairyland in Lingkong fairyland is orthodox, and the inheritance of fairyland in other world is all heresy.


    For heresy, nun guantiange will not be merciful, but will only hurt the killer.


    Although the Taiyi gate in its heyday was very strong, it could not resist and was destroyed by a Holy Land Sect.


    After the extermination of Taiyi gate, nuns of guantian Pavilion did not continue to pursue and kill the remnant evils that escaped.


    This is not the magnanimity of nuns in guantian Pavilion. The real reason is not known.


    From Shouzheng''s mouth, Meng Zhang finally knew the real reason why Taiyi gate was destroyed in its heyday.


    The sect with the power of returning to emptiness can''t protect itself, which makes Meng Zhang very worried.


    If guantian Pavilion shoots at Taiyi gate at this time, I''m afraid Taiyi gate can''t resist it.


    Shouzheng reminded Meng Zhang that if the Taiyi sect was weak in the past, he could also hide within the sphere of influence of Ziyang Shengzong and protect himself by relying on the contradictions between the holy sects.


    When the Taiyi gate begins to revitalize and even the return to emptiness power appears in the gate, the guantian Pavilion will never sit idly by.


    Guantian Pavilion can tolerate some insignificant mole ants to continue to survive, but it will never watch taiyimen restore its former grand occasion.


    Shouzheng is the old man of Taiyi gate. He is quite accurate in judging the old events in the gate and the guantian Pavilion.


    Of course, he has been in the underworld for many years, far away from the Yang world, and he doesn''t know much about the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang soon calmed down after his initial worries.


    According to the situation of Junchen world at this time, even if guantian Pavilion intends to attack Taiyi gate, it will face many obstacles.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian has long ordered to forbid the internal fighting among the major cultivation forces in the cultivation world. Meng Zhang is still a figure of the respected Department of Tianlei.


    Most importantly, now the Junchen world is facing a large-scale attack from various foreign invaders, which has been overwhelmed.


    The heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects have repeatedly tolerated the real dragon family in order to make every effort to be external.


    As long as the high-level officials of guantian Pavilion don''t lose their heads, they all know that we can''t destroy the overall situation at this time and directly attack Taiyi gate.


    Although he had his own judgment on the situation, Meng Zhang did not ignore the warning of being upright.


    Guantian Pavilion and taiyimen have a bitter hatred, and there will be conflicts and even wars in the future.


    Meng Zhang must be more vigilant and devote more energy to guard against each other.


    Ziyang Shengzong has long been the enemy of Taiyi sect. Due to the relationship of Hailing sect, it is inevitable to be the enemy of Zhenhai hall in the future. In addition, guantian Pavilion, there are already three enemies of Taiyi sect.


    At the thought of these things, Meng Zhang felt the pressure as heavy as a mountain, which really gave him a headache.

 Chapter 1775

    Meng Zhang shook his head and put aside these headaches for the time being.


    If you keep worrying about these things, you can''t do anything.


    Meng Zhang asked Shouzheng what he was most concerned about.


    In the heyday of taiyimen, how many returned to virtual power, their whereabouts, and whether they left any legacy?


    As Shouzheng knows, Taiyi sect had three great powers to return to emptiness.


    After the demise of taiyimen, these great powers lost their news.


    As for their legacy, there are some.


    Among other things, this place of trial in the underworld was established with the help of the great power of returning to emptiness.


    After being wordy for a long time, Shouzheng finally talked about an issue that Meng Zhang was most concerned about.


    In the depths of the earth near the place of trial, there is a magic weapon left by the great power of returning to emptiness in the door.


    This magic weapon is called ChiYin sword Sha. It is a special flying sword made after condensing all kinds of powerful evil Qi between heaven and earth and refining it into sword Sha.


    Shortly after Shouzheng established his foundation in the underworld, a Huixu great power in the door entrusted the red Yin sword to the underworld and handed it to Shouzheng.


    The great power of returning to emptiness confessed to Shouzheng. He buried the red Yin sword evil spirit in the deep ground near the test place to absorb the Yin evil spirit of the underworld and use it to warm up the flying sword and enhance its power.


    Because of its special environment, the underworld has more kinds and more powerful Yin evil Qi than the Yang world.


    Shouzheng followed his orders and buried the red Yin sword Sha.


    After that, in addition to allowing him to spontaneously absorb the Yin and evil Qi around him, Shouzheng will also carefully collect all kinds of yin and evil Qi to feed this magic weapon.


    Even after the demise of Taiyi gate and the news of returning to emptiness and great power in the gate was gone, he did not stop this work.


    Meng Zhang is now promoted back to the virtual period and is qualified to be an imperial envoy.


    Since Shouzheng entrusted everything to Meng Zhang, this ChiYin sword Sha is no exception.


    Shouzheng came to the place where the ChiYin sword evil spirit was buried with the incarnation of Meng Zhang''s mind and Taimiao.


    This place is not only secret, but also guarded by many prohibitions.


    On weekdays, he will never allow any of his men to come near here except to guard himself.


    It is close to the place of trial and shrouded by the power of space in the place of trial.


    If there is no special technique, you can enter here only by forcibly competing with the spatial force of the place of trial.


    The guard led the way in front, cast spells one by one, lifted all prohibitions, and brought Meng Zhang and Tai Miao to the top of a hill.


    When they went up the hill, there was an unfathomable gully below, which revealed a cold and bone cold.


    On the surface of the ravine, the strong Yin and evil spirit like the essence is constantly rolling and jumping.


    Since the red Yin sword was buried in this place, even the guard in charge of guarding Zheng never saw the flying sword again.


    His task is to regularly put all kinds of yin and evil Qi into it.


    There are too many kinds of yin and evil Qi gathered here.


    Some Yin and evil Qi have strong lethality to the soul body and even the body of ghosts and gods.


    Those ghosts, gods or ghosts in the underworld dare not enter it rashly even if they come to this place.


    Meng Zhang here is just an incarnation of divine thoughts. In terms of strength, he is inferior to the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun.


    But his eyesight and insight were first-class.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, those seemingly strong Qi of yin and evil are actually residues.


    The essence of Yin''s Qi should have been absorbed and purified by the Chi Yin sword.


    Of course, these residues are not useless, at least they have a strong restraining effect on the spirit.


    Meng Zhang, the incarnation of God thought, really dare not rush into it.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s instructions, Taimiao stepped forward and jumped into the bottomless gully.


    After a little while, it was wonderful to jump out of it.


    Judging from his fluctuating breath, he was obviously hurt.


    It''s wonderful. It''s dangerous in my heart.


    If he hadn''t had some natural characteristics of ghosts and gods, the body of ghosts and gods would be particularly powerful. I''m afraid he would have been unable to resist the erosion of the residue of yin and evil Qi.


    Although it took a lot of effort, luckily he didn''t lose his life and brought out the ChiYin sword Sha.


    A gray mist condensed into a flying sword, beating fiercely in Taimiao''s hand.


    This flying sword seems to have a special magic power. Just look at it a few more times, I feel the ghost faint pain.


    This flying sword might have flown away if it hadn''t been restrained by force.


    After so many years, Shouzheng is very excited to see this flying sword again.


    Under Meng Zhang''s sign, too wonderful let go of the shackles of the flying sword.


    The flying sword flew into the air, out of wonderful control.


    As soon as he sensed the breath released by Meng Zhang, the flying sword took the initiative to fly to Meng Zhang''s hand.


    Although Meng Zhang is only the incarnation of a divine thought here, he still has the power of returning to emptiness in essence.


    He practiced taiyimen''s directly handed down skill "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth", which has a special power fluctuation.


    There is no spirit in the magic weapon. But many magic weapons still have a certain spirit.


    Many return to virtual power will leave some layout in the magic weapon, so that the magic weapon can follow some minimum criteria.


    This red Yin sword Sha left by the elder Taiyi sect''s great energy of returning to emptiness should have a similar arrangement.


    When ChiYin Jiansha sensed that Meng Zhang was the return virtual power directly handed down by Taiyi gate, he automatically flew to him without resistance.


    Meng Zhang stared at the ChiYin sword in his hand, and his heart was full of ecstasy.


    For the battle between returning to virtual powers, a good magic weapon can often play a key role in determining the outcome.


    Due to the scarcity of magic weapons, many people in the Junchen world have been able to return to emptiness for many years. They are still bare handed and have no magic weapons around them.


    Magic weapons hardly circulate in the market. It is basically impossible to buy or exchange them.


    Most of the magic weapons in the cultivation world are in the hands of the religious doors and heavenly palaces of the major holy places.


    Although it seems that the Tiangong side can exchange merit points for magic weapons, the required merit points are too huge. Even if a group of Huixu can work for the Tiangong for thousands of years, it is difficult to obtain them.


    Meng Zhang has the magic weapon of ChiYin sword Sha. As long as he is thoroughly refined, his combat power will increase greatly.


    I can''t say anything else. At least his combat effectiveness won''t be at the end of the great power of returning to emptiness.


    The ChiYin sword Sha has arrived. Meng Zhang''s main purpose of coming to the underworld to contact Shouzheng this time has been achieved.


    Before that, he just had a try.


    He didn''t expect that Shouzheng really collected the magic weapons left by the elders in the door.


    Meng Zhang chatted with Shouzheng for a while. He couldn''t sit still with the magic weapon in his hand.


    Worried about the long night and dreams, he took the initiative to say goodbye to Shouzheng and sent it back to the original Buddha of the Yang world with this red Yin sword.

 Chapter 1776

    After Meng Zhang''s divine thought incarnation returned to the Buddha, he was incorporated into his body by Meng Zhang.


    The red Yin sword Sha took the initiative to fly to Meng Zhang''s hand and was beating gently.


    Meng Zhang checked it carefully. This flying sword is a very extreme Yin attribute.


    After the flying sword sacrifice, you can release infinite sword evil spirits to hurt the enemy.


    The body of flying sword has terrible lethality.


    Even Meng Zhang didn''t want to be hit by a flying sword.


    If Meng Zhang meets Hai Weili, the great power of returning to emptiness of the Sea Patrol yecha family again, he should be able to protect himself with his ChiYin sword and evil spirit. He will not have no power to fight back like last time.


    Meng Zhang''s physical attribute is Yin and Yang, and he practices the Yin and Yang skill "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth".


    The attributes of ChiYin Jiansha do not conflict with Meng Zhang, but complement each other to some extent.


    After the ChiYin sword Sha got his hand, Meng Zhang immediately put down everything and began to refine.


    The refining of magic weapons is not done overnight.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect to completely refine ChiYin sword and evil spirit in a short time. He just wanted to refine one or two and simply resist the enemy for the time being.


    Anyway, the future is long. He has plenty of time to refine slowly in the future.


    After Meng Zhang''s divine thought incarnation left, too wonderful slowly began to receive everything left by Shouzheng.


    Shouzheng, who was old and didn''t have much life, seemed to put down all his concerns after handing over everything and seeing the revival of the sect.


    He became older and his breath became weaker. It was obvious that time was running out.


    Shouzheng himself doesn''t have much desire to continue to live. He has a feeling that all thoughts are empty and all life is accepted.


    It''s wonderful. I feel loyal to the sect and admire it. I can''t bear to see it so decadent and wait to die so slowly.


    He called Shouzheng to a secret place and cast a spell to block the surrounding space.


    Then, he slightly revealed his sense of power, so that Shouzheng felt the power of the avenue of reincarnation.


    In Shouzheng''s frightened eyes, Taimiao tells Shouzheng that please give him more time. If Shouzheng sits down after he has mastered the power of reincarnation, he will try to control reincarnation and ensure that the situation of Shouzheng''s next life will not be too bad.


    There are various legends of reincarnation in the cultivation world and even among mortals.


    As for the specific situation, no one has ever seen it.


    After the complete end of this life, no one can tell what will happen in the next life.


    Not to mention those practitioners in the Junchen world, even the legendary immortals dare not say they can control reincarnation.


    Wonderful. The reason why he said this is that if he completely mastered the power of reincarnation, he might really be able to interfere with reincarnation and help those who want to help.


    Second, he can be regarded as calming Shouzheng and giving him a reason and hope to continue to stick to it and live as long as possible.


    Shouzheng suddenly realized that it''s no wonder Meng Zhang attached so much importance to him. He has been sparing no effort to cultivate him.


    It turned out that this guy actually mastered the most mysterious reincarnation Avenue.


    As an acquired ghost who has been hanging around in the underworld for many years, Shouzheng certainly fully knows the significance of the avenue of reincarnation.


    Although Shouzheng didn''t believe it was wonderful, he could really control reincarnation in the future, but he slowly recovered some vitality and vitality.


    Since then, Shouzheng is really willing to live under Taimiao and work for it wholeheartedly.


    When Meng Zhang was concentrating on refining ChiYin sword, the war on the front became more and more bloody.


    Both sides of the war were exhausted and slackened.


    Both sides have exerted heavy pressure on the middle and high-level orders of their respective armies.


    On the side of the Terran friars, the Qiu family brothers almost became inhuman in order not to offend the back virtual power and for the future.


    They completely regarded their friars'' army as consumables and allowed it to be consumed quickly.


    The Dali Dynasty first actively assisted the heavenly palace to subdue demons and eliminate demons in the territory, and then took the initiative to send a large army to support Xingluo islands.


    Its main purpose is to please the heavenly palace and strive for a better living environment for their own family.


    Han Yao, who commanded the army, deeply understood this point and knew that his performance in the war was very important.


    On weekdays, he looks elegant and easy-going. He knows the truth that kindness does not control soldiers.


    He had been the commander of the Dali imperial army for some years and had long developed a cold and heartless heart.


    Under his orders, the army of Dali imperial court, like crazy tigers, rushed to the enemy with the momentum of dying together.


    Under these influences, even the monks of the Holy Land Sect, such as yubeast sect and Ziyang holy sect, became crazy.


    The return to emptiness power of the Royal beast sect and the Ziyang holy sect stared over the battlefield. Even if there were people who were greedy for life and afraid of death in the two sects, they didn''t dare to escape the battlefield easily.


    As the rear army, the taiyimen friars also transferred their main forces to participate in the war.


    The friars of various forces of Hanhai daomeng suffered heavy losses, even the direct friars of Taiyi gate.


    Both sides of the war are taking their last breath to see who can hold on to the end.


    The warlords of the Terran side return to the virtual power. They will fly together from time to time and have a simple discussion.


    This time, when we got together to discuss, Taoist Jade Butterfly of the Royal beast sect really couldn''t help but start to get into trouble.


    "I don''t know which scum of the human race has provided so many war tools to the sea clan?"


    Speaking of this matter, Taoist Jade Butterfly was angry.


    Compared with other races, the biggest advantage of Terran is that "a gentleman is good at fake things".


    The Terran has established a splendid cultivation civilization, which can refine a wide variety of pills, talismans, magic tools and so on


    In particular, various war tools in mechanism creation can play a great role in the battlefield and effectively reduce their own casualties.


    This time, the monks'' army went on an expedition to the Xihai people. They were supported by the Xiuzhen forces of all parties in advance and brought a large number of war tools.


    However, after the war, we found that the war tools owned by the Xihai clan are not inferior to the Terrans in terms of quantity and even quality.


    If it is a small number of war tools, it can also be said that the sea people use underground channels to smuggle.


    However, such a large number and variety of war tools can never be raised by simple smuggling.


    With the eyesight of Taoist Jade Butterfly, she has long found that the Xihai family clearly has the ability to create war tools.


    Among the war tools taken out by the Xihai nationality, many clearly have obvious Terran characteristics.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly can easily infer that there are people''s cultivation forces who are strongly supporting the Xihai people and helping them build the ability to make war tools.


    On weekdays, some people''s cultivation forces secretly collude with the Hai people and can tolerate some small moves.


    At this critical moment of the war between the two ethnic groups, Taoist Yu die is really angry that there are people who are so ignorant of life and death and dare to eat inside and outside.

 Chapter 1777

    Taoist nun yudie was not angry. Because the Xihai clan had war tools, it offset the advantages of the Terran monk army, resulting in greater casualties.


    Among them, many friars of the Royal beast sect paid their lives in this war.


    In the sect, Taoist Jade Butterfly is not as lofty and indifferent as other great powers of returning to emptiness.


    She is still very concerned about the monks in the door.


    Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly has long been dissatisfied with this bloody war.


    Now she''s looking for a reason and she''s starting to get into trouble.


    While talking, Taoist Jade Butterfly glanced at Taoist anode for many times.


    In her opinion, Ziyang holy sect has dominated the north of Junchen world for a long time, and its influence here is huge and deep-rooted. What happened on the West Sea should have something to do with it.


    Even if Ziyang Shengzong did not directly collude with the Xihai family, he also instructed the vassal forces to do so.


    Before that, Meng Zhang and Xingluo islands were attacked, which was suppressed by Tianlei shangzun, and Taoist Jade Butterfly didn''t have much to do.


    But she was not a fool. She had long guessed that there were hands and feet of Taoist anode behind her.


    With this criminal record, Ziyang Shengzong can''t be innocent at all.


    Taoist Yang was calm about Taoist Jade Butterfly''s suspicious eyes.


    Including him, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong will have some contacts with Xihai family, which is inevitable.


    But when it comes to providing large-scale support to Xihai people and helping them build a large number of war tools, Ziyang Shengzong is absolutely impossible to do so.


    Xihai family has always been a big trouble for Ziyang Shengzong. Ziyang Shengzong has always wanted to kill it.


    Only an outsider like Taoist Jade Butterfly, who can''t understand the specific situation in the north of Junchen, will doubt Ziyang Shengzong on this issue.


    Taoist anode was too lazy to talk to Taoist Jade Butterfly. He didn''t want to argue with this female generation.


    As for the Xiuzhen forces behind the great efforts to help the Xihai people, Taoist anode has long speculated.


    Tianlei shangzun listened to the words of Taoist aunt yudie and was also unmoved.


    He knew the situation in the north of the Junchen world, and could also guess the Xiuzhen forces that had supported the Xihai family behind him.


    Still, what the cultivation world needs now is unity, not the time to settle old accounts.


    Tianlei shangzun comforted Taoist Jade Butterfly and turned off the topic. He was obviously unwilling to say more on this topic.


    Taoist aunt yudie''s idea of directly participating in the war was rejected by Tianlei shangzun before she said it.


    Although the Royal beast sect is the strongest among the recognized Holy Land sects, other holy land sects may not be afraid of the Royal beast sect.


    At the time of the occasion, there are not a few Holy Land Sect doors that break their wrists with the Royal beast sect.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly herself still respects the authority of Tianlei shangzun and Tiangong.


    She had to keep this matter in mind for the time being, so she didn''t keep pestering.


    On the Terran side, there is Huixu. You can see the bloody war. You can''t bear it. You want to directly participate in the war and decide the victory or defeat through the Huixu war.


    On the side of the Xihai clan, there are also returning virtual powers with similar ideas.


    However, the sea clan is still under the pressure of the real dragon clan. In such major events, the sea clan''s return to emptiness can not be the master, and must obey the orders of the real dragon clan.


    The digital return virtual power of Xihai nationality did not officially appear, but just hid near the battlefield.


    Instead, the real dragon sent two back to virtual powers to fly to the high altitude near the battlefield to monitor the changes of the war.


    Hai Weili, the return virtual power of the Sea Patrol yecha family, couldn''t wait. He flew directly to the return virtual power of the real dragon family.


    Hai Weili had a lot of contacts with Ying Feitian in his early years and had a good friendship.


    The last time he attacked Xingluo islands, he also asked Ying Feitian to cooperate.


    More importantly, Ying Feitian is also the main battle faction within the real dragon family. He has always advocated an all-round war with the Terran cultivators to compete for the rule of the Junchen world.


    Hai Weili flew to Ying Feitian, saluted respectfully, and began to ask for him to fight.


    Ying Feitian looked at Hai Weili with a complex look and fell into a burst of silence.


    He himself has a good relationship with Hai Weili, but the overall policy of the real dragon family is to take the strategy of suppressing the return of the Hai family.


    The current war has caused heavy losses to the Xihai family, but it will not move the strong of the real dragon family.


    The high-level leaders of the real dragon family wish that the potential strong among the Hai family would be lost, and they would not be able to cultivate back virtual power in the future.


    Of course, such a useful slave of the Hai family can''t be so completely extinct.


    According to Ying Feitian''s original intention, he would like to agree to Hai Weili''s request to play.


    He himself has long wanted to fight with the Terran cultivators.


    However, the order from the top level of the real dragon family forbids them to return to the virtual power to participate in the war.


    According to the plan of the real dragon family, now is not the time for an all-out war with the Terrans.


    The real dragon family has a detailed solution to the disputes with the Terrans.


    Although Ying Feitian is belligerent, he still dare not disobey the orders of the middle and high levels of the clan.


    Last time he played a side ball and cooperated with haiweili.


    Afterwards, he had to eat a meal and was solemnly warned by the middle and senior level of the family.


    Ying Feitian thought of this and looked at the high altitude nearby with a little guilty.


    There stood a slender woman with outstanding temperament.


    The short Ivory horns on her head show her identity as a real dragon.


    Among the real dragons, there has always been a tendency to favor boys over girls, and male people naturally have more advantages.


    In this atmosphere, the Dragon women who can stand out are definitely the elite of the real dragon family.


    The woman in Ying Feitian''s eyes is the famous jade dragon king within the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family is not like the demons and barbarians. The strong at the level of Yuanshen can be king.


    Within the true dragon family, those who can claim the king are basically the great power of returning to emptiness.


    There are only a few real dragons of Yang God level who have great potential and are expected to break through the return to emptiness. If they make great achievements, they can inherit the king''s name left by their ancestors in advance.


    This is the case with Ying Yuntian, the king of Dinghai, whom Meng Zhang defeated in those years.


    Moreover, in the king''s number, there is a dragon word, which can be directly called the Dragon King. It is definitely a few big people in the real dragon family.


    Although the Jade Dragon King is a female generation, no one in the real dragon family has ever dared to question her strength.


    Those who dared to disagree had long been beaten up by her.


    The real dragon clan also respects the strong.


    With the strength of the Jade Dragon King, we can certainly enjoy the corresponding status and power.


    What is particularly valuable is that the Jade Dragon King is not the kind of arrogant and mindless goods.


    Her strategic level is not below her strength.


    As the Jade Dragon King, I can already participate in the formulation of the grand plan and policy of the real dragon family.


    She came here to supervise the war this time to monitor the development of the war and prevent fools like Ying Feitian and Hai Weili from undermining the overall plan of the real dragon family.

 Chapter 1778

    Seeing the Jade Dragon King, he will immediately recall many unhappy experiences in Ying Feitian''s heart.


    With the presence of the Jade Dragon King, Ying Feitian was afraid to make small moves even if he was a little careful.


    He had to severely reprimand Hai Weili and forbid the Hai clan to return to the virtual power to fight directly.


    Haiweili, who asked for nothing, scolded and had to fly away.


    The war between the Terran friars and the main force of the Xihai clan has been going on for more than three months.


    At this time, both sides suffered heavy losses and the army did not exist. Many strong men at the level of Yang God died in the war.


    Taiyimen enlisted the friars of hanhaidao alliance as the rear army. The losses and casualties are the smallest, and most of them have been killed and injured.


    Not only did the friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun lose a lot, but even Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun who helped in the war were seriously injured.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally closed in Xingluo islands and devoted himself to refining ChiYin sword evil spirit, couldn''t sit still after receiving the news.


    The two Yang God Zhenjun sent by Hailing sect came to help in view of their own face.


    If they lose on the battlefield, Meng Zhang is really hard to explain to the Hailing sect, and even affect the alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect.


    If he had known that the war would be so bloody and cruel, Meng Zhang would not have let Lu Tianshu and Hai Xuan join the war at all.


    Meng Zhang sent a message to old man Yinhu, saying that he didn''t need to be in charge of Xingluo islands. He wanted to go to the front line to see if he could help.


    In fact, Lord Tianlei arranged Meng Zhang to sit on the Xingluo islands. He was taking care of him.


    The last time the Hai nationality returned to the virtual state, the powerful Hai Weili attacked the Xingluo islands and injured Meng Zhang. It also has the reason why the heavenly palace did not respond in time.


    As for the Xingluo islands themselves, the war has been carried out to such an extent that this place has become insignificant.


    The Xihai clan has gone all out to attack, and there is no spare power to attack the Xingluo islands.


    The returning virtual powers of Xihai clan basically appeared around the battlefield.


    Silver pot old man told Meng Zhang''s request to Tianlei shangzun.


    Since Meng Zhang himself wants to go to the front, Tianlei shangzun has no reason to refuse.


    With the consent of Tianlei shangzun, Meng Zhang sent it to the front line.


    After this period of seclusion, he not only recovered from his injury, but also refined some ChiYin sword and evil spirit, so he can resist one or two envoys.


    After Meng Zhang came to the front line, he first went to see Lord Tianlei.


    Then spread out like others to monitor the Hai people''s return to virtual power.


    Meng Zhang approached the battlefield a little.


    Looking at the bloody scene below, the sea has been dyed red by blood, his heart is heavy.


    Although Lu Tianshu and Hai Xuan were injured, they still couldn''t go down to the front line and still fought on the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang noticed them and began to think about how to help them quietly and secretly.


    When Lu Tianshu and Hai Xuan separated from the battle and there was a gap, Meng Zhang pretended to fly by the battlefield inadvertently, and then his fingers bounced.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun, who had been exhausted, suddenly felt a sense of Yang and harmony rising in their bodies. Not only did the injury stabilize at once, but also their lost strength recovered a lot.


    They found Meng Zhang flying quickly nearby, and they were all interested and silent.


    In addition to secretly helping Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun, the taiyimen friar who appeared on Meng Zhang''s flight route also got his help to a certain extent.


    All the great powers of returning to the virtual world present are not fools. They are all people with burning eyes.


    Meng Zhang''s small moves can''t escape everyone''s eyes and ears.


    The Huixu great powers on the side of the Hai family glared at Meng Zhang one by one.


    However, one is the strict order of the real dragon family. They dare not easily disobey the order.


    Second, Hai Weili made a surprise attack on Xingluo islands last time and violated the rules first. The Hai family was a little guilty.


    Therefore, the sea clan''s return to virtual powers can still control themselves without direct action.


    Now that Meng Zhang has come here, he will inevitably fail to see the constant casualties of the monks in the door.


    In particular, Meng Zhang can''t bear to see their worthless loss here, especially the few gifted monks who focus on training in the door.


    Meng Zhang shot more frequently and helped his disciples many times.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t directly attack the Hai clan, he still crossed the line to help his own friars behind his back.


    This is not just a side ball, but began to destroy the tacit understanding between the two sides.


    Tianlei shangzun frowned and was ready to stop Meng Zhang.


    Xihai family''s return to virtual power has been boiling here.


    A little conservative, ready to fly over, learn from others, and also secretly help people in their own family.


    Those who are more impulsive, such as Hai Weili of the Sea Patrol yecha family, are ready to rush to clean up Meng Zhang.


    At this time, a huge accident happened.


    On the battlefield, Qiu Gangfeng, who was fighting with the strong Yang God of the sea family, suddenly found the figure of Chilong Zhenjun.


    The spy of the sea clan, as a loose monk, has been lurking in the Xingluo islands for many years. God knows how much information he has transmitted to the sea clan and how much damage he has caused to the Xingluo islands?


    Qiu Gangfeng did not hesitate to invest a lot of resources to support Chilong Zhenjun.


    Later, with his help, Chilong Zhenjun became a friar in the period of Yang God.


    After the identity of Chilong Zhenjun was exposed, he directly attracted the army of Xihai family to attack Xingluo islands on a large scale.


    The Xingluo islands were almost conquered, and the Xiuzhen forces on the island suffered heavy losses.


    Afterwards, Qiu Gangfeng, who had no eyes and knew no one, not only suffered many accusations and complaints, but also almost became a laughing stock.


    This caused a great blow to his reputation and prestige.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who is suffering from the tiger and betrayed, hates Chilong Zhenjun in his heart. He can''t wait to break him up and eat meat and sleep.


    After the war with the Xihai people started, Chilong Zhenjun also participated in the war long ago.


    However, the scale of the war was too large, and the battlefield spread over thousands of miles. The two sides had not collided head-on before.


    Now seeing Chilong Zhenjun appear not far away, Qiu Gangfeng, who had been tired for so long, was excited all of a sudden.


    He let go of his original opponent, fiercely killed Chilong Zhenjun and vowed to kill him on the spot.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t expect that he was so impulsive that he fell into the trap arranged by the sea family.


    As the nominal leader of this army of friars, the Qiu brothers have long become the primary target of the Xihai family.


    As long as you kill the Qiu brothers, you will certainly lose the morale of the Terran friars, and even seriously damage their command system.


    In order to kill them, the Xihai family had already had a complete plan and had been waiting for the time before.

 Chapter 1779

    The war went on to this extent, and the opportunity that the Hai family had been waiting for for for a long time finally appeared.


    Chilong Zhenjun appeared here just to lure Qiu Gangfeng to take the bait.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who was eager for revenge, accidentally took the bait.


    As soon as he caught up with Chilong Zhenjun, he was surrounded by two strong Yang gods of the sea family who had been ambushed for a long time.


    Coupled with Chilong Zhenjun who turned to fight, Qiu Gangfeng had to face three enemies of the same level at once.


    If it''s weekdays, Qiu Gangfeng can handle it.


    However, as the commander of this army, he had worked hard and consumed a lot of spirit. With the hard work for many days, his condition is much worse than before.


    Qiu Gangfeng hasn''t got rid of the enemy''s siege. The strong Yang God of the sea family who fought with him also chased him and joined the siege.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who was outnumbered by the enemy, not only fell to the absolute disadvantage, but also was in danger of falling at any time.


    Qiu Gangfeng, after all, is a person who has completed his cultivation in the Yang God period and is qualified to impact the retreat period. Despite the adverse situation, he is still trying to persist and waiting for the change.


    Near this battlefield, Qiu Wanshui is the only one of the Yang God friars on the Terran side.


    Qiu Wanshui is also struggling with strong enemies.


    But after all, brothers are connected.


    Seeing his brother under siege, Qiu Wanshui tried to get rid of the enemy and flew to help.


    The arrival of Qiu Wanshui not only did not make the situation better, but also made the two brothers more disadvantaged.


    Because Qiu Wanshui practiced the robbery crossing secret method provided by Ziyang holy sect in his early years, he not only didn''t get much benefits, but left a huge hidden danger.


    He not only lost the possibility of going further and impacting the retreat period, but also his strength was not outstanding among the friars in the Yang God period.


    Although many remedies were taken later, they did not achieve good results.


    Qiu Wanshui flew over to support his brother, but led his original opponent over.


    The two brothers not only didn''t get away, but fell into a siege together.


    Qiu Wanshui became the key target of the strong Yang God of the Hai nationality because his combat power was far inferior to his brother.


    Seeing that Qiu Gangfeng had suffered a lot of attacks in order to protect his family, Qiu Wanshui was angry and took out the cards he was most reluctant to use.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong once sent a relic called Houtu Ding to Xingluo islands for refining by the Qiu brothers.


    The Qiu brothers found that if they refined this treasure, they would certainly be eaten back by the treasure, shake the foundation of cultivation and lose the possibility of returning to the empty period.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s cultivation is not far from the period of returning to emptiness. Of course, he doesn''t want to refine this strange treasure and destroy his future.


    Even Qiu Wanshui also has hope in his heart that he can get the natural material and earth treasure to make up for his own defects.


    Even if they failed to compete for baijiaguo in the black jade forest at the beginning, neither of their brothers had wavered in their desire to seek the Tao. Naturally, they would not refine the thick earth tripod.


    On weekdays, the thick earth tripod is kept by Qiu Wanshui.


    The strange treasure is in hand. Although Qiu Wanshui didn''t refine it, he couldn''t help exploring it and became familiar with its function.


    Even without refining, Qiu Wanshui found that as long as he stimulated his strength, he could barely sacrifice this strange treasure and give play to one or two points of effect.


    Of course, out of guard against Ziyang Shengzong, he has never used this strange treasure.


    At present, Qiu Wanshui was in a very dangerous situation. He had no good way to get out of trouble. He had to risk sacrificing the thick earth tripod.


    As for problems such as sequelae, he can''t care about it for the time being.


    Qiu Wanshui took out a small tripod the size of a palm and tried his best to squeeze the last strength in his body, stimulate all his potential and try his best to stimulate this small tripod.


    After being injected with Qiu Wanshui''s power, the small tripod suddenly became a huge tripod and flew out automatically.


    The fully refined thick earth tripod is in the hands of the monks of the Yang God Dacheng, which is enough to sweep other monks of the Yang God period. Even in the face of the return virtual power, it can Parry one or two moves.


    The giant tripod flew to the middle of the crowd and trembled slightly, and an invisible force spread around.


    The monks of the Yang God level of the Hai family who were besieging their brothers from all directions were shocked by lightning one by one, and they were shocked back several steps one after another.


    Qiu Wanshui, who had been frustrated by over stimulating his potential, was relieved to see that Houtu Ding had made great achievements and successfully defeated the enemy.


    He is preparing to greet Qiu Gangfeng and take the opportunity to escape from the encirclement.


    Suddenly, the giant tripod shook automatically, and then gave birth to a huge attraction, which immediately absorbed Qiu Wanshui''s body firmly.


    Qiu Wanshui''s face changed greatly and he was preparing to move.


    However, he was exhausted because he inspired the thick earth tripod. He was unable to resist the strong attraction of the thick earth tripod.


    Qiu Gangfeng watched his brother being sucked in by the thick earth tripod, but he could do nothing.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t take the opportunity to escape at this time, but stayed where he was and encouraged Zhenyuan to break the giant tripod and save his brother.


    A group of strong Yang gods of the Hai nationality who had just been defeated saw Qiu Wanshui inhaled by the giant tripod. They didn''t know the truth and thought that the other party was going to use this treasure to launch some powerful killing moves.


    Despite the fact that they had just been repulsed and their bodies were still a little sour and soft, they all summoned up their spirits and rushed over desperately.


    Several fierce attacks suddenly poured in.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who was not far from the giant tripod, had to avoid these attacks for the time being.


    Several attacks fell on the giant tripod. The giant tripod seemed to be stimulated by something, expanded a large part at once, and then released a stronger attraction.


    The two strong Yang gods of the sea family who rushed the fastest couldn''t resist at once, so they were sucked into the huge tripod.


    The giant tripod that swallowed three strong men of Yang God level in succession suddenly had a great breath and sent out a terrible power fluctuation.


    Out of the monk''s instinct, Qiu Gangfeng ignored his brotherhood and kept retreating, avoiding the giant tripod like avoiding snakes and scorpions.


    Those sea clan strongmen still think that this is the killer mace displayed by the Terran friars.


    Facing the powerful giant tripod, they even ignored Qiu Gangfeng''s great enemy, but took the giant tripod as the number one target.


    Pieces of magic tools flew to the giant tripod, bombarded by spells


    Not only a group of sea people at the level of Yang God, but all the strong sea people who can spare their hands have joined in the attack on this giant tripod.


    The giant tripod ignored all the attacks. Before all the attacks were close, it was directly bounced away.


    The mouth of the giant Dingding gave birth to an almost endless attraction. Like a long whale absorbing water, it sucked in a strong man of the famous Hai nationality around.


    As more and more powerful people of the sea clan were absorbed, the smell of the giant tripod became higher and higher. It soon surpassed the level of Yang God and was about to reach the level of returning to emptiness.


    The strong Hai people who were going to fly to teach Meng Zhang a lesson roared when they saw such a scene.


    The return of a shark can roar in the air.


    "Well, you Terran cultivators are willing to degenerate and use such evil methods."


    "What bullshit Holy Land Sect door, what bullshit heavenly palace, were originally evil stooges."


    ¡­¡­


    With the roar, the great power of returning to emptiness shot.


    A large amount of sea water gushed out of the sea, turned into a huge palm, and grabbed it towards the thick soil tripod.


    The thick earth tripod was originally given to the Qiu brothers by Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Qiu Wanshui just offered the thick earth tripod, Taoist anode flew over quietly.


    When Ziyang Shengzong first sent this strange treasure, he didn''t have a good heart at the beginning.


    The so-called exotic treasure is that for various reasons, there are many strange things.


    Some strangeness, even the great power of returning to emptiness, can''t be understood.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great power of returning to emptiness has been studied and found that as long as the rare treasure of Houtu Ding is fully sacrificed by the friar of the Yang God period, it will devour the friar in turn to strengthen itself.


    This approach is already very close to the devil''s means.


    Ziyang holy sect is an open and aboveboard holy sect. In order to strengthen a strange treasure, it is impossible to catch the friars of Yang God all over the world and sacrifice them to refine this strange treasure.


    When the Qiu brothers showed their defiance, someone inside Ziyang Shengzong moved his mind and sent this strange treasure.


    Since the Qiu brothers are no longer reliable, it''s better to use waste to strengthen this strange treasure.


    Maybe, after swallowing enough friars of the Yang God period, this strange treasure will become a normal magic weapon for the powerful imperial envoy who returns to the void in the door.


    Even for Ziyang holy sect, there are several magic weapons in the door.


    Every time a magic weapon is added, the strength and inside information of zongmen will be stronger.


    Although the Qiu brothers have carefully studied the treasure, their eyesight and ability are very limited and they have not seen through the true face of the treasure.


    They simply believe that refining this treasure will shake their foundation and affect their future practice.


    Out of instinctive vigilance, the Qiu brothers have never used this strange treasure.


    Qiu Wanshui, who was in danger today, had no choice but to sacrifice this treasure and was immediately eaten back.


    After swallowing Qiu Wanshui, the thick earth tripod is fierce and powerful. It becomes more powerful by constantly swallowing the strong of the sea family.


    Due to the inheritance of the sea family, the return to emptiness power is more lack of magic weapons than the same level friars of the human family.


    Seeing the appearance of this giant tripod, they not only took the opportunity to scold the Terran, but also became greedy for this giant tripod.


    The return to emptiness power of the chimaera has just shot, and Taoist anode also shot.


    In any case, he will not watch the treasures in the door fall into the hands of the Hai nationality.


    At this time, he forgot all the prohibitions and restrictions.


    Moreover, this time, the Hai family''s return to emptiness is the first.


    Taoist anode fought back passively, which is justifiable.


    The last time the Hai people returned to the virtual world, they were able to attack the Xingluo islands, which has made Tiangong lose face.


    Everything can be one and not two. The sea clan''s return to emptiness can start again. It''s clear that it doesn''t pay attention to the Terran cultivators.

 Chapter 1780

    The Hui Xu Da Neng on the side of the sea family dares to disobey the orders of the real dragon family, because he thinks he has sufficient reasons.


    The Terran side doesn''t know what secret means it has used. At first glance, it''s not a serious way. The power level of the giant tripod has clearly exceeded the level of Yang God.


    This is the Terran who first violated the tacit understanding and used the strength of returning to the virtual level. The sea clan was forced to fight.


    Not only do these Hai people think so, but also Ying Feitian of the real dragon family.


    After seeing Hai Zu''s return to virtual power, Ying Feitian hesitated a little and flew to the war.


    As soon as the return to virtual power of the chimaera family shot, it was blocked by Taoist anode.


    As soon as the giant hand turned into infinite sea water approached the giant tripod, it was smashed by the palm of Taoist anode in the distance.


    I saw a dazzling purple sun rising in the sky, and the endless hot light fell on the return virtual power of the shark people.


    As soon as the return virtual power on the sea side started, the return virtual power on the Terran side followed.


    In particular, Taoist nun yudie, who had long been eager to try, was very active in the war.


    The different return virtual powers of the digital camps suddenly launched a fierce collision here.


    The strong and long breath rose into the sky, and the terrible force collided back and forth in the air.


    Every impact made a deafening noise.


    In the loud noise, the whole world seemed to begin to collapse.


    Huge waves surged into the sky, and countless deep and bottomless huge gullies appeared on the sea.


    Hurricanes rushed across the sea and sky, blowing the armies of the two sides in confusion.


    Among the armies of both sides, those with insufficient strength and bad luck were killed in the aftermath of the battle.


    The two sides'' return to virtual power fought here, and the heavenly palace has long been disturbed.


    Thunderclouds and storms brewing in the sky seem to be gathering strength.


    Both sides have begun to return to the virtual power, but the two leaders of Yulong king and Tianlei shangzun continue to wait and see.


    Neither the Jade Dragon King nor the heavenly thunder Lord had the intention to start the war, but they didn''t mean to stop their men from returning to the virtual power.


    In the same sentence, both sides want to maintain peace for the time being, but they can''t make each other feel their own weakness.


    Only by showing great strength and the determination to fight a war can we really win peace in a short time.


    Compared with the Jade Dragon King, Tianlei shangzun has more worries in his heart.


    Seeing the heavenly punishment that has been brewing power in the sky, but has not been cut down for a long time, Tianlei Zun frowned.


    The so-called heavenly punishment system of Tiangong is essentially a set of ultra long-range attack array.


    Now, facing the attacks of many foreign invaders, many forces of the heavenly palace have turned to foreign countries, and there are not many forces left for the heavenly punishment system.


    The heavenly palace cleaned up the Jun dust world this time, forcing many alien beings to return to the virtual power.


    Too many targets also disperse the power of the heavenly punishment system.


    Now, the friars in charge of the heavenly punishment system in the heavenly palace have to restrain temporarily and choose a better time to attack, rather than rashly launch heavenly punishment, so that the enemy can resist and avoid.


    Once the war of returning to emptiness is started, it will not end easily.


    Even the return to virtual power of both sides deliberately converged the power of the hand and tried to control the spread range of the battle afterwave.


    However, with so many return to virtual power battles, the battle aftereffects are too powerful to be effectively controlled.


    This is the real disaster of heaven. The surrounding areas are conservatively ravaged, as if they had experienced the end of the world.


    The armies at war between the two sides have long neglected to continue the war.


    In the sky, a flying boat tilted westward in the Middle East of the wind, trying its best to escape this terrible battlefield.


    One after another, the unlucky flying boats either crashed in the strong wind or were directly blasted by the scattered power.


    The armies on both sides of the sea had long been completely collapsed and the formation was completely scattered.


    At this time, regardless of friends and enemies, the only thing all creatures do is to escape here as quickly as possible. The farther they escape, the better.


    Depending on the geographical advantage, many sea people try to dive into the deep sea to avoid the aftermath of the war above.


    A strong undercurrent suddenly appeared at the bottom of the sea, washing these sea people in scattered places.


    In some places, the sea seems to have become a cage, killing a large number of sea people alive.


    In some places, the sea water suddenly boils, and a large number of sea people are boiled alive.


    ¡­¡­


    The situation of Terran friars is not much better. Similarly, many practitioners die so worthless.


    Many lucky people who survived the previous battle seemed to have exhausted their good luck and finally could not escape the aftermath of the war.


    On the battlefield of the return to emptiness war, even the strong at the level of Yang God can hardly stand a foothold.


    Like the strong Yang gods on both sides, they began to flee for their lives.


    Qiu Gangfeng originally wanted to attack the giant tripod and save his brother.


    But the special feeling between the brothers told him that his brother Qiu Wanshui had completely died, and even the Yang God did not escape.


    As soon as he thought that the giant tripod came from Ziyang Shengzong, he took it for granted that it was the plot of Ziyang Shengzong and thought that his brother was calculated by Ziyang Shengzong.


    When the war of returning to the virtual world broke out, he knew that this was not a place to stay for a long time.


    He forced down his grief and anger. Finally, he looked at the giant tripod reluctantly, and resolutely left here and fled the battlefield.


    The two sides in the battle returned to the virtual power and focused on each other. They couldn''t pay attention to such a small monk in the period of Yang God.


    Taoist anode is fighting the return to virtual power of the shark people.


    The giant tripod didn''t fall into anyone''s hands for the time being, but was crazy and devoured the surrounding creatures more and more madly.


    When Hai Weili of the Sea Patrol yecha family flew over, he saw Meng Zhang early.


    Persimmon picking up soft pinch, bullying soft and afraid of hard things, even if it can''t be avoided.


    Haiweili swaggered to kill the defeated general Meng Zhang, as if he had decided to eat each other.


    Old man Yinhu had the deepest friendship with Meng Zhang and immediately flew over to reinforce him.


    Meng Zhang and old man Yinhu joined hands and temporarily resisted Hai Weili.


    Silver pot old man is a veteran of returning to emptiness, but he is not good at combat effectiveness.


    Many years ago, he tried to promote his life magic tool silver pot into a magic weapon.


    Silver pot is a magic weapon with infinite magic. The jade liquid produced by it can be used to refine pills and utensils.


    But when it comes to frontal combat, it''s not the job of silver pot.


    Silver pot is a magic weapon, which is mostly used as an auxiliary.


    Meng Zhang is also a great power of returning to emptiness in the new Jin Dynasty. His foundation is shallow and his strength is limited.


    Together, they fought with Hai Weili, the Hai nationality, for the time being.

 Chapter 1781

    Ying Feitian of the real dragon family is a trusted follower of Tianlei shangzun.


    The mountain bearer condensed the existence of heaven and earth Dharma. He is a real strong man among the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    I saw a huge golden giant, holding a weapon like a shoulder pole, killing Ying Feitian from the air.


    The momentum of this dharma phase is awe inspiring, and its powerful power is filled between heaven and earth, giving people an irresistible feeling.


    The real dragons have extraordinary talent and strong flesh. In the battle of the same level, they often have an overwhelming advantage over all kinds of foreigners.


    However, in the face of the mountain bearers, Ying Feitian not only showed no advantage, but soon fell to the disadvantage and looked embarrassed.


    Under great pressure, he could not even sustain himself and showed his original shape early.


    A giant dragon with a length of more than 1000 feet circled and danced in the air. It looked ferocious and terrible.


    The Dharma giant turned out by a mountain guest was holding a pole and chasing the dragon was a slap in the face.


    The divine power is infinite. The body is almost an invincible dragon. It is subject to the heaven and earth Dharma of the guru everywhere, and has little power to fight back.


    There are a lot of return virtual energy of Xihai family, and their strength is not weak.


    The Huixu power sent by the Terran side opposite has different origins. It can be regarded as a miscellaneous army, but its combat effectiveness is not weak at all.


    I saw a huge white butterfly dancing in the air.


    The whole body of this white butterfly is like jade, which is crystal clear and dazzling.


    This white butterfly is the companion of Taoist nun yudie. The spirit pet yudie is also the origin of her name.


    As the Jade Butterfly danced, the two strong people of Hai nationality who fought with Taoist sister Jade Butterfly felt trance and absent-minded.


    With the help of lingchong Jade Butterfly, Taoist nun Jade Butterfly can defeat two with one, and still gain the upper hand.


    The war of returning to the virtual world has been going on for some time.


    The armies of both sides, originally the protagonists of the battlefield, have long scattered at this time.


    Those who are unlucky or don''t run fast enough have died on the spot.


    This battlefield has completely belonged to the returning virtual power of both sides.


    Although they have deliberately controlled it, the area thousands of miles around has still been seriously damaged.


    A few islands and even reefs within this range have long been smashed and completely sunk.


    A large amount of sea water was evaporated into the air, and the thick fog was soon blown away by the strong wind.


    The creatures at the bottom of the sea are basically extinct. Even if you hide at the bottom of the sea, you can''t escape this disaster.


    Fortunately, the war took place on the sea.


    If it broke out on land, the damage would only be greater.


    In fact, due to the impact of this war, most areas of the west sea will usher in various abnormal celestial phenomena for a long time to come.


    The terrible tsunami and earthquake will sweep the whole west sea, causing incalculable losses to the Terrans and the west sea people.


    No one has the leisure to care about this.


    Their main attention was focused on the enemy opposite.


    Tianlei shangzun stood quietly in the air, like an independent expert in the world, unaffected by the aftermath of the battle.


    The fighting has reached such a point that both sides should have had enough to vent.


    We can''t keep fighting.


    Otherwise, it will damage the origin of Jun dust world.


    Tianlei shangzun had more concerns and wanted to end the battle more than the other party, so he had to take the initiative.


    "Yulong king, the younger generation are fighting happily. We don''t just watch."


    "As long as you can take my blow unharmed, I will immediately turn around and leave without interfering in the mess of the West Sea."


    Before the words fell, Tianlei shangzun began to fight regardless of whether the jade dragon king agreed or not.


    The thunderstorm storm that was brewing in the sky suddenly received external force and fell down. It combined with the power released by Tianlei shangzun, turned into a spherical lightning and shot at the Jade Dragon King rapidly.


    With the passage of this spherical lightning, the space began to tear, the heaven and earth seemed to be wailing, and the Jun dust world seemed unable to bear the power of this level.


    Among the Terran friars who can be called supreme, none of them is the top existence in the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Their accomplishments are not far from becoming immortal.


    Even, if the immortals hadn''t imprisoned the path of immortality in the Jun dust world, maybe some shangzun would have ascended the immortal path long ago.


    Among you, Tianlei is famous for his arrogance.


    Although he borrowed a lot of the power of the heavenly punishment system, the power of this spherical lightning is real and almost has the ability to destroy the sky and the earth.


    A giant dragon transformed by Ying Feitian rose to the sky and took the initiative to meet the spherical lightning.


    There was a loud noise in the sky, and the dazzling electric light kept shining.


    The surrounding space was torn alive, and holes of different sizes appeared, and the whole space was about to collapse.


    After a long time, it seemed that only after a while, a cloud dragon fell down from the air.


    A large part of the jade dragon''s body, which was as white as jade, became scorched black. The scales began to fall and there were wounds on the body.


    Seeing that it was about to fall to the sea, the jade dragon finally stabilized its shape and continued to float in the air.


    "Lord Tianlei deserves his reputation. You won the battle today."


    The voice of the jade dragon shook the heaven and earth and spread into the ears of every Huixu great power who fought.


    "Let''s go."


    After the order, the Jade Dragon King flew away without looking back and left here.


    The authority of the Jade Dragon King is deep into the heart of the Dragon within the real dragon family, not to mention the vassal sea family.


    Once she officially ordered, Ying Feitian responded first and immediately followed her out.


    Even if they were unwilling, those sea people began to leave the battle and leave here.


    On the Terran side, people like Dan Shanke have a tacit understanding to give up the attack and let the enemy go.


    Like Taoist aunt Jade Butterfly, those who were killed to rise were also secretly ordered by Lord Tianlei to stop her immediately.


    Tianlei shangzun and the Jade Dragon King fought this time before. Both sides had reservations and didn''t go all out at all.


    The Jade Dragon King seemed a little embarrassed, but the injury was not serious and was far from fundamental.


    With the power to fight again, she is willing to give in. Tianlei shangzun is just what she wants. Of course, she can''t ask for more.


    For the Jade Dragon King, it is in line with the plan of the real dragon family to take the opportunity of losing the battle and withdraw from the battle.


    This is not the time to fight with Terran friars.


    She still has many cards in her hand, not afraid of Tianlei shangzun.


    Under the secret command of Tianlei shangzun, the Terran friars let go of their retreating opponents one after another.


    Meng Zhang, who was struggling to rise, felt that the war was a tiger''s head and snake''s tail.

 Chapter 1782

    Meng Zhang wanted to give haiweili a cruel when he retreated. Even if he couldn''t stay, he had to learn a lesson.


    It''s a pity that old man Yinhu doesn''t have this idea. He can''t do it alone.


    Seeing the enemy and enemy withdraw safely in such a swagger, Meng Zhang was very upset, but he had nothing to do.


    In any case, the sea clan''s return to virtual powers took the initiative to withdraw, and the war is over.


    The thick earth tripod had swallowed up many strong people of the sea family and even those of the human family in the chaos.


    Later, the war of returning to the virtual world broke out, and this thick earth tripod became the target of the returning to the virtual power of the shark people and the Taoist anode.


    Affected by the aftermath of the two wars of returning to the virtual world, this thick earth tripod was badly damaged.


    When the opponent retreated and there was no obstacle, Taoist anode easily pressed the huge tripod and put it away.


    We all saw the performance of this thick earth tripod just now. We all muttered about the evil door of this strange treasure.


    Especially Meng Zhang, he knew that Ziyang Shengzong took the initiative to give this thick earth tripod to the Qiu brothers.


    This thick earth tripod actually swallowed Qiu Wanshui, the boss of the Qiu family, alive, which made Meng Zhang secretly call Ziyang Shengzong clever and malicious.


    You know, this thick earth tripod was displayed by the Qiu brothers in front of Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang also didn''t find the hidden problems.


    I just don''t know what Qiu Gangfeng will do after this accident?


    Among all the people present, no one will openly question the Taoist priest because of this.


    The battle of returning to the virtual world is over, and the aftermath of the battle is far from dissipated.


    The impact of this war on the west sea will last for a long time. Many places in the West Sea have become truly barren land.


    In fact, most of the belligerents in the war of returning to virtual areas have reservations, and the intensity of the battle is far from the level it should be.


    After experiencing this war, Meng Zhang realized why the heavenly palace had tried to prevent the retreat war in the Junchen world.


    If we really want to let the returning virtual powers fight recklessly in the Jun dust world, moving mountains to the sea and sinking the earth are just ordinary scenes. Maybe the whole Jun dust world will be overturned.


    The real dragon clan is willing to give in. The human cultivator in this war is the winner.


    But the winners have no intention of expanding the results.


    According to the meaning of heavenly thunder, the Terran friars will not continue to attack the base camp of Xihai clan.


    After the war, the crusade against the Xihai people ended.


    Shortly after the end of the war, some true kings of the Yang God period and the yuan God period of the Terran received the news, returned to the vicinity of the battlefield and began to gather the monks who had fled around before.


    Those friars who are seriously injured and worth saving should also be saved as much as possible.


    In this war, the human friars suffered heavy casualties. Later, the return to virtual war completely collapsed the whole army of friars.


    The aftermath of the war is very troublesome, and there are many trivial things.


    Seeing the tragedy of the Terran friars, Meng Zhang lowered his posture and took the initiative to rescue the injured friars.


    Of course, the target of his rescue was first the friars of Hanhai road alliance led by taiyimen, and then the friars of Xingluo islands.


    Under the influence of Meng Zhang, some return to emptiness powers joined the rescue ranks.


    It took a long time for the scattered Terran friars to gather again.


    The remaining terran friars, both in number and morale, are difficult to form an army again.


    The monks were brought back to the Xingluo islands for a slow rest.


    This time, the loss of Xihai family is also huge. Even after thousands of years of recuperation, they can''t recover.


    For a long time to come, there is no need to worry about the massive invasion of the west sea people on the Xingluo islands.


    Of course, all kinds of small-scale conflicts should not be avoided.


    Moreover, this time, the Terran friars went deep into the West Sea and occupied most of the territory and strongholds of the West Sea clan.


    Not to mention maintaining strategic advantages over the Xihai people, the Terran cultivators will not give up easily just because of the rich resources produced in these places.


    You know, after this war, the support of various Xiuzhen forces on the mainland to Xingluo islands will basically end.


    As the main force of this war, the various Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands suffered heavy losses.


    Even Qiu Wanshui, the Yang God Zhenjun, was lost in the war.


    To ensure the normal operation of the Xiuzhen forces on the Xingluo islands, let them recover as soon as possible, and let them continue to suppress the Xihai people in the future


    All this requires a large amount of truth repair resources.


    Before that, the army of friars organized by taiyimen, as the rear army, was mainly responsible for occupying various marine strongholds and logistics transportation.


    By the end of the war, most of the Hai nationality''s strongholds were still under the control of taiyimen.


    Such a big piece of fat, even if Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, is powerful, he can''t swallow it alone.


    For these sites and strongholds, the Xiuzhen forces of all parties are competing again.


    The competition is fierce.


    If it hadn''t been for your great power to return to the virtual world to suppress it, all Xiuzhen forces might have fought each other long ago.


    The struggle for interests is the eternal theme of practitioners. Even the immortals can''t stop it.


    Tianlei shangzun is too lazy to take care of these bad things. He directly takes the mountain guest back to Tiangong.


    Before leaving, he left the old silver pot to deal with the matter.


    The sea is rich in resources and has many unique specialties. Even the holy door will covet it.


    In the past, Zhenhai hall, which dominated the East China Sea, was the main producer of marine resources in the Junchen world.


    Later, the rise of Hailing school not only affected Zhenhai Hall''s ambition to dominate the sea, but also because Hailing school integrated the resources of the South China Sea and affected the market of Zhenhai hall.


    Therefore, the sea spirit sect has become a thorn in the eye of Zhenhai hall. I want to get rid of it and then quickly.


    Many places in the West Sea have not been developed by Terran practitioners.


    Like the South China Sea and the East China Sea, the West China Sea has many unique marine specialties.


    In order to compete for the interests of the West Sea, all parties will not let go easily.


    Qiu Gangfeng of Xingluo islands is decisive.


    After returning to Xingluo islands, he used to give up the competition for the interests of the West Sea to make friends with all parties. Then I went to see several Huixu powers who were not involved with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Including Tianlei shangzun, Xihai old monster, Jade Butterfly Taoist, etc.


    Nian thought he was the commander in chief of the Terran friar army. He worked hard and made great achievements in the war. Before leaving, Tianlei superior still met him.


    Qiu Gangfeng also came to see Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what Qiu Gangfeng had talked with other Huixu powers. He came here this time to ask himself to support him.


    To this end, he is willing to hand over some of the benefits possessed by Xingluo palace to taiyimen.


    And he sincerely said that if he succeeds in the advanced retreat period, he will repay Meng Zhang in the future.

 Chapter 1783

    Although Meng Zhang experienced a real king, he didn''t have much bad feelings for Qiu Gangfeng.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Ziyang Shengzong now have a great hatred of life and death, and the hatred is difficult to resolve.


    If he goes back to the empty period in the future, I''m afraid he will become a big trouble for Ziyang Shengzong.


    Whether it is for his promise or to add a strong enemy to Ziyang holy sect, Meng Zhang will support him to advance and return to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang not only agreed to his request, but also instructed him a few words as a passer-by and warned him of some places that needed attention.


    Meng Zhang also asked him with concern whether he was prepared enough to impact the resources needed for the retreat period.


    Qiu Gangfeng told Meng Zhang that when he went to see other Huixu powers, he asked them to lend him a batch of resources.


    Tianlei zunnian worked hard and made great achievements in this war, and specially rewarded him with a resource.


    With his previous accumulation, he has no problems in resources.


    After saying goodbye to Meng Zhang, Qiu Gangfeng quickly left Xingluo islands and lost his trace.


    Qiu Gangfeng is a smart man. Worried about the assassination of Ziyang Shengzong, he left early and hid.


    I''m afraid his next appearance will be after the advanced retreat period.


    There are a lot of retreat periods on the Xingluo islands. In full view of the public, Taoist anode can''t start openly even if he has some ideas.


    As soon as Qiu Gangfeng disappeared, it was even more difficult to track his whereabouts.


    As soon as Qiu Gangfeng left, Xingluo palace immediately fell into the headless group of dragons.


    Although he appointed a temporary person in charge before he left, he was unable to subdue the high-level officials in the palace.


    Xingluo palace has been deeply penetrated by Ziyang holy sect. Many monks in the palace are interested in Ziyang holy sect.


    Taoist anode didn''t want to look ugly when the war was just over, so he didn''t directly intervene in the internal affairs of Xingluo palace.


    But the secret intervention of Ziyang Shengzong alone gave the pro Ziyang Shengzong forces in Xingluo palace the absolute upper hand.


    At this time, Meng Zhang did not interfere in this matter, but praised Qiu Gangfeng''s decision.


    Although Xingluo palace is the foundation industry created by Qiu brothers, it is not worth mentioning compared with Qiu Gangfeng''s way.


    Qiu Gangfeng knew from beginning to end what was most important to his family.


    He gave up Xingluo palace decisively, which is tantamount to throwing down the burden, no longer subject to any restriction, and can wholeheartedly impact the retreat period.


    In the future, it will not be difficult for him to recover and even rebuild his foundation if he succeeds in returning to the virtual period.


    Xingluo palace, originally the master of Xingluo islands, is the most powerful.


    But in this war, because the Qiu brothers did not hide anything, they took most of the monks in Xingluo palace to the battlefield.


    After the war, Xingluo palace suffered heavy losses, and there were few effective monks left.


    After Qiu Gangfeng left, even with the secret support of Ziyang Shengzong, it was difficult for Xingluo palace to continue to maintain its original position.


    Meng Zhang will not give up the resources of the West Sea.


    As the largest stronghold of Terrans in the West Sea, Xingluo islands plays a great role in competing for the interests of the West Sea.


    Meng Zhang secretly summoned Guanghan fairy of Guanghan palace and Xuanxin Zhenjun of Xuanxin sect.


    Guanghan palace has a long tradition and strong strength.


    Previously, it had been in a corner of the Xingluo islands, and its status in the Xingluo islands was not worthy of its strength for a long time.


    In particular, the current leader of Guanghan palace, Guanghan fairy, has more reason to demand higher status and more interests after Jin Shengyang God period.


    Xuanxin sect had always been a small sect with few families.


    In addition to the inheritance rules of the sect itself, it also has the relationship that it has few resources and is difficult to expand the scale.


    Xuanxin Zhenjun now became a monk in the Yang God period, and he also had the idea of expanding wantonly and expanding the lintel.


    Both of them have the secret method of crossing the Yang God thunder robbery from Meng Zhang, which can be regarded as a kind of incense relationship with Meng Zhang.


    Most practitioners are ambitious.


    Based on the current situation of Xingluo islands, the ruling position of Xingluo palace is shaken, and other powerful Xiuzhen forces will inevitably be ready to move.


    After receiving some promises from Meng Zhang, Guanghan fairy and Xuanxin Zhenjun finally stood up and directly participated in the competition for control of Xingluo islands.


    Although Xingluo palace secretly has the support of Ziyang holy sect, it is difficult to keep its original position under the situation of sharp decline in strength.


    Another Yang God friar in Xingluo islands, the real prince of Fuyun temple, although it was also supported by Ziyang holy sect.


    However, with the word "benefit" at the head, he didn''t care about anything else. He also secretly made many moves and made the idea of Xingluo palace.


    Xingluo palace is clearly that virtue does not match. It does not have enough strength to maintain its original position, let alone continue to occupy so many resources.


    Meng Zhang did not directly participate in the internal struggle of Xingluo islands and handed these matters to the corresponding person in charge of taiyimen.


    In this war, taiyimen also suffered heavy losses, but due to Qiu Gangfeng''s care, it was compiled into the rear army, and the loss was relatively minimal.


    After the war, Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and Hai Xuan Zhenjun of Hailing sect returned to Hailing sect after their healing.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang personally thanked them and gave them a generous gift.


    Taiyimen led the friars of hanhaidao alliance. They were not in a hurry to return to the mainland. Most of them stayed in the West Sea.


    Next, there must be a battle between dragons and tigers among the Terran friars in the West Sea.


    Of course, according to the current situation in the Junchen world and under the strict order of the heavenly palace, there will be no civil war between the human Xiuzhen forces.


    But because of this, some Xiuzhen forces also let go of their fear of the Holy Land Sect and had to participate in the competition for various interests.


    Ziyang Shengzong supported Xingluo islands in his early years, paid countless human and material resources and consumed massive resources.


    In this war, Ziyang Shengzong also made great efforts.


    Ziyang holy sect believes that it can rightfully occupy the resources of the West Sea.


    Royal beast sect had a branch in Xingluo islands many years ago.


    In this war, the Royal beast friar also suffered heavy casualties.


    With such a big piece of fat in the West Sea in front of him, the emperor of beasts certainly wants to bite.


    Taiyimen has a great demand for the resources of the West Sea, and it is absolutely impossible to give up easily.


    Under the contention of all parties, later, even the mainland Xiuzhen forces participating in the war, Dali imperial dynasty, also took advantage of the psychology and found an excuse to get involved.


    In addition, the local Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands did not give in, and the situation became even more chaotic.


    Several people who return to emptiness can contain each other. It''s not good for anyone to use the force to suppress others. Instead, they have reached a temporary balance.


    The heavenly palace kept a close eye on it. It was difficult for various Xiuzhen forces to fight each other, so they had to fight a war of words.


    In the face of such a complex situation, old man Yinhu felt that he could not find a place to start in the face of a mess.


    But no matter how difficult things are, they must be done.


    Since Tianlei shangzun handed over the affairs of Xingluo islands to him, he must properly handle it and end the chaos here as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1784

    Silver pot old man should be responsible for coordinating various cultivation forces, so that everyone can divide the resources of the West Sea peacefully.


    In this process, it is impossible to satisfy everyone, but can only be generally passable.


    Those who should be pacified should be pacified, those who should be intimidated should be intimidated, and those who should be lured should be lured


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to the details of old man Yinhu''s work. He believed that old man Yinhu''s friendship with him for many years would not let taiyimen suffer.


    Niu Dawei, who was in charge of commanding the army of taiyimen friars, was seriously injured in the war. He stabilized his injury a little and returned to taiyimen.


    There are a lot of things waiting for him at taiyimen.


    When various Xiuzhen forces quarreled constantly, some things also happened on the Xingluo islands.


    Yiqi hall, which used to be very powerful in Xingluo islands and has a large number of monks, has changed frequently recently.


    It is said that Zhenjun, the only Yang God in the door, died of serious injury.


    Yiqi hall also suffered heavy losses in this war and lost most of its disciples.


    Soon after, Yiqi hall suffered heavy casualties due to internal fighting in the door, and ordinary monks scattered in the door.


    Before long, such a great sect of Yuanshen, which has been inherited for thousands of years, completely dissipated and disappeared in Xingluo islands.


    As for the territory originally occupied by Yiqi hall, it was naturally divided up completely soon.


    Among them, taiyimen''s influence in Xingluo islands accounts for the majority.


    Yiqi Zhenjun colludes with the Hai family, and there is no one behind him. Naturally, he should die.


    His zongmen Yiqi hall was abandoned long ago.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have to do it himself. He just sent out the secret Hall of Taiyi gate and secretly let out the wind to some friendly sects. Naturally, everyone worked together to do things cleanly.


    Even if some people are dissatisfied, will they still question Meng Zhang for the sake of a group of dead people?


    Old man Yinhu''s combat effectiveness is not very good. He has done a good job in dealing with some chores and mud.


    He has made a preliminary division of the vast territory on the West Sea.


    Taiyimen occupied the most territories and strongholds of Xihai people this time.


    Although most of them will be handed over, taiyimen will naturally hold on to some of the most fertile places.


    In some places, taiyimen has organized monks and began to exploit all kinds of resources.


    Many of the unique resources of the West Sea have been sent back to the mainland by flying boats.


    There is also a reason why taiyimen is so anxious.


    Taiyimen has always focused on the construction of blessed land, which is a very heavy burden.


    Recently, taiyimen also organized an army of monks to expedition to the West Sea and subdue the west sea people.


    The war lost countless materials, and the monks suffered heavy casualties.


    After the war, it was a huge expenditure to reward people for their meritorious deeds and to pension monks.


    It''s wonderful. After accepting the foundation of guarding the underworld, he moved the whole army of ghosts.


    After getting familiar with the situation, Taimiao began to collect a large number of various resources in the underworld and resumed the transportation to Taiyi gate.


    By selling these specialties from the underworld, taiyimen was able to breathe a little and not face the crisis of bankruptcy.


    Taiyimen''s current financial situation can only be said to be barely maintained, far from being well-off.


    The construction of the blessed land in the gate is coming to an end, but there is no way to obtain many necessary high-level materials.


    Especially in the aspect of Yuqing LINGJI, the gap is very large.


    The jade Qingling machine stored in the door is very reluctant to maintain the normal cultivation of the high-level sect.


    Taiyimen responded positively to Tiangong''s order this time and strongly supported Xingluo islands'' expedition to Xihai nationality.


    According to the external statement of Tiangong, the cleaning operation was generally successful, which gave a fatal blow to the Xihai people.


    Since the action is successful, it is natural to reward it after the event.


    According to the great contribution made by taiyimen, taiyimen has been rewarded with many contribution points.


    The taiyimen high-level originally wanted to use these contribution points to exchange some high-level materials from the heavenly palace, especially Yuqing LINGJI and so on.


    But the monk sent to exchange found it after he arrived at the heavenly palace.


    In the heavenly palace, both official and private, prices soared and the contribution points depreciated greatly.


    Because the heavenly palace promoted the cleaning action, it led to wars.


    Everyone can understand the impact of the war on soaring prices, but the contribution points also depreciate, which makes people confused.


    The contribution point of the heavenly palace is through the Junchen world. It can always exchange jade qinglingji in proportion. It is one of the most reliable hard currencies in the Junchen world.


    Because of this situation, taiyimen has paid countless life contributions this time. The value is not as good as before, and it is not enough to use at all.


    Meng Zhang sighed after receiving the news from the door.


    He still knows the causes and consequences of this situation, but there is nothing he can do.


    Outside the Junchen world, various foreign invaders joined hands to attack on a large scale, press step by step, and constantly compress the defense line of the Junchen world, which is about to press all the friars on the side of the Junchen world back to the Junchen world.


    Most of the territory of Jun dust world in the void, including many resource points, have been taken away by foreign invaders.


    In the present Junchen world, not only scattered monks dare not enter the void to collect materials, but even the heavenly palace officials dare not organize a team of monks to collect materials in the void.


    Having lost the resource points in the void, the heavenly palace can''t make ends meet at all. It can only rely on years of accumulation and hard support.


    There is a shortage of materials, and the contribution points will certainly be greatly devalued.


    Meng Zhang knows that there will be a shortage of many special resources from the void.


    This will not only affect the construction of the blessed land of taiyimen, but also affect the cultivation of high-level friars.


    Even if taiyimen can successfully collect the resources of the West Sea, it can not completely solve the problem.


    Because it is impossible for Xihai to produce top resources such as Yuqing LINGJI.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Yuqing LINGJI was either born in the void, or the heavenly palace has special methods to make it regularly and quantitatively.


    If taiyimen wants to get more jade clearing auras, they still have to ask the heavenly palace for help.


    When Meng Zhang was thinking about how to contact the heavenly palace official and how to get help, the heavenly palace came the news that the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, wanted to summon Meng Zhang immediately.


    Meng Zhang had nothing to do with the king of companion snow sword before. He had never had any contact or even met.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang is just a returning virtual power who has just been promoted.


    The messenger did not reveal more information.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know why companion Xue Jianjun summoned him.


    No matter how confused in his heart, the chief manager of the heavenly palace summoned Mr. Xue Jian, and Meng Zhang couldn''t neglect it, let alone refuse it.


    Meng Zhang simply explained to the disciples he served, and hurried to the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 1785

    The place where Banxue Jianjun summoned Meng Zhang is a temple located in the depths of the heavenly palace.


    This temple is the private palace of the snow sword king. She stays here most of the time on weekdays, and few outsiders come to disturb her.


    The place where she usually summoned the subordinates of the heavenly palace was another palace.


    When Meng Zhang was taken to the hall by the maid who led the way, companion Xue Jianjun was already waiting here.


    Meng Zhang has long heard that companion Xue Jianjun was originally the spirit of a magic instrument. To be exact, it was the spirit of a flying sword used by an immortal in his early years.


    The sword spirit became a truly independent creature after surviving the thunder robbery of Yang God.


    With the help of the original master, Banxue Jianjun not only became the strong one in the great power of returning to emptiness, but also got the position of the chief manager of the heavenly palace in the Junchen world.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, peixue Jianjun is a tall woman with sword eyebrows and stars. She has an unspeakable spirit of heroism.


    If you feel it carefully, you can still feel an invincible spirit from her.


    Meng Zhang just looked at Mr. Ban Xue Jian and quickly bowed his head respectfully.


    All of us are friars of the same rank. We all have great power to return to emptiness. We don''t need to pay homage.


    However, whether it is the cultivation or status of Banxue Jianjun, it is far above Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang must show enough courtesy and respect.


    The snow sword gentleman waved his hand in return.


    Meng Zhang said a visit to the chief manager, and stood respectfully at the next head without saying a word.


    He didn''t know the intention of Mr. Ban Xue Jian, so he just kept silent and waited for Mr. Ban Xue Jian to speak.


    Companion Xue Jianjun didn''t speak immediately, but stared at Meng Zhang without saying a word, as if in a daze.


    Meng Zhang felt that the vision of Banxue Jianjun was like a sharp sword, which easily penetrated his shell and saw through his inner self.


    Come here for a long time, Mr. Ban Xue Jian finally spoke.


    "It''s said that your promotion will be back soon, but I think you have a solid foundation and deep cultivation. You don''t look like a newly promoted person at all."


    "However, this alone is not enough for you to escape from death under the Sea Patrol yakha."


    Meng Zhang knew that companion Xue Jianjun was talking about the return of the Sea Patrol yecha family, who was able to attack Xingluo islands and fight with himself.


    As the enemy of the Terran, the Xihai clan basically has a number on the Terran side.


    Meng Zhang later learned that the Sea Patrol yecha, named Hai Weili, who embarrassed himself, was the main battle faction of the Xihai family. His style of action has always been known for its bravery.


    Now Mr. Ban Xue Jian asked about the situation at that time. Meng Zhang just hesitated a little and decided to tell the truth.


    "I was lucky enough to stop the guy from haiweili because I accidentally realized the relationship between rhymes under the previous chance."


    With the identity and accomplishments of the prince of companion snow sword, you will not covet the Tao rhyme mastered by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is sure to fight with others in the future, and it is impossible to keep the matter of mastering Daoyun confidential forever.


    Having personally experienced the war in which many returning virtual powers participated, Meng Zhang, as a new returning virtual power, gained a lot of experience and benefited a lot.


    After returning to the Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang had a deeper understanding of the Tao rhyme.


    This Taoist rhyme was named unbreakable by Meng Zhang.


    This move is indestructible, with strong defense and invincible momentum. In defense, you can also accumulate the power of counterattack and turn defense into attack when necessary.


    The more Meng Zhang studied this rhyme, the more he thought it was extraordinary.


    If he can thoroughly understand and master this rhyme, he will get no less benefit than an ordinary magic weapon.


    It is said that Meng Zhang has mastered a rhyme now. The king of snow sword slightly showed surprise, but he didn''t ask much.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian knows the rules very well and won''t ask about other people''s skills such as Taoism and magic.


    "Now that you have mastered every rhyme, you are more sure of it."


    "Are you convinced that you managed to escape from death after being defeated by the Sea Patrol yakha? Do you want revenge?"


    Meng Zhang was not long after his promotion and lost to an old strong man. It''s really nothing. It''s a crime of non war.


    Of course, he was almost killed by the enemy. It is impossible to say that Meng Zhang has no hatred in his heart.


    Meng Zhang not only hated Hai Weili, the great power of returning to emptiness of the sea family, but also complained that the support of the heavenly palace was not timely. What he hated most was the Taoist priest who designed to frame himself.


    In front of the snow sword king, Meng Zhang certainly won''t mention Taoist anode. Who knows what kind of attitude she has towards Ziyang Shengzong?


    Meng Zhang casually expressed his hatred for Hai Weili and his unwillingness to defeat.


    The companion snow sword gentleman heard Meng Zhang''s words and nodded with satisfaction.


    "It''s right to be unconvinced. Friars of our generation should have such morale and can''t easily admit defeat."


    "Relying on your current accomplishments alone, even if you find the Sea Patrol Yasha, you don''t have the ability to revenge."


    "However, I have always been eager for justice and eager to help others."


    "Well, I''ll help you when I see your pity."


    "With the help of this seat, you can easily find the Sea Patrol Yasha, and you can win the war."


    "At that time, you can have resentment and revenge, and do whatever you want to do with the Sea Patrol Yasha."


    With snow sword, the lacrosse said the more happy, and finally even danced.


    Meng Zhang was full of doubts and looked at the king of companion snow sword. He was very puzzled in his heart.


    As the saying goes, if you are courteous, you will steal.


    Companion snow sword gentleman so kind-hearted to help himself, really just to help himself revenge, she has no other plan?


    Meng Zhang, as the chief manager of the heavenly palace, is not particularly devoted to his duties, but a good boss.


    In many times, she is still easy to talk and very human.


    Probably because she came from Jianling. Her mind is pure and her idea is simple. In many cases, I like to go straight. I don''t like conspiracy, calculation and twists and turns.


    On the whole, she is not a bad person.


    But sometimes, to put it better, it''s called the heart of a child. To put it bluntly, it''s a little childish. She will make some small temperament and even appear particularly stubborn.


    Meng Zhang felt good about Banxue Jianjun after seeing her.


    And Meng Zhang instinctively felt that the appearance of companion Xue Jianjun at the moment didn''t seem to be malicious.


    Thinking of old man Yinhu''s evaluation of Mr. Ban Xue Jian, Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush, but went straight to the point and directly asked Mr. Ban Xue Jian why she wanted to help her revenge? Why did she let herself deal with the return virtual power of Hai Weili?


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s inquiry, companion Xue Jianjun sighed and his face collapsed.

 Chapter 1786

    Seeing that Meng Zhang was not confused, he asked about the real inside story. Companion Xue Jianjun smiled awkwardly.


    As expected, she was upright, didn''t make any excuses, and directly told the real reason.


    It turned out that the return of the Sea Patrol yecha family could easily destroy the tacit understanding between the two sides. Before the war, they directly killed Xingluo islands and had a big fight.


    This matter is regarded as a great humiliation by many people in Tiangong. It is simply intolerable.


    However, in the face of the increasing pressure from various foreign invaders, all rational monks know that they should first stop the foreign invaders and prevent these enemies from entering the Junchen world.


    As for the sea clan, there will be plenty of time to clean up slowly in the future.


    Moreover, the top leaders of the real dragon family have no intention of going to war with the Terrans at this time.


    Therefore, the Terran high-level adopted a rational strategy and left the sea clan side for the time being.


    After that, the war of returning to the virtual world was more of a mere formality.


    The senior management of both sides took advantage of this to appease the lower emotions.


    According to the plan of the Terran high-level, after this war, we should maintain a general balance with the sea clan for a long time.


    For this arrangement, Mr. Ban Xue Jian can understand, but he is not willing to accept it.


    Her former master was a sword fairy, and companion Xue Jianjun was also a sword repairman.


    Even, companion Xue Jianjun is recognized by the high level of Junchen. It is natural for Meng Zhang to find Shanghai Weili for revenge.


    Let alone between the two races, even within the Terran, the Terran high-level will never prohibit the private hatred of the cultivators.


    Meng Zhang''s killing of Hai Weili is a private feud between them, which has nothing to do with the relationship between the two races.


    Even if Meng Zhang kills Hai Weili, or Hai Weili kills Meng Zhang, it will not lead to a war between the two races.


    Of course, this is just the wishful thinking of Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    However, companion Xue Jianjun is very confident in his ideas.


    She is so bright that she can easily see through the appearance and the essence of affairs.


    She has been keenly aware for a long time. She doesn''t know why. The real dragon family is very reluctant to go to war with the Terran at this time.


    Logically speaking, now there are all kinds of foreign invaders invading on a large scale, which is the time for the real dragon family to make trouble, and the two sides cooperate inside and outside to attack the Terran together.


    The real dragon family gave up such a good opportunity. Either there was a problem within the real dragon family, or the real dragon family had a different and big plan.


    Prince peixue Jianjun instructed Meng Zhang to find Hai Weili for trouble, which also meant to test the real dragon family.


    However, she didn''t say the meaning clearly. She just said that if haiweili didn''t get rid of it, her heart would be upset and her mind wouldn''t be clear.


    In fact, among many alien races in the Junchen world, the real dragon is the strongest and the greatest threat to the Terran.


    Before the immortals fell asleep, even the immortals dared not underestimate the real dragon family.


    At that time, the real dragons were very knowledgeable and interesting. Knowing the strength of the immortals, they took the initiative to retreat to the deep sea and almost asked about land affairs.


    Out of various considerations, the immortals did not completely eliminate the real dragon family like other aliens, but left this big trouble to future generations.


    After the immortals fell into a deep sleep, the real dragon family began to become active.


    Of course, although the real dragons have had a lot of conflicts with the Terrans and have had many fierce fights, there has been no full-scale war between the two sides.


    Later, the real dragon family drove their Hai family to fight with the Terran side. But he stayed out of it and looked like he was high above the world.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian was born in an extraordinary family. His knowledge is countless times better than those local steamed stuffed buns in Jun dust world.


    She knows a thing or two about the real dragon family.


    The true dragon family has many branches and is an extremely powerful force in the whole world of the heavens.


    The real dragons in the Junchen world are just one branch.


    In addition to instructing Meng Zhang to kill Hai Weili, companion Xue Jianjun has other means to test and investigate the situation of the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that the intention of Mr. Ban Xue Jian was so far-reaching. He raised 10000 hands to agree to kill Hai Weili.


    However, he had self-knowledge and knew the huge gap in strength between the two sides. He didn''t dare to agree easily.


    He smiled bitterly and looked at the companion snow sword gentleman, saying his concerns and difficulties.


    Now Meng Zhang is just sending dishes for nothing to Shanghai Weili.


    Of course, if you are willing to wait and wait patiently for three or five hundred years, after Meng Zhang''s cultivation has made great progress, he will take the initiative to find Hai Weili and kill him for revenge.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, companion Xue Jianjun proudly said, "since I let you take revenge, I''m sure of it."


    "Just now I have seen it carefully. Your foundation is solid and your accomplishments are solid. You don''t look like a newly promoted person at all."


    "You say you have mastered a rhyme, that''s even better."


    After that, companion Xue Jianjun took out three items already prepared and handed them to Meng Zhang.


    One is a sword talisman. It is said that after being excited, it can release the sword magic power to hurt the enemy.


    The power of this sword talisman can have 10% of the power of the snow sword king.


    As long as Meng Zhang finds the right opportunity to release, even if he can''t kill Hai Weili on the spot, he can at least hit him hard.


    This is the biggest mace given to Meng Zhang by the snow sword king, and it is also her confidence.


    This is a dazzling photo bead, which records the rhymes mastered by Mr. Ban Xue Jian.

 Chapter 1787

    Meng Zhang, who has experience in understanding Tao rhyme, should not be difficult to master the Tao rhyme left by the king of companion snow sword.


    As long as Meng Zhang has mastered this rhyme, even if his cultivation is not as good as Hai Weili, it can also pose a fatal threat to him.


    This is not only helpful to help Meng Zhang complete the task, but also regarded as the reward and reward advanced by the snow sword king.


    Without saying anything else, Meng Zhang dared to face Hai Weili with that sword symbol alone.


    The snow sword gentleman took out so many things in one breath, which was also the cost.


    For Meng Zhang, this is also an opportunity to get on with and make friends with the snow sword king.


    Although due to the constraints of the sects of the major holy places, the chief manager of the heavenly palace, peixue Jianjun, is far from being able to do whatever he wants.


    However, whether it is cultivation or status, Mr. Ban Xue Jian is enough to be Meng Zhang''s backer.


    Besides, Meng Zhang had a desire for revenge, but he didn''t dare to do it because of his lack of cultivation.


    Now with the help of Mr. Ban Xue Jian, he can''t say that he will be better than Hai Weili. At least he has a certain self-protection ability.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts rolled in his mind and soon made a decision.


    He happily agreed to the request of Mr. Ban Xue Jian and agreed to kill Hai Weili.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude satisfied Banxue Jianjun.


    In her next words, she fully expressed her intention to value Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang talked with Banxue Jianjun for a long time before taking the initiative to leave.


    During the conversation, companion Xue Jianjun casually instructed Meng Zhang a few words, which benefited him a lot.


    After some conversation, they deepened their understanding and became familiar with each other.


    Meng Zhang is also a great power of returning to emptiness. He has the qualification to make friends with the snow sword king. And he is also very valuable to the king of companion snow sword.


    Companion Xue Jianjun told Meng Zhang that in addition to the three items she had just given him, she also helped Meng Zhang a little.


    Before leaving, Banxue Jianjun told Meng Zhang that she would set aside about five years for Meng Zhang to refine spiritual liquid and understand Tao rhyme.


    During this time, Tiangong will try to find the whereabouts of Hai Weili. Then, she will send someone to inform Meng Zhang of the specific information.


    After leaving the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang went back to Xingluo islands.


    During this time, old man Yinhu finally straightened out the relationship between all parties and made an understanding of the things here.


    The silver pot old man acted smoothly this time, mainly because he ordered to transfer Taoist anode and Taoist Jade Butterfly away.


    It is said that there is too much pressure in the void outside the Jun dust world, and the strong ones of the great powers in the retreat period need to support.


    Without two Huixu powerful energy from the Holy Land Sect, the silver pot old man naturally has less pressure.


    Silver pot old man roughly divided the waters and various resources of the West Sea.


    To say how fair and just is far from enough, let alone satisfy everyone.


    The silver pot old man can only live in most places, which is barely acceptable to everyone.


    At any rate, he is also the great power of returning to emptiness in the heavenly palace. Even if many people are dissatisfied, they dare not make trouble openly.


    In this distribution, taiyimen naturally got the greatest benefit. Not only has it saved many of the benefits it had previously possessed, but also some other gains.


    The interests of Ziyang Shengzong and Yushou Zong have also been basically guaranteed.


    Then, according to the size of each Xiuzhen force and the contribution made in the previous war, it was divided up.


    After finishing his work hastily, the old man Yinhu left the West Sea and returned to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied with the old man''s practice.


    Although he inadvertently left a lot of tails, he will inevitably have some disputes in the future.


    But for him, he has done well enough.


    He also understood what ban Xue Jianjun meant by doing a little favor.


    Meng Zhang did not stay in Xingluo islands for a long time. After explaining to the left behind friars of taiyimen, he returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In this way, only the old monster of the west sea will be in charge for the time being.


    As a return to emptiness power from casual cultivation, the strength of Xihai old monster is not weak. At least it can make Taoist anode quite afraid.


    If the real dragons have no intention of restarting the dispute, it is unlikely that the return to virtual war will break out again in the West Sea.


    It''s enough for the old monster of the West Sea to sit in the West Sea.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, he repeatedly checked that the bottle of spirit liquid was ok, and began to absorb and refine.


    After this bottle of holy liquid was absorbed and refined, Meng Zhang made great progress in cultivation, saving at least hundreds of years of cultivation time.


    The mortal return to virtual power generally has a longevity of more than 9000 years, and hundreds of years is nothing.


    However, when the great change of Jun dust world is imminent and Meng Zhang urgently needs to increase his strength, this bottle of spirit liquid is of great significance to him.


    At about the time of refining the spirit liquid, Meng Zhang began to use the dazzling photo bead.


    Dazzle photo bead is a special item, which is usually used by high-level friars to leave a legacy.


    In the dazzling photo beads, there is a clear sound image, which is equivalent to the face-to-face guidance of the senior friars, making people feel immersive.


    More advanced, even with the cultivation feeling left by the senior friars, they pass on the Mou Xiang to future generations in a way equivalent to enlightenment.


    The dazzling photo bead given to Meng Zhang by Mr. Ban Xue Jian is undoubtedly a high-grade product. There is the experience and perception of Mr. Ban Xue Jian to understand the Tao rhyme.


    The Taoist rhyme left by Mr. Ban Xue Jian is a move about the Taoist rhyme of kendo, which is called hidden breath killing sword.


    This is an assassin''s sword, which is not only fencing, but also contains the method of hiding breath and sneaking in secretly.


    The most suitable target for this move is the assassin. The most suitable place to use is to assassinate the strong.


    Such an assassination method can defeat the strong with the weak.


    Mr. Ban Xue taught Meng Zhang this move to kill the sword with hidden breath. The intention is very clear.


    Even after Meng Zhang refined the spirit liquid, there was still a big gap in his strength compared with Hai Weili.


    After mastering the rhyme of hidden breath killing sword, Meng Zhang can sneak close to Hai Weili and attack and assassinate him when he is not prepared.


    In this way, not only can the gap between the two sides be narrowed, Meng Zhang can also take the initiative.


    Even if the assassination fails, Meng Zhang still has the sword amulet given by the king of companion snow sword, which can also pose a great threat to Hai Weili.


    Meng Zhang began to understand the rhyme of hiding breath and killing sword while lamenting that he was thoughtful and considerate.


    Meng Zhang has extraordinary talent. Previously, with a piece of extraterrestrial meteorite, he was able to understand the unbreakable rhyme and accumulated successful experience.


    Now the conditions are countless times better, with dazzling photo beads, which are specially used for inheritance.


    The snow sword king has left a lot of experience and insights in the dazzling photo beads, which is more conducive to Meng Zhang''s understanding.

 Chapter 1788

    Meng Zhang put his mind into the dazzling photo bead. Suddenly, countless light and shadow information poured into his mind.


    Meng Zhang received this information and understood it carefully.


    Concealed breath killing sword is not a simple sword move, but contains a whole set of methods from concealed breath to explosive assassination.


    Even a friar who knows nothing about the way of assassination can become an assassin master after fully understanding this move to kill the sword.


    Meng Zhang himself has a deep foundation for the way of assassination.


    When his cultivation was low, he also did the activity of sneaking in and assassinating.


    But later, with the deepening of cultivation, there was no need to do so.


    Among the friends around him, such as ye Zhenjun and Jue Ying, they are now understanding this move to hide their breath and kill the sword. It is not difficult for Meng Zhang.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect know that the leader is practicing in seclusion. There are no big things, and they won''t come to interfere with him.


    After five years, Meng Zhang was finally an introduction to the practice of hiding breath and killing sword. He could use it normally and could barely exert some of his power.


    Soon after, the men sent by peixue Jianjun sent Meng Zhang information about the whereabouts of Hai Weili, the great energy of returning to the Sea Patrol.


    These sea people''s great power of returning to emptiness is regarded as a thorn in the flesh by the Terrans, and is not welcomed by the real dragon family.


    It is very rare for Hai Weili to make friends with Ying Feitian of the real dragon family.


    In the eyes of most of the strong people of the real dragon family, the slave race such as the Hai family should not have the power of returning to emptiness at all.


    The slave is too powerful for the master''s rule.


    They have no good feelings for the great power of returning to emptiness that the Hai people have finally cultivated. They want to die early.


    Of course, even as the master, the real dragon family can''t do anything about the returning emptiness among the slaves for no reason.


    In this embarrassing situation, the Hai people''s great powers of returning to the virtual world are often scattered and hidden in the depths of the ocean to avoid all kinds of malicious eyes.


    If no major event happens, they generally will not return to the sea clan, nor will they appear in front of enemies like Terrans at will.


    Last time, if the Xihai people were not facing the disaster of extinction, the Huixu power of these Hai people would not have rushed back to the Xihai to confront and even fight with the human Huixu power.


    On weekdays, Hai people, including Hai Weili, pay great attention to hiding their whereabouts.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, you can easily mobilize the intelligence system of the heavenly palace.


    The Terran is the ruler of the Junchen world, and the heavenly palace is the nominal ruler of the Terran in the Junchen world.


    It is not difficult for Tiangong to find out the whereabouts of a Hai family''s Huixu power.


    Among the information given to Meng Zhang by Mr. Ban Xue Jian, there is Hai Weili''s accurate whereabouts.


    After receiving the information, Meng Zhang told his disciples and set out directly.


    I''ve taken the advantage of the sword with snow. This fight can''t be avoided.


    Haiweili''s hiding place on weekdays is not in the West Sea, but at the junction of the West Sea and the South China Sea. Almost all of them have entered the South China Sea.


    The junction between the West Sea and the South China Sea is a very vast area where few creatures live.


    There are many natural dangerous places here, full of dangerous places. Even the powerful sea people who are familiar with the sea dare not enter here rashly.


    Those foreign strongmen, unfamiliar with the situation, are easy to fall into the natural danger.


    The place where haiweili hides on weekdays is a special sea area.


    There are violent storms here, and the sky is often full of thunderstorms.


    In the intelligence in Meng Zhang''s hands, in addition to Hai Weili''s hiding place, there is a detailed introduction to the surrounding environment.


    As for the great power of returning to emptiness, as long as you are careful, you can go to most parts of the Jun dust world.


    Most of the so-called natural dangers in Jun dust world are difficult to stop the pace of returning to virtual power.


    Without much delay on the road, Meng Zhang entered the sea area where the target was located.


    The violent storms in the sky make it difficult for people to stand in the heavenly palace, and the frequent lightning can crack many stealth spells.


    Although Meng Zhang is unlikely to be affected by these external environments, in order to hide secretly, he still sneaks into the sea and approaches the target from the sea.


    Although Meng Zhang has been practicing hard for some time, the gap between Meng Zhang and Hai Weili still exists, and it is not small.


    Meng Zhang has self-knowledge and knows that if it is a fair frontal battle, he has little chance of winning.


    Only by sneaking in and taking advantage of his unprepared, could he have a chance to win.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang must not expose his whereabouts until he finds the target.


    In order to avoid alerting the enemy, Meng Zhang didn''t even use the technique of water escape. He moved forward on the bottom of the sea by his physical strength.


    Even though Meng Zhang did not practice the forging body skill, at the beginning of his practice, his body was tempered by Yin Qi, and then repeatedly tempered by the sun''s true fire and the Taiyin''s true water.


    Meng Zhang''s body was also tempered by the thunder of heaven when he passed the thunder robbery of Yang God.


    By this time, Meng Zhang''s physical strength has exceeded that of many other races, and may be a little weaker than the powerful race such as the real dragon.


    After sneaking in the sea for a long time, Meng Zhang came to his destination.


    It is a large reef under the shallow sea.


    Haiweili''s cave, where he usually hides, is located in this reef.


    There are many array prohibitions outside the reef.


    Although the Hai nationality has its own unique civilization, its array prohibition is also unique.


    But in the overall level, there is still a big gap compared with Terran practitioners.


    Meng Zhang is not particularly good at these things, but he has accumulated over the years and has a good level.


    Meng Zhangyun secretly observed for a long time, saw through the illusion and found the flaw of these array prohibitions.


    He restrained all his breath and used these flaws to sneak into it without making any movement.


    Meng Zhang walked carefully through the forbidden array and soon came to Hai Weili''s cave.


    To Meng Zhang''s disappointment, the cave was empty and Hai Weili was not there.


    According to the information, haiweili lives here alone and doesn''t even have a servant.


    In addition to many cultivation resources, there is also a hidden treasure house in the cave.


    In order to avoid leaving traces, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to move the treasure house.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and decided to wait here for a while.


    All the items in the nest are there. Haiweili will not give up the nest for no reason.


    Even if he gives up here, he can''t give up the resources stored in it.


    The biggest possibility is that Meng Zhang came by accident. He went out to visit friends or do business.


    Under normal circumstances, he should come back.

 Chapter 1789

    The cave of Hai Weili excavated a huge space at the bottom of the reef, and then divided it into several parts with different functions.


    There are warehouses, living rooms, closed secret rooms


    There is even a small medicine garden, in which some Linghua lingcao are planted, which are extremely precious medicinal materials.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Hai Weili, such a big and rough guy, would play with these flowers and plants.


    Meng Zhang''s whole body turned into a virtual shadow and walked around the cave gently.


    In order to avoid leaving traces, he didn''t touch anything here.


    There are several miraculous medicines in the medicine garden, which are special products in the depths of the sea. Even the sea people are difficult to obtain.


    These miraculous medicines are very useful for Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness.


    He held back his greed and came to the entrance of the cave.


    Meng Zhang restrained all his breath, and his whole body was in a state of absence, without showing any trace.


    Then Meng Zhang concentrated and waited patiently.


    Time passed little by little, and Meng Zhang didn''t feel impatient at all.


    In terms of the long life of returning to emptiness, decades are just a moment.


    Meng Zhang was not bad luck. After waiting for more than two months, he waited for his goal.


    From a distance, Meng Zhang felt the rough and violent breath of Hai Weili.


    The sea is the home of the sea family, and in his own cave, Hai Weili never dreamed that outsiders would enter here.


    After the last war with the Terran, the returning virtual powers on the side of the sea clan made a judgment that there will be no war between the sea clan and the Terran for a long time in the future.


    The main battle parties such as Hai Weili are very dissatisfied with this and think that they should not easily truce with the Terran.


    Of course, this is the decision of the top level of the real dragon family. Their main war faction can complain secretly at most, and they absolutely dare not have any intention to violate it.


    The Hai people have been enslaved by the real dragon people for countless years. It seems that the Hai people are born slaves of the real dragon people.


    Even the Hai clan''s return to emptiness power feels that the rule of the real dragon clan over the Hai clan is justified.


    If the real dragon family wants to fight the Terran, the sea family must be the pioneer.


    The real dragon family wants to be with the sea family, and the sea family will listen to the order.


    It''s better to have a truce. At least the Hai clan''s Huixu power doesn''t have to fight with the Terran''s Huixu power for the time being.


    Hai Weili, who had just returned from his trip, passed through the forbidden system of the Dharma array without any precautions and entered his own cave.


    Meng Zhang had been hiding his breath and body shape according to the method of hiding breath and killing sword.


    At the same time, he is also slowly accumulating strength and murderous spirit in the dark.


    In more than two months, Meng Zhang has adjusted himself to his best state.


    He can do it at any time and break out his strongest strength at any time.


    Haiweili returned to his cave and felt an uncontrollable sense of relaxation.


    Just as he relaxed a little, Meng Zhang suddenly burst out.


    A shadow appeared behind hyweli.


    Meng Zhang hurried to kill the sword while bullying the target at high speed.


    Meng Zhang''s accumulated strength turned into a sharp sword and stabbed Hai Weili from behind.


    Almost at the same time that Meng Zhang launched the assassination, Hai Weili resisted because of his instinct to return to virtual power.


    He didn''t have time to make any other response. He had to fit in and rushed to the front, trying to avoid Meng Zhang''s assassination.


    In addition, invisible power waves spread to all directions, trying to stop the enemy''s approach.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem to be affected. He followed him like a shadow, and the ChiYin sword in his hand became more and more fierce.


    The huge invisible wave stirred up a mess around. The array prohibitions inside and outside the cave were touched one after another and burst into bursts of bright light.


    But all this could not prevent the fierce sword Qi from penetrating Hai Weili''s protective magic power and directly penetrating into his body.


    Although he tried to avoid the key, as soon as the sword Qi entered the body, he easily broke Hai Weili''s strong body, ran headlong inside and tried to destroy the inside of his body.


    At the cost of a blow, haiweili finally seized the opportunity to fight back.


    He didn''t even have time to take out his best weapon, the golden steel fork, so he waved his fists and jumped at Meng Zhang.


    With his attack, there was a heavy blue wave beating in front of his body, which suddenly rushed to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang urged the ChiYin sword evil spirits, and the cold sword evil spirits flew to Hai Weili.


    The blue waves around Hai Weili''s body were frozen by the sword Sha. His fists and ChiYin sword Sha fought countless times in a short time.


    Meng Zhang and Hai Weili''s bodies kept retreating. They both spewed blood and their breath kept fluctuating.


    Despite the incessant destruction of the sword Qi in his body, Hai Weili still competed with Meng Zhang.


    The ChiYin sword evil spirit is indeed a magic weapon left by the Taiyi sect elder. Its power is really extraordinary.


    In a short time of such a fight, many wounds appeared on haiweili''s fists.


    Cold and vicious sword evil spirits poured into his body along the wound.


    The sneak attack was successful, and haiweili was seriously injured.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and temporarily smoothed the strength gap between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang tried to calm down the turbulent Zhenyuan and Qi and blood in his body, encouraged his strength, urged the ChiYin sword evil spirit again, desperately killed Hai Weili, and made it clear that he would not give him a chance to breathe.


    It was another fierce collision.


    The sword light shines, the shadow of the sword is unpredictable, and countless sword ghosts fly around.


    The so-called sword evil spirit is made by collecting all kinds of special evil Qi between heaven and earth and refining it with a unique Kendo method.


    The sword evil spirit not only has the special defilement power of the evil spirit, but also has the characteristics of being extremely sharp and invincible.


    The flying sword of ChiYin sword Sha is named because its condensed sword Sha has great power and terrible lethality.


    Without making full preparations, haiweili did not give full play to his strength.


    Meng Zhang used the sword Qi of the hidden breath killing sword to pierce into his body, which has been destroying the inside of his body.


    Those sword evil spirits that penetrated into his body not only could not be expelled, but were constantly defacing his flesh.


    Haiweili clearly sensed the state of the body and made a decision soon.


    If the battle continues, he can''t distract himself from driving away the sword Qi and sword evil spirit in his body. Even if he finally defeats the enemy who sneaked on him, his strong body, which has been polished for many years, is almost finished.


    Although Hai Weili is brave and belligerent, he is often very rough, but he is not a fool.


    Being able to practice all the way to the retreat period, under his rough appearance, he knows the mind of advance and retreat and the resolute character.


    Knowing that it was bad for him to continue fighting, he almost immediately moved his mind to retreat.

 Chapter 1790

    It''s not easy for hayveli to retreat.


    When the two return to virtual powers fought, especially in such a dangerous close combat, the two sides were entangled and close, and there was no time to make more responses.


    The more Meng Zhang fought, the more excited he was.


    He deeply felt that the hidden breath killing sword taught by Xue Jianjun was a perfect match with the ChiYin sword in his hand.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a swordsman, he has always been interested in swordsmanship.


    He has great attainments in fencing and can be called a master of fencing.


    Hidden breath killing sword is the sword of assassination and an important branch of kendo.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s Kendo, it''s like a fish in water after mastering the hidden breath killing sword.


    Although Hai Weili''s cultivation was much better than him, he took the initiative to attack without fear and took the initiative in turn.


    Knowing that he could not delay any longer, Hai Weili fought with Meng Zhang and finally opened the distance between the two sides and got a chance to get away.


    There was a long wound on his chest and abdomen, spraying blood constantly.


    It was the wound left by the direct cutting of ChiYin sword evil spirit.


    Flying sword is the treasure of killing and cutting. Among many magic weapons, ChiYin sword Sha is very insidious and vicious.


    After such a sword, haiweili was not only hurt, but also more difficult to recover in the future, and he had little power to fight again.


    He seized the last chance to escape, his body soared into the sky, broke the top of the cave, and his body flew out of the reef.


    As long as he flies above the sea, he can use the skill of blood escape, stimulate his physical potential and run for his life.


    Before Meng Zhang started, he didn''t expect that the assassination would be so smooth.


    He is very happy to have achieved the current results.


    Since the enemy cannot resist, we must strike while the iron is hot and kill him when he is ill. We will never let him escape from here.


    The sea clan''s return to virtual power is not as difficult to kill as the human clan''s return to virtual power, but Hai Weili is determined to escape, and Meng Zhang is also difficult to intercept him.


    Meng Zhang sighed, and the sword sign given by the snow sword king had come to his hand.


    He was full of the idea that by using the hidden breath killing sword and the ChiYin sword, he was enough to surpass Hai Weili and save the sword talisman.


    Unfortunately, such a precious sword charm has to be consumed in this place.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart that the movement on his hand was not slow at all.


    He easily released the sword Rune and inspired the power contained in it.


    The sword light disappeared, and a sword light flew out like lightning and directly cut Hai Weili who was performing the art of blood escape.


    This sword talisman was given by the prince of companion snow sword. According to her, she has almost one level of skill after casting.


    Meng Zhang has never seen how powerful the snow sword king is.


    But everyone says that companion Xue Jianjun is a peep in the Jun dust world. It can be seen that his Kendo cultivation is brilliant and his strength is unfathomable.


    Today, Meng Zhang released this sword talisman, which can be regarded as seeing the strength of the snow accompanied sword king.


    It was also the great power of returning to emptiness. Hai Weili had little resistance to the sword light.


    Of course, this has something to do with his poor state and busy performing the art of blood escape.


    The sword light accurately cut his body. His body protection and even his strong body did not play a role in blocking.


    The blood fountain spewed wildly, and Hai Weili died on the spot.


    The sea family''s return to emptiness power has the advantage of strong flesh, but the power of the divine soul is far less than the human family''s return to emptiness power that has been cultivated into the Yang God.


    The human race returns to emptiness and has great energy. The Yang God reposes in heaven and earth. To completely erase it, we need to shake and even destroy the heaven and earth entrusted by Yang God.


    However, the return to virtual power of other races, including those of the same human race and practicing other systems, such as Buddhists, do not have such advantages.


    The sword light transformed by the sword talisman not only cuts through Hai Weili''s body, but also kills his spirit.


    Meng Zhang flew over the two corpses of Hai Weili and put them away.


    The strong of the sea clan at the level of returning to emptiness, even the corpse, plays a great role.


    Apart from other things, the mustard space used to nourish Meng Zhang or bury it after the completion of the blessed land in the future plays a great role.


    Meng Zhang has heard before that those holy monks often put spiritual things into their own blessed land, including the corpses of powerful aliens, to ensure that the blessed land is full of vitality.


    After Meng Zhang collected haiweili''s body, he immediately returned to his cave.


    Without the slightest delay, Meng Zhang ransacked the place.


    Even the treasure house carefully hidden by haiweili did not escape his looting.


    Meng Zhang knows that no matter which race, Huixu power is a first-class big man.


    The sea clan''s return to virtual power is numerous, and there must be a connection between them.


    The sea clan will never give up after losing a great power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang''s trip is supported by the snow sword king. He doesn''t have to worry about future troubles.


    If there is any follow-up trouble, companion Xue Jianjun will naturally help solve it.


    However, if Meng Zhang is not smart enough and moves too slowly, and is blocked on the spot by other sea people''s return to virtual power, he deserves his bad luck.


    Meng Zhang didn''t count much. He collected these booty and left here as soon as possible.


    When the task was completed, he couldn''t care to hide his tracks. Directly cast evasion, escape to a place where the power of thunderstorm is weaker, and then cast space transmission to leave here.


    As soon as Meng Zhang left his front foot, two Hai people''s Huixu Da Neng arrived here at his back foot.


    When Hai Weili was just attacked by Meng Zhang, he secretly contacted the strong members of the same clan with a secret method and asked them for support.


    After Meng Zhang killed Hai Weili, he didn''t pay any price.


    Meng Zhang was also injured and lost a lot.


    Fortunately, he escaped in time and escaped the dangerous situation.


    Haizu Huixu, who came to support, came to haiweili''s cave and found that it was a mess and all valuable things had been looted.


    Then they came to the place where hyweli fell.


    No matter which race''s return to emptiness can fall, it will cause certain heaven and earth visions.


    However, according to different cultivation systems and accomplishments, all kinds of heaven and earth visions are different.


    Where haiweili fell, the vitality of heaven and earth was boiling violently, the waves rolled wildly, and waves poured into the sky, as if there were bursts of blood rain in the sky


    Such obvious visions of heaven and earth are naturally easy to find.


    Sensing the breath left by Hai Weili before his death, the two Hai people return to Xu Daneng and don''t understand what happened.


    There was no delay on the way since they received the request for help.


    But haiweili couldn''t even support this time. He was killed on the spot, which made their faces very ugly.

 Chapter 1791

    More than a month has passed since Meng Zhang succeeded in assassinating Hai Weili.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was standing in the air, looking down.


    Below him is a circular mountain range, enclosing a large plain.


    In the center of the plain, there is a broad highland.


    This is the blessed place where taiyimen has been built for many years.


    Over the years, taiyimen has invested a large amount of human and material resources, and does not hesitate to put a heavy burden on zongmen and even the whole Hanhai road alliance, just for this blessed land.


    If the blessed land is built, it will not only be the foundation of Taiyi gate, but also provide a holy land for the monks in the gate. Moreover, once the Junchen world changes, the monks in the gate can hide in it and use it as a refuge.


    The construction of blessed land has begun to come to an end.


    At this time, there are more difficulties in construction and more high-level resources to be consumed.


    After Meng Zhang succeeded in assassinating Hai Weili, he was in a hurry to go to the heavenly palace and reply to the king of companion snow sword.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian appreciated him very much. He said that he could use him in the future. He could go to the heavenly palace and walk around her more.


    If Meng Zhang has any difficulties in the future, he can also speak to the king of companion snow sword. There''s something I can help. Companion Xue Jianjun won''t be stingy.


    As for the follow-up impact after the killing of Hai Weili, companion Xue Jianjun also said that she would abide by her commitment and bear it alone to prevent Meng Zhang from being involved.


    Not to mention the benefits from Banxue Jianjun, nor the status of Banxue Jianjun. Meng Zhang admired her and was willing to work for her.


    Since the snow sword king is so atmospheric, Meng Zhang didn''t say much.


    After leaving the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang hurried back to the Taiyi gate.


    After a little rest and recovery, he came to the place where the blessed land was built.


    On the way back, Meng Zhang had figured out how to deal with Hai Weili''s body.


    Meng Zhang got a lot of booty this time.


    In haiweili''s cave, he obtained a lot of truth cultivation resources.


    There are a lot of refining materials such as Wanzai cold iron and Xuanyin cold copper produced from the seabed, as well as miraculous drugs such as deep-sea Youlan


    These cultivation resources can greatly increase the strength of Taiyi gate.


    The alchemist of Taiyi sect is not qualified to refine the elixir needed for returning to emptiness. Those most precious miraculous medicines can''t be refined into the corresponding elixir for the time being.


    But whether it is planted in the door, as the inside information of the sect, or let Meng Zhang refine directly, it is a good choice.


    Even the weapon commonly used by Hai Weili, a golden steel fork, is a good material for refining magic weapons after re quenching.


    However, there is no such level of weapon refiner in Taiyi gate, who can refine magic weapons.


    Among the many booties, the most valuable one is actually the body of haiweili.


    The value of a return to virtual power is far more than a lot of foreign objects, even if it''s just a corpse.


    You know, no matter which race or cultivation system, it is not easy to cultivate a great power of returning to emptiness.


    In the growth process of a great power of returning to emptiness, I don''t know how many precious resources to absorb and refine, and how much heaven and earth aura to absorb


    There are countless Reiki and all kinds of essence in the body.


    If Hai Weili''s corpse falls into the hands of those guys who are proficient in the way of corpses and ghosts, it can even be refined into a corpse and ghost puppet of return to virtual level.


    There have been many problems in the construction of the blessed land of taiyimen.


    Haiweili''s corpse helps solve these problems.


    Meng Zhang and the monks in the door dismembered the body of Hai Weili.


    His main bones were buried in a special position under the blessed land by Wen qiansuan and Li Bo.


    The aura in these bones is far more abundant than Yuqing''s aura. It can be released slowly and can be used as an important foundation of the blessed land.


    Haiweili''s flesh and blood were ground by Meng Zhang with his own true yuan and became a powder.


    During this time, countless bloody raindrops have been falling downward over this blessed land.


    Meng Zhang performed the art of spreading clouds and rain, mixed the flesh and blood powder of Hai Weili with the rain, and slowly nourished the blessed land under construction.


    This will help shorten the construction time of blessed land and save many precious materials.


    However, the use of human flesh and blood in this way will inevitably lead to some future problems in the future.


    Meng Zhang is also eager to build the blessed land as soon as possible, and can''t care about these troubles in the future.


    During this time, Meng Zhang spent most of his time in the blessed land to help the monks in the door build.


    With the participation of this great power of returning to virtual reality, many work has accelerated progress and solved many problems.


    After Meng Zhang succeeded in assassinating Hai Weili, he immediately ran away. Subsequent troubles are brewing.


    When haiweili asked his fellow countrymen for help, the information about the enemy was included in the help information.


    Hai Weili had a fight with Meng Zhang and was no stranger to him. He recognized him soon at that time.


    The Terran and the sea clan have obviously had a truce. The Terran Huixu power sneaked in and assassinated the sea clan Huixu power Hai Weili.


    Such behavior is really despicable and shameless.


    As a murderer, Meng Zhang must be responsible for this and pay for haiweili''s life.


    Terran cultivators must pay enough price to calm the anger of the sea clan.


    ¡­¡­


    The sea clan''s return to virtual powers began to make noise one after another, and rushed to the Terran territory angrily.


    At the same time, the Hai people also asked the Zhenlong people for help.


    Last time the sea clan and the Terran clan had a truce, but they obeyed the orders of the real dragon clan.


    Now the Terrans are provoking again. It is clear that they are violating the agreement with the real dragon and don''t pay attention to the real dragon.


    The sea clan''s return to virtual power rushing to the Terran territory is blocked by the return to virtual power sent by the Terran.


    The Hai people are not in a hurry to start the war. They just threaten and put forward many unrealistic conditions.


    If it is normal time, as the ruler of the Junchen world, the strong man of the Terran will not be wordy with the sea clan, and will only directly beat back these guys who don''t know how to live or die.


    However, under the current situation, the Terran leaders are also unwilling to break out a war with the sea clan.


    Meng Zhang''s assassination of Hai Weili was simply out of paper, and soon spread among the high-level Terrans.


    Due to the deliberate propaganda of Mr. Ban Xue Jian, Meng Zhang''s purpose of killing Hai Weili this time is just revenge.


    Some people greatly appreciated him and thought he played the prestige of the Terran. Happy gratitude and hatred, what a hero.


    Some people are very dissatisfied with him and think that he is reckless and reckless for his own personal interests.


    If the war between the sea clan and the Terran clan is restarted, he is a sinner.


    ¡­¡­


    Of course, no matter what view people hold, they will not agree with the requirements of the Hai family. They will hand over Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang pay for Hai Weili.


    Even Meng Zhang''s enemies will not stand on the side of the Hai family at this time.

 Chapter 1792

    In front of the alien race, the human race cultivators have always been arrogant and never regard the alien race as the object of equal coexistence.


    The sea clan such an alien is even more hostile to the strong men of the human race.


    Now it''s just that the foreign invaders are too tight, and the Terran high-level reluctantly gives way to maintain peace with the Hai nationality for the time being.


    When the extraterritorial invaders are defeated, it is uncertain when the two sides will start war again.


    If you really give in to the sea clan now, what is the face of the Terran? Where else is qualified to rule the Junchen world?


    Under the influence of the snow sword king, the external caliber of the Terran side is surprisingly unified.


    Meng Zhang and Hai Weili are personal grudges, which have nothing to do with the overall situation of the two ethnic groups.


    Last time, Hai Weili broke the tacit understanding between the two families and sneaked in to attack Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang later retaliated by killing Hai Weili. It was their private affair and no one could manage it.


    They secretly hate and kill, which is naturally the fate of life and death.


    The Terran has no intention of restarting war with the sea clan.


    But the sea clan really doesn''t know how to live or die, and insists on having a hard time with the Terran. The Terran doesn''t mind giving the sea clan a lesson.


    The attitude of the Terran is certainly unacceptable to the sea clan.


    However, the strength of the Terran is far stronger than that of the sea clan, and they have enough confidence to do so.


    The sea people asked for help from the real dragon people, but they didn''t get a response from the real dragon people.


    The real dragons are already hostile to the sea clan''s return to emptiness.


    Now that one of the Hai clan has died, the real dragon clan is too happy to stand out for it.


    As for what Terrans do not pay attention to the real dragon and offend the real dragon


    Such provocative words of the mentally retarded will not deceive the real dragon family.


    The real dragons are arrogant and want face, but they are not fools.


    Moreover, the Terran side also gave an explanation. It''s not that they want to go to war with the Hai nationality, but the personal resentment of two returning to virtual power in the two major races.


    With a reasonable excuse, the Zhenlong people, who are unwilling to fight against the Terrans, will not agree with the sea people to fight against the Terrans.


    Without the support of the real dragon family, the sea family can''t resist the Terran.


    The most important thing is that the real dragon family has shown their unwillingness to go to war with the Terrans. As slaves, the Hai family must not openly violate it.


    Soon, the sea clan stopped.


    A farce is over.


    The Hai people returned to their cave one after another.


    Of course, they will be more careful in the future and double their guard against the sneak attack of Terran friars.


    As for whether he will retaliate against Meng Zhang in the future, that is what will happen in the future.


    After this matter was over, the real dragon family also sent messengers to warn the Terrans.


    Things like Meng Zhang''s assassination of Hai Weili can''t be done again.


    Let''s forget it this time. If there is another time, the real dragon family will never tolerate it.


    After all, the sea clan is the slave of the real dragon clan.


    It also depends on the owner to beat a dog. The dogs raised by the real dragon family are not free to be killed by outsiders.


    For the real dragon clan, the Terran side obviously attaches much importance to it.


    Although the Terrans play Tai Chi with the real dragon on the surface, the warning to the real dragon is heartfelt.


    Tiangong personally came forward and warned the high-level friars of the Terran family that they should not take the initiative to provoke the sea family and cause trouble for a long time in the future.


    Of course, if the sea clan takes the initiative to invade the Terran territory, it can''t be polite. We must resolutely fight it back.


    After dealing with the real dragon, it''s your turn to deal with the internal affairs of the Terran.


    In front of the alien, the Terran high-level maintained the overall interests of the Terran and stood on the side of Meng Zhang.


    However, in this incident, Meng Zhang took the initiative to cause trouble, regardless of the overall situation, and almost destroyed the plan of the Terran.


    The Jun dust world has long had iron rules. You are not allowed to return to the virtual great energy to fight directly in the Jun dust world.


    Even the return to emptiness power of the Holy Land Sect will be punished by the heavenly palace for violating the regulations in the past.


    Although some time ago, due to the start of the cleaning operation, Tiangong relaxed this restriction.


    But it doesn''t mean that Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness can open the war of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world without fear.


    Meng Zhang''s behavior must be punished.


    For example, Ziyang Shengzong and other sects who had enemies with Meng Zhang also fell into trouble at this time.


    The heavenly palace is nominally the ruler of the Junchen world, but it can''t be arbitrary in many things. It must respect the opinions of the major holy places.


    Inside the heavenly palace, many people dislike Meng Zhang.


    Under the combination of internal and external, the voice of asking for the punishment of Meng Zhang was very loud.


    As we all know, Meng Zhang is a member of the Zunyi Department of Tianlei.


    Tianlei shangzun was originally born in casual cultivation. Later, he was valued by Tiangong and was vigorously cultivated by Tiangong. Only then did he have today''s achievements.


    Among the heavenly palace factions, Tianlei shangzun is regarded as the direct lineage of the heavenly palace. He always obeys the heavenly palace itself, but his relationship with the holy places is not good.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to make trouble this time. In the eyes of many people, he made mistakes first.


    In this storm, only Meng Zhang''s enemies spoke at first.


    Later, the factions hostile to Tianlei shangzun also made a voice and joined the team of criticizing Meng Zhang.


    In particular, with the addition of holy religious sects such as Zhenhai hall, Meng Zhang has become an unforgivable target and must be severely punished.


    Just at this time, Tianlei shangzun was outside the Junchen world and commanded the friars to fight against all kinds of foreign invaders.


    Tianlei shangzun is powerful and brave. He is a capable general of Tiangong.


    When the Junchen world goes to war with the outside world, the figure of Tianlei shangzun is often indispensable.


    Lord Tianlei has commanded many battles against foreign invaders.


    Not only defensive operations, he also took the initiative to attack many times, led the friars of Junchen world to seize resources and destroy strongholds in other big worlds in the void.


    When the Junchen interface is under great pressure on foreign invaders, it is time for him to show his skills.


    In the absence of Tianlei, there is no powerful figure to stand on Meng Zhang''s side.


    The silver pot old man who stays in the heavenly palace alone has no ability to deal with such great pressure.


    When the tide was surging, the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, stood up and took the initiative to defend and excuse Meng Zhang.


    If it is on weekdays, all friars may buy a face for the snow sword gentleman and stop pestering about it.


    However, the matter of Meng Zhang was only an introduction, which triggered factional disputes in the heavenly palace and some contradictions accumulated between the religious doors of the major holy places and the heavenly palace.


    The high-level of the heavenly palace and the Holy Land Sect gate have made voices one after another. Companion Xue Jianjun can''t completely ignore these voices.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian is the chief manager of the heavenly palace. He has high strength and prestige.


    However, she is still far from covering the sky with one hand and acting arbitrarily.


    Whether in the inner part of the heavenly palace or in the face of the doors of the holy places, she will encounter many constraints.


    Sometimes, she had to compromise for the overall situation and do something against her heart.

 Chapter 1793

    More than three months after Meng Zhang successfully assassinated Hai''s Huixu powerful Hai Weili and returned to Taiyi gate, a transfer order was sent from the heavenly palace.


    The content of this order is very simple. It is to enlist Meng Zhang to go outside the Junchen world to fight against foreign invaders.


    For this sudden order, Meng Zhang was not surprised at all, let alone any resistance.


    Meng Zhang obediently obeyed the order and went to work in the army.


    Before the dispatch came, companion Xue Jianjun sent a letter to Meng Zhang to explain the reason.


    In the face of the pressure inside and outside the heavenly palace, to take the overall situation into account and maintain the stability of the heavenly palace, you have to make a compromise.


    Finally, Tiangong punished Meng Zhang.


    Now all kinds of foreign invaders are invading the Jun dust world on a large scale, and the outside of the Jun dust world is facing great pressure.


    At the time of employment, Meng Zhang, as a great power of returning to emptiness, should be responsible for guarding the Junchen world.


    He will be sent to the front line to resist foreign invaders and perform meritorious deeds to redeem his former sins.


    The introduction of Meng Zhang''s punishment was a tortuous process.


    The face of Banxue Jianjun should be given more or less. After all, she is the chief manager of the heavenly palace. Nominally, she is the highest ranking person in the Jun dust world. She can''t be forced too much.


    You know, companion Xue Jianjun has never been a magnanimous person.


    For those who have sinned against her and those who make her unhappy, she has always had revenge and revenge, and will never let go easily.


    This time, too many people fell into the well and didn''t directly target the king of companion snow sword, so many talents actively promoted the punishment of Meng Zhang with the idea that the law is not responsible for the public.


    Since Mr. Ban Xue Jian has given in, we all know that enough is enough.


    I really want to annoy the companion snow sword gentleman and let her make a big fuss regardless. No one can fall behind.


    Finally, under mutual compromise, the punishment of Meng Zhang was given.


    Such punishment is neither light nor heavy. Mr. peixue sword should be able to accept it and everyone can live in face.


    Sure enough, companion Xue Jianjun didn''t say much about it. It was a default.


    Before the order to recruit Meng Zhang was officially issued, Mr. Ban Xue Jian sent someone to meet Meng Zhang secretly.


    Through the mouth of his subordinates, Banxue sword expressed his apology to Meng Zhang.


    Banxue Jianjun once promised that she would bear all the consequences after Meng Zhang killed Hai Zu and returned to Xu Da Neng Hai Weili.


    But now, under the pressure inside and outside the heavenly palace, companion Xue Jianjun had to watch Meng Zhang punished.


    In addition to his oral apology, Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun also secretly made arrangements to ensure Meng Zhang''s safety.


    In addition, she also gave Meng Zhang some other compensation.


    So far, it''s meaningless to blame Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    The most rational way is to hold tightly the thigh of Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    Meng Zhang accepted the apology and arrangement of Mr. Ban Xue Jian, and in turn said that Mr. Ban Xue Jian didn''t care too much about it.


    After such a, the relationship between Meng Zhang and Banxue Jianjun was much closer.


    After receiving the order of conscription, Meng Zhang explained all kinds of affairs in the door and went directly to the heavenly palace.


    Practitioners often say that the heavenly palace is located above the nine heavens.


    The so-called nine days is a special arrangement that the immortals helped build the heavenly palace after the Terran ruled the Junchen world.


    Nine days is like a thick dark cloud, which completely wraps up the whole Jun dust world.


    Internally, Jiutian is an important resource output place.


    The large and small resource points inside can provide various precious resources for the Junchen world.


    For example, the most precious essence of the nine days is essential for the friars in the later stage of Jindan and even the friars in the early stage of Yuanshen.


    The cloud beast born in the nine days is actually a resource.


    Those powerful Yuanshen sects in the cultivation world sent monks to Jiutian to hunt cloud beasts and explore various natural dangers. It was a test for the disciples of the sect.


    In addition, there are a few religious sects in the cultivation world, which can directly tame cloud beasts for their own use.


    After years of efforts, the Royal beast Hall of Taiyi gate has made great achievements in domesticating cloud beasts.


    On the side of Jiutian facing the void, there is a complete set of strict defense system, which can defend against all kinds of enemies from outside the Jun dust world.


    The heavenly palace above the nine days is the core of this defense system.


    Enemies from outside the Jun dust world must first pass through the nine days defense system if they want to invade the Jun dust world.


    Of course, the strongest fortresses were broken from the inside.


    In the history of the Jun dust world, due to the selfishness of some characters or the deliberate release of water by the high-level Terrans, foreign invaders often cross the nine days and enter the Jun dust world.


    Of course, these extraterritorial invaders who can enter the Junchen world have been selected.


    Their strength is not particularly strong. They can set off all kinds of disturbances in the Jun dust world, but they are far from shaking the foundation of the Jun dust world.


    Before the snow sword king issued the cleaning order, he ordered to strengthen the external defense for nine days and no longer allow any foreign invaders to invade the Junchen world.


    When the immortals preached in the Junchen world, even before the heavenly palace was established, the Junchen world was coveted by various foreign invaders and attacked many times.


    After the Terran became the ruler of the Junchen world and completely controlled the world, these foreign invaders did not stop, but still attacked many times and tried to invade the world.


    After the establishment of the heavenly palace, special attention was paid to the prevention of foreign enemies.


    In those years, the immortals paid a lot to establish Jiutian, a system with many functions.


    The heavenly palace, which represents the Lingkong fairyland ruling the Junchen world, also spent a lot of manpower and material resources on this, and even received support from the Lingkong fairyland.


    After nine days of successful construction, it really played a predetermined role.


    Jiutian is only the last line of defense in the outer layer of Junchen world. Besides Jiutian, the Terran has also established other lines of defense as the front line of defense.


    When the Terran forces in the Jun dust world were the most powerful, there was a great void outside the Jun dust world, which belonged to the Jun dust world.


    The Junchen world established many strongholds here and wantonly exploited various resources in the void.


    However, with the struggle with various foreign invaders, the void controlled by the Junchen world has been changing, various strongholds have changed from time to time, and there have been many tugs of war on the defense line.


    For example, when Meng Zhang was in the Yang God period, he was introduced by the silver pot old man. When he worked under the command of Tianlei, the Terran practitioners in the Jun dust world were able to enter a deep void and seize resource points.


    Now, facing the strong pressure of foreign invaders, the Terrans in Junchen world either actively or passively give up many peripheral strongholds, and the defense line is constantly compressed.


    Of course, during the nine days, it is still relatively safe for the time being. Foreign invaders did not come in. This can be used as the rear.


    Outside the nine days, several teams led by you, including Lord Tianlei, formed an army of friars, temporarily blocking all foreign invaders.


    Within nine days, some friars from the Junchen world have been stationed here.


    One is to act as a patrol team and patrol at any time for nine days to prevent infiltration by foreign invaders.


    Second, as a reserve force for the front army.


    Once the front army has suffered heavy losses and needs to be supplemented, these teams are Meng Zhang after being recruited. In addition to Meng Zhang, who returns to the virtual power, there are six yuan Shen monks and several mechanism puppets provided by the heavenly palace.


    The organ puppet is responsible for the daily maintenance of the stronghold. It is also a defense tool.


    Meng Zhang''s task is to lead his six yuan God friars to monitor the nearby area and go out on patrol regularly.


    Generally speaking, this job is relatively easy.


    As long as the foreign invaders are still blocked in front and there are no major problems on the front line, Meng Zhang can stay here all the time.


    There is no difficulty in these daily tasks.


    During the routine patrol, if he is in a good mood, Meng Zhang will even capture some cloud beasts or collect some ownerless resources for nine days.


    When Garrisoning the stronghold, Meng Zhang can maintain his daily cultivation as long as there is nothing to do.


    Meng Zhang''s being recruited this time actually has another advantage.


    When he was at Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang needed to consume a large amount of jade Qingling machines to maintain his daily practice.


    For the Taiyi gate at this time, it was very difficult to provide the monks in the gate with a jade clearing machine. It could be called a great burden.


    Due to the massive attack of foreign invaders, the Junchen world lost many peripheral strongholds, including many resource points, and the whole Junchen world was short of resources.


    Especially those high-level resources, such as Yuqing LINGJI, even have a price without a market.


    There are not many cultivation forces in the Junchen world with a blessed land.


    Recently, the heavenly palace has also tightened its opening to restrict foreign monks from entering the heavenly palace.


    Friars who are now free to enter and leave the heavenly palace either hold positions in the heavenly palace or have residences in the heavenly palace.


    In order to accumulate strength to supply the defense system, the heavenly palace also reduced the Reiki supply to most parts of the heavenly palace, including the residences of various cultivation forces in the heavenly palace.


    In the past, like taiyimen''s residence in the heavenly palace, the daily aura supply could fully meet the daily practice of several Yuanshen friars.


    Such as Meng Zhang''s return to emptiness power, if you want to obtain sufficient Reiki supply, you must consume Tiangong achievement points and rent the closed secret room of Tiangong.


    At present, the residence of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace can only meet the daily cultivation needs of one or two Yuanshen Zhenjun at most.


    Due to this series of measures of the heavenly palace, including friars taiyimen, many high-level friars feel that the days are beginning to get tight.


    There were many complaints among various cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    However, the heavenly palace has long said that this is a special period when foreign enemies are pressing on the border, so they have to take temporary measures.


    Some complaints and so on can''t make much impact.


    The monks who are short of money can only bear it.


    Since Meng Zhang was recruited by the heavenly palace, he worked for the army.


    When he was recruited, Tiangong was responsible for his daily support.


    The Reiki concentration of the stronghold he stationed can only supply a group of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun for daily practice.


    The heavenly palace will also provide him with an additional Yuqing LINGJI.


    This part of the expenses will eventually be included in the war expenses of Tiangong.


    In addition, Meng Zhang has a position in the heavenly palace.


    When he was in the Yang God period, he served as the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall, and received salary from the heavenly palace on a regular basis.


    This salary has not been enough since his promotion.


    However, mosquito legs are meat no matter how small.


    In this way, most of the resources required by Meng Zhang''s daily practice have been solved.


    When Meng Zhang was in the stronghold, he could barely maintain his daily practice.


    This time, he was originally recruited to serve in the army to punish him, because the care of Mr. Ban Xuejian reduced the burden on taiyimen and him.


    Sure enough, someone in the court is easy to do things.


    As the war on the front became more and more intense, more Yuanshen friars needed to be recruited as cannon fodder.


    Fighting against foreign invaders is not only the matter of the heavenly palace and the holy places, but also the responsibility of the whole Junchen world, and all Xiuzhen forces can''t stay out of it.


    With the end of the cleaning operation inside the Jun dust world, many Xiuzhen forces in the Jun dust world can spare their hands.


    The heavenly palace issued a call-up order to the major qualified cultivation forces and called the yuan God friars to the heavenly palace for use.


    Taiyi gate, as a sect with many Yuanshen friars, is naturally within the scope of recruitment.


    Taiyimen did not dare to disobey the call order of the heavenly palace, so they had to send several Yuanshen friars to accept the call and go to the heavenly palace.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian always felt sorry for Meng Zhang''s last incident. He not only took many photos of Meng Zhang, but also loved taiyimen.


    Under her secret hands, the monk, who was drafted by Tai Yi men, was directly stationed in the stronghold within nine days, and then transferred to Meng gang.


    Meng Zhang was certainly overjoyed.


    Although it is still relatively safe for the time being in the nine days, no one is sure when war will happen.


    All the friars under his command are disciples of Taiyi sect. Meng Zhang will naturally feel more relieved.


    For those taiyimen friars, it was even more a surprise.


    If you escape the fate of making cannon fodder at the front line and work under your own leader, you can naturally get enough care.


    With the care of returning to virtual power, they can save a lot of trouble.


    Meng Zhang was very grateful to you for your help. He felt that she was a friend worth making.

 Chapter 1794

    For example, Meng Zhang and other monks stationed in various strongholds for nine days are many, and they come in rotation on weekdays.


    About every year of garrison, Meng Zhang will have a few days off.


    During the holidays, he can return to the heavenly palace temporarily, but can''t run around, so that his boss can call him at any time.


    At Meng Zhang''s speed, if there is any change within nine days, he will soon come from the heavenly palace.


    During the holidays, Meng Zhang often goes to the library in the heavenly palace to read all kinds of classics.


    Prince peixue Jianjun assigned Meng Zhang a high authority so that he could go in and out of the major book collection pavilions in the heavenly palace and read most of the classics.


    Today''s Taiyi gate not only inherits most of the Taiyi gate''s ancient books in its heyday, but also obtains many ancient books of different origins through various means in the process of revitalization.


    The Taiyi sect is now quite complete, such as ordinary Taoist Scriptures, Tibetan scriptures and the like.


    Under the promotion of Meng Zhang, the friars of Taiyi gate have long formed the habit of reading Taoist Scriptures and understanding daozang.


    As a Taoist sect, Taiyi sect has done very well in this regard, which is not necessarily much weaker than those holy sects.


    For this reason, many friars of taiyimen can get great benefits from it after they enter the high level.


    As for the ancient books of practice, as well as the skill books on the hundred arts of truth cultivation, although Taiyi gate has collected a lot, it is still far from being as complete as the heavenly palace, which is a huge gap in the details of the two sides.


    In particular, some ancient books about the deep secrets of the Jun dust world are more complete in the heavenly palace.


    Even if Meng Zhang could not read all the classics collected by the heavenly palace, he had benefited a lot from the parts that were qualified to read.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments at this time have long been able to remember.


    He reads very fast.


    In a few days'' vacation, he can read many classics.


    He took time to record the classics he had read. Every once in a while, let the friars of Taiyi gate stationed in the heavenly palace take them back to the mountain gate.


    Sometimes, when Meng Zhang reads some classics, he will be amazed by his experience and knowledge.


    Meng Zhang felt that the benefit arranged by companion Xue Jianjun for her was better than giving him a magic weapon directly.


    Time passed so quickly that Meng Zhang had been recruited for 15 years.


    During this period of recruitment, Meng Zhang lived a very comfortable life.


    His daily cultivation didn''t fall behind. He had a lot of time to slowly refine the magic weapon of ChiYin sword.


    In addition, it is a great benefit to be able to read all kinds of classics collected by the heavenly palace during holidays.


    I''m afraid those monks who proposed to punish Meng Zhang had never dreamed that, under the secret care of Mr. Ban Xuejian, Meng Zhang not only did not go to the front to suffer and take risks, but enjoyed his current life.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xue Jian certainly gives people a sense of selflessness and straightforwardness on the surface.


    But most of the time, she will act according to her own heart and let her thoughts be clear.


    In her opinion, she had promised Meng Zhang to assume all responsibilities. Due to the pressure inside and outside the heavenly palace, she failed to do so and was forced to make a slip of tongue.


    She owed Meng Zhang once.


    By her nature, she will not only hate those who persecute her, but also try her best to compensate Meng Zhang.


    The more those guys want to punish Meng Zhang, the more they want to make Meng Zhang uncomfortable. She just can''t let those guys succeed and will make good arrangements for Meng Zhang.


    As a beneficiary, Meng Zhang is certainly happy to see its success in this situation.


    Of course, it is impossible for one person to take all the good things in the world. Meng Zhang''s happy little day can''t last forever.


    On that day, Meng Zhang was still sitting in the stronghold as usual.


    Suddenly, he sensed that within nine days, not far from the stronghold, there was a series of violent power fluctuations.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, there is a way to fight in which direction.


    As a monk stationed here, Meng Zhang has the responsibility to find out what happened.


    Meng Zhang sighed. Although he had a very easy time, he couldn''t escape when something really happened.


    The heavenly palace has strict laws, especially now it is in a wartime state. Even if you return to virtual power, you don''t dare to violate military laws.


    In this level of battle, a group of Yuanshen friars not only help, but also burden. Meng Zhang doesn''t want his friars to die in vain.


    He confessed and asked his friars to guard the door and not to go out easily.


    Then Meng Zhang jumped, left the stronghold and flew in the direction of the news.


    As soon as he left the stronghold, he felt that the power fluctuated more and more violently, as if the whole nine days had been stirred.


    Meng Zhang became more and more vigilant. Such power fluctuations have exceeded the level of ordinary return to emptiness power.


    Maybe, both sides of the fight can be called shangzun.


    Meng Zhang kept at his feet and quickly approached the target at his speed.


    Originally, the whole nine days were shrouded in a special layer of clouds. From a distance, it looked like a thick curtain.


    However, the area in front of Meng Zhang''s eyes was stirred into a pot of porridge, and countless clouds seemed to be torn into fragments, which were swept around by powerful forces.


    Not far in front of Meng Zhang, there is a huge vortex, rotating slowly and powerfully.


    An old man in royal clothes was standing in a daze in front of the vortex, with a sad face.


    Further away, several breaths are going away and leaving here quickly.


    Meng Zhang looked at the past, it seemed that two figures were running away, and there were human friars chasing after him.


    After Meng zhangfei passed by, he quickly saluted the old man in royal clothes.


    "Meng Zhang, the law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall, has seen the cold war reverence."


    It turned out that this old man in royal clothes was the famous general of the heavenly palace and the vice Lord of the douzhan hall.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s voice, Shang Zun seemed to react and looked back at Meng Zhang.


    "The name Meng Zhang sounds familiar."


    "By the way, you are Meng Zhang who killed a Hui Xu Da Neng of the Hai nationality more than ten years ago and caused a big storm."


    "Yes, yes, I like your character of daring to fight and fight and happy gratitude and hatred."


    "Those who violate the heavenly power of our heavenly palace will be punished even if they are far away."


    "Since the bastards of Hai family dare to make trouble on their own, they deserve to be slaughtered."


    Since the last storm, Meng Zhang has become famous.


    As the matter involves the companion snow sword king, many leading figures in the heavenly palace are very concerned about it, and they know Meng Zhang who caused the storm.


    Meng Zhang had a special knowledge of the senior management of various departments of Tiangong and inquired about their character and style of conduct through various channels.


    Meng Zhang often travels to and from the heavenly palace. It is inevitable that he will have some dealings with the high-level officials of the heavenly palace. It''s better to be prepared early.

 Chapter 1795

    According to Meng Zhang''s information, Zun was always tough in the cold war and was a well-known advocate of Tiangong.


    He has long demanded that all the alien races in the Junchen world be killed and uprooted.


    For all kinds of foreign invaders, we should not only actively meet them, but also take the initiative to attack and turn counter defense into attack.


    Of course, due to the internal constraints of the high-level Terrans in the Junchen world, there are too many contradictions to reach a consensus.


    Second, the overall strength of the Terran friars in the Junchen world is limited, but they have to face too many enemies.


    Many of the ideas respected in the cold war could not be achieved at all.


    Many friars in the Junchen world who knew him thought he was a boastful and unrealistic figure.


    Of course, we still admire the strong personal combat effectiveness in the cold war.


    Douzhan hall was originally the main Department of Tiangong responsible for foreign wars.


    It is conceivable that he can become the vice Lord of the fighting hall.


    Cold war shangzun, the deputy hall leader of the battle Hall of the heavenly palace, and Tianlei shangzun, the deputy hall leader of the law enforcement hall, are the two major generals of the heavenly palace. They are in a good mood for a while.


    It is not surprising to see Meng Zhang''s attitude after seeing him in the way he behaved in the cold war.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly said that he did not deserve the praise of respect in the cold war and showed great humility.


    In the cold war, Zun was about to say something, and two more figures flew over from a distance.


    After the two figures flew close, they also saluted the cold war respectfully.


    Coincidentally, these two people are also acquaintances of Meng Zhang.


    They were emperor Bawu of Dali Dynasty and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda.


    I haven''t seen you for some time. Both of them have successfully advanced and returned to the virtual period.


    Originally, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda had already completed their cultivation in the Yang God period and were qualified to impact the return to emptiness period.


    Only because of the long war with Ziyang Shengzong, the two talents were delayed.


    At that time, the battle of friars in the period of Yang God was the key to the victory and defeat of both sides.


    Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda, two friars of the Yang God period, were able to stop many friars of the Yang God period of the Ziyang holy sect and entangle them for a long time.


    After Banxue Jianjun ordered the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world to stop fighting and carry out cleaning operations, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda seized the opportunity to practice in isolation and soon broke through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Both of them are new talents in the period of returning to emptiness. Their cultivation is general and their strength is limited.


    When Tiangong enlisted monks from all sides to support the front line and fight against various foreign invaders, Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda were also enlisted.


    Of course, the Dali Dynasty has been able to fight against Ziyang Shengzong for so many years, and there must be great support behind it.


    At the critical moment, naturally someone speaks for them.


    This time, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda, who were recruited, did not play a big role in the war at the level of returning to the virtual world because they had just broken through the period of returning to the virtual world. Just like Meng Zhang, they were assigned to the reserve force and stationed in the same nine days.


    The nine days are so vast that even the monks stationed here rarely see each other on weekdays.


    What''s more, most high-ranking friars are indifferent and seldom care about irrelevant things.


    Meng Zhang is busy practicing and refining magic weapons. He doesn''t have much time to visit friends everywhere.


    Speaking of it, after emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda broke through the retreat period, it was difficult for everyone to catch up with the past in front of the cold war shangzun. They just made a gesture with their eyes, which was a greeting.


    Dali imperial court has been fighting with Ziyang Shengzong for so many years, and its fame can be far above Taiyi gate.


    Many friars in the Junchen world are looking at the jokes of Ziyang Shengzong and paying attention to the battle between them.


    Such a figure as Zun in the cold war certainly looks deeper and knows more inside stories.


    He had heard of emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda, and his attitude towards them was neither hot nor cold.


    During the cold war, Zun didn''t know what he thought. He thought for a while before he spoke.


    "You came just in time. You may need your help next."


    "Do you know where the vortex in front of you leads?"


    Meng Zhang nodded almost at the same time.


    This vortex is a special channel that can directly lead to the source sea of Jun dust world.


    The sea of origin, also known as the source sea, is the most important foundation of the world.


    Everything in the Jun dust world comes from the source sea.


    On the basis of Yuanhai, Jun dust world was born.


    The breath from the source sea breeds all the creatures in the Jun dust world.


    The location of the source sea of the world is the biggest and deepest secret of the world.


    According to the legend heard by Meng Zhang, the source sea of Jun dust world is the deepest place in the underworld.


    In that place, not only outsiders could not enter, but even the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld were reluctant to approach.


    When the immortals cooperated with the heavenly palace to establish nine days, they established a special channel in the nine days to directly communicate with the source sea.


    Over the years, the heavenly palace and the Holy Land zongmen have continuously invested various materials into the source sea, trying their best to expand the original strength of the Jun dust world.


    When Meng Zhang first arrived at the heavenly palace, he found many powerful retreat powers. He used the traction array provided by the heavenly palace to capture the small world in the empty air outside the territory.


    After these small worlds fell into the Junchen world, they were thrown into the vortex by the powerful returning virtual powers, and finally fell into the source sea.


    Under the erosion and digestion of the source sea, these small worlds will eventually completely integrate into the Jun dust world and become the food for the expansion of the Jun dust world.


    Over the years, it is through these methods that the origin of Jun dust world has been growing, so as to provide for more and more human friars and give birth to a bright cultivation civilization.


    There is more than one vortex like this in front of you in nine days.


    The source sea is the foundation of the Jun dust world. How important is the passage to the source sea, which is naturally strictly protected by the Jun dust world.


    First of all, the location of these vortices is strictly confidential. Only through the test, the trusted return to virtual power is qualified to know.


    Secondly, the location of these vortices is not only protected by array prohibition, but also has the ability to return to virtual power to take turns to ensure that they will not be invaded by outsiders.


    These whirlpools are located within nine days. Once an invasion occurs, the guard''s return virtual power will arrive as soon as it is delayed a little, and the return virtual power of the surrounding strongholds and even the support of the heavenly palace will arrive quickly.


    Looking at the current situation, it is unnecessary for zunduo to say in the cold war that Meng Zhang knows that this place has been invaded by foreign invaders.


    I just don''t know what the loss on the Terran side is, and whether the purpose of foreign invaders has been achieved?


    Judging from the expression before the cold war and the situation at the scene, the result may not be very good.


    As if he had guessed Meng Zhang''s mind, the cold war lord continued to speak.


    "Now that you know where this is, you should know the importance of it."


    "But just now, a group of foreign invaders broke into here, broke the array prohibition, wounded the garrison friars and blocked the support of their colleagues."

 Chapter 1796

    "The most important thing is that foreign invaders jumped into this vortex and should have broken into the source sea."


    In the cold war, Zun bit his teeth and said.


    Yuanhai is the foundation of Jun dust world. Even high-level practitioners in Jun dust world are not qualified to enter it.


    Now it has been intruded by foreign invaders, which is definitely a big event enough to disturb the whole Terran high-level.


    Meng Zhang even thought of one thing.


    Many years ago, he heard that the immortals who opened up the Jun dust world slept deep in the source sea thousands of years ago.


    I wonder if those foreign invaders who broke into the source sea went to these immortals?


    Of course, immortals are immortals after all, with magical powers that ordinary people can''t imagine.


    Even if they are sleeping, immortals can never be unprepared. They must have some means to protect themselves.


    Most of these extraterritorial invaders who broke into the source sea could not help these immortals.


    However, if they are allowed to act recklessly in the source sea, it may hurt the source sea and the foundation of the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang can think of things, not to mention respect in the cold war.


    "I should have chased and jumped in and killed the invaders."


    "But I''m too powerful. Once I enter the source sea, it may cause huge waves and cause many bad effects."


    The cold war lord continued.


    "It''s you who have just entered the advanced stage and returned to the virtual stage. The level of power is general. After entering the source sea, as long as you don''t deliberately destroy it, it won''t have a great impact on the source sea."


    At this point, the meaning of respect in the cold war is already obvious.


    That is to ask Meng Zhang and the three of them to enter the source sea and hunt down the intruders.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang looked at each other.


    We can imagine the strength of forcibly breaking into the source sea under the eyes of the cold war.


    Moreover, Yuanhai has many special features.


    According to Meng Zhang, even the great power of returning to emptiness cannot stay in the source sea for a long time.


    The power of the source sea will erode all outsiders.


    The digestion power of Yuanhai is very strong. Even if a small world falls into it, it will soon be digested.


    Ordinary friars under the yuan God Zhenjun enter the source sea, which is equivalent to providing nutrition for the source sea.


    Even if Huixu can enter the source sea, it won''t last long.


    If you really want to enter Yuanhai to pursue the intruders according to the meaning of respect in the cold war, it''s hard to say whether it will win or lose. Meng Zhang''s good or bad luck is unpredictable.


    In the cold war, Zun Shouxing and Meng Zhang said so much that they wanted them to volunteer and actively enter the source sea to hunt down the intruders.


    But after hearing this, the three of them fell into silence, which made shangzun''s face look bad.


    At this time, a figure flew over from a distance and suddenly fell next to the cold war leader.


    Meng Zhang recognized the caller at a glance.


    This man is the xuanao Taoist of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Friar jiuxuange is the most arrogant and unscrupulous figure in the whole Junchen world.


    Even facing the friars of other holy places, friars of jiuxuange are domineering, let alone treat other friars.


    Taoist xuanao, as the great power of returning to emptiness in jiuxuan Pavilion, is naturally not weak. But he is most famous for his overbearing style.


    This guy has always been domineering, provoking trouble everywhere and offending countless people.


    If jiuxuan Pavilion hadn''t sheltered him, he might have been plotted by his enemies.


    Taoist xuanao is notorious. Even Meng Zhang has long heard of him.


    Many years ago, jiuxuan Pavilion sent him to the fighting Hall of the heavenly palace.


    As the most powerful force organization in the heavenly palace, the fighting Hall of the heavenly palace actively infiltrates into the main holy places and places people in it in an attempt to strengthen its control over this organization.


    Seeing Taoist Xuan Ao coming, the cold war lord asked, "did you catch up with each other?"


    Taoist Xuan Ao nodded.


    "The two guys who escaped clearly distracted us. Their real goal is to protect their accomplices from sneaking into the source sea."


    "It doesn''t make much sense to catch up with them."


    "I''ll just come first and let the two Taoist friends continue to pursue."


    For the judgment of Taoist xuanao, the cold war respect certainly recognized it.


    In fact, if it were not for the sake of giving an account to the high-level officials of the heavenly palace, they would have no need to pursue the escaped enemy.


    As Taoist xuanao said, the real target of the enemy is within the source sea.


    Taoist Xuan Ao looked at Meng Zhang and said impatiently, "Why are you still waiting here? Don''t you go in and chase the enemy quickly."


    All of us are friars of the same rank. Taoist Xuan Ao''s bossy manner made Meng Zhang very unhappy.


    However, the three are deep-seated people, and there is no indication on the surface.


    Meng Zhang was disdainful.


    Taoist Xuan Ao''s cultivation may not be much better than him, but he can give orders here. It''s just relying on the power of his own sect. It''s really a dog''s strength.


    Even if Meng Zhang and the three of them enter Yuanhai, whether they are willing to do their best is another matter.


    It is precisely because of this reason that Zuncai has been talking to them with a pleasant face in the cold war, hoping that they can volunteer.


    Probably worried about the bad attitude of Taoist Xuan Ao, Zun took over the words in the cold war and introduced Meng Zhang to them about the enemy.


    The enemies who attacked here before and are still being pursued will not be mentioned. There are only two intruders entering the source sea.


    One is the demon master of the demon family, and the other is the great demon.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang could not help frowning.


    Demon Lord and Terran return to virtual power are the same level of existence.


    The mortal friar of Junchen world has been fighting with the demon family of 10000 demon world for many years. It''s not surprising that the Demon Lord is involved in this matter.


    But the appearance of the great devil is a little rare.


    You know, for so many years, the great demons of the devil road rarely dare to appear in the Jun dust world.


    Of course, there are many demons in the Junchen world, and some of them must keep in touch with the great demons.


    The great devil will actively influence the Jun dust world, wantonly spread the devil''s way to the Jun dust world and cultivate the devil''s cultivation.


    But the great devil himself will not participate in the attack on the Jun dust world.


    Now some big demons take the initiative to break into the source sea. There must be a great conspiracy.


    Meng Zhang had a lot of contacts with friars of the devil way, eliminated countless demons and demons, and destroyed the schemes of the devil way.


    He was once marked by the great devil and even the demon God.


    Meng Zhang and the devil are at odds.


    Hearing the news of the great devil, Meng Zhang was very vigilant.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda were not afraid of the Demon Lord. But when I heard about the existence of the great devil, they all seemed very afraid.


    After the attack here, there was not only great movement, but also the garrison took the initiative to send out an alarm.


    While Meng Zhang was talking, a cultivator who heard the news appeared here one after another.

 Chapter 1797

    Seeing more and more monks coming over, I felt that the number was almost enough. During the cold war, Zun stopped talking to Meng Zhang and began to order directly.


    Whether Meng Zhang or not, they dare not resist the order.


    As for their enthusiasm to participate in action, respect for the cold war naturally has a way to solve it.


    In this regard, Taoist Xuan Ao, who had been waiting on the side for a long time, naturally agreed very much.


    However, before the order, in order to enable everyone to better complete the task, the cold war Reverend still made some explanations.


    Those who are about to enter Yuanhai to hunt down intruders this time are Huixu Da Neng. They know more or less about Yuanhai.


    During the cold war, Zun mainly talked about several key points, and there are still some areas that need attention.


    The demon lord and the great devil who broke into the source sea are not very strong.


    In the previous fight, they were more or less injured.


    More importantly, the source sea of Jun dust world will instinctively resist and repel foreign invaders.


    According to the estimation of shangzun of the cold war, the strength of the two intruders in the source sea is at most similar to that of the monks who have just broken through the retreat period.


    In order to avoid causing too much damage to the Yuanhai sea, the monks who respected this choice to participate in the operation in the cold war were all ordinary people who broke through the retreat period.


    They may not be able to fight the enemy alone, but the Junchen world is their home, and they still have a number advantage.


    Of course, in the source sea, many means of practitioners will be limited due to environmental interference. Most of the commonly used means of communication are difficult to play a role.


    During the cold war, shangzun specially prepared a number of special communication jade symbols to be distributed to the entering Terran friars.


    According to the idea of the Supreme Master of the cold war, the monks participating in the operation should be in groups of two and keep in touch with each other.


    Any group that finds the enemy''s whereabouts will immediately contact other groups to encircle and suppress it.


    The source sea of Jun dust world is vast and has enough hiding space.


    Of course, Yuanhai is a place full of danger. Even if it is the return virtual power, you can''t come and go anywhere in it.


    There are many dangerous places in it, which is enough to easily let the ordinary return virtual power fall.


    The two foreign invaders who broke in should not break in at will.


    During the cold war, Zun probably guessed about the enemy''s purpose. He highlighted several places where the enemy is most likely to go.


    After the monks who participated in the operation entered it, they acted in groups and searched according to the information provided by the cold war lord. They had a great probability of finding the whereabouts of the enemy.


    Among the monks present, including Meng Zhang, seven returned to virtual power met the conditions for participating in the operation.


    Most of these great powers of returning to the virtual world know each other. Instead of actively grouping in the cold war, they are divided into two teams and automatically divided into three groups.


    Meng Zhang is only familiar with Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda. He can name others at most.


    As soon as everyone was grouped, Meng Zhang was alone and became a lonely family.


    Meng Zhang''s record of assassinating Hai''s return to virtual power is very helpful to this mission.


    In a short time, there was no other qualified return to virtual power. During the cold war, shangzun was considering how to arrange Meng Zhang. The Taoist xuanao next to him spoke.


    Taoist Xuan Ao volunteered to enter Yuanhai to hunt down the intruders.


    In fact, although Taoist xuanao is very famous, he has a high status in the heavenly palace. In fact, he mainly relied on the background of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    His own strength is really much stronger than the ordinary return to emptiness.


    According to the criteria of selecting people in the cold war, Taoist xuanao can be selected reluctantly.


    However, the source sea is already dangerous, and it is even more dangerous to pursue and kill foreign invaders.


    On weekdays, we all know the background of Taoist Xuan AO and let him consciously or unconsciously.


    After entering the source sea, the enemy will not worry about his identity.


    Cold war shangzun was worried that Taoist xuanao would be angered by jiuxuan Pavilion if he had an accident in Yuanhai.


    In the cold war, Zun didn''t want to provoke a behemoth like jiuxuan Pavilion for no reason, so he excluded Taoist xuanao from his action at the beginning.


    Now, Taoist Xuan Ao volunteered, and his attitude was firm. He looked like he could not be refused. There was no reason to oppose him in the cold war, so he could only follow his heart.


    Anyway, this was requested by Taoist xuanao himself. Even if something happened, he wanted to die himself. It had nothing to do with others. He was respected in jiuxuan Pavilion in the cold war and had an explanation.


    Taoist xuanao joined, and nature and the lone Meng Zhang formed a group.


    In this way, four groups of eight monks were ready.


    In the end, Shang Zun of the cold war told everyone that if they couldn''t help the intruder, he would personally enter the source sea to solve the problem.


    At that time, if the source sea is damaged, it will be counted on them. Moreover, they will be severely punished by military law for failing to complete their tasks.


    The meaning of respect in the cold war is very obvious, that is, they are not allowed to cheat, play tricks and take the initiative to avoid war.


    If this group of Huixu DA can enter the source sea and do not look for the trace of the enemy, but hide to deal with their errands, not only the cold war emperor, but also the heavenly palace will not spare them.


    Of course, the cold war respect still knows the truth of giving a sweet jujube after playing a big stick.


    He publicly promised that as long as they completed the task and successfully killed two intruders, the heavenly palace would reward them heavily.


    Now it''s wartime and the most important military merit.


    Their mission this time is worth a lot of military merit.


    These great powers of returning to emptiness are old guys who have practiced for many years. They can''t see through the means of Cold War respect.


    They didn''t say much except to accept the order respectfully.


    Meng Zhang looked thoughtfully at the xuanao Taoist who volunteered, and was a little confused in his heart.


    Taoist Xuan Ao is not like the kind of friars who will volunteer and actively participate in the war.


    I''m afraid it''s no coincidence that Taoist Xuan AO and his family are divided into a group.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s suspicion, but he has dealt with the monks of the Holy Land Sect and knows their temperament.


    Taoist xuanao has a good reputation and is by no means a good kind.


    Meng Zhang reminded himself that he must be careful after entering the source sea.


    We should not only beware of the enemy, but also pay special attention to the so-called companion of Taoist Xuan Ao.


    All that should be said has been said. At the command of the cold war, everyone took action immediately.


    Whether you like it or not, since everyone has accepted the call up, you must obey military law and orders.


    A minghuixu powerful energy jumped into the vortex in front of him in turn.


    Taoist Xuan Ao was arrogant, as if he had told his younger disciples to follow Meng Zhang closely behind him.


    Before the words fell, he jumped into the vortex in front of him.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to care about his attitude and jumped in.


    The whirlpool seemed to rotate very slowly, but Meng Zhang immediately felt dizzy and unstable after jumping into it.

 Chapter 1798

    Suddenly, a huge attraction firmly sucked Meng Zhang''s body and dragged him in.


    Meng Zhang didn''t feel panic and didn''t resist at all. He let the attraction hold him and drag himself in one direction.


    When the attraction disappeared, Meng Zhang had entered a strange space.


    This space is full of gray fog, and a lot of dust is floating around.


    As soon as he entered this space, Meng Zhang had a very depressed feeling and instinctively didn''t want to stay here more.


    He was acutely aware that there was an invisible force eroding himself, as if he wanted to completely melt himself here.


    In addition, Meng Zhang felt all kinds of tangible and intangible pressure, constantly oppressing himself, making him seem to be out of breath.


    Meng Zhang''s bodyguard Zhenyuan worked spontaneously and offset some external forces, so he felt a little better.


    "Clumsy, what a waste."


    Taoist xuanao, who first entered here, looked at Meng Zhang disdainfully, and his mouth was very impolite. It seemed that Meng Zhang was not regarded as a friar of the same rank at all.


    Meng Zhang, who entered Yuanhai for the first time, is getting familiar with the environment here. He doesn''t care to get angry with this guy.


    The source sea has a great suppressive effect on outsiders.


    Meng Zhang''s five senses, including divine thoughts, were greatly restrained and could not be explored from a long distance.


    Meng Zhang just entered the source sea for a while, and the real yuan in his body was rapidly consumed.


    As soon as his mind was released, it was swallowed up. The remaining small part of the mind is difficult to explore carefully.


    Meng Zhang knew that he could not stay in the source sea for too long, otherwise he would be eroded by the source sea and irreparable damage.


    Due to the special environment of Yuanhai, it takes a lot of power for him to walk freely, and their exploration means are limited. It becomes very difficult to search the enemy''s whereabouts.


    As a monk stationed in the channel, Taoist xuanao once entered the source sea many times with his own identity.


    Although he didn''t stay long and didn''t go deep, he finally cultivated a wealth of experience.


    At least compared with Meng Zhang, although xuanao Taoist had a bad attitude, Meng Zhang still followed him and tried to keep up with him.


    First, among the two, Taoist Xuan Ao is far above Meng Zhang in terms of seniority and status. Meng Zhang can''t turn against him directly.


    Second, in an environment like Yuanhai, it''s always good to have one more companion.


    In case of an enemy, it will not be besieged.


    Meng Zhang tried to adapt to the environment here while following behind Taoist Xuan Ao.


    Meng Zhang''s aptitude and understanding are amazing, far beyond the imagination of Taoist xuanao.


    After flying with Taoist Xuan Ao for a long time, Meng Zhang is basically familiar with the environment here.


    As the gathering place of the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, Yuanhai has really strong digestion ability.


    If Meng Zhang stayed here for enough time, he might really be digested by Yuanhai and become a part of the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang needs to consume strength all the time to resist the digestive energy of the source sea.


    According to the order of the Supreme Master of the cold war, every group of people entering the source sea should actively search for the whereabouts of the intruders.


    Although it is difficult to locate in the source sea, you can still find a way as long as you are willing to work hard.


    In the cold war, several places were clearly characterized and easily accessible.


    Meng Zhang has no specific map of the source sea and does not know the regional division here.


    However, he flew with Taoist Xuan Ao for a long time. He didn''t meet half of the friars in the Jun dust world, and he felt that the surrounding environment was strange. It was not the places designated by the emperor in the cold war at all.


    Meng Zhang tried to ask, but Taoist Xuan Ao''s attitude was very bad.


    Meng Zhang just opened his mouth. Before he finished speaking, he was scolded, almost yelling at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, no matter how good-natured, was scolded for no reason, and his heart was angry.


    Meng Zhang simply ignored it.


    Anyway, I can''t find the goal and complete the task. It''s not my own business.


    Even if we should be punished, we should be punished together.


    Meng Zhang, who makes friends with the snow sword king, is really not afraid of the punishment from the heavenly palace.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s silence, it seemed that he was afraid of his appearance. The disdain color on Taoist Xuan Ao''s face became stronger and almost didn''t hide it.


    Taoist xuanao led Meng Zhang to turn east and West. After flying for a long time, he came to a strange area.


    Before fully entering this area, Meng Zhang felt that the situation was wrong.


    Countless colorful and incomparably bright spots fill the whole space.


    Fragments of different sizes and shapes are moving irregularly and filling the four directions.


    Taoist Xuan Ao, who had not spoken for a while, suddenly became excited.


    "Well, through the area in front of you, you can catch the intruder."


    "Young man, hurry up. If you fall behind on the way, we must treat you as a fugitive."


    Before the words fell, Taoist Xuan Ao flew over first.


    A huge light mask appeared on him, covering his body tightly.


    Whether it was dust or various fragments, as soon as he approached the hood on his body, he was gently pushed away.


    Meng Zhang was calm on the surface, but he was killed in his heart.


    At this time, he was finally sure that Taoist Xuan Ao was not just arrogant, but had bad intentions for himself.


    Meng Zhang did not know why Taoist Xuan Ao harboured malice towards himself.


    Taoist Xuan Ao didn''t say it clearly, but Meng Zhang already knew the danger of the area in front of him.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang read countless classics in the heavenly palace, which opened his eyes and learned a lot about the secrets of the Junchen world.


    This area in front of us should be the main place for the source sea to digest the foreign small world.


    Here, the digestion capacity of the source sea is extremely strong.


    Moreover, those small world fragments that have not been completely digested move around, and it is difficult to escape.


    Once hit, even if you return to virtual power, you will suffer a great loss.


    Taoist Xuan Ao obviously had something to protect himself, so he dared to enter the front area so recklessly.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t know the specific situation, he would follow him foolishly.


    Under normal circumstances, as a returning virtual power who has been promoted soon, Meng Zhang really has no way to resist all kinds of dangers ahead.


    Taoist Xuan Ao lured Meng Zhang into it in the name of chasing and killing the intruder. His malice has become clear.

 Chapter 1799

    Meng Zhang did not immediately turn his face with Taoist Xuan Ao, nor did he turn around and leave. Instead, he thought a little. He just paused a little and followed Taoist Xuan Ao into the area ahead.


    The Yu Guang in the corner of Taoist Xuan Ao''s eye saw Meng Zhang following behind and scolded him with disdain.


    Sure enough, he is a bumpkin from a small sect. He dares to break into Yuanhai without knowing anything. He is really fearless.


    Meng Zhang is so stupid and easy to be fooled. Taoist Xuan Ao feels like he has succeeded in his plot, as well as a dull feeling.


    For a proud person like him, sometimes the enemy is too stupid and the task is too easy to complete, which is also quite boring.


    Taoist Xuan Ao knew that Meng Zhang would fall into his own hands soon.


    The development of things was as expected by Taoist Xuan Ao. Meng Zhang felt strong pressure when he entered this area, which forced him to slow down.


    But in a moment, there were fragments swimming around and bumping into him.


    There were so many fragments that Meng Zhang couldn''t escape them all. He had to parry hard.


    Sensing the violent power fluctuations from the rear, Taoist xuanao shook his head.


    How many means and details can a new returning to virtual power have?


    Most of these seemingly insignificant fragments are small world fragments that have no time to digest from the sea.


    Almost every fragment contains the power of terror.


    When every small world is broken, it will almost burst out of destructive power.


    The fragments of those small worlds are contaminated with the power of violent and crazy destruction.


    Especially in the small world with many creatures, many creatures gathered countless unwilling and resentment before they perished, and will also be contaminated with the fragments of the small world.


    Even Yuanhai needs a long time to digest these things completely.


    Taoist xuanao dared to enter here because he had a magic weapon that had been refined for many years.


    With the power of magic weapon, he has strong defense and can stay here for a long time.


    Of course, if the delay is too long, it will not only damage his magic weapon, but also endanger himself.


    In any case, with a magic weapon to protect himself, he can adapt to the environment here better than Meng Zhang.


    According to his estimation, Yimeng Zhang''s strength can''t last long after being hit by those fragments.


    Sure enough, Taoist Xuan Ao expected that Meng Zhang could not resist after parrying for a while.


    Meng Zhang''s body kept retreating in the air and could not hold on.


    After a miserable hum, Meng Zhang began to ask for help.


    "Elder, please help me. I really can''t hold on."


    Meng Zhang tried to leave the area while asking for help.


    But he had already entered a place not shallow in this area. After being hit by those debris, his body went deeper into this area.


    Meng Zhang''s attempt to break away from this region cannot be realized at all.


    He made several screams and kept asking Taoist Xuan Ao for help. Later, he completely ignored his face and bowed down.


    Taoist Xuan Ao didn''t seem to hear Meng Zhang''s cry for help, and he was not moved at all.


    After a while, he felt that Meng Zhang''s breath was getting weaker and weaker, and he didn''t even have the strength to scream.


    Xuanao Dao turned around and soon flew to Meng Zhang not far in front of him.


    Meng Zhang almost lost his resistance to the flying debris. He could only resist hard for as long as he could.


    Taoist Xuan Ao has something else to ask Meng Zhang, but he can''t watch him die here.


    A pearl on the top of Taoist Xuan Ao''s head is shining, forming a protective mask around his body.


    Taoist Xuan Ao pointed with one hand and the Pearl on his head gave off a light, which turned into a light mask and temporarily blocked Meng Zhang''s body.


    With such a cushion, Meng Zhang was ready to thank Taoist xuanao. A light turned into a lightsaber and hit his chest at once.


    Meng Zhang, who was already seriously injured, looked at Taoist Xuan Ao in surprise, and his face was puzzled.


    He tried to stabilize his breath and was about to ask, but was interrupted by Taoist Xuan Ao.


    "I''m too lazy to talk to mole ants like you, and you''re not qualified to ask me."


    "Now, if this seat asks you, you answer. If there is anything untrue, this seat will cut you thousands of times."


    "Do you understand, boy?"


    Taoist Xuan Ao finally gave a big drink, which made Meng Zhang''s body tremble.


    Taoist xuanao despised Meng Zhang more and directly entered the topic.


    "Haven''t you forgotten that Tianshi would collude with evil cultivation to plot the power of the underworld?"


    After listening to Taoist Xuan Ao''s questions, Meng Zhang finally knew where Taoist Xuan Ao''s malice against himself came from.


    The original whereabouts of power were unknown. It is said that it was taken away by a natural ghost.


    Later, the jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family, who had participated in the power struggle, followed up the matter with great fanfare.


    Originally, due to the passage of time, the investigation had no results. Both situ family and jiuxuange should divert their attention and no longer invest too much energy in this matter.


    Unexpectedly, after many years, Taoist Xuan Ao still found himself in this way.


    Although because of the wonderful relationship, it diverted everyone''s attention in the name of natural ghosts and gods.


    But there are several natural ghosts and gods in the underworld, which rarely appear in front of people.


    The natural ghost appeared so coincidentally that it was just able to profit and take power, which had to be doubted.


    A guy who is more flexible or suspicious may think that someone has something to do with that natural ghost or God, or even collude directly.


    There were only a few forces involved in this matter.


    Tianshi will be a complete loser and be used from beginning to end.


    Moreover, Tianshi will be deeply penetrated by jiuxuan Pavilion. There is no secret in front of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Situ family and jiuxuan pavilion have been fighting against each other secretly for many years. Everyone knows their roots.


    If situ family colludes with natural ghosts and gods to gain power, it is difficult to hide from jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Dali Dynasty seems to be the most suspect, but in the situation of Dali Dynasty, do you really dare to offend situ family and jiuxuan Pavilion in one fell swoop for power?


    Forced by jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family, Emperor Bawu of Dali Imperial Court swore to Tiandi Avenue in an attempt to prove his innocence, indicating that Dali imperial court had nothing to do with the natural ghost who took power.


    Among the several forces, there is only taiyimen, which seems to be the most impossible.


    For jiuxuan Pavilion, as long as there is doubt, there is no need for any evidence at all.


    There are many reasons why jiuxuan Pavilion didn''t attack Taiyi gate for a long time, but it has been delayed until now. It was shot by Taoist xuanao.

 Chapter 1800

    The Junchen world is about to change. A sect like jiuxuan Pavilion naturally has many plans and calculations.


    A power from the underworld is really important to jiuxuan Pavilion, but it is not important enough to destroy jiuxuan pavilion''s multi-year plan.


    For so many years, jiuxuan Pavilion could not spare enough energy to investigate the matter of power.


    At that time, jiuxuan Pavilion participated in the struggle for power and fought with situ family. The person behind it was Taoist xuanao.


    Those monks of the Yang God period who came directly to the underworld and fought against the friars of the situ family are the trusted younger generation of Taoist Xuan Ao.


    Although he had been unable to deal with this matter, Taoist Xuan Ao kept it in mind.


    Originally, if we directly attacked taiyimen and Meng Zhang, there would be many inconveniences.


    But this time by chance, Meng Zhang sent it to Taoist Xuan Ao. Of course, Taoist Xuan Ao should seize this opportunity.


    He volunteered to enter Yuanhai, not to pursue and kill two foreign invaders, but to win Meng Zhang and ask about the whereabouts of that power and the inside story of that year.


    As soon as Taoist Xuan Ao began to ask, Meng Zhang guessed what was behind him.


    Originally, this is why Taoist Xuan Ao harbors malice towards himself.


    He sighed in his heart. After so many years, jiuxuan Pavilion is still pestering. It''s really troublesome.


    Of course, even if the trouble is big and the future troubles are many, Meng Zhang will still choose to let too wonderful seize power if he can do it again.


    That authority is too important to me.


    Only in Taimiao''s hands can that power play its greatest role.


    Having guessed the origin of the matter, Meng Zhang immediately responded.


    "Elder, younger generation is wronged."


    "Although the younger generation was present at the time of the incident, with the cultivation of the younger generation and the inside information of Taiyi gate, how could they be qualified to participate in such a thing."


    "The younger generation was forced to join the war in those years. The main purpose was to eradicate the evil cultivation in the underworld and avoid it from harming the underworld."


    Meng Zhang shouted injustice, looking very innocent.


    It has to be said that Meng Zhang, who started from the bottom of the cultivation world, has very good acting skills.


    When needed, Meng Zhang can also put down the airs of a leader and return to virtual power.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s performance, Taoist Xuan Ao really believed Meng Zhang and thought that he might have nothing to do with the loss of power that year.


    However, now that the matter is over, will Taoist Xuan Ao just let Meng Zhang go?


    Moreover, a typical nine xuange friar like him would rather kill three thousand by mistake than let one go, which is his usual way of doing things.


    "At this time, I''m not honest and have to argue with function words."


    "It seems that if I don''t give you some color to see, you won''t answer the question honestly."


    Taoist xuanao has many means to torture people.


    Since Meng Zhang refused to take the initiative to confess, he would use all these means on Meng Zhang to see how long Meng Zhang could support.


    Taoist Xuan Ao pointed with one hand. The mask that had originally protected Meng Zhang immediately began to lock, trying to oppress Meng Zhang''s body.


    At this time, Meng Zhang also broke out suddenly.


    Yes, all Meng Zhang''s previous performances were acting.


    In order to prevent Taoist xuanao from calculating himself endlessly, Meng Zhang must find out the reason of the matter.


    Having guessed that Taoist Xuan Ao had bad intentions, he cooperated with each other in a play.


    After entering this area, Meng Zhang quietly displayed his charm, strengthened his defense, and blocked all the fragments and all kinds of tangible and intangible pressure.


    In the source sea, due to the influence of the environment, all kinds of exploration methods, including friars'' Divine thoughts, have been greatly limited.


    Taoist xuanao, who was not a short distance away from Meng Zhang, was fooled by Meng Zhang for a moment. I don''t know that Meng Zhang was not hurt.


    When Meng Zhang pretended to be hurt and couldn''t support him, Taoist Xuan Ao was easily fooled.


    He never thought that Meng Zhang''s advanced return period was not long, and he actually mastered such a powerful means as not breaking Tao rhyme.


    Previously, it was said in the Xiuzhen world that Meng Zhang killed the return virtual power of the sea family, which once again triggered the conflict between the sea family and the human family.


    Taoist Xuan Ao also heard the news.


    However, in his opinion, Meng Zhang''s ability to kill the Hai family''s return to emptiness depends on the help of the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xuejian, rather than his accomplishments in the return to emptiness period.


    After all, Meng Zhang was defeated by the target not long before he killed the target.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, you have a lot of good things.


    Besides, companion Xue Jianjun can often take out some powerful sword amulets, which are enough to threaten the friars in the retreat period.


    Coupled with Meng Zhang''s previous submissive attitude, Taoist xuanao could not despise Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang knew the intention of Taoist Xuan Ao, he naturally had no need to continue to be patient and continue to act.


    Taoist xuanao, who took his mind lightly, fell into Meng Zhang''s calculation.


    Now, he will pay for his carelessness.


    Meng Zhang suddenly saw a magic weapon flying sword in his hand.


    Holding a flying sword, he easily pierced the light shield blocking his body.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has not relaxed his understanding of hiding breath and killing sword, except that he has worked hard to understand Tao rhyme.


    Even, because the companion snow sword King carefully taught all the mysteries of Meng Zhang through the light chasing photo bead, Meng Zhang''s attainments in hiding and killing the sword have exceeded the unbreakable rhyme.


    The concealed breath killing sword is the sword of assassination. In addition to hiding your own breath, making difficulties at critical moments and assassinating the target, it also has the effect of observing the target and seeing through the reality of the target.


    Previously, when Taoist Xuan Ao spoke, Meng Zhang had been secretly observing him and finally found his flaw.


    The reason why Taoist xuanao can easily gain a foothold in the source sea is the Pearl on his head, a protective magic weapon.


    This magic weapon emits light and turns into a mask to protect xuanao Taoist.


    The seemingly tight and indestructible body shield actually has weaknesses.


    Meng Zhang is now directly attacking the weakness of the target.


    The flying sword of ChiYin sword Sha is invincible. It easily penetrated the light mask in front of Meng Zhang. Then the castration did not decrease, and directly stabbed on the protective mask of Taoist Xuan Ao.


    Although Taoist Xuan Ao failed to respond in time because of the sudden incident. However, he has enough confidence in his body protection magic weapon and feels that it can definitely block Meng Zhang''s attack and strive for a chance to fight back for him.


    The flying sword red Yin sword evil spirit was blocked by the light mask and couldn''t move forward for a minute.


    However, the evil spirit contained in the red Yin sword evil spirit penetrated into the mask and fell on the xuanao Taoist.


    When the sword evil spirit entered the body, Taoist Xuan Ao immediately felt a burst of cold and bone chilling, and couldn''t help shivering.

 Chapter 1801

    It seemed that he simply shivered, but it disrupted the rhythm of Taoist Xuan AO and affected his next counterattack.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not completely refined the ChiYin sword and evil spirit in his hand.


    In most cases, the more difficult it is to refine the magic weapon, the more powerful it is.


    A great part of the power of flying sword, a magic weapon like ChiYin sword, depends on the various evil Qi it absorbs.


    A large part of the most powerful Yin and evil Qi between heaven and earth is located in the underworld.


    It has been buried in the underworld for thousands of years. With the careful care of Shouzheng, the ChiYin sword evil spirit turns itself into a sword evil spirit.


    Meng Zhang waved the red Yin sword evil spirit, one by one fierce and cold sword evil spirit, and kept jumping on Taoist Xuan Ao.


    The power of ChiYin sword evil spirit complements Meng Zhang''s excellent swordsmanship.


    Taoist Xuan Ao, who lost his first chance, fell into the wind for a while.


    Although Taoist Xuan Ao, a monk from the holy sect, has weaknesses such as arrogance, arrogance and arrogance, his education from the sect will not have obvious shortcomings in all aspects.


    Its combat effectiveness is above the standard.


    Taoist Xuan Ao was attacked by Meng Zhang. He was surprised and angry at first, and was caught off guard.


    But he soon calmed down and began to think about countermeasures.


    The Pearl on his head is a very good magic weapon to protect him.


    Even if a few swords and evil spirits infiltrated occasionally, he could suppress them temporarily without being greatly affected.


    The sword light between Meng Zhang and Taoist Xuan Ao flies, the sword Qi is vertical and horizontal, and the invisible sword evil spirit points directly to the key


    Although Meng Zhang had a slight advantage by sneak attack when he just started, he was not able to defeat the enemy in one blow.


    With the passage of time, Taoist xuanao slowly calmed down, and the quality of the Holy Land Sect friars began to appear.


    In addition to being able to resist Meng Zhang''s attack, he also began to have the power of counterattack and fight with Meng Zhang.


    Taoist Xuan Ao has another magic weapon besides the pearl that protects himself.


    However, the use of that magic weapon needs to pay some price, so it is not often used as a protective pearl.


    Taoist Xuan Ao will certainly not spare a little price at this time.


    However, he needs to wait for an opportunity, waiting for an opportunity to hit and even kill Meng Zhang.


    He waited patiently while fighting Meng Zhang.


    At this time, in the heart of xuanao Taoist, there was no slightest contempt for Meng Zhang.


    He put away all his arrogance and arrogance, calmed down and slowly struggled with Meng Zhang.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang has long stopped thinking of making a quick decision.


    Although Taoist Xuan Ao is not very good, he is an old brand of returning to emptiness and his real strength is still above Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t seized some opportunities at the beginning, I''m afraid the situation would have developed against him.


    In fact, the protracted fighting is extremely detrimental to Meng Zhang.


    For one thing, his promotion and retreat period was not long. Although he had some adventures, his foundation was far less profound than that of Taoist xuanao.


    Second, the origin of Taoist Xuan Ao doomed him to have a great advantage over Meng Zhang.


    Anyway, Taoist xuanao has already torn his face with Meng Zhang. In the future, he will certainly use the power of jiuxuan pavilion to deal with Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang can barely protect himself even if he asks for help from Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun and Mr. Tian Lei shangzun. He may not be completely insured.


    This time, he was still on the task of chasing and killing foreign invaders. Taoist Xuan Ao was desperate and brazenly shot at Meng Zhang.


    It can be seen that this person is so unscrupulous and ignores everything.


    Meng Zhang was deeply impressed by the door style of jiuxuan Pavilion and the overbearing of friars in jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The rules of the heavenly palace can''t protect Meng Zhang, let alone Taiyi gate.


    If you want to avoid future troubles, you must keep Taoist xuanao here forever.


    Meng Zhang''s heart is full of killing opportunities, but he temporarily takes xuanao Taoist priest as helpless.


    The strength gap is there. We can''t decide the victory or defeat only by some clever means.


    The two fought more and more fiercely, and the surrounding dust was stirred, making the space look more and more turbid.


    Those fragments of different shapes, large and small, will not stop moving because of the fierce fight between them.


    While fighting each other, they also need to devote part of their energy to prevent all kinds of debris from colliding around.


    In this regard, the situation is particularly unfavorable to Meng Zhang.


    Taoist xuanao, with that protective pearl, can block all the rushing debris without spending too much energy.


    While Meng Zhang fought with the enemy, he also had to spend a lot of effort to resist those world fragments.


    Exerting Tao rhyme is not without cost, but a very energy consuming thing.


    With the passage of time, Meng Zhang''s offensive became more and more weak.


    He''s obviously a bit out of it.


    On several occasions, he was almost hit by those fragments.


    Sometimes, in order to avoid those fragments, he had to give up the attack on Taoist xuanao.


    Taoist Xuan Ao slowly leveled the situation, regained his advantage bit by bit and began to gain the upper hand.


    Of course, because of the previous lesson, Taoist xuanao was not impatient at all and seemed very patient.


    He continued to fight step by step without any tendency to advance rashly.


    He fought steadily and slowly suppressed Meng Zhang with his profound cultivation.


    In such a battle, all kinds of tricks and tactics have little effect.


    It is the cultivation of both sides and the foundation of both sides.


    In this regard, Taoist xuanao undoubtedly has an absolute advantage.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s ChiYin sword was no longer blindly attacking, but had to start to defend.


    He not only wanted to block the attack of Taoist Xuan Ao, but also picked up pieces of the world flying over.


    For a moment, he felt a little tired.


    At this time, Taoist Xuan Ao can finally be sure that Meng Zhang is not acting this time, but really can''t resist it.


    His long-awaited opportunity finally came.


    Several pieces of world fragments that were blown away by Taoist xuanao''s protective pearl flew to Meng Zhang''s position intentionally or unintentionally.


    In addition, there were some fragments of the world flying to him. In order to avoid Taoist Xuan Ao''s attack, Meng Zhang had to retreat temporarily and try to distance himself from Taoist Xuan Ao while avoiding these world fragments.


    Opportunity never comes again.


    Taoist Xuan Ao no longer hesitated and quickly took out a golden seal.


    He bit the tip of his tongue and spewed out a mouthful of blood, which fell right on the palm sized seal.


    The seal flew to the head of Taoist xuanao and began to grow rapidly.


    In the process of enlargement, the seal constantly absorbs the power of xuanao Taoist.


    However, in a moment, the seal seemed to grow at the sight of the wind, and became a huge seal the size of a hill.

 Chapter 1802

    This golden seal is the biggest card of Taoist Xuan Ao, and it is also his killer mace that has been hidden so far.


    Although it takes some price to drive this magic weapon, once launched, it has extremely terrible power and can easily destroy a small world.


    The huge seal like a hill shook in the air, which immediately triggered violent vitality fluctuations and brought bursts of vitality tides.


    Here is the source sea that gathers the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world. The vitality of heaven and earth is naturally abundant to the extreme.


    After the giant seal shook, it directly locked the position of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was alarmed and had a feeling of impending disaster.


    With Meng Zhang''s rich combat experience, how can he not know that the crisis comes from that giant seal.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed quickly, and he didn''t even care to avoid those small world fragments.


    However, no matter how Meng Zhang dodges, the feeling of being firmly locked has not changed at all.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not wait to die. He began to use various means to try to resolve the next attack.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of the space Avenue, trying to distort the space and destroy the lock of the giant seal on himself.


    At this time, the giant seal had almost completely locked Meng Zhang and accumulated enough strength.


    The giant seal directly bumped into the position of Meng Zhang, which was quite imposing.


    As long as this giant seal hits Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will be seriously injured if he doesn''t die.


    But at this time, an unexpected accident happened that neither Meng Zhang nor Taoist Xuan Ao expected.


    The reason why Shang Zun did not enter the source sea in person during the cold war was not only that he was worried that too many powerful forces would cause damage to the source sea, but also that the outbreak of too powerful forces in the source sea would lead to some very bad consequences.


    The strength of xuanao Taoist can only be regarded as ordinary among many return to emptiness powers, which is limited compared with those new return to emptiness powers.


    Therefore, the emperor of the cold war will allow him to enter the source sea.


    However, the cold war emperor did not expect that Taoist Xuan Ao had such a powerful magic weapon hidden in him.


    The power fluctuation of this giant seal is enough to trigger some changes in the source sea.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Xuan Ao had been fighting for a long time, which had had a great impact on the surroundings.


    Now Juyin is breaking out, and Meng Zhang is trying to distort space.


    Under the superposition of several factors, the source sea where they are suddenly changed greatly.


    The surrounding space is like a piece of white paper, which is violently distorted and begins to fold.


    Cracks in space appeared out of thin air, and black holes loomed.


    This space suddenly blew up bursts of crazy hurricanes, and countless small world fragments were ejected from the hurricanes.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Xuan Ao were so shaken by the hurricane that they almost lost control of their bodies.


    The power fluctuation of the giant seal is the most powerful, attracting the impact of countless small world fragments.


    Both the frequency and ferocity of the impact far exceeded the previous experiences of Meng Zhang and Taoist Xuan Ao.


    If Meng Zhang and Taoist Xuan Ao had encountered such a degree of impact, they might have fallen into the source sea long ago.


    After a loud noise, the Giant Print kept rolling in the air, and there were many traces on it.


    Coincidentally, the giant seal that was knocked out fell at the junction of several space cracks.


    In this way, several space cracks firmly held the giant seal.


    Taoist xuanao refined this magic weapon with painstaking efforts in those years. It can be said that it is connected with painstaking efforts and spirit.


    The giant seal was constantly impacted by the fragments of the small world. He felt stuffy in his chest and felt that he was constantly impacted.


    Although Taoist Xuan Ao had a hard time, his attention still focused on the giant seal.


    This magic weapon belongs to the sect, but it was temporarily lent to Taoist xuanao.


    If you lose this magic weapon, Taoist Xuan Ao will be in great trouble.


    Taoist xuanao did not care about anything else. He linked the magic weapon with the power of God and tried to urge it.


    Taoist Xuan Ao''s face was pale for a while. He finally let the giant seal get rid of the pull of the space crack and was preparing to take it back.


    The changes in the source sea continue.


    After hurricanes, a huge vortex appeared over Meng Zhang and xuanao Taoist.


    The vortex slowly takes shape. After taking shape, it spontaneously begins to rotate, which produces a strong attraction.


    Everything in this space is attracted to the vortex by the great attraction.


    Countless dust, massive small world fragments


    All this can not escape the attraction of the vortex.


    The giant seal just pulled out of the space crack flew towards the huge vortex with countless small world fragments.


    With such bad luck, xuanao was so popular that he was about to vomit blood.


    Qi returns to Qi, and then angry, he still has to try to take back his magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang, who was shaken by the sudden hurricane, tried to stabilize his figure and kept paying attention to the situation around him.


    The situation of Taoist Xuan Ao fell into his eyes.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was horizontal. He must take advantage of the current difficult opportunity for both sides to give him a heavy blow.


    Otherwise, when Taoist Xuan Ao takes back his magic weapon and calms down, it will be Meng Zhang''s turn to suffer.


    Meng Zhang suddenly broke out.


    At the critical moment, we must dare to work hard and have the momentum to die with the enemy.


    He was like a mad tiger. Regardless of the changes around him, he flew to a distance in front of Taoist Xuan Ao.


    The ChiYin sword evil spirit danced quickly, and one sword light cut at Taoist Xuan Ao.


    "What a madman." Taoist Xuan Ao scolded.


    Yuanhai is an extremely dangerous place. Even if Huixu Daneng is not careful, he may fall here.


    In particular, this place was originally a dangerous place in the source sea, and now such a terrible change has taken place.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think about how to protect himself and how to escape here as soon as possible, but he had to run over and work hard with him. It was crazy.


    If it weren''t for taking back the huge seal, Taoist Xuan Ao would have run away.


    Meng Zhang''s desperate posture really frightened Taoist Xuan Ao.


    Taoist Xuan Ao cherishes his own life and will never die with the enemy.


    Taoist Xuan Ao was intimidated by Meng Zhang''s momentum, and unexpectedly fell to the disadvantage all at once.


    Being entangled by Meng Zhang, he was unable to distract his attention. He could only watch the giant seal inhaled by the vortex and disappeared completely.


    The contact with the mind and spirit of the magic weapon was interrupted, and Taoist xuanao couldn''t help but gush a mouthful of blood and fell into a deep wound.


    Meng Zhang desperately entangled Taoist Xuan AO and made him unable to escape.


    The huge attraction of the vortex firmly attracted the two people and kept attracting them.


    Although I don''t know what''s behind the vortex, Taoist Xuan Ao absolutely doesn''t want to be sucked into it.


    He had an ominous feeling in his heart and began to struggle desperately, trying to get rid of the attraction of the vortex and stay away from this place.

 Chapter 1803

    Meng Zhang knew that the present might be the only chance to kill Taoist Xuan Ao.


    In order to get rid of this future trouble, Meng Zhang also fought hard.


    Meng Zhang waved the ChiYin sword and tightly entangled Taoist Xuan Ao.


    The huge attraction of the vortex is not only to attract xuanao Taoist, but also to Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang ignored it and looked like he would not hesitate to be swallowed into the vortex with Taoist Xuan Ao.


    "Madman, you madman..."


    Taoist Xuan Ao kept roaring.


    At this time, Taoist Xuan Ao was finally a little afraid.


    Meng Zhang was born in the grassroots. He worked hard all the way from the bottom of the cultivation world, and then he had his cultivation and status today.


    Taoist xuanao grew up in jiuxuan Pavilion when he was a child. He was carefully cultivated by the sect and was the real pride of heaven.


    Although he has rich combat experience, he doesn''t have much desperate experience.


    In fact, with the strength of jiuxuan Pavilion, there was not much time for him to work hard.


    Lacking the baptism of blood, Taoist Xuan Ao lost some confidence after all.


    He felt more and more flustered when he was firmly absorbed by the huge vortex.


    If you lose your calmness and start to panic, you will make mistakes.


    At this time, the sword evil force, which was forcibly suppressed by Taoist Xuan Ao, also began to rebel.


    These swords, which penetrated into his body, were extremely insidious and full of spirituality.


    When Taoist Xuan Ao has spare power, these sword demons will lurk temporarily.


    When he tried his best to deal with the gravity of Meng Zhang and the vortex and had no time for him, these sword evil spirits suddenly broke out.


    Under the internal and external difficulties, Taoist xuanao was in chaos, revealing many flaws.


    Taoist Xuan Ao was entangled by Meng Zhang. In this way, they were attracted by the huge vortex.


    At the last moment, Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and pushed Taoist Xuan Ao into the vortex.


    He struggled hard with the power of anti earthquake, opened the distance from the vortex, then slowly flew away from the gravitational range of the vortex, and finally escaped from the sky.


    Far enough from the vortex to make sure that the attraction would not pose a threat to himself, Meng Zhang temporarily stopped and watched silently.


    Meng Zhang learned about the vision and the huge whirlpool in front of him in the ancient books hidden in the heavenly palace.


    The source sea of Jun dust world was once transformed by immortals.


    On weekdays, the small world invested in the source sea will be slowly digested by the source sea.


    However, if there are some problems in the source sea that are difficult to digest, or may endanger the existence of the source sea, it will lead to changes in the source sea.


    Such changes are not particularly rare.


    Like those small worlds engulfed by the source sea, before being digested, they will erupt into final resistance and try to break away from the source sea.


    The manifestation of these changes is the emergence of that huge vortex. The main function is to temporarily increase the digestion capacity of the source sea.


    After being absorbed by the vortex, those things that are difficult to digest will undergo erosion and be initially digested by more powerful forces.


    After preliminary digestion, everything that is easier to digest will be slowly absorbed by the source sea.


    Meng Zhang slowly adjusted his breath while waiting for new changes to happen.


    At this time, he was extremely grateful to accompany Xue Jianjun.


    How could he possibly know these great secrets about Yuanhai if he hadn''t opened many ancient books collected by Tiangong to himself.


    In the source sea, there is no sun, moon and stars, and the monk''s induction will also be greatly affected. It is not easy to judge the time accurately.


    Meng Zhang waited for about a day. The huge whirlpool that kept rotating suddenly stung, and then countless black spots sprayed out of it.


    With the jet of these black spots, the huge vortex collapsed completely.


    Meng Zhang saw those black spots appear and rushed over in spite of the danger.


    Meng zhangfei waved his hands and picked up several things in a row.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t care to see the object in his hand. When he got it, he left here as fast as he could.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang left here, a hundred times more violent vitality tide broke out here than before.


    In such a vitality tide, even the ordinary return to emptiness power will inevitably be hurt.


    Meng Zhang flew out for a long time, completely far away from the area just now. After he could no longer feel the fluctuation of vitality, he stopped running away.


    At this time, he took care of the items he had carefully looked at.


    Three fist sized colored crystals radiate dazzling light.


    This is the source crystal condensed from the origin of heaven and earth. It is often born only in the source sea of a world.


    The higher the world level, the stronger the origin of heaven and earth, and the stronger the source crystal power born.


    The source crystals born from a big world like Jun dust world play many roles.


    Besides, even if Meng Zhang directly refines one of them, he can at least save hundreds of years of cultivation time.


    In addition to Yuan Jing, Meng Zhang got a group of gray things the size of a head.


    This thing looks as if it is composed of fog, and its shape is constantly distorted and changing.


    Gently pinch, soft with a certain elasticity, just like jelly.


    This thing has a name, called space cornerstone.


    The cornerstone of space is often the root part of the core after the demise of some worlds, entangled and condensed.


    Whether it''s refining high-level space magic tools or high-level friars refining mustard space, you can get countless benefits as long as you add a little space cornerstone.


    Of course, when Meng Zhang recognized the cornerstone of this space, he had an arrangement for it in his heart.


    Putting this space foundation stone into the blessed land being built by taiyimen and urging it with secret methods can not only save many precious natural materials and earth treasures, but also have more miracles in the successful construction of the blessed land in the future.


    Whether it is the source crystal or the cornerstone of space, if it does not fall into Meng Zhang''s hands, it will be slowly digested and absorbed by the source sea after being ejected by the vortex.


    Of course, although Yuanhai refused outsiders to enter, the immortals had long made arrangements.


    Every once in a while, the heavenly palace and the holy places will jointly send people here to collect some precious natural and earth treasures.


    Meng Zhang''s behavior is not just to dig the corner of the Jun dust world.


    Even the heavenly palace has no right to dispose of everything in the source sea.


    For example, Yuqing LINGJI.


    The friars of the Junchen world not only look for jade Qingling machine in the foreign void, but also produce jade Qingling machine in the source sea.


    For the distribution of these jade qinglingji, the heavenly palace and the holy places will argue for a long time every time.


    In fact, the Yuqing LINGJI that can be taken from the source sea is only a small part of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    The real big head is regarded as the property owned by the immortals, and no one dares to take it away without authorization.


    What Meng Zhang took was far more precious than Yuqing LINGJI, which was equivalent to snatching food from the sleeping immortal.


    After the appraisal, Meng Zhang quickly put these things away.

 Chapter 1804

    He secretly decided that even the most trusted disciple in the sect, he would not easily reveal what happened here.


    Fortunately, Taoist Xuan Ao has died without a burial place. Meng Zhang has indirectly completed the operation of killing people and killing people.


    Most importantly, this is the source sea, and the environment is too special.


    What happened here, even the most brilliant master, is difficult to calculate.


    Meng Zhang is very sure about this.


    He himself is a very clever master.


    Although after entering the return to emptiness period, Tianji has not been improved accordingly.


    However, he fully knows the limitations of Tianji.


    The interference of Yuanhai to Tianji is very powerful.


    After waves of vitality tides, everything that happened here was completely submerged.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay here long, so he left directly.


    As a companion, Taoist Xuan Ao died. Meng Zhang needs to make up a story.


    Anyway, Yuanhai is a dangerous place. There are not one or two Huixu powers who died here.


    When Taoist xuanao died, Meng Zhang, as a nominal companion, may inevitably be angered and suspected by jiuxuan Pavilion.


    But now he is also a great power of returning to emptiness. He not only has a close relationship with Tianlei shangzun, but also has a friendship with Banxue Jianjun.


    In the absence of conclusive evidence, especially in the current situation of Junchen world, even if jiuxuan Pavilion is domineering, I''m afraid it''s not good to rush to attack Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhangsi thought before and after, and felt that he had left no flaws.


    As for making up stories, that''s his specialty.


    Although he lost such a companion as Taoist Xuan Ao, Meng Zhang still decided to continue the task.


    Anyway, if he really didn''t complete the task, he would also be punished.


    Moreover, as a member of the practitioners of the Junchen world, he is also hostile to foreign invaders.


    Although the sensing is limited in the source sea, it is difficult to locate. But none of these can defeat Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness.


    He spent a lot of effort and began to search according to the area provided by the cold war leader.


    All the way, he encountered many troubles and was overcome by him one by one.


    I don''t know whether Meng Zhang''s luck is good or bad. He searched for most of the day and found no trace of two foreign invaders. Instead, he found some Yuqing LINGJI.


    The main producing areas of Yuqing LINGJI in Yuanhai have special arrangements, which are difficult for outsiders to break in.


    Even if outsiders are lucky enough to break in, they will leave traces and leave clues for the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    In addition, many places in Yuanhai will randomly give birth to a few jade Qingling machines.


    If no one comes to collect for a long time, these jade Qingling machines will be digested by Yuanhai again.


    Meng Zhang was not polite, so he put away these jade Qingling machines.


    Speaking of, Yuanhai''s digestion ability is really strong, and almost everything can be digested.


    The most difficult thing to digest is to spend more time.


    Therefore, the natural materials and earth treasures born in Yuanhai, including Yuqing LINGJI, will be digested by Yuanhai if they are not picked in time after birth.


    There is a special channel connection between Jiutian and Yuanhai.


    From time to time, some breath or dust from the source sea will be blown into the nine days by the strong wind.


    After these are absorbed by nine days, nine days is like a big tonic. It is of great benefit to Jiutian birth, Jiutian essence and various resources.


    After several days in Yuanhai, Meng Zhang finally met an acquaintance.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda appeared in front of Meng Zhang with two return virtual powers that Meng Zhang didn''t know.


    Meng Zhang hurried to speed up and caught up with their team.


    Emperor Bawu, who was on his way, saw Meng Zhang catching up from the rear and quickly greeted him.


    Chunyu Zhongda seems to be casting some kind of magic. He doesn''t care to talk to Meng Zhang.


    Meng zhangfei went to Bawu emperor and talked with him.


    Emperor Bawu knew that Meng Zhang and Taoist xuanao were in the same team.


    Although he, like most people, could not bear to see the arrogant Taoist xuanao, he couldn''t help asking about his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang, who had been prepared for a long time, didn''t have any difference on his face. He answered a few words casually.


    Taoist xuanao was too arrogant and kept a distance from Meng Zhang.


    On his way, he only cares about himself, regardless of whether Meng Zhang can keep up.


    Originally, with the cultivation of Meng Zhang, there was still no big problem to keep up with Taoist Xuan Ao.


    But a sudden hurricane triggered a terrible tide of vitality.


    Taoist Xuan Ao only cared about his own safety and didn''t mean to cover Meng Zhang at all.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are not as good as those of xuanao Taoist. He lost his trace of xuanao Taoist in the tide of vitality.


    After leaving the scope of vitality tide, Meng Zhang spent some effort to find, but he could not find the whereabouts of Taoist Xuan Ao.


    Thinking that it was important to complete the task, Meng Zhang did not continue to delay time, but began to search for the whereabouts of foreign invaders according to the instructions of the cold war leader.


    For Meng Zhang''s answer, Emperor Bawu and others have no doubt.


    What Meng Zhang said about the actions of Taoist xuanao is indeed in line with his usual temper.


    As for the vitality tide in the source sea, it is fundamentally different from the vitality tide outside.


    The general vitality tide of Jun dust world, even if it is powerful, can''t threaten the return virtual power.


    However, if you encounter the vitality tide breaking out in the source sea, a bad one will fall even if you return to the virtual power.


    Meng Zhang was separated from Taoist xuanao. Even if one of them fell in the tide of vitality, it was not impossible.


    Of course, at this time, Emperor Bawu would never think that Taoist xuanao had fallen.


    After the separation, Meng Zhang joined their team, which also strengthened the combat effectiveness of their team.


    Meng Zhang answered the question of emperor Bawu and asked about them.


    According to Bawu emperor, he and Chunyu Zhongda were lucky and found the whereabouts of two foreign invaders not long ago.


    The two sides had just begun to fight, and another team of Terran friars nearby arrived.


    The two foreign invaders were not only injured, but also greatly suppressed in the source sea.


    Facing the four Terrans'' return to virtual power, they didn''t fight hard, but parried a few moves and found a chance to escape.


    The two foreign invaders were so good at running for their lives that they soon disappeared completely.


    Fortunately, Chunyu Zhongda is worthy of being the national teacher of Dali Dynasty. He is resourceful and thoughtful.


    When he fought before, he secretly left a trace on the Demon Lord.


    The trace was so faint that it was difficult for the enemy to detect.


    Chunyu Zhongda can slowly sense the existence of the trace by using the secret method.


    Now, they are searching for the whereabouts of two foreign invaders all the way according to Chunyu Zhongda''s Secret induction.


    Of course, due to the environmental interference of the source sea, Chunyu Zhongda''s Secret sensing is also greatly affected.


    Although Chunyu Zhongda has some feelings, they still need to search for the target slowly.

 Chapter 1805

    For Meng Zhang''s joining, Bawu emperor and others are still more welcome, and there are no ideas such as worrying about him robbing merit.


    All the monks who enter here are unwilling to stay in the source sea.


    The unique digestive ability of Yuanhai is eroding their bodies almost all the time.


    In order to fight it, they need to consume a lot of power.


    If they stay here for a long time, they will be irreparably hurt.


    One more person and one more force can complete the task as soon as possible and kill two foreign invaders, which is what everyone wants.


    Chunyu Zhongda uses his secret technique to sense the whereabouts of the enemy.


    Due to the interference of the source sea, they have always been one step behind.


    When they sensed the enemy''s latest position and rushed over, the enemy had left.


    Chunyu Zhongda had to cast magic induction again.


    As the enemy has been moving at high speed, their pursuit is not very smooth.


    After working hard for a long time, they didn''t catch up with the enemy, but they joined another team of human friars.


    Now, except for the dead Taoist xuanao, other Terran friars who entered the source sea gathered together.


    There are fully seven Huixu powerful people working together. As long as they catch up with the enemy, they will not escape again.


    Everyone did not urge Chunyu Zhongda, but let him use his secret method.


    Everyone is a new comer of returning to emptiness. Except Meng Zhang, there is little difference in the cultivation of others.


    They don''t have many means, and there is no other better means to use.


    Fortunately, Chunyu Zhongda didn''t disappoint everyone. Although he was always a step slow, he never lost the enemy''s whereabouts.


    After some intense pursuit, they finally met two foreign invaders head-on.


    In order to prevent the enemy from escaping again, the seven Huixu great powers scattered and surrounded the past from all directions.


    The demon lord knew that the dangerous time had come, and their work had entered a critical moment.


    The demon lord roared and showed his original shape.


    It was a giant crocodile with a length of more than 1000 feet and an incomparably large body.


    The giant crocodile shook his head and tail, as if he were crazy, and took the initiative to kill the return virtual powers of the Terran.


    Emperor Bawu just faced the giant crocodile.


    He did not dodge and shouted. His voice was full of unspeakable dignity, which shocked the enemy.


    He pounced on the enemy bravely, raised his right hand and gave a hard blow.


    A huge fist print appeared on his head, and a golden dragon with open teeth and claws wrapped around the fist print vividly.


    The mountain like fist seal, with a golden dragon, rushed across the front and made a hard impact with the giant crocodile.


    The huge sound of shaking the sky continues to ring, and the vitality around is violently agitated endlessly


    The seemingly ferocious giant crocodile was temporarily blocked by the huge fist print and stopped its forward impact.


    Emperor Bawu, who made such a violent blow, felt a bit wounded. He was unable to continue to fight for the time being.


    With so many people present, of course, Emperor Bawu will not face the enemy alone.


    Chunyu Zhongda, as the national teacher of Dali Dynasty, has assisted Bawu emperor for many years, and has been an old partner with Bawu emperor for many years.


    They have fought side by side for many years and have long established an extraordinary tacit understanding.


    Almost at the same time when Bawu emperor took action, Chunyu Zhongda made a Dharma seal on his hands. Immediately, endless lightning fell and frantically split at the giant crocodile.


    After this period of recuperation, Meng Zhang had basically recovered from his injury when he fought with Taoist xuanao, and most of his consumed strength recovered, which would hardly affect his shot.


    Meng Zhang waved the red Yin sword evil spirit. Under the cover of the sword light, the evil sword evil spirit pointed directly at the flesh of the giant crocodile.


    After regaining his breath, Emperor Bawu immediately joined the siege.


    The three great powers of returning to emptiness worked together to suppress the giant crocodile for the time being.


    Another foreign invader is a rare demon.


    In the history of the Jun dust world, few big demons dare to break into the Jun dust world.


    All the friars in Junchen world present had the experience of fighting against demons and killing demons and demons, but now he felt a bit of a tiger falling and the sun falling, and was embarrassed by the three monks.


    After fighting for a long time, many wounds appeared on the giant crocodile.


    In particular, the sword evil spirit released by ChiYin sword evil spirit actually penetrated into his body and wantonly destroyed his seemingly strong body.


    The situation of the great devil seemed a little better than him, but it was also difficult to escape the enemy''s siege.


    On the surface, it is very beneficial to the Terran friars.


    It seems that it won''t be long before Meng Zhang can kill two foreign invaders, complete the task and leave here.


    Probably knowing that he couldn''t escape this time, the giant crocodile became particularly violent.


    He had more and more wounds, more and more serious injuries, but less and less reason.


    His eyes were red and he was almost out of his mind.


    Finally, after being injured again, the giant crocodile completely lost his last reason and became completely crazy.


    "Green blood, the rest is up to you. You must complete the task."


    With a roar, the giant crocodile stirred up the original power in his body and was about to explode.


    Although Meng Zhang and the three of them can suppress the enemy, they have no ability to stop the other party''s self explosion.


    They didn''t expect that the giant crocodile would be so strong.

 Chapter 1806

    Sensing that the terrible power in the giant crocodile was about to break out, Meng Zhang and the three of them made a quick decision and immediately retreated, trying to escape the scope of the enemy''s self explosion.


    Almost at the same time, Emperor Bawu did not forget to shout and warn his companions.


    "Be careful, this giant crocodile will explode."


    Don''t remind emperor Bawu, the other four return virtual powers who are besieging the great devil green blood have long found the situation here.


    The Demon Lord is an absolute high-level in the demon clan.


    In the world of ten thousand demons, there are several demon masters and they all enjoy a high status.


    The demon master, a demon family at this level, has a long life and noble status. Generally, they cherish their own lives and rarely explode.


    Anyway, the present group of Huixu powerful people asked themselves that they were in each other''s situation, and most of them didn''t have the courage to explode.


    Although they were very shocked, these Terran return to virtual powers responded in time.


    They did not care to continue to besiege the enemy, and took the initiative to retreat one after another, trying to avoid the power range of the demon lord''s self explosion.


    The real strength of this giant crocodile is far above these new returning virtual powers, and the source of life is incomparable.


    His outburst immediately triggered a series of chain reactions.


    His huge body burst open, and endless flesh and blood turned into vitality and scattered everywhere.


    The power of terror broke out in an instant, and the whole space seemed to be shaken.


    In the place where the giant crocodile exploded, there was a huge black hole, which had a terrible attraction to the surroundings.


    Meng Zhang first felt the shaking of the sky and the earth, as if the whole heaven and earth were constantly shaking.


    Then a sudden huge attraction is trying to suck them away.


    Before they could do anything, hurricanes appeared out of thin air and swept wildly around.


    The origin of heaven and earth in the source sea seems to be trembling.


    Almost endless vitality, in crazy spitting, crazy rolling, crazy stirring


    The self explosion of the giant crocodile triggered a terrible vitality tide.


    The Terran friars present know more or less about Yuanhai and know some dangers in Yuanhai.


    The powerful vitality tide is one of the most common dangers in the source sea.


    Facing the terrible vitality tide, the Terran friars present not only ignored attacking the enemy, but also ignored their companions.


    They scattered birds and animals one after another and fled in all directions, trying to escape the sudden vitality tide at the fastest speed.


    Meng Zhang had reservations and did not go all out in the previous battle of besieging the giant crocodiles.


    In addition to his own state is not the best state, he also has the selfishness to retain some strength.


    Among you present, Meng Zhang''s real strength may be the strongest.


    Moreover, with the experience of changing the source sea when fighting with Taoist Xuan Ao just now, he has a strong adaptability to this vitality tide.


    If he wants, he can still play a bit of combat effectiveness in the tide of vitality.


    However, Meng Zhang did not try to be brave at this time, but followed the crowd and fled here with everyone.


    The Terran friars began to retreat one after another, but the big devil who had been besieged began to move again.


    The crocodile used to call him green blood, using the demon language.


    The monks on the scene have basically dealt with the demon clan and know that the demon clan is the great enemy of the human race.


    With the ability of returning to virtual power, it is not difficult to master the demon language.


    We all know that this great devil is called green blood, but we don''t know his origin, let alone his purpose of entering here.


    If a demon friar has mastered the taboo of a great devil and the corresponding rituals, he may contact the great devil through sacrifice.


    Then make a deal with the great devil and get the power given by the great devil.


    Of course, the vast majority of evil friars who do so will eventually be controlled by the great devil, completely lose themselves and become the puppet of the great devil.


    The great devil didn''t hurry to escape when the vitality tide just broke out, but he even started to fight back.


    While the human friars were scattered and fleeing, he suddenly jumped at a returning virtual power.


    He turned into a green shadow and moved like lightning.


    In the terrible tide of vitality, the human friars'' instinct of self-protection plays a role and can''t take care of each other for the time being.


    The great devil seized this rare opportunity and took the opportunity to hit a celebrity family back to the virtual power.


    The Terran can scream when he returns to the virtual world. He disappeared in the tide of vitality and ended up in an unknown end.


    Although the great devil was strong with strength, he dared to fight and fight, and dared to fight back in the tide of vitality.


    However, due to the influence of vitality tide, it is also inconvenient for him to move freely.


    He can only choose the nearest Terran to return to the virtual power in turn.


    Under the cover of the vitality tide, a green shadow attacked Meng Zhang silently.


    Meng Zhang had long been aware of the action of the great devil.


    He kept quiet, secretly restrained his Qi and accumulated strength.


    When the green shadow rushed over, Meng Zhang''s long prepared hidden breath killing sword started.


    The sharp sword spirit almost tore the green shadow to pieces


    The sneak attack failed, but was countered by the enemy, and the great devil retreated with his injury.


    At this time, the vitality tide became stronger and stronger, and even the great devil could not continue to stand here.


    The Terran friar is lost in the tide of vitality, and he can''t continue to find his goal.


    The great devil hid his tracks under the cover of vitality tide, and soon disappeared completely.


    Meng Zhang was shaken by the terrible hurricane and had a shaky foothold.


    He tried to identify the direction and tried his best to escape the vitality tide.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to escape from the area with the greatest power of Yuanqi tide and come to the edge of Yuanqi tide.


    Although he has not completely escaped the influence of the vitality tide, Meng Zhang can move freely here.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to escape here, but stayed.


    His purpose is very simple, that is, to meet the separated Terran friars as much as possible and continue to complete the task.


    Although he repulsed the big devil green blood just now, he fully saw the power of the other party and knew that the other party could not be dealt with by himself.

 Chapter 1807

    Meng Zhang waited here for a long time. After the release of the vitality tide in the distance, although there was a somewhat weakening trend, he was still unwilling to take a risk to approach.


    No Terran friar has been flying into Meng Zhang''s sight.


    Although somewhat disappointed, Meng Zhang can understand.


    This vitality tide is not only fierce, but also has a great range.


    Before that, you return to virtual powers were busy running away, and no one could tell which direction they fled to.


    In addition, the big devil green blood is a bold guy.


    The situation would be even worse if he continued to attack the Terran friars through the tide of vitality regardless of the danger.


    Meng Zhang waited for a while and felt that he could not wait any longer.


    It has been a long time since he entered the source sea.


    During this time, the source sea constantly eroded his body and consumed his strength for a long time.


    Meng Zhang felt that he could not stay in the source sea for a long time.


    Otherwise, he will be seriously damaged by the erosion force of the source sea.


    Meng Zhang decided to continue searching for some time to see if he could find the whereabouts of the big magic green blood.


    If he can''t find the target, he has to withdraw from Yuanhai temporarily.


    Either enter again after self-cultivation, or only let the cold war respect ask for wisdom.


    As for punishment for this, there is no way.


    Of course, this is the worst choice after there is no other way.


    With a decision in mind, Meng Zhang started the search again.


    At the same time, he took out the jade amulet given by the cold war before entering the source sea.


    Every monk who entered Yuanhai gave a jade amulet.


    As long as you enter a certain distance, the jade runes will sense each other and let the monks know their approximate positions.


    Previously, the seven great powers of returning to emptiness gathered together by virtue of the induction of jade talisman and pursued and killed two foreign invaders together.


    Of course, due to the special environment of the source sea, if the distance is too far, or subject to some external interference, such as strong vitality tide, the induction of these jade symbols will become very slow, or even lose the induction directly.


    Meng Zhang flew in the air for a long time, but the jade talisman in his hand didn''t respond.


    He didn''t stop and went on.


    His destination this time is one of several regions designated by the venerable during the cold war.


    Meng Zhang did not know why the cold war leader judged that foreign invaders would enter these areas. Anyway, he acted according to the instructions of the cold war leader.


    However, it is difficult to locate in the source sea, and there are many dangers and obstacles on the road. It takes Meng Zhang a lot of time to get to his destination.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. He had a good harvest all the way. He found some natural materials and earth treasures such as Yuqing LINGJI.


    Yuanhai was originally the gathering place of the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world. After the transformation of the immortals, the later generation friars kept putting into Yuanhai the captured small world and other supplements.


    The environment here is very suitable for the birth of all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures.


    However, other monks are not allowed to enter here on weekdays, except that the heavenly palace will regularly organize all the holy places to enter here together.


    Moreover, the heavenly palace organizes the monks of the major holy places to enter here. The main purpose is to maintain the source sea and check whether there are any problems in it.


    As for collecting and repairing resources, it is a secondary purpose.


    Even if they are collecting various resources, they are very restrained and enough is enough.


    As a result, Yuanhai is like an undeveloped virgin land.


    Of course, even Meng Zhang''s accomplishments can''t act wantonly and collect resources arbitrarily.


    Because there are too many natural dangers in the source sea.


    Accidentally, Meng Zhang was caught in it, and it was difficult to get out.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has to search for the whereabouts of foreign invaders and can''t delay too much time on the road.


    After flying for a long time, I saw that I was approaching my destination. I saw a long green river in the distance, which fell into Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Feel the familiar breath and the strong magic gas. Needless to say, this long green river is transformed by the big magic green blood.


    Meng Zhang was startled at first and thought that this was the heaven and earth Dharma phase of the great devil green blood.


    Among the great energy of returning to emptiness, those who can turn into the phase of heaven and earth Dharma, even if they are not at the upper level, are not far from each other.


    If the big devil green blood really has such cultivation, Meng Zhang can only turn around and run as far as he can.


    When I fought with the big devil green blood just now, the other party was not so powerful.


    With such doubts in mind, Meng Zhang observed carefully and found some clues.


    The long green river is more than a thousand feet long and looks menacing. But it''s just superficial. The power contained in it is limited. It''s not the real heaven and earth Dharma at all.


    At this time, the communication jade amulet carried by Meng Zhang also began to make a sound. It was obvious that a Terran friar entering the source sea was close here.


    However, in a moment, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda appeared in Meng Zhang''s sight.


    They both saw the long green river in the distance and were obviously stunned. They don''t have the cultivation and eyesight of Meng Zhang, and they don''t see through each other''s emptiness and reality at a glance.


    Meng Zhang flew over and joined the two men, and explained the enemy''s reality.


    During this time, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda finally found that the seemingly frightening long green river was just a show off.


    After the three met, without further delay, they flew forward together.


    The long green river seemed to feel a monk approaching, and immediately stirred. With the terrible vitality fluctuation, the long green river swept towards Meng Zhang and the three of them.


    Meng Zhang, fearless and fearless, almost shot at the same time.


    The huge fist print wrapped around the golden dragon, the sky of sword light, dazzling lightning and thunder roared towards the long green river.


    There was a violent collision in the air, and the space around the earthquake shook violently.


    A moment later, the long green river burst.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them continued to work hard and vowed to completely smash the goal in front of them.


    At this time, two more monks flew to the battlefield from another direction.


    Without the demon lord, there was only one enemy, the big devil green blood, and there were enough five return virtual powers to subdue him completely.


    As soon as the two famous friars approached the battlefield, the long green river was completely blown to pieces before they had time to fight.


    The long green river turned into countless pieces and then disappeared.


    But Meng Zhang''s face was not half happy, but full of iron blue, trying to escape here.


    It turned out that after the long green river was smashed, the big devil green blood was not forced out, but a strange force was triggered.


    The source sea is dangerous everywhere. If some places are deliberately arranged by intentional people, they will even trigger the terrible force of natural disasters.


    Meng Zhang and others are now about to face the crushing of terrorist forces.

 Chapter 1808

    Meng Zhang finally responded at this time that the long green river should be similar to the outer incarnation of the big devil green blood, which is a bait.


    The great devil green blood led these Terran friars into a trap with an external avatar full of his own flavor.


    When the outer incarnation is destroyed by the Terran friar, his arrangement will launch and trigger a trap.


    Meng Zhang wondered why the big devil green blood was so familiar with the environment in the source sea.


    Not only can you come and go freely in the source sea, but also know how to make use of all kinds of natural dangers inside.


    Like the current trap, Meng Zhang is not very clear to them. They didn''t notice until the trap was launched and they fell into danger.


    Others don''t say that Meng Zhang is well-informed. He is familiar with all kinds of ancient books collected by the heavenly palace and has a certain understanding of Yuanhai.


    However, judging from the current situation, Meng Zhang thinks that his family''s situation about Yuanhai is far less clear than that of the outsider, big magic green blood.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had no energy to think about his doubts.


    He and Bawu emperor and others had long been dispersed by sudden forces.


    Meng Zhang felt dizzy and unstable. There were terrible forces around him constantly squeezing his body.


    All of Meng Zhang''s body protection magic powers were immediately crushed.


    His strong body began to cackle, as if it would collapse completely at any time.


    Before being called up by the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang left almost all the fourth order magic tools in Taiyi gate.


    Including the sun and moon jewels he personally refined, as well as the magic subduing mirror inherited by the ancestors of Taiyi sect, and so on.


    After entering the retreat period, those fourth-order magic tools have almost no effect on Meng Zhang.


    For the return to emptiness power, no matter how many magic weapons are not as good as a magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang simply left these magic tools in the door for the qualified younger disciples to exchange.


    The only fourth order magic weapon left on Meng Zhang is his original magic weapon Yin Yang Linghu.


    Benming''s magic weapon is too closely related to Meng Zhang. It''s not easy to give up. Meng Zhang has been carrying it with him.


    Now, the sudden terrorist force kept squeezing Meng Zhang''s body, leaving him almost no resistance.


    Meng Zhang desperately urged the strength in his body to resist and struggle.


    But this invisible power, like gangrene attached to the bone, firmly trapped Meng Zhang and did not let him have the slightest possibility to break free.


    At this time, Meng Zhang saw the real danger in the source sea.


    Previously, the seemingly powerful vitality tide is far less dangerous than the invisible danger in front of us.


    Meng Zhang''s only magic weapon, ChiYin sword, was firmly suppressed in Meng Zhang''s body and could not be released at all.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t even mobilize the power of the road, so he had to rely on his own strength to resist.


    Meng Zhang knows that he won''t last long.


    The situation is so critical that Meng Zhang has tried all means to seize every straw.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to urge the yin-yang Linghu, the life magic tool connected to his mind, hoping to get a chance to breathe.


    As soon as the yin-yang Linghu appeared on Meng Zhang''s head, it was crushed by the power of terror, crushed into powder, and then turned into a black-and-white turbid gas.


    Under the strong external pressure, the black-and-white turbid gas was forced into Meng Zhang''s body.


    The yin-yang Linghu, the magic instrument of this life, was forcibly destroyed by such violence. Meng Zhang was hit hard all of a sudden. He ran blood in his mouth, and the whole person was depressed all of a sudden.


    The black-and-white turbid gas suddenly entered his body, which stimulated Meng Zhang to tremble and shake his body.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang felt the shadow of death enveloping him.


    As it is, he will die here soon.


    Not only will the body collapse completely, but even the Yang God can''t escape.


    Meng Zhang still has a wonderful incarnation in the underworld.


    If the Buddha is completely annihilated, there will be no trace left. Then the outer incarnation will be independent and become an independent creature.


    I just hope Taimiao can continue to help taiyimen under the influence of past love and Meng Zhang''s consciousness in her body.


    While Meng Zhang was in despair and his consciousness was about to die out, the change happened again.


    The terrible squeezing force around his body suddenly disappeared, and all the changes around him subsided.


    Meng Zhang seemed to hear an angry scold in his daze.


    "A bunch of useless waste."


    Then he felt that the scenery in front of him was constantly changing, and his body was moving at a high speed.


    But in a moment, Meng Zhang''s body came to the place where he had just entered the source sea.


    Before he could react more, his body was thrown into the entrance and exit of the source sea.


    There was another whirl of dizziness.


    Meng Zhang flew out from the huge vortex leading to the source sea and returned to the nine days.


    Not far in front of Meng Zhang is the cold war statue with an iron blue face.


    Several other human friars flew out of the vortex with Meng Zhang.


    Except that Meng Zhang barely kept awake, everyone else had already fallen into a coma.


    Meng Zhang, who was already seriously injured, still had a crazy force in his body.


    After insisting for so long, he finally couldn''t hold on when he saw that he was back to a safe place. He was relieved, and suddenly fainted and completely lost consciousness.


    I don''t know how long later, Meng Zhang''s chaotic consciousness began to recover.


    In the hazy, Meng Zhang seemed to fall into a warm ocean.


    A gentle and gentle force is slowly penetrating into his body and slowly repairing his damage from the flesh to the Yang God.


    Meng Zhang felt unprecedented warmth and comfort.


    Immersed in this feeling, he seemed to forget everything and just wanted to go on forever.


    After another period of time, as if for a moment, as if for a long time, Meng Zhang finally slowly recovered his consciousness.


    Meng Zhang slowly opened his eyes and tried to move his body.


    He is now lying in a warm pool.


    The pool was filled with a thick white jade liquid.


    Meng Zhang was not fully awake and did not recognize the origin of the liquid for the time being.


    The pool full of liquid is nourishing Meng Zhang''s body and slowly restoring his strength.


    Meng Zhang did not move, nor did he hurry to leave here, but slowly adjusted his state in the pool.


    He knew instinctively that the arrangement in front of him was very extraordinary and good for himself.


    Meng Zhang soon recalled more things and the situation before he fainted.


    At that time, Meng Zhang''s body was on the verge of collapse, and Yang God was also seriously injured and had the potential to collapse.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment at that time, even if he returned to a safe place, it was difficult to cure his injuries and completely recover by relying on his own skills and strength.

 Chapter 1809

    Meng Zhang is lying here now, far from complete recovery. But his injury is constantly recovering and his condition is constantly improving.


    The current state is much better than the best result he imagined. What else is he dissatisfied with?


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much. He absorbed the power of the mysterious jade liquid in the pool and tried to recover from his injury.


    No matter what happens, he needs to recover from his injury and strength first.


    With the passage of time, after Meng Zhang''s injury improved, he could barely feel the state in his body.


    He was really badly hurt this time, but he has recovered a lot now.


    The biggest trouble in the body was that after his life magic weapon yin-yang Linghu collapsed in the source sea, he invaded the body with a mysterious force.


    When Meng Zhang first refined the yin-yang Linghu, he spent a lot of spirit objects with Yin-Yang attributes.


    After the collapse of Yin-Yang Linghu, the turbid gas turned into should have been mostly yin-yang attributes.


    But the power from the source sea is full of destruction and violence. Not only suppressed the original yin-yang attribute, but also wantonly destroyed Meng Zhang''s body and damaged his Yang God.


    Meng Zhang now managed to suppress this destructive force for the time being.


    However, if this problem is not completely solved, he will not be able to completely heal his injury, let alone fully recover his strength.


    Meng Zhang soon had a preliminary idea in his heart, but it took time to realize it slowly.


    Soon after Meng Zhang woke up, companion Xue Jianjun appeared in front of him.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised. He had expected it long ago.


    Not to mention anything else, the pool where he is now, the mysterious jade liquid in the pool, is not the handwriting of ordinary people.


    Even Meng Zhang''s current eyesight did not see through the details of the jade liquid in the pool. I just know that it contains a variety of natural materials and earth treasures, which has an extremely magical effect.


    Meng Zhang wants to thank her when he sees Mr. Ban Xue Jian appear.


    Meng Zhang still remembers the scene before he was unconscious. He wouldn''t have such a good treatment if he hadn''t been accompanied by snow sword.


    The snow sword gentleman waved and ignored the red tape.


    Without waiting for Meng Zhang''s inquiry, she took the initiative to tell the whole story.


    It turned out that after Meng Zhang left the vortex, they were treated by the heavenly palace.


    Anyway, they are all monks recruited by the heavenly palace, and they were injured in the execution of the heavenly palace mission.


    Yuanhai was invaded by foreign invaders. Such a big event will naturally disturb the king of companion snow sword.


    Companion Xue Jianjun saw Meng Zhang who was injured and unconscious. She thought that she had arranged Meng Zhang to stay for nine days to take care of Meng Zhang.


    But Meng Zhang was unlucky. He was seriously injured and passed out in a coma.


    Companion Xue Jianjun felt a little sorry. He took Meng Zhang to his palace and used many unique methods to treat Meng Zhang.


    The statement of Mr. Ban Xue Jian is similar to Meng Zhang''s conjecture.


    Meng Zhang knew that he would never wake up so soon, let alone have such a good state at present, if he hadn''t been accompanied by Xue Jianjun.


    Meng Zhang and Banxue Jianjun are not talkative people. Meng Zhang keeps this friendship in mind.


    Meng Zhang remembered that they all left Yuanhai. He didn''t know how the task was completed.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s inquiry, the always cheerful and generous companion Xue Jianjun couldn''t help sighing, and a few bitter colors appeared on his face.


    After they entered the source sea, Meng Zhang broke out one after another and set off a big storm.


    At that time, not to mention the respect of the cold war, even Xue Jianjun couldn''t bear it and ventured into the source sea.


    At this time, a reclusive elder was also disturbed by the movement in the source sea and came outside the source sea.


    He stopped the action of the sword king with snow, entered the source sea and solved the problem.


    As for Meng Zhang and others, they threw them out because they were all human friars.


    The person who can be called an elder by the companion snow sword king and is enough to quell the changes in the source sea is by no means an idle person.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask much, but said what happened to his family in the source sea.


    Among them, about Taoist Xuan Ao, he still insisted on the previous statement.


    Pangxue Jianjun told Meng Zhang that only five of the eight people who entered Yuanhai successfully returned.


    The five people who returned were all injured, and they were very seriously injured and fainted.


    Including Taoist xuanao, there are three Huixu great powers who have stayed in the source sea forever.


    The great devil green blood is really good. His strength is not worth mentioning in the eyes of people like peixue Jianjun, but he has powerful means and caused great damage in the source sea.


    The strong man of his own side who entered the source sea killed the big devil green blood, but according to him, the devil''s means are mysterious and changeable. The great devil must have other arrangements outside. Most of them left separate bodies and so on.


    The strong man was not proficient in cause and effect Taoism, so he failed to completely kill the big magic green blood.


    Meng Zhang was amazed by what the snow sword king said.


    However, there are three great powers who can return to emptiness and stay in the source sea forever. Even if jiuxuan Pavilion wants to blame itself for the matter of xuanao Taoist, I''m afraid it doesn''t make sense.


    Meng Zhang saw that the king of companion snow sword didn''t look good. He tentatively asked how much damage the great devil green blood had caused in the source sea and how much loss it had brought to the Jun dust world?


    The snow sword King pondered for a while before answering Meng Zhang''s question.


    Anyway, this matter will leak out sooner or later. Even if she wants to keep it secret, it doesn''t make much sense.


    And because of this worry, companion Xue Jianjun also has a willingness to talk to others.


    The snow sword gentleman didn''t elaborate on the damage of the great devil green blood to the source sea, but said the most serious consequences.


    Because of the violent turbulence in the source sea, the sleeping immortals were greatly affected.


    The immortals who were about to wake up soon had to continue to sleep.


    As for how long they will wake up, companion Xue Jianjun is unknown for the time being.


    According to the conjecture of companion Xue Jianjun, the immortals will wake up after sleeping for at least two or three hundred years.


    If there is other interference, or the situation is bad, they will sleep longer.


    Originally, the whole Jun dust world was preparing to deal with the situation after the immortals woke up.


    But the immortals continued to sleep, and many plans had to be pushed back.


    Not only are the plans of the holy places seriously damaged, but some calculations of the immortals may fail.


    As the nominal ruler of the Jun dust world and the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xue Jian certainly has a certain responsibility for this.


    It is conceivable that the next major holy places will certainly vent their dissatisfaction with the snow sword king.


    The companion snow sword gentleman was not afraid of these guys, but was upset at the thought of that messy scene.


    The last thing she likes is being dragged into such a mess.

 Chapter 1810

    Meng Zhang listened patiently to the complaint of peixue Jianjun without the slightest impatience.


    The information disclosed by Banxue Jianjun is very important and helpful to Meng Zhang.


    Because of the influence of the source sea change, the immortals will continue to sleep, and the time of awakening will be greatly delayed.


    This is definitely bad news for the major holy places. For Meng Zhang, that is a desirable good thing.


    He did not forget that mother-in-law Qiansi once said that after the immortals woke up, there was a crisis of destruction in the whole Jun dust world. At the same time, it was also accompanied by great opportunities.


    Whether it is a crisis or an opportunity, we need strong strength to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang is now a great power of returning to emptiness and is qualified to participate in the competition for opportunities.


    But after all, he was promoted for a short time and his accomplishments were still very shallow.


    If we can have more practice time and Meng Zhang''s cultivation is further, we will be more calm to deal with the great changes in the Junchen world in the future.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that this time the foreign invaders broke into the source sea and could have such a great event and such a far-reaching impact.


    If it happened by chance, I''m afraid no one would believe it.


    It is clear that foreign invaders have come prepared and prepared,


    Thinking of his own experience in the source sea, Meng Zhang can almost be 100% sure that foreign invaders do not know what means to learn the top secrets of the Junchen world.


    These secrets are not even known to Meng Zhang, but foreign invaders know them very well and can use them flexibly.


    The greatest possibility is that some people in the high level of the mortal friars in the Junchen world exchanged information with these foreign invaders and even colluded with them.


    Although the Junchen world is generally dominated by Terran friars. However, there have been many contradictions and disputes among the Terran friars.


    In particular, as the immortal''s lineage, the major Holy Land sects have been high above for many years, firmly grasping all kinds of resources in the Junchen world.


    For thousands of years, many religious forces have opposed the Holy Land Sect.


    Although they basically failed, they still left the fire.


    As for the practitioners secretly dissatisfied with the rule of the Holy Land Sect, there are more.


    It is even very common for the sects of the holy places to oppose each other and dismantle each other.


    With the information Meng Zhang knows, of course, he can''t guess who colluded with foreign invaders. He has no spare energy to care about it at present.


    Because Meng Zhang suddenly thought of the serious consequences of the accident in Yuanhai. As a direct participant in the pursuit of foreign invaders, I''m afraid he will inevitably be angered and even used as a scapegoat.


    Meng Zhang tentatively asked the sword gentleman with snow.


    Meng Zhang''s guess is right, because the consequences of the accident in Yuanhai are too serious. Not to mention the monks who entered the source sea, even the cold war Reverend was to blame and was blamed by many people.


    All the holy places are holding on this time and have asked for severe punishment of the relevant personnel.


    In particular, jiuxuan pavilion looks like it will never stop because it has lost Taoist xuanao.


    As a party, the cold war leader also admitted that he was responsible.


    However, the great holy places forced him to be angry.


    As the deputy hall leader of the hall of fighting, he respected outstanding deeds and high prestige in the cold war, and there were many supporters inside and outside the temple of heaven.


    As a fierce general of the heavenly palace, he is by no means a submissive nature.


    He resisted the censure of the holy places at one breath.


    He also has his own capital and strong combat effectiveness. Few people in the holy places dare to say that they can beat him.


    More importantly, in the cold war, Zun was the lineage of Tiangong and had always been loyal to Tiangong.


    On this issue, most of the high-level officials of Tiangong led by Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun are on his side.


    Now, companion Xue Jianjun is constantly wrangling with the holy places.


    Meng Zhang and his gang of direct participants were originally charged with various crimes, such as ineffective combat and ulterior motives.


    However, because of the actions of the cold war leader, they virtually covered them.


    As for the men they sent out to carry out their tasks, the cold war dignitaries can call them waste and punish them.


    But he did not allow others to go beyond himself and give directions at will.


    As a commander, respect for the success or failure of the mission is also undertaken by the cold war this time.


    Meng Zhang was temporarily relieved by the inside story told by Mr. Xue Jianjun.


    With respect in the cold war ahead, it is estimated that most of their responsibilities for mission failure can be exempted.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knows that this time the matter is so big that it can''t be settled easily.


    The snow sword king also reminded Meng Zhang that because Taoist xuanao was lost in the source sea, jiuxuan pavilion would not easily let Meng Zhang go.


    Now it is only because the heavenly palace and the holy places are still wrangling, that jiuxuan pavilion has not found his head for the time being.


    Meng Zhang was always puzzled. Among many holy land sects, jiuxuan Pavilion is not the strongest, or even the weaker one. Why are jiuxuan Pavilion friars so domineering and overbearing?


    Now Banxue Jianjun has a good conversation, and Meng Zhang can''t help asking his own questions.


    Pangxue Jianjun sighed and hesitated. First, she solemnly warned Meng Zhang. What she wants to talk about next is the top secret of Tiangong. After Meng Zhang heard it, he must not leak it out at will.


    Seeing Meng Zhang nodding ceaselessly, he talked slowly with Xue Jianjun.


    It is said that after a group of real immortals in the Jun dust world fell asleep, the strength of the Jun dust world fell into a low on the surface, and all kinds of foreign invaders have been constantly launching aggression.


    However, among the foreign invaders, the strong ones who can rival the real immortal dare not rush into the Junchen world.


    The demon gods of the demon family, the demon gods of the demon Tao, the spirit gods of the spirit family, etc. are basically the same.


    The reason is very simple. There is a powerful and terrible immortal array hidden in the Jun dust world.


    This immortal array is hidden in ordinary days, and few people know it.


    At the critical moment, as long as there is a strong urge at the real immortal level, we can give play to the power of killing the strong at the real immortal level.


    In the Jun dust world, although the real immortals have fallen into a deep sleep, there is still no shortage of strong ones at the level of real immortals.


    For example, after the founder of the Royal beast sect fell into a deep sleep, his companion spirit pet has been secretly guarding the Junchen world according to his instructions.


    Also, an external incarnation of the founder of jiuxuan Pavilion did not fall asleep.


    Refining the outer incarnation is a trivial matter for these real immortals.


    However, it is very difficult to make the external avatar have the strength of real immortal level.


    Among all the true immortals, only the outer incarnation of the founder of jiuxuan pavilion has such strength.


    The reason why the friars of jiuxuan pavilion are so arrogant and domineering is that the existence of the incarnation outside the founder gives them confidence.


    What are they afraid of when they are under the care of the strong ones of the true immortal level?

 Chapter 1811

    In the whole Junchen world, I''m afraid only the heavenly palace and other holy places can make jiuxuan pavilion have scruples.


    As for the little people like Meng Zhang, in the eyes of jiuxuan Pavilion, they are not worth mentioning at all.


    What Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun said now greatly broadened Meng Zhang''s vision and gave him a certain understanding of the real top combat power of Jun dust world.


    Of course, the real secret, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, still didn''t leak out at will.


    For example, companion Xue Jianjun didn''t say much about the immortal array, but simply ordered it.


    In addition, she only mentioned two of Jun dust''s current real immortal level combat power.


    As for whether there are other real immortal level combat power in Junchen world, she didn''t say much, and Meng Zhang didn''t ask much.


    The founder of jiuxuan pavilion was able to have a real immortal level incarnation. Meng Zhang was really jealous.


    In the same sentence, it''s not difficult to have an external incarnation. As long as you have some skills, you can do it.


    However, it is very difficult for the external avatar to have strong strength and even catch up with the level of the self.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is wonderful and extraordinary. He has invested countless resources to achieve today''s achievements.


    However, compared with Meng Zhang, the level of cultivation is still a big gap.


    That''s wonderful. This situation is very rare in the cultivation world.


    Most practitioners, including those in the holy land, do not have so much resources and energy to cultivate powerful external incarnations.


    There are several true immortals preaching in the Junchen world, and only the founder of jiuxuan pavilion has the incarnation of true immortals.


    This requires not only your own efforts, but also some opportunities.


    For real immortals, the external incarnation of ordinary level is of little use.


    Meng Zhang benefited a lot from Taimiao''s external incarnation, and he also looked forward to Taimiao''s further development.


    With the backing of the true immortal level, the friar jiuxuange is arrogant. As long as no major interests are involved, other holy places will give him three points.


    Although Banxue Jianjun told Meng Zhang a lot of secrets, he thought carefully that this is a secret. In fact, it is not very rare.


    Terran friars and high-level foreign invaders should know these things.


    Otherwise, we will not be so afraid of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The strong ones of Zhenxian level among foreign invaders will not avoid directly breaking into the Junchen world.


    After chatting with Meng Zhang for a while, companion Xue Jianjun left here.


    She asked Meng Zhang to heal well and not to be distracted by other things.


    After the snow sword King left, Meng Zhang continued to heal with the help of the jade liquid in the pool.


    From the previous conversation with Banxue Jianjun, he has been in a coma for almost half a month.


    During this half month, the Dharma array at the bottom of the pool urged the jade liquid to slowly treat his injury.


    Now Meng Zhang has regained consciousness and can spontaneously control his body, absorb external forces and take the initiative to treat the injury.


    After another ten days or so, Meng Zhang''s injury was almost half healed.


    In the middle, except that Mr. Ban Xuejian''s men came to change the jade liquid in the pool, Mr. Ban Xuejian didn''t appear.


    In these ten days, Meng Zhang carefully sensed the external force invading his body.


    After the collapse of his original magic weapon yin-yang Linghu, it turned into a special yin-yang aura.


    This yin-yang aura was squeezed by the limit in the source sea, mixed with the destructive power of terror, and forcibly poured into Meng Zhang''s body.


    If it is a pure yin-yang aura, Meng Zhang can easily dissolve and absorb it.


    For him majoring in Yin Yang Avenue, the resources related to Yin and yang are a great tonic.


    But now the destructive power mixed in the yin-yang aura made him a little difficult.


    As for the physical and mental damage caused by the destruction of Benming magic tools, Meng Zhang has almost recovered.


    He slowly realized this special yin-yang aura.


    This yin-yang aura has been tempered by the source sea. It has not only fundamentally changed in nature, but also carried a lot of information from the source sea.


    The source sea gathers most of the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, which contains most of the information about the Jun dust world.


    Among them, there are a lot of information about the heavenly way of the Jun dust world and the law of the avenue of the Jun dust world.


    As a world that was not born for a long time and is still in the rising stage, the power of destruction in the world is not very strong, but more the vitality of the evolution of all things.


    However, in order to enhance the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, many friars in the Jun dust world have invested many small worlds in the source sea.


    When the world is broken, the power of destruction will naturally appear.


    Even if the small world is broken, the essence of the power of destruction remains the same.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue, which is a little far from destruction Avenue.


    Three thousand avenues are not isolated. Many seemingly unrelated avenues can find relevance.


    The most powerful monk Meng Zhang has ever seen is Lord Tianlei.


    He still remembers that the last time he entered the void to work for Tianlei shangzun, when a war broke out in the void, Tianlei shangzun showed the thunder Dharma and pressed the enemies of the same level.


    Later, Lord Tianlei personally instructed Meng Zhang''s practice.


    Although Tianlei shangzun did not teach his own exclusive inheritance, he still explained a lot about thunder Avenue.


    Thunder contains the destructive power of terror.


    The power of thunder is Yang, hard and powerful. It has the power to destroy everything in heaven and earth.


    Thunder is the hub of yin and Yang, and the dynamic and static mechanism of yin and Yang is thunder.


    Therefore, the law of controlling the dynamic and static mechanism of yin and Yang in Taoism is called thunder law.


    ¡­¡­


    For a moment, countless feelings poured into Meng Zhang''s mind. He seemed to see the avenue of heaven and earth responding to himself.


    Unconsciously, Meng Zhang fell into a state of epiphany.


    Since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of cultivation, he entered the state of Epiphany not through this epiphany. The special yin-yang aura was absorbed by Meng Zhang.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang understood the rudiment of a thunder method.


    When this thunder method is used, it invokes the power of Yin-Yang Avenue and destruction Avenue, with the power of destroying the sky and the earth.


    Meng Zhang named this thunder method Yin Yang extinction God thunder.


    Of course, the prototype is only the prototype, and Meng Zhang needs to improve and improve slowly in the future.


    After understanding the Yin and Yang annihilation God thunder, Meng Zhang, a new powerful man who returns to emptiness, has a new card.


    He can clearly feel that as long as this thunder method is successful, even in the fight of returning to virtual power, it can become a killer mace that can decide the outcome.


    The yin-yang Linghu, the original magic weapon, was not worthy of Meng Zhang''s accomplishments. The level of Reiki it transformed was not high and did not help Meng Zhang much.


    However, after the change in Yuanhai, Meng Zhang only absorbed part of the yin-yang aura after the change. He felt that he benefited a lot and made great progress in cultivation.

 Chapter 1812

    With this insight, Meng Zhang''s injury recovered faster and faster, and began to slowly master the new powerful means of Yin-Yang extinction God thunder.


    After another half month, Meng Zhang felt that his injury was almost better, and it was no use to continue to soak in the pool.


    Although he still doesn''t know the secret recipe for the deployment of jade liquid in the pool, Meng Zhang knows that he has really consumed a lot of resources during his healing. He owes a lot of people this time.


    The debt can be repaid slowly later. Meng Zhang urgently wants to know the current situation.


    After he left the pool, he told the waiter in the palace that he wanted to meet with the snow sword gentleman as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait long. Companion Xue Jianjun appeared in front of him.


    In fact, even if Meng Zhang doesn''t take the initiative, companion Xue Jianjun will come and talk to him.


    The two sides are already familiar with each other. Companion Xue Jianjun didn''t go around the circle and went straight to the subject.


    This time, because of the change of the source sea, it caused a great storm in the whole Jun dust world.


    As a party, the heavenly palace has been widely questioned by all the holy places.


    The call for severe punishment of the cold war dignitaries has been rising from wave to wave.


    One thing beneficial to the heavenly palace is that Taoist xuanao of jiuxuan Pavilion volunteered to participate in the action.


    According to Meng Zhang, the xuanao road of jiuxuan pavilion was arrogant and arrogant, and did not take the initiative to provide contract partners, which greatly hampered the combat effectiveness of the team and gave an opportunity for intruders from outside the territory.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Tiangong caught the matter of xuanao Taoist priest and pushed a lot of black pots to this guy.


    This has many advantages. It can be regarded as helping Meng Zhang expose the death of Taoist xuanao.


    But it also has great disadvantages.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion must hate Meng Zhang from the first team of Taoist xuanao and will never let him go in the future.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places have been arguing for a long time. Like every dispute in the past, they fight without breaking.


    Finally, the two sides reached a compromise.


    Xue Jianjun didn''t say much about the specific details of the compromise, but only mentioned things related to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and several of them who escaped from death were sent to the battlefield outside the Junchen world to fight against foreign invaders because they failed to complete the task.


    This time, even the snow sword gentleman can''t do it.


    Meng Zhang and others must honestly go to the front line outside the Junchen world. They can''t cheat and play tricks.


    Meng Zhang knew that these great powers of returning to emptiness had no background, and their accomplishments were ordinary people.


    In the world of cultivation, they are the great power of returning to emptiness.


    But in the eyes of the real high-level officials in the Junchen world, they are small pawns who can be sacrificed.


    In this regard, although Meng Zhang is not angry, he can accept it, and won''t complain about the king of companion snow sword.


    In fact, in order to protect Meng Zhang and others, companion Xue Jianjun made a lot of concessions in other things.


    At the same time, she also fought for Meng Zhang.


    No matter what Meng Zhang said, they were seriously injured in order to complete the task assigned by the heavenly palace.


    Therefore, before they are distributed, a certain amount of time is set aside to heal them.


    Meng Zhang and his followers will continue to heal their wounds in isolation and will fight outside the Junchen world in a year.


    Meng zhanghaosheng thanked Mr. Ban Xuejian.


    After chatting, Meng Zhang didn''t stay here for a long time and left directly.


    Most of Meng Zhang''s injuries have healed, and he can recover in another month or so at most.


    After this period of experience, Meng Zhang''s cultivation has made great progress, and he is no longer the new Nen in the great power of returning to emptiness.


    As long as he didn''t meet a rare strong man and face an ordinary enemy of the same rank, he had at least the power of self-protection.


    If he takes time, especially after absorbing and refining the source crystal in his hand, his cultivation will be greatly improved.


    At that time, in terms of strength, he will no longer be a new returning virtual power.


    After leaving the palace of Banxue Jianjun, Meng Zhang visited old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi.


    Meng Zhang was unlucky. Both of his old friends happened to be away.


    He didn''t stop more in the heavenly palace, so he directly returned to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    He needs to make some preparations before going to the void.


    A year seems like a lot of time, but it''s not enough at all.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, he explained to the middle and high levels of the gate.


    The middle and high levels of the sect have long been used to Meng Zhang, the leader of the sect, who has not been in the sect for a long time.


    Even if Meng Zhang is not in the sect, the sect can still operate normally.


    Since the end of the expedition to the West Sea, taiyimen and its controlled hanhaidao alliance have completely entered a period of peace.


    Taiyimen no longer has a major foreign war and can develop well.


    On the West Sea, taiyimen and other Xiuzhen forces have some interest disputes.


    From the overall situation, disputes will be limited to a certain extent in a short time and will not develop into a war.


    In the black jade forest of Daheng Xiuzhen world, the black jade forest has fallen into a headless state since the Jiazi tree demon was killed by Ziyang Shengzong many years ago.


    The undercover King Hui Peng had no need to continue to lurk. He cooperated with the friar Ziyang Shengzong to bring the monsters in the black jade forest to a pot.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, the overlord in the north of Jun dust world, the seemingly powerful monster in the black jade forest is actually their pig.


    When the pig is fattened, it can be cut.


    Without Jiazi tree demon, the value of ordinary monster is limited, and it is not worth putting too much energy into Ziyang Shengzong.


    The level of monsters in Heiyu forest is not high, but there are a lot of them.


    After several raids by Ziyang Shengzong, there are still many fish that have escaped the net.


    Ziyang Shengzong was too lazy to continue to ask about the black jade forest, and directly withdrew the sweeping friars.


    Taiyi gate also covets the monster resources in the black jade forest.


    After Ziyang Shengzong withdrew, friar taiyimen carefully tested, and then controlled the black jade forest.


    Now the black jade forest, like the cloud daze, has become a testing ground under the control of taiyimen.


    The selected disciples of the sect and even the friars of other members of Hanhai Taoist league can go to these two places regularly to hunt the monsters and collect the resources inside.


    The stronger monsters in the black jade forest are basically cut off by the Ziyang saint.


    The remaining low-level monsters are not enough to suffer from, and are just used to train the monks of Hanhai daomeng.


    For taiyimen, it''s a bargain for nothing.


    From this incident, Meng Zhang felt that Ziyang Shengzong was mostly shrinking his sphere of influence and began to concentrate.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s practice is mostly to deal with the upcoming great changes in the Junchen world.


    Of course, before the great change, no one can say whether Ziyang Shengzong will have other actions.


    Especially after the immortals delayed waking up, Ziyang Shengzong had more time to deal with various problems in the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 1813

    On the construction site of taiyimen, Meng Zhang floats quietly in the air.


    Looking at the blessed land almost completed below, Meng Zhang was full of pride and sense of achievement.


    At this time, it has been more than half a year since he came back from the heavenly palace.


    After he returned to the mountain gate, it took him less than a month to completely heal his injury.


    Then he made an inspection tour on the territory controlled by taiyimen.


    He needs to know more about the situation of zongmen and see if there is anything he needs to do.


    He personally went around the Gobi, endless sand sea, Jiuqu League, Yuantu grassland, Daheng Xiuzhen world, near Xingluo islands and even the depths of the distant west sea.


    Many territories of taiyimen are stable.


    Even the new territory in the depths of the West Sea has always maintained peace.


    After the last war with the Terran, the Xihai clan retreated actively and hasn''t attacked the Terran territory for a long time.


    Taiyimen, who was in financial difficulties, was very efficient. It soon began to vigorously develop the resources of the West Sea and increased the fleet to the West Sea.


    The development of the West Sea has achieved rapid results.


    All kinds of Xiuzhen resources from Xihai have greatly alleviated the financial difficulties of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that in addition to the territory of the Yang world, Taiyi gate also has a foundation in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang was unable to go to the underworld. In addition to communicating with Taimiao, he also sent a divine thought avatar to start from the small world of the ghost gate and patrol the foundation of Taiyi gate in the underworld.


    Now, too wonderful has basically transferred all her forces to the territory opened up by Shouzheng.


    After absorbing Shouzheng''s men, xuanjiayin army made great progress.


    Too wonderful. Although I was busy controlling the basic cause of keeping upright, I didn''t put down my daily cultivation.


    His cultivation in Yang God period has long been stable and is steadily improving.


    His control of reincarnation power is also smooth.


    Although limited to cultivation, he could not completely control his power and give full play to his power.


    But now he has been able to urge power a little and play a role.


    He has been guarding the underworld for many years and has made many enemies. There are constant disputes with the surrounding ghosts and gods.


    On the one hand, it exploits the resources of the underworld and sends them to the small world of the ghost gate to trade with Taiyi gate.


    On the other hand, he began to expand around.


    The chief targets of his conquest were the righteous enemies.


    It''s wonderful. Although he hides his true cultivation, he doesn''t give full play to it.


    However, he led the xuanjiayin army to conquer the East and the west, still laid a lot of territory and achieved great results.


    After experiencing the matter of xuanao Taoist, Meng Zhang became more wary of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Although based on the current situation in Junchen world, jiuxuan Pavilion is unlikely to attack Meng Zhang openly. However, jiuxuan Pavilion is used to arrogance. It has always acted recklessly. No one can tell what tricks it will make.


    In addition, Taoist Xuan Ao would doubt Shang Meng Zhang because of the competition for power. The other two parties, situ family and Dali Dynasty, may not have the same idea.


    It''s just a long way from the imperial dynasty. It''s not enough for the time being, but the situ family can''t be underestimated.


    Meng Zhang once again told Taimiao to keep a low profile and try not to expose his Yang God level cultivation. And we must not be careless. Be careful of jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family.


    Although Taimiao has Yang God level cultivation, if jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family make up their minds, they can still send enough forces to the underworld to kill them.


    That''s wonderful. This incarnation has a proud side in his temperament. He''s not a fool.


    He obeyed Meng Zhang''s orders and continued to hide his true accomplishments.


    In fact, it''s wonderful to have some natural ghosts and gods. Even if you only show the strength of the late Yuan God, it''s enough to run rampant in the underworld for a while.


    After dealing with these things, Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, closed the gate and began refining Yuanjing.


    He had been closed for less than three months, and the construction of the blessed land encountered some difficulties. He had to be able to return to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang came to blessed land and spent a lot of energy to solve various problems.


    Taking this opportunity, he implanted the space cornerstone obtained in the source sea into the blessed land with a secret method.


    After Meng Zhang personally urged, this space cornerstone began to play a role quickly.


    The interior of the blessed land is completely independent of the Junchen world.


    With this cornerstone of space, this independent space will slowly grow into an independent small world.


    Meng Zhang also integrated a source crystal into the blessed land, which greatly enhanced the foundation of the blessed land.


    Because Meng Zhang did not hesitate to invest, a lot of natural materials and land treasures can be saved in the process of building blessed land.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of his opportunity to stay in the Junchen world, temporarily put aside his practice, mobilized the power of the road on the blessed land for many times, gathered the strength of heaven and earth, and helped speed up the construction of the blessed land.


    The heavenly palace sensed the power fluctuation of returning to emptiness level.


    Later, it was found that Meng Zhang was casting magic to build a blessed land, so he didn''t ask much.


    After some recent events, many discerning people in the heavenly palace know that Meng Zhang and Mr. Ban Xue Jian have close contacts, and they may have any collusion.


    Not everyone in the heavenly palace is willing to obey the chief manager, companion Xue Jianjun, but no one is willing to offend her on trivial matters.


    In recent years, there are many vital places in the heavenly palace. Because of the efforts of Banxue Jianjun, they are basically in the hands of the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace.


    For example, the Dharma array that monitors the return to emptiness of the Jun dust world and can launch heavenly punishment is mainly controlled by the Tiangong direct friars in the Tiangong law enforcement palace.


    Not to mention the care of Mr. Ban Xue Jian to Meng Zhang, nor the relationship between Lord Tianlei, the vice Lord of the law enforcement hall, and Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang himself has the position of law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement hall.


    The law enforcement monks who controlled the Dharma array were happy to buy face from their colleagues and did not prevent Meng Zhang from wantonly casting spells in the Junchen world.


    If you change to another return to virtual power without following your feet, even if you are only building a blessed place and not fighting with people, you will also receive a warning from the heavenly palace to limit the frequency and scale of its casting.


    Without external interference, Meng Zhang was able to use various means freely.


    Two months before the one-year period, the construction of taiyimen, a blessed land, has finally come to an end, which can be regarded as preliminary completion.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to do some finishing work next.


    After the preliminary completion of Fudi, it can barely be put into use.


    Friar taiyimen can practice in the blessed land.


    Even some friars in the period of Yuanshen can also take turns to carry out daily cultivation here, which does not need to consume a lot of nine day essence and jade clear spirit machine.


    This can save a lot of cultivation resources, greatly reduce the burden of Taiyi gate, and help alleviate the financial difficulties of zongmen.

 Chapter 1814

    The preliminary completion of Fudi is of great significance to taiyimen.


    In addition to saving a lot of cultivation resources, if the Junchen world is really destroyed in the future, the friar taiyimen also has a place to take refuge.


    The monks hide in the small world of the blessed land and can avoid many storms outside.


    Of course, this blessed land is only preliminarily completed and needs to be continuously improved.


    Moreover, the foundation of the blessed land is not particularly solid, and it will take a long time to consolidate.


    Now, friar taiyimen is cautious and reserved about the use of blessed land.


    At least the friars in Yuanshen period can''t unscrupulously absorb Reiki in the blessed land.


    In order to protect the blessed land, taiyimen arranged for some friars in the period of Yuanshen to enter in turn.


    During their daily cultivation, they have reservations, pay special attention, and try not to absorb too much Reiki in the blessed land.


    Fudi has been preliminarily completed, and all kinds of buildings inside have not been built yet. Only a few functional areas are briefly divided for temporary use.


    Next, in addition to continuing to improve and consolidate the blessed land, taiyimen will slowly move the mountain gate to the blessed land.


    Meng Zhang is not very proficient in building, but has a preliminary idea.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, the blessed land will be divided into multiple functional areas, and a large number of palace buildings will be built.


    Meng Zhang was not good at building, but told some of his preliminary ideas to the monks in the door.


    Next, the high-level building in the door will naturally build according to Meng Zhang''s intention.


    After the preliminary completion of the blessed land, Meng Zhang also turned his energy back to his practice.


    He took the time to absorb and refine the source crystal in his hand and tried to improve his cultivation.


    Seeing that the one-year period was approaching, he went to the South China Sea to visit the ally of Hailing sect.


    Although under the order of the heavenly palace, there has been a temporary truce between the Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall. However, the sea spirit sect has not relaxed its vigilance and remains on high alert for Zhenhai hall.


    The Hailing faction welcomes Meng Zhang''s arrival.


    Haiyang Zhenjun, the leader of Hailing sect, and two Huixu great powers in the sect came out to receive Meng Zhang.


    To be honest, some friars of Hailing sect complained when they formed an alliance with taiyimen.


    I think taiyimen is too weak to form an equal alliance with Hailing sect.


    If the situation faced by the Hailing faction was not too bad at that time, the alliance between the two countries would not be so easy to reach.


    Not to mention the rapid development of taiyimen in recent years, Meng Zhang''s promotion back to the virtual period is enough to be on an equal footing with the Hailing school.


    Haiyang Zhenjun felt that his original bet on taiyimen and Meng Zhang was very worth it.


    Meng Zhang had a long chat with the high-level leaders of Hailing sect, had a good exchange, and frankly talked about many problems.


    The biggest enemy facing the sea spirit sect has always been the holy door of Zhenhai hall.


    In recent years, the Hailing sect sincerely sought peace from Zhenhai hall and tried to completely end the conflict between the two families.


    But there was no sincerity in Zhenhai hall. It looked like it had decided to eat the sea spirit sect.


    In particular, it is said that the immortals who have been sleeping for a long time, including the founder of the Hailing sect, are about to wake up, and the Hailing sect feels great pressure.


    This time the source sea changed, the immortals were forced to continue to sleep, and the time of awakening was greatly delayed, which has long been leaked.


    The Hailing sect is powerful and has ears and eyes in the heavenly palace. It also learned the news.


    This is a great good thing for the Hailing sect.


    In fact, except for those holy places, almost all practitioners in the cultivation world don''t want to see the fairy people wake up.


    Meng Zhang later reflected on what happened in the source sea.


    In terms of motivation, almost half of the cultivation world and the vast majority of cultivation forces are willing to help foreign invaders who break into the source sea.


    From Meng Zhang''s point of view, he also didn''t want to see the immortals wake up.


    In this way, it is very normal for practitioners in the Junchen world to exchange information with foreign invaders and even cover each other.


    If the opportunity is right, Meng Zhang said that he may be willing to help these foreign invaders and delay the time for the immortals to wake up.


    As for the heavenly palace, especially the attitude of the chief manager of the heavenly palace with Xue Jianjun, Meng Zhang has been unable to guess.


    Although they have some friendship, Meng Zhang will not rashly ask these sensitive questions.


    Meng Zhang and the high-level leaders of Hailing sect have a lot in common on issues such as the Holy Land Sect and the sleeping immortal.


    Although the two sides did not say it clearly, they have a certain tacit understanding. We will try our best to prevent the immortals from waking up.


    In the past, Meng Zhang had no strength to get involved in such things.


    Now he has entered the period of returning to emptiness. With a certain capital and confidence, he can find an opportunity to intervene in relevant matters.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in Hailing sect for long. He left after talking about business.


    Next, Meng Zhang visited Dali Dynasty, another ally of taiyimen.


    After his promotion, Meng Zhang was not afraid to leave the imperial dynasty and ambushed himself.


    He swaggered to the capital of Dali Dynasty.


    Before the visit, friar taiyimen informed Dali of the imperial court.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came to the capital, he was warmly welcomed by the National Teacher Chunyu Zhongda.


    After a few greetings, Chunyu Zhongda took Meng Zhang directly to the palace.


    Meng Zhang is not the two of Bawu emperor and national teacher Chunyu Zhongda. He has bad luck. Like Meng Zhang, he is implicated by the change of Yuanhai.


    Soon, like Meng Zhang, they will be sent to the void outside the Junchen world to fight against foreign invaders.


    Dali Dynasty has been able to fight against Ziyang Shengzong for many years. It not only has strong strength, but also has a deep background behind it.


    But this time, facing the common attack of several holy places, Dali also had no resistance to the imperial dynasty.


    If it hadn''t been for the active dealings with Xue Jianjun, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda might not have had such a good result.


    In this case, Emperor Bawu and Meng Zhang have a lot in common.


    Everyone was implicated in the source sea and persecuted by the doors of the great holy places.


    At the mention of these things, everyone was indignant and complained one after another.


    There are no outsiders around, and we don''t have to cover up this matter. We all express our feelings and express our dissatisfaction with the religious doors of the major holy places.


    With a common object of hatred, after oral vent, the relationship between the two sides has been brought closer, and we can continue to talk about some in-depth topics.

 Chapter 1815

    Since Meng Zhang and Bawu emperor are going to fight in the void and face powerful foreign invaders, everyone has made an agreement.


    They will gather together as much as possible, keep watch and help each other, and cooperate with each other.


    This foreign policy is not only aimed at foreign invaders, but also includes possible enemies from within the Junchen world.


    They are all a little worried about whether it is not enough for the sect of the holy places to distribute them. Will they take advantage of their opportunity in the void and find ways to calculate them.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, may face jiuxuan Pavilion.


    With the unbridled style of jiuxuan Pavilion, it is absolutely possible to stab Meng Zhang in the back when he confronts foreign invaders.


    When they went to the void this time, they should not only beware of the enemies in front, but also beware of their own backs.


    The two sides are in a similar situation, have a basis for cooperation and can barely trust each other.


    Meng Zhang felt that after entering the void, the situation of Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda should be much better than himself.


    Although the struggle between Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong has lasted for so many years, in the end, there should be no irreconcilable gratitude and resentment.


    Under the pressure of the heavenly palace, Ziyang Shengzong and Dali imperial court have temporarily suspended the war.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Dali Dynasty is also actively trying to find a way to seek a compromise with Ziyang Shengzong through an intermediary.


    If it hadn''t been for the change of Yuanhai, Emperor Bawu might have made peace with Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, Meng Zhang himself has offended many holy places.


    It goes without saying that Ziyang Shengzong is an old opponent.


    When he was in the West Sea, Taoist anode''s attempt to kill people with a knife failed, but he may not let Meng Zhang go.


    Meng Zhang has long been regarded as an enemy by Zhenhai hall because of the relationship between Hailing sect.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion, which has always been overbearing, will never let Meng Zhang go.


    If the situ family has the same idea as Taoist Xuan Ao, it will start with Meng Zhang sooner or later.


    And the guantian Pavilion of Taiyi gate in the heyday of extinction, who knows when it will attack Taiyi gate.


    Inadvertently, almost half of the holy land has become the enemy of Meng Zhang.


    With so many powerful enemies, Meng Zhang is still alive. Speaking of it, it is an anomaly in the cultivation world.


    Before Meng Zhang''s visit to Dali Dynasty, he was a little worried about Bawu emperor. They were afraid of being implicated by themselves and deliberately kept a distance from themselves.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda are in a short period of advanced retreat. Their accomplishments and strength may be very general.


    But on the empty battlefield, we can still take care of each other with Meng Zhang.


    The attitude of Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda towards Meng Zhang was very enthusiastic, which was a little unexpected.


    Meng Zhang guessed that emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda must have something to hide from themselves.


    After talking for a while, Meng Zhang inadvertently asked about the current situation of Dali Dynasty.


    Emperor Bawu was a decisive king, and his style of conduct was always open and aboveboard.


    Now Meng Zhang is no longer a subordinate of Dali Dynasty, but a very important ally who can help a lot.


    With a little hesitation, he took the initiative to reveal a secret.


    Originally, after the truce between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong, Dali Dynasty decided to take this opportunity to completely solve the dispute with Ziyang Shengzong.


    To this end, Dali Dynasty is willing to make major concessions in all aspects and pay a huge price.


    On the surface, Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t seem to care much about Dali Dynasty, but secretly, he is preparing to launch a thunderbolt to destroy Dali Dynasty when the time comes.


    The high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty were puzzled by the decision of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Dali''s imperial power is not as strong as Ziyang Shengzong, but it is definitely not easy.


    Ziyang Shengzong must pay a very heavy price if he wants to exterminate Dali imperial dynasty.


    Great changes are imminent in the Junchen world. Does Ziyang Shengzong have to deal with Dali imperial dynasty in order to save face and past gratitude and resentment, and would rather delay major events?


    When the high-level officials of Dali Dynasty were confused, a message came from the Yin capital of the underworld.


    A force from the sun is trying to lock the Yin capital and then envelop it.


    Yin capital is the foundation of Dali Dynasty in the underworld, and it is also a big card for Dali Dynasty to dare to fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    The problems in the Yin capital naturally attracted the attention of the high-level officials of the whole Dali Dynasty.


    After careful exploration, the ghosts and gods stationed in the Yin capital found that the force trying to lock the Yin capital was the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After spending a lot of money, I finally found out what happened when I was far away from the imperial court.


    It turned out that Ziyang holy sect was trying to project the blessed land of its own sect to the underworld.


    The location of the blessed land projection selected by Ziyang Shengzong is just located in the Yindu city.


    No matter whether the Ziyang holy sect intentionally or unintentionally chose the location of the Yin capital as the projection of the blessed land.


    Such behavior is to force Dali to a dead end and force Dali to work hard.


    Meng Zhang knew the importance of Yin capital. The real significance of Yin capital to Dali imperial dynasty was far beyond Meng Zhang''s imagination.


    In a word, the Dali dynasty would rather destroy its foundation in the Yang world than in the Yin capital.


    After discovering the attempt of Ziyang Shengzong, Dali imperial dynasty was at odds with Ziyang Shengzong, and there was only one way to go in the end.


    Now the Dali Dynasty is taking advantage of the temporary truce to prepare for the war and prepare for the next war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Dali''s imperial high-level has been psychologically prepared. Even if it is the last soldier and the whole imperial dynasty is destroyed, he will never bow to Ziyang Shengzong.


    What emperor Bawu said shocked Meng Zhang.


    He did not expect that such a great danger was lurking under the situation that seemed to have been temporarily peaceful.


    Meng Zhang was even more puzzled. Is the Yin capital really so important and indispensable to the Dali dynasty?


    If the Dali Dynasty is really destroyed by Ziyang Shengzong, what''s the meaning of the remaining Yin capital of the underworld?


    Can the living people of Dali dynasty still hide in the Yindu city?


    Are they really the rules of heaven and earth in hell?


    Meng Zhang knew that this was related to the top secret of the Dali Dynasty, and Emperor Bawu would not tell him.


    As an unreliable ally, it was interesting for Bawu emperor to say what he had just said.


    At least, Meng Zhang knew that it was impossible for Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong to compromise. There was only one way to go.


    Knowing this, we know the next development of the situation in the north of Jun dust world.


    This is very important for Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    As a large-scale cultivation force in the north of Junchen world, taiyimen is absolutely difficult to stay out of the war and is bound to be involved.


    Meng Zhang only ordered taiyimen to prepare for the coming war.

 Chapter 1816

    Meng Zhang had no idea why Ziyang Shengzong''s blessed land should be projected into the Yin capital city.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s understanding of blessed land is very shallow. He doesn''t even know that blessed land can be projected to the underworld.


    What needs to be done to project blessed land into the underworld, and what is the significance?


    Although the Taiyi gate has built a blessed land, it is only Meng Zhang who found the construction method in the classics left by the Taiyi gate in its heyday and mobilized the monks in the gate to copy the classics.


    As for the more functions of blessed land, it contains more secrets. He doesn''t know much and needs to explore slowly in the future.


    In any case, what Bawu emperor said about the blessed land projection of Ziyang Shengzong gave him great inspiration.


    He can follow this direction and study it slowly and deeply.


    Since Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong have become irreconcilable enemies, Ziyang Shengzong probably won''t have more power to deal with Taiyi gate in the future.


    Even taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong may be able to turn enemies into friends.


    Of course, the possibility of this situation is very small.


    Between Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang has not made a final choice.


    Judging from the current situation, it is a good choice for him to join hands with Bawu emperor for the time being.


    Meng Zhang and Bawu emperor talked for a long time and reached a lot of things.


    After that, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate.


    After returning to taiyimen, he told the middle and high levels of the door about his visit, and then began to make final preparations.


    The one-year period soon arrived. Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate, went to Tiangong and set out towards the front line.


    After some twists and turns, Meng Zhang came to the place where he was distributed.


    Now in the void near the Junchen world, it is divided into several battlefields to fight against foreign invaders from different directions.


    Each battlefield is basically led by one or several superior level strongmen, leading a group of returning virtual powers as the main force.


    There are also a large number of real kings in Yangshen period and Yuanshen period as pawns and cannon fodder.


    The cold war shangzun, who was originally in the rear, also came directly to the heavenly palace to fight against foreign invaders because of this incident. When he left the heavenly palace this time, the heavenly palace also sent someone to send him a map.


    This map records all kinds of information about the area Meng Zhang is going to.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. When he left for nine days and entered the void, he was just in the interval of battle.


    He successfully arrived at the cold war shangzun''s residence and successfully met with the cold war shangzun.


    For Meng Zhang''s Gang, their respect for the cold war was still complicated.


    On the one hand, he complained that Meng Zhang and others were too incompetent to complete the task, which implicated him.


    On the other hand, he later learned that there was something strange about the intrusion of foreign invaders into the source sea. Meng Zhang''s defeat is strictly a crime of non war.


    Later, the religious sects of the major holy places were in trouble and asked to severely punish the relevant responsible persons of the mission.


    Willing or not, Zun and Meng Zhang in the cold war have temporarily become brothers and sisters.


    His attitude towards Meng Zhang is neither hot nor cold. Generally speaking, he maintains justice and treats them as ordinary subordinates.


    When Meng Zhang visited the cold war Reverend, the cold war Reverend did not say much, but warned him to fight actively and never violate military orders, fear war and avoid war.


    Otherwise, he will never show mercy and will certainly act against Meng Zhang''s military law.


    This is the meaning of the title. Meng Zhang is very honest and obedient.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda arrived here with almost the same feet as Meng Zhang.


    In the cold war, Zun readily organized them into a team.


    They were sent to a nearby stronghold.


    On weekdays, they patrol around the stronghold to defend the stronghold and prevent the infiltration of foreign invaders.


    When the war breaks out, they should quickly join with their main forces to meet foreign invaders.

 Chapter 1817

    Now the Terran friars fighting against foreign invaders outside the Junchen boundary are divided into several groups.


    There are groups led by the lineal friars of the heavenly palace, groups organized by the sects of major holy places, and groups dominated by scattered cultivation


    In the group dominated by the venerable in the cold war, the sources of its members are complex.


    There are a small number of directly affiliated friars in Tiangong. Naturally, they are basically trusted confidants in the cold war.


    There are also reinforcements sent by the Holy zongmen.


    Among them, the friars of yubeast sect are the main ones.


    There are also monks such as Meng Zhang.


    Dali imperial court and taiyimen are both large-scale cultivation forces. When needed, they would have been recruited by the heavenly palace.


    Generally speaking, the friars in the group are basically subject to the cold war reverence, can do orders and prohibitions, and are consistent with the outside world, and there are no moths inside.


    Although they were sent to the front line, Meng Zhang and Xue Jianjun spent a lot of effort to enter the command of Shang Zun in the cold war.


    After saying goodbye to the Venerable Master of the cold war, Meng Zhang and the three of them soon came to their stronghold.


    This is a huge meteorite like a hill.


    The surface and interior of the meteorite have been transformed and many Dharma arrays have been arranged.


    These Dharma arrays are mainly used to monitor Dharma arrays, and their main purpose is to assist the garrison friars to monitor the movement of the surrounding area.


    Meng Zhang''s stronghold did not seek to block the enemy when foreign invaders invaded, but just needed to warn his main force in time.


    Their work is easy and dangerous.


    There are many similar strongholds in this area.


    Every time foreign invaders invade on a large scale, unless they are on the way, they are generally too lazy to send troops to clean up these strongholds.


    With the strength of returning to virtual power, as long as you are careful enough, it is generally not easy to be attacked by the enemy.


    Meng Zhang can deal with individual enemies sneaking in for investigation.


    If the enemy attacks on a large scale, they should retreat in time after sending a warning signal to the rear to avoid falling into siege.


    If they are lucky enough, there will be no fighting in strongholds like Meng Zhang for a long time.


    But if you''re unlucky, you happen to get in the way of the enemy''s assault team. If they don''t evacuate in time, the outcome will be bad.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them came to the stronghold and checked the Dharma array to see if everything was normal.


    In this stronghold, except Meng Zhang, there are some organ puppets.


    The most powerful of these organ puppets is only the Yuanshen period. It doesn''t help much in battle.


    However, maintaining strongholds and repairing Dharma arrays are inseparable from these organ puppets.


    Originally, according to the Convention, Meng Zhang''s great ability of returning to emptiness should have a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun under his command.


    Some time ago, our own Yuanshen Zhenjun suffered heavy losses. The few Yuanshen Zhenjun left were concentrated in the place where he stationed by the cold war to avoid his sacrifice in vain.


    Meng Zhang, they could have brought some Yuanshen Zhenjun together.


    But no matter for taiyimen or Dali Dynasty, Yuanshen Zhenjun is not Chinese cabbage and cannot be sent to such a battlefield as cannon fodder for nothing.


    In particular, Dali emperor had to secretly prepare for the war with Ziyang Shengzong, so he had to concentrate as much as possible.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang and the three of them came directly without his men and attendants.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take his men. They needed to do many things by themselves.


    Fortunately, these organ puppets in the stronghold are more effective, saving them a lot of strength.


    There are many caves in this stronghold, which is enough for Meng Zhang to live in on weekdays.


    After checking the situation inside and outside the stronghold, Meng Zhang and the three of them began to get familiar with the surrounding situation.


    Although they have maps of nearby areas, they still have to experience many situations themselves in order to have an in-depth understanding.


    Meng Zhang, they came at a very opportune time.


    The previous fierce war just ended, and the losses of both sides were not small, so a window period was left for both sides to lick their wounds and recover.


    In fact, the overall situation on the Terran side of the Jun dust world is much better than some time ago.


    At the beginning of the invasion, all kinds of foreign invaders joined hands to attack.


    They are strong and aggressive.


    The Terran friars have always been on guard against foreign invaders.


    But only a thousand days to be a thief, not a thousand days to prevent thieves.


    Over time, there will inevitably be omissions in defense.


    Before the massive invasion of foreign invaders, Terran friars were scattered in many strongholds outside the Junchen world.


    Many valuable resource points need to be garrisoned by monks.


    In addition, some time ago, Xue Jianjun launched a cleaning operation in the Jun dust world to clean up the enemies in the Jun dust world. The main attention of the Terran friars naturally returned to the Jun dust world.


    Another point is that in a peaceful time without foreign enemies, there are constant disputes and fierce internal battles among Terran friars.


    This time, it is rare for all foreign invaders to join hands and launch a rare fierce offensive.


    On the side of the unprepared Terran friars, they retreated one after another at the beginning and kept throwing away the city and land.


    The Terran friars who have been losing and retreating have been losing and retreating near the Junchen world before they can barely stabilize their position.


    The Terran friars suffered heavy casualties. Fortunately, the loss of returning to virtual power is limited.


    This is all due to the characteristics of Taoist return to emptiness and great power. It is very difficult to completely erase the Yang God in heaven and earth.


    After the internal reaction of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace mobilized its troops in time and organized the sects of the major holy places to arrange defense outside the Junchen world, temporarily blocking all foreign invaders.


    When the great enemy is at the head, the internal disputes and internal battles among the Terrans have also temporarily ceased. We must first deal with foreign enemies.


    Now, the Terran defense has stabilized.


    Terran friars and foreign invaders entered a stalemate.


    Of course, once the war situation is stable, there are waves within the Terran.


    Many guys with ulterior motives want to investigate the responsibility for the adverse war and heavy casualties on their own side some time ago.


    In the middle, there are disputes between the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects, and contradictions between the major Holy Land sects


    Meng Zhang was punished twice, and there were also factors affected by these things.


    Of course, Terran leaders are not fools.


    Powerful foreign invaders are still eyeing one side. The war is not over yet. They can''t really fight regardless of the overall situation.


    The purpose of their struggle is only to strive for benefits and embarrass their opponents, not to ruin the overall situation.


    Let''s talk to each other and compromise with each other, and it''s over.


    Before the threat of extraterritorial invaders is lifted, the Junchen community as a whole should maintain peace.


    Like Meng Zhang, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda had come to the void before the advanced retreat period.


    In fact, they are much older than Meng Zhang, and their experience in the void is richer and longer than Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them soon adapted to the environment and became familiar with the situation here.

 Chapter 1818

    Less than three days after the three men of Meng Zhang entered the stronghold, they welcomed the extraterritorial invaders who invaded the Junchen world. The sources were diverse and the number was amazing.


    The demon clan, spirit clan and barbarian clan in the ten thousand demon world are the old opponents of the human friars in the Junchen world.


    As several great demons joined the war, a large number of demons and Demons accompanied them.


    For many years, the Junchen world has not encountered a large-scale invasion from the devil''s way.


    In contrast, the devil''s way prefers to spread the inheritance of the devil''s way within the Junchen world, cultivate the devil''s cultivation, and even cause the devil''s disaster.


    The evil way does not take race as the boundary. As long as you are willing to invest in the evil way, no matter what race it is, the evil way is very welcome.


    Among the huge demon army, there are people, demons, spirits, barbarians, etc. many strange and strange demons have long been unable to see their origin.


    Maybe it''s a mixture of many creatures.


    Not too far from the Junchen world, there is a big world called Shenchang world.


    Shenchang world is very similar to Junchen world in many aspects.


    Tens of thousands of years ago, indigenous gods were born in the Shenchang world.


    Many races in Shenchang world are basically believers of gods.


    The gods are high above all others and command many races through divine descent.


    The so-called divine descendant is actually the descendant of the gods.


    Gods do not necessarily have to cross to produce descendants.


    The blood left by the gods and the breath exhaled... May evolve into descendants.


    In the divine world, there are even examples of mortals stepping on the footprints left by gods and giving birth to divine descendants after pregnancy.


    A variety of divine descendants have become powerful thugs and assistants of the gods.


    In those days, the immortals from the fairy world first discovered the Junchen world and began the war to conquer the Junchen world. Only then did they discover the Shenchang world, which is not too far away.


    First, the Jun dust world has been selected as the target. Second, the aborigines in Shenchang world are far stronger than the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, these immortals concentrated on conquering the Jun dust world without distracting him at will.


    In fact, if the immortals first found the Shenchang world, they might choose the Shenchang world as the target of conquest.


    What happened in the Junchen world will happen in the Shenchang world.


    When the immortals conquered the Junchen world, out of the psychology of losing their lips and teeth, Shenchang world actively intervened to help the indigenous gods in the Junchen world fight against the immortals.


    After the defeat of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world and the transformation of the Junchen world into a world belonging to the fairy way, Shenchang world took a warning and regarded the human friars in the Junchen world as great enemies.


    When all kinds of foreign invaders invaded Junchen world, Shenchang world will actively participate and cooperate.


    This time, of course, is no exception.


    This time, the indigenous gods in Shenchang world not only led the army of divine descent to participate in the war, but also actively sought reinforcements from abroad.


    I have long coveted the mixed spirits and gods in Jun dust world. I don''t know how to connect with Shenchang world.


    Generally speaking, those who can be called gods are powerful gods who can fight against real immortals.


    Many years ago, Hunling respected God and tested the reality of the Jun dust world many times.


    He once sent a barbarian tribe who believed in himself, sneaked into the Junchen world and created a lot of trouble.


    As gods, a large part of their strength comes from their own believers.


    There are many believers under the mixed spirit God, with different origins.


    The mixed spirit God is not a pure racial God. He is good at absorbing believers of all races.


    His followers include many common races, such as demons, Terrans and so on.


    This time, although the mixed spirits and gods still did not directly participate in the war, they sent their envoys to lead a powerful army of believers to participate in the attack on the Junchen world.


    Before they came to the front line, Meng Zhang and they all knew about the battlefield.


    They all have basic information about the enemy in the war.


    Meng Zhang and the three men, Meng Zhang, were not in a hurry to send a signal for help, let alone to escape.


    Tiangong is the most important military skill.


    In such a war, the military achievements made can often be exchanged for expensive rewards.


    If possible, Meng Zhang they are still willing to rely on their own strength to destroy the enemy and make military achievements.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, this group of enemies should come from Shenchang world.


    The first two gods are half human and half beast, and almost have the strength to return to the virtual period.


    Most of the enemies behind the two gods are indigenous races in the Shenchang world.


    In terms of appearance, there are all kinds of forms.


    Grotesque, grotesque.


    It seems that the number is large, but the strength is very general.


    There are deep contradictions among several foreign invaders who invaded the Junchen world this time.


    In particular, the great devil of the devil is the public enemy of almost all creatures.


    The temporary alliance of these foreign invaders is only an expedient measure.


    Not only can they not fully trust each other, but they are wary of each other.


    Therefore, when fighting, all foreign invaders basically take turns to fight, and there are few cases of mixed coalition forces cooperating in combat.


    This situation has greatly weakened the combat effectiveness of these extraterritorial invaders.


    Many times, they put more attention on guarding against each other than dealing with the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, the Terran friars in the Junchen world can resist foreign invaders and fight them.


    Since there are enemies in Shenchang world, the probability of other foreign invaders will not be too high.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not relax their vigilance and still monitored the surrounding situation all the time.


    Facing the enemy who rushed over, Meng Zhang, unwilling to show weakness, welcomed them one after another.


    The sword shadow changed all over the sky, and countless sword lights shone. Meng Zhang took the lead and killed him with a ChiYin sword.


    Emperor Bawu waved his fists and showed his best imperial boxing.


    As the king of the Dali Dynasty for many years, Emperor Bawu never lost the spirit of the emperor and the majesty of the emperor.


    As soon as he made a move, he looked very powerful and domineering. Almost no one could be taken as him.


    Chunyu Zhongda was not in a hurry to meet the two gods headed by them, but took the men behind them as the primary target.


    Chunyu Zhongda pinched the formula and chanted a curse, summoned a thunderstorm all over the sky, dropped countless lightning and thunder balls, and roared at the men behind the divine race.


    Although there are a large number of divine descendants, if they cooperate with each other under the command of the divine descendants in the retreat period, they can help the divine descendants in the retreat period against the retreat power.


    However, in the face of the deliberate attack of great energy in the period of returning to emptiness, these miscellaneous teams did not show too strong resistance.

 Chapter 1819

    Meng Zhang''s opponent is a god descendant with a spear.


    In the Junchen world, Meng Zhang had the experience of fighting with divine descendants.


    After the cleansing of immortals thousands of years ago, not only the indigenous gods were almost lost, but also the divine descendants were almost extinct.


    After the Terran friars ruled the Junchen world, the divine descendants representing the indigenous forces of the Junchen world were the target of key pursuit and suppression.


    The really powerful divine race suffered heavy casualties, which is almost rare.


    The few remaining evils that survived were just a group of crooked melons and cracked dates, and they could not be hidden.


    When Meng Zhang was a monk in the period of Yuanshen, he encountered a group of hidden divine descendants.


    This group of divine descendants could not defeat Meng Zhang. They had to flee in a hurry, allowing Meng Zhang to take away the small world he had operated for many years.


    After the sweeping action of Jun dust world organized by the snow sword king, it is said that many divine descendants were surprised, including many strong ones.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang was busy with the war in the West Sea and did not have the opportunity to see the real strong among the divine descendants.


    Today, the God Changjie divine descendant who killed the door made up for his regret.


    There are many similarities between Shenchang world and Junchen world. The indigenous gods and divine descendants of the two big worlds have a lot in common.


    This half man and half horse guy in front of Meng Zhang not only has the strength to return to the virtual period, but also has a strong blood gas. At a glance, he is killing countless generations.


    In the Shenchang world, which has not experienced immortal cleaning, the indigenous forces remain intact.


    Most of those indigenous gods are driven by nature and have particularly strong desires. Many of them are ferocious, grumpy, cruel and murderous.


    After the Shenchang Kingdom, many indigenous gods still retained the bad habit of large-scale blood sacrifice.


    This not only makes the practitioners in Junchen world dislike it, but also the Hunling gods, as temporary allies, don''t look up to these ignorant and barbaric people.


    Gods like Hun Ling and Zun Shen boast that they have inherited advanced Shinto civilization and are higher beings among gods.


    Different from the ignorant indigenous gods, the mixed gods deeply understand the harm of blood sacrifice.


    If it were not a last resort, he would never easily let believers hold blood sacrifices.


    The guy in front of Meng Zhang has a special breath. He is obviously the guy who has participated in many large-scale blood sacrifices.


    The divine descendants at the level of returning to the virtual world are also the No. 1 figure in the Shenchang world. They are often powerful generals under the indigenous gods.


    If they participate in the blood sacrifice, they can also share some benefits from the gods.


    Among the classics of the heavenly palace, there are some stories left by Da Neng who sneaked into the Shenchang world.


    It records a lot of information about the local conditions, customs and power distribution of Shenchang world.


    Among them, there are many descriptions of blood sacrifice scenes.


    In these descriptions, these blood sacrifice scenes are extremely bloody and cruel


    It''s a mess of demons.


    Such behavior is almost the same as evil.


    Terran friars can treat these guys as demons.


    Those who have participated in the blood sacrifice will leave a special smell of blood that is difficult to erase.


    Meng Zhang is not a saint to save the suffering. He can''t even save the suffering beings in Junchen world, not to mention the distant beings in Shenchang world.


    However, he has a minimum view of right and wrong and has a certain bottom line.


    Meng Zhang will try his best to kill this kind of guy who destroys living creatures and has participated in blood sacrifice whenever he has a chance, which can be regarded as acting on behalf of heaven.


    Once Meng Zhang killed the enemy, he immediately burst out with great combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang is gifted in kendo. And he himself is full of enthusiasm for kendo.


    Even he felt that if he didn''t have a clever sword repair inheritance, he might become a real sword repair.


    Soon after he embarked on the road of truth cultivation, he began to practice fencing.


    On his long road of cultivation, he practiced many powerful sword tricks.


    He also has rich experience in killing strong enemies with swordsmanship.


    Last time, Mr. Ban Xue taught Meng Zhang a hidden killing sword.


    Meng Zhang not only fully understood the brilliant sword, but also peeped into the leopard, and felt a bit of the profound sword with Xue Jianjun.


    Originally, after Meng Zhang entered the retreat period, due to the lack of corresponding sword Jue cultivation, his swordsmanship attainments have been a little unable to catch up with his cultivation progress.


    After he understood the hidden breath killing sword, his swordsmanship improved greatly.


    In addition, the magic weapon in his hand is the flying sword ChiYin sword Sha, so he pays more attention to fighting the enemy with swordsmanship.


    This time, facing the opponent of the same level, he urged ChiYin sword Sha to fully show his brilliant cultivation of kendo.


    He wants to take his opponent as the touchstone and try his swordsmanship before he makes a breakthrough.


    This Centaur God descendant is not easy.


    Although the refining method of the spear in his hand is rough, its essence is extraordinary. After many baptisms of blood sacrifice, there is a special fierce breath.


    His spear waved fiercely in the air. It was full of depravity, filth and uncertainty, so it shrouded Meng Zhang.


    A black and white Yin and Yang Qi rose above Meng Zhang''s head, dissolving these breath into invisibility.


    The seemingly dazzling sword light is full of unpredictable killing opportunities.


    On the other side, Emperor Bawu showed his imperial fist and fought with another divine descendant at the level of returning to the virtual world.


    Chunyu Zhongda showed his brilliant thunder method, which attracted lightning all over the sky and bombarded the men behind the two gods.


    There is no reason why two divine descendants bring so many men to attack together.


    They each led many of their men to form an array, which can greatly improve their combat effectiveness.


    When needed, these men can be cannon fodder that consumes the enemy''s strength or a shield to block the enemy''s attack


    God descendants who claim to be God descendants basically do not regard themselves as ordinary creatures.


    Indifferent by nature, they are high above the world and will not cherish the lives of the indigenous people in Shenchang world at all.


    The two equal battlefields have not been decided yet. Chunyu Zhongda was the first to win.


    Under the bombardment of thunder all over the sky, the two gods'' men suffered heavy losses.


    The two gods led their men to attack this time, which was premeditated.


    Not long ago, they found that the Terran stronghold here was lack of Terran friars.


    It is no secret that after many wars, the heavily damaged Terran friars began to shrink their defense lines.


    Various foreign invaders have long been aware of this.


    The two divine descendants originally took advantage of the opportunity to break into the loophole of the Terran Friar''s defense line.


    If no one stops them, they will go all the way. At the same time, easily destroy the Terran stronghold encountered on the road.


    Every time you destroy a Terran stronghold, you consume a Terran resource.


    If blocked by Terran friars, they are testing the enemy''s reality.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them were sent to this stronghold to fill the gaps in the defense line.


    Two gods led a large group of people to kill them, and they just hit one.

 Chapter 1820

    The indigenous gods in Shenchang, including their descendants, have always been stubborn and conservative, and have little communication with the outside world.


    These guys haven''t made any progress over the years.


    Spiritual fairyland born cultivators have traversed many worlds and dealt with various cultivation systems.


    Practitioners know to absorb the advantages of others, learn from each other, and slowly improve their own practice system.


    The cultivation system of Jun dust world comes from the celestial realm, and naturally inherits its advantages.


    In the Junchen world, the cultivators are constantly fighting with themselves and have to fight with all kinds of aliens from time to time.


    The Junchen world has been facing the invasion of various foreign invaders for many years. There are often wars outside it.


    Compared with the aborigines in Shenchang world, the practitioners in Junchen world have a wide range of knowledge, diverse means and rich combat experience.


    In fact, in the whole world of heaven, the cultivator system is a very high-end way of practice.


    Many top-level struggles in the world of heaven are actually struggles between different factions within the cultivator system.


    As a practitioner with a brilliant inheritance, Meng Zhang surpassed the divine descendant in all aspects.


    Even if the other party enters the retreat level far before Meng Zhang, the accumulation of cultivation may be more vigorous.


    However, with Meng Zhang''s clever means, he could not give full play to his own advantages, but was passive everywhere.


    Chunyu Zhongda used the powerful thunder method to suppress the two gods'' subordinates, so that they could not meet with the two gods and could only be killed by him.


    Meng Zhang and Bawu emperor were able to have a fair one-on-one duel with their opponents.


    After a fierce fight, Meng Zhang slowly gained the upper hand with his fierce swordsmanship and various supernatural powers.


    The Centaur God descendant, who was tit for tat with him, watched a large number of his men being blasted into slag by thunder, but he couldn''t go to the rescue. He felt very weak in his heart.


    He doesn''t love the lives of his subordinates, but these subordinates are his wealth. It''s not easy to get them. He spent a lot of resources to cultivate them, which is his important inside information.


    Seeing that their wealth and inside information were constantly consumed, the usual irritability and ferocity of divine descendants broke out.


    The Centaur God roared in his mouth and attacked Meng Zhang with a spear in his hand.


    He tried to force Meng Zhang back and flew aside to stop Chunyu Zhongda''s action.


    Eager to push Meng Zhang back, he couldn''t help revealing his flaws.


    With Meng Zhang''s rich combat experience, as long as the enemy makes a slight mistake, he can catch it immediately.


    Several swords attacked the Centaur God descendant silently. When he was unprepared, he suddenly penetrated his protective power and penetrated into his body.


    The cold and piercing sword entered the body, and the divine Centaur could not help shivering. He felt cold and tingling all over.


    The Yin and Yang Qi behind Meng Zhang surged up like a long river to involve his opponent.


    The Centaur of divine descent could not escape. He was swept by the Yin and Yang Qi. He immediately felt empty and his Qi and blood were forcibly taken away by the Yin and Yang Qi.


    After paying a high price, he managed to escape under the Yin and Yang Qi. The divine Centaur not only didn''t want to rescue his men again, but also didn''t want to continue to fight Meng Zhang.


    After all, the divine Centaur and Meng Zhang are strong at the same level, and there is no absolute power gap.


    He spent a lot of effort to get rid of Meng Zhang''s pursuit and fled the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang chased out for a distance and returned bitterly.


    Although he has the strength to defeat his opponent, he still can''t leave his opponent completely.


    On the other side, the God descendant fought with Bawu emperor. He had a fight with Bawu emperor.


    However, seeing that his companions fled and his men suffered heavy losses, he did not continue to struggle here, but found an opportunity to escape from the battle and far away from the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang and Bawu Di, who still have much to say, rushed into the hands of the divine race and killed the team together with Chunyu Zhongda, killing them scattered and almost completely.


    After Meng Zhang came to the void, this is the time since Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to the void. Among the strong at the same level, he also has a certain combat effectiveness.


    The performance of two temporary comrades in arms, Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda, did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    Chunyu Zhongda won''t say it for the moment. As the king of Dali Dynasty, Emperor Bawu is a bright companion of Dali Dynasty. His strength is good. At least he won''t lag behind in the battle, which is reassuring.


    Since the war, of course, because the two divine descendants successfully escaped, they just wiped out a group of their men, so there is no military merit.


    In fact, among the various foreign invaders who invaded the Junchen world this time, the strength of the enemy from Shenchang world is relatively weak.


    Even the gods of the return to emptiness level will not be of great value.


    It''s not so easy to get a lot of military merit.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang and his team continued to garrison this stronghold as planned, going out from time to time and patrolling around.


    I see. Enemies of the same rank are around. The three of them didn''t separate easily. They all went out to patrol together and guarded together in the stronghold.


    In Meng Zhang, the three of them are actually afraid of big demons and are unwilling to conflict with them easily.


    But they have a duty to defend their territory. When the enemy comes in front of them, they will not be regarded as invisible.


    The three of them were careless and joined hands to fight the enemy.


    After a great war, the three of them joined hands and managed to stop the great devil and maintain an invincible situation.


    The great devil saw that his deeds were exposed and was blocked by the enemy in time. After fighting with Meng Zhang for a while, he had no intention of continuing to entangle them, took the initiative to leave the battle and withdraw.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them were not very happy when they successfully defeated the strong enemy.


    The great devil''s strength was still above them, and he obviously didn''t go all out.


    The mysterious magic skills were not displayed.


    If the opponent didn''t fight unintentionally, took the initiative to retreat and continue to struggle, the three of them would have to pay a price.

 Chapter 1821

    Among the foreign invaders who invaded the Junchen world this time, the devil is the absolute strong one.


    For the cultivators, the great demons and other powerful demons are almost equal to natural enemies and are very difficult to deal with.


    In the battle, there are not a few practitioners who are wounded and killed by big demons and even dyed by demons.


    Most practitioners are full of fear and even fear of the strong of the evil way.


    Meng Zhang''s luck was not too bad. They encountered only an ordinary demon.


    If they encounter a more powerful demon, it will be difficult for them to escape.


    This allowed them to see the dangers of the empty battlefield and the difficulties of their own tasks.


    In any case, they need to continue to defend in the stronghold and defend the surrounding defense line.


    Fortunately, they were lucky enough to go to the battlefield at a very opportune time, just shortly after the end of a large-scale battle.


    There will be a long window before the next general assembly war begins.


    This not only allows them to slowly adapt to the empty battlefield, but also gives them the opportunity to continue to improve their cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    In their spare time, the three of them are all practicing hard and constantly improving themselves.


    Having witnessed the strength of the enemy with their own eyes, they all have a special sense of urgency in their hearts and dare not relax in their practice.


    The three of them will also try their best to communicate in addition to their own cultivation.


    It goes without saying that emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda have no secrets about their relationship.


    Meng Zhang is an outsider. When communicating, although they all have reservations, they still make everyone have a lot of gains.


    The communication between Meng Zhang and them does not involve their own core inheritance and secrets, but mainly focuses on some spiritual feelings.


    Three people walk, there must be my teacher.


    Meng Zhang could not find anyone to guide his practice in Taiyi gate for a long time.


    His cultivation mainly depends on learning the classics left by taiyimen in its heyday, self understanding and research.


    Now it is rare to have the opportunity to communicate with friars of the same level, which is very helpful to him.


    In addition to their practice, they will not forget the business and still complete their own tasks honestly.


    In the following time, from time to time, some invaders tried to attack their stronghold.


    While patrolling, they will also encounter some enemy infiltration teams.


    This is a very normal situation.


    In the empty window between the two general assembly wars, although the two sides will not break out too large-scale fighting, all kinds of small-scale conflicts and temptations will not be cut off.


    Especially the extraterritorial invaders, as the offensive side, occupied a certain initiative.


    They will continue to send a small team to infiltrate the enemy''s long line of defense, or directly launch an impact.


    They are testing the enemy''s reality and looking for the weakness of the defense line.


    The stronghold of Meng Zhang''s team is very forward.


    On this point, Zun did not take care of them in the cold war.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them fought with all kinds of foreign invaders.


    They repulsed many enemies and achieved some results.


    Even if they encounter a strong enemy that is difficult to deal with, they can return to the stronghold in time and wait for the arrival of reinforcements.


    According to the arrangement of the Supreme Court of the cold war, there is an obligation to keep watch and help between closer strongholds.


    When a stronghold is attacked and cannot resist, it can send a distress signal to the surrounding stronghold to ask for rescue.


    In addition, during the cold war, Zun also arranged a mobile team to swim inside and outside his own defense line.


    Once a loophole in the defense line is found, or a distress signal is received from a certain stronghold, the mobile team must rush over immediately and carry out rescue in time.


    Although the strength of foreign invaders is strong, they can''t take advantage of such small-scale conflicts when they don''t launch a large-scale attack.


    This small-scale conflict also has a certain periodicity.


    After a period of intense conflict, the conflict will slow down relatively.


    Because both sides need time to lick their wounds and recover.


    More importantly, both sides should make various preparations for the upcoming general assembly war and will not consume too much power in small-scale conflicts.


    After a series of fierce battles, Meng Zhang and the three of them can always have a relatively stable time for them to recuperate and practice.


    According to the Convention, monks like Meng Zhang who were recruited by the heavenly palace to fight for the heavenly palace will be responsible for their own supplies during the battle.


    The heavenly palace will regularly and quantitatively distribute all kinds of supplies to all monks participating in the war according to certain standards.


    Among all kinds of supplies, Yuqing LINGJI is the main one.


    Meng Zhang was called up to fight this time, which can be regarded as helping taiyimen reduce a lot of burden.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation skills are excellent and his talent is extraordinary.


    His speed of absorbing and refining jade Qingling machine is far faster than other ordinary return virtual powers.


    He can absorb a large number of refined jade qinglingji in a short time and quickly improve his cultivation.


    The jade Qingling machine sent by the heavenly palace can''t keep up with his consumption speed at all.


    Fortunately, he still has Yuanjing obtained from Yuanhai.


    Compared with Yuqing LINGJI, the quality of Lingqi in Yuanjing is higher and purer.


    If absorbing Yuqing LINGJI is a daily diet, absorbing Yuanjing is a rare meal.


    When he arrived at this stronghold and practiced alone, Meng Zhang began to absorb and refine the source crystal.


    With the aura provided by Yuanjing, it not only makes up for the shortage of Yuqing aura, but also brings many additional benefits to Meng Zhang.


    Compared with absorbing and refining jade Qingling machine, refining and absorbing source crystal have too many benefits in all aspects.


    Yuanjing comes from Yuanhai, which contains the breath of the origin of heaven and earth. It can often bring new insights to the absorber, and even help him understand the avenue of heaven and earth.


    The more Meng Zhang absorbs the refining source crystal, the more he can feel its precious place.


    If he had no other choice, he would not want to consume the source crystal in his hand.


    The source crystal he obtained from the source sea last time was very few, and he also placed one in the blessed land of taiyimen.


    In less than 30 years after entering the void battlefield, Meng Zhang consumed all the source crystals in his hand.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation has ushered in a great leap, which has greatly improved him.


    Now he has barely been regarded as an ordinary figure in the great power of the retreat period, not a weak chicken in the new retreat period.


    In terms of accomplishments alone, he has a certain qualification and status among many great powers in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Unless it is a small number of veteran retreat period powers, ordinary retreat period powers, it is becoming more and more difficult to completely suppress him.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation progress is far faster than his two companions.


    In the daily communication and exchange of views, Meng Zhang almost amazed the two companions every time.

 Chapter 1822

    Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda are only temporary allies, not people Meng Zhang really trusts.


    Therefore, every time we communicate with them, Meng Zhang has reservations and does not show all his strength.


    But even so, Meng Zhang''s progress surprised both of them.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda are not ordinary people.


    They were also famous geniuses within the Dali Dynasty.


    Since their youth, they have been recognized as the peerless pride of the world.


    They have been in high positions for many years, and have been used to seeing all kinds of talented friars, including the so-called Tianjiao of the Holy Land Sect.


    However, both themselves and other monks they had met were somewhat eclipsed in front of Meng Zhang.


    When monks just enter the retreat period, as long as they have a wise inheritance and sufficient resources, their accomplishments will progress quickly.


    This is the case with emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda. Their accomplishments are making rapid progress.


    However, there is still a significant gap in the speed of their progress compared with Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness is improving rapidly, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda not only have a better attitude towards him, but also pay more attention to him.


    Unconsciously, Meng Zhang became the leader of the team.


    In the face of foreign invaders, he often gives orders and commands.


    Meng Zhang not only has excellent personal cultivation, but also has strong command ability.


    He is good at observing the battlefield situation, making wise judgments and making calm decisions.


    Since Meng Zhang commanded the team, their achievements may be average, but they have avoided several dangerous situations and have not been seriously damaged.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been 30 years since Meng Zhang came to the empty battlefield and participated in the battle against foreign invaders.


    In these three decades, major battles have not broken out, but all kinds of small-scale conflicts and fierce fights have continued.


    According to the practice of fighting between foreign invaders and friars in Junchen world, it will not be long before the two sides will go through this empty window and break out a large-scale battle again.


    In this regard, almost everyone on the Terran friar side is mentally prepared.


    For the large-scale battle, Meng Zhang had some expectations and wanted to see the big scene.


    At the same time, he was also somewhat worried.


    The General Assembly war in the void will fall at any time.


    Even if the return to emptiness power among Taoist practitioners has stronger vitality and survivability, there have been many casualties on our side in the previous war.


    Meng Zhang knew he could not escape such a general assembly war. The only thing I can do is to improve my cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    Because he refined and absorbed the source crystal much faster than expected, the source crystal in his hand was quickly consumed.


    Without Yuanjing, his cultivation speed slowed down by absorbing Yuqing LINGJI alone.


    Yuanjing is a kind of thing that can''t be found in Jun dust world. No matter how expensive it is, it is difficult to buy it on the market.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t know was that the Yuanjing produced in the Yuanhai sea was almost forbidden by the immortals.


    Occasionally, a small number of Yuanjing are collected by the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the major holy places. They will all serve as the most precious treasure and are not willing to use it easily.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that even if he entered the period of returning to emptiness, the demand for foreign objects was still so strong.


    In fact, even if there is no source crystal, by absorbing and refining jade Qingling machine alone, his cultivation speed is much faster than other great energy of returning to emptiness.


    But accustomed to the cultivation speed brought by Yuanjing, he can''t adapt to the current cultivation speed.


    Meng Zhang also knows that he probably has no chance to enter Yuanhai again. If he wants to get Yuanjing again, he doesn''t know about monkey years and horses.


    He had to be patient and slowly adapt to the slower pace of practice.


    Such days continued for several years.


    The general war between the practitioners of the Junchen world and the foreign invaders never broke out.


    In this way, the two sides fell into a relatively stable stalemate.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang and the three people are all eager for it.


    They are not afraid of war, but they are also not warmongering maniacs.


    If a large-scale battle does not break out, their safety will be maintained to a certain extent, and they can have enough time to practice and steadily improve their cultivation.


    As small pawns, Meng Zhang can not care about the overall situation and ignore this abnormal situation.


    However, as the commander, the high level of Terran cultivators can''t ignore it.


    They wanted to find out why all kinds of foreign invaders did not launch an all-round attack on the Terran friars in the Junchen world in accordance with the Convention, causing a large-scale battle.


    Is it because of the heavy casualties in the previous general assembly war and has not recovered so far?


    Or do foreign invaders have ulterior motives and secretly engage in some intrigues?


    In order to find out the enemy''s layout and plot, the Terran cultivators in Jun dust world also organized a reconnaissance team to sneak into the vicinity of the enemy camp for observation.


    Among these investigation teams, they are basically old-fashioned return to virtual power, or well-known figures in return to virtual power.


    Meng Zhang and his followers are no longer the new ones in the return to virtual power, but their immediate boss, shangzun of the cold war, did not have much expectation for their combat effectiveness.


    In the cold war, they acted fairly and did not let Meng Zhang, who was not strong enough, carry out such a dangerous task.


    Of course, this is also because after they stationed in the stronghold, Meng Zhang rarely returned to their own camp except to go back regularly to get supplies.


    On weekdays, they don''t have many opportunities to see the cold war shangzun. Naturally, the cold war shangzun doesn''t know their cultivation progress and the latest cultivation situation.


    Otherwise, Meng Zhang''s real strength has barely qualified to participate in this dangerous action.


    Of course, although they were not assigned to participate in the investigation of sneaking into the enemy''s rear, the cold war emperor did not let Meng Zhang and them idle.


    According to the order of the Supreme Master of the cold war, the ranks of monks stationed in frontier strongholds such as Meng Zhang should take the initiative to launch exploratory attacks on the enemy and try to find out the enemy''s layout.


    In the cold war, Zun didn''t embarrass these monks, but mainly asked them to act according to their ability.


    Since the objectives of the mission are not harsh, Meng Zhang and his colleagues must actively implement them.


    After a long rest, Meng Zhang and Bawu emperor left the garrison together and tried to fly to the void ahead.


    A large part of the peripheral area of this huge meteorite belt surrounding the Jun dust world has fallen into the hands of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang is quite familiar with the situation in these areas.


    In addition to the detailed map issued by the heavenly palace, they also had the experience of entering these enemy occupied areas in the previous battle.

 Chapter 1823

    In order to make a long journey in the void, the Terran cultivators developed the secret method of great movement of the void.


    It is said to be a secret method. In fact, it is quite popular among the friars at the level above the true king, the proto God of the human race.


    At most, there are some small gaps in the effect according to the different inheritance of each family.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun can easily cross tens of thousands of miles or even hundreds of thousands of miles by moving the void in the void.


    As the great power of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang''s ability is ten times or even a hundred times that of the yuan God Zhenjun.


    However, to display the great movement of emptiness, you need to be in a very empty emptiness. There should be no obstacles in a large area around.


    Meng Zhang is now in this huge meteorite belt. If they rashly move in the void, they will be lucky to hit a meteorite. If you have bad luck, you will fall into a space storm.


    If they want to go, they have to fly over honestly.


    Before, in order to avoid the pursuit of the enemy, or pursue the enemy, they bypassed a large circle around.


    Coupled with their own investigation results, they can basically determine that there are no fixed enemy strongholds in a large area around.


    After foreign invaders captured the periphery of this meteorite belt, most of the Terran strongholds were directly destroyed to avoid future trouble.


    A few are retained as their residences.


    As Meng Zhang and his men flew forward, more and more obstacles appeared in front of them.


    There are large and small meteorites, destroyed meteorite fragments and even dust


    Among these obstacles, many are made of special materials, which can have some impact on the mind of practitioners.


    In order to prevent the enemy from ambushing in front, Meng Zhang did not fly fast.


    They moved forward carefully and were always alert to the situation around them.


    Meng Zhang successfully crossed a vast area and did not find any movement of the enemy.


    All along, Meng Zhang''s garrisons are mainly defensive. They can investigate the surrounding situation at most. They have never been so far ahead.


    Along the way, there should have been many strongholds of Terran friars, which have now turned into gravel and powder.


    As they went deeper and deeper into the enemy''s control area, Meng Zhang and the three of them became more and more cautious.


    After a long distance, a conspicuous target finally appeared in front of Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Not far ahead, there is a huge land thousands of miles around, floating in the air and moving along a certain track.


    According to the map provided by Tiangong, that continent was originally an important stronghold of the Terran outside the Junchen world.


    In the previous retreat, this continent was voluntarily abandoned by the Terran cultivators, and then foreign invaders settled in.


    The divine descendants from Shenchang led a large army to occupy this place and took it as an important forward base.


    Every time they launch a tentative attack on the Terran cultivator defense line, the divine descendants gather their strength here and start from here.


    Meng Zhang and their three minds carefully covered the continent.


    The vigilance of the gods is still high.


    Moreover, after fighting with Terran practitioners for so many years, they can''t make no progress at all.


    At least, after seeing the various means of Terran practitioners, they will also reflect and think about countermeasures.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts of the three of them were soon discovered by the vigilant gods.


    Almost at the same time, Meng Zhang and the three of them also figured out the main situation on this continent.


    Meng Zhang, who has the highest cultivation, has extra strength to carefully investigate the surroundings.


    After determining that there were no other enemies in the surrounding area except the land in front of him, Meng Zhang almost immediately issued an order to attack.


    On this continent, only three divine descendants have the strength to return to the virtual period.


    They also have a large group of men, but their strength is not worth mentioning.


    Meng Zhang and his party received an order from the Supreme Master of the cold war this time to go deep into the enemy controlled areas for investigation.


    For the sake of safety, they will not go too deep into the enemy''s interior, but will only try a little on the periphery.


    Whether it is the cold war Supreme Master who issued the order or the executors like Meng Zhang, they all know that it is difficult to obtain valuable information by relying on this level of investigation alone.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them are active, but they are just talking about personnel.


    Meng Zhang certainly has his own selfishness.


    Since the investigation task can not achieve much results, it is just incidental.


    His main attention was still focused on seeking benefits and military achievements for himself.


    The enemies in front of him, in his eyes, are living and moving achievements.


    It''s better to take the ready-made combat achievements into your hands than to waste your efforts on the illusory investigation task.


    Anyway, the high level of Terran cultivators has long sent many elite teams to conduct careful investigation to obtain intelligence.


    After a simple communication, Meng Zhang and Bawu Di reached a consensus.


    As the leader of the team, Meng Zhang ordered directly, and the three flew towards the target.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the ChiYin sword and the evil spirit. He combined the human sword and showed the skill of sword evasion. The whole person turned into a sword light, and lightning generally shot at the continent in front.


    At the foot of Bawu emperor, an illusory dragon followed Meng Zhang.


    Chunyu Zhongda showed his skill of thunder escape, turned into a thunder and roared to the target.


    After perceiving the divine thoughts released by the human friars, the divine descendants on this continent immediately responded.


    The three strongest gods with the level of returning to emptiness flew over the mainland and faced the Terran cultivators who rushed over.


    There was a flurry on the mainland, and then many strange creatures began to form an array, ready to cooperate with the three gods against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang recognized an old acquaintance across the distance.


    It was a half man and half horse God, the enemy he defeated in the first battle after entering the empty battlefield.


    After so many years, Meng Zhang was very excited to meet his old friend here after a long separation.


    After a long time of cultivation, the Centaur God descendant almost recovered from his injury.


    However, seeing Meng Zhang who had defeated him again, he felt a burst of emptiness in his heart and couldn''t help but retreat a few steps.


    The first of the three gods is a guy with a leopard head.


    He let out a growl of discontent at the fear and retreat of his companions.


    Then he took the initiative to take over the position of his companion and directly faced Meng Zhang.


    Where Meng Zhang''s sword light passed, the thunder roared and never stopped, with a kind of indomitable momentum.


    Frightened by Meng Zhang''s momentum, the divine descendant side was moved by it and began to feel empty in his heart.


    The guy with a head and a leopard body should be the leader, with the strongest strength and the first reaction.


    He roared and kept shouting at Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1824

    Meng Zhang''s assault came quickly and fiercely, and suddenly gained the upper hand.


    In terms of individual combat effectiveness, the return to emptiness power of the Terran is often much stronger than the return to emptiness level of the divine race.


    As for those miscellaneous soldiers below the level of returning to the virtual world, they can barely play the role of cannon fodder in the return to the virtual world war, but it is difficult to determine the final outcome of the war.


    After a fierce battle, Meng Zhang and the three of them not only suppressed three enemies of the same rank, but also killed a large number of the opponent''s miscellaneous soldiers.


    Originally, when they were preparing to further expand their own advantages and strive to kill one or two enemies of the same rank, the enemy''s reinforcements came from nearby.


    The area nearby was originally occupied by the enemy and had long been under the control of the enemy.


    Not only foreign invaders from Shenchang world, but also other foreign invaders often haunt nearby.


    Although there are many contradictions and even fights among these foreign invaders, the discovery of the Terran friars in the Junchen world is enough to make them share a common hatred.


    Meng Zhang saw the opportunity early and first found that there were other strong enemies approaching.


    He greeted his two companions, drove the enemy back directly, and began to retreat.


    Although they failed to kill the target, they were a little disappointed. But avoiding being besieged by the enemy is not the worst result.


    Meng Zhang came and went quickly, so that the enemy couldn''t catch up.


    After leaving here, the three of them turned around and returned to their garrison.


    After returning to the stronghold, they rested for a few days and set off again.


    They went deep into enemy occupied areas again and found weaker enemies.


    The enemy is not a fool. He also knows the truth that his lips are dead and his teeth are cold. When needed, they are basically able to help each other reluctantly.


    After several raids, Meng Zhang not only failed to kill the intended target, but also attracted the enemy''s counterattack and pursuit, and was driven back.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them were not discouraged, but regarded it as a kind of exercise.


    The three of them approached the outer area of the meteorite belt many times to investigate the enemy''s movements.


    In the meantime, he encountered the enemy many times, both when he pursued and killed the enemy and when he was driven away by the enemy.


    They were not able to kill the enemy, and they had no loss of their own.


    Such a process, staged many times, has indeed served the purpose of training them.


    That day, Meng Zhang and the three of them just got close to the enemy occupied area and found that the situation was wrong.


    The Qi machine in the whole void was shaking violently.


    I don''t know when several tall heaven and earth Dharma statues swaggered into the enemy''s camp.


    Meng Zhang, who was most sensitive, noticed a familiar sword light, crossed through the void, and then cut off a powerful demon lord who showed his original shape.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the three of them began to get hot.


    After Meng Zhang and his followers came to this empty battlefield, they were all given jade symbols for battlefield contact when they met with the cold war emperor.


    Due to the long distance and too much interference in the void, the communication of the communication jade symbol is not particularly smooth, and the transmitted messages are often delayed.


    Of course, as the only means of communication that can contact the rear, Meng Zhang and the three of them still pay more attention to the jade symbol of communication.


    The communication jade symbol has now started spontaneously. Obviously, important news has come from the rear.


    Meng Zhang scanned the communication jade symbol. The information on it was very simple.


    The chief manager of Tiangong, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, personally arrived at the front line and organized a big counterattack against the enemy.


    In the cold war, venerable gave orders to all our own friars near the battlefield to immediately enter the enemy occupied area and cooperate with the counter offensive plan of Banxue Jianjun.


    The counterattacks have all begun. Zun just sent the news in the cold war, mostly for the sake of confidentiality.


    Meng Zhang understands this.


    However, the order of the cold war was a little vague and not very wise.


    Meng Zhang believed that in the empty battlefield, there should be a large number of small teams like them and even single monks.


    In this level of war, even the ordinary return to emptiness power can hardly set off too much storm on its own.


    After all, not everyone who returns to virtual power has the terrorist strength of the king of snow sword.


    In the cold war, venerable should gather the monks scattered around as soon as possible to form a large-scale team, and then launch a large-scale attack on the enemy.


    Of course, this is only Meng Zhang''s own idea.


    Perhaps there were other considerations in the cold war.


    Meng Zhang now knows too little about the overall war situation.


    In any case, Meng Zhang decided to follow the advice of the Supreme Master of the cold war and launch an attack on the enemy occupied areas.


    First, in the cold war, Zun, who has been fighting against foreign invaders for many years, consciously owes a lot of favor to Mr. Ban Xuejian. Of course, he should actively cooperate with Mr. Ban Xuejian''s actions.


    Meng Zhang proposed immediate action. Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda had no opinion. Neither of them had any intention of disobeying the orders of the cold war.


    Now that everyone has reached an agreement, Meng Zhang leads Bawu emperor and them on the road to the enemy occupied area again.


    Although our side has begun a counter offensive, from the distant scene, our side has a huge momentum and should have a big advantage.


    However, Meng Zhang, as the leader of the three person team, still did not act rashly, but carefully chose the target.


    Those towering heaven and earth Dharma images must have been transformed by the return virtual power on the side of the Jun dust world.


    The existence of heaven and earth Dharma is far more powerful than Meng Zhang and the three of them.


    Meng Zhang they wisely didn''t lean over.


    At present, they are not qualified to intervene in this level of fighting.


    Our own side launched a big counterattack. The enemies everywhere can''t sit idly by. Most of them have been mobilized.


    Meng Zhang and his men have entered enemy occupied areas many times during this period, so they have a better understanding of the surrounding situation.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and led Bawu emperor and them to the front.


    Through this time, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda were quite convinced of Meng Zhang''s strength and judgment.


    They acted in accordance with Meng Zhang''s orders and had no other opinions.


    Meng Zhang chose a route a little away from the heaven and earth dharmas.


    Along the way, many of the large and small meteorites that originally surrounded the surroundings have been destroyed, and the surrounding space is much empty.


    Before the Terran friars'' counterattack, the surrounding area was where the Terran friars and foreign invaders fought repeatedly, and many battle traces were still very obvious.


    Before long, Meng Zhang and the three of them came to a stronghold of divine descent.


    To their disappointment, the gods stationed here have already retreated.


    There are no enemies left here.

 Chapter 1825

    Although the enemy evacuated in a hurry, they took all that should be taken away, leaving Meng Zhang and them an empty stronghold without any harvest.


    Meng Zhang and they were not very disappointed, which was expected.


    They checked the general situation of the stronghold a little and went on.


    Instead of destroying the stronghold, they kept it intact.


    Maybe after the surrounding area is recovered, the Terran friars will enter here again and reuse it.


    Meng Zhang''s three men didn''t advance fast. They didn''t mean to rush into the enemy array.


    Meng Zhang''s luck in this attack was not bad, and they soon found out.


    Two huge warships flew out from behind a group of meteorites and were flying away from the center of the battlefield.


    From the appearance and style of these two warships, they should be the virtual warships of the demon family.


    The technology of manufacturing virtual warships has also been mastered by foreign invaders for a long time.


    In fact, without the help of battleships in the void, it is difficult to travel long distances in the void and invade other big worlds in the void.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang has been trying to obtain the manufacturing technology of virtual warships and set aside a way for Taiyi disciples.


    But even though he spent a lot of effort, he never succeeded.


    He once tried to get the empty warships from Dali imperial court and hailing faction.


    However, their replies were similar. They had only a few finished virtual warships, which were not enough for their own use. It was really difficult to borrow them.


    As for the manufacturing technology of the virtual battleship, they did not master it.


    Meng Zhang is skeptical about this statement.


    After all, even among allies, there can be no reservations.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang and taiyimen have not stopped their efforts to obtain the manufacturing technology of virtual warships.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was a little overjoyed to find the demon family''s empty warship here.


    As we all know, the technology of making virtual warships in Jun dust world is unique.


    The netherworld warships sent by Junchen world can often defeat the enemy with few enemies in the netherworld battlefield.


    Although the virtual battleship made by the demon family is far inferior to the human family in the Junchen world, it can be used as an important reference for the impoverished taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang had the idea of capturing the two demon family''s empty warships completely in his heart.


    Meng Zhang led Bawu emperor and they were ready to sneak over. Don''t hurry to do it first.


    But the enemy''s alertness is much higher than expected.


    Meng Zhang and his family had not been too close, and the two demon empty warships responded.


    At the head and tail of the two empty warships, there is a huge gun as tall as a hill.


    The two empty warships turned their backs to Meng Zhang and the three of them. The muzzle of the huge gun on their back was shining, and two huge beams of light came like lightning.


    In addition to long-distance maneuvering in the void and carrying a large number of creatures for cross world transportation, the virtual battleship itself often has a strong combat effectiveness.


    Many virtual warships can burst out the power of returning to the virtual level.


    Of course, in a real battle with the return to virtual power, the virtual warship can play a restraining role at most.


    After all, empty warships have no wisdom, let alone advance and retreat.


    Meng Zhang gently twisted their bodies and avoided the attack of two empty warships.


    Now that their tracks had been exposed, the three of them no longer had any hiding, and immediately flew to the target at high speed.


    A demon lord flew out of the two empty warships.


    The demon master of the demon clan and the retreat friar among the practitioners are almost at the same level.


    The two demon masters should not be very strong and did not take the initiative to attack Meng Zhang.


    Two empty warships began to accelerate and tried to escape here immediately.


    The two demon masters flew over the two empty warships to cover.


    In terms of the number of combat forces at the level of returning to the virtual world, Meng Zhang has a certain advantage.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them immediately accelerated their pursuit and vowed to leave the enemy behind.


    A lion''s roar spread around, and a demon lord Shi displayed his powerful magic power.


    The space in front of Meng Zhang and the three of them began to tremble violently, and then there were space cracks of different sizes.


    Another Demon Lord opened his mouth and blew hard.


    A cold breath came out, like a cold waterfall, sweeping towards Meng Zhang and the three of them.


    Without Meng Zhang''s action, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda easily dissolved the enemy''s attack.


    Emperor Bawu raised his right hand and gave a heavy blow to the front.


    The originally violent shaking space immediately subsided, and all the space cracks disappeared.


    Chunyu Zhongda split a thunder and lightning, and the ice cold breath in the middle blew it apart.


    Under the cover of two companions, Meng Zhang sacrificed the ChiYin sword ghost, turned into a sword light, and flew not far behind the two empty warships.


    There are many kinds of attack weapons on the two virtual warships, but few can threaten the return to virtual power.


    Seeing the enemy approaching, the action of the two empty warships accelerating evacuation did not stop, the ship body began to flash colorful light, and all kinds of attacks rushed to the place where the sword light was located.


    With the cooperation of their own empty warships, the two demon masters immediately showed what they could, and a move of ferocious magic skills poured into Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s sword light dashed left and right in the enemy''s attack and struggled forward.


    When Meng Zhang was entangled with the enemy, Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda caught up from the rear.


    After this period of time to get along with and cooperate in combat, Meng Zhang developed a certain tacit understanding among them.


    Emperor Bawu showed his best imperial fist, showing a huge fist seal like a hill, and directly smashed it at a demon lord.


    Chunyu Zhongda attracted thunder and lightning flying all over the sky and launched a large-scale attack, enveloping all the enemies.


    The strength of these two demon masters is really not very good.


    It shouldn''t be too long for them to advance to the Demon Lord.


    The Terran friars have all kinds of magical skills inherited by the Terran, and the powerful demons have their own strong talents and special magical powers.


    When the two sides with similar strength fight, they are often half weight.


    But the Terran friar also has a great advantage, that is, all kinds of foreign objects.


    The ChiYin sword Sha sacrificed by Meng Zhang is a magic weapon flying sword with great power, which can greatly improve his combat effectiveness.


    A dragon robe worn by Emperor Bawu is also a magic weapon.


    This magic weapon not only has strong defense, but also can fight back.


    Chunyu Zhongda has a small seal in his hand, which can greatly enhance the power of magic.


    When Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda last entered Yuanhai to carry out their mission, they had no magic weapons.


    Entering the void battlefield this time, they probably knew that the battlefield was dangerous and dangerous, so they took out the details of Dali imperial dynasty and brought a magic weapon with them.

 Chapter 1826

    Although they all have magic weapons, Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda don''t use them much.


    The main reason is that the refining degree of the magic weapon they obtained is general, and they can''t give full play to the real power of the two magic weapons.


    Meng Zhang was amazed at the details of the Dali Dynasty when he knew that they each had a magic weapon.


    In the cultivation world, there are a lot of people who can return to emptiness, but few have magic weapons.


    Many return to virtual power have been busy for many years and have no chance to obtain magic weapons.


    There is no magic weapon to return to the virtual power, and the combat effectiveness gap is not small.


    Although emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda haven''t completely refined their magic weapons, they can barely be used in battle.


    Wearing the magic weapon of Dragon Robe, Emperor Bawu was almost immune to most of the enemy''s attacks. He dared to rush and stab the enemy directly.


    Whenever the enemy''s attack is imminent, a golden dragon shadow immediately appears on the Dragon Robe to dissolve the enemy''s attack into invisibility.


    From time to time, these golden dragon virtual shadows will spontaneously fight back and fiercely attack the enemy.


    After sacrificing the seal in his hand, Chunyu Zhongda''s power and speed of practicing Taoism increased greatly.


    The overwhelming thunder and lightning turned into a dense thunder net, covering almost all the enemies.


    Meng Zhang''s sword light came and went like electricity, almost unpredictable.


    The original was suspected to be the demon master of lion monsters, and was the first to be recruited.


    The sword light passed by him, and several more wounds immediately appeared on him.


    The cold and vicious sword evil spirit penetrated into his body from the wound and wantonly destroyed it in his body.


    In the face of the three celebrity family''s return to virtual power, the demon family soon fell to the disadvantage.


    Although the injury was not very serious, the demon lord broke out.


    He kept roaring in his mouth, roaring again and again, directly showing his original shape.


    It was a magnificent lion like a hill.


    The lion stood above the battleship in the void. He was not much smaller than the battleship in the void.


    Compared with his opponent, Meng Zhang is a mole ant.


    However, the mole ant was extremely flexible and turned into a sword light, circling around the male lion''s body, coming and going freely.


    ChiYin Jiansha, a magic weapon flying sword, not only greatly improved Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, but also enabled him to give full play to his superb swordsmanship.


    When the sword light was shining, Meng Zhang performed several sword tricks in a row and gave full play to its power.


    In the current situation, the Terran side has a number advantage.


    Although the two demon masters have the help of two virtual warships, only two virtual warships are not equal to the return virtual power of a celebrity family.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang''s extraordinary strength, which surpasses many of his immediate opponents.


    After a fierce fight, the two demon masters began to show their decline. There were also many wounds on the two empty warships.


    Meng Zhang intended to capture the two empty warships completely, so he was not in a hurry to attack the empty warships, but to deal with the two demon Masters first.


    Otherwise, the two empty warships would have been destroyed.


    There are few pure fools in the demon clan who can grow to the level of demon master.


    They soon found that they were greatly dragged down by the need to cover the retreat of two empty warships.


    Of course, the nether battleship is very important to the demon clan.


    But no matter how important it is, it is not as important as the life of the Demon Lord.


    In the demon clan, the Demon Lord is an absolute high-level, and the number is very limited.


    The resources needed to build a virtual battleship are far less difficult than cultivating a demon master.


    The two demon masters could not resist and were about to be completely entangled by the enemy.


    Eager to protect their lives, they quickly made a decision and took immediate action.


    The two demon masters did not hesitate to give up the two empty warships and ran away alone.


    The Demon Lord in the shape of a lion couldn''t get away in time because he was entangled by Meng Zhang. Finally, he was kept.


    Another demon saw the opportunity quickly, acted in time and ran away alone.


    The Demon Lord in the shape of a lion almost faced the siege of the three celebrity clan''s return to virtual power.


    A net of thunder fell on him and blackened his whole body.


    Emperor Bawu''s imperial baquan didn''t know how many bones he had broken.


    Finally, Meng Zhang, who used the sword to kill his breath, directly incarnated a sword light, pierced his body from the direction of his chin, and then directly entered his huge body, and pierced it back and forth.


    When Meng Zhang gave the demon lord the last blow, Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda caught up with a void warship respectively.


    Emperor Bawu showed a huge fist like a hill on his head, fiercely blasted at a void warship and smashed the rear half.


    The thunder and lightning summoned by Chunyu Zhongda directly cut another empty warship black and blue and covered with holes.


    When Meng Zhang killed the demon lord and ended the battle over there, the two empty warships had lost power and became debris floating in the air.


    Although he was dissatisfied, Meng Zhang could not blame emperor Bawu.


    The war is dangerous. Anything can happen in the battle.


    It''s not too much for Bawu emperor to stop and destroy the target.


    Meng Zhang restrained his dissatisfaction and didn''t want to be unhappy with his tacit colleagues because of this.


    Meng Zhang flew in time before Bawu emperor sent out his last blow and completely destroyed the target.


    There are many demon families in the two empty warships.


    In the battle just now, these demon families were basically killed.


    Meng Zhang and Bawu emperor greeted them and put two huge empty warships into mustard space.


    Fortunately, his mustard space has been upgraded for many times, consuming many natural materials and land treasures, and the space inside has been expanding all the time.


    Put away two huge empty warships, and there is more than enough mustard space in his body.


    Meng Zhang had previously asked the Dali Dynasty for the technology to build virtual warships. Bawu emperor knew that Meng Zhang urgently needed virtual warships.


    Inside the Dali imperial dynasty, there were intact empty warships. Emperor Bawu couldn''t see the wreckage of the two empty warships at all.


    Moreover, Emperor Bawu knew that it was impossible for taiyimen to master the technology of the virtual warship only by relying on the remains of the two demon family virtual warships.


    Meng Zhang collected the remains of two empty warships and made some concessions on the distribution of spoils.


    The so-called booty is mainly the huge body left by the Demon Lord in the shape of a lion.


    The corpse of the demon clan is a precious resource for cultivating truth, which plays a great role in cultivating truth.


    According to the different levels of the demon clan, the functions of the corpses left are different.


    The corpse left by the demon lord can be used as the material for refining magic weapons, and can be used to refine pills and talismans above level 5.


    Fresh flesh and blood can even be used to make high-level spiritual food.


    ¡­¡­


    Even taiyimen does not have the ability to handle corpses at this level, so it can also be collected as a precious resource.


    For Terran friars, it is often profitable to form a team to hunt the demon clan and obtain its flesh.


    Of course, the human Friar''s body is also a great tonic for an alien like the demon family.


    Between the human race and the demon race, this is the relationship of hunting and swallowing each other.


    After dividing the corpses left by the enemy, Meng Zhang found a place to rest for a while.


    Although they were the winners in the first world war just now, they lost a lot in all aspects.


    It''s a good feat to destroy two demon clan''s empty warships and hunt a demon lord.


    This is the biggest gain Meng Zhang has made since they entered the void battlefield.


    The Terrans in the Junchen world started a big counterattack. Meng Zhang actively cooperated with them and won the first battle. All three were in a good mood.


    While adjusting his breath, Meng Zhang began to wonder whether the Terran leaders would have a deeper calculation behind the big counterattack.


    In the previous empty window period of stalemate between the two sides, there has been no outbreak of large-scale fighting.


    As usual, it was almost time for the enemy to launch another large-scale attack, but there was little movement.


    The Terran friars also tried to test the enemy''s reality and find out the details of the enemy.


    Accompanied by snow sword gentleman but directly issued an order, organized a big counterattack.


    At this time, Xuan took the initiative to fight back, accompanied by Xue Jianjun''s extraordinary spirit, showing his true color of sword repair.


    In the void outside the Junchen world, there are several battlefields between the human friars in the Junchen world and foreign invaders.


    In the cold war, the order from the past only said that Mr. Ban Xue Jian had organized a large-scale counterattack in this battlefield, but did not say anything about several other battlefields.


    From the prestige of those heaven and earth dharmas, there should be a large number of high-level Terrans participating in the big counterattack.


    Those heaven and earth dharmas continued to attack forward and went deep into the enemy. It can be seen that their progress is not small.


    From what Meng Zhang and his team have seen along the way, the foreign invaders are also in chaos and fall into passivity.


    In that case, Meng Zhang, they should seize this opportunity, strive to kill the enemy and make more achievements.


    As for the deeper calculation of the Terran high-level, Meng Zhang can''t guess, can''t see through, and can''t care about it for the time being.


    Anyway, he can do his job well.


    Of course, he also acts according to the circumstances.


    If the great counterattack of the Terran side of the Junchen world is blocked, he naturally knows to stop temporarily.


    After a period of rest, Meng Zhang and the three of them returned to normal.


    The three didn''t say much and set foot on the journey again.


    Let alone Meng Zhang, even Ba Wu Di, who was born in the Dali Dynasty, also needed military merit.


    All they saw on the way was a mess.


    The counterattack organized by the snow sword king came too suddenly, and the foreign invaders did not take too much precautions.


    They who have been taking the initiative and taking an offensive posture may not expect the enemy to take the initiative to launch a large-scale counterattack at this time.


    The foreign invaders have no time to mobilize more top-level combat forces to block the heaven and earth Dharma.


    They had to fight and retreat, retreating quickly to the rear.


    The foreign invaders also established many strongholds in the meteorite belt and arranged corresponding forces to garrison them.


    After receiving the news from the front, these strongholds began to arrange evacuation.


    The origins of the foreign invaders stationed in various strongholds are different, and it is naturally difficult to achieve uniformity.


    Some saw the opportunity early and moved fast enough to evacuate in time.


    Those who respond slowly and move slowly naturally fall behind.


    Soon after Meng Zhang set out again, a stronghold of the spirit clan appeared in front of them.


    The strongest one in this stronghold is a Spirit Lord.


    The spiritual master of the spiritual family is similar to the level of return to emptiness power in the human cultivator, and it exists at the same level.


    The Spirit Lord found that the three people could kill him early. Without saying a word, without hesitation, he immediately left everything in the stronghold and ran away.


    There were several spiritual kings in the stronghold. As the subordinates of the spiritual Lord, they were responsible for assisting him to garrison the stronghold.


    Now the leading spiritual Lord fled, and the remaining spiritual kings naturally became Meng Zhang''s booty.


    The body of the spirit race, a special race, is made up of all kinds of pure heaven and earth vitality.


    The corpses of most demon families are far from as precious as the bodies of spirit families.


    Meng Zhang almost effortlessly captured several spiritual kings alive, and then divided them up.


    The living spirit king is many times more precious than the body of the spirit king.


    In fact, even the return to emptiness power has few opportunities to capture the living spirit king.


    When many spiritual families encounter strong enemies and know they can''t resist them, they will explode their bodies and prevent their families from falling into the hands of the enemy alive.


    This time it was the spirit Master who took the initiative to escape. His men were in a mess and had no time to make more responses. Only then did Meng Zhang let them pick up a bargain.


    In this stronghold, in addition to capturing several spiritual kings alive, Meng Zhang also found many precious resources.


    Judging from the traces, these resources have only been exploited soon.


    There are many precious resource collection points in the meteorite belt surrounding the Jun dust world.


    On weekdays, the friars of the Jun dust world seldom collect the resources collected by these resources, but first collect the resources in more peripheral places farther away from the Jun dust world.


    All kinds of foreign invaders invaded Junchen world together, but their purposes and demands were different.


    Of course, we will not object to collecting some precious resources.


    They are outsiders. They don''t know how long they will stay here. Of course, they don''t make long-term plans. They just focus on the immediate future and often carry out some destructive mining.


    Spirit families with different attributes have different characteristics.


    Shui Ling is good at moving in the water.


    Tuling is good at going deep underground to explore and excavate various mineral resources.


    Mu Ling is good at discovering and collecting all kinds of spirit flowers and grass.


    ¡­¡­


    The resources temporarily placed in the stronghold after being collected by these spirit families have a wide variety and high quality.


    Meng Zhang divided up these resources, and he still had some unfinished feelings.


    They regretted that they didn''t move fast enough to leave the spiritual Lord behind.


    Not to mention the acquisition of combat achievements, whether it is to capture or kill the body, a spiritual master is an extremely precious resource.


    Meng Zhang and the three of them were greatly encouraged by the successive gains, their morale was high, and their courage was even greater.


    They didn''t stay at this stronghold for too long, so they set out again and embarked on the journey.


    As they went deeper and deeper into the areas previously controlled by the enemy, they found more and more enemy strongholds and encountered more and more enemies.

 Chapter 1827

    When Meng Zhang led the three man team, constantly went deep into the enemy''s control area and began to achieve more and more results, his external incarnation was so wonderful that he had just ended a war in the underworld.


    When Meng Zhang went to the empty battlefield outside the Junchen world, he was too wonderful to be idle in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I received all the basic karma of ghosts and gods, and got the full assistance of Shouzheng. My strength increased greatly all at once.


    He took keeping the original base as the starting point and wantonly expanded around.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang especially asked him not to expose the strength of Yang God period.


    However, in the fierce battle, it is not easy to hide any clues.


    Outside Shouzheng''s sphere of influence, there are several ghosts and gods who are not much different from his strength and have been at loggerheads with him.


    These ghosts and gods, including Shouzheng, have been fighting with each other for many years and have been unable to help each other.


    Shouzheng was born in Taiyi gate and has the strength of the late Yuan God. Other ghosts and gods also have their own origins and extraordinary strength.


    After years of fighting, whenever a ghost or God has a slight advantage, he will immediately become a public enemy and attract everyone''s siege.


    Of course, due to the relationship of mutual restraint, no one will risk heavy damage and have to kill other ghosts and gods.


    The power of these ghosts and gods increases and decreases. You come and I go. You sing and I appear. This history has been staged countless times.


    This large area has therefore maintained general stability, and no one can become a real overlord.


    Since Taimiao led his army to expand outward, these forces that have been confronting Taimiao for many years have become his primary goal.


    At first, these ghosts and gods thought it was another routine fight for Shouzheng.


    But they soon found that there were new entrants to the game.


    It''s wonderful. Although it hides the real cultivation accomplishments, it only reveals the later cultivation accomplishments of Yuanshen.


    However, there is a great difference between the Yang God period and the yuan God period.


    Soon after, the wonderful losers found that the situation was wrong.


    Finally, as before, several ghosts and gods besieged the guy who broke the balance of the situation.


    This time, their trick of trying everything failed completely.


    It''s wonderful. He made great power on the battlefield and defeated several ghosts and gods who joined hands with few enemies.


    After this war, Taimiao won a decisive victory and soon occupied a large area around it, greatly expanding its own power.


    For Shouzheng, it was wonderful to eliminate the old enemy who had fought with him for many years, fully demonstrated his strength and convinced him more.


    After digesting and consolidating the new occupied areas, we began the road of external expansion again.


    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Tai Miao is not only completely controlled by Meng Zhang, but also influenced by Meng Zhang in many places in her own character.


    However, after absorbing the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods, he has many characteristics of natural ghosts and gods.


    Especially after he advanced to the Yang God period and began to refine his power, he had an inexplicable impulse in his heart.


    This impulse drove him to expand wantonly in the underworld, control more and more territory and accept more and more subordinates.


    For this situation, too wonderful is also aware.


    Finally, he chose to adapt to this impulse.


    It''s wonderful to think that the wanton expansion of power in the underworld is of great benefit to him and taiyimen.


    Moreover, with the higher the cultivation level, the closer he is to the natural ghosts and gods, he also has a very keen sense.


    In the dark, he sensed that adapting to this impulse was of great significance to his family''s future evolution and promotion.


    In the battle of the underworld, as the victor, often has a great harvest.


    It can not only occupy the territory of the loser, but also recruit the army under the loser.


    After all, you can''t expect ghosts to have too reliable loyalty.


    Taimiao has the support of the Taiyi sect of the Yangshi. Among the ghost army, there are many ghost gods and Dharma protectors transformed by Taiyi sect friars as the backbone.


    The structure of the army is stable, loyal enough and highly trained.


    The more territory occupied, the more resource points occupied.


    With more men, the efficiency of mining resources has been greatly improved.


    More and more hell resources are sent to Taiyi gate, which benefits a lot.


    Although the senior officials in charge of taiyimen affairs do not know the relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang, in the face of the huge benefits brought by Taimiao, they can''t help but fully support Taimiao.


    You know, although the construction of the blessed land of taiyimen is basically completed, and the follow-up is only some finishing work, it still needs to continue to invest a lot of resources.


    Needless to say, when building the blessed land before, it not only almost drained taiyimen''s financial resources, but also made taiyimen bear high debts.


    In this case, the growing financial resources of the underworld play an important role in Taiyi gate.


    Too wonderful. The more you fight and expand in the underworld, the more powerful your ghost army is.


    He soon embarked on the road of supporting the war with war, and the scale of his ghost army was like a snowball.


    On his way of expansion, no ghosts and gods can resist his army.


    With an invincible attitude, he continued to expand around.


    Now, there are two factors that can limit the speed of wonderful expansion.


    One is the distance. The underworld is too vast.


    Many ghosts and gods are far away from each other.


    Not to mention that some ghost forces are in very remote corners.


    Every time he sent out a large army for external expedition and expansion, the time spent on the March actually far exceeded the time needed for combat.


    Although the ghost army does not need any supplies, the ghost army will also be tired and need rest.


    Another factor is that every time a new ghost army is incorporated, it takes a certain amount of time to reorganize and train again.


    Although with the continuous improvement of the strength of the Taiyi sect, there are more and more friars in the sect, and many friars have been transformed into Dharma protectors for various reasons.


    These Dharma protectors will enter the underworld and become wonderful subordinates and even subordinate gods.


    Many other friars of taiyimen lost their bodies. Their accomplishments were less than the period of Yuanshen, and they didn''t want to enter reincarnation, so they let the spirit directly enter the underworld and were under wonderful protection.


    In this way, these spirits will not degenerate into confused ghosts, but retain many memories and emotions.


    They also want to work for Taimiao and become the grass-roots backbone of the ghost army.


    However, the number of Dharma protectors provided by taiyimen is not very large.


    In fact, at present, most of the Dharma protectors of taiyimen work in the underworld for Taimiao.


    As for the spirits of taiyimen friars who are too wonderful to protect, the number is also limited.

 Chapter 1828

    With the continuous expansion of the scale of his ghost army, the reliable backbone of Taimiao''s men is far from enough.


    Many times, in order to better control his ghost army, he had to reuse and take refuge in his own ghosts and gods, promote and cultivate the materials that can be made of ghosts and creatures.


    Even so, he also needs to spend a lot of time to reorganize his ghost army.


    A well-trained and obedient army of ghosts and animals is a great advantage different from other ghosts and gods.


    Wonderful. We won again and again, almost invincible and invincible. Slowly, new problems began to appear.


    Some well-informed and sensitive ghosts and gods have some doubts about the wonderful real strength.


    In previous wars, too wonderful often took the lead and participated in the war in person.


    Although he tried to suppress cultivation, he only showed the strength of the later yuan God.


    However, when he faced the ghosts or ghosts of the later strength of other yuan gods, the overwhelming advantage was too obvious.


    It''s wonderful. It''s not only invincible and invincible, but also easy in every war.


    Gradually, some rumors about Taimiao''s real strength spread like this.


    Among them, there are some people with ulterior motives who add fuel and vinegar and exaggerate wantonly.


    During the period when Meng Zhang left the Junchen world, Taimiao became the overlord of the underworld, occupied a vast territory and had great strength.


    Those ghosts, gods and ghosts who stood in the way of too wonderful expansion began to feel worried and even had a great sense of fear.


    Meng Zhang left the Junchen world and was far away from Taimiao. Although the contact between the two sides was equally smooth, it was difficult to keep the information synchronized all the time.


    Many times, what happens to them takes a period of time to let the other party know.


    This is still the case that Meng Zhang is not far away from the Jun dust world.


    If Meng Zhang is farther and farther away from the Junchen world, the contact between the two sides will only become weaker and weaker, and it will become more difficult to synchronize information.


    Meng Zhang communicated with Taimiao many times during his stay in the stronghold.


    Although he felt that it was a little inappropriate for too wonderful to expand wantonly, too wonderful should not be so impatient.


    However, due to the great benefits brought by Taimiao''s rapid expansion, it is difficult for him to stop Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang is not in the Jun dust world. He is obviously not familiar with the situation in the underworld.


    He can only let it go and choose to believe that acting too well will not lead to serious consequences.


    Later, with the frequent fighting, Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to Taimiao.


    Now, Meng Zhang led the three man team, all the way to the front, and began to achieve a lot of results.


    Foreign invaders have established many strongholds in the meteorite belt.


    Many of these strongholds were established on the basis of the occupied strongholds of practitioners in the Junchen world.


    In addition to guarding the practitioners of the Jun dust world and providing support for their own defense lines, they established these strongholds for wantonly exploiting various precious resources in the meteorite belt.


    They are reckless and carry out destructive mining wantonly, which makes them reap huge profits.


    Many strongholds that did not have time to evacuate in time became Meng Zhang''s target.


    The overall array level of the foreign invaders is far inferior to that of the practitioners in the Junchen world.


    In front of Meng Zhang and the three of them, the defensive array they deployed outside their strongholds did not play much role and was easily destroyed.


    Meng Zhang captured the stronghold, killed the enemy and took away all kinds of booty.


    In the fierce war, in addition to Meng Zhang''s team, there were other groups of practitioners who also entered the enemy''s control area and joined the great counter offensive.


    In order to ensure the suddenness and surprise of this counterattack, Mr. Ban Xue Jian only discussed with a few confidants in advance.


    After the previous defeat, many friars in the Junchen world believe that there are traitors at the top of the Terran friars who secretly collude with foreign invaders to convey information to them.


    In order to prevent the news from leaking out, Banxue Jianjun kept his counterattack plan strictly confidential.


    Because she was worried that the doors of the holy places would pull back behind her or deliberately destroy them, she only informed a few lineages of the heavenly palace.


    After the big counterattack started, the number of people that Banxue Jianjun could assemble in a short time was actually very limited.


    It all depends on the invincible sword skill of Mr. peixue sword to lead everyone to pass the pass and cut the generals and keep advancing.


    After the great counterattack began, as a legitimate friar of the heavenly palace in the cold war, of course, we should fully support the king of companion snow sword.


    He gave orders directly to the ranks of monks scattered everywhere to participate fully in the counterattack.


    Some friars chose to join the big army and join the team of peixue Jianjun.


    With such a strong man as Xue Jianjun as a companion, your side should be safer.


    You should be able to make more military achievements by following Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    Many other monks chose the same strategy as Meng Zhang.


    Either form a team to attack, or just go alone and attack alone.


    Most of the monks who can cultivate to the level of returning to emptiness have great confidence in their own family.


    Many people prefer to be alone and don''t want to be with others, or don''t believe in other practitioners.


    After they entered the enemy''s control area, Meng Zhang followed many lone walkers and teams.


    Meng Zhang had planned to gather these practitioners to organize a stronger and larger team.


    But after thinking for a while, he gave up the idea.


    First, with his strength and qualifications, it is difficult to completely subdue these practitioners and let them obey their orders.


    With more people, although the strength is stronger, there are different people in the team, which will be bad.


    Second, if the number of people is large and the team is large, it will certainly be easier to attract the attention of the enemy.


    Although the enemy seems to be losing ground, he still has the strength to fight back.


    What''s more, even if the enemy is forced to the absolute disadvantage, once they launch a dying counterattack, it is absolutely impossible for a mob organized by Meng Zhang to resist.


    Seeing that the friendly friars from the rear began to catch up slowly, Meng Zhang had no idea of speeding up.


    He still led Bawu emperor and them step by step and acted according to the original rhythm.


    Although many of our own friars competed for war merit and booty, Meng Zhang still got the most generous share by taking the first step and rich experience.


    With the great counterattack organized by Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun, the process seems to be very smooth.


    The Terran friars in the Junchen world pressed step by step and killed all kinds of foreign invaders to flee everywhere.


    Meng Zhang''s small team, even if they did not participate in the fighting on the main battlefield, still broke out fierce battles with the enemy.


    Soon after the great counterattack began, all foreign invaders in this direction could not defend their strongholds in the meteorite belt and were completely forced out of the meteorite belt.

 Chapter 1829

    The counterattack organized by the snow sword king was large-scale and fierce, and caught the enemy unprepared at the beginning.


    With the passage of time, the front kept moving forward, and the war results continued to expand.


    However, everyone, including her, did not expect to completely defeat all kinds of foreign invaders and end the protracted war with one counterattack.


    The goal set by Banxue Jianjun before the war is only to change his own passive situation, kill a large number of enemies and weaken their strength through this counterattack.


    After driving the foreign invaders in this direction out of the meteorite belt, companion Xue Jianjun and others simply pursued and killed for a while, so they didn''t continue to pursue relentlessly.


    Meng Zhang and other monks involved in the counterattack also killed the outermost part of the meteorite belt and stopped the pursuit.


    After several Heaven and earth dharmas stopped chasing, they still continued to stand outside the meteorite belt, like a patron saint.


    Obviously, they are preparing for the enemy''s counterattack.


    Meng Zhang and others are not idle.


    They received a follow-up order from the Supreme Master of the cold war to continue searching in the meteorite belt, eliminate the fish that escaped the net, and ensure that the surrounding foreign invaders are swept away.


    Meng Zhang and his three member team, together with other teams, began to perform the task.


    As for the main force of this counterattack, in addition to several Heaven and earth Dharma ministers stationed in the meteorite belt, the large forces of monks are waiting behind the heaven and earth Dharma ministers, ready to deal with the enemy''s counterattack at any time.


    I don''t know if this big counterattack has blindfolded the enemy, or if the enemy has lost too much.


    For a long time thereafter, the enemy''s counterattack did not come.


    Meng Zhang they have enough time to sweep away the foreign invader strongholds in this direction.


    A small number of foreign invaders who did not follow the large forces to escape in time were also wiped out.


    After completing their mission, Meng Zhang flew to the rear of the large army to form an array according to the instructions, waiting for the arrival of the enemy''s counterattack force.


    Of course, all the monks who participated in the war should seize the time to rest and adjust their breath, and restore their own state to the best as soon as possible.


    While waiting for the enemy, Meng Zhang couldn''t help chatting with the monks who knew each other around.


    Meng Zhang has been stationed in the leading edge stronghold since he came to the void battlefield. He has not had much contact with other monks.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda were born in a big power like Dali Dynasty, and they have a wide range of friends.


    Many familiar friars had made friends before the advanced retreat period.


    With the face of emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda, Meng Zhang also talked to many friars around him.


    In the previous battle, although Meng Zhang did not form a team with others, he just maintained the original three person team.


    However, many scenes of his fighting fell into the eyes of those who wanted to.


    Meng Zhang showed strong combat effectiveness in the battle and attracted the attention of many people.


    Practitioners always respect the strong. For powerful monks, everyone will maintain respect and be willing to make friends with them.


    After a conversation, Meng Zhang met many people and learned a lot of information that was not clear before.


    The counterattack organized by Banxue Jianjun was carried out by her personally dispatching friars from Tiangong to respect the direction of responsibility in the cold war.


    After the counterattack was launched, companion Xue Jianjun informed the friars responsible in other directions and asked them to immediately attack the foreign invaders, contain the enemy''s strength and cooperate with her counterattack.


    Although it is not clear about the situation in other directions, after the counterattack, the message transmission between the Terran friars in several directions has become frequent.


    According to the information known at present, some counterattacks launched in other directions are smooth and some are not smooth.


    It''s no wonder that if you don''t prepare enough in advance and launch a counterattack in a hurry, of course, there will be a lot of bad cooperation.


    However, the overall situation was relatively smooth.


    At the very least, we respected the direction of our garrison in the cold war, drove foreign invaders out of the meteorite belt, and wiped out many enemies. It was a major victory.


    After a long time of waiting in a tight array, the enemy''s counterattack force did not arrive for a long time.


    We can''t wait all the time. Several Heaven and earth dharmas disappeared.


    Next, in the cold war, many monks led by themselves arranged defense around and established a defense line.


    Meng Zhang and his three member team are still stationed in a stronghold.


    However, the stronghold is located at the edge of the meteorite belt, which is closer to the enemy than the stronghold stationed before.


    After setting up the defense, everyone relaxed temporarily.


    At this time, the wars in other directions ended one after another.


    Previously, friars in other directions cooperated unconditionally with the snow sword king.


    Now that the war is over, many friars from the holy sect have begun to quarrel again.


    They did not dare to publicly accuse Banxue Jianjun, but complained behind his back. Banxue Jianjun rashly launched such a large-scale counterattack without communicating with them in advance. In a hurry, they all paid a huge price.


    Although Banxue Jianjun was reluctant to talk to these guys, he still had to make some appeasement actions for the unity of the whole cultivation world.


    After the end of the war, it is inevitable to reward people for their achievements.


    In such a war, there are few false reports of war achievements.


    Whether you conquer the enemy''s strongholds or kill the enemy''s strong ones, you will leave very obvious traces.


    In full view of the public, it is quite obvious who has done what and how much effort.


    Because most of the enemies retreated in time, the Terran friars pursued and killed in the rear achieved ordinary results unless they were lucky.


    Meng Zhang''s performance this time is more eye-catching among many teams.


    After a simple calculation, each of them made a lot of war achievements.


    After a great war, there will be a rest period as usual.


    Meng Zhang has been in the void battlefield for more than 30 years. He can exchange a certain holiday and leave the void battlefield temporarily.


    Meng Zhang, Bawu emperor and Chunyu Zhongda are all ready to take this holiday to return to the Junchen world.


    They still have a powerful sect in the Junchen world. They are really worried.


    After exchanging the holidays and making a handover with the rotating friars, Meng Zhang and them returned to the Junchen world.


    After returning to the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang exchanged his accumulated combat achievements for a batch of materials.


    It is mainly used for his daily cultivation of jade clearing spirit machine, and there are a few pills that can be taken during the period of returning to deficiency.


    Meng Zhang did not stay in the heavenly palace for a long time, but directly returned to the blessed land of taiyimen.


    In recent years, after continuous and wanton construction, this blessed land has not only been basically completed, but also many more buildings on it.


    Magnificent and magnificent palaces stand on the blessed land.


    Even, there are several rivers on the blessed land.


    Palace buildings, waterside pavilions, ponds, lakes and streams are interspersed among them.

 Chapter 1830

    Although Meng Zhang is not in the sect all the year round, under the middle and high-level leadership of the sect headed by Niu Dawei, the acting leader of Taiyi sect, the whole sect operates normally and develops rapidly.


    In the past 30 years, the follow-up construction of Fudi has been completed one after another, and most of the above buildings have been completed.


    Taiyimen Mountain Gate, originally located in baicaopo, has also been moved over.


    Now, the main institutions in the door, most departments, have moved to blessed land.


    Now taiyimen Mountain Gate is this blessed land.


    Of course, there are several third-order spiritual veins underground at baicaopo. The ground is full of vitality. It has been painstakingly operated by taiyimen for many years and has opened up a large number of spiritual fields and spiritual medicine gardens.


    The mountain gate has moved away, and baicaopo can''t give up.


    In addition to some left behind monks continuing to manage this, the taiyimen senior management is also preparing to take it as an important other courtyard.


    Meng Zhang flew over the blessed land, looked at the scene below, and sighed a lot in his heart.


    After this period of precipitation, Fudi began to completely stabilize and was able to stably supply enough aura.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door no longer need to consume a lot of nine day essence and jade Qingling machine in their daily cultivation.


    They only need to be in the blessed land to have an abundant supply of aura.


    In many parts of blessed land, the spiritual farmers of taiyimen have begun to plan and build large and small spiritual medicine gardens and spiritual fields.


    Under the condition of blessed land, the miraculous medicine garden and holy field here can cultivate and plant miraculous medicine and holy Valley above level 4.


    Of course, after the completion of the blessed land, it does not mean that we are at ease.


    The blessed land needs the careful maintenance of the monks in the door.


    If the conditions are right, the monks in the door will continue to migrate spiritual veins from other places to enhance the inside information of the blessed land.


    As for continuing to invest all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures in the blessed land, it is even more due.


    There are also high and low points between blessed areas.


    If Fudi is operated effectively and the follow-up development is good, it will continue to improve and play a greater role.


    Now the blessed land of taiyimen is used to support Meng Zhang''s great power in the period of returning to emptiness, which is very difficult.


    When Meng Zhang was in the blessed land, he could not recklessly absorb and cultivate aura.


    Meng Zhang is not short of practice resources for the time being, but he is not very anxious about this problem.


    Soon after returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang summoned the middle and high levels of the gate, including Niu Dawei.


    The middle and high level of the gate reported to Meng Zhang on all aspects of the gate.


    In a word, everything in the door is smooth and there is no big problem.


    Meng Zhang took out the two incomplete demon virtual battleships stored in his mustard space and gave them to the friars of the Shengong hall in the door for research.


    After so many years of development, Taiyi gate has also absorbed the inheritance of Jiqiao sect and other allies. Many experts who are good at mechanism art have been trained in the gate, and have a deep accumulation in creating various mechanism creations.


    The door hopes that these friars can slowly accumulate the foundation for building virtual warships by studying the virtual warships of the demon family.


    Although he stayed in the sect for a short time this time, Meng Zhang not only explained some precautions to the middle and senior levels of the sect, but also took time to guide the cultivation of several monks in the sect.


    Among these monks, there are three of his disciples and Tianjiao, the key cultivation of the sect.


    Not seen for many years, the three disciples Niu Dawei, an Xiaoran and an Muran were very satisfied with their practice progress, and they called themselves successors in their hearts.


    In the cultivation world, a high-level monk such as Meng Zhang may spend hundreds of years on a trip and a closed practice.


    The middle and senior levels of the sect have long been used to the days when the leader is away.


    Taiyi sect has a complete organization and a clear division of labor at the middle and senior levels, which is enough to ensure the normal operation of the sect even if the leader is not in the sect.


    Several times, Meng Zhang was thinking about it and simply passed the position of leader to others.


    Anyway, in terms of his accomplishments and contributions to the sect, whether he has the position of leader or not will not affect his prestige and supreme position in his sect.


    There is a leader stationed in the mountain gate. Many things will be convenient.


    But every time the idea floated in his mind, his keen sense from the Heavenly Master prevented him from doing so.


    Although he doesn''t know why for the time being, Meng Zhang knows that keeping the position and position of leader of Taiyi sect will be of great benefit to him in the future.


    Since Taiyi gate has built a blessed land and moved the mountain gate here, it should have a good name.


    Previously, Meng Zhang was not in the door, so we didn''t make decisions rashly.


    Now that Meng Zhang has returned, the power of naming has been handed over to him.


    Meng Zhang, who has difficulty in naming, thought for a long time before he took the name of a blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    One of the reasons why Meng Zhang was so named was that he practiced a skill called the sun moon rotation Sutra, which laid a foundation for his future achievements.


    Second, it was because Meng Zhang had a feeling when he thought of naming the blessed land.


    Third, there are many places to use the power of the sun and the moon in the construction method of this blessed land.


    After the completion of the blessed land, the blessed land is full of strong sun and moon power.


    The blessed land operates according to the law of sunrise and sunset, and continuously absorbs the power of the sun and the power of the Taiyin.


    The blessed land of the sun and moon is now temporarily divided into two layers inside and outside.


    The outer floor is a vast area with a radius of hundreds of miles.


    In this area, the closer to the center, the more abundant the aura is.


    Affected by the blessed land, the environment will gradually get better in thousands of miles around.


    The first floor in the blessed land is an independent space, which has a little prototype of a small world.


    This independent space is located in the center of blessed land, with an area of less than 100 miles for the time being.


    The aura of this independent space is much more abundant than the outside. It is the real essence area.


    Of course, with the gradual development and promotion of blessed land, the area in the independent space will gradually become larger.


    In the future, it will develop into an independent small world, which can accommodate many creatures to reproduce in it.


    In fact, there is a saying in the cultivation world that the independent space is the real blessed land.


    As for the seemingly vast area outside, it is just an extension of the blessed land, not a real blessed land.


    In Meng Zhang''s imagination, if there is a disaster of destroying heaven and earth in the Junchen world, the monks in the door will avoid the blessed place, which is actually the independent space.


    If that independent space grows into a complete small world, even if the Jun dust world is destroyed, it can continue to exist without the Jun dust world.


    The creatures who hide inside can also avoid the catastrophe.


    However, the independent space is far from perfect, and there is still a lot of room for development.


    If the Junchen world is really destroyed, it will be a great challenge for the sun, moon and blessed land to accommodate the friars of Hanhai daomeng led by taiyimen and even the mortals of vassal.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions before leaving Taiyi gate, even if he is not in the gate, the middle and high levels of the gate should continue to invest resources and constantly improve and improve the sun moon blessed land.

 Chapter 1831

    Meng Zhang doesn''t have much vacation time. He didn''t stay for a few days in Sun Moon blessed land of the taiyimen Mountain Gate, so he left in a hurry.


    When Meng Zhang came to the heavenly palace, he was going to visit his old friends, old silver pot and mother-in-law lead silk.


    However, when I went to their residence and failed to pay a visit, I realized that they had been transferred to the front line because of the tense war on the front line.


    Old man Yinhu had a job in the heavenly palace and was responsible for the internal affairs of the Junchen world.


    Even he, who was not good at frontal combat, was transferred to the battlefield, indicating that the manpower on the front line was beginning to be insufficient.


    Although mother-in-law Qiansi was born in San Xiu, she once worked for the heavenly palace for many years.


    Facing the recruitment of Tiangong, she can''t escape.


    Judging from the atmosphere in the heavenly palace, the war on the front line should be tense again.


    The military law of the heavenly palace is strict, and Meng Zhang dare not delay without reason.


    He left the heavenly palace in a hurry and went to the empty battlefield.


    As usual, he went to see the cold war emperor first.


    It was only after seeing the Supreme Master of the cold war that he learned about the recent war.


    During the period when Meng Zhang left, it was probably to retaliate for the counterattack organized by the last companion snow sword king. Foreign invaders concentrated their forces again and launched a large-scale attack on the human friars in the Junchen world.


    At present, foreign invaders mainly attack in other directions. In the cold war, the defense line stationed by Zun was still relatively calm for the time being.


    The more so, zunyue did not dare to relax in the cold war, but became more vigilant.


    Meng Zhang and Bawu emperor returned to the empty battlefield in time.


    They continued to garrison their positions on the front line.


    Their stronghold is located at the outermost edge of the meteorite belt. Once the enemy attacks on a large scale, they will play a warning role for the whole defense line.


    After understanding the latest situation, Meng Zhang had an ominous feeling in his heart.


    He knew that his position was too dangerous, but there was nothing he could do.


    Not to mention the imminent war, even on weekdays, he would never dare to escape.


    The military law of the heavenly palace is strict. For those who disobey the military order, it means to cut them immediately. They will never be merciful.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, even the friars of the Holy Land Sect dare not openly resist orders on the battlefield.


    If Meng Zhang disobeys the military order, not only he himself, but also taiyimen will be implicated.


    Emperor Bawu and Chunyu Zhongda are not as sensitive as Meng Zhang, but they are both experienced and experienced in battle.


    The current situation in the empty battlefield also made them very vigilant and even uneasy.


    They were born in a long way from the imperial dynasty, and they were also unwilling to drag down the forces behind them because of their own relationship.


    The three had a simple exchange and soon reached a consensus.


    They have no right to escape until the enemy attacks on a large scale.


    They must strengthen their vigilance, send signals immediately when the enemy comes, cover each other and try their best to escape.


    It is always very difficult to wait for the enemy to come.


    They kept in touch with the rear and kept abreast of the latest war situation.


    In other directions, the battle has entered a white hot stage.


    The principal stationed in other directions, seeing that there has been no battle on the cold war respect side, some people can''t help asking the cold war respect to mobilize troops to support the direction they are responsible for.


    The cold war respectfully rejected these demands.


    This is not the cold war respect only for self-protection, too selfish. But he deeply knew that the current calm was only an illusion, and the enemy would launch a large-scale attack at any time.


    During the cold war, Zun had concentrated his forces and organized several mobile teams to stand ready to attack behind the outermost stronghold.


    There is no way. As a defender, I have to be so passive to guard a long defense line.


    When foreign invaders really attacked on a large scale, Meng Zhang felt relieved.


    On that day, when Meng Zhang and his three men were still in the stronghold according to the usual practice and used the Dharma array arranged in the stronghold to monitor the surroundings, a change suddenly occurred.


    I saw a huge and long bloody River leaping out of the void, suddenly filled the surrounding space, and rolled up to the stronghold of the front line.


    Although the direct target of the bloody river was not Meng Zhang''s stronghold, they felt a sense of panic when they saw the bloody river.


    At the forefront, of course, there is more than Meng Zhang''s stronghold.


    The bloody River swept through a stronghold and immediately submerged it. The friars stationed there didn''t even have a ripple, so they disappeared.


    With Meng Zhang''s insight, I know that this is definitely a powerful demon.


    To resist such a great devil, we must at least cultivate the return to emptiness power of heaven and earth Dharma.


    When the enemy appeared, Meng Zhang immediately fled the stronghold while sending a signal for help to the rear according to the original plan.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared from the stronghold on his front foot, and a huge elephant foot fell from the sky on his back foot, crushing the huge meteorite where the stronghold was located.


    The mobile team composed of several returning virtual powers is in the rear.


    After receiving the distress signal from this side, they will come to support as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang, they only need a short time to join the brigade.


    But it was at this time that the huge bloody River swept through, which suddenly blocked Meng Zhang''s retreat.


    Obviously, the great devil wants to kill the Terran friars as much as possible before they retreat.


    Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness is not weak now, but he still doesn''t want to collide with the great devil.


    His figure flashed quickly, trying to bypass the bloody River and try to escape back to the rear.


    A huge golden giant elephant appeared on the edge of the meteorite belt. With a long nose, countless meteorites on the edge of the meteorite belt were smashed, and the great power directly ran to Meng Zhang and the three of them.


    The enemy was so strong that Meng Zhang and his men did not dare to confront each other head-on. They just ran for their lives.


    Although it only takes a little resistance for a while, the reinforcements from the rear can arrive.


    But they all know that if they delay a little, they may become the prey of the great devil.


    The great power of returning to emptiness among the practitioners has a very strong survival ability, but the great devil is often the enemy of the practitioners, and has many means to stain and even destroy their foundation of existence.


    In the process of evading the enemy''s attack, Meng Zhang not only separated from Bawu emperor, but also fell into an extremely dangerous situation.


    He was almost surrounded by a long river of blood and was about to lose the space to dodge and move.


    At the most dangerous moment, forced by helplessness, Meng Zhang made a very unwise but effective decision.


    He did not continue to escape towards the interior of the meteorite belt, but did the opposite.


    He tried his best to move out of the void and fled away from the meteorite belt.

 Chapter 1832

    The great movement of void is a secret method developed by practitioners to move for a long distance in the void.


    This secret method is widely spread in the cultivation world. It is not difficult to practice, easy to use and low threshold.


    Even Yuanshen Zhenjun can use this secret technique.


    However, when this secret method is used, there are extremely strict conditions.


    This secret method can only be used in the void, which is the minimum requirement.


    It must be displayed in a very open and vast space, and it is best not to have any obstacles around.


    You can''t be in a state of combat or trapped when you perform a large void move.


    Before casting a spell, you must position it carefully.


    In the process of casting, you can''t be distracted. You must always firmly lock the position before and after the big move.


    In the void, we often use the position of the stars to locate.


    The position of stars is relatively stable, changes slowly, and is easy to identify.


    Observing astrology is a profound knowledge, not everyone is proficient in it.


    But in the process of the great movement of the void, it is not too difficult to use the orientation of the stars.


    But in this process, it is very easy to be disturbed.


    Meng Zhang violated almost all the points of attention when he showed the great movement of emptiness.


    Even a beginner would not make so many mistakes.


    However, facing the crisis of life and death, Meng Zhang was eager to run for his life and had to do so.


    In his opinion, at this time, he is lost in different spaces when he moves and runs for his life.


    With his accomplishments on the space Avenue, he can return to normal space after suffering a little and making some efforts.


    He saw an abnormal distortion in the space around Meng Zhang''s body. Before the long Blood River shrouded over, his figure disappeared in time.


    The principle of this secret technique is to let the caster move into the anti space, and then return to the positive space.


    Meng Zhang''s normal living space is positive space.


    Like the front and back of a palm, there is a positive space, and naturally there is a corresponding anti space.


    In the anti space, all the rules of heaven and earth are completely different from the positive space. It includes the velocity of distance and time.


    The cultivator has moved a little distance in the anti space. When he returns to the positive space, he may have crossed the distance of millions or even thousands of miles.


    The cultivator feels that he has only stayed in the anti space for a short time. When he returns to the positive space, it may have been several years.


    Although Meng Zhang escaped into the anti space in time, some forces still penetrated in and followed him because the bloody river was too tight.


    Meng Zhang knows that for the real strong, anti space is not an insurmountable natural danger.


    With the powerful strength shown by the great devil, he is fully capable of exerting a certain influence on the anti space.


    In order to completely get rid of the enemy, Meng Zhang has ignored the positioning and moved desperately in the anti space.


    He did not know how far he had moved, how long he had moved, and even his sense of time and space became dull.


    Finally, Meng Zhang felt that he had completely got rid of the enemy''s pursuit and was no longer affected by the enemy''s power.


    But at this time, he had lost his sense of orientation and did not know his position in the positive space.


    Even return to virtual power can''t stay in anti space for a long time.


    If you stay here too long, the consciousness of the cultivator will be completely lost and assimilated here.


    Meng Zhang is acutely aware that he must leave here.


    He showed his secret skills, made a leap, and successfully left the anti space and returned to the positive space.


    After returning to the positive space, Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance, but looked around carefully.


    If he is unlucky, he has not been able to move enough distance. Maybe he is still surrounded by the enemy.


    Fortunately, his luck was not so bad. There was no smell of the enemy around him, and there was no trace of the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang was a little relieved and began to observe his surroundings carefully, trying to determine his position.


    The surrounding environment is very strange, which is a void he has never been to.


    It was not beyond his expectation.


    The secret technique of great void movement is originally used to move long distances in the void.


    His current position should be some distance from the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed the stars in the sky.


    In the void, there are countless stars.


    Almost every star is a complete world.


    Of course, only a few of these worlds are suitable for human survival.


    Some stars are extremely cold and are in ice and snow all year round.


    Some stars are simply a big sun, and the sea of fire in the sky is inaccessible to practitioners.


    Some stars are so dim that they are almost invisible in the void.


    ¡­¡­


    The more star knowledge you master, the easier it is to determine your position in the void.


    There is no lack of this knowledge in the taiyimen inheritance accepted by Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention that he once read countless classics in the library of the heavenly palace.


    With his insight, he didn''t spend much time, so he roughly determined his position.


    Almost at the same time, his face became ugly.


    The void is vast and boundless, with countless large and small worlds.


    In order to distinguish, the void was divided into many different star areas by the immortals.


    Because this division is easy to understand and easy to use, it has gradually spread in many empty worlds and is used by many races.


    In the star area where the Jun dust world is located, there is a dazzling sun, and creatures cannot survive on it.


    Around this big day, there are many big worlds.


    Junchen world, Shenchang world, Wanyao world


    All the stars in this star area radiate their own special light.


    Among them, the light emitted by that big day is the most dazzling, special and far away.


    In the void, to locate the star area where the Jun dust world is located, we mainly rely on observing the big sun.


    Of course, locating the star area where the Jun dust world is located does not mean that you have the ability to get there.


    The void is vast and dangerous. Even immortal immortals have no ability to step through every corner of the void.


    For practitioners, their limited life can not support them to reach some too distant star regions.


    Meng Zhang''s current position is located far away from the star area where the Jun dust world is located.


    Meng Zhang could not accurately calculate how far he was from the Jun dust world.


    The big sun in the star area where the Jun dust world is located is almost invisible in his eyes, only emitting light the size of a needle tip.


    I don''t know how many years ago these lights were emitted.


    He didn''t even know how many years had passed since he fled the battlefield.


    Finally, Meng Zhang had to admit that he was in the void.

 Chapter 1833

    It is a common saying in the cultivation world that returning to emptiness can form heaven and earth within the body, and can complete the cycle without fake foreign objects.


    To put it simply, even if you don''t get any supplies from the outside world, you won''t starve or die of thirst. You can survive all the time.


    However, as long as the return virtual power exerts its magic power, it will inevitably consume the power in the body.


    Returning to asthenia is powerful. The Qi pulse is long, the speed of returning to Qi is very fast, and the power in the body is almost endless.


    However, if the great power is only consumed and not supplemented, it will be exhausted one day.


    Returning to virtual power also needs to absorb enough Reiki to recover the consumed power.


    In the void, there is no aura or even material around.


    If Meng Zhang, like a dead man, stays here motionless, he can certainly persist for a long time.


    But as long as he moves, he will consume strength and need to be supplemented by external aura.


    Not to mention, the seemingly quiet void is not always so calm.


    Maybe when there will be danger, Meng Zhang needs to show his ability to resist it.


    Meng Zhang simply estimated that even if he gave up his daily cultivation, he would simply supplement Reiki.


    The jade clearing spirit machine and Qi tonifying elixir carried by him can''t last long.


    If he can''t absorb the aura from the outside world all the time, and his strength is only consumed without supplement, Meng Zhang will slowly lose all his strength, and even Shouyuan can''t maintain it.


    What Meng Zhang wants most at present, of course, is to rush back to the Junchen world as soon as possible.


    Although he still didn''t know how far he was from the Junchen world, his general estimation made him feel a burst of despair.


    If there is no supply along the way, he will exhaust all his strength and die on the way.


    Being consumed alive is a tragic way to die.


    Meng Zhang not only doesn''t want to die, but also has too much concern in the Jun dust world.


    Although Meng Zhang was in a very unfavorable environment, he did not appear impatient, but looked very calm.


    After he embarked on the road of truth cultivation, he encountered countless crises, many of which were almost desperate.


    This time, he was wandering in the void. Although he had never encountered a crisis, he still didn''t make him disorderly.


    Meng Zhang soon calmed down and slowly thought about what he should do.


    If Meng Zhang has enough supplies and moves along the direction of the light from the big day in the Jun dust world, he can return to the Jun dust world no matter how long it takes.


    But this is only if. What Meng Zhang lacks now is supplies.


    Moreover, in the void, moving along a straight line seems to be the shortest route, but it is not necessarily the best route.


    Traveling in the void, many times, in order to get supplies, you need to go around in a big circle.


    Not to mention, there are countless dangerous celestial phenomena in the void, which are enough to become a stumbling block.


    Even immortals may die in some extremely dangerous celestial phenomena.


    Although Meng Zhang had the experience of traveling in the void, he was basically in the void near the Jun dust world.


    There are too many dangers in the strange void.


    Many guys who are not familiar with the surrounding situation don''t know what happened to them if they are unlucky.


    If you want to enter a strange void, you''d better have a relatively complete star map.


    The star map will generally mark safe supply points, and list those dangerous celestial phenomena to remind you how to avoid them.


    As a friar of the Jun dust world, through Meng Zhang''s channels, he only mastered some star maps near the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t even know much about the detailed star map of the star area where the Jun dust world is located,


    Not to mention that he is now in a strange void, Meng Zhang''s eyes are black.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed his surroundings and carefully identified each star in his eyes.


    Instead of rashly starting to move a long distance, he calculated carefully in his heart.


    Meng Zhang clearly knows that as long as he starts to move, he will consume his strength continuously.


    Before there is no definite supply point, he must act carefully and carefully retain every strength in his body.


    Perhaps, with more strength, he will have more vitality in the void.


    Meng Zhang stretched his hands and feet, changed his orientation several times and changed his perspective many times, just to facilitate comprehensive observation.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang sighed with disappointment.


    Although there are countless stars in the void, because the void is too vast, it is almost boundless.


    When these stars fall into the void, they are like a handful of sand spilled into the sea.


    In most areas of the void, there are no stars or even nothing.


    Meng Zhang''s current position is very embarrassing.


    The nearest stars here are very far away.


    His ability to move in the void and such a distance almost made him despair.


    According to his rough estimation, no matter which direction he moves, he probably can''t reach any stars before the supplies run out.


    Meng Zhang felt puzzled.


    In order to avoid the pursuit of strong enemies, he forcibly performed a great void movement. How can such a result occur?


    Is your luck really so low that you encounter this kind of bad luck?


    Of course, when you are in anti space, in order to avoid being caught up by the enemy, you stay a little longer and move a little farther.


    When I return to the positive space, I will fall here because of the gap between the positive and negative space.


    Meng Zhang now regrets and feels a little ashamed of his confusion in the anti space.


    Now looking back, Meng Zhang is not a big man among the Terran practitioners, but a small pawn stationed in the front-line stronghold.


    The great devil and the Demon Lord had no reason to chase him.


    Even if they are trying to expand the results of the war, the most they can do is to clean up Meng Zhang.


    Their real goal is the Terran friar of their level.


    Meng Zhang has entered the anti space, and they really have no reason to keep chasing.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was a man who had experienced many battles and was extremely calm.


    How at what time did he misjudge and lose his sense of propriety in the anti space?


    What''s this called? I''ve exhausted my breath and let lard deceive my heart?


    Regret and chagrin did not stay on Meng Zhang for too long.


    The purpose of his reflection is to learn a lesson, not to let himself down and fall into regret.


    With Meng Zhang''s mind, he quickly got rid of his negative emotions.


    When he was in the advanced golden elixir period, he experienced a mental demon fantasy, which tempered his mind and strengthened his willpower.


    Not to mention that he is now back to virtual power, and should have a stronger willpower to deal with all kinds of adverse situations.

 Chapter 1834

    Meng Zhang is not an ordinary cultivator. He is also a rare Tianji teacher in the cultivation world.


    However, after the advanced return to emptiness period, his Tianji did not improve with his cultivation, but remained in the original state.


    Meng Zhang has always been very cautious because the application of heaven''s secret arts will bring many bad consequences. Unless he has to, he usually doesn''t use his magic.


    As a great power of returning to emptiness, he was able to solve most of the problems encountered in the Jun dust world.


    His helpless problems are generally at a high level. Even if he uses the magic of heaven, it is difficult to calculate the results.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang hasn''t used the magic of heaven for calculation for a long time.


    Now in a desperate situation, Meng Zhang has no choice but to try to use his magic.


    As for the cost, he has completely ignored it.


    He only hoped that the merits and virtues of heaven he had accumulated in the past were enough to offset the consequences.


    Meng Zhang concentrated and calmed down. After adjusting his state, he began to perform Dayan divine calculation and began to calculate his way out.


    The so-called "can cure but not self cure". There are many obstacles in the use of Tianji to calculate itself.


    His current level of heavenly secrets is not enough to calculate the people or things at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much hope before he performed Dayan divination, but only hoped to get some inspiration and guidance.


    After a long deduction, Meng Zhang can clearly feel that the merits of heaven accumulated by his family for many years are rapidly disappearing.


    Finally, at the cost of consuming a lot of heavenly virtues, Meng Zhangchao played at a high level and deduced the results that should not have been obtained.


    Meng Zhang obtained a very vague result.


    He glanced to the left, where was the direction of his life.


    This direction is completely opposite to the Jun dust world.


    If you move in this direction, you will only be farther and farther away from the Jun dust world.


    As for why there is vitality there and what happens to him, Meng Zhang knows nothing.


    Anyway, after being trapped in a desperate situation, there seems to be no better way except to believe in the deduction results of Dayan''s divine calculation.


    Meng Zhang thought a little and began to move the void, moving at a high speed in the direction of derivation.


    In the vast void, there was nothing. Meng Zhang almost didn''t know how far he moved out.


    Anyway, after every big move, he would stop to have a rest and carefully observe the surrounding situation to see if there was any harvest.


    In order to save mana as much as possible, Meng Zhang moves the void every time, and the moving distance is relatively fixed, about 500000 Li.


    In addition to moving the void and observing the surrounding situation, Meng Zhang had no other superfluous actions.


    In the void, the passage of time in each big world is different.


    In the empty void, it is more difficult to accurately judge the passage of time.


    Meng Zhang is also a great power of returning to emptiness. He is sensitive enough to time and space.


    He still took the custom in Jun dust world as the standard of timing.


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void for more than half a month.


    In this more than half a month, Meng Zhang did not gain anything.


    He did not find anything valuable. Everything in the induction was nothing but nothingness.


    Although he has saved as much as possible, after the real yuan in his body is consumed, he must meditate and recover.


    In this process, either refine the jade qinglingji or take the elixir of Qi return.


    There are not many pills that can be used for returning to deficiency. Meng Zhang mainly relies on Yuqing LINGJI to restore Zhenyuan.


    Since there is no other choice at present, Meng Zhang has to continue to move in this direction.


    I don''t know if it''s too far from the Junchen world. Meng Zhang almost lost his wonderful connection with the incarnation outside his body.


    He can''t synchronize information with too wonderful now. He doesn''t know what happened to each other.


    He just sensed the wonderful existence by virtue of the mysterious relationship between the self and the external incarnation.


    This kind of induction is very unstable, intermittent and often interrupted for a long time.


    For Meng Zhang, this feeling is very precious.


    It was with this feeling that he had confidence in his heart.


    Through this feeling, he can know that too wonderful has not fallen.


    Contact and induction are two-way. Meng Zhang can sense too wonderful existence, and too wonderful can also sense Meng Zhang''s existence.


    The news that Meng Zhang met a strong enemy on the front line and disappeared in the battle must have been sent back to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s soul lamp is enshrined in Taiyi clan''s ancestral hall.


    Because Meng Zhang is too far away from the Junchen world, most of his soul lamp will become extremely dim and shaky.


    But as long as Meng Zhang is alive, the soul lamp will not go out easily.


    As long as the soul lamp remains on, it can bring great comfort and confidence to the friars in the door.


    Those enemies of Taiyi gate, knowing that Meng Zhang''s soul lamp was still on, did not dare to attack Taiyi gate easily.


    Meng Zhang was only missing in the battle, not killed in battle.


    In the past, the Terran friars in the Junchen world had a similar precedent when fighting against foreign invaders, and fell into the void for various reasons.


    Return to emptiness can live for nearly ten thousand years. Even if you live in emptiness, you have a great chance to return safely.


    No one knows the result until the last minute.


    As long as Meng Zhang''s soul lamp stays on for a day, no one dares to say that Meng Zhang has fallen and will never come back.


    For Taimiao''s outer incarnation, knowing the good news of his own safety is also helpful for his next action.


    Although the friar of taiyimen didn''t know the true relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang, the middle and senior level of the door also regarded Taimiao as their own people because of Meng Zhang''s unreserved trust in Taimiao.


    When Taimiao contacted the senior friar of taiyimen, she said that she could keep in touch with Meng Zhang.


    In addition to the soul lamp, Taimiao provides it, which plays a great role in calming the people of Taiyi gate and stabilizing the situation in the gate.


    Quick thinking and well-informed friars like Niu Dawei have some guesses about the relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang because they know many secrets in the door.


    With these guesses, Niu Dawei has a better attitude towards Taimiao and more actively cooperates with Taimiao''s actions.


    Meng Zhang, who is now wandering in the void, has no way to know what happened in the Jun dust world for the time being.


    He believed that even if he was in vain, taiyimen could still operate normally.


    Meng Zhang has been moving in the direction deduced by Dayan''s divine calculation.


    About a year later, he finally found something.


    It was a meteorite not much bigger than his body.

 Chapter 1835

    Meng Zhang carefully checked that this is an ordinary meteorite. There is nothing useful on it, let alone aura.


    But his mood suddenly improved a lot.


    There is seldom a single meteorite in the void.


    Perhaps, not far ahead, there is a group of meteorites.


    Meteorite swarms also do not arise out of thin air.


    Many times, meteorites come from broken stars.


    Even, this meteorite simply comes from a big world.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t expect his luck to be so good that he could meet a big world so easily.


    He just hopes to continue moving in this direction, encounter meteorites and get some supplies.


    For practitioners, of course, the most important supply is Reiki.


    As for Yu qinglingji, Meng Zhang dare not expect it now.


    Generally speaking, the place where Yuqing LINGJI appears is often a huge star area with many stars.


    Especially where there is a big world, it is more likely to appear Yuqing LINGJI around.


    This meteorite suddenly appeared, which brought Meng Zhang great confidence and made him a little excited.


    Meng Zhang is more determined about the result of the calculation of Dayan.


    After a little rest, he continued to move in this direction.


    What I saw along the way did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    Soon after he moved in this direction, he found some single meteorites again and again.


    Although these meteorites still have no aura and are almost useless to Meng Zhang, he is still very happy.


    However, Meng Zhang''s happy mood did not last long.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang never found any meteorites in this direction.


    Meng Zhang initially kept this direction unchanged, but for a long time, he had not found anything, and his heart inevitably wavered.


    Perhaps, he is not good at the secret arts, and the result deduced is wrong.


    Perhaps those single meteorites accidentally broke into their moving route, and the real meteorite group is still in other directions.


    Why don''t you change your direction and try a new route?


    As soon as the idea came to mind, Meng Zhang denied it.


    Up to now, in addition to believing in the derivation results of Dayan divine calculation and continuing to move in this direction, other options are not desirable.


    Without much pause, Meng Zhang embarked on the journey again.


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang wandered into the void and began to move in a fixed direction. It has been ten years.


    Under normal circumstances, ten years is not worth mentioning.


    Maybe it''s been more than ten years since someone could take a nap.


    However, Meng Zhang is now in the emptiness of nothing. In addition to nothingness, he is still nothingness.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang lacked sufficient supplies.


    In these ten years, Meng Zhang even had to stop his daily practice temporarily.


    He did not dare to consume the jade clearing machine at will, but wanted to save every strand of jade clearing machine and use it at the most critical moment.


    Every time he saves more Reiki, he can persist longer.


    Maybe, at the last moment, there is a little aura, which is the difference between life and death.


    Another decade has passed.


    In these ten years, Meng Zhang carefully cast his spells and tried to reduce the consumption of real yuan.


    Now he has become so stingy that he can''t wait to turn one real yuan into ten to use.


    But even if Meng Zhang is so economical and careful, his real yuan is still slowly consumed in the face of the situation that he can''t get out, and there are fewer and fewer jade Qingling machines on his body.


    Ten years and ten years, Meng Zhang has been wandering in the vast void for more than 30 years.


    Just when he felt depressed, he finally had a new harvest.


    In front of Meng Zhang, a meteor crossed the sky and moved at a high speed to Meng Zhang''s left.


    With the magic power of Meng Zhang, picking the stars and taking the moon is just a matter of leisure.


    He took one step and appeared next to the meteor.


    The so-called meteor is just a meteorite the size of a hill.


    Meng Zhang fixed the meteorite with a big hand.


    After some inspection, Meng Zhang was surprised to find that there was a faint aura on the meteorite.


    Although these auras are very weak and hidden deep in the core of the meteorite.


    But since Meng Zhang entered the void, this aura is insignificant in quantity and inferior in quality.


    If you are in the Jun dust world, I''m afraid ordinary Jindan immortal can''t see this aura and disdain to absorb refining.


    For Meng Zhang, he took the meteorite and broke it, which consumed much more aura than the aura he had just absorbed.


    If you really want to make a detailed account, Meng Zhang''s gain is not worth the loss this time. The consumption is greater than the harvest.


    Meng Zhang really couldn''t make ends meet after such things happened several times.


    But Meng Zhang was still very happy.


    He captured the meteorite, which proved that Dayan''s divine calculation was right, and he could get supplies in the void.


    Maybe you can get plenty of aura next time.


    With this in mind, Meng Zhang continued on his way.


    This time, Meng Zhang moved in the original direction for more than five years, but there was still no harvest.


    It seems that the meteorite captured earlier is just an isolated case.


    Even Meng Zhang had a sense of impatience in his heart.


    It''s really God''s will.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing.


    Of course, the providence here is not the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    It''s too far away from the Jun dust world. The heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world can''t manage it here.


    Ordinary people know the truth that man can conquer heaven. Many practitioners often talk about going against the sky. All day long, it''s bullshit to be a man and an immortal if you go against the sky.


    But only Meng Zhang and other high-level friars, the more advanced their accomplishments are, the more they feel that the will of heaven is high, ethereal, unpredictable and unpredictable.


    The more we can sense the will of heaven, we will know its vastness and its power, and we will be full of awe.


    This is just a little knowledge of the heaven consciousness of the high-level friars in all big worlds.


    In the legend of the Xiuzhen world, in addition to the respective heaven consciousness of each big world, there is also an existence of heaven''s will that transcends all heaven and contains the whole void.


    Even, only this Providence is the real Providence.


    This Providence is more ethereal and difficult to find. Even immortals can hardly perceive its existence.


    Meng Zhang knew this legend a little because he was a master of heaven''s secrets.


    Meng Zhang sighed. He didn''t let the negative emotions stay on him for long, so he got excited again and embarked on the journey again.

 Chapter 1836

    Maybe there is God''s will.


    After tossing Meng Zhang for so long, God finally began to favor him.


    After drifting in the void for more than three years, Meng Zhang finally made a different discovery.


    Far away from Meng Zhang, a meteor crossed at high speed.


    In this empty void, any existence will arouse Meng Zhang''s great attention.


    Meng Zhang looked at the meteor carefully and his face changed.


    Where is this meteor? It''s clearly an artificial flying object.


    After drifting in the void for so long, there has been no discovery. Now there is a new discovery, and Meng Zhang is excited at once.


    He began to move almost without thinking.


    Meng Zhang took one step, showed a great movement of emptiness, and tried his best to catch up with the "meteor" in front of him.


    As for whether the other party is an enemy or a friend, Meng Zhang has completely ignored it.


    Of course, in this void far away from the Jun dust world, Meng Zhang''s possibility of meeting the enemy is almost nonexistent, and the greatest possibility is to meet strangers.


    After several large movements of the void, Meng Zhang was very close to the "meteor".


    As the distance approached, Meng Zhang saw more clearly.


    This is mostly a virtual battleship, and its shape and specifications are very different from those commonly used in the Jun dust world.


    However, judging from its appearance and style, it is mostly built by Terrans.


    The virtual battleship flew very fast in the virtual space. Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to get close to each other.


    Meng Zhang did not contact the other party rashly before he knew the details of the other party.


    In the void, there are many big worlds and countless races


    There are many enmities among the major races.


    Even within the human race, there are many contradictions and even struggles because of different origins in the big world and different practice systems.


    Even if we are all Taoists, because we have different origins and ideas, we may also kill a river of blood.


    Meng Zhang carefully hid his tracks and followed him quietly after he approached the empty warship.


    In any case, since this virtual battleship can sail alone in the void, there must be something Meng Zhang is hard to pursue.


    Whether the star map of the nearby star area or sufficient supplies can solve the problems Meng Zhang is facing.


    The flying speed of this void warship is so fast that Meng Zhang can only barely catch up with each other even if he shows a great move of the void.


    With the passage of time, Meng Zhang''s consumption became more and more large, and he had a hard time catching up.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully about what kind of appearance he should take, how to deal with the passengers on this empty warship, how to win their trust and how to get their help?


    Unless it is absolutely necessary, Meng Zhang is not ready to use violent means to forcibly occupy the empty warship.


    First of all, his concept of dealing with affairs is not to make trouble, and everything is solved by violence.


    Second, this empty warship dares to wander through the empty space alone. Most of them have the combat effectiveness of returning to the empty level. Meng Zhang may not be able to beat each other.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, a loud voice came into his ears.


    "Sir, when are you going to follow? Could it be that your accomplices are laying ambush ahead?"


    Before the words fell, two figures flew out of the nether battleship and flew directly towards Meng Zhang.


    The flight speed of the virtual warship also began to slow down.


    An old man wearing a robe and a broad band of Emei crown was shouting at Meng Zhang.


    Another middle-aged man in black shouted impolitely.


    "Elder Gao, what are you talking about with this boy? In my opinion, this man is either a spy of star thieves or simply the running dogs of those true gods."


    Meng Zhang had heard about star robbers when he was in the Junchen world.


    In the void, some powerful guys, in groups, rob passers-by or ships in the void.


    Such a guy is the so-called star thief.


    If the star thief is strong enough, he even dares to attack some big world with insufficient strength.


    For the vast majority of races who travel to and from the void, star thieves are hateful locusts.


    Although Meng Zhang is not necessarily afraid of each other, he doesn''t want to carry a star thief''s hat inexplicably.


    You know, in the void, star thieves have a very bad reputation and are often wanted by all the world.


    As for the hat of true God running dog, Meng Zhang is not sensitive to thank you.


    "Are there any misunderstandings, guys? I''m just a little friar living in the void. I''m definitely not a star thief, and I''m not involved with any real God."


    Meng Zhang spoke quickly to avoid unnecessary conflict.


    In the void, voice cannot be transmitted, and ordinary people naturally cannot talk.


    Only strong characters can force their own voice into each other''s ears, or simply transmit it within a certain range.


    When the other party''s voice came into Meng Zhang''s ears, Meng Zhang also had a small contact with the other party''s mind.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, both of them are powerful at the level of returning to emptiness.


    "That''s nice. Since you''re not a star thief and don''t collude with the real God, why are you sneaking behind?"


    "Boy, don''t think you can hide your actions from me."


    "I found your trace when you caught up with us and started tracking."


    Meng Zhang was ashamed, but he was careless.


    The action that he thought was secret had already fallen into the eyes of the other party, and led to the misunderstanding in front of him.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of each other, but he is really innocent and unwilling to fight easily.


    Meng Zhang, who knew he was a little unjustified, lowered his attitude and explained honestly.


    In order to win people''s trust, he described his experience in detail.


    Of course, he has a sense of what to say and what not to say.


    He mainly tells about his reckless move of the void in order to avoid the enemy, and finally wandered into the void.


    It was a pure coincidence that he met the empty warship, which was by no means arranged in advance.


    Because he was unfamiliar with the situation nearby and had little supplies, he tried to get close to the empty warship and asked for help.


    As for why he had been following, he was not malicious, but he was not familiar with the situation for fear of committing any taboos.


    Meng Zhang''s tone is very sincere. Everything he said is basically true and there is no fabrication.


    The old man called "Gao Lao" listened very carefully and never interrupted Meng Zhang''s story.


    After Meng Zhang finished, he looked thoughtful.


    Although the old man in black still didn''t believe Meng Zhang, he eased down temporarily and didn''t hurry to fight and kill.


    Among the two, the elder Gao is obviously the person in charge.


    Although the old man in black was still hostile to Meng Zhang, he did not act rashly, but went to consult Gao Lao.

 Chapter 1837

    The old man, called Gao Lao, pondered for a long time and couldn''t make up his mind.


    If Meng Zhang''s strength is a little inferior, they will not worry about any face. They will kill him directly and completely solve the problem.


    But Meng Zhang and they are powerful at the level of returning to emptiness. According to his observation, Meng Zhang''s strength is not weak, and he seems to have a lot of confidence.


    Even if they join hands, they are not sure that they will be able to leave Meng Zhang.


    This is the void, and there are directions to escape in all directions.


    If they rashly turn against Meng Zhang and can''t leave Meng Zhang, it will be a big trouble.


    Besides, Meng Zhang didn''t have to do anything. He always followed them. From time to time, he secretly did some damage, which could destroy their major events.


    Meng Zhang''s strength made him have to pay attention to each other and think carefully about what he said.


    That''s the same sentence. Only when you have strength can you have a certain voice, and others will listen to you carefully.


    Gao Lao has great powers and has the special ability to distinguish truth from falsehood and judge good and evil.


    Of course, this special ability will be greatly reduced when dealing with friars of the same level.


    After all, the higher the monk''s accomplishments, the more capable he is to cover up his inner thoughts.


    However, for some simple emotions and thoughts of high-level friars, elder Gao can still see one or two.


    In Gao''s experience, Meng Zhang should not lie. It was in order to avoid being chased and killed that he inadvertently wandered into nothingness.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait for them here, but accidentally ran into them and tried to come over for help.


    Gao Lao believed most of Meng Zhang''s words.


    He thought of Meng Zhang''s strength and the problems he faced.


    If Meng Zhang really has no malice, he is a useful person.


    After pondering for a while, old Gao took the initiative to show Meng Zhang his identity, made a self introduction and introduced his companions.


    It turned out that Gao was always a great Confucian from Confucianism, and the middle-aged man in black was his good friend, the Taoist cultivator and the black poison Sanren.


    They are here to escort the empty warship to a big world called Qingyan world.


    Qingyan is a young world with a history of less than one million years.


    Although the history is not long, intelligent creatures in human form have been born in Qingyan world, and have become the ruler of Qingyan world.


    Originally, the aborigines in Qingyan were still in the primitive tribal form, worshipped the primitive totems and indigenous gods, and had some superficial ways of practice.


    More than 2000 years ago, several great Confucians of Confucianism discovered this new world.


    Therefore, Confucianism sent its disciples to spread Confucianism and Taoism, publicize culture and educate all the people in this world.


    Hatefully, several true gods also discovered the world.


    They covet everything in the world, ignore the fact that Confucianism comes first, sneak into the world to preach, publicize their beliefs and develop believers.


    The thought of Confucianism and the belief of gods are completely different. Basically, it can be said that water and fire are incompatible.


    In many cases, the dispute over orthodoxy is far more cruel than the dispute over interests.


    As a result, Fierce wars broke out between several great Confucians and true gods.


    Although Qingyan is a big world, it has a short history of birth. Its heritage and savings are far from enough, and its bearing capacity is insufficient. It is far from being able to bear this degree of war.


    You know, the so-called true God is at the same level as the true immortal of Taoism.


    The great Confucians of Confucianism do not rely entirely on combat effectiveness, but there are also some great Confucians with general combat effectiveness.


    But those powerful Confucians can fight against real immortals or real gods.


    A war between the strong at this level is a terrible disaster for the Qingyan community.


    The aftermath of the battle can easily create natural disasters all over the world.


    The sea overturned and the earth sank, which is just a matter of leisure.


    A bad one can even break the whole world.


    If the whole world is broken, what else can we compete for? No one can get well.


    Neither the great Confucian nor the true God has the idea of burning jade and stone.


    Therefore, they had to compromise with each other, gave up the direct end to the war, and used other ways to decide the victory and defeat.


    Speaking of this, Gao deliberately paused, probably to let Meng Zhang digest these contents.


    Although Meng Zhang has never been to other big worlds, in essence, he is a steamed stuffed bun from the Jun dust world.


    But because he has read many classics, his knowledge is also good.


    In the Junchen world, it is the world of Taoist practitioners. It is a pure Taoist tradition, and there is no room for other Taoist traditions.


    However, Confucianism has great power in the world of heaven.


    Confucianism rules many big worlds and has countless strong people.


    Generally speaking, the title of sect cannot be used indiscriminately.


    In some remote rural areas, you shut your door and call yourself a loner. You call yourself a religion. It''s nothing, and generally you don''t have the same knowledge as you.


    For example, the Huanglian sect, which Meng Zhang is familiar with, is a bumpkin who lives in the north of the Junchen world and knows nothing about the top of the practice world.


    However, for those truly powerful forces who can enter and leave the void and cross many worlds, the title of sect can not be called indiscriminately.


    Generally speaking, if you want to establish a religion in a fair and bright way, all forces in the heaven and the world have nothing to say. At least, only the extremely strong at the Jinxian level have such qualifications.


    Of course, there are few strong people of Jinxian level, and the atmosphere of the spiritual world is becoming more and more exaggerated.


    Some immortals with extraordinary strength and deep background can also tangle together to establish sects.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Confucianism has golden immortals, which is a genuine and justifiable great religion.


    The Taoist tradition of the Jun dust world comes from the Lingkong fairy world. Strictly speaking, the Jun dust world is a colony of the Lingkong fairy world.


    With the strength of Confucianism, it''s true even to the supernatural fairyland.


    Just a Junchen world, in the eyes of great religions such as Confucianism, it is no different from mole ants.


    It sounds incredible that only a few true gods dare to oppose Confucianism.


    However, if you have a little understanding of the internal situation of Confucianism, it is not surprising.


    Confucianism has a huge force, many internal branches and countless factions.


    There are at least various contradictions between various branches and factions.


    A certain branch cannot represent the whole Confucianism.


    Competing with several true gods for the Qingyan world is probably one of the branches of Confucianism.


    Out of considerations such as door-to-door views and disputes over interests, this branch generally does not easily introduce the power of other branches.


    Against an ordinary branch of Confucianism, several true gods will not shrink back easily.


    Moreover, although Gao Lao didn''t say it clearly, who can guarantee that there is no big force behind these true gods.


    At least, according to Meng Zhang''s information, Shinto has a great power in all heaven and all worlds. It is one of itself and often competes with practitioners of other systems.

 Chapter 1838

    After hearing Gao Lao''s words, Meng Zhang had roughly guessed his intention.


    However, Meng Zhang did not act smart, let alone talkative, but continued to remain silent.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t speak, Gao didn''t stop for long, so he continued to talk.


    Since several great Confucians and several true gods did not directly end up in the war, they made a gambling agreement.


    The two sides mobilized the combat power below the Zhenxian level to come to the Qingyan community to participate in the competition, so as to determine the ownership of the Qingyan community.


    In fact, because Qingyan belongs to a relatively fragile world, even the power of returning to the virtual level will be greatly constrained here.


    The main force that really fights within the Junchen world is the strong ones at the level of Yang God and yuan God.


    Returning to virtual powers often fight in the void outside the Qingyan world.


    In order to win, both sides will naturally strive to mobilize their strength and come to the Qingyan community to participate in the war.


    The branch where Gao and Lao belong has general strength in Confucianism and is in a corner.


    However, after all, there is a strong force of suppression by great Confucianism at the level of Zhenxian. When necessary, there are a large number of strong people who can be sent.


    Several true gods, unwilling to be outdone, sent many powerful experts to fight in Qingyan world.


    The direct subordinates sent by the two sides have fought for many years, and it has been difficult to win or lose.


    Therefore, both sides began to expand the source of their strong men, and did not hesitate to pay a lot of money to hire the strong men of other forces to participate in the war.


    Black poison scattered people are independent practitioners of Taoism. They have made friends with Gao Lao for many years, and were favored by Gao Lao in their early years.


    So as soon as he received the news from elder Gao, he came all the way to the war.


    There are many such examples.


    Because the price offered by this Confucian branch is very high and the reward is very attractive, it has attracted many strong people to accept its employment.


    On the empty warship escorted by Gao Lao and the black poison scattered people, the newly hired combatants were carried to the Qingyan world to fight.


    Now Meng Zhang is wandering in the void and needs supplies and star maps.


    Then why not accept Gao Lao''s employment and go to Qingyan world together to kill the running dogs of the true God and help Confucianism seize Qingyan world?


    After saying these words, old Gao sent a sincere invitation to Meng Zhang.


    Gao Lao''s force has a great Confucian at the level of real immortal. It''s not difficult to bear the supply of Meng Zhang.


    Although Gao Lao has never heard of the Jun dust world, he has no star map directly connecting the Jun dust world.


    However, he can provide Meng Zhang with star maps of several nearby star areas.


    With supplies and star maps, Meng Zhang is free to move around several star areas.


    He can continue to search nearby for the star map to the Jun dust world, or he can try to return directly to the Jun dust world.


    Moreover, if Meng Zhang makes meritorious service on the battlefield, the reward will be counted separately.


    Old Gao casually said the names of several Tiancai and Dibao, which are on the reward list.


    Although Meng Zhang knew that the other party was tempting himself, he couldn''t help feeling a little excited.


    Although he has advanced back to virtual power for many years, he is still poor and can be regarded as a poor force in back to virtual power.


    Except for a magic weapon, flying sword and ChiYin sword, which was uploaded by the Taiyi clan ancestor, there is nothing to take.


    In the final analysis, it is still the relationship of insufficient accumulation and too shallow details.


    Returning to virtual energy also has a great demand for foreign objects.


    However, the level of external objects required by returning to virtual power is too high, which is rare in the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, on the surface, the great powers of returning to emptiness are high and rarely participate in the disputes between the Jun dust world.


    In fact, it is definitely not a simple thing to support a returning to virtual power.


    Meng Zhang often relies on his own ability to obtain supplies for himself, and does not rely on the power of the sect.


    If we can get the reward promised by the forces behind Gao Lao, it will be too good for Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knows that this is a big cake painted by Gao Lao. Whether he can eat it or not and what price he needs to pay need to be carefully considered.


    Gao Lao''s attitude is very sincere and points out the advantages and disadvantages for Meng Zhang.


    The things he offered in exchange were full of attraction to Meng Zhang, making it almost impossible for him to refuse.


    Although I don''t know the specific strength of the true God, as long as the true God doesn''t come to an end in person, Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to the virtual world can almost freely come and go.


    Even if you have bad luck, if you meet a strong person who cultivates the phase of heaven and earth, at least you have the strength to run for your life.


    Meng Zhang thought it over and confirmed that he seemed to have no better choice but to accept the employment of Gao Lao.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang is a little reckless, he can adopt the practice of the cultivation world, kill people and seize treasure, and seize this empty warship.


    But with one against two, he was not sure that he could beat the joint efforts of Gao Lao and black poison scattered people.


    To say the least, even if he can beat the other party, he can''t guarantee to capture the empty warship completely, and it''s even more difficult to capture the required star map.


    In addition, Meng Zhang and Gao Lao have no grievances and no enmity. They have an inexplicable exclusion from killing and seizing treasure for no reason. Basically, they can avoid it if they can, and try not to participate in it.


    To accept the employment of Gao Lao, you only need to fight with the hands of the true God.


    There is also a dispute over orthodoxy between Xiandao and Shendao.


    As a Taoist practitioner who pursues immortality, he has a bad relationship with Shinto friars.


    For Meng Zhang, he had no psychological pressure to kill Shinto friars and believers.


    Although Meng Zhang had made a decision in his heart, he didn''t express his position immediately, but asked Gao several questions.


    He looked hesitant, a little moved, but he couldn''t make up his mind.


    Seeing this, Gao Lao not only did not have the slightest dissatisfaction, but patiently persuaded him.


    For the battlefield of Qingyan world at the moment, with one more combat power in the retreat period, your side can have many advantages.


    Only by accumulating advantages bit by bit can we lay the final victory.


    Finally, after some bargaining, Meng Zhang and Gao Lao reached a preliminary agreement.


    Meng Zhang worked for Gao Lao for 30 years and went to the Qingyan world to fight.


    During this period, Gao Lao needed to provide some jade clearing aura and elixir for his daily cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s meritorious deeds on the battlefield will be calculated separately.


    After 30 years of employment, senior Gao will send Meng Zhang the previously agreed star map.


    As for whether Meng Zhang will continue to accept employment at that time, the two sides will renegotiate.


    Of course, what the two sides have reached is only a simple oral agreement.


    As for more details, the two sides need to reach the Qingyan community before slowly agreeing.


    At the very least, Mr. Gao must personally see the real strength of Meng Zhang before he can make the final price.


    At present, he only has a rough estimate of Meng Zhang''s strength.


    Under the current situation and atmosphere, he can''t rush to test Meng Zhang''s reality.


    After the two sides had a good talk, Meng Zhang went to the empty warship with Gao Lao and went to Qingyan world together.

 Chapter 1839

    Seeing that Meng Zhang was willing to accept employment and promised to deal with several true gods together, Gao was relieved.


    The promises made by people at their level still carry some weight.


    Generally speaking, unless there are greater interests involved, they will not easily eat their words and fat.


    Now we are temporary comrades in arms. Old Gao will not let Meng Zhang continue to wander into the void.


    At the gracious invitation of elder Gao, Meng Zhang went with him to the void warship.


    The outer appearance of the empty warship looks like an irregular elliptical ball column, which is very clumsy.


    But when sailing in the void, the speed was very fast. Even Meng Zhang could hardly catch up.


    Old Gao led Meng Zhang into the interior of the battleship, gave him a brief introduction with several important people inside, and arranged temporary accommodation for him.


    The virtual battleship looks huge, and there is an independent space similar to the small world inside.


    It is very easy for such a virtual warship to carry hundreds of thousands of people at a time.


    In the interior of the virtual battleship, it is divided into many different functional zones.


    In addition to Gao Lao and black poison scattered people, Meng Zhang is the only passenger at the level of returning to virtual power, and should enjoy very high treatment.


    Meng Zhang was arranged in the most advanced cabin on the warship.


    Although he has become friends with Meng Zhang for the time being, the attitude of the black poison scattered people towards him is far from close. They still look cold and refuse people thousands of miles away.


    Meng Zhang naturally won''t stick his hot face to someone''s cold ass.


    As the leader of this empty warship, Gao Lao has to take care of such a huge warship. He is busy and can''t always follow Meng Zhang.


    He arranged for a younger generation to receive Meng Zhang.


    His younger generation is a woman who looks young and beautiful. Others call him master Dong.


    In Confucianism, the number of female monks is not much, and even less have achieved.


    Generally speaking, those who can be called masters are not simple people.


    Either they are knowledgeable and arrogant towards their peers; Or his accomplishments are extraordinary and far better than his peers.


    Mr. Dong looks like a weak woman, but in fact, he is an absolute master of Yuanshen level.


    In Confucianism, teachers often have the responsibility of preaching, teaching and dispelling doubts.


    This master Dong has a convenient tongue and clear attitude, which makes people feel like a spring breeze.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was curious about the empty warship, she directly led Meng Zhang around the warship.


    Meng Zhang was not ashamed to ask questions and asked many questions.


    As long as it was not a secret matter, master Dong answered Meng Zhang carefully and fully satisfied his curiosity.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments can be regarded as a big man with a head and a face within their branch.


    What''s more, they who are fighting with the true God now need the help of external combat forces such as Meng Zhang.


    Therefore, master Dong''s attitude towards Meng Zhang is very warm.


    Of course, with her origin and disposition, she can''t do too flattering things.


    If the Jun dust world changes greatly, the whole Jun dust world may fall into a disaster.


    In the retreat arranged by Meng Zhang for Taiyi gate, some disciples in the gate were moved to the void by using the void warship.


    Taiyimen not only has no finished virtual warships, but also lacks the technology to build virtual warships.


    For such a big force as Confucianism, ordinary empty warships are not particularly precious.


    In his speech, Meng Zhang tentatively asked whether he could buy virtual warships or build new technologies.


    In fact, transactions of ordinary battleships in the void occur from time to time among the major forces in the void.


    The building technology of virtual warships has long been very popular among many major forces.


    What is really a little difficult is the materials needed to build a virtual warship.


    In the Junchen world, it is because of the deliberate blockade of the sects of the major holy places and the means to deliberately restrict other Xiuzhen forces from going to the void on a large scale, which makes the void warship so rare.


    Master Dong happily told Meng Zhang that their branch of Confucianism was friendly with Mohism. Not only do you have excellent skills to build virtual warships, you can also buy better virtual warships from Mohism.


    As long as Meng Zhang can make great achievements and thwart the conspiracy of several true gods this time, it is not difficult to exchange the technology to build a virtual warship.


    Meng Zhang is in a good mood that the problem that has plagued him for many years has been solved here.


    In his heart, he strengthened his mind against several true gods.


    Not to mention anything else, I should do my best just for the sake of the empty warship.


    After visiting the whole virtual battleship, Meng Zhang still had some unfinished feelings.


    Master Dong led Meng Zhang to the arranged residence.


    She gently pushed open two tall black iron gates.


    Behind the gate is an independent space, which is Meng Zhang''s temporary residence on the warship.


    On a large grassland, a long river surrounds hills.


    In the center of the prairie, there is a wide lake.


    On the island in the center of the lake, there is a palace.


    While carefully introducing various relevant situations to Meng Zhang, master Dong led Meng Zhang to the palace.


    Meng Zhang sensed the abundant aura here.


    Although this level of Reiki is far from enough for his cultivation, it can be used to support the ordinary yuan God Zhen Jun, which is barely enough.


    Although he had long known that there was a world inside the empty warship, Meng Zhang was a little surprised to see it with his own eyes.


    Meng Zhang''s last ride on the Buddhist virtual battleship was the kind of thing with the shape of a pagoda.


    At that time, he was just a monk in the period of Yang God. Due to his insufficient accomplishments and status, he naturally could not receive the high-standard reception of Buddhist monks.


    Moreover, he was in the pagoda, his movement was also greatly limited, and he was not able to get a glimpse of its internal mystery.


    Judging from the scene in front of us, we can see that Confucianism has extraordinary background. Indeed, it is a great religion that can crisscross the world.


    Just an ordinary branch inside it can take out such a virtual warship at will.


    I haven''t eaten pork. I haven''t seen a pig run.


    According to Meng Zhang, the empty warship in front of him, even in the Junchen world, is not an ordinary commodity.


    It is said that many high-level void warships need to integrate into a complete small world when refining.


    In this way, the interior of the void warship will become a world of its own.


    After introducing various precautions to Meng Zhang in detail, Dong Fuzi took the initiative to leave and let Meng Zhang rest alone.


    She told Meng Zhang that in the next period of time, she would be ready to serve Meng Zhang alone.


    She left a summoning jade amulet for Meng Zhang to contact and summon her at any time.


    After Mr. Dong left, Meng Zhang carefully checked the surrounding situation and made sure there were no problems.


    I think so. As long as these Confucian monks are not mentally disabled, they will not easily do anything in the place where distinguished guests are entertained.

 Chapter 1840

    After wandering in the void for so long, Meng Zhang had already felt tired.


    Previously, he was not only physically tired, but also mentally tired. His heart was full of a sense of powerlessness that he could not see a way out.


    Now we have come to a temporary safe place, which not only has a new way out, but also can solve some long-standing problems. Meng Zhang''s mood suddenly becomes very good.


    He didn''t delay long before he began to rest.


    The aura here is far from enough for his practice, but as long as he is immersed in such aura environment, even if he doesn''t do anything, it is also a thing that makes Meng Zhang happy physically and mentally.


    Meng Zhang stretched his body, fell on the ground all at once, and began to slowly empty his thoughts in his mind, falling into an empty state.


    The previous decades in the void were not only boring, but also consuming his energy all the time.


    Now suddenly relax, Meng Zhang''s state has been greatly improved.


    In the dark, Meng Zhang sensed that where he didn''t know how far away, there was a hidden connection with himself.


    Meng Zhang carefully felt that it was the echo from the Jun dust world.


    When he broke through the period of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world, Meng Zhang entrusted his Yang God to heaven and earth, leaving his own brand in the heaven way of the Jun dust world.


    In the past, Meng Zhang had been in the Junchen world and had not been fatally hurt. He could not personally experience the benefits of doing so.


    Now he doesn''t know how far away he is from the Jun dust world, but the brand is still calling himself faintly, making himself connected with the heaven and earth of the Jun dust world again.


    Those returning to the virtual power from the Jun dust world can find the way to return to the Jun dust world by virtue of this special connection once they fall into the void.


    Of course, no one can say what will happen on the road and whether it can return safely.


    In addition, Meng Zhang has heard that after placing the Yang God in heaven and earth, when he becomes an immortal and obtains the Tao in the future, as long as he is behind the Jun dust world, the Yang God will be guarded by the Jun dust world and avoid facing the devil who blocks the Tao.


    Although Meng Zhang is far from breaking through the realm of true immortality, he now feels the benefits of Yang God pinning heaven and earth, and has more expectations for the future.


    Because he has not officially participated in the war, Lao Gao has not provided Meng Zhang with all kinds of supplies for the time being.


    In order to save a few yuqinglingji, Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to practice on the empty warship.


    When he was alone, he simply began to recall all kinds of classics he had read, conduct research, understand Taoist Scriptures, comprehend Taoist collections, etc.


    From time to time, he would call Dong Fuzi and ask her some questions to deepen his understanding of Confucianism and inquire about the enemy he was going to deal with this time.


    Although Dong Fuzi was far from being able to say everything, he still provided Meng Zhang with a lot of valuable information.


    Gao Lao also took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang several times.


    Both of them are friars of the same rank, but there are more topics to talk about.


    Meng Zhang inquired about the nearby star area from elder Gao, trying to find the best way to return to the Junchen world.


    Gao Lao had never heard of the remote world of the Junchen world before, but he had heard of the Lingkong fairy world.


    In fact, the Jun dust world is located in a relatively remote place in the void, which can be said to be a remote place.


    If there was not a fairy world behind the Junchen world, old Gao might not be able to believe the origin of Meng Zhang.


    As a representative of the forces of immortality and Taoism, the Lingkong fairy world is the top existence of the Taoist family. In fact, it is powerful enough for big sects such as Confucianism to take it seriously.


    Jun dust world is just one of the countless big worlds subordinate to Lingkong fairy world.


    But the branch of Gao Lao is also one of the many branches of Confucianism.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Gao Lao didn''t have much sense of superiority.


    Next, with the help of Meng Zhang''s strength, in order to make Meng Zhang willing to contribute, Gao Lao also intends to make friends with him.


    Gao made a detailed introduction to the general situation of several surrounding star areas and some famous forces.


    Although Meng Zhang comes from a remote place like Junchen, he is not a local steamed stuffed bun without any knowledge.


    It''s just that I don''t have much experience in the void, so I don''t have enough experience.


    Gao Lao said a lot about the situation in the void, which greatly complemented his shortcomings in this regard.


    Meng Zhang''s speech and insight made Gao Lao feel that he was extraordinary. Most of them were great forces born in Taoism.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his origin. He claimed that he was born in Taiyi sect of Junchen world and was also the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Although Mr. Gao has never heard of the name of Taiyi gate, there are far more internal branches of daomen than Confucianism. Even there is more than one sect. He has never heard of Taiyi gate, which is very normal.


    They talked very speculative, and their impression of each other has greatly improved.


    Later, they even briefly exchanged their practice experience.


    Meng Zhang''s practice system is a typical Taoist inheritance.


    He has subdued barbarians, fought against demons, defeated spirits, killed divine descendants and fought against demons


    In general, he has seen many different systems of practice.


    He has long heard of the Confucian practice system, but he has never seen it in person.


    Although Mr. Gao won''t disclose too profound content, he just talks in general and makes a simple introduction.


    But after Meng Zhang communicated with him, he still felt that he benefited a lot and greatly broadened his horizons.


    Happy communication time always passes quickly.


    Less than two years after Meng Zhang set foot on the virtual warship, the virtual warship was about to approach its destination.


    Virtual warships can move in the virtual space at high speed.


    In many places in the void, there are special wormholes that can be used for passing through the void.


    If you are familiar with the surrounding star map, know the existence of these wormholes and master the corresponding means, you can use these wormholes to shuttle through the void and greatly save time on your way.


    The reason why the star map circulated in the void is precious is that it records similar valuable knowledge.


    If Meng Zhang directly moves back to the Jun dust world from here, not to mention the supply problem on the road. Even if he spends thousands of years on the road, he may not be able to return to the Jun dust world.


    However, if there is a suitable wormhole connecting the two places, he may only need a short time to return directly to the Junchen world.


    Of course, it is said that some powerful people with great powers can temporarily create artificial wormholes with their own strength to travel in the void.


    Meng Zhang has not personally seen the strong at this level.


    When the virtual battleship was on its way, it greatly shortened the distance between the two places with the help of a secret wormhole, and appeared not far from the destination Qingyan world.


    When the empty warship passed through the wormhole, almost everyone''s Thoughts on the warship fell into a strange state, as if they had suddenly stagnated.

 Chapter 1841

    Meng Zhang is not unfamiliar with such a strange state and has a feeling of deja vu.


    After the virtual battleship passed through the wormhole, the people on it began to slowly return to normal.


    Meng Zhang carefully recalled that when he exercised the great movement of emptiness, he went in and out of anti space many times. But every time, he only dared to enter the surface of anti space, and did not dare to go deep at all.


    A little deeper, there will be the feeling just now, which made him eliminate his further thoughts.


    With his current cultivation, he can''t go too deep into Anti space, let alone contact more secrets of anti space.


    It seems that the so-called wormhole has a lot to do with anti space.


    In the anti space, there are many secrets that need him to explore slowly in the future.


    After leaving the wormhole, it''s not far from the Qingyan world.


    Seeing that they were about to reach the Qingyan world, many monks on board began to become excited and nervous.


    The main task of this virtual battleship is to transport supplies and reinforcements to the Qingyan community.


    After several great Confucians and several true gods reached an agreement to let their men fight directly instead of them, the Qingyan world soon became a killing battlefield, and the battle became more and more intense.


    At the beginning, several great Confucians only let their own legitimate subordinates participate in the war. With the increase of casualties and the expansion of the scale of the war, it is obviously difficult to deal with them alone.


    Therefore, these Confucian Masters first called friends everywhere to find benefits to help. Then he offered a high reward to attract monks from all sides to help.


    The newly recruited friars are carried on this empty warship.


    They should quickly go to the front line to make up for the losses in the previous war.


    Among these friars, their origins are complex. There are many Taoist friars and Confucian friars. Even in addition to the human race, there are strong men of other races.


    When Meng Zhang visited the warships, he found the strong ones of the spirit and barbarians.


    The spirit and barbarians are large races with large numbers, which are distributed in many empty worlds.


    Among the extraterritorial invaders invading the Junchen world, there are spiritual and barbarians, which does not mean that Meng Zhang needs to treat the spiritual and barbarians from other places as enemies.


    In fact, I have been wandering in the void for a long time, especially those mercenaries who have been hired all year round. In my mind, there are not many races and sects.


    Only one thing is that in most cases, evil friars and demons are public enemies of all kinds of creatures.


    After going through the wormhole, Meng Zhang is still experiencing his previous feelings from his home.


    Suddenly, he felt a whirl of earth, the earth began to shake violently in front of him, and the sky was shaking endlessly.


    In the face of sudden changes, Meng Zhang was not flustered.


    With his cultivation, even if the void warship is completely destroyed, he can still live safely in the void.


    It is obvious that something has happened to the outer battleship.


    Now that he has agreed to accept employment, Meng Zhang naturally can''t stay out of it.


    He was preparing to contact master Dong, and the jade symbol he was carrying lit up.


    Dong Fuzi sent a message to him by using the communication jade symbol, and the void warship was suddenly attacked by star thieves.


    Meng Zhang has never seen a star thief. Previously, he was misunderstood as a star thief by Gao Lao and black poison scattered people.


    Star robbers are the public enemies of many big worlds in the void, and are hated by countless travelers from the void.


    However, many forces in the void secretly collude with the star thief.


    With curiosity, Meng Zhang soon left his residence and came outside.


    As soon as he appeared, he met master Dong who hurried over.


    The situation was urgent. Instead of being polite to Meng Zhang, Mr. Dong directly got to the point and talked about the latest situation.


    The number of star thieves who attacked this time was large, and there were many strong ones. Moreover, they obviously ambushed around for a long time. As soon as their own empty warships appeared, they launched a surprise attack.


    Because the enemy also had the strong ones at the virtual level, they were caught off guard at the beginning.


    In order to avoid damage to the battleship in the void, Gao Fuzi and the black poison scattered people have gone to fight first.


    Master Dong came to call Meng Zhang, hoping that Meng Zhang would help him when needed.


    After all, Meng Zhang, as a virtual battleship, is not the kind of person who fears war and avoids war. It is not difficult to fight with star thieves.


    Gao Lao and the black poison scattered people have already shot. They are also worried about the damage of the void warship. Presumably, the incoming star robbers are not ordinary people.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s happy promise to help, master Dong finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Previously, the star thief suddenly attacked. Before Gao Lao and the black poison scattered people went out to fight, the black poison scattered people also doubted whether Meng Zhang was the insider of the star thief.


    After all, the time of the star theft was too coincidental, shortly after Meng Zhang entered the virtual battleship.


    If Meng Zhang and the star robber are together, they will cooperate inside and outside, and Meng Zhang launches destruction inside the void warship, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Fortunately, Gao Lao chose to believe his judgment at the critical moment and believed that Meng Zhang had not lied before.


    Meng Zhang''s previous remarks were very detailed. In the process of communicating with Gao Lao, he talked a lot about the Junchen world.


    These things are too vivid to be fabricated by Meng Zhang.


    Gao Lao still has great confidence in his knowledge of people.


    Gao Lao believed that Meng Zhang was not the enemy. He and the black poison scattered people went out to meet the enemy first and asked master Dong to communicate with Meng Zhang.


    After seeing Meng Zhang, master Dong finally determined that he was a friend rather than an enemy.


    Dong Fuzi led Meng Zhang to the exit of the void warship.


    In this place, we can see most of the battlefield.


    I saw flying boats swarming from all directions, like locusts, desperately rushing towards their own empty warships.


    These flying boats are much smaller than their own virtual warships, but they are more flexible.


    These flying boats have no ability to travel long distances in the void, and most of them have no independent space inside. They can only be used for close combat in the void.


    Of course, the so-called close distance is only the scale relative to the void.


    In fact, these flying boats can easily sail thousands of miles in the void.


    Many of those who can control these flying boats to attack are friars at the level of Yuanshen and some friars at the level of Jindan.


    If you want to survive in the void, you must at least have the cultivation of golden elixir.


    Of course, the golden elixir friars can''t move in the void, can''t travel long distances in the void, and can only move in a small range.


    In the void, if you want to conduct mobile operations or long-distance attacks, you must at least be a Yuanshen friar.


    These flying boats in front of us are basically pure combat flying boats, which are specially used for combat.


    According to the standard of Jun dust world, these flying boats are all fourth-order flying boats, which can easily send out Yuanshen level attacks.


    The golden elixir''s strong man controls the flying boat and can challenge beyond the level.


    The strong Yuanshen can not only greatly save his own strength, but also send out more powerful attacks.


    Although the effect is not as great as that of the virtual warship, the attack power is far less than that of the virtual warship.


    However, the number of flying boats is large, which can play a great restraining role.


    If the empty warship can''t destroy these flying boats in time, it will be consumed by the flying boats, and even create many wounds on the warship.


    Flying boats are generally equipped with various powerful war tools.


    I saw these flying boats shoot out fiery dragons, blazing beams of light and fierce arrows


    All kinds of attacks enveloped a large space around and almost closed all the dodging routes of the virtual warship.


    The empty warship is huge, but its movements are not clumsy at all.


    The huge shape of the virtual battleship is flexible and tries to avoid all kinds of attacks.


    However, due to the large number of flying boats and too intensive attacks, many attacks still accurately fell on the virtual warships.


    A light shield rose from the body of the virtual battleship.


    Many attacks fell on the mask and couldn''t even ripple.


    Of course, these attacks are not meaningless.


    At the very least, these attacks will greatly consume the defensive power of the virtual warship.


    The battleship of the void will not only be hit but not fight back. It will also launch a counterattack.


    Many powerful war tools are equipped on the virtual battleship. It only needs a little use to launch a powerful counterattack.


    Centered on the virtual battleship, a strong wave spread in all directions.


    All the flying boats touched by the waves were immediately blown to pieces.


    Many friars driving the flying boat were smashed with the flying boat before they could escape from the flying boat.


    After such an attack, the void warship paused a little.


    More flying boats in the rear took the opportunity to rush over and seize the opportunity to attack.


    After some flying boats were destroyed, many strong men flew out of them.


    Some of them entered other flying boats and simply cast spells directly to continue attacking the nether warships.


    The sources of members of organizations such as star pirates are very complex.


    Taoist practitioners, Confucian scholars and even Buddhist monks are common.


    What demon clan, barbarian clan and so on, not to mention.


    Many notorious wanted criminals and desperate scum in the world will join the star thief.


    Even, in some star thief groups, there is no lack of ghost cultivation and even demon cultivation.


    Now, it is a great devil who is wandering around the empty warship and secretly eyeing it.


    If the flying boats that attacked the empty warships before were just scabies, this great devil was a real heart disease.


    Although the number of flying boats is large and looks fierce, they can only consume the power of empty warships and inflict heavy damage at most.


    If we want to completely sink the empty warship, it is difficult to double the number of such flying boats.


    Apart from other things, so many strong men carried on the flying boat will not sit back and watch the empty warship destroyed at a critical time.


    However, this great devil wandering nearby not only has the ability to destroy the empty warship, but also can easily destroy most of the strong on board.


    Further away, Gao Lao and black poison scattered people are fighting with their opponents.


    Lao Gao held a bamboo slip in his hand and read the Confucian scriptures loudly.


    A demon lord has shown his original shape, impressively a huge double headed strange bird.


    The two headed strange bird pounced on Gao Lao many times and was pushed away by golden lights.


    The continuous spread of these golden lights not only stopped the other party''s attack, but also suppressed the other party in turn.


    From Gao Lao''s easy appearance, he has begun to gain the upper hand slowly.


    The opponent of black poison Sanren is a rare ghost monk.


    It was a thin old man with a dark face and a cloak. He held a black flag in his hand and was fighting with the black poison scattered people.


    In the Junchen world, ghost friars are not too rare.


    However, Meng Zhang has never heard of the ghost cultivation that can advance back to the empty period.


    It''s not difficult to get started. After entering the high level, you have to face many challenges.


    The higher the level of ghost cultivation, the rarer it is.


    In the world dominated by Terran practitioners in Junchen world, the high level will not allow ghost cultivation in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Gao Lao and black poison scattered people are temporarily restrained by their opponents at the same level. They are not only difficult to take into account here, but also fail to find the crisis in time.


    Although the virtual warship can give play to the combat effectiveness of the return to virtual level, it can not really surpass the power of the return to virtual level.


    What''s more, the opponent is the great devil of the devil''s way, and his strength is much stronger than the general return virtual power.


    Judging from the layout of their opponents, they were prepared long ago.


    They not only know the route of the virtual warship, but also can accurately lay an ambush here.


    Moreover, sufficient strength was arranged to easily destroy the empty warship and destroy the reinforcements and supplies on it.


    They were lucky to meet Meng Zhang on the way and accepted Meng Zhang''s joining.


    Meng Zhang had a lot of dealings with the great devil, and the demons and demons he killed were immeasurable.


    Meng Zhang was the first to find the great devil wandering around secretly, and roughly judged the strength of the other party.


    If the other party is a great devil who can refine the level of heaven and earth Dharma, Meng Zhang will leave everything here and run away immediately.


    However, based on his observation and years of experience in fighting against the devil, the strength of the great devil is far from reaching the level of irresistibility.


    Although the strength of the great devil is often stronger than the general power of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang is not an ordinary cultivator of returning to emptiness.


    Since he refined the source crystal obtained from the source sea when he was stationed in the empty battlefield, he asked himself that he was not weaker than those senior returning to the virtual power.


    Although he was vulnerable to the big devil who incarnated the blood river.


    But the enemy is too strong and the situation is unfavorable. It''s not that he is too weak.


    If he is really forced to a desperate situation and has to work hard with the great devil who incarnates the blood River, Meng Zhang will bite off a piece of meat even if he is defeated.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was full of hatred for the great devil. Now he happened to find a hidden great devil, and new and old hatred immediately poured into his heart.


    I can''t help but be afraid of a sneaky guy like you.


    I have to teach you a profound lesson.


    Meng Zhang was cruel in his heart.

 Chapter 1842

    After Meng Zhang found the dark devil, he didn''t rush to do it, but first told master Dong around him.


    When master Dong heard that there was another great devil hiding nearby, he was so frightened that his face changed and his flower face turned pale.


    As a Confucian monk, she is no stranger to the horror of the great devil.


    Great demons can demonize not only Taoist practitioners, but also Confucian and Buddhist monks.


    Among the disciples of master Dong, many people fell into the hands of the devil.


    However, master Dong was also a monk at the level of Yuanshen. He soon calmed down and asked Meng Zhang how to deal with it.


    According to the current situation in the field, only Meng Zhang who didn''t make a move, and he still has spare efforts to deal with the hidden devil.


    Meng Zhang ordered Dong Fuzi to communicate with the friars who controlled the empty warship so that she could cooperate in the next battle.


    At any rate, the nether battleship can also launch a return to nether level attack. If used properly, it can more or less play a restraining role in the next battle between Meng Zhang and the great devil.


    Although Meng Zhang is not afraid of the great devil, he will not despise the enemy at all.


    He will use all the strength he can to strive for advantages in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang used a secret technique to temporarily connect himself and master Dong.


    The two can communicate carefully to facilitate the next battle.


    After communicating with the friars who controlled the virtual battleship, Dong Fuzi temporarily obtained the command of the virtual battleship.


    In addition to her excellent cultivation and exquisite mind, master Dong was able to be sent by Lao Gao to receive Meng Zhang because she had a high status on this warship and could meet many of Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    After everything was ready, Meng Zhang didn''t rush, but silently waited for the opportunity.


    Many flying boats besieged the empty warship from all directions.


    Among them, there are all kinds of star thieves.


    These star thieves from different cultivation systems and different races can cooperate tacitly and give full play to their combat effectiveness.


    In response to the siege, the virtual battleship consumed a lot of power.


    At this time, a strong man flew out of a flying boat, roared in the void, and then became a giant with a height of thousands of feet.


    This is a barbarian, and a strong man of the Yang God level among the barbarians.


    The barbarian strongman launched an impact in the void and rushed to the side of the void warship against the attack of the void warship.


    He waved a pair of huge fists and hit the empty warship hard.


    Although there were bursts of light masks on the body of the empty warship in time to block his huge fists.


    However, the force of terror still repulsed the empty warship, making it difficult to maintain its balance and retreat towards the rear.


    The huge body of the virtual battleship kept rolling, trying to keep its balance.


    At the same time, several thick beams of light shot from the nether battleship, beating the barbarian strongman back and forth.


    The great devil, who had been hiding in the dark and wandering around for a while, finally waited for his chance.


    The figure of the great devil silently appeared next to the empty warship.


    The great devil did not directly force an attack.


    He tried to penetrate his strength into the interior of the virtual battleship, demonize many experts inside, and try to win the virtual battleship completely.


    For the great devil, a void warship is a very good booty.


    Whether it''s for personal use or for sale, it''s totally OK.


    Just as the great devil was about to show his magic magic, a sharp sword light spewed out of the void.


    Meng Zhang offered up the ChiYin sword Sha and used the long prepared concealed breath killing sword. He became angry and caught his opponent unprepared.


    Before this operation, the star thief side obtained accurate intelligence and knew clearly the internal situation of the virtual warship.


    The only two return to virtual level powers on the nether battleship, Gao Lao and black poison scattered people have been entangled.


    According to the plan, the great devil can launch a surprise attack on the empty warship without a peer opponent.


    Out of prudence, the great devil didn''t start rashly, but hid aside and waited for a long time before he found the opportunity to sneak attack.


    But as soon as he was ready to do it, he was attacked by Meng Zhang.


    The hidden breath killing sword is originally the sword of assassination, which contains the power of Tao rhyme.


    As a magic weapon, ChiYin sword Sha is a flying sword with great power.


    In the face of the sneak attack, the great devil responded in time although he was not prepared in advance.


    His figure suddenly turned into a dark curtain, which in turn shrouded Meng Zhang.


    There was nothing in the void. It was empty and dark.


    Some monks with extraordinary eyesight can see distant stars at the right place and time.


    But these stars are so faint that they are better than nothing.


    The dark curtain of the great devil suddenly expanded and tightly wrapped a large space around.


    Meng Zhang felt dark in front of his eyes. His five senses were not only immediately blinded, but also lost his sense of God. He suddenly became blind and deaf


    Without the slightest panic, Meng Zhang continued to run the sword.


    The fierce and incomparable sword light suddenly pierced the surrounding darkness, and evil swords fell directly on the body of the great devil.


    The nether warship, which was originally the target of the great devil''s sneak attack, also began to counterattack under the guidance of Meng Zhang.


    Huge golden words flew out of the warship and ran directly to the great devil like hills.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s restraint, the great devil was difficult to dodge directly. He only took this attack at the level of returning to emptiness.


    After the black curtain of the great devil was stained with golden words, the movement became much slower.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to use an assassin''s mace. He understood the yin-yang extinction God thunder.


    Meng Zhang has never played against the enemy since he understood the thunder magic power.


    On the one hand, although this is his own understanding of the thunder magic power, it still needs to spend a lot of time and energy to slowly improve and practice.


    Second, because the thunder magic power is almost exhausted, the changes of yin and yang are very consistent with his major skills, and the power is huge. He regarded it as a card and was unwilling to be exposed easily.


    This time he came to a strange place, and others around him didn''t know his real details.


    He met the devil he hated most. He just had the object to practice. He can test the power of this thunder magic power through actual combat.


    I saw that all other forces around me were excluded, leaving only Yin and Yang hovering around.


    Yin and yang are intertwined and hovering. Thunder shines and the whole void is shocked.


    The dark scene of the great devil was suddenly blown to pieces.

 Chapter 1843

    The main target of this yin-yang annihilation thunder is the great devil, but its powerful afterwave has also brought many other achievements.


    Many flying boats around were affected by the afterwaves and destroyed one after another.


    Even the barbarian strongman of Yang God level, after stabilizing his body, was going to fly over and continue to attack the virtual warship.


    But he was unlucky. His body was just close to this side. The power of Yin-Yang extinction divine thunder exploded, and he was just rubbed a little.


    The strong Yang God doesn''t have much room to intervene in the powerful fight at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Practitioners in the Junchen world have a variety of means. Friars in the Yang God period don''t have a strange treasure in hand. They are not much better than mole ants in front of returning to virtual power, not to mention a barbarian.


    The barbarian screamed, and the huge half of his body suddenly disappeared, and the remaining half of his body flew out half dead.


    The aftereffects of the yin-yang annihilation divine thunder are so terrible. The result of the great devil as the main attack target can be imagined.


    A great devil is a great devil. Even if he is seriously injured, his strong vitality still saves his life.


    A dark shadow quickly fled to the distance and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    Meng Zhang had the idea of eliminating evil and tried to kill the great devil completely.


    You know, this time he made a sneak attack and cooperated with the empty warship. He took advantage of his unprepared, and only then did he achieve such a result.


    If the great devil escapes this time and recovers, it will be more or less a trouble in the future.


    Meng Zhang was going to continue to chase the great devil, but the flying boats around him and many strong men at the level of Yuanshen suddenly seemed crazy. They were desperate and even rushed towards Meng Zhang in a desperate manner.


    Even though these are the same as mole ants in Meng Zhang''s eyes, more or less mole ants are a trouble.


    Meng Zhang waved the ChiYin sword, and the sword light flashed across the sky. All the flying boats and the like rushed over were smashed one after another.


    But after a little delay, the great devil had already escaped without trace.


    The war of returning to the virtual level broke out here, and the senior and black poison scattered people over there were naturally disturbed long ago.


    Old Gao secretly shouted that it was not good. He knew that he had been ambushed by the enemy this time. Maybe the empty warship would be completely buried here.


    He tried his best to force back the two headed strange bird that entangled him and reinforced him.


    He never thought that Meng Zhang could do so to defeat the awesome monster at once.


    If it weren''t for the power fluctuation just now, Gao Lao couldn''t help wondering if he had an illusion.


    The great devil didn''t inform his companions before he escaped.


    Many of the star thieves were secretly manipulated by him.


    In order to cover his escape, he did not hesitate to urge the secret method to let these star thieves take the initiative to die and desperately entangle Meng Zhang.


    The two headed strange bird and the ghost Xiu are both crafty people. They always pay attention to the war around them.


    Seeing the big devil escape and knowing that the situation was bad, they also tried to escape from the battle and fled here.


    Old Gao was worried about the situation of the battleship in the void and had no intention to pursue it.


    The black poison Sanren also failed to entangle the ghost Xiu.


    Many flying boats that originally besieged the battleships in the void also fled here one after another.


    After the opponent fled, Gao Lao and the black poison scattered people were able to successfully escape and return to the side of the void warship.


    Although Meng Zhang had great power and defeated the hidden demon, old Gao was worried about the tricks of the star thief and gave priority to guarding the void warship.


    Meng Zhang killed a lot of star thieves around.


    He will show no mercy to the group of star thieves.


    Relying on the cultivation of crushing the enemy, he even showed a strong hand and captured a lot of flying boats.


    Mosquito legs are meat no matter how small.


    Meng Zhang, who has been wandering in the void for many years, is poor and afraid. I am absolutely unwilling to let go when I see what I can get cheap.


    Finally, in addition to the successful escape of the three strong men who returned to the virtual world, most of the teams sent by the star robbers were folded in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    After confirming that there were no other threats around, Gao laocai personally took Meng Zhang back to the void warship.


    After this battle, Meng Zhang offered his name, and old Gao trusted Meng Zhang more.


    You know, the strong men and materials carried on this empty warship are very important to the battle for Qingyan world.


    If you lose these things, even with the ability of high and old, you don''t know how much time and energy it will take to make up.


    Lao Gao''s attitude towards Meng Zhang became more enthusiastic.


    In order to thank Meng Zhang for his action, he gave a big gift.


    That is a large amount of jade clearing spirit machine, and there are several bottles of pills for the great energy of returning to emptiness.


    From now on, Meng Zhang is officially participating in the war.


    As an employer, Gao Lao will begin to pay Meng Zhang.


    According to the price agreed by both parties, the jade clearing spirit machine provided by elder Gao can barely meet Meng Zhang''s daily cultivation needs.


    During the conversation, Meng Zhang asked about the origin of the star thieves. Why can they set up ambushes here so accurately?


    For Meng Zhang''s conjecture with Meng Zhang, the enemy can obtain such accurate information, mostly because there is a problem within his own side.


    Meng Zhang knew that Lao Gao could think of the problems he could think of, so he didn''t say much.


    Meng Zhang showed enough strength and naturally enjoyed better treatment.


    It''s the black poison scattered man who disliked Meng Zhang from the beginning. Now he also keeps a distance from Meng Zhang.


    The empty battleship consumed a lot of strength in the battle, but its body was not injured.


    After the battle, after a short rest, the void warship set off again.


    The place where they were ambushed was not far from their destination.


    Then, after about five days of sailing, the virtual battleship finally arrived at its destination.


    This made Gao Lao, who had been worried all the way, finally breathe a sigh of relief.

 Chapter 1844

    The destination of this virtual battleship is not the Qingyan world, but a virtual fortress outside the Qingyan world.


    In the void outside the Qingyan world, these Confucian monks built three void fortresses.


    According to the plan of these people, these three empty fortresses are their bases in the void and the starting point for launching an attack when they compete for control of the Qingyan community.


    After fully controlling the Qingyan world in the future, these three empty fortresses are the barriers to protect the Qingyan world.


    This empty battleship docked at the largest Empty Fortress.


    It is said that when these empty fortresses were built, these Confucian monks invested a lot of resources.


    Especially the largest void fortress, during the construction process, several great scholars at the level of true immortals made great efforts.


    This empty battleship is as big as a hill.


    But in front of this empty fortress, it is hardly worth mentioning.


    From a distance, a huge spherical Fortress stands like an asteroid in the void.


    The virtual battleship berths in the port outside the virtual fortress. The friars carried inside leave the battleship in an organized way. After inspection, they can enter the interior of the fortress.


    Then, a famous lux was sent inside the fort to carry all kinds of goods.


    Inside the void fortress, there is an independent small world. It is divided into many different areas with their own functions.


    Neither Mr. Gao nor Mr. Dong is a master. Mr. Dong''s accomplishments probably have the level of the late Yuan God, which is not particularly prominent.


    You know, most of the experts hired from outside are at the level of Yuanshen, among which there is no lack of return to virtual power.


    But inside the fortress, there are many friars of foundation building level and Jindan level.


    Master Dong''s cultivation is average, but his status is not low.


    After she entered the fortress, people kept saying hello to her all the way, including many strong men of Yang God level.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s face full of curiosity, Dong Fu Zi guessed that he was mostly a virtual battleship magnified many times to some extent.


    Of course, such a void fortress has abundant force and great power. It can be blocked even in the face of joint attacks by many returning virtual powers.


    Inside the fort, there are many different areas.


    Dong Fuzi mainly introduced Meng Zhang to some places he would come into contact with next.


    There is a task hall dedicated to releasing tasks. After completing the tasks, the employed will submit the tasks here in exchange for rewards.


    There is a common affairs hall to receive daily salaries. At the same time, you can exchange military skills here for various items.


    ¡­¡­


    Because of the large number of monks recruited and employed, there is even a large-scale trading market here.


    Friars can sell booty here.


    Mr. Dong''s introduction is very detailed. Of course, the real core area of the void fortress is a forbidden area. Even Mr. Dong is not qualified to enter at will, let alone outsiders.


    Dong Fuzi only gave Meng Zhang a general introduction and would not easily reveal too many secrets and inside information.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t seen a similar void fortress in Jun dust world for so many years.


    Most of the strongholds built by the friars of Jun dust world in the void are built on ready-made meteorites.


    Even the main defense system of Jun dust world relies on the special existence of Jiutian.


    I don''t know whether the friars in the Junchen world are unable to build a void fortress or don''t think it''s necessary to build it.


    Meng Zhang was led around by master Dong and fully satisfied his curiosity.


    Of course, he just satisfies his curiosity and has no more ideas.


    Taiyimen can''t even build a virtual battleship, let alone set foot in a virtual fortress.


    According to his own observation and Dong Fuzi''s introduction, Meng Zhang has an intuitive understanding of the void fortress.


    Finally, master Dong led Meng Zhang to his residence.


    This is an independent space separated from the small world inside the void fortress. It not only has a larger area than Meng Zhang''s residence on the void warship, but also has very superior conditions in all aspects.


    This is a rolling mountain range. At the foot of the mountain range, there are great plains, rivers and lakes.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, a small clan, can be accommodated.


    Between the highest mountains, many magnificent palaces were built.


    In these palaces, there is an abundant supply of aura, which can meet most of Meng Zhang''s needs.


    Meng Zhang felt it carefully. The blessed land just built by taiyimen is almost like this.


    There is abundant aura here. In his daily practice, he can greatly save the consumption of Yuqing aura.


    Soon after Meng Zhang was settled, old Gao came to visit Meng Zhang again.


    Lao Gao led Meng Zhang to visit the senior Confucian monks stationed in the fortress.


    According to the agreement reached by the two of them, many details have been improved, and Meng Zhang officially began to accept employment.


    For the return to virtual power, the remuneration for employment is rich and the constraints are relatively few.


    The top level of this Confucian branch released many tasks in the task hall. In this way, the strong of all parties are encouraged to actively participate in the battle and strive to eliminate the hands of several true gods.


    Most of these tasks are voluntary.


    Of course, every once in a while, the senior management will also release some mandatory tasks, forcing everyone to participate, and no rejection is allowed.


    Gao Lao''s branch of Confucianism, where they belong, is called Mingxin society within Confucianism.


    For a long time, the name spread slowly, and many outsiders also called them this branch.


    Mingxin society is a small branch among many branches of Confucianism.


    There is no immortal level great Confucian in the meeting, and the strongest is the true immortal level great Confucian.


    The great Confucians who presided over the Mingxin meeting were high spirited and full of ambition.


    Over the years, Mingxin society has been tirelessly spreading Confucianism to all over the world and cultivating Confucian monks.


    This time, I made enemies with several true gods and competed for Qingyan world.


    Several arrogant Confucians did not want to seek help from their fellow disciples and wanted to win the Qingyan world by relying on their own strength.


    Of course, Mingxin club''s own strength includes Mingxin club''s financial resources and Mingxin club''s high-level contacts


    Therefore, in addition to mobilizing their own monks, Mingxin society is a high-level organization to call friends and find all kinds of monks who make friends. On the other hand, it is to offer high rewards and hire strong people from all walks of life.


    Only when you know yourself and the enemy can you win a hundred battles.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly asked about the enemy when communicating with Gao Lao.


    Gao didn''t hide much about this problem.


    Several hostile gods have strong power. They have a big world under their own control.


    They have a large number of believers, many of whom are strong.


    In addition, they also hired many strong people from all walks of life and invited friends to help them.


    The virtual battleship was attacked by star thieves on the road, which shows that several true gods have also recruited star thieves for their own use.


    In the void outside the Qingyan world, several true gods also built a void fortress to facilitate a long-term confrontation with Mingxin society.


    The target of the two sides is the Qingyan community.


    However, in order to protect the Qingyan community, both sides deliberately controlled the intensity and scale of fighting within the Qingyan community.


    After all, so far, both sides are full of confidence in seizing the Qingyan community and are unwilling to destroy it too much.


    In the long-term struggle, the two sides reached a lot of tacit understanding.


    The Confucian scholars of Mingxin society preach in the Qingyan world and cultivate their own sphere of influence.


    Several true gods also spread their beliefs in the Qingyan circle, wantonly developed believers and established a powerful force.


    Large scale battles often broke out between the forces established by the two sides in the Qingyan community.


    Of course, the level of these battles dominated by the indigenous people of Qingyan community will not be too high.


    In order to help your forces fight, the void fortresses of both sides will continuously send the strong at the level of Yuanshen to the Qingyan world to fight.


    The battle between the two sides has lasted for hundreds of years, with countless casualties, but there has been no final victory or defeat.


    Sometimes one side has the upper hand, but the situation quickly turns around.


    In short, at present, both sides have fallen into a long and protracted war, and no one can see the hope of victory.


    In addition to the internal war in Qingyan, the two sides will tangle their strength and launch repeated wars in the void.


    The war in the void is the time for the great powers to show their skills.


    Meng Zhang knew that his main battlefield should be in the void outside the Qingyan world.


    What Meng Zhang wants to know most is how many heaven and earth Dharma phase level return virtual powers the enemy and us have, and what opponents need special attention?


    Elder Gao told Meng Zhang that the level of heaven and earth Dharma was very few among the great powers of returning to emptiness that both sides participated in the war.


    Take the cultivator of truth as an example. The cultivator of heaven and earth Dharma is not far from becoming an immortal.


    Their main thoughts are on how to break through the realm of true immortality, and they are not willing to participate in all kinds of unnecessary struggles.


    If you want to hire such a power, ordinary foreign objects are basically useless. You must have the treasure that helps them break through the real immortal before you can impress them.


    If you really have such a treasure, it''s not enough for you to use it yourself. Where are you willing to take it out and hire others.


    Isn''t it good to cultivate your own legitimate friars with this treasure? Why use it on others?


    Without paying enough price, it is certainly impossible to hire strong people at this level.


    In the Jun dust world, the situation is very special.


    Because several true immortals cast spells together thousands of years ago, they affected the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    In their thousands of years of deep sleep, the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world prevented the birth of true immortals.


    The highest level that a friar in Junchen world can practice is to cultivate the return to emptiness power of heaven and earth.


    Accumulated over time and over a long period of time, the Jun dust world has so many great powers of returning to emptiness to cultivate the phase of heaven and earth.


    There is no such problem in the Mingxin society. The monks in the society have the strength and opportunity to break through to the true immortal level. Regardless of success or failure, they will try hard.


    Even if many people fail to break through and die, they still can''t stop the latecomers.


    After all, among the many losers, there are always individual winners.


    Unlike the Junchen world, those who try to break through the realm of true immortality are ten dead and lifeless, and all fail.


    Mingxin society and several true gods, only a few return to emptiness powers at the level of heaven and earth Dharma came to the battlefield.


    On weekdays, most of the time they are sitting on empty fortresses and rarely directly participate in the war.


    Meng Zhang''s main opponent is the general return to virtual power.


    Of course, there are many masters in these great powers of returning to emptiness.


    In particular, some old brands return to virtual power with great prestige and are very difficult to deal with.


    Meng Zhang didn''t tell Gao Lao his real age, let alone the time he spent breaking through various realms.


    According to the strength shown by Meng Zhang, especially his ability to defeat difficult demons, elder Gao judged that Meng Zhang was a real senior strong man after many years of advanced retreat.


    Although Gao Lao''s judgment on Meng Zhang''s age is outrageous, his judgment on Meng Zhang''s strength is still relatively accurate.


    The battle between the two sides has lasted for so many years. Mingxin society has sent many retreat level powers to the battlefield here through various means.


    However, Meng Zhang is still a rare expert at this level.


    Elder Gao introduced Meng Zhang in detail the strong in the enemy camp, the means they were good at, and so on.


    Since Meng Zhang showed enough strength, he certainly got the attention of Gao Lao.


    Gao Lao also expected Meng Zhang to kill more powerful enemies on the battlefield and make more contributions.


    As a party to the employment of Meng Zhang, he can naturally take a share of the credit.


    Although he introduced the enemy and ourselves to Meng Zhang in detail, Meng Zhang was a newcomer after all.


    Master Dong has fought here for many years. He has not only entered the Qingyan world for many times, but also fought in the void for many years.


    She followed the battleship back and forth, which was also a rest.


    Elder Gao still arranged for Mr. Dong to continue to serve Meng Zhang and help Meng Zhang get familiar with the situation here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness cannot always waste time and energy on trivial things.


    Meng Zhang was happy to hand over many things that were not too important to master Dong.


    Anyway, Mr. Dong seems to have a high position in the Mingxin society and should be trusted.


    Meng Zhang not only destroyed many flying boats and killed many enemies, but also captured many flying boats and prisoners in his previous battle with star pirates.


    All the spoils were collected into his mustard space by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s Mustard space is large enough to accommodate these booty.


    Those prisoners were imprisoned for cultivation, so that they could be imprisoned.


    Although taiyimen has been able to make four-stage flying boats, the output and quality are very general.


    Knowing that there was a trading market in this empty fortress, Meng Zhang selected a group of prisoners and asked master Dong to help take them to the trading market to sell them in exchange for Yuqing LINGJI.


    These prisoners are either Jindan level or Yuanshen level, which is still very effective.


    Not to mention the evil friars, but also the righteous friars, have many means to make good use of them.


    There is a bottom line for Mingxin to act. He doesn''t hire a demon friar.


    However, they can''t manage things like trading prisoners.

 Chapter 1845

    Meng Zhang stretched his body and sighed deeply. He felt that the fatigue of many days had been relieved.


    It has been almost twenty years since Meng Zhang came to this empty fortress.


    He accepted the employment of Mingxin society and fought with several true gods for about the same time.


    Meng Zhang deeply felt that the task of Mingxin society is really not simple.


    In these 20 years, except for completing a few tasks selected by his own family, he spent most of his time on completing the mandatory tasks of Mingxin society.


    Many of them were forcibly recruited to participate in the war between the two countries.


    The scale and intensity of the war in the void are very large.


    He participated in many wars between returning to virtual power, sometimes winning and sometimes losing.


    He wounded his opponent and himself several times.


    There is still a bottom line for the Confucians here.


    This is also because Confucianism has always regarded itself as a famous, decent and righteous leader, and a group of great Confucianism want face.


    Those Heretical Sects with the too bad reputation will have no effort to attract them.


    As for ghost and devil friars, they will not have anything to do with them.


    But several true gods have all kinds of cattle, ghosts and snake gods.


    Zoroastrians who hate ghosts, infamous star thieves, and even the public enemy of the cultivation world, the devil friars


    As long as there is use value, several true gods will spend their efforts to solicit.


    Meng Zhang''s participation in this war was also an eye opener, and he was able to fight the strong of all parties.


    With sufficient resources, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are still growing rapidly even if he has a serious shortage of cultivation time.


    Meng Zhang had good combat effectiveness.


    In the long and high-intensity battle, we have got great exercise and made great progress.


    Meng Zhang not only defeated and wounded many strong men at the same level, but also killed two opponents at the same level.


    A demon lord was killed by him with a red Yin sword.


    A leftist monk was killed by his thunder of Yin-Yang extinction God.


    Even if the return to emptiness power of other cultivation systems is not as difficult to kill as Taoist practitioners.


    Can return to the virtual power often protect the life of many cards, rich experience, strong vitality, not so easy to kill.


    Meng Zhang killed two opponents of the same rank in 20 years. Coupled with his positive performance on the battlefield, he became famous and became a well-known figure on the battlefield.


    You know, although the two sides have fought for so many years, the monks at the level of yuan God and even Yang God have been killed and injured from time to time, but it is rare to see casualties at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Many times, even within a few decades, there may not be a case of the fall of the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang''s performance was so dazzling that it immediately attracted the attention and attention of the strong players on both sides.


    As a result, he suddenly had a lot of trouble.


    When he appears on the battlefield, several true gods will send selected strong men to stare at him and entangle him to prevent him from continuing to achieve results.


    Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness is strong, and he can be regarded as one of the best among the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    However, there is still a big gap from the invincible in the world and sweeping the same level.


    Once entangled by specially selected enemies, he will only fall into a long and bitter battle, and it will be difficult to achieve greater results.


    Meng Zhang accepted Gao Lao''s employment. In addition to being desperate and hoping to get his help, he also had the intention to make more contributions and exchange his war achievements for needed items.


    Now that he has been targeted by the enemy, it is naturally difficult for him to obtain more combat achievements.


    In his own camp, Meng Zhang will receive some jealous eyes from time to time.


    Meng Zhang was too busy. On the other hand, his horizons became higher. He didn''t look up to those ordinary great powers of returning to emptiness.


    He has been here for almost 20 years, but he hasn''t made much friends with strong people at the same level except senior and old. He has known one or two guys at most.


    Meng Zhang did not think so.


    He didn''t come here to make friends.


    As long as it doesn''t interfere with his business, he doesn''t care how others treat him.


    It was the enemy''s practice that caused him more trouble.


    Meng Zhang secretly planned to think about how to get rid of the current situation.


    At this time, a loud voice came in from outside his residence.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to see a guest at this time, but he couldn''t ignore each other.


    Meng Zhang, with a helpless face, personally welcomed the guest in and welcomed the other party into a huge palace.


    This guest is the monk Gong Shoucheng of the return period of Mohism and one of Meng Zhang''s few old acquaintances.


    Mohism is a great power with a long history and is famous for being good at making all kinds of mechanism creations.


    Mohism and Confucianism are closely related, and members of both sides have many contacts.


    This time, Mingxin will fight against several true gods. Several great scholars are unwilling to ask other branches of the same sect for help, but they look at Mohism.


    Gongshu family is a very powerful branch among many branches of Mohism.


    Even the strongman of the Gongshu family has held the position of the head of Mohism for many times.


    Mingxin club and Gongshu family have been friends for many years and can be called traditional allies.


    Gongshu family is one of the first forces to respond to the invitation of Mingxin society and come to the Qingyan world to fight.


    As a public loser with great power to return to emptiness, he has a high status among the monks participating in the war of the Mohist school.


    A few years ago, gongshucheng had an irreconcilable death feud with a saint named dilikai.


    Over the years, gongxucheng has spent countless experiences and paid a great price, trying to kill Di Likai.


    But his opponent was so tenacious that his repeated efforts failed.


    Just when he was depressed, Meng Zhang came to this battlefield, actively participated in the war, and showed strong combat effectiveness in the war.


    Especially when Meng Zhang killed a demon lord and a side monk, Gongshu was very excited and finally took the initiative to come to the door.


    Gong Shoucheng asks Meng Zhang to help him kill the saint Di Likai. Afterwards, he will give Meng Zhang a satisfactory reward.


    A saint is often one of the most important believers of a true God.


    The saint himself is powerful and has many miracles.


    When needed, the holy one can even summon the true God of his own faith.


    At that time, the enemy of the holy one will face a real God who can rival the real immortal.


    Meng Zhang, unwilling to make trouble, was originally prepared to refuse Gong Shoucheng''s request.


    However, when Gong Shoucheng took out the prepared reward, Meng Zhang soon changed his mind and was willing to kill Di Likai.


    Meng Zhang changed so quickly, of course, because Gong Shoucheng showed great sincerity and took out too precious treasures.


    This treasure is the extremely fast divine boat carefully made by the masters of Mohism.


    The high-speed Shenzhou can go from heaven to earth, shuttle through the void, and travel between the big worlds.


    This extremely fast Shenzhou took countless resources from the public losers and sent out many family masters to build it successfully.

 Chapter 1846

    The extremely fast Shenzhou is made by means of Mohist mechanism art. It is a high-level mechanism creation to the letter.


    To manipulate such a mechanism creation, you don''t need too profound cultivation. Even the yuan God Zhenjun can easily resist the envoy.


    For Meng Zhang, it is a matter of heart and effort to travel long distances in the void in the flesh.


    If he wants to return to the Junchen world, he will inevitably sail in the void for many years.


    With this extremely fast Shenzhou, his journey can be greatly shortened and his energy and resources can be saved.


    Although this extremely fast Shenzhou is not like a virtual battleship, it has a huge independent space and can carry a large number of creatures for virtual travel.


    However, this extremely fast Shenzhou is good at speed and is especially suitable for a few people to sail long distances.


    A star map was specially engraved on the high-speed divine boat.


    This map covers a wide area and contains a lot of valuable information.


    Meng Zhang urgently needs both the high-speed Shenzhou itself and the star map.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang agreed to gongshucheng''s request and killed the saint Di Likai in exchange for the fast divine boat.


    But some time ago, although Meng Zhang met Di Likai several times on the battlefield, he never had a chance to kill each other.


    Even, the two sides have no chance to face each other directly.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared on the battlefield, he fell into a struggle with a strong enemy and couldn''t distract him at all.


    In a twinkling of an eye, three years have passed, and Meng Zhang has made almost no progress in killing Di Likai.


    Normally speaking, the cultivation and state of mind of losing sincerity with the public should not be in a hurry.


    I don''t know why. This guy came to urge Meng Zhang several times, which made Meng Zhang a little upset.


    If it weren''t for the public defeat, Cheng''s reward was really generous, and he had the intention to give up.


    Just after a great war, he returned to his residence. Soon, gongshucheng was like a debt collector. He hurried to the door, and Meng Zhang was angry.


    However, at the thought of the importance of the high-speed Shenzhou, Meng Zhang held his temper and invited the public loser in.


    As soon as the two sides met, as Meng Zhang expected, gongloser Cheng revisited the old saying and continued to urge Meng Zhang to kill Di Likai.


    Meng Zhang does not want to do his best, but he has now become the key target of the enemy. Every time I fight, I am entangled by special opponents.


    Meng Zhang has long explained this to Gong Shoucheng. But after listening to gongloser Cheng, he was still in such a hurry.


    Meng Zhang sighed and prepared to explain again. But at this time, Gong Shoucheng interrupted his words.


    Gongducheng told Meng Zhang that after he knew Meng Zhang''s difficulties, he had been trying to solve them.


    After this time''s efforts, he has the news about Di Likai''s whereabouts.


    This time, he will act together with Meng Zhang to kill Di Likai.


    Of course, because he provided important information, dillikai''s booty should be divided into half and let him choose first.


    Meng Zhang was stunned when he heard Gongshu Cheng''s words.


    He did not expect that the news of public defeat would be so well-informed that he could find out the whereabouts of the other saint.


    Meng Zhang has been here for so long. He is not Xiaobai who doesn''t know anything.


    Because of his outstanding performance on the battlefield and his great achievements, the top level of Mingxin association has increased their trust in him and attached more and more importance to him.


    Through master Dong, Meng Zhang learned a lot of valuable information.


    Among them, he knew that mingxinhui and Zhenshen sent spies to each other''s camp to spy on each other''s intelligence.


    In addition to sending their own people to participate in the war, the two sides also wantonly solicited other strong men from their origins.


    Despite careful selection in advance and a lot of investigation, outsiders are outsiders after all.


    No one knows how many enemy spies are mixed with these outsiders who help boxing?


    Some hidden shallow guys were found out early.


    But those who hide deeply are still hidden in the camps of both sides.


    These spies provided a lot of information to both sides, causing serious consequences.


    Not to mention anything else, Meng Zhang was ambushed by a star robber group on his way here on a virtual warship. It must have been a spy who leaked information that gave the enemy an opportunity.


    Afterwards, Mr. Gao said to conduct a thorough investigation.


    As for the result, Meng Zhang still doesn''t know.


    After all, Meng Zhang is also an outsider. Although he has gained some trust, he still can''t participate in real high-level secrets.


    The situation of public losing sincerity is completely different from that of Meng Zhang.


    Whether it is the traditional friendship between Mohism and Confucianism, or the long-term alliance between Gongshu family and Mingxin society. As an important member of Gongshu family, Gongshu Cheng can get enough trust and attention from Mingxin society.


    The mechanism creation made by Gongshu family is very important to Mingxin.


    Mingxin will often purchase a large number of various mechanism creations from Gongshu family.


    It is said that Mingxin will get the technology to build a virtual battleship and get great help from the Gongshu family.


    Gongducheng himself is in Mingxin club, with many friends and wide contacts.


    If gongducheng pays enough price in exchange for the help of the intelligence system of Mingxin society and obtains the whereabouts of the hostile Saint Di Likai, it is not impossible.


    Gongshu family has excellent ability to create mechanism creations, and its combat effectiveness is not weak.


    Gongshu Cheng is a famous craftsman in Gongshu family, but he is not good at combat effectiveness.


    If he fights alone, he is probably not dillikai''s opponent, let alone kill each other.


    He asked for help from outside forces, which Meng Zhang easily understood.


    However, gongshucheng did not seek the help of family members, nor did he seek the help of close Mingxin friars. Instead, he asked Meng Zhang for help, which is worth pondering.


    Meng Zhang certainly knows that gongshucheng didn''t tell himself the whole truth. He must have concealed something.


    However, Meng Zhang''s purpose is to exchange for the high-speed Shenzhou. As for other gratitude and resentment disputes and interest struggles, he is too lazy to ask.


    Meng Zhang only stays here temporarily. As long as he completes the employment task and gets what he wants, Meng Zhang will leave.


    After leaving the Junchen world for so many years, I don''t know what''s going on there?


    I''ve been wandering in the void for so many years. I don''t know how the high level of Tiangong will react?


    Since Meng Zhang will not stay here for a long time, he is naturally too lazy to ask too much.


    Moreover, after later understanding the details of Gongshu family, Meng Zhang was determined to make good friends with Gongshu family and then catch up with Gongshu family.


    The technology of Gongshu family to build virtual warships is far above Mingxin meeting.


    All kinds of mechanism creations created by Mohism, including the battleship of the void, are well-known in the world of the void and are widely sought after by various forces.


    As long as it is not too dangerous and the information provided by gongshucheng is reliable, Meng Zhang is still willing to agree to his request and take him to kill the saint Di Likai.


    As for the distribution of booty and other small things, Meng Zhang didn''t take it to heart.

 Chapter 1847

    Seeing that Meng Zhang happily agreed to his conditions, gongloser Cheng did not sell off any more and directly told the whereabouts of the saint Di Likai.


    According to the information received by Gongshu Cheng, after five days, di Likai will go to Qingyan to deal with a mineral deposit.


    Mingxin society competes with several true gods for the Qingyan world. In addition to preaching here, it mainly competes for various resources produced by the Qingyan world.


    Qingyan is a newly born world. Although it has insufficient information and accumulation, it has not been vigorously developed before and has retained many precious resources.


    Especially at the beginning of the world''s birth, many rare natural materials and earth treasures are often born.


    After the world is stable, most of these Tiancai and Dibao will disappear, but a small part will still be scattered all over the world.


    Mingxin society had a long war with several true gods, and both sides lost a lot. However, for the various resources produced by Qingyan, such a war is completely worth it.


    Meng Zhang has been here for so long that he hasn''t had a chance to visit Qingyan.


    As far as he knows, in the battlefield in the void, Mingxin will be equal to several true gods.


    Within the Qingyan world, Mingxin will have the upper hand to a certain extent.


    Of course, it is still a long way from completely defeating several true gods.


    Meng Zhang is very interested in everything in Qingyan world. He has long wanted to see this young world.


    However, I was so busy that I had to postpone going to Qingyan world.


    Gongshucheng said Di Likai''s whereabouts, and Meng Zhang was a little confused.


    In the Qingyan world, the two sides have reached a tacit understanding that the combat power of returning to the virtual level will not be directly shot.


    The two of them went to kill dillikai like this. Aren''t they afraid of breaking the tacit understanding and causing any trouble?


    Gongshucheng was prepared for this. He told Meng Zhang that the so-called tacit understanding was not an iron rule.


    As long as they move fast enough, they will complete the killing before the enemy reacts, and evacuate in time afterwards, there will be no big problem.


    Meng Zhang has some opinions on the argument that the public loses sincerity.


    He told Gong Shoucheng that it''s better not to rush into the Qingyan world and try to kill in the void.


    After the two argued, Meng Zhang''s opinion prevailed.


    After all, the main force of this war is Meng Zhang, and his opinions are more important.


    In the course of the argument, they also made a general plan by the way.


    After they talked, they immediately began to take action.


    Meng Zhang has been here for many years. He occasionally leaves for a few days. As long as he says hello in advance, it''s no problem.


    Meng Zhang told Mr. Dong that he wanted to go out and relax.


    Then he refused the request of Mr. Dong''s company and set out alone.


    After leaving the Empty Fortress, Meng Zhang took a few rounds outside and joined gongshucheng at the agreed place.


    They flew to the Qingyan world together.


    The void fortress is originally located in the void near the Qingyan world. Most of Meng Zhang''s daily activities are not too far away from the Qingyan world.


    Between the void fortress and the Qingyan world, there are fixed flights of flying boats.


    All the friars who were seriously injured in the battle will be sent to the void fortress.


    All kinds of reinforcements provided by the void fortress to the Qingyan community are also transported by flying boats.


    Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng are unwilling to expose themselves. Naturally, they will not take these transport boats.


    In the outer layer of Qingyan world, although there is no nine day guard like Jun dust world, there is also a thick vigorous wind layer.


    The fierce vigorous wind has great power and can break gold and molten iron. Generally, the strong at the level of Yuanshen dare not stay in it for too long.


    Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng turned a blind eye to the Gangfeng layer and were not affected. They easily passed through the Gangfeng layer and entered the interior of the Qingyan world.


    Most parts of the Qingyan community are the earth, and only a few parts are rivers and lakes, without the existence of the ocean.


    Mingxin club has a certain advantage in Qingyan circle and has a much larger territory than the other party.


    Although the territory occupied by several true gods is much smaller than the enemy, it is also a very vast land.


    The sphere of influence of both sides is roughly fixed, and most of their internal strongholds are in the eyes of each other, which is no secret.


    According to the information obtained by Gongshu Cheng, Saint dillikai will visit an important mineral deposit.


    Gongshucheng naturally knew the location and protection of this mineral deposit long ago.


    In the green rock world, although the return to virtual power generally does not directly attack, there are still many return to virtual power stationed here.


    After all, tacit understanding is only tacit understanding, and we will not have much trust in each other.


    If one side does not arrange enough return to virtual power to garrison, the other side''s return to virtual power suddenly launches an attack, and the virtual fortress in the void has no time to provide support, maybe the situation will completely collapse.


    Although the Qingyan world is far less vast than the Junchen world, it is also a very huge world.


    The number of return virtual powers of both sides is limited, and they are generally stationed in some important places on weekdays.


    Meng Zhang didn''t return to the virtual power to garrison the mine they went to.


    Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng soon arrived at their destination.


    They hid their bodies and secretly approached the mine.


    On weekdays, the guards in this mine are the strongest, but at the level of Yuanshen, they can''t find the hidden Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly enter the mine, but hid outside.


    Then they restrained their breath and waited patiently.


    About a day later, a huge flying boat fell from the sky and flew over the mine.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the direction of public betrayal. His intelligence was not too accurate. There was a problem with the time.


    Fortunately, they were not careless and came early to wait, so they didn''t miss the goal.


    The huge flying boat hovered over the mine. A thin old man in gorgeous robes, surrounded by a group of his men, flew out of the flying boat and into the mine.


    Since accepting the task of losing honesty, Meng Zhang has investigated a lot of information about Di Likai.


    He is a devout believer of the true God in tielao. He grew up step by step from an ordinary priest to becoming one of the most important subordinates of the true God.


    No matter what he looks like or his breath, he has no problem. It is the Saint dillikai.


    When the target appeared, Meng Zhang did not rush to start, but continued to wait patiently.


    Even Meng Zhang suppressed his curiosity and did not care about the internal situation of the mine.


    After dillikai entered the mine, the guards and miners in the mine began to carry all kinds of goods on the flying boat.


    After entering the mine for a long time, dillikai flew out of the mine with a group of his men.


    Meng Zhang guessed that it seems that he should have completed his task.


    Dillikai, they quickly returned to the flying boat.

 Chapter 1848

    When the flying boat finished loading, the huge flying boat left its original position and flew high into the sky.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure and followed the flying boat and flew high into the sky.


    Gongshucheng''s accomplishments were inferior. In order to avoid exposing his deeds, he followed Meng Zhang.


    Generally speaking, these true God believers, in addition to their own practice, can often get the strength given by the true God.


    On the surface, their strength is not weak and their means are diverse.


    But the power given by the true God is not their hard practice. It has always been difficult for them to be skillful in operation.


    As a saint, dillikai should be of the same level as the practitioners in the period of returning to emptiness.


    But if he really wants to fight with those who have a little foundation, he may not be able to beat each other.


    As for public loyalty, most of his skills are in making various mechanism creations. Frontal combat is really not his strong point.


    According to Gongshu Cheng, he and dilikey are half weight, and their combat effectiveness is almost the same.


    According to this information, Meng Zhang is confident enough to kill Di Likai.


    After years of training, Meng Zhang has been regarded as the strong one in the great power of returning to emptiness, and has the strength to kill opponents of the same level.


    The flying boat in front didn''t stop at all. It directly passed through the vigorous wind layer and entered the void.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng, who had been secretly following behind, suddenly accelerated, and did not care to expose their deeds.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, when the target leaves the vigorous wind layer and just enters the void, it is the best time to start.


    For one thing, this has left the Qingyan community and has not undermined the tacit understanding between the warring sides.


    Second, there is a process of transformation from the fierce and cold vigorous wind layer into the empty void. Not only will the speed and state of the flying boat be affected to some extent, but the ordinary friars driving the flying boat will also be in a trance.


    Third, this place has a certain distance from the enemy''s Empty Fortress or the enemy''s important stronghold in the Junchen world.


    Even if dillikai sends a distress signal, he may not be able to get support in time.


    As long as Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng move fast enough, they can successfully leave the battlefield before the enemy reinforcements arrive.


    Seeing the opportunity, Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng did not hesitate and immediately started according to the original plan.


    Meng Zhang condensed a huge vigorous hand and firmly grabbed the flying boat at high speed.


    The friars on the flying boat reacted quickly. The huge body of the flying boat made a sudden effort and broke away from the powerful hand.


    However, after such a delay, Gongshu Cheng, who followed Meng Zhang''s rear, not only caught up, but also seized the opportunity.


    I saw a giant gun flying out of gongshucheng, standing on his head, and suddenly fired.


    The cannon spouted a fire dragon from its muzzle. Lightning caught up with the flying boat and hit the middle section.


    As the vehicle of the saint Di Likai, this flying boat is a boutique among the fourth-order flying boats, with strong defense.


    However, after being hit by this gun, the flying boat body flickered, the flames splashed, and was directly blown to pieces.


    This flying boat and everything carried on it almost turned into nothing.


    Among the scattered fragments of the flying boat, a figure flew out quickly and had to flee here immediately.


    Dillikai is a very cautious guy with an unusually conservative style.


    Suddenly encounter the enemy''s ambush, and the enemy obviously erupts the strength of returning to the virtual level. The mengzhang sacrifice he made was a ChiYin sword Sha. The human sword was integrated into a sword, and the light flew over.


    Dillikai noticed that the pursuers were approaching and knew that it would be difficult to get away today if he didn''t fight.


    He turned his body around and faced the flying sword light. He shouted, "be determined."


    Meng Zhang''s sword light stopped a little and continued to fly forward.


    "The magic power of following the law is a little interesting."


    Meng Zhang, who was chasing the enemy, couldn''t help talking to himself.


    If you follow your words and export your words, you can mobilize the power of heaven and earth and achieve your own goal.


    Such a magic power is often the favorite of all true gods.


    It''s not only powerful, but also full.


    For the true God, just one word can change the world, change the color of heaven and earth, and bind the hands of the enemy.


    As an important believer of the true God in tielao, dillikai is certainly good at such magic powers.


    If a true God is here, Meng Zhang may be really hard to break free.


    But just a dilikai, he doesn''t have the ability to control Meng Zhang by his mouth alone.


    Seeing that the enemy was not much affected, he continued to fly to himself. Di Likai tied his hands and a huge golden pillar of light fell from the sky and directly fell on Meng Zhang.


    The golden light column turned into a cage and temporarily imprisoned the sword light of Meng Zhang.


    Gongshu Cheng was not idle behind Meng Zhang. After one blow destroyed the flying boat, he continued to shoot at di Likai.


    A palm sized statue flew out of Gongshu Cheng.


    The statue shook, turned into a fierce golden giant, and suddenly jumped at dilikey.


    Dillikai continued to attract the golden light column and turned it into another cage to trap the giant temporarily.


    Taking advantage of dilikai''s overwhelming opportunity, gongshucheng had a huge crossbow in his hand.


    He aimed at the target, pulled the trigger, and a red light came out and shot directly at dillikai.


    Dillikai hurriedly blocked the red light.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s sword light broke free from the cage and finally flew to di Likai.


    Di Likai just felt the sharp sword light and the cold sword evil spirit wherever he touched his eyes.


    He was very embarrassed to block Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Meng Zhang''s sword light showed his excellent swordsmanship and kept attacking.


    However, after resisting for a moment, several wounds appeared on dilikey.


    He was standing on the left and blocking the right. He felt that he was going to be overwhelmed.


    Meng Zhang attacked so fiercely that he could only parry without fighting back.


    Meng Zhang was so tightly tied that he had no chance to escape.


    In the distance, gongshucheng took out several mechanism creations, kept attacking Di Likai, and actively cooperated with Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang and gongshucheng are di Likai, he knows that before long, he will be completely defeated and killed by the enemy.


    All living creatures have a desire to survive and do not want to die in vain.


    Under the circumstances of helplessness, he had to take the last move, just to survive in death.

 Chapter 1849

    Dillikai''s great killing move is the art of God''s descending.


    The practice of Shinto friars is mainly divided into two systems.


    A system is self-reliance and the pursuit of God.


    In this process, we must face all kinds of dangers and challenges alone.


    Another system is to become a believer of a true God like dillikai.


    On the way to practice, you will be blessed by the gods.


    Of course, the protection of gods is not without cost.


    Gods usually only protect their believers.


    If you believe in a god wholeheartedly, over time, you will lose yourself and become a puppet of the God.


    Believers of the gods will also be promoted step by step by pleasing the gods.


    Saints like dillikai are almost the top among the believers of gods.


    Further, he was canonized by the gods as a slave to God.


    However, not all gods have the power to canonize from God.


    Even a God with such power will not be easily canonized from God.


    Dillikai became a saint for a long time and was immersed in the divine power of the iron prison true God he believed in.


    Slowly, his body and soul were affected by divine power and began to transform passively.


    His body, in particular, became more and more adapted to the divine power of the true God of iron prison.


    When needed, it will become a container for the true divine power and even the spirit of the iron prison.


    The so-called God descending technique is to let the true God of his own faith, a wisp of distraction and a large number of divine power, penetrate the barrier of distant space and come to his own body.


    Once the God descending skill is successfully performed, dillikai becomes a part of the iron prison true God he believes in.


    He not only has the divine power of the gods, but also has the fighting experience and consciousness of the true God of iron prison.


    Of course, God''s descending skill can''t be used easily.


    Every time you cast it, you need to pay a huge price.


    After casting, dillikai will peel off his skin if he doesn''t die.


    If he does not have enough information and accumulation, he will die at the end of God''s descending skill.


    Unless he had to be forced to a desperate situation, dillikai would never perform the art of divine surrender.


    If you rashly use the art of divine surrender, you will even commit the felony of blasphemy.


    Now, facing the two strong enemies of Meng Zhang and gongshucheng, dilikai, who was desperate, had no choice but to use the art of divine surrender to survive in death.


    When Meng Zhang fought with the barbarians, the wolf Eagle chief, who believed in mixing spirits and respecting gods, performed the art of divine surrender.


    However, in the Jun dust world, the divine power of mixed spirits and gods will be greatly weakened.


    After coming here, on the empty battlefield, some of the enemy saints have also performed the art of divine surrender.


    Although Meng Zhang had never fought alone with such a saint, he still saw the power of God''s descending skill.


    As for the public losing sincerity, it is even more familiar with the set of Shinto friars


    As soon as di Likai began to perform the magic of God descending, Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng stepped up their efforts to interrupt the enemy''s spell casting.


    Several true gods have been paying attention to the situation around the Qingyan world. Once Di Likai casts a spell, he will certainly get the attention of the iron prison true God he believes in.


    As a saint, most of the gods will respond to his call and lower their divine power.


    Some of the saints who have successfully performed the art of descending from God can even compete with those who return to the virtual period to practice the law of heaven and earth.


    Even if dillikai can''t reach such a level, Meng Zhang and gongshucheng can''t keep him after his strength increases greatly.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng will not watch him cast spells successfully.


    Dillikai was intercepted here alone. His men had long been destroyed with the flying boat, and no one covered him.


    It is really difficult for him to perform the art of divine surrender under the eyes of Meng Zhang and gongshucheng.


    However, di Likai, who knew he had no way to go, was desperate.


    Dilikey omitted the tedious process of praising the true God of the iron prison and directly began to ask the true God of the iron prison to lower his divine power.


    In order to block Meng Zhang and Gong Shoucheng, he did not hesitate to pay a huge price.


    Di Likai, who was distracted from casting the spell, said something in his mouth and tried to stop Meng Zhang and gongshucheng''s attack.


    The sword light flashed, and dilikey''s left arm was cut off by the sword light.


    He didn''t even frown and continued to use his secret technique.


    Gong Shucheng''s giant crossbow shot a red light and opened a big hole in di Likai.


    This guy is also a cruel man. Even if he is seriously injured and in great pain, he still doesn''t stop casting spells.


    The application of God''s descending skill depends not only on the caster, but also on the attitude of the God the caster prays for.


    Several true gods who have been fighting against Mingxin will not be stingy to lower their divine power for believers when needed.


    When dillikai began to cast magic, the true God of iron prison he believed in was aware of it.


    Even for the true God with great family and great cause, the Holy One is a rare precious wealth, which can never be easily lost.


    If it hadn''t been for the agreement with several great Confucianism and seeing his own Saint being pursued and killed, the true God of tielao might have helped him himself.


    Now, in order to save himself, dillikai had to show the art of divine descent.


    If you perform the art of divine descent on weekdays, there is an extremely cumbersome process, and you even need to offer sacrifices to please the gods of faith.


    Dilikai, who fell downwind, was unable to perform those cumbersome processes. The true God of iron prison not only tolerated it, but also quickly lowered his divine power and began to strengthen dilikai.


    Seeing that dillikai had just started casting spells, his momentum changed.


    He was full of a sacred and vast breath, and his strength was rising.


    "Madder, this is cheating."


    Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng scolded with almost one voice.


    This is the particularity of Shinto.


    Using the special relationship between gods and believers, gods can reasonably strengthen believers, and have not violated the agreement with several great Confucianism.


    Of course, the gods do this, but also has no small future trouble.


    There was no long process as a buffer. The gods directly lowered a lot of divine power to dilikey, which did him a lot of harm.


    Divine power will constantly destroy his body and erode his spirit


    Over time, dillikai will completely lose himself, be assimilated by the divine power, and become a part of the true divine power of the iron prison.


    Even if he survives the current level, he will suffer irreparable great damage.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and gongshucheng are also difficult to ride a tiger. They must kill Di Likai immediately and interrupt the process of the true God of tielao descending his divine power.


    If dillikai dies and loses the container of divine power, the divine power of the true God in the iron prison will not come here.


    Limited to the agreement between him and several great scholars, he can''t do it directly.


    Meng Zhang''s sword was so bright that he vowed to kill Di Likai immediately.


    Dillikai was radiant, and the whole man had an unspeakable dignity.


    Behind dillikai, there was a faint shadow.


    Dillikai''s whole body was almost swallowed by the golden light.


    Meng Zhang and Gong Shoucheng nearby seemed to feel that they were trapped in a huge prison, firmly imprisoned and lost all their freedom.


    Meng Zhang''s sword light rushed left and right, trying to break through the prison.


    Gongshucheng took out a variety of mechanism creations, opened fire and made every effort to attack the prison.


    Due to his incomplete limbs, he was seriously injured. Even if the true God of iron prison intended to converge, di Likai still couldn''t bear too strong divine power.


    The divine descending skill is successful, but the descending divine power is limited.


    Dillikai''s consciousness began to become blurred, then slowly disappeared, replaced by the consciousness of iron prison true God, and began to dominate his body.


    Although dillikai was a devout believer, he deliberately gave up his sense of resistance.


    But as a free and independent creature, his soul still instinctively resists the divine power erosion of the true God of iron prison.


    If it is a normal day, the iron prison true God mixed with the consciousness lowered in the divine power, there are enough means to easily deal with these resistance consciousness.


    But now the enemy is in the head, and it is too urgent. There is not enough time for tielao''s true God''s consciousness to solve the problem.


    Meng Zhang used the ChiYin sword to break through the blockade of the cage again.


    A sword light disappeared in front of Di Likai, revealing Meng Zhang''s figure.


    Without saying a word, Meng Zhang immediately cast the yin-yang extinction thunder.


    One black and one white airflow rubbed in the air, accompanied by rumbling thunder, there was dazzling lightning.


    The thunder method of Yin-Yang extinction God thunder not only has a miraculous effect on demon cultivation and ghost cultivation, but also can suppress the divine power of gods and frighten all kinds of gods and souls.


    Dilikai''s spirit had long lost consciousness, but it was still trembling instinctively in front of the power of the extinction of yin and Yang.


    Even the consciousness of the true God in the iron prison, which had just arrived in his body, gave birth to a feeling of retreat in front of such a grand thunder method.


    The terrible power of thunder and lightning suddenly fell on dillikai.


    The golden shadow behind dilikey was destroyed by the thunder of Yin-Yang extinction.


    Dillikai''s body wrapped in golden light was directly transformed into countless golden lights and dissipated under the continuous bombardment of lightning.


    Dilikai''s body and spirit were destroyed by the thunder of yin and Yang extinction.


    Whether it was the divine power from the true God in the iron prison, or a wisp of consciousness mixed in the divine power, naturally disappeared.


    However, the consciousness of true God is extremely tenacious.


    Even a tiny wisp of consciousness persisted for a short time.


    This short period of time is enough for this wisp of consciousness to send the information back to the true God in the iron prison.


    Although he completed the task and successfully killed Di Likai, Meng Zhang felt a heavy heart and suddenly filled with heavy pressure, which made him almost out of breath.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that he was being watched by the true God of iron prison.


    If there had not been an agreement with several great Confucians, maybe the true God of tielao had come directly and killed Meng Zhang and gongshucheng on the spot.


    Meng Zhang has offended even the demon God. He is not afraid of a real God.


    As long as the true God of iron prison doesn''t shoot him directly, he has nothing to worry about.


    At most, the true God of tielao will order his followers to fight Meng Zhang.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang should improve his combat experience.


    Soon after dillikai''s spirits were all gone, a blue light suddenly flew out of his original place.


    Originally, just like Meng Zhang, Gong Shoucheng, who was stared at by the true God of iron prison and felt great pressure, flew over at once and collected the blue light into his hands.


    Judging from his reaction, he was clearly prepared and knew in advance that this scene would happen.


    Originally, dilikai was shattered by the thunder of the God of yin and Yang extinction. Meng Zhang thought everything on him was gone with him.


    The distribution of booty negotiated with gongloser Cheng in advance must also be invalidated.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that there would be such a.


    Although gongshucheng soon put away the blue light, Meng Zhang still felt a breath.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has not guessed what it is just by this breath.


    According to the booty distribution plan agreed by the two people in advance, they will take half of the booty after killing Di Likai, but let gongloser Cheng pick it first.


    The purpose of Meng Zhang''s killing Di Likai is not only for the fast Shenzhou, but also for making friends with the public.


    He didn''t care much about ordinary booty.


    But although he didn''t care about the booty, he still had to look like he didn''t give up easily.


    It''s agreed in advance that one half of the booty is for one person. Let you choose first, but you''re not allowed to take all the benefits alone.


    In the cultivation world, haggling is the norm.


    We should strive for the interests we should strive for.


    You pretend to be generous and give up your own interests. You are either regarded as a silly fork by others or with ulterior motives.


    Besides, Meng Zhang has been in vain for so many years and is not well off.


    After completing the employment task, he will return to the Junchen world.


    Along the way, all kinds of consumption are huge.


    A little more preparation in advance will save a lot of trouble on the road.


    After Gongshu Cheng received the cyan light, he looked at Meng Zhang with a few unnatural looks on his face.


    Meng Zhang''s combat power is amazing. Of course, he doesn''t want to offend easily, and he wants to maintain a close relationship with him.


    Maybe sometime, he will ask Meng Zhang for help again.


    Although Meng Zhang won''t turn against him here, let alone kill and seize treasure, Gong Shoucheng still needs to express something.


    Now that the task has been completed, Gongshu sincerely took out the fast divine boat and handed it to Meng Zhang.


    When the speed divine boat is not in use, it can be turned into a palm size.


    Meng Zhang saw that Gong Shucheng fulfilled the agreement happily despite his reluctant face, and couldn''t help nodding.


    This guy is still true to his word, and there is no worst case.


    In order to make up for Meng Zhang''s loss in booty, Gongshu Cheng handed Meng Zhang a jade slip.


    The jade slips record the detailed manufacturing method of a certain type of void warship.


    There are many ways to build virtual battleships mastered by Gongshu family, including some very high-end models.


    This is only the most backward model, which is almost eliminated.


    But for Meng Zhang, he finally achieved his wish for many years and achieved his goal.


    After mastering the manufacturing method of the void warship, he doesn''t have to spend his combat skills to exchange it with the Mingxin club.


    This helps him get rid of his dependence on Mingxin society.


    Seriously, the booty on dillikai may not be so precious.


    Meng Zhang received unexpected benefits.

 Chapter 1850

    Meng Zhang is not a fool. Gong Shucheng said that he had a grudge against Di Likai, so he asked him to help kill him.


    However, judging from the situation just now, gongshoucheng obviously attaches more importance to the blue light, which is his real purpose.


    Moreover, Gong Shoucheng finally sent out the refining method of the void warship, which made it clear that he meant to buy him off.


    You know, although it is not rare among the major forces in the void, it is not owned by all cats and dogs.


    Forces located inside the big world can better explore the void and collect resources in the void with void warships.


    When necessary, with the power of virtual warships, they can also travel long distances in the virtual space and migrate between different worlds with the help of virtual warships.


    If there were no empty warships, many places would be controlled by others, and the further development of the whole force would be limited.


    For taiyimen, the void warship has great strategic significance.


    In the Junchen world, due to the intentional blockade of the sects of major holy places, few Xiuzhen forces have the ability to build virtual warships.


    With the refining method of virtual warships, with the accumulation of taiyimen, virtual warships will be manufactured sooner or later.


    This not only helped the Taiyi gate break the blockade of the main holy places, but also left a way for the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang obtained such great benefits from gongshucheng. Naturally, he was too lazy to ask more questions, let alone take care of his private affairs.


    Meng Zhang is not a greedy person, but also a man of mutual understanding.


    Now that we have reaped all the benefits, there is no need to create complications.


    No matter what the real purpose of gongshucheng is and what his calculations are, Meng Zhang will leave here soon. Everything here has nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang expressed his meaning between his words. Gong Shucheng was really satisfied.


    Although Meng Zhang is an outsider, his combat effectiveness is not weak.


    If it is not necessary, gongloser Cheng is unwilling to make friends with him.


    The current situation is happy for all.


    Gongducheng has achieved its goal. Naturally, it will not stay here for a long time.


    Together with Meng Zhang, he quickly left here and returned to the Empty Fortress of Mingxin society.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang and Gong Shucheng left, a group of reinforcements from the true God rushed to the place where dilikai fell.


    Unfortunately, the battle here has long been over, and they didn''t catch up with anything.


    After returning to the Empty Fortress, Meng Zhang really kept his promise and didn''t mention the killing of Di Likai.


    Originally, Meng Zhang killed the holy one of the true God in tielao. He can go to the hall of common affairs to receive War Merit and exchange it for various rewards.


    A saint of true God is worth a lot of war achievements.


    However, Meng Zhang did what he said and did it as if there was no such thing.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not take the initiative to publicize this matter, and gave up receiving War Merit, and it is impossible to completely keep it secret.


    In doing so, he just showed his attitude to gongshoucheng, saying that he was faithful and would not continue to entangle in this matter.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that his killing of Di Likai would bring him a lot of trouble later.


    When Meng Zhang killed dilikai, he was in a state of divine surrender.


    His body was not only filled with the divine power of the true God of iron prison, but also a wisp of consciousness of the true God of iron prison.


    Tielaozhen God firmly remembered Meng Zhang and gongshucheng.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, was regarded by him as a target to kill him quickly.


    The true God of tielao didn''t spend much effort to find out Meng Zhang''s identity.


    However, an external cultivator hired by Mingxin society dared to kill his important believers, offended his dignity and caused heavy losses to him. It''s really reckless.


    The true God of tielao issued a kill order, asking His believers to kill Meng Zhang and worship himself with his flesh and soul.


    Among these true gods, the believers of tielao true God are relatively strong.


    In addition to a number of saints, there are also many strong men who defected to him.


    When there is no way out, some villains who commit many evils and have nowhere to live in the big world take refuge in the gods and become believers and thugs of the gods, which is a feasible way out.


    The gods protect them, and they naturally want to work for the gods.


    This time, in order to confront Mingxin, several true gods originally hired strong people from all sides to fight.


    For these hired foreign strongmen, the management methods of the two sides are similar.


    Soon, in the camp of several true gods, someone issued a task and offered a high reward to arrest Meng Zhang.


    Due to the mutual penetration of the two camps, the news that Meng Zhang killed Di Likai and was wanted by the true God believers in tielao soon spread among the two camps.


    In previous battles, among the foreign powers hired by the Mingxin club, there were also cases of killing hostile saints.


    Although the true God camp will make a fierce response afterwards, the attention to Meng Zhang is still a little extraordinary.


    Next, Meng Zhang soon felt the consequences of this matter.


    After returning to the void fortress, he rested for a period of time, and was forcibly recruited again to participate in the frontal war between the two camps.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help complaining about it.


    Mingxinhui''s reward is really not in vain.


    Mingxin club is really eager to squeeze out the full use value of the hired foreign strong people and use them up.


    After complaining, Meng Zhang set foot on the battlefield honestly.


    This time, shortly after the start of the war, the true God camp sent a carefully selected team to encircle Meng Zhang.


    Desperate, the team went deep into the enemy camp and came to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang soon fell into the siege of several strong men who returned to the virtual level.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang is tough enough to resist the encirclement of many strong men.


    Mingxin will be on one side and won''t watch Meng Zhang be surrounded and killed like this.


    Meng Zhang has long proved himself on the battlefield. He is one of the effective fighters with a clear mind and has great utilization value.


    With the timely assistance of his companions, Meng Zhang finally got rid of the danger.


    Although he suffered some light and heavy injuries, his life was OK at least.


    After the war, Meng Zhang knew the whole story.


    There is no way. Even if Meng Zhang knows that the enemy is specifically aimed at himself, he can''t fear war and avoid war.


    Mingxin will hire him to make him work in the battlefield. Naturally, he will not give up letting him go to the battlefield.


    Before completing the agreement with Mingxin society, Meng Zhang must abide by the agreement and accept employment.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to be more careful and try to avoid falling into the trap of the enemy.


    In the following wars, Meng Zhang was besieged by special teams every time he participated in the war.


    Meng Zhang was surrounded by dangers almost every time. It was not easy for him to escape from Shengtian.


    In addition to this large-scale frontal war, Meng Zhang left the void fortress several times to complete some single tasks he chose.


    Every time he left the Empty Fortress, he was either ambushed by the enemy or almost stepped into a trap.


    Meng Zhang can escape successfully every time with his keen sense and good combat effectiveness.


    However, Meng Zhang, who narrowly escaped death, had to interrupt these tasks in order to avoid continuing to take risks.


    In his current situation, when he does not participate in the war, it is best to stay in the Empty Fortress all the time and never go out at will.


    Although Mingxin society and Zhenshen sent spies to each other''s camp for a fierce intelligence secret war.


    But so far, in such a secret war, Zhenshen has the upper hand and can get more enemy information, but his own information has not been leaked too much.


    Even the top level of Mingxin association can''t do anything about this kind of thing, let alone Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s life was hard because he was deliberately targeted by the enemy.


    He gave up to accept the task, and naturally he could not obtain more military achievements.


    Fortunately, his main purpose, in exchange for the refining method of the void warship, has been perfectly achieved.


    His current combat achievements are mainly used to exchange various resources for consumption on the way back to the Junchen world.


    Anyway, every once in a while, the top level of Mingxin club will issue a mandatory task to forcibly recruit hired monks to participate in the frontal war.


    That Meng Zhang gave up accepting the mission and did not completely cut off the source of his war achievements.


    On the battlefield of frontal war, Meng Zhang, who was deliberately targeted by the enemy, was able to save himself from danger.


    In such a frontal war, the two sides are basically equal in strength and struggle.


    Even if the true God side occasionally has the upper hand, it will not be able to completely annihilate or seriously damage the enemy.


    It is also very difficult to kill or capture a designated enemy friar.


    Especially after the top level of Mingxin club knows the enemy''s intention. During the war, they did not hesitate to use Meng Zhang as a bait to lure the enemy''s strong team to advance, and then surround and kill them.


    In this process, Meng Zhang made great contributions, took the opportunity to achieve some results, wounded and even killed some enemy strongmen.


    But in this way, the true God camp is even more angry and hateful towards Meng Zhang.


    During the war, Meng Zhang not only felt malicious eyes peeping at himself, but also felt the gaze of the true God several times.


    Meng Zhang believed that if Mingxin hadn''t been restrained by the great Confucianism of Zhenxian level, maybe tielao Zhenshen would have directly attacked himself regardless of his identity.


    With the achievement of his goals one by one, he had a fast Shenzhou and accumulated a lot of truth cultivation resources used on the road. Meng Zhang had no intention to stay here for a long time and had a sense of going.


    For Meng Zhang, this war is not his war.


    The only purpose of his participation in the war is to complete the agreement with Gao Lao and get what he wants from Mingxin.


    In addition, out of the disgust of Taoists for Shinto, he didn''t mind killing his enemies and fighting against Shinto.


    Now, because of the deal with Gongshu Cheng, his goal has been basically achieved.


    The resources exchanged from Mingxin club should be almost enough.


    Even if it''s not enough for the road, after leaving here, he can go to other star areas to obtain resources.


    Seeing that the agreed employment time was coming to an end, Meng Zhang began to keep a low profile, tried to avoid attracting the attention of the enemy and tried to spend the surplus time safely.


    In his spare time, Meng Zhang not only practiced, but also tried to study the method of refining the virtual battleship.


    In order to refine the virtual battleship, in addition to investing massive resources, including many rare natural materials and earth treasures, we also need to use a large number of weapon refiners and mechanism engineers.


    It''s best to have a fifth level weapon smelter and mechanism master.


    Among the Taiyi sect, even the monks in the retreat period are only Meng Zhang for the time being, not to mention the fifth level mechanism master and tool refiner.


    Although Meng Zhang has been away from Taiyi gate for many years, he does not know the latest situation in Taiyi gate.


    However, according to the development speed of taiyimen, even if everything is smooth and the development speed is fast, it is impossible to make a breakthrough in this regard.


    If there are no level 5 smelters and mechanism masters, more human and material resources will be invested, and the success probability of refining will be greatly reduced.


    Soon after Meng Zhang became the leader of Taiyi sect, he began to focus on cultivating various productive friars in the sect.


    After so many years, great achievements have been made.


    All levels of Taiyi gate attach great importance to production friars in all aspects.


    In all fields, taiyimen has a strong production capacity.


    The virtual battleship is not an ordinary flying boat. The difficulty and consumption of refining are far more than the fourth-order flying boat.


    If you really want to grade, even the worst virtual warship is a fifth order mechanism creation.


    Meng Zhang himself is not a mechanism master or a tool smelter.


    However, he has extensive knowledge and rich experience. He knows a variety of occupations and knows a lot of relevant knowledge.


    If Meng Zhang is willing, he can play the role of a low-level tool smelter and mechanism master when necessary.


    After he began to study the refining method of virtual warships, he tried to use his knowledge to have an in-depth understanding.


    The refining method provided by Gongshu Cheng, although it is only Gongshu family, is about to eliminate the model of virtual warship.


    But if you can really refine the finished virtual warships and take them to the Jun dust world, it will definitely be a top-level existence, and even enough to crush the virtual warships currently owned by the Jun dust world.


    The inheritance of the fairy way in the Jun dust world is said to come from the Lingkong fairy world.


    In the end, it was just a few immortals who tangled up to open up the Jun dust world. After preaching in the Jun dust world, the current situation came into being.


    Both Mohist and Gongshu families are not only famous for their mechanism skills, but also have immortals.


    Compared with the cultivation world of Jun dust world, it has great advantages in any aspect.


    Among the several immortals who opened up the Junchen world, no one is good at mechanism art.


    Among several holy places in the Junchen world, naturally there is no sect that is good at mechanism skills.


    In the Junchen world, the so-called cultivation forces famous for their mechanism skills also have a fairly general level of mechanism skills.


    From this method of refining the nether battleship, we can see the shadow of the inheritance of some public transmission family mechanism skills and understand some of their ideas.


    If the taiyimen friar can deeply study the method of refining the virtual battleship, not to mention whether he can successfully refine the virtual battleship, it will be a real leap to improve the level of the sect''s mechanism.


    If you are lucky, the friars in the sect may really be able to learn a little about the Kung Fu family mechanism.

 Chapter 1851

    After only a little study, Meng Zhang felt that the method of refining empty warships provided by Gongshu Cheng was really mysterious, and even a glimpse of the mechanism concept of Mohism.


    Meng Zhang himself is not a special tool smelter or mechanism master. He just studied it briefly and can benefit a lot from it.


    It is conceivable that after Meng Zhang brought it back to Taiyi gate, the mechanism and skill level of the whole sect will be greatly improved.


    Meng Zhang''s own level is limited, so he doesn''t spend too much time on it.


    His main time and energy are still focused on his own cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s advanced retreat period is not long, but his strength is no less than that of many old masters.


    Meng Zhang did not slacken, but strengthened his practice.


    His accomplishments are improving rapidly, but the level of the opponent he will face in the future is also very high.


    If the Junchen world really changes in the future, it will be a battlefield for the strong at the immortal level.


    It is not easy for Da Neng to protect himself in the period of returning to emptiness.


    As Meng Zhang became very cautious and greedy, he didn''t encounter too much danger again in the next employment time.


    Time passed quickly. In a blink of an eye, Meng Zhang''s time to accept employment passed. He completed his agreement with Mingxin society.


    The top management of Mingxin club did not make a mistake and gave sufficient remuneration as promised.


    Among them, Meng Zhang attaches most importance to the star map given by Mingxin society.


    Confucianism is a sect with a long history in the void. Mingxin society, as its branch, also has a long history.


    For these great forces in the void, their believers can fully reflect their inside information and accumulation.


    The void is so vast that even the immortal doesn''t know where it ends.


    In order to compile a perfect star map, in addition to painstakingly collecting all kinds of data, it is best to have enough strong people to walk in the void, look everywhere and experience it personally.


    A star map contains not only many empty secrets, but also many secrets of great forces.


    Of course, Mingxin will not provide the most confidential star map to Meng Zhang.


    The star map provided by Mingxin society basically records some road news.


    Of course, with this map, as long as the luck is not too bad, it is enough to move freely in the surrounding star areas.


    Meng Zhang compared the star map provided by Gong Shucheng when he sent out the speed Shenzhou.


    The coincidence degree of the two star maps is very high, most of the contents are similar, and there are only a few differences.


    Based on the information of the two star maps, Meng Zhang has a general understanding of the major star regions around him.


    In addition to the star map, Meng Zhang exchanged the combat achievements accumulated over the years for some special resources produced by the Qingyan world, in addition to the cultivation resources other than Yuqing LINGJI.


    The world of Qingyan world is desperately contested by Mingxin society and a group of true gods. Naturally, it has its own particularity.


    Many of its special resources are still very valuable.


    Meng Zhang has performed well on the battlefield over the years. The top level of Mingxin club is a little reluctant to give up this useful thug.


    The Mingxin Association''s senior management retained Meng Zhang several times and did not hesitate to offer a high price, which was politely declined by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang saw clearly that it was the great Confucians and the true gods who really decided the outcome of the war and the fate of Qingyan world.


    In the struggle at this level, Meng Zhang can only be used as cannon fodder and thugs, and is unable to intervene deeply at all.


    As for the real interests, it has nothing to do with him.


    If Meng Zhang wants to deeply participate in this matter, his cultivation at this time is far from enough.


    In that case, it''s better to go back as soon as possible.


    When he was ready, Meng Zhang was ready to drive the fast divine boat and left.


    But Mr. Dong told him that every once in a while, there are clear-minded empty warships coming here to carry reinforcements and take away all kinds of resources mined by the Qingyan community.


    If Meng Zhang is not in a hurry, he can wait for some time and take a boat with the wind.


    I don''t know when I can return to the Junchen world when I go out. I can save a little.


    In order to reduce the loss on the road, Meng Zhang decided to wait and take the empty warship of Mingxin society.


    Anyway, in order to win over the people, Mingxin''s empty warship was originally to transport monks from all walks of life for free.


    In the days waiting for the arrival of the battleship of the void, Meng Zhang did not run around and stayed in the fortress of the void.


    This makes some guys who secretly calculate Meng Zhang really helpless.


    In addition to his own practice, Meng Zhang also had some exchanges with other strong men in the void fortress.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s strong strength, many people are willing to make friends with him and do not exclude communication with him.


    In such exchanges, it is impossible for everyone to come up with real skills.


    However, Meng Zhang took this opportunity to fully see different practice systems and personally see the power different from Taoist practitioners.


    During this time, Mr. Dong has been working under Meng Zhang.


    Although she is a female generation, she is straightforward and does not procrastinate at all, which makes Meng Zhang very satisfied.


    When she was free, Meng Zhang also gave her some advice.


    Although the practice systems of the two sides are different, Meng Zhang, as a great power to return to emptiness, has a strategically advantageous position and gives a few careful instructions, which is still very helpful to master Dong.


    Knowing how to repay his kindness, master Dong intentionally or unintentionally leaked some confidential information to Meng Zhang.


    Soon after, the virtual battleship, which was responsible for transportation, came to the virtual fortress again.


    The arrival time of the virtual battleship was much later than normal.


    This is the strategy Mingxin will adopt after the last attack on the nether warship.


    In order to protect these virtual warships, in addition to strengthening the escort force, the arrival time of virtual warships has also become unstable to avoid possible ambushes by the enemy.


    When the empty warship arrives, Meng Zhang will say goodbye to this place.


    Meng Zhang had a hunch that in the distant future, he was likely to revisit his hometown and come to this place again.


    Although the void is vast and far away from the Junchen world, it is not impossible to come here again with the long longevity of those who return to the void.


    Transporting personnel, loading materials, and the virtual battleship was soon ready to start.


    Meng Zhang successfully waited for the void warship and embarked on a new journey.


    Not only are there several powerful escorts to return to the virtual world on this virtual warship, but its whereabouts are strange, deliberately avoiding some frequently used routes.


    In the void, if there is not enough information, it is not easy to track a void warship.


    In recent years, the frontal war between the two sides has become increasingly fierce, which has restrained a large part of the forces of both sides.


    It has also become more difficult to draw strength to ambush each other''s transport team.


    The virtual battleship successfully left the area near the Qingyan world.

 Chapter 1852

    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the void, overlooking the big world under his feet and looking at all kinds of stars in the distance.


    At this time, nearly 100 years had passed since he left the battlefield in Qingyan world.


    In the past 100 years, Meng Zhang first fooled around in the star area closest to the Qingyan world and became familiar with the law of survival in the void.


    Then he went back and forth between several star regions and experienced a lot of things.


    In the Junchen world, great energy in the period of returning to emptiness was a giant, and no one dared to despise it at all.


    In the void, after several star areas and many big worlds, Meng Zhang has gained insight.


    Generally speaking, if a friar wants to leave the big world where he came from and explore the void, he must at least have the cultivation of Yuanshen level.


    The cultivation of Yuanshen level can''t be too far away from the big world of origin. The most is to walk inside the star area where the big world is located.


    Of course, if there are elders to lead and set out on a virtual battleship, it is another matter.


    If you want to leave the star area alone and go to a wider world, you must have the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    Among the strong people who hang out among the major star regions, the strength of returning to the virtual level is only the beginning.


    Of course, it can''t be said that the strong at the virtual level are worthless.


    The void seems vast, but in the explored void, many places still have spheres of influence.


    In many cases, in order to avoid the conflict between forces, the shots of the strong at the Zhenxian level will be limited.


    At this time, the great powers of returning to emptiness will have a place to play.


    In order to earn a little fare and get some information, Meng Zhang had been hired many times before and participated in many battles as a mercenary.


    Especially in the area controlled by Mingxin society, due to the introduction of Mr. Dong, he met several senior leaders of Mingxin society and obtained some useful information.


    With the harvest of these years, Meng Zhang has finally completed the most important knowledge needed to survive in the void - how to locate in the void.


    The void is boundless, the stars in the void are endless, and the friar in the void is like a grain of sand in the sea.


    At this time, how to determine your location and the location of your destination is very important.


    The common positioning method in the void is to take a place as the origin, establish coordinates, and divide the void into many areas for marking.


    Although the positioning methods used by the major forces are slightly different, they are similar and the principles are the same.


    Among them, the place that is regarded as the origin is the legendary wasteland world.


    According to legend, the wasteland world appeared in the void, but none of these star maps recorded the star area where the Jun dust world was located.


    After mastering the positioning method, Meng Zhang remotely sensed the position of the Jun dust world.


    After calculation, Meng Zhang was surprised to find that the star area where the Jun dust world was located was already in a very remote position in the void.


    Meng Zhang can understand the short history of Junchen world.


    The Jun dust world and its star area should be a new existence in the expansion of void.


    Of course, this will soon be calculated in millions or even tens of millions of years.


    It is also very normal that there is no record on the star map of many forces in this new world.


    The real immortals from the celestial realm will keep their existence strictly confidential and will not publicize it in the void after discovering the Junchen realm.


    These real immortals regard the Junchen world as their private industry. Of course, they don''t want others to touch it.


    Meng Zhang simply calculated the distance between Jun dust world and his current star area.


    If he drives the fast divine boat on the way, everything will be smooth and there will be no accidents. It will take him more than 1000 years, and he may be able to return to the star area where the Jun dust world is located.


    For Meng Zhang''s Shouyuan, more than 1000 years is not long.


    However, given the current situation in Junchen, who knows what will happen if he doesn''t go back for more than a thousand years?


    Perhaps, when he finally returned to the Jun dust world after experiencing countless difficulties and obstacles, the Jun dust world had been completely destroyed and disappeared.


    As for the fate of taiyimen, it''s hard to say.


    Moreover, the resources spent on trudging through the void for more than 1000 years are also a very heavy burden for Meng Zhang.


    This does not take into account the dangers that often arise in the void.


    If Meng Zhang is unlucky, what if he meets a star thief who plunders in the void?


    What if you enter a strange area and accidentally fall into some natural danger?


    ¡­¡­


    The void is full of all kinds of dangerous.


    It''s not too rare for a strong immortal to fall in the void for no reason.

 Chapter 1853

    It is precisely because the conventional way of traveling is too difficult, Meng Zhang needs to find a new way.


    Generally speaking, in the void, the most common way to safely cross too far distance as soon as possible is to cross the wormhole.


    There are many wormholes in the void, which run through many places of the void.


    Some of these wormholes are naturally formed, and later they have been artificially transformed and reinforced.


    Yes, it''s simply caused by the direct action of the great supernatural power.


    The existence of wormholes is of great significance, especially for those big powers.


    With wormholes, it is convenient to quickly mobilize troops in the vast void and effectively strengthen the control of their own strength range.


    In the void, in addition to those public wormholes, some big forces also have their own wormholes.


    In particular, some wormholes located at key hubs are the key of these great forces.


    Previously, Meng Zhang left the sphere of influence of Mingxin society, that is, he drove a high-speed Shenzhou, crossed a public wormhole and crossed a long distance.


    The star area where Meng Zhang is now located is called the quadrangular Star area. There are several large cultivation forces.


    The large-scale cultivation forces in the void are detached from the original world and have the power to travel freely in the void.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Junchen world, he was also well-informed.


    As far as he knows, there are no wormholes around the star area where the Jun dust world is located.


    In this way, Meng Zhang could not directly cross the wormhole and return to the Jun dust world.


    Since he could not directly return to the Jun dust world, Meng Zhang had to find a wormhole as close to the star area where the Jun dust world was located as possible.


    Meng Zhang has been fooling around in the void for so many years, and he also has some channels to get all kinds of information.


    He learned not long ago that in the quadrangular region, several real immortals took the lead to create a new wormhole channel to a strange area in the void.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to inquire, only to know that the strange area is not too far from the star area where the Jun dust world is located.


    So Meng Zhang hurried away from the area near Mingxin club. After some twists and turns, he came here.


    Meng Zhang is now in the void at the edge of the quadrangular star region.


    He is going to inquire about the details here and see if he can use the new wormhole channel.


    The reason why the quadrangular Star area is named is that there are four big worlds in the star area, standing on opposite sides of each other.


    In these four big worlds, there are powerful cultivation forces.


    Among these cultivation forces, the cultivation forces of Taoism are the main ones.


    In addition, there are the sects of Buddhism, the branches of Confucianism and so on.


    These forces fight endlessly on weekdays, but in the face of foreign invaders, they can unite and unite with the outside world.


    The power level of the quadrangular Star area is very high, and there are many strong ones at the level of true immortals.


    Monks like Meng Zhang are not qualified to do whatever they want here.


    The four big worlds in the quadrangular Star area are well defended on weekdays. If strangers want to enter them, they usually have to go through careful inspection and interrogation.


    At the edge of the quadrangular region, there is a broken world, which can be called the big world.


    More than 10000 years ago, several real immortals captured a big world from other star regions and tried to drag it back to the quadrangular star region.


    After most of the migration work was carried out, several real immortals were attacked and fought fiercely with strong enemies.


    In the course of fierce fighting, the big world was hit hard and almost completely destroyed.


    After the battle, several real immortals saw that the big world had been seriously damaged and had little value.


    They gave up their traction and let it float on the edge of the quadrangular region.


    Later, some chamber of Commerce forces who often travel to and from the quadrangular region took a fancy to the location advantage of this big world.


    The broken big world is not too far from the wormhole in the quadrangular region, and you can easily go from the big world to the interior of the quadrangular region.


    Therefore, these chambers of Commerce simply entered the big world and transformed it.


    Soon, the big world appeared at the edge of the quadrangular Star area as a post station.


    Because this big world is independent of the original four big worlds in the quadrangular region. Many forces have found opportunities.


    Even the fugitives from the other four big worlds, the strong who could not gain a foothold in the original big world, came here one after another through various means.


    After more than 10000 years of development, this broken world has miraculously become prosperous.


    This is a three no matter zone, and the other four big worlds can''t control it.


    With developed commerce and trade, it is a very important business hub.


    There is the largest underground black market in the quadrangular region.


    ¡­¡­


    Almost all outsiders who come to the quadrangular region will enter this broken world first if they don''t have a special way.


    Meng Zhang drove the high-speed divine boat through the wormhole. Without flying in the void for too long, he came to the outside of the big world.


    There is no strict guard system for the outside world, allowing outsiders to enter and leave freely.


    Meng Zhang took a rest outside the big world and restored his state to the best.


    Although it was Meng Zhang who put away the high-speed divine boat and swaggered directly into the broken world below.


    The big world suffered a lot of havoc and destruction in its early years.


    Guard systems such as the vigorous wind layer outside the big world have long disappeared.


    Not only outsiders can easily enter and leave here freely, but all kinds of harmful substances from the void also infiltrate here from time to time.


    There is no obvious boundary between the big world and the void.


    Meng Zhang took a few steps and came to a place not far from the ground.


    Most of the earth is a desert without any vitality.


    Not to mention ordinary mortals, even friars with poor cultivation, have no ability to survive here.


    The whole desert looks almost gray and black, which makes people feel extremely depressed at first sight.


    No one cares about the original name of the big world.


    Later people called it the world of ashes.


    On the endless desert, it seems to be full of scars.


    It was an unfathomable ravine that made the desert a mess.


    In many parts of the desert, thick layers of smoke float over the earth.


    These colorful smoke contains strong toxicity, which is enough to poison ordinary low-level friars.


    On the desert, some strange patches can be seen occasionally.


    Meng Zhang took a closer look. These patches are clearly all kinds of buildings.


    This is the stronghold established by various forces here.


    Meng Zhang only looked a few times and found his own goal.


    It was a huge city, protected by a heavy light mask.

 Chapter 1854

    This city is called Baishi city. It is not only the business center of the ash world, but also the most prosperous city here.


    There are many forces in Baishi City, mixed with dragons and snakes.


    Although the dusty world is broken, it seems that the whole world will collapse at any time.


    But the world is much stronger than it seems, and there are still a lot of resources to produce.


    However, the cost of exploiting resources in a broken world is too high.


    If you only exploit ordinary resources, it is not worth the powerful forces in the quadrangular region.


    Therefore, most of the various resources in the ash world are produced and used by cities and towns here.


    Deep underground in the ash world, a special kind of white stone is produced.


    This white stone is much harder than gold and iron, and can well contain and store Reiki. It is a good material for laying arrays and building special buildings.


    This white stone is widely used in Baishi city to build various buildings, which not only shows that Baishi city is rich and powerful, but also helps to build various defense systems.


    The protective light shield outside Baishi city effectively ensures the safety of the city.


    Whether it is the large sandstorms that often appear on the desert or the harmful substances from the void, they are blocked out of the hood.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, he easily penetrated the protective light shield without causing any damage or making any movement.


    The dusty world is a very free world, where the strong come and go freely.


    However, cities and towns in the dusty world have certain protective measures for their own safety.


    There are protective masks outside Baishi City, and many patrol teams patrol at all times.


    All outsiders who come to Baishi city need to go through strict inventory and accept registration before they can enter the city.


    In fact, the real strong, or friars with access, will not be bound.


    There is almost an endless stream of people who secretly enter and leave Baishi city through various channels.


    Baishi city is the most prosperous business center in the ash world, and it is also a famous place to hide dirt and accept dirt.


    Not only is it full of all kinds of scum fugitives, but even ghosts and demons come and go from time to time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s information, the real immortal level strongmen in other big worlds in the quadrangular region rarely pay attention to the ash world.


    Many times, the dusty world has almost become a place outside the law.


    Of course, there is a minimum order in Whitestone.


    Even on the surface, the security here is good.


    Without much effort, Meng Zhang entered Baishi city.


    The quadrangular Star area is a star area with a high level of cultivation. The strong here are like clouds. It is not rare to return to emptiness.


    In order to avoid making a big noise and causing some trouble, Meng Zhang acted more restrained.


    He did not wantonly release his mind to investigate the whole city. But as an ordinary monk, he turned around the city and observed it carefully.


    Places like this are often well informed.


    Meng Zhang had only heard that several real immortals in the quadrangular region were going to build a new wormhole channel.


    After inquiring, I knew that the general area leading to the wormhole passage seemed not far from the star area where the Jun dust world was located.


    As for more information, Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    Therefore, Meng ZhangCai personally came to the quadrangular Star area.


    When did several real immortals start to build wormholes, what purpose they have, what kind of regulations are for the management of wormholes, whether Meng Zhang can use wormholes, etc.


    The answer to these questions is what Meng Zhang urgently needs to know.


    Meng Zhang has never been to Baishi city before, and he hearsay everything here.


    With his cultivation, he doesn''t need to slowly contact the forces in the city and ask for information step by step, but in place step by step.


    Meng Zhang walked around the city and came to a selected place.


    He wasn''t fooling around before.


    On the one hand, secretly release ideas in a small range and collect all kinds of information.


    Such as the conversation of passers-by, the secret conversation in some secret rooms, etc.


    On the other hand, it is also looking for the returning virtual power in this city.


    Baishi city is indeed the largest city in the ash world.


    Meng Zhang just wandered around at will and felt the breath of several people returning to virtual power.


    As for those who have completely restrained their own breath and have not been sensed by Meng Zhang, I don''t know how many.


    Some of these great powers of returning to emptiness are sensitive. When Meng Zhang sensed their existence, he should also be aware of it.


    However, when facing friars of the same level, everyone will be more cautious and will not easily lead to conflict.


    Meng Zhang sensed the existence of return virtual power, so he took the initiative to retreat and avoid the corresponding area.


    In this way, it''s even harder for the other party to hold on to it.


    After all, the higher the level of cultivation, the more reluctant they are to make enemies easily.


    Since there are many great powers of returning to emptiness here, Meng Zhang, as an outsider, naturally can''t mess around.


    Of course, in order to save time and obtain information as soon as possible, he still has to take some special measures.


    In front of Meng Zhang''s eyes, this place is the residence of the Wang family, a famous big businessman in sijiaoxing District, in Baishi city.


    The Wang family has several great powers who return to the virtual world. It is said that their ancestors also have a special origin with a real immortal.


    The Wang family has a wild road, broad friends and great business.


    The powerful Wang family has always had a good reputation in the quadrangular Star area.


    The Wang family pays attention to harmony to make money. There are few acts of bullying the market and causing trouble.


    Meng Zhang chose the Wang family as his target because such a big business has always been well informed.


    Moreover, the family has a gentle style of behavior and is easy to communicate, so it will not have a big conflict with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had heard that an old ancestor of the Wang family had just escorted the family caravan out of Baishi city.


    Now, in the residence of the Wang family, it seems that there is no return to Xu''s ancestors.


    Meng Zhang stood outside Wang''s residence and carefully investigated it. He didn''t feel the existence of Huixu power.


    Of course, if there is a hidden power of returning to emptiness in it and avoids Meng Zhang''s exploration, Meng Zhang can only admit bad luck.


    The Wang family is the target carefully selected by Meng Zhang, which is very suitable in all aspects.


    The level of the Wang family is not low. You should be able to get the information Meng Zhang wants to know.


    The level of the Wang family is not so high that Meng Zhang is unwilling to provoke.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay outside the Wang''s residence for long, and his whole body disappeared silently.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure and appeared in the Wang''s residence.


    Soon, he came to the person in charge of the station and the highest monk in the station, outside the quiet room of de Feng, the true king of Yang God.


    In the whole process, Meng Zhang did not know the ghost.


    Not only did it not touch the protection prohibition and Dharma array of the Wang''s residence, but also did not disturb anyone in the residence.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the various defense facilities outside Wang Defeng''s quiet room seemed to be nonexistent.


    Meng Zhang stepped out and came to the goal.

 Chapter 1855

    Meng Zhang stepped into Wang Defeng''s quiet room. In front of him was a guy sitting cross legged, with a broad face and incomparably fat.


    Wang Defeng closed his eyes and was meditating.


    With his slow breathing, his fat was shaking.


    "Don''t pretend. I don''t mean any harm. I just want to have a good talk with you."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Wang Defeng smiled bitterly, opened his eyes and looked at Meng Zhang warily.


    The Wang family really deserves to be a famous big merchant in the four corner Star area. Many prohibition and Dharma arrays have been set up in this residence.


    In particular, in the quiet room where Wang Defeng, the resident leader, meditated, the prohibition was actually able to detect the arrival of great energy in the period of returning to emptiness.


    When Meng Zhang entered the quiet room, the prohibition was touched and alerted Wang Defeng.


    As a true king of Yang God, Wang Defeng is not weak.


    However, in the face of the great power of returning to emptiness, even with the help of various prohibitions and Dharma arrays, once a conflict occurs, the strength of the Wang family in this residence can never resist.


    Originally, he pretended not to be aware of Meng Zhang''s arrival and tried to delay time.


    Now Meng Zhang revealed it at a glance, and his plan naturally failed.


    Facing the strange return virtual power, and the other party broke into the quiet room so directly, Wang Defeng was a little nervous.


    Of course, he doesn''t have any confidence at all.


    The Wang family also has the ancestor of returning to emptiness. Even if it is returning to emptiness, it can''t do whatever it wants here.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean any harm at all. He just wanted to inquire about some news.


    Of course, if he doesn''t show enough strength, the other party may not be honest.


    Meng Zhang stood with his hands down without any movement.


    Wang Defeng felt that he was suddenly bound and could not send a signal for help.


    At the same time, he lost control of the prohibition here.


    Meng Zhang stopped and did not continue to move.


    Meng Zhang did not directly get to the point, but chatted with Wang Defeng in a chatty tone.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t show malice, Wang Defeng didn''t dare to be careless.


    He carefully organized the language and talked to Meng Zhang slowly.


    For some of the questions Meng Zhang asked casually, he knew the answer, of course, was carefully answered.


    If he really doesn''t know, he doesn''t lie, but honestly doesn''t know.


    After rambling for a long time, seeing that Wang Defeng was honest, Meng ZhangCai finally began to get to the point.


    Meng Zhang''s Meng Zhang did not force him. He just looked at him and said nothing.


    Probably unable to stand the pressure brought by Meng Zhang, Wang Defeng hesitated for a long time before he began to answer.


    I have to say that Meng Zhang was lucky. He came here to ask Wang Defeng. He found the right person.


    In the quadrangular region, many returning virtual powers do not know the answer to this question.


    The Wang family has a wide range of friends and is well-informed. Their ancestors have a lot of connections with a real immortal, so they know a little about this matter.


    Wang Defeng is a descendant valued by several Huixu ancestors in the family. He has been vigorously cultivated by the family before he learned the high-end secrets of the family.


    The reason why several real immortals built a new wormhole channel is very simple, that is, to escape.


    It turned out that the senior management of the quadrangular Star area got the news some time ago that the navigation route of Yunzhong city will pass through the quadrangular Star area in the near future.


    After learning the news, the high-level leaders in the quadrangular region panicked and fell into chaos.


    The high level of the quadrangular Star area will have such a response, all because the reputation of Cloud City is too loud.


    Meng Zhang has been fooling around with this famous man in the void for several years. He is no longer the kind of ignorant novice.


    He has also heard a lot about the legend of Cloud City.


    Originally, he listened to the legends of Yunzhong city as stories.


    He didn''t expect to hear the exact news of Yunzhong city here.


    The so-called Cloud City is notorious in the void. It is almost a public enemy of all the big world.


    Yunzhong city is a huge artificial city, wandering in the void for many years.


    How big is this huge city?


    This huge city is a complete world.


    In other words, the big world is a huge city.


    In the Cloud City, countless creatures thrive here, and a large number of cultivation forces have cultivated many strong people.


    Cloud City is not fixed in one place, but constantly wandering and drifting in the void.


    Wherever the city in the clouds passes, there will be havoc and bloody scenes.


    The cultivators of Yunzhong City looted and formed. They are a group of the most ferocious robbers.


    They will loot all star regions they pass through, and even directly destroy some big worlds.


    If we have to make an analogy, the city in the clouds is a nomadic nation in the void, born after each big world.


    By plundering all the big world, Yunzhong city supports itself and continues to develop and grow. It can be said that it is an out and out battle.


    The great worlds in the void are not lambs to be slaughtered.


    Any independent world that can stand in the void basically has some strength.


    However, where Yunzhong city passes, although it will also encounter fierce resistance. But after wars, Yunzhong city is basically the last winner.


    Before that, there were some star regions even stronger than the quadrangular star region, which unfortunately blocked the wandering route of Cloud City.


    After a fierce battle, these star areas were defeated by Yunzhong city.


    As a loser, the big world is plundered. Neither population nor material losses can be measured.


    In some extreme cases, some big worlds will even be destroyed directly.


    No one knows how many years the city in the clouds has been plundering in the void.


    I only know that Yunzhong city has a long history of being famous and powerful.


    If you let Yunzhong city enter the quadrangular Star area, all the major cultivation forces here will be forced to a desperate situation.


    The power of the quadrangular region alone can never resist the city in the clouds.


    Since you can''t fight, you have to run away.


    If you keep the green mountains, you won''t be afraid of no firewood.


    As long as you stay away from the Cloud City, the other party will not pursue and kill endlessly.


    Of course, if you can''t move as soon as possible, you may be caught up by the vanguard troops of Yunzhong city.


    If you want to move to a distant place as soon as possible, of course, it is not suitable to use the conventional way of navigation.


    It''s best to have a channel like wormhole to move the major forces in the quadrangular region to other distant regions in a short time.


    There is a wormhole near the quadrangular Star area, which can directly connect the Mingxin club near the star area.


    However, there are masters in the star area over there, and the strength of the masters is not weak.


    With the strength of the quadrangular Star area, even if you launch a war, you can''t defeat your opponent and seize the control of the star area there in a short time.

 Chapter 1856

    The top level of the quadrangular Star area who is busy fleeing is certainly unwilling to easily establish a strong enemy, let alone fall into a protracted war.


    Since this road is impassable, we must find another way out.


    There are two true immortals in the quadrangular Star area. When they traveled in the void in their early years, they came to a star area with good conditions in all aspects and suitable for the reproduction of creatures.


    At that time, the two real immortals were busy and didn''t stay in that star area more.


    Later, because of some internal problems in the quadrangular Star area, the forces of the two real immortals were not able to develop the star area wantonly.


    Now Yunzhong city will pass through the quadrangular Star area. With the style of Yunzhong City, the quadrangular Star area will not be guaranteed.


    The two true immortals had to convince everyone to take the star area as the target of migration.


    That star area is too far from the quadrangular Star area. Who knows how long it will take to use the virtual warship to sail slowly.


    And there are too many dangers in the long journey in the void.


    In particular, if you rashly enter some strange star areas, even the real fairy may encounter danger.


    In order to complete the migration as soon as possible, after discussion, the senior management of the quadrangular region decided to build a wormhole channel to the migration destination.


    From scratch, building a new wormhole channel is definitely not an easy task.


    Even if a number of strong players at the level of true immortals make a move, they will encounter many difficulties.


    Besides, if you want to build a stable wormhole channel, you can use a large number of flying boats and monks, which requires a lot of precious materials.


    Even the rich quadrangular star region cannot provide all the materials.


    In order to collect all these materials as soon as possible, the four corners Star area sent many caravans to purchase from other star areas.


    Some special materials have a single purpose.


    The materials needed to build wormholes are no secret to the great forces in the void.


    In order to complete the procurement as soon as possible, the four corner Star area not only does not hesitate to pay any price, but also cannot keep it confidential.


    So the news spread that the quadrangular region wanted to build a new wormhole channel.


    In the void, most of the star areas that are suitable for living creatures to reproduce and have rich resources have masters.


    Between the star areas, there are caravans trading and exchanging needed goods.


    Similarly, in order to compete for interests and resources, wars will break out among major star regions.


    The construction of a new wormhole channel costs a lot and is an extremely heavy burden for the quadrangular region.


    Among the major forces in the void, building a new wormhole channel is either for military purposes to facilitate the mobilization of troops; Or for commercial purposes, open up new business routes; Or discover a new big world and carry out large-scale development


    The original wormhole channel near the quadrangular region is a public channel, and no military force is stationed to control it.


    This is because a peace agreement has long been reached between the quadrangular Star area and the star area at the other end of the wormhole channel.


    Both sides gave up controlling the wormhole channel to show their sincerity of non aggression.


    Now the quadrangular Star area wants to build a new wormhole channel. According to the agreement, it must ventilate the opposite Star area to avoid misunderstanding.


    If the opposite Star area mistakenly thinks that the quadrangular Star area has the intention to expand around, it is very bad.


    The news that Yunzhong city is about to pass through the quadrangular Star area is still strictly confidential, and only a few people are qualified to know.


    If Wang Defeng had not been born, he could not have known about it.


    If the news of the coming of Yunzhong city spreads widely, it will certainly lead to serious chaos.


    Maybe, before the cloud city comes, there will be a fight in the quadrangular Star area.


    Even, whether the nearby star area will take advantage of the fire and take the opportunity to seek benefits from the four corner Star area is uncertain.


    Therefore, the quadrangular region announced the approximate location of the other end of the newly built wormhole channel.


    This indicates to the surrounding star region that the quadrangular star region has no intention of expanding around, and its target is other star regions far away.


    Meng Zhang came here after learning the news that the wormhole channel to be built in the quadrangular Star area leads to the star area near the Jun dust world.


    Now, knowing the inside story from Wang Defeng''s mouth, Meng Zhang fell into meditation.


    I don''t know whether the high level of the quadrangular Star area or the migration site they chose is not far from the Jun dust world.


    The star area where the Jun dust world is located is very lively, and there are many powerful forces.


    Jun dust world itself has many real immortals.


    Meng Zhang knew that the Junchen world was about to change and would soon become the focus of his star area, setting off countless storms.


    I don''t know what impact this group of cultivation forces in the four corners Star area will have on the star area where the Jun dust world is located after they migrate?


    Meng Zhang just thought about it and gave up thinking about it.


    When the sky collapses, naturally there are tall people standing on it.


    Even if it will have a bad impact on the Jun dust world, it will naturally be handled by the real immortals in the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang is just a monk in the retreat period. He is not qualified to participate in such a big event.


    Since the migration is to escape, this new wormhole channel should be able to be built successfully.


    Meng Zhang asked Wang Defeng. Meng Zhang knew that it was difficult and easy for outsiders like himself to pass through this wormhole channel.


    It''s hard to say. If Meng Zhang goes to the door directly, the senior management in the quadrangular Star area will not easily agree to pass through the wormhole channel.


    The escape channel related to the life and death of one''s own family can be used by irrelevant outsiders at will.


    Said Yi, the returning virtual power of local forces in the quadrangular region should be qualified to pass through this wormhole channel.


    After all, even if it is a powerful force, Huixu power can not be Chinese cabbage, but a very precious high-level combat power.


    Even the existence of such a level as running for life and returning to virtual power will not be easily left behind, but will be taken away as much as possible.

 Chapter 1857

    For Meng Zhang now, it is a very feasible way to change into a vest for a local sect in the quadrangular Star area.


    You should be able to use the wormhole channel if you appear as a powerful power in the return period of the local sect.


    There are four big worlds in the quadrangular Star area, and there are countless large and small sects and families.


    Moreover, these sects and families have different inheritance, and some are inextricably linked with other star areas.


    After Meng Zhang mixed into the local sect, as long as he played a positive role in the quadrangular region, it should not lead to too much hostility.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang soon had an idea.


    However, specific goals still need his careful choice.


    After knowing all the things you want to know, the next step is how to deal with Wang Defeng.


    The other party showed great cooperation, almost answered all questions, said everything and said everything.


    According to Meng Zhang''s behavior, there is no need to create more evils for no reason.


    But just let this guy go. Later, he leaked his door-to-door information, which was more or less a trouble.


    Although Meng Zhang hid his identity from beginning to end, there was no trace.


    Including Meng Zhang''s appearance and breath in front of Wang Defeng, they are all fake.


    But for the sake of safety, it''s not good to do nothing.


    It has to be said that as the resident director of the Wang family in Baishi City, Wang Defeng is a very clever guy.


    As a well-known merchant family in the quadrangular Star area, most of the Wang family have the ability of observing words and expressions and dealing with affairs smoothly.


    Seeing Meng Zhang hesitating there, Wang Defeng immediately asked him to make a big road oath. He would strictly keep secret what happened here today.


    Even for returning to virtual power, the avenue oath has a strong binding force.


    Once violated, it will cause the power of the road to bite back.


    If it is light, you will be seriously injured and if it is heavy, you will die.


    The friars at the level of Yang God Zhenjun dare not break it easily.


    Of course, the avenue oath is not 100% insurance.


    Some esoteric means in the cultivation world can help avoid the great road oath.


    Especially when swearing, the oath is not rigorous enough and there are some loopholes.


    Meng Zhang considered for a moment and gave up the practice of killing people and killing people.


    For one thing, it is incompatible with his style of conduct.


    Second, as a descendant of the Wang family, Wang Defeng has a high status in the family.


    Once mysteriously disappeared, it will lead to a lot of trouble.


    Third, Meng Zhang guessed that although the senior management of the four corner Star district is strictly confidential about Yunzhong city. However, for various reasons, this state of confidentiality will not last long.


    Maybe before long, the friars in the whole quadrangular region will know that Yunzhong city is about to invade. They need to escape through the new wormhole channel.


    Once he thought clearly, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to supervise Wang Defeng to take the road oath and strictly keep today''s affairs confidential.


    Then, Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared silently from the residence of the Wang family.


    When Meng Zhang appeared again, he was on a street in Baishi city.


    Like an ordinary monk, he wandered around the street.


    The environment of the dusty world is bad. Even with the protection of large and small towns, it is still difficult for ordinary people to survive here.


    Therefore, in the dusty world, there are almost no ordinary mortals, all of them are monks.


    Naturally, Baishi city is also a pure city of monks. At least all the monks living here are in the period of Qi refining.


    Of course, the refining friars left the protection of the town. It''s hard to survive on the wasteland outside.


    Meng Zhang has opened his eyes since he came to the world outside the void.


    In the Junchen world, Taoist practitioners dominate everything.


    If a mortal wants to become a cultivator, he must be born with spiritual roots.


    In the big world Meng Zhang has experienced over the years, there are many cultivation systems different from those of Taoist practitioners.


    Even if there is no spiritual root, mortals can also embark on the road of cultivation.


    Just like a Shinto friar, he only needs to devoutly believe in a God and let his body and mind slowly close to the God, he may be lowered by the God and obtain the magic power.


    In addition, there is also a spread of artificial spiritual root technology in some big world, which can make spiritual roots the day after tomorrow and implant them into mortals, so that mortals can have the qualification of cultivating truth.


    Of course, the spiritual roots made the day after tomorrow are not only expensive, but also of poor quality. Its owner''s cultivation future is limited, and more resources need to be consumed in the cultivation process.


    Generally speaking, it is often those practitioners who have plenty of money who use this technology for their blood relatives who have no spiritual roots.


    In other words, some sects with difficulty in recruiting disciples use this technology to mass produce low-level miscellaneous workers and the like.


    In the Jun dust world, there is no such technology, which is mainly limited by the upper level.


    As a young world, Jun dust world has limited world heritage and accumulation.


    In the whole world, there is not enough aura, not even the fourth-order spiritual pulse.


    Creating a large number of low-level practitioners with no future is just a waste of Reiki.


    If the artificial spirit root technology is popularized in the Jun dust world, the number of practitioners will increase sharply, which will cause great pressure on the whole world.


    Many of the big worlds Meng Zhang has experienced in the void are very mature big worlds, with extremely profound accumulation and abundant aura.


    Not to mention the fourth level spirit pulse, even the fifth level spirit pulse.


    As for the blessed land, it is the standard configuration of many large-scale cultivation forces.


    In such a big world, it is very normal for high-level friars to have more low-level friars as servants.


    In the Junchen world, there is not a city of practitioners composed of monks.


    But after strolling around Baishi City, Meng Zhang still sighed a little.


    Although Baishi city is the business center of the ash world, the ash world is just the marginal world of the four corner Star area.


    There are many monks with various cultivation systems in Baishi city.


    The various cultivation resources sold here are extremely rich.


    If you really let the cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area migrate and become neighbors with the Jun dust world, it is not a good thing for the Jun dust world.


    Of course, with Meng Zhang''s current ability, it is impossible to destroy the plans of the high-level in the quadrangular region.


    On the contrary, if the high-level plan of the quadrangular region can succeed, it will help shorten his way home.


    It''s rare to come to a new place. Meng Zhang not only inquired about the news, but also collected various specialty resources here.


    Especially the various classics sold, although they are basically popular goods. However, the classics of various worlds and cultivation systems can still broaden people''s horizons and increase the accumulation of taiyimen in the future.


    In places like Baishi City, there will be no lack of channels to sell information and intelligence.


    Meng Zhang, who has rich experience, soon integrated into this place like a fish in water.

 Chapter 1858

    What Meng Zhang didn''t know was that shortly after he left the Wang residence, Wang Defeng, a seemingly honest guy, made new moves.


    When Meng Zhang left the residence of the Wang family, he lifted the ban on Wang Defeng and completely restored his freedom.


    As soon as Wang Defeng regained his freedom, he immediately checked the inside and outside of the Wang''s residence through various prohibitions of the Wang''s residence and checked the situation of the sneakers.


    After a long time, he was sure that Meng Zhang had really left and was not hidden nearby.


    And it seems that Meng Zhang will never look back.


    For Meng Zhang''s sneaking here, he didn''t say anything, let alone disturb others in the station.


    After thinking about it, Wang Defeng took out a mirror, put it in front of him and rubbed it gently.


    A moment later, in the mirror, an old man with a black mask appeared.


    When the old man appeared in the mirror, Wang Defeng had knelt down respectfully.


    "My subordinates have seen envoys..."


    "Don''t be polite. You family friars are like this. Every time you meet, you have to do a lot of red tape and waste your time."


    "Well, stop talking nonsense and get down to business."


    Wang Defeng made a sealing gesture to his mouth, and then reluctantly said, "my subordinates were forced to make a big road oath and can''t easily say what happened."


    After hearing this, the old man thought a little and said, "wait. I''ll send someone to help you deal with it right away."


    "It''s also your luck. The messenger sent by me is the best at stealing the day."


    "As long as your boy''s luck is not too bad, the reverse bite of the avenue oath will be weakened to the lightest."


    ¡­¡­


    After the two sides ended the call, Wang Defeng waited quietly.


    As an invincible powerful force that has been rampant in the void for many years, Yunzhong city is not blindly reckless.


    Yunzhong city is like those nomads in the mortal world, living by water and grass and plundering everywhere.


    Before looting, Yunzhong city will naturally collect all kinds of information about the target.


    Even, it will send an advance team to the target star area to lurk secretly and wait for the opportunity to destroy the opponent''s attempts.


    Cloud City is essentially a big world. It doesn''t move very fast in the void.


    Most wormhole channels in the void cannot carry the city in the clouds.


    However, the advance team sent by Yunzhong city can come to the target star area long in advance by various means.


    After the senior management of the four corner Star District learned the news that Yunzhong city was about to attack, they didn''t have any idea of resistance, so they wanted to escape and move to a distant place.


    However, not every faction in the quadrangular region is willing to move to a distant place.


    Don''t say anything about emotional problems such as hard to leave home.


    In the process of migration, many small and medium-sized forces, whose interests are difficult to be guaranteed, will certainly suffer heavy losses.


    If one is not good, the whole family may weaken and even disappear completely in the process of migration.


    Whether the destination of the migration can accommodate outsiders in the quadrangular Star area, and whether there are enough resources to support many practitioners?


    All this, even the top of the quadrangular region, can not be guaranteed.


    Once there is a chance, the interests of those big forces can be guaranteed. Many small forces will become victims.


    Although Yunzhong city is a robber in the void, it is notorious and its reputation is comparable to that of the devil.


    But the main power of Yunzhong city is the true cultivator of Taoism.


    Yunzhong city is just to plunder resources. It is not a madman who destroys all living creatures, nor a demon friar who wants to dye the world.


    The practitioners of Cloud City can still communicate to a certain extent.


    The advance team sent by Yunzhong city needs the cooperation of local forces in order to successfully hide and take root in the quadrangular Star area.


    In the future, after Yunzhong city comes to the quadrangular Star area, it also needs to lead the way, so as to plunder all kinds of resources here more efficiently.


    Therefore, the advance team sent by Yunzhong city easily found partners in the quadrangular Star area, and the two sides reached a lot of agreements.


    Before Yunzhong City arrived, these local road leading parties cooperated with the advance team.


    After Yunzhong City arrives, it will naturally ensure the interests of these leading parties.


    After leaving, Yunzhong city can even hand over the quadrangular Star area to these road leaders.


    Although the practitioners of Yunzhong city are cruel and cruel, they are not those who break their promises.


    Moreover, Cloud City rarely directly destroys a big world.


    Those practitioners with enough insight know that destroying a big world with many creatures will infect many sins and lead to many bad results.


    In order to protect their own lives and gain more benefits, many forces in the quadrangular region are willing to act as a guide party.


    So far, the senior management of the quadrangular Star district has strictly concealed the news that Yunzhong city is coming.


    However, the advance team sent by Yunzhong city will not hide the news.


    Of course, out of some consideration, the advance team did not spread the news wantonly, but told it to the subdued guide party.


    The merchant family has always been smooth and lacks firm determination to resist.


    The Wang family, a famous business family in sijiaoxing District, surrendered to the advance team of Yunzhong City long ago and actively cooperated with it.


    The Wangs are not very clear about the coming of Yunzhong city to the quadrangular Star area.


    After taking refuge, the practitioners of Yunzhong city told them the detailed information.


    Meng Zhang has such a gift as his heart, and has the ability to see through people''s hearts.


    However, in the face of high-level friars, especially those who have practiced the secret method of closing the mind, this magic power will be greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang had not been able to see through Wang Defeng''s heart before. He just knew that this guy seemed very sincere and had never lied.


    Although Wang Defeng said most of the truth, he concealed the key information and did not reveal the secret that his family had taken refuge in Yunzhong city.


    Soon after, the messenger of Yunzhong city came to the king''s residence.


    When a cultivator makes a big road oath, he usually calls the power of his own cultivation to swear to the world road of his own origin.


    Wang Defeng was born in the big world within the quadrangular region.


    The dusty world is far away from the interior of the quadrangular region.


    A long distance will weaken the power of heaven and earth Avenue.


    The friars sent by Yunzhong city are proficient in the secret technique of stealing heaven and changing the sun, and help Wang Defeng deceive the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Finally, Wang Defeng successfully lifted his oath.


    Although it is still inevitable to suffer some counterattack and serious injury, the result is acceptable.


    Losing the bondage of the avenue oath, Wang Defeng told the messenger of Yunzhong city what had happened before.

 Chapter 1859

    In the face of the irresistible power of returning to emptiness, Wang Defeng gave in and revealed a lot of information in order to save his life.


    However, he did not disclose the most critical information about the service of the Wang family officials to Yunzhong city and the fact that the advance team of Yunzhong city had reached the quadrangular Star area.


    In this regard, the messenger of Yunzhong city is quite satisfied.


    Someone asked about the details of the wormhole channel built by the high-rise buildings in the quadrangular Star area. This matter needs attention, but it doesn''t need too much attention.


    As time goes on, more and more people will be curious about it.


    The news that the senior management of the quadrangular Star district is preparing to use the wormhole channel for great migration will soon be beyond concealment.


    Well informed people like Wang Defeng may also be forced to ask questions again.


    Other friars in yunzhongcheng can''t control it, but these members of the road leading Party still want to protect one or two.


    After that, the friar of Yunzhong City warned everyone to be extra careful.


    Wang Defeng''s response is a good example.


    It''s better to expose the details of the matter than their identity as a guide party.


    As for Meng Zhang who pressed Wang Defeng, they will trace it, but there will not be results.


    Meng Zhang himself did not expect that he had just come to the quadrangular Star area and chose an object for questioning, but he won the first prize.


    The goal he chose was to lead the road party, and he had secretly taken refuge in Yunzhong city.


    Of course, if not, Meng Zhang would not know that Yunzhong city is coming to the quadrangular Star area.


    As the largest trading city in the ash world, Baishi city not only gathers a large number of goods, but also a well-informed place.


    Here you can not only find out all kinds of news about the dusty world, but also buy all kinds of Secrets of other big worlds in the quadrangular region.


    Meng Zhang has been fooling around in the void for so many years. With his good skills, he has also earned a lot of resources such as Yuqing LINGJI.


    In most of the big world in the void, Yuqing LINGJI can be used as a common currency.


    Meng Zhang earned more than enough resources for his daily practice. Over the years, he still has a lot of accumulation.


    Some ordinary information, there is no need to repeat the old skills and show the means to deal with Wang Defeng.


    In the final analysis, breaking into other people''s homes and bullying are more used, which will inevitably attract the attention of the senior management of Baishi city.


    As an outsider, Meng Zhang does not need to easily offend local forces.


    If the news about the wormhole was not too important to him, he could not know the inside story by conventional means, and he would not easily break into the Wang''s residence.


    After spending some time in Baishi City, Meng Zhang got the information he needed.


    That day, Meng Zhanggang was about to leave a restaurant selling news. When he came to the gate of the restaurant, he was stunned.


    Not far away, a group of monks were walking towards the restaurant.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts flickered in his heart, but he remained silent on the surface, as if he hadn''t noticed anything, and continued his original action.


    Although the friars in front of him made some disguises, Meng Zhang recognized their origin at a glance.


    They are not indigenous friars in the quadrangular region, but outsiders from the bimodal region.


    At the other end of the wormhole channel near the quadrangular region is the bimodal region.


    In the bimodal star region, there are two big suns far away.


    Around these two big days, there are some big and small worlds.


    Looking from a distant place, the two big days are like the peaks of two peaks, and the large and small worlds are like the peaks of two peaks.


    In terms of the area occupied in the void, the bimodal star region is much broader than the quadrangular star region.


    Bimodal Star area also has many cultivation forces, and the situation is very complex.


    Due to congenital limitations, the bimodal star region is divided into two parts.


    From one peak to another, there is no wormhole channel in the middle.


    Mingxin club is located on one of the peaks.


    Meng Zhang went to another mountain from the area where Mingxin club was located. Even if he was driving a fast divine boat, it took him more than 20 years in the void.


    He spent many years in another mountain area before he came to the quadrangular Star area through the wormhole channel outside the bimodal Star area.


    Now, seeing the practitioners from the bimodal Star area here, Meng Zhang was stunned and soon figured out their purpose.


    Building a wormhole passage is a big deal for any star region.


    Although in order to avoid misunderstanding, the high level of the quadrangular Star area has long explained to the bimodal Star area.


    The wormhole channel they built is to the star area near the Jun dust world, not for the bimodal Star area.


    However, the bimodal star Region accepts this statement on the surface, but secretly, there must be doubt.


    Even for the least precaution, the big forces in the bimodal Star area will send friars to investigate the specific situation.


    Although the major forces in the bimodal Star area fight endlessly on weekdays.


    But in the face of another star area, they all have a tacit understanding and know to work together temporarily.


    Meng Zhang is alone and can find out the specific inside story.


    With the huge power of the bimodal region, it is only a matter of time before we can know the inside story.


    There are wormholes between the quadrangular star region and the bimodal star region, and the two sides are neighbors.


    Not only do they have a lot of contacts with each other, but there must be latent spies on each other''s side.


    If the bimodal Star area knows that the city in the clouds is coming to the quadrangular Star area, it will certainly cause an uproar.


    The quadrangular Star area is not sure to block the Cloud City, and the bimodal Star area is also not the opponent of the Cloud City.


    In fact, even if all the forces in the two star regions are concentrated, they can''t try to defeat Yunzhong city.


    If the friar of Yunzhong City conquers the quadrangular Star area and is still not satisfied, he continues to send an army of friars to invade the bimodal Star area through the wormhole channel, what should he do?


    In order to prevent trouble, should the bimodal star region destroy the wormhole channel connecting the two star regions first?


    This congenital wormhole channel is often very rare and valuable.


    The wormhole channel made the day after tomorrow is not only expensive, but also generally has some defects.


    Before the friar of Yunzhong city did not invade on a large scale, it was difficult for the high-level of bimodal Star area to make up their mind to destroy this wormhole channel.


    Meng Zhang has been fooling around in the bimodal Star area for so many years, and he has some understanding of his high-level mentality.


    Like all practitioners, these guys are mercenary and insatiable.


    In addition to Taoist practitioners, there are practitioners of other systems, such as Shinto friars and Confucian friars, who are all the same in the face of interests.


    The city in the clouds came to the quadrangular Star area, which was a huge disaster for the quadrangular Star area.


    However, for the bimodal star region, it is a rare opportunity in ten thousand years.

 Chapter 1860

    The quadrangular region and the bimodal region have lived in peace for so many years.


    This is not because the senior management of both sides are pure and harmless white rabbits, but because the strength of the two star regions is not different, and they have enough ability to hurt each other.


    Once the two sides have a large-scale struggle, they will only lose both sides and benefit outsiders in vain.


    And the two star regions are mainly connected by the wormhole channel.


    Once one party is at a disadvantage, at any cost, it is likely to destroy the wormhole channel and completely cut off the direct contact between the two sides.


    Without the wormhole channel, crossing the vast void and conducting an expedition that took hundreds of years is not worth the loss for both sides.


    But now, Cloud City is coming to the quadrangular Star area, which is an unprecedented great change.


    During the invasion of Yunzhong City, the bimodal Star area was photographed by the strong strength of Yunzhong City, and most of them did not have the courage to take advantage of the fire.


    In the name of Yunzhong City, bimodal Star District doesn''t dare to join hands with it.


    But that doesn''t mean that the bimodal region can''t profit from it.


    As an outsider, Meng Zhang just thought about it a little and came up with a plan beneficial to the bimodal star region.


    It is only a temporary thing for the spiritual forces in the four corners Star area to migrate and avoid the city in the clouds.


    Yunzhong city has always been wandering in the void and won''t stay in one place for too long.


    Cloud City will leave sooner or later after it occupies the quadrangular Star area.


    After Yunzhong city leaves, the cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area can make a comeback and recapture the quadrangular Star area.


    As long as the action in the bimodal Star area is decisive, it can make a time difference.


    When the Cloud City leaves and the cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area have not returned, take one step to occupy the quadrangular Star area.


    The plundering methods of Yunzhong city are generally rough. It seems to turn the big world of the four corners into a white land. In fact, there will be a lot of leftovers.


    The bimodal star region does not completely occupy the quadrangular star region, but only needs to capture some big worlds and obtain sufficient benefits.


    Even, after reaping the full benefits, the bimodal Star area can take the initiative to evacuate most of the occupied areas, but retain some strongholds.


    For the quadrangular region, this situation is certainly intolerable.


    The big world in the quadrangular region is too important for the cultivation forces in the quadrangular region.


    Not to mention anything else, the returning virtual powers in the quadrangular Star area need to break through the big world in which they were born if they want to break through to the real immortal level.


    Only by relying on the protection of the power of the big world can we effectively resist the extraterritorial demons who come to block the Tao.


    Without the protection of the power of the world, even if you can ask the real immortal to help, you may not be able to stop the extraterritorial demons.


    Extraterritorial demons like the strong ones of magic dye.


    Not only Taoist monks, but also Buddhist monks, Shinto monks and Confucian monks... Are the targets of extraterritorial demons.


    Moreover, these spiritual forces rooted in the quadrangular region are very dependent on the local environment.


    Just like in the endless sand sea where Taiyi gate was located, there was a small sect called Earth fire gate.


    If you want to cultivate the secret skill of the sect, you must use the special fire where the sect is located.


    Similar situations are very common in the spiritual world.


    Without a familiar environment, many of the sect''s secrets will be lost.


    If the city in the cloud were not too powerful, the big forces in the quadrangular Star area would not be willing to give up their hometown and move out.


    Even if they move far away, they will always have the idea of returning to their hometown.


    Once Yunzhong city leaves, they will try to return to their hometown.


    Of course, they should avoid all kinds of variables that are not conducive to them.


    Meng Zhang found a monk from the bimodal Star District in Baishi city. He knew that there would be countless incidents between the two star districts.


    Meng Zhang sighed secretly, hoping that his plan would not be affected and could be implemented smoothly.


    Meng Zhang wanted to inquire more about the next action of these visitors from Shuangfeng Star District, but he gave up after thinking about it.


    Your business is important. It''s best not to create complications.


    Meng Zhang collected the needed information in Baishi City, so he didn''t stay here too long.


    As if he had come, he left Whitestone silently.


    After leaving Baishi City, Meng Zhang wandered around the dusty world, mainly observing the towns here.


    Although the dusty world is broken, the towns here are not small.


    Of course, not all cities and towns can stand firmly in the ash world like Baishi city.


    Some towns with insufficient strength are basically precarious. In the dusty world full of crisis, there is a danger of collapse at any time.


    In the dusty world where the living environment is so bad, the struggle between various spiritual forces still doesn''t stop.


    Many towns are hostile to each other, and wars break out from time to time.


    During the war, some cities and towns rose, some cities and towns declined, and even died.


    Meng Zhang slowly came to the outside of his target town after turning around in the dusty world.


    This is a small town. At first glance, it is a small town that is beginning to decline.


    The protective light shield outside the town has been flashing, bright and dark, obviously not stable.


    Through the light mask, Meng Zhang can find that the buildings inside the small town are very dilapidated and have obviously been damaged many times.


    There are few pedestrians on the streets of the small town.


    This small town is the residence of Xingyun sword sect, the practice sect in the dusty world.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to blend in with the cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area.


    Those great forces with real immortals don''t think about it. It''s easy to expose the details.


    It''s better for those medium-sized forces, which are more appropriate in all aspects.


    But on second thought, Meng Zhang felt that the cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area were under the eyes of those real immortals, and it was not easy to get involved.


    And he has a sense of urgency in his heart and is unwilling to spend too much time slowly looking for goals.


    Finally, he decided to choose a spiritual force in the ash world as his vest to integrate into the four pointed star area.


    Although the dusty world is located at the edge of the quadrangular region, it is often used as a dump by the great forces inside the quadrangular region.


    However, the overall strength of the ash world is not weak, and the cultivation forces here basically come from within the quadrangular Star area, which has various relations with the quadrangular Star area.


    The spiritual forces in the ash world should have the opportunity to gain the right to pass through the new wormhole channel.


    After careful study of the collected information and repeated weighing, Meng Zhang chose Xingyun sword sect as his goal.


    Xingyun sword sect was originally a practice sect in the big world in the quadrangular region.


    Later, he failed in the struggle in the cultivation world and could not continue to gain a foothold in the original big world.


    The survivors had to leave the interior of the quadrangular region and fled to the dusty world to avoid the pursuit of their enemies.

 Chapter 1861

    After the Xingyun sword sect fled its ancestral land and came to the ash world, it has gone through a lot of hardships to rebuild the sect gate here.


    Unfortunately, the ash world has limited resources and fierce struggle.


    After a series of cruel struggles, Xingyun sword sect managed to gain a foothold in the gray earth world, but it has been unable to develop.


    Especially in recent years, Xingyun sword sect has encountered many difficulties, and the sect gate is declining day by day.


    Up to now, Xingyun sword sect is facing an unprecedented crisis, which is in danger of collapse at any time.


    The only ancestor of the Xingyun sword sect who returned to emptiness and great energy, there were not many longevity yuan left.


    Some time ago, master Yun fought against the dead in the ash world. Unfortunately, he was seriously injured.


    The new injury affects the old injury, and he can''t hold on for long.


    Once the cloud ancestor falls and loses the protection of Huixu power, the Xingyun sword sect will no longer be able to gain a foothold in the gray earth world.


    Competition and annexation are the norm in the dusty world.


    At that time, not to mention the original enemies of Xingyun sword sect, even those irrelevant forces will covet the foundation of Xingyun sword sect.


    I''m afraid the best result of Xingyun sword sect is to be annexed by some force.


    Those diehards in the sect who are unwilling to surrender will only become new ghosts in the dust world.


    It can be said that Xingyun sword sect has reached the point of exhaustion.


    The life and death of the Pope''s gate is between the day and the night.


    Meng Zhang looked up at the sky, and an invisible sharp sword rose in the air, which made the secret peepers feel heavy pressure.


    At the critical moment when the Xingyun sword sect is about to perish, Meng Zhang is certainly not the only one hiding around.


    According to the atmosphere of the dusty world, in addition to the surrounding forces, there are many guys from afar, just like scavenging vultures, waiting to tear a large piece of meat from the body of the Xingyun sword sect.


    The breath from the residence of Xingyun sword sect is fierce and has an unspeakable sense of hegemony. Among them, it contains a strong killing opportunity, which makes people cold in the heart.


    Meng Zhang knew that this was the cloud ancestor of Xingyun sword sect, who wantonly exuded his own breath of returning to emptiness, in order to frighten the small people who peeped around.


    From the perspective of breath alone, ancestor Yun is still so powerful that he can''t be humiliated.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing.


    With his eyesight, he couldn''t see some things contained in this breath.


    Master Yun is really going to die. Now he''s just bluffing.


    According to the current state of the cloud ancestor, if you can restrain your breath, dormant your vitality and have a good rest, you may be able to live a few more days.


    But his unscrupulous release of breath, in order to show his own strength, is clearly undermining vitality.


    Meng Zhang believes that there are so many experts in the gray earth world. He must have an eye that is not inferior to his own existence. He has seen the details of ancestor Yun.


    Of course, those who covet the nebula sword sect don''t have to worry. Time is on their side.


    For the sake of safety, they can wait until the cloud ancestor completely breathes out before they start to attack the Xingyun sword sect.


    The death of ancestor Yun is in the sunset.


    The existence time of Xingyun sword sect has entered the countdown.


    Meng Zhang smiled. The information he collected was true.


    If Xingyun sword sect didn''t encounter crisis, where would it get the chance.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed and disappeared in place.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the protective Dharma array of Xingyun sword sect outside the ground and various internal prohibitions do not seem to exist.


    Meng Zhang went deep into the residence of Xingyun sword sect.


    Until outside the zongmen hall, the source of the breath of returning to emptiness was in front of him. Meng Zhang stopped.


    At this time, in the ancestral hall of Xingyun sword sect, Grandpa Yun sat cross legged, with a gray face and a haggard look on his face.


    In front of master Yun, several yuan God Zhenjun knelt down.


    Old cloud''s godless eyes swept over the group of people in front of him and forced him to restrain his anger.


    If, in his heyday, these people dare to appear in front of him, he will only wield a sword and kill them all.


    But now, in order to save his last strength, he had to be patient, and even had to make a false deal with these guys.


    Xingyun sword sect is facing a great crisis of life and death. Naturally, there are no people who understand it.


    In the face of the crisis, many people showed their true colors.


    Previously, some people who had access to the outside had fled the door far away.


    For them, this is not betrayal. It is a gentleman who does not stand under a dangerous wall.


    Now the people who appear in front of Mr. Yun are the middle and high levels of the door.


    They have negotiated terms of surrender with outside forces.


    Xingyun sword clan can be annexed, but they don''t have to be buried with Xingyun sword clan.


    Take their cultivation as a change of environment.


    No matter in which power, Yuan Shen Zhenjun is not dispensable cabbage, but also has the value of attracting.


    With their help, those who try to annex the nebula sword sect are happy to save some energy, reduce some losses and annex the nebula sword sect as completely as possible.


    Although the nature of practitioners is selfishness, when the crisis of Xingyun sword sect comes, there is a situation that trees fall and monkeys scatter, which is closely related to the sect structure of Xingyun sword sect.


    Since Xingyun sword sect is called sword sect, as its name suggests, it should be a sword sect dominated by sword cultivation.


    However, in fact, the Kendo inheritance of the secret biography of Xingyun sword school is too profound, it is too difficult to practice, and the requirements for the qualification and understanding of practitioners are too high.


    There are only a few disciples who can really practice the inheritance of Xingyun sword school.


    Many times, because we can''t find a disciple who can accept the Kendo inheritance for a long time, the Kendo inheritance of Xingyun sword sect is almost dating.


    Of course, such a situation is unfavorable to zongmen.


    In the environment of quadrangular Star area and even ash world, it is impossible to rely on a few disciples to maintain a sect.


    Therefore, Xingyun sword sect also recruited many other disciples.


    These disciples can''t practice Kendo inheritance, but they can practice other inheritance.


    The ancestor of Xingyun sword sect was also broad.


    Sword cultivation in the door of the four expeditions has won a large number of cultivation books for the sect through various means.


    Benefiting from Yu Ze, the monk of Xingyun sword sect, has enough classics to practice.


    In this way, most monks in Xingyun sword sect do not practice Kendo, but are practitioners of the legal system.


    A few sword repairs are not only the core of the sect, but also the top combat power of the sect.


    Due to the difficulty in inheriting sword cultivation and the increasing scarcity of sword cultivation, Xingyun sword sect had to rely more on dharma cultivation disciples.


    The practitioners of the legal system are growing and becoming the mainstream of the sect.


    For a long time, many people have almost forgotten that Xingyun sword sect is a sword sect.

 Chapter 1862

    Xingyun sword sect has maintained an ancient tradition inside the sect door.


    Accepting the sword cultivation inherited by the sect''s Kendo is the real core of the sect. It has a supreme position and can call other monks of the sect at will.


    It can even be said that only a few sword practitioners are the real heirs of Xingyun sword sect. Practitioners of other systems are essentially just slaves serving these sword cultivation.


    Of course, although the number of sword practitioners is small, as long as they maintain overwhelming cultivation and combat effectiveness, the interior of the sect can barely maintain stability.


    However, in recent years, the lineal sword cultivation within Xingyun sword sect has withered day by day, and it is more and more difficult to inherit.


    A few sword practitioners just reluctantly accepted the Kendo inheritance of zongmen, which is far from powerful.


    Of course, part of the reason is that these lineal sword practitioners have not fully grown up.


    On the contrary, the practitioners of other systems of the sect are more powerful and reflect greater advantages.


    With each passing day, the sword cultivation inside the sect can''t suppress the practitioners of other systems at all.


    Once the power of strength changes position, the practitioners of other systems who occupy the vast majority within the sect are reluctant to accept the status quo.


    Why should they work hard outside to capture the resources they want to use to support only a few sword repairmen.


    However, these swordsmen are of average strength and have no contribution to the sect. They only know how to ask for it.


    This state lasted for a long time, and the people of the sect naturally dispersed.


    If it hadn''t been for the forced maintenance of ancestor Yun, the Xingyun sword sect might have been divided by internal struggle.


    When ancestor Yun was there, he was enough to intimidate the whole sect.


    However, his Shouyuan was about to run out, and all kinds of contradictions in the door could no longer be suppressed and were exposed one after another.


    It can be imagined that the day he sat down was the day when the Xingyun sword sect completely disintegrated.


    Father Yun sat there without saying a word, but his heart was filled with grief and anger.


    He can''t accept that the famous Xingyun sword sect in the past has fallen into such a field today.


    Even if his soul returns to Jiuquan, the obsession in his heart can''t die.


    Over the years, he has worked hard to maintain the Xingyun sword sect.


    Although Yun Laozu thinks he is not a business talent, and he has spent most of these years healing behind closed doors and has not personally participated in the operation of the sect, the sect is on the verge of collapse. He feels guilty and has no face to face the ancestors of Xingyun sword sect.


    Yun Laozu, who was complaining about himself, suddenly changed his face and couldn''t hide his shock.


    An old monk like him naturally knows the truth of being vigilant in times of peace and has long left a way for the sect.


    When zongmen was facing a crisis, he had made detailed arrangements for repairing the seeds of the sword in the door early.


    Sword repair seed has long secretly left Xingyun sword sect and hid in a safe place.


    But just now, master Yun sensed that the prohibition he had left on Jianxiu seed had completely disappeared.


    Needless to say, there must be an accident with Jianxiu seed.


    Things happened so fast that yunlaozu couldn''t react.


    Even if he wants to rescue, it''s too late.


    He felt his physical state and couldn''t help laughing bitterly.


    He''s sitting here just barely making ends meet. If he moves, I''m afraid he won''t be able to maintain his last vitality.


    Why did the sword repair seed have an accident and how was it exposed?


    At the thought of this, Grandpa Yun felt cold in his heart.


    The arrangement of sword repair seed is the top secret of the door. It was personally made by Yun Laozu.


    Few people in the sect know about this. They are all the trusted confidants of ancestor Yun.


    But now, something happened.


    Is this a betrayal of his confidants, or is the enemy powerful enough to find his backhand?


    For Yun Laozu, the most important thing of Xingyun sword sect is its Kendo inheritance.


    As a last resort, the whole Xingyun sword sect can sacrifice, but the inheritance of Kendo must be preserved.


    But judging from the current situation, his bottom line can''t be maintained.


    Although master Yun has arranged other backers, some of them have been destroyed by the enemy, and other backers may not be able to protect them.


    The Kendo inheritance of Xingyun Jianzong is the belief of Yun Laozu, which is what he is most concerned about.


    Now his successor is in a serious crisis, but he can''t do anything about it. Old cloud felt that life is better than death, and he felt a burst of frustration.


    As a result, his will to survive was greatly reduced, and even his vitality became weaker.


    Meng Zhang stood outside the sect hall and hesitated a little.


    Although he didn''t know what was happening inside, he sensed that the situation of yunlaozu was even worse.


    There is not much time left for him. He must make a decision early.


    Meng Zhang, who made up his mind, no longer hesitated and took action immediately.


    Meng Zhang sent out a divine thought and introduced some information into the sect hall ahead.


    Sensing Meng Zhang''s divine thoughts, Yun Laozu was slightly stunned.


    If it were the usual, he might not care much about it.


    But now, both he and the whole Xingyun sword sect have reached the last moment, almost in a desperate situation.


    Facing the life-saving straw thrown by Meng Zhang, even if he didn''t believe it, he couldn''t ignore it.


    As soon as yunlaozu waved, he let the guys kneeling in front of him leave.


    Although Lao Zu Yun was dying, he would die at any time. However, as long as he was still breathing, no one dared to despise him at the top of the sect, and no one dared to disobey him face to face.


    The high-level of Xingyun sword sect soon disappeared.


    Meng Zhang quietly appeared in the sect hall.


    Lao Zu Yun looked up at Meng Zhang.


    "I have received your message. But what can you do to make me believe you?"


    Facing the dying ancestor Yun, Meng Zhang did not deceive him with lies, but told him frankly.


    In the message just sent out, Meng Zhang honestly told Yun Laozu his origin and purpose.


    Meng Zhang needs a vest for the birth of Xingyun Jianzong.


    In exchange, he can help Xingyun Jianzong survive the current crisis and help Xingyun Jianzong survive.


    Meng Zhang believes that his requirements are not high, but the return he gives can''t be given by others.


    Meng Zhang has the profound inheritance of taiyimen and doesn''t covet everything of Xingyun sword sect at all.


    He is an outsider. His purpose is to leave here and return to the Junchen world.


    Therefore, he will not stay in the nebula sword sect forever.


    When the situation of Xingyun sword sect improves and has the ability to survive independently, he will take the initiative to leave, which will not affect the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect at all.


    With such favorable conditions, we get a lot and pay little. As long as we are smart people, we all know how to choose.


    In fact, there is no way to go. It seems that Mr. Yun has no other choice.

 Chapter 1863

    Given by Meng Zhang, it is the best choice and the only choice of yunlaozu.


    However, the biggest problem facing both sides is how to win trust from each other.


    You know, before this moment, the two sides were completely strangers.


    Especially for Yun Laozu, he had never heard of Meng Zhang before and knew nothing about it. How can he trust each other and entrust the sect to each other.


    After listening to the inquiry of old cloud, Meng Zhang didn''t have a good way.


    Meng Zhang himself is sincere and willing to keep his promise.


    But it''s a little difficult to make old cloud believe him.


    In this event related to the inheritance of the clan, even Meng Zhang''s oath may not be able to win the trust of others.


    In any case, Meng Zhang still tries to convince yunlaozu.


    He volunteered that he could make an oath.


    If yunlaozu thinks it is not enough, he can also put forward other opinions.


    Among the two, the cloud ancestor who is about to sit down is obviously the weak side.


    If Meng Zhang''s conduct was worse, he would forcibly occupy the Xingyun sword sect. He estimated that there was no better way.


    However, Meng Zhang still has a bottom line.


    In many aspects, I hope to get the recognition and cooperation of cloud Laozu.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Lao Zu Yun didn''t respond for a long time, so he fell into thinking.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, so he waited for his reaction slowly.


    After a long time, Lao Zu Yun finally made his final decision.


    He did not say how the two sides could win the trust of each other, but began to bargain with Meng Zhang about how Meng Zhang would take care of Xingyun sword sect after he sat down.


    Meng Zhang did not deceive the other party in empty words because the other party was a dying man.


    He needs Xingyun Jianzong''s vest and is willing to pay some price.


    But he will not be tied to the tree of Xingyun Jianzong forever, let alone do something beyond his ability.


    In order to avoid leaving some unrealistic illusions to yunlaozu, Meng Zhang explained his bottom line from the beginning.


    He can help Xingyun sword clan to continue its inheritance, but he won''t work hard for Xingyun sword clan.


    As for helping Xingyun Jianzong to avenge and solve historical grievances, let alone.


    Meng Zhang''s frank attitude has won some favor from Yun Laozu.


    As a sword repairman, master Yun likes to talk straight and go straight.


    After a long discussion, they finally agreed on many terms and reached a final agreement.


    Then, yunlaozu took out a palm sized gold medal.


    He told Meng Zhang that the two only need to swear in front of this gold medal and promise to abide by the agreement, and the two people''s transaction is even reached.


    Yun Laozu showed great respect for this seemingly insignificant gold medal and carefully enshrined it on the altar behind him.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the gold medal and saw nothing. After careful observation, he felt a vast and distant breath.


    Meng Zhang''s face changed. The essence of this gold medal is extraordinary, the level is very high, and the origin is not simple.


    Lao Zu Yun whispered a few words for Meng Zhang.


    This gold medal was left by an immortal who had a long history with the ancestor of Xingyun sword sect.


    As long as the oath made in front of the gold medal will be bound by the gold medal.


    If the swearer violates the oath, he will be eaten back by the power contained in the gold medal.


    In the most extreme cases, the owner of this gold medal will also be alerted to deal with those who break their vows.


    Meng Zhang was shocked and knew that he had underestimated the Xingyun sword sect.


    The details of this poor family are much deeper than I thought.


    The origin of being able to relate to immortals is not so simple.


    Before that, when collecting all kinds of intelligence, Meng Zhang had many choices.


    In fact, he doesn''t have to be so troublesome. He can choose other targets as a vest to hide his identity as an outsider.


    However, when he saw the information about Xingyun sword sect, he felt that his spiritual sense was inexplicably touched.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang attaches great importance to this sudden feeling.


    This feeling of whim is often more helpful to him than actively pushing the secret of heaven.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang chose Xingyun sword sect as his target because of this intuition.


    Now it seems that some secrets of Xingyun sword sect will be revealed in front of him.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t completely see the details of this gold medal, he can clearly feel that it has no harm.


    Neither his mind nor his spiritual sense warned him of this.


    After hesitating for a while, Meng Zhang agreed to yunlaozu''s proposal.


    Next, the two made an oath in front of the gold medal and agreed to abide by the agreement.


    After the oath was completed, yunlaozu was finally completely relieved.


    With the shackles of the oath, he can fully believe in Meng Zhang.


    Time was pressing. Without delay, yunlaozu immediately began to explain to Meng Zhang.


    Father Yun said a lot at once, including the origin of Xingyun sword sect, the origin of his ancestors, the secrets of the sect, etc.


    Meng Zhang listened carefully. The more he listened, the brighter his face became.


    He chose Xingyun sword sect, originally just to put on a hidden vest.


    But now it seems that he can get more from Xingyun sword sect.


    Father Yun talked for a long time before he explained everything clearly.


    The identity he arranged for Meng Zhang was a senior in the door who had traveled many years ago.


    For a sect with a long history and a long history, such as Xingyun sword sect, it is not very strange that there are individual Huixu power hidden in the sect. As the bottom card of the sect, it is not very strange.


    As long as yunlaozu recognizes Meng Zhang''s identity, no one in the door can question it.


    From then on, Meng Zhang was the ancestor of Xingyun sword sect.


    According to Yun Laozu, the crisis faced by Xingyun Jianzong is far greater than Meng Zhang imagined.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s great help, the crisis may not be able to survive safely.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of it. Instead, he was full of war spirit and had a pride to challenge the strong enemy.


    The enemy that Xingyun sword clan faces is very powerful. In fact, it is powerful enough to easily destroy Xingyun sword clan.


    Even in his heyday, Mr. Yun couldn''t resist each other.


    If it weren''t for the fear of being pulled on the back by the cloud ancestor before he died, the other party would have started against the Xingyun sword sect.


    Now, the other party is still waiting, but to ensure that the cloud ancestor sits down, so as to reduce the loss and fully receive the nebula sword sect.


    Strong enemies are around, and there are problems inside the sect. The situation of Xingyun sword sect is not optimistic.


    In other words, it is precisely because the cloud ancestor is about to sit down and the external pressure is too great. The internal problems previously covered up by the Xingyun sword sect have finally erupted.


    With internal and external difficulties, Xingyun sword sect is desperate.


    If he had any other choice, Yun Laozu would not accept Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    It is really a last resort to hand over the inheritance of zongmen to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 1864

    Although he was unwilling to deal with trivial affairs, Meng Zhang had to take over the sect completely according to the current situation of Xingyun sword sect.


    According to common sense, to fight outside, one must first settle inside. Before dealing with the outside enemy, Meng Zhang must solve the internal problems of Xingyun sword sect and eliminate those traitors.


    It is certain that there are traitors at the middle and high levels of the door who collude with the enemy.


    However, the sitting father Yun has no energy to identify it slowly.


    Even, because there was something wrong with the successor of the arrangement, Mr. Yun didn''t know who to trust.


    Now, even the most trusted confidant around him, he can''t easily believe it.


    In this case, Meng Zhang, as an outsider, is even more difficult to completely solve the internal problems of Xingyun sword sect in a short time.


    Meng Zhang''s idea is very simple. He will stabilize the interior of the sect for the time being. What kind of traitors, put them aside first.


    As long as the door does not collapse, it will maintain the status quo for the time being.


    Drive away the enemies outside first, and then slowly solve the internal problems in the future.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang, Yun Laozu began to take action.


    The big clock at the top of the sect hall was sounded by master Yun himself, making a solemn and grand sound.


    According to the door rules of Xingyun sword sect, this big clock will ring only when something important happens that is related to the future or life and death of the sect.


    Once the bell rings, the friars in the foundation period and above in the door must gather in the square in front of the sect hall in the shortest time to listen to new instructions at any time.


    In the present Xingyun sword sect, only ancestor Yun is qualified to ring the big bell.


    No matter how frightened and chaotic people are in the door, and no matter what they think, after hearing the sound of the bell, the qualified monks in the door still follow the door rules and gather in the square outside the sect hall.


    While waiting for everyone to arrive, ancestor Yun explained to Meng Zhang the Kendo inheritance of the secret biography of Xingyun sword school.


    Originally, Meng Zhang just wanted to hide his identity by using Xingyun sword sect, and did not covet the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    However, when the two people discussed before, old Yun took the initiative to open the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Lao Zu Yun also made it clear that the core inheritance will not be handed over to Meng Zhang.


    There is no free lunch in the world. You have to pay as much as you get.


    Meng Zhang accepted more benefits and would do more for Xingyun sword sect.


    After repeated weighing, Meng Zhang accepted yunlaozu''s proposal.


    Yun Laozu didn''t force others to do anything. What he wanted Meng Zhang to do didn''t exceed Meng Zhang''s ability.


    Xingyun Jianzong is also a sect that has always been able to return to virtual power. Its inheritance must be considerable.


    In the realm of Meng Zhang, in addition to hard cultivation of their own inheritance, extensive exposition of other inheritance and absorption of useful things play a great role in their own cultivation.


    Although time is tight, Yun Laozu doesn''t have a detailed explanation. Meng Zhang needs to read all kinds of classics slowly in the future.


    However, these things mentioned by master Yun have opened Meng Zhang''s eyes and benefited a lot.


    Meng Zhang said in his heart that it was a worthwhile trip. Even if he took a huge risk for the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect, it was totally worth it.


    Previously, Meng Zhang did not expect that the Kendo inheritance of Xingyun sword sect would be so exquisite.


    Meng Zhang is not specialized in sword cultivation, but he has great attainments in Kendo and has practiced a lot of Kendo inheritance.


    Meng Zhang had seen the strongest sword repair before, which was the chief manager of the heavenly palace in the Junchen world, companion Xue Jianjun, who also got advice from her.


    The original owner of Banxue Jianjun is an immortal with a high status in the Lingkong fairy world.


    You can imagine the excellence of the Kendo tradition cultivated by the snow sword king.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced the guidance of Xue Jianjun, has also developed a high vision in the inheritance of kendo.


    The Kendo inheritance of Xingyun sword sect, which is now explained by ancestor Yun, is exquisite and profound. It goes straight after the guidance of Banxue sword king in those years.


    It was an unexpected harvest. It was a great surprise.


    Of course, that''s the same sentence. Since Meng Zhang accepted the benefits, he had to pay more.


    The practitioners of Xingyun sword sect have good overall quality. Even under such circumstances, qualified monks in the door quickly came to the square in front of the sect hall.


    When the crowd began to gather, master Yun stayed in the sect hall all the time.


    Lao Zu Yun didn''t show up, and everyone didn''t dare to go in and disturb him.


    Some monks began to whisper about the future of the sect and their way out


    It''s no secret that yunlaozu''s current physical condition. Almost everyone knows that yunlaozu is about to sit down.


    Most of the high-level leaders of the zongmen kept silent and waited quietly for the emergence of yunlaozu.


    They all know in their hearts that master Yun should explain his last words next.


    No matter what kind of last words father Yun has. As long as he dies, all the confessions will become nonsense.


    Long after the qualified monks in the sect gathered, old cloud still didn''t show up.


    In principle, with the patience of the cultivator, it''s nothing to wait a little longer.


    But thinking of the crisis facing zongmen, the people below couldn''t stand, and the whole square began to become chaotic.


    "Silence."


    A monk standing in front of the crowd shouted and scolded the people.


    "At least you have some accomplishments. The monks in the door with some identities are like what they are now."


    This man is Shunyi Zhenjun, the general affairs leader of Xingyun sword sect.


    The highest controller of Xingyun sword sect is naturally the ancestor of Huixu great energy cloud.


    However, master Yun practices in seclusion all the year round and doesn''t have so much time to deal with the chores in the door.


    Therefore, master Yun appointed Shunyi Zhenjun as the general affairs leader to deal with the daily affairs of the sect and maintain the operation of the sect.


    In addition, there are elders in the gate as assistants.


    Among the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Xingyun sword sect, Shunyi Zhenjun is not the highest.


    But this man is safe and has strong business ability.


    Over the years, although the situation of Xingyun sword sect has been bad, there are many contradictions and disputes in the door, it can barely maintain under his painstaking management.


    Shunyi Zhenjun is not selfish and does things fairly. He has presided over the affairs of the door for many years and still has a certain prestige in the door.


    After hearing his reprimand, the square gradually became quiet.


    There were several yuan Shen elders with disdain on their faces.


    Without the presence of master Yun, Shunyi Zhenjun can''t subdue these friars of the same level.


    Fortunately, everyone knows the importance and doesn''t make trouble at this time.


    Although he was also a little worried, Shunyi Zhenjun would rather calm down and wait patiently for yunlaozu to appear.


    After waiting for most of the day, old cloud finally appeared in front of the crowd.


    Yun Laozu didn''t appear alone. Beside him, there was a seemingly young monk.

 Chapter 1865

    When master Yun appeared, he said, "this is my younger martial brother. Your predecessors, you can call him master Meng."


    "Younger martial brother Meng has traveled abroad for many years and only recently returned to the gate."


    With the introduction of master Yun, Meng Zhang timely released the breath of returning to virtual power.


    Many people on the square are still a little confused at the moment.


    In particular, those Yuanshen Zhenjun didn''t know that Lao Zu Yun had younger martial brothers. There was such a Meng Lao Zu hidden in the door.


    Logically speaking, in their capacity, they should not have heard of the existence of Meng Zhang.


    But now Meng Zhang suddenly appeared, which made everyone feel inexplicable.


    However, as soon as the breath of returning virtual power came out, everyone dared not say a word.


    Everything can be faked. The breath of returning to emptiness is not easy to faked.


    Shuwu leader Shunyi Zhenjun reacted the fastest and immediately paid a big tribute to Meng Zhangxing.


    "I''ve seen old Meng."


    With Shunyi Zhenjun taking the lead, it is mainly the pressure of returning to the virtual power. No matter what they think, others knelt down and shouted, "I''ve seen old Meng."


    This is the normal reaction of the cultivator to the strong.


    Since the other party is so strong, of course, we should kneel down without hesitation.


    "There''s no need to be polite. Get up."


    Meng Zhang seemed to wave kindly, and everyone in the field stood up one after another.


    Looking at the dark crowd in the field, this is almost all the details of Xingyun sword sect at present.


    During the foundation period, there were less than 500 friars, less than 30 golden elixirs and less than 10 yuan God Zhenjun.


    The most important thing is that there is not even a real king of Yang God.


    After the death of ancestor Yun, even if there were no foreign enemies and no civil strife, the Xingyun sword sect could not give birth to Huixu power for a long time.


    You know, there are many dangers in the dusty world, and many cultivation forces are struggling to survive.


    Without the protection of returning to virtual power, Xingyun sword sect could not exist as an independent power of truth cultivation.


    In addition to the lack of top combat power, the monk hierarchy of Xingyun sword sect is also very unhealthy.


    This clearly means that there are no successors.


    Of course, this situation is related to the recent loss of many monks by Xingyun sword sect.


    Xingyun sword sect seems to have a good foundation, but when you think of its serious internal problems, it''s like a mess.


    There are so many monks at all levels in the field, but no one can enter Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    These goods are not crooked melons and split dates, but Meng Zhang doesn''t look at any of them.


    Yunlaozu didn''t pay attention to Meng Zhang''s idea and continued to explain the future.


    "If there were not a lot of things happening in the door recently, younger martial brother Meng might still be free in the void."


    "You should all know that I don''t have much Shou yuan left."


    "Now that younger martial brother Meng has returned from the void, I can safely give Xingyun sword sect to him."


    "From then on, younger martial brother Meng will inherit everything from me and continue to take charge of the whole Xingyun sword sect."


    "All of you must not disobey the orders of younger martial brother Meng. You must wholeheartedly obey the orders of younger martial brother Meng."


    Speaking of the back, old cloud has become fierce and dignified.


    "I and younger martial brother Meng will not spare anyone who doesn''t obey."


    In this way, yunlaozu handed over the power of Xingyun sword sect to Meng Zhang.


    "Some time ago, I was wounded when I fought against the strong souls of the dead. Many people in the sect thought I was dying soon, so they began to make small moves secretly."


    "Do you really think I don''t know the activities behind you people?"


    Many people were forced to remain calm after listening to the words of old cloud.


    A few guys with poor temperament can''t help changing color on their faces.


    "I don''t have much time left. I''m too lazy to waste time on these things. Younger martial brother Meng will deal with the traitors in the sect in the future."


    "But there are some guys outside who think I can''t do it, so they can rob Xingyun sword sect."


    "I won''t tolerate these guys at all."


    "I want to show those of you who have two minds that you can''t rely on."


    Before the words fell, old cloud rose into the sky and flew high into the sky.


    Meng Zhang sighed helplessly. They had discussed it before, and he had to cooperate with each other.


    Father Yun flew high into the sky and flew directly to the north.


    Meng Zhang followed, and ChiYin sword Sha had been sacrificed.


    "Children of Guchi villa, I''ll make out with you today."


    In the roar of yunlaozu, he has come not far in front of the target.


    Guchi mountain villa is a famous power in the surrounding area. It has been entangled with Xingyun sword sect for many years.


    According to ancestor Yun, Guchi mountain villa was originally a vassal of Xingyun sword sect and received many benefits from Xingyun sword sect.


    In history, if it had not been for the care of Xingyun sword sect, Guchi villa would have been destroyed.


    However, with the decline of Xingyun sword sect, Guchi mountain villa is becoming stronger and stronger, and slowly began to rise.


    After the reversal of the strength of both sides, Guchi villa not only got rid of the status of vassal, but even suppressed the Xingyun sword sect in turn.


    After the rise of Guchi villa, the idea of Xingyun sword sect began.


    Guchi mountain villa suppressed and even framed Xingyun sword sect through various means.


    Xingyun Jianzong has had a lot of trouble in recent years, and its decline is also closely related to this.


    Yun Laozu even suspected that he had lost both sides in a fight with the strong dead spirit, and there were hands and feet of Guchi mountain villa behind him.


    In the eyes of Xingyun sword sect, the practice of Guchi mountain villa is a complete betrayal.


    Guchi mountain villa is regarded as the number one enemy by Xingyun sword sect.


    The reason why Guchi mountain villa treats Xingyun sword sect like this is not only the old gratitude and resentment, but also the desire to inherit the Kendo of Xingyun sword sect.


    Due to the relationship between the two clans in history, there was a honeymoon period. At that time, Guchi villa could even be called a branch of Xingyun sword clan.


    In Guchi mountain villa, there are some inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    For Guchi villa, only by obtaining the complete inheritance of Xingyun sword sect can we make up for the defects of our own inheritance and make our own family an independent and complete sect.


    Especially for the three ancestors of returning to emptiness in Guchi mountain villa, only when they get the complete inheritance of Xingyun sword sect can their cultivation go further and see the opportunity to become immortal and get the Tao.


    Father Yun valued the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect more than his own life. Where would he be allowed to fall into the eyes of traitors like Guchi mountain villa.


    The traitor is already hateful enough and covets the master''s things. It''s a thorn in the eye and flesh of Mr. Yun.


    The resentment accumulated over the years is almost becoming the heart disease of Mr. Yun.


    Even if he is dead, Grandpa Yun can''t wait to bite off a piece of meat from these traitors.

 Chapter 1866

    Previously, it was for the survival of the clan and to protect his backhand that yunlaozu endured hard.


    Now, the emergence of Meng Zhang gives yunlaozu a new choice, and the Xingyun sword sect has a way to rely on and have a future.


    Before he was about to die, he decided to indulge, express gratitude and hatred, and teach his old enemies a good lesson.


    If he doesn''t let go of the evil spirit in his chest, he can''t close his eyes even if he dies.


    Driven by hatred, father Yun, who was seriously injured and was about to run out of Shou yuan, used the secret method of self mutilation, desperately stimulated his Yang God and flesh body, and stimulated the last trace of potential.


    At this time, Mr. Yun looks energetic and energetic. He doesn''t look like a dying man at all.


    Besides Xingyun sword sect, three Huixu ancestors of Guchi mountain villa have been lurking here for many days.


    This time, their inheritance of Xingyun sword sect is bound to be won, and there must be no loss.


    Gu Kun, Gu Pu and Gu Yuanliang, from Meng Zhang who embarked on the road of cultivation, had carefully observed the state of ancestor Yun. The oil is exhausted and the lamp is dry, and they are not far from death.


    He was amazed by the combat effectiveness of yunlaozu at this time.


    I don''t know whether this is the result of the profound accumulation of cloud ancestors or the stimulation of hatred.


    Since master Yun sacrificed his life, Meng Zhang will not fall behind.


    Although he won''t work as hard as yunlaozu, he still has no problem cooperating actively.


    The ChiYin sword Sha sacrificed by Meng Zhang began to dance. The sword light was shining all over the sky, and the fierce sword Qi came and went.


    The three people in Guchi villa were a little surprised to see that a strange Huixu could help master Yun.


    It''s all at the end of the mountain and water. Mr. Yun can still find help.


    Yun Laozu trusted his hired helper so much. Aren''t you afraid that Xingyun sword sect will be occupied by doves?


    "This fellow, we haven''t seen him before. I don''t know your name. Where are you always free?"


    "This time, what conditions did old man Yun promise you to help him outnumber the crowd and run out desperately?"


    Gu Kun, who was the most thoughtful and cunning of the three, asked tentatively.


    "Our Guchi mountain villa is much more powerful than Xingyun sword sect. What Xingyun sword sect can take out is the same as our Guchi mountain villa."


    "The reward given by Xingyun sword sect can be doubled by our Guchi villa."


    Although Gu Pu is a sword practitioner, without his indomitable momentum, he is as treacherous as Gu Kun.


    He took the initiative to speak, trying to shake Meng Zhang''s fighting spirit. Even if it is not successful, at least it is necessary to separate the relationship between him and yunlaozu.


    "Taoist friend, we Guchi mountain villa and Xingyun sword sect are sworn enemies. We will never die this time."


    "Are you sure you really want to intervene in our disputes and take over our grievances?"


    "If Taoist friends step down now, we can not only act as if nothing has happened, but also have a heavy gift."


    Meng Zhang''s face was full of disdainful sneers.


    Do these guys think they can force themselves back just by talking?


    Meng Zhang shouted angrily, "shameless rat, despicable traitor."


    Evil swords mixed with sword Qi shot at three enemies one after another.


    Strictly speaking, Meng Zhang is a Dharma practice.


    However, he is proficient in kendo, has high attainments in fencing, and has mastered many means of sword cultivation.


    Even many pure sword practitioners who fight with him are not his opponents.


    Meng Zhang had not communicated with Yun Laozu for a long time, but he had understood the essence of Kendo inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship against the enemy inevitably reflects some new gains.


    The ancestor of Guchi mountain villa, who had planned to continue persuading Meng Zhang, took the initiative to shut up soon after the fight.


    The enemy''s swordsmanship is superb. There is also the shadow of Xingyun sword school''s Kendo in his swordsmanship.


    He is not a hidden expert of Xingyun sword sect, and he has a long history with Xingyun sword sect.


    The three did not expect that they seemed to be forced to a desperate situation. Lao Zu Yun was able to take out such a card.

 Chapter 1867

    The three Huixu ancestors of Guchi villa didn''t know the origin of Meng Zhang, but took it for granted as the successor arranged by ancestor Yun in advance.


    Xingyun sword sect was once a famous large sect. After the decline of Xingyun sword sect, yunlao Zu was a strong figure who supported the whole Sect on his own.


    The three ancestors of Guchi mountain villa who returned to the virtual world not only heard about the reputation of cloud ancestor, but also witnessed the amazing strength of cloud ancestor in their early years.


    Father Yun has long left a deep shadow in their hearts.


    For so many years, master Yun has dealt with the three of them on his own, and has always let them do nothing.


    Now, master Yun is desperate and makes it clear that he wants to pull a cushion before he dies, with the help of Meng Zhang.


    Although it is two against three, the number is at a disadvantage. However, Meng Zhang and Yun Laozu still had the upper hand.


    Both of them were experienced figures and immediately felt the hesitation of their opponents.


    They seized the opportunity and became more and more powerful.


    In the sky, the stars flow and the sword light shines. Meng Zhang and Yun Laozu control their flying swords freely, like entering an uninhabited land.


    It''s also Jianxiu. Gu Pu and Gu Yuanliang are obviously short. They can''t see the indomitable edge of Jianxiu.


    Of course, as a Dharma practitioner, Gu Kun also performed no better than two fellow disciples.


    Seeing that his spells could not trap the two opponents who came and went freely, he had to give priority to playing defense spells and protect himself first.


    The sky of the dusty world is gray all year round, and the earth is dominated by deserts, and unfathomable gullies can often be seen.


    The five great powers who returned to the virtual world acted recklessly here, causing great damage to the broken ash world.


    The sword light seemed to tear the sky apart. The sword Qi falling on the ground created more gullies.


    The whole world seems to be shaking violently, and the loud noise like thunder never seems to be cut off.


    The place where the five fought was far away from the residence of Xingyun sword sect.


    But the aftermath of the battle soon reached the place.


    The monks in the residence of Xingyun sword sect opened various prohibitions one after another to maximize the power of the protection array.


    Terrible hurricanes swept through, as if to blow the whole city away together.


    Fortunately, Xingyun sword sect has a profound foundation and is very effective in protecting the Dharma array.


    In the face of powerful external threats, the friars in the sect know that no matter what their thoughts are, they all know the truth of losing everything. We work together to support and protect the Dharma array.


    The residence of Xingyun sword sect is like a mainstay. All hurricanes sweeping it can''t move it.


    The five people fighting in the distance, even the cloud ancestor of Xingyun sword sect, won''t worry about the situation of the sect''s residence at this time.


    The aftermath of the five return to virtual power war spread widely, affecting a large area nearby.


    Originally, many monks with different origins were hidden near the residence of Xingyun sword sect.


    Now, affected by the aftermath of the battle, many monks have shown their deeds involuntarily.


    Worried about being involved in the battle of returning to virtual power, they flew away from here.


    Even other return to virtual powers are also unwilling to participate in such a battle.


    It''s really frightening to see the crazy look of ancestor Yun.


    Even friars of the same rank do not need to ask for trouble at this time.


    The two sides fought fiercely for a long time. Cloud Laozu kept stimulating the final potential, and his blood, flesh and even soul seemed to be burning violently.


    Old cloud, who was completely crazy, broke out a combat effectiveness comparable to that in his heyday.


    The magic weapon flying sword in his hand was urged to the extreme by him.


    The starlight flowing all over the sky suddenly began to accelerate its flow, like a rolling river of stars.


    In front of the unstoppable galaxy, no matter what kind of secret magic powers are easily dissolved.


    Gu Yuanliang also sacrificed a magic weapon flying sword to try to stop one or two.


    The Star River hung upside down and the stars were flourishing. Gu Yuanliang was forced to retreat again and again.


    Although it seems fierce and powerful, Mr. Yun has a clear understanding of his family''s state.


    He knew that the current situation of his family was just a flash in the pan. He could not last long, and the flame of life could be extinguished at any time.


    His time is running out. It''s not enough for him to kill all the enemies.


    He must have a choice and choose an appropriate goal.


    Gu Yuanliang, the most powerful of the three enemies, was not his target.


    Gu Yuanliang is protected by a magic weapon flying sword. It''s not so easy to kill.


    If the attack is not successful, he will not have the flying sword offered by yunlaozu and the flying sword offered by gupu. He will start a fierce collision in the air.


    Finally, relying on the overwhelming strength advantage and the transcendence of flying sword quality, yunlaozu became the final winner.


    Gupu''s flying sword was cut off on the spot. The flying sword sacrificed by yunlaozu was castrated and continued to kill the target.


    In the roar of Gu Yuanliang and Gu Kun, Gu Pu was frightened to find that the enemy''s flying sword cut himself.


    Gupu didn''t even have time to make a miserable cry. His whole body was connected with the Yang God, which was completely cut off by the station.


    Gu Yuanliang and Gu Kun, who tried to rescue with all their strength, were blocked by Meng Zhang on their own.


    After killing one person successfully, Mr. Yun''s momentum was greatly relieved.


    There was a morbid flush on his face, and then his face quickly turned pale.


    Unwilling, he glanced at his opponent, summoned up Yu Yong and killed the past with a flying sword again.


    Seeing that master Yun killed a fellow disciple and continued to kill him, Gu Yuanliang and Gu Kun, who were surprised and angry, both felt a retreat in their hearts.


    But if they retreat, they will be unwilling.


    Everyone with a clear eye knows that Grandpa Yun is hanging in one breath and may fall at any time.


    When they hesitated, old man Yun and Meng Zhang actively cooperated to create another victory.


    This time, Lao Zu Yun helped Meng Zhang.


    Yun Laozu restrained his opponent and created an opportunity for Meng Zhang.


    Gu Kun''s body protection spell was broken and half of his body was cut off by ChiYin sword.


    Gu Kun couldn''t care about anything else. He held back the sharp pain on his body, and Yang Shen ran away wrapped in the remaining half of the flesh.


    Meng Zhang and Yun Laozu combined their swords and killed Gu Yuanliang back and forth.


    The sinister red Yin sword evil spirit penetrated into his body and caused him great trouble.


    Finally, he looked for an opportunity to use his sword to escape and ran away quickly.

 Chapter 1868

    It was a great fight.


    Meng Zhang has not experienced such a hearty battle for a long time.


    Seeing the enemy escape, Meng Zhang, who is still alive, is ready to control the flying sword to continue the pursuit and kill all the enemies.


    Suddenly, as soon as his face changed, he immediately stopped moving forward and turned to look at old cloud.


    Lao Zu Yun smiled wildly and shouted happily.


    A moment later, the whole body of cloud ancestor completely disintegrated, turned into a powder all over the sky, and slowly drifted away with the wind.


    Father Yun finally swallowed his last breath and died completely.


    Because of his great potential, he couldn''t even keep his body after his death.


    His magic weapon flying sword turned around where he died and took the initiative to put it into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    According to their previous agreement, Meng Zhang only kept the flying sword temporarily and will give it to the disciples of Xingyun sword sect who are qualified to inherit it in the future.


    Meng Zhang looked at the place where father Yun died and sighed.


    The bones of old Yun disappeared, and the powder turned from his body dissipated, leaving Meng Zhang with an unspeakable sadness.


    Father Yun is gone, and the Xingyun sword sect will depend on him in the future.


    Meng Zhang felt a heavy burden on him.


    Before the war, the old master Yun explained all the things that should be explained to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has already collected the relics of ancestor Yun.


    Meng Zhang remained silent for a moment, then left here quickly and returned to the station of Xingyun Jianzong.


    Although old cloud is gone, only Meng Zhang is left.


    However, the two men had severely damaged Guchi villa, the biggest enemy of Xingyun sword sect, and alleviated their urgent need.


    With Meng Zhang''s strong combat effectiveness, those bystanders can''t be afraid at all.


    Even those who harbor malice towards the Xingyun sword sect dare not act rashly until they know the details of Meng Zhang and come up with a way to deal with him.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the residence of Xingyun sword sect, he went directly to the sect hall.


    Previously, in order to resist the aftermath of the battle, many friars who had gathered in the square in front of the sect hall had rushed to all places in the camp to support the whole protective Dharma array.


    Meng Zhang had already learned all the secrets of the protection array from master Yun.


    Even if the power of the protection array is fully open, it can''t stop him.


    After returning to the sect hall, Meng Zhang rang the bell at the top of the sect hall and called the monks again.


    The guy with sharp eyes should have found that the battle in the distance is over.


    Yunlaozu and mengzhang fought fiercely. The outcome of the battle is what they are most concerned about at present.


    After hearing the bell, the crowd quickly gathered here.


    Many people were injured when they supported the protective array.


    However, in front of the supreme order convened by the Pope, they had to suppress the injury and gather first.


    Meng Zhang stood in front of the sect hall, silently looking at the Square ahead, waiting for the gathering of monks in the door.


    After a while, the monks scattered all over the station gathered here.


    Seeing that the crowd had almost gathered, Meng Zhang didn''t bother at all and went straight to the subject.


    "I just went out with elder martial Brother Yun to fight with the enemy. One of the three returning monks in Guchi villa was killed on the spot, and the two escaped injured."


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s announcement of the war results, many faces below showed a look of overjoyed.


    Guchi mountain villa has been hostile to Xingyun sword sect for many years, which has caused huge losses to Xingyun sword sect. It has long become a big mountain on the friars of Xingyun sword sect.


    Now the ancestors in the sect almost wiped out the enemy''s top combat power. Such brilliant achievements are unprecedented in history.


    No matter what kind of thoughts they have in mind and what their real position is, everyone is uncontrollable ecstasy.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t looked serious, maybe everyone in the field would have started cheering.


    "Congratulations, Grandpa. It''s really a great victory for all the people before."


    "This victory depends entirely on the power of the two ancestors."


    ¡­¡­


    Shuwu leader Shunyi Zhenjun was really an informed and interesting guy. He immediately stood up and flattered.


    "Meng Laozu, now all the monks in the sect are excited. Why don''t you lead us to plow the court and sweep the holes together and completely exterminate the traitors of Guchi mountain villa."


    ¡­¡­


    Probably unwilling to let Shunyi Zhenjun specialize in beauty, someone ran out and shouted.


    I don''t know what this guy means. Is he really overjoyed and confused, or has ulterior motives?


    Meng Zhang just glanced at him. The huge pressure made the guy shut up immediately and walked back.


    Meng Zhang not only has great power to return to emptiness, but also has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years. He has a momentum of not being angry but powerful.


    The momentum of his leadership group and high position is even more obvious.


    Meng Zhang was just a simple look, and the field was immediately quiet.


    "After the war, old cloud also sat down unfortunately."


    Although many people had expected it for a long time, when they heard Meng Zhang''s announcement, the crowd couldn''t help but be shocked, and then fell into great sadness.


    Over the years, ancestor Yun has sheltered the Xingyun sword sect from the wind and rain and blessed all the monks in the door.


    Without the pillar of cloud ancestor, the Xingyun sword sect would have disintegrated and ceased to exist.


    In the eyes of the monks in the door, master Yun is a dignified elder and their reliance.


    In these days, the physical condition of cloud Laozu is deteriorating day by day, and the middle and high levels of the door see it in the eyes.


    They all know that Grandpa Yun will die soon and will sit down at any time.


    But on such a day, everyone was still in a great panic, as if they felt the sky falling.


    Hearing the sobs in the field, Meng Zhang didn''t stop and let the friars in the field vent their pain.


    Although he and yunlaozu met for the first time, they had no friendship before, and the two sides were only trading relations in essence.


    But this did not prevent him from paying full respect to cloud ancestor in his heart.


    It''s really admirable that Mr. Yun devoted his life to the sect. At the last moment of his life, he also worked hard to relieve the crisis and clear up the future troubles for the sect.


    Meng Zhang, who has just fought side by side with Yun Laozu, is full of respect for him.


    Originally, Guchi mountain villa was the biggest threat to Xingyun sword sect.


    But after the war, Gu Pu died, Gu Kun was seriously injured and it was difficult to recover. Gu Yuanliang''s injury was not light and could not be cured in a short time.


    Xingyun sword sect has the new force of Meng Zhang, which in turn occupies a certain advantage.


    The offensive and defensive trend reversed, and the advantage turned to the side of Xingyun sword sect.


    Although he has not yet figured out what to do next, Meng Zhang has the initiative and has more choices.


    After waiting for a long time and letting the people in the field vent their pain, Meng Zhang stopped the commotion in the field and continued to talk about business.

 Chapter 1869

    "Elder martial Brother Yun has passed away. He died for the sect. He died a glorious death..."


    After saying a lot of words in praise of ancestor Yun, Meng Zhang got to the point.


    "According to elder martial Brother Yun''s instructions, we will take care of Xingyun sword Sect on his behalf. Do you have any different opinions?"


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, anyone with a little brain will not jump out and die at this time.


    Not to mention the previous confession of master Yun, Meng Zhang''s cultivation and strength at this time are enough to suppress everyone in the field.


    At this time, Shunyi Zhenjun first jumped out to support Meng Zhang''s status and show his loyalty to Meng Zhang.


    "When ancestor Yun died, everyone in the door was sad and inexplicable."


    "Seeing the sudden loss of pillars in the door, everyone was helpless. Fortunately, the sky opened its eyes and Meng Laozu returned."


    ¡­¡­


    No wonder Shunyi Zhenjun has been the leader of common affairs for many years and has been recognized by the top and bottom of the door.


    He is so knowledgeable and quick to stand in line. Even if Meng Zhang has other ideas, it''s not good to take him down immediately.


    Shunyi Zhenjun made a start, and many monks below began to show their loyalty, as if everyone had become a loyal supporter of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not interested in the so-called power in Xingyun sword sect.


    He has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years, and most of the affairs of the sect are entrusted to the middle and senior level of the sect.


    He didn''t even bother to take care of taiyimen. He wouldn''t cross the distant void. He came here to manage Xingyun sword sect.


    The reason why Meng Zhang took over Xingyun sword sect is to better continue this sect.


    He had no choice but to intervene in the internal affairs of Xingyun sword sect.


    There are too many internal problems in Xingyun sword sect. If they are not properly solved, the whole clan will fall apart sooner or later.


    Meng Zhang does not seek to solve the problem once and for all, but only for the Pope to continue.


    Until he finds a reliable successor, he can hand over these troublesome things.


    Due to the previous reminder of cloud ancestor, he will not trust everyone in Xingyun sword clan too much.


    Meng Zhang patiently waited for the people to express their loyalty before continuing to speak.


    Meng Zhang appeared in front of the public this time and made this propaganda, but he publicly declared that he had become the new ancestor of Xingyun Jianzong and the supreme ruler of Xingyun Jianzong instead of yunlao Zu.


    At least on the surface, everyone in the door happily accepted his existence.


    As for how to deal with the internal affairs in the door next, Meng Zhang will not elaborate in front of so many people.


    Finally, Meng Zhang sounded the alarm for everyone.


    Guchi mountain villa was severely damaged, and the situation of Xingyun sword sect was slightly improved.


    But there are a lot of bad guys who covet Xingyun sword sect outside. Now is not the time to completely relax their vigilance.


    In addition, due to the bad situation of Xingyun sword sect some time ago, some monks in the door wavered and did some wrong things.


    If they can take the initiative to confess their mistakes and repent to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will be lenient.


    Otherwise, when Meng Zhang finds out, he will never forgive lightly.


    Meng Zhang''s remarks were both a warning and a warning to everyone that he did not know nothing about their private affairs.


    Since the news spread that the ancestor Yun was about to sit down, various problems within the Xingyun sword sect began to erupt.


    Many friars in the gate seek opportunities to escape from the sect gate, or invest in another side, or find another way out


    Meng Zhang will not be lenient to these blatant defectors.


    Since then, they have been traitors of Xingyun sword sect.


    As long as Xingyun Jianzong calms down, he will launch a comprehensive pursuit of them.


    If we don''t do this, we can''t show the majesty of the sect, let alone strengthen the cohesion of the sect.


    Those who waver within the sect, collude with outsiders and are willing to be traitors. Meng Zhang can''t clean them up one by one in a short time, but can only endure temporarily.


    Of course, if they know their mistakes and can correct them, Meng Zhang will also keep his promise and treat them leniently.


    After announcing all the matters, Meng Zhang dismissed most of the monks in the field, but left a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    The monks in the door left one after another. After they left the square, they couldn''t help whispering and talked about Meng Zhang and recent events in private.


    Among the remaining Yuanshen Zhenjun, except that Shunyi Zhenjun is the leader, who is in full charge of the daily affairs of the sect and is responsible for the overall operation of the sect, others are elders in the sect with high positions and powers, and have the right to deal with some of the affairs of the sect.


    Next, under the leadership of these people, Meng Zhang inspected all parts of the door one by one and took over the door completely.


    Meng Zhang personally inspected the Sutra Pavilion, library and other key places in the zongmen.


    When he is free in the future, he will carefully read all kinds of classics in the library.


    He is not greedy for all kinds of resources in the big library.


    These resources are needed to maintain the normal operation of the sect.


    In addition, yunlaozu has a private treasure house, which has long been entrusted to Meng Zhang.


    The things inside, except a few, are left to Meng Zhangyu.


    After roughly checking the situation in all parts of the door and listening to the report from the middle and senior level of the door, Meng Zhang finally realized that Xingyun sword sect is a rotten ship with holes.


    Due to changes some time ago, Xingyun sword sect contracted its sphere of influence and abandoned many resource collection points.


    All kinds of income in the door have decreased greatly, but the expenditure is increasing sharply.


    Some defectors took the opportunity to steal a lot of things from the door.


    Of course, no one can tell whether there is a door manager who takes the opportunity to enrich his own pocket.


    The current account book of Xingyun sword sect is a pool of bad debts, which no one can understand.


    The elders in charge of all the affairs of the sect complained in front of Meng Zhang.


    Without sufficient resources, the normal operation of the zongmen can not be maintained.


    Although Shunyi Zhenjun, the leader of common affairs, did not complain directly, he also said tactfully that there were many internal problems in the sect, and he encountered many difficulties.


    Meng Zhang took over Xingyun sword sect to help it continue its inheritance, not to deal with these bad things.


    After his inspection, he handed over the daily operation of the sect to the head of common affairs and the elders in accordance with the usual practice, regardless of the people''s requests.


    As for the difficulties they mentioned, Meng Zhang perfunctorily said that he would find a way to solve them, so he sent them away.


    Meng Zhang came to the sect hall alone.


    The quiet room behind the main hall of the sect is the daily residence of ancestor Yun and the forbidden area of the sect.


    Meng Zhang knew that his top priority now was not to deal with the mess inside zongmen.


    As long as there is no foreign invasion, the Xingyun sword sect is not in danger of extinction for the time being.


    With his great power of returning to emptiness, there will be no immediate chaos in the sect.


    Neither those who have two hearts nor those who take refuge in outsiders dare to make any big moves under the current circumstances.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is a few important things entrusted to him by Yun Laozu.

 Chapter 1870

    In the vast area behind the sect hall, a courtyard is built. On weekdays, except for a few people such as Yun Laozu, no one is qualified to get close to here.


    Meng Zhang had just walked in, and the three boys who had been waiting for a long time welcomed him together.


    Three boys, two men and one woman, are actually the sword repair seeds carefully collected by father Yun.


    Over the years, master Yun has spent a lot of time and energy collecting disciples with Kendo cultivation talents as seed disciples.


    After he was seriously injured and knew that Xingyun sword sect was difficult to survive, master Yun sent these seed disciples out in batches.


    Those who give priority to sending off are naturally the most promising of Mr. Yun.


    The three boys had the lowest accomplishments and the worst qualifications, so they were left to the end.


    Judging from the development of the situation, it may be their good luck not to be sent away in time.


    Meng Zhang saw the actions of the three boys and knew that they wanted to know about yunlaozu.


    They have been taken by yunlaozu for many years. They have already established deep feelings with yunlaozu and regard it as the only dependence.


    He was thinking about his words when a man and a woman, two golden elixirs, came from behind.


    These two golden elixirs are immortal Yunxia and immortal Yunyou. Both of them are descendants of ancestor Yun''s blood and have always been trusted by ancestor Yun.


    Over the years, they have been waiters and private housekeepers around yunlaozu, helping to take care of all kinds of personal affairs of yunlaozu.


    Meng Zhang is not the ancestor of Yun and will not have any special trust in them because of their identity.


    On the contrary, Meng Zhang was full of doubts about everyone in the door, including them.


    They had also attended the party on the square before, and naturally knew what had happened.


    They came just in time. Meng Zhang asked them to appease the three boys.


    Meng Zhang himself entered the quiet room of old cloud.


    Meng Zhang gestured with his hands in the air and recited a few spells.


    There is a gap in front of nothing, revealing a hidden independent space.


    All kinds of high-end resources collected by yunlaozu are collected in it.


    Before the war, master Yun, who knew he couldn''t come back, put all kinds of items in his stored magic tools in it.


    Meng Zhang checked a little. The level of items here is much higher than the large library collection of Xingyun sword sect.


    Yuqing LINGJI, some natural materials and earth treasures that can be used to return to emptiness, and many precious classics


    Except for the gold medal they used when they swore, everything in it was given to Meng Zhang as a reward by yunlaozu.


    Such a generous reward is certainly not in vain. Next, Meng Zhang needs Haosheng to work for Xingyun sword sect for some years.


    After checking the items in these independent spaces, Meng Zhang did not take them for the time being.


    He told immortal Yunxia and immortal Yunyou that he would be closed and cultivated for a period of time. If no major event happened, don''t come and disturb him easily.


    Meng Zhang''s style is similar to that of Yun Laozu. He spends most of his time in a quiet room and rarely asks about the specific affairs of the sect.


    After Meng Zhang opened the protection prohibition outside the quiet room, even immortal Yunxia and immortal Yunyou could not enter.


    The two of them protected Meng Zhang''s Dharma outside the quiet room according to the previous practice of serving father Yun.


    Meng Zhangming said it was a closed door cultivation, but he had already quietly left the quiet room and came outside silently.


    Meng Zhang looked at the situation of Xingyun sword sect. It is still relatively stable for the time being, which shows that Shunyi Zhenjun and others are more effective.


    Meng Zhang and Yun Laozu have just become powerful. Even though Yun Laozu has passed away, Meng Zhang is still there. No one should dare to come to the door for provocation for the time being.


    As for the confused people in the door, they were comforted for the time being.


    At least, in a short time, no one should dare to defecte publicly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay much, so he hid his body and secretly left the Xingyun sword sect.


    Next, Meng Zhang began to run around.


    Before that, cloud father secretly planted a bunch of sword repair seeds in the door to all parts of the ash world.


    These sword repair seeds are anonymous and completely hide their origin. They are hidden in several places under the escort of the elite in the gate whom cloud Laozu trusts most.


    Father Yun left a ban on these sword repair seeds.


    Once something happens to them, old cloud will feel something.


    There had been an accident before, and cloud Laozu was touched and began to doubt his confidants in the door.


    If there was no problem with the successor of the arrangement, it would not be so easy for yunlaozu to reach an agreement with Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang goes to those resettlement sites respectively according to the previous instructions of father Yun.


    Yunlaozu''s guess was true, and it didn''t surprise Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang felt it, these resettlement sites became white, and only some residual limbs and bones remained.


    The attacker did not hide these traces, and was obviously prepared to use them to frighten the friars of Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang sighed. The accident of these sword repair seeds not only lost the vitality of Xingyun sword sect, but also destroyed the hope of the revival of the sect.


    The action of these enemies against Xingyun sword sect is decisive, and they have accurate intelligence cooperation.


    No matter how well the sword repair seeds of Xingyun sword sect were hidden, they could not escape their search and attack.


    Among these sword repair seeds, the best group is hidden in Baishi city with a false identity.


    As the largest trade center in the ash world, Baishi city has good public security on weekdays, and the government forbids fighting in the city.


    The sword repair seeds of Xingyun sword sect are hidden among many residents, which is quite hidden in the city.


    Whitestone city officials have always been neutral and rarely involved in the struggle between other forces in the ash world.


    If outsiders do anything here, they will soon be stopped by official forces.


    However, when Meng Zhang arrived at Baishi City, almost half of the streets were completely turned into white ground where the sword repair seeds were hidden.


    In his induction, there has long been no vitality here.


    The official friars of Baishi city are still questioning everywhere, looking like they are strictly investigating the matter.


    As a brilliant master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang came to the scene of the incident. Even if he did not perform the deduction of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang could sense the general situation only by his keen sense of spirit.


    Those sword repair seeds hidden here have all suffered misfortune.


    I had a hunch in my heart that Meng Zhang had made such a trip, but he did his best to listen to God''s destiny.


    Now seeing the situation everywhere with his own eyes, Meng Zhang has no luck in his heart.


    It seems that the enemy has seen through and cracked all the backhands arranged by cloud Laozu in advance.


    Without these carefully selected and carefully cultivated sword repair seeds for many years, Xingyun sword sect has almost lost all its backroads and has no future.


    The enemy hit the key of Xingyun sword sect at once.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t appear suddenly, Xingyun sword sect would be really over.

 Chapter 1871

    After checking several places, Meng Zhang thought about it and rushed directly to Guchi villa.


    As a broken world, the rules of heaven and earth have long been in disorder.


    There are countless dangers in the wilderness that has left the town.


    The violent vitality of heaven and earth, almost ubiquitous decay toxins, dead spirits lurking in the dark night, and space cracks appear from time to time


    Even if you can walk in the wild, you will encounter many obstacles.


    Bad luck and being delayed for a period of time are normal things.


    Meng Zhang walked in the wild for more than half a month before he walked through several places that yunlaozu told him.


    By the time he came to a place not far from Guchi villa, more than a month had passed.


    After defeating the great power of returning to emptiness in Guchi mountain villa, Meng Zhang also thought of taking advantage of the victory to pursue the attack and plow the court and sweep the hole.


    However, at that time, the ancestor Yun had passed away, and the influence of Guchi mountain villa was very deep. Who knows what kind of backhand he has.


    Meng Zhang alone is not sure of victory.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to take risks and work hard for Xingyun sword sect.


    Now he rushed to Guchi mountain villa. His main purpose was to see the enemy.


    Master Yun''s painstakingly arranged backhand was cracked by the enemy, most of which was due to Guchi mountain villa.


    As for whether there are other enemies of Xingyun sword sect, Meng Zhang doesn''t care about it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang also had no intention of revenge for Xingyun sword sect.


    He just needs to keep the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    Perhaps, after a few years, Xingyun sword sect can be revitalized and grow again.


    At that time, the gratitude and resentment of the ancestors need to be settled by the disciples of Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang, an outsider, will not interfere.


    Where Guchi mountain villa is located, it is a larger and more prosperous city than Xingyun sword sect.


    In the dusty world, human beings must gather together to keep warm and gain a foothold in the wild.


    Otherwise, even a single Yuanshen Zhenjun is difficult to survive in the wilderness for a long time.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came near Guchi villa, he felt a strong momentum in front of him.


    A smoke rose from the inside of Guchi mountain villa and soared into the air, turning into a monster with teeth and claws.


    This is a return to emptiness power, and it is a return to emptiness power that makes Meng Zhang feel threatened.


    I don''t know what kind of relationship this Huixu Daneng has with Guchi mountain villa. He actually runs here at this time.


    From this point of view, he is clearly helping Guchi villa to frighten all enemies.


    Although Meng Zhang was a little surprised, he was not very surprised.


    In the dusty world with harsh environment, red fruit is the law of the jungle.


    Various forces and towns have never stopped fighting.


    The drama of fighting and annexing each other will be staged at any time.


    Guchi mountain villa is the great enemy of Xingyun sword sect, but it also has many enemies.


    After the three Huixu great energy in Guchi villa were killed and injured, they should be equally afraid of being robbed by others.


    With such a great power to return to emptiness, even Meng Zhang felt a sense of retreat.


    Meng Zhang had no idea what to do with Guchi villa.


    Meng Zhang was about to leave here when his face changed slightly and looked behind him.


    "Amitabha."


    Accompanied by a loud Buddhist horn, a fat, big eared and strong monk in white appeared behind Meng Zhang.


    "This benefactor is Meng zhangmeng''s ancestor of Xingyun sword sect. I''ve seen Meng benefactor in Peifang, Lengshan temple."


    When Meng Zhang was collecting information about the dusty world, he paid attention to the Buddhist sect of Lengshan temple.


    There are few Buddhist sects in the dusty world, and Lengshan temple is one of the best.


    In order to establish an independent sect in the gray earth world and survive for a long time, there must be the shelter of returning to virtual power behind it.


    Lengshan temple is no exception.


    Meng Zhang, the name of Beifang, has also heard that this person should be the venerable of Beifang.


    Buddhists and Taoists return to virtual energy in the same order.


    Yun Laozu of Xingyun sword sect specially reminded Meng Zhang to be vigilant against Lengshan temple before the final battle.


    On the surface, the biggest enemy of Xingyun sword sect is Guchi mountain villa, and there is no hatred between Xingyun sword sect and Lengshan temple.


    Cold mountain temple has a good reputation. It is a rare honest sect in the ash world.


    The monks of Lengshan temple are well-known warm-hearted, always warm-hearted and helpful.


    However, master Yun spent a lot of money to investigate. With many years of experience, he found that Lengshan temple has a bad intention towards Xingyun sword sect and has deep malice.


    If it''s just like this, it''s nothing.


    In the dusty world where big fish eat small fish, the weakened Xingyun sword sect will naturally attract the covet of others.


    However, master Yun found that Lengshan temple and Guchi villa had a close relationship secretly.


    Many actions of Guchi villa against Xingyun sword sect have been secretly supported by Lengshan temple.


    Yunlaozu was going to make a detailed investigation to find out the real relationship between Guchi villa and Lengshan temple and why Lengshan temple did so.


    However, due to his physical condition, old Yun was powerless.


    It can''t be a coincidence to meet the venerable Beifang of Lengshan temple here. Meng Zhang suddenly became vigilant when he thought of the reminder of master Yun.


    "What a coincidence. I can even meet the master of Beifang here."


    Meng Zhang looked around carefully to see if he had fallen into an ambush.


    "To tell you the truth, I''ve been waiting here for benefactor Meng for more than a month."


    "The last battle between Xingyun sword sect and Guchi mountain villa resulted in heavy casualties on both sides and paid a huge price."


    "The monks have a good life. I can''t bear to see you two continue to fight, resulting in more casualties."


    "Therefore, I''m waiting for benefactor Meng here. I just want to be a peacemaker and make peace for Xingyun sword sect and Guchi villa."


    ¡­¡­


    Listening to the endless nonsense of the master of Beifang, Meng Zhang despised it in his heart.


    Who doesn''t know that Xingyun sword sect and Guchi mountain villa have been blood feuds for many years. You bald donkey came here to pretend to be a good man.


    "The venerable has a heart, but it''s not someone Meng who can decide."


    "Well, Meng still has something to do. Let''s go first this time."


    "What do you think? We''ll talk about it next time."


    Before the voice fell, Meng Zhang left here without waiting for the response of the venerable Beifang, and his figure disappeared in situ.


    The Venerable Master of Beifang didn''t expect that Meng Zhang was so straightforward that he came and left.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s disappeared back, the northern venerable''s face changed, cloudy and sunny.


    A moment later, the surrounding space fluctuated, and several figures appeared here.

 Chapter 1872

    One of these figures just appeared is Gu Yuanliang, who was hit hard by Meng Zhang and Yun Laozu earlier.


    Gu Yuanliang was seriously injured. According to Meng Zhang, it is difficult for him to recover in a short time.


    However, judging from his energetic and energetic appearance at this time, it is obvious that he is not troubled by the injury.


    There is also a monk, who is a fellow disciple of the mournful square venerable and the mournful venerable of Hanshan Temple.


    A giant man with a tiger back and a bear waist and incomparably strong, he is a world-famous monk in iron clothes who returns to the virtual world.


    Just now, it was the iron clad monk who sat in Guchi mountain villa and exuded the unique momentum of returning to emptiness and deterring the curfews in all directions.


    After Gu Yuanliang returned from serious injury, he was worried that Meng Zhang would continue to kill him, so he had to ask his secret ally Lengshan temple for help.


    The iron clad monk has always been close to Lengshan temple, and even can be regarded as the guest Qing of Lengshan temple.


    Guchi villa spent a lot of money to invite iron clad residents to sit in the town.


    The master of Beifang felt that Meng Zhang''s sudden variable had destroyed his own plan and was a great disaster.


    Therefore, the mourners and the mourners acted separately and wandered around Guchi mountain villa respectively.


    Once one of them found Meng Zhang''s whereabouts, they had to find a way to entangle each other, secretly inform others and try to surround and kill Meng Zhang together.


    The master of Beifang was lucky and ran into Meng Zhang directly.


    But unexpectedly, Meng Zhang was very vigilant.


    Regardless of his face, he ran away directly.


    By the time the others got here, he had already disappeared.


    "The boy is really slippery. He escaped so fast."


    The iron clad monk said angrily.


    "This man is alert and not easy to." the grieving venerable commented.


    "Venerable, why don''t we just kill the Xingyun sword sect and kill the boy on the spot."


    Gu Yuanliang, who hated Meng Zhang most, proposed to the venerable Beifang.


    The master of Beifang shook his head and rejected Gu Yuanliang''s proposal.


    Seeing Gu Yuanliang''s disappointed face, the master of Beifang explained a few words.


    "If we surround this boy here and kill him unconsciously, it won''t reveal anything."


    "But if we kill Xingyun sword sect directly, there will be a lot of noise and the news will be known to all."


    "As a Buddhist sect, Lengshan temple has been watched by many Taoist forces."


    "If Lengshan Temple rashly participates in the internal disputes of your Taoism cultivation forces, it will certainly attract a lot of external interference."


    "At that time, all our plans will fail. Our efforts for so many years will be in vain."


    Although Gu Yuanliang was still unwilling, the Venerable Master of Beifang said so, and he could not continue to entangle.


    After Meng Zhang fled, he ran away for a long distance before he stopped.


    Looking at the direction of Guchi villa, Meng Zhang remembered just now.


    If he hadn''t been sensitive, found that the situation was wrong and fled immediately, I''m afraid he would have been under siege at this time.


    Through this event, Meng Zhang finally determined that Lengshan temple was a great enemy.


    As for why Lengshan temple has been hiding behind secretly and did not directly oppose Xingyun sword sect, Meng Zhang doesn''t know the reason yet.


    After leaving Guchi villa, Meng Zhang didn''t stay outside for a long time, so he returned to Xingyun sword sect.


    In the Xingyun sword sect at this time, sword cultivation is very few and the cultivation is average.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the sword cultivation that really has a little future is the three boys around Yun Laozu.


    After many sword repair seed accidents, the three of them became the hope of inheriting Xingyun sword sect.


    In order to prevent accidents, Meng Zhang took the three boys to his side and personally taught and took care of them.


    Of course, on the surface, the three of them are still children who serve Meng Zhang''s daily life.


    Meng Zhang ignored the affairs of Xingyun sword sect and took advantage of his free time to practice.


    Master Yun left him a lot of cultivation resources, which is enough to maintain his cultivation for a long time.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also gained a lot in the process of reading various classics of Xingyun sword sect.


    The other inheritances of Xingyun sword sect are nothing more. The secret inheritance of Kendo let Meng Zhang learn from his own Kendo after studying it.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s sword skill alone was enough to surpass many sword practitioners of the same level.


    The Dharma inheritance collected by Xingyun sword sect is not without merit, which is still very helpful to Meng Zhang.


    Yun Laozu had agreed that Meng Zhang collected these inheritance and engraved all the classics, ready to take them back to Taiyi gate in the future.


    Since Meng Zhang and Yun Laozu became powerful, the covetous eyes outside have decreased a lot.


    When they learned that the Xingyun sword sect currently had a Meng Laozu''s shelter, they all gave up their plans and ideas for the Xingyun sword sect.


    As long as a clan has a great power to return to the virtual world, it can gain a foothold in the dusty world.


    Before finding a way to deal with this great power of returning to emptiness, even the hostile sect dare not easily launch the war of destroying the sect.


    At that time, if the cloud ancestor had not fought with the strong dead in the ash world, both sides would have been hurt. Guchi mountain villa and others might not have dared to take action.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang rarely had a quiet day.


    His accomplishments are constantly improving and his combat effectiveness is advancing with each passing day.


    The three young boys, under his guidance from time to time, also made great progress in cultivation.


    The man who has made the most progress has begun to consider building a foundation.


    In this case, Meng Zhang is certainly happy to see its success.


    Besides, once the three boys grow up, they will be driven by reliable men and can start to improve the situation of Xingyun sword sect.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t expect was that he had not started to interfere with the operation of Xingyun sword sect, and the trouble had come to the door.


    The general affairs leader Shunyi Zhenjun has something important to see Meng Laozu. This is the information relayed by immortal Yunxia and immortal Yunyou.


    Shunyi Zhenjun is the general affairs leader at any rate. The current Xingyun sword sect also depends on him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask big, but he promised to meet him.


    When the two met, Shunyi Zhenjun immediately pleaded guilty and said he shouldn''t disturb Meng Laozu''s retreat.


    But now that the matter was over, he had no choice but to ask Meng Laozu for help.


    Meng Zhang held back his impatience and asked Shunyi Zhenjun to come slowly.


    Xingyun sword sect encountered many difficulties during this period, and it was very difficult to maintain the operation of the sect door.


    With the efforts of Shunyi Zhenjun and the elders, the sect can barely maintain.


    But recently, zongmen encountered two major problems.


    If these two problems are not solved in time, zongmen will no longer be able to maintain.


    At that time, people will be separated, and the whole sect will fall apart.


    One of these two problems is that the spiritual pulse of zongmen has a problem and begins to dry up slowly. It needs to supplement materials in time for maintenance.


    The other is that the artificial spirit root in the door has long been used up.


    The materials for making artificial spiritual roots have also been exhausted and need to be replenished in time.

 Chapter 1873

    Although Meng Zhang knows a lot of information about the ash world, he is not a native here after all. He doesn''t know much about the details of many things.


    When Shunyi Zhenjun reported to him, he maintained a high and cold attitude, didn''t talk much, just let the other party explain in detail.


    Shunyi Zhenjun only thinks that the old ancestor wanders in the void all year round, so he doesn''t know much about the situation of the ash world.


    Next, Shunyi Zhenjun explained it slowly.


    The lime earth world was originally a big world with rich resources and abundant vitality.


    But in the immortal war of that year, it was affected by the war and became broken.


    In the wasteland of the gray earth world, the aura is thin, which is not enough for practitioners to absorb.


    These places where cities and towns are built in the gray earth world are directly connected to the depths of the earth by the great power of returning to the virtual world, exerting its magic power, digging through the earth''s crust, and leading to the most original aura of the world.


    In order to prevent these Reiki from dissipating, you also need to deploy array prohibitions on the ground to bind Reiki.


    In order to maintain communication with the underground, it needs to consume a lot of precious materials.


    With these means, practitioners have built artificial spiritual veins as the foundation of various forces.


    In the dusty world, you can even create a fourth level spirit pulse manually. Even if it is to support the yuan God Zhenjun, there is no big problem.


    Of course, such an approach is actually fishing without considering the future and only looking at the present.


    At the cost of destroying the foundation of the dusty world, he forcibly provided for all monks.


    It can only be done in a world that is so broken and about to collapse.


    If this is done in a complete world, the initiator will become the public enemy of the cultivation world.


    In the Junchen world where Meng Zhang was born, the heavenly palace and the holy places have tried their best to protect the whole world and enhance the inside information of the world.


    Such a practice of digging the foundation of the world, let alone doing it, is a great evil just thinking about it.


    All sects and individuals with similar acts will be the target of the sects of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, all monks in the dusty world are drinking poison to quench their thirst, and each one is short-sighted.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t like this practice, as an outsider from outside the ash world, he has no say in it.


    Even if the dust world completely collapses, it won''t worry him.


    The man-made fourth-order spirit pulse in the residence of Xingyun sword sect is not very rich in spirit itself. Even the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the supply door is a lot worse.


    As for the original cloud ancestor, he rarely used his aura.


    The artificial fourth level spirit pulse itself needs to be maintained from time to time.


    Even if the monks in the door use it carefully, Reiki will be used less and less.


    Now, when this artificial fourth-order spirit pulse is overhauled, it needs to consume many special materials.


    When necessary, Meng Zhang''s return to emptiness power is also needed to personally go deep into the earth to communicate the original aura of the earth and guide it to the ground.


    As for the materials for repairing the artificial spirit pulse, the Xingyun sword sect has long been exhausted, and has no spare power to buy from the outside world.


    Shunyi Zhenjun even regretted what he said. How did he take over the mess of Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang certainly did not want to use the resources at hand for the Xingyun sword sect.


    Even the resources left by the cloud ancestor, he is also unwilling to use them.


    However, due to the failure of Xingyun sword sect some time ago, it has lost its resource points in the wasteland, and the accumulation of large storehouses in the gate is about to be exhausted.


    Shunyi Zhenjun probably knew the difficulties of the sect, so he carefully tested whether Meng Laozu wanted to lead the friars in the sect to launch a counterattack and recapture the resource points taken away by other forces.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even think about it, so he rejected the temptation of Shunyi Zhenjun.


    Xingyun sword sect is so powerful that it can''t stand the toss.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to return to emptiness alone can only barely protect himself.


    In addition to Guchi mountain villa, even Lengshan temple has bad intentions towards Xingyun sword sect. Secretly, I don''t know if there are any other enemies.


    Xingyun sword sect can''t hold fast now. Fortunately, if you rashly launch an attack, once the war is unfavorable, the sect will be in danger of overturning.


    Meng Zhang did not immediately give a solution to the problem, but let Shunyi Zhenjun go on and continue to maintain the operation of the sect.


    As for the problem faced by zongmen, he will find a way slowly.


    Zongmen is in a difficult situation, so we need to work together and stick to it.


    Seeing that Meng Laozu said so, Shunyi Zhenjun didn''t say much, so he had to step down for the time being.

 Chapter 1874

    Shunyi Zhenjun turned to Meng Zhang for help because the current situation of Xingyun sword sect is very poor.


    Only Meng Zhang, the old ancestor of returning to emptiness, can solve the problem.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang is not the real ancestor of Xingyun Jianzong. He has no feelings for Xingyun Jianzong.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to solve the problem, but was ready to delay it for a while.


    No one, including Shunyi Zhenjun, dared to urge Meng Zhang.


    Everyone had to wait and wait for Meng Zhang''s action.


    Although Xingyun sword sect is almost blocked, it has poor communication with the outside world.


    However, some basic information channels have been retained.


    At this time, an earth shaking news finally reached the Xingyun sword sect and spread throughout the ash world.


    It is said that Yunzhong city is coming to the quadrangular Star area.


    The high-level gang in the quadrangular area are ready to escape.


    The dusty world is located at the edge of the quadrangular star region. It seems to be independent of the quadrangular star region. In fact, it is closely related to the quadrangular star region.


    If there is no secret connection with the four big worlds in the quadrangular Star area, the major cultivation forces in the ash earth world can not exist at all.


    Now, after hearing the news that the city in the clouds is coming and the high-level officials in the quadrangular Star district are ready to run away, the whole dusty world has become panic and chaos.


    The major forces of truth cultivation are looking for ways to find out what''s going on?


    Are these just rumors or are they true?


    Of course, these rumors are so vivid that they can''t be purely fictional.


    No wind without waves, rumors may not be unreasonable.


    If the high-level leaders in the quadrangular Star area are really ready to escape, how will they deal with themselves?


    Many cultivation forces in the ash earth world have a close relationship with the four worlds in the quadrangular Star area.


    Even, some forces are simply chess pieces arranged by the Xiuzhen forces of the four big worlds.


    The top of the quadrangular area wants to escape, so just leave them alone?


    Also, if the top of the quadrangular area wants to escape, there should be a target?


    ¡­¡­


    A series of problems stirred the whole dusty world upside down.


    At this time, even the friars of Xingyun sword sect did not pay attention to the various problems faced by the sect, but focused on this matter.


    Even the reclusive Meng Zhang received the news.


    Meng Zhang learned the news shortly after he arrived in the ash world.


    He had long guessed that the news could not be kept secret and would spread sooner or later.


    However, the news spread at this time, which was a little unexpected.


    The wormhole channel to be built at the top of the quadrangular region has not yet begun.


    Building such a wormhole channel requires a lot of manpower and material resources, which is a very huge project.


    In this case, it is best to keep the quadrangular region stable so as not to affect the construction of the channel.


    The news spread so quickly, which is very unfavorable to the top of the quadrangular region.


    As for who spread the news, Meng Zhang had no clue.


    Of course, the news spread, which is not bad for the Xingyun sword sect.


    In the face of the major events related to the whole quadrangular star region, those forces who were previously eyeing the nebula sword sect now have to shift their attention and pay attention to this problem first.


    To some extent, Xingyun sword sect has obtained a chance to breathe.


    Originally, the high level of Xingyun sword sect always felt that there were many malicious eyes peeping in the dark near the station.


    Even many practitioners wandering around are too lazy to cover up their tracks.


    In this case, not to mention the ordinary friars of Xingyun sword sect, even the middle and high levels of the door dare not go out alone for fear of being ambushed by the enemy.


    This situation had no impact on Meng Zhang, the old ancestor of returning to the virtual world. He was too lazy to disperse the peepers around him.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, there is another advantage to trap the monks of Xingyun sword sect in the camp, at least affecting their secret collusion with outsiders.


    Now the covetous monks outside have retreated, and the monks of Xingyun sword sect have begun to resume normal activities.


    Shunyi Zhenjun, the general affairs leader, still has some ability.


    While the blockade around Xingyun sword sect was lifted, he began to work hard to restore the trade route and exchange needed goods with other Xiuzhen forces.


    In this way, more than two months later, new news finally came from within the quadrangular region.


    The news of the coming of Yunzhong city is true. The wormhole channel announced by the senior management of the quadrangular Star District earlier is the retreat of the arrangement.


    As long as the wormhole channel is successfully built, everyone can escape far away and avoid the city in the clouds through the wormhole channel.


    The news that the top level of the quadrangular Star area is ready to build a wormhole channel has long been spread.


    Combined with the current news, the senior management of the quadrangular Star area did not lie this time, and has really arranged a retreat.


    In fact, the information about the coming of Cloud City is strictly confidential in the four big worlds inside the quadrangular Star area.


    The sudden spread of the news caused great chaos not only in the dusty world, but also in the four big worlds within the quadrangular region.


    With the release of information about the retreat from the top of the quadrangular region, people''s hearts settled down a little.


    Originally, once the cloud city comes, it is not up to ordinary friars to decide whether to fight or surrender.


    Now the top level of the quadrangular Star district has announced the migration plan, and everyone can rely on it.


    Moreover, according to the senior management of the quadrangular Star District, the arrival time of Cloud City is at least two or three hundred years later, and there is enough time for everyone to prepare for migration.


    Soon after, the top level of the quadrangular region publicly announced that it would invest the power of the whole region and start building wormhole channels.


    Next, the senior management of the quadrangular Star area will release a series of tasks to encourage everyone to actively participate in the construction work.


    Everyone who has money will contribute effectively.


    Those who make contributions will be rewarded.


    Outstanding performers can even get a personal interview with Zhenxian.


    After the wormhole channel is successfully built, the order of withdrawal through the channel will be arranged according to the contribution of various forces.


    With the announcement of various measures, the whole quadrangular region was mobilized and put into the construction of wormhole channel.


    The place where the high level of the quadrangular region chooses to build the wormhole channel is in the void outside the quadrangular region.


    It is far away from the dusty world, separated by more than half of the quadrangular Star area.


    Although the dusty world has been wandering outside the quadrangular region, the quadrangular region has never forgotten this place.


    Soon, the top level of the quadrangular Star district assigned a heavy material collection task to the whole ash world.


    Several major forces led by Baishi city called on all the truth repair forces in the whole ash world to mobilize, actively collect materials, complete the tasks assigned by the high-level of the quadrangular Star District, and ensure the completion of the wormhole channel as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1875

    Over the years, the quadrangular region has not directly managed the ash world.


    On the bright side, at least, the dusty world is semi independent of the quadrangular region.


    The senior management of the quadrangular Star district is unprecedented this time. Meng Zhang''s order is very simple. Ignore these apportionment orders for the time being.


    With the consistent style of these big forces in Baishi City, it is completely normal to use the opportunity of apportionment to enrich their own pockets.


    Even if Xingyun sword sect has to pay for materials, it won''t be cheap for nothing.


    Anyway, the folk customs in the dusty world are strong, and all the cultivation forces are not fuel-saving lights. Then, naturally, some restless guys will jump out.


    Originally, Xingyun sword sect was very embarrassed and couldn''t raise the apportioned materials at all.


    Now Meng Laozu has this attitude, and Shunyi Zhenjun can delay it in good faith.


    At this time, Meng Zhang considered how to let the Xingyun sword sect set up the high-level of the quadrangular Star area and get the opportunity to use the wormhole channel.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t had two quiet days yet. Shunyi Zhenjun hurried to see him.


    Originally, after hearing the news that the city in the clouds is coming and the whole quadrangular Star area will be relocated, the senior level of Xingyun sword sect was reluctant to continue to invest too many resources in that artificial spirit vein.


    Anyway, this place will give up sooner or later. Then we can barely maintain it. Stick to it a lot and live together.


    But just two days ago, the fourth level spirit pulse seemed to dry up at once, and a little aura was no longer produced.


    Lost the aura source of the fourth level spirit pulse, but it is a matter of life and death of the whole family.


    All the monks in the door can''t guarantee daily cultivation. Even the protection array at the zongmen station can''t be opened


    Although Shunyi Zhenjun didn''t deal with Meng Zhang many times, he thought he had roughly understood Meng Zhang''s temper from several meetings.


    Meng Zhang is a kind of hard friar who is always immersed in hard practice. He doesn''t hear anything outside the window and doesn''t care about the affairs of the sect at all.


    This is also a good thing for Shunyi Zhenjun.


    As the leader of common affairs, he can master more power within the sect.


    In fact, during this period of time, Meng Zhang closed his door to practice and never saw outsiders. He entrusted all the affairs in the door to Shunyi Zhenjun.


    Shunyi Zhenjun is the only high-level person who can visit Meng Zhang at any time.


    In the name of Meng Zhang, Shunyi Zhenjun seized a lot of power and earned a lot of benefits from other elders.


    Don''t say Meng Zhang didn''t know about it. Even if he did, he didn''t bother to pay attention to these petty things.


    The fourth level spiritual pulse and aura dried up. The high level of the sect didn''t dare to neglect it. They immediately tried their best to find out the reason.


    Finally, they came to a conclusion that this fourth-order spirit vein lacked maintenance and was blocked deep underground, so that the original spirit deep underground could not be restrained and dragged to the ground.


    To solve this problem, it is also very simple to go directly deep underground and dredge the blocked part.


    However, in the ash world, the depths of the earth are not simple, and there are all kinds of dangers.


    The dusty world was originally a complete world with many creatures.


    However, due to the fighting of the immortals, the creatures of the whole world almost disappeared, and the whole world became broken.


    Even the bottom of the world was pierced, and the rules of life and death became disordered. The boundary between yin and Yang began to blur, and there were many places where Yin and Yang penetrated.


    Many dead creatures, affected by this, have become powerful dead.


    The world is broken and the creatures are extinct. The whole dusty world is full of countless resentments and unwilling.


    The breath from the underworld combined with strong hatred makes the dead especially powerful.


    Even, some of the dead fell into the devil''s way from the devil''s way and became powerful demons.


    Compared with ghosts, demons are more powerful, more dangerous and harder to deal with.


    The four big worlds in the quadrangular Star area are still dominated by the right way. Both ghost friars and evil friars are invisible mice.


    As a result, many ghost friars and evil friars fled to the dusty world.


    Many practitioners in the dusty world secretly talk about it. The dusty world has long become a holy land of ghost and evil.


    The arrival of ghost cultivation and demon cultivation has added new strength to the dead in the gray earth world.


    Desperate for flesh and blood, the dead regarded the living creatures as the great enemies of life and death, attacked the practitioners everywhere, and destroyed many large and small towns.


    The biggest enemy of Terran practitioners in the gray earth world is these terrible dead spirits.


    Every once in a while, these dead spirits will cause the disaster of dead spirits.


    The practitioners of various forces can only keep close to their own stations and support hard in the disaster of the dead.


    Even so, those true cultivation forces that are not strong enough are precarious in the ash world and are in danger of collapse at any time.


    Most of the time, these dead people sleep deep underground.


    When they want to devour the flesh and blood of living creatures, they rush to the ground.


    Not long ago, the miners of an important mine under the Xingyun sword sect dug deep underground, disturbing the dead sleeping here.


    The awakened dead devoured the miners and the garrison friars.


    Because that mine is the main source of income for the Xingyun sword clan, yunlaozu had to go deep into the mine to try to eliminate the dead.


    No one expected that the dead there would be so powerful that they could even fight against old cloud.


    In the end, old cloud fought with the strong one of the dead and both were hurt.


    Master Yun successfully cleared the dead, but he was a new wound. He hooked the old wound. His vitality was greatly damaged, and Shouyuan was damaged. He was about to sit down.


    The accident of yunlaozu led to the most serious crisis of Xingyun sword sect.


    The mine that was finally taken back from the dead was not saved and was taken away by other cultivation forces.


    After this event, the monks of Xingyun sword sect fully saw the power of the dead, and dared not go deep into the ground.


    The middle and high levels of the door are afraid of meeting the strong dead spirits. They all push away from each other and are unwilling to enter the ground to dredge the aura.

 Chapter 1876

    Shunyi Zhenjun, as the general affairs leader of Xingyun sword sect, is in a high position. But all elders are unwilling to take risks, and he is unwilling to commit public anger and offend too many people.


    In desperation, Shunyi Zhenjun had to hand over the contradiction and ask Meng Zhang to be the master again.


    Since he came back last time, Meng Zhang has been practicing in seclusion.


    With sufficient resources and a good environment, Meng Zhang rarely has a period of peace of mind.


    For him, as long as the Xingyun sword sect can maintain and does not suffer from extinction, he is too lazy to intervene.


    But the things reported by Shunyi Zhenjun this time are really too important.


    The depletion of the aura of the fourth level spirit pulse directly affected the foundation of Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and felt that he had taken so many benefits from Lao Zu Yun. He should still make a little snack.


    Meng Zhang heard all the information about the fourth order spiritual pulse from Shunyi Zhenjun, especially the underground situation.


    Meng Zhang will not act rashly even if he wants to help.


    In the dusty world, there are too many dangers to threaten the great power of returning to emptiness.


    If Meng Zhang thought he could act recklessly in the dusty world with his cultivation, he would definitely die miserably.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang always has a clear understanding and has never been careless.


    Most of the strong dead in the ash world have a strong regional concept and have been active in fixed areas for a long time.


    The residence of Xingyun sword sect was not randomly selected.


    When the Xingyun sword sect left the inner world of the quadrangular Star area and fell into the dusty world, ancestor Yun spent a lot of energy before choosing the current residence.


    In the eyes of ancestor Yun, if there are strong dead spirits underground, he can''t find them.


    Moreover, in these years, yunlaozu has been in charge of the sect door and rarely left.


    If a strong dead spirit sneaks in from the ground, he can''t know nothing.


    Of course, after Lao Zu Yun was injured last time, his abilities in all aspects were greatly affected.


    If a strong necromancer moves to the nearby underground within this period of time, it is indeed possible to hide his eyes and ears.


    Meng Zhang guessed that there were at most some ordinary dead activities under the ground of Xingyun sword sect.


    If there were really strong enough necromancers, they would have killed the residence of Xingyun sword sect above.


    The dead have a deep hatred for the living and are extremely eager for the fresh flesh and blood of the living.


    This is the nature of the dead, very difficult to overcome.


    Since Meng Zhang entered the retreat period, as long as he had sufficient cultivation resources, his cultivation progress was still thousands of miles a day and made rapid progress.


    In the void battlefield outside the Jun dust world, Meng Zhang almost lost in the anti space and finally fell into the distant void in order to avoid the great demons at the level of heaven and earth Dharma phase.


    If it were now, even if he could not defeat the great devil, his performance would not be so bad.


    At least be able to fight each other for a while, and then look for a chance to escape.


    The rapid progress of cultivation has brought Meng Zhang strong confidence.


    He decided to go deep underground to see what was going on.


    Meng Zhang was annoyed by the fear of life and death and the timidity of those Yuanshen Zhenjun of Xingyun sword sect.


    If these guys were disciples of Taiyi sect, he would rather slap them to death than keep them in disgrace.


    These guys are always outsiders to Meng Zhang.


    If yunlaozu knew something under the spring, I''m afraid he would jump up in anger.


    Meng Zhang is too lazy to take care of whether they are successful or not.


    Meng Zhang agreed to Shunyi Zhenjun''s request and was willing to investigate the underground.


    At the same time, he also casually complained that the high-rise of Xingyun sword sect was too useless, just like waste.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of Shunyi Zhenjun''s fear.


    He said he would go and immediately began to act.


    The core of this artificial fourth-order spirit pulse is a deep well with no bottom.


    If the spirit pulse works normally, there will be a steady stream of Reiki in it.


    Now, the fourth level spirit pulse seems to have dried up, and there is no aura in it.


    Meng Zhang came here and just looked at it. He knew that what Shunyi Zhenjun said was true, and the spiritual pulse was cut off at the bottom of the earth.


    As for whether something is wrong with the spirit vessel itself or caused by external forces, we need to explore it deeply.


    Since Meng Zhang came here, the friars of Xingyun sword sect, who guarded the spirit vessels around him, knelt down one by one and dared not even get out of the atmosphere.


    Meng Zhang was angry when he saw the waste friars of Xingyun sword sect.


    Instead of taking care of these guys, he directly began to use the skill of earth hiding and fled to the ground.


    At first, Meng Zhang''s escape was very smooth.


    All the earth and rock were drained away in front of him like water, allowing him to easily enter the depths thousands of feet below the ground.


    At this depth, the more you dive down, the more difficult it is, and there is increasing resistance.


    Due to the heavy damage to the ash world, the rules of heaven and earth in many places have been disordered.


    At the bottom of the earth, which was originally dominated by soil power, there were forces of other attributes.


    Waves surged between the earth and rock, the water floated in a hot flame, and golden blades danced everywhere


    Friars can''t dive too deep underground simply by relying on the art of earth hiding.


    Too many alien powers will interfere with the art of earth hiding.


    Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness can easily mobilize the power of the road, but he is not affected by these forces.


    Meng Zhang can clearly see that a deep pipe leads from the ground to the spiritual pulse above.


    He continued to dive down in the direction of the pipe.


    After diving for more than 1000 feet, the ground was filled with icy Yin.


    Some virtual shadows, if any, haunt the earth and rock through Yin Qi.


    These are non-standard ghosts. They don''t have the ability to directly hurt the friar. They all rely on triggering the Friar''s illusion and hurting the Friar''s mind.


    Meng Zhang had long known that the boundary connecting the underworld in the depths of the ash world was broken, and the gap between the underworld and the Yang world became blurred.


    The bottom of the dusty world has long become a paradise for the dead.


    Once you enter the depths of the ash world, you are likely to encounter a large number of dead souls. Even, it''s normal to have strong dead spirits.


    However, Meng Zhang was a little surprised to feel the strong Yin Qi and find the existence of ghosts in this place.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the changes in the external environment, but continued to dive downward.


    As far as he knows, the will of heaven in the gray earth world has long been broken up by the immortals.


    In other words, there is no way of heaven in the gray earth world, and there is no natural disaster or punishment.


    Even if Meng Zhang directly enters the underworld of the dusty world, he will not lead to the counterattack of the rules of heaven.


    In the Junchen world, he dared not enter the underworld after entering the period of returning to emptiness.


    But in the dusty world, he has no such scruples.


    As Meng Zhang dived deeper and deeper into the ground, Yin Qi became stronger and stronger, and more and more ghosts appeared.

 Chapter 1877

    Deep underground in the dusty world is the territory of the dead. Even the return to virtual power can''t change this fact.


    There are a steady stream of dead here, killing and cutting.


    As long as the broken ash world has not been completely repaired, this situation cannot be changed.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang didn''t do any useless work after seeing a large number of ghosts under the ground. He had to eliminate all these ghosts.


    These ghosts are used to living in places with strong Yin Qi and generally do not rise to the ground.


    Even if they rise to the ground, the friars of Xingyun sword sect are no longer waste materials. They are not fools. They will naturally clean them up.


    Meng Zhang released a little breath. These ghosts with the instinct of seeking advantages and avoiding disadvantages fled one after another, as if Meng Zhang was a terrible natural enemy.


    Of course, not all ghosts have the instinct to survive.


    In front of Meng Zhang, many violent ghosts soon appeared.


    The strength of most of these ghosts is equivalent to that of friars in the foundation period, and the strongest will not be stronger than that in the golden elixir period.


    But they seemed to be crazy. They turned a blind eye to the strong breath released by Meng Zhang, so they rushed up crazily.


    Those relatively normal ghosts, as soon as they found these crazy ghosts, immediately avoided them far away.


    These crazy ghosts hate not only all living creatures, but also their own kind.


    Once they go crazy, they don''t recognize their relatives. They only know how to attack everything around them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take any action when he saw the crazy ghosts, but released a sunny and hot breath.


    As soon as those crazy ghosts were contaminated with these breath, they seemed to be lit and burned one after another.


    These ghosts are really crazy, completely ignoring the loss of their companions.


    Before a batch of ghosts burned clean, more ghosts rushed over.


    This crazy attack in the form of suicide can''t do any harm to Meng Zhang, but it annoys him a little after a long time.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and the ghosts burned more violently.


    The hot flame also ignited the Yin Qi filled around, which ignited a raging sea of fire around.


    In the sea of fire, successive ghosts burned faster.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in Yin Yang Avenue. In addition, the heaven and earth Avenue in the ash world itself is not stable enough.


    Between his thoughts, he reversed Yin and Yang and turned the Yin Qi suitable for the survival of ghosts into hot masculinity.


    From beginning to end, Meng Zhang did not stop sneaking down.


    No matter how crazy the ghost is, it can''t stop him from moving forward.


    So far, the ghosts appearing in front of Meng Zhang are mainly invisible ghosts.


    As Meng Zhang continued to go deep into the earth, there were more and more ghosts and strange kinds.


    White skeleton with entity, ferocious Zombie


    Among them, there are even dead spirits at the level of Yuanshen.


    Meng Zhang just dived down and put out those guys in the way.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to chase those guys who saw the opportunity quickly and avoided early.


    Anyway, the ghosts under the ground are almost endless. Meng Zhang can''t kill them completely even if he kills them here for a few years.


    After encountering so many ghosts, Meng Zhang was filled with more dissatisfaction with the monks of Xingyun sword sect.


    According to the practice of the dusty world, Xingyun sword sect should regularly organize friars to clean up the ghosts under the ground.


    In this way, the number of underground ghosts can be greatly reduced to prevent the birth of too powerful ghosts.


    Looking at the underground situation, the Xingyun sword sect doesn''t know how long it hasn''t organized cleaning activities.


    Although master Yun is in bad condition, there are so many true gods in the door. Are they all dead?


    The middle and high levels of the door became shrinking turtles one by one, ignoring the situation under the ground.


    If one is not good, there are too many ghosts, and a strong enough dead spirit is born underground and rushes to the ground, it will be another great catastrophe.


    Meng Zhang was almost desperate for the top level of Xingyun sword sect.


    Do these guys have a sense of belonging to the sect? Are they still not Xingyun sword sect disciples?


    Although Meng Zhang encountered many ghosts, according to the current situation, the Yuanshen elders of Xingyun sword sect can complete the cleaning task as long as they are organized.


    Meng Zhang decided in his heart.


    Let''s forget about this time. He''s not familiar with the situation anyway.


    Next time, the middle and high level of the door dare to bother him with such things, and he will definitely slap him.


    Then, he will force all the middle and high levels of the door to dive underground and honestly remove ghosts.


    As Meng Zhang went deeper, he found that the ghosts did not affect the Reiki channel, and there was no damage to the Reiki channel.


    This is also a matter of course. The Reiki channel is refined by secret method and is in the middle of something if nothing.


    It is not a living creature, let alone flesh and blood. Naturally, it will not attract too much attention from ghosts.


    It seems that the fourth level spirit pulse on the ground has dried up. There should be a problem with the source.


    Meng Zhang dived into a depth of more than 5000 feet underground and came to his destination.


    It''s a huge underground cavity, enough to hold thousands of people.


    In the center of this underground cavity, there is a simple high platform.


    On the high platform, there is a dark door.


    One end of the portal leads to the upper Reiki channel and the other to a vast ocean of vitality.


    This high platform is the master Yun of Xingyun sword sect who invited an expert to refine with him, communicate the origin of heaven and earth in the ash world, and draw Reiki from there as the Reiki source of the artificial fourth-order Reiki pulse on the ground above.


    At the beginning, there was an array guard here, and the yuan God Zhenjun of Xingyun sword sect would take turns to sit here.


    Unfortunately, with the decline of Xingyun sword sect in recent years, the selfishness of the middle and high levels of the door is too heavy, and each one is more and more unbearable.


    The true monarchs of the yuan God in the door are unwilling to take risks and sit in such a dangerous place.


    Father Yun has been closed to foreign affairs all year round. The leader of the common affairs department agrees with Zhenjun, and it is difficult to forcibly command Zhenjun, the yuan God in the door.


    Over time, there are more and more ghosts under the ground, the environment is worse and worse, and the degree of danger is higher and higher.


    The more the Yuanshen Zhenjun of Xingyun sword sect dare not enter here.


    This time, the fourth order spiritual pulse and aura dried up. Some high-level people in the door who are familiar with the situation actually guessed about the situation below.


    It was because they knew that too many ghosts had gathered in the depths of the earth that they were unwilling to come down.


    The protective array around the high platform has been broken, and several big gaps have appeared on the high platform.


    The gateway that originally communicated the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world also loomed, as if it would disappear at any time.


    There was serious damage at the place where the portal was connected to the Reiki channel.


    The Reiki that should have entered the upper Reiki pulse along the Reiki channel dissipated everywhere, and even triggered bursts of Reiki tides around.


    As soon as Meng Zhang entered here, he knew the crux of the problem.

 Chapter 1878

    In this underground cavity, there are also many wandering ghosts.


    Meng Zhang waved his hand gently, and the ghosts were completely destroyed.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, because there have been no monks here, and no monks clean up ghosts regularly.


    Over time, more and more ghosts devour each other, and even powerful ghosts of Yuanshen level are born.


    The high platform and its related parts are the foundation of the artificial spirit pulse above.


    These wandering ghosts inadvertently destroyed them, interrupted the upward Reiki transmission, and led to the depletion of the upper Reiki.


    The technology of manufacturing and maintaining man-made spiritual veins is no secret. Meng Zhang knew it when collecting information about the ash world.


    Although such technology cannot be used in Junchen world, it is also good to broaden your horizons and increase the details of the sect.


    If Meng Zhang wants to build a new fourth level spirit vein from scratch, he may still feel embarrassed.


    However, the damage to the front platform and its related parts is not very serious. Meng Zhang can repair it with a little effort.


    Although he is very dissatisfied with the monk of Xingyun sword sect, he has come here. Meng Zhang will not return empty handed. At least he needs to repair here.


    Meng Zhang went to the high platform and began the repair work.


    In order to save materials as much as possible, Meng Zhang would rather spend a little more effort.


    The first to be repaired is the protective array around the high platform.


    This protective array could have resisted the attack of Yuanshen level ghosts. However, due to the lack of maintenance for a long time, and no friars presided over the Dharma array, they were finally captured by many ghosts.


    The mustard space in Meng Zhang''s body can hold many items.


    All kinds of cultivation resources he has collected over the years are basically put in it.


    It can be said that his mustard space is a rare treasure house with very complete materials.


    He took out all kinds of materials and began to quickly repair the protective array.


    While Meng Zhang was busy, a pile of ghosts poured into here from time to time.


    These ghosts are numerous, and many of them are strong.


    If you change to the friars of Xingyun sword sect, even if the yuan God Zhenjun forms a team, I''m afraid it will be very difficult.


    However, in front of Meng Zhang''s great ability of returning to emptiness, these ghosts are almost vulnerable. They don''t even have the qualification to let Meng Zhang take a more look.


    Seeing that the protection array was about to be repaired, several invisible shadows suddenly flashed, and then rushed at Meng Zhang like lightning.


    It was dark in the underground cavity, but Meng Zhang suddenly had a bright light.


    The shadows that rushed over appeared one after another, and then began to burn violently.


    Meng Zhang frowned slightly. These seemingly insignificant shadows were actually very powerful.


    The action is hidden, come without shadow and go without trace. Even the yuan God Zhenjun is easy to be caught.


    After eliminating these shadows, Meng Zhang not only did not feel the slightest relief, but his heart sank.


    His eyes were in a trance, and many illusions appeared out of thin air.


    If you change a monk with less knowledge, you may not know what happened.


    When Meng Zhang was in the heavenly palace of the Junchen world, he read many classics.


    Among them, he was very interested in some parts about the devil''s way and devoted a lot of energy to study them.


    Taiyimen gained great development opportunities in those years because of the magic disaster in the Daheng cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang not only destroyed many demons, but also was remembered by the great devil and even the demon God.


    After arriving at the empty battlefield, Meng Zhang fought with the great devil himself.


    Among the classics hidden in the heavenly palace, there is a very detailed introduction to all kinds of demons, especially some rare demons.


    The evil way is the great enemy of Taoism. The legendary extraterritorial demons will create magic robbers to prevent the cultivators from becoming immortals and getting the way.


    Many Taoist ancestors spent a lot of time and energy to understand this great enemy and concentrate on studying all kinds of secret methods to restrain the devil.


    With the help of the snow sword king, Meng Zhang was able to enjoy many ancient books collected by the heavenly palace and accept the wisdom left by the Taoist ancestors.


    When the body just appeared abnormal, Meng Zhang immediately reacted.


    I was caught, and I was entangled by parasitic demons.


    Before entering the earth, Meng Zhang was also full of vigilance.


    However, the number of ghosts encountered along the way is large, but the strength is general, which does not pose a threat to Meng zhangzao at all.


    Here, Meng Zhang found the problem of spiritual pulse and began to repair it. He had to differentiate his heart a little.


    Even so, he can still easily destroy those ghosts who rush to make trouble.


    Meng Zhang was not careless, but he relaxed a little, which can not be avoided.


    He never thought that there were demons hiding among them and secretly attacking himself.


    Generally speaking, the relationship between demons and most ghosts is the relationship between wolves and sheep.


    If a demon appears here, the first to react and escape should be these numerous ghosts.


    After Meng Zhang was besieged by ghosts, he naturally ignored the threat of demons.


    The parasitic demon is a very special demon.


    Parasitic demons are invisible and have no fixed form. They are often parasitic in the monk''s mind and even mind.


    Parasitic demons always hide in the dark.


    Once exposed to the sun, the strength of parasitic demons is not worth mentioning.


    But the greatest skill of parasitic demons is not direct combat.


    Parasitic demons, as the name suggests, are best at secretly parasitizing monks through various means.


    Many monks have been parasitized by parasitic demons for many years. Not only are they unaware of it, but also unconsciously, all their minds and thoughts will be distorted by parasitic demons.


    Even the closest friends and relatives of the parasites can''t find any clues.


    If you don''t have enough eyesight, you can''t find anything strange even if you carefully check the parasite from the body to the spirit.


    In the history of the cultivation world, there are even the past events that Huixu can be parasitized by parasitic demons, causing havoc in the cultivation world.


    In fact, for those who have insufficient eyesight and insight and lack sufficient vigilance, parasitic demons are great enemies.


    Meng Zhang can''t think about how the parasitic demons parasitize in his body now.


    The most important thing for him now is to expel the parasitic demons in time.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang found it early, and the degree of parasitic demons is not deep.


    And he didn''t know nothing about parasitic demons.


    He also has certain means to deal with parasitic demons.


    Meng Zhang did not care to continue to repair the high platform, nor did he care to continue to entangle with ghosts.


    The hot and masculine breath surged everywhere, sweeping away all kinds of ghosts pouring into the cavity.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang held yuan Shouyi, emptied his mind and put himself in a wonderful state of non thinking and non thinking.

 Chapter 1879

    Parasitic demons are invisible, without any breath and trace.


    Parasitic ghosts are hidden among many ghosts, who know nothing about them.


    Ghosts are also good food for parasitic demons.


    Of course, ghosts are much worse than parasitic monks.


    In order to successfully parasitize on the friars, the parasitic demons can be very patient and watch a lot of food wandering around in front of them.


    Parasitic demons are good at hiding their tracks.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness, it is also difficult to find the trace of parasitic demons without using targeted special means.


    Meng Zhang was very keen to find out the mistakes in time after he was recruited.


    Parasitic demons can be parasitic in the monk''s mind, and then sneak into the monk''s mind.


    Once the parasitic demon sneaks into the monk''s mind, even if the monk reacts, it is difficult to drive it out.


    When the parasitic demon lurks in the monk''s heart, even if it is the great power of returning to emptiness, it can''t return to heaven. We can only watch the monk become the puppet of the parasitic demon.


    After Meng Zhang emptied his mind, his mind was clear and transparent.


    The parasitic demon, who was trying his best to sneak into Meng Zhang''s mind, suddenly appeared.


    Meng Zhang had repeatedly released his mind and carefully explored various situations underground.


    Parasitic demons did not know when they were infected with Meng Zhang''s mind, and began to invade Meng Zhang''s mind along with Meng Zhang''s mind.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s mind became clear and transparent, and any shadow, even a little flaw, had no hiding place, so it was exposed.


    Parasitic demons have limited fighting ability.


    Once it appears, let alone Meng Zhang, it is to change a stronger yuan God Zhenjun, who may be able to defeat it.


    Parasitic demons also react quickly. As soon as they expose their tracks, they try to hide again.


    There is a dark side in the soul of any cultivator.


    These places are the best hiding places for parasitic demons.


    When the parasitic demon was just about to hide, Meng Zhang''s mind suddenly brightened up and shone on every corner without leaving a gap.


    Meng Zhang''s great ability of returning to emptiness also has a dark side in his heart and many dirty thoughts that cannot be exposed to people.


    But he knew how to control his mind and hide these dark sides for the time being, leaving the parasitic demons nowhere to find.


    When Meng Zhang broke through the golden elixir period in those years, he experienced the fate of heart demons and mastered some spiritual power.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has never relaxed his research on daozang.


    He has been reading Taoist Scriptures all the year round and has worked hard to understand daozang.


    His heart of Tao has been tempered for a long time and has been extremely strong.


    Meng Zhang can calmly deal with and examine everything in his heart, even the darkest corner.


    He urged the light of the soul, shone on the soul, and finally let the parasitic demons have nowhere to hide.


    An invisible flame was generated out of thin air and burned up without leaving a trace in the shrill scream of the parasitic demon.


    Seeing that the parasitic demons were eliminated, Meng Zhang did not relax at all.


    He runs the power of his heart, inch by inch, leaving no dead corner, and continues to search every corner of his heart.


    After half a ring, the search was over, and no strange Meng Zhang was found. Only then did he finally breathe a sigh of relief.


    It seems that this parasitic demon should have been completely destroyed by itself.


    Parasitic demons are really insidious. It''s impossible to prevent them.


    Especially the high-level parasitic demons, once out, even the return to virtual power may be attacked.


    Fortunately, according to Meng Zhang, parasitic demons are rare demons, and it is difficult to advance.


    It is much more difficult to produce a parasitic demon that threatens the return to virtual power than to cultivate a return to virtual power.


    The dusty world is broken, and the defense barrier outside the world has long disappeared.


    There is no resistance to foreign demons.


    A world that is entering the end and dying is full of almost endless despair and unwillingness, and resentment is almost everywhere.


    Such an environment is very attractive to demons, and will even be regarded as a paradise by demons.


    Of course, in the area near the quadrangular Star area, because the immortals are well guarded, there have not been too powerful demons.


    In the gray earth world, although the major forces have constant disputes, many wars have taken place. But in the attitude towards demons, we are still quite consistent.


    If there are powerful demons exposed in the ash world, they will soon be besieged by powerful practitioners from all sides.


    Therefore, most demons in the gray earth world are still hidden in the dark.


    Many demons are hidden in the deep underground.


    The high-level practitioners in the dusty world have neither intention nor enough ability to search every corner of the earth and destroy all demons.


    The high-level practitioners of the ash world know that there are a lot of demons and Demons hidden in the ash world.


    One day, they will become the biggest disaster in the dusty world and set off countless havoc.


    But even the dust world is a world that is about to perish. Who will consider things too far away.


    In particular, those long-lived return to virtual power are completely passers-by in the ash world. They just take the world as a temporary foothold.


    They came to this world for various reasons, but they can''t stay here forever.


    Most of the return to virtual power in the gray earth world will leave this world sooner or later.


    Therefore, no high-ranking friar in the ash world will think too long.


    Meng Zhang is no exception.


    He was plotted by the parasitic demon this time, but he had to pay more attention to the demons in the gray earth world.


    Along the way, the environment here is suitable for the birth of ghosts, and there are indeed many ghosts wandering.


    But there were no other demons around, but suddenly there were parasitic demons plotting against him.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang came here this time and seemed to solve the problem more easily.


    If you change a person with insufficient knowledge to return to the virtual power, or there are people like old cloud who are already hurt, and enter here rashly, you don''t have enough defense. Maybe you will be tricked by the parasitic demons.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of what had just happened, but he couldn''t help thinking more.


    Did the parasitic demon just happen to be here, or did he sneak here with a purpose?


    In addition to the will of the demon itself, is there any trace of the intervention of the cultivator?


    In other words, this is simply the hands and feet of some practitioners.


    After all, there are many forces coveting Xingyun Jianzong, and the great enemies such as Guchi mountain villa will never stop killing Xingyun Jianzong.


    If this is really a means against the Xingyun sword sect, it is not surprising.

 Chapter 1880

    In the dusty world, a family can''t stand here without the shelter of returning to virtual power.


    Meng Zhang guessed that the emergence of parasitic demons was a conspiracy against the return of virtual power of Xingyun sword sect, which was not an unfounded guess.


    The three men of Guchi mountain villa are powerful enough to return to emptiness, one dead and two wounded. They will never give up. Meng Zhang will not be surprised no matter what intrigues they make.


    In particular, Meng Zhang was extremely vigilant when he met the venerable Beifang of Lengshan Temple last time.


    Buddhism and evil Taoism seem to be at odds, but many Taoist predecessors have said that the relationship between the two is very different.


    The strong of the evil way are good at magic dyeing. They often dye some eminent monks to fall into the evil way.


    Many eminent monks in Buddhism are proficient in the art of degree. They can turn the strong of evil into Buddhist thugs.


    Many times, many evil doers will come out for evil again if they change their face and put on the vest of Buddhist dharma protector.


    If anyone has the means to drive parasitic demons, Lengshan temple is absolutely the most suspected.


    Of course, these are Meng Zhang''s guesses, and he has no evidence to prove them.


    Maybe it''s really an accident that this parasitic demon appears here.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly checked himself and his surroundings. After confirming that there were no hidden demons, he began to repair the high platform again.


    Although he had just been attacked by parasitic demons, Meng Zhang was not ready to give up halfway since they had begun to be repaired.


    After the platform was completely repaired, Meng Zhang tried to stabilize the huge portal.


    The other end of this gateway is the origin of the world of ashes.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Jun dust world, he was lucky to enter the source sea of the Jun dust world.


    The two are essentially the same, but the actual situation is very different.


    As the dust world is entering destruction, its origin of heaven and earth has become violent, which is full of countless dangers.


    Even if it is return to virtual power, they dare not enter it easily.


    Meng Zhang only slightly sensed the breath on the other side of the portal, which dispelled his curiosity.


    This portal communicates the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world. A trace of aura absorbed from it enters the upper part through the aura channel, creating the artificial fourth-order aura.


    Meng Zhang worked hard for a long time and spent a lot of precious materials before he finally completed all the repair work.


    Seeing Reiki injected into the Reiki channel, the whole system resumed normal operation, and Meng Zhang stopped working.


    Although the protective array outside the high platform has been repaired by Meng Zhang, it may be damaged soon in the face of the impact of many ghosts.


    Send the Buddha to the West and do good things to the end.


    Since Meng Zhang even repaired the fourth level spirit pulse, he didn''t care to be busy.


    He simply swam around under the ground and cleaned all the ghosts, regardless of type and strength.


    In terms of Meng Zhang''s strength, it is very easy to complete these tasks as long as there are no ghosts at the virtual level.


    Without spending too much time, the ghosts around were swept away by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, with the underground environment, maybe soon, there will be a steady stream of new ghosts.


    No one can change this situation unless there is great power to transform the whole ash world and repair the gap between yin and Yang.


    After Meng Zhang''s cleaning, at least there won''t be too many ghosts here in a short time.


    After completing all this and carefully checking that there was no problem, Meng Zhang returned to the ground.


    At this time, because the following problems were fixed, the fourth level spirit pulse began to flow Reiki.


    In the process of repairing, Meng Zhang has found that this fourth-order spirit pulse has been used for too long and has been lack of maintenance. The quantity and quality of the produced Reiki are much lower than before.


    Unless it is completely overhauled or completely transformed, there will be problems in the near future.


    Meng Zhang can''t control the far future, as long as he can use it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang called Shunyi Zhenjun and asked him to summon all the yuan God Zhenjun in the door to himself.


    After the crowd arrived, Meng Zhang didn''t save face for anyone. It was a scolding, and no one let go.


    Meng Zhang''s angry scolding didn''t last long, but he was merciless and scolded everyone bloody.


    After scolding, Meng Zhang ordered directly.


    From now on, according to the arrangement of Shunyi Zhenjun, the leader of common affairs, all Yuanshen Zhenjun, including Shunyi Zhenjun, must go to the underground town regularly in turn to preside over the protective Dharma array and maintain the situation of the high platform.


    In addition, the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the door also regularly organizes a team of monks to patrol the ground to eliminate ghosts.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s instructions, the gang were crying and sad one by one, and their faces showed embarrassment.


    This naturally led to Meng Zhang''s scolding.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is the only ancestor of Xingyun sword sect. Let alone scold him. Even if he slapped several guys who didn''t have eyes, no one dared to oppose him publicly.


    Meng Zhang is an export threat.


    All those who cheat, cheat and don''t want to contribute to the sect are traitors of the sect, and everyone can be punished.


    As the ancestor of the sect, he will never tolerate anyone disobeying orders.


    After shining the stick, Meng Zhang also gave a carrot.


    After his cleaning, the ghosts under the ground have almost been cleaned up.


    In the future, as long as we organize cleaning in time, we will not encounter too many ghosts, let alone strong ghosts.


    With the strength of all the people present, we can easily complete this task.


    In the future, those friars who perform well and make great contributions to the sect will be instructed by him personally.


    Meng Zhang showed the authority of the patriarch of the clan. After a combination of soft and hard work, he took care of all the people present.


    Seeing that everyone obeyed the order and had no courage to resist the order, Meng ZhangCai left the people and returned to the closed quiet room.


    Next, how to arrange the details of the work? Shunyi Zhenjun will naturally go back to deal with it.


    After solving these trivial matters, Meng Zhang began to practice in seclusion again.


    Meng Zhang knows that the four pointed star area will not be peaceful next.


    If he wants to borrow the wormhole channel, even if he wears the vest of Xingyun sword sect, he also has to spend a lot of time.


    For every point of improvement in his cultivation, there will be more room for maneuver in the future.


    Soon after Meng Zhang closed the door again, several big forces led by Baishi city once again issued an initiative to the whole dusty world, so that all the Xiuzhen forces would temporarily stop fighting, fully cooperate with the high-level of the quadrangular Star District, and strive to complete the wormhole channel as soon as possible.


    Although the dusty world has been wandering outside the quadrangular region all year round, its position is still very clear when major events happen.


    That is to actively cooperate with the high-level of the quadrangular region and firmly stand on their side.


    In the dusty world where the strong are respected, the voice of the strong such as Whitestone city is still very dignified.


    What''s more, they are clearly supported by the high-level of the quadrangular Star area.

 Chapter 1881

    The dusty world, which used to be full of disputes and frequent battles, has recently become stable.


    Many Xiuzhen forces want to avoid the coming Cloud City through the wormhole channel.


    In this case, everyone is willing to actively cooperate with the senior management of the quadrangular region to get the opportunity to leave here.


    Once the city in the clouds comes, let alone the dust world, the whole quadrangular Star area will fall.


    The remaining monks were either killed or became slaves.


    All the interests that the major cultivation forces are fighting for now will belong to Yunzhong city in the future. What''s the significance of their struggle now.


    Although the dusty world is far from the core of the quadrangular region, the news is not blocked.


    Especially in recent years, as soon as the top level of the quadrangular Star area has any public comments, it will soon spread to the ash world.


    Now for the entire quadrangular region, the top priority is to build the wormhole channel, and put everything else aside.


    Even the bimodal region has publicly announced its support for the quadrangular region.


    Of course, privately, many people have rumored that the quadrangular region paid a huge price and made many concessions before it finally got the support of the bimodal region.


    For the high-level of the quadrangular region, the biggest support of the bimodal region is not to hinder them from building wormhole channels.


    As the peepers around the Xingyun sword sect disappeared one after another, everyone in Xingyun sword sect was relieved.


    With the communication between Xingyun sword sect and the surrounding areas slowly restored, everything seemed to return to the previous normal state.


    As for the materials apportioned by Baishi City, Shunyi Zhenjun found an excuse to delay for the time being.


    Since the Xingyun sword sect can operate normally, Meng Zhang can practice in seclusion with peace of mind.


    According to his estimation, it will take at least hundreds of years for the high-rise in the quadrangular region to build the wormhole channel.


    He still has enough time to slowly look for opportunities and gain the power to pass through the channel.


    For Meng Zhang, who is in seclusion, the senior level of Xingyun sword sect is also interested in not disturbing him.


    Meng Zhang seldom asked about the internal affairs of the sect.


    After he gave the order last time, even if the middle and high levels of the door were very reluctant, they still had to take turns to sit underground according to his instructions.


    With the support of Meng Zhang, he mastered the Shunyi Zhenjun who arranged the power of the yuan God Zhenjun in the door. His authority rose sharply in the door and trembled at once.


    At least, the constraints of the elders in the door on him have weakened a lot.


    That day, Meng Zhang was practicing in seclusion.


    Suddenly, a jade pendant he was wearing began to shine brightly.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang talked for a while, and trouble was inevitable.


    This jade pendant was personally given to him by ancestor Yun.


    Father Yun told Meng Zhang that if the jade pendant had not responded, it would be all right. Meng Zhang could regard it as non-existent.


    But if the jade pendant sends a signal, it means someone needs Meng Zhang''s support.


    Yunlaozu hoped that Meng Zhang would give full assistance.


    To this end, yunlaozu also advanced a lot of remuneration to Meng Zhang.


    Although Xingyun sword sect is now in decline, as a sect with a long history, it still has a lot of details and accumulation.


    Ancestor Yun has been in charge of Xingyun sword sect for many years.


    After finding that the middle and high levels of the door were unreliable and many friars were discouraged, master Yun collected many of the family''s treasures in person.


    Finally, he left all these things to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who eats, wipes and doesn''t admit it.


    Now that he has the benefit of old cloud, he will keep his promise.


    Now the jade pendant reacted. Without delay, Meng Zhang immediately secretly left the Xingyun sword sect and flew away from the Xingyun sword sect according to the guidance of the jade pendant.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed quickly in the air and soon crossed tens of thousands of miles to his destination.


    I saw the stars shining ahead, the hurricane rolling wildly, and a female correction was struggling with three enemies.


    Meng Zhang, the female nun''s enemy, is not a complete stranger. From the perspective of dress, a monk should be a disciple of Lengshan temple.


    The other two enemies, one is a demon monk, and the other is a strange demon.


    This female friar is a female sword practitioner with the cultivation of Yang God period. She is very proficient in kendo.


    Meng Zhang has seen many sword practitioners in Junchen world. He is also a master of kendo.


    Among the sword practitioners Meng Zhang has seen, there are not many who can compare with this nun.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that when he was in the Yang God period, his swordsmanship level might not be better than that of the female friar.


    Although I don''t know the name of this female sword Xiu or her origin, from the perspective of her swordsmanship, it is clearly the secret swordsmanship of Xingyun sword sect.


    Generous Yun Laozu not only left Meng Zhang all the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect, but also communicated with Meng Zhang in front of him.


    Although Meng Zhang did not take the Kendo inheritance of Xingyun Jianzong as his major, he had fully seen its mystery and benefited a lot from it.


    The nebula sword performed by this nun is inherited from the Kendo clan. Its mystery is still known by Meng Zhang.


    Needless to say, the object that yunlaozu hopes to support should be this female monk.


    Meng Zhang did not like her three opponents, whether they were monks, demons and demons.


    For these guys, Meng Zhang won''t tell them the rules of the cultivation world.


    He is not bullying the small with the big, but killing the demons and eradicating the heretics.


    While Meng Zhang was observing the surroundings, the female sword Xiu had completely fallen to the disadvantage.


    She may be injured and her movements are not natural.


    The monk of Yang God level was very tough and could resist the attack of female sword Xiu.


    The devil cultivation and the devil thing have various secret means. They firmly entangle the female sword cultivation, so that she can''t get away.


    After observing carefully, Meng Zhang confirmed that there was no ambush around, so he shot immediately.


    One black and one white air currents entangled together and turned into a sharp sword in the air. They showed their excellent swordsmanship of Xingyun sword sect and killed three enemies.


    The magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword can''t keep up with Meng Zhang''s cultivation progress for a long time.


    It is very convenient to bully the weak and kill low-level friars who are not as good as him. However, it can''t play a great role in fighting with enemies of the same level.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword is really appropriate on such an occasion.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is higher than that female sword cultivation, and his understanding of Kendo is much deeper than her.


    In particular, some of the best principles of Kendo shown in Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship made the female sword Xiu who was fighting with the enemy shine in her eyes after seeing it.


    She was about to ignore her opponent and just watched Meng Zhang''s swordsmanship.


    Fortunately, after Meng Zhang shot at the three enemies, he immediately cornered the three enemies and overwhelmed them. It was difficult for them to protect themselves. Where could he care to continue attacking the enemy.

 Chapter 1882

    I saw a black-and-white sword, which turned into stars in the sky.


    The falling stars contain incredible power.


    The monk of Yang God level obviously practiced some powerful body refining magic power.


    He is tall and majestic, invulnerable to weapons and water and fire. It has strong resistance to all kinds of spells and tools.


    Previously, when he fought with the female sword, he could temporarily resist each other''s flying sword by relying on his flesh alone.


    But at this time, the little stars fell on the monk and immediately left countless holes in his strong body, allowing a lot of blood to spray everywhere.


    However, in a moment, the monk became full of holes and collapsed.


    As for the demon Xiu and the demon object, they immediately burned violently after being hit by the starlight.


    Knowing that they met an irresistible master, they also tried to use their magic skills to escape.


    But the starlight ignited their bodies and soon burned them up.


    Meng Zhang bullied the small and relied on the strong to bully the weak. It was nothing to bully a group of enemies at the level of Yang God by virtue of his cultivation in the period of returning to emptiness.


    However, he used the magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword to show his own understanding of Xingyun sword school Kendo, which not only showed his identity, but also showed his superb Kendo attainments.


    Seeing that the enemy who almost killed him was easily destroyed by Meng Zhang, the female sword was stunned, then flew to Meng Zhang and immediately paid a big tribute.


    "Disciple Mu Xingtong, meet old Meng."


    Meng Zhang never knew that Xingyun sword sect also had female sword practitioners of Yang God level.


    Of course, the other party''s accomplishments and skills can''t be fake. He is indeed a disciple of Xingyun sword sect.


    Moreover, before his death, Yun Laozu was worried and entrusted to Meng Zhang''s care. This daughter is definitely the object he cares about most.


    Meng Zhang even had a faint feeling in his heart that many of the backhands laid by master Yun had been cracked by the enemy. It might be just smoke.


    What he really valued should be the female sword Xiu in front of him.


    This female Jian Xiu is the real successor of father Yun and the real successor of Xingyun Jianzong.


    Next, the dialogue between the two proved Meng Zhang''s idea.


    The female Jianxiu, who claimed to be mu Xingtong, did not hide from Meng Zhang and honestly told her origin.


    Many years ago, Mu Xingtong was a famous Kendo genius of Xingyun sword sect, showing great potential.


    Although the Xingyun sword sect at that time was not as precarious and endangered as it is now, the real situation was definitely not very good.


    Xingyun sword sect has many sword repair seeds, which fell inexplicably in the dusty world.


    Although yunlaozu had a vague guess about the murderer, he could not retaliate.


    The Xingyun sword sect has only one ancestor, Yun Laozu, who can return to the virtual world. He is not strong enough to deal with the enemies of all parties.


    At that time, Mu Xingtong was unique in the door, and was regarded by the cloud ancestor as the hope that he could inherit the inheritance of the Xingyun sword sect and revive the sect one day.


    In order to protect Mu Xingtong, Lao Zu Yun designed an accident to let Mu Xingtong fake death and get out of everyone''s sight.


    Even Mu Xingtong''s soul lamp in the sect door was secretly dealt with by master Yun.


    Xingyun sword sect is a sect that has accepted the inheritance of immortals. Its ancestors were once brilliant and had many great powers to return to emptiness.


    Father Yun is very old in the cultivation world and has experienced countless ups and downs.


    If he had not been tired by the sect, the achievements of ancestor Yun might have been more than that.


    Father Yun has deep contacts and made many good friends.


    Taoist Yun LAN, a great power of returning to emptiness of Liuyun Shengzong, had a life and death friendship with his ancestor Yun in his early years.


    Although trapped in the position of the sect, Taoist Yunlan can''t fully help Xingyun sword sect, his private relationship with Lao Zu Yun will not be affected.


    Master Yun secretly sent Mu Xingtong to the big world inside the quadrangular Star area and entrusted him to Taoist Yun LAN.


    Mu Xingtong has excellent qualifications and excellent mind.


    Over the years, her accomplishments have improved by leaps and bounds and made rapid progress.


    Not long ago, she also passed the Yang God thunder robbery and successfully advanced to the Yang God period.


    In the big world inside the quadrangular region, most of the resources have long been divided up by major forces, and it is difficult for scattered repair to survive.


    Liuyun Shengzong is a powerful sect created by real immortals. The establishment of real immortals is still there today.


    Taoist Yunlan, even if he is a great power of returning to emptiness, can''t do whatever he wants inside the sect door. He must abide by the rules of the sect door.


    He can take proper care of Mu Xingtong, but he can''t abandon the public for private reasons and use the resources of the sect to cultivate Mu Xingtong.


    In order to gain a foothold in the quadrangular Star area, Mu Xingtong joined Liuyun Shengzong under the recommendation of Taoist Yunlan and became an outer gate elder.


    With the status of Liuyun Shengzong, Mu Xingtong gained many benefits.


    At least, those enemies of Xingyun sword sect, even if they knew the existence of Mu Xingtong, did not dare to rush to the big world inside the quadrangular Star area to hunt down the members of Liuyun Saint sect.


    She can successfully advance to the Yang God period, which has something to do with it.


    Of course, since you enjoy the benefits brought by the status of LiuYun saint, you naturally have to bear the corresponding obligations.


    Mu Xingtong wants to work for Liuyun Shengzong and complete the task assigned by the sect.


    With such a huge sect as Liuyun Shengzong, fierce struggles are inevitable inside.


    Since Mu Xingtong was recommended by Taoist Yunlan to join the sect, he was naturally branded by Taoist Yunlan.


    In recent years, Mu Xingtong has had a lot of trouble because Taoist Yun Lan''s people and horses have fallen down in the struggle.


    Of course, the sect of Liuyun Shengzong has strict rules. Even if it is an internal fight, it has a bottom line.


    You can''t hurt your own friars, and you can''t hurt each other openly


    Although Mu Xingtong is valued by Taoist Yunlan, his strength is not weak. But after all, he is not the legitimate friar of Liuyun Shengzong. Naturally, he will inevitably encounter suppression and exclusion.


    Although Liuyun holy sect is at least a famous and decent sect, the internal struggle in the sect will not be too excessive.


    However, Mu Xingtong was sent to the dusty world. He needs to complete many troublesome tasks and experience many dangers.


    Due to Mu Xingtong''s identity, she has to bear additional risks in the ash world.


    Sure enough, shortly after Mu Xingtong came to the ash world, he exposed his identity and was besieged by strong enemies.


    In those days, before his death, father Yun showed his secret skill of heart to heart and explained everything to Mu Xingtong.


    Mu Xingtong is very sad about the death of Yun''s ancestor, but he can''t return to Xingyun sword sect for the sake of the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    When she was sent by Liuyun Shengzong to the dusty world and was besieged by strong enemies, she could not urge the communication jade pendant to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Before asking for help, she didn''t have much hope.


    Although Meng Zhang vowed to strictly abide by his promise before the gold medal.


    But if Meng Zhang is delayed because of other things and does not arrive in time, there is no way.

 Chapter 1883

    Although Meng Zhang was an outsider, he strictly abided by his promise and didn''t disappoint Mu Xingtong. He rushed to the rescue site in time.


    Now, Mu Xingtong''s trust in Meng Zhang has greatly increased.


    And since the two have met, there is no need to hide many things.


    Next, Mu Xingtong has many places to turn to Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang listened to Mu Xingtong''s words and said in his heart that it was true.


    Even though he was in a desperate situation, Lao Zu Yun also encountered the betrayal of his cronies. But people like him are well prepared.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, an outsider who suddenly appeared, his early arrangements were obviously more reliable.


    Meng Zhang believes that even if the Xingyun sword sect in the dusty world is destroyed, as long as Mu Xingtong is there, the real inheritance of Xingyun sword sect will not be cut off.


    Compared with Xingyun sword sect in the dust world, Mu Xingtong is the real inheritor of Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang wanted to understand this problem, although he was a little unhappy. I feel that I seem to have taken a lot of advantages in this matter, which is conducive to acting in the future, but in fact, I took the initiative to deliver it to the door and became a pawn of Yun Laozu for nothing.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can not only understand but also appreciate the practices of Yun Laozu.


    Meng Zhang himself is the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Taiyimen has encountered many crises in its history, and Meng Zhang has repeatedly considered how to continue the inheritance of taiyimen.


    Father Yun worked hard and made every effort to continue the inheritance of the sect.


    Since Mu Xingtong is his own and so frank, Meng Zhang did not hide his experience in Xingyun sword sect during this period.


    Although Meng Zhang did not deliberately belittle the current friars of Xingyun sword sect, the disdain and contempt in his tone was very obvious.


    I don''t blame Meng Zhang for this. These guys are too unbearable and don''t work hard at all.


    After listening, Mu Xingtong thought for a moment and said something.


    Before his death, master Yun used the secret method of heart to heart to tell Mu Xingtong that his backhand had been cracked.


    Yunlaozu was extremely disappointed with the friars of Xingyun sword sect. Even his most trusted confidants could betray. He couldn''t even believe anyone in the door.


    Master Yun told Mu Xingtong not to rush back to Xingyun sword sect or the dusty world before returning to emptiness.


    Of course, Mu Xingtong is willing to obey the orders of ancestor Yun.


    However, they did not expect that Mu Xingtong would be sent to the ash world due to the internal struggle of Liuyun Shengzong.


    What makes Mu Xingtong can''t believe is that she exposed her identity and was besieged by strong enemies shortly after she came to the ash world.


    After Mu Xingtong advanced to the Yang God period, he thought he had a bit of self-protection.


    But the experience just now hit her hard.


    As for why Mu Xingtong was exposed, Mu Xingtong also considered it.


    Although Mu Xingtong had long escaped by pretending to be dead, he was sent to Liuyun Shengzong by yunlaozu.


    However, she lived in Xingyun sword sect for many years in her early years, leaving a deep trace here.


    Due to time constraints, she pretended to die and got away. Now it seems that the arrangement is not detailed enough.


    If there are traitors in the top level of Xingyun sword sect and his cronies, as Grandpa Yun guessed, it is not impossible to find out Mu Xingtong''s identity.


    Meng Zhang agrees with this.


    At the same time, he once again despised the riddled Xingyun sword sect in his heart.


    How can we save a family whose door is rotten like this?


    Meng Zhang is always straightforward and speaks his heart freely.


    Mu Xingtong''s answer is even more straightforward. Since the current Xingyun sword sect can''t be saved, there''s no need to save it. Just give up.


    Anyway, as long as she exists, the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect will not be cut off.


    When she returns to the virtual stage in the future, she can completely re-establish a Xingyun sword sect.


    When it comes to his future advanced return period, Mu Xingtong has unspeakable firmness and confidence in his tone.


    After listening to Mu Xingtong''s words, Meng Zhang first couldn''t believe it, and then felt that what Mu Xingtong said was not unreasonable.


    It''s a great thing to give up the sect of her origin completely, whether she is ruthless or decisive.


    Mu Xingtong acts in a grand manner and has a bit of arrogant talent.


    If she had enough opportunities, she might really be able to soar and make a career.


    Although Yun Laozu entrusted the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect, including the secret inheritance of kendo, to Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang believes that yunlaozu must have reservations.


    The complete inheritance of Xingyun sword sect should be on Mu Xingtong.


    Meng Zhang has no greed or the like.


    According to his previous agreement with yunlaozu, as long as Mu Xingtong asks him for help, he should try his best to provide help without endangering himself.


    If Mu Xingtong really wants to give up the current Xingyun sword sect and start again, Meng Zhang will naturally provide help as agreed.


    The only thing Meng Zhang needs to worry about is whether it will affect his use of wormhole channels.


    Mu Xingtong had known his agreement with Meng Zhang from the cloud ancestor.


    Mu Xingtong certainly understands Meng Zhang''s concerns.


    Mu Xingtong told Meng Zhang that although she was excluded, distributed and suppressed, she still had some contacts in Liuyun Shengzong.


    Moreover, she was sent to the ash world this time and was forced to complete some very difficult tasks.


    However, within Liuyun Shengzong, rewards and punishments can be clearly defined.


    As long as she successfully completes the task and makes enough contributions to let Meng Laozu, the elder of Xingyun sword sect, use the wormhole channel, there is no problem.


    Since Mu Xingtong can solve the problem that Meng Zhang is most concerned about, Meng Zhang will not object to her practice.


    Of course, the meaning of Mu Xingtong''s words is also very clear. Meng Zhang needs to help him complete the task assigned by Liuyun Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang has no objection to this.


    It may be very simple for mu Xingtong, a monk of Yang God, to return to emptiness like Meng Zhang.


    They reached a consensus during their conversation.


    Meng Zhang will give up his current Xingyun sword sect and try his best to help Mu Xingtong.


    Mu Xingtong himself regarded the current Xingyun sword sect as if I were wearing my shoes, and Meng Zhang, an outsider, had no position to say more.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also made some comments.


    He will not give up the Xingyun sword sect too obviously.


    The current Xingyun sword sect can serve as a target to attract the enemy''s attention and share the pressure Mu Xingtong will face.


    Moreover, the current Xingyun sword sect is not completely worthless, but still has some capital.


    Apart from other things, the three boys who served Meng Zhang had good qualifications and temperament. It was a pity to give up.

 Chapter 1884

    In fact, deep in Mu Xingtong''s heart, she has a deeper reluctance to give up the current Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang''s proposal just came to her heart.


    She soon settled with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhangxian tried his best to help her complete the task assigned by Liuyun Shengzong and strive to earn meritorious service.


    When you give up the current Xingyun sword sect, you can take a few seed disciples of the sect and give them to her.


    Of course, these seed disciples should be innocent enough, have nothing to do with outsiders, and have nothing to do with traitors.


    As for the resources in the door, leave them to the current monks and let them live and die.


    The reason why Mu Xingtong gave up the current Xingyun sword sect so decisively is that he has had a similar idea for a long time.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, an outsider, who grew up in Xingyun sword sect, she can better understand the problems of Xingyun sword sect.


    Because of the accumulation of contradictions over the years, yunlaozu also lacks the energy to deal with it, and the whole family has reached the edge of division.


    The sword cultivation in the door is not excellent. It can not provide rolling combat power to overwhelm the Dharma cultivation in the door, nor can it compete for more interests.


    The Dharma practitioner in the door, unwilling to become a vassal of sword cultivation, has long planned to fight back.


    It is common to collude with outsiders and eat inside out. No one can tell how many traitors there are in the sect and how high the level of traitors is.


    Needless to say, there are things like infighting within the sect, competing for power and profits, enriching one''s own pockets and harming the public and enriching one''s own interests.


    The cloud ancestor who has been in charge of the Xingyun sword sect for many years has passed away, and the hope of solving the internal problems of the sect has disappeared.


    Meng Zhang, an outsider, will not make too much efforts to make up for the cracks in the Xingyun sword sect.


    Mu Xingtong will never return to Xingyun sword sect publicly before the advanced retreat period, in accordance with the last words of ancestor Yun.


    With this development, the disintegration of Xingyun sword sect is only a matter of time.


    Now the Xingyun sword sect has rotted to the root and can''t be saved. Instead, it has become a burden.


    Then why not just give up and jump out of that mess?


    Now that Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong have reached an agreement, the fate of Xingyun sword sect now has to be resigned to fate.


    Next, the focus of Mu Xingtong''s discussion with Meng Zhang is the task she carries.


    The dusty world was broken because of the battle between real immortals. However, it still has very rich resources.


    Most of the Xiuzhen forces in the ash earth world exploit the resources here, or use them for their own use, or send them to the inside of the quadrangular Star area in exchange for various interests.


    The big forces in the quadrangular region can exert a strong influence on the gray earth world through various means.


    Apart from others, the rules of heaven and earth in the dusty world are disordered, and the Yang God thunder robbery cannot be born.


    When the friar reaches the later stage of Yuanshen''s cultivation, he must go to the big world inside the quadrangular Star area in order to get through the thunder robbery of the Yang God and advance to the Yang God period.


    In addition, one of the most important steps for friars of Yang God to advance and return to emptiness is to place Yang God in heaven and earth.


    The dusty world is a world that is stepping into destruction. Which Yang God friar has a bad mind and will place his yuan God here.


    It goes without saying that when other young people break through the period of returning to emptiness, they have to go to the big world inside the quadrangular Star area.


    Practitioners of other systems certainly have similar aspects and have to be subject to the big world within the quadrangular region.


    This time, the high-level of the quadrangular Star area will unite to build wormholes, which requires a lot of resources from the ash world.


    Because the dusty world is near the quadrangular Star area, many times, for convenience, flying boat teams are directly sent here to transport various resources to the interior of the quadrangular Star area.


    Of course, there are also high levels in the quadrangular Star area, deliberately limiting the relationship between the ash world and virtual warships.


    Not long ago, the flying boat team transporting resources from the ash world to the interior of the quadrangular region was attacked and almost completely destroyed.


    At first, the top level of the quadrangular Star area thought it was caused by the internal struggle between the cultivation forces in the ash world.


    But then, the flying boat team was attacked one after another, and they found that the situation was wrong.


    The construction of wormholes at the top of the quadrangular Star area is a major event related to everyone and the future and destiny of all forces in the whole star area.


    Normally, no one should stop and destroy it.


    But now something like this happens, so we must deal with it as soon as possible, and we must not affect the construction of wormholes.


    In addition to asking local forces such as Baishi city to investigate the matter, some big forces in the four corners Star area have also sent people to supervise the investigation.


    Mu Xingtong, who was sent to the ash world by Liuyun Shengzong, naturally accepted such a task.


    After accepting the task, Mu Xingtong also thought.


    It will destroy the transmission of resources and hinder the construction of wormholes, which is likely to be the demon repair and ghost repair in the ash world.


    Of course, it does not rule out some crazy friars who hate the quadrangular region and want to bury all forces together.


    You know, there are many monks in the dusty world who fled here from the interior of the quadrangular region.


    There are fugitives wanted by the Xiuzhen world and losers in various struggles


    Today''s Xingyun sword sect was defeated by its enemies in the quadrangular Star area. It was unable to stand on its feet that it moved to the dusty world under the auspices of ancestor Yun.


    Hatred can make people crazy and provide great motivation.


    In addition, such as the nearby bimodal star region, it may also be destroyed from it.


    Although the high-level leaders of the quadrangular region and the bimodal region have reached an agreement.


    However, the agreement cannot bind all the spiritual forces in the bimodal Star area.


    Mu Xingtong had a suspicious goal and was biased during the investigation.


    But soon after she began her investigation, she exposed her whereabouts, was besieged, and had to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Among the enemies who besieged her, the demon monk and the monster were all right. Another monk was a disciple of Lengshan temple.


    Mu Xingtong has long found that Lengshan temple has always harbored hidden malice towards Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang also told her that he had met the Venerable Master of Beifang in Lengshan temple outside Guchi villa.


    Meng Zhang is almost sure that Lengshan temple is against Xingyun sword sect in the dark.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Mu Xingtong fell into thinking.


    Was she besieged because of the gratitude and resentment of the Xingyun sword sect, or because of her own investigation?


    If it is the former, there is nothing to say. She has to be more careful in the future.


    If it is the latter, it will be very interesting.


    Why did Lengshan Temple hinder her investigation? Is it related to the guy who attacked the flying boat team and destroyed the wormhole construction?


    Why does Lengshan temple, as a local force in the ash world, do this?

 Chapter 1885

    Mu Xingtong and Meng Zhang exchanged their ideas.


    Mu Xingtong hasn''t gained anything since she tracked down this matter. The disciples of Lengshan Temple participated in the siege this time, which provided her with new ideas.


    If we investigate this matter from Lengshan temple, we may gain something.


    In addition, Mu Xingtong is also selfish.


    Although I don''t know why Lengshan temple has always been malicious to Xingyun sword sect, Mu Xingtong may be able to find out the reason by investigating this time.


    Lengshan temple is a very powerful enemy to Xingyun sword sect.


    However, once it has something to do with the destruction of wormhole construction, it will face the anger of the high-level in the quadrangular region.


    At that time, even if the Lengshan temple is strong, it will not escape the danger of overturning.


    After listening to Mu Xingtong''s words, Meng Zhang felt that Mu Xingtong was still too young.


    If he were to preside over the matter, even if Lengshan temple had nothing to do with the attack on the flying boat team, he could forcibly involve it and clean it up with the power of the top level of the four corner Star area.


    Since we want to investigate Lengshan temple, we should consider how to start the matter.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong alone can''t help Lengshan temple.


    This time, many major forces in the quadrangular region sent friars to investigate the matter.


    There is both cooperation and competition between them.


    In order to obtain enough merit, Mu Xingtong is reluctant to share the information with others.


    Meng Zhang has no objection to this.


    After father Yun died, Meng Zhang kept his magic weapon flying sword all the time.


    Meng Zhang will not covet this flying sword.


    Now that he met Mu Xingtong, Meng Zhang handed the flying sword to her.


    A magic weapon level flying sword, even many return to virtual powers will participate in the competition. Meng Zhang took it out so happily that he didn''t mean to be greedy for ink at all, which made Mu Xingtong appreciate him.


    For mu Xingtong, this is not only a relic of ancestor Yun, but also a treasure inherited by Xingyun sword sect.


    Mu Xingtong''s current cultivation is unable to resist this flying sword for the time being. She put it away.


    Meng Zhang thought about how to trace the clues and probably had an idea in his mind.


    Before the action, Meng Zhang went back to the station of Xingyun Jianzong.


    With the cultivation of Meng Zhang, he left and returned here secretly, and no one else in the sect was aware of it.


    Meng Zhang made an inspection tour around the residence of Xingyun sword sect and carefully checked it. There were really no outstanding people in it.


    In the whole Xingyun sword sect, only the three boys as waiters could barely enter Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    They are young and simple-minded. Meng Zhang can easily see through everything in their hearts.


    Meng Zhang paid a lot of energy, and it can be fully confirmed that there is no problem with the three boys.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the rest, whether Shunyi Zhenjun, the leader of common affairs, or the middle and senior level of other sects, are a group of untrustworthy bastards.


    Meng Zhang greeted the three boys and put them into his mustard space.


    Meng Zhang''s Mustard space covers a wide area and can carry many things.


    After many promotions, the mustard space can not only accommodate the living creatures to continue to survive, but also have a few faint auras.


    The cultivation of the three boys is meager, and the daily cultivation needs are only a drop in the bucket for Meng Zhang.


    In addition, Meng Zhang didn''t mean to bring other people of Xingyun sword sect.


    Although Meng Zhang has such a gift as heart mastery, it is difficult for him to read the thoughts of those high-level friars who have practiced the heart locking secret method or have the arrangement left by experts.


    Especially in the dusty world with a lot of great energy to return to emptiness, no one knows how many means can resist the divine powers of mind reading.


    If you count ghost cultivation and magic cultivation, there are more secret methods.


    Even Meng Zhang, who has had a lot of dealings with demon cultivation, can''t say that he will be able to easily see through all the secrets of demon cultivation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have so much energy and time to slowly identify each monk of Xingyun sword sect.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to check the traitors in Xingyun sword sect.


    He originally wanted to make himself more prepared, and then slowly find the traitor when the time was ripe.


    Now that he agrees with Mu Xingtong''s opinion and wants to give up the whole Xingyun sword sect, the question of whether the traitor is a traitor or not is no longer important, and Meng Zhang is too lazy to work harder.


    Anyway, Xingyun sword sect is an abandoned son. It''s up to the spies of various families to toss about slowly.


    After all this, Meng Zhang summoned Shunyi Zhenjun, the leader of Shuwu.


    Meng Zhang told him that in the next time, he would practice a secret magic power in isolation and could not be disturbed.


    If it''s not a matter related to the life and death of the sect, don''t bother him.


    All affairs in the gate are mainly handled by Shunyi Zhenjun, and all elders handle them together.


    Meng Zhang has been closed for a long time since he took office in Xingyun sword sect, and rarely interfered in foreign affairs.


    There is nothing strange about his making such an arrangement now.


    In fact, in those days, the ancestor Yun had almost the same style as Meng Zhang, and all levels of Xingyun sword sect had long been used to it.


    Thanks to the great power of Meng Zhang and ancestor Yun last time, with the lessons of Guchi mountain villa, not many Xiuzhen forces dared to fight against Xingyun sword sect in front for a long time.


    Meng Zhang gave Shunyi Zhenjun great power this time. When Shunyi Zhenjun was happy, he asked carefully what if an elder in the door disobeyed himself by virtue of his cultivation and status.


    Although he has decided to give up the current Xingyun sword sect, Meng Zhang still doesn''t want the Xingyun sword sect to collapse immediately.


    If the Xingyun sword sect exists for one more day, it can continue to attract the enemy''s attention.


    Since we hope that Xingyun sword sect will continue to operate, Shunyi Zhenjun will play a greater role.


    Meng Zhang called all the top leaders in the door in front of him, took out the momentum of returning to emptiness and gave everyone a good lesson.


    Meng Zhang reiterated his orders and emphasized the status of Shunyi Zhenjun.


    The deterrence of returning to virtual power still has some effect.


    After Meng Zhang''s deterrence, at least in a short time, no one in the door should dare to challenge the authority of Shunyi Zhenjun.


    After arranging everything in the door, Meng Zhang returned to the closed quiet room.


    In addition to the original prohibition, he also took out some materials again and imposed some prohibition means.


    In this way, even the yuan God Zhenjun is difficult to break the external prohibition and forcibly break into the quiet room.


    Immortal Yunxia and immortal Yunyou are the descendants of ancestor Yun, and have always been trusted and valued by ancestor Yun.


    In addition to listening in front of Mr. Yun, they also help him take care of all kinds of private affairs and guard his closed quiet room.


    Meng Zhang didn''t trust them as yunlaozu did, and he didn''t want them to stay around the quiet room all the time.

 Chapter 1886

    According to the familiarity of immortal Yunxia and immortal Yunyou around the quiet room, over time, they may find something wrong.


    Before closing the customs, Meng Zhang simply ordered them directly, found an excuse to let them go to other places to perform their tasks, and sent them away far away.


    In a short time, it should be difficult for them to return to the Xingyun sword sect.


    After all this, Meng Zhang first entered the closed quiet room.


    Then he left the Xingyun sword sect unconsciously.


    In the hearts of the Xingyun sword sect, the sect''s father Meng has always been closed. Even those spies in the door can''t send accurate information.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the residence of Xingyun sword sect, Mu Xingtong had been waiting quietly at the appointed place.


    Meng Zhang soon joined Mu Xingtong and began to implement Meng Zhang''s plan.


    Meng Zhang''s idea is very simple. Since Mu Xingtong was besieged and there were people from Lengshan temple in the enemy, Mu Xingtong''s task is mostly related to Lengshan temple.


    As a rare Buddhist sect in the dusty world, Lengshan temple has always been mysterious.


    Lengshan temple is located in a remote corner, and the strength of zongmen is unfathomable.


    The last time Meng Zhang met the master of Beifang, he simply observed it and felt that the bald donkey was very difficult to deal with.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang did not choose to attack Lengshan Temple directly, but chose Guchi mountain villa as the target.


    Judging from the situation last time, there must be a deep collusion between the two.


    From Guchi mountain villa, we should be able to find out a lot of information about Lengshan temple.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation is profound, and Mu Xingtong has to rely on him. Naturally, he has no objection.


    They hid their tracks all the way and came to Guchi villa.


    Before they got close, they sensed the momentum of the sky in front of them.


    It''s been a long time since this great energy of returning to emptiness is still in charge of Guchi mountain villa.


    After his last visit, Meng Zhang also inquired that Huixu Daneng, who is in charge of Guchi mountain villa, is a well-known scattered repair iron clad monk in the ash world.


    Even if the two ancestors who returned to the virtual world in Guchi mountain villa were injured, plus the iron clad monks, they would have the strength to block Meng Zhang positively.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of breaking into Guchi villa.


    There are many disciples in Guchi mountain villa. In addition to three old ancestors who returned to emptiness, there are even several friars in the period of Yang God.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have to fight with his opponents in the retreat period. He can hide away and secretly attack other disciples of Guchi mountain villa.


    Originally, there was a tacit understanding between the Huixu sects in the dusty world. The Huixu power of each family generally does not bully the small with the big and attack the low-level disciples of the enemy.


    At that time, the Xingyun sword sect had only one ancestor Yun, who was still injured.


    Not to mention the cold mountain temple behind it, Guchi villa alone has an overwhelming advantage and can easily crush the Xingyun sword sect.


    It''s just that there''s no full assurance that we can solve the problems of yunlaozu, Guchi villa and so on.


    If Guchi mountain villa really destroys the Xingyun sword clan and loses his concern and bondage, once the cloud ancestor goes crazy and specifically attacks the low-level friars in Guchi mountain villa, Guchi mountain villa will never be able to withstand such a blow.


    In order to ensure not to destroy each other, we have a tacit understanding to limit the return to virtual power.


    Meng Zhang was originally an outsider. Now some have made the decision to give up Xingyun sword sect. Naturally, they will not pay attention to these restrictions and rules.


    In order to achieve his goal, he has done many things to bully the small and rely on the strong to bully the weak.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong did not break into Guchi mountain villa, but wandered nearby.


    Meng Zhang knows that he doesn''t have many opportunities to make a move.


    Once he captured the disciples of Guchi mountain villa wantonly, he would soon disturb the senior level of Guchi mountain villa and eventually lead to Huixu''s great ability.


    Before completing the mission, Meng Zhang certainly wants to delay the time of alerting the enemy to return to virtual power as much as possible.


    Therefore, he did not rush to start, but carefully selected the target.


    The target must at least have a high status before he can know the secrets of Guchi villa.


    The best thing is to take one of the several Yang God friars in Guchi villa.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong made a big circle around and didn''t find a suitable target.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, but continued to wait.


    There are many monks going in and out of Guchi villa.


    In particular, after the high level of the quadrangular Star area ordered the full cooperation of the ash world, Whitestone city and other forces, large and small, assigned heavy tasks to all forces.


    Even those who are dissatisfied and unwilling to be exploited and squeezed by Whitestone city will do facade Kung Fu and pretend.


    In this matter, Guchi villa is no exception.


    Guchi mountain villa sent out many disciples, who looked like they were working hard.


    Now, there are almost an endless stream of monks around Guchi villa.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong have been waiting for more than three days and have not found a suitable target.


    Mu Xingtong was worried when he thought that other powerful monks were competing with him to track down the attack on the flying boat team.


    She is preparing to suggest to Meng Zhang whether to lower her requirements and arrest Yuanshen Zhenjun of Guchi mountain villa.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who had been waiting for a long time, brightened his eyes and found an acquaintance flying out of Guchi villa.


    This acquaintance is Wang Defeng, a monk of the Wang family who had dealt with Meng Zhanggang when he came to Baishi city in the dusty world.


    In a word, Wang Defeng is Meng Zhang''s lucky star. From him, Meng Zhang learned a lot of valuable information and saved a lot of time to inquire around.


    Now, Wang Defeng is leaving Guchi villa.


    As a famous merchant family in the quadrangular Star District, the Wang family has always had broad friends and many friends.


    It''s not strange that Wang Defeng has some contacts with Guchi villa.


    Meng Zhang has no malice towards him. He just wants to get some information about the inside of Guchi villa from him.


    Whether the information he provided can meet Meng Zhang''s needs, Meng Zhang did not expect too much.


    There''s no harm in trying anyway.


    Seeing that Wang Defeng had left Guchi villa and was on his way, Meng Zhang greeted Mu Xingtong and secretly chased up from behind.


    When tracking Wang Defeng, Meng Zhang casually told Mu Xingtong about this person.


    Mu Xingtong has heard of the Wang family, a famous businessman in sijiaoxing district.


    The Wang family not only has several ancestors who returned to the virtual world, but also has a relationship with a real fairy.


    Such a big family is rich and powerful, and its strength is unfathomable.


    If it is on weekdays, Mu Xingtong will not easily offend the Wang family.


    But now that she is on a mission, she is not afraid to offend others.


    What''s more, this is the ash world. In the eyes of the monks of the big world in the quadrangular region, the ash world is a wild land and a land outside the law.


    Mu Xingtong came to this place without many constraints and had the impulse to act recklessly.

 Chapter 1887

    In the dusty world, the immortal war caused too much damage. In many places, the rules of heaven and earth were disordered and the space was not very stable.


    Therefore, even friars who are proficient in space Avenue will not rush to use the art of space shuttle.


    If one is not good, it will be a big trouble if it gets involved in a space storm and falls into a space vortex.


    Only Meng Zhang, who has accomplished a lot in the space Avenue, dares to shuttle through space at will.


    Of course, if it is in some well-known dangerous places in the ash world, even Meng Zhang dare not be presumptuous, let alone rely on the power of space.


    Wang Defeng is not running for his life. There is no need to venture through space.


    He honestly showed his skill of flying and escaping and hurried on his way in the sky.


    Wang Defeng and himself are also the cultivation of Yang God period. Mu Xingtong wants to try his sword with him.


    Meng Zhang did not agree with Mu Xingtong.


    Now is not the time for her to increase her combat experience. In order to ensure that she is safe, Meng Zhang still needs to do it.


    The three were divided into two groups and soon left Guchi villa far away.


    Seeing that it was far enough from Guchi mountain villa and the fluctuation of the battle would not pass quickly, Meng Zhang finally started.


    "Wang Daoyou, I haven''t seen you for many years. You are still elegant."


    Meng Zhang''s body flashed and appeared on the road ahead of Wang Defeng''s flight.


    Meng Zhang was rather particular about his behavior and decided to be polite before the soldiers.


    If Wang Defeng is willing to answer his questions honestly, there is no need to bully the small with the big.


    After all, the Wang family is very powerful, and Wang Defeng cooperated with his questions last time.


    There has been a precedent of good cooperation, and Meng Zhang doesn''t want to fight with each other.


    Meng Zhang changed his appearance and met Wang Defeng last time,


    "Why, how long has it been? Wang Daoyou doesn''t know his old friends?"


    The familiar voice came to his ears, and Wang Defeng finally remembered what happened last time.


    The expression on Wang Defeng''s calm face changed greatly. He didn''t know how to get a little excited at once.


    Without saying a word, Wang Defeng sacrificed a black iron umbrella and tried to escape here as quickly as possible.


    Wang Defeng''s fierce reaction was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    Especially the iron umbrella offered by Wang Defeng surprised Meng Zhang.


    This is a rare treasure.


    The power of the strange treasure may not catch up with the real magic weapon, but the control threshold is low, and even the friars in the Yang God period can resist it.


    During the period of Yang God, friars can exert some of the power of returning to emptiness when they use appropriate strange treasures.


    Even if you encounter the real return virtual power, you can deal with one or two.


    Wang Defeng reacted too quickly and skillfully sacrificed the strange treasure in the form of an iron umbrella, so he had to flee from here.


    If you replace it with a return to virtual power with insufficient combat experience, I''m afraid it''s really possible for him to escape.


    Especially when Meng Zhang was in trouble, he sensed that an invisible wave was coming out of Wang Defeng.


    Obviously, this is his distress signal.


    If Wang Defeng''s reinforcements arrive in time, Meng Zhang will expose himself in vain if he fails in this operation.


    Meng Zhang''s reaction was also fast. A huge powerful hand quickly condensed in the air and grabbed Wang Defeng directly.


    Meng Zhang wants to capture Wang Defeng alive. He still has a lot of questions to ask him.


    If Meng Zhang wanted to ask Wang Defeng before, he just wanted to try at will.


    Now Wang Defeng''s unexpected fierce reaction shows that there are ghosts and unknown secrets in his heart.


    This greatly increased Meng Zhang''s interest and he had to take him down.


    That huge vigorous hand shrouded around Wang Defeng''s body and was about to catch him.


    Under the iron umbrella, Wang Defeng suddenly accelerated and escaped from the shrouded area of vitality.


    Meng Zhang, who had been on guard for a long time, thought that Wang Defeng, who was moving at a high speed, seemed to hit an invisible wall.


    Although the iron umbrella easily smashed the wall, but it was so delayed that the vigorous hand fell from the sky and firmly grasped Wang Defeng.


    Wang Defeng roared and tried his best to urge the power of the iron umbrella in his hand.


    The iron umbrella seemed to be strongly stimulated and immediately shone.


    The iron umbrella rotates rapidly and easily smashes the strength of Meng Zhang''s condensed hand, allowing Wang Defeng to get out of trouble.


    Seeing Wang Defeng driving the iron umbrella and breaking away from the shackles of vitality and big hands, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but become serious.


    If Wang Defeng is really allowed to escape from him, Meng Zhang will be ashamed and lose his hair this time.


    Meng Zhang pointed with one hand and a flash of lightning fell from the sky, right on the iron umbrella.


    Although a strange treasure has some characteristics of a magic weapon, it is not a real magic weapon after all.


    Even if the power of returning to virtual power can be exerted, there is still a huge gap at the upper level in front of the real returning to virtual power.


    The umbrella surface of the iron umbrella was split, and the umbrella handle came out of Wang Defeng''s hand.


    Wang Defeng screamed and fell to the ground.


    A friar like Wang Defeng in the Yang God period can probably deal with the ordinary great energy of returning to emptiness.


    However, Meng Zhang can be regarded as a strong man among the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Once he gets serious, Wang Defeng will be vulnerable.


    "Wang Daoyou, why are you doing this? If you cooperate honestly earlier, you don''t have to be so ugly."


    "Now, you should have a good talk with this seat."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s taunting voice, Wang Defeng''s face suddenly became crazy.


    "Old thief, you forced me."


    Wang Defeng bit the tip of his tongue and sprayed a mouthful of blood on a jade pendant in front of his chest.


    The jade pendant was immediately smashed and released a strong smell.


    Meng Zhang, who had a frivolous face and had a cat and mouse mentality, suddenly became serious.


    He just talked so much nonsense, and let Wang Defeng do it, just to blow his confidence and prepare for the next conversation.


    But looking at Wang Defeng''s current appearance, it is clear that he has taken out something extraordinary.


    Only a black smoke came out of the broken jade pendant, twisted and deformed in the air, and then turned into a ferocious monster.


    The giant beast is thousands of feet tall and huge, and its whole body is covered with bone spines of different thickness.


    What makes Meng Zhang particularly alert is that the breath released from this giant beast is full of arrogance, primitive, barbarism and bloodthirsty


    Even though Meng Zhang has achieved the great power of returning to emptiness, fundamentally speaking, he is still a human.


    In him, he still retains a lot of human nature.


    Now facing this giant beast belongs to some nature imprinted in human bones, which makes him feel as if he was facing natural enemies.

 Chapter 1888

    Meng Zhang forcibly suppressed the instinct of falling down and kneeling down, and paid full attention to the natural enemies in front of him.


    Mu Xingtong had been watching the war. Seeing that Meng Zhang easily suppressed Wang Defeng, she felt a little dull and began to consider the next step.


    As soon as the terrible beast appeared, Mu Xingtong felt paralyzed and almost lost his mind.


    Meng Zhang was able to keep calm. Mu Xingtong was unable to maintain his original appearance and was about to collapse to the ground.


    As soon as the giant beast appeared, it looked very irritable.


    It seems that prisoners who have been imprisoned for a long time and suddenly regain their freedom are roaring and roaring.


    Wang Defeng, who released the beast, is the closest. The beast doesn''t seem to care that he released himself, regardless of him at all.


    The roar of the giant beast is not only enormous, but also contains great power, which will have a great impact on all creatures.


    Wang Defeng, who was close at hand, faced the roar of the giant beast, knocked him to the ground and gushed blood in his mouth.


    Under the impact of the roar, Meng Zhang also felt a little uncomfortable.


    A flying sword appeared in front of Mu Xingtong to help her resist the impact of the roar.


    Mu Xingtong is regarded as the hope of the patriarch Yun and fully cultivated as a seed. He has many advantages.


    While bearing the impact, she tried to calm down and didn''t forget to remind Meng Zhang.


    "Martial uncle Meng, be careful. This is a star beast."


    Meng Zhang reacted to Mu Xingtong''s reminder, and a lot of information about the star beast suddenly poured into his mind.


    The star beast is a legendary beast.


    Star beasts are often born in the void and wander in the void all year round.


    The star beast is extremely ferocious and terrible. It will devour everything in the void, especially the world.


    Some particularly powerful star beasts will feed on the big world.


    Once a world is watched by the star beast and lacks enough resistance, the whole world will soon come to an end.


    Star beast is the great enemy of living creatures. It is the existence of extreme hatred and fear in almost all the world.


    Meng Zhang has read about the star beast before, which is not worth mentioning his experience in the void.


    Mu Xingtong is not only the seed disciple of Xingyun sword sect, but also has stayed in immortal sect such as Liuyun Shengzong for so many years. Both vision and insight are unique.


    She revealed the origin of the beast in front of her, which was regarded as outstanding eyesight.


    Meng Zhang thought of all kinds of materials about the star beast. He changed his previous relaxed freehand brushwork attitude and became more serious than ever, like facing a great enemy.


    Generally speaking, star beasts wandering in the void, as long as they mix up to adulthood, at least have the strength of returning to the virtual power level.


    True immortal level and even stronger star beasts are not rare among star beasts.


    Meng Zhang felt that the strength of the other star beast that appeared here might not be under him.


    Meng Zhang did not shrink back because of the strength of his opponent. On the contrary, he meant to be happy when he heard of war.


    After bearing the impact of the roar of the star beast, Meng Zhang also began to fight back.


    The black-and-white gas mixed in the air into a black-and-white training, sweeping towards the giant beast.


    As soon as he made a move, Meng Zhang called the power of his good yin-yang Avenue, released Yin-Yang and Qi, and tried to suppress the star beast in front of him.


    His figure flashed in the air. Every time he appeared, he was bombarded by a fierce spell.


    When the starbeast wants to fight back, his figure disappears immediately.


    The huge body of the star beast shook slightly, just like shaking off the dust, to counteract all Meng Zhang''s spell attacks.


    The only Yin and Yang Qi that threatened the star beast had not yet fallen, but was urged by the star beast to send out an invisible force to hold it.


    Among the materials Meng Zhang has read, he has different fears about the strength of star beasts.


    Meng Zhang has overestimated the enemy''s strength as much as possible.


    However, the star beast has not started to attack yet. Its defense is so powerful that it can almost resist Meng Zhang''s various spells with its flesh.


    After the battle between Meng Zhang and Xing * *, she took the initiative to fly far away and avoided the battlefield.


    Because he hid in time and far enough, Mu Xingtong was not affected by the attack of the star beast.


    Meng Zhang was unwilling to accept the attack of these pillars of light, and his body flashed in the air.


    Proficient in space Avenue, he has almost regarded space shuttle as an instinct and can display a kind of magic power that is easy to move in an instant.


    Meng Zhang kept penetrating into the space gap, and then returned to the original space, successfully avoiding all the attacks of the star beast.


    Meng Zhang won''t just be beaten and don''t fight back.


    While he dodges in a blink, he is also accumulating strength.


    After many blinks, Meng Zhang finally came to the star beast.


    When the massive body of the star beast fights in the void, it will not cause any obstacles.


    However, when fighting inside the world, especially those with perfect rules of heaven and earth, they will be bound.


    Although the dusty world is now broken, it was once a big world with perfect rules of heaven and earth.


    For the star beasts that suddenly appear in the world, although there is no suppression of the consciousness of heaven, the remaining rules of heaven and earth in the world still have some influence on them.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity that the action of the star beast was a little inconvenient, Meng Zhang blinked to the best attack. For this, the killing sword that had been saved for a long time suddenly burst out, pointing directly at the key point between the chest and abdomen of the star beast.

 Chapter 1889

    The rhyme of hiding breath and killing sword was taught to Meng Zhang by the chief manager of the heavenly palace of Jun dust world and Xue Jianjun.


    This killing sword is not only a stabbing sword, but also can be used for frontal attack.


    Although Meng Zhang is far from being superior to the blue, he can be regarded as having got the true taste and can give full play to his power.


    The ChiYin sword Sha sacrificed by Meng Zhang shoots out the sharp sword Qi accumulated for a long time. Easily broke the strong defense of the star beast and directly stabbed into the star beast.


    A scar appeared on the star beast.


    Compared with the huge body of the star beast, this scar is like a pore on the human body, which is not worth mentioning at all.


    But although the wound is not big, the harm is not small.


    The fierce sword Qi kept pounding into the star beast''s body. The cold and poisonous sword evil spirits were like gangrene attached to the bone. They wound around the wound and kept penetrating into the star beast''s body.


    The battlefield where star beasts are best at and can give full play to their strength is actually in the void.


    It is more or less inconvenient to fight within the big world.


    The injured star beast became more angry and trampled on the ground.


    The earth is like boiling water, and countless earth rocks are thrown into the air.


    The whole land fluctuated like a big earthquake.


    A mountain in the distance flew into the air like this, and then flew in front of the star beast like a giant dragon.


    The star beast is like controlling weapons, controlling the mountain and sweeping around.


    Deep and unfathomable gullies opened on the ground, and countless earth fire magma ejected from the gullies and flowed around the earth.


    Under the control of the star beast, these ground fire magma rushed towards Meng Zhang like a huge net.


    Meng Zhang''s body kept flashing and never stayed in one place for too long.


    He was almost circling around the massive body of the starbeast.


    Every time I get close to the star beast, I will urge the red Yin sword evil spirit to launch a vicious assassination.


    The star beast can''t catch the slippery Meng Zhang, so it can only launch this large-scale group attack.


    Even if Meng Zhang can avoid it, he can''t avoid all the attacks of the star beast.


    He doesn''t need to avoid all the attacks of the starbeast, but only those parts that are particularly powerful.


    As for the general attack, he waved his hands for a while, displayed an unbreakable rhyme, and easily blocked it.


    Meng Zhang''s figure haunted around the star beast.


    With the sword killing move displayed by the red Yin sword evil spirit, it can completely break the star beast''s defense and give it not weak damage.


    Both the sword Qi accumulated by Meng Zhang and the sword evil spirit condensed by ChiYin sword evil spirit have great damage to the star beast.


    A little makes a mickle. Meng Zhang attacked many times in succession, which not only left many wounds on the huge body of the star beast, but also seriously hurt the inside of the star beast.


    The inner body of the star beast is actually very tough, and its defense is not much weaker than the outside.


    Many friars who fight against the star beast try to go deep into the body of the star beast and strike through the heart, but they often fail.


    The main reason is that they look down on the internal defense of the starbeast.


    However, after Meng Zhang sacrificed the ChiYin sword, his lethality was very terrible, and he simply ignored his defense.


    Although star beasts are often driven by animal nature and are not as smart as human friars, they are also not fools.


    After the initial impulse, the star beast began to calm down slowly.


    Seeing nothing but the enemy in front of him, he was hurt more and more seriously. The star beast naturally had a retreat in his heart.


    Once the star beast has the intention to retreat, he starts to act immediately.


    While the star beast continued to attack Meng Zhang, he stepped forward and ran to the distance.


    If the star beast is allowed to escape, those human towns will be hit by him, and disasters will occur immediately.


    Meng Zhang is also a righteous friar. He can''t care about human life and death.


    Moreover, after fighting for so long, he finally felt the details of the star beast in front of him. After great efforts, he was finally wounded.


    He didn''t want to let go of the big guy in front of him and worked in vain.


    Meng Zhang closely followed the star beast and continued to attack.


    Although the star beast runs very fast, it is far from being able to leave Meng Zhang behind.


    Many times, the star beast jumped from the ground and wanted to fly high into the sky to escape from the big world that trapped it.


    But Meng Zhang followed closely every time, and then mobilized the power of yin and Yang Avenue and forced it back to the ground.


    Meng Zhang and the star beast started a protracted battle and entangled them firmly.


    Fortunately, the dusty world is a vast and sparsely populated world.


    The place Meng Zhang chose to attack Wang Defeng is also a very remote wilderness.


    Even if a friar occasionally passes by this uninhabited place, he will leave immediately and run as far as he can after sensing the terrorist movement during the war between the two sides.


    In the dusty world, the war of returning to the virtual level is not rare. There is no force that can monitor the occurrence of every return to virtual war.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. The war with the star beast continued undisturbed.


    After fighting hard for more than half a month, the star beast was scarred all over. The heavy injury made his energy poor and his action difficult.


    Finally, Meng Zhang showed his unique skill of pressing the bottom of the box - yin and Yang exterminated the divine thunder and forcibly killed the seriously injured star beast.


    After killing the target, Meng Zhang didn''t care to heal his wounds, so he collected the body of the star beast.


    The corpse of a star beast is a treasure house full of natural materials and earth treasures, which has many functions.


    Even some masters who are proficient in mechanism refining can use the corpses of star beasts to refine virtual battleships or virtual fortresses.


    Some powerful immortals even hunt and kill starbeasts and harvest all kinds of precious materials.


    The corpse of this star beast is the biggest booty Meng Zhang obtained after working hard for so long.


    This fierce battle not only made Meng Zhang gain a lot, but also made him reflect a lot.


    When it comes to the power level, this star beast is not under Meng Zhang.


    But the final result of the battle was Meng Zhang''s victory.


    There are many reasons.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles, has more combat experience and can seize the fighter and successfully suppress the enemy.


    Although the power of star beast is very strong, its attack means are primitive and rough, and its combat methods are very limited.


    Meng Zhang has excellent cultivation, mastered many Taoist magic powers, is good at using foreign objects, and knows how to use different means according to different situations.


    Perhaps there are people who have experienced many battles and have rich combat experience among the star beasts, but no matter how powerful the star beasts are, they can''t master many Taoist magic powers and make flexible and ingenious use of the power of heaven and earth like human friars.


    Therefore, although the star beast is inherently powerful, it can dominate in the void.


    But the powerful man is the master of the void.

 Chapter 1890

    Seeing that Meng Zhang ended the battle and received the spoils into the mustard space, Mu Xingtong flew over from a distance and came to Meng Zhang.


    This time, the tracking of Wang Defeng was full of twists and turns, but from the final result, it was not nothing.


    The corpse of this star beast alone is a rare booty, which is worth fighting for by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong still have a huge question. Where did Wang Defeng get the star beast?


    In the quadrangular region, including the nearby bimodal region, no trace of star beasts has been found for many years.


    Now the star beasts can only come from other star regions far away.


    From the situation at that time, it was clear that an expert sealed the star beast and gave it to Wang Defeng as a bottom card.


    I don''t know whether Wang Defeng''s skill is not good, whether he can''t control the star beast well, or the expert who originally gave him the star beast, he doesn''t have a good heart at all.


    Wang Defeng didn''t die in the hands of the enemy. Instead, he was killed by star beasts regardless of his enemies and friends.


    This is an indirect killing.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t do it, he might not be able to do anything about this star beast if he was replaced by a slightly weaker Huixu power.


    Apart from others, it is not easy for Wang Defeng to release such a star beast at a critical time.


    Meng Zhang recalled the scene at that time. He just wanted to ask Wang Defeng some questions. At first, he didn''t even plan to do it.


    The guy immediately made a fierce reaction. He tried to escape by driving the strange treasure, so he had to stop it.


    It seems that this guy is obviously guilty of being a thief, so he overreacts.


    It seems that this man has a big secret.


    Of course, the secret of Wang Defeng may not be related to Mu Xingtong''s task.


    Maybe he just got the sealed star beast by chance, so he can''t control it.


    Although there are other possibilities, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong decided to continue to investigate Wang Defeng and the Wang family.


    First, Wang Defeng left Guchi villa, and there were still many doubts about him.


    Second, Meng Zhang has no better place to start for the time being.


    Guchi mountain villa is guarded by iron clad monks who can return to the virtual world. Meng Zhang can''t break through. He has to transfer the target first and check the situation of the Wang family.


    Meng Zhang took Mu Xingtong on the road. It didn''t take long to come to Baishi city.


    Baishi city is the business center of the ash world. The headquarters of merchant families such as the Wang family in the ash world is placed in Baishi city.


    If the Wang family and Guchi villa are really related to the attack on the flying boat team, it should also be a top secret, which only a few senior executives know.


    Although the influence range of Guchi mountain villa is not small, it is relatively contracted. High-level friars gather in a certain range.


    A big business like the Wang family has branches everywhere, and even the senior management often have to run around.


    In contrast, it should be easier to capture the top of the Wang family.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong did not reveal their identity and sneaked into Baishi city together.


    After they came to the residence of the Wang family in Baishi City, Meng Zhang didn''t even look at it. He turned and left with Mu Xingtong.


    When Meng Zhang came last time, only Wang Defeng, a monk of the Yang God period, presided over the residence of the Wang family.


    But now, Meng Zhang can clearly feel that there are two Huixu Da Neng sitting in the residence of the Wang family.


    The Wang family essentially belongs to the merchant family of the big world within the quadrangular Star area, and its residence in the ash world is just a branch.


    On weekdays, it''s good to have a Huixu Da Neng sitting here. Most of the time, it is the master of friars in the period of Yang God.


    After all, in Baishi City, there are many back to virtual powers to guard, and the safety is relatively guaranteed.


    Now there are actually two Huixu Da Neng sitting in the residence of the Wang family. Naturally, Meng Zhang can''t sneak in like last time.


    In addition to this residence, the Wang family also has some other branches inside and outside Baishi city. It is likely that there are senior members of the Wang family.


    After Meng Zhang left here with Mu Xingtong, he began to run between the branches of the Wang family.


    Meng Zhang, they are racing against time.


    As a senior monk valued by the ancestors of the Wang family, the Wang family naturally has a way to master his life and death.


    Such as soul lamp is the most commonly used means of major cultivation forces.


    Now that Wang Defeng is dead, the headquarters of the Wang family will receive news soon.


    Then, the headquarters of the Wang family will order all major branches to strengthen their vigilance, and even recall the middle and senior levels of the door.


    If Meng Zhang can''t succeed before the Wang family''s action, this time it will be empty again.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong are doing well. They found a suitable target in a mine not far from Baishi city.


    In addition to producing conventional spirit stones, this mine is also accompanied by many good quality spirit pithes.


    The Wang family alone can''t eat all the benefits.


    Therefore, this mine is jointly owned and developed by several Xiuzhen forces.


    Because this mine is not far from Baishi City, once attacked, Baishi city can provide timely support.


    So on weekdays, those who sit here are just a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    A few days ago, there was a problem inside the mine, which greatly affected the production.


    In order to avoid other forces taking the opportunity to cause trouble, eat more and occupy more, and infringe on the interests of the Wang family, the Wang family had to send a powerful person to deal with the matter here.


    The monk sent by the Wang family is named Wang Deyuan. In terms of seniority, he is Wang Defeng''s brother.


    Wang Deyuan was also a monk in the Yang God period, and his accomplishments were even more profound than Wang Defeng.


    After arriving at the mine, Wang Deyuan fell into a dispute with several other forces.


    They quarreled for a long time before they reluctantly reached an agreement. First, they handled the problems of the mine, and then slowly discussed the division of interests afterwards.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong came to the mine.


    Wang Deyuan, who was in the mine, was easily caught alive by Meng Zhang.


    Because he was worried that Wang Deyuan, like Wang Defeng, had hidden cards such as stars and beasts, Meng Zhang made full preparations before starting.


    Regardless of the huge gap between the two sides, he directly launched a sneak attack without alerting others.


    In the whole process, he was careful and didn''t dare to be careless.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang overestimated his opponent this time.


    Wang Deyuan didn''t have enough cards to fight against Huixu''s power. In the face of Meng Zhang, he had little power to fight back.


    After taking Wang Deyuan, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong left here immediately.


    Soon after Wang Deyuan was captured by Meng Zhang, two Huixu Daneng hurried to the mine.


    Unfortunately, they were a little late. Meng Zhang and his men had already flown away with their booty.

 Chapter 1891

    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong, together with Wang Deyuan, found a remote place far away from Baishi city.


    Meng Zhang placed a ban around him, covered all the situations here, and began to interrogate Wang Deyuan.


    By Meng Zhang''s means, even if Wang Deyuan''s will is strong, he can''t resist it.


    The only difference between his insistence and his insistence is whether to suffer more or less.


    Without much effort, Wang Deyuan had to give in and honestly began to answer Meng Zhang''s questions.


    Later, Meng Zhang just started, and he gushed his confession.


    Wang Deyuan seems to have told a lot of Wang family secrets, but it is not very useful to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was most concerned about whether the Wang family had participated in the attack on the flying boat team, and Wang Deyuan knew nothing about it.


    Under Meng Zhang''s means, Wang Deyuan can''t hide much.


    The only thing he conceals is the secret cultivation method of the Wang family.


    This is not what Wang Deyuan himself wanted to hide, but before he was taught these skills, he not only vowed not to disclose them, but also was banned by his ancestors at home.


    If an outsider wants to ask these skills, even if he uses means such as soul searching, it will trigger prohibition, resulting in the destruction of Wang Deyuan''s memory of skills.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t covet the cultivation skills of the Wang family, he won''t reject it if he can gain something easily.


    The Wang family, an old family with a long history, fully showed Meng Zhang its means.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, it is impossible to easily break the prohibition on Wang Deyuan and obtain the content of the skill completely.


    In that case, Meng Zhang did not take care of the matter and continued to interrogate the matter.


    From Wang Deyuan''s confession, the Wang family should be innocent in this matter.


    Attacking the flying boat team is tantamount to making enemies with the high-level officials in the quadrangular Star area, which will bring disaster to the family. The Wang family has no such courage and motivation.


    As for the Wang family and Guchi villa, there have always been business contacts.


    It is very normal for senior monks of both sides to visit each other.


    Could it be that my guess was wrong and I made an own dragon against Wang Defeng?


    Meng Zhang thought so, but refused to give up, but continued to interrogate Wang Defeng.


    Finally, he extracted useful information from some words and phrases said by Wang Defeng.


    The Wang family, a big family with huge power and many ethnic groups, inevitably has different mountains and many disputes.


    Within the family, there are different Huixu ancestors behind Wang Deyuan and Wang Defeng, belonging to different factions.


    There is neither too much competition nor too close relationship between the two factions. It is better than passers-by at most.


    But after all, everyone comes from a big family and has unbreakable ties in many aspects.


    As far as Wang Deyuan knows, in recent years, Wang Defeng has been in close contact with some mysterious monks and secretly engaged in some dark activities.


    A business family like the Wang family attaches great importance to contacts. Even if they are people of the third generation, they will deal with them.


    Even, there are some secret transactions between the Wang family and the demon Xiu and ghost Xiu in the ash world.


    Wang Defeng makes friends outside. No matter what kind of friends he is, it''s not a big deal as long as he doesn''t wantonly harm public interests and private interests, resulting in serious damage to family interests.


    But to Wang Deyuan''s surprise, with his eyesight and insight, he couldn''t see through the origin of the monks who came and went with Wang Defeng.


    Out of curiosity, Wang Deyuan wanted to use the power of the family to investigate the matter.


    However, because the four corners Star area began to build wormholes, it needed a trading family such as the Wang family to raise materials.


    As a senior member of the Wang family, Wang Deyuan became busy and put the matter aside.


    He was severely interrogated by Meng Zhang today and asked about everything related to Wang Defeng. Only then did he think of it again.


    After listening to Wang Deyuan''s confession, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong looked at each other.


    It seems that the biggest suspicious thing about Wang Defeng is the mysterious friars who come and go with him.


    Meng Zhang even had a hunch in his heart that he might gain a great harvest from these mysterious monks.


    Since leaving the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has rarely used his heavenly skills to deduce.


    For one thing, his level of heavenly skill is not enough.


    In the Jun dust world, he used the heaven skill to infer, by peeping at the operation of the heaven to get the information he wanted to know.


    Outside the Junchen world, he needs to peep into the operation of heaven in other worlds.


    For the rest of the world, Meng Zhang, who was born in the Junchen world, is an outsider. He will be rejected by the instinct of heaven''s consciousness and is difficult to deduce.


    For example, in the world where the consciousness of heaven and earth has long collapsed, the rules of heaven and earth are seriously disordered, and he is even more unable to deduce.


    Second, after leaving the Junchen world, Meng Zhang, as a living creature of the Junchen world, naturally lost some protection of the Tiandao consciousness of the Junchen world.


    He extrapolated in the void. Maybe he would have to face the legendary void will.


    No one can confirm whether the void will exists or not.


    However, it is a fact recognized by almost all high-level Tianji masters that hastily extrapolating Tianji in the void will lead to terrible doom.


    When Meng Zhang wandered in the void, he was forced to use Dayan divination to push and deduce in order to find a way out.


    Although the final deduction result was not bad, he got out of trouble.


    But in his heart, there is still a shadow.


    The coming of doom is invisible and there is no law.


    Although so many years have passed, Meng Zhang has not suffered doom.


    But Meng Zhang knew that he would pay for it sooner or later.


    As for when the doom will come and how it will come, Meng Zhang has no clue so far.


    Although he can''t take the initiative to use the secret arts to deduce, Meng Zhang is often pleasantly surprised by the ability derived from the whim of the secret arts master.


    Many times, Meng Zhang''s premonition will lead him to the right path.


    Now that he felt something, Meng Zhang focused on asking about the relevant information of those mysterious monks.


    Unfortunately, these monks come and go like the wind, and they pay great attention to hiding themselves. Wang Deyuan doesn''t know much about them.


    After Meng Zhang helped him recall repeatedly, Wang Deyuan finally remembered some relevant information.


    As for whether we can find out the whereabouts of the mysterious friars from these information, Meng Zhang needs them to try hard.


    Confirm that all the information Wang Deyuan knows has been squeezed out. This person is useless. Meng Zhang is considering how to deal with him.


    At this time, Meng Zhang suddenly changed his face and pulled Mu Xingtong to use the earth hiding technique to escape into the ground.

 Chapter 1892

    Meng Zhang chose the place where Wang Deyuan was interrogated, which was an open space he found at random in the wilderness.


    Meng Zhang placed a ban on what happened here and separated it from the outside world.


    Before Meng Zhang fled with Mu Xingtong, he didn''t forget to kill people and kill Wang Deyuan directly.


    He just waved his hand gently, and Wang Deyuan disappeared completely here.


    Almost at the same time that Wang Deyuan died, a roar came from a distance.


    "Thief, dare you."


    A figure appeared over Meng Zhang''s original position.


    With a strong wind blowing, the ban under Meng Zhangbu disappeared and revealed everything inside.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has left with Mu Xingtong at this time, and Wang Deyuan has no bones, and the place has become empty.


    Two more figures appeared here.


    The three returned to the virtual energy one step slower. Meng Zhang was slippery enough and had long disappeared without a trace.


    Before escaping, Meng Zhang was still hesitant to kill Wang Deyuan.


    But the pursuit came too soon, which helped Meng Zhang make up his mind.


    Regardless of whether the attack on the Wang family and the flying boat team had anything to do with it, Meng Zhang became an enemy with the Wang family since Wang Defeng, the senior leader of the Wang family, died indirectly in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t leave any clues when he took Wang Deyuan away.


    However, as a legitimate member of the Wang family, there must be the prohibition left by the Wang family''s return to Xu''s ancestors.


    Even if Meng Zhang tried to cover it up, he could not completely cover it up. The most was to delay the time for the Wang family to return to Xu''s ancestors.


    A large family like the Wang family has a wide range of friends. Something happened to the top of the lineage in the family. It''s not difficult for the family''s ancestor to find one or two Huixu Da Neng to help boxing.


    Meng Zhang has not relaxed his vigilance around him.


    After noticing the smell of the Wang family''s return to Xu''s ancestors approaching here, he made a quick decision and immediately fled with Mu Xingtong, far away from the pursuers.


    If he doesn''t have something to do, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind fighting with the chased back Xu Da Neng. Try the other party''s beauty.


    Wang Deyuan was killed by Meng Zhang. After Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong fled, the Wang family''s Huixu ancestor lost all clues and could no longer catch up.


    After completely getting rid of the pursuit, Meng ZhangCai began to do business with Mu Xingtong.


    Wang Defeng had close contact with a group of mysterious monks, and Wang Deyuan didn''t know much about it.


    According to Wang Deyuan''s account, Wang Defeng and those mysterious monks had come and traded with Yin Feng cave.


    In the absence of other valuable clues, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong are going to Yinfeng cave.


    The broken ash world has a large number of dead souls.


    Most of these dead people hide in the ground and rush to the ground at regular intervals, creating the so-called disaster of dead people.


    Many foreign ghost practitioners colluded with these dead spirits and established a certain force in the dusty world.


    Yin Feng cave is a famous dangerous place in the ash world, where a large number of ghosts and dead spirits gather.


    Ghost cultivation and dead spirit have little difference in essence. They can be transformed into each other.


    Many ghost monks are human friars. After embarking on the road of ghost cultivation, many people will give up their flesh and become dead ghosts.


    If dead spirits and ghosts open their orifices, especially if they have been inherited by the ghost way, they can also embark on the road of cultivation.


    Of course, this does not mean that ghost repair and dead ghosts must be a family.


    Many clever ghost practitioners are good at enslaving and guarding ghosts, and are regarded as great enemies by ghosts.


    Dead ghosts and ghosts will also make themselves stronger by devouring ghost repair.


    In a word, even if these guys get together, they can''t be one heart.


    There are many ghosts and ghosts in Yinfeng cave, and their strength is not inferior to those great forces of truth cultivation in the gray earth world.


    If a strong enemy attacks, under external pressure, maybe the upper and lower levels of Yinfeng cave can barely unite against the enemy.


    Like Meng Zhang, as long as they show enough strength to protect themselves and don''t wantonly destroy in the Yin Feng cave, they won''t be too dangerous if they just go to inquire about some news.


    After all, although Yinfeng cave is a gathering place for ghost monks and ghosts, it does not completely exclude human monks.


    The quadrangular Star area is a place dominated by the right path. On the surface, it extremely repels ghost cultivation and demon cultivation.


    As long as a big business like the Wang family has enough profits, it doesn''t mind trading with ghost repair and demon repair in private.


    Therefore, Wang Deyuan can''t use the transaction between Wang Deyuan and Yinfeng cave to pinch him and threaten him.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong are both excellent practitioners. Many times, Meng Zhang will directly shuttle Mu Xingtong through space.


    A few days later, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong appeared near Yinfeng cave.


    As soon as they approached the Yin Feng cave, fierce fighting came from the front.


    When they looked at it, a large group of human friars were attacking the Yin Feng cave and fighting with the defending ghosts and ghosts.


    Meng Zhang had been to Baishi city and soon recognized that among the human friars who launched the attack, there were many official friars belonging to Baishi city.


    Baishi city is not controlled by one family, but by several forces.


    In case of major events related to Baishi City, these forces will work together.


    Two return to virtual powers stationed in Baishi city all year round performed well in the battle and played a great role.


    There are some foreign monks who do not belong to Whitestone City, who also show great combat effectiveness.


    On the side of Yinfeng cave, a large group of ghosts and countless ghosts of different levels are positively resisting the human invaders who killed them.


    Meng Zhang saw Mu Xingtong around him in a daze and looked down her eyes.


    I saw several famous swords repaired among the ghosts, which seemed free and easy.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, it is easy to see that the swordsmanship performed by these sword practitioners is somewhat similar to the Kendo inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    When he found that Meng Zhang looked at himself with puzzled eyes, Mu Xingtong sighed and explained to Meng Zhang in a low voice.


    It turned out that those sword practitioners were all monks of Xingji sword sect.


    Xingji Jianzong and Xingyun Jianzong originally had a great origin, or even the same origin. The relationship between the two sides should be very good.


    But in fact, the two sides are old enemies with fierce competition and constant struggle.


    The founders of Xingji sword sect and Xingyun sword sect once sat down in the same immortal to listen to the Tao and obtained some inheritance from the immortal.


    Later, the two ancestors created Xingji sword sect and Xinghe sword sect respectively, and won a great reputation in the quadrangular Star area.


    Originally, Xingyun Jianzong and Xingji Jianzong were both big worlds located inside the quadrangular star region. They were very famous sword repair forces.


    It may be that one mountain can not accommodate two tigers. It is also influenced by the gratitude and resentment between the ancestors of the two sects. Since the day the two sects were established, the relationship between the two sides has been like water and fire and constant struggle.

 Chapter 1893

    Xingyun sword sect and Xingji sword sect have the same strength as their ancestors, and the strength of the two sects is not much different.


    If there is no accident, the struggle between the two sects will continue so long, and it is difficult to completely distinguish the victory from the defeat.


    However, Xingji sword sect doesn''t know what shit luck it has taken, or it''s extremely lucky. A fourth generation disciple of the sect actually became an immortal and became a real immortal.


    In the quadrangular area, Zhenxian is the most powerful combat force.


    Although there are strong and weak points between real immortals, it is generally not easy to break out a life and death war between real immortals.


    Almost all the real immortals have the supreme status and are the real rulers of the quadrangular region.


    The Xingji sword sect, which has real immortals, naturally quickly ascended to the top of the quadrangular star region and became an existence that the Xingyun sword sect could not compete with.


    Of course, Xingji sword sect is also an authentic Sect on the surface. It can''t kill the door for no reason and destroy the Xingyun sword sect, which has a great relationship with its own family.


    Through a series of overt or covert means of suppression and framing, the Xingyun sword sect quickly weakened until it collapsed.


    Such a struggle is completely in line with the rules of the cultivation world.


    In the end, the Xingyun sword sect, which was really unable to gain a foothold in the big world inside the quadrangular region, had to give up everything it had, like a lost dog, and fled to the gray earth world under the leadership of the last old ancestor Yun.


    Originally, I thought that after escaping to the dusty world and getting rid of the shadow of Xingji sword sect, Xingyun sword sect could get a breather.


    But unexpectedly, this is the beginning of the nightmare.


    The poor living environment in the dusty world, the betrayal of Guchi mountain villa and the covetous eyes of other forces all make the situation of Xingyun sword sect more and more unbearable.


    The heavy pressure brought by all aspects makes old ancestors like Yun unable to bear.


    There are three reasons why Xingji sword sect did not pursue and kill Xingyun sword sect and completely exterminate Xingyun sword sect. Mu Xingtong and other friars of Xingyun sword sect speculated.


    First, Xingji sword sect has become the top sect in the four corner Star area after having a real immortal. It still needs to take into account its face as a leader of the right path.


    Second, Xingji sword sect, as the top upstart in the quadrangular Star area, is suppressed by some old forces and can''t act arbitrarily.


    Third, the founders of Xingji sword sect and Xingyun sword sect once sat down and listened to the same immortal.


    Immortals have a long life and theoretically will not die of old age.


    If you don''t encounter doom, you can say you''re immortal.


    If Xingji Jianzong directly destroys Xingyun Jianzong, in case the immortal returns to the quadrangular Star area in the future, Xingji Jianzong will not be able to explain to the immortal.


    Anyway, Xingji Jianzong did not directly pursue Xingyun Jianzong. Xingyun Jianzong can continue in the gray earth world.


    As for the Xingyun sword sect, there is only mu Xingtong, a direct descendant. The original sect had to give up. It can only be said that it was unlucky.


    Seeing the sword repair of his old enemy Xingji sword sect, Mu Xingtong inevitably lost his temper.


    Mu Xingtong reacted quickly.


    With her current strength, she is far from enough to seek revenge from Xingji sword sect.


    She can only hide her hatred temporarily in her heart and wait for her to grow up in the future.


    In addition to introducing the situation of Xingji sword sect to Meng Zhang, Mu Xingtong also introduced other monks in the field to Meng Zhang.


    Mu Xingtong''s accomplishments are not particularly outstanding, but after all, she was sent by Liuyun Saint sect.


    No matter how Liuyun Shengzong pushes her out and suppresses her, she is still a member of the old real immortal sect Liuyun Shengzong in front of outsiders.


    On the surface, all forces in Whitestone city still want to give her face.


    Shortly after Mu Xingtong arrived in the ash world, he had a certain understanding of the situation here, such as Baishi city and other related forces.


    The Terran friars who are fighting in the field, in addition to the high-level of Baishi City, also have the top forces from the four corners Star area, such as Xingji sword sect.


    As for why they appear here, Meng Zhang can easily think of the reason.


    When the flying boat team carrying important materials was attacked, the senior level of the four corner Star district was angry and sent many monks to trace the matter.


    All forces in the ash earth world should naturally actively cooperate to avoid being angered by the high-level leaders of the quadrangular Star area.


    The influence of these local snakes is deep-rooted and well-informed. It is not impossible to obtain relevant clues.


    What''s more, ghost cultivation and demon cultivation in the gray earth world are the key suspects of this attack.


    Meng Zhang came to this place after tracing the relationship between Wang Defeng and the mysterious monk according to Wang Deyuan''s confession.


    Seeing the scene in front of us, Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong looked at each other and had roughly the same idea.


    It seems that it is no coincidence that Wang Defeng and those mysterious monks have been here.


    They should have something to do with the attack on the flying boat team.


    As for the ghost cultivation in Yinfeng cave, it is probably his accomplice.


    Seeing that others have taken a step ahead, they have found Yin Feng cave here.


    Judging from the situation on the battlefield, ghost repair and ghost objects are about to lose their support.


    What should we do next? Mu Xingtong turned his eyes to Meng Zhang.


    If they join the battlefield at this time, Meng Zhang will certainly accelerate the collapse of the enemy, and may also share some of the credit afterwards.


    But neither Meng Zhang nor Mu Xingtong likes to catch up with others and share credit with others.


    Not to mention, Mu Xingtong and the friars of Xingji sword sect still have a deep hatred that cannot be resolved.


    If Mu Xingtong and the friars of Xingji sword sect want to fight together against the enemy, she will never agree.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment before telling Mu Xingtong. Since someone else intervened in Yinfeng cave, they found another way.


    Now that it is almost certain that Wang Defeng and the mysterious monks are related to the attack on the flying boat team, it is urgent to determine the identity of the mysterious monks as soon as possible.


    If you are lucky, you may be able to dig out more secrets.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had some scruples about directly attacking the monks of the Wang family.


    He only captured Wang Deyuan last time, and did not capture the monks of the Wang family on a large scale.


    Now that it is almost certain that Wang Defeng is related to this matter, Meng Zhang has put aside all his scruples.


    As a senior member of the Wang family, Wang Defeng should have a large number of Wang family friars who are related to him and even close to him.


    These people will be Meng Zhang''s goal next.


    In particular, people of the same faction as Wang Defeng are a top priority.


    Meng Zhang was unlucky last time. He chose Wang Deyuan as his target. He and Wang Defeng belong to different mountains in the family.


    Wang Deyuan doesn''t know much about Wang Defeng.


    By interrogating Wang Deyuan, Meng Zhang and others learned a lot about the Wang family, including the members of major factions.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s general plan, Mu Xingtong agreed very much.

 Chapter 1894

    They have more confidence this time, and they can even go directly to the Wang family.


    Although the Wangs are rich and powerful and have a deep background, if they are really involved in the attack on the flying boat team, no one can protect them.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t be said to be a person with outstanding wisdom, he has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years and has experienced countless struggles in the cultivation world. He has more ability and methods than Mu Xingtong who is dedicated to practice.


    Meng Zhang easily persuaded Mu Xingtong that they didn''t take care of the Yin Feng cave and left here directly.


    Meng Zhang and his men ran all the way and soon returned to the vicinity of Baishi city.


    When Meng Zhang captured Wang Deyuan last time, he didn''t expose his identity from beginning to end, and properly covered up their breath. He didn''t have to worry about bumping into the Wang family''s Huixu ancestor.


    The high-rise of Baishi city is still empty at this time because it is investigating in Yinfeng cave with visitors from the big world inside the quadrangular Star area.


    Now, there are only two officials who can return to virtual power.


    Of course, in addition to the official return to virtual power of Baishi City, some other forces also have return to virtual power to sit in their respective stations.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang should be as careful as possible and not make too much noise.


    The lime soil world is rich in resources, which is an important goal for the Wang family to invest a lot of manpower in development.


    In addition to Baishi City, the Wang family has many strongholds in the ash world, and many family friars are stationed to preside over it.


    Originally, Meng Zhang, as an outsider, did not know much about the internal situation of the Wang family.


    The last time he caught Wang Deyuan, he was completely used to judging his importance according to his accomplishments.


    By interrogating Wang Deyuan, he learned that in a large family like the Wang family, in addition to his own cultivation, there are many factors affecting his position in the family.


    The distance of blood relationship, the division of lineal and collateral lineages, and various human relations are even more chaotic. It is difficult for others to distinguish except those familiar with the situation in the Wang family.


    According to the information provided by Wang Deyuan, Meng Zhang selected several targets this time.


    These Wang family friars are all members of Wang Defeng''s Department, and they have a close relationship with Wang Defeng, and only their horses follow suit.


    If there is anyone else in the dusty world who may know the details of Wang Defeng, it can only appear among these people.


    These Wang family friars did not gather together, but had their own functions.


    Some serve in the chamber of Commerce in Baishi City, and some sit in the stronghold above the wasteland


    Meng Zhang, who had a solid heart, moved quickly and immediately began to secretly catch these Wang family friars.


    In order to catch the target as soon as possible before the senior management of the Wang family reacts, Meng Zhang even ignores the interrogation of the target captured each time, but only after all the targets are caught.


    Soon, the high level of the Wang family stationed in Baishi city received news from all the strongholds of the Wang family.


    Several Wang family friars stationed in different places disappeared mysteriously.


    Later, even the king''s friars in Baishi city were missing.


    At this time, the news that Wang Defeng''s soul lamp went out had reached Baishi city.


    A few days ago, Wang Deyuan was arrested. In order to find the family leader in the Yang God period as soon as possible, the two ancestors of the family did not hesitate to look down and ask for help from friends who had good friends.


    Now, several members of the Wang family are missing, which has not only angered the sensitive nerves of the senior management of the Wang family, but also angered the ancestors of the Wang family.


    The Wang family not only has a strong influence in the dusty world, but also has a head and face in the big world within the quadrangular region.


    One after another, the clansmen disappeared and the high-level leaders of Yangshen period died. It is clear that there are hidden enemies against the Wang family.


    If the Wang family cannot respond in time and fight back, their reputation will fall sharply and others will look down on them.


    All the people of the Wang family in the dusty world mobilized to call friends and set a high reward to track down the murderer everywhere.


    Because some members of the Wang family were captured in Baishi City, Baishi city officials also actively supported and expressed their willingness to provide help within their capabilities.


    It is said that even the Wang''s headquarters in the quadrangular Star area has been disturbed by this and will send forces to the ash world for support.


    Of course, a big family like the Wang family has many friends and many enemies.


    When the Wang family had an accident, many people were gloating and watching.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, he captured nearly ten monks of the Wang family at one go, many of whom were high-level monks with good accomplishments.


    Coupled with Wang Defeng and Wang Deyuan, the Wang family naturally regarded it as the work of a group of enemies.


    Meng Zhang knew that he had stabbed the hornet''s nest, so after capturing all the targets, he took Mu Xingtong away from Baishi city and found a wilderness to interrogate these Wang family members in detail.


    These monks with the blood of the king''s family can easily be sensed by the ancestors of returning to emptiness.


    Even Meng Zhang is difficult to completely shield this kind of induction.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang kept shifting his position while trying to cover up the breath of these people.


    He never stayed in one place for too long. After interrogating the people of the Wang family a little, he immediately transferred with Mu Xingtong and left his original position far away.


    Only in this way can he not be found by the Wang family''s Huixu ancestors and fall into the siege of many Huixu powers.


    In this way, it must be very unfavorable to Meng Zhang''s interrogation work.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time intermittently before he finally completed the interrogation.


    All the Wangs captured by Meng Zhang were dealt with by him, leaving only two people.


    The two men provided very valuable information.


    One is a trusted subordinate of Wang Defeng and attends Wang Defeng all the year round.


    According to what he said, although he didn''t know the details of the mysterious friars who came and went with Wang Defeng.


    However, from his contact with these mysterious monks, these monks came from a very distant star area, not from the nearby star area.


    Another monk is Wang Defeng''s nephew and grandson. Wang Defeng, who has no blood descendants, attaches great importance to him.


    When Wang Defeng talked with these mysterious monks several times, he served them.


    From the conversation, we know that these mysterious monks belong to an extremely powerful force that can crush the quadrangular Star area.


    They are just a small advance team, and the follow-up troops will soon come and easily conquer the whole quadrangle region.


    Wang Defeng first contacted these mysterious monks in order to protect the interests of the family.


    After obtaining the interrogation confession, Meng Zhang is still thinking, and Mu Xingtong has guessed the answer.


    Mu Xingtong, who has always been very brave, turned pale at this time, and even stammered out his guess.


    These mysterious friars are likely to come from Yunzhong City, which is the leading force sent by Yunzhong city to the quadrangular Star area.


    After learning that Yunzhong city was coming to the quadrangular Star area, the big forces in the quadrangular Star area tried their best to collect relevant information about Yunzhong city.

 Chapter 1895

    Yunzhong city is the great enemy of many big worlds. In order to avoid its threat, the quadrangular Star district has to migrate far away.


    The senior level of the four corner Star District tried every means to collect all kinds of intelligence about Yunzhong city.


    The city in the clouds has been plundering in the void for many years, and many worlds have suffered from it.


    The situation of the city in the clouds is widely spread in the void.


    The quadrangular region spent some effort and soon gained a lot of information.


    Inside the quadrangular region, in order to avoid causing a large area of panic, many intelligence about Yunzhong city has not been made public.


    Mu Xingtong, as an external elder of LiuYun saint, has a high status in the cultivation world. He still knows these intelligence.


    According to Mu Xingtong, before coming to a star area, Yunzhong city will send vanguard troops to hide and infiltrate secretly to meet the arrival of follow-up troops.


    Originally, the quadrangular Star area has been very calm before. We haven''t received any news in this regard. We may not have noticed this aspect.


    Now, first, the flying boat team carrying materials was attacked, and then there was the information of the king''s friars.


    Mu Xingtong can easily think that the leading team of Yunzhong city has secretly penetrated into the quadrangular Star area.


    What they are doing now is clearly hindering the construction of wormhole channel and undermining the plan of the high-rise of Yunzhong city.


    Once the wormhole passage cannot be completed in time, the migration plan of the quadrangular region will be stillborn.


    The entire quadrangular region will have to face the invading Yunzhong city.


    Although there is no direct evidence, everything that happened made Mu Xingtong believe that the group of mysterious friars in collusion with Wang Defeng was the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Many things in the cultivation world do not need 100% assurance or even clear evidence. In particular, no one dares to be careless as long as there is a chance of such a major event related to Yunzhong city.


    Meng Zhang approved Mu Xingtong''s guess.


    At this time, they found the most valuable clue, and Mu Xingtong barely completed most of his task.


    As for the follow-up of the task, not to mention Mu Xingtong, a monk in the Yang God period, even with Meng Zhang''s great ability of returning to emptiness, he did not dare to continue to pursue it in depth.


    Cloud City can force the quadrangular Star area to move and take refuge, and its strength can be imagined.


    Even if it is just an advance team, no one dares to face it easily.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong soon reached a consensus, and they temporarily tracked down this step.


    Although Mu Xingtong was sent to the ash world by Liuyun Shengzong, the top management of Liuyun Shengzong will still provide help to Mu Xingtong who is responsible for the task because the attack on the flying boat team is too serious.


    As long as there is a clear clue, Mu Xingtong can contact Liuyun Shengzong and ask the sect for support.


    The two monks of the Wang family who provided clues were temporarily left behind. Mu Xingtong reported the matter to the past through the secret communication method of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Although Mu Xingtong only made a simple report, he made it clear that this matter was related to the advance team of Yunzhong city. Liuyun Shengzong should not be careless.


    Sure enough, the top level of Liuyun Shengzong is not a fool. It is one thing to crowd out and suppress heresy within his sect. The matter involving Yunzhong city is a matter of life and death.


    The high level of Liuyun Shengzong quickly responded.


    The high level of Liuyun Shengzong gave instructions through the communication method and asked Mu Xingtong to wait in place. The reinforcements will soon come to meet her.


    After completing the communication, Mu Xingtong and Meng Zhang waited quietly.


    They waited for a while. Instead of waiting for the reinforcements of Liuyun Shengzong, they first waited for the pursuit of the Wang family.


    Meng Zhang has two living Wang family friars in his hand, which can not completely shield their blood induction, and did not transfer in time. It is only a matter of time before Meng Zhang is caught up by Wang family friars.


    Sensing three powerful breath of returning to emptiness in the distance, Meng Zhang was not ready to run away this time.


    For one thing, he was worried that he would miss the meeting with the reinforcements of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Second, the three great powers of returning to emptiness have not cultivated the phase of heaven and earth, which is not fundamentally different from his accomplishments.


    Even with one against three, Meng Zhang can deal with one or two.


    Probably in order to prevent Meng Zhang from escaping, the three Huixu great powers flew over from three directions and surrounded Meng Zhang and them.


    Meng Zhang''s right hand danced to the West. The spatial rules in the West began to be disordered, the space was misplaced, and the top, bottom, left and right were completely reversed. The old ancestor Huixu who was flying from this direction was temporarily blocked.


    A black and a white air stream rose above Meng Zhang''s head, entangled with each other, attracted the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, turned into a pittance, and swept towards the north.


    The great power of returning to emptiness, who was killed from the north with a fierce momentum of positive Qi, had to stop temporarily to block it in the face of yin and Yang.


    The great power of returning to emptiness in the South was the most cunning. He hid his tracks from the beginning and tried to sneak over to make a sneak attack.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang was so sensitive that he had long found this sneaky guy.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. ChiYin sword was sacrificed, turned into a streamer, and flew to the south.


    With a roar, the sneaky return virtual power fought with the red Yin sword evil spirit.


    Meng Zhang was not flustered when he faced the three Huixu great powers who surrounded him. He fought against three with one, and temporarily blocked them in the distance.


    Of course, the existence of the advanced retreat period is always a tested and excellent person in all aspects.


    The three great powers of returning to emptiness were caught off guard and were blocked by Meng Zhang.


    The other party is just a person, and the level of cultivation is equivalent to them, but they are regarded as nothing.


    In addition to the two Wang family''s Huixu ancestors who were angry because of the accident of their people, another Huixu Da Neng who came to help boxing was also very angry.


    The three great powers of returning to emptiness exert their power and show their magical powers respectively.


    Soon, they broke through Meng Zhang''s obstruction and flew to Meng Zhang not far from them.


    Seeing that the three of them were about to launch a fierce attack, Mu Xingtong worried that Meng Zhang could not resist, and immediately shouted.


    "Stop, I''m an elder of the outer gate of Liuyun Saint sect. I''m ordered by the sect to do something here this time. Will you stop me?"


    Liuyun Shengzong is one of the top cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area. Its prestige is so prominent.


    Even if Mu Xingtong was only a monk in the period of Yang God, when she revealed her identity, the three great powers of returning to emptiness had to stop for the time being.


    None of the people present suspected that Mu Xingtong was a fake LiuYun saint because no one in the quadrangular Star area dared to do so.


    Everyone is not a fool. If Mu Xingtong is really an impostor, he can''t pass the current level.


    One of the Wang family''s Huixu ancestors looked at Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong in disbelief and asked, "why do you want to catch my Wang family''s children when you Liuyun Shengzong acted? Is there any misunderstanding in this process?"

 Chapter 1896

    Mu Xingtong has been in Liuyun Shengzong for many years. He knows how to put on airs and how to deal with outsiders.


    She looked up at the sky, disdaining even looking at each other. She said in a gloomy and gloomy way, "why, I have to explain to your king''s family when I act like Liuyun Shengzong?"


    "I''ve long heard that your Wangs are powerful and dare to intervene in anything with their deep background."


    "I didn''t expect that your Wang family would teach me how to do things."


    Mu Xingtong said Liuyun Shengzong on the left and Liuyun Shengzong on the right. He also buckled his big hat. The old ancestor of the Wang family was speechless for a moment and didn''t know how to speak.


    Among the three ancestors who returned to the virtual world, one is from the official of Baishi city.


    This time, the Wang family members mysteriously disappeared in Baishi city. He had a deep friendship with the Wang family and received many benefits from the Wang family. In the face of the Wang family''s return to Xu''s ancestor who came to the door for help, he couldn''t wipe out his friendship and had to go on such a trip.


    However, he never wanted to fight against Liuyun Shengzong.


    Now as soon as he heard about it, Liuyun Shengzong stepped in. He immediately pretended to be mute, said nothing and watched on the wall.


    Another ancestor of the Wang family who returned to Xu was a grumpy guy who was not frightened by Mu Xingtong.


    The Wang family is not without followers. The Wang family has a great relationship with a real fairy and is not a bully.


    Even Liuyun Shengzong can''t catch the people of the Wang family without saying anything, let alone wantonly kill the high-level leaders of the Yang God period of the Wang family.


    "Little girl, don''t pull the big flag as tiger skin there. You are just a young generation in the period of Yang God, and you can''t represent LiuYun saint."


    "I also know some old friends of LiuYun saint."


    "You''d better release the people of my king''s family and explain your plot."


    "Otherwise, don''t blame my men for being merciless."


    "Even if I accidentally killed you, I will personally go to Liuyun Shengzong to apologize afterwards."


    The Wang family''s Huixu ancestor didn''t hide his anger. He rose to the sky with a strong momentum and pressed directly against Mu Xingtong.


    Meng Zhang sighed and stood quietly in front of Mu Xingtong, blocking all the momentum against her.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let Mu Xingtong show his identity at the beginning. He was afraid of this situation.


    The name of Liuyun Shengzong is not omnipotent. There are always lengtouqing who are not afraid of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang still doesn''t know how deep the Wang family has colluded with the advance troops of Yunzhong city.


    Is this just Wang Defeng''s personal behavior or the collective will of the top level of the Wang family?


    If the return to virtual power at the top of the Wang family is related to this matter, Mu Xingtong''s rash statement of the identity of LiuYun saint will only stimulate them to kill people regardless of everything.


    Fortunately, the worst has not yet happened.


    Among the three great powers of returning to emptiness, the guy who doesn''t belong to the Wang family seems to want to stay out of it.


    An old ancestor of the Wang family who returned to Xu was not firm enough and was still hesitant.


    There was only one Wang family''s old ancestor who returned to Xu and took a very impolite attitude.


    In this case, Meng Zhang can protect Mu Xingtong even if both sides turn their faces.


    Mu Xingtong is not a fuel-efficient lamp.


    She knows very well that the most important thing at present is not to show weakness in momentum, and the loser will not lose.


    "I stand here and don''t move, let alone fight back."


    "Old man, if you have the ability, you will kill me alive."


    "Old man, come here..."


    Mu Xingtong, a female generation, put on such a naughty posture, but he calmed the scene all at once.


    In full view of the public, unless the Wang family is determined to be the enemy of Liuyun Shengzong, they will never dare to openly kill the external elders of Liuyun Shengzong.


    No friar in the Yang God period lives in a worthless Chinese cabbage, which can be killed at will.


    There was a moment of silence in the field. The king''s ancestor, who had previously challenged, probably still felt uncomfortable on his face.


    "It''s reversed. It''s really reversed."


    "When did the cultivation world have a guy like you who ignores the distinction between superior and inferior?"


    "It''s just a young generation in the period of Yang God. You have to ride on our friars in the period of returning to emptiness."


    In addition to being really angry, the old guy also wanted to arouse the common hatred of the two companions.


    "Liuyun Shengzong is great. The friars of Liuyun Shengzong dare to do whatever they want and bully us wantonly."


    Before the voice fell, a dignified voice came from a distance.


    "I Liuyun Shengzong is nothing great, and I won''t humiliate everyone in the cultivation world."


    With this sound, a group of people flew over from a distance.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong were completely relieved. The reinforcements came. Today''s thing is almost the same.


    Among these people, there are not only friars of LiuYun saint, but also members of other great forces in the quadrangular region.


    Among them, Baishi City, as the landlord, also sent special personnel to accompany it.


    The friar who spoke just now is Taoist Yunbai with great power of returning to emptiness of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Since the last attack on the flying boat team transporting materials, several major forces in the four corner Star area have sent extra forces to escort in addition to sending people to track down the matter.


    Taoist Yunbai was originally the leader of the escort team. A few days ago, he led the escort team to the dusty world.


    Just now, he received a message from the high level of the sect with a secret method, asking him to take people here to meet Mu Xingtong, and be sure to ensure Mu Xingtong''s safety.


    The long-distance communication between the big world is too difficult. It can only carry out simple information exchange and detailed explanation.


    The high level of zongmen told Taoist Yunbai that there was not much information, but only emphasized its importance, which was related to the plot of Yunzhong city.


    Taoist Yunbai didn''t dare to neglect, so he took action immediately.


    Worried about his lack of strength, he even brought the whole escort team directly.


    In this team, except for the first few return to virtual power, the others are at least friars in the period of Yang God.


    When he arrived nearby, Taoist Yunbai heard the dialogue between mu Xingtong and the Wang family''s ancestor Huixu.


    Taoist Yunbai has a general relationship with Taoist Yunlan, the patron of Mu Xingtong, and he himself is not familiar with Mu Xingtong at all.


    But since everyone is a member of Liuyun Shengzong, of course, we should stand on a line in front of outsiders.


    He grabbed the words of the king''s ancestors and took it over.


    "I, LiuYun saint, have been in the four corner Star area for many years. I have always been kind to others and treated your fellow practitioners in the cultivation world."


    "If someone is dissatisfied with our Liuyun holy sect and thinks that there is something wrong with our Liuyun holy sect, they can put it forward face to face. It''s best not to chew their tongue behind their back."


    Taoist Yunbai looked at the Wang family''s old ancestor who returned to Xu with bright eyes, looking upright and confident.


    Not to mention the people brought by Taoist Yunbai, Taoist Yunbai himself, can bring great pressure to the Wang family''s ancestors.


    They can face back to emptiness and great power in front of Mu Xingtong and rely on the old to sell the old.


    In front of Taoist Yunbai, their momentum disappeared.

 Chapter 1897

    Taoist Yunbai seems to be not outstanding, and he looks very talkative.


    He was born in Liuyun Shengzong war hall and participated in many foreign wars.


    He not only has profound cultivation and excellent combat effectiveness, but also has a name of belligerence and has always been brave and ruthless.


    Even after the advanced retreat period, his temper converges, but he is also not a good person to provoke.


    It''s common to have a big fight with a friar of the same rank according to his temperament.


    Not to mention a king''s family, even those great forces at the same level as Liuyun Saint dare to be positive and hard.


    I recognized the famous Taoist Yunbai and heard of his fierce name. The two ancestors of the Wang family were too short to speak at will.


    If it is on weekdays, Taoist Yunbai will not give up easily.


    Today, however, he decided to finish his business first.


    The Wang family''s ancestors who returned to Xu verbally offended the LiuYun saint. In the future, they will have plenty of opportunities to settle accounts with them slowly.


    Taoist Yunbai waved his hand directly, which meant to let the Wang family return to Xu and other miscellaneous people leave. He had something to do next.


    Although he was not angry in his heart, the Wang family''s return to Xu didn''t dare to confront Taoist Yunbai head-on.


    Even if some people fall into each other''s hands, they can only leave angrily.


    Seeing that the idle people and other knowledgeable people left, Yunbai Dao talent talked with Mu Xingtong about business.


    Mu Xingtong first introduced Meng Zhang to everyone, and then said the whole thing roughly.


    Two living members of the Wang family testified that Mu Xingtong''s words were reasonable and restrained, and her suspicion of the Wang family was also very legitimate.


    Still, many things in the cultivation world do not need 100% confirmation at all, as long as there is reasonable doubt.


    In particular, Liuyun Shengzong, a big force that ranks among the top in the whole quadrangular Star area, usually seems to be gentle and really domineering, and will not make any reason with the Wang family.


    In addition to the friars of Liuyun Shengzong, there are several other friars of great power.


    Among them, there are friars of Xingji sword sect.


    For some of Mu Xingtong''s statements, the friars of Xingji sword sect deliberately or unintentionally criticized and even questioned her credibility.


    First, Taoist Yunbai will firmly defend himself in front of outsiders.


    Second, the matter of the king friar colluding with the advance team of Yunzhong city is too important. No one dares to take it lightly.


    Especially from the current situation, the secret enemy has taken action to attack the flying boat team, destroy the material transportation and try to hinder the construction of wormhole channel.


    Such behavior almost endangers the whole quadrangular region.


    Therefore, even if Mu Xingtong''s accusation against the Wang family does not have too conclusive evidence, we would rather believe it or not.


    Even if the friars of Xingji sword sect have any other ideas, they can''t stop them.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to involve Guchi mountain villa and even Lengshan temple in this matter and label them as colluding with Yunzhong city.


    However, due to the performance of the friar of Xingji sword sect, he felt that it was best not to create complications.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also understands that too much is better than too much.


    He and Mu Xingtong don''t need to say much. They should leave enough space for everyone to track down by themselves.


    After listening to Mu Xingtong''s story, because it was important, everyone did not delay and took action immediately.


    Taoist Yunbai and others took Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong and quickly rushed back to Baishi city.


    In Baishi City, officials have built an ultra long distance communication array for communication across the big world.


    However, this array is not easy to start, and it consumes a lot of resources every time it is used.


    Most importantly, the confidentiality of this dharma array is not enough, and Taoist Yunbai and others are not at ease.


    Therefore, Taoist Yunbai and others asked Baishi city to provide sufficient resources. They temporarily built an ultra long-distance communication array.


    Then, several powerful friars successively used this dharma array to send back the results of Mu Xingtong''s investigation, including the confessions of two Wang friars, to their respective sects in detail.


    Next, they waited slowly, waiting for the reply from their respective families.


    Although there are many disputes and even struggles within the top level of the quadrangular Star area, when the major events involving the whole star area are involved, we still know to unite and unite with the outside world.


    This time, the high-level in the quadrangular region showed high efficiency.


    Including Taoist Yunbai and others, they soon received replies from their respective sects.


    Through this ultra long distance communication array, their respective sects have made detailed arrangements.


    The king''s forces in the quadrangular Star area, including the ancestral land of the king''s family, will be dealt with immediately.


    Taoist Yunbai''s task is to take all the Wangs in the dusty world and don''t let slip through the net.


    After receiving the clear instructions, Taoist Yunbai, as the leader, immediately led everyone to take action.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong also joined the operation as team members.


    If it is someone else, it may be a little difficult to catch the king''s friar.


    However, the team led by Taoist Yunbai almost completed the task without much effort.


    Faced with the joint forces of several major forces in the quadrangular Star area, the Wang family had little courage to resist.


    Except for the two old ancestors who returned to the virtual world and a few people who had received the news early and hid, the others were almost caught at arm''s length.


    Taoist Yunbai ordered to continue to arrest the two Wangs'' ancestors who returned to Xu and other escaped fish. On the one hand, he tried the Wangs'' people severely.


    These friars, who were born in great power, not only had a variety of interrogation methods, but also had no compassion. They were extremely cruel.


    Where the Wangs could stand this means, they began to confess, and what they should say and what they shouldn''t say came out one after another.


    Soon, more and more confessions were gathered to Taoist Yunbai.


    As a famous big businessman in the quadrangular Star District, the Wang family has done a lot of dirty things secretly. It is even sinful to violate the conventional rules of the cultivation world for many times.


    Suppress and frame competitors in shopping malls; Destroy the small forces that offend their own family; Maintain long-term secret trade with ghost repair; Collude with demon Xiu and sell blood food to demon Xiu


    These crimes alone, as long as they are exposed to the public, will be enough for the Wang family to be denounced by all the people and become the public enemy of the cultivation world.


    Although these criminal evidences are helpful to bring down the Wang family, they are not what Taoist Yunbai cares about most, nor what Meng Zhang wants most.


    Wang Defeng really concealed his collusion with friar yunzhongcheng.


    Not to mention the ordinary Wangs, even his close relatives and the people of his line don''t know much.


    From these confessions alone, it is not fully sure that the Wang family and Friar yunzhongcheng have collusion.


    Of course, these confessions provide a lot of indirect evidence to support Meng Zhang''s initial speculation and judgment.

 Chapter 1898

    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong, as important figures who provided important information and exposed the collusion of the Wang family with Yunzhong City, were valued by Taoist Yunbai.


    Mu Xingtong himself is the outer sect elder of Liuyun Shengzong. Don''t mention it. Meng Zhang is mu Xingtong''s elder and is barely half of himself.


    Taoist Yunbai directly left them with him to help him sort out all kinds of intelligence.


    As more and more intelligence was collected, the suspicion of the Wang family became greater and greater.


    Even though there is still no conclusive evidence, Taoist Yunbai feels that he has not caught the wrong person.


    What makes Meng Zhang most regretful is that through the interrogation of these Wang family members, they failed to involve Guchi mountain villa and Lengshan temple.


    On the surface, Guchi villa and the Wang family are just ordinary trading relationships.


    Even if there is any collusion between the two sides and some dirty activities, it has nothing to do with Cloud City.


    As for Lengshan temple, it can''t compete with the eight poles of the Wang family.


    Through these days, Meng Zhang found that Taoist Yunbai was also a very smart, capable and sharp eyed person.


    Meng Zhang can''t easily use the means of planting and framing, and can''t involve Guchi mountain villa and Lengshan temple for no reason.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to let go of this time and wait for the next opportunity.


    Mu Xingtong himself, some ideas in his heart began to waver.


    She even suspected that Wang Defeng and Guchi villa were just normal contacts. Guchi villa really had no special relationship with the Wang family.


    We have been busy for so long, but there is still no direct and conclusive evidence to nail the Wang family.


    Several big forces are not afraid to blame others.


    In particular, this matter is very important. It can be said that it is related to the fate of the whole quadrangular region.


    Even if they over correct and make some wronged ghosts, it''s not a big deal.


    It was the friar of Xingji sword sect who seemed to have a grudge against Mu Xingtong. He kept holding on to this and kept questioning Mu Xingtong.


    The statement of Xingji sword sect friar seems to be reasonable.


    If the Wang family is the kind of force that has no heel at all, it''s OK to dispose of it.


    However, the Wang family itself is rich and powerful, has a wide range of contacts, and has a great influence in the whole quadrangular Star area.


    What is more important is that the Wang family has quite a relationship with a real immortal elder.


    If you don''t have enough conclusive evidence, you will deal with the Wang family categorically. It''s hard to explain in front of the real immortal in the future.


    Mu Xingtong actively promoted this matter when there was insufficient evidence, and his intentions were suspicious,


    At the very least, she was too selfish. She abandoned her privacy on business and kidnapped everyone with her personal grudges.


    The statement of the friar of Xingji sword sect was too cruel, which made Mu Xingtong angry.


    Of course she knows why the friar Xingji sword sect is so against himself.


    She was angry that the friars of Xingji sword sect were regardless of their weight. At this time, she didn''t care about the business and didn''t forget to embarrass herself.


    Mu Xingtong hasn''t figured out how to counterattack the other party. The latest news from the four corner Star area can be regarded as a solution for her.


    Several top sects, led by Liuyun Shengzong, attacked the Wang family together.


    Such a large door acts like a thunderbolt, which makes the other party unable to react at all.


    Several large groups of troops sent jointly came directly to the ancestral land of the Wang family.


    After a confrontation, the Wang family had to give in and let the joint team enter their own station and catch them up and down.


    In the ancestral land of the Wang family, the United team got more news.


    The Wang family did collude with the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Of course, not the whole Wang family was involved in this matter, but only some of them.


    There are many different factions within the Wang family.


    These factions are opposed to each other and even have fierce fighting.


    Wang Defeng''s faction, carrying other factions behind his back, secretly hooked up with the advance team sent by Yunzhong city.


    At this time, the criminal evidence is conclusive, and the Wang family can no longer deny it.


    The Wang family violated the taboo of the four corner Star area and secretly colluded with such a great enemy as Yunzhong city.


    According to the practice of the quadrangular Star area, it is normal to copy the whole Wang family, kill the nine families and completely destroy the family.


    However, at the critical moment, the real immortal who had a great relationship with the Wang family finally stood up and spoke.


    The guilt of some members of the Wang family does not mean that all members of the Wang family are guilty.


    Over the years, the contribution of the Wang family to the whole quadrangular Star area cannot be written off.


    This time, some members of the Wang family colluded with Yunzhong city. Naturally, they should be severely punished.


    But God has the virtue of living well. Don''t involve too much in this matter and don''t kill innocent people indiscriminately.


    Those members of the royal family who have nothing to do with this matter can be allowed to commit crimes and meritorious deeds and make atonement for the family.


    There are few real immortals in the whole quadrangular region.


    True immortals are the strongest combat power of the quadrangular Star area, the real top level of the quadrangular Star area, and have the greatest voice.


    Even if the real immortals basically don''t ask about foreign affairs, no one dares to ignore everything they say.


    Since there are real immortals to intercede for the Wang family, we have to be lenient to the Wang family.


    After all, no one wants to refute the face of Zhenxian for the sake of only a Wang family.


    After the news reached the dust world, the friar of Xingji sword sect, who had originally criticized Mu Xingtong, suddenly became silent.


    Meng Zhang acted with Mu Xingtong this time. The main purpose is to help Mu Xingtong complete his task and make meritorious contributions by the way.


    As for the fate of the Wang family, he doesn''t care.


    Whether the Wang family was destroyed or survived, it had little to do with him.


    Although the senior management of sijiaoxing district started the Wang family in time, they also got some gains.


    But the advance team of Yunzhong city was too slippery to let them catch the trail at all.


    The advance team of Yunzhong city originally paid great attention to the secret deeds. They didn''t have much contact with the Wang family, and generally they took the initiative to contact the monks of the Wang family.


    Now that the Wang family has an accident, the advance team of Yunzhong city immediately took the initiative to cut off all contact with the Wang family and quickly hid it, making the team chasing them futile.


    After the disposal of the Wang family, the senior level of the four corner Star District issued an order to all practitioners to actively track down the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Those who can provide clues and even kill the target directly can get rich rewards.


    Obviously, the senior management of the quadrangular Star area has treated the sneaking team of Yunzhong city as a great enemy of life and death.


    Mu Xingtong and Meng Zhang, who were the first to uncover the matter, have not been ignored by the high level of Liuyun Shengzong.


    It is the basic principle of great forces such as Liuyun Shengzong that rewards and punishments should be clear and meritorious deeds must be rewarded.


    Meng Zhang''s request to borrow the wormhole channel was soon passed by the high level of Liuyun Shengzong.


    After the successful construction of the wormhole channel, Meng Zhang not only passed smoothly, but also ranked in the forefront in the order of passage.


    In addition, Liuyun Shengzong also rewarded Meng Zhang with many cultivation resources.

 Chapter 1899

    Liuyun Shengzong rewarded Meng Zhang, an outsider, and met his modest requirements.


    The reward for his family member Mu Xingtong will not be less.


    As a member of the Liuyun holy sect, Mu Xingtong''s reward is naturally in accordance with the standards in the system.


    A large number of religious contributions can be used to exchange various resources.


    The opportunity to enter the zongmen library and get the guidance of the zongmen elders


    In a word, the reward made her very satisfied.


    In particular, the guidance of the master of Liuyun Shengzong in practice is even more precious to her.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, Mu Xingtong, who was originally pushed out and distributed to the ash world this time, has achieved good results. It is a blessing in disguise.


    In addition to the reward, Liuyun Shengzong also released a new mission.


    The advance team sent by Yunzhong city is too slippery. Even with the breakthrough of the Wang family, it is still difficult to find their trace.


    Many monks of the Wang family are indeed actively cooperating in order to commit crimes and meritorious deeds.


    But no one in Yunzhong city will trust them. They only use the Wang family. How can they disclose important information to them.


    A group of powerful forces sent a large group of people to work for a long time, but they couldn''t catch the trace of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Of course, there is not no harvest at all.


    Using the information obtained from the Wang family, they found many local monks who colluded with the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    If the advance team of Yunzhong city cannot be eliminated in one day, the disaster cannot be completely eliminated in one day.


    In the face of the powerful Cloud City, there are wavers among the local friars in the four corner Star area, and even the guys who directly act as the guide Party will never be cut off.


    The major forces in the four corners Star area have invested a lot of human and material resources to comprehensively search for the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    According to the speculation of the senior management of the quadrangular Star area, the control of the big world inside the quadrangular Star area is relatively strict. The most likely place for the advance team of yunzhongcheng is the dusty world.


    Therefore, in addition to constantly recruiting and urging the local forces of the ash world, the senior level of the four corners Star area sent many monks to the ash world and vowed to find the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Building wormholes is an extremely arduous and important task, which requires several real immortals.


    Otherwise, the high-level officials in the quadrangular Star area have the intention to invite out the real immortal and go to the ash world.


    As more and more monks came to the dusty world, it became lively.


    Before Meng Zhang reported it to them, the high level of the quadrangular Star area once suspected that it was the ghost repair and demon repair of the ash world that attacked the flying boat team.


    Now that the real murderer has been exposed, the truth has come out.


    However, the high level of the quadrangular Star area did not let go of the ghost and demon cultivation in the ash world.


    In their view, these ghosts and demons are unstable factors in themselves.


    In the past, they had to tolerate their existence because of various factors.


    Now, in order to prevent them from making trouble, they must be strictly suppressed.


    The advance team sent by Yunzhong city is likely to collude with ghost cultivation and demon cultivation in the ash world.


    Even if there is no evidence to prove this, we can''t relax our vigilance against ghost cultivation and demon cultivation out of the need to prevent trouble in the future.


    In fact, the top level of the quadrangular Star area has a plan to take this opportunity to clean up the ghost repair, demon repair and many ghosts in the ash world.


    Meng Zhang helped Mu Xingtong complete the task, achieved enough meritorious deeds and achieved his goal. He could not participate in these things in the next step.


    However, Taoist Yunbai paid more attention to him and Mu Xingtong and hoped that they could continue to track down the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong city and strive to make meritorious contributions again.


    For mu Xingtong, he is still a member of Liuyun Shengzong. Naturally, he can''t refuse the orders of the high level of the sect.


    Moreover, she also wants to take this opportunity to make friends with Taoist Yunbai and increase her reliance within the sect.


    Although Mu Xingtong is an external elder, if he makes enough meritorious contributions, he can still get many internal benefits of the sect.


    Among them, there are many advantages that are very helpful to her practice.


    It is still a long time before the wormhole channel is opened for passage. Of course, Meng Zhang will not offend Taoist Yunbai.


    And Liuyun Shengzong is generous, and all kinds of rewards are very rich.


    For Meng Zhang, there are never too many cultivation resources.


    After his advanced retreat period, it was more and more difficult for him to obtain the high-level resources he needed through ordinary means in the Jun dust world.


    Liuyun Shengzong, who has a real immortal, has no problem supporting a group of great energy to return to emptiness.


    There are all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures that can be used to return to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong followed the orders of Taoist Yunbai and started to act again.


    But this time, they didn''t act together.


    Top power friars, including Liuyun Shengzong, entered the dusty world on a large scale. At this time, Mu Xingtong''s safety is still guaranteed.


    For Meng Zhang, without a little monk in the Yang God period, he can do it more conveniently.


    Of course, before they separated, they all reserved the way to contact each other.


    Meng Zhang''s search was not so smooth.


    The last time he caught Wang Defeng of the Wang family, he found doubts and clues, which had a lot of luck.


    For the ash world, he was just an outsider who came here soon.


    Moreover, most of his time in the dust world was still closed in the Xingyun sword sect.


    His knowledge of the dusty world was limited, and the information he knew was slowly collected later.


    It''s not difficult to find out the advance team of Cloud City hidden deep in the dusty world.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t want to get it. Anyway, as a monk, he hit the clock one day. It seems that he can get by.


    With Meng Zhang''s activities in the dusty world and Liuyun Shengzong''s great rewards to inspire others, Meng Zhang''s reputation spread slowly.


    Previously, Meng Zhang pretended to be closed in Xingyun sword sect and secretly carried out a secret mission with Mu Xingtong.


    Now, we all know that he is running around outside, in the disguise of the closure of the Xingyun sword sect, he is naturally passively exposed.


    Although Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong have secretly negotiated, the current Xingyun sword sect can give up.


    However, Meng Zhang''s current identity is the ancestor of Xingyun sword sect, which is not so heartless.


    Unless he is really powerless, he will try his best to keep the current Xingyun sword sect.


    On the surface, he still pays great attention to the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    Perhaps, at some time, it is also a good thing to be dragged down by the Xingyun sword sect.


    It is better for him to expose the weakness of Xingyun sword sect than to expose the real weakness.


    For a long time after that, Meng Zhang was very diligent and actively ran around the dusty world, tracking down the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    In this process, Meng Zhang also fought with the local ghosts in the ash world for many times.


    Several big forces such as Xingji sword sect went to Yinfeng cave to investigate last time, and fought with ghosts and ghosts in Yinfeng cave.


    Although they won a complete victory, they forced the enemy back to the Yin Feng cave.


    However, they not only did not get any useful clues, but also did limited damage to ghosts and ghosts.


    This time, the senior management of the four corner Star District intends to take the opportunity to clean up the dusty world and sweep away those places where dirt is hidden.


    Therefore, the friars of Xingji Jianzong seem to be preparing to attack Yinfeng cave again.


    Xingji sword sect is not only the great enemy of Xingyun sword sect, but also the culprit who forced Xingyun sword sect to the current level.


    However, in the current form, Xingji sword sect will not be foolish enough to directly attack Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang was not very worried about the friars of Xingji sword sect.


    At present, the foreign enemies from Yunzhong city have not been eliminated, and the high level of the quadrangular Star area will not allow Xingji sword sect to make trouble at this time.


    Meng Zhang will return to Xingyun sword sect when he is out for a period of time.


    The Xingyun sword sect has only Meng Zhang, an old ancestor of returning to emptiness. He is worried about the situation of the sect, and Taoist Yunbai can understand it.


    He is regarded as Meng Zhang, who regularly returns to zongmen for vacation.


    Meng Zhang now went back and did not act in secret, but swaggered and returned in a fair and aboveboard manner.


    Every time he returned to Xingyun sword sect, he was warmly welcomed by the sect door.


    Meng Zhang worked for Liuyun Shengzong and found out the king friars who colluded with the advance team of Yunzhong city. The news has spread slowly for a long time.


    Xingyun sword sect, which is in the midst of wind and rain, is very sensitive to every life-saving straw.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to catch up with the top power of Liuyun Shengzong is a great good thing for the whole sect.


    In particular, Meng Zhang has shown sufficient utilization value. Now it is very useful to Liuyun Shengzong and makes everyone happy.


    In this way, we are not afraid that Liuyun Shengzong will cross the river and tear down the bridge in a short time.


    With this relationship, the Xingyun sword sect will be better up and down, and its life in the cultivation world will be much better.


    Meng Zhang didn''t realize the impact of this incident at first.


    Later, he found that many friars who had coveted Xingyun sword sect had stopped their efforts. After they disappeared around Xingyun sword sect, he realized the benefits of hooking up with Liuyun Saint sect.


    The Xingyun sword sect, which had been despised by the whole cultivation world because it was on the verge of extinction, seemed to regain its vitality and began to shake again.


    Under the leadership of Shunyi Zhenjun, the leader of common affairs, Xingyun sword sect recovered some previously lost resource producing areas.


    Xingyun sword sect has gained a lot of goodwill from the surrounding cultivation forces.


    The living environment of Xingyun sword sect is improving, and the business environment is greatly improved.


    ¡­¡­


    In this way, Meng Zhang did almost nothing and didn''t spend much time in Xingyun sword sect. He made a great contribution to Xingyun sword sect and almost changed the situation of the sect.


    In this matter, Meng Zhang was not complacent, but fully realized the power of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Just a little relationship with Liuyun Shengzong is enough to change the fate of a clan.


    The strength of Liuyun Shengzong is too strong, and its reputation is too terrible.


    Such a sect is very comfortable as a friend and can profit from it. But one day, if Meng Zhang becomes an enemy with such a sect, he will face great challenges.


    In the quadrangular Star area, in addition to Taoist practitioners, there are Buddhists and Confucian practitioners


    The practitioners of several major systems have their own advantages and stand in a confrontation.


    Many times, practitioners of several major systems will fight each other for interests, orthodoxy and even faith.


    Similar to the situation in the bimodal Star area, the Taoist practitioners in the quadrangular Star area have the most powerful power.


    If not for the coming of Cloud City, the struggle between Buddhism and Taoism, the struggle between Taoism and Confucianism... Is the mainstream of the struggle of practitioners in the four corner Star area.


    Liuyun Shengzong, as the leader of Taoism practitioners in the quadrangular Star area, has a high position in the quadrangular Star area.


    In the past years, Liuyun Shengzong is far from commanding the world, and dare not obey.


    But as long as they try their best to trace one thing, they can get some results more or less.


    But this time, Liuyun Shengzong''s early action against the Wang family was very successful.


    When we tracked down the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong City, the situation was very bad.


    The top level of Liuyun Shengzong was quite dissatisfied with this, and the pressure naturally transmitted downward level by level.


    Soon, not only Taoist Yunbai, but also Meng Zhang himself felt strong pressure.


    His vacation time back to Xingyun sword sect was greatly shortened.


    Meng Zhang shoulders more tasks, and his time running around the world has greatly increased.


    Many times, he also needs to go deep into some dangerous places known in the world and encounter some inexplicable enemies.


    Meng Zhang has long realized that due to the disorder of the rules of heaven and earth in the dusty world, there are great problems in reincarnation and the separation of yin and Yang.


    This led to the large-scale formation of ghosts in the ash world.


    As long as there is no power to mend the sky, we can repair the broken dust world and restore its disordered rules of heaven and earth, the ghosts of the dust world will never be exhausted.


    It is meaningless for Meng Zhang to remove ghosts from the dusty world.


    Meng Zhang always clearly remembered that he was just a passer-by in the dusty world.


    What happened here, in essence, has nothing to do with him.


    Even, in Meng Zhang''s eyes, the whole quadrangular Star area is just a passing cloud.


    Liuyun Shengzong''s high-level added weight layer by layer, and took him as a coolie, which naturally aroused his strong dissatisfaction.


    However, people had to bow their heads under the eaves. Meng Zhang was dissatisfied and had to bear it forcibly.


    Meng Zhang was in danger several times when he was performing the task assigned by Liuyun Shengzong in the ash world.


    At such times, he would scold Liuyun Shengzong in his heart.


    Meanwhile, we secretly hope that the awesome advance team in the city can give a lesson to the convective.


    The ash world is a big world, and then it is broken, which does not affect its scale.


    The advance team of Yunzhong city is famous in the void. It has very rich experience in sneaking into the war and is very good at hiding its deeds.


    There are few weak people in the team, and almost all of them have good abilities.


    To find out these hidden strengths in a big world is almost like looking for a needle in a haystack.


    Without clear clues and guidance, we can''t find the target at all.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was only busy in vain.


    Even the top leaders of Liuyun Shengzong who gave orders knew the result.

 Chapter 1900

    Meng Zhang was driven like a dog. He was tired every day, but he couldn''t achieve anything.


    People like Meng Zhang can also say that they did not do their best.


    However, the legitimate friars of the top forces, including Liuyun Shengzong, really went all out to search for the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    No one is really to blame for their failure to achieve results.


    The search for the advance team of Yunzhong city was fruitless. The major forces have made some progress in cleaning up ghosts and ghost repair in the dusty world.


    After all, Terran friars have been rooted in the dusty world for many years and suffered from ghosts. They still have a deep understanding of ghosts.


    There are still a few Terran friars in the main areas where ghosts and ghost monks gather in the dusty world.


    As several famous ghost caves and demon caves were swept away, the progress of Terran friars was greater and greater.


    The monks sent by the major forces are not fools. Since the advance team in pursuit of Yunzhong city can''t achieve results, it''s better to devote more energy to sweeping up ghosts and ghost cultivation.


    In this way, we can not only achieve results quickly, but also explain to the top and bottom.


    Therefore, more monks, including Meng Zhang, were assigned to this area.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang is dispensable and has no opinion.


    Anyway, he is a monk and bumps the clock one day. He is just dealing with errands.


    Previously, in the process of searching for the advance team of Yunzhong City, many monks, including Meng Zhang, were introduced into the nests of ghosts and demons.


    Although Meng Zhang killed out of the siege with his skills, the process was also very dangerous.


    Meng Zhang not only did not fear, but was full of fighting spirit.


    The whole quadrangular Star area is the world of Terran friars. A group of aliens can''t become the climate.


    In the world dominated by the right way, ghost Xiu and devil Xiu are street mice.


    Meng Zhang is very interested in hunting these guys, especially demon Xiu.


    In this way, Meng Zhang joined the mopping up team, and his action was relatively positive.


    Meng Zhang performed very well. Taoist Yunbai paid more and more attention to him and entrusted him with some more important tasks.


    Meng ZhangYue is valued by LiuYun saint, and Xingyun sword sect also benefits from this and can get more benefits.


    If there is no other accident, the Xingyun sword sect may recover slowly.


    As for the problem of internal traitors that plagued yunlaozu for many years, Meng Zhang, as an outsider, doesn''t have so many scruples. As long as he uses thunder means, he can solve it slowly.


    However, Meng Zhang really has no time to deal with these things.


    On that day, Meng Zhang went with a team of monks to clear up a ghost gathering place that had just been discovered.


    Most ghosts in the dusty world are usually hidden underground.


    Especially in the depths of the earth, it has become a paradise for ghosts.


    Entering the depths of the earth and fighting at the home of ghosts is not very beneficial to Terran friars.


    In addition, due to the special situation of the ash world, ghosts can''t be killed.


    Therefore, in the history of the ash world, few large-scale ghost sweeping operations were organized almost all over the world.


    Especially after the collusion between ghosts and ghosts, ghosts become more cunning, more difficult to deal with and more able to hide.


    This time, with the leadership of the major top forces, such a large-scale cleaning operation can be carried out.


    There are many cleaning teams like Meng Zhang in the dusty world.


    Meng Zhang was incorporated into the team this time, with a total of more than 30 people.


    Including Meng Zhang, there are six great powers of returning to emptiness. The weakest of the other friars is the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Such a team is enough to destroy many Xiuzhen forces in the ash world.


    According to intelligence, the ghost force is not very strong for the target they need to clean up this time. It''s just hidden underground, and some strong ghosts are good at hiding.


    Among the six great powers of returning to emptiness, the first is Taoist Zhou of Xingji sword sect.


    In addition, an old ancestor of the Wang family who returned to the virtual world was also included in the team because he wanted to commit crimes and perform meritorious deeds.


    Meng Zhang knew that Xingji sword sect had always been extremely hostile to Xingyun sword sect.


    As the only ancestor of Xingyun sword sect, he is naturally a thorn in the flesh of Xingji sword sect.


    As for the hatred between him and the Wang family, let alone.


    Meng Zhang found the composition of the team only after he joined the team.


    He intended to quit, but it was not good to violate the direct instructions from Liuyun Shengzong.


    The friar of LiuYun saint, who was in charge of organizing, also knew a little about their gratitude and resentment.


    The friar patted his chest and told Meng Zhang that this was an action in which almost all major forces in the quadrangular region took part. No one dared to take public and private revenge and create internal strife in the action.


    Seeing that he could not avoid it, Meng Zhang had to strengthen his vigilance secretly.


    After the team set out, the Wang family returned to Xu. The ancestor turned a blind eye to Meng Zhang and paid no attention to him at all.


    Although Taoist Zhou of Xingji sword sect looked like he didn''t like Meng Zhang, he acted fairly, and didn''t openly provoke him.


    Although he has not relaxed his guard, at least on the surface, Meng Zhang relaxed a little.


    According to intelligence, the team came to the field of the ash world and entered a deep canyon.


    At the top of the canyon, there is a deep and unfathomable gully, which seems to reach the bottom of the earth.


    Under the leadership of six Huixu powerful men, the whole team entered the gully without hesitation and flew down.


    The depth of this gully exceeds 3000 feet.


    At the bottom of the gully, it is dark and dark all year round, and there are often a large number of ghosts circling.


    There is no need to return to the virtual powers. The yuan God Zhenjun shot one after another and easily eliminated the ghosts.


    Next, the team was at the bottom of the gully and began to dive deep underground.


    After entering the underground, there are almost invisible ghosts and other ghosts everywhere.


    These ghosts have limited combat effectiveness and can''t stop the advance of the team at all.


    Of course, as you slowly go deep into the ground, the deeper you enter, the more ghosts, the stronger your strength.


    In some places underground, ghosts such as skeletons and Zombies also appeared.


    The six great powers of returning to emptiness have never made a move. Only a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team is enough to sweep away the ghosts encountered along the way.


    The target of the team is not those low-level ghosts.


    Everyone knows that these low-level ghosts can''t be killed or killed.


    Even if all these low-level ghosts are cleaned up now, a new low-level ghost will be born soon.


    The main target of the team is those powerful high-level ghosts.


    Especially those ghost friars, we should focus on the target of killing.


    There has always been a view in the cultivation world that it is these foreign ghost cultivation that greatly increases the power of ghosts in the gray earth world and becomes more and more difficult to deal with.


    As an invisible mouse in the cultivation world, ghost Xiu has good reasons to collude with the advance team of Yunzhong city.

 Chapter 1901

    During this period, many people in the team have carried out many such cleaning operations.


    Everyone is familiar and at ease.


    So far, no ghost or ghost repair at the level of returning to emptiness has been found here.


    The six great powers of returning to emptiness have never shot, but pressed the array for the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang asked with a little doubt.


    "How can there be such a strong aura in such a place underground?"


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, all the great powers of returning to emptiness, including the ancestors of the king''s family who disliked him, carefully observed their surroundings.


    Where ghosts gather, it is normal to have strong Yin Qi and weak aura.


    There was no waste in the presence of Huixu Da Neng, and they soon found it one after another.


    Although Zhou daoren, the leader, did not directly agree with Meng Zhang''s discovery, he still made an action.


    He took the lead and rushed to the place with strong aura below.


    The rest of Huixu power followed and rushed over.


    The six returned to the virtual energy directly dived hundreds of feet and came to a vast underground stone chamber.


    In this vast underground stone chamber, Meng Zhang saw a familiar scene.


    A tall platform, on which there is a huge black portal. Behind the portal, there are pieces of wild vitality of heaven and earth.


    "Someone built an artificial spirit pulse here."


    "It seems that this artificial spirit pulse is not low."


    "In this area, I haven''t heard of the existence of the humanoid Xiuzhen sect."


    Some of the great powers of returning to emptiness are still talking. Meng Zhang and others who respond quickly have guessed in their hearts.


    Among the advance team from Yunzhong City, there are also Terran practitioners.


    They can also use the artificial spirit pulse here.


    Ghost cultivation mainly absorbs Yin Qi, while demon cultivation mainly absorbs magic Qi. Reiki is only an aid to them. Generally, such a large artificial spirit pulse is not required.


    Hide the spirit pulse underground and make it so sneaky. It''s clear that you don''t see anyone.


    "Can''t you hide the advance team of Yunzhong City, which can''t be found by everyone, here?"


    "In other words, this is a secret stronghold of the advance team of Yunzhong city."


    "Damn it, I won the grand prize."


    When Meng Zhang was still talking to himself, Taoist Zhou, the leader, had ordered.


    "Be careful, everyone. This may be the hiding place of the advance team of Yunzhong city?"


    Taoist Zhou''s words have an indescribable surprise.


    So many top forces sent so many friars and searched for so long, but they found nothing.


    He was supposed to lead the team to clean up the ghosts this time, but he was lucky and directly found the hiding place of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    If we can catch the target this time, we will certainly make great achievements and get rich rewards from the sect. Not to mention, it is enough to make our reputation everywhere and even spread to the immortal people.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have so many utilitarian ideas as Taoist Zhou. He thought more about why the advance team of Yunzhong city was hidden here?


    They really colluded with the ghost cultivation in the dusty world, so they could get the cover of ghosts and hide in the place where ghosts and objects occupied?


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, new changes took place again.


    It is probably that so many return to virtual power suddenly broke into this place and triggered a certain reaction.


    Several powerful breath came from the ground. It should be a ghost at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Just as everyone was ready to fight, the enemy''s sneak attack came first.


    Those breath came from the front, but it was confusing and distracting the attention of all the people present.


    The real killing move has long been lurking around people.


    Several illusory shadows flashed away, and a great energy returning to the virtual world screamed.


    Countless earth rocks suddenly collapsed around and rushed out two corpse kings at the level of returning to emptiness.


    You can''t even make more communication when you return to virtual power, so you fall into a battle of your own.


    However, in a moment, more than ten ghosts at the level of returning to emptiness were killed in front of the people.


    If it is only a ghost, even if the strength is strong, everyone can fight it.


    But under the cover of ghosts, some demons who are good at hiding also secretly shot.


    All of you can return to the virtual world without considering anything else. Only you can show what you can and fight the enemy separately.


    When Huixu Da Neng met the enemy''s sneak attack, the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team originally scattered to hunt down ghosts.


    At this time, the ghosts launched a counterattack, like the tide of ghosts used from all directions, many of them strong.


    Among the massive ghosts, there are many sinister ghosts, ferocious demons and terrible demons


    It is well known that ghost practitioners in the ash world collude with ghosts, and evil practitioners collude with ghost practitioners.


    However, in the face of the siege of so many enemies all at once, including you return to virtual power, you still fell into a certain degree of panic.


    Everyone has a question in mind. Is this action to clean up ghosts a trap from beginning to end?


    Meng Zhang has now gone up to think about what''s going on.


    When many enemies appeared, Meng Zhang knew that not only the sweeping operation was a complete failure, but also it was difficult for everyone to escape.


    Needless to say, those Yuanshen Zhenjun in the team must have basically become victims.


    There may be some lucky ones who have left behind their elders and can get away with ascension.


    The six leading members of the team who are capable of returning to emptiness are the key targets of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of others. He made the right decision before everyone reacted.


    Anyway, everyone is a temporary teammate. It doesn''t matter at ordinary times. Meng Zhang has no psychological pressure to abandon his teammates.


    He repulsed the king of the golden corpse, and was about to flee upward.


    But he didn''t expect that there were people who reacted faster than him among these great powers of returning to emptiness.


    When the enemy attacked, the old ancestor of the Wang family left here immediately and fled quickly.


    Over the years, many monks of the Wang family have been forced to commit crimes and perform meritorious deeds because they have been implicated by Wang Defeng''s family.


    In previous operations, the ancestors of the Wang family, who were used as cannon fodder, were in danger many times and had long practiced their good ability to run for their lives.


    Unfortunately, this time, the old ancestor of the Wang family who returned to virtual hit an iron plate.


    Just as his body flew out, a huge head suddenly appeared in front of him.


    The head opened his mouth and swallowed the old ancestor of the Wang family.


    "This is a great demon at the Dharma level."


    Meng Zhang shouted in his heart and was so frightened that he quickly stopped his pace of escape.


    Fortunately, the king''s family returned to Xu''s ancestry to thunder for him.


    Obviously, the great devil of the Dharma phase level is hidden around, which is specially aimed at the return virtual power of your side trying to escape.


    Originally, the strength of the enemy now far exceeds that of its own team.


    Now there is such a great devil at the level of Dharma minister. No one on our side can resist it.


    With such a big enemy eyeing one side, even if you want to escape, it''s difficult.


    Meng Zhang is a very decisive guy. Knowing that the enemy is too strong to fight the enemy and escape in a normal way, he immediately had a new plan in his heart.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to run away, but turned and returned to the previous stone chamber.


    The old ancestor of the Wang family who returned to the virtual world has some strength at least. He doesn''t have any resistance at all.


    After the huge head swallowed it, it also took some time to disintegrate its last resistance and completely devour it.


    This has won a little time for Meng Zhang''s next action.


    There are two reasons why Meng Zhang doesn''t continue to escape.


    First, it was the huge head, that is, the Dharma phase released by the great devil. After swallowing the king''s family and returning to Xu''s ancestors, I still have enough strength to temporarily block the returning virtual powers who are trying to escape.


    Second, no one can guarantee that there are no other strong enemies in the ambush outside except the great devil at the level of FA Xiang.


    Since this road is impassable, Meng Zhang has to find another way.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the stone chamber, he stepped on the high platform and came to the huge black door.


    Behind this black portal is the origin of the world of ashes.


    A similar place is called Yuanhai in the Junchen world. Meng Zhang once entered it because of his mission.


    For returning to virtual power, there are many dangers in the source sea.


    If you stay inside for a long time, the great energy of returning to emptiness may be completely digested and absorbed by the source sea.


    Due to the heavy damage suffered by the ash world, there are more dangers in its origin of heaven and earth.


    Extremely violent source storm, completely disordered rules of heaven and earth


    Anyway, according to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the friars in the ash world dare not enter the origin of heaven and earth in the ash world.


    A long time ago, some great powers of returning to emptiness ventured into it and ended up with no bones.


    Since then, the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world has become a forbidden place for all monks to stop.


    Meng Zhang is almost desperate now.


    There are more dangers outside than this way out.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Junchen world, he had the experience of entering the source sea.


    Although he encountered many dangers in the source sea, he finally survived with his skills.


    He felt that he had these valuable experiences. Even if you enter the origin of the world of ashes, you should have a greater chance of survival.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if he was finally buried in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world, Meng Zhang was unwilling to fall into the hands of the great devil.


    Meng Zhang knew that when he was ambushed, he encountered a prepared Dharma level demon. Even if he could deal with one or two, he would still be unable to escape the enemy in the end.


    After all, this is the enemy''s home, and the enemy is more familiar with the situation.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to take a risk.


    This black portal can communicate the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world and absorb Reiki from it, but it can''t be passed directly.


    Meng Zhang Ran Yin and Yang and forcibly broke the door in front of him.


    He mobilized the power of space Avenue, directly shuttled through space and entered the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world.

 Chapter 1902

    Somewhere in the wilderness of the ash world, there are gullies everywhere, huge bottomless pits everywhere, and there is no vitality around.


    Because of the war that spread all over the world in recent years, the ash world has become more broken.


    Such a dilapidated scene has long been common.


    In some parts of the dusty world, even ghosts and demons can''t survive because the rules of heaven and earth are too disordered.


    Suddenly, there were violent spatial fluctuations in a huge pit, and then a human shadow flew out of it like lightning.


    As soon as he came to the ground, the figure suddenly fell to the ground, rolled, and then sat down on the ground.


    This man is Meng Zhang.


    He collapsed on the ground for a while before slowly regaining his spirit and standing up again.


    Meng Zhang looked up at the gray sky around the gray earth world, which made him feel particularly kind at the moment.


    He spent countless efforts and almost died before he finally escaped from the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world.


    So far, Meng Zhang is still terrified when he thinks of the dangers he has encountered before.


    If he had known that the origin of heaven and earth in the ash world was so dangerous, Meng Zhang might have made another choice.


    The origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world is called Yuanhai.


    That''s because the rich vitality of heaven and earth converges into an ocean.


    In the ash world, the origin of heaven and earth was seriously damaged due to the influence of the immortal war.


    Later, the major cultivation forces in the gray earth world wantonly created artificial spiritual veins, which absorbed the vitality inside and transformed it into spiritual Qi.


    Now the origin of the world of ashes has become a violent storm, which can devour all chaos


    Meng Zhang''s experience in the source sea of Jun dust world is almost useless and can''t help at all.


    What Meng Zhang can rely on, in addition to his cultivation, is his ability to adapt to circumstances.


    In addition, he can only listen to fate and give everything to the will of heaven.


    It''s probably Meng Zhang''s life.


    He has experienced countless dangerous situations in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world. It can be said that he has suffered all kinds of torture, suffered enough hardships, narrowly escaped death and survived many times.


    Finally, Meng Zhang seized an opportunity and successfully escaped from it.


    At this time, Meng Zhang looked haggard and felt exhausted.


    As a rule, he should have a good rest before he can fully recover.


    However, he did not care about recuperation.


    In the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world, the disorder of the rules of heaven and earth greatly affected Meng Zhang''s perception and confused his mind.


    Meng Zhang almost lost the concept of time. He didn''t know how long time had passed and how many years he had been trapped here.


    In the hazy, Meng Zhang just felt that time was passing quickly. He had spent at least hundreds of years in it.


    Bad luck. It''s possible that he''s been trapped for three or five hundred years.


    If you have been trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world for too long, maybe the friars in the quadrangular region have already moved away through the wormhole channel.


    In order to avoid the pursuit of Cloud City, the wormhole channel will be disposed of.


    Meng Zhang will not only lose the shortcut to quickly return to the Junchen world, but also face the powerful and ferocious friar of Yunzhong city.


    In the wilderness of the dusty world, the living environment is already very bad, and it is difficult for ordinary monks to survive.


    Even in cities and towns, we should vigorously promote the artificial spirit root technology and make everyone become monks in order to continue the human race.


    Where Meng Zhang is now, there is a poisonous miasma everywhere. The violent vitality of heaven and earth can easily lead ordinary monks to be possessed.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, no matter how bad the situation is, will not be greatly affected by the external environment.


    After a little rest, he began to calculate the current time.


    There are many ways for friars to judge their present time.


    The most commonly used is to observe the operation of stars and calculate the change of time.


    Although the sky of the dusty world is covered by all kinds of miasma all year round, we can''t see the stars in the void.


    However, some monks who have excellent eyesight and even practiced special pupil techniques can still see through the gray sky and observe the stars in the void through the thick miasma.


    In addition, many high-level friars are very sensitive to their own physical state.


    They can judge how long time has passed by sensing the passage of their own longevity.


    In a word, as long as Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness leaves the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world and gets rid of its influence, there are ways to judge how long time has passed.


    After some calculation, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    He has been trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world for less than 50 years.


    Before he was trapped, he learned about the progress of building wormhole channels at the top of the quadrangular region.


    Their construction work has just begun, and there are still many obstacles in raising materials.


    More than 50 years should not be enough for them to complete the construction work.


    The place where Meng Zhang left the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world was not the place where they were ambushed.


    The origin of the world of lime soil is located in the depths of the world, but it is connected with all parts of the world.


    Meng Zhang''s current position is far from the place where he encountered the ambush.


    Meng zhangfei went up into the air, identified the direction, and flew towards the location of Baishi city.


    Meng Zhang was trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world for so many years and lost all contact with the outside world.


    He is now eager to know what has happened in the ash world over the years?


    What happened to them when they were ambushed, and what follow-up did they have later?


    With these urgent ideas, Meng Zhang galloped all the way in the air.


    A few days later, he crossed a long distance and finally came to the original location of Baishi city.


    What he saw and heard along the way has made Meng Zhang guess.


    In many parts of the dusty world, there are scenes after the war everywhere.


    The whole world is in ruins.


    Many towns have long disappeared. The original location has become the wreckage of the battlefield, with little vitality.


    Judging from the remaining battlefield, these battles took place within decades, and these towns were destroyed within decades.


    The collapse of mountains and the subsidence of Plains can be seen almost everywhere.


    Many landmark mountains and rivers have long disappeared.


    From what we saw along the way, we can see what havoc the dusty world has suffered in recent years and how fierce the war is?


    When he got to the original location of Baishi City, even Meng Zhang couldn''t help being stunned.


    How could such a huge city disappear out of thin air.


    In the original location of Baishi City, a huge pit is left.

 Chapter 1903

    Looking at the original location of Baishi City, Meng Zhang was speechless for a while.


    Baishi city is the No. 1 Trade City in the ash world.


    It is not only prosperous and populous, but also suppressed by many powerful people.


    The official return to virtual power will not be mentioned for the time being. The total number of return to virtual power stationed in Baishi city by major forces may not be less than ten.


    After the high level of the quadrangular Star area began to track down the advance team of Yunzhong city and made up his mind to clean up the ghosts in the ash world, monks of major forces in the quadrangular Star area settled here one after another.


    Whitestone soon became the temporary headquarters of these great forces in the ash world, gathering a large number of monks from all sides.


    Apart from anything else, there are double-digit return virtual energy sitting here at any time.


    Among them, there is even the return virtual power at the Dharma phase level.


    But it was such a powerful city that it disappeared completely.


    It can be seen how fierce the battle was and how terrible the strong men who threw themselves into the battlefield.


    Despite the past years, there is still a trace of cruel smell around.


    Meng Zhang, who was sensitive, even felt a powerful breath that made him tremble.


    Meng Zhang has never seen a similar breath before.


    Jun dust world alone against many foreign invaders, there are countless fierce battlefields outside Jun dust world.


    However, with their strength, Meng Zhang may not leave such a terrible smell even if he tries his best.


    The breath that can frighten Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness will only come from the strong at a higher level.


    Meng Zhang was a little afraid and happy.


    At the beginning, I was desperate and forced to escape into the origin of the world of ashes. I was trapped for many years. Now it seems that this may not be a good thing.


    This made him miss the war and avoid a huge catastrophe.


    You know, monks like Meng Zhang are most likely to be used as cannon fodder and even abandoned children by Liuyun Shengzong at critical moments.


    Meng Zhang has a deep understanding of the behavior style of those seemingly bright and dignified bulk doors.


    Outsiders are always outsiders and will never get their real trust.


    When needed, outsiders are the first to be sacrificed.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was particularly concerned about Mu Xingtong.


    Although she is an external elder of Liuyun Shengzong, she is not a direct friar trained by Liuyun Shengzong.


    If the religious friar encounters crisis, she can also sacrifice and give up.


    Meng Zhang''s greatest concern is not mu Xingtong, but the agreement he made with yunlaozu.


    According to the original agreement, he will do his best to keep the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    Mu Xingtong is the real successor chosen by the ancestor Yun. She has all the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect.


    If Mu Xingtong had an accident in these years, Meng Zhang would be in great trouble.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t mean not to help Mu Xingtong, he was trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world. It was force majeure.


    However, Meng Zhang clearly remembers that he made an oath in front of the gold medal left by the immortal with old cloud.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang could not carefully observe the disappearance of Baishi City, but rushed back to the residence of Xingyun sword sect as soon as possible.


    The worst case happened. The residence of Xingyun Jianzong had long been in ruins.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t find anything valuable except the white bones on the ground.


    Although Meng Zhang had long discussed with Mu Xingtong, he could give up the Xingyun sword sect here when necessary.


    As long as Mu Xingtong is still there, the Xingyun sword sect can be inherited all the time.


    But now looking at the wreckage of Xingyun sword sect, Meng Zhang is still a little uncomfortable.


    Even if a dog is under his care for a period of time, he should have some feelings for it, not to mention a large number of families, which are full of living people.


    Funny, Meng Zhang still remembers how chaotic the inner part of Xingyun sword sect and how high-level intrigues


    The traitors hidden inside made old cloud''s head hurt.


    Meng Zhang once despised Xingyun sword friars who were not striving and making progress.


    But now, everything is gone.


    The residence of Xingyun sword sect has been completely destroyed. I''m afraid the monks in the gate have long been in danger.


    Of course, even if the Xingyun sword sect is completely destroyed and the inheritance is lost, Meng Zhang does not completely violate the original oath.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have any backhand.


    Meng Zhang had read the Sutra Pavilion of Xingyun sword sect and remembered almost all the classics.


    There are many secret traditions of the Xingyun sword sect, which were handed over to Meng Zhang before his death.


    Of course, the most confidential and superior Kendo inheritance of Xingyun sword sect should be on Mu Xingtong.


    The three boys who accompanied Yun Laozu during his lifetime had long been included in Meng Zhang''s Mustard space because of his good Kendo talent.


    Over the years, they have lived and practiced in mustard space.


    As Meng Zhang has provided sufficient resources and guidance from time to time, all three of them have advanced to the foundation construction period.


    With their talents, the foundation period is certainly not the end of their practice.


    As long as Meng Zhang takes the three of them as the core and collects a group of mortals with spiritual roots, he can easily establish Xingyun sword sect again.


    With Meng Zhang''s great power to return to emptiness, as long as he doesn''t provoke strong enemies, Xingyun sword sect doesn''t say to revive its prestige, at least it won''t be a problem to survive in the cultivation world.


    In this way, Meng Zhang did not break his original oath.


    Of course, before that, Meng Zhang needs to confirm whether there are other survivors of Xingyun sword sect.


    In particular, Mu Xingtong''s life and death whereabouts are his most concerned issues.


    Meng Zhang strolled around Xingyun Jianzong''s residence and found no more.


    He continued to fly away, ready to see the neighbors of Xingyun sword sect.


    The towns around Xingyun Jianzong have long disappeared.


    The situation may not be good with the Xiuzhen forces in these towns.


    Meng Zhang even flew to the place where Guchi villa is located.


    Like the residence of Xingyun sword sect, it has long been completely turned into ruins.


    However, Meng Zhang was keenly aware that there was not much residual breath of death here.


    Of course, it may be that time has passed for too long, and all kinds of breath began to dissipate slowly.


    After years of life and death, Guchi mountain villa has come to this point. If Mr. Yun knows under the spring, he doesn''t know whether to be happy or sad.


    Xingyun sword sect and Guchi mountain villa are on their way together.


    However, Meng Zhang is still there. There will be a day to rebuild the Xingyun sword sect in the future. I don''t know if Guchi villa can be rebuilt?

 Chapter 1904

    The two enemies of Xingyun sword sect and Guchi mountain villa are on the road together, but they are also accompanied on the huangquan road.


    I just don''t know whether the gratitude and resentment between them has been completely settled?


    Meng Zhang thought about it with self mockery.


    Leaving the area where Guchi villa is located, Meng Zhang continues to search for other towns and Xiuzhen forces, trying to get the latest information and understand what has happened in recent years.


    Meng Zhang made a big circle around the surrounding area, but he didn''t find any people.


    The original towns and the like have basically become ruins.


    In this process, Meng Zhang was attacked by ghosts and Demons many times.


    Although it is still broad daylight, all kinds of ferocious ghosts haunt everywhere.


    As long as Meng Zhang flew a little lower, a large number of ghosts poured in from all directions.


    These ghosts seem confused, but they are extremely ferocious.


    As long as you smell the breath of living people, regardless of the huge gap in strength between the two sides, you rush up with your life and death and vow to drown Meng Zhang.


    Among the ghosts, there are many kinds of demons hidden.


    These demons are more ferocious and cunning than ghosts.


    On weekdays, maybe these demons also eat ghosts.


    After discovering Meng Zhang''s more delicious food, the demons drove the demons to siege, and they were also secretly attacking.


    Meng Zhang is not a weak person in the great power of returning to emptiness for a long time.


    In these years, he was trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world, encountered many dangers and experienced countless hardships.


    However, these dangers, these hardships, he did not experience in vain.


    In the source of heaven and earth in the lime soil world, he had the opportunity to absorb many rare special auras outside, and even directly absorbed the essence of heaven and earth in the lime soil world.


    These grains are better than countless natural materials and earth treasures, which is of great help to Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    Meng Zhang not only made great progress in cultivation, but also made great progress in various magical powers and Taoism.


    In the violent origin of the world, he fully felt the bottom rules of the world.


    On the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth, it is simply rapid progress, thousands of miles a day.


    There are three levels in the period of returning to emptiness, which are generally divided into initial stage, middle stage and later stage.


    As for the Dharma of Meng Zhang in the period of returning to emptiness, none of them is the secret of each sect, which is the top inheritance.


    Heaven and earth method is very important to return to virtual power.


    Different heaven and earth Dharma phases are not only related to the way in the future, but also have great differences in combat effectiveness.


    If there is no corresponding method, forcibly condensing the heaven and earth Dharma, not only the probability of success is very low, but also it is difficult to condense the most suitable heaven and earth Dharma.


    In the inheritance left by Taiyi gate in its heyday, there is no Dharma gate that condenses the phase of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang has been fooling around in the cultivation world for many years and has not obtained the corresponding Dharma.


    It was not until decades ago that he and Yun Laozu agreed to keep the inheritance of Xingyun Jianzong that he obtained some inheritance secret books of Xingyun Jianzong from Yun Laozu.


    Among these secret scriptures, there is a method to condense the phases of heaven and earth, but it is not suitable for Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang is gifted in kendo, he also likes to study Kendo, but after all, he is a Dharma practitioner, and he is a Dharma practitioner majoring in the avenue of yin and Yang.


    If he wants to condense the phases of heaven and earth in the future, it''s best to be related to the avenue of yin and Yang.


    In the secret Scripture of Kendo given to him by Yun Laozu, there is a very special Kendo Dharma phase, which is not suitable for Meng Zhang at all.


    Meng Zhang''s chances of success are very low if he practices according to this method, and he will cut off the road in the future.


    As for the inheritance of Dharma practice, which is practiced by the most people in Xingyun sword sect, it is too inferior in Meng Zhang''s eyes. It is far less than the inheritance of Taiyi gate, let alone the Dharma gate that condenses the phase of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang is not without a solution to this problem.


    The last treasure house left by taiyimen in its heyday is hidden in the void outside the Jun dust world.


    Only when he returns to the Junchen world can he touch the treasure.


    According to past experience, most of the treasure can meet his requirements.


    In the past, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were not enough, and he did not dare to rush into the dangerous void.


    Now, he not only returned to the emptiness, but also wandered in the emptiness for many years and accumulated rich experience.


    As long as he can return to the star area where the Jun dust world is located, Meng Zhang has a way to obtain the treasure.


    With the completion of the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang was very eager to return to the star area where the Jun dust world was located.


    Meng Zhang has been in the dusty world for most of the day, but he still hasn''t found anyone.


    And as he wandered in the wilderness for a longer time, he actually attracted more and more ghosts and demons.


    Meng Zhang, who has made great progress in strength, is still comfortable even in the face of the siege of many enemies.


    And he is very fast. He doesn''t stay more in one place at all and doesn''t let his family fall into a siege.


    When he sensed the breath of the returning empty level corpse king in the distance, Meng Zhang suddenly accelerated and fled from his original position.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was also a little disappointed.


    Could it be that there is no human stronghold in the ash world?


    Holding the last hope, Meng Zhang flew high into the sky.


    He is going to fly out of the dusty world, and then use his magic power to look down on the whole world and see if he can find a human stronghold.


    If this is not found, he will have to leave the dusty world completely and go to the interior of the quadrangular region.


    The fierce vigorous wind is almost everywhere in the sky, and the miasma is like clouds, almost covering the whole sky.


    Because the lime earth world is too dilapidated, the barrier outside the world has long been riddled with holes and lost its original function.


    Meng Zhang easily crossed this barrier and came to the void outside the ash world.

 Chapter 1905

    Meng Zhang stood outside the dusty world, showed his pupil skill and looked down.


    I saw that the whole gray earth world was diffused with almost ubiquitous Yin Qi, mixed with a strong magic Qi everywhere, but there was no vitality.


    As for the aura and popularity, I can''t see it at all.


    Most of the original human towns have become ruins.


    The original owners of a few remaining human towns have long completely disappeared and become exotic paradise.


    Disappointed Meng Zhang took back his magic power and was preparing to leave.


    Suddenly, several lights and shadows flew here in the distance.


    The light and shadow flew to the end and showed several figures.


    The first figure is Meng Zhang''s long lost acquaintance, Taoist Yunbai.


    When they met here, they both felt a little sudden.


    I haven''t seen you for almost 60 years, and both sides are a little rusty.


    Seeing Taoist Yunbai''s wary appearance, Meng Zhang took the initiative to say hello.


    Next, Meng Zhang has a place to ask for help from Liuyun Shengzong. Naturally, he should lower his posture.


    Taoist Yunbai didn''t relax his vigilance and asked about Meng Zhang''s experience over the years.


    Even though they had known each other before and were quite familiar with each other, Taoist Yunbai still attached great importance to Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang has been missing for so long, and there is no news. Who knows whether he has taken refuge in ghost repair, or has simply been demonized by demon repair.


    Meng Zhang understood Taoist Yunbai''s concerns and was unwilling to misunderstand them.


    Meng Zhang calmly released his own defense and released his own Qi engine for Taoist Yunbai to check.


    Meng Zhang''s Qi machine is vast and powerful, with a breath of pure rhyme.


    Obviously, Meng Zhang is an authentic Taoist monk. His breath is pure and incomparable without any impurities.


    Meng Zhang selectively said a part about his experience over the years.


    He didn''t tell the whole story, but he didn''t tell a lie.


    In order to avoid the strong siege of demons, he had to escape into the origin of the world of ashes.


    Although he was trapped for many years and experienced countless dangers, he finally escaped by luck.


    As soon as he left the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world, he was ready to contact Liuyun Shengzong.


    After careful examination, Taoist Yunbai found no Yin Qi or magic Qi on Meng Zhang.


    Although he could not verify Meng Zhang''s experience, what Meng Zhang said and the situation he mastered could confirm each other. It seemed that he did not lie.


    After hesitating for a while, Taoist Yunbai still chose to believe Meng Zhang.


    After all, Meng Zhang was assigned to that team to complete the task of cleaning up ghosts, including some of his opinions.


    Meng Zhang''s team was in danger. Taoist Yunbai was not guilty, but he was still a little uncomfortable.


    It is also a good thing that Meng Zhang, who has been missing for a long time, returns.


    Since Taoist Yunbai chose to believe in Meng Zhang, he didn''t have so many precepts. He relaxed slowly.


    Meng Zhang was acutely aware of the change of Taoist Yunbai''s attitude, and finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    If Taoist Yunbai still refuses to believe him, he will be in great trouble.


    Since Taoist Yunbai began to accept Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang asked about these years in a little hurry.


    How did the dusty world become like this?


    Also, what happened when they were ambushed?


    Anyway, these things are no secret. Taoist Yunbai organized a language and began to tell it slowly.


    In those years, after Meng Zhang''s team was ambushed, most of the monks fell, and only a few lucky people escaped.


    From these lucky people, Taoist Yunbai and others knew the trace of the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    According to the conjecture of Taoist Yunbai and others, the advance team of Yunzhong City colluded with the demon repair and ghost repair of the ash world, and covered up their own deeds with the help of the power of ghosts.


    Meng Zhang''s team was besieged by a large group of enemies because they found the whereabouts of the advance team of Yunzhong City, which was like stabbing a hornet''s nest.


    Although Meng Zhang''s team suffered heavy losses and almost lost everything, it did not harm the overall situation.


    Their discovery is of great significance.


    Just as Taoist Yunbai and others began to gather all kinds of friars and prepare to take action, the whole dusty world changed suddenly.


    The advance team of Yunzhong city took the initiative to show up, tangled with all kinds of ghost repair and demon repair, led countless ghosts and demons, and launched large-scale attacks on Terran towns in the dusty world.


    Among the Terran forces in the dusty world, many have long taken refuge in the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    With the help of these insiders and the party leading the way, the Terran cities and towns in the gray earth world fell one after another, and the forces of repairing the truth one by one perished one after another.


    Taoist Yunbai and other friars from the top forces in the quadrangular region had to give up their original plan and actively organize resistance first.


    After wars, Taoist Yunbai suffered heavy losses and retreated one after another.


    Most of the cultivation forces in the whole dusty world were destroyed, and most of the whole world fell.


    In the past, I spent countless energy searching for the whereabouts of the enemy.


    Now the advance team of Yunzhong city takes the initiative to attack, but the four corner Star area can''t resist.


    As a last resort, Taoist Yunbai and others had to turn to the forces behind their own family for help.


    The resources produced by the ash world are very important, and the advance team of Yunzhong city is a great disaster and must be eliminated.


    Therefore, top forces such as Liuyun Shengzong deployed powerful forces to the ash world for reinforcement.


    In order to ensure their own advantages, the quadrangular Star area even sent out real immortals.


    After the reinforcements reached the ash world, they immediately fought fiercely with the enemies of all parties.


    It was thought that the real immortal could easily wipe out the enemy and restore the original state of the dusty world.


    But I didn''t expect that due to the help of the advance team of Yunzhong City, there was an extremely terrible existence among the local ghosts in the ash world.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the gray earth world are extremely disordered. Due to the efforts of ghosts and ghosts for many years, the Yang world in the gray earth world is affected by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, and many places are slowly transformed into ghost areas.


    Depending on the geographical advantage and making full use of the power of the ghost region, these terrible ghosts can barely compete with the real immortals.


    In this way, the war continued and developed towards a protracted war. The real immortals sent by the four corner Star area were also temporarily delayed.


    When the two sides were in a stalemate, the main force of the advance team of Yunzhong City, led by two real immortals, raided the wormhole channel under construction.


    Because many forces were transferred to the ash world, not only the nearby guard forces were greatly weakened, but also the teams building wormhole channels were greatly affected.


    Several real immortals who are wholeheartedly building wormhole channels are difficult to distract him, and their combat effectiveness is greatly affected.


    On the other hand, the advance team of Yunzhong city is obviously premeditated for a long time to successfully display its strategy and attack the East and the West.

 Chapter 1906

    Due to the proper strategy and sudden action, I saw that the plan of the advance team of Yunzhong city was about to succeed.


    Once they destroy the wormhole channel under construction, not only will several real immortals involved in the construction be seriously injured, but also the quadrangular Star area will not have enough ability to build the wormhole channel again in many years to come.


    At this time, the top leaders of the quadrangular region finally understood each other''s real purpose.


    The enemy is to destroy the wormhole channel under construction and prevent the escape of the friars in the quadrangular region.


    At that time, after the Cloud City really comes, many friars in the four corner Star area will have to face this terrible enemy.


    It''s strange to say that if Yunzhong city simply wants to plunder the resources of the quadrangular Star area, all the monks in the quadrangular Star area have moved away, leaving behind a big world without defense. Isn''t it more convenient for them?


    Why did they send an advance team and spend a lot of resources to prevent the four pointed friars from escaping?


    In any case, the unexpected action of the Cloud City advance team just hit the weakness of the quadrangular Star area and hit their weakness.


    Seeing that the wormhole channel being built was about to be attacked, the situation was at a critical juncture, and reinforcements from the quadrangular region appeared.


    Two real immortal level strong men from bimodal Star District helped repel the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Although peace is generally maintained between the bimodal star region and the quadrangular star region on weekdays, there are many disputes.


    After knowing that the city in the clouds was coming, the quadrangular Star area was ready to migrate secretly, which greatly dissatisfied the bimodal Star area.


    Fortunately, the top level of the quadrangular Star area, especially several real immortals, knew how to choose and choose, and spent a great price to stabilize the real immortals in the bimodal Star area.


    Yunzhong city can almost be called the public enemy of many big worlds in the void.


    In the face of the coming Cloud City, the quadrangular Star area and the bimodal Star area stand on the same front.


    For bimodal star regions, it is not a bad thing for quadrangular star regions to temporarily migrate to other distant star regions.


    The high-level on the other side of the bimodal Star area has long made relevant decisions. Before the cloud city falls into the quadrangular Star area, they try to close the wormhole channel between the two star areas.


    For the price paid by the top of the quadrangular region, the bimodal region is also willing to provide some help.


    Relying on the strong ones of Zhenxian level in bimodal Star area, they finally beat back the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    After the war, the top level of the quadrangular Star area found the real intention of the enemy, conducted in-depth reflection, and finally made a decision.


    Since the dusty world has become a big mire, which is difficult to recover in a short time, it''s better to give up completely and bring back the power there.


    The greatest function of the ash world to the quadrangular star region is that it can provide many precious resources, but this is not irreplaceable.


    The major forces in the quadrangular Star area have rich family background. If they really accumulate, they can fully meet their needs.


    Even if some materials cannot be collected in a short time, they can also be exchanged from the bimodal region at a cost.


    In a word, the action of the advance team of Yunzhong city almost frightened the senior management of the quadrangular Star area.


    They can give up many things, build adult hole channels in the shortest time and organize migration as soon as possible at all costs.


    The Terran friars in the dusty world began to evacuate quickly, leaving the world to the enemies such as ghost monks and ghosts.


    Of course, in order to prevent these enemies from killing out of the dusty world, the high-level of the quadrangular region has arranged a special team in the void outside the dusty world to monitor all kinds of situations inside.


    Taoist Yunbai has been in the ash world for many years and is familiar with the situation. He has also been arranged to lead a team to patrol outside the ash world all year round.


    Meng Zhang, who left the dusty world, happened to meet such an acquaintance he hadn''t seen for many years.


    The quadrangular region concentrates almost all the resources for the construction of wormhole channels.


    Not long ago, the wormhole channel was finally completed.


    The high level of the quadrangular Star area began to arrange the evacuation of major forces.


    Meng Zhang was lucky enough to catch up.


    Meng Zhang was filled with emotion after hearing the story of Taoist Yunbai.


    He didn''t think that he had been trapped for more than 50 years, and such a great change had taken place in the ash world and even the whole quadrangle Star area.


    The strength of Yunzhong city is really terrible. Only an advance team sent by Yunzhong city can set off such a big storm.


    If it were not for the timely assistance from the bimodal Star area, the situation in the quadrangular Star area would be unimaginable.


    Now that the wormhole channel has been successfully built, Meng Zhang asked his most concerned question.


    Liuyun Shengzong promised that he could pass through the wormhole channel. I don''t know if it has changed now.


    Taoist Yunbai hesitated for a moment before answering.


    Top forces like Liuyun Shengzong still care about their own commitments.


    If Meng Zhang has no other problems, Liuyun Shengzong will not break his promise in principle.


    Meng Zhang was relieved by Taoist Yunbai''s words, and the big stone in his heart finally fell to the ground.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and asked about Mu Xingtong and Xingyun sword sect.


    Meng Zhang''s identity on the side of Liuyun Saint sect is the ancestor of Xingyun sword sect. His problem did not surprise Taoist Yunbai.


    On these issues, Taoist Yunbai won''t hide anything.


    Let''s talk about Mu Xingtong first.


    Mu Xingtong was besieged by cold mountain temple experts and Demons when he was on a mission in the ash world.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t shot in time, she might have fallen.


    Later, Mu Xingtong and Meng Zhang investigated the attack on the flying boat team together.


    They found the target in the Wang family, but failed to relate it to Lengshan temple.


    After the disposal of the Wang family, Mu Xingtong was ordered to continue to track down the advance team of Yunzhong city.


    Mu Xingtong still focused on Guchi mountain villa and Lengshan temple.


    She spent a lot of energy, and even forcibly broke into the two doors to search, but she didn''t get any useful clues.


    This not only made the two sects very dissatisfied, but also complained to Liuyun Shengzong many times.


    Xingji sword sect directly came forward and accused Mu Xingtong of taking revenge for public and private affairs and deliberately planting a frame.


    Cold mountain temple experts besieged Mu Xingtong. It was a private feud between them.


    As for the cold mountain temple experts and Demons working together, it is not surprising.


    Due to the Dharma of Buddhism, many sects of Buddhism have the habit of turning magic into Mountain Gate Dharma protector.


    At present, the top level of the quadrangular Star area pays great attention to internal unity.


    Guchi mountain villa and Lengshan temple are not worth mentioning in the eyes of Liuyun Shengzong, but Xingji sword sect must pay attention to them.


    Mu Xingtong is not a direct friar of Liuyun Shengzong. Because of his personal gratitude and resentment caused by his origin and early experience, Liuyun Shengzong doesn''t care much.


    Now Mu Xingtong began to affect the business because of his personal gratitude and resentment, which naturally can''t.


    Therefore, Mu Xingtong was transferred from the ash world by Liuyun Shengzong.

 Chapter 1907

    Mu Xingtong was also a blessing in disguise. He was transferred from the ash world by Liuyun Shengzong and just avoided a series of subsequent changes.


    Otherwise, if she continues to stay in the ash world with her cultivation in the Yang God period, she will only have the life of cannon fodder.


    Bad luck. After several wars, my life should be reimbursed.


    Now Mu Xingtong is at the wormhole channel, responsible for organizing the work related to the migration of major forces.


    Hearing that Mu Xingtong had no accident, Meng Zhang felt very relaxed.


    It seems that the agreement between him and yunlaozu can continue more easily.


    Mu Xingtong is still there, and the inheritance of Xingyun Jianzong is still there.


    After saying Mu Xingtong''s current situation and talking about the situation of Xingyun sword sect, Taoist Yunbai couldn''t help sighing first.


    When there was a big riot among ghosts in the dusty world, many Xiuzhen forces were killed.


    Among them, there is Xingyun sword sect.


    The residence of Xingyun sword sect was conquered by ghosts, and the creatures in it were almost completely extinct.


    At this point, Taoist Yunbai was worried about Meng Zhang''s emotional excitement and gently comforted him, asking him to mourn and change.


    With his return to virtual ancestors, it is entirely possible to rebuild the Xingyun sword clan.


    Although he agreed with Mu Xingtong that he would give up Xingyun sword sect.


    After arriving at the residence of Xingyun sword sect, Meng Zhang also had some psychological preparation.


    However, Meng Zhang still sighed and even felt a little sad when he learned the accurate information from Taoist Yunbai.


    After chatting with Taoist Yunbai for a long time, Meng Zhang knew everything he should know. Meng Zhang wanted to end the conversation and wanted to leave here as soon as possible and return to the Junchen world through the wormhole channel.


    Taoist Yunbai didn''t mean to stop Meng Zhang, but asked Meng Zhang to go with him first so that he could register.


    There are some problems in the wormhole channel built by the high-rise buildings in the quadrangular Star area due to the rush.


    The main reason is that the wormhole channel is not very stable and the traffic capacity is limited.


    There are enough friars in the whole quadrangular region, not counting mortals.


    In addition, many great forces are trying to take away the mortals under their own rule. Friars from all walks of life also have many mortal relatives.


    For a moment, the wormhole channel began to be congested.


    Although the senior management of the four corner Star area has made great efforts to dredge, they can only alleviate it and can not solve it completely.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang only passes by himself, which is better arranged.


    Meng Zhang had no reason to refuse Taoist Yunbai and flew away with him.


    The two continued to talk along the way, and Meng Zhang got a lot of useful information.


    The men brought out by Taoist Yunbai didn''t disturb their conversation.


    In the void outside the dusty world, there are many virtual warships.


    Flying boats of different sizes are constantly cruising around.


    There is a monitoring team sent by the top level of the quadrangular Star area to monitor the trend of the ash world at all times.


    If the enemy on the dusty world shows signs of breaking out of the void, they should not only give warning in time, but also try to stop it.


    In addition, a large part of the forces evacuated from the dusty world and the population of their subordinates have not yet had time to move to the interior of the quadrangular Star area. They only temporarily live in the virtual battleship and continue to stay here.


    In fact, the order in which the monks in the ash world migrate through wormhole channels is very backward.


    Taoist Yunbai took Meng Zhang near a void warship.


    When he approached the empty warship, Meng Zhang felt a great consciousness sweeping over him.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. This vast level of consciousness was much higher than the great energy in the period of returning to emptiness.


    If he guesses correctly, he is a strong man at the true immortal level. Check him for any problems.


    Meng Zhang calmly removed his defense and let the other party check.


    A moment later, Taoist Yunbai probably received some signal and finally breathed a complete sigh of relief.


    Taoist Yunbai led Meng Zhang into the empty warship.


    Now that it has been completely determined that Meng Zhang has no problem, they can be regarded as old friends. Taoist Yunbai also valued Meng Zhang in those years.


    Now, Taoist Yunbai decided to take care of him a little.


    Taoist Yunbai told Meng Zhang that he would report his affairs to the superior in time.


    If there is no accident, Meng Zhang should be able to pass through the wormhole channel smoothly.


    Two days later, a virtual battleship will go to the wormhole channel.


    Meng Zhang''s journey on this empty warship can reduce a lot of trouble.


    No matter how urgent it was, Meng Zhang accepted Taoist Yunbai''s proposal in one or two days.


    So Meng Zhang settled down on the empty warship for the time being.


    Taoist Yunbai has a heavy responsibility. Naturally, he can''t be with him all the time.


    Taoist Yunbai arranged two little friars of the golden elixir period to guide Meng Zhang.


    After Taoist Yunbai left, Meng Zhang wandered on the empty warship under the leadership of two guides.


    On this empty battleship, many Terrans migrated from the dusty world were temporarily settled.


    Many cultivation forces in the ash earth world perished in the previous great changes.


    Among these forces, in addition to a small number of monks in the sect, some lucky people under their rule also survived.


    No matter what consideration, great forces such as Liuyun Shengzong can''t watch these Terrans fall into the hands of the enemy.


    For ghosts and demons, living Terrans are superior food.


    Therefore, before evacuating, all friars tried to rescue and migrate the Terrans and transferred them to the void warship outside the Jun dust world.


    Originally, these Terrans have their own attachment to the forces of truth cultivation.


    To some extent, they are the private property of their own Xiuzhen forces.


    But now, the cultivation forces to which they belong have perished, and they have become ownerless.


    In the cultivation world, population is wealth and a very important resource.


    If it were normal, these Terrans would have been divided up by other cultivation forces.


    However, these forces of truth cultivation who escaped from the dusty world are too busy for themselves.


    They don''t know when they can get through the wormhole channel and escape from the quadrangular region.


    They are temporarily staying in the battleship in the void, have no other income, and have been living on empty land. They are almost unable to support their families.


    If they want to support so many people, they really can''t afford such a heavy burden.


    Moreover, due to historical reasons, the Terrans in the gray earth world are basically monks implanted with artificial spiritual roots.


    These low-level friars have little effect, but their consumption is not small.


    If it''s in the dusty world, the mountain gate has a spiritual vein, and the sect gate has a stable income, it''s nothing to support them.


    But now, no Xiuzhen force is willing to carry such a package.


    The great forces led by Liuyun Shengzong have many innocent and reliable mortals who have been raised for many years in their own territory. They can''t look up to these cheap earth buns in the ash world.

 Chapter 1908

    The Xiuzhen forces who are willing to receive these people are unable to support them, and the Xiuzhen forces who are able to support them are simply despised.


    As a result, many people who migrated from the dusty world had to temporarily settle on these empty warships.


    Liuyun Shengzong and other decent sects still have a bottom line. It''s impossible to watch these people starve to death.


    They provided the basic materials needed for survival and supported them temporarily.


    At the same time, they also actively contacted various monks to see if anyone was willing to accept these populations.


    Almost all the cultivation forces in the quadrangular Star area are busy moving now. In fact, few people are willing to make extra branches on this bone eye and increase their own burden in vain.


    The population of the big world in the quadrangular region may not have time to move away, let alone others.


    The number of these people is quite a lot. Coupled with the reproduction and interest in recent decades, the number of people is still increasing.


    There are few monks and forces willing to accept these populations.


    In this way, there are many ownerless people left on the empty warships here.


    If the migration work comes to the end, these ownerless people really have no time to be transported through the wormhole channel. I''m afraid they have to stay in the big world inside the quadrangular Star area and be disposed of by the coming Cloud City.


    This group of ownerless people can be transported to the virtual battleship. They must have been checked and confirmed that there is no problem.


    Looking at so many ownerless people, Meng Zhang moved in his heart.


    Considering that Mu Xingtong still needs some people to rebuild the Xingyun sword sect in the future, Meng Zhang made some preparations for her.


    These people from the ash world are basically bottom practitioners with artificial spiritual roots and no future.


    Their greatest role is to undertake the work of factotum, serve high-level practitioners, reproduce and replenish new blood for various cultivation forces.


    After years of experience, various forces in the ash earth world have long found that people with spiritual roots, including man-made spiritual roots, are more likely to give birth to descendants with spiritual roots.


    Therefore, in a place like the ash world, the proportion of people born with spiritual roots is still very high.


    If this were not the case, the power of truth cultivation in the ash world would have been difficult to continue for a long time.


    The quality of such a population is still good, which is very suitable as the foundation of a family.


    Meng Zhang carefully selected about 1000 young men and women from the empty warships.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang doesn''t want to pick more. The remaining living space in his mustard space is limited.


    The monks here welcome Meng Zhang''s willingness to take the initiative to take over part of the population and reduce the burden of empty warships.


    They actively cooperated with Meng Zhang in selecting the population and let Meng Zhang send it into his mustard space.


    Mustard space is not uncommon among high-level practitioners, but mustard space that can allow creatures to survive in it is more valuable and rare.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s Mustard space has enough space for so many living people to survive, which is very cherished in the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang''s years of accumulation can also meet the material needs of these people.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has collected countless and various items, all of which have been put into mustard space.


    Those valuable things have long been carefully collected by Meng Zhang.


    There were also a large number of sundries. Meng Zhang was too lazy to take care of them and let them pile up there.


    Taking this opportunity, Meng Zhang asked these people to help him take care of the mustard space and clean up the sundries.


    After this, Meng Zhang waited patiently among the empty warships.


    Two days passed in a flash.


    Two days later, Meng Zhang embarked on a journey on a virtual battleship.


    After about half a month''s flight in the void, the void warship finally arrived at its destination.


    In the void at the edge of the quadrangular region, there are void fortresses, and void warships shuttle around.


    Since it was attacked by the advance team of Yunzhong city last time, the top level of the four corners has made every effort to strengthen the surrounding defense.


    The virtual battleship was successfully anchored in a virtual fortress.


    After Meng Zhang left the battleship, he prepared to contact Mu Xingtong according to the contact information provided by Taoist Yunbai.


    The original contact information between Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong is only applicable to the two people in the same big world.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that he would have to spend a little effort to contact Mu Xingtong.


    Unexpectedly, as soon as he left the virtual warship, he found Mu Xingtong waiting outside for a long time.


    I haven''t seen you for many years. Now we meet again here. They are both a little excited.


    After a few brief greetings, Mu Xingtong took Meng Zhang to a quiet place in the void fortress and slowly told his experiences over the years.


    In recent years, in order to strengthen the defense here, the major spiritual forces in the quadrangular Star area not only set up a void fortress here, but also tried to mobilize all friars here.


    Mu Xingtong is an external elder of Liuyun Shengzong. He is not only strong, but also has a strong ability to handle affairs.


    After she was transferred from the dusty world, she was soon arranged here to deal with some affairs.


    Just yesterday, she accidentally learned that Taoist Yunbai Xiang Liuyun Shengzong informed the senior management of Meng Zhang.


    Mu Xingtong was very happy to know that Meng Zhang did not fall into the dust world.


    She waited here early, waiting for Meng Zhang''s arrival.


    Meng Zhang also briefly described his experience of being trapped in these years.


    Meng Zhang was able to escape from the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world, and Mu Xingtong was somewhat surprised.


    Mu Xingtong had known about the destruction of Xingyun sword sect for a long time. They didn''t say much.


    During the conversation, Meng Zhang found that Mu Xingtong''s cultivation has made rapid progress over the years and is about to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    According to the usual practice of practitioners, monks who are about to break through the period of returning to emptiness should place the Yang God on a certain piece of heaven and earth.


    Generally speaking, if Mu Xingtong wants to break through the period of returning to emptiness, he''d better place his Yang God in a big world inside the quadrangular Star area.


    Now the cloud city is coming. I don''t know if Mu Xingtong has time to break through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Since Meng Zhang promised to continue the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect, he was naturally very concerned about Mu Xingtong''s cultivation.


    He directly asked Mu Xingtong how to deal with this matter.


    Mu Xingtong told Meng Zhang that the monks in the quadrangular Star area were about to move to the former star area. It is said that the conditions were good.


    When she arrived at the star area, she chose a big world to place Yang God and break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    When she becomes Huixu power, she will break away from LiuYun saint, try to be independent and re-establish Xingyun sword sect.


    She believes that she can make a career in the new world.

 Chapter 1909

    Meng Zhang fully respected Mu Xingtong''s choice.


    Although Meng Zhang agreed to Yun Laozu''s request, he was not a nanny after all. It was impossible for him to interfere with Mu Xingtong''s every decision and interfere with her every idea.


    Since Mu Xingtong is ready to do so, she must have sufficient confidence.


    The contact time between Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong is not long.


    However, according to Meng Zhang''s observation, this man is a determined and thoughtful figure.


    Sometimes, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but envy that yunlaozu could find such an excellent successor.


    In the Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has three disciples, and outstanding monks emerge one after another.


    But there are few people who can compare with Mu Xingtong.


    During the conversation, Mu Xingtong also told Meng Zhang.


    Guchi mountain villa and Lengshan temple did not lose much in the ghost riot because they were evacuated in time.


    The two sects will also move to the new star area.


    Mu Xingtong has mastered a lot of valuable information in dealing with common affairs in Liuyun Shengzong these years.


    Mu Xingtong was not very worried about the two families.


    As long as she can break through to the virtual period, she will have the strength to compete with it.


    Among many monks, sword cultivation is a kind of very powerful combat effectiveness.


    Mu Xingtong, a famous swordsman, not only has the indomitable will of swordsman, but also has a relatively flexible wrist.


    Meng Zhang''s only worry is whether Mu Xingtong can easily separate from Liuyun Shengzong.


    Mu Xingtong also told Meng Zhang that she couldn''t completely break away from Liuyun Shengzong.


    Even if Xingyun sword sect is rebuilt, she should at least keep the guest status of Liuyun Saint sect.


    The Xingyun sword sect will also exist as the vassal sect of Liuyun Saint sect.


    Since she chose to join LiuYun saint to accept asylum, she naturally has to accept such a price now.


    Of course, this is not a bad thing.


    As a vassal of Liuyun Shengzong, Xingyun sword sect will not be easily destroyed.


    Meng Zhang will soon return to the Junchen world. He is unable to grasp the future fate of Mu Xingtong and Xingyun sword sect.


    However, he believes that with the presence of Mu Xingtong, the survival of Xingyun sword sect should be no problem.


    He abided by his promise to cloud Laozu, and he can leave at ease.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Mu Xingtong and the reconstructed Xingyun sword sect have anything in the future, Meng Zhang can also use the inheritance of Xingyun sword sect to re-establish a Xingyun sword sect.


    After the two talked, Mu Xingtong began to help arrange Meng Zhang''s affairs.


    Liuyun Shengzong has moved many monks and mortals to the new star area.


    The new big world is waiting for them to occupy and develop, and there is a time when everything is waiting for prosperity.


    External elders like Mu Xingtong can also go there at any time to help deal with some common affairs.


    As for Meng Zhang, with the promise of Taoist Yunbai, he can go there at any time.


    To get through the wormhole, the real trouble is the huge virtual warship.


    Those empty warships carrying a large number of people and materials will take a long time and cause a great burden every time they pass through this wormhole channel.


    Individuals like Meng Zhang can easily get through the wormhole channel.


    As one of the top sects in the quadrangular Star area, Liuyun Shengzong has a great say in the passage of wormhole channel.


    Under the arrangement of Mu Xingtong, Meng Zhang directly takes Mu Xingtong and can soon pass through the wormhole channel.


    Meng Zhang was not Meng Zhang, but also a perfect monk in the early stage of returning to the virtual world. He soon overcame these problems and smoothly came to the new star area.


    The high level of the quadrangular Star area gives this brand-new Star area a bad name, called the exotic Star area.


    The name of this star area can actually express some of their ideas.


    In the hearts of most high-level officials in the quadrangular region, the quadrangular region is their real home.


    They are now only forced to leave their homes temporarily and go to a foreign land.


    One day, they will return to their original homes.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about the feelings of these people.


    He is here now, one step closer to returning to the Junchen world.


    There is only one big world in the alien Star area, and the big world is not very big.


    The quadrangular Star area originally had four complete big worlds. In each big world, there are many spiritual forces.


    It is conceivable that as immigrants from the quadrangular region slowly arrive here, the big world will become more and more crowded.


    In order to seize resources and living space, I''m afraid countless disputes will arise.


    Of course, these things have nothing to do with Meng Zhang who is about to leave.


    Meng Zhang and Mu Xingtong entered the big world.


    This big world has not been fully developed and still retains a lot of wild atmosphere.


    The resources here are very rich, including all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures.


    The real immortals who found this star area and this big world did not rush to develop it. They probably have a long-term vision and wait for the big world to grow slowly.


    The big world, like living creatures, will grow slowly.


    The more mature the world is, the more natural and local treasures it contains, and the higher other values it has.


    At the present level, Meng Zhang is far from being able to fully develop a big world and give full play to its value.


    Like the Junchen world in those days, it was jointly developed by several real immortals and handed down the orthodoxy.


    Mu Xingtong first went to Liuyun Shengzong''s residence in this big world to report and successfully accepted the task of dealing with common affairs.


    Meng Zhang handed over the three star yunjianzong boys and the 1000 young men and women to Mu Xingtong.


    With Mu Xingtong''s power and contacts in Liuyun Shengzong, it''s not difficult to find a place to settle them temporarily.


    In fact, from the long-term perspective of practitioners, they are not suitable to live in the incomplete small world of mustard space for a long time.


    Those ordinary men and women are just fine. The three promising boys had better live in the big world normally.


    Of course, these three boys are now adult monks in the foundation period. It seems that it is not appropriate to continue to call them boys.


    After the handover, Meng Zhang did not stay more in the big world, so he was ready to leave directly.


    His heart is like an arrow. He is not ready to wait until Mu Xingtong breaks through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Anyway, according to Meng Zhang''s observation, Mu Xingtong has a solid foundation, extraordinary talent and the protection of Liuyun Shengzong. It should be natural to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    After saying goodbye to Mu Xingtong, Meng Zhang left here and embarked on the way back to the Junchen world.

 Chapter 1910

    Outside the big world, Meng Zhang took out the high-speed divine boat, entered it, and began to urge it forward.


    Meng Zhang has used this extremely fast divine boat obtained from the monks of Gongshu family for many years.


    After use, Meng Zhang fully felt the beauty of this mechanism creation, which is far more useful than he thought.


    A major feature of mechanism creation is that it does not require high cultivation of the driver.


    As the name suggests, the super fast Shenzhou is a flying boat that pursues the ultimate speed.


    Even if the yuan God Zhenjun drives the extremely fast divine boat, he can play a speed no less than the ordinary return to emptiness power.


    Meng Zhang is able to give full play to his advantages when he drives the fast Shenzhou.


    Meng Zhang himself showed the speed of the great movement of the void in the void, which was far less than the speed of his long journey in the high-speed divine boat.


    From the alien Star area to the star area where the Jun dust world is located, if you basically follow a straight line and don''t encounter any accidents on the road, the ordinary return to virtual power will take about 40 or 50 years.


    Meng Zhang had a smooth journey without any obstacles.


    Moreover, he was sensitive and could find some risks hidden in the void early, so he avoided them far in advance and avoided being entangled or even trapped by them.


    It took Meng Zhang less than 30 years to finish this distant journey.


    Before departure, Meng Zhang accumulated enough materials, which far exceeded his consumption on the road.


    Busy on his way, he didn''t have much time to practice.


    And at the initial stage of returning to emptiness, he needs a new cultivation method to condense the heaven and earth Dharma.


    Now simple cultivation is not helpful to his cultivation.


    During the intermission on his way, Meng Zhang more savored the daozang he had read before, and seriously felt the supreme truth of heaven and earth contained in it.


    Over the years, although Meng Zhang barely maintained his daily meditation practice, his time for direct practice was limited, and his main energy was still on his way.


    However, when he was about to reach his destination, Meng Zhang felt that he had not wasted all these years and had made great progress in Taoism.


    As a Taoist monk, it is not a simple facade Kung Fu to recite the Taoist Scriptures and understand the Taoist collection carefully, but it is really good for cultivation.


    Many times, a difficult problem encountered in cultivation may be solved inadvertently when reading a Taoist Scripture.


    There are several big worlds in the star area where the Jun dust world is located.


    These big worlds have their own masters. The ten thousand demon world is controlled by the demon family, the hundred spirit world is the territory of the spirit family, the brute force world is the world of the barbarian family, and the Shenchang world is ruled by the gods.


    Together with the Junchen world dominated by practitioners and dominated by Terrans, there are five big worlds in this star area.


    This star region was originally an unknown star region at the edge of the void.


    After several real immortals arrived here, they named it dengtian Star area.


    This name actually contains the ambition of several real immortals.


    They want to ascend the celestial karma in this remote star area.


    Among the five big worlds in dengtianxing District, the most perfect and mature one has given birth to a brilliant big world of indigenous civilization, only Junchen world and Shenchang world.


    The other three big worlds were originally ownerless places, which were later occupied by demons, spirits and barbarians, and named by them respectively.


    There is a close relationship between the indigenous gods in Junchen world and Shenchang world.


    Later, the immortals swept away the Junchen world and established the rule of cultivators here.


    The gods of Shenchang world not only have the idea of revenge for their relatives and friends, but also have the psychology of dying with cold lips and teeth, so they have always hated the practitioners of Junchen world.


    The demons, spirits and barbarians of the other three worlds not only covet the resource rich world of Jun dust world, but also extremely hate the practitioners of Jun dust world.


    Among the five big worlds in the ascendant Star area, there are four big worlds, which are the enemies of the Jun dust world.


    In addition, foreign gods such as Hun Ling and Zun Shen were invited by Shenchang world to help boxing.


    Buddhist experts secretly coveting the Junchen world, great demons who have been wandering outside the Junchen world, and extraterritorial demons secretly infiltrating the Junchen world many times


    All these add up to the invaders from all sides that the Junchen world has to face.


    The cultivators in the Junchen world have few enemies. It''s amazing that they can persist for so many years.


    The ascendant Star area is a very vast Star area.


    The single theory occupies the region in the void, far above the bimodal star region and the quadrangular star region.


    Due to too many enemies outside and the intentional or unintentional restrictions of the sects of the major holy places, the friars in the Jun dust world have a low degree of exploration of the void.


    Even those great powers of returning to emptiness are mainly active in the area around the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang wandered into the void under the wrong circumstances this time. It was a long trip and greatly increased his knowledge.


    Such an experience is rare among the high-level friars in the whole Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang drove the high-speed Shenzhou to the outer area of the star area.


    He was not in a hurry to return to the Junchen world, but was ready to take out the treasures left by the ancestors of taiyimen in their heyday.


    The ancestors who left this treasure were also well intentioned and hid it in the void not far from God''s prosperous world.


    Shenchang world and Junchen world are enemies of life and death. Friars in Junchen world generally do not wander around Shenchang world for a long time.


    The various magical means of the gods and divine descendants in Shenchang world are relatively rough, and it is difficult to find the treasure carefully hidden by their Taoist means.


    After entering the Celestial Star area, Meng Zhang collected the high-speed Shenzhou and moved forward alone.


    He carefully hid his figure and tried not to reveal his whereabouts.


    In the ascendant Star area, there is a lot of excitement. There are many races and strong people from all sides.


    When leaving the Junchen world, the Junchen world was still besieged by various foreign invaders.


    Now over the years, I don''t know what the situation in Junchen has become?


    Generally speaking, the weak Junchen world is the common enemy of other big worlds in the ascendant Star area. Its overall strength is insufficient, and it can barely protect itself at most.


    In the past, there were deep contradictions among the other four big worlds and races, and conflicts often broke out.


    As for the countless demons led by the great devil, they are the public enemies of all big worlds.


    The enemies of the Jun dust world have consumed a lot of power, so that the Jun dust world can deal with it with ease.


    Before Meng Zhang left, these enemies from different backgrounds had temporarily joined hands to launch a large-scale attack on the Junchen world.


    The Junchen world with many cards should not be so easy to fall.


    However, the Junchen world has lost all its strongholds in the void, and the interior of the dengtian Star area is already the world of all kinds of foreign invaders.


    If a Terran cultivator like Meng Zhang reveals his deeds, he will be besieged by many enemies.

 Chapter 1911

    Meng Zhang approached Shenchang world carefully.


    Along the way, he occasionally found some teams of other races.


    Like the flying boat team of the demon family, he has met more than once.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, he is not afraid of these guys.


    If he wants, he can even destroy some of them easily and without making any noise.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to make trouble. Every time he met a team of other races, he avoided it in advance and tried to hide himself.


    His main goal now is to take out the treasure left by taiyimen ancestors as soon as possible.


    Only in this treasure can he find the method he needs to condense the phases of heaven and earth, and his cultivation can enter the next stage.


    The vast world is not as important as his practice and his future.


    As for others, they are unimportant details.


    Meng Zhang lingered for a long time in the inner space of the ascendant Star area. In order to avoid being found, he rarely used even the great movement of the void.


    It took him several months from the edge of the celestial region to finally come to a place not far from the treasure.


    Meng Zhang''s mind was very calm. The closer he was to the destination, the more cautious he was, and the more he dared not be careless.


    Among the materials left by taiyimen in the heyday obtained by Meng Zhang, there is a general situation of this treasure.


    He hid in a small group of meteorites and quietly looked at the emptiness ahead.


    The treasure of Taiyi gate is hidden in this void.


    Meng Zhang needs to be a little closer before he can use the taiyimen secret method, resonate with the void and sense the hidden taiyimen treasure.


    But Meng Zhang can''t move on now.


    Just now, his keen perception made him feel something wrong.


    Meng Zhang immediately changed his direction and hid in the nearby meteorite group, completely hiding his body shape.


    After hiding himself first, Meng Zhang could carefully observe the situation around him and wanted to find out what touched his feelings.


    Under Meng Zhang''s careful observation, he soon found a clue.


    Near the void ahead, two faint waves came.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, there are two great powers of returning to emptiness hidden nearby.


    These two return to virtual power hide very well. They have changed a slightly dull and careless friar of the same level. Here, they may not be able to find them.


    It''s absolutely no coincidence that the two return to emptiness can hide near the treasure of taiyimen.


    They either covet the treasure of taiyimen, or wait for the arrival of the treasure collector, or both.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know his opponent''s strength and didn''t mean to start rashly.


    Even if he doesn''t necessarily lose to these two guys, once there is a big noise and attracts the gods and even gods in Shenchang world, it will be a big trouble.


    It is too close to Shenchang world. There are several strongholds of Shenchang world nearby.


    Generally speaking, after being strong enough to enter the void, all creatures in the big world will build strongholds near the big world, slowly explore the void and develop the resources in the void.


    The strength of Shenchang world is not weak. It can completely grasp the void near the big world and regard it as a territory.


    Including Meng Zhang''s hiding place, which is completely controlled by Shenchang world.


    Individual people''s return to emptiness can sneak here. As long as they are not found by Shenchang world, there is not much problem.


    But once there is too much noise, it is bound to touch the sensitive nerves of Shenchang world and attract the intervention of the strong.


    The most powerful indigenous gods in Shenchang world can even compete with real immortals in their own divine domain.


    Even if they leave the divine realm and their strength drops sharply, the strength of these indigenous gods is far more than the ordinary return to virtual power.


    From beginning to end, Meng Zhang''s goal was the treasure left by taiyimen ancestors, and he didn''t want to give birth to other twists and turns.


    But looking at the current situation, he really has no way to enter the front unconsciously.


    Meng Zhang hid among the meteorites and waited quietly.


    His waiting was a full ten days.


    The two hidden back to emptiness powers, without any other action, are so silently hidden in the dark.


    In terms of Shouyuan who returns to virtual power, even if the other party has been hidden here for decades or even hundreds of years, it is not a big deal.


    However, Meng Zhang was still thinking about the situation of Jun dust world. He really didn''t want to delay outside for too long.


    But without solving these two guys, Meng Zhang can''t safely take out the treasure.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. He was still not suitable to directly expose his deeds. He had better think of another way.


    Every once in a while, in the void around Shenchang, there will be a team led by the divine race to patrol.


    Shenchang world did not relax its own defense when it allied its allies to attack Junchen world.


    This is not just to defend the Junchen world, send cultivators to surround Wei and save Zhao and fight back against the Shenchang world.


    For those temporary allies, the Shenchang world is also full of vigilance.


    In the ascendant Star area, only the gods of Shenchang and Junchen are the real aborigines.


    The cultivators in the Junchen world, the demon families in the ten thousand demon world, the barbarians in the brute force world and the spirit families in the hundred spirit world are all foreign invaders.


    For the great demons of the devil Road, the God descendants and even gods in the Shenchang world are full of instinctive fear.


    It is uncertain when a temporary ally will become an enemy.


    Therefore, when Shenchang sent an army to attack Junchen, it had reservations. Moreover, during the war, the defense against the nest was strengthened.


    Shenchang world also has a bright local civilization. Some gods and their descendants who are skilled in creation have the ability to build boats cruising in the void.


    The flying boats in Shenchang world are unique and completely different from the common flying boats in Junchen world.


    A special flying boat formed a parade team, constantly cruising in the void outside the Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang saw these flying boat teams and soon had an idea.


    Meng Zhang''s figure quietly disappeared in the meteorite group.


    A patrol consisting of several flying boats happened to pass nearby.


    Suddenly, the leader of the flying boat team, a god descendant who returned to the virtual level, noticed a trace of unnaturalness.


    He was not careless, but responded immediately.


    The advancing flying boat team stopped immediately at his command.


    He carefully observed that a slight undetectable fluctuation was moving rapidly to the side.


    At his command, the whole flying boat team immediately chased in that direction.


    However, in a short time, the flying boat team came to the area where the two return to emptiness can hide.


    At this time, the wave, which was so weak that there was almost no trace, disappeared.

 Chapter 1912

    Just when the flying boat team was a little overwhelmed up and down, a huge meteorite suddenly appeared in front and swept this way.


    The route the meteorite passed was just where one of them could hide.


    This is not a natural meteorite, but a powerful blow imposed by Meng Zhang.


    Under such an attack, the great power of returning to emptiness really couldn''t hide, so he had to resist the attack first.


    The meteorite burst in the air, and the great power of returning to emptiness appeared in the sight of the God descendant.


    Although I don''t know how the other party hid nearby and why it was so inexplicably exposed, as long as I found the Terran cultivator, the divine descendant immediately commanded the flying boat team to rush over and launch a crazy attack.


    The great power of returning to the virtual world greeted him without showing weakness and shouted.


    "Yu Ci, old man, hasn''t come out to help yet."


    With a loud shout, another Huixu Daneng appeared and just appeared behind the flying boat team.


    "But Lao Jue, you''re so arrogant in watching Tiange. Why do you still need my help?"


    This great energy of returning to emptiness named Yu Ci is unforgiving. He is not relaxed at all. As soon as he shows up, he will kill this patrol team.


    The great power of returning to emptiness, known as the only Taoist priest, snorted with disdain. He didn''t say much. He just put more force on his hand and tried to solve the flying boat team in front of him as soon as possible.


    The two great powers of returning to emptiness attacked the flying boat team almost at the same time.


    Except for the first God race, all the others on the flying boat are servants.


    They can fight against the true monarch of the yuan God and even the true monarch of the Yang God. But in front of the great power of returning to emptiness, it is almost vulnerable.


    In the face of opponents of the same level, the first God did not give full play to his strength.


    Among many cultivation systems, the Taoist cultivator system is very powerful and among the best.


    The two back to virtual powers present are old-fashioned back to virtual powers who have experienced many battles, especially Wei Jue Lao Dao, who was born in the holy land of guantian Pavilion.


    When they joined hands, they saw the surrounding void shaking violently, and countless strange golden blades fell from the sky and crashed into the flying boat team.


    The level of strength of this divine descendant is not weak, but there are too few magical means and insufficient experience against the enemy.


    But in a moment, all the flying boats in the whole team were destroyed.


    The rider on the flying boat turned directly into powder.


    Only the divine descendant who returned to the virtual level was still reluctantly resisting the attack of two strong enemies.


    At this time, he regretted it.


    After discovering the abnormal situation, you should not be greedy for work and bring the team alone. Instead, you should inform the rear in time, wait for the reinforcement from the rear, and then come together to deal with it.


    There is no regret in the world. No matter how regretful he is, when he is surrounded by Jue Laodao and Yu Ci, his fate is almost doomed.


    An unwilling scream sounded, and the divine descendant was finally killed.


    However, before he died, he finally sent a distress signal.


    Successfully eliminated the opponent, there was no fish in the net, but there was no joy on both faces.


    But he felt that the old Taoist''s face was cloudy and sunny, and his eyes kept looking around.


    "Someone is making trouble in the dark. It''s a good move to drive the tiger and swallow the wolf."


    Old man Yu Ci is even more anxious to jump.


    "I beat wild geese all day, but I didn''t expect to be pecked in the eyes by wild geese."


    "You and I can be regarded as a seasoned old Jianghu, but we still fall into the calculation of others."


    But Lao Dao and old man Yu Ci are not blind. They have been watching the situation just now.


    Although Meng Zhang hid his figure, some small movements he made could not escape their eyes.


    The reason why they don''t attack immediately now is that they haven''t found the whereabouts of Meng Zhang yet.


    Second, they don''t know the details of the troublemakers and are thinking nonsense.


    "But Lao Jue, you should know exactly what this sneaky guy is aiming at."


    "There are many people in Tianguan Pavilion. When did you leak the news?"


    Old man Yu Ci said gloomily.


    "Don''t be presumptuous. Don''t talk nonsense. I''ve always been strict about the style of the Tiange. How can we leak the news."


    But Jue Lao Dao first denied it loudly, and then put forward his own guess.


    "Some time ago, someone in the door came to visit me."


    "According to him, taiyimen has revived in recent years and has a momentum of revitalization."


    "This attracted the attention of the middle and high levels of the door. They tried to do something."


    "However, the response in the door is too slow, and the climate in taiyimen has become."


    "If you want to deal with taiyimen again, you must fight hard."


    "Now the situation in the Junchen world is special and it is not suitable to trigger large-scale fighting."


    ¡­¡­


    After hearing the words of weijue Laodao, old man Yu Ci blinked.


    "Old Taoist, do you mean that the guy who made trouble secretly this time is likely to be the remnant of Taiyi sect?"


    But he nodded and looked tight.


    "How did the guy from Shenchang come so fast?"


    The two of them just destroyed the patrol and killed the divine descendant. They knew that the news had been received from Shenchang world and would send reinforcements.


    The two of them are going to stop for a while, try to find out if they can find the troublemaker, and then move quickly.


    But the follow-up team of Shenchang world came too fast. It''s too late for them to dodge now.


    But as soon as the old Taoist priest''s voice fell, a large-scale flying boat team appeared in their sight.


    In front of the flying boat team, there are three fierce God descendants of returning to the virtual level.


    But Lao Dao and old man Yu Ci looked at each other and knew that it was meaningless to continue fighting.


    The Terran''s return to emptiness can sneak into the vicinity of Shenchang world and destroy a patrol team.


    After receiving the news, the senior level of Shenchang must be facing a great enemy.


    Maybe this is the counterattack organized by the practitioners of Jun dust world. We must not be careless.


    As a result, reinforcements were soon sent to determine the specific situation of the enemy.


    But Lao Jue and old man Yu Ci have confidence in themselves again. After revealing their deeds, they dare not stay here too long.


    This is the control area of Shenchang world. Maybe it will attract indigenous gods at any time.


    They both flew to the distance and tried to escape here.


    Seeing that the enemy was about to run away, the morale of the divine race was greatly boosted, and the whole team rushed forward.


    Facing the enemies coming from all directions, he felt that the Taoist priest and old man Yu Ci had neglected each other and began to disperse and break through, trying to fight a way of blood.


    In this way, the two sides fought and walked, slowly leaving the area.


    But he felt that Lao Dao and Yu Ci ran away in front of him.


    Some enemies are in hot pursuit behind, and some are encircling from the side

 Chapter 1913

    These guys have just left here. Meng Zhang, who has been hiding his body, suddenly appeared here.


    Meng Zhang glanced around and confirmed that there was no ambush, so he began to do it immediately.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to release the breath of his major skill "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth", and according to the records left by Taiyi gate in the heyday, he used the secret method, rolled up his Taoist Qi strength, and tried to hit the surrounding void according to a special rhythm.


    After a moment, the surrounding void reacted as if it resonated and vibrated.


    With an invisible wave, an unfathomable black hole split in front.


    The black hole is not very big and can only accommodate one person.


    Meng Zhang can clearly feel that there is a very familiar and friendly atmosphere in the black hole.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and suddenly jumped into the black hole.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s body entered the black hole, the black hole immediately disappeared, and all the surrounding visions disappeared without a trace.


    After a while, however, Lao Dao and old man Yu Ci flew over from a distance.


    These two old foxes are not fuel-efficient lamps.


    After knowing that someone was playing tricks in secret, they kept it in mind.


    After being chased and killed by the team from Shenchang world, they led the pursuers around in a big circle and took the opportunity to get rid of all the pursuers.


    Then they immediately turned back and wanted to catch the troublemaker.


    But they came a little late and just missed Meng Zhang.


    Looking at the vision that had just disappeared, they shook their heads in frustration.


    They have been waiting here for many years, waiting for the guy who escaped from taiyimen, trying to seize his treasures and inheritance.


    But this guy hid so well that they didn''t dare to make too much noise. They had to wait here quietly.


    But they really didn''t expect that after waiting for so many years, they were still one step behind in chess.


    Old man Yu Ci was about to say something, but he shouted.


    "The pursuers are coming again. Let''s get out of here first."


    Old man Yu Ci murmured, "when did all the fools in Shenchang become smart?"


    They didn''t dare to stay more and immediately began to run away again.


    After a few breaths, several divine descendants appeared where they were.


    They simply looked around and didn''t find any abnormal conditions, so they put it down temporarily and continued to chase after the two Terran friars who escaped.


    As soon as the two sides pursued and fled, their figure soon disappeared.


    Meng Zhang jumped into the black hole and whirled around like a piece of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang had a strange sense of familiarity and quickly responded. Here is the gap between positive space and anti space.


    Positive space is the space where Meng Zhang lived.


    Anti space is the opposite of positive space, which is a very strange space.


    The practitioners of truth should make use of the existence of anti space to move the void and make a long journey in the void.


    When Meng Zhang was wandering in the void, it was because he was lost in the anti space that he fell into the extremely distant star area.


    The gap between positive space and anti space is a very strange and vast space. It''s a good place to hide some special items.


    Of course, just like this, we can''t completely escape the search of two returning virtual powers.


    After entering the gap between positive space and anti space, Meng Zhang found a special portal along the familiar breath guidance.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately stepped into the door.


    Behind the portal is a world completely independent of the outside world.


    This is a small world, a small world that is constantly moving and hidden.


    Meng Zhang took a few steps in this small world and came to a hall.


    In the middle of the hall, an old man stood with his hands behind his back, looking at Meng Zhang who came in.


    "The younger generation of taiyimen, you finally came."


    "Although you came much later than I thought, you finally came."


    The old man closed his eyes as if he were sensing something.


    After a long time, he finally opened his eyes and sighed.


    "Sure enough, it''s the smell of the sect that I haven''t seen for a long time. This is the pure Taiyi sect''s direct skill."


    "Well, it''s true that heaven will never die. My Taiyi gate has successors."


    "Your coming here shows that you have passed many tests and inherited the inheritance of taiyimen."


    Listening to the old man in front of him, Meng Zhang just listened quietly without any response.


    Meng Zhang''s face showed a trace of sadness.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, when he entered here just now, he saw through the details of the old man in front of him.


    This old man must have been an elder of Taiyi sect, and he was a rare return to emptiness power in the sect.


    Finally, I saw the great power of taiyimen''s return to emptiness in its heyday. I can solve many doubts in my heart and may also get many benefits. Meng Zhang should be happy in his heart.


    Unfortunately, the old man in front of him is not a living man, but a residual shadow left by his obsession after the fall of Huixu great power.


    Although there was no exact information before, Meng Zhang had long guessed that taiyimen in its heyday should have the power of returning to emptiness.


    You know, every great power of returning to emptiness is a real big man in the cultivation world. It can even affect the rise and fall of a clan and determine the situation of a region.


    In its heyday, taiyimen had a great reputation and could dominate the Middle Earth.


    However, no one has ever mentioned the exact news about the great power of returning to emptiness in his door.


    The news that Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion in its heyday was later known by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had too many questions about taiyimen in its heyday.


    According to the information left in the door, Meng Zhang finally came to this place and saw the trace of Huixu power in the door.


    Although the great power of returning to emptiness has fallen, it should be possible to obtain enough information from the shadow left by him to solve the questions in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Although he knew that the shadow had no independent consciousness or even instinctive reaction, and just acted according to the instructions left during his lifetime, Meng Zhang respectfully made a big gift to show his respect for the great power of the elders in the door.


    "Young man Meng Zhang, I''d like to see you."


    "I have many questions in my heart. I have to ask my predecessors for advice."


    The shadow seemed not to hear Meng Zhang''s words at all, but continued to speak.


    "You can get the information I left and find here smoothly. You still have some skills."


    "If you can enter here, you should at least have the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness."


    "Such a cultivation level is barely qualified to accept the real inheritance of taiyimen."


    "Of course, whether you can accept the real inheritance of taiyimen depends on whether you are willing to accept the concept of taiyimen and fight for the ideals of taiyimen ancestors."

 Chapter 1914

    "Now, I''ll tell you the history of taiyimen first, and then see how you choose."


    After the old man said that, with one hand, a ball of light broke away from him and flew towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stop and let the light ball fall into his body.


    This light ball does not contain power, but a simple collection of information.


    A moment later, Meng Zhang had countless more information in his mind.


    The main content of this information is to introduce the original origin of taiyimen.


    The inheritance of Taiyi gate can be traced back to the fairy world of Taiming.


    In this universe, the Taiming fairyland is a more powerful world than the Lingkong fairyland.


    The Taiming fairyland is similar to the world dominated by other practitioners. Many large and small practitioners dominate the whole world.


    Of course, there is no lack of real immortals, celestial immortals and even golden immortals in such a powerful world as Taiming fairy world.


    Tens of thousands of years ago, a powerful golden immortal called Taiyi was dissatisfied with the original ruling order of the Taiming fairy world, trying to subvert the Taiming fairy world and re-establish a new ruling order.


    Jinxian is the top existence of the Taiming fairy world and the ruler of the whole world.


    As a member of the ruler, Taiyi Jinxian may not be a big deal if he just plays the game of hegemony and changes the power pattern of the Taiming fairy world.


    But he tried to completely subvert everything, almost to change the whole Taiming fairy world.


    This not only seriously damaged the interests of the original ruling class of the Taiming fairy world, but also had a dispute with other golden immortals.


    Thus, a great war that affected the whole Taiming fairy world broke out.


    Taiyi Jinxian became the public enemy of Taiming fairy world and was besieged by almost all immortals.


    One after another, the golden immortals joined the battle one after another, and all stood on the opposite side of Taiyi golden immortals.


    The fierce battle killed and injured countless creatures in the Taiming fairy world, and even the whole world was almost broken.


    In the end, Taiyi Jinxian''s disciples were almost killed, and he himself was defeated by other Jinxian.


    When cultivation reaches the level of golden immortals, it is basically immortality and never fall.


    Even if several golden immortals work together, they can''t completely kill a golden fairy.


    In desperation, several winning Jinxian can only suppress Taiyi Jinxian, hoping to slowly erase it through a long time.


    Of course, if you want to completely destroy the spirits of too one golden immortal, I''m afraid you have to wait until the end of the life of this universe.


    Although Taiyi Jinxian was suppressed, his disciples and grandchildren had long been killed.


    But as a golden fairy, he has all kinds of incredible means.


    Taiyi Jinxian condensed a lot of information and spread it towards the whole universe.


    Some gifted people may get this information by chance.


    The founder of Taiyi gate was originally an insignificant little monk in a big world subordinate to Lingkong fairy world.


    In a dream, he accidentally got some information from Taiyi Jinxian.


    With the help of this information, he quickly grew into a true monarch.


    The founder of Taiyi gate has the ambition to make a career.


    However, in the big world where he was originally located, all classes have been completely solidified, and all interests have been divided up by the forces of truth cultivation, large and small.


    Although he successfully advanced the yuan God Zhenjun, he was far from being able to challenge the original order.


    His best way out is to take refuge in other big forces and become a guest minister.


    Even if he is independent, he will inevitably become a vassal of others.


    Ambitious, of course, he was unwilling to accept such a fate.


    Even if he only received a little inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, it brought him enough ambition.


    Just at this time, a group of true immortals jointly conquered the Junchen world. Monks from all sides are welcome to develop in the Junchen world.


    It was at that time that the founder of Taiyi gate came to the Junchen world with a group of disciples and grandchildren.


    The Junchen world, which has just been opened up, has enough space for practitioners to play.


    The main purpose of the group of true immortals to introduce various practitioners is to completely clean up the aborigines of Jun dust world, establish a rule order dominated by practitioners here as soon as possible, and bring Jun dust world into the system of Lingkong fairy world.


    The founder of Taiyi gate led a group of disciples and grandchildren to cut through thorns and thorns here and create the foundation of Taiyi gate.


    The founder of Taiyi gate has limited qualifications, and his accomplishments are limited to the Yuanshen period.


    However, his ability was super strong, he managed taiyimen very prosperous, and laid a good foundation for future generations.


    After the founding of Taiyi gate, everything in Taiyi gate is booming. The descendants of Taiyi gate are stronger than each other, and the whole sect is growing day by day.


    In its heyday, taiyimen came out in large numbers and had three ancestors who returned to the virtual world. They were able to dominate the Middle Earth.


    At this time, the Taiyi gate, even those holy places, dare not underestimate.


    In many ways, taiyimen can already participate in the game between holy land and zongmen.


    As for what happened later in taiyimen, Meng Zhang had already known about it.


    Due to the guantian Pavilion, Taiyi gate flourished and declined, and was completely destroyed.


    Among the information he just got, there were more details when he killed the door that year.


    It seems that guantian Pavilion learned some of the foundation of Taiyi gate from some channel and that it inherited some of the inheritance of other fairyland.


    The founding purpose of guantian Pavilion is to observe heaven and hold the way of heaven. It often regards itself as the spokesman of heaven.


    The way of heaven here is not the way of heaven in Jun dust world, but the way of heaven in Lingkong fairy world.


    Taiyimen accepted the inheritance of other fairyland and violated the taboo of guantian Pavilion.


    At the same time, guantian Pavilion itself is also interested in the inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi gate has three ancestors who returned to the virtual world.


    Before dealing with taiyimen, we must find a way to deal with the three ancestors who returned to the virtual world.


    Otherwise, once they retaliate, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    One of the three ancestors of Taiyi sect who returned to the void was called up by the heavenly palace to go to the void to resist foreign invaders.


    The holy door of guantian pavilion has a strong influence in the heavenly palace.


    It can even be said that a large part of the power of the whole heavenly palace is jointly controlled by the major Holy Land sects.


    Guantian Pavilion only needs to make some interest exchange with other holy land sects, and can quietly borrow the name of Tiangong to order the return of Taiyi gate.


    The old ancestor who returned to the virtual world was not aware of it for a moment. He was sent to the most dangerous place and finally fell into the hands of foreign invaders.


    The same door fell, and Taiyi door was in great grief.


    The foundation of the clan will be shaken by the loss of a returning ancestor.


    Because in the battle against foreign invaders, from time to time, the great power of returning to the virtual world of Jun dust falls, so there is not much vigilance on the side of Taiyi gate, and guantian Pavilion can smoothly carry out the next plan.

 Chapter 1915

    The top level of Taiyi gate is not stupid. Before having the power to challenge the Holy Land Sect gate, Taiyi gate still needs to hide its strength and slowly accumulate strength.


    Therefore, the three ancestors of Taiyi sect who returned to the virtual world have always been very low-key and rarely stay in the sect.


    Either wandering outside or hiding in the cultivation world


    Even many friars of Taiyi sect don''t know that there is the ancestor of returning to emptiness in the sect.


    These three ancestors who returned to the void are the cards of Taiyi sect and the secret mace of Taiyi sect.


    Unfortunately, the foundation of Taiyi gate has long been seen through by the deliberate guantian Pavilion.


    Soon after, another ancestor of Taiyi sect who returned to the virtual world fell in the Jun dust world.


    Due to the close monitoring of the heavenly palace, the Jun dust world is not allowed to easily break out the return to virtual war.


    When the Terran''s return to virtual power stays in the Jun dust world, all aspects will be greatly limited, and they are not allowed to take the initiative.


    As for the existence of the remaining return virtual power level of the alien race, it has long become a street mouse and doesn''t dare to show up easily.


    Of course, all regulations need to be implemented by people, so there is room for loopholes.


    Nothing else, just what Meng Zhang knows. Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power has openly shot in the Junchen world for many times. But in the end, it was not raised high and fell gently, but only received some light and heavy punishment.


    The power of guantian Pavilion in the heavenly palace is stronger and has more means than Ziyang Shengzong.


    Therefore, an old ancestor of Taiyi sect who returned to the virtual world mysteriously fell in the Junchen world, which he thought was very safe.


    At this time, even if the top level of taiyimen is dull, they all know that things are wrong.


    The three ancestors who returned to the void lost two successively, and the foundation of the sect has been seriously shaken.


    Some sensitive high-level leaders in the sect have been aware of the crisis.


    It can easily let the two old ancestors who returned to virtual fall, and the enemy is terrible.


    With such enemies peeping in the dark, taiyimen seems to be thriving, but there is a crisis of collapse at any time.


    Some extremely pessimistic senior executives even think that the collapse of taiyimen is inevitable.


    In order to deal with the huge crisis, the top level of taiyimen has made many preparations, including many secret deployments.


    The last remaining ancestor of Taiyi sect, who was also the most powerful ancestor of Taiyi sect, had to make a painful decision.


    After arranging some backhands, he took the initiative to leave the Taiyi gate, leave the Junchen world and escape to the void.


    The old ancestor guarding the mountain thought that as long as he, the old ancestor who returned to the virtual world, had been hiding outside and didn''t fall, it would be difficult for the enemy to kill all Taiyi gate.


    Even, as long as he is still there, the inheritance of taiyimen will not be cut off.


    In his early years, when he went to the void to experience, he once went near the Shenchang world.


    Among the information he left to the descendants of Taiyi gate, it was a treasure left by the ancestors in the gate. In fact, it was the hiding place he chose.


    The old guard of the mountain didn''t expect that just after he left the Junchen world, he was followed by the Tianguan Pavilion expert who had been secretly monitoring for a long time.


    In the void, the old ancestor guarding the mountain was besieged by several old ancestors who returned to the temple of heaven.


    It was not easy for the mountain guarding ancestor to break out of the siege and escape to the predetermined hiding place with his seriously injured body.


    The old ancestor of Huixu in guantian Pavilion pursued him and vowed to take him down completely.


    With the power of a magic weapon, the ancestor guarding the mountain hid in the space gap between positive space and anti space.


    Several Huixu ancestors of guantian Pavilion searched the space gap for many times, but they didn''t find the whereabouts of Shoushan ancestor.


    The magic weapon used by the ancestor guarding the mountain has one drawback.


    As long as a space is anchored, it can only enter and exit at a fixed place.


    Several Huixu ancestors in guantian Pavilion could not find the whereabouts of the mountain guarding ancestor, but they knew the shortcomings of that magic weapon.


    After knowing that the ancestor of returning to emptiness left the space gap, he will inevitably appear in the emptiness near the Shenchang world.


    Therefore, several ancestors of the guantian Pavilion did not leave, but waited in this void.


    This is for thousands of years.


    In the middle of this, the ancestor guarding the mountain tried several times to leave the space gap between positive space and anti space and escape from this void.


    But every time he did something, he would be found by the Huixu ancestor of guantian Pavilion in time.


    After several chases, the mountain guarding ancestor spent a lot of strength and finally got rid of the enemy''s pursuit and was not captured by the enemy.


    But he was seriously injured, and his injury became more and more serious.


    After several failures, Shoushan became more cautious and would not show up easily.


    All of a sudden, the ancestors of guantian Pavilion had to continue to wait silently.


    Thousands of years, even for Shouyuan''s long return to virtual power, is not a short time.


    Returning to emptiness can greatly prolong one''s life. Generally, it will not exceed 10000 years.


    The waiting time was too long. The oldest of the ancient ancestors of guantian Pavilion returned to emptiness, and even sat down directly.


    Guantian Pavilion, as the holy door of the Junchen world, has a wide range of affairs.


    The patriarch of the sect, who returned to the virtual state, was also shouldering a heavy responsibility and could not leave the sect for too long.


    Apart from other things, the guantian Pavilion must regularly send back to the virtual ancestors to join the command of the heavenly palace to resist all kinds of foreign invaders.


    If all the Huixu ancestors of guantian Pavilion fall here, they will greatly affect the various interests of the sect.


    Therefore, the ancestors of the temple of heaven had to arrange shifts and guard here in turn.


    In recent years, various foreign invaders joined hands to invade the Junchen world. Guantian Pavilion must take responsibility and send enough forces to participate in the war.


    Guantian Pavilion is used to guard the void and wait for the old ancestor who guarded the mountain to return to the void. His hands become more tense.


    At this time, Yu Ci, the well-known return to emptiness and great energy in the scattered cultivation of Jun dust world, didn''t know where he smelled the fishy smell. He also came to this place to try to seek the benefits of the mountain guarding ancestor and take a share from the guantian Pavilion.


    If it were on weekdays, guantian pavilion would have driven Yu Ci away.


    But now it''s a special time. The hands are too tight. Guantian pavilion has to pinch its nose and compromise with Yu Ci.


    Guantian Pavilion offered some benefits in exchange for Yu Ci''s help in guarding the place.


    Although Yu Ci is a famous crazy student and came from sanxiu, he doesn''t dare to really turn against guantian Pavilion.


    Therefore, Yu Ci and guantian Pavilion reached an agreement and took the seat in this place.


    In recent years, those sent by guantian pavilion to take charge of this place are those who can return to emptiness in the door, but only feel the Taoist.


    Although the ancestor of Shoushan hasn''t appeared for many years, they are still honest near this void.


    Anyway, no matter how long he hid, if he wanted to go somewhere else, he must first appear in this void.


    They are here waiting for the hare, and sooner or later they will gain something.


    However, they never thought that the old man guarding the mountain had already sat down because of his serious injury and the great loss of Shouyuan.

 Chapter 1916

    After the ancestor guarding the mountain sat down, he naturally couldn''t leave here.


    Old man Yu Ci and old Taoist Wei Jue had to wait outside.


    The reason why they didn''t expect the mountain guarding ancestor to sit down is that under normal circumstances, the mountain guarding ancestor can still live for a long time even if he is seriously injured and affects Shouyuan.


    The reason why the old ancestor guarding the mountain sat down so quickly was also because he exercised a secret skill.


    As the most powerful Huixu ancestor of Taiyi sect in its heyday, Shoushan Laozu is closely related to the sect and can feel the Qi of the sect.


    Before guantian Pavilion began to attack Taiyi gate in its heyday, some experts in the gate cast spells to eliminate their luck.


    Taiyi gate''s bad luck will naturally affect the monks in the gate.


    The old guard of the mountain was also implicated. It was so easy to be surrounded by the enemy in the void.


    When the Taiyi gate was destroyed in its heyday, he felt something.


    After the Taiyi gate was destroyed in its heyday, even if the experts in the gate left many backhands, it was difficult to play a role, and the zongmen collapsed.


    The Taiyi gate was successfully rebuilt later. After a while, it suffered innocently and was destroyed by the demon disaster.


    This is the reason why we are so unlucky.


    The reason why guantian Pavilion didn''t pursue Taiyi gate all the time was that Taiyi gate''s luck fell sharply. No matter how hard it struggled, it could not escape the fate of complete destruction.


    The arrogant nun of guantian pavilion has great confidence in this secret skill and disdains to hunt down the remaining evils of Taiyi gate himself.


    Taiyi sect has been weakened after many storms. When it was close to the edge of extinction, Meng Zhang, the leader, finally hit the bottom and rebounded and regained its vitality.


    At that time, the ancestors guarding the mountain didn''t know that Meng Zhang would appear.


    He just sensed the constant fall of taiyimen''s spirit, and the whole family was on the verge of extinction.


    Trapped in this place, he can do nothing.


    And because the nun of guantiange was waiting for the rabbit, he couldn''t escape here.


    In the contact with the nun of guantian Pavilion, the old guard of the mountain understood each other''s ambition.


    If you can''t win the real inheritance of taiyimen from him, the other party will never give up.


    After some painful thinking, the old master of Shoushan finally made the final decision and performed a secret skill.


    Strictly speaking, taiyimen friars, including the mountain guarding ancestors, are all the disciples and grandchildren of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Although Taiyi Jinxian has long been suppressed, it is a powerful Jinxian after all.


    His message to every corner of the universe is actually selecting successors.


    The founder of Taiyi gate just accepted its insignificant inheritance and created a great foundation.


    The old ancestor guarding the mountain used his secret skills to try to get in touch with Taiyi Jinxian through contact.


    The ability of etheric golden immortal only needs to pay attention to the situation of Taiyi gate. Even if it is still sealed, there should be a way to help.


    However, to his disappointment, he spent a lot of life yuan to display his secret skills, but he didn''t get any response, and he didn''t know whether he was sensed by Taiyi Jinxian.


    Shouyuan exhausted the mountain guarding ancestor had to leave this shadow, hoping to wait for the latecomers of Taiyi gate.


    According to the arrangement left by him, only those who have practiced the taiyimen''s legitimate skill and have the period of returning to emptiness can enter here.


    After receiving this information, Meng Zhang had a lot of thoughts and stood silent for a long time.


    After entering this place, at this time, he finally completely understood the inheritance origin and history of Taiyi gate and the reason why Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    From the information obtained, guantian Pavilion will not easily let go of Taiyi gate.


    Over the years, guantian pavilion has not started on Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang guessed that there should be many reasons.


    At the beginning, the rebuilt Taiyi gate was too weak to enter the eyes of Tianguan Pavilion.


    Moreover, Taiyi gate is located in the north of Junchen world. Ziyang holy sect has always been relatively isolated among many holy sect gates, and has a bad relationship with other sect gates including guantian Pavilion.


    In order to be just a Taiyi gate, guantian Pavilion may not be willing to offend Ziyang Shengzong and conflict with it.


    After Meng Zhang''s accomplishments continued to improve and Taiyi gate developed and expanded, the situation in Jun dust world changed greatly.


    The immortals who opened up the Junchen world are about to wake up. All the holy places have put dealing with this matter in the most important position.


    In contrast, a mere Taiyi gate is not worth mentioning at all.


    Later, in the face of the joint attack of many foreign invaders, it was even harder for guantian pavilion to create infighting in the cultivation world at this time.


    Meng Zhang even suspected that after his advanced return to the virtual period, the guantian Pavilion had been holding back. Maybe they were fishing and trying to use themselves to catch the old guard of the mountain.


    Meng Zhang''s guess is not groundless.


    He remembered that after his advanced retreat period, he could feel that someone was watching him secretly from time to time.


    At that time, he thought it was the action of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now I think it''s more likely that the watcher is guantian Pavilion.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t suddenly fall into the void, but came to this place directly according to the original plan to try to take out the treasure.


    Maybe the Huixu great powers of guantian Pavilion will take this opportunity to track themselves and try to catch themselves and the mountain guarding ancestors.


    Although these are only Meng Zhang''s guesses, they are likely to happen.


    Meng Zhang thought of the information left to him by the ancestor guarding the mountain and mentioned that the guantian Pavilion had used its secret arts to cut off the luck of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang has been lucky since he crossed the Junchen world and became the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen almost developed together and supported each other.


    After Meng Zhang''s cultivation was improved, he tried to pass the position of leader of Taiyi sect to his disciples and serve as the supreme elder himself.


    But every time he thought so, there was an intuition that prevented him from really doing so.


    Meng Zhang now feels that this should be his Qi number, which has been connected with the Qi number of taiyimen.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, I can share my good fortune with Taiyi sect.


    In recent years, the taiyimen under the leadership of Meng Zhang did not look like the spirit was cut.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen share their good fortune. They should have inadvertently cracked the secret of guantian Pavilion.


    When the Taiyi gate has not grown up, Meng Zhang''s powerful Qi can help the Taiyi gate resist the secret art of guantian Pavilion.


    When taiyimen became more and more powerful, its Qi could affect Meng Zhang in turn.


    In addition, there should be some connection between the name taiyimen and Taiyi Jinxian.


    Taking Meng Zhang''s current height as a reference, we can guess a lot of truth.

 Chapter 1917

    When Meng Zhang absorbed all kinds of information and thought about it, the shadow left by the father of Daoshou mountain never spoke.


    After Meng Zhang thoroughly digested the information, he continued: "now that you understand the history and grievances of Taiyi gate, you should understand the concept of Taiyi gate."


    "The idea of taiyimen is inherited from Taiyi Jinxian."


    "Because such a concept is too shocking to be accepted by the whole cultivation world, the top level of Taiyi gate has never leaked out, let alone implemented it."


    "The cultivation classics left in Taiyi gate can only be cultivated to the early stage of returning to emptiness."


    "The later cultivation classics will stay here. Latecomers must agree with this idea in order to get the subsequent cultivation classics."


    While the remnant spoke, it released a ball of light.


    This light ball entered Meng Zhang''s body, and a lot of information came out of Meng Zhang''s mind.


    The idea of Taiyi Jinxian is to completely change everything in the cultivation world.


    He believes that the world under the control of practitioners is a morbid world.


    The cultivator keeps asking the whole heaven and earth, searching all the resources between heaven and earth for his own cultivation. He doesn''t know how to control and is completely fishing in the dry.


    Mortals under the rule of the cultivators are like grass mustard.


    When the cultivator''s demand for heaven and earth reaches a certain limit, it will lead to a disaster between heaven and earth, and make the whole cultivation world fall into a catastrophe.


    When the Holocaust is over, the practitioners will suffer countless injuries, and the whole cultivation world tends to be on the verge of destruction.


    After the catastrophe, the cultivation world began to recover slowly.


    The new generation of practitioners embarked on the old road of their predecessors and continued to demand from the whole world.


    In this way, after a certain period of time, it will lead to a new doom and destroy the whole cultivation world again.


    In this way, the whole cultivation world fell into a certain cycle.


    The idea of Taiyi Jinxian is to break this cycle and fundamentally change this situation.


    Taiyi Jinxian tried to establish heaven, command all practitioners and define new rules for practitioners.


    Tianting can canonize many gods between heaven and earth to manage the whole heaven and earth and maintain a new ruling order.


    Taiyi Jinxian has enough strength to put his ideas into practice.


    He also has enough will to resist the coming storm.


    Taiyi Jinxian wants to completely subvert the original ruling order of the cultivation world, which naturally leads to the opposition of the whole cultivation world.


    This is the idea of Taiyi Jinxian and his way. Of course, he will not give up.


    Taiyi Jinxian''s path had a serious conflict with other Jinxian''s paths.


    It''s about your own path. No one will compromise and give way, and no one is willing to accomplish others in vain.


    Taiyi Jinxian was surrounded and beaten by other Jinxian. Finally, he was defeated and sealed.


    The founder of Taiyi gate was nothing more than an ordinary little monk. It was because he received the information from Taiyi Jinxian that he made subsequent achievements.


    The founder of Taiyi gate recognized the idea of Taiyi Jinxian very much.


    Many senior officials of Taiyi gate, including the three ancestors who returned to the virtual world, recognized the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    There are various problems in the cultivation world, but all those who have a little vision and insight know it.


    It''s just that no one has the means and ability to change.


    Taiyi Jinxian''s idea of breaking the old order and completely changing the world is very admirable.


    Of course, taiyimen executives recognize this concept, but they don''t dare to implement it easily.


    The ruler of the Junchen world is the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    The organizational structure of the celestial world behind the Jun dust world is also very similar.


    If Taiyi gate implements the rules of Taiyi Jinxian in the Junchen world, I''m afraid it will soon lead to the suppression of the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Before the founder of Taiyi gate sat down, cultivation was just the period of Yuanshen.


    Among the information he obtained, there were many profound contents that he could not understand at all.


    After he sat down, all this information was left to future generations.


    After the advanced retreat period, the old ancestor of Shoushan took full charge of these information.


    Considering that the taiyimen friar is in the cultivation world and is deeply influenced by the traditional thinking of the cultivation world, he may not agree with the idea of Taiyi Jinxian, or even regard it as a fallacy that harms the cultivation world.


    In fact, there are only a few monks in Taiyi sect who can really agree with the concept of Taiyi golden immortal.


    Considering the interests of the sect, of course, we can''t shut out most of the monks in the sect.


    After discussing with the other two ancestors who returned to the virtual world, the ancestor guarding the mountain divided the cultivation information handed down by the founder into two parts.


    The cultivation part before the early stage of the retreat period is still handled in the way of the traditional cultivation sect, leaving it in the mountain gate for the monks in the gate to study.


    The cultivation part after the early stage of the retreat period is personally mastered by the old ancestor guarding the mountain and will only be taught to the disciples who recognize the idea of Taiyi golden immortal.


    In fact, this practice has little impact on friar taiyimen.


    In the whole Taiyi gate, there are only three ancestors who return to emptiness. And they all recognize the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    After the Taiyi gate suffered the calculation and attack of the guantian Pavilion, the old ancestor of guarding the mountain left behind in the Junchen world and fled to the void with the top cultivation classics of the Taiyi gate.


    If there are outstanding disciples of Taiyi sect who can revive the sect, they will naturally trigger the followers of the sect''s predecessors and get all kinds of legacies left by the sect''s predecessors.


    Taiyimen''s inheritance and classics in the Junchen world at most let practitioners enter the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    If you want to obtain more profound cultivation classics, you must go to the void, see the mountain guarding ancestor and get his recognition.


    Meng Zhang, as a transgressor, highly recognizes the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Meng Zhang had long ignored the chaos in the cultivation world.


    If it weren''t for his lack of strength, Meng Zhang would have wanted to rectify the cultivation world.


    The idea and practice of Taiyi Jinxian is undoubtedly a radical cure.


    Meng Zhang loudly agreed with the idea of Taiyi Jinxian, and vowed to realize the idea of Taiyi Jinxian once the time was right.


    Seeing Meng Zhang swear, the residual shadow showed a satisfied smile on his face.


    The shadow smiled and completely turned into light and shadow all over the sky and disappeared.


    Before he disappeared completely, another ball of light flew out of his body. Directly fell on Meng Zhang, and then quickly integrated into his body.


    Meng Zhang closed his eyes, carefully perceived it for a moment, and then opened his eyes with great joy.


    The information contained in this light sphere is mainly the top cultivation classics of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang majored in the follow-up part of the cultivation method "Yin and Yang change of heaven and earth", how to condense the Dharma of heaven and earth, and so on.


    These contents are most needed by Meng Zhang at present, which solves his biggest problem.

 Chapter 1918

    These invaluable cultivation information can cultivate true immortals and serve as the foundation of a true immortal sect.


    With so much cultivation information, Meng Zhang needs to spend a lot of time sorting it out and understanding it slowly.


    The Dharma door that condenses the phases of heaven and earth, no matter where you belong, is a secret that is not preached.


    In addition to the general Dharma, there are also various unique dharmas for cultivating martial arts.


    A set of cultivation skills, if you can practice until you reach the realm of true immortality, will generally contain a special method of condensing the phases of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang''s "Yin and Yang changes in heaven and earth", which was inherited from taiyimen in its heyday, is actually incomplete.


    The content in it has reached the early stage of returning to emptiness, and there is no later content.


    Now, among the cultivation information obtained by Meng Zhang, there is a complete "change of yin and Yang in heaven and earth", which is enough to make him practice all the way to the perfection of true immortality.


    In addition to the "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth", there are several sets of cultivation skills directly handed down by Taiyi sect, which can be practiced all the way to the realm of true immortality.


    The general method of condensing heaven and earth Dharma can be applied to monks practicing different skills, but the success rate is not ideal. In the future, the condensing heaven and earth Dharma is equal.


    It is the unique method of each cultivation skill that is most suitable for practitioners.


    It is not certain that the combination of heaven and earth will succeed.


    The condensed Dharma phases of heaven and earth are different from each other.


    Different phases of heaven and earth not only have different powers, but also provide different assistance when they impact the realm of true immortals in the future.


    For Meng Zhang, of course, it is the best way to practice according to the skill of "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth".


    Among the information provided by the remnant shadow, in addition to the high-level skill from Taiyi Jinxian, there is also a very important information.


    The cultivation information passed by Taiyi Jinxian to the founder of Taiyi gate is enough for qualified and qualified monks to cultivate into the realm of true immortals.


    The realm of true immortality is certainly not the end of the road of cultivation.


    If you want to get the cultivation information after the true immortal, you must find a way to contact Taiyi Jinxian.


    Taiyi Jinxian left a secret method that can penetrate the vast universe and communicate with him who was suppressed.


    Of course, because Taiyi Jinxian is sealed by other Jinxian, even if you use this secret method, you may not be able to contact him.


    The old ancestor who guarded the mountain paid a great price. He didn''t hesitate to spend his life and cast the secret method, but he didn''t get a response from too many Jinxian.


    Meng Zhang has some other ideas on this issue.


    Maybe Taiyi Jinxian didn''t respond, but the way of response was a little special.


    Meng Zhang thought of his inexplicable crossing into the world, becoming the leader of Taiyi sect, and growing up to this point step by step, he felt that there must be a great secret behind it.


    Maybe all this has something to do with Taiyi Jinxian.


    It is very likely that Taiyi Jinxian contributed to his ability to travel and achieve today.


    Although these are only Meng Zhang''s guesses, they are not groundless fantasies.


    As for whether Taiyi Jinxian has the great power as Meng Zhang imagined, it is impossible to determine with Meng Zhang''s current level.


    In a word, the cultivation information transmitted by Taiyi Jinxian has reached the realm of true immortality.


    As for obtaining the next step of cultivation information and impacting the level after the real immortal, it is far from enough to recognize the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Meng Zhang must practice this idea and make some achievements.


    After that, he can use the secret method to communicate with Taiyi Jinxian and obtain the recognition of Taiyi Jinxian.


    It is impossible to practice the idea of Taiyi Jinxian in Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang is still far away from the realm of true immortals. He still has enough time to think about how to deal with this problem in the future.


    The remnant left by the mountain guarding ancestor disappeared, but all his inheritance has been entrusted to Meng Zhang''s successor.


    In addition to these useful information, the ancestor guarding the mountain left some other things.


    First of all, Meng Zhang is now located in a magic weapon in the cave.


    Strictly speaking, this Dongtian magic weapon is not complete. It can only be regarded as the prototype of Dongtian magic weapon.


    In its heyday, taiyimen had three ancestors who returned to the virtual world, especially the ancestor who guarded the mountain. He had a lot of opportunities and obtained some precious treasures.


    This magic weapon in the cave is called Qiankun pillar.


    The exterior is a cyan wooden column, but the interior is a perfect small world, and even has some rudiments of Dongtian.


    Before Meng Zhang left the Junchen world, he commanded zongmen to build a blessed place as a refuge for the monks of zongmen in the future.


    Dongtian can be understood as the advanced form of blessed land, which has more magical ability than blessed land.


    Generally speaking, only immortals have the ability to build the cave.


    If you want to refine the magic weapon of the cave, you need the best among the immortals.


    I don''t know if I have accumulated a lifetime of blessings when I was able to get the magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar.


    Of course, with his cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, he has no ability to refine this magic weapon in the cave. We can only reluctantly exert some power in a clever way.


    After he fled to this void, he released the heaven and earth pillar and hid in it. Then he used the power of the heaven and earth pillar to let it constantly swim between positive space and anti space, so as to avoid the pursuit of guantian Pavilion.


    Unfortunately, with the cultivation of the old ancestor guarding the mountain, he can barely release the heaven and earth pillar, but he has no ability to put it away.


    The magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar can easily shuttle through the void and freely travel between positive space and anti space.


    If he had enough accomplishments, he could control the heaven and earth pillar and give full play to most of his powers, he would have been out of trouble long ago. He didn''t have to be trapped here all the time.


    In his message to Meng Zhang, there is a method of how to collect and refine the pillars of heaven and earth.


    If Meng Zhang has enough accomplishments in the future, he can put away this cave magic weapon.


    Although there is only one prototype of the cave in the heaven and earth pillar, it is far more than the blessed land currently owned by taiyimen in any aspect.


    As long as Meng Zhang can control this magic weapon, even if there is a catastrophe in Jun dust world and the whole world is destroyed in the future, Taiyi disciples can hide in the heaven and earth pillar.


    Compared with ordinary empty warships, the heaven and earth pillar is countless times better.


    Meng Zhang only needs to sacrifice the heaven and earth pillar, and he can wander in the void very conveniently.


    Inside the heaven and earth pillar is a prototype of the cave, with a very vast space.


    It is more than enough to accommodate all taiyimen friars.


    The reason why it is the prototype of Dongtian is that the rules of heaven and earth inside are not perfect. In terms of Reiki concentration, there is still a big gap from the real cave.


    The real cave can continuously absorb vitality from the void and transform it into aura in the cave.


    There are still great defects in the ability of the pillar of heaven and earth.

 Chapter 1919

    A complete cave can support the true immortal to practice in it.


    It''s even easier to provide for ordinary monks.


    In front of this cave, it is very reluctantly to support the great power of returning to emptiness.


    The heaven and earth pillar has been placed in the void for many years. It seems to absorb and transform a lot of aura.


    However, in Meng Zhang''s eyes, it was difficult to meet his cultivation needs.


    After knowing the information of the heaven and earth pillar, Meng Zhang didn''t even care to clean up the relics of the old ancestor guarding the mountain, so he was busy controlling this magic weapon in the cave.


    Even though he had the Dharma left by the ancestor of guarding the mountain, Meng Zhang fumbled for a long time before he barely mastered the method of application.


    When it comes to the complete control of this magic weapon and the complete imperial envoy, it is by no means what Meng Zhang can do at present.


    In the rudiment of this cave, there are many cultivation resources left by the mountain guarding ancestors.


    These spiritual resources are enough for the rise of an ordinary sect.


    However, there are still some deficiencies in the high-order resources required by the return virtual power.


    After all, among the three ancestors of Taiyi sect who returned to emptiness, the mountain guarding ancestor with the highest cultivation was only as good as Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, which was a perfect cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Perhaps, if there was no plot of guantian Pavilion and enough time was given to the ancestor guarding the mountain, he would be able to go back to the middle stage of emptiness and cultivate the phase of heaven and earth.


    It''s a pity that the ancestor of guarding the mountain was even the second to none genius of Taiyi sect in its heyday. However, due to bad luck, the road of practice still didn''t come to the end.


    Meng Zhang is well aware of his current situation.


    He is faced with the same problem as his ancestors guarding the mountain. After leaving the prototype of the cave in the heaven and earth pillar, he is bound to appear in that void.


    When Meng Zhang came in, he tried to drive out the tiger and swallow the wolf and temporarily expelled the friars in guantian Pavilion.


    But he had been inside for so long that when he went out, he could not guarantee whether the other party had returned to the void.


    If the monk of guantian Pavilion is still waiting outside, he will go out like this. Isn''t he caught by the enemy?


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, even if one or two monks at the early stage of returning to the virtual world can''t fight, they can still escape.


    But this is not the worst case.


    If the indigenous gods of Shenchang also found the particularity of the void, it would be a real disaster.


    Maybe Meng Zhang left here. When he went out, he was not faced with one or two nuns of guantiange, but a large group of God descendants of Shenchang world and even powerful indigenous gods.


    At that time, even if Meng Zhang wants to escape back here again, he may not be able to do it.


    Meng Zhangsi thought before and after that, he thought that the best way was to stay here and go out after cultivating the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    Originally, after Meng Zhang obtained the method of cultivating heaven and earth Dharma, he had a sense of eagerness and wanted to practice immediately.


    Once he cultivates the heaven and earth Dharma phase and returns to the middle stage of emptiness, his cultivation will have an essential improvement.


    At that time, he not only has stronger combat effectiveness, but also can deal with ordinary indigenous gods.


    Moreover, the degree of control over the heaven and earth pillar must be deeper, and it may be able to play more magical effects of this magic weapon.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang made up his mind and immediately began to practice in seclusion. He would never leave the pass unless he advanced to the middle of the retreat.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry and didn''t mind letting the waiters outside continue to wait.


    As for the taiyimen he cares about, it is not a big deal that he has left the zongmen for so many years and returned hundreds of years late.


    In the prototype of this cave, there is a vast space, in which there are no creatures.


    Meng Zhang chose a pleasant place and began to practice.


    First of all, he began to slowly sort out all kinds of newly obtained practice information.


    Among them, in addition to various cultivation methods, there are also some cultivation experience, which points out many key points of cultivation.


    These practice experiences obviously do not come from one person, but a collection of many monks'' practice experiences.


    Judging from the tone of the monks left behind, there is no lack of true immortal level.


    Meng Zhang spent more than two years sorting out this information alone.


    That''s it. It''s just a preliminary arrangement.


    If you want to organize more carefully, you need to wait for your free time in the future.


    Some information that is helpful for him to break through the cultivation level at present was sorted out by him, read carefully and feel carefully.


    "Yin and Yang change in heaven and earth" is a major skill. Previously, he only had the part before the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Now, he repeatedly reads and studies the subsequent parts of this skill, and constantly understands the main points.


    It took Meng Zhang nearly five years to complete the theoretical preparation and thoroughly master the method of condensing the phases of heaven and earth.


    Then he began to practice in accordance with the Dharma and made every effort to condense the Dharma of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang''s previous accomplishments have been the initial perfection of returning to emptiness. It is only the lack of a method to condense the phases of heaven and earth that makes it impossible to enter the next step.


    When he was in the lime soil world, he was fully honed in the origin of heaven and earth in the lime soil world. He was proficient in self-cultivation and had a solid foundation.


    On the way back from the alien Star area to the Celestial Star area, he didn''t spend much time on practice, but he still continued to improve his accomplishments and consolidate his foundation.


    The study and understanding of daozang and Daojing made him further understand his way.


    Now, we have obtained the method of condensing the phases of heaven and earth, which makes up for the lack of Meng Zhang.


    His next practice was natural and natural.


    The phase of heaven and earth Dharma condensed by the great energy of returning to emptiness is often related to the practice and the avenue of heaven and earth.


    These heaven and earth dharmas are strange and different.


    Some heaven and earth dharmas are natural phenomena such as wind, snow and lightning; Some are ferocious beasts, spirit beasts and even divine beasts in various legends; There are some legendary images of gods


    In a word, there are many kinds of heaven and earth dharmas that can be condensed by returning to emptiness, and it is difficult to count them one by one.


    Even if the monks of the same sect, practicing the same skill and understanding the same way of heaven and earth, the final phase of heaven and earth Dharma will be different.


    Of course, there are differences between different heaven and earth dharmas.


    Tianlei shangzun, known by Meng Zhang, is powerful and invincible. A large part of the reason is that the Tianlei Dharma phase condensed by him can give full play to the power of Tianlei Avenue. Not to mention, it also has extremely terrible power.


    Soon after Meng Zhang closed the door, the Reiki stored and accumulated for many years in the prototype of Dongtian was rapidly consumed.


    The speed of transforming the prototype of Dongtian into Reiki can''t keep up with his terrible consumption speed.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang still has a lot of cultivation resources.


    The harvest in the quadrangular region is huge, and the consumption on the road is far less than expected.


    After realizing that the aura in the rudiment of Dongtian was far from enough to allow him to complete the refinement of heaven and earth Dharma, Meng Zhang began to consume Yuqing aura constantly.

 Chapter 1920

    Seventy years after Meng Zhang began to condense the Dharma of heaven and earth, hurricanes suddenly rolled up in the prototype of this cave.


    As the hurricane passed, all the vitality of heaven and earth in the prototype of Dongtian, including the most important aura, were swept by the hurricane and rushed towards the position of Meng Zhang.


    Not far from Meng Zhang''s head, the vitality of heaven and earth rolled. One black and one white airflow was like a swimming fish, swimming flexibly in the sky.


    In the swimming process, two black-and-white swimming fish keep swallowing all kinds of vitality between heaven and earth.


    After a long time, maybe the energy saved was enough. Two black and white swimming fish flew together, swam together and chased each other.


    With the swimming of two black-and-white swimming fish, a wonder slowly appeared in the sky.


    Two black-and-white swimming fish are entangled around, forming a dynamic swimming fish picture.


    Meng Zhang looked at the black-and-white fish in the sky, and a clear understanding appeared in his heart. This is his condensed heaven and earth Dharma phase - Tai Chi yin-yang diagram.


    The so-called Tai Chi is the process of opening up the universe and even the transformation of all things.


    When heaven and earth opened and chaos differentiated, there were Yin and Yang.


    Black and white fish represent Yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang understood and practiced the yin-yang avenue for many years, pointed to the root of the yin-yang Avenue, and realized the way of Tai Chi.


    His years of hard work and accumulation are all in this Tai Chi yin-yang diagram. This is also his future path.


    The picture of yin and Yang in Tai Chi means that Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma has been completed, and he has successfully entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    One black and one white fish swam gently, and a slowly rotating vortex appeared in the middle.


    The last vitality in the prototype of the cave was sucked into the vortex.


    This is far from enough. Meng Zhang continues to invest in Yuqing LINGJI and other cultivation resources.


    After half a ring, the vortex seemed to be full before it finally began to stabilize.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang was familiar with the power of his own heaven and earth Dharma phase Taiji yin-yang diagram, while consolidating his cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    With his current cultivation accomplishments, he can be regarded as a few experts among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world.


    Time always passed quickly. Meng Zhang entered the prototype of the cave. In a twinkling of an eye, it has been 90 years.


    He initially completed his goal and has more powerful cultivation.


    After finishing his practice, he sorted out the relics of the old ancestor guarding the mountain.


    There is nothing particularly precious in it. All of them are far inferior to the magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar.


    Unfortunately, even with Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, it is still far from being able to refine it completely.


    Of course, with the enhancement of cultivation, Meng Zhang strengthened his control ability and mastered many new functions.


    As a magic weapon of the cave, the greatest function of the heaven and earth pillar is that there is a prototype of the cave in the body.


    In addition, if it is sacrificed, it can travel flexibly between positive and negative spaces.


    Meng Zhang is still unable to sacrifice it flexibly, but he has mastered another important ability.


    The heaven and earth pillar has a strong detection ability and can detect very long distances.


    Most importantly, this detection capability is basically not limited by positive and negative space.


    Now, Meng Zhang is using this ability of the pillar of heaven and earth.


    After completing his practice, Meng Zhang wanted to leave here and return to the Junchen world.


    However, the situation of the void outside was unknown. He was afraid to fall into the enemy''s ambush and dare not act rashly when he met an irresistible enemy.


    Now I have mastered the new function of heaven and earth column, which is just in use.


    Meng Zhang injected his mind into the heaven and earth pillar.


    An invisible and secret wave came from the heaven and earth column, easily penetrated the gap between positive space and anti space, and entered the void outside.


    This invisible and secret wave continues to extend and expand around.


    With the fluctuation, everything in the void outside fell into Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    In this void, there are not a large number of the gods and descendants of the Shenchang world, but occasionally a flying boat team wanders around.


    In addition, there are two back virtual powers that hide their body shape.


    Although they are very hidden, they have not escaped the exploration of the heaven and earth pillar.


    Old man Yu Ci and old Taoist Wei Jue have been waiting outside tirelessly after so many years.


    Meng Zhang guessed that although they were chased and killed by the strong men in Shenchang world, they finally got rid of the pursuers by their means.


    After losing the whereabouts of the two old guys, most of the pursuers in Shenchang world also searched near this void.


    By means of these divine descendants, most of them can''t find the hidden pillars of heaven and earth.


    After a long time and no harvest, their focus will naturally shift.


    Shenchang world is now raising its troops to join the war of besieging Junchen world, but there is not so much manpower wasted here.


    It is a routine measure for Shenchang to send a flying boat team to patrol nearby.


    As for Wei Jue Lao Dao and Yu Ci Lao Dao, they should be unwilling afterwards, so they continue to wait here to see if they can get something.


    To return the longevity and patience of virtual power, less than a hundred years is really not worth mentioning.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s guess is very close to the truth.


    But when Lao Jue and old man Yu Ci got rid of the pursuers, they left here temporarily.


    Afterwards, they returned here soon.


    Although we couldn''t find Meng Zhang''s whereabouts, let alone the heaven and earth pillar, but Lao Jue used his secret method and determined that no friars had left here for the time being.


    Although I don''t know why the ancestor guarding the mountain didn''t seize the opportunity to leave here, and why the later monks stayed in it, this is a great good thing for weijue Laodao.


    It is proved that although the opponent''s means of driving the tiger and swallowing the wolf worked, it did not fully achieve the goal.


    Since the other party is still staying here, but Lao Jue and old man Yu Ci, of course, should continue to wait here and wait for the emergence of the other party.


    The old man guarding the mountain hasn''t appeared for so many years. Old man Yu Ci and old Taoist Wei Jue can guess that his situation is mostly bad.


    Considering that he was seriously injured many years ago, he should not have strong combat effectiveness at this time.


    But the guy who secretly sneaked into it by using the trick of driving away tigers and swallowing wolves should not be weak.


    In order to avoid his own lack of strength and let his opponent escape, but he felt that the old Taoist priest summoned the Junchen world and asked his own sect for support.


    Although the Junchen world is fighting against foreign invaders, all the holy places and heavenly palaces are going all out.


    Observant Tiange is worthy of being a great sect with profound information, but it still tries to provide support to weijue Laodao.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly observed the void outside through the heaven and earth pillar.


    Although there is an enemy ambush, with their current strength, if there are no accidents, they should be able to escape safely.

 Chapter 1921

    Since the enemy''s situation has been proved and their strength should not be as good as their own, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to take action immediately.


    Meng Zhang took one step, with the help of the power of the heaven and earth pillar, directly passed through the gap between positive space and anti space, and appeared in the void outside.


    This void, which was targeted by nuns guantiange, has a radius of more than three thousand miles.


    Old man Yu Ci and old Taoist Wei Jue were hidden in two places more than 2000 miles apart.


    For returning to virtual energy, crossing a distance of more than 2000 miles is just a matter of lifting your feet.


    Although old Yu Ci and old Wei Jue didn''t get together, they could easily take care of each other and work together against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang appeared just in front of weijue old road.


    But Lao Jue kept in regular contact with guantian Pavilion.


    Last time there was news that Huixu Da Neng broke into here. He also communicated with zongmen.


    According to the information collected by guantian Pavilion, it is inferred that the return virtual power who broke into this place is likely to be Meng Zhang, the current leader of Taiyi sect.


    After the revival of Taiyi gate and before Meng Zhang''s advanced retreat, guantian pavilion has always maintained a wait-and-see attitude towards Taiyi gate.


    The reason why they didn''t attack taiyimen and Meng Zhang was that they didn''t want to get involved with Ziyang Shengzong. On the other hand, they also hoped that taiyimen could not hold on under the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong and asked the mountain guarding ancestor for help to lead the mountain guarding ancestor out.


    Many years ago, through a special channel, guantian Pavilion learned that the ancestors of Shoushan had the superior inheritance left by immortals.


    The inheritance of guantian Pavilion itself is also very good, but it does not prevent them from coveting the superior inheritance of other families.


    Unfortunately, no matter how the taiyimen and Meng Zhang tossed about, the ancestor guarding the mountain just didn''t show up.


    After Meng Zhang''s advanced stage and return to the virtual period, guantian Pavilion felt that Taiyi gate was a little threatened, but the situation in Jun dust world changed accordingly, so it was difficult to attack Taiyi gate.


    The Taiyi gate in its heyday had three ancestors who returned to emptiness, which was far more powerful than today''s Taiyi gate, but it was also easily destroyed by the guantian Pavilion.


    Therefore, the top level of guantian Pavilion did not regard the current Taiyi gate as a great threat.


    Otherwise, as long as guantian Pavilion is willing to pay enough price, it can still destroy Taiyi gate.


    Later, Meng Zhang disappeared in the empty battlefield, and guantian Pavilion did not take the current Taiyi gate as one thing.


    After receiving the report from weijue Laodao, the senior management of guantian Pavilion can easily think that Meng Zhang, who has been missing for many years, doesn''t know when he will come back and tries to meet with Shoushan Laozu.


    If it is on weekdays, guantian Pavilion is eager for this situation.


    Meng Zhang meets with the mountain guarding ancestor and catches them all. He gets everything he wants from the mountain guarding ancestor.


    But first, due to the tense war situation in Jun dust world, a large part of the power of guantian pavilion was restrained.


    Then old man Yu Ci and old Taoist Wei Jue accidentally got caught and let Meng Zhang succeed. They successfully merged with the mountain guarding ancestor and hid temporarily.


    Of course, guantian pavilion has a profound foundation after all. Even if it loses its first hand this time, it can still be saved in time.


    Seeing Meng Zhang suddenly appear in front of him, he felt that Lao Dao was ready to start while notifying the reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang offered a sacrifice to the ChiYin sword evil spirit. A dazzling sword light flashed through the void and directly cut to the key of weijue Lao Dao.


    Although Meng Zhang broke in last time, his family was defeated. But old Taoist Jue always believed that this was the result of Meng Zhang''s cunning.


    When it comes to true cultivation, his old-fashioned ability of returning to emptiness should be better than Meng Zhang.


    At this time, seeing Meng Zhang''s fierce and incomparable swordsmanship, only Lao Jue knew how wrong his previous idea was.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is not weak compared with him.


    And such a sharp sword, but he felt that Lao Dao was rare in his life, which gave him a heavy sense of crisis.


    But he felt that a flag appeared in the hands of the old Taoist priest.


    The flag shook gently, and colorful clouds appeared around him, covering him tightly.


    The sword light was shining, and countless clouds were cut down and broken.


    However, the power of the sword light was greatly reduced by such a gear, and it was blocked by old Taoist Jue with all his strength.


    With the help of the body protection magic weapon that has been refined for many years, but Jue Lao Dao blocked Meng Zhang. Although I don''t know why the mountain guarding ancestor didn''t follow Meng Zhang, Yu Ci Lao Dao still took care of each other and joined hands with the enemy according to the previous agreement with Jue Lao Dao.


    As Yu Ci Lao Dao was preparing to start, a huge Tai Chi yin-yang diagram appeared on Meng Zhang''s head.


    "The law of heaven and earth."


    Old man Yu Ci gave a strange cry and was shocked. He didn''t care to join hands with old Taoist Jujue. He immediately left everything and was about to escape.


    Meng Zhang had previously hidden his strength, that is, to take him by surprise and kill an enemy first.


    Although Meng Zhang did not know the identities of the two opponents, he carefully felt their breath when he had observed them secretly.


    With Meng Zhang''s many years of experience in the cultivation world, it is not difficult to judge that one of the two is a monk of guantian Pavilion, and the other is mostly a casual cultivation without doors and schools.


    The nuns of guantian pavilion have a brilliant inheritance and most of them have the life saving card of the sect''s secret.


    Even if Meng Zhang cultivates the phase of heaven and earth, it is difficult to kill him with one blow.


    Even if you succeed in killing each other, it may not be a good thing.


    If you kill the return to emptiness power of guantian Pavilion here, it means a formal war with guantian Pavilion.


    Even if guantian Pavilion destroyed the Taiyi gate in its heyday, and now it has bad intentions for Taiyi gate.


    However, in the face of the powerful guantian Pavilion, Meng Zhang is still unwilling to immediately break out an all-out war with it.


    Time is on the side of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate. The longer time delays, they will grow stronger and the gap between them and the enemy will be smaller and smaller.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang chose Yu Ci Lao Dao as the target.


    When Yu Ci saw Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma, he immediately understood it.


    The other party hid his strength before, so he was waiting for himself here.


    Old man Yu Ci, who knew that he was in the trap, took out all kinds of cards to protect his life, hoping to escape from Meng Zhang.


    Also understood is Wei Jue Lao Dao.


    He can''t watch old man Yu Ci be killed by Meng Zhang.


    Otherwise, he will be the next target to be killed by Meng Zhang.


    But Lao Jue waved the flag in his hand, and the colorful clouds rushed at Meng Zhang one by one.


    When the yin-yang Tai Chi diagram turned slightly, all the clouds broke immediately. However, I felt that the old Taoist priest snorted, vomited blood and flew out of his body.


    Old man Yu Ci was even worse. All kinds of lights shining on him immediately went out, and all protective means were broken in an instant.


    The old man was able to grow into a person with great ability to return to emptiness, and was also a decisive person. He immediately took out the last card to protect his life.

 Chapter 1922

    Looking at the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram in the sky, old man Yu Ci sighed repeatedly and took out the magic weapon at the bottom of the box with a sad face.


    Although he had this magic weapon for many years, he was limited to cultivation and had not been able to refine it completely.


    The magic weapon is very powerful, but it can be sent but not received.


    Once the magic weapon is sent out, it is difficult to get it back.


    If he spends more time on weekdays, he may still get back the magic weapon he sent out.


    But under such circumstances today, it is really gone forever.


    Of course, compared with their own lives, any foreign object can be given up.


    Old man Yu Ci took out a magic weapon in the form of a shuttle, gently cut his left arm, and let the hot blood fall on the shuttle.


    Stimulated by the blood of the return virtual power, this magic weapon in the form of shuttle shook violently and turned into an aurora to shoot at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that his seemingly mediocre opponent could show such tricks, which made him feel a great threat.


    Meng Zhang, who was just in the middle of his advanced return to emptiness, did not dare to be too careless.


    The mind moved. In the yin-yang Tai Chi diagram above the head, two swimming fish, one black and one white, swam gently, and a vortex of black and white appeared in the middle.


    Infinite suction immediately generated in the vortex, firmly absorbed the magic weapon in the form of a shuttle turned into an aurora, and then swallowed it directly regardless of its desperate struggle.


    Taking advantage of Meng Zhang''s distraction from heaven and earth, Yu Ci tried his best to escape.


    Even his temporary comrades in arms, but he felt that the old way could not care. His body turned into a streamer and flew away in the distance.


    The cooked duck flew away, and Meng Zhang felt a little angry.


    Before he left here, he decided to make more efforts to complete the previously planned small goals and use this head of returning to virtual power to sacrifice the flag.


    The Taiji yin-yang diagram turns gently, ready to continue chasing old man Yu Ci who escaped.


    Meng Zhang was not ready to let go of the old Taoist priest Jue in front of him.


    Even if he had to save his life for various reasons, this did not prevent Meng Zhang from leaving him a profound lesson.


    At this time, a violent drink came from a distance.


    "The younger generation is bold."


    A giant with a height of thousands of feet, shining gold all over and holding a halberd suddenly appeared in the battlefield.


    With the roar, the giant waved his weapon and killed Meng Zhang''s Taiji yin-yang diagram of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the enemy''s reinforcements could arrive at the battlefield so quickly.


    Judging from the enemy''s breath, this is the heaven and earth Dharma released by the nun of guantian Pavilion.


    Old man Yu Ci and old Taoist Wei Jue were both cultivation accomplishments in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang can easily win with one enemy and two.


    But now facing the opponent with the same cultivation, Meng Zhang is not sure of winning.


    Before the giant waved the halberd of the square sky painting, a black-and-white air stream shot out of the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi and pushed it away.


    The two Heaven and earth dharmas are like this. You move and I fight in one form.


    Old man Yu Ci, who fled in a panic, did not take care of the movement behind him, but ran for his life with all his strength.


    But in a moment, he disappeared.


    As a casual practitioner, old man Yu Ci has his own survival wisdom and can accurately judge the changes of the situation.


    Whether Meng Zhang wins or the friars of guantian Pavilion win, it won''t do him any good.


    If Meng Zhang wins, needless to say, his life will be hard to protect.


    When he first appeared here, he just wanted to take advantage of the shortage of staff in guantian Pavilion.


    People like old man Yu Ci are well-informed and are best at steering in the wind.


    Guantian Pavilion offered to buy him off and let him help guard the place. It was just an expedient measure.


    Now the strong in guantian Pavilion can free up their hands and support him in time. But old man Yu Ci has lost his main use value.


    Guantian pavilion has never been a grand sect.


    Old man Yu Ci took advantage of guantian Pavilion. I''m afraid he''ll have to pay back more or less.


    Seeing that old man Yu Ci ran away like this, he felt that the old Taoist was extremely dissatisfied, but he had nothing to do.


    When Meng Zhang and the reinforcements of guantian Pavilion fought fiercely, their two friars in the early stage of returning to the virtual world could have played a certain restraining role.


    But now old man Yu Ci is running away. He is alone. Moreover, his injury is not light, so it is difficult to play a great restraining role.


    As expected, when Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth methods collided with the enemy''s heaven and earth methods, Meng Zhang also did not forget Wei Jue Lao Dao.


    The ChiYin sword ghost continued to jump in the air, bringing up a fierce sword light, killing the old Taoist priest step by step.


    Of course, the most intense battle in the field is where the two Heaven and earth dharmas collide.


    The two black-and-white swimming fish in the diagram of Tai Chi Yin and Yang kept swimming, and the Yin and Yang Qi fell one after another, constantly impacting the giant in front of them.


    The giant is an image of a God in myths and legends.


    This God is a congenital God, not an acquired God who absorbs the power of faith.


    Guantian Pavilion, the great power in the middle of returning to emptiness, has been visualizing and drawing the Dharma Atlas of the God for many years, and deeply engraved its form and charm in the depths of its own soul.


    Now, with the help of this heaven and earth Dharma phase, this returning virtual power seems to incarnate the innate gods of ancient times, wantonly wielding divine power and distributing divine power.


    Taiji yin-yang diagram symbolizes the supreme principle of heaven and earth opening up and yin-yang differentiation. From the level, few other heaven and earth methods can surpass it.


    Every time the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram rotates, it can easily mobilize the power of heaven and earth Avenue and control the rules of heaven and earth in the void.


    Guantian Pavilion, a great power in the middle of returning to emptiness, condensed the phase of heaven and earth Dharma many years ago. It not only has a more sophisticated cultivation than Meng Zhang, but also has rich experience in controlling the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    In the face of a strong enemy, Meng Zhang was unwilling to show weakness and took the initiative to attack without losing the wind.


    The two Heaven and earth dharmas fought fiercely in the void.


    For a while, it''s hard to distinguish, and it''s hard to distinguish for the time being.


    When the two Heaven and earth dharmas were fighting, a flying boat team in Shenchang world just flew by nearby.


    It''s also bad luck for this flying boat team.


    They were just carrying out routine patrols, but they just broke into the battlefield of powerful confrontation.


    There was another fierce collision between the two Heaven and earth dharmas.


    Violent waves passed rapidly in all directions.


    The flying boat team did not react to what had happened, but turned into powder directly in the fluctuation.


    Seeing that it was difficult to distinguish the winner from the loser for the time being, even if the fighting spirit was high in his heart, Meng Zhang was soberly aware that this was not a place to stay for a long time and could not continue to fight.

 Chapter 1923

    The great power of guantian Pavilion in the middle of his return to emptiness, who was fighting Meng Zhang, seemed angry, but his heart was very clear.


    He has a similar idea with Meng Zhang. This is the control area of Shenchang world, not a place to stay for a long time.


    For the gods of Shenchang world, all the people in Junchen world who practice truth, no matter what their origin, are murderable.


    However, although Meng Zhang and his opponent both intend to truce, they can''t stop easily.


    It was a time of intense struggle between the two Heaven and earth dharmas.


    It''s hard for both sides to get rid of each other easily and have a truce.


    In the current war situation, one of the two sides first showed his retreat and weakened his momentum. With the growth of one side and the other, the other side must have a big momentum rise and take the opportunity to overwhelm his opponent.


    If not, the party who shows his retreat first will suffer a big loss.


    Not to mention the deep hatred between taiyimen and guantian Pavilion, Meng Zhang''s ruthlessness in the previous war doomed the two sides not to trust each other.


    The two dharmas of heaven and earth are still fighting there. Meng Zhang is forcing him to retreat step by step.


    The great power of guantian Pavilion in the middle of returning to emptiness was just releasing the heaven and earth Dharma phase, which was thought to be enough to completely overwhelm Meng Zhang.


    Now, seeing that Meng Zhang''s strength is far stronger than expected, his body is also on the way to the battlefield.


    The main reason why he didn''t stay with old Taoist Wei Jue, but hid away alone, was to avoid attracting the attention of the divine world.


    In addition, he also has the task of monitoring the movements of the gods in the Shenchang world, and his attention can''t be focused on this side.


    In the middle stage of returning to emptiness, the movement of great energy to release the phase of heaven and earth Dharma is too big, which is earth shaking.


    If Meng Zhang''s strength was not far beyond expectation, he would not want to make a move.


    Facts have proved that this guantian pavilion''s concern about great power in the middle of returning to emptiness is very reasonable.


    Among Meng Zhang and his worries, what they feared most happened.


    A God from Shenchang world came with great momentum.


    Suddenly there was a bright light in the void, and the chants of praising and praising the gods filled almost every corner of the void.


    A huge humanoid flame, accompanied by the sound of chants, holding a flame lance, rode on a flame horse, pedaled on smoke, and flew from a distance.


    Behind this God, there are a large number of God attendants, holding various honor guards, in a long line.


    The speed of this God was very fast. When it first appeared, it was still on the other side of the void. But in a moment, it appeared in Meng Zhang''s battlefield.


    The God looked down at the monks in front of him indifferently. He had no feelings at all.


    After seeing the heaven and earth Dharma phase released by the great power of returning to emptiness in guantian Pavilion, there was a burst of anger and then greed.


    Most of the gods in the divine world depend on the power of believers'' faith.


    Due to the lack of strength and level, the vast majority of gods in the Shenchang world can only be regarded as hypocrites in the eyes of gods such as mixed spirits and respecting gods.


    The so-called true God is the existence at the same level as the true immortal.


    This God from the divine world is just a false god.


    If a real congenital God is here, the God from the divine world may be suppressed immediately, or even turn upside down and worship.


    But that God is just the heaven and earth Dharma phase released by the great power of returning to emptiness in the temple of heaven.


    Although it has some charm of the congenital gods, it is not a real congenital God and has no strength it should have.


    The flame from the divine world suddenly raised a strong desire in the heart of the false god.


    If he can swallow the heaven and earth Dharma phase in front of him, which is very similar to the innate gods, it will be of great significance to his practice, and even enable him to break through the existing level and realize a rapid evolution.


    The existence of gods, especially the indigenous gods born in the Shenchang world, often have strong desires and are easily driven by their own desires.


    The flame hypocrite was greedy in his heart, and almost without the slightest hesitation, he shot immediately.


    I saw him urge the flame horse under his crotch, holding a flame spear, and launch an impact on the heaven and earth Dharma phase of returning to the virtual power of guantian Pavilion.


    The giant, who was struggling with the Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram, had to roar and try to parry.


    Fortunately, although the flame hypocrite took the heaven and earth Dharma phase of returning to virtual power in guantian Pavilion as the main goal, he did not ignore Meng Zhang.


    In the eyes of the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, all practitioners from Junchen world are damned enemies.


    The return virtual energy of Jun dust world has actually come to the control area of Shenchang world, so we must not let it go easily.


    The heaven and earth Dharma phase of guantian pavilion''s return to virtual power was bumped back and forth by the false god of fire, and its foothold was unstable.


    A long flame gun was picked towards the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi and tried to pierce it.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram rotates gently to produce a strong force, and the flame spear is unloaded.


    The two dharmas of heaven and earth and the false god of fire fought like this.


    This flame false god is really powerful. Many times, he will use one against two to suppress the two Heaven and earth dharmas.


    Meng Zhang and the return to emptiness of guantian Pavilion were able to face the strong enemy. They both had a tacit understanding to temporarily stop fighting. They no longer attacked each other, but fought against the flame hypocrite.


    Of course, it is impossible for the two enemies to join hands with each other.


    They were on guard against each other and fought their own battles.


    Meng Zhang took back the ChiYin sword Sha He had sacrificed, and did not continue to pursue him, but felt the old way.


    But Lao Jue had to step back to resist the ChiYin sword evil, and now he just blocked the forward route of the group of God attendants.


    The false flame God threw down his God servant and rushed over first to deal with the two Heaven and earth dharmas.


    The gods followed after him.


    But old Taoist Jue, who managed to escape from Meng Zhang''s death, was very angry when he saw the group of God attendants coming, so he immediately rolled up the flag in his hand, and countless clouds collided with the God attendants.


    Anyway, Shenchang world is the mortal enemy of Junchen world. However, under the anger of the Taoist priest, he did not hesitate to kill him in order to vent.


    The divine waiter is the waiter of the gods. His strength is strong and weak.


    If you are a powerful waiter of the true God, your strength is definitely not under the ordinary return to emptiness power.


    But the waiters of the flame hypocrites are usually used to look like goods. Their strength is very general.


    In the face of the angry but aware old Taoist priest, the team of God attendants were immediately hit in pieces, with heavy casualties.


    It was up to the master to beat the dog. He wantonly killed his servants in front of the false god of fire, which immediately angered him.


    He even temporarily let go of the attack on the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi, pointing his long flame gun at the sky.


    An angry flame fell from the sky and directly fell on weijue Lao Dao.


    The sudden sky fire was so powerful that it easily burned through the clouds he called with his command flag, forcing him to avoid everywhere and looked embarrassed.

 Chapter 1924

    The power of the sky fire released under the anger of the flame puppet God is not vulgar, which makes Wei Jue''s old-fashioned ability to return to emptiness unbearable.


    The heaven and earth Dharma phase released by the return of the heaven viewing Pavilion is the main goal of the flame hypocrisy. It is forced to retreat again and again. There is no spare power to support but Jue Lao Dao.


    As for Meng Zhang, it is even more impossible to help.


    He also wanted to feel that the old Taoist priest was burned alive by this false god of fire.


    Seeing that the main target of the flame false god was not himself, Meng Zhang secretly put away some of the power of his own heaven and earth Dharma phase Taiji yin-yang diagram.


    But Jue Lao Dao waved his flag with all his strength, supporting left and right, and spared no effort to resist the sky fire.


    He was devastated, and his injury was aggravated by a few points.


    Fortunately, at the critical moment, his reinforcements finally arrived.


    The man who released the Dharma of heaven and earth in the guantian pavilion was called Weiming Taoist. He was originally a junior of weijue Laodao, but his cultivation came from behind.


    In the cultivation world, it is important to respect the strong, and those with high cultivation have more voice than those with low cultivation.


    But he felt that the old Taoist relied on his high seniority and old qualifications. He was somewhat dependent on the old and sold his old age, which made people like Weiming Taoist very tired.


    So Taoist Ming delayed intentionally or unintentionally to make the old guy suffer.


    Of course, no matter how discord, as a fellow disciple, but Taoist Ming still has to take the overall situation into account. He can''t watch but feel that the old Taoist has been seriously damaged and even killed.


    But Taoist Ming offered a throwing knife and turned around old Taoist Wei Jue, so that the sky fire that had been around him was extinguished.


    The false god who sent out the fire of heaven was even more angry.


    He was fighting against the heaven and earth method of Weiming Taoist priest, and once again divided his strength, attracted a sea of fire, and poured into weijue Laodao and Weiming Taoist priest.


    Before they could catch their breath, they were surrounded by a sea of fire and had to join hands to resist.


    The main power of the flame false god has been attracted by the friar guantiange. Meng Zhang has a chance to get away at this time, but he is not in a hurry to escape.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang still let his own heaven and earth Dharma Tai Chi yin-yang diagram join the battle, and fought against the flame false god together with the heaven and earth Dharma of Weiming Taoist.


    In fact, he secretly took back most of his strength and began to secretly operate the secret method, trying to put away the heaven and earth pillar.


    In those days, the old ancestor of guarding the mountain only had the cultivation achievements in the early stage of returning to emptiness, so he could not collect them. Once the heaven and earth pillar was released, he could not collect them.


    There seems to be a word difference between the initial stage and the middle stage, but the strength is very different.


    Meng Zhang only advanced to the middle stage of returning to the virtual world. Soon, he can easily defeat two old rivals in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    If not limited by the situation in the field, he can even kill his opponent.


    Even if the three Huixu ancestors in the heyday of taiyimen joined hands, Meng Zhang can easily suppress and even win the war.


    Mengzhang can barely do what Laozu Shoushan couldn''t do.


    Just when he appeared, Meng Zhang was caught in a battle with the enemy and could not be distracted to put away the heaven and earth pillar.


    Now the false god of flame and the great power of returning to emptiness in the temple of heaven have made real fire, and the fight is becoming more and more fierce.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be involved in the battle, but he didn''t contribute much.


    What''s more, the flame hypocrite and guantian Pavilion, who return to the virtual power, pay attention to each other. At this time, they don''t care about Meng Zhang at all.


    Meng Zhang was able to secretly release most of his power and use his secret skills to try to put away the heaven and earth pillar.


    The fierce battle continues. Meng Zhang''s action to collect the heaven and earth pillar is not smooth.


    Under such circumstances, it will take him a lot of time.


    The power level of the flame false god almost reached the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    However, the indigenous false gods like him lack systematic inheritance, rely more on experience, and can not give full play to the strength accumulated over the years.


    His opponent is a large sect of friars with diverse means and endless Taoist magic powers, who can play a stronger combat effectiveness with weaker strength.


    After fighting for a long time, although the flame hypocrite had the absolute upper hand, he couldn''t win the two opponents.


    After fighting for so long, I feel that the old Taoist priest has long been overwhelmed.


    The stronger Taoist Wei Ming also felt that he couldn''t help himself.


    The two great powers of returning to emptiness of guantian pavilion have a heart of retreat, but they can''t find a chance to escape from the battle safely.


    Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness became weaker and weaker, but the Ming Taoists did not doubt it.


    They knew that Meng Zhang was a junior of the Taiyi sect, and it was not too long to embark on the road of practice.


    Meng Zhang''s performance before was amazing enough, even unbelievable.


    Now Meng Zhang''s later strength is poor and more and more weak, which should be the normal performance of monks at his age.


    As a friar in the temple of heaven with complex background, but Taoist Ming and Taoist Wei Jue have a lot of cards to protect their lives.


    Now they begin to think about what cards to play and what price to pay in order to get rid of their opponents and this meaningless battle.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s secret method made him connected with the heaven and earth pillar Qi machine and had some control over it.


    A light that cut through the void lit up, and a bright column crossed out from the gap between positive space and anti space and fell into Meng Zhang''s arms.


    Meng Zhang gave a long roar, and the body and heaven and earth were combined into one, which turned into a streamer and fled to the distance.


    The flame hypocrite who was suppressing his opponent felt the essence of this magic weapon in the cave just when the heaven and earth pillar flew out, and he was greedy for life.


    But at this time, Lao Jue and Wei Ming did not know that they underestimated Meng Zhang and let him take away the long coveted treasure.


    Thousands of years ago, the ancestor guarding the mountain released the heaven and earth pillar. After he was trapped here, the heaven and earth pillar has been regarded as something in the bag by the friars of guantian Pavilion.


    It can even be said that a large part of the factors that guantian Pavilion attacked Taiyi gate in those years was to seize the magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar.


    The cooked duck flew away in front of him, but he felt that the old Taoist and Weiming Taoist were angry and heartache.


    It''s been a long time since guantian Pavilion returned to the virtual power. I''ve been waiting here for many years. Today everything has failed.


    In particular, they were even more depressed when they thought that Meng Zhang was still a junior and had not been paid attention to by the senior management of guantian Pavilion before.


    Meng Zhang fled with the heaven and earth pillar. Both sides who were fighting did not want to continue to fight.


    The flame hypocrite was very embarrassed. Did he go after the escaped Terran Friar and seize the magic weapon in the cave, or did he add strength to take down the two enemies in front of him and devour the heaven and earth Dharma.


    Soon, weijue Laodao and Weiming Taoists made a choice for him.


    They offered their cards to protect their lives almost at the same time, temporarily drove the flame hypocrite back, and then escaped from the battle as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1925

    The two of guantian Pavilion can escape from the battlefield and escape successfully, leaving only the flame puppet God there powerless and furious.


    Meng Zhang fled so fast that neither the flame hypocrite nor the two great powers of returning to emptiness in guantian Pavilion could catch up with him.


    After Meng Zhang fled for a distance, he took out the speed divine boat and drove towards the Jun dust world in the speed divine boat.


    He successfully took out the last treasure left by taiyimen in its heyday and overfulfilled the task.


    There was no need for him to continue wandering in the void.


    This time, the return of guantian Pavilion can greatly offend. The combination of new hatred and old hatred is enough to make guantian Pavilion kill Meng Zhang and attack Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang must return to the Junchen world as soon as possible and make arrangements early to deal with the changes.


    Of course, Meng Zhang guessed that in view of the current complex situation in the Junchen world, it is not easy for guantian pavilion to directly attack Taiyi gate.


    In the final analysis, Meng Zhang has operated in Junchen for many years and has a certain network and team.


    Guantian Pavilion is not unique in the Junchen world. Many people can''t bear to see guantian Pavilion.


    Even among the other holy places, many are hostile to guantian Pavilion.


    In the face of guantian Pavilion, taiyimen and Meng Zhang are indeed the weak side.


    However, if Meng Zhang can skillfully make use of the current situation in the Junchen world and connect vertically and horizontally, he may not have the strength to compete with the guantian Pavilion.


    For the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang is now a cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness, and his status and utilization value have been greatly improved.


    Nominally, Meng Zhang also retained the identity of the messenger of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace.


    In terms of personal friendship, he has a deep relationship with Banxue Jianjun.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, Meng Zhang seems to be weak, but he has many objects to draw on.


    Especially when all kinds of foreign invaders are eyeing, guantian Pavilion may not dare to act rashly.


    On the way back to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang counted the harvest.


    This time, he was willing to take strange risks, and the biggest gain was undoubtedly the inheritance left by the ancestors of Shoushan, which solved his biggest problem.


    At least he didn''t have to worry about practicing kung fu before and after he became a real immortal.


    Secondly, the heaven and earth pillar is the magic weapon of the cave.


    With his current cultivation, he is far from being able to refine it completely.


    After each release, it takes a lot of effort to put it away.


    The magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar can be used as the ancestral treasure of Taiyi gate, and can also be used as the last refuge.


    Meng Zhang carefully studied it for a long time before he put it away.


    Another harvest of Meng Zhang this time is the magic weapon released by old man Yu Ci by using the Taiji yin-yang diagram of heaven and earth method.


    This magic weapon is in the shape of a shuttle. In fact, it is a treasure of killing and cutting, which is called aurora Wusuo.


    The level of Aurora Wusuo is much higher than the ChiYin sword Sha in Meng Zhang''s hand, and it is very difficult to refine.


    Old man Yu Ci''s ability to return to emptiness has been available for many years, but he has not been fully refined. He can only reluctantly exert his one or two power.


    After the aurora Wusuo is completely refined, it turns into an aurora to hurt the enemy. It has terrible lethality and is very difficult to defend.


    Old man Yu Ci''s accomplishments are not enough to give full play to the real power of this magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma phase Taiji Yin and Yang diagram is practiced to the extreme, which can suppress earth fire, Feng Shui and all things in heaven and earth.


    Even if the Prime Minister of the law is initially established, it''s nothing to suppress a magic weapon.


    The magic weapon obtained by old man Yu Ci was so cheap to Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang advanced and returned to the empty middle stage, he just didn''t have enough magic weapons on hand.


    Although it is not easy to refine a magic weapon, and the magic weapons that can be refined are limited.


    But for Meng Zhang now, refining one more magic weapon is completely borne.


    On the way back to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang began to try to refine this magic weapon.


    Refining a magic weapon does not happen overnight. Meng Zhang still needs a lot of time to refine it completely.


    On the way back to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang found all kinds of foreign invaders who were mobilizing troops to the Junchen world.


    Whenever foreign invaders are found on the road, Meng Zhang will take the initiative to avoid conflicts as far as possible.


    Only when it is really difficult to avoid, he will quickly kill the enemy as much as possible, kill people and avoid the leakage of his whereabouts.


    In the current ascendant Star area, except the Junchen world, almost all other places have become the world of all kinds of foreign invaders.


    Their team almost filled the whole star area.


    The side of the Jun dust world has long been retreating, giving up all peripheral strongholds and shrinking all forces back to the vicinity of the Jun dust world.


    In this case, it becomes very difficult for Terran friars to move within the ascendant Star area.


    At least, the friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun dare not leave the cover of Jun dust world and go to the void.


    In order to investigate intelligence and obtain the enemy''s dynamics, the Junchen world often sends investigation teams to secretly leave the Junchen world and sneak into the enemy''s back.


    The void is vast and boundless. Even if it is just inside the sky climbing Star area, there is enough space to return to the virtual powers to maneuver and hide.


    The return to virtual power sent by Jun dust world has enough room for maneuver and can move freely in the void as long as it is not unlucky enough to be blocked by the enemy.


    No matter how strong the foreign invaders are, it is impossible to block every direction of the void and every corner of the ascendant Star area.


    On his way back to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang also deliberately observed the situation of various foreign invaders.


    In addition to sending troops to besiege Junchen, all foreign invaders also sent teams to step up the exploitation of various resource points in dengtianxing area.


    In particular, many resource points originally belonging to the Jun dust world have almost encountered destructive rapid mining after falling into the enemy''s hands.


    Various resource points in the void are extremely important to a big world.


    In particular, many special resources are rarely produced in the big world, and basically rely on the output of empty resource points.


    Conflicts between the big worlds are often triggered by resource points in the void.


    The victory or defeat of the war between the big world, later, largely depends on who has more resources.


    Various resources can not only be directly used in the battlefield, but also be used to cultivate reserve forces.


    It is very common for wars between different worlds to last for thousands or even tens of thousands of years.


    Such a long time is enough for practitioners with a long life to cultivate many generations of future generations.


    As long as there are sufficient resources, talented future generations can get enough support.


    The front line is rapidly consuming power, and the rear is constantly cultivating reserve forces.


    In the long battle, the big world with more resources will generally slowly gain the upper hand.


    Judging from the current situation, the prospect of Junchen world, which has lost most of the resource points in the void, seems not good.

 Chapter 1926

    If it had been in the past, Meng Zhang might not have paid much attention to this situation.


    When the sky fell, a tall man stood against the fate of the Jun dust world. It was not his little Friar''s turn to worry about its rise and fall.


    But now, he has made great progress in cultivation and is qualified to pay attention to such major events related to the whole Jun dust world.


    Of course, although he felt that the situation in Junchen world was not great, Meng Zhang could do little.


    It is absolutely impossible for Meng Zhang to sacrifice his own interests for the Junchen world.


    After starting with the magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar, both Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate have a retreat.


    When the dust world fell, Meng Zhang had to put Taiyi disciples into the heaven and earth pillar and escape into the void alone.


    The magic weapon of heaven and earth pillar is not perfect, mainly because there is only one prototype of the cave, which is far from perfect.


    In those days, the ancestors of guarding the mountain didn''t have enough accomplishments, and even couldn''t make full use of the prototype of the cave, and couldn''t put too many people or things into it.


    Now Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are barely enough, and he can put all taiyimen friars into it.


    However, there is not enough aura in the prototype of the cave, and it is simply unable to support too many monks for daily practice.


    If it was not a last resort, Meng Zhang would not make the final choice and escape the Junchen world with Taiyi disciples.


    Meng Zhang went all the way smoothly and soon came to the void not far from the Jun dust world.


    He put away the super fast Shenzhou and secretly approached the Junchen world to inquire about the situation.


    When Meng Zhang left the Junchen world that year, the Junchen world was besieged by various foreign invaders, lost the first opportunity and was in a passive state.


    Even the dense meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world has been reduced to more than half.


    Later, companion Xue Jianjun personally organized a big counterattack and recovered a lot of lost land. The situation improved, but there was no fundamental change.


    After so many years, the situation outside the Jun dust world has not changed much.


    The Allied forces composed of various foreign invaders surrounded the Junchen world and constantly attacked the positions on the side of the Junchen world.


    The meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world has now become a battlefield for both sides.


    After years of fighting, the meteorite belt has become much thinner.


    Countless meteorites were destroyed in the war.


    On many large meteorites, there were originally strongholds established by the Jun dust world, and some also produced many resources.


    Up to now, due to the fierce battle and wide spread, many large meteorites have turned into powder.


    Although Junchen is a passive defensive side, it is not without the power to fight back.


    It''s probably the gap between the wars. Instead of going out in a big fight, the two sides have a small team, or single powerful friars, performing a series of tricks such as infiltration, sneaking, spying and counterattack at the junction of the two fronts.


    Small scale battles occur from time to time on the jagged front.


    From the overall situation of the battlefield, both sides are offensive and defensive, and the scene of the human friars in the Junchen world is not ugly.


    Meng Zhang can swagger back to his own front.


    The front between the two sides is too long, and no one can closely defend each section of the front.


    It is not difficult for Meng Zhang to find a loophole.


    Meng Zhang did not act rashly.


    He has left the Junchen world for too long and does not know the current specific situation.


    If he returns to his own front in this way, in case he meets a high-level leader in the Junchen world and is ordered to be recruited by the other party, will he obey the order or resist?


    What if you follow orders and are sent to the battlefield as cannon fodder?


    If you object, it is a blatant violation of military orders, and no one can protect him at that time.


    What Meng Zhang needs to do now is to contact his own people in Shangjun dust world to get some shelter.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure and wandered around the front of both sides.


    Since he practiced the hidden breath killing sword, he had deep attainments in sneaking and hiding.


    At the very least, he can be a good scout now.


    In this process, he even secretly captured a big demon king at the level of Yang God.


    The great demon king of Yang God level has a little position in the demon family. He knows a little about the battle situation on the front line and the deployment of both sides.


    Meng Zhang learned through interrogation that Lord Tianlei commanded a team of friars and occupied a meteorite belt. It was like a fortress, facing off with foreign invaders.


    Knowing the news of Tianlei shangzun, Meng Zhang reluctantly achieved his goal.


    After he disposed of the demon king, he flew towards the meteorite belt.


    When he flew over a vast floating continent, Meng Zhang took the initiative to show his whereabouts.


    At this distance, even if he hides his tracks, he may not be able to hide the induction of Tianlei shangzun. He might as well be generous to avoid any misunderstanding and some dog blood stories.


    As soon as Meng Zhang showed his whereabouts, three Huixu great powers flew over from nearby and formed a trend of encircling him.


    Before the three men came near, Meng Zhang shouted loudly and sent his voice into their ears with magic power.


    "I''m Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect. I''ve come to see the old man respected by Tianlei."


    "I used to work under the command of Tianlei shangzun. I came here this time for something important."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s voice, the three return to virtual powers did not relax their vigilance, but remained on high alert and sandwiched Meng Zhang''s bag in the middle.


    However, they did not take any further action.


    Some of them are obviously casting spells. They should contact Tianlei shangzun in the rear.


    Meng Zhang didn''t worry, so he waited quietly.


    After a while, an acquaintance of Meng Zhang flew over from a distance.


    Seeing someone coming, Meng Zhang saluted quickly.


    "Young man Meng Zhang, I''d like to meet Master Danshan."


    This man is a confidant of the Lord Tianlei. He is a great mountain guest who has had several connections with Meng Zhang.


    The mountain bearer recognized Meng Zhang and looked at him with a complicated look.


    When the mountain bearers saw Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was just a junior in the period of Yang God.


    Later, he heard that Meng Zhang had become a great power of returning to emptiness. Old man Yinhu praised him and was ready to make Meng Zhang a capable hand around Lord Tianlei.


    The mountaineer didn''t care much at that time.


    He is already a monk in the middle of returning to emptiness. He has cultivated the phase of heaven and earth Dharma. There is no need to pay too much attention to a new returning to emptiness power.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t make friends with old man Yinhu, he might have officially joined the camp of Tianlei shangzun. He didn''t even bother to care about it.


    Later, he heard that Meng Zhang was in the void battlefield. Because he encountered a strong enemy, he rashly moved the void. After he disappeared, he was still a little sorry.


    Tianlei shangzun''s side is at the time of employment. Meng Zhang has entered the period of returning to emptiness so young, which shows that his excellence is not useless.


    He really did not expect that Meng Zhang had been missing for only about 400 years and returned safely.

 Chapter 1927

    It''s just that Meng Zhang returned safely, but what''s the matter with his cultivation?


    Before Meng Zhang disappeared, he was just a friar who was promoted and returned to the virtual period soon.


    It was only 400 years or so before he became a monk in the middle of his retreat.


    This cultivation speed is really too fast and incredible.


    According to the experience of a mountain man, there seems to be no similar example among the great powers of returning to emptiness he has seen.


    Yes, when Dan Shanke first appeared, he habitually explored Meng Zhang.


    He wants to explore Meng Zhang in front of him. Is it the change of the enemy''s spell casting? Or whether Meng Zhang was controlled by the enemy or not.


    In this process, Meng Zhang found the action of the mountain bearer and did not stop his exploration.


    On the surface, the mountain bearer was silent, but after exploring Meng Zhang''s cultivation at the same level as himself, he was shocked.


    In those years, when Meng Zhang was a monk in the Yang God period, the mountain bearers had already cultivated the heaven and earth Dharma and advanced to the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    Even though he was shocked by the rapid progress of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, the mountain bearers soon calmed down.


    In the years since Meng Zhang''s disappearance, most of them have obtained some opportunities to make such great progress.


    Although such examples are rare, they are not absent.


    There are many legends in the history of Jun dust world.


    Although the mountain bearers have never seen it in person, they have heard of its legend.


    The performance of these legendary characters is not necessarily worse than that of Meng Zhang.


    Now that it is confirmed that Meng Zhang has no problem, the mountain bearers let the three return to the virtual power to retire.


    He chatted with Meng Zhang casually.


    The mountain bearer is a true confidant around Tianlei shangzun. His status is much higher than that of the old man Yinhu.


    Meng Zhang maintained a humble attitude in front of him.


    Meng Zhang also answered as many questions as possible.


    Although Meng Zhang had reservations, he basically introduced his experience over the years.


    For Meng Zhang''s experience, Danshan tourists are amazed.


    Dan Shanke is not an inexperienced Xiaobai. He has experienced exploring the void.


    Especially after the advanced retreat period, he once left the ascendant Star area with Tianlei shangzun and wandered outside.


    However, he experienced those things. Compared with Meng Zhang''s experience, both the degree of adventure and the level of experience are much worse.


    Listen to Meng Zhang''s story. There are no flaws in it. His experience can be justified.


    Especially in the end, when Meng Zhang mentioned that the monks in the four corner Star area moved not far from the ascendant Star area, the bearers'' face became serious.


    Such a powerful force appears near the Aideng Star area. No one can tell whether it is a disaster or a blessing for the Jun dust world and what impact it will have.


    Hearing this, the danshanke didn''t continue questioning, but took Meng Zhang and flew to the central position of the vast floating continent.


    While flying, the mountain guest explained to Meng Zhang.


    In the last war, Tianlei shangzun faced the siege of many hostile strong men. Although he won in the end, he still suffered some serious injuries.


    In order to recover his wounds and combat effectiveness as soon as possible, Tianlei shangzun immediately closed the door to heal his wounds after the war.


    Before closing, Tianlei shangzun entrusted everything here to the mountain bearer. And specifically explained that if there is no major event, try not to disturb him.


    If Meng Zhang comes back alone, the mountain bearers may not let him disturb Tianlei shangzun.


    However, Meng Zhang brought the trend of the quadrangular Star area, so he must immediately inform Tianlei shangzun.


    The mountain bearer took Meng Zhang into the quiet room of Tianlei shangzun and met Tianlei shangzun smoothly.


    Tianlei shangzun''s spirit is very good. He doesn''t look hurt at all.


    Meng Zhang respectfully paid a visit to Lord Tianlei and told all the news that he had just told the danshanke.


    For Meng Zhang, Tianlei shangzun has a good impression.


    Meng Zhang returned safely and made great progress in cultivation, which is of course a great good thing.


    Lord Tianlei praised Meng Zhang.


    You know, Tianlei, whose eyes are higher than the top, seldom praises others.


    Although it is only a few words, it can be seen that Tianlei shangzun appreciates Meng Zhang.


    The four pointed star area mentioned by Meng Zhang is only heard by Tianlei shangzun, but he doesn''t know much about it.


    As for the reputation of Yunzhong City, Tianlei shangzun, who also wandered in the void, has certainly heard of it for a long time.


    Although the quadrangular Star area with several real immortals is a Terran dominated force, it may not maintain goodwill to the Junchen world.


    Not to mention that there are Buddhist friars and Confucian friars in the quadrangular Star area. Even those who are the same as those in the Junchen world are not necessarily friends in the Junchen world.


    In the Junchen world, the struggle between the major cultivation forces was extremely fierce.


    Zoom into the whole void, the struggle between practitioners of different origins has never stopped.


    Such a powerful force in the quadrangular Star area appears near the Jun dust world, which must be paid attention to immediately.


    After thinking for a while, Tianlei shangzun asked Meng Zhang to return to the Junchen world immediately and report the matter to the chief manager of Tiangong, Mr. peixue sword.


    Before Meng Zhang disappeared, he was sent to the empty battlefield.


    Due to the arrangement of Mr. Ban Xuejian, he respected his command in the cold war.


    Theoretically speaking, he is still a subordinate of the cold war lord. The cold war lord should be the Deputy Lord of the fighting hall and the Tianlei Lord should be the Deputy Lord of the law enforcement hall.


    They have similar accomplishments and equal status.


    Although Meng Zhang was assigned to the command of shangzun of the cold war, he still had the identity of law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement temple.


    He now obeys the order of Lord Tianlei, which is not illegal, let alone disobeying the military order.


    Tianlei shangzun''s current arrangement is obviously beneficial to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang wanted to leave the tragic empty battlefield immediately.


    Taking the token given by Lord Tianlei, Meng Zhang thanked Lord Tianlei sincerely, then left here and returned to the Junchen world.


    In fact, Tianlei shangzun has a secret method that can directly contact the king of companion snow sword.


    One of the reasons why he arranged this was to help Meng Zhang out of the battlefield.


    Second, the matter about the quadrangular region is too important to be made clear in one or two words.


    It is better for Meng Zhang to personally report to Banxue Jianjun to ensure that there is no omission of information.


    Meng Zhang took the token given by the Lord Tianlei and successfully crossed his own defense line. After nine days, he safely entered the Junchen world and came to the heavenly palace.


    The token of Tianlei shangzun really worked well, allowing Meng Zhang to pass smoothly without any obstacles.


    Before long, Meng Zhang met the long lost companion Xue Jianjun in the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 1928

    Meng Zhang has been missing for many years. Now he has returned safely. When he saw him with Xue Jianjun, he was a little excited.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang disappeared in the war. At first, companion Xue Jianjun was a little worried about his safety.


    After all, the great devil Meng Zhang was facing was really strong. Meng Zhang fell into Anti space, which was a very dangerous thing.


    Later, she got news from Taiyi gate that Meng Zhang''s soul lamp, which was enshrined in the gate, did not go out. She was a little relieved that everything remained the same.


    Although they don''t have much contact, Meng Zhang is very pleasant to see with Xue Jianjun.


    After a series of events, the two also established a certain degree of friendship and mutual trust.


    After the two met again, Meng Zhang entered the topic after a few simple greetings.


    Meng Zhang repeated what he had said in danshanke and Tianlei shangzun, and emphasized the migration process of the quadrangular Star area.


    When Meng Zhang talked about it, Mr. Ban Xue Jian was still interested in it and looked relaxed. However, after hearing that the practitioners in the four corner Star area had moved to a foreign star area, their face finally changed.


    After Meng Zhang finished, he meditated with Xue Jianjun for a while, but didn''t reply immediately.


    As the king of companion snow sword, I know many secrets of Jun dust world that Meng Zhang doesn''t understand, and I know the calculation of the real immortal behind the doors of the holy places.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian was born in the fairyland. His vision and insight are not comparable to those of ordinary monks.


    The four corner star friars with real immortal level combat power have moved not far from the ascendant Star area, which will bring many variables to the future of Jun dust world.


    Although Banxue Jianjun is optimistic about Meng Zhang, many things are not suitable to be disclosed to Meng Zhang at present.


    This is not only the need for confidentiality, but also to protect Meng Zhang to some extent.


    Seeing pangxue Jianjun thinking there, Meng Zhang hesitated and took the initiative to mention his conflict with guantian pavilion''s return to virtual power on his way back.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, companion Xue Jianjun can basically know the cause and effect of all kinds of things that happen in the Jun dust world as long as he inquires a little.


    She had heard about the Tianguan pavilion''s killing of Taiyi gate.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, there was both cooperation and competition between the companion snow sword king in her heart and the holy places.


    In her heart, she always felt that it was actually a good thing to moderately weaken the doors of the holy places.


    Over the years, there have been many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world outside the sects of major holy places, including the will of Xue Jianjun.


    In the history of the Junchen world, there have been some forces of truth cultivation trying to challenge the sects of the major holy places, in which the shadow of the heavenly palace can also be seen.


    Although these cultivation forces were continuously eliminated by the major Holy Land sects, they still gave a certain blow to the major Holy Land sects.


    Among the major holy places, guantian Pavilion is a very difficult family to get along with.


    The guantian Pavilion, which claims to be "the way to observe heaven and the way to carry out heaven", has long been disgusted and feared by Mr. peixue sword.


    Now the Junchen world is facing the joint attack of various foreign invaders, and it is at a critical time.


    In the name of the heavenly palace, Banxue Jianjun asked all the cultivation forces and practitioners in the Junchen world to stop fighting inside and use all their strength to fight against foreign invaders.


    At this time, if guantian Pavilion openly causes internal strife in the Junchen world, the companion snow sword gentleman with great righteousness in his hand does not mind giving guantian pavilion a profound lesson.


    Companion Xue Jianjun comforted Meng Zhang and told him not to worry too much about guantian Pavilion.


    At least, in the Junchen world, the snow sword king will never allow guantian pavilion to attack Taiyi gate and Meng Zhang.


    At present, the most important thing in the Junchen world is internal unity, and we all work together externally.


    If guantian Pavilion insists on going its own way, it will become the target of public criticism.


    As for the monk of guantian Pavilion, if he attacks Meng Zhang outside the Junchen world, he will be out of reach with Xue Jianjun.


    Meng Zhang understood the meaning of Banxue Jianjun. She wanted Meng Zhang to stay in Jun dust world as much as possible.


    After thinking for a while, Banxue Jianjun told Meng Zhang that the news he brought back was very important.


    He has made great contributions to the Jun dust world this time, and he is a meritorious minister.


    Next, how to deal with the practitioners in the quadrangular Star area, you need to discuss with others.


    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void for so many years. Now he must be physically and mentally tired.


    Mr. peixue Jianjun asked Meng Zhang to return to Taiyi gate first and have a rest for a while.


    Meng Zhang had made a lot of achievements in the empty battlefield. Later, he was forced to fight against the great demons and fell into the void. He almost died on duty.


    The credit made by Meng Zhang is far more than the crime he was assigned.


    Banxue Jianjun is the master now. As the chief manager of Tiangong, she gave Meng Zhang a special approval for a period of vacation.


    Meng Zhang went back to cultivate temporarily. When necessary, she will order the recruitment of Meng Zhang again.


    In terms of Tianguan Pavilion, the king of companion snow sword will also try to warn them that they are not allowed to continue pestering Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Seeing that Mr. Ban Xue Jian arranged everything in order and solved his most concerned problems, Meng Zhang was very satisfied.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian wants to discuss with others about the practitioners in the four pointed star area, which is more due.


    The snow sword king is powerful again. After all, he is not a real immortal. At best, he is the highest cultivation of returning to emptiness.


    Facing the four corner friars with several true immortal level combat effectiveness, she can''t go up alone.


    In his current capacity, Meng Zhang is not qualified to participate in the decision-making of the high-level of Tiangong.


    After all kinds of explanations, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave.


    Meng Zhang first went to the residence of Taiyi gate in the heavenly palace.


    For a long time, taiyimen has sent out Zhongyuan God Zhenjun to sit in the heavenly palace in turn.


    In addition to rubbing the aura of the heavenly palace for cultivation, these Yuanshen Zhenjun also need to inquire and collect all kinds of intelligence to safeguard the commercial interests of taiyimen.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun, who now sits in the heavenly palace, is a young descendant. He has made a breakthrough in cultivation in recent years.


    He has never had any contact with Meng Zhang before.


    Now he suddenly saw the leader appear in front of him. He was almost stunned, and then there was a burst of ecstasy.


    Meng Zhang learned the latest news about the heavenly palace and the whole Junchen world from him. After finding that there was nothing important to deal with immediately, he left here and left the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang easily passed through the nine days and returned to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, which is where the sun and moon blessed land is located.


    After leaving for almost 400 years, Meng Zhang finally went home. Meng Zhang''s mood was very complex.

 Chapter 1929

    Since many years ago, Meng Zhang has entrusted the daily affairs of Taiyi gate to the middle and senior level of the gate headed by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple.


    Meng Zhang often goes out. When he is in the door, he is closed for a long time and rarely asks about the trivial things in the door.


    Niu Dawei and others did not disappoint Meng Zhang. They took care of the sect in order and handled everything smoothly.


    Over the years, taiyimen has developed rapidly and become more and more powerful. The middle and high levels of these doors have made great contributions.


    Meng Zhang trusted the middle and high levels of the gate and trusted them with Taiyi gate.


    Most of the time, Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, did not personally participate in the management of the sect. The position of leader seems to be more nominal.


    However, although Meng Zhang often went out and delayed outside for a long time, he had never been out of the door for such a long time, let alone so far away.


    For more than 400 years, many things can happen.


    What''s more, in recent years, the situation in Jun dust world has become more and more complex.


    Meng Zhang looked at the sun, moon and blessed land below, and was very comforted.


    Despite the cover of the fourth order mountain protection war, Meng Zhang''s current vision can still easily see all kinds of internal situations through the large array.


    Compared with before Meng Zhang left, the area of Riyue blessed land expanded a lot and the interior became more prosperous.


    Many newly built buildings are all over the blessed land of the sun and moon, and countless friars of Taiyi gate and vassal forces go in and out.


    ¡­¡­


    In fact, after returning to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has resumed contact with his outer incarnation too wonderful.


    Especially after Meng Zhang left the heavenly palace, he immediately synchronized the news with Taimiao and learned the latest situation of Taiyi gate and Junchen world.


    Generally speaking, taiyimen has been relatively peaceful for more than 400 years and has been developing at a high speed.


    Although Hanhai road alliance led by taiyimen did not expand its territory, it fully developed the original territory.


    With a relatively sufficient supply of resources, the whole Hanhai road alliance has produced a large number of talents and trained many excellent practitioners.


    Taiyimen and its personal allies have advanced by leaps and bounds.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, successfully survived the thunder robbery of Yang God not long ago and became a monk of Yang God period.


    At this time, in addition to the void son, Taiyi gate has another close comrade in arms of Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, who is also moving forward to the stage of Yang God soon.


    In the whole Hanhai Taoist League, there are many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen.


    After Meng Zhang disappeared in the empty battlefield, companion Xue Jianjun was a little sorry.


    She arranged Meng Zhang under the command of the cold war emperor, which originally meant to take care of Meng Zhang.


    Who would have thought that Meng Zhang unexpectedly encountered a great devil at the level of heaven and earth Dharma, and disappeared.


    With this kind of guilt, companion Xue Jianjun takes good care of taiyimen.


    With the identity and strength of Banxue sword king, you can solve many problems of Taiyi gate with a little dessert, which benefits Taiyi gate a lot.


    For example, because all kinds of foreign invaders jointly attacked the Junchen world, the Junchen world lost almost all the resource points in the void.


    Therefore, the heavenly palace had to increase its efforts to collect materials from the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    Occupy the territory with the influence scale of taiyimen. If a guy who doesn''t deal with it is in charge of this, he can search wantonly and bankrupt taiyimen.


    However, due to the hint of Banxue Jianjun, the quantity of materials recruited by taiyimen and its subordinate hanhaidao alliance is not large, which does not affect the development of taiyimen.


    Taiyimen has also been recruited many Yuanshen Zhenjun to the void battlefield over the years.


    However, these Yuanshen Zhenjun did not go as cannon fodder to Ziyang Shengzong, the enemy on the surface of Taiyi gate, and guantian Pavilion, the enemy secretly. In recent years, due to the large-scale attack of foreign invaders, they are in trouble, so it is difficult to take into account Taiyi gate.


    These holy land sects also dare not let foreign invaders invade the Junchen world.


    To some extent, they are more eager to see the cultivation forces within the Junchen world unite as one to resist foreign enemies than the companion snow sword king.


    The loose external environment gives taiyimen a good opportunity for development.


    In recent years, the biggest dispute between taiyimen and the outside world mainly occurred on the other side of the West Sea.


    Due to the increasing recruitment of major cultivation forces in Junchen world by Tiangong, qualified cultivation forces have increased their overseas development.


    After the last war, the Hai people had to give up many territories in the West Sea and began to shrink their sphere of influence.


    On the vast west sea, there are very rich resources.


    When dividing the interests of the West Sea, the old man in charge of the silver pot had to leave many tails because of various factors, resulting in many hidden dangers.


    Because of the relationship between Yinhu old man and Meng Zhang, Yinhu old man deliberately took care of Taiyi gate and let Taiyi gate swallow very fat booty.


    Many Xiuzhen forces who also participated in the battle of the West Sea are jealous of this.


    However, at the beginning, Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness was still in the Junchen world, and no one was willing to challenge taiyimen openly.


    After Meng Zhang disappeared in the empty battlefield, although taiyimen repeatedly claimed that Meng Zhang''s soul lamp remained the same, and his state was normal.


    However, Meng Zhang didn''t show up for a long time, which still caused many Xiuzhen forces to think carefully.


    On the other side of the West Sea, taiyimen clashed with many Xiuzhen forces, competing for various interests.


    Although there was no large-scale battle between them due to the strict order of the heavenly palace, all kinds of open and secret battles continued.


    Even if you take care of Taiyi gate, there is a limit,


    She is not the nanny of taiyimen. She can''t care about taiyimen and help taiyimen solve every problem.

 Chapter 1930

    Meng Zhang disappeared, taiyimen temporarily lacked the ability to return to the virtual world, and its deterrent to other Xiuzhen forces was greatly reduced.


    Over the years, there have been some problems even on the Xingluo islands.


    However, now that Meng Zhang has returned safely and made great progress in cultivation, these problems will naturally be solved.


    Meng Zhang believed that he didn''t have to fight. As long as the news of his return spread, many Xiuzhen forces who fought openly and secretly with taiyimen would become honest.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, in a mountain below, a human shadow soared to the sky and flew directly between the clouds in the sky.


    Over the years, in the process of expanding the sun moon blessed land, friar taiyimen has constantly moved mountains and seas, resulting in many more peaks and lakes.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he saw the figure at a glance and guessed what she was going to do.


    This person is Yang Xueyi, the elder of Taiyi sect.


    Yang Xueyi joined taiyimen before Niu Dawei, and her qualifications and temperament were excellent.


    She has made countless contributions to Taiyi gate. She is a figure like a sea god needle in the gate.


    Over the years, Yang Xueyi''s accomplishments have been above Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader.


    When the heavenly palace issued the call up order to the whole Junchen world this time, the Taiyi gate was personally led by the great friar Yang Xueyi in the later period of Yuanshen to respond to the call up.


    In the current empty battlefield, even the great power in the early stage of returning to the void is just a pawn, and the yuan God Zhenjun can barely be consumed as cannon fodder.


    In the same sentence, although you will take care of taiyimen, you can''t take care of everything.


    Especially in this large-scale war, she won''t be too selfish.


    The best arrangement she can make is for the recruited taiyimen friar to be stationed in nine days.


    Foreign invaders are powerful and often take the initiative, breaking into the nine days more than once.


    The taiyimen friar stationed for nine days suffered casualties when he was guarding for nine days.


    Yang Xueyi was also seriously injured in a big war and hurt her foundation.


    Because of this injury, Yang Xueyi''s cultivation was seriously affected. Niu Dawei was able to catch up from behind. Yang Xueyi advanced to the Yang God stage first.


    Inside and outside the door, many people thought that Yang Xueyi was mostly depressed this time, and it was difficult to recover her former cultivation.


    It never occurred to me that Yang Xueyi not only recovered her accomplishments, but also began to cross the robbery. She had to go through the thunder robbery of the Yang God and enter the Yang God period.


    Although Meng Zhang was just in time, he just caught up with Yang Xueyi.


    But even if he is Huixu powerful, he can''t help Yang Xueyi at this time.


    Yang Xueyi had done everything she could before the robbery.


    Now it all depends on Yang Xueyi whether she can survive the thunder robbery.


    Yang Xueyi has always been a very optimistic person of Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang is also full of confidence in her.


    The information obtained from Taimiao let Meng Zhang know the setbacks Yang Xueyi has encountered over the years.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s understanding of Yang Xueyi, her mind is enough for her to overcome these difficulties.


    Yang Xueyi entered the clouds and immediately triggered a thunderstorm, which attracted countless thunder bombardments.


    Meng Zhang devoted all his attention to Yang Xueyi''s direction.


    Although Meng Zhang could not see every detail of Yang Xueyi''s robbery because of the shielding of thunder.


    However, according to Meng Zhang''s observation and his experience, he thinks Yang Xueyi''s situation should be good.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang did not read Yang Xueyi wrong.


    Thunder rumbled and electric snakes danced in the sky. After a long time, all the visions disappeared.


    The thunder clouds dissipated, revealing Yang Xueyi standing in the sky.


    At this time, Yang Xueyi was in high spirits and had a special prestige.


    Such a sensitive person as Meng Zhang can feel that the Yin Qi in her yuan God has dissipated, and the yuan God has become pure Yang without scale.


    At this time, under the leadership of Niu Dawei, the acting leader, the friars of taiyimen who watched Yang Xueyi''s robbery, flew high into the air and flew towards Yang Xueyi.


    People have not approached, a sound of congratulations has sounded.


    Following Niu Dawei, Yang Xueyi passed the thunder robbery of Yang God and successfully advanced to the Yang God period.


    Now, there are three friars in the period of Yang God in Taiyi gate.


    As a magic weapon, when he crossed the robbery, he also relied on the power of Meng Zhang.


    Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi both rely solely on their own strength.


    There are two more monks in the period of Yang God in Taiyi gate, which not only greatly increases the combat power of the sect, but also shows that there are people in the sect, and the hierarchical structure of the sect monks has become perfect.


    Seeing the crowd gathered together, Meng Zhang burst out a burst of hearty laughter and suddenly appeared in front of the crowd.


    Seeing the sudden appearance of Meng Zhang, the people first had an unbelievable expression on their faces, and then were overwhelmed by great surprises.


    Although it is said that returning to emptiness can lead to a long life, it is nothing to go out for hundreds of years at a time.


    However, Meng Zhang disappeared in the empty battlefield, and never left zongmen for so long.


    If the soul lamp belonging to Meng Zhang, which is enshrined in the sect door, was not intact, people would have been terrified up and down the sect door.


    The soul lamp is intact, which can only prove Meng Zhang''s life. But when Meng Zhang will be able to return to taiyimen, no one can tell.


    The Taiyi sect has temporarily lost Meng Zhang, the great power to return to the virtual world. At a time when the situation in the Jun dust world is severe, all the people in the sect, including Niu Dawei, the acting leader, are worried and walking on thin ice.


    Over the years, taiyimen has encountered many difficulties and challenges.


    As acting leader, Niu Dawei is very qualified and can lead the sect to overcome difficulties and meet challenges.


    Now Meng Zhang finally returned safely. Including Niu Dawei, he was relieved and completely put down the burden in his heart.


    Wen Qian spoke loudly on one side. Today is really a double happiness day.


    Yang Xueyi successfully advanced to the Yang God period, and Meng Zhang, the pillar leader of the gate, returned safely.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who shows his feelings. He is no longer happy in his heart, but he doesn''t show much in his appearance.


    Those present were the high-level officials of taiyimen. These yuan Shen Zhenjun had practiced for many years, had a calm mind, and soon recovered their composure.


    Without much dog blood, Meng Zhang and others took off to the bottom and returned to the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    After years of expansion and enhancement, the sun moon blessed land has been continuously improved and has become a genuine taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After returning to the gate of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang gathered the middle and high levels of the gate and selectively told everyone about his experience over the years.


    In addition to some of his own private affairs and secrets, including those in the four corner Star area, there was a conflict with guantian Pavilion Huixu Daneng near Shenchang world, and he didn''t hide the promise of Xuejian Jun after returning to Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang knew that the middle and senior management of Taiyi gate must understand the detailed information and thoroughly understand the current situation, so as to contribute to the next step of Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 1931

    Listening to Meng Zhang''s experience over the years, the middle and high levels of the door listened attentively.


    Most of them have not even left the Junchen world. How do you know that there are so many wonderful worlds in the void and so many things will happen.


    As Meng Zhang described his ups and downs, people''s faces changed, and it was difficult to hide their ups and downs.


    After Meng Zhang finished talking about everything, he didn''t speak for a long time, waiting for the people to digest what he said.


    To be honest, although Meng Zhang''s experience in the void is wonderful, it has little direct impact on Taiyi gate.


    No matter Meng Zhang or taiyimen''s current strength, they can''t ask the friars in the quadrangular Star area, let alone deeply understand the cloud city that comes to the quadrangular Star area.


    What Meng Zhang has said now is mainly to increase everyone''s knowledge, so that the middle and high levels of the door can look at problems from a higher perspective.


    After the people Digested everything they said, Meng Zhang began to take out his harvest over the years.


    First of all, the most important thing is the manufacturing method of the void warship he obtained from the Mohist friars.


    Needless to say, the importance of virtual warships.


    The Mohist friars did not come up with the most advanced method of building void warships in the family, but they were much better than those road goods.


    At least, according to Meng Zhang, the empty warships sent by Junchen are very ordinary.


    After years of rapid development of Taiyi gate, the divine workmanship hall in the gate has a very strong ability to manufacture mechanism creations.


    However, it is difficult to build virtual warships. Even if there is a complete construction method, it needs the friar taiyimen to study and work slowly.


    Not to mention, the construction of virtual warships requires massive resources.


    With the current situation of taiyimen, I don''t know whether it can afford it.


    In any case, Meng Zhang worked hard to get the construction method of the void warship.


    Whether we can have the void warship belonging to taiyimen as soon as possible is related to Meng Zhang''s next strategic planning.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang asked taiyimen to fully mobilize and build a void warship as soon as possible.


    If there are any insurmountable difficulties, report to him in time.


    After explaining the matters about the virtual battleship, Meng Zhang took out a lot of various classics.


    In addition to the classics he obtained from Xingyun sword sect, there is also his collection of all big worlds in the void.


    These classics can not only greatly supplement the inheritance of taiyimen, but also broaden the vision of taiyimen friars.


    In the future, the high-level friar of taiyimen will leave the Junchen world and wander in the void. At least he won''t be black in his eyes and don''t understand anything.


    Finally, Meng Zhang talked about the gratitude and resentment between taiyimen and guantian Pavilion.


    Guantian Pavilion, as the Holy Land Sect gate, is powerful and once destroyed the Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Now Taiyi gate wants to be the enemy of guantian Pavilion. Everyone at the middle and senior levels of the gate has a solemn face and dare not be careless.


    Of course, taiyimen has been against Ziyang holy sect for many years. Because of the relationship between Hailing sect and Zhenhai hall, it is also an enemy.


    Also, because of Meng Zhang''s relationship, jiuxuan pavilion has bad intentions for Taiyi gate.


    It''s not the first time that taiyimen has offended the Holy Land Sect.


    Now there is an extra heaven viewing Pavilion. Everyone seems to be used to it.


    When Meng Zhang talked about the current situation in the Junchen world, Tiangong would never allow a large-scale civil war to break out in the Junchen world.


    Mr. Banxue Jianjun made a promise that he would not let guantian Pavilion attack Taiyi gate.


    Now, the middle and high levels of the door relaxed a little.


    At least, the threat of guantian Pavilion is not so imminent. Taiyimen has enough time to deal with it slowly.


    After explaining all kinds of things and chatting with the people for a long time, Meng Zhang asked the middle and senior leaders of the sect to step down and deal with their own affairs.


    After only a few people, such as Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang said another thing.


    What Meng Zhang wants to say next is the core secret of Taiyi gate. Even the ordinary Yuanshen elders in the gate are not qualified to know for the time being.


    Meng Zhang told the true origin of Taiyi gate, the root of inheritance, the existence of Taiyi golden immortal, etc.


    Of course, these things will not affect the current taiyimen for the time being. Niu Dawei and others don''t need to care too much.


    Meng Zhang took out all kinds of inheritance classics obtained from the remnant left by the ancestor guarding the mountain this time.


    These inheritance classics can enable monks to practice all the way to the realm of true immortality. Even for those holy places, they are very precious.


    In those days, the reason why guantian Pavilion attacked Taiyi gate in its heyday was largely for these inheritance.


    Meng Zhang put these inheritance classics into the depths of the Sutra Pavilion and kept them tightly.


    Even the middle and high levels of the door are not qualified to read these classics because of their lack of cultivation and status.


    After dealing with these classics, Meng Zhang chatted with Niu Dawei.


    On the one hand, he wants to change his perspective and understand the situation of zongmen in recent years.


    On the other hand, he and Niu Dawei, who haven''t seen each other for many years, are having a good conversation now.


    When Taimiao and Meng Zhang synchronized information, Meng Zhang only learned about the major events that have occurred in taiyimen and Junchen in recent years.


    He was too lazy to ask about some seemingly insignificant things and didn''t tell Meng Zhang.


    After finishing his business and chatting, Niu Dawei mentioned something that seemed unimportant, but Meng Zhang might be interested in.


    One of them is the Tian family, a Xiuzhen family that has been inherited for many years in the Taiyi gate. It is declining day by day and has become extinct.


    Hearing Niu Dawei mention the Tian family, Meng Zhang was in a trance in his mind.


    Although the Tian family is insignificant, they have a deep relationship with taiyimen.


    The Tian family was an important family in the Taiyi gate after it was exiled to the endless sand sea.


    Tian Zhen, Meng Zhang''s elder martial brother, came from the Tian family.


    Tian Zhen is not only a loyal supporter of Meng Zhang, but also an old scalper in the sect, making great contributions to the sect.


    Even after so many years, Meng Zhang can still clearly remember the senior brother''s voice and smile in his mind.


    Meng Zhang is fair. Even if he takes care of the Tian family because of Tian Zhen, there is a limit.


    The rise and fall of Xiuzhen family is really endless.


    In the Junchen world, except for some immortal descendant families, the other Xiuzhen families are strong, and they can''t avoid ups and downs.


    The Tian family of taiyimen is no exception.


    As the vassal family of taiyimen, the Tian family also had a glorious moment.


    However, the inheritance of Xiuzhen family mainly depends on blood. Even if it can absorb some foreign excellent monks by means of redundancy, there is always a limit. And these foreign monks will never be the core of the family.


    No matter how brilliant the accomplishments of ordinary monks are, it is difficult to determine the mentality of their descendants.


    There is no good way for anyone to meet the inferior qualification and low morale of future generations.


    This has been the case for several generations, and the ordinary friar family will naturally decline slowly, or even disappear.

 Chapter 1932

    The Tian family of taiyimen is just an ordinary Xiuzhen family, with nothing special.


    There are countless similar families in Taiyi gate.


    If the family has bad luck, it can''t cultivate excellent successors, and future generations don''t work hard, it will inevitably decline day by day.


    Later, the Tian family was extremely unlucky. Among the descendants of the family, there was no one with spiritual roots.


    There are so many sects and families under the command of Taiyi sect, and there are also all kinds of open and secret fights among them.


    Under the influence of interests, even many people in the door are involved.


    This kind of thing can not be avoided. Some middle and senior levels are even happy to see this kind of struggle.


    According to them, only by maintaining this struggle can the interior of the sect remain dynamic and not dead.


    Such a statement has a good market in taiyimen.


    As the leader of the sect, Meng Zhang cannot pay attention to everything inside the sect.


    As long as the fighting is kept within a certain range and the rules of Taiyi gate are strictly observed, the middle and senior management of doors such as Niu Dawei will not say anything.


    The decline of the Tian family naturally led to the suppression of its opponents.


    No one in the descendants of the family has spiritual roots, and the older generation of people gradually wither. Naturally, the Tian family will be removed from the Xiuzhen family.


    Taiyi sect is an authentic sect with a very regular style of conduct.


    Even if the Tian family declined, they didn''t have to worry about being destroyed.


    The middle and high level of the door will not allow the phenomenon of killing all in the fight inside the door.


    Hearing Niu Dawei talking about it, Meng Zhang couldn''t help sighing.


    The Xiuzhen family and even the Xiuzhen sect have ups and downs, which is the normal state of the Xiuzhen world.


    Meng Zhang has no intention of interfering and has no energy to ask all the details.


    In the dust world, Meng Zhang obtained the manufacturing method of artificial spiritual roots.


    He also considered whether to popularize artificial spiritual roots in taiyimen territory.


    After some thought, he felt that the large-scale popularization of artificial spiritual roots would do more harm than good.


    Taiyimen needs friars with excellent qualifications and great prospects, not friars with poor qualifications and limited achievements.


    Creating a large number of low-level friars through artificial spiritual roots is not good for the sect, but will consume a lot of resources.


    Now after listening to Niu Dawei''s words, Meng Zhang was touched and found another function of artificial spiritual root.


    The artificial spirit root will give ordinary people hope and keep them on the way up.


    Low level practitioners are also practitioners. Friars with poor qualifications may not be able to make achievements if the opportunity comes.


    Meng Zhang thought of this and soon made a new decision.


    He told the people present about the artificial spirit root.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, the manufacturing method of artificial spiritual root will be kept strictly confidential within the sect, and only a few people are allowed to know the specific situation.


    Niu Dawei selects some trusted high-level friars and regularly makes a batch of artificial spiritual roots.


    These limited artificial spiritual roots can be sold to the outside world and can also be used to reward monks in the door.


    Among them, the friars of the Xiuzhen family who contribute to the sect can make it easier for them to obtain artificial spiritual roots.


    These arrangements are only appetizers. Meng Zhang''s real intention is more than that.


    On the vast territory owned by taiyimen, there are many mortal settlements and countless mortals live.


    Taiyimen and its vassal strength are similar in the way of governing ordinary people.


    They regard mortals as a resource, just like herding cattle and sheep.


    Practitioners generally do not interfere too much in the lives of mortals.


    This is not the magnanimity of practitioners, but that practitioners regard themselves as a completely different species from mortals and disdain to pay too much attention to mortals.


    Taiyi gate is an authentic gate. Due to the strict order of Meng Zhang, ordinary people in Taiyi gate and its vassal territory are rarely harmed by practitioners.


    Within the control of taiyimen, it is not allowed for practitioners to hurt mortals for no reason.


    In the whole cultivation world, there are not many places that can maintain such goodwill to mortals.


    More often, the practitioners regard mortals as grass mustard and enslave and kill them arbitrarily.


    Of course, the Junchen world is a world dominated by Taoist practitioners, and mass massacres of mortals rarely occur.


    Because the whole Junchen world is too vast, even if the practitioners ignore it, because of the restrictions of transportation and communication, there can be no unified mortal Dynasty.


    In the final analysis, the situation of Dali Dynasty is just another form of Xiuzhen force.


    In the area controlled by taiyimen, people live in isolated territories.


    Although Meng Zhang is now afraid to openly practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, he can do some pre work.


    Taiyi Jinxian wants to canonize various gods and take charge of the sky, earth, mountains and rivers.


    Humanity is the foundation of Shinto.


    Without prosperous human power, it is impossible to have a prosperous faith in Shinto.


    Meng Zhang decided to integrate all the mortal territories under taiyimen.


    Even if a unified mortal Dynasty cannot be established, at least several large-scale mortal dynasties must be established first.


    Further strengthen the isolation between practitioners and mortals, and do not allow practitioners to meddle in human affairs wantonly.


    Not only the territory directly under taiyimen, but also the whole territory of Hanhai road alliance should implement new rules.


    Some outstanding people among mortals can reward them with artificial spiritual roots to become low-level practitioners.


    Although such a cultivator has a limited future, he has somehow crossed the gate and entered a new world.


    At present, Meng Zhang only has a preliminary idea.


    As for the specific details and how to implement them, there are still many things to be done.


    Meng Zhang told Niu Dawei about the new decision.


    Niu Dawei will try his best to promote this matter as the chief disciple of Taiyi sect.


    Although practitioners generally don''t care too much about the mortals under their rule, mortals are not only the basis of the cultivation world, but also a kind of resource.


    Meng Zhang''s current arrangement has overturned the previous practice in the cultivation world and moved the cake of the major cultivation forces of hanhaidao alliance, which will certainly lead to a lot of resistance.


    In the specific implementation process, there will also be many problems.


    Meng Zhang left the matter to Niu Dawei and asked him to use the power of the sect to complete it.


    The will of returning to virtual power cannot be violated, and this matter will be gradually implemented soon.


    As for the follow-up, Meng Zhang has not arranged yet.


    After explaining all the matters, Meng Zhang gave some advice on the practice of all the people present.


    Meng Zhang has made great progress in cultivation over the years and has a deeper understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    He gave a few random instructions, which might be able to solve some problems in cultivation and benefit everyone a lot.


    As the only great power of returning to emptiness in the door, it is also Meng Zhang''s responsibility to guide the cultivation of the younger generation in the door.


    Meng Zhang explained for several days and answered many of their questions before ending this guidance.

 Chapter 1933

    After Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate, he didn''t go out and always sat at the Zong gate.


    After the successful construction of the sun moon blessed land of taiyimen, it has been continuously strengthened and improved.


    For more than 400 years since Meng Zhang was absent from the gate, taiyimen has not relaxed this work.


    Even to cope with the recruitment of the heavenly palace, taiyimen still transferred human and material resources and continued to invest in the expansion of the sun moon blessed land.


    After years of efforts, the sun moon blessed land of taiyimen has been relatively perfect.


    The sun moon blessed land can provide a large number of high-quality Reiki to support many monks in the door.


    All the Yuanshen Zhenjun in the gate, including Yang shenzhenjun, can practice daily in the blessed land of the sun and moon without consuming a lot of precious nine day essence and jade Qingling machine.


    Even when the blessed land is rich in aura, the Yuanshen friars of Hanhai daomeng can rent a quiet room in the blessed land to practice at a certain cost.


    Compared with the ancestral gate, the aura here is more abundant and pure, not to mention the security of Taiyi gate.


    Therefore, there are often Yuanshen Zhenjun of Hanhai daomeng to retreat and practice in the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    Taiyimen can earn some resources by renting the closed quiet room in the blessed land of sun and moon.


    Of course, for the sake of safety, at present, taiyimen only allows the monks of Hanhai daomeng to rent the closed quiet room, and does not open the sun and moon blessed land to the monks of other monastic forces.


    Moreover, the movement of these monks was strictly restricted and they were not allowed to enter the key position of the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    In particular, the independent space at the core of Sun Moon blessed land is a place closely guarded by the high-rise of taiyimen.


    Now that Meng Zhang has returned to zongmen, it is still very difficult for the sun and moon blessed land to support his return to virtual power.


    The blessed land of the sun and Moon continues to be strengthened and improved. Meng Zhang will not dry up at this time, causing too much pressure on the blessed land.


    Meng Zhang absorbs a lot of aura from the sun, moon and blessed land every day.


    In his daily cultivation, he still consumes more resources such as jade Qingling machine.


    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void these years, and his harvest is still very rich.


    Even after so many years of consumption in the void, there is still a lot left.


    Meng Zhang originally wanted to place the heaven and earth pillar in the gap between positive space and anti space, as before, and let it absorb the scattered vitality of heaven and earth.


    However, in a stable world, Meng Zhang will not only be difficult to break the boundary between positive space and anti space, but also make a lot of noise.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to give up the idea and continue to carry the heaven and earth pillar with him.


    After Meng Zhang returned to zongmen, he kept in touch with Taimiao in the underworld many times and synchronized information.


    For more than 400 years, Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void.


    Although Taimiao can''t establish too clear contact with Meng Zhang, it can clearly know that Meng Zhang is in a good state by virtue of the indelible causal relationship between the self and the external avatar.


    Meng Zhang''s departure from the Junchen world did not have much impact.


    It''s wonderful to continue to expand in the underworld according to the previous plan.


    Too wonderful had the strength of Yang God period long ago, and had a power in the underworld.


    He had many natural characteristics of ghosts and gods, and power was in his hand. In turn, he constantly influenced him and strengthened these characteristics.


    It''s too wonderful. You don''t need to practice. Your accomplishments will make continuous progress, and the progress speed is fast.


    The powerful ghosts and gods in the Yang God period are rare in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. Although I have reservations and rarely make full efforts, I can still be invincible and reckless.


    With the expansion of Taimiao in the underworld, more and more people were accepted by him and took the initiative to take refuge in his ghosts and powerful ghosts.


    It''s wonderful to make great progress in cultivation. You can have more obedience to God.


    After careful selection, many strong people joined his followers.


    For obedience to God, too wonderful has too many restrictive means, which can safely drive them.


    From the expansion of God''s team, the strength of Taimiao''s army has greatly increased.


    Recently, too wonderful has rarely set out in person.


    He sent an army led by God to conquer many forces in the underworld and lay a great territory.


    It''s wonderful. I have more time to spend on my own practice.


    Too wonderful found that with the continuous expansion of his territory in the underworld, his refining degree of power in his hand deepened.


    The deeper the power is refined, he can not only exert some of the power of power, but also give him a lot of feedback, so that he has more and stronger magical powers.


    About two hundred years ago, the elder ghosts and gods of taiyimen ran out of Shouzheng Shouyuan and were about to disappear completely.


    Too wonderful is the power that drives the power in hand and takes the initiative to send it into reincarnation.


    Although it is too wonderful, it is far from mastering the power of reincarnation and controlling the reincarnation of Shouzheng.


    But he still tried to strengthen the soul of integrity.


    In samsara, having a stronger soul body can resist the killing power of samsara.


    If you are lucky enough, Shouzheng may be able to bring some Yu Ze to the next life.


    Limited to cultivation, it''s wonderful to do everything you can, but you haven''t fully realized your old promise to keep upright.


    After that, Taimiao stepped up her cultivation and tried to fully grasp the reincarnation power in her hands as soon as possible.


    About a year ago, Tianshi society found out Taimiao''s trace, organized many ghosts and gods, and launched a raid on Taimiao.


    Of course, because most of his men are sent out to fight in all directions, too wonderful, there is not much strength around.


    The Tianshi association has been planning for a long time and is threatening. Not only mobilized the strength of the Tianshi society itself, but also tried to get the help of many forces in the underworld.


    In the face of a strong enemy, Taimiao shows the power of ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God and kills the enemy in a mess.


    At the critical moment of the war, three true kings of the Yang God from the Yang world came to the underworld and killed Taimiao with a strange treasure.


    The Yang God Zhenjun who holds a strange treasure can even make a few moves with Huixu Da Neng. It is by no means that ordinary Yang God level ghosts and gods can resist.


    In the face of a seemingly irresistible enemy, it''s wonderful to deal with it calmly without the slightest panic.


    The underworld is the territory of ghosts and gods. Natural ghosts and gods are like fish in water in the underworld.


    It was wonderful to occupy the advantage of the home court. He looked for an opportunity to run the power of reincarnation in his hand and forcibly expelled the three Yang God true kings from the Yang world from the underworld.


    Expel the strongest of the enemies, and the rest of the ghosts, gods and ghosts are simply vulnerable in front of Taimiao.


    Although he was hurt by the power of forcibly driving power.


    But in the end, too wonderful became the winner and completely defeated the invaders.


    After this war, not only will Tianshi suffer heavy losses, but also the forces that helped Tianshi society.


    It will be very difficult for them to organize such a sneak attack again in the future.

 Chapter 1934

    The final winner of this war was wonderful, but it still left a lot of future troubles.


    First, it was wonderful to be injured in the war. After the war, it took decades to heal the injury and completely restore the combat effectiveness.


    Second, during the war, the three Yang God friars who came to the underworld recognized their origin.


    They are the nine xuange friars who came to the underworld and competed for power with the friars of the situ family.


    It seems that after years of investigation, jiuxuan Pavilion is worthy of being the Holy Land Sect gate. Finally, it was found that it was wonderful.


    Most of the attacks organized by Tianshi society were also directed by jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Although the heavenly palace forbids the cultivation forces in the Junchen world to fight inside, Taimiao is not a member of the cultivation forces.


    Most of the ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld are the enemies of practitioners.


    Moreover, the heavenly palace order can only affect the Yang world of the Jun dust world.


    For the underworld, the control of the heavenly palace is very limited.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion crusades against the ghosts and gods in the underworld. Even if the heavenly palace is not satisfied, it is difficult to stop it.


    During the war, Taimiao used his power to forcibly expel three Yang God friars in jiuxuan Pavilion. I''m afraid they have exposed the details and let them completely determine that Taimiao was the fisherman who forcibly took power from under their eyes.


    Not to mention the importance of the power of the underworld, just because of the spirit of the friars of jiuxuange, they can''t bear to take advantage of them.


    Although there has been no further action in jiuxuan Pavilion since the last failure.


    But whether Meng Zhang or too wonderful, we can be sure that jiuxuan Pavilion will never give up on this matter.


    At present, they should only have no good way to deal with the wonderful in the underworld for the time being.


    With the details of the Holy Land Sect gate, when they are ready, they will certainly launch a thunderbolt, pointing at it. It''s wonderful.


    In addition, the close relationship between Taimiao and taiyimen is no secret.


    When Taimiao seized power, Meng Zhang was also at the scene.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang was also a participant and also played tricks on friar jiuxuange.


    Because Meng Zhang had a grudge with jiuxuan Pavilion about Taoist xuanao.


    New hatred and old hatred add up, jiuxuan Pavilion will certainly not let Meng Zhang go.


    Meng Zhang had been wandering in the void before, and Taiyi gate was taken care of by Mr. Xuejian. Jiuxuan Pavilion may not be easy to start.


    But now the Lord Meng Zhang is back, and there must be some action in jiuxuan Pavilion.


    In addition, the participants who seized power in those years were not only jiuxuan Pavilion, but also situ family and Dali Dynasty.


    The situ family is a holy family, also coveting the power of the underworld.


    Dali Dynasty and taiyimen are still allies, but Meng Zhang played tricks on each other last time, and intentionally or unintentionally let them take the blame.


    The situ family is not easy to mess with.


    Dali, an ally of the imperial dynasty, is very useful to taiyimen.


    At the thought of these things, even Meng Zhang felt very headache.


    Next, either Meng Zhang or taiyimen may encounter great trouble.


    Of course, too wonderful brought Meng Zhang not all bad news.


    After the injury healed, wonderful cultivation has made great progress.


    According to Taimiao, maybe it won''t be long before he can have the power to return to the virtual level.


    Too wonderful has the power of Yang God level. It''s only hundreds of years now.


    The speed of such cultivation is much faster than that of most practitioners in Jun dust world.


    Although he is not as good as Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang has made countless efforts in the process of cultivation, had many opportunities, and experienced many difficulties and obstacles.


    It''s wonderful. In the underworld, cultivation will naturally progress.


    As long as he practices hard, his progress speed can be called amazing speed.


    After the first World War, he saw a further threshold.


    To tell the truth, Meng Zhang is a little envious of his own incarnation.


    When the refining was too wonderful, Meng Zhang spent many precious resources.


    Later, Meng Zhang continued to increase investment to refine Taimiao, including rare treasures such as the crystallization of natural ghosts and gods.


    It''s wonderful now. It can be regarded as most natural ghosts and gods.


    If too wonderful can really advance to the virtual level, it will play a great role in Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang had two more powerful enemies because of his wonderful relationship, there was also a rift in his relationship with the Dali Dynasty.


    However, compared with the benefits brought by too wonderful to Meng Zhang, these are worth it.


    For jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family, Meng Zhang has no good way for the time being. He can only be more careful and let Taimiao strengthen his vigilance.


    In addition to communicating with Taimiao, Meng Zhang also received many guests during this period.


    After the news of Meng Zhang''s safe return from the void spread, the Xiuzhen forces, who had a dispute with Taiyi gate, became quiet and stopped many actions.


    All the major members of the Hanhai Daoist alliance and the Xiuzhen forces who had made friends with taiyimen or had a relationship with taiyimen sent people to visit Meng Zhang.


    For a while, the sun and moon blessed land outside taiyimen Mountain Gate was crowded with visitors.


    Of course, not all visitors are eligible for Meng Zhang''s interview.


    Ordinary Yuanshen Qi Zhenjun, Taiyi sect will arrange the Yuanshen elders in the sect to meet him.


    Some important people will be received by Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader.


    People below the yuan God Zhenjun are not even qualified to enter the Taiyi gate. They are often sent away by the knowledgeable guests in the gate.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t like these parties, some people still forced him to meet.


    Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, was an old friend of Meng Zhang in his early years and had many experiences of fighting side by side.


    After Xu Mengying''s advanced Yang God period, Meng Zhang had long disappeared in the void. At that time, Niu Dawei had not advanced Yang God period.


    Some of the top leaders of Huanglian sect were either provoked or moved by themselves. They actually persuaded Xu Mengying to challenge the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Before the rise of taiyimen, Huanglian sect was an old-fashioned Yuanshen sect.


    In recent years, taiyimen has developed rapidly, and the development of Huanglian religion is not slow.


    In her early years, for the development of Huanglian cult, Xu Mengying did not hesitate to venture into the void near the Junchen world, and accumulated a lot of money for Huanglian cult.


    A large number of strong people of Huanglian sect naturally inflated some high-rise buildings in the door.


    Xu Mengying did not listen to the opinions of these high-level officials, but severely reprimanded them.


    And publicly said that if anyone tries to provoke and destroy the relationship between Huanglian cult and taiyimen, she will be severely punished.


    Huanglian sect will always support the leader of Taiyi sect and resolutely obey the orders of Taiyi sect.


    Xu Mengying integrated the split Huanglian religion and led the development of Huanglian religion to today.


    She is not only the first master in teaching, but also highly respected and has supreme authority.


    No one in the Huanglian sect dared to openly disobey her will.

 Chapter 1935

    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang have a deep friendship and close relationship.


    In Huanglian sect, some people even talk privately about whether they have an affair or not.


    Xu Mengying firmly supported the Taiyi sect and willingly let the Huanglian sect live under the Taiyi sect, but it was not entirely because of the so-called friendship.


    Xu Mengying has a deep understanding of Meng Zhang and knows that Meng Zhang will not fall so easily.


    As long as Meng Zhang, the great power of returning to emptiness, is still there, the position of the leader of Taiyi sect cannot be shaken.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang really wandered into the void, he would never be able to return to Taiyi gate again.


    The current strength of Taiyi sect alone is enough to crush Huanglian sect.


    The void son of Taiyi sect is an old-fashioned friar in the period of Yang God. His strength is far higher than that of Xu Mengying, the new Jinyang God.


    At the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, taiyimen has a large number of strong people, maintaining an absolute advantage over all other members of hanhaidao alliance.


    Meng Zhang disappeared in the void. Taiyimen already faced many challenges and difficulties.


    At this time, Huang Lianjiao showed a heart of disobedience, which will provoke the sensitive nerves of Taiyi sect and lead to its severe treatment.


    Xu Mengying''s wisdom and determination helped the Huanglian cult avoid a catastrophe.


    Her attitude is exactly what taiyimen needs.


    On the surface, at least, the top and bottom of Taiyi sect are very satisfied with Huang Lianjiao and regard Xu Mengying as a loyal ally.


    After Meng Zhang came back, he publicly stated that Xu Mengying should be rewarded for her loyalty to taiyimen.


    After knowing the news of Meng Zhang''s safe return, Xu Mengying heard that Xu Mengying came to the door. Meng Zhang hadn''t seen him for many years. They both sighed.


    After some greetings, the two talked about their respective experiences over the years.


    Taiyimen is the leader of Hanhai Dao alliance. Ban xuejianjun regards the members of Hanhai Dao alliance as the vassal of taiyimen.


    Although they will not take care of them deliberately, they and taiyimen are taken as a whole.


    Tiangong may have maintained normal efforts in recruiting various materials of Hanhai Dao alliance, but did not recruit too many Yuanshen Zhenjun of Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Even the Yuanshen Zhenjun of a small number of other members of hanhaidao alliance arranged them with the Yuanshen Zhenjun of taiyimen, mainly to keep them within nine days.


    Because of this convenience, Xu Mengying, as the true king of Yang God, avoided being sent directly to the empty battlefield.


    Now in the empty battlefield, Yuanshen Zhenjun is the exact cannon fodder, and there will be a large area of casualties at any time.


    Therefore, Xu Mengying is very grateful to taiyimen.


    After listening to Xu Mengying''s story, Meng Zhang also had a choice and told Xu Mengying his experience in the void.


    Meng Zhang''s colorful experience made Xu Mengying excited and yearning.


    When Xu Mengying broke through the Yang God period in those years, she did not exchange the robbery crossing secret method provided by Taiyi gate, but practiced a robbery crossing secret method obtained by her own family in the heavenly palace.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, Xu Mengying should have gained many benefits when she passed the thunder robbery of Yang God, which laid a deep foundation for further cultivation in the future.


    If there is no big accident, Xu Mengying may have a great chance of success in the advanced return period.


    Meng Zhang did not suppress Xu Mengying''s mind. On the contrary, I look forward to having another Taoist friend of the same level.


    After chatting, Meng Zhang pointed out Xu Mengying''s practice, especially focusing on some key points to break through the retreat period.


    These are very valuable knowledge, which is difficult for Xu Mengying to access under normal circumstances.


    Meng Zhang not only rewards Xu Mengying for her loyalty over the years, but also supports her mind.


    When Meng Zhang had not left the Junchen world, he ordered the top level of taiyimen to vigorously support the vassal forces and let them cultivate more yuan gods and true kings.


    Later, Meng Zhang provided the secret method of crossing the thunder robbery of Yang God for the later monks of Yuanshen of hanhaidao alliance.


    Even among the other members of Hanhai Dao alliance, no one has exchanged these secret methods. There are no other Yang God friars except Xu Mengying.


    However, Meng Zhang''s determination to support all members of Hanhai road alliance and enhance the overall strength of Hanhai road alliance has been very obvious.


    Having known Xu Mengying for many years, Meng Zhang trusted her very much.


    Meng Zhang is now a middle-term monk who cultivates the phase of heaven and earth. Even after Xu Mengying''s advanced phase of returning to emptiness, he can''t threaten Meng Zhang for a long time, let alone shake the position of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang might as well be generous, help her advance and return to the virtual period as soon as possible, and let herself have more reliable helpers.


    Meng Zhang knew that the whole Jun dust world would be stormy and lead to unprecedented huge storms.


    It is really difficult for him to deal with it alone and to protect the integrity of Hanhai daomeng.


    Compared with his eldest disciple Niu Dawei, Xu Mengying is closer to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Xu Mengying felt Meng Zhang''s kindness from Meng Zhang''s guidance.


    Of course, even if Xu Mengying has a solid foundation and Meng Zhang''s guidance, it will not happen overnight if she wants to advance and return to the virtual period.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s advice, Xu Mengying temporarily lived in the blessed land of the sun and moon and was ready to practice here for a period of time.


    In addition to Xu Mengying, among the people who came to visit Meng Zhang, there were some people he had to pay attention to.


    Lu Tianshu Zhenjun, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, sent a door-to-door visit on behalf of Hai Ling. Of course, Meng Zhang would welcome him.


    At that time, there was a gap between the two people with similar cultivation.


    Lu Tianshu is still a cultivation in the Yang God period, and there is still a long way to go from the return to emptiness period.


    In fact, his practice speed is the norm in the practice world.


    Especially after the friars'' accomplishments have entered a higher level, even outstanding friars from such a big school as Hailing school can not make a leap easily.


    Meng Zhang returned this time and fought a war with the nuns of guantian Pavilion in the void.


    Guantian Pavilion won''t spread this shameful thing to them at will, but old man Yu Ci is just a casual practitioner and doesn''t have a strong sense of confidentiality.


    After this guy fled back to the Junchen world, he sold the news of that war to the Dark Alliance.


    First, some friars close to the Dark Alliance knew the news, and then it slowly spread in the Junchen world.


    Now there are many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world. They all know that Meng Zhang of Taiyi sect has been wandering in emptiness for these years. He should have obtained some opportunity to make great progress in cultivation, cultivate the phase of heaven and earth, and advanced to the middle of returning to emptiness.


    Then he returned to the ground under the eyelids of Xu Da Neng in guantian Pavilion and forcibly took away the inheritance left by Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    At this time, Meng Zhang became famous, which made many Huixu great powers look at him with new eyes.

 Chapter 1936

    You know, in the Jun dust world, the total number of returning to virtual power is actually quite a lot. However, most of these great powers of returning to emptiness are accomplishments in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Especially among the cultivation forces outside the sanxiu and Holy Land Sect, few can cultivate the phase of heaven and earth.


    Several of the Hai Ling sect''s current great powers of returning to emptiness are all accomplishments in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    The silver pot old man and the silk holding mother-in-law who are closely related to Meng Zhang also have such accomplishments.


    Of course, they didn''t practice heaven and earth Dharma, which is more due to their own reasons.


    It is already the limit for the monks in the early stage of returning to the virtual world to allow other religious forces and scattered monks to appear.


    The companion snow sword king of the heavenly palace secretly cultivated a lot of return to emptiness powers, but most of their accomplishments only stopped at the early stage of return to emptiness.


    Unless you completely take refuge in the heavenly palace and become a member of the heavenly palace, it is difficult to get further opportunities.


    Meng Zhang advanced in the void and returned to the middle of the void, but he avoided many troubles in the Jun dust world.


    If he was practicing heaven and earth Dharma in the Junchen world, he would certainly encounter many obstacles.


    As for now, the raw rice has been cooked. Even if someone is dissatisfied with this situation, can he easily kill him.


    Having experienced the war in the void, guantian pavilion has the idea of getting rid of Meng Zhang.


    They did not take action. In addition to the situation in the Junchen world, they were also afraid of Meng Zhang''s cultivation.


    It''s not so easy to kill a person who has cultivated the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    Once a blow is missed, Meng Zhang will have a chance to respond, which will bring disastrous consequences.


    In addition, the ancestor guarding the mountain has not appeared for many years.


    When Meng Zhang and Wei Jue Lao Dao fought fiercely, the mountain guarding ancestors did not participate in the war.


    Guantian Pavilion speculated that there was probably something wrong with the ancestor guarding the mountain. Maybe he''s fallen.


    However, guantian pavilion has always been unable to determine this.


    If the ancestor guarding the mountain has been hidden in the dark, it is another great threat.


    There are many great powers of returning to the virtual world in Jun dust world, but it can be said that it is very rare that Meng Zhang is so arrogant and has made enemies with so many holy sects.


    In any case, strong people like Meng Zhang should be respected.


    In the past, the strength of the Hailing sect was far above the Taiyi sect. The Taiyi sect was allied with the Hailing sect. Many people in the Hailing sect thought it was the Taiyi sect.


    If the Hailing sect had not been suppressed by Zhenhai hall, the situation would be really bad. The Hailing sect would not have been so easy to form an alliance with taiyimen.


    Now Meng Zhang has cultivated the heaven and earth Dharma phase. His own strength alone is enough to suppress the Hailing sect.


    The Hailing sect was praised by everyone. The decision to form an alliance with taiyimen was very wise.


    Originally, the Hailing sect was going to send out zhonghuixu to visit Meng Zhang this time.


    However, the leader Haiyang Zhenjun had to send Meng Zhang''s old friend Lu Tianshu Zhenjun because he couldn''t get away.


    Although Meng Zhang has made great progress in cultivation, he does not mean to wait for Lu Tianshu Zhenjun.


    Hailing sect is an important ally of Taiyi sect and has given a lot of help to Taiyi sect.


    In view of the current situation in the Junchen world, it is even more necessary for the two sects to keep warm.


    Meng Zhang cordially talked with Lu Tianshu Zhenjun and reiterated the importance of the alliance relationship between the two sides.


    Lu Tianshu was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    Meng Zhang still attaches importance to the ally of Hailing sect. Then Lu Tianshu Zhenjun can rest assured.


    In addition to the loyal ally of Hailing sect, taiyimen also has an unreliable ally of Dali Dynasty.


    Dali sent Han Yao, Meng Zhang''s former boss, the five punishment sword, to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not rude and personally received the old acquaintance who had not seen him for a long time.


    In those years, when Taiyi gate was still a subordinate gate of Dali imperial dynasty, Han Yao gave Meng Zhang a lot of care.


    Meng Zhang also appreciated Han Yao''s hatred of evil, his extreme hatred of evil cultivation and his irreconcilable attitude towards evil.


    After they met, they exchanged greetings and were polite for a long time before they got to the point.


    The imperial court should know the truth about seizing power because it was so wonderful in those days.


    During the conversation, Han Yao continued to express his willingness to make friends with Dali imperial court and taiyimen.


    Dali also hoped that taiyimen would make great efforts to help him when he fought against Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    As for the past unhappiness between the two families, it has long become a thing of the past and should not affect the current relationship between the two families.


    Han Yao also took the initiative to remind Meng Zhang that jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family had not given up, and had been calculating the power in Taimiao''s hands.


    No matter how sincere Han Yao''s words were, from his statement alone, it seems that Dali imperial court really needs taiyimen''s help to fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    For this purpose, the Dali Dynasty could not care about seizing power that year.


    Meng Zhang remembered what emperor Bawu had said. There was no way to reconcile the contradiction between Dali Dynasty and Ziyang Shengzong. There will be a big war in the future.


    So it seems that the alliance between Dali Dynasty and taiyimen can continue.


    Since Dali imperial court can not pursue Taimiao''s seizure of power, it is also in the interests of taiyimen to continue to make friends with Dali imperial court.


    Meng Zhang expressed the importance he attaches to Dali as an ally of the imperial dynasty and is willing to continue cooperation between the two sides.


    Han Yao, who talked with Meng Zhang for a long time and got the answer he wanted, finally left with satisfaction.


    After receiving Han Yao, Meng Zhang then received two guests from overseas.


    After the war between the west sea people and the sea people, the situation in the West Sea changed greatly.


    On the other side of the Xingluo islands, because the leadership of the Xingluo palace wavered, it fell into a state of headless dragons.


    Meng Zhang secretly contacted Guanghan fairy of Guanghan palace and Xuanxin Zhenjun of Xuanxin temple, helped them control Xingluo islands and tried to intervene in Xingluo islands through their hands.


    Guanghan fairy and Xuanxin Zhenjun both accepted Meng Zhang''s solicitation and were willing to become allies of Taiyi gate.


    Since Meng Zhang disappeared in the empty battlefield, although they did not oppose taiyimen, they also alienated a lot from taiyimen.


    In many things, they are not so obedient, but more perfunctory taiyimen.


    After all, without Meng Zhang, the great power of returning to emptiness, Taiyi gate really can''t get the power to crush them.


    Now Meng Zhang returned safely. They hurried to the door to meet and show their kindness to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was used to all kinds of wall grass in the cultivation world, and was not surprised by their attitude.


    In those days, taiyimen could only survive in the cultivation world and slowly develop to today by taking the helm and swinging left and right.


    Taiyimen can''t dominate the cultivation world one day. One day, it has to face such a wall grass.


    Since the other side and have utilization value, Meng Zhang will not care too much about them.


    Of course, proper beating is still needed.

 Chapter 1937

    Guanghan fairy and Xuanxin Zhenjun met Meng Zhang in fear and showed great humility and honesty in front of him.


    Over the years, they have been aggressive and fully expanded, trying to completely control the Xingluo islands.


    However, due to the obstruction of various forces, especially Xingluo palace, they have been unable to succeed.


    Of course, they have made many achievements and greatly expanded their own power.


    More importantly, they have never been in the mind of Ziyang Shengzong.


    This is also an important reason why Meng Zhang is willing to continue to accept them and support them.


    Because of the strict order of the heavenly palace, there was no large-scale battle between the major human cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    However, all kinds of overt and covert struggles and small-scale conflicts can never be cut off.


    Since the last war, the Xihai people have narrowed their sphere of influence and given up a large territory.


    This has attracted many Xiuzhen forces from the mainland to carry out wanton development here.


    Most of the land areas of Jun dust world have been dominated for a long time, and have been developed for many years.


    The East China Sea and the South China Sea were occupied by Zhenhai hall and hailing sect respectively.


    The West Sea, which is newly incorporated into the sphere of influence of Terran cultivators, is particularly attractive.


    Especially now, the heavenly palace has increased its efforts to collect materials from the major Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world. Many Xiuzhen forces who used to be rich and powerful are beginning to feel short of money and need more sources of income.


    Now the West Sea has almost become a mess due to the intervention of too many people''s cultivation forces.


    Even the cultivation forces at the level of Guanghan palace and Xuanxin Temple often feel great pressure.


    Now that Meng Zhang is back, Guanghan fairy and Xuanxin Zhenjun are worried about Meng Zhang because they blame them for their actions over the years. Second, they hope to please Meng Zhang and regain Meng Zhang''s strong support.


    Taiyimen has always been concerned about the situation in the West Sea. It has a large territory in the West Sea and has a great interest relationship.


    Guanghan palace and Xuanxin temple are very useful to Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang was not too difficult for them, but after beating them, he let it go.


    As long as Meng Zhang continued to maintain his overwhelming strength, they would not dare to have two hearts.


    If one day Meng Zhang and taiyimen are weak, naturally they can''t control them.


    Meng Zhang, who is used to cheating in the cultivation world, will not have much hope for their loyalty.


    Anyway, as long as they can help taiyimen''s action in the West Sea, it''s almost enough.


    Meng Zhang''s generous attitude made Guanghan fairy and Xuanxin Zhenjun a little relieved.


    Next, Meng Zhang had a good chat with them.


    During the conversation, they both mentioned Qiu Gangfeng''s recent situation.


    Qiu Gangfeng, the leader of Xingluo palace and the nominal ruler of Xingluo islands, finally advanced to return to virtual power more than 200 years ago.


    He once went back to the West Sea.


    At that time, all Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands were very nervous. They were afraid that he would take charge of Xingluo palace again and control Xingluo islands again.


    But Qiu Gangfeng''s action was beyond most people''s expectation.


    He just showed up in the Xingluo islands and left the Xingluo islands after a circle without leaving any words or the like.


    Qiu Gangfeng came and went in a hurry, which puzzled many people and relieved everyone.


    You know, at the beginning, Qiu Gangfeng resolutely gave up his own foundation. After leaving Xingluo islands, Xingluo islands fell into a state of headless dragons and heroes competing for deer.


    Xingluo palace has long been completely infiltrated by Ziyang saint.


    After Qiu Gangfeng left, Xingluo palace directly became a vassal of Ziyang Shengzong, trying to restore its rule over the planet Luo islands.


    Guanghan palace and other cultivation forces took the opportunity to expand their influence and began to fight openly and secretly with Xingluo palace.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s attitude towards everything in Xingluo islands is really resolute.


    Hearing them talking about Qiu Gangfeng, Meng Zhang sighed in his heart.


    At that time, the Qiu brothers had been trying to get rid of the control of Ziyang Shengzong and wanted to become the great power of returning to emptiness.


    The eldest Qiu Wanshui was calculated by Ziyang Shengzong and died on the west sea battlefield.


    Qiu Gangfeng had to give up everything about Xingluo islands in order to avoid the persecution of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s wish to break through the period of returning to emptiness must be a lot of trouble for Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    The Qiu brothers have supported each other for many years and have deep feelings. Qiu Gangfeng will not easily put down the Revenge of killing his brother.


    Qiu Gangfeng didn''t return to Xingluo palace after he became a great power of returning to emptiness. Obviously, he didn''t want to be dragged down.


    Without the control of Xingluo palace, he can better deal with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang ordered Guanghan fairy and Xuanxin Zhenjun to pay attention to Qiu Gangfeng''s whereabouts.


    If Qiu Gangfeng appears in the west sea again, inform him in time. He has something important to discuss with Qiu Gangfeng.


    In the face of Ziyang Shengzong, Qiu Gangfeng is a very good help.


    Meng Zhang and Guanghan fairy talked for a long time before they sent them away.


    Soon after, another unexpected guest came to visit.


    When Meng Zhang was in the heavenly palace, he was anxious to return to Taiyi gate and didn''t visit the old acquaintance Yinhu.


    He didn''t expect that soon after he returned to Taiyi gate, old man Yinhu took the initiative to visit him.


    At this meeting, old man Yinhu''s attitude towards Meng Zhang is very different from that in the past.


    In the intimacy, there was some respect.


    When old man Yinhu advanced to the retreat period, Meng Zhang was still an insignificant little monk.


    After so many years, due to his own qualification, the cultivation of the old man Yinhu always stays in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is from behind, and his accomplishments have surpassed the old man Yinhu.


    Even if old man Yinhu is an elder, he can''t put on airs in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had received a lot of care from old man Yinhu, and his attitude towards him was as friendly as ever.


    Although he had long known that Meng Zhang was not the kind of character who turned his face and didn''t recognize people when he was successful, Meng Zhang''s attitude still made old man Yinhu very happy.


    In addition to contacting Meng Zhang, the main purpose of Yinhu''s visit is to exchange views on the current situation in the Junchen world.


    As a loyal supporter of Tianlei shangzun, silver pot old man took Meng Zhang in the hope that Meng Zhang would eventually become a capable hand of Tianlei shangzun.


    After a conversation, old man Yinhu confirmed Meng Zhang''s idea.


    He respected Tianlei shangzun very much, always remembered Tianlei shangzun''s guidance and help to himself, and was willing to continue to work for Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang is so unforgettable that old man Yinhu has achieved the purpose of this visit.


    Although the cultivation level of old man Yinhu is not as good as that of Meng Zhang, he has worked in the heavenly palace for many years and has very deep contacts.


    When communicating with Meng Zhang about the situation faced by Junchen, old man Yinhu revealed a lot of valuable information.


    These information are about the inside of the heavenly palace and the latest actions of the holy places

 Chapter 1938

    Silver pot old man achieved his goal and left Taiyi gate with satisfaction.


    Meng Zhang sat alone, thinking constantly in his heart.


    Meng Zhang was full of respect for Tianlei shangzun and appreciated the other party''s help to him at the beginning.


    However, he still hesitated to be loyal to Tianlei shangzun and serve each other wholeheartedly.


    At the level of Meng Zhang, cultivation has already haggled with qualification and Tianlei shangzun.


    Lord Tianlei wants him to serve honestly. I''m afraid he needs to offer more benefits. He won''t work for each other in vain.


    Most importantly, Meng Zhang is a completely independent friar, not a vassal of heavenly thunder.


    He has his own interests.


    Many times, his interest demands are not necessarily consistent with the idea of Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t see through Tianlei shangzun at all. He felt that the other party''s mind was shrouded in a fog and didn''t show at all.


    The Junchen world is about to change. Almost all return to virtual powers have their own positions and need to make choices.


    Although Meng Zhang spoke well in front of the silver pot old man, he didn''t really join the camp of Tianlei shangzun. It depends on the situation.


    If the situation changes and there is a better choice, Meng Zhang will not necessarily hang from the tree on Tianlei.


    In the following time, there were few visitors who needed Meng Zhang to receive in person.


    With Niu Dawei''s current cultivation, it will not be rude to receive most visitors.


    When Meng Zhang was in the gate, in addition to maintaining daily cultivation, he also took time to instruct the disciples in the gate.


    Of course, those who are qualified to be guided by Meng Zhang are at least friars at the level of Yuanshen.


    An Xiaoran, Meng Zhang''s second disciple, spent a long time in the West Sea, using a volcano at the bottom of the sea to refine a furnace of special pills.


    After refining the pill, she rushed back to the door as quickly as possible.


    Like an Muran, the third disciple in the sect, an Xiaoran is already a great monk in the later period of Yuanshen.


    Based on an Xiaoran and an Muran, the advanced Yang God period is only a matter of time.


    Meng Zhang is certainly pleased that his disciples have performed so well.


    He spent a lot of time guiding them in their practice, which can be regarded as making up for the deficiency caused by his absence from the door for more than 400 years.


    After Yang Xueyi successfully survived the Yang God''s thunder robbery, Wen qiansuan, the sect elder, also began to close the door, ready to catch up and prepare for his own robbery.


    Jin Qiaoer, who has not seen for many years, only advanced to the later stage of Yuanshen not long ago. Xiuwei caught up with her master Jin Lizhen Jun.


    Jin Lizhen had almost accumulated, and exchanged the secret method of crossing the Yang God thunder robbery from Taiyi gate.


    But she didn''t have enough assurance in her heart. She kept delaying and didn''t dare to cross the robbery.


    Meng Zhang''s old friends Ye Zhenjun and jueying Zhenjun had to flee to Taiyi gate for refuge because of the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance.


    More than 300 years ago, the situation in the dark League changed, and their faction gained a lot of benefits.


    They left taiyimen and returned to the dark League.


    Although they returned to the Dark Alliance, they did not cut off their contact with taiyimen. They have been exchanging information with taiyimen through various channels.


    An Muran, the elder in charge of the secret Hall of Taiyi gate, devoted a lot of energy to this matter.


    As the Shushan Zhenjun of the advanced Yang God period of the Jun dust world, the Dark Alliance returned to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance. After staying there for more than 100 years, it returned to the territory of taiyimen again and continued to preside over the Dark Alliance branch here.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, Shushan Zhenjun paid a special visit to him.


    Meng Zhang did not put on airs. He received the old friend politely and had a good talk with him.


    During the conversation, Shushan Zhenjun said that the senior management of the Dark Alliance attached great importance to Meng Zhang and intended to make friends with Meng Zhang.


    At the right time, the senior management of the dark alliance hopes to meet with Meng Zhang and discuss in detail.


    Meng Zhang agreed and asked Shushan Zhenjun to arrange a meeting as soon as possible.


    Among the guests who came to see Meng Zhang, there were also foreign leaders who took refuge in Taiyi gate.


    The leader of Jiuqu River clan, mermaid King Polly; Several barbarian kings of barbarians


    Since they took refuge in taiyimen, these aliens have always been loyal and played a great role in many aspects.


    Meng Zhang took time to meet with the leaders of these alien tribes, and Ansheng comforted them.


    Taiyimen territory is rich in water veins and numerous rivers and lakes.


    If Meng Zhang really has the ability to seal the spirit of God in the future, these aquariums will be of great use.


    In addition to others visiting Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang also has people he wants to see.


    Sun Pengzhi, who took refuge in Meng Zhang in his early years and set an ambition to become the master of Taiyi sect, has made great contributions to the sect in recent years.


    Meng Zhang wanted to see him, but he failed.


    After the yuan Shen period, sun Pengzhi took the initiative to respond to the call of the heavenly palace, left the Taiyi gate and went to Jiutian garrison.


    Although sun Pengzhi''s accomplishments were average, he had a lot of ideas and came up with many ways to make life easier for the taiyimen friars who were called up to stay for nine days.


    By now, he has almost become the commander of the taiyimen friars stationed for nine days.


    Even when Yang Xueyi was stationed for nine days, she almost obeyed him.


    Meng Zhang is going to find a chance to go to Jiutian, or simply recall him to zongmen.


    In some matters, Meng Zhang needs to find a resourceful guy to provide some advice for himself.


    Another old friend of Meng Zhang, the ancient moon butterfly of the ancient moon family, made a great breakthrough after the advanced Yuanshen period.


    For a clan, it is of great significance to worship a Heavenly Master.


    During Meng Zhang''s absence, Niu Dawei paid a personal visit and invited Gu yuehuai die to become the guest elder of Taiyi gate and let her stay at Taiyi gate in the future.


    Niu Dawei has managed taiyimen for many years and has long had enough dignity to deter and command hanhaidao alliance.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly couldn''t refuse his invitation and agreed to his request.


    During this time, Meng Zhang took the initiative to summon Gu Yue huaidie several times and had a good communication with her.

 Chapter 1939

    Tianji is a very difficult skill to practice.


    In many cases, there is no fixed way to improve Tianji.


    Concentrate on cultivating the classics of Tianji, which has limited promotion to Tianji.


    After Meng Zhang''s advanced stage of returning to emptiness, he made little progress in Tianji, which was far from keeping up with his accomplishments.


    When he was still trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world, Meng ZhangCai made another great progress in his Tianji by understanding the origin of heaven and earth, and somehow kept up with his cultivation level.


    Meng Zhang knew very few heavenly masters, and the only one who could rest assured was Gu yuehuai butterfly.


    Tianji has a lot to do with friars'' accomplishments, but it is not completely limited by friars'' accomplishments.


    Some friars have ordinary accomplishments, but they have deep attainments in Tianji.


    The ancient moon family, as a mysterious and old family of cultivation of truth, has always maintained the inheritance of Tianji, and many Tianji masters have been cultivated in the family through the ages.


    The cultivation of Gu yuehuai butterfly is not worth mentioning, but due to her family inheritance and years of experience, she has some unique achievements in Tianji.


    Meng Zhang is getting more and more difficult to use his magic once.


    This is not because he doesn''t pay attention to Tianji, but because he pays too much attention to Tianji. Taking it as the ability to press the bottom of the box will only be used at critical moments.


    There must be a teacher for three people. The cultivation of Gu yuehuai butterfly is far inferior to that of Meng Zhang, but there is something unique in the art of heaven.


    Meng Zhang is ready to communicate with her about the secrets of heaven, hoping to help himself.


    Gu yuehuai die was Meng Zhang''s elder at the beginning, but now their cultivation and status are very different. She can''t refuse Meng Zhang''s request at all.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly is old. As a true monarch of yuan God, her longevity is coming to an end.


    Of course, she hopes to have a good relationship with Meng Zhang before she dies and leave enough surplus Ze for the family.


    During the communication between the two, Gu yuehuai butterfly almost unreservedly revealed his achievements and experience in Tianji one by one.


    Meng Zhang was greatly touched and had some new insights into the secret arts.


    Meng Zhang is very clear about Gu Yue''s idea of doing this, but he wants to take care of Gu Yue''s family in the future.


    As a member of Hanhai daomeng, the ancient moon family has always been honest and contributed a lot to daomeng. It is not very difficult for Meng Zhang to take care of it without affecting the overall situation.


    Meng Zhang also reciprocated by instructing the cultivation of ancient moon and butterfly.


    The ancient moon cherishes butterflies and Shouyuan will be exhausted. Even with the guidance of Meng Zhang, there can be no great harvest in cultivation.


    However, Meng Zhang''s instructions were carefully recorded.


    These things left to the family are valuable wealth enough for the family to inherit.


    When Gu yuehuai butterfly left, Meng Zhang was still a little melancholy.


    With the passage of time, some old people in their past will die one by one if their cultivation can''t keep up with their own pace.


    Like this yuan God Zhenjun, who naturally ends his life, it is very difficult to turn into ghosts and gods and continue to live.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly didn''t have any thoughts about this. She didn''t ask Meng Zhang for help. Instead, she avoided the embarrassment of Meng Zhang.


    After Gu yuehuai butterfly left, Meng Zhang thought about it and found a time to hold a large-scale Dharma meeting in the door.


    This dharma meeting was held with all the monks of Taiyi gate at the mountain gate. What they said was not specific practice. It was mainly Meng Zhang''s interpretation of the Taoist Scriptures.


    When Meng Zhang preached, although there was no illusion of exaggeration and surging Golden Lotus, he poured the power of the road into his words, and the disciples listening below could vaguely hear the sound of the road.


    Some people with outstanding qualifications and solid foundation, or those with enough luck, can benefit from it and hear what is helpful to their cultivation.


    Meng Zhang held a Dharma meeting this time and preached openly, benefiting the whole taiyimen.


    Especially the high-level monks in the door benefited a lot from it.


    After preaching, Meng Zhang faintly felt that his luck had risen a little.


    After obtaining the heritage left by the ancestor of Shoushan and knowing the root of his family''s inheritance, Meng Zhang has already known that his Qi has long been connected with Taiyi gate, both prosperity and loss.


    Meng Zhang''s opening of the forum is good for the whole Taiyi gate and his own family.


    Seeing that the effect of opening the forum was good, Meng Zhang held two Dharma meetings in succession.


    In the last two Dharma sessions, Meng Zhang expanded the audience.


    In addition to Taiyi disciples, other members of Hanhai Taoist league can also send a certain number of excellent monks to listen.


    Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness and willing to preach openly is a great good thing that can''t be begged.


    In the whole Junchen world, how many people can enjoy such treatment except the monks of the Holy Land Sect?


    Hanhai road alliance was greatly excited, and the cohesion of the whole road alliance was greatly improved.


    Many members even broke out a series of overt and covert fights in order to compete for places to attend taiyimen.


    Regardless of the process, Meng Zhang''s last two sermons were very successful.


    Not only the disciples of Taiyi sect, but also the friars of other members of Hanhai Taoist League, many people have gained a lot from it.


    A few lucky guys even broke through the bottleneck of practice or solved some big problems that perplexed their families.


    After the completion of Meng Zhang''s sermon, everyone had a feeling of lingering.


    After three sermons, Meng Zhang finished this work and put more time back to his own practice.


    He knew that it was better to go too far than to go too far, and preached that such things should not be too frequent.


    Although Meng Zhang advanced to the middle stage of returning to emptiness, he can be regarded as a strong man in the whole Jun dust world.


    But he knew very well that his cultivation was far from enough to deal with many changes in the Junchen world.


    Especially after contacting such figures as Tianlei shangzun and peixue Jianjun, he understood the gap between himself and the top monks in Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang never relaxed in his own cultivation.


    Now, staying in the sect, he rarely has enough time to practice hard. Naturally, he will not be slack.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s undisturbed quiet days did not last long.


    On that day, Meng Zhang, as usual, was practicing in a quiet room.


    Suddenly, he felt a palpitation from the depths of Yang God.


    Meng Zhang was shocked and immediately followed the throbbing to explore the past.


    It turned out that when he broke through the period of returning to emptiness, he placed the brand of Yang God in heaven and earth. At this time, he was forcibly touched by a powerful force.


    Meng Zhang''s brand of Yang God is placed in the depths of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world. It is by no means easy to touch it.


    Meng Zhang''s Yang God brand can now clearly feel that the power to touch himself is transmitting an important message.

 Chapter 1940

    The content of this message is very simple. It is an urgent call order.


    The order came from the heavenly palace. It said that the battle situation in the void battlefield outside the Junchen world had changed. The situation was very urgent. The heavenly palace summoned all the returning virtual powers in the Junchen world and went to the heavenly palace to listen to the order immediately.


    When Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to emptiness, he placed his brand of Yang God on this heaven and earth.


    In this process, he encountered the obstruction of some senior friars, but he finally succeeded.


    Because the brand of Yang God is placed in this heaven and earth, the great power of returning to emptiness among practitioners is very difficult to completely destroy.


    Even if all the gods and souls are destroyed, the flesh and the Yang God are destroyed. As long as the Yang God brand placed on this heaven and earth is immortal, there will be a chance of rebirth in the future.


    Of course, those return virtual powers that are naturally exhausted by Shouyuan are not included.


    According to the information left by the ancestor guarding the mountain, the two Huixu ancestors of taiyimen in their heyday were completely killed. It was the opponent who used the treasure of cause and effect. While killing the two Huixu ancestors, he mobilized the power of cause and effect avenue to erase their Yang God brand of heaven and earth.


    This kind of treasure is very rare in Jun dust world, and few people use it.


    Probably only holy places like guantian Pavilion can have such a hand.


    Therefore, it is not a simple thing to erase the Yang God brand of heaven and earth placed by the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, if the great energy of returning to emptiness is really destroyed, it is also an extremely difficult thing to regain a new life by relying on the brand of Yang God who reposes in heaven and earth.


    It takes a long time, a lot of resources, even opportunities and the help of colleagues


    Meng Zhang heard in the heavenly palace that over the past thousands of years, the Jun dust world has fallen back to emptiness, including many monks from the Holy Land Sect.


    However, few of them can regain their rebirth by relying on the brand of Yang God who reposes in heaven and earth.


    Of course, as long as the world of Jun dust is still there, there will always be opportunities and hopes for those great powers of returning to emptiness that keep the brand of Yang God intact after falling.


    If hope is slim, it is better than no hope.


    Therefore, almost everyone who returns to virtual power attaches great importance to the brand of Yang God who reposes on heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang''s brand of Yang God in heaven and earth was first touched, and then received foreign information.


    This greatly changed his face and shocked his heart.


    He never thought that the heavenly palace had such a means to directly affect his Yang God brand.


    If the other party is malicious and attacks his Yang God brand, he will be implicated.


    This is not only an urgent summoning order, but also the demonstration of Tiangong.


    All the great powers of returning to emptiness in Jun dust world need to place the Yang God in heaven and earth when breaking through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Since the heavenly palace has such means, all the great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world can''t escape the palm of the heavenly palace and have to accept this recruitment.


    Meng Zhang believes that there should be no fools among the monks who can return to the virtual period.


    Where you can figure it out, others must be able to think of it.


    After receiving the order of the emergency convening of the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang dared not neglect it. He just made a brief explanation with the middle and senior level of the gate, left the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate and rushed to the heavenly palace as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to defy the law and personally try the consequences of disobeying the order of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang soon passed through the nine days and entered the heavenly palace.


    On the way, Meng Zhang saw a great power of returning to emptiness from all sides. Like himself, he hurried to the heavenly palace.


    There are many strange faces in these great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Many of them had never seen or heard of Meng Zhang before.


    The time of Meng Zhang''s advanced return to emptiness was not long, and he wandered into emptiness for a long time.


    His time in Jun dust world is limited, and he doesn''t have much contact with the return virtual power of Jun dust world.


    However, he had a position in the heavenly palace. In those years, he received special care from companion Xue Jianjun and was able to read all kinds of information collected by the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang has read some relevant information about many return to emptiness powers in Jun dust world, even if he has never seen them.


    The guy who can make him feel that he has never seen or heard of is definitely the kind of hermit who hides deeply.


    Now, because of the action of the heavenly palace, these old friends hiding in the depths of the Jun dust world have been blown out one after another.


    Meng Zhang knew very well that the heavenly palace used such means to deter and summon all the returning virtual powers in the Jun dust world. It seemed very convenient and happy, but it would leave many hidden dangers.


    Besides, at least many great powers of returning to emptiness will deepen their vigilance against the heavenly palace in their hearts, and even become hostile to the heavenly palace.


    After all, no one who can return to the virtual power is willing to see his key and be controlled by others.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has more information because of the inheritance left by his ancestors who guarded the mountain.


    It is not an easy thing to directly erase the Yang God of heaven and earth entrusted by the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    In this process, the great powers of returning to emptiness do not have the opportunity to resist.


    Among the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang, there are some secrets that can fight back in time when the brand of Yang God is attacked by outsiders.


    After returning to the virtual powers came to the heavenly palace, their thoughts rose in the heavenly palace and gave them instructions directly.


    Those who have positions in the heavenly palace go to different places to report according to their departments.


    For those who do not have a position in the heavenly palace, gathering places are arranged respectively according to their respective sects and regions.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang knows that the situation is urgent and will not ask for trouble at this time.


    He followed these guidelines and soon came to a square.


    On the square, a large number of back to virtual powers have gathered long ago. In addition, there are back to virtual powers who are rushing like Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang saw several familiar figures from the pile of Huixu power.


    Some of them are members of the law enforcement hall and some are members of the demon subduing Hall


    Above the square stood Qin Fangtian, the vice Lord of the demon subduing hall, a high-rise building of the heavenly palace where Meng Zhang had dealt with.


    Qin Fangtian''s face was very serious at this time, and even showed a little anxious.


    Although Meng Zhang has dealt with Qin Fangtian, he will not ask for trouble at this time. He has to get together to make friends.


    After Meng Zhang arrived at the scene, he stood quietly on the square with other returning virtual powers and waited silently.


    Perhaps the atmosphere at the scene was too serious, and the Huixu powers present didn''t whisper in private.


    Even if you meet an acquaintance, it''s just a sign.


    After waiting for a long time, Qin Fangtian was probably really impatient.


    The return virtual energy that the Jun dust world can come should have almost arrived. If they can''t come in time, they may be tripped by something.


    Anyway, in the face of such a threat from the heavenly palace, no one should dare to ignore it.

 Chapter 1941

    Qin Fangtian decided not to wait any longer and began to introduce the latest situation facing the Junchen world to the returning virtual powers present.


    Just a few days ago, various foreign invaders joined hands to launch an unprecedented large-scale attack on the defensive position of the Junchen side in the void.


    In the past, although all kinds of foreign invaders attacked the Junchen world together, they still maintained a strong vigilance against each other.


    They rarely make effective cooperation. More often, they fight on their own, do not interfere with or help each other.


    If a certain foreign invader loses and suffers losses, other foreign invaders may gloat and watch the excitement.


    It is almost impossible for them to unite and cooperate in combat.


    If their combined strength were not too strong, the Jun dust world would not necessarily fall to the disadvantage.


    Although at a disadvantage, the Junchen side is generally united and can seize the problems between the enemies and launch an effective attack.


    The thick meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world is the main battlefield for the two sides to fight and compete.


    Before Meng Zhang fell into the void, although all kinds of foreign invaders invaded this meteorite belt, the Junchen world reacted in time while the enemy was not stable, and still achieved many advantages.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world, although he did not stay in the empty battlefield for a long time, he still spent a lot of energy to collect all kinds of relevant information.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, there is a stalemate between the Junchen community and various foreign invaders.


    In the daily battles, big and small, each side has its own victory or defeat.


    Neither side can achieve complete victory and completely control the war.


    Now, Qin Fangtian tells you that the foreign invaders have invested a lot of money this time, overcome many previous problems, and can basically join hands with the enemy.


    After a great war, the Junchen world was finally unable to support and suffered an unprecedented defeat.


    The army of Junchen world in the void has been defeated and lost all defensive positions, allowing the enemy to completely occupy the thick meteorite belt.


    As for the stronghold established by the Junchen side, it was either destroyed or fell into the enemy''s hands.


    The army of friars on the side of Jun dust world retreated day by day, retreating again and again.


    Now, most of the friars in the Junchen world have retreated within nine days.


    Jiutian is a defense system built by Junchen world, which began to operate hard and invest a lot of resources many years ago.


    Jiutian is the last line of defense in the Junchen world.


    Once the enemy breaks through nine days, he can directly enter the Junchen world, which is absolutely not allowed.


    After the defeat of the war, the high level of Tiangong ordered to die. We must hold it for nine days and never allow the enemy to break through.


    Although Jiutian has a strong defense capability, it has hardly been attacked by the enemy on a large scale since its completion.


    Even if a few strong enemies infiltrate within nine days, they will soon be destroyed or expelled by the strong in Jun dust world.


    Because there was no large-scale war in the nine days, many people in the Junchen world did not have the idea of defensive warfare in the nine days.


    Over the years, the relatively peaceful nine days have become a very important source of cultivation resources in the Junchen world.


    Especially now that we have lost all the resource points outside the void, it is particularly important to produce all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures such as the essence of nine days in nine days.


    Especially after the channel leading to the source sea of the Jun dust world was exposed within nine days, the Jun dust world side was even more reluctant to let the enemy go deep into nine days.


    If the war spread to nine days, let the foreign invaders invade the source sea, disturb the sleeping immortals, and destroy their calculations and plans for thousands of years, the consequences would be unimaginable.


    Therefore, all the holy places strongly demand that we must resist the enemy outside the country, repel all foreign invaders outside the nine days, and not allow them to break into the nine days on a large scale.


    To this end, while exerting pressure on the heavenly palace, the religious doors of the major holy places also worked hard and took out almost all the details.


    The original idea of Banxue Jianjun was to use Jiutian as a defense line to block foreign invaders layer by layer, kill them as much as possible, and weaken the enemy''s strength step by step.


    If we launch a counterattack outside nine days, our casualties will certainly increase greatly.


    However, in the face of the joint pressure of the major Holy Land sects and the fact that the major Holy Land sects have taken out all kinds of cards this time, Banxue Jianjun still needs them to cooperate in the battle, so he had to make concessions and agree to their plan.


    In addition to the full mobilization of the holy places, the heavenly palace has also taken out many means.


    Through the Yang God brand of the strong returning to the virtual world in the Jun dust world, the heavenly palace forcibly recruited all the strong returning to the virtual world in the Jun dust world to come to the heavenly palace to listen to orders.


    The reason why Tiangong did this was that the time was urgent and there was no time to inform everyone by conventional means; Second, it is mainly to timely inform those who are scattered all over the Jun dust world and do not belong to the great cultivation forces, or the hidden cultivation forces.


    The means of the heavenly palace soon worked. Almost all the great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world had to rush to the heavenly palace as soon as possible and obey the call.


    Now, several lords in the Junchen world are leading a group of men to block the enemy nine days away.


    On the side of the Junchen world, we need to input reinforcements as soon as possible to help the upper dignitaries stabilize the defense line and block the enemy''s attack.


    Qin Fangtian told you about the grim situation facing the Junchen world, focusing on the urgent need for reinforcement on the front line.


    As for some details of the recruitment and some plans of the high-level of Tiangong, he will not tell you at will.


    The heavenly palace was called up so urgently that it was too late for the major cultivation forces to send Yuanshen friars as cannon fodder. It was directly to forcibly call up all the returning virtual powers in the Junchen world.


    With the strength of returning to the virtual power, we can quickly report to the heavenly palace, and then rush to the empty battlefield as soon as possible.


    Qin Fangtian looked really worried. He finished talking soon.


    He didn''t wait for everyone to digest what he had just said. As soon as his voice fell, he wanted the present Huixu Da to obey his orders and follow him to reinforce the void battlefield.


    Qin Fangtian took the lead and flew into the sky.


    Most of the returning virtual powers below are still thinking about what he said. They are more thoughtful and have begun to think about the current war situation and how they will deal with it next.


    No matter what people think in their hearts, no one dares to defy the order at this time.


    A minghuixu great energy flew out with Qin Fangtian.


    Even if the individual did not react, he quickly followed the big army according to his instinctive reaction. At least on the surface, everyone obediently obeyed Qin Fangtian''s orders and dared not violate them at all.

 Chapter 1942

    Meng Zhang participated in this team led by Qin Fangtian because he held a position in the law enforcement hall.


    Most of this team, like him, have corresponding positions in the heavenly palace.


    Strictly speaking, they are regular members of the heavenly palace and the regular army.


    It is very different from the miscellaneous team composed of casual repair.


    They are more obedient and more willing to work for the heavenly palace.


    If there is no big accident, their loyalty still has a minimum guarantee.


    Meng Zhang mingled with the crowd and didn''t show off at all.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s team, there are many teams of different sizes rushing to the empty battlefield.


    Maybe the high level of the Jun dust world was really worried this time, and almost mobilized all the returning virtual powers of the Jun dust world.


    All the top friars in the whole Junchen world are basically here and are constantly going to the front line.


    Although Qin Fangtian''s introduction was simple, Meng Zhang, who was familiar with the situation of the void battlefield, guessed a lot of information from the simple introduction.


    The force deployed by the Jun dust world in that layer of meteorite belt is very powerful.


    Meng Zhang had been stationed there for some years and knew the specific situation there.


    Jun dust world has been operating there for many years and has established a very strong defense. In addition, the army of monks sent by Jun dust world should have been safe.


    It is not very difficult for the foreign invaders to occupy some strongholds and gain some advantages.


    It is very difficult to expel the friars of Junchen world and occupy it completely.


    To achieve this goal, the overall strength of the extraterritorial invaders should be at least several times that of the Junchen side.


    Now the Junchen world has mobilized almost all the returning virtual powers and produced almost all the top combat forces.


    The next battle in the void will certainly be extremely fierce and the casualties will be huge.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the inside story of the high-level decision-making of the Junchen world, and he was still dissatisfied with the arrangement of the high-level decision-making of the Junchen world.


    It''s too unwise to give up your own advantages for no reason, not make full use of the nine days of operation for many years, and run out to fight with a powerful enemy.


    Moreover, without waiting for all the great powers to return to the virtual world to gather, they rushed to the front line one by one.


    If one fails, it will become an oil adding tactic, which will eventually be broken by the enemy one by one.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knew that his words were light, his words had no weight, and could not interfere with the decision of the top level of Junchen.


    Even though he was powerful in the middle of returning to the virtual world, he had such powerful forces as taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng.


    However, it is the holy places, including the heavenly palace, that decide the major events in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about others, but secretly strengthens his vigilance.


    Qin Fangtian was not idle on his way.


    He kept returning to the people behind him. Da Neng stressed the importance of this war and its great significance to the Jun dust world.


    He moved out of the military law and asked everyone to fight hard and never allow escape.


    Those who resist orders before the battle will not only be severely punished by the heavenly palace, but also their families, disciples and descendants will be implicated and severely punished.


    Among the many departments of the heavenly palace, the strength of the demon subduing hall can only be regarded as the top middle, far less than the top departments such as the law enforcement hall and the fighting hall.


    Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall leader of the hall of subduing demons, only achieved accomplishments in the middle of returning to emptiness, which is far inferior to Tianlei shangzun, the deputy hall leader of the hall of law enforcement, and the cold war shangzun, the deputy hall leader of the hall of fighting.


    Among the great powers of returning to emptiness behind him, Meng Zhang is not the only one in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    Qin Fangtian couldn''t intimidate everyone with his strength, so he had to move out of the name of the heavenly palace and make everyone obey his orders.


    At this time, no one will openly disobey Qin Fangtian''s orders.


    Therefore, on the surface, it seems that this is a team that gives orders and carries them out quickly.


    The team soon passed through the nine days and came to the empty battlefield nine days away.


    Nine days almost wrapped the whole Jun dust world in it, which seemed vast and incomparable.


    On the vast nine days, there are targets and breakthrough paths that can be attacked almost everywhere.


    Therefore, it is really difficult for the defense forces within nine days to prevent the enemy from entering the nine days on a large scale.


    After all, even if Jiutian has been operated for many years, the Junchen side still can''t get enough high-level friars to defend Jiutian everywhere.


    If we want to use nine days for defense, we have to put the enemy within nine days and use geographical advantages to fight the enemy.


    If we want to prevent the enemy from entering within nine days, we must take the initiative to attack the enemy''s reactionary forces and contain the enemy''s forces so that they can''t be distracted.


    For these situations, the high level of Jun dust industry has long considered.


    Before all the teams set out, all the leaders accepted the corresponding orders.


    The detachment led by Qin Fangtian had just left for nine days and entered the void when it fell into the vicinity of the battlefield.


    In the void not far from the front, a huge heaven and earth Dharma phase is being besieged by many foreign invaders, and it is about to be overwhelmed.


    Meng Zhang had dealt with Qin Fangtian in those years. He knew that this guy seemed to be jealous of evil, but in fact he was a very smooth guy.


    At this time, Qin Fangtian''s performance impressed Meng Zhang.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Qin Fangtian took the lead and led the team to kill the foreign invaders in front.


    There are a large number of foreign invaders ahead, and there are many strong ones.


    Qin Fangtian''s reckless past really needs enough courage.


    Qin Fangtian took the lead in charging. The whole team behind him dared not neglect it and immediately followed suit to launch an impact.


    A huge God Dharma phase, one step ahead of the crowd, took the lead in rushing into the army of foreign invaders ahead.


    Qin Fangtian released the heaven and earth Dharma phase as soon as he came. Obviously, he didn''t have much reservation and was ready to fight the enemy with all his strength.


    The extraterritorial invaders, who already have an absolute quantitative advantage, are not afraid and will not let them go.


    In addition to continuing the siege of the previous Huixu power, the foreign invaders first allocated enough strength to block Qin Fangtian''s heaven and earth Dharma phase. Then the army charged forward and launched a counter attack with the reinforcements of the Junchen world.


    This team, which is all composed of Huixu power, has strong strength and sufficient impact. It broke through the enemy''s army camp at once and pierced into the enemy''s army like an awl.


    Of course, the enemy army that quickly responded immediately surrounded the team from all directions and launched a siege.


    In the face of the enemy coming from all directions, the returning virtual powers in the team all display their strengths and strive to meet the enemy.


    No matter whether you are willing or not, if you go to the battlefield, you must fight hard to save your life.

 Chapter 1943

    Meng Zhang''s team is facing a coalition of foreign invaders.


    The Allied forces include demon clan, spirit clan and divine descendants of Shenchang world.


    It is very rare for all foreign invaders to form coalition forces to fight together and cooperate with each other.


    No wonder the Junchen side could not resist this time. Who could have thought that all kinds of foreign invaders would cooperate to such an extent.


    Compared with the cultivators who have perfect cultivation system and no obvious weaknesses, such as demon race, spirit race and other races, in fact, there are some flaws in the sky, and they are difficult to overcome.


    In previous wars, the practitioners, relying on various means and flexible tactics, can make full use of these shortcomings, and can often win the strong with the weak and defeat the crowd with less.


    However, this rare combination of extraterritorial invaders of all races has actually made up for their shortcomings. The overall combat effectiveness has increased greatly, and the role can be far more than one plus one is greater than two.


    Meng Zhang was puzzled by the enemy.


    Before that, all kinds of foreign invaders attacked the Junchen world on a large scale. It can also be said that there was a common enemy of the Terran cultivator.


    What forces have driven them to cooperate with the enemy this time?


    The doubt in his heart turned to doubt, but Meng Zhang''s action was not slow.


    As one of the few middle-term monks in this team, Meng Zhang could not hide his clumsiness even if he wanted to.


    Since he can''t hide his clumsiness, Meng Zhang is ready to take some real skills to show his strength and strive to make more achievements.


    A Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram appeared on Meng Zhang''s head.


    The yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi rotates slightly, and the two Qi of yin and Yang gush out. A large number of foreign invaders near Meng Zhang disappear without trace. It is obvious that they have been refined by the two Qi of yin and Yang.


    A giant elephant like a hill fell from the sky and rushed to Meng Zhang''s Taiji yin-yang diagram of heaven and earth.


    The Yin and Yang Qi were emitted like a flexible rope, blocking the giant elephant.


    The giant elephant is a powerful demon lord. In the face of Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma, he can even take the initiative to launch an impact and fight it vividly, so that Meng Zhang can''t easily take it down.


    A faint wind blew up beside Meng Zhang.


    The seemingly insignificant dark wind contains the strange power of biting the soul and selling the bone.


    Meng Zhang responded in time. Tai Chi yin-yang diagram lowered a force and fixed the Yin wind.


    A hurricane appeared out of thin air and swept towards Meng Zhang.


    Unexpectedly, he is a rare wind spirit and a high-ranking spirit Master in the spirit family.


    The ChiYin sword evil spirit was sacrificed by Meng Zhang, turned into a sword light and flew out, pointing directly at the hurricane.


    ChiYin Jiansha and the wind spirit fought fiercely.


    Meng Zhang, who was using his flying sword against the enemy, changed his face slightly and disappeared in situ.


    Almost at the same time that Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared, his original position was repeatedly cut by an invisible sharp blade, almost creating a space crack.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head was full of light, and a golden light came down.


    As the golden light passed, a shadow appeared under the golden light.


    This is a great devil who is good at hiding his body. Just now he wanted to plot against Meng Zhang when Meng Zhang was distracted.


    The power of Tai Chi yin-yang diagram is more than enough to suppress the giant elephant.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. His heaven and earth method separated a lot of power to deal with the great devil and try to suppress it.


    Meng Zhang had the upper hand with one enemy against three, and easily suppressed the enemy.


    Among the joint forces, military formations flew out and rushed towards Meng Zhang fearlessly.


    Demon race, spirit race, divine race... These races are skilled in military array and have very rich experience in large-scale war.


    The military array organized by their respective ethnic groups can give full play to their respective strengths, concentrate the strength of all low-level ethnic groups, add up and make a tower.


    These formations are essentially cannon fodder, but they can effectively contain the enemy''s high-level friars.


    Even, it will cause some damage.


    Even if Huixu can fall into a continuous military siege and fail to get out of the siege in time, it may exhaust its strength and fall.


    Meng Zhang didn''t flinch when he rushed to his own army one by one.


    The power of Yin Yang Avenue, Sun Moon Avenue and space Avenue were mobilized one after another, sending out a powerful Taoist magic power.


    One after another, the military formations were scattered, and the elites of all ethnic groups could not even keep their complete bodies.


    With Meng Zhang''s profound accumulation, it is by no means possible to consume his strength by sacrificing these military formations in a short time.


    Among the races such as the demon clan, it is the law of the jungle of red fruit.


    The low-level demon clan is not only the servant of the high-level demon clan, but also the food of the high-level demon clan when needed.


    Even if the situation is a little better within the spirit family, the high-level spirit family will not care too much about the life of the low-level spirit family.


    If we can rely on sacrificing a large number of low-level races to effectively contain Meng Zhang and cause huge losses to him, everyone will think it is a very cost-effective business.


    Even if the military formations disappeared near Meng Zhang, there was not even a ripple.


    However, the rear military formations continued to rush towards Meng Zhang.


    Although there are many enemies, Meng Zhang does not believe that they are endless.


    He tried his best to kill and eventually consumed all the enemy.


    The other return to virtual powers in this team have fallen into fierce battle one after another.


    There is a difference between high and low in the great energy of returning to emptiness, and the combat effectiveness gap is still not small.


    Not everyone can be like Meng Zhang, who can suppress strong enemies and kill enemy''s military array in large numbers.


    Because of this hasty participation in the war, only one team can rush to the battlefield in time.


    In terms of Jun dust world, it is too late to mobilize too many yuan God Zhenjun to go to the battlefield.


    Due to the lack of enough pawns and cannon fodder, the returning virtual powers in the Jun dust world have to go into battle shirtless and use their own strength to fight the enemy''s army.


    As a detachment arrived nine days away, they immediately entered the war. The armies of the foreign invaders were mobilized, and one army directly pressed on the teams composed of these returning virtual powers, trying to drown them completely by relying on absolute quantitative advantages.


    In the void nine days away, Fierce wars broke out.


    Both sides involved in the war went all out and never flinched.


    In such a big war, some weak and unlucky return to virtual energy suffered first.


    Some return to emptiness powers were first entangled by the enemy''s military array and attracted most of their attention.


    Then the strong ones of the same rank among the foreign invaders suddenly launch sneak attacks, which are often successful and achieve good results.


    Some return to virtual power can be wounded by strong people of the same level, and then quickly submerged by military formations.


    ¡­¡­

 Chapter 1944

    The troops sent by the Junchen world are all composed of Huixu power.


    These teams are small and small.


    Originally, these teams were flexible and moved quickly. Many times, they could come and go in the enemy''s army.


    However, the high level of the Jun dust world gave a dead order not to allow them to stay away from the Jun dust world. They were only allowed to fight near Jiutian and try to prevent the enemy from entering Jiutian.


    The top leaders in charge of commanding these teams are also unambiguous and resolute in carrying out orders.


    Losing the advantage of flexibility, these returning teams can only fight the enemy.


    When these returning teams had just rushed out for nine days to launch a counterattack against the foreign invaders, they did cause some confusion.


    However, the strength of the foreign invaders was strong enough to quickly stop their own chaos.


    On the side of the foreign invaders, there are also people with outstanding wisdom, who soon saw clearly the enemy''s intention.


    For foreign invaders, destroying as many enemies as possible in the void will contribute to the next nine days of attack.


    Therefore, all foreign invaders did not rush into the nine days, but gave priority to dealing with this returning virtual team.


    Fighting against them outside nine days is much more convenient than fighting within nine days.


    After defeating the practitioners of the Jun dust world and completely occupying the thick meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world, all foreign invaders occupied important strongholds and resource points respectively, greatly dispersing their forces.


    Now a large-scale battle broke out nine days later, and a large army of foreign invaders was quickly mobilized to join the war with the returning virtual powers.


    The battlefield beyond nine days soon concentrated most of the return virtual power of the Jun dust world.


    Among these great powers of returning to emptiness, there is no lack of strong men from the holy places.


    However, the combined strength of various foreign invaders is too strong.


    During the war, teams were dispersed, and some Huixu powers began to fall.


    Some single back to virtual energy, at the disadvantage of the back to virtual team, began to focus spontaneously.


    Where they are concentrated, they often have their own strong as a cover, and they think they are safer.


    After a long fierce battle, the great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world began to gather slowly, with a gang of upper respect as the core.


    Meng Zhang''s team saved a besieged ally''s return to virtual power in time and suppressed the foreign invader coalition in front of him.


    However, the foreign invaders reacted quickly, and a large army quickly appeared on the battlefield and joined the siege against them.


    On the one hand, the foreign invaders did not hesitate to spend their money and use countless military formations as cannon fodder to try to contain and entangle the enemy''s return to virtual power and strive for opportunities for their own strong ones.


    Meng Zhang''s team was soon dispersed by the enemy, and you Huixu Daneng fell into fighting on your own.


    Qin Fangtian''s heaven and earth Dharma phase fought hard in front of him, trying to gather his men and try to kill a path of blood.


    But the enemy''s main strongman was attracted by him, so that he was firmly entangled, so that he could not achieve his wish.


    Meng Zhang was able to sustain despite strong pressure.


    Facing the siege, he still had spare no effort to observe the situation around the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang knew very well that although his current situation was good, it was only temporary.


    After a long delay, one''s own strength will continue to lose, and the enemy''s reinforcements will continue to arrive. One will face more enemy sieges.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness on the side of Jun dust world must hold together for warmth and unite as much as possible.


    Those spontaneous actions of returning to emptiness and great energy, focusing on one or several superiors, are the best choice.


    The great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness can be called shangzun. They have far more power than Meng Zhang.


    As long as there is no higher-level force to participate in the war, even if they fall into the enemy''s siege, they have the ability to break through the siege.


    Meng Zhang soon found the right target.


    At a long distance, Tianlei shangzun and the cold war shangzun gathered together, gathered a group of returning to virtual power, and are forming a battle regiment to block out all foreign invaders.


    Both shangzun are acquaintances. Meng Zhang is very confident in their strength.


    Under the condition of not disobeying military orders and leaving the battlefield, it should be the best choice at present to try to get close to the two lords and get their help.


    The armies of foreign invaders, like surging waves, constantly beat and hit their battle groups, trying to break them.


    After many days of fighting, the foreign invaders have been unable to achieve their wishes.


    Huge waves were smashed to pieces.


    Among the enemies besieging Meng Zhang, the army formation is far slower than him. Once he broke through, he couldn''t keep up with him.


    The giant elephant Demon Lord is suppressed by the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram, and the wind spirit is fighting with the red Yin sword.


    The great devil acted mysteriously, haunted and threatened himself the most.


    Meng Zhang blew out a Taoist art and smashed a military array.


    He took the opportunity to jump out and made a gesture of wanting to break through.


    As expected, the great devil tried to get rid of the suppression of Taiji yin-yang diagram and turned into a shadow to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who had been on guard for a long time, waved his big hand and released a long-standing yin-yang extinction thunder.


    Leifa has great restraint against most demons.


    The great devil who could not escape was forced to fly out by a thunder of Yin-Yang extinction.


    Meng Zhang, who was eager to get away, had no chance to kill all. He could only let this guy go with a little regret.


    Meng Zhang broke through several military formations and was about to break out.


    When passing the Demon Lord in the shape of the giant elephant, Meng Zhang''s wrist shook, and the aurora Wusuo flew out silently.


    The giant elephant demon lord, who was struggling with Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth method, Tai Chi and yin-yang diagram, did not have time to dodge, so he was hit by the aurora Wusuo.


    The giant elephant Demon Lord had a big hole in his body, and bursts of angry howls came out of his mouth.


    Aurora Wusuo is a magic weapon with great lethality.


    The giant elephant demon lord after being recruited seems to have a high momentum. In fact, he has been seriously hurt and his strength has fallen sharply.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram rotates hard to produce a terrible attraction. Regardless of the giant elephant demon lord''s desperate struggle, he inhales it into the diagram and suppresses it.


    ChiYin sword Sha flew back to Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang''s body and sword were integrated into a sword light, and flew away with his own heaven and earth Dharma.


    The Feng Ling, who had been fighting with ChiYin sword Sha, was frightened by Meng Zhang''s momentum and didn''t follow him immediately.


    Meng Zhang broke through the siege, but he didn''t just run away.


    When a trapped friend returns to virtual power on the road, he will try his best to rescue and help the other party out of trouble.


    These great powers of returning to emptiness are not fools. After getting out of trouble, they will automatically follow Meng Zhang and charge with Meng Zhang.


    In this way, Meng Zhang turned around and helped several Huixu great powers to form a small team with them.

 Chapter 1945

    Seeing the returning virtual powers gathered around Meng Zhang, other returning virtual powers in the battlefield began to move closer to Meng Zhang as much as possible.


    On this battlefield, in addition to Meng Zhang, who was the first team to arrive, several teams arrived one after another.


    Of course, the extraterritorial invaders who have absolute advantages are rushing in from all directions for reinforcements.


    The army of foreign invaders has an absolute advantage in the number, and the strong among the army are no less powerful than this group.


    Most of the present Huixu powers were dispersed, and then fell into a siege and had to fight their own battles.


    Once the time is delayed for too long and the power consumption is too large, these returning virtual powers will encounter great danger.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang began to gather the great powers of returning to emptiness, everyone tried to get close to Meng Zhang.


    After a burst of killing in the battlefield, Meng Zhang gathered a lot of Huixu power and formed a strong team.


    This team is like a snowball, rolling bigger and bigger, almost concentrating all the return virtual energy nearby.


    Even Qin Fangtian, who was entangled by the enemy, was rescued with the help of Meng Zhang and finally joined Meng Zhang''s team.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t care about leadership at this time, but honestly followed Meng Zhang to kill.


    Of course, in this process, we can''t avoid the fall of the great energy of returning to emptiness.


    Although Meng Zhang has gathered a powerful team, the reinforcements of foreign invaders are still coming in a steady stream.


    This is not a place to stay for a long time. Meng Zhang did not dare to stay too much. He led the team and rushed towards the selected goal.


    Meng Zhang takes the lead. The heaven and earth method is Taiji, and the yin-yang diagram rotates rapidly, constantly suppressing the incoming enemy.


    This powerful team soon broke through the encirclement of the enemy army and rushed in the direction of Tianlei shangzun.


    In fact, Qin Fangtian''s strength is still above Meng Zhang, but his luck is bad. He was focused on by the enemy''s strong, so he didn''t give full play to his due strength.


    On such a battlefield, he still knew that he took the overall situation into account and did not have any disputes with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang led a large army to launch an assault and break through the siege of foreign invaders. In fact, it was a bit contrary to military orders.


    According to the order of the high level of the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang should, like other returning virtual powers, resist the army of foreign invaders around, rather than rush in other directions.


    However, the direction of Meng Zhang''s charge is not the Junchen world. It can be seen that he is not trying to escape.


    Maybe he made some tactical adjustments and made a maneuver detour.


    With such an idea, figures such as Qin Fangtian, whose status and cultivation are better than Meng Zhang, did not stop Meng Zhang''s action.


    Facts have proved that their previous tactical arrangements can not completely block the army of foreign invaders, but will only put their own home in danger.


    Now, let''s see what better way Meng Zhang can do.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care what others think, but acts according to his own plan.


    After breaking through the siege of foreign invaders, the temporarily gathered team quickly flew to the location of Tianlei shangzun.


    Of course, the army of foreign invaders will not just watch the enemy escape.


    The whole army immediately moved and tried to stop each other.


    However, Meng Zhang''s action is too fast, the number of troops is huge, and their mobility is inevitably poor.


    The foreign invaders failed to intercept, so they had to follow Meng Zhang closely behind them.


    In the previous battles, all kinds of foreign invaders fully saw the power of this group of returning to emptiness.


    Those strong men did not want to leave the cover of the army and fought with the returning virtual powers alone.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and his followers, pursued by the foreign invaders, flew to Tianlei shangzun next to them.


    Tianlei shangzun and cold war shangzun are leading a group of returning to virtual power to form a simple formation to block the continuous impact of foreign invaders.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and his team rushing over, Tianlei shangzun organized a response in time and connected them into the formation.


    There are absolutely no fools and idiots who can become a monk who can return to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang and his team''s great powers of returning to emptiness consciously took action and joined the formation of Tianlei shangzun, which effectively strengthened their defense.


    With the addition of a strong reinforcement, Tianlei shangzun''s strength has greatly increased. Not only did the defense become more rigorous, but also organized a counterattack.


    This counterattack has caused great casualties to foreign invaders, but it is a pity that it has not done all the work.


    The foreign invaders who pursued Meng Zhang arrived in time and joined the siege of human monks.


    Tianlei shangzun and cold war shangzun were the mainstays of the great power in the later stage of returning to the virtual world. The whole formation was very firm and blocked the impact of the enemy again and again.


    After a fierce battle, those returning virtual teams who came from the Jun dust world gathered one after another and gathered around some strong Terrans.


    Therefore, outside the Junchen world, the Terran return to virtual powers formed several large formations to face the repeated impact of the foreign invaders.


    With the passage of time, the reinforcements of the foreign invaders became stronger and stronger, and the support of the Terran cultivators became more and more difficult.


    Just talking about the battlefield on Meng Zhang''s side, Tianlei shangzun was restrained by a god of Shenchang world.


    Some powerful gods in Shenchang world can even compete with real immortals when they are in their own divine domain.


    Although the God''s strength fell sharply after leaving the divine domain, he is still a rare strong enemy for Tianlei shangzun.


    In the cold war, Zun was watched by a powerful demon and didn''t dare to distract him.


    There are too many strong enemies. Meng Zhang and they are all restrained by strong enemies.


    A steady stream of foreign invaders came from all directions, bringing them great pressure.


    Although their current formation is still intact for the time being, it has been shaken under strong pressure.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the foreign invaders would invest so much capital this time and be so united as never before.


    Meng Zhang knows that there are still many cards in the Jun dust world.


    Now our situation is so critical, why do the high-level officials of Junchen still have reservations?


    Now Meng Zhang is besieged by many strong enemies and under great pressure. Only by taking care of each other with his companions can he barely block the enemy''s impact.


    Meng Zhang has shown his full strength and has nothing to reserve.


    By this time, it was impossible for him to repel the enemy, launch an impact and break out of the siege.


    He knew very well that once he left the cover of his own formation, he would soon be submerged by the enemy army.


    Moreover, in the face of such strong pressure from the enemy, I''m afraid we can''t hold on for too long.

 Chapter 1946

    Just when the Terran friars everywhere felt great pressure and were about to lose their support, new reinforcements came from the Junchen world.


    A dazzling sword light rose into the sky and flew out from nine days like a lightning bolt.


    The sword light flew into the army of foreign invaders, and a large army of foreign invaders suddenly disappeared.


    The fierce sword Qi shot everywhere. Where the sword Qi passed, there were many vacancies in the originally overwhelming and dense army of foreign invaders.


    Countless foreign invaders were shattered by the sword, and their bones were gone.


    Even the strong ones who returned to the virtual level in the army of foreign invaders could not resist the sword light.


    Several demon masters and Demons died under the sword.


    When the sword light just rushed out of the nine days, although it was far away, Meng Zhang still saw from his familiar breath that it was the hand of Mr. peixue sword.


    It is also the great power of returning to emptiness. The gap between them is very different.


    Pangxue Jianjun is too powerful. Even if Meng Zhang cultivates the heaven and earth Dharma and returns to the middle stage of emptiness, she still has an unreachable feeling about her current cultivation level.


    Even the Tianlei shangzun and the cold war shangzun in the later stage of returning to emptiness are still a very long distance from her.


    The cultivation level of Banxue Jianjun is only one step away from becoming an immortal and getting the Tao.


    In the cultivation world, many powerful powers of returning to emptiness are often called virtual immortals.


    In fact, such a title is often flattering.


    It is often a group of guys who don''t know enough about the realm of returning to emptiness that call them so indiscriminately.


    Only people like Pei Xue Jianjun who have completed their practice of returning to the virtual realm and are not far from becoming immortal can be truly qualified to be called virtual immortal.


    In fact, if it weren''t for the real immortals who opened up the Jun dust world, they changed the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world and forcibly prevented future generations from becoming real immortals before they fell asleep.


    With the cultivation of the snow sword king, he may have become an immortal and become a real immortal long ago.


    Although Banxue Jianjun is not a real immortal now, he is recognized as the owner of the huge palm under the real immortal in the Jun dust world. He should be a demon God.


    The dazzling sword light, which was as fast as lightning, seemed to solidify at this time. The action became very slow and could not move for almost half a day.


    The huge palm accelerated its fall, and it was about to envelop the sword light with Xue Jianjun.


    Although Banxue Jianjun has the strength of virtual immortal, he is called the real immortal in Jun dust world. The momentum brought by that huge palm made him feel irresistible in his heart.


    At this time, there was a roar of a lion in the void.


    After the roar, the sword light melted by Xue Jianjun suddenly restored his freedom of movement, and immediately escaped from the shadow of the huge palm as quickly as possible.


    And the huge palm that was about to fall stopped in the air and gave the snow sword king a chance to escape.


    The space not far away was suddenly torn. From the torn space crack, an ape with a height of more than 1000 feet and a huge body jumped out.


    Needless to say, this ape should be the demon God who almost won the snow sword just now.


    As soon as the demon God appeared, he roared at the Jun dust world.


    "Old lion, you came from an extraordinary family. At least you came from my demon family. But you see now, you are actually a slave to the human family and work for the human family. It''s a shame for my demon family."


    "The ancestors of your family will jump up with anger if they know under the spring."


    The demon God in the form of an ape looks rough, and his yelling and scolding are still very organized.


    "Bah, who is the demon family like you?"


    "Only you are a cheap demon family. Your whole family is a demon family."


    "Lao Tzu''s ancestors are immortal beasts, and Lao Tzu is a noble immortal beast."


    With the same fierce cry and curse, a huge three lions flew out of the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 1947

    The three lions are not only huge, but also like mountains, giving people an unshakable momentum.


    The three lions show a humanized expression on one face, which can make people fully feel the meaning of disdain and contempt.


    His previous scolding was merciless.


    The demon God in the form of ape was scolded by the other party, and his face immediately became ferocious and terrible.


    You know, in the whole demon world, demon gods are the supreme existence and can dominate the fate of the whole world.


    He has been respected and revered by countless demon families, and he has almost never suffered such humiliation.


    The demon God no longer had half a sentence of nonsense. He directly stretched out his huge palm and patted the three lions.


    The three lions, fearless and unwilling to show weakness, rushed up and fought fiercely with each other.


    After a loud noise through the void, an almost endless tide of power surged in all directions.


    In the void around the Junchen world, the originally arranged armies of foreign invaders were staggered and unstable by the rushing forces at this time.


    Even the formations formed by the practitioners of the Jun dust world began to shake, and an unstable posture appeared.


    Both sides of the war are strong at Zhenxian level. As long as they want, they can easily take the opportunity to give huge losses to foreign invaders and Xiuzhen in Junchen world.


    Fortunately, the three lions and the demon God had scruples about each other, intentionally or unintentionally restrained the power of the hand, and controlled the scope of the aftermath of the battle.


    Seeing that the three lions were at war with the demon God, the practitioners of the Junchen world and foreign invaders who were fighting fiercely could not help but stop fighting and began to pay attention to their war situation.


    In the empty battlefield, what really determines the victory or defeat of this war is the result of the fight between the top powers of both sides.


    No matter which side of the Xiuzhen and foreign invaders in the Junchen world loses in the war of the top power, no matter how much strength they still maintain, they have only one way to retreat.


    At this time, the direct battle between them is no longer of much significance.


    As a result, the two sides at war unconsciously separated from the battle and maintained a certain distance.


    After the sword light from the opponent''s attack, he didn''t know when it flew near Meng Zhang''s formation.


    The light of the sword disappeared, accompanied by Xue Jianjun''s figure.


    Cold war shangzun and others were about to salute to Banxue Jianjun, who waved to stop him.


    On the battlefield, don''t pay attention to those red tape.


    After the war was suspended temporarily, the practitioners of the Jun dust world got a rare chance to breathe.


    One by one, they seize the time to adjust and try to recover.


    Like everyone else, Meng Zhang is still watching the battle of the true immortal level in the distance while adjusting his breath.


    Meng Zhang knew for a long time that the real immortal who created the Royal beast holy sect left his companion spirit beast to see Gu Junchen world after sleeping.


    At present, the three lions fighting with the demon God should be the companion spirit beast left by the real fairy.


    Of course, with the real immortal level strength, it should be called immortal beast.


    Although Meng Zhang had seen the power of the true immortal level when he was in the quadrangular Star area.


    However, the two strong men at the level of Zhenxian fought and fought hard. He is still the chief manager of the heavenly palace. He still has a big heart. At this time, he is still in the mood to chat with everyone. Is it just to calm the people?


    The three lions fought with the giant ape demon God for a long time, and they couldn''t tell the victory or defeat for the time being.


    The fighting level between them is too high. Even the great power of returning to the virtual level dare not easily rely on it, and they are unable to intervene in the battle between them.


    At this time, the void near them suddenly cracked and a huge hole appeared.


    A huge skeleton, like a hill, flew out of the cave and was about to hit three lions.


    Meng Zhang and his gang all had good eyesight. They soon saw the shape of the skull.


    This hill like skull is extremely white on the surface and is composed of countless human and animal heads, large and small.


    A little pale green light flickered on the skull, which made people feel cold when they saw it.


    Before the huge skull approached the three lions, it spewed out countless miserable green flames and shot away at the target.


    The three lions seem majestic and arrogant, but they dare not easily let these miserable green flames on their bodies and have to retreat again and again.


    The great ape demon God seized the opportunity and rushed over immediately.


    The battle immediately turned into a scene of two to one, and the three lions obviously fell to the disadvantage.


    Meng Zhang was a little worried at first. The reinforcements of the three lions appeared.


    An old man in a green shirt suddenly appeared in the battlefield.


    The old man wrapped the huge skull with a wave of one hand.


    "That skull is the ten thousand Bone Demon God of the devil way."


    "Ten thousand Bone Demon God was originally born in ghost cultivation. Later, he fell into the devil and became a demon God step by step."


    "It was the founder of jiuxuan Pavilion who fought with the ten thousand Bone Demon God. The outer incarnation of jiuxuan immortal was Xuanxuan ancestor."


    "After jiuxuan immortal fell into a long sleep, it was Xuanxuan''s ancestors who guarded the Junchen world on his behalf."


    "Over the years, the jiuxuan pavilion has been taken care of by Xuanxuan''s ancestors. All over the door, they are worshipped and respected as gods."


    "Xuanxuan''s ancestors guarded the Junchen world for many years and repeatedly repelled the strong enemies who invaded the Junchen world. It can be said that they made great contributions and made great efforts."

 Chapter 1948

    On the battlefield at this time, three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors joined hands to block the giant ape demon God and the ten thousand Bone Demon God.


    The two-to-two battle is at least fair in quantity.


    There was little difference in strength between the two sides, and they soon fell into a struggle.


    It seems that we can''t tell the outcome for the time being.


    Soon, changes that can change the war situation have taken place.


    A divine God with incomparable sanctity and full of radiance suddenly appeared in the void.


    Then a huge humanoid hurricane came from a distance and entered the battlefield.


    Seeing that the enemy added two real immortal reinforcements again, Meng Zhang and the monks who watched the war became nervous.


    Most of the gods came from the divine world.


    Most of the gods in Shenchang world will lose their strength after leaving their own divine domain in Shenchang world.


    Therefore, Shenchang has a lot of combat power at the real immortal level, but it can''t go out freely.


    Of course, there are always exceptions.


    According to Meng Zhang, there are individual gods in the Shenchang world. After leaving the Shenchang world, they can still play the power of true immortals.


    This should be the case with the God in front of us.


    Otherwise, he is not qualified to participate in the struggle between real immortals.


    As for the human hurricane, although it is far away, it can still bring Meng Zhang and his gang a great sense of oppression and great pressure.


    This humanoid hurricane is a rare wind spirit in the spirit family, and it should also achieve the level of spirit God.


    When the three lions were besieged by the ten thousand Bone Demon God and the giant ape demon God, the ancestor Xuanxuan came to reinforce them in time.


    At this time, all the friars in the Junchen world were looking forward to sending reinforcements again, and the strong ones at the Zhenxian level came to the war to offset the enemy''s quantitative advantage.


    Unfortunately, the result disappointed everyone. After the God and spirit appeared, there was no new power in the Junchen world.


    While suppressing the ten thousand Bone Demon God, Xuanxuan still had the spare power to speak.


    He shouted to the God, "you God, the God of Mao, haven''t you learned enough last time?"


    "How dare you offend our Junchen world? I really can''t kill you?"


    The great voice of the God sounded in the void.


    "Old Xuanxuan, don''t bluff any more."


    "You are the most powerful fighting force in the Junchen world at present. The three real immortals of the mountain have long left the Junchen world because they have taken the plan to lure the tiger away from the mountain."


    "Your Jun dust world is now the weakest time. Don''t blame our God for taking advantage of the weakness."


    While the three lions fight with the giant ape demon God, they also have the strength to curse.


    "Bah, you fucking god of hair knows a thing."


    "Your so-called dirty tricks can''t even deceive a three-year-old child. The heavenly palace has long sent a letter to the real immortal of the three mountains and asked him to rush back to the Junchen world."


    "With the magic power of the real immortals of the three mountains, you can return to the Jun dust world immediately as long as you don''t leave the ascendant Star area."


    "Don''t look so elated when you smashed them. The next moment, Sanshan Zhenxian will come back and smash your dog''s head with one move."


    Three lions'' angry cries and curses sounded in almost everyone''s ears.


    Logically speaking, after listening to the words of the three lions, Meng Zhang should rest assured.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t know why, but he thought the three lions were a little strong outside but weak inside.


    By the way, three lions shouldn''t explain so much.


    The more he talks, the more he looks fierce and weak.


    The great voice came from the God again.


    "Three songs, you beast, you don''t have to bluff there."


    "This time, Hun Ling and Zun Shen made their own move, and a group of colleagues helped. They have entangled the three mountain real immortals outside the ascendant Star area."


    "No matter how powerful the three mountain immortals are, they can''t get away in a short time."


    "Without the three mountains, the real immortal sits in the town. See what you Jun dust world uses to resist this God."


    Before the words fell, the God made a bold move.


    Endless divine light radiated from the God and shrouded over the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors.


    The human hurricane rolled out of thin air and also rushed to the opponent in front of it.


    With the help of reinforcements, the great ape demon God and the ten thousand Bone Demon God had a great momentum and immediately cooperated to launch a counterattack.


    The three lions and Xuanxuan''s ancestors were quite comfortable in the previous battle.


    But now there are two more enemies of Zhenxian level, and they can''t maintain the war situation at last.


    The three lions and Xuanxuan''s ancestors fought hard to block the enemy.


    However, they are all of the same level of cultivation, and there is no essential difference in strength.


    Even if the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors are a little stronger than a single opponent, their strength is limited, far from allowing them to win more with less.


    The three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors reluctantly resisted for a while, and felt unable to resist, so they had to retreat towards the Junchen world.


    Although they were defeated, they did not turn around and run away. Instead, they retreated step by step and resisted while retreating.


    The four opponents pursued them and launched a fierce attack on them while tracking them.


    Seeing that their Zhenxian level combat power was defeated in the battle, Meng Zhang''s faces were pale.


    If the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors are finally defeated, what will they take to resist the four strong enemies of Zhenxian level?


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors were not killed so quickly and completely, they could still entangle the enemy for the time being. But in front of the foreign invaders, Meng Zhang, they can''t fight against them for a long time.


    Seeing that our top combat power has gained absolute superiority, cheers have been issued among the armies of foreign invaders.


    Although we may have different races and different cultivation systems, at least we are still comrades in arms and stand on the same front.


    These foreign invaders from different origins are united at this time.


    Because of the performance of their own top combat power, they have a great momentum and begin to become ready to move.


    For the time being, the four strong men at the level of true immortals on the side of the foreign invaders do not care to deal with the group of true practitioners in the void.


    They chased the enemies of the same level and quickly approached the Junchen world.


    At this time, the companion Xue Jianjun, who had the same look as everyone, suddenly appeared a mysterious smile.


    Although Meng Zhang lost the battle because of his top combat power, he was a little uneasy like everyone else.


    However, he had been paying attention to the reaction of Mr. Ban Xuejian.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace and the nominal ruler of the Jun dust world, she doesn''t have any cards?


    Even if her cards are not enough to interfere in the battle of Zhenxian level, can she at least save her life on the battlefield?


    Meng Zhang has long thought that once his side is defeated and the war situation collapses, he will immediately move closer to the king of companion snow sword to see if he can get the protection of the king of companion snow sword.

 Chapter 1949

    Meng Zhang, who had already begun to think about how to run for his life, saw the mysterious smile on the face of Jun Xue Jianjun and immediately responded that there should be no cards left on the side of Jun dust world. There are other variables in World War I today.


    While Meng Zhang was guessing what the variables were, the changes had begun to happen.


    Originally, three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors were being chased and killed by four strong enemies and had been chased close to the Junchen world.


    At this time, a colorful light column rose from the Jun dust world, crossed the nine days and directly shot into the void.


    This light column flexibly avoided the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors and shot directly at the four foreign invaders behind them.


    Sensing the terrible power contained in the light column, the spirit God of the spirit family, who was flexible and pursued the most tightly, avoided in time and did not fight hard.


    The God, who was a little behind him, was arrogant and disdained to dodge. He directly emitted thousands of light and collided with the light column.


    The impact place rolled up gusts of wind out of thin air, and the violent force surged everywhere.


    The God from Shenchang changed his face and shook his body slightly.


    The power of this blow was beyond his expectation, which made him wonder whether there was a real immortal level combat power in the Jun dust world now?


    This light column is just the beginning, and then several light columns shoot out from the Jun dust world one after another and go straight to the four strong enemies.


    The four guys either dodged or hard connected and responded respectively.


    The ten thousand Bone Demon God and the great ape demon God didn''t dodge. They wanted to try the power of these pillars of light.


    After being hit by the light column, the huge skeleton transformed by the ten thousand Bone Demon began to shake violently, and countless creatures screamed and wailed inside.


    The great ape demon God received two beams of light, and his fur was scorched.


    The pillars of light that they hid from them did not disappear, but turned into all kinds of weapons in the void and cut them down.


    The skull like a hill soon experienced several attacks, such as knife and stab, and countless human and animal heads were smashed.


    The ten thousand Bone Demon God roared while parrying all kinds of attacks.


    "Don''t fight hard. It''s the power of the array. Everybody get out of the way."


    The ten thousand Bone Demon God of ghost cultivation background is very familiar with the means of cultivators.


    After falling into the devil, he gained a lot of knowledge.


    He first reacted, understood the enemy''s means, and immediately began to remind his temporary comrades in arms.


    The pillars of light shot out from the Jun dust world one after another and turned into all kinds of murderous weapons, which soon surrounded the four guys.


    The power of each pillar of light is no less than that of the immortal''s strike, which makes the top strong of the four foreign invaders exhausted and overwhelmed.


    At this time, companion Xue Jianjun smiled and said to a group of Hui Xu Da Neng nearby: "look carefully, this is the biggest card of the heavenly palace and the most fierce killing means - heaven and earth kill array."


    Before the words fell, the snow sword gentleman flew out and flew directly behind the ten thousand Bone Demon God.


    The heaven and earth kill array in the mouth of the snow sword king is really powerful.


    But in a moment, he suppressed the four strong men at the level of true immortals.


    The ten thousand bones demon God has great experience against the array of practitioners.


    In the face of a strange array, you can''t see the flaws for the time being. If you don''t know the details, you''d better avoid it in time after a preliminary test.


    The big array usually uses the power of heaven and earth.


    Relying solely on individual strength, hard work with the large array can not take much advantage.


    These continuous attacks come from within the Jun dust world, and most of the large array is also within the Jun dust world.


    The best way now is to keep away from the Jun dust world and try to stay away from the shrouded range of array power.


    The experience of ten thousand Bone Demon God is not wrong, but he underestimated the power of heaven and earth kill array.


    As the agency of Lingkong fairyland, Tiangong is in charge of many big worlds on behalf of Lingkong fairyland.


    In this process, it is inevitable to meet some strong people who are rebellious and uneducated.


    If Tiangong doesn''t have any means to deal with it, how can it suppress the Quartet and control the big world under its command.


    In the heavenly palace of Jun dust world, such a heaven and earth kill array is arranged.


    The arrangement of heaven and earth kill array is not too fixed, and the means of array arrangement are flexible and diverse.


    Generally speaking, the array map is given by the celestial realm, placed in the heavenly palace, and then adjusted according to the specific conditions of each big world to complete the final layout.


    After the large array is arranged, the monks who need to return to the middle stage or above will be in charge all year round.


    As long as a sufficient number of return to emptiness can urge the heaven and earth kill array, you can give full play to the lethality of the true immortal level.


    Each of the holy places in the Junchen world, the sect gate and the heavenly palace, contain each other, and they are unwilling to let each other completely control the array.


    On weekdays, the strongest group of Huixu great powers in the holy places sit in the big array together with the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace.


    If there is a real immortal to urge the heaven and earth kill array, it can give full play to its power. It can be said that God blocks God and Buddha blocks Buddha.


    In addition to the conventional attack methods, the biggest killing moves of this heaven and earth unique killing array in the Jun dust world are several sword Qi that have been pregnant for many years.


    Accompanied by snow, Jianjun flew to a place not far from the four guys. His momentum suddenly changed and his strength breath rose.


    In a short time, she went from the level of virtual immortals to the level of real immortals.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian knows that his current state depends entirely on the power of the array and can''t last too long.


    She didn''t dare to neglect, so she did it directly.


    In the Jun dust world, there is no sword repair of the true immortal level, so only the snow sword king can make it difficult.


    Fortunately, due to a special origin, there is a special sense of closeness between Xue Jianjun and several sword Qi who are pregnant and raised in the heaven and earth kill array.


    At this moment, the companion Xue Jianjun who got the blessing of sword Qi strength seems to have become a real Sword Fairy.


    She didn''t even sacrifice her own flying sword, but put her right fingers together and gently stroke in front of her.


    A sharp sword Qi cut through the void and directly cut at the four strong enemies.


    Among them, the powerful God from Shenchang world bears the brunt and is the first goal of the king of companion snow sword.


    Sensing the amazing killing intention contained in the sword Qi, the God knew that it could not be connected.


    However, the sword Qi came so fast that he almost ignored the long distance between the two sides that he had no time to dodge.


    In the unavoidable situation, the God opened his own divine domain and tried to trap the sword Qi.


    When the sword Qi touched the divine realm, the divine realm disappeared silently.


    Without the slightest obstacle, the sword struck the God.


    No matter what kind of life saving means he shows, he can''t stop the explosion of sword power.


    In full view of the public, a powerful deity that could rival the real immortal was annihilated and completely fell.

 Chapter 1950

    This God is also a strong man at the level of real immortal. Just now he drove the enemy away with his comrades in arms.


    But now I didn''t even make much noise, so I was killed so easily.


    The remaining three top strongmen are cold in their hearts and fear.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian killed a god lightly. It seems that he didn''t spend much effort.


    The ten thousand Bone Demon God was so frightened that the dead took risks and ran away immediately.


    They are strong at the same level as the God. Even if there is a little gap in strength, the gap will not be too big.


    The snow sword king can kill the gods, and naturally he can kill them.


    With the eyesight of the ten thousand Bone Demon God, it is not difficult to guess that the companion snow sword gentleman has such terrible strength with the help of external forces.


    But what''s the matter? As long as there is no way to restrain Xue Jianjun, he doesn''t dare to continue fighting.


    Even the most violent and outrageous giant ape demon God was frightened by the snow sword king.


    The three of them were about to escape, and the sword king with snow sent out a sword spirit again.


    Ten thousand bone demons and gods are being attacked by heaven and earth kill array, which has restrained a large part of their power.


    Seeing that the situation was wrong, when they were ready to escape, they not only accompanied Xue Jianjun to fight in time, but also the power of the heaven and earth kill array increased greatly, trying to entangle the three of them firmly.


    In the void, it was empty and nothing.


    The area where they are located is close to the Jun dust world. From time to time, there will be a faint vitality.


    The companion snow sword gentleman seems to be understating and sends out a sword Qi. After the sword Qi is separated from the body, he immediately frantically extracts all the vitality of the world around him.


    Not only were all the weak vitality of heaven and earth around them absorbed, but the void began to collapse, and countless void cracks appeared, from which all kinds of vitality gushed out.


    After absorbing enough vitality, this sword becomes more powerful. With indomitable momentum, he swept across the three enemies.


    At this time, they managed to avoid the entanglement of heaven and earth kill array. They really couldn''t avoid the sword Qi.


    In desperation, the three guys had to gather all their strength and join hands to take up the sword spirit.


    The strong devil is the most feared opponent of the cultivator.


    As a giant of the evil way, the ten thousand Bone Demon God has a variety of mysterious means and unfathomable mind. He is not only the great enemy of the Jun dust world, but also the primary target of the attack by the snow sword king.


    The sword Qi accelerated suddenly, crossed a long distance and killed the ten thousand Bone Demon God, which made it too late for the giant ape demon God and the spirit God to stop.


    The mountain like skull hair showed strange strength, constantly trying to weaken the sword Qi.


    The powerful sword spirit was almost unaffected. It directly cut into this huge skull, just like cutting tofu with a knife. It was easy to cut it in half.


    Almost cut by the sword Qi, the huge skull suddenly dispersed and turned into countless human and animal heads of all sizes.


    This huge skull is originally composed of countless human and animal heads, and its basic ability is to gather and disperse freely.


    However, it is impossible for the ten thousand Bone Demon God to avoid the sword Qi by such tricks.


    The sword Qi shook violently in the air, sending out powerful forces.


    The scattered human and animal heads were shattered and turned into powder.


    When the remaining human and animal heads finally escaped to a distance and gathered together into a new skull, their body size was reduced by more than half.


    This huge skull is the carrier of the ten thousand Bone Demon God, which is not a special key.


    But the loss was so great that most of his hard-earned strength dissipated all at once.


    What made him more distressed was that his demon soul was also badly hurt by the sword Qi, which hurt him fundamentally.


    However, as the primary target of the snow sword king, the ten thousand Bone Demon escaped from the attack of the sword spirit after paying a heavy price.


    Having escaped the disaster, he dared not stay at all. He didn''t even care about his two temporary comrades in arms and ran away as a light escape.


    The great ape demon God and the spirit God did not care to scold the escaping eternal demon God, and tried to jointly block the sword Qi.


    The spirit God gave full play to the talent of the wind spirit, and his huge body turned into a hurricane, rotating around the sword Qi and weakening it bit by bit.


    There was a fierce collision between the sword gas and the hurricane, which stirred the huge hurricane in disorder.


    The wind spirit was crippled. Most of his body finally broke away from the entanglement of the sword Qi and flew stumbling to the distance.


    Although these three guys from different races have made a joint gesture, what they pay most attention to is their own safety. Where will they have the courage to sacrifice their lives.


    The ten thousand Bone Demon first seized the opportunity to escape. After greatly weakening the sword spirit, the spirit also dragged the seriously injured body to escape.


    Dead Taoist friends don''t die. They certainly won''t let go of the chance to escape.


    The great ape demon God was not as slippery as the two guys, and was finally left to top the pot.


    Although he was very angry, the great ape demon God was not surprised at all.


    If he had a chance to escape, he would also leave his companions and escape first.


    When a pair of Mao''s towering palms closed with force, they closed the sword Qi in their palms and tried to annihilate it completely.


    The sword Qi cut off those huge palms and broke free from their shackles. It was a burst of killing against the giant ape demon God.


    A mountain shadow appeared behind the giant ape demon God, covered with thick yellow light.


    With the continuous killing of sword Qi, his body protecting light was continuously weakened, and even completely dissipated in the end.


    Countless wounds appeared on the giant ape demon God, and the whole huge body became full of holes.


    Fortunately, after continuous consumption, the power of this sword Qi was finally exhausted.


    The great ape demon God took a breath and immediately fled here as fast as possible regardless of the sharp pain.


    Companion Xue Jianjun watched the three enemies escape with serious injuries, but he never sent out sword Qi again.


    These sword Qi are elders who have a great relationship with the snow sword king. They stayed in the heaven and earth kill array thousands of years ago as the killing moves of the array.


    After thousands of years of cultivation, the power of these sword Qi has not weakened with the passage of time, but has become more and more terrible.


    Although you can use these sword Qi temporarily for some special reasons.


    However, it still costs a lot to forcibly use powerful forces that do not belong to us.


    The price of sending out two sword Qi in front can be borne by companion Xue Jianjun, but if you continue to send out sword Qi, it will bear a greater burden on her, which will bring serious consequences and even affect her foundation.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian, who is interested in immortality, is not willing to damage his own foundation.


    Therefore, Mingming can completely leave the three strong enemies with another effort. She still chose to give up.

 Chapter 1951

    Thoroughly killing these strong ones can greatly improve the balance of strength between the enemy and ourselves, effectively reverse the situation between the enemy and ourselves, and eliminate many future problems.


    But at the cost of influencing the way to ascend the immortal with Xue Jianjun, she refused.


    As an alien born with an instrument spirit, she has many conveniences in practice, but she will also encounter many additional difficulties on the way to achieving immortality.


    The reason why she left the fairyland of the spirit sky and went to a remote place like Junchen world to serve as the commander of the heavenly palace was that an expert predicted that it would help her ascend to the immortal.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian has been waiting in the Jun dust world for so many years to wait for the opportunity to ascend to the immortal.


    She is in charge of the heavenly palace, scrupulously guarding the Junchen world and resisting all kinds of foreign invaders in order to hold this opportunity.


    However, she was asked to fight against foreign invaders, which affected the foundation of Chengxian''s Enlightenment in the future. Even if she was an indomitable sword practitioner, she was absolutely unwilling to do so.


    After the three strong enemies who escaped recover in the future, they will certainly bring a lot of trouble to the Junchen world. Maybe countless practitioners will die in their hands.


    But so what? All this is not as important as the road to immortality with Xuejian Jun.


    Whether it is the heavenly palace or the chief manager, there are clouds in front of the road to immortality.


    Once the immortal path is achieved and the realm of true immortality is broken through, companion Xue Jianjun has enough assurance to kill these three strong enemies.


    They are lucky today. Let''s save their lives for the time being.


    The companion snow sword gentleman didn''t take care of the three escaped enemies, but began to divert his attention.


    After the sword Qi achievement, the heaven and earth kill array in the Jun dust world stopped attacking.


    If you want to drive the heaven and earth kill array to attack, the loss is not small.


    In particular, to launch such real immortal level attacks, we need to constantly extract the origin of heaven and earth and put it into the big array.


    Although the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world is strong, it can''t stand such severe consumption.


    In fact, many people have been distressed by the attack of heaven and earth kill array.


    Three lions and Xuanxuan''s ancestors had two enemies and four enemies. They also had to hold the enemy and lead them near Jiutian, so that the heaven and earth kill array could exert its power.


    In this process, they lose a lot.


    They vaguely felt that there should be hidden real immortal level strongmen in the camp of foreign invaders.


    While recovering their strength as soon as possible, they were on guard against new enemies entering the battlefield.


    Fortunately, the power of heaven and earth kill array is not weak. The two sword Qi released by Xue Jianjun are even more powerful and frightening, which effectively deterred the enemy.


    Before coming up with corresponding countermeasures, even the enemies of Zhenxian level dare not enter the battlefield easily.


    Seeing that the top power of our side fled like this, there were waves of commotion in the army of foreign invaders.


    At this time, with the order of the snow sword king, the strong returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world immediately began to launch a counterattack.


    The snow sword king turned into a sword light again and boldly entered the army of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang and other great powers who returned to the virtual world also fought together and began to attack the formation of the enemy army.


    The three lions looked at each other with Xuanxuan''s ancestors, and regardless of bullying the small with the big, they directly killed a large army in front of them.


    The power of Zhenxian level is absolutely overwhelming to the army of these foreign invaders, and it can''t resist at all.


    The three lions roared, and the army in front of them collapsed completely.


    The formation of a large army was completely broken when Xuanxuan gently waved his hand.


    On the one hand, the extraterritorial invaders are multi-ethnic coalition forces, and the coalition forces of different races are not close to each other.


    At the beginning, a few strong men in the army tried their best to organize resistance so that the army would not collapse completely.


    If the coalition forces can defeat without disorder, retreat step by step and resist step by step, the losses of the coalition forces can be controlled and their vitality will not be greatly damaged.


    However, the counter offensive of the Junchen world came too fast and the offensive was too fierce, which soon stirred up a mess in the coalition camp.


    After fighting with foreign invaders for so many years, the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors have long accumulated rich experience.


    They didn''t take care of the ordinary extraterritorial invaders and chose the strong ones to kill them.


    Especially those who try to organize an army to resist are the focus of their attention.


    With the killing of a powerful man with great prestige and dare to organize resistance, the army of foreign invaders became more chaotic and began to collapse.


    Meng Zhang and his colleagues all seized this rare opportunity to kill their opponents and reduce the pressure for future wars.


    Although this victory can be determined, the Junchen world has not been able to completely solve the problem of foreign invaders.


    Perhaps before long, foreign invaders from all sides will organize a new coalition force to launch a large-scale attack on the Junchen world again.


    In the history of Jun dust world, similar examples have been staged countless times.


    The Junchen world has won many victories, but as long as it can not completely eliminate these foreign invaders from different origins.


    After this failure, they will slowly recover their strength.


    When you have accumulated enough strength, you will invade the Jun dust world again.


    Few people remember the beginning of the resentment between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang wondered why these foreign invaders had to hold on to the Junchen world?


    How hateful are the practitioners of Jun dust world, who have attracted so many enemies with different origins?


    Even to compete for the Junchen world, but the void is so big that there are many big worlds worth fighting.


    After having failed so many times and touched the wall so many times, how can these foreign invaders learn not to be smart?


    Why do they have to compete for the Junchen world and choose another big world?


    Because of the lack of sufficient information, Meng Zhang certainly did not understand these problems.


    Since he didn''t understand, Meng Zhang didn''t spend much time and focused more on chasing and killing the enemy.


    Meng Zhang is still a member of the Jun dust world. He is closely related to the Jun dust world. Of course, he should strive to eliminate the enemies of the Jun dust world.


    The army of foreign invaders is too large, and there are too many members of different levels.


    The weakest and even only the strength at the foundation level, which depends entirely on the strength of the army, can enter the void to fight and serve as cannon fodder and consumables.


    There are too many foreign invaders in front of us, and they are too scattered. Even if the powerful return to emptiness powers keep sending out large-scale range attack Taoism, it is still difficult to wipe out the enemy in a short time.


    Even Meng Zhang, who is proficient in efficient killing, can only try to choose the strong ones among the higher-level and stronger foreign invaders.


    Shortly after the counterattack began, a team composed of Yuanshen Zhenjun also killed out of the nine days and joined the ranks of the great counterattack.

 Chapter 1952

    When the high level of the Junchen world organized a retreat team to enter the empty battlefield and prevent foreign invaders from invading for nine days, the few high-level people left behind were not idle.


    On the one hand, they continued to wait for the back returning great powers to arrive at the heavenly palace, and on the other hand, they began to recruit and assemble all kinds of yuan God Zhenjun.


    Among them, in addition to the Yuanshen Zhenjun directly under the heavenly palace, the Yuanshen Zhenjun of the sects of the major holy places had the best organization and was the first to arrive at the heavenly palace.


    Even if only a part of the yuan God Zhen Jun in the Jun dust world is concentrated, the number is still far more than those who return to virtual power.


    These Yuanshen Zhenjun were organized to be on standby for nine days and ready to attack at any time.


    After Banxue Jianjun ordered a major counterattack, the troops organized by Yuanshen Zhenjun also killed out within nine days and directly killed the army of foreign invaders.


    When it comes to strength, this new force is, of course, far inferior to the team composed of the previous returning virtual powers.


    However, their large number is just convenient to hunt down the collapsed enemy army.


    And they are strong enough to suppress most of the enemy.


    After the collapse of the enemy army, it could not organize effective resistance at all. It only knew to run for its life everywhere.


    With the Yuanshen Zhenjun trying their best to chase and kill the escaping enemy, the war began to enter the final stage.


    The enemy has been completely defeated and has no chance of turning defeat into victory.


    The only question now is how many foreign invaders can escape from the battlefield in time.


    When the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors bullied the small and relied on the strong to bully the weak, they always kept a mind. They were worried that the real immortal level strong men hidden by the enemy suddenly came out to organize resistance, and even began to fight back directly.


    I don''t know if I was frightened by the fate of several former comrades in arms. The strong man of Zhenxian level hidden among foreign invaders has never appeared.


    Yes, even if the foreign invaders have great powers, they can''t know the bearing limit of the king of companion snow sword, let alone that the king of companion snow sword is unwilling to consume too much thought.


    The sword Qi that accompanies snow sword gentleman to send out before is really too terrible.


    Killing a strong person at Zhenxian level is like chopping melons and vegetables.


    The gods that can rival the real immortals are vulnerable to the terrible sword Qi.


    The hidden strong on the side of the foreign invaders, of course, do not want to come out and die for nothing.


    They would rather watch their own army collapse completely, and their own army is chased and killed everywhere with heavy casualties. They are not willing to take risks.


    This is not a mistake.


    It''s too difficult to cultivate a strong person at the level of real immortal. Many times, it''s all about luck.


    The present army of foreign invaders seems to have a large number, but as long as enough resources are invested and willing to spend time to cultivate slowly, it is not difficult to recreate such an army.


    Since the foreign invaders have never seen the strong ones of Zhenxian level, the great defeat can no longer be redeemed.


    In the Junchen world, all practitioners are almost tireless and join the addition without stopping.


    Almost everyone knows that seizing this rare opportunity can effectively weaken the enemy.


    The more foreign invaders eliminated this time, the less pressure our side will face in the next war, and we will have some more vitality.


    After the complete collapse of the foreign invaders, although many were eliminated, many escaped into the thick meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world.


    Numerous large and small meteorites float in this meteorite belt. The terrain is complex, which is conducive to hiding.


    In addition, there are many strongholds occupied by foreign invaders, which have a little protective effect.


    Next, it will take a long time for the Jun dust world to completely remove this meteorite belt and eliminate or expel all the foreign invaders hidden inside.


    Xuanxuan''s father and three lions have stopped chasing and killing.


    In their capacity, as long as the enemy''s real immortal level strong don''t take action, they don''t bother to waste time on this kind of water mill work.


    As one of the few strong real immortals in Jun dust world, they are not idle at all.


    The two of them take turns to sit nearby to prevent foreign invaders from suddenly attacking the strong ones at Zhenxian level.


    The snow sword gentleman readjusted the arrangement.


    This time, the heavenly palace forcibly recruited all the returning virtual powers in the Junchen world to fight in the void. In fact, it was also a last resort.


    If the Junchen side does not have enough power to return to the virtual world to block the coalition forces of foreign invaders, it will not be able to lead out the strong ones of Zhenxian level among the enemies.


    If the foreign invaders of Zhenxian level don''t come out, they naturally can''t lead them to Jiutian and ambush them.


    Experienced such a big victory, especially a powerful blow to the strong ones of Zhenxian level among foreign invaders.


    If there is no big accident, the Junchen world will win a valuable rest time and can have a good rest.


    Among the foreign invaders, there are many people who are grumpy, violent and arrogant, but the top of them are not brainless fools who know the least calculations.


    Before there is no way to fight against the heaven and earth kill array, it may be difficult for them to organize a large-scale coalition to launch a large-scale invasion of the Junchen world again.


    The strong in the Junchen world came out to fight in the void. The interior was very empty for the time being.


    You know, in the Junchen world, Terran practitioners are not without enemies.


    If there are not enough strong people in the Junchen world for a long time, I''m afraid those hidden aliens will come out and make trouble again.


    Banxue Jianjun originally mobilized the forces of the major cultivation forces in the Jun dust world to organize the cleaning up of the whole Jun dust world, trying to clean up all foreign races and hidden enemies.


    However, halfway through the clean-up operation, it had to be interrupted because of the massive attack by foreign invaders, resulting in the failure of the whole operation.


    Although the absolute strength of those enemies in the Jun dust world is not very strong, if they are allowed to fool around, it will cause great damage to the Jun dust world and even affect the plans of the high-level of the Jun dust world.


    Therefore, the victory or defeat of this war in the void has been determined. After the remnant enemy fled into the meteorite belt, companion Xue Jianjun ordered in time to let some return to the virtual world return to the Jun dust world and continue to suppress the interior of the Jun dust world.


    According to the arrangement of the accompanying snow sword king, the remaining returning virtual powers will form a team and lead a group of Yuan Shen Zhen Jun to divide areas within the meteorite belt and clean them in turn.


    The enemy''s real immortal level strong dare not take the lead, and the high-level strong also suffered heavy losses. It is only a matter of time for the Junchen world to completely sweep away the meteorite belt.


    Of course, in order to prevent the enemy from jumping over the wall and making a counter attack on his death, his own side should not be too careless.


    In addition to arranging enough cleaning force, companion Xue Jianjun himself also sat here for a long time and personally joined the next cleaning action.

 Chapter 1953

    In the blink of an eye, more than three months have passed since the war.


    The work of cleaning up the meteorite belt and eliminating the remaining enemy has almost come to an end.


    Among the foreign invaders, those who saw the opportunity early and ran for their lives fast enough had long been looking for opportunities during this period of time and fled one after another.


    Most of the guys left in the meteorite belt have been eliminated.


    Almost all the strongholds in the meteorite belt have been recovered.


    Of course, during this period of fighting, countless meteorites were destroyed, and many strongholds were damaged or even destroyed.


    After the defeat, the foreign invaders intentionally or unintentionally took the opportunity of the battle to destroy the resource points in the meteorite belt.


    This meteorite belt is an important defense line beyond nine days, which has been operated by Jun dust circles for many years.


    After years of repeated sawing, especially the destruction of the recent war, this line of defense has long become riddled with holes and flaws everywhere.


    A large number of strongholds have been lost. It will be very difficult to continue to defend this line of defense.


    The destruction of resource points greatly reduces the harvest of the Jun dust world and destroys the long-term combat potential of the Jun dust world.


    Of course, although this meteorite belt is not qualified as a defense line, the high level of Jun dust world will not give it up easily.


    If we do not want foreign invaders to invade directly within nine days, we must defend this peripheral last line of defense.


    What the high level of Junchen can do is to seize the gap time of the battle, repair this line of defense as much as possible and try to restore its defense strength before foreign invaders launch another large-scale invasion.


    Doing so will undoubtedly consume a large amount of resources.


    Although the Junchen world itself is rich in resources, especially Jiutian, which is equivalent to an important man-made resource producing area.


    However, many special resources, especially some high-end resources, can only be produced in the void.


    Soon after the end of the war, the high-level leaders of the Jun dust world actively sent forces to go deep into the void and stay away from the Jun dust world to explore the situation of foreign invaders.


    If circumstances permit, the high level of Jun dust will not only strengthen the exploitation of resources in the meteorite belt, but also actively recover the previously lost resource points in the void and strive to restore the resource supply to Jun dust.


    During this time, the spies sent by the high level of Junchen have returned one after another and brought back less optimistic news.


    After the end of the war, Meng Zhang first cleaned up the enemy who fled into the meteorite belt.


    Because he performed well in the previous battle, his cultivation level is also enough.


    Therefore, he was appointed as a team leader to lead a team.


    This team takes several great powers of returning to emptiness as the main force and a group of Yuanshen Zhenjun as the auxiliary.


    Although Meng Zhang''s seniority is too shallow, the most important thing on the battlefield is never seniority.


    The team led by Meng Zhang acted quickly, actively completed the task, and soon achieved very fruitful results.


    In Meng Zhang''s own mustard space alone, there are a large number of demon family corpses, spirit families forcibly refined, etc.


    Among them, there are many demon masters and spirit masters.


    These valuable materials have a variety of uses and can be used to refine magic weapons, five level pills taken by Huixu Da Neng, and five level talismans


    Although there are not enough level alchemists and tool refiners in Taiyi sect to use these materials, it is also a great good thing to put them in the zongmen library to enhance the zongmen heritage.


    It can even be directly used to strengthen the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen.


    Such high-level materials are hard to find on weekdays.


    Meng Zhang would not have had the opportunity to collect so many treasures if there had not been such a war involving many big worlds and even the real immortal and strong.


    Such an opportunity is too rare. We must firmly seize it.


    The danger of cleaning up the remaining enemies is not high, but the harvest is considerable. All the practitioners involved are highly motivated.


    According to Tiangong''s booty distribution practice, Tiangong generally does not interfere in the distribution of booty of each detachment.


    Although according to the regulations, almost everyone has to hand over a certain proportion of the spoils to the heavenly palace that organized the war.


    However, all the friars participating in the war are powerful people. It is very common to take the opportunity to hide the main spoils and casually take out some leftover materials to hand over the work.


    The high level of Tiangong is not a fool. They can''t do things that want horses to run and don''t feed horses.


    What''s more, the practitioners of the Junchen world are the winners of the war this time. All the participants can be said to have worked hard and made great achievements, and the high-level of the heavenly palace is even worse and too harsh.


    Meng Zhang''s luck was not very good. After only a month of fruitful cleaning, he ran into Taoist Weiming of guantian Pavilion.


    Although they have the same cultivation level, they are both in the middle of returning to emptiness, but the wise people have deeper qualifications and are backed by the Holy Land Sect gate guantian Pavilion.


    Like other holy places, guantian pavilion has a deep relationship with the heavenly palace and has a large-scale penetration and influence on the high-level of the heavenly palace all year round.


    The friars of guantian Pavilion take the journey of observing heaven and the way of holding heaven as the tenet of their sect, and often dictate the affairs of the heavenly palace.


    Although the direct friars of the heavenly palace dislike the existence of guantian Pavilion, they are not willing to offend guantian Pavilion easily.


    In some aspects, such as resisting foreign invaders, guantian Pavilion will become very active because of its religious purpose, and even do not hesitate to sacrifice some of the interests of the religious sect.


    In the war with foreign invaders, even the guantiange friars who do not serve in the heavenly palace will be entrusted with important tasks and granted certain battlefield command.


    However, the position granted to Taoist Ming this time is much higher than that of Meng Zhang.


    He had never forgotten what he had suffered from Meng Zhang near Shenchang.


    When he met Meng Zhang in the meteorite belt this time, he deliberately made trouble and labeled Meng Zhang as passive war avoidance and embezzlement of booty. He tried to bully Meng Zhang by virtue of his position and background.


    What kind of person Meng Zhang is and where he will shrink back at this time.


    However, the Ming Taoist''s behavior of taking revenge for public and private affairs and breaking the unspoken rules aroused public anger in the team led by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is not weaker than that of Wei Mingdao. There are also people behind him. He is not afraid to make things big.


    In the cultivation world, it is important to respect the strong. Meng Zhang will take the opportunity to fight with Taoist Weiming, give him a lesson and take the opportunity to drop his face.


    But Taoist Ming hated Meng Zhang very much.


    If the situation in the Junchen world had not been too critical, he would have been unable to get away, and other senior officials of guantian Pavilion were not willing to trigger an internal struggle in the Junchen world at this time. I''m afraid he would have hit the Taiyi gate long ago.


    Now the Junchen world has won the war. For the time being, there is no need to worry about the problem of foreign invaders. It happens to meet Meng Zhang here. God has eyes.

 Chapter 1954

    Seeing that both sides were highly belligerent, when the conflict was imminent, shangzun of the cold war happened to pass by nearby, preventing both sides from starting.


    Meng Zhang respected his command for many years in the cold war. He knew the temper of the deputy hall leader of the Tiangong douzhan hall, but he didn''t dare to be presumptuous at will.


    However, even if Taoist Ming was born in the holy land, he had to bow his head in the face of the fact that his cultivation was far better than himself. As a direct line of the heavenly palace, shangzun of the cold war also had to bow his head.


    Of course, while bowing to the cold war, he did not forget to take the opportunity to sue Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang passively avoided war, embezzled booty, was rebellious, regardless of rank and inferiority, was rude to his superiors, and committed the following crimes


    Anyway, among the people of weimingdao, Meng Zhang is an unforgivable generation, and he is worthy of death.


    In the cold war, Zun was not a fool. How could he be used as a gun by Taoist Wei Ming.


    The chief manager of Tiangong, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, has a good relationship with Meng Zhang. He has protected Meng Zhang many times and deliberately cultivated Meng Zhang. Respect in the cold war has long known.


    As a direct friar of the heavenly palace, he respected many holy places in the cold war, and he also despised these friars who came from holy places.


    Of course, the heavenly palace requires all the holy places to focus on the overall situation and not to quarrel at this time.


    The major Holy Land sects have similar requirements for the heavenly palace.


    In the cold war, even if Zun was tired of it, he still wanted to give Taoist Weiming some face.


    At least, the position of Taoist Ming is indeed much higher than that of Meng Zhang, and he is an absolute superior.


    During the cold war, Zun casually reprimanded Meng Zhang.


    One is to give an explanation to Taoist Weiming. The other is to separate them and avoid their conflict again.


    During the cold war, Zun asked Meng Zhang to leave the cleaning operation of the meteorite belt and go to the depths of the void for investigation.


    After the last defeat of various foreign invaders, the senior level of Junchen urgently needs to know its latest trend.


    During this period of time, the Jun dust world has sent a lot of return virtual powers to spy and investigate.


    Cleaning up the remaining enemy is a very easy and oily job.


    Now, due to the relationship of Taoist Wei Ming, Meng Zhang had to leave this work and go to the depths of the void to investigate at great risk.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied and hated Taoist Ming.


    Of course, in the cold war, Zun was not only a Ming Taoist, and Meng Zhang could not disobey his orders.


    Respect in the cold war is not an enemy, but an object that needs friendship.


    Meng Zhang had to follow the orders of the cold war emperor and go to the depths of the void alone to investigate.


    In order to prevent these friars sent out for investigation from slacking off and taking some worthless news back to work, Tiangong has prepared a lot of means.


    Take Meng Zhang for example. He must find out the latest trends of foreign invaders and deeply investigate their remaining strength before he can come back and make a job.


    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void for many years. This task is not too difficult for him.


    As long as he is not unlucky enough to meet the strong Zhenxian level among foreign invaders, Meng Zhang will at least not encounter life danger.


    After Meng Zhang was far away from the Jun dust world, he began to investigate inside the dengtian Star area.


    Foreign invaders come from all over the world and are located in the ascendant Star area. Even if they are defeated, they won''t escape from the ascendant area.


    Meng Zhang was lucky and soon found the whereabouts of the remnants of the foreign invaders along the escape track of some foreign invaders.


    At a place almost 200 million miles away from the Junchen world, foreign invaders who fled from the Junchen world gathered temporarily here.


    The army of foreign invaders who invaded the Junchen world this time is too large.


    In addition to the main force fighting in the void beyond nine days, when the front was defeated, there were many armies entrenched in the meteorite belt.


    After the defeat in the front, these guys in the rear reacted quickly and immediately began to organize the retreat.


    When the front army completely collapsed and the Jun dust world pursued and killed the meteorite belt, most of the guys had already fled without a trace.


    Many of those who lost on the battlefield were lucky enough to escape the pursuit of the friars in the Junchen world and escape all the way here.


    Many strong foreign invaders have established temporary reception bases here to accommodate many disabled and defeated generals who have fled from the front line, and have made efforts to rectify them.


    They did a good job and were very effective.


    When Meng Zhang arrived here across a long distance, at least on the surface, the foreign invaders gathered here had restored order, reorganized and formed a new army.


    This army looks like a model, not like a defeated general.


    Of course, it''s hard to say how much strength this army has recovered.


    In addition to collecting and reorganizing the disabled and defeated generals, all kinds of extraterritorial invaders have also sent new reinforcements from all over the world.


    With the addition of a new force, this army not only boosted its morale, but also greatly enhanced its strength.


    According to the practice of previous wars in the history of the Junchen world, after the coalition forces of foreign invaders suffered previous failures, the residual forces should be dissolved soon, go back to their homes and return to their big world.


    All foreign invaders need to cultivate and live for a period of time. When their vitality is almost restored, they will regroup and form a coalition again to launch a large-scale invasion of the Junchen world.


    You know, the tragic failure and great loss suffered by foreign invaders are relatively rare in many wars in history.


    This time, all kinds of foreign invaders refused to give up and continued to invest their strength, which was really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    I really don''t know what these extraterritorial invaders think. They stimulate their potential and don''t hesitate to continue to invest their strength. They are completely fishing in the dry, regardless of the future of the big world.


    Do they think that by taking time out of their own big world and taking out all their strength, they can defeat the Junchen world after the victory?


    Ten thousand steps back, even if they win the next World War and successfully invade the Junchen world. Can the booty they have gained make up for their losses and restore their vitality?


    Since Meng Zhang has accepted the task, he should still try his best to complete it.


    Besides, as a member of the cultivator of Jun dust world, he also has the consciousness of losing his lips and teeth.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly hid his figure and tried to go deep into the army to carefully investigate the specific situation of this new coalition army.


    Although Meng Zhang is good at sneaking in and has excellent hiding skills, he will always hit ghosts when he walks too much at night.


    Among these foreign invaders of different origins, there are many strange people and scholars, and the strong come out in large numbers.


    During an in-depth investigation, Meng Zhang was seen through by the strong enemy and almost fell into a siege.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s strength is strong and his kung fu of running for his life is not bad. He escaped from the encirclement in time before the enemy surrounded him.

 Chapter 1955

    Although the strength of this coalition of foreign invaders has fallen sharply due to the previous defeat, Meng Zhang can not shake it on his own.


    There are many strong men at the level of returning to emptiness in the army, which is enough to completely suppress Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not a man of one mind. Since he has exposed his deeds, he should not stay here for a long time.


    Anyway, I''ve seen almost everything I should see and got a lot of information. I should be able to go back and make a job.


    He can work for the heavenly palace, but he won''t risk his life for it.


    Meng Zhang soon left the gathering place of the foreign invader coalition forces and avoided the other party''s next search around.


    Meng Zhang felt in his heart that such information seemed to be a little thin only by collecting the current trends of the foreign invader coalition forces.


    And go back too early, it seems that their task is too easy, making people feel that they don''t try their best enough.


    He thought for a moment and rushed to the direction of Shenchang world.


    In order to collect the treasure left by taiyimen ancestors, Meng Zhang once went near Shenchang world.


    I''m familiar with my hometown this time.


    Shenchang world is one of the most afraid of Junchen world in the ascendant Star area.


    The indigenous gods in Shenchang are a group of steamed stuffed buns. Obviously, their power level is not low, but it is difficult to give full play to it.


    In the years of fighting between the Junchen world and the Shenchang world, the practitioners of the Junchen world have accumulated very rich experience. They often beat the strong with the weak, surpassing these indigenous gods and descendants.


    In the battle of invading Junchen world, Shenchang world actually hooked up with foreign gods to respect gods.


    Mixed spirits and gods are true gods, and have accepted the inheritance of authentic Shinto.


    Compared with the local steamed stuffed bun gods in Shenchang world, they are much better in all aspects.


    When Meng Zhang was in the heavenly palace, he heard many well-informed senior monks talking about it.


    Many people think that in order to deal with Junchen world, Shenchang world colludes with mixed spirits to respect gods. Such stupid indigenous gods are simply leading wolves into the house.


    Hunling and respecting God are not good men and women, but a ferocious guy.


    With his powerful strength and brilliant Shinto inheritance, he is fully capable of conquering and controlling the whole Shenchang world.


    If he succeeds, it will be a real disaster for the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    It is also not a good thing for the Junchen world.


    Instead of facing the mixed spirits and gods who have greatly increased their strength after controlling the Shenchang world, the practitioners in the Junchen world would rather continue to face the stupid indigenous gods in the Shenchang world.


    Many years ago, the high level of Junchen world had a plan to expedition Shenchang world and completely eliminate the indigenous gods here.


    Of course, other big worlds such as the demon world are out of consideration. Once Shenchang world encounters the massive invasion of Junchen world, they will certainly give full support.


    Later, the situation in the dengtian Star area changed, and the Junchen community was on the defensive for a long time, so the senior level of the Junchen community had to give up the plan.


    Because of this plan, detailed information about the Shenchang world has long been collected in the heavenly palace.


    Shenchang world suffered heavy casualties in this war, especially the loss of a true immortal God, which was enough to hurt his muscles and bones.


    Meng Zhang has long been familiar with all kinds of information about the Shenchang world and is very confident that he can enter and leave the Shenchang world safely.


    He is going to collect some latest information from Shenchang world and bring it back to Junchen world. He can not only make a job, but also prove his dedication.


    Meng Zhang soon came to the area where the taiyimen treasure was collected last time.


    It is only tens of millions of miles away from Shenchang world and belongs to the control area of Shenchang world.


    Originally, the patrol team of Shenchang world passed nearby from time to time.


    After the movement made by Meng Zhang and Taoist Weiming of guantian Pavilion, the senior level of Shenchang world keenly realized that there should be some special places near this area, which attracted the returning virtual power of Junchen world.


    Although too many forces were sent to the army invading Junchen world, which has greatly affected the daily defense of Shenchang world, some indigenous gods and descendants in Shenchang world still took time to carefully inspect this area again and again.


    Meng Zhang took away the heaven and earth pillar left by the ancestors of taiyimen. It has long been empty.


    No matter how the gods and descendants of Shenchang world search and search repeatedly, they can''t find the slightest bit.


    In fact, before this massive search, Shenchang world carefully searched here many times and never found any abnormalities.


    Although most of the indigenous gods and descendants of Shenchang have given up searching and are unwilling to continue to do useless work.


    But there are always guys who don''t give up and come up with other ways.


    The return to the virtual world of Jun dust can sneak here at strange risks. There must be something they must get here.


    Although they are never willing to admit it, in their hearts, most of the gods and descendants in Shenchang world know that the practitioners in Junchen world have extraordinary inheritance, their cultivation system is more brilliant, and their cultivation civilization almost crushed Shenchang world


    The Shenchang world also has coveters for what the return of the virtual power of the Jun dust world seeks.


    An indigenous God in Shenchang world made friends with the demon masters in the ten thousand demon world.


    At a great cost, he invited the Baimu demon master of the ten thousand demon world to help him search the nearby area carefully.


    The body of the Baimu demon master is a special monster, Baimu giant whale. Baimu giant whale naturally has many magical pupils all over the body.


    These pupils have very miraculous functions, far exceeding many pupil techniques practiced by practitioners.


    The higher the level of cultivation, the more the number of pupils of the behemoth whale, and the more powerful various functions.


    Being able to advance to the demon master level, the pupil ability of this hundred eyed whale ranks first in the demon world.


    With his pupils open, he can easily see through all kinds of illusions and vanity, cross different spatial levels, and even go deep into Anti space


    In the past war with the cultivators in the Jun dust world, the pupil of the Baimu demon lord played a great role, which can see through the array eyes and flaws of various large arrays on the cultivator''s side.


    Among the invading armies organized by the ten thousand demon world, the Baimu Demon Lord has a very special and important position.


    If it weren''t for the price offered by the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, the Baimu Demon Lord would not easily leave the army and come to this place.


    Of course, for this reason, he also just avoided the disastrous defeat of the foreign invader army and escaped a disaster.


    Otherwise, an important person like him, after the collapse of the army, will definitely be the focus of the practitioners in the Junchen world.


    Now, the Baimu Demon Lord has already received the news of his army''s tragic defeat.


    The cunning guy secretly congratulated himself on his big life. Fortunately, he left the army and came here long ago.


    On the other side, he found an excuse and continued to stay here, unwilling to return to the army.

 Chapter 1956

    Previously, the Baimu demon lord searched here for a long time, but he didn''t find anything. He was impatient for a long time.


    He would have wanted to leave if it weren''t for the great reward given by Shenchang.


    Now, since the Allied forces are in danger, it''s safer to stay here.


    The Baimu demon master has great powers and strength. He is indeed a very ferocious demon clan.


    But this does not affect his greed for life and fear of death and his unwillingness to participate in too dangerous wars.


    When attacking the Jun dust world in the past, he rarely fought with the return virtual power of the Jun dust world. His main role is to find the flaws of the cultivator array.


    Because of his special role, in the war, he was also well protected by his own strong men, and rarely involved in the tragic war.


    Although he had long confirmed that there was nothing abnormal in this area, he pretended and searched carefully nearby.


    Meng Zhang revisited his hometown. When he came here, he just saw this scene.


    The Baimu demon lord, because of his special magic power, poses a great threat to all kinds of arrays in the Jun dust world. He has long been on the must kill list of the heavenly palace.


    But in every war before, the Baimu demon clan was well protected. In addition, he was not a weak man without the ability to fight back.


    Therefore, many assassinations against him in the Junchen world have not been successful.


    Meng Zhang found the Baimu demon master and immediately recognized him. He was moved in his heart.


    If you can kill the Baimu demon master, you will certainly make great achievements and get rich rewards from the heavenly palace. This task has been perfectly explained.


    When Meng Zhang was near the boundary of God''s prosperity, he stopped moving in the void, tried to hide his body and deeds, and secretly approached here.


    While Meng Zhang hiding in the dark found the Baimu demon master, the Baimu demon master also found Meng Zhang''s deeds with his super pupil magic power.


    The Baimu Demon Lord has been assassinated many times by practitioners in the Junchen world. He has always been very vigilant.


    Almost at the same time he found Meng Zhang, he decided that Meng Zhang was sneaking in here to assassinate himself.


    Small life matters. The Baimu Demon Lord didn''t show off his strength.


    He immediately informed the strong men in the nearby Shenchang world and told them the location of Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang was still considering the assassination plan, two divine descendants who were responsible for cooperating with the Baimu demon lord left the Baimu Demon Lord and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    The so-called divine descendants are basically the descendants of the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    They acquired the power of the gods through blood inheritance. Through the day after tomorrow''s exercise, we will continue to be familiar with and strengthen such strength.


    There are many divine descendants in Shenchang world, and only a few of them can have the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    The strength of divine descendants generally has a fixed upper limit and will not exceed the gods at the source of their own blood.


    In fact, for various reasons, the vast majority of divine descendants can not reach the upper limit of their strength.


    Except for a few special cases, the highest point that can be reached by the divine descendants of the Shenchang world is the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Naturally, the two God descendants who killed Meng Zhang aggressively are no exception.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he was so well hidden that he was exposed so soon.


    Now that it''s exposed, the sneak attack plan won''t work. Let''s forcibly attack and kill.


    Although the magic power of the Baimu Demon Lord is strong, his strength is only the level at the early stage of returning to emptiness, and he is not Meng Zhang''s opponent at all.


    For Meng Zhang, the real difficulty is to prevent the Baimu demon master from escaping and complete the attack and killing task before the reinforcements from Shenchang world come.


    A huge Tai Chi diagram of yin and Yang suddenly appeared on Meng Zhang''s head.


    After a meal, the two God descendants who were fiercely killed by the righteous momentum took the initiative to stop the rush.


    Shenchang world and Junchen world have fought for many years and know each other well.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s manifestation of heaven and earth Dharma, the two God descendants who had strength in the early stage of returning to emptiness knew that their own family was never an opponent.


    They were ordered to protect the Baimu Demon Lord. Seeing that the enemy was too strong, they retreated directly. They would be severely punished afterwards.


    Just when they were in a dilemma, Meng Zhang had already started.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram rotates slightly, and the black-and-white yin-yang fish swims with it. A powerful force comes from the diagram and temporarily settles the two gods.


    Meng Zhang looked at the Baimu demon lord, and with a gentle step, he crossed a long distance and appeared not far in front of him.


    The ChiYin sword ghost turned into a sword light, fell from the sky and directly killed the Baimu Demon Lord.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation and kendo attainments, it is not difficult to kill the Baimu demon master.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had the upper hand, he suddenly made a warning.


    He didn''t care to continue to attack the Baimu demon master. His mind moved, and ChiYin sword Sha took the initiative to defend.


    Not far from Meng Zhang''s body, several ice cones appeared out of thin air and were about to shoot at Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, ChiYin sword evil spirit returned to defense in time, fought with these ice cones, and soon killed them.


    Meng Zhang felt as if he were in the ice and snow, and the whole body was filled with a biting chill.


    A giant appeared beside the Baimu Demon Lord and looked at Meng Zhang coldly.


    The giant is snow-white and seems to be carved from ice. The whole body is crystal clear and shining with cold light.


    This is an indigenous God from Shenchang world, and a God with cold ice attribute.


    The indigenous gods in Shenchang world are also strong and weak.


    The weakest indigenous gods, even the yuan God Zhenjun, may not be able to fight.


    The most powerful indigenous gods are even comparable to real immortals.


    Of course, no matter what the strength of these indigenous gods is, once they leave their own divine domain in the Shenchang world, their strength will fall sharply.


    Even if a few of them can use their divine power to temporarily evolve the divine domain, they can''t compare with the divine domain fixed in the divine prosperity world, and naturally they can''t recover their full strength.


    The God with ice attribute in front of him, in the void, his strength also fell sharply.


    Although he still retained almost his accomplishments in the later stage of returning to emptiness, his combat effectiveness was difficult to form an absolute crush on Meng Zhang at this time.


    According to the standard of formal Shinto civilization, almost all the gods in Shenchang world can only be regarded as false gods.


    The ice God in front of us is no exception. At most, it is a false ice God.


    Although Meng Zhang looked like a great enemy, he was not afraid of each other.


    Although the cultivation level of this cold ice false god is very high, it may not be able to leave a powerful Meng Zhang.


    Seeing the appearance of Han Bing''s false god, Meng Zhang knew his plan to kill the Baimu demon master, which completely failed.


    It doesn''t make much sense to continue fighting. What he needs to do next is to consider how to get away from here and how to get rid of the pursuit of the strong in Shenchang world.


    The Baimu Demon Lord has a special and important position in the ten thousand demon world.


    He played a special role in attacking the Allied forces in the Junchen world.


    Of course, Shenchang world should take various protective measures to prevent him from any accidents near Shenchang world.


    Those two gods are only superficial bodyguards, and this ice hypocrite is the final guarantee.

 Chapter 1957

    The Baimu Demon Lord saw the appearance of Han Bing''s false god and knew that he should be safe this time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had sacrificed ChiYin sword Sha before, and his murderous appearance had caused him a lot of pressure.


    Maybe it was a lingering fear. The Baimu demon lord couldn''t help retreating, trying to avoid the next battle between Meng Zhang and the cold ice false god.


    Meng Zhang is very hard to protect himself in the face of such a strong man as Han Bing false god. Where can he spare the strength to continue to pursue and kill the Baimu demon lord.


    Seeing that the Baimu Demon Lord was about to escape, the change happened again.


    The Baimu demon lord felt the surrounding void shaking violently, and then he was surprised to find that his family was completely isolated from the outside world, as if he had fallen into an independent space.


    A figure suddenly appeared, just above the Baimu Demon Lord.


    Although Meng Zhang is in a fierce battle with the ice puppet God, he has been paying attention to the movements around him.


    As soon as the figure appeared, he almost cried out in surprise.


    This man is the ancient Chen superior whom I haven''t seen for many years.


    When her mother-in-law introduced Meng Zhang to the immortality society, it was Gu Chen who came into contact with him.


    The immortality society was secretly established by a group of Hui Xu Da Neng in the Junchen world.


    Thousands of years ago, before sleeping, several real immortals used their great powers together to forcibly change the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Since then, no real immortal has been born in Jun dust world.


    For thousands of years, the original virtual energy has been growing, and new virtual energy sources have been born.


    However, due to the actions of several real immortals, they lost the opportunity to become immortals and get the way.


    The great power of returning to emptiness of the Holy Land Sect is the disciple of several true immortals, and naturally has long been appeased.


    Those who came from casual cultivation and other forces were extremely dissatisfied with them.


    Even the weakest chicken''s great ability to return to emptiness will not admit that his immortal road is hopeless.


    In the heart of every great power who returns to emptiness, there is a desire to become immortal and get the Tao.


    Therefore, a group of great powers headed by Guru Chen secretly established the immortality society.


    The purpose of this organization is to unite and help each other, break the restrictions of those real immortals together, and let everyone have the opportunity to become immortals.


    When Meng Zhang first joined the immortality society, a large part of the reason was the design of mother-in-law Lansi.


    Although Meng Zhang did not say much on the surface and happily joined the immortal society, he was full of vigilance against this secret organization in his heart.


    After joining the immortality society, Meng Zhang did not take less benefits.


    In addition, he kept a distance from the Dengxian society intentionally or unintentionally, and basically did not participate in the internal activities and gatherings of the Dengxian society.


    This time, the heavenly palace forcibly recruited all the returning virtual powers of the Jun dust world by touching the brand of the Yang God.


    In the Jun dust world, a large number of return virtual powers that had not appeared before suddenly appeared.


    Even the heavenly palace and the holy places, which have ruled the Jun dust world for thousands of years, didn''t expect that there are so many returning virtual powers hidden in the Jun dust world.


    In particular, many mysterious powers of returning to emptiness have made the heavenly palace and the holy places wary.


    If it weren''t for these great powers of returning to emptiness, who were all true Taoist friars, obeyed the orders of the heavenly palace and actively participated in the war with foreign invaders, I''m afraid the heavenly palace and the holy places would attack at that time.


    Even so, the heavenly palace and the holy places will certainly have a lot of actions to deal with these sudden return to virtual power.


    As the rulers of the Junchen world, they absolutely don''t like this feeling of being out of control.


    During the cleaning operation, Meng Zhang not only got along well with the returning virtual talents of the same team, but also took the initiative to contact some acquaintances he had known before and slowly expand his contacts through them.


    Meng Zhang, a young monk in the middle stage of returning to virtual reality, is also a law enforcement envoy of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace. Some of the great energy of returning to virtual reality are willing to make friends with him.


    In the communication with you, Meng Zhang''s news began to become well-informed.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling in his heart that those mysterious return to emptiness powers that suddenly appeared were mostly involved in the immortality society.


    Meng Zhang is very reluctant to get involved in the trouble of the immortality society. But he has long been a member of the immortality society. Many troubles can''t be avoided.


    Of course, because the trouble didn''t break out immediately, Meng Zhang didn''t worry too much. He just kept it in mind and prepared to deal with it slowly in the future.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t expect to meet Gu Chen here.


    Looking at the statue of Gu Chen, it is unlikely that he came to Meng Zhang.


    The target of his action now is the Baimu Demon Lord.


    From his timing and posture, he should have planned for a long time and seemed determined to win the Baimu Demon Lord.


    No matter what Meng Zhang thinks of Gu Chen Shang Zun, it may be an enemy or a friend in the future.


    But now, they are both human friars from the Junchen world. When they meet a powerful alien in the void, they should share a common hatred and unite with the outside world.


    I saw the emptiness where the Baimu Demon Lord was in between the fingers of the ancient Chen, which turned into a prison and trapped him firmly.


    Unwilling to be trapped, the Baimu demon lord tried his best and struggled desperately.


    Gu Chen''s two palms flew, and endless terrorist forces appeared out of thin air, and began to squeeze the trapped Baimu Demon Lord.


    The high level of Shenchang world knows that the Baimu Demon Lord has a special position in the Wanyao world and is an important person who needs to be protected carefully.


    That''s why we specially arranged a strong man like Han Bing''s false god to protect him secretly.


    With the common arrogance of the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, the cold ice false god will never tolerate the Baimu Demon Lord to have an accident in front of him.


    If the Baimu Demon Lord has any shortcomings, he will be greatly implicated and lead to serious consequences with the identity and status of the ice false god in the Shenchang world.


    Therefore, when a human friar suddenly appeared to deal with the Baimu demon master, the ice puppet God must return immediately.


    Before turning against the immortal society, Meng Zhang is also willing to buy Gu Chen shangzun and actively cooperate with his actions.


    Seeing that the ice puppet God was about to get out of the battle, Meng Zhang sacrificed the ChiYin sword and Sha sword, and killed the ice puppet God more fiercely.


    Under the cover of ChiYin sword, Meng Zhang chose an opportunity to release the aurora Wusuo.


    The sinister Aurora Wusuo is a sharp weapon of conspiracy, and its lethality is still above the red Yin sword evil spirit.


    The ice hypocrite cannot ignore Meng Zhang''s attack.


    He was acutely aware of the aurora Wusuo who attacked him. He had a strong intuition in his heart and must not be hit by this magic weapon.


    Between rescuing the Baimu Demon Lord and protecting himself first, the ice puppet God instinctively chose the latter.


    He is ready to repel Meng Zhang''s attack first, and then support the Baimu Demon Lord.


    Although the Baimu Demon Lord is unceasing and has good combat effectiveness, he is also an old strong man in the 10000 demon world.


    It''s impossible for a cultivator to hold on for a while in the face of a sneak attack.

 Chapter 1958

    The mistake of Han Bing''s false god is to look too high at the Baimu Demon Lord and look down on the respect of Gu Chen.


    Gu Chen is a low-key man. He seldom participates in various disputes in the Jun dust world and has a limited number of shots.


    Of course, as a great power of returning to emptiness, he was often recruited by the heavenly palace to participate in the war against foreign invaders.


    Gu Chen had no intention of expressing himself, and disdained to compete for war merit and so on.


    When he was enlisted to join the war, he was not active. He could hide from many tasks and only wanted to complete the minimum amount of tasks.


    He did not have any impressive achievements, nor did he achieve fruitful results. He really showed no ability.


    Most of the monks who knew Guru Chen in the Junchen world knew that he was a casual monk.


    The great power of returning to emptiness, born in scattered practice, is an unstable factor in the eyes of all the holy places.


    If it were not for the complicated situation of the Jun dust world and the religious doors of the major holy places were not one mind, I''m afraid the Jun dust world would not have these places to return to virtual power for a long time.


    It''s not surprising that Gu chenshang Zun did this. Everyone thought that he had to hide his foolishness in order to avoid attracting the attention of the holy places.


    It is also the great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Compared with Tianlei shangzun, cold war shangzun and other famous figures, Gu Chen shangzun is too low-key and has almost no sense of existence.


    But no matter how low-key Gu chenshang Zun is, he can''t fake his cultivation in the later stage.


    In this place, he doesn''t need to hide his strength.


    The Baimu Demon Lord is of great use to Gu Chen. He has planned for a long time to capture the Baimu Demon Lord.


    Now that the opportunity has finally appeared, he can''t afford to lose it.


    Gu Chen shangzun stepped up the mobilization of the power of the space Avenue, the temporary cage made by using the power of space became more stable, and kept squeezing the trapped Baimu demon lord, constantly narrowing his activity space.


    No matter how hard the Baimu demon lord struggled, the huge gap between the two sides'' cultivation turned all his efforts into futility.


    Since Meng Zhang wanted to show himself in front of Gu Chen, of course, he did his best and took out all kinds of means to press the bottom of the box.


    Even though the cultivation level of Han Bing''s false god is much higher than that of Meng Zhang, he can''t win or get rid of his opponent in the face of the enemy''s various powerful means.


    Gu Chen didn''t waste the opportunity created by Meng Zhang. He cast a spell and completely trapped the Baimu Demon Lord.


    The space where the Baimu Demon Lord was in seemed to freeze for a while, trapping him firmly in it and making him unable to move.


    With Gu Chen''s hands dancing, a small amber crystal appeared in front of him.


    The Baimu demon lord lost all his power like a worm solidified in amber.


    Gu Chen put away the amber and shot at the ice hypocrite.


    Without the opportunity created by Meng Zhang and his active cooperation, it would not be so easy for Gu Chen to capture the Baimu demon master alive.


    The monster at the level of demon lord belongs to the same realm as Gu Chen''s respect.


    Even if Gu Chen shangzun has the advantage of rolling cultivation, it''s not difficult to kill each other. It''s very difficult to capture your opponent.


    Meng Zhang helped a lot this time. He must recognize this favor.


    The ice hypocrite, who was entangled with Meng Zhang, immediately fell to the absolute disadvantage in the face of Gu Chen shangzun.


    Seeing that the Baimu demon lord fell into the hands of the enemy, the ice puppet God ignored the huge gap in the combat effectiveness of both sides, desperately killed Gu Chen shangzun and tried to save the Baimu Demon Lord.


    Unfortunately, the cultivation of Guru Chen was much better than him, and Meng Zhang helped him.


    If this is not near the Shenchang world, worried that the support of the Shenchang world will arrive at any time, Gu Chen shangzun wants to kill this blind guy.


    Among other things, the ice hypocrite itself is a good booty.


    In fact, many high-level practitioners in the Jun dust world often secretly organize and sneak into the vicinity of other big worlds to hunt and kill some high-level spiritual families and special indigenous gods, and use their bodies as materials for alchemy.


    Gu Chen looked at the ice hypocrite with regret and knew that this was not the time to continue to entangle. This was not the place to stay for a long time.


    Gu Chen said hello to Meng Zhang and will leave here together.


    Although this is Meng Zhang, Gu Chen shangzun and Meng Zhang are both cautious people. Once they are far away from the battlefield, they will move their emptiness and run towards the direction of Jun dust world.


    They didn''t stop running until they were far away from Shenchang world and were about to reach Junchen world.


    After the two stopped, Meng Zhang politely saluted Gu Chen shangzun immediately.


    The other party is not only far better than his predecessors, but also a guide to introduce him into the organization of Dengxian society.


    At least on the surface, Meng Zhang should maintain enough respect for Gu Chen.


    Gu chenshangzun is very grateful to Meng Zhang for his help this time.


    He had been staring at the Baimu Demon Lord for a long time, but he was not sure enough to catch him alive, so he waited hard.


    He was not ready to wait. He was ready to force his hand. Meng Zhang suddenly started, creating a rare opportunity for him.


    Meng Zhang did not ask Gu Chen about the purpose of capturing the Baimu Demon Lord.


    Since the other party didn''t take the initiative to mention it, he just didn''t want to let himself know.


    After being polite for a long time, they began to get to the point slowly.


    After Meng Zhang joined the immortality society, his ambiguous attitude towards the immortality society did not escape Gu Chen''s eyes.


    Gu chenshang respected Meng Zhang with the attitude of casting a net. He didn''t really have much hope for Meng Zhang.


    The outstanding monks outside the doors of the holy places are the goal of the ancient Chen emperor.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who has a grudge against the Holy Land Sect, is his natural ally.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Dengxian society, he didn''t take less advantage, but he didn''t take the initiative to work for the Dengxian society.


    It''s nothing. It''s the nature of practitioners.


    Meng Zhang was able to hang around in the cultivation world for many years and climb up step by step. If he didn''t act like this, how could he achieve today.


    After Meng Zhang joined the immortality society, he was originally a relatively peripheral figure. He could not access the core secrets of the immortality society, nor was he particularly valued.


    Gu Chen accepted Meng Zhang to join the club, but it was just a free chess cold son.

 Chapter 1959

    Gu Chen shangzun never thought that Meng Zhang''s growth rate would be so amazing and his cultivation progress would be so fast.


    From Meng Zhang''s advanced return to the virtual realm and his outstanding performance in the virtual battlefield, Gu Chen shangzun paid more attention to Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang''s exile in the void, Gu Chen shangzun felt very sorry that there was a promising member missing from the immortality society.


    Until a few years ago, Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world safely, and his cultivation entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness. Gu Chen was a little shocked.


    With Gu Chen''s intelligence gathering ability, he soon mastered many things about Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has such accomplishments at such a young age, and his future is unlimited.


    More importantly, taiyimen was not only an old enemy of Ziyang Shengzong, but also hostile to Zhenhai hall.


    Meng Zhang''s past grievances with jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family have not escaped the ears and eyes of Gu Chen.


    As for the destruction of Taiyi gate by guantian Pavilion in its heyday, it goes without saying that there is a deep blood feud between Taiyi gate and guantian Pavilion now.


    According to the standards of Gu Chen, Meng Zhang is simply the most valuable target and the most perfect ally.


    Although Meng Zhang is not very close to the society, he has become a member of the society after all.


    It''s easy to get on a thief''s boat, but it''s difficult to get off.


    Judging from the founding purpose of the society, we know that the greatest enemy of the society is the sleeping real immortals.


    The first target that the immortals association wants to deal with is the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In the face of the major Holy Land sects that dominate the Junchen world, Gu Chen shangzun certainly wants to expand the power of the immortal society as much as possible.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to contribute wholeheartedly to the immortal society, it will be a great help.


    Several true immortals who created the sects of various holy places forcibly changed the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world and cut off the path to immortality of later generations of friars. It was a great crime.


    For one''s own sake, breaking the path of so many people will inevitably lead to towering resentment.


    If they are ordinary friars with limited future, they can''t impact the realm of true immortals anyway.


    However, a gifted monk like Meng Zhang must have the ambition to become an immortal and get the Tao. Sooner or later, he will impact the realm of true immortality.


    In this respect, there is also a dispute between him and those sleeping real immortals.


    Any personal grudges and clan disputes may be put down.


    Only the dispute over the main road can never compromise.


    What Gu Chen shangzun has to do now is to make Meng Zhang fully aware of this.


    In order to strengthen his persuasion, Gu Chen shangzun decided to reveal more secrets to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, people like Meng Zhang can''t deceive each other with empty words. We must tell him the truth in order to win his trust.


    What Gu Chen shangzun first told Meng Zhang was the information about the current top combat power of Junchen world.


    At present, the most powerful combat force in the Junchen world is the real immortal of three mountains.


    In fact, the power is much stronger than the real immortals who are sleeping.


    There are also strong and weak among the true immortals.


    The three mountain true immortals are the most powerful of the true immortals. With their own strength, they can defeat many opponents of the same level.


    Of course, the combat effectiveness of Sanshan Zhenxian is so powerful that it is not without cost.


    It is said that Sanshan Zhenxian blindly pursued strong combat effectiveness, which led to some problems in the foundation of cultivation.


    Originally, taking his cultivation as the realm, he had long been qualified to impact the realm of immortals, but he was unable to take action because of his hidden dangers.


    Fortunately, as long as the real immortal does not encounter doom, in theory, Shouyuan will not run out naturally.


    People like Sanshan Zhenxian have no problem living for tens of thousands of years. He still has plenty of time to solve the problem.


    Thousands of years ago, several real immortals preaching the Jun dust world spent a great price. They invited three mountain real immortals to sit in the Jun dust world and help resist all kinds of foreign invaders.


    I have to say that these real immortals made a good choice.


    The real immortals of the three mountains have enough realm and strength to protect the Jun dust world after they sleep.


    Moreover, due to their own reasons, the real immortals of the three mountains can not impact the realm of immortals for the time being, and naturally they will not compete with them for the opportunity to become immortals.


    As for the price of several real immortals, please move the three mountain real immortals. Gu Chen''s respect is not very clear.


    He just guessed roughly that several real immortals should have promised to help solve the hidden dangers of Sanshan real immortals.


    In addition to the three real immortals, there are three other real immortals in the Junchen world.


    The outer incarnation of the ancestor of jiuxuan Pavilion is the ancestor of Xuanxuan, and the original life spirit of the ancestor of the Royal beast sect dotes on three lions. These two Meng Zhang have seen.


    In addition, Sanshan Zhenxian has a puppet of Zhenxian level, who has been in the heaven and earth kill array for many years.


    Whether it is Xuanxuan''s ancestor or the three lions, they are just ordinary real immortal level strong, and their strength is not particularly outstanding.


    They usually sit in the Junchen world to deal with general situations.


    As for the puppet of Sanshan Zhenxian, there is only the power level of Zhenxian, but its combat effectiveness is really average.


    Even if this puppet meets an ordinary real immortal, it may not be able to resist.


    Therefore, it is the best arrangement to let this puppet sit in the heaven and earth kill array.


    Anyway, driving the heaven and earth kill array only needs the power of the true immortal level, not how powerful magic.


    Hearing Gu Chen shangzun talking about the puppet of Zhenxian level, Meng Zhang''s heart moved and sounded the children of Gongshu family he had contacted in Qingyan.


    There are real immortal level mechanism masters in Gongshu family, and they can also make real immortal level mechanism puppets.


    The speed Shenzhou Meng Zhang obtained from the disciples of the Gongshu family helped him a lot.


    If you have a chance in the future, I hope to get more mechanism creations from Gongshu family.


    Meng Zhang has inquired about a lot of news in the past years.


    Among them, there are a lot of news about the fairyland.


    The overall level of mechanism skill in the fairy world is very general. There are no sects and families famous for mechanism skill.


    I don''t know where the legendary three mountain true immortals came from. Is it a puppet of the true immortals level?


    During the last war with foreign invaders, companion Xue Jianjun introduced three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors to you.


    Obviously, due to the change of the situation, the high level of Tiangong began to change some of its previous strategies, and took the initiative to disclose its top combat power to the high-level friars in the Jun dust world, trying to stimulate everyone''s confidence in guarding the Jun dust world.


    Gu Chen shangzun''s detailed introduction complemented Meng Zhang''s previous missing information and made him fully understand the current real strength of the Junchen world.


    In addition to the top-level combat power of the four real immortals, Gu Chen shangzun also has a certain understanding of the great killing weapon heaven and earth kill array in the Junchen world.


    With a very frank attitude, Gu Chen told Meng Zhang what he knew.

 Chapter 1960

    The puppet of Sanshan Zhenxian, a real immortal, costs a lot to drive.


    On weekdays, once they are invaded by foreign enemies, they take turns to take charge of the heaven and earth kill array and return to the virtual power to drive the array against the enemy.


    Only when we need to deal with the real immortal level enemies like last time, will there be real immortal level puppets to give full play to the full power of the array.


    It is worth mentioning that in addition to the heaven and earth kill array, there is another important array in the heavenly palace - Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array can monitor all parts of the Jun dust world. Once you find a violation of the rules of the heavenly palace, you can lower the thunder, bombard the target and highlight the heavenly power.


    The power of Tianwei thunder punishment array is far less than that of heaven and earth kill array, but it can still easily kill the ordinary return virtual power in Jun dust world.


    Of course, the cost of starting Tianwei thunder punishment array is also great, and it is impossible to use the array at any nonsense.


    In the past, according to the rules formulated by the heavenly palace, this large array was mainly used to monitor and prevent the returning virtual powers from fighting in the Junchen world.


    As long as you have the great ability to return to the virtual world and dare to fight in the Jun dust world, you may be noticed by the friars sitting in the big array, which will lead to Tianlei bombardment.


    Heaven and earth kill array is mainly used to deal with foreign enemies, and Tianwei thunder punishment array is mainly used for internal suppression in Junchen world. Their respective responsibilities are clear.


    The two large arrays are so important that the sect of each holy place naturally has to intervene in them, and one party can''t completely control them.


    It is precisely because the Holy Land sects have a great influence on the Tianwei thunder punishment array, so the return of the Holy Land sects can attack at will in the Junchen world, rarely attract Tianlei bombardment, and accept some punishment and warning afterwards.


    Since the king of companion snow sword ordered to clean up the major aliens in the Jun dust world, this Tianwei thunder punishment array has become a means to frighten the powerful aliens, and it will not be used for the human cultivators.


    Meng Zhang had known the existence of Tianwei thunder punishment array for a long time, but who let him offend too many holy land sects, and almost made enemies with most holy land sects.


    Gu Chen shangzun also told Meng Zhang that several sleeping real immortals were about to wake up hundreds of years ago.


    However, the strong of the foreign invaders broke into the source sea of Jun dust world, which greatly shook the origin of heaven and earth of Jun dust world.


    Several true immortals had to continue to sleep to stabilize the source sea and prevent the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world from being seriously damaged.


    Meng Zhang was the witness of this incident, and he was punished for it at the beginning.


    What he did not know was that the acts of foreign invaders in the source sea would lead to such serious consequences.


    No wonder the religious sects of the holy places have been resentful and have to punish Meng Zhang and other parties.


    If it had not been for the shelter of Mr. Ban Xuejian, the cold war shangzun had borne most of the responsibility. Meng Zhang was not so easy to get away in those years.


    The major Holy Land sects have always been very tough and arrogant in matters involving their founders,


    It is conceivable that companion Xue Jianjun had to bear so much pressure in order to protect Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has always kept this in mind and is always ready to repay.


    Originally, after hundreds of years, several sleeping real immortals had calmed down the fluctuations of the source sea and were about to wake up.


    But this time, in order to deal with the real immortal level strong among the foreign invaders, the heaven and earth kill array opened all its firepower and played a great power.


    Naturally, it is inevitable to wantonly extract the origin of the Jun dust world as the consumption of the large array.


    The source sea of Jun dust world fluctuated violently again, and the time for several real immortals to wake up had to move backward again.


    Meng Zhang was also a few true immortals who said that they had been sleeping all the time, but they were not as unconscious and unaware of the outside world as ordinary people.


    Even in deep sleep, their instinctive reactions still exist and retain a certain degree of consciousness.


    If there is an external attack, they can not only make an instinctive counterattack, but also wake up in time.


    Every once in a while, the high levels of the holy places can communicate with their dreams with secret methods to obtain the latest instructions.


    In other words, although several real immortals have been sleeping for thousands of years, they still have a strong control over the Jun dust world.


    They can exert their own influence on the big and small affairs of the Jun dust world through their own disciples and grandchildren.


    Gu Chen shangzun said these secrets. Even if Banxue Jianjun had a close relationship with Meng Zhang, she didn''t take the initiative to disclose them to Meng Zhang.


    As for whether Tianlei shangzun knew these secrets, Meng Zhang also didn''t know.


    From the words of Gu Chen, Meng Zhang can guess that the immortal society has strong supporters in the heavenly palace and can provide support in all aspects.


    As for the identity information of these supporters, Gu Chen shangzun did not leak, and Meng Zhang could not guess.


    Meng Zhang knew before that companion Xue Jianjun had secretly supported many scattered cultivation and so on.


    In addition to the holy places in the Jun dust world, there are also many return to emptiness powers, which accompany Xue Jianjun to contribute a lot.


    Is it true that companion Xue Jianjun is the supporter of the immortality society in the heavenly palace?


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and was not entirely sure of the guess.


    Although Mr. Banxue Jianjun has many contradictions with the holy places, he has a lot of conflicts on weekdays.


    However, she has always stood with the holy places and kept the same position on the major events related to the whole Junchen world.


    According to Meng Zhang''s previous observations, the immortal society is in serious opposition to the major holy places and has irreconcilable contradictions.


    When Gu chenshang Zun was talking, he had been secretly observing Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is good at nourishing qi and calm enough in conversation.


    No matter what Gu Chen shangzun said or revealed, he pretended to be surprised at most, but he wouldn''t reveal his real thoughts at will.


    Gu chenshang Zun couldn''t understand Meng Zhang''s real thoughts, but he still wanted to win over Meng Zhang according to the plan.


    As long as Meng Zhang has the ambition to become an immortal and get the Tao and is not willing to completely give up his Tao path, he will eventually embark on the road of respecting the hope of Gu Chen and become a mortal enemy with those sleeping real immortals.

 Chapter 1961

    Meng Zhang has gone through so many difficulties and obstacles, and his rising momentum has not decreased. He is definitely a person with perseverance and one mind to seek the Tao. He will not give up his pursuit of the Tao and retreat because of the enemy like Zhenxian.


    At this point, Gu Chen''s respect for Meng Zhang is still more accurate.


    By chance or by Providence, Meng Zhang was not qualified to participate in the next great changes in the Junchen world and intervene in the final plot of the real immortals.


    However, the awakening time of several real immortals was delayed again and again, giving Meng Zhang enough time to grow up.


    His cultivation has made rapid progress in these hundreds of years, and his strength has increased greatly. Now he has enough qualifications to participate in the major events planned by the real immortals and the competition for opportunities.


    The middle-term monk of returning to emptiness, who has cultivated the phase of heaven and earth, is indeed a rare high-level combat power.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed, it will play a greater role if you advance to the later stage of returning to emptiness before the great change in the Jun dust world.


    For the Taiyi gate in its heyday, Gu Chen shangzun also knew something about it.


    He went through that era and paid attention to the extinction of Taiyi gate in guantian Pavilion.


    The greatest enemy of the immortal society is the Holy Land Sect door. Of course, the immortal society should pay special attention to the actions of the Holy Land Sect door.


    In the view of Gu Chen Shang Zun in the past, even if the Taiyi gate in its heyday was strong, it was just an ordinary Huixu sect gate.


    In the Junchen world, the most skillful inheritors are mainly the heavenly palace and the major holy places.


    In the thousands of years of history of the Junchen world, there is no legendary genius who can cultivate all the way to the later stage of anti emptiness without relying on the inheritance of predecessors and relying on his own talents and efforts.


    The reason why Gu Chen shangzun has today''s cultivation is also because of the special opportunity to obtain the guidance and support of experts.


    The inheritance left by taiyimen in its heyday may be incomparable to ordinary practitioners. But in the eyes of ancient Chen Zun in the past, it was very general.


    Now I see with my own eyes the strength of Meng Zhang after his advanced return to emptiness. With the eyesight of Gu Chen, I can''t see that this person has obviously accepted a very clever inheritance.


    In the heart of the ancient Chen, he elevated the evaluation of the inheritance of Tai Yi gate and recalled some rumors about Tai Yi gate in the heyday.


    If those rumors are true, Meng Zhang and the current Taiyi gate will be more intolerable to the major holy places.


    Gu chenshang Zun had a heart of wooing Meng Zhang and revealed a lot of confidential information to him to show his good.


    However, Meng Zhang has not officially joined the core circle of the immortality society after all. Gu Chen shangzun can''t disclose more information and can''t pay too much resources.


    After all, for Meng Zhang at this time, if he wants to win over him, ordinary resources simply can''t take it.


    Gu Chen thought for a moment. If he wanted to win over Meng Zhang, he had to continue to draw big cakes.


    Only when Meng Zhang gets on the ship completely and can no longer get off the ship can he really accept him and provide him with all kinds of treatment.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi had already told Meng Zhang that after several sleeping real immortals woke up, they would devour the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world as their own food for attacking the realm of immortals.


    Of course, the Junchen world, where the origin of heaven and earth has been greatly depleted, will naturally fall into the disaster of destruction and move towards destruction.


    Although Meng Zhang did not fully believe this statement, he still made efforts to prepare to help taiyimen survive the catastrophe and survive the crisis of the destruction of the Junchen world.


    Now, in front of Meng Zhang, Gu Chen shangzun repeated what mother-in-law Lansi had said.


    In particular, he stressed that although the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world is vast, it is also limited, and most of it is not enough for several real immortals.


    In front of the avenue, all friendships are fake, and several real immortals will compete at that time.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world is enough for several real immortals to use. In order to gain a little more assurance when they impact the celestial realm and slow down the pace of their peers'' impact on the celestial realm, they will also strive to compete for the origin of heaven and earth, let themselves eat more and occupy more, and reduce the share of others.


    If there is a real immortal war in the source sea, the source sea will collapse, and the origin of heaven and earth will inevitably overflow everywhere.


    The part of heaven and earth, the largest and the most beautiful part of heaven and earth, must be the substance of several real immortals.


    Some leftover materials in the origin of heaven and earth are not appreciated by the real immortals, and they may not be willing to spend energy to collect them. That is the opportunity for Gu Chen to respect them.


    These leftover materials can be obtained by ordinary return to emptiness power, which can stabilize the foundation and make great progress in self-cultivation.


    People like Gu Chen shangzun get these leftover materials and even have the opportunity to impact the realm of true immortals.


    This is what mother-in-law Qiansi said to Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were insufficient, her mother-in-law didn''t tell him all kinds of details.


    Now Meng Zhang is qualified to know these secrets.


    In order to win over Meng Zhang, Gu Chen did not hesitate to disclose these secrets.


    When Meng Zhang was stationed in the Jun dust world for nine days, in order to complete the task, he once entered the source sea and saw the great power inside.


    When he was in the ash world, he was trapped in the origin of heaven and earth in the ash world for many years.


    Although he experienced many dangers, he also gained many benefits from the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world.


    He not only made his cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness perfect, but also laid a solid foundation for impacting the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    He was able to quickly cultivate the heaven and earth Dharma soon after he was inherited by the ancestors of guarding the mountain, which also benefited from his harvest in the source sea of the ash world to a great extent.


    In essence, the dust world is not as good as the Jun dust world, but a big world entering destruction.


    Meng Zhang can get such a harvest in the origin of heaven and earth in the dusty world. If he can get some parts of the source sea of Jun dust world, even some leftover materials, it will be a great harvest for him.


    If you are lucky enough, maybe you can really lay the foundation for becoming immortal.


    In the face of such temptation, even Meng Zhang, who has always been calm, inevitably moved.


    Of course, don''t look at Meng Zhang''s appearance of deference to Gu Chen. But in his heart, he never relaxed his vigilance against this person.


    There is no free lunch in the world. Gu Chen shangzun revealed so many secrets to himself, which definitely has a purpose.


    Sure enough, seeing Meng Zhang''s heart, Gu Chen shangzun struck while the iron was hot and put forward his own suggestions.


    In the future, when the Junchen world changes greatly and seizes the origin of heaven and earth, one will inevitably encounter some difficulties and even fall into siege.


    If Meng Zhang can trust him, he can contact some reliable friends on his behalf. At that time, we will cooperate and fight the enemy together.


    These friends are basically members of the immortality society. In order to facilitate future cooperation, Meng Zhang can strengthen exchanges and make friends with them on weekdays.

 Chapter 1962

    Gu Chen shangzun frankly said that if Meng Zhang really made up his mind to participate in the competition for the origin of heaven and earth, the biggest enemy he would face at that time would be the return to emptiness power of the holy places.


    At that time, the real immortals have no time to separate themselves, so they need these disciples to find out and fill their gaps, and even protect the Dharma for them.


    These great powers of returning to emptiness not only have a brilliant inheritance, hold the magic weapon of pressing the bottom of the box, but also have rich experience in cooperating with combat.


    No matter from which aspect, the great power of returning to emptiness from the holy land has great advantages in the face of the great power of returning to emptiness from other origins.


    Meng Zhang must unite with the friends of the immortals Association and join hands with the enemy in order to have a chance to draw chestnut from the fire.


    At this point, Gu Chen''s expression was extremely sincere.


    Regardless of what he thought and what he would do in the future, Gu Chen shangzun took this attitude, and Meng Zhang certainly had to make a positive response.


    Meng Zhang fully agreed to Gu Chen''s proposal and agreed to join hands with the enemy and participate in the competition together.


    Meng Zhang himself is a member of the immortality society and the head of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang agreed to Gu Chen''s proposal that the immortal society and taiyimen secretly form an alliance and secretly strengthen cooperation.


    Taiyimen is hostile to several holy religious sects. It is time to need allies to help share the pressure.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the immortal society with many great powers of returning to emptiness is powerful, and may even be no weaker than a single Holy Land Sect.


    No matter whether the immortality will be reliable or not, it will fight against the major holy places at a critical time for the sake of Taiyi gate.


    Even if the two sides are only nominally aligned, this ally still has a certain deterrent.


    What''s more, after the two sides formed an alliance, it will not be a small help to taiyimen just to exchange needed goods and carry out various transactions.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang agreed to his proposal so readily, Gu Chen was very satisfied.


    It seems that Meng Zhang is also a guy who knows current affairs.


    Although it is still impossible to fully trust Meng Zhang, this is at least a good start.


    Since Meng Zhang is so knowledgeable, Gu Chen shangzun doesn''t mind revealing more plans to him.


    For several real immortals sleeping in the deep sleep, Gu Chen''s heart was full of fear.


    Even in their deep sleep, their threat cannot be underestimated.


    On the one hand, the top management of the immortals Association will try their best to delay the awakening time of these real immortals.


    The immortal society will take advantage of this precious time to strive to expand its own strength and prepare for competing for the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world in the future.


    No amount of preparation is enough for the battle for the origin of heaven and earth. The longer the preparation time, the better.


    On the other hand, only when these real immortals wake up, they compete for the origin of heaven and earth and start a war in the source sea, resulting in the collapse of the source sea. Only the high-level officials of the immortals Association have the opportunity to seize leftovers.


    Some of the great powers of returning to emptiness in the immortal society are very old.


    The oldest figures even participated in the war of several real immortals to open up the Junchen world.


    The ultimate age of Terran return to virtual power will not exceed 10000 years.


    In fact, due to various reasons, such as the loss caused by fierce battle and some problems in cultivation, most of the great energy of returning to emptiness cannot live to the limit.


    These Shouyuan will do their best to return to the virtual power. Naturally, they want the real immortals to wake up as soon as possible and start a war immediately, so that they can get the opportunity to seize the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Under such circumstances, many contradictions have emerged within the society.


    Older and more qualified people who return to the virtual world tend to have higher accomplishments and have a greater voice.


    Those who are young and not qualified need enough time to grow up.


    The age of Gu Chen is not big, and it is still early to run out of Shouyuan.


    He wooed Meng Zhang, who was also relatively young, naturally in order to strengthen his strength.


    According to the standard of returning to virtual power, Meng Zhang''s youth is amazing.


    Although Gu Chen had no clear words about some things, he just mentioned a few words if there was nothing.


    Meng Zhang, who had amazing understanding, immediately understood and said that he would follow Gu Chen''s horse in everything in the immortal society in the future.


    Gu chenshang Zun hinted that Meng Zhang, the immortality society may have some big actions that will affect the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world. I hope Meng Zhang can actively cooperate at that time.


    Meng Zhang agreed on the surface, but began to think in his heart.


    The last time he was stationed for nine days, the strong one of the foreign invaders who returned to the virtual level broke through the blockade, broke into nine days and forcibly entered the source sea of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang had doubts in his mind at that time. There must be someone inside the Junchen world who had an affair with these foreign invaders and provided them with very confidential information.


    You know, it is not a simple thing to break into the source sea and create enough damage in it.


    If you don''t have enough intelligence support, you''re completely dying.


    Now it seems that it was the Dengxian society that secretly colluded with foreign invaders and provided them with confidential information.


    These guys of the immortality society have no bottom line. They actually collude with foreign enemies to plan for fellow human friars.


    Madder, the immortals?


    Meng Zhang scolded secretly in his heart, but he remained silent on the surface.


    During the war that was just over, the heaven and earth kill array extracted a large number of the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, which has mostly affected several real immortals sleeping.


    Gu Chen shangzun still wants to continue to attack Yuanhai in Jun dust world. It seems that he hopes that several real immortals will sleep as long as possible.


    On this point, the interests of Meng Zhang and Gu Chen are consistent. Even if you don''t like Gu Chen''s practice, you won''t stop him. Instead, you will actively cooperate with him.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that Gu Chen shangzun seemed to be honest, but he didn''t fully trust him.


    Meng Zhang has been a member of the immortality Society for many years. Apart from Gu Chen, he has not seen any other senior officials of the immortality society.


    He has seen many ordinary members, and they are of little value.


    Meng Zhang knew nothing about the secret information of the immortal society, such as its backers in the heavenly palace and the insiders in the holy places.


    Anyway, the conversation between Gu Chen shangzun and Meng Zhang was quite pleasant. Both of them were very fruitful.


    In particular, Gu Chen shangzun thought that he had achieved the goal of attracting Meng Zhang, and his mood seemed very good.


    The two talked for a long time before they ended the conversation.


    It is still a secret for Meng Zhang to join the immortal society. Gu Chen shangzun doesn''t want people to see his connection with Meng Zhang.


    After they finished their conversation, they parted ways and rushed to the direction of Jun dust world.


    The place where they talked was not far from the Junchen world.


    After the two broke up, Meng Zhang rushed directly to the Junchen world.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang successfully reached his destination and entered the meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 1963

    In order to facilitate future operations, after recovering the meteorite belt, the high level of Tiangong organized a large number of monks, spent a lot of manpower and material resources, and rebuilt many strongholds in it.


    Among them, shangzun of the cold war chose a stronghold as his daily seat.


    Since Meng Zhang accepted the order of the cold war leader, he naturally came back to find the cold war leader.


    After Meng Zhang successfully met the cold war Reverend, he began to report.


    Although he met Gu Chen shangzun on the road and surprised the Shenchang world after taking the Baimu demon lord, Meng Zhang failed to sneak into the Shenchang world for investigation according to the original plan.


    However, when he investigated the army of foreign invaders, he collected a lot of valuable information.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s report, Zun didn''t say much during the cold war.


    In order to obtain the trend of foreign invaders, the high level of Junchen sent many spies to investigate.


    Through the intelligence obtained from multiple channels, the senior level of Junchen has almost mastered the latest trend of the foreign invader army.


    The intelligence reported by Meng Zhang is no problem, and there is not much surprise.


    His task was completed this time, but it was not outstanding.


    Now Taoist Weiming of guantian pavilion has left here and returned to Junchen world. Shangzun of the cold war doesn''t have to let Meng Zhang continue to hide from him.


    During the period when Meng Zhang left, the friars of Jun dust world basically completed the cleaning of the meteorite belt.


    Most of the monks recruited by the heavenly palace from the Junchen world have been disbanded.


    Meng Zhang had performed well in the war, and many people spoke highly of it.


    Later, in the cleaning operation, he also made a lot of contributions.


    If it had not been for the conflict with Taoist Weiming, Meng Zhang would not have been sent away.


    At present, although the foreign invaders continue to gather troops, there is no sign of launching a large-scale invasion for the time being.


    There are no other major events in Jun dust world except to seize the time to restore various defense facilities and continue to strengthen defense.


    During the cold war, Zun asked Meng Zhang to return to the Junchen world for a rest and wait for the next recruitment.


    As for the postwar work of giving rewards for meritorious deeds, another department within the heavenly palace is responsible for it.


    After saying goodbye to the cold war, Meng Zhang directly returned to the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to return to Taiyi gate, but decided to go to the heavenly palace first to visit the grand manager of the heavenly palace with Xue Jianjun.


    I''ve just experienced a big war. I wonder if there are any new ideas from the top of Junchen?


    I just learned a lot of information from Gu Chen shangzun. Meng Zhang also wanted to explore the tone of companion Xue Jianjun to see her attitude towards the great changes in Jun dust world in the future.


    At the end of the war, after cleaning the meteorite belt, companion Xue Jianjun returned to the heavenly palace.


    After the war, there were many subsequent troubles.


    There are many departments in the heavenly palace. Each department has its own supervisors, who can share a lot of work for the snow sword king.


    Over the years, it has formed a routine and fixed procedures to deal with all kinds of affairs in the heavenly palace.


    But there are still many things that need to be handled by Mr. Snow sword himself.


    During this time, she was so busy that she was in a hurry.


    Banxue Jianjun has a close relationship with Meng Zhang. He was given high authority before so that he can visit him at any time.


    But when Meng Zhang met with Mr. Ban Xue Jian this time, he lined up slowly and waited for a long time.


    When Meng Zhang saw Banxue Jianjun, Banxue Jianjun did not pay attention to red tape at all while dealing with various official affairs. He was not polite to him at all. He asked him to say anything and talk about anything.


    Before he came here, Meng Zhang had already finished his abdominal draft. He directly asked what big moves the top level of Junchen world would make after the war.


    The snow sword gentleman looked at Meng Zhang with a smile and said, "your nose is very smart. You ran over when you received the news."


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s inexplicable appearance, companion Xue Jianjun smiled and scolded.


    "Don''t pretend. The matter has been solved for you."


    Next, without waiting for Meng Zhang to react, companion Xue Jianjun said it on his own.


    It turned out that Meng Zhang had returned from the void and brought back the news that the monks in the quadrangular Star area had moved to a foreign star area.


    It seems that there has been no news from Tiangong. That''s because Banxue Jianjun needs to discuss countermeasures with the top management of Tiangong.


    Later, it was delayed by the counterattack against foreign invaders.


    After the end of the war, the disposal of the matter was immediately put on the agenda.


    According to the result of the discussion between the high-level of the heavenly palace and the religious sects of the major holy places, it is ready to send an envoy mission to the alien Star area to have a good contact with these migrants from the quadrangular Star area.


    If possible, even if we pay a huge price, we should stabilize them as much as possible to avoid their actions against the Jun dust world.


    The distance between the Jun dust world and the alien Star area is not close. Even ordinary return to virtual power takes decades or even hundreds of years to cross this distance.


    It''s not easy for these visitors from the quadrangular Star area to have any bad ideas about the Jun dust world and want to launch an expedition.


    If they don''t have enough motivation, they usually don''t act rashly.


    The Junchen world only needs to stabilize them temporarily. After several real immortals wake up, many problems will be solved.


    Of course, there is also a hidden danger for the Junchen world to take the initiative to contact these visitors in the quadrangular Star area.


    If the friar of Junchen world exposes his own falsehood and reality, he may make the other party malicious.


    Between many big worlds in the void, on the whole, it is the law of the jungle, annexing each other.


    Even if the four corner Star area is dominated by Taoist practitioners, once they see delicious fat, they will not take into account the incense feelings of everyone who is Taoist practitioners, and will inevitably devour the Junchen world.


    Therefore, how to organize a mission, how to select and allocate personnel, and how to contact visitors in the quadrangular Star area still need some thought.


    While we were discussing this matter, some friars of the Holy Land Sect questioned that Meng Zhang might have betrayed the Junchen world, took refuge in these visitors from the four corner Star area, and leaked out all the falsehood and reality of the Junchen world.


    This unreliable speculation was denounced as nonsense by Banxue Jianjun.


    Meng Zhang''s loyalty to the Jun dust world is unbelievable. You can guarantee it.


    The resolute attitude of Mr. Ban Xue Jian made many guys who wanted to make trouble have nothing to say.


    Next, some people put forward that since Meng Zhang is so familiar with the situation of the four corner star migrants, it''s better to let him join the mission and go out with everyone.


    Seeing through the malice behind the proposal, Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun casually found an excuse and pushed it off.


    Meng Zhang must stay in the Junchen world and accompany Xue Jianjun. There are important tasks to be completed with his help.

 Chapter 1964

    It was with the protection of the snow sword king that Meng ZhangCai escaped a disaster unknowingly.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that such a thing had happened without his knowledge.


    It is a deadly crime to directly accuse Meng Zhang of colluding with visitors from the four corners Star area and revealing the reality of the Jun dust world.


    No matter which cultivation force is the most hostile and the first to clean up, it is the traitor.


    If Meng Zhang had not been guaranteed by the snow sword king, he would have been accused of being a traitor. The friars of the Holy Land Sect could have surrounded and killed him in good faith. He didn''t even have a chance to distinguish.


    At that time, the Jun dust world is so big that Meng Zhang may not have a hiding place.


    As for the proposal to let Meng Zhang join the mission, it is also full of malice.


    The mission left the Junchen world and went to the empty void. If the top level of the mission moved to kill, Meng Zhang would inevitably fall into the siege helplessly.


    The cultivation world is really dangerous. The enemies of the Holy Land Sect have no bottom line.


    As soon as the battle against foreign invaders ended, they began to engage in internal struggle and eliminate dissidents.


    Meng Zhang''s heart raised a huge anger.


    He was very grateful to accompany Xue Jianjun, who saved him again.


    Although Banxue Jianjun didn''t clearly say who was going to frame Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang has hated several holy places that have enemies with him.


    Meng Zhang secretly made up his mind. He can''t just give up. He must revenge these guys.


    Meng Zhang came to visit companion Xue Jianjun this time, but he misunderstood companion Xue Jianjun and thought he knew about it, so he came to express his thanks.


    Meng Zhang didn''t explain too much. He put aside other ideas for the time being and solemnly thanked Mr. peixue Jianjun.


    Meng Zhang''s solemn promise, with the kindness of Xue Jianjun, he will never forget.


    In the future, the snow sword gentleman can use his own place. He just needs to say hello and go through fire and water.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xue Jian seems to rarely leave the heavenly palace and is too lazy to ask about all kinds of affairs in the Jun dust world.


    In fact, she still has ideas on many things.


    In these thousands of years, she has supported many monks openly or secretly, supporting them to become the power of returning to emptiness.


    On the bright side, companion Xue Jianjun has a love for talent.


    On the bad side, Mr. Ban Xue Jian tried to influence the situation of Jun dust world and shake the dominance of each Holy Land Sect in this way.


    Since I met Meng Zhang, companion Xue Jianjun has been full of affection for him.


    As a famous sword repairman, the snow sword king has a clear mind and knows people very well.


    She is optimistic about Meng Zhang and believes that Meng Zhang is a material that can be made, which may be of great help to herself in the future.


    Over the years, Mr. peixue Jianjun helped Meng Zhang several times.


    Meng Zhang also showed outstanding performance and made rapid progress in cultivation, which surprised Banxue Jianjun many times.


    Meng Zhang has willingly stood on her side and is willing to be driven by her.


    Mr. peixue Jianjun didn''t immediately ask Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s important combat power needs to be used at a critical moment.


    Companion snow sword gentleman also specially reminded Meng Zhang that he must be careful in the next period of time.


    Originally, after defeating the coalition forces of foreign invaders, companion Xue Jianjun proposed to continue the previously interrupted action and completely complete the cleaning of Jun dust world.


    Hundreds of years ago, the cleaning operation organized by Xue Jianjun himself has dealt a heavy blow to the major aliens and demons in Jun dust world.


    If it were not for the sudden massive attack of foreign invaders, perhaps the cleaning operation had been completed, and companion Xue Jianjun had achieved his goal.


    This time, companion Xue Jianjun''s proposal was rejected by all the holy places.


    Everyone agreed that they had suffered serious damage in the previous and fighting with the army of foreign invaders and needed time to recover.


    Next, they have to guard against the comeback of foreign invaders. It is really inappropriate to be distracted at this time to clean up all the enemies in the Junchen world.


    In the years of resisting foreign invaders, the enemies in Junchen have always been honest and did not jump out to make waves.


    This shows that they have been afraid of being beaten, suffered heavy losses and are unable to jump out and make trouble.


    Since they are no longer a direct danger, it''s better to let them go for a while and clean them up slowly when the time is right in the future.


    Banxue Jianjun can''t be arbitrary inside the heavenly palace. In the face of the consistent attitude of all holy places, she can''t easily object.


    Therefore, companion Xue Jianjun had to give up the proposal.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun felt that all the holy places must have selfish intentions in this matter. I just don''t know what kind of plot they have.


    The reason why Banxue Jianjun reminded Meng Zhang was because he had a bad feeling in his heart.


    In the past, when a large army of foreign invaders came to the city, companion Xue Jianjun could seize the title of righteousness and ask everyone to unite and cooperate with the outside world.


    In the face of powerful foreign invaders, the holy places have no time to be distracted, and all forces must be concentrated.


    Now the foreign invaders are defeated. Although they are still eyeing in the void, they should be unable to organize a new large-scale attack on the Junchen world in a short time.


    Using this precious window period, the major holy places can do many things.


    The snow sword king is not omnipotent. It is impossible to protect Meng Zhang and taiyimen all the time without leaving any loopholes.


    If the sects of the holy places really make any big moves in the Jun dust world, they can probably hide from the companion snow sword king for a while and finish it before the companion snow sword King reacts.


    In this regard, companion Xue Jianjun also has no good preventive measures.


    After all, companion Xue Jianjun''s energy is limited. The whole heavenly palace needs her to care about too many aspects.


    Meng Zhang was immediately alerted by the special reminder from the snow sword king.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang was alarmed and even frightened at this time.


    Meng Zhang knew that Xue Jianjun''s reminder was not groundless and was likely to become a reality.


    Next, Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate must face the malice of the holy places.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to talk to Banxue Jianjun about the immortality society and test her attitude towards the great changes in Jun dust world.


    However, due to the warning of the snow sword king, Meng Zhang gave up his original plan and decided to solve the imminent danger first.


    Although Banxue Jianjun has helped Meng Zhang many times, she can''t stop the actions of the holy places.


    If a war breaks out between Meng Zhang and the holy places, she can''t directly stand on Meng Zhang''s side. At most, she can stop it from a neutral position.


    Although Meng Zhang is already a cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness, the strength of Taiyi gate is not weak.


    However, it is not enough to face the doors of the holy places.


    Meng Zhang must seek new help and have more helpers.

 Chapter 1965

    The sect of each holy land has been in charge of the Junchen world for so many years. They have done a lot of things with overbearing style and perverse behavior, and have accumulated countless dissatisfaction and strong resentment for their own family for a long time.


    However, the great holy places are powerful, and almost everyone dares to be angry.


    In history, many practitioners tried to challenge the status of the holy places, but all failed.


    However, after the rise of Taiyi gate, there were new Xiuzhen forces and began to challenge the status of major holy places.


    Especially when several true immortals woke up soon, there were irreparable cracks between the sects of the major holy places. It was no longer difficult to cooperate sincerely, which gave these forces the opportunity to take advantage of.


    If Meng Zhang wants to fight against the sects of the holy places now, he needs to connect around and unite all these Xiuzhen forces. We can help each other and fight the enemy together.


    As the king of companion snow sword, it is not appropriate to involve too much in the fight against the Holy Land Sect.


    In order to maintain unity, at least on the surface, she needs to continue to live in harmony with the holy places.


    Meng Zhang didn''t embarrass peixue Jianjun and didn''t put forward too many requirements. He just asked peixue Jianjun to use his power to put some of the previously recruited monks back to the Junchen world and give them a chance to rest.


    Among these friars, there are taiyimen, Dali imperial dynasty, hailing sect and other forces, such as Huixu power and Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Mr. Ban Xuejian said that she would do her best.


    Meng Zhang got such a response, so he didn''t stay here for a long time, but directly left.


    After leaving, Meng Zhang discussed the relationship between the immortal society and the Holy Land sects. If the Holy Land sects really want to eliminate dissidents, the immortal society must have something to do.


    Meng Zhang sent a message to Gu Chen according to the contact information agreed by Gu Chen shangzun and himself, asking to meet as soon as possible.


    As for when Gu chenshang Zun will respond, Meng Zhang can''t grasp it.


    Meng Zhang went to mother-in-law''s residence first.


    As expected, the silk pulling mother-in-law was not here, but had already gone out.


    He went to visit old man Yinhu again.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not officially invested in the command of Tianlei shangzun.


    If Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were not worth mentioning in the past, it would be a high climb if he could join the command of Tianlei.


    Now Meng Zhang is the cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness. He is No. 1 in the Jun dust world.


    If Tianlei shangzun wants Meng Zhang to work for himself, he must have a minimum attitude.


    If you don''t say anything, you should at least take the initiative to come to the door and offer various conditions to win over Meng ZhangCai.


    Meng Zhang can also take the opportunity to bargain for better treatment for himself.


    Lord Tianlei was kind to Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang was willing to repay him.


    If the conditions are right, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind working for him.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be completely tied to the tree of Tianlei shangzun. He hopes to keep his freedom and work for Tianlei shangzun in a more flexible way.


    After returning to the Junchen world from the void, Meng Zhang has been waiting for Lord Tianlei to come to the door in person, or send someone to come to win him over and negotiate with him.


    But some time ago, there was no movement from Tianlei shangzun. Only one old silver pot visited him.


    Many details need to be discussed between Meng Zhang and Tian Lei.


    Meng Zhang guessed that Tianlei shangzun could not get away because of the drag of the front-line war.


    Now that the war is over, Tianlei shangzun should be free.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to visit Tianlei shangzun, so he lost his initiative.


    Normally, he should wait quietly.


    But these damn Holy Land sects won''t leave him too much reaction time.


    Meng Zhang only went to visit old man Yinhu and hoped that he could be a middleman.


    When Meng Zhang came to the silver pot old man''s residence, he was warmly welcomed by the silver pot old man.


    Meng Zhang was pressed for time. Without nonsense, he went straight to the point.


    Meng Zhang told old man Yinhu that he had admired Tianlei shangzun for a long time and was willing to officially join his command and work for him wholeheartedly.


    However, at present, he has encountered some problems. Some monks of the Holy Land Sect who have enemies with him try to work against him secretly.


    Before solving this problem, even if he wants to join the command of Tianlei, it''s not easy for him to do something.


    The silver pot old man understood Meng Zhang''s meaning.


    He told Meng Zhang that he would report the matter to Tianlei shangzun as soon as possible. Meng Zhang just had to wait for his notice.


    After talking about business, Meng Zhang immediately left the old man Yinhu''s residence, left the heavenly palace and rushed back to the sun moon blessed land at the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    Meng Zhang was forcibly summoned last time and left in a hurry. Later, many Yuanshen friars in Taiyi gate were also summoned to fight.


    With the news of the victory in the war, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate became relieved.


    Those close to the monks who were recruited were still full of worry.


    Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate safely. The morale in the gate was boosted, which greatly comforted the people.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, led Zhenjun, the yuan God of the door, to respond to the call of the heavenly palace and take the initiative to fight in the void. So far, he has not returned.


    Yang Xueyi, who was in charge of the affairs in the gate shortly after the rise of the sun in the Jin Dynasty, was in charge.


    Originally, Yang Xueyi was going to fight in the void, but Niu Dawei thought that her promotion to Yang God was too short and needed time to slowly consolidate her accomplishments, so he ordered her to stay in the door.


    Yang Xueyi was not good enough to openly disobey the order of the acting leader Niu Dawei, so she was very unwilling to stay.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, he immediately summoned Yang Xueyi and other middle and high-level people left behind.


    Although we haven''t received the exact news yet, we must not be careless in the face of the holy places.


    Many things are better believed than not.


    Meng Zhang told the middle and high levels of the sect that Taiyi sect might conflict with the major Holy Land sects, and asked them to mobilize the whole sect immediately and prepare for the battle.


    Once the war is officially launched, it will be a fierce and bloody battle and a severe test for the whole taiyimen.


    In addition, the senior management of other members of hanhaidao alliance should be informed in time to prepare them.


    Once it is determined that the war is inevitable, we should immediately mobilize the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance and be ready to fight at any time.


    Meng Zhang also told everyone that he had asked Mr. Ban Xuejian for help. Niu Dawei and other recruited friars should be able to return to the sect soon.


    Meng Zhang didn''t become the shopkeeper this time. Instead, he stayed in the door and arranged various war preparations himself.


    In addition, he also sent special envoys to send letters to allies such as Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty, asking them to be careful about the actions of the holy places.

 Chapter 1966

    In addition, Meng Zhang also sent someone to inform forces such as Guanghan palace and Xuanxin Temple overseas.


    Guanghan palace and other forces are willing to move closer to Taiyi gate, but they may not be willing to go to war with the Holy Land Sect gate for Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect their help, but just reminded them so that they wouldn''t be destroyed by Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the style of Ziyang Shengzong, once he has made up his mind to fight against Taiyi gate, he will not let go of these guys who are close to Taiyi gate.


    Of course, after all, the holy places have not been officially launched, and Meng Zhang can only make these preparations in advance.


    As for the idea of preemption, as soon as it appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind, it was soon abandoned.


    Meng Zhang carefully analyzed that the most likely to directly attack Taiyi gate are Ziyang Shengzong, jiuxuan Pavilion and guantian Pavilion.


    Both jiuxuan Pavilion and guantian pavilion are far away in the Middle Earth continent. It is not easy for Taiyi gate to go on an expedition.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong is in front of him, Meng Zhang hopes that Dali emperor can contain the main power of Ziyang Shengzong, so he is not willing to fight with Ziyang Shengzong easily.


    Moreover, taiyimen guards the existing territory. Facing the jiuxuan Pavilion and guantian Pavilion of the laborer''s expedition, it has a favorable location.


    If you can''t resist it, you can finally retreat into the sun moon blessed land defense.


    Since we can''t strike first, we have to do our best to prepare for war.


    Meng Zhang personally mobilized human and material resources to prepare for the war.


    Not long after, Xue Jianjun was able to make the awesome cattle, such as the monks of Tai Yi men, including the other powers of the Han Hai League, all arranged for temporary rest and returned to the dusty realm.


    With the addition of these friars, our combat effectiveness has been greatly enhanced.


    Especially Niu Dawei''s return helped Meng Zhang share a lot of work.


    Meng Zhang''s messengers sent to Hailing sect, Dali imperial dynasty and Xingluo islands also returned to the Mountain Gate with the latest news.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s warning, the Hailing faction immediately began to make full preparations for the war.


    The biggest enemy of Hailing sect is Zhenhai hall.


    Although there was a temporary truce between the two sides due to the invasion of foreign invaders, the hatred between the two sides did not disappear, but was temporarily suppressed, but always wanted to destroy each other.


    The sea spirit sect has never relaxed its vigilance against Zhenhai hall.


    Hailing sect appreciated Meng Zhang''s timely warning, also tried to recall the monks recruited by the heavenly palace, and made many defense arrangements for Zhenhai hall.


    Dali Dynasty had long known that there must be no coexistence between his family and Ziyang Shengzong, so he has been monitoring the actions of Ziyang Shengzong through various means.


    Before Meng Zhang sent someone to report, Dali Dynasty found some changes in Ziyang Shengzong.


    After being reminded by Meng Zhang, Dali became more vigilant and began to prepare for war immediately.


    In addition, the Dali Dynasty also hoped that taiyimen could actively provide support when it went to war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    After all, taiyimen, Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty are all located in the north of Junchen world.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang can only smile bitterly.


    At that time, taiyimen may be too busy to support Dali imperial court in the face of the strong pressure of guantian Pavilion and jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to keep taiyimen in touch with Dali Dynasty and strive to take care of each other.


    As for the West Sea, it has always been calm.


    Some time ago, the friars of the Royal beast sect settled in the West Sea on a large scale and increased their investment in the West Sea. The situation in the west sea suddenly became stable.


    On the vast west sea, there are rich monster resources. The environment here is diverse and suitable for the survival and reproduction of a variety of monsters.


    The Royal beast sect has delimited a large number of sea areas here for domesticating all kinds of monsters, inadvertently separating the boundaries between many Xiuzhen forces, reducing many conflicts in the West Sea.


    In the position of yubeast sect, let alone ordinary sect, even Ziyang Saint sect should respect it and don''t want to provoke it easily.


    The seemingly domineering behavior of the Royal beast sect has calmed many disputes in the West Sea.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s warning, Guanghan palace and Xuanxin Temple tried to strengthen their preparedness, even though they did not feel the threat of Ziyang holy sect.


    What Meng Zhang is most concerned about is the response of Guru Chen.


    Gu Chen shangzun also didn''t let Meng Zhang down. After Meng Zhang sent out the information asking to meet, he didn''t let Meng Zhang wait too long, so he came to meet Meng Zhang in person.


    The meeting was very secret. The two sides met secretly in a mountain in Jiuqu province.


    Gu chenshang Zun admired the vast territory owned by taiyimen.


    Such a vast territory provides countless resources, enough to support a large number of monks.


    The rise time of taiyimen is still too short to fully develop and utilize the resources in the territory.


    If we can give taiyimen more time, we don''t need too much. In another two or three thousand years, maybe taiyimen can compete with some holy religious doors.


    When the two met, Gu Chen''s face was very serious and his heart seemed very heavy.


    Without beating around the Bush, he went straight to the point.


    There is nothing wrong with the warning given to Meng Zhang by Mr. Ban Xue Jian. The religious sects of the major holy places have united to take advantage of the opportunity of the defeat of foreign invaders to vigorously clean up the dissidents in the Jun dust world and restore their complete control over the whole Jun dust world.


    The information source of Gu Chen shangzun is clearer and more detailed than the warning of companion Xue Jianjun.


    In the Junchen world, there are five and a half so-called Holy Land sects, excluding the heavenly palace.


    The five holy sites are Ziyang holy sect, guantian Pavilion, jiuxuan Pavilion, Zhenhai hall and yubeast sect.


    The founders of these five families are real immortals who are sleeping.


    The other half of the Holy Land Sect is the snow mountain sect.


    Why is Xueshan sect half a family? Because the ancestors of the snow mountain sect had long fallen in the process of opening up the Junchen world with several other real immortals.


    Later, it was his disciples and grandchildren who founded and built the snow mountain sect.


    Like the present Shenchang world, the Junchen world was also ruled by indigenous gods.


    The strong among these indigenous gods are no less powerful than ordinary real immortals in their own divine domain.


    In addition, among the various foreign invaders who participated in the struggle for the Junchen world, there were also strong ones at the Zhenxian level.


    In the war after war, the war was dangerous, and even the real fairy was bound to fall.


    The ancestors of the snow mountain sect may have bad luck or poor strength. In short, they didn''t survive the years of fierce fighting.


    Probably because of the feelings of his comrades in arms, several real fairies still take good care of his disciples and grandchildren.


    The snow mountain sect created by these disciples and grandchildren was also included in the Holy Land Sect because of the meaning of several real immortals.


    Of course, the snow mountain sect is full of people with knowledge and interest.


    I know that there is no real fairy behind me. Love will gradually fade with the passage of time.

 Chapter 1967

    The senior leaders of the snow mountain sect are very sober. They are not confused by the name of the Holy Land Sect. They clearly know who is the real master of the Junchen world.


    If the snow mountain sect really had a conflict of interest with other holy land sects, it would not be useful to have a little incense in those years.


    Therefore, over the years, the snow mountain sect has been very low-key. It only knows to keep close to its own one-third of an mu of land, rarely gets involved in external disputes, never participates in various decisions of the Junchen community, and tries to avoid conflicts with other holy places.


    The snow mountain sect will never dare to disobey any agreement reached by the major Holy Land sects.


    The snow mountain sect is so low-key that it does not harm its own interests. Other holy places also tolerate its existence.


    In many cases, in order to show the unity of the major holy places and the profound friendship between the ancestors, they will take care of the snow mountain sect.


    In addition to the five and a half holy families, there is also a half Holy Family in the Junchen world.


    A holy family refers to the situ family that Meng Zhang had dealt with.


    The ancestor of situ family is also one of the real immortals sleeping in the deep source sea of Jun dust world.


    The other half of the holy land family refers to the Kou family.


    The situation of the Kou family is similar to that of the snow mountain sect. The same ancestor of the family fell early in the process of opening up the Junchen world.


    It was the sons of the Kou family''s ancestors who really created the Kou family''s foundation.


    Several true immortals also gave the Kou family the name and status of the holy land family.


    The Kou family''s performance is even more low-key than that of the snow mountain sect. It can even be called a little counseling.


    The Kou family friars almost never walk in the Junchen world, but firmly guard the ancestral land of the family.


    As for all kinds of affairs in the Junchen world, the Kou family ignored them as long as they did not involve themselves.


    After a long time, because the Kou family really had no sense of existence in the cultivation world, many people almost forgot that there was such a holy family as the Kou family.


    Of course, the ancestors of the Kou family friars are real immortals after all. Even if they fall, they still leave a lot of legacy to future generations.


    Coupled with the name of the holy land family on the Kou family''s head, no one dares to easily provoke the Kou family.


    In this case, apart from the heavenly palace, it is the guantian Pavilion, Ziyang Shengzong, jiuxuan Pavilion, Zhenhai hall, yubeast sect and situ family that really determine the size of affairs in the Junchen world.


    There are a lot of open and secret fights among the six forces on weekdays, and the shit of dragging each other back has almost never been cut off.


    On the surface, they seem to be united. In fact, they are eager to expand their own family and weaken others.


    The Qi family, the in laws of situ family, is located in the northernmost part of the Middle Earth continent, very close to the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Ziyang Shengzong and Dali emperor went to war, some Xiuzhen forces led by Qi family did not pull the hind legs of Ziyang Shengzong behind their backs, which added a lot of trouble to Ziyang Shengzong.


    If it had not been for the protection of situ family, Ziyang Shengzong would have destroyed the whole family.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion and guantian Pavilion dislike each other. In addition to not formally tearing their faces, there are also many fights between the two families.


    In his early years, the Royal beast sect wanted to set foot in the sea and use the diverse environment of the sea to raise all kinds of monsters, but it has been blocked by Zhenhai hall.


    Zhenhai hall considers itself the ruler of all sea areas of Junchen world, and no force is allowed to violate its own interests.


    Ziyang Shengzong did not directly intervene in the West Sea in those years, but only supported the Xingluo islands behind it. In addition to the great potential of the West Sea family, there are also reasons for scruples about Zhenhai hall.


    Yubeast sect finally established some bases in the West Sea, but the hatred with Zhenhai hall never disappeared.


    Later, after the rise of the sea spirit sect, you can see the shadow of the Royal beast sect in the forces that support the sea spirit sect and secretly contain the Zhenhai hall.


    Of course, the relationship between these six forces is not so simple.


    They are allied with each other and hostile to each other, and the relationship between enemies and friends has changed many times.


    In the outside world, especially in the face of the heavenly palace, they will still strive to maintain a united posture and maintain their dominant position in the Junchen world.


    Originally, because the six sleeping real immortals were about to wake up. When they wake up, there must be a fight between dragons and tigers.


    Together, the clan and family created by the six true immortals began to have obvious cracks between their disciples and grandchildren, and were about to fall into a real death struggle.


    Fortunately, the awakening of the six true immortals was delayed again and again, and their contradictions eased temporarily.


    In addition, the massive invasion of foreign invaders requires them to unite and unite with the outside world.


    After defeating the foreign invaders, the senior leaders of the six forces decided to take advantage of this rare free time and the opportunity of relatively harmonious relations between us for the time being to launch a sweeping sweep of the Junchen world.


    The goal of their sweeping this time is not those aliens and demons, but those dissidents who have always opposed them.


    Among them, Taiyi gate may not be much. The mysterious organization of immortality ascending society is the one that the major Holy Land sects and families want to get rid of most.


    On the surface, the immortality society solicits and trains monks from all sides. In name, it breaks the prohibition left by the six real immortals in that year and helps everyone get the opportunity to become immortals and get the way.


    However, in fact, the immortality society has been conniving at and encouraging its members'' dissatisfaction with the holy places and the six real immortals who are sleeping.


    In the history of the Junchen world, the shadow of the immortality society can almost be seen behind the religious forces and practitioners who oppose the sects of the major holy places.


    The members of the immortality society are basically high-level monks, and they are well organized, secretive and very confidential.


    However, the major Holy Land sects have ruled the Junchen world for many years, with deep-rooted forces, and their tentacles have already penetrated into every corner of the Junchen world.


    For the existence of the immortality society, the major holy places have long been aware of it, and have always been very vigilant and regarded it as the great enemy of life and death.


    Over the years, the immortality society has been constantly fighting against the major holy places.


    Up to now, the patience of the religious sects of the major holy places has reached the limit, and they think that the cancer of the immortal society can no longer be left.


    No wonder Gu Chen''s face was so ugly. It turned out that the immortality society had become the biggest goal of all the holy places this time.


    Of course, it''s not time for Meng Zhang to be happy.


    If the immortality society is the primary goal of all the holy places, the following Hailing sect, Dali imperial dynasty and Taiyi gate have become secondary goals.


    While investing a lot of human and material resources to clear the primary objectives, we should also clean up all secondary objectives.


    In a word, all the holy places are going to get rid of evil and completely eliminate future troubles.


    For Meng Zhang, what Gu Chen shangzun brought was not all bad news.


    The pressure faced by taiyimen will certainly be greatly reduced.


    Considering the overall situation, we are all people on the same boat now, with cold lips and teeth.


    In the face of the powerful holy door, we should really unite and work together against the enemy.

 Chapter 1968

    Gu chenshang Zun was so active this time. He came to meet Meng Zhang in person, not only to warn Meng Zhang and provide information, but also to ask Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    With the current strength of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate, they may not be able to compete with the major holy places.


    But if you go out with all your strength to contain the door of a holy land, there is still no problem.


    The members of the immortality society are mainly high-level monks, and their identities are basically confidential.


    Although there are many strongholds of Dengxian society, even in Tiangong, these strongholds can be abandoned.


    According to common sense, it is not easy for the religious sects of the major holy places to carry out a large-scale attack on the immortal society.


    However, this time, the heavenly palace forcibly recruited all the return virtual powers in the Junchen world to participate in the war. Many unknown return virtual powers have been exposed one after another.


    Many years ago, the religious sects of the holy places began to carefully investigate the immortality society.


    After so many years, the identities of many members of the immortality society have been mastered by the major holy places.


    As a sect inherited from the true immortal, it also has many means.


    For example, if the Tianji master trained in the door is willing to pay enough price, he can calculate the whereabouts of most members of the society.


    The immortals association has sources of information inside the holy places. Naturally, it is clear about these situations.


    Therefore, in the face of the suppression of the holy places, the immortal society is not ready to escape, but to fight back.


    To this end, the top level of the immortals association also made a lot of preparations in advance.


    For example, many members of the immortality society were recruited by the heavenly palace to fight in the void.


    Now that the foreign invaders have been defeated, the high level of the immortals Association began to use their relations in the heavenly palace to return these recruited monks to the Junchen world.


    In addition to enhancing the combat effectiveness of the immortals society, it also prevents them from being secretly harmed by the holy places.


    In history, the Holy Land sects have framed many dissidents by taking advantage of the opportunity of heavenly palace recruitment.


    In its heyday, one of the three ancestors of taiyimen who returned to the virtual world was recruited by the heavenly palace, and then used their influence by the guantian pavilion to make it fall into a desperate situation of death.


    The Great Holy Land Sect has always had a bad reputation in this regard, which also makes the heavenly palace very angry.


    Their practice will greatly affect the heavenly palace''s recruitment of all friars in the Junchen world, and make everyone alert and even repel the recruitment.


    Last time I fought with the foreign invaders, because the foreign invaders were so strong that the Junchen world didn''t dare to be distracted. And it involves calculating the real immortal level of the other party. Even the Holy Land Sect does not dare to mess around.


    Therefore, there is no such thing as internal framing in Jun dust world.


    Now the war is over, and the holy places have clearly expressed their malice. No one dares to believe their integrity.


    When Meng Zhang heard Gu Chen shangzun talk about these things, he was also secretly happy.


    He had asked Mr. Ban Xuejian to help recall the recruited taiyimen friars, which was a crooked way to avoid possible trouble.


    Gu chenshang Zun specially came to meet Meng Zhang this time. In addition to exchanging information with each other and telling Meng Zhang about the plot of the sect of the holy places, he hoped to join hands with taiyimen against the enemy.


    There are never too many helpers when they are hostile to the holy places.


    The sects of the holy places have ruled the Junchen world for many years. They are unfair and overbearing... They have accumulated countless resentments for a long time.


    In the Junchen world, there are many Xiuzhen forces who openly and secretly resist the sects of the holy places.


    For example, there are not many Xiuzhen forces such as Dali imperial dynasty and hailing sect who dare to compete with the Holy Land Sect, but there are many supporters behind them.


    The purpose of Gu chenshang Zun''s running around in the Junchen world is to connect all parties and unite the Xiuzhen forces opposed to the major Holy Land sects to take this opportunity to have a positive confrontation with the major Holy Land sects.


    As a monk in the middle of returning to the virtual world, Meng Zhang can play a key role in the war.


    The Taiyi gate is the gate of Guru Chen''s visit. Meng Zhang can''t do it if he doesn''t take the initiative. He offends many holy land sects. If he doesn''t share the pressure, the Taiyi gate may not be able to resist the massive attack of so many holy land sects.


    For Meng Zhang''s attitude, Gu chenshang Zun had long expected.


    Although Gu Chen shangzun has not disclosed his source, he has always been very familiar with the internal situation of the holy places.


    According to what he said, the snow mountain sect and the Kou family were following the crowd and had nothing to say when the major holy places were discussing the cleaning operation. The only person who raised an objection was the emperor of beasts.


    The Royal beast sect believes that the armies of foreign invaders are still eyeing in the void. Maybe they will attack the Junchen world on a large scale sometime.


    At this time, there was a war among the Terran practitioners, which would greatly weaken the overall strength of the Junchen world.


    In addition to the situ family maintaining a dispensable attitude, all other sects, guantian Pavilion, Ziyang Shengzong, jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall strongly requested to launch this cleaning operation to completely wipe out the enemies in the cultivation world.


    In order to maintain internal unity, the yubeast sect did not adhere to its views and had to agree to the action.


    According to the analysis of Gu Chen shangzun, according to the Convention, the snow mountain sect and the Kou family are not too enthusiastic about this kind of action. Generally, they only act and don''t go all out.


    Although the Royal beast sect had to obey everyone''s opinions, it would not send too many forces to participate in the operation.


    Therefore, the real enemies facing the immortal society and taiyimen are guantian Pavilion, Ziyang Shengzong, jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall, plus the situ family at most.


    Because the major Holy Land sects won''t hold back each other this time, they can give full play to each other. Most of the Hailing sect in the South China Sea can''t resist the Zhenhai hall. Together with the imperial dynasty and the Taiyi gate, they may not be able to block the Ziyang holy sect.


    Even if Gu Chen shangzun can find a way to integrate the power of the whole Jun dust world against the holy places, the gap in overall strength is still very large.


    For a moment, Gu Chen shangzun and the senior level of the immortality society couldn''t think of a good battle plan.


    The only thing they can do is to try their best to expand their own strength and start preparing for the war.


    Because of the pressing time, Gu chenshangzun didn''t stay here too long.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, he left directly.


    Although the holy places have made up their minds to eliminate dissidents, it still takes some time to coordinate with each other and mobilize troops.


    Meng Zhang must seize these precious time, take positive action, start comprehensive preparations and use all the strength at hand.


    This time, he no longer reserved, but mobilized the whole hanhaidao alliance.

 Chapter 1969

    Meng Zhang stood above the blessed land of the sun and moon and looked into the sky in the distance.


    There are thunder clouds, thunder rumble, lightning flash, electric snake dance


    That''s Wen qiansuan of Taiyi gate. He is going through the period of accumulation and impact of Yang God.


    Starting from Wen qiansuan, Meng Zhang watched from a distance.


    Judging from the current situation, the thunder robbery is coming to an end.


    Based on his experience, Wen qian can successfully survive the Yang God thunder robbery and advance to the Yang God period before long.


    We are about to start a war with the sects of the holy places. It is a time when we are in urgent need of combat power. We have an additional monk of the Yang God period, which can be said to be a great increase in strength.


    Meng Zhang''s heavy heart has become a little relieved.


    In addition to the new Jinyang God zhenjunwen qiansuan, Meng Zhang''s men also have four Yang gods'' combat power: Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of mengzhang, Yang Xueyi, the elder of Zhongyuan, the weapon spirit emptiness Kongzi uploaded by his ancestors, and Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect.


    If it''s normal, can Huixu Da Neng directly fight within the Junchen world? The combat power of the five Yang gods is enough to decide the outcome of a big war.


    Unfortunately, this time, the religious sects of the major holy places took direct action. They may not abide by the rules that have been circulating in the Junchen world for many years.


    Based on their penetration into the heavenly palace, even if the return to emptiness war broke out in the Junchen world, the Tianwei thunder and punishment array of the heavenly palace may not be able to respond in time.


    If the situation is worse, maybe Tianwei thunder punishment array will specifically bombard Meng Zhang''s return virtual power.


    Of course, as long as there is a snow sword king sitting in the heavenly palace, the possibility of this situation is very small, but it must be prevented.


    After meeting with Gu Chen shangzun, Meng Zhang no longer covered up and no longer kept a low profile. He directly ordered the whole Hanhai Dao alliance to start preparing for the war.


    Meng Zhang did not tell everyone the details, but said that taiyimen might go to war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Only a few senior officials of Taiyi gate, Xu Mengying and other trustworthy people really know that all the holy places will come to an end.


    The Great Holy Land sects have ruled the Junchen world for so many years, and their prestige has already penetrated into the hearts of almost every cultivator.


    If we only fight against one or two holy places, we may be able to boost morale.


    But if we fight against all the holy places, maybe most members of hanhaidao alliance will lose morale and become indomitable.


    Even, maybe someone will privately contact the Holy Land zongmen and betray Hanhai daomeng.


    Meng Zhang temporarily concealed the truth. After the war officially opened, even those who were not determined enough could not get off the ship in time and had to be involved in the war.


    Taiyi gate and Ziyang Shengzong have been hostile for many years, and I haven''t seen what Ziyang Shengzong did to Taiyi gate.


    Many friars who don''t know the truth are actively preparing for war and preparing to meet Ziyang saint.


    Under the leadership of taiyimen, Hanhai daomeng has invested almost all its resources to prepare for the upcoming war at any cost.


    Meng Zhang knew very well that if the war was defeated, taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng would be destroyed and no longer exist.


    Not long ago, Meng Zhang, who was actively preparing for the war, received very, very bad news.


    Silver pot old man secretly visited Meng Zhang at Taiyi gate. He was embarrassed to tell him that Tianlei shangzun thought his virtue was not enough and was not qualified to have such an excellent man as Meng Zhang.


    Silver pot old man''s words were euphemistic. In fact, Tianlei shangzun didn''t want to fight against the sects of the holy places for Meng Zhang, so he had to give up soliciting Meng Zhang.


    For the decision of Tianlei shangzun, old man Yinhu can understand, but he is not willing to accept it in his heart.


    Many years ago, he actively befriended and helped Meng Zhang, hoping that Meng Zhang would enter the command of Tianlei shangzun and work for Tianlei shangzun.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has grown rapidly, and he is indeed actively moving closer to Tianlei shangzun.


    But in the end, it was such a result that the old man Yinhu was very disappointed and felt sorry for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that he should worship under the command of Tianlei shangzun on a better condition and work for him in exchange for some help from the other party.


    Now it seems that he not only thinks highly of himself, but also thinks highly of Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang thought he had enough value, but Lord Tianlei didn''t want to offend the holy places for him.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, the image of Tianlei shangzun has always been very tall.


    Tianlei shangzun not only has outstanding combat effectiveness, but also dares to fight and fight. He has a tough style and is never afraid to offend others.


    As the lineage of the heavenly palace, Tianlei shangzun never looked at the color of the holy places and rarely gave them a good face.


    But Meng Zhang still looked out of sight. At the critical moment, Tianlei shangzun retreated in front of the doors of the holy places.


    Meng Zhang can understand the choice of heavenly thunder and has no complaints.


    However, since then, there will be no special relationship between Meng Zhang and Tianlei shangzun.


    Old silver pot sympathized with Meng Zhang, but he couldn''t help it.


    Even Lord Tianlei didn''t want to confront the holy places, let alone he was always a good man.


    Meng Zhang did not blame old man Yinhu, but comforted him.


    Although he can''t work for Tianlei shangzun, he is still a good old friend with old man Yinhu.


    After sending old man Yinhu away, Meng Zhang''s face began to become gloomy.


    Without the help of the heavenly thunder Master, Meng Zhang was alone, but it was difficult to resist the many returning virtual powers of the holy places.


    Since the road ahead is difficult, Meng Zhang has to go against some bottom lines and principles and make some difficult choices.


    With a decision in mind, Meng Zhang''s divine thought incarnation entered the center of his mustard space.


    Here, there is a transparent column in which a huge sea shark is sealed.


    This strong Yang God of the sea shark family is named Sha Wuliang. He is the leading figure of the sea shark family in the West Sea family.


    After Meng Zhang captured him, he controlled him with prohibition.


    Later, Meng Zhang considered that he was not my race, and his heart must be different. Maybe this guy could get out of his control when he had a chance. So instead of continuing to drive him, he banned him in mustard space.


    If a sea clan of Yang God level is refined into mustard space, it will benefit this mustard space a lot.


    However, the sea clan of Yang God level is rare. It is even more precious to be completely controlled and driven by themselves.


    It''s a little wasteful to refine it and integrate it into mustard space.


    Meng Zhang hesitated every time before he started. He couldn''t start.


    The anti Zhengyang God level sea shark Shouyuan is long. Meng Zhang has always banned it here. For the time being, there is no need to worry about the depletion of his Shouyuan.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang almost forgot its existence.


    This time, thinking about how to fight against the sects of the holy places, Meng ZhangCai remembered that in his mustard space, there was also a strong Yang God of the Hai nationality who had been banned by himself for hundreds of years.

 Chapter 1970

    Meng Zhang''s idea is very simple. Since the Terran cultivators lack enough power to fight against the major Holy Land sects, they should find new power outside the Terran cultivators.


    In the Junchen world, there are many other races besides the human cultivators.


    These alien races are basically in a state of hostility to the human cultivators. Almost all of them are hostile and irreconcilable.


    Among them, Meng Zhang is most familiar with the Hai nationality.


    Meng Zhang will not take refuge in the Hai nationality, nor will he take the initiative to contact and collude with the Hai nationality.


    He wants to use the strong Yang God shark Wuliang of the sea shark family to stir up the relationship between the religious sects of the major holy places and the sea family, trying to provoke a war between them.


    The sea clan is the great enemy of the Terran cultivators. The two sides have had countless conflicts in history.


    If the sea clan was not supported by the real dragon clan, the Terran cultivators would have made it completely extinct at all costs.


    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void over the years. He has accepted the inheritance left by the ancestor guarding the mountain. He has a wide range of horizons and has some understanding of many legends and even secrets in the universe.


    The real dragon is a very powerful race in the whole universe.


    Its overall strength can compete with the major fairyland.


    Even the fairyland of Jun dust world has its origin in Lingkong fairyland, and is not willing to provoke the real dragon family for no reason.


    The group of real dragons deep in the ocean of Jun dust world is only a branch of the real dragon family, and it is a very weak and insignificant branch.


    On the surface, the top leaders of the real dragon family don''t pay much attention to the branches distributed everywhere in the void. It seems that they let them live and die.


    If the true dragon group in the Junchen world is destroyed by the Terran cultivators, the headquarters of the true dragon group will not easily interfere.


    But in fact, many strong people of the real dragon family are extremely short-sighted.


    If the Terran cultivators in the Junchen world really want to kill them all, maybe some strong people of the real dragon family will make trouble in the Junchen world in their own name.


    At that time, even some real immortals who are sleeping will feel extremely headache and difficult to deal with when they wake up.


    Therefore, as long as the real dragons in the Junchen world do not make too much trouble and do not infringe on the core interests of the high-level in the Junchen world, the human practitioners in the Junchen world will leave enough room for these real dragons.


    The sea clan has always been the slave of the real dragon clan, driven by the real dragon clan.


    The sea clan is often pushed to the front desk by the real dragon clan to fight directly with the Terran cultivators.


    The real dragon family in Junchen world uses the sea family to test the falseness, reality and bottom line of the human cultivators.


    Terran practitioners also organize crusades against the sea clan from time to time, one is to reduce the wings of the real dragon clan, and the other is to frighten the real dragon clan.


    The last cleaning operation organized by the snow sword King hit many ethnic groups of the Hai nationality.


    Since then, the Hai people have been very honest and didn''t make trouble.


    Of course, the high level of Jun dust world has always maintained sufficient vigilance against the sea clan.


    The reason why the major Holy Land sects dare to launch the action of cleaning the dissidents at this time is that the major dissidents have been quiet and showed no threat.


    If the strong Yang God of the sea clan runs to the Terran territory and destroys wantonly at this time, the senior level of the Jun dust world will not ignore it.


    Shark Wuliang was banned by Meng Zhang in mustard space for many years. When the ban was lifted, he was still a little weak.


    Meng Zhang has made great progress in these years and mastered more sophisticated means of prohibition.


    He cast the spell again and planted more prohibitions on Sha Wuliang again.


    Then, he did not hesitate to take out a pile of cultivation resources to let Sha Wuliang recover his strength as soon as possible.


    Among the major holy places, jiuxuan Pavilion and guantian Pavilion were the most active in launching the cleaning action.


    The territory of guantian Pavilion is not close to the sea. It is not appropriate for the strong of the sea family to appear suddenly.


    Jiuxuange territory is close to the East China Sea, which is a good target.


    Due to time constraints, Meng Zhang did not leave too much recovery time for Sha Wuliang.


    Seeing that his state was almost restored, Meng Zhang directly ordered him to take action.


    Meng Zhang has been staying in the gate of Taiyi gate. Even if he is thousands of miles away, he can roughly feel his situation by virtue of the prohibition left on Sha Wuliang.


    Shawu Liang has long been frightened by Meng Zhang. The vicious prohibition that Meng Zhang left on him made him unable to resist.


    This time, Meng Zhang''s task is not difficult. He just wants him to destroy the Terran territory wantonly.


    This kind of thing is shark Wuliang''s specialty.


    The sea clan and the human clan have had a long-standing grudge, and they have already forged countless blood feuds.


    If you have the opportunity to kill and kill on the Terran territory, I''m afraid every sea clan can''t wait for it.


    Shark Wuliang is on his way happily, but Meng Zhang feels a little sorry.


    It''s still too small to rely on a strong man of the sea shark family alone.


    If a large army of the sea clan enters the territory of jiuxuan Pavilion at this time, I''m afraid jiuxuan Pavilion can''t ignore it.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang has been issuing various instructions to Sha Wuliang through the prohibition on him and remotely controlling him.


    As a sea clan, Sha Wuliang can neither use the Terran''s long-distance transmission array, nor transfer through the heavenly palace.


    It''s really not easy to enter the Middle Earth continent from the north of the Junchen world, and then reach near the East China Sea.


    Not only will it take a lot of time on the road, but also if you encounter a strong Terran, you will immediately fall into a siege.


    Although Meng Zhang provided route guidance, it took Sha Wuliang more than a year to finally reach his destination.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that all the holy places had waited so long and had not started to take action.


    Of course, he also knows that the longer the holy places are prepared, once launched, it will be a thunderous momentum and will not give the opponent any chance to resist.


    During this period, Hanhai daomeng under the leadership of taiyimen has transferred almost all its resources and made preparations for the war.


    Dali Dynasty, which had always been on high alert to Ziyang Shengzong, not only completed all mobilization work, but also began to organize some actions to test Ziyang Shengzong.


    On the other side of the South China Sea, the conflict between the sea spirit sect, which had completed comprehensive preparations for the war, and Zhenhai hall suddenly intensified.


    The news also came from the ancient Chen shangzun. The strength of the whole immortality society was mobilized and ready for the war.


    In contacting the Xiuzhen forces of Jun dust world against the Holy Land Sect, Gu Chen shangzun was not very smooth.


    If not forced to a desperate situation, few Xiuzhen forces dare to take the initiative to resist the Holy Land Sect.


    Of course, the connection of the immortals society is not useless.


    Many monks who have a grudge against the holy door have begun to take action.


    For example, Meng Zhang knew that there was news from Xingluo islands that Qiu Gangfeng, who had become a great power of returning to emptiness, had recently secretly returned to Xingluo islands and seemed to be planning an action against Ziyang Shengzong.

 Chapter 1971

    Qiu Gangfeng and Ziyang Shengzong have a deep hatred that cannot be dissolved.


    He also got some help from Meng Zhang before he hit the retreat period.


    As long as he makes up his mind and ignores the consequences, he will certainly cause great harm to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang tries to establish contact with Qiu Gangfeng through taiyimen''s relationship in the West Sea, and the two sides will coordinate their actions in the future.


    However, in order to prevent Qiu Gangfeng from being chased and killed by Ziyang Shengzong, his whereabouts are erratic, and he almost never stays in one place for a long time.


    It''s not easy for Meng Zhang to get in touch with him.


    After some twists and turns, Sha Wuliang, who accepted Meng Zhang''s instructions, finally came to his destination.


    Instead of going directly to the territory of jiuxuange to kill, shark Wuliang first entered the East China Sea, made a detour, and then killed the coastal territory of jiuxuange.


    Zhenhai hall has been rooted in the East China Sea for many years. Not only ruled almost the whole East China Sea for a long time, many Xiuzhen forces along the East China Sea are their vassals.


    If it were not for the jiuxuan Pavilion, which is also the Holy Land Sect, and changed to a Xiuzhen force, it would really be impossible to occupy a vast territory along the East China Sea and maintain an independent status.


    Shark Wuliang made a circle along the coastline and directly killed the coastal territory of jiuxuange.


    Instead of attacking the mortals in the territory of jiuxuan Pavilion, shark Wuliang destroyed several strongholds of jiuxuan Pavilion and killed a large number of low-level friars of jiuxuan Pavilion at one go.


    The strong sea people came from the East China Sea and wantonly destroyed the Terran territory along the coast. The news of arbitrary killing soon spread.


    Next, will there be an army of Hai people coming from the East China Sea and invading the mainland wantonly?


    Instead of staying more in one place, shark Wuliang adopted the method of guerrilla warfare, specifically looking for the stronghold of low-level friars to attack. He almost left at one blow and never loved war.


    Sha Wuliang tried his best to create a huge momentum and strive to expand his scope of activities.


    After the strong people of the sea clan made trouble in jiuxuan Pavilion territory, the senior management of jiuxuan Pavilion immediately responded and soon sent the strong people to deal with the matter.


    The damage and killing caused by shawuliang are actually very limited. But his behavior was very disgusting, almost beating jiuxuan pavilion''s face in chiguoguo''s face.


    Zhenhai hall has ruled the East China Sea for many years and has long cleaned up the sea people here.


    Even a few remaining Hai people have long hid in the depths of the ocean and sheltered under the command of the real dragon.


    On the East China Sea side, there has been no news of trouble among the Hai people for many years.


    Not to mention the sea people also killed the coastal areas and began to gradually go inland.


    Shark Wuliang''s action against jiuxuan Pavilion made Zhenhai hall blush.


    Although there are many contradictions between jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall on weekdays, there are deep resentments between the two sides., We have done countless things to support each other.


    But at this time, the two sides are united.


    This is not just because many holy places have reached an agreement to launch the elimination of alien forces in the Jun dust world.


    Also because their interests are related at this time, they don''t want to see the sea clan continue to rage.


    Once the Holy Land Sect door became serious, Meng Zhang was surprised by the strength and number of cards.


    When it comes to strength, although the strength of shawu Liangyang God level is not weak, it is simply vulnerable in front of the holy door.


    The reason why he can always get rid of the pursuit of the enemy is that he relies on flexible combat methods.


    He hid his tracks and secretly walked upstream of jiuxuange territory.


    He carefully selected the target.


    If the enemy is too strong, he will never strike easily.


    Later, he even reduced his direct attack on the friars of jiuxuan Pavilion and turned to attack the vassal forces of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    If the opportunity is not suitable, he would rather hide in this way and never expose the slightest trace.


    With Meng Zhang''s instructions, Sha Wuliang gave full play to his skills and tried his best to avoid the pursuit of the enemy''s strong ones.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that the strong Yang God of the sea family such as Sha Wuliang was acting recklessly. Jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall should devote some energy to the sea family.


    Even if they cannot disperse their strength, they should delay their preparations.


    But Meng Zhang still underestimated the determination of the Holy Land Sect.


    All the Holy Land sects have long agreed to give priority to the elimination of alien forces in the cultivation world.


    The action of a strong Yang God of the sea family alone cannot change their decision.


    Shark Wuliang''s action is defined by jiuxuange and Zhenhai hall as the individual action of a single sea clan, which is not the precursor of a large-scale attack by the sea clan.


    In order to get rid of this annoying fly as soon as possible, the two families even did not hesitate to invite the Heavenly Master enshrined in the door.


    The Heavenly Master worshipped by the Holy Land Sect was really extraordinary. I don''t know what price they paid. They soon figured out the whereabouts of shark Wuliang.


    In this process, Meng Zhang has long been aware of it.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang can obstruct the calculation of the other master of heavenly secrets if he interferes with it.


    However, in this way, it is exposed that there is a human Tianji behind Sha Wuliang.


    According to the principle that whoever benefits will be suspected, jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall will suspect taiyimen and other hostile forces sooner or later.


    As a Terran friar, it is not a glorious thing to instruct and control the strong of the sea clan to mess up in the Terran cultivation power territory.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to get involved in such things too deeply.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang didn''t know how much talent the Heavenly Master enshrined in jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall had.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to pay a heavy price in the battle of Tianji, let alone fall into the wind, so he exposed his details.


    After noticing that the enemy''s secret master began to calculate, Meng Zhang knew that his plot had failed this time and made a decisive response.


    As soon as shark Wuliang''s whereabouts are exposed, the other party randomly sends out a return virtual power, and he can suppress him with his back palms.


    At that time, the fact that Sha Wuliang''s prohibition and control will be exposed one by one.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to urge Sha Wuliang''s prohibition from a long distance and temporarily controlled his body.


    Under the control of Meng Zhang, Sha Wuliang swaggered into an important stronghold of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    During this time, jiuxuan Pavilion and Zhenhai hall sent out a lot of forces to pursue and kill the chaotic strong man of the sea family.


    Shark Wuliang was soon entangled by a famous family of Yang God friars, and it was difficult to get away for a moment.


    At the same time, reinforcements, including returning to virtual power, are rushing here as fast as possible.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, Sha Wuliang exploded completely, smashing his body and erasing all traces on his body.


    When the reinforcements of jiuxuan Pavilion arrived, they only saw a huge annular pit underground and a large number of monks killed and injured on their own side.


    As for the strong man of the Hai nationality who was chased and killed, he has completely disappeared.

 Chapter 1972

    A carefully planned action failed so easily. Although he had long expected, Meng Zhang was disappointed.


    This time, Meng Zhang saw the action power of the Holy Land Sect.


    The only thing that is not too bad is that the main holy places have been delayed for so long and haven''t started, leaving enough time for taiyimen to prepare for war.


    Since the plan of provoking the sea people to go to war with the Holy zongmen has completely failed, Meng Zhang must find another way to enhance his own strength.


    In order to maintain the unity of the Junchen world, she will not try her best to stop the actions of the holy places.


    Lord Tianlei refused to offend the Holy Land Sect and refused Meng Zhang''s refuge.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and finally thought of the cold war.


    In the cold war, he was respected as a legitimate friar of the heavenly palace, and there were many contradictions with the friars of the holy places on weekdays.


    Last time the source sea of Jun dust world was intruded by foreign invaders, the sects of the major holy places forced Mr. Ban Xuejian to severely punish the cold war emperor.


    Although he knew that there was little hope, Meng Zhang still held the idea of a dead horse as a living horse doctor and was going to visit the cold war supreme master to see if he could get some help from him.


    As soon as he thought of it, Meng Zhang immediately left the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, went to the heavenly palace, directly left Jiutian and entered the void.


    In order to prevent foreign invaders from making a comeback, the high level of Junchen is rebuilding the peripheral defense line.


    As one of the leaders of the cold war, Shang Zun is sitting in a stronghold in the meteorite belt.


    Meng Zhang has been in and out of here many times, and he is a little famous in the empty battlefield.


    He was able to meet the cold war Reverend very smoothly.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and directly said a lot of bad words about the holy places, trying to arouse the resonance of the cold war.


    When Meng Zhang talked endlessly, he looked at him with a smile in the cold war.


    When Meng Zhang''s words came to an end, the emperor of the cold war sighed.


    "It seems that your boy really knows nothing about the current situation."


    "I''ll remind you a few words because you''ve worked under my command."


    Next, what Zun said in the cold war made Meng Zhang''s face greatly changed and he could no longer sit still.


    It turned out that after reaching a consensus, the major holy places had already begun to act.


    However, their actions did not directly target the immortals Association, taiyimen, etc., which Meng ZhangCai had never noticed.


    In the heavenly palace, there are three deputy managers in addition to the chief manager, Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    These three deputy managers, like Mr. Ban Xue Jian, are all perfect accomplishments in the period of returning to emptiness, which can be called empty immortals.


    Their combat effectiveness may not be as good as that of the famous sword monk peixue Jianjun, but as friars of the same level, peixue Jianjun dare not ignore them.


    Among the three deputy managers, the ancient Taoist was the most hostile to the major holy places and often clashed with the monks of the major holy places.


    For thousands of years, the two sides have accumulated countless contradictions and resentments.


    The supporter and the biggest backer of the immortality society is the Taoist in the ancient capital who has always supported the immortality society.


    The high level of the Holy Land Sect is not a fool. They have been aware of this for a long time.


    However, in order to avoid a complete break with the heavenly palace, it is not easy for them to attack the ancient Taoist.


    This time, the sects of the major holy places are determined to eliminate dissidents. The immortality society is an important goal, and the obstacle of the ancient Taoist capital naturally needs to be removed.


    More than half a year ago, under the operation of the religious doors of the major holy places, companion Xue Jianjun had to order the ancient Taoist to lead an envoy mission to a foreign star area to contact visitors from the four corner Star area.


    The biggest backer of the immortals society was transferred from the Junchen world, just like a tiger with its teeth pulled out.


    When Meng Zhang heard this, he began to doubt.


    Gu chenshang Zun must know about the ancient Taoist leaving the Junchen world.


    But he kept it from himself. Was he worried that his faith would shake and fall to the doors of the holy places?


    Wang puchen, another deputy manager of the heavenly palace, has always been close to the holy places and has many close friends at the top of the holy places.


    When there are contradictions and conflicts between the heavenly palace and the holy places, this person often comes forward to mediate.


    Ma qianggou, the last deputy manager of Tiangong, has a mild temper, a kind personality and pays attention to being kind to others. He is a famous good man in Tiangong.


    Ma qianggou has always been unwilling to offend people easily. He goes with the wind in many things and has no independent opinion.


    In the face of the major holy places, if there were no ancient Taoist, his attitude was often not tough enough.


    More importantly, shortly after the ancient Taoist priest led the mission to leave the Junchen world, Yang He of Ziyang Shengzong, Wei Wu of guantian Pavilion and Haixu of Zhenhai hall came to the bedroom of Banxue Jianjun together.


    The three of them were not too rude, and they didn''t turn their faces with Mr. Ban Xue Jian. They just delayed Mr. Ban Xue Jian temporarily in the name of discussing Tao.


    You know, these three guys are the top of the holy places. Even if they fight alone, the enemy can''t match the snow sword king, but the three people work together and have enough strength to block the snow sword king.


    Of course, they are also unwilling to offend Mr. Ban Xue Jian too hard. On the surface, they are very polite.


    They won''t do it easily unless they have to.


    Even though the heavenly palace of Jun dust world has changed so much, you haven''t received any news.


    What does this mean? It shows that the high level of the heavenly palace not only acquiesced in the next actions of the holy places, but also was willing to sacrifice monks such as Meng Zhang.


    An outsider like Tianlei shangzun didn''t want to communicate with Meng Zhang. Fortunately, there was no news from Gu Chen shangzun, who had always been well informed. Meng Zhang felt betrayed by him.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t come to visit the cold war emperor on a whim, he would know nothing about these changes at the top of the heavenly palace.


    Now taiyimen seems to be really helpless.

 Chapter 1973

    In the cold war, although Shang Zun did not deal with the holy places, he would not be foolish enough to jump out against the holy places at this time.


    The Supreme Master of the cold war has chosen to accept the reality and ignore the actions of the holy places.


    This time Meng Zhang came to visit him, which aroused the last trace of discontent in his heart. At the same time, he thought of Meng Zhang''s friendship with Banxue Jianjun and his friendship with himself, so he told Meng Zhang about the recent changes in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang, who was in a state of confusion, couldn''t help shouting, "are the three mountain true immortals allowed to act so recklessly by the sects of the major holy places, causing chaos in the Junchen world and weakening the overall strength of the human cultivators?"


    In the cold war, Zun looked at Meng Zhang with compassionate eyes. He knew that he had been in disorder and had a tendency to seek medical treatment in a hurry, but he still explained it for him.


    According to the original agreement with several real immortals, the three mountain real immortals will not interfere in the internal affairs of the Junchen world.


    What''s more, that''s the character of Sanshan Zhenxian.


    On weekdays, unless there is a strong invasion of the real immortal level, he is indifferent to everything, as if there is no such person in the Junchen world.


    As for the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors, they don''t openly worship the platform for the holy places, even if they can act justly.


    After saying these words in the cold war, Zun didn''t want to say more to Meng Zhang.


    Before Meng Zhang left, he gave his last advice.


    The side of the Junchen world that opposes the sects of the great holy places has long been gone, and there is only one result of defeat.


    If Meng Zhang wants to save his life, he will not return to the Jun dust world, but immediately fly away and escape from the Jun dust world.


    The final persuasion of Meng Zhang is the only thing that Zun can do now in the cold war.


    As for whether Meng Zhang is willing to accept this kind intention and listen to his own persuasion, respect in the cold war can''t control it.


    For the sake of his own future, Zun could not do more in the cold war.


    Seeing the cold war shangzun begin to chase guests, Meng Zhang only reluctantly left the cold war shangzun''s residence.


    Full of worries, Meng Zhang left the meteorite belt and came to the void near the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang never thought that the strength of the holy places would be so strong and the action would be so resolute. He immediately grasped the key and hit the most crucial place.


    In the past, the reason why the cultivation forces opposed to the major Holy Land sects could exist all the time was the secret support of the heavenly palace, except that the internal struggle of the major Holy Land sects made them lag behind each other.


    Now all the holy places are united and stop internal fighting, so there is no place to use.


    The current situation of the Tiangong high-level can not provide support for the opponents.


    In the past, due to the existence of Tianwei thunder punishment array, you have great scruples about returning to virtual power


    Now the Holy Land sects have controlled the Tianwei thunder punishment array. Not only can their return to virtual power act recklessly, but also they can control Tianlei to bombard the hostile return to virtual power.


    For a moment, Meng Zhang could not think of any way to resolve the current crisis.


    From the bottom of his heart, Meng Zhang knows that the persuasion respected in the cold war is good intention and his only vitality at present.


    But he can''t give up everything in the Junchen world, his disciples who have been trained for many years, and taiyimen who is regarded as the spiritual pillar... He can''t do it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, there are some special paths of cultivation. It is necessary to cut off all the obstacles in the heart of practitioners and cultivate the supreme being''s heartless and unimpeded state of mind.


    For the sake of your own path, you can abandon all blood, family, love and the love of your school.


    Meng Zhang had never seen such a path of cultivation before.


    He has always believed that if a practitioner loses all his feelings and constraints, he will no longer be a man at all. What is the difference between him and a puppet.


    But now, Meng Zhang began to sigh how good it would be if he were such a practitioner.


    Then you can cut off all feelings and obstacles without psychological burden, put aside all obstacles, pack light, choose the most favorable road for yourself, and immediately stay away from the Junchen world.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang knows that he can''t be too ruthless. He can''t put down everything in Jun dust world.


    But returning to the Junchen world like this is tantamount to falling into a trap.


    Next time, I''m afraid I don''t have such a good opportunity to leave the Junchen world directly.


    Although Meng Zhang is now in a painful psychological struggle, he still hasn''t lost his minimum vigilance in the void.


    Meng Zhang suddenly raised his head and looked into the emptiness above.


    A door opened in the void. A figure came out of the door silently and came not far from Meng Zhang.


    "Yang Sheng Shang Zun."


    Meng Zhang called out the identity of the visitor almost word by word.


    He has been hostile to Ziyang holy sect for many years. How can Meng Zhang not care about the senior level of Ziyang holy sect.


    Especially after making friends with the snow sword king, Meng Zhang learned a lot of important information in the heavenly palace.


    Yangsheng shangzun is the strong one in the high level of Ziyang holy sect.


    Yangsheng shangzun suddenly appeared here, and its purpose is naturally self-evident.


    Yangsheng shangzun looked at Meng Zhang with a cat and mouse look.


    It''s such a boy who has fought against Ziyang holy sect for many years, which has caused a lot of losses and trouble to the sect.


    Those losers in the door are really incompetent.


    Today, let''s solve this scourge by ourselves.


    Many thoughts emerged in Yang Sheng''s mind, which strengthened his determination to win Meng Zhang.


    In the past, according to the tacit understanding between the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the major holy places, people such as shangzun Yangsheng would not easily interfere in the internal affairs of the Junchen world.


    In fact, Yangsheng shangzun itself is also busy.


    In addition to his daily practice, he was also distracted from defending against foreign invaders.


    In addition, the top friars of the holy places have to take turns to take charge of the heaven and earth kill array; We should also take turns to guard the depths of the source sea to prevent several sleeping real immortals from being disturbed by external forces.


    To be honest, if not for the determination of the religious sects of the major holy places and the defeat of foreign invaders, such figures as shangzun Yangsheng might not be able to take out their hands and participate in the action of eliminating dissidents.


    As an important figure on the list of elimination, Meng Zhang has always been the focus of all holy places.


    According to the predetermined plan, the task of Yangsheng shangzun is to clear Meng Zhang.


    When he left the Junchen world, Yangsheng shangzun knew it.


    If the return to emptiness war breaks out in the Jun dust world, it will cause some damage to the Jun dust world.


    If we fight outside the void, there will be no such scruples.


    Meng Zhang''s action is exactly what Yang Sheng respected.


    Therefore, Yangsheng shangzun did not stop Meng Zhang from leaving the Junchen world, but quietly followed him.

 Chapter 1974

    When Meng Zhang had just left the Junchen world and entered the void, Yang Sheng shangzun was not in a hurry. He just wanted to see Meng Zhang''s accomplices.


    When Meng Zhang went to visit shangzun of the cold war, Yangsheng shangzun had been hiding nearby.


    As a direct friar of the heavenly palace in the cold war, shangzun has always been unable to deal with the sects of the holy places. Now he meets Meng Zhang, which naturally makes shangzun Yangsheng very dissatisfied.


    However, the primary goal of the major holy places is to eliminate the forces such as the immortal society and the Taiyi gate. It is not the time to turn against the heavenly palace for the time being.


    In the cold war, Zun was indeed knowledgeable and did not appear with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang left shangzun of the cold war and came to the Junchen world. It seems that there is no target for his next visit.


    Yangsheng shangzun didn''t want to wait any longer, so he showed up directly.


    Whether Meng Zhang returns to the Junchen world or flies away, it will only add trouble to Yangsheng shangzun. It''s better to solve him now.


    It seems that there is only a small gap between the middle stage and the later stage, but their combat effectiveness is very different.


    Although Yangsheng shangzun had enough assurance to surpass Meng Zhang, in order to prevent Meng Zhang from escaping in the void, he also brought a treasure in the door to ensure that he was safe and did not give Meng Zhang any chance to escape.


    As soon as Yangsheng shangzun appeared, he brought great pressure to Meng Zhang.


    In this way, shangzun Yangsheng stopped himself, and he didn''t have to be embarrassed about how to choose, Meng Zhang thought in his heart.


    So far, we can only fight to the death and strive for that glimmer of vitality.


    As Meng Zhang put aside all his thoughts and made a desperate determination, a huge Tai Chi yin-yang diagram appeared on his head.


    Although it has long been heard that Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma phase has some strangeness, he really witnessed it with his own eyes, which still surprised Yangsheng shangzun.


    Of course, surprise is surprise. It won''t hinder his next action.


    No matter how powerful Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma is, he is a local chicken and tile dog in front of Yang Sheng.


    When the war between Meng Zhang and Yang Sheng shangzun was imminent, the figure of shangzun in the cold war quietly appeared on the edge of the meteorite belt and looked thoughtfully at the direction of the battlefield.


    When receiving Meng Zhang, the cold war leader felt as if there were no strong people around him.


    When he thought about it, he guessed that most of them were experts from the Holy Land Sect who came out to monitor Meng Zhang.


    During the cold war, Zun didn''t want to get involved in this matter too deeply, so he didn''t tell Meng Zhang directly.


    If Meng Zhang obeyed his persuasion and left his residence and immediately fled the Junchen world under the cover of the meteorite belt, he still had some hope of escape.


    However, Meng Zhang didn''t listen to his persuasion. He worked like a mother and hesitated. He actually set foot in the direction of returning to the Junchen world, so there was nothing to do.


    The head of the douzhan Hall of the heavenly palace is concurrently held by the deputy general manager and the Taoist priest of the ancient capital.


    Influenced by the immediate boss with a tough temper, the venerable emperor of the cold war and the religious sects of the major holy places have just been hard for many times.


    He appreciated Meng Zhang''s hard bones against the religious sects of the holy places.


    But even if he wanted to help Meng Zhang, shangzun of the cold war could not go against shangzun of Yangsheng.


    In the cold war, Zun knew that this meeting with Meng Zhang alone would bring him a lot of trouble.


    Wang puchen, deputy manager of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace, is also the head of the hall.


    Although Tianlei shangzun deals with all kinds of affairs on weekdays, he can''t avoid many major events.


    He was already close to the holy places. He might take this opportunity to embarrass such a political enemy in the cold war.


    Meng Zhang felt that he was doomed this time. During the cold war, Zun sighed and couldn''t bear to see it again.


    A purple sun appeared in the hands of Yang Sheng. It immediately shone in the void, as if the sun had come.


    At this time, there were many friars in the Jun dust world coming and going in the void near the Jun dust world.


    Both the heaven and earth Dharma phase released by Meng Zhang and the purple sun in the hands of Shang Sheng Yang are enough to attract attention.


    Therefore, many monks around were disturbed and began to pay attention to this side.


    Especially some curious guys even took the initiative to fly here.


    You said that a group of back to virtual powers were qualified to watch the war. Why did a group of Yuanshen friars fly here?


    If the war of returning to the virtual world divulges a little power, they can die without a place to bury.


    Yang shengshang Zun didn''t avoid these war watchers, and even welcomed them to watch.


    He wants to kill Meng Zhang in public in full view of the public, so as to show the majesty of Ziyang Shengzong and deter all potential opponents.


    Yangsheng shangzun waved gently, and the purple sun hit Meng Zhang.


    Tai Chi''s yin-yang diagram rotates rapidly and competes with this round of purple sun.


    After a loud noise, the purple sun was blocked by the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi.


    The yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi flashed quickly, and seemed to disappear at any time.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but scream, and his whole body flew out to the back.


    After the impact, the force immediately spread in all directions and almost stirred the whole void around.


    Among the onlookers, the great energy of returning to emptiness was OK and was not affected much.


    Those yuan Shen Zhen Jun''s bodies fluctuated, and they looked like they could fall at any time.


    Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram immediately wrapped Meng Zhang''s body and fled to the distance.


    Yang Sheng''s superior sneered with disdain. Meng Zhang took the opportunity to run for his life, which was expected by him.


    Yangsheng shangzun is a very cruel monk. He doesn''t want Meng Zhang to die so easily.


    He wanted Meng Zhang to use all his means, and then found that he could not escape his palm.


    At that time, Meng Zhang''s desperate expression must be very interesting.


    Yangsheng shangzun took a gentle step and followed Meng Zhang leisurely.


    His movements seemed slow and fast, and he firmly entangled Meng Zhang. No matter how Meng Zhang accelerated or changed the direction of escape, he could not get rid of his pursuit.


    Between chasing and escaping, Meng Zhang led Yang Sheng shangzun to flee away from the Jun dust world.


    With their speed, they soon left the Junchen world and the sight of onlookers, and fled to a place that could not even be seen by the emperor of the cold war.


    Meng Zhang fled to such a far place, but Shang Zun Yangsheng didn''t stop him, and even connived.


    The tentative blow just now gave Yangsheng shangzun a new understanding of Meng Zhang''s real power.


    Although Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were a little poor, his combat effectiveness was not weak.


    If upper Reverend Yang Sheng wants to take down Meng Zhang, he still needs to spend some strength.


    In this process, Meng Zhang will certainly not restrain his power.


    If the aftermath of the war between the two spread and killed a large number of monks watching the war, Yang Sheng''s face would not look good.


    After all, Ziyang Shengzong is one of the rulers of Jun dust world. We should worry about the image more or less.

 Chapter 1975

    The lives of those bystanders were not worth mentioning in the eyes of Yangsheng shangzun, but he couldn''t care about the face of Ziyang Shengzong. He had to pay a little attention and couldn''t make the scene too ugly.


    So he changed his mind and let Meng Zhang escape. Then he pursued him to a place far away from the bystanders.


    When Shang Zun Yang Sheng and Meng Zhang ran away from the Junchen world, all the onlookers were left far away.


    The monks who were able to catch up recognized the Supreme Master of Yangsheng and did not want to be involved in the gratitude and resentment of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Monks with insufficient eyesight often lack strength and can''t catch up with two people at all.


    So far, Meng Zhang has exhausted his means and has been unable to completely get rid of the pursuit of Yang Sheng shangzun.


    Yangsheng shangzun was not too careless.


    Dogs will jump over the wall when they are anxious, not to mention Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness.


    If you accidentally let Meng Zhang take advantage of the loophole and hurt yourself, even if he broke Meng Zhang into pieces afterwards, he didn''t think it was worth it.


    Perhaps he felt that it was impossible to escape and began to feel desperate. Meng Zhang suddenly stopped his escape and faced Yang Sheng shangzun who swaggered after him.


    "Why don''t you escape? You know you can''t escape, so save your strength and be ready to die honestly?"


    Yangsheng shangzun thought he had won the game and seemed very relaxed.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay attention to Yang Sheng''s superior, but looked at the back of Yang Sheng''s superior with an expressionless face and said loudly, "senior, I have agreed to your request. Please do it and get rid of the old thief in front of me."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s cry, Yang Sheng shangzun was stunned. He couldn''t help turning his head and looking behind him, and then a burst of unbridled laughter.


    "Boy, you''re also a great power to return to emptiness. Can you have some face? You don''t have any other skills except this trick to deceive children?"


    Meng Zhang just waited there silently without any response.


    Meng Zhang''s appearance made Yang Sheng shangzun angry. He was preparing to take Meng Zhang and completely end the pursuit.


    Suddenly, Yangsheng shangzun''s heart suddenly raised a chill, and a sudden feeling of shock came naturally.


    At this time, an old Taoist wearing a cloud pattern Taoist robe with white hair and beard appeared behind Yang Sheng shangzun out of thin air.


    Following the feeling in his heart, Yangsheng shangzun suddenly turned around and saw the old Taoist at a glance.


    Yang shengshang Zun instinctively explored the details of the old Taoist, but his thoughts disappeared like a clay ox into the sea.


    The indomitable shangzun Yangsheng continued to perform several exploration mysteries, but he couldn''t find any useful information.


    The old Taoist did not move. He let Shang Zun Yangsheng show his strength. Instead, he talked to Meng Zhang.


    "Meng Xiaoyou, you have to think about it. Once you promise me, if you go back later, you should know the consequences."


    "Senior and junior have been forced to a dead end. There is no other way to make a living except to ask you for help."


    "Don''t worry, elder. I''m not a sensible person. Since I promised you, I''ll never go back."


    "The old thief in front of me, even if it''s the investment certificate sent by the younger generation."


    Meng Zhang smiled bitterly and said helplessly.


    "Yes, collude with foreign monks to kill the return virtual power of Ziyang Shengzong. Once this news is leaked, you will have no place in the Junchen world."


    The Taoist old man nodded and seemed to accept Meng Zhang''s statement.


    Although he knew that the Taoist elder in front of him was unfathomable, he couldn''t help feeling angry at being ignored by them.


    "Sir, who are you?"


    "Do you know what kind of things you got involved in and what kind of trouble you got into?"


    The old Taoist pretender didn''t respond to Yangsheng shangzun''s harsh questions, but spoke to himself.


    "For the sake of being a Taoist, I want you to be an understanding ghost."


    "My Taoist name is Xianyun, which comes from LiuYun saint."


    As soon as the voice fell, the old Taoist who claimed to be idle cloud shot directly at Yangsheng shangzun.


    After Meng Zhang had returned to Jun dust world from a foreign star area, he selectively told Banxue Jianjun about his experience of wandering in the void over the years.


    As the top force in the quadrangular Star area, Liuyun Shengzong is naturally the focus of Meng Zhang.


    The information provided by Meng Zhang will be sorted into a volume and put in the heavenly palace for your high-level reading and reference.


    For the visitors from the four corner Star area, including Ziyang holy sect, all holy sect doors are very concerned.


    Although Yangsheng shangzun has always been very busy, he still took time to read relevant information.


    As soon as he heard the name of Liuyun Shengzong, shangzun Yangsheng immediately reacted.


    "Meng Zhang dares to collude with foreign enemies. He deserves to die."


    Is there such a big gap between the true immortal and the friars under the true immortal in the heart of Yang Sheng?

 Chapter 1976

    Meng Zhang knew that Xianyun Zhenxian''s seemingly understated killing Yangsheng shangzun was largely for himself.


    Meng Zhang''s irresistible superior Yang Sheng was as vulnerable to Xianyun Zhenxian as a local chicken and tile dog.


    At the last moment, Yang Sheng was still majestic and seemed to be able to win Meng Zhang at any time.


    At the next moment, the powerful Yangsheng shangzun was completely destroyed.


    If Meng Zhang faced Xianyun Zhenxian, he would have to die obediently.


    Meng Zhang, who understands this, needs to think about it if he wants to repent and betray in the future.


    It''s not a coincidence that Xianyun Zhenxian appeared here to save Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang came to a foreign star area through the wormhole in the quadrangular Star area, he attracted the attention of the high level of LiuYun saint.


    Even before the advance team of Yunzhong city made a big attack, Taoist Yunbai of Liuyun Shengzong learned the details of Meng Zhang through various channels.


    Meng Zhang''s identity as the ancestor of Xingyun sword sect can''t stand careful investigation,


    This cover identity can hide from Xingyun sword sect and surrounding Xiuzhen forces, but it can''t hide from Liuyun Saint sect.


    After several true immortals fell asleep, the Junchen world fell into a state of self closure and cut off all kinds of contacts with the outside world.


    Quadrangular star region and bimodal star region are relatively open star regions, which communicate a lot with the outside world.


    Foreign monks like Meng Zhang will not be excluded if they do not harbor malice.


    Meng Zhang was not a spy of the city of clouds, but actively worked for Liuyun Shengzong and was barely recognized by Liuyun Shengzong.


    After reaching the alien Star area through the wormhole channel, Meng Zhang left soon, but it still attracted the attention of the high level of LiuYun saint.


    Just moved from the quadrangular Star area to a strange star area. The high level of Liuyun holy sect is somewhat sensitive and has a deep sense of caution.


    Originally, Liuyun Shengzong was going to send Huixu power to secretly track Meng Zhang to see what Meng Zhang was going to do.


    It happened that the Xianyun Zhenxian of Liuyun Shengzong was still thinking and wanted to take the initiative to follow Meng Zhang.


    Xianyun Zhenxian volunteered. Naturally, the middle and high levels of the door can''t refuse.


    In the void, the real immortal has stronger survival ability and can cope with all kinds of situations.


    From the situation of Meng Zhang, it doesn''t look like a casual practice without inheritance.


    In order to be cautious, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t take Meng Zhang or disturb him, but secretly followed him.


    Shortly after entering the ascendant Star area, Xianyun Zhenxian temporarily gave up tracking Meng Zhang because he found the trace of his old enemy Hunling zunshen.


    Long after Meng Zhang returned to the Jun dust world, Xianyun Zhenxian slowly found a place near the Jun dust world.


    After wandering in dengtianxing area during this period, Xianyun Zhenxian roughly figured out the situation here.


    The origin of the fairyland in Jun dust world is the Lingkong fairyland, which has a deep background.


    The three mountain true immortals who now sit in the Junchen world are not unknown in the void. The idle cloud true immortals have also heard of their name for a long time.


    The current situation in the ascendant Star area is that other big worlds collude with outsiders to besiege the Junchen world.


    The two sides have been entangled for thousands of years and fought fiercely. They have no time to distract themselves from other things.


    In principle, visitors who migrate from the quadrangular region to a foreign region do not have to worry about the threat from the ascendant region for the time being.


    The founder of Liuyun Shengzong is Liuyun Zhenxian. At present, he still sits in the zongmen.


    Although Liuyun Zhenxian generally ignores foreign affairs, he will personally deal with real events, such as the city in the cloud coming to the quadrangular Star area.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is a descendant of Liuyun Shengzong. It''s not too long to advance to the real fairyland world.


    Liuyun Shengzong moved from the quadrangular Star area to a foreign star area. He gave up too many things and lost a lot.


    Xianyun Zhenxian wandered around the dengtian Star area, especially near the Junchen world, to see if he could find a way to make up for the losses of zongmen.


    In this process, Xianyun Zhenxian obtained a lot of intelligence.


    Especially when the Junchen world defeated the Allied forces of foreign invaders last time, both sides suffered heavy casualties and many missing people. Xianyun Zhenxian took the opportunity to capture several prisoners.


    Among the prisoners are the returning virtual power of the Junchen world and the high-level of all kinds of foreign invaders


    From these captives, Xianyun Zhenxian learned a lot about the secrets of the Jun dust world.


    One of the most important news is that several real immortals who opened up the Jun dust world have been sleeping in the source sea of the Jun dust world.


    When they wake up, they will use the secret method to devour the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, so as to impact the celestial realm.


    The overall strength of the quadrangular Star area is still above the ascendant Star area, but its highest combat power is still only the real immortal level.


    Liuyun Zhenxian, the founder of Liuyun Shengzong, has been practicing hard for many years. Up to now, it is still a long distance from the realm of immortals.


    It can be seen that it is difficult to advance to the realm of immortals.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian himself did not reach the time to impact the immortal realm, he also had the ambition to impact the immortal.


    According to normal conditions, even if Xianyun true immortal has been practicing hard for thousands of years, even tens of thousands of years, he can''t break through the realm of true immortal.


    Entering the realm of immortals is so far away for Xianyun real immortals. It is a dream that can''t see hope at all.


    But now, there was an opportunity to impact the immortal realm, which was put in front of him.


    How can you keep the idle clouds from moving.


    Of course, Xianyun Zhenxian also knows that it is certainly not so simple to impact the celestial realm. It can not be successful simply by absorbing the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Several real immortals who opened up the Junchen world have prepared for thousands of years, and there must be many unknown key points.


    Anyway, since there is an opportunity to impact the celestial realm in Jun dust world, Xianyun Zhenxian will not let go of anything he says.


    Out of selfishness, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t even send the news back to Liuyun Shengzong.


    Among the visitors from the four corner Star area, there are many Jinian Zhenxian. If the news spreads, they are all possible competitors of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Even if Liuyun Shengzong alone has a chance to impact the immortals, the founder of Liuyun Shengzong must be the most priority.


    For Xianyun Zhenxian, even the grandmaster can throw it aside in front of the opportunity of the avenue.


    Xianyun Zhenxian initially wanted to sneak into the Jun dust world, but the whole Jun dust world was guarded by a large array.


    If Xianyun immortal sneaks into the Jun dust world, it will inevitably trigger the warning and prohibition of the array and disturb the guardians inside.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t want to scare the snake and expose himself, let alone against a strong man like shangsan Zhenxian.


    Therefore, Xianyun Zhenxian secretly hid near the Junchen world and waited for the opportunity alone.


    in order to

 Chapter 1977

    For Xianyun Zhenxian, instead of finding a strange guy as an insider, it''s better to find the familiar Meng Zhang directly.


    Yang Sheng, who secretly followed Meng Zhang, did not escape the eyes of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Since then, Meng Zhang was intercepted by Yangsheng shangzun. When he was in crisis, Xianyun Zhenxian knew his opportunity had come.


    Xianyun Zhenxian whispered to Meng Zhang secretly. At the cost of saving Meng Zhang, he asked Meng Zhang to become his subordinate, as his insider and work for him.


    Facing the crisis of life and death, Meng Zhang certainly has to seize every straw.


    He would rather pay a huge price in order to escape the danger of death.


    Even though he knew that agreeing to the request of Xianyun Zhenxian would bring endless trouble, he still had to agree.


    Next, Meng Zhang led Yang Sheng to a secluded place, and Xianyun Zhenxian took care of the aftermath.


    Yangsheng shangzun''s cooperation saved us a lot of effort.


    Now, Xianyun Zhenxian took out Yangsheng shangzun and cleared all traces, which can be regarded as a solution to Meng Zhang''s urgent need.


    Next, Meng Zhang fulfilled his promise.


    Meng Zhang is not a fuel-efficient lamp. He has rich experience in dealing with the strong.


    Meng Zhang spoke out without reservation about his situation, that taiyimen was about to be surrounded and suppressed by all the holy places.


    After hearing this, Xianyun Zhenxian was stunned.


    He only saved Meng Zhang and gave him a chance to work for himself because Meng Zhang was an acquaintance.


    He never thought that there was such a big pit waiting for him.


    If he ignores it and allows taiyimen and Meng Zhang to face the encirclement and suppression of the holy places, both taiyimen and Meng Zhang will only end in destruction.


    Meng Zhang naturally couldn''t work for Xianyun Zhenxian, and his plan failed.


    But if we help Meng Zhang through the next difficulties, it is also not an easy thing. We need Xianyun Zhenxian to pay a lot of price.


    Xianyun Zhenxian thought about it. He still felt that it was not good to give up halfway.


    He was too lazy to spend more time controlling strange monks for his own use.


    And Meng Zhang is very valuable and worth betting on him.


    For Meng Zhang, the difficulties that are as difficult as heaven are not insurmountable in his eyes.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has a deep understanding of the situation in Jun dust world.


    Several true immortals who created the sects of the holy places have been sleeping. The combat power of the true immortals led by the three mountain true immortals is mainly to fight against foreign enemies and generally does not interfere with the internal affairs of the Junchen world.


    In fact, they don''t have so much energy to consume at will.


    After the defeat of the foreign invaders last time, the foreign invaders have never been reconciled.


    According to Xianyun Zhenxian''s knowledge, after the three mountain Zhenxian got rid of the interception of the enemies of the same level as the mixed spirits and gods and returned to the Junchen world, some enemies of the Zhenxian level also tracked near the Junchen world.


    Of course, they are afraid of the powerful combat power of the real immortals of the three mountains and the companion snow sword king with the power of the heaven and earth kill array, so they dare not easily invade the Junchen world.


    But these real immortal level guys have been wandering around the Junchen world, which makes the three mountain real immortals dare not be careless.


    Three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors, led by the real immortals of the three mountains, patrol outside the Junchen world in turn to prevent these real immortals from launching a surprise attack.


    As long as Meng Zhang is not against the strong ones at the real fairy level, Xianyun real fairy is confident that he can help him.


    Xianyun Zhenxian spread his right hand, and a purple flame appeared in his palm.


    Under the attack of Xianyun Zhenxian just now, the gods and spirits of Yangsheng disappeared, and the flesh turned into powder. Only this purple flame survived and was quietly collected by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Now that he wanted to strengthen Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, he offered flowers to Buddha and took it out.


    This purple flame is called Ziyang holy fire. It was personally refined by Ziyang real immortals before they fell asleep. It is the inheritance treasure of Ziyang holy sect.


    Ziyang holy fire not only contains many inheritance classics of Ziyang holy sect, but also has great power.


    I saw a purple flame, emitting a flirtatious light, beating in the hands of the idle cloud immortal, as if to break free at any time.


    Meng Zhang looked at the scene and his eyes coagulated.


    Every time this purple flame beats, it can burst out the power of returning to emptiness level.


    Such a powerful force was suppressed by Xianyun Zhenxian''s understatement.


    For thousands of years, the returning virtual powers of Ziyang holy sect have kept this Ziyang holy fire in turn.


    In the Zong men, the strength of the immortals rank is to go to the big day near the center of the Tian Xing area regularly. It takes great risks and collects the most refined essence of the big day to nourish this treasure.


    Once urged, this treasure is far more powerful than ordinary magic weapons, and even has the power of returning to emptiness in the later stage.


    This treasure does not belong to a monk, but has been enshrined in Ziyang holy sect.


    Only when they need it can they borrow this treasure from the zongmen through a complex procedure.


    With the strength of Yang Sheng, he could have easily won Meng Zhang.


    But in order to be safe, he took the treasure with him.


    Unexpectedly, this treasure first fell into the hands of Xianyun Zhenxian, and then it would be cheaper for Meng Zhang.


    The Ziyang holy fire contains the breath and mental brand of Ziyang holy sect''s many return to emptiness and great power. It is not easy to refine completely.


    The Xianyun real immortal shot, relying on the rolling of the real immortal''s ruling grid, easily destroyed the heterogeneous atmosphere and various brands on it.


    In this case, Meng Zhang can also refine the Ziyang holy fire even if he does not practice the secret heart method of Ziyang holy sect. However, it may not be able to exert all its power.


    For Xianyun Zhenxian, the most valuable of this treasure is probably the inheritance classics of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Through these inheritance classics, he can roughly see the cultivation methods of Ziyang Zhenxian and the path of cultivation he has experienced.


    Xianyun Zhenxian quickly wrote down these inheritance, and then handed the purple sun flame to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took it seriously, then ran Zhenyuan and tried to suppress the treasure.


    He felt it with his mind and knew the details of the treasure.


    Meng Zhang''s face was full of surprise.


    This treasure can not only greatly enhance his combat effectiveness, but also greatly increase the details of Taiyi gate and broaden his knowledge.


    Of course, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t send the treasure to Meng Zhang for nothing.


    According to their previous agreement, Meng Zhang will be the dark son of Xianyun Zhenxian and needs to serve Xianyun Zhenxian.


    On weekdays, Meng Zhang must try to inquire about important news within the Junchen world, especially about several sleeping real immortals, and then report it to Xianyun real immortals.


    If Xianyun really needs it, Meng Zhang must cooperate and go through fire and water.

 Chapter 1978

    Although Meng Zhang orally promised to become the hand of Xianyun Zhenxian, he worked for him secretly.


    But Xianyun Zhenxian won''t believe him so unreservedly.


    Even if Meng Zhang swore to his face, Xianyun Zhenxian would not rest assured.


    The secret of bypassing the oath of the avenue is not that the idle cloud immortal doesn''t understand it.


    In order to ensure Meng Zhang''s loyalty, Xianyun Zhenxian naturally has special means.


    Next, under the sign of Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang unreservedly released his body and mind and allowed him to plant special prohibitions in his own body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is very confident in his unique means.


    Let alone Meng Zhang, even ordinary real immortals can''t untie this prohibition silently.


    With this prohibition, he can trust Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t want to be banned and controlled by others since then.


    Unfortunately, the form is stronger than people. At present, he is simply unable to resist.


    Since you can''t resist, enjoy it with your eyes closed.


    Meng Zhang thought happily.


    Of course, after Meng Zhang was banned, he was not without any benefits.


    Xianyun Zhenxian can keep in touch with Meng Zhang through the prohibition planted in him.


    When necessary, Xianyun Zhenxian can transfer power to Meng Zhang through the air.


    The power he passed on to Meng Zhang can strengthen Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness and destroy all Meng Zhang''s vitality.


    Meng Zhang did not show any dissatisfaction because of this prohibition in his body.


    He just repeated the next cleaning action of the major Holy Land sects on the dissidents in the Jun dust world, especially emphasizing that he is an important goal of the major Holy Land sects.


    Once he returns to the Junchen world, he will face the siege of many great powers of returning to the virtual world, including even the enemies in the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Although Meng Zhang''s words are somewhat exaggerated, the threat he faces is real.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly stressed that he would be besieged by strong enemies. Xianyun Zhenxian can''t be careless.


    Xianyun Zhenxian knows that Meng Zhang is not only strong in cultivation, but also has such a powerful force as taiyimen.


    Such characters are very helpful to their own planning and deserve more resources.


    After thinking for a while, Xianyun Zhenxian took out a golden talisman with a painful face.


    This is the immortal talisman refined by Liuyun Zhenxian, the founder of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Liuyun Zhenxian is in the quadrangular Star area. It is originally famous for the method of making runes.


    To a large extent, Liuyun Zhenxian has been able to cultivate to such a state as today, and has also created the foundation of Liuyun Shengzong, relying on his brilliant and unique magic method of making talismans.


    After Liuyun Zhenxian advanced to Zhenxian, there are not many immortal talismans refined.


    First, it is difficult to find the materials for refining immortal talisman; Second, refining immortal talisman requires a lot of time and energy.


    Among the Liuyun saints, there are only a few monks who can get the fairy talisman given by the old ancestor.


    The immortal talisman in the hands of Xianyun real immortal was given by Liuyun real immortal after he was selected as the seed of the real immortal in the door.


    This immortal talisman is not only powerful, but also has special commemorative significance for him.


    Xianyun Zhenxian reluctantly handed Meng Zhang this fairy talisman.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t know what sunk cost is, he has invested a lot in Meng Zhang. In order to ensure Meng Zhang''s safety, he has to continue to bet.


    If this immortal talisman is fully activated, it can emit power that is not inferior to that of ordinary real immortals.


    Of course, because Meng Zhang''s cultivation is too far away, he can''t completely stimulate the power of this immortal talisman.


    This also has an advantage. Meng Zhang can stimulate the power of this immortal Rune many times and use it as a reusable treasure.


    After Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness stimulates the power of immortal talisman, he should be able to suppress the power in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to pay enough price, he can even fight with the virtual immortal with the power of immortal talisman.


    Xianyun Zhenxian refrained from giving up and told Meng Zhang how to sacrifice and refine and how to stimulate this immortal talisman.


    With this immortal talisman in hand, Meng Zhang should have no problem as long as he didn''t die too much and saved his life in the Jun dust world.


    The power of opposing the Holy Land Sect within the Junchen world is not too weak.


    Although the Great Holy Land sects are powerful, their power has limits.


    Otherwise, the holy places will not secretly plan and carry out all kinds of intrigues.


    Meng Zhang believed that with the ability of the grand manager of the heavenly palace to accompany the snow sword king, he could not be trapped by others forever.


    The Taiyi gate led by Meng Zhang does not need to be able to defeat the hostile Holy Land Sect gate, but just stick to it, stick to it, and stick to it until the snow sword king gets out of trouble.


    At that time, companion Xue Jianjun will certainly find a way to quell the civil strife in Jun dust world.


    In other words, Meng Zhang can continue to wait and wait for all foreign invaders to attack the Junchen world on a large scale.


    At that time, I''m afraid the doors of the great holy places will no longer have time to be distracted from the inside.


    Maybe even at that time, under the banner of focusing on the overall situation, these guys would come and win over the current targets, hoping to unite with them and unite with them.


    Such a thing is not without precedent in the history of Junchen.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate are not all dead.


    For Meng Zhang, the most important thing was to get through the doors of the holy places. Then they had a long talk.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t clearly say his purpose, Meng Zhang noticed from his conversation that he was very concerned about the situation of several Zhenxian in his sleep.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, most of the Xianyun real immortals also covet the opportunity of several real immortals to attack the realm of immortals.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Xianyun Zhenxian have no fundamental conflict, but they have a good foundation for cooperation.


    Meng Zhang selectively told Xianyun Zhenxian the internal situation of Jun dust world he knew.


    Due to the existence of internal prohibition, Meng Zhang can''t lie in front of Xianyun Zhenxian, but he can hide some information.


    The information provided by Meng Zhang was very helpful to Xianyun Zhenxian and helped him deepen his understanding of the internal situation of Jun dust world.


    Although Meng Zhang is controlled by others now, he will not be controlled by others forever.


    At present, he is controlled by Xianyun Zhenxian through prohibition, which is only temporary.


    The inheritance of the founder of Taiyi gate is the Taiyi golden immortal from the Taiming fairy world.


    Even if this is only a trivial inheritance given by a golden immortal, it is enough to stand out from all parties, including all kinds of miracles.


    After Meng Zhang was ready to return to the Junchen world, he studied it carefully, carefully understood the inheritance, and saw if there was any way to lift the prohibition on himself.


    Meng Zhang, who has a deep heart, is very obedient and obedient.


    The two people with different thoughts talked happily, and both felt that their choice was not wrong.

 Chapter 1979

    Worried about the current situation in the Junchen world, Meng Zhang talked with Xianyun Zhenxian for a while and was going back.


    Xianyun Zhenxian knew the information she wanted to know, and what should be explained was also explained. He was allowed to leave by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang rushed into Jiutian, returned to Tiangong, and then returned to the mountain gate. There was no obstacle on the way.


    During the period when Meng Zhang left the Junchen world, the Holy Land Sect doors also began to start.


    In this operation, all the holy places started directly from decapitation.


    They sent a large number of returning to virtual power to hunt and kill the enemy''s high-level friars.


    As long as you get rid of the enemy''s top characters, the remaining low-level friars are the meat on the chopping board.


    From the side of Taiyi gate alone, Shang Zun Yang Sheng has chased Meng Zhang into the void.


    Almost everyone was full of confidence in Yangsheng shangzun and thought there would be no accident. Meng Zhang must not come back.


    There is only Meng Zhang in Taiyi sect who can return to emptiness.


    It''s nothing to worry about losing Meng Zhang''s taiyimen.


    The Taiyi gate can''t stand sending any one to return to the virtual power.


    Old Taoist Jue, who was defeated by Meng Zhang in the void last time, took the initiative to ask for orders to deal with Taiyi gate.


    Of course, he alone could not wipe out the whole taiyimen.


    However, as long as Lao Dao kills the Taiyi gate, breaks the blessed land of the sun and moon, and kills the middle and high levels of the gate, the Taiyi gate will naturally fall into paralysis and even collapse.


    Next, the sects of the major holy places send out a large army of friars of vassal forces, which can naturally kill all the enemies.


    In fact, Wei Jue''s practice is very in line with the battle plans of the holy places.


    Knowing that time was pressing, the Holy Land Sect did not have the leisure to entangle with all kinds of enemies slowly.


    Once they start, they will use all high-level forces to completely destroy the enemy''s resistance.


    They have long had an in-depth understanding of the enemy''s intelligence on all sides, and there is no need to test it slowly at all.


    Meng Zhang came back in time. He almost came to the gate of Taiyi gate with Wei Jue.


    Since Meng Zhang ordered comprehensive preparations for the war, the five Yang gods, Niu Dawei, Yang Xueyi, Xu Mengying, Wen qiansuan and vanity son, have all gathered in the sun and moon blessed land at the taiyimen Mountain Gate and dispatched at any time according to Meng Zhang''s orders.


    But he didn''t hide his whereabouts, but swaggered to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    Along the way, he unscrupulously released the power breath of returning to emptiness.


    He is still a long way from the taiyimen Mountain Gate. The sensitive monk in the taiyimen Mountain Gate has a very depressed feeling in his heart.


    Niu Dawei immediately ordered to start the mountain protection array outside the sun and moon blessed land. The disciples in the gate were in place immediately and began to urge the power of the array.


    Niu Dawei and other monks with the highest accomplishments guarded several array eyes respectively, waiting for the arrival of the enemy.


    When weijue old road swaggered over the taiyimen Mountain Gate, everyone in the gate felt an unprecedented despair.


    Huixu can do it himself. He can''t resist it just by a group of Yang God friars and a mountain protection array.


    Niu Dawei forced himself to calm down and began to urge the power of the array while loudly comforting everyone.


    What about returning to virtual power?


    This is the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, which has been operated for many years. There are many monks in the gate. They rely on the large array to defend. The enemy can''t kill them in a short time.


    They only need to persist for a period of time. When the leader Meng Zhang comes back, the bad situation in front of them can be solved immediately.


    "Listen to the younger generation below. I''m just watching the heaven Pavilion."


    "This time, I came to exterminate you rebels who betrayed the Junchen world under the common order of all the holy places."


    "Meng Zhang, your leader, has been killed in the void by Yang Sheng, the holy Zong of Ziyang."


    "If you surrender obediently and save me some energy, I may be merciful and lenient to you."


    ¡­¡­


    But he felt that the voice of the old Taoist persuasion penetrated the mountain protection array and clearly passed into everyone''s ears.


    Although I don''t know whether what Taoist Jue said is true or false, the shouting of a great power to return to emptiness is enough to bring great chaos to Taiyi gate.


    The monks in the door immediately became frightened, and many people had no fighting spirit.


    A group of friars led by Niu Dawei have to appease everyone and go to war with the enemy at any time. They are busy one by one.


    But I feel that the reason why Lao Dao wasted so much saliva is not really to be lenient.


    One is to destroy the enemy''s fighting spirit and save some strength for the next battle.


    If the enemy is really stupid enough to believe his words and fall without fighting, it is simply the best result.


    Second, Wei Jue, who deeply hates Meng Zhang, doesn''t mind taking this opportunity to psychologically torture the friars of taiyimen.


    Although Niu Dawei doesn''t know what the enemy thinks, he also knows the truth of attacking the heart.


    Fortunately, after so many years of development, the friars in Taiyi sect have been trained for a long time, and their loyalty, discipline and organization are very good.


    With the elastic pressure of the middle and high-rise buildings such as Niu Dawei, the door can still remain stable without affecting the urging of the mountain protection array.


    But Lao Jue didn''t expect to win taiyimen through a few words of verbal deterrence.


    Seeing that the enemy was not frightened, he was ready to take action and let these earth buns see the power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang almost came here with Wei Jue, but he didn''t hurry to show up.


    He looked aside at the reaction of the disciples of Taiyi sect when facing pressure, and the result was satisfactory.


    He didn''t continue to watch. If he let old Taoist Jue do it, it might cause some damage to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang suddenly appeared in front of Wei Jue Lao Dao.


    "What a big tone. The defeated generals dare to show their eyes."


    But when Lao Jue saw Meng Zhang appear, he first looked incredulous, then immediately responded, turned around and fled here as quickly as possible.


    Taking advantage of his absence, he ran to the Taiyi gate to bully the small and try to destroy the Taiyi gate, which has touched Meng Zhang''s opposition.


    Since all the holy places have begun to act, Meng Zhang will not be merciful this time.


    He was going to kill old Taoist Wei Jue, who was not an eye opener. It was a flag sacrifice and a prestige.


    But he didn''t think of it, but he felt that the Taoist priest was so timid that he didn''t even want to look at the face of Tiange. When he saw that he turned around, he left.


    Meng Zhang was stunned for a moment. He didn''t have time to say hello to the disciples in the mountain gate, so he immediately chased old Taoist Jue and flew over.


    I saw that the Taoist priest''s body turned into a light, and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    The situation inside the Jun dust world is very different from that in the void.


    In the Jun dust world, due to the solid space rules, even the return to emptiness power can not exert the great movement of emptiness and enter the anti space.


    In the same way, many escape means commonly used in the void can not be used in the Jun dust world, or the effect is not good after being used.


    But he felt that the Taoist priest''s evasion method was very clever and the escape speed was very fast.


    However, Meng Zhang''s skill was better. He stepped out and came to him. But he was not far behind Lao Dao and hung tightly behind him.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, he could have stopped weijue''s old way long ago.


    But the other party is also a great power to return to emptiness. Even if he is unable to defeat Meng Zhang, he can still struggle a few times.


    If he fought to death with the intention of burning jade and stone, even if he could not hurt Meng Zhang, it would cause great damage to the surrounding areas.


    This is the territory of taiyimen. Meng Zhang certainly doesn''t want to watch it damaged.


    As soon as they chased and fled, they left the scope of Jiuqu province.


    Taiyi gate is not far from the territory of Ziyang Shengzong. But when Jue Laodao runs away, Jue Laodao uses his secret method to send a distress message.


    However, Lao Jue escaped into the territory of Ziyang Shengzong, but he did not get the timely rescue of Ziyang Shengzong friars.


    While weijue Laodao set out to attack Taiyi gate, Ziyang Shengzong also sent a team composed of Huixu Daneng to directly kill the territory of Dali imperial dynasty and go straight to the capital of Dali imperial dynasty.


    This action is quite special, and the religious sects of the major holy places no longer take into account the rules established in those years - can Huixu Da Neng fight directly in the Junchen world.


    This rule was established by the heavenly palace and the holy places together.


    As a rule maker, it is not difficult to break the rules.


    Of course, even if the sects of the holy places are determined to launch a retreat war in the Jun dust world, they will still converge and try not to cause too much damage to the Jun dust world.


    To achieve this, first, make a quick decision and end the battle as soon as possible. The second is to minimize the scope of combat.


    It was long known that all the details of Dali''s imperial high-level were hidden in the capital. Ziyang Shengzong sent out this team to return to the virtual power to take this beheading action.


    Their task is to erase the whole Shangjing City, together with all the enemies inside, from the Junchen world.


    It can be seen that once the major holy places are determined, they will not be bound by any practices and rules of the cultivation world.


    But he felt that Lao Dao had fled to the territory of Ziyang Shengzong, and was still deepening, getting closer and closer to the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For Meng Zhang, it''s enough to let him escape here.


    Meng Zhang could not attack the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, nor did he want to let the friars of Ziyang Shengzong come out to stir up the situation.


    The ChiYin sword blasted out, and suddenly broke the light of Dugu Aotian.


    But he felt that the old Taoist priest stumbled down from the clouds and looked very embarrassed.


    ChiYin Jiansha chased him and pointed to his key.


    But the Taoist priest picked up his body protection magic weapon and tried to parry.


    But Lao Jue knew that the gap between the enemy and US was too big to resist for long.


    The delay of Ziyang Shengzong''s reinforcements made him angry and couldn''t help scolding in secret.


    This time, all the holy places and sects worked together, but this does not mean that the past grievances and contradictions between them have disappeared.


    In the course of action, we all know that we will take the overall situation into account and will not frame each other or drag each other back.


    However, the relationship between Ziyang Shengzong and guantian pavilion has not always been harmonious, and the monks of both sides have a lot of gratitude and resentment in history.


    You see, friar Tiange''s mission is not good. Why do you want Ziyang Shengzong to wipe your ass?


    You see, the friar of Tiange said to ask for help. Ziyang Shengzong must come to help immediately. Ziyang Shengzong is not your nanny?


    However, he felt that the Taoist priest suffered a little and lost his face. The friar Ziyang Shengzong was happy to see his success.


    Moreover, Ziyang Shengzong is not desperate.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong is making every effort to attack Dali imperial dynasty. The enemy resistance is too fierce to get away in a short time.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong is not very active in rescuing the old way.


    Of course, but I feel that the old Taoist priest has pulled down his face and asked for help. It''s time to save or to save.


    However, it is hard to say when the reinforcements will arrive.


    With the inheritance of guantian Pavilion, I don''t think the old Taoist''s ability can''t even hold on to this time, right?


    Meng Zhang wanted to make a quick decision. He didn''t want to entangle with Jujue Lao Dao for too long.


    While Jujue Lao Dao was resisting the attack of ChiYin sword evil, Meng Zhang suddenly sent out a thunder of yin and Yang extinction, which immediately smashed Jue Lao Dao''s body protection magic weapon.


    But he felt that the old Taoist priest was also cruel. The arrogance common among the monks of the Holy Land Sect made him cheer up.


    Knowing that he could not escape today, he would start to work hard. Even if he died, he would bite off a piece of Meng Zhang''s meat.


    But Jue Lao Dao stopped avoiding and defending, and let ChiYin sword leave several deep wounds on himself.


    He was as crazy as a man, stimulating every potential in his body. It seemed that endless power gushed out of him and jumped at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang will not fight with a dying generation, let alone allow the other party to hurt himself.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in front of Wei Jue Lao Dao.


    Losing the target, the power surged in all directions.


    The defense of Ziyang Shengzong territory is very tight on weekdays.


    Especially before the action, Ziyang Shengzong strengthened the inspection of his own territory to prevent Dali imperial friars from sneaking in and damaging.


    Both the garrison friars and patrol friars around them, after seeing the war between Meng Zhang and weijue Laodao and the power of returning to the virtual level, they were very interesting and kept away from here as far as possible.


    The level of battle in front of them is too high for them to deal with.


    The only thing they can do is to try to keep themselves while informing the pope in time.


    However, Lao Jue hit hard and missed the target, but he caused great damage to the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    There was a roar in the sky, and the violent force swept away in all directions.


    Above the ground below, the mountain peaks toppled and the earth and rock flew, and the whole ground was rolled up a thick layer.


    Both the monk stronghold and the mortal villages and towns below have disappeared.


    Countless creatures died.


    Thousands of miles around have been seriously affected, and there are few survivors within a hundred miles.

 Chapter 1980

    After the war between Meng Zhang and weijue Laodao, all the monks around him who had a little eyesight were flustered and eager to escape.


    But not all monks have the ability to escape their killing range in time.


    Moreover, not every friar is so smart that he knows how to escape.


    However, Lao Jue''s desperate blow did not hurt Meng Zhang, but caused great damage to the territory of Ziyang Shengzong, killing many mortals and practitioners.


    However, after Lao Dao''s desperate strike, it was like a deflated ball, and his momentum suddenly became low.


    Meng Zhang''s figure silently appeared above the old way of Wei Jue and grabbed him with one hand.


    But Lao Jue noticed Meng Zhang''s intention to catch himself alive. Even in the face of a desperate situation, he almost laughed angrily.


    The boy despises himself so much. Do you really think he will let him take it?


    But Lao Jue summoned up Yu Yong and was ready to work hard again.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang knew that he was unlikely to catch each other alive.


    There is no need to risk injury at this time to make a uncertain attempt.


    The ChiYin sword flashed past the Taoist priest''s body and directly cut off his head.


    The Yin and evil Qi contained in the flying sword penetrated into the body and took away his last chance of life.


    But he felt that Lao Dao''s body was falling down. Meng Zhang held it with one hand, and an invisible force dragged it down.


    But although Lao Dao had been killed, his body was not worthless.


    At this time, the space not far in front of Meng Zhang fluctuated, and then a portal appeared. Taoist Wei Ming, who had not seen him for a long time, stepped out of the portal.


    Taoist Wei Ming, who had a very bad face, saw Meng Zhang in front of him and the body of his fellow Taoist Wei Jue.


    But Taoist Ming broke out immediately.


    "Meng Zhang, you dare to hurt the friar of guantian Pavilion. You really deserve to die."


    Seeing the old enemy of Taoist Weiming appear, Meng Zhang shrunk his mouth with disdain.


    You monks of the holy land are used to being superior. You are only allowed to kill and no one else is allowed to fight back.


    The cultivation world is so big that there are always hard bones who are not afraid of the power of the Holy Land Sect.


    However, when Lao Jue was running for his life, he could not help but ask for help from the same door of guantian Pavilion.


    The same door is reliable. Ziyang Shengzong is not in a hurry, but guantian Pavilion is in a hurry to rescue.


    After receiving the help message from weijue Laodao, Taoist Weiming hurried through the space.


    However, due to the long distance, he delayed a little on the road and just saw Meng Zhang deal with the body of Wei Jue Lao Dao.


    New hatred plus old hatred, but Taoist Ming didn''t say a word of nonsense, so he shot directly.


    A huge God with a height of more than 1000 feet appeared over them and killed Meng Zhang fiercely.


    Meng Zhang let Taoist Weiming suffer a dumb loss near Shenchang world last time. Later, they clashed near Junchen world.


    They are old friends. Naturally, there is no need to communicate.


    There was a huge Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head, and he immediately fought with the divine Dharma released by Taoist Weiming.


    For thousands of years, there have been few battles at the level of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world, let alone the direct fight between heaven and earth.


    The power of heaven and earth Dharma is huge. If you fight in the void, it''s enough. If there is a conflict and collision directly in the Jun dust world, it will immediately cause great damage to the surroundings.


    Meng Zhang will not restrain his power, but will intentionally or unintentionally guide the enemy and cause greater damage to the territory of Ziyang holy sect.


    In the face of such a strong enemy as Meng Zhang, Taoist Ming dared not have the slightest carelessness. He almost went all out and couldn''t keep his hand at all.


    The two Heaven and earth dharmas did not fight each other for a moment, and there was a scene of natural disaster around them.


    Mountains toppled, rivers dried up, the earth cracked... The whole earth seemed to be sinking.


    The war of returning to the virtual world broke out in his own territory. If Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t intervene again, it will really be looked down upon.


    A space portal appeared nearby, and anode road flew out of the portal with great popularity.


    Looking at the two great powers fighting in the middle of returning to emptiness, Taoist anode was even more angry.


    Even if he wanted to stop the war between them, he couldn''t do it at all.


    Meng Zhang is an enemy and will not listen to him.


    Seeing Taoist Ming''s high morale, he knew he couldn''t persuade him.


    More importantly, the two men who fought were monks in the middle stage of returning to the virtual world. Only the anode Taoist who cultivated in the early stage of returning to the virtual world was really unable to stop such a battle.


    But Taoist Ming was angry because they felt the death of the old Taoist, so they knew that their war here had a great impact on Ziyang holy sect.


    I''m afraid the Taoist priest would be more aggrieved if he knew what was in the heart of Weiming Tao.


    After receiving the help message from weijue Laodao, Ziyang Shengzong was not very enthusiastic about rescue, but he had absolutely no idea of not saving at the sight of death.


    Apart from subjective factors, there are also objective reasons why Ziyang Shengzong is not active in rescue.


    This time, all the holy places were launched almost at the same time. Ziyang holy sect focused on Dali emperor.


    Several Huixu Da Neng sent by Ziyang Shengzong directly killed and ran away from the imperial capital to the capital, but they encountered great resistance and failed to wipe out the capital as easily as planned.


    It doesn''t matter if the attack is unfavorable. At this time, there are some unsightly guys running to make trouble with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who had been in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness for a long time, had been moving secretly and tried every means to avoid the ears and eyes of Ziyang holy sect.


    This time he actually ate the bear heart leopard gall and ran to the gate of Ziyang Shengzong mountain to make trouble.


    Regardless of his status, he bullied the small with the big, and specially attacked the low-level friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In addition, he also easily destroyed several strongholds of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, Qiu Gangfeng is at most a fly.


    But the fly was so annoying that it ran to the nearby area to make trouble while the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was empty.


    This is not only a blatant provocation, but also a slap in the face.


    If Ziyang Shengzong let Qiu Gang wind come and go freely, what is the face of the Holy Land Sect?


    It is not an easy task to completely win the great power of returning to emptiness without face and hiding.


    Ziyang Shengzong gave priority to organizing a team to kill Qiu Gangfeng. Naturally, he ignored but felt Lao Dao''s request for help.


    Qiu Gangfeng was extremely cunning and slippery. He hid early and avoided the pursuit team of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong took care of one thing and lost the other. He neither caught Qiu Gangfeng nor rescued him in time, but felt the old way.


    Taoist anode was even more upset when he saw that Meng Zhang, a once worthless junior, had become an existence he needed to look up to.


    In those years, Meng Zhang was nothing but a grass mustard in his eyes. Who could have thought of today.

 Chapter 1981

    Last time, when Shang Zun Yang Sheng chased Meng Zhang, he chased him all the way to the void.


    Not long ago, the soul lamp enshrined by shangzun Yangsheng in the Mountain Gate suddenly went out.


    In the thousands of years of history of the Jun dust world, almost every fall of great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness will cause an uproar.


    If it were not for the action planned by all the holy places together, Ziyang holy sect would send enough forces to investigate the truth in the void.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong tried to suppress this matter for the time being, the high-level officials who knew the truth in the sect could not help shaking their hearts.


    Now, Taoist anode saw Meng Zhang, the object pursued and killed by shangzun Yangsheng, appear here alive. He couldn''t help but have a terrible idea in his heart.


    Could it be that Meng Zhang killed shangzun Yangsheng?


    The Taoist priest shook his head and left this absurd idea behind.


    There is a big gap in cultivation between the two sides. It is difficult for Meng Zhang to escape under Yangsheng shangzun. Where is the possibility of anti killing?


    The greatest possibility is that shangzun Yangsheng encountered an accident in the void.


    If you encounter a strong one at Zhenxian level among foreign invaders, or are besieged by many enemies at Huixu level


    Even, the possibility of Yang Sheng''s superior falling into a natural danger somewhere in the void is higher than his death at the hands of Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang, as the tracking object of Yangsheng shangzun, may know something about the accident of Yangsheng shangzun.


    Taoist anode knew that as long as he took Meng Zhang, the battle would be over. Ziyang Shengzong might know the truth of the accident of Shang Zun Yangsheng, but Taoist Ming had no excuse to continue pestering.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Wei Ming Taoist fought hard, and it was difficult to decide the outcome for the time being.


    Both of them are very experienced in fighting. Although they have many killer maces at the bottom of the box, they will not use them easily. For the time being, they just use conventional means to fight.


    The monk of Ziyang holy sect who went after Qiu Gangfeng hasn''t come back yet. The mountain gate also needs to leave enough strength to respond. No more reinforcements can be sent for the time being.


    Taoist anode knew that his accomplishments were far inferior to those of the two. Even if he joined the battle, it would not have a great impact on the war situation.


    Taoist anode was powerless to influence the war, but he had other ways.


    This time, all the holy places have worked together, and the system of timely contact with each other has long been established.


    You can easily establish a connection between the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Taoist anode immediately reported the war situation here to the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, and asked the mountain gate to contact the heavenly palace directly and let the friars of the Holy Land zongmen in the heavenly palace do it.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace with Xue Jianjun is temporarily trapped in the bedroom, the other two deputy managers have no intention to conflict with the holy places.


    The return to emptiness power sent by the Holy Land Sect almost completely controlled the Tianwei thunder punishment array in the heavenly palace.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array has the function of monitoring the whole Jun dust world.


    If there is a return to emptiness war somewhere in the Junchen world, the friars stationed in Tianwei thunder punishment array will soon know.


    Since the sect of the holy places began to act, the friars stationed in Tianwei thunder punishment array found that a series of back to emptiness wars broke out in the Junchen world through the array.


    At this time, the only friars of Tiangong who stationed in Tianwei thunder punishment array were the messenger of law enforcement hall and the iron faced Taoist.


    In the face of many monks from the holy sect, he had to endure his anger and let them control the array.


    Every time Tianwei thunder array launches a sky thunder attack, the consumption is huge.


    In recent years, the successive wars with the Allied forces of foreign invaders have caused heavy losses and huge consumption in the Junchen world.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places have some deficiencies in various materials.


    If it had not been for thousands of years of accumulation, the whole Jun dust world would have been dried up.


    Therefore, the monks of the Holy Land Sect did not easily urge the Tianwei thunder punishment array to bombard the hostile return virtual power.


    At this time, the news from Ziyang Shengzong spread to the friars stationed in the formation.


    After discussing with several monks, they felt that the battle should be ended as soon as possible to avoid greater damage to the Jun dust world caused by the return to virtual war.


    Next, despite the strong opposition of the iron faced Taoist priest, a group of monks of the Holy Land zongmen began to urge the Tianwei thunder punishment array, stimulate the power of the big array, control the Tianlei and blast at Meng Zhang.


    The Tianwei thunder array in the heavenly palace is very far away from the place where Meng Zhang fought, but the bombardment of Tianlei is almost instantaneous.


    In fact, almost every corner of the Jun dust world is covered by the power of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array is an important tool for Tiangong to deter all foreign races and ensure the rule of Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang, who was fighting with Taoist Weiming, immediately found that the situation was wrong.


    I saw the sky above me covered with thunder clouds and rolling thunder. Terrible thunder soon took shape and cleaved down directly towards Meng Zhang.


    In the initial attack on the Xihai people, Meng Zhang had seen the power of the bombardment of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    The controller of Tianwei thunder punishment array will adjust the power of Tianwei thunder bombardment in time according to the strength of the enemy.


    Once the power of the large array is fully opened and the sky thunder is fiercely bombarded, ordinary friars in the early stage of returning to the virtual world can''t hold on for a few times, and they will be blasted into slag by the large array.


    In the middle of returning to the virtual world, the friars persisted for a longer time under the bombardment of sky thunder, but they were inevitably hit and even killed in the end.


    The monks in the later stage of returning to the virtual world have been enough to compete with Tianwei thunder punishment array. Even if you can''t resist it in the end, you can retreat all over.


    As for the monk who returns to the virtual world, that is, the so-called virtual immortal, it is difficult to be hurt by Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    In addition, in order to save resources, the friars who control Tianwei thunder array will not easily open the power of the array, but often reserve it.


    One after another, thunders fell from the sky and blasted Meng Zhang.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head turned quickly, eliminating the power of these Tianlei.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was still capable under the bombardment of Tianwei thunder punishment array, the friars who controlled the array began to increase the power of the array.


    After all, the friars who control the big array are still a little stingy. I hope Taoist Wei Ming can complete the killing of Meng Zhang with the cooperation of Tianwei thunder punishment array, so that the big array can consume less.


    Due to the restraint of Tianwei thunder punishment array, Meng Zhang had to distract him. However, Taoist Ming seized the opportunity to attack hard and suddenly gained the upper hand.


    When Meng Zhang was in the void, he was given two treasures by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Ziyang holy fire is the inheritance treasure of Ziyang holy sect.


    Once exposed to people, Ziyang Shengzong, which is not allowed to inherit the lost treasure, will certainly try its best to seize it and make Meng Zhang restless.


    Second, Meng Zhang has not had time to thoroughly refine the Ziyang flame, and his power is limited.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was not prepared to use the Ziyang flame against the enemy until he had to.

 Chapter 1982

    Another treasure given by Xianyun Zhenxian is the immortal talisman refined by Liuyun Zhenxian.


    Although this fairy talisman is powerful enough for Meng Zhang to easily turn the situation around, it has a limit on the number of times to use, and it is too precious and too rare. Meng Zhang is not ready to use it easily.


    Of course, now Tianwei thunder punishment array continues to launch fierce attacks. In addition, Meng Zhang, the strong enemy of Taoist Wei Ming, is afraid it will be difficult to get away today if he doesn''t show his cards.


    Since we have to use immortal talismans, we must find an opportunity to give full play to the power of immortal talismans and achieve the greatest results.


    Although Meng Zhang fell to the disadvantage, he could persist for a long time.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang could block the attack of Taoist Weiming while being bombarded by the sky thunder, Taoist anode, who was watching the war, was so impatient that he began to summon the mountain gate to urge the sky palace to increase the power of the Tianwei thunder array.


    When Meng Zhang followed weijue Laodao to Ziyang Shengzong territory, many fierce back to emptiness wars broke out in many places of Junchen world.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great powers of returning to emptiness formed a team and killed the capital of Dali imperial dynasty. They are falling into a bloody battle.


    The brigade of Zhenhai hall returned to Xu Da Neng and killed the Hailing sect together, trying to eliminate this great trouble in one fell swoop.


    The Allied forces of jiuxuan Pavilion, guantian Pavilion and situ family began to eliminate all important strongholds of Dengxian society.


    Under the leadership of Gu Chen shangzun, the members of the immortality Society launched a series of wars with the enemy.


    Yubeast sect, Xueshan sect and Kou family are not very enthusiastic about this action.


    Of course, out of the consideration of the same spirit among the major holy places, they still sent a lot of returning virtual talents to actively participate in the war.


    However, their main friars were arranged in the void near the Junchen world in the name of preventing foreign invaders from taking the opportunity to invade.


    In the past, Dali imperial court and hailing sect were able to fight against Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenhai hall. A very important reason was that the major Holy Land sects pulled back from each other, so that Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenhai hall could not go all out.


    Now, all the holy places are united. Without internal friction, they can do their best to the outside world. The situation of Dali imperial dynasty and hailing sect has become very dangerous.


    The immortals association has been secretly cultivating forces against the major Holy Land sects.


    First, he was sheltered by the ancient Taoist priest, the deputy director of the heavenly palace. Second, his deeds were hidden and he didn''t jump out in a fair way.


    Therefore, the major Holy Land sects tolerated its existence for the time being.


    Now, once the major Holy Land sects have made efforts, the organization of immortality society will begin to be overwhelmed.


    Guru Chen had long known the plans of the holy places and made a lot of preparations in advance.


    However, the sects of the major holy places moved too fast and directly transferred the ancient capital Taoist, the biggest backer of the immortality society, by luring the tiger away from the mountain.


    Then, the sect gates of the holy places controlled the key points of the heavenly palace and cut off all the external support of the immortal society.


    After learning the news, Gu chenshang Zun had no time to make more responses.


    Unwilling to be caught, he decided to fight hard.


    Because he was worried that the bad situation scared Meng Zhang away, he deliberately concealed the information and wanted Meng Zhang to continue to insist in the Junchen world and help drag down some enemies.


    The virtual immortals of the sect of each holy place have their own tasks and can''t directly participate in the war for the time being.


    If you want to completely control the ancient Chen shangzun, you need to use the power of digital back to the virtual later stage.


    Gu chenshang Zun has been operating in the Junchen world for many years, and he is not without help.


    Once all the strength accumulated by Dengxian Society for many years breaks out, it is not without the slightest fighting power.


    Many strongholds of the immortality society were located in remote places of the Junchen world and were directly attacked by foreign enemies.


    Gu Chen shangzun, who had long planned, directly led a group of returning virtual powers to launch a counterattack and moved the battlefield to the Middle Earth continent.


    The Middle Earth continent is the center of the Xiuzhen world. It is the most prosperous and resource rich area in the Junchen world.


    The outbreak of the retreat war here will not only cause serious damage to the Jun dust world, greatly weaken the war potential of the Jun dust world, or even directly damage the origin of the world of the Jun dust world.


    Gu Chen respected them with a desperate heart, and hoped that in this way, all the holy places would have scruples.


    They put aside all constraints and wantonly destroyed and killed in the middle land.


    A group of Hui Xu Da Neng let go of their hands and feet, and their destructive power is very amazing.


    Even if the hunting teams sent by the sect of the holy places stopped them, you can fight each other and the damage caused by fighting each other is no weaker than before.


    Gu Chen respected their madness, which surprised the monks who pursued them.


    The high-level leaders of the holy places held the idea that only the state officials were allowed to set fire and the people were not allowed to light lights. They did not expect that the attack of Gu Chen would cause such great damage to the Middle Earth.


    In order to reduce damage and losses, the battle must be ended as soon as possible.


    In addition to the monks of the holy places, the Tianwei thunder punishment array of the heavenly palace also received requests for support from all parts of the Junchen world.


    Ziyang holy sect is located in the north of Jun dust world, and the Middle Earth continent is the real core of Jun dust world.


    Therefore, after some consideration, the friars who controlled Tianwei thunder punishment array used a large part of the power of the array to the battlefield on the other side of the Middle Earth continent.


    After fighting with Taoist Weiming for a long time, Meng Zhang found that although the thunder was powerful, it caused him a lot of trouble.


    However, under such circumstances, he was still able to block the attack of Taoist Weiming and did not have to worry about defeat for the time being.


    The anode road watching the war is very popular.


    I have repeatedly asked Tianwei thunder punishment array to increase the intensity of bombardment, but in the past so long, the power of Tianlei bombardment has not changed. It''s just like dying.


    Don''t mention the anger of Yang Dao. Only Taoist Ming who really fought with Meng Zhang felt very depressed.


    He has ignored his face and used the power of Tianwei thunder punishment array to deal with Meng Zhang.


    However, this young generation was so tenacious that there was no tendency to waver at all, which made Taoist Weiming very worried.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Weiming fought fiercely in Ziyang Shengzong territory. Every moment they delayed, Ziyang Shengzong territory would suffer more losses.


    Seeing that the power of Tianwei thunder punishment array was just so, he couldn''t help Meng Zhang. Taoist anode began to call for other support forces.


    The return to emptiness power of Jun dust world basically grasps the power of space Avenue more or less.


    The vast majority of them, when needed, can tear up the space and shuttle back and forth through the space gap to return to all parts of the Junchen world, greatly shortening the distance.


    Even if the great power of returning to emptiness is far away in the Middle Earth, it doesn''t take much time to get to the north of the Junchen world.

 Chapter 1983

    Among the six real immortals sleeping in the source sea of the Jun dust world, Ziyang real immortals are well deserved anode Taoism. People even doubt it. But does the Taoist Ming deliberately delay the battle and try to cause more damage to Ziyang holy sect.


    From the long-term interests of the sect, Taoist anode repeatedly urged each family to send reinforcements to help Taoist Wei Ming kill Meng Zhang.


    Since it is a joint action, watching and helping each other is what it should be.


    Even if you want to see Ziyang Shengzong''s joke again, you can''t ignore Taoist anode''s request for help.


    After a long time, the surrounding space fluctuated violently, and two figures jumped out of the space portal.


    Jiuxuan pavilion has long held a grudge against Meng Zhang because of the death of xuanao Taoist.


    If it hadn''t been too far away, friar jiuxuange would have killed Taiyi gate.


    After receiving the help message from Taoist anode this time, the mysterious Taoist of jiuxuan Pavilion soon set out to find Meng Zhang''s bad luck.


    Xuanmiao Taoist is also a middle-term monk who has cultivated the phase of heaven and earth Dharma. He is fully capable of participating in the war between Meng Zhang and Weiming Taoist.


    The friar in the early stage of returning to emptiness who followed behind the mysterious Taoist was Yu Ci, who had a face-to-face relationship with Meng Zhang.


    The last time Yu Ci tried to seek benefits from guantian Pavilion near Shenchang world, he was scared away by Meng Zhang.


    Yu Ci Lao Dao was born in casual practice and had no background.


    He knew that he was on the run and wanted to take advantage of guantian Pavilion, which had greatly offended guantian Pavilion.


    Brother guantiange has never been generous.


    In order to avoid the Revenge of the nun of guantian Pavilion, old Taoist Yu Ci turned his heart and sold himself to jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion, even the powerful Holy Land Sect, will not easily refuse to return to the virtual power.


    Returning to virtual energy is not Chinese cabbage, and its quantity is limited in the cultivation world.


    As for the dispute between Yu Ci Lao Dao and guantian Pavilion, jiuxuan Pavilion doesn''t care at all.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion, which thinks it has the support of Xuanxuan''s ancestors, has long been disgusted with the God nagging and pretentious appearance of guantian Pavilion.


    It''s not good for everyone to openly turn against each other, but it''s a favorite thing to block each other''s hearts.


    In the war against the enemy, outsiders like Yu Ci Lao Dao are the best cannon fodder.


    When Taoist Xuanmiao came to support, he took Taoist Yu Ci with him.


    He can block the gun if necessary.


    Seeing the reinforcements arrive, he was delighted.


    Without a word of wordiness, Taoist Xuanmiao directly attacked Meng Zhang.


    Under his coercion, Yu Ci Lao Dao also reluctantly joined the battle.


    Taoist anode saw that his own strength occupied an advantage. He was ready to fight.


    At this time, he received a summons from his fellow disciples who went to hunt down Qiu Gangfeng.


    Friar Ziyang Shengzong, who chases Qiu Gangfeng, is not weak. He has trapped Qiu Gangfeng and will take him when he sees him.


    But at this time, the old thing Xihai old monster appeared and saved Qiu Gangfeng. They ran away together.


    The old monster of the West Sea is a veteran who wanders in the West Sea all year round. In his early years, he also instructed and supported the Qiu family brothers.


    Xihai old monster and Taoist anode are old acquaintances.


    There was conflict and cooperation between the two.


    Taoist anode also courted him and saw that he was about to be accepted as the guest in the door, but the old monster of the west sea suddenly repented and rejected Taoist anode''s kindness.


    It''s just that Xihai old monster doesn''t want to join Ziyang Shengzong. He jumped out against Ziyang Shengzong at this critical moment. He really doesn''t know whether to live or die.


    After the Xihai old monster saved Qiu Gangfeng, they fled without a trace.


    Seeing that he couldn''t catch up with the target, the friar Ziyang Shengzong sent to chase Qiu Gangfeng was preparing to return.


    Taoist anode hesitated whether to ask the returning pursuers to support Dali dynasty or to help kill Meng Zhang.


    At this time, a bad news came from Zhenhai hall.


    Taking advantage of the great ability of Zhenhai hall to return to the virtual world and attacking the Hailing sect, a group of strong people of Hai nationality to return to the virtual world level, including several members of the real dragon family, launched a fierce attack on Zhenhai hall.


    Zhenhai hall has been hostile to the Hai nationality for many years and has never relaxed its vigilance.


    Even when attacking the Hailing Sect on a large scale, Zhenhai hall did not weaken its defense against the hometown.


    The friars of Zhenhai hall fought with the invaders of the sea clan and the dragon clan, and blocked them temporarily.


    Zhenhai hall has the absolute upper hand in the war with Hailing sect. It is only a matter of time before it can win the final victory.


    Even if the rear is raided, it is not a big problem for Zhenhai hall.


    However, it does not bode well for the sea clan and the dragon clan to suddenly intervene in the internal struggle between the Terrans.


    The sea spirit sect has been able to compete with Zhenhai hall for many years. In addition to taking advantage of the contradictions between the religious sects of the major holy places, it mainly relies on the assistance of the immortality society.


    Now the immortality society can''t protect itself. Naturally, it can''t continue to help the Hailing sect.


    Although the Hailing sect has a longer history and a deeper accumulation than the Taiyi sect, when facing the Zhenhai hall, it has the same problem as the Taiyi sect, that is, the rise time is too short and the accumulation is far from enough.


    Now the sea spirit sect has tried its best, but it can''t resist Zhenhai hall. It is not far from complete defeat.


    The raids on the strongholds of Dengxian society organized by the major Holy Land sects were basically a complete victory and achieved fruitful results.


    A stronghold was broken down and a famous monk died


    Most of the strength accumulated by the monks who have been solicited and trained by the immortal society over the years has been consumed.


    The monks who died on the spot and those who died in the pursuit accounted for most of the members of the immortality society.


    Even if there are a few lucky people who have escaped and lost their courage, I''m afraid they won''t dare to oppose the holy places in the future.


    Although there have been some twists and turns, there have been many accidents, and there have been some defeats in some battlefields, from the overall situation, the religious doors of the major holy places undoubtedly have the absolute upper hand, and the situation is very good.

 Chapter 1984

    The heaven and earth Dharma phase released by the mysterious Taoist is a huge attic. Cooperating with the divine Dharma phase released by Taoist Weiming, the Taiji yin-yang diagram was sandwiched in the middle, and it was constantly squeezed and attacked.


    Although Yu Ci didn''t dare to compete with Meng Zhang, he helped the mysterious Taoist attack from the side, which was more or less useful.


    Meng Zhang, who was already at a disadvantage, was besieged by a new strong enemy. His situation became very bad. The situation was very unfavorable to him.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was completely suppressed, he almost only parried and had no power to fight back. Taoist anode was a little eager to try. He wanted to fly over and take advantage of it and let his evil spirit out of his heart.


    The good news constantly coming from various battlefields made the monks of the holy places feel very happy. Basically, they thought that their victory was in hand. There would be no accident.


    At this time, a great change happened.


    The monks present were all powerful and determined. At least they all had the same determination that Mount Tai collapsed in front of them.


    Suddenly, there was a huge palpitation in their hearts, as if something big was going to happen.


    Apart from Taoist anode who was watching the battle, even Taoist Weiming and Taoist Xuanmiao who were besieging Meng Zhang couldn''t help but distract their attention and cast their eyes to the distance.


    The direction they looked at was exactly where Dali imperial court was.


    At the thought that Ziyang Shengzong was attacking the capital of Dali emperor, there was an ominous feeling in the hearts of Yang Dao.


    Sure enough, a moment later, the sky in that direction suddenly became dark and cloudy, as if it had suddenly entered the night from the day.


    Because it''s too far away from the capital, you can''t see what''s going on there even if you have good eyesight.


    When they break through the period of returning to emptiness, they place the Yang God in heaven and earth. Once there is a huge change in the world of Jun dust world, each way will feel more or less.


    Seeing that the situation was not too specific for the time being, the Ming Taoist priest and the Xuanmiao Taoist priest put aside the matter for the time being and continued to kill Meng Zhang wholeheartedly.


    Yang Dao, who wanted to join the siege, was disturbed and temporarily gave up his plan to encircle and kill Meng Zhang.


    After a while, a message came to the ears of Weiming Taoist, Xuanmiao Taoist and anode Taoist through special means.


    Not long ago, Emperor Bawu of the Dali Dynasty and a group of Royal strongmen held a grand blood sacrifice, which sacrificed almost all the creatures in the capital.


    After the blood sacrifice, the area where Shangjing was located soon changed.


    The power of the underworld leaked to the area where the capital city is located, changed the rules of heaven and earth there, and made it almost like the underworld, which has become a ghost land on earth.


    In this world of ghosts, countless ghosts, gods and ghosts suddenly emerged. Among them, there are even ghosts at the level of returning to emptiness.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness sent by Ziyang Shengzong are suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the ghost region. They are passive everywhere and are falling into a hard battle.


    Originally thought that with the strength of Ziyang Shengzong, after no other external force intervened, it could easily wipe out the Dali imperial dynasty.


    However, Taoist anode never thought that Dali had such a means.


    As the capital of Dali imperial dynasty, Shangjing has always been prosperous and populous.


    The one-time blood sacrifice to the whole city''s creatures is really unprecedented.


    Such means are truly evil means.


    It is very rare for the devil to make such a big move in the history of the whole Jun dust world.


    It is no secret that Dali colluded with the devil and openly covered up the friars of the devil.


    Many years ago, under the pressure of the heavenly palace, Dali took the initiative to draw a line with the devil, and under the supervision of the heavenly palace, he cleared all the demons in the territory.


    Now it seems that the collusion between the imperial dynasty and the devil road is far beyond everyone''s expectation.


    At that time, the move to draw a clear line between the imperial dynasty and the evil way was mostly a cover up. In fact, the two sides never cut off contact.


    Taoist anode thought of the devil cultivation from the means of blood sacrifice and the collusion of Dali imperial court.


    But other people who have more knowledge think of more things.


    It is more like a means of ghosts to turn the whole area where Shangjing is located into a ghost domain rather than a demon domain.


    In the whole Junchen world, due to the suppression of the sects of the major holy places, not only the evil way is not prosperous, but also the ghost way is declining.


    Both demon Xiu and ghost Xiu are street mice, and everyone yells at them.


    In the early years of the Dali Dynasty, the Yin capital was established in the underworld and expanded wantonly on this basis.


    Dali imperial dynasty has a clever means of ghosts and countless ghosts, gods and ghosts under its command, which can be called the overlord of the underworld.


    The great powers of the return to emptiness of the major Holy Land sects are high above all, but they just regard the Dali imperial dynasty as the trouble of the Ziyang holy sect, but subconsciously ignore these situations.


    Now the situation began to deteriorate, and everyone remembered the mistakes of Dali Dynasty.


    Soon, more news came one after another.


    The ghost land created by Dali imperial dynasty, although the rules of heaven and earth are very close to the underworld, it is not the real underworld.


    You know, after entering the underworld, the monks of the Yang world will be suppressed by the rules of the underworld.


    The higher the cultivation, the stronger the power of suppression.


    It''s just that ordinary Yang friars enter the underworld. Once they enter the underworld, they will immediately cause all kinds of disasters and encounter the danger of falling.


    Fortunately, the Dali Dynasty had limited means and did not move the real hell to the Yang world.


    Otherwise, I''m afraid all the Huixu powers sent by Ziyang Shengzong would have fallen long ago.


    Of course, in the greatly suppressed ghost realm, in the face of the continuous siege of ghosts and gods, you return to the virtual power is also struggling to support.


    Taoist Weiming and Taoist Xuanmiao, who are killing Meng Zhang, are both monks of the Holy Land Sect. Naturally, they also received relevant information.


    Originally thought that everything was going well, there were so many accidents and so many variables, and their hearts became a little heavy.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what had happened at first. He just guessed what had happened to Dali imperial dynasty, which made the enemy a little confused.


    After a while, the news came from Meng Zhang''s wonderful incarnation outside the underworld.


    Great changes have just taken place in the underworld. The space of the underworld is violently turbulent. The original barrier between the underworld and the Yang world has become very unstable, and a large part of the power of the underworld has penetrated into the Yang world.


    According to the wonderful judgment, the underworld has leaked such powerful power to a place in the Yang world, which may have become a ghost land.


    Taimiao has the characteristics of some natural ghosts and gods, has a special sense of closeness to the world of the underworld, and is very sensitive to the changes of the underworld.


    In connection with the palpitation in his heart before this, Meng Zhang has made some guesses.

 Chapter 1985

    Meng Zhang now has no time to verify whether his guess is accurate.


    His top priority is to get rid of the siege of the enemy in front of him.


    Although he was completely defeated, Meng Zhang, relying on his profound background, was still struggling to support the enemy and tried his best not to let the enemy succeed.


    Before this operation, all the holy places have unified contact information, so that everyone can share the latest war situation in all directions in time, so as to make unified arrangements and prevent accidents.


    The changes encountered by the holy friar Ziyang soon spread all over the holy places, which surprised everyone and began to think in their hearts.


    Before long, the latest news came from Zhenhai hall.


    The strength of the sea clan is too strong, especially the real dragon strongman hidden in the sea clan team. The combat effectiveness is extremely terrible.


    Zhenhai hall, which has rich experience in fighting against the sea people, is empty and weak this time. Unexpectedly, it can''t resist. At once, the enemy killed near the mountain gate.


    Zhenhai hall has dominated the East China Sea for many years and has long regarded itself as the owner of the East China Sea.


    Not only has he always been xenophobic, but even other religious forces, who are also holy places, are unwilling to give in and forbid them to interfere with the interests of the sea.


    The sea people in the East China Sea were either killed or driven into the depths of the ocean to shelter in the real dragon family.


    Now, the strong people of the sea family have made a backward calculation. They actually took advantage of the danger of others and killed them while the Mountain Gate of Zhenhai hall was empty, which made Zhenhai hall fall into a great passivity.


    What is particularly hateful is that the strength of these invaders is far beyond the expectation of Zhenhai hall.


    If the strong of the sea clan invades, the garrison left by Zhenhai hall alone can repel it. But with the former of the real dragon family, the situation is very bad.


    Of course, the Mountain Gate of Zhenhai hall has been operated for many years and has a variety of layout. It is not so easy to be captured.


    However, the Hai people rushed to the core area of Zhenhai hall and made a scene of wanton destruction. Zhenhai hall not only lost its face, but also suffered heavy losses in all aspects.


    At this time, Zhenhai hall only had a low and arrogant head and asked for support from the return to virtual powers with spare strength in other directions.


    After all, both the sea clan and the real dragon clan are the enemies of the whole Terran cultivators. It is not only the obligation of Zhenhai hall to deal with them.


    Many forces were mobilized by the Holy Land sects this time, almost at the same time in all directions.


    Even though some directions can indeed draw strength, no one knows what consequences this will lead to.


    After all, there are enough variables in the war situation that we thought was smooth sailing.


    Even, some people are selfish at this time.


    Maybe the sea clan and the real dragon clan have a great impact on Zhenhai hall this time, which can shake their rule over the East China Sea and tear some small holes in their strict ruling order, so that other holy land sects can take advantage of it and get some benefits from it.


    When the top level of the Holy Land Sect was still wrangling, there was new bad news from the holy sect of Ziyang.


    The monks of Ziyang Shengzong, who were attacking the capital, really couldn''t hold on and were ready to retreat.


    Friar Ziyang Shengzong, who had just finished chasing Qiu Gangfeng, also rushed there to meet his fellow disciples.


    The retreat of Ziyang Shengzong friar means the failure of Ziyang Shengzong''s attack on Dali Dynasty and the failure of this cleaning operation.


    The Weiming and Xuanmiao Taoists who were killing Meng Zhang were very dissatisfied.


    Why did friar Ziyang Shengzong retreat so easily?


    If they insist a little more, they will welcome reinforcements from all aspects.


    Apart from other things, as long as Tianwei thunder punishment array makes some adjustments, it can directly bombard the ghost areas in the capital.


    The sky thunder is just and upright, and the sun is fierce. It is the bane of all kinds of ghost power.


    The retreat of monk Ziyang Shengzong might ruin the overall situation.


    Regardless of the fighting, they quickly opposed the retreat of the friar Ziyang Shengzong and asked them to hold on for a while and wait for the arrival of reinforcements.


    However, Taoist Ming and Taoist Xuanmiao thought they had completely suppressed Meng Zhang. Even if they were a little distracted, they would not affect the overall situation.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally waited for the long-awaited opportunity.


    A wave of Tianlei has just been blocked by the yin-yang diagram of Taiji. The next wave of Tianlei needs some time to condense and form.


    Seizing this rare gap, Meng Zhang offered a fairy talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    A golden talisman appeared on Meng Zhang''s head, and floating clouds could be seen on it.


    A purple light gushed from the talisman and directly shot at the heaven and earth Dharma phase of Weiming Taoist and Xuanmiao Taoist.


    They had a strong sense of crisis in their hearts, but they had no time to make more responses. They only urged heaven and earth to resist each other.


    They still have some luck in their hearts. The heaven and earth methods they have worked hard for many years are indestructible enough to resist all kinds of powerful attacks.


    The purple light easily penetrated the pavilion Dharma phase released by the mysterious Taoist.


    A huge Pavilion suddenly collapsed and turned into a mass of light.


    The heaven and earth Dharma phase was destroyed. The mysterious Taoist connected with his mind was hit hard, his mouth gushed blood, and his body fell down.


    Before his body fell to the ground, a sword light flashed, and the ChiYin sword evil spirit cut him in two.


    With the example of the mysterious Taoist, but the Ming Taoist took the initiative to make a very decisive decision in a very short time.


    He tried his best to urge the phase of heaven and earth Dharma released by himself to block the purple light, and then tried to take the initiative to cut off the connection with heaven and earth Dharma and escape here immediately.


    However, the phase of heaven and earth Dharma has been connected with his spirit and breath over the years. It is said that the connection between the two can be cut off.


    After destroying the heaven and earth Dharma phase of the mysterious Taoist, the purple light did not slow down and shot at the chest of the tall god.


    After a light sound, the God more than a thousand feet high collapsed in this way.


    After destroying two Heaven and earth Dharma phases, the purple light became very weak, as if it would be extinguished at any time.


    But Taoist Ming didn''t skip the robbery in the end.


    When the heaven and earth Dharma he released was destroyed, his body was also pierced by the aurora Wusuo hole released by Meng Zhang.


    Taoist anode couldn''t understand why the situation that had prevailed just now was reversed at once?


    Two great powers in the middle of returning to emptiness are not weak chickens. How can Meng Zhang kill as soon as he says?


    Of course, if you don''t understand, it doesn''t prevent Taoist anode from running for his life.


    He is a very decisive person. Seeing that things can''t be done, he immediately fled here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to strike while the iron is hot and get rid of Taoist anode. However, the thunder in the sky has condensed into shape and bombarded him again.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang only let the purple light turn around and took the initiative to meet the sky thunder.

 Chapter 1986

    Although the purple light was weakened and lost more than half of its power, its essence was very high. It was the level of immortal level.


    As soon as the thunderbolt and the purple light touched, their power almost offset each other, and both disappeared immediately.


    A mysterious and proud power was directly transmitted to Tianwei thunder punishment array along the connection between Tianlei and Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is limited. He can''t urge all the power of this immortal talisman.


    When the mysterious and proud power was transferred to Tianwei thunder punishment array, the remaining power was not much. It did not cause any damage to the array, and even couldn''t lift too much waves.


    However, the emergence of this power greatly shocked several monks stationed in the array.


    They were all born in the holy land, with extraordinary eyesight and insight. They all saw that this power was not simple, and the level was very high.


    If this power is more powerful, it may cause some damage to Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    If Tianwei thunder punishment array is damaged, they can''t bear the consequences.


    Although they have temporarily obtained the control of Tianwei thunder punishment array by some means, they are not the master of the array, and dare not let the array have problems.


    In great surprise, they even stopped urging the formation to continue to launch sky thunder bombardment. First carefully check the formation before others.


    After Meng Zhang urged the immortal talisman drawn by Liuyun Zhenxian himself, he also felt exhausted and empty all over his body.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t have much spare power to urge this immortal talisman again.


    Old Yu Ci, who had besieged Meng Zhang with the mysterious Taoist priest, was scared to death when he saw Meng Zhang''s great power and easily killed Weiming Taoist priest and mysterious Taoist priest.


    He not only dared not resist, but also dared not escape. He knelt down in front of Meng Zhang and begged for mercy.


    At any rate, Yu Ci is also a great power of returning to emptiness. He is so greedy for life and afraid of death and makes such an ugly appearance, which makes Meng Zhang look down on him.


    Of course, if you look down on it, a great power of returning to emptiness is still of great value.


    Since Yu Ci gave up his resistance and surrendered on his own initiative, Meng Zhang had no intention of killing everything.


    Meng Zhang immediately banned the cultivation of Yu Ci Lao Dao, and then temporarily included him in his mustard space.


    In the previous continuous battles, Meng Zhang''s consumption was not small. Later, he sacrificed the immortal talisman, which made him lose a lot.


    Now Meng Zhang has a somewhat strong trend.


    Although it is far from losing its combat effectiveness, there are few forces left to play.


    If Yu Ci tries his best to escape, Meng Zhang may not have enough strength to pursue him.


    Now it''s better. Lao Dao Yu Ci was frightened by Meng Zhang and surrendered voluntarily, becoming Meng Zhang''s booty.


    After winning, Meng Zhang did not rush back, but floated quietly in the air.


    He thought about the next step while seizing the time to recover his previous consumption.


    Meng Zhang won the war and killed three Huixu great powers in a row, including two in the middle of Huixu. Such a loss can be called a heavy loss for the major holy places.


    At present, all fronts are at war. The Holy zongmen, caught in multi-line operations, may not be able to send enough forces to deal with Meng Zhang.


    According to the strength shown by Meng Zhang before, sending the great power in the middle of returning to the virtual world is to die.


    Although he won this time, Meng Zhang was not relaxed.


    If all the other battlefields are won by the Holy zongmen, the situation he faces has not changed.


    After solving the problem of his family, Meng Zhang is ready to try to make more efforts to see if he can make some efforts in other directions.


    Not to mention completely reversing the war situation, at least we can''t make it so easy for the holy places to win.


    Meng Zhang, who has Xianfu as his trump card, has greatly increased his confidence because of his previous victory, and does not exclude him from participating in a more intense and large-scale war.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang regained a lot of strength. He didn''t continue to delay, but rushed in the direction of leaving the imperial dynasty.


    After several space shuttles, Meng Zhang came to the capital of Dali Dynasty near Shangjing.


    The original location of the capital city, now the whole world is gray.


    The sun in the sky seems to have darkened a bit.


    Over a large area ahead, there is a thick fog, which can''t even be penetrated by the sun.


    The Yin wind is howling, the Yin Qi is strong, and the fog is billowing... It seems that this area is no different from the underworld.


    After receiving the information from Taimiao, Meng Zhang was only guessing in his heart. Now he saw him with his own eyes and let him understand what Dali did in the imperial dynasty.


    In the dark area ahead, blood light flashed faintly.


    Although Meng Zhang hasn''t entered the area in front of him, due to the wind direction, the bloody smell is so strong that it makes people sick.


    With Meng Zhang''s insight and vision, even if he didn''t witness the whole thing, he could roughly guess what happened.


    If you want to forcibly connect the underworld with the Yang world and let the power of the underworld leak to the Yang world, it is tantamount to forcibly changing the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    It is difficult to do this by relying solely on the power of a group of ordinary return to virtual power.


    The Dali Dynasty must have used the taboo means of blood sacrifice to forcibly sacrifice countless creatures, which caused the scene in front of us.


    It is not surprising to think of the history of Dali''s collusion with demons and accepting demons. It is not surprising that Dali made such a vicious thing.


    Although the practitioners of truth are mercenary and profit oriented, and there are many ferocious, bloodthirsty, cruel and vicious people, those who have really achieved success in practice still have their own bottom line and their own persistence.


    Meng Zhang never dared to say that he was a good man when he came to this stage, but his practice of leaving the imperial dynasty greatly exceeded his bottom line.


    If it were not for the current situation in Junchen world, it would be enough for Meng Zhang to regard Dali imperial dynasty as an enemy if Dali imperial dynasty used evil methods and sacrificed countless creatures with blood.


    Meng Zhang''s face was livid, and he had an unspeakable anger in his heart.


    He knew for a long time that the bottom line of Dali''s behavior was very low, or even there was no bottom line, but there were all Dali''s own people in the capital. It was common indignation for Dali''s high-level officials to sacrifice so many creatures by magic means.


    At this time, Meng Zhang even had the idea of escape in his heart.


    Because he didn''t know what kind of attitude to face the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty.


    According to his original intention, he really wanted to kill all these animals.


    But the great enemy was eyeing covetously, and his family and Allies first started infighting. Wouldn''t it be a joke for Ziyang Shengzong and others.


    When Meng Zhang hesitated, a figure stumbled out of the area in front and rushed to Meng Zhang''s position.

 Chapter 1987

    When Meng Zhang arrived at the capital of Dali emperor, Ziyang holy sect came to wipe out the retreat team of Dali emperor. Under the cover of receiving friars, they all fled the area where the capital was located.


    These people did not stay nearby for a long time. In addition to leaving a monk in good condition to watch from a distance and observe the latest changes in the capital at any time, others covered the wounded and returned to the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    At this time, the news that Meng Zhang killed Taoist Weiming and Taoist Xuanmiao in jiuxuan pavilion was also spread among the sects of the holy places.


    In particular, the guantian Pavilion and jiuxuan Pavilion, which have a long-standing feud with the Taiyi gate, are almost furious. They want to cut Meng Zhang thousands of knives and ashes immediately.


    However, after knowing the latest war situation, especially after listening to the detailed report of the fleeing Taoist anode, you Huixu great energy fell into a moment of silence.


    Taoist anode may have exaggerated Meng Zhang''s strength in order to make excuses for his escape. However, Meng Zhang''s achievements are real, and there is no falsehood in them.


    Facing the thunder bombardment of Tianwei thunder punishment array, you can also kill two great powers in the middle of returning to emptiness. Such strength is rare among the holy places.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the Great Holy Land Sect has accumulated countless strong people for thousands of years and has the power of terror.


    If it were not for the internal struggle between the sects of the major holy places and the disturbance of the heavenly palace, there would be no place for other powerful forces in the Junchen world.


    Even if there are forces such as Hailing sect and Dali imperial dynasty, they will soon be wiped out by the corresponding Holy Land Sect.


    The details of the holy places are much deeper than Meng Zhang knows.


    Of course, as the ruler of the Junchen world, the major Holy Land sects also bear a huge burden.


    Although the Allied forces of foreign invaders have retreated temporarily, the holy places still need to retain some strength in the void and establish a solid defense line.


    In the Jun dust world, there are many key places that need to be guarded by the great power of returning to emptiness all the time.


    Even if the heavenly palace can share a lot of it, the responsibility of each Holy Land Sect is equally heavy.


    Especially in some special places, the religious doors of the major holy places will never let the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace intervene.


    If several true immortals sleep in the depths of the source sea of the Jun dust world, the strong ones at the virtual immortal level need to guard the source sea in turn.


    Although several true immortals are sleeping, they are not without the power to fight back. However, in order to prevent them from being disturbed and affecting their practice, we must ensure the defensive power of the source sea.


    Especially after the last time foreign invaders broke into the source sea, greatly stirred the source sea and caused great damage to the source sea, the religious doors of the major holy places were even more afraid to relax.


    In this operation, in order to suppress the high-level managers of the heavenly palace and avoid them from getting in the way, the religious doors of the major holy places took out several cards.


    In a word, although the strength of each Holy Land Sect is strong and there are many strong people, the power that can be used in this action is limited.


    At the very least, none of the strong men at the virtual immortal level of the holy places directly participated in the operation.


    The strongest participants in the action are a group of shangzun in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    The main force participating in the action is the power in the middle and early stage of returning to emptiness.


    If it is normal, such power is enough to clean up all the dissidents among the practitioners.


    However, one after another accidents made the holy places fall into passivity.


    There is only Meng Zhang at Taiyi gate. He thought he was the best to deal with, but there was such a big mistake.


    No matter whether Meng Zhang borrowed foreign objects or used any taboo means, he gained such powerful power.


    Power is power. If it is true, we need more powerful power to fight it.


    For the occurrence of accidents, the major holy places do not have any plans at all.


    According to the conventional process, the next step is to send the shangzun in the later stage of returning to the virtual world to deal with Meng Zhang.


    However, some active minded guys have thought of Yangsheng shangzun who has not returned for a long time.


    Ziyang Shengzong knew that the soul lamp of shangzun Yangsheng had been extinguished for a long time.


    If in the past, the Ziyang holy sect had not attributed the fall of the upper statue of Yangsheng to Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang shows such powerful power that it is difficult not to let Ziyang Shengzong think more.


    Maybe, maybe, maybe, Meng Zhang really has some powerful hidden means, which makes Yangsheng shangzun fall.


    Although this conjecture has lost the face of Ziyang holy sect, and there are many contradictions among the major holy places.


    However, with the development of the war, Ziyang Shengzong still knew that the overall situation was important, and his face had to give in to the overall situation, even if it was ridiculed.


    The senior level of Ziyang holy sect informed other holy sect doors of Meng Zhang''s conjecture.


    At this moment, even the most powerful high-level officials of jiuxuan Pavilion and guantian Pavilion were silent.


    Everything is not afraid of ten thousand, just in case.


    If Yang Sheng shangzun really died in Meng Zhang''s hands, what does that mean? It shows that Meng Zhang has the strength to kill friars in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    If we continue to send monks in the later stage of returning to the virtual world to deal with Meng Zhang, wouldn''t we die in vain?


    Can the holy places that have lost a lot bear such a loss?


    When Xu Xian couldn''t join the war separately, the shangzun in the later stage of returning to Xu was already the strongest combat force that could be sent by the Holy Land Sect.


    No family is willing to lose the strong at this level because of carelessness.


    While the high-level leaders of the holy places were in trouble, more bad news came.


    After returning to the mountain gate, the retreat team of Ziyang holy sect to Dali imperial dynasty reported the details of the previous war to the senior level of each Holy Land Sect.


    The Dali Dynasty''s means of this exhibition was so powerful that it almost established a permanent ghost land in the upper capital area.


    This ghost area directly connects with the underworld, and almost continuously absorbs power from the underworld.


    According to your observation and experience, with the passage of time, this ghost land is becoming more and more powerful, and its rules of heaven and earth will be closer and closer to the underworld.


    In theory, this ghost land can even completely coincide with the underworld and become a real underworld, with the rules of heaven and earth equivalent to the underworld.


    In this ghost land, the suppression and restraint of the male friars are too strong.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent all those who participated in the war this time are the return virtual power in the door.


    After staying in the ghost land for a long time, they are like ordinary people who can''t drown. They are subject to everywhere and their vitality is constantly eroded.


    The ghosts, gods and ghosts on the side of Dali Dynasty are like fish in water, and their strength has increased greatly.


    Under normal circumstances, the ghosts and gods that can be easily killed by the back palm of the back virtual powers have the strength to threaten the back virtual powers in the ghost domain.

 Chapter 1988

    A steady stream of ghosts, gods and ghosts forced the returning virtual powers into a mess, and even casualties occurred.


    It''s no wonder that Ziyang Shengzong''s great powers of returning to emptiness don''t try their best. It''s really that the ghost territory is too strong for them.


    Most of the great energy of returning to emptiness cherish their lives. They won''t have the idea of fighting their lives unless they have to.


    Since there was nothing to do in the ghost region, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong had to retreat temporarily.


    After receiving the detailed information provided by the holy friar Ziyang, the senior leaders of the holy places felt that things were very difficult.


    This ghost land is so powerful and strange that everyone has an ominous feeling in their hearts.


    If you continue to send friars into the ghost kingdom before you have any countermeasures, it''s just death in vain.


    For a while, everyone didn''t have a good way to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly enter the ghost Kingdom, but observed carefully in the distance.


    Looking at the figure flying towards him, his face was cold.


    This man is no one else. He is Han Yao, the five punishment sword of Dali Temple Qing of Dali Dynasty.


    Han Yao''s situation was very bad at this time. His breath fluctuated. Several eye-catching wounds ran through his chest and abdomen, and there were spots of blood all over his body.


    Han Yao flew to Meng Zhang as if he had exhausted his last strength and fell to the ground.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to help him, but stabbed him coldly.


    Han Yao is very upright and has always been at odds with the devil.


    Now the Dali Dynasty has openly sacrificed countless creatures with his evil ways. I don''t know what role he played in the middle.


    Han Yao took a rest on the ground. Hearing Meng Zhang''s question, he answered with great difficulty.


    The high-level officials, including Han Yao, had no prior knowledge of the changes in the Dali Dynasty.


    He just knew that some time ago, a group of mysterious strong men were secretly stationed in the capital.


    These strong men are full of ghosts and don''t look like living people.


    Han Yao, even an expert at the level of Yang God, had a feeling that he didn''t dare to face these strong people directly.


    After the retreat team sent by Ziyang Shengzong reached the capital city, Dali Imperial Court played its cards, including these mysterious strong men, who tried their best to resist the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After a great war, seeing that his side could not resist, Emperor Bawu and several mysterious people launched the last resort.


    They must have made all kinds of preparations in advance and deceived most of the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The sacrificial ceremony of Bawu emperor and others was successfully launched, turning the capital into a ghost land.


    Of course, although emperor Bawu sacrificed most of the creatures in the capital, they still reserved some.


    Such as royal family members, court ministers and their families and other important figures were not sacrificed with blood.


    In addition, several armies carefully trained by the Dali imperial dynasty for many years were directly transformed into the existence of half man and half ghost.


    In fact, it was a few high-level friars who really maintained the Dali imperial dynasty.


    After such amazing changes, the capital can still maintain general stability and maintain a minimum order.


    Many of the remaining Imperial monks, no matter what they think in their hearts, at least on the surface still maintain their loyalty to the imperial court.


    Although Han Yao was loyal to the Dali Dynasty and was deeply favored by Bawu emperor, his practice still exceeded his bottom line.


    After a painful struggle, he finally decided to break with the Dali Dynasty.


    Taking advantage of the attack of Ziyang Shengzong and the monk''s retreat, he left the ghost region alone.


    Han Yao didn''t have any family disciples. His five punishment guards basically lost everything when they resisted the attack of Ziyang Shengzong. He had no concerns in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Even though Han Yao secretly fled the ghost land, he still spent a lot of effort and finally escaped here.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem to be lying when he saw Han Yao, but he was still skeptical about his words.


    Meng Zhang then turned to Han Yao and helped him stabilize his injury.


    Next, Meng Zhang asked Han Yao many questions, basically about the ghost land in front of him.


    Han Yao tried to answer Meng Zhang''s questions.


    After the formation of this ghost region, it directly penetrated the underworld, and ghosts and gods from the underworld became the main guards in the ghost region.


    The few remaining living people in the ghost region were gathered in the imperial palace.


    There is some kind of prohibition outside the palace, which can temporarily prevent the invasion of the breath of the ghost area.


    In the process of Han Yao leaving the palace and escaping from the ghost land, although the time is short, he is seriously eroded by the smell of the ghost land and injured by the wandering ghosts.


    He is such a Yang God friar who escaped from the ghost area by luck.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang listened to Han Yao''s introduction and his careful observation. Even though he had not personally entered the ghost Kingdom, he still had a lot of knowledge of the ghost kingdom.


    Meng Zhang himself majored in the avenue of yin and Yang. The scene in front of him was clearly the disorder of yin and Yang and the reversal of heaven and earth.


    The existence of this ghost land is a serious violation of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, and even endangers the whole world.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation is too wonderful. He has lived in the underworld for a long time, and has a keen sense of natural ghosts and gods.


    After communicating with Tai Miao, Meng Zhang has a better understanding of the essence of this ghost land.


    On the surface, the formation of this ghost land is a means of evil, but in fact, it is more a means of evil.


    Jun dust world has always been a ghost, lack of corresponding accumulation.


    Meng Zhang vaguely found traces of some foreign forces from the ghost land in front of him.


    This ghost land is not simple. If it exists for a long time, it will destroy the foundation of Jun dust world.


    The actions of the Dali Dynasty not only made them the enemies of the practitioners, but also made them the public enemies of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang, such a master of heaven, is very sensitive to the will of heaven.


    He can now feel that the will of heaven in Jun dust world has been touched and is very hostile to the ghost land in front of him.


    Meng Zhang wondered why the will of heaven in the Jun dust world had not sent down heaven''s punishment and smashed the ghost land.


    Meng Zhang closed his eyes and felt carefully that the will of heaven in Jun dust world seemed to become very dull and rigid, as if he had Alzheimer''s disease.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know why the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world had such a situation, but he knew that such a situation was very abnormal.


    He couldn''t find the reason for it, so he had to ignore it first.


    As for how to deal with the relationship between him and Dali Dynasty, Meng Zhang has made a decision in his heart.


    Since the actions of the Dali Dynasty have angered the will of heaven in the Junchen world and become the land of the world, Meng Zhang must not continue to stand with the Dali Dynasty.


    Since then, taiyimen and Dali imperial court were no longer allies.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also restrained his impulse to act on behalf of heaven and would not take the initiative to provoke Dali emperor.


    In any case, the Dali dynasty created this ghost land. The real headache should be the doors of the major holy places.

 Chapter 1989

    The existence of this ghost land should greatly attract the attention of the major holy places and reduce the pressure faced by Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang did not stay outside the ghost land for a long time, nor did he contact the high-level of Dali imperial dynasty.


    He looked at Han Yao, who was seriously injured and fell to the ground. He thought of an acquaintance between the two sides. He took him with him and returned to Taiyi gate together.


    After several space shuttles, Meng Zhang returned to the sun and moon blessed land at the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    The great chaos caused by the attack of weijue Taoism has now subsided.


    Meng Zhang handed Han Yao over to Niu Dawei for their treatment, and communicated with the middle and senior management of the door.


    Hearing about the change of Dali Dynasty in the capital, the senior officials of taiyimen were surprised.


    The practice of Dali imperial high-level made taiyimen high-level indignant.


    Fortunately, due to the existence of Meng Zhang, taiyimen has not really been involved in the war for the time being.


    Meng Zhang is a little hesitant at the moment. Should he go to the South China Sea to help the Hailing sect or to rescue the stronghold of Dengxian society.


    Meng Zhang could not transit through the heavenly palace for the time being because the major Holy Land sects controlled the key departments of the heavenly palace.


    Even his return to virtual power takes some time to cross the vast Jun dust world.


    While Meng Zhang was still hesitating, the situation in Jun dust world changed greatly again.


    First, the friars left by Ziyang Shengzong near Shangjing city found that the power of this ghost land was not only increasing, but also its shrouded area was slowly expanding.


    This situation is very bad. If no one comes out to curb the expansion of the ghost Kingdom, in theory, one day, the ghost kingdom will envelop the whole Jun dust world.


    After receiving the report from the monk of Ziyang holy sect, the senior leaders of the holy places became more vigilant.


    Before long, Ziyang immortal who was sleeping passed out a consciousness from the source sea.


    This consciousness is full of anger and accusations against the holy places.


    They are all rubbish. Why did they watch this ghost land appear?


    This ghost land has become a cancer in the Jun dust world and has interfered with the plans of several real immortals.


    All monks of the holy places must immediately put down everything at hand and destroy the ghost land as soon as possible to make everything return to normal.


    This is not only the will of Ziyang Zhenxian, but also the common will of the six Zhenxian who are sleeping.


    For the will of their ancestors, there is no room for resistance, only honest acceptance.


    The ghost land is mysterious and unpredictable. There are countless ghosts, gods and ghosts hidden in it.


    There is not enough certainty to eliminate the holy land by relying solely on the power that can be used at present.


    The top level of the holy places are human spirits. They are not stupid enough to come up with oil adding tactics and send friars to die one after another.


    Either they don''t move, they have to take out enough strength to crush the ghost land completely with the advantage of rolling.


    Although they were extremely unwilling, the high-level leaders of the holy places still had to give orders in great pain. The battles in all battlefields ended immediately, and all sent friars returned to their mountain gates immediately.


    The friars fighting on the front did not understand and were unwilling to accept this order, but in the face of the strict order from the rear, they finally had to accept it.


    A monk of the Holy Land Sect began to leave the battle and left the battlefield together.


    Many strongholds of the immortality society were destroyed, and its main friars, led by Gu Chen shangzun, also fell into a siege.


    The enemy finally retreated before the immortals were killed. Gu Chen, who was seriously injured, got a rare chance to breathe.


    In the South China Sea, the old generation of the Hai Ling sect''s return to virtual power has almost lost all their power. The new return to virtual power is headed by Haiyang Zhenjun. No, it should be called Haiyang Taoist now. He is leading the remaining experts in the sect to a dying struggle.


    The friars of Zhenhai hall suddenly gave up the readily available fruits of war and retreated immediately, which made Taoist Haiyang feel incredible.


    The sea spirit sect has been forced to a desperate situation. There should be no need to play tricks in Zhenhai hall?


    The ecstasy of the rest of life soon enveloped the whole Hailing sect.


    The friar of Zhenhai Hall who hurriedly withdrew from the Hailing sect returned near the mountain gate and just broke into the battlefield where the friar in the gate resisted the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    These friars, who were reluctant to retreat and had a lot of anger in their hearts, immediately joined hands with the left behind friars against the enemy.


    After a fierce war, the Allied forces of Hai and Zhenlong had to retreat temporarily.


    All the holy places sent by the sect door are returning to virtual power. They go quickly, and they withdraw quickly.


    After the monks returned to the mountain gate, it was time to consider how to attack the ghost land of Dali imperial dynasty.


    At this time, since the gate of the bedroom was blocked, the iron blue companion snow sword gentleman appeared with a smile on his face.


    Although Banxue Jianjun was blocked in his bedroom, he had enough means to understand what was happening outside.


    Yang He Xu Xian, Wei Wu Xu Xian and Hai Xu Xian, who are blocked outside the bedroom of Banxue Jianjun, have also kept in touch with the outside world.


    Even if they are false immortals, they dare not disobey orders from their ancestors.


    I really didn''t expect that I had planned for a long time. Therefore, I didn''t hesitate to offend the high-level of Tiangong led by Mr. Ban Xuejian. In order to smoothly implement the action of eradicating dissidents, I gave up halfway for no reason.


    The three virtual immortals were about to say a few words about the scene. After making amends to the king of companion snow sword, they immediately left here to destroy the ghost land of Dali imperial dynasty.


    But before they could say anything, a fierce sword came out of the bedroom, shrouded them, and nailed them firmly in place.


    If they want to leave here, they must resist the sword spirit and have a head-on battle with the snow sword king.


    "You three old people, when this is a place, do you come and go?"


    Accompanied by the sudden attack of Xue Jianjun, the three virtual immortals only had a relatively bitter smile.


    This time they had made a mistake first, and then maybe they would ask for help from Mr. Ban Xue Jian. They really don''t want to offend Mr. Ban Xue Jian, let alone fight with Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    While resisting the attack of sword Qi, the three virtual immortals pulled down their body and explained in a low voice.


    In a word, they had to do it this time. They really didn''t intend to be enemies with the snow sword king.


    If you offend me, please forgive me with snow sword.


    In the future, they will come to the door with generous gifts and apologize in person, which will satisfy Mr. Ban Xuejian.


    Now, please pay attention to the overall situation. For the sake of your true immortal face, take pity on the safety of Jun dust world and let them go for the time being.


    For their explanation, companion Xue Jianjun didn''t respond, but strengthened the power of sword Qi.

 Chapter 1990

    The three virtual immortals knew that companion Xue Jianjun didn''t really want to fight with them now.


    But now the sects of the holy places have encountered problems. Mr. Ban Xue Jian took the opportunity to make trouble, which can be regarded as a vent.


    The three virtual immortals had a tacit understanding and shot together to block the sword Qi released by the snow sword king.


    The three of them knew they were wrong and decided to delay a little time and let Mr. Ban Xuejian vent and let her go smoothly.


    After the order of Ziyang real immortals, the high-level leaders of the sects of the major holy places also tried to contact the real immortals such as Sanshan real immortals to see if they could provide some help.


    Spies of foreign invaders have long appeared in the void near the Jun dust world.


    Among them, the strong ones at the level of true immortals also disappear and appear from time to time.


    If you completely ignore it, once the enemy of Zhenxian level becomes powerful, it can easily destroy the peripheral defense line of Jun dust world and kill a large number of garrison friars.


    With three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors, Sanshan Zhenxian patrols outside the Junchen world in turn to prevent the enemies of Zhenxian level from making trouble.


    The puppet of Sanshan Zhenxian, who is at the level of Zhenxian, takes a group of Huixu Da Neng to sit in the heaven and earth kill array and is always ready to urge the array to meet the enemy.


    Three mountains and real immortals have no time to get away, but they still have to rely on the strength of the sect of each holy place to solve the problem.


    When the high level of the holy places was discussing, another big trouble appeared.


    Behind the scenes supporter of the immortality society, the ancient Taoist priest, deputy director of the heavenly palace, originally led a delegation to visit a foreign star area to prepare for contact with visitors from the four corners Star area.


    However, when reaching the edge of the ascendant area, the mission was intercepted by foreign invaders.


    After defeating the interception team of foreign invaders, the ancient Taoist who was already very dissatisfied with being an envoy at this time had to return to the Junchen world to make plans again on the pretext that the enemy was too strong and the road was not smooth.


    Although many people in the mission objected, the ancient Taoist took out the power of virtual immortals and subdued all the opponents in one fell swoop.


    Ancient Taoist is famous for his eccentric temper and difficult to get along with.


    Generally speaking, the great power in the early and middle stages of returning to emptiness can be called a Taoist.


    In the later stage of returning to emptiness, it can be called so and so shangzun.


    At the level of virtual immortals, they are called so and so virtual immortals.


    Of course, some special names are not included. Such as with snow Jianjun.


    The ancient Taoist seems to be very disgusted with the name of virtual immortal. He hates others calling him virtual immortal. Generally, he calls himself the ancient Taoist.


    The quirk of ancient Taoist seems nothing. Among the practitioners, the quirks are much better.


    Only those who are really close to the ancient Taoist know that the reason why he hates the name of virtual immortal is that he is extremely dissatisfied with several real immortals sleeping.


    Because these real immortals modified the laws of heaven and earth in the Junchen world before they fell asleep, and cut off the road to immortality for future generations, the ancient capital Taoists who had long been able to impact the realm of real immortality had to stay at the level of virtual immortality.


    Virtual immortals are fake immortals. They don''t deserve the word immortal at all.


    The ancient Taoist with this idea has this quirk.


    For many years, the ancient capital Taoists have been working tirelessly against the sects of the major holy places.


    Under the forced order of the ancient Taoist, the two empty warships carrying the members of the mission immediately turned around and returned to the Junchen world.


    The members of the mission, including the ancient Taoist, did not know that it was not accidental that the mission was intercepted by foreign invaders.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t want the mission from the Jun dust world to contact the visitors in the quadrangular Star area, which exposed the secrets of the Jun dust world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has made up his mind to compete for opportunities with several Zhenxian sleeping in the Jun dust world. Naturally, he doesn''t want to have a troublemaker from the four corner Star area.


    Therefore, Xianyun Zhenxian sneaked in and skillfully attracted a team of foreign invaders, just blocking the forward route of the Junchen mission.


    After the team of foreign invaders was defeated, Xianyun Zhenxian, who was hiding in the dark, was still considering what means he should use next to prevent the regiment from moving forward.


    Unexpectedly, the regiment turned around and went back directly.


    This is also good. It just saves a lot of energy of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    As soon as the two empty warships led by the ancient Taoist capital entered the outer defense line of the Junchen world, they came into contact with the cold war dignitaries stationed here.


    For example, the lineal friars of the heavenly palace like Zun in the cold war, although they seem to be outside all the time, they are very concerned about all kinds of situations in the heavenly palace and the ongoing war in the Junchen world.


    After listening to the report of shangzun in the cold war, the Taoist priest in the ancient capital suddenly became angry.


    Well, it turns out that all the religious sects of the holy places unanimously asked themselves to join the visiting mission, which is basically to lure the tiger away from the mountain, so as to facilitate their next actions.


    Of course, it is also false to say that the ancient Taoist did not expect it at all.


    When he left the Junchen world, he had doubts in his heart. Otherwise, he would not be in such a hurry to come back and even give up his mission.


    The ancient Taoist left the members of the mission and rushed back to the heavenly palace as soon as possible with a few confidants.


    Among the three deputy managers of the heavenly palace, the Taoist in the ancient capital has the strongest and most dignified character.


    As soon as the ancient Taoist came back, Wang puchen, who had always been close to the sects of the major holy places, suddenly withdrew and pretended to be mute.


    Ma Qiang Ou Xu Xian, who always appeared as a good man, did not hesitate to stand on the side of the ancient Taoist, and began to become tough.


    When the two deputy managers of the heavenly palace come forward, they will immediately regain control of the key points of the heavenly palace.


    The monks of the holy places who entered the heavenly palace now know the orders from the real immortal Ziyang.


    They all know that this action to clean up dissidents is half done, and they can''t control the key points of the heavenly palace forever.


    The top leaders of the holy places were even less willing to have a fierce conflict with the heavenly palace at this time.


    As a result, the monks of the holy places began to shrink back and voluntarily gave up the place they had occupied before.


    It didn''t take long for the friars of the heavenly palace to basically regain control of the vital points of the heavenly palace.


    In the whole heavenly palace, in addition to the heaven and earth kill array and several monks of the Holy Land Sect gate stationed, the monks of the Holy Land Sect gate in other places took the initiative to retreat.


    The ancient Taoist also knew that the heaven and earth kill array, as the bottom card of the Junchen world, was too important. The religious doors of the holy places were not assured that they were controlled by the heavenly palace alone.


    Although the ancient Taoist looked murderous and aggressive, in fact, he didn''t want to completely tear his face with the religious doors of the holy places at this time, let alone start a war at this time.


    His actions and postures are to gain more weight in the subsequent negotiations, so as to strive for more interests.


    After recovering the vital points of the heavenly palace, the ancient Taoist priest took people murderously to the outside of the bedroom of Mr. Ban Xue Jian.

 Chapter 1991

    Mr. Ban Xue Jian had no intention of killing, but was just venting his anger.


    The three virtual immortals joined hands to block her attack for the time being, but they also seemed to be able to do it easily.


    Now the ancient Taoist priest and Ma Qiang Ou Xu Xian arrive here with their men, and the situation has changed again.


    Banxue Jianjun is recognized as a true immortal in the Junchen world. Shortly after Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, Yu Ci took the initiative to release his body and mind and let Meng Zhang plant a ban in his body.


    The prohibitions planted by Meng Zhang are so clever that he can completely control the benevolent Taoism.


    In this way, taiyimen, who had only one great power to return to the virtual world, has an additional usable combat power to return to the virtual world.


    Taoist of the ancient capital took initiative to visit Meng Zhang and had a good talk with the him.


    They have a lot in common on the issue of fighting against the holy places.


    Meng Zhang learned about the current situation of the heavenly palace and the pressure that the ghost kingdom brought to the holy places from the ancient Taoists.


    Meng Zhang was relieved at last.


    Before the ghost kingdom is completely destroyed, the holy places should have no spare power to cause trouble again.


    In addition to these great forces, the ancient Taoist sent people to appease other forces and solitary monks involved in the battle.


    Under the running around of ancient Taoist, the Junchen world seems to settle down temporarily.

 Chapter 1992

    When the ancient Taoist ran around to stabilize the situation in the Junchen world, there was no idleness at the sect gate of the major holy places, and began to think about how to destroy the ghost land.


    Several virtual immortals personally took a group of Huixu great energy to the outside of the ghost area for careful observation.


    Several virtual immortals not only have profound cultivation, excellent eyesight and extraordinary insight.


    Yang and Xu Xian, in particular, are the disciples of Ziyang Zhenxian. In his early years, he followed his master through the void and saw the strong and various races.


    He observed outside the ghost area for a long time, and there was a faint guess in his heart.


    He held it in one hand, and a big purple sun appeared in the palm of his hand.


    The purple sun rose into the air and became bigger and more dazzling.


    The power contained in it is too terrible. Its breath makes a group of returning virtual powers around tremble.


    The purple sun rose into the sky, stopped at first, and then fell to the ghost area in front like a meteor.


    As the ghost land goes, the thick fog above the ghost land automatically disperses, and endless light shoots into the ghost land.


    A friar of Ziyang holy sect was about to flatter him. A huge ghost hand stretched out in the ghost area, grabbed the purple sun, and then easily snuffed it out.


    Although the tentative blow did not cause any damage to the ghost area, Yang and Xu Xian saw a lot of things clearly.


    "Sure enough, the ghost clan is standing behind the Dali imperial dynasty."


    After listening to Yang and Xu Xian''s words, some knowledgeable guys showed a suddenly enlightened expression on their faces.


    The universe is vast and endless. There are many worlds and countless races living in it.


    The famous ghost family is one of them.


    In the normal world, there is a gap between yin and Yang. After death, creatures have a certain chance to become ghosts and so on.


    The ghost clan is a kind of natural ghost with the ability of reproduction.


    Of course, the ghosts that many creatures become after death can also be transformed into ghost families.


    Even many creatures can be directly transformed into ghosts because of special rituals.


    The general characteristics of the ghost family are not different from those of ghosts, but the ghost family has its own civilization and its own practice system.


    Among the worlds of the heavens, the ghost clan is also a powerful race.


    Many ghost families are full of hatred towards creatures, and ghost families are also very expansionary races.


    After the ghosts invade a normal world, they often break the separation between yin and Yang, make the world Yin and Yang disordered, and the whole Yang world becomes hell.


    The world occupied and transformed by ghosts is no longer suitable for the survival of creatures.


    From this point alone, the ghost race is a very annoying race.


    Yang and Xu Xian judged that there were ghost families behind Dali Dynasty. No wonder Dali Dynasty could create such a ghost territory.


    On the surface, it seems to be a magic method, but it is actually a secret method of the ghost family.


    Among the foreign invaders who attacked the Junchen world, there was no ghost clan.


    If Yang and Xu Xian hadn''t made the move this time, we couldn''t find the trace of the ghost family in the Junchen world.


    When did the ghost clan sneak into the Junchen world and hook up with the Dali dynasty?


    From the current point of view, the ghost clan and the Dali Dynasty are in deep collusion. It is definitely not a day or two for them to sneak into the Junchen world.


    Previously, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong took a fancy to the Yindu city established by the Dali imperial dynasty in the underworld, and was ready to project their own blessed land in the past and let it devour the Yindu city.


    Now think about it, Ziyang Saint Friar''s heart is full of fear.


    Fighting in the underworld, Ziyang Shengzong has no advantage over the ghost clan.


    If Ziyang Shengzong really did so, I''m afraid he would even take in his own blessed land.


    Knowing that this ghost land is the means of the ghost family, all the monks present became cautious.


    The ghost clan is well-known, and its strength is far from that of ordinary ghosts and ghosts in the underworld. Now that it has the advantage of the land, it must be more difficult to deal with.


    "What''s the matter with those guys monitoring the Junchen world? They didn''t even find the ghost clan sneaking in?"


    A great fan of Zhenhai hall couldn''t help complaining.


    After listening to this sentence, many monks present turned their eyes.


    It is the common responsibility and obligation of the heavenly palace and the holy places to monitor the Junchen world.


    These words of complaint are really useless.


    The heaven and earth kill array and the Tianwei thunder and punishment array in the heavenly palace have the ability to monitor the Junchen world.


    When refining for nine days, the heaven and earth fetal membrane of Jun dust world was integrated into it.


    Once too powerful foreign guests break in, they will be exposed in nine days.


    The ghost clan is already secretive. It is famous for being good at sneaking in and spying.


    Now we can only say that the sneaking ability of the ghost family is really worthy of its reputation, which is greatly beyond everyone''s expectation.


    Now that we know the origin of the ghost area in front of us, we should find a solution to the problem as soon as possible.


    After careful observation, the faces of the high-rise of the sect doors of the major holy places, including several virtual immortals, showed embarrassment.


    The more they observe, the more they feel that this ghost land is really tricky.


    The ghost Kingdom has too strong rejection of external forces, especially those from the Yang world.


    When a foreign monk enters it, it is as if he is an enemy of the whole heaven and earth and is rejected by the whole heaven and earth.


    Even if several virtual immortals broke in together, they could not counteract this repulsive force.


    When their strength was severely suppressed, several virtual immortals were reluctant to face the mysterious ghost strongman.


    Under the condition that the real immortal is sleeping, the virtual immortal is basically the strongest combat power of the sect gate of each holy place, and it is also the inside story of the sect gate.


    We are also unwilling to put the virtual immortal in danger.


    After observing for a long time, they reluctantly thought of two ways to deal with the ghost region.


    One way is that Xu Xian led back to Xu Da Neng to form a team to break through the ghost territory.


    Whether this method is successful or not, it will certainly cause a large number of casualties.


    Those who practice truth always cherish their lives. They are also flesh and blood. Even if they are loyal to the sect, I''m afraid they don''t want to die easily.


    Returning to emptiness can damage too much, which will damage the strength of the sect and consume the details of the sect.


    More importantly, almost all of the high-level leaders of each sect are back to virtual power.


    This method was soon abandoned by everyone.


    After the observation just now, Hai Xuxian of Zhenhai hall found that the stronger the strength of the intruder, the greater the suppression in the ghost land.


    Some low-level friars with ordinary accomplishments are not too strong in the ghost region.


    The second way is to dispatch a large number of low-level friars. Starting from the edge of the ghost area, ants move, slowly weaken the ghost area and destroy its foundation.


    In this process, the returning virtual powers only need to cover aside to prevent the enemy''s high-end strong from raiding and killing their own low-end friars.


    After the ghost kingdom was fully weakened, Xu Xian led the return to virtual powers to completely break the ghost kingdom.

 Chapter 1993

    This method is extremely inefficient and will lead to a large number of casualties among low-level friars.


    But after discussing with you, you all agreed that this was a good way.


    Although it takes a lot of time to attack the ghost area in this way, it can effectively reduce the casualties of returning virtual powers.


    Even the friars who are most loyal to the sect and several true immortals will not raise objections at this time.


    This matter concerns almost all the life and death of returning to virtual power, which is enough to overwhelm everything.


    Once the high-level leaders of the holy places have made up their minds and started to implement the plan, the efficiency is still very high.


    At present, their top priority is to recruit low-level friars from their respective sects and carry them near the capital.


    Of course, if you are a low-level friar, you need at least the cultivation during the foundation period.


    During the Qi refining period, the little friar had almost no effect in entering the ghost realm, but died in vain.


    In addition to sending out the directly subordinate monks of the holy places, we should also mobilize all the vassal forces.


    Anyway, they are dead cannon fodder. Of course, the more, the better, and most of them use outsiders.


    Some high-level leaders even prepared to directly call up all Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world and asked them to send monks to join the war.


    Of course, to do so, we also need to obtain the consent of the heavenly palace, preferably in the name of the heavenly palace.


    Next, all the holy places fell into busy work.


    We should mobilize many forces of cultivation and transport a large number of monks from all over the world to Dali imperial dynasty


    Even if these low-level friars are cannon fodder, they can''t be killed in vain.


    They must die worthy and be able to weaken the ghost land with their lives.


    In order to attack the ghost area, we should strive to mobilize various Yang attributes and magic tools and talismans with the power of expelling ghosts.


    You return to the virtual power, you should think carefully about how to take action, so that you can cover your low-level friars without putting yourself in danger.


    ¡­¡­


    The request of each Holy Land Sect to mobilize the whole Junchen world and recruit all Xiuzhen forces was rejected by the heavenly palace.


    The high-level officials of the heavenly palace clearly said that the ghost land of the Dali imperial dynasty was the trouble caused by the religious doors of the major holy places, and they had better solve it by themselves.


    Previously, in order to resist the coalition forces of foreign invaders, Junchen has carried out a general mobilization.


    Now all the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world need to recuperate and prepare for the next large-scale attack by foreign invaders.


    The remaining anger of the high-level officials of the heavenly palace led by Mr. Ban Xue Jian did not disappear, and they were unwilling to cooperate with the holy places, and they had no better way.


    Fortunately, each holy place has a big family, great cause and many vassal forces, and there are very many monks who can be mobilized.


    Moreover, with the appeal of the holy places, even if there is no direct order from the heavenly palace, they can command many Xiuzhen forces.


    In a short period of time, there should be enough manpower and material resources available for the major holy places.


    As for the details of the ghost land and the fact that Dali emperor colluded with the ghost family, the major Holy Land sects did not hide it and let it spread.


    Meng Zhang was a little afraid when he heard about it.


    Taiyimen and Dali imperial court were still allies and joined hands against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Who would have thought that the back of Dali Dynasty was so complicated.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t collude with Dali dynasty because of his instinctive defense.


    Now, of course, the taiyimen side immediately drew a clear line with the Dali Dynasty and denounced it.


    Dali colluded with the ghost family and did evil things that people and gods were angry with. Naturally, it became a rat crossing the street and everyone shouted.


    Although the upper capital of Dali imperial dynasty has become a ghost territory, other territories are still roughly intact.


    Dali Dynasty has been able to fight against Ziyang Shengzong for so many years. In addition to external help, its vast territory and rich resources have also played a great role.


    After many expansions of Taiyi gate, the most remote territory has a border with Dali imperial dynasty.


    Now there is something wrong with Dali''s Imperial Center. It is the time when there are no dragons in the place.


    Meng Zhang knew that great changes were imminent in the Junchen world. Only by accumulating more resources before the great changes could he have more coping power.


    Moreover, the ready-made cheap, white do not occupy, can not easily let go.


    Under the order of Meng Zhang, Taiyi sect sent out a large army of monks and began to enter the Dali Dynasty from the border, wantonly occupied its territory and plundered its various resources.


    Just before that, Meng Zhang issued a mobilization order to prepare the whole Hanhai Dao alliance in order to deal with the attack of the holy places.


    This provided many conveniences for mobilizing the army of monks and seizing the territory of Dali imperial court.


    Seeing an army of friars from the Taiyi gate enter the Dali imperial dynasty, the land occupied by the Taiyi gate is expanding rapidly, and many people of the Ziyang holy sect can''t sit still.


    Both Ziyang Shengzong and Dali Dynasty are located in the north of Junchen world. Ziyang Shengzong has always regarded itself as the ruler of the north.


    All the territory and interests of Dali Dynasty have long been regarded by Ziyang Shengzong as objects in his mouth.


    It''s really hateful that Taiyi gate comes out so suddenly and steals food at the mouth of a tiger.


    Many Ziyang Saint friars have been clamoring to teach taiyimen a lesson.


    The high level of Ziyang Shengzong kept enough calm at this time.


    The sect of the holy places reached an agreement with the heavenly palace not to start a civil war between practitioners in the Junchen world.


    If Ziyang Shengzong attacks Taiyi gate at this time, he will certainly offend Tiangong.


    Most importantly, Ziyang holy sect was a little confused about the depth of Meng Zhang and had a strong fear of him.


    Last time, Yang Sheng followed Meng Zhang into the void, and then died mysteriously.


    In the previous war, Meng Zhang easily killed his opponents in the middle of Huixu, showing extraordinary combat effectiveness.


    This can not help but let the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong associate and have some bad guesses.


    According to the meaning of Yang and Xu Xian, it is to directly hit Taiyi gate and capture Meng Zhang for interrogation.


    However, some senior leaders in the sect discouraged Yang and Xu Xian.


    It is really not appropriate to start a war again until we know the real details of Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, all the holy places are facing pressure from their ancestors. The top priority is to eliminate the ghost land.


    They have adopted an extremely inefficient method, which will certainly take a lot of time and lead to the dissatisfaction of several real immortals.


    If there are more complications at this time and spend too much power on other things, they will be really hard to explain to the real immortals.


    The high level of Ziyang Shengzong tolerated the expansion of Taiyi gate this time.


    They just ordered the friars in the gate to seize the territory of Dali imperial court. They must seize more territory before Taiyi gate.


    At the same time, we should try our best to avoid conflicts with taiyimen, especially large-scale battles.


    Of course, the face of the Holy Land Sect can''t be lost.


    When it is time to compete, we must fight with all our strength and not make concessions for no reason.


    Secretly, Ziyang Shengzong began to try to test Meng Zhang to find out the truth of the death of shangzun Yangsheng.

 Chapter 1994

    This somewhat ambiguous order of the high level of Ziyang Shengzong exposed some internal contradictions and differences.


    On the issue of how to treat taiyimen and mengzhang, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong did not fully reach an agreement.


    Of course, even those high-level officials who are unwilling to let go of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate temporarily have no spare power to directly attack the Taiyi gate and Meng Zhang reactionaries on a large scale at this time.


    As a weak person, taiyimen will not take the initiative to provoke Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the process of seizing Dali imperial territory, taiyimen retreated from Ziyang Shengzong and tried to avoid conflict.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong did it later, the speed of occupying Dali imperial territory is still above Taiyi gate.


    Although Meng Zhang had the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian as his card, he never thought that he could defeat Ziyang Shengzong with a immortal talisman.


    Han Yao, the five punishment sword brought back by Meng Zhang to Taiyi gate, healed his wounds with the help of the elders in the gate.


    Niu Dawei didn''t know what method he used, but he persuaded Han Yao to work for taiyimen temporarily.


    As a high-level man who grew up in Dali Dynasty, Han Yao was not only familiar with the internal situation of Dali Dynasty, but also highly respected. He had deep contacts in Dali Dynasty.


    Great changes have taken place in the capital of Dali Dynasty, and the whole Dali Dynasty has fallen into a state of headless dragons.


    Especially after knowing the actions of the high-level officials of Dali imperial court, the monks stationed around Dali imperial court became estranged and full of dissatisfaction and anger towards the high-level officials of the imperial court.


    At this time, Han Yao took the initiative to help taiyimen persuade the garrisons everywhere.


    Taiyimen is also a great power with great prestige, and this time it has offered good conditions for recruitment and surrender.


    Compared with Ziyang Shengzong, who has been hostile for many years and has a deep blood feud, it is obviously better to invest in Taiyi gate.


    As for those diehard people who don''t know the current affairs, they are either destroyed by taiyimen or killed by Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong making efforts respectively, a large army of friars drove into the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, and flying boats came everywhere.


    However, in a few months, all the territory far from the imperial dynasty was basically divided up by the two families.


    The final result was that Ziyang Shengzong occupied most of the territory of Dali imperial court, and it seemed that the victory was far above Taiyi gate.


    However, there is Han Yao''s help on the side of Tai Yi gate. The territory occupied is the essence of the great dynasty, especially the very important resource producing areas.


    Many monks stationed in Dali imperial dynasty left everything and fled when Ziyang Shengzong attacked.


    Some of these fleeing friars have gone away and completely left the area; Some took refuge in taiyimen


    Taiyi gate has received a large number of heritages from the imperial dynasty, including many monks, massive resources, local garrisons, workshops for creating organs and creations, facilities for alchemy and utensils, etc.


    Ziyang Shengzong seems to have become a winner with strong strength in the action of dividing up the imperial dynasty.


    However, taiyimen, with the help of Han Yao, was the one who really received the most heritage from Dali imperial dynasty.


    Ziyang Shengzong won face, but taiyimen won inside.


    Think about how powerful Dali Dynasty was. Taiyimen was just a vassal of the Jiuqu Province under it.


    The Jiuqu Province, in the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, is just an unimportant enclave.


    Even the Dali imperial dynasty before the change in the capital was far more powerful than the Taiyi gate.


    It is such a big force that makes Taiyi gate look up to. It has fallen into such a field today and become the object of others'' division, which makes Taiyi gate sigh and fear the cruelty of the cultivation world.


    Taiyimen actually exercised great restraint in occupying the territory of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Many readily available territories were abandoned under the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Many territories too close to Ziyang Shengzong, taiyimen directly gave up after moving its population and resources.


    Of course, after this expansion, the territory of taiyimen has doubled several times, the population and resources under the rule have increased sharply, and there are many more border lines with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now the top level of taiyimen just wants a peaceful environment to digest the fruits of the war.


    If we can give taiyimen enough time to fully digest this harvest, the strength of the whole sect will be improved by leaps and bounds.


    Taiyimen''s high-level doesn''t have the habit of eating alone.


    This time, taiyimen mobilized the strength of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance and sent out many friars in the alliance.


    After the end of the operation, the taiyimen rewarded them according to the practice. According to the contribution of various forces, they gave many territories far away from the imperial dynasty as rewards.


    Many taiyimen don''t like it and think that the territory of chicken ribs is the hard pursuit of many members of Hanhai daomeng.


    In addition, there were many vassal forces in Dali Dynasty.


    Many of these vassal forces took the initiative to take refuge in taiyimen, which was incorporated into the system of Hanhai daomeng.


    Although taiyimen has achieved very fruitful results this time, it is not restrained by Dali imperial dynasty. I''m afraid it will face Ziyang Shengzong alone in the future.


    Of course, before solving the ghost land in the capital, Ziyang Shengzong still doesn''t care about Taiyi gate for the time being.


    After occupying most of the territory of the Dali imperial dynasty, with the strong strength of Ziyang Shengzong, the situation around the country was soon roughly stabilized.


    As the nearest landlord, Ziyang Shengzong should provide all kinds of convenience.


    The newly occupied Dali imperial territory can provide a lot of supplies to facilitate the assembly of friars.


    In the process of seizing the territory of Dali Dynasty, in addition to many friars of Dali Dynasty taking the initiative to take refuge, Ziyang Shengzong also captured many prisoners.


    According to the consistent style of Ziyang Shengzong, these prisoners will be executed sooner or later.


    Now it needs enough low-level friars as cannon fodder to attack the ghost area of the capital. Ziyang Shengzong let those friars who took the initiative to take refuge as supervisors and escorted these prisoners to the battlefield.


    With the passage of time, the highly efficient holy places have mobilized an army of friars from all over the Junchen world, ready to attack the ghost areas of the capital at any time.


    Although according to the predetermined plan, the initial attack was based on low-level friars, you return to virtual power still began to become busy.


    They need to observe and test the weaknesses of the ghost area, organize the next attack, and be prepared to cover


    Even the cannon fodder destined to be consumed by these low-level friars must be consumed with value and cannot be sacrificed in vain.


    Before they died in the war, if they can greatly weaken the ghost areas in the capital, it will be regarded as playing a role. It is not in vain that the religious families of the major holy places have worked hard to mobilize them here.

 Chapter 1995

    The main holy places did not delay the time to start the war. Their joint attack on the ghost areas of the capital soon began in full swing.


    Meng Zhang occasionally left zongmen and went near Shangjing city to observe the war from a distance.


    A large number of low-level friars, like ants, start from the periphery of the ghost area and constantly destroy the ghost area.


    The ghost area is not a large array. Even its maker can''t perfectly control it, but can only use its environment.


    Countless low-level friars swarmed around the ghost area and launched a fierce attack from all directions.


    The ghost region itself has no ability to attack. The ghost families stationed in it only send out a large number of ghosts and even ghosts and gods to resist and counterattack these low-level practitioners.


    At the edge of the ghost Kingdom, an army of ghosts and friars fought a bloody battle, and heavy casualties soon appeared on both sides.


    However, many return to virtual powers did not enter the shrouded area of the ghost realm, but stayed outside.


    While attacking the ghost area, they cast various auxiliary spells to bless the low-level friars.


    If the enemy sends out the ghost clan of the return to virtual level, the return to virtual powers of the Terran will attack it across the ghost territory, so that it can''t kill its low-level friars wantonly.


    Of course, there are omissions on the battlefield.


    If the return to virtual level ghost clan is flexible enough to avoid the return to virtual power of the Terran, it can easily kill the low-level friars of the Terran and cause heavy casualties.


    Of course, this is not much.


    The Terran has a large number of low-level friars and can afford such losses.


    After watching several world wars, Meng Zhang felt dull.


    The practice of the holy places can not be mistaken, but the efficiency is too low.


    These low-level friars are like Yugong moving mountains. They don''t know how long it will take to weaken the ghost region and create opportunities for the full-scale attack of the returning virtual powers.


    Moreover, the low-level friars are living people and flesh and blood creatures. They are consumed so cruelly that Meng Zhang also feels a little unable to see it.


    Of course, in the cultivation world, the real master is always the high-level friars.


    They don''t need to think too much about the life and death of low-level friars. The most important thing is always their own interests.


    Lower friars never have the right to resist higher friars.


    If a high-level friar throws a few bones at random, countless low-level friars can work hard for it.


    Although Meng Zhang felt that the war was too boring, he insisted on going to the vicinity of the battlefield regularly for careful observation.


    According to the situation of the battlefield, he needs to infer the time when the holy places will destroy the ghost land.


    Although all the holy places are honest now, after destroying the ghost area, I don''t know what moths they will make.


    After the last war, Meng Zhang will never relax his vigilance against the holy places.


    Taiyimen and hailing sect resumed contact, and Meng Zhang also contacted Gu Chen shangzun.


    The sea spirit sect lost too much last time. Although it can''t be said that it will never recover, it can no longer contain Zhenhai hall.


    Once Zhenhai hall empty hands, it can easily wipe out Hailing sect.


    The high-level leaders of Hailing sect are already considering the future.


    The immortal society has been hidden in the dark before. Although its reputation is not obvious, its accumulated strength is very strong.


    After this war, the threat of the immortality society to the holy places was also greatly reduced.


    Fortunately, the respect of Gu Chen is still there. The immortal society still has a little restraining effect on the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In particular, the ancient Taoist, the supporter behind the ancient Chen shangzun, has made it clear that the chariots and horses are against the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Last time, the actions of the Holy Land Sect to the heavenly palace aroused great dissatisfaction from the upper and lower levels of the heavenly palace.


    Many lineal friars in the heavenly palace have regarded all the holy places as enemies.


    Of course, due to the ambiguous attitude of the chief manager of the heavenly palace with Xue Jianjun, the heavenly palace and the holy places did not tear their faces.


    Taoist priests in ancient capital actively ran around, soliciting and persuading monks from all walks of life, so that everyone could fight against the religious doors of major holy places.


    Ancient Taoist attached great importance to Meng Zhang and visited him several times.


    They talked happily every time and communicated in all aspects.


    Taoists in the ancient capital did not hide their secrets, and even gave guidance to Meng Zhang in terms of cultivation.


    Although Meng Zhang has a complete and wise inheritance, he still benefits a lot from the guidance from Xu Xian.


    Seeing that the ancient Taoist had a good attitude, Meng Zhang also asked about many secrets of the Jun dust world.


    In addition to the top secret of the heavenly palace, the ancient capital Taoist basically gave a detailed answer.


    Especially about some secrets of the holy places, he revealed them recklessly.


    Knowing yourself and the enemy can make you invincible in a hundred battles. The sects of the holy places are Meng Zhang''s biggest enemy. Meng Zhang certainly hopes to know more.


    The ancient capital Taoist is very old. After the establishment of the heavenly palace, he came from the celestial realm to the Junchen realm and has worked in the heavenly palace for thousands of years.


    He holds a high position in the heavenly palace and has access to many secrets.


    In addition, although he did not speak clearly, Meng Zhang could guess that he should also have a reliable source of information inside the holy land.


    Meng Zhang even speculated that in order to fight against the religious sects of the major holy places, the ancient Taoists might have colluded with foreign invaders.


    Of course, this speculation is only hidden in Meng Zhang''s heart and will not be foolish enough to mention it in front of the ancient Taoist capital.


    The ancient Taoist came to the Junchen world, which is regarded as a remote place, from the Lingkong fairy world in order to pursue the opportunity to become an immortal and get the Tao.


    In his early years, he was praised as a spiritual genius. He achieved virtual immortals early, but he was unable to break through to real immortals because of the selfishness of several real immortals in his sleep.


    The dispute over the main road will never end. The hatred of blocking the way is as deep as the sea.


    The ancient Taoist hated those selfish immortals in his heart, and he was extremely hostile to all the holy places.


    Because of his identity and the powerful enemy, he can''t easily reveal his true thoughts.


    Meng Zhang killed the return to emptiness power of the Holy Land Sect, and had long become his mortal enemy.


    In front of Meng Zhang, ancient Taoists can confidently reveal their thoughts and wantonly vent their hatred.


    He frankly told Meng Zhang that in recent years, in addition to being unable to get through the Holy Land sects, he secretly supported various forces and tried to subvert the rule of the Holy Land sects.


    In the history of the Junchen world, most of the Xiuzhen forces that challenged and resisted the sects of the major holy places had the support of the ancient capital Taoists.


    Even if the ancient Taoist knew that these challenges and resistance would not succeed, they would still secretly invest a lot of energy.


    In his eyes, as long as it can cause certain losses to the holy places and stimulate the dissatisfaction and resistance of the practitioners of Jun dust world, it is even a victory.


    If he hadn''t been hit by this attack and grown up in the future, I''m afraid he really had the ability to compete with the holy door.

 Chapter 1996

    Meng Zhang was very interested in how several real immortals who opened up the Jun dust world changed the laws of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world and prevented future generations from becoming immortals and gaining the Tao.


    Are you not afraid of the younger friars'' rebound when several true immortals do this?


    Not to mention anything else, even their disciples and grandchildren, I''m afraid they won''t watch their fairy road cut off.


    In front of the main road, even the grandmaster may not work well.


    For these questions of Meng Zhang, the ancient Taoist answered them in detail.


    At the beginning, the six true immortals eliminated the indigenous forces in the Junchen world and had many arrangements before they began to sleep.


    They left many disciples and grandchildren to help them guard the Junchen world.


    In order to make up for the lack of high-end combat power, they also invited Sanshan Zhenxian at a huge cost.


    The six immortals are seriously suspicious. They don''t trust the younger generation friars in the Junchen world.


    The combat power of the real immortals in the Junchen world, the three mountain real immortals, the three lions and the Xuanxuan ancestors, are subject to various constraints and will not destroy the arrangement of the six real immortals.


    But if younger monks become true immortals, it may destroy their arrangement.


    Therefore, before falling asleep, the six true immortals changed the laws of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world with the help of an immortal tool and a vast ritual, so that future generations could not become immortals and get the Tao.


    Of course, the six true immortals also know that doing so will lead to many complaints.


    Therefore, they have made many arrangements and made many commitments.


    The chief steward of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xue Jian, was born as a tool spirit. His longevity is much longer than that of ordinary human friars, but he will face many difficulties when he becomes an immortal.


    The six immortals promised that when they woke up, they would help peixue Jianjun overcome those difficulties.


    The snow sword king also got the commitment of the six true immortals. Only in recent years did he cooperate with the major holy places in many things.


    For other outstanding monks, including their own disciples and grandchildren, the six true fairies have made similar promises that they will help everyone become immortals and attain the Tao.


    After finishing the top friars in the Junchen world, the six real immortals fell into a deep sleep.


    According to the original plan, the six immortals should have awakened long ago.


    No matter who wins or loses in their struggle, they should fulfill their promises according to their previous commitments.


    But the day when the six true immortals woke up was delayed again and again, and they didn''t wake up.


    Meng Zhang knew that the last time a great devil broke into the source sea and caused serious damage, so that the six real immortals had to postpone the day of waking up.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t know before was that the six true immortals had delayed waking up several times.


    And they delayed waking up several times without giving any reason and explanation.


    Their practice has naturally caused many people''s dissatisfaction and even panic.


    The ultimate life of Terran return virtual power is 10000 years.


    If these six true immortals don''t wake up and change the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, aren''t some old virtual immortals just waiting to die?


    In ancient times, Taoists thought that the six real immortals blocked their immortal road. Some virtual immortals with little longevity thought that the six real immortals wanted their lives.


    Even inside the Holy Land Sect, there are virtual immortals who are dissatisfied with this.


    Of course, there are many young virtual immortals in the sects of the major holy places, and most of them are loyal to their ancestors.


    The ancient Taoist contacted many fellow Taoists and asked Gu Chen to set up a immortality society, which is to try to break the restrictions set by the six real immortals, or forcibly wake them up and give them a chance to become immortals and get the Tao.


    Meng Zhang listened to the words of the ancient Taoist and fell into meditation.


    The ancient Taoist priest was eager for the six true immortals to wake up, so the last time the great devil broke into the source sea, it really had nothing to do with him. His previous idea was wrong.


    The ancient Taoist said that the six true immortals had delayed their awakening several times.


    Although the six true immortals did not explain the reason, most of them had external factors.


    From this point of view, there should be a mysterious force within the Junchen world to obstruct the awakening of the six real immortals and arouse the dissatisfaction of some older virtual immortals.


    Meng Zhang knows that he is not the kind of person with outstanding wisdom, but sometimes he has more ideas.


    He doesn''t know whether his guess is right or not. He often follows his feelings.


    As a master of heaven''s secrets, although the deduction of heaven''s secrets is subject to many restrictions, Meng Zhang can''t use heaven''s secrets easily, but many times, his feeling is very accurate.


    Even though he was a monk in the middle of his retreat today, deeply participated in many events in the Jun dust world and came into contact with high-level monks in the Jun dust world, there are still many hidden secrets in the Jun dust world, which made him unable to get a clue.


    Meng Zhang felt that even though the ancient Taoist was a powerful virtual immortal, he had mastered many resources and information channels, but he still had many blind spots in his sight.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much, but actively asked some questions to broaden his horizons.


    Although the relationship between Meng Zhang and the ancient Taoist is very cordial, their interests are not completely consistent.


    Meng Zhang hopes that the later the six true immortals wake up, the better. It''s best to let him enter the great circle of returning to emptiness and have the strength to impact the true immortals.


    The ancient Taoist couldn''t wait to wake up as soon as possible.


    Only when the six true immortals woke up, the Junchen world changed dramatically, and the rules of heaven and earth changed, could he have the chance to become an immortal and get the way.


    It is precisely because they can''t wait that the ancient capital Taoist talents hope to force the six true immortals to wake up by other means.


    Such as attacking the religious doors of major holy places, or breaking the rules of heaven and earth in Jun dust world.


    If the probability of success was not too low, the ancient Taoist even wanted to directly enter the depths of the source sea and forcibly awaken the six real immortals.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to get benefits from him while his relationship with the ancient Taoist was in the honeymoon period.


    The ancient Taoist also took advantage of his authority to provide some convenience to Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen is in a good position and has won a period of peaceful development.


    In the void outside the Junchen world, all foreign invaders unite again and gather their strength, with the trend of large-scale invasion again.


    A team composed of strong foreign invaders began to infiltrate into the outer defense line of Jun dust world and carry out all kinds of exploration and destruction.


    While attacking the ghost areas of the capital on a large scale, the Holy Land sects had to devote a large part of their mind to the defense outside the Junchen world.


    Although they are very dissatisfied with the Holy Land sects, in the face of foreign invaders, the heavenly palace should also cooperate with the Holy Land sects to strengthen the defense outside the Junchen world.


    As the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, the ancient Taoist became busy and focused more on the void near the Junchen world, and had less contact with Meng Zhang.


    For the time being, foreign invaders have not made a large-scale attack, and the heavenly palace has not called up all the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world. It just requires everyone to actively prepare for the war and accumulate strength to deal with the upcoming war.

 Chapter 1997

    Meng Zhang seems leisurely during this period, but in fact he has many important things to do.


    Since the truce, he began to inquire about his various inheritance.


    When he was in the void, he was forbidden by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The real immortal''s means are not what he can see through at present.


    In his inheritance, he found many ways to lift the ban.


    But these methods are not powerful enough to solve the prohibition imposed by the real immortal; Or he has high requirements for the cultivation of the performer, and his current cultivation is far from enough.


    Life and death are controlled by others, which is of course a very bad thing.


    Meng Zhang could not turn to others for help.


    It''s about his life and death. He can''t trust others.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to strengthen his cultivation. He hopes that after his cultivation is improved, he can have a good way to deal with this problem.


    Meng Zhang has not been able to fully understand the many inheritances left by the old ancestor of Shoushan.


    Meng Zhang took the time to study these inheritance whenever he was free and strive to improve his accomplishments.


    Meng Zhang hoped to be able to concentrate on his retreat practice, but there were too many worries, which interrupted his retreat again and again.


    Xianyun Zhenxian can keep in touch with Meng Zhang regularly through the prohibition arranged in Meng Zhang''s body.


    Before lifting the ban, Meng Zhang still needs to deal with Xianyun Zhenxian.


    When contacting Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang told Xianyun Zhenxian everything about the current situation of Jun dust world, the last time the sects of major holy places launched a clearance operation, Dali colluded with the ghost family in the imperial dynasty, and created a ghost territory in the capital.


    It''s nothing else. The fact that Dali colluded with the ghost clan in the imperial dynasty and the strong ghost clan sneaked into the Jun dust world surprised Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Thousands of years ago, the six true immortals worked together to refine the heaven and earth fetal membrane of Jun dust world into nine days.


    As long as outsiders break in, they will feel something in nine days.


    The stronger the intruder is, the clearer the feeling is.


    With the special defense system of Jiutian, not to mention the strong at the true immortal level, even the ordinary strong at the return virtual level can''t sneak into the Jun dust world quietly.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has tried many times. As long as he tries to sneak into the Junchen world, he will disturb the friars of the Junchen world stationed for nine days.


    If there was no way, he would not use Meng Zhang.


    Although the position of the quadrangular Star area in the void is far away from the center of the universe and all kinds of important roads, it is still much more prosperous and lively than the ascendant Star area where the Jun dust world is located, and has more exchanges with the outside world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has never personally contacted the strong of the ghost family, but he is very clear about the information of the ghost family.


    The strong of the ghost clan have great powers and many unknown abilities, especially good at sneaking in secretly.


    With Jun dust''s strict defense against foreign strong people, the strong people of the ghost clan can sneak into it, which has not been exposed until now. While surprised, Xianyun Zhenxian began to think about whether there are any unknown loopholes in Jun dust''s defense.


    For that ghost land, the idle clouds are really immortal, but they don''t feel very surprised.


    Making ghost regions in the Yang world is a good skill for ghost families born in the underworld.


    Of course, from this matter, Xianyun Zhenxian also noticed the opportunity.


    For Xianyun real immortals, of course, it is hoped that the six sleeping real immortals will wake up as soon as possible, leading to great changes in the whole Jun dust world. Only then can he have the opportunity to participate in the competition for the opportunity to become a celestial being.


    If time delays for a long time, it is inevitable that there will be many dreams and other variables.


    Besides, if the news of Jun dust world reaches the alien Star area, it will be a big trouble.


    Last time, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t come out directly, but used his means to stop the mission sent by Jun dust world to a foreign star area.


    Fortunately, the leader of the mission, the ancient Taoist priest, had another plan, and the plan of Xianyun Zhenxian was so smooth.


    After the situation in Junchen is stable, it may continue to send missions to foreign star areas.


    Once there is an omission, the real immortal of idle cloud has established a contact between the Jun dust world and the foreign star area. As long as the strong people there visit the Jun dust world, they may find the secret hidden by the real immortal of idle cloud.


    At that time, Xianyun Zhenxian will not only have many more opponents, but also will not tolerate Liuyun Shengzong.


    Xianyun true immortals cannot sneak into the Junchen world secretly. With Meng Zhang''s strength, it is impossible to wake up the six true immortals directly.


    It is a rare opportunity for the ghost clan to build that ghost land in the capital.


    The appearance of the ghost kingdom in the Yang world itself is a violation of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    The ghost realm connects with the underworld, continuously absorbs the power of the underworld, and constantly erodes the Yang world.


    For a long time, it will even destroy the stability of the whole Jun dust world.


    What the six true immortals need most is to keep the Junchen world stable so that they can sleep peacefully and make their own plans.


    If the problem of the ghost kingdom can not be solved all the time, and it becomes more and more intense, it will certainly disturb their sleep. Maybe they will really wake up in advance.


    Xianyun Zhenxian gave an order to Meng Zhang to try his best to prevent the sect of the holy land from destroying the ghost Kingdom and continue the existence time of the ghost kingdom.


    In addition, it''s best to make efforts from the underworld and give more support to the ghost area.


    Meng Zhang knew the mind of Xianyun Zhenxian. On the surface, he received the order very respectfully.


    Not to mention the damage to the Jun dust world, the command of Xianyun Zhenxian is also in line with some of Meng Zhang''s ideas, which can greatly contain the major Holy Land sects.


    However, Meng Zhang, as a master of heaven''s secrets, knew the will of heaven that the ghost kingdom could not be in the Junchen world, and he could never have anything to do with it.


    At least, Meng Zhang can''t directly help the ghost region.


    After ending his contact with Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang thought carefully.


    He considered how to fool Xianyun Zhenxian and prove that he really tried his best to help the ghost land.


    In addition, it is best to try to prevent the attack of the Holy Land Sect on the ghost territory without involving themselves.


    The order of Xianyun Zhenxian provides Meng Zhang with a good idea. He can start this matter from the underworld.


    Meng Zhang also has a reliable helper in the underworld.


    The ghost land in the capital connects with the underworld. There must be a foothold or pillar in the underworld.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the headquarters of Shangjing in the underworld, the capital of the underworld, should be the foothold or pillar.


    It''s wonderful for Meng Zhang to directly contact his outer incarnation. I hope he can start from the underworld and find out the relevant information of the ghost area as soon as possible.


    Too wonderful. The territory controlled by the underworld is far away from the Yin capital of the imperial dynasty. There are many dangers in the middle.


    Even ghosts and gods at the level of Yang God are difficult to easily travel between the two places.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang once went to the Yindu city and remembered the atmosphere there.


    Too wonderful. As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, he also remembers the familiar breath of Meng Zhang.


    What''s more, it''s wonderful that the original refined crystal of the divine power of natural ghosts and gods also comes from the ghost roaring mountain near the Yin capital.


    With this information as a positioning, it''s wonderful to use the art of space shuttle in the underworld to go to the underworld city. It shouldn''t be easy to get lost.

 Chapter 1998

    It''s wonderful. Although it''s the incarnation of Meng Zhang, it still has its own joys and sorrows and some unique ideas,


    Whether it''s a legendary ghost or the ghost land in the capital, they are very interested in it.


    Even without Meng Zhang''s orders, too wonderful will try to understand these things.


    Now Meng Zhang needs to know more about Yindu city. Naturally, he needs to turn to Taimiao for help.


    Over the years, too wonderful has expanded in the underworld and has a very vast territory.


    With the greater the hell territory under control, Taimiao''s own strength is also growing rapidly.


    It''s wonderful at this time. At the level of Yang God, there is basically no opponent.


    Even if many monks of the Yang God period who came from the Yang world besieged him, he was not afraid at all.


    He spent a lot of time and energy refining and understanding the reincarnation power in his hands.


    After years of hard work, he has achieved many results.


    He has a deeper understanding of the avenue of reincarnation, which can slightly stimulate the power of reincarnation power.


    With the help of authority, even if he faced the great enemy of returning to the virtual level, he was not without the power to fight back and could deal with one or two more or less.


    In most parts of the underworld, whether it is the day after tomorrow or all kinds of ghosts, the most powerful is the later level of Yuanshen.


    In addition to the occasional short-lived congenital ghosts and gods, the only place that can have the strength above Yang God, as Meng Zhang knows, is the Yin capital city established by Dali imperial dynasty in the underworld.


    After exposing the real strength and being besieged by the friars of the Yang God period who came to the underworld from jiuxuan Pavilion, Taimiao has no scruples at all, and can show its strong strength recklessly.


    His opponent, the object of his expedition, is far inferior to him in terms of individual strength.


    It''s wonderful. After absorbing the ghost army left by Shouzheng, the strength of his army has greatly increased.


    The army with taiyimen''s Dharma protector and Friar ghosts as the backbone has strict military discipline and well-trained, which is far better than most of the mob in the underworld.


    Moreover, with the improvement of cultivation, he can more and more reflect the characteristics of some natural ghosts and gods, which has a great inhibitory effect on the acquired ghosts and gods and all kinds of ghosts.


    In particular, he can transform from God, and is full of attraction to the ghosts and gods and all kinds of ghosts after tomorrow.


    After a series of wars and big victories, Taimiao''s reputation spread far and wide, attracting a large number of acquired ghosts and ghosts to invest.


    Later, where his army passed, the number of people who fell was like a cloud. Many places were defeated and surrendered to him on their own initiative.


    Countless active or passive participants make Taimiao''s ghost army like a snowball, bigger and stronger.


    The ghost army under him now, if pulled to the Yang world, both strength and quantity, surpass the friars of taiyimen.


    Even if taiyimen gathers the whole army of monks of Hanhai daomeng, they may not be able to compete with the army under Taimiao''s hands.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang is a little jealous of his external incarnation.


    After Meng Zhang entered the period of Yuanshen, he refined this outer incarnation.


    It''s wonderful. The time of practice is far less than that of Meng Zhang, but the growth rate and the progress rate of cultivation are not necessarily much slower than that of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is already a great power in the middle of returning to emptiness. It''s wonderful. Similarly, the cultivation of Yang God is complete, and can break through to the level of returning to emptiness at any time.


    Speaking of his subordinates, it''s wonderful. Due to the particularity of the underworld, the ghost army can match Meng Zhang''s accumulation for many years.


    If it weren''t for the Taiyi sect, there were several monks in the period of Yang God, it would be impossible to compare with them.


    Of course, because the rise in the underworld is too rapid and the rise time is relatively short, Taimiao also faces the same problems as Meng Zhang.


    Taimiao is the only strong man of Yang God level in this force.


    There were not many strong men in the later level of Yuanshen under him, and they basically took refuge later.


    Among his most trusted direct subordinates, there are no powerful people.


    A group of Dharma protectors, including the extremely sword God general, have a short time to break through the confinement of cultivation. Even if they take the initiative to become a wonderful slave God and can obtain a wonderful power blessing, their strength is still only average, which is not comparable to those old-fashioned postnatal ghosts and immortals.


    Everything that Taimiao forces have now is tied to Taimiao himself.


    What''s wonderful is that this is a powerful force that shakes the underworld and occupies the vast territory of the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. If it''s not here, even if it doesn''t completely disappear, this force will collapse and fall.


    The underworld force is very important and related to many future arrangements of Meng Zhang.


    If it is not necessary, Meng Zhang will not want to put too wonderful in danger.


    It''s wonderful. It''s more adventurous and bolder than Meng Zhang.


    In the process of wantonly expanding in the underworld, Taimiao has explored many well-known dangerous places in the underworld.


    If you don''t have time all the time, it''s wonderful to want to enter a deeper exploration of the underworld.


    It''s wonderful now. In the underworld, as long as there is no conflict with Dali imperial dynasty, it is basically invincible in the world.


    In addition to the Yin capital, the forces under his command probably became the public enemy of the Junchen world after the exposure of the collusion between the underworld and the imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to fall into a well, but for the sake of interests, he divided the territory of Dali imperial dynasty with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Xianyun Zhenxian hoped that Meng Zhang would secretly help Dali Dynasty and try to help the ghost kingdom.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude, however, was not to help each other between the great holy land zongmen and the Dali Dynasty.


    Wonderful. If we can unify the underworld, it will be of great significance to Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Ziyang Shengzong once wanted to project his blessed land to the Yin capital city established by Dali emperor in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang did not know the significance of doing so.


    After accepting the inheritance left by the ancestors of Shoushan and obtaining more knowledge, Meng Zhang understood more secrets about the blessed land.


    The independent space in the blessed land, the limit of growth is a small world.


    This is mainly because the rules of heaven and earth are incomplete and lack of many key elements.


    If Fudi wants to continue to grow and even grow into a cave, it must supplement the rules of heaven and earth.


    A complete world must have not only the Yang world, but also the Yin world.


    If you project the blessed land into an area of the underworld, and then completely devour this area and make it a part of the blessed land, you can make up for the lack of heaven and earth rules and let the blessed land get the foundation of promotion.

 Chapter 1999

    The blessed land in Ziyang Shengzong gate has a history of thousands of years.


    When the blessed land was built, there were real immortals and a number of great powers to return to the virtual world. Countless natural materials and earth treasures were invested, and its foundation was countless times stronger than that of ordinary blessed land.


    Later, after thousands of years of strengthening by the younger generation friars of Ziyang Shengzong, it can be said that it has reached a certain limit and is on the verge of promotion.


    Such a powerful blessed land, the projection target in the underworld, should also have corresponding accumulation and details.


    Dali Dynasty established the Yin capital city in the underworld for many years and invested countless human and material resources in it.


    In the present underworld, the Yin capital is not only strengthened and improved by the monks in the gate for so many years, but also has many defects. Among the several blessed lands in the Jun dust world, it is estimated to be at the end.


    If you want to get the chance of promotion, you must at least make up the foundation first.


    This requires more resources and a long time.


    Therefore, for a long time, the sun, moon and blessed land of Taiyi gate will not be projected into the underworld.


    However, in such matters, Meng Zhang''s attitude has always been to plan early and make more preparations.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, after Taimiao becomes the overlord of the underworld, it should choose a suitable place to build a big city, which will be built and developed like the capital of the underworld.


    Not to mention that this big city is compared with the Yin capital city, at least when the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen is projected into the underworld in the future, this big city should be worthy of the sun and moon blessed land.


    It''s wonderful. First, I''m not keen on building a big city. Second, I don''t have much spare energy to invest in it for the time being.


    This time, in order to obtain detailed information about the ghost family, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to let Taimiao take risks and go to the Yindu city.


    It''s wonderful. I''m very excited. I''m glad to go.


    However, Taimiao''s current stall in the underworld does not mean that you can go.


    Wonderful. Before leaving, I spent a lot of time dealing with all kinds of affairs and making all kinds of arrangements. Make sure that everything on the territory operates normally and that conventional external expansion and war will not be affected when he is away.


    Then, in the name of closing down and breaking through the bottleneck of cultivation, Taimiao disappeared into everyone''s sight.


    It''s wonderful that many of his men have long been used to such things.


    Too wonderful. Like Meng Zhang, he is reluctant to spend his time dealing with all kinds of common affairs.


    He trained several followers to help him deal with all kinds of daily affairs.


    Under the wonderful accumulated power, these obedient commands will not be easily violated.


    On weekdays, as long as it doesn''t appear for too long, he can barely operate normally when he establishes this force.


    Wonderful. After arranging everything, I began to go to the Yindu city.


    Meng Zhang once went to the Yindu city. He was deeply impressed by the ghost crying mountains there and nearby. He still remembers its breath.


    When Meng Zhang was in the ghost crying mountains, he also used rituals to let the original ghosts and gods keep coming.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang is now a great power of returning to emptiness and cannot directly enter the underworld.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, has the same memory as Meng Zhang.


    He was absorbed and felt for a long time. Because the distance was too far, he could not feel the location of the Yin capital for the time being.


    However, the general location of the Yindu city is not a secret in the underworld. It''s wonderful to know for a long time.


    It''s wonderful. On your own territory, you can directly perform the art of space shuttle and shuttle towards the Yin capital.


    Compared with the Yang world, the spatial structure of the underworld of the Jun dust world is more unstable.


    It is very dangerous to rush through space.


    Taimiao is not only proficient in the avenue of space, but also has a special intimacy with the underworld.


    Although the power in his hands is the power of reincarnation, he can still touch the bottom of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    His first few space shuttles were relatively smooth, allowing him to easily cross hundreds of thousands of miles.


    Too wonderful. I didn''t intend to shuttle directly to the Yindu City, but decided to enter the ghost cry mountain first.


    As he got closer and closer to the ghost cry mountains, he began to feel the specific location of the ghost cry mountains.


    At the same time, he also sensed some special features of the ghost cry mountain.


    According to legend, the ghost cry mountain range was formed by many wars between ghosts and gods in ancient times.


    In this tragic war, countless ghosts and ghosts fell.


    At that time, Terran practitioners had not invented the method of transforming into the acquired ghosts and gods.


    The fallen ghosts and gods here are all born ghosts and gods, and they also have strong people at the level of returning to emptiness.


    After the fall of the strong, the breath left by them can last for thousands of years, even tens of thousands of years.


    Due to the particularity of the underworld environment, after the natural ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness fall, their left power and breath will lead to many changes.


    Ghost cry mountain has created many dangerous places, countless ferocious ghosts and many inexplicable dangers.


    Even the ghosts, gods and ghosts of the later period of Yuanshen dare not rush into the deepest part of the ghost cry mountain.


    Too wonderful. I have enough confidence in my cultivation, but I''m not afraid to enter the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    However, his destination this time is Yindu City, so he doesn''t need to create complications.


    It''s wonderful. I sensed the ghost sobbing mountains and soon felt some familiar places.


    In those years, Meng Zhang once entered the ghost cry mountain, fought with the devil xiumo Qingzhen king, destroyed his plot, and left a deep impression on this place.


    Following their own induction, wonderful space shuttle, and finally across the last distance, came to the ghost cry mountain.

 Chapter 2000

    It''s wonderful. As soon as I entered the ghost cry mountain, I had an inexplicable sense of familiarity with it.


    It''s wonderful. I''m stunned. This sense of familiarity doesn''t come from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t enter the ghost cry mountain for a long time and didn''t go to many places. He basically looked at flowers.


    This inexplicable sense of familiarity in Taimiao''s heart comes from himself and the origin of his life.


    It''s wonderful. I have an instinctive impulse to go deep into the ghost cry mountains to explore the source of that sense of familiarity.


    However, he thought that Meng Zhang was anxious to understand the situation of the Yindu City, so he forcibly suppressed this impulse and decided to go to the Yindu city first, and then go to the ghost cry mountain after finishing the work.


    Too wonderful. Today''s strength is far more than that of Meng Zhang, and he can make better use of the environment of the underworld.


    Ghost weeping, he walked on the ground in all kinds of dangerous places in the mountains. As for dealing with all kinds of ghosts, that''s not a problem.


    Too wonderful, leave the ghost cry mountain easily, and then rush to the direction of the Yin capital.


    The whole Yindu city is shrouded in a huge prohibition, which not only prohibits foreign transmission spells, but also has the effect of warning.


    Too wonderful. I don''t want to scare the snake. Naturally, I can''t directly shuttle through space.


    Too wonderful, he tried to restrain his breath, covered his tracks, and approached the Yin capital carefully.


    When Meng Zhang asked Taimiao to investigate in the Yindu City, Han Yao also found Meng Zhang.


    Han Yao is now settling down at Taiyi gate. Not long ago, he helped Taiyi gate occupy the territory of Dali imperial court and helped persuade local monks of Dali imperial court to take refuge in Taiyi gate, which is a great achievement.


    Although Han Yao has not officially joined the Taiyi gate, he has been given high treatment on the side of the Taiyi gate and regarded him as an important guest in the gate.


    Han Yao is excellent in both conduct and ability. He was once an important Minister of the Dali Dynasty and was repeatedly entrusted with important tasks by Emperor Bawu.


    Emperor Bawu had cultivated Han Yao, who was also a very loyal minister.


    Han Yao would not have parted ways with him if he had not gone too far away from the imperial dynasty this time.


    Meng Zhang respected Han Yao not only because Han Yao was his boss and had been kind to him, but also because Han Yao was a rare gentleman in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang hoped that Han Yao could join Taiyi sect, urge and supervise the disciples in the sect and establish a good style of the sect.


    In these years, while the whole Hanhai road alliance is developing at a high speed, there are many internal problems.


    Many friars are arrogant and self-confident. They believe that there is support behind them. They sit down secretly and do many evil things.


    There are many things like bullying and bullying. All kinds of activities such as starting from wealth, killing and looting have never been stopped


    Taiyimen is under the supervision of the middle and high levels, and the situation is a little better.


    Among the other forces of Hanhai daomeng, some have made a mess.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of character who can''t rub the sand in his eyes. He also knows to turn a blind eye to some things.


    However, Hanhai Dao alliance was established by him, which belongs to the right alliance of daomen.


    If the atmosphere of Hanhai daomeng is too bad, Meng Zhang will not only look bad in face, but also affect his Taoist heart.


    Hanhai road alliance has been led by taiyimen for so many years. Various relationships within the alliance are complex, and human interests have a great impact on law enforcement within the alliance.


    When Han Yao left the imperial dynasty, he was the Dali Temple secretary in charge of criminal law, and the law enforcement was fair and strict.


    As an outsider, he has nothing to do with the whole Hanhai road alliance, including taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang is going to appoint Han Yao as the law enforcement elder of Hanhai road alliance, who will be fully responsible for law enforcement within the alliance and rectify the order within the alliance.


    Of course, if you want Han Yao to work hard for taiyimen, you still need to work slowly.


    When Meng Zhang was considering how to persuade Han Yao, Han Yao came to the door and asked him a request.


    According to Han Yao, when the high-level officials of the Dali Dynasty offered blood sacrifices to the creatures in the capital and established the ghost Kingdom, they all moved the ministers, valuable friars and their family members to the imperial palace.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the ghost region are similar to those in the underworld. Living people who stay in it for a long time will greatly affect Shouyuan and suffer many injuries.


    The high-level officials of the Dali Dynasty set up a guard and prohibition near the palace to temporarily protect these living people.


    Whether friars or mortals, few people want to live in the ghost land for a long time.


    Among these people, there are many who are not used to the practice of leaving the top of the imperial dynasty.


    Although they didn''t have the courage to leave directly like Han Yao, they had already had the intention to go.


    Han Yao told Meng Zhang about these people and hoped that Meng Zhang could save them from the ghost land.


    Of course, Han Yao knew it was very difficult, so he didn''t force Meng Zhang to do it immediately.


    He just hoped that Meng Zhang would try his best to help and rescue these people within his ability.


    In return, Han Yao was willing to take refuge in taiyimen wholeheartedly and worked for Meng Zhang wholeheartedly from then on.


    Han Yao is willing to take refuge, which is a great good thing.


    However, his request is indeed a difficult problem for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not sure that it can be achieved. He can only promise that he will try his best to complete it at the right time.


    Now, numerous monks, including a large number of great powers of returning to emptiness, have been sent out by the sects of the major holy places. They can''t directly break the ghost land, let alone a Meng Zhang.


    Only when he waited for the ghost land to be broken did Meng Zhang have a chance to shoot.


    Han Yao was satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    Since then, Han Yao officially joined Taiyi gate, became the elder of Keqing in the gate, and concurrently served as the law enforcement elder of Hanhai daomeng.


    Taiyimen has always lacked top-level friars. Now Han Yao joins in, which not only gives an additional Yang God combat power, but also can effectively rectify the atmosphere of Hanhai daomeng.


    In addition, Yu Ci had long been forbidden by Meng Zhang, and life and death were controlled by Meng Zhang, so he had to become Meng Zhang''s subordinate.


    Meng Zhang did not find it difficult for him. He appointed him as the guest elder of Taiyi gate and let him work for Taiyi gate. His support is also based on the standard of ordinary return to virtual power.


    Elder Yu Ci is not a person who would rather die than surrender. Since he is controlled by Meng Zhang, he has to be obedient.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang promised that as long as Yu cilao worked for taiyimen with peace of mind and made enough contributions, when the time was right, he would lift his restrictions and return his freedom.


    In addition, Yu Ci was born in casual cultivation, and his cultivation skills at the level of returning to emptiness and great power can only be said to be general, not even in the middle of advanced returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang promised Yu Ci Lao Dao that he could exchange the good work of Taiyi gate for various books of Taiyi gate.


    Most of the classics can be opened to him except some ones that are directly handed down or too confidential.

 Chapter 2001

    Yu Ci, who has seen Meng Zhang''s profound cultivation and super combat effectiveness, is full of expectations for various skill classics of Taiyi gate.


    His cultivation was trapped in the early stage of returning to emptiness for many years. What he lacked most was the secret method of refining the phase of heaven and earth.


    In the Junchen world, there are few forces of cultivation that master the secret method of refining heaven and earth.


    Even if he sold himself to those holy places, it would be difficult for him to obtain such a secret method.


    Although Meng Zhang won''t teach him the top secret method of Taiyi sect, some ordinary secret methods to refine the phase of heaven and earth will not be too stingy.


    In any case, there are several secret methods to refine the phase of heaven and earth among the inheritance left to Meng Zhang by the ancestor of Shoushan.


    The stagnant road has new hope, and Yu Ci Lao road has become excited.


    Threats and coercion alone can make Yu Ci Lao Dao work for Taiyi sect, but his enthusiasm is certainly not high, and he will sneak and play tricks in private.


    Give him some benefits so that he can see hope, and he will take the initiative to work hard.


    In the past, there was only Meng Zhang, a great power of returning to emptiness, and many things could not be taken into account.


    No matter how poor his strength is, Yu Ci''s ability to return to emptiness is out and out.


    When Meng Zhang went out, he was in charge of Taiyi gate, and he was more relieved up and down.


    When Meng Zhang arranged the affairs of Taiyi gate, Taimiao began to slowly approach the Yin capital.


    The Yin capital city has a brilliant prohibition and protection, and there are many acquired ghosts, gods and ghosts stationed in the city.


    Outside the Yindu City, there is a team composed of ghosts, gods and ghosts after tomorrow, patrolling constantly.


    After the Dali Dynasty established the Yin capital in the underworld, in addition to the acquired ghosts and gods cultivated by itself, it also attracted many foreign acquired ghosts and gods to take refuge.


    After Yuan Shen Zhen Jun lost his body and changed into an acquired ghost, his mind often changed greatly, as if he had changed a person.


    Many Yuanshen Zhenjun know this disadvantage, but when they are desperate, they have to take the road of ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow.


    Dali Dynasty has a special way to keep most of the temperament of the ghosts and gods after the transformation.


    This not only makes the ghosts and gods transformed by the monks of the Dali imperial dynasty continue to be loyal to the Dali imperial dynasty, but also has a great attraction to the external Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    In addition, after the Yin capital''s power grew, it conquered everywhere and recovered a large number of ghosts.


    After years of accumulation, the strength of the Yin capital is so powerful that it can be called the underworld. He has been to Dali imperial court and Yin capital, and has a certain understanding of it.


    He believed that the reason why the Dali imperial dynasty could rise and become the overlord in the underworld was not only the help of the ghost family, but also its own great efforts.


    Before the foreign ghost clan was exposed, Meng Zhang was amazed at all the forces displayed by the Dali Dynasty.


    Wonderful. After getting close to the Yin capital, he became very cautious because of Meng Zhang''s reminder.


    Too wonderful seems to be fully integrated into the environment of the underworld, and even a little breath and shadow are not exposed.


    Too wonderful. After approaching the Yindu City, I also encountered several patrol teams.


    As if it were too wonderful and didn''t exist at all, these patrols didn''t even notice anything wrong.


    The Yindu city is located on a huge plain below the ghost cry mountains.


    This is a huge city. It is rare to see such a magnificent city in the world.


    The tall city walls are continuous, like a winding dragon, towering on the plain.


    Too wonderful, carefully observed for a long time in the distance, close to the observation, and changed directions many times.


    With his eyesight, he had already seen through many mysteries of this huge city.


    This plain is within the reach of the remaining veins of the ghost cry mountains, and several huge underground veins meet here.


    According to the theory of Feng Shui in the Yang world, the Yin capital is located above the Dragon Cave.


    This not only makes the Yin capital gather a large amount of earth vein Qi and countless Yin Qi, but also enhances its Qi transportation effect.


    With the shelter of this huge city, even without the help of foreign ghost families, Dali Dynasty can dominate the underworld and keep this foundation.


    Wonderful. After arriving at the Yindu City, I vaguely felt that there was something in the huge city ahead that seemed to be attracting me all the time.


    The huge city ahead is shrouded in prohibition. It''s too wonderful to see through everything in the huge city from the outside.


    He couldn''t help but want to rush into the huge city ahead to find something to attract him.


    After too wonderful was transmitted to the ghost cry mountain, Meng Zhang tried to keep pace with too wonderful and always paid attention to his actions.


    If you follow Meng Zhang''s idea, you don''t want to venture into the Yin capital.


    But now the Yin capital is full of fatal attraction to Taimiao.


    Besides, it''s too wonderful to collect more useful information outside the Yin capital.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time.


    At present, all the holy places are making every effort to attack the ghost areas in the capital. Whether it is the Dali imperial dynasty or the ghost families outside the region, we should focus on it.


    Now the Yin capital is not empty, at least it can''t have too strong power.


    As long as the etheric wonderful ability is not blocked by the return virtual power, even if the whereabouts are exposed, they should have the ability to escape.


    Moreover, even the strong at the level of returning to emptiness may not be able to easily see through the hidden ability of etheric magic in the underworld.

 Chapter 2002

    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Tai Miao is naturally completely controlled by Meng Zhang.


    However, due to the wonderful particularity, he also has some requirements from time to time.


    Meng Zhang generally doesn''t refuse wonderful requests, and this time is no exception.


    It''s like ordinary people will satisfy their desires from time to time, making their body and mind more pleasant and more able to control themselves.


    With Meng Zhang''s permission, Taimiao began to try to sneak into the Yin capital.


    The wonderful action was very smooth. Neither the huge prohibition that enveloped the whole Yin capital nor the ghosts, gods and ghosts stationed here found his whereabouts.


    Wonderful, successfully sneaked into the Yin capital without leaving any trace.


    As soon as he entered the Yindu City, he was attracted by the scene in front of him.


    In the center of the Yin capital, there are six columns of light rising into the sky.


    The six pillars of light gathered a huge portal in the air, and there was a vortex slowly rotating in the portal.


    This gateway leads directly to the Yang world, and the power of the underworld is continuously transmitted from here to the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang''s previous speculation was correct.


    The ghost families outside the region took the Yin capital city as the foundation and transmitted the power of the underworld to the Yang world. Only then did they establish the ghost region of the capital city.


    In other words, the ghost region of Shangjing is the projection of the Yin capital in the Yang world.


    If we can destroy the Yindu City, it will seriously shake the ghost land foundation of the capital.


    However, Meng Zhang did not have such a mind.


    He also needs to go to the ghost areas of the capital to continue to attract the attention of the major holy places.


    It would be nice if he didn''t support the ghost areas in the capital.


    It''s wonderful. After observing the interior of the Yindu City, I found that the number of acquired ghosts, gods and ghosts stationed in the city is far more than I thought.


    It seems that the Dali Dynasty should have transferred too many forces to reinforce the ghost areas in the capital.


    Presumably, facing the pressure of the holy places, it is not easy to leave the imperial dynasty.


    At present, the Yin capital is not well defended. It looks like a bluff.


    It''s wonderful. Although it won''t destroy the capital, it''s not going to come in vain.


    He is going to have a good look around the city. It''s best to check the treasures in the city.


    Suddenly, Taimiao felt an unprecedented huge palpitation in her heart.


    Too wonderful, suddenly turned around and looked in the direction of the rear gate.


    An old man with a high crown, a yellow robe and boundless dignity all over walked out of the city gate slowly.


    At the moment of seeing the old man, it was wonderful to feel the sense of familiarity from him.


    The old man has a fatal attraction to too wonderful, which makes too wonderful want to devour him immediately.


    The old man''s face was full of greedy expression, and his wonderful eyes were almost green.


    "I didn''t expect, I didn''t expect that I would bring something I''ve been pursuing for thousands of years."


    "God has eyes, God has eyes. I finally wait until this day."


    After a sigh, the old man shouted.


    "I, Emperor Wenjin, was the founder of the Yin capital, the former Emperor of the Dali Dynasty."


    "Boy, as the day after tomorrow ghosts and gods who hang out in the underworld, you must have heard of my reputation."


    "Boy, if you are willing to submit to me, I am willing to share with you the foundation of the imperial dynasty and everything in the Yin capital."


    Too wonderful. Looking at the other party, he didn''t make a sound. He was synchronizing information with Meng Zhang.


    With Meng Zhang''s understanding of the Dali Dynasty and wonderful observation, they soon guessed the cause of the whole thing.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Emperor Wenjin of the Dali Dynasty encountered a pair of natural ghosts and gods fighting in the underworld.


    After this pair of natural ghosts and gods fought for life and death, they were both defeated, which made emperor Wenjin a fisherman.


    One born ghost escaped seriously, and the other born ghost was very unfortunate. It fell into the hands of emperor Wenjin and was swallowed and refined by him.


    After the natural ghost who escaped seriously, he fell into a deep sleep in the ghost cry mountain.


    Later, Dugu Jian, the sword Lord of Dali imperial dynasty, colluded with demon xiumo Qingzhen Jun, trying to make his disciples give up the sleeping natural ghost.


    Meng Zhang, together with the ghosts and gods, destroyed their actions.


    The natural ghost didn''t want to fall into the hands of demon Xiu, so he blew himself up.


    The divine power crystal left by the natural ghost and God after self explosion fell into Meng Zhang''s hands by chance.


    In this crystal of divine power, there is the inheritance and divine power left by this natural ghost and God.


    Later, Meng Zhang crystallized this divine power and used it to refine his own external incarnation. It''s wonderful.


    This pair of natural ghosts and gods come from the same source, connected by blood and breath.


    They have inherited everything from the two natural ghosts and gods. There is a special connection between Taimiao and Emperor Wenjin.


    It is quite normal for them to feel each other within a short distance.


    It''s wonderful. While generating that kind of induction outside the Yin capital, Emperor Wenjin should have the same induction.


    But emperor Wenjin didn''t show up rashly for fear that it would be wonderful to scare away.


    Later, it was too wonderful to think deeply. He took the initiative to enter the Yindu city. In the eyes of emperor Wenjin, he was caught and delivered to the door.


    Now emperor Wenjin was very excited.


    His thousands of years of cultivation and calm mind are almost unbearable.


    That pair of natural ghosts and gods each have the strength of Yang God level, and together, they even have the strength of returning to emptiness level.


    Emperor Wenjin only devoured and refined one of the natural ghosts and gods at the beginning, so he had strong strength, laid a great river and mountain in the underworld and established the foundation of the Yin capital city.


    In this process, although with the help of foreign ghost families, Emperor Wenjin himself can really come forward and contribute.


    Foreign ghost families have been hidden in the dark and have never been exposed.


    Emperor Wenjin had the strength of Yang God level for a long time. Many years ago, the cultivation of Yang God level had been complete.


    He was unable to break through to the level of returning to emptiness. In addition to the secret obstruction of foreign ghosts, there was also a part of the reason that he only swallowed a natural ghost and God, and the benefits he obtained were not enough for him to break all the congenital constraints of being an acquired ghost and God.


    Although emperor Wenjin was only a cultivation at the level of Yang God, his special status related to the foundation of Dali Dynasty in the underworld. Therefore, he had a high status among the royal families of Dali Dynasty, almost on an equal footing with several royal families.


    Due to the limitation of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, several return virtual powers of the royal family cannot directly enter the underworld.


    Therefore, if emperor Wenjin could break through the realm of returning to emptiness, it would be of great significance to the whole Dali Dynasty.


    In order to help emperor Wenjin break through the level of returning to emptiness, several great powers of returning to emptiness have studied hard.


    In the end, with the understanding of emperor Jin himself, he came to a conclusion.


    If you can swallow up another natural ghost that escaped at the beginning, you will probably be able to break through yourself and have the strength of returning to the virtual level.

 Chapter 2003

    In the following years, Emperor Wenjin spent a lot of time and energy looking for another natural ghost who escaped.


    To this end, he did not hesitate to venture deep into the ghost cry mountains.


    Unfortunately, the natural ghost had long fallen into a deep sleep without any signs of activity.


    There is great danger in the deepest part of the ghost cry mountain. Even he dare not go too deep.


    As the Lord of the Yin capital, Emperor Wenjin himself had many affairs and needed to deal with many problems of Dali Dynasty in the underworld.


    Thousands of years later, Emperor Wenjin never found the whereabouts of the natural ghost and God.


    Later, Mo Qingzhen and Du Gujian discovered the whereabouts of this natural ghost, but they were both disorderly officials and thieves. They had no loyalty to the Dali imperial dynasty, so they naturally concealed it.


    Now, too wonderful threw himself into the net and took the initiative to send it to the door. Of course, Emperor Wenjin was overjoyed.


    It''s wonderful. Although the method of hiding traces is very clever, it''s difficult for emperor Wenjin to see through.


    But with the special feeling between each other, Emperor Wenjin still mastered a wonderful track.


    Emperor Wenjin has been practicing for a longer time. He is more experienced and older than Taimiao.


    Too wonderful. I had never had similar experience before. Even if I had induction, I still lacked vigilance. I didn''t figure out what was going on before, so I threw myself into the net and took the initiative to send myself to Emperor Wenjin.


    According to Emperor Wenjin''s guess, Taimiao is mostly a lucky man who swallowed the natural ghost and God by luck. Only when he has its power can he feel with himself.


    As for more information about Taimiao, Emperor Wenjin was too lazy to ask.


    Anyway, after he swallowed too wonderful, everything that too wonderful has belongs to him, including his memory.


    Emperor Wenjin repeatedly made Taimiao surrender, but he just paralyzed the other party for fear that the other party would explode.


    This is the Yin capital and the home of emperor Wenjin. He is confident enough to win the other party and swallow it slowly.


    It''s wonderful that after synchronizing the information with Meng Zhang and adding the appearance of Jin emperor above, he roughly guessed the other party''s purpose.


    The time when Emperor Wenjin set foot on the road of practice was far above Meng Zhang. It was too wonderful to compare with it.


    However, there was no sense of tension going deep into the tiger''s den in Taimiao''s heart, but there was an inexplicable excitement.


    It''s wonderful. In addition to absorbing the divine power crystals of the guys who escaped from the natural ghosts and gods, they also absorbed and refined the divine power crystals left by other natural ghosts and gods.


    That''s wonderful. There''s no bottleneck if you want to break through to the virtual level.


    It is only because he has not accumulated enough at present that he has not taken that step.


    In other words, he was not determined to devour emperor Wenjin.


    Of course, if emperor Wenjin devours too wonderful, he can get great benefits. On the contrary, if emperor Wenjin devours too wonderful, he will also reap huge benefits.


    Since emperor Wenjin had evil intentions first, don''t blame him for being so wonderful and being polite.


    Too wonderful soon completed the communication with Meng Zhang. Next, it''s too wonderful to show your skills.


    Too wonderful. Without saying a word, he didn''t answer emperor Wenjin at all.


    Too wonderful. The Yin Qi around the body began to fluctuate violently, then it seemed to boil and spread around.


    Emperor Wenjin''s face suddenly became gloomy.


    In his opinion, too wonderful is to provoke with his own actions, and he didn''t pay attention to him at all.


    Since he couldn''t fool each other, Emperor Wenjin had to do it directly.


    As the ghost areas in the capital are under fierce attack, the main forces of ghost families outside the region have been mobilized to the ghost areas.


    In the current capital of Yin Dynasty, there is no one who has returned to the virtual level outside the country.


    In order to control emperor Wenjin, the foreign ghost clan has been secretly preventing him from returning to the virtual level.


    In this regard, Emperor Wenjin has long been clear in his heart.


    The Dali Dynasty also needed the support of foreign ghost families. Emperor Wenjin remained silent, pretended not to know anything, and did not turn against foreign ghost families.


    But secretly, Emperor Wenjin strengthened his vigilance against foreign ghost families.


    Today is a once-in-a-lifetime happy day for emperor Wenjin.


    It''s wonderful to take the initiative to deliver it to the door. For the time being, there are no strong foreign ghost families in the Yin capital. It''s a good opportunity for him to do it.


    Emperor Wenjin is too lazy to take care of the wonderful origin and so on, regardless of whether he has a background or not.


    Anyway, in the underworld, Emperor Wenjin is invincible.


    No one can defeat him in the underworld except the strong one of the foreign ghost clan and the aborigines of the Junchen world.


    A large amount of Yin Qi gathered around emperor Wenjin. From the rise of his yellow robe, there were bursts of yellow light. After integrating these Yin Qi, they turned into a golden dragon with open teeth and claws, and rushed towards Taimiao.


    Almost endless Yin Qi was summoned to his side by Taimiao and turned into Yin thunder under his magic power.


    A cloud of thunder fell silently and blew the golden dragon to pieces.


    More yin thunders were rapidly generated and bombarded emperor Wenjin.


    It''s wonderful. The combat effectiveness is a little beyond the expectation of emperor Wenjin.


    Emperor Wenjin became serious and decided to show his real skills.


    With a roar, Emperor Wenjin jumped into the air and waved his right fist. A huge fist seal appeared in the air. Five giant dragons wound around the fist seal and kept spitting out dragon breath.


    This fist print is like a hill. It hit me fiercely. It''s wonderful.


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, can not only display most of the Taoist magic powers mastered by Meng Zhang and master the avenue of Meng Zhang''s enlightenment, but also borrow some of Meng Zhang''s power.


    Yin capital is the enemy''s territory. It''s not suitable to stay here for a long time.


    Who knows how many ambushes the enemy has here?


    Who can know what the strong returning to emptiness in the foreign ghost clan appears?


    Too wonderful. I don''t want to entangle with emperor Wenjin for too long. I decided to make a quick decision and end the battle as soon as possible so as to leave here.


    Emperor Wenjin was determined to get too wonderful, and too wonderful also killed him.


    If you don''t get rid of emperor Wenjin here, it''s wonderful to be kept in mind by such an enemy all the time. I''m afraid you won''t be safe in the future.


    Wonderful. A huge vortex appeared on the top of his head, sucked the fist seal into it, and then disappeared.


    It''s wonderful. The body shape flashed and appeared in front of emperor Wenjin.


    His claws danced, and countless huge claw shadows grabbed at emperor Wenjin.


    One flame after another spontaneously ignited out of thin air, kept burning the Yin Qi around, and then rushed to Emperor Wenjin.


    Most of the royal family members of the Dali Dynasty were proficient in boxing.


    According to the different cultivation methods, these boxing magic powers also have a variety of changes.


    Emperor Wenjin is best at Yin Longba boxing, which has been rampant in the underworld for thousands of years.


    I saw the fist prints flashing in the air, and Dragons of different shapes wound around the fist prints, yelling and biting at Taimiao.


    The two sides come and go, fight together, and it''s difficult to tell the outcome for the time being.

 Chapter 2004

    As soon as emperor Wenjin and Taimiao started to fight, they set up a big move. It was powerful and affected a wide range.


    It''s too wonderful to enter the combat state. Naturally, you can''t continue to hide your tracks and expose yourself to the acquired ghosts and ghosts in the Yin capital.


    Seeing emperor Wenjin and Taimiao start, even if you don''t know his origin, just know that he is the enemy, that''s enough.


    Many ghosts and ghosts came here the day after tomorrow, trying to join the battle and help emperor Wenjin win. It''s wonderful.


    Unfortunately, the most elite and powerful ghosts, gods and ghosts in the Yin capital have long been pulled out of the ghost territory of the capital.


    These guys who stay in the Yindu city have limited strength, which is very different from them.


    Before they got too close to the battlefield, they were scattered and suffered heavy casualties.


    The battle at the level of Yang God at least needs the cultivation of yuan God in the later stage to have a restraining effect and affect the final battle situation.


    Even if you want to watch the war nearby, you''d better have the cultivation of Yuanshen period.


    It''s almost the same for these ghosts and ghosts to be bystanders. If they want to intervene in the battle, they are far from qualified.


    They really want to force action, but they just die in vain.


    Neither emperor Wenjin, who has always been ruthless, nor Taimiao, who is an outsider, will cherish the lives of these people.


    They can never restrain their power and control the aftermath of the battle for the sake of these ants.


    Experts at their level should not be too distracted by these things.


    After many guys who tried to get involved in the battle were killed or injured by the aftermath of the battle, few guys dared to continue to lean over.


    Almost all the ghosts, gods and ghosts nearby only dare to hide away and watch the war.


    Emperor Wenjin never thought it would be wonderful to use the power of these guys to win.


    It''s just wonderful. Emperor Wenjin can deal with it alone.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in swordsmanship and is a true swordsmanship wizard.


    Even if he is not a pure sword practitioner, Meng Zhang likes to use his sword skills against the enemy in battle.


    Wonderful fighting style is very different from Meng Zhang.


    It''s wonderful. It has the characteristics of some natural ghosts and gods. It''s physically strong. It likes to fight close to the enemy.


    Among Taimiao''s former opponents, no one can beat him in this regard.


    Emperor Wenjin also absorbed and refined the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods. His own acquired ghosts and gods were very strong.


    Many members of the royal family of the Dali Dynasty, including the emperor, have experienced hundreds of battles.


    When the Dali Dynasty conquered the four directions, members of the royal family often took the lead in charging.


    Emperor Wenjin was a rare general on the battlefield. He was good at hand to hand fighting and dared to fight.


    After entering the underworld and taking the initiative to transform into ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow, he fought East and West. After many bloody battles, he created today''s foundation.


    Too wonderful took the initiative to launch a close attack, which aroused his blood and fighting spirit.


    Emperor Wenjin didn''t show more magic powers, but showed his highly tempered boxing and fought hand to hand with Taimiao.


    Nether ghost claw, Yin Yang Liangyi palm, wind thunder divine leg


    It''s a magical skill for close combat. It''s displayed in Taimiao and shows great power.


    Soon after the battle began, both of them were attacked one after another, and many scars appeared on their bodies.


    These scars not only did not weaken their fighting spirit and combat effectiveness, but made their fighting spirit higher and fiercer.


    If it is on weekdays, both of them will cherish such fighting opportunities, enjoy such fighting methods, and are willing to fight with such opponents.


    But today, both of them need to make a quick decision and don''t want to entangle for too long.


    In order to distinguish the victory and defeat as soon as possible, both of them tried their best, and all kinds of Yin moves continued.


    All kinds of magic tools and talismans are flying around in the air, and all kinds of strange magical powers are almost never interrupted


    Taimiao fought in all directions and captured a lot of booty, as well as reinforcements from Taiyi gate.


    But when it comes to wealth, compared with the accumulation of emperor Wenjin for thousands of years, he can''t even match each other''s change.


    Emperor Wenjin collected countless magic tools and talismans by various means.


    As the bottom card of Dali emperor in the underworld, he also has two strange treasures in his hand, which can give play to the power of infinitely close to returning to emptiness.


    After another fierce battle, Emperor Wenjin began to gain some advantage with the help of foreign objects.


    But this distance is too good to defeat completely, but it is still far from enough.


    In order to defeat Taimiao as soon as possible and completely suppress it, Emperor Wenjin took out one card after another.


    Yindu city is the nest of emperor Wenjin who has worked hard for many years. All kinds of arrays and prohibitions here are completely in his hands.


    In order to maintain the channel with the Yangshi ghost region and continuously transmit power, it has occupied a large part of the power of the Yindu city and caused a great burden on the guardian Dharma array of the Yindu city.


    Now, in order to win Taimiao as soon as possible, Emperor Wenjin continues to urge the array and prohibition power in Yindu city to bless himself and suppress Taimiao.


    Hell is a wonderful home, and it is also the home of emperor Wenjin.


    Too wonderful not only did not occupy the slightest advantage of the home court, but also faced the suppression of the whole Yindu city.


    Since emperor Wenjin took out one card after another and didn''t give Taimiao any breathing opportunity, Taimiao naturally couldn''t continue to have reservations. He also had to take out his cards.


    Too wonderful began to communicate with Meng Zhang and borrow Meng Zhang''s power.


    Although Meng Zhang is a great power in the middle of returning to emptiness, it is closely related to the wonderful incarnation outside his body.


    However, Meng Zhang gave too wonderful power. After reaching the underworld, he was suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld. At most, he was infinitely close to the level of returning to virtual power.


    In essence, this is still the level of Yang God.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld can suppress the external power of returning to the virtual level, but can not suppress the wonderful understanding and utilization of the laws of heaven and earth.


    After receiving the power blessing from Meng Zhang, Taimiao''s strength has increased greatly and has almost reached the limit of Yang God level.


    Too wonderful. According to Meng Zhang''s understanding of the avenue of yin and Yang, he directly exerted the Taoist magic power of overturning Yin and Yang by borrowing Meng Zhang''s power.


    Emperor Wenjin, who was trying his best to suppress the wonderful, suddenly felt his body hot.


    The strong Yin Qi around him suddenly changed into Yang Qi inexplicably.


    Moreover, these Yang Qi are very strong and pure, and have strong lethality against ghosts.


    For the ghosts and gods after the day, their lethality is the same.


    Although emperor Wenjin was not hurt by Yang Qi, most of his magical powers depended on absorbing and mobilizing Yin Qi.


    The surrounding environment changed greatly, and Emperor Wenjin was immediately greatly affected.


    The magic he was exerting either failed or immediately led to a violent counterattack, which made him confused.


    Even the array prohibition of the Yin capital under the control of emperor Wenjin seemed to riot and seemed to break away from his control.

 Chapter 2005

    Although emperor Wenjin had profound cultivation, rich combat experience and many cards, he was still at a loss in the face of such a powerful Taoist magic power as overthrowing Yin and Yang.


    Taking advantage of this good opportunity, Taimiao successively displayed several great magical powers to firmly suppress emperor Wenjin.


    Originally confident that he could win the wonderful emperor Wenjin, he never expected the situation to reverse so quickly.


    In panic, out of the instinct to save his life, he ordered the ghosts, gods and ghosts in the Yin capital to mobilize immediately and attack Taimiao. On the other side, he sent a distress signal.


    The distress signal sent by Emperor Wenjin with his secret method penetrated the gap between yin and Yang and spread to the palace of Dali Dynasty.


    Emperor Wenjin, who was anxious to save his life, seemed to forget that his family was in the underworld from the imperial dynasty. If emperor Wenjin didn''t know his life or death and took the initiative to try to swallow it, Meng Zhang wouldn''t kill him.


    Now too wonderful, in turn, swallowed up emperor Wenjin, lost the important pillar of the Dali Dynasty, and damaged the main combat power in the underworld.


    Such a loss is heavy enough.


    Now the Dali Dynasty is fighting with the Holy Land Sect gate with the help of the ghost kingdom.


    Even if Meng Zhang didn''t want to help Dali Dynasty, he didn''t need to pull the hind legs of Dali Dynasty, so he could live in the holy land for nothing.


    Meng Zhang clearly remembered that the sect of each holy place was the real enemy of Taiyi sect.


    It''s wonderful. According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, after swallowing emperor Wenjin, he didn''t go after the ghosts and ghosts that escaped the day after tomorrow. He let them go.


    The two great Yang gods, the strong ones at the level of perfection, made great noise in the previous war.


    Even if the Yin capital is guarded by array and prohibition, it is still badly damaged in the war.


    Emperor Wenjin was swallowed up by Taimiao. The array and prohibition in the city lost the host, and the power immediately weakened by more than half.


    It''s wonderful. There are a few more blows in the air. The array and prohibition of the Yin capital city have been seriously damaged. Now they are hit hard, far exceeding their endurance limit.


    Too wonderful. Without much effort, he destroyed the array and most of the prohibitions of the Yin capital, and removed the last obstacle that hindered his action.


    It was wonderful to hold the idea of quick decision. After swallowing emperor Wenjin, my heart expanded a little.


    At this time, he was not in a hurry to leave the Yindu City, but prepared to make a good search in the Yindu city.


    Taimiao''s family has a big business. The stalls are very open and there are many people under her. It costs a lot to support a huge army of ghosts.


    Dali dynasty took the Yindu city as an important foundation and worked hard for thousands of years. It must have stored a large amount of resources.


    We have all arrived here, and all the obstacles have been removed. If we don''t make a good search and make up for it, we will feel sorry.

 Chapter 2006

    Next, too wonderful began to search wantonly regardless of Meng Zhang, who had a lot of criticism.


    Too wonderful flew into the air. The mind entered the Yindu City unscrupulously and searched it carefully.


    It didn''t take him long to figure out the general structure of the Yindu city.


    In this process, he also casually took down several postnatal ghosts and gods who seemed to have a little status, interrogated them and interrogated some secrets of the Yin capital.


    Too wonderful. He rushed directly outside the big storehouse in the Yin capital city, easily solved the guard here, broke the guard prohibition and directly entered the big storehouse.


    However, Taimiao was greatly disappointed by the situation inside. The number of resources stored inside was small and the quality was poor.


    If on weekdays, these resources are put in front of too wonderful. He is too lazy to spend time collecting them and ignores them directly.


    But now it''s all here, and these are the spoils of wonderful and hard fighting. It''s not good to give up.


    It''s wonderful. He put everything in the library away with a straight face.


    Taimiao not only has independent storage space, but also has storage magic tools.


    He originally thought that after the looting of the Yindu City, he should at least have a great harvest, not to mention storing all these spaces.


    But the cruel reality disappointed him.


    There must be more than one warehouse in such a big city as Yindu city.


    The mood is so depressed that he moves quickly and rushes to the next goal immediately.


    It was wonderful to quickly loot several warehouses in the Yin capital city, but the spoils obtained were not worth mentioning.


    It turned out that Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong had fought against each other for many years, and the losses in all aspects were huge. They had long felt very hard.


    This time, in order to go to the ghost land in the capital, Dali Dynasty invested the last bit of resources and almost drained himself.


    Now the Dali imperial dynasty can''t even pay the salaries to the ministers, so it has no ability to support the army.


    Fortunately, because of the ghost land in the capital, Dali was isolated from the imperial dynasty. There was no need to support the army or pay salaries to the ministers.


    Except for a few diehards who were taken into the palace, Dali lost almost all his men.


    Of course, the salaries of living people can not be paid for the time being, but the support of ghosts, gods and ghosts after tomorrow can''t be less.


    The Dali dynasty still needs these cannon fodder in the ghost land. They work hard with the monks of the holy places. Naturally, they can''t be treated lightly.


    As long as the Yindu city can operate normally, it can earn all kinds of resources to support the acquired ghosts and ghosts in the city.


    So it''s wonderful. After working for a while, I don''t get nothing. I still get something more or less.


    Moreover, the official poverty of the Yindu City, those powerful acquired ghosts and ghosts, still have a lot of accumulation in private.


    He ransacked the Yindu city. Neither the official warehouse of the Yindu city nor the residences of ghosts and ghosts the day after tomorrow escaped his clutches.


    Although the harvest was far less than expected, he didn''t return empty handed.


    After the looting, Taimiao is about to leave the Yindu city. A figure flies out of the gate connecting the Yang world in the Yindu city and directly to Taimiao''s head.


    This is a monster with a green face and tusks. It looks ferocious and tall.


    Although he didn''t release the pressure with all his strength, he could clearly feel that it was a ghost at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Taimiao has a certain understanding of the local ghosts, gods and ghosts in the Jun dust world. Even if he had never seen it before, his natural characteristics of ghosts and gods would make him feel something.


    The ghost in front of me brings a great sense of oppression. It seems very strange and incompatible with the whole world.


    This ghost comes from the ghost region of the capital of Yangshi. It should be the legendary foreign ghost family.


    Too wonderful. Follow Meng Zhang''s instructions, try not to cause too much damage to the Yin capital and try not to affect the ghost areas of the capital.


    Therefore, too wonderful knows that the gateway in the center of the Yindu city is the channel connecting the capital. They ignore it and ignore it.


    Now, the enemy easily came to the Yindu city from this portal and blocked Taimiao.


    "Young ghost, what have you done to Emperor Wenjin, the master of the Yin capital?"


    It was wonderful that the foreign ghost family blocked it. Instead of rushing to do it, he asked about the whereabouts of emperor Wenjin.


    Emperor Wenjin had been defeated before. When he knew he was defeated, he asked for help from the Dali imperial high-level in the capital through a secret method.


    There is no lack of great power to return to emptiness among the Royal high-level officials of the Dali Dynasty, but as living people, if they rashly enter the underworld, they will inevitably lead to the reversal of the rules of the underworld.


    It makes no sense to send ordinary reinforcements to the enemy who can''t resist the emperor Wenjin and has to ask for help.


    In desperation, the Royal high-level of Dali Dynasty had to ask for help from the foreign ghost family.


    Although these foreign ghosts secretly restricted emperor Wenjin and prevented him from entering the level of returning to emptiness.


    However, the existence of emperor Wenjin is of great significance to everyone. Foreign ghost families can''t ignore his life and death.


    Of course, foreign ghosts have been lurking in the Junchen world for many years and are familiar with all kinds of situations here.


    Emperor Wenjin''s accomplishments have been the level of perfection of Yang God. He has been in the underworld for many years and has been invincible.


    The great power of returning to emptiness in the Yang world cannot directly come to the underworld. Even if emperor Wenjin encounters a strong enemy, the enemy''s strength should be limited.


    Emperor Wenjin was so anxious for help that he might be saving his strength.


    The foreign ghost families wanted to make emperor Wenjin suffer, so emperor Wenjin had to rely more on them in the future.


    Moreover, when receiving the signal of emperor Wenjin for help, the Holy Land Sect was in a hurry to attack the ghost territory.


    Many return to virtual powers are eyeing outside the ghost territory, and the return to virtual powers of ghost families outside the territory dare not relax at all.


    Although the ghost land stands in the capital city, it seems that all the holy places are helpless.


    In fact, both the foreign ghost families and the Dali Dynasty managed to maintain the ghost territory only by playing their cards and doing their best.


    They really don''t have much left to pull out easily.


    As long as they relax a little, they may be seized by the holy places and completely destroy the ghost land.


    Therefore, the foreign ghost clan must wait until the enemy''s offensive comes to an end and enters the rest period, and then it is not easy to dispatch a strong person at the level of returning to the virtual world to go to the Yin capital to support emperor Wenjin.


    No one would have thought that emperor Wenjin was completely defeated by the enemy in a very short time, but swallowed up in his stomach.


    As soon as he came to the Yin capital city, the great power of returning to emptiness of this foreign ghost family felt the whereabouts of emperor Wenjin everywhere, but he got nothing. He just felt a strange strong man of Yang God level.


    Except for emperor Wenjin, there was no second strong friend of Yang God level in the Yin capital at this time.


    Needless to say, this strange strong Yang God must be the enemy.

 Chapter 2007

    That''s wonderful. This is the first time to deal with foreign ghosts. I want to know more about each other.


    It''s wonderful. Instead of answering each other''s questions, he asked them knowingly.


    Too wonderful. If you want to know about each other, the foreign ghost family also wants to know about him.


    "You can call me Xuan Jue."


    "Boy, what''s your origin and why are you here?"


    There is no need to hide your identity and origin. In addition to Emperor Wenjin, who has just been swallowed up by Taimiao, there is only Taimiao, a well-known postnatal ghost and God.


    However, too wonderful is still unwilling to easily tell his origin, but does not answer rhetorical questions.


    "You don''t look like a strong man in the underworld. What''s your origin?"


    Too wonderful. He didn''t answer his own question. The foreign ghost family named Yu Jue suddenly looked gloomy.


    The war is urgent in the ghost area of the capital in the world. He doesn''t have much time to circle with the young generation in front of him.


    "Young generation, you''d better answer my questions honestly and save yourself the trouble."


    It''s wonderful to see the other party''s fierce expression. He knows that it''s impossible for him to inquire into the other party''s tone.


    It''s wonderful. He deliberately patted his stomach and said arrogantly.


    "Old man, don''t you want to know the whereabouts of emperor Wenjin?"


    "Emperor Wenjin is in my stomach. Would you like to go in and reunite with him?"


    When he came to the Yin capital city, he didn''t find the whereabouts of emperor Wenjin. He had an unknown premonition in his heart.


    As soon as the wonderful words came out, he knew that most of the other party didn''t lie.


    Emperor Wenjin is not only the pillar of Dali Dynasty in the underworld, but also an important ally of the foreign ghost family, which plays an irreplaceable role.


    It is common for foreign ghost families to devour each other.


    He Jue grew to such a point that he didn''t know how many ghost families he swallowed along the way.


    He suddenly understood the wonderful meaning and became angry.


    "I want to die."


    He gave a roar and shot directly.


    Yin Qi surged around the Yin capital, and a huge ghost claw grabbed Taimiao.


    He must take it. It''s wonderful to interrogate carefully and find out what happened here.


    That''s wonderful. If he offends him so much, he will torture the other party and let the other party taste all kinds of pain. Life is better than death.


    Before starting, Taimiao was a little nervous and was a little afraid of the enemy''s cultivation of returning to the virtual level.


    Once in combat, too wonderful put everything aside and threw himself into the battle wholeheartedly.


    It''s wonderful. When you use the ghost claw, you also release a huge ghost claw.


    Two different but equally ferocious ghost claws made a hard impact in the air.


    Too wonderful. The ghost claw released was easily scattered by the enemy. He also suffered a little loss.


    It''s wonderful to fall into the downwind. Not only does it not deceive the other party at all, but it''s determined because it tries to find out the details of the opponent.


    It''s just like this for the foreign ghost clan at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Although foreign ghosts are good at infiltrating other big worlds, they are also very adapted to the environment of the underworld.


    But for the Junchen world, these foreign ghost families are always outsiders.


    From the day they sneaked into the Jun dust world, they had to face the exclusion of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Over the years, these foreign ghosts have exhausted all means to offset the exclusion of the Junchen world and strive to adapt to the environment here.


    When the Yin capital was established, there were foreign ghost families secretly helping.


    Their secret help is certainly not in vain.


    The Yin capital city established by using the secrets of many foreign ghost families plays a great role in protecting foreign ghost families.


    After thousands of years of efforts, these foreign ghost families barely adapted to the underworld of Jun dust world.


    Foreign ghost families have established several secret strongholds in the underworld of Jun dust world to hide themselves.


    Among these secret strongholds, they can give full play to most of their strength.


    If they leave these secret strongholds, their strength will fall sharply and they will be more suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Yindu city is one of these secret strongholds.


    The ghost''s return to emptiness power can play its strength at the return to emptiness level here, but it still can''t be fully played.


    If he fights in the void, he can be called the strong one among the great powers in the early stage of returning to the void.


    However, in the Yin capital city, he can only barely maintain the strength of returning to the virtual level, which can be regarded as the bottom existence of returning to the virtual power.


    If he is too far away from the Yin capital, it is even difficult for him to keep the strength of returning to virtual level.


    Of course, returning to emptiness is returning to emptiness, which is very different from Yang God.


    Under normal circumstances, even the weakest retreat is enough to crush the strongest Yang God.


    Too wonderful, not an ordinary Yang God.


    Not only has the cultivation of Yang God level been completed, but also there are many cards.


    After emperor Wenjin was swallowed by him, he slowly absorbed and refined him.


    Almost every moment, the power originally belonging to Emperor Wenjin is transformed into a power belonging to Taimiao.


    It''s wonderful. There''s an intuition. As long as he thoroughly absorbs and refines emperor Wenjin, he can enter the level of returning to emptiness.


    Too wonderful originally majored in the avenue of life and death, but after getting the power of reincarnation, he invested more time and energy in the avenue of reincarnation, trying to completely control this power.


    After entering the Yang God level, he can drive the reincarnation power and exert some power.


    Just now he swallowed emperor Wenjin. Although he had not fully absorbed and refined, he had felt that his control over the power of reincarnation had been greatly strengthened.


    In the face of the strong who return to the virtual level, too wonderful has no reservation.


    He did not hesitate to drive reincarnation power. Strange forces gushed out, as if to exclude him from the world.


    When he saw the power of too wonderful to drive samsara, his eyes became green.


    With his eyesight, he naturally knows what this is.


    After entering the underworld of the Junchen world for so many years, foreign ghost families have been searching for all kinds of power.


    As long as the foreign ghost clan has a certain power, it can greatly reduce the exclusion of the Jun dust world and play a more powerful force in the underworld.


    If they can erode power, it will be of great help to erode the whole Jun dust world in the future.


    The last time I heard the news of the emergence of power in the underworld, the foreign ghost families drove Dali to compete with the imperial dynasty.


    However, the high-level officials of Dali imperial court were unwilling to tear their faces with jiuxuan Pavilion and situ family, and were unwilling to lose the strength to support themselves against Ziyang Shengzong. They did not do their best, but more to deal with errands.


    Although the foreign ghost families are very dissatisfied, they can do nothing.


    Foreign ghosts cannot be easily exposed, let alone compete with the Holy Land Sect.


    Although they have not been given power, the greed of foreign ghost families has not decreased at all.


    Now when he saw how wonderful it was to urge power, he immediately became determined to get it.


    While trying to resist the power of exclusion from himself, he tried his best to suppress it.


    He wants to take this power from Taimiao with overwhelming cultivation.

 Chapter 2008

    Wonderful. Since you dare to expose the power of reincarnation, you are not afraid of being robbed by others.


    Although he is strong, he is too wonderful to defeat him completely.


    Tested the strength of the opponent. It''s too good. There''s no need to keep pestering here.


    Wonderful. What we need to do now is to try to get away from here and escape from the Yin capital far away.


    Taimiao has reincarnation power in her hand, which can repel forces that do not belong to the Jun dust world.


    Reincarnation power was born in the underworld, which can make Taimiao more effectively mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Logically speaking, because of the suppression of rank, the Taoist magic power of Yang God level is difficult to break the defense of the strong who return to emptiness and cause damage to them.


    However, with the blessing of authority, the power of the Taoist magic released by Taimiao has greatly increased, and it has special lethality to foreign guests in the field such as Yujue.


    After a contest, he really felt the threat brought to him by too wonderful and put away his contempt.


    Originally, when Tai Miao just showed his reincarnation power, he thought he was lucky and could easily seize the power in Tai Miao''s hand.


    Not only did he no longer have such optimistic thoughts, but he was afraid of too wonderful in his heart.


    With the combat experience instilled by Meng Zhang, Tai Miao was no stranger to the means of returning to virtual power, and soon got used to this level of combat.


    He has Meng Zhang''s understanding of the way of heaven and earth, and can also borrow some of Meng Zhang''s power.


    In the battle with Jue, he seems to have fallen to the disadvantage, but he is as stable as Mount Tai. He doesn''t have to worry about being unable to resist.


    After he started, he found another disadvantage to himself.


    All the Dharma arrays and prohibitions in the Yindu city were almost controlled by Emperor Wenjin.


    Emperor Wenjin not only had the highest control over the Yin capital, but also kept others out of the way, especially vigilant against foreign ghosts.


    Although there are many backhands in the foreign ghost families, their control of the Yin capital is far from that of the Jin emperor.


    Emperor Wenjin has been swallowed up by Taimiao, and the Dharma array and prohibition of the Yin capital have been basically broken by Taimiao.


    During the battle, he can''t borrow the power of the Yin capital. Instead, he should restrain the power of his hand and control the range of attack, so as not to cause too much damage to the Yin capital.


    This is not only because the Yin capital is the foundation of Dali imperial dynasty in the underworld, but also because the ghost territory in the capital directly connects the Yin capital and absorbs the power of the underworld through the Yin capital.


    If there were no Yin capital, there would be no ghost land in the capital.


    If the Yin capital is seriously damaged or even destroyed, the ghost region in the capital will lose its foundation of existence and it is difficult to continue in the Yang world.


    Once there is no cover of the ghost Kingdom, it is difficult for the strong people of the foreign ghost clan to continue to exist in the Yang world.


    Without the suppression of the ghost Kingdom, the friars of the holy places can play unscrupulously. They can easily kill all foreign ghost families and completely exterminate the Dali imperial dynasty.


    He Jue was brave, angry, and wanted to seize the power in Taimiao''s hand. He didn''t dare to let the Yin capital be seriously damaged.


    Without most arrays and prohibitions, the Yin capital city has a deep foundation and strong defense power, but it is difficult not to encounter serious damage in this level of battle.


    He must not only strive to win Taimiao, but also try to protect the Yindu city.


    In the course of fighting, he was so tied up that he not only failed to give full play to his strength, but even revealed many flaws.


    After a fierce fight, Taimiao was always at a disadvantage, but he almost knew the details of the enemy and had a way out in his heart.


    It was another hard struggle. It was too wonderful. Obviously, I couldn''t resist it. My whole body retreated again and again.


    Too wonderful. The retreating body bumped into various buildings in the Yindu city and knocked them upside down and scattered, leaving ruins all over the ground.


    He must see straight out of the corners of his eyes, but there is no good way.


    It''s wonderful. I seem to be completely angered and a little out of my mind.


    Seeing Taimiao roar, he desperately urged Zhenyuan and began to enlarge the move.


    The earth of Yindu city began to tremble constantly, and the whole heaven and earth seemed to tremble


    Under the guidance of Taimiao intentionally or unintentionally, after a fierce fight, their position is very close to the center of the Yin capital, not far from the gateway to the Yang world.


    Wonderful. There is a sun and moon in the palms of both hands.


    He held the sun with his left hand and raised the moon with his right hand. Then he closed his hands and wound them together for one day and one month.


    I don''t know whether it was intentional or unintentional. The intertwined sun and moon suddenly flew out and crashed directly into the space portal leading to the Yang world.


    This day and January has not been close to the goal, it has aroused incomparably powerful power.


    Bursts of invisible shock waves spread around, destroying large areas of buildings around


    Seeing this, he sighed helplessly.


    If this day and January really hit the space portal, it will inevitably lead to a huge explosion, which is likely to destroy the whole Yindu city.


    He had to divide up a large part of his strength and turned into a huge ghost hand. He blocked the way and caught that day and January in his hand.


    On January 1, a violent explosion occurred immediately, which directly split the ghost hand, making it a little difficult for Yu Jue.


    Taking advantage of his distracted attention, he took a wonderful step and left the Yin capital.


    He Jue tries to stop Taimiao from leaving and sends out several attacks one after another.


    After his power was dispersed, his attack power was greatly reduced.


    Too wonderful. The black-and-white Yin-Yang and Qi flow easily dissolves these attacks.


    Wonderful. The speed of leaving remained the same. After a few ups and downs, he left the Yindu city.


    He stopped the aftermath of the explosion and tried to eliminate its impact and damage to the Yindu city.


    After such a delay, he started too slowly.


    When he can spare his hand to pursue Taimiao, Taimiao has begun to stay away from the Yin capital.


    Unwilling to fail, especially unwilling to watch the power disappear in front of him. With one step, he came to a wonderful place not far behind.


    It''s wonderful to escape desperately and catch up with him with all his strength.


    Between chasing and escaping, both of them were far away from the Yin capital.


    Pang Jue felt that he was suddenly under so much pressure that his body couldn''t stand up.


    The whole world is hating him, rejecting him and suppressing him


    He Jue knew that this was because he was far away from the Yin capital and lost the protection of the Yin capital, so he had to face the exclusion of the rules of the Yin world in the Jun dust world.


    He Jue was very unwilling, but he was very clear in his heart.


    In the Yin capital, he can''t stay in the best state.


    He was far away from the Yin capital and suffered more suppression from the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world. His strength was greatly reduced, so he couldn''t do anything. It''s wonderful.

 Chapter 2009

    Hu Jue uttered a unwilling roar. Although he was extremely unwilling, he could do nothing about too wonderful. He could only watch too wonderful escape with reincarnation power, go farther and farther, and slowly disappear into sight.


    He absolutely believes that as long as he can let go and keep chasing, even if he can catch up with the ends of the earth, he will be able to catch up. It''s wonderful.


    However, due to the suppression of the rules of the underworld in the Junchen world, he can only give up the pursuit with extreme reluctance.


    Although he was still within the protection range of the Yin capital, he was already a distance away from the Yin capital.


    As an extraterritorial ghost group sneaking into the Junchen world, although he is ferocious and murderous, he deeply understands his responsibility.


    He didn''t stay here too long, so he immediately returned to the Yindu city.


    He should not only strive to repair the array and prohibition of the Yindu City, but also inform the high-level of the foreign ghost family of what happened here as soon as possible.


    Looking at the devastated Yindu City, Yu Jue knew that he would be sitting here for some time.


    Too wonderful. Although he caused some damage to the Yindu City, he didn''t destroy it wantonly and showed mercy all the time.


    Therefore, the foundation of the Yin capital was not much damaged, and it was not as difficult to repair as expected.


    Too wonderful, he fled the Yindu city from a distance. Seeing that the enemy didn''t catch up, he temporarily stopped his escape.


    He guessed about Yu Jue''s behavior. The other party was obviously suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    This is the best way. In the future, as long as it is too wonderful to die, it should not encounter too much danger if it is sent to the return virtual power of the foreign ghost family.


    It''s wonderful. This time it''s dangerous, but Meng Zhang is a little dissatisfied.


    It''s wonderful. It''s too important for him and taiyimen. It can''t be lost.


    Now the underworld is different from before. Because the extraterritorial ghost families have exposed their tracks, they will not continue to hide in the future and can act in a swagger.


    There are many strong people at the level of returning to emptiness in the foreign ghost families. The cultivation of Taimiao Yang God level is really not enough.


    In order to enhance Taimiao''s survival ability and prevent him from being killed by the enemy, Meng Zhang directly ordered Taimiao to break through to the virtual level as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang is not allowed to continue to take risks outside until he breaks through the level of returning to emptiness and has enough self-protection.


    Wonderful. I obeyed my master''s order and immediately began to look for a place to shut up.


    Wonderful cultivation has already reached the level of perfection of Yang God. It is only one step away from breaking through and returning to emptiness.


    This time, he directly swallowed up emperor Wenjin, the perfect postnatal ghost of Yang God, which can be regarded as making up for his shortcomings and foundation.


    As long as emperor Wenjin is thoroughly absorbed and refined, it must be natural for him to break through to the level of returning to emptiness.


    Too wonderful. Instead of returning to his hometown, he found a place to shut up outside the ghost cry mountains.


    Too wonderful. Although he is not a secret master, he also has strong intuition with some characteristics of natural ghosts and gods.


    He subconsciously felt that breaking through to the level of returning to emptiness near the ghost cry mountain was of greater significance to his future practice.


    There are many dangers in the ghost cry mountain. Ordinary ghosts, gods and ghosts will die at any time when they enter it.


    At the periphery of the ghost cry mountains, the threat is not as high as inside, and there are fewer dangers.


    It''s wonderful. I chose a quiet and secret place. After some sorting, it can be used for his seclusion.


    Although there are occasionally some foreign explorers in the ghost cry mountain on weekdays, there is such a big situation in the nearby Yindu city that no adventurers should come from there in a short time.


    It''s wonderful. A cave was dug on the wall of a big mountain. After hidden prohibitions were laid outside, they began to practice in isolation.


    Previously, Taimiao only allocated some mental power to oppress emperor Wenjin, eliminate his resistance, and slowly absorb and refine the divine power contained in his body.


    After such a period of tossing, Emperor Wenjin, trapped in the independent space of Taimiao''s body, became more and more powerless to resist.


    Now it''s wonderful to calm down and go all out to deal with emperor Wenjin. Emperor Wenjin is more and more overwhelmed.


    In less than two days, too wonderful completely disintegrated the last resistance of emperor Wenjin.


    Under Taimiao''s divine power, Emperor Wenjin quickly lost his last vitality, and his whole body was compressed into a huge crystal of divine power.


    Next, Taimiao released his divine power and slowly polished the crystal of divine power to kill the remaining will of emperor Wenjin.


    After the remaining will of emperor Wenjin was completely destroyed, this divine power became a pure ownerless thing.


    It''s wonderful to refine this magic power bit by bit, and slowly absorb it completely and integrate it into your body.


    This is not a pure divine power. It also contains the great road mystery of the Jun dust world, the natural ghosts'' understanding of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, and the later understanding of emperor Wenjin.


    Too wonderful. The practice route we are taking now is the way of ghosts and gods, and it is closer to the way of natural ghosts and gods.


    He tried his best to transform the acquired ghosts and gods into natural ghosts and gods, and tried his best to open up a new road of practice.


    A similar situation is too wonderful to say that no one will come later, at least unprecedented.


    He doesn''t have many objects to refer to. He must try and grope slowly.


    So far, the wonderful practice has been very smooth. It''s almost a smooth journey. Up to now, there''s basically no bottleneck.


    Even Meng Zhang himself is sometimes a little jealous of his external incarnation. His path of cultivation is simply plain sailing.


    It is a very huge threshold for practitioners to break through the Yang God period to return to the deficiency period, and there are many key points that need to be paid attention to.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang had the practice experience left by his predecessors as a reference, but he still encountered a lot of resistance when he entrusted the Yang God to heaven and earth in the most critical step.


    The wonderful way and system of practice are very different from those of practitioners.


    After thoroughly refining and absorbing emperor Wenjin, his cultivation immediately soared. It was almost natural, and he broke through to the level of returning to emptiness. There were no obstacles in the middle.


    Too wonderful. You don''t need to place your Yang God in heaven and earth, so you can avoid some possible conflicts.


    It''s wonderful. It''s back to the virtual period. Even he can''t believe it will be so easy to break through.


    All this is so natural, there is no place to make efforts, there is no determination to work hard


    After perceiving that Taimiao broke through to the level of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang was very surprised and couldn''t believe the speed of Taimiao''s advanced speed.


    Immediately, Meng Zhang was overwhelmed by a burst of ecstasy.


    It''s wonderful to break through to the level of returning to the virtual world. It not only has more powerful combat effectiveness, but also can confront those foreign ghost families of returning to the virtual world in the future, but also can dominate the underworld.

 Chapter 2010

    The cultivation of Taimiao Yang God level in the past seems invincible in the underworld, but there are still many enemies.


    Its established rule also has many hidden dangers.


    Besides, it''s very difficult to deal with the monks of the Yang God period who come to the underworld with all kinds of strange treasures.


    Too wonderful. Last time, I forcibly expelled the Yang God friars in jiuxuan pavilion with the power of reincarnation and drove them back to the Yang world.


    However, with the inside information of jiuxuan Pavilion, it is possible to find a way to resist the power of reincarnation.


    If the reincarnation authority can''t play a role, jiuxuan Pavilion will send a number of friars in the period of Yang God to come to the underworld with strange treasures. It''s too wonderful to resist.


    Now it''s wonderful. The situation is very different.


    There is an essential difference between Huixu and Yang God. In the future, jiuxuan Pavilion can''t bully by relying on the advantage of number of people. It''s wonderful.


    Emperor Wenjin of the Dali Dynasty devoured one of a pair of natural ghosts and gods, broke the shackles of the acquired ghosts and gods, and possessed the strength of the Yang God period. With the secret help of foreign ghost families, he was able to dominate the underworld for many years.


    Too wonderful inherited everything from the other pair of natural ghosts and gods, and then swallowed emperor Wenjin in turn, advanced and returned to the virtual period.


    One drink and one peck, could it be that there is a wonderful cause and effect in the process.


    At the moment when Taimiao broke through the level of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang also felt something.


    This Buddha can lend strength to the external avatar. When the external avatar breaks through, it can also bring benefits to this Buddha.


    Meng Zhang, who was already a self-cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness, silently accepted all kinds of Avenue insights from Taimiao, and there was a trace of mysterious power.


    Soon after breaking through the level of returning to emptiness, I sensed that the inexplicable power to attract myself in the depths of the ghost cry mountain seemed to become more and more powerful.


    The great increase in strength is wonderful. Now I feel more clearly and begin to understand the details of this attraction.


    He closed his eyes and felt it for a while.


    Then he suddenly opened his eyes and gently spit out two words: "power."


    Previously, the refining of the wonderful part has transformed the reincarnation power in the hand and has a certain control over it.


    In the depths of the ghost cry mountains, there is another authority, which echoes with the reincarnation authority.


    Power is the rule of heaven and earth. Similar powers will attract each other after they are close.


    Too wonderful. Now it''s the level of returning to emptiness. If you spend a period of time, you can further refine the reincarnation power in your hand and give play to its greater power.


    No one has too much power.


    The more authority you have, the more you can control the power of heaven and earth in the underworld and the rules of heaven and earth.


    If you control enough power, you can even control the whole Jun dust world.


    It''s wonderful. Now I can''t wait to fly to the depths of the ghost cry mountain and take the hidden power there as my own.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s reminder, too wonderful deliberately suppressed this impulse.


    The depths of the ghost cry mountains are the notorious dangerous places in the underworld.


    Yindu city has been established for thousands of years. With its powerful power, it has failed to explore the ghost cry mountains close at hand.


    Meng Zhang heard rumors when he was a subordinate of the Dali Dynasty.


    The high-level of Yindu city has organized the exploration of the depths of the ghost cry mountains for many times. Almost every time, they will pay a huge price, but they have achieved little.


    That''s wonderful. His accomplishments are far better than those guys in the Yin capital city at the moment, but the ghost cry mountain is too famous. He really can''t be too careless.


    In legend, the ghost cry mountain is the place where many natural ghosts and gods fought in ancient times.


    Countless natural ghosts and gods have fallen here, including the great power of returning to emptiness.


    The resulting dangerous place is enough to pose a danger to the strong at the virtual level.


    It''s wonderful. I restrained my temper and didn''t rush to the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    He decided to spend some time to refine his reincarnation power, so that he could have more reliance.


    It will take him some time to get familiar with the new power and master the magic skills and combat methods of the return to emptiness level.


    In addition, it''s wonderful. I have left the territory for some time. I also need to go back to see if there are any changes there.


    Meng Zhang, who had been paying attention to Taimiao''s actions, was soon distracted by other things and could not keep paying attention to Taimiao all the time.


    The idle cloud immortal wandering in the void near the Jun dust world sent a message to Meng Zhang through the prohibition he placed on Meng Zhang, asking Meng Zhang to go to the void.


    Meng Zhang is controlled by Xianyun immortal. Before getting rid of the prohibition, he can''t openly violate the order of Xianyun immortal.


    After receiving the order, Meng Zhang made a simple explanation to the high level of zongmen and was ready to set out directly.


    Even if Meng Zhang left the sect, he had the great ability to return to emptiness and help Lao CI. He didn''t have to worry about any problems.


    Now there is no peace in the void near the Jun dust world.


    After the foreign invaders failed in their last massive attack, they changed their previous strategy and threatened the Junchen world in a new way.


    The foreign invaders did not send a large army to attack forcibly, but sent a small elite team to hide in the void near the Junchen world.


    These small teams constantly investigate and spy on the reality of the outer defense line of the Jun dust world.


    Once there are any flaws in the Jun dust world, they will launch attacks again and again.


    Some teams can even penetrate the perimeter line and pose a direct threat to nine days.


    The Junchen world did not relax because of the victory of the previous war, but had to strengthen its preparedness.


    Among the foreign invaders, the strong ones of Zhenxian level also lurk near the Junchen world. While containing Sanshan Zhenxian and others, they provide support for their own latent team.


    Among these foreign invaders, the Zhenxian strong learned from the experience and lessons of the last ambush by the heaven and earth kill array, and learned to be smart one by one.


    They didn''t rush close to the Jun dust world, but haunted in the nearby void.


    The Junchen world cannot ignore them. We must always pay attention to them.


    When needed, Sanshan Zhenxian even had to drive them away.


    With the strength of the real immortals of the three mountains, it is enough to crush most of the local real immortals.


    But these guys won''t fight him easily.


    As soon as the three mountain real immortals hit, they covered each other and retreated to ensure that they were not broken by the three mountain real immortals.


    Once the three real immortals return to the Jun dust world, they will soon make a comeback.


    Although the three mountain immortals are very strong, there is only one person, so they can''t take into account too many aspects.


    In these years, three real immortals led three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors to prepare for war and go out in turn. They were very busy.


    In this case, the friars in the Junchen world appear to be very passive. Most of the time, they rely on the defense line and rarely take the initiative to attack.


    The friars of the Junchen world will not easily go deep into the void to avoid being besieged by foreign invaders and being unable to rescue themselves.

 Chapter 2011

    Now, foreign invaders almost completely control the void near the Junchen world.


    The friars on the side of the Jun dust world basically dare not leave the Jun dust world too far.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian makes a move, it can break this blockade, but it doesn''t make much sense.


    As long as the real immortals of the three mountains do not stay in the void forever, foreign invaders can make a comeback and establish the blockade again at any time.


    The strong one at Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders has played a guerrilla war with Sanshan Zhenxian. The main purpose is to contain him so that he can''t unscrupulously bully the small with the big.


    It is also very difficult for Meng Zhang to leave the Junchen world and go to the void to meet the idle clouds and real immortals.


    Although Meng Zhang stayed in the gate of taiyimen mountain, he did not relax his attention to the situation outside the Junchen world.


    After establishing contact with the ancient Taoist priest, deputy director of the heavenly palace, he can regularly obtain the latest information from the ancient Taoist priest.


    Before he was ready to leave, Meng Zhang obtained the latest situation in the void from the ancient Taoist capital.


    Meng Zhang is not in a position to deal with the situation in the Junchen world, and he is not able to participate in the game between the high-level officials of both sides. However, the void near the Junchen world is blocked by foreign invaders, which makes Meng Zhang a little embarrassed.


    Although he is a great power in the middle of returning to the virtual world, if he is unlucky, surrounded by the enemy, or unlucky enough to encounter foreign invaders of Zhenxian level, he will be really unlucky.


    Meng Zhang was in trouble when he came to the door again.


    Taoist yudie of the Royal beast sect came to visit Meng Zhang on his own initiative.


    There are no contradictions and grudges between the Royal beast sect and the Taiyi sect. The Royal beast sect did not actively participate in the last elimination action organized by the Holy Land Sect, let alone conflict with the Taiyi sect.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang and Taoist Jade Butterfly met when they were in Xingluo islands.


    Although the two sides do not have deep friendship, they can still be called old acquaintances.


    Meng Zhang had long believed that the sect gate of each holy place was the biggest enemy of Taiyi gate, and both sides had long torn their faces.


    However, there are also many contradictions and disputes within the holy places.


    Meng Zhang did not say that it was necessary to divide and disintegrate them, but it was necessary to treat the holy places differently.


    For yubeast sect, taiyimen should at least maintain apparent peace with each other before a fight between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang came forward in person and received Taoist yudie very warmly.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly admired Meng Zhang.


    With Meng Zhang''s background and the enemies she faces, it''s really not easy to go all the way to the present and have accomplishments that she can''t resist.


    If Meng Zhang had been born in the holy land, I''m afraid it would have been more than today''s achievements.


    In the cultivation world, the strong is respected. Since Meng Zhang can kill his opponent in the middle of returning to emptiness and show enough strength, it is enough to win the respect of others, so that Taoist yudie and other figures can''t despise him.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly greeted Meng Zhang politely, then accompanied Meng Zhang with a few words, and then slowly got to the point.


    It turned out that the sects of the holy places organized a powerful army of monks to attack the ghost areas of the capital all the time.


    Although some results have been achieved, progress is too slow.


    At this speed, I don''t know that Ma Yue in the year of the monkey can completely break through this ghost land.


    For fear of being blamed by several real immortals in their sleep, the high-level leaders of the holy places should actively use their brains to find ways.


    There are many people with good eyesight in the Holy Land Sect. They slowly understand all kinds of situations in the ghost area of the capital.


    According to the inference of some experts, the ghost region of Shangjing city can continuously absorb power from the underworld, which must be relying on the underworld.


    The Yindu city established by Dali emperor in the underworld is well-known. It has stood in the underworld for thousands of years. Naturally, it has long entered everyone''s sight and become the biggest suspect.


    According to the result of our discussion, it''s best to organize a force to attack the Yin capital from the underworld, completely destroy the Yin capital and get rid of the foundation of the ghost territory of the capital.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised by the discovery of the high-rise of the holy places.


    What he can think of, these monks of the holy land will find out sooner or later.


    The biggest problem now is that it is easy to plan but difficult to implement.


    Before the exposure of foreign ghost families, the sects of major holy places tangled with a group of friars in the period of Yang God, brought all kinds of strange treasures and so on, directly came to the underworld, recruited their forces in the underworld, and formed an army to constantly launch fierce attacks.


    As long as we do not hesitate to pay any price, we can conquer the Yin capital sooner or later.


    Compared with the life of returning to emptiness and great power, the life of friars in the period of Yang God is not immovable.


    In the past, the Yindu city was able to dominate the underworld for a time because of the contradiction between the religious sects of the major holy places, which made them contain each other, and they were unwilling to pay a price to attack the Yindu city.


    Now all the holy places have unified their thinking, and the original difficulties no longer exist.


    As long as they can reduce the loss of returning virtual power, they are also willing to pay a huge price.


    However, after the exposure of foreign ghost families, new problems have emerged.


    Among the foreign ghost families, there is more than one strong person at the virtual level who can fight in the underworld.


    Relying on the power that the Holy Land Sect can use at present, there is no way for these enemies to return to the virtual level in the underworld.


    All the holy places are not ready to give up the plan to attack the Yin capital city. Naturally, they should try their best to strengthen their own strength.


    At present, the experience of emperor Wenjin, the Yin capital, has not spread. It is wonderful to break through the level of returning to emptiness, and the sects of the major holy places have not mastered it.


    However, Taimiao has long been famous. Last time, he defeated several monks in the period of Yang God in jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Therefore, the high-level of the Holy Land Sect thought of asking Taimiao to help attack the Yindu city together.


    All the holy places have no contact with Taimiao Su, so they have to turn to Meng Zhang, who has a deep relationship with Taimiao.


    Ziyang Shengzong and other sects had a deep conflict with Meng Zhang, so Taoist yudie came to visit them.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly first put a lot of high hats on Meng Zhang, and then moved out of the overall interests of the Junchen world and the great righteousness of the cultivation world... I hope Meng Zhang can take the overall situation into account and persuade Taimiao to join the actions of the religious sects of the major holy places.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool. How could he be persuaded by Taoist yudie.


    Moreover, this kind of behavior of constantly oppressing people with great righteousness is the most disgusting thing of Meng Zhang.


    This is the virtue of the Holy Land Sect.


    When you need others to work hard, move out of the great righteousness of Jun Xiuzhen world and put on the face of a righteous leader.


    When others have no use value, abandon them as my shoes.


    It is in the interests of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate that the sects of the holy places continue to entangle with the ghost areas of Shangjing city.


    It''s best to let all the holy places drain their blood, so that the cultivation world can have a peaceful day.


    Meng Zhang did not stubbornly refuse Taoist Jade Butterfly, but found various excuses to get rid of it.

 Chapter 2012

    Meng Zhang told Taoist Jade Butterfly that taiyimen and Taimiao are only cooperative relations.


    The two sides had some contacts because of disputes over interests.


    Taiyimen offers enough benefits to buy Taimiao and ask him to do some small things and do things that are not dangerous.


    In addition, there is no further relationship between the two sides.


    The Yin capital is well-known in the underworld. If Taimiao wants to attack the Yin capital, Taiyi gate doesn''t have such a big face and can''t get enough benefits.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly did not believe Meng Zhang''s words.


    According to the situation mastered by the major holy places, the relationship between taiyimen and Taimiao is very unusual, and the two sides are not ordinary allies.


    The greatest possibility is that Taimiao itself is the chess pieces and backhands placed in the underworld by Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    After Meng Zhang led taiyimen to rise, he naturally inherited the legacy of his ancestors and colluded with Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, has a great influence on Taimiao, and can even decide its execution.


    Although the major Holy Land Sect doors guessed the wrong direction, and didn''t know that Taimiao was the incarnation of Meng Zhang, they still mistakenly hit and bumped, and guessed the close relationship between Taimiao and Taiyi gate.


    Too wonderful not only has its own profound strength, but also has a vast territory in the underworld and a huge army of ghosts.


    It''s so wonderful that all the holy places have felt threatened.


    They don''t want another overlord in the underworld besides the underworld.


    Every Holy Land Sect has to help attack the Yindu city this time, but it has taken the opportunity to weaken Taimiao''s mind.


    If both Taimiao and Yindu lose, that''s the best result.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly didn''t expose Meng Zhang''s lie, but made a very polite request. I hope Meng Zhang can contact Taimiao and let her communicate directly with Taimiao.


    At the same time, Taoist yudie promised that Meng Zhang would help to set up a bridge this time. After the success, all the holy places will be rewarded.


    Wonderful. Since breaking through to the level of returning to emptiness, you can''t directly come to the Yang world.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world have a strong repulsive effect on ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness.


    If the strong returning to the virtual world in those foreign ghost families had not taken the cover of the ghost region, they would have been expelled and even destroyed by the rules of heaven and earth of the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang seems to be very friendly to Taoist Jade Butterfly on the surface, but his heart is full of vigilance.


    That''s wonderful. If you contact Taoist Jade Butterfly directly, she may see through the details.


    It''s wonderful. The strength of Huixu level will be exposed sooner or later, but it''s better not now.


    The more the exposed days are delayed, the more time can be bought for Taimiao, so that he has more adaptability.


    Meng Zhang pretended to agree to Taoist Jade Butterfly''s request.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let Taoist Jade Butterfly avoid. He immediately held rituals in the hall and established contact with the underworld.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang and his own incarnation are too wonderful. They have discussed how to deal with it.


    After establishing a connection with the underworld through rituals, it appears on the side of the underworld, but it is not too wonderful, but too wonderful confidant''s thunder god general.


    Jinglei was originally the Dharma protector of Taiyi sect. Later, he entered the underworld and became a wonderful slave God. He broke through the congenital shackles and had the cultivation of Yuanshen period, which was very wonderful.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be surprised and asked how the thunder god would contact him. What a wonderful place to go.


    The thunder god looked careless and said that Taimiao was practicing in seclusion and temporarily interrupted his contact with the outside world. Even now he can''t contact directly.


    If Meng Zhang has anything, tell him the same.


    Meng Zhang briefly introduced the Jade Butterfly Taoist priest and his intention, and then gave up his position to let the Jade Butterfly Taoist priest communicate directly with Jinglei God.


    It''s not so wonderful. I came forward. Taoist Jade Butterfly was very disappointed.


    She was patient and began to talk to the Thunder God.


    No matter what Taoist Jade Butterfly said or promised, Jinglei God will be a word. Too wonderful is shutting down. I can''t contact him at the moment.


    As for Taoist Jade Butterfly''s request for too wonderful cooperation in attacking the Yin capital, Jinglei God will not be able to decide at all.


    A little time was wasted, but there was no harvest. Taoist Jade Butterfly only reluctantly ended the conversation.


    In the end, Taoist Jade Butterfly emphasized that Jing Lei Shen would tell the hermit Taimiao what he meant.


    Then Taoist yudie asked Meng Zhang to stop the ritual and end his contact with the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. If you shut up and don''t ask about foreign affairs, Jinglei God will not be able to decide. Meng Zhang has no way to do this.


    Although Meng Zhang left himself clean, so that Taoist Jade Butterfly had no excuse to attack, Taoist Jade Butterfly was not so easy to send.


    Although there is no evidence, Taoist Jade Butterfly still believes that Meng Zhang has played a blocking role in this matter.


    The high level of each holy place has been decided. We must tie Taimiao to the chariot.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly''s visit to Meng Zhang failed to achieve his goal and will never give up.


    Taoist Jade Butterfly can put pressure on Meng Zhang through other ways next time so that Meng Zhang must cooperate.


    In addition, the doors of the holy places have great power in the underworld.


    They can arrange friars in the underworld to take the initiative to contact Taimiao, avoid Meng Zhang, and establish direct contact with Taimiao.


    No matter how deep the origin of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao is, they are separated by Yin and Yang after all.


    With the resources in the hands of the holy places, we can create a gap between the two, and then try to win over and buy off. It''s wonderful.


    Taoist yudie, who had a plan in mind, said a lot of meaningless nonsense to Meng Zhang, so he took the initiative to leave.


    After seeing off Taoist Jade Butterfly, Meng Zhang fell into thinking.


    With his understanding of the holy places, the other party will certainly not give up.


    Even in order to avoid the next trouble, Meng Zhang needs to leave Taiyi gate and go out.


    As for the possibility that the other party may contact directly, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry.


    The Holy Land Sect''s means are even more powerful. Can you buy off your external incarnation?


    If the opportunity is right, Meng Zhang is even prepared to let Taimiao cooperate falsely, and then dig a big pit for the religious doors of the holy places.


    Now the void near the Jun dust world is full of danger, which can not be solved by Meng Zhang alone.


    He thought that it must be a useful place for Xianyun Zhenxian to summon himself in such a hurry.


    Since the other party wants to use himself, he should help more or less, so that he can safely go deep into the void.


    Meng Zhang contacted Xianyun Zhenxian through the prohibition in his body and spoke about the difficulties he encountered.


    Xianyun Zhenxian hesitated and told Meng Zhang that he would try his best to help Meng Zhang pass safely.


    However, he will try to avoid exposing himself and will never make a public move.


    With the promise of Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang felt that it was enough. Some of the remaining problems can be solved by ourselves.


    After leaving a few words to the middle and high level of the gate, Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate directly and rushed to the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 2013

    Although Xianyun Zhenxian hurried a little, Meng Zhang still stopped in the heavenly palace and delayed a little time.


    The heavenly palace has been severely reorganized since the door of each holy place made such a fuss in the heavenly palace last time.


    The monks of the Holy Land Sect who worked in the heavenly palace were basically transferred from their important positions and marginalized one after another, and a few people were closely monitored.


    At present, there are still many monks of the Holy Land Sect in the heavenly palace, but they are as closely guarded as enemies by the legitimate monks of the heavenly palace.


    The direct friars of the heavenly palace control most of the key departments of the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace has strengthened its defense. No unauthorized people are allowed in and out on weekdays.


    Foreign friars have to go through cumbersome procedures and strict inspection to get in and out of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang and other monks who rebelled against the sects of the holy places were favored by many directly affiliated monks of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang had already worked in the heavenly palace, and he was also valued by the Taoist priest of the ancient capital, the deputy manager.


    Although many of the lineal friars of the heavenly palace will not directly stand on Meng Zhang''s side against the holy door, it is very common to secretly provide Meng Zhang with some help and inform him of some news.


    Meng Zhang easily entered the heavenly palace and met some familiar monks.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to visit Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    But Meng Zhang came by accident. Companion Xue Jianjun had left the heavenly palace and went to the defense line outside the Jun dust world to inspect.


    Together with the deputy manager, the ancient Taoist accompanied her all the way and set out together.


    Meng Zhang could only find a few familiar friars and asked about the deployment of the heavenly palace near the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang went to meet Xianyun Zhenxian this time, not only to avoid all kinds of foreign invaders, but also to avoid the eyes and ears of friars in Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang is not an outsider, and the legitimate friars of Tiangong also trust him.


    Although too confidential information will not be easily disclosed to him, the general deployment situation will not be concealed from him.


    Meng Zhang carefully compared the deployment of the heavenly palace with the distribution of foreign invaders, and then chose the safest route.


    Of course, the so-called safest is only Meng Zhang''s judgment.


    If there is a problem in the middle, it is also very possible to encounter the enemy''s interception.


    After Meng Zhang was ready, he left the heavenly palace and entered the void through nine days.


    The heavenly palace is closely guarded, and there are many restrictions on monks entering and leaving the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang can easily enter the void because of his identity as a law enforcement envoy of the heavenly palace law enforcement hall and his great reputation.


    After entering the void, Meng Zhang began to quickly leave the Jun dust world according to the planned route.


    When leaving the Tiangong defensive area, Meng Zhang''s action was relatively smooth.


    When we meet some familiar friars on the road, we will greet each other.


    Occasionally, when he met a patrol team, Meng Zhang casually found a reason to collect some spiritual materials in the void.


    The patrolling friar just kindly reminded Meng Zhang, so he didn''t care much.


    Meng Zhang''s speed was very fast. It didn''t take long to leave the area controlled by the heavenly palace and enter the invisible dividing line between the Junchen world and foreign invaders.


    After entering this area, Meng Zhang should be very careful.


    There are often teams of foreign invaders around here to block the Junchen world.


    In the most extreme cases, he may even encounter foreign invaders of Zhenxian level.


    Of course, the void is vast.


    The farther away from the Jun dust world, the more space Meng Zhang can move.


    The void is vast, and no matter how powerful the extraterritorial invaders are, it is impossible to block every corner.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, as long as he is cautious, avoids the ranks of foreign invaders in advance and does not fall into siege, he is still very confident that he can safely break through the blockade.


    If Meng Zhang is really unlucky, he will be trapped by foreign invaders.


    Idle clouds wandering in the void are immortal. We should try our best to rescue them.


    He invested so much capital in Meng Zhang that he would not have watched these capital sink.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang''s luck is not very bad.


    In the process of crossing the blockade of foreign invaders, he did not encounter the strong ones of Zhenxian level.


    Once in a while, Meng Zhang was able to find some foreign invaders and avoid them in time by virtue of his sensitive sensing.


    After entering the void, the connection between Meng Zhang and Xianyun Zhenxian became more unblocked without the obstruction of the nine days of Jun dust world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian can roughly sense Meng Zhang''s position through the prohibition in Meng Zhang''s body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is ready to join the competition for the opportunity to become an immortal as a yellow finch.


    Naturally, he was unwilling to expose himself easily, so that both the Junchen world and foreign invaders were on guard.


    He did not come directly to meet Meng Zhang, but guided Meng Zhang''s way forward, and said that he would soon be able to provide support for Meng Zhang.


    According to the guidance of Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang needs to go to the direction of Shenchang world and meet him.


    If it is on weekdays, Meng Zhang can easily cross this distance and reach his destination.


    But now, the foreign invaders have organized a large army to gather and stand by far away from the Junchen world.


    Elite patrol teams haunt nearby to prevent spies from Jun dust world from approaching.


    When Meng Zhang crossed the blockade of foreign invaders, he finally exhausted his good luck and was found by the enemy.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to hide his body is good, and his reaction is quick enough. Logically, even if he is found by the enemy, he can escape in time.


    However, Meng Zhang was unlucky this time. The demon master who found him was a descendant valued by a demon God in the world of demons. He held a treasure in his hand and could always lock Meng Zhang''s position.


    The demon lord''s status was not low. He mobilized many teams in time and finally surrounded Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang saw several foreign invaders at the level of returning to the virtual world approaching him from all directions. He knew that it would be difficult for him to break out without a big war this time.


    Meng Zhang must break through quickly.


    If the time is delayed for a long time and the team of foreign invaders from other directions comes, Meng Zhang will be even more difficult to break through.


    Meng Zhang observed that the number of foreign invaders from all directions is quite large, close to double digits.


    Fortunately, there are no too powerful guys among them. The strongest one is probably the level of returning to the virtual medium-term.


    Presumably, the strong ones at Zhenxian level are among the few foreign invaders and are the details of the forces of all parties.


    The strong ones at the end of returning to virtual perfection and returning to virtual reality are absolute high-level leaders.


    Those who really patrol on the front line or sneak in to spy are mainly the strong at the early and medium-term levels of returning to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang chose a direction far away from the Jun dust world, suddenly accelerated, flew in this direction, and put on a posture of trying to break through.

 Chapter 2014

    The three foreign invaders in the direction of Meng Zhang''s advance, seeing Meng Zhang accelerating close, immediately prepared for battle and tried to stop Meng Zhang.


    They don''t need to beat Meng Zhang. They just need to block Meng Zhang''s steps a little. Other foreign invaders from all directions can surround Meng Zhang.


    As long as he is entangled and surrounded by many strong people at the virtual level, Meng Zhang can''t get away even if he has great skills.


    Meng Zhang''s speed has increased to a very fast level. He sees that he is about to collide with the three enemies in front of him.


    Meng Zhang''s body didn''t stop for half a minute in the air. He changed direction flexibly and rushed to the other direction at an unabated speed.


    Those who besieged Meng Zhang this time were strong men at the level of returning to emptiness, and each reacted very quickly.


    They quickly made changes according to Meng Zhang''s actions and changed the direction of the containment in time.


    Meng Zhang was as fast as lightning and changed his direction in the void again, trying to break through the enemy''s encirclement.


    Under the leadership of the ape like demon lord, nearly ten foreign invaders at the level of returning to the virtual world cooperated with each other to form a large encirclement circle and trap Meng Zhang firmly in the middle.


    No matter how Meng Zhang accelerates and changes direction, it is difficult to get rid of this encirclement.


    Of course, in such a vast void, both sides are very fast, coming and going like electricity, and the scope of movement and change is great.


    These foreign invaders just formed a vague circle within a radius of ten thousand miles and temporarily surrounded Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang made several moves. Although there was no conflict, the encirclement still affected the enemy''s formation and expanded the encirclement a lot.


    After Meng Zhang changed direction for the last time, he rushed directly to the ape like demon lord.


    Catch the thief first and catch the king. He saw the leader of the enemy from the beginning.


    If you take the leader of the enemy first, the remaining enemies must be scared.


    Not to mention scaring them away, at least they dare not continue to surround Meng Zhang so persistently.


    There are almost ten foreign invaders at the level of returning to the virtual world, including several guys with strength in the middle of returning to the virtual world.


    If Meng Zhang is surrounded by them and falls into a hard struggle, the consequences will not be good.


    Although Meng Zhang has a lot of cards, especially the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian can make him challenge beyond his level.


    However, this immortal talisman has been regarded by Meng Zhang as a great reliance, and he is not willing to consume it easily in such an encounter.


    The ape like demon lord thought that Meng Zhang would change the direction of breakthrough again before he rushed to him.


    This demon lord is called the Yellow ape demon lord, which is blood related to the demon God whose original shape is a mountain ape.


    Of course, in the demon family, they often don''t talk about blood and family like the human family.


    The Yellow ape demon master, even if he is the blood descendant of the great ape demon God, will not get the care of the great ape demon God if he is not competitive and does not show strong potential.


    Among all the demon masters in the demon world, the Yellow ape demon master is a young and promising generation. Only by virtue of blood relationship can he climb up to the great ape demon God and get his respect and cultivation.


    As a member of foreign invaders, Wanyao world has fought countless battles with Junchen world.


    The top level of the demon world attaches great importance to the military skills under the neutrality of the war in the Junchen world.


    Especially after the defeat of the foreign invader coalition last time, all forces, including the demon world, urgently need a big victory to improve their morale.


    If you can kill and even capture the return virtual power of Jun dust world, you will get a lot of rewards, and can cast the reputation of the Yellow ape Demon Lord.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had rushed to him and had not changed the direction of breakthrough, the Yellow ape demon lord roared and rushed up without showing weakness.


    I saw a yellow giant ape, thousands of feet tall and almost indomitable, stretching out his arms and beating Meng Zhang''s fast-moving body.


    Meng Zhang''s head shows the Tai Chi Yin and Yang diagram of heaven and earth Dharma.


    Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram seems not as tall and powerful as the Yellow giant ape, but it contains the supreme truth of heaven and earth, and has a mysterious power.


    Taiji yin-yang diagram rotates gently, and the two Qi of yin and Yang, like two entangled black-and-white dragons, fly rapidly to the Yellow giant ape.


    Yin and Yang Qi and the arms of the Yellow giant ape had a series of serial collisions, and the aftermath of the collision spread around, as if the whole void was shaking.


    Both sides have the same level of cultivation, but Meng Zhang has a stronger foundation.


    Under the impact of yin and Yang, the Yellow giant ape''s arms began to tremble, and its huge body was constantly retreating.


    In the case of the same level of cultivation, even if Meng Zhang has the upper hand, it is difficult to cause too much damage to the other party in a short time.


    When Meng Zhang and the Yellow ape demon lord fought fiercely, the enemies in other directions were about to rush over.


    The man who rushed the fastest was a fierce looking and powerful man.


    Holding a huge bow, he pulled the bow string from a long distance and shot several lightning arrows at Meng Zhang.


    Looking at the black smoke wrapped around the arrows, Meng Zhang knew that these arrows had been blessed by the totem secret method of the barbarians.


    Although primitive and crude, the various secret methods of the barbarians are far less strict than the spell system of the practitioners.


    However, many of these vicious secrets are very troublesome for practitioners.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram continued to rotate, and the yin-yang Qi turned into a light curtain, blocking Meng Zhang''s body and blocking these arrows one by one.


    Meng Zhang offered sacrifice to the ChiYin sword evil spirit, and slashed the fierce sword Qi at the barbarian master, making him have to stop and parry.


    Meng Zhang did not stop the fight with the Yellow ape Demon Lord while blocking the barbarian Lord.


    Yin and Yang, like a heavy hammer, kept hammering at each other.


    The powerful Yin and Yang Qi was irresistible. The Yellow ape Demon Lord kept retreating, and blood began to flow from his mouth and nose.


    If Meng Zhang is given enough time, he is sure that the Yellow ape demon lord can be shocked to death by relying on Yin and Yang alone.


    But in such a short while, other foreign invaders have surrounded them.


    Meng Zhang had to give up and continue to pursue the Yellow ape Demon Lord.


    With a flash of his body, his body disappeared in place and appeared thousands of miles away.


    Although Meng Zhang showed his space magic, he still didn''t completely get rid of the enemy''s pursuit.


    A Spirit Lord of Fengling origin and a false god from Shenchang world. The two enemies follow Meng Zhang like a shadow.


    Meng Zhang is ready to cast his space magic again. The two guys closest to Meng Zhang cast spells almost at the same time, forcibly imprisoning the surrounding space and preventing Meng Zhang''s space transmission.


    Meng Zhang is not unable to break this level of spatial confinement, but it will take some time.


    What he needs most now is time.


    After a little delay, two foreign invaders rushed over and blocked Meng Zhang''s escape route.

 Chapter 2015

    The surrounding space is imprisoned. Meng Zhang can''t use space transmission to leave. He can only move his body at high speed to avoid the siege of these guys and deal with them slowly.


    The foreign invaders who participated in the siege of Meng Zhang are not only strong in their respective ethnic groups, but also have rich combat experience and good cooperation with each other.


    They take care of each other, slowly narrow the encirclement, and gradually compress the scope of Meng Zhang''s activities.


    If Meng Zhang has no other means to break the game, he will continue to entangle. In the near future, he will be unavoidable and have to fight so many strong men head-on.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t have any cards at all. He just wanted to break through with the least cost.


    Of course, it would be better if we could take this opportunity to kill several opponents.


    As a member of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has absolutely no good feelings for the foreign invaders who have been attacking the Junchen world for many years.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the ChiYin sword ghost and showed the skill of sword hiding.


    His body broke through the interception of two foreign invaders in front of him, and he was about to break through.


    The Yellow ape demon lord roared and urged these foreign invaders to work hard. Meng Zhang must not escape.


    The Yellow ape Demon Lord is a proud person.


    This time, he finally led a large group of strong people to return to the virtual world. He has surrounded a celebrity family cultivator, but he still let his opponent escape. Where is your face? How will the elders who value themselves view this matter?


    Needless to say, the other two demon masters in the team will not disobey the orders of the Yellow ape demon master.


    The strong people of other races who returned to the virtual world had to obey his orders in the face of the giant ape demon God behind the Yellow ape Demon Lord.


    More importantly, all the foreign invaders present did not want to see Meng Zhang escape.


    Foreign invaders also have rewards for hunting and killing Terran practitioners in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang, who showed his sword hiding skill and suddenly accelerated, was finally surrounded by these foreign invaders.


    In this process, in order to encircle Meng Zhang, the encirclement circle of these foreign invaders was deformed and many flaws appeared.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had been surrounded by several foreign invaders, his figure disappeared again.


    Meng Zhang operated Yin and Yang, forcibly broke the confinement of the surrounding space, and successfully conducted a space shuttle.


    Meng Zhang did not take the opportunity of this space shuttle to break through the encirclement, but transmitted it not far behind the Yellow ape Demon Lord.


    Because breaking through the enemy''s space confinement consumes too much power, Meng Zhang can''t transmit too far even if he shuttles through space.


    The enemy will certainly follow closely behind. Sooner or later, he will stop and fight the pursuers again.


    The Yellow ape demon master has rich combat experience. He doesn''t have to look back to know that Meng Zhang has been transmitted behind him.


    He didn''t have time to turn around, his arms closed, and a mountain shadow loomed behind him, guarding his body tightly.


    Meng Zhang lifted it with one hand, and the aurora Wusuo came out, just hitting the virtual shadow of the mountain in front.


    A big hole was broken in the virtual shadow of the mountain, but the aurora Wusuo also exhausted all his strength and couldn''t go further. He only stopped behind the Yellow ape demon lord temporarily.


    Meng Zhang broke the enemy''s defense with Aurora Wusuo, and finally came up with a real killer mace.


    A purple flame shot from Meng Zhang''s palm, along the hole opened by the aurora Wusuo on the virtual shadow of the mountain, directly into the back of the Yellow ape Demon Lord.


    Since Xianyun Zhenxian gave Meng Zhang the Ziyang holy fire captured by the Supreme Master Ziyang Sheng, Meng Zhang took the time to actively start sacrificial refining.


    Although Meng Zhang does not know the cultivation skills of Ziyang Shengzong, many things can be understood by analogy in his realm.


    After a period of sacrifice and refining, Meng Zhang was barely able to release the Ziyang flame to hurt the enemy.


    Although Meng Zhang could not exert the greatest power of Ziyang holy sect, this treasure came from an extraordinary origin. After thousands of years of hard cultivation of Ziyang holy sect, its power was quite terrible.


    That is to say, the Xianyun real immortal can only take it completely from the hands of Yangsheng shangzun when the real immortal makes a hand in person.


    After the Ziyang holy flame came to hand, Meng Zhang dared not use it in the Jun dust world, let alone expose it to outsiders.


    There is no one here, and there are foreign invaders around. Once Meng Zhang seizes the opportunity, he immediately displays it without hesitation.


    Behind the Yellow ape demon lord, it seemed as if a hot sun broke out, and the terrible flame almost burned his whole body and spirit.


    The Yellow ape demon lord urged his whole body to resist the terrible purple sun flame.


    A huge cavity appeared on his back, and the whole huge body was penetrated.


    In the visible horror flame of the Ziyang flame, there is also a poisonous invisible flame, which specially burns the spirit.


    The visible flame only hit him hard, but the invisible flame directly annihilated his spirit.


    Meng Zhang succeeded in killing the powerful enemy of the Yellow ape Demon Lord with the power of the Ziyang holy fire.


    When Meng Zhang killed the Yellow ape demon master, other foreign invaders had rushed not far from Meng Zhang.


    When these foreign invaders saw that the strongest yellow ape demon master among them was so easily killed by Meng Zhang, they were cold and couldn''t help stopping their aggressive steps.


    Ziyang flame and Aurora Wusuo, who completed the task of killing the enemy, automatically flew back to Meng Zhang''s hands.


    These foreign invaders just paused and rushed to Meng Zhang again.


    Meng Zhang looked at the huge corpse of the Yellow ape demon master with regret. There was not enough time. He had no time to collect the huge corpse, so he had to give up.


    A corpse of the Demon Lord in the middle stage of returning to emptiness is worth countless Tiancai and Dibao, which can play a great role.


    Without the slightest delay, Meng Zhang began to break through.


    Including the demon clan, the cultivation system of these foreign invaders is not as good as the cultivators.


    After the great power of returning to emptiness among practitioners is killed, as long as the brand of Yang God pinned on heaven and earth is not completely destroyed, there is still a chance of regeneration.


    Although it is difficult to regenerate after death, the consumption in all aspects is huge, and it is not 100% successful, there is always a chance.


    All the holy places have lost a lot of great energy of returning to emptiness in these thousands of years. Due to the limitations of various conditions, only a few can have the opportunity to revive after death.


    Those who have not yet regenerated, no matter how small the chance of successful regeneration is, as long as there is a chance, the Pope will not give them up completely.


    Whether it is Yang Sheng shangzun who was killed by Xianyun Zhenxian, or the mysterious Taoist and weijue Taoist who died in the hands of Meng Zhang, they actually have the opportunity to regenerate.


    Of course, it takes a long time to regenerate after death.


    Even if they are lucky enough to succeed, it will be a long time later.


    If you want to recover your cultivation, you have to go through a long time.

 Chapter 2016

    All foreign invaders present, including the demon clan, have no ability to return to the virtual period.


    Their practice system is quite different from those of practitioners of truth. They have not practiced the Yang God, and there is no step to place the Yang God in heaven and earth in the process of practice.


    In addition to practicing a few rare secret methods, they are really dead when they die, and there is no other chance of regeneration.


    This is also the reason why the Junchen world can win the strong with the weak in many years of fighting with foreign invaders.


    The return to emptiness powers of the Jun dust world will be more fierce and dare to work hard when necessary.


    Of course, this does not mean that the great powers of returning to emptiness among the practitioners cannot be killed completely.


    If you practice some special secret arts, such as the magical powers of cause and effect, you can completely destroy the Yang God who placed their trust in heaven and earth while killing the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Moreover, although the Yang God of heaven and earth can help return to emptiness and regenerate after death, it can only play a role once and cannot be used many times.


    Meng Zhang showed that he could easily kill the Demon Lord in the middle of Huixu, and the foreign invaders who chased him became guilty.


    It''s certainly a good thing to return to the virtual power of killing people, but you can''t lose your life.


    The higher the level of life, the longer the longevity, and the more afraid of death.


    In front of them, the strong returning to the virtual world among the foreign invaders are basically in high positions within their respective ethnic groups.


    Some of them still have a huge clan behind them, which needs their protection.


    Their life and death is even related to the rise and fall of their whole clan.


    If they die here, their clan will be divided up by their opponents.


    Meng Zhang killed the Yellow ape demon master in public and taught them a good lesson.


    Meng Zhang is still running away, and these foreign invaders continue to pursue him.


    But among the pursuers, many guys hesitated, no longer moved forward bravely, and seemed timid.


    Without the backbone of the leader, everyone''s mind is scattered. Even if they have an absolute quantitative advantage, it is difficult to form a joint force to encircle Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang could have completely abandoned the pursuers and ended the chase.


    The momentum of the foreign invaders is no longer strong, but Meng Zhang has other thoughts and wants to take the opportunity to kill several opponents.


    Among these foreign invaders, in addition to the Yellow ape demon master killed by Meng Zhang, there are two demon masters at the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    The great ape demon God''s valued descendants were killed by the enemy. They watched helplessly but did nothing.


    Once the great ape demon God blames them, how can they afford it?


    Therefore, the two demon masters in the early stage of returning to the virtual world pursued the most actively, looking like they would never die with Meng Zhang.


    Other foreign invaders belong to other races. Even if the great ape demon God annoys them, the strong ones of the true immortal level in their family will not sit idly by.


    Foreign invaders come from several different forces and have deep resentment against each other.


    Even if the great ape demon God is angry, he will not completely tear his face, let alone destroy the hard won joint situation.


    Due to their different thoughts, these foreign invaders had problems in their cooperation, and the pursuit team was disjointed.


    Meng Zhang seized this rare opportunity and looked for an opportunity to fight back.


    After several fierce battles, one of the two demon masters who chased Meng Zhang most closely was killed on the spot, and even the body was taken away by Meng Zhang.


    Another Demon Lord was badly hurt by Meng Zhang and escaped only under the cover of his companions.


    After Meng Zhang became powerful this time, the momentum of these pursuers disappeared.


    They all got together and no longer dared to divide their troops to chase and encircle.


    A large group of strong people at Huixu level gathered together. Even if Meng Zhang was willing to pay a heavy price, he was not absolutely sure he could win them.


    Seeing that there was no room to take advantage of, Meng Zhang only got out of the battle early and completely left the pursuit.


    After getting out of contact with the pursuers, Meng Zhang made many empty moves and rushed to the direction of Shenchang.


    Meng Zhang has the prohibition left by Xianyun Zhenxian, but it makes them feel each other.


    Meng Zhang successfully merged with Xianyun Zhenxian in the void not far from Shenchang world.


    Although Meng Zhang delayed a little on the road, he broke through the blockade of Jun dust world by foreign invaders without Xianyun Zhenxian''s action. Xianyun Zhenxian was quite satisfied with this.


    Because the two sides have been in contact, Meng Zhang often informs Xianyun Zhenxian of the latest situation in the Junchen world. So after they met, they didn''t have a word of nonsense and went straight to the subject.


    Xianyun Zhenxian originally paid more attention to the problem of ghosts in the capital, so Meng Zhang found a chance to intervene.


    Now he let Meng Zhang leave everything behind and was anxious to feel the emptiness meet him. There was really an important thing.


    The Shenchang world and the Junchen world were very close. Before the invasion of several real immortals, the two worlds were closely linked, and there were many exchanges between the indigenous gods in the two places.


    In the battle between the indigenous gods of the Junchen world and several true immortals, the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world have also sent reinforcements to fight against the true immortals and their practitioners.


    Finally, several real immortals who opened up the Junchen world were superior and won a decisive victory.


    Most of the indigenous gods and their subordinates in the Junchen world were killed. Some indigenous gods fled to the Shenchang world, and a few gods hid in the Junchen world.


    The indigenous gods who fled to the Shenchang world, because they left the world where they originally lived, even if they were taken care of by the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, with very few exceptions, they inevitably weakened gradually and finally disappeared completely.


    Although Xianyun real immortals have identified several real immortals sleeping in the Jun dust world, after waking up, they will make every effort to break through to the celestial realm with the opportunity of swallowing the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    But in the heart of Xianyun Zhenxian, there are still some doubts about it.


    If we say that swallowing the origin of heaven and earth in a big world can make real immortals break through the realm of immortals, many big worlds in the void have long been bad. You real Immortals'' poisonous hands, and there can be no ownerless big world left.


    There must be some secrets among them, which are mysterious and mysterious that the idle cloud immortal can''t understand for the time being.


    The biggest possibility is that the Junchen world has a very special place, which is different from other big worlds, so it will be selected by several real immortals.


    In addition, several sleeping true immortals may have developed a new secret method, which can make full use of the origin of heaven and earth in a big world and make their own breakthrough to the realm of immortals.


    As for the secret method developed by several sleeping real immortals, Xianyun real immortals cannot access relevant information or verify it.


    It''s about whether the Junchen world is really special. Xianyun Zhenxian can make a good investigation.


    Xianyun Zhenxian himself cannot enter the Junchen world.


    The most profound secret of the Junchen world must be in the hands of the Holy Land Sect, and Meng Zhang is difficult to intervene.


    Therefore, Xianyun Zhenxian came up with another investigation direction.

 Chapter 2017

    For the Junchen world, the cultivators are outsiders, and the indigenous gods are the native creatures.


    They were born and raised in Sri Lanka and lived here for a long time.


    When it comes to understanding the Junchen world, the indigenous gods should be the deepest.


    If there is really something very special in the Junchen world, most of these indigenous gods should know.


    Now there are no Aboriginal gods in the Jun dust world, and the idle cloud immortal can''t enter the Jun dust world.


    So he made up his mind to the indigenous gods who fled to the Shenchang world.


    In addition, the situation of Shenchang world and Junchen world is very similar.


    If we deeply study the Shenchang world, we may provide many valuable references. It is of great benefit to Xianyun Zhenxian to find out the secrets hidden in the Junchen world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was going to go deep into Shenchang world and make a good investigation.


    But when he just entered the Shenchang world, he found a very bad thing.


    Several gods under Hunling zunshen came to Shenchang world and seemed to hook up with the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    Before Xianyun became a real immortal, he liked to travel around. He left the quadrangular Star area many times and wandered in the void.


    After becoming a true immortal, his strength is stronger, and his range of activities is larger.


    A strong person at the level of true immortal has a strong ability to survive and can wander in the void for a long time.


    Theoretically, Zhenxian has got rid of the restriction of Shouyuan and can live forever.


    Therefore, the true immortal is also called the eternal true immortal, and the true immortal realm is also called the eternal realm.


    Of course, immortality is not immortality.


    Zhenxian gets rid of the restriction of Shouyuan and will not die because of the depletion of life.


    However, after a long period of cultivation, Zhenxian will encounter many disasters, either actively or passively.


    If you can survive these disasters, you will naturally make great progress in cultivation. If you can''t cross it, you have to die.


    True immortals suffered a variety of disasters. Human robbery and natural robbery are mixed with each other.


    Under the entanglement of cause and effect, many disasters can not even escape, and only take the initiative to deal with them.


    When Xianyun Zhenxian wandered in the void, he accidentally made a grudge with Hunling and respecting God.


    Hun Ling and Zun Shen are old-fashioned gods. They are the top among the strong at the level of true God.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is a new immortal. Where is the opponent of Hunling and respecting God.


    Xianyun Zhenxian suffered a great loss in the hands of Hunling zunshen, and finally escaped his life.


    Since then, Xianyun Zhenxian was extremely hostile to the mixed spirits and gods. At the same time, he was also very afraid of them, and even regarded them as his own people.


    After Xianyun Zhenxian followed Meng Zhang to the ascendant Star area, he soon found the trace of Hunling and respecting God.


    If it had not been known later that there was an opportunity in the Jun dust world to impact the celestial realm, the Xianyun real immortal would have avoided here far away.


    The opportunity to impact the celestial realm was too important, and its temptation exceeded the fear of Xianyun Zhenxian to the mixed spirit and God, so he took the initiative to stay in the ascendant Star area.


    Of course, in his heart, this fear was only temporarily suppressed.


    Xianyun Zhenxian tries to hide his tracks. To a large extent, he is avoiding Hunling and respecting God.


    Sometimes, the more you avoid something, the more you can''t avoid it.


    Xianyun Zhenxian went to the Shenchang world to investigate, but he found the God attendants under Hunling zunshen.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is not the opponent of Hunling and respecting God, but he will not be afraid of his God attendants.


    What he was really worried about was that he exposed his whereabouts in front of these God attendants, which was likely to attract mixed spirits to respect God.


    Once the Hunling venerable God knows the existence of the Xianyun real immortal, the Xianyun real immortal will not only lose the opportunity to seize the opportunity, but also can hardly continue to exist in the ascendant Star area.


    The extreme fear of mixed spirits and gods makes Xianyun Zhenxian unwilling to take any risks. Even for several God attendants whose strength is far inferior to his, he avoids them.


    Xianyun Zhenxian wants to avoid the God attendants of mixed spirits and gods. For the sake of perfection, he can''t sneak into the divine world in person.


    In the ascendant Star area, only Meng Zhang, which he planted and banned, can be used by him.


    Only with Meng Zhang''s strength can he successfully break into the Shenchang world and find out the information he needs.


    Of course, in front of Meng Zhang, Xianyun Zhenxian will not show his fear of Hunling and respecting God.


    He just told Meng Zhang that he had a lot of grudges with Hunling and respecting God.


    Now the God attendants of mixed spirits and gods have come to the God prosperous world.


    Just in case, he can''t go to Shenchang world in person.


    Xianyun Zhenxian directly ordered Meng Zhang to secretly sneak into Shenchang world to inquire about information.


    After listening to the order of Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang scolded in his heart.


    A real fairy, but so timid. I dare not take risks, but I know to instruct others.


    Of course, his prohibition reminds Meng Zhang almost all the time that he is now controlled by others.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang didn''t have any opinion. He answered the order of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Seeing Meng Zhang accept the task so happily, Xianyun Zhenxian''s mood has changed a lot.


    Although he knew that Meng Zhang did not dare to disobey his orders, it was totally different that Meng Zhang willingly accepted the orders and was forced to perform the tasks by himself.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian was cautious and didn''t sneak into the Shenchang world himself, he didn''t waste this time.


    He wandered outside Shenchang world for a while, secretly captured several divine descendants of Shenchang world and interrogated them carefully.


    In addition, he observed in the dark, he still had a certain understanding of some situations in the Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang is about to sneak into the Shenchang world to perform a task. Xianyun Zhenxian has no privacy and tells Meng Zhang all the information he knows.


    Junchen world and Shenchang world can be called sworn enemies. The two sides have been hostile for thousands of years.


    Other foreign invaders attacking Junchen may be a dispute of interests to a greater extent. Shenchang''s joining the coalition of foreign invaders is more out of hatred.


    Although the overall strength of Junchen interface is weak against many foreign invaders, it is often on the defensive. But the Junchen world has not always been beaten passively, and there are also times to fight back.


    Shenchang world and Junchen world are closest. Junchen world has taken Shenchang world as the main target of counterattack many times.


    The counterattack army of Junchen world hit Shenchang world several times, and even began to invade it.


    Although the counterattack army of Junchen world had to withdraw from Shenchang world, it caused great damage to Shenchang world and left a deep impact.


    As for the friars of Junchen world sneaking into Shenchang world to spy and destroy, there are more times.


    On the side of Junchen world, a large number of detailed intelligence about Shenchang world have been collected through various channels.


    It includes the terrain within Shenchang world, the distribution of main forces, well-known indigenous gods and so on.


    These information are basically stored in the library of the heavenly palace, and most of them are not confidential.

 Chapter 2018

    Meng Zhang himself held the post of law enforcement envoy in the heavenly palace. He was valued by the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xuejian, and was given high authority.


    Meng Zhang once used his authority to read all kinds of books in the Tiangong library, recorded them in his mind and brought them back to Taiyi gate.


    Among them, there are many books about the prosperous world of God.


    Although he has never been to the Shenchang world, Meng Zhang is far above the Xianyun real immortal when it comes to understanding the Shenchang world.


    Jun dust world and Shenchang world have been hostile for so many years. Shenchang world does not have a very strict defense system like Jun dust world.


    Apart from other things, the real immortals sleeping in the Jun dust world refined the heaven and earth fetal membrane of the Jun dust world into today''s nine days.


    Even the well-informed Xianyun Zhenxian was shocked and lost the confidence to sneak into the Jun dust world.


    The indigenous gods in Shenchang world have neither the clever means of real immortals nor the systematic defense means of practitioners.


    Although Shenchang world has a complete heaven and earth fetal membrane as a barrier, its utilization efficiency is not high.


    The practitioners of Jun dust world have long summarized very complete experience on how to sneak into Shenchang world secretly.


    If this is done, the chances of success are very high.


    As long as the luck is not too bad or too deadly, such as Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness, it is not a big problem to sneak into the Shenchang world secretly.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative to tell Xianyun Zhenxian about this information.


    After Xianyun Zhenxian confessed, he asked Meng Zhang to act immediately.


    The truth of beating a big stick and giving a sweet jujube is still understood by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    In order to improve Meng Zhang''s enthusiasm to complete the task, Xianyun Zhenxian promised many benefits.


    After Meng Zhang and Xianyun Zhenxian were separated, they flew directly to the Shenchang world and closed in secret.


    If the movement is too large, it will leave a very obvious trace in the void.


    At a distance from Shenchang, Meng Zhang mainly relied on flight, and did not even use ordinary space shuttle means.


    The more advanced the monk is, the more difficult it is to be controlled.


    The prohibition of Xianyun Zhenxian staying in Meng Zhang''s body allows him to control Meng Zhang''s life and death, and also maintain a certain degree of contact with Meng Zhang.


    But this can not let him monitor Meng Zhang in real time, let alone see through Meng Zhang''s mind.


    When Meng Zhang was flying, he cast the spell to cover his tracks, and was careful enough.


    It took Meng Zhang a lot of time to fly to the outside of Shenchang world.


    A large part of the forces in Shenchang have joined the coalition forces of foreign invaders. The power of Shenchang to stay behind is actually very insufficient.


    In the last war, Shenchang world, which has the deepest hatred with Junchen world, sent a large army to fight, and has been fighting at the forefront.


    After the failure of the last war, Shenchang world suffered heavy losses and suffered a great loss of vitality. So far, it is far from recovering.


    Although Shenchang world tried to strengthen its control over the nearby void, it began to be a little weak due to its limited strength.


    Last time, Meng Zhang and Gu chenshang Zun had a big fight in the void near Shenchang world. Gu chenshang Zun captured the Baimu demon master of the ten thousand demon world alive.


    It can be seen that Shenchang''s defense power in the nearby void has great flaws.


    The Baimu Demon Lord is very important to the ten thousand demon world and is almost indispensable.


    Shenchang invited the Baimu Demon Lord to his house, but he couldn''t protect his safety, which not only made Shenchang lose face, but also faced the censure of Wanyao world.


    In order to appease the demon world, Shenchang world paid a very heavy price.


    During the formation of the foreign invader coalition, Shenchang made great concessions to the demon world and suffered a great loss.


    The present Shenchang world, both inside and outside, is actually in a weak time.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, if not too afraid of mixing spirits and respecting gods. With his ability, he can easily go in and out of Shenchang world without being aware of the ghost, and investigate the information he needs.


    Shenchang world is a huge world, and the nearby void is very vast.


    Although Shenchang world has strengthened its defense as much as possible, it still has many flaws.


    Not to mention now, even in the heyday of Shenchang, we can''t perfectly defend every direction.


    In the final analysis, the indigenous gods in Shenchang world have limited means and can not establish multiple defense facilities through various means like the practitioners in Junchen world.


    This reflects the rolling of the backward primitive Shinto by the Taoism cultivation system.


    Meng Zhang flexibly avoided a patrol team and came to the edge of Shenchang world very smoothly.


    Outside the Shenchang world, there is a layer of fetal membrane of heaven and earth, which serves as the natural barrier of the Shenchang world.


    A few powerful indigenous gods in Shenchang have certain authority and can exert certain control over the fetal membrane of heaven and earth.


    As the ruler of the Shenchang world, the indigenous gods can''t care about anything else. They go to the fetal membrane of heaven and earth all day to see the gate.


    Many times, the membranes of heaven and earth in Shenchang world are in an uncontrolled state.


    Generally speaking, unless there is an invasion by foreign enemies and the enemy has pressed the border, the indigenous gods who can control the fetal membrane of heaven and earth to a certain extent will be in place in time and begin to exert influence on the fetal membrane of heaven and earth.


    On weekdays, like now, the uncontrollable fetal membrane of heaven and earth is not an obstacle in front of Meng Zhang.


    Originally, the Shenchang world arranged for the divine descendants to guard the membranes of heaven and earth in turn, and patrol them from time to time.


    However, due to the shortage of manpower, Shenchang had to greatly reduce the guard force everywhere.


    Meng Zhang learned how to break through the fetal membrane of heaven and earth and how to sneak into other big worlds secretly in the library of the heavenly palace. In the complete inheritance of Taiyi gate, there are also many records.


    Meng Zhang used the secret method to put his whole body directly into the fetal membrane of heaven and earth in Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang, like a small stone, threw himself into a vast sea.


    If you look closely around Meng Zhang, you may find some small ripples.


    A little farther away, there is basically no trace.


    Whether inside or outside the fetal membrane of Shenchang world, the patrol teams arranged by Shenchang world are seriously insufficient.


    The fetal membrane of heaven and earth is so vast that unless Meng Zhang is extremely unlucky, the probability of being hit by the patrol is very low.


    After Meng Zhang entered the membrane of heaven and earth in Shenchang world, he felt the strong pressure everywhere. He squeezed himself desperately from all directions, as if he wanted to crush himself.


    As Meng Zhang fought against this powerful pressure, he began to cross the fetal membrane of heaven and earth and drive towards the inner part of Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang is like a fish swimming in the sea.


    The movement is flexible, hardly affected by the surrounding resistance, and the forward speed is very fast.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. Until he reached the edge of the membrane of heaven and earth in Shenchang world, he was about to completely break away from the membrane of heaven and earth in Shenchang world. He never encountered obstacles such as patrols.

 Chapter 2019

    Meng Zhang jumped out of the fetal membrane of heaven and earth in Shenchang world and officially entered the interior of Shenchang world.


    In most cases, after breaking away from the fetal membrane of heaven and earth, outsiders will appear in the high altitude of Shenchang world like Meng Zhang now.


    There is a thick vigorous wind layer in the sky of Shenchang world. The vigorous wind is fierce and powerful. It can be regarded as another external defense line of Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang saw the fierce vigorous wind as nothing. He easily passed through the vigorous wind layer and disappeared into the vast Shenchang world.


    Shenchang world is a world very similar to Junchen world.


    There are too many places for Shenchang to hide.


    Meng Zhang hides in the Shenchang world. As long as he doesn''t take the initiative, it''s difficult to expose.


    After entering the Shenchang world, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to explore the secrets of the Shenchang world and complete the task assigned by Xianyun Zhenxian, but decided to contact the practitioners hidden in the Shenchang world first.


    Jun dust world and Shenchang world have been hostile for many years, and Shenchang world itself has no too strict defense system.


    The Junchen world has repeatedly sent practitioners to sneak into the Shenchang world to spy and carry out various destructive activities.


    Among them, some practitioners either actively or passively stayed in the divine world.


    Those practitioners who take the initiative to stay in the Shenchang world often make big mistakes in the Junchen world and are directly dealt with by the heavenly palace.


    The monks of the Holy Land Sect made mistakes, and naturally someone covered them up. The heavenly palace is also held high and gently put down.


    Except for a few particularly bad cases, it is difficult for the monks of the Holy Land Sect to be assigned outside the Junchen world.


    Those friars who had no background or were not strong enough committed unforgivable crimes. The heavenly palace felt that it was too pity to directly execute them, so it sent them outside the Junchen world to perform all kinds of very difficult and almost suicidal tasks.


    Among them, sneaking into a hostile world such as Shenchang world is a very typical task of this kind.


    If these monks who sneak into the Shenchang world survive and complete the task, they can be regarded as successful atonement and return to the Junchen world.


    Many of the monks who passively stayed in the Shenchang world were a large group of people from the Junchen world. When they finally retreated, they were unable to withdraw in time for various reasons, so they had to stay in the Shenchang world and hide temporarily, waiting for the rescue of the latecomers or waiting for the opportunity to escape.


    Lin Lin finally came to the conclusion that the number of friars sent to Shenchang in the Junchen world for thousands of years is quite large, but the number that can survive up to now is not large.


    Meng Zhang learned a lot of relevant information through the relationship between the deputy director of the heavenly palace and the ancient Taoist capital.


    Meng Zhang has no trust in the monks who stay in the prosperous world of God.


    These monks have stayed in the Shenchang world for so many years. God knows whether they have defected or been secretly controlled by the Shenchang world.


    When Meng Zhang received the order of Xianyun Zhenxian to meet in the void this time, Xianyun Zhenxian mentioned that this matter was related to Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang specially contacted the ancient Taoist and inquired about the latest situation of many Shenchang circles.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t say it clearly, the ancient Taoist capital still guessed that Meng Zhang might go to Shenchang world in the near future.


    Therefore, the ancient Taoist revealed a top secret of the heavenly palace to Meng Zhang.


    Logically speaking, the ancient Taoist is not the kind of person who does not distinguish between public and private. He should not disclose the secrets of the heavenly palace at will.


    This time, the ancient Taoist asked Meng Zhang. I hope Meng Zhang can do him a favor if he really goes to Shenchang world.


    It turned out that more than a thousand years ago, a later generation of Taoist Gu Lu, who was respected by Gu Chen, committed a very serious crime in the Junchen world because he was calculated by the friar of the Holy Land Sect.


    According to the laws of the heavenly palace, Taoist Gulu''s guilt is unforgivable and should be beheaded according to the law.


    Both Gu Chen shangzun and the ancient Taoist capital secretly tried to save Taoist Gu Lu.


    However, it seems that the sect of each holy place is determined to get it, and Taoist Gulu must be severely dealt with.


    After all, the ancient Taoist is unjustifiable, and limited to identity, so it is not easy to come forward directly.


    Finally, the chief manager of the heavenly palace came out with Xuejian Jun and arranged a very dangerous death task for Taoist Gulu. It can almost be said that there was death without life, so he blocked the mouth of the Holy Land Sect door and calmed the matter.


    The content of the task is to ask Taoist Gulu to sneak into the Shenchang world, carry out wanton assassination and destruction, and disrupt the Shenchang world.


    In order to give an account to the Holy Land Sect, Taoist Gulu needs to assassinate many senior leaders in Shenchang world.


    With the strength of Taoist Gulu, even if you fight your old life, you can''t complete the assassination task.


    If the task is not completed in one day, Taoist Gulu cannot return to the Junchen world in one day.


    Moreover, there is a time limit for this mission.


    If the time limit is exceeded and Taoist Gulu fails to complete the task, it should be handled as passive avoidance and escape.


    To sum up, in less than 300 years, Taoist Gulu''s task time will come.


    In fact, the Holy Land Sect means more than that.


    When Taoist Gulu just sneaked into the Shenchang world, he exposed his deeds and was surrounded and killed by the indigenous gods and descendants of Shenchang world.


    If Taoist Gulu didn''t have the card given by the ancient Taoist, she would almost die before she got out of the school.


    Even so, Taoist Gulu escaped the siege and was seriously injured. For a long time after that, they were chased and killed by the indigenous forces in Shenchang world.


    Later, it was the ancient Chen zungan who secretly sneaked into the Shenchang world to save the dying Taoist Gulu.


    After Taoist Gulu recovered from his injury, he began to complete the task with the help of Guru Chen.


    The task that Taoist Gulu accepted was too difficult. Even with the help of Guru Chen, it took a long time to complete it.


    Gu Chen shangzun is a busy man. He can''t stay in Shenchang world to help Taoist Gu Lu complete his task.


    In fact, Gu Chen had a mortal enemy in Shenchang world. He himself did not dare to stay in Shenchang for fear of being blocked by his sworn enemies.


    The reason why the ancient Taoist told Meng Zhang such detailed information and confidential things was that he hoped that if Meng Zhang really sneaked into the Shenchang world, he could help Taoist Gulu.


    Everyone is the enemy of the Holy Land Sect. They are deeply hurt by the Holy Land Sect. They should share a common hatred and help each other.


    Meng Zhang''s sneaking into Shenchang must have a purpose.


    Taoist Gulu has been in Shenchang world for thousands of years and has been very familiar with the situation here.


    Meng Zhangchu, who is not familiar with his life, really needs some help.


    Meng Zhang and the ancient Taoist did not say a lot, but they had a lot of tacit understanding.


    If it was someone else, Meng Zhang would not easily believe it.


    However, he was willing to believe the information provided by the ancient Taoist.


    The ancient Taoist priest had no grievances with him and had a common enemy. There was really no need to frame him.


    If Meng Zhang wants to find out the secrets of Shenchang world in a short time and find the indigenous gods of Junchen world who fled to Shenchang world, he really needs some external help.

 Chapter 2020

    There has been regular contact between Guru Chen and guru.


    Gu chenshangzun was seriously injured after the last war with the Holy Land monk zongmen. After the war, he had to try to rescue the members of the Dengxian society, gather the remaining forces as much as possible, and try to revive the Dengxian society.


    Gu Chen has no time to separate himself and can''t go directly to Shenchang world.


    Even if he knew that there was not much time left for the guru to complete the task, it was difficult to provide direct help in a short time.


    As for the ancient Taoist, as the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, he has a heavy responsibility and can''t get away easily.


    The ancient capital Taoist told Meng Zhang about the ancient Lu Taoist, which was also a helpless way.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t sneak into the Shenchang world, or didn''t contact Taoist Gulu after sneaking into the Shenchang world, Taoist gudu had no other way.


    When facing the great pressure brought by the holy places, Meng Zhang knew that he needed to unite all the people who could be united and win over every strength.


    While sneaking into the Junchen world to complete the tasks arranged by Xianyun Zhenxian, he will also provide help to Taoist Gulu as much as possible.


    In order to avoid the pursuit of the indigenous forces in Shenchang world, Taoist Gulu hid very secretly.


    Even if Meng Zhang had a way to contact Taoist Gulu, it would take some time to contact her.


    Meng Zhang knows a lot about the geographical intelligence of Shenchang world.


    After entering the realm of divine prosperity, he ran directly to his goal.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang tried to hide his tracks and did not have any contact with the aborigines in Shenchang world.


    It is a desert in the south of Shenchang world that enters Shenchang world.


    There are also many contradictions and disputes among the indigenous forces in Shenchang world.


    The indigenous gods once led their followers to fight and fight each other.


    Until Junchen world was conquered by practitioners, the indigenous gods in Shenchang world began to stop fighting.


    After feeling the great threat brought by the cultivators, the originally hostile indigenous gods in Shenchang had to join hands with the enemy and unite with the outside world.


    In the history of Shenchang, there have been many large-scale internal wars.


    The desert where Meng Zhang is currently located was once a battlefield for a group of indigenous gods to fight.


    Native indigenous gods are closer to this heaven and earth. Some indigenous gods with power are better at mobilizing the power of heaven and earth than most practitioners.


    Due to the excessive use of the power of heaven and earth in the war, the vitality of tens of thousands of miles of land was exhausted and the vitality disappeared, so there was such a vast desert.


    In such a big desert, there is basically no place for the indigenous people of Shenchang world to live.


    In that war, the warring parties suffered heavy casualties, and the fierce spirit of terror still remains on the battlefield.


    Except for a few brave indigenous foreigners who come to look for treasure occasionally, there are basically no other outsiders here.


    This great desert is one of the hiding places of Taoist Gulu, but she may not hide here.


    Meng Zhang landed in the desert according to the information provided by the ancient Taoist.


    When he came to a big Gobi that looked the same as other places, Meng Zhang began to sneak underground.


    At the bottom of more than 1000 feet, Meng Zhang found a small cave.


    Inside the cave, there are two seemingly ordinary stone tablets.


    Meng Zhang went to a large stone tablet and painted it for a while according to a special technique.


    Then Meng Zhang left here with the smaller stone tablet and wandered around the desert.


    Meng Zhang was lucky. He didn''t wander outside for too long. Three days later, the stone tablet he took away began to burn.


    Meng Zhang took this stone tablet into the desert again.


    After entering the desert, a map appeared on the stone tablet.


    Meng Zhang followed the guidance of the map and soon came to the edge of the great desert.


    He used the art of earth hiding to dive underground. He didn''t enter an underground cave until he was more than 2000 feet deep.


    The cave is not big, only about ten feet in circumference.


    In the middle of the cave, a tall Kun Dao, wearing a Taoist robe with exquisite face, was standing proudly.


    According to the description of the ancient Taoist, this kundao should be the ancient Taoist.


    Meng Zhang went to Taoist Gulu. He not only showed the keepsake, but also gave her an agreed secret signal. Only then did the two sides gain preliminary trust.


    It is not allowed for Taoist Gulu to be careless.


    In these years, she has been hiding in Shenchang world, which can be said to have suffered a lot. We should not only deal with the external enemies in Shenchang world, but also guard against the persecution of the enemies in Junchen world.


    It is the top secret of the heavenly palace that Taoist Gulu committed a felony and was sent out to atone for his sins.


    Taoist Gulu is also a great power of returning to emptiness. He is still very valuable to the Jun dust world. He can''t give up at will.


    However, as soon as Taoist Gulu entered the Shenchang world, he was besieged by indigenous forces and later pursued for a long time. This shows that the intelligence related to her mission has not only leaked out, but most of her hands and feet have been passive.


    As for where the people who secretly framed Taoist Gulu came from, we all know the answer.


    Taoist Gulu spent a lot of effort and used various means to ensure the secrecy of his whereabouts.


    Even if Guru Chen comes in person, he needs to go through such a complex procedure to meet Taoist Gulu.


    These seemingly complicated means are not only used to protect Taoist Gulu, but also to protect Guru Chen and the monks he sent.


    Once any one of these links goes wrong, both sides can evacuate in time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t feel impatient. He finished all the procedures before meeting Taoist Gulu.


    After the initial mutual trust, Meng Zhang made a brief self introduction.


    Taoist Gulu left the Junchen world more than a thousand years ago.


    At that time, although Meng Zhang was already a little famous, it was mainly limited to the north of Jun dust world.


    In other parts of the Jun dust world, he is basically an unknown person.


    Taoist Gulu has never heard of Meng Zhang''s name, but he knows something about Taiyi gate in its heyday.


    Taoist Gulu appeared as a casual monk in the Junchen world, and secretly he was an important member of the immortal society.


    The immortality society is an organization that secretly opposes the sects of major holy places.


    In its heyday, Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion. As a member of the immortality society, Taoist Gu Lu certainly had some understanding.


    Meng Zhang introduced himself as the leader of Taiyi sect. Naturally, he is the enemy of guantian Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang took out the keepsake and matched the code. He should be regarded as an ally.


    After Meng Zhang introduced himself, Taoist Gulu also told Meng Zhang about his experiences in Shenchang world in recent years.


    Among them, Taoist Gulu focused on the completion of his task.


    With the help of Gu Chen shangzun, most of her tasks have been completed.


    But the rest is also the hardest part.


    It''s almost impossible for her to do it alone.

 Chapter 2021

    After hearing the experience of Taoist Gulu, Meng Zhang still felt a little emotion.


    Taoist Gulu, as a great power of returning to emptiness, is definitely a big man with a head and a face in the Junchen world,


    But because he offended the Holy Land Sect, he had to leave his hometown and run to the Shenchang world to perform an extremely difficult task.


    It''s not easy for Taoist Gulu to persist in such a dangerous environment these years.


    In fact, since the meeting, Taoist Gulu has left a very good impression on Meng Zhang.


    Taoist Gulu is valiant and heroic. He has an unspeakable heroic spirit. He is not like an ordinary female monk at all.


    Although she is only the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, she can still be neither humble nor arrogant in front of Meng Zhang, and her momentum is not weak at all.


    Judging from her mental state, she has suffered a lot over the years and has not shaken her mind and made her decadent.


    Although Guru Chen provided help, he was able to complete most of the extremely difficult and almost impossible tasks. Taoist Gulu''s ability should not be underestimated.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. He first told Taoist Gulu that he would help Taoist Gulu finish the rest of the tasks as much as possible.


    Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation is not as good as that of Gu Chen, he is also a good choice when Gu Chen has no time to separate himself.


    At least, Meng Zhang''s cultivation is far above that of guru Taoist.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s promise, Taoist Gulu couldn''t help showing a few happy faces.


    For many years, she has been tired by the task and has been trapped in the dangerous Shenchang world. She can''t go back home.


    Now the people who helped finally came to Shenchang world and made a promise. Even if she had always been calm, she was a little happy.


    Then, Meng Zhang selectively told Taoist Gulu about his purpose of entering the Shenchang world this time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not mention the true immortal of idle clouds, nor will he mention to pry into the deep secrets of the Jun dust world.


    He just told Taoist Gulu that he needed to find the indigenous gods who fled from Junchen world to Shenchang world. It''s best to be the kind who lived long enough, had a wide range of knowledge and knew many ancient secrets.


    He has a few questions and needs to ask each other well.


    Of course, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, as the bereaved dogs driven from their hometown by the practitioners, must be extremely hostile to the practitioners and will not answer Meng Zhang''s questions obediently.


    This requires Meng Zhang to take down the other party and interrogate him by various means.


    Although Meng Zhang learned about the Shenchang world through various materials, when it comes to specific details, he is far inferior to the ancient Lu Taoist who has been wandering in the Shenchang world for thousands of years.


    In these years, Taoist Gulu hid and went to most parts of Shenchang world.


    Investigating the internal situation of Shenchang world was also one of her important tasks.


    In fact, in order to better hide and survive in the Shenchang world, Taoist Gulu made a lot of efforts.


    Her in-depth understanding of the Shenchang world has exceeded most of the aborigines in the Shenchang world.


    After years of deliberate and unintentional spying, she has learned many secrets of Shenchang world.


    If you can successfully return to the Junchen world, Taoist Gulu can definitely provide a lot of valuable information and greatly fill the gap in the library of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang has promised to help her complete the task, so she should pay back.


    Taoist Gulu began to talk slowly about what he knew.


    As the saying goes, when people leave their hometown, the gods leave the world where they came from and are bound to face many problems.


    Meng Zhang, as a great power of returning to emptiness, has felt all kinds of constraints imposed on him by the Jun dust world, which has caused a lot of inconvenience to himself.


    If he wants to completely get rid of this bondage, he needs to at least advance to the level of real immortal.


    Jun dust bound and restricted the indigenous gods far more than the native cultivators.


    Even the gods at the true God level are difficult to completely get rid of the shackles and restrictions of the Jun dust world.


    The indigenous gods who fled the Junchen world were basically a bunch of false gods.


    After they fled the Junchen world, they lost the nourishment of the power of heaven and earth and began to become weak.


    Although they came to the Shenchang world similar to the Junchen world, most of them could not adapt to the environment of the Shenchang world and completely integrate into the Shenchang world.


    As foreign gods, they are true invaders to the Shenchang world, and will be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth.


    Only when they integrate into the God prosperous world and transform into gods in the God prosperous world can they be accepted by the God prosperous world.


    The aboriginal gods in Shenchang world initially supported the aboriginal gods in Junchen world and united them to fight against the practitioners.


    After escaping to the Shenchang world, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world may initially get some shelter from the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world by relying on a little incense feeling of joint operations.


    Over time, the situation has slowly changed.


    In the world of gods, the law of the jungle is the norm. There has never been any so-called good gods. Gods are animals of real interest.


    Different gods can devour each other and gain more powerful power.


    The gods of the Junchen world, who have fled to the Shenchang world and have begun to weaken, are becoming less and less valuable against the practitioners.


    The weakened gods are also gods, which are of great value to other gods.


    Therefore, the indigenous gods of Junchen world who fled to Shenchang world began to disappear mysteriously and slowly lost all the news.


    Today, thousands of years later, there is almost no news of the gods from the Junchen world in the whole Shenchang world.


    Even many junior indigenous gods and divine descendants in Shenchang world have hardly heard that indigenous gods from Junchen world have fled to Shenchang world.


    There is no such information in Meng Zhang''s intelligence.


    If he asks for help from another person today, he may not be able to get useful information.


    Fortunately, Taoist Gulu stayed in the Shenchang world for thousands of years, and his days were not wasted. He really provided Meng Zhang with a valuable goal.


    Before the practitioners invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, although there were disputes and even conflicts between the indigenous gods in the two worlds of Junchen world and Shenchang world, many gods had frequent contacts and established deep relations between the two worlds.


    After the practitioners invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, the indigenous gods of the two worlds formed an alliance with each other to help each other and fight against the practitioners together.


    Among them, a goddess named moon worship, who was born in the top God family in Junchen world, married into Shenchang world and an indigenous god named Rihua Shenzi.


    The son of Rihua, an indigenous God, is not only powerful, but also of extraordinary background.


    Rihua Shenzi is one of the most powerful gods in Shenchang world - the son of Shengyang true God.


    When the goddess of worship of the moon married the son of Rihua, she formed an alliance with Shenchang world on behalf of Junchen world, indicating the sincerity of Junchen world to the covenant.

 Chapter 2022

    After she married the son of Rihua, the goddess of the moon left the Junchen world, came to the Shenchang world, and lived here.


    In order to help the goddess of worship of the moon integrate into the Shenchang world and better survive in the Shenchang world without being suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Shenchang world, Shengyang zhenshenshi has made great efforts to display great magical powers.


    In Shenchang Kingdom, there are many indigenous gods. However, where there are living creatures, there are basically indigenous gods.


    Shenchang world has never been in contact with foreign Shinto civilization before. Naturally, it does not know what the real Shinto civilization in the universe should look like.


    Probably in the eyes of the Shenchang aborigines, all the aboriginal gods are real gods, but there are differences in power.


    In fact, according to the division of Shinto civilization that really occupies the mainstream in the universe, the vast majority of indigenous gods in Shenchang world are only false gods.


    From the power level, the strongest of the false gods is just like the return to emptiness power of the cultivator system.


    As for the actual combat effectiveness, it depends on the combat experience of both sides and the power of practice.


    Those weak hypocrites are really weak chickens that people can''t believe.


    In addition to many false gods, there are also some demigods in Shenchang world.


    The demigod has the power of true immortals within his own divine domain with the blessing of the power of the divine domain.


    Leaving the divine realm, the demigod has only the power of the virtual immortal level.


    Only the true God can really compete with the true immortal only by his own strength.


    There are only a few true gods in the whole divine world.


    As one of the top strongmen in the Shenchang world, Shengyang true God is not only powerful, but also the leader of an indigenous God force, with many indigenous gods working for him.


    Although the gods may not pay much attention to the relationship between the gods and the couple, the goddess of worship of the moon, with the power of her husband''s family, is still enough to gain a foothold in the Shenchang world.


    Especially after the Junchen world was captured by practitioners, and the aboriginal God family of the moon worship goddess was destroyed by the real immortals, she almost abandoned her original origin and completely integrated into the Shenchang world.


    The rising sun god is a very domineering God. Among the several true gods in the Shenchang world, he is almost the most difficult and difficult to provoke.


    Even several other true gods were unwilling to provoke him for no reason.


    As for those ordinary indigenous gods, they are extremely afraid of them.


    Thousands of years have passed, and many new natives in Shenchang think that worshiping the goddess of the moon is an absolute God.


    Taoist Gulu also learned this story by chance.


    Hearing that Taoist Gulu mentioned worshiping the goddess of the moon, Meng Zhang thought a little and knew that this was a good goal.


    Meng Zhang had never heard of the goddess of worship of the moon before, but in the history of the Junchen world he knew, there was information that the goddess of worship of the moon came from the God family.


    Among the former indigenous gods in the Jun dust world, the goddess of the moon may not have high qualifications and have survived for long enough. She is not an old God who survived from the ancient times of the Jun dust world.


    But her birth can greatly make up for this defect.


    The God family she came from is one of the top God families in the Jun dust world. It has a long history. It is an ancient family handed down from the ancient times of the Jun dust world, and once ruled the Jun dust world with other gods for a long time.


    If we want to say which indigenous gods are most likely to understand the deep secrets of the Junchen world, the family of the goddess of the moon is one of them.


    Of course, as a member of the family and a married daughter, the goddess of the moon may not know these deep-seated secrets.


    But this does not prevent Meng Zhang from making it his primary goal.


    Taoist Gu Lu said clearly that perhaps in the present Shenchang world, there may be some indigenous gods from the Junchen world to hide.


    But she has no better goal except to worship the goddess of the moon.


    Like a guy named Wubao, he was originally an indigenous God from the Junchen world. After he fled to Shenchang world, he was valued by another true God in Shenchang world, Chongyue true God. He was sheltered by him and has survived until now.


    However, Wubao was born in a humble family and survived for a shorter time than the goddess of the moon. He was not ranked among the indigenous gods in the Junchen world in all aspects.


    The possibility that he can answer Meng Zhang''s question is not high.


    And this guy stayed around Chongyue true God all the year round and almost never left the divine domain of Chongyue true God.


    If Meng Zhang wants to win Wubao, he needs to face Chongyue Zhenshen directly.


    Even if Meng Zhang is powerful, I''m afraid he can''t cope with the real God who can rival the real immortal.


    In contrast, although the goddess of worship of the moon has the protection of the true God of the rising sun, she and her husband Rihua Shenzi do not live with the true God of the rising sun.


    In addition, there may be other indigenous gods from the Junchen world hidden in the Shenchang world.


    Even the indigenous gods in Shenchang world can''t find the whereabouts of these guys, let alone outsiders like Taoist Gulu.


    At present, the situation in Junchen seems to be relatively stable for the time being, but in fact, the undercurrent is surging.


    Under the seemingly peaceful external environment of taiyimen, there is a deep crisis.


    The forces of immortality ascending society and hailing sect against the Holy Land Sect have been hit hard one after another, and the Dali Dynasty is basically over.


    In the future, I''m afraid taiyimen will face all the holy places alone. There will only be fewer and fewer people who can get help from the outside.


    When those holy religious doors break the ghost land in the capital and free up their hands, Taiyi gate will face great challenges.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang cannot leave the Junchen world for too long.


    This time, if it wasn''t forced by Xianyun Zhenxian, he wouldn''t want to come to Shenchang world at all.


    With the obvious goal of worshipping the goddess of the moon, Meng Zhang is ready to start from her.


    If you can''t get the answer you want from the goddess of worship the moon, Meng Zhang will find another way.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think about slacking off, cheating and playing tricks. He did his best. It''s not how loyal he is to Xianyun Zhenxian.


    But he deeply knew that as a real fairy with many means, idle cloud real fairy was not so easy to fool the past.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not fully understood the details of the prohibition left by Xianyun Zhenxian on himself.


    He didn''t know whether he would be exposed if he lied to his face in front of the idle cloud immortal.


    In other things, Meng Zhang can also rely on some verbal means to hide some key information while not lying.


    However, Xianyun Zhenxian pays so much attention to this matter, which is enough to show his importance.


    When Meng Zhang left the Shenchang world, he was bound to face repeated questioning by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    In this case, if Meng Zhang gets nothing, it may be difficult to muddle through by some verbal means alone.


    From the experience of contact with Xianyun Zhenxian, he is not a generous and tolerant immortal.


    If he finds that Meng Zhang is sneaky and not dedicated to the task, he will never spare Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2023

    If Meng Zhang goes all out in the Shenchang world, really does his best to investigate, and finally gets nothing, he will have more or less confidence in the face of idle clouds and true immortals.


    This is a crime of non war, a problem of his ability, a deep hiding of the secrets related to the Jun dust world, not his attitude.


    At least, Meng Zhang must explain his past in front of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang did his best in this matter.


    Since we have chosen the moon goddess as the target, we need to take action as soon as possible.


    The true God of rising sun is naturally very powerful, which Meng Zhang can''t cope with. However, the son of Rihua God and the goddess of worship to the moon are divine descendants, and they can only return to the virtual level of cultivation at most.


    The practice system of Taoist practitioners is the highest in the world. When they fight against practitioners of other systems, they often have many advantages.


    These indigenous gods in Shenchang world have primitive and backward practice system, which is far from the mainstream Shinto civilization.


    In the war with Jun dust world, the practitioners of Jun dust world can often defeat the strong ones of Shenchang world at the same level.


    Meng Zhang himself is absolutely strong among the practitioners of the same level. How can he be afraid of a bunch of earth steamed buns in the Shenchang world.


    Even if there is any accident, he has a fairy talisman in his hand. As long as he doesn''t meet the real God, he is sure to retreat.


    After discussing with Taoist Gulu, Meng Zhang left here and rushed to his destination.


    Rihua Shenzi established a huge country in the prosperous area in the middle of Shenchang world.


    The capital of this country is located in the center of the country. It is named by the son of Rihua God after himself, called Rihua city.


    In the Shenchang world, many powerful descendants of indigenous gods will establish some cities and even countries to control all kinds of creatures and provide the power of faith to the gods.


    As the offspring of the true God, the son of Rihua is naturally qualified to establish a country and control hundreds of millions of creatures.


    At the same time, the son of Rihua God is also the priest of the true God of the rising sun. He organizes the creatures in the country to offer sacrifices to the true God of the rising sun on a regular basis, and offers them various sacrifices and strong power of faith.


    For the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, no matter how strong or weak their cultivation is, they can''t live without the power of faith.


    The more powerful the gods are, the larger the territory they occupy and the more numerous the believers they have.


    Among the descendants of the true God of the rising sun, the son of Rihua is one of the top ranked and highly valued.


    Meng Zhang''s goal is to worship the goddess of the moon. It is inevitable that the son of Rihua will be affected in the process of doing it.


    If the son of Rihua is in danger, the true God of Shengyang will not sit idly by as long as he receives the news.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu didn''t spend much time on the road, so they came to the destination Rihua city.


    As the main city where the son of Rihua God lives, Rihua city is naturally a large and prosperous city with a large population. It is a top ranked city in the whole Shenchang world.


    Under the Japanese God son, there is a large army, which gathers strong people of all races, enough to suppress all opposition forces inside and outside the country.


    A large part of this army is stationed inside and outside Rihua city.


    Both inside and outside Rihua city are heavily guarded and extremely well defended.


    Of course, for the strong who return to emptiness, such a warning is in vain. Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu easily sneaked into Rihua city.


    The goddess of the moon and her husband, the son of Rihua, live in the palace in Rihua city all year round.


    From time to time, the son of Rihua will leave the palace, or go out hunting and playing, or deal with all kinds of affairs.


    However, the goddess of worship of the moon stayed in the palace all year round and almost never left half a step.


    If you follow Meng Zhang''s temperament, you should directly break into the palace and take down the goddess of worship of the moon for careful interrogation.


    As long as you escape from Rihua city before the rising sun god arrives, there is not much danger.


    After staying in Shenchang world for so many years, Taoist Gulu developed a cautious style.


    You can''t finish the task alone in enemy occupied areas without being careful.


    Taoist Gulu suggested that it''s best to inquire about the information of the Palace first and determine the whereabouts of the goddess of worship of the moon, so as not to go in vain.


    When they act, they''d better choose an opportunity for the son of Rihua to leave the palace to reduce the possible resistance.


    Meng Zhang followed good advice and followed the advice of Taoist Gulu.


    It''s a good thing that we can save a little strength and reduce unnecessary fighting.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu are descendants of Yan and Huang. They have the best overall cultivation qualification and are most suitable for practicing Xiandao.


    Among the strong people in all circles, most of them are descendants of Yan and Huang.


    In addition to the descendants of Yan and Huang, there are still some other ethnic groups in the Terran.


    Among them, as the mainstream, the largest number are blonde white skin and dark Kunlun Slaves.


    Only a few of these two groups can practice the fairy way, and their practitioners often practice other cultivation systems.


    Among them, Shinto is the most popular practice system among the two ethnic groups.


    Since the rise of the Terran, many worlds in this universe will slowly give birth to the Terran.


    After the Shenchang world and Junchen world stabilized, many creatures were slowly born and multiplied.


    Among them, Terran is the largest one.


    The only pity is that the Terrans born in these two worlds are mainly white skin and Kunlun Slaves, and there have never been Yanhuang descendants.

 Chapter 2024

    No matter white skin or Kunlun slave, they are not suitable for practicing the fairy way.


    Kunlun Slaves, in particular, are inferior and stupid.


    Many Terrans refuse to recognize kunlunnu as a member of the Terran and classify it as an ape and monkey.


    In fact, many places in kunlunnu are more similar to primates such as gorillas.


    After several true immortals conquered the Junchen world, in order to open up this wilderness into a civilized world ruled by practitioners, they did not hesitate to spend great efforts to migrate many Yanhuang descendants from some worlds under the command of the Lingkong fairy world.


    Later, the descendants of Yan and Huang quickly became the mainstream race in the Junchen world, and other races naturally declined and even eventually perished.


    In the present Junchen world, Baipi and Kunlun Slaves are regarded as barbarians.


    On the contrary, there are still huge white skin and Kunlun slave groups in the Shenchang world.


    For gods, except for some very special race gods, most gods don''t care much about the race of believers.


    As long as you can provide the power of faith for your family, it doesn''t matter whether you are human or not.


    Of course, only the intelligent race can provide the power of faith for the gods.


    Among the intelligent races, the humanoid race is the main one.


    Although Baipi and kunlunnu can''t practice the fairy way, they are still very good as believers of gods and lambs of gods.


    There are two biggest problems in Shinto in Shenchang world.


    One is that Shinto civilization is not well developed, very primitive, barbaric, cruel and bloody.


    It lacks communication with other orthodox Shinto civilizations, so it is very conservative and backward.


    Some old customs abandoned by orthodox Shinto civilization, such as large-scale blood sacrifice, are still popular in the Shenchang world.


    The second problem is that there is no rising channel within the Shenchang world, especially ordinary creatures.


    The indigenous gods in Shenchang are basically natural gods. They are the supreme existence and the ruler of all living creatures.


    The descendants of the gods are the descendants of the gods, who rule all living beings and raise lambs on behalf of the gods.


    In a few cases, it is possible for divine descent to grow into a new God.


    In addition, all creatures are ruled, pigs, dogs, cattle and sheep, and there is hardly any chance to change their fate.


    In the orthodox Shinto civilization, many gods will promote some devout believers as examples and train them to be envoys and even obedient to God.


    In the orthodox Shinto practice system, ordinary creatures have the opportunity to become practitioners.


    Shinto practitioners gain great power by believing in and serving gods.


    According to their piety and their achievements for the gods, they will have a certain upward channel.


    Some excellent Shinto practitioners can even set up their own doors and embark on the road of becoming true gods.


    The Shinto civilization in Shenchang world is so primitive and backward, and the squeezing of creatures is so extreme. Naturally, countless grievances have been accumulated among many creatures, especially at the bottom.


    Without the intervention of external forces, no matter how powerful the resentment is, it will not affect the rulers of Shenchang world.


    However, Shenchang world is the great enemy of life and death of Jun dust world. Practitioners of Jun dust world have sneaked into Shenchang world many times.


    After knowing the internal situation of Shenchang world, some senior leaders of Junchen world wanted to cultivate rebels in Shenchang world, resulting in internal unrest in Shenchang world.


    Among them, Baipi and kunlunnu, who are the same family, have entered the sight of these high-level officials.


    Although the vast majority of white skin and Kunlun Slaves are not suitable for the practice system of Xiandao, there are a large number of ethnic groups and a large population, with a few exceptions.


    Moreover, the high level of the Jun dust world was not ready to teach them the authentic Taoist cultivation skills.


    Even the most popular qigong practice in the cultivation world, they don''t want to leak out to the Shenchang world.


    There are many high-level experts in the Jun dust world.


    These knowledgeable and knowledgeable experts have compared and referred to many practice systems and specially developed a set of skill system.


    This set of cultivation and skill system does not have much shadow of Taoism, but reveals the atmosphere of evil everywhere.


    This set of cultivation skill has low requirements for qualification and no mandatory requirements for resources. It is very suitable for large-scale promotion.


    Practitioners do not seek long life, but strong combat effectiveness.


    The longevity of many practitioners is much worse than that of ordinary people.


    The practice process is very cruel and even distorts the mind of practitioners.


    In order to pursue extreme lethality, practitioners will slowly sacrifice everything they have.


    As long as practitioners are cruel enough to themselves and open up, they will soon have the combat effectiveness in the foundation building period and even the golden elixir period.


    According to the data collected by the high level of the Jun dust world, the strongest of these practitioners even have the strength to threaten the God descent of the yuan God level.


    Under the guidance of the Junchen world, these practitioners formed a rebel army.


    Although the rebels cannot subvert the rule of indigenous gods and divine descendants, they can destroy their doglegs and affect their ruling order.


    The high level of Junchen world has never expected that these rebels alone can change the current situation of Shenchang world.


    What they need is for the rebels to create chaos within the Shenchang community and affect the development of the Shenchang community. It is best to cause huge losses and weaken the overall strength of the Shenchang community.


    In the history of Shenchang, these rebels have repeatedly created unrest and even launched an uprising.


    Although in the end, all these exposed rebels were eliminated, they still caused some trouble to the rulers of Shenchang world.


    Due to the secret support of the Junchen world and the extreme class differentiation of the Shenchang world itself, the rebels in the Shenchang world have almost never been cut off.


    If one rebel army is eliminated here, two will emerge elsewhere


    The attitude of the rulers of Shenchang world towards the rebels is to kill all and eradicate the roots.


    Anyone who is involved with the rebels would rather kill three thousand by mistake than let one go.


    One group after another was completely destroyed, the bones piled up like mountains, and the blood flowed into a river


    In recent years, it has been difficult for the rebels to organize a large-scale uprising..


    The rebels had to go underground and lurk in the dark.


    Junchen world''s support for these rebels is also weakening because it is besieged by foreign invaders.


    When Taoist Gulu first sneaked into the Shenchang world, his tasks included supporting the rebels and providing support to the rebels.


    Taoist Gulu didn''t trust any of the God Changjie aborigines at all.


    But in order to complete the task, she still had to contact these rebels.


    In this process, nature is full of many unhappy past.


    She has been betrayed, trapped and killed


    Taoist Gulu has been able to survive until now. In addition to his real ability, he should also have good luck.

 Chapter 2025

    Before contacting the rebels, Taoist Gulu specially told Meng Zhang all these past events.


    The meaning of Taoist Gulu is very simple. If Meng Zhang is not confident about these rebels, she will not contact each other.


    Taoist Gulu attached so much importance to Meng Zhang''s opinions that Meng Zhang felt very comfortable.


    Meng Zhang was not prepared to ask too much about the actions of Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu''s main work in assisting Meng Zhang this time is to collect intelligence and provide guidance for Meng Zhang.


    As for the main force of the last shot, it still depends on Meng Zhang.


    These so-called rebels are in the eyes of Meng Zhang * the existence of insects, and they do not care about their loyalty.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s arrogance, but Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness today has qualified to be so arrogant.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had no objection, Taoist Gulu took positive action.


    If it is another rebel, Taoist Gulu may not feel at ease to contact.


    The rebel army hidden inside Rihua city has a relationship with Gulu road people''s Congress. It was she who supported it that year that she had a little trust in it.


    Among the tasks that Taoist Gulu received at the beginning, there was a requirement to support the rebel army in the Shenchang world.


    After being betrayed, Taoist Gulu was extremely distrustful of the original rebels in Shenchang world and was unwilling to continue to contact them at all.


    In order to complete the task, the guru had to spend a lot of time rebuilding a rebel army from scratch.


    Probably out of the idea of hiding in the city, a large part of the strength of this rebel army did not hide in any wilderness or wilderness like other rebel armies, but chose to hide in a prosperous city like Rihua city.


    Over the years, the guru have been secretly providing all kinds of support to the rebel army.


    In addition to secretly developing, the rebel army also provided some useful information to the Gulu Taoist.


    Baipi and kunlunnu, as the branches of the human race, are good lambs. It is indispensable to many indigenous gods.


    Even though most of the rebels in Shenchang came from these two ethnic groups, the indigenous gods in Shenchang never wanted to completely destroy these two ethnic groups.


    On the contrary, many indigenous gods also encouraged the rapid reproduction of these two ethnic groups and made efforts to increase their number.


    In the eyes of indigenous gods, the rapid reproduction of these two ethnic groups is the continuous increase of their own wealth.


    Even because of the rebels, they sometimes had to kill some lambs.


    But on the whole, the expanding lamb group has more advantages than disadvantages for almost all indigenous gods.


    In the eyes of many orthodox practitioners, the two ethnic groups of white skin and kunlunnu are defective products in the human race.


    But it is these defective products that can provide massive and high-quality power of faith, far above other intelligent races.


    These two ethnic groups are almost all over the Shenchang world, and their numbers are numerous.


    Kunlunnu, in particular, has a huge population, which is like a locust, and the diffusion range is amazing.


    Taoist Gulu carefully selected some people from the two ethnic groups, carefully cultivated and cultivated many useful people.


    Although due to the spread of this set of cultivation skills in the Junchen world in the Shenchang world, Taoist Gulu could not fundamentally change the fate of these people.


    But Taoist Gulu made a lot of efforts to help them.


    For these available people, the guru did not use them as consumables as usual. Instead, they try their best to help them make up for their roots and increase their longevity.


    Thanks to the guidance of Taoist Gulu, the rebel army developed very well.


    In addition to its growing strength, its members lurking in Rihua city are very deep and can play many roles.


    The guru didn''t let the rebels start an uprising or anything like that to confront the indigenous gods. Instead, they should dormant and develop secretly.


    In addition to asking them to collect some information regularly, Taoist Gulu has no more requirements on weekdays.


    Taoist Gulu had his own plans for the rebel army he supported, and did not want them to sacrifice in vain.


    Moreover, Taoist Gulu took it as a chip in his hand and was unwilling to give it to others.


    Compared with other intelligent races in Shenchang world, Baipi and Kunlun Slaves from the same family have many advantages.


    Not only the indigenous gods like to cultivate them into lambs, but the divine descendants also like such slaves to serve around.


    Therefore, these two ethnic groups are not only one of the root causes of the resistance, but also one of the most important dog legs of the indigenous gods.


    When creating this set of practice skills, the creator attached great importance to the concealment of practitioners.


    Practitioners who practice this skill well hide their accomplishments very well on weekdays.


    The most outstanding part can even hide from many weaker indigenous gods, let alone divine descendants.


    Among the rebels trained by Taoist Gulu, some members sneaked into the high-rise of Rihua city and lurked down secretly.


    Even among the servants of the palace, members of the rebels were hidden.


    After entering Rihua City, Taoist Gu Lu and Meng Zhang selected a luxury house and sneaked into it. It was a temporary foothold.


    From the perspective of the regulation of this mansion, the owner of the mansion should be the minister with some weight under the command of Rihua Shenzi.


    Yimeng Zhang''s supernatural powers, and everyone in the mansion, could not find the slightest trace of them.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to contact the rebel army and handed over all the prying work to Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu asked Meng Zhang to wait here. She went out alone to collect information.


    Meng Zhang disagreed and found a place to meditate alone in the mansion.


    While waiting for Taoist Gulu to return, Meng Zhang got to know the owner of the mansion.


    The owner of the mansion, named Niao Meng, came from the bird body race - a race of half man and half bird.


    As a human like intelligent race, the bird body race has a large number in the God prosperous world.


    The ancestor of bird Meng is an Aboriginal God of bird body clan, and one of the many subordinate gods under the true God of rising sun.


    The divine descent is based on the blood relationship with the indigenous gods and the power level of the blood source, which is also divided into high and low strength.


    Bird Meng is also a God.


    It''s just that the blood is too far away from the ancestors, and the ancestors are not very strong, so their strength is general, and they barely have the strength of the golden elixir level.


    Bird Meng served as a middle-level general among the troops stationed in Rihua city.


    Coincidentally, probably due to the origin of Miao Hong, Niao Meng is valued by the upper class of Rihua city.


    The army he led was stationed near the palace, the core of Rihua city.


    The identity and status of bird Meng has certain utilization value for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he and Taoist Gulu just chose a temporary hiding place and could have such a harvest.

 Chapter 2026

    Taoist Gulu didn''t let Meng Zhang wait too long. She returned to the temporary hiding place two days after she left.


    The information brought back by Taoist Gulu is very valuable.


    The rebel army supported by Taoist Gulu in recent years has developed very well and has mastered many effective intelligence channels.


    Its tentacles have even penetrated into the palace.


    According to the latest news, Hunling zunshen sent several God attendants to visit Shenchang world.


    These God attendants first visited the rising sun true God and other powerful beings that can dominate the fate of the Shenchang world, and then separated and toured the Shenchang world.


    Several God attendants have different tour routes and go to different places in Shenchang world.


    Shenchang sent an army led by the true God to gather in the void and prepare to besiege the Junchen world.


    Now the true gods who stay in the God chang world are unwilling to easily offend the mixed spirit God, so they didn''t stop the actions of these gods.


    One of the God attendants visited Shenchang world all the way and unexpectedly came near Rihua city.


    The mixed spirit worships God, which makes several true gods in Shenchang world feel inferior.


    Of course, Rihua Shenzi attaches great importance to the God attendants who respect God and dare not neglect them at all.


    The son of Rihua not only gave a banquet in the palace to entertain the God servant, but also prepared to personally accompany the God servant to play nearby.


    These days, the son of Rihua God held a banquet in the Royal Palace almost every day. Most of the senior executives of Rihua city participated in the banquet. Everyone did their best to entertain the God attendants of mixed spirits and gods.


    Before long, the son of Rihua God will leave Rihua city temporarily to accompany the God to go out.


    Taoist Gulu was acutely aware that this was a rare opportunity.


    She told her men to pay close attention to the matter. When the son of Rihua leaves Rihua City, inform her of the news in time.


    After hearing the information from Taoist Gulu, Meng Zhang knew what she meant.


    It''s best to wait a few days, wait until the son of Rihua leaves the city, and then attack the goddess of the moon.


    Meng Zhang has no comment on this.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Hunling zunshen are old enemies. Before Meng Zhang sneaked into Shenchang world, Xianyun Zhenxian specially introduced a lot about Hunling zunshen.


    Hun Ling worships God is an ambitious guy. Over the years, in order to spread faith and expand the scope of believers, he has provoked trouble in many big worlds.


    Hunling worships God, has bad character, extremely unbearable style of behavior, and makes many enemies in the void.


    In Shinto, mixed spirits and gods are regarded as the seeds that are likely to break through the realm of gods, so they have received the care of some old gods.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has been in dengtianxing district for some time and has a certain understanding of all kinds of situations here.


    He knew the situation of Shenchang world and secretly observed the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    In the view of Xianyun Zhenxian, Shenchang world is a piece of fat meat in the eyes of Hunling and respecting God.


    The mainstream of Shenchang world is Shinto civilization, which has a good foundation of belief.


    Shenchang''s Shinto civilization is primitive, barbaric, conservative and backward.


    Hun Ling respected God and accepted the most orthodox Shinto inheritance, far surpassing the local steamed stuffed bun gods in all aspects.


    It only takes a proper opportunity for the mixed spirits to respect the gods, so that they can subdue the indigenous gods in the divine world and bring the whole world into their own belief system.


    If the mixed spirit worships God and can thoroughly digest the income obtained from the God prosperous world, it will certainly lay a solid foundation for him to attack the God realm in the future.


    Hunling worshipped God and sent God attendants to visit the Shenchang world. In the eyes of Xianyun Zhenxian, it was the weasel who paid new year''s greetings to the chicken. It was not kind.


    In the name of making friends, these God attendants must be secretly collecting all kinds of intelligence from the God prosperous world to prepare for the next comprehensive invasion.


    Maybe, the mixed spirit and God have been hidden near the God chang world now.


    It was precisely because he was worried about the existence of Hunling and respecting God that after Meng Zhang entered the Shenchang world, Xianyun Zhenxian continued to keep in touch with him without passing his prohibition.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is well aware of the vast power of Hunling and respecting God


    With his style of conduct, if he is really ready to attack the Shenchang world, he will closely monitor the situation near the Shenchang world.


    If Xianyun Zhenxian rashly contacts Meng Zhang, his whereabouts may be exposed.


    Hunling zunshen, who has accepted the inheritance of orthodox Shinto, has many means of restraint against the earth steamed stuffed bun gods in the upper God chang world.


    Moreover, now the main force of Shenchang world is out and gathers near Junchen world. The power to stay in Shenchang world is limited.


    Once the mixed spirit respects God, he may not be able to resist it.


    If it weren''t for exploring the deep secrets of Jun dust world, Xianyun Zhenxian really didn''t want to be close to Shenchang world at this time.


    It was precisely because of the reminder of Xianyun Zhenxian that Meng Zhang began to be alert when he heard Taoist Gulu mention the God attendants sent by Hunling zunshen.


    It seems that the Shenchang world is also very afraid of mixing spirits and respecting gods.


    Rihua Shenzi said he was accompanying the God attendants of mixed spirits and gods, most of which had the intention of monitoring.


    After all, as one of the rulers of Shenchang world, Rihua Shenzi is obviously unwilling to expose more secrets of Shenchang world.


    In fact, the vigilance of the Shenchang world for mixing spirits and respecting God is still above Meng Zhang''s imagination.


    In Shinto, the law of the jungle and annexation of each other are very common.


    While waiting for further information from Taoist Gulu, Meng Zhang also secretly prepared some contingency measures by taking advantage of the contradiction between mixed spirit respecting God and God prosperous world.


    Next, the guru kept in touch with the rebels and was ready to get the latest information.


    After getting familiar with Meng Zhang, in order to reassure Meng Zhang, Taoist Gulu also provided some information about the rebels.


    Like other rebels, the rebels supported by Taoist Gulu are mainly white skin and Kunlun Slaves.


    For the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, both are good sources of believers and can provide a lot of power of faith.


    Specifically, in Rihua City, Kunlun Slaves are the best slaves, and Baipi is the slave leader who manages Kunlun Slaves.


    Among the rebels, there were Kunlun slaves who served in the palace, and white skin became the lackeys of the noble people in the palace.


    Therefore, the rebel army can provide some information about the palace in time.


    Meng Zhang waited in the hiding place for almost five days. Taoist Gulu brought the latest news.


    The son of Rihua God will accompany the God attendant sent by Hunling Zun God to leave Rihua city and have a good visit nearby.


    It is said that the God servant sent by Hunling zunshen is very playful. The son of Rihua will accompany him. He will stay outside for at least ten days and a half months before returning to Rihua city.


    Such a long time is enough for Meng Zhang to sneak into the palace and find the goddess of worship the moon.


    Of course, Taoist Gulu did not disclose Meng Zhang''s real purpose to the rebel army, but asked them to collect all information about the palace.

 Chapter 2027

    The efforts that Taoist Gulu has spent on this rebel army over the years have not been in vain.


    Among the information provided by the rebel army, there are the specific terrain of the palace, various layouts, and even the distribution of some vigilance and prohibition, the general situation of the Dharma array guarding the palace, the guards stationed near the palace, and so on.


    With these detailed information, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu can basically grasp the reality and reality of the enemy and better sneak into the palace.


    In addition to providing intelligence support, Taoist Gulu, who accompanied Hunling zunshen to leave the palace in Rihua, also offered help.


    For such a period of time, the son of Rihua God should have left Rihua city with the God servant for some distance.


    Even if the son of Rihua God receives the news that Rihua city has changed, he probably won''t have time to come back.


    For figures like Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu, there is no big difference between day and night. Their sneaking action did not need the cover of night.


    In broad daylight, Meng Zhang took Taoist Gulu to show his invisibility, avoided everyone''s eyes and ears, and came outside the palace.


    A group of soldiers stationed and patrolling outside the palace seemed blind and turned a blind eye to them.


    As the ruler of this country, the royal palace where Rihua Shenzi lives is naturally the most important building in this country.


    Most of the gods in Shenchang world advocate luxurious architectural style and like all kinds of magnificent palaces


    As a god descendant, the son of Rihua also has such aesthetics and hobbies.


    In front of Meng Zhang''s eyes, the Royal Palace looks magnificent. There are tall and magnificent halls and pavilions, countless pavilions and flowers


    Of course, the magnificent palace painstakingly built by the son of Rihua for many years is nothing strange in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    The son of Rihua has been entrenched and operated in the palace for many years. Naturally, there are Dharma array and prohibition guard.


    However, compared with the cultivation civilization founded by the practitioners, the Shinto civilization in the Shenchang world is comprehensively backward.


    The array prohibitions prevailing in Shenchang world are extremely crude in the eyes of practitioners, and there are flaws almost everywhere.


    Meng Zhang was not very proficient in arrays and prohibitions, but with his eyesight, he just glanced at the palace in front of him and found many safe routes to sneak in.


    Meng Zhang was about to lead Taoist Gulu into action when he suddenly felt a tremor in his heart.


    He couldn''t help looking at the palace in front of him. The original seemingly ordinary place suddenly became like a dragon''s pool and a tiger''s den.


    The magnificent palaces almost became monsters that ate people.


    Meng Zhang seems that as long as he continues to move forward for a distance, these monsters will rush over immediately.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that this was not his own illusion, let alone an illusion caused by tension.


    The reason why he feels this way is that his spiritual sense is warning.


    In the palace ahead, there is a great danger waiting for yourself.


    Of course, with immortal talisman in hand, such a danger is not fatal to Meng Zhang.


    But danger is danger. The power that can touch the spirit and ambush in front is at least above their own real strength.


    Meng Zhang is not a single-minded person. Knowing that there is a danger ahead, he still has to rush towards the front and don''t hit the south wall and don''t look back.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately warned Taoist Gulu.


    "Go, there is an ambush in the palace ahead."


    Before the words fell, Meng Zhang took the lead and fled away from the palace.


    Taoist Gulu was stunned. She never found anything wrong.


    Although a little confused, I thought Meng Zhang would not joke about such things.


    Without saying a word, Taoist Gulu followed Meng Zhang to evacuate here in time.


    After Meng Zhang and their departure, a ripple like a water wave flashed over Rihua city.


    Several figures came out of the void one after another.


    The first is a tall and strong man with a blood red sun engraved on his forehead.


    Behind him was a middle-aged man in a yellow robe with a plain face.


    At the back are several colorful and colorful indigenous gods.


    The leading man is the son of Rihua, the legitimate son of Shengyang true God.


    As for why he set up an ambush here in advance, it was naturally the news leaked from Meng Zhang.


    Rihua Shenzi himself is the cultivation of the middle level of returning to emptiness. The visiting God servant is named Feng Jiu, which is also the cultivation of the middle level of returning to emptiness.


    The indigenous gods behind the son of Rihua are the strong ones in the middle stage of returning to emptiness and the weak ones in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Although they are gods, the son of Rihua God is only a divine descendant.


    But who says Rihua Shenzi has a good father.


    They had to obey the orders of the son of Rihua.


    In addition, there is a hidden master poison day in the palace, which is a cultivation achievement at the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Poison day was originally just a god descendant. Later, it was valued by the true God of Shengyang. It was under his command and cultivated by him. Only then did he improve all the way and have today''s cultivation.


    The poison day is hidden in the palace, and the main responsibility is to protect the couple, the son of Rihua God and the goddess of the moon.


    Among the information obtained by Taoist Gulu, except for the son of Rihua God and the goddess of worshiping the moon, only one or two indigenous gods at the level of returning to the virtual world are resident in the palace.


    When the son of Rihua leaves the palace, one or two indigenous gods will accompany him as guards.


    In the palace, there was only one goddess worshiping the moon who had the cultivation of returning to emptiness. Meng Zhang was right to start.


    However, in reality, the guard power in the palace is far beyond the imagination of Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu.


    More importantly, the son of Rihua did not accompany God to leave the palace for a long time.


    So many strong people at the level of returning to emptiness hide in the palace and set up an ambush. It has the advantage of location and can also borrow the power of Dharma array and prohibition.


    If Meng Zhang broke into it directly with Taoist Gulu, he would surely fall into a siege.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t have the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian as his bottom card, it''s not easy for them to get away safely.


    One is not good. Both of them are in danger of falling.


    Xianyun Zhenxian specifically told Meng Zhang in advance. After entering the Shenchang world, you must try to avoid using this immortal talisman.


    Hun Ling respects God and has a lot of gratitude and resentment with Xianyun Zhenxian. If you know something about Liuyun Shengzong, who is the origin of Xianyun Zhenxian, you must be able to recognize the origin of this immortal talisman.


    It is a common means for mixed spirits to respect God, display the art of God descending, and bring their distractions to trusted God attendants.


    If the Hun Ling Zun God finds this immortal talisman through the sight of the God attendant and sees through its origin, the idle cloud true immortal will not be far from exposure.


    The only advantage of Xianyun Zhenxian in respect of mixed spirits and gods is that he has been hidden in the dark.


    The mixed spirit God still doesn''t know that he has come to the sky star area and is eyeing in the dark.

 Chapter 2028

    Meng Zhang is controlled by others. Of course, he can''t easily disobey the orders of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    If the Xianyun immortal is finally exposed to the Hunling God because of Meng Zhang''s relationship, the Xianyun immortal will certainly not spare Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang also seriously offended the mixed spirits and gods because of the elimination of foreign barbarians.


    I just don''t know if the mixed spirit and God still remember such a small thing?


    Meng Zhang just knew that most gods were notoriously careful.


    Meng Zhang was hiding in the Jun dust world. The real body of Hunling and respecting God could not sneak into the Jun dust world. Meng Zhang was not very afraid of Hunling and respecting God.


    Now that he has left the Junchen world, Meng Zhang is also in danger of meeting mixed spirits and respecting God.


    When Meng Zhang led Taoist Gulu close to the palace, the hidden strong felt something.


    Meng Zhang''s concealment skills can hide from ordinary guard soldiers, but it is difficult to hide from the strong men of the same rank who have been on guard too early.


    These strong men ambushed in the palace. They were originally prepared to wait and catch all the sneakers.


    However, Meng Zhang found that the situation was wrong in time and responded very decisively, asking Taoist Shanggu Lu to escape directly.


    When the ambulances in the palace reacted, Meng Zhang had led Taoist Gulu far away, and they couldn''t catch up.


    After they appeared, the son of Rihua looked at Meng Zhang''s escape direction with a gloomy face and scolded fiercely in his mouth.


    "Damn cultivator, he ran away fast enough."


    Because the Junchen world often sends practitioners to infiltrate the Shenchang world and carry out various spying and sabotage actions here, which has caused huge losses to the Shenchang world.


    Therefore, the high level of Shenchang world hates sneaking practitioners very much. He offered a high reward to arrest these practitioners.


    Although the son of Rihua is the son of the true God of Shengyang, he is not the only son of the true God of Shengyang.


    The son of Rihua also needs to please the true God of Shengyang in order to get more help from the true God of Shengyang.


    After receiving that a cultivator tried to sneak into the palace, Rihua Shenzi set a trap and tried to catch the infiltrating cultivator.


    For this reason, he even did not hesitate to ask the mixed spirit to respect the God for a long time.


    The practitioners who sneak into the Shenchang world can only come from the Junchen world.


    Many years ago, Hunling worshipped God and attracted the attention of the Jun dust world.


    The mixed spirit worshipped God and sent believers into the Junchen world more than once.


    The barbarian army destroyed by Meng Zhang in the Jiuqu province was driven by the mixed spirits and gods.


    The mixed spirit worshipping God not only lost a large number of believers, but also lost a distraction in the Jun dust world.


    For the practitioners in the Junchen world, the mixed spirits and gods are very hostile.


    Originally, his subordinates had enough strength and Fengjiu''s cooperation. Rihua Shenzi thought he could catch the sneaking cultivators.


    But seeing that the other party was about to step into the trap, he suddenly escaped.


    The cooked duck flew away, and Rihua Shenzi couldn''t accept it.


    He looked suspiciously behind him. No one present should collude with the cultivator.


    I''ve heard for a long time that practitioners have great powers and are proficient in a variety of secret methods. Could it be that the guy was aware of the trap himself?


    The son of Rihua was puzzled in his heart, but his mouth was very impolite. He severely reprimanded a group of his men.


    Among the indigenous gods and descendants present, poison day has the highest cultivation, but he is not easy to interrupt in order to maintain the majesty of the son of Rihua God.


    Hun Ling respected the God for a long time, with a special status and transcendent status. He spoke to ease the atmosphere in the field.


    After Rihua Shenzi vented, he also began to calm down.


    Although the cultivator didn''t step into the trap this time, since the other party has exposed his tracks, he must not let them go.


    Next, they began to discuss carefully how to catch the escaped cultivator.


    After Meng Zhang led Taoist Gulu to escape from Rihua City, he stopped moving forward.


    Outside Rihua City, although it is far from safe, with such a buffer distance, they can react in time even if the enemy makes any more moves.


    At this time, Meng Zhang began to explain.


    He didn''t run away until the time came, but found that there was an enemy ambush in the palace.


    Taoist Gulu didn''t find the ambush in the palace just now.


    In fact, due to the long time of the God servant of Hunling and respecting God, he took out an artifact and the means of poison day, the ambush was quite good.


    Meng Zhang was almost deceived if his spiritual sense was not sharp enough.


    Although Taoist Gulu had a short contact with Meng Zhang and didn''t know him enough, Taoist Gulu felt that Meng Zhang had extraordinary bearing and was not the kind of person who had a cup of bow and snake shadow.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is higher than her, so she can find an ambush she didn''t find.


    The enemy laid an ambush in the palace in advance, indicating that their action of sneaking into the palace had long been leaked.


    Don''t even think about it. Taoist Gulu immediately locked the primary suspect target on the rebel army he supported.


    The high level of Shenchang community knows that the root of the existence of the rebels is not in Shenchang community.


    Moreover, compared with the rebels as chess pieces, the practitioners sneaking into the Junchen world are obviously more valuable.


    Therefore, the Shenchang world has long controlled some rebels through various means, allowing them to secretly convey information and inform the whereabouts of the practitioners.


    Most of the practitioners who sneaked into Shenchang world were cautious enough to know that the rebels did not deserve much trust.


    But over the years, there are always some guys who are not cautious enough. Because they are betrayed by the aborigines of Shenchang world, or their own deeds are accidentally exposed, they are surrounded and killed by the senior leaders of Shenchang world.


    The practitioners who can cross the void and sneak into God''s prosperous world are at least friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Among them, there are even Taoist Gulu''s great ability to return to emptiness.


    It''s just that Yuanshen Zhenjun lost it, but every loss of a return to emptiness power is a loss of the vitality of the Junchen world, which makes many visionaries feel sad.


    Taoist Gulu thought that he had learned the lessons of his predecessors and did not contact other rebel forces. Instead, he spared no effort and time to cultivate the rebel forces from scratch.


    But the reality told her that the rebel army she had trained herself was also unreliable.


    Taoist Gu Lu once again deeply realized the truth contained in the sentence "if you are not my race, your heart must be different".


    Taoist Gulu had an impulse in his heart. He wanted to kill back to Rihua city immediately and completely wipe out the rebel army who betrayed himself.


    Of course, not everyone in this rebel army is a traitor, and there must be innocent people among them.


    Even, traitors are only a few or even individuals.


    However, according to the practice of practitioners who sneak into the Shenchang world, once a traitor is found in the rebel army, they will regard the rebel army as an untrustworthy generation and abandon it completely.


    In any case, there will never be a lack of people who want to join the Resistance Army and resist the indigenous gods.


    With the heart of Taoist Gulu, this betrayal can not be tolerated.

 Chapter 2029

    The contact information between Taoist Gulu and the rebel army is very confidential. She only lets a few senior officials she trusts know.


    She has always been cautious. In several contacts with the high-level rebels, she not only did not expose her true purpose, but also did not expose her foothold.


    Every time, she took the initiative to contact the senior level of the resistance. The other party could not contact her at all, let alone master her whereabouts.


    If she hadn''t asked the rebels to provide information about the palace and let the traitors guess her actions, Rihua Shenzi they wouldn''t have had a chance to ambush her at all.


    Taoist Gulu wanted to kill and deal with the traitor, but years of experience in Shenchang world made her very cautious.


    The enemy probably guessed that she had laid hands on the traitor.


    If the enemy strengthens the protection of the traitor, or simply sets up an ambush around the traitor, if she kills her now, she will only fall into passivity, or she may be surrounded and killed.


    If you keep the green mountains, you won''t be afraid of no firewood.


    Taoist Gulu knows that her most correct choice now is to leave here with Meng Zhang, and the farther away she can escape, the better.


    Anyway, as long as they are far away from Rihua City, it is difficult for the enemy to find them.


    The urgent task now is to stay away from Rihua city as soon as possible, the sooner the better.


    Taoist Gulu was about to speak. Meng Zhang seemed to see through her mind and spoke first.


    Meng Zhang''s meaning is very simple. They should not rush to escape here, but should kill a rifle.


    The enemy should not have thought that they would be so bold. After revealing their whereabouts, they did not rush to escape, but dared to kill back their guns.


    Taoist Gulu shook his head after hearing Meng Zhang''s words.


    Although Taoist Gulu did not know Meng Zhang''s real age, he also knew that Meng Zhang would not be too old.


    At least, among the great powers of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang is definitely not a senior expert.


    Taoist Gulu is also a young and aspiring generation. He was a famous spiritual genius in his youth.


    Although she was not born in the Holy Land Sect, as the blood related descendant of Guru Chen, her cultivation conditions are much better than the ordinary disciples of the Holy Land Sect.


    She had a smooth journey to the retreat period, but because of a moment''s carelessness, she was calculated by the Holy Land Sect, resulting in death.


    Facing the great pressure of the Holy Land Sect, Gu Chen, who has always cultivated her elders, is powerful and difficult to do.


    If you hadn''t spared the snow sword and given her a way out, she would have fallen long ago.


    After staying in Shenchang world for so many years, she has experienced countless things and many times of life and death, which has made her very mature and abandoned all her shortcomings in the past.


    In her opinion, Meng Zhang should have guessed that he was betrayed by the rebels and couldn''t accept it emotionally, so he had to kill back.


    It is the most unwise act to fight between spirit and Qi in order to return to the virtual energy for a long life.


    Even if you want to retaliate against the traitor, you can wait until the wind has passed and then plan slowly.


    Anyway, with a life of nearly 10000 years, there is enough time to wait for the opportunity.


    Moreover, even if the enemy pays more attention to the traitors, he can''t always guard them with enough strength.


    After all, Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is higher than that of Taoist Gulu. Taoist Gulu thought about it and persuaded Meng Zhang in a very euphemistic tone to explain his idea.


    Taoist Gulu''s persuasive words could not persuade Meng Zhang at all.


    Although Taoist Gulu did not know the real purpose of Meng Zhang''s entry into the Jun dust world, he knew that Meng Zhang had something to ask the gods or descendants from the Jun dust world.


    Taoist Gulu continued to persuade that in addition to worshiping the goddess of the moon, the Shenchang world should have other suitable goals.


    She has been in Shenchang for so many years. She has other sources of intelligence besides the rebel army in Rihua city.


    After leaving here, she can slowly help Meng Zhang find other goals.


    In principle, Taoist Gulu is right in saying and doing.


    However, many things in the cultivation world do not need to pay attention to these conventional principles.


    Meng Zhang was really upset that he had to kill back.


    Since the enemy dares to ambush him, he must pay enough price.


    The rebels of the rebel army did not betray Meng Zhang, but since Meng Zhang was involved in this matter, they would not spare these traitors.


    Second, Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness warned him to detect the ambush in advance and evacuate in time.


    This time he almost encountered a crisis, but in the crisis, there is often a turning point.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness made him vaguely feel that he should be able to obtain unexpected huge gains from the goddess of worship the moon.


    Meng Zhang did not explain to Taoist Gulu in detail, nor did he reveal that he was a master of heaven''s secrets and had a very keen spiritual sense.


    He just told Taoist Gulu that he chose to retreat because the enemy was unknown.


    Next, he will find out the specific situation of the enemy as soon as possible and choose the most favorable countermeasures.


    Taoist Gulu looked at Meng Zhang''s confident face and knew he couldn''t convince him.


    Taoist Gulu wanted to leave Meng Zhang immediately and let Meng Zhang run into a wall and get in danger.


    But she also had great concerns.


    First of all, without the help of Meng Zhang, the great power in the middle of returning to the virtual world, her impossible task could not be completed.


    Second, Guru Chen told Meng Zhang about guru Lu and asked Meng Zhang to connect with guru Lu. It was clear that he trusted Meng Zhang very much and regarded Meng Zhang as his own person.


    If Taoist Gulu watched Meng Zhang take risks and didn''t do anything, it would be difficult for him to explain when he saw Gu Chen in the future.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang insisted on returning to Rihua City, Taoist Gulu had to follow him.


    In fact, practitioners have various means and have great advantages in the face of the aborigines in the Shenchang world.


    As long as you don''t face the enemy who is higher than yourself, or fall into the enemy''s ambush and siege, it is generally not so easy to fall.


    If Taoist Gulu and Meng Zhang cover each other, they will have a great chance to escape even if they are under siege.


    Taoist Gulu believed that Meng Zhang could cultivate to such an extent that he should not be stupid enough to die for nothing.


    Seeing that Taoist Gulu had no objection, Meng Zhang led her to Rihua city.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu were not far from Rihua City, and soon came outside Rihua city.


    I don''t know if it was affected by the previous events. In such a short time, the alert of Rihua city has been improved a lot.


    Teams of soldiers mobilized were in full readiness at the head of the city.


    Over the huge city, there are indigenous gods and divine descendants flying back and forth.


    ¡­¡­


    No matter how the defense of Rihua city is improved, it is in vain for Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu.


    They sneaked into the city again without difficulty and hid safely.


    On the side of the son of Rihua God, after Meng Zhang left, they began to use various means to search the whole Rihua city and try to find out the whereabouts of Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2030

    Although the strength of Rihua Shenzi is stronger than many indigenous gods, after all, he is not a natural indigenous God, but a descendant of the gods.


    His current divine domain is just taking shape, and he is far from being able to bring the whole Rihua city into the divine domain.


    It is even more impossible for him to let other indigenous gods extend their divine domain to Rihua city.


    This is a serious offense to him and will affect his cultivation and rule.


    Generally speaking, the divine realm is divided into two types.


    Unfortunately, the current fixed God domain of Rihua Shenzi, let alone cover Rihua City, can not even cover the palace, but only the most core palaces of the palace.


    The fixed domain of those indigenous gods is not in Rihua city.


    Like the current Rihua Shenzi, they can only display the false god domain at most and slowly search the whole Rihua city.


    Meng Zhang''s hiding means are clever enough to deal with the enemy''s various search means.


    Taoist Gulu has been hiding in the Shenchang world for many years, and has long accumulated a wealth of hiding experience.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to be distracted to take care of Taoist Gulu, so she hid her deeds.


    Meng Zhang and the two of them hid in the city of Rihua for a while.


    The son of Rihua God used the power of the whole Rihua city to search the Rihua City, but he couldn''t find Meng Zhang''s whereabouts.


    The son of Rihua also knows that no matter how tight the defense of Rihua city is, it can''t block the free access of Huixu power.


    If you want to find the whereabouts of the cultivator, you can only find another way.


    For the son of Rihua God, the worst situation is that the cultivator has been frightened and completely fled away from Rihua city.


    In that way, even if he is powerful, he can''t do anything.


    The son of Rihua God only prayed in his heart. The cultivator still had an attempt to the palace and did not give up for the time being. At this time, he still hid near Rihua city.


    The son of Rihua knew the existence of Taoist Gulu''s great power of returning to emptiness from the rebels of the rebel army.


    I also know that Taoist Gulu has a companion, but I don''t know its specific origin and cultivation.


    Of course, those who can act with Taoist Gulu are mostly the same return to emptiness power as her.


    Taoist Gulu is also a famous figure in the ears of the high-level people in the Shenchang world.


    Generally speaking, the practitioners sent by the Junchen world will not stay here too long after sneaking into the Shenchang world.


    After completing the mission, these infiltrators will evacuate as soon as possible.


    It''s really a strange number for a cultivator like Taoist Gulu who has stayed in the Shenchang world for thousands of years.


    Over the years, many strong people in Shenchang want to pull out this annoying thorn, but they fail repeatedly.


    Over time, the high level of Shenchang world offered higher and higher rewards to Taoist Gulu, and wanted to catch her more and more.


    If the son of Rihua can win the Taoist Gulu, he will not only receive rich rewards, but also become famous and establish a loud reputation.


    At that time, the name of the son of Rihua God will not only represent the descendants of the true God of rising sun, but also the name of the strong.


    The son of Rihua was eager to win Taoist Gulu, so he naturally moved a lot of thoughts.


    The son of Rihua could not determine the true purpose of Taoist Gulu and his companions, but only knew that they wanted to sneak into the palace.


    What do they do in the palace, how determined they are to sneak into the palace


    The son of Rihua knows nothing about these specific information.


    After discussing with his men, Rihua Shenzi made a plan.


    On the one hand, the son of Rihua ordered to continue to ambush in the palace.


    If the enemy kills a rifle and thinks he can take advantage of the blind spot in the heart of the son of Rihua and try to sneak into the palace again, he will inevitably fall into an ambush.


    Another aspect is to secretly set up ambushes around traitors.


    If the enemy is unhappy and wants to eliminate the traitors in the rebel army, he must be looking for his own death.


    The son of Rihua did not pay attention to the life and death of the traitor.


    The traitor informed the guru that the task had been completed.


    The rebels among the rebels are disposable consumables.


    The son of Rihua God failed to set up an ambush last time, and the traitor will certainly be exposed.


    Most of the traitors exposed will make Taoist Gulu angry and kill in his heart.


    Rihua Shenzi had long discovered the existence of this rebel army. He just took a long line to catch big fish, so he didn''t start with it.


    For Rihua shinko, the elimination of a rebel army is not worth mentioning and will not bring him any benefits.


    He kept this rebel army all the time for the cultivators behind the rebel army.


    The true cultivator is the real cancer of Shenchang world, the real enemy and the root of all disturbances in Shenchang world.


    Rihua Shenzi is not sure. The enemy will appear in these two places according to his idea.


    He''s just doing his job.


    Of course, the strength of ambush in these two places is enough to win two return to virtual power.


    Even if there is any accident in the middle, the two places are not far away, and the forces ambushing in the two places can reinforce each other.


    Rihua Shenzi thinks he has done everything he can, and the layout is perfect.


    The rest is to wait silently.


    Wait for the enemy to appear, wait for the enemy to fall.


    On the surface, the routine search and defense of Rihua city are still very tight.


    After returning to Rihua City, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu chose a new place to settle down temporarily.


    Although the original foothold may not be exposed, it''s better to be cautious.


    With their abilities, they are hidden in the city of Rihua. Unless it is the real God, it is difficult to expose them.


    Although Meng Zhang decided to kill a horse gun, he was not ready to act recklessly.


    It can make his spirit alert and feel the crisis, which shows that the enemy''s strength is very strong.


    Only when you know yourself and the enemy can you win a hundred battles.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is to find out the specific strength of the enemy before deciding how to start.


    The real strength and cards of any force are confidential and will not be easily exposed to outsiders.


    There are traitors in that rebel army, which can''t be trusted or used. Now it''s all up to Meng Zhang himself.

 Chapter 2031

    If it is in other places, in the face of other enemies, Meng Zhang''s intelligence work may not be carried out very well, and it is difficult to find a starting point.


    However, in places like Shenchang world, we are faced with special enemies such as indigenous gods and divine descendants. Meng Zhang did not spend much effort to figure out many key places.


    Most of the indigenous gods in Shenchang need believers to provide faith.


    Therefore, these indigenous gods cannot be unknown at all.


    I think so. You hide your identity. Everyone doesn''t know who you are. How do you attract believers and expand your faith?


    Therefore, in order to spread their faith, the indigenous gods in Shenchang will publicize their divine power as much as possible and make themselves famous.


    Moreover, the indigenous gods with the divine domain will stay in their own divine domain most of the time.


    Even if you really want to leave the divine domain, you should try not to leave for too long or too far.


    As for those God descendants, almost all God descendants in the God prosperous world regard becoming gods as their own goal.


    Even some particularly powerful gods have more power than many indigenous gods. But their goal is still to become a God.


    In the God prosperous world dominated by Shinto, there seems to be no other way out except to become a God and climb from a false god to a true God.


    The widely spread reputation is a foundation for the divine descent to grow into a God.


    Before becoming a God, the divine descendants spread their own reputation, which is conducive to the rapid development of believers and absorb a lot of the power of faith after becoming a God.


    When Meng Zhang came to Rihua city earlier, he didn''t check the intelligence himself. He mainly respected Taoist Gulu and wanted to see Taoist Gulu''s skills and her channels in Shenchang world.


    Now there are traitors in the rebel army cultivated by Taoist Gulu, and Taoist Gulu''s previous investigation has failed.


    Meng Zhang now takes over the matter in good faith and begins to act according to his own habits.


    Meng Zhang first went to the original foothold, that is, near the residence of bird Meng, the garrison general of Rihua city.


    After repeated confirmation, this place has not been exposed yet.


    When Meng Zhang stayed here, he had made some hands and feet on bird Meng. Bird Meng still knows nothing about it.


    Now, Meng Zhang is distracted, and God places his trust on the bird Meng unconsciously.


    When necessary, Meng Zhang can use this distraction to secretly influence the idea of bird Meng.


    At the critical moment, he can forcibly take over the flesh of the bird.


    In a word, this means of dividing the mind, confusing and controlling the people is what the devil is best at.


    In particular, the cultivation of mind evil and secret evil has its own advantages.


    Among the practitioners of Taoism, there are few forces with similar means.


    The inheritance of Taiyi gate is indeed extraordinary. It can be called all inclusive and covers a wide range.


    In addition to a few of the directly transmitted skills as the focus, they often dabble in some eccentric means in the cultivation world.


    Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of Huanglian sect, majored in the avenue of soul and was proficient in the avenue of fantasy.


    Meng Zhang had close contact with Xu Mengying in his early years and had close communication in cultivation.


    Today, with Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, even if he didn''t have a deep understanding of the road, he can perform one or two.


    The huge gap in cultivation between Meng Zhang and Niao Meng made him easily control Niao Meng''s mind and confuse his mind.


    In his ignorance, bird Meng became a chess piece and even a puppet under Meng Zhang''s control.


    Although bird Meng has no access to the top secrets of Rihua City, he is at least a prominent figure in the city and has many news channels.


    Many of the information Meng Zhang has preliminarily investigated is public information and is not deliberately kept confidential.


    It didn''t take long for bird Meng to help Meng Zhang get the information he wanted.


    What Meng Zhang wants to know is the news about the well-known indigenous gods and divine descendants in Rihua city and the whole country.


    The son of Rihua ruled a vast country with a large population.


    Even if he is the son of the rising true God, he cannot monopolize the faith of the whole country.


    The kingdom ruled by the son of Rihua God, plus many nearby countries, with the most temples and the most believers, is undoubtedly the true God of the rising sun.


    Even in the whole God prosperous world, where people believe in the true God of the rising sun, their believers are in the forefront.


    Next, the number of temples and believers will be determined according to the strength and background of indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang does not need to know the indigenous gods and divine descendants below the retreat period.


    Soon, he had a general understanding of the indigenous gods and descendants at the retreat level in the surrounding area.


    Excluding some guys who disagree with Rihua Shenzi, we can roughly infer the maximum strength that Rihua Shenzi can use.


    Of course, in order to rule such a vast country, the son of Rihua God cannot gather all his strength in Rihua city.


    The sacred domains of his indigenous gods are distributed inside and outside the country.


    On weekdays, these indigenous gods leave the divine domain in turn and go to Rihua city to serve the son of Rihua God.


    The indigenous gods who preside over their own God domain are also helping the son of Rihua rule this huge country.


    This time, after receiving the news from Taoist Gulu, the son of Rihua God forcibly ordered to recruit almost all the indigenous gods at the level of returning to the virtual world, and rushed to Rihua city as soon as possible to listen to the order.


    As for those who have not yet become gods, they are still divine descendants and have the strength of returning to the virtual level. There are not many such guys in the whole Shenchang world, and there are only two or three people under the command of Rihua Shenzi.


    If you count the long-time service of the mixed spirit and God, in the Rihua city at the moment, the son of Rihua God has nearly ten combat effectiveness at the level of returning to emptiness.


    No wonder he has enough confidence, even if the soldiers are divided in two ways, they are enough to win Taoist Gulu and his companions.


    The son of Rihua God was still waiting patiently for the cultivators to fall, but his indigenous gods began to sit still.


    For various reasons, they can''t leave their God domain for too long.


    There is no peace inside and outside the kingdom of the son of Rihua.


    The aboriginal gods who have a competitive relationship with Rihua Shenzi, the God descendants who are not with him, and the ferocious beasts with incomparable violence and extremely terrible destructive power


    The long-term lack of indigenous gods in some important places will cause big problems.


    Even the son of Rihua God cannot forcibly leave all these indigenous gods in Rihua city.


    If Meng Zhang had enough time and patience, he would wait a little longer, and most of these indigenous gods would slowly disperse and return to their respective divine domains.


    With the enemy''s strength greatly reduced, Meng Zhang will face much less pressure.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang also doesn''t want to delay too long in Shenchang world. He wants to finish the task and leave here as soon as possible.


    The real cards of those indigenous gods will not spread everywhere, but their fields of expertise, their power attributes, their general character and other things are widely spread.

 Chapter 2032

    During this time, Niao Meng unconsciously took a group of soldiers under the control of Meng Zhang and made a circle in many parts of the city on the pretext of patrolling the defense of Rihua city.


    Especially the temples of the indigenous gods, he did not let go of anything.


    With the information collected by bird Meng, Meng Zhang soon had a plan.


    Of course, the implementation of this plan also requires the cooperation of Taoist Gulu.


    In order to ensure secrecy, the number of traitors developed by Rihua Shenzi in this rebel army is very small, only a few people.


    After their last ambush failed, Taoist Gulu naturally guessed that there were traitors among the rebels.


    If these traitors are separated, the son of Rihua doesn''t have so many people to set up ambushes separately.


    Therefore, the son of Rihua gathered these traitors together.


    The indigenous gods under the son of Rihua secretly hid nearby and set up an ambush to wait for the emergence of Taoist Gulu.


    About half a month later, one night, two uninvited guests suddenly came into the residence where several traitors gathered.


    The leader of these traitors is Heini, the elder of the rebel army.


    This man is a Kunlun slave and has great talent in practicing the skills spread by the God chang world.


    After years of cultivation, he has almost the combat effectiveness of the early yuan God, second only to the leader of the rebel army.


    Richard, the leader of the resistance, was just a little better than him.


    These days, Heini and several other traitors have been staying in this mansion and can''t leave.


    Most Kunlun Slaves are simple minded and developed, with the exception of black mud.


    If he is not smart enough, he can not practice to the current level, let alone live to the present.


    Just because he is a wise man, he knows that the general trend of the gods ruling the Shenchang world is unshakable. Their resistance is futile. The practitioners of the Junchen world just regard them as chess pieces that can be used.


    Therefore, after being discovered by the son of Rihua to hide his identity, Heini did not hesitate to be a traitor.


    Now, black mud is very frightened.


    Although the son of Rihua didn''t tell him any specific details, he just gathered them traitors here.


    This was originally the mansion of Heini. Except for the son of Rihua God, only Taoist Gulu and a few senior rebel leaders knew about it.


    But black mud had guessed that they had been used as abandoned children and bait to lure Taoist Gulu into the bait.


    Black mud was cultivated by Taoist Gulu. I know that Taoist Gulu has great powers.


    After betraying Taoist Gulu, he was a little frightened. Now he has become a bait, and his heart is even more frightened.


    Unfortunately, whether in the eyes of Taoist Gulu or Rihua Shenzi, he is a chess piece that can be sacrificed at any time and has no power of autonomy.


    They traitors have no choice but to stay here and wait for Taoist Gulu to take the bait.


    Several indigenous gods, who had been ambushed outside the residence for a long time and had been somewhat impatient, immediately became excited when they saw someone coming to the residence.


    The two uninvited guests went directly into the mansion and saw black mud smoothly.


    Black mud knows these two uninvited guests. They are elders among the rebels and can be regarded as his subordinates.


    The two rebel commanders didn''t say much nonsense and directly brought the latest order of the rebel leader Richard.


    Taoist Gulu had important actions outside Rihua City, which needed the full cooperation of the rebels.


    Richard decided to mobilize all the forces in his hands and actively cooperate with him.


    The order brought by the two elders was to concentrate black mud and act with Richard.


    After conveying Richard''s orders, the two elders left here immediately.


    After the indigenous gods ambushed nearby found that the comer was not Taoist Gulu, but two rebels, they did not act rashly, but continued to wait.


    Black mud can''t easily leave the two elders without an order.


    After black mud received the order, he was very confused.


    Is it true that the identity of his traitor has not been exposed, and Taoist Gulu still trusts himself?


    Black mud didn''t dare to make decisions without authorization. He began to use communication magic and immediately reported it to Rihua Shenzi.


    At this time, the son of Rihua God was in the palace accompanying the God of Hunling and respecting God for a long time.


    After receiving the news from black mud, Rihua Shenzi and Fengjiu almost said "so cloth doubt array" in one voice.


    Because of the betrayal of the traitor Heini, Rihua Shenzi had already mastered all the information of the rebel army.


    If he hadn''t wanted to catch big fish for a long time, he would have caught all the rebels.


    Almost all the movements of the rebel leaders are under his control.


    Of course, in order to avoid dispersing his forces, he now ambushes a large part of his forces around the black mud residence, which may indeed ignore the rest of the rebels.


    With the skill of Taoist Gulu, it is estimated that he soon found that Heini was a traitor.


    As for the ambush around the black mud residence, most of them did not hide from Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu should have secretly contacted Richard, the leader of the resistance, and then issued the order to summon the resistance.


    Once the rebel army, including the traitor Heini, left Rihua City, it was out of the sight of the son of Rihua God.


    If the son of Rihua God continues to send indigenous gods to secretly follow them and secretly leave Rihua City, it will undoubtedly weaken the power in Rihua city.


    Taoist Gulu and his companions will probably take the opportunity to sneak into the palace.


    Rihua Shenzi and Feng didn''t need to use their brains for a long time, so they guessed the attempt of Taoist Gulu.


    Of course, Rihua Shenzi couldn''t help thinking more.


    If he was unwilling to disperse his forces, he did not send enough strong men to follow black mud.


    After the rebel left Rihua City, Taoist Gulu could easily solve the traitors such as black mud.


    Perhaps, under the leadership of guru, this rebel army can cause a lot of chaos within the country.


    Why don''t we take down the top of the rebel army immediately and wipe out the rebel army completely?


    As soon as this idea appeared in Rihua Shenzi''s mind, he immediately put it aside.


    If he really ordered this, Taoist Gulu would never appear in Rihua city.


    Taoist Gulu is a tempting booty. The son of Rihua is eager to take her.


    If you miss this time, you don''t know when you will have a chance to catch Taoist Gulu''s tail again.


    Seize the desire of Taoist Gulu and let Rihua Shenzi make a decision soon. We must seize this opportunity, even if we take a little risk.


    Feng Jiu is a god servant of Hunling and respecting God. He has a noble status and extraordinary status. He also took the initiative to help this time.


    In order to show his respect for him, even if Rihua Shenzi had made a decision in his heart, he still said his thoughts and took a posture of discussing with the other party.

 Chapter 2033

    Feng Jiu, as a god servant of Hunling and respecting God, also shoulders a lot of tasks.


    He stayed in Rihua city for so long this time to help the son of Rihua catch Taoist Gulu.


    The cultivators of Jun dust world are not only the enemies of Shenchang world, but also the enemies of Hunling and respecting God.


    These days, Taoist Gulu has not made any action, and many indigenous gods have been impatient.


    Many indigenous gods are eager to return to their own divine domain.


    Staying outside the divine realm for a long time makes them feel insecure.


    Feng Jiu also doesn''t want to delay here too long for fear of delaying other things.


    Now Taoist Gulu is taking action. Anyway, we must seize this rare opportunity, even if we take some risks.


    Rihua Shenzi''s plan sounded OK, and Feng Jiu praised it.


    Since the wind had no opinion for a long time, the son of Rihua began to order.


    First of all, he asked black mud to obey Richard''s orders and follow him immediately.


    Poison sun, who had the strongest strength in his own hands and had the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness, originally led several indigenous gods to ambush around the black mud mansion.


    According to the order of the son of Rihua God, poison day led these indigenous gods to secretly follow the rebels and act together.


    As long as the guru did not show up, they were absolutely not allowed to be exposed.


    Once Taoist Gulu appears, poison day must try his best to take him down immediately.


    The true strength of Taoist Gulu is no secret, but his cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Most of her companions are equal to her strength. Even if they are stronger, they should be limited.


    Even if practitioners have great advantages over the indigenous gods of the same level, they can''t easily challenge the higher level, and it''s not so easy to win more with less.


    As long as they dare to join the rebels, they can take them down on poison day.


    If Taoist Gulu dares to take the opportunity to attack the palace, they will just run into the son of Rihua God who sits in the palace.


    Both Rihua Shenzi and Fengjiu are the strength of the middle level of returning to emptiness, and they also have the capital to win Taoist Gulu.


    Even if something really happens, the God domain of the son of Rihua is in the palace.


    As long as he retreats into the divine realm and sticks to it with the power of the divine realm, even if the cultivator in the later stage of returning to emptiness comes, he can''t think of anything to do with him in a short time.


    Poison day and Rihua Shenzi can always keep in touch with each other by secret methods.


    If either side encounters difficulties, the other side can provide timely support.


    Both poison day and Rihua Shenzi have the strength to transmit space inside and outside the country.


    Rihua Shenzi thinks his arrangement is perfect enough and has taken into account various situations. Even if Taoist Gulu has great skills, there is no opportunity to take advantage of it.


    If Taoist Gulu thinks that he can take advantage by relying on some cleverness, he will underestimate the son of Rihua God.


    Due to the deliberate indulgence of the son of Rihua, the rebel army, led by the leader Richard, took action almost unimpeded.


    Soon after, the rebel army left Rihua city under the intentional release of water by the urban defense army.


    The rebel army was led by Richard, with a number of more than 100 people


    In addition to white skin and kunlunnu, there are a small number of other races.


    Among them, Richard and black mud were the strongest, both of which had the lethality of the original God in the early stage.


    Others, even the weakest, can give full play to the combat effectiveness at the level of the foundation period.


    Such a team is not weak among many rebels in Shenchang world, and even its strength can be ranked in the forefront.


    When he came outside Rihua City, Richard took out a very crude flying boat and let everyone in. At this time, the elder Heini had a chance to talk to Richard, the leader of the resistance.


    Black mud is the number two figure of the rebel army and is qualified to know all kinds of Secrets of the rebel army.


    He directly asked Richard about the details of this action and also tentatively asked about Taoist Gulu.


    Richard didn''t answer black mud''s questions, just let him obey orders.


    Along the way, Richard kept silent most of the time, just silently controlled the flying boat forward


    The black mud with ghosts in his heart didn''t dare to ask questions. He had to meditate on the flying boat like everyone else.


    The flying boat flew for more than ten days without any pause on the road.


    It was almost twenty days before the flying boat stopped and landed on the ground.


    This place is tens of thousands of miles away from Rihua city and almost comes to the edge of the country.


    In front of Richard''s landing place, there was a broad river called green river.


    There is a river god stationed in the green river all the year round, that is, the Green River God.


    Green River God has the strength in the early stage of returning to emptiness. This time, at the request of the son of Rihua God, he went to Rihua city to listen to orders.


    After the ambush failed in the palace, the green river god followed the poison sun and ambushed near the black mud mansion.


    Now, they followed the rebels and came to this place.


    At this time, Richard began to give orders.


    Taoist Gulu had long wanted to kill the green river god, and had been secretly preparing for it.


    Now, with all the conditions, Taoist Gulu decided to start.


    Taoist Gulu will kill himself into the realm of Green River God.


    Richard''s task was to cooperate with the actions of Taoist Gulu, destroy the nearby green river god temple and kill all the green river god believers.


    Temples and believers are important foundations of indigenous gods.


    The destruction of the temple and the killing of a large number of believers in a short time can greatly weaken the strength of the Green River God and his divine domain.


    With the skill of Taoist Gulu, he will certainly seize this opportunity to completely kill the Green River God.


    After Richard finished, he immediately ordered everyone to take action without waiting for other people''s reaction.


    Most of the members of the rebel army have been oppressed by the indigenous gods and have irreconcilable deep hatred and blood feuds with the indigenous gods.


    This is the reason why they joined the resistance and the motivation for them to resist the indigenous gods.


    Now it is said that they can help Taoist Gulu kill an indigenous God. Almost everyone is very excited and has high fighting spirit. They don''t hesitate to take action.


    Black mud also had a deep blood feud with the indigenous gods.


    It is precisely because of the drive of hatred that when he practices the skills spread by the Jun dust world, he will make unremitting progress.


    With the passage of time, the hatred in his heart began to fade, and he realized that the rule of the indigenous gods was unshakable.


    He will give up his hatred and willingly become the dark son of the son of Rihua God.


    Now Richard led everyone to take action. Although black mud followed the team, he still felt at a loss.


    He knew very well that even if he took refuge in the son of Rihua God, if he took the initiative to participate in the destruction of the temple, the son of Rihua God would not spare him afterwards.


    Unfortunately, black mud can''t decide on this matter. He has to follow everyone.

 Chapter 2034

    Although not everyone in this rebel army has seen guru. There are only a few people in direct contact with Taoist Gulu on weekdays.


    However, as the founder of this rebel army, Taoist Gulu has a high position in the eyes of everyone.


    People regard the guru who has always been against the indigenous gods as an idol and worship them as gods.


    Everyone was excited to join the action personally organized by Taoist Gulu.


    These rebels who have been lurking in Rihua city for a long time have long felt suffocated in their hearts.


    Now they have the opportunity to vent their deep hatred, which has been buried in their hearts for a long time, immediately began to erupt.


    Just in front of the place where they landed, there was a large temple.


    The rebels soon rushed to the front of the temple and began to attack with all their strength.


    The Green River God was not far behind the rebel army. He watched his temple being attacked by the enemy. His heart was burning with anxiety.


    The Green River and its surrounding areas are the foundation of the Green River God.


    His main temple, most believers, are concentrated near the green river.


    If the rebels were allowed to wreak havoc here, his losses would be incalculable.


    Even though the Green River God was also ordered by the son of the Japanese God, he still couldn''t help but have to deal with these bold rebels.


    As soon as the poison sun remembered his eyes, he stopped all the actions of the Green River God.


    Poison day is only a God, not a God. However, his strength is superior to all the indigenous gods present, and he can easily suppress the Green River God.


    Green River God knew that the poison day was deeply valued by the rising sun god, and he was cruel and ruthless. He really didn''t dare to disobey his meaning.


    The order of the son of Rihua God is very clear. As long as Taoist Gulu doesn''t appear, they can''t be exposed, let alone fight.


    Poison day is often a little brain dead. He only knows to implement the orders of the son of Rihua without paying attention to other indigenous gods.


    Seeing that the temple in front was quickly broken down by the rebels, the rebel brigade killed into the temple and wantonly destroyed and slaughtered in it, the Green River God was really worried.


    The temple is a place to gather beliefs. The believers in the temple are often the most devout believers, providing the purest and largest number of faith power.


    What happened in front of me was to stab a knife at the heart of the Green River God.


    Knowing the character of poison day, the green river god swept his eyes around for help.


    For all indigenous gods, the temple is an inviolable place.


    What the rebels did made them feel the same and share the same hatred.


    Even the indigenous gods who don''t deal with the green river god on weekdays are on his side at this time.


    Therefore, the surrounding indigenous gods spoke one after another and asked the poison day to let everyone take action to stop this blasphemy.


    If such behavior is not stopped, it will shake the foundation of Shinto rule.


    Although poison day is a little rigid, he also knows the truth that everyone is angry.


    Poison day had no choice but to use the secret method to contact Rihua Shenzi directly and report what happened here.


    After hearing the report of poison day, Rihua Shenzi also felt a little embarrassed.


    If you start now, Taoist Gulu probably won''t appear at all and disappear completely.


    It would be inappropriate to ignore the demands of these indigenous gods.


    In the final analysis, the real owner of these indigenous gods is the rising sun god.


    The son of Rihua was able to command them because of the command of the rising sun god.


    In many cases, the son of Rihua also needs to win over and make friends with these indigenous gods.


    The game between Rihua Shenzi and Taoist Gulu this time, both sides know the general purpose of each other, and both sides have scruples about each other.


    Taoist Gulu has less capital. He can only use himself as bait to attract the son of Rihua to invest.


    Rihua Shenzi couldn''t help but take the temptation of Taoist Gulu and took the initiative to enter the game. He would rather pay a heavy price.


    In the view of the son of Rihua God, it''s not worth mentioning the loss of several temples in order to win Taoist Gulu.


    If he had not scrutinized the ideas of these indigenous gods, he would not have taken it seriously.


    Green River God is a guy with a lively mind. He heard the dialogue between poison sun and Rihua God son, and guessed some thoughts of Rihua God son.


    He took the initiative to join the dialogue and proposed an approach.


    The green river god is not a bare rod commander. He has many capable men, including the strong ones at the level of Yuanshen.


    However, because of the special situation of the green river, powerful beasts were suppressed at the bottom of the river.


    The most powerful men of the Green River God are stationed in his divine domain, cut off all contact with the outside world, and wholeheartedly monitor the every move of the ferocious animals at the bottom of the river.


    Without the command of the green river god, these men must not leave the divine domain for half a step.


    This also led to the green river. Even if it was the foundation of the green river god, he had few available strong men around the green river.


    Although there are many believers in the temples around the green river, there are not enough strong people to sit down.


    Therefore, in the face of the rebel attack, these temples are unable to protect themselves, let alone repel the strong enemy.


    The request of green river god is very simple, that is to let him return to his own God domain.


    He can let the powerful men in the divine domain leave the divine domain to deal with the rebel army.


    The Green River God himself is a temporary substitute for his men to sit in the divine domain and monitor the fierce animals suppressed at the bottom of the river.


    The son of Rihua thought for a moment and agreed to the request of the Green River God.


    This request is not excessive. He doesn''t want to be too impersonal in front of these indigenous gods.


    As long as there is no strong hand at the level of returning to emptiness, it should not scare away the hidden Taoist Gulu.


    With the overall strength of the poison day team, even if a green river god is missing temporarily, it will not affect the overall situation.


    With the permission of the son of Rihua, the God of Green River thanked him for his kindness, and then he couldn''t wait to leave here and rush back to his own divine domain as soon as possible.


    The God domain of the green river god is located at the bottom of the river thousands of feet below the center of the green river.


    On weekdays, not only do no outsiders approach here at will, but all the creatures in the green river will avoid this place far away because of the divine power of the divine domain.


    Looking from the outside, this divine realm is a huge water ball, surrounded by silence.


    The green river god knows his way deep into the bottom of the river and directly into the divine domain.


    The divine realm is the foundation of a God, the safest place he feels, and his last refuge.


    Just as the fetus returned to the mother, the green river god who returned to his own God domain felt great relaxation, and the whole body and mind were completely relaxed.


    The originally anxious heart also became calm.


    But when he was most relaxed and relieved, the change suddenly happened.

 Chapter 2035

    "It''s time for you."


    A strange voice appeared in the ears of the green river god, frightening his dead soul.


    When do strangers appear in their own divine domain?


    Before the Green River God had time to have more reactions, the other party had already shot.


    I saw a black and a white airflow mixed together and falling from the air. The green river god instinctively released his divine power to resist.


    The black-and-white mixed air easily dispersed the divine power of the Green River God and fell directly on him.


    Green River God immediately felt his whole body soft and his brain faint, and then he completely lost consciousness.


    After controlling the green river god, Meng ZhangCai slowly showed his figure.


    Rihua Shenzi made a mistake about the object of the game from the beginning.


    His real opponent is Meng Zhang, not Taoist Gulu.


    Meng Zhang is not good at resourcefulness, and he was not very good at layout.


    However, he has served as the leader of Taiyi sect for many years. He has personally experienced many wars in the cultivation world in the Junchen world. He has been in close contact with countless conspiracy calculations, and has read a large number of classics on the history of the cultivation world.


    Seeing more and experiencing more, even if Meng Zhang is a mediocre generation, he should have experienced it long ago.


    To say that Meng Zhang participated in the highest level layout of the cultivation world, Meng Zhang may be almost hot.


    But just to deal with a group of indigenous gods in Shenchang world, Meng Zhang is still a little sure.


    The son of Rihua God can have today''s cultivation and status, mainly relying on the true God of rising sun.


    Although the second generation of God like him is pretentious and thinks that his capital other than ability is zero, how much weight can he actually have?


    Meng Zhang started the layout after collecting enough information.


    He made full use of the arrogance of the son of Rihua and his urgent desire to win the mind of Taoist Gulu.


    Meng Zhang made good use of the situation and made many efforts to lead the team led by poison day here and initially completed his small goal.


    The Junchen world and Shenchang world have fought for many years. The practitioners of Junchen world have long accumulated very rich means to deal with the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    These means of dealing with foreign enemies are not particularly confidential in the heavenly palace.


    When Meng Zhang was in the heavenly palace, he entered the library to read.


    This time, when he returned to the Junchen world from the void, Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance left by the ancestor guarding the mountain on the road.


    The root of this inheritance comes from Taiyi Jinxian, which is all inclusive, broad and profound.


    So far, Meng Zhang has only understood a small part of it.


    The idea of Taiyi Jinxian is to clarify the order between heaven and earth by establishing a divine court and controlling the three realms.


    In his inheritance to taiyimen, there are the means to seal and control the gods.


    Before Taiyi Jinxian became a Taoist priest, he had many experiences of cutting down mountains, destroying temples and conquering various gods.


    Even if Meng Zhang only mastered the fur left by Taiyi Jinxian, he was more than enough to deal with ordinary gods.


    Green River God''s divine domain is completely controlled by him. Under normal circumstances, outsiders can''t sneak in.


    However, Meng Zhang only studied for a period of time and found the flaw of this divine domain, and then God sneaked into it unconsciously.


    As soon as the green river god returned to the divine domain, he was attacked by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang easily won the green river god with an overwhelming strength advantage, so that he not only had no time to mobilize the power of the divine domain, but also didn''t give full play to his real strength.


    After controlling the green river god, Meng Zhang was a little relieved.


    The planned Meng Zhang sat in front of the Green River God and began to use the taiyimen inheritance secret method.


    The green river god is not a god canonized by Meng Zhang, but an indigenous God in the Shenchang world. Naturally, he will not easily obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang does not ask for permanent acceptance of the green river god, but needs to control him temporarily.


    Meng Zhang moved on the green river god, and Zhenyuan directly penetrated into his spirit.


    With Meng Zhang''s strange mantra, the original green river god slowly lost consciousness and fell into a deep dream.


    After half a ring, the green river god slowly opened his eyes and looked blankly.


    Meng Zhang felt it carefully and finally nodded with satisfaction.


    Now the Green River God has been completely controlled by him and has become his puppet.


    Next, the Green River God came to the depths of the divine domain.


    Here, there are more than ten God attendants at the level of Yuanshen all year round to monitor the bottom of the green river.


    As a god servant, he naturally obeys his own gods unconditionally.


    The green river god didn''t say any more nonsense, but let all the God attendants immediately occupy the key points of the divine domain and be ready to resist the attack of foreign enemies.


    Without even the slightest doubt, these God attendants immediately followed the orders of the Green River God.


    At the deepest bottom of the green river, three powerful beasts have been suppressed so far.


    The so-called fierce beast was born in the ancient times of Shenchang world, and its history is almost older than that of indigenous gods.


    Most fierce beasts lack enough wisdom and rationality. They are chaotic all day and only know to follow their instincts.


    Fierce animals are often fierce, difficult to communicate, and will only blindly destroy.


    Fierce animals are the great enemies of almost all creatures. Even the indigenous gods are delicious food in the eyes of fierce animals.


    After the rise of the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, they slowly cleaned up these ancient fierce beasts, established Shinto rule in Shenchang world, and made the whole world move from chaos to order.


    The war between indigenous gods and fierce animals in Shenchang world is a vast history, which will not be discussed in detail for the time being.


    Green river alone has vast waters and rich products. It has gathered a large number of creatures and has become a hunting ground for fierce animals.


    Later, the indigenous gods formed a coalition to remove the fierce animals in the Green River and its surrounding areas.


    Most of the fierce beasts were killed on the spot, and some fierce beasts with strong vitality and difficult to completely erase in a short time were suppressed at the bottom of the green river.


    Green River God is a guard, responsible for monitoring these repressed beasts.


    After a long time, these repressed beasts slowly became weaker and weaker, and even died slowly and completely.


    Of course, there are still three fierce beasts at the bottom of the green river, and they still retain the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    If they had not been suppressed, the power of the Green River God alone could not suppress these three powerful and ferocious beasts.


    Now, under the control of Meng Zhang, the green river god is about to release the three fierce beasts.


    The prohibition left by the gods of the elder generation was really powerful and suppressed the three ferocious ancient beasts.


    In fact, the indigenous gods of the true God level were banned in those years.


    With the blessing of true divine power, the prohibition is extremely firm and difficult to be broken by external forces.


    Of course, everything in the world is no match for time.


    With the passage of time, the divine power in the prohibition began to pass slowly, and the prohibition began to loosen.

 Chapter 2036

    When the Green River God was finding it difficult to start with the prohibition, Meng Zhang had found some loopholes in the prohibition.


    Even if the prohibition is imposed by the true God, so what? The Shinto civilization in Shenchang world is primitive and conservative. Compared with the cultivator civilization in Junchen world, it is backward in all aspects.


    In terms of prohibition alone, the prohibition at the bottom of the green river can not even be called the third class level in the Jun dust world.


    If the power level of the divine power left by the true God is too high, I''m afraid you can easily break it by recruiting a prohibition master from the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang''s prohibition level is very general, but at least he has received orthodox cultivator education and has a very clever inheritance.


    Compared with the local steamed stuffed buns in Shenchang world, Meng Zhang can be called a prohibition master.


    The power level in the middle stage of returning to emptiness is also enough to deal with the weakening of many true divine powers that are not in their heyday.


    At present, the prohibition at the bottom of the green river cannot help Meng Zhang.


    With Meng Zhang''s guidance, the green river god soon found the flaw of the prohibition and began to crack it with all his strength.


    Meanwhile, Meng Zhang also actively helped.


    Back to the poison day, they waited silently after the Green River God asked to return to their own God domain.


    The God of the green river made a request to the son of the God of Rihua. The son of the God of Rihua happily agreed. Both sides had steps, and the other indigenous gods who watched had nothing to say.


    It was originally thought that after the green river god returned to his God domain, he would soon send his God attendants to calm the chaos in front of him and wipe out these damn rebels.


    The rebels were attacked by powerful God attendants. Taoist Gulu hiding in the dark watched the rebels be completely destroyed, or could he help them?


    Poison day and all the indigenous gods want to know the answer to this question.


    However, the Green River God went for so long without any reaction. He didn''t see the trace of God at all.


    At first, everyone didn''t think so.


    The green river god delayed his time and did not destroy the rebels in time. Anyway, he was the one who suffered the loss.


    The rebels are now breaking the temple of the Green River God and slaughtering the believers of the Green River God.


    The green river god is not worried, and other indigenous gods are not worried.


    But with the passage of time, the Green River God has left for most of the day. There is still no reaction there. We can''t sit still.


    Could it be that the Green River God had an accident? Was he attacked by the enemy?


    The divine domain of the green river god is located in the depths of the green river, not far from everyone''s hiding place.


    Some indigenous gods who are proficient in pupil surgery can see the divine domain of green river god in this position.


    The process of the Green River God''s return to the divine domain almost fell into everyone''s eyes. He was not attacked all the way.


    Besides, even if the green river god is attacked, he is at least an indigenous God at the level of returning to emptiness. It''s impossible to be taken down without a fight back, and it''s even impossible not to hear anything.


    As for him, he will be completely safe after entering the divine domain, and there will be no accident.


    Originally poison day was a very patient guy.


    He is not prepared to take any action until he receives further orders from Rihua shinko.


    However, the indigenous gods present raised their doubts and concerns, which he could not completely ignore.


    Therefore, poison day began to use the secret method of long-distance communication, and began to try to contact the Green River God according to the contact information previously agreed with all indigenous gods.


    The connection is not smooth. There is no response from the Green River God.


    At first, the poison sun thought it was the cover of the divine realm, blocking his long-distance communication secret.


    However, he could not get in touch with the God of the green river when he used the secret of long-distance communication several times in a row, which gave poison day an unknown feeling in his heart.


    The situation is wrong. Has something really happened to the green river god?


    Poison sun hesitated a little. Do you want to send someone to the God domain of green river god to explore it personally?


    At this time, the huge God domain owned by the green river god suddenly shook up, and the shaking became more and more intense.


    On the surface of the green river, there are huge waves one after another.


    The whole green river seemed to turn into boiling water, the water surface began to vibrate, and the huge waves rushed into the sky


    As long as he is not blind, he knows that something has happened to the green river at this time.


    However, poison day and the indigenous gods around him are still unclear what happened.


    With such a big noise, something big must have happened in the green river?


    Is it Taoist Gulu who finally started to attack the divine domain of Green River God?


    But why didn''t Taoist Gulu find another opponent, just the green river god?


    Does she think that the single green river god is a soft persimmon, which can be easily won?


    While everyone was wondering, poison day finally contacted the Green River God.


    The panic voice of the Green River God came into everyone''s ears intermittently.


    "No, the ferocious beasts suppressed at the bottom of the Green River have broken free from the prohibition and are now attacking my divine domain."


    "Come and help quickly. The divine domain is about to lose its support."


    ¡­¡­


    With the panic cry for help of the green river god, his God domain trembled more and more.


    Some indigenous gods have found that under the divine domain, a huge crocodile is swinging its long tail and beating the divine domain of Lvhe River God.


    A giant turtle almost one tenth the size of the divine domain is slowly rising from the bottom of the river.


    Above the giant turtle is the divine domain of the Green River God. Lifted up by the giant turtle''s great power, he began to slowly leave his original position and began to move involuntarily.


    A squid like a hill stretched out countless tentacles, as if to grasp the whole divine domain and ravage it wantonly.


    These three fierce beasts have been suppressed for so many years. They are still so ferocious and have no brain.


    As soon as they got rid of the prohibition, they didn''t expect to escape as soon as possible. Instead, they immediately began to vent their anger accumulated in their hearts for a long time.


    It has been suppressed at the bottom of the green river for thousands of years and can''t move at all, which makes the fierce animals who are easy to move and like to make waves suffocate.


    No matter how stupid, fierce animals are also living creatures, with a minimum concept of life and death.


    They were suppressed at the bottom of the dark green river, watching their companions die, and they were slowly stepping into death.


    The fear of death makes them angry and crazy.


    The three fierce beasts seem to forget everything and only know how to vent madly.


    The divine realm that has been on top of them to help suppress them and monitor them all the time has naturally become their direct vent target.


    Under the fierce attack of three fierce beasts, the divine domain of Green River God began to shake.

 Chapter 2037

    Seeing that the divine domain of the green river god suddenly shrinks, it shrinks a lot, greatly reducing the scope covered by the divine domain.


    The indigenous gods who watched the war knew that the green river god could not support it. They had to narrow the God domain and concentrate their efforts to support it for a long time.


    The divine domain is the foundation of the gods. Once the divine domain is forcibly broken, the gods belonging to the divine domain will be seriously damaged and irreparable losses will occur.


    Seeing this scene, almost all the indigenous gods had a strong sense of rabbit death and fox sorrow in their hearts.


    Poison day stayed with the rising sun true God for many years and knew better than other indigenous gods.


    The life and death of the God of the green river is only a small matter. If the three fierce beasts are really free and leave the green river, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Green River is far from the only place in Shenchang to suppress fierce animals.


    Many fierce beasts can sense and even echo each other.


    If only a repressed beast in the Green River gets out of trouble, it can cope with it with the power of Rihua Shenzi.


    But if a chain reaction is triggered, leading to the rescue of many repressed fierce animals, it will lead to chaos in the world and even shake the situation of the whole Shenchang world.


    Shenchang world is now cooperating with other big forces to launch an all-round attack on Junchen world again.


    At this juncture, if a fire breaks out in the backyard and affects the war ahead, let alone poison day, even Hua Shenzi can''t afford it.


    Looking at the raging beast and receiving the distress message from the green river god, poison day soon made a decision.


    At the command of poison day, several indigenous gods behind him had to kill the Green River and try to help the Green River God Town suppress the three fierce beasts.


    Poison sun used his secret method to contact the son of Rihua again.


    While reporting the latest situation, he flew to the battlefield in the green river.


    At this time, it is no longer important whether it can lead to Taoist Gulu.


    In the final analysis, Taoist Gulu, as an external cultivator, has a shallow foundation and limited ability in the Shenchang world. No matter how she tosses, she can''t damage the overall situation of the Shenchang world, but it just annoys the senior level of the Shenchang world.


    Compared with the fierce animals in ancient times, Taoist Gulu was just a disease of tinea and scabies.


    The son of Rihua God was helpless when he received the report from poison day.


    He could not imagine that such a thing would happen when it was clearly an action that led to Taoist Gulu.


    This time, the God domain of the Green River God was attacked, and three ancient ferocious beasts got out of trouble. Will there be the hands and feet of Taoist Gu Lu in the middle?


    The son of Rihua is not sure.


    The places where Shenchang world suppressed ancient ferocious animals are confidential, and only the senior level of Shenchang world knows.


    It takes great strength to break the ban on suppressing ancient fierce animals. Anyway, Rihua Shenzi can''t do it by himself.


    If Taoist Gulu is really related to the rescue of fierce animals, I''m afraid the son of Rihua will raise his evaluation of her.


    In fact, among the countries ruled by the Japanese God son, only a few God descendants knew that the bottom of the Green River suppressed the evil beasts in ancient times, except for the indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang also took the Green River God as the target. During the detailed investigation, he found some relevant signs.


    The green river god, as the guard of suppressing fierce animals, is not very strict.


    Many times, in order to facilitate his actions, he also let his God attendants participate in monitoring fierce animals.


    After a long time, some clues will inevitably appear.


    Meng Zhang learned the details of the suppressed beast only after he completely controlled the Green River God.


    This is an unexpected joy for Meng Zhang.


    The enemy of the enemy is not necessarily a friend, but it can certainly put pressure on the enemy.


    Meng Zhang and the God of the Green River took the initiative to release these three ancient ferocious beasts. They wanted to muddy the water before they could take advantage of it.


    When Meng Zhang did not use the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian, the strength of Rihua Shenzi side was far more than that of Meng Zhang and them.


    Meng Zhang was lucky enough to get so much unexpected help.


    All kinds of ancient ferocious animals suppressed everywhere in Shenchang world are hidden dangers to almost all indigenous gods.


    The Junchen world used to send practitioners who sneaked into the Shenchang world. Many people knew the existence of fierce beasts in ancient times, but it was difficult to take advantage of it because of lack of intelligence and no suitable opportunity.


    Now Meng Zhang just wants to add some trouble to Rihua Shenzi''s side to facilitate his fishing in troubled waters. He has not thought of making further use of these fierce beasts.


    If Meng Zhang wholeheartedly thinks of the Junchen world and wholeheartedly creates chaos in the Shenchang world, he should choose to release the three suppressed ancient fierce beasts at another time, and then secretly cover these fierce beasts and let them grow their strength slowly.


    Meng Zhang now released the three ancient fierce beasts and exposed them to the eyes of the indigenous gods, without maximizing their value.


    After all, Meng Zhang sneaked into Shenchang world this time just to complete the task assigned by Xianyun Zhenxian, and didn''t think too long.


    Based on the current situation of Jun dust world, Meng Zhang will not blindly be loyal to Jun dust world.


    He can help the Junchen world by the way, but he will not sacrifice his own interests for the Junchen world.


    After receiving the report from poison day, the son of Rihua ordered poison day to repress the ancient ferocious animals as soon as possible.


    In this process, they must be careful to prevent Taoist Gulu and his accomplices from sneaking attacks.


    The son of Rihua knows that in this way, the chance to win Taoist Gulu has become very slim.


    His heart is very unwilling, but he must focus on the overall situation, distinguish the priorities of things, and can''t let the ferocious beast out of trouble continue to rage.


    When the indigenous gods were killed on the battlefield, the giant crocodile took a big piece from the divine domain with a big mouth, and then swallowed it.


    A gap immediately appeared in the divine domain, from which a large number of divine power and other items were leaked.


    Green River God has accumulated many years of cultivation resources, and believers are included in the soul of the divine domain after death


    The three fierce beasts that have been suppressed for thousands of years without any supplement have long become extremely hungry and thirsty.


    They instinctively opened their mouths and began to devour everything in front of them.


    Green River God had to shrink the divine domain again and try to make up for the gap in the divine domain.


    In fact, the divine realm is far from the limit of bearing.


    Meng Zhang asked the green river god to deliberately buy a flaw and throw something to restore the strength of the three fierce beasts.


    Then take the initiative to shrink the divine domain, preserve strength, and try to avoid fighting with three fierce beasts.


    Other indigenous gods who came did not know the inside story. While marveling at the fierce beast in their hearts, they secretly scolded the green river god for being too waste.


    Obviously, with the help of the divine domain, they are so unbearable at home. They lose one after another and continuously shrink the divine domain. The green river god is simply the shame of the gods.


    Of course, seeing that the green river god could not resist, they did not dare to delay. They immediately took their own actions and began to try to suppress the three ancient fierce beasts.

 Chapter 2038

    Several indigenous gods are not in their own divine domain and cannot give full play to their strongest strength.


    But they still have the strength to return to the virtual level, enough to participate in this level of war.


    Everyone worked together to show their magic powers and mobilize the power of the surrounding heaven and earth. All kinds of attacks fell on three ancient fierce beasts like raindrops.


    I saw fire dragons dancing in the sky, wind blades flying, and huge meteorites falling from the air


    For a moment, the three ancient fierce beasts who only wanted to devour all kinds of foreign objects were solidly attacked.


    Fortunately, the flesh of fierce beasts in ancient times was so strong that they could withstand such an attack.


    I''m afraid the strong at other levels will inevitably be hurt under such an attack.


    Three ancient fierce beasts did not fall under such an attack, but were angered.


    Regardless of continuing to pursue the God domain of the green river god, they turned and launched a fierce attack on the indigenous gods.


    The pressure of the green river god who is controlling his own God domain has greatly reduced, and he is finally relieved.


    He is in the green river. This divine domain is a fixed divine domain. He can''t leave the green river at all.


    He tried his best to control, but he could only shrink the divine domain, reduce the shrouded area, and make limited movement in the green river.


    If three ancient fierce beasts keep chasing him, he really has nowhere to escape.


    Seeing several indigenous gods attack three ancient fierce beasts together, the Green River God also controls his own God domain to assist.


    However, it seems that he was badly hurt in the battle just now. This divine domain can''t exert any power and can''t provide any effective assistance at all.


    At this time, poison day, who reported the situation to Rihua Shenzi, finally came to the war.


    As a great master at the later stage of returning to emptiness, he immediately showed an extraordinary momentum.


    The hot waves rose in the Green River and rolled madly towards three ancient fierce beasts.


    In ancient times, fierce beasts were basically tough skinned, fleshy and tenacious.


    They are extremely defensive and can withstand fierce attacks from the front.


    The attack just made by several indigenous gods at the level of returning to the virtual world can cause some flesh wounds to the three ancient fierce beasts at most.


    Now the poison day has finally made the three ancient fierce beasts feel the real threat.


    If it is the heyday, these three ancient fierce beasts may not be much weaker than the poison day.


    Unfortunately, in the long years, they have been trapped without any supplement, become weaker and weaker, and their strength has long been much worse than before.


    Facing the powerful poison day, three ancient fierce beasts were temporarily suppressed.


    Logically speaking, if the three ancient fierce beasts had a little sense, they all knew that this time was not a time to entangle with the enemy, and there was no need to fight with the enemy.


    They should try to break through and escape here as soon as possible.


    At least we should get enough supplement. Only when our strength is restored can we have a good opportunity to fight the enemy.


    However, if ancient fierce animals had reason, knew how to weigh the pros and cons, and knew the way to advance and retreat, they would not be ancient fierce animals.


    The three ancient fierce beasts not only did not take the opportunity to break through, but became more angry and fierce because they were suppressed by the poison day.


    Three ancient fierce beasts roared and began to stimulate stronger potential, trying to get rid of the suppression of the poison day.


    The performance of three ancient fierce beasts finally relieved poison sun.


    He was not afraid of how powerful the three ancient fierce beasts were. He was afraid that they would run away.


    Now these three guys are so stupid that they don''t know how to escape. They want to stay and fight hard. That''s what poison day wants.


    Poison day believes that it will take a little more time. After a long battle, they will be able to suppress the three fierce beasts again.


    The poison sun stirred up divine power and showed more powerful magical powers.


    When the fighting was very lively in the green river, Taoist Gulu was not idle.


    Instead of rushing to fight on the green river, she appeared in front of the rebels.


    After Taoist Gulu''s previous investigation, Richard, the leader of the rebel army, was still loyal.


    The blood feud on his shoulders made him irreconcilable with the indigenous gods, and there could be no compromise at all.


    The traitors led by the elder Heini have basically taken the initiative to expose themselves before.


    With Richard''s help, Taoist Gulu cleared all these traitors without effort, which was regarded as purity of the team.


    As for whether there are more traitors hidden in the rebel army, Taoist Gulu doesn''t care and doesn''t care anymore.


    Originally, when she was aware of the rebels among the rebels, she had made up her mind to abandon the rebels.


    Now that the traitors have been eliminated and the rebel army has been retained, it is a surprise.


    Taoist Gulu asked Richard to leave here immediately with the rebel army, and then tried to hide.


    As for the future fate of the rebel army, Taoist Gulu was powerless.


    In the future, Taoist Gulu will probably not continue to have any contact with this rebel army.


    How long this rebel army can exist depends on God''s will.


    Anyway, as long as this rebel army exists all the time, it can still cause some trouble to the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    After eliminating the traitors and dealing with the rebels, Taoist Gulu felt happy and his thoughts became more enlightened.


    Then, Taoist Gulu secretly approached the Green River and sneaked into the vicinity of the battlefield, but he was not in a hurry to join the war.


    As for the aboriginal gods who are being burned by three ancient beasts, where else can they care about now.


    With poison day as the main force, several indigenous gods have gradually gained the upper hand.


    In the final analysis, ancient fierce beasts fought more with talent and instinct.


    Their talent is amazing, they have a strong sense of battle, and all kinds of natural supernatural powers are extremely powerful


    However, they do not know how to think and how to reasonably arrange tactics, which is their biggest defect.


    These indigenous gods have rich combat experience, and poison day has experienced hundreds of battles and tests.


    Although the divination system of indigenous gods is rough, it has also been created by many indigenous gods over the years.


    Poison day, as the God descendant of Shengyang true God, has cultivated a relatively good inheritance.


    They know how to cooperate, how to arrange tactics, how to avoid the truth and seize the enemy''s weakness


    If the three fierce beasts were not forcibly suppressed here, they would not join hands with the enemy at all.


    In the absence of foreign enemies, ancient fierce beasts who used to fight alone might kill each other.


    Such scenes were actually staged countless times in ancient times.


    This is the way of the defeat of fierce animals in ancient times. It is their insurmountable natural disease.


    This is also an important reason why the ancient fierce animals finally lost to the hands of the indigenous gods, made the indigenous gods the ruler of the Shenchang world, and established the Shinto civilization in the Shenchang world.

 Chapter 2039

    Poison day led several indigenous gods to temporarily suppress the three ancient fierce beasts, but there is still a long way to go before they win the final victory.


    With their strength, it may not be too difficult to defeat three ancient fierce beasts. However, it is impossible to completely kill each other and erase their last vitality.


    It was precisely because the ancient fierce animals were too difficult to kill, and the indigenous gods who suppressed them were unwilling to pay too much price, that they chose to suppress them temporarily, so that they could slowly kill their vitality for a long time.


    Even though these three fierce beasts have been suppressed for thousands of years and all aspects have been seriously weakened, once they get out of trouble, they will still look full of vitality and vitality.


    If nothing else happens, poison day and several indigenous gods may have to suppress them temporarily.


    Taoist Gulu has been able to hide in Shenchang world for so many years, and his hiding skills are very good.


    She sneaked close to the battlefield and lurked nearby without revealing her whereabouts.


    Taoist Gulu observed secretly for a long time, but he couldn''t find a suitable mobile phone meeting.


    Poison day keeps in mind the instructions of the son of Rihua God. Even when suppressing three ancient fierce beasts, he still retains a lot of mental energy to guard against Taoist Gulu.


    Because of the conventionality of the practitioners to the aboriginal gods, Taoist Gulu is very confident that she can surpass her opponents at the same level as long as she does not fight in the divine domain of the aboriginal gods.


    She also has great confidence in the opponents who return to the virtual medium-term strength, and can retreat all over the body.


    However, poison day is the strong one at the later stage of returning to emptiness. The gap between the two is too large. Taoist Gulu can hardly cause heavy damage to him if he makes a rash move. Once the poison day reacts to counterattack, Taoist Gulu is difficult to parry.


    The most important thing that Taoist Gulu can do in the Shenchang world is patience.


    She hid herself and waited silently for the opportunity to make a move.


    If the time is not good, she won''t act rashly.


    The battle continues. Poison day and a group of indigenous gods have more and more advantages, but the three ancient fierce beasts still continue to resist and struggle.


    Meng Zhang is hiding in the divine domain of the Green River God and is also thinking about how to do it.


    Green river god pretended to be dying. Even if he was in the divine domain and controlled the power of the divine domain, he could not provide much help, which has aroused the serious dissatisfaction of those indigenous gods.


    If the green river god is a little more daring and daring, it will be able to directly control the God field and cover the three ancient awesome cage, which can greatly limit the activities of three ancient animals and help to completely suppress them.


    However, it is disappointing that the green river god behaved so badly.


    In such matters, although poison day has the power to temporarily command the green river god, he doesn''t say much.


    After all, the divine realm is the foundation of a God and the place where the God can settle down.


    Forcing a God to take risks with his own divine domain and driving the divine domain to work hard is indeed a bit difficult and a bit contrary to the tradition of the divine world.


    Poison day and several indigenous gods forced down their discontent and continued to suppress three ancient fierce beasts.


    The narrow-minded guy has written down this account and is waiting to settle it slowly with the green river god in the future.


    Anyway, whether it is related to the green river god or not, the three ancient ferocious beasts will certainly bear the greatest responsibility as a keeper.


    Poison day and several indigenous gods fought hard, and the God domain of the nearby Green River God more or less provided some help. Finally, they forced three ancient fierce beasts together.


    The poison day was in the middle of the command, and several indigenous gods separated around. Everyone worked together to create a thick divine power chain, which was woven into a huge network in the air.


    This is a common suppression prohibition in Shenchang world. It is specially used to temporarily suppress those guys with thick skin and tenacious vitality.


    On the poisonous day, they only need to suppress the three fierce beasts temporarily. After that, the son of Rihua will naturally invite experts to suppress the three ancient fierce beasts forever.


    A huge divine power network fell from the heads of three ancient fierce beasts, making them unavoidable, so they were firmly caught.


    Three ancient fierce beasts were unwilling to be trapped and struggled desperately to get rid of the suppression of the divine power network.


    On the poison day, they mobilized their whole body divine power, poured into the divine power network, and tried their best to suppress the struggle of three ancient fierce beasts.


    At this time, Taoist Gulu, who had been lurking nearby for a long time, seemed to have found a good opportunity and immediately launched it without hesitation.


    The figure of Taoist Gulu appeared silently behind poison sun and several indigenous gods. A magic weapon whip was waved out, bringing up a fierce vigorous wind.


    The poison day, which seemed to have tried its best to suppress the three ancient fierce beasts, showed no panic, but a smile of relief.


    "Finally wait for you."


    The poisonous sun laughed, and the hot vigorous wind swept towards Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu had never appeared before, but poison day never relaxed his vigilance.


    In particular, the reminder of the son of Rihua made him afraid to be careless.


    In the process of suppressing the three ancient fierce beasts, poison day has always retained a large part of its strength and is always on guard against the sneak attack of Taoist Gulu.


    Now Taoist Gulu made a sneak attack, which just fell into his calculation.


    They fought hard in the air, the vigorous wind stirred, and countless towering water waves rose on the green river below.


    The power levels of Taoist Gulu and poison day are too far apart. Even if poison day doesn''t try her best, she still feels overwhelmed.


    If it were not for the magic weapon whip in her hand to help her share a lot of pressure, she would be injured at one blow.


    Poison sun forced Taoist Gulu back with one blow, and then hit him several times in succession.


    The towering heat wave shrouded almost half of the green river, and the sinister energy kept attacking Taoist Gulu under the cover of the heat wave.


    Taoist Gulu waved his whip vigorously and waved whip flowers in front of him to stop the fierce attack of poison sun.


    Taoist Gu Lu stole the chicken instead of the rice this time. He thought he could take advantage of the danger of others, but he fell into the poison day calculation that had been prepared.


    Seeing that Taoist Gulu had fallen to the disadvantage and was completely suppressed by himself, poison sun showed a trace of color on his face.


    In addition to working with several indigenous gods to suppress three ancient fierce beasts, he can also suppress Taoist Gulu.


    If there is no accident, Taoist Gulu, who gives a headache to many senior executives in Shenchang world, must suffer a big loss today.


    At this time, the divine domain of the green river god suddenly expanded and shrouded in this direction.


    It seems that the God of Green River sees that Taoist Gulu doesn''t support and wants to take the opportunity to pick up some cheap.


    In this regard, several indigenous gods who saw through the mind of the green river god were disdainful.

 Chapter 2040

    Including poison day, they all disdained the green river god in their hearts, but they didn''t mean to stop him.


    The God of the Green River probably knew that three ancient ferocious beasts were out of trouble, and he could not escape his responsibility, so he had the idea of taking a sin and making contributions at the moment.


    If we can take down Taoist Gulu, who has been wanted by the high level of Shenchang world for many years, it can reduce some of his guilt.


    However, the Green River God did not dare to take advantage of the danger of others, but hid in the divine domain and used the power of the divine domain to fight the enemy, which is even more despised.


    I saw that after the expansion of the divine domain, it suddenly shrouded here, and even shrouded the poison day with several indigenous gods who were casting spells.


    Several indigenous gods are very excluded from entering the divine domain of other gods, which makes them very insecure.


    A little impatient, he has begun to shout and ask the green river god to act carefully.


    Of course, at this time, including drug day, they are not wary of the Green River God.


    At this time, in the green river god domain, the green river god sits in the center of the God domain, and his God attendants are located at various nodes of the God domain.


    They had been energetic for a long time, and the divine realm had been accumulating strength.


    Previously, in order to suppress three ancient ferocious beasts, poison day was close to several indigenous gods and was completely shrouded by the divine domain.


    With Meng Zhang''s orders, the God of Lvhe River, who had long been controlled by him, led his God attendants, immediately made every effort to summon all his divine power, desperately operated the divine domain, and launched a fierce attack on them.


    Poison day and several indigenous gods suddenly felt a tight body, and almost endless pressure poured from all directions and kept squeezing their flesh.


    They, who were suppressing three ancient ferocious beasts, suddenly felt that the movement of their hands was sluggish, and the operation of their divine power suddenly became very sluggish.


    Without the poison day, they provided a steady stream of divine power support, and the divine power network shrouded in three ancient fierce beasts suddenly became dim.


    The poisonous day of shock and anger first reacted and shouted angrily.


    "You''re crazy. What are you going to do?"


    Regardless of the other party''s reaction and anger, the green river god still tried his best to urge the God domain and try to suppress them in one fell swoop.


    In the divine realm, the divine power of other gods is very excluded.


    But before the poison day, they all regarded the Green River God as a friendly army and didn''t take too much precautions.


    Now the green river god tries his best to urge the God domain. On the poisonous day, they all feel as if they are excluded by this heaven and earth, and the whole heaven and earth are suppressing them.


    Although I don''t know why, poison day and several indigenous gods are sure that the Green River God has betrayed everyone and wants to take this opportunity to sneak attack everyone.


    "Are you crazy? You got mixed up with ancient fierce beasts."


    Some of the indigenous gods have shouted abuse.


    In any case, the Green River God has no reason to betray.


    Don''t he know that even if he succeeds in sneak attack at this time and gains profits for a while, he will lead to crazy revenge from the son of Rihua God and even the true God of Shengyang.


    At this time, they had not thought that the green river god would collude with the cultivators, or even take refuge in the cultivators.


    They just thought that the Green River God was confused by ancient fierce animals, so they chose to betray.


    Although most of the ancient fierce animals in Shenchang world were rough and ferocious fools, there were always exceptions.


    A very small number of ancient fierce beasts have certain wisdom, and some of them are even proficient in the art of confusing the mind.


    The God of Green River guarded the ancient fierce animals for thousands of years, and had a lot of contact with the ancient fierce animals during this long time.


    It is not impossible for him to be fooled by ancient beasts if he is careless.


    Similar things have precedents in the history of Shenchang.


    However, after fighting with three ancient fierce beasts for so long, they don''t seem to have the ability to do so.


    Could it be that there are other ancient beasts hidden in the dark, and their tracks have not been exposed so far?


    Some clever guys have begun to guess.


    The green river god even urged the power of the divine domain to react to the sneak attack, but the strength gap between the two sides is too big.


    He tried his best to urge the power of the divine domain, which could only trap them temporarily, but it was difficult to cause further damage to them.


    On the contrary, there are individual flexible indigenous gods who have begun to act.


    A cry containing divine power was introduced into the divine domain of Lvhe God.


    Shouting may not have much effect on the green river god, but it can greatly affect his men.


    The God attendants under the Green River God are not without doubts about the action of the Green River God.


    However, as God attendants, they must obey their gods unconditionally.


    No matter how the Green River God makes things that they can''t believe and how absurd they are, they have only one choice to follow closely.


    The God attendants turned a deaf ear to these cries and desperately squeezed every point of their potential to stimulate stronger power in the divine domain.


    A famous God servant was drained of his vitality by the divine domain, and then completely absorbed by the divine domain.


    The increasing power of the divine realm finally blocked the way for poison day and several indigenous gods to exercise their divine power.


    The divine power network, which lost its continuous divine power support, began to become more and more dim, and then was overturned by three ancient fierce beasts.


    Three ancient ferocious beasts actually got out of trouble, so that they all changed their faces and began to panic.


    The three ancient ferocious beasts did not escape immediately, but frantically rushed to the enemy who had trapped them before.


    At this time, several indigenous gods finally changed their faces and realized the real threat.


    They wanted to do something, but the damn realm squeezed out almost all their potential to keep them firmly in place.


    Poison day is also a great master of strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Under normal circumstances, it is not difficult for him to break away from the divine domain of Green River God.


    But now, due to the dispersion of power, he was restrained by other things. He tried to struggle, but he didn''t break free from the shackles of the divine realm.


    Of course, his struggle was not without effect.


    The divine realm shook violently, and the surface was like a cobweb, with countless dense gaps.


    In the divine domain, except for the green river god, all the God attendants fell almost immediately after he was hit hard and his body began to shake violently.


    These fallen gods are immediately absorbed by the divine domain to repair the damage suffered by the divine domain.


    Other indigenous gods did not have the strength of poison day, but they also caused some damage to the divine domain.


    The divine domain of the Green River God has been swinging more and more. The damage and cracks caused by it have been unable to be completely repaired.


    Seeing that the divine domain of the Green River God was about to be completely broken, the three ancient fierce beasts had broken away from the divine power network and killed several indigenous gods.


    In fact, the strength of several indigenous gods is not necessarily weaker than the three ancient fierce beasts at this time, but they are disturbed by them and have a shaky foothold.

 Chapter 2041

    The three ancient fierce beasts were still so ferocious and violent.


    The crocodile shaped ancient fierce beast flicked its tail like a whip to fly an indigenous God out.


    The giant turtle opened its mouth and sucked hard.


    The aboriginal God who was evacuated struggled desperately, but he was sucked to his mouth.


    Due to the desperate urge of the green river god to suppress them, the spell casting of these indigenous gods was greatly disturbed.


    The indigenous God tried to escape by using his hiding skill, but he was still a step slow.


    As soon as the giant turtle bit hard with his big mouth full of sharp teeth, he bit down his lower body and swallowed it into his mouth.


    The unlucky indigenous God tried his best to escape from the upper part of his body, screamed and fled to the direction of poison day, trying to seek shelter from his own strongest man.


    But at this time, poison day also encountered trouble.


    The God domain of the green river god not only suppressed the poison day, but also gave some blessings to the guru Taoist.


    Taoist Gulu, who felt his strength greatly increased, waved a whip and summoned Yu Yong to attack the poison sun again.


    For the poison day at the moment, I don''t care much about dealing with Taoist Gulu.


    Whether it is to break the fetters of the God of the green river or to suppress three ancient fierce beasts, it is more important.


    Originally, when the green river god rebelled, poison day wanted to report to the son of Rihua God waiting for news in Rihua city in time.


    Unfortunately, because the green river god urged the divine domain to cover them, isolated the internal and external news, so that he could not transmit the information.


    Three ancient beasts that had been suppressed became more and more crazy after they got out of trouble, which made several indigenous gods unable to resist.


    Poison day, while secretly scolding them for being useless, has to cover them to avoid heavy casualties.


    At this time, Taoist Gulu still has to pester him. He is like an annoying fly.


    Although poison day wants to slap Taoist Gulu to death, he still knows the priorities and knows that this is not the time to entangle with her slowly.


    Poison sun continued to cast magic and tried to establish contact with the son of Rihua God. At the same time, he stimulated the divine power in his body and tried to suppress the three ancient fierce beasts again.


    The strength of the later stage of returning to emptiness was indeed overwhelming.


    Even with the blessing of divine power, Taoist Gulu launched several attacks in vain.


    Her magic weapon whip is very powerful, but she can''t get close to the poison sun.


    In the face of the powerful impact of the poisonous sun, the three ancient ferocious beasts, who had originally stormed several indigenous gods in disorder, had to stop charging and parry first.


    Meng Zhang watched the war for a long time and never made a move. He was waiting for a good opportunity to lay a winning or losing battle in one fell swoop.


    He knew that the key to the war was poison day.


    You can''t win unless you get rid of the poison day.


    The cultivation level of poison day is higher than that of Meng Zhang.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang''s chances of winning the poison day without using immortal talismans are almost zero.


    The best he can do is to retreat, but he can''t do anything about each other.


    Now such a chaotic battlefield has given Meng Zhang a great opportunity.


    Meng Zhang knows that his greatest advantage is that he has not been exposed yet, and there is still a chance of sneak attack.


    He was not in a hurry and continued to wait for the time to come.


    Taoist Gulu, who had participated in the war, was also a generation with rich combat experience. Seeing that her attack was not painful to the poison day, she simply turned around and targeted the indigenous gods.


    These indigenous gods are not as powerful as poison day and dare not ignore the attack of Taoist Gulu.


    Facing the whip shadow waving all over the sky, they had to pay a lot of attention to dealing with the attack of Taoist Gulu.


    Poison day alone blocked the attack of three ancient fierce beasts.


    But in this way, he had no spare power to help several indigenous gods.


    The green river god tried his best to urge the power of the divine domain, and together with Taoist Gulu, he firmly entangled several indigenous gods, so that they could not cooperate with the poison day.


    Although the scene was a little ugly, poison day didn''t mean any panic.


    He had no problem blocking three ancient ferocious beasts, but the ancient Taoist Lu and the rebellious Green River God could not entangle several indigenous gods for a long time.


    Several indigenous gods are no stranger to the divine domain and the same kind of God like green river.


    At first, they were caught off guard because of the sudden betrayal of the Green River God.


    But when they react, they first protect their companions with only half of their body in the middle, then skillfully resist the attack of the divine domain, and start to fight back and constantly exert pressure on the divine domain.


    Although Taoist Gulu has great powers and various means, he has only one person.


    In the face of several indigenous gods working together, there is no good means.


    This is the holy land of the Green River God. It is his home, but the power of the holy land still has its limit.


    The power of the divine domain has been stimulated several times, and the divine domain has almost reached its limit.


    Almost all the attendants and believers in the divine domain have been transformed into nutrients to repair and nourish the divine domain.


    But even so, in the face of the fierce attack of several indigenous gods, there are more and more cracks in the divine domain.


    The green river god who fully controls the divine domain is also getting more and more seriously injured.


    Seeing this going on, the divine domain of Green River God will not last long.


    Green River God is likely to die before the collapse of the divine domain.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had to fight.


    Although the time is not good enough, there is no more time for him to wait.


    Meng Zhang himself also knew that if he forcibly waited for a better opportunity, he might miss the fighter.


    The poison day at this time turned into two giant hands of divine power.


    Grasp the giant crocodile with one hand, and no matter how hard he struggles, he can''t break free.


    Clap one hand on the huge squid and make it unable to break free.


    Squid''s numerous thick tentacles beat the poison sun desperately, but they could not break through the divine power shield outside his body.


    Poison sun put his feet on the giant turtle like a hill and exerted great pressure as heavy as a mountain.


    Even the giant tortoise with great brute force was pressed to be unable to move.


    The poisonous sun seemed to be restrained by three ancient ferocious beasts, and there was little spare power.


    The magic weapon flying sword ChiYin sword evil spirit flashed behind the poison sun and killed it with indomitable momentum.


    Facing the sudden flying sword raid, poison day not only didn''t panic at all, but shouted a little excited.


    "Finally wait for you."


    Among the information obtained, it has long been explained that Taoist Gulu also had a companion.


    Although poison sun didn''t know the origin and strength of Taoist Gulu''s companion, he didn''t forget it, let alone take it lightly.


    In particular, with so many changes today, poison day has long been vigilant about it.

 Chapter 2042

    Since we have been on guard for a long time, poison day doesn''t know to keep it in advance.


    Seeing such a sharp flying sword assassination, poison sun was still a little surprised. He was not as calm as he looked on the surface.


    Taoist Gulu''s companion is actually a sword practitioner.


    Although there is no powerful sword cultivation sect in the Junchen world, if Meng Zhang is a pure sword cultivation, he will be almost forced to a desperate situation because of the chief manager of the heavenly palace and the real immortal.


    But he is actually a Dharma practitioner. He just likes to use the means of sword cultivation. He also has excellent sword skills.


    Meng Zhang forcibly restrained his discomfort, tried to suppress the blood gushing from his body, made every effort to sacrifice the Ziyang holy fire and fight towards the poison day.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s figure not far away, poison sun thought that the sword Xiu who secretly attacked him could not hide because the flying sword was suppressed.


    Before joy rose in his heart, a terrible purple sun had risen in his eyes.


    From its name, Shengyang true God knows that it is a God based on the sun Avenue and good at the field of the sun.


    As its key cultivation object, poison day is also a branch of sun Avenue.


    Therefore, poison day has a deep understanding of sun Avenue.


    As soon as he saw the purple sun, he knew that he could not strike such a blow unless he had carefully studied the sun Avenue.


    In fact, the Ziyang avenue of many monks of Ziyang holy sect originates from the sun Avenue, but it is not only the sun Avenue, but also mixed with the power of other avenues.


    Meng Zhang himself is proficient in the sun moon Avenue, but it doesn''t mean that the power of the sun moon Avenue can suppress the sun Avenue. It also depends on both sides'' understanding of the avenue and their accomplishments on the avenue.


    As the inheritance treasure of Ziyang holy sect, Ziyang holy fire not only has great power, but also contains the profound inheritance of Ziyang holy sect.


    Meng Zhang read these traditions and hid them in the depths of taiyimen Sutra Pavilion.


    He himself had a deep understanding of these traditions. Although there is no spare strength to deeply cultivate it, there is still a lot of understanding.


    The Ziyang holy fire at the moment is not driven by the legitimate skill of Ziyang holy sect, but it still exerts great power.


    As a public magic weapon used by the high level of Ziyang holy sect in turn, the driving threshold is not high.


    Meng Zhang went all out to drive the Ziyang flame to launch the attack at the later level of returning to emptiness.


    If it''s a weekday, it''s not difficult to resist such an attack on a poison day.


    But at this time, almost all the strength of the poison day was put in other aspects, and the cards had been exhausted.


    In the face of this round of terrible purple sun, poison day had to summon up its last strength and reluctantly parry.


    "Boom." after a loud noise, the purple sun easily broke through the magic shield of the poison sun and directly hit his chest.


    The poisonous sun spurted a mouthful of blood and flew out upside down. He felt that many bones in his chest were broken.


    Poison sun tried his best to recall his life artifact before being hit. He wanted to use it to resist the purple sun, but he was still a step slow.


    After the poison sun was hit, his life artifact flew back.


    The Ziyang flame, which was preparing to pursue the victory, had to turn around and collided with the fire wheel.


    There was another loud noise. The two treasures were badly hurt and both were hurt. They flew out backwards.


    After years of hard work and refining, the life artifact connected with the mind and God was damaged, and the blood in the poison sun was churning. He couldn''t help but spray a mouthful of blood again.


    As the poison sun was blown out, the three ancient fierce beasts forcibly suppressed by him finally got out of trouble again.


    Three ancient fierce beasts looked at the Ziyang holy fire and fire wheel in the air with a little fear, and then they were driven by anger and violence in their hearts again and rushed towards the poison sun regardless of everything.


    Poison day had fought with them for so long and had been suppressing them. In their hearts, they have accumulated too much anger and unwillingness, and have regarded the poison day as the enemy of life and death.


    Once they get out of trouble, they don''t care about anything else and kill the poison day again.


    Poison sun''s chest was burned by the purple sun flame, and a huge wound was made, and the terrible heat was still raging in his body.


    Seriously injured, poison day has regarded Meng Zhang as the biggest enemy and threat.


    Facing three ancient fierce beasts who didn''t know how to live or die, poison sun roared angrily.


    "Go away."


    He sent out heat waves to block the three ancient beasts, but he was unwilling to continue to entangle with them.


    That crafty cultivator is the most important target. We can''t disperse our strength on these three fools.


    Poison day thought of it in his heart.


    As soon as poison sun stopped the attack of three ancient fierce beasts, ChiYin sword evil spirit had been killed.

 Chapter 2043

    Meng Zhang had driven the Ziyang flame to send out a powerful blow, which had a great loss on him.


    The red Yin sword evil spirit has suffered a lot and has not had a chance to recover.


    Meng Zhang knew that he must take advantage of the opportunity of being badly hit on the poison day to pursue the victory.


    If poison day reacts, he will lose his last chance of victory.


    Meng Zhang, desperate, sacrificed ChiYin sword again and killed the past.


    Almost at the same time, he summoned Yu Yong to drive the Ziyang flame to entangle the life artifact of the poison day.


    Poison sun has just stopped three ancient fierce beasts, and he will face the killing of ChiYin sword evil.


    Meng Zhang was in a bad state at this time, and the power of ChiYin sword was also greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang had to display his skillful swordsmanship in an attempt to break his clumsiness.


    I saw the red Yin sword evil spirit flying up and down, turning into a sword shadow all over the sky, and attacking the poison sun from all directions.


    Those three ancient fierce beasts were just like crazy. After they were entangled in the poison day, they looked like they would never die.


    Poison sun was involved in too much energy by these three ancient fierce beasts. He was a little tired of dealing with the red Yin sword evil spirit.


    After a while, several more sword marks appeared on the body.


    Poison sun tried to parry. He really had no spare energy to take care of other things.


    Those indigenous gods trapped by the Green River God are not fools. They have found the change of the situation and grasped the key points.


    Now poison day is attacked by the suddenly emerging cultivator, and is seriously injured. It is in danger of falling at any time.


    If they let the poison day fall and watched nothing, without mentioning the blame of the real God of rising sun afterwards, it would be difficult for them to pass this level at present.


    Once the practitioners who secretly attacked the poison day free their hands, they will never have good fruit to eat.


    The indigenous gods began to work hard.


    They should break the God domain of the Green River God as soon as possible, get rid of each other''s entanglement and reinforce the poison day in the past.


    If they can do this before the poison day is killed, there is still much to be done in this war today.


    Otherwise, they will have to consider how to escape.


    Meng Zhang also knows this.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, the green river god tried his best to trap these indigenous gods.


    In order to delay time as much as possible, the green river god shrinks the shrouded area of the divine domain for many times, so as to concentrate the remaining power of the divine domain.


    Although there was no extra strength in this divine domain to support Taoist Gulu, she also tried her best to entangle these indigenous gods, so that they could not concentrate on breaking the divine domain.


    Taoist Gulu, a temporary ally, cooperated well, which satisfied Meng Zhang.


    Now, the key to the victory or defeat of the war is whether Meng Zhang can fight anti-virus day in time.


    For a moment, all the pressure was on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who has long been used to this situation, began to stimulate his potential and would rather pay a certain price to fight anti-virus day as soon as possible.


    If he was not worried about using the immortal talisman rashly, the leaked breath could not be suppressed and startled, Meng Zhang would have the impulse to release the immortal talisman, who is likely to hide near the Shenchang world and is very familiar with the real immortal Xianyun.


    Meng Zhang endured and endured, but decided to use other means to kill anti-virus day.


    Poison day also knows that today''s war has reached a critical moment, and it''s time to work hard.


    His supernatural power, roaring like a mountain and sea, made three ancient fierce beasts unable to get close.


    He desperately urged the life artifact to get rid of the suppression of the Ziyang flame.


    He tried to suppress the injury left by the Ziyang flame in his body, and also wanted to parry the haunting ChiYin sword evil spirit.


    Meng Zhang flew to the top of the poison day, and the Yin and Yang Qi fell on his head, turning into a chaotic air flow of black and white, sweeping towards the poison day.


    The poison day stirred up the few remaining divine powers in the body to block the impact of yin and Yang.


    The Yin and Yang Qi constantly erode and disperse the magical power of the poison day, and constantly stir on the top of the poison day.


    The unique power of yin and Yang eroded into the poison sun''s body, which made him feel dizzy and confused, and greatly reduced his sensitivity to the outside world.


    The aurora Wusuo silently flew out from the bottom of Meng Zhang''s sleeve, and God came behind the poison sun unconsciously.


    A faint and almost undetectable light flashed. The aurora Wusuo easily penetrated the magic shield of the poisonous sun and hit him in the abdomen.


    A big hole immediately appeared in the abdomen of poison sun. His body couldn''t stand in the air and fell directly between the three ancient fierce beasts blocked by him.


    Three ancient fierce beasts rushed over crazy and wanted to divide them and eat them.


    For ancient fierce beasts, the bodies of indigenous gods and descendants of gods were a great tonic for them and could bring them great benefits.


    After Meng Zhang launched a series of attacks, he felt his breath was not smooth and he felt like he was over consumed.


    He hurriedly worked hard to restore his vitality while refining the elixir to return Qi.


    The poison day, which was hit hard for many times, finally lost its last resistance and fell into the mouth of three ancient fierce beasts.


    These three ancient fierce beasts just look like turtles, crocodiles and squid. In fact, they are completely different species.


    Meng Zhang was not very familiar with the categories of ancient fierce beasts in Shenchang world, nor did he know their specific magical talents.


    However, seeing the poisonous sunset in the mouth of three ancient fierce beasts, he was finally relieved that despite his desperate struggle and resistance, he still had no chance to escape.


    Although the corpses of God descendants such as poison day are also useful to him, Meng Zhang has no spare power and doesn''t want to compete with three ancient fierce beasts.


    On the other side of the battlefield, the Green River God was overwhelmed.


    He tried his best to urge the divine domain and pulled these indigenous gods to the center of his divine domain.


    The divine domain kept shrinking, almost to the extreme.


    The Green River God''s face showed a look of pain and struggle, but his will was far from enough to get him out of Meng Zhang''s control.


    Under the command of Meng Zhang, the God of Green River detonated himself and God''s domain reluctantly.


    Like the eruption of a volcano, an unprecedented loud noise sounded, and the Green River God and his divine domain erupted almost at the same time.


    Taoist Gulu had long been reminded and avoided in time. He escaped the power range of the big bang and was hardly affected.


    The passing of the Green River God almost makes the whole vast green river wail.


    Between heaven and earth, there seemed to be bursts of sadness and music.


    On the vast river, there were unprecedented huge waves, during which blood seemed to be rolling faintly.


    The green river god manipulated the divine domain to explode, which led to serious consequences and triggered various strange celestial phenomena.


    Several indigenous gods at the center of the explosion suffered almost all the power of the big bang.


    Even if they work together to resist and deal with it with all their strength, they still have to be injured, and the injury is not light.


    The frenzy caused by the big bang almost affected the sharing of poison by three ancient fierce beasts.


    Unfortunately, in front of three ferocious ancient beasts, poison sun didn''t seize the last chance to escape.

 Chapter 2044

    Poison sun''s body soon lost all its vitality and was bitten by three ancient fierce beasts.


    In order to compete for the body of poison day, the three ancient fierce beasts fought fiercely and even fought with each other.


    It is not easy for Meng Zhang to control the Green River God. After this time, he may not have such a good opportunity to completely control an indigenous God.


    If the Green River God continues to live, he is of great value to Meng Zhang.


    If he didn''t have to, he really didn''t want to sacrifice the Green River God.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang''s physical condition was too bad after defeating poison day.


    Even with the help of the guru and the green river god, he is not sure to leave all the aboriginal gods.


    If any Aboriginal God is released today, it will lead to serious consequences.


    Not only will Meng Zhang''s foundation be revealed, but it is more likely to attract strong enemies that even he can''t cope with, which will destroy his next plan.


    In order to complete the task of Xianyun Zhenxian as soon as possible and strive for the time to restore his combat effectiveness, Meng Zhang had to sacrifice the Green River God.


    After the explosion of the God domain controlled by the green river god, several indigenous gods were seriously injured.


    Meng Zhang, who recovered a bit of strength, first controlled the Ziyang holy fire and continued to suppress the life artifact of poison day.


    The poisonous sun was eaten by three ancient fierce beasts. The master''s life was lost and the power of the artifact was greatly reduced.


    The black flame burning on the fire wheel suddenly went out, and the light of the fire wheel itself was greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang manipulated the Ziyang holy fire to temporarily suppress the fire wheel, and then collected it into his mustard space.


    Then, regardless of his physical condition, Meng Zhang summoned up Yu Yong, stimulated his potential, and killed several seriously injured indigenous gods together with Taoist Gulu.


    If these indigenous gods fought alone, their strength would not be as strong as Meng Zhang.


    Even Taoist Gulu can easily surpass most of them.


    Although the green river god is not a too powerful indigenous God, he is just a false god in front of the real God.


    However, he has been in the green river for many years, and built the divine domain in this place thousands of years ago.


    For thousands of years, Shenyu has been located in the place where the green river has the most vitality, and has almost never stopped absorbing the vitality of heaven and earth.


    Coupled with the continuous strengthening of the power of faith, the souls of believers injected... Have long accumulated terrible power in the divine domain.


    After the Shenyu explosion, several indigenous gods were located in the center of the big bang and almost suffered most of the power.


    The defense jointly laid by several indigenous gods was easily broken. The power of the big bang directly damaged their origin and greatly reduced their strength.


    Even though Meng Zhang was in a very poor state, he could still exert his combat effectiveness no less than the general return to virtual power after he tried his best to cheer up.


    Although Taoist Gulu joined the war earlier than Meng Zhang, he lost little in the battle and maintained his strength better than Meng Zhang.


    After a fierce battle, several indigenous gods were all killed by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu also have to pay enough price, each seriously injured.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who suffered great losses, was the most seriously injured and looked shaky.


    At this time, the three ancient fierce beasts had completely divided the bodies of poison sun in the struggle.


    They sensed Meng Zhang''s breath and began to come this way.


    In ancient times, such a fool as a fierce beast never knew the feelings of his comrades in arms.


    Even if Meng Zhang and they just stood on the same front and cleaned up the poison day together.


    Once they are free, their instincts will drive them to devour strong men like Meng Zhang.


    In Meng Zhang''s current state, I really dare not entangle with these three ancient fierce beasts.


    He reluctantly cheered up, collected the bodies of several indigenous gods with Taoist Gulu, and left here in a hurry.


    These three ancient beasts did not chase Meng Zhang. Instead, they made waves in the middle of the Green River and devoured all kinds of creatures.


    Needless to say, the creatures in the green river will inevitably encounter a catastrophe next.


    If these three ancient beasts leave the green river, it will be even more harmful.


    Meng Zhang still doesn''t know how much trouble he will bring to the Shenchang world because of the three ancient fierce beasts he released this time.


    After Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu left the green river, they found a secret place to hide temporarily.


    They did not care about anything else. First, they healed their wounds, stabilized their injuries and recovered their vitality.


    They didn''t begin to divide up the spoils until they were in a little better shape.


    In fact, Meng Zhang controls the Green River God. Everything owned by the Green River God belongs to Meng Zhang, including his God domain. This is the biggest booty.


    However, because the Green River God was forced to control the God domain to explode, all this turned into nothing.


    Meng Zhang received the life artifact of poison day, which was a great harvest.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t refine this artifact completely, it is of great use. At the very least, the material is very good.


    The real biggest booty of the two of them this time is the bodies left by each other after killing several indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu divided up the spoils.


    Meng Zhang, as the main force of the war, made most of his strength and, of course, accounted for the bulk of the spoils.


    Taoist Gulu is not the kind of person who is blinded by profit. She not only didn''t compete with Meng Zhang, but also took the initiative to give in.


    After dividing up the booty, both of them began to cultivate themselves and strive to recover their strength as soon as possible.


    The war was fruitful and greatly weakened the power of the son of Rihua.


    However, Meng Zhang''s goal has not been achieved. He still needs to continue to think of ways to get in touch with the goddess of the moon.


    When Meng Zhang and he were busy cultivating and healing, there was great chaos over the son of Rihua God.


    In the previous war, poison day only reported preliminary information to Rihua Shenzi and entered the divine domain of green river god to fight.


    Because the Green River God deliberately manipulated the divine domain to block and interfere, poison day temporarily lost contact with the son of Rihua God.


    Until poison day finally died, there was no chance to contact Rihua Shenzi.


    Although the indigenous gods were able to contact the son of Rihua God, they didn''t get a chance to contact him until they died.


    The son of Rihua God knows the power of fierce beasts in ancient times. Besides, there is likely to be the head and tail of Taoist Gulu, so he has always been very concerned about the war here.


    Poison day, they didn''t get the latest news back, which made Rihua Shenzi anxious.


    He was worried that Taoist Gulu and his companions didn''t appear in the green river, but sneaked into the palace, so he didn''t dare to leave Rihua city easily, so he had to wait anxiously in the palace.


    Several indigenous gods have their own temples in Rihua city.


    Although it is only a small temple with few believers, the spread of faith in Rihua city is also greatly limited.


    But after all, it is the temple dedicated to their gods, which is closely related to their breath.

 Chapter 2045

    Shortly after several indigenous gods were killed, their statues enshrined in the temple collapsed, fell to the ground and smashed, and their temple lost its aura.


    Their believers, especially those devout believers and the God attendants they trust most, immediately felt empty in their hearts, as if they had lost the most important thing.


    Many of the gods who had served them for many years even died suddenly.


    This is the scene of the fall of indigenous gods. It does not appear many times in the Shenchang world, but it is not rare.


    Especially after every war between Shenchang world and Junchen world, many indigenous gods will fall in Shenchang world, and their temples have changed one after another.


    The son of Rihua God had strong control over Rihua City, and the changes of these temples soon spread to his ears.


    The son of Rihua was a little stunned when so many indigenous gods fell in one breath.


    The soul lamp of the poison day is dedicated to the true God of the rising sun. The son of Rihua doesn''t know that the poison day has fallen yet.


    However, all the indigenous gods along the way with poison day have fallen, and there is no news from poison day to now. I think he must be more or less evil.


    Neither poison day nor these indigenous gods are strictly subordinates of the son of Rihua God.


    They came to assist the son of Rihua after being ordered by the true God of rising sun.


    This is not only that the son of Rihua lost many capable men, but also weakened the power of the true God of Shengyang.


    The son of Rihua knows that after such a trip, his family will probably lose a lot of trust and favor, and even face punishment.


    If the poison day really fell, the real God of rising sun must have known it long ago.


    Several indigenous gods fell in one breath, and there was no way to hide it.


    At this time, the son of Rihua did not care whether Taoist Gulu and his companions would sneak into the palace of Rihua city.


    While he reported the news to the real God of Shengyang through the secret method of long-distance communication, he summoned his capable men and prepared to go to the green river to investigate in person to see what was going on there.


    The son of Rihua did not directly contact the rising Yang true God, but one of his important followers.


    Rihua Shenzi reported what had happened to him, and then politely asked him for help.


    The slave God told the son of Rihua that the true God of rising sun has something important to do now and may not be able to contact the son of Rihua for the time being.


    Rihua Shenzi will report the situation to Shengyang Zhenshen as soon as possible.


    As for the request for help from Rihua Shenzi, he will also meet it as much as possible and send reinforcements to Rihua Shenzi as soon as possible.


    However, because the two sides are far away, it will take some time for reinforcements to come.


    Before the arrival of reinforcements, Japan and China need to work hard to maintain the situation and not let the situation collapse.


    The son of Rihua must find out the whereabouts of the three ancient fierce beasts as soon as possible and prevent them from releasing other suppressed ancient fierce beasts.


    Although I don''t know how poison sun and several indigenous gods fell, Rihua Shenzi and the slave God attributed it to three ancient fierce beasts.


    Although ancient beasts were defeated in the war with indigenous gods thousands of years ago, they were almost on the verge of extinction.


    However, many indigenous gods who lived long enough and experienced enough still remember the power of ancient fierce animals.


    The descendants of gods such as the son of Rihua almost grew up listening to the legend of fierce animals in ancient times.


    For the son of Rihua God, instead of believing that poison sun and others were killed by Taoist Gulu, it''s better to insist that they fell into the hands of ancient fierce beasts.


    After all, the responsibility of the son of Rihua is much smaller. And the other side is better explained.


    After completing the report, Rihua Shenzi began to gather people and go to the green river to investigate.


    At this time, the son of Rihua could not care about the safety of his palace.


    He almost transferred all the strong people who could be transferred to the green river.


    Hun Ling, the God servant of God, is very curious about the ancient fierce animals in the legend of Shenchang world and wants to see them together.


    In this regard, Rihua Shenzi agreed.


    After all, Fengjiu is also the strength in the middle of returning to emptiness. When it is really needed, it is also a combat power that can be used.


    Meng Zhang and his companions healed and cultivated in the hiding place for a while. Before they fully recovered, they left there and went to Rihua city together.


    On the way, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu both took the time to recover their strength.


    When they came to Rihua City, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu recovered at least 80% of their strength.


    In order to avoid panic, the son of Rihua God blocked the news of the fall of poison day and so on.


    Even if it was hard to hide the news of the fall of several indigenous gods, he forcibly blocked the news and strictly prohibited the spread.


    He led his men to leave Rihua city. He kept it strictly confidential. Only a few high-level officials in the city knew about it.


    Meng Zhang had placed a wisp of distraction on the bird Meng, and God unknowingly controlled the city general.


    Niao Meng''s position in Rihua city is not very high, but he has a wide range of friends and is highly trusted by the senior management.


    Under his intentional or unintentional temptation, he soon learned that the son of Rihua God led his men to leave Rihua city secretly.


    When Meng Zhang learned the news from bird Meng, three ancient fierce beasts got out of trouble and are still raging in the green river. Doesn''t he go to deal with it?


    In this case, the son of Rihua should have neither mind nor enough strength to subdue in the palace.


    In order to prove his guess, Meng Zhang not only asked the bird to continue to inquire, but also secretly observed near the palace many times to see if there was an ambush.


    After many investigations, Meng Zhang finally determined that there was no ambush in the palace, and the son of Rihua God should have taken people away from Rihua city.


    I don''t know when the son of Rihua will come back. Meng Zhang doesn''t have much time to waste.


    Although the rebels in the city had left long ago, Meng Zhang and guru were unable to get help from the rebels.


    But Meng Zhang had already made some preparations, just to use it at the critical moment.


    The arrow is on the line and has to be fired.


    At this point, even if most of the enemy still had some hidden cards, Meng Zhang was not fully sure, he still had to take action.


    First of all, Taoist Gulu began to secretly assassinate the high-rise of Rihua city outside the palace.


    The strongest strength of these high-level officials is only the level of Yuanshen. Once Taoist Gulu pulls down his face to bully the small with the big and frighten the weak with the strong, they basically have no power to resist.


    Soon, almost all the high-rise buildings in Rihua city outside the palace died in the assassination.


    This matter is not kept secret. These high-rise corpses are hung in the most prosperous place in the city.

 Chapter 2046

    One after another high-level deaths in the city, and the corpses were exposed to the public, immediately caused chaos in the city.


    Coupled with the rapid spread of various rumors at this time, the chaos in the city intensified.


    What son of Rihua betrayed the true God of Shengyang and was executed by the true God of Shengyang. In order to warn people that the true God of Shengyang wants to kill the whole Rihua city


    All kinds of strange rumors spread everywhere, and Taoist Gulu made frequent moves, and the whole Rihua city fell into unprecedented chaos.


    Fires started in many parts of the city, and all kinds of things such as beating, smashing and looting can be seen everywhere


    The garrison in the city should have sent out to calm the chaos, but because the commander was assassinated by Taoist Gulu and the barracks were attacked, the army could not go out at all.


    Originally, it was just a fierce bird in the middle of the city army. Due to the large number of deaths of senior officers and colleagues, it suddenly became the supreme commander of the army.


    Bird Meng summoned officers at all levels of his army to discuss matters in the camp.


    At the beginning of the discussion, he went straight to the topic and said that the son of Rihua had committed a serious crime and had been ordered to be punished by the true God of Shengyang.


    Now he is ordered by the true God of Shengyang to shovel down the temples of the son of Rihua God in Rihua city and kill his believers


    In the case of chaos in the city, the bird blundered a lot of words and bluffed a large part of his men.


    Those who wanted to question his statement were killed on the spot by him.


    Anyway, at this time, bird Meng is basically the highest among the people here, whether in cultivation or status.


    No one can help him unless everyone can work together.


    Bird Meng itself has a group of confidants. Even if someone wants to oppose him, there is a lack of leaders.


    Soon, bird Meng mastered an army stationed in the city.


    He led the army to leave the barracks and asked his trusted followers to act separately and attack everywhere to destroy the temple of the son of Rihua and massacre his believers.


    Originally, because the Japanese God son accumulated too much power, this army did not dare to start.


    After bird Meng made a demonstration himself, and then repeatedly threatened, the army began to take action.


    The chaos in the city increased countless times after the army began to act.


    The temple of the son of Rihua began to catch fire, and countless believers who wanted to protect the temple died in the chaos.


    Seeing that the temple was destroyed and a large number of believers were slaughtered, the son of Rihua did not respond. Many people began to believe in the saying of bird fierce, and the action of the army suddenly became more positive.


    The son of Rihua God has many temples in Rihua city. Large and small temples are almost everywhere in every corner of the city, and its believers are hard to count.


    Unless the whole city is destroyed in one breath, it is really difficult to destroy all its temples and all its believers in a short time.


    Meng Zhang is also a Taoist cultivator at least. Even in the world of Shenchang, he is still unwilling to create more evils.


    There are more than a million intelligent creatures living in Rihua city. They really killed them all in one breath. The cause and effect involved is not small.


    Although the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang world is not as smart as that of Junchen world, it seems confused, and the suppression of foreign invaders such as Meng Zhang is almost nil.


    But after all, there is still a sense of heaven in Shenchang world, and the sense of heaven also has an instinctive response.


    Meng Zhang is a master of heaven''s secrets, and his upper body and heavenly heart are his instincts.


    If you kill innocent people indiscriminately in Shenchang world, it is likely to trigger the instinctive response of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang world and lead to many bad consequences.


    Therefore, many dirty and tiring work. Meng Zhang used the hand of others to let the creatures in Shenchang kill each other.


    Meng Zhang divided a wisp of distraction and controlled bird Meng. It was a good way for bird Meng to lead the army.


    Meng Zhang lurked near the palace and observed the movement of the whole Rihua city from a high altitude.


    The temple was destroyed and the believers were slaughtered in large numbers. The power of faith gathering towards the realm of the son of Rihua God will be greatly reduced, and the power of the son of Rihua God will be gradually weakened.


    The city of Rihua has been so chaotic that it has almost touched the bottom line of the son of Rihua and hurt its foundation. There is still no movement in the palace, and the son of Rihua has not come forward to counter the rebellion.


    Even if the son of Rihua is leading the snake out of the cave, it will cost too much. He should not be so unwise.


    Meng Zhang finally decided that he could break into the palace.


    Of course, there should still be some details in the palace.


    Moreover, the palace is well defended, and there is not a little resistance.


    After the chaos in the city, various guard arrays and prohibitions were opened in the palace.


    The army defending the palace hid within the city wall, and all experts stationed in the palace began to enter all nodes of the protection array.


    Taoist Gulu also created greater chaos in the city.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, Taoist Gulu is also a reserve force. He should rely on him to enter the palace.


    At this point, there is no need to sneak into the palace.


    Meng Zhang was sure to break the palace''s defense and break in.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the palace, which is one of the largest temples of the son of Rihua.


    Bird Meng led a large army to kill here, ready to completely destroy the temple, which was blocked by the high priest of the temple.


    The high priest of the temple showed the fighting power at the level of Yuanshen and subdued the army under bird Meng at once.


    At this time, Taoist Gulu was still in another corner of the city, and Meng Zhang was not ready to make a direct move.


    Meng Zhang''s distraction attached to bird Meng began to stimulate bird Meng''s flesh and soul and stimulate its potential.


    Although this practice is fishing in dry waters, which has greatly damaged the origin of bird ferocity, it has quickly stimulated all its potential and greatly improved its power level.


    With Meng Zhang''s distracted manipulation, Niao Meng showed a fighting consciousness and experience almost at the level of returning to the void, and almost suppressed the high priest at once.


    His army took the opportunity to kill and began to destroy the temple and massacre believers.


    Meng Zhang turned his head and looked down at the palace. He no longer cared about the changes in the city.


    No matter whether Rihua Shenzi has arranged a backhand in the palace or not, he doesn''t want to wait any longer.


    Rihua city was originally built in the place where the earth veins converge, gathering an unusually abundant vitality of heaven and earth.


    With Meng Zhang''s heart moving, a large amount of heaven and earth vitality gathered in front of him, turned into a fist the size of a hill, and patted hard at the palace below.


    This is the attack of returning to virtual series. If you want to resist it, you need at least the power of the same level.


    The Shinto civilization in Shenchang world has no great characteristics in array prohibition, which is far inferior to the cultivator civilization in Jiujun dust world.


    Even the imperial palaces of figures such as the son of Rihua, their guard array and various prohibitions are very general, and they can barely play a virtual level of defense power.

 Chapter 2047

    Although the protection array in the palace can barely give full play to the defensive power at the level of returning to emptiness, it lacks the powerful host of the strength at the level of returning to emptiness. It just has its own appearance and can not give full play to its power.


    Meng Zhang''s strength has not fully recovered even if his injury has not healed, but no matter what, he is also a great power in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    He seems to strike at random, and his power is far higher than that of ordinary friars in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    I saw the fist like a hill smashing on the protective light shield outside the palace, easily smashing it to pieces.


    The fist just paused a little and continued to smash forward without reducing its momentum.


    The protective array and prohibitions guarding the palace were broken one after another and had almost no defense.


    Those masters who are in charge of the battle array spray blood one after another and fall to the ground.


    The tall and thick wall of the palace suddenly collapsed and turned into countless rubble.


    The troops stationed on the top of the city were scattered, with heavy casualties and fell everywhere.


    ¡­¡­


    With only one blow, Meng Zhang completely disintegrated the defense of the palace, making almost all defenders lose their resistance.


    The fist that completed the fierce attack began to blur and its power began to weaken greatly.


    After breaking the outer defense of the palace, the fist continued to strike forward.


    At the core of the palace, a burst of bright light lit up.


    The fist like the hill hit the light, held a stalemate with it for a while, and then slowly disappeared.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean to be merciful just now.


    His target, the goddess of the moon, is said to be a divine descendant at the level of returning to emptiness. Even if it is waste material, it will not die under such a blow.


    As for whether he was injured, Meng Zhang didn''t care much.


    Perhaps, the seriously injured goddess of the moon is easier to be interrogated and may become more honest.


    The core area of the palace, which just lit up the light to block Meng Zhang''s remaining power, should be the divine domain of the son of Rihua.


    The son of Rihua has not yet become a God, not even a false god, but a god descendant.


    Even if his strength is stronger than many indigenous gods, he still can''t have the abilities that many indigenous gods can have.


    If the true God of the rising sun had not helped him personally, he could not have established this divine domain in the palace.


    The fixed divine domain is almost the exclusive property of the indigenous gods.


    As an exception, before becoming an indigenous God, Rihua Shenzi had his own God domain, which laid a solid foundation for becoming a God in the future.


    This divine domain has a small coverage, only the most core palace in the palace is within its coverage.


    But it is very strong and has profound accumulation.


    The power of faith provided by many intelligent creatures in Rihua city has greatly strengthened this divine domain.


    The son of Rihua God attaches great importance to this divine domain and easily forbids anyone to approach.


    Rihua Shenzi spent a lot of resources and efforts to refine a body with the strength at the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    When he was not in the divine domain, he sat in the divine domain separately to prevent the invasion of foreign enemies.


    Just now, it was the power of the divine realm to compete with Meng Zhang.


    The Ziyang holy fire needs to suppress the life artifact, and the ChiYin sword evil spirit needs to be warmed up after being hurt, so it should not be used.


    The only magic weapon that can be used, Aurora Wusuo, is kept as a card by Meng Zhang. He can only fight empty handed.


    Meng Zhang pointed to the front with one hand, and a long black-and-white sword appeared out of thin air and killed him in the divine domain.


    Meng Zhang entered the period of returning to emptiness. Only great magical powers such as Liangyi Tongtian sword can be considered as a real success and can exert great power.


    Although the separation of the son of Rihua in the divine domain only has the strength in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, with the help of the divine domain, it is a real home battle. At least he can entangle Meng Zhang, who is in poor condition, for a while and fight for several rounds.


    However, part of the power of this divine domain can not be used easily. It must be used to suppress a cell under the divine domain.


    Although Rihua Shenzi tried to mobilize the power of the divine domain and took the initiative to resist the Liangyi Tongtian sword, he still couldn''t resist it.


    The fierce and murderous Liangyi Tongtian sword cut a big crack on this divine domain.


    With one strike, Meng Zhang did not relax at all. He immediately operated Yin and yang to make them fall on the divine realm, and then quickly dissipated the power of the divine realm like a huge grinding plate.


    The black-and-white Yin and Yang Qi flow rapidly, like a high-speed grinding plate, grinding on the divine domain.


    However, in a short time, the protective light shield outside the divine domain was weakened by more than half, becoming dark and as thin as a cicada''s wing.


    The son of Rihua God also has the fighting consciousness of the son of Rihua God, and knows that if you keep it for a long time, you will lose.


    If we just blindly resist, do not make any counterattack and allow the enemy to attack, we will only become more and more passive.


    The divine power surged in the divine domain, and the vitality of the surrounding heaven and earth quickly gathered here. The whole heaven and earth seemed to echo the fluctuation of the divine domain.


    Without waiting for further changes in the divine domain, Meng Zhang waved to attract a burst of thunder and clapped heavily on the divine domain.


    The divine realm immediately vibrated violently and was unstable. The divine power began to collapse, and the vitality of heaven and earth became extremely disordered.


    The counterattack of Rihua Shenzi''s separation and cohesion was not formed yet, but was interrupted by Meng Zhang in time.


    Since he realized that yin and Yang destroy god thunder, Meng Zhang''s attainments in thunder law have greatly improved. Even if you use ordinary thunder methods, you can attract all kinds of powerful divine thunder.


    Meng Zhang pinched the Jue with one hand, repeatedly displayed the thunder method, summoned a large number of various divine thunder, and mercilessly bombarded the divine domain.


    The divine realm, which has been seriously consumed by Yin and Yang, has become weak. How can it withstand such a fierce attack.


    The divine realm did not persist for too long under the bombardment of thunder, and was blasted open a huge gap.


    The Yin and Yang Qi rotated with force, and the whole divine realm was smashed, which was completely broken.


    The divine domain was broken, and Rihua Shenzi, who had been controlling the divine domain, separated from the divine domain, gushed blood in his mouth and collapsed to the ground.


    With one step, Meng Zhang entered the realm of God and came to the separation of the son of Rihua God.


    The separation of the son of Rihua God is connected with the Buddha''s mind and can keep in touch at any time.


    At this time, I don''t know whether it is the will of the separated body or the meaning of the son of Rihua God, so the separated body quickly began to speak.


    "You rat dare to break the king''s divine domain. The king will never let you go."


    "Do you know what kind of status the king is, you humble cultivator?"


    ¡­¡­


    Rihua Shenzi didn''t speak when he threatened to drink and scold. Hearing the impatient Meng Zhang, he cut him in two with a fierce sword.


    Meng Zhang suppressed the lifeless corpse of Rihua Shenzi in mustard space, and then began to look around carefully.

 Chapter 2048

    Previously, while attacking the divine realm, Meng Zhang used his vast and subtle mind to scan the whole palace in detail.


    In the whole palace, Meng Zhang didn''t find the target he wanted to look for to worship the goddess of the moon.


    Although Meng Zhang had never seen the goddess of the moon worship before, he also knew that she was a divine descendant from the Jun dust world and had many different places.


    She was born in an extraordinary family. She inherited a very strong divine blood, and her level was very high. She also had the strength to return to emptiness at least.


    There are many ordinary people living in the palace, only a few divine descendants.


    These God descendants do not meet the conditions. They must not be the goddess of the moon.


    Only in front of the palace is covered by the God domain, so Meng Zhang''s mind is difficult to go deep into it for careful investigation.


    Now the divine domain has been completely broken. Meng Zhang broke into the divine domain and killed the separated body of the son of Rihua. His divine mind has no obstacles and can easily explore here.


    Soon, Meng Zhang found out.


    He lifted up with one hand, and a large area of heavy ground was thrown into the air, revealing the basement below.


    In the middle of the basement is a cell. In the middle of the cell, there is a cold, haggard young woman who is firmly locked on the ground by several thick chains.


    Originally, the underground cell was covered and suppressed by the divine power of the divine domain, but the divine domain was broken, the divine power naturally scattered, and the cell was also exposed to Meng Zhang''s divine thoughts.


    On both sides of the cell are two storage rooms, which store all kinds of rare treasures, natural materials and earth treasures collected by Rihua Shenzi over the years.


    There is no place more secure than his own divine domain, so the son of Rihua put most of his wealth in the divine domain.


    Meng Zhang investigated carefully. The woman was in a state of lethargy and her condition was very bad.


    There are many hidden wounds on her, most of her divine power collapses, and her vitality is dim


    It can be inferred from all aspects that this woman is the target Meng Zhang is looking for to worship the goddess of the moon.


    As for why she is in such a state and why she is locked in her cell, Meng Zhang is temporarily unknown.


    Who knows what''s wrong between her and Rihua Shenzi?


    Rihua Shenzi likes to play heavy taste, or simple domestic violence?


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care about these and doesn''t have much time to explore at this time.


    Although it is not 100% certain, in the palace and even the whole Rihua City, only this woman meets Meng Zhang''s inference, most like the goddess of worship the moon.


    When there is chaos in Rihua City, the son of Rihua God outside should receive the news.


    Meng Zhang later broke the divine domain and killed the separation of the son of Rihua, which greatly angered him.


    Rihua Shenzi himself is not weak, and there are many people who can fight under him.


    He put aside everything and could return to Rihua city in a very short time.


    Meng Zhang is not really afraid of the son of Rihua God, but he is in a bad state at this time, so there is no need to fight meaninglessly.


    With a wave of his hand, Meng Zhang collected all the items in the storage room into the mustard space.


    Meng Zhang quickly released a sword spirit, gently turned around the woman in the cell, and cut off all the chains that locked her up and down.


    Before the sword Qi dissipates, click on the woman several times to firmly control the key.


    With one hand, Meng Zhang summoned the woman in front of him and mentioned her in his hand. Then he flew into the sky, quickly left the palace and flew away from Rihua city.


    Taoist Gulu, who had helped create chaos in the city and served as a reserve team, had already been greeted by Meng Zhang and also immediately evacuated Rihua city.


    Meng Zhang was distracted by the wisp attached to the bird Meng, immediately abandoned the flesh body, quickly flew back to Meng Zhang, and then entered Meng Zhang''s body.


    After Meng Zhang''s distraction left, the bird''s fierce whole body exploded, leaving a dead end.


    Bird Meng suddenly died as the leader of the army, and there was another chaos in the army.


    Meng Zhang met Taoist Gulu outside Rihua City, and then immediately hid his body and secretly fled to the hiding place he had already selected.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu left, the angry son of Rihua God took a group of his men back to Rihua city.


    Looking at the devastation and chaos in the city, Rihua Shenzi was almost not angry.


    In particular, the destruction of the palace, the destruction of the divine domain and the disappearance of the goddess of worship of the moon made him extremely angry.


    Originally, when Meng Zhang and others launched in Rihua City, the son of Rihua God was taking people to the green river.


    After the three ancient fierce beasts wreaked havoc in the green river, they left the green river according to their instinctive guidance to find other suppressed ancient fierce beasts.


    Although they found the trace of three ancient fierce beasts, they couldn''t take them down as soon as possible.


    After this period of recovery, especially the corpses that ate the poison day and swallowed a large number of creatures in the water, the strength of the three ancient fierce beasts has recovered more than half, and they are close to their heyday.


    Relying solely on their current strength, there is no certainty of victory.


    At this time, the temples in Rihua city were destroyed and the believers were slaughtered. The son of Rihua God immediately felt it.


    He wanted to rush back to Rihua city immediately, but he was worried that if he missed this opportunity, he would lose the whereabouts of three ancient fierce beasts.


    If the three ancient fierce beasts leave his sight and continue to cause greater damage, he can''t explain it to the true God of the rising sun.


    There was a little luck in his heart. It was not so easy to break his divine domain only by relying on the strength of Taoist Gulu and his companions.


    However, due to the destruction of the temple, a large number of believers died, and suddenly lost a lot of faith. The divine domain lost its supplement and was seriously weakened, so it was difficult to persist for too long.


    When Meng Zhang appeared in the divine domain and showed enough strength to break the divine domain, the son of Rihua finally made up his mind to leave everything there and immediately send it back to Rihua city with his men.


    Meng Zhang''s strength was far beyond the expectation of the son of Rihua God. He broke the divine domain and killed the son of Rihua God at a speed that the son of Rihua didn''t expect.


    When the divine domain was broken and the separation was killed, Rihua Shenzi was shuttling through the space with his men.


    At that time, the son of Rihua God was like being badly hurt. He spewed blood from his mouth and almost fell to the ground.


    When such a thing happened in the dangerous space gap, Rihua Shenzi immediately lost his direction and almost fell into the space gap.


    Fortunately, he was able to get out of the space gap and return to the Shenchang world.


    Waiting for the son of Rihua God to adjust his state, carry out space transmission with his men again and rush back to Rihua City, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu had long disappeared, but left him a broken Rihua city with corpses everywhere.

 Chapter 2049

    Although Rihua Shenzi was extremely angry and lost almost all his reason, he still kept the last trace of soberness in the deepest part of his heart.


    As expected, the son of Rihua was an extraordinary guy. He soon forcibly suppressed his anger and reluctantly restored his clarity.


    The son of Rihua God knows that Rihua city has been built and operated hard for thousands of years.


    This is the foundation of our family. It involves a lot. We will never allow it to be destroyed.


    For the time being, the son of Rihua put aside his hatred for Taoist Gulu, and did not care to pursue Taoist Gulu and his companions.


    Rihua Shenzi led his men to quell the chaos in the city and try to restore order in Rihua city as soon as possible.


    Kill the chaotic army, save the believers and repair the temple


    A series of things made Rihua Shenzi so busy that he almost forgot everything else.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu came to the long prepared hiding place.


    Meng Zhang entered a prepared secret room and cast a spell to restrain the surroundings and block the leakage of all breath.


    In the process of escaping, Meng Zhang carefully examined the goddess of the moon.


    The goddess of worship to the moon may have a divine power mark on her body. All the places that can be tracked by others are repeatedly cleaned by Meng Zhang''s spell without leaving a trace.


    The goddess of worship to the moon, who was in bad condition, seemed to become weaker after Meng Zhang''s toss.


    Meng Zhang threw the goddess of worship to the ground and forced her to awaken by magic stimulation.


    The spirit of worshipping the moon goddess who just woke up was still in a trance, a confused look.


    Meng Zhang gathered the vitality of heaven and earth into a long whip, and gave several lashes to the goddess of the moon to help her sober up.


    Next, Meng Zhang began his own interrogation.


    The question at the beginning of his interrogation was the origin of the woman and why she was locked in her cell


    The woman was obviously afraid of Meng Zhang who had just whipped her, and immediately answered Meng Zhang''s questions obediently.


    Meng Zhang did not catch the wrong target this time. Indeed, this woman is the moon worshipping goddess from the Junchen world.


    Thousands of years ago, when Junchen world allied with Shenchang world, the goddess of the moon married into Shenchang world and married the son of Rihua God.


    Shengyang Zhenshen, the father of Rihua Shenzi, is one of the few powerful Zhenshen in Shenchang world. The family of worshipping the moon goddess is also one of the best Zhenshen families in Junchen world.


    Rihua Shenzi is a leading figure among the younger generation of God descendants in Shenchang world. The goddess of worship of the moon is also very excellent in all aspects.


    They can be said to be a perfect match, a perfect match


    After the defeat of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world and the complete occupation of the Junchen world by several real immortals, the treatment of those visitors to the Junchen world who came to the Shenchang world plummeted in all aspects.


    Many of the indigenous gods of the Junchen world who fled to the Shenchang world came to a very miserable end because of their greed.


    Although the family of worshipping the moon goddess was also destroyed by several real immortals, the gods and divine descendants of the family were almost killed.


    But with her husband''s status, no one dared to embarrass her.


    With the protection of the son of Rihua God, there should be no problem for the goddess of worship of the moon to survive in the Shenchang world.


    Unfortunately, the son of Rihua god later had the idea of worshipping the goddess of the moon because of his cultivation problems.


    From its name, Shengyang Zhenshen knows that his major is sun Avenue.


    More specifically, it is the way of sunrise among the many branches of sun Avenue.


    The true God of the rising sun almost reached a certain extreme in the cultivation of his major avenue, so that he had the cultivation level of today.


    Rihua Shenzi initially majored in sun Avenue, but chose different branches.


    He has been practicing hard for many years, despite his advantages in all aspects. For example, the divine blood flowing on the body is of high level and extraordinary quality. It has sufficient foreign supplies and the guidance of the true God of rising sun


    However, after reaching the level of returning to emptiness, the speed of cultivation began to slow down, and there was an insurmountable bottleneck.


    Generally speaking, practitioners encounter the bottleneck of practice. There are two common methods.


    One is to continue stumbling on the original road, don''t look back when you hit the south wall, and make a breakthrough when you fight hard.


    Another way is to find another way, change direction and find another way.


    Lacking enough patience and perseverance, Rihua Shenzi moved his mind and was unwilling to continue wasting time on the original road.


    Of course, this does not mean that it is wrong to find another way and change the path of practice.


    Practice is a very personal thing. Everyone''s situation is different. Individuals have their own fate.


    Perhaps, this road is impassable. After changing the road, can we make greater achievements?


    Rihua Shenzi originally majored in sun Avenue. He wanted to switch to sun moon Avenue.


    If someone else forcibly changes the direction of cultivation, he may encounter many difficulties and problems.


    It is the choice of the son of Rihua God, which has many conveniences.


    First, the sun Avenue itself is part of the sun moon Avenue.


    Of course, this does not mean that the sun Avenue is not as good as the sun moon Avenue, and those who practice the sun Avenue are not as good as those who practice the sun moon Avenue.


    In the same sentence, the avenue of practice can not determine everyone''s final achievement.


    If you can cultivate the sun avenue to the extreme, you can also suppress the sun moon Avenue cultivated by others.


    Rihua Shenzi has a deep foundation for practicing the sun Avenue. He only needs to extend the scope of cultivation and broaden the direction of cultivation.


    Second, the goddess of worship of the moon originally majored in Taiyin Avenue.


    The goddess of worship of the moon can fully operate the power of the Taiyin Avenue and guide the son of Rihua to touch and understand the Taiyin Avenue.


    With the help of the power of the Taiyin Avenue exerted by the goddess of worship of the moon, the son of Rihua God can dissipate the too powerful Yang and harmony in his own divine power.


    The couple can also take the opportunity of the two-day break to integrate Yin and Yang, water and milk, exchange breath with each other, and let the divine power integrate with each other.


    Solitary Yin does not grow, and only Yang does not grow. The son of Rihua God turns to build the sun moon Avenue, which is also in line with the law of the operation of the way of heaven.


    Unfortunately, the idea of the son of Rihua God is very beautiful. After specific cultivation, many problems were found.


    The cultivation speed of Rihua Shenzi is much slower than expected, and the transformation of divine power is not smooth.


    Especially in the perception of Riyue Avenue, Rihua Shenzi encountered many difficulties.


    Rihua Shenzi thought for a long time and thought that the effect of the couple''s weekend was too slow.


    While he was nourished by the divine power of the moon worship goddess, he also lost the divine power to nourish the moon worship goddess.


    One in and one out, coming and going, it''s hard to say who took a greater advantage.


    Like most God descendants, the son of Japan and China is extremely selfish.


    I don''t want to eat at all. Only he takes advantage of others, and others are absolutely not allowed to take advantage of him.

 Chapter 2050

    The son of Rihua had a bad mind because his cultivation speed was not satisfactory.


    It''s not good to get in and out. What about the one that can''t get in and out?


    Rihua Shenzi secretly decided to devour the moon worship goddess completely.


    It is not uncommon for the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world to devour each other.


    These primitive and backward gods became stronger by swallowing each other.


    They fought fiercely, and many Fierce wars broke out.


    It''s just that in recent years, there are several true gods pressing on his head. In order to concentrate their strength against the powerful Jun dust world, the true gods prohibited the devouring of indigenous gods.


    Although on the surface, the indigenous gods have converged on this matter, but secretly, this kind of thing has never been cut off, but it has become more hidden.


    If the son of Rihua devours the goddess of the moon, he can take everything from her.


    Including the true God blood flowing on the moon worship goddess, her understanding of the Taiyin Avenue, and the divine power she has accumulated over the years


    Anyway, the Junchen world has long fallen into the hands of practitioners, and the family of moon worship goddess has long perished. Rihua Shenzi has no scruples.


    As for the love between husband and wife, it is insignificant in the eyes of people at their level.


    Of course, it is not so easy for one divine descendant to devour another divine descendant and to completely devour each other and inherit everything from each other.


    It''s not like eating. It''s done in one gulp.


    It''s more like refining a natural treasure. It takes a long time and a lot of energy.


    In this process, if this Tiancai Dibao is willing to take the initiative to cooperate, it will be better.


    In order to ensure the effect of swallowing, the son of Rihua tricked the goddess of worship of the moon, saying that it was a double cultivation skill handed down by the true God of rising sun, which can greatly improve their cultivation.


    Without any doubt, the goddess of worship of the moon happily agreed to practice this skill with the son of Rihua God.


    The son of Rihua was very happy to see that the goddess of worship the moon was so easy to take the bait.


    After a long period of so-called double cultivation, Rihua Shenzi was surprised to find that his progress in swallowing the goddess of worship to the moon was almost zero.


    Just as the son of Rihua prepared to take the goddess of worship of the moon for careful interrogation, the goddess of worship of the moon tried to escape.


    Unfortunately, the goddess of the moon was unlucky. The escape time she chose happened to be when the true God of the rising sun visited Rihua city.


    The goddess of worship of the moon, who did not escape too far, had almost no power to fight back against the true God, and was directly taken by the rising sun true God.


    The true God of the rising sun handed over the goddess of worship to the son of Rihua and taught him a few words.


    The fiery son of Rihua put aside all his disguises, directly bowed the overlord and began to devour everything of the goddess of the moon.


    Although this process is very long, Rihua Shenzi has always made progress.


    Every time he swallowed a little, he carefully refined and absorbed it to improve his cultivation.


    Up to now, the moon worship goddess seems to be intact, but her divine power is almost swallowed up, and there is little residual divine power in her body.


    Even the true God blood flowing in her body was extracted by the son of Rihua.


    The goddess of worship of the moon left only an empty shelf. Not only her accomplishments were almost lost, her divine power collapsed, her blood vessels failed, and even her vitality was not much left.


    If she had not been rescued by Meng Zhang, then the son of Rihua would absorb and refine her spirit and plunder her understanding and practice experience of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    When talking about these things, the goddess of the moon looked pathetic. When it comes to emotional places, tears shine in my eyes.


    The goddess of the moon is a rare beauty. Her cool and aloof temperament can especially arouse men''s desire to conquer.


    It''s hard not to feel sympathy for her tragic fate.


    Her appearance of feeling pity at first sight will make people have a strong desire for protection.


    The goddess of the moon not only had no resentment against Meng Zhang for taking her away, but was grateful and thanked Meng Zhang for saving her life.


    The story of the goddess of worship the moon is very moving and the experience is very tragic, but Meng Zhang was unmoved.


    Meng Zhang always remembered the purpose of taking the goddess of worship to the moon.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be a good man. He doesn''t compete with the son of Rihua for good deeds.


    He needs to know the ancient history of the Jun dust world and the secrets of the Jun dust world from the mouth of the moon worship goddess.


    What the goddess of worship of the moon just said did not touch on these issues.


    Meng Zhang was patient. After listening to the talk of the goddess of worship the moon, he understood his experience.


    The attitude of the goddess of worship the moon was good. Meng Zhang didn''t continue to be rude, but asked questions directly.


    Meng Zhang asked the goddess of worship of the moon. When she was in the Jun dust world, she learned how much history and secrets of the Jun dust world.


    Now the goddess of worship of the moon needs to say all these things without any reservation.


    Meng Zhang promised that if what the goddess of worship said met his heart, he could let the goddess of worship of the moon go.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, the goddess of the moon still cooperated so well.


    She began to tell the history of Junchen world she knew, interspersed with many secrets and legends.


    The goddess of worship of the moon has convenient speech and good eloquence. She can tell some very boring things very interesting.


    She explained many seemingly ordinary things very clearly.


    Listening to the interesting story of the goddess of worship the moon, Meng Zhang was very interested at first. But slowly, Meng Zhang frowned.


    Some Meng Zhang knew about these things told by the goddess of worship the moon. He has either heard of it or read it in classics.


    There is also a large part of the content, with Meng Zhang''s insight, which has never been heard of before. After listening, he can greatly broaden his horizons.


    But everything the goddess of the Moon said was not what Meng Zhang needed.


    All this can not explain the importance of the Jun dust world, nor can it explain why several real immortals must attack the celestial realm by swallowing the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Without the answers to these questions, Meng Zhang can''t make a job with Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and revealed some of the current situation of Jun dust world to the goddess of the moon.


    Anyway, some things are not a secret. Meng Zhang has no reason to keep secret for several sleeping real immortals.


    He told the moon worshipping goddess the plot of several real immortals and wanted to know what the moon worshipping goddess thought about it.


    Although she knew that the Junchen world, where she was born and grew up, had fallen into the hands of practitioners, hearing Meng Zhang talk about some current situations of the Junchen world, the goddess of worship of the moon still couldn''t help showing her sad look.


    The feeling of homesickness and the yearning for family and relatives made the goddess of moon worship fall into extreme sadness and didn''t respond for a long time.


    Meng Zhang did not disturb the goddess of the moon and let her release her emotions.


    Although Meng Zhang is a practitioner, he should be at odds with the goddess of worship of the moon.


    However, Meng Zhang did not participate in the original conquest of the Junchen world, and had no direct hatred with the goddess of the moon.

 Chapter 2051

    Injustice has its head and debt has its owner. Those real immortals who conquered the Junchen world are the biggest enemies of the goddess of the moon.


    The ruthlessness of exterminating the family, the hatred of killing the people, and the worship of the moon goddess fell to such a situation today that she could not return home and was almost swallowed up by her husband. Those real immortals were the culprit.


    This is the idea Meng Zhang wants to instill into the goddess of worship the moon.


    Only when the goddess of worship of the moon realizes that several real immortals are her real enemies, will she seriously think about the plot of these real immortals.


    Meng Zhang had a good attitude and showed great patience and gentleness, except that he first came with a power killing stick and gave a few lashes to the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose of both soft and hard is to hope that the goddess of worship of the moon will take the initiative to cooperate and tell everything he wants to know.


    Seeing that the goddess of the moon fell into missing the past and seemed to release some emotion, Meng Zhang waited for a long time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t continue to ask until the goddess of the moon came back.


    Did she have any idea about the plot of several real immortals.


    The goddess of the moon showed a very embarrassed expression on her face and said she really knew nothing about it.


    Meng Zhang is a great benefactor who saved her from the sea of suffering. She is very upset that she can''t help.


    She also told Meng Zhang that her vitality was almost exhausted because she was swallowed up by the son of Rihua God.


    Without effective treatment, she will soon run out of life and die.


    Meng Zhang listened to the words of the goddess of the moon. There was no expression on his face and slowly closed his eyes.


    After a long time, Meng ZhangCai opened his eyes again, took turns to show all kinds of pupil magic powers, and carefully observed the goddess of worship the moon.


    His mind is unscrupulously deep into the body of the goddess of worship to the moon, to the depths of her spirit.


    After a long time, I don''t know what Meng Zhang found. He stared at the goddess of the moon and said two words.


    "Don''t pretend anymore. You''ve been exposed."


    "It''s really a good skill. I was able to hide from the true God of Shengyang at the beginning."


    The goddess of the moon looked puzzled and looked at Meng Zhang suspiciously. She didn''t know what Meng Zhang said.


    "Do you really want us to put it bluntly? Worship the goddess of the moon, or this unknown Taoist friend."


    "You are hidden in the depths of the spirit of the goddess of worship of the moon and are almost integrated with it."


    "Even if I do soul searching on you, I can''t find the slightest clue."


    "Such a skill is very clever. I almost didn''t see through this seat."


    "But now that you have been exposed by this seat, there is no need to hide."


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, the surprised expression on the goddess Baiyue''s face was even worse, and she was completely at a loss.


    "Why, you have to continue to pretend. Do you think this seat is cheating you?"


    "You are also the strong one of the true God series. Even if you come to this end today, you should have some dignity of the true God."


    Meng Zhang''s last words finally broke through the heart of the goddess of worship the moon.


    All the expressions on her face disappeared, just staring at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang smiled and said nothing more.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s discovery of all this was really very accidental.


    Whether in the dungeon of the royal palace or in this secret hiding place, Meng Zhang carefully inspected the goddess of the moon and repeatedly checked every corner of her body.


    From the outside to the inside, from the body to the soul, Meng Zhang did not have any omissions, nor did he find any abnormalities.


    Here, when Meng Zhang began to ask questions, he also didn''t find anything wrong.


    Meng Zhang was greatly disappointed by the reply of the goddess of worship the moon.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, the goddess of worship of the moon did not lie and everything she said was true.


    Although he didn''t get the answer he wanted, Meng Zhang was not a ferocious person. There was no need to kill all the moon worshippers.


    After Meng Zhang was ready to ask, he threw down the goddess of worship of the moon and let her live and die.


    If you can''t get the answer you want here, Meng Zhang has to find a new goal.


    To be honest, among the several goals Meng Zhang knows, worshipping the goddess of the moon is the most appropriate one.


    The birth of the goddess of worship to the moon does not know the answer, and other targets are less likely to know the answer.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang was not easy to win the moon worship goddess this time.


    He not only seriously injured himself, but also took a great risk in the middle.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that if he really tried his best and didn''t get the answer, it was a crime of non war. Xianyun Zhenxian should not be too harsh. After all, he was still very valuable.


    But the extreme unwillingness in his heart made Meng Zhang make an action he didn''t think of in advance.


    Meng Zhang secretly calculated whether the goddess of worship to the moon had lied.


    Although Meng Zhang had the power to see through people''s hearts, he had long believed that the goddess of worship of the moon did not lie.


    But at last, it''s safe to use the magic of heaven to calculate. It''s also to break your mind.


    Although Meng Zhang has long made up his mind to use heaven''s secrets carefully, he is not absolutely not to use them.


    If you don''t use the secret arts from now on, why do you learn the secret arts?


    Meng Zhang was impulsive to show his secret arts this time, and he didn''t think he could gain anything.


    But just at the beginning of the calculation, Meng Zhang had to stop.


    Meng Zhang''s calculation met great resistance, which made him unsustainable.


    If he continues to calculate forcibly, he will inevitably lead to serious retaliation.


    This result not only did not disappoint Meng Zhang, but gave Meng Zhang new hope.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, it is generally estimated that there are several possibilities for such a result.


    Or there are other experts who are proficient in heaven''s secrets and use heaven''s secrets to shield Meng Zhang''s calculation of heaven''s secrets.


    Or the high level of the goddess of worship of the moon spontaneously blocked Meng Zhang''s calculation.


    Or, it is the goddess of the moon who has been sheltered by some treasure.


    If there were an expert in heaven''s secrets who cast a spell to block Meng Zhang''s calculation, Meng Zhang would not know nothing until now.


    Unless there is a big difference between the cultivation of both sides and the level of Tianji.


    This possibility is obviously unlikely.


    Is there really an immortal level master of heaven''s secrets who has to run over and have a hard time with Meng Zhang?


    She only worshipped the moon for a month. Her accomplishments were only in the early stage of returning to emptiness. Now she is very weak and looks like she will die at any time.


    How can she stop Meng Zhang''s calculation of heaven''s secrets?


    Meng Zhang carefully searched every corner of the goddess of worship of the moon. There was no hiding place for any treasure.


    Meng Zhang ruled out all kinds of possibilities and came to a conclusion he didn''t believe.


    The goddess of worship of the moon in front of me may not be a real goddess of worship of the moon. There is a great secret hidden in her body.


    With a definite opinion in his heart, Meng Zhang carefully checked the goddess of worship the moon again.


    The goddess of worship of the moon is in a very poor state at present. She has no resistance to Meng Zhang''s exploration.


    Meng Zhang''s mind entered the deepest part of the soul of the goddess of moon worship, and finally found a trace of disharmony.

 Chapter 2052

    Meng Zhang could hardly find this trace of disharmony if he hadn''t already had a prejudice in his heart, so he deliberately looked for it.


    Although discordance was found in the depths of the soul of the moon worship goddess, it did not explain many problems.


    Perhaps this is caused by the severe injury of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    She was swallowed up by the son of Rihua for so long. It''s normal for the spirit to have problems.


    Perhaps this is the natural uniqueness of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    As a divine descendant, there are some differences, which are not rare.


    ¡­¡­


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not use these reasons to convince himself, but chose to believe that there were ghosts in the goddess of the moon.


    Even if he guessed that there was a big secret hidden in the moon worship goddess, Meng Zhang still couldn''t find more abnormalities.


    The son of Rihua God swallowed the goddess of the moon for so many years, which shows that Yiqiang has little effect on her.


    Finally, in desperation, Meng Zhang only resorted to deception. According to his own conjecture and judgment, he said a few specious words and cheated to see whether he could cheat the truth.


    On the one hand, Meng Zhang is lucky. On the other hand, the current state of the goddess of worship of the moon is really too bad.


    If she was in her heyday, she might not be so easy to get caught.


    She has been devoured by the son of Rihua for so many years. She has run out of oil and the lamp has dried up and almost disappeared completely.


    The state was too bad to make rational judgment, and Meng Zhang finally cheated out the truth.


    After the goddess of worship the moon was seen through, she fell into a long silence.


    Meng Zhang didn''t urge her, so he waited quietly.


    Meng Zhang currently has little information and has not made clear the specific inside information.


    He was afraid that more words will lose, but he was seen through by the other party.


    Perhaps Meng Zhang''s strategy really worked. After a long silence, the goddess of worship of the moon finally spoke again.


    This time, the goddess of worship the moon was originally cold and a little simple female voice, which has become a lot of vicissitudes and feelings, and seems a little old.


    As soon as the voice changed, it was obvious that the person talking to Meng Zhang had changed.


    "This Taoist friend is not very old. He not only has advanced accomplishments, but also has such excellent means. He can see through the old man''s disguise. It''s really amazing."


    "Now that you have been seen through by Taoist friends, there is no need for me to continue to hide."


    "By the way, I don''t know what the origin of Taoist friends is."


    Meng Zhang was delighted to see his strategy take effect.


    He also had no need to hide and directly said his identity.


    "Taiyi gate? It seems that none of those old guys took Taiyi as the name."


    She whispered a word and asked Meng Zhang a few questions. It was hard to find out the origin of Meng Zhang.


    She doesn''t care much about the identity of the head of Taiyi sect.


    She was relieved when she determined that Meng Zhang had nothing to do with the real immortals who had conquered the Junchen world.


    Next, she made a complete self introduction without waiting for Meng Zhang to continue questioning.


    It turned out that this expert, who was hidden in the soul of the goddess of worship of the moon, claimed to be an elder of the goddess of worship of the moon. Meng Zhang could call her the God of the moon.


    When several true immortals invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, the moon god and other indigenous gods actively participated in the war and resisted with all their strength.


    In a great war, the moon god was defeated by the hand of the true immortal, the flesh collapsed, and the spirit was badly hurt.


    Unwilling to disappear, the moon god had to attach this badly damaged ghost to the moon worship goddess.


    Because the blood of both sides comes from the same source and the nature of divine power is similar, the moon god is perfectly hidden in the spirit of the moon goddess.


    Among the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, there are also many struggles and contradictions.


    Even within the same God family, for great interests, it will also lead to things like killing each other.


    The moon god was in a bad state. She was worried that someone would take the opportunity to make her idea, so she kept her situation strictly confidential, even the relatives in the family didn''t know.


    Later, as a proof of the alliance between Junchen world and Shenchang world, the goddess of worship of the moon married into Shenchang world.


    The moon god attached to the goddess of worship of the moon naturally came to the God prosperous world.


    In those days, the son of Rihua wanted to devour the goddess of worship of the moon in the name of Shuangxiu.


    The simple and dull moon worship goddess was kept in the dark, but the old moon God saw through the plan of the son of Rihua at a glance.


    If the moon god in his heyday, he will not pay attention to a mere son of Rihua God.


    But her spirit was badly hurt, and her skills were hardly preserved. It was even difficult to get away from the moon worship goddess.


    As a last resort, the moon god confessed to worship the moon goddess, and the sun China God Zixu and weisnake, temporarily paralyzing him to delay time.


    Due to the instruction of the moon god, the son of Rihua God can hardly take any advantage of the goddess of the moon in the process of cultivation.


    Later, the moon god also saw an opportunity to let the goddess of the moon secretly escape.


    Unfortunately, their luck was so bad that they were hit by Shengyang Zhenshen not far from Rihua city.


    Facing a true God, even with the guidance and help of the moon god, worshipping the moon goddess has no resistance.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon was easily taken by the true God of rising sun, and then brought back to Rihua city.


    Unfortunately, fortunately, because the moon god hid well enough, and the rising sun true God didn''t look carefully, she avoided being exposed to the rising sun true God.


    Otherwise, the spirit of the goddess of the moon will be opened inch by inch by the true God of the rising sun, and slowly find out the secret of the God of the moon.


    After she was brought back to Rihua city this time, she was imprisoned for cultivation, restricted her freedom and imprisoned in the dungeon in the palace.


    The prohibition on her body and the suppression of the divine domain on her head gave the goddess of the moon no chance to escape. She could only be swallowed up by the son of Rihua slowly.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t saved her this time, it might not be long before the goddess of the moon and the moon god hidden in the depths of her spirit would be completely swallowed up.


    At this point, the moon god sincerely thanked Meng Zhang for saving his life.


    After hearing the story of the moon god, Meng Zhang began to think quickly.


    In those years, several true immortals exterminated the indigenous gods and conquered the Junchen world. Due to their intentional and unintentional actions, many histories about the indigenous gods were not preserved, so they were annihilated in the dust of history.


    For the ancient history of the Junchen world, the existence of those indigenous gods and the history handed down by later generations, there are only some brief contents.


    Now, anyone who has a little more experience in the Junchen world knows the story of several true immortals exterminating the indigenous gods and conquering the Junchen world.


    However, few people know the specific details, especially those about indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang is also a knowledgeable and well-informed generation, but his understanding of the ancient history of the Junchen world and the indigenous gods is also limited.


    He also heard a little about the goddess of the moon, but he basically had no impression of the name of the goddess of the moon.


    In his mind, there was no information about the moon god at all.

 Chapter 2053

    Of course, Meng Zhang had never heard of the name of moon god, but it did not prevent him from paying great attention to each other.


    If the other party doesn''t lie, the name of moon god is true, which is enough to explain some problems.


    The naming of indigenous gods is not random, but has certain rules.


    Many things can be seen from the naming of indigenous gods.


    Thus, the God of the green river, who was previously controlled by Meng Zhang, is located in the Green River and can only affect the green river, which shows that he is a Regional Indigenous God.


    There are many rivers in Shenchang world, and many are far above the green river.


    The God of the green river, regardless of his strength or position, is limited to the green river. He is not qualified to touch other rivers, nor is he qualified to be arrogant.


    If he claims to be the Lord of all rivers in the Shenchang world, it is that virtue is not worthy. Without other indigenous gods to fight, the rules of heaven and earth in the Shenchang world can crush him.


    Since the moon god can be named after the moon, it must exist among the indigenous gods in the Jun dust world.


    Even if she wasn''t a true God before, it shouldn''t be far away.


    In addition, the moon god is perfectly hidden in the soul of the moon worship goddess, which not only deceives the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, but also the elders of the moon worship goddess family. And after coming to the Shenchang world, even if it is not exposed in front of the rising sun true God, it shows its ability.


    Meng Zhang also knew that the words of the moon god before seemed very sincere, but there were many untrue and light places.


    Whether worshiping the goddess of the moon or the God of the moon, Meng Zhang has no grievances or enmities with them. Meng Zhang has no other intention to them. He just wants to learn some ancient secrets of the Jun dust world from them, so as to make a job with the real immortal of Xianyun.


    Therefore, after the moon god introduced himself, Meng Zhang''s attitude towards him was not bad.


    Meng Zhang had a friendly conversation with her and mentioned the recent situation of Jun dust world by the way.


    As an ancient god of the Jun dust world, the moon god and the goddess of worship of the moon have not returned to the Jun dust world for thousands of years.


    At first, the goddess of worship of the moon could learn some information about the Jun dust world from others.


    When the goddess of worship of the moon was imprisoned in the dungeon by the son of Rihua, she cut off all contact with the outside world.


    Thousands of years is not a very short time for both divine descendants and indigenous gods.


    Hearing that Meng Zhang mentioned the current situation of Jun dust world, the moon god sighed endlessly, with a feeling of vicissitudes.


    Shinto practice has one advantage over Xiandao practice.


    That is, Shinto practitioners, especially those who have a certain foundation and foundation, have many more longevity yuan than those at the same level.


    Indigenous gods like shenchangjie, even if they are only hypocrites and demigods, can have tens of thousands of years of longevity in most cases as long as they have their own divine domain.


    As long as those who practice truth do not achieve true immortality, even if they are advanced and return to emptiness, their longevity will not exceed 10000 years.


    Due to the long life of the indigenous gods, some old-fashioned indigenous gods have a certain understanding of the secrets of ancient times.


    Even, some ancient indigenous gods themselves experienced ancient times and were witnesses and witnesses of many major events.


    Since the moon god claims to be the elder of the goddess of the moon, he should have more extensive knowledge.


    Meng Zhang patiently accompanied her for so long and took the initiative to mention the current situation of Jun dust world. He just wanted to know the ancient secrets of Jun dust world from her mouth. It''s best to know the specific plans of several real immortals.


    The two talked for a long time, and the atmosphere became more and more harmonious.


    If people who don''t know see this scene, they will think that they feel like friends at first sight.


    Seeing that the bedding was almost ready, Meng Zhang finally got to the point.


    Since the moon god is an elder of the Jun dust world and has personally dealt with several real immortals who conquered the Jun dust world, he should not only know many ancient secrets of the Jun dust world, but also have a deep understanding of his opponents.


    Several real immortals who conquered the Junchen world fell into a deep sleep thousands of years ago.


    It is said that they have been sleeping in the deepest part of the source sea of the Jun dust world. When they wake up, they will devour the origin of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world and obtain the qualification to attack immortals.


    What''s the mystery in the middle? Why did some real immortals choose Jun dust world? What''s different in Jun dust world?


    Meng Zhang was very confused and hoped that the moon god could help him solve it.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not let the moon god busy in vain, and he is not a nature to ask others to pay in vain.


    If the moon god can answer these questions, it will be of great help, and Meng Zhang will return.


    If the moon god has any requirements, as long as it is not too much, it can also be put forward to Meng Zhang.


    The reason why Meng Zhang didn''t use coercion was that he politely asked the other party, and was even willing to pay a reward and trade equally.


    One is Meng Zhang''s nature. He is not the kind of person who intimidates others at will and only asks for nothing in return.


    Second, Meng Zhang is not sure enough to make the moon god yield.


    If the moon god is the kind of character who would rather bend than bend and die than surrender, he will be in great trouble.


    Meng Zhang decided to be polite before the soldiers. He really couldn''t let the moon god speak and think of other ways.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, the moon god fell into silence again.


    After another half ring, the moon god slowly opened his mouth.


    She first asked why Meng Zhang was sure that she knew the answers to these questions.


    Meng Zhang smiled but did not speak. He would not say that he mainly relied on guessing, and he gave great hope because of the identity of the moon god.


    If the moon god said he knew nothing about these things, Meng Zhang wouldn''t be too surprised.


    At most, he took a little more time to determine the truth of what the moon god said.


    Meng Zhang''s mysterious appearance that everything is under control may have caused some misunderstanding to the moon god.


    For the moon god, she doesn''t believe that there are so many coincidences in the world.


    Meng Zhang certainly didn''t happen to save the moon worship goddess.


    Meng Zhang came to Shenchang world from Junchen world and ventured to sneak in. He didn''t hesitate to make enemies with Rihua Shenzi and took her away from Rihua city. It was probably a preparation, not a temporary intention.


    Perhaps when Meng Zhang was in the Junchen world, he grasped some clues according to some clues, and then took the worship of the goddess of the moon as the target.


    Meng Zhang may know more than he thought.


    He can find the goddess of worship and see through the moon god hidden in the soul of the goddess of worship, which shows that he has mastered the correct idea.


    In this case, if the moon god continues to hide and shirk, it doesn''t make much sense. On the contrary, it will annoy Meng Zhang.


    Mole ants are still alive, not to mention an old man like moon god who has lived for a long time.


    Indigenous gods with long lives are often even more afraid of death than ordinary people.


    In fact, the moon god is not the kind of person who would rather die than surrender. She just pretended to be calm, pretended to ignore life and death, and didn''t care about everything.

 Chapter 2054

    Due to the means of the son of Rihua God, the state of worshipping the moon goddess at this time has been extremely bad.


    At present, the moon god is hidden in the body of the moon worship goddess, which is closely related to the moon worship goddess and shares life and death.


    She could not escape from the existence of the goddess of worship of the moon. If the goddess of worship of the moon fell, she would also die.


    Now she can''t help herself.


    If Meng Zhang still doesn''t care about the goddess of the moon, the final result is that the goddess of the moon will soon run out of life and die with the God of the moon.


    Therefore, when Meng Zhang tried with deception before, the moon god didn''t deny too much. He directly admitted it by worshiping the moon goddess, and then took the initiative to expose his identity.


    Although the contact time was not long, after knowing that Meng Zhang was a cultivator from the Jun dust world, the moon God decided to gamble boldly.


    The son of Rihua seems gentle and generous, but he is actually a ferocious and inhuman generation.


    If the moon god reveals his identity in front of him, he will lead to the true God of the rising sun. It is estimated that in the end, he will only end up with the death of all gods and souls, and even have no chance to enter reincarnation.


    Although the cultivators are the sworn enemies of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, the moon god has not forgotten his deep hatred with the cultivators.


    But as long as Meng Zhang asks for the moon god and the moon god has utilization value, the two sides will have the possibility of transaction.


    Sure enough, the next moon god said what Meng Zhang wanted to hear most.


    The moon god told Meng Zhang that she knew nothing about the secret method of several real immortals attacking celestial immortals, let alone their specific plans and schemes. However, with her secret knowledge of the Junchen world, she could roughly guess the reason why they did so.


    Meng Zhang was overjoyed by the moon god''s words.


    Meng Zhang did not guess wrong. The moon god actually knew the intentions of several real immortals.


    In fact, not only Xianyun Zhenxian wants to know this secret, Meng Zhang is also very interested in it.


    Taiyi gate has long been an enemy between Taiyi gate and the holy places.


    Several sleeping true immortals are undoubtedly the biggest cards and backers of the holy places.


    All the Holy Land Sect doors do now is ultimately to serve these real immortals.


    If Meng Zhang could know this secret, it would undoubtedly be an extra card.


    Not to mention holding down a few real immortals, you only need to make more preparations in advance, which is very good for yourself and taiyimen.


    Of course, don''t look at the moon god''s understatement about this matter.


    It is not easy for Meng Zhang to get the information he wants from her.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. Since the moon god has such an attitude, it shows that we still have something to talk about.


    As long as both sides are willing to communicate, we can talk about a result sooner or later.


    Although Meng Zhang wanted to know the secret, he also looked light and relaxed and chatted with the moon god.


    After the two sides talked about it for a long time, the moon god finally couldn''t help but take the initiative to talk about it and put forward his own requirements.


    The moon god can tell Meng Zhang what she knows, but Meng Zhang also needs to do something for her.


    First, the God of the moon and the attached goddess of the moon are in a very bad state. They are on the verge of falling and need Meng Zhang''s care and help.


    In addition, the worship of the goddess of the moon is very important to the cultivation of the son of Rihua God. The son of Rihua God will never give up.


    Once the son of Rihua freezes his hands, he will certainly go all out to hunt down the goddess of worship the moon.


    Meng Zhang needs to protect them for a period of time to prevent them from falling into the hands of the son of Rihua God.


    This is the due meaning. Meng Zhang will do it without the special mention of the moon god.


    In addition, when Meng Zhang leaves the Shenchang world and returns to the Junchen world, he should take the moon goddess and the moon god, send them back to the Junchen world safely, and help them hide.


    This condition is a little difficult, but it is also within Meng Zhang''s ability.


    The only thing Meng Zhang has a little scruples about is that in the current Junchen world, indigenous gods and divine descendants have long become public enemies in the Xiuzhen world and have been offered a reward for arrest all year round.


    Meng Zhang sheltered the God of the moon and worshipped the goddess of the moon, and committed a taboo in the cultivation world.


    However, Meng Zhang turned around and thought that Taiyi gate had become an enemy of all the holy places that dominated the Junchen world, and there was nothing more to this crime.


    And as long as Meng Zhang keeps his hands and feet clean and doesn''t let this matter leak, it won''t lead to too much trouble.


    For the moon god of the moon god, the moon god asked Meng Zhang to capture the son of Rihua God and give it to her.


    For the reason, the moon god said that he and the goddess worshiping the moon had been tortured and humiliated by the son of Rihua for so many years, and the hatred accumulated in his heart was higher than the mountain and deeper than the sea.


    If you can''t take revenge and vent your resentment, worship the goddess of the moon and the God of the moon will be restless all your life. You will be entangled by demons and your thoughts will never be accessible.


    Not to mention the identity of the son of Rihua as the son of the true God of Shengyang, taking him will lead to the anger of the true God of Shengyang.


    The son of Rihua alone is not so easy to deal with.


    He has the strength of returning to the virtual medium-term, surrounded by a large number of powerful men at any time.


    To capture the son of Rihua is definitely a very difficult and risky thing.


    As for the reason that the moon god said, Meng Zhang didn''t believe much.


    Although it is said that indigenous gods often have rich feelings, their emotions fluctuate greatly, and they are more easily controlled by gratitude and resentment.


    But the old gods like moon god should have overcome these defects long ago.


    Meng Zhang did not care about the real purpose of the moon god, but felt that this requirement was really difficult.


    After bargaining with the moon god for a few words, Meng Zhang saw that she was very firm in this matter and had little room for compromise. He still had to accept this request.


    The moon god said it clearly. As long as Meng Zhang meets her requirements, she will never hide anything and tell the secrets of the Junchen world she knows.


    It is difficult to capture the son of Rihua, but it is not an impossible task for Meng Zhang.


    He only needs to leave the Shenchang world as soon as possible after capturing the son of Rihua God, but he doesn''t have to worry too much about the true God of rising sun.


    No matter how powerful the rising sun god is, can he go to the Junchen world to kill Meng Zhang.


    In this way, the two sides reached an agreement.


    The moon god falls into Meng Zhang''s hands, which is the weak side. Naturally, Meng Zhang needs to complete his requirements first.


    Meng Zhang held the worship of the goddess of the moon and the God of the moon in his hands, and he was not afraid of the God of the moon''s later repentance.


    After the agreement was reached, Meng Zhang and moon god temporarily became allies on the same line.


    The moon god got rid of his status as a prisoner and regained his freedom.


    Of course, only limited freedom. Meng Zhang will not let the moon god and the goddess of worship leave him too far until the agreement between the two sides is completed.


    Although the moon god regained her freedom, her situation was also very unstable due to the poor state of worshipping the moon goddess.


    Their vitality is very weak. They are like residual candles in the wind. They seem to go out at any time.

 Chapter 2055

    Since Meng Zhang asked for the moon god, he couldn''t watch them fall.


    The pill used by practitioners is a common healing method, which is not very effective for indigenous gods.


    Moreover, the situation of the moon god is special. It is attached to the soul of the moon worship goddess. It all depends on the moon worship goddess to maintain its vitality.


    Meng Zhang mentioned this matter intentionally or unintentionally in his chat just now.


    Whether the goddess of worship of the moon is willing to let the moon god hide in the depths of her own God''s soul, and whether she doesn''t mind at all?


    The God of the moon told Meng Zhang that the goddess of worship of the moon was her blood descendant and respected her very much.


    She hides in the soul of the goddess of worship of the moon. The goddess of worship of the moon will only feel that this is supreme glory and will never have any second words.


    Since the God of the moon is closely related to the goddess of worship of the moon, both prosperity and loss, Meng Zhang can''t ignore the goddess of worship of the moon if he wants to cure the God of the moon.


    The moon god was injured in the hands of several real immortals in his early years. So far, the old injury has not healed.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, he has no ability to treat the injury left by Zhenxian.


    At present, the only thing he can do is to try to stabilize the state of worshipping the goddess of the moon and the God of the moon.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while before he had to take out the body of an indigenous God.


    This was one of his previous booty in the Green River war.


    Just take it out. Meng Zhang has a little meat pain in his heart.


    The goddess of worship of the moon came to Shenchang world for many years. She has long been used to the rules of heaven and earth here and began to slowly integrate into the world.


    She can absorb and refine the corpse of the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    The corpses of indigenous gods are a great tonic for God descendants and other indigenous gods.


    Instead of being polite to Meng Zhang, the moon god directly directed the goddess of worship to use her secret method and began to devour the corpse of the indigenous God.


    While worshipping the moon goddess, Meng Zhang left the quiet room and came outside to chat with Taoist Gulu waiting here.


    Meng Zhang did not elaborate on his task, but said that he had reached an agreement with the goddess of worship of the moon to help him capture the son of Rihua.


    Taoist Gulu has no objection to this.


    In the task of Shenchang world, Taoist Gulu had the part to destroy the high-level of Shenchang world and weaken the overall strength of Shenchang world as much as possible.


    If we can help Meng Zhang win the son of Rihua, it will certainly help her evaluate after returning to the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang came to the Shenchang world almost without telling the senior level of Junchen world, so he didn''t pay attention to war merit and so on.


    After taking the son of Rihua God, the credit can be counted on Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu has experienced previous battles, has a deeper understanding of Meng Zhang, knows his extraordinary strength, and is willing to continue to cooperate with him.


    In the unfamiliar Shenchang world, the help of Taoist Gu Lu is very helpful to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang once again stressed that after taking the son of Rihua God, he would try his best to help Taoist Gulu complete the final task and help Taoist Gulu return to the Junchen world.


    After waiting for less than ten days, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu completely absorbed and refined the corpse of the indigenous God under the guidance of the moon god.


    The indigenous God had the strength in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    If he is in his own divine domain, he can even fight with the practitioners in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    The goddess of worship of the moon regained some vitality and was no longer on the edge of falling.


    Although her strength has not fully recovered, she can reluctantly fight when needed, and will not become a burden to Meng Zhang.


    After the situation of the goddess of worship of the moon was stable, Meng Zhang no longer delayed. He took her and Taoist Gulu on the road to find the son of Rihua God together.


    Meng Zhang they went to Rihua city first.


    Meng Zhang thought that Rihua city was the foundation of the son of Rihua God. After the last chaos, Rihua city was seriously damaged. The son of Rihua God should stay in Rihua city to deal with all kinds of future affairs.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t expect was that after they came to Rihua City, they threw themselves into the air.


    Meng Zhang and his men hid their bodies and sneaked into Rihua city. After that, they investigated the city carefully.


    The chaos in Rihua city has long subsided. Both the chaotic army and the chaotic people have been killed, and the city has returned to calm.


    Under the command of some officials, large-scale construction is under way in the city to recover from the previous trauma.


    In particular, various temples are the focus of priority restoration.


    The palace was already in ruins after Meng Zhang''s last move.


    Especially later, the divine realm was blasted by Meng Zhang, and the power of the explosion almost blew the surrounding into a white land.


    It is a little strange that although the palace has been simply cleaned up, there is no sign of reconstruction for the time being.


    After Meng Zhang''s search, he also secretly captured several city officials for interrogation. Not only was Rihua Shenzi not in the city, but all the strong people at the virtual level were taken away by him.


    In the present Japanese city, only a few God descendants at the level of Yuanshen are responsible.


    If Meng Zhang is willing, he can easily make trouble in Rihua city again and completely turn it into a white land.


    Meng Zhang is not a destructive maniac and has no intention of meaningless destruction.


    He is most concerned about the whereabouts of the son of Rihua.


    Rihua Shenzi''s divine domain was destroyed and his separate body was destroyed. The injury should be serious.


    He dragged his injured body, left his foundation and left Rihua city. Something big must have happened.


    Meng Zhang directly captured a god descendant at the level of Yuanshen and interrogated him carefully.


    It turned out that the son of Rihua God had stayed in Rihua City, healing and supervising the reconstruction of Rihua city.


    However, in such a few days, the three ancient fierce beasts who escaped from the green river made trouble again.


    They were plagued everywhere in the kingdom of the son of Rihua God, causing great floods, causing disasters and suffering.


    If it''s just like this, the son of Rihua can endure for a while and deal with it after his injury recovers.


    However, the three ancient fierce beasts, due to the instinctive attraction between fierce beasts, killed them in another place to suppress ancient fierce beasts.


    The indigenous gods who suppressed the place could not resist and had to ask for help.


    In addition to asking for help from the son of Rihua God, the indigenous God also asked for help from the true God of rising sun.


    Through the order from God, Shengyang real God asked Rihua Shenzi and his men to closely monitor the movements of the three ancient fierce beasts and limit the three ancient fierce beasts as much as possible.


    But the son of Rihua disobeyed the order and led his men back to Rihua city.


    The true God of rising sun is not only the son of Rihua God, but also the close believers around him can represent him and give orders to these children many times.


    The son of Rihua was reprimanded mercilessly from God.


    Neither the true God of rising sun nor his confidants will care what happened to the son of Rihua, but they know that he violated the order.


    The true God of rising sun is a very powerful and eloquent true God.


    Even his children, he would not tolerate their disobedience to his orders.

 Chapter 2056

    The son of Rihua God knew the character of the true God of Shengyang. After being scolded by the God, he dared not neglect it. He had to drag his injured body away from Rihua city to deal with the problem of three ancient fierce beasts.


    In order to enhance the strength as much as possible, the son of Rihua God brought all the strong people who could be summoned to return to the virtual level, but transferred several God descendants of Yuanshen strength from other places to guard Rihua city temporarily.


    After hearing that the son of Rihua was not in the city and asked where he was going, Meng Zhang left here with the goddess of worship to the moon and Taoist Gulu, and hurried to catch up with the son of Rihua.


    The whereabouts of the son of Rihua are not strictly confidential.


    Knowing that the three ancient fierce beasts were difficult to deal with, he called experts from all sides to join his team to pursue the three ancient fierce beasts.


    Although we were unable to mobilize a large army due to the urgency of time, the brigade sent out, leaving obvious traces.


    Meng Zhang followed the path of the son of Rihua and soon came to their destination.


    Heigang mountain is a big mountain on the edge of the kingdom of the son of Japan and China. It is towering, spectacular and steep. It is a little famous place in the whole Shenchang world.


    Thousands of years ago, after defeating the ancient beasts, the indigenous gods of Shenchang suppressed many ancient beasts that were difficult to kill at that time in all parts of Shenchang.


    Like the green river, the bottom of heigang mountain also suppressed ancient fierce animals.


    Moreover, after thousands of years, the ancient beasts suppressed here have not been completely extinct.


    Three ancient ferocious beasts escaped from the bottom of the green river. After a big war, they first made waves in the Green River and set off huge floods, resulting in the loss of life on both sides of the green river.


    Then, the three ancient ferocious beasts left the Green River and ran rampant in the country established by the son of Rihua God.


    Some of the high-level combat forces in the kingdom of Rihua Shenzi stayed with Rihua Shenzi, and some died in the green river with poison sun.


    The three ancient ferocious beasts are almost invincible in the kingdom of the son of God of Japan and China, and no indigenous gods and descendants dare to stop them.


    In ancient times, fierce beasts often fought against each other and devoured each other, but they still had a certain feeling with each other.


    The three ancient ferocious beasts first fought with each other.


    There is little difference in strength between them, and no one can completely overwhelm the other two, so that they can live in peace for the time being.


    After sensing the existence of other ancient beasts, they drove in that direction out of instinct.


    The place where the three ancient beasts arrived was heigang mountain, which also suppressed the ancient beasts.


    Heigang mountain has a powerful indigenous God who acts as the mountain god here.


    Like the green river god, the mountain god of heigang mountain is responsible for taking care of the ancient fierce animals suppressed here.


    In the face of three ancient fierce beasts, the mountain god of heigang mountain did not dare to escape. He had to rely on the power of the divine domain to control the divine domain to resist each other.


    At the same time, heigang Mountain God also desperately asked for help from all directions.


    Although heigang mountain is remote, it can always be located in the kingdom of the son of Rihua God. It is the place under the management of the son of Rihua God.


    In addition to asking for help from the son of Rihua God and the true God of Shengyang, the God of heigang mountain also summoned the nearby indigenous gods and descendants to enter his own divine domain to help him resist three ancient fierce beasts.


    Seeing that heigang Mountain God suffered heavy losses and the divine domain was about to be broken, Rihua Shenzi finally led the reinforcements to arrive.


    The strength of the team gathered by Rihua Shenzi was not weak, and soon resisted three ancient fierce beasts temporarily.


    But there is still a long way to go before we win and even suppress the three ancient beasts again.


    Logically speaking, the event of extricating fierce animals from difficulties in ancient times will disturb the whole Shenchang world and lead to the joint suppression of indigenous gods.


    But this is what happened on Shengyang Zhenshen site.


    With the domineering character of Shengyang Zhenshen, I hate that others reach out to their own territory at will.


    Even if you are kind-hearted to help, you will be regarded as an offence by him.


    Therefore, even if other indigenous gods received the news of the rescue of ancient fierce animals, they did not rashly intervene in this matter.


    Second, now the whole Shenchang world has mobilized, mobilized a large number of forces, organized a powerful army, gathered in the void, and prepared to launch a large-scale invasion of the Junchen world.


    Shenchang''s staying power is not very strong, and the whole world is very empty.


    Although it was not Shengyang''s turn to fight this time, he still transferred a large part of his power.


    Now the true God of the rising sun is temporarily tripped by one thing. It is not so timely for the slave God who presides over all kinds of affairs to mobilize his strength.


    So far, the reinforcements to reinforce Rihua Shenzi have not arrived at heigang mountain.


    The three ancient fierce beasts ate the bodies of poison sun and swallowed a large number of creatures along the way to supplement their own Qi and blood.


    Although their strength has not yet recovered to its heyday, their vitality has become vigorous again and can give full play to most of their strength.


    If we want to completely suppress these three ancient ferocious beasts, we must dispatch many strong men in the later stage of returning to the virtual world in order to completely suppress them.


    This power in the hands of the son of Rihua God can only fight against three ancient fierce beasts.


    The reinforcements led by Rihua Shenzi entered the divine domain of heigang Mountain God, which greatly repaired and strengthened this divine domain.


    Relying on this divine domain, they fought with three ancient fierce beasts.


    When Meng Zhang arrived here, the surrounding area of heigang mountain had long been affected by the war and completely turned into ruins.


    The nearby temples and a few mountain people have long disappeared.


    Meng Zhang did not hurry, but first observed the situation.


    Although the three ancient fierce beasts have no reason and do not distinguish between enemies and friends, they can be used as their own help for the time being.


    Rihua Shenzi took a strong team to stay in the God domain of heigang Mountain God. It''s not so easy to win.


    If these three ancient ferocious beasts are willing to join hands with Meng Zhang, under the guidance of Meng Zhang, it is not very difficult to break the God domain of heigang Mountain God.


    Although he had long known the habits of the three ancient ferocious beasts, Meng Zhang tried to get in touch with the three ancient ferocious beasts to see if he could communicate with them.


    After all, not long ago, the two sides were temporary comrades in arms, fighting with the poison day gang.


    Finally, Meng Zhang did not compete with them for the bodies of poison day.


    Poison day is such a powerful God descendant in the later stage of returning to emptiness. His body is of great value. It is still cheap for these three ancient fierce beasts.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that with such a little incense, three ancient fierce beasts should communicate with him.


    But when Meng Zhang appeared in front of them, they seemed to forget what had just happened. They regarded Meng Zhang as an enemy and wanted to swallow Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2057

    On the way here, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon also talked many times.


    Of course, almost every time I talk to Meng Zhang, it is the moon god hidden in the soul of the moon worship goddess.


    The goddess of the moon herself, most of the time, is silent.


    Meng Zhang mentioned the history of the Jun dust world many times and wanted to test the tone of the moon god. She knew more secrets of the Jun dust world from her mouth.


    Moon god''s tone of voice is very tight. Although it seems to reveal a lot of information, Meng Zhang really wants to know the information. She didn''t disclose anything until Meng Zhang finished his agreement with her.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care much. He just chatted. He could increase his knowledge more or less.


    They talked in a wide range and soon talked from Junchen world to Shenchang world.


    The moon god has stayed in Shenchang world for so many years. When the goddess of worship of the moon first arrived in Shenchang world, she received good treatment in all aspects and had a high status.


    The moon god was able to understand many situations in the Shenchang world, including many secrets.


    There is no need for the moon god to keep secret about some situations in the Shenchang world.


    Everything Meng Zhang wants to know, what she can answer will be answered carefully.


    Although Taoist Gulu has stayed in Shenchang world for thousands of years, the cultivators from Junchen world are wanted criminals in Shenchang world. Most of the time, they hide and don''t have the opportunity to have in-depth access to various internal secrets of Shenchang world.


    Compared with the ancient Taoist Lu, the moon god has a deeper and more detailed understanding of the divine chang world.


    The content told by the moon god greatly broadened Meng Zhang''s vision.


    Many of the inside information about Shenchang world is not mentioned in the data collected by the heavenly palace.


    Among them, Meng Zhang mentioned the ancient fierce animals in Shenchang world with the moon god.


    In ancient times, although fierce beasts were the great enemies of indigenous gods, they could not fight indigenous gods all the time.


    In the war between Junchen world and Shenchang world, both sides do everything they can to fight each other.


    There are also experts in Junchen world who know the existence of ancient fierce animals in Shenchang world and try to use ancient fierce animals to contain the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    For one thing, most of the ancient ferocious animals now living in Shenchang world have been suppressed by indigenous gods.


    Second, in ancient times, fierce beasts could not communicate at all. They could not distinguish between good and bad. They were the enemies of almost all creatures, but they did not know how to find allies.


    Finally, all the attempts of the practitioners of Jun dust world failed.


    Meng Zhang fought side by side with ancient monsters and had some illusions about ancient monsters.


    Now the owner of Shenchang world is an indigenous God, and there is no room for fierce animals in ancient times.


    Even for their own survival, out of the instinct of survival, ancient fierce animals should not refuse the help of practitioners.


    The moon god scoffed at Meng Zhang''s idea.


    The moon god is almost half of the aborigines in the Shenchang world. He knows the virtue of ancient fierce animals and is not optimistic about Meng Zhang''s attempt at all.


    Near heigang mountain, three ancient fierce beasts are fiercely attacking the God domain of heigang Mountain God.


    During the interval of a battle, Meng Zhang secretly contacted three ancient fierce beasts.


    For ancient ferocious beasts, the cultivator may not be as delicious as the indigenous gods and gods, but it is also a great tonic.


    The three ancient ferocious beasts almost completely forgot the incense affection that had fought side by side with Meng Zhang, took it as food, and there was no sign of communicating with him at all.


    After several fruitless attempts, Meng ZhangCai mercilessly got rid of the attack of ancient fierce animals and returned to his hiding place a little embarrassed.


    Meng Zhang had fantasized that he would release the ancient fierce beasts suppressed in Shenchang world one by one and reach an agreement with them to unite them against the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    If Meng Zhang can do this, it will set off a storm in Shenchang world, cause unprecedented chaos and greatly contain the power of Shenchang world.


    For the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has made great achievements.


    In the final analysis, Meng Zhang still belongs to the Junchen world and is willing to weaken all kinds of foreign invaders.


    The three ancient fierce beasts could not communicate. Meng Zhang only had the idea of joining hands with them.


    As for the plan of making use of ancient fierce animals to create chaos in the Shenchang world, it came to an end.


    Meng Zhang returned to his hiding place and saw him look a little embarrassed. The goddess of worship the moon showed a look that had been expected.


    In ancient times, beasts like fierce beasts were more bastards than demons.


    At least, most high-level demons have certain wisdom and can communicate.


    The ancient fierce beasts with the strength of returning to emptiness acted by instinct and their ideas were chaotic.


    No wonder such animals can''t fight the indigenous gods.


    The fierce beasts in ancient times have not been extinct, which can also show their strong strength and vitality.


    Although unable to communicate with the ancient beasts, Meng Zhang was also very angry with them.


    However, the existence of these three ancient fierce beasts is still very helpful to Meng Zhang.


    It was their constant attack on the God domain of heigang Mountain God that restrained the team of Rihua Shenzi and left them here for the time being.


    Moreover, even if the ancient fierce animals were so stupid, Meng Zhang could also use them.


    From the mouth of the moon god, Meng Zhang knew a lot of information about ancient fierce animals.


    The three ancient fierce beasts fought so hard against the God domain of heigang Mountain God because other ancient fierce beasts were suppressed under the God domain.


    Meng Zhang plans to do the same as he did in Lvhe last time, sneaking into the bottom of heigang mountain to release the suppressed ancient fierce animals.


    Now it is very difficult for the God domain of heigang Mountain God to resist the attack of three ancient fierce beasts.


    If the oppressed ancient beasts were released and attacked the divine domain together, the divine domain would not be able to support it.


    As for whether the released ancient fierce animals will act according to Meng Zhang''s ideas, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry at all.


    After being suppressed for thousands of years, the ferocious ancient beasts have accumulated endless resentment and anger.


    As long as we get out of trouble, we will never let go of the heigang mountain god domain that helps suppress them.


    Having had the successful experience of Lvhe, Meng Zhang explained to the moon god and Taoist Gulu, and began to act alone.


    Taoist Gulu was full of confidence in Meng Zhang because of his last success.


    The moon god did not sing the opposite tune to Meng Zhang as before.


    At a distance from heigang mountain, Meng Zhang began to perform the art of earth hiding, hid deep underground, and then fled to the divine domain of heigang Mountain God.


    The God domain of heigang Mountain God is not very large, but it goes deep into thousands of feet underground.


    At the top of the divine domain is the top of heigang mountain.


    The son of Rihua, they are now arrayed there. Under the blessing of the God domain, they fight with three ancient fierce * * heads together.


    At the lowest end of the divine realm, it is the place to suppress ancient fierce animals.


    Due to the influence of the divine realm, some changes have taken place in the rules of heaven and earth at the bottom of heigang mountain.


    Meng Zhang encountered a lot of obstacles in practicing the earth hiding technique. It took a lot of effort to continue to escape to the depths of the earth.

 Chapter 2058

    Now there are many strong men led by the son of Rihua in the God domain of heigang Mountain God, and they must be very vigilant at this time. Meng Zhang is not too close.


    Last time Meng Zhang was able to sneak into the God domain of Lvhe God unconsciously because the master of the God domain was not there and there were not enough strong people in the God domain.


    This time there is no such good thing.


    Fortunately, the heigang mountain god domain was suppressed above the place where the ancient fierce animals were imprisoned. Meng Zhang did not need to enter the God domain.


    Meng Zhang carefully approached the target, suddenly moved in his heart, immediately stopped hiding and hid his body more secretly.


    After a while, Meng Zhang was very careful to probe the situation ahead.


    Outside the area where the ancient beasts were suppressed, there seemed to be no one, but a few faint smells appeared from time to time.


    If Meng Zhang, who is sensitive, is not here, and other practitioners are here, even the great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness may be concealed.


    Meng Zhang found the clue. After a little thought, he understood what was going on.


    In the last war in the green river, poison day and a group of indigenous gods were all killed on the spot. As a result, Rihua Shenzi didn''t receive too accurate information and didn''t know the details of the scene.


    But Rihua Shenzi is not a fool. Even if he is a fool, the indigenous gods who assist him are not stupid.


    Ancient monsters that have been suppressed for thousands of years can''t get out of trouble suddenly for no reason. Someone must be making trouble.


    Poison day and several indigenous gods died in the war, and there are many strange things in the middle.


    Poison day is the strong one in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Even if you can''t resist the ancient ferocious animals that have escaped from difficulties, you shouldn''t have a problem to retreat all over.


    The variable in the middle must be due to the intervention of external forces.


    Taoist Gulu and his companions naturally became the number one suspect.


    The cultivator from Junchen world is the great enemy of Shenchang world, and his ability is really high.


    Taoist Gulu may not have such ability, but if she gets the support from the Junchen world, she has a good chance to plot against them.


    Rihua Shenzi led his men to suppress the ancient fierce beasts, but his heart greatly raised his vigilance against the cultivators in the Jun dust world.


    The son of Rihua God is arrogant and arrogant, but he still keeps at least shrewd when he really meets big things.


    The reinforcements on the side of Shengyang Zhenshen have no time to arrive. In his capacity, you can get assistance from other places.


    As long as the son of Rihua, who has a wide range of friends and contacts, is willing to pay the price, he can still find help from other places in Shenchang world.


    Finally, Rihua Shenzi chose to turn to Baibing doushen for help.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God is a very powerful indigenous God. Even if he leaves his own God domain, he has strong combat effectiveness.


    He is good at military training and is better at leading and commanding the army.


    He had participated in the invasion of the Junchen world for many times, and had a record of killing the cultivators in the later stage of returning to the virtual world during the war.


    He is the top figure among the false gods in the Shenchang world. He can become a demigod with the strength to defeat the virtual immortal with only one step away.


    Several true gods, including Shengyang true God, are very optimistic about him and are willing to pay a price to win him over.


    Hundred soldiers have a high spirit of fighting God. They don''t easily turn to any real God, but wander among several real gods.


    The true God is not a good temper, especially the rising sun true God is used to being overbearing.


    No matter how powerful the fighting God is, he can''t afford to offend the true God.


    Therefore, he did not show his kindness to several true gods on weekdays.


    The son of Rihua God is the son valued by the true God of Shengyang, and it is also the object that the God of hundred soldiers tries to make friends with on weekdays.


    After receiving the request for help from Rihua Shenzi, although Baibing doushen didn''t go out in person, he let one of his men come to heigang mountain to help.


    The son of Rihua didn''t let the fighting God and his men directly participate in the war, but let them hide in the place where the ancient fierce beasts were suppressed.


    For one thing, the part of the hundred soldiers fighting God has the strength of returning to the virtual medium-term. With a group of subordinates, it is a very strong force. It can be used as a hidden card for the son of Rihua God in case of accidents.


    Second, they hide here. If a cultivator sneaks in here and tries to secretly release the suppressed ancient fierce animals, he will just fall into their ambush.


    Meng Zhang, relying on his more sensitive sensing ability, found them first and avoided letting himself fall into passivity.


    Meng Zhang hid in the dark and carefully observed the ambush.


    From the moon god, Meng Zhang learned a lot about the internal situation of the prosperous world of God, including many useful information inside and outside the kingdom of the son of Japan and China.


    As an old indigenous God, Baibing doushen is famous in the surrounding areas.


    The one hundred soldiers fighting God is very similar to the Buddha in both appearance and breath.


    Meng Zhang only observed secretly for a while, then recognized the identity of the enemy and judged the general strength of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of a hundred soldiers fighting God. Even if he is a few enemies, Meng Zhang also has the power to fight.


    However, once the two sides start, they will not be able to decide the outcome in a short time. Meng Zhang''s attempt to release the repressed ancient beasts has naturally failed.


    With the hatred of the son of Rihua towards Meng Zhang, it is not impossible for him to reduce his power to resist ancient fierce beasts and try his best to deal with Meng Zhang.


    The hiding place of the hundred soldiers fighting God is close to the place where the ancient fierce animals were suppressed. Meng Zhang can''t sneak into the past and release the suppressed ancient fierce animals without disturbing them.


    Without these ancient ferocious beasts to stir up the situation, Meng Zhang was not sure that he could capture the son of Rihua under the protection of many strong men.


    It was a little unexpected for Meng Zhang that Rihua Shenzi received reinforcements so quickly and the strength of reinforcements was so strong.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a while. Seeing that there was really no opportunity to take advantage of, he had to leave secretly and returned to his hiding place temporarily.


    After seeing Taoist Gulu and the moon god, Meng Zhang said what he had seen and heard.


    It''s said that in addition to the power on the bright side, Rihua Shenzi also ambushed an ambush in the dark. The moon god doesn''t think it''s strange.


    With her understanding of Rihua Shenzi, it''s normal for the other party to have such a mind.


    Taoist Gulu felt that the enemy was too powerful and should give up temporarily until the next better opportunity.


    Meng Zhang took the son of Rihua to meet the requirements of the moon god.


    Meng Zhang also had a retreat at this time, but he had to ask the moon god for advice first.


    The moon god thought for a while before he put forward his own opinion.


    If you miss this opportunity, you don''t know when you will have a better opportunity next time.


    If the son of Rihua runs back to the nest of the rising sun true God and can''t hide, won''t they never have a chance to take the son of Rihua.


    Although the present situation is a little difficult, it is not without opportunities.

 Chapter 2059

    Meng Zhang was seriously injured in the last battle in the green river.


    After this period of treatment and cultivation, he did not fully recover, and his strength was not complete at this time.


    The moon god insisted on continuing to attack the son of Rihua God. Although he was a little difficult, he agreed after thinking about it.


    Although Taoist Gulu was a little reluctant, Meng Zhang easily persuaded her.


    The last task of Taoist Gulu in Shenchang world is to assassinate.


    Tiangong once gave her a list of important gods in Shenchang world.


    Taoist Gulu only needs to assassinate any one above successfully. Even if he has completed the final task, he can return to the Junchen world.


    The gods who can be included in this list are not only powerful, but also have a strong influence in the Shenchang world. It can play a great role in the war against the Jun dust world.


    Among them, the indigenous gods of the demigod level, the guru, are absolutely unable to assassinate.


    The demigod can play the strength of the true immortal level in his own divine domain. Even if he leaves the divine domain, he can compete with the false immortal who returns to the virtual world perfectly.


    Not to mention a mere ancient Taoist, even her backstage ancient Chen shangzun and even the ancient capital Taoist have no such ability.


    Taoist Gulu can only choose a group of false gods.


    Among these hypocrites, there are many strong ones, and many people with deep backgrounds.


    The name of the hundred soldiers fighting God is also on that list.


    The strength of a hundred soldiers fighting God is still good, especially he is good at training troops and once trained an elite army for Shenchang world.


    He has a very strong ability to lead the army. He has led the army to shine on the battlefield many times, causing great losses to the Junchen world.


    The high level of Jun dust world wants to get rid of the fighting God of hundreds of soldiers. His name is also ranked above a few demigods.


    In order to complete the final assassination mission, Taoist Gulu needs to choose a target on the list.


    But none of these goals is a simple character.


    Each one is powerful and has many subordinates.


    Even if there are a few weak ones, they have a close relationship with the true God and stay in the divine domain of the true God all the year round. Taoist Gulu can''t have the opportunity to complete the assassination.


    Even with the help of Meng Zhang, the goal that guru Taoist can choose is very limited.


    Originally, Taoist Gulu was ready to choose a relatively easy target to try with Meng Zhang.


    If you really can''t complete the assassination task, you have to wait until the ancient Chen zunteng comes and sneak into the Shenchang world to help her.


    Meng Zhang knew the mission of Taoist Gulu and started with her mission.


    Now, it''s actually an opportunity for the one hundred soldiers fighting God to lead their hands down here.


    If we can eliminate all the parts of the hundred soldiers fighting God and their subordinates here, it will greatly weaken the strength of the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    After taking the son of Rihua God, Meng Zhang and his men went to deal with the hundred soldiers fighting God whose strength fell sharply. They were still very confident of success.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, the moon god also made a commitment. As long as Taoist Gulu helped her win the son of Rihua God this time, she can also help Taoist Gulu deal with a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Although the strength of the moon god is not very good, after all, she is an old-fashioned indigenous God, has many unknown means, and has a deep understanding of the God of the hundred soldiers.


    Taoist Gulu didn''t believe much in the moon god, but he had great confidence in Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and she were the weak side in the last green river war.


    In the face of strong enemies, they can skillfully make use of the situation, make good use of the situation and become the final winner.


    Taoist Gulu chose to believe in Meng Zhang and decided to stay against the son of Rihua God.


    We all agreed to stay here and take the son of Rihua God, but we still have to discuss how to do it.


    The moon god hopes that Meng Zhang will start as soon as possible.


    Based on her understanding of the son of Rihua God, the son of Rihua God was willing to ask for reinforcements from the real God of rising sun.


    They had better make a quick decision before the reinforcements arrive and solve the problem of Rihua Shenzi as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and didn''t agree with the moon god.


    Meng Zhang hopes to wait a little longer to see if he can usher in new changes and better opportunities.


    If they start now, from the comparison of strength between the two sides, it is difficult for them to win Rihua Shenzi, and they are likely to fall into a stalemate.


    Meng Zhang''s greatest advantage now is that they have not been involved in the battle and are still hidden in the dark.


    They advance and retreat freely and have a lot of room for maneuver.


    If you enter the Council rashly, you will lose the initiative.


    Three ancient ferocious beasts are attacking the God domain of heigang Mountain God with all their strength.


    Although the two sides are still struggling and can''t tell the victory or defeat for the time being, the character of the above ancient fierce animals is unwilling to stand in a stalemate for a long time, and may change in a short time.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of everyone. With the unconditional support of Taoist Gulu, it is useless for the moon god to oppose.


    So Meng Zhang and his men hid in the dark and waited patiently.


    In the process of waiting, Meng Zhang not only tried to recover from his injury and hoped to recover his strength in his heyday as soon as possible, but also secretly synchronized information with his external incarnation in the underworld of the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang has come to another world in the void, and his connection with Taimiao has been greatly affected.


    Fortunately, both Shenchang world and Junchen world are located in the ascendant Star area, and the distance is not too far.


    With a little more effort, Meng Zhang was able to establish contact with Taimiao.


    After Meng Zhang established contact with Tai Miao, he soon got a lot of information from him and learned the latest situation of Jun dust world.


    Before Meng Zhang left the Junchen world, the sects of the holy places hoped to contact Taimiao through Meng Zhang and ask Taimiao to help attack the Yin capital city from the underworld and help destroy the ghost territory of the capital.


    Meng Zhang found an excuse to get rid of this matter, and then left the Junchen world.


    Seeing that they could not start from Meng Zhang''s side, the sect of the holy places directly sent people to contact in the underworld. It was wonderful.


    The Great Holy Land sects have fostered large and small forces in the underworld and have a strong influence.


    Too wonderful. In the name of seclusion, he hid from foreign affairs and let his hands go down to deal with the messengers sent by the holy places.


    The messengers of the holy places could not see how wonderful it was, and naturally they could not convince him directly.


    It''s wonderful. Seclusion is not all an excuse, but a real need.


    After devouring and refining emperor Wenjin, the ancestor of the Dali imperial dynasty, Taimiao advanced level returned to the virtual period.


    He needs to be familiar with the new realm of cultivation and master more magical means of returning to emptiness.


    When he has completed these, he can be regarded as a real return to virtual power, and can have the strength to match it.


    With the experience gained from Meng Zhang, his retreat was very smooth and his strength improved obviously.


    Having the strength to return to the virtual period, he has a deeper grasp of the reincarnation power among his opponents and can give full play to his power.

 Chapter 2060

    That''s wonderful. It''s very comfortable to close this time and get a lot of benefits. The holy places are more and more impatient on the other side of the door.


    In their eyes, it''s too wonderful. They don''t know what to do.


    It''s a great honor for them to use it. They should take the initiative to work for them.


    But too wonderful not only didn''t mean to take the initiative, but pushed three obstacles and made them angry.


    Unfortunately, the strength shown by Taimiao before is the level of Yang God, with reincarnation power in hand, and his subordinates have huge power.


    Due to the separation of yin and Yang, the sects of the major holy places have developed in the underworld for many years, and their strength is still very limited.


    Even if the Great Holy Land sects come from the sun to the underworld, they are not sure of victory.


    If they know that Taimiao has broken through the period of returning to emptiness, they may be helpless to Taimiao.


    For a moment, all the holy places could not think of a good way to subdue too wonderful. This matter fell into a stalemate.


    In the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang, there is a divine practice method.


    These cultivation methods are prepared for the gods canonized by taiyimen in the future. They are not inferior to the orthodox Shinto cultivation methods, and they have many differences.


    It''s wonderful to refine the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods, learn a lot of practice methods of natural ghosts and gods, and have the practice methods provided by Meng Zhang, which can be said to be the strength of each family.


    It''s wonderful. The speed of cultivation is even much faster than that of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang left the Junchen world. It''s wonderful, but he hasn''t been idle all the time.


    Wonderful. After completing the closure, he secretly left his territory and came to the ghost cry mountain.


    Ghost cry mountain is the battlefield of many natural ghost and God wars in the underworld in ancient times.


    Many natural ghosts and gods are buried here, giving birth to many fierce things.


    In the periphery of the ghost cry mountain, there are a large number of ghosts and ghost animals wandering all year round.


    These ghosts and ghost beasts have no reason and will frantically attack all existence entering the ghost cry mountain.


    In the ghost cry mountains, there are many dangerous places enough to bury powerful ghosts and gods.


    In the deepest part of the ghost cry mountain range, there is something fierce enough to rival the great power of returning to emptiness.


    The Yindu city is not far from the ghost cry mountains. It covets all kinds of ghosts in the ghost cry mountains, whether it is Dali imperial dynasty or foreign ghost families.


    But many powerful people, including emperor Wenjin of the Dali Dynasty, have explored the depths of the ghost cry mountains for many times. They all lost their troops and returned without success.


    For a long time, the depths of the ghost cry mountain have become a well-known forbidden area, and no outsiders dare to approach it easily.


    With the special induction between powers, Taimiao sensed that other powers were buried in the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    Power is the manifestation of the rules of heaven and earth. Of course, the more the better, too wonderful will never be too much.


    Especially for Taimiao who has the characteristics of natural ghosts and gods, it can better play the role of power.


    Every time he gains more power, his strength will be greatly improved.


    Although he knew that there were many dangers in the depths of the ghost cry mountain, he sneaked into it.


    It''s wonderful. He didn''t stay in the depths of the ghost cry mountain for a long time, but his experience was so complex that even Meng Zhang was curious.


    It''s wonderful. It eliminated a large number of ghosts and ghost beasts and faced the fierce things in the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    Even if he has the strength to return to the virtual period and the power of reincarnation, he has been in danger for many times.


    After many fierce battles and taking countless risks, he even did not hesitate to provoke the fierce things in the depths of the ghost cry mountain. It was wonderful. He finally achieved his goal and found a new authority in the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    This authority is about life and death, which can not only cooperate with his original reincarnation authority, but also fit in with his major avenue of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue, and Tai Miao in hell majored in life and death Avenue.


    From a higher level, the transformation of life and death is also one of the changes of yin and Yang.


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao synchronize information, they will also feel each other''s understanding and understanding of heaven and earth Avenue.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding of the principle of Yin Yang Avenue can greatly promote Taimiao''s understanding of the avenue of life and death.


    Conversely, Taimiao''s deep understanding of the avenue of life and death can broaden the scope of the avenue of yin and Yang mastered by Meng Zhang.


    Too wonderful. The previous acquisition of reincarnation power has brought him great benefits.


    Now he has more suitable authority for his life and death, and his harvest is innumerable.


    It''s wonderful. The life and death crisis, the injuries on his body and the terrible consequences caused by fierce things are worth all the costs when he gets the power of life and death.


    It was so wonderful that he fled the ghost cry mountain and took away the new power of life and death.


    Because the major road was too fitting and wonderful, it didn''t take too much time to refine most of the power of life and death and master its main power.


    It''s wonderful at this time, and the strength has become stronger.


    Although he has just broken through the level of returning to the virtual world, he can be regarded as a strong man among the powers of this level in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    The power of life and death is the manifestation of the rules of life and death in the underworld of Jun dust world.


    While refining the power of life and death, Taimiao also realized more mysteries about the avenue of life and death.


    When Taimiao and Meng Zhang synchronized information, these feelings of the avenue also entered Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang seems to have not improved his accomplishments, but he has more new insights into the road of life and death.


    The transition between life and death, from one extreme to another.


    Meng Zhang''s injured body suddenly lost all its vitality, just like a dead body, without even a breath of living people.


    The strong smell of death was immediately revealed from Meng Zhang''s body.


    Before the breath of death alerted Taoist Gulu, Meng Zhang performed his kung fu in time. The breath of death soon disappeared, and Meng Zhang''s body was full of vitality again.


    Before long, his body full of vitality seemed to die at once, and entered the state of death again, emitting strong vitality everywhere.


    But in a moment, Meng Zhang''s vibrant body turned into a dead body again.


    For several times, several extreme changes and several transitions between life and death, Meng Zhang''s injury was completely healed.


    He not only restored all his original strength, but also because he had a new sense of the road, mastered a new magical means, and his combat effectiveness was greatly improved.


    Before ending the contact with Taimiao, Meng Zhang has a new instruction for Taimiao.


    After all, the major Holy Land sects are the rulers of the Junchen world. They have a big family, great cause and many cards. Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate have become their sworn enemies. It''s too wonderful. There''s no need to break away from them completely.


    It''s wonderful. Don''t panic and refuse the requirements of the holy places. It''s best to hang them all the time to make them feel that there is hope to win over.


    When the heat is almost up, it''s wonderful. You can pretend to agree to the requirements of the holy places and agree to attack the Yin capital and destroy the ghost areas of the capital.

 Chapter 2061

    Of course, it''s too wonderful to help in vain. You can take the opportunity to put forward some conditions.


    Taking advantage of this rare opportunity, it''s wonderful to knock on the doors of major holy places in exchange for some rare natural materials and earth treasures.


    If you get the benefits, you can do it.


    When attacking the Yindu City, it''s wonderful. You can work without effort and deliberately delay the battle time.


    When needed, he can even lead the power sent by the holy places into the trap and make it greatly damaged.


    When doing these dark activities, the first thing is to ensure Taimiao''s own safety, the second is to ensure secrecy, and never let the major Holy Land sects notice.


    As for how to master the rhythm in the middle and how to act at that time, Meng Zhang is not in the Junchen world. He can''t give directions at any time. It all depends on Taimiao''s own flexibility.


    After conveying the latest instructions to Taimiao, Meng Zhang took the initiative to disconnect them and put his attention back to the things of God''s prosperous world.


    In a twinkling of an eye, more than ten days have passed.


    While waiting for a change, Meng Zhang contacted Taimiao and cured his injury.


    Although time was not wasted, Meng Zhang knew in his heart that he could not wait forever.


    Nothing else. If the waiting time is too long and Rihua Shenzi waits for new reinforcements, it will be more difficult to take him.


    Meng Zhang hid his tracks and sneaked around the surrounding area to see if there were any other opportunities.


    He tried so hard that he couldn''t find a better chance.


    While Meng Zhang was considering whether he really wanted to force his hand, the situation finally changed.


    The three ancient ferocious beasts attacked the God domain of heigang mountain god many times, and were blocked by the men led by the son of Rihua God.


    If we don''t break the God domain that blocks the way, we can''t rescue the suppressed ancient fierce animals.


    With the intelligence quotient and behavior style of these three ancient fierce beasts, they don''t know how to detour, let alone retreat temporarily.


    The attack was not smooth, which made the three ancient fierce beasts who were already grumpy and cruel even more angry.


    Under the fury, three ancient fierce beasts kept roaring and made a special roar.


    In ancient times, fierce beasts often fought against each other, but they also had contact ways and could communicate to a certain extent.


    This special contact can even penetrate the seal left by the indigenous gods thousands of years ago.


    The ancient ferocious beasts that were originally suppressed under the mountain god domain of heigang mountain became extremely violent when they learned that there were similar animals outside to rescue them.


    For thousands of years, these repressed ancient beasts rioted many times, trying to break the seal and get rid of the repression.


    But those who suppressed them were the strong among the indigenous gods, and even the real gods.


    The seals that suppress them are indestructible and can hardly be broken from the inside.


    Their countless efforts over thousands of years have almost ended in vain. Instead, they hit their heads and blood again and again and were seriously injured.


    Suppressed in an isolated place and unable to get any supplement from the outside world, these ancient fierce beasts became weaker and weaker with the passage of time.


    Those guys who were not strong enough finally couldn''t hold on and killed one after another.


    Later, only a few of the most powerful ancient beasts swallowed the remains of the same kind and retained the last glimmer of vitality.


    If this situation is not changed, they will eventually die.


    Now, the suppressed ancient beasts received the message of their kind to help, and immediately knew that this was their last chance to get out of trouble.


    If they miss this time, they may really have only a dead end.


    Driven by the instinct of survival, these repressed ancient beasts released their last strength and became unprecedented crazy.


    They forcibly stimulate every remaining potential in the body, sacrificing life and death to impact the seal left by the indigenous gods.


    The sudden outbreak of these ancient fierce beasts immediately put great pressure on the seal and caused great movement.


    The hundred soldiers and their men who ambushed outside the seal were the first to notice the changes inside the seal.


    They haven''t had time to make more responses. Such a huge movement has been introduced into the divine domain and startled the son of Rihua.


    Heigang Mountain God has been here for many years. It is not the key for him to know the war, but whether he can release the suppressed ancient fierce animals in time.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang sneaked into the place where the ancient beasts were suppressed again.

 Chapter 2062

    Meng Zhang was taught the unique skill of hiding his breath to kill the sword by the king of companion snow sword, and mastered the profound skills of sneaking in and sneaking attack and assassination.


    With the improvement of cultivation, Meng Zhang not only completely mastered these moves, but also had the potential to surpass the blue.


    Although he has never had a hand with the king of companion snow sword, Meng Zhang really realized the power of the king of companion snow sword from the skills taught by the king of companion snow sword.


    Now Meng Zhang is not inferior to the top assassin in the return to virtual power.


    When he sneaked into the vicinity of the hundred soldiers fighting spirit, the other party didn''t notice at all.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God is not proficient in sealing.


    In order to suppress ancient ferocious animals just in case, there are high requirements for the seal under the cloth.


    A hundred soldiers fighting God led several subordinates to discuss for a long time before they had a preliminary plan.


    They cast spells together, constantly sketched and moved outside the seal to suppress ancient fierce animals, and began to arrange another seal.


    In this process, they not only devote themselves wholeheartedly, but also consume a large part of their strength.


    Even with the strength in the middle stage of returning to the virtual world, several of his subordinates are also strong in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    They are still working very hard and have no time for him.


    Meng Zhang''s long-awaited opportunity finally appeared. Meng Zhang, who had experienced many battles, didn''t miss this opportunity and began to fight immediately.


    ChiYin sword Sha hasn''t fully recovered since he was hurt last time, but he can still exert most of his power in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Meng Zhang offered a sacrifice to the ChiYin sword, and suddenly burst into a sword light.


    With such a powerful blow, there was hardly any movement.


    Meng Zhang, who was almost silent, easily passed through several of his men and directly killed them.


    Until this time, the separation of the hundred soldiers fighting God was surprised and tried to respond.


    Since he learned the unique skill of hiding his breath and killing the sword, Meng Zhang has performed it thousands of times.


    But he never felt that he played this move like today, and even had a mysterious feeling.


    Meng Zhang''s sword skills, which he has been practicing hard for many years, and his attainments in hiding and killing swords, are now fully developed without reservation.


    The separation of the hundred soldiers fighting God also inherits most of the Buddha''s supernatural powers and combat experience.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God is a famous fighter in Shenchang world.


    He has participated in attacking the Junchen world for many times and has experienced countless battles. His rich combat experience has enabled him to develop a terrible combat intuition.


    If the God of the hundred soldiers is here, Meng Zhang''s sneak attack may not be successful.


    Unfortunately, there is still a huge gap between separation and self.


    More importantly, in order to complete the task assigned by Rihua Shenzi, the one hundred soldiers fighting God put too much spirit on the seal, and temporarily ignored the defense against the outside world.


    When the sword light shone, the part of the hundred soldiers fighting God was penetrated by the sword light.


    At least it has the strength to return to the virtual medium-term. If you fight face-to-face with Meng Zhang, you can hold on for at least a period of time before you lose.


    Meng Zhang''s sneak attack has achieved very brilliant results.


    The one hundred soldiers fighting God was hit hard immediately and lost most of his combat effectiveness at once.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God summoned up his last strength, desperately retreated and dodged, trying to avoid Meng Zhang''s next attack.


    At this time, several men brought by the 100 soldiers fighting spirit reacted.


    Without any hesitation, they immediately rushed to Meng Zhang, trying to prevent Meng Zhang from continuing to pursue the part of the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Meng Zhang, who combined his body with his sword, turned slightly, avoided the enemy coming, and continued to chase after the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, Taoist Gulu followed Meng Zhang far behind, hiding his tracks all the time.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang began to do it, Taoist Gulu seemed to have received an order, immediately flew over and attacked a group of soldiers fighting God.


    The whip of the magic weapon in her hand flew back and forth, setting off a violent whirlwind.


    In the last battle of the green river, Taoist Gulu was also injured and lost a lot.


    During this time, she took the time to heal her wounds. She didn''t consume much strength even when she was in Rihua city.


    Now, like Meng Zhang, Taoist Gulu has completely recovered from his injury and has long recovered his strength in his heyday.


    A group of soldiers fighting God were about to continue to pursue Meng Zhang, but Taoist Gulu attacked fiercely, and they couldn''t resist at all.


    Under the cover of Taoist Gulu, Meng Zhang''s sword light finally caught up with the retreating hundred soldiers fighting God.


    The ChiYin sword evil spirit broke out almost the strongest power, and several sword lights quickly cut and killed the body of a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    After a fierce fight, the heavily wounded soldiers finally couldn''t stand it. The whole body was broken by the sword light of Meng Zhang and lost all vitality.


    Meng Zhang gained the upper hand by sneak attack and killed an opponent of the same level in a very short time.


    After killing the part of the hundred soldiers fighting God, Meng Zhang did not delay a minute and immediately helped Taoist Gulu deal with the men of the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    These men are either indigenous gods in Shenchang world or divine descendants. They can''t take the slightest advantage in the face of practitioners of the same level.


    What''s more, their strength at the early stage of returning to the virtual world was much worse than that of Meng Zhang.


    The part of the hundred soldiers fighting God was killed. They were worried that they would be blamed by the one of the hundred soldiers fighting God. Even if they knew that the enemy could not defeat the other party, they did not dare to retreat easily and insisted there.


    After another fierce battle, all of these men were killed on the spot.


    Several opponents at the level of returning to emptiness were killed one after another. Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu lost a lot, and Taoist Gulu was directly injured.


    Feeling the desperate impact of the suppressed ancient fierce animals, Meng Zhang did not care to adjust his breath and rest, and immediately began to break the seal in front of him.


    Taoist Gulu was a little angry and began to help Meng Zhang.


    Shortly after the battle on their side was over, the moon god, who had been watching the situation from a distance and waiting for news, also flew directly over.


    Although the moon god''s strength has fallen sharply now, and she can''t sell easily, as an old God, she is very familiar with many means of God.


    Although Junchen world and Shenchang world are two different worlds, many parts of the two worlds are very similar. The indigenous gods of the two sides have frequent exchanges and many exchanges.


    The moon god is no stranger to the seals arranged by the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    With her explanation, Meng Zhang quickly figured out the mystery of the seal in front of him.


    After working with Taoist Gulu for a long time, he almost lifted the seal in front of him.

 Chapter 2063

    Almost at the moment of destroying the seal left by the indigenous gods in Shenchang world, Meng Zhang left here with Taoist Gulu and the moon god as soon as possible.


    The ancient ferocious animals that have been suppressed here for many years are trying their best to crack down on their seals.


    The main force to suppress their seals is internal, and the external defense force is not too strong.


    Even the seal left by the true God will slowly weaken and begin to show flaws after a long time.


    Meng Zhang and his team broke the seal outside, and they found a flaw in the seal.


    Now the seal is destroyed outside, and the suppressed ancient fierce animals are immediately aware of it.


    The power to suppress them has been greatly reduced, and they can no longer be suppressed.


    They summoned up their last strength, made a desperate impact, broke through the broken seal, completely got rid of repression and restored freedom.


    After being suppressed for thousands of years, these ancient beasts roared excitedly once they got out of trouble.


    After a long time, there are only two ancient beasts that can survive and get rid of repression.


    Of course, these two ancient monsters were the most powerful of all the guys suppressed.


    By virtue of their strong vitality and swallowing the remains of other ancient beasts, they have finally supported up to now and ushered in the day of extrication.


    Just after getting out of trouble, regardless of their great vitality, they are far from recovering their strength. Driven by their instinct, they rush towards the divine realm above.


    Heigang Mountain God''s divine domain not only helps seal and suppress them, but also another cage to monitor and take care of them.


    At this time, three ancient ferocious beasts were fiercely attacking the God domain of heigang Mountain God, and encountered the full resistance of the son of Rihua God.


    The part of the hundred soldiers fighting God and his men died too fast to make too much noise.


    Of course, the master of the hundred soldiers fighting God knew that his part was destroyed and all his men were killed.


    However, he could not get here immediately, nor could he immediately inform Rihua Shenzi.


    Although Rihua Shenzi felt that the situation was a little bad, he could not make any response until he knew the details.


    Besides, in the face of the pursuit of three ancient fierce beasts, he and a group of his men did not support easily even with the help of the power of the divine domain.


    We can only blame Meng Zhang for their fast action. They not only killed the 100 soldiers fighting God and his men in a short time, but also destroyed the seal left by the indigenous gods in a short time and released the ancient beasts that have been suppressed for thousands of years.


    When the two ancient fierce beasts that had been suppressed for many years stormed towards the God domain of heigang Mountain God, Rihua Shenzi finally reacted.


    At this time, his best practice should be to leave the divine realm immediately and evacuate here as soon as possible.


    Of course, in this way, his task was a complete failure, and it was inevitable that he would be punished by the rising sun god afterwards.


    At the thought of such serious consequences, the son of Rihua was afraid of the majesty of the real God of the rising sun, so he couldn''t help hesitating a little.


    It was this hesitation that made him completely miss the opportunity to retreat.


    The two ancient ferocious beasts that just got out of trouble fiercely hit the God domain of heigang Mountain God.


    Most of the power of the divine domain is either used to bless the son of Rihua God or to resist three ancient fierce beasts who escaped from the green river.


    The remaining small part of the force is really seriously insufficient to resist the impact of these two ancient fierce beasts.


    Under the continuous crazy impact, the whole divine realm began to shake violently.


    The protective light shield on the surface of Shenyu fluctuates constantly, producing a large number of cracks, as if it would collapse at any time.


    Three ancient ferocious beasts, who are struggling with the son of Rihua God, seem to feel something and become more violent.


    Two groups of ancient fierce beasts almost joined hands and launched fierce attacks from different directions.


    At this time, the son of Rihua finally knew that things could not be done, but it was too late.


    Now the divine domain of heigang Mountain God is crumbling. If he forcibly leaves here, the divine domain will collapse immediately, and he will be greatly affected.


    The son of Rihua, who was used to the second ancestor, finally revealed his lack of decision at this time.


    His hesitation and indecision made him miss the best chance to escape, and also made him bury these men.


    Under the desperate impact of two groups of ancient fierce beasts, the divine domain of heigang Mountain God finally couldn''t support it completely and collapsed all at once.


    The divine realm collapsed, and the creatures in the divine realm were seriously affected.


    Heigang Mountain God immediately vomited blood and fell to the ground, losing all his combat effectiveness.


    The divine power of chaos and riots caused great trouble to Rihua Shenzi and blocked their way to evacuate in time.


    Lost the protection of the divine domain, the son of Rihua God directly exposed them to the fierce beasts of ancient times.


    Facing the delicious food and tonic, the ancient fierce beasts roared and rushed over.


    Rihua Shenzi had to lead his men to break through the siege and try to make a way of blood.


    All his men can be abandoned, but the God of mixed spirit and God has been waiting for a long time, but he can''t be left here.


    Otherwise, it will lead to serious dissatisfaction with the mixed spirits'' respect for God, and even disputes with the God''s prosperous world.


    If the mixed spirit worships the God a little more suspicious, it will even suspect that the Shenchang world is deliberately harming his God attendants in order to weaken the strength of his subordinates.


    Rihua Shenzi had to command his men to cover the wind for a long time.


    Feng Jiu finally felt panic at this time.


    In order to collect the intelligence of Shenchang world, he worked hard these days.


    For a moment, he was curious about the ancient ferocious animals. He followed the son of Rihua, but put himself in danger.


    After a hard battle, the indigenous gods and descendants under the son of Rihua God died one after another. After death, the bodies directly became the food of ancient fierce animals.


    A few guys were so unlucky that they were even swallowed raw.


    After all, the son of Rihua God is the descendant of the true God of Shengyang, and he has a lot of cards.


    Feng Jiu, as a god servant of mixed spirits and gods, also has his own means to protect his life.


    They did their best in both ways and exhausted their cards before they finally broke out of the siege and embarked on the road of escape.


    An ancient fierce beast like a goshawk chased them.


    There are also differences between different ingredients.


    Obviously, Rihua Shenzi and Fengjiu are very high-end ingredients.


    That ancient fierce beast like a goshawk has good taste and has been chasing high-end ingredients.


    Finally, in the face of their own life and death, everything is insignificant and everything can be given up.


    The son of Rihua gave the wind a long blow in his escape, which slowed his escape.


    This time, the wind was caught up by the ancient fierce beast for a long time and became the object of the other party''s mouth.


    While the ancient fierce beasts were attracted by the wind for a long time and swallowed up fresh ingredients, Rihua Shenzi finally got rid of each other''s pursuit.

 Chapter 2064

    Just out of the tiger''s mouth, Rihua Shenzi entered the wolf''s nest again before he had time to breathe.


    Earlier, when Rihua Shenzi and his men were besieged by ancient fierce beasts, Meng Zhang was also worried that Rihua Shenzi was directly swallowed by ancient fierce beasts, which naturally could not fulfill his commitment to the moon god, and he couldn''t help but want to fight.


    Fortunately, the sun awesome God left to the God of Japan''s life protection means to force, the goddess of the moon and her husband and wife for many years, and he was very understanding of it, and he had confidence that he could get away from the ancient beast.


    The development of things did not exceed the expectation of the goddess of worship of the moon. After Rihua Shenzi paid a great price, he finally left all his men and ran away with Fengjiu, the God servant of mixed spirit and God.


    Meng Zhang has been following the trend of the son of Rihua and secretly followed him.


    When only the son of Rihua God was left, and the ancient fierce animals were left behind, Meng Zhang finally swaggered in front of the son of Rihua God.


    The son of Rihua didn''t know Meng Zhang, but he also knew that it was not good for this strange cultivator to appear in front of him at this time.


    Before he made any response, Meng Zhang made a direct move and didn''t even say a half sentence of nonsense.


    There was no suspense about the result of the battle. Meng Zhang easily captured the son of Rihua alive.


    The son of Rihua God, like Meng Zhang, is a cultivation at the middle level of returning to emptiness.


    But in the previous battle, he exhausted his cards and lost too much. He couldn''t play his due strength at all.


    After capturing the son of Rihua, Meng Zhang immediately took him to the hiding place of Taoist Gulu.


    Meng Zhang threw the son of Rihua God in front of the goddess of the moon, saying that he had completed half of his commitment.


    When the son of Rihua saw the goddess of worship of the moon here, he probably knew what he had done to the goddess of worship of the moon. It was too much.


    Although Meng Zhang banned his voice, he still worked hard and his face was full of begging.


    The goddess of worship of the moon saw that the son of Rihua finally fell into her own hands. She suddenly became very excited, and her eyes seemed to shine inexplicably.


    The goddess of worship of the moon took the son of Rihua God and entered the quiet room that had been prepared long ago.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu waited quietly outside the quiet room.


    The goddess of worship of the moon was imprisoned by the son of Rihua for many years. Regardless of the feelings of husband and wife, the other party wanted to devour her completely. The resentment in her heart was absolutely not light.


    Of course, according to Meng Zhang''s observation, the goddess of worship of the moon is actually completely controlled by the moon god and listens to her words.


    The old gods like moon god are not like those who only care about revenge. She asked to give the son of Rihua to her. There should be other considerations.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu waited for three days.


    Because the moon god placed a temporary ban around the quiet room, Meng Zhang and others were not easy to spy on the situation inside.


    After three days of waiting, the goddess of the moon appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was keenly aware that the breath of the goddess of the moon was very different from before.


    Her lost vitality has been basically restored, and her strength level is not under Meng Zhang.


    The fighting power of the goddess of worship of the moon itself is nothing, but if an old God like the God of the moon controls the body of the goddess of worship of the moon, it can really rival Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was secretly vigilant. Although he had an agreement with the moon god before, he was willing to abide by the agreement. But if the moon god wants to tear up the agreement and make himself an enemy, it''s really a trouble.


    Fortunately, the moon god did not have any bad attempt on Meng Zhang because of his current strength, nor did he have the intention to tear up the agreement.


    She told Meng Zhang that the son of Rihua had died, and there were no bones left, leaving no trace in the world.


    Because she did it very clean, Shengyang Zhenshen should not find any clues.


    Although the true God of rising sun did not know the existence of Meng Zhang, Taoist Gulu once appeared in Rihua City, and the goddess of worship of the moon escaped from Rihua city.


    When it is determined that the son of Rihua God has completely fallen and no other clues can be found, the true God of the rising sun will certainly target Taoist Gulu and the goddess of the moon.


    Therefore, the moon god proposed to Meng Zhang to leave here as soon as possible and stay away from the control area of the rising sun true God as far as possible.


    Although on the surface, several true gods in Shenchang world work together against Junchen world, there are a lot of dirty things in private, and conflicts often break out between their subordinates.


    Even if the rising sun true God is strong and overbearing, he will not easily extend his hand to the territory of other true gods.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor Taoist Gulu need to stay nearby for a long time.


    Meng Zhang took Taoist Gulu and the moon god and left here soon.


    Meng Zhang''s next destination is the territory of the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Fighting against God is the mission goal chosen by Meng Zhang for Taoist Gulu.


    In the previous battle, Meng Zhang eliminated a hundred soldiers and a group of men through sneak attacks, which greatly weakened the strength of the other party.


    Of course, even so, a hundred soldiers fighting God is still not an easy opponent to deal with.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God itself has the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and lives in his own divine domain all the year round.


    Because he was good at training troops, he often stationed a large army near his divine domain.


    These armies were sent by other indigenous gods to help him train.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang is not sure that he can help Taoist Gulu kill a hundred soldiers.


    He just tried hard. If he couldn''t, he had to find another goal.


    If other goals are not enough, Meng Zhang can only help Taoist Gulu.


    Although Taoist Gulu has helped Meng Zhang a lot during this time, Meng Zhang deserves something in return.


    However, Meng Zhang should act according to his ability.


    If it really exceeds Meng Zhang''s ability, we can only wait until the ancient Chen shangzun and even the ancient Taoist capital arrive at the Junchen world in the future to help the ancient Lu Taoist complete his task.


    On the way to Baibing doushen territory, the mood of Yueshen was much better than that some time ago.


    Although Meng Zhang did not see with his own eyes how the moon god concocted the son of Rihua God, he still guessed with his eyesight and practice experience.


    The devouring and refining of indigenous gods and divine descendants should be mutual.


    Rihua Shenzi wants to increase his strength and break through the bottleneck of cultivation by swallowing and refining the moon worship goddess.


    The goddess of worship of the moon should major in Taiyin Avenue or its branches. She can also expand her avenue into Riyue Avenue by swallowing and refining Rihua Shenzi.


    The goddess of worship the moon may have general eyesight and knowledge, but she should have seen through the intention of the son of Rihua for a long time.


    In Rihua City, it was not smooth for the son of Rihua God to swallow and refine the goddess of worship to the moon. It should be the God of the moon guiding the goddess of worship to resist.


    As for the lie of Rihua Shenzi''s two-day weekend and improvement together, it is even more ridiculous in the eyes of the moon god.


    Even if the son of Rihua forced his hand, the goddess of worship the moon still delayed long enough until she was rescued by Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2065

    What Meng Zhang didn''t know was that the goddess of moon worship seemed to have lost all her vitality and strength, and she was dying.


    But in fact, due to the guidance of the moon god, she not only retained the last trace of strength, but also reserved the bottom card of counterattack.


    When the son of Rihua devoured and refined her, she knew she could not resist. In addition to trying to delay time, sometimes she would take the initiative to let the son of Rihua absorb a small part of the divine power she had done.


    When the swallowing and refining of the son of Rihua God enters the last moment and is about to be completed, the moon god will use the hands and feet he has done before to make a Jedi counterattack, which in turn will devour and refine the son of Rihua God.


    Of course, the moon god is helpless to make such an arrangement. What he wants is just to survive in death.


    As for the degree of success, she doesn''t know. She only knows that the hope of success is very slim.


    Later, she was rescued by Meng Zhang. She didn''t have to sacrifice her life.


    Later, Meng Zhang fulfilled his promise and brought the son of Rihua to her completely.


    She used her previous hands and feet to let the goddess of the moon devour the son of Rihua directly.


    The son of Rihua had spent a long time trying to devour the goddess of worship of the moon.


    It''s a fruition to end up here.


    Although the God of the moon has good means, it will take a long time for the goddess of the moon to turn all the power of the son of Rihua into her own power.


    The goddess of worship of the moon knew that it should not be delayed too long. After she barely had the power of self-protection, she put the work behind her.


    When I was on my way, I probably finally had a certain strength of self-protection. I was no longer the weak person of mermaid meat. The moon god was in a better mood and talked more. I took the initiative to talk with Meng Zhang.


    Half of what Meng Zhang promised has been completed


    The second half of the commitment will bring the moon god back to the Junchen world safely and hide it. After helping Taoist Gulu complete the task, Meng Zhang will complete it.


    Meng Zhang was so happy and trustworthy that the moon god didn''t have a mother-in-law, but showed a certain bearing and began to fulfill his promise happily.


    When talking with Meng Zhang, she deliberately avoided Taoist Gulu and revealed many secrets of the Junchen world through secret voice transmission.


    The first thing mentioned by the moon god is the origin of the big world of Jun dust world.


    Junchen world and Shenchang world are very similar in all aspects, almost like twins.


    Most of the indigenous gods in Jun dust world and Shenchang world thought that Jun dust world and Shenchang world should come from the same source and were born almost at the same time.


    However, only ancient gods such as the moon god know that Junchen world and Shenchang world are two completely different worlds.


    The two big worlds seem to have many similarities. They both gave birth to Shinto civilization and gave birth to many indigenous gods


    But all these are just appearances. There are essential differences between the two big worlds.


    There are many big worlds in the void.


    The vast majority of these big worlds are naturally generated, which can also be said to be born.


    But there is still a small part of the big world, which is created by the great divine communicator the day after tomorrow.


    The great world of Jun dust world was created by great supernatural powers in ancient times.


    The reason why the Junchen world is so similar to the Shenchang world is that the great supernatural power who created the Junchen world chose the Shenchang world as the reference object when creating the Junchen world.


    Creating an independent world is not easy.


    The original God Zhenjun among practitioners can create some small independent spaces if he practices the corresponding secret methods and meets various conditions.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to spend enough money, he can even create a small world.


    But to create a big world, it is something that real immortals and even ordinary immortals can''t do.


    If you are an ordinary cultivator with insufficient knowledge, you may not understand what it means to create a big world.


    Meng Zhang accepted the taiyimen inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian. There are a few words that record the mystery in this regard.


    Some aspects of the moon god are not described in great detail.


    I don''t know whether she intends to keep it or she doesn''t know much about it.


    Relying on the knowledge brought by the taiyimen inheritance, Meng Zhang secretly filled the omissions in the moon god''s words and had a clear understanding of the origin of the Jun dust world.


    It is extremely difficult for practitioners to break through the bottleneck and enter the golden immortal realm.


    You know, even in the spiritual fairy world, the source of the fairy way in the Jun dust world, the golden immortals can be called the supreme level, but there are only a few.


    It can be seen that it is difficult for celestial beings to achieve golden immortals.


    If the top immortals want to break through the realm of golden immortals, there is a method that is not a special secret. It is simple to say, but very difficult to do.


    Top immortals can try to evolve earth fire and geomantic omen in the void, open up a new big world, and shape the heaven and earth avenue of a big world from scratch, so as to confirm the avenue they have built.


    If this immortal can succeed, it is possible to break through the bottleneck and obtain the qualification of advanced golden immortal.


    If the immortal fails to open up the world, he will be eaten back by the avenue of heaven and earth, resulting in the collapse of his own Taoist foundation, the loss of cultivation, and even the fall.


    Because this dharma is too difficult to achieve and the consequences of failure are too serious, although we know that there are many top immortals in this dharma, few immortals practice and practice this dharma.


    When the cultivation reaches the realm of immortals, it can be said that it jumps out of the three realms, is not in the five elements, has almost endless longevity yuan, and is no longer bound by heaven and earth.


    As long as you don''t kill yourself and bring disaster, immortals are immortal.


    Immortals can be said to be really carefree and free.


    Many immortals are unwilling to give up everything they have and risk their own Daoji and lives.


    Those celestial beings who are willing to evolve earth fire and geomantic omen in the void and open up a new world are just a few of the few, which can be called rare animals.


    Many thousands of years ago, there was such an immortal near Shenchang world.


    The immortal referred to the appearance of Shenchang world and took it as a template to try to create a new world.


    Judging from the existence of today''s Junchen world, the immortal was undoubtedly successful in the end.


    As for the fate of the celestial being, the moon god has two guesses.


    One guess is that although the immortal succeeded in creating the Jun dust world, he also exhausted his vitality and vitality in the process, so he fell and became a part of the Jun dust world.


    Another guess is that after the immortal succeeded, he left here directly and went to other places to break through the golden immortal realm.


    After all, Tianxian created the Junchen world to prove the road, and has no interest or need for the Junchen world itself.

 Chapter 2066

    No matter how the immortal who opened up the Jun dust world ended up and whether he has survived so far, the big world of Jun dust world is different and has many unique places.


    According to the moon god, the treasure left by the immortal who opened up the Jun dust world was buried in the deep source sea of the Jun dust world.


    The moon god knows nothing about what kind of treasure it is.


    Anyway, the things left by the top immortals are so hidden that they are definitely not ordinary things.


    It is said that it is impossible to take out these treasures by conventional means.


    Combined with the information Meng Zhang had told her, the moon god guessed boldly that the real immortals seemed to be sleeping, but they had been thinking about these treasures.


    If you can get the treasure left by the top celestial being, it will certainly help several real immortals to attack the celestial realm.


    The words of the moon God answered Meng Zhang''s previous questions.


    She not only told many secrets of Jun dust world, but also helped Meng Zhang guess the purpose of several real immortals.


    After saying this, the moon God turned the topic and talked about other things.


    The information revealed by the moon god is enough for Meng Zhang to make a job in front of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang believed that the moon god certainly did not tell all the secrets and still had many reservations.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. Since the moon god decides to return to the Junchen world and hopes Meng Zhang to help her hide her tracks, Meng Zhang can find out slowly when they still have dealings in the future.


    Meng Zhang was not prepared to act too hastily for fear that it would destroy the little mutual trust they had finally reached.


    Due to the generosity of the moon god, Meng Zhang''s task of sneaking into the Shenchang world was reluctantly completed.


    When the two talked, the moon god specifically told Meng Zhang to keep her secret and not to spread her relevant information.


    Meng Zhang agreed to this request.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, the moon god also put forward similar requirements to Taoist Gulu.


    In return, the moon god said she would try her best to help Taoist Gulu deal with the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Taoist Gulu also agreed to the request of the moon god.


    In their conversation, Meng Zhang soon crossed a long distance and entered the territory of a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    The strength of a hundred soldiers fighting God is far above the son of Rihua God, but it is difficult to establish an independent country in the Shenchang world because of the lack of the support of the true God.


    Of course, with the strength and status of a hundred soldiers fighting God, you are qualified to occupy a territory in Shenchang world and maintain a certain sphere of influence.


    Although there is no independent nation in name, the hundred soldiers fighting God is the earth emperor in his own territory.


    The sphere of influence of a hundred soldiers fighting God is a land with a radius of more than three thousand miles.


    On this land, there are mountains, rivers, forests and other landforms.


    In these complex terrain, there are many villages and stockaded villages.


    There are not many intelligent creatures in the territory of 100 soldiers fighting God, but the power of faith it provides can barely support the shelf of 100 soldiers fighting God.


    Such a complex and diverse terrain is convenient for the army trained by a hundred soldiers to carry out various exercises.


    There is a huge plain in the center of Baibing doushen territory.


    In the middle of the plain is the divine domain of a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Meng Zhang became very careful when they entered the territory of the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Taoist Gulu has been in Shenchang world for many years. He still has a certain understanding of well-known gods such as hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Baibing doushen is an old God in Shenchang world. His seniority and seniority are far above Rihua Shenzi.


    When the goddess of worship of the moon just married into Shenchang world, she was valued by the high-level of Shenchang world because of her noble birth. The son of Rihua also respected her.


    Rihua Shenzi once took the goddess of worship to the moon to travel around Shenchang world and visit well-known indigenous gods everywhere.


    Because of their identity, they can basically be warmly welcomed and received by all indigenous gods wherever they go.


    Among them, the hundred soldiers fighting God had a relationship with them.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God wanted to curry favor with the son of Rihua God and was extremely polite to him. He personally welcomed the son of Rihua God and the goddess of worship of the moon into his own God domain and received him wholeheartedly.


    Generally speaking, after the formation of the divine domain of indigenous gods, there will not be much change except continuous improvement and expansion.


    In particular, its main part, even after thousands of years, generally will not change.


    The goddess of worship of the moon not only knows a hundred soldiers fighting God very well, but also knows each other''s divine domain very well.


    The goddess of worship of the moon can not only provide a lot of information about a hundred soldiers fighting God, but also directly participate in the war.


    The practitioners of the Junchen world have fought against the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world for many years. The practitioners have long developed various means to deal with the indigenous gods.


    After Meng Zhang and his disciples entered the God realm of the hundred soldiers fighting God, if they want to attack the hundred soldiers fighting God, according to the conventional means of the practitioners against the indigenous gods, they should first eliminate the temples of the hundred soldiers fighting God all over the country and massacre their believers.


    This can greatly destroy the belief basis of the hundred soldiers fighting God and cut off the continuous supplement of the power of belief to its divine domain.


    Then, Meng Zhang began to attack the God domain of the hundred soldiers fighting God, and strive to kill the hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Originally, Meng Zhang also followed this routine.


    But before he started, he still discussed with Taoist Gulu and moon god according to his habits.


    Taoist Gulu didn''t raise any objection. She has used similar means many times and the effect has been good.


    The moon god has other ideas.


    Because of the elimination of separation before, the fighting God of 100 soldiers should have a certain vigilance.


    If you start with it by conventional means, it''s easy to scare the snake and make it alert in advance.


    A hundred soldiers fight God. They have a wide range of friends in Shenchang world.


    If he is given enough reaction time to realize that he is attacked by a strong enemy, he may ask his friends for help.


    Once the time has been delayed for a long time, reinforcements from all walks of life come to reinforce Meng Zhang. I''m afraid it''s not easy for them to retreat, not to mention entering the divine realm of a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    According to the proposal of the moon god, they should give up the periphery of the 100 soldiers fighting God territory and kill directly to the God domain of the 100 soldiers fighting God.


    They joined hands to attack the divine realm, so that a hundred soldiers could not ask for help, or they broke the divine realm and completely completed the task of killing a hundred soldiers before the reinforcements arrived.


    After listening to the suggestion of the moon god, Meng Zhang had to admit that the moon god was considerate and reasonable.


    Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu are also willing to adopt this clean and direct strategy.


    However, the biggest problem now is whether they have the ability to break their divine domain before they cut off the power source of the belief of a hundred soldiers fighting God?


    In addition, the hundred soldiers fighting God is the strong one at the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    If he uses the power of the divine domain against the enemy, are Meng Zhang sure they will win?

 Chapter 2067

    If the opponent is a cultivator, Meng Zhang mostly dare not have the idea of a higher-level challenge.


    Those who can advance and return to the virtual period have few weak people, let alone too many fools.


    However, the other party is only an indigenous God in Shenchang world. No matter how excellent and powerful it is, it still can not change its primitive and backward essence.


    Practitioners in the Junchen world often have a great advantage over the same level indigenous gods in the shangshenchang world.


    Meng Zhang accepted the wise inheritance and was called an outstanding figure among the practitioners of the same level. He was not afraid to challenge the high-level indigenous gods.


    Not to mention, in his inheritance, there are many means specifically for indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang is not really afraid of fighting God. But do not want to use their own shortcomings and attack the enemy''s strengths to directly deal with the 100 soldiers fighting God with the blessing of the divine domain.


    The moon god told Meng Zhang that when she visited the hundred soldiers fighting God realm, she had secretly observed and noticed some loopholes and flaws in its god realm.


    Most of the gods in Shenchang world are conservative, backward and do not want to make progress.


    Even an outstanding God such as the God of hundred soldiers will not rashly change the foundation of his own divine domain.


    If nothing unexpected happens, the loopholes and flaws of the hundred soldiers fighting God realm can still be exploited thousands of years later.


    Although Meng Zhang was not very clear about the true strength of the moon god, his former identity and his position in the Jun dust world.


    However, judging from his experience with the moon god during this period, the moon god is not simple.


    The vision of an old God like moon god is trustworthy.


    Moreover, from the information actively revealed by the moon god, she is not an ordinary indigenous God, but an ancient existence in the Junchen world.


    Even though she was far from regaining her strength in her heyday and had to temporarily live on the goddess of worship of the moon, Meng Zhang still dared not underestimate it.


    Meng Zhang chose to believe in the moon god.


    With the information provided by the moon god, Meng Zhang can sneak into the God domain of hundred soldiers fighting God and plot to assassinate him.


    When Meng Zhang and others were discussing, they were not slow at all.


    They soon came to the core from the edge of the 100 soldiers fighting God territory.


    In the center of a vast plain, there is the divine domain of a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly approach the divine domain, but observed it from a distance by various means.


    Meng Zhang practiced many special pupil magic powers and mastered many secret methods for the divine domain.


    After observing for a while according to the information provided by the moon god, he found some flaws in the God domain ahead.


    Even the excellent indigenous gods such as the hundred soldiers fighting God are still so indomitable, and the structure of the divine domain has remained roughly unchanged for thousands of years.


    Of course, compared with thousands of years ago, the divine domain of hundred soldiers fighting God has undoubtedly expanded a lot and been strengthened many times.


    But it has not changed at all. The flaws that existed in that year have not been effectively made up so far.


    Meng Zhang knew that the information provided by the moon god was correct.


    They don''t have to clean up the temples and believers on the territory of 100 soldiers fighting God first, so they can attack their divine domain directly.


    Meng Zhang hesitated. To be on the safe side, just in case, he decided to make more preparations.


    Meng Zhang''s preparation was to refine a strange thing called erotic divine water.


    The idea of Taiyi Jinxian is to seal the gods and clarify the order of the three realms.


    In order to prevent the rebellion of the canonized gods, of course, there must be many restrictive means.


    Eroding divine water can not only erode the divine domain of the gods, but also hurt the gods themselves.


    In addition, since we want to control the three realms with our own canonized gods, the original indigenous gods have naturally become the object of elimination.


    At the time of cutting down mountains and destroying temples, erotic water was a very easy-to-use wonder, which could be called the nemesis of indigenous gods.


    The materials used to refine the holy water are not very precious. Most of them are ordinary materials.


    After knowing that he was going to Shenchang, Meng Zhang prepared a large number of such materials in his mustard space in order to deal with the indigenous gods here.


    As for the refining method of erosive divine water, it is not difficult.


    Meng Zhang asked everyone to wait and observe for a period of time outside the divine domain of hundred soldiers fighting God.


    He took advantage of this time to start refining directly.


    Because Meng Zhang worked overtime without sleep, but in more than three days, he refined a lot of erotic water.


    The refined erotic water is extremely dark and has a special smell. It smells like a mass of mud.


    Meng Zhang took out two long prepared storage magic tools and gave the divided erotic water to Taoist Gulu and the moon god.


    The moon god''s eyesight is extraordinary. Just looking at it a few more times, he roughly knows the power of eroding divine water.


    She can''t believe that today''s practitioners in the Junchen world are so excellent that they can have such secret weapons for indigenous gods?


    As an indigenous God, the moon god certainly knows how much damage this thing called erotic water can cause to the indigenous gods and how serious restraint it can form.


    If it had been in its heyday thousands of years ago, the moon god would have killed Meng Zhang at any cost and completely destroyed everything related to God killing water.


    But after thousands of years, after so much experience in Shenchang world and understanding the latest changes in Junchen world, the idea of moon god is also changing.


    What''s more, with her strength plummeting, she really doesn''t have enough confidence to beat Meng Zhang.


    At this time, moon god is Meng Zhang''s teammate and works with him against foreign enemies.


    Then she should play this role and do what she should do now.


    After Meng Zhang''s orders, Taoist Gulu and the goddess of worship of the moon hid their tracks and sneaked forward.


    Meng Zhang, on the other hand, came down from the sky and swaggered directly to the front of the divine domain.


    Not far in front of the divine domain, there is the largest temple under the command of a hundred soldiers fighting God.


    This is the supreme Temple established by believers who believe in the God of hundred soldiers. There are high-level believers of the God of hundred soldiers stationed in it all the year round. They are the core and most loyal believers


    This temple is also the highest Ruling Institution dealing with all kinds of common affairs on the territory of hundred soldiers fighting God.


    The families and followers of these believers are numerous. After years of reproduction, they spontaneously formed a small town in front of the temple.


    Every once in a while, devout believers from all over the world come to the temple to worship the gods, so as to show their pious faith.


    No matter in the small town where people came and went, or in the temple under strict alert, someone soon found Meng Zhang falling from the sky.


    Meng Zhang won''t waste time communicating with these guys.


    As soon as he showed his figure, without the slightest delay, he immediately shot at the front.


    A huge powerful hand appeared out of thin air, fell from the sky, and took pictures of the town.

 Chapter 2068

    Hundreds of soldiers fight against the gods. They are very strict with their subordinates. They often use the art of war to control their subordinates.


    His followers, especially the important believers near the divine domain, are well-trained and of high quality.


    These believers are usually very vigilant and have strong defensive means against invaders.


    When Meng Zhang, a stranger, suddenly appeared, a vigilant believer found him.


    Various warning sounds sounded nearby, and many believers began to prepare for battle.


    Several armies are often stationed near the divine domain.


    Some armies are dedicated to protecting the God domain; Some armies were sent by other indigenous gods to be trained by a hundred soldiers fighting God


    After discovering that there was a change here, these well-trained troops soon gathered and reinforced here.


    Meng Zhang acted quickly, launched an attack before the enemy reacted, and achieved great results.


    The vigorous hand fell from the sky and easily broke the prohibitions arranged on the town in front, like a hill falling down, razing the whole town to the ground.


    All the people living in the town are devout believers of the hundred soldiers fighting God. When so many devout believers were lost, the hundred soldiers fighting God immediately felt.


    Last time, the God of the hundred soldiers sent a part and several men at the level of returning to the virtual world to help the son of Rihua suppress ancient fierce beasts.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s sneak attack, hundreds of soldiers were destroyed and their bodies were injured.


    During this time, the hundred soldiers fighting God has been healing in the divine domain and wants to heal the injury as soon as possible.


    The movement outside the divine domain soon came into his ears and made him angry.


    Before he could make any response, Meng Zhang launched a fierce attack one after another.


    Meng Zhang manipulated the vitality of the world around him and poured into the temple in front of him.


    For the hundred soldiers fighting God, the number of men at the retreat level is not only rare, but also extremely important.


    Last time, he sent several back to the virtual level to support Rihua Shenzi, but all of them lost outside, which hurt his heart and greatly damaged his strength.


    Now that the foreign enemy has invaded, there are few available people under him.


    Originally, there was a subordinate who returned to the virtual level to take charge of the temple.


    But the man died outside. There was no strong man at the virtual level in the temple. He was vulnerable in front of Meng Zhang.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God sensed that a large number of believers outside died. Regardless of their injuries, they were angry and had to rush out of the divine domain to fight against the invading enemy.


    He had reached the edge of the divine realm, but he hesitated.


    A wise and resourceful God like him always thinks more than others.


    He has just lost a separate body, which has injured himself, and his capable men are almost dead. I''m afraid it''s no coincidence that a strong enemy suddenly comes to the door at such a juncture.


    Leaving his own divine domain, he is tantamount to giving up his biggest advantage.


    In his own divine domain, he can play the most powerful strength. Even in the face of the strong siege in the later stage of digital retreat, it can support one or two.


    Of course, believers are the foundation of indigenous gods.


    He certainly can''t sit back and watch the enemy kill his followers wantonly, but he doesn''t do anything.


    A hundred soldiers turned their mind and continued to take charge in the divine domain. Instead, they ordered the last one to check what happened outside.


    With such a little delay, the temple of the hundred soldiers fighting God has been completely razed to the ground by Meng Zhang, and a large number of believers have died.


    The troops stationed around were brave. They didn''t flinch in the face of strong enemies, but took the initiative to rush to Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t want to do more killing, he would not be merciful when the enemies were killed in front of him.


    The Yin and Yang Qi flowed and turned into a big millstone. In this way, they bumped into the army and scattered it. Then they were easily dispersed by Meng Zhang.


    The man who returned to the virtual level sent by the hundred soldiers fighting God just left the divine domain and faced the killing of ChiYin sword evil spirit.


    After a fierce fight, the famous man didn''t have time to return to the divine domain, so he died under Meng Zhang.


    In the face of a strong enemy like Meng Zhang, the troops did not persist for too long and were dispersed, leaving only corpses all over the ground.


    Looking at the fleeing army, Meng Zhang didn''t go after him, but flew directly to the God domain of hundred soldiers fighting God.


    After the temples and towns in front of the divine domain were destroyed, the believers who were not killed on the spot also scattered birds and animals.


    Even if devout believers face the devastating killing of Meng Zhang, they will only lose their courage and lose all their will to resist.


    Meng Zhang still has the magnanimity of the strong and disdains to pursue and kill the weak.


    He shouted outside the God domain of the hundred soldiers fighting God and asked the hundred soldiers fighting God to come out and die.


    A hundred soldiers fight the gods. Cast their secrets in the divine realm and observe the outside carefully.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his true accomplishments, showing the breath of the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    Hundred soldiers fighting God didn''t rush out to fight each other because their cultivation was a little worse than themselves.


    Since the other party dares to kill the door, he should not know nothing about himself.


    The other party knows his own strength and dares to provoke him in such a swagger. There must be reliance behind him. Maybe there is an ambush waiting for him outside.


    When facing the invasion of practitioners, the indigenous gods in Shenchang world generally take care of each other and help each other.


    Even if there is any dispute between them, they will put it down first and give priority to the invasion of the cultivators.


    When Meng Zhang came to the door, the hundred soldiers fighting God had sent a signal for help to the surrounding indigenous gods.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God has good popularity and many friends in the nearby area.


    Before long, his friends who received his signal for help will come to support him.


    At that time, they gather everyone''s strength, cooperate inside and outside, and go out together. Even if there is any ambush outside, they don''t have to worry.


    With this idea, a hundred soldiers fight God in his own divine domain, waiting for the arrival of reinforcements.


    If it is under normal circumstances, I have to say that there is nothing wrong with the practice of fighting God with a hundred soldiers. Moreover, it is very safe and has put itself in an invincible position.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has already made arrangements.


    Meng Zhang scolded outside. Seeing that the hundred soldiers fighting God had no meaning to come out, he began to use his magic power and attack the divine domain of hundred soldiers fighting God from the outside.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God didn''t spend much energy, but randomly urged the power of the God domain to block all Meng Zhang''s attacks.


    All the attention of the hundred soldiers fighting God focused on Meng Zhang, but ignored the moon god and Taoist Gulu who secretly approached the divine domain.


    The two of them took out the stored magic tools, released the erotic water given to them by Meng Zhang, and urged them with the magic door taught by Meng Zhang.


    In silence, a large number of erotic water began to sneak into the divine domain and quickly erode the foundation of the divine domain.

 Chapter 2069

    The formula of erotic water comes from the Taiyi gate, and its root is created by the strong at Jinxian level.


    Erosive divine water is a strange thing that has been tested in practice for many times and has great damage to the divine domain of the gods and even the gods themselves.


    The moon god has long discovered the flaw of the hundred soldiers fighting God realm.


    She and Taoist Gulu specially looked for the flaws in the divine domain and secretly released the erotic divine water.


    Not to mention the moon god and Taoist Gulu, even Meng Zhang is eroding the divine water, which is very hidden, and penetrates into it very quickly along the flaw of the divine domain, and then spreads continuously.


    Before it was completely triggered, the power of erotic divine water did not show, but kept infiltrating in the dark.


    A hundred soldiers fighting God should be very sensitive when he sits in the divine domain.


    Even if Meng Zhang distracted some of his attention, he should find out any small change in the divine domain in time.


    The erodible divine water is really magical. It skillfully avoided his induction and did not stimulate the reaction of the divine domain.


    A hundred soldiers fighting God is like a blind man who knows nothing about the changes in the divine domain.


    Meng Zhang''s attack on the outside is a tentative attack to test the real power of the divine domain. Second, it is to distract the attention of hundreds of soldiers fighting God, so as to facilitate the dark actions of Taoist Gulu and the moon god.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that the erotic divine water would be so hidden that it easily penetrated into the opponent''s divine domain.


    While watching the situation outside, the hundred soldiers fighting God counted the time. The surrounding reinforcements should be here soon.


    When reinforcements arrived, it was time for him to launch a counter offensive.


    A hundred soldiers are still thinking of fighting back, but they don''t know that their doomsday is coming.


    Meng Zhang has a special feeling for the erotic divine water he personally refined.


    After sensing that the erotic water had penetrated into the enemy''s divine domain and spread over most areas of the divine domain, Meng Zhang decided not to wait and began to do it.


    Due to the advice of Taoist Gulu and the moon god, especially the moon god, Meng Zhang is very clear about the situation of the Shenchang world and knows the general law of action of the indigenous gods here.


    Meng Zhang knows he can''t stay here too long. Otherwise, he would be besieged by a steady stream of indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang used his secret arts to urge all the erotic water.


    Inspired by Meng Zhang, the erotic water released by Taoist Gulu and the moon god immediately began to attack.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God who was controlling the power of the divine domain to resist Meng Zhang''s attack immediately sensed that the situation was wrong.


    Originally closely related to him, the divine realm was suddenly filled with many strange smells.


    These strange smells constantly erode and destroy the divine domain, and many gaps immediately appear on the indestructible divine domain.


    The handy power of the divine realm controlled by him seemed to stagnate and become as heavy as a mountain. He didn''t listen to his command at all, making him almost unable to drive.


    Originally solid as a rock, the divine realm soon began to shake violently.


    The strange cold breath diffused around the divine realm, and invaded directly into his body along the connection between the divine realm and him.


    The hundred soldiers fighting God immediately responded that the cultivator outside was playing tricks.


    It was unexpected that he had been so careful, but he was still calculated by the enemy.


    The divine domain is the foundation of the indigenous gods, and there is nothing to lose.


    Despite the injury, the hundred soldiers fighting God tried his best to stabilize the divine domain as soon as possible.


    He agitated the divine power in his body, tried to arouse resonance with the divine power, and expelled all the forces invading the divine power.


    The Yin cold breath that was raging in the divine realm became more restless at this time. It not only wantonly erodes and destroys the divine realm, but also constantly invades the one hundred soldiers fighting God.


    A hundred soldiers fight against God with all their strength, but because he is too close to his own divine domain, he can''t keep these breath invading from his own divine domain out of his body.


    While the hundred soldiers were in a hurry, Meng Zhang urged the Yin and Yang Qi to fall from the sky and began to attack the divine domain again.


    The restraining effect of erosive water on gods is too obvious.


    Not to mention the primitive and backward indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, even the most popular high Shinto will soon fall to the disadvantage in the face of eroding divine water.


    In the realm of fighting gods, there were many God attendants and a large number of believers and spirits.


    However, under the attack of eroding divine water, all the vassals of these gods were recruited and turned into nothing.


    Although he tried his best to save his divine domain, all he did was useless under domestic and foreign troubles.


    Accompanied by bursts of loud noise, the divine domain of hundred soldiers fighting God collapsed and was completely destroyed.


    The divine domain was destroyed, and the hundred soldiers fighting God closely related to the divine domain gushed blood and fell to the ground.


    Meng Zhang rushed over and killed the powerful enemy who had the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness without any effort.


    Meng Zhang took a part of the body of the hundred soldiers fighting God and gave it to Taoist Gulu as a certificate for her to complete the assassination task.


    The divine domain was completely destroyed, and most of the items in it were destroyed. There was no booty left for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang put away the body of a hundred soldiers fighting God and began to clean up the battlefield.


    Having witnessed the miraculous effect of eroding divine water, Meng Zhang will not easily expose it after knowing its great lethality to the gods.


    With Meng Zhang''s cleaning up, all the remaining erotic water and the breath of erotic water completely disappeared from here.


    When the divine realm collapses and destroys, space storms of different sizes will be formed inside itself.


    Before the space storm completely disappeared, even Meng Zhang and other return virtual powers proficient in the space Avenue had a little trouble shuttling through it.


    Due to the space storm, everything inside the divine domain will soon disappear from here.


    After Meng Zhang confirmed that there was no omission, he asked the ancient Taoist Lu to leave here together with the moon god.


    Soon after they left, reinforcements came from all over the country to support the hundred soldiers fighting God and began to arrive here one after another.


    Unfortunately, there is only a piece of white land left for them.


    Everything in the divine realm has been involved in the space storm.


    Before the space storm subsides, it''s not even easy for them to get over it.


    All reinforcements looked at each other and looked at each other.


    Even the divine realm has been destroyed. It must be bad for a hundred soldiers to fight God.


    There was no delay on the way from receiving the distress message of the hundred soldiers fighting God to coming for reinforcements.


    All the aboriginal gods can''t figure out how the hundred soldiers fighting God can''t even hold on to this time. I''m completely sorry for his great reputation.

 Chapter 2070

    First, the death of the son of Rihua God, and then a hundred soldiers fighting God. The cultivators broke through the divine domain and died on the spot. The whole Shenchang world was almost disturbed.


    The son of Rihua has nothing in himself, but his birth is extraordinary.


    The cultivation of 100 soldiers fighting God is not the top level, but because he is good at using troops, he was a general when Shenchang world invaded Junchen world.


    Now they have had accidents one after another, which shows that the practitioners of Jun dust world have gone deep into Shenchang world and caused serious damage to Shenchang world.


    In addition to the practitioners of Jun dust world, Shenchang world now has to face another big trouble.


    Several ancient ferocious beasts that got out of trouble wreaked havoc and wantonly destroyed in Shenchang world, and tried to release more ancient ferocious beasts.


    If the cultivator of Junchen world is the number one foreign enemy of Shenchang world, the suppressed ancient fierce beast is the biggest internal trouble of Shenchang world.


    Shenchang world has now sent a large number of strong men and organized a large-scale army to join forces with allies in the void and other big worlds, ready to invade Junchen world again.


    At this time, the interior of Shenchang world is the most empty time.


    If several practitioners in the period of returning to deficiency are just a disease of tinea and scabies, the fierce animals in ancient times are a disease of the heart.


    All the indigenous gods left behind in Shenchang circle mobilized one after another to stop the wandering ancient fierce animals.


    Not only was the true God who stayed in the Shenchang world disturbed, but even the true God of Shengyang, who left the Shenchang world to handle important affairs, returned from outside the Shenchang world in advance because of the great changes in the Shenchang world.


    After cleaning up the battlefield, Meng Zhang left the territory of the hundred soldiers fighting God as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang guessed that there would be a big storm in Shenchang.


    He has completed the task assigned by Xianyun Zhenxian. He has no intention of staying in Shenchang world for a long time.


    Taoist Gulu finished her last task and wanted to return to the Junchen world for a long time. She wanted to leave here immediately.


    They had a good time to leave the Shenchang world. They began to take action before all aspects of the indigenous gods were mobilized.


    When many indigenous gods, under the command of the true God, set up a snare in the Shenchang world and closely searched the whole world, they had left the Shenchang world.


    After leaving Shenchang world, Meng Zhang and Taoist Gulu parted ways.


    Meng Zhang''s contact with Xianyun Zhenxian is a top secret. Of course, he doesn''t want to disclose it to anyone.


    After Taoist Gulu left, the goddess of moon worship took the initiative to hide in Meng Zhang''s Mustard space.


    Now the Junchen interface has become more sensitive to the invasion of various powerful enemies, and the already very tight defense system has become more sensitive.


    Although the goddess of worship of the moon is an Aboriginal of the Jun dust world, it is not easy to return to the Jun dust world unknowingly after leaving the Jun dust world for so many years.


    Since Meng Zhang promised to take her back to the Junchen world and help her hide, he would not break his promise.


    When the moon god revealed to Meng Zhang the secrets of the Jun dust world and her speculation about several real immortals, Meng Zhang was shocked and realized that he still underestimated the moon god.


    Moon god is not an ordinary ancient god in Jun dust world, but a very ancient existence.


    Meng Zhang would not be surprised if the moon god said that she was an ancient god that existed at the beginning of the development of Jun dust world.


    After that, Meng Zhang thought about what the moon god said.


    The information revealed by the moon god is certainly not all she knows.


    It is very possible that the moon god conceals or even deliberately misleads Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt that there were many places on the moon god that could be excavated and could provide a lot of valuable information.


    For an ancient god like moon god, who knows what means she hides.


    Meng Zhang will not be rude to her unless he has to.


    Meng Zhang hopes to use soft means to get everything he wants to know from her.


    Meng Zhang was also greedy for the treasures left by the heavenly immortals coveted by several real immortals.


    Although the inheritance of Taiyi gate comes from Taiyi Jinxian, it is only a very small, even insignificant part.


    The taiyimen inheritance that Meng Zhang obtained from the mountain guarding ancestor is only to cultivate to the realm of true immortality.


    If you want to get more inheritance, you need to practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, so that you can contact Taiyi Jinxian.


    In the world dominated by practitioners, it is really difficult to practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    To this end, Meng Zhang must prepare some backhands in case he can''t contact Taiyi Jinxian.


    If we can get the immortal legacy treasure coveted by several real immortals, Meng Zhang is at least qualified to practice in the realm of immortals.


    Of course, how to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth and win the treasure left by the immortals who created the Jun dust world needs a good plan.


    Meng Zhang is now just a monk in the middle of returning to the virtual world. He is still eighteen thousand miles away from Cheng Xiande Dao.


    At this time, people begin to think about how to break through the realm of immortals, which will make people feel ambitious.


    In Meng Zhang''s own opinion, it is his long-term vision and lofty aspirations.


    The so-called person who does not seek immortality is not enough for a while.


    We must make full preparations now for the future.


    Meng Zhang was not prepared to expose the moon god to the idle cloud immortal.


    With the mind of Xianyun Zhenxian, he will never be polite to the moon god.


    By his means, it is possible to drain the utilization value of the moon god.


    Meng Zhang is now working for Xianyun Zhenxian, but it is an expedient measure under helplessness.


    In the end, it is not unusual for the two to go their separate ways and even be hostile to each other.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian helped Meng Zhang, he forcibly controlled Meng Zhang and drove Meng Zhang to work for himself. How can Meng Zhang have no resentment in his heart.


    Naturally, Meng Zhang didn''t serve Xianyun Zhenxian wholeheartedly.


    Meng Zhang hid the goddess of worship of the moon in his mustard space, and then thought about his next words again and again. After confirming that there was no problem, he went to meet with Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Worried about meeting the old enemy of Hunling zunshen, Xianyun Zhenxian hid his tracks and cruised secretly at a distance from Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang met Xianyun Zhenxian smoothly in the way agreed earlier.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang almost didn''t hide much, so he told his experience in Shenchang world again.


    The only thing he concealed was the whereabouts of the goddess of the moon afterwards, as well as some information about his inheritance means.


    With Meng Zhang''s telling, the relaxed face of Xianyun Zhenxian has become more and more serious.


    In particular, Meng Zhang finally mentioned that the Junchen world was opened up by a top celestial being. After the top immortal disappeared, he left a legacy in the Junchen world. Several sleeping immortals have been trying to seize the treasures left by immortals


    At last, Xianyun Zhenxian''s eyes glowed and thought he had seen through many things.


    No wonder those real immortals are so confident that they can break through to the realm of immortals. It turns out that they know that they have the legacy left by the top immortals.


    The so-called swallowing the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world may be just a cover.

 Chapter 2071

    For every true immortal, he will not let go of the opportunity to break through to heaven.


    Even if we have to face countless dangers and make many enemies, we will not retreat at all.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is no exception.


    He stayed in the ascendant Star area for so long, has been hiding the information of the Jun dust world, and has not reported to the LiuYun saint in time. In fact, it is tantamount to betraying the sect.


    He is willing to pay a huge price for his own path and to break through to the immortal. He will spare no expense for all kinds of losses.


    In fact, the practice of Xianyun Zhenxian is almost desperate.


    If he can not successfully break through to Tianxian this time, he will face serious consequences.


    Besides, what will Liuyun Zhenxian of Liuyun Shengzong think of him after he knows this?


    If you can''t gain a foothold in Liuyun Shengzong and lose the support of the sect, it will be difficult for Xianyun Zhenxian to go in the future.


    To snatch food from the tiger''s mouth and seize the opportunities of several real immortals in Jun dust world, Xianyun real immortals who are already a step late must make more efforts.


    Xianyun Zhenxian had to control Meng Zhang for his own use.


    Now it seems that this is clearly a good move.


    Meng Zhang was really effective and successfully completed this difficult task.


    Meng Zhang hardly hid the information that the moon god told him, and told all of it to Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Just about the whereabouts of the moon god, he made some concealment.


    He said that the moon god was an old God after all, and her strength was unfathomable. No one knew what cards she had.


    So instead of forcing her, he obtained information from her in a fair way.


    After the completion of the transaction, Meng Zhang did not force the moon god to do anything, but allowed him to make independent arrangements and come and go freely.


    Meng Zhang''s words are not false. The moon god is indeed willing to follow Meng Zhang back to the Junchen world.


    At the beginning of his practice, Meng Zhang mastered his spiritual power of seeing through people''s hearts.


    After his cultivation became deeper and deeper, he not only had the ability to see through people''s hearts, but also had other advantages in hiding his mind.


    Coupled with the excellent inheritance of taiyimen, he has a strong ability in closing his thoughts and hiding his thoughts.


    Xianyun Zhenxian thinks that she has planted a prohibition in Meng Zhang. With her brilliant eyes, she can see through all Meng Zhang''s thoughts.


    However, Meng Zhang still hid his deep thoughts and many key information under his eyes.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s easy release of the moon god.


    From the information transmitted by Meng Zhang, Xianyun Zhenxian can also keenly perceive that the moon god is not simple, and there are many reservations in the information disclosed.


    At least, the moon god didn''t disclose the specific information about the treasure left by the top immortal in the Junchen world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t know the specific information of the treasure. How to seek it?


    I don''t know whether the moon god really doesn''t know or deliberately conceals it?


    Of course, Xianyun Zhenxian can''t blame Meng Zhang too much.


    After all, Meng Zhang''s strength is limited. It is really difficult to completely control the old gods such as moon god.


    If you really push the other party, you may force out any cards.


    Even if Meng Zhang cast the immortal talisman regardless of the consequences, he may not be able to capture the other party alive.


    Now the two sides have not torn their faces. At least they have reserved the opportunity to meet in the future.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t say anything more, but explained two points.


    First, if Meng Zhang meets the moon god again in the future, he must find a way to stabilize the other party and try to bring her to Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Second, after Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world, he must fully monitor the actions of the religious doors of the major holy places and try to master the movements of several sleeping real immortals.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang has to try his best to find out all kinds of secrets in the ancient Junchen world and try his best to obtain information about the treasures left by immortals.


    If you want a horse to run, you must let the horse eat.


    Xianyun Zhenxian still knows the least way to employ people.


    This time, Meng Zhang ventured into the Shenchang world, completed the task assigned by Xianyun Zhenxian, and obtained valuable information.


    After Meng Zhang finished his report, Xianyun Zhenxian gave him some advice, all about the cultivation in the period of returning to emptiness.


    For the ordinary return to emptiness power, the guidance from the real immortal is of immeasurable value.


    Although Meng Zhang has the inheritance of Taiyi gate, he doesn''t need the guidance of Xianyun Zhenxian very much.


    However, the stone of the mountain can be used to attack jade. The experience of every pioneer on the road of practice is precious.


    Meng Zhang listened carefully to the explanation of Xianyun Zhenxian and asked some questions from time to time.


    For Meng Zhang''s question, Xianyun Zhenxian answered it seriously.


    Xianyun Zhenxian talked for a long time and deliberately left a lot of tails to lift Meng Zhang''s appetite and drive him to work better for himself.


    After that, Xianyun Zhenxian sent Meng Zhang away.


    Before leaving, Xianyun Zhenxian hesitated and asked Meng Zhang to pay attention to the trend of Hunling and respecting God on the basis of giving priority to completing the tasks he had previously assigned.


    Originally, Xianyun Zhenxian guessed that Hunling respected God and sent God attendants to visit Shenchang world. He was upset and kind-hearted and was playing the idea of Shenchang world.


    But after such a long time, the Hun spirit and the God have never made any action.


    Either it''s the wrong guess of Xianyun Zhenxian; Or it is the long-term plan of the spirit and God, and there is no hurry to act.


    Xianyun Zhenxian prefers the latter possibility.


    As for the old rival of Hunling zunshen, Xianyun Zhenxian was full of fear.


    Although Hunling zunshen will not compete with Xianyun Zhenxian for the opportunity to become an immortal, he will never watch Xianyun Zhenxian get the opportunity to become an immortal.


    To be honest, if it weren''t for the existence of mixed spirits and gods, and with the mind of fighting between Snipes and mussels, Xianyun real immortals would join the camp of foreign invaders, which would be more conducive to seizing the opportunities of several real immortals in Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang''s orders to Xianyun Zhenxian are naturally full of promises.


    As for how to do it in the future, that is his problem.


    After parting from Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang embarked on a journey back to Jun dust world.


    At this time, in the void around the Junchen world, the armies of all kinds of foreign invaders were once again filled.


    Just a few decades after the last big defeat, all kinds of foreign invaders once again assembled a large army, ready to launch a full-scale invasion again.


    Such frequent invasions and such a large invading army are very rare in the history of Jun dust world.


    Despite the great loss of vitality after the last defeat, all foreign invaders would rather dry up and fish, empty their own potential, and can''t wait to launch another invasion. I really don''t know what they want.


    Meng Zhang did not know the plan of the high-level foreign invaders, but guessed that there must be joints he did not know, which would lead to this situation.


    Under the cover of the nest, there is no finished egg.


    As a member of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang was not relaxed in the face of such a powerful army of foreign invaders.

 Chapter 2072

    At this time, although the armies of foreign invaders have not officially launched a comprehensive attack, various preparations have been completed, and small-scale explorations and raids have almost never been cut off.


    In the void around the Junchen world, it has long been tightly sealed off, and teams of foreign invaders patrol back and forth at any time.


    It is more and more difficult for practitioners from the Jun dust world to leave the Jun dust world and go to the void.


    Those who return to the Junchen world, such as Meng Zhang, must be careful all the way, try their best to hide their tracks, and dare not expose them at all.


    Meng Zhang is not only strong, but also lucky.


    Along the way, he did not encounter foreign invaders of Zhenxian level.


    He can avoid ordinary foreign invaders flexibly.


    As he slowly approached the Junchen world, Meng Zhang became more pessimistic about the situation in the Junchen world.


    In the current void, the Junchen world has lost most of its initiative. Unable to launch an active attack, they can only defend passively.


    Because the foreign invaders of Zhenxian level often go out in the Junchen world, the Junchen side had to arrange Zhenxian to contain them.


    The real immortal combat power of the Junchen world is really limited, and it has no advantage over foreign invaders.


    There is only one real fairy in the three mountains who is most afraid of foreign invaders.


    Every time the real immortals of the three mountains go out, the foreign invaders either give way or send a number of strong real immortals to entangle them.


    The ancestors of Xuanxuan and the three lions are too weak to form an effective cooperation with the real immortals of the three mountains.


    Relying solely on the power of the three real immortals can neither completely break the enemy''s encirclement nor cause huge damage to the enemy.


    In addition to the real immortals of the three mountains, the most feared by foreign invaders in the Junchen world is the heaven and earth kill array arranged in the world.


    Last time, with the help of the heaven and earth kill array, the snow sword king made great achievements, and also exposed its power and roughly killing range.


    Before there was enough assurance, the foreign invaders did not approach the Junchen world on a large scale to impact the heaven and earth kill array.


    Meng Zhang did not know what foreign invaders were waiting for.


    The strength of the enemy he learned was enough to overwhelm the Junchen world.


    At present, on the side of Junchen world, Sanshan Zhenxian has to lead almost all Zhenxian combat forces to maintain the last line of defense outside the boundary.


    In order to make up for the weakness of insufficient combat power of your own real immortals, most of the virtual immortals in Jun dust world were recruited to the void near Jun dust world to cooperate with your own real immortals.


    Because of the strong cultivation system, even the virtual immortal, especially the virtual immortal from the Holy Land Sect, will not have no resistance to the strong real immortal level of the enemy, and can more or less fight the enemy.


    When they encounter the enemies of Zhenxian level, Sanshan Zhenxian can generally come to reinforce them in time.


    Of course, among the foreign invaders, there are also a lot of strong ones at the virtual immortal level, and they have come to the Junchen world.


    At present, the real immortals on both sides are mainly confrontation. The battle at the virtual immortals level occurs from time to time, and the battle at the virtual immortals level has almost never been interrupted.


    Meng Zhang passed through the heavy blockade of foreign invaders all the way and smoothly entered the meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world.


    This meteorite belt, which used to be the last line of defense around the Jun dust world, has been damaged by repeated sawing on both sides.


    Especially when the real immortal level strong fight, only the aftermath of the battle can destroy a large area of meteorite belt.


    Those huge meteorites like continental mountains can be turned into powder by waving and even blowing.


    Most of the meteorite belt was destroyed, and the periphery of the Jun dust world was empty, and the field of vision became much wider.


    The whole vast meteorite belt, which can wrap the whole Jun dust world, now only a few floating continents are left as the last defense point of the Jun dust world in the void.


    For these last defense points, the Jun dust world still attaches great importance to them.


    If you lose these last defense points, it means that the cultivator side has completely lost its power in the void and has to retreat back to the Junchen world again.


    Each defense point has deployed a strong defense force, and the leader of the guard is either an empty immortal or a superior.


    In fact, due to the pressure brought by foreign invaders, the Junchen world has transferred too many forces for defense, which has had a lot of impact on the territory.


    Among them, the most important one is that the high-level combat power of the major Holy Land sects to attack the ghost territory in the capital is seriously insufficient, resulting in the delay in solving the ghost territory.


    Some people in the sects of the holy places tried to ease the relationship with other Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world, so as to coax a pile of cannon fodder to join the war.


    However, due to the last large-scale cleaning operation of the Holy Land Sect gate, the Xiuzhen forces outside the Holy Land Sect gate system in Junchen are full of vigilance.


    No matter how sweet words and good intentions are expressed by the holy places, they will not believe anything.


    Due to the impact of the last incident, even the heavenly palace, which has always been in the same breath with all the holy places, is unwilling to help them.


    Now, all the holy places can only rely on their own and their vassals to solve the problem of ghost territory in the capital.


    In order to avoid trouble, Meng Zhang took the initiative to bypass several floating continents outside the Jun dust world.


    He came to the outside of Jun dust world. In order to avoid misunderstanding, he took the initiative to show his figure.


    This area is still under the control of the cultivators in the Jun dust world for the time being.


    Apart from the occasional infiltration of a few foreign invaders here, it is basically relatively safe here.


    Soon after Meng Zhang showed his figure, he did not move forward, but stayed in place and waited for the inspection of the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang knew very well that even if the Junchen side was passive, it would still keep close monitoring on the last peripheral defense line.


    Sure enough, after a while, Meng Zhang felt a great power sweeping over him, as if he wanted to see through himself inside and outside.


    Meng Zhang did not resist and let the other party check. Of course, his real details, he has long been well hidden.


    Only from the exposed breath, Meng Zhang is a true Taoist practitioner.


    Meng Zhang is also a famous figure in the Junchen world, and he also works in the heavenly palace. Many people know him.


    The strong of Zhenxian level will not spend energy on Meng Zhang, a monk in the retreat period. The most is a simple sweep.


    It is the defense system established by the Junchen world based on Jiutian that really checks Meng Zhang carefully.


    This defense system is mainly in the hands of the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace.


    Before long, Meng Zhang received the signal. After checking, he can return to the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang did not break in, but entered Jiutian along the common channel.


    Within nine days, he went through several repeated inspections and confirmed that there were no problems before he was completely cleared.

 Chapter 2073

    After Meng Zhang successfully passed the inspection, he left for nine days and came to the heavenly palace.


    At this time, in the heavenly palace, due to the tension outside the boundary, there was also a busy scene everywhere.


    The friends Meng Zhang wants to visit are either not here, running around, or too busy to be separated.


    Meng Zhang did not stay in the heavenly palace for a long time. He soon left here and returned to the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang left the mountain gate for only a few years this time. Let alone return to virtual power, even for ordinary practitioners, a few years are not worth mentioning.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, he saw that everything was normal and no major events had happened, so he didn''t disturb the others in the gate. He just chatted with Niu Dawei, the acting leader, to get the latest situation.


    Taiyi gate now has the great ability of returning to emptiness such as Meng Zhang and Yu Ci. There are many Yang God Qi Zhenjun in the gate, and the number of ordinary friars is even larger.


    This kind of cultivation force is the top number in the whole Jun dust world.


    The only major Holy Land Sect doors that can pose a threat to Taiyi gate have been attracted by the ghost land in the capital for many years, and they don''t care to be embarrassed by Taiyi gate at all.


    In fact, due to the bad situation outside the Junchen world, the religious sects of the major holy places sent a large number of elite friars to support, resulting in the lack of strength inside the Junchen world, which has greatly affected the elimination of the ghost areas in the capital.


    At this time, if Taiyi gate doesn''t block the doors of the holy places, it should be thankful.


    Since there is no external threat for the time being, taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng under its leadership naturally develop rapidly and everything goes smoothly.


    In addition to developing the resources in the north of Junchen, taiyimen also set foot overseas and wantonly developed various resources in the West Sea.


    Several real immortals who opened up the fairyland in the Jun dust world refined the heaven and earth fetal membrane of the Jun dust world into a special system of nine days.


    In addition to being the last external defense line of the Junchen world, Jiutian also has many resource points, which can produce various high-level resources, including the essence of Jiutian.


    To maintain all resource points within nine days, we must maintain them regularly and invest all kinds of low-end resources into them.


    With the invasion of the great enemy, the defense pressure of the Jun dust world is unprecedented. There is a shortage of resources in the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    As the rulers of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace and the great holy places are not just talking.


    In addition to recruiting monks from all the cultivation forces in the Junchen world, you can also recruit and distribute various cultivation resources.


    Meng Zhang has a good relationship with Banxue Jianjun, and is an ally with the Taoist in the ancient capital.


    Although taiyimen and its Hanhai daomeng are taken care of by the high level of Tiangong, they still need to pay a lot of cultivation resources.


    No way, the situation of the heavenly palace and the holy places is really more and more difficult.


    The main source of the jade clearing spirit machine necessary for high-level friars'' cultivation is the void.


    Now the practitioners of Jun dust world have lost all resource points in the void and are tightly blocked. Naturally, they can''t continue to obtain resources from the void.


    In addition, jade Qingling machine can also be produced in the source sea of Jun dust world.


    However, for fear of affecting several real immortals in their sleep, all major forces dare not wantonly exploit the source sea.


    The number of Yuqing LINGJI produced in Yuanhai is limited, and they have to be divided up by various forces.


    Meng Zhang used to work in the heavenly palace and received a salary regularly.


    However, due to the lack of resources, the heavenly palace only pays full salaries to its direct friars.


    For example, Meng Zhang is only a monk in the heavenly palace. He doesn''t have a full-time friar in the heavenly palace. He hasn''t received a salary from the heavenly palace for a long time.


    There are many monks in the holy places, and their salaries are also cut off.


    The salaries of those casual practitioners who took refuge in the heavenly palace were also deducted a lot.


    Due to the depression of the market, the originally very active commercial activities in Tiangong almost stagnated.


    Including taiyimen and the major cultivation forces, it is difficult to make use of the platform of Tiangong to earn profits.


    Taiyimen and other great forces with blessed land are OK. The aura provided by blessed land can basically meet the needs of high-level monks in the door.


    Most of those high-level friars who came from small forces and casual cultivation encountered the problem of insufficient cultivation resources.


    Meng Zhang practices in the blessed land of the sun and moon on weekdays, which can greatly reduce the demand for jade Qingling machine.


    Meng Zhang is a young man in the great power of returning to emptiness, but he has an extremely rich experience.


    He participated in many wars of returning to the virtual world. As a winner, he captured a large number of booty.


    Up to now, his booty is far from exhausted.


    He also brought back a lot of booty from the Shenchang world this time.


    Among them, the most precious are the bodies of several indigenous gods at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Most of them were put into the sun moon blessed land by him to make up for defects and enhance the potential of the blessed land.


    In addition to absorbing the vitality of heaven and earth, there is also a strong transformation ability.


    After the corpses of indigenous gods at the level of returning to emptiness are transformed by the blessed land, they can become pure aura for practitioners to absorb and use.


    Ziyang holy fire, a special magic weapon, can''t see the light. Meng Zhang used it outside the Jun dust world before.


    After returning to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang simply placed it in the depths of the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    In addition to warming up in the sun, moon and blessed land, the Ziyang holy fire itself can also provide pure Ziyang power for the blessed land to absorb and use.


    ChiYin sword Sha, a magic weapon, suffered a lot in the Shenchang world. Meng Zhang sent it to the underworld and asked Taimiao''s confidants to place it in the place where the Yin Sha condensed for warm cultivation.


    Meng Zhang has an immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    This is refined by Liuyun Zhenxian, the founder of Liuyun Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang previously used this immortal talisman as a mace to kill powerful enemies. This usage seems a bit wasteful.


    Meng Zhang carefully sensed the power of this immortal talisman, carefully figured out its mystery, and understood the immortal''s means.


    Meng Zhang is not a special talisman. He can''t get the most from immortal talismans.


    Yang Xueyi, the strongest talisman in Taiyi sect, is only a friar in the period of Yang God. She is not qualified to directly understand this immortal talisman.


    If you put this fairy talisman directly in front of her, her breath will be unbearable.


    If Yang Xueyi wants to understand this immortal talisman, she needs to return to the empty period.


    Meng Zhang can only hope that before Yang Xueyi''s advanced return period, he has not exhausted the power of this immortal talisman.


    When Meng Zhang understood this immortal talisman, he simply copied it and gave some of his experience to Yang Xueyi for learning.


    Now Meng Zhang has only one Aurora Wusuo and the heaven and earth pillar, which can not be easily used.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang also has the diagram of heaven and earth law, Tai Chi and Yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang has long understood that magic weapons are only foreign objects, and his own heaven and earth Dharma is fundamental, which exceeds all magic weapons in all aspects.

 Chapter 2074

    Meng Zhang understood the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian. It was not him who gained the most, but Yang Xueyi, the chief talisman in the sect.


    Although Yang Xueyi didn''t understand the immortal talisman directly, she only learned something indirectly, but such a harvest has exceeded her practice for many years.


    Although Yang Xueyi''s original practice of making talismans was not directly handed down by Taiyi, she was also very clever.


    The biggest regret is that it is only limited to refining fourth-order runes.


    Later, Meng Zhang successively obtained the inheritance of Taiyi gate, completed the classics in the gate, and improved the content of truth cultivation.


    The technique of making talismans inherited by Taiyi sect is certainly not a popular commodity, and there is even a method of refining immortal talismans.


    Liuyun Shengzong is a sect created by the true immortal. The technique of making talismans is a unique skill in the sect.


    Liuyun Zhenxian, not to mention in the quadrangular Star area of that year, is in many nearby star areas, all of which are famous for making runes.


    Even if Yang Xueyi directly understood the immortal talisman, she could not learn the complete talisman making technique of Liuyun Shengzong.


    However, any mysterious place in this fairy talisman can help her understand this brand-new talisman making technique.


    The stone of the mountain can be used to attack jade. Yang Xueyi can greatly broaden her horizons and help her practice the Fu making technique inherited by the Taiyi sect by learning and learning from another clever Fu making technique.


    Seeing that this was very helpful to Yang Xueyi, Meng Zhang then focused on understanding immortal talisman.


    Meng Zhang entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness for a short time. To advance to the later stage of returning to emptiness, he still needs deep accumulation, which can not be achieved by practicing overnight.


    Of course, Meng Zhang never relaxed about his own practice.


    Several true immortals have been sleeping in the source sea of Jun dust world for so many years, and the day of awakening is getting closer and closer.


    Once several true immortals wake up, the whole Jun dust world will undergo great changes.


    Meng Zhang always had a sense of urgency and did not dare to relax at all.


    After being accepted by Meng Zhang, Yu Ci became the guest elder of Taiyi gate.


    His combat effectiveness is not particularly outstanding, but he is also a great ability to return to emptiness, and he should have a lot of skills.


    When Meng Zhang left the Junchen world, Yu Ci helped to sit at Taiyi gate, which really played a role in deterring curfews and intimidating the four sides.


    Meng Zhang did not treat him badly. In addition to his salary, he also opened the outer part of taiyimen Sutra pavilion to him so that he could read classics other than the core inheritance.


    Yu Ci tried his best. Even when Meng Zhang was not in the door, he honestly obeyed Niu Dawei''s orders and had no intention of relying on the old to sell the old.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, others could disappear, but Yu Ci Lao Dao had to meet him.


    Meng Zhang told Yu Ci Lao Dao what he had seen and heard outside the Jun dust world.


    It is said that the foreign invaders once again pressed the border, and Yu Ci Lao Dao''s face was bitter.


    If the war in the heavenly palace is unfavorable, it will certainly recruit the return virtual power of the Junchen world to join the war again.


    In the last war, Yu Ci, a Taoist priest, risked life and death. He managed to escape.


    If he is called up next time, he may not have such good luck.


    Meng Zhang probably guessed Yu Ci''s mind and comforted him.


    Yu Ci is now a member of Taiyi sect. Meng Zhang will naturally find a way to take care of him.


    Master Yu Ci knew that Meng Zhang was not only powerful, but also had a wide range of contacts in the heavenly palace.


    With his care, my life will be much better.


    At this time, Yu Ci thought it was a good choice to take refuge in Meng Zhang.


    Recently, in the direction of the West Sea, in order to compete for resources, many Xiuzhen forces have had great disputes, and even taiyimen can''t stay out of it.


    Even the holy door like Ziyang Shengzong probably really felt that Xiuzhen resources were tight. Unexpectedly, regardless of face and eating, it directly intervened in the disputes in the West Sea.


    Taiyimen not only fostered the cultivation forces of Guanghan palace and Xuanxin temple in Xingluo islands, but also had a large sphere of influence in the West Sea, involving huge interests.


    Guanghan palace and Xuanxin temple have long secretly taken refuge in Taiyi gate.


    Although they are not loyal to taiyimen wholeheartedly, they are generally obedient and willing to cooperate with taiyimen''s actions in the West Sea.


    Ziyang Shengzong came to a direct end, and the situation in Xingluo islands became very unfavorable to the cultivation forces such as Guanghan palace.


    The whole west sea has been greatly affected, which has greatly dragged down taiyimen''s collection of resources.


    Now Meng Zhang''s goal is too big.


    If he goes directly to the West Sea, it means that the dispute between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong will rise again, and there is not much room for relaxation.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and simply sent Yu Ci Lao Dao to the West Sea.


    First, this is a test of kindness.


    See if he is still loyal to taiyimen in the face of the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Second, it is also a test of Ziyang Shengzong.


    See how much power Ziyang holy sect can give to deal with foreign invaders and attack the ghost areas in the capital.


    As long as Yu Ci Lao Dao wholeheartedly suppresses the West Sea for Taiyi gate, Ziyang Shengzong can''t help Taiyi gate, no matter how powerful and famous he is, unless he returns to virtual power.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Yu Ci Lao Dao went to the West Sea honestly.


    The goddess of worship of the moon, who was originally hidden by Meng Zhang in his mustard space, had long been released by him.


    After the goddess of the moon left Meng Zhang''s Mustard space, she had no joy of returning to her hometown, but felt waves of discomfort.


    After conquering the Jun dust world, several real immortals influenced the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world by various means.


    Originally, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world would be protected by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    However, the changed rules of heaven and earth will not continue to protect them, but will make them feel a strong repulsive force.


    This is also an important reason why after the Junchen world was conquered by the Xiuzhen world, although many indigenous gods were hidden everywhere, they either completely disappeared in the long years or hid in the dark.


    Now the Junchen world has completely become the world of practitioners in all aspects.


    It is no longer the home of indigenous gods and will no longer provide various conveniences for indigenous gods.


    The goddess of worship of the moon is an old God in the Junchen world. Naturally, she is inevitably affected by the changes of the rules of heaven and earth.


    Ancient gods such as the moon god were more affected.


    Fortunately, she has been hiding in the depths of the spirit of the moon worship goddess, and she has escaped many troubles.


    Meng Zhang did not force them to come and go freely.


    In order to make it convenient for them to act in the Junchen world, Meng Zhang arranged the identity of an elder of the guest Qing of the Taiyi sect for the goddess of the moon.


    After communicating with Meng Zhang, the moon god developed a secret method with the help of Meng Zhang, which can temporarily hide the identity of the goddess of worship to the moon and dress her up as an ordinary cultivator.

 Chapter 2075

    Jun dust world became a world ruled by practitioners thousands of years ago.


    The original indigenous gods and divine descendants of the Junchen world have become the public enemies of the Xiuzhen world.


    As long as they dare to appear in the Jun dust world, they will be surrounded and killed by all kinds of practitioners.


    There are indeed a few gods and even indigenous gods in the Junchen world, which may be hidden in some very hidden places.


    The last cleaning operation organized by Tiangong not only exposed these guys, but also caused great shock to them.


    If the goddess of worship of the moon does not hide her identity and walks directly in the Junchen world as she is, it will certainly lead to the encirclement and killing of various forces.


    The secret technique of hiding identity developed by the moon god with the help of Meng Zhang can at least hide from the practitioners below the retreat period.


    As long as the goddess of the moon doesn''t take the initiative, the ordinary great energy in the virtual period may not be able to see through her true identity.


    Meng Zhang also knew that if his actions were exposed, it would certainly bring him a lot of trouble.


    In order to make friends with the moon god, he couldn''t care about these.


    After a period of adaptation, the goddess of moon worship also slowly adapted to the new rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    Of course, her strength will still be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth, and it is difficult to give full play to all her combat effectiveness.


    Because of her status as an elder of the guest Qing of Taiyi gate, the goddess of worship of the moon can freely move in the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, but she can''t enter some secret places.


    With the increasing development of Taiyi gate, more and more practitioners are taking refuge in Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen selected from them and appointed many guest ministers of different levels.


    In the current Taiyi gate, except for a few high-level and personnel friars, no one can tell how many guests there are in the Taiyi gate.


    It''s not a big deal to have a female guest elder in Taiyi gate.


    After living in the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate for a period of time, the goddess of moon worship left here and traveled in the north of Junchen world.


    The signboard of Taiyi sect''s elder Keqing is still very easy to use.


    You can enjoy good treatment on the whole territory of Hanhai daomeng.


    Most of the cultivation forces in the cultivation world are not willing to easily offend the rising taiyimen.


    Of course, when facing the doors of major holy places, it''s best to restrain the goddess of the moon.


    Meng Zhang knew that worshipping the goddess of the moon and the God of the Moon said they were traveling around, and they must have a special purpose.


    Meng Zhang did not follow them, let alone interfere in their actions.


    With the strength of returning to the virtual level of worshiping the goddess of the moon, as long as it''s not too unlucky, the whole Jun dust world can go.


    Of course, in this world ruled by practitioners, it may not be so smooth to worship the goddess of the moon or the God of the moon.


    Meng Zhang vaguely felt that the moon god would not easily cut off his connection with himself.


    Maybe sometime, she will ask herself for help again.


    So far, Meng Zhang has shown a sincere attitude.


    He perfectly fulfilled his promise to the moon god and showed no malice to her.


    If the moon god wants to find a partner among the practitioners, there is nothing more suitable than Meng Zhang.


    After the goddess of worship of the moon left Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang not only focused on his own practice, but also focused on his outer incarnation Taimiao.


    It''s wonderful to advance to the virtual period, and hold the two powers of reincarnation and life and death.


    With the deepening of his refining of these two powers, he not only greatly increased his understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth, but also ushered in a leap in his combat effectiveness.


    At this time, it was so wonderful that it almost had the strength to sweep most of the underworld.


    If he faces the foreign ghosts who return to the virtual period again at this time, he doesn''t have to retreat at all, but can take the initiative to meet them.


    Too wonderful. Originally, he majored in the avenue of life and death. Now, starting with the power of life and death, he is even more powerful.


    Too wonderful. She has the strength to sweep the underworld, but she has lost her interest in bullying and beating children.


    The ordinary acquired ghosts and gods in the underworld could not stimulate his desire to fight.


    It''s wonderful. Let the ghosts and ghosts expand around.


    Unless his men really meet a strong enemy that they can''t deal with, he won''t do it at all.


    In most parts of the underworld, the ghosts and gods in the later period of Yuanshen are the top combat power, which is enough to dominate one side.


    Ghosts and gods with the strength of Yang God are rare and rare.


    It seems that this is the only one in the underworld.


    Taimiao''s strength has developed by leaps and bounds, and his followers have also greatly increased their strength.


    For example, the original Dharma protectors of Taiyi sect, such as Jijian general, have been transformed into wonderful ones. After they have broken through the shackles of the body, their accomplishments have been improving rapidly.


    Too wonderful, I believe in them more and have made a lot of efforts to cultivate them.


    Especially at this time, it is so wonderful that you can control power and permanently strengthen your opponent from God.


    After being strengthened by Taimiao, the slave gods have the strength to fight against the ghosts and gods acquired in the later stage of Yuanshen and undertake the main combat tasks.


    Too wonderful. I lost interest in the game of expanding and conquering on all sides and focused on the ghost cry mountains.


    There is a great danger in the depths of the ghost cry mountain. There is a great opportunity hidden in the great danger.


    That''s wonderful. After I tasted the sweetness last time, I couldn''t stop feeling about this place.


    Ghost cry mountain used to be the battlefield of many natural ghosts and gods, burying many powerful natural ghosts and gods.


    So far, Taimiao has no ability to thoroughly explore this battlefield, and knows nothing about the causes and course of the war.


    He only knew that almost all the natural ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness in the underworld died here, so he had the situation of today''s underworld.


    If the underworld is still dominated by these natural ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness, the acquired ghosts and gods from the Yang world and transformed by the yuan God of the cultivator will not be able to stand in the underworld at all.


    It is impossible for Terran practitioners to establish various forces in the underworld.


    Even foreign ghosts from outside the Jun dust world may not be able to sneak into the underworld of the Jun dust world.


    After the natural ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness die in battle, due to various reasons, such as geomantic omen, extreme anger and unwillingness in their hearts, the special rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, etc., they will give birth to terrible evil things in the place where they die in battle.


    People die as ghosts. After ghosts die, especially after ghosts and gods die, they do not necessarily disappear completely.


    These fierce things born on the bones of natural ghosts and gods are often extremely cruel and violent because of the resentment and unwillingness of natural ghosts and gods


    Compared with before they were alive, their combat effectiveness increased rather than decreased.


    Such a fierce thing has a special title, which is called ferocious.


    Even if the great power of returning to emptiness is entangled by evil spirits, it will be in danger of falling.


    In the depths of the ghost cry mountains, there are an unknown number of evil spirits entrenched all year round.


    Fortunately, for unknown reasons, these evil spirits could not leave the once battlefield of ghost cry mountain.


    Otherwise, the situation in hell would have changed a lot.

 Chapter 2076

    It''s wonderful. If you want to explore the ghost cry mountains, you can''t avoid these terrible evils. You even have to face them.


    In fact, it''s not too wonderful, but for a group of guys with incomplete intelligence, they are still enough to crush each other in terms of IQ.


    It''s wonderful to use such means as beating around and luring the tiger away from the mountain.


    Although I dare not say that I played the other side around, at least I avoided many meaningless battles.


    After skillfully seizing the power of life and death and ushering in a leap in their own combat effectiveness, it seems that they have tasted some sweetness and are more and more eager to stop the ghost crying mountain.


    In the wonderful induction, there are many treasures in the depths of the ghost cry mountain, which plays an important role in him.


    Of course, even if the strength is greatly improved, too wonderful still does not have enough strength to defeat the evil spirits in the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    He put aside all the matters above his territory and handed over all kinds of affairs to his subordinates. His family secretly came to the vicinity of the ghost cry mountain.


    Too wonderful. Try to repeat the old technique and go deep into the ghost cry mountain again to seize the treasure.


    The last time it was too wonderful to take away the power of life and death, it has completely angered many evil spirits.


    After some entanglement with Taimiao, these evil spirits seem to have learned a lot.


    They can see through all kinds of tricks that are too clever and will not be easily deceived by too clever.


    Too wonderful. Trying to deceive them with the previous means will only lead to their fierce counterattack.


    It''s wonderful. I didn''t succeed in going deep into the ghost cry mountain several times. I was blocked by these evil spirits on the way.


    The most dangerous time, he even fell into a vicious siege.


    If it were not for great progress in strength and driving the power of life and death and reincarnation against the enemy, it would be too wonderful to break out of the siege.


    The current strength of Taimiao can block the weakest evil spirits at most.


    Whether it is the strong among the evil spirits or a number of evil spirits, he can''t deal with them.


    Too wonderful. I encountered several setbacks. Instead of giving up my heart, my fighting spirit became higher and higher.


    For too wonderful, the depths of the ghost cry mountains are a big treasure. He is absolutely unwilling to give up easily.


    Too wonderful itself is the character of being more frustrated and more brave, and has the temptation of treasure. Now he has been wandering near the ghost cry mountain, always looking for a good opportunity to sneak in.


    Once he felt the opportunity was right, he would risk sneaking in and fight the murderous.


    After Meng Zhang and too wonderful synchronized the information, they had some opinions on too wonderful''s risky approach.


    However, Meng Zhang has always kept this external incarnation free.


    Except for a few extreme cases, Meng Zhang will not easily interfere with too good decisions.


    After hesitating for a while, Meng Zhang continued his previous attitude and didn''t care about his wonderful actions.


    It''s wonderful. It''s not a maniac who doesn''t know how to live or die, nor a fool who wants to die.


    It''s wonderful. Since I dare to do so, I still have a little confidence in my heart.


    Of course, Meng Zhang paid more attention to Taimiao action and increased the frequency of synchronizing information.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is now in the Junchen world. It''s easy to establish a relationship with Taimiao in the underworld.


    While paying attention to the wonderful, Meng Zhang did not relax his attention to the holy places.


    The Great Holy Land sects concentrated their strength in the Yangshi world and continued to attack the ghost region of the capital, which indeed caused great pressure on the ghost region of the capital.


    At the same time, the holy places not only suffered heavy losses, but also spent too much time.


    Although in the process of attacking the ghost region of the capital, the greatest loss was the low-level friars, and a large part of them were members of the vassal forces forcibly recruited by the Holy Land sects.


    But in the final analysis, these forces belong to all the holy places.


    Once the loss is too great, it will affect the rule of the holy sect over the Junchen world.


    What is more serious is that due to the long delay, the major holy places have aroused the dissatisfaction of their true immortal ancestors.


    The ghost region in the capital is like a huge tumor. It grows brightly in the Jun dust world, constantly absorbs the nutrition of the Jun dust world and destroys the foundation of the Jun dust world.


    The longer the ghost land in the capital exists, the greater the damage to the Jun dust world.


    Naturally, the religious sects of the major holy places are not lazy. They have made great efforts to eliminate the ghost areas in the capital.


    In addition to attacking directly in the Yang world, they also tried to organize forces to carry out actions in the underworld and destroy the foundation of the ghost region of the capital city in the underworld.


    At first, the Holy Land Sect tried to attract Taimiao and coax Taimiao to be cannon fodder.


    It''s wonderful to be focusing on the ghost crying mountains. Where can I have leisure to deal with these annoying flies.


    It''s wonderful. Let''s go down and deal with the messengers of the holy door. I never show up in front of them.


    If you dare to be so disrespectful to the Holy Land Sect door on weekdays, even if you hide in the underworld, you can''t escape the suppression and revenge of the Holy Land Sect door.


    But now the Holy Land Sect is busy dealing with the ghost areas in the capital. It doesn''t want to create new problems and waste too much energy on Taimiao.


    Without butcher Zhang, you won''t eat pigs with hair?


    The sects of the holy places, who thought they were powerful, did not quarrel with Taimiao for the time being, but mobilized their strength in the underworld and prepared to attack the underworld capital.


    In the underworld, the acquired ghosts and gods transformed from the yuan God Zhenjun often keep in touch with the Yang world, so they are naturally affected by the Yang world.


    Over the years, the sects of the holy places have directly or indirectly supported many forces in the underworld.


    Among many acquired ghosts and gods in the underworld, the vast majority are willing to work for the holy door.


    After some preparation, several Yang God Zhenjun came to the underworld with strange treasures, led a large group of ghosts and ghosts after the day, and fiercely killed the Yin capital.


    When they came to the Yindu city and faced the returning virtual level foreign ghosts at the head of the Yindu City, the fierce team immediately collapsed.


    In places like the underworld, among ghosts, gods and ghosts, there is a clear distinction between strength and weakness, and class oppression is particularly obvious.

 Chapter 2077

    In the face of the acquired ghosts, gods and ghosts whose strength level is not as good as his, the foreign ghost clan with the strength of returning to the virtual level has maintained a comprehensive suppression in all aspects.


    At the beginning, Taimiao was able to retreat in front of foreign ghosts at the level of returning to emptiness, not only because he had the characteristics of natural ghosts and gods, but also because he was essentially the incarnation of Meng Zhang and shared his heart with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can bear the spiritual pressure caused by the strong person at the level of returning to emptiness.


    The natural characteristics of ghosts and gods enable him to resist the suppression of each other''s momentum.


    But this Holy Land Sect organization team has no such good thing.


    They must face the ghost clan at the level of returning to the virtual world and bear the pressure of each other.


    The foreign ghost clan at the level of returning to emptiness didn''t take direct action, but wantonly released their own strength breath. Those ghosts, gods and ghosts the day after tomorrow stopped and even fled.


    The Yang God Zhenjun sent by the Holy Land Sect was able to keep calm, but immediately lost the courage to attack the Yin capital.


    Soon, the team retreated without fighting and fled the Yindu city far away.


    In fact, only in a few places, such as the Yin capital, can the strong ones of the returning to the virtual level of the foreign ghost clan completely block the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world and roughly maintain the strength of the returning to the virtual level.


    The strong ones of the returning virtual level of the foreign ghost clan did not chase and kill the escaped enemy.


    In order to avoid causing too much pressure on the Yindu City, the foreign ghost clan does not want a war in the Yindu city.


    If a war breaks out in the Yindu City, even if the enemy can be defeated, it will inevitably cause some damage to the Yindu city in the scuffle.


    The Yin capital is now not only the foundation of the ghost region in the capital, but also the refuge of foreign ghost families in the Junchen world. It can''t be lost.


    Although it had been expected in advance, the foreign ghost families showed their combat effectiveness of returning to the virtual level, which made their own teams retreat without fighting, and still shocked the high-level of the Holy Land Sect.


    At this time, they finally realized that there was no shortcut to completely defeat these foreign ghosts sneaking into the Junchen world, and they had to pay a huge price.


    Of course, even at a critical juncture, all the holy places are still unwilling to sacrifice their own ability to return to the virtual world, but hope others to make sacrifices.


    The sects of the holy places have always controlled their vassal forces very strictly. Even the true king of the Yang God does not allow them to have them, let alone return to the virtual power.


    Except for a few special cases, the great power of returning to emptiness will not appear among the vassal forces of the holy places.


    Many of the great powers of returning to emptiness outside the Holy Land Sect system are in a state of hostility to the Holy Land Sect.


    Such as Hailing school, the former Dali imperial dynasty, etc.


    If they do not disobey the holy places, they will not cultivate the power of returning to emptiness.


    As for those who are in a neutral state, after the last cleaning of the Junchen world by the major Holy Land sects, they are very wary of the major Holy Land sects and stay away from them, which will not be used by them at all.


    The consequences of the last cleaning operation have not yet dissipated completely.


    Because of the suppression of the heavenly palace and the pressure brought by the invaders outside the Junchen world, it is not easy for the Holy Land sects to forcibly subdue those returning to emptiness at this time.


    It will be of no benefit to everyone if it causes chaos in the Junchen world again and leads to the return to virtual war.


    There have been frequent wars in Junchen world in recent years, and internal battles are nothing. When fighting against foreign invaders, the losses are really heavy, and the losses are basically high-level monks.


    At this time, it is not easy for all holy places to redeploy their combat power.


    Previous wars have proved that the progress of forcibly attacking the ghost areas of the capital in the Yangshi is too slow, and going directly to the underworld to destroy the underworld may be a feasible shortcut.


    Even if the situation is even more embarrassing, all the holy places can still draw back the virtual power.


    However, due to the limitation of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, the great power of returning to emptiness in the Yang world cannot directly enter the underworld.


    Each Holy Land Sect has ruled the Junchen world for so many years and accumulated incomparable strength.


    At this critical moment, they finally took out their cards.


    In his busy schedule, the Xuanxuan ancestor of jiuxuan Pavilion gave three special pills.


    As long as they take these three pills, the friars in the Yang God period can break out temporarily and have the combat effectiveness of returning to emptiness level in a short time.


    Of course, after the outbreak period has passed, the Yang God friars who took the pill will destroy their foundation, lose all their accomplishments, or fall directly.


    The meaning of Xuanxuan''s father is very clear.


    When the sent friars of the Yang God period entered the underworld and went to attack the Yin capital, they took the pill.


    After having the combat effectiveness of returning to emptiness level, the monk of Yang God period who takes medicine will soon be rejected by the rules of the underworld.


    The friar must destroy the enemy and end the battle before the repulsive force comes.


    Anyway, after taking the pill, it won''t take long to break out the combat effectiveness of returning to emptiness level.


    Such a practice is tantamount to asking the friars of the Yang God period to carry out suicide attacks.


    In the cultivation world, because it is not difficult to break through between the Yang God period and the return to emptiness period, many monks in the Yang God period can finally advance to the return to emptiness period.


    Now having a monk in the period of Yang God often means that in the near future, there is a great possibility to have a great power of returning to emptiness.


    Not to mention other cultivation forces, even for the Holy Land Sect, monks in the period of Yang God are very precious seeds for returning to emptiness.


    After years of accumulation, there are several monks in the period of Yang God in each holy land.


    No matter which cultivation force is, they are not willing to sacrifice their own Yang God friars for nothing.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion took out such a pill, but he was unwilling to sacrifice the Yang God friar in the door.


    In such matters, jiuxuan Pavilion could not persuade other forces to cooperate.


    Finally, jiuxuange found the Kou family, which was also the holy land family.


    The real immortal ancestor of the Kou family has fallen for many years. Although the Kou family is still listed as the Holy Land Sect, it has its name, but it has no reality.


    The Kou family has kept a low profile for many years and almost never set foot in all kinds of disputes in the cultivation world.


    The top management of the Kou family didn''t expect that they had made such concessions, but they were still watched by jiuxuan Pavilion.


    For jiuxuan Pavilion, the Kou family without the support of Zhenxian ancestors is not qualified to become a holy land family at all.


    In the past, we looked at the past incense love points and pulled the Kou family.


    Since the Kou family has enjoyed the benefits of being a holy land family, they naturally have to pay a price and contribute to everyone when necessary.


    Of course, it''s hard to say whether there are instructions from Xuanxuan''s ancestors behind the actions of jiuxuan Pavilion and whether there are other intentions.


    Anyway, this time, jiuxuan Pavilion carried out the name of destroying the ghost territory in the capital and forced the Kou family to make sacrifices. It was fair and justifiable.


    Almost all the other holy places and families have adopted a tacit attitude towards this matter.

 Chapter 2078

    Among the major Holy Land sects, Xueshan sect and Kou family are very special.


    The real immortal ancestors of their two families have long fallen, which means there is no backstage.


    Although the other holy places still included them in their own camp, they also fully guaranteed their due power.


    But in fact, the two families are not very gregarious.


    Probably for self-protection, they have always been far away from all kinds of disputes in the cultivation world, and will not conflict with other holy places.


    Even so, they can not completely stay away from all disputes in the cultivation world, and other holy places will not be completely relieved of them.


    The Junchen world is about to change. The sect of other holy places doesn''t know if they have any ideas. It seems that they are ready to suppress the two families.


    Guantian Pavilion is a famous power in the whole Lingkong fairy world. Guantian Pavilion in Junchen world is just a branch of it.


    Guantian pavilion has a long history and distant inheritance, with many unknown cards.


    Now, in order to break the ghost land in the capital as soon as possible, guantian Pavilion finally took out a bottom card.


    The guantian pavilion has the secret method of hiding from the world and crossing the sea, which was uploaded by its ancestors. Only a few of the great powers of returning to emptiness in the door can be used.


    One of the functions of the secret method of hiding the world and crossing the sea is that it can be applied to the great energy of returning to emptiness to completely cover its breath and isolate its induction with the outside world.


    Guantian Pavilion asked Xueshan sect to send three back to virtual powers to cooperate with its actions.


    According to the view of heaven Pavilion, the return to emptiness power sent by the snow mountain sect can safely enter the underworld without being excluded by the rules of heaven and earth.


    Of course, if the enchanted Huixu DA can make a move in the underworld, it will certainly destroy the effect of the secret method and attract a blow from the rules of the underworld.


    If the snow mountain sect really listens to the guantian Pavilion, it will send Huixu Da Neng to cooperate with its actions.


    After the sent back virtual power enters the underworld, most of them will never return.


    The practice of guantian Pavilion is also to suppress the snow mountain sect.


    In this regard, other holy places have no opinion.


    Even, at the strong request of the situ family, the Xueshan sect and the Kou family must send more forces to attack the ghost areas in the capital.


    The situ family''s request was supported by most of the holy sect.


    The snow mountain sect and the Kou family are outnumbered and difficult to support on their own, even if they intend to oppose it.


    In the final analysis, several sleeping real immortals are the real allies, and the sect left by them will naturally cooperate closely.


    No matter how much they seem to respect the Kou family and the snow mountain sect, they have always regarded them as outsiders.


    The snow mountain sect and the Kou family are not. However, due to the secrecy of the major holy places, he can''t find out the specific details of his actions.


    It''s wonderful in hell. It''s not far from the Yin capital.


    But almost all his attention was focused on the depths of a ghost crying mountain, and he didn''t pay attention to the Yindu city at all.


    When Meng Zhang was meditating at the mountain gate, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t forget to make trouble for him.


    Through the prohibition placed in Meng Zhang''s body, Xianyun Zhenxian urged Meng Zhang again to try his best to find out all kinds of ancient secrets in Jun dust world and try to find out the movements of several sleeping Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that he was still controlled by others and had to try to meet the requirements of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    It is said that several true immortals sleep in the depths of the source sea of the Jun dust world. Meng Zhang is not even qualified to enter the source sea on weekdays, let alone inquire about the movements of several true immortals.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to collect all kinds of secrets in the Jun dust world.


    Whether it is the history of the Junchen world recorded by various Xiuzhen forces or the legends spread everywhere, it is within the collection scope of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang issued a special order to select a group of disciples from Taiyi gate to complete this task.


    In the years of expansion and annexation war, taiyimen destroyed and annexed countless Xiuzhen forces, and naturally seized various classics.


    All the larger forces of truth cultivation will collect more or less classics about the history of the Junchen world.


    Except for a few monks who are really interested, most of these classics are ignored.


    Meng Zhang is familiar with all kinds of classics, mainly all kinds of spiritual classics, as well as all kinds of Taoist Scriptures.


    He didn''t pay much attention to these historical classics before.


    Now that there is a need, the power of the sect will soon be mobilized. Taiyimen has arranged special monks to sort out such classics and strive to understand the history of the Junchen world, especially the secrets in history.


    Under the will of taiyimen senior management, soon the whole hanhaidao alliance began to take action, and many monks of hanhaidao alliance joined the work.


    Although there are no decent results yet, Meng Zhang still reported his efforts and the direction of struggle to Xianyun Zhenxian through internal prohibition.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was once again proud that he had controlled Meng Zhang.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang can use a lot of human and material resources to complete this work.


    Xianyun Zhenxian believed that at his urging, Meng Zhang would soon be able to achieve results.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have so much confidence in himself.


    The history of the Jun dust world is basically the history of the Jun dust world after it was brought into the rule of practitioners.


    In those ancient times, the history of the period when the indigenous gods ruled the Junchen world, there were basically no words left.


    A few of the contents handed down by word of mouth have basically become legends.


    Since knowing that the Junchen world is a world opened up by the top celestial beings, not only the idle cloud real immortals, but also Meng Zhang is full of interest in the history and secrets of the Junchen world.


    The deeper you know about the Jun dust world, the more likely you are to guess some information about the immortal who opened up the Jun dust world, especially the treasure left behind.


    Unfortunately, even in the library of the heavenly palace, there is very little content about the ancient history of the Junchen world.


    Of course, maybe the heavenly palace has records in this regard, but the current Meng Zhang is not qualified to read.

 Chapter 2079

    Meng Zhang''s position in the heavenly palace was not high and his authority was low.


    Even with the care of the snow sword king and temporary permission, he can''t enter the core layer of the heavenly palace and understand its top secrets.


    The Junchen world is opened up by the top celestial beings, and there are still celestial relics. Several sleeping real immortals seek to seize the relics


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether Tiangong knows these things.


    However, the heavenly palace and the holy places have been cooperating to jointly rule the Junchen world. It is impossible for the heavenly palace to know nothing about it that day.


    Meng Zhang has a good relationship with Banxue Jianjun, the chief manager of the heavenly palace. Banxue Jianjun is very optimistic about him and has cultivated him.


    But in the final analysis, Meng Zhang is not the confidant of Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    In the real events, especially those related to becoming immortal and getting the Tao, the king of companion snow sword may not completely trust Meng Zhang, let alone have no reservations about him.


    Among the high-level officials of the heavenly palace, the ancient Taoist, the deputy general manager who has a common enemy with Meng Zhang, seems to be more trusted in many times.


    Of course, between Meng Zhang and the ancient capital Taoists, it can not be said that they have a lot of reservations.


    After thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang decided to test the ancient Taoist.


    If possible, see if you can collect all kinds of data from the Junchen world through the relationship between the ancient capital and Taoists to understand the secrets of ancient times.


    Coincidentally, before Meng Zhang took the initiative to contact the ancient Taoist, Taoist Gulu visited Taiyi gate.


    After completing all the tasks in Shenchang world, Taoist Gulu directly returned to Junchen world.


    Her accomplishments were far inferior to those of Meng Zhang. When she broke through the blockade of foreign invaders, it was not very smooth and delayed a little time.


    Although she started earlier than Meng Zhang, she returned to the Junchen world a long time later.


    After returning to the Junchen world, Taoist Gulu went to the heavenly palace to hand over his task.


    Now in the heavenly palace, the monks of all holy places are excluded, mainly the direct monks of the heavenly palace in power.


    In addition, with the care of the ancient Taoist, the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, Taoist Gulu went well without any obstacles.


    Taoist Gulu was sent to Shenchang world for many years, and he did suffer a lot.


    Before, she got the help of Gu Chen shangzun, and then Meng Zhang.


    She completed all tasks well, which can be said to be overfulfilled, and made great contributions to the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace always has clear rewards and punishments, especially when targeting foreign enemies such as foreign invaders. The rewards are always very rich for friars who have made outstanding contributions.


    Even though Tiangong is short of resources, the reward that should be given will not be erased.


    In particular, killing the strong among the foreign invaders is a meritorious service and should be rewarded.


    At present, the situation is special. The heavenly palace can''t give too many cultivation resources, but it can make up for it in other aspects.


    Taoist Gulu has obtained a good position in the heavenly palace and has high authority. He can freely enter and leave the Sutra Pavilion and other key places in the heavenly palace.


    After finishing all kinds of affairs, Taoist Gulu remembered Meng Zhang''s various help in Shenchang world.


    She decided to thank Meng Zhang in person.


    Taoist Gulu''s great ability to return to emptiness came to Taiyi gate and was naturally warmly received by the top and bottom of the gate.


    Gu Chen shangzun is the younger generation of the ancient Taoist capital, and Gu Lu Taoist is the blood descendant of Gu Chen shangzun.


    When the three of them interacted with Meng Zhang, they all talked about each other and didn''t care about their generations.


    Especially in the middle of Meng Zhang''s advanced return to emptiness, after killing the return to emptiness power of the Holy Land Sect, Gu Chen, who was previously regarded as an elder by Meng Zhang, began to talk with him on the same level.


    Taoist Gulu came to Taiyi gate. He was very generous and rewarded many good things to the younger generation of Taiyi gate.


    Taoist Gulu is an understanding person. He knows that a large part of his reward in the heavenly palace should be attributed to Meng Zhang.


    If she gives Meng Zhang a part of her resources for cultivation, Meng Zhang mostly disdains to accept it.


    If it is used to reward the younger generation friars of Taiyi sect, there will be no problem.


    Taoist Gulu, who was generous and kind, soon became very popular in Taiyi gate.


    After staying at taiyimen for a while, Taoist Gulu chatted with Meng Zhang about business.


    When they were talking about the past, Meng Zhang took the initiative to mention the moon god and the goddess of worship.


    When he was in Shenchang world, the moon god fulfilled his promise with Meng Zhang. When he revealed the secrets of Junchen world, he avoided the fellow Taoist Gulu.


    Meng Zhang now feels that he can disclose these information to Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu had a special relationship with the Taoist of ancient capital, which won his trust.


    Through Taoist Gulu, you may be able to test the ancient capital Taoist.


    At the time of Shenchang, Taoist Gulu knew that there were secrets between the moon god and Meng Zhang, and they had a lot of private exchanges.


    Now when Meng Zhang talks about the information revealed by the moon god, Taoist Gulu is also shocked.


    She knew nothing about the information before.


    The Taoist in the ancient capital extremely hated several sleeping real immortals and thought that they hindered their way.


    A secret organization such as the immortal ascending society organized by the ancient Chen shangzun secretly opposed the religious sects of the major holy places, mainly with the support of the ancient Taoist capital.


    Taoist Gulu was the same as the two family elders in their attitude towards the religious sects of the major holy places.


    When Taoist Gulu was young, he was calculated by the friars of the Holy Land Sect and almost died. Finally, he had to be sent to the Shenchang world and suffered all kinds of hardships.


    After knowing that Tianxian opened up the Junchen world and left the news of leaving treasure, she was extremely shocked. At the same time, Meng Zhang knew that the moon god also hid many key intelligence.


    Meng Zhang told Taoist Gulu these information in the hope that she would tell the Taoist in the ancient capital and discuss with everyone how to destroy the plot of several real immortals.


    As the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, the Taoist in the ancient capital is loyal enough to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang would like to know whether his loyalty to the heavenly palace or his hatred for the holy door is more important or less?


    Several sleeping true immortals plot to leave treasure to heaven, trying to break through to the realm of heaven.


    The goal of the chief manager of Tiangong with Xue Jianjun is to become immortal and get the way.


    Ancient Taoist and other high-level officials of the heavenly palace also want to become immortals and get the Tao.


    In this process, is the interior of the heavenly palace still monolithic, can the high-level continue to live in harmony, and will there be a conflict of interest between the heavenly palace and the Holy Land Sect?

 Chapter 2080

    What Meng Zhang wants to know most is whether he can find a place to use if there is a conflict of interest between the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    Although Taoist Gulu is a descendant of the ancient capital Taoist, it is impossible for the ancient capital Taoist to let her know everything.


    Meng Zhang disclosed some of the information he had to Taoist Gulu, that is, he used her to convey his opinions to the Taoist in the ancient capital.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know when the ghost area of the Yin capital city would be able to support, the life of Taiyi gate would be difficult once the sects of the major holy places could take out their hands.


    The ancient Taoist was not only an immortal, but also had strong power under his hands.


    In the face of the major holy places, if the ancient Taoists are willing to cooperate with taiyimen wholeheartedly, it will greatly reduce the pressure faced by taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang talked with Taoist Gulu for a long time and fully expressed his meaning.


    During his stay at taiyimen, Taoist Gulu not only talked with Meng Zhang in detail, but also inspected the situation of taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng.


    Except for a few secrets of Taiyi sect, most of the information of the whole sect was shown to Taoist Gulu.


    Taoist Gulu is very optimistic about Taiyi gate.


    There is still a big gap between Taiyi gate and Shengli Zong gate, but Taiyi gate has great potential.


    As long as there is enough time for Taiyi gate to grow and cultivate more high-level friars, Taiyi gate will have the power to confront the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Taoist Gulu didn''t stay long at Taiyi gate, so he left.


    Before leaving, she repeatedly assured Meng Zhang that she would try her best to help if there was a conflict between Taiyi gate and the holy places in the future.


    Shortly after Taoist Gulu left, Yu Ci, who was far away in the West Sea, also informed the taiyimen Mountain Gate of the latest news through the secret method.


    After Yu Ci Lao Dao represented taiyimen in the West Sea, many actions against taiyimen, both overtly and covertly, disappeared automatically.


    Even Ziyang Shengzong probably didn''t want to break out the war of returning to emptiness in the West Sea at this time.


    Taiyimen''s collection of resources in the West Sea has become smooth again.


    Guanghan palace and Xuanxin temple, who had taken refuge in Taiyi sect, also had a backbone, which boosted their momentum.


    After the Qiu brothers left, the Xingluo palace, the original ruler of the Xingluo islands, was slowly under the control of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In this process, forces such as Guanghan palace and Xuanxin Temple tried to stop it, but they failed.


    Not long after Yu Ci Lao Dao arrived at the West Sea, Qiu Gangfeng and the West Sea old monster, who had not appeared in the Jun dust world for a long time, found him.


    As a well-known great power of returning to emptiness in scattered cultivation, Yu Ci Lao Dao took refuge in a young sect like Taiyi gate and became its thug. It is a matter that many people talk about endlessly in the cultivation world.


    Qiu Gangfeng and the old monster of the west sea saw that taiyimen sent back the virtual power to the West Sea, and knew that taiyimen attached great importance to the interests of the West Sea.


    He is also the great power of returning to emptiness in casual practice. The old monster of the West Sea has dealt with old Taoist Yu Ci before.


    The purpose of Xihai old monster and Qiu Gangfeng''s visit this time is to join hands with Yu Ci Lao Dao and regain control of Xingluo islands with the help of taiyimen.


    Now all the holy places have no time to be distracted, and the power of Ziyang holy sect in the West Sea is limited.


    The three of them can work together and have taiyimen as the backing. They have a great possibility of success.


    After controlling Xingluo islands, taking Xingluo islands as a base can further deepen the control of the West Sea.


    Yu Ci Lao Dao is a mature figure who is not easily moved by other people''s words.


    He passed the news back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate while perfunctorizing the old monster of the West Sea and waiting for the decision of the middle and high levels of the gate.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied that Yu Ci Lao Dao was able to set his position clearly and did not make decisions without authorization.


    Meng Zhang thought about Qiu Gangfeng''s proposal and the old monster of the West Sea for a while, but he didn''t think it was necessary.


    The longer the Junchen world is blocked by foreign invaders, the less various internal resources are.


    The west sea was taken from the sea people after the last war between the cultivators and the sea people. The cultivators paid huge casualties.


    In order to develop the resources of the West Sea, many Xiuzhen forces from the land have stepped in, involving a wide range.


    Even in the holy door, it is not just Ziyang holy door that intervenes here, but other religious doors are involved.


    Meng Zhang is satisfied that taiyimen can maintain the current situation and keep its existing interests.


    In fact, after Yu Ci Lao Dao went to the West Sea, he followed Meng Zhang''s meaning and was not aggressive. Relying on his cultivation, he would start a storm. Instead, he focused on keeping his achievements and his style of action was relatively conservative.


    Qiu Gangfeng has a deep hatred with Ziyang Shengzong. He attributes the death of his eldest brother Qiu Wanshui to Ziyang Shengzong. The two sides can be said to be dead.


    Xihai laoguai once supported Qiu Gangfeng, and then moved closer to Ziyang Shengzong.


    I don''t know what''s going on. This guy actually mixed with Qiu Gangfeng to fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect. Everything should be based on the interests of the sect.


    If Xihai falls into chaos, it does not agree with the interests of taiyimen.


    The West Sea had better maintain the status quo so that everyone can peacefully develop the Xiuzhen resources there.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to destroy the situation in the West Sea because of Qiu Gangfeng''s hatred.


    Of course, Qiu Gangfeng was a natural ally of taiyimen when fighting against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai laoguai, the opposition forces who cleaned up the Junchen world in the last time, directly killed Ziyang Shengzong''s territory, which greatly restrained the power of Ziyang Shengzong and indirectly helped Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want to offend Qiu Gangfeng. Instead, he wants to try to win him over.


    Qiu Gangfeng had a good relationship with Meng Zhang at the beginning. He got Meng Zhang''s help before the advanced retreat period.


    With these incense feelings and common enemies, the two sides should have a good foundation for cooperation.


    Meng Zhang preached to elder Yu Ci to keep in touch with Qiu Gangfeng and strive to maintain a good relationship.


    No matter what Qiu Gangfeng said, he could accept it on the surface.


    Of course, it''s one thing to promise. You should never do it easily.


    Meng Zhang began to think about how to take Qiu Gangfeng and the old monster of the West Sea and let them use them for himself.


    When Meng Zhang had no clue about this matter, he was disturbed by other things.


    Since the religious sects of the holy places decided to start in the underworld, destroy the underworld capital first and remove the foundation of the ghost region of the capital, they did not delay, but quickly put into action.


    After the last failure, the holy places have invested more resources, paid more costs and vowed to succeed at one blow.


    In addition to the combat power at the level of returning to the virtual world originally prepared, the sects of the major holy places also mobilized their power in the underworld and sent a powerful army of ghosts to the underworld capital.

 Chapter 2081

    Last time, the armies organized by the sects of the holy places almost retreated and collapsed without war under the Yin capital.


    In order to reorganize an army and attack the Yindu city again, the Holy Land sects also exhausted their means to intimidate, lure, win over and suppress all forces in the underworld


    This time, all the holy places almost did their best in the underworld, used all their chess pieces, exhausted their accumulation in the underworld for many years, and almost put all their eggs in one basket.


    Of course, this seemingly aggressive army is only superficial, and its main purpose is to distract the attention of the Yin capital and cover the real killing moves of the holy places.


    The real killing move of each Holy Land Sect is the combat effectiveness of six returning to the virtual level.


    Yes, under the pressure of the holy places, the snow mountain sect and the Kou family had to give in even if they were extremely unwilling.


    The Kou family sent three Yang God Zhenjun and was forced to take the pill provided by jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The snow mountain sect sent three great powers to return to emptiness and accepted the secret method of hiding the sky and crossing the sea displayed by the experts of the temple of heaven.


    The six prepared strong men secretly entered the underworld, and sure enough, they did not cause the reverse bite and rejection of the rules of the underworld.


    Of course, in order to completely control the war, the major Holy Land sects sent many Yang God Zhenjun to come to the underworld with strange treasures and direct them in person.


    It''s wonderful. It''s not completely indifferent to foreign affairs to move around the ghost cry mountain.


    The ghost army organized by the sect of the holy places approached the Yin capital and had long fallen into his eyes.


    It''s wonderful. Although I didn''t witness the last war, I know the failure of the Holy Land Sect from various channels.


    He secretly observed the ghost army and estimated its strength.


    The return of foreign ghost families can sit in the Yin capital city. Even if it''s too wonderful to do it yourself, you may not be sure of victory.


    The strength of the ghost army in front of you is not too strong. It''s wonderful. You can disperse it with your back palms.


    It''s just overkill to attack the Yindu city by these guys alone.


    Although he despised the strength of the other party, it was wonderful to inform Meng Zhang of the latest information according to the usual practice.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the progress of the Holy Land Sect gate attacking the ghost territory of the capital.


    By sending out a large number of low-level friars and storming at any cost, the religious doors of the major holy places have greatly weakened the ghost area of the capital and began to reduce its coverage.


    Of course, with the current progress, it will take a long time to break into the core of the ghost region in the capital.


    Unless all the Holy Land sects do not hesitate to sacrifice a lot to return to the virtual power and forcibly attack the core of the ghost region of the capital.


    It should be a wonderful move for the sect of the holy places to start from the underworld and try to destroy the underworld capital first.


    Meng Zhang already knew through Taimiao that the Yin capital is the foundation of the ghost region of the capital city in the underworld, and constantly projected the power of the underworld to the Yang world.


    Once the Yin capital city is destroyed, the foundation of the ghost region in the capital city is destroyed, and the successor is weak, it can''t last long.


    However, it is also a very difficult thing to break through the Yindu city with foreign ghost families.


    Meng Zhang did not know the internal situation of the religious sects of the major holy places, nor did he know that the snow mountain sect and the Kou family were coerced.


    He simply felt that it was impossible for him to make such a big fight with the style of doing things in the holy places.


    Any monk with a little brain is unlikely to continue to fall in the same place.


    Meng Zhang guessed in his heart that there should be any hidden means for the sects of the holy places.


    Meng Zhang wants to see what cards they have.


    Every day there is a ghost land in the capital, it can contain all the holy places for one day.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not want to see the Yin capital destroyed by the holy places.


    The last time Taimiao went to the Yin capital to explore, he was merciful and tried not to damage the Yin capital.


    Meng Zhang sent a message to Taimiao to get close to the Yin capital and observe in the dark.


    If the Yin capital really can''t hold on, it''s wonderful. You can help secretly without revealing your identity.


    Not to mention completely defeating the forces sent by the holy places, at least they can''t win easily.


    It''s wonderful to be entangled with evil spirits near the ghost cry mountain. Although he doesn''t want to leave in his heart, he can''t disobey the order from this Buddha.


    Too wonderful reluctantly gave up the treasure hunt, left the ghost cry mountains, secretly lurked near the Yin capital city, and was ready to watch the war.


    Under the leadership of a group of ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow, a ghost army arrived near the Yindu city and began to form an array below the city, ready to attack.


    It''s wonderful to look at this seemingly powerful ghost army with disdain. I don''t think they can pose the slightest threat to the Yin capital.


    Dali''s return to the virtual power of the imperial dynasty itself is a living person and cannot enter the underworld.


    These return to the virtual world can help defend the ghost territory of the capital in the Yang world.


    The most powerful ghost in the underworld of the Dali Dynasty was Emperor Wenjin in the Yang God period, which had long been swallowed and refined by Taimiao.


    Dali Dynasty cultivated and attracted a large number of acquired ghosts and gods for thousands of years.


    A large part of these acquired ghosts and gods are in the Yang world, guarding the ghost areas of the capital.


    It was wonderful to break into the Yin capital last time. Even if it was merciful, it still killed many ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow.


    At present, the number of ghosts and gods stationed in the Yin capital is small and their strength is average.


    The real defense strength of the Yin capital still depends on the foreign ghost families.


    Although the foreign ghost clan has many great powers of returning to emptiness, as the main force in defending the ghost territory in the capital, most of its strength is contained in the Yangshi.


    After the beginning of the action in the underworld, the religious doors of the great holy places increased their action in the Yang world.


    In addition to the army composed of low-level friars launching a fierce attack on the ghost territory of the capital, many Huixu Da Neng are eager to try outside the ghost territory and look ready to take action at any time.


    Although the foreign ghost clan knows that these return to virtual powers are just bluff, most of them will not attack the ghost territory directly. But they still dare not take it lightly.


    As long as there are any flaws on the side of the foreign ghost family, these returning to the virtual power can change from the virtual to the real at any time, and turn the bluff into a real attack.


    Regardless of the intelligence held by Dali imperial dynasty or foreign ghost families, the power of each Holy Land Sect in the underworld is limited, and there is no combat power at the virtual level.


    Therefore, their defense forces arranged in the underworld are very limited.


    Last time, it was wonderful to break into the Yin capital and devour emperor Wenjin, which sounded an alarm to the ghost families outside the territory.


    Regardless of the great pressure faced by the ghost areas in the capital, the foreign ghost families transferred back to the virtual great energy to sit in the Yin capital.


    In the minds of foreign ghost families, the Yin capital city with great power to return to emptiness should be foolproof, and the last situation will never happen again.


    Even if the sects of the holy places are powerful, as long as their return to emptiness can not resist the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld and can not enter the underworld, they will not pose a threat to the underworld capital.


    No matter how many ordinary ghost armies are, they are vulnerable in front of foreign ghost families at the level of returning to the virtual world.

 Chapter 2082

    In the ghost region of the capital of the Yangshi world, we should face the threat of the return of the great power of the holy places.


    The Yin capital of the underworld is equally important, but the level of the enemy will not be too high.


    Therefore, in the case of limited military strength, the foreign ghost party has put its main strength in the ghost area of Shangjing city.


    Of course, in order to make all-round plans, the foreign ghost clan sent back the virtual power to guard the Yin capital in turn.


    If there are any changes in the Yin capital, reinforcements can also be sent directly through the space channel between the ghost region of the capital and the Yin capital.


    If the Holy Land Sect does not have enough cards, the arrangement of the foreign ghost clan is very stable.


    Too wonderful. I also don''t know the bottom card of the Holy Land Sect. I think the Yin capital is difficult to be broken.


    Although he sneaked into the vicinity of the Yin capital to observe according to Meng Zhang''s order, he was a little absent-minded.


    His mind was still on the other side of the ghost cry mountain. Now it was just a false story.


    It''s wonderful. I think over and over again about the evil flaws in the ghost crying mountains to see how to bypass them and enter the depths of the ghost crying mountains.


    At the time of wonderful thinking, the ghost army organized by the Holy Land sects also did not move.


    The situ family sent two true kings of Yang God to come to the underworld with strange treasures to command the army in front of them.


    If they hadn''t watched, the ghosts, gods and ghosts of the day after tomorrow who were frightened last time didn''t dare to get close to the Yin capital.


    After all the Holy Land sects tried their best, they organized such a ghost army and sent it outside the Yindu city.


    During this time, the foreign ghosts who are responsible for guarding the Yin capital city have met Taimiao.


    He Jue stood at the head of the city and looked at the army below. He didn''t mean to take the initiative.


    He just stood here and made no secret of his own breath, which was enough to suppress such a seemingly powerful army of ghosts.


    The two Yang God Zhenjun of situ family exhausted the means of coercion and inducement to bring such a ghost army outside the Yin capital, which is already the limit.


    If you force them to attack the Yin capital city guarded by the great power of returning to emptiness, I''m afraid the whole army will mutiny immediately.


    Countless ghosts, gods and ghosts trembled after sensing the unique breath, and wanted to turn around and escape here.


    The two Yang God Zhenjun of situ family hold strange treasure, which is also their irresistible existence.


    Facing the threat of red fruit, the true king of Yang God, they also dare not escape.


    Pity such a ghost army, but now it''s like a mouse in a bellows. Both ends are angry and can''t advance or retreat.


    He looked at the ghost army below with disdain, closed his eyes and began to cross legged meditation.


    If he wasn''t worried about the enemy''s despicable attack, he wouldn''t have to sit here at all.


    It''s wonderful. I can''t see the ghost army ahead.


    Too wonderful. Now it is the largest warlord in the underworld. It occupies a vast territory and has a huge army of ghosts.


    In Taimiao''s view, the combat effectiveness of an army is one thing, and its momentum is another.


    If his ghost army is so unbearable, he will never tolerate it.


    The ghost army dare not even take the initiative to attack. The Yindu city must be as stable as a rock.


    There should be nothing to see here.


    If it weren''t for Meng Zhang''s strict order, it would be wonderful. They are ready to run away.


    It''s wonderful. I''m thinking about whether to recruit some subordinates to the territory and let them observe here instead of me, so that I can take the opportunity to slip away and continue to go to the ghost cry mountain.


    It''s wonderful. The more you think about it, the more excited you are. When you are preparing to communicate with Meng Zhang, you suddenly have a different feeling.


    A small team of no more than ten people is secretly approaching the Yin capital.


    This small team is small in number and has a good breath.


    It''s wonderful to hold the power of the underworld, and the sensing ability is amazing. Only at such a distance can I suddenly find this small team.


    This small team is sneaky and shady, but its strength is not simple.


    Although the members of the small team try their best to hide their real strength, they can see through it at a glance. They are basically Yang God and true monarch from the Yang world.


    Among them, three guys wearing cloaks and strange hats can''t even see through their strength.


    Everything around the Yindu city clearly appeared in the wonderful feeling, almost without omission.


    But these three guys seemed to be shrouded in a fog, completely hiding their wonderful exploration ability, so that they couldn''t see through their roots for a while.


    The strength gap between Yang Shen Zhen Jun and Hui Xu Da Neng is a real world difference, which can not be made up by the number advantage.


    The Yang God Zhenjun holds a strange treasure and can make a few moves with the weak Huixu power, but he can''t beat the other party.


    Even if all the Yang God Zhenjun in this small team go to besiege a return to virtual power, they just die in vain.


    Wonderful. After discovering this small team, his face suddenly became serious.


    Even fools at the top of the holy places would not send so many Yang God Zhenjun to the underworld to die.


    Too wonderful. He is a very smart guy. Previously, he only focused on the ghost cry mountains, but didn''t pay attention to the vicinity of the Yin capital.


    Now that he found that the situation was wrong, he immediately reacted and his mind became unusually clear.


    It seems that all the holy places should have taken out some cards to compete with and even deal with the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Those three mysterious guys are the most suspicious. There must be something wrong with them.


    Wonderful. I took my mind back and began to take it seriously.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, he needs to help the Yindu city as much as possible without exposing his own identity, so as not to be easily destroyed by the holy door.


    Originally, he didn''t care about this order and began to consider how his family would help if the foreign ghost family fell into the disadvantage.


    At the same time, he informed Meng Zhang of the latest situation here.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally practicing in the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen Mountain Gate, immediately synchronized information with Taimiao and began to pay attention to the situation of the Yin capital through Taimiao.


    Through his wonderful eyes and ears, Meng Zhang can also see everything around him.


    Meng Zhang turns his attention to this side and can even share the same feeling with Taimiao.


    Through wonderful induction, Meng Zhang also found the three strange guys.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level was higher than Taimiao, his vision was sharper, and he soon found more things.


    On the three of them, some kind of secret method was applied.


    This kind of secret Dharma has a strong shielding ability. It can not only hide the induction of the strong, but also seem to deceive the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, Meng Zhang is most sensitive to this kind of deception.


    Meng Zhang even secretly realized the secret skills of the three through wonderful induction, trying to steal the teacher.


    This kind of secret method that can hide the rules of heaven and earth is of great use to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2083

    Taimiao itself has many natural characteristics of ghosts and gods, and has the power of the underworld.


    When necessary, he can even be regarded as the embodiment of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    The wonderful feeling was silent and without any trace. It easily infiltrated into the small team and monitored all their actions unconsciously.


    Needless to say, this small team is the killer mace carefully prepared by the sects of major holy places to deal with the cards of foreign ghost families at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Those friars in the period of Yang God naturally could not perceive the wonderful of spying on them.


    The three mysterious people in Taimiao''s eyes are the snow mountain sect''s return to virtual power, which has been used to hide the world and the sea.


    The secret method of hiding from heaven and the sea obscures the induction of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld to them, and also makes them lose most of their perceptual power to the outside world.


    It''s wonderful to analyze and understand their secret Dharma carefully, and study it with Meng Zhang.


    It''s wonderful. At the same time, you have to consider how you should act later, so that you can not expose your identity and help the Yin capital.


    If Taimiao exposes his identity when helping the Yin capital, he will become the public enemy of the Jun dust world and the inevitable target of the sect of the major holy places.


    Although Meng Zhang has long tried to get rid of the relationship with Taimiao, they have a close relationship and continuous connection in the eyes of all the holy places.


    Although Taiyi gate is barely able to live in peace with the Holy Land sects, it is because the Holy Land sects are attacking the ghost areas of the capital and are unwilling to disperse their forces for the time being.


    As long as the wonderful action is exposed, the Taiyi gate will be implicated and will soon lead to the attack of the major holy places.


    Wonderful. While thinking, the small team suddenly began to do it.


    The Kou family tried their best to get together three friars of the Yang God period and let them agree to take the initiative to die in the underworld.


    Although there is a high probability that the monks in the Yang God period of the cultivation world will return to the deficiency period, after all, the probability is not 100%. Some unlucky people still can''t advance smoothly for various reasons.


    For example, the secret Dharma of salvation is too poor, which leads to no benefit in the process of salvation, and the foundation is not strong enough.


    And bad luck. I suffered irreparable damage during the robbery.


    Or after the advanced Yang God period, you accidentally hurt the foundation and can''t repair it.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, as long as you look hard, you can always find such a bad guy.


    Although the Xiuzhen family, which takes the blood relationship as the inheritance link, has many disadvantages compared with the Xiuzhen sect, its internal cohesion is generally not weak.


    Generally speaking, family friars have more concerns.


    Their relatives, future generations, blood inheritance and so on, are difficult to put down their concerns.


    The leader of the Kou family made use of these concerns and exhausted various means to let the three elderly monks in the family go to the underworld to perform this mortal task.


    At least he is also a monk who can practice to the Yang God period. Now that he has reached the land, there is no need for a mother-in-law.


    Three friars of Yang Shen period from Kou family took the pill given to jiuxuan Pavilion by Xuanxuan''s old ancestor.


    As soon as the pill entered the abdomen, it did not need them to refine their skills, but directly turned into a warm current and integrated into their bodies, stimulating every potential in their bodies.


    The three Yangshen friars from the Kou family had blue veins on their heads and necks, their faces were full of pain, and their bodies began to tremble violently.


    The power of the pill not only acts on their flesh, but also goes deep into their Yang God and stimulates the Yang God regardless of the consequences.


    The breath of the three of them is rising and rising.


    The three of them soon changed from ordinary friars in the Yang God period to perfect friars in the Yang God period.


    Their power level is still rising, and they are infinitely approaching the period of returning to emptiness.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld seemed to be disturbed by such violent power fluctuations and began to fluctuate.


    The three of them knew that their time was running out after taking the pill.


    Although the Kou family was forced by other holy places, they must also actively cooperate to complete the task.


    If this mission fails, the Kou family will pay a more serious price with the style of Holy Land zongmen.


    Therefore, the three monks were specially explained before they set out. Since it is a fatal suicide mission, it is necessary to ensure success and not give others an excuse to continue to squeeze the family.


    Without waiting for the power of the pill to be fully stimulated, the three friars roared and rushed to the Yin capital.


    He Jue, who had been sitting cross legged at the head of the city, had long been disturbed by the movement here.


    As the strong one among the foreign ghost families, he has experienced many wars abroad and has rich experience.


    He just took a look and guessed the general situation. The enemy forcibly increased his strength in special ways.


    He had the idea of pre emption and wanted to take the initiative to kill out of the city when the other party''s strength had not been fully stimulated.


    However, as an alien ghost, he will also be oppressed and restricted by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    Only when he is in the Yin capital and not far away can he maintain the combat effectiveness of returning to the virtual level.


    It was for this reason that he had to let go last time. It''s wonderful.


    If he left the Yindu city and lost his shelter, his combat effectiveness would be suppressed. In the face of the siege of a large group of Yang God friars holding strange treasures, it is not said that they will lose, at least there will be a certain danger.


    He Jue knows the importance of the Yin capital, and knows that without his own protection, the Yin capital can''t stop the enemy''s attack at all.


    In order to be cautious, he had to stick to the Yin capital and never leave.


    In the face of three strong men who rushed over and had the strength of returning to the virtual period, he passed the secret method to spread the situation here to the ghost land of the capital in time, and began to mobilize the strength of the Yin capital to meet the enemy.


    Ghost regions in the capital are also facing great pressure and may not be able to send reinforcements in time.


    Even if the reinforcements are dispatched in time, it also takes some time to accurately transmit from the Yangshi to the Yindu city through the space channel.


    The Yindu city was built on the earth vein near the ghost cry mountain. It was operated hard by the Dali imperial dynasty for thousands of years, including a lot of investment from foreign ghost families.


    The original emperor Wenjin was unable to mobilize all the power of the Yin capital city because of insufficient cultivation, some backhands of foreign ghost families, and too greedy. In a moment of carelessness, he put Taimiao into the Yin capital city, and finally lost in Taimiao''s hands.


    If emperor Wenjin can completely stimulate the power of the Yin capital, he can at least block Taimiao out of the Yin capital and fight each other.


    He Jue, who was supposed to return to the virtual power, gained the power of the Yin capital, and his momentum soared. He directly fought against three opponents.


    In order to ensure his support for the ghost areas of the capital in the world of Yang, he still reserved something and did not fully mobilize the power of the Yin capital.

 Chapter 2084

    He Jue was in the Yin capital city and had the strength in the early stage of returning to the void. In addition, he mobilized a large part of the strength of the Yin capital city and immediately blocked the impact of the three friars.


    After taking the pill, the strength of the three friars in the Yang God period has been increasing. When the enhancement reaches the limit, that is, the ordinary friar has just been promoted to the level of returning to emptiness, he will turn from prosperity to decline and begin to slowly become weak.


    Their strength has not yet reached the peak. They are in full momentum and are constantly attacking Jue.


    Under the control of the three of them, the vitality of heaven and earth turned into various forms.


    There are meteorites falling from the sky, fire dragons circling and flying, and all kinds of weapons


    In essence, the three of them are still friars in the period of Yang God. Even if they temporarily have the power of returning to emptiness because of the power of Dan medicine, they do not have the magic power of returning to emptiness, nor do they have the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    They also have no better way to give full play to their own strength. They can only use such a rough way to wantonly wield their strength and try to forcibly suppress their opponents.


    The so-called breaking skill with force and reducing ten meetings with one force are still very meaningful. These three friars have caused great pressure on him.


    If he had not been blessed by the power of the Yin capital, he would almost be unable to resist.


    At the east gate of the Yindu City, which is the place where Jue town is guarded, there are bursts of violent hurricanes. The overflowing Qi cuts some hills around the Yindu city to the ground.


    All the holy places have made a lot of money this time, and have kept the heart of being determined to get it.


    Several Yang God friars with strange treasures flew around the battlefield, covetously looked at him and were ready to take action at any time.


    Although they can''t resist it, they are not qualified to directly participate in the war.


    However, there is still no big problem for them to act as a check from the side.


    Even if it is the return virtual power, it is estimated that he doesn''t want to be hit by the Yang God Zhenjun holding the strange treasure.


    With several Yang gods and true kings holding him back, he immediately became more passive.


    Yindu city is a vast and huge city, and their battlefield is only a part of the city.


    Forced by the Yang God Zhenjun sent by the situ family to supervise the war, the ghost army outside the city began to move and killed the Yin capital from other directions.


    If you hadn''t seen him suppressed with your own eyes, this ghost army would never have the courage to do it.


    Now he was entangled, and no one forced them to deal with Huixu power. Those ghosts, gods and ghosts the day after tomorrow also had the courage to attack the Yin capital city.


    In the Yin capital city, there are many guards besides Jue''s return to emptiness power.


    Dali Dynasty has operated the Yindu city for thousands of years. It has cultivated a large number of acquired ghosts and ghosts, which can form a huge army.


    Although the main force of this army has now gone to the ghost area of the capital of the Yangshi to fight, a small part of the remaining troops still have strong combat effectiveness relying on the protective array and prohibition of the Yin capital.


    Soon, a bloody war began in the Yin capital.


    The two sides who attacked and defended the city fought endlessly, the war quickly became white hot, and the losses of both sides were huge.


    Constantly, ghosts and gods fall the day after tomorrow, and countless ghosts and spirits are killed.


    Although he fell to the disadvantage, the scene could still be maintained.


    Moreover, experienced and experienced, he has long found that the situation of the three opponents opposite is very wrong.


    He personally experienced the repulsive power of the underworld in the Jun dust world and knew that under normal circumstances, the great power of returning to emptiness in the Yang world could not enter the underworld.


    The enemy on the opposite side should have used some secret method to bypass such restrictions.


    It is conceivable that in order to bypass such restrictions, the other party will pay a huge price, and the other party''s combat effectiveness is likely to be unsustainable.


    He will try his best to delay time and wait for the other party to make changes.


    He mobilized the strength of the Yindu city and made great efforts to insist that even if he fell to the disadvantage temporarily, he should not lose in a short time.


    Although he absolutely blocked the front, he was a little worried about the situation from other directions of the Yindu city.


    In the Yin capital city, there was no decent strong man except him. Even an expert at the Yang God level could not be found.


    Two Yang shenzhenjun of situ family holding strange treasure led the ghost army to storm the Yin capital, which has posed a great threat to the Yin capital.


    At this time, he must have ignored other consequences and the impact on the ghost areas of the capital in the Yang world. He tried his best to operate the power of the Yin capital, tried to mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the underworld, and tried to enhance the defense of the Yin capital as much as possible.


    Unfortunately, the Yin capital at this time is too empty.


    It was too wonderful to enter the Yindu city last time. Although it tried to avoid causing too much damage to the Yindu City, it still caused many adverse effects.


    At this time, he Jue missed emperor Wenjin of the Dali imperial dynasty very much.


    There are intrigues and mutual cooperation between the foreign ghost families and Emperor Wenjin.


    Without the help of foreign ghost families, Emperor Wenjin could not establish such a foundation as Yin capital.


    Without the cover of emperor Wenjin, foreign ghost families are not so easy to hide in the Junchen world.


    Later, in order to prevent emperor Wenjin from returning to the virtual period of promotion, there were many cracks and contradictions between the two sides.


    The high-level leaders of the foreign ghost families even began to consider whether to get rid of emperor Wenjin and support a new partner.


    Emperor Wenjin was swallowed up by Taimiao, and the foreign ghost clan lost its most important partner.


    At this time, Yu Jue fully felt the importance of emperor Wenjin and missed him very much.


    If emperor Wenjin were still there and he was the capital of Yin, the current situation would not be so bad.


    Although emperor Wenjin did not have the strength of the Yang God period, he was able to fully mobilize the strength of the Yin capital and provide powerful help for Yao Jue.


    After losing emperor Wenjin, Xiang Jue was entangled again. Finally, the defense loophole of the Yin capital could not be covered up.


    Problems first appeared in the west of the Yin capital city with insufficient defensive power.


    The two Yang gods of situ family, Zhenjun, waved the left treasure and forcibly broke the ban, breaking a gap in the wall.


    Encouraged, the ghost army led by them immediately rushed into the city through this gap.


    Although the defenders of the Yindu city tried their best to close the gap, a limited number of them were soon submerged by the enemy.


    This gap is constantly expanding. In other places, new gaps have emerged, allowing the garrison to take care of one and lose the other.


    As if it triggered a chain reaction, a large part of the walls of the Yin capital fell, allowing the ghost army to enter the city.


    Thus the walls of the Yin capital were broken.


    The ghost army entering the city began to kill and destroy wantonly.


    There are also some ghosts and gods who remain sober enough to destroy the prohibitions and important nodes in the city according to the guidance of the Yang God Zhenjun of the situ family, trying to fundamentally destroy the huge city.

 Chapter 2085

    The situation of the whole Yin capital fell into the eyes of Yu Jue.


    He tried to get rid of his opponents and reinforce those broken places, but failed.


    He was firmly entangled by his opponent and couldn''t get away at all.


    Although a large part of the garrison of the Yindu City, after retreating to the inner city, still stick to it with the help of the layout in the city and start street battles with the enemy.


    But judging from the situation on the battlefield, they won''t last long. It''s only a matter of time before distance completely fails.


    Once the Yin capital is occupied, the ghost land of the capital in the Yang world will lose its source of power from the underworld, and will not last long, and then it will collapse automatically.


    Of course, he knows the result and is willing to pay all the costs to avoid it.


    However, he had long lost his ability to save the war.


    In addition to constantly contacting Yangshi with secret methods and urging reinforcements, he had to try his best to resist his opponents.


    If you let your opponent free up his hand, I''m afraid you can tear down the whole Yin capital in a few seconds.


    I don''t know whether it''s gujue''s request for help or whether the high-level of the foreign ghost clan knows the importance of the Yin capital.


    Before the Yin capital was half occupied, a huge pillar of light lit up in the center of the Yin capital, cutting through the sky and straight into the sky.


    The space passage between Yin capital and Yang world was opened again.


    Most experienced human friars knew at this time that this was the arrival of reinforcements from the ghost areas of the capital in the world.


    At this time, all the forces of the Holy Land Sect basically entered the battlefield, and only the three Huixu Daneng of the snow mountain sect were still watching.


    At this time, a Yang God Zhenjun from jiuxuan Pavilion shouted at this side: "what are you three waiting for?"


    "If you don''t do it again, it will lead to the failure of this mission. Can you afford it?"


    No matter which sect, Huixu power is the top level of the sect and the main combat power of the sect.


    Returning to emptiness has a life of nearly 10000 years and the ability to roam the emptiness.


    Not to mention leaving the sect door is to leave the Jun dust world. All the great powers of returning to emptiness have strong viability.


    Even if it is the Holy Land Sect gate, it can''t let the return to the virtual power in the gate die for no reason.


    It''s not easy for practitioners to return to emptiness. They have to go through countless difficulties and obstacles and test their Taoist heart one after another.


    The great energy of returning to emptiness is basically a character with strong will. They often have their own ideas and are used to thinking independently.


    If you want to use a few empty words, it is basically impossible to deceive them.


    Some people who are loyal enough to the sect and have deep feelings can perform the task of dying for the sect.


    But it is very difficult for Huixu to willingly die for the sect.


    For most practitioners, the higher their accomplishments and the longer their longevity, the more they cherish their own lives.


    Many so-called religious sects are just interest groups.


    If it is advantageous, it will gather, and if it is not advantageous, it will disperse.


    Of course, the Holy Land zongmen, which has a long tradition and a long history, is completely different from those pheasant zongmen. The cohesion of zongmen is still strong enough.


    Faced with the joint suppression of other holy places, the snow mountain sect knew that this was a test. It could not resist and had to accept very harsh conditions.


    The leader of the snow mountain sect tried his best and made countless promises before finding out three returning virtual powers who were willing to enter the underworld.


    The snow mountain sect consumed a lot of information and made a lot of preparations just to save their lives.


    Even if they are exposed to the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, they can have a certain vitality and will not fall into a situation of death.


    It is precisely because of this thread of vitality that the three great powers of returning to emptiness will accept the task.


    After entering the underworld with others, they have been hiding their own breath with their secret skills.


    If you don''t need them to fight, you can end the battle and completely destroy the Yin capital, which is naturally the best.


    Although they have made a lot of preparations in advance to resist the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, that is not a perfect policy.


    If they can''t do it, they won''t do it.


    Seeing that their own side had the upper hand and almost half of the Yin capital had been conquered, they relaxed a little, and the biggest test suddenly came.


    If it was normal, the monk of Yang God in jiuxuan pavilion would not be so rude to elder Huixu.


    However, seeing that the war was at a critical juncture, he could not care much, and even threatened directly.


    The three Huixu Da nengs of the snow mountain sect looked at each other and sighed one after another.


    This war can''t be avoided, or the three of them need to fight.


    After entering the realm of returning to emptiness, even if they die, as long as the Yang God of heaven and earth is immortal, in theory, they all have the opportunity to come back from the dead.


    But in fact, due to various restrictions, there are too many difficulties. In the history of the whole Jun dust world, the great power of returning to emptiness that can come back from the dead is almost one of the few.


    Even if the return of the Holy Land Sect is powerful, it may not be able to come back from the dead.


    Now in the Junchen world, there are a lot of returning virtual great energy who died in battle waiting in line for resurrection.


    Although the leader of Xueshan sect has long promised that if the three of them die in the underworld, they will use the power of the whole sect to revive them.


    But the three returned to emptiness can know that even if the sect tries its best to help, their chances of resurrection after death are too slim.


    They will do their best to save their lives and will never die easily.


    With one step, the three returned to the virtual power crossed more than half of the Yin capital and appeared in front of the huge pillar of light.


    In the light column at this time, several human shadows can be vaguely seen.


    That''s the reinforcements sent by the foreign ghost clan. They are rushing to the Yin capital to support.


    At this moment in the Yangshi world, the religious sects of the holy places do their best to attack the ghost areas in the capital, trying to put great pressure on them, so that the foreign ghost families stationed inside have no time to distract themselves.


    The overall strength of each Holy Land Sect is far above the foreign ghost clan and the Dali Dynasty.


    Even if they have a ghost land as a battle, they can''t compete with the sects of the major holy places.


    The sect gates of the holy places have not conquered the ghost areas of the capital, and they are mainly unwilling to let the high-level monks in the gate suffer too many casualties.


    Especially the great power of returning to emptiness can''t easily die in the ghost field.


    In order to protect the high-level friars, the sect gates of the holy places do not hesitate to send low-level friars into the ghost area of the capital to weaken them continuously.


    Now the action of the underworld has reached the key point, and the great powers of returning to emptiness of the holy places have appeared around the ghost area of the capital.


    Although they didn''t directly break into the ghost realm, they kept casting spells outside the ghost realm and constantly showed their power.


    After receiving the help signal from the underworld, the ghost clan outside the region spent a lot of effort and paid a lot of costs, so that the two returning to the virtual world could spare their hands and leave the ghost region temporarily.

 Chapter 2086

    Although the high-level officials of the Dali imperial dynasty have been fighting with foreign ghost families, the two sides even calculate with each other.


    But everyone is on the same boat at this time. It''s not good for everyone if the boat capsizes.


    The high-level officials of Dali Dynasty knew that taking the overall situation into account, they did not hesitate to lose their own interests and tried to help the foreign ghost families contain the enemy, so that the return of the foreign ghost families could escape.


    A lot of time has been delayed here, and the desperate information for help is constantly urging.


    With a few of their subordinates, two foreign ghost clan''s Huixu Daneng forcibly opened the space channel connecting the underworld and began to come to the underworld capital.


    The reinforcements of the Yindu city have just left the ghost area of Shangjing city. This side will bear more pressure.


    This kind of action of robbing East walls to make up west walls has caused many problems in the defense of ghost areas in the capital.


    Although the great power of returning to emptiness of the sects of the major holy places still did not dare to directly impact the ghost region, they ordered more low-level friars to enter the ghost region and strive to destroy everything in the ghost region.


    The battlefield of Yangshi was originally used as a containment, but now the war has become more and more intense, which means a positive battlefield.


    Two foreign ghost families'' Huixu Daneng and several of their subordinates came to the Yin capital just through the space channel. When they had an unstable foothold, they were intercepted.


    Since the three great powers of returning to emptiness of the snow mountain sect have entered the underworld, they also have consciousness in their hearts.


    Seeing that the war could not be avoided, they certainly had to find ways to take the initiative.


    Before the three return to emptiness powers come to the space channel, they operate the signboard skill of snow mountain sect together.


    I saw countless snowflakes falling from the gray sky, making the world white.


    The extremely cold air seemed to freeze everything between heaven and earth.


    The space channel connecting the ghost region of the capital and the Yin capital suddenly solidified and lost its transmission function.


    The two foreign ghost families'' Huixu great energy became stiff and stopped moving forward.


    The strength of the several men behind them was no more than yuan Shen period. Under the magic power of returning to the virtual level, they had almost no defense.


    They just felt a chill, and then lost all consciousness and became an ice sculpture.


    As soon as the snow mountain sent three Huixu Da nengs, they blocked the reinforcements from the ghost region of the capital.


    Of course, once they do it, their own breath begins to be exposed.


    Even their secret art of concealing the world and the sea can''t completely cover up their breath.


    It seems that he sensed the foreign breath of returning to the virtual level, and the heaven consciousness of the underworld was touched.


    In the distant sky, the thunder light shines faintly, the vigorous wind roars, and the terrible power is gathering rapidly.


    This is the spontaneous response of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, rejecting all external forces of returning to the virtual level.


    The ghost nationality outside the region has operated the Yindu city for many years. With the special prohibition in the city, it can cover up the breath of returning to emptiness and power in the family and let them move freely in the Yindu city.


    The layout of the foreign ghost clan will not cover the Terran cultivators.


    Once the Three Snow Mountain sect return to virtual power exposes their own breath in the underworld, they will soon face the suppression and exclusion of the rules of the underworld.


    The three of them also know this truth.


    The strategy they had discussed in advance was to end the battle as soon as possible and escape from the underworld before the rules of the underworld reacted.


    Seeing that the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld had been touched, the three of them immediately took the time to fight.


    The three ice dragons appeared in the air, each roared, and suddenly jumped at the two opponents.


    Just after getting rid of the influence of freezing and recovering their freedom, the two foreign ghost families have to face three ice dragons.


    They looked at each other helplessly and made a decision immediately.


    A person''s body suddenly expanded, turned into a tall ghost and directly met the ice dragon.


    One person turns into a ghost and shuttles between ice dragons, trying to get rid of the attack of ice dragons.


    Both sides of the war are the cultivation in the early stage of returning to the virtual world. They have their own scruples in the process of fighting, which are difficult to play.


    Although the snow mountain sect has a number advantage and seems to suppress the enemy temporarily, it is difficult to completely defeat the enemy in a short time.


    Of course, the three great powers of the snow mountain sect are not just this means.


    After they came to the Yindu City, they were not idle. They had been carefully observing the enemy situation.


    Especially after he was entangled, they discovered some mysteries of the Yin capital.


    As an outsider, after entering the Junchen world, the foreign ghost clan was not excluded by the rules of heaven and earth, and was able to give full play to its due strength.


    There must be a problem.


    A great power of returning to the virtual world of the snow mountain sect soon found that the Yin capital city should provide some special power and shelter it from the rejection of the power of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Regardless of the fierce battle between the enemy and us in the Yindu City, the returning virtual power immediately launched an indiscriminate attack on the Yindu city.


    Endless snowflakes fell from the sky, covering almost the whole Yindu city.


    Every snowflake contains powerful lethality.


    All kinds of buildings in the Yin capital were frozen one after another, and then suddenly collapsed.


    Various prohibitions emit bursts of light, and then the light is completely extinguished and the prohibitions are broken.


    Two ghost armies on both sides of the enemy and ours were inevitably injured by mistake.


    A large number of ghosts and even some acquired ghosts and gods have little resistance in the face of a large-scale attack at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Their bodies have turned into ice sculptures and lost all their vitality.


    Although several Yang God Zhenjun were dissatisfied, they didn''t say much.


    Their first task is to destroy the Yin capital. In this process, no matter what losses they pay, it is acceptable.


    The Kou family paid three Yang God Zhenjun, and the snow mountain sect asked three Huixu Da Neng to come to perform a suicide mission. The other holy land zongmen can''t afford any loss.


    Just a bunch of ghosts and ghosts after tomorrow are cannon fodder. Even if all of them are lost, it''s not a big deal.


    Pang Jue, who is being entangled by his opponent, is very worried when he sees that the Yin capital has been quickly destroyed and the prohibition has gradually failed.


    His task is to guard the Yindu city and make sure that it is safe.


    Once the Yin capital city is completely destroyed, it is not to say that the ghost land of the capital city in the Yang world will be unsustainable. Their great power of returning to the virtual world in the underworld will face the power of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world if they lose the cover of the Yin capital city.


    He Jue let out a long roar, communicated with the two companions who came to reinforce, and called on everyone to work together to save the Yindu city.


    The two foreign ghosts who came to reinforce were as worried as Yu Jue.


    They tried their best to stop the enemy''s destruction of the Yindu city.


    Seeing the enemy''s reaction, it was not only the snow mountain sect''s return to virtual power that continued to wantonly destroy the Yin capital, but the nearby Yang God Zhenjun also began to wave a strange treasure and attack the Yin capital.

 Chapter 2087

    Meng Zhang attaches great importance to the gains and losses of the Yin capital city and has been paying attention to the combat situation here through Taimiao.


    Even if he was rejected again, at the critical moment, he still had to help the foreign ghost families hold the Yindu city.


    It''s wonderful. Originally, I thought that the doors of the holy places were in the underworld, but I couldn''t deny such great power of returning to the virtual world, and I couldn''t help the capital of the underworld.


    Facts have proved that it is too wonderful to greatly underestimate the religious doors of the major holy places.


    The huge force that can rule the Junchen world for thousands of years has rich savings and many cards. No matter how difficult it is, as long as it is willing to pay the price, it can always find a solution.


    Tai Miao and Meng Zhang are very concerned about the means of the sects of the holy places, especially the secret technique of the snow mountain sect''s Huixu Da Neng.


    Unfortunately, as they took the initiative to expose their strength to participate in the war, the effect of the secret arts began to disappear, so that they could not further explore and study it.


    Although it was wonderful, a large part of my mind focused on the study of secret arts, but I didn''t forget the business.


    He followed Meng Zhang''s instructions and kept an eye on the war.


    As long as the Yin capital side can''t hold on, he will give support in time.


    He was ready to fight since he was entangled and the Yin capital was broken.


    Now, the reinforcements from Yangshi are blocked and the Yin capital is seriously damaged. It''s wonderful to know that he can''t do without intervening.


    On the side of the Holy Land Sect, almost six combat forces at the level of returning to the virtual world have been dispatched this time. They are the main resistance for Taimiao to intervene in the war.


    The several Yang God Zhenjun holding strange treasures and the huge army of ghosts are too wonderful to pay attention to for the time being.


    Only three foreign ghost families participated in the war, and their strength was much worse.


    Moreover, with the deepening of the destruction of the Yin capital, the Yin capital can give them less and less support.


    Hell is a wonderful home. With power in hand, he is sure to turn the war around and keep the Yin capital.


    The key to the problem is that it is too wonderful to expose its identity. It must be concealed as much as possible.


    It''s wonderful. I thought for a long time before I had a good idea.


    Whether the three Yang Shen Zhenjun of the Kou family who took the pill had the strength of returning to emptiness, or the three returning to emptiness of the snow mountain sect could expose their breath, they all attracted the attention of the will of the heaven and the earth, and were about to be hit by the power of heaven and earth.


    However, the will of heaven is too great to react as quickly as human beings.


    It will take some time to mobilize the power of heaven and earth and use the rules of heaven and earth to suppress and repel targets.


    If the three members of the snow mountain sect return to the virtual world quickly enough, it is really possible to complete the task and evacuate from the underworld in time before the rules of the underworld suppress them.


    Since too wonderful has decided to intervene in this matter, it will never watch this happen.


    Too wonderful holds the power of life and death and reincarnation, which has little to do with the current situation.


    But he still operated his power like a natural ghost and God, and began to integrate into the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Wonderful, gently move the rules of heaven and earth to accelerate the cohesion of the power of heaven and earth.


    The three returning to virtual powers of Xueshan sect are all old monks with extensive knowledge and rich experience in all aspects.


    At this time, they felt bursts of panic, and their hearts even began to tremble, as if some disaster was about to happen.


    They knew in their hearts that this was the rule of heaven and earth in the underworld, and they were about to begin to suppress and repel them.


    In order to make a quick decision, they began to attack more fiercely.


    They constantly stimulate their own potential, even if they leave a trace of sequelae, they just want to break out stronger combat effectiveness in a short time.


    The return of two foreign ghost families can block left and right, and try their best to parry the enemy''s attack.


    Although they were completely defeated, they would never be captured by the enemy in a short time.


    It seems that the three great powers of returning to emptiness of the snow mountain sect also understand this.


    Their mission is to completely destroy the Yindu City, not to kill foreign ghosts.


    They paid more attention to how to destroy the Yin capital.


    They would rather bear the enemy''s attack and try to cause great damage to the Yindu city.


    Sensing the gathering of the power of heaven and earth, he was first a joy.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld are about to attack the practitioners from the Yang world.


    I really didn''t expect that the rules of heaven and earth in Jun dust world would become the assistant of outsiders like myself.


    These guardians of the Jun dust world are about to be rejected and suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world. There is nothing more ironic than this.


    But then his face began to turn white.


    With more and more destruction of the Yin capital city, various Dharma arrays and prohibitions began to lose their function quickly.


    Shielding the breath of foreign ghosts from being excluded by the rules of the underworld also had a great impact and began to fail slowly.


    Without the shelter of the Yin capital, such invaders from abroad will also be excluded and suppressed by the rules of the underworld.


    Even to some extent, the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world will be stronger against foreign invaders.


    Over the Yindu City, dark clouds rolled, lightning and thunder, and the power of terror began to gather, as if it could attack below at any time.


    As a member of the Holy Land Sect, although the snow mountain sect has always been very low-key, its good skills are well-known in the cultivation world, and naturally can not escape Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Meng Zhang recognized the origin of the three great powers of returning to emptiness. It was wonderful. He felt that they were the most powerful of the enemy and was ready to take them as the primary target.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld spontaneously repel and attack the returning virtual power from the Yang world.


    It''s wonderful. It''s just taking advantage of the situation and pushing it secretly to speed up the process.


    Too wonderful. She was preparing to secretly urge the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, but she was suddenly stunned.


    It turned out that just now, a return to virtual power of the snow mountain sect turned into tornadoes, which completely destroyed many buildings in the center of the Yindu city.


    Then, he launched the earthquake, so that most of the Yin capital fell into a strong earthquake.


    Needless to say, the damage caused by the earthquake to Yindu City,


    Most parts of the Yindu city have become ruins. Huge cracks have opened everywhere on the ground, and suddenly unfathomable pits have appeared.


    Dark as ink, evil spirits came out of some holes and rushed into the sky.


    In many parts of the Yindu City, fog began to diffuse.


    Although she is helping the will of heaven in the underworld gather the power of heaven and earth, Taimiao''s attention to the Yin capital has never been relaxed.


    He didn''t care much about the changes in the Yin capital.


    Anyway, after a while, the power of heaven and earth in the underworld came down, swept away the return virtual power from the Yang world, and interrupted the attack of the Holy Land Sect.


    As long as the foreign ghost families keep the Yin capital, they naturally have a way to slowly repair this huge city.


    However, as the evil spirit from the bottom of the Yin capital suddenly erupted violently, it was wonderful to feel something wrong.

 Chapter 2088

    It''s wonderful. At the home of the underworld, you can give full play to your advantages in all aspects. You can feel the secrets that other great powers can''t find.


    The Yindu city is not far from his hiding place. You can''t hide from him any trouble or slight error here.


    With more than half of the Yin capital city turned into ruins, more than half of the array and prohibitions in the city were destroyed, the evil spirit at the bottom of the city leaked, and some secrets began to be exposed.


    "This is..."


    After feeling something wrong, it''s wonderful to close your eyes and feel it carefully.


    He not only neglected to continue to promote the power of heaven and earth in the underworld, but even temporarily cut off his contact with Meng Zhang in order to focus his attention.


    There was a faint feeling in his heart that he would make a great discovery.


    Soon, wonderful found some clues.


    In the evil Qi gushing from the ground, there is a faint and incomparable dragon Qi.


    This is dragon Qi from underground dragon veins.


    Moreover, this is not an ordinary acquired dragon vein, but a congenital dragon vein generated by heaven and earth.


    In extreme shock, Taimiao suddenly opened her eyes.


    How can there be dragon veins gathering underground in Yindu city?


    The place where the Yin capital city is built is a treasure place where the earth''s veins gather and the earth''s atmosphere gather, which has long been known.


    But he never thought that there would be a congenital dragon vein in the underground of the Yin capital.


    Dragon veins are innate and acquired.


    The day after tomorrow, the dragon vein is often formed after the real dragon falls, and its corpses and even flesh and bones are scattered on the earth, absorbing the aura of heaven and earth, and evolving over a long period of time.


    The dragon vein has infinite wonderful functions.


    Great supernatural powers can even draw dragon veins directly to refine pills and magic weapons.


    The mortal Dynasty is built on the dragon vein, which can help pregnant and raise the dragon vein, and can also use the power of the dragon vein to expand the power of the dynasty.


    In the Yang world of Jun dust world, although the acquired dragon vein is rare, one can be found occasionally.


    For example, there was an acquired dragon vein in the capital of Dali imperial dynasty.


    Meng Zhang, who was overseas, once found Houtian dragon vein and directly extracted it.


    As for the congenital dragon vein, it is almost unheard of in the Jun dust world.


    The innate dragon vein is bred by the power of heaven and earth in the whole world.


    The functions of congenital dragon veins are more numerous.


    Among them, some of the most common uses are to strengthen the blessed land, or directly establish religious doors on it.


    The breath of the innate dragon vein will protect the sect. It provides enough aura to return to emptiness and be able to practice.


    It is said that if Fudi wants to be promoted to Dongtian, it seems that he needs to absorb the innate dragon vein.


    If there is an acquired dragon vein under the Yin capital, it''s too wonderful. You may take it for granted.


    But now there is a congenital dragon vein, which is so wonderful that I feel very surprised.


    It''s wonderful to worry that your induction is wrong. Repeat the induction carefully until you are 100% sure that there is a congenital dragon vein.


    It''s wonderful. There''s a kind of speculation. The emergence of this congenital dragon vein is either the hands and feet of the high-level officials of the imperial dynasty, or the masterpiece of the foreign ghost family. Of course, it''s more likely to be the joint force of the two.


    After discovering the congenital dragon vein, Taimiao immediately resumed contact with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was surprised and then delighted when he knew that there was a congenital dragon vein under the Yin capital.


    For practitioners, especially high-level practitioners like him, congenital dragon veins can bring endless benefits.


    Meng Zhang vaguely knew that in the Yang world of Jun dust world, due to the actions of several real immortals in those years, he could not find any congenital dragon vein.


    Due to the special rules of heaven and earth, the underworld has not been harmed by several real immortals, so there will be congenital dragon veins left.


    Meng Zhang guessed that I don''t know when the foreign ghost families and Dali imperial high-level found the whereabouts of this congenital dragon vein, then guided it to the lower part of the Yin capital, and used the power of the Yin capital to cover it up perfectly.


    Now, since Taimiao has discovered this congenital dragon vein, it is natural that Heaven gives Buddha, but it is to blame.


    Too wonderful is the ghost of the underworld. This congenital dragon vein has a great effect on him.


    For this master Meng Zhang, it is also of great significance.


    The power of an inborn dragon vein is too wonderful to be absorbed by Meng Zhanghe alone.


    After synchronizing the information with too wonderful, Meng Zhang made the same decision as too wonderful. Anyway, he wanted to win this congenital dragon vein.


    In order to capture the innate dragon vein, we should put aside everything to help the Yin capital.


    The longer the ghost land in the capital exists, the longer it can delay the religious doors of the major holy places.


    If too wonderful can win this congenital dragon vein, his cultivation and Meng Zhang''s cultivation will make a great leap.


    In contrast, strengthening oneself is certainly more important than delaying the enemy.


    Since we have the ambition to win this congenital dragon vein, Taimiao and Meng Zhang have to consider how to do it.


    Meng Zhang can''t help in the Yang world. It all depends on his wonderful shot.


    As long as the news gets out, even if it is in the underworld, it will lead to the contention of the Holy Land Sect.


    That''s wonderful. If you want to get this treasure without future trouble, you can''t let go of the strong people present.


    The return to emptiness power of the foreign ghost clan is likely to know the existence of this congenital dragon vein.


    After all, the congenital dragon vein appears under the Yin capital city, which is mostly related to the foreign ghost families.


    The friars on the side of the Holy Land Sect seem to be ignorant about it.


    Anyway, too wonderful will try to finish the job.


    It''s wonderful. I don''t want to support the Yindu city anymore, but want to catch all the strong men of both sides who are fighting in the city.


    He put more effort into it. With the power of power, he made his will close to the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld and gathered the power of heaven and earth faster.


    At this time, the battle entered the most critical moment in the Yin capital.


    The returning virtual powers of the foreign ghost family know that if they don''t work hard, they won''t have a chance.


    Regardless of their own life and death, they pestered the enemy desperately with the idea of losing both sides.


    The three Yang gods of the Kou family, Zhenjun, took the pill and temporarily had the cultivation of returning to emptiness. After knowing that their family had no way to live, they dared to work hard with the enemy.


    Three of the snow mountain sect returned to Xu Da Neng to finish the battle and leave the underworld as soon as possible.


    They still have a glimmer of life, so their will to work hard is not so firm.


    A group of great powers of returning to virtual strength no longer have any reservation. They took out all their strength to fight and turned the whole Yin capital into a battlefield for fierce fighting.


    The aftermath of their battle alone was irresistible to the ghost army and the defenders in the city


    In addition to several Yang God Zhenjun who can barely haunt on the battlefield, the rest of the day after tomorrow ghosts and ghosts can''t stand in the city.


    The great power of returning to emptiness starts to work hard, so it won''t worry about others,


    Among those guys who saw the opportunity early and reacted quickly enough, some lucky people can escape the Yin capital in time.


    Those guys who didn''t respond well or had bad luck only fell into the Yindu City inexplicably.

 Chapter 2089

    The whole Yindu city has almost completely turned into ruins, and there are basically no intact buildings.


    Most of the arrays and prohibitions in the city have been destroyed.


    Only a small part of the prohibition buried underground has not been destroyed for the time being.


    However, looking at the posture in front of us, these prohibitions will not last long.


    The Yin capital has been unable to continue to deliver power to the ghost areas of the capital of the Yang world.


    In fact, the three great powers of returning to emptiness of the foreign ghost clan have long been unable to mobilize the power of the Yin capital to support themselves and fight the enemy.


    Yindu city is like a dying man, who has lost all his vitality, leaving only one breath to survive.


    At this time, in the Yindu City, the energy overflowing everywhere is like a hurricane, sweeping everything around.


    Those ghosts, gods and ghosts who managed to escape from the Yin capital did not dare to stay in place, but desperately fled away from the Yin capital and how far they could escape.


    The strong people at the level of returning to the virtual world are desperate. It''s really terrible.


    In the whole hell, I''m afraid there hasn''t been such a return to emptiness war in many years.


    The Yin capital was destroyed, and the return of the three foreign ghost families was almost crazy.


    In particular, he Jue, who used to be the capital of Yin, knew that he had a great responsibility, but did not protect the capital of Yin, which caused huge losses to the whole foreign ghost family.


    Whether it was the fear of punishing the high-level of the foreign ghost family, or the guilt caused by dereliction of duty, he lost his mind.


    The other two foreign ghost families probably knew that their family had no future and blamed everything on the enemy in front of them.


    Among the three foreign ghost families, Huixu can fight desperately and vow to pull the enemy to death.


    All of a sudden, it became a foreign ghost family to haunt the practitioners.


    Seeing the completion of the task, the practitioners participating in the war have no intention of staying here for a long time.


    In particular, the three return to virtual powers from the snow mountain sect urgently want to escape from the underworld before the attack of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld is imminent.


    But the foreign ghost family fought hard and entangled them firmly.


    They lost the cover of the Yin capital and were about to face a very bad situation before they were directly exposed to the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    They knew this in their hearts, holding the idea of pulling a cushion before they died, like a mad dog, without any retreat.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness are too powerful to fight desperately. Several Yang God Zhenjun holding strange treasure feel a little difficult to gain a foothold here.


    After such a long delay, the will of heaven and earth in the underworld finally completely reacted and gathered the terrible power of heaven and earth.


    Too wonderful, put your consciousness into the past, urge the power of power, and try your best to help the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld operate.


    The power of breeding seems to have reached a certain limit and can''t continue to grow.


    In the thunder clouds above the Yindu City, several lightning fell silently below.


    Lightning came so fast that the two sides in the fierce battle could not react at all.


    Until lightning is coming, their internal forces operate spontaneously and instinctively make defense.


    This is not ordinary lightning, but the world power of the big world of Jun dust world. It is the embodiment of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, which is specially used to exclude and combat the existence that is not allowed in the underworld.


    The three Kou family''s Yang Shen Zhenjun were forcibly promoted to the level of returning to emptiness by the power of Dan medicine. They have a shallow foundation, insufficient foundation and relatively weak strength.


    With a wonderful urge, the power of heaven and earth, which should have been attacked by instinct, has become more orderly, more spiritual and more difficult to deal with.


    The three Kou family''s Yang God Zhenjun is the power of heaven and earth. Originally, they should fall aimlessly. They rely solely on the power of heaven and earth to kill and return to emptiness by instinct. At this time, they become more flexible and more strategic.


    Yin thunder and lightning kept chopping at several strong players at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Those Yang God Zhenjun who wanted to escape the Yin capital quickly could not escape being covered by Yin thunder and lightning.


    This kind of powerful attack that can kill and return to emptiness can''t be resisted by several Yang God Zhenjun.


    Zhenjun, the Yang God of situ family, had the most vivid mind and escaped the fastest.


    But before they escaped from the Yin capital, they were split into pieces and turned into ashes together with the strange treasure in their hands.


    The rest of the Yang God Zhenjun soon followed their footsteps.


    The Three Snow Mountain sect''s return to the virtual world is not right. They are ready to run away regardless of everything.


    At this time, the power of heaven and earth in the underworld has made them look pale and overwhelmed.


    The three Huixu great energy of the snow mountain sect gathered together to parry the attack of the power of heaven and earth in the underworld while trying to tear the space and escape from the underworld.


    After a thunder, the space that had begun to crack suddenly returned to its original state.


    Their attempt to get through the space channel to leave the underworld failed.


    The thunder clouds above the Yin capital became more and more dazzling, and the frequency of lightning and Yin thunder fell was higher and higher.


    It has a wonderful urge. Almost every attack is very flexible, directly targeting their weaknesses, and there is no waste of strength.


    As outsiders, the three extraterritorial ghost families were originally excluded by the Junchen world.


    After losing the shelter of the Yin capital, they were the first to face the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld. They fell one after another, their bones disappeared, and their bodies turned into powder.


    The three return to virtual powers of the snow mountain sect made a lot of preparations before the war.


    In addition to the life-saving treasures they carried with them, on the other side of the Yangshi, other return to emptiness powers of the snow mountain sect also used secret methods to try to support them remotely.


    Human can''t conquer the sky. At least the returning virtual powers of the snow mountain sect don''t have the ability to go against the sky.


    The three great powers of returning to the virtual world of the snow mountain sect exhausted their means to protect their lives, but under the bombardment of the power of heaven and earth, they came to the same end as the foreign ghost families.


    This time, too wonderful didn''t show up. He just made good use of the situation and made use of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld to eliminate so many powerful opponents.

 Chapter 2090

    If it''s too wonderful to make a direct move, you may not be able to win in the face of so many returning virtual combat forces on both sides.


    After all, it''s wonderful. I''m alone. I don''t have a helper at the same level.


    Even if he comes to a snipe and clam to compete, he may not be able to destroy them all.


    If you escape one or two fish, take enough information and expose your wonderful identity, you will be in great trouble.


    That''s wonderful. The strategy this time is very clever. I didn''t show up. I just secretly urged the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld. It can be regarded as a murder with a knife, and the goal was perfectly achieved.


    Such a powerful force of heaven and earth will destroy all these guys in the Yin capital.


    The Yindu City, which was almost completely destroyed, was injured by mistake again and suffered from the disaster of pond fish.


    When the air stopped dropping the power of heaven and earth, the Yindu city became a complete ruin, nothing remained, and nothing complete could be found.


    The original prohibition and Dharma array were all broken long ago.


    Most of the earth evil spirit that originally spewed out from the ground disappeared without a trace.


    After feeling the terrible power of heaven and earth, those ghosts, gods and ghosts who had fled the Yin capital in order to avoid the war of returning to the virtual world did not even have the courage to stop and wait. They only knew how far they could escape.


    At this time, there was no living existence inside and outside the Yin capital.


    All the existence excluded by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld has been killed, the thunder clouds over the underworld capital began to dissipate, and the gathered power of heaven and earth began to disappear slowly.


    At this time, it was wonderful to take a step and come to the sky over the Yin capital.


    The congenital dragon veins are deep underground, at least below ten thousand feet.


    Previously, it was just the underground evil spirit of the Yin capital gushing out from the underground, rushing out a gap, carrying a trace of the breath of the congenital dragon vein.


    In addition to being too wonderful, it is difficult to easily find the existence of the congenital dragon vein even if you sneak into the underground of the Yin capital.


    Wonderful. I looked down quietly and took a deep breath.


    He waved his hands and held them up.


    The ground of Yindu city immediately shook violently, and countless earth rocks were lifted from the ground and flew into the air at once.


    Most of the Yindu city seemed to have been ploughed, and the whole ground was overturned.


    During the severe earthquake in the Yindu City, the underground revealed more breath, which made the sense sharp and wonderful, and once again determined the position of the congenital dragon vein.


    The wonderful body suddenly fell from the air and merged into the ground at once.


    His body dived toward the ground at high speed and soon crossed a distance of tens of thousands of feet.


    It''s wonderful. I feel an invisible resistance ahead, preventing me from diving further.


    Relying on his strong body of ghosts and gods, he didn''t even cast spells, so he hit forward violently.


    This collision force, on weekdays, can at least make ordinary return to virtual energy seriously injured.


    It''s wonderful. I was knocked unconscious for a few minutes, but I broke the resistance smoothly.


    He suddenly entered a special space.


    The underground was originally dark, but there was a faint light in this special space.


    It''s wonderful. I just looked at the bottom and was stunned.


    A dragon more than ten thousand feet below is winding around and lying on the ground. It seems to be sleeping.


    The whole body of the Dragon seems to be composed of some kind of crystal stone, which is crystal clear and emits hazy light.


    This giant dragon is so big that its scale alone is like a hill.


    It''s wonderful. Even if you exert your ghost and God to the limit, it''s no different from mole ants in front of this giant dragon.


    Needless to say, this giant dragon is transformed by the innate dragon vein.


    It''s wonderful. Looking at this behemoth, I''m thinking about how to start.


    He never thought that such a big guy could feel so sharp.


    Wonderful. The dragon was startled as soon as he broke into here.


    The innate dragon vein is not a living creature, let alone intelligence.


    Even the image in front of him is manifest.


    It looks like a giant dragon. In fact, it has nothing to do with the dragon family.


    Due to the intrusion of outsiders, the innate dragon instinct broke out.


    The Dragon stretched its body slightly, the whole space shook violently, and the huge invisible force swept around.


    It''s wonderful, although I have been vigilant and ready to fight since I entered here.


    But such an attack still made him a little less responsive.


    The wonderful body is like a boat in the waves. It''s shaking constantly. It''s basically unstable.


    It''s wonderful. With a light drink, he immediately showed his body of ghosts and gods.


    His body suddenly expanded into a giant more than ten feet tall.


    Regardless of the huge gap between the two sides, after stabilizing his body, he stretched forward with one hand, as if to grasp the dragon in front of him.


    Too wonderful. It seems that with the blessing of the two powers of life and death and reincarnation, it has great power and can easily tear down all obstacles.


    Although the innate dragon vein has great power, it is not good at combat effectiveness.


    In other words, the innate dragon doesn''t know how to fight at all.


    So far, all the actions of the congenital dragon vein are instinctive reactions.


    Of course, the power of the innate dragon vein is too strong. Just stretch it at will, and there will be a surge of power at the level of returning to emptiness.


    If ordinary people can enter here, they may not be able to do anything about this congenital dragon vein.


    Under the suppression of the power of power, this congenital dragon vein is too wonderful to be fixed.


    With one hand, he seemed to grasp the key of the congenital dragon vein and make it unable to move.


    Taimiao is preparing to cast a spell to close this congenital dragon vein.


    The congenital dragon pulse shook slightly, and the huge body suddenly turned into a light all over the sky, and began to dissipate like this.


    With the disappearance of the congenital dragon vein, the whole space is rapidly collapsing.


    It''s wonderful. I didn''t think it would be so easy to control this congenital dragon vein.


    This congenital dragon vein came out of his expectation.


    In fact, the innate dragon vein has the instinct to gather and disperse freely.


    Gathering is the dragon vein, while scattering is transformed into infinite vitality and scattered between heaven and earth.


    If he doesn''t respond well and allows this innate dragon vein to dissipate between heaven and earth, his trip will be in vain.


    Fortunately, Taimiao responded very quickly. Regardless of the space storm caused by the space collapse, he rushed to the original position of the congenital dragon vein in one step.


    His hands danced in the air and caught a dragon shadow.


    Sensing that the dragon shaped virtual shadow is dissipating rapidly, it''s wonderful to cross your heart. Regardless of your own situation, you immediately began to absorb the dragon shaped virtual shadow.


    With his movements, he felt a huge and pure vitality, like waves, pouring into his body one after another.

 Chapter 2091

    The congenital dragon vein disperses automatically. This space collapses. This is not a place to stay for a long time.


    It''s wonderful. While grasping the dragon shaped virtual shadow and trying to absorb the pure vitality inside, he displayed his space magic, shuttled through space, avoided space storms and returned to the outside.


    After a few breaths, Taimiao returned to the top of the Yin capital.


    When the congenital dragon vein dispersed, the earth shook more violently, and an unprecedented earthquake occurred in the area where the Yindu city was located.


    In the earthquake, the ruins of Yindu city were soon completely buried.


    There are too many pure vitality flowing into the body. It comes too fast and wonderful. The speed of absorption and refining has begun to lag behind.


    Taimiao originally wanted to return to his own territory, then practice in isolation, refine and absorb these vitality.


    But the huge vitality kept pouring into his body, so that he could not carry out long-distance space transmission.


    In desperation, Taimiao found a secret place to close at will in the periphery of the ghost cry mountain, not too far from the Yindu city.


    Too wonderful. After laying a ban, I couldn''t hold on any longer. I had to sit cross legged on the ground and began to wholeheartedly absorb and refine the vitality flowing into my body.


    Too wonderful. It''s not too long to enter the retreat period. It''s the time for cultivation to advance by leaps and bounds.


    Too wonderful. As a ghost and God, if you want to practice, you also need to consume a lot of resources.


    The vast territory occupied by Taimiao, and all kinds of resources produced on the territory are used to support Taimiao, which is actually very difficult.


    In particular, some high-end resources dedicated to returning virtual energy are very scarce here.


    Too wonderful. Many times, he did not hesitate to venture into the depths of the ghost cry mountain. It also meant to search for the resources needed for cultivation.


    Now the influx of these vitality has saved a lot of practice resources.


    There are few bottlenecks in Taimiao cultivation. As long as there are sufficient resources, cultivation can make rapid progress.


    As he refined more and more vitality, his cultivation advanced at a high speed from the early stage of returning to emptiness to the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    The dragon shaped virtual shadow kept struggling and beating, but it couldn''t jump out of the wonderful palm all the time.


    Instead, more and more pure vitality poured out, which has exceeded the speed of wonderful absorption and refining.


    If it continues like this, it''s wonderful. It''s really possible to be burst by vitality.


    Tai Miao is the outer incarnation of Meng Zhang and has a mysterious connection with the Buddha.


    After realizing that her refining speed could not keep up with the influx of vitality, Taimiao immediately transported a large part of the vitality flowing into her body to Meng Zhang through the special connection between the self and the external avatar.


    Meng Zhang, who was already closed in the quiet room, dared not neglect it and immediately began to absorb and refine these pure vitality.


    These vitality are not only in great quantity, but also almost pure to the extreme, almost no less than the general jade Qingling machine.


    In fact, Meng Zhang is still quite nervous in terms of practice resources.


    After the void outside the Junchen world was blocked by foreign invaders, Meng Zhang also had no better channel to obtain Yuqing LINGJI.


    The jade and clear spirit machine on him now is the accumulation of the past.


    He had to sit back and eat until there was no new source of income.


    The sun moon blessed land at taiyimen Mountain Gate has been strengthened for many times. Not long ago, Meng Zhang also threw several corpses of indigenous gods into it.


    At this time, the sun and moon blessed land can not only meet the cultivation needs of the monks in the door, but also support the great power of returning to emptiness like Meng Zhang.


    In order not to cause too much burden to the sun, moon and blessed land, Meng Zhang did not fully absorb the heaven and earth aura in the blessed land.


    In addition to supporting Meng Zhang, taiyimen also supports the guest Qing of the old Taoist CI.


    Although Yu Ci Lao Dao joined the Taiyi sect under the coercion of Meng Zhang, as long as he became a member of the Taiyi sect, the Taiyi sect must provide him with salary, at least to ensure his daily cultivation needs.


    Whether it is the aura provided by the blessed land of the sun and the moon, or the Yuqing aura stored in Meng Zhang and the big warehouse in the door, the number is limited.


    With the passage of time, high-level monks like Meng Zhang will increasingly feel that they are short of cultivation resources.


    Meng Zhang would have been unable to sit in the door if he had not gained a lot from entering the Shenchang world last time.


    Now that congenital dragon vein has dispersed, but its essence part is too wonderful to hold.


    It''s too wonderful to stop the loss of vitality. We can only absorb and refine it before it is completely lost, so as to avoid waste.


    Under the infusion of massive vitality, wonderful accomplishments are rising and making continuous progress.


    Meng Zhang has been in the middle stage of returning to emptiness for some years, but it will take at least hundreds of years to enter the later stage of returning to emptiness according to normal conditions.


    The pure vitality passed from Taimiao not only saved him a lot of practice resources, but also helped him save hundreds of years of hard work.


    Knowing that such a god given opportunity is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity, Meng Zhang and Taimiao put all their thoughts on practice.


    At present, neither of them has to face the bottleneck of practice. What they lack is strong accumulation.


    Originally, this is a hard work, which requires them to spend a long time to practice hard and complete the accumulation of foundation.


    But now, the massive pure vitality has helped them a lot.


    Of course, misfortunes and blessings depend on each other. If Taimiao and Meng Zhang are not fast enough to absorb and refine their vitality, they will both be burst by their vitality.


    Taimiao and Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are improving rapidly and launching an impact to a higher level.


    They almost forgot everything about the outside world, completely forgot themselves, and devoted their whole body and mind to practice.


    In their closed practice, time seems to have lost its meaning.


    In a twinkling of an eye, three months passed.


    It''s wonderful. The period of returning to emptiness is not long. He shouldn''t have advanced so quickly, but now the massive vitality provides him with the power of impact.


    The cultivation and accumulation that took hundreds of years or even thousands of years to complete were completed in just three months.


    After his initial practice of returning to emptiness was completed, there was no sign of exhaustion and the speed did not slow down by half a minute.


    As a last resort, too wonderful only launched an impact towards the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    Too wonderful is very close to natural ghosts and gods in all aspects, and power is in hand, which makes him deeply understand the avenue of heaven and earth.


    It can be said that there is no bottleneck in the cultivation of returning to emptiness.


    As long as the cultivation resources are sufficient and accumulated enough, he can naturally advance.


    Now, although he is a little reluctant in his heart, he still has to choose to advance as soon as possible.


    In this way, wonderful and smooth breakthrough. In the middle of returning to emptiness, cultivation has entered a new level.


    Meng Zhang''s situation is very similar to Taimiao.


    Although the difficulties he needs to face in the retreat period are much better than, they still can''t beat him.


    Soon after the Taimiao advanced level, Meng Zhang also advanced, and his cultivation went from the middle stage to the later stage.

 Chapter 2092

    Meng Zhang''s situation is very similar to Taimiao.


    However, Meng Zhang has entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness for a longer time and has a more solid foundation. Even if he forcibly breaks through to the later stage of returning to emptiness, it is not encouraging.


    It''s wonderful. Although this breakthrough is very smooth, it is precisely because it is too smooth and too urgent. It may leave some sequelae and so on.


    Of course, given the current situation, they can only focus on the immediate situation and solve the urgent problems first.


    There are really some sequelae and so on. There will be a lot of time to solve them in the future.


    After the cultivation levels of Tai Miao and Meng Zhang were broken through one after another, their speed of absorbing and refining vitality increased greatly.


    The Dragon shadow is the essence of this congenital dragon vein, and the everfount of Qi has been pouring for so long that the two returned to the virtual energy have been advanced.


    Tai Miao entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness. After Meng Zhang entered the later stage of returning to emptiness, he continued to absorb and refine his vitality, and became somewhat comfortable.


    At least it''s not like that just now. It''s very embarrassed. I can''t care about anything else.


    With Meng Zhang to help share the pressure, too wonderful becomes more and more relaxed.


    He even had time and energy to sort out his accomplishments and see if there were any hidden dangers in the forced breakthrough just now.


    After Meng Zhang entered the later stage of returning to emptiness, according to the practice of Jun dust world, he can be called shangzun.


    Since then, in addition to calling him head Meng, others may call him Meng Zhang shangzun more.


    Now in the Jun dust world, in addition to several real immortals sleeping, the combat power of real immortals is very few.


    In order to resist foreign invaders, the Zhenxian level combat power led by Sanshan Zhenxian stayed in the void near the Junchen world most of the time.


    At present, most of the strong men of the virtual immortal level in the Jun dust world are also in the virtual battlefield.


    In addition, the depths of the source sea and the heavenly palace are guarded by virtual immortals.


    The virtual immortals of the sects of the major holy places are basically not in the Junchen world, and there are few upper dignitaries left in the door.


    When they dealt with the ghost areas in the capital, the monks dispatched were mainly in the early and middle stages of returning to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang entered the later stage of returning to emptiness. In most parts of the current Jun dust world, he was enough to walk sideways.


    After Meng Zhang''s cultivation is advanced, he can easily deal with the pure vitality conveyed from Taimiao.


    To advance from the later stage of returning to emptiness to the great perfection of returning to emptiness, we need more than the accumulation of vitality.


    Meng Zhang knows many secrets.


    He began to use special means to extract many pure vitality and condense them into pieces of vitality crystals.


    These vitality crystals contain huge and pure vitality. Although they are still not comparable to Yuqing LINGJI, they can also be used to support high-level friars.


    After Taimiao and Meng Zhang advanced one after another, the dragon shaped virtual shadow disappeared completely for more than half a month.


    The pure vitality that had poured into her body suddenly disappeared, making Taimiao feel a strong sense of loss.


    Although this congenital dragon vein has completely dispersed, the benefits it brings to Taimiao and Meng Zhang are enough for them to digest for a long time.


    Next, it''s wonderful. I''ll continue to shut down for some time.


    Although his breakthrough was smooth, he was still in a hurry and needed to take some time to settle down.


    Meng Zhang entered the later stage of returning to emptiness, which was also natural, leaving no sequelae.


    Logically speaking, he also needs a period of time to shut up, practice well and master the means of monks in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    But he still has something important to do and is not free for the time being.


    After collecting the energy crystallized by himself, he left the closed quiet room and left the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang''s destination this time is the ghost land of Shangjing.


    It has been three or four months since the Yin capital was completely destroyed. Without the power support of the Yin capital, I don''t know how long it will last in the ghost area of the capital.


    Although Meng Zhang is practicing in seclusion, if something big happens to the outside world, his eldest disciple Niu Dawei will send a letter to his seclusion chamber.


    Meng Zhang would also read the information from Niu Dawei if he was free during his practice.


    When he left Taiyi gate, he had not received the news that the ghost territory in the capital had been broken, which was a good thing.


    In fact, according to Meng Zhang''s instructions, taiyimen arranged high-level friars near the ghost region of Shangjing city to monitor the latest war situation in turn and keep in touch with the mountain gate at any time.


    The fall of the ghost region in the capital is related to the next situation in the Junchen world. High ranking friars in the gate dare not neglect it.


    Taiyimen''s grasp of the current situation of ghost areas in the capital is relatively timely.


    No news is good news. With this idea, Meng Zhang soon came to the ghost area of Shangjing city.


    He looked at it from a high altitude. It seemed that the situation of going to the ghost area of the capital was no different from before.


    The Holy Land sects still didn''t send back to the virtual power to directly break into the ghost area, but sent out a large number of low-level friars to slowly consume the power of the ghost area and destroy the foundation of the ghost area.


    The defenders of the ghost region have the ghost region as their support, give full play to their own advantages, and fight with the invaders.


    Meng Zhang''s eyesight was so brilliant that he easily penetrated the appearance and saw the real situation of the ghost region in the capital.


    This is the sun, not the underworld.


    The reason why the ghost area of Shangjing city took shape was to project the underworld into the Yang world, so that the rules of heaven and earth of the underworld interfered with the area where Shangjing city is located.


    To do all this, we can''t do without the Yin capital in the underworld as the support point.


    Now the Yin capital has been completely destroyed. Although the ghost region of Shangjing can still connect with the underworld, it can''t continue to obtain a steady stream of power from the underworld.


    Without the Yin capital, the ghost land in the capital became rootless wood and passive water, which was supported by the previous accumulation.


    Now the ghost area of Shangjing is at the end of its power. The interior has been exhausted and may collapse completely at any time.


    It seems that the destruction of the ghost land in the capital is in sight.


    The defenders in the ghost land of Shangjing naturally know this.


    They exhausted all kinds of means and tried their best to prolong the life of the ghost Kingdom, just hoping that the ghost kingdom could last for a long time.


    Without the cover of the ghost Kingdom, neither the foreign ghost family nor the members of the Dali imperial dynasty have much resistance in front of the holy places. They are completely lambs to be slaughtered.


    Especially the foreign ghost clan, for the Junchen world, they are foreign invaders.


    Without the cover of the ghost realm, they are directly exposed to the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world, and will soon be rejected and attacked by the heaven and earth rules of the Jun dust world.


    The ghost land in the capital is their refuge and their last fortress.


    Meng Zhang thought in his heart that fortunately he didn''t come too late. He finally came here before the ghost land in the capital was completely destroyed.


    If he delayed a little longer and the ghost areas in the capital were destroyed, all his plans would be in vain.

 Chapter 2093

    The real situation of the ghost land in the capital is also very clear to the high-level of the sect of the major holy places.


    After the last World War I in Yindu City, the ghosts, gods and ghosts that survived the day after tomorrow fled the Yindu city far away. They didn''t even dare to go back to their old nest, let alone inform the religious doors of the major holy places.


    They just ran for their lives and fled without a trace.


    The Yang God Zhenjun sent by the Holy Land Sect, the return virtual power of the snow mountain sect and the cannon fodder Yang God sent by the Kou family all fell under the power of heaven and earth in the underworld. The bones disappeared into powder without leaving half a trace.


    Before they fell, they didn''t have time to send back any information to the sun world.


    The high level of the Holy Land Sect has been paying attention to the results of the first World War in the Yindu City, but no information has been sent back.


    Impatient, they had to send friars to the underworld again to investigate the situation.


    After the sent friars arrived at the location of the Yindu City, the Yindu city had completely disappeared, leaving a huge pit with no bottom.


    Although the battle has been over for a long time, the residual breath of the power of heaven and earth still frightens these friars.


    According to the results of their exploration, everything in Yindu City, including both defenders and attackers, should be destroyed by the power of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    The cannon fodder of the snow mountain sect and the Kou family is gone. It is doomed to sacrifice.


    The Yang God friars of situ family and other forces didn''t run out in time, probably because of bad luck.


    Although the loss was a little big, in any case, the Yindu city was completely destroyed, and the purpose of the holy places was achieved.


    Of course, Yang Shen Zhen Jun is not a cabbage. He has lost several Yang Shen Zhen Jun at once. It is definitely not easy for relevant forces such as situ family to hurt their hearts.


    I wonder if the snow mountain sect and the Kou family, who were forced to make sacrifices, can feel better after knowing the news.


    In order to ensure that everything is safe, the holy places did not rush to launch an all-round attack on the ghost areas of the capital.


    They continue to consume the ghost areas in the capital according to the original rhythm and way.


    At the same time, several high-level friars who are proficient in the art of looking at Qi and exploring Qi have repeatedly watched and investigated the ghost areas in the capital to determine their deficiency and reality.


    After these months, the high-level leaders of the holy places finally mastered the real situation of the ghost land in the capital through various means.


    Sure enough, after losing the Yin capital, going to the ghost region of the capital is equivalent to being cut off.


    Now, many of the disciples of the holy places are staying outside the ghost area of the capital.


    They launched a long-range attack on the ghost area of the capital in accordance with the usual practice to cover their own low-level friars'' army and constantly destroy the ghost area.


    At the same time, they are ready.


    As long as they can''t hold on to the ghost areas in the capital, they will launch a general attack, kill them directly and get rid of all the enemies inside.


    Judging from the current situation, they don''t have to wait too long.


    Of course, they didn''t know that Meng Zhang came here.


    Everyone''s judgment is correct. Going to the ghost area of the capital is really the end of a powerful crossbow.


    The day after Meng Zhang came here, the ghost land was finally unsustainable.


    The black fog that had almost enveloped the whole ghost area stirred violently, just like boiling water.


    The ghost Kingdom starts from the outermost, constantly collapsing and destroying.


    Both the defensive ghost army and the attacking low-level friars army are basically affected as long as they are within the scope of the collapse of the ghost area.


    Or get involved in the space gap and end up with a life and death unknown end.


    Or it will be directly crushed by the collapse of the ghost Kingdom, leaving the bones dead.


    As there was no order to retreat, both sides were still fighting to the death.


    Especially those low-level friars, who had received strict orders before joining the war, did not dare to escape even in the face of a mortal situation.


    In addition to some friars'' instinctive evasion and escape, a large number of friars still stay in the ghost land.


    Seeing that the ghost land began to collapse, the sect door of the holy places that cherish their lives returned to emptiness. Da Neng was not in a hurry, but was ready to continue to wait and see for a while to see if there was fraud.


    These high-level friars at the top of the cultivation world don''t care much about the life and death of low-level friars, and they don''t care about their own low-level friars who are still in the ghost kingdom.


    Fortunately, not all the great powers of returning to emptiness are so cold-blooded and ruthless.


    Several really unseen Hui Xu Da Neng directly ordered the low-level friars who were fighting in the ghost area to leave the battle immediately and leave the ghost area as soon as possible.


    At the same time, these great powers of returning to emptiness also began to cast spells, trying to cover the retreat of these low-level friars.


    The low-level friars who had been fighting in the ghost region heard the order to retreat, such as amnesty, one by one began to escape from the battle and hurriedly began to run for their lives.


    The collapse of this ghost land is not slow.


    Originally, after so many years of efforts by the religious sects of the major holy places, the shrouded scope of the ghost region has been shrinking.


    After paying such a high price and losing so many low-level friars, the Holy Land Sect finally retreated to the inner part of the capital.


    Now the ghost area began to collapse, and its shrouded area continued to shrink rapidly.


    From the periphery of the ghost Kingdom, the situation has become chaotic.


    The ghost realm is an independent space, located in the gap between the sun and the underworld.


    Due to the various means of the foreign ghost clan and the Dali Dynasty, it came to the capital temporarily.


    The ghost area was destroyed, and the space here began to become disordered.


    Inside and outside the ghost area, there are thick space cracks.


    From the cracks in the space, a stream of space turbulence was ejected.


    The disorder of space has led to violent space storms.


    ¡­¡­


    In such a chaotic situation, most of the monks dare not use the magical powers of space transmission at will.


    Seeing that the ghost land really began to collapse and could not be reversed, the return virtual powers of the Holy Land Sect doors finally started.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness in the holy places are too conservative, resulting in spending too much time and losing too many low-level friars here in the ghost region of the capital. Because the attack was not effective, it even led to the blame of the sleeping ancestors.


    Now the ghost Kingdom finally began to be destroyed. Of course, they should seize the opportunity to perform well.


    Especially in today''s ghost land, there are the remaining evils of Dali Dynasty and foreign ghost families.


    If we do not eliminate all of them and fish slip through the net, it will lead to serious future trouble.


    On their faces, they can''t get through it.


    Many of them can approach the ghost area of the capital from different directions, so as to surround it tightly, leave no loopholes, and leave no escape passage for the enemies inside.


    More masters proficient in space Avenue began to cast spells, directly disturbing the surrounding space rules, making the space in the nearby area more disordered, and cutting off the possibility of someone casting space transmission to leave.

 Chapter 2094

    In this way, many of the disciples of the holy places have entered the collapsing ghost land.


    Originally, they should wait until the ghost area completely collapsed before they rushed in directly.


    By that time, not only will the danger be much less, but the surviving enemies should also be seriously weakened.


    But when the ghost Kingdom collapsed, it was too chaotic. If an enemy took the opportunity to escape and even caused some other trouble, it would be bad.


    The ghost land in the capital has existed for a long time.


    The existence of the ghost region in the capital itself is a violation of the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    If the ghost clan outside the territory takes the opportunity of the collapse of the ghost territory to cause greater damage to the Jun dust world, it''s hard for everyone present to explain.


    These returning virtual powers can see the ghost area in the collapse. If there is nothing, they will directly kill to the center of the ghost area.


    After the destruction of the Yin capital, there was an induction in the ghost land of the capital.


    Whether it is Dali, the high-level of the imperial dynasty, or the foreign ghost clan, it was known at that time that the ghost territory in the capital was about to be destroyed.


    Some guys with low morale and no hope for the future desperately prolong the persistence time of the ghost land with the idea that one day is another day.


    Those who are flexible enough begin to think about how to escape after the collapse of the ghost land.


    As the Yin capital was destroyed, the space channel connecting the ghost region of the capital and the Yin capital was also destroyed.


    It has become very difficult to enter the underworld from the ghost land of Shangjing.


    It is possible that some of the returning virtual powers of the foreign ghost families have the ability to enter the underworld directly.


    But without the cover of the Yin capital, they will face the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld and will be hit by the power of heaven and earth.


    Of course, if the ghost kingdom is destroyed, they will also be hit by the power of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world in the Yang world.


    Although the return virtual power of the sect gates of the major holy places did not break into the ghost area of the capital before, they have been waiting outside the ghost area and surrounded the ghost area.


    If someone escapes from the ghost Kingdom, he will inevitably face the siege of many returning virtual powers.


    In the face of a huge crisis, the Dali imperial high-level and foreign ghost families, who originally harbored ghosts, have become unprecedentedly United.


    After careful discussion, the two sides chose the last way to escape.


    That is to take advantage of the collapse of the ghost area and the disorder of space, and use the final power of the ghost area to destroy the Jun dust world as much as possible.


    The great power of the return of the Holy Land Sect will never sit idly by, and they will come to stop it.


    This is their last chance to show their powers and run for their lives.


    Those returning virtual powers who killed the ghost realm sensed the waves of terror from within the ghost realm.


    At the same time, it is also making a violent impact on the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    You return to the virtual power to speed up suddenly and suddenly enter the temporarily intact area in the ghost area.


    At this time, the prepared foreign ghosts immediately fought with these returning virtual powers.


    The great power of returning to emptiness on the side of Dali Dynasty is all living people. Originally, the power will be suppressed in the ghost region.


    However, with their prepared talismans and the control of foreign ghost families over the power of the ghost region, they can still give full play to most of their strength in the ghost region.


    Although the great power of returning to emptiness of the sects of the holy places was greatly suppressed in the ghost region, they were numerous and cooperated with each other, but they did not weaken their strength too much.


    On the ghost territory side, except for a few guys who decide to live or die with the ghost territory, the others have no heart for war and want to leave here as soon as possible.


    There are a group of foreign ghost families who know they can''t escape or are unwilling to continue to escape. After the break, there is no lack of return to virtual power.


    They use destructive ways to stimulate the power of the ghost land, use it to suppress the enemy''s return to virtual power, and buy time for their own escape.


    The return to virtual power that directly enters the ghost realm is only part of it.


    Another part of Huixu can patrol outside the ghost area and completely block it to prevent the enemy from escaping.


    Several Huixu Da Neng who left the imperial dynasty finally left the ghost area and were immediately stopped by the hostile Huixu Da Neng outside.


    Without the cover of the ghost Kingdom, the strong ones on the side of the imperial dynasty and the foreign ghost clan are far inferior to the Holy Land Sect in terms of strength and quantity.


    Soon after the two sides fought, there was a great retreat from the imperial dynasty, which could be wounded or even killed by the enemy.


    The speed of the collapse of the ghost area was beyond everyone''s expectation.


    Soon, most of the originally vast ghost areas in the capital had disappeared.


    Those foreign ghost families were not only difficult to continue to mobilize their strength against the enemy, but also lost their cover, making them begin to be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    Dali imperial high-level and foreign ghost families planned well in advance, thinking that they could take advantage of the collapse of the ghost territory to escape some of their own strong ones.


    However, due to the proper response of the Holy Land Sect, all their actions were stopped in time and did not play any role.


    Seeing that the ghost land in the capital was about to collapse completely, Meng Zhang finally made a move.


    He dived down from high altitude and directly rushed to the center of the ghost region of Shangjing city.


    "Don''t worry, Taoist friends. Meng Zhang came to help."


    "You foreign ghosts, don''t try to escape. Today is your time of death."


    In the shouting, Meng Zhang rushed over the original capital.


    There are many people who dislike Meng Zhang, and some of them even have deep hatred with Meng Zhang.


    But Meng Zhang now assumes a friendly posture, which makes it difficult for them to stop each other for a while.


    An older guy guessed that Meng Zhang would not come to help for no reason. He should have a bad intention.


    But before they could do anything, Meng Zhang had rushed into the capital.


    Shangjing was originally the capital of Dali Dynasty, a huge city with a population of more than one million.


    The creatures had long been sacrificed with blood before the birth of the ghost kingdom of the capital.


    When shrouded in ghost territory, the city itself did not cause much damage.


    However, the subsequent fierce battles and the collapse of the ghost land brought destruction to the huge city.


    Now, the collapse of the ghost Kingdom has entered the final stage.


    In the whole capital city, only the imperial palace of Dali Dynasty remains intact for the time being.


    If Meng Zhang came late, maybe this magnificent palace would be completely destroyed in the collapse of the ghost land.


    The great power of returning to emptiness on the side of Dali Dynasty is either fighting with the enemy and making the final dying struggle; Or he was running for his life and was blocked by the enemy.


    The situation of returning virtual power in foreign ghost families is similar.


    After Meng Zhang entered the collapsing ghost area, some of them could detect that the situation was wrong and tried to stop him.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the later stage of returning to emptiness can surpass most of the strong ones present.


    But he didn''t want to tangle with these guys.


    Meng Zhang''s body flashed quickly, avoided the interceptor and came to a place not far from the palace.


    After most of the creatures in the capital were sacrificed with blood and the city was shrouded in ghost territory, the remaining living people in the city were basically concentrated in the imperial palace.


    These living people are basically the high-level officials of Dali imperial dynasty and their relatives.


    The Imperial Palace has been protected by the power of the ghost kingdom for the time being.


    There were more than 10000 living people in the palace, so they survived temporarily.


    For the Dali Dynasty, these living people were the last foundation of the imperial dynasty.


    As long as they are still there, it is possible to rebuild the Dali Dynasty in the future.


    These living people dare not leave the palace and live in great fear all day.


    Whether it is the ghost area or the ghosts in the ghost area, it has brought them great pressure.


    They finally insisted for so many years, but finally ushered in the collapse of the ghost land.


    When the ghost Kingdom collapses to the end, the collapse force will completely destroy the palace, and the creatures in it naturally have no reason to be spared.


    The only thing that may help them is the great power of returning to the virtual state of Dali emperor, but they are basically busy running for their lives at this time, and they have long ignored them.


    All the living people in the palace have now become abandoned objects.


    Meng Zhang came to a place not far from the palace and immediately began to cast spells.


    The vitality of heaven and earth fluctuated violently over the palace, and a huge powerful hand suddenly appeared.


    The vigorous hand lifted the whole palace from the ground and rose into the sky.


    Meng Zhang showed such magic power, which surprised all of you who were fighting.


    In particular, the returning virtual powers on the side of the Holy Land Sect were shocked first and then angry.


    Uncontrollable anger rushed into the hearts of these returning to emptiness powers, making them almost ignore their fear of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness, which has killed several holy land sects, may also be related to the death of supreme master Yang Sheng, the holy sect of Ziyang.


    Ordinary monks in the early and middle stages of returning to the virtual world are not sure that they can stop Meng Zhang.


    The high level of the Holy Land Sect has long reached a consensus not to provoke Meng Zhang for the time being.


    Unless you empty your hands, you should try to avoid a head-on war with Meng Zhang.


    In addition to a large number of living people in the palace of Dali Dynasty, there are also the savings of Dali Dynasty over the years.


    Dali emperor and Ziyang Shengzong have fought for many years, of course, they have strong capital.


    Even after so many years of consumption, it is unlikely to be completely exhausted.


    Especially the classics collected by Dali imperial dynasty, it is even more impossible to use them.


    In order to break the ghost land in the capital, the holy places spent a lot of manpower and material resources.


    If it is possible, we have long expected to seize Dali''s imperial savings and obtain some supplements.


    Who would have thought that when the ghost land collapsed, the enemies were almost surrounded, but Meng Zhang, a troublemaker, was suddenly killed.


    Meng Zhang''s current practice is clearly to snatch food from the tiger''s mouth and seize spoils from the holy places.


    "Meng Zhang, what are you going to do?"


    "Meng Zhang, don''t make a mistake. Stop it quickly."


    ¡­¡­


    The people tried to stop Meng Zhang''s action.


    On the other hand, it is far away from the imperial dynasty and the foreign ghost clan. At present, it has no self-protection power, so it is natural to ignore Meng Zhang.


    For the great power of returning to the virtual state of Dali Dynasty, since they could not protect the palace, they might as well let it fall into the hands of Meng Zhang.


    At least, as a man, Meng Zhang will not kill all the living people in the palace. Most of them will stay alive.


    Meng Zhang ignored the voice of stopping him and continued to cast the spell.


    I saw a huge black vortex in the sky, which is the channel to mengzhang mustard space.


    The palace and everything inside were flying towards the vortex.


    There are many monks in the Imperial Palace, among which there are extraordinary experts in the golden elixir period and the yuan God period.


    Unfortunately, they do not have the slightest autonomy in front of you.


    They were unable to stop what was happening. They could only pray secretly in their hearts, hoping that Meng Zhang would not be crazy enough to kill them.


    Seeing that the whole palace was about to be taken away by Meng Zhang, someone couldn''t bear it at last.


    Taoist Xuanqi of jiuxuan Pavilion roared and offered a round bead from Meng Zhang''s back.


    "Meng Zhang, don''t be too arrogant. You really think others are afraid of you."


    Meng Zhang''s most commonly used magic weapon level flying sword, ChiYin sword Sha, is still warm in the underworld.


    He was too lazy to sacrifice other magic weapons. He just hit it and flew the ball out.


    "Noisy."


    Meng Zhang showed his Liangyi Tongtian sword, and a black-and-white sword cut at Taoist Xuanqi.


    Taoist Xuanqi felt the unstoppable edge contained in the sword Qi. Although he was extremely unwilling, he still didn''t dare to meet him and had to dodge.


    But the sword Qi seemed to have a spirit. It automatically turned and flew in the air and chased Taoist Xuanqi to kill him.


    Taoist Xuanqi was so embarrassed that he managed to resist the sword Qi.


    After Meng Zhang entered the later stage of returning to emptiness, all the original magical powers and secrets were strengthened due to his improvement in cultivation.


    If he still returns to the cultivation in the middle of emptiness, even if he can surpass Taoist Xuanqi, it is difficult to do so easily, which will force the other party to the disadvantage.


    Seeing that Taoist Xuanqi is not Meng Zhang''s opponent, others will not sit idly by.


    Even the most prudent friars have to fight at this time.


    Magic weapon: Flying sword, wooden staff, gold ring


    Several magic weapons hit Meng Zhang from different directions.


    There are also several fierce Taoist Arts being performed, all aimed at Meng Zhang.


    For a moment, several Huixu great energy shot at Meng Zhang at the same time.


    Meng Zhang''s head shows his own heaven and earth Dharma - Tai Chi Yin and Yang diagram.


    The yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi rotates gently, and the black-and-white Qi swims like a swimming fish.


    An invisible force will hold all those magic weapons.


    All the Daoism that attacked Meng Zhang was eliminated in invisibility.


    At the moment, most of the return to emptiness power of the sect of the holy places are busy dealing with the return to emptiness power of foreign ghost families and Dali imperial dynasty. Only a few people can spare their hands to fight Meng Zhang.


    Together, these great powers of returning to the virtual world can make the great powers of returning to the virtual world overwhelmed and exhausted.


    However, Meng Zhang was able to stop their attack very easily.


    While resisting their attack, Meng Zhang stepped up his spell casting.


    The huge palace was soon swallowed by the vortex and completely fell into Meng Zhang''s Mustard space.


    Meng Zhang secretly breathed a sigh of relief when the biggest goal of the trip was achieved.

 Chapter 2095

    The biggest purpose of Meng Zhang''s trip is to save the remaining living people in the ghost region of Shangjing city.


    Although most of these people were ministers of Dali imperial dynasty, they had close relations with the imperial dynasty.


    However, most of them are opposed to the blood sacrifice to the creatures in the capital and turn the whole capital into a ghost land.


    Many of them did not take the road to death, and after this, their loyalty to the Dali Dynasty decreased greatly.


    Many people, even like Han Yao, became opposed to and hostile to the Dali Dynasty.


    But not everyone, like Han Yao, has the courage and ability to escape from this ghost land.


    When Han Yao, the five punishment sword, took refuge in Taiyi gate and became the guest Secretary of Taiyi gate, he asked Meng Zhang to rescue these people.


    For Meng Zhang, these people are basically the elite of Dali Dynasty.


    It''s too wasteful to watch them destroyed by the holy places.


    If they are willing to join taiyimen and work for taiyimen, they will greatly expand the strength of taiyimen.


    Even if some people don''t want to join taiyimen, it''s nothing.


    Having fulfilled his commitment to Han Yao and obtained the complete loyalty of the Yang God period expert, Meng Zhang is worth a trip.


    As for seizing the savings of Dali Dynasty for many years, it was a pure windfall.


    The whole palace was included in the mustard space by Meng Zhang, and those living people were separated from the tiger''s mouth.


    When Meng Zhang''s main task was completed, he was unwilling to continue to entangle with the returning virtual powers of the holy places.


    Those foreign ghost families are the enemies of Junchen world. Even if Meng Zhang meets them alone, most of them will not let them go.


    Meng Zhang let those powerful people who had left the imperial dynasty live and die.


    Meng Zhang wanted to leave, but some people didn''t want him to be happy.


    Those Huixu great powers who had shot him before knew that Meng Zhang was a hard stubble when they saw that his hand was useless. And some smart people have guessed about Meng Zhang''s accomplishments.


    The yin-yang Tai Chi diagram on Meng Zhang''s head turned slightly, and the magic weapons attacking him were shot out one after another.


    He will fly away from here against the Taoist attacks of the people. A loud drink came from a distance.


    "Meng Zhang, you are too presumptuous. Where do you think this is? Come and go."


    Before the voice of the words fell, a powerful man who was also in the later stage of returning to emptiness came to Meng Zhang from a distance.


    This man is an elder friar of situ family. Situ Ankang is called the ancestor of Ankang in the family, and others call him the Supreme Master of Ankang.


    As a monk of the same rank as Meng Zhang, he had long felt that Meng Zhang was no less than his own accomplishments.


    Although he had heard of Meng Zhang''s name for a long time, Meng Zhang was so young that he had the cultivation achievements in the later stage of returning to emptiness, which was comparable to his thousands of years of hard cultivation, which shocked him.


    In the previous attack and test on the ghost area of the capital, the high-level of the Holy Land Sect had long found out the general strength inside.


    There are a lot of combat power at the level of returning to the virtual world, but they are basically guys in the middle and late stage of returning to the virtual world.


    If they did not rely on the power of the ghost Kingdom, they would not be able to resist the returning virtual powers of the Holy Land Sect.


    Of course, in order to make all things right, although the sects of the holy places were short of manpower and insufficient combat power, they still arranged several great powers in the later stage of returning to the virtual world to be present. Situ Ankang was one of them.


    Seeing situ Ankang stop him, Meng Zhang knew in his heart that if he didn''t do one today and show his strength, he couldn''t leave here easily.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say much nonsense. The yin-yang Tai Chi diagram on his head turned, and the black-and-white yin-yang gas gushed out, so he rushed towards each other.


    Situ Ankang also showed his own heaven and earth Dharma, which was a long river running continuously.


    The long river rolled up a heavy and turbulent wave and swept away towards Meng Zhang.


    Although situ Ankang is not a pure sword cultivation, he also has a strong Kendo cultivation.


    A magic weapon flying sword was sacrificed by him, directly turned into an electric light, and killed Meng Zhang very quickly.


    ChiYin sword was not in his hand, but Meng Zhang didn''t feel half inconvenient.


    He displayed the Liangyi Tongtian sword, showing a black-and-white sword, and began a sword competition with situ Ankang.


    Seeing that situ Ankang and Meng Zhang were fighting, the rest of the Huixu great powers did not directly participate in the war, but all watched.


    First of all, situ Ankang is the kind of arrogant and headstrong character.


    Before he and Meng Zhang decide the outcome, others will intervene in his battle at will. Even if he is kind to help, I''m afraid he will be hostile to him.


    Second, the gap between the later stage of returning to virtual reality and the early stage of returning to virtual reality is too large. In the early stage of returning to virtual reality, friars directly intervene in the war in the later stage of returning to virtual reality, which is probably not good.


    Third, even if these return virtual powers don''t directly fight, they are eyeing around, which is also a constraint on Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang should pay more or less attention to them.


    Although Meng Zhang hurried here shortly after his promotion and return to the virtual world, he showed no weakness in the face of the old brand respect for situ Ankang.


    They did their best and launched a fierce fight.


    A series of Taoist techniques are constantly applied to make the world change color and the space vibrate endlessly.


    During the fierce battle between them, the collapse of the ghost land in the capital came to an end.


    The original Imperial Palace in the capital was taken away by Meng Zhang, leaving a big pit in place.


    The collapse force of the ghost Kingdom quickly transmitted to here and shattered the space here.


    At this time, the ghost area of Shangjing city was completely collapsed and destroyed.


    The place where the ghost land was originally located was completely occupied by space turbulence, and there were space cracks everywhere.


    As for the ghost army originally stationed here, it has long passed away with the ghost region.


    Originally, the Dali Dynasty had the most elite Imperial Army in the capital.


    They had been able to move freely in the ghost kingdom with special talismans and the care of the host of the ghost kingdom.


    Under the leadership of many Dali imperial experts, they fought a bloody battle with the friars who attacked the ghost region.


    After years of brutal fighting, the army has been almost exhausted.


    Some of the remnant soldiers, who are not many, are now killed in the collapse of the ghost land.


    In fact, even if the army of low-level friars sent by the sect of the holy places did not completely evacuate here before the complete collapse of the ghost land, they would never come out again.


    The collapse of the ghost area caused heavy casualties and huge losses on both sides.


    Of course, none of the top leaders on both sides can care about these now.


    The returning virtual combat power of the ghost region wants to break through and escape, while the Holy Land Sect wants to catch them all.


    Even if the collapse of the ghost kingdom had a great impact on both sides, they still fought nonstop and fought for life and death.


    Meng Zhang, an unexpected troublemaker, attracted the attention of many holy land sects and restrained some of their strength. Intentionally or unintentionally, he made the guys on the ghost land get a lot of benefits.

 Chapter 2096

    As for these guys who want to escape, whether they can seize this opportunity and escape here depends on their ability and luck.


    In the collapsed ghost land, wars broke out in almost every place.


    Whether in terms of the number or strength of the returning virtual powers, the Holy Land Sect has an absolute advantage.


    Whether it is Dali''s return to the virtual power of the imperial dynasty or the foreign ghost people, they have a clear understanding of the situation.


    They know this is their last chance. If they can''t break through and escape now, they will have no choice but to die.


    Driven by the desire to survive, they dare to work hard, are willing to pay the price, and even show the way of losing both.


    Some guys who think they really have no hope of escape even want to pull the enemy to die and find some backing for themselves.


    One by one, these breakouts are like crazy tigers. They don''t hesitate to hurt themselves and have to give full play to their most powerful combat effectiveness.


    On the other hand, most of their elite and powerful experts go to the void near the Junchen world to help the immortal fight with the virtual immortal in the door.


    Those left in the Jun dust world are the weaker of the friars of the same level.


    If that were the case, they would not be afraid of the enemy.


    With the cultivation system of the Holy Land Sect, even if the monks trained are unbearable, the overall level is still far above the average line of the cultivation world.


    It''s just that these guys are used to being carefree and pampering in the door as the lofty ancestors of returning to the virtual world.


    After years of comfortable life, they lost a spirit and a trace of decay.


    They didn''t break into the ghost territory because they were unwilling to work hard.


    Now the enemy''s desperate posture is displayed, and they are more or less afraid.


    Seeing that the ghost land has completely collapsed and their task has been completed, they can explain to their real immortal ancestors, so there is no need to work hard with a group of dying people.


    Returning to emptiness is great and can live a long life. No one is willing to sacrifice easily.


    A group of guys with a dying heart are working hard, and a group of guys who cherish their lives are tied up.


    Even if the strength gap between the two sides is large, there is no victory or defeat for the time being, and they are still fighting fiercely.


    Meng Zhang and situ Ankang fought for a while. Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation may be a little weaker than the other party, he still fought with the other party with his profound sword cultivation.


    At this time, a huge variable began to affect the battlefield.


    With the complete collapse of the ghost territory in the capital, the breath of those foreign ghost families lost its cover and was directly exposed to the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    This kind of living creature of the ghost family originally belongs to the Yin, which is more suitable for the environment of the Yin and is not allowed by the Yang world.


    Moreover, as foreign invaders, they are naturally excluded by the Junchen world.


    Under the control of the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, the power of heaven and earth quickly converges here, and it is about to begin to suppress these foreign ghost families.


    Last time in the underworld, because it was too wonderful to use its own characteristics and power to secretly control, the descending power of heaven and earth became stronger, the attack became more accurate, and many anti emptiness levels of combat power were eliminated in one breath.


    This time, the power of heaven and earth is mainly spontaneous convergence. Both power and flexibility may not be as good as that of the underworld. However, the foreign ghosts who had fallen into the downwind because of their weak strength were suppressed by the power of heaven and earth. That was the house leakage, which happened to rain at night.


    These foreign ghost families have sneaked into the Junchen world for many years. In addition to secretly supporting the Dali Dynasty and having various arrangements in the underworld, they have also left a lot of backhands in the Yang world.


    If they can escape here this time, they can also find a shelter in the Yang world and let their family hide temporarily.


    But now the situation is that because the enemy''s strength is too strong and the siege is too tight, they won''t have any chance to escape at all.


    The ghost race is a relatively powerful race in the void world. It has rich invasion experience and has invaded other big worlds many times.


    These guys sent to sneak into the Jun dust world are the vanguard troops.


    Among the ghosts, those who can be selected into the leading forces are those who are strong enough, firm enough, dare to work hard and are not afraid of death.


    Among the racial attributes, the ghost race has a paranoid and narrow-minded side, and it is easy to go to extremes.


    Although I dare not say that they are all outlaws, they will become extremely crazy after being forced to a desperate situation.


    Seeing that the situation has become extremely bad and our own side is about to fall into a desperate situation, some foreign ghost families began their final madness.


    Several foreign ghost families gathered all their strength, recklessly attacked forward, rushed into the enemy''s encirclement and exploded.


    At any rate, they are also at the level of returning to the virtual world. Once they explode, they will not only have great power, but also affect a wide range.


    Among the great powers of returning to emptiness, there were casualties for the first time.


    Under the situation that our side has an absolute advantage, there are still casualties, which makes these return to virtual powers a little hesitant.


    Relying on the self explosion of several foreign ghost families, several gaps were opened in the siege.


    Those who left the imperial dynasty knew how to seize the opportunity and rush out of the gap desperately.


    Although frightened by the madness of the enemy and some casualties on our side, the Holy Land Sect will never watch the enemy escape.


    When they encircle, chase and intercept the enemy, they must plug all the gaps.


    When Meng Zhang fought with situ Ankang, he did not relax his attention to the surrounding situation.


    Looking at the fierce collisions not far away, Meng Zhang knew he should leave.


    He has no intention of getting involved in the desperate struggle of both sides, let alone being affected.


    If one side of the Holy Land Sect completely empties his hand, he will certainly be angry by the other side. It will be difficult to do at that time.


    Although the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian is the bottom card, Meng Zhang will not easily use the immortal talisman unless he has to.


    Meng Zhang''s magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword shows his superb swordsmanship incisively and vividly.


    Situ Ankang, also famous for his swordsmanship, was suppressed by his swordsmanship.


    The Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head rotates faster.


    This huge heaven and earth Dharma, with the momentum of pressing the top of Mount Tai, rushed towards situ Ankang.


    Situ Ankang was unwilling to show weakness and immediately urged his own heaven and earth Dharma phase to take the initiative to meet the past.


    In the earth shaking roar, the surging river suddenly burst, and situ Ankang retreated, his blood kept surging, and he had an impulse to spit blood.


    The phase of heaven, earth and Dharma is related to one''s own path, and there must be no loss.


    Situ Ankang spent some time to calm his Qi and blood and stabilize the phase of heaven and earth.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity, Meng Zhang, relying on the power of Tai Chi Yin and Yang diagram, broke through the siege of a group of returning virtual power and left here.

 Chapter 2097

    Meng Zhang''s foundation is vigorous. His heaven and earth method is Taiji, yin and Yang diagram is higher, and can go deep into the heaven and earth Avenue.


    Although the inheritance of situ family is still regarded as a wise inheritance, the level of heaven and earth law of situ''s Ankang and concise is not low.


    However, in the collision with the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi, the two stand high and low.


    A face-to-face frontal impact showed Meng Zhang''s ferocity.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was so fierce, he couldn''t resist the well-being and respect in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Other great powers of returning to emptiness were afraid and were unwilling to fight with Meng Zhang.


    They slowed down intentionally or unintentionally. It seems that they didn''t have time to stop Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang leave.


    As soon as Meng Zhang protruded from the encirclement, his figure disappeared in the sky at a very fast speed and disappeared completely.


    In any case, Meng Zhang''s practice is more or less helpful to the besieged foreign ghost families and the senior officials of Dali imperial dynasty.


    The ghost area collapsed and the situation nearby became very bad.


    Although the extreme disorder of space makes it impossible for everyone to use space magic powers such as transmission, on the other hand, it also provides a certain cover for the breakout.


    The repeated self explosions of foreign ghost families are really a little scary. Few people are willing to fight hard.


    Even though the great powers of returning to the virtual world of the holy places have tried their best to block it, there are still some loopholes.


    Finally, several strong men who returned to the void came out of the siege and fled to the distance.


    Each Holy Land Sect sent a number of back to virtual powers to chase after them and vowed to kill them all.


    There are also a few guys who can''t break through, so they jump into the space crack and let the space turbulence sweep themselves away.


    Next, they have to face space storms, which are likely to be completely lost in the chaotic space gap.


    Several Huixu masters who are proficient in space Avenue can try to track these guys who jump over the wall. It''s hard to say what the result is.


    In any case, after such a toss, all the holy places have basically achieved their goals.


    The ghost land in the capital has been completely destroyed, and they can finally have an explanation.


    Of course, the ghost land of Shangjing city has existed in the Yang world for so many years, and the continuous damage to the Jun dust world can only be made up slowly.


    As for the defenders in the ghost area, most of them have been eliminated, and only a few have escaped the net.


    These escaped fish have long been the public enemies of the Junchen world. Next, they will face endless pursuit. Maybe they will be caught sometime.


    The most regrettable thing for all the holy places is that Meng Zhang suddenly appeared, forcibly took the imperial palace of Dali Dynasty and forcibly took everyone''s booty.


    If they had followed the past style of the holy places, they would have begun to attack Taiyi gate with great fanfare.


    Whether it is the severe situation facing the Junchen world or the strong pressure of the heavenly palace, they can''t act recklessly as before.


    Of course, all the holy places do not want to let Meng Zhang go.


    They made a strong protest to Tiangong and demanded that taiyimen and Meng Zhang be severely punished.


    Meng Zhang''s daring to openly help foreign ghost families is really lawless. He is a traitor in the Junchen world.


    After leaving the ghost land of Shangjing, Meng Zhang did not delay outside and directly returned to the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Outside the taiyimen Mountain Gate, he took the palace of the Dali imperial dynasty out of the mustard space and placed it on the ground.


    The middle and high level of taiyimen had received his orders in advance and had already arranged a large number of monks around.


    These taiyimen friars rushed up and controlled all the creatures in the palace.


    Next, the Taiyi sect will identify these creatures.


    Those who are valuable and willing to be used by Taiyi gate will naturally join the system of Taiyi gate.


    Those who don''t want to work for taiyimen have no other problems. After careful interrogation and clear explanation of the problems, they can leave freely.


    Those who commit heinous crimes, collude with foreign ghost families, or involve the creatures in the capital in the blood sacrifice, and are unwilling to be loyal to taiyimen, will be punished.


    ¡­¡­


    In this process, Han Yao, the five punishment sword, came to help.


    In the process of annexing Dali imperial territory, many Dali imperial friars took refuge in Taiyi gate.


    After receiving the news, they also rushed to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Some come to plead for old friends, some come to provide information for taiyimen


    In addition, there are royal treasure houses and Treasuries in the Imperial Palace, which are naturally cleaned up by the top level of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to ask about all these troublesome affairs and handed them over to Niu Dawei and other middle and high-level officials.


    Next, how to deal with the response of the holy places is his focus.


    Meng Zhang has many news channels in Tiangong.


    All the holy places protested to the heavenly palace and charged Meng Zhang''an with a lot of crimes. The news soon reached his ears.


    This greatly relieved Meng Zhang.


    Instead of directly killing the door of each holy place, they chose to protest to the heavenly palace, indicating that they were greatly restricted and could not attack Taiyi gate and Meng Zhang for the time being.


    Since the other party has a mouth lawsuit, Meng Zhang is also happy to accompany them to argue.


    Meng Zhang gave another speech to Tiangong.


    As a member of the cultivation world, he absolutely does not allow foreign ghost families to wreak havoc in the Junchen world.


    He felt helpless when he saw that the sects of the holy places had been unable to go to the ghost areas in the capital for many years and allowed the ghost families outside the areas to be free.


    He went to the ghost region of the capital this time to do his part for the Junchen world.


    He spent a great price to break through the ghost areas in the capital and kill a large number of foreign ghost families.


    In order to compete with him for merit, major omissions occurred in the battle, which made many foreign ghost families escape.


    It''s really chilling that the great powers of the return of the holy places don''t reflect on their mistakes, but plant and frame him.


    Meng Zhang''s words passed through the heavenly palace and soon spread to the high-level ears of the holy places.


    Meng Zhang''s nonsense made them angry.


    For a long time, only the major holy places have overturned right and wrong and arbitrarily labeled people.


    When did Meng Zhang use this method on themselves.


    Then, as Meng Zhang wished, the holy places had a mouth lawsuit with him and fell into a long quarrel.


    Although the religious sects of the holy places hated Meng Zhang to the extreme, they could not directly attack Meng Zhang due to various restrictions.


    Not only the heavenly palace, but also the three real immortals who are fighting in the void are unwilling to trigger a large-scale civil war between practitioners at this time.


    The virtual immortals sent by the sect of each holy place are struggling in the void. I hope the interior of the Jun dust world behind us can remain stable.

 Chapter 2098

    Meng Zhang''s promotion to the later stage of returning to emptiness soon spread all over the Jun dust world.


    He snatched food from the sects of the holy places and let them eat. The story spread everywhere and was vividly spread by many people, which made countless practitioners have a lot of conversation.


    Last time, the religious sects of the major holy places carried out cleaning operations in the Junchen world, wantonly killed and eliminated dissidents, which made the Xiuzhen world almost in danger.


    Not to mention those Xiuzhen forces that had nothing to do with the Holy Land sects, even their vassal forces were greatly shocked.


    Especially in recent years, in order to weaken the ghost areas in the capital, the sects of the major holy places did not hesitate to send a large number of low-level friars as cannon fodder.


    A large part of these cannon fodder is the vassal forces of the Holy Land sects.


    Although it is said that the cultivation world pays attention to the absolute supremacy of power, it doesn''t make much sense for people to turn their hearts back.


    However, the practice of religious sects in major holy places has led to widespread dissatisfaction.


    He has ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years. He has an extremely overbearing style and goes against the death of Shunchang. Countless people have long hated him.


    Now some people jump out and fight against the doors of the holy places, and countless people are happy to see their success.


    The allies of taiyimen, such as the Hailing sect, were greatly encouraged.


    Meng Zhang''s becoming a Supreme Master means that the power against the religious doors of the major holy places is increasing.


    Forces such as the immortals Association, which are at odds with the sects of the holy places, support Meng Zhang openly and secretly.


    Among the legitimate friars in the heavenly palace, there are many who are dissatisfied with the sects of the holy places.


    They were limited to their positions and could not directly attack the religious doors of the major holy places, but there was no problem secretly giving Meng Zhang some help and blocking the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In the present Junchen world, Meng Zhang has almost become a banner against the religious doors of the major holy places, and has a high appeal in all aspects.


    It was not Meng Zhang''s wish to make such a high profile and eye-catching.


    However, driven by many people in Jun dust world, Meng Zhang was pushed to this position involuntarily.


    Meng Zhang had no way out for a long time, and there was almost an irreconcilable conflict with the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Although he didn''t want to attract the hatred of the holy places so high-profile, Meng Zhang was not afraid at this time.


    With new hatred and old hatred, Meng Zhang has become a thorn in the eye and flesh of the high-level sect in the holy places. He wants to eradicate it immediately.


    Due to the intentional or unintentional protection of the heavenly palace, they fell into a quarrel with Meng Zhang.


    For this situation, the high-level leaders of the holy places have long expected.


    The means they prepared for Meng Zhang, of course, is not just that.


    The situation near the Junchen world is tight at present. Most of the disciples of the holy places have gone to the front line with many of their subordinates for many days.


    While resisting foreign invaders, the front has been asking for reinforcements from the rear, asking for more reinforcements and more materials.


    For the requests of the front line of the war, Tiangong tried to meet them from the overall situation.


    Of course, due to limited conditions, it is impossible to meet all the requirements in front, and we often have to give a discount.


    When Meng Zhang and the high-level leaders of the holy places attacked each other verbally, several virtual immortals fighting in the void near the Junchen world unanimously asked to enlist Meng Zhang to fight in the void battlefield.


    These virtual immortals were all born in various holy places, and their requirements seemed very reasonable.


    Now the war ahead is tight. It''s too wasteful for monks like Meng Zhang to do nothing in the Junchen world in the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Including the Zhenxian level, foreign invaders have great advantages in the number of strong ones. Our side must dispatch the top strong in the field to the front line as much as possible to relieve our pressure.


    As a member of the Junchen world, taiyimen really couldn''t stay out when the Junchen interface was invaded by foreign invaders.


    In the past, whether it was recruiting materials or personnel, Tiangong gave taiyimen all kinds of care as much as possible.


    Now the front is only asking for the recruitment of Meng Zhang. It''s really hard for Tiangong to refuse at will.


    In the aspect of the heavenly palace, even if it favors taiyimen, there must be a limit. At least a bowl of water on the surface must be flat.


    There are so many cultivation forces in the Junchen world. If the heavenly palace acts too unfairly, it will encounter greater resistance when recruiting human and material resources in the world in the future.


    In the current Taiyi gate, except Meng Zhang, there is only Yu Ci Lao Tao who has the power to return to emptiness.


    Old Taoist Yu Ci seems to be loyal to Meng Zhang, but in the end, he is just an outsider and can''t completely reassure the taiyimen senior management.


    If Meng Zhang accepted the call up, he would be transferred to the empty battlefield.


    With the skills of those virtual immortals in the holy places, there are some ways for God to calculate him without the slightest flaw.


    There are many precedents in the Jun dust world for similar practices.


    If Meng Zhang has an accident on the empty battlefield, the Taiyi gate, which lacks high-end combat power, will not have much power to fight back in the face of the holy places.


    This is a kind of helplessness, and it is also the biggest short board of Taiyi gate.


    The rise time of Taiyi gate is too short and the inside information is seriously insufficient. Those talented monks in the gate still need enough time to grow up.


    Although Meng Zhang advanced to the later stage of returning to the void, he still only played the role of cannon fodder in the void battlefield with real immortals as the main force and virtual immortals as the auxiliary.


    Without the calculation of the holy places, he wouldn''t mind practicing.


    However, given the current situation in Junchen, he really didn''t want to leave.


    And knowing that the enemy is maliciously calculating himself, he is more reluctant to throw himself into the net and put himself in danger.


    Meng Zhang began to try every means to find a sufficient excuse to stay in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang contacted the ancient Taoist and hoped that he would deal with himself more.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also told Tiangong that he had just advanced and had a weak foundation. He needed time to consolidate his accomplishments and get familiar with the new realm of accomplishments. Now it is really not suitable to travel far.


    Although Meng Zhang''s remarks are exaggerated, they are not totally unreasonable.


    After he returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, he did spend a lot of time closing the door and slowly consolidating his cultivation level.


    Meng Zhang''s body was once forbidden by Xianyun Zhenxian, so that Meng Zhang had to be subject to him.


    For many years, Meng Zhang has been studying the prohibition in the body and looking for ways to get rid of it.


    The taiyimen inheritance accepted by Meng Zhang is all inclusive and has a lot of content in this regard.


    In the past, due to lack of cultivation, he had nothing to do with this prohibition.


    Now he can use more means in the later stage of advanced retreat.


    Once again, after carefully observing the prohibition in the Taoist body and examining the various means at his disposal, Meng Zhang still didn''t rush to do it.


    This prohibition was implanted too deeply into him and was too closely connected with him.


    If he starts to cast a spell to lift the ban now, he will take a great risk. If he doesn''t do well, he will damage his cultivation.

 Chapter 2099

    The most important thing is that once Meng Zhang starts this prohibition, he will disturb the real immortal of Xianyun.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t want to break into the Jun dust world directly now, with his ability, I don''t know what kind of reaction he will make.


    Even if Meng Zhang wants to completely remove the internal prohibition, he must wait for an opportunity to be free from the interference of idle clouds and real immortals.


    Knowing that this is not a good opportunity to lift the ban, Meng Zhang did not continue.


    He put this matter aside for the time being, and his main energy was to pay attention to the arrangement of Tiangong for his next step.


    Not to mention the good relationship between Meng Zhang and the high-level officials of the heavenly palace, his cultivation today is enough to win the respect of the heavenly palace.


    This time, the sect of each holy place wants the heavenly palace to recruit him to fight in the void. It seems reasonable and restrained, but everyone knows the reason.


    Meng Zhang made it clear that the chariots and horses did not cooperate, and Tiangong had to take into account his attitude.


    The ancient Taoist priest, deputy director of the heavenly palace, was very enthusiastic about Meng Zhang''s affairs and actively ran around the heavenly palace to strive for a good result for Meng Zhang.


    Not long ago, Taimiao in the underworld broke through the realm of returning to emptiness by absorbing the pure vitality accumulated in the congenital dragon vein.


    It was not long before he entered the retreat level and broke through again so soon.


    Although there is no bottleneck in cultivation for him with natural ghosts and gods, it is natural to break through the realm of cultivation.


    But he still spent a lot of time in seclusion to consolidate his cultivation level and ensure that this unexpected breakthrough did not leave any future problems.


    Soon after Meng Zhang went to the ghost land of Shangjing and took Dali from the Imperial Palace, Taimiao also temporarily ended her seclusion.


    Too wonderful. Although he is far away from his own territory and has been wandering outside, his connection with the territory has not been interrupted.


    His trusted men stationed in the territory sent him a message that there were changes around the territory. He''d better go back and take charge of the overall situation.


    It''s wonderful to expand the territory and rule in the underworld.


    In these years, too wonderful has been conquering the East and West, conquering the forces of the underworld everywhere, and constantly invading new territories.


    Even when he was not in the territory, his men continued the work.


    Of course, without such a great strong man, the expansion speed of his men has greatly slowed down.


    The changes around Taimiao territory have something to do with Taimiao.


    Last time, in order to attack the Yin capital city, the sects of the holy places used all kinds of means to recruit many combat forces of many forces in the underworld to join the war.


    In addition to the forces cultivated and supported by the families of the holy places in the underworld, they also used the means of coercion and inducement to win over many other forces.


    At present, there seems to be no enemy at the level of returning to emptiness in the underworld, which can stop the wonderful pace.


    After the destruction of the Yin capital city, Meng Zhang also knew through the news channel of the heavenly palace what kind of means he used to get together so many anti emptiness fighting forces to enter the underworld.


    The snow mountain sect and the Kou family appear completely as victims.


    Clay figurines also have three earthiness. They should have a certain limit when they are knocked or pressed.


    I''m afraid it won''t be so easy for all the holy places to do so again.


    From this matter, those who are interested, including Meng Zhang, can see some problems within the religious doors of the major holy places.


    As for whether there is any place that can be used, we should observe and test it slowly.


    As long as all the holy places cannot send enough anti emptiness combat power into the underworld, no one can do anything wonderful.


    Even if the Holy Land clan has a great cause, there are not so many Yang gods, Zhenjun and Huixu can sacrifice.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, there should be no interests that can''t be separated in the underworld.


    Taimiao unifies the underworld and establishes hegemony, which will not only help his practice, but also become the powerful backing of Taiyi sect.


    The rise of Dali Dynasty was largely due to the establishment of Yindu city in the underworld.


    Taimiao''s achievements in the underworld will far exceed that of the Dali imperial dynasty, and will be of greater benefit to Taiyi gate.


    Besides, monopolizing the production of resources in the underworld alone can make Taimiao and taiyimen gain countless benefits, and even affect the Xiuzhen resource market of the whole Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang also knows that it''s wonderful. The next action will certainly encounter a lot of resistance.


    However, with his current strength, there is no power to stop him completely.

 Chapter 2100

    Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to the things in the underworld.


    Since too wonderful has determined to unify many forces in the underworld, and he also has enough strength to do it, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to interfere, just wait for the result.


    Of course, if too wonderful needs any assistance, Meng Zhang will go all out.


    Meng Zhang''s attention continued to focus on the Yang world.


    The sect of the holy places has been putting pressure on the high level of the heavenly palace, trying to recruit Meng Zhang and let him enter the empty battlefield.


    There is a deputy manager at the top of the heavenly palace. The ancient Taoist deliberately delayed. This matter has been delayed for a long time and has no result.


    Of course, this matter can not be delayed all the time. Sooner or later, a solution must be found.


    During this time, there was no peace in the Junchen world, and malignant events occurred one after another.


    First, several strongholds of guantian Pavilion in Junchen world were raided by divine descendants.


    The stronghold was destroyed and almost all the stationed monks were destroyed.


    Thousands of years ago, when several true immortals conquered the Junchen world, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world were almost wiped out, and most of the divine descendants were killed.


    In the following thousands of years, the few surviving divine descendants faced the pursuit of the whole cultivation world like rats crossing the street.


    After so many years, there are only a few remaining divine descendant forces in the whole Jun dust world.


    Those survivors were hunted down by the practitioners and were in constant panic. They simply did not have the courage and ability to attack the practitioners, let alone provoke the holy door such as guantian Pavilion.


    It is not the first time that divine descendants have provoked guantian Pavilion, at least it is extremely rare.


    The God descendants who made trouble this time were too powerful. They not only dared to raid the stronghold of guantian Pavilion, but also ambushed the monks sent by guantian Pavilion.


    As for the reason of this great disturbance caused by the divine descent, it also slowly spread in the cultivation world.


    It turned out that guantian Pavilion secretly kept a group of divine descendants in these secret strongholds.


    When these divine descendants are mature, the nuns of guantiange will extract their blood by secret method.


    In the whole process, the means of the nun guantian pavilion was very cruel, which was close to the means of evil.


    Although the major Holy Land sects regard themselves as the leaders of the right path in the Junchen world, the dark side behind them is not unknown.


    It''s reasonable for guantian pavilion to do such a thing. No one will be surprised.


    However, such things have been openly exposed, and some forces are making waves behind them. Guantian pavilion has been disheartened and disgraced this time.


    The high level of guantian pavilion was so angry that they sent a large number of experts to hunt down the God descendants who made trouble.


    The God descendants who made trouble this time did not like the God descendants who were stared at by practitioners in the past, but only knew to hide.


    When the God descendants who made trouble this time fled, they also knew to look for opportunities to fight back.


    She played a guerrilla war with guantian Pavilion and swayed around the Junchen world with the nose of the pursuit team.


    When the time is right, she will even kill a rifle, ambush the pursuit team in turn, and even continue to attack the stronghold of guantian Pavilion.


    After some chasing, killing and anti killing, guantian Pavilion lost a lot.


    So far, the God descendants who made trouble have not been arrested and continue to deal with guantian Pavilion.


    With the current huge power of taiyimen, an intelligence network has long been established almost all over the whole Junchen world.


    Although due to limited time and insufficient strength, the intelligence network of taiyimen is still insufficient in the Middle Earth mainland, especially on the Holy Land zongmen.


    However, there is still no big problem in collecting some ordinary intelligence and investigating some less difficult events.


    After the outbreak of this incident, the top level of taiyimen soon received the news, and Meng Zhang naturally knew it.


    From some descriptions, it seems that among the gods involved in this matter, there is a goddess of worship of the moon.


    Before the goddess of worshiping the moon left Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang also used the secret method of hiding her identity to make her appear as a cultivator.


    I don''t know why, the goddess of worship of the moon not only restored her original appearance, but also caused such a big thing.


    Meng Zhang was a little worried at first, but on second thought, the goddess of worship on the moon was just a god descendant at the level of returning to emptiness, but the moon god hidden in the depths of her body was an extremely ancient god.


    The actions of worshiping the goddess of the moon should be inspired by the God of the moon.


    The moon god has its own reasons for doing things, and once an ancient god like the moon god returns to the Junchen world, he will gradually have enough self-protection power.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry too much about it. He was just a little curious about what kind of thing it was that made the goddess of worship of the moon not hesitate to expose her identity and provoke a holy sect like guantian Pavilion.


    For Meng Zhang, it is a good thing that they are enemies of guantian Pavilion.


    Guantian Pavilion is the great enemy of Taiyi gate. Naturally, the more enemies, the better.


    If the goddess of worship of the moon is forced into nowhere by the temple of heaven, I''m afraid she has to continue to shelter at Taiyi gate.


    You know, the moon god has mastered many secrets about the Jun dust world, which is what Meng Zhang wants to know.


    After this incident, taiyimen was one of the forces behind it, spreading all kinds of rumors and wantonly attacking guantian Pavilion.


    Taiyimen now maintains apparent peace with the holy places, but both sides regard each other as enemies.


    It''s rare to have the opportunity to see the Holy Land Sect gate such as guantian Pavilion make a fool of itself. Naturally, the top level of Taiyi gate will not miss the opportunity.


    Although spreading some rumors can not cause substantial harm to the guantian Pavilion, it is of great significance to destroy its image, affect its prestige and block it.


    Among several holy places, guantian Pavilion is domineering.


    The temple of heaven, which takes "the way of observing heaven and the way of holding heaven" as the religious concept, regards itself as the spokesman of the way of heaven and looks down on almost all the forces of truth cultivation in the world of truth cultivation with a high attitude.


    In fact, there are quite a few Xiuzhen forces in the Xiuzhen world who are dissatisfied with the guantian Pavilion.


    Even some holy places are happy to see the temple of heaven show its ugliness.


    The storm is getting more and more intense. It is said that the guantian pavilion has lost people of the level of return virtual power.


    It seems that this storm continues, and guantian Pavilion can''t calm it down quickly, which is tantamount to beating guantian Pavilion in the face.


    The storm in guantian Pavilion hasn''t subsided yet, and there are accidents elsewhere.


    In all parts of the Junchen world, including the most prosperous mainland China, incidents have occurred one after another recently.


    Yougui Xiu made a massacre and killed some Xiuzhen forces.


    Some monks of the Holy Land Sect were ambushed by demons, and some casualties occurred.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, for a moment, it seemed that all cattle, ghosts, snakes and gods jumped out.


    The last time Tiangong organized a large-scale cleaning operation was to wipe out the hostile forces in the Junchen world.


    Unfortunately, due to the massive invasion of foreign invaders, the action failed to do its best, leaving many hidden dangers.


    Now, these hidden dangers are beginning to appear.

 Chapter 2101

    Those who escaped the last cleaning operation probably knew that Junchen was attacked by foreign invaders again, so they jumped out and made waves again.


    Although the scale of their actions is limited and they can not be said to cooperate with foreign invaders, they have caused a lot of trouble more or less.


    The more foreign enemies invade, the more internal stability must be maintained, and large-scale chaos must not occur.


    The high level of Jun dust world naturally knows this truth.


    Without the order of the heavenly palace, the sects of the major holy places spontaneously organized forces to hunt down all kinds of cattle, ghosts, snakes and gods, and strive to quell the chaos.


    Although the strength of the guy who made trouble this time is limited, the storm is not small.


    In particular, ghost cultivation and demon cultivation are those guys who are good at hiding but have enough ability to cause large-scale killing and destruction.


    An ordinary demon monk can often cause terrible damage by sneaking into some remote places or mortal settlements.


    Some mysterious magic tricks and a special toxin will often kill countless creatures.


    Large scale blood sacrifice can attract the attention of foreign demons and even lower their power.


    ¡­¡­


    The monks of the holy places are limited, but the territory they rule is so vast.


    After a large number of forces were transferred to the empty battlefield, the rear was already somewhat empty.


    Now all kinds of enemies take advantage of the weakness, which really makes people less responsive for a moment.


    There are several high-ranking friars who can''t take care of every place.


    Most of the time, after the outbreak of trouble, the religious sects of the major holy places sent a team of monks to deal with it.


    In this process, it is natural that there are many fierce battles and many casualties.


    Of course, although the enemy''s actions caused some confusion at the beginning, the damage to the holy places was limited.


    Such destructive activities at this level, not to mention the Holy Land Sect, can be dealt with by those large religious forces.


    However, the enemy''s actions seem to be powerful, and with the help of people with intentions and spreading rumors, it seems that there is a great chaos in the world.


    Once the Great Holy Land Sect Doors start to work hard to deal with these things, all kinds of incidents will begin to subside slowly.


    Those who show up will be chased and killed endlessly.


    When the various enemies of the cultivator had just begun to make trouble, Meng Zhang ignored the excitement.


    Taiyimen and hanhaidao Alliance under its leadership ruled the vast territory and also faced the risk of enemy attack.


    The taiyimen high-level organization, the friars of Hanhai road alliance, strengthened the defense of the territory and responded to the attack at any time.


    What makes taiyimen senior management feel somewhat fortunate is that the enemy''s attacks on taiyimen and Hanhai daomeng are limited and small in scale.


    Over the years, Taiyi gate has a rigorous style and has a very organized way. It has great control over its territory and can almost perfectly grasp all kinds of events on the territory.


    In this attack, the territory directly under taiyimen suffered no loss. Although the loss of Hanhai daomeng was a little larger, it was also within the acceptable range.


    The pursuit and killing of ghost and demon practitioners is regarded as a beneficial experience by many friars of Taiyi sect.


    In fact, the key area of this attack by various enemies is the most prosperous middle earth continent in the Junchen world.


    Their main targets are basically related to the religious doors of the major holy places.


    After all, at present, the main force in the battle in the void battlefield, in addition to the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace, are the friars of the major holy places.


    If there is chaos inside the holy places, it will certainly have some impact on the front line.


    Unfortunately, in the eyes of real experts, this attack is really out of shape, which can''t hurt the foundation of the holy places.


    Meng Zhang initially expected these attacks.


    Later, he saw it clearly.


    This is an action with little thunder and heavy rain.


    Let alone the Holy Land Sect, even the Taiyi sect can calm the situation and restore the situation.


    I don''t know whether the enemies of these practitioners are really limited or reserved?


    Although Meng Zhang was worried that Taiyi gate would suffer from the disaster of pond fish, it would be a great good thing if he could greatly contain the power of the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Unfortunately, the enemy suck up and let Meng Zhang disappoint.


    Just when Meng Zhang was disappointed, things changed again.


    This time, it was not a small-scale and sneaky attack, but a large-scale attack by the Hai people and the real dragon people behind them.


    The real dragon clan is shirtless this time. The experts in the clan personally led the sea clan army and launched a large-scale attack on the Terran territory.


    After the last war in the West Sea, the Hai people suffered heavy losses and are far from recovering.


    The original territory of the Hai nationality on the West Sea is now occupied by many family Xiuzhen forces.


    The Xihai nationality has limited residual power and did not fight on this side of the Xihai.


    On the other side of the East China Sea, the sea clan army led by the Zhenlong clan was resolutely resisted by Zhenhai hall after a large-scale invasion.


    The Donghai clan has long been wiped out by Zhenhai hall, and the residual forces have long fled into the depths of the ocean to shelter in the real dragon clan.


    This time, after many years of recuperation, the Hai people recovered a little strength and dared to attack again.


    Even though many high-level friars were deployed to fight in the void, Zhenhai hall still retained sufficient defense strength.


    In addition, all the holy places are connected with each other, so it is natural to watch and help each other at this time.


    After being supported by reinforcements, zhenhaidian repelled the invading Hai nationality army.


    Of course, the sea clan army did not retreat completely and was still facing off with the monk army in Zhenhai hall.


    As for when the war will break out, no one can say clearly.


    In the South China Sea, the situation is the worst.


    When the Hailing faction unified the South China Sea, its strength was limited and it could not kill all the forces of the Hai nationality.


    The Nanhai Sea people retained some strength at the beginning, but retreated temporarily to avoid the edge of the sea spirit sect.


    At this time, with the direct support of the real dragon family, the sea family army in the South China Sea launched a major counter attack on the South China Sea, vowing to recapture the lost land and eliminate the cultivators.


    The sea spirit sect suffered heavy losses in the last sweeping operation of the holy places, and a large number of high-level friars died at the hands of the friars of Zhenhai hall.


    After all these years, the Hailing sect is far from being able to recover.


    Although Zhenhai hall was closed later and did not continue to attack Hailing sect, it still made a lot of moves behind its back.


    The strength of the Hailing faction became weaker, and some different voices began to appear in the Nanhai alliance originally led by the Hailing faction.


    Due to the internal and external situation, the Hailing faction was unable to carry out large-scale cleansing of the South China Sea alliance.


    The prestige of the Hailing faction has been greatly reduced, and it is no longer difficult to completely control the South China Sea alliance.


    Many problems began to be exposed when the sea nationality army in the South China Sea attacked on a large scale.


    Many forces within the South China Sea alliance began to obey the Hailing faction, and the Hailing faction failed to mobilize the strength of the South China Sea alliance.

 Chapter 2102

    Hailing sect can rise in the South China Sea and has the ability to compete with Zhenhai hall. In addition to many supporters behind it, it also has strong strength and heritage.


    However, during the last cleaning operation jointly launched by the religious sects of the holy places, Zhenhai hall organized a large number of Huixu powerful raids on the sea spirit sect.


    Zhenhai hall starts beheading and gives priority to high-level friars of Hailing sect.


    After the first World War, the high-ranking friars of Hailing sect suffered heavy casualties.


    If it hadn''t been for a series of changes later, the Hailing sect might have been destroyed.


    Although the Hailing sect narrowly escaped this disaster, the high-level friars suffered heavy losses, resulting in the lack of top combat power in the sect.


    As we all know, high-level friars are the real pillar and foundation of a family.


    The Hailing sect, which relies on talking about several high-level friars in the door, is losing its control over the South China Sea alliance and the whole South China Sea.


    What''s worse, because the religious sects of the holy places have joined hands to clean up the dissidents, the immortal society and other organizations behind the sea spirit sect are also weakened and on the verge of extinction.


    These supporters are too busy to continue to support the Hailing faction behind their backs.


    In the past, the Hailing sect was able to take advantage of the contradictions between the sects of the major holy places to survive in the cracks.


    But now, all the holy places have temporarily abandoned all kinds of contradictions and disputes and joined hands with the outside world.


    If it were not for the strong suppression of the heavenly palace, a sect such as Zhenhai hall could destroy the Hailing sect with a little effort.


    The sea spirit faction is licking its wounds and recovering. At the critical moment, the South China Sea has encountered a massive invasion by the sea army led by the real dragon family.


    As the strongest force of the Terran in the South China Sea, hailing sect has a duty to defend its territory.


    If you lose the territory of the South China Sea, the Hailing sect will lose its foundation and become a lonely ghost.


    Facing the massive invasion of the Hai nationality army, whether willing or not, the Hai Ling sect must actively organize resistance.


    When the Hailing faction first rose in the South China Sea, it contacted and United many people''s cultivation forces with the slogan of expelling the Hai nationality and expanding the living space of the Terran.


    The Hailing sect has rich experience in fighting against the Hai nationality.


    Even if there are some problems in the South China Sea alliance, the Hailing faction can still organize an army of monks to resist the sea clan army.


    The biggest problem facing the Hailing sect is the shortage of high-level friars and the lack of top combat power.


    The sea spirit sect is not short of low-level friars, but it is the high-level friars who really decide the outcome of the war.


    Among the invading sea clan army, in addition to the sea clan of Huixu level, there are also the strong ones of the real dragon clan.


    Even if all of the sea spirit sect''s few return to virtual powers are sent to the battlefield, they are far from being compared with the enemy.


    The sea clan''s massive invasion is a major event related to the whole Terran. Since the sea spirit sect can''t resist it independently, it doesn''t try to be strong, but asks for help from the heavenly palace that rules the Junchen world.


    As the nominal ruler of Junchen world, Tiangong is obliged to help Hailing sect resist the invasion of Hai nationality.


    The main power of the heavenly palace is also in the empty battlefield at this time.


    Relying solely on the direct power of the heavenly palace, it is difficult to provide timely assistance to the Hailing sect.


    The heavenly palace asked all the holy places to send forces to help the Hailing sect.


    The sea clan is the public enemy of the Terran clan. Fighting against the sea clan is not a problem for a certain clan.


    However, this time, the Holy Land sects did not actively organize forces to help the Hailing sect as before.


    Instead of directly rejecting the orders of the heavenly palace, the religious doors of the major holy places played the word dragging formula and looked for various excuses to drag up the time.


    For example, the East China Sea is also invaded by the sea army. Zongmen such as Zhenhai hall are organizing resistance, and the armies of both sides are facing off.


    In the war to calm the ghost areas in the capital, the holy places suffered heavy losses and needed time to recover.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, all the holy places are willing to send troops against the sea army, but it takes time to prepare.


    As for when we can make all the preparations, it''s hard to say.


    Perhaps, when the Hailing faction is eliminated by the Hai nationality army and the whole South China Sea is occupied, their preparations will be almost done.


    If the sects of the holy places do not actively send forces to cooperate in the battle, the power of the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace alone is far from enough to resist the sea family army.


    In addition to aiming at the Hailing sect and hoping to kill people with a knife, the Holy Land Sect also means to bargain with the heavenly palace.


    If Tiangong wants them to send forces to the war, Tiangong must make great concessions in other aspects.


    Although the heavenly palace urgently wants to quell the problems caused by the sea clan''s invasion, it will not easily bow its head and give in to the holy places.


    There are one and two. If the heavenly palace easily lowers its head and takes soft this time, the holy places will only advance an inch and put forward more excessive conditions next time.


    Retreating again and again will only greatly damage the interests of the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace and make the arrogance of the holy places more arrogant.


    Of course, the Hailing faction can''t help but save, and the invading army of the Hai nationality can''t ignore it.


    This requires the heavenly palace and the holy places to negotiate and bargain slowly.


    Before the two sides reach an agreement, let alone the holy places, even the heavenly palace will not easily send forces to assist the Hailing sect.


    For thousands of years, the heavenly palace and the holy places have been fighting and discussing with each other.


    Anyway, in the end, both sides will reach a compromise and negotiate terms acceptable to both sides.


    The only unlucky thing is the Hailing faction, which needs to deal with the invading Haizu army alone for the time being.


    Fortunately, when Hailing sect asked for help from Tiangong, it didn''t forget to ask its ally taiyimen for help.


    Now taiyimen and hailing sect are the closest allies.


    Both sides need to hold together to keep warm and jointly fight against the holy door.


    In addition, the two sides have close contacts, many cooperation and many interests.


    In any way, taiyimen can''t watch the destruction of the Hailing sect.


    At first, Meng Zhang also hoped that tiangongdeng could provide timely support to Hailing sect.


    However, Meng Zhang soon found that he overestimated the overall view of the holy places.


    Later, seeing that the heavenly palace and the holy places fell into a quarrel, he knew he couldn''t do without coming forward.


    Since taiyimen and hailing sect are allies, the two sides should naturally keep watch and help each other.


    After contacting the Hailing sect, Meng Zhang learned more about his urgent needs and the biggest difficulties he faced.


    Soon, Hanhai road alliance led by taiyimen began to mobilize in an all-round way and made preparations for the war.


    During the rise of Taiyi gate, it has experienced many wars. People in the gate are familiar with this kind of thing.


    All preparations are very smooth. The friar army is gathering rapidly and will be able to set out soon.


    Meng Zhang himself went directly to the heavenly palace and transferred through the heavenly palace, ready to rush to the South China Sea as soon as possible.

 Chapter 2103

    During the transit in the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang met with the Taoist in the ancient capital.


    Although due to the lack of time, they had a good talk.


    Naturally, what they talked about was the massive invasion of the sea people led by the real dragon family.


    The ancient Taoist has something to remind Meng Zhang.


    Whether it is the chief manager of Tiangong, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, or other high-level officials, including ancient Taoist, are dissatisfied with the current situation.


    At present, in the empty battlefield outside the Jun dust world, the Jun dust world is facing off with the army of foreign invaders, and the battles, large and small, have hardly been interrupted.


    Although the foreign invaders experienced the last failure and suffered heavy losses, they were unwilling and kept staring at the Junchen world.


    The extraterritorial invaders are the coalition forces of various forces, and their overall strength is very strong, which has caused great pressure on the Junchen side.


    In this case, from the perspective of the overall situation, the heavenly palace and the major holy places should hope to maintain stability within the Junchen world and avoid any trouble.


    All kinds of cattle, ghosts and snakes are making trouble everywhere in the Junchen world. They will soon receive a heavy blow from the religious sects of the major holy places. It seems that all kinds of chaos will be settled soon.


    When the Hai nationality army invaded the East China Sea on a large scale, the zongmen led by Zhenhai hall also organized forces to actively resist.


    However, after the massive invasion of the sea people in the South China Sea, there was a quarrel in all aspects.


    There are many reasons for this.


    The incident took place in the South China Sea, and the religious doors of the major holy places have not been affected by it for the time being.


    The sects of the holy places, especially the Zhenhai hall, intended to kill people with a knife. They took this opportunity to make the Hailing sect suffer a major blow.


    All the holy places should take the opportunity to compete for interests with the heavenly palace.


    ¡­¡­


    In addition to these reasons, another important reason is how to treat the real dragon family in the end.


    In dealing with the real dragon family, there are great differences between the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects, and within the major Holy Land sects.


    Even several sleeping immortals could not reach an agreement on this issue.


    Meng Zhang is not a frog in a well. At least he has wandered in the void for some years.


    The ancient Taoist just made a start, and he guessed the reason.


    The real dragon is a powerful race in the whole void.


    The real dragon family has a large number of branches and can be seen in many big worlds.


    Apart from others, there are many real dragons in many big worlds controlled by Lingkong fairy world, the source of the fairy way in Jun dust world.


    With the power of the fairy world, we can''t completely expel these real dragons.


    If it is not necessary, there are not many forces or people willing to offend the real dragon family.


    The following story of the ancient Taoist confirmed Meng Zhang''s guess and mentioned some secrets of the high level of the Junchen world.


    Junchen world is just a big world subordinate to Lingkong fairy world, and it is a relatively weak kind. Now it has temporarily lost contact with Lingkong fairy world and has no backer.


    Really want to fight with the real dragon family to the end, up and down really lack a trace of confidence.


    Of course, if the real dragons in the Junchen world really affect the path of several real immortals, they will not be soft hearted.


    Heaven and earth are big, not as big as their own way.


    For their own path, several real immortals are willing to pay a heavy price, including becoming mortal enemies with the real dragon family.


    But so far, the real dragons seem to be enemies of the practitioners in the Junchen world. They often come out to make trouble and cause a lot of trouble in the Junchen world. However, the real dragons did not pose a direct threat to the sleeping real immortals.


    When the real dragon family came to the Junchen world, the calculations of several real immortals changed.


    Not to mention their actions, their existence itself is a huge threat.


    Some tough people, such as the founder of Zhenhai hall, have always called on everyone to start first and drive the real dragon out of the Junchen world or even eliminate it before it causes greater harm and really threatens their path.


    It''s about our own way. We can''t tolerate the slightest carelessness. We must eliminate some threats in the bud.


    Some real immortals hope that everyone will exercise restraint and do not rashly cause too much damage to the real dragon family before reaching the last step.


    Such a proposal seems weak, but it has good reasons.


    Although the true dragon has too many ethnic groups, its ancestral land seems to care little about the ethnic groups distributed in all big worlds and let them live and die.


    However, if it really causes a large number of casualties to one of the ethnic groups, or even destroys them, the top level of the Zhenlong family will never sit idly by.


    You know, the real dragons have never been a kind race.


    Its impression is often associated with arrogance, unreasonable, protecting weaknesses and so on.


    If the real dragon family is really destroyed after entering the Junchen world, even if several real immortals successfully break through into celestial immortals, they will face countless troubles in the future.


    You know, in the void, not to mention the immortal level, even the real dragon of Jinxian level.


    Several true fairies could not reach an agreement on this issue, and their attitude naturally affected their disciples and grandchildren.


    Due to the great differences between us, we naturally can not concentrate our strength to carry out a large-scale attack on the Zhenlong family.


    Relying on the power of one family alone, we can''t completely defeat the real dragon family.


    Later, the heavenly palace and the holy places had to accept the status quo and tacitly accepted the existence of the real dragon in the Junchen world.


    If the real dragons come to the door, they will organize resistance and actively fight back.


    When necessary, they will also take the initiative to beat the real dragon family.


    As for the initiative to trigger a full-scale war with the real dragon family, don''t even think about it.


    Fortunately, the real dragon family has rarely taken the initiative for so many years. At most, it competes with the human cultivators in the Junchen world through its Hai family.


    After so many years of fighting, the Terran cultivators have established their absolute advantage in the Junchen world.


    Even on the sea far from the mainland, the sea clan is unable to resist and retreat from the Terran cultivators.


    Now, the sea people have no place to stand on the sea. They have to flee to the depths of the ocean and shelter in the real dragon people.


    This time, the real dragon family personally commanded the Hai family army to launch a large-scale invasion, which is a very rare phenomenon.


    The real dragon clan is useless to see the sea clan. It''s not the opponent of the Terran cultivators. They have to go into battle shirtless?


    Did the real dragon choose to launch at this time to cooperate with foreign invaders outside the Junchen world?


    Or do you think too much that this is a routine attack by the real dragon family?


    The other party doesn''t have too many ideas, just add chaos to the Terran as usual and take advantage of it.


    It is not easy for us to determine the final response plan until we understand the real intention of the real dragon family.

 Chapter 2104

    After the ancient Taoist said so much, Meng Zhang also understood what he meant.


    Since we can not reach an agreement on the treatment of the real dragon family, it is naturally difficult to fully deal with the real dragon family.


    In particular, the real dragon family has not invaded the Chinese mainland, affecting everyone''s core interests.


    The ancient Taoist also told Meng Zhang that the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xuejian, has always advocated a tough attitude towards the real dragon family. It''s best to strike first and eradicate this huge threat first.


    Unfortunately, without the unanimous support of all the holy places, companion Xue Jianjun was unable to implement his own ideas.


    Since there are so many differences among the rulers of Lianjun dust world on the treatment of the real dragon family, Meng Zhang will not be foolish enough to fight with the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang secretly set the next rules of action.


    He only needs to help the Hailing sect block the invasion army of the Hai clan and try to avoid fighting with the real dragon clan.


    Of course, if the battle with the real dragon family can not be avoided, he will not escape, but there is no need to fight too hard and leave no room at all.


    The real dragons only occupy the depths of the ocean in the Junchen world, but they are a very influential race in the void world.


    Meng Zhang has a lofty mind. His future will never stop in the Junchen world.


    If you have a personal feud with the real dragon family and enter the void in the future, I''m afraid there will be countless troubles to come to the door.


    The words of the ancient Taoist are also good intentions, so that Meng Zhang will not become a sworn enemy with the real dragon family for no reason.


    Although Banxue Jianjun is very hostile to the real dragon family, Meng Zhang does not need to be affected by it.


    Meng Zhang thanked the ancient Taoist for his reminder.


    Although the ancient Taoist couldn''t provide more help to Meng Zhang, he helped him solve his recent troubles.


    The sect of the holy land has always asked to transfer Meng Zhang to the empty battlefield. Meng Zhang opposed it, and it was difficult for the heavenly palace to make a decision for a moment.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of the Hai nationality army invading the South China Sea, although it was difficult for Tiangong to send forces to support, it gave Meng Zhang great support.


    The most important thing is that the heavenly palace directly ordered Meng Zhang to rush to the South China Sea to help the Hailing sect resist the invasion of the Hai nationality.


    In this way, Meng Zhang has a place in the South China Sea, not acting privately.


    In the name of rushing to rescue the South China Sea, Meng Zhang naturally has the right to avoid going to the empty battlefield.


    After chatting with the ancient Taoist, Meng Zhang did not delay in the heavenly palace. He went to the South China Sea directly through the transmission array of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know each other when they were friars of the yuan God.


    After so many years, Lu Tianshu is still a monk in the Yang God period, but Meng Zhang is already a great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    This is not because Lu Tianshu grew up too slowly. His speed of cultivation is normal, but Meng Zhang is too strong.


    Lu Tianshu can only look up to Meng Zhang''s rapid growth.


    This time, the Hailing sect did not hide secrets in resisting the invasion army of the Hai nationality, but did its best and went all out.


    Almost all the high-level friars in the gate are on the front line. If Lu Tianshu hadn''t been seriously injured soon after the war, he wouldn''t have been arranged to take charge of the mountain gate.


    They didn''t have time to talk about the past slowly. Lu Tianshu soon told Meng Zhang about the current war situation.


    The war on the front line was tight, and Meng Zhang didn''t care about any red tape. He soon left the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect and rushed to the front line.


    At the edge of the South China Sea, there is a long island chain, including dozens of large and small islands, just like a mountain range, forming a natural defense line.


    After defeating the Hai nationality originally entrenched in the South China Sea and driving it to the depths of the ocean, the high level of the Hai Ling sect did not relax their vigilance against the Hai nationality.


    In order to prevent the Hai clan from killing back one day, the Hai Ling sect spent a lot of effort and established a solid defense line relying on this island chain.


    On weekdays, this island chain is also an important stronghold for the Hailing faction to control the key points of the South China Sea.


    Over the years, the Hai people who were defeated by the Hai Ling sect have been hiding in the depths of the ocean. It seems that they have no intention of making a comeback.


    However, the high level of Hailing sect has not paid less attention to this line of defense and often strengthened it.


    Because this line of defense consumes a lot of resources, some people in the South China Sea alliance have complained about it.


    Now the large-scale invasion of the Hai nationality army proves the foresight of the high-level of the Hai Ling faction.


    It is precisely because this line of defense is in the front that it has won enough time for the high-level leaders of the Hailing sect to mobilize the monks of the sect and summon the strength of the South China Sea alliance to come for reinforcements.


    It is precisely because of this line of defense that the Hailing faction has been able to keep the Hai family army out of the door and has not been defeated until now.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure appeared above the island chain, a routine offensive and defensive battle was going on below.


    A large-scale sea clan army drove countless warships, braved the wind and waves, and rushed to the line of defense established by the Terran cultivators.


    Although due to the influence of internal and external factors, the Hailing faction did not mobilize the strength of SAARC this time.


    However, the Hailing sect first sent its own team of monks and arrived here at a very fast speed to stabilize the front.


    Then, relying on the prestige accumulated over the years, the Hailing faction subdued all opposition forces in the Nanhai League, recruited and organized a large army of monks, arrived here in time and joined the defense.


    Now, the whole Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea are fully supporting this line of defense under the banner of the South China Sea alliance.


    Even if this line of defense is being attacked by the marine army, the reinforcement forces in the rear, whether human or material, arrive here in a steady stream through flying boats and sea ships.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly join the war, but carefully observed it above.


    According to Lu Tianshu''s previous remarks and Meng Zhang''s observation, so far, the real dragons have not directly participated in the war.


    Now all the people who launch the attack are members of the sea clan. From low level to high level, they are pure sea clan.


    The Hai nationality was defeated by the Hailing sect that year. It suffered heavy losses and was badly weakened. It was expelled from the South China Sea.


    After so many years, the defeated generals may have recovered a bit, but they are still far from their heyday.


    The current Hailing sect is the weakest time. It is no longer brave enough to stop the other party.


    Of course, this is because the real dragons did not participate in the war on a large scale.


    Otherwise, the Hailing sect may have been unable to resist.


    Moreover, even if the real dragons did not directly participate in the war, the war was still very cruel and bloody.

 Chapter 2105

    In terms of absolute number, the sea clan army far exceeds the army of monks stationed here.


    Of course, the sea people''s army seems to be fierce, but in fact, only a few well-trained elite, and most of the sea people are just a few cannon fodder.


    On the other hand, even the most low-level friars in the Terran friars'' army can grow up after a certain period of training and investment of certain cultivation resources.


    Dozens of islands in this island chain are equipped with protective arrays.


    These protection arrays are all connected together to form a large-scale fourth-order mountain protection array.


    With the help of the mountain protection array, many friars blocked the dominant sea clan army.


    As long as it is not forced by the combat power of the return virtual level, this mountain protection array can continue all the time.


    In order to prevent the other party''s combat power from attacking the array, several returning powers, including Taoist Haiyang, the leader of Hailing sect, are waiting in a tight array above the array.


    As long as the sea clan''s return to the virtual world can move out, they will go up in time and drag each other down.


    Several great powers of the Hai Ling sect have just grown up. They are not only insufficient in number, but also not strong among the friars of the same level.


    Fortunately, the Terran cultivators have many advantages over the strong ones of other systems, such as the sea race.


    Second, the Hailing school has a lot of knowledge. Even if the elder''s great power of returning to emptiness falls, it has left a lot of legacy to the younger generation.


    Several of the Hai Ling sect''s Huixu powerful men hold magic weapons and talismans to protect themselves. Even if they fall downwind, they can block the enemy and make them unable to threaten the mountain protection array below.


    Under the continuous impact of the sea family army, the mountain protection array below seems to be in danger. In fact, it is stable enough to be broken for the time being.


    But in the cruel offensive and defensive war, the casualties on both sides were very heavy.


    The sea around these islands is basically red with blood.


    There are countless floating corpses on the sea, and neither side has spare power to clean up.


    Meng Zhang was a little relieved to see such a situation.


    The situation in the South China Sea is very different from that in the East China Sea.


    According to the information obtained by Meng Zhang, on the other side of the East China Sea, the real dragons not only directly participated in the war, but also frequently fought at the level of returning to the virtual world.


    If Zhenhai hall didn''t get the help of other holy places, it might not be able to block each other.


    I don''t know the reason here in the South China Sea. The strong of the real dragon family have not participated in the war so far.


    Perhaps there are many differences among the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family is such a powerful race. Naturally, it is not monolithic, but has different factions, and disputes often occur.


    It is said that the strong of a few real dragons have more contact with Terran practitioners, and have established good friendship with some Terran strong people, and have contact and communication from time to time.


    Although a few strong people of the true dragon family can not change the general policy of the whole ethnic group, many of the information it reveals will help the Terran practitioners understand the internal situation of the true dragon family.


    There are great differences in how to treat the real dragon.


    Similarly, within the true dragon family, there are also different opinions on how to get along with the human cultivators.


    In the past, the real dragon clan basically drove the sea clan to fight with the human cultivators, and their families rarely participated in the war directly.


    In doing so, the real dragon family, on the one hand, is trying to test the Terran cultivators. On the other hand, they do not want to completely break with the Terran cultivators, resulting in no room for relaxation.


    Meng Zhang also couldn''t figure out what the top leaders of the real dragon family were thinking and why they launched an attack at this time.


    He can''t manage things in the East China Sea. The real dragons in the South China Sea obviously have reservations, which is a great good thing.


    Although the sea spirit sect is at a disadvantage, it can still be maintained for the time being.


    Of course, the Hailing sect''s request for help from Tiangong and taiyimen is not a lie about the military situation.


    Under the continuous attack of the Hai nationality army, the Hai Ling sect has insisted very hard and has no spare power.


    At this time, if the enemy shows more strength, maybe the whole war situation will collapse completely.


    The high level of Hailing sect can''t guess the idea of the real dragon family. Who knows if they will make a sudden move in the next moment.


    Therefore, the Hailing sect had to ask for help from Tiangong and taiyimen to make everything perfect.


    Meng Zhang is not ready to take action for the time being.


    He has no intention of changing the current situation of the war.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the current situation is very good. It''s best to keep it consistent.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang can''t do everything as he wishes even if he returns to the virtual upper respect.


    When Meng Zhang came here, he directly used space transmission and came from near the Mountain Gate of Hailing sect.


    He did not hide his breath, let alone his deeds.


    Not only the fighting strength of the Hai Ling sect and the Hai clan, but also the strong men of the real dragon family who watched the war in the rear, have long found his trace.


    The Huixu power of Hailing sect was very familiar with Meng Zhang''s breath. They were relieved to know that Meng Zhang came to support in time.


    As they were facing off with the strong ones of the Hai nationality who returned to the virtual world, they didn''t rush over to catch up with Meng Zhang.


    The strongest one in the Hai clan is the strong one in the middle stage of Huixu. He feels the unfathomable breath of Meng Zhang, but he doesn''t dare to come and ask for trouble.


    On the other hand, the real dragon family, seeing Meng Zhang''s arrival here, has been observing from above. There is no further action for a long time. Finally, someone can''t help it.


    The space in front of Meng Zhang fluctuated slightly, and a tall man with a dragon head appeared in front of him.


    Meng Zhang knew something about the intelligence of the real dragon family. In those years, he had fought with the strong Yang God of the real dragon family and defeated it.


    The man in front of him was clearly the strong man of the real dragon family, and from his undisguised breath, his cultivation level was no lower than that of Meng Zhang.


    The Dragon man looked at Meng Zhang and took the initiative to speak.


    "I''m just the Dragon King of the dragon family. Boy, who are you and why are you here?"


    Meng Zhang has heard of the name of the Dragon King of the real dragon family before.


    This dragon is the strong one in the later stage of the return to emptiness of the dragon family. It is as famous as the Jade Dragon King who appeared in the West Sea that year. They are all high-ranking and good fighters in the dragon family.


    Like the demon family, spirit family and demon Road, with the cultivation of Yuanshen period, you can be king, such as demon king, spirit king, demon king, etc.


    In the real dragon family, if you want to be king, you must at least have the cultivation of returning to emptiness level.


    Ying Yuntian, the king of Dinghai defeated by Meng Zhang, had only the cultivation of Yang God, which was only a very special exception.


    In particular, the title of the Dragon King represents the king of the dragon. Only the very outstanding people of the real dragon family are qualified to be crowned with such a name.


    The real dragon race does not look up to other races, and the demon race and spirit race are regarded as inferior races. They disdain to compare with these races, and they are not willing to be compared with these races.

 Chapter 2106

    Since the Dragon King just took the initiative to report by name, Meng Zhang must respond whether the other party is polite or not.


    The two sides had no personal hatred before, and the other side was a strong one at the same level as themselves, which deserved the least respect.


    "Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, has seen the Dragon King."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s story, the Dragon King''s face changed slightly.


    "So you are the famous Meng Zhang of Taiyi gate."


    "In those years, Ying Longfei, the king of Dinghai, who was defeated by you, was still the king''s nephew and grandson."


    "The boy has been thinking of you for many years and said he wanted to avenge you."


    "He advanced and returned to emptiness a few years ago. His strength has greatly improved. He thought he was enough to beat you. He is ready to come to the door to avenge himself."


    "Now it seems that fortunately, the boy was tripped by other things and couldn''t get away for the time being, so he didn''t come to the door and humiliate himself."


    The Dragon King looks like a rough and brave man. It is said that he is also a fierce and brave generation of the dragon family, but I didn''t expect that there is a trend of consumption now.


    Judging from the reaction of the Dragon King, he is no stranger to Meng Zhang.


    This shows that the real dragon family does not know nothing about the internal situation of the human cultivators.


    As for Meng Zhang''s true cultivation, the Dragon King noticed their face-to-face Kung Fu.


    The Dragon King just looked at Meng Zhang with great interest and kept talking.


    "I''m different from the Jade Dragon King''s wife who only knows how to fight and kill. I don''t like killing and fighting."


    "I also have some respect for the heroes of your Terrans."


    "It''s said that your boy is a rising star of the Terran over the years. He''s very extraordinary. Now it seems that the rumor is true."


    "It''s really interesting for you to grow up under the eyes of those holy religious doors whose eyes are higher than the top, and fight with these holy religious doors in turn."


    Meng Zhang was silent with a smile and didn''t take the initiative to talk to the Dragon King.


    "Boy, what do you think of the battle below?"


    After talking for a long time, the Dragon King just got to the point.


    "The following battles are meaningless, just increasing casualties."


    "Enemies should be solved rather than tied up. There is no hatred that can''t be solved. It''s better to stop fighting and go back to their homes."


    "Peace is precious, peace is precious."


    Meng Zhang replied seemingly relaxed.


    "A good enemy should be solved rather than tied up. A good one values peace."


    "Boy, do you think I''m old and confused and can fool at will?"


    "The South China Sea is originally the hometown of the Hai people. The Hai people have lived peacefully here for many years."


    "You practitioners kill the sea people and occupy the South China Sea. They also say that there is no hatred that cannot be solved."


    Speaking of this, the originally seemingly kind GANGLONG king suddenly became a bit strict.


    Just the Dragon King was righteous and strict, and he looked like he was the leader of the Hai nationality.


    It sounds that what he said is somewhat reasonable.


    The sea clan is a native of the Junchen world. The human cultivators are outsiders to the Junchen world.


    Now these outsiders occupy the magpie''s nest and persecute the Hai people, almost exterminating the aborigines in the Junchen world.


    If he didn''t know the origin of the real dragon family, Meng Zhang would be bluffed by the Dragon King.


    Although he is reluctant to engage in meaningless oral disputes with the Dragon King, oral disputes are always better than big fights. Meng Zhang has no intention of fighting with the real dragon family.


    "Don''t be ridiculous, Elder Dragon King. You real dragons are also outsiders. You forcibly conquer and enslave the Hai people and have created countless evils. How can you accuse our Terran?"


    Although Meng Zhang was criticizing the Dragon nationality, his tone was not so severe.


    The law of the jungle is the truth of the void world, and the Junchen world is no exception.


    The aborigines in the Junchen world are not strong enough to be defeated by foreign practitioners.


    As the aborigines of the Junchen world, the Hai nationality originally prevailed in the Shinto civilization, and numerous Aboriginal gods, large and small, were enshrined in various ethnic groups.


    Later, the real dragons invaded the Junchen world and came to the sea.


    The real dragon family is the overlord of the ocean in the void world, which seems to have become a common phenomenon.


    No matter how powerful the sea clan is, when facing the real dragon clan, it will be suppressed by the blood and become weak and dare not resist.


    The real dragon family used extremely bloody and cruel means to clean up the Shinto civilization prevailing among the Hai people and kill almost all the indigenous gods.


    Now the Hai people in the Junchen world are all survivors of the Holocaust and their descendants. They have been extremely obedient by the real dragon people and are loyal and reliable slaves of the real dragon people.


    Meng Zhang is familiar with the history of Jun dust world, and naturally knows the experiences of these sea people.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s retort, the Dragon King did not overreact. Instead, he talked to Meng Zhang patiently.


    "You are already one of our generation when you are young. I''ll give you a face."


    "As long as you Terran practitioners withdraw from the South China Sea so that the sea people can return to their old land, I will order you to be released and let these guys stop chasing and killing."


    Listen to the tone of the Dragon King, I don''t know. I think the Terran cultivator has taken much advantage of it.


    How could the Hailing sect withdraw from the South China Sea? The Dragon King clearly put forward an impossible condition.


    The Dragon King is not a fool. He should know he won''t agree.


    He still wants to say that. What''s the purpose?


    "Headmaster Meng, I heard that you''re on your Terran side. Your life has always been difficult."


    "The great holy places are jealous of virtue and persecute you many times."


    "Headmaster Meng, although you have today''s accomplishments and think you can compete with all the holy places, how long can you support without strong support?"


    "I dragon people are thirsty for talents. I like young heroes like you most."


    "If you have the support of our dragon family, you don''t have to worry about the holy places."


    ¡­¡­


    Listening to the Dragon King''s chatter, Meng Zhang felt a little funny.


    What is the internal situation of the real dragon family? You just know nothing about the Dragon King.


    The real dragons are absolutely racist. They believe that their own family is the most powerful race in the void, and other races are lower races in front of their own family.


    The real dragon family is a race that absolutely pays attention to blood.


    Among those pure blood real longans, even mixed blood dragons are inferior.


    Meng Zhang, as a human cultivator, ran to take refuge in the real dragon family unless there was a pit in his head.


    What''s more, once Meng Zhang, a human cultivator of this level, defectes, he will be pursued and killed with all his strength, including the heavenly palace.


    However, the Dragon King just knew to win over Meng Zhang, which was very different from other dragon families.


    It can be seen from his words that he is very familiar with the internal situation of the human cultivators, the situation of Meng Zhang, and the Taiyi gate is the great enemy of the holy places.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not take refuge in the real dragon family, but can reach some tacit understanding and even cooperation with the real dragon family.


    However, all this should be done in private and not in public.

 Chapter 2107

    Meng Zhang has no psychological burden for colluding with the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang always remembers that the Holy Land Sect is the great enemy of Taiyi sect, but the real dragon family can''t pose too much threat to Taiyi sect for the time being.


    If we just reach a tacit understanding with the real dragon family, avoid meaningless fighting and use each other, it won''t be a big problem.


    The only trouble is that Meng Zhang didn''t know how to secretly establish reliable contact with the real dragon family.


    In front of him, this seemingly chatty Dragon King may be a good target.


    The collusion with the real dragon family must be very confidential and the news must not be leaked.


    When Meng Zhang was still thinking about how to act, the Dragon King''s attitude changed again.


    "Boy, you and I have said so much. It''s all nonsense. In the end, we still have to see the truth at hand."


    "Let me weigh it. How much weight do you have?"


    The Dragon King, who was talking with Meng Zhang, suddenly changed his face and was about to fight.


    I saw that in the originally clear sky, dark clouds immediately covered, the wind roared, and a torrential rain poured down, covering the vicinity of Meng Zhang and the Dragon King gang.


    In the pouring rain, almost endless vitality of the water system gathered rapidly. Almost every raindrop turned into a sharp sword and cut Meng Zhang hard.


    Before he came here, Meng Zhang had long been mentally prepared and knew that he would have to fight with the strong of the real dragon family.


    He didn''t expect that Meng Zhang, who fought against him, dared not reserve anything, and directly demonstrated his own heaven and earth Dharma phase - Tai Chi yin-yang diagram.


    The yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi rotates gently, and the black-and-white two Qi poles flow rhythmically.


    Water was originally the most soft thing, but under the strong wind, countless raindrops falling from the sky turned into a sharp sword, with the most powerful and powerful power.


    The king of the rigid dragon has great attainments in the way of hardness and softness. He can easily transform hardness and softness, turn his fingers around and soften them into hundreds of steelmaking.


    Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram generates endless mysterious power, which easily swings away all the falling raindrops.


    The sky is getting stormy and rainy. The falling raindrops are connected into a line, like mountains. They bombard the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram heavily, making it tremble slightly.


    The gangrou Avenue was originally a branch of the Yin Yang Avenue, but the GANGLONG King implicitly oppressed Meng Zhang by virtue of his profound cultivation and his understanding of the heaven and earth Avenue.


    Meng Zhang knew that if he kept it for a long time, he would lose. He could not just be beaten.


    His mind moved and he began to compete with the Dragon King for control of the vitality around him.


    The vitality of the surrounding heaven and earth is like boiling water, constantly rolling and surging.


    Part of his vitality was controlled by Meng Zhang and turned into countless weapons of different forms. He killed the Dragon King.


    Meng Zhang clenched his right hand and blasted out to the sky above.


    A powerful and irresistible fist burst out, dispelling the wind and rain on the way forward, reaching high above the sky and dispersing many dark clouds there.


    The dark clouds dispersed, and the endless hot sunshine fell from the sky, covering the body of the Dragon King.


    In the sunny and just sunshine, a hot flame suddenly lit out of thin air, turning the Dragon King into a sea of fire.


    "A small skill."


    The Dragon King just gave a cold hum and blew a breath, which extinguished the rising sea of fire.


    At this time, Meng Zhang held his hands high, held the sun with his left hand and the moon with his right hand. When his hands were closed, the sun and moon became one, rotating around each other, and then flew to the Dragon King.


    The Dragon King looked a little more serious in the face of this blow.


    As soon as he waved his arm, a thick vigorous arm appeared in the air and waved hard towards the front.


    There was a loud noise in the sky, and a large space around was shaking violently.


    From this attack alone, Meng Zhang at least has the strength to compete with the Dragon King.


    I don''t know when a group of strong people of the real dragon family have quietly appeared around the battlefield and vaguely surrounded Meng Zhang in the middle.


    Of course, without the order of the Dragon King, these guys don''t dare to do it at will.


    There are many belligerents in the real dragon family. They are happy when they hear of war and are brave and ruthless.


    When they compete with the enemy, they hate interference from others.


    In many cases, the strong of the real dragon family are still willing to compete fairly.


    In the sky over the island chain, the sea clan strongmen and the sea spirit sect return to virtual power, all pay close attention to this side.


    The Hai people, who have long been tamed by the real dragon people, have no courage to interfere in the battle of the real dragon people.


    The level of cultivation of the Hai Ling sect is far lower than that of Meng Zhang, and they are far from qualified to participate in such a battle.


    Including Taoist Haiyang, the leader of Hailing sect, they can only pray secretly in their hearts that Meng Zhang can block the strong enemy of the Dragon King.


    There were several loud noises in the sky, and Meng Zhang and the Dragon King had a good spell.


    After all, Meng Zhang was only promoted to the later stage of returning to emptiness, and he didn''t have enough time to polish and accumulate accomplishments.


    His cultivation is still a little short of heat. He is not as sophisticated as the Dragon King and has not accumulated as much as the other party.


    Meng Zhang knows that it''s not good for him to hit hard all the time. He needs to give more play to his fighting skills.


    Meng Zhang urged Yin and yang to exert the great power of Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    The black-and-white sword danced in the air, showing Meng Zhang''s superb swordsmanship incisively and vividly.


    Countless fierce sword Qi come and go, endless sword light turns into thousands, and hidden sword shadows appear from time to time


    "It''s interesting." the Dragon King was quite interested in Meng Zhang''s Kendo cultivation.


    "Boy, your swordsmanship is good. It''s a pity not to do sword repair."


    "I''ve seen a lot of sword cultivation. I''m far inferior to you in terms of swordsmanship alone."


    In the face of Meng Zhang''s superb swordsmanship attack, the Dragon King still has the spare power to comment, as if he taught the younger generation a lesson.


    As soon as the Dragon King showed no other magic powers, he fought with the magic sword flying in the air with a pair of fists.


    The Dragon King''s moves have not changed much, but they are full of power. They give full play to their ability to reduce ten meetings with one force.


    The fierce fist style opened the sword light and sword Qi, and mercilessly bombarded Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2108

    The red Yin sword Sha commonly used by Meng Zhang is still warm in the underworld to absorb the Qi of the underworld.


    Ziyang sacred fire is not suitable for use in Jun dust world. It cannot be exposed that it fell into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    He placed the Ziyang flame in the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen and used its power to nourish the sun and moon blessed land.


    Magic weapons like aurora Wusuo are more suitable for plotting. This is not the time to cast them.


    ¡­¡­


    Although there were no magic weapons, Meng Zhang showed his true skills by using the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang had a hard time dealing with a strong enemy like Shanggang Dragon King.


    Although Meng Zhang has some cards and killer maces, he can''t use them rashly.


    So far, the two sides seem to have a lively fight, but neither side has much intention of killing and has reservations.


    In other words, both sides are still testing each other''s reality at this time.


    The two Qi of yin and Yang leaped out from the Yin and Yang diagram of Tai Chi and turned into a peak practice, sweeping away towards the rigid Dragon King.


    As soon as the Dragon King roared, a faint dragon shadow appeared behind him, fighting with Yin and Yang.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, who was a little laborious, the Dragon King seemed to be able to advance and retreat freely.


    From the scene, the Dragon King has a greater advantage.


    Of course, the Dragon King did not despise Meng Zhang because he had a little advantage.


    The Dragon King has all the information about those well-known friars in the Junchen world.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, a monk who was not born in the Holy Land Sect or in the lineage of the heavenly palace, but always competed with the Holy Land Sect, has always been the focus of his attention.


    According to the age standard of returning to emptiness and great energy, Meng Zhang is surprisingly young.


    Compared with the long life of the real dragon family, Meng Zhang is just a child.


    Many Terrans envy the real dragon family for their extraordinary talent. They are born with powerful power. Their blood gives them all kinds of magical abilities


    However, people of insight in the dragon family, such as the Dragon King Gang, have never been arrogant, can clearly understand the problems of their own race, and can pay attention to the advantages of other races.


    In the eyes of the Dragon King, the Terran is the most suitable race for cultivation.


    There are a lot of talents among the people who cultivate the truth, and they can often give birth to the incomparable strong ones.


    It is difficult to find comparable existence among the real dragon family, such as Meng Zhang.


    Hatefully, people like Meng Zhang will be born from time to time.


    If you have to, the real dragon family should not take a death feud with the human cultivators, and there is no need to be irreconcilable with them.


    If you have to deal with Terrans, you can''t fight with them without brains, but pay attention to strategy.


    Terran cultivators have many internal contradictions and countless resentments, which can be used.


    In addition, now foreign invaders from all over the world are wantonly attacking the Junchen world. The real dragon family really doesn''t need to encounter the human cultivators at this time.


    Only when Snipes and mussels compete and fishermen benefit can their losses be reduced.


    There are many supporters as well as many opponents within the real dragon family.


    Probably born strong, many members of the real dragon family were confused by power and became arrogant and arrogant.


    They think that only human practitioners can resist the noble real dragon family.


    In the past, the real dragon family allowed the human cultivators to rule the Junchen world, which was a shameful surrender and a disgrace to the whole ethnic group.


    An old master like the Dragon King has been flattened by years, lost his fighting spirit and become too weak.


    If it had not been for the suppression of the top level of the real dragon family, the young people in the family would have had an all-out war with the people''s cultivators.


    This time, the real dragon family drove the Hai family to attack the human cultivators. The Dragon King didn''t agree with it.


    However, over the years, the Terran practitioners have pressed step by step to eliminate many ethnic groups of the Hai nationality, driving the disabled and defeated soldiers of the Hai nationality to the depths of the ocean, which has long aroused strong anger within the real dragon family.


    Beating a dog depends on the owner. The Terran cultivators are so insatiable and do not give the real dragon people face. The real dragon people can''t continue to endure.


    The arrogant real dragon clan seems to have forgotten that they have driven the Hai clan to attack the Terran territory many times.


    The Dragon King also knows that the discontent in the clan has been suppressed for a long time. There must be a channel to vent, otherwise there will be problems.


    He had to agree to the attack, but he didn''t expect that some real dragons in the family went shirtless and commanded the Hai family army in person.


    If the sea clan army attacks the Terran cultivators, the situation can be controlled.


    If the real dragon clan takes part in the war in person, it is likely to break out a full-scale war with the Terran cultivators.


    The time has not come yet. It is not suitable to break out an all-out war with Terran practitioners. Otherwise, it will only be cheap for all kinds of foreign invaders.


    The top leaders of the real dragon family have long regarded the Junchen world as their own bag. Those foreign invaders who invaded the Junchen world are also the objects that the real dragon family needs to drive away or even destroy in the future.


    However, foreign invaders are still valuable, and the real dragon family still needs them to deal with the Terran cultivators.


    In order to control the scale of the war and not lead to an all-out war with the Terran cultivators in advance, the Dragon King just rushed to the front line and took over the supreme command of the army.


    On the other side of the East China Sea, the Jade Dragon King in charge of command is not a guy who can''t tell the weight.


    Moreover, the Holy Land sects such as Zhenhai hall have invested in the war. Even with the help of the real dragon, the sea invasion army can''t take much advantage.


    On the South China Sea side, the Hailing faction has been seriously weakened. If the real dragon people directly participate in the war, the Hailing sect will certainly be unable to resist.


    If the sea clan army completely occupies the South China Sea and then kills wantonly, it will only lead to greater conflict with the Terran cultivators.


    If the Hai nationality army pursues the victory and attacks the mainland from the South China Sea, the war may expand, which will seriously go against the wishes of the Dragon King.


    The Dragon King had been suppressing the members of the real dragon family and forbidding them to directly participate in the war.


    The Dragon King will wait for the response of the Terran cultivators to test their bottom line.


    If the high-level Terran practitioners do not provide support to the South China Sea, the marine army will eliminate the Terran cultivation forces led by the Hailing sect and completely occupy the South China Sea with the support of the real dragon.


    The Dragon King Gang is not a kind person. He can take advantage of it. He won''t let it go easily.


    If the high-level response of the Terran cultivators is fierce, the reinforcements are eliminated in time, and the Dragon King will stop when he sees the good in the South China Sea.


    Still that sentence, now is not the time to go to war with Terran practitioners.


    What the Dragon King did not expect was that the high-level of the Terran cultivators did not greatly reinforce the South China Sea, but sent Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s strength was also a little beyond the expectation of the Dragon King.

 Chapter 2109

    The Dragon King had known Meng Zhang''s information before, but he didn''t touch him personally.


    Now after a fight with Meng Zhang, I know that this young man is not easy.


    His real combat effectiveness is far stronger than paper strength.


    If the Dragon King wants to defeat Meng Zhang, he must show his real cards.


    Moreover, the Dragon King just felt that Meng Zhang also had a hidden card, which brought him a great sense of threat.


    People with advanced cultivation, even if they have never practiced the way of counting, often have some inspiration to pursue good luck and avoid bad luck.


    The real dragon with pure blood is regarded as a divine beast, and the divine beast is particularly sensitive.


    Therefore, up to now, when the dragon king saw that Meng Zhang didn''t show any flaws and had been dealing with it properly, he didn''t have the mind to fight with him.


    Moreover, the appearance of Meng Zhang made the Dragon King a little confused.


    To say that the high-level of the Terran cultivators do not pay attention to the South China Sea, Meng Zhang is also a great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness. He can be crowned with the title of supreme respect. He is definitely not a dispensable little person.


    It can''t be said that the high level of Terran cultivators sent people like him to support the South China Sea.


    If the Terran leaders attach great importance to the South China Sea, why didn''t they send a stronger team to reinforce in time, but just sent Meng Zhang?


    Could it be that the high-level practitioners of the human race really think that just a Meng Zhang can block many strong people of the real dragon family?


    The quarrel between the heavenly palace and the holy places is not a glorious thing. Naturally, both sides will not publicize it.


    Moreover, although the real dragon family has a reliable source of information within the Terran cultivators, due to various restrictions, many high-level secrets of the Terran cultivators can not be transmitted to the real dragon family in time.


    The Dragon King is rough in appearance, but very delicate in heart.


    From Meng Zhang''s origin, he guessed that the current situation might be related to the internal struggle of Terran practitioners.


    Although he is still fighting with Meng Zhang, the Dragon King''s mind has been focused on other things.


    Perhaps, the contradictions among Terran practitioners are greater than they think.


    Is there anything you can use?


    Compared with causing civil strife among Terran practitioners and letting them fight inside, the gains and losses in the South China Sea are of no importance at all.


    Meng Zhang was very sensitive and soon found that the Dragon King was distracted.


    Meng Zhang was stunned at first, and then a great sense of humiliation came to his heart, which made him very angry.


    When the Dragon King was fighting with him, he was able to distract his attention and think about his own thoughts. It was clear that he did not pay attention to Meng Zhang and thought that Meng Zhang had no way to take him.


    Anger turned to anger, but Meng Zhang didn''t lose his mind.


    He quickly controlled his emotions and temporarily restrained his anger.


    Meng Zhang had to admit that there was still a gap between his accomplishments and the Dragon King.


    Even if the Dragon King did not invest all his strength, he could still force Meng Zhang to the disadvantage.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t show his real cards, he can''t win the Dragon King.


    Meng Zhang didn''t lose his head again. How could he take out the last card and fight with the Dragon King because of his anger.


    Looking at the Dragon King, Meng Zhang has no intention of fighting. Meng Zhang can also save some strength.


    In the same sentence, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to take a death feud with the real dragon family. He should try to avoid the endless death struggle.


    Meng Zhang and gang Longwang are sensitive people. They have guessed each other''s thoughts from their opponents'' attitude one after another.


    There is a certain tacit understanding between the two sides unknowingly.


    The two of them seemed to fight fiercely, the scene was huge and the momentum was amazing, but in fact they had no intention of killing.


    Those strong people of Hai nationality and Hai Ling sect who return to emptiness have insufficient eyesight. Naturally, they can''t see the inside story.


    They just feel that the fighting capacity of both sides is really strong, and they can fight so fiercely.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who was able to defeat the rigid Dragon King, left a strong impression in their hearts and made them extremely afraid of him.


    Several of the Hai Ling sect''s Huixu Dadeng prayed secretly in their hearts, hoping that Meng Zhang could resist such a strong enemy as the Dragon King.


    Even those real dragons watching the war did not find anything wrong.


    Only those who have enough cultivation levels, have good eyesight and have a deep understanding of the Dragon King can vaguely feel a bit wrong.


    In any case, the real dragons have an absolute advantage.


    Meng Zhang and the Dragon King fought alone, and it seemed that they had fallen to the disadvantage.


    There are also a group of strong people of the real dragon family who return to the virtual world. They vaguely surround Meng Zhang. It is clear that they have no good intentions.


    If the Dragon King doesn''t want to be shameful and let the gang rush up, it''s difficult for Meng Zhang to escape.


    Don''t say, the Dragon King has really moved his mind in this regard.


    He is a complicated person who is easy to change his mind.


    He now began to think about the benefits and disadvantages of killing Meng Zhang here.


    Meng Zhang, a hero of the human race, has a bright future.


    If you kill him here, it is bound to cause huge losses to the Terran cultivators, and maybe shake the Terran''s luck.


    Although Meng Zhang may have hidden a powerful killing move, it doesn''t necessarily require the Dragon King to parry.


    There are so many strongmen of the real dragon family nearby who can let others Parry Meng Zhang''s hidden killing moves.


    It is not impossible to kill Meng Zhang and sacrifice a strong man of the real dragon family.


    Life for life, such a business looks good.


    However, without Meng Zhang''s use object, we should find another target to trigger civil strife among Terran practitioners.


    Is it worth it?


    The Dragon King was very tangled.


    Meng Zhang, who is easily dealing with the attack of the Dragon King, is keenly aware of the changes in the other party''s mind.


    When Meng Zhang''s cultivation was low, he had the gift of seeing through people''s hearts.


    On his way to practice, this gifted magic power gave him great help and let him avoid many killing opportunities.


    With the continuous improvement of cultivation, Meng Zhang faces higher and higher levels of enemies.


    In most cases, the more advanced the cultivation is, the less likely it is to be seen through by others.


    Although Meng Zhang''s talent and magical powers are also improving, it seems that they are often useless.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s real ability is far beyond many people''s imagination.


    Even if he can''t easily see through the minds of the enemies at the same level, he retains a keen sense of malice and can judge the good and evil of the enemy and ourselves very accurately.


    Just now, the Dragon King moved to kill Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang soon noticed it.


    Originally, the two sides still had a tacit understanding. They were playing happily. How could the other party kill?


    Sure enough, the dragon heart is sinister. We can''t relax our vigilance against the real dragon family.

 Chapter 2110

    Meng Zhang sighed helplessly.


    If he didn''t have to, he really didn''t want to use the fairy talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    At this time, thunder suddenly came from the sky, and the thunder clouds were gathering rapidly


    It seems that the heavenly palace still hasn''t forgotten Meng Zhang and is trying to help him as much as possible.


    Although the heavenly palace is not able to send reinforcements directly because it is quarrelling with the sects of the holy places.


    However, the friars of the heavenly palace urged Tianwei thunder punishment array to cheer for Meng Zhang and provide support for Meng Zhang.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array is one of the powerful weapons of Tiangong to control the Junchen world.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array has a strong sensing ability and can sense the war atmosphere of returning to the virtual level in Jun dust world in time.


    If necessary, the Tiangong friar who controls Tianwei thunder array can lower Tianlei and bombard various targets.


    In the past, the whole Jun dust world was not allowed to have the war of returning virtual series. Otherwise, they will be punished by Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    In recent years, Tiangong had to relax the corresponding restrictions step by step.


    The war between Terran cultivators and foreign enemies and the war of returning to the virtual world can not be avoided and can not be completely banned.


    The greatest function of Tianwei thunder punishment array is to prevent the return to emptiness war when the Terran cultivators are in civil war.


    However, the last time the major holy places launched a large-scale cleaning operation to eliminate dissidents and eliminate the great power of returning to emptiness among opponents, which completely broke this rule.


    Even later, the legitimate friars of Tiangong restored their control over Tianwei thunder punishment array and reiterated various rules again.


    But once the rules are broken, it is difficult to make up for them completely.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness in the Jun dust world are less and less awed by the Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Even Meng Zhang often felt that Tianwei thunder punishment array was not very beneficial to Xiuzhen.


    Now, the friars of the heavenly palace urge Tianwei thunder punishment array to cheer for Meng Zhang, which makes Meng Zhang change a lot.


    Perhaps, the friars who control Tianwei thunder punishment array may not dare to control Tianlei to fall and bombard the strong of the real dragon family.


    But at least they put on such a posture, which is already a kind of support for Meng Zhang.


    The Dragon King Gang, who had originally killed Meng Zhang, could not help frowning when he saw the gathering thunder clouds in the sky.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array poses a great threat to the friars in the early and middle stages of returning to the virtual world.


    For example, the Dragon King and other monks in the later stage of returning to the virtual world can resist the bombardment of the sky thunder they call.


    What he was worried about was not the Tianwei thunder array itself, but the start of the array, which represented the significance of the middle.


    It may be that the heavenly palace is demonstrating against itself and showing its strength; It may also be that Meng Zhang has a close relationship with Tiangong, and Tiangong is providing support


    Most creatures in the world have a certain fear of thunder.


    In particular, the Tianwei thunder punishment array gathers the power of heaven and earth, and the Tianlei it attracts has the momentum of executing on behalf of heaven.


    Even if the Tianwei thunder punishment array did not officially launch an attack, its disturbing breath has spread out.


    The strong men of the real dragon clan who surrounded Meng Zhang on the periphery could not completely ignore such Tianwei. There was some commotion among them.


    It may be difficult for Tianwei thunder punishment array to kill the Dragon King, but it can create good results by bombarding the strong of other real dragons.


    The start of Tianwei thunder punishment array indicates that Tiangong has begun to notice here.


    Even if the Dragon King pulled down his face and led his real dragons to besiege Meng Zhang, he may not be able to kill him under the interference of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    What''s more, if the heavenly palace sends strong people to participate in the war in time, it is likely to lead to an all-out war with Terran practitioners.


    The Dragon King has always felt that the time for a decisive battle with the Terran cultivators is not yet up, and he still needs to be patient in silence.


    After thinking clearly, the Dragon King''s killing intention soon dissipated.


    Meng Zhang, who was fighting the Dragon King, soon noticed.


    Although he has Xianfu as his card, Meng Zhang doesn''t want to fight with the real dragon family at this time.


    Meng Zhang was relieved when the Dragon King''s intention to kill disappeared.


    Although the Dragon King has always had the upper hand and seems to have suppressed Meng Zhang, it is not easy to defeat Meng Zhang completely.


    Knowing that it is of little significance to continue fighting, the purpose of testing Meng Zhang''s strength has long been achieved. The Dragon King lost his intention to fight and wanted to end the battle.


    Meng Zhang wanted to fight more with the Dragon King.


    Meng Zhang, who was just in the late stage of returning to the virtual world, just needed the strong man of the same level to fight with him, increase his combat experience and hone his combat skills.


    In particular, GANGLONG Wang, a strong man of the real dragon family, has experienced hundreds of battles and various means emerge one after another. He is really a good opponent.


    The Dragon King has no idea of practicing with Meng Zhang.


    He had the upper hand and had a great initiative to advance and retreat freely.


    He forced Meng Zhang to retreat with a few moves, so he took the initiative to withdraw from the battle.


    Just as the Dragon King didn''t want to continue, Meng Zhang couldn''t keep pestering.


    A seemingly earth shaking war ended so easily.


    The Dragon King said casually: "boy, since you don''t appreciate it and won''t accept my kindness, I''m too lazy to talk nonsense."


    "When you suffer, you will naturally know my kindness."


    The Dragon King just thought he had put down his posture and was persuaded by Haosheng.


    But Meng Zhang still refused to take refuge in the dragon family. He really didn''t know what to do.


    However, since the killing intention in his heart dissipated, the Dragon King began to think about how to win over Meng Zhang and let him create chaos among the practitioners.


    It doesn''t matter if Meng Zhang refuses now. The Dragon King will have opportunities in the future.


    Just now, the Dragon King didn''t say much. He took a group of unwilling real dragons and returned to the rear of the Hai family army.


    Meng Zhang looked at their backs thoughtfully.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think he had the upper hand and pushed them back.


    They took the initiative to withdraw. They must have their own calculations.


    Meng Zhang looked around and sighed deeply.


    He and the Dragon King had not fought for a long time before, and both sides had no idea of wanton destruction, but even so, they still caused great damage to the surroundings, as if a natural disaster had come.


    The battle is over, the space in the sky is still shaking, and countless space cracks can be seen faintly.


    The waves below are surging, and the huge waves have not subsided yet.


    Several small islands were blown to pieces by the aftermath of the battle and completely wiped out in the huge waves.


    The earthquake at the bottom of the sea has not subsided, and it is faintly visible that there are many more gullies on the bottom of the sea.


    ¡­¡­


    It is no wonder that both the heavenly palace and the holy places have always tried to avoid the war of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world.


    Returning to emptiness can start a war in the Jun dust world unscrupulously, and the damage to the surrounding environment is too great.


    What Meng Zhang saw was nothing.


    The long and large-scale war of returning to the virtual world is really fatal to the origin of the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 2111

    Just after the battle between the Dragon King and Meng Zhang ended, the thunder clouds and thunder in the sky soon disappeared.


    That''s the monk who controls the Tianwei thunder array, converging the power of the array.


    The loss of launching Tianwei thunder punishment array is not small. Even if you don''t launch an attack, just making a gesture is not a small burden for Tiangong, which is in short of materials.


    Just the Dragon King led the strong of the real dragon family to retreat and temporarily truce with Meng Zhang. However, as slaves, the Hai people did not dare to stop the war at will without receiving a clear order.


    The sea army below continues to fiercely attack the Terran defense line.


    Just now, when Tianwei thunder punishment array was urging, a few sensitive guys in the sea clan below were aware of the great threat brought by the array, and all kinds of actions were one of them.


    Now the smell of the big array disappeared, and they began to fight again.


    Although the sea clan and the sea spirit sect have deep hatred, they are so desperate, but it is not just because of hatred.


    The real dragon clan is extremely strict and fierce.


    Under his surveillance, no one in the Hai nationality army dared to be lazy.


    Several of the Hai people''s return to virtual power are in a slightly better situation, but they are limited.


    In addition to maintaining a confrontation with the Terran returning to the virtual world, they have to fight with each other from time to time.


    Although there have been no casualties in the return to virtual power of both sides so far, this does not mean that they will be very relaxed.


    Whether Meng Zhang suddenly appeared or the Tianwei thunder punishment array later urged, they all brought great pressure to let them know that the Terran cultivators have enough power to kill them.


    These sea people are also those who cherish their lives.


    If it were not for the threat of the real dragon, even if they had a deep hatred with the Hailing sect, they would not dare to return to the South China Sea and attack the Terran at will.


    After the battle with the Dragon King, Meng Zhang suddenly appeared next to Taoist Haiyang, the leader of Hailing sect.


    Aware of Meng Zhang''s trend, those Hai people''s great ability to return to the void are extremely vigilant.


    Although the Dragon King gang was behind them, the Dragon King Gang still threw a warning to Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang can return to these sea people, the real dragon will never sit idly by.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, if the real dragon family does not intervene, it can completely break the balance of the war.


    The Dragon King still has to maintain the pressure on the Terran cultivators. Of course, Meng Zhang is not allowed to change the war situation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mean to return to the sea family. Instead, he chatted with Taoist Haiyang.


    Both of them are leaders of the same school and can fully represent their own sect.


    Some red tape is inevitable when two people talk.


    Taoist Haiyang first thanked Meng Zhang, and then introduced the current war situation to him in detail.


    What Haiyang Taoist said is not different from what Lu Tianshu Zhenjun said before, but Haiyang Taoist has always been at the forefront and is more clear about his own casualties.


    This is almost what Meng Zhang expected.


    If the real dragon family doesn''t fight, the sea family army seems to be making a fierce attack, but it can''t break the front line in a short time.


    The Hailing sect itself has strong strength, and the Nanhai League under its leadership has many family cultivation forces.


    Although there are heavy casualties on the front line, various support from the rear is still being sent in a steady stream.


    Due to some small moves behind Zhenhai hall, there have been many problems within Nanhai League.


    Some Xiuzhen forces have violated the Hailing sect, which has led to the Hailing sect''s recruitment of various materials and the organization of a large army of monks, which has been hindered to a certain extent.


    The high-level friars of Hailing sect are basically fighting with the sea family army on the front line, and they are unable to calm the internal problems for the time being.


    Fortunately, the prestige of the Hailing sect still exists. Most of the leaders of the truth cultivation forces in the Nanhai league are rational people who know the truth that lips die and teeth die.


    If the sea clan army really defeats the sea spirit sect and kills back to the South China Sea, all the Xiuzhen forces will suffer.


    Maybe, the Terran practitioners will no longer be able to gain a foothold in the South China Sea and have to flee their homes.


    The Hailing sect has a great sense of righteousness in resisting the invasion of the Hai nationality army.


    Many Xiuzhen forces who understand the great cause and know that the overall situation is important still actively give support.


    With the passage of time, the more reinforcements from all over the South China Sea, the more stable this line of defense will become.


    The biggest problem or uncertainty in the situation in the South China Sea is whether the Zhenlong people will fully participate in the war.


    Without Meng Zhang''s use of immortal talismans, once the real dragon family enters the war, the Hailing sect will inevitably lose.


    Even if Meng Zhang uses immortal talismans, he may not be able to surpass the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family with a long history and rich heritage must also have a lot of cards.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s self-protection should not be a big problem.


    Even if the worst happens, he is sure to cover the high-level retreat of the Hailing faction.


    I don''t know when the dispute between the heavenly palace and the holy places will end.


    Before that, Meng Zhang supported the overall situation of the South China Sea.


    Meng Zhang''s ability is limited and he can do little. He can only strive to maintain the status quo.


    In the next time, Meng Zhang will sit here temporarily to guard against the attack of the real dragon family.


    He can''t be distracted from the war between the sea clan army and the Terran friars.


    The Dragon King just didn''t let Meng Zhang idle.


    Soon after, his dragon strongmen challenged Meng Zhang one after another.


    Meng Zhang naturally could not avoid the war, only actively responded.


    The accomplishments of the strong of the real dragon family are not as good as those of Meng Zhang. They are only the accomplishments in the early and middle stages of returning to emptiness.


    Therefore, instead of fighting with Meng Zhang alone, they joined hands in twos and threes and divided into several teams to fight with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care. It''s just a means to see the strong of the real dragon family.


    These dragon strongmen are not weak, and each has a life-saving card.


    The most important thing is that there is a gang Dragon King nearby. Even if Meng Zhang moves his heart to kill, it is difficult to put it into action.


    They fought fiercely, but they didn''t worry about their lives.


    These strong people of the dragon clan are the elite of the clan. They are used to arrogance in the clan, and there are many arrogant people among them.


    Meng Zhang''s strength has been recognized by King GANGLONG. King GANGLONG wants to temper these guys with his hand.


    Moreover, the real dragon family is bound to break out an all-out war with the Terran practitioners in the future.


    Now let these guys who are used to fighting within the clan and with the same clan, see the skills of the Terran cultivators and accumulate combat experience, which will be of great benefit to the battle in the future.


    Next, Meng Zhang launched a series of wars with the strong ones of the real dragon family.


    They fought once in a while, and both sides showed a lot of real skills.


    In this way, Meng Zhang actually became the de facto partner of these real dragon strongmen.


    Of course, such continuous fighting is also of great benefit to Meng Zhang.


    He can also accumulate experience in fighting the real dragon and hone his fighting skills.

 Chapter 2112

    Meng Zhang''s daily battle with the strong of the dragon clan is not the kind of never-ending.


    After a fight or two, both sides will have a tacit understanding of a temporary truce, go back and have a rest and fight another day.


    For the strong of the dragon clan, fighting with Meng Zhang is a rare exercise. On weekdays, opponents don''t have so many means to compete with their peers.


    When they get back, they will discuss the battle. Many times, the Dragon King will give some advice to these young people and comment on the details of the battle.


    These arrogant real dragons have to admit that the battle with Meng Zhang is very meaningful.


    Meng Zhang also quickly accumulated experience in fighting with the dragon clan in these days and secretly collected some weaknesses of the dragon clan.


    In the whole Taiyi sect, except Meng Zhang, the leader, the other disciples have little experience in fighting the dragon clan.


    If the Junchen world changes greatly in the future, the real dragons will certainly take the opportunity to fight against the Terrans. At that time, maybe friar taiyimen will fight against the dragon clan.


    Making more preparations now is not a bad thing for possible battles in the future. It can be regarded as preparing for a rainy day.


    Meng Zhang compiled his combat experience and various situations of the Dragon nationality into a book. Later, he brought it back to the gate for the disciples to read and refer to.


    Meng Zhang fought with the real dragon family constantly, and the sea family army never stopped attacking the Terran defense line.


    The dispute between the heavenly palace and the holy places seems to have not been resolved.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has been in the South China Sea for so long and hasn''t waited for reinforcements from Tiangong.


    Tiangong''s greatest help to Meng Zhang is that his lineal friars have been paying attention to the situation here through Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    When necessary, Tianwei thunder punishment array will urge from time to time to show its power, which can be regarded as a deterrent to the real dragon family.


    Although the support of the heavenly palace and the holy places has been delayed, taiyimen, as a reliable ally of the Hailing sect, has faithfully fulfilled the obligation of watching and helping each other.


    Taiyi gate is located in the northernmost part of Jun dust circle, and hailing sect is located in the southernmost part of Jun dust circle. The two sides are far away.


    The general long-distance transmission array can not directly cross such a long distance.


    The high-level friars of both sides can transfer through the heavenly palace.


    Low level friars who are not qualified to enter the heavenly palace can only communicate with each other through the long-distance transmission Dharma array belonging to different forces.


    Even if the friars of taiyimen take a flying boat, it takes a long time to reach the South China Sea.


    A group of elite friars were selected from Taiyi gate and asked them to carry all kinds of materials to the South China Sea as soon as possible.


    Those high-level friars who transferred through the heavenly palace first arrived in the South China Sea with supplies, and then joined the battle against the sea family army.


    For the Hailing sect, the support from taiyimen is of great significance.


    As a result, the morale of the whole Nanhai League has been greatly boosted and its enthusiasm to fight against the marine army has greatly increased.


    With the continuous support of taiyimen, hailing sect has a greater chance to block the sea clan army.


    The only problem now is in terms of top combat power.


    In addition to Meng Zhang, the Taiyi sect only has the great ability to return to emptiness.


    Unless the heavenly palace and the holy places are launched, it is difficult for the front line to obtain the support of top combat power.


    Meng Zhang was a little confused by the attitude of the real dragon family.


    In addition to fighting with Meng Zhang, the Zhenlong family has never meant to interfere in the war between the two sides.


    It seems as if the real dragon family is going out in a big way to let these real dragon strongmen increase their combat experience.


    Meng Zhang guessed in his heart that the real dragon family probably didn''t want to go to war with the human cultivators easily.


    In any case, Meng Zhang will not destroy the current situation at will.


    He was patient and fought with the strong dragon people.


    In his spare time, in addition to contacting the top level of taiyimen and asking them to inquire about the latest trends in the heavenly palace, he also paid attention to Taimiao''s actions in the underworld.


    Wonderful. Since the beginning of the action of unifying the underworld, I have devoted myself to it wholeheartedly.


    He personally went to battle and led his ghost army to conquer the East and the west, invincible.


    It''s wonderful. I don''t hide my cultivation level at this time.


    On several occasions, in order to end the battle as soon as possible, he showed the combat effectiveness of returning to the virtual level.


    In the underworld, there are no natural ghosts and gods, not including outsiders such as foreign ghost families. In most cases, the strength of the later yuan God is enough to dominate the king and the dominant side.


    There are only a few strong Yang gods, which can be regarded as the top combat power in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful to show the combat effectiveness of returning to the virtual level. It''s a dimensionality reduction blow to the acquired ghosts and ghosts in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I just cleaned up some guys who don''t have eyes in the first few shots.


    Later, when the news about Taimiao''s real combat effectiveness spread, his army almost fell at the sight of the wind.


    Except for the guy who really doesn''t have much sense, few enemies dare to compete with it.


    In the past, Taimiao shocked the underworld with Yang God level combat power.


    There seems to be only one level difference between Yang God level and return empty level, but there is actually a world of difference.


    A number of Yuan Shen''s later strength acquired ghosts and ghosts work together to compete with the strong at the level of Yang God.


    If the great forces of the Yang world are willing, they can pay a price to let the friars of the Yang God period come to the underworld with various strange treasures, which is enough to kill the strong ones of the ordinary Yang God level.


    But when too wonderful has the strength of returning to the virtual level, the number advantage loses its significance in front of him.


    No matter how many yuan gods, the day after tomorrow ghosts and ghosts in the later stage work together, they are just like local chickens and dogs in front of him, and they are simply vulnerable.


    The monk of the Yang God period who came from the Yang world met him only for nothing.


    Now it''s too wonderful. It''s the kind of strength that can''t be surpassed. It will only make his opponent feel an irresistible sense of despair.


    Wonderful. The action of conquering the underworld was very smooth. I didn''t meet a decent opponent.


    Later, the effort spent in the battle was not as great as that spent on the road.


    In fact, what really hinders Taimiao''s conquest of the underworld now is not those acquired ghosts and ghosts, but the vast underworld itself.


    The underworld is as vast as the Yang world, and the underworld is divided into different levels.


    The environment of the underworld is harsh, and there are countless natural dangers that block all areas.


    Too wonderful. I can move freely in the underworld and regard most of the natural dangers as nothing.


    However, his ghost army will encounter many problems if it wants to march across regions and long distances.


    Taiyimen has always been in close contact with Taimiao and has a lot of cooperation.


    This time, under Meng Zhang''s order, the top and bottom of the door fully assisted in the wonderful expedition.


    The Taiyi sect did its best to create and collect many mechanism creations that can be used in the underworld.


    For example, various types of flying boats were sent to the underworld for the use of the ghost army under Taimiao''s hands.

 Chapter 2113

    With the large-scale use of these organs and tools, the problem encountered by Taimiao''s ghost army has been reluctantly alleviated.


    Of course, conquering the underworld is a huge project. In addition to fighting, there are many troubles waiting to be solved.


    Up to now, from the perspective of combat effectiveness alone, it is too wonderful to unify the underworld.


    Not long after Taimiao began to unify the underworld, because he never hid his ambition and purpose, those guys with a little eyesight in the underworld guessed his purpose.


    The sect gates of the holy places have been arranged in the underworld for many years, and they have an extremely huge power in the underworld.


    They have been paying attention to all kinds of movements in the underworld, and the collection of information in the underworld has never been interrupted.


    It''s wonderful to break through the bamboo in the underworld and constantly conquer various forces. Such intelligence is continuously sent to the Yangshi and to the high-level desk of the sect in the major holy places.


    The past underworld was too chaotic, and all kinds of forces were intertwined.


    Even the great holy places have no power to unify the underworld.


    The most dazzling force in the underworld at that time was the Yindu city established by Dali imperial dynasty.


    No matter how powerful the Yindu city is, it can only be regarded as a overlord. There is neither the strength of unifying the underworld nor the momentum of that kind.


    Even so, the Yin capital still has big trees to attract wind, which has attracted a lot of hostility.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong planned to project his blessed land into the Yin capital of the underworld, that is, to excavate the foundation of the Dali Dynasty and cut off the layout of the Dali Dynasty in the underworld.


    Now it''s wonderful to go on such a high-profile expedition everywhere and try to unify the underworld. Naturally, the religious doors of the major holy places will not sit idly by.


    Especially when Taimiao shows the strength of returning to the virtual level and exposes his undisguised ambition, the religious sects of the major holy places are more wary.


    If in the past, who said he wanted to unify the underworld, the doors of the holy places would only be regarded as a joke.


    However, when Taimiao shows her strength at the level of returning to the virtual world and breaks through the forces of every family in the underworld and is invincible, the sects of the major holy places must pay attention to it and make every effort to deal with it.


    All the Holy Land sects absolutely do not allow any force to unify the underworld, even if they show such a trend.


    However, after a careful inventory, the major holy places found that they did not have a good way to deal with and stop them.


    In the past thousands of years, there has been no strong person of returning to the virtual level in the underworld, which has various reasons.


    It is rare to see the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld. No matter how powerful various ghosts are, their potential has limits.


    The acquired ghosts and gods transformed from practitioners are almost impossible to break through the Yang God period due to the congenital shackles.


    Emperor Wenjin of Yindu city is a rare exception.


    Now too wonderful suddenly became the great power of returning to emptiness. The doors of the holy places in the Yang world were out of reach. For a moment, there was nothing to do with him.


    It''s no secret that taiyimen has a close relationship with Taimiao and has a lot of cooperation.


    However, Meng Zhang has not revealed that Taimiao is the secret of his outer incarnation. No one knows the true relationship between Taimiao and taiyimen.


    It seems impractical to contain taiyimen by threatening taiyimen.


    Too wonderful. As the overlord who will unify the underworld, there are countless forces of truth cultivation in the Yang world who want to curry favor with him.


    That''s wonderful. If you want to find partners in Yangshi, there are some guys who come to the door.


    Even the great holy places are trying to win over and buy off. It''s wonderful.


    However, it''s too wonderful not to enter the oil and salt, and never buy the accounts of the major holy places.


    In particular, the last time the sects of the holy places wanted to recruit it as cannon fodder to attack the Yin capital, which seriously damaged the relationship between them.


    According to common sense, the current cultivation and status of Taimiao may not care much about taiyimen as a collaborator.


    It would be a joke to say that he would give up unifying the underworld because of taiyimen.


    There are intrigues among practitioners, interests are paramount, and they use each other. What''s more, such ghosts and gods must also use each other in the face of practitioners.


    Of course, even though they knew that the effect was not great, the religious sects of the major holy places still sent envoys to visit the Taiyi gate and asked the Taiyi gate to prevent Taimiao from unifying the underworld.


    If it had not been for the suppression of the heavenly palace and the situation in the Junchen world, I''m afraid the major Holy Land Sect doors that have always been overbearing would have forcibly ordered Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang was not at the mountain gate during this time. His eldest disciple Niu Dawei came forward to receive the messengers of the holy places.


    Niu Dawei didn''t turn against these people either. He just pushed everything away with a pile of polite nonsense.


    Anyway, according to the current situation of Junchen world, it is difficult for the major holy places to start a war with Taiyi gate.


    In fact, there is no small trouble with the doors of the major holy places.


    So far, they have not cleaned up the cattle, ghosts and snake gods who jumped out to make trouble some time ago.


    Now the real dragon family has personally led the sea family army to invade on a large scale. All the holy places must be dealt with seriously.


    In the South China Sea, they can push it off and ignore it for a while, but in the East China Sea, they can''t ignore it.


    Zhenhai hall, with the support of experts sent by other holy land sects, is now facing off with the invading Hai nationality army.


    The small-scale fighting between the two sides has not stopped, and there may be another war sometime.


    Moreover, on the South China Sea side, if the Hailing sect is really defeated, the South China Sea is completely occupied, and the sea family army continues to attack, it is still necessary to unite with the heavenly palace to deal with the aftermath.


    Last time, in order to destroy the Yin capital city, all the holy places paid a huge price.


    Now if you want to do it again and send enough strength into the underworld to deal with it, it won''t be so easy.


    Too wonderful, the strength of his men has far exceeded that of the emperor in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. It''s uncertain. It doesn''t stick to one place, but moves freely in the underworld.


    It''s wonderful to hunt in the underworld. It''s almost impossible to go to heaven.


    Since it can''t be wonderful for the time being, all the holy places have to be patient by force.


    On the one hand, they continue to contact Taimiao through various channels, trying to win over and buy it by means of Huairou.


    On the other hand, it is to find a way to put power into the underworld.


    It''s wonderful. I don''t even have the patience to be insincere with these guys. I''m too lazy to pay attention to them.


    The messengers sent by the holy places can see Taimiao''s men at most, and they are treated coldly and can''t communicate with Taimiao.


    Too wonderful to continue the great cause of conquest in the underworld without any influence.


    From the very beginning, Meng Zhang knew that the religious doors of the holy places would not look at the wonderful unification of the underworld, and would certainly use all means to stop it.


    Although there is no effective action for the religious doors of the major holy places so far, Meng Zhang has been closely monitoring their movements through a variety of means.


    Once the major holy places have made substantive actions, Meng Zhang will also take action.

 Chapter 2114

    So far, Meng Zhang has not found any major holy places and is ready to take any tough measures against Taimiao.


    They probably know that they have no good way to deal with Taimiao for the time being. They can only keep showing kindness to Taimiao through various channels and fully express their goodwill.


    Of course, because they don''t know too wonderful''s true identity, no matter how they win over and buy too wonderful, it''s just a waste of effort.


    The practice of the sect of the holy places did not let Meng Zhang relax his vigilance.


    He had been hostile to the holy places for many years and knew his sinister nature.


    For Taimiao, since even the holy places have nothing to do with himself, he acts recklessly in the underworld.


    Seeing that the action of unifying the underworld is becoming more and more smooth, it is estimated that this great cause will be completed in a short time.


    With more and more forces destroyed by Taimiao and more and more vast land conquered, he can obviously feel that his cultivation is gradually improving, and his control over life and death and reincarnation power is becoming stronger and stronger.


    Even, his body of ghosts and gods is slowly evolving, closer and closer to the body of natural ghosts and gods.


    Even, too wonderful slowly understood the essence of the command Avenue and had a certain understanding of the emperor Avenue.


    Meng Zhang, who was well-informed, felt this situation. It was wonderful. If he directly became the king after unifying the underworld, he would certainly be able to master the power of the emperor''s road.


    In the Yang world of the Jun dust world, there was no unified imperial dynasty due to the restrictions of the holy places.


    For example, the power of Dali Dynasty is unique.


    Even so, the emperors of Dali Dynasty generally have great attainments on the command Avenue.


    Meng Zhang traveled through the void and knew many news about other big worlds.


    In some big worlds, there have been forces such as the immortal Dynasty and the divine Dynasty.


    The Immortal Emperor or God Emperor controls hundreds of millions of creatures, condenses the power of Qi and has all kinds of incredible magical powers.


    Meng Zhang''s practice route has been basically fixed, and it is impossible to embark on such a path again.


    It''s wonderful. If we unify the underworld, we can establish the kingdom of the underworld, become the king of the underworld and even the emperor of the underworld, and gather the energy of countless ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld and the underworld.


    Of course, it''s wonderful now. There''s no complete unification of the underworld. There''s no need to make a decision in such a hurry.


    Moreover, it''s wonderful. If you really want to do so, the Holy Land sects will stop it at all costs.


    This matter is of great importance and needs to be considered in the long run. We can''t act rashly.


    Maybe it''s too wonderful to do anything, but it''s unwilling in my heart. Recently, Ziyang Shengzong has found a lot of trouble for Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong already have many border territories.


    After the two sides carved up the sphere of influence far away from the imperial dynasty, the territory controlled by the two sides is intertwined, with many controversial places.


    Originally, due to the situation in Junchen and the deliberate concession of taiyimen, the two sides could still maintain peace in the border zone.


    But recently, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong deliberately picked up trouble at the border and created a lot of disputes.


    Meng Zhang is not in the sect. Niu Dawei, the acting leader in charge of the affairs in the sect, has no weak style.


    Under his orders, the taiyimen friars stationed in front are not allowed to take the initiative to cause trouble or invade the territory of Ziyang holy sect. They are only allowed to keep their own territory.


    If the Ziyang Saint friar dares to take the initiative to invade, he should immediately and resolutely fight back and expel him.


    In a word, if the enemy does not invade me, I will not be a prisoner. If the enemy invades me, I will be a prisoner.


    In order to strengthen the defensive force in front, Niu Dawei also sent many more monks to the front.


    For a moment, the situation at the junction of Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen became tense.


    Disputes and fights between the two sides continued, and small-scale battles broke out from time to time.


    Fortunately, so far, the scale of the battle is small and the level is not high. It is mainly participated by some low-level friars, and the situation is still under control.


    The tension between the two sides led to a lot of trouble.


    Some trade routes in taiyimen were affected and lost a lot of interests.


    The most troublesome thing is that taiyimen organized an army of friars to form a flying boat team. It was supposed to set out for the South China Sea, but it was stopped on the way.


    Taiyi gate is located in the northernmost part of Junchen world. To go to the South China Sea, you can either go through the territory directly under Ziyang Shengzong or the territory of the vassal forces of Ziyang Shengzong.


    No matter how you detour, you can''t avoid passing through the territory of some Xiuzhen forces.


    In the past, as long as they avoided the territory directly under Ziyang holy sect, other Xiuzhen forces generally turned a blind eye to taiyimen friars passing through their own territory.


    But this time, first, the large scale of the flying boat team sent by the Taiyi sect made these Xiuzhen forces wary of the Taiyi sect''s false way to attack Guo.


    Second, it is due to the pressure of Ziyang Shengzong.


    In short, these forces of cultivating truth sent a team of cultivators to stand by and prevent the taiyimen flying boat team from passing through their own territory.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, most of the Xiuzhen forces in Junchen world are not their opponents except the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Taiyi sect is well-known in the Junchen world. Even if its behavior style is not overbearing, it is not something that ordinary Xiuzhen forces dare to provoke.


    These Xiuzhen forces dare to fight against taiyimen, obviously with the support of Ziyang Saint behind them.


    Niu Dawei is unwilling to intensify the contradiction with Ziyang Shengzong, let alone make too many enemies.


    Since the army of friars sent by Taiyi sect could not advance, they had to return to Taiyi sect territory.


    After some discussion at the top level of Taiyi gate, the gate decided to let the friars'' army turn to the West Sea. After regrouping in the West Sea, they set foot on the road to the South China Sea.


    Theoretically, the West Sea and the South China Sea are interlinked. It is feasible to reach the South China Sea from the West Sea by sea.


    In fact, the sea voyage is not only a long way, but also has many risks.


    These risks are fatal even for the army of monks.


    The army of taiyimen friars did not act rashly, but made a lot of preparations.


    Fortunately, the situation in the South China Sea is not too bad. It is not very urgent to need the support of the taiyimen friar army.


    The elite friars sent by taiyimen in advance have supported the Hailing sect and have provided great help.


    Taiyimen needs to send high-level friars to explore the way first, so that the army of friars who are ready can set out.


    There is a deep hatred between Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen.


    This new feud and old hatred have made the relationship between the two sides more and more tense, but there is no risk of a full-scale war for the time being.


    Meng Zhang is far away in the South China Sea, but he can grasp all kinds of situations in the underworld and the gate in time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t intervene much, either to Taimiao or Niu Dawei, to let them do it.


    Meng Zhang was caught in the battle with the strong dragon family. For the time being, he was tripped and couldn''t get away.

 Chapter 2115

    Meng Zhang doesn''t understand the current trend of the real dragon family.


    Just now, the Dragon King led this group of strong people of the dragon family to the South China Sea. He won''t temper the younger generation of the dragon family just to fight with himself.


    Several months have passed since Meng Zhang came to the South China Sea.


    He has fought many battles with these dragon strongmen.


    Meng Zhang has clearly felt that these dragon strongmen have made very obvious progress in all aspects after this period of fighting.


    Meng Zhang was unwilling to be a grindstone, but he had no other way to think about it.


    Even if he wanted to release water in the battle, he couldn''t do it.


    These dragon strongmen are ruthless and merciless.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t show some real skills, he can''t stop them.


    Because the Dragon King was watching closely, Meng Zhang didn''t have a chance to deal with these strong dragon people.


    Although he was unhappy, Meng Zhang had to admit that the current situation was a good situation for the Hailing faction and himself.


    Anyway, it''s not too bad that the strong of the real dragon family didn''t rush up and start a full-scale war.


    Meng Zhang just complained in his heart that the quarrel between the heavenly palace and the holy places has been going on for too long. Why hasn''t there been a result yet.


    What makes him feel a little wary is that he is not very smooth in getting information about the heavenly palace.


    The ancient Taoist, the deputy director of Tiangong, who had been secretly communicating with Meng Zhang, was sent to the empty battlefield not long ago.


    Through other channels, Meng Zhang was difficult to obtain the latest information about the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang was a little confused. Was this an accident or was he deliberately targeted?


    At this time, the Dragon King suddenly contacted him again.


    In a routine battle, the Dragon King Gang suddenly whispered to Meng Zhang to meet him privately and made an appointment with him.


    Since the Dragon King failed to recruit Meng Zhang publicly last time, it seems that the Dragon King has died and has not communicated with Meng Zhang.


    Every time Meng Zhang fought with the strong of the dragon family, even if the Dragon King was close, he didn''t talk to Meng Zhang, but was busy pointing out the younger generation of his family.


    The Dragon King suddenly asked for a private meeting this time, which made Meng Zhang hesitate for a while and doubt whether he had ulterior motives.


    Meng Zhang was not worried that the Dragon King would ambush him by taking the opportunity of the meeting, but that if the matter was exposed, he would let the holy places take the opportunity to make an article.


    But he turned and thought that the doors of the great holy places and him had long been enemies. If the other party wants to deal with him, it doesn''t lack such an excuse.


    It''s just a private meeting with the Dragon King. You can take the opportunity to inquire about the news.


    After figuring this out, Meng Zhang had no resistance to the private meeting.


    At the appointed time, Meng Zhang sat in the air, emitting a blue smoke on his head, turned into an illusory figure, and plunged into the sea.


    The heart of harming others cannot exist, and the heart of preventing others cannot be absent.


    Even if the Dragon King did not show hostility this time, Meng Zhang would not trust him, let alone give him the opportunity to ambush himself.


    Meng Zhang has long mastered the ability to distract and concentrate into God. Incarnate a divine idea and go to the appointment. Even if there is any accident, it won''t hurt the foundation.


    After the incarnation of this divine idea entered the seabed, he performed the art of water escape and rushed to the agreed place.


    Although it''s just a wisp of divine thought, it comes from Meng Zhang''s great power of returning to emptiness. It has its own strong breath, and there are no small magical powers. The spirit and strange flow in the water can''t be easily offended.


    Meng Zhang''s divine separation did not take too long on the road, and soon came to the agreed place.


    It was above a trench on the bottom of the sea, surrounded by several ocean currents, which had a certain shielding effect on the spiritual thoughts of practitioners.


    After Meng Zhang''s Avatar arrived, the Dragon King did not appear.


    Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief. It seems that the other party should not have set up an ambush here in advance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long. As soon as the Dragon King appeared carelessly.


    Just now, the Dragon King looked at Meng Zhang''s thought incarnation with some disdain.


    "You are very cautious, don''t you doubt that I will be bad for you?"


    "I really want to deal with you. Where do I need so much trouble? I''ll find you directly."


    Meng Zhang''s Avatar smiled and didn''t answer the question.


    Since this is not far from the location of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s divine thought avatar can synchronize information with this Buddha at all times.


    In other words, Meng Zhang can grasp everything that happens here in real time.


    Meng Zhang can also talk to the Dragon King in real time through this avatar.


    The Dragon King seems to be deliberately looking for trouble.


    "Boy, it''s really disrespectful of you to meet me with your divine mind incarnation."


    "I was kind enough to remind you. If you don''t trust me so much, I won''t tell you."


    Meng Zhang''s thought incarnation showed a gentle smile.


    "Elder, I''m really sorry. I have no choice but to make such a bad decision."


    "As you know, senior, I have made too many enemies and have a lot of hatred against the sects of the holy places."


    "I''m doing this to hide my whereabouts so as not to give others an excuse to say that I collude with foreign enemies."


    The Dragon King just didn''t know if he was moved by Meng Zhang''s words, or he was pretending to be a gesture.


    "Boy, I like you very much. And during this time, you accompany the younger generation of this clan to fight and help them accumulate combat experience. There is no credit, but also a little hard work."


    "Therefore, I am merciful and have a message for you."


    "Not long ago, several envoys sent by the Holy Land Sect met secretly with the top leaders of the real dragon family to negotiate."


    "After talking for a while, they reached an agreement."


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang''s face changed greatly and his heart was surprised.


    He felt incredulous at first.


    As the rulers of the Junchen world, the religious sects of the major holy places have always been high above and maintained a high-pressure attitude towards all enemies in the Junchen world. How could they lower their body and take the initiative to find the real dragon family for negotiation.


    Then, Meng Zhang thought of the current situation in the Junchen world, and felt that it was not impossible for the major holy land zongmen to negotiate with the Zhenlong family and temporarily suspend the civil war in the Junchen world.


    If the Junchen world is restless, how can the Holy Land sects fight with the foreign invaders wholeheartedly?


    Although Meng Zhang himself was shocked, this incarnation of divine thought looked quite calm.


    Since the Dragon King Gang took the initiative to disclose this matter, there must be an attempt. Meng Zhang''s Avatar didn''t speak, but looked at the Dragon King Gang silently.


    Meng Zhang''s reaction made Gang Longwang bored.


    However, before he and Meng Zhang agreed to meet in private, he had a certain plan in mind, and now he will not easily violate it.


    Next, he told Meng Zhang according to his original idea.

 Chapter 2116

    On the other side of the East China Sea, although the Allied forces of the major holy places are still facing off with the Hai nationality army, all kinds of large-scale fighting have long stopped.


    The envoys jointly sent by the holy places directly went to the top level of the real dragon family and asked for negotiations.


    During the negotiations, the two sides reached many agreements.


    King GANGLONG did not disclose much about the contents of the negotiations, but only revealed the parts related to Meng Zhang and the situation in the South China Sea.


    According to the agreement reached by the two sides, the marine army will stop attacking the South China Sea next.


    In return, the Terran friars in the South China Sea must give up a large area of the South China Sea as the habitat of the sea people.


    The Dragon King justly told Meng Zhang that the South China Sea was originally the territory of the Hai nationality.


    However, the Terran cultivators bullied the weak, launched an aggressive war against the Hai Nationality under the leadership of the Hai Ling sect, and finally defeated the Hai nationality by despicable means.


    The sea people who suffered heavy losses had to give up the territory of the South China Sea and retreat to the depths of the ocean to avoid the pursuit of the Terran cultivators.


    Now the Hai people return to their hometown and take back their original territory, which can be regarded as returning to their original owners.


    Moreover, the sea people are magnanimous up and down, and they do not want to force people in the South China Sea to a desperate situation.


    Knowing that the Terrans have lived and multiplied in the South China Sea for many years, the senior management of the sea clan did not force the Terrans to withdraw from all the territories in the South China Sea, but only asked the Terrans to give up some of the territories in the South China Sea.


    Just as the Dragon King explained to Meng Zhang, he rowed casually, and a map of the South China Sea appeared in front of him.


    The Dragon King just made a gesture on this map and marked out the territory of each holy land zongmen to be ceded to the Hai family.


    According to this map, the South China Sea Terran cultivators will lose nearly half of their territory, including vast waters and a large number of islands.


    The Hailing sect will not only lose a large number of territories directly under it, but also many Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea league can''t even protect the mountain gate.


    Not to mention the Terran friars in the South China Sea, even Meng Zhang, an outsider, felt unacceptable.


    It''s despicable for the religious sects of the holy places to be generous to others and use the territory of the South China Sea that does not belong to them to buy the real dragon family in exchange for the other party''s withdrawal.


    Meng Zhang did not doubt the authenticity of what the Dragon King said.


    First of all, these situations are easy to verify. If the Dragon King lies, he is easy to be exposed.


    Second, we can do such a thing with the style of doing things in the holy places.


    The Dragon King didn''t say much about whether the holy places made concessions and sacrifices elsewhere.


    In any case, the religious sects of the major holy places have led the evil water to the East and sold the South China Sea. The biggest victim is the Xiuzhen force in the South China Sea led by the sea spirit sect.


    The Dragon King just took the initiative to disclose this news to Meng Zhang, of course not out of kindness.


    The intention to sow discord is already very obvious.


    To be honest, if Meng Zhang was not well-informed and knew the true dragon family''s temperament, I''m afraid he would have the idea of taking refuge in the true dragon family after he knew that he had been betrayed by the holy places.


    Zhenlong''s style of conduct is seriously inconsistent with his three outlooks. It is really difficult for the two sides to come together.


    Meng Zhang still had a doubt in his heart.


    The great holy land zongmen negotiated with the real dragon family and sold the interests of the South China Sea practitioners. Is Tiangong aware of it?


    If Tiangong knows about it, what is their attitude towards it?


    The Dragon King''s words, both inside and outside, are arousing Meng Zhang''s dissatisfaction with the holy places.


    Without being provoked by the Dragon King, Meng Zhang regarded all the holy places as the great enemies of Taiyi gate.


    Since the Dragon King has the intention to win over, Meng Zhang might as well give it a false favor.


    No matter what benefits you get from the real dragon family, at least there is no need to directly oppose the real dragon family.


    Don''t you see that all the holy places have to make concessions and compromise when facing the real dragon family?


    Taiyimen is not the ruler of the Junchen world, and it has not been directly threatened by the real dragon family. Why should it be in front.


    Now it''s a private meeting with the Dragon King. There is no one around. Meng Zhang no longer pretends and doesn''t have to fight the real dragon to the end.


    He slowed down his tone, lowered his posture, and just chatted with the Dragon King.


    When the dragon king saw that Meng Zhang was so knowledgeable, a trace of color appeared on his face.


    Meng Zhang''s mind incarnated and his tone turned to the door of each holy land.


    Meng Zhang told the Dragon King that the Holy Land Sect seems to be the leader of the right way. In fact, it is filthy secretly. It is simply the style of the devil sect.


    Although they have lowered their attitude when negotiating with the real dragon family, in fact, this is definitely a delaying measure.


    When they slow down, they will definitely tear up all agreements and fight back against the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang''s clumsy provocation only made the Dragon King laugh.


    The real dragon family has never relaxed their vigilance against the holy places.


    Between the two, there will be a life and death war sooner or later.


    Each Holy Land Sect is playing a slow strategy, and the real dragon family also needs time to prepare for the war.


    Now it''s not the time for a decisive battle. The real dragons will stop when they see the good and stop when they get some advantages.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to stir up discord is a little poor. The hostility to the holy places is just what the Dragon King needs.


    Taiyi gate is already an influential large-scale gate in the Junchen world, and Meng Zhang is the superior in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    If Meng Zhang commanded Taiyi gate to fight with the holy places, he would certainly bring him a lot of trouble.


    In order to increase Meng Zhang''s confidence and strengthen his determination to fight against the major holy places, the Dragon King gave a lot of empty promises, but only patted his chest to ensure that the real dragon family will unswervingly support taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has experienced many such intrigues and intrigues for a long time.


    He followed the Dragon King''s mind and expressed his goodwill to him.


    Taiyimen is willing to make friends with the real dragon family. There are many places where the two sides can cooperate.


    The Great Holy Land Sect is so overbearing and recklessly sacrificing the interests of other truth cultivation forces. As its opponent, Taiyi sect is in urgent need of external help.


    Meng Zhang was willing to bow his head to the real dragon family, which was expected by the Dragon King.


    The Dragon King did not expect to tie Meng Zhang to the chariot of the real dragon family at a meeting.


    The Dragon King has long learned about the craftiness of Terran cultivators.


    If you want taiyimen to take refuge in the real dragon family and cause chaos within the human cultivators, it will not happen overnight.


    For the long-lived GANGLONG king, he does not lack this patience.


    At this meeting, he and Meng Zhang both expressed their respective attitudes, reached some oral agreements and agreed on the contact information of both sides in the future.


    Both Gang Longwang and Meng Zhang were very satisfied with the meeting and felt that they had gained a lot.


    They talked for a long time before breaking up and leaving.


    The incarnation of Meng Zhang''s divine thought smoothly returned to the Buddha.

 Chapter 2117

    Meng Zhang took back his Divine Incarnation and did not immediately communicate with the Hailing sect, but fell into meditation.


    The biggest victims this time are the many Xiuzhen forces of the Nanhai League led by the Hailing faction.


    All the holy places have settled with the real dragon family. It seems that the heavenly palace has no objection. This matter is irreparable.


    Even if the Xiuzhen forces of the South China Sea alliance are very dissatisfied, they can only silently accept this road.


    Relying on the strength of SAARC alone, it is so difficult to resist the sea family army, let alone the real dragon family.


    Although taiyimen is an ally of Hailing sect and has been actively helping Hailing sect, it can''t help in this matter.


    Neither taiyimen nor mengzhang has the ability to compete with the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang sighed. Weakness is original sin.


    Since the South China Sea alliance has insufficient strength, it can only be sacrificed.


    Meng Zhang could not imagine how he would deal with such a thing if it happened to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang thought about the next words in his heart, and then flew directly to several Huixu great powers of Hailing sect.


    Several Huixu powerful men led by the leader Taoist Haiyang dare not relax their vigilance these days.


    They should not only confront the strong back to the void of the sea family, but also pay attention to the trend of the strong of the real dragon family.


    If Meng Zhang had not come to share their pressure, they would have been unable to hold on.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang didn''t bother and directly told the Taoist Haiyang about the news he had just received.


    Meng Zhang did not say his source of information, nor did he take the initiative to talk about his meeting with the Dragon King.


    He just told each other that the holy places had made peace with the real dragon family and took the South China Sea alliance as a victim.


    Meng Zhang''s words were not finished yet, and the great energy of returning to emptiness was shocked.


    They did not expect that one day they would be sacrificed by the holy door.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, everyone is inexplicable in grief and anger. The return virtual power with a little grumpy is about to attack immediately.


    Taoist Haiyang has been the leader of Hailing sect for many years and has experienced many storms.


    Although he was extremely shocked, he kept at least calm.


    Haiyang Taoist is not the most senior among the present return to virtual power, including his elders.


    But he has a high prestige and everyone is more convinced of him. Everyone is still willing to listen to him on major issues related to the future of zongmen.


    Taoist Haiyang stopped other people from venting their dissatisfaction, but tried to keep calm and asked Meng Zhang whether this matter was the final decision and whether there was room for recovery.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and regretfully told Taoist Haiyang that this matter should not be changed.


    With his and taiyimen''s ability, he can''t do anything.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also admitted that what he learned was only preliminary. The specific details may take some time to know.


    He will contact Tiangong as soon as possible to make a final confirmation of the matter.


    Taoist Haiyang thanked Meng Zhang for his timely report and repeatedly asked about the sacrificed interests of the South China Sea alliance.


    After the two finished their conversation and Meng Zhang left, Taoist Haiyang could no longer maintain his original composure. His face changed greatly and his expression was full of sadness and anger.


    Without Meng Zhang, an outsider, several Hai Ling sect''s Hui Xu Da Neng immediately talked about it.


    Some people don''t believe Meng Zhang''s words very much and want to confirm it through other channels.


    Some were indignant and unwilling, and said they would fight the invading Hai nationality army to the end. Even if you die on the spot, you won''t let the clan territory out for nothing.


    Others even said that Meng Zhang would continue to provide help to help them hold the South China Sea.


    ¡­¡­


    After a great change, Taoist Haiyang calmed down quickly.


    He was far more sober than others and knew that the matter was now, mostly irreparable.


    The Hailing sect is too independent to change the overall situation.


    As for taiyimen, Meng Zhang''s attitude is already obvious.


    Taiyimen will not make useless resistance, and hailing sect has no reason to let taiyimen sacrifice for it in vain.


    Even if Hailing sect joins hands with taiyimen, its strength is still too weak to change the overall situation.


    The holy places are killing two birds with one stone this time.


    Ceding the territory of the South China Sea alliance to the Hai people not only comforted the Zhenlong people, temporarily avoided the war with the Zhenlong people, but also seriously weakened the South China Sea alliance led by the Hailing faction.


    After losing such a large territory and so many resource points on the territory, it fell into the hands of the Hai nationality. The Nanhai alliance led by the Hai Ling faction will be sad in the future.


    The Hai nationality has obtained such a large territory and has so many resource points, which can support more strong people.


    As time goes by, the balance of power between the two sides will certainly change.


    In the long run, the Hailing sect has suffered a great loss of strength and shaken its foundation.


    Taoist Haiyang hated all the holy places in their hearts, but they had nothing to do with them.


    It''s too long-term. The high-level leaders of Hailing sect can''t take care of it. They have to take care of the present first.


    Taoist Haiyang is a decisive figure. He soon comforted everyone and made several arrangements.


    This made many people who didn''t know the truth rejoice. They thought they had defeated the sea invasion army and guarded the South China Sea by their own strength.


    For a moment, the morale of the Terran friars stationed here was greatly boosted.


    Some even offered to launch a counterattack against the Hai nationality army. Take advantage of the victory to pursue and completely destroy the Hai family army.


    Of course, these proposals were completely ignored by Taoist Haiyang.


    What makes Taoist Haiyang a little headache is how he will tell everyone the truth and how to appease everyone''s anger.


    After Meng Zhang finished his conversation with Taoist Haiyang, he continued to be alone.


    Next, Meng Zhang also has a lot to do.


    Of course, the temporary truce between the Terran cultivators and the Hai clan is also a good thing for Meng Zhang and taiyimen, which can save a lot of manpower and material resources.


    Although the ally Hailing faction was seriously weakened, taiyimen itself was not directly affected.


    Meng Zhang contacted the top level of taiyimen and asked them to stop further support to Hailing sect.


    The war in the South China Sea is almost over. There is no need to continue to provide support.


    There is no need to send out the army of monks who have already arrived in the West Sea and are ready to go to the South China Sea.


    Meng Zhangyuan told the top level of taiyimen about the sale of the interests of Nanhai alliance and the ceding of Terran territory to the sea people by the major holy places.


    Under the instruction of Meng Zhang, the Taiyi sect will spare no effort to spread relevant information and expose the ugly faces of the religious sects in the holy places.


    For thousands of years, Terran cultivators have been well deserved rulers of Junchen world.


    In the face of other alien races, the Terran has always maintained an absolute advantage.


    The real dragons are so powerful that they can only stay on the sea and can''t affect the ruling position of the Terran.


    For a long time, the Terran cultivators have developed a high spirit and don''t look at other aliens at all.


    After the practice of the religious sects of the major holy places is spread, it will certainly cause an uproar in the cultivation world.


    Not only will many practitioners criticize it, but I''m afraid it will trigger a serious wave of opposition within it.


    Although this practice can not shake the dominant position of the holy places, it can at least disgust them and make them lose their hearts.


    In the cultivation world, what we pay attention to is the supremacy of power, the respect of the strong and the support of the people, which seems to have little effect.


    But the human heart can still come in handy when needed.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also asked the top level of taiyimen to make efforts to inquire about the latest trends in Tiangong.


    It was just the Dragon King who told him that all the holy places had made peace with the real dragon family and sold the South China Sea alliance.


    The heavenly palace, which has always been close to Meng Zhang, did not send news in time, which made Meng Zhang dissatisfied and confused.


    After explaining these things and making various arrangements, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to leave the South China Sea, but stayed here for the time being.


    Although the war between the South China Sea alliance and the marine army is almost over, Meng Zhang still needs to stay in power for some time in order to prevent accidents.


    Next, not only did the Hai people''s army stop fighting and did not continue to attack, but even the strong ones of the real dragon did not find Meng Zhang to fight, which made Meng Zhang quiet.


    Taoist Haiyang did not directly disclose the cession of the territory, but called together the principals of the Xiuzhen forces of the South China Sea alliance to talk to them first.


    Needless to say, this triggered a small-scale chaos, and the scene once became chicken flying and dog jumping.


    As the leader of the South China Sea alliance, the Hailing faction is the crown of the South China Sea alliance in terms of prestige and strength. It has enough ability to suppress some internal problems for the time being.


    Taoist Haiyang is a man of great skill, which comforts everyone very well.


    About ten days later, two old acquaintances of Meng Zhang came all the way to the South China Sea.


    Last time, Meng Zhang asked Lord Tianlei for help and hoped that Lord Tianlei would help him fight against the holy places. Lord Tianlei didn''t agree, but stayed out of the matter.


    Meng Zhang was originally a subordinate of Lord Tianlei. After this incident, the two sides got rid of their relationship.


    He was the first to recommend Meng Zhang to Tianlei shangzun. He always hoped that Meng Zhang would join the silver pot old man under Tianlei shangzun. He was also very disappointed about this and felt a little sorry for Meng Zhang.


    I don''t know if I feel ashamed of Meng Zhang''s relationship. Old man Yinhu didn''t have any contact with Meng Zhang later.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi was originally a casual practitioner. Later, she advanced and returned to the virtual stage under the secret cultivation of the immortality society.


    As a member of the immortality society, she was lucky to escape from the pursuit of the holy door last time.


    After that, she hid for some time until the ancient Taoist returned to the Junchen world.


    Under the operation of the ancient Taoist, mother-in-law Lansi got a good position in the heavenly palace.


    After old man Yinhu and granny lead silk came to the South China Sea, they didn''t go to see the people of Hailing sect first, but came to see Meng Zhang first.


    Both of them are old acquaintances of Meng Zhang. They helped Meng Zhang a lot and cultivated him.


    Even if today was different from the past, Meng Zhang did not put on airs in front of them and received them very warmly.


    However, old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi became somewhat restrained in front of Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang met them in those years, he was still an ordinary little monk. At most, he had good talent and looked promising.


    Today''s Meng Zhang is already the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Old man Yinhu worships him most, and Tianlei shangzun, who has always been loyal to him, is just such cultivation.


    Moreover, if the silver pot old man remembers correctly, the age of Tian Lei''s respect in the later stage of advanced return to emptiness is much older than that of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is so young that with such accomplishments, he may become an immortal and get the Tao in the future.


    In terms of cultivation alone, Meng Zhang is equal to Tianlei shangzun.


    Deep in her heart, mother-in-law Qiansi has the same shock as old man Yinhu.


    In those years, she had been cultivated and introduced into the ancient Chen shangzun of the immortality society. Her cultivation level was only equivalent to that of Meng Zhang at this time.


    Meng Zhang''s past achievements are no secret.


    Fighting many back to emptiness powers and killing the back to emptiness powers of the Holy Land Sect are things that lead silk mother-in-law and silver pot old man dare not imagine.


    Although the heavenly palace and the holy places were not directly involved in the war in the South China Sea this time, they have been paying attention to this side through various channels.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to fight against a strong man like the Dragon King was indeed beyond many people''s expectation.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu came to see Meng Zhang this time. They put their attitude very straight and low. They are completely a posture of subordinates meeting their superiors and the weak meeting the strong.

 Chapter 2118

    Granny Qiansi and old man Yinhu carefully explained the whole story to Meng Zhang.


    Although they both came from casual practice, they were still loyal to the heavenly palace after serving in the heavenly palace.


    Although they are not the legitimate friars trained by Tiangong, they are also trusted by Tiangong and regarded as their own people by the high level.


    Old man Yinhu has worked in the heavenly palace for many years. He can be said to be conscientious and dedicated.


    The hatred between mother-in-law Qiansi and the sects of the holy places is not shallow, and she can''t live without the protection of the heavenly palace.


    Tiangong sent them to the South China Sea, also considering their relationship with Meng Zhang, trying to calm Meng Zhang''s next dissatisfaction.


    After all, Tiangong didn''t do it beautifully this time.


    Although the Hailing sect is the landlord of the South China Sea, it is enough to see that the heavenly palace attaches importance to Meng Zhang when mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu come to see Meng Zhang first.


    The strength of Hailing sect is limited. It has no say in this matter. It can only silently accept its own destiny.


    Although Meng Zhang was dissatisfied with the heavenly palace, he did not show it in mother-in-law Lansi and old man Yinhu.


    The atmosphere of their conversation has always been good.


    Mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu came to visit Meng Zhang this time to inform Meng Zhang about the peace between the Holy Land Sect and the real dragon family.


    What they said is roughly the same as what the Dragon King just revealed to Meng Zhang.


    However, they focused on the difficulties of Tiangong.


    All the holy places are determined to sacrifice the interests of the South China Sea alliance and temporarily truce with the real dragon family.


    At first, the heavenly palace firmly disagreed, but the high-level of the Holy Land Sect threatened publicly.


    They have reached an agreement with the real dragon family. If Tiangong doesn''t agree, Tiangong can deal with the real dragon family by itself. Anyway, the holy places will not send forces to help.


    If the Holy Land Sect insists on this, the power of the heavenly palace alone cannot defeat the real dragon family.


    This move of the sect of the holy places is first cut and then played, which makes the heavenly palace very uncomfortable.


    At this time, Xuanxuan, a real immortal, unexpectedly broke the Convention and asked about the internal affairs of the Junchen world.


    Father Xuanxuan clearly told Tiangong that the situation in the void battlefield was becoming more and more tense, and it was time for the rear to provide support.


    The conflict with the real dragon family should be ended as soon as possible.


    Because of this situation, especially the pressure of Xuanxuan''s ancestors, the heavenly palace had to acquiesce in the practice of the major holy places this time.


    Accompany snow sword gentleman is really angry, but he ran to the empty battlefield to find foreign invaders.


    The ancient Taoist had already gone to the empty battlefield. All kinds of affairs in the heavenly palace were handed over to the other two deputy managers.


    The two deputy managers are not familiar with Meng Zhang and have no friendship. Naturally, they will not deliberately protect Meng Zhang, let alone the South China Sea alliance.


    They were worried that Meng Zhang would obstruct and destroy the current situation after he knew about it, so they blocked the relevant information from Meng Zhang.


    Knowing Meng Zhang''s dissatisfaction, they sent her mother-in-law and old silver pot to explain.


    Shang Zun Meng Zhang is qualified to be taken seriously by the high level of Tiangong.


    Although Meng Zhang was dissatisfied, he would not vent in front of the silk holding mother-in-law and the silver pot old man, nor did he mean to destroy this thing.


    During the conversation, Meng Zhang''s attitude has been very peaceful.


    Later, Meng Zhang officially stated that he supported Tiangong''s decision and would not cause more trouble.


    No matter what consideration Meng Zhang had in mind, at least his current attitude gave enough face to mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu, and also showed obedience to Tiangong.


    In private, old man Yinhu and mother-in-law Qiansi also revealed many of the latest trends in the heavenly palace to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang used to have a good relationship with the heavenly palace, but now Banxue Jianjun and the ancient Taoist are not in the heavenly palace. Instead, they are the main affairs of others, and there are more estrangements between the two sides.


    After mother-in-law Qiansi and old man Yinhu talked with Meng Zhang, they saw that everything was going well before they went to meet with the high-level leaders of Hailing sect.


    The cession of the territory of the South China Sea is irreparable, and neither the South China Sea alliance nor Meng Zhang can do anything about it.


    Seeing that a large-scale war is unlikely to break out in the South China Sea, Meng Zhang is reluctant to stay here for a long time.


    After saying hello to Taoist Haiyang, he left the South China Sea and embarked on the way back to Taiyi gate.


    Next, Meng Zhang was too lazy to ask how Tiangong would appease Nanhai alliance and how Nanhai alliance would hand over its territory.


    After returning to taiyimen, the whole Hanhai Dao alliance has lifted its original state of preparation for war and returned to the daily life of peace.


    Taiyimen does not need to support the Hailing sect and participate in the war with the Hai clan, so it has a lot less burden.


    The monks sent to the South China Sea have begun to return to the zongmen one after another.


    But the army of monks who sent to the West Sea and prepared to go from the West Sea to the South China Sea did not hurry back.


    According to the arrangement of the middle and high levels of the gate, the friar army will stay in the West Sea for a period of time for a large-scale parade.


    First, the West Sea has become a very important resource producing area, involving many spiritual forces.


    The emergence of the friars of Taiyi sect can help Yu Ci Lao Dao deter other forces and maintain stability.


    Second, although Xihai clan failed in the last war, they did not invade Terran territory this time.


    However, when the Terran friars act in the West Sea, they can still show their strength and intimidate them.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the trivial affairs in the sect, but made new arrangements.


    He became more and more aware of the shortcomings of taiyimen in high-end combat power, especially in returning to virtual power.


    At present, there are only two Taiyi sect members who can return to emptiness, and the number is not as good as that of Hailing sect.


    If a few more return to emptiness powers can be added to Taiyi gate, not only the strength of the sect will be greatly improved, but also Meng Zhang will have more confidence.


    Too wonderful last time to absorb the essence of the dragon''s veins in the underworld, it passed a great deal of energy to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang absorbed a large part of them and advanced to the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Another part of the essence of Qi that was not absorbed at that time was condensed into a pure crystal of vitality by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took out these yuan Qi crystals and used them to cultivate some Yang God Zhenjun who is expected to return to deficiency.


    In addition to the legitimate friars of the Taiyi sect such as Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi, Xu Mengying of the Huanglian sect and Han Yao, the five punishment sword who took refuge in the Dali Dynasty, are all on Meng Zhang''s cultivation list.


    In addition to providing various resources, Meng Zhang also regularly gives them guidance.


    In fact, Meng Zhang did not want to urge Niu Dawei and other taiyimen friars to practice, but hoped that they would move forward at a very steady pace step by step.


    However, Xu Mengying and Han Yao and Meng Zhang hope that they can go back to the virtual period as soon as possible, even at the expense of a little potential in the future.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s little thoughts were not revealed.


    He treated them almost equally and cultivated them wholeheartedly.

 Chapter 2119

    Due to the wanton spread of the Taiyi gate, the sects of the major holy places bowed their heads to the real dragon family, and the news of betraying the people''s cultivation power soon spread throughout the Junchen world.


    Among them, even the heavenly palace is secretly fuelling the flames and spreading rumors.


    These rumors have a factual basis and are not fabricated out of thin air. Even if there are some additions, it doesn''t matter.


    The various forces of truth cultivation in the Junchen world talk about it in private.


    Although few people dare to publicly express their dissatisfaction with the Holy Land Sect, privately, the image of the Holy Land Sect has been greatly hit.


    It is almost unprecedented in the history of Junchen to bend the knees to other races and sell the interests of the human race. The religious sects of the major holy places did too badly this time, which seriously killed their wind evaluation.


    On the other side of the South China Sea, many practitioners were very dissatisfied. Many radical figures even clamored to fight to the death with the Hai nationality and refused to give in to the Terran territory.


    Under the leadership of Taoist Haiyang, the Hailing sect used various means to quell the instability within the South China Sea alliance, and concentrated everyone''s resentment on the Holy Land zongmen.


    The sea spirit sect appeared as a victim and made it clear that it was sacrificed and betrayed by the holy places, which made it win wide sympathy in the spiritual world.


    Despite the damage to their reputation, the religious sects of the major holy places still did not change their original intention.


    Some curses and discontent can not shake the status of the holy places.


    And to tell the truth, this negotiation with the real dragon family did avoid more areas of the Junchen world falling into war.


    It is of great benefit to maintain the stability of the Junchen community.


    After the war with the Haizu army, peace was restored in the South China Sea and the East China Sea.


    On the other side of the East China Sea, the army of friars led by Zhenhai hall can also be temporarily disbanded and use their strength elsewhere.


    There are also many different opinions on the compromise with the real dragon family within the holy places.


    In particular, Zhenhai hall, which boasts itself as the sea overlord of Junchen world, is the most reluctant to bow to the real dragon family.


    Zhenhai hall has been clamoring to concentrate the strength of each major gate and fight the real dragon family to the end.


    After all, this time at the expense of the interests of the South China Sea. Maybe the next compromise will affect the East China Sea.


    However, in this case, Zhenhai hall is a minority and has not received the support of several holy places.


    Most holy religious sects are willing to compromise with the real dragon family, and Zhenhai hall can do nothing but obey the opinions of the majority.


    In fact, Zhenhai hall benefited a lot from this compromise with the real dragon family.


    For the time being, there is no threat of war. You can breathe a sigh of relief in Zhenhai hall.


    For the whole Junchen world, at least in a short time, there is no need to worry about the war with the real dragon family.


    With this buffer time, perhaps the Junchen world can really repel foreign invaders and win valuable time.


    After all the holy places have no foreign invasion for the time being, they can concentrate on cleaning up the trouble in their respective territories.


    Those cattle, ghosts, snakes and gods who had jumped out to make waves slowly disappeared from the sect territory of the major holy places.


    At this time, some problems began to appear in taiyimen territory.


    These problems are related to magic cultivation, and almost all broke out at once.


    Originally, the top management of taiyimen thought that taiyimen should have a period of peaceful development for a long time. But it turned out that they were too optimistic.


    When taiyimen rose, Meng Zhang personally led the army of friars to the Daheng mountains to quell the evil disaster.


    Many people around Taiyi gate have witnessed the tragedy and damage caused by the demon disaster, and have always been very vigilant against demons.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, the Taiyi sect has strict style and strict rules. The monks in the sect are absolutely not allowed to practice magic skills and collude with them.


    In taiyimen territory, there has always been a set of monitoring system to monitor devil cultivation and devil disturbance.


    After the devil disaster on the other side of Daheng mountain subsided, taiyimen organized the friars of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance to continuously pursue and kill the remaining demons and demons, almost eliminating them completely.


    Over the years, taiyimen has been organizing monks to purify all the places stained by magic.


    Due to the remarkable achievements, this has won a lot of heavenly merits for the friar taiyimen.


    Not long ago, cattle, ghosts and snake gods, including ghost cultivation and demon cultivation, caused chaos in the Junchen world. When they caused chaos, the territory of taiyimen was not affected.


    Over the years, taiyimen territory is a well-known place with orderly and strict laws and regulations in the whole Junchen world.


    Taiyimen''s vast territory is generally quiet, rich in resources and has many opportunities. In addition, taiyimen''s open policy has attracted many foreign monks.


    No strict monitoring system can be maintained all the time.


    For a long time, the friars in charge of this aspect of taiyimen will inevitably be slack.


    The territory of taiyimen is too vast and there are too many foreign monks. It is inevitable that there will be loopholes in the monitoring system.


    Taiyimen expanded too fast and brought too many foreign monks into the system of Hanhai daomeng in a short time, resulting in many internal problems.


    Far from it, taiyimen had previously carved up the territory of Dali imperial court with Ziyang Shengzong and absorbed many friars of Dali imperial court.


    The Dali Dynasty has always had a tradition of colluding with demons, secretly raising a lot of demons.


    Some monks who seem normal may have hidden the cultivation skills of the devil''s way.


    There are a large number of practitioners who have all kinds of involvement with the devil friars.


    Without knowing anything about the taiyimen senior management, there were traces of demon cultivation in many remote places of Hanhai daomeng.


    On the one hand, these demons secretly spread their magic skills and cultivate more demons; On the other hand, demonize creatures secretly and keep demons.


    In some remote human mountain villages, there are many cases in which all the creatures in the whole village are sacrificed with blood.


    Some practitioners secretly take refuge in magic cultivation and practice magic skills.


    In the cultivation world, there are always those who are unhappy but want to change the status quo. They can''t resist the temptation of the devil and finally invest in the devil.


    There are even several small Xiuzhen families, and the monks of the whole family are possessed by the devil, making the family residence a complete devil''s cave.


    These demons were very cautious and didn''t make any noise.


    Some monks in Hanhai daomeng who are responsible for monitoring local areas have even been bought off.


    Those high-ranking friars were superior, and their main attention was not focused on these remote areas.


    If these demons are allowed to develop for a long time and the accumulated strength is enough, they may really trigger a large-scale demonic disaster on the territory of Hanhai daomeng.


    At that time, even if the magic disaster is subsided, it will cause huge chaos and huge losses.

 Chapter 2120

    The territory under the command of taiyimen is really too vast, from the dead sand sea, endless sand sea, evil wind Gobi and other places in the northernmost to the Jiuqu Province, Yuantu prairie and Daheng Xiuzhen world in the south, plus part of the territory of Dali imperial dynasty that was under control not long ago.


    Even on the West Sea, taiyimen still has enclaves.


    Compared with those old cultivation forces in the Junchen world, the rise time of the rebuilt taiyimen is too short and the details are not enough.


    When Taiyi gate began to expand, there were only two or three big cats and kittens in the gate, and there were really insufficient manpower.


    In the process of expansion, in order to solve this problem and develop the new territory faster, taiyimen absorbed many foreign Xiuzhen forces.


    Taiyi gate has many Xiuzhen sects and families as vassals.


    Those Xiuzhen forces in Hanhai Taoist alliance are nominally allies of Taiyi sect, but actually subordinates of Taiyi sect, including traditional allies such as Huanglian sect.


    In a narrow sense, taiyimen territory refers to the territory directly under taiyimen.


    The taiyimen''s sphere of influence, as people generally say, includes the whole Hanhai Dao alliance and all the vassal territories of taiyimen.


    Taiyimen used this system similar to the enfeoffment system to rule, which is in line with the practice of the cultivation world, and it is also a helpless move.


    Taiyimen does not have enough people to directly rule the vast territory, but also needs to appease those Xiuzhen forces who take the initiative to take refuge and retain their preferential treatment.


    Almost all the great forces in the cultivation world do so, including the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Hailing sect, an ally of taiyimen, also organized the South China Sea alliance to rule the whole South China Sea.


    Dali Dynasty was nominally a unified dynasty, and the internal enfeoffment system was also implemented.


    In the nature of cultivators, there is a side of pursuing freedom and unwilling to be bound.


    The loose enfeoffment system is more suitable for the cultivation world than the strict direct rule, and is more accepted by many practitioners.


    Of course, there must be some shortcomings in such a way of governance, such as the lack of strict local governance.


    Taiyimen is barely able to closely monitor their own territory. There is not enough manpower to closely monitor the territory of the whole Hanhai Dao alliance, so they have to hand it over to the major Xiuzhen forces under their command.


    This time, many demons quietly appeared in many remote places, and they have been hidden well.


    Until a very accidental opportunity, these demons were exposed.


    Not long ago, a group of disciples of Taiyi sect in the later stage of gas refining went to Yuantu prairie.


    In order to rule, taiyimen established many long-distance transmission arrays on the vast territory.


    Even low-level friars can easily travel thousands of miles away.


    These disciples easily crossed tens of thousands of miles and came to a remote mountain village on Yuantu prairie.


    Inadvertently, they found traces of demon cultivation in this small mountain village.


    The disciples of Taiyi sect don''t say that they are jealous of evil, but they have always been very hostile to evil cultivation due to the influence of the upper class.


    Once the trace of demon cultivation is found, these Taiyi disciples must not sit idly by.


    Next, there is a long series of wonderful adventure stories.


    They began to track down the trace of demon cultivation, tracked down the hidden demon cultivation all the way, and found the conspiracy of demon cultivation to demonize nearby creatures.


    The exposed devil cultivation brazenly attacked these Taiyi disciples and tried to kill people.


    Taiyi sect is a large sect that can compete with the sects of the holy places. Almost all the disciples of Taiyi sect have been carefully trained, and their quality is far higher than that of ordinary friars.


    Because Taiyi sect is willing to spend money on training younger disciples, they have some wealth more or less.


    When they were traveling, they either had the body protection treasures given by their elders, or they had spent the spirit stone to buy some talismans, mechanism creations and other life-saving things.


    A group of small friars in the period of Qi refining really fought with the upper and lower level demons.


    Among the disciples in the Qi refining period, the leader is Yang Yifeng, who is a child of the Yang family in the Taiyi sect.


    When Yang Xueyi first joined Taiyi gate, the whole Yang family joined Taiyi gate.


    After so many years of development, the Yang family has become a large family within Taiyi gate.


    Yang Yifeng not only had an extraordinary background, but also had excellent qualifications.


    When he was in the Qi refining period, because the strength of the divine soul was far higher than that of ordinary people, he could enter the Taiyi gate to exercise in the place of trial in the underworld and gained a lot of benefits.


    Meng Zhang was able to rise rapidly because of the amazing strength of the divine soul and gained many benefits in the place of trial in the underworld.


    Now, the place of Taiyi sect''s trial in the underworld has been strengthened and expanded for many times, and has become a special place for screening talented disciples.


    Those who can enter the place of trial and return with full load can become the mainstay of the door in the future, and even a generation of Tianjiao.


    Since Yang Yifeng has such a background and potential, he is naturally favored by the clan and family.


    According to the Convention, when he went out to travel, the Yang family specially sent immortal Jindan as a Taoist protector to protect him secretly.


    The young friars in the period of Qi refining were unable to resist the battle with the devil. When they saw that the situation was extremely critical, Yang Yifeng''s Taoist protector finally appeared.


    Immortal Jindan naturally caught the little devil alive.


    Because Taiyi gate has the experience of large-scale cleaning demons and calming demonic disasters, most of the monks in the gate have practiced some methods to subdue demons.


    This golden elixir immortal is no exception, and he once went to the Daheng cultivation world to experience and have experience in dealing with demons.


    Under his means, little devil cultivation was overwhelmed and revealed many of his fellow secrets.


    Starting with this little devil, I found more traces of the devil and their secret deeds.


    It was found that the situation was significant, and the relevant news was soon sent back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    For the evil way, the top level of taiyimen has always been highly vigilant.


    Any change in the devil''s way will attract the attention of the top level of taiyimen.


    Soon, the Taiyi sect sent out elite friars to form a special demon subduing team and began to trace the traces of the devil on a large scale within its sphere of influence.


    With taiyimen''s current strength and goal, once serious, terrorist forces will soon erupt.


    One after another, the hidden demons were discovered, and their activities were exposed one by one


    Those practitioners who were bought and controlled by the demon monk and colluded with the demon monk did not escape the pursuit of the friar taiyimen and were arrested one after another.


    With the discovery of more and more demons, the higher the level, even the generation leader Niu Dawei and others were shocked.


    After reporting to the leader Meng Zhang, several Yang shenzhenjun personally intervened in the matter and invested more manpower in tracing, so as to eliminate the whole territory and clean up everything related to demon cultivation.

 Chapter 2121

    Taiyimen has always had a clear attitude towards the devil''s way.


    Especially after Niu Dawei and other senior leaders began to pay attention to the matter, the means in the door were even more fierce.


    No matter who he is, what kind of origin and identity he has, and which family of cultivation forces are involved, friar taiyimen will find out in the end and will not tolerate him.


    With the more and more in-depth investigation of friar taiyimen, more and more problems have been exposed.


    No matter which friar of Hanhai daomeng has collusion with the devil, he will be directly disposed of by friar taiyimen.


    Some Xiuzhen forces who were deeply involved in this matter were strictly purged by the friars of Taiyi sect, and the door was brutally purged again and again.


    A small number of small families whose members were possessed by the devil were completely wiped out by taiyimen.


    The thunder means of taiyimen shocked many members of Hanhai daomeng.


    At this time, everyone finally remembered the bloody history of taiyimen.


    Before long, all the forces of the whole Hanhai road alliance carried out strict self-examination and self correction again and again to clean up everything related to the devil road.


    With the active cooperation of the whole Hanhai daomeng, friar taiyimen has achieved more and more results, and is getting closer and closer to the source of the demon cultivation.


    These demons who appeared in all parts of Hanhai daomeng have complex origins and different sources.


    A large part of them are the remnants of the Dali Dynasty.


    Many Xiuzhen families in Dali imperial dynasty secretly worshipped demon Xiu, or secretly traded with demon Xiu.


    At that time, in order to compete with Ziyang Shengzong for the heritage of Dali Dynasty and seize more of the original territory of Dali Dynasty, Taiyi sect adopted many means of Huairou and even buying off the Xiuzhen forces originally belonging to Dali Dynasty.


    These cultivation forces have been incorporated into the taiyimen system for a short time and have not been completely digested by the taiyimen.


    Taking this opportunity, it can be regarded as a cleaning and identification of these cultivation forces.


    Han Yao, the five punishment sword, was originally in a high position in the Dali Dynasty and knew everything about the Dali Dynasty.


    He himself hated the evil way and has been tirelessly chasing and killing all kinds of evil practitioners.


    His cultivation in the Yang God period is also enough to suppress the scene.


    He was appointed by the middle and high levels of the sect to be specially responsible for checking those Xiuzhen forces that originally belonged to the Dali imperial dynasty.


    All the cultivation forces involved in the evil way must be investigated to the end and completely eliminate everything related to the evil way.


    Dali Dynasty originally had several major chambers of Commerce, which had a great influence internally.


    These chambers of Commerce, led by the Datong Business League, once entered the Jiuqu province of that year and fought with taiyimen for many years.


    Taiyimen and Dali Dynasty experienced several changes in the relationship between enemies and friends.


    The relationship between taiyimen and these big chambers of commerce is also between enemies and friends.


    Later, to maintain the relationship with Dali Dynasty, taiyimen took a very gentle attitude towards the branches of these large chambers of Commerce in Jiuqu province and acquiesced in their semi independent status.


    After the capital of Dali imperial dynasty was transformed into a ghost land, taiyimen offered very favorable conditions to attract these big chambers of Commerce in order to receive all the heritages of Dali imperial dynasty as soon as possible.


    Businessmen are mercenary and have no loyalty to anyone.


    At the beginning, these big chambers of commerce also tried to find both ways between Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen, buy well on both sides, and strive to maintain their independent status.


    For an old sect like Ziyang Shengzong, the scope of interests within the sect has been basically divided for a long time, and there is not much room for outsiders.


    For these big businesses, Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t pay much attention to them.


    Under the command of Ziyang Shengzong, there have long been similar commercial organizations.


    However, in order to compete with taiyimen, Ziyang Shengzong was particularly generous and did not be too strict with these big businesses.


    Dali Dynasty has long been history, but these big businesses have survived.


    A large part of their forces are in the territory of taiyimen, but they have reserved some branches in Ziyang Shengzong as a retreat.


    People in Taiyi gate have long been disgusted with these crafty guys.


    However, due to historical reasons, taiyimen gave them many preferential treatment, allowing them to have a semi independent status.


    The top level of taiyimen didn''t want to break their original commitment, so they held their nose and endured them all the time.


    Now, these big businesses are suspected of colluding with evil cultivation. Of course, taiyimen should seize such a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.


    In the Junchen world, the devil is the public enemy of all forces.


    Clearing everything related to the evil way is the aspiration of the people and has the name of righteousness.


    The top level of taiyimen has reached a consensus that it is necessary to make good use of the opportunity of this inventory to solve these historical problems and completely abolish the semi independent status of these large businesses.


    They either completely submit to the taiyimen and fully integrate into the ruling system of the taiyimen; Or it will be wiped out by taiyimen because of collusion with the devil Road, and it will disappear completely.


    In order to prevent these big businessmen from jumping over the wall and colluding with Ziyang Shengzong to make trouble, Taiyi gate sent out a lot of forces, and even organized a large army of monks to prepare for the fight against the rebellion.


    Even Meng Zhang, who was closed after returning to the mountain gate, left the customs ahead of time and was ready to take action at any time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, Ziyang Shengzong is unlikely to participate in the war on a large scale. However, some small-scale conflicts between the two sides should not be avoided, and there will be a tendency to intensify gradually.


    In addition, although we should take the opportunity to clean up the devil''s way to solve these major businesses, we can''t delay the business.


    For the evil way, we must eliminate all evils and never indulge in the slightest.


    With Meng Zhang''s accomplishments today and his position in the cultivation world, he will not take action easily.


    Unless a friar of the same rank invades taiyimen, or discovers a powerful demon monk.


    Fortunately, there was no sign that Huixu could participate in the conflict.


    As for the evil way, although there are a lot of evil practices and evil things exposed so far, they are the strongest, but in the Yuanshen period.


    With taiyimen''s current strength, it can be handled independently.


    In fact, in the process of cleaning up the evil way, some human relations are more troublesome than the strength of evil cultivation and evil things.


    Taiyimen showed a resolute attitude of being irreconcilable with the devil Road, and the major cultivation forces of Hanhai road alliance dare not be soft.


    Those who collude with the devil and have a direct relationship with the devil cultivation will naturally be completely cleaned up.


    However, some guys who are simply unlucky or simply involved appear to be very innocent.


    In this regard, taiyimen''s attitude is very clear, that is, it is better to waste than indulge, rather than kill three thousand by mistake than let one go.


    Therefore, even if some Xiuzhen families and sects were slaughtered, they would not hesitate.


    Anyway, today''s taiyimen has enough confidence to do so and will not fear any opposition forces.


    Of course, due to this attitude of taiyimen, it is inevitable that there will be some phenomena of disorderly chatting and expanding, trying to muddy the water and fish in troubled waters.

 Chapter 2122

    When the whole hanhaidao alliance wantonly cleans the devil''s way, some people or forces take advantage of this opportunity to climb and attack their opponents and expand the scope of cleaning.


    For a moment, almost everyone in Hanhai daomeng was in danger, and there was no small trouble.


    Of course, with the vigilance of the taiyimen high-level at this time, these situations soon spread to their ears.


    In order to ensure the overall situation of cleaning the devil''s way, the taiyimen senior management did not deal with these problems in time.


    They are prepared to wait until the problems of the devil''s way are solved before they set things right and slowly solve these problems.


    However, some people involved can''t wait so long.


    On that day, Meng Zhang, as usual, meditated in the quiet room, synchronized information with Taimiao, and paid attention to the situation in the underworld.


    He suddenly received a summons from Niu Dawei. Gu Yue Fenghua, the head of the Gu Yue family, came to Taiyi gate and strongly asked to see Meng Zhang.


    Now there are two ancient moon families under taiyimen.


    One family was the ancient moon family of Dafeng City. It was the earliest to take refuge in taiyimen.


    Moreover, due to the good relationship between Meng Zhang and Gu yuehuai butterfly in those years, this family has a high position in the Taiyi gate system and is highly valued by Taiyi gate.


    Another ancient moon family is from the Dali Dynasty.


    Last time Meng Zhang went to Shangjing, which has become a ghost land, and took away the imperial palace of Dali Dynasty.


    After the palace was brought back to the Taiyi gate, many monks hidden inside were released.


    Among them, there are many monks of the ancient moon family, including most of their senior leaders.


    The ancient moon family of the Dali Dynasty also had dealings with Meng Zhang.


    This family had great influence in Dali Dynasty.


    Seeing the demise of Dali imperial dynasty, this family also took the initiative to take refuge in taiyimen and became a member of Hanhai daomeng.


    At least on the surface, taiyimen is quite lenient and willing to give preferential treatment to these Xiuzhen forces that originally belonged to Dali imperial dynasty.


    Many years ago, the Guyue family in Dafeng City was just the Jindan family, while the Guyue family in Dali Dynasty was the Yuanshen family.


    The latter is far more powerful than the former, making it difficult to catch up with it.


    Unfortunately, times have changed. The former followed the right person and chose the right partner. The family has developed rapidly and its strength is far better than before.


    Now the Guyue family in Dafeng City has not only become the Yuanshen family, but also surpassed the Guyue family in Dali imperial dynasty in all aspects.


    Not long ago, it was said that the two ancient moon families were discussing the merger of the two families, mainly the original gale city.


    In this way, the strength of the ancient moon family will rise to a higher level and have a higher position in the taiyimen system.


    Gu yuefenghua, who is now visiting Taiyi gate, is the owner of the branch in Dafeng City and a monk in the middle of the yuan God.


    As an important member of Hanhai road alliance, it is not difficult for Gu yuefenghua to visit Niu Dawei.


    However, it is a little difficult to meet Meng Zhang.


    Among the great powers of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang is the kind of person who has no airs and is approachable.


    But the supreme power of returning to emptiness is not visible.


    He doesn''t have so much time and leisure to spend on all kinds of interpersonal communication.


    In order to meet Meng Zhang, Gu yuefenghua not only begged Niu Dawei, but also moved out of the relationship of her own teacher.


    The ancient moon comes from the ancient moon butterfly family.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and Gu yueyoulan were Meng Zhang''s early friends.


    When Meng Zhang met them, he was just a friar in the foundation building period, which was the last time.


    Their teachers and disciples have always given Meng Zhang a lot of care and helped him a lot.


    Meng Zhang is a man of old love.


    Gu yuehuai butterfly and Gu Yueyou orchid were masters and disciples who had already been seated in the early years.


    With the higher level of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, the longer his longevity and the longer his life, fewer and fewer friends can keep up with him.


    Occasionally in his spare time, Meng Zhang will sigh when he recalls his former friends and acquaintances.


    Now Gu yuefenghua insisted on seeing Meng Zhang. Seeing the face of Gu yuehuai butterfly and Gu yueyoulan, Meng Zhang was soft hearted and agreed to see her.


    Soon, the ancient moon appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    After the big ceremony, Gu yuefenghua faced Meng Zhang directly.


    Gu yuefenghua, as her name suggests, is a gorgeous and beautiful nun.


    In the cultivation world, it is a fairy pursued by countless male practitioners.


    This is still Meng Zhang. The ancient moon Fenghua and the ancient moon Youlan are blood relatives of the same family. It''s not surprising that they are somewhat similar in appearance.


    What really makes Meng Zhang pay attention to is that Gu yuefenghua is a Heavenly Master.


    Meng Zhang is also a master of heavenly secrets, and his level is much higher than that of the ancient moon. So I saw her hidden career at a glance.


    In the cultivation world, Tianji masters are not only rare, but also keep their identity strictly confidential.


    In those days, Gu yuehuai butterfly was a master of heaven''s secrets. As her descendants, it is reasonable for Gu yuefenghua to embark on the same road as her.


    In these years, Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is getting higher and higher, but his cultivation in Tianji slowly stagnates.


    Meng Zhang can''t keep up with his cultivation level of Tianji now.


    As a rare master of heavenly secrets in the cultivation world, Meng Zhang has a special sense of intimacy when he sees the same kind or an old friend.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang''s time was precious, Gu yuefenghua didn''t waste time after paying homage to the great ceremony, so he went straight to the topic.


    It turned out that she took the liberty to visit Meng Zhang this time in order to plead with the ancient moon family in the imperial dynasty.


    As the Xiuzhen family of the Dali Dynasty, the Guyue family is inevitably influenced by the atmosphere of the Dali Dynasty and has some collusion with the demon Xiu.


    Moreover, as the in laws of Dali imperial family, the ancient moon family participated in many dark things in the dynasty.


    The ancient moon family is inseparable from some secret activities of the high-level of the imperial dynasty and the devil road.


    After the fall of the Dali imperial dynasty and the Gu Yue family took refuge in the Taiyi gate, the senior management of the Gu Yue family wholeheartedly loyal to the Taiyi gate and wanted to completely abandon those disgraceful past.


    However, due to historical reasons, the ancient moon family and the devil are too deeply involved.


    In a short time, it is difficult for the ancient moon family to completely cut off its involvement with the devil.


    During this time, taiyimen launched a massive action to completely eliminate the evil forces in the whole hanhaidao alliance.


    The ancient moon family also actively responded to the call of taiyimen and made every effort to eliminate the problems existing in the family.


    But at this time, some guys who have a grudge against the ancient moon family not only reported to taiyimen that the ancient moon family colluded with the evil way, sheltered the evil cultivation and took in evil things... They also spread all kinds of rumors and directly beat the ancient moon family into a member of the evil way force.


    Although due to the historical reasons of the Dali Dynasty, the ancient moon family had some relations with the devil.


    But these rumors are too outrageous. They are nonsense.

 Chapter 2123

    Anyway, the ancient moon family is a member of the right path. Where is the evil force?


    The slander of a group of villains with ulterior motives, if put in peacetime, is nothing and can not shake the foundation of the ancient moon family. The ancient moon family can slowly clarify.


    But now the whole Hanhai road alliance is carrying out a large-scale operation to clean the devil road.


    Although Gu yuefenghua didn''t dare to say it clearly in front of Meng Zhang, it seemed to her that it had been somewhat wrong.


    In the fanatical atmosphere, the situation of the ancient moon family is getting worse and worse.


    If, according to the current situation, taiyimen cleans up the whole ancient moon family on a large scale, I''m afraid the whole family will suffer heavy losses.


    There has always been a fierce competitive relationship among various branches of the ancient moon family.


    If it had been in the past, Gu yuefenghua might have been eager for the bad luck of her competitors, which is happy to see its success.


    But the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty has been softened and is about to be annexed by the branch of Dafeng City. The ancient moon Fenghua can''t ignore it.


    If the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty suffered too much loss in this event, it means that it will greatly damage the strength of her men.


    Taking advantage of Gu Yue''s ten courage, she dared not openly oppose the decision-making from taiyimen.


    Although she has broad friends and rich contacts in hanhaidao alliance, she also makes friends with many senior executives of taiyimen.


    But in this incident, it is difficult to find a place to borrow.


    It is the will of the leader Meng Zhang to thoroughly clean the evil way within the whole Hanhai Dao alliance.


    Hanhaidao alliance will only actively promote this matter, and absolutely dare not slacken in the slightest.


    Gu yuefenghua is also a bold and decisive figure.


    She clearly realized that unless she could impress Meng Zhang, she could not solve the trouble of the ancient moon family in the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Relying on the important position of the ancient moon family in hanhaidao alliance, especially the friendship between Meng Zhang and the ancient moon huaidie master and apprentice, Gu Yue Fenghua dared to come to the door and asked Meng Zhang to open up the ancient moon family in the imperial dynasty.


    After hearing Gu yuefenghua''s request, Meng Zhang glanced at the bold female monk and just asked a word gently.


    Did the ancient moon family of the Dali Dynasty collude with the devil?


    Meng Zhang''s so direct question made Gu yuefenghua fall into a silence.


    There are many rumors about Meng Zhang in hanhaidao alliance and even in the whole cultivation world.


    The truth of these rumors is difficult for outsiders to distinguish.


    But almost all rumors have the same commonality, that is, they exaggerate Meng Zhang''s strength and Meng Zhang''s decisiveness.


    Gu yuefenghua dared not lie in front of Meng Zhang, or even use any prevarication.


    As the saying goes, the body is upright and the shadow is crooked, but the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty can''t say it''s upright and sitting upright anyway.


    Seeing Gu yuefenghua saying nothing under his pressure, Meng ZhangCai was slightly satisfied.


    If Guyue Fenghua thinks that relying on the strength and status of Guyue family and the shadow of Guyue huaidie teachers and disciples, she can violate her own principles and affect the highest decision-making of taiyimen, not only herself but also the whole Guyue family will suffer doom.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the response of Gu yuefenghua and continued to speak.


    Since the Guyue family of Dafeng City and the branch of Dali imperial dynasty have the intention of merging, Guyue Fenghua must be responsible for it and bear certain responsibilities.


    Seeing that he couldn''t come to the door to plead, he got angry. Gu yuefenghua was a little worried.


    Fortunately, she was well prepared in advance, so she didn''t become at a loss.


    Before Gu yuefenghua came to Taiyi gate, he also thought in his heart that the legendary Meng Zhang is a figure who cares about his old feelings, but Gu yuehuai''s butterfly master and apprentice have been sitting for a long time, and his old feelings are still a little in Meng Zhang''s heart, which is really questionable.


    In the cultivation world, we still pay attention to the supremacy of interests, and we can''t get up early without benefits.


    Pure affection can help to get in touch at most, but it is not enough to move people''s hearts.


    The merger of the two ancient moon families of Dali imperial dynasty and Dafeng City is really of great importance, which is related to all the branches of the ancient moon family in the Junchen world, the future of the ancient moon and the fate of the whole family.


    In order to ensure the smooth progress of this matter, we must protect the branch of Dali imperial dynasty. Gu yuefenghua is willing to pay all the price for this.


    Among the whole ancient moon family, the only thing that can move Meng Zhang is the biggest secret of all ancient moon family branches in Jun dust world.


    Seeing that the situation was wrong, Gu yuefenghua told Meng Zhang the secret.


    The common source of all ancient moon family branches in Jun dust world comes from the fairy world.


    After several true immortals conquered the Junchen world and established the cultivation civilization here, the ancient moon family of Lingkong fairy world sent many young members of the family to the Junchen world according to the family practice for many years, and made corresponding arrangements.


    These young members compete against each other.


    They built their own families, fought with each other and annexed each other.


    The final winner should integrate all branches of the ancient moon family in the whole Jun dust world and become its supreme leader.


    At that time, all branches of the ancient moon family will gather together to hold a grand sacrificial ceremony, communicate with the family headquarters of the Lingkong fairyland and obtain various gifts.


    Among these gifts, there are treasures that can be used by the return to virtual power, and can even directly provide the combat effectiveness of the return to virtual level.


    It is these gifts that Gu yuefenghua used to impress Meng Zhang.


    Gu yuefenghua''s words moved Meng Zhang''s heart.


    It''s not that he covets the treasure of the ancient moon family, but that the ancient moon Fenghua mentioned that he can provide the combat effectiveness of returning to the virtual level, which is what taiyimen urgently needs.


    Several Yang God Zhenjun of Taiyi sect have excellent qualifications and solid foundation, and have received the full support of Meng Zhang. There should be no problem in the advanced retreat period.


    But the specific time of their advanced retreat period is hard to estimate.


    From Meng Zhang''s point of view, it is not easy to forcibly control their breakthrough speed.


    The current situation in Junchen seems stable, but there is not much time left for Taiyi gate to settle down. Taiyi gate urgently needs to return to the virtual level of combat effectiveness.


    Although Meng Zhang was interested in the combat effectiveness of Huixu level, he would not trade with principles. He did not want to damage the prestige of himself and taiyimen, nor did he want to show an ugly appearance to make others feel that he was plotting the treasure of the ancient moon family.


    Moreover, the ancient moon Fenghua has not been able to unify all branches of the Jun dust world, and is not qualified to obtain the treasure given by the family headquarters in the Lingkong fairy world.


    In the past, Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to the ancient moon family, and his knowledge of the foundation of the ancient moon family was limited.


    At the end of Meng Zhang''s life, he felt that the famous ancient moon family was indeed a great family.


    However, because he grew up too fast, he left the ancient moon family behind early. Naturally, he didn''t pay much attention to its details.

 Chapter 2124

    While Meng Zhang was thinking, Gu yuefenghua fell down in front of him and claimed that if she could integrate all the family branches and get a gift from the family headquarters in Lingkong fairy world. Then she is willing to dedicate all these treasures to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t answer Gu Yue''s remarks, but asked about the situation of Gu Yue''s family.


    Previously, Meng Zhang only vaguely knew that the ancient moon family of Jun dust world had an extraordinary origin and deep background. Its ancestors came from the Lingkong fairy world.


    It''s not a big deal.


    Lingkong fairy world is the origin of the fairy way in Junchen world. Most of the cultivation forces in Junchen world trace back to the ancestors related to Lingkong fairy world.


    Even the founder of Taiyi gate is a big world subordinate to Lingkong fairy world.


    In order to make a career, he left his hometown and came to the newly conquered Junchen world.


    Even if the situation of the ancient moon family is a little special, it is the same in the Jun dust world.


    For some unknown reason, the Junchen world lost contact with the Lingkong fairy world thousands of years ago.


    The specific inside story of Meng Zhang is still unknown.


    Meng Zhang was not sure whether the Junchen world really lost contact with the Lingkong fairy world.


    The ancient moon Fenghua said that when all branches of the ancient moon family in the Junchen world held sacrificial ceremonies together, they could communicate with the fairyland and let the ancestors of the family give gifts, which interested Meng Zhang very much.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his interest and asked directly.


    For Meng Zhang''s inquiry, Gu yuefenghua almost knows everything and says everything.


    The ancient moon family is on the other side of the fairyland. They are all powerful spiritual families.


    It is said that the ancient moon family has a close relationship with the demon family, and its ancestors once intermarried with the demon family. The members of the ancient moon family still have the blood of the demon family.


    To this end, the ancient moon family has been hostile to many Terran practitioners.


    Especially those who stress the supremacy of Terrans and are very exclusive, under the banner of purifying the blood of Terran cultivators, have been struggling with the ancient moon family.


    The ancient moon family has always had a tradition. Will send family members to those newly conquered worlds to reproduce and develop in the new world.


    After these dispatched family members leave the family, they will basically lose contact with the family and rely on self-reliance.


    Of course, after they have made achievements, they can also contact their families and get rewards.


    Like in the Jun dust world, the ancient moon family has many branches. There has been fierce competition among various branches.


    Only the final winner can have the right to contact the family headquarters and obtain rewards.


    Many branches of the ancient moon family originally took root in the Middle Earth and achieved good development.


    Guantian Pavilion is also a true force from Lingkong fairy world. It has always despised the ancient moon family.


    Although guantian pavilion was unwilling to make a death feud with the ancient moon family, it did not directly kill the major branches of the ancient moon family.


    However, as the holy land of the ruler of the Junchen world, the ancient moon family can''t afford to use some means behind it.


    Those branches of the ancient moon family suffered a series of setbacks and heavy losses in the Middle Earth, and they can no longer stand here.


    Later, the ancient moon family had to slowly leave the Middle Earth and migrate to the Junchen world in all directions.


    Of course, the skinny camel is bigger than the horse. Even if all branches of the ancient moon family are down again, relying on their family origin and profound heritage, they can still rebuild the family and continue to develop in a new place.


    For example, the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty is the Yuanshen family.


    Although the Guyue family in Dafeng City was only the Jindan family, it could still become a overlord.


    Of course, from the situation of the whole Jun dust world, among the branches of the ancient moon family, the best development is the cultivation power at the level of Yuanshen.


    Today''s Guyue family of Dafeng City has developed under the command of taiyimen for many years, and its strength has been among the best in all branches.


    If we can annex the branch of Dali imperial dynasty, it is very possible that Guyue Fenghua can integrate all the branches of Guyue family in Jun dust world.


    Since no sacrificial ceremony has been held, Gu yuefenghua doesn''t know the specific situation of contacting the Lingkong fairy world.


    After listening to the story of Gu Yue Fenghua, Meng Zhang felt that he had really ignored the Gu Yue family before.


    Under the command of taiyimen, the ancient moon family can play a greater role.


    From the performance of the ancient moon, she is still of great cultivation value.


    Moreover, this person is a wise man who knows and is interested. It is not a bad thing for her to integrate all branches of the ancient moon family.


    Of course, Meng Zhang thinks so, and some of it depends on the face of master and disciple Gu Yue huaidie.


    After pondering for a while, Meng Zhang said his disposal of the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    The ancient moon family of the Dali Dynasty colluded with the devil, and it was hard to escape the responsibility.


    However, there is a reason for thinking. It is mainly a problem left over from the history of the Dali imperial dynasty, which can be forgiven.


    The Taiyi sect will send friars to settle in the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty to eliminate everything related to the evil way.


    The ancient moon family must actively cooperate with the friar taiyimen to solve the problem.


    Meng Zhang has no intention of exterminating the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty. Friar taiyimen will only deal with friars who collude with the devil, will not involve innocent people, and will not expand the scope of attack at will.


    After announcing his disposal of the ancient moon family of the Dali emperor, Meng Zhang waved the ancient moon back.


    Although it has not been able to fully achieve its goal, such a result is much better than the worst guess.


    Perhaps, after the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty suffered heavy losses and suffered a great loss of vitality, it is more conducive to its control and the integration of the two branches.


    Gu yuefenghua can only comfort herself in this way.


    Gu yuefenghua knew that Meng Zhang''s will could not be violated and bowed back respectfully.


    Although Meng Zhang did not mention the gift given by the ancient moon family headquarters in the Lingkong fairy world from beginning to end, the ancient moon Fenghua already had a plan on how to deal with it after he got it.


    Next, the disposal of the ancient moon family in Dali Dynasty was carried out smoothly according to Meng Zhang''s will.


    Although this branch suffered heavy losses and lost many monks in this incident, at least it did not suffer from extinction, and the family survived.


    In the whole scope of Hanhai Dao alliance, the pursuit of demon Dao seems to never end.


    Many Xiuzhen forces were involved and paid a huge price one after another.


    Among them, there will inevitably be some innocent dead ghosts involved, but it will not hinder the overall situation.


    With such a resolute attitude and decisive action from the top to the bottom of Taiyi gate, these demons that have been lurking for a long time have been eliminated one after another before they have caused too much storm.


    No matter how deep the devil is hidden, as long as taiyimen makes up his mind and sends out high-level friars, he can find it and eradicate it.


    The old forces left over from the Dali Dynasty were also seriously affected and suffered heavy losses in this storm.

 Chapter 2125

    Among the remaining forces in Dali Dynasty, Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance are the first.


    Although the three big merchants had close relations with the high-level officials of the Dali imperial dynasty, they made friends with many dignitaries and received the support of the royal family. They could almost be called the imperial merchants of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    But because of the merchant''s nature, it is impossible for them to be loyal to the imperial dynasty.


    After the collapse of the Dali Dynasty, the strength of the three big businesses remained good, and they also absorbed a lot of the legacy of the Dali Dynasty.


    Facing the two forces of taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong, they could not resist directly, but tried to find ways to keep their independent status.


    These three big businesses bet separately and have retained many branches in taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong territory.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong had their own concerns because they restrained each other, but they did not directly annex these three businesses.


    Now, taiyimen has begun to attack three big businesses by eliminating the great righteousness of evil forces.


    These profiteering big merchants have a close relationship with demon Xiu and have many shady transactions.


    Under the relentless pursuit and fierce beating of friar taiyimen, these secrets were dug out one by one.


    Due to the wanton spread of taiyimen, the reputation of the three major businesses has completely smelled, and they have almost been classified into the forces of evil.


    As an authentic sect, it is my duty to kill demons and remove demons and clean up demons.


    Now, taiyimen can literally tear up its previous commitments and attack the three major businesses.


    These three merchants have abundant financial resources and rich details, and have provided for many Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    However, there was no resistance to the giant shangtaiyimen.


    Originally, the senior management of the three businesses also tried to use the contradiction between Ziyang Shengzong and Taiyi gate to fight against Taiyi gate with the help of Ziyang Shengzong.


    But they never thought that Ziyang Shengzong, the ruler of Junchen world, was more ugly and vicious than Taiyi gate.


    In order to disgust taiyimen, Ziyang Shengzong did not directly annex these three businesses.


    Now taiyimen has found an excuse to start with these three businesses, and Ziyang Shengzong will be even more impolite.


    The three major merchants trying to find the best in both directions have become the common goal of taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong.


    In the face of the bad situation, the three major businesses began to split.


    In order to save their lives, they have to choose only one target.


    For most practitioners, even if they lose everything and are controlled by others, they are unwilling to lose their lives.


    Ziyang Shengzong directly annexed these three businesses and forcibly occupied everything it owned, including the wealth accumulated over the years, various cultivation resources and so on.


    Taiyi gate is a better place to eat, which almost wiped out the top management of the three major businesses, and all monks related to the devil''s way were executed.


    After taking everything from the three major businesses, taiyimen still retained their position, or left an empty shell.


    Since then, the three chambers of Commerce, Datong business alliance, miaodan Association and Qifu alliance, will lose their previous independent status and become an ordinary member of Hanhai road alliance.


    It is worth mentioning that a friar named sun Pengzhi of taiyimen joined the Datong business alliance and became the new principal of the Datong business alliance.


    Sun Pengzhi took refuge in Taiyi gate and tried to become the master of Taiyi gate.


    After years of development, excellent disciples of Taiyi sect emerge in endlessly, many of whom are resourceful and far better than sun Pengzhi in all aspects.


    Sun Pengzhi, who has always been above the top, suffered a blow and his ambition was extinguished.


    Of course, as the guest of Taiyi gate, he is still very competent and has made a lot of contributions to Taiyi gate.


    After sun Shengdu, the elder of the family who joined him in taiyimen, sat down, he also successfully advanced to the Yuanshen period.


    At that time, Shang Yuxia, the true God of Datong business alliance, attached a wisp of ghost to him and became his grandfather, which helped him a lot.


    Not to mention the true king of the yuan God, even the most capable friars can''t violate the rules of heaven and earth.


    After a lot of nourishment and strengthening, Shang Yuxia finally had to enter the underworld.


    Sun Pengzhi joined the Datong Business League, not only because of Shang Yuxia''s love, but also to fulfill her wish.


    For taiyimen, as an old chamber of commerce with a long history, Datong business alliance has a wide range of contacts and rich channels, and has some relations in almost the whole Junchen world.


    Sun Pengzhi has been a guest Secretary of taiyimen for many years. He is a trustworthy person.


    By joining Datong business alliance, he can give full play to the residual value of Datong business alliance and is more conducive to taiyimen.


    In short, after this action to clean up the devil''s way, taiyimen can kill two birds with one stone.


    It not only eliminated the evil forces in the territory, but also solved many problems left over by history, and thoroughly digested and absorbed the remnants of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Hanhai daomeng organization became more pure, and taiyimen strengthened its control.


    Although the whole Hanhai road alliance lost many monks in this storm, the overall strength of Hanhai road alliance increased instead of decreased.


    Of course, taiyimen''s resolute attitude towards the root of the devil''s way has also brought new trouble to it.


    The friars sent by Taiyi sect to track down the devil are not only excellent enough, but also very patient and perseverance to track down the devil.


    The source of the evil cultivation lurking inside Hanhai daomeng is very complex.


    Dali, the remnant of the imperial dynasty, is a major source of evil cultivation.


    In addition, friar taiyimen also found another major source of demon cultivation, which is related to the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance extends its tentacles to almost every corner of the cultivation world through the peripheral organization black market.


    The style of the Dark Alliance has always been to respect the overlord of the cultivation world in all regions and never participate in the struggle for hegemony in the cultivation world.


    In the face of the huge power of the Dark Alliance, the repair overlords in all regions acquiesced to the existence of the black market.


    All kinds of dark transactions organized by the black market naturally become a place to hide dirt.


    The attribute of the Dark Alliance itself makes it the dark side of the cultivation world.


    It is normal for the Dark Alliance to collude with evil cultivation, or cultivate evil cultivation itself.


    Meng Zhang had dealt with many members of the Dark Alliance in his early years, participated in many major events of the Dark Alliance branch, and experienced the demon cultivation from the Dark Alliance.


    The relationship between Dark Alliance and Meng Zhang is even more inexhaustible.


    The two sides used to be friends and had a hostile stage.


    Up to now, taiyimen acquiesced in the existence of the Dark Alliance in its territory according to the practice of the cultivation world.


    At the same time, taiyimen also has a set of means to monitor the Dark Alliance to prevent the Dark Alliance from causing major incidents and creating chaos.


    Meng Zhang can pretend that he doesn''t know such shit as cultivating demons in the Dark Alliance as long as it doesn''t happen in taiyimen territory.


    Over the years, the Dark Alliance has always abided by the rules and did not carry out some taboos in taiyimen territory.

 Chapter 2126

    After this investigation, the top level of taiyimen found that the branch of Dark Alliance above taiyimen territory was under their own eyes, avoided their own supervision, and introduced and sheltered a lot of demons.


    Some of the demons discovered this time are even members of the Dark Alliance.


    With the help of the cover of the Dark Alliance branch, these demons hid well in taiyimen territory.


    This made the taiyimen high-level extremely angry. Some even asked to directly remove all the forces belonging to the Dark Alliance on the territory.


    The news reached Meng Zhang, which surprised him. Why is the Dark Alliance so unwise?


    Meng Zhang and the Dark Alliance have deep roots.


    Ye Zhenjun and jueying apprentices, who were born in the dark League, were good friends of Meng Zhang at the end of his life. They had been of great help to Meng Zhang. The two sides had fought side by side and had a friendship of life and death.


    Because of their relationship, there was once a honeymoon between taiyimen and the local black market.


    When taiyimen entered Jiuqu League, Meng Zhang directly participated in the internal struggle in the black market and became friends with Shushan Zhenjun.


    Taiyimen rose in the north and became a regional overlord. The Dark Alliance branch on its territory is under the command of Shushan Zhenjun.


    The relationship between taiyimen and Dark Alliance branches is also close.


    Later, ye Zhenjun and jueying master and disciples failed in the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance and fled to taiyimen territory to shelter in Meng Zhang.


    Although the senior level of the Dark Alliance was very angry, they even sent assassins to assassinate Meng Zhang. However, due to the relationship between Shushan and Zhenjun, the Dark Alliance branch in taiyimen territory did not participate in relevant actions and still maintained friendly relations with taiyimen.


    Later, the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance eased, and the fallen leaf Zhenjun and jueying apprentices who sheltered in Meng Zhang returned to the Dark Alliance one after another.


    Many years later, they broke off contact with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who is busy, can''t pay attention to the whereabouts and status of every friend.


    After the advanced Yang God period, Shushan Zhenjun was transferred back to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    Now in charge of the Dark Alliance branches in taiyimen territory is a late great monk named huoque Zhenjun.


    When huoque Zhenjun took office, he once visited Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk to him and handed it over to Niu Dawei.


    Fire sparrow Zhenjun is very respectful to Niu Dawei and reveres Taiyi gate.


    In the following years, he has honestly followed the rules of taiyimen, and almost never went wrong.


    Taiyimen acquiesced in the existence of the Dark Alliance branch above the territory and allowed the black market to carry out some underground transactions that did not harm the interests of taiyimen.


    Many high-level practitioners understand that blocking is better than dredging, and know that illegal transactions in their own territory can not be completely eliminated.


    Leaving such a channel as the black market can let these dark things have a place to vent without letting things get out of control, and can maintain a general control over them.


    In fact, the black market branches all over the world have been doing very well.


    If there are some situations involving the overlord in their region, they will communicate with them in time.


    This time, the Dark Alliance branch above the taiyimen territory made such a big incident without telling the taiyimen, which is rare in the whole cultivation world.


    If it is other forces, Niu Dawei and other taiyimen high-level will deal with it directly.


    Dark Alliance is one of the top forces in the cultivation world. It has great strength and the strong are like clouds.


    Niu Dawei did not decide without authorization, but reported to Meng Zhang.


    The higher the cultivation and status, the higher the level of information.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the Dark Alliance was an extremely mysterious, extremely powerful and seemingly unfathomable terrorist force.


    From his perspective today, the Dark Alliance is no big deal.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the Dark Alliance is also a force from the celestial realm, and the Dark Alliance in the Junchen realm is only a branch.


    It is said that in all the big worlds under the celestial realm, there are basically Dark Alliance branches.


    The Dark Alliance has a deep background, and the immortals on the other side of the Lingkong fairyland acquiesced in its existence.


    But this is not the fairyland, but the Jun dust world alone.


    In the Junchen world, if the Dark Alliance is strong, can it be as strong as the Holy Land Sect?


    Taiyi gate and Holy Land Sect have been hostile for many years. Meng Zhang killed more than one Huixu Da Neng from Holy Land Sect.


    Taiyimen still stands proudly in the Junchen world, and Meng Zhang is getting stronger and stronger.


    The Dark Alliance will not let Meng Zhang be too afraid.


    If the Dark Alliance abides by the rules, Meng Zhang can acquiesce in its existence.


    The Dark Alliance broke the rules this time. Naturally, it lost its qualification to gain a foothold in taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is very clear. From today on, the Dark Alliance and its peripheral organization black market will not be allowed to exist in taiyimen territory.


    Next, Niu Dawei will personally preside over a comprehensive crackdown on the Dark Alliance branch above taiyimen territory in order to uproot it.


    At Meng Zhang''s command, taiyimen''s huge war machine immediately began to take action.


    As a huge organization with forces all over almost the whole cultivation world, the Dark Alliance has many members, and strong people at all levels emerge one after another.


    On the vast territory of taiyimen, there are many strongholds of the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, according to the practice of the cultivation world, these seemingly secret strongholds must be reported to Taiyi gate at the beginning of construction.


    In particular, wherever the black market is located, no matter how secret it is, as long as it is traded externally, it is impossible not to show traces.


    Niu Dawei committed suicide himself. He is the largest Dark Alliance stronghold in shangtaiyimen territory, and it is also the usual residence of the leader, huoque Zhenjun.


    Huoque Zhenjun probably received the news long ago and left early.


    Although Niu Dawei is usually a kind and honest man, once he gets angry, he is quite shocking.


    The empty cow was so angry that he directly razed the stronghold to the ground.


    Since then, he issued a wanted notice offering a reward for catching huoque Zhenjun: while personally leading the team to eliminate other strongholds of the Dark Alliance.


    Huoque Zhenjun was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. He wanted to hide, but it was hard to find it.


    If you want to take him down, you must send out corresponding experts.


    Taiyimen''s suppression team successfully captured the known Dark Alliance strongholds one by one.


    Taiyimen killed many members of the Dark Alliance and captured more members.


    All prisoners must undergo rigorous interrogation and identification.


    All those who have practiced magic skills and fell into the devil must be executed.


    Those friars who have nothing to do with the evil way can be imprisoned temporarily and wait for the next step.


    Secret organizations such as the Dark Alliance, even if they are honest on weekdays, will have reservations and will not tell taiyimen all their secret strongholds.


    In the past, Taiyi gate pretended to be confused, but secretly asked the friars of the dark hall in the gate to go after the secret strongholds of the Dark Alliance.


    These dark hall friars who are proficient in sneaking and spying have indeed achieved many results and mastered many secret strongholds deliberately hidden by the Dark Alliance.

 Chapter 2127

    Taiyimen, through the dark hall organization, has mastered a lot of information about the Dark Alliance branch and collected its Haosheng.


    Now, this information has a place to play.


    In the process of taiyimen eliminating the strongholds of the Dark Alliance, the friars of the dark hall went out and joined in one action after another.


    In a word, when the taiyimen dark hall was first established, the training means used came from the dark League, and many aspects also imitated the dark League. An Muran, the leader of the dark hall, also received the guidance of jueying, who was born in the dark League.


    After years of development, riding on the east wind of the rapid development of taiyimen, the dark hall is also developing rapidly, becoming stronger and stronger day by day.


    In many aspects, the dark hall has surpassed the teacher of the Dark Alliance, and even better than the blue.


    In the process of taiyimen''s external campaign and dealing with various opponents, friars of the dark hall have made great contributions.


    If it is said that the elite of the headquarters of Shanghai Dark Alliance, the dark hall of taiyimen may be a little short of details. Now, when dealing with the local branch of the Dark Alliance, the friar of the dark hall of taiyimen had the upper hand and soon took the initiative.


    There are fewer and fewer Dark Alliance strongholds on taiyimen territory. Those hidden Dark Alliance members slowly lose their hiding places and are arrested one by one.


    It is a great pity for the taiyimen senior management that the whereabouts of huoque Zhenjun, the head of the Dark Alliance branch, have not been found so far.


    The top leaders of the Taiyi sect know that even if the Taiyi sect is tracked down, it is difficult to find all the secret strongholds of the Dark Alliance.


    If a great friar like huoque Zhenjun is hard to hide, it is difficult to find his whereabouts in a short time.


    If he had already fled the taiyimen territory and returned to the dark League Headquarters, there would be no way.


    With the growing strength of Taiyi gate, the vision of the middle and high levels of the gate is also improving, and they know a lot of the secret power of the cultivation world.


    For example, the existence of Tianji master is no secret at the top of Taiyi gate.


    In the taiyimen Sutra Pavilion, there are ancient books for cultivating Tianji master.


    Over the years, countless materials have emerged in Taiyi gate.


    Among them, there are a very few monks who have the qualification to practice Tianji.


    Taiyimen spent a lot of effort to cultivate a few Tianji masters.


    The middle and high levels of the gate regard these heavenly masters as the most precious treasure and cards in the gate, so they are not willing to use them easily.


    After all, in the books collected by taiyimen, it is clearly recorded that the display of Tianji will bring adverse consequences to Tianji masters.


    Now I can''t find the whereabouts of huoque Zhenjun. There are middle and high-level people in the door who want to exert such high-end power as Tianji.


    Unfortunately, the cultivation level and the cultivation of Tianji are not high enough for several Tianji masters currently owned by Taiyi gate.


    If they are forced to use the magic of heaven to calculate the whereabouts of the fire bird, I am afraid it will seriously consume their longevity and even endanger their lives.


    Tianji master is the precious wealth of the sect. It is very worthless to spend on such things.


    Most of the high-rise people in Taiyi gate do not want to be damaged.


    Among the Taiyi sect, only Niu Dawei guessed the identity of Meng Zhang''s secret master.


    In addition, there are a few senior executives who know that the ancient moon family has the inheritance of heaven''s secrets, and the ancient moon Fenghua is a rare heaven''s secrets teacher.


    Ancient moon Fenghua is the cultivation of Yuanshen in the middle period. If you pay some price, you should be able to calculate the whereabouts of huoque Zhenjun through heaven''s secret arts.


    Since the secret master in the door is reluctant to consume, he can only turn to the ancient moon for help. At most, he can give some compensation afterwards.


    Don''t look at the taiyimen senior management''s daily emphasis on how equal and friendly members of hanhaidao alliance are. When the Taiyi gate is in need, the vassal must have the consciousness of vassal and sacrifice for the Taiyi gate.


    But after Meng Zhang knew about it, he ordered to stop the actions of these few high-level officials.


    This is not Meng Zhang''s consideration of old feelings.


    Compared with the religious interests, the old love must naturally make concessions for the religious interests.


    Meng Zhang has other arrangements for the ancient moon Fenghua, and is ready to vigorously cultivate it and improve its cultivation as soon as possible.


    If Gu yuefenghua calculated that he would become a monk better than himself at this time, he would certainly lose his vitality and affect his cultivation in the future.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t practiced the secret arts for many years. He just feels a little itchy.


    After knowing all kinds of taboos about Tianji, Meng Zhang has always avoided exercising Tianji at will.


    Generally speaking, if there is no other way to think about it, he will never use his magic.


    Of course, since he has practiced the secret arts, he can''t never do it.


    When needed, he will also use his magic.


    The use of heaven''s secrets will lead to the reversal of heaven''s way, and even lead to doom.


    Meng Zhang has accumulated a lot of merits and virtues of the heavenly way over the years, which can greatly offset the counterattack of the heavenly way.


    Moreover, the reason to calculate the whereabouts of the fire bird Zhenjun this time is that this person is related to the devil''s way.


    Taiyimen needs to find this guy and ask him why he wants to support demon cultivation in taiyimen territory.


    The devil''s way is harmful to the whole world. Eliminating the devil''s way is a natural move and will be encouraged by the will of the God''s way.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang still has doubts in his heart.


    It can also be said that the residual forces of the Dali imperial dynasty colluded with the evil way, which is a problem left over by history.


    What are your plans to support these demons in taiyimen territory?


    Even if the dark alliance wants to support and cultivate demon cultivation, it can find other secret places.


    There must be many such places in the vast Jun dust world.


    Fire sparrow Zhenjun is making trouble in Taiyi gate territory. Do you think Taiyi gate will never find out? Don''t he know the serious consequences of taiyimen''s discovery?


    Meng Zhang always felt that there was something he didn''t know.


    Meng Zhang is a great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Although the level of heavenly mystery can''t keep up with the level of cultivation, it''s not a big problem to calculate the level of returning to emptiness.


    It should not be a difficult problem for a friar in the later period of Yuanshen to figure out his whereabouts.


    Of course, if huoque Zhenjun has fled taiyimen territory and fled back to the headquarters of Dark Alliance, there is really no way.


    Although Meng Zhang has great confidence in himself, he doesn''t want to rush to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    However, Meng Zhang felt that it was unlikely that huoque Zhenjun would escape back to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    Since Taiyi gate began to completely eliminate the evil forces on the territory, it has tightly blocked all long-distance transmission Dharma arrays on the territory.


    If you want to use the long-distance transmission array, you must go through the strict examination of friar taiyimen.


    Now the Junchen world and foreign invaders are fighting in the void. The heavenly palace is also closely guarding the door and closely checking all visitors


    It is also not easy for an ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun to enter the heavenly palace and transfer through the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen territory is very vast, but it''s not so easy to cross.


    In addition to these two ways, fire finch Zhenjun will leave obvious traces whether he leaves through space Taoism or his clever escape.

 Chapter 2128

    Soon after the demon cultivation on the territory was exposed, the top level of taiyimen took immediate action and took various countermeasures.


    In order to catch all the demons, taiyimen has already tightly sealed the border and sent a patrol team to patrol the territory day and night.


    Senior friars of taiyimen have been out for a long time to closely monitor all kinds of movements in the territory.


    Of course, taiyimen territory is too vast, and the border with the outside world is too long.


    Friar taiyimen can''t block everything. There must be some loopholes.


    As a true monarch, there are too many ways to sneak through the blockade.


    However, it is also not easy to quickly cross taiyimen territory and directly escape to distant places without leaving any trace.


    At the very least, it is not so easy to eliminate all kinds of fluctuations left by the movement of high-order spells.


    With taiyimen''s monitoring of the territory at the moment, it is likely to find these fluctuations.


    Although Meng Zhang has never dealt with huoque Zhenjun, his subordinates have said that he is a treacherous and cautious guy.


    For him, instead of risking to leave traces through taiyimen territory, he might as well find a place to hide temporarily and wait until the limelight has passed before leaving taiyimen territory.


    The great friars in the later period of Yuanshen had strong adaptability. It was not difficult to find a hole in the ground and hide for decades.


    In the absence of clear clues, it is almost impossible to find them.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang judged that huoque Zhenjun should still be hidden in taiyimen.


    Since Meng Zhang decided to use the magic of heaven to find it, he soon began to cast the magic.


    Meng Zhang''s practice of heaven''s secrets is a mysterious Dayan divination.


    When he was just a little monk, he got this secret by chance.


    The more he practiced, the more he felt the brilliance of this heavenly skill.


    On his way to practice, Dayan divine calculation helped him a lot and saved his life many times.


    Even though he has returned to the virtual power today, he still feels that this heavenly skill is unfathomable.


    When practicing this heavenly skill, you need to concentrate on meditation and refine an illusory calculation.


    When performing Dayan divine calculation deduction, the calculation chips of different quantities are consumed according to the difficulty of the deduction target.


    When an ordinary master of heaven''s secrets performs the deduction of heaven''s secrets, he often needs to pay various costs, such as vitality, Shouyuan and so on.


    Some evil heavenly masters even use disgusting means such as blood sacrifice.


    Dayan''s divine calculation only needs to consume the calculation chips accumulated in ordinary days. From this point alone, it is better than countless other heavenly secrets.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang discovered another function of computing chip after he became more and more sophisticated in the cultivation of heavenly secrets.


    That is, it can consume calculation chips to offset the counterattack of the way of heaven and delay the coming of the disaster.


    For the master of heavenly secrets, the counterattack of the way of heaven after performing the art of heavenly secrets can be regarded as a cruel punishment to his family.


    Meng Zhang encountered such a master of heaven in those years. He suffered a lot because of the reverse bite of heaven.


    If too much prying into the secret of heaven leads to the imminent disaster of heaven, it is even more a headache for Meng Zhang''s great ability to return to emptiness.


    Although Meng Zhang had already passed a natural disaster when he was in the advanced Yang God period.


    But there is a difference between natural disaster and natural disaster.


    Because heaven''s punishment is the most powerful and difficult to deal with, and it may be upgraded to heaven''s punishment at any time.


    Even a real fairy would not be willing to touch the punishment of heaven from the consciousness of heaven in a big world.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that based on his cultivation achievements today, it should be easy to catch a later monk of Yuanshen.


    After he began to cast the spell, he found that the situation was wrong.


    He is constantly consuming chips. At present, the number of chips consumed has far exceeded the needs of the later monks of the yuan God.


    However, after so much calculation, the calculation result is still chaotic, and the whereabouts of the target are not calculated.


    Meng Zhang began to take it seriously, and his contempt disappeared.


    Now that they have started to calculate, no matter how difficult it is, Meng Zhang will carry it out to the end.


    He continued to cast spells and put in more calculations.


    After a while, Meng Zhang finished the calculation.


    Finally, the target still didn''t escape his calculation, and he calculated the current hiding place.


    However, both the difficulty of calculation and the number of chips consumed far exceeded the needs of the later monks of Yuanshen.


    Even if it is estimated that the average monk in the Yang God period, Meng Zhang will not invest so much.


    Meng Zhang, who can calculate people or things at the virtual level, doesn''t feel how hard the calculation process is, but feels that the situation is a little wrong.


    Could it be that the fire bird Zhenjun hides his real strength and has Yang God level cultivation?


    In order to be cautious, Meng Zhang is going to go there in person.


    No matter whether he hides his strength or not, he can''t escape Meng Zhang''s palm.


    Meng Zhang was about to set out, but he suddenly received a notification from the disciples in the door.


    The Dark Alliance headquarters sent messengers to taiyimen to visit Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that the taiyimen had cleaned up the Dark Alliance branches in the territory, killed and imprisoned many monks of the Dark Alliance, and the Dark Alliance headquarters would not sit idly by.


    He just didn''t expect that the response of the dark League Headquarters would be so fast.


    However, he immediately thought that the Dark Alliance itself was the largest intelligence agency in the Junchen world. It had always been famous for collecting and selling all kinds of intelligence. It was well-informed, rapid response and not incomprehensible.


    Taiyimen''s clean-up of the dark League branch is just a matter of the fact, and has no intention of the breaking up with the dark League Headquarters.


    Taiyimen has too many and powerful enemies. There is no need to make enemies easily.


    Of course, if the Dark Alliance headquarters has to get in trouble with Taiyi gate, the top and bottom of Taiyi gate will not be afraid.


    If the Dark Alliance headquarters is willing to reason with taiyimen, taiyimen will certainly be polite.


    The Dark Alliance headquarters sent messengers to the door. Most of them were willing to communicate.


    In that case, taiyimen should also make positive efforts. Let''s sit down and solve the storm.


    If the Dark Alliance sends someone else, Meng Zhang will hand it over to Niu Dawei for reception.


    The emissary sent by Dark Alliance this time is Youhuan Zhenjun, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang many years ago.


    No, it''s time to call him Youhuan Taoist now.


    Many years ago, Youhuan Zhenjun, who was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen, accepted Meng Zhang''s employment and worked for taiyimen for a period of time.


    Although taiyimen paid enough, Meng Zhang had to admit that Youhuan Zhenjun did more than ordinary hired friars. He took care of taiyimen and helped Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang also determined in his heart that his family owed Youhuan Zhenjun a favor.


    Moreover, Youhuan Zhenjun and Meng Zhang''s old friend Ye Zhenjun have a good relationship with jueying master and apprentice. When she accepted the employment of taiyimen, she got along well with Meng Zhang and actively cooperated with taiyimen.

 Chapter 2129

    Although Meng Zhang has not contacted Youhuan Zhenjun for many years, taiyimen now has a huge information collection system and regularly reports to him all kinds of intelligence in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has heard some news about Youhuan Zhenjun.


    She should have been doing well. Unexpectedly, she advanced smoothly to return to the empty period and became today''s Youhuan Taoist.


    The attitude of the heavenly palace and the Holy Land sects towards the Dark Alliance is to ignore it when it does not exist.


    Even the sword Xiuban Xuejian, who has always been very angry, won''t deliberately go to the trouble of Dark Alliance.


    Foreign invaders invade the Junchen world on a large scale, which is related to the safety of the whole Junchen world. All monks in the Junchen world can''t stay away.


    When the heavenly palace recruits the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world, it often automatically ignores the Dark Alliance.


    Even the last time the heavenly palace forcibly recruited almost all the returning virtual talents in the Junchen world to participate in the war, they deliberately missed the members of the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, if members of the Dark Alliance are willing to take the initiative to fight against foreign invaders, the palace will naturally be very welcome that day, and should give a lot of rewards and rewards.


    Many monks in the dark League have no external reputation and appear very mysterious in the cultivation world.


    Taoist Youhuan has a great reputation because she once went to the empty battlefield and made great achievements.


    Meng Zhang is a figure who cherishes old love, and Taoist Youhuan is a great energy in the period of returning to emptiness. It''s best to receive him equally at Taiyi gate. He also sends a great energy to receive him, so as not to appear careless.


    At this time, Meng Zhang once again felt the lack of taiyimen''s ability to return to emptiness. He needed to do many things himself.


    Since Meng Zhang is going to receive Taoist Youhuan next, it''s natural that he can''t separate himself to catch huoque Zhenjun.


    Now that we have figured out the whereabouts of huoque Zhenjun, we can''t continue to delay.


    If he moves during this time, Meng Zhang is not busy in vain.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and ordered vanity son and Yang Xueyi in the door to catch huoque Zhenjun.


    After Meng Zhang told them the calculated location of huoque Zhenjun, they set out immediately.


    The nether child was originally the spirit of the nether tripod, the inheritance treasure of Taiyi gate.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, he went through the thunder robbery of the Yang God and took off his spirit body, so that he could practice like a real living creature.


    He is the oldest Yang God Zhenjun of the Taiyi sect, and almost advanced at the same time as Meng Zhang.


    However, although he had a long life, he also had some obstacles and bottlenecks in his cultivation.


    Compared with ordinary human Yang God Zhenjun, it is very difficult for him to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    For so many years, he has been unable to break through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is already the Supreme Master in the later period of returning to emptiness. So far, he still can''t see the hope of breaking through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, Shouyuan has a long life. He has a lot of time to practice slowly and wait for the opportunity of breakthrough.


    In his heyday, Taiyi gate was the strong one in the gate.


    After so many years, he has accumulated incomparably rich experience.


    As a veteran true king of Yang God, he rarely met an enemy among the monks of Yang God period.


    As for Yang Xueyi, it goes without saying that she is a gifted Friar and a talisman in the door. At the moment, Yang Xueyi is definitely the strongest friar in the period of Yang God.


    There are two of them. Even if huoque Zhenjun hides his strength, the problem should not be big.


    After Meng Zhang arranged, he received Taoist Youhuan in the main hall of taiyimen sect.


    I haven''t seen you for many years. Taoist Youhuan still looks cold.


    Although they were old acquaintances, she maintained enough respect for Meng Zhang.


    Taoist Youhuan is not the kind of person who is good at words. Her character also makes her not curry favor with Meng Zhang in the name of nostalgia.


    Without a few greetings, they went straight to the subject.


    Taoist Youhuan told Meng Zhang that the actions of taiyimen during this period have angered many senior leaders of the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    They believe that taiyimen deliberately targeted the Dark Alliance, was too hostile to the Dark Alliance, and persecuted the Dark Alliance Branch


    Taiyimen must explain this incident to the satisfaction of the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    Otherwise, the Dark Alliance will become the enemy of taiyimen.


    The words of Taoist Youhuan made Meng Zhang sneer again and again, and the good atmosphere of meeting old friends was swept away.


    Is the dark League Headquarters a bunch of arrogant fools?


    There are many cases in the cultivation world that do not distinguish right from wrong and bully others, but why do the senior leaders of the Dark Alliance think that they are qualified to bully taiyimen at this time?


    Taoist Youhuan was expressionless and seemed to have nothing to do with himself. He told Meng Zhang the attitude of the Dark Alliance headquarters on this matter.


    In the whole announcement process, her tone did not fluctuate at all, just like a sound puppet.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that the Dark Alliance headquarters should have the intention to solve the matter before sending envoys to communicate with taiyimen.


    But from the words of Taoist people in Youhuan, Meng Zhang can hear only the arrogance and disrespect of the Dark Alliance and hostility to the red fruit of Taiyi gate.


    After hearing Taoist Youhuan''s briefing, Meng Zhang was not polite at all, let alone her face.


    Meng Zhang will not pay attention to the threat of the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang told Taoist Youhuan in a cold tone that if the Dark Alliance has such an attitude, there is naturally no need for the two sides to continue talking.


    What means does the Dark Alliance have to show as soon as possible to see if it can do anything?


    Meng Zhang waved his hand and let the Taoist priest of Youhuan get rid of it.


    Taoist Youhuan looked at Meng Zhang deeply. Without saying a word, he was about to leave Taiyi gate.


    But at this time, Meng Zhang suddenly received a warning message from Yang Xueyi. They had an accident when they went to hunt down huoque Zhenjun.


    The message was suddenly interrupted before it was completely delivered to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang does not know the following contents, and naturally does not know what happened. So the two real Yang gods can not solve it, so they have to warn Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang arranged for Yang Xueyi and Kongzi to start, and then he received Taoist Youhuan and completed their negotiation. Now it''s only a incense burning time.


    Although the hiding place of huoque Zhenjun is a little far from the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, it is still within the territory of Taiyi gate.


    It should take a lot of time for Kongzi and Yang Xueyi to use their space magic to transmit the past.


    If nothing happens, they should quickly find the target and engage it.


    Now it''s only a incense burning time, they urgently warn Meng Zhang, so Meng Zhang can''t be vigilant.


    Meng Zhang glanced at Taoist Youhuan. The time of her door-to-door visit was too opportune.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s action was stopped.

 Chapter 2130

    Meng Zhang is not a suspicious person, nor is he willing to doubt his old friends at will.


    But it happened so coincidentally that he couldn''t help thinking more.


    Since there was an accident between Yang Xueyi and vanity son, we must reinforce them immediately.


    They are all important people in the door. They can''t afford to lose.


    There are accidents that they can''t handle. At present, only Meng Zhang has the ability to deal with them.


    Glancing at Taoist Youhuan who was about to leave, Meng Zhang hesitated and decided to leave her.


    Since the Dark Alliance is already the kind of chiguoguo''s hatred of Taiyi gate, it''s reasonable to hinder Taiyi gate from catching huoque Zhenjun.


    If this thing really comes from the calculation of the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang has nothing to hesitate.


    Maybe the Dark Alliance has other vicious plots against taiyimen.


    In the face of zongmen''s interests, we should put aside all the diplomatic relations between the two countries.


    "Youhuan Taoist friend, please stay here for a while. You can''t leave until everything is clear."


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Taoist Youhuan looked incredulous.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care whether she was really innocent or acting, so he made a direct move.


    Meng Zhang is going to rescue Yang Xueyi and them immediately, leaving the hidden danger of Taoist Youhuan, which is a great threat to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is not here, and others in the door can''t stop her.


    Meng Zhang took out his real skills and tried to make a quick decision.


    A black stream and a white stream mingled together and fell from the head of Taoist Youhuan, like a pouring waterfall.


    Taoist Youhuan was very confused. He didn''t know why Meng Zhang wanted to do it.


    Meng Zhang''s capture of her did little good except to annoy the senior level of the Dark Alliance in vain.


    Confusion is confusion. Taoist Youhuan can''t let Meng Zhang take him down.


    Even if she knew she was not Meng Zhang''s opponent, she still had to resist.


    Taoist Youhuan raised a dark jade ring over his head and took the initiative to meet the Yin and Yang Qi falling on him.


    Smoke came out of her and turned into all kinds of strange forms.


    The gap between the later stage of returning to deficiency and the early stage of returning to deficiency is too big.


    At the beginning of returning to emptiness, Taoist Youhuan had almost no power to fight back in front of Meng Zhang.


    The magic weapon in the shape of a jade ring released by her immediately lost all its strength and fell powerlessly to the ground after encountering Yin and Yang.


    Taoist Youhuan probably knew that he was not Meng Zhang''s opponent. She made a gesture of resistance just to cover her family''s escape.


    Under the cleansing of yin and Yang, all forms of smoke disappeared.


    Taoist Youhuan turned into a shadow and was sneaking into the shadow next to the hall.


    A bright moon suddenly appeared on her head. It not only made her look, but also stagnated her body.


    Taoist Youhuan gave a fierce drink, and a half moon machete suddenly appeared behind Meng Zhang and killed Meng Zhang.


    Where the blade passed, even the space was cut out of cracks.


    This was Taoist Youhuan''s last fight, but it was still a futile attack.


    Meng Zhang waved gently, and the half moon machete fell into his hand automatically, just like a milk swallow throwing into the forest.


    This is also the last scene that Taoist Youhuan saw.


    When Yin and Yang gently brushed her, she lost all consciousness and fainted to the ground.


    The Dark Alliance is indeed rich and deep. Any friar in the early stage of returning to the virtual world can take out two magic weapons.


    It''s a pity that many practitioners who came from scattered cultivation may not have a magic weapon in their whole life.


    Meng Zhang put away Taoist Youhuan and his magic weapon. Without delay, his body disappeared in place.


    A moment later, Meng Zhang sent it to the hiding place of huoque Zhenjun through the space magic.


    The hiding place chosen by huoque Zhenjun is an ordinary mortal town.


    Except for a few taiyimen inspection friars passing by occasionally, there is basically no trace of other friars in the town.


    Taiyimen still attaches great importance to the mortal world under his command.


    The human beings are the foundation of the world of the world of the world of the world of the world of the world of the world of the world of the world of the truth, and the human beings are the source of the revisionists.


    In almost all mortal cities, there are taiyimen friars stationed.


    Taiyimen will also send patrol teams regularly or irregularly to patrol the mortal world under its command.


    Many ordinary towns like this don''t even have stationed monks.


    Even the occasional inspection friars are basically disciples outside Taiyi gate, mainly small friars in the Qi refining period.


    The original God Zhenjun such as huoque Zhenjun is hiding here. Several little friars in the Qi refining period can''t see through it at all.


    Recently, due to the elimination of demons, taiyimen sent high-level friars to monitor and inspect the territory.


    For one thing, the territory of taiyimen is too vast for them to closely inspect every corner.


    Second, in the absence of clear clues, these high-level friars are just looking at the flowers. They pass quickly from high altitude and scan the bottom quickly with their mind at most.


    In this case, even if there are high-level friars passing through Taiyi gate, it is difficult to find a hidden yuan God Zhenjun.


    The place where Meng Zhang appeared was just in front of the main gate of the town.


    At this time, this originally peaceful mortal town has long been turned into ruins.


    In the ruins, a monster with six heads, as tall as a hill, is dragging its long body to hunt down two practitioners.


    The magnificent magic gas spewed out of the monster and rushed straight into the sky to change the sky. The whole sky was foggy.


    Meng Zhang''s face changed slightly. When did the return empty level demon appear on the taiyimen territory.


    It was Yang Xueyi and void Zi who were chased and killed by this demon.


    They hide and parry, and keep dodging the attack of the demon.


    There is a big difference between the Yang God period and the return to emptiness period. Even the top friars in the Yang God period can''t resist the ordinary return to emptiness power.


    Fortunately, the magic object has the power of returning to the void, but it does not have enough brain. It seems that it is driven by instinct, as if it were a real beast.


    Yang Xueyi and Kongzi are not only powerful, but also have their own cards.


    The void son is the spirit of the void tripod, a treasure inherited by Taiyi sect.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, he could practice like a real living creature after he passed the thunder robbery of Yang God.


    The original void tripod, just like his body, was refined with his heart, adding many miracles.


    Although the current void tripod is not a magic weapon, it also has the power of an ordinary treasure.


    Under the control of Yang God Zhenjun, you can play the power close to the level of returning to emptiness.


    Because of the special relationship between the void son and the void tripod, it can give full play to its power.


    Even if you meet a real monk in the retreat period, the void son can Parry one or two with the void tripod in his hand.

 Chapter 2131

    Yang Xueyi, as the talisman of Taiyi sect, circled the Yin and Yang Qi and fell from the air, firmly fixing the powerful demon. Then Yin and Yang began to rotate rapidly, like a flesh and blood grinding plate, and began to kill the vitality of the demon.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hold on to the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness for even one incense.


    First, the flesh and blood of the whole body was ground into powder and turned into magic Qi. Then the magic Qi continued to be consumed and finally turned into pure vitality.


    Yin and Yang Qi is one of the most original vitality between heaven and earth. It can almost turn all exotic breath, such as evil Qi and evil Qi, into ordinary vitality.


    Relying on the magical function of yin and Yang Qi, Meng Zhang played an important role in purifying magic Qi and restoring the land stained by magic in the Daheng cultivation world.


    When Meng Zhang stopped the demon and slowly killed it, Yang Xueyi and vanity reported to him what had just happened.


    The two of them also used the art of space transmission to transmit to the top of the town.


    Perhaps the fluctuation of the art of space transmission was too obvious, which alerted the fire bird Zhenjun hidden in the small town.


    This person is an extremely decisive character. After sensing the undisguised breath of Yang Xueyi and vanity son, he knew he was defeated and immediately took out his cards without hesitation and released the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness.


    The whole town turned into ruins as soon as the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness appeared.


    Thousands of mortals in the town, even their souls, were swallowed up by the demon, together with their whole body.


    Aware of the existence of Yang Xueyi and vanity son, the demon instinctively wanted to devour them.


    Yang Xueyi and Kongzi use the secret method of long-distance communication to warn Meng Zhang for help.


    As soon as they contacted Meng Zhang, the secret method was interrupted by the demon. Under the cover of the evil spirit of the devil, they could no longer contact Meng Zhang.


    They joined hands against demons, parried very hard and fell into a very dangerous situation.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang arrived in time to completely solve the problem.


    As for huoque Zhenjun, he immediately fled here when the demon chased Yang Xueyi and vanity son.


    If previously, Meng Zhang was only a little interested in huoque Zhenjun.


    Now, he is determined to win the head of the dark League branch.


    It''s impossible for an ordinary yuan Shen Zhen Jun to release a magic object at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Behind him, most of them stood the magic cultivation of returning to the virtual level.


    Since the matter involves the magic cultivation of returning to the virtual level, it is absolutely a big event.


    In the past, Meng Zhang might have turned to the heavenly palace for help when he encountered this problem of magic cultivation at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is now a hegemon with a strong sense of territory and does not want others to reach into his sphere of influence. In case of problems, he will try to solve them independently.


    Although Meng Zhang was not clear about the origin of demon cultivation and the intention of huoque Zhenjun. But as long as we can catch the fire bird Zhenjun, we can solve many questions.


    This returning to emptiness demon only appeared for a while, and the magic gas from its body dyed a large part of the surrounding area.


    All the creatures are demonized, and the strong magic spirit is everywhere


    This is the most hated place of demons. They do too much damage to the surrounding environment.


    Meng Zhang leaves Yang Xueyi and vanity son to purify here. This time, he wants to hunt down the escaped huoque Zhenjun himself.


    It''s not long for huoque Zhenjun to leave here.


    The biggest problem is that he hid his tracks when he ran away, and the magic gas around him obscured the fluctuation of his casting.


    Meng Zhang performed Dayan divination again and began to calculate the whereabouts of huoque Zhenjun.


    This time, Meng Zhang was much smoother than last time, and it was easy to figure out his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang looked thoughtfully at the location of the demon just now.


    Could it be that Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared directly from the original place.


    When his figure appeared again, he came to the endless sand sea.


    Endless sand sea is where Meng Zhang started. He is very familiar with the environment here.


    A violent sandstorm is roaring towards this side.


    Meng Zhang then waved, such a terrible celestial phenomenon immediately disappeared, and the original peace between heaven and earth was immediately restored.


    "Hum, what a cunning fellow."


    Fire sparrow Zhen Jun escaped to the endless sand sea by using his space transmission skill, and tried to cover the space fluctuation after casting the spell with the help of the sand storm just now.


    After the art of long-distance space transmission is applied, its spatial fluctuation is difficult to calm down for a long time.


    Without the interference of dust storm, Meng Zhang soon found the direction of spatial fluctuation, and started space shuttle again along the trace left by huoque Zhenjun.


    Huoque Zhenjun set out for some time before Meng Zhang.


    If he does his best to go at all costs, he can indeed run a long distance.


    When Meng Zhang used the magic of heaven to calculate his position, he has been shuttling through space quickly without stopping at all.


    When Meng Zhang arrived at his previous position, he had left for a while.


    Meng Zhang had to follow his footprints and eliminate the interference left by him all the way, chasing after him.


    Because the gap between their accomplishments is too large, there will be no suspense about the outcome of the chase if no accidents happen.

 Chapter 2132

    Fire finch runs so fast.


    In such a short time, it has crossed the endless sand sea and entered the death sand sea further north.


    Meng Zhang followed his trail and also entered the sand sea of death.


    Meng Zhang has not come to this place for many years.


    Now I''m really sighing when I revisit my hometown.


    The endless sand and sea environment that Meng Zhang started in that year was bad enough, and it was a famous remote and dangerous place in the north of Jun dust field.


    Such a vast land barely supports a jindanzongmen family.


    The environment of the dead sand sea is far worse than the endless sand sea. Ordinary people, even low-level monks, can''t survive here.


    Many fugitives who could not gain a foothold in the cultivation world, as well as ghosts and demons, such as ghosts and demons, fled here one after another.


    Taiyimen once organized a large-scale sweep and barely cleared the place.


    Of course, there are still some lucky guys who have escaped the sweep of Taiyi gate and continue to hide here.


    Later, Taiyi sect took this place as a testing ground for low-level disciples and regularly sent disciples here for testing.


    Taiyi gate is growing stronger and stronger, and the mountain gate has been relocated for many times.


    The sand sea of death is becoming less and less valuable to taiyimen.


    Up to now, this place has been basically abandoned, and fewer and fewer taiyimen friars have entered here for trial.


    In addition to some natural reasons, a large part of the bad environment of the dead sand sea is human factors.


    Over the dead sand sea, there was a war of returning to virtual level.


    That year, a fifth level earth spirit, that is, the spirit family at the level of returning to emptiness, broke into the Jun dust world and fell to this place after being seriously injured.


    For various reasons, some high-level powers in the Jun dust world will intentionally or unintentionally release some foreign invaders from other worlds into the Jun dust world.


    Of course, if the level of foreign invaders who broke into the Junchen world is too high, they will be killed as much as possible.


    According to the Convention, the Earth Spirit of returning to the virtual level should have been killed long ago.


    However, in order to seize everything from the Earth Spirit, the real king of Tianzhu turned to the Dark Alliance, and the Earth Spirit survived temporarily.


    Meng Zhang participated in such disputes when he was a little monk.


    But he still waited until he had achieved great accomplishments and had a sufficient position in the cultivation world before he found out the whole thing from the Dark Alliance.


    For Meng Zhang''s growth, the place of death sand sea has special significance.


    Meng Zhang was a little confused. Why did huoque Zhenjun escape to this direction?


    Is it just a coincidence, or is it an ulterior motive?


    The fire sparrow really escaped into the dead sand sea. Does he want to continue to flee north?


    Further north of the dead sand sea, that is the real barren land, almost near the northern end of the Jun dust world.


    If we say that in the sand sea of death, there are some useful resources for practitioners, which can accommodate some practitioners to survive. In the north of the dead sand sea, it is not only worthless to practitioners, but also the environment is extremely bad. Ordinary practitioners can''t survive there.


    In his early years, Meng Zhang observed the place from a distance because of curiosity.


    After discovering the situation there, he has not paid attention to it.


    Now the behavior of huoque Zhenjun has given Meng Zhang some more thoughts and questions.


    Of course, as long as Meng Zhang takes down huoque Zhenjun next, these questions should be answered.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure flashed again, he appeared not far behind huoque Zhenjun.


    This chase and flight finally came to an end.


    Fire finch Zhenjun tried to shuttle through the space again, but found that the surrounding space seemed solidified and could not be broken by himself.


    Although huoque Zhenjun knew that he could not escape, he still didn''t give up his efforts and was still making a final struggle.


    He was about to escape by using his escape skill, but his whole body was suddenly stopped and could not move at all.


    Meng Zhang could not help sighing when he looked at the fire bird Zhenjun not far away.


    This guy can really run. He''s just a friar in the later period of Yuanshen. He actually let himself chase for so long.


    Meng Zhang is preparing to take the fire bird Zhenjun away, and the nearby space fluctuates again.


    Three figures, accompanied by a terrible threat, appeared not far from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has just blocked the surrounding space.


    To break his blockade is at least a force of his rank.


    Meng Zhang is also a well-informed person. He knows most of the return virtual power of Jun dust world.


    Even if you don''t know, you''ve probably heard of it.


    These three people appeared in front of him, but he had never seen or heard of any figures with similar images before.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of the three people who suddenly appeared. As soon as he stretched out his big hand, an invisible force would pull away the fire bird Zhenjun.


    An angry hum sounded, as if angered by Meng Zhang''s disregard.


    Two of the three shot at the same time to stop Meng Zhang''s action.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, both of them were monks in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    They seem to have a special joint skill, which can work together and exert more power than the middle level of returning to emptiness.


    After a loud noise, the whole world seemed to shake. Meng Zhang had just had a hard fight with them.


    After Meng Zhang easily repelled the two, he was ready to continue to capture huoque Zhenjun.


    The fire bird Zhenjun suddenly screamed, and his whole body burned up, and soon there was only a pile of powder left.


    Meng Zhang looked at the last of the three, and his face was full of irrecoverable hostility.


    Seeing that they were going to take the fire bird Zhenjun, the other party suddenly killed people and killed people while Meng Zhang was distracted.


    Like Meng Zhang, this man is a great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness, but Meng Zhang will not retreat at all.


    The other party killed huoque Zhenjun under his eyes, which made him really angry.


    After killing huoque Zhenjun, the man smiled at Meng Zhang.


    "Lord Meng, take it easy. It''s just a misunderstanding. There''s no need to fight so much."


    "By the way, I almost forgot to introduce myself."


    "Old man Tang Lun, these two are Lin Kunzhong."


    "All three of me are the supreme elders of the Dark Alliance."


    "A few days ago, I heard that there was some misunderstanding between taiyimen and Dark Alliance. It''s better to settle the enemy than to tie the knot. There''s really no need to be an enemy between taiyimen and our dark alliance. The three of me came here specially to resolve the misunderstanding."


    The name Tang Lun Meng Zhang has never heard of before.


    Since the other party, like him, is the great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness, he is also qualified to be called shangzun.


    Meng Zhang had vaguely heard that among the high-level officials of the Dark Alliance, two Huixu Daneng were biological brothers.


    These two people are notoriously difficult characters because of their bad character and their revenge.


    Are they the Lin brothers in front of us?


    I knew that the Dark Alliance was powerful, but Meng Zhang was a little surprised by the details of the Dark Alliance. He sent three back to virtual powers so easily.

 Chapter 2133

    In the cultivation world, there are many legends about the Dark Alliance.


    Among them, there are many guesses about the strength of the Dark Alliance.


    It is said that the strength of the Dark Alliance is not weaker than the ordinary Holy Land Sect, so the major Holy Land Sect can tolerate the existence of the Dark Alliance and allow the Dark Alliance to develop its organization in the whole Jun dust world.


    Taiyimen has a huge intelligence organization, and Meng Zhang has a close relationship with Tiangong.


    However, the dark alliance could suddenly send such a figure as Tang Lun shangzun, but Meng Zhang had never heard of him before.


    God knows how many great powers of returning to emptiness are hidden in the Dark Alliance, and how many people like Tang Lun''s reverence.


    Meng Zhang was more afraid of the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, fear belongs to fear, but Meng Zhang will not bow his head and retreat at this time.


    Since the Dark Alliance has been hidden in the dark for thousands of years and has never challenged the dominance of the Holy Land Sect, the strength of the Dark Alliance should also have a certain limit.


    In the final analysis, the Junchen world is still the world of the orthodox sect headed by the sect gates of the major holy places.


    The Dark Alliance is always a rat in the gutter. It only dares to hide in the dark.


    Meng Zhang dares to resist even the sects of the great holy places. Where will he fear the Dark Alliance.


    "Huoque Zhenjun has fallen into the devil''s way, secretly cultivated devil cultivation, and tried to set off a devil disaster in our taiyimen territory. It''s really an unforgivable sin."


    "You jumped out to kill people at this time. Did you plan such a thing because the headquarters of the Dark Alliance have completely fallen into the devil?"


    Meng Zhang didn''t answer the words of Tang Lun, but questioned him justly and sternly.


    As one of the righteous leaders in the Junchen world, Meng Zhang seems to be on the side of justice all the time.


    If the Dark Alliance really wants to set off a magic disaster in the Jun dust world, it will inevitably become the public enemy of the Jun dust world.


    When the Lin brothers heard Meng Zhang''s questioning, their faces changed and their flesh almost swelled.


    Their brothers were tall and very thick. They looked like two bandits. They didn''t have the temperament of returning to emptiness and great energy. They didn''t look like a man of virtue at all.


    It''s Tang Lun''s elegant demeanor and immortal demeanor, which is a bit of the temperament of an expert in the world.


    "Lord Meng joked. What does the devil''s way have to do with my dark alliance?"


    "This time, under the cover of the black market, the demon cultivation made trouble in taiyimen territory, which has nothing to do with our dark alliance."


    "Our dark alliance has always been at odds with the devil and has nothing to do with it. This time, in order to prove our innocence, we executed the fire sparrow Zhenjun who committed the crime of neglect."


    With a few words, Tang Lun left the Dark Alliance clean, as if the Dark Alliance really had nothing to do with this matter.


    At least he is also the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness. He doesn''t blink when he talks about lies. He is full of nonsense. He really doesn''t even want his face. Meng Zhang despises it in his heart.


    Meng Zhang is too lazy to talk and file a lawsuit against this guy.


    In the cultivation world, the final thing to see is whose fist is hard enough, not whose mouth will say.


    As long as we beat each other, the truth is not the one that Meng has the final say.


    Of course, if the war of returning to the virtual world really breaks out here, Meng Zhang also has some scruples.


    The four of them fight, and the dead sand sea and the endless sand sea nearby will be affected.


    Even the Gobi and the territory of Jiuqu province will suffer serious injuries.


    It''s OK to die in the sand sea, but other places have taiyimen strongholds, countless mortal settlements, and a large number of taiyimen friars.


    The aftermath of the war of returning to the virtual world does not distinguish between the enemy and ourselves.


    As long as they start a war and Meng Zhang can''t control the scope of the battle, taiyimen will suffer heavy losses and countless practitioners and mortals will be killed and injured.


    If Meng Zhang wants to avoid these injuries, he must make a quick decision and take out a card like Xianfu.


    Soon, Meng Zhang made up his mind.


    He would rather pay some price than let these three guys go easily.


    Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth Dharma phase Taiji yin-yang diagram appeared on his head, and a terrible threat swept through the audience and swept towards the three people.


    Tang Lun''s friendly smiling face disappeared and became very serious.


    A dark shadow appeared over his head.


    In the shadow came out bursts of ghosts crying and howling, and it was vaguely visible that gods and demons were dancing wildly.


    The Lin brothers also showed their own heaven and earth Dharma.


    One of them is a vast forest with thousands of trees floating in the wind.


    Another person''s Dharma phase of heaven and earth is a huge towering tree, standing proudly between heaven and earth. The huge tree body gives people an unshakable feeling.


    After the four people''s heaven and earth Dharma appeared, they had not started fighting, and the power of terror made the whole heaven and earth tremble.


    Death is almost everywhere in the sand sea, and the constantly roaring storm has quietly subsided at the moment.


    The whole sand sea of death seems to have solidified at the moment. All the creatures in it have lost consciousness and can''t move.


    Four great powers of returning to emptiness, including two in the later stage of returning to emptiness. The momentum released by them not only changed the sky of the dead sand sea, but also rushed into the sky, as if to pierce into the highest level of the sky.


    In the sky, there were faint bursts of thunder.


    It was the friar of the heavenly palace who monitored the Junchen world. When he found that the situation was wrong, he responded in time.


    Tiangong has been monitoring all kinds of movements in the whole Jun dust world through Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    The fluctuation of strength at the level of returning to emptiness is the focus of supervision.


    Meng Zhang and the four of them released their strength so recklessly that they looked like they were going to fight. They not only alerted the heavenly palace, but also made it respond in time.


    Meng Zhang''s four people obviously felt that God thoughts swept around them quickly.


    In recent years, although Tiangong has relaxed some restrictions on returning to virtual power, Meng Zhang and his four people really want to fight in the Junchen world, Tiangong still does not allow it.


    The four return to virtual powers will cause great damage to the Jun dust world and seriously damage the origin of the Jun dust world.


    Tiangong has expressed its attitude and made a warning through Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Although Meng Zhang is sure that he can resist the attack of Tianwei thunder punishment array, there is no need to make enemies with Tiangong.


    Tang Lun respected the three of them and seemed more reluctant to make enemies with the heavenly palace.


    With the deterrence of the heavenly palace, this war will not start.


    But if he just let go of the three guys in front of him, Meng Zhang was absolutely unwilling.


    The Dark Alliance is clearly related to this incident.


    Seeing Meng Zhang, he had to catch the key figures and ask the truth, but he was killed and stopped in time.


    If Meng Zhang makes concessions this time, isn''t he encouraging the behavior of the Dark Alliance.


    How can taiyimen deter the four sides and become the overlord of one side if others are allowed to make wind and rain on their own territory, but they don''t respond enough in the end?


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to fight, but was stopped by the heavenly palace. He was very oppressed.


    Meng Zhang did not take back the heaven and earth Dharma, nor did he take back his momentum and authority.

 Chapter 2134

    The momentum released by Meng Zhang is still entangled with Tang Lun and shangzun, and it is difficult to separate for the time being.


    Obviously, Meng Zhang was not willing to give up, but wanted to continue to entangle with Tang Lun and shangzun.


    Tang Lun and shangzun tried to get rid of Meng Zhang several times and got away, but Meng Zhang''s Qi machine entangled them like a gangrene.


    Of course, Tang Lun and Shang Zun could not allow Meng Zhang''s Qi machine to lock and entangle themselves. They also had to release the Qi machine to resist Meng Zhang.


    In this way, the Qi of the four of them intertwined and entangled together, and they could not get rid of it easily.


    In this case, no matter who of the four people leaves rashly or makes too big moves, they will be attacked by the other party.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s war intention is not concealed. He looks eager to try. It seems that he will attack at any time.


    If Tang Lun and the three of them were in a hurry to leave and revealed their flaws, under the entanglement of Qi and machine, Meng Zhang''s desperate action might really cause great harm to the three of them and even kill one or two people.


    Although Tiangong intimidated them through Tianwei thunder and punishment array, the reaction of Tianwei thunder and punishment array was not as fast as them, and it could not stop Meng Zhang in time.


    Meng Zhangzhen wants to hit and even kill his opponent. Afterwards, whether it''s against Tianwei thunder punishment array or facing the punishment of Tiangong, it''s all in the future.


    As the high-level leaders of the Dark Alliance, Shang Zun Tang Lun knows how much the heavenly palace and the Holy Land sects don''t like them.


    Although for some reasons, the heavenly palace and the holy places have always ignored them.


    But the heavenly palace and the holy places are absolutely happy to see their bad luck.


    If they rashly fight in the Junchen world, it will give the heavenly palace an excuse to embarrass them and the Dark Alliance.


    For a moment, Tang Lun and shangzun were retained by Meng Zhang and could not leave here for the time being.


    The grumpy Lin brothers are about to attack and are ready to fight with Meng Zhang, but Tang Lun''s superior secretly stops them.


    Unlike the ferocious Lin brothers, Tang lunshang Zun has always been resourceful and resourceful, boasting himself as a wise man in the Dark Alliance.


    He seldom acts impulsively and blindly. He often thinks clearly and calculates clearly before he takes action.


    Meng Zhang''s name has long spread throughout the Jun dust world, and his brilliant achievements in returning to the virtual power have aroused bursts of exclamation.


    As the largest intelligence organization in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance guessed some of Meng Zhang''s cards.


    From the bottom of his heart, shangzun Tang Lun is unwilling to be an enemy of Meng Zhang, let alone start a war with Meng Zhang.


    Unfortunately, as a member of the Dark Alliance, he can''t help himself even if he returns to the virtual upper respect.


    This time, the matter involves a lot. The senior level of the Dark Alliance can''t watch Meng Zhang track down all the time, so they have to intervene.


    Tang Lun shangzun took the Lin brothers and more to deter Meng Zhang. He hoped that Meng Zhang would scruple the strength of the Dark Alliance. This is the end of this matter and do not continue to pursue it.


    They successfully killed people and cut off the clues Meng Zhang pursued, but Meng Zhang left them here.


    Meng Zhang is still too young. When you shouldn''t be stubborn, if you are stubborn and have to make enemies blindly, you will suffer a great loss sooner or later.


    Tang Lun thought in his heart.


    He has never seen any big storms, and is very calm to deal with the current situation.


    Since Meng Zhang didn''t want them to go, they stayed for the time being.


    Anyway, they are not afraid to entangle with Meng Zhang slowly.


    When it takes ten or eight years, or even decades or hundreds of years, Meng Zhang will always have a day that can''t be consumed.


    According to the knowledge of Tang Lun, the Taiyi sect and the Holy Land Sect have always been hostile, and Meng Zhang has a lot of trouble.


    He doesn''t believe it. Meng Zhang can leave everything behind and entangle with them here.


    Indeed, Meng Zhang is now entangled in all kinds of things and is rarely free.


    Besides, the time of his advanced retreat is too short, and he still needs a lot of time to practice in order to deal with the strong enemies of all parties.


    Moreover, the Junchen world is about to change, and he needs to be prepared in all aspects.


    But to let Meng Zhang give up, he watched Tang Lun and shangzun come and go freely. He was very unwilling.


    Meng Zhang and the four of them restrained each other, so they fell into a deadlock, and the thunder in the sky began to disappear slowly.


    Tiangong noticed their state through Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    The heavenly palace will not interfere in their grievances and disputes, and will not intervene at will.


    The heavenly palace has no opinion on how long they are willing to stay here.


    Even if they are entangled in the wasteland, they have nothing to do with the heavenly palace.


    Of course, if they start a big fight and launch a war to return to the virtual world, they will never be able to do so.


    A thunder suddenly sounded in their ears, giving them a great shock.


    This is a warning from the heavenly palace, warning them not to cross the line.


    Then, Tiangong didn''t bother to care about them, but monitored their latest trends through Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Meng Zhang is also angry this time. He is absolutely unwilling to give up.


    There is no saying about this time. Even if it is a dark alliance, you can''t fool it.


    Meng Zhang still had many doubts in his heart.


    Dark Alliance has an affair with the devil. Dark Alliance secretly cultivates devil cultivation. Meng Zhang has known for a long time.


    But why did the Dark Alliance introduce and hide a group of demons in taiyimen territory?


    Could it be that the Dark Alliance really wants to trigger a magic disaster on taiyimen territory?


    The senior level of the Dark Alliance is not a fool without brains. They should know the strength of Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    The demons hiding in the Taiyi gate territory alone can cause some trouble to the Taiyi gate at most, but it is difficult to cause great damage to the Taiyi gate.


    For an organization like the Dark Alliance, its senior management should be rational enough to act with interests first.


    Although Meng Zhang and the Dark Alliance had some grudges, they had almost been resolved long ago.


    The previous taiyimen, following the practice of Jun dust world, allowed the Dark Alliance to establish branches on its territory.


    Taiyimen and Dark Alliance have always cooperated, and there is no conflict or the like.


    Facing the pressure of the holy places, Taiyi gate can''t provoke the Dark Alliance for no reason.


    What is the reason for this incident? Why does the Dark Alliance not hesitate to go back to virtual power to kill people?


    Meng Zhang urgently wants to know all this, instead of being kept in the dark like a fool.


    Tang Lun and Shang Zun will never tell Meng Zhang the truth.


    Meng Zhang has to investigate himself if he wants to solve these questions.


    Silently, a wisp of Meng Zhang''s mind entered his mustard space and turned into a human shadow similar to his image.


    Meng Zhang has been imprisoned in his mustard space since he captured Taoist Youhuan.


    Meng Zhang''s thought incarnation came to Taoist Youhuan and restored her consciousness.


    As soon as he regained consciousness, Taoist Youhuan first looked around, and then opened his mouth to persuade Meng Zhang not to be an enemy of the Dark Alliance because of an impulse.

 Chapter 2135

    Taoist Youhuan didn''t know what was happening outside. It seems that he hasn''t touched his head yet.


    She didn''t seem to know that because she inadvertently dragged Meng Zhang, huoque Zhenjun had a chance to escape.


    She thought it was her previous words and the attitude of the senior level of the Dark Alliance, which angered Meng Zhang, who took her down.


    Taoist Youhuan really didn''t intend to be an enemy of Meng Zhang.


    She, who had never spoken much, worked hard to persuade Meng Zhang.


    There is no irreconcilable resentment between Dark Alliance and taiyimen.


    There is no need for the two sides to be hostile all the time. Any differences can be discussed slowly and resolved through negotiation.


    The attitude of the Dark Alliance is a little poor, but it is mostly just a gesture, which Meng Zhang should be able to understand.


    The conditions of the Dark Alliance seem harsh, but it still leaves room for bargaining for taiyimen.


    The incarnation of Meng Zhang''s divine thoughts is connected with the Buddha''s mind and keeps the information synchronized.


    Although this incarnation of divine thoughts does not have the strength and magic power of the original Buddha, it still has some sense of human wisdom.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, Taoist Youhuan''s words are not false, and her attitude is also very sincere.


    Did Taoist Youhuan really know nothing about all this, and she herself was kept in the dark?


    At least she is also the return virtual power of the Dark Alliance. Is she really so confused?


    Meng Zhang immediately thought of the fierce struggle within the Dark Alliance, the strife and fierce struggle among the major factions.


    Maybe Taoist Youhuan was also hoodwinked by the people in the Dark Alliance and became a ghost for the dead. Maybe he was still a victim of factional struggle.


    Meng Zhang did not want to see his old friend Taoist Youhuan really become an enemy, nor did he want to think too bad about her and subconsciously excuse her in his heart.


    The thought incarnation pondered for a moment, interrupted Taoist Youhuan''s persuasion, and told her everything that had happened before. There was nothing to hide.


    Taoist Youhuan was stunned when he heard Meng Zhang''s story.


    Taoist Youhuan didn''t expect that he was just ordered to visit Taiyi gate and convey the attitude of the senior level of the Dark Alliance. He actually met such a big event.


    The Dark Alliance branch dared to collude with the devil so deeply that it attracted a strong reaction from Taiyi sect.


    In particular, it is said that Tang Lun shangzun and the Lin brothers are now facing off with Meng Zhang. The shock on Taoist Youhuan''s face can no longer be concealed.


    After Meng Zhang''s divine thought incarnation finished, Taoist Youhuan, regardless of the internal rules of the Dark Alliance, explained the causes and consequences of his visit to Taiyi gate.


    In the process of cleaning up the forces of the evil way, the Dark Alliance branch in the territory was found to be related to this matter.


    The top level of Taiyi sect attacked the Dark Alliance branch, killed and captured many Dark Alliance friars, and destroyed many Dark Alliance strongholds.


    After the news reached the dark League Headquarters, it caused a great shock.


    Although the Dark Alliance has been hidden in the dark and seems unable to see the light, all the practitioners who have some knowledge know its existence, its difficulties and its huge power.


    There is no true cultivation force in the Junchen world. They are willing to offend the Dark Alliance for no reason and can''t live with the Dark Alliance.


    Even the major holy places can only ignore their existence, out of sight and out of mind.


    For thousands of years, the Dark Alliance has developed smoothly in the Junchen world, and rarely encountered similar things this time.


    According to the news received by the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, the branches and strongholds of the Dark Alliance in taiyimen have no direct relationship with the devil repair. But in its peripheral organization, the black market, there are evil repair transactions from time to time.


    Taiyimen took advantage of the issue and held on to a small matter, so he hurt the Dark Alliance and angered many senior leaders of the Dark Alliance.


    For the Dark Alliance, its majesty cannot be provoked.


    The Dark Alliance respects all regions of the Junchen world, including the overlords of the Xiuzhen world, including the Taiyi gate. It is not afraid of them, but mutual benefit. It is limited to the restrictions of major gates and has to coexist with them.


    The Dark Alliance itself is a huge force juxtaposed with the Holy Land sects.


    If the Dark Alliance Headquarters allows taiyimen to be so presumptuous, what is the majesty?


    In the future, if other Xiuzhen forces follow suit, how will the various branches of the Dark Alliance develop?


    After a simple discussion, the senior level of the Au decided to take a high-pressure attitude towards Taiyi gate and warned Taiyi gate.


    Although in the dark League Headquarters, some people oppose such a hasty decision.


    But their voice is too weak to affect the overall situation.


    Taoist Youhuan had a friendship with Meng Zhang. He was familiar with Meng Zhang''s character and knew that he was not the kind of person who made trouble. This time, there should be another reason.


    Unfortunately, Taoist Youhuan, among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Dark Alliance, has a shallow seniority and can''t convince others. Naturally, he doesn''t have much say.


    After all, the Dark Alliance is an old power of truth cultivation in the Junchen world. It is still very methodical and adopts the set of courtesy before the soldiers.


    Because Taoist Youhuan was familiar with Meng Zhang, the senior management of Dark Alliance sent her to Taiyi gate to visit Meng Zhang, the leader, and convey the meaning of Dark Alliance headquarters.


    As a member of the Dark Alliance, Taoist Youhuan naturally could not disobey the consensus of the high level.


    From the original intention of Taoist Youhuan, she didn''t want to see Meng Zhang, an old friend, become the enemy of the Dark Alliance. Taiyimen fought with the Dark Alliance.


    After Taoist Youhuan came to Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was really angry with the high-level attitude of the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist Youhuan''s idea of easing relations naturally failed.


    As long as the Dark Alliance headquarters still looks high and maintains that domineering and bullying attitude towards taiyimen, Meng Zhang will not communicate with it, let alone bow his head and compromise.


    As for the arrival of Taoist Youhuan, Meng Zhang''s time was delayed and his hands and feet were delayed, so that he could not catch huoque Zhenjun himself. Taoist Youhuan could only say that things happened by chance.


    Taoist Youhuan made it clear that she could not know the trend of Meng Zhang and prepare in advance.


    As for later, Meng Zhang took her down in a rage. She didn''t even have consciousness. Naturally, she didn''t know what happened next.


    After saying this, Taoist Youhuan was silent for a while before he reminded Meng Zhang to be careful of the three brothers Tang Lun shangzun and Lin family.


    Taoist Youhuan told Meng Zhang some details of the three people.


    Shangzun Tang Lun has a high status in the Dark Alliance and is a big man who can determine the trend of the Dark Alliance.


    This time, the Dark Alliance took a hostile attitude towards taiyimen because he fanned the flames and made waves behind his back.


    Taoist Youhuan once heard a rumor. Although Tang Lun looks like an immortal and an expert in Taoism, he seems to have an affair with the devil secretly.


    There have always been some factional forces within the Dark Alliance, which are not clear about the evil way.


    Many members of the Dark Alliance even fell directly into the devil and became a devil.


    The senior level of the Dark Alliance turned a blind eye to this and kept it secret.


    With the identity and status of Taoist Youhuan at this time, he is not qualified to deeply understand some secrets of the Dark Alliance.


    As for the Lin brothers, they are even more ferocious.


    The two of them have always followed Tang Lun''s lead. They are the capable generals under Tang Lun.

 Chapter 2136

    After listening to the words of Taoist Youhuan, Meng Zhang had some understanding of the three opponents in front of him.


    If Taoist Youhuan didn''t lie, she was also used.


    As for the tense relationship between the Dark Alliance and taiyimen, it is mainly because someone obstructs and stirs up discord.


    Tang Lun and Meng Zhang had no grievances before. Why did they do this? What good would it do to them?


    From the three of them, we should not get the answer for the time being.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t swallow this tone and decided to trace it to the end.


    After a frank exchange with Taoist Youhuan, the two eliminated the misunderstanding.


    The Dark Alliance is also hostile to taiyimen because of misleading.


    Meng Zhang finally had another question, that is, why did Taoist Youhuan come to the door at that time?


    Taoist Youhuan didn''t think much and answered directly that she should have visited Taiyi gate earlier, but she met an old guard on the way. They talked for a long time and delayed a lot of time. She arrived at Taiyi gate a little later than scheduled.


    When Taoist Youhuan mentioned the name of Lao, Meng Zhang felt a sense of crisis and felt invisible pressure.


    This is the warning of his spiritual sense as a Heavenly Master. This is what practitioners call a whim.


    Meng Zhang subconsciously felt that this old man should be a key figure.


    Next, Meng Zhang continued to ask the origin of Liu Lao.


    Although Taoist Youhuan was calculated and captured by Meng Zhang, she didn''t mean to betray the Dark Alliance.


    So far, she is a loyal member of the dark League.


    She should not disclose the top secrets of the League to outsiders.


    Before that, she was quick to say that she mentioned the name of Lao, and she had some regrets in her heart.


    Meng Zhang is now repeatedly asking about things related to him. Taoist Youhuan keeps his mouth shut and will not reveal any information.


    Not to mention their friendship, Taoist Youhuan is also very useful to Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang is not good at persecuting her.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to switch off the topic and gave up questioning.


    However, in his heart, Meng Zhang firmly remembered the name of Lao and prepared to carefully trace everything related to this person in the future.


    Since the conflict between the Dark Alliance and taiyimen was mainly provoked by Tang Lun and shangzun, Meng Zhang did not need to continue to be hostile to the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not let go of the three culprits respected by Tang Lun.


    Meng Zhang is not motivated, but has his own considerations.


    Although he wanted to clear up the misunderstanding with the Dark Alliance, he didn''t say to restore the original relationship, at least he didn''t have to be hostile all the time. However, if he does not show enough deterrence and show his determination to fight at all, the dark alliance may not be willing to treat taiyimen equally.


    Meng Zhang has been the leader of Taiyi sect for many years, and he still has a strategy.


    Meng Zhang must find out what Tang Lun and Shang Zun secretly planned, so he chose them as the target of attack and power this time.


    On the surface, the Dark Alliance is a whole, but there are many internal factions and disputes, among which there may be enemies of Tang Lun.


    Due to the limitation of strength, Meng Zhang should not expand the scope of attack, but divide the Dark Alliance as far as possible.


    After the Taoist Youhuan and Meng Zhang had a frank communication, they roughly figured out what happened.


    As a senior member of the Dark Alliance, she has mastered many secrets inside the Dark Alliance.


    She could guess the intention of Tang Lun''s three people, but it was difficult to speak clearly to Meng Zhang.


    In that sentence, Taoist Youhuan is a member of the Dark Alliance after all. Anyway, she should stand in the perspective of the Dark Alliance and safeguard the interests of the Dark Alliance.


    Even if she is calculated this time, it is also the internal contradiction of the Dark Alliance. She will naturally find a way to solve it without the intervention of Meng Zhang.


    Taoist Youhuan also kindly persuaded Meng Zhang that there was a pure misunderstanding between taiyimen and Dark Alliance.


    After she goes back, she will explain to taiyimen, so that both sides can eliminate misunderstandings.


    Meng Zhang really does not need to be hostile to the Dark Alliance, let alone continue to entangle with Tang Lun and shangzun.


    Meng Zhang smiled. He had a plan in mind, but it was not so easy to be moved by Taoist Youhuan.


    Of course, there is no need to detain Taoist Youhuan.


    He also really needs Taoist Youhuan to return to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance to ease the relationship between the Dark Alliance and taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s thought incarnation silently returned to the Buddha.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved. The Taoist Youhuan who was placed in the mustard space by him was lifted and released by him.


    Taoist Youhuan left the mustard space, restored his freedom and appeared not far from Meng Zhang.


    She looked at the confrontational Meng Zhang and them, sighed, said nothing more, turned and flew away.


    Taoist Youhuan didn''t help Tang Lun and shangzun, which relieved Meng Zhang.


    Without using immortal talismans, Meng Zhang still had a little trouble to entangle Tang Lun and shangzun.


    Although Taoist Youhuan is only the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, if he makes the wrong choice, he may still become the last straw to crush the camel.


    Taoist Youhuan did not disappoint Meng Zhang, and the worst did not happen.


    Seeing Taoist Youhuan''s back disappear, Tang Lun shangzun didn''t say anything, but the grumpy Lin family brother scolded severely.


    "A bitch who eats inside out."


    "Traitor."


    "I don''t know what to do."


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about their reaction. He was still thinking about what Taoist Youhuan had just revealed.


    There was an impulse in his heart to immediately perform Dayan divine calculation and calculate the origin of the old man.


    For one thing, he is facing off with a strong enemy. He should not be distracted to use his natural skills, so as not to give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Second, he had an intuition in his heart that he should not rashly use his natural skills to calculate everything related to aging.


    Third, now that he knows the existence of Huang Lao, he can collect intelligence and inquire about the relevant situation through other methods instead of hastily using the magic of divination.


    Meng Zhang did not use the secret arts, but secretly used the secret arts. He contacted Niu Dawei and gave him some orders.


    After Niu Dawei of taiyimen Mountain Gate was instructed by Meng Zhang, he immediately put down what he was doing and went directly to the heavenly palace and asked to see the high-level officials of the heavenly palace.


    In the heavenly palace, the iron faced Taoist from the law enforcement hall came forward to receive Niu Dawei, the true king of the Yang God, which can be regarded as giving him face.


    Niu Dawei told the recent events in taiyimen territory, accusing the Dark Alliance of colluding with the devil, cultivating and receiving the devil, and trying to set off a devil disaster in taiyimen territory.


    Taiyimen finally solved the problem, but the dark League Headquarters criticized it.


    Niu Dawei wants to know what the attitude of Tiangong is if the Dark Alliance headquarters takes action against taiyimen.


    Is it still turning a blind eye and conniving at the Dark Alliance, or performing its duties as the ruler of the Junchen world, presiding over justice and preventing the Dark Alliance?

 Chapter 2137

    Facing Niu Dawei''s question, the iron faced Taoist had no waves on his face.


    Meng Zhang also has a position in the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace. They are colleagues.


    Taoist Tiemian not only had contacts and friendship with Meng Zhang, but also as a direct friar of the heavenly palace, he was willing to make friends with Meng Zhang, a promising figure who was hostile to all the holy places.


    The iron faced Taoist priest came forward to receive Niu Dawei this time to buy Meng Zhang a face.


    He told Niu Dawei very frankly that although Tiangong ignored the existence of the Dark Alliance for some reasons. But this does not mean that the Dark Alliance can do whatever it wants in the Junchen world.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places are the rule makers of the Junchen world. The Dark Alliance must obey them and abide by the rules, and cannot easily violate them.


    In fact, the big actions of the Dark Alliance have always been under the surveillance of the heavenly palace.


    Niu Dawei can rest assured that the Dark Alliance will never dare to send an army to invade taiyimen territory.


    It is impossible for the Dark Alliance to trigger a large-scale battle with taiyimen, and it is impossible to directly attack taiyimen.


    Of course, the iron faced Taoist also admitted that the heavenly palace could not monitor and control all the actions of the Dark Alliance.


    If the Dark Alliance does some tricks secretly and calculates Taiyi gate through some indirect means, it is difficult for the heavenly palace to detect and stop it.


    The iron faced Taoist''s answer was clear enough without any Mandarin. Niu Dawei was very satisfied.


    For Niu Dawei, with the words of the iron faced Taoist, his purpose of coming to the heavenly palace was basically achieved.


    As long as the Dark Alliance can''t directly attack taiyimen on a large scale, there''s nothing to worry about in taiyimen.


    As for some secret means, taiyimen can deal with them by itself.


    The iron faced Taoist also told Niu Dawei that the evil way has always been the public enemy of the Junchen world.


    This time, the Dark Alliance''s branch above taiyimen territory is involved in matters related to the devil''s way, and the heavenly palace will also send someone to warn the Dark Alliance.


    Although the warning may not play a big role, it at least shows the attitude of Tiangong. The headquarters of the Dark Alliance will be more or less afraid, and then it will become somewhat restrained.


    Now Meng Zhang has entangled the three of Tang Lun, and the heavenly palace will not interfere.


    Many people in Tiangong actually support Meng Zhang. As long as Meng Zhang''s next action is beyond the line, Tiangong has no opinion.


    In addition, the major holy places are on the other side of the door. They have no spare power to deal with this matter for the time being, and they are not willing to be involved in the trouble related to the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang and the Dark Alliance are hostile and conflict, and they are all happy to see.


    The iron faced Taoist said so much and fully expressed his goodwill.


    After thanking the iron faced Taoist priest, Niu Dawei hurriedly left the heavenly palace and returned to Taiyi gate.


    After returning to zongmen, Niu Dawei contacted Meng Zhang through the secret of long-distance communication and told Meng Zhang about the attitude of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang was completely relieved.


    Since Tiangong has such an attitude, you don''t have to worry about the large-scale attack of the Dark Alliance.


    At the most, be careful to guard against the sending of a few strong members of the Dark Alliance, secretly to Taiyi gate chaos.


    When Niu Dawei went to the heavenly palace, the top level of taiyimen contacted Yu Ci Lao Dao in the West Sea through the secret method of long-distance communication according to his instructions before leaving.


    Now taiyimen is the time to return to the weak and the strong.


    Yu Ci Lao Dao soon put down everything in the West Sea and hurried back to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang, who had solved his worries at home, began to figure out how to target Tang Lun and shangzun.


    What Meng Zhang urgently needs to know is why Tang Lun and Shang Zun killed people. What''s the secret of the demon cultivation in Taiyi clan?


    Meng Zhang patiently continued to entangle with the three of them, while the top level of taiyimen tried his best to trace everything related to magic cultivation and magic objects according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    After this period of strict elimination, most of the demons in taiyimen territory have been arrested, and at most some lucky people have escaped the chase.


    The friar of taiyimen adheres to the tradition of the sect and will never show mercy to the devil cultivation.


    In addition to those killed on the spot, most of the captured demons also died in the follow-up interrogation.


    Taiyimen has basically figured out the source of most magic cultivation.


    The remnants of the Dali imperial dynasty; Foreign demons shelter in the Dark Alliance, or haunt in the black market; There are even demons cultivated by the Dark Alliance itself.


    From these demons alone, we can''t find out the deep-seated secrets, let alone the reason why huoque Zhenjun was killed.


    The Dark Alliance''s branch above taiyimen territory was broken down by taiyimen, and many strongholds were cleared, allowing taiyimen to capture many monks.


    Previously, there was room for taiyimen. For those friars who have nothing to do with demon cultivation, they can be merciful.


    Now, taiyimen severely interrogates these captured dark League members again. Try every means to break their mouths and try to get useful information.


    Even friars of taiyimen often use soul searching as a means to deal with such sequelae.


    In this process, many members of the dark League either died in interrogation or became idiots, but friar taiyimen still didn''t get the answer he wanted.


    The friar of taiyimen is in full swing, and Meng Zhang is not idle.


    In addition to always clinging to Tang Lun and shangzun so that they could not get away, he kept thinking about why the three of them should intervene in this matter.


    Meng Zhang suddenly thought that huoque Zhenjun finally escaped into the dead sand sea. Is it not that he was in a panic, but with a purpose.


    The dead sand sea was cleaned by the taiyimen friars in the early years. There were no hidden secrets for a long time.


    Even if there are some ghosts and Demons hidden in it, the level is not high, and it is impossible to attract people like Tang Lun to respect them.


    Since there is no problem with the dead sand sea, it may be that the dead sand sea is only the necessary place for the real king of the fire bird.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes looked around the death sand sea. After a tour, he bet on the north of the death sand sea.


    The area around the dead sand sea is basically the territory of taiyimen. As the earliest territory conquered, taiyimen has a deep control over it. The territory itself has been fully developed, and it is unlikely that there are any hidden secrets.


    To the north of the dead sand sea, it is close to the northern end of the Jun dust world. It is remote, desolate and worthless. People from Taiyi gate and down, including Meng Zhang, have not paid much attention to that place.


    Meng Zhang had a rough observation of the place in his early years. When he found that there was no problem, he left it behind and did not go further.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were not enough and his eyesight was limited. Maybe he missed anything.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang had the impulse to explore there again.


    Of course, he now entangled the three people of Tang Lun, and he was entangled by them. Everyone couldn''t get away for the time being.


    He also had no way to explore the north of the dead sand sea himself.

 Chapter 2138

    When Meng Zhang doubted, taiyimen also got some harvest.


    Seeing that the interrogation of the ordinary friars of the Dark Alliance had not achieved much, taiyimen focused on the interrogation of the demon monk.


    The endurance of demon practitioners to pain is much stronger than that of ordinary practitioners.


    The spirit of demon cultivation is very dirty. It is not only difficult to succeed in soul searching, but also may pollute the interrogator in turn.


    At that time, the magic disaster broke out in Daheng cultivation world, and then it was almost calmed by Taiyi sect.


    Taiyi gate not only accumulated a lot of experience in dealing with demons and demons, but also organized the research on demons in order to deepen the understanding of demons and seek various targeted means.


    This time, because the leader Meng Zhang ordered to track down all the clues about the devil''s way, the top level of Taiyi sect made great efforts.


    Many high-level friars risked being polluted and forcibly searched the captured demons.


    Afterwards, in order to eliminate pollution, they seriously damaged their own strength.


    Their efforts were not in vain, but they finally achieved some results.


    There is nothing to say about the remnants of the imperial dynasty. The key trial object is the demon cultivation related to the Dark Alliance.


    Among them, there are some demons with high accomplishments. Their spirits have obviously been passive, and many key memories have been cleared.


    The spirit of a monk is the most mysterious and unpredictable existence.


    Even after careful cleaning, it is inevitable that there will be occasional dense and sparse situations.


    The high-level friar in charge of soul searching in Taiyi gate found some clues among the spirits of several demon practitioners.


    Deep in the memory of these demons, there is yellow sand all over the sky, endless desolation


    These clues point to the dead sand sea and its north.


    During the investigation, friar taiyimen kept in touch with Meng Zhang through the secret method of long-distance communication at any time.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and ordered Yang Xueyi, Kongzi and Wen qiansuan to go to the north of the dead sand sea for investigation.


    The three great Yang gods, Zhenjun, set out immediately and soon crossed the sand sea of death and entered the further north.


    To the north of the dead sand sea, because it is close to the northern edge of the Jun dust world, the rules of heaven and earth here are not stable, and disorder often occurs.


    The space is upside down, upside down, left and right, the flame burns in the water, and the waterfall flows back


    All kinds of strange and abnormal phenomena are common here.


    Almost no living creature can grow and reproduce here. This is the forbidden area of life.


    Those who do not have enough accomplishments dare not enter here easily.


    Yang Xueyi and other three Yang shenzhenjun can enter and leave here freely, but their actions are still very limited.


    There is too much interference here. Their thoughts are not only difficult to detect in a large range, but also often shielded.


    Because of the disorder of space here, they dare not use space transmission easily.


    The instability of the rules of heaven and earth leads to the uncertainty of the five elements.


    Many times, it is difficult for them to perform all kinds of evasion. In some extreme places, they even have a hard time flying.


    In such a bad environment, if they want to find clues about the devil''s way, they naturally have many difficulties and can''t get up at all.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang sent the Yang God Zhenjun. If he was replaced by a weaker monk, it would be really difficult to conduct a careful investigation here.


    Although Yang Xueyi and her colleagues did their best to carry out the investigation, due to the limited conditions, it was difficult for them to achieve results in a short time.


    When taiyimen tried their best to track down this matter, Tiangong was also making efforts secretly.


    For some reason, the heavenly palace ignored the existence of the Dark Alliance and seemed to be letting them go.


    But in fact, the heavenly palace also has an insurmountable bottom line.


    Because of the great harm of the evil way, the heavenly palace has always been very vigilant about the evil way.


    The heavenly palace will never allow the return to emptiness level demon cultivation in the Jun dust world.


    Magic cultivation at the level of returning to emptiness is called the great devil and is the great enemy of all Taoist practitioners.


    When taiyimen found the devil''s trace this time and began to clean it up with all his strength, although Tiangong received the news, it didn''t pay much attention.


    Magic cultivation seems to kill all kinds of things.


    Almost every once in a while, there are demons in the Junchen world, causing chaos and even setting off demonic disasters.


    As long as the degree of the matter is not too serious, the heavenly palace will not directly interfere, but there are still local Xiuzhen forces to deal with it by themselves.


    The Taiyi gate has the worship of Meng Zhang in the later stage of returning to emptiness. As long as it doesn''t go up to the Holy Land sects and families, it can almost walk across the Junchen world.


    Even if this demon cultivation event is related to the Dark Alliance, taiyimen should be able to handle it easily.


    The progress of things was as expected by the heavenly palace. The action of cleaning up the devil''s way at Taiyi gate has been very smooth.


    It was not until Yang Xueyi and Kongzi were chasing the fire bird Zhenjun that something happened.


    In order to stop the pursuit, huoque Zhenjun released a magic object with strength of returning to the virtual level.


    The heavenly palace has been monitoring the movements of the whole Jun dust world through the Tianwei thunder punishment array, focusing on the power fluctuation of the return virtual level.


    The appearance of the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness suddenly touched the sensitive nerves of the heavenly palace.


    Because Meng Zhang arrived in time, he refined the demon before the heavenly palace reacted.


    The Dark Alliance has played so much that even the magic objects at the level of returning to the virtual world have been made. Naturally, the high-level of the heavenly palace is very angry.


    Although the Dark Alliance left itself very clean, there was no hard evidence.


    However, the heavenly palace did not need any evidence and directly determined that it was the work of the Dark Alliance.


    This demon has the power level of returning to emptiness, but there is no corresponding wisdom, and there are many means of returning to emptiness.


    Strictly speaking, this demon is not a big devil, and there is still a big gap between it and the big devil.


    The dark League doesn''t know whether it''s the only way to cultivate the ability or whether it''s afraid of the heavenly palace, so it plays a marginal ball.


    Although the high level of Tiangong was angry, it was not good to punish the Dark Alliance for a moment.


    In the empty battlefield outside the Junchen world, the war situation is very tight, and the Junchen world is under great pressure.


    The senior leaders of the Dark Alliance are not good people, and their early agreements can not completely bind them.


    If the heavenly palace is too tight, it will force the Dark Alliance against it and trigger a large-scale war. That is also unacceptable to the high-level of Tiangong.


    As long as the Dark Alliance has not taken the last step and openly rebelled, the current situation in the Junchen world can only continue to ignore them.


    The high level of Tiangong is also very difficult now. We should not limit and beat the Dark Alliance too much.


    Taiyimen came forward to entangle with the Dark Alliance. The high-level of Tiangong actually welcomed it.


    On the surface, Tiangong seems to continue its original policy and continue to ignore the Dark Alliance. But secretly, Tiangong is willing to provide some help to taiyimen.


    In addition to sending messengers to warn the senior level of the Dark Alliance, the heavenly palace also acquiesced in some actions of returning to virtual power.

 Chapter 2139

    Taiyi sect sent three Yang God Zhenjun to the north of the dead sand sea for investigation. The investigation was not smooth, and Tiangong also saw it.


    For such an area where the rules of heaven and earth are unstable, the Tianwei thunder punishment array of Tiangong is also difficult to monitor effectively.


    As long as there is no power fluctuation at the virtual level, Tianwei thunder punishment array can not play.


    Under the hint of some high-level officials in the heavenly palace, shortly after returning to the heavenly palace from the empty battlefield, Qin Fangtian, the deputy hall leader of the subduing demons hall, who was taking a rest, called the iron faced Taoist priest and the silver pot old man to leave the heavenly palace together and go north of the sand sea of death.


    Meng Zhang is still struggling with Tang Lun and shangzun.


    Yang Xueyi''s investigation had no results. Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. He could sit down at the Diaoyutai and wait slowly.


    We all return to emptiness and have a long life. The confrontation time is not worth mentioning at all.


    During the confrontation, Tang Lun put on a relaxed look and chatted with the Lin brothers from time to time.


    Sometimes, he even took the initiative to talk to Meng Zhang, or ridicule or persuade.


    Although the Lin brothers have a bad temper, they are at least capable of returning to emptiness. They do not lack this patience.


    At most, they scolded Meng Zhang from time to time.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to be wordy with them and kept silent. He just strengthened the locking of the Qi machine, so that everyone could not get away easily.


    In the far north of the sand sea of death, the three return virtual powers of the heavenly palace entered this area and also began a detailed search.


    Returning to virtual power can easily control the rules of heaven and earth and mobilize the power of heaven and earth.


    The disordered rules of heaven and earth and the harsh environment here have little obstacles to the three of them.


    This is a vast area, with a total area exceeding all the territories currently owned by taiyimen.


    The terrain here is complex and the environment is changeable. If you really want to hide something, it is difficult to find it in a short time.


    In the empty battlefield, the heavenly palace subdues demons hall is the main force to deal with demons.


    Qin Fangtian, as the deputy leader of the demon subduing Hall of the heavenly palace, is responsible for dealing with all kinds of demons and demons.


    He is very familiar with all kinds of means of the devil''s way and has accumulated rich experience in fighting the devil''s way.


    He and Meng Zhang met and dealt with each other at an early age.


    At that time, Meng Zhang was a little monk who asked him for help. In a twinkling of an eye, Meng Zhang had become the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness, but he was still the cultivation in the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was already above him.


    At the thought of this, he had a strange feeling in his heart.


    Of course, this does not hinder his current work.


    As a member of the law enforcement hall, iron faced Taoist has always been selfless and impartial in law enforcement. He has long been full of hatred for Dark Alliance, an organization that is free from the laws of the heavenly palace.


    He came here this time not only to help taiyimen, but also to find out more lawlessness of the Dark Alliance, hoping to promote the heavenly palace to punish the Dark Alliance.


    Old man Yinhu, not to mention that he and Meng Zhang are old friends.


    Although the two sides failed to work together for Tianlei shangzun, the relationship remained good.


    He didn''t want to offend the Dark Alliance, but he didn''t mind helping Meng Zhang.


    The three great powers of returning to emptiness show their magic powers, go all out and search everything here carefully.


    Although their initial search was fruitless.


    But they were patient enough, did not worry at all, and searched slowly and carefully.


    The special environment here can not completely shield the idea of returning to emptiness and great power.


    All three of them have mastered many secret methods specially used for search.


    Especially Qin Fangtian, he is very good at finding out the clues of the existence of the devil''s way.


    In taiyimen territory, the clean-up operation of the devil''s way is almost over.


    All demons have been basically eliminated, and most demons have been arrested.


    The influence of the Dark Alliance was swept away, and taiyimen territory has become a rare vacuum area of the Dark Alliance in the Junchen world.


    After learning the lessons of this time, taiyimen will also make a review.


    The major members of Hanhai Dao alliance and the friars involved in this incident were dealt with according to the seriousness of their mistakes.


    Some taiyimen friars were also punished for negligence.


    Since then, taiyimen will strengthen the supervision of all members of hanhaidao alliance and strengthen the control of the territory.


    The pursuit and prevention of demon cultivation will become a normal work and will never be relaxed.


    Some problems caused by excessive correction began to be solved slowly at this time.


    Within taiyimen''s sphere of influence, peace has begun to slowly return, and all affairs have returned to normal.


    After Taoist Youhuan was released by Meng Zhang and returned to the Dark Alliance, no news came.


    It seems that the Dark Alliance has also ceased to focus on taiyimen.


    I don''t know whether it was the misunderstanding that lifted the relationship, or whether the warning of the heavenly palace messenger took effect.


    In short, there was no further action from the Dark Alliance, and nothing came out.


    The taiyimen high-level did not relax their vigilance because of the current calm of the Dark Alliance.


    Organizations such as the Dark Alliance will not give up easily after so many strongholds have been cleared.


    As for who is right and who is wrong, it doesn''t matter.


    Qin Fangtian they spent more than half a year in that area and finally found out.


    In the vast sand sea, Qin Fangtian found something wrong.


    Originally, when he passed here, he just flew in the air and used his routine secret arts to shake everything between heaven and earth to see if it would trigger any reaction.


    Below him is an insignificant desert Gobi, without any unusual situation.


    However, his secret method soon attracted feedback.


    In his induction, a strange wave came from below.


    If it is another return virtual power, it is likely to ignore this fluctuation.


    However, Qin Fangtian, who has killed many demons and killed all kinds of demons for many times, smelled a familiar smell.


    Qin Fangtian didn''t hesitate. He immediately cast a spell, sent out a demon thunder, and cleaved down.


    The falling demon thunder from the sky almost annihilated the whole desert.


    After the desert disappeared, bursts of violent spatial fluctuations came from above, and a hidden small world soon appeared in front of him.


    This small world is similar to the blessed land. It is an independent space based on the Jun dust world.


    The means of building this small world are very extraordinary, especially the means used to hide its existence. Even Qin Fangtian was amazed.


    Immediately, Qin Fangtian was acutely aware of the hidden breath in the small world, and his face immediately changed.


    He hesitated for a moment, sent out another demon thunder, and fiercely split into the small world in front of him.


    A dark curtain of light appeared in front of the small world. After a period of stalemate with the falling demon thunder, it broke.


    With the breaking of the light curtain, the breath in the small world can no longer be hidden.


    The breath of abnormal terror seemed to break free from some kind of bondage, and powerful magic Qi rushed up into the sky

 Chapter 2140

    This small world is the nest of the devil''s way. It is a real devil''s nest. Qin Fangtian quickly made a judgment.


    A terrible evil spirit gushed out of the small world and turned into a strange monster in the air.


    Qin Fangtian can clearly feel that there are several breath of strength at the level of returning to emptiness in this small world.


    These smells are full of mania and ferocity


    Once this breath is sensed, ordinary friars can be demonized and become demons who have no reason and only know how to kill.


    Qin Fangtian is very adapted to this atmosphere.


    After careful induction, he breathed a sigh of relief.


    These masters who return to the virtual level have no reason to speak of. They are a group of ignorant and confused guys.


    If his judgment is correct, the masters of these breath are demons with empty return to emptiness level power but no corresponding means, not real demons.


    If there are several big demons here, maybe the friars at the top of the heavenly palace will go out immediately.


    The silver pot old man and the iron faced Taoist priest who searched in the distance rushed here after sensing the breath here.


    According to Qin Fangtian''s original temperament, after sensing the smell of demons inside, most of them will kill them immediately and clean up all demons.


    However, he thought of the hint from the high level of Tiangong to himself before he left.


    Their action this time is only to help taiyimen secretly. It is not suitable to be directly hostile to the Dark Alliance. It is best not to start directly against the Dark Alliance.


    In this small world, there are many ordinary practitioners.


    Needless to say, they are all members of the dark League.


    When Qin Fangtian was hesitating, the iron faced Taoist priest and the old silver pot rushed here one after another.


    The iron faced Taoist priest, who has always been jealous of evil, sensed the breath in the small world and shouted loudly.


    "What are you waiting for? Let''s kill in together, destroy all demons, completely wipe out this place and destroy this small world."


    Qin Fangtian shook his head.


    "This is a real magic nest. I''d better leave it to taiyimen."


    Speaking of the word "magic nest", Qin Fangtian strengthened his tone.


    The so-called devil''s nest is a special building of the devil''s way. It has the functions of dyeing and cultivating practitioners, cultivating demons, breeding demons and so on.


    This small world is not small. The magic nest inside is large-scale and high-level.


    If other factors are not considered, it is Qin Fangtian''s responsibility to clean up such a magic nest.


    However, because he was familiar with the devil''s nest, Qin Fangtian knew how difficult it was to build such a devil''s nest in the Junchen world and hide it from the eyes and ears of all forces.


    It can be imagined how much manpower and material resources the Dark Alliance has invested and how much it has cost to build this magic nest.


    If you want to hide this magic nest until now, someone may be providing shelter in the high-level of Jun dust world.


    Qin Fangtian vaguely heard some rumors that the Dark Alliance has supporters in the high-level of the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the major holy places.


    The Dark Alliance controlled many big people through various means such as buying and threatening.


    Qin Fangtian is also a big man and a member of the high-level of the heavenly palace.


    But above him, there are many people whose accomplishments are much higher than him.


    The great power in the middle of returning to emptiness is unattainable in the eyes of ordinary practitioners, but it is far from enough in the top-level struggle in the Jun dust world.


    If Qin Fangtian really destroyed the magic nest directly, he would certainly greatly offend the Dark Alliance.


    If the heavenly palace directly ordered Qin Fangtian to destroy the magic nest, he naturally obeyed without hesitation.


    But now there is no direct order from Tiangong, and Tiangong asked him not to directly attack the Dark Alliance before he set out, so he doesn''t want to do anything.


    The heavenly palace reacted quickly. It was not long before the breath in the magic nest leaked, and the friars who controlled the Tianwei thunder punishment array noticed it.


    In the high altitude above the devil''s nest, thunder clouds began to condense and thunder continued to ring.


    Seeing that the heavenly palace noticed this side, Qin Fangtian felt a little relieved.


    Next, how to do it will be decided by Tiangong. He doesn''t have to be embarrassed.


    Despite the interference of the environment, Qin Fangtian and his team established contact with Tiangong smoothly.


    The high level of the heavenly palace ordered them to leave here directly without taking care of other things.


    The iron faced Taoist priest was somewhat reluctant, but he didn''t have the courage to disobey the order.


    The three returned to the virtual power soared to the sky and directly returned to the heavenly palace.


    Originally, many demons in the devil''s nest, especially those with sensitive senses, noticed the terrible smell of the three great powers of returning to emptiness outside. Out of the instinct of survival, they always felt nervous.


    Now the breath of the three returning to the virtual power disappeared, and these demons began to make a noise.


    The monks in the magic nest kept quiet all the time.


    These friars have a strong control over demons and can control the general actions of these demons.


    After noticing the breath of returning virtual power outside, these friars were even more scared to death. They wanted to go into the depths of the devil''s nest and never come out.


    After Qin Fangtian and them left, it took a while for the friars to decide to test the situation outside.


    Under their control, a magic object of returning to the virtual level rushed out of the magic nest directly.


    As soon as the demon flew out, Tianwei thunder punishment array responded.


    One after another thunder fell from the sky and kept chopping at the demon.


    This demon has the power level of returning to emptiness, but it lacks corresponding means and can''t give full play to its full power.


    The Tianwei thunder punishment array can deter many returning virtual powers in the Junchen world, and its lethality can be imagined.


    After a burst of bombardment, the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness was smashed by Tianlei and completely disappeared.


    With a lesson from the past, the friars in the magic nest dare not come out and die at will.


    There was so much noise here that Yang Xueyi and other three taiyimen Yangshen Zhenjun, who had been searching in this area, soon arrived here.


    The horror of the devil''s nest shocked all three of them.


    Even if the three are determined people, they all have the impulse to turn around and run away after they find the magic Qi rising into the sky.


    Yang Xueyi and the three of them calm down and carefully observe the situation here.


    They soon found that the sky was higher than Tianwei thunder array.


    They are not the kind of people without insight. Because of Meng Zhang''s relationship, they are quite familiar with Tiangong and know the foundation of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Knowing that the heavenly palace began to pay attention to this side, they were a little calm and became much calmer.


    Soon, they all found the smell of returning virtual demons in the magic nest.


    Yang Xueyi and emptiness son were chased and killed by such returning to emptiness demons not long ago. They also witnessed Meng Zhang refining them.


    The return to emptiness demon in the magic nest should be similar to the return to emptiness demon released by Firebird Zhenjun last time.

 Chapter 2141

    There are magic objects at the level of returning to emptiness hidden in the magic nest. Although Yang Xueyi are vigilant, they can''t talk about how to be afraid.


    Even if the demons at the level of returning to emptiness rush out, they can''t fight, but they all have a life-saving card. It''s not a big problem to escape.


    Last time, Yang Xueyi and Xu Kongzi were chased and killed by the demon at the level of returning to emptiness. The main reason is that they deliberately contain the demon to prevent it from running around on taiyimen territory and causing great damage to the territory.


    After observing for a while, Yang Xueyi and them found that the magic objects in the magic nest seemed aggressive, but they didn''t mean to rush out.


    Connected to the Tianwei thunder punishment array above their heads, the three of them were thoughtful.


    Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan continue to stay here to monitor the movement of the magic nest. Kongzi leaves here and looks for a place with less external interference. He begins to contact the leader Meng Zhang and report what he has seen and heard.


    Now that the devil''s nest has been found, the secret here has almost been revealed.


    Without any evidence, everyone can guess that this magic nest should be the pen of the Dark Alliance.


    Vanity son soon established contact with Meng Zhang and reported all his experiences.


    Although many details are not clear, Meng Zhang knows the key and can guess the purpose of Tang Lun''s three people.


    The Dark Alliance secretly built a magic nest in the desolate land north of the dead sand sea and secretly cultivated demons. Not only did he deceive the neighbor taiyimen, but also the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world.


    The reason why huoque Zhenjun was killed is that the Dark Alliance worried that he would fall into the hands of taiyimen and exposed this big secret.


    In fact, the conflict between taiyimen and the Dark Alliance really originated from an accident.


    Huoque Zhenjun, the leader of the Dark Alliance branch in taiyimen territory, is a member of Tang Lun''s superior department.


    Even in the Dark Alliance, the existence of the magic nest is a top secret, and many senior executives know nothing about it.


    With the increasing development of Taiyi gate, the control over the territory is stronger and stronger, and the impact on the surrounding areas is greater and greater. Many people in the Dark Alliance worry that Taiyi gate, a neighbor, will find some clues about the magic nest.


    Although the Dark Alliance is fully confidential, there are also people at the top of the heavenly palace to help cover up, and the magic nest is secret enough.


    However, the Dark Alliance friars went in and out of the magic nest many times.


    They need to regularly deliver materials to the magic nest and send the cultivators


    After a long time, it will inevitably leave some traces and so on.


    Therefore, Lord Tang Lun arranged for huoque Zhenjun, one of his own, to work in Taiyi clan territory.


    In addition to helping deliver materials to the magic nest, huoque Zhenjun also tries to cover up all traces.


    In these years, firstly, the magic nest is really secret enough, and secondly, the fire bird Zhenjun works well. Taiyimen just doesn''t find the existence of the magic nest close at hand.


    Dark Alliance has a tradition of receiving and even cultivating demons. Fire bird Zhenjun himself has close contact with some demons.


    After coming to taiyimen territory, although he restrained a lot, he didn''t take it seriously.


    Almost all branches of the Dark Alliance have come and gone with the devil.


    One of the major targets of black market trading is these shady ghost repair, demon repair and so on.


    Of course, in order to respect the landlord of Taiyi gate, huoque Zhenjun will help cover up the signs of demon cultivation and try not to let Taiyi gate notice.


    In addition, some demons cultivated in the magic nest will be sent to taiyimen territory and surrounding areas for various reasons.


    Anyway, before they left the magic nest, they were washed away all the memories about the magic nest. Don''t worry that they will reveal secrets.


    In the whole Junchen world, devil Xiu is a rat crossing the street and everyone yells at him.


    The demons who can survive in the Jun dust world are those who are cautious enough and attach great importance to hiding.


    The evil cultivation cultivated by the Dark Alliance itself does not appear in a large number in taiyimen territory, and its deeds are quite secret.


    It''s the remnants of the Dali imperial dynasty. They used to have the shelter of the Dali imperial dynasty and had a good living environment. They didn''t pay much attention to this.


    Even though the heavenly palace once asked the Dali imperial court to eliminate the evil cultivation and sent envoys to supervise, many evil cultivation still lurked under the cover of the Dali imperial court.


    The high-level officials of Dali imperial court deliberately handed over some worthless magic cultivation to deal with the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen annexed the territory of Dali imperial court and received many forces of Dali imperial court. These demons also mixed into the territory of taiyimen.


    It has to be said that taiyimen was too gentle about the remnants of the Dali Dynasty in order to snatch the heritage of the Dali Dynasty with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Those demons who sheltered from the remnants of the Dali imperial dynasty were honest for some time at first, but the dog couldn''t change to eat shit. After a long time, they still made some trouble.


    The demon cultivation first discovered by friar taiyimen is related to the remnants of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    It was their exposure that led to the Taiyi sect''s comprehensive clean-up of the territory, which involved the demon cultivation related to the Dark Alliance.


    To tell you the truth, the Dark Alliance was implicated by the remnants of the Dali imperial dynasty.


    Taiyi sect will not tolerate evil cultivation. It is also ruthless to the Dark Alliance branch, but it frightens the fire finch Zhenjun.


    He knows many secrets of the Dark Alliance and must not fall into the hands of taiyimen.


    The Dark Alliance is a secret organization, and its members have a set of ways to hide themselves.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t show the great Yan God''s calculation of TuYan, the Taiyi sect might not be able to find the hidden fire sparrow real king.


    It was beyond everyone''s expectation that things have come to this stage.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance didn''t expect that the fire bird Zhenjun would be inexplicably bad.


    Now that Meng Zhang knows the existence of the devil''s nest, he will never sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards the devil has always been very clear, not to mention that the devil''s nest is next to Taiyi gate.


    If the demons in the magic nest rush out and rush to taiyimen territory, it will be another terrible magic disaster.


    Meng Zhang, who had seen the tragedy of the great horizontal cultivation world, absolutely did not allow the same thing to happen in taiyimen territory.


    Knowing the existence of the magic nest and making up the key link of the missing information, Meng Zhang suddenly realized and figured out another key link.


    Taoist Youhuan visited Taiyi gate in time, so skillfully dragged himself; After huoque Zhenjun was exposed, he was about to be arrested. Tang Lun and shangzun arrived in time


    All this is not a coincidence, but after accurate calculation.


    Meng Zhang himself is a brilliant master of heaven''s secrets. His spiritual sense is touched again and he is aware of the existence of the same kind.


    This fellow should be the secret master trained by the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance is indeed one of the forces with the longest history in the Junchen world. It has such a deep foundation that it can have such a clever master of heavenly secrets. It can hide its own feelings and secretly calculate itself.

 Chapter 2142

    Meng Zhang felt a deep fear and fear in his heart.


    Meng Zhang has seen other Tianji masters over the years, and has had the experience of fighting against Tianji masters.


    Meng Zhang is not as clever as the Tianji master he has seen. He is also the winner of Tianji confrontation.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s profound attainments in Tianji, Dayan''s divine calculation is really smart enough, far superior to the Tianji cultivated by other Tianji masters.


    It''s strange to say that Meng Zhang''s practice Dayan God easily entered the door. The Tianji master currently trained by Taiyi sect can''t get started and has to practice other Tianji skills.


    Meng Zhang once admitted that his heavenly skill should be regarded as the top in the whole Jun dust world.


    Even if there is a superior master of heaven in Jun dust world, he will leave traces and be found by him when calculating him.


    Even, at the moment when he was calculated by the Heavenly Master, his spiritual sense would spontaneously warn him to be aware of it.


    But this time, he and the whole taiyimen were calculated silently.


    The secret master of the Dark Alliance should have calculated Meng Zhang''s action before he made a timely response.


    First, she arranged someone to drag Taoist Youhuan, who was supposed to visit, to get her to Taiyi gate in time. It was a coincidence that she dragged herself.


    It''s really clever to have no smoke and fire and no trace.


    If Taoist Youhuan didn''t slip his tongue later, Meng Zhang would be alert. With the completion of a series of information later, Meng Zhang probably didn''t think that there was a secret master secretly calculating himself.


    If Meng Zhang guessed correctly, the secret master who secretly calculated himself should be the old man in the population of Youhuan road.


    Of course, once Meng Zhang thinks about these clearly and has precautions, it will not be so easy for the other party to start next time.


    Similarly, as a master of heaven''s secrets, it''s totally different whether he has been prepared in advance or not.


    Meng Zhang himself has repeatedly used the magic of heaven to escape the disaster and calculate the enemy. Of course, he knows the terrible of a master of heaven.


    Since the master''s attainments are still above him, he should be taken seriously.


    Meng Zhang is well aware that Tianji''s calculation needs to pay a lot of costs.


    He didn''t believe it. He secretly calculated that he would pay no price for a master like shangzun Jiatian in the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang knew according to the general law of Tianji confrontation that it would be difficult for him to continue to calculate everything related to himself as long as he didn''t want to work hard for a long time.


    Meng Zhang glanced at Tang Lun''s superior.


    There are priorities. We should solve the immediate problems first.


    This mysterious figure, you can leave it to be solved slowly in the future.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t want to use his immortal talisman, it''s really difficult to win Tang Lun and Shang Zun alone.


    Moreover, the heavenly palace has already expressed its attitude and forbids them to fight in the Junchen world.


    Tang Lun and shangzun can''t move for the time being. Since the magic nest north of the dead sand sea has been exposed, it must be eradicated as soon as possible.


    Soon after, Niu Dawei went to the heavenly palace again and asked the heavenly palace about the devil''s nest.


    In the temple of heaven, the iron faced Taoist came forward to receive Niu Dawei.


    The iron faced Taoist told Niu Dawei that it was not easy for the heavenly palace to come forward directly because of the opposition of the religious sects of the major holy places and different opinions within the heavenly palace.


    Niu Dawei can mobilize the power of taiyimen to eradicate this magic nest and kill all demons and demons.


    Although the heavenly palace is not convenient to directly participate in the war, it can provide cooperation for taiyimen.


    Niu Dawei was disappointed that he failed to pull the heavenly palace into the water.


    The heavenly palace is the ruler of the Junchen world and the leader of the right way. It should be at odds with the evil way.


    When the magic nest is exposed, it should be eradicated immediately and the Dark Alliance behind the scenes should be severely punished.


    However, the heavenly palace made concessions to the Dark Alliance again and again, ignored what the Dark Alliance did, and violated many of its own laws.


    Niu Dawei understands that what is the leader of the right way and what is at odds with the evil way are bullshit. The truth cultivation world is always the supremacy of interests.


    The heavenly palace is shameless, but taiyimen can''t.


    He doesn''t believe it. Without butcher Zhang, he won''t eat pigs with hair.


    If Tiangong doesn''t take action, Taiyi gate is also capable of eradicating the devil''s nest.


    After Niu Dawei returned from the heavenly palace, he soon got angry with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is very clear, that is, the magic nest must be eradicated as soon as possible.


    There are countless demons in that magic nest, as well as many Dark Alliance friars and demons. Their strength can not be underestimated.


    Of course, only from the exposed strength, the most powerful is the magic cultivation at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t get away for the time being, several Yang God Zhenjun of Taiyi gate may not be able to compete with him as long as they are ready.


    Not to mention, taiyimen also has the great power of returning to emptiness, and there are other cards.


    After Meng Zhang''s order, Niu Dawei immediately, as the acting leader, ordered the sect to mobilize and organize an army of friars to prepare for the desolate area north of the dead sand sea.


    When taiyimen started war mobilization, Yang Xueyi and the three of them were still closely monitoring the magic nest.


    After a returning to virtual level demon left the magic nest and was killed by Tianwei thunder array, the magic nest was honest for a while.


    After a while, someone in the magic nest couldn''t sit still.


    Since the magic nest has been exposed in front of the heavenly palace, the smarter friars in the magic nest have guessed the current situation and their next fate.


    These people are not willing to sit back and wait to die. Naturally, they have to find a way.


    Driven by some friars, a small group of demons secretly left the magic nest.


    Probably disdaining to waste energy on these small characters, Tianwei thunder punishment array didn''t move at all.


    When Yang Xueyi saw a demon coming out of the devil''s nest, they immediately hurt the killer and directly destroyed it all.


    At the beginning of the construction of this magic nest, the Dark Alliance friars with rich hiding experience implemented the principle of three cunning rabbit caves and built multiple exits to the outside.


    Of course, due to various restrictions, these exports are not very far away. They are all located in this area.


    However, some exports make full use of the surrounding environment and are very hidden.


    Those demons at the level of returning to emptiness are too stupid to cover up their own breath. No matter which exit they escape from, they can''t escape the close surveillance of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    At least it is also a magic object at the level of returning to the virtual world. The master of the magic nest is naturally unwilling to let them sacrifice in vain.


    Team after team of demons were driven out of the magic nest and easily killed by Yang Xueyi after they found them.


    In this process, there has been no movement in Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    With the opportunity that these demons attracted Yang Xueyi''s attention, some monks began to leave the magic nest secretly through other secret channels.


    Tianwei Leixing array still ignored their actions, but Yang Xueyi noticed them.

 Chapter 2143

    In particular, the noumenon is the top space magic instrument such as the void tripod. He is most proficient in the space Avenue and is very sensitive to space fluctuations.


    Through some abnormal spatial fluctuations, he noticed that there were other hidden exits in the magic nest.


    Yangxueyi three people discussed, no longer stick to one place, but scattered, in this area in the parade.


    Their purpose is very simple. It is to prevent demons from leaving this area and entering the territory of nearby taiyimen.


    This area is desolate and almost no living creatures exist.


    Even if the devil runs around, it will not cause any harm.


    However, once a large number of demons enter the territory of Taiyi gate nearby, the Taiyi gate will be in great trouble.


    When the demon enters the place where the creatures gather, that is, the tiger and wolf enter the sheep.


    If it cannot be cleared in time, it may lead to a magic disaster.


    Before the follow-up support arrived, Yang Xueyi and others were not sure enough to eradicate the magic nest.


    They only try to intercept the demon, prevent it from running around, and wait for the arrival of follow-up support forces before they dispose of the demon nest.


    After the three of Yang Xueyi dispersed, they began to hunt and kill the demons and monks who fled the magic nest.


    Although there are countless demons in the magic nest, it is a group of Dark Alliance friars who really preside over everything here.


    At the beginning, they rashly released the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness, which was suddenly blasted into slag by Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Next, they slowly released low-level demons at various levels to test the bottom line of Tianwei thunder punishment array bit by bit.


    After many attempts, they found that releasing demons at or below the golden elixir level would not lead to the bombardment of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    However, due to the hunting of Yang Xueyi, the demons released were basically eliminated.


    The three Yang gods can control a large area and find out the monks and Demons hiding their tracks.


    Of course, because this area is too special, their thoughts are greatly limited, and they will inevitably have some omissions.


    The Dark Alliance friar in the devil''s nest is ready to release the demon at the level of Yuanshen to test the reaction of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    In fact, every time Tianwei thunder punishment array launches an attack, it consumes a lot of resources.


    On ordinary demons and practitioners, the Tiangong friar who controls Tianwei thunder punishment array is unwilling to waste his strength.


    Since the day of taiyimen''s rise, it has often faced the invasion of foreign enemies and has been in a state of war all year round. To this day, we have to face the threat of the holy places.


    Taiyi gate has a sense of crisis, and zongmen is ready for war at any time.


    Soon after Niu Dawei began to mobilize, taiyimen soon organized a powerful army of friars, took flying boats and rushed to the area where the magic nest was located.


    While this army of friars set out, the top level of taiyimen has begun to recruit various forces of hanhaidao alliance to organize subsequent reinforcements.


    Although we don''t know the specific number of demons in the magic nest for the time being, based on the principle of leniency for the enemy, taiyimen will successively mobilize more monks to reinforce.


    Taiyimen has rich experience in eliminating a large number of demons.


    In order to completely solve demons and prevent fish from escaping from the net, enough monks must be dispatched to encircle, chase and intercept them to form a comprehensive encirclement.


    As the largest underground organization in the Junchen world and the number one intelligence organization, the Dark Alliance naturally has its uniqueness.


    Although taiyimen tries to clean up the Dark Alliance strongholds above the territory and arrest the members of the Dark Alliance.


    However, there are still some hidden members of the Dark Alliance who have not been arrested.


    Among them, many spies continue to transmit intelligence to the headquarters of the dark League.


    For those dark League spies who have hidden their identity, the friar of taiyimen dark hall has been trying to catch them, but he still can''t completely exterminate them.


    After all, there are many practitioners in taiyimen territory. No matter how powerful taiyimen is, it is impossible to strictly investigate all the details of each monk.


    Unless, Taiyi gate is willing to let the secret master in the gate do it and calculate it bit by bit.


    But the price is too high. Taiyimen can''t be so crazy.


    In fact, it is impossible to completely eliminate the existence of spies from hostile forces, not to mention the Taiyi gate, even the major holy places.


    The top level of taiyimen knows that there are spies from various Xiuzhen forces on their own territory.


    Dark Alliance, Holy Land Sect gate, surrounding neighbors


    Taiyimen cleans up these spies from time to time, and you will gain something more or less.


    Sometimes, for some purposes, taiyimen will pretend to be invisible and tolerate the existence of some foreign spies.


    Taiyimen itself is also sending spies to other Xiuzhen forces.


    Among them, Ziyang Shengzong, the overlord of the north, is the key exploration target of Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen dark hall is a famous existence in the cultivation world.


    Clean up foreign spies, send spies to other Xiuzhen forces, and participate in underground battles at different levels


    Taiyimen mobilized a large army of friars to fight, and the news exposed from the magic nest was sent back to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    As the leaders of important factions in the dark League, Tang Lun and shangzun still kept informed even if they were not in the dark League Headquarters.


    Even if they were facing off with Meng Zhang, someone at the headquarters of the Dark Alliance informed them of the latest intelligence through secret methods.


    It was bad enough for the devil''s nest to be exposed in the eyes of Tiangong Huixu power.


    Now the Taiyi sect also organizes a large army of monks to levy, which makes shangzun Tang Lun angry.


    Don''t look at Tang Lun''s immortal demeanor. He is very kind. In fact, he is extremely vicious and cruel. Among the senior members of the Dark Alliance, it is famous for its ruthlessness and ruthlessness.


    Tang Lun''s superior had executed huoque Zhenjun before, which was not only killing people but also punishing him for doing bad things.


    If huoque Zhenjun was careful enough to control his men in advance, maybe the Dark Alliance would not be involved in this storm.


    Due to the carelessness of huoque Zhenjun, the Dark Alliance has suffered great losses, and the magic nest is in danger of exposure.


    With the mind of Tang Lun''s superior and the art of resisting his subordinates, it is impossible to continue to tolerate the fire bird Zhenjun to continue to live.


    In order to prevent the devil''s nest from being exposed, Tang Lun shangzun spent a lot of effort.


    With Tang Lun''s intelligence channel, of course, he knows Meng Zhang''s difficulties and his brilliant achievements.


    In order to strengthen his strength against Meng Zhang, he did not hesitate to stir up trouble, stir up discord and pull the whole Dark Alliance into the chariot.


    Of course, he didn''t want to fight Meng Zhang head-on until he had to.


    To this end, he did not hesitate to pay a huge price and asked the old master to make arrangements to try to easily resolve the crisis.


    It''s a pity that even the arrangement of the wise master of heaven can''t be foolproof. This is probably the so-called man is not as good as heaven.

 Chapter 2144

    After Taoist Youhuan failed to delay Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang caught up with huoque Zhenjun.


    In case, Tang Lun and shangzun, who had been prepared for a long time, arrived in time and killed people, so they kept the biggest secret for the time being.


    But now, the devil''s nest is still exposed, which means that all the efforts of Tang Lun''s superior were in vain.


    The devil''s nest is of great importance. It is the painstaking efforts of Tang Lun''s Reverend master for many years.


    In order to build this magic nest, he invested countless resources and paid a huge price.


    Even among the top of the Dark Alliance, many people oppose the construction of the magic nest.


    In order to make the magic nest built smoothly, Tang Lun shangzun solicited and bought, threatened and lured, negotiated with people, made interest exchange, and almost gave full play to the art of vertical and horizontal, in exchange for the non-interference of the senior level of the Dark Alliance.


    Tang Lun respected that almost all the power of their faction was consumed in building the magic nest.


    This magic nest is of great significance to Tang Lun''s superior and related to his path.


    For his faction, this magic nest is a major investment related to the future of the whole faction.


    If the devil''s nest was only exposed under the eyes of the heavenly palace, Tang Lun and shangzun might have ways to deal with one or two, try to delay time and wait for the change.


    Although the heavenly palace will not tolerate the existence of the devil''s nest, most of them will not rush to do it in the face of the Dark Alliance, which will give Tang Lun a chance.


    But now, a mere taiyimen, unexpectedly reacted so quickly, ignored the threat of the Dark Alliance, regarded Tang Lun''s superior as nothing, and directly sent an army to clear the devil''s nest.


    Even the heavenly palace and the holy places will not be so impulsive in the face of things related to the Dark Alliance.


    The Taiyi sect was so reckless that Tang Lun''s superior scolded him in his heart.


    Tang Lun shangzun spoke again. With the most sincere tone and the most kind attitude, he persuaded Meng Zhang for the last time.


    He told Meng Zhang that this magic nest is very important to the Dark Alliance and related to the important layout of the Dark Alliance.


    He can control everything in the devil''s nest and keep all the demons in it. He will never come out and endanger taiyimen territory.


    Previously, the division of Dark Alliance in taiyimen territory caused a lot of losses to taiyimen because huoque Zhenjun was incompetent.


    This is wrong with huoque Zhenjun. It is normal for taiyimen to make an appropriate response.


    The Dark Alliance can make appropriate compensation for the losses of taiyimen in this incident.


    ¡­¡­


    Seeing that Tang Lun''s attitude began to change and bowed his head, Meng Zhang certainly knew the reason.


    It seems that he should have known that the magic nest was exposed, and taiyimen began to prepare to clear the magic nest.


    Meng Zhang said nothing and had no other reaction.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was unmoved, Tang Lun''s superior became more and more angry, but he kept giving in.


    He praised Meng Zhang very much and called him the peerless pride of the Junchen world.


    In particular, Meng Zhang dared to resist the religious doors of the holy places, which was even more courageous.


    He pretended to be mysterious and told Meng Zhang that the Dark Alliance was also a bitter holy place. He had lived in the door for a long time.


    It has long been the wrath of heaven and the resentment of man to dominate the Junchen world and do countless evil things.


    The dark League was dissatisfied with it for a long time and began to plan actions against the Holy Land sects.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance appreciated Meng Zhang and taiyimen very much.


    If Meng Zhang is willing, the Dark Alliance is willing to make a secret alliance with taiyimen. In the future, the Dark Alliance can provide all kinds of help if the Taiyi gate is attacked by the sect gates of major holy places.


    ¡­¡­


    Shangzun Tang Lun''s words were exaggerated, and the conditions offered were indeed full of temptation.


    If you change to a monk with insufficient knowledge, you may be persuaded by him and confused by him.


    Meng Zhang knew many secrets of the Junchen world and knew that the dark alliance could not form an alliance with the Taiyi gate, let alone help the Taiyi gate against the holy places.


    Perhaps, the dark alliance may indeed be dissatisfied with the Holy Land sects, and indeed secretly plan actions against the Holy Land sects.


    However, it is absolutely impossible for the Dark Alliance to expose such actions to taiyimen, let alone take actions for taiyimen.


    Moreover, according to Meng Zhang, the faction of Tang Lun Shang Zun, though influential in the Dark Alliance, is also a high weight. But after all, he has the final say that he can not be the master of the Dark Alliance.


    Whether the Dark Alliance is willing to pay these prices to win over taiyimen cannot be decided by him alone.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if what Tang Lun said is true and he can really realize these conditions, Meng Zhang is not ready to compromise with him.


    Although the practice world pays attention to the supremacy of interests, Meng Zhang also has his own bottom line.


    Having seen the tragedy after the magic disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world, he had vowed never to allow the same thing to happen to taiyimen.


    The evil way is cunning, and the evil things act capriciously.


    Those friars and practitioners who think they can control and use demons often pay a painful price.


    There are many bloody precedents in the Jun dust world.


    It seems that the Dark Alliance friar can control the demons in the magic nest at present, but once there is an oversight, it really makes the demons rush out in a large scale, and the victim is taiyimen.


    In any case, Meng Zhang wants to get rid of the tumor next to Taiyi gate.


    The area where the magic nest is located is located at the edge of the Jun dust world. It is a desolate and ownerless place.


    According to the practice of the cultivation world, it belongs to the sphere of influence of the nearby Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang listened to Tang Lun''s words patiently.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not refuted himself, shangzun Tang Lun thought that Meng Zhang had been persuaded by himself.


    In Tang Lun''s expectant eyes, Meng Zhang smiled contemptuously and spit out the word "bah".


    He pulled down his old face and wooed Meng Zhang, but in exchange for such a humiliation, Tang Lun''s superior, who was very deep in the city, couldn''t help but look blue, and his killing intention could no longer be concealed.


    When Tang lunshang Zun wooed Meng Zhang, the Lin brothers were dissatisfied and felt that Tang lunshang Zun had made too many concessions to Meng Zhang, but due to Tang lunshang Zun''s accumulated prestige, they didn''t jump in.


    Now Meng Zhang''s attitude is clearly playing tricks. The Lin brothers immediately became angry and began to drink and scold Meng Zhang.


    If they didn''t have some sense left in their hearts, they would all rush to tear Meng Zhang up.


    Tang lunshangzun, who was extremely angry, took a deep breath, calmed his anger and raised his hand to stop the Lin brothers from drinking and scolding.


    Of course, he would like to take Meng Zhang down immediately, put him to death by the most cruel means, and then completely destroy taiyimen.


    But he knew that the attitude of Tiangong had already been expressed clearly, and they were not allowed to fight in the Junchen world.


    The heavenly palace is afraid of the Dark Alliance, but it will not allow the Dark Alliance to act recklessly.


    Now the Dark Alliance is far from being able to ignore the warning of the heavenly palace, not to mention Tang Lun.


    No matter how angry he is, he can''t fight Meng Zhang in Junchen world.

 Chapter 2145

    "Meng Zhang, do you dare to fight with me in the void."


    Tang Lun asked Meng Zhang to fight fiercely.


    Since he could not fight in the Junchen world, Tang Lun shangzun proposed to Meng Zhang to fight in the void.


    In the void, let them kill and work. No matter what they do, the heavenly palace will not interfere.


    Meng Zhang is not afraid of Tang Lun, let alone challenges.


    However, he didn''t want Tang Lun to achieve his goal so easily.


    Shangzun Tang Lun hated Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang also hated him.


    Can make the enemy unhappy, that is the root of your happiness.


    Meng Zhang stretched out and looked lazy.


    He didn''t talk to Tang Lun at all. He neither agreed to invite the war nor refused.


    Meng Zhang''s lazy appearance made Tang Lun''s three people hate him even more.


    The Lin brothers began to drink and scold here. They scolded Meng Zhang for his cowardice and cowardice. He was greedy for life and afraid of death


    The four people are intertwined with each other, and the number of Tang Lun''s superior side has an absolute advantage.


    He began to consider in his heart whether he could kill Meng Zhang in time before Tiangong responded and sent someone to stop him if he and the Lin brothers joined hands to start the air engine.


    Shangzun Tang Lun hated Meng Zhang so much that he wanted to violate the warning of the heavenly palace.


    At most, I paid some price afterwards and was punished by the heavenly palace.


    Tang lunshang Zun forbeared and forbeared, so he finally resisted the impulse to start immediately.


    In addition to being really unwilling to annoy Tiangong, he also knows the strength of both sides. He knows that once they start a war, it will be a protracted war, and it is difficult to distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time.


    If they act rashly and provoke the intervention of the heavenly palace, they will create opportunities for Meng Zhang.


    Tang Lun shangzun knew that the devil''s nest had been exposed and was about to be attacked by Taiyi sect.


    Regardless of the success or failure of Taiyi gate, this exposed magic nest can no longer play its original role.


    His plan, which began thousands of years ago, is about to fail completely.


    The only thing Tang Lun shangzun can do now is to try to reduce losses.


    He invited Meng Zhang to fight. If he could kill Meng Zhang in the battle, he would not be able to attack the devil''s nest after losing the leader of Meng Zhang''s Taiyi gate.


    The defect of Taiyi gate is obvious. Meng Zhang is the only one at the top of the gate.


    Taiyi sect was able to fight against the sects of the holy places, mainly because of Meng Zhang, the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    If something happens to Meng Zhang, the Taiyi gate will lose its support immediately, and many Xiuzhen forces will fall on the Taiyi gate.


    Apart from others, Ziyang Shengzong, an old enemy, can easily destroy Taiyi gate as long as he makes some efforts at will.


    It is still unknown whether the taiyimen without Meng Zhang can continue to be protected by the heavenly palace.


    Although the magic nest has been exposed, it can exist for a long time. It still has a certain significance to continue.


    Shangzun Tang Lun must try his best to make Meng Zhang agree to his invitation to fight.


    Although Meng Zhang did not know Tang Lun''s idea, his idea was very simple. What the enemy wanted to do, he had to do the opposite, but he could not satisfy the enemy.


    Tang lunshang Zun wanted to fight Meng Zhang now, but Meng Zhang refused.


    Shangzun Tang Lun was a man of deep thought and great strategy, but he was so angry with Meng Zhang that he could hardly bear it.


    Tang Lun was silent for a long time before he proposed that he would gamble with Meng Zhang.


    Tang Lun''s superior acting skills are also good. He looks angry at Meng Zhang and ignores the consequences.


    He first ridiculed Meng Zhang''s timidity and dared not fight with him. Then he took out a treasure and said that as long as Meng Zhang could defeat him, the treasure belonged to Meng Zhang.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was not going to pay attention to Tang Lun, but to continue to hang him like this.


    But when he saw the treasure in Tang Lun''s hand, he couldn''t help being moved.


    This treasure is the famous magic weapon Qingling screen in Jun dust world.


    The magic weapon of Qingling screen is neither an attack magic weapon nor a defense magic weapon, but an auxiliary magic weapon with unique function.


    Yang Shenzhen Jun practices under the Qingling screen, which can greatly speed up the speed of practice, and even make up for some defects in cultivation and return to the virtual period faster.


    Qingling screen, an auxiliary magic weapon, seems not as powerful as those offensive magic weapons, but it plays a great strategic role in a cultivation force.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time collecting treasure materials that could help Yang Shen Zhen Jun to return to emptiness more quickly because of the lack of combat power of Taiyi sect.


    In addition to those rare natural materials and earth treasures in Jun dust world, Qingling screen is one of the most effective and famous treasures.


    Meng Zhang heard that the magic weapon of Qingling screen was originally refined by experts in Lingkong fairy world. Later, it was introduced into Junchen world. After some competition, it disappeared.


    If shangzun Tang Lun didn''t take it out today, I''m afraid not many people in Jun dust world knew that this treasure had fallen into his hands.


    Seeing that Tang Lun shangzun took out the Qingling screen, the Lin brothers opened their mouth and wanted to speak. Finally, they forced themselves to hold back.


    The treasure of Qingling screen does not belong to shangzun Tang Lun, but the treasure of the Dark Alliance.


    Tang Lun shangzun also spent a lot of contribution to temporarily borrow it from the organization treasure house. It was originally intended to lend it to a younger generation he focused on cultivating.


    In order to induce Meng Zhang to fight with him, Tang Lun shangzun did not hesitate to take out the Qingling screen as a bet. This practice is really inappropriate.


    However, for one thing, Tang Lun''s reverence is very powerful, and the Lin brothers dare not oppose him face to face.


    Second, the Lin brothers are also full of confidence in the strength of Tang Lun shangzun. They think he can''t lose to Meng Zhang anyway.


    From the moment he saw the magic weapon of Qingling screen, Meng Zhang had the heart of being determined to get it.


    Of course, he should be reserved on the surface.


    Shangzun Tang Lun is very clear about the Taiyi clan and knows how important this magic weapon is to the Taiyi clan.


    Since he dared to take out the Qingling screen, he was not afraid of Meng Zhang''s indifference.


    Sure enough, Meng Zhang hesitated for a while and waved at will.


    "Old Tang, since you are in a hurry to deliver the treasure to the door, I will accept it reluctantly, so as not to disappoint you."


    Meng Zhang agreed to Tang Lun''s invitation to fight, but the two sides did not start immediately.


    Since it is a gambling fight, we need to find a reliable intermediary as justice.


    Meng Zhang contacted the top level of taiyimen and asked them to inform the heavenly palace that he and Tang Lun shangzun were going to fight in the void.


    Without Meng Zhang waiting too long, someone from the heavenly palace came to them.


    The visitor is an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, the cold war superior of the law enforcement hall.


    In the cold war, as a direct friar of the heavenly palace, he was in charge of the law of the heavenly palace. He was selfless and fair.

 Chapter 2146

    In the cold war, Zun came to the public with no expression on his face and didn''t bother to say more nonsense.


    Tang lunshangzun had dealt with him before and knew his character.


    Although respected in the cold war did not like the people in the Dark Alliance, they always acted fairly and attached great importance to credibility.


    Besides, even if Zun had some roots with Meng Zhang in the cold war, he would not risk becoming an enemy of the Dark Alliance and help Meng Zhang.


    As the middleman in this gambling fight, both sides are satisfied and completely acceptable.


    At Meng Zhang''s insistence, Tang Lun shangzun temporarily handed over the treasure of Qingling screen to cold war shangzun for safekeeping.


    According to Meng Zhang, he was worried that Tang Lun would eat his words and be fat after his defeat and would not hand over the treasure.


    These rats in the Dark Alliance can''t afford to lose.


    Shangzun Tang Lun was not angered by Meng Zhang. He just wanted to fight with Meng Zhang smoothly.


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun are still entangled in their Qi.


    Before entering the void, Meng Zhang was not willing to let them get away easily.


    It doesn''t matter to Tang Lun. Anyway, everyone will enter the void next.


    Under the supervision of the Supreme Master of the cold war, the four took off into the sky and entered the nine days.


    Jiutian is the most important defense system in the Jun dust world. There are many exits to the void.


    These exits are under the control of the heavenly palace, and most of them are tightly closed on weekdays.


    In the cold war, Shang Zun chose a nearby exit and ordered the nearby garrison friars to open it and let Meng Zhang fly out.


    During the cold war, Zun led them into the void, and the exit was immediately closed.


    During this period of time, the full-scale war between Junchen and foreign invaders has not yet broken out, but only small-scale outpost wars.


    The war was small, but unusually fierce, and almost never stopped.


    The side of Jun dust world fell a little lower and gave up many defensive strongholds in the void.


    The void near the Jun dust world is still under the control of the practitioners of the Jun dust world for the time being.


    Meng Zhang and Shang Zun Tang Lun fight here. They should not worry about interference from foreign invaders.


    They chose a void a little away from the Jun dust world as the battlefield, so as not to affect the Jun dust world.


    In the cold war, Shang Zun began to help the four people separate their entangled Qi.


    Because the four people cooperated very well, their entangled Qi machine soon separated completely, and everyone was finally relieved.


    Under the sign of shangzun in the cold war, he and the Lin brothers stepped aside and gave the battlefield to Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun.


    Although shangzun Tang Lun and Meng Zhang agreed to fight alone, neither he nor the Lin brothers are the kind of people who keep their promises.


    If not for the cold war, they would really break their promise and besiege Meng Zhang together.


    In the cold war, as the notary of this gambling fight, we naturally want to ensure that the battle is fair and that no one else is allowed to interfere at will.


    The Lin brothers asked themselves that even if they joined hands, they were far from being respected opponents in the cold war, and they did not dare to have any crooked thoughts at will.


    Now, the battlefield completely belongs to Tang Lun shangzun and Meng Zhang.


    Tang Lun shangzun, who had been eager to fight Meng Zhang, was very calm at the moment and completely restored the posture that a return to virtual power should have.


    Meng Zhang, who has immortal talisman as his last card, is not afraid to fight Tang Lun shangzun.


    When Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun went to fight in the void, on the territory of Taiyi gate in the Junchen world, the army of friars of Taiyi gate had already assembled, took a flying boat and rushed to the area where the magic nest was located.


    A huge cloud boat is flying in the air. The periphery of the cloud boat team is all kinds of warships as an escort team


    The huge flying boat team blocks out the sun, but the flying speed is not slow at all.


    After so many years of development, the taiyimen artifact hall has long been the best manufacturer of all kinds of mechanisms and creations in the whole Hanhai road alliance and can rank the top in the whole Jun dust world.


    In particular, after getting the secret of the Gongshu family''s construction of virtual warships, the senior management of taiyimen Shengong hall studied it day and night.


    Although so far, taiyimen has not been able to independently manufacture virtual warships, it has been able to manufacture many parts, including many key parts.


    In his early years, Meng Zhang also collected the remains of the empty warships of other races and took them back to taiyimen.


    Taiyimen Shengong hall has been studying the wreckage and trying to repair it.


    Combined with the technology already mastered in the construction of virtual warships, taiyimen is currently trying to make use of these debris to piece together a complete virtual warship.


    The work is very difficult and takes a long time.


    However, if it is successful, the manufacturing capacity of taiyimen Shengong hall will certainly be greatly improved, which will lay a good foundation for building a brand-new void warship independently.


    The study of how to build a virtual warship also promoted the rapid development of taiyimen mechanism creation.


    After all, there are many things in common between different mechanism creations.


    In particular, the flying boat built by taiyimen is very famous in the whole Jun dust world. It is famous for its powerful performance.


    Many Xiuzhen forces, who are far away from Taiyi gate, come here to buy the flying boats built by Taiyi gate.


    While meeting the overall needs of hanhaidao alliance, taiyimen will also sell some castrated mechanism creations in exchange for various cultivation resources.


    In order to eradicate the devil''s nest, Taiyi gate used all kinds of flying boats newly built by zongmen.


    The flying boat team carrying the army of monks soon crossed a long distance and entered the area north of the dead sand sea.


    Due to the unstable rules of heaven and earth, the environment in this area is extremely bad and full of all kinds of dangers.


    After entering here, the huge flying boat team had to slow down and move on carefully.


    After many attempts, the Dark Alliance friar in the magic nest seems to have tried to find out the bottom line of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    There are two demons at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun, who secretly left the magic nest, but did not trigger the reaction of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Of course, although these two demons left through the secret exit, they are stupid and don''t know the breath of convergence at all.


    The strong magic gas fluctuation soon attracted Yang Xueyi, who was patrolling nearby.


    Many friars of Taiyi sect have practiced the magic killing technique of subduing demons and golden light, and Yang Xueyi is no exception.


    Yang Xueyi sent out several golden lights to subdue the devil, and completely killed the two Yuanshen level demons.


    The Dark Alliance friar hiding in the devil''s nest was reluctant to send Yang God level demons out to continue to test.


    With the previous attempts, they felt almost enough.


    It seems that Tianwei thunder punishment array is only aimed at returning to the virtual level.


    Almost turn a blind eye to other demons.


    Now, if the demons in the magic nest want to escape here, the biggest obstacle is the three Yang God friars of Taiyi gate.


    As long as this obstacle is solved, countless demons will disperse and leave this area as soon as possible. Even if the heavenly palace makes a response, it may not be in time.

 Chapter 2147

    A big reason why demons make practitioners afraid is that if the number of demons is enough, quantitative change can produce qualitative change.


    A sufficient number of low-level demons work together in a special way to give full play to the combat effectiveness of high-level demons.


    Facing the true king of Yang God, no matter how many monks came during the period of Qi refining and foundation building, they died in vain.


    However, if it is a low-level demon, as long as the number is enough, it can at least resist the Yang God Zhenjun at once.


    Moreover, cultivating demons is much easier than cultivating cultivators. In particular, many low-level demons are infected by ordinary creatures.


    When it comes to quantity alone, the total number of demons in this magic nest far exceeds that of the practitioners of the whole Hanhai daomeng.


    Soon, a team of demons poured out of the magic nest.


    These groups of demons gathered together to soak up the vitality of heaven and earth. The gushing demonic gas was connected into a group, and the dark demonic gas shrouded a large area around.


    Yang Xueyi was the first to notice the situation here.


    She immediately flew over without delay and began to use her magic power to kill these demons.


    The golden light of subduing demons shoots out one after another, dispels the strong magic Qi, shoots directly at the demons in the rear, and kills a large number of demons directly.


    As the demons in front were killed, more and more demons poured out of the magic nest.


    Yang Xueyi''s speed of killing demons can''t catch up with the speed of the emergence of demons.


    Dispelling evil Qi and killing evil things will constantly consume her true yuan.


    Moreover, in addition to passive resistance, these demons are not without the power of counterattack.


    The more demons gathered, the more powerful the demonic Qi here.


    The magic Qi turned into shape and poured into Yang Xueyi.


    For Yang Xueyi, even if the level of these magic Qi is not high, there are too many magic Qi. If they are contaminated, it will be very troublesome to get rid of them.


    Under the cover of evil spirit, many demons joined hands to connect their forces and launched many offensive spells.


    One sinister spell after another attacked Yang Xueyi from all directions.


    Although these spells could not break her defense at all, they consumed her strength more or less.


    Seeing more and more demons appear in front of her, Yang Xueyi knows that her own strength alone can''t stop the demons from pouring out.


    Yang Xueyi doesn''t know the bottom line of Tianwei thunder punishment array. She doesn''t know under what circumstances Tianwei thunder punishment array will become powerful.


    These demons just caused some trouble and attracted her attention.


    If you have been entangled with these demons for a long time and consume too much, high-level demons hide in the demons and take the opportunity to attack, that is the real threat.


    Yang Xueyi has rich experience in fighting against demons. It is necessary to be careful when fighting against demons.


    She adopted a conservative attitude and was not eager for success.


    Yang Xueyi knows that taiyimen has begun to mobilize the army of monks, and the army will arrive here soon. She doesn''t need to take risks.


    Yang Xueyi stopped killing demons, turned and flew to the distance to monitor this side from a distance.


    Soon, after killing some demons in other directions, Wen qiansuan and vanity son also flew here to meet Yang Xueyi.


    Because of the command, these demons pouring out of the devil''s nest are not very chaotic, but a little hesitant.


    These demons did not rush to disperse, but lined up in front of the magic nest, divided into groups of different sizes, and discharged a variety of strange formations.


    Almost endless evil Qi gushed out of these formations and rushed into the sky, changing the color of heaven and earth and directly changing the sky.


    Seeing that Tianwei thunder punishment array had not responded, a lot of Yuanshen level demons rushed out of the magic nest and joined each demon group.


    With these Yuanshen level demons as the backbone, even if Yang Xueyi changes her plan and attacks, it will be difficult to defeat these demons in a short time.


    Yang Xueyi was a little hesitant when she saw this scene. Did she just be too cautious, too indecisive and miss the fighter plane.


    Then she put the idea aside.


    In fact, it is a good thing for so many demons to gather together and fight together.


    When the taiyimen friars arrive here, they can be wiped out in one fell swoop.


    If the demons are allowed to scatter and run around, it is not easy to completely eliminate them.


    Seeing that these demons have gained a firm foothold outside, the Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest have more courage.


    They released more and more high-level demons.


    There are too many demons, which naturally spread to the surrounding areas and occupy a larger area.


    Teams of demons spread around quickly and firmly.


    Looking down from a high altitude, there are many black spots on the ground.


    At this time, Yang Xueyi and the three Yang God Zhenjun had to retreat temporarily to avoid direct conflict with the demon army in front of them.


    Due to the disorder of the rules of heaven and earth and the extremely bad environment, it is difficult for ordinary practitioners to survive here.


    However, the survival ability of demons is very strong. It seems that no matter how bad the environment is, it can not be hindered.


    The demons in the magic nest are almost endless, constantly pouring out and expanding in all directions.


    In fact, even the friars in charge of Tianwei thunder punishment array in Tiangong felt a little confused at this time.


    They didn''t expect that there were so many demons hidden in the magic nest.


    Previously, in order to reduce consumption, they stole a little laziness. As long as the magic objects at the virtual level did not come out, they would not attack.


    Now, so many demons appear here, connected into pieces and connected with magic Qi.


    Even if Tianwei thunder punishment array is launched, it is not easy to destroy it all.


    Now, those who preside over the Tianwei thunder punishment array are the legitimate friars of Tiangong. They know how tight all kinds of materials in Tiangong''s inventory are due to the blockade of foreign invaders.


    They tried to save some materials for the heavenly palace, but they didn''t expect to cause so much trouble.


    The Dark Alliance friar in the devil''s nest did not hurry to let the devil escape here, but let the devil take root in this area and occupy more territory.


    They know how terrible the number of demons in the magic nest is.


    As long as the demon army is in formation, it is not so easy to be destroyed.


    By the time the friars of Taiyi gate arrived in this area by flying boats, the demons had occupied a large area and established defensive strongholds.


    In this process, Yang Xueyi and the three of them also tried to stop and attacked the demon army many times.


    The demon army with Yuanshen level demons as the backbone blocked their impact and did not fall into collapse.


    They had to retreat temporarily and wait for better fighters.

 Chapter 2148

    The army of friars sent by Taiyi sect is under the personal command of Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader.


    After entering this area, Niu Dawei was not in a hurry to lead the army to fight against the demons, but first assigned some friars to form a small team and dispersed around the periphery of this area.


    The task of these teams is to prevent discrete demons from escaping from this area and fleeing to the nearby taiyimen territory.


    The number of friars urgently convened by taiyimen is not large, but the quality is very high.


    Among the army, most of them are friars in the foundation period, and only a few friars in the Qi refining period.


    These alchemy friars are very old and basically hopeless.


    They can be regarded as experts at the level of gas refining period, and they have rich combat experience.


    They took part in this dangerous war, either hoping to establish meritorious deeds in exchange for Zhu Jidan''s last fight; Or hope to leave something for future generations.


    In this dangerous area, the alchemy friars are almost unable to move, and must keep up with the big forces.


    Kongzi continues to monitor the demon army. Yang Xueyi and Wen Qian fly to meet the coming friars.


    At this time, the demon has spread very badly.


    It has occupied a vast territory, and many temporary strongholds have been established to form formations.


    The army of friars of Taiyi gate quickly left the flying boat and began to line up on the ground.


    Taiyimen has rich experience in various large-scale wars.


    The friars of Taiyi sect who participated in the war basically practiced some formations commonly used by the sect.


    After many friars are formed, they can give full play to their combat effectiveness, and even win the strong with the weak.


    After Niu Dawei had the army lined up, he was originally prepared to focus on defense and not rush to attack.


    The follow-up reinforcements of taiyimen are gathering, and a larger army of monks will soon arrive here to fight.


    Niu Dawei is not in a hurry to start a war, but the demon will not act as he wants.


    After discovering the existence of the Terran friar army, the demon army began to move quickly and rushed here.


    A cultivator of truth is a great tonic for demons.


    Many practitioners gathered together, and the demons rushed spontaneously to enjoy the big meal.


    In the sky, all kinds of flying demons are everywhere, almost covering the whole sky.


    On the ground are countless land demons running fiercely.


    Big demons are as big as mountains. Every time they move, they have earth shaking movements.


    Small magic is smaller than insects, and it * s a mixture of the magic army.


    ¡­¡­


    Senior leaders in charge of the army, such as Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi, saw similar scenes when they were in the Daheng cultivation world.


    They are familiar with the horror of the demon army. Even if they have an absolute advantage in high-end combat power, they dare not be careless.


    From the scene, the demon army is almost an endless sea, surging like a tide.


    The military array composed of taiyimen friars is like a reef in the sea, which is about to face the impact of rough waves.


    In the face of the demon army full of the sky and ground, the warship that originally undertook the escort task began to become powerful first.


    With bursts of thunderous roar, thunderbolt catapults and thunder fire big guns equipped on warships began to launch.


    Lightning, thunder and thunder shot into the magic group, and huge gaps immediately appeared in the magic group.


    Successive demons soon filled these gaps. The army of demons seemed to be unaffected by these bombardments and still rushed forward quickly.


    The demon army was about to rush into the friar army. There were bursts of earthy yellow storms in the army and took the initiative to rush into the demon army.


    This is the Huangsha Taoist soldier refined by Taiyi sect.


    Huangsha Daobing is a kind of strong Daobing with great characteristics and a long history.


    In the year of death, Meng Zhang obtained the body essence of the five order of Earth Spirit in the dead sand sea, and based on this, he transformed the nest of the yellow sand army.


    Later, the middle and high level of the door continuously strengthened it and strengthened its ability in all aspects.


    In the subsequent wars, all kinds of Taoists in taiyimen were tested by the war and improved according to the battlefield performance.


    Now taiyimen can mass produce Huangsha Dao soldiers of Jindan and below through the soldier nest.


    Of course, the production of Taoist soldiers requires a lot of resources, which limits the number of Taoist soldiers.


    Taiyimen has been facing various threats from the outside world, and it has hardly been completely stable for a day.


    From a long-term perspective, the middle and high levels of the door accumulate all kinds of Taoist soldiers bit by bit on weekdays in order to use them at the critical moment.


    Against a large number of demons, we must first consume their number by various means in order to reduce the casualties of friars.


    The yellow sand soldiers who turn into bursts of yellow sand can set off sandstorms.


    After the sandstorm roared into the demon army, it immediately turned into a tall Taoist soldier to fight with the demon.


    Taiyimen Royal beast hall bred and bred a wide variety of cloud beasts and transformed them into special cloud beast Taoist soldiers.


    A cloud beast Taoist soldier followed the yellow sand Taoist soldier into the demon army.


    Part of the demon army fell into the fight with the Taoist soldiers, and more demon armies crossed the battlefield and continued to rush to the array of friars.


    In front of the friars'' army, there is a strangely shaped mechanism creation.


    Giant human puppets, flexible animal puppets, spherical sharp blades rolling rapidly on the ground


    After the weakening of these mechanisms and creations, the demon army finally came into contact with the army of friars.


    The friars of taiyimen began to launch arrays and urge powerful spells according to their daily drills.


    Behind the military array, there are machine fortresses built urgently. They are constantly bombarding the demon army, trying to cut it off and make it disconnected.


    Niu Dawei and several Yang God Zhenjun cruised around the army.


    Whenever there is a flaw in a friar army somewhere, they will go to fill it in time and try to reduce their losses.


    The army of taiyimen friars is not just passively meeting the impact of the enemy.


    At the right time, these military formations will also launch a counterattack, which in turn will impact the demon army.


    At this time, there will be one''s own Yang God Zhenjun as the forward to defeat the demons in the way first.


    Although the demon army has an absolute advantage in quantity, it lacks the strong one to fight against the Yang God Zhenjun.


    In order to block the impact of the Yang God Zhenjun, a team of demons led by the Yuanshen level demons had to intercept desperately regardless of life and death.


    For Niu Dawei and others, it is not easy to defeat such a team.


    The number of demons is too large to bear serious losses. It is almost impossible to kill.

 Chapter 2149

    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun had already started before Niu Dawei led taiyimen friars and demons to fight.


    They are determined to kill each other and are even willing to pay enough for it.


    Meng Zhang first became angry because of the arrogant attitude of the Dark Alliance. Later, when he knew that it was all provoked by Tang Lun, he naturally hated each other.


    However, when Meng Zhang had entangled the three men of Tang Lun, he had not yet moved to kill them.


    For one thing, Meng Zhang knew that it was very difficult to kill an old brand like Tang Lun shangzun.


    Once they fight, it''s not easy for them to beat each other, let alone kill their opponents.


    Second, the current situation does not allow him to kill shangzun Tang Lun. The consequences of killing shangzun Tang Lun are too serious, which is very unfavorable to him and Taiyi clan.


    Later, because the devil''s nest was exposed, Shang Zun Tang Lun had to kill Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang sensed the killing intention of the other party and knew that it could not be done well.


    Since the other party has to separate life and death from himself, Meng Zhang will not fear or escape.


    There is no better chance than a fair duel in the void and the cold war respect of the heavenly palace as a notary.


    Both Tang Lun shangzun and Meng Zhang feel that they will be the last winner and have great confidence in themselves.


    As soon as the war began, they showed their own heaven and earth Dharma without hesitation.


    There was a huge shadow over the top of Tang Lun''s head to block out the sky and the sun. From it came bursts of ghosts crying and howling. It was faintly visible that countless demons were struggling and beating in it.


    As Tang Lun''s Supreme Master began to gain power, one shadow after another emerged out of thin air around him. Countless demons hid in the shadow and killed Meng Zhang from all directions.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head rotates slightly, and invisible forces spread around.


    Under the power of Tai Chi yin-yang diagram, all demons and gods can''t escape. First, they were forced to show their appearance, and then they were crushed by the power of Yin-Yang Tai Chi diagram.


    Tang lunshang Zun attacked first, but didn''t take advantage of it at all.


    Meng Zhang pointed with one hand, and the black-and-white airflow gathered into a sharp sword. He fiercely killed Tang Lun.


    The ChiYin sword Sha commonly used by Meng Zhang is still warm in the underworld.


    He mobilized the power of Yin-Yang Avenue, displayed the great magic power of Liangyi Tongtian sword, and revealed a black-and-white magic sword.


    Meng Zhang showed all kinds of Kendo killing moves and gave full play to his excellent Kendo cultivation.


    Tang Lun respected himself as the top figure of the top organization such as the Dark Alliance. How could he not be protected by magic weapons?


    In fact, when it comes to the number of magic weapons, the Dark Alliance is not inferior to any Holy Land Sect.


    However, for people like him, his own heaven and earth Dharma is better than most magic weapons.


    Shangzun Tang Lun''s cultivation skills are very brilliant, and his cultivation of heaven and earth Dharma is also the top existence in the cultivation world.


    Many times, he doesn''t need to use magic weapons at all. He just needs to show the heaven and earth Dharma to end the battle.


    Now Meng Zhang''s heaven and earth method is better than him. The heaven and earth Dharma phase alone could not win, and Tang Lun had to use magic weapons to help the war.


    A silver ring flew out of his head, encircled his body and protected his whole body.


    Meng Zhang''s sharp sword Qi fell on the ring and was bounced off one after another.


    After protecting himself, Tang Lun shangzun took out a pair of iron whips and threw them into the air. He turned into two dragons and jumped at Meng Zhang with open teeth and claws.


    While Meng Zhang was attracted by the two dragons, Tang Lun shangzun took out an insignificant small clock and shook it gently, sending out faint and almost inaudible bells.


    The power of the silent bell was very terrible. After it was introduced into Meng Zhang''s ears, he felt dizzy with his cultivation and almost lost his foothold.


    This is an attack directed at the spirit, which can penetrate most of the defense means.


    Meng Zhang''s Yang God is so tenacious that he can resist thunder robbery. Facing this almost silent bell, I almost couldn''t resist it.


    Meng Zhang managed to stabilize his mind with the help of the power of Tai Chi yin-yang diagram.


    Although he knows that this is not a good time to display the aurora Wusuo, Meng Zhang can''t wait for a better opportunity.


    Like one hand, the aurora Wusuo was emitted, turned into an electric light, and tangled with the two dragons.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of Sun Moon Avenue. In the dark void, a vast sun and a cold moon rose at the same time.


    The combination of the sun and the moon released endless sun and moon lights and rushed towards Tang Lun''s upper respect.


    The ring around Tang Lun''s superior was shining brightly, and was in a stalemate with the sun and moon.


    One black and one white air currents mixed together, and the tide surged and ran towards Tang Lun shangzun.


    A famous demon God jumped out of the heaven and earth Dharma phase above Tang Lun, took the initiative to meet the Yin and Yang Qi released by Meng Zhang, and resisted it.


    The time of the advanced stage of Tang Lun''s return to emptiness is far above that of Meng Zhang.


    When he became the well-known Huixu power of the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang was still a worthless little monk.


    His practice of Taoism has many magical powers, and the number is far higher than that of Meng Zhang.


    In addition to resisting Meng Zhang''s Taoist magic powers, he also used various Taoist magic powers to fight back.


    With bursts of ghosts crying and howling, Yin winds blew towards Meng Zhang.


    Where the Yin wind passed, there were ripples in the originally calm void, and the space began to fluctuate endlessly.


    Meng Zhang''s mastery of Taoism is far less numerous than his opponents, but it is useful enough.


    In particular, the heaven and earth Dharma phase Tai Chi and yin-yang diagram he practiced are extremely magical, which can be attacked and guarded, and have infinite wonderful uses.


    Tai Chi yin-yang diagram rotates rapidly, fixing the fluctuating space and resisting the Yin wind.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and Tang Lun respected you to come and go. The fight was inextricably fierce.


    It''s not easy to decide the outcome when fighting with friars at their level.


    If they want to decide between life and death, it will take a long time.


    In the cold war nearby, Zun knew this well and didn''t mean to be impatient at all.


    The Lin brothers wanted to get involved in the war, but they dared not act rashly because of the cold war.


    The two brothers had to be patient and wait for the result of the battle with the cold war leader.


    Although the void is vast, the battlefield chosen by Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun is not far from the Junchen world.


    Recently, the Junchen world has been engaged in fierce battles with foreign invaders, and personnel are frequently mobilized. A large number of monks often enter and leave the Junchen world.


    From time to time, some monks passed near the battlefield.


    Except for some friars who were too busy to be idle, most passers-by couldn''t help but come and see out of curiosity.


    When they find that the warring parties are Terran practitioners, they will be more interested.


    At this time, there is also the return virtual power of the Terran to fight inside.


    Some people with good eyesight soon recognized the origin of Tang Lun shangzun and Meng Zhang.


    Shangzun Tang Lun was born in the mysterious top organization Dark Alliance, and is very famous in some circles.


    Meng Zhang is a famous figure in the Junchen world.


    His experience of rising from endless sand sea to today''s level can be called one of the most legendary stories in Junchen world, which has been sung by countless people.


    Meng Zhang has been fighting against the sects of the holy places for so many years. He not only lives well, but also his cultivation is becoming stronger and stronger. The continuous growth of Taiyi gate has long been a rare miracle in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang shangzun and Tang Lun shangzun are really big people in the Junchen world. Not only have they achieved great accomplishments, but also there are great forces behind them.


    They suddenly fought in the void near the Jun dust world, which naturally attracted many people''s curiosity.


    At first, only a small number of monks stopped to watch the war and watched secretly in the distance.


    I don''t know which monk with a big mouth told people who don''t know the origin of Tang Lun shangzun and Meng Zhang, and spread the news of their war here.


    Many people therefore exchanged information and began to call friends.


    After a while, more and more monks flew over from a distance and came to watch the war with great curiosity.


    Many people pointed out in the distance, and some live treasures even commented in public.


    Some originally strange monks were familiar with each other on this occasion. The originally friendly monks talked about the battle. The more they said, the more speculative and excited they said.


    If the battle with foreign invaders had not restrained many high-level friars in the Junchen world and made them unable to get away, perhaps there would be more friars watching the war here.


    Even so, with so many monks gathered here, it almost became a large-scale dating scene.


    Those who can freely enter and leave the Junchen world and come to the void are at least the yuan God Zhenjun.


    Those who dare to comment and talk aside are basically back to virtual power.


    In particular, some monks from various holy places have no good feelings for Tang Lun shangzun and Meng Zhang, who are from the dark League. They want to lose both of them and finish playing together.


    In particular, the monks of the holy sect, which had the deepest hatred against Meng Zhang, were a little eager to try. They wanted to fly to join the battle and besiege Meng Zhang with Tang Lun''s superior.


    Since Zun promised to become a notary in the cold war, with his character and personality, he will naturally try his best to do things well.


    Seeing many onlookers, he rowed with one hand. A white air wave flew out of his fingers and circled around the battlefield, marking a large area for Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun to fight.


    This is the boundary he drew to limit and prevent the monks watching the war from getting too close.


    Always silent, he shouted at the crowd.


    "This is a single fight between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun. It has nothing to do with others. If anyone dares to destroy this fair fight, it is my enemy."


    In the cold war, he was respected as the deputy leader of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace and enjoyed a long reputation. He was still very deterrent to these war watching monks.


    Meng Zhang and Shang Zun Tang Lun were in the fierce battle, and they both had spare strength. They demonstrated and threw their strength around to deter those monks who tried to intervene in the battle.


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun are both figures who have made many enemies. It can be said that among the war watching monks, there are people who are as hostile as the sea.


    Meng Zhang needless to say, he even dared to offend the Holy Land Sect. Naturally, there were many enemies.


    There are many Xiuzhen forces and friars in the Xiuzhen world who dislike the Dark Alliance.


    As a senior member of the Dark Alliance, Tang Lun is full of blood and has many blood debts.


    Both of them have great confidence in themselves and want to take advantage of this war to kill their opponents. Naturally, they don''t want someone to disturb the situation, let alone their old enemies to take the opportunity to attack themselves.


    The main forces of the Junchen world were contained in the battlefield against foreign invaders.


    The monks watching the war here either leave the battlefield and take turns; Or return to the Junchen world to heal; Or it''s for defense


    Many top friars in the Junchen world were unable to get away and stayed near the battlefield.


    The monks watching the war here have limited accomplishments, and many people are not in good condition.


    The friars at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun hide as far as they can, and look here from a distance.


    Those who dare to get a little closer are all those with deep background and the care of returning virtual companions.


    Don''t let Yuanshen Zhenjun interfere in this war. As long as he is too close to the battlefield, he will be broken by the aftermath of Meng Zhang''s battle.


    Ordinary return to virtual power is also not qualified to intervene in this war.


    The aftermath of the battle also poses a great threat to them.


    The reckless intervention of Da Neng in the early and middle stages of returning to the virtual world will not directly affect the war situation, let alone hurt the warring sides. On the contrary, it may lead to the fatal counterattack of Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun.


    Basically, you still have a little brain to cultivate the great energy in the period of returning to emptiness.


    After repeated weighing, they all chose to stand on the sidelines and not intervene in the war.


    Meng Zhang, who was fighting with Tang Lun, suddenly had some hidden worries.


    Shangzun Tang Lun has Lin brothers as companions.


    If someone wants to take the opportunity to attack Tang Lun shangzun, he must pass the Lin brothers first.


    After the battle, even if shangzun Tang Lun is seriously injured and loses his combat effectiveness, the Lin brothers will escort him back to the Junchen world safely.


    Even if the enemies of Tang Lun''s revered master intercepted them, they could not help the Lin brothers'' great ability to return to the void.


    Meng Zhang came to the war alone.


    If, after defeating or killing Tang Lun, he is seriously injured and pays too much, resulting in loss of combat effectiveness, he may have to face the pursuit of many enemies.


    Even in the fierce battle, Meng Zhang also observed the situation around him.


    Among the monks watching the war, there is no lack of members of the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In the cold war, Meng Zhang was promised as a notary of the war to ensure that this fair battle would not be disturbed.


    He did not say that he would protect Meng Zhang after the war and escort Meng Zhang back to the Junchen world safely.


    Although the two had their origins, Meng Zhang, who worked in the law enforcement hall, was nominally his subordinate.


    However, in the face of the pursuit and killing of the religious friars in the holy places, I don''t know how much strength he will exert and whether he is willing to work hard for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang saw the current situation clearly and knew that he had only one choice.


    That is not only to win the battle with Tang Lun shangzun, but also to win beauty and ensure that their losses are limited, but also to show sufficient deterrence to deter those stupid guys who are ready to move.


    In this way, Meng Zhang put forward higher requirements for himself, and the battle became more difficult.

 Chapter 2150

    When Meng Zhang and Tang Lun fought with each other, another battlefield, north of the death sand sea in the Junchen world, the battle between the friars and demons of Taiyi gate also entered a white hot stage long ago.


    Niu Dawei''s army of friars is limited in number, but with the help of many war tools, it can greatly assist operations and play a key role in the battlefield.


    Both the Taoist soldiers accumulated by Taiyi sect and various mechanism creations shine in this large-scale battle, effectively reducing their own casualties.


    The taiyimen friars discharged the array and made full use of the power of the array.


    The array allows them to give full play to their own strength and take care of each other.


    Niu Dawei and several other friars in the Yang God period came and went in the demon army, which greatly limited the power of the demon army.


    The army of friars of Taiyi gate stabilized and guarded their own defense line, so that the army of demons could not break through all the time.


    The fierce battle here is urgent, and the demon army in the rear is still rushing here for support.


    A large number of demons are consumed on the battlefield, but the supplement from the rear can always arrive in time.


    Demons are still pouring out of the devil''s nest. It seems that the demons hidden in it are endless.


    In fact, the magic nest itself is a special building for producing and strengthening magic objects.


    To some extent, it is a bit similar to the army nest made by Taiyi gate.


    The level of this magic nest is not low. There are many kinds and quantities of demons cultivated in it, including high-level demons.


    In fact, as long as there is enough resources, this magic nest can really keep making magic objects until the whole Jun dust world is submerged.


    Of course, even the Dark Alliance, an old organization with profound and rich foundation, can provide limited resources.


    Outsiders do not know how many years this magic nest has existed and how many magic objects have been accumulated.


    Such a magic nest was built in the Junchen world. In fact, the high-level leaders of the heavenly palace and the holy places were very angry.


    Shangzun Tang Lun is also a person with great powers. Unexpectedly, he deceived many people''s eyes and ears, forcibly built this magic nest and let it operate normally for many years.


    The existence of this magic nest is a huge cancer for the Jun dust world.


    If it is not handled in time, it will eventually endanger the whole Jun dust world.


    The last time the sects of the holy places cleared the ghost areas in the capital, they paid a high price.


    The fly of taiyimen is becoming more and more annoying and can''t be ignored.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, has become the enemy of all the holy places.


    There are magic nests near taiyimen territory. It''s too late for the sects of the major holy places to gloat.


    They put the gratitude and resentment between themselves and taiyimen above the overall interests of the Junchen world.


    They hope that this magic nest can consume the details of Taiyi gate and contain more power of Taiyi gate.


    The high level of Tiangong wanted to clear the magic nest, but it was delayed due to various constraints.


    Now taiyimen has taken the initiative to clear the devil''s nest. Tiangong has saved a lot of effort and breathed a sigh of relief for the time being.


    Out of fear of the Dark Alliance, the heavenly palace has no intention to intervene for the time being, but only secretly provides some help.


    The deterrence of Tianwei thunder punishment array really greatly limits the return level demons in the magic nest.


    The battle between the taiyimen friar army and the demon army fell into a stalemate.


    No matter how terrible the number of demons is and what kind of impact they launch, they can''t shake the defense line of the taiyimen friar army for the time being.


    Of course, the taiyimen friar army can not completely defeat the enemy. For the time being, it can only do more defense and less attack.


    The Dark Alliance friar who presided over the magic nest had a certain consciousness after the magic nest was exposed.


    They began to consume all kinds of resources stored in the magic nest as quickly as possible, almost regardless of the cost and future, and spared no effort to produce and transform all kinds of magic objects.


    Tang lunshang Zun presided over the construction of this magic nest for personal purposes. The reason why we can get many high-level support in the dark League is that this magic nest is really useful.


    In addition to secretly cultivating demons, Dark Alliance is also studying and cultivating demons.


    The power of the devil comes easily. It seems that it is no worse than the power of the cultivator.


    In many cases, demon friars have a great restraining effect on practitioners.


    In the cultivation world, there are many practitioners and cultivation forces who pursue the power of evil Taoism.


    Although many of them ate the consequences of evil, leading to a serious disaster, which was very deep, they never stopped the latecomers'' enthusiasm to study the devil''s way.


    In fact, in the atmosphere of the law of the jungle and the supremacy of power, many practitioners do everything in order to pursue more powerful power.


    Because of its origin, the Dark Alliance is a special existence in the Junchen world, including the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    The Dark Alliance has developed a powerful force and has the power to change the situation in the Junchen world. Naturally, many people in its high-level have become ambitious and are no longer satisfied with their original positioning.


    If possible, most practitioners are still willing to stand in the sun and appear in the world in a fair and bright way.


    Of course, although the Dark Alliance is strong, it still has little advantage in the face of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    Many people in the senior level of the Dark Alliance have come into contact with the power of the devil for various purposes.


    They have the brilliant inheritance of the Dark Alliance, and their eyesight is far from that of ordinary monks.


    They know that if they fall into the devil''s way rashly, they will not gain too many benefits. On the contrary, they are likely to be controlled by others and controlled by the great devil and the devil God.


    By studying the mysteries of the devil''s way, they learn and understand the power of the devil''s way, but they fantasize that they will not change their original essence as practitioners.


    Shangzun Tang Lun is a typical example.


    Although he is now the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness, he has self-knowledge and knows that he is far away from achieving immortality.


    In particular, the situation of Jun dust world is special. The road to immortality is locked by several sleeping real immortals.


    He understood the power of the devil''s way, that is, he wanted to break all kinds of restrictions, find another way and walk out of a new way to become a way.


    Although he still seems to be a cultivator, he has deep demonic thoughts in the process of mastering the power of the devil.


    If there is no accident, Tang Lun shangzun will eventually fall into the devil''s way and can''t turn back.


    Because he understood the mystery of the devil''s way, he also gained a lot of new power and mastered a lot of powerful magical powers.


    Of course, because he is still a cultivator, he has not completely fallen into the devil''s way, and can not obtain more devil''s power and completely master the new magic power.


    In the dark League, there are many monks who are in a similar situation and have the same ideas as Tang Lun''s superior.


    With many fellow travelers, Tang Lun''s power in the Dark Alliance is naturally becoming stronger and stronger.

 Chapter 2151

    Tang lunshang Zun''s power within the Dark Alliance has become stronger and stronger, and has a greater and greater impact on the decision-making of the high-level of the Dark Alliance.


    At some point, he can even influence some decisions of the Dark Alliance.


    He influenced the decision-making of the Dark Alliance and continuously invested more resources in the magic nest.


    For the Dark Alliance Group, if the Dark Alliance participates in the hegemony of the Junchen world and openly makes enemies with the religious doors and heavenly palaces of the major holy places, the magic nest is a strange recruit and can play a wonderful role at the critical moment.


    The Dark Alliance continuously invests various resources into the magic nest, constantly transforming and cultivating demons.


    The inner space of the magic nest is vast enough to accommodate the demons cultivated over the years.


    At present, there are enough magic objects in the magic nest to form an army and dominate the Jun dust world.


    If taiyimen hadn''t sent the army of truth repair in time to block the army of demons, I''m afraid a large-scale demon disaster would have broken out around.


    The Dark Alliance friar in the magic nest was a little flustered when he was first exposed.


    After such a period of time, these guys began to calm down and began to think about their own retreat.


    They tried to release all the demons in the magic nest, create enough chaos, attract the attention of the heavenly palace and create opportunities for their escape.


    The demons in the magic nest can''t be taken away anyway. It''s better to rush out and cover their actions.


    Due to the hesitation of Tiangong, it is really possible for them to succeed.


    Around the devil''s nest, there are a dense army of demons.


    Many demons connect with each other, and the demonic Qi is connected together.


    The powerful magic Qi rises up and blocks out the sky and the sun. It can not only cover the spiritual thoughts of practitioners, but also hide many exploration spells.


    The demon army is constantly gathering and constantly impacting the defense line of the taiyimen friar army.


    As long as you break through this line of defense, the demon army can break into taiyimen territory without obstacles.


    The sand sea of death can''t stop these demons.


    Although the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate has long been moved to other places, the endless sand sea, as the Longxing place of Taiyi gate, has always been valued by the high level of zongmen.


    The endless sand sea has been transformed by taiyimen over the years. There are more and more oases and more creatures living here.


    If the demon army breaks into here, it can''t be resisted by the taiyimen friar alone, which will inevitably cause a great disaster.


    Due to his hurry, Niu Dawei temporarily convened this army in order to be in a hurry. The main members are friars of taiyimen.


    Killing demons is not only the responsibility of practitioners, but also to protect their homes. The morale of the monks of taiyimen has been very high.


    Under the impact of the demon army, this friar army has begun to suffer many casualties, but the defense line of the army is still so indestructible.


    Taiyimen has a vast territory. In the face of strong external threats, the zongmen has maintained sufficient strength at any time to quickly mobilize and deal with all kinds of emergencies.


    The taiyimen friars who can be selected into this force are basically the elite in the door.


    Now, with these elites as the backbone of the army, the combat effectiveness of the army is fully guaranteed.


    Meng Zhang''s battle with Tang Lun''s superior in the void has not yet shown any sign of victory or defeat.


    Fighting at this level, even if it lasts for several years, decades or even hundreds of years, is very common.


    No matter what Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun thought, at least they didn''t look worried on the surface, but continued to fight patiently.


    They seem to do their best, but they have certain reservations.


    They are well aware of the difficulties of their opponents. Their cards and Maces must be used at a critical moment in order to play their maximum role.


    They are looking for opportunities in the struggle, waiting for opportunities, waiting for the opportunity to make a final decision.


    In a twinkling of an eye, the friars of taiyimen entered the area where the devil''s nest is located and fought with the devil''s army for almost half a month.


    The second army of friars organized by taiyimen, as reinforcements, has rushed to the front battlefield.


    Taiyimen, who has been in a state of war for many years, has a quick reaction and has rich experience in recruiting monks under his command.


    At the command of the taiyimen high level, all members of Hanhai road alliance took action immediately.


    All the religious forces began to mobilize their own monks to actively respond to the recruitment of taiyimen.


    On most of the territory of taiyimen, the flying boat route has long been navigable.


    In many key locations, taiyimen has also built many long-distance transmission arrays.


    It is very convenient for practitioners to move quickly on taiyimen territory.


    Taiyimen also has a number of fast-moving flying boat teams for rapid transportation.


    Due to taiyimen''s powerful flying boat manufacturing ability, many forces under its command benefit from it and can equip many flying boats at a lower price.


    Soon after Niu Dawei led the vanguard army to set out, the second friar army began to gather quickly and was soon formed.


    The personnel composition of this second friar army is more complex.


    In addition to the legitimate friars of taiyimen, there are also friars sent by major members of Hanhai daomeng, including many vassal forces of taiyimen.


    Taiyimen has enough fast flying boats to carry a large number of monks for fast maneuvers.


    Xu Mengying of Huanglian cult, as the true king of Yang God, personally led this army to the front line.


    The army of friars, who had begun to show some fatigue due to long-term uninterrupted fighting, not only greatly increased their strength after timely reinforcement, but also many weak and very tired friars were given the opportunity of rotation and rest.


    Xu Mengying''s advanced Yang Shen period was far before Wen qiansuan and Yang Xueyi, and her cultivation was more vigorous.


    Her arrival has greatly enhanced the top combat power of taiyimen.


    Although the taiyimen friar army is at a disadvantage in many aspects, the situation remains very good due to the absolute advantage of the top combat power.


    After being reinforced by the new army of friars, taiyimen has more confidence and morale.


    In addition to Xu Mengying personally leading this army of friars to support, taiyimen territory is still mobilizing on a large scale to recruit more friars and organize a new army of friars.


    Next, the Taiyi goalkeeper will send more and more reinforcements to the front line and continue to enhance the strength of the army.


    The fierce battle between the taiyimen friar army and the demon army has not stopped, killing countless demons.


    So many Terran practitioners seem to be the most delicious meal, firmly attracting the attention of the demon army.


    Even if there were countless casualties, the demon army still firmly entangled the Terran friars and wanted to swallow it completely.


    Countless demons are almost completely controlled by instinct and only want to devour the human cultivators in front of them.


    The Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest also deliberately contributed to this situation and continuously transported demons to this side.

 Chapter 2152

    The purpose of the Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest to release many demons is not to create a large-scale magic disaster and harm the surrounding Terran territory.


    They want to use these demons to attract the attention of Tianwei thunder punishment array in the heavenly palace and strive for opportunities to escape secretly.


    If they just run away from home, it''s not a big problem.


    However, the returning virtual demon in the magic nest was made at a great cost after the Dark Alliance invested a large amount of materials. They were unwilling to give up easily as a last resort.


    Although these demons at the level of returning to emptiness have the level of cultivation, they don''t have enough wisdom to control their own strength. Their strength seems to be average.


    Meng Zhang easily killed one head, and Tianwei thunder punishment array killed one head without effort.


    That''s because the enemy they face is too strong. It''s not that they are really so useless.


    Not to mention anything else, it was not long before returning to the virtual devil that they pursued and killed Yang Xueyi and Xu Kongzi, which made them embarrassed and dangerous.


    If these return to the virtual level demons are brought back to the Dark Alliance headquarters and used well at the critical moment in the future, they will certainly be able to play a great role.


    Although the Dark Alliance headquarters left itself very clear, it seems to have nothing to do with the magic nest, and it doesn''t pay any attention to what happened here.


    But in fact, some people in the dark League headquarters have already made contact with their own friars in the magic nest by secret means.


    The Dark Alliance high level instructed the friars in the magic nest to bring valuable things back to the Dark Alliance headquarters even if they had to give up the magic nest in the end.


    It''s easy to say anything else. It''s very difficult to hide the magic object at the virtual level.


    It''s good to hide in the magic nest now. It can perfectly cover up its breath.


    But once you leave the devil''s nest, the magic Qi of the return empty level will block out the sky and the sun, and the breath is so high, where can you hide it?


    Even if you put it into mustard space or space magic tools, it doesn''t have much effect.


    Unless you can return to the virtual world, ordinary mustard space and space magic tools will only be broken by these return to the virtual level demons.


    The friars in the devil''s nest dare not violate the orders of the senior level of the Dark Alliance. They think hard about how to complete the task.


    While these dark alliance friars racked their brains, the battle between the taiyimen friar army and the demon army was in full swing.


    Taiyi sect has an efficient mobilization mechanism, which can easily recall the disciples outside the sect and recruit the monks of all members of hanhaidao League.


    These monks formed a new reinforcement team, took flying boats and rushed to the front line for support.


    Under the leadership of several Yang God Zhenjun, the defense line of Taiyi gate was as firm as a rock and did not waver at all.


    After receiving new reinforcements, the defense line of taiyimen became wider and thicker. The taiyimen friar army launched anti impact operations on different scales for many times to repel the demon army temporarily.


    At first, senior taiyimen officials such as Niu Dawei were worried that so many demons would disperse to escape from this area and enter the nearby taiyimen territory.


    They didn''t expect that these demons would be so determined to fight with the friars of taiyimen here, and they had no intention to attack other areas at all.


    In this way, the cattle were greatly relieved, relieved of their biggest concerns, and avoided the large-scale scourge of taiyimen territory.


    Of course, in this way, the pressure on the army of taiyimen friars will be even greater.


    Demons are constantly emerging in front of everyone, seemingly endless.


    The impact of demons has never been cut off, and the battle seems to never see the end.


    This battle with the demon army is also a great challenge for taiyimen.


    The challenge is not only the cultivation of taiyimen friars, but also the mobilization ability of taiyimen, the combat effectiveness of hanhaidao alliance, etc.


    So far, the performance of taiyimen in all aspects has greatly satisfied Niu Dawei and other senior executives.


    Although the incident happened suddenly and the enemy was so powerful, taiyimen was able to collect a large army of friars in time to block the impact of demons.


    The subsequent reinforcements not only brought more monks, but also many talismans and magic tools specifically for demons, pills for monks to heal and restore Qi, as well as more mechanism creations and various war tools.


    As far as taiyimen is concerned, it is now in a state of wartime, and the whole zongmen must serve the war on the front line.


    Shengong hall, Qitang hall and Dan Hall have not only taken out their savings for many years, but also the production friars are working overtime to try to produce more war materials as soon as possible and send them to the front line for reinforcement.


    Taiyi gate itself can now be called one of the top sects in Junchen world. Together with Hanhai daomeng under its command, it is even more a behemoth.


    Once almost all departments and all monks are mobilized, the forces that erupt are very terrible.


    With the passage of time, the situation facing taiyimen began to improve slowly.


    The magic objects in the magic nest are limited, and all kinds of resources are not inexhaustible.


    The Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest almost exhausted all their resources and made all kinds of demons.


    It seems that almost endless demons emerge from the devil''s nest, but they will eventually reach their limit.


    In addition to secretly holding some demons as guards for the next action, the Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest drove almost all demons out of the magic nest.


    Although the power of Taiyi gate also has a limit, before Taiyi gate reaches the limit, the demons in the magic nest reach the limit first.


    In the previous wars, the demon army that was not afraid of death or had no concept of life and death constantly attacked the taiyimen defense line. Under the defensive counterattack of the taiyimen friars, the demon army suffered heavy losses and its number was greatly reduced.


    Seeing that the attack of the demon army showed some decline, the senior friar of taiyimen who had experienced many battles immediately made adjustments in time and began to plan for a comprehensive counterattack.


    Both Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi had rich experience in commanding the army to quell the magic disaster when the magic disaster broke out in the Daheng cultivation world.


    What they are thinking about now is not how to defeat the demon army in front of them.


    Judging from the current situation, this demon army has done nothing at the campaign level.


    They began to consider how to deal with the next bad situation after defeating the demon army in front of them.


    If the demon army is completely defeated, completely disorganized and turned into a mess, it will also bring new trouble.


    If the fleeing demons escape into the surrounding taiyimen territory sporadically, it will certainly cause great harm to the territory.


    Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi have begun to make new arrangements.


    After defeating the demon army in front of us, how can the taiyimen friar army disperse who to chase, and how can a friar team strengthen the blockade of the surrounding area.

 Chapter 2153

    It seems that the taiyimen friar army is still fighting with the demon army, but the war situation has changed. The taiyimen friar army is about to launch a comprehensive counterattack. Maybe it won''t be long before taiyimen can completely defeat the demon army and become the final winner.


    At this time, in the empty battlefield, the battle between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun was still going on, and there was no sign of victory or defeat.


    Both of them cast their own magic weapons and showed a lot of Taoist magic powers.


    The scene seems vast and powerful, but it can''t help each other.


    They are still fighting.


    Over the past few months, the fighting has been going on for a long time. Their seemingly fierce fighting is actually just in the stage of mutual temptation.


    What they did was to use some conventional means, but they didn''t come up with a real killer mace.


    A few months is not worth mentioning for friars at their level.


    They are very patient, waiting for their opponents to show their flaws and the opportunity to use their killer mace.


    There are many monks watching the war around, but not everyone can always watch the war here.


    At this time, most of the friars who travel to and from the void near the Jun dust world are on duty or have important things to do.


    Even if the battle between Meng Zhang shangzun and Tang Lun shangzun is wonderful and attractive, they can''t give up everything and watch the battle here wholeheartedly.


    In particular, the battle between Meng Zhang shangzun and Tang Lun shangzun fell into a stalemate, which was obviously not able to distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time.


    Those monks who are also return to virtual power deeply know how long the life and death war between return to virtual power will last.


    Slowly, many monks with other important affairs gradually left here.


    Of course, when a friar leaves, a new friar comes to watch the war.


    When Shang Zun Meng Zhang and Shang Zun Tang Lun were notaries in the cold war, they were fighting a life and death battle in the void near the Junchen world.


    The news was quickly passed on to Kai through the monks who left.


    Many monks who heard the news rushed to watch the war.


    In the later period of the return of the Terran to emptiness, shangzun fought a war of life and death. It is a real strange thing in the Junchen realm.


    Meng Zhang shangzun and Tang Lun shangzun are well-known figures, and many monks are interested in them.


    Although it is difficult for the spectators to get too close due to the restrictions of the cold war, many people still enjoy it.


    Some even tried to get close to the battlefield.


    Even with the status and accomplishments respected in the cold war, it is not good to be too rude to some monks.


    In order to maintain order and ensure the smooth progress of mengzhang and tanglun shangzun''s single challenge, shangzun was busy in the cold war.


    Cold war shangzun, who has always had a bad temper, was a little bored and began to feel that he was really asking for trouble as a notary this time.


    Fortunately, one after another, the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace passed nearby.


    The lineal friars of the heavenly palace know the cold war Supreme Master, and many people are willing to follow the orders of the cold war Supreme Master.


    And among these monks, there are many old acquaintances of Meng Zhang.


    During the cold war, shangzun made a temporary arrest and asked some directly affiliated monks of the heavenly palace to temporarily help themselves maintain order around them, so as to prevent the battle between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun from being affected.


    These heavenly palace friars are also willing to help and rotate to maintain order.


    In this way, not only the war watching monks, but also the monks who maintain order around them come and go, come and go, come and go here.


    Most of the friars in the Junchen world are not qualified to go in and out of the void. There are limited friars who can come here to watch the war.


    Moreover, the Junchen world is facing off with the army of foreign invaders. Many monks are either inseparable or can''t leave the front line for a long time.


    Otherwise, the monks watching the war here would have been a sea of people.


    Meng Zhang''s contacts are much worse than those of Tang Lun shangzun.


    Not to mention, the inside information of taiyimen is far less than that of Dark Alliance. Meng Zhang is still a guy who provoked many strong men.


    Among the monks watching the war around, many people are Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    Monks of the holy places, members of the Dark Alliance


    Fortunately, so far, no one has rashly intervened in this battle.


    Perhaps they are unwilling to offend the cold war reverence, or Meng Zhang is notorious. They have to be cautious and dare not do it easily.


    Of course, not all the monks watching the war were Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    In addition to many neutrals, there are some friends and acquaintances of Meng Zhang.


    Such as old man Yinhu, mother-in-law Qiansi, Taoist Gulu and others have all stayed here.


    Of course, even if he had the best relationship with Meng Zhang, Taoist Gulu, who had fought together in the Shenchang world, would not openly help Meng Zhang against Tang Lun.


    In fact, because the noise here is too big, it is impossible to hide it from foreign invaders all the time.


    At present, the foreign invaders have not launched an all-round attack on the Junchen world.


    On the one hand, the tragic defeat of the last time hurt the vitality of several forces. So far, I have lingering palpitations and dare not act rashly.


    On the other hand, now is not the time to launch a full-scale campaign.


    Of course, the small-scale battle between the foreign invader army and the friars of Junchen world, as an outpost and warm-up match before the start of the war, has not ended, but has become more and more intense.


    The foreign invaders closely monitored various movements around the Jun dust world through various means.


    Spies on the side of foreign invaders and various infiltration teams haunt the Junchen world from time to time.


    The war between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun has long been in the eyes of some beings.


    No matter Meng Zhang or Tang Lun shangzun, no matter their respective tendencies, what they think, and what their attitude towards the rulers of the Junchen world is. In the eyes of foreign invaders, they are all human friars, and they are the strong among human friars.


    If such a strong man seizes the right opportunity, he will cause a lot of losses to all kinds of invaders.


    They appear on the appropriate battlefield and can even affect the situation on the battlefield.


    Their existence not only strengthens the strength of the Junchen community, but also more or less a threat to the extraterritorial invaders.


    In addition to Meng Zhang and Tang Lun, there are many monks watching the war, who can not be ignored.


    If we can catch all the people present, it will certainly cause huge losses to the Jun dust world, and may shake the defense line of the Jun dust world.


    The spies and infiltration teams on the side of the extraterritorial invaders did not act rashly because of their insufficient strength, so as not to fall into the enemy''s siege in turn.


    They began to inform the rear of the situation here and asked for stronger reinforcements.

 Chapter 2154

    In the void near the Junchen world, Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun are fighting for life and death.


    In the area north of the dead sand sea, the taiyimen friar army is fighting with the demon army.


    Most areas of the Junchen world were still calm and were not affected by these two wars.


    But suddenly, some high-level disputes began to appear everywhere in the Jun dust world.


    In the South and west of the Jun dust world, there is a wanton release of the power of returning to emptiness, a posture of full force casting.


    Especially near the Middle Earth continent, there are two Hui Xu Da Neng who came from scattered cultivation. I don''t know what dispute has happened, but they are going to start a big fight.


    The Tianwei thunder punishment array of the heavenly palace monitored the whole Jun dust world, and naturally found these situations soon.


    One of the main functions of Tianwei thunder punishment array is to prevent the war of returning to emptiness in Jun dust world, especially the civil war between Terran returning to emptiness powers.


    Since the situation has occurred in these places, the Tianwei thunder punishment array of Tiangong naturally needs to divert attention and pay more attention to it.


    The attention of Tianwei thunder punishment array is diverted, and the accumulated power is also used in other directions to deter those abnormal return virtual powers. Naturally, the monitoring near the magic nest becomes much weaker.


    This is also a big loophole in Tianwei thunder punishment array. You can''t monitor too many targets at the same time. If there are too many targets, the power will be greatly dispersed.


    Needless to say, these places are capable of making trouble, and they all want to fight. They are all played by the Dark Alliance.


    With the resources mastered by the Dark Alliance, there is no need to dispatch their own directly subordinate monks.


    Over the years, the Dark Alliance has also supported and cultivated many talented monks.


    Many of the great powers of returning to emptiness, who seem to have a loose cultivation background and have nothing to do with the Dark Alliance, have a deep connection with the Dark Alliance.


    In many cases, they have to be driven by the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance does not need to use any means of coercion. As long as sufficient conditions are offered, there are naturally a lot of returning to the virtual world and can run for it.


    The originally calm Junchen world suddenly became noisy because of the actions of several returning to virtual power.


    Even if the heavenly palace feels that the situation is a little wrong, it must use Tianwei thunder punishment array to warn and even suppress these people to prevent them from acting recklessly in the Junchen world.


    Of course, even if it is the great power of returning to emptiness to make trouble, the heavenly palace will not kill people as soon as it comes up, but warn and deter them first.


    Every celebrity family''s return to virtual power has value and the possibility of striving for it now that foreign invaders have invaded on a large scale.


    The Dark Alliance friar in the magic nest has been in contact with the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    After receiving the news that everything was ready, they were ready to take action.


    Before that, the demon army was defeated by the taiyimen friars.


    At first, the Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest may despise the friars of taiyimen.


    With the battle between the taiyimen friars and the demon war, their contempt disappeared and they paid more and more attention to their immediate opponents.


    However, facts have proved that they still underestimated the combat effectiveness of friar taiyimen.


    The powerful army of friars in taiyimen cannot be overestimated.


    For a long time, the demon army was unable to break through the defense line of the taiyimen friars'' army, and was tired.


    Even demons who do not know fatigue and are not afraid of death will have an instinctive sense of failure and an instinctive fear of the enemy in front of them.


    After the demon army suffered heavy casualties and revealed many weaknesses, Niu Dawei and other taiyimen executives seized the fighters and led the friars'' army to launch a comprehensive counterattack.


    The powerful and indestructible demon army was defeated at once. The whole army first fell into great chaos, and then many demons began to flee around like headless flies.


    There is an absolute gap between this demon army and taiyimen in terms of top combat power.


    The army of demons depends on the number of terror. Many demons work together to compete with the army of taiyimen friars.


    The army of demons was defeated. The thick evil spirit that had been linked together and blocked the sky and the sun began to fade rapidly.


    Lost the greatest advantage, the demon army did not show much resistance in the face of the counter attack of the taiyimen friars.


    For friar taiyimen, the real trouble began after the defeat of the demon army.


    After defeating the demon army in front, the taiyimen friars also began to disperse and divided into small teams to chase and kill the running demon and prevent it from escaping into the nearby taiyimen territory.


    Due to the prescient arrangement of Niu Dawei and others, there has long been a team of friars of Taiyi gate patrolling near this area, which just blocked many fleeing demons.


    Niu Dawei did not join the hunt for the demon, but flew to the demon nest with Yang Xueyi and others.


    Devil''s nest is the root of devil''s things.


    If the devil''s nest is not removed, the devil cannot be eliminated from the source.


    Meng Zhang''s previous order was very clear that the magic nest must be completely eradicated.


    Niu Dawei and others have never forgotten that there should be back to virtual level demons in the magic nest.


    In the previous battles, this level of demons did not appear on the battlefield.


    This is mainly because of the threat of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Now the demon army has been defeated. Niu Dawei and others are ready to attack the magic nest. The guy hiding in the magic nest should no longer be able to sit still.


    The Dark Alliance friar in the devil''s nest is mainly fire ape Zhenjun, and he is also the only Yang God Zhenjun.


    In addition, there are about 20 yuan God Zhenjun in the magic nest, and more than 300 monks at other levels.


    The devil''s nest has a great erosion on the cultivators.


    Even with the amulets and magic tools given by the high level of the Dark Alliance, if you want to stay in the magic nest safely, you must at least be a friar in the foundation period.


    Moreover, monks can''t stay in the magic nest for too long. They must rotate regularly.


    Fire ape Zhenjun has scolded countless times in his heart.


    How could he be so unlucky? When it was his turn to garrison the magic nest, he met such a big event.


    If the rotation expires, he will return to the dark League Headquarters and prepare to impact the virtual period.


    Once you enter the retreat period, your accomplishments have made a leap, and your status is much different, so you can really step into the threshold of the high level of the Dark Alliance.


    Now, because of the sudden incident, the promising fire ape Zhenjun had to take orders in the face of danger, shoulder the important task of protecting the important property of the Dark Alliance and escorting it back to the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    Originally, they were prepared to take advantage of the war between the demon army and the taiyimen friar army. The breath of both sides was intertwined and murderous. They could block the chance of some induction of Tianwei thunder punishment array, secretly escape from the demon nest and return to the dark League Headquarters.


    However, the strength of the taiyimen friar army was far beyond their expectation. The demon army was defeated so quickly.


    Second, I don''t know what happened at the headquarters of the Dark Alliance. It was so late to act.

 Chapter 2155

    In fact, there are reasons why the Dark Alliance is slow this time.


    Like the dark League, an organization with a long history and strong strength, there are many factions and disputes within it.


    On many major issues, it is difficult to reach a consensus in a short time.


    For example, there are many different opinions on the exposure of the magic nest within the Dark Alliance.


    Those high-level officials with the most radical attitude clamored that they should never give up the magic nest, even if they fought with the heavenly palace, they must keep this important magic nest.


    Originally, a large part of the high-level leaders of the Dark Alliance had long been ill intentioned and wanted to break the original ruling order of the Jun dust world and challenge the original rulers of the Jun dust world.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity to completely turn against the heavenly palace, take the opportunity to make trouble and push the whole Dark Alliance to the battlefield, which is in line with their wishes.


    The most serious group of senior officials of the Dark Alliance opposed the conflict with the heavenly palace.


    They believe that they should immediately and completely give up the magic nest, get rid of all relations with it, and never have any contact with the magic nest again.


    With a larger number of centrists, opinions are more complicated.


    The whole Dark Alliance high-level soon fell into a huge debate and could not reach a unified opinion at all.


    The radical general Tang Lun shangzun is fighting with Meng Zhang in the void. He is temporarily unable to return to the headquarters of the dark League, which has greatly affected the momentum of the radical.


    Finally, it was not easy for the senior management of the Dark Alliance to reach a compromise and reach an agreement among the disputes.


    It''s not the best time to turn against the heavenly palace. It''s best to keep the status quo as far as possible, hibernate temporarily and wait for the time to come.


    The devil''s nest has been exposed, so we must give up, let alone have a large-scale conflict with the heavenly palace.


    The magic nest was built by the Dark Alliance at a great cost. It has precious wealth.


    The devil''s nest can''t move away and has to give up, but all kinds of wealth inside should be kept as much as possible.


    The top level of Dark Alliance ordered fire ape Zhenjun to bring these wealth back to Dark Alliance headquarters.


    In order to cooperate with the action of fire ape Zhenjun, the Dark Alliance also has some actions.


    All over the Junchen world, there was a sudden movement of returning to virtual power, which restrained the Tianwei thunder punishment array. That was written by the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, in order to avoid conflict with the heavenly palace, the Dark Alliance did not send its own direct monks. Instead, he made a big circle and used some monks who seemed to have nothing to do with the Dark Alliance.


    The heavenly palace doesn''t know the details of these great powers of returning to emptiness.


    In its eyes, the action of the Dark Alliance is just a cover up.


    Of course, since the Dark Alliance has to leave a layer of fig leaf, the heavenly palace will not break this layer of window paper.


    After all, both sides need to keep their faces. Now is not the time to tear their faces.


    It is precisely because of this series of joints that the movement of the Dark Alliance seems so slow and has to be delayed for so long.


    Seeing that the demon army was defeated, Niu Dawei and others fiercely killed towards the devil''s nest. They were already ready to escape. Fire ape Zhenjun and others, who could not turn back, had to bite the bullet and start action.


    All the resources inside the magic nest have been basically consumed for manufacturing and transforming magic objects.


    All kinds of materials about demons accumulated in the magic nest, experience in manufacturing and transforming demons, and some key components of the magic nest have been disassembled, which are precious wealth in the eyes of the senior level of the Dark Alliance.


    Fire ape Zhenjun put these wealth into his mustard space and took them with him.


    Those magic objects at the level of returning to emptiness are also valuable wealth, but they can''t be carried with them.


    In addition, there are about ten Yang God level demons in the magic nest, which are also valuable.


    Previously, when testing Tianwei thunder punishment array, fire ape Zhenjun didn''t release it out of prudence.


    Now, at the critical moment of escape, he lost the cover of the demon army, and the fire ape Zhenjun had to work hard.


    Anyway, he must escape from here. He will never be willing to be buried with the devil''s nest.


    As a promising Yang God Zhenjun like him, the first thing to think about is how to keep himself.


    In the current magic nest, almost all demons have been released long ago, leaving only some demons at the level of returning to emptiness and Yang God.


    Fire ape Zhenjun and a helper cast spells together, and four magic objects at the level of returning to emptiness rushed out of the magic nest together. Behind them, there are about ten Yang God level demons.


    Although after years of research and efforts, these demons are basically cultivated in the magic nest, they still can''t control high-level demons like arms and fingers.


    It''s like returning to the virtual level. At most, they can give some simple orders to it and barely control its general action.


    In some extreme cases, if the magic objects at the return level are completely driven by instinct, they will even get out of their control.


    In the past, fire ape Zhenjun, they were careful to control such demons, and never dared to be careless.


    Each time, they can release at most one magic object at the level of returning to the virtual, that is, they are worried that the magic object will get out of control and endanger their own safety.


    Since the establishment of this magic nest for so many years, there are not one or two friars who have lost their lives and even lost their lives because of the reverse bite of demons.


    Now the situation is urgent, fire ape Zhenjun must make a choice.


    His mind is very clear. He knows that the target of the magic object at the level of returning to emptiness is too large, and it is almost impossible to safely bring it back to the dark League Headquarters.


    At the critical moment of his life, fire ape Zhenjun is still very decisive.


    Since you can''t take the magic object at the virtual level, you have to give up.


    While giving up, let these demons attract the enemy''s attention and create opportunities for their own escape.


    Since even the demons at the level of returning to emptiness have decided to give up, let alone the demons at the level of Yang God.


    As soon as these demons left the magic nest, they immediately attracted the attention of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    According to the last instruction of fire ape Zhenjun, these demons immediately dispersed at the fastest speed and fled from different directions after leaving the magic nest.


    Sensing the breath of returning to virtual level demons, Tianwei thunder punishment array soon dropped Tianlei and made a fierce bombardment.


    Even those demons of Yang God level are within the bombardment range of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    As soon as a magic object at the level of returning to emptiness flew into the air, it was accurately hit by a sky thunder falling from the sky.


    The demon howled and fell heavily to the ground.


    Niu Dawei and others who were flying from a distance saw this scene, but they didn''t look happy at all. On the contrary, their face became more dignified.


    The thunder bombardment of Tianwei thunder punishment array did not completely destroy the demon, but only hurt it, which shows that the power of this large array is insufficient.


    Niu Dawei did not know the changes in other places in the Junchen world for the time being. Naturally, they did not know where the Tianwei thunder punishment array of the heavenly palace had a problem.

 Chapter 2156

    Taiyimen is the only one in the Junchen world who can return to the virtual world. At this time, he is still in charge of taiyimen Mountain Gate to prevent accidents.


    If Tianwei thunder punishment array is not powerful enough to stop these demons completely, it will have to rely on them.


    It''s hard for cattle to stop these high-level demons.


    Although they knew the power of these high-level demons, Niu Dawei and others did not shrink back easily.


    If so many high-level demons were allowed to break into the nearby taiyimen territory, it would be an unprecedented catastrophe.


    After these high-level demons leave the magic nest, some will want to leave here as soon as possible, but they are targeted by Tianwei thunder punishment array. Some were attracted by the human friars in front of them and wanted to devour their flesh and blood.


    Fire ape Zhenjun these people, in fact, are far from completely controlling these high-level demons.


    Especially if they release so many high-level demons in one breath, they can not be eaten back by the demons, even if they are lucky.


    Of course, they didn''t need to control these demons very finely, just roughly control their direction of action and use them as cannon fodder to attract the enemy''s attention.


    In fact, these high-level demons have done well, almost perfectly reaching the vision of fire ape Zhenjun.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array needs to take into account several places in the Junchen world, and these places are far away, so its power is naturally seriously dispersed.


    The friars who control the formation also have to be distracted.


    After discovering the high-level demons rushed out of the magic nest, the Tianwei thunder punishment array dropped one after another and bombarded them fiercely.


    There is also a strong competitive relationship between the four back to virtual level demons. They want to devour each other and make themselves the final winner.


    When facing the Tianwei thunder punishment array, three demons at the level of returning to emptiness actually know how to work together and cooperate with each other to resist the bombardment of Tianwei thunder.


    Originally, Tianwei thunder punishment array took these demons at the level of returning to emptiness as his special connection with Meng Zhang and the Yang world.


    In addition, just as the monks of the Yang world try to interfere with the underworld, the power of the underworld also has a way to exert influence on the Yang world.


    Among the practitioners of the Yang world, it is popular to use the ghost oath book to make the ghost oath to ensure that the commitment is guaranteed.


    In this process, a ghost in the underworld is needed to guarantee the ghost oath.


    The ghosts and gods in the underworld have always been very keen on such things, and they don''t mean to be impatient at all.


    In this way, the ghosts and gods of the underworld can gain the power to interfere with the Yang world.


    In taiyimen territory, ghosts and gods were mainly responsible for guaranteeing the ghost oath at first.


    Later, especially after the ghost and God kept the old master into reincarnation, he guaranteed the ghost oath, mainly because it was too wonderful and followed the God.


    Originally, the ghost oath could only bind monks of Jindan period and below.


    This part of monks is also the largest number and the widest division in the cultivation world.


    In addition to its own territory, taiyimen also actively promotes its own ghost oath to the practitioners of the whole Jun dust world.


    Allies like Hailing faction also responded positively.


    Especially after the Taimiao advanced level returns to the virtual level, there is a ghost oath guaranteed by Taimiao, which has a strong binding force on the yuan God Zhenjun.


    This is extremely beneficial to the promotion of taiyimen ghost oath.


    Up to now, there are thousands of monks in the cultivation world who have used the ghost oath issued by taiyimen.

 Chapter 2157

    Taiyimen spared no effort in promoting the ghost oath, and exhausted all kinds of methods.


    The ghost vows sold by taiyimen are basically sold at a loss.


    If it were not for fear of offending the big chambers of Commerce in Junchen, causing unnecessary business wars and causing too much attention, taiyimen would even be willing to paste Lingshi upside down to promote its own ghost oath.


    Among the gifts that taiyimen friars give to others when they walk in the practice world, the most is the ghost oath.


    In the spiritual world where interests are paramount and trust is generally lacking, even between relatives, friends and peers, we often need some guarantee of mutual trust, not to mention between strange monks.


    The ghost oath promoted by taiyimen is practical, reliable, cheap and effective... It greatly meets the needs of all monks.


    Relying on this series of advantages, the ghost oath of Taiyi gate has become popular in the whole Jun dust world.


    On the vast territory of taiyimen, the South China Sea dominated by the South China Sea Alliance


    Thousands of monks have used taiyimen''s ghost oath and let Taimiao guarantee it.


    In this way, Taimiao has established a closer and closer special relationship with the Yang world.


    Which expert, or ghost God, created the book of ghost oath, so that ghosts and gods in the underworld can interfere with the Yang world, because it is too old to be verified.


    Before Taimiao, the acquired ghosts and gods in the underworld were basically at the level of Yuanshen.


    Occasionally, there are one or two guys of Yang God level, which can only be born in a specific environment.


    If too wonderful, this kind of acquired ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness can be said to be unprecedented.


    Too wonderful, although he already has many characteristics of natural ghosts and gods, and is not even inferior to natural ghosts and gods in many aspects, in essence, he is still an acquired ghost and God.


    However, he got rid of the congenital shackles of ghosts and gods and would not be subject to various restrictions.


    Those monks who have used taiyimen ghost oath to let Taimiao provide guarantee are like bridges that closely connect Taimiao with the Yang world.


    Too wonderful. You can easily put power into the sun world or infiltrate it.


    Meng Zhang developed a special technique of divine descending with him according to the characteristics of his own external incarnation.


    The top level of Taiyi sect who has mastered this secret skill can summon Taimiao to throw power from the underworld through special rituals.


    If the ordinary taiyimen high-level personnel use this secret method, the connection is too good, and they may not get too good direct response. Generally, they get too good response from God under Taimiao''s command.


    Niu Dawei is the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang and the acting head of Taiyi sect. With different status, he will naturally get more attention from Taimiao.


    Moreover, before the battle, Meng Zhang secretly informed Taimiao in the underworld to get ready. In the next battle, his strength is likely to be needed.


    There is a word "God" in the appellation of ghosts and gods, which has nothing to do with gods


    In some big world where Shinto is prosperous, ghosts and gods are included in the Shinto system.


    The secret method of transforming ghosts and gods in Jun dust world actually refers to some secret methods of Shinto.


    If too wonderful continues to grow, it may not be a day without becoming a true God.


    Now there are some characteristics of Shinto in Taimiao.


    It is God''s instinct to respond to believers'' prayers and even calls.


    Although Niu Dawei is not a wonderful believer, because of Meng Zhang''s relationship, he can treat him as his most loyal believer.


    Now, with Niu Dawei''s divine descending skill, Taimiao quickly responded and began to put strength into the Yang world.


    Despite many favorable conditions, too wonderful noumenon is still difficult to directly come to the Yang world of Jun dust world.


    What he is descending now is only an incarnation of his divine power.


    I saw the sky suddenly covered with dark clouds, accompanied by a loud noise, there was a huge black hole.


    There were bursts of ghosts crying and howling from the black hole, and bursts of Yin wind gushed out from the inside, and the surrounding areas were stained with a deep chill.


    Ordinary friars only need to take a look at this scene, they will feel cold all over and fear.


    A ghost with a height of more than ten feet, a magnificent body, three heads and six arms and a ferocious face stepped out of the black hole and came to the sky above Niu Dawei.


    This is a magical incarnation made in the underworld.


    This incarnation of divine power barely has the power level in the early stage of returning to emptiness, and it will not exist for long.


    In order to create this incarnation of divine power, it''s wonderful, but it costs a lot. It is not easy to put it into the Yang world.


    If Taimiao is not Meng Zhang''s external incarnation, he will act in full accordance with Meng Zhang''s instructions and become another ghost and God. Even if he has a good relationship with Meng Zhang, no matter how many sacrifices the Taiyi gate offers, he will not lower the incarnation of divine power at this level.


    The wonderful incarnation of divine power came to the Yang world, and the noise was not small, which soon attracted the attention of the friars in Tiangong who controlled Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    When he was busy, another combat power of returning to the virtual level came, and judging from its breath, it was obviously related to the underworld.


    The return to virtual combat power from the underworld comes to the Yang world, not to mention unprecedented, at least it is an extremely rare situation.


    As long as the monks in the heavenly palace meet, they can''t pay attention.


    However, according to the current situation of Tiangong, it is difficult to interfere with it in a short time.


    In fact, the heavenly palace is very empty at present.


    The confrontation with foreign invaders has restrained a large part of the power of Tiangong.


    The little tricks made by the Dark Alliance scattered the power of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    If it had been in the past, Tiangong would have responded and sent someone directly to the Junchen world to deal with it.


    But now, the heavenly palace has been slow to respond.


    The wonderful incarnation of divine power came into the sun world, and the temple friar also had to wait and see for a while.


    Although the details of the combat power of returning to emptiness are unknown and it is difficult for enemies and friends to distinguish, since it was summoned by the Taiyi gate, it must have something to do with the Taiyi gate.


    Tiangong believes that with taiyimen''s style, it can''t do anything too special.


    This combat power from the underworld should not cause too much trouble in the Yang world of the Jun dust world.


    That''s wonderful. The target of this magical incarnation is those high-level demons. There is no intention to harm the Yang world.


    The incarnation of divine power began to act without any delay because its existence in the Yang world was limited.


    The incarnation of divine power appeared at the side of the lonely returning virtual demon.


    Among the six arms of the incarnation of divine power, each holds a weapon with Yin Qi.


    Six sinister weapons attacked this evil creature at the level of returning to emptiness.


    From the power level, too wonderful. This magical incarnation does not have an advantage over the demons at the level of returning to emptiness.


    But when it comes to real combat effectiveness, there are great differences between the two sides.

 Chapter 2158

    This incarnation of divine power only has the strength level in the early stage of returning to emptiness, but it is wonderful that it is the cultivation in the middle stage of returning to emptiness, and Meng Zhang is the upper respect in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Taimiao and Meng Zhang can share their understanding of heaven and earth Avenue and various combat experiences.


    Too wonderful. Although this incarnation of divine power can''t have all the skills, it doesn''t lack both Taoist magic and combat experience.


    At least, at this level in the early stage of returning to emptiness, most practitioners in Jun dust world are not the opponents of this Divine Incarnation.


    It can be said that the supernatural incarnation has an absolute advantage over the demon that has the power level but can not give full play to its strength.


    I saw the incarnation of divine power waving the weapon in his hand and beating the devil at the level of returning to emptiness.


    The devil was completely suppressed before he showed any Taoist magic power.


    Six weapons of different shapes left countless wounds on the demon and beat it to pieces.


    The Yin Fire attached to the weapon blade is crazy to burn the devil''s body.


    Even if it is a fierce demon, it can''t help shouting after being seriously hurt.


    Its original huge demon body was cut down piece by piece, then refined by Yin Fire and directly turned into nothingness.


    Just released all the demons and thought they could contain all the enemies. Fire ape Zhenjun never thought that these high-level demons were so useless.


    A lot of high-level demons were completely suppressed by Tianwei thunder punishment array. There''s nothing to say. Tianwei thunder punishment array makes many returning virtual powers in Jun dust world feel headache.


    A demon at the level of returning to emptiness attacked the friar taiyimen, but it was also blocked, and fell to the absolute disadvantage.


    Fire ape Zhenjun, they haven''t had time to escape. Of course, they can''t ignore it.


    At this time, fire ape Zhenjun and they don''t have time to study the means of friars of taiyimen slowly.


    Fire ape Zhenjun they tried to cast magic and managed to control several demons of Yang God level to rush to reinforce.


    The avatar of divine power, who was beating his opponent, faced the Yang God level demons, one of his heads turned slightly, spewed out a burning Yin Fire in his mouth, and went straight to the target.


    Although he knows that the present may not be the best time, the fire ape Zhenjun knows that he can''t wait any longer.


    The longer it takes, the worse the situation may become, and the less hope of escape will become.


    With the order of fire ape Zhenjun, all the Dark Alliance friars in the magic nest left the magic nest.


    They either control flying magic tools such as flying swords, or control flying boats, or perform evasion


    Light and shadow flew by and fled in all directions.


    Niu Dawei stayed where he was, but Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan and vanity son acted almost at the same time and chased these escaped guys.


    Fire ape Zhenjun didn''t have the strength to fight against the friars at the same level, but he didn''t have the slightest intention to turn around and fight.


    Like all the monks who escaped from the devil''s nest, he only tried to escape and try to escape here as quickly as possible.


    The number of Dark Alliance friars who escaped from the magic nest is not small, including Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    If they were scattered and fled, Yang Xueyi alone might not be able to catch them all.


    Of course, if there is no accident, most friars, especially those low-level friars, will still be vulnerable in the end.


    Yang Xueyi, who practiced the five elements of heaven escape Sutra, is best at the five elements magic and is also very good at group attack.


    Her hands were tied, and a fire dragon fell from the sky, swallowed a flying boat in her stomach, and then burned up completely.


    A Dark Alliance friar was flying with a flying sword. The flying sword made of hardware suddenly lost control, and then cut off the driver''s head in turn.


    ¡­¡­


    Wen qiansuan pointed to the earth with one hand. The original soft ground and underground immediately became as hard as fine steel, trapping all the guys who escaped by using the earth hiding technique.


    The earth seems to have vitality and is tightening rapidly. The trapped suffered a strong squeeze. Some guys with insufficient cultivation were directly squeezed and burst.


    The void son gently disturbed the surrounding space. Those who were performing the art of space shuttle immediately found that there were bursts of space storms in the space interlayer, which involved them in the space turbulence.


    ¡­¡­


    Yang Xueyi showed her powers and soon eliminated a large group of escaped Dark Alliance friars.


    Of course, because there are too many enemies, and many Dark Alliance friars themselves are proficient in lurking and escaping, and are very good at running for their lives.


    For a while, they could not leave all the enemies behind. They had to hunt them separately in order not to miss the net.


    It''s wonderful that the coming incarnation of divine power has an absolute advantage in the face of a magic object at the level of returning to emptiness and several magic objects at the level of Yang God.


    If the battle goes on step by step, the incarnation of divine power can solve all the demons on the scene alone.


    The existence time of divine power avatar in the Yang world is limited. We must try our best to solve the problem, and we can''t leave the trouble to Niu Dawei and them.


    If we want to end the battle as soon as possible, we have to pay some price.


    Too wonderful to pity this divine power incarnation, controlled this divine power incarnation in the underworld and began to launch a fierce attack at any cost.


    I saw that the three heads of the incarnation of divine power turned gently and became demons at the level of Yang God.


    Among the six pupils, each emitted a gray light.


    Those demons at the level of Yang God had been very hard to resist the burning of Yin fire.


    At this time, there was basically no room to dodge, so they were hit by these lights one after another.


    These seemingly inconspicuous lights are the great magic power that only a few natural ghosts and gods in the underworld can master and reverse the divine light of life and death.


    This great supernatural power can fully mobilize the power of the avenue of life and death, and has the ability to inject life and death and reverse life and death.


    Like other demons, those demons at the level of Yang God have the characteristics of tenacious vitality and strong flesh.


    Even if it''s Huixu''s powerful shot, it''s not easy to kill them completely. We have to spend a lot of effort.


    But no matter how strong they are, they are always living creatures. They are a special kind of creatures. Naturally, they can''t escape the control of the rules of life and death.


    Let alone a group of demons, even the most powerful creatures in the world will be bound by birth, old age, illness and death as long as they do not break through the level of real immortals, transcend life and death and obtain longevity.


    With the gray light shining into these magic objects, their vitality quickly disappeared, and they were full of a strong smell of death.


    Soon, these demons completely lost their vitality, and the flesh and even the demon soul were completely rotten.


    After killing several people who are in the way, without interruption, the divine power avatar can deal with this returning virtual level demon wholeheartedly.

 Chapter 2159

    After there was no interference, the divine power avatar turned around and kept releasing gray light, which quickly took all the vitality of the returning virtual level demon.


    Taimiao is connected with the mind of his own divine power avatar. You can see everything that happens in the field through the eyes of the divine power avatar.


    In addition, three evil things at the level of returning to emptiness and several evil things at the level of Yang God looked very embarrassed under the bombardment of the sky thunder released by the Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    It seems that before long, all the demons will be smashed by Tianlei.


    It''s wonderful. After hesitating for a while, I think I can''t place all my hopes on Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    If one day a little more moth comes out of WeiLei''s punishment array and releases these demons, taiyimen will solve these troubles in the end.


    Since the incarnations of divine power have come to the Yang world, there is nothing to worry about.


    The wonderful incarnation of divine power flashed and appeared not far from the thunder.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array has long sensed the breath of this divine power incarnation.


    That kind of Yin Qi, which is too strong to melt, is incompatible with the Yang world. It is clearly the ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    If under normal circumstances, ordinary ghosts and gods of the underworld come to the Yang world, the heavenly palace may be too lazy to intervene.


    If the hell ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness dare to come to the Yang world, they will most likely become the target of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    However, although the ghost in front of us came from the underworld, it was summoned by the friar of taiyimen. It was obviously a friend rather than an enemy.


    The Tiangong friar who controls Tianwei thunder array hesitated for a moment and regarded him as not seeing each other.


    That''s wonderful. The incarnation of divine power didn''t waste time. It shot again soon.


    The incarnation of divine power sent out a series of Yin Fire and gray light, which attacked the demons and attacked them with the falling thunder.


    Seeing a monster like returning to the virtual devil, he was the most arrogant. When he resisted the thunder, he still had the spare strength to look around, and the divine power avatar pointed gently at him.


    The space transformation was carried out silently. The demon only felt the space transformation in front of its eyes, and then it left its original position and came not far from the avatar of divine power.


    Before it had time to be happy to escape from the thunder, the demon immediately found that it was in a more dangerous environment.


    From the three heads and three mouths of the incarnation of divine power, the Yin Fire of burning God gushed out, turned into chains, and entangled his body firmly.


    Then the divine power incarnated, six arms waved their blades respectively, and there was a fierce slash at the demon.


    When the divine power avatar attacks the demon, Yang Xueyi and her disciples are chasing and killing the scattered Dark Alliance friars.


    This magic nest has many exits, and some of them are very secret.


    The last batch of demons released by fire ape Zhenjun almost all left the magic nest from the largest front exit to attract the attention of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    When these dark alliance friars fled, of course, they dispersed and fled the magic nest from different exits.


    The more high-level friars, the more hidden the exit they choose.


    Most of the exits are equipped with a simple space transfer array, which can transfer the people inside to a place not close to the magic nest.


    Unfortunately, it is precisely these space law arrays arranged to facilitate access that have exposed the whereabouts of these people.


    As a friar who was born as a tool spirit, his noumenon void tripod is a very rare high-end space magic weapon.


    On the avenue of space, Nihon naturally has very deep attainments.


    In addition, he can continue to practice like a normal cultivator after he has passed the thunder robbery of the Yang God. Because of his natural good foundation, he immersed himself most deeply on the space Avenue and achieved the greatest results.


    Probably among all the Yang God friars in the whole Jun dust world, he is the most proficient guy in the space Avenue.


    In particular, he is extremely sensitive to all kinds of spatial fluctuations and spatial changes, and his sensing ability even exceeds many return virtual powers.


    When those spatial arrays start, it is inevitable that some spatial fluctuations will come out.


    Under the careful induction of the void son, no matter how subtle and secret the spatial fluctuation, it did not escape.


    Following these spatial fluctuations, he directly transmitted them, intercepted these escaped Dark Alliance friars on the way, and killed them or took them.


    As the leader, fire ape Zhenjun doesn''t trust any of his men.


    All other Dark Alliance friars, in his eyes, are cannon fodder that can be thrown to attract the enemy''s attention.


    The exit he chose, except for Tang Lun shangzun''s return to virtual power, only the principal who takes turns in the magic nest, can be qualified to know.


    This exit is not only not equipped with a transmission method array, but also does not even use magic means. It is purely made of mechanism technology, mainly using various natural terrain to provide cover.


    Fire ape Zhenjun successfully escaped from the devil''s nest from this exit without disturbing anyone.


    After leaving the magic nest, he hurried to the outer area.


    Originally, he also considered whether to hide in the nearby area for a period of time after leaving the magic nest. After the taiyimen friar army eliminated the demons, they found a way to leave slowly.


    However, on second thought, he gave up this practice.


    For one thing, the Dark Alliance Headquarters urged too much, so he shouldn''t delay too long on the road.


    Second, in order to completely eliminate all demons, taiyimen will strictly search the nearby area next.


    Fire ape Zhenjun has fully seen the power of Taiyi gate, and Taiyi gate may send back virtual power to search.


    He was not quite sure that his family could hide under the strict search of friar taiyimen.


    Therefore, it''s better to escape from here while the demons have not been eliminated and are still attracting the main attention of friar taiyimen.


    Fire ape Zhenjun hid all the way. He smoothly left the magic nest and came to the edge of this area.


    At the edge of this area, taiyimen arranged a large number of monks to patrol here to prevent demons from leaving this area.


    Of course, it is impossible to rely on these friars to find and block the fire ape Zhenjun.


    Fire ape real king is a leader in all aspects among many Yang God real kings in Jun dust world.


    As a monk of the Dark Alliance, he not only has a wise inheritance, but also has a lot of cards to protect his life.


    Among those Yang gods and true kings of taiyimen, there are few who can surpass him.


    Without much effort, fire ape Zhenjun left the area where the devil''s nest was located and entered the sea of death.


    He hesitated and did not choose to enter the endless sand sea, but turned to the Gobi of evil wind adjacent to the sand sea of death.


    The endless sand sea is also the Longxing place of Taiyi gate. I don''t know what special arrangement Taiyi gate has there. It''s better not to take risks.


    There is a coastline between the Gobi and the West Sea.


    He can enter the West Sea from the Gobi.

 Chapter 2160

    Since the Terran cultivators defeated the Xihai people many years ago and won a large area of the West Sea, many cultivators have intervened in the West Sea, competing for various interests here and waging open and secret battles.


    Although the current situation in the West Sea is generally stable, due to the mixed interests of all parties and the large number of monks, the situation is very complex, which is very conducive to the hiding of foreign monks.


    As long as fire ape Zhenjun enters the West Sea, he can take advantage of the complex situation here and return to the Dark Alliance headquarters after transfer to completely get rid of the threat.


    When the distant coastline came into view, Zhenjun, the fire ape who had been worried, was finally relieved.


    But before he could relax, his face suddenly changed.


    Han Yao, the former Dali Siqing, an important official of the imperial dynasty, and now the elder of Taiyi menkeqing, the five punishment sword, fell from the sky and blocked his way.


    The friars on duty stationed in the devil''s nest, especially the principals such as fire ape Zhenjun, will be reminded to pay more attention to the movements of the neighbor Taiyi gate.


    With the intelligence capability of the Dark Alliance, we can collect most of the intelligence of the Taiyi gate, including the important figures of the Taiyi gate.


    Fire ape Zhenjun recognized Han Yao at a glance. Knowing his brilliant achievements, he dared not have the slightest carelessness.


    Fire ape Zhenjun wondered how he could be stopped by the enemy here.


    Since leaving the devil''s nest, he did not use too much dynamic and static magic. He even gave up the convenient means of space transmission to cover up his tracks as much as possible.


    Along the way, he used the least fluctuating escape technique and tried his best to hide his tracks, so he came here smoothly.


    But seeing that he was about to escape from Shengtian, Han Yao suddenly appeared.


    Although Han Yao did not recognize the fire ape Zhenjun in front of him, he knew that the other party was a Dark Alliance friar who escaped from the devil''s nest.


    The top level of taiyimen has long made a decision that all the demons in the magic nest should be eliminated, and the Dark Alliance friars inside should not be let go.


    Even to some extent, those who deliberately domesticate demons and demonize creatures are more heinous and damn than demons.


    Han Yao, the five punishment sword, was famous for being good at arresting fugitives from all directions during the Dali Dynasty. He was a leading tracker.


    Due to the influence of his early experience, he hated demons and demons, and was at odds with them.


    For those practitioners who are willing to degenerate, collude with the devil and harm ordinary people, he is even more incompatible with them and has to get rid of them.


    When the Taiyi gate sent out a large army of monks to expedition the area north of the dead sand sea to attack the devil''s nest, Han Yao, the five punishment sword, also had an important task.


    He should be responsible for clearing the hidden demon cultivation in taiyimen territory and chasing the cultivators of the Dark Alliance Branch


    After he had roughly completed his task, Xu Mengying had led the reinforcements to reinforce him.


    He took a little time to prepare, led the new reinforcements, and soon reached the target area.


    At this time, the army of demons has been defeated, and many demons have fled in all directions.


    The main task of friar taiyimen is to block this area and prohibit demons from escaping from here, in addition to fully chasing demons.


    Xu Mengying led many monks to join the ranks of the pursuers, but Han Yao, the five punishment sword, began to be responsible for the blockade task.


    Han Yao, the five punishment sword, led many groups of practitioners to patrol around the area, intercepting every demon and every practitioner who escaped from it.


    It''s hard to say whether Han Yao''s means of tracking is too powerful, or fire ape Zhenjun is too unlucky.


    The tiny trace left by fire ape Zhenjun didn''t escape Han Yao''s eyes and was found by him.


    Although Han Yao didn''t know each other''s identity, he instinctively felt that he had caught a big fish.


    So he immediately handed over the task of blockade to other monks and chased them all the way. Finally, he caught up with the running fire ape Zhenjun here.


    Seeing that the way of life is ahead, fire ape Zhenjun doesn''t want to kill and work with Han Yao.


    He knew that Han Yao was not a direct friar of taiyimen, and thought that the other party was not necessarily willing to work hard for taiyimen.


    Fire ape Zhenjun reported his identity and was ready to offer high terms to buy Han Yao.


    Han Yao didn''t want to listen to him before he finished.


    Han Yao''s response was very simple, that is, cut out with a sword.


    Looking at the murderous sword and feeling the indomitable momentum of Han Yao, fire ape Zhenjun swallowed all his words back into his stomach and knew that he couldn''t do anything now.


    The two true kings of Yang God launched a life and death struggle in the yellow sand and close to the West Sea.


    Before Han Yao, the five punishment sword, blocked the fire ape Zhenjun, the battle in front of the magic nest had already come to an end.


    The magical avatar who came to the scene made every effort to cooperate with Tianwei thunder punishment array and caused great damage to those high-level demons.


    For the Tiangong friars who control the Tianwei thunder punishment array, having this ghost from the underworld saves them a lot of energy and can consume a lot of resources less.


    And some friars still have some unspeakable careful thoughts in their hearts.


    The ghosts and gods summoned by taiyimen killed the demons kept by the Dark Alliance, which can greatly attract the main hatred of the Dark Alliance.


    Dark Alliance is worthy of being an ancient organization with great influence in Jun dust world.


    Not only are many monks in the heavenly palace afraid of him and unwilling to offend him easily, but they also have supporters at the top of the heavenly palace.


    For the acquired ghosts and gods with natural ghost and God characteristics, killing demons, especially high-level demons, will bring great benefits to themselves.


    If you can kill enough and powerful demons, the will of heaven in Jun dust world will increase their care and lower their merits and virtues.


    This will contribute to the wonderful evolution and help him complete the great cause of unifying the underworld in the future.


    After killing all the demons present, it''s wonderful that the incarnation of divine power has obviously lost a lot, and the huge body of ghosts and gods began to become illusory.


    Seeing that there was no place to return to the virtual combat power, Niu Dawei ended the call and let the incarnation of divine power return to the underworld.


    The thunder clouds in Tiangong began to dissipate, and the attention of Tianwei thunder punishment array in Tiangong shifted to other places.


    With the keen sensitivity of Tianwei thunder punishment array, I knew that the magic nest had been completely empty.


    All the demons, all the friars, all left the magic nest long ago.


    Niu Dawei came to the entrance of the magic nest.


    Although he was not as sensitive as Tianwei thunder array, he could also perceive the general situation inside.


    Niu Dawei hesitated and didn''t rush in.


    To completely destroy such a magic nest is not a simple thing.


    As for the resources that may be left in the magic nest, Niu Dawei didn''t pay attention to the so-called wealth that the senior management of the Dark Alliance attached great importance to.


    Niu Dawei rejected everything related to the devil''s way from the bottom of his heart.


    He wanted to destroy the devil''s nest in front of him and everything related to it.

 Chapter 2161

    All the high-level demons in the magic nest were basically destroyed, and the Dark Alliance friars who escaped from it fled in all directions. One of the main people, fire ape Zhenjun, was so unlucky that he was stopped by Han Yao, the five punishment sword.


    Now there is no power to stop the cow Dawei from entering the magic nest.


    After careful observation, he first informed Yang Xueyi of the spell, and then strode into the magic nest.


    If you want to completely destroy this magic nest, you''d better find out the details inside first.


    At this time, friar taiyimen, led by friar Hanhai daomeng, was chasing and killing fleeing demons everywhere.


    After the defeat of a huge army of demons, a large number of demons fled around, including some special and difficult guys.


    Although the strongest of these demons is only the level of Yuanshen, it still causes a lot of trouble to the practitioners who pursue and kill.


    It was Yang Xueyi, Wen qiansuan and vanity son who pursued and killed the Dark Alliance friar who escaped from the magic nest. The process was very smooth.


    In a short time, most of the escaped Dark Alliance friars were blocked by them, either killed on the spot or captured alive.


    Except for a few unlucky guys, no one should be able to escape.


    After completing the task, Yang Xueyi and them came to the magic nest.


    Yang Xueyi and Kongzi directly broke into the devil''s nest to respond to Niu Dawei.


    Wen qiansuan began to investigate the earth vein and various conditions of the independent space where the magic nest is located.


    The independent space where the magic nest is located can be called an independent small world.


    Although it still depends on the big world of Jun dust world, the connection between the two is very hidden.


    Wen qiansuan, as an array mage and earth master, spent a lot of effort to find out the specific situation.


    After Yang Xueyi and Kongzi entered the magic nest, they soon joined Niu da.


    They rushed into the magic nest and destroyed it wantonly. They recorded all kinds of situations inside and figured out its internal structure.


    Niu Dawei was filled with deep disgust at the magic nest, a place for demonizing creatures and cultivating demons.


    But after in-depth observation, they had to admit that the builder of the magic nest had a lot of ingenuity.


    Some of the abilities of the magic nest to make magic objects are not without any merit.


    At least, if taiyimen makes the nest of Taoist soldiers, we can get some references from it, which will help to transform and improve in the future.


    Of course, Niu Dawei is very vigilant and tries his best to shield the very tempting things about the essence of the evil way.


    The resources in the devil''s nest have long been exhausted. Naturally, they can''t get any booty.


    The fighting demons have left the magic nest long ago, and they have not encountered any obstacles.


    As for some semi-finished products or defective demons left inside, they can completely incinerate them with a few real fires.


    After completing the investigation, Niu Dawei left the magic nest smoothly and returned to the outside.


    After serious communication and discussion with Wen qiansuan who completed the survey, they decided on a way to completely destroy the magic nest.


    No matter how independent the independent space where the magic nest is, there is always an inseparable connection with the big world of Jun dust.


    Wen qiansuan found out all relevant nodes and arranged them with Niu Dawei.


    Finally, Niu Dawei, Kongzi, Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan cast spells together to cut off these connections and directly destroy all space nodes in the independent space where the magic nest is located.


    The fierce wind and thunder, the golden light of subduing demons, and the empty chopping, all kinds of powerful Taoist magic powers constantly bombard the magic nest.


    With a loud noise, the surrounding space had a violent shock, and a big earthquake began to break out in the depths of the earth.


    Fortunately, it is a desolate place with few creatures. Even if the noise is too big and causes a huge natural disaster, it will not harm the human beings.


    All the pillars were cut off, the space nodes were destroyed, the overall structure collapsed, and the independent space where the magic nest was located began to collapse.


    Terrible space storms swept through this independent space, and the power of space collapse will completely destroy everything here.


    Whether it''s evil Qi or all kinds of buildings inside, they will all come to naught.


    All traces of the evil way will disappear.


    After the devil''s nest was completely destroyed, Niu Da was really relieved for them.


    They finally completed the task assigned by Meng Zhang and eradicated the great threat of zongmen.


    Of course, this is not the time to completely relax.


    There are so many demons still running in this area.


    These demons are not all fools without brains.


    Among them, especially those demons transformed by demon cultivation, or simply those demons hidden in the group of demons, are the ones who know how to run for their lives and do the greatest harm.


    Next, Niu Dawei will join the team of hunting and blocking to eliminate all demons in this area.


    Although the high-level demons have been basically destroyed, the remaining strength is far less than Niu Dawei.


    However, it is still not an easy task to completely eliminate it.


    Although these demons haven''t been entrenched in this area for a long time, their magic gas has begun to corrupt the earth and demonize everything.


    Fortunately, this area is too barren and desolate. There are no creatures, so they don''t cause too much harm.


    After killing all the demons, taiyimen has to spend a lot of effort to purify this area.


    Of course, the Crusade launched by the taiyimen friars'' army is coming to an end.


    In the Gobi, the battle between Han Yao, the five punishment sword, and Zhenjun, the fire ape, is also coming to an end.


    Most areas in the Gobi desert are desolate Gobi desert. There is nothing else except the vast Yellow sand.


    The place where Han Yao chose to stop fire ape Zhenjun was carefully selected.


    It is far away from all oases and strongholds. There are no people around on weekdays.


    Han Yao can release his strength without fear of accidental injury caused by the aftermath of the battle.


    The battle between the two Yang gods and the true monarch was a sudden natural disaster for the Gobi, which triggered a huge sandstorm and a large-scale earthquake.


    The Gobi of evil wind is the territory acquired by taiyimen earlier, and has been developed and operated more mature.


    The settlements are basically guarded by Dharma arrays and prohibitions, as well as the monks of Taiyi gate or its vassal forces.


    The monks stationed in various places are quite capable, can calmly deal with all kinds of accidents, know to protect mortals in time and avoid all kinds of natural disasters.


    Han Yao is determined to win the fire ape real king, and the fire ape real king will not be merciful.


    At the beginning of their battle, they entered a white hot stage and showed a desperate momentum.

 Chapter 2162

    After a long and bitter battle, Han Yao was superior to the five punishment sword in the end. At the cost of serious injury, he killed his opponent fire ape Zhenjun on the spot.


    When the whole body of fire ape Zhenjun, together with Yang God, was crushed in the sword light, Han Yao was afraid.


    Their accomplishments are similar. Fire ape Zhenjun has even more magic tools and life saving cards.


    But it was precisely because there were too many cards to save his life that fire ape Zhenjun was not as determined as Han Yao and was not decisive enough at the critical moment of the battle that he became a loser.


    Han Yao himself admitted that he might be a bit invincible this time.


    Fire ape Zhenjun wanted to run for his life. He was worried that other pursuers of Taiyi gate would catch up and kill him at any time.


    If you are restless, you will inevitably show flaws.


    Of course, since he has become the final winner, Han Yao will have no regrets.


    Although Han Yao is not a sword practitioner, he has a lot of bearing that sword practitioners don''t have.


    Winning the strong with the weak, supporting the war with the war, and making progress through combat are his characteristics.


    When he was leaving the imperial dynasty, he successfully passed the Yang God thunder robbery and advanced to the Yang God period after killing the old sword repair Lord Ouyang sword.


    Originally, he was not far away from the return to deficiency period. At the moment, he felt that the bottleneck between the Yang God period and the return to deficiency period began to loosen.


    Perhaps, after this time back to heal, Han Yao can close the door and return to the virtual period.


    Han Yao killed the fire ape Zhenjun. On Niu Dawei''s side, he destroyed all high-level demons with his wonderful avatar and is chasing those fleeing demons.


    Most of the Dark Alliance friars who escaped from the devil''s nest were destroyed, and at most one or two escaped.


    Fire ape Zhenjun was killed. The mustard space in his body was completely destroyed, and everything in it was destroyed in the turbulence of space.


    As the devil''s nest was destroyed by the cattle, the fire ape Zhenjun failed to escape, and the wealth from the devil''s nest that the Dark Alliance wanted completely disappeared.


    This time, the Dark Alliance lost the magic nest in vain, and the action to recover wealth and recover losses also ended in failure.


    After destroying the devil''s nest, Niu Dawei and other Yang God Zhenjun joined in the pursuit of the devil.


    Although the number of demons is still huge, it is only a matter of time before they are completely eliminated.


    Among the top leaders of the Dark Alliance, some are indignant about this failure, and some are frustrated


    The top leaders of the Dark Alliance do not know that this is not all their loss. The failure of the Dark Alliance has just begun.


    In the void near the Junchen world, the battle between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun continues.


    Although Meng Zhang mainly focused on fighting, he did not know anything about what happened in the Junchen world.


    Niu Dawei also knows that Meng Zhang is fighting the great enemy. It''s hard to disturb him.


    But he summoned too wonderful avatar to fight, and naturally he had to communicate with too wonderful.


    It''s wonderful. I''m always watching the battle over Niu Dawei.


    When synchronizing information with Meng Zhang, too wonderful will not hide it at all.


    After knowing Niu Dawei''s victory, Meng Zhang was determined.


    Although he was confident in Niu Dawei and other middle and high-level officials and left them enough cards, the news of victory came and he could finally look back.


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun have been fighting for so long that they have not found a suitable opportunity to use their killer mace.


    In fact, with the passage of time, Tang lunshang Zun slowly gained the upper hand with more profound cultivation and magic weapon advantages.


    Of course, a little advantage on the scene can not be transformed into victory overnight.


    Moreover, even if Lord Tang Lun can defeat Meng Zhang, it is not easy to kill Meng Zhang.


    Of course, shangzun Tang Lun had the upper hand. The Lin brothers and the monks who were hostile to Meng Zhang were greatly encouraged and excited.


    Shangzun Tang Lun was also confident and vowed to leave Meng Zhang completely.


    The bystanders around came and went, came and went, and the number has been quite a lot.


    The battle of shangzun in the later stage of returning to the virtual world is of great value to watch. Maybe you can learn a lot from it.


    Even in the cold war, Shang Zun has been watching with interest. He can compare his accomplishments through the battle between the two.


    Meng Zhang is unwilling to use the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian easily, otherwise the battle would have ended long ago.


    This is his most powerful means against the enemy at present. Of course, he can''t use it in public at will.


    Although Meng Zhang seems to keep it watertight without any flaws, Tang Lun shangzun is not in a hurry.


    Lord Tang Lun has already tested out that Meng Zhang''s cultivation is still a little behind him.


    What can a young sect like Taiyi sect have?


    Even the Taiyi sect in its heyday was not worth mentioning in the eyes of Tang Lun shangzun.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what shit luck he had, so he had today''s cultivation.


    But when it comes to cards and maces, where can we compare with him?


    In those days, shangzun Yangsheng died in the void. Some senior leaders of Ziyang Shengzong speculated about Meng Zhang, but there was no evidence. Other senior leaders in the door were unwilling to accept this speculation.


    Ziyang Shengzong will not publicize such a disgraceful thing.


    Even if some rumors were accidentally leaked and spread to Tang Lun''s upper Zun, he didn''t know it was. Therefore, although Tang Lun''s upper Zun attached importance to Meng Zhang, the upper Zun in the later stage of returning to emptiness, he was unwilling to fight with him easily.


    But when it comes to how to fear and even fear Meng Zhang, it''s completely impossible to say.


    Once the two sides start a war, Tang Lun shangzun will not worry about Meng Zhang.


    It was also very difficult for Meng Zhang to kill Tang Lun without using immortal talismans.


    Although Meng Zhang was temporarily forced to the disadvantage, he didn''t care much.


    Magic weapons flew and collided in the air, and countless Taoist magic powers flooded the space around them.


    The whole void was shaking, and the aftermath of the battle spread far in the void.


    Faced with this kind of power, those monks who watched the war couldn''t help retreating and stretching farther.


    Such a powerful and dazzling scene makes many war watchers hide and dazzle, and they can''t even move their eyes.


    Some monks with extraordinary insight and insight can gain some benefits from watching such a battle.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tang Lun were full of confidence in themselves, they both believed that their battle would continue for a long time.


    At least, they can''t tell the difference in a short time.


    But at this time, a sudden change happened.


    In the void, a bloody River spread for hundreds of miles, so it swept towards this side with indomitable momentum.

 Chapter 2163

    In order to ensure the smooth progress of the fair duel between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun, shangzun in the cold war has always paid enough attention to the surrounding areas to prevent someone from interfering with the battle.


    When the long bloody river just appeared, Zun was the first to find it in the cold war.


    Although the distance between them is still far away, Zun clearly felt its terrible power in the cold war.


    It''s the great devil of the virtual immortal level who is performing the magic magic magic. The target should be all the monks present.


    Although shangzun in the cold war was a well-known general among the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace, he fought bravely and bravely on weekdays, almost first in every war, he would not fight hard at will for the great demons at the virtual immortal level, and often had to retreat.


    Of course, even if it is the big devil at the virtual immortal level, he can''t catch all the monks present.


    There are many friars present. They are all high-level friars in the Junchen world, including many strong ones from all sides.


    Besides, there were three monks in the later period of returning to the virtual world: Meng Zhang, Tang Lun shangzun and the cold war shangzun.


    If the three of them can work together, they may not be able to resist the enemy of Xu Xian level.


    After discovering the long river of blood in the cold war, Zun was preparing to remind all the monks present that a sudden offensive suddenly came.


    The sea of fire appeared out of thin air and surrounded all around. Almost every celebrity friar suddenly raised a tongue of fire and tried to burn them.


    A python with a length of more than 1000 feet fell from the sky, and its huge body swept across many monks in the field.


    ¡­¡­


    In the cold war, Zun felt that his body was cold and his vitality was about to pass.


    A barbarian high priest with a high crown and strange feathers on his top was standing not far away, staring at the cold war statue, dancing and reciting strange mantras.


    The cold war was unprepared and was hit by the vicious curse of the barbarian high priest.


    The curse of the barbarians is strange and vicious. Once caught, it is like a gangrene attached to the bone. It is firmly entangled with the target and is difficult to get rid of it completely.


    In the cold war, I didn''t care about anything else. I quickly cast a spell to dispel the curse.


    In the cold war, Zun did not know how so many foreign invaders and powerful people suddenly appeared here.


    Meng Zhang and Shang Zun Tang Lun, who were at war, also did not escape the attack of foreign invaders.


    As the strong among the monks present, they are the focus of the enemy.


    A handsome and Tall Male God, driving a carriage that seemed to be composed of fire, rushed towards Meng Zhang and them from a distance.


    The God had a crown on his head, which radiated like a burning sun.


    This is a demigod. At least they all have the combat effectiveness of virtual immortal level.


    The cold war Reverend, who was trying to get rid of his curse, shouted, "the enemy is too strong. We should unite with the outside world first."


    Cold war shangzun knew very well that Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun were important combat forces present.


    We must work closely with them and confront the enemy together before we can have a good result today.


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun are not fools. Of course, they know what is the biggest threat.


    When so many strong foreign invaders appeared together, they launched a surprise attack without saying anything. It was clear that they wanted to catch all the human friars present.


    As one of the Terran friars, they had no other choice at this time.


    They are one of the main targets of extraterritorial invaders. No matter their identity, origin and position, extraterritorial invaders will not show mercy to them.


    "Deal with the foreign enemy first, and our account will be calculated later."


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun looked at each other and soon reached a consensus.


    The two controlled their magic weapons to turn and shoot at the God.


    They took back the magic and Taoism they were touching, and took the surrounding foreign invaders as new targets.


    "Damn foreign invaders."


    Tang Lun''s superior couldn''t help cursing.


    Even with his self-cultivation and composure, he was a little angry.


    Shangzun Tang Lun chose to fight Meng Zhang in the void near the Junchen world in order to avoid the ban of the heavenly palace.


    Their current location is not far from the Jun dust world. They have always been firmly controlled by the Jun dust world.


    According to Tang Lun, in the confrontation with the friars of the Junchen world, although the foreign invaders seemed to have a great advantage, their tentacles were far from extending to the nearby area.


    However, shangzun Tang Lun never imagined that foreign invaders suddenly infiltrated here and launched such a fierce attack.


    If in the past, as a senior member of the Dark Alliance, Tang Lun shangzun would be happy to see that the heavenly palace and the major holy places encountered new problems and were forced to the disadvantage by foreign invaders.


    But now, he is also the target of foreign invaders, which is not wonderful.


    "Why are the gates of the heavenly palace and the holy places so useless that they have been touched by the enemy?"


    Most of the high-ranking friars of the dark League did not participate in the battle against foreign invaders and have always stayed out of it.


    In particular, Shang Zun Tang Lun, a representative of the radical faction of the Dark Alliance, has always hated the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    He had great ambition and tried to seize the rule of Junchen world.


    He was happy to see the heavenly palace and the holy places fighting with foreign invaders. The more heavy the losses suffered by both sides, the better.


    He is now affected by the fish in the pond and passively involved in a battle that does not belong to him. How can he not be angry in his heart.


    Moreover, he had to hold his nose and join hands with Meng Zhang, who he hated, which made him very angry.


    On the surface, he still has to try to suppress his temper and try to cooperate with Meng Zhang.


    Of course, although he and Meng Zhang are temporary comrades in arms now, they will never trust each other, but always guard against each other.


    If the time is right, he will even stab Meng Zhang in the back.


    Tang lunshangzun believed that Meng Zhang should have similar ideas with himself.


    The two of them now seem to be working together against the enemy, but they are secretly harboring ghosts. Their prevention of each other even exceeds that of foreign invaders.


    When the attack came, the Lin brothers also tried to get close to Tang Lun shangzun and take care of each other.


    However, due to the sudden attack of foreign invaders, they had to move and dodge quickly in order to deal with the attack, and the distance between them and Tang Lun became farther and farther.


    The Terran friars present are high-level friars, and have basically experienced wars with foreign invaders. They are not unfamiliar with the enemy''s means.


    Many people have either just left the battlefield or just finished their rest, and their vigilance remains good.


    Especially in the void, even in the control area of Jun dust world, they will not be careless at all.


    When encountering the sudden attack of foreign invaders and many powerful forces, they may have been a little caught off guard at first, but they responded quickly and made various responses in time.

 Chapter 2164

    I saw a celebrity friar present one after another show their magic powers and rise up to resist.


    Magic weapons are flying in the air and magical powers bombard everywhere


    The foreign invaders involved in the raid were all strong ones with strong combat effectiveness, but the number was small.


    Many of the Terran friars present had the experience of fighting with foreign invaders on the battlefield. With the cooperation of each other, they actually stabilized their position for the time being.


    Except for some casualties at the beginning, there were no other casualties.


    Of course, a painstaking and well-designed raid by foreign invaders will not have such an effect.


    The foreign invaders participating in the war will not be satisfied because of such a trivial outcome.


    The long river of blood that first appeared seemed slow and fast.


    When I first found it, it was still a distance from here.


    In a twinkling of an eye, the long river of blood swept over, as if to involve all the monks present.


    For many practitioners, the devil friar is a nemesis.


    In the empty battlefield, the great devil is one of the opponents who most headache the practitioners of Jun dust world.


    The bloody River in front of us was transformed by the great demons at the level of virtual immortals. It can almost be said to be wanton and unstoppable.


    At this time, the emperor of the cold war not only dispelled the curse, but also defeated the barbarian high priest.


    As a direct friar of the heavenly palace, he is also the one with the highest accomplishments present.


    In the face of an unstoppable enemy, he is duty bound.


    In the cold war, as soon as Zun clenched his teeth, he hardened his scalp and took the initiative to go up.


    Because he knew very well that if no one stopped the great devil and let him do it wantonly, I''m afraid most of the monks present would be poisoned and eventually be demonized by him.


    As soon as shangzun met this bloody River in the cold war, he was entangled by it and couldn''t get away at all.


    At this time, the Lin brothers repelled the foreign invaders who attacked them secretly and were preparing to join Tang Lun shangzun.


    Probably deserved their bad luck. They actually blocked the way forward of the bloody River and became their latest goal.


    The Lin brothers followed Tang Lun shangzun and were deeply connected with the devil road.


    Among the strong demons who invaded the Junchen world this time, there are their allies.


    But the big devil is always ruthless and doesn''t pay attention to human faces.


    Even allies, if they show weakness, the great devil will fall into the well and take the opportunity to sneak attack.


    Tang Lun respected that every time they deal with the powerful devil, they are careful lest they be found by the other party.


    As for the big devil in front of him, he had no contact with them. Even if he wanted to make friends, he had no place to start.


    What''s more, this action is a long planned big action by the foreign invaders, which is driven by the strong ones at the Zhenxian level.


    There is nothing that can stop the determination of the extraterritorial invaders.


    In the face of the long river of blood, the Lin brothers had to show the Dharma of heaven and earth and avoid this disaster first.


    Their huge heaven and earth Dharma phase was soon swallowed up by the bloody River, and then their whole body was involved.


    The Lin brothers struggled desperately and were unable to break free from the blood river.


    Fortunately, both of them are powerful in the middle of returning to emptiness. Even if they are temporarily trapped, they are not in danger in a short time, and can persist for a period of time.


    No matter how powerful the immortal level devil is, it is difficult to kill their brothers.


    It seems that Tang Lun and Meng Zhang joined hands to fight against the demigod. But he always pays attention to the situation around him and looks for a chance to get out.


    He thought the battle had nothing to do with him. He didn''t want to get involved at all.


    As for the entanglement with Meng Zhang, we''d better wait until we get away.


    Seeing that the Lin brothers were trapped by the big devil of the virtual immortal level, Tang Lun shangzun hesitated, ignored it and didn''t come forward to help.


    For one thing, it is not easy for him to get rid of his immediate opponent. If a flaw is revealed, he is bound to suffer a heavy blow.


    Meng Zhang''s temporary comrade in arms is unreliable, and it is impossible to help him at a critical moment.


    Second, shangzun Tang Lun has been in contact with the devil for so many years, but he deeply knows how terrible the great devil at the virtual immortal level is.


    Although the Lin brothers are senior members of the Dark Alliance and loyal supporters of Tang Lun shangzun, Tang Lun shangzun, an extremely selfish figure, cannot risk his life for them.


    Tang Lun shangzun watched the Lin brothers engulfed by the bloody River, but did nothing. Instead, he was only thinking about how to get out.


    Meng Zhang is also seeing and listening, and always pays attention to the situation on the battlefield.


    Although there are a large number of mortal friars in the Junchen world, the level of strength is too far away. If you continue to fight, I''m afraid there is only one way to lose.


    Meng Zhang is willing to work hard to resist foreign invaders and go to the battlefield, but he is not willing to fall into a battle that will be defeated.


    Meng Zhang is also actively looking for ways to get out of here in time.


    At this time, the demigod who was fighting with them finally came up with a real mace.


    Meng Zhang once went deep into the Shenchang world, fought with the indigenous gods there, and achieved good results.


    However, the demigod in front of him is obviously not comparable to those indigenous gods, and his abilities in all aspects are much stronger.


    Meng Zhang clearly felt that this opponent must have a brilliant inheritance and can give full play to his powerful divine power.


    Its various divine arts have great power and are very mature. Obviously, they are not comparable to the crude inheritance of the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    I saw a rising sun rising above the demigod, emitting endless light, dispelling the eternal darkness in the void.


    Where the light goes, other alien forces, including the Taoist and magical powers of the cultivator, all retreat.


    The endless light was like a cage, which rolled Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun into it at once.


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun certainly know that they can''t be trapped by their opponents.


    They each showed what they could and struggled desperately, but they still couldn''t get rid of it.


    The cage transformed by the light has a distracted posture. It not only firmly entangles Meng Zhang and Tang Lun, but also sends out incomparable hegemonic power to completely melt them.


    The black-and-white airflow hung from the yin-yang diagram of the Taiyin on Meng Zhang''s head, temporarily protecting him.


    Seeing that it was difficult to get away for the time being, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to continue his struggle. He was ready to observe it first.


    Tang Lun shangzun knew his opponent''s power and didn''t dare to entangle here for too long.


    "This is a divine realm. We must not let our opponents do it. We should break through as soon as possible."


    Shangzun Tang Lun thought Meng Zhang was young, shallow and short-sighted. He didn''t see the current danger, so he reminded him.


    Of course, this is not because shangzun Tang Lun cares about Meng Zhang kindly, but because he knows that he can''t get out of trouble alone and needs the help of Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2165

    Meng Zhang has his own plan in mind.


    He has the Xianfu given by Xianyun Zhenxian as the biggest card. He has nothing to worry about at all.


    Once the power of this immortal talisman is activated, even the virtual immortal level blockade can be broken.


    No matter how powerful the divine realm is, can it resist the attack of immortal talisman?


    However, the remaining power of Xianfu is limited. Meng Zhang cherishes it very much and is unwilling to inspire it at will.


    More importantly, he seems to be trapped in the divine realm, but the situation is not too bad.


    It''s better to hide here temporarily than to face the chaotic situation outside and the fierce attacks of various foreign invaders.


    At least, the danger here is visible and controllable.


    Although the demigod''s divine domain is also very dangerous, the power contained is constantly refining itself.


    However, Meng Zhang is also the upper respect in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Where can he be so easily refined? At least he can persist for a period of time.


    Especially after Meng Zhang released the Yin and Yang Qi to protect his body, he obviously felt that the power of the divine domain was temporarily blocked by himself, and he could not break his defense in a short time.


    Tang Lun shangzun saw his kind reminder, but Meng Zhang was unmoved. He only knew to protect himself, stood in place and didn''t continue to try to break through the divine domain.


    Tang Lun couldn''t help scolding.


    "It''s no conspiracy."


    He also thought that Meng Zhang was inexperienced and didn''t know the danger of the current state. Out of the heart of self-protection, he wanted to protect himself first.


    If he was not trapped here, Tang Lun and shangzun couldn''t help but want to see the scene where Meng Zhang was finally completely refined by the enemy.


    Tang Lun shangzun advised Meng Zhang to break through with him and leave here first.


    But Meng Zhang seemed to be frightened, or he only knew self-protection, and he didn''t mean to break through.


    Tang Lun kept cursing Meng Zhang, but there was no other way.


    Shangzun Tang Lun knew that if he was trapped in such a divine realm for a long time, he could not escape the end of being refined.


    Even if there is no Meng Zhang, Tang Lun will try to break the enemy''s divine domain, break through the enemy''s blockade and escape here first.


    Tang Lun has profound cultivation and many cards. He really doesn''t believe that he will be completely trapped here.


    In this divine realm, where you can see, there are endless lights.


    There is nothing else.


    These lights seem to have vitality and extend flexibly to Meng Zhang and Tang Lun''s upper Zun.


    The erosive power of light is very strong. You can easily penetrate all kinds of body protecting powers.


    Magic weapons and the like will soon be hurt by this light.


    Meng Zhang''s aurora Wusuo swam in the light for a while, and was painfully taken back by Meng Zhang.


    He doesn''t have many magic weapons, so he can''t just damage them here.


    Yin and yang are of high level, suitable for both attack and defense, and have various unpredictable magical functions.


    Meng Zhang protected himself with Yin and Yang Qi and temporarily stabilized his position.


    The Yin Yang Tai Chi diagram of heaven and earth Dharma phase on his head temporarily opened up a sky for him and left him a square inch place to stand in this divine domain.


    The heaven and earth Dharma phase of Tang Lun''s hard practice seems to have encountered an enemy. After being involved in this divine realm, he has been a little depressed.


    Under the glare of the light, the huge shadow above his head sent out bursts of wails, and the wisps of black gas were first pulled out, and then completely purified by the hot light.


    The gods and Demons jumping out of the shadow above his head had no place to hide under such a terrible light.


    The demon sent out a shrill scream, and the whole body was evaporated in the endless light.


    Shangzun Tang Lun secretly complained.


    Due to the relationship between practice and practice, the phase attribute of heaven and earth Dharma he cultivated is too extreme.


    On weekdays, extreme attributes bring great power to it, and he benefits a lot from it.


    But now, the opponent''s power attribute and his heaven and earth law attribute are just at the two opposite extremes, which are fundamentally incompatible with fire and water.


    If the accomplishments of both sides are similar, or there is not much difference, there is nothing. Shangzun Tang Lun can fight it.


    However, the opponent''s level of strength is obviously higher than Tang Lun''s respect, and his cultivation is even stronger. I don''t know how many times.


    Once Tang Lun shangzun falls into the enemy''s divine domain, the conflict of power attributes has stimulated the instinctive response of the divine domain. This divine domain has invested almost most of its power in Tang Lun shangzun.


    In this way, shangzun Tang Lun shared a lot of pressure for Meng Zhang, making the situation facing Meng Zhang much better than expected.


    Tang lunshang Zun couldn''t bear most of the pressure in the divine realm alone.


    His strategy of breaking through the encirclement as soon as possible, which he had decided from the beginning, was not intended to be very correct.


    Unfortunately, he is too weak to implement it.


    At the beginning, he forced a breakthrough by relying on a lot of magic weapons he had with him and constantly attacked the divine domain.


    The Dragon transformed by the two iron whips fell into the divine realm and was soon trapped by the light, which made Tang Lun''s superior unable to recover.


    The blazing light kept shining on Tang Lun''s upper statue, which greatly reduced the light on his protective ring, and many cracks soon appeared on it.


    Tang Lun shangzun even took out several powerful talismans and tried to break through the divine domain in front of him, but he failed.


    Meng Zhang had a lot of contacts with the indigenous gods in Shenchang world and was familiar with their various means.


    Although the demigod in front of us should be from a mature Shinto civilization, which is quite different from the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, both sides are gods in essence and still have a lot in common.


    Meng Zhang knew that this divine domain in front of him was only a temporary divine domain, not a permanent divine domain.


    Its power comes from the demigods who fight with them, and they can''t use more power of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang was trapped in the realm of God, but he didn''t do anything.


    Under the premise of protecting his family, he is still actively looking for the weak links of this divine domain.


    In order to break the divine realm in front of Tang Lun, he can be said to have played all his cards.


    He even did not hesitate to explode his magic weapon and created a powerful big explosion.


    Unfortunately, although this divine realm had a violent fluctuation, it still had no intention of collapse and still stood there.


    At this time, shangzun Tang Lun was filled with fear that he would be completely refined by this divine realm.


    At the same time, his heart was full of anger and hated Meng Zhang.


    If he had not fought alone with Meng Zhang and came to the void, he would not have fallen into such a field.


    If Meng Zhang could actively cooperate with himself, he might have broken this divine domain and everyone could get out of trouble.


    With the continuous consumption of cards, the Dharma phase of heaven and earth on the top of the head is continuously weakened by the divine domain. Tang Lun''s combat effectiveness is getting weaker and weaker, and the hope of breaking the divine domain is becoming more and more slim.

 Chapter 2166

    Although the state is getting worse and worse, Tang Lun shangzun has never stopped his efforts to break the divine domain and break through the encirclement.


    In other words, it was precisely because his state was getting worse and worse that he was so desperate to break through.


    If we continue to delay for a long time, the demigod may really refine him alive.


    Meng Zhang felt a little lucky to see the various means displayed by Tang Lun, especially the hidden cards.


    In the previous fight, Tang Lun had not had time to use these means, or found a good opportunity to use them.


    If there were no foreign invaders to disturb the situation, Tang Lun respected that all these means were used to deal with Meng Zhang. At least it would not be very easy if Meng Zhang didn''t say that he overturned.


    This time, foreign invaders launched a surprise attack, which inadvertently helped Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang always knew that foreign invaders were the enemy of the whole Junchen world, and Tang Lun shangzun was his own enemy.


    For him, if possible, of course, he should give priority to solving his own enemies.


    As for the enemies of the whole Jun dust world, there are many powerful forces in the Jun dust world, and Meng Zhang is not around yet.


    Although shangzun Tang Lun attracted most of the power in the divine domain, he shared a lot of pressure for Meng Zhang.


    After spending a little longer in the divine realm, Meng Zhang still felt great pressure and felt very uncomfortable.


    This demigod''s major means against the enemy is to integrate the enemy into his temporary divine domain, and then use the power of the divine domain to refine slowly.


    This demigod cultivation is far above Meng Zhang and Tang Lun, and its divine power is even stronger.


    The Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram of heaven and earth Dharma on Meng Zhang''s head began to tremble and almost crack.


    Meng Zhang released the Yin and Yang Qi to protect his body. With the endless light, it became thinner and thinner. He was about to be unable to protect Meng Zhang.


    The situation of Tang Lun was much worse than that of Meng Zhang.


    His magic weapons and various talismans were almost exhausted. The heaven and earth Dharma phase on his head had been seriously damaged, and he was also seriously injured.


    Even Tang lunzun, a man with a firm mind, couldn''t help feeling powerless at this time.


    He exhausted all his means and played all his cards, but he still couldn''t break the divine domain.


    The power of the divine realm brought him more and more pressure and caused him great harm.


    If this situation does not improve, he will be refined by this divine realm sooner or later.


    Just when Tang lunshangzun was desperate, new changes took place again.


    Originally, there were endless lights in this divine domain, from the sky to the ground, and the lights even covered their senses.


    Suddenly, the whole divine realm shook violently, as if it was about to collapse.


    In the dazzling light, there are also many impurities.


    Meng Zhang and Tang Lun shangzun are both highly experienced and insightful figures.


    They almost immediately responded that there was something wrong with the demigod, and it was mostly someone outside attacking the divine domain.


    Tang Lun was acutely aware that this was his last chance to escape.


    If you don''t seize this opportunity to escape and wait until the divine domain collapses, he in the divine domain will peel off his skin if he doesn''t die.


    Tang Lun''s superior shouted at Meng Zhang.


    He persuaded Meng Zhang to seize the last chance and join hands with him to break the divine domain and get out of trouble here.


    Tang lunshangzun did not put all his hopes on Meng Zhang.


    While persuading Meng Zhang, he summoned up Yu Yong to attack the divine domain again, trying to make a gap.


    Meng Zhang, who had been defending himself in situ, seemed to be persuaded by Tang Lun''s superior this time. While flying in the direction of Tang Lun''s superior, he began to attack this divine domain.


    Meng Zhang didn''t use any other means, that is, he stirred up Yin and Yang, waved them again and again like a heavy hammer, and bombarded them on the divine realm.


    I don''t know whether the external problems are becoming more and more serious, or whether Meng Zhang''s desperate attack has played a role. The turmoil in the divine domain has become more and more severe and began to show flaws.


    After Tang Lun''s upper Zun hit hard, he saw that there seemed to be a gap above. He was overjoyed and was about to fly over and escape from the gap.


    Meng Zhang, who was working hard to attack the divine domain, suddenly launched.


    Originally, the Taiji yin-yang diagram of heaven and earth Dharma, which was somewhat depressed, suddenly expanded and began to rotate violently and rapidly.


    I saw the great changes in the sky in the divine domain, and the sky became black and white, with clear boundaries.


    Yin and Yang of heaven and earth change. This is the name of the skill Meng Zhang is now majoring in. It is also his most powerful magic power.


    The black-and-white currents of air appeared beside Tang Lun''s superior, constantly attacking and killing his body protecting power, and firmly entangled him.


    From beginning to end, Lord Tang Lun never relaxed his guard against Meng Zhang.


    As soon as Meng Zhang started to fight him, he immediately reacted.


    "You''re the one waiting, not the fool of the whole situation."


    Tang Lun shouted loudly and turned to Meng Zhang angrily.


    However, shangzun Tang Lun seems to have a high momentum and has been on guard for a long time, but in Meng Zhang''s eyes, it is clear that he is strong outside and weak in the middle.


    In order to break the divine realm, he consumed too much power and distracted too much, resulting in insufficient defense against Meng Zhang, which is also a matter of no way.


    Since Meng Zhang dared to risk the world''s condemnation and sneak attack Tang Lun shangzun in the face of foreign enemies, he naturally thought clearly in advance and was fully prepared and sure.


    Originally, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to use immortal talismans to keep Tang Lun''s superior here.


    However, Tang Lun''s superior had consumed too much and was in poor condition. Meng Zhang didn''t have to hurry to cast immortal talisman.


    Yin Yang and Qi are one of the most original existence between heaven and earth and an important foundation of the world.


    Meng Zhang exerted the yin-yang transformation of heaven and earth, temporarily forcibly transformed everything in the divine domain into the division of yin and Yang, and temporarily occupied the mainstream with the power of the avenue of yin and Yang.


    The powers of other attributes in the divine domain are all transformed into yin-yang attributes at this time, and are flexibly invoked by Meng Zhang.


    In the face of the constant attack of yin and Yang, Tang Lun shangzun seems to be busy breaking up, his feet are in disorder, and the parry is very hard.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed and appeared closer to Tang Lun''s upper statue.


    The Yin and Yang Qi turned into sharp swords. Under the control of Meng Zhang, they killed Tang Lun shangzun.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword is the magic power of Taoism. Meng Zhang began to practice in the golden elixir period and achieved great success in practice after the yuan God period.


    After entering the period of returning to emptiness, he more and more understood the beauty of this magical power and gave full play to its power.


    Not only did he enhance his power of ascension, but he also discovered many new worlds.


    This magic power alone is better than most of the sword magic powers of sword cultivation.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly used assassins. Tang Lun was forced to parry without fighting back. He kept dodging and parrying, which seemed very embarrassed.


    Shangzun Tang Lun was very oppressed, and even had a sense of humiliation that the tiger fell flat and the sun was bullied by the dog.

 Chapter 2167

    Under normal circumstances, Tang Lun''s respect for Shang Meng Zhang has many advantages.


    From the previous battle, Tang Lun shangzun consciously found out the details of Meng Zhang and felt that this person was just like that.


    If it weren''t for the sudden attack of foreign invaders, Tang Lun shangzun would be ready to look for opportunities to play his cards and kill Meng Zhang.


    But his luck was too bad.


    He was trapped in the divine domain with Meng Zhang. Needless to say, the demigod and his attributes were mutually exclusive. The power of the divine domain was too serious to suppress and hurt him.


    In order to fight against the divine realm and break the divine realm, Tang Lun shangzun consumed too much power and exhausted his cards.


    Meng Zhang was still fighting with him at the last moment, but the next moment he turned his face and launched a surprise attack on him.


    While scolding Meng Zhang for his despicability, Tang Lun prepared to fight back.


    After all, he is an old-fashioned great power of returning to emptiness and has a deep foundation. Even if he falls into the disadvantage temporarily, he is not without the power of counterattack.


    Meng Zhang dare not be careless about such a great enemy. Not only go all out, but also absolutely dare not give each other a chance to play.


    Thunder is the hub of yin and Yang and the dynamic and static mechanism of yin and Yang.


    Therefore, the law that controls the movement and stillness of yin and Yang in the Taoist door is called thunder law.


    The way of yin and Yang is also the way of dynamic and static.


    Between movement and stillness, there will be no movement, and its potential has become.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue and was familiar with many advanced thunder methods.


    Although he seldom uses thunder method against the enemy, he has great attainments in thunder method, and takes it as one of the cards that are not easy to take out.


    In the face of the strong enemy who must be killed, Meng Zhang showed all his powers and cards this time.


    Yin Yang extinction God thunder is the top thunder method that Meng Zhang understood after he went deep into the source sea of Jun dust world, understood the laws of heaven and earth, and combined with his own Avenue.


    Meng Zhang''s previous series of actions were initially as quiet as a virgin, and once he started, he was as moving as a rabbit.


    Between the movement and the stillness, we are constantly breeding thunder.


    At this moment, the strength he had bred and accumulated for a long time was finally displayed by him.


    Tang Lun, who was parrying very hard, suddenly heard a thunder in his ear.


    The thunder is dull and earth shaking.


    At the same time as the thunder sounded, the yin-yang extinction God thunder had been cleaved from his head.


    Tang Lun shangzun colluded with the devil for many years, deeply studied the mysteries of the devil, and personally participated in the construction of the devil''s nest.


    Although he was always careful, he tried to keep enough distance from the power of the devil.


    But before he knew it, he had been infected by the power of the devil, and the evil idea sprouted in his body.


    He and the people around him haven''t felt it yet, but under the influence of magic in his body, his skill began to change seemingly insignificant.


    He was originally biased towards the dark side of heaven and earth Dharma, and he already had a bit of magic.


    If there is no accident and continue to develop like this, Tang Lun shangzun will eventually fall into the devil''s way and turn into a devil repair or devil thing.


    Thunder has the special effect of killing demons and breaking evil spirits.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s yin-yang extinction thunder has a strong restraining effect on the devil.


    Caught off guard, Tang Lun''s mind was first startled by the thunder.


    In particular, the evil intention contained in the mind was severely damaged, which directly affected the mind of Tang Lun, and made him angry and almost immediately lost his mind.


    The demigod who trapped them, whose attribute is extreme light and flame, is almost irreconcilable with the Dharma attribute of Tang Lun.


    Due to the fact that the attribute of Tang Lun was conquered, the heaven and earth Dharma phase suffered a lot in the divine domain and was deeply hurt.


    Now the Yin and Yang extinction God thunder falls, which is right on the heaven and earth Dharma phase of Tang Lun''s superior.


    The thick, almost unbreakable shadow was blown away and turned into pieces.


    Some of the gods and Demons hidden in the shadow were scattered and disappeared with the shadow, and some howled out of control and began to bite Tang Lun.


    Now, Tang Lun''s superior can be said to be a domestic and foreign trouble.


    In particular, the phase of heaven and earth Dharma was split, which made him deeply hurt.


    Shangzun Tang Lun howled wildly and couldn''t control himself any more. He simply became a madman. He couldn''t see the appearance of returning to virtual power at all.


    His body protecting magic power was finally broken by Meng Zhang, and his body was cut with a sharp sword transformed by Yin and Yang.


    When Meng Zhang attacked Tang Lun shangzun, the divine domain shook more and more, revealing more flaws and gaps.


    Tang Lun shangzun almost gave up all his defenses and instinctively rushed towards the exit revealed in the divine domain.


    He had just rushed to a gap, and Meng Zhang was another thunder of Yin-Yang extinction God.


    After a loud noise, Tang Lun''s body had almost no resistance and was broken by God''s thunder.


    This is just the beginning.


    Tang Lun''s strength accumulated for many years, together with the tenacious Yang God, was detonated by the divine thunder.


    Another series of violent explosions caused great vibration in the divine realm.


    The original situation of the divine realm was obviously wrong. After a great power in the later stage of returning to emptiness was detonated, the divine realm was deeply damaged.


    The divine realm was blown open one by one, and the divine power contained in it was constantly losing.


    Meng Zhang is also unwilling to stay in the divine domain for a long time.


    In a flash, he flew out of the gap in the divine domain and escaped from the siege of the divine domain.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s figure appeared outside, he was involved in the battlefield again.


    I don''t know when a group of practitioners appeared on the battlefield and killed the raiding foreign invaders.


    There are not many practitioners, but there are many strong ones.


    Meng Zhang saw many familiar figures inside.


    The strong immortal is an ancient Taoist, and the powerful general of the heavenly palace, Tianlei shangzun


    The arrival of these people not only cleared the siege for the practitioners who had been raided and blocked the attack of foreign invaders, but also launched a counterattack, causing a lot of harm to foreign invaders.


    The demigod who had trapped Meng Zhang and Tang Lun is now being forced to the disadvantage by the ancient Taoist capital.


    I''m afraid the gap above his divine realm is mainly due to the ancient Taoist.


    Lord Tang Lun exploded in his divine domain. Meng Zhang''s attack caused more serious damage to his divine domain.


    This kind of damage from the inside did a lot of damage to the divine realm and had a great impact on the demigod.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised that the practitioners of the Junchen world appeared on the battlefield in time, but it was not a special accident.


    It is not far from the Junchen world, and the real strong will arrive in an instant.


    If foreign invaders are allowed to act recklessly and kill here, and the Junchen side can''t make a timely response, it can only show that the top level of Junchen is too incompetent.


    Facts have proved that although the Jun dust world seems to have fallen into a disadvantage and is forced to retreat step by step in the face of various foreign invaders, it still has a relatively stable grasp of the vicinity of the Jun dust world.

 Chapter 2168

    Meng Zhang had just left the divine realm and appeared on the battlefield, when he was involved in a new battle.


    Foreign invaders are the great enemies of Junchen. Under the circumstances of his ability, Meng Zhang is also willing to contribute to fighting against foreign invaders.


    He was in good shape and immediately joined the battle without hesitation.


    Judging from the current war situation, it is the practitioners of the Junchen world who have the upper hand.


    Meng Zhang''s active participation in the war will not bring too much danger to himself. On the contrary, he can fully express his position and make meritorious contributions to the Junchen world.


    The friars who came to support from the Junchen world came in time. They rushed to the battlefield in time and began to attack those foreign invaders before there were heavy casualties among the friars around.


    On the battlefield, the most striking figure in the Junchen world is Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance Tianlei shangzun.


    Meng Zhang almost put himself under the command of Tianlei shangzun and worked for him.


    Tianlei shangzun was originally the fierce and brave generation in the high-level of Tiangong. He has made countless achievements in the neutrality of previous wars against foreign invaders.


    It''s been a while since he disappeared. Tianlei has made great progress in his cultivation. Unexpectedly, he has broken through the realm of the later stage of returning to emptiness and entered the realm of returning to emptiness and perfection. He can be called a virtual immortal.


    The gap between the later stage of returning to emptiness and the empty immortal is really not small. It is still very difficult to break through.


    Meng Zhang finally advanced and returned to the later stage of emptiness, thinking that he had caught up with Tianlei shangzun.


    Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang is making progress and others are not idle.


    When Meng Zhang was a little monk, Tianlei shangzun was a well-known great power of returning to emptiness, which was famous inside and outside the Junchen world.


    He has now become a virtual immortal with great strength and has become one of the main combat forces on the battlefield.


    I saw Tianlei shangzun. No, it should be called Tianlei Xuxian now. Countless thunder and lightning were summoned to bombard the bloody river.


    Originally trapped in the bloody river of the cold war, Zun had already extricated himself from the difficulties with the help of Tianlei Xuxian.


    Tianlei Xuxian majored in Tianlei Avenue and was proficient in all kinds of clever thunder methods.


    The power of thunder is as strong as Yang. It has a strong special effect of killing demons and breaking evil spirits.


    Tianlei shangzun has a strong restraining effect on the attributes of the great demons at the upper virtual immortal level.


    The overwhelming thunder net fell into the blood River and aroused waves.


    The blood River evaporated rapidly, and the power of the great devil was constantly weakened.


    Meng Zhang joined the siege of a demon lord, beat him back step by step, and new wounds kept appearing on his body.


    The friars from the Junchen world who came to reinforce, together with the original war watching friars, cooperated inside and outside, and in turn surrounded the foreign invaders who launched the raid.


    In the previous confrontation, the Junchen side was at the bottom most of the time and paid a lot of losses because the overall strength of foreign invaders was too strong.


    Now, it is rare to have a chance to surround the enemy and take advantage of the local battlefield. Of course, the Junchen side should seize the fighters, kill the enemy as much as possible and try to cause greater damage to the enemy.


    In fact, in the scuffle, many foreign invaders were indeed killed by the practitioners of the Junchen world.


    With the progress of the war and the passage of time, the foreign invaders also began to send reinforcements here.


    Naturally, the Junchen world will not sit idly by. It will not only send forces to intercept the enemy''s reinforcements in time, but also continue to send more forces to the battlefield here.


    The scale of the war is constantly expanding, and more and more teams from both sides participate in the war.


    Not long after, in the void near the Junchen world, there was a fierce battle group everywhere.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in one place for a long time. He generally moved with the big forces.


    His opponents are constantly changing, but he has not achieved any results.


    Later, a demon God on the side of the foreign invaders rushed to the vicinity of the battlefield.


    Three lions of the Royal beast sect were sent out from the Junchen world to fight directly with the demon God.


    The two real immortals fought fiercely, and the warring sides around retreated one after another.


    Many foreign invaders who were originally surrounded fled here after taking this opportunity to break through.


    Neither the high level of Junchen nor the high level of foreign invaders had the idea of starting a full-scale war at this time.


    The time for a final showdown between the two sides has not yet come, and we still need to wait for a long time.


    The three lions fought with the demon God, and then took the initiative to stop the truce.


    Under the cover of Zhenxian level combat power, the strong men of both sides who participated in the war broke away from the battle, went back to their homes and found their mothers.


    Originally, a huge and high-level fierce war ended.


    After the war, Meng Zhang chatted with several acquaintances for a while.


    Meng Zhang participated in the war from beginning to end. With the information disclosed by his acquaintances, he had a faint guess in his heart.


    Perhaps, the investigation team of the foreign invaders noticed that there were a large number of monks watching the war. When they were ready to attack them, the Jun dust world was not ignorant.


    The high level of the Junchen world is not in a hurry. They should have the idea of luring snakes out of their holes. They want to attract a small team of foreign invaders, and then take the opportunity of being entangled to take the initiative to destroy them completely.


    From the results of this war, although Junchen was the attacked party, it did not suffer too much losses, but gained a little advantage and achieved good results.


    Of course, the Jun dust world has also suffered a lot of losses.


    The biggest loss of the Junchen world is that Tang Lun shangzun is trapped in the divine domain by a demigod. Because the attribute of skill and Dharma were mutually exclusive with the divine domain, Tang Lun shangzun died in the divine domain.


    In addition, the Lin brothers were trapped in the bloody River shortly after the war.


    Although after Tianlei Xuxian joined the war, they were able to escape from the long river of blood.


    However, they have been severely damaged by the great demon at the virtual immortal level, and their foundation is unstable.


    After the war, they immediately returned to the Dark Alliance and should immediately close down and heal their wounds.


    The friar of Dark Alliance suffered a great loss. Many friars present didn''t show it on their faces, and they were all dark and cool in their hearts.


    Dark Alliance friars have always been unpopular in the Junchen world, especially the leading figures of radical groups such as Tang Lun shangzun, who have offended many high-level friars in the Junchen world.


    Tang Lun''s death in battle is completely Meng Zhang''s one-sided words, in which there are many doubts.


    The high-level leaders of the Junchen world, including Tianlei Xuxian and the ancient Taoist capital, who led the war, didn''t bother about it, so Meng Zhang easily muddled through.


    If he were a monk from another family, Meng Zhang would not be so easy to pass.


    After all, in any case, in the face of foreign enemies such as foreign invaders, we should make concerted efforts to foreign countries.


    Killing each other at this time is a taboo of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang made friends with the Taoist in ancient capital, and also had some origins with the Tianlei Xuxian.


    They are not interested in embarrassing Meng Zhang for a ghost hating Tang Lun.

 Chapter 2169

    After the end of the war, all kinds of things were properly arranged. During the cold war, Zun took the initiative to come to Meng Zhang.


    Shangzun Tang Lun and Meng Zhang were trapped in the divine domain by the demigod, and many monks around saw this scene.


    Later, Meng Zhang got out of trouble, but Tang Lun''s superior remained in the divine domain forever.


    According to Meng Zhang, Lord Tang Lun died in the divine domain. He broke through the blockade of the divine realm and was able to escape by using the power of self explosion before Tang Lun''s death.


    Of course, this is inseparable from the reason why the ancient Taoist entangled the demigod and caused great damage to his divine domain.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to tell anyone, but after the end of the war, he took the initiative to report it to the Taoist priest in the ancient capital.


    After all, a venerable master in the later stage of returning to emptiness can''t just disappear quietly. He should have a statement more or less.


    When Tang Lun''s superior died at the hands of foreign invaders, Meng Zhang had a large number of adults and no longer cared about his past grievances.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to tell the process of his death in the war, and gave an explanation to his fellow descendants.


    In the cold war, he respected the old Jianghu and scoffed at Meng Zhang''s statement.


    What happened in the demigod''s divine domain and why Meng Zhang was able to escape after the death of Tang Lun''s Supreme Master. There must be another story.


    However, these things have nothing to do with the respect of the cold war, and he will not take the lead for the monks of the Dark Alliance.


    As for whether the Dark Alliance will find Meng Zhang for this in the future, it is also Meng Zhang''s trouble.


    Although Meng Zhang acted neatly and cleanly without leaving any evidence, when did he pay attention to evidence when he acted secretly?


    Before going to the void duel, Meng Zhang and Shang Zun Tang Lun both said that life and death were safe.


    But Tang lunshang Zun is also the senior level of the Dark Alliance. After knowing the news of his death, the senior level of the Dark Alliance will not ignore it at all.


    Although Zun was not used to the Dark Alliance in the cold war, he would not stand out for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s trouble is his business. It''s best not to involve Tiangong.


    As the notary of the duel between Meng Zhang and Tang Lun, shangzun in the cold war should ensure that the duel is fair and impartial without external influence.


    However, launching a surprise attack by foreign invaders greatly exceeded the handling capacity of the cold war.


    He asked himself that he had tried his best in this matter, and there was nothing he could do if the duel was interrupted.


    In the cold war, shangzun gave Meng Zhang the bet Qingling screen mortgaged by shangzun Tang Lun.


    Anyway, no matter how he died, Tang Lun shangzun is now dead. As a result of this endless duel, Meng Zhang, the survivor, naturally becomes the winner.


    As a winner, Meng Zhang is certainly qualified to receive booty.


    The Qingling screen is of great use and plays a great role in a family''s cultivation of truth. On the one hand, the cold war revered him for his excellent conduct, and on the other hand, he was unwilling to infect the Dark Alliance, so he didn''t neglect this treasure.


    Meng Zhang was the Supreme Master of Tang Lun who had been killed by himself. He thought he was qualified to receive this booty.


    Of course, due to the situation, he would not personally admit it anyway.


    The Qingling screen is a treasure he needs very much. Anyway, he has become enemies with the Dark Alliance. There are too many lice to itch. Meng Zhang accepted the booty of the Qingling screen.


    The Lin brothers, who may have an opinion and will pay attention to the death of shangzun Tang Lun, have already hurried back to the Junchen world.


    There are many monks who are not used to the Dark Alliance in the Jun dust world. Their brothers have many enemies because of their rough temper and cruel behavior.


    In the case of serious injury, they would not trust to hand over their own safety to outsiders, but hurried back to the dark League Headquarters as soon as possible.


    Seeing that there was nothing here, Meng Zhang directly returned to the Junchen world.


    In this world war, Meng Zhang did not make any war achievements, but killed Tang Lun shangzun, which was a disaster, not to mention the booty of Qingling screen.


    After returning to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang soon learned about the latest trend of Taiyi gate.


    After Han Yao killed the escaped fire ape Zhenjun, he was seriously injured. When he returned to Taiyi gate, he began to close down.


    He came here to heal his wounds.


    Second, the heart feels that the time to impact the virtual return period is not far away.


    This time he took the opportunity of healing to close the door. After the injury healed, he would immediately impact the return to deficiency period.


    In the area north of the dead sand sea, the battle with the demon army ended and the demon nest was completely destroyed.


    Although most of the escaped demons have been eliminated by the friars of taiyimen organization, there are still many demons at large.


    Even, a few demons have fled the area and entered the nearby area.


    There are traces of demons in the dead sand sea, the demon wind Gobi and even the endless sand sea.


    Niu Dawei and other senior officials of taiyimen tried their best to stop it, but it was inevitable.


    This is not that taiyimen didn''t try their best, but that there is really no way.


    That area is too vast, and there are too many places bordering taiyimen territory.


    The number of demons is extremely huge. Even after continuous pursuit, there are still a lot of missed fish.


    It is entirely conceivable that a few demons smart enough, either out of luck or out of their own ability, escape into the nearby area.


    Not to mention, among the demons, there are a small number of demons. Those guys are more cunning and have stronger survival ability.


    Niu Dawei personally took charge of the area and continued to organize the pursuit of demons.


    The friars sent by Taiyi sect also strengthened their encirclement, pursuit and interception of demons.


    In the Gobi desert, endless sand sea and other nearby areas, the taiyimen high-level has sent additional forces to garrison and patrol, and the prevention of all settlements has been strengthened.


    In the whole Hanhai Taoist League, many monks were either recruited or attracted by the reward offered by Taiyi gate. They took the initiative to participate in the pursuit of demons.


    In this case, a few demons and demons can''t lift too much wind and waves.


    There can be no magic disaster on taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take part in the fun. These things will be handled by the younger generation of the sect. There is no need to dispatch him, the leader in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    This time, he started a life and death duel with the same rank friar Tang Lun, and later was trapped in the demigod realm. Meng Zhang lost a lot, but the harvest was also huge.


    Meng Zhang needs to close the door and sort out the harvest in order to make a new breakthrough in practice.


    Taiyi sect is full of confidence in Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang went to the void to duel with Tang Lun, the middle and high levels of the door who knew the news were not very worried.


    Meng Zhang returned triumphantly as before. The middle and senior levels of the door were completely relieved and their morale was greatly boosted.


    Meng Zhang was not in the gate this time. The middle and high level of the gate led by Niu Dawei successfully prevented the expedition to the devil''s nest. He was also very satisfied.


    As for the follow-up to the war, there is no need for him to worry about postwar pensions and rewards based on merit.

 Chapter 2170

    Shortly after Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, vanity son also returned from the battlefield.


    Originally, after the advanced Yang God period, the void son, whose cultivation progress was slow, had some new insights and gains through this battle to eliminate demons and destroy the demon nest.


    Kongzi almost reached the stage of Yang God at the same time as Meng Zhang. He is the oldest Yang God Zhenjun of Taiyi sect.


    However, probably because of the essence of the tool spirit, after the advanced Yang God period, his cultivation speed is far from fast.


    Many years have passed, and Meng Zhang has grown into a shangzun in the later stage of returning to emptiness. He has not even broken through the period of Yang God.


    Originally, Meng Zhang hesitated. He should first give the Qingling screen to the Yang God Zhenjun in the door.


    After seeing the emptiness son back in the door and carefully sensing his state, Meng Zhang handed him the Qingling screen, a new treasure, and asked him to start closed practice and prepare to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, the cultivation of the void son Yang Shen period has been completed and is qualified to impact the return to emptiness period.


    With the encouragement of Meng Zhang, the vanity son''s confidence increased greatly.


    With the Qingling screen, a treasure to assist his practice, he was more confident.


    Without saying anything more, the void son directly began to break through.


    Qingling screen this treasure will help the Yang God Zhenjun break through the period of returning to emptiness. It is a rare auxiliary treasure.


    Meng Zhang hopes that with the help of Qingling screen, xukongzi can successfully break through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Taiyimen''s pursuit, killing, encirclement and suppression of demons were relatively smooth.


    After a period of time, in the area near the dead sand sea, there are fewer and fewer residual demons, and of course, they hide more and more secretly.


    The army of friars organized by taiyimen began to retreat in batches. There are not so many friars there.


    This time, taiyimen mobilized quickly and eliminated the magic nest in time. Many people in the cultivation world were surprised by the combat effectiveness.


    Tiangong also sent people to Taiyi gate to express their gratitude to Taiyi gate.


    This time it''s about the Dark Alliance. It''s inconvenient for Tiangong to take action. It all depends on taiyimen to solve all the problems independently.


    The high-level of Tiangong may not think it''s very interesting. They have repeatedly said that they will express something in the future and will pay more attention to Taiyi gate.


    Although the top level of taiyimen is very dissatisfied with the performance of Tiangong this time, it is not good. Therefore, Tiangong is to blame.


    Taiyimen didn''t say anything. This matter has been exposed.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the mountain gate, he was disturbed by visitors from the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist Youhuan and Taoist twin spikes came to Taiyi gate to meet the leader Meng Zhang.


    The two of them did not come in their personal capacity this time, but came to the door on behalf of the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist Youhuan is an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, but Taoist shuangci is still the sect of Taoist Youhuan. Although it is not compatible with the sect of Tang Lun shangzun, the relationship is not very harmonious.


    There are deep differences between the two sides on the devil''s nest.


    Before the conflict between taiyimen and Dark Alliance subsided, Meng Zhang and Tang Lun went to the void to duel.


    For one thing, Meng Zhang was unwilling to bear the reputation of falling into a well and harming his comrades in arms.


    Second, Meng Zhang also wants to leave some room in front of the Dark Alliance to make the relationship between the two sides less tense.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang did not admit that he killed Tang Lun, but insisted that he died at the hands of foreign invaders.


    The senior level of the Dark Alliance has long received the news of Tang Lun''s death and Meng Zhang''s statement.


    The senior level of the Dark Alliance will not believe every word Meng Zhang said.


    In their eyes, Meng Zhang must have played tricks behind Tang Lun''s death. Even if he didn''t do it directly, he framed it indirectly.


    The senior level of the Dark Alliance has also debated whether to retaliate against Meng Zhang.


    Shangzun Tang Lun is also a high-level figure in the Dark Alliance. He is one of the few shangzuns in the later stage of returning to emptiness in the alliance. He can''t be harmed by Meng Zhang for nothing.


    Tang Lun shangzun himself is the leader of a major faction within the Dark Alliance, and he is also in power within the Dark Alliance.


    After his death, there was a huge power gap within the dark League. Needless to say, some opponents who had been suppressed by him took the opportunity to attack, and more people wanted to compete for the seat he left.


    The destruction of the magic nest not only exposed the Dark Alliance''s plot in front of the heavenly palace, but also caused heavy losses to the Dark Alliance.


    The human and material resources previously invested in the magic nest and many resources spent are now in vain.


    Under the banner of accountability, some senior members of the dark League attacked the faction of Tang Lun''s superior.


    The faction of Tang Lun''s superior lost such figures as Tang Lun''s superior. The momentum fell sharply and the right to speak decreased greatly.


    Although they are not content with their current situation, they are difficult to change.


    In a word, the Dark Alliance fell into a huge debate because of the death of Tang Lun and the destruction of the devil''s nest. There was a certain degree of confusion at the top. Many people were busy competing for power and profits and fighting for rights.


    If you want to retaliate against people like Meng Zhang, a monk can''t do it. You must use the real power of the Dark Alliance.


    Within the Dark Alliance, the faction like Taoist Youhuan is opposed to direct retaliation against Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi gate and the Holy Land Sect gate are irreconcilable enemies. Logically, they should be the best allies of the Dark Alliance.


    Now the Dark Alliance not only doesn''t make friends with Taiyi gate, but is against Taiyi gate. It''s too unwise.


    Due to the different opinions of the senior level of the Dark Alliance, the revenge against Meng Zhang has been unable to pass.


    In desperation, the senior management of the Dark Alliance only temporarily let go of this matter and deal with internal problems first.


    Taoist Youhuan''s proposal to turn enemies into friends with taiyimen and strive to become allies has also been shelved for the time being.


    How to deal with taiyimen and how to get along with the two sides in the future... Because there are too many disputes, the senior management of the Dark Alliance can not reach an agreement.


    In the treatment of taiyimen, the Dark Alliance only temporarily maintains the status quo.


    Of course, big problems cannot be solved. Some relatively simple problems can be solved first.


    The Dark Alliance friar who escaped from the magic nest was basically killed by the taiyimen friar. It''s hard for the Dark Alliance to say anything.


    However, the monks of the Dark Alliance in the branch above taiyimen territory basically fell into the hands of taiyimen.


    Many of them had nothing to do with the evil way and knew nothing about the evil cultivation. There was really no reason for taiyimen to detain them all the time.


    In addition, Qingling screen is a treasure belonging to the Dark Alliance, and it plays a great role. It can''t just fall into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Obviously, respect in the cold war did not keep Meng Zhang confidential.


    Therefore, Dark Alliance sent Taoist Youhuan and Taoist shuangci as envoys to Taiyi gate to discuss with Meng Zhang how to properly solve these problems.


    Apart from other things, the requirements of the Dark Alliance are very clear.


    The detained friar of Dark Alliance must be released immediately, and the Qingling screen must be returned to the original owner and returned to Dark Alliance.

 Chapter 2171

    Taoist Youhuan and Meng Zhang are old acquaintances. They used to have good friends.


    After being detained by Meng Zhang last time, Meng Zhang didn''t embarrass her. Finally, he released her and let her return to the dark League Headquarters intact.


    The Dark Alliance sent this person to the door, but also had the idea of discussing with Meng Zhang, and didn''t want to make the relationship too rigid.


    Taoist twin spikes and Taoist Youhuan have different factions and have general relations.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance sent him to taiyimen with Taoist Youhuan to keep an eye on Taoist Youhuan, so as to prevent her from taking into account her friendship with Meng Zhang and abolishing the public for private reasons, which damaged the interests of the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist twin spikes didn''t have much hostility to Meng Zhang and taiyimen. He came here with a business mind.


    Taiyi gate and all the holy places are enemies. It''s really inappropriate to become a sworn enemy with the Dark Alliance.


    Although including Meng Zhang, the top level of taiyimen is very hostile to the Dark Alliance.


    However, in the face of religious interests, personal feelings need to be put aside first.


    If possible, taiyimen should try to make friends with the Dark Alliance.


    At the very least, both sides should not become enemies.


    The top level of taiyimen may not know the ambition of the Dark Alliance, but they know that the Dark Alliance and the Holy Land Sect are not the same people.


    This time, the devil''s nest secretly built by the Dark Alliance was exposed. Although the top and bottom of Taiyi gate were greatly dissatisfied, Taiyi gate spent a lot of effort to wipe out the devil''s nest.


    However, from this matter, we can see that the Dark Alliance harbors evil intentions.


    The Dark Alliance should be the natural ally of taiyimen in fighting against the major holy places.


    Before this incident, the relationship between Dark Alliance and taiyimen was good, there were many cooperation, which brought a lot of benefits to both sides.


    Meng Zhang has carefully discussed with the middle and high level of the door on the attitude towards the Dark Alliance.


    If the Dark Alliance does not continue to embarrass taiyimen, taiyimen will not continue to be an enemy of the Dark Alliance.


    If the Dark Alliance is willing to make friends with taiyimen, taiyimen will also give a positive response.


    Taoist Youhuan and Taoist shuangci came to visit. Meng Zhang personally received them with a good attitude.


    After the two sides met, after some greetings, they slowly entered the topic.


    Meng Zhang had expected the intentions of Taoist Youhuan and Taoist shuangci, and also wanted to deal with them.


    The detained Dark Alliance friars can be released by taiyimen as long as they have nothing to do with the devil and this event.


    As for the treasure of Qingling screen, since it fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, it naturally has no reason to spit it out.


    For taiyimen, which lacks the ability to return to the virtual world, the Qingling screen is of great use.


    Of course, Taoist Youhuan visited them and didn''t mention the relationship between Dark Alliance and taiyimen. He just focused on these two things. Meng Zhang was still a little disappointed.


    It seems that the Dark Alliance has no intention of making friends with taiyimen for the time being.


    Meng Zhang did not show his psychological disappointment. He clearly showed his attitude to Taoist Youhuan.


    The friars of the Dark Alliance division have been in the hands of taiyimen for so long, and all kinds of interrogations have almost ended. They know what they should know and have no value.


    As for using these monks to bargain with and even threaten the Dark Alliance, it is impossible to do so.


    Meng Zhang is very generous and willing to release those friars who have nothing to do with this matter.


    As for the treasure of Qingling screen, Meng Zhang pretended to be confused and said that he had lost it in the void.


    Taoist Youhuan was hard to say about Meng Zhang''s attitude, and Taoist shuangci was very dissatisfied.


    For the Dark Alliance, the monks who fell into the hands of taiyimen were of little value.


    However, in order to appease the people in the league, the senior level of the dark League cannot ignore it.


    The Dark Alliance asked taiyimen to release people, just to show an attitude.


    Even within the Dark Alliance, some senior officials who are eager to fight with taiyimen also hope that taiyimen will not let people go easily, and it is best to put all these monks to death.


    What the senior management of the Dark Alliance really cares about is the Qingling screen, which plays a great role.


    Now Meng Zhang has made it clear that he wants to swallow this treasure. Taoist twin spikes certainly won''t do it.


    With the strong strength of the Dark Alliance, in the past, only the Dark Alliance forcibly seized the share of others.


    When was it someone else''s turn to rob the treasure of the Dark Alliance?


    Let alone, the relationship between Meng Zhang and the Dark Alliance is not harmonious. Tang Lun respected this account, and the Dark Alliance has not settled with Meng Zhang.


    The tone of Taoist twin spikes became very impolite. You''d better think twice before you ask Meng Zhang to act.


    Meng Zhang is willing to make friends with the Dark Alliance and is unwilling to be an enemy with the Dark Alliance, but it does not mean that he is afraid of the Dark Alliance.


    Just a double spiked Taoist in the middle of returning to the void, he is not qualified to threaten him.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t been magnanimous, he would have taught this rude guy a lesson.


    Since the two sides couldn''t agree, Meng Zhang rushed people directly and told them to get out quickly.


    The proportion of Yang Shen Zhen Jun''s promotion to return to deficiency period is high. There are other auxiliary treasures or pills in the Dark Alliance.


    For the treasure of Qingling screen, the Dark Alliance can''t say how much it needs.


    However, there are many Yang gods and real kings in Taiyi gate. Now Zong gate needs to return to virtual combat power, so it is urgent to need treasures such as Qingling screen.


    For this treasure, Meng Zhang even did not hesitate to turn against the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist Youhuan saw Meng Zhang''s firm attitude and knew that he could not get back the treasure Qingling screen this time.


    She didn''t want to see the relationship between taiyimen and Dark Alliance completely break down.


    Taoist Youhuan persuaded Taoist shuangci.


    Meng Zhang promised to release the detained monks, which was a good start, and their mission was half accomplished.


    They can ask the detained monks to come back first, and then slowly negotiate with Meng Zhang to discuss how to let Meng Zhang hand over the Qingling screen.


    Although there is a dark alliance as a backer, the Taoist twin spikes is still under pressure in the face of Meng Zhang, the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Although he looked fearless and boastful on the surface, in fact, he was really afraid that Meng Zhang would directly attack him regardless of the rules of the cultivation world.


    Taoist twin spikes couldn''t help scolding in his heart at this time. Those real big people in the dark League were too careful to come and negotiate with Meng Zhang in person.


    In fact, because of the death of Tang Lun''s superior, those superior in the later stage of returning to emptiness in the dark League were very afraid of Meng Zhang.


    For various reasons, they are not willing to face Meng Zhang now.


    As for the virtual immortal inside the Dark Alliance, as the sea god needle of the Dark Alliance, it is easy not to leave the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    With the persuasion of Taoist Youhuan, Taoist shuangci went down the slope and eased the atmosphere.


    Seeing that the atmosphere eased, Meng Zhang was not very worried about himself.


    Meng Zhang called several sect elders and asked them to release the detained Dark Alliance friars.


    When Taoist Youhuan and Taoist twin spikes saw the released Dark Alliance friars, Taoist twin spikes kept complaining and were very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    This is because the number of Dark Alliance friars released by taiyimen is far less than that expected by Taoist twin spikes.

 Chapter 2172

    Taoist twin spikes saw that there were far fewer monks released by the Dark Alliance than he thought. He thought that Taiyi sect was lack of integrity and played tricks secretly. He deliberately manipulated the Dark Alliance and wanted to make an issue of these detained monks.


    In fact, he really blamed taiyimen this time.


    Among the detained Dark Alliance friars, if they are really related to this incident and the devil''s way, taiyimen will never spare them.


    They were punished in varying degrees according to the seriousness of their crimes.


    Some were directly executed, some were abandoned for cultivation, and some were escorted to mines and other places to perform hard labor


    The Taiyi sect has strict rules, and the monks in the sect always enforce the law strictly.


    The taiyimen always has a clear attitude towards those who violate taiyimen laws and regulations in taiyimen territory, especially when they are involved in major events such as demon Taoism.


    No matter what the background and accomplishments of the parties are, they must be punished according to the rules of taiyimen.


    For these dark alliance friars, taiyimen will not be merciful, but business.


    After removing these friars punished by taiyimen, the number of innocent friars left is naturally small.


    What''s more, taiyimen killed many people on the spot in the process of arresting the friars of the Dark Alliance division.


    Many Dark Alliance friars were interrogated by taiyimen because the interrogators were too heavy, or died or abandoned.


    In a word, for various reasons, not many monks of the Dark Alliance in taiyimen territory have been released by taiyimen.


    Taoist twin spikes was dissatisfied with this. The senior management of taiyimen who came forward to deal with this matter could understand and was willing to make some explanations.


    But if Taoist twin spikes is unreasonable and has hostility to taiyimen and wants to make a mountain out of a molehill and make use of it, it won''t work.


    Taoist twin spikes had to argue with Meng Zhang face to face, but Meng Zhang was too lazy to continue to talk to him.


    Meng Zhang did not meet him, but asked other friars of taiyimen to come forward and quarrel with him slowly.


    Meng Zhang understood that the Dark Alliance had suffered such a big loss this time, but its high-level still looked high and refused to face taiyimen.


    With the current attitude of the senior management of the Dark Alliance, even if the taiyimen side intends to ease relations with it, it will not help.


    In that case, Meng Zhang will not stick his hot face to his cold ass and will no longer have too high expectations for the Dark Alliance.


    Anyway, according to the current situation of Junchen, the Dark Alliance can''t attack taiyimen on a large scale.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is to let nature take its course and wait for the situation to change.


    As for all kinds of negotiations and wrangling with the Dark Alliance, there is naturally a special person in the Taiyi gate, who does not need Meng Zhang to come forward.


    Taoist twin spikes couldn''t even see Meng Zhang''s face. Naturally, he was even more angry and thought Meng Zhang was too arrogant.


    Of course, no matter how angry he was, he didn''t lose his mind and knew that he couldn''t be rough at taiyimen.


    With the high-level task of the Dark Alliance and the persuasion of Taoist Youhuan, Taoist twin spikes had to be patient to negotiate with the friars of Taiyi gate.


    In any case, taking the Dark Alliance friar released by taiyimen back first can explain to the high level of the dark alliance that his trip is not fruitless.


    Meng Zhang stopped paying attention to these things and put his attention back to his own cultivation.


    For a long time after that, Meng Zhang was able to practice wholeheartedly without any interference.


    In the area north of the dead sand sea, the pursuit and encirclement and suppression of demons slowly came to an end.


    Although there are still a few demons that have not been caught, they may have escaped into the nearby area. However, under the strict defense of Taiyi gate, there can be no big waves.


    It will be a long-term work to pursue and kill these few demons.


    The army of friars organized by taiyimen has returned to zongmen and began to be demobilized.


    Niu Dawei and other Yang God Zhenjun also returned to the zongmen one after another.


    The follow-up work, such as chasing demons, was handed over to some Yuanshen Zhenjun to preside over.


    In these matters, there is no need for too many monks, and there is no need to continue to waste manpower.


    The action of exterminating the devil''s nest is not perfect, but at least it has successfully completed the task.


    After the war, taiyimen has its own strict rules and regulations for the rehabilitation work, the pension and reward of monks participating in the war.


    Soon after Niu Dawei, Yang Xueyi and other Yang shenzhenjun returned to the door, they put down their chores and began to close down.


    As the middle and high level of the sect, they all know the current situation that zongmen lacks the combat power of returning to the virtual level.


    Although Meng Zhang did not urge them, they all hoped to break through the period of returning to emptiness as soon as possible and reduce the pressure faced by zongmen.


    In a twinkling of an eye, it has been more than 20 years since Meng Zhang killed Tang Lun shangzun and returned to Taiyi gate.


    In these more than 20 years, there has been no progress in the relationship between taiyimen and Dark Alliance, and they still look like they don''t like each other.


    The detained Dark Alliance friars have been put back.


    As for the treasure of Qingling screen, no matter how the emissary sent by the Dark Alliance threatened and begged, the foreign affairs elders in charge of reception at Taiyi gate did not answer the conversation, talking nonsense and making all kinds of ha ha.


    Peace has long been restored in taiyimen territory, and the whole hanhaidao alliance has entered a period of rapid development again.


    With the passage of time, taiyimen trained more monks and emerged more and more materials that could be made.


    Now taiyimen, together with Hanhai daomeng under its command, has no defects in low-level friars and middle-level friars, and began to slowly catch up with some weaker Holy Land Sect doors.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments have also made some progress in this short period of time.


    Meng Zhang not only has extremely high talent, but also has a brilliant inheritance. Even in the cultivation period of returning to emptiness, there is no bottleneck, and his accomplishments still maintain a rapid improvement speed.


    The magic weapon Aurora Wusuo, which was damaged in the last battle in the void, was also slowly repaired by him.


    The ChiYin sword Sha, who was originally sent to the underworld for warm care, was also sent back to him by Taimiao after the repair was completed.


    At this time, Meng Zhang did not pay much attention to these two magic weapons.


    His cultivation improved so fast that his magic weapons couldn''t keep up with him.


    Although the ancestor of Taiyi sect was too rich, it was only aimed at ordinary cultivation forces.


    Among the Xiuzhen forces at the level of returning to the virtual world, the Taiyi gate in its heyday could not be ranked.


    The ancestors of Taiyi sect have not handed down several magic weapons, and the whole sect still has no ability to refine magic weapons.


    Even the worst magic weapon is that there is a price without a market, and it can''t be bought in the market at all.


    No one has the cultivation power of magic weapons, will easily sell magic weapons, and will not let magic weapons flow out.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t have a powerful magic weapon, he didn''t care much.


    With the continuous improvement of his heaven and earth method, Tai Chi and yin-yang diagram, he became less and less dependent on foreign objects such as magic weapons.


    Many times, in battle, as long as he shows the Taiji yin-yang diagram of heaven and earth, it is enough to suppress the enemy''s magic weapon.

 Chapter 2173

    In the underworld, too wonderful has almost conquered most of the known areas.


    As his soldier Feng pointed out, there was no force that dared to resist positively in the current underworld.


    No matter which side of the Yang world supports it, what kind of background is behind it. As long as it is the power of the underworld, it must submit to him.


    Even those forces related to the Holy Land sects, or even those cultivated by the Holy Land sects, are too wonderful to show any mercy.


    Surrender, or perish.


    There is no other choice.


    With Taimiao''s conquest of the underworld, more and more ghosts and ghosts took refuge in him, and the strength of his army became stronger and stronger.


    Taimiao''s strength in the middle of returning to emptiness is even more invincible in the underworld.


    In the underworld, there are indeed hidden dragons and crouching tigers. Many Yang''s cultivation forces have fallen in the underworld. Many years ago, they invested a lot of resources to cultivate all kinds of bright or dark agents.


    In the process of conquering the underworld, Taimiao''s army encountered many unexpected opponents.


    In some places, even a few strong men of Yang God level are hidden.


    These strong people of Yang God level are either acquired ghosts or powerful ghosts themselves.


    They have the strength of Yang God level because of the help of some forces in the Yang world.


    Of course, as long as they are too clever, these enemies are local chickens and dogs, vulnerable to attack.


    As more and more forces in the underworld were destroyed by Taimiao, Taimiao''s ambition was more and more exposed, which also triggered a lot of reactions in the Yang world.


    Not only the holy places, but also the heavenly palace were dissatisfied with this and tried to stop the wonderful action of unifying the underworld.


    Unfortunately, for a while, they couldn''t put too much power into the underworld.


    Taimiao exposes the strength of the return to emptiness level. They all know that only by sending the same return to emptiness level to the underworld can Taimiao be stopped.


    But doing so comes at a heavy price.


    In the face of the strong pressure of foreign invaders, they are really unwilling to disperse their strength and waste their strength at the virtual level in the underworld.


    The doors and heavenly palaces of the great holy places have profound details, but there is still nothing to do about Taimiao.


    Too wonderful is the newly rising ghosts and gods in the underworld, which are not deeply involved in the Yang world.


    The only Yangshi cultivation force that has something to do with Taimiao seems to have only one Taiyi gate.


    At first, many envoys from the holy places and the heavenly palace went to the underworld to try to persuade Taimiao to stop his action, or simply buy him off.


    With the progress of unifying the underworld completed more than half, Taimiao became more and more unscrupulous. He didn''t bother to let his men perfunctory these messengers.


    Wonderful men drive people directly and let these messengers go.


    These messengers are basically the acquired ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Later, they encountered the army of ghosts under Taimiao''s hands, either killed or captured.


    Among them, some guys finally took refuge. It''s wonderful.


    It''s wonderful. From these guys, I can vaguely feel some layout of the doors of the holy places in the underworld.


    Since then, Taimiao has made no secret of her hostility to the religious sects of the major holy places, and began to deliberately pursue the acquired ghosts and ghosts related to her.


    It''s wonderful to see that you can''t stop it in the underworld. All the holy places and heavenly palaces have to turn to Taiyi gate for help.


    Several of the major holy places have not had a bad relationship with Taiyi gate, and they have sent envoys to Taiyi gate many times.


    Tiangong is also directly involved in this matter. I hope taiyimen can influence or even stop Taimiao''s action.


    The cooperation between taiyimen and Taimiao has never been interrupted.


    After Taimiao began to unify the underworld, taiyimen also actively provided all kinds of support.


    But externally, taiyimen has always claimed that it has no special relationship with Taimiao.


    Taiyimen and Taimiao have lost direct contact with each other.


    Although the two sides had some cooperation before, it has been slowly cancelled.


    Taiyimen is powerless to interfere with wonderful actions.


    Taiyi gate pushed three or five times and killed him. He didn''t admit his close relationship with Taimiao.


    Although they were greatly dissatisfied with the holy places and the heavenly palace, there was no good way.


    Although they are well-informed, they do not know the real relationship between Meng Zhang and Taimiao. They think that taiyimen and Taimiao are only interests.


    A mere interest can''t stop a wonderful action.


    It''s wonderful to make it clear that if you want to unify the underworld, you won''t give up such a great cause because of taiyimen.


    Although some holy zongmen demanded greater pressure on taiyimen and forced taiyimen to do their best in this matter, they were stopped by Tiangong.


    Now the Junchen world is at a time of internal and external troubles. The heavenly palace will not let those holy land sects avenge public and private affairs, and take the opportunity to embarrass Taiyi gate.


    Of course, the performance of taiyimen this time has given many people at the top of Tiangong a pimple and they are very dissatisfied with it.


    In addition, the Dark Alliance, which had not been able to deal with taiyimen before, actually sent envoys to visit taiyimen secretly.


    Dark Alliance envoys hope taiyimen can help so that they can establish contact with Taimiao.


    To this end, the Dark Alliance can not only cancel the previous gratitude and resentment with taiyimen, but also be willing to give taiyimen enough compensation.


    Taiyimen rebuffed the request of the Dark Alliance and said frankly that there was nothing to do about it.


    Now even taiyimen can''t get in touch with Taimiao, and there''s no way to connect the dark alliance with Taimiao.


    The rejection of taiyimen naturally triggered another round of dissatisfaction within the Dark Alliance.


    In fact, the relationship between taiyimen and the Dark Alliance has long been at an impasse.


    Since all the strongholds of the Dark Alliance on the taiyimen territory were cleared and all the friars were taken, even though the two sides later had some negotiations and contacts, the taiyimen still did not allow the Dark Alliance to re-establish branches.


    In most areas of the Jun dust world, including the territories of the major holy places, there are almost secret branches of the Dark Alliance, which exist under the cover of the black market.


    In this regard, even the doors of the holy places are open and closed, pretending not to see.


    But now there are exceptions in taiyimen territory, and there is no Dark Alliance division.


    This situation has greatly dissatisfied many senior officials of the Dark Alliance and become more and more hostile to taiyimen.


    They believe that taiyimen is an enemy of the Dark Alliance, undermining the customs of the Junchen world and disobeying the rules at all.


    In fact, taiyimen''s doing this is just because they don''t like the attitude of the Dark Alliance, so they deliberately embarrass each other.


    Taiyimen didn''t mean to be an enemy of the Dark Alliance. They just wanted to block the Dark Alliance and didn''t want to get used to it.


    According to the agreement reached between the Dark Alliance and the heavenly palace that year, the establishment of branches by the Dark Alliance in various places must obtain the consent of the local master of the cultivation world and fully respect the master.


    Although the Dark Alliance has long intended to change the situation of the Jun dust world and seize the ruling power of the Jun dust world. But so far, the Dark Alliance has not been launched. Then we must continue to obey the rule of the heavenly palace and not easily violate the agreement.

 Chapter 2174

    Taiyimen has always disagreed with the Dark Alliance to re-establish branches on its own territory. Even if the Dark Alliance is dissatisfied, it can do nothing for the time being.


    Of course, with the penetration ability of the Dark Alliance and years of operation, there must be secret strongholds and unknown number of spies in taiyimen territory.


    Taiyimen knows this, but he doesn''t do much.


    For one thing, taiyimen is unwilling to do everything, and a complete break with the Dark Alliance is not in the interests of taiyimen.


    Second, if taiyimen doesn''t send out the secret master to deduce, there is no good way to find out these secret strongholds and spies.


    The dispatch of the Heavenly Master will cost a lot.


    At present, it is not necessary for taiyimen to do so for the time being.


    Of course, even though taiyimen has been very restrained, the relationship with the dark alliance still seems very bad.


    This time, he refused to help Dark Alliance and Taimiao matchmaking, which angered many senior leaders of Dark Alliance.


    Some senior officials of taiyimen also have different opinions on this. They believe that the Dark Alliance''s recourse to taiyimen is a great opportunity to ease relations with the Dark Alliance, and should not refuse the other party so abruptly.


    But this is from the leader Meng Zhang. The middle and senior levels of the door can only follow it.


    Meng Zhang''s idea is very simple. Since taiyimen said that there is no too close relationship between Taimiao and taiyimen, it''s best to avoid too much involvement with Taimiao in the open.


    This time I promised the Dark Alliance, which seems to please the Dark Alliance, but once the news is leaked, how can I explain it to the heavenly palace?


    All external interference can''t stop the wonderful action of unifying the underworld.


    In fact, after all the holy places and heavenly palaces were powerless to Taimiao, no one or force could stop him.


    Taiyi gate invested a lot of resources to create many mechanism creations that can be used in the underworld.


    Such as a special flying boat, after being sent to the underworld, it greatly improves the action and combat effectiveness of Taimiao''s army.


    The vast distance between the underworld is becoming more and more difficult to become a resistance to the Taimiao army.


    No matter how many cultivation forces in the Yang world view it, many great powers are willing or not. It''s wonderful. Finally, they unified the underworld and became the co owner of all ghosts and gods in the underworld and the day after tomorrow.


    Of course, it''s wonderful. At present, it only formally completes the unification of the underworld.


    In the process of conquest, many forces in the underworld were forced to surrender in the face of the irresistible wonderful.


    But it is doubtful how much loyalty they have.


    Many postnatal ghosts and ghosts have to surrender temporarily in order to protect their lives.


    If something goes wrong with Taimiao, or there are new changes in the underworld, these guys will not keep their own.


    It''s wonderful. In order to unify the underworld as soon as possible, it''s generous for the guy who takes the initiative to take refuge.


    He also knew that his rule over the underworld was not stable, but more just ruled the underworld in name.


    The strength and quantity of his troops are very limited, and it is impossible to garrison every corner of the underworld.


    He didn''t have enough men to directly manage all parts of the underworld.


    Many of the original hegemonic forces are nominally too good to surrender, but they still have a semi independent status and continue to manage the original territory.


    In a short time, there is no good way to deal with this situation.


    Only with the passage of time, slowly integrate those forces into their own ruling system and slowly digest them.


    But anyway, it was wonderful. Nominally, it unified the underworld and brought him great benefits.


    His wonderful cultivation didn''t get a direct promotion, but his perception of heaven and earth Avenue was deeper and deeper.


    He felt that he had been concerned and even cared for by the heaven of Jun dust world, and his Qi began to rise.


    The earth under his feet has completely become his home, and he can more easily call the power of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    He almost completely mastered the two powers in his hand, and the power of reincarnation and life and death was completely used by him.


    His cultivation level has not been improved, but his combat effectiveness has been greatly enhanced.


    He had a feeling that in the underworld, even in the face of the enemy in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, he had the power of a war.


    It''s wonderful. When I was meditating, I suddenly felt something in my heart and felt as if I was missing something.


    In the direction of the ghost cry mountain, it seems that something is calling itself.


    I have to go to that place to make up for my defects.


    It''s wonderful to know that this is some enlightenment from the world of hell.


    After communicating with Meng Zhang, Taimiao decided that the next step was to explore the ghost cry mountains and strive to conquer that place as soon as possible.


    In the present underworld, in addition to the deepest part of the underworld, it is probably only in places such as ghost crying mountains that they do not obey the king''s rule and are still free from the wonderful ruling system.


    Wonderful. I began to make all kinds of preparations to march towards the ghost cry mountain.


    In principle, too wonderful, has just completed the unification of the situation in the underworld.


    His urgent task is to use various means to digest the booty, completely subdue the postnatal ghosts and ghosts, and complete the substantive rule of the underworld.


    Ghost cry mountain is a famous dangerous place in the underworld. There are countless dangers in it.


    In those days, Dali Dynasty established the Yin capital city in the underworld, dominating the side, but there was nothing to do with the ghost crying mountains close at hand.


    Wonderful. Now both personal strength and the strength of his men are far beyond the original Yin capital.


    However, when the foundation is not solid and there are still many internal problems, it is too hasty to launch a large-scale expedition on the ghost cry mountain.


    There are many murderers in the ghost cry mountains, but they never leave the scope of the ghost cry mountains.


    As long as they don''t take the initiative to provoke them, they won''t pose the slightest threat to Taimiao, and they won''t affect Taimiao''s rule.


    From the overall situation, it''s wonderful. There''s no need to rush to the ghost cry mountains.


    It''s wonderful. Even if you have to enter the ghost cry mountains, you can wait a little longer until the internal integration is completely completed and the power of the whole hell can be fully mobilized.


    He turned a deaf ear to all kinds of objections from his subordinates and those seemingly long-term plans.


    Too wonderful always knows that his unification of the underworld is only a means, not an end.


    His ultimate goal is to enable himself to enter a higher level and have more powerful power.


    Now, the power he pursues is in the ghost cry mountains.


    The world of hell has given enlightenment and pointed out the way to him.


    Too wonderful is to rely on their own strength to subdue the whole hell.


    In the present underworld, he has supreme authority, and no one can resist his will.


    He did not listen to dissuasion and insisted on his own way. Similarly, no one could stop him.


    Although Meng Zhang had some complaints in his heart, he did not stop the wonderful action.


    Too wonderful is his incarnation, too wonderful becomes more powerful, and it is he who really benefits.

 Chapter 2175

    The Junchen world is about to change. Meng Zhang urgently needs more powerful combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang himself is practicing step by step and improving his combat effectiveness bit by bit.


    Even if Meng Zhang is gifted, it is difficult to make breakthrough progress in a short time.


    If the excellent cultivation level can be greatly improved, it will certainly help to improve Meng Zhang''s strength.


    Moreover, it''s wonderful. If the strength is strong enough to deal with more difficulties, Meng Zhang still has other arrangements for him.


    In these years, Meng Zhang felt that everything was going well and everything was in line with his heart.


    But the harassment from Xianyun Zhenxian from time to time made him very tired.


    Every once in a while, Xianyun Zhenxian secretly established contact with Meng Zhang through the prohibition placed in Meng Zhang''s body.


    Every time he contacted, in addition to understanding the situation of the Jun dust world, he urged Meng Zhang to find out the specific state of the sleeping real immortals in the Jun dust world as soon as possible.


    Although Meng Zhang had the power to destroy the prohibition in his body, he still maintained restraint and patience and did not rush to do it.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is still a great help to him and is of great use to him. Not only can he not easily turn against him, but also he needs to be perfunctory.


    Meng Zhang cannot ignore the orders of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    At the very least, on the surface, he should try his best to complete the other party''s instructions.


    And to tell the truth, Meng Zhang himself is also very concerned about the specific state of those real immortals.


    If possible, he wants to find out what these real immortals are doing after sleeping for so many years, what is their situation now, and when will they wake up?


    If we master this information, it will help Meng Zhang''s next plan and taiyimen''s future actions.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, these real fairies are sleeping deep in the source sea of Jun dust world.


    If we want to find out their situation, we must go deep into the source sea.


    The access to the source sea is basically under the control of the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Even the monks sent by the heavenly palace must obtain the consent of the major holy places to enter the source sea.


    When Meng Zhang was stationed within nine days, there was a great storm because foreign invaders broke into the source sea.


    Because of the damage caused by foreign invaders in the source sea, Meng Zhang and other parties were also severely punished by the heavenly palace. If it were not for the protection of the snow sword king, he might not be able to pass safely.


    After that, the holy places strengthened the protection of the source sea.


    It is almost impossible for outsiders to enter the source sea again.


    When Meng Zhang was reading ancient books in the library of the heavenly palace, he once read some secrets.


    It is said that in the deepest part of the underworld, there is a certain degree of connection with the source sea.


    If you can enter there, it is very likely to find a channel to the source sea.


    The deepest part of the underworld is extremely dangerous. So far, no visitor from the sun has ever been to that place.


    According to the legend of the Junchen world, the great changes in the ancient underworld and the fall of many natural ghosts and gods led to the emptiness of the underworld, giving the ghosts and gods the opportunity to rise the day after tomorrow.


    There has always been a legend in the underworld that those natural ghosts and gods who survived the great changes in ancient times have been hidden in the deepest part of the underworld, waiting for the day of their comeback.


    That''s wonderful. Although the strength now is enough to cross the underworld, it''s still a little insufficient to enter the deepest part of the underworld.


    Not to mention other dangers, those natural ghosts and gods left over from ancient times are not so easy to deal with.


    Wonderful. If you can get enough benefits from the ghost cry mountains and improve your level of strength, you can consider entering the deepest part of the underworld and looking for a channel to the source sea.


    If too wonderful can safely enter the source sea, you can investigate several sleeping real immortals.


    Although he had deep expectations for Taimiao, Meng Zhang did not urge him, but allowed him to act freely.


    It''s wonderful. Although I''m in a hurry to enter the ghost cry mountain, I don''t hesitate to leave all kinds of affairs in the underworld and devote myself to it wholeheartedly.


    But when it came time to act, he became very cautious and careful.


    He once entered the ghost cry mountain, encountered many dangers, and knew that it was not a good place.


    Experienced, he did not act rashly, but slowly mobilized the army and concentrated his strength.


    Although a strong army can not defeat the murderers in the ghost cry mountain, it can help him clear many obstacles and save a lot of energy.


    If the army forms an array and gives full play to its strength, it will also have a certain restraining effect on those murderous objects.


    Too wonderful. When he began to March and prepare for action, Meng Zhang temporarily put aside this matter and turned his attention back to the Yang world.


    After more than 20 years of closed door practice, Kongzi finally broke through the bottleneck of cultivation and began to impact the period of returning to emptiness.


    A very important step for friars in the Yang God period is to place their Yang God in heaven and earth.


    Simply put, it is to leave your own brand of Yang God in the world of Jun dust as your sustenance in the world of Jun dust.


    If this step is completed, the virtual return period is successfully entered. Even if it falls, it may be reborn with the brand of Yang God.


    Of course, this is only a theoretical possibility.


    In fact, it is extremely difficult and costly to implement.


    When Meng Zhang first broke through the period of returning to emptiness, he didn''t understand the key orifices.


    Later, he accepted the complete inheritance of Taiyi gate and realized it in connection with the actual situation of Jun dust world.


    After the fall of great energy in the period of returning to emptiness, it needs to consume a large amount of heaven and earth origin to regain its rebirth by relying on the brand of Yang God left in the Jun dust world.


    Several real immortals are sleeping in the depths of the source sea of the Jun dust world and have a very deep control over the origin of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world.


    They looked closely at the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world. Even his own disciples and grandchildren can hardly get a penny.


    In these thousands of years, the Great Holy Land sects have fallen a large number of return virtual powers, but few can regain their rebirth.


    One of the most important reasons is that there are not enough sources of heaven and earth for them to use.


    Therefore, for most of the return virtual powers in the Jun dust world, falling is falling. It is almost impossible to regain a new life.


    Meng Zhang never expected his family to have a chance to regain life after the fall.


    Those friars of taiyimen who are about to break through the retreat period will also have no such hope.


    In addition, the perfect friars in the Yang God period will encounter various obstacles when placing the Yang God in heaven and earth.


    Those elders who return to emptiness and can stay in the brand of Yang God in the Jun dust world do not necessarily have a friendly attitude towards their descendants.


    When Meng Zhang broke through the period of returning to emptiness, there were some Yang God marks left by the great power of returning to emptiness, trying to stop his Yang God from trusting heaven and earth.


    Without the help of his elders, Meng Zhang overcame all kinds of obstacles and finally successfully broke through to the period of returning to emptiness.

 Chapter 2176

    Now the Taiyi gate has Meng Zhang, the superior in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and the later Yang God Zhenjun has a reliable backing when he breaks through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Even elder Yu Ci doesn''t have to go out. Meng Zhang alone can solve many problems.


    Now, when the void son placed his own Yang God brand on heaven and earth, he really encountered the obstacles of many predecessors'' return to virtual power.


    The great power of returning to emptiness in the holy places must not want to see new returning to emptiness friars in Taiyi gate.


    Of course, these retreat powers are busy in daily affairs. It is impossible to wait for the breakthrough of friar taiyimen, and then immediately obstruct and destroy them.


    When the void son made a breakthrough, only a few of the return of the Holy Land Sect door could react in time, draw out their hands and stop them when they were free.


    In addition, there are some people who are too jealous and often do something harmful to others, which will instinctively hinder the breakthrough of future generations.


    Meng Zhang has been in charge of Taiyi gate all these years and often pays attention to the monks in the gate, especially the movements of several Yang gods and real kings.


    When the void son broke through, he first noticed it and gave a helping hand in time.


    Meng Zhang''s Yang God brand left in the Junchen world acted spontaneously to stop those disturbing Yang God brands and help the Yang God of the void son leave a new brand.


    The void son itself has a deep foundation and sufficient accumulation.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, he easily completed the key step and left his Yang God brand deeply in the Jun dust world.


    In an unknown space in the Jun dust world, the Yang God brand of the void son stands quietly next to the Yang God brand left by Meng Zhang.


    After completing the key steps, Kongzi successfully advanced to the retreat period and became the Kongzi in the advanced retreat period among the direct friars of Taiyi sect. With many guidelines, he soon consolidated his cultivation realm and began to practice in the retreat period.


    After the void son broke through, the treasure Qingling screen was put back into the big storehouse in the door for other Yang God Zhenjun in need.


    Shortly after the advanced return to emptiness period, Han Yao, who also broke through the closed door, advanced to the return to emptiness period very smoothly.


    At this moment, taiyimen suddenly added two great fighting forces to return to the virtual world.


    Although they are only the accomplishments in the early stage of returning to emptiness, they can be of great help in many aspects to liberate Meng Zhang from many affairs.


    With the gradual increase of Taiyi sect''s return to emptiness power, the younger generation of the sect will get more help and become easier when they break through the return to emptiness period in the future.


    At the advanced stage of returning to emptiness, his noumenon, the emptiness tripod, the inheritance magic weapon of Taiyi gate, also evolved and became a magic weapon.


    After the void tripod became a magic weapon, its power increased greatly and possessed more magical functions.


    As the associated magic weapon of the void son, the void tripod can exert all its power in the hands of the void son and greatly enhance the combat effectiveness of the void son.


    Although the Kongzi has just entered the advanced stage and returned to the virtual world for a short time, with the help of the Kongzi tripod, he can fight with those senior Kongzi in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang found an opportunity, called out the void in isolation, personally tried his strength, and gave him some good advice.


    In the heyday of taiyimen, nihonzi had a special position. In a word, he is an old master of Taiyi sect and an elder of Meng Zhang.


    However, there is no order in learning. Those who have reached it are teachers. The cultivation of Meng Zhang today is enough to guide him. He is also very convinced and grateful.


    As a member of Taiyi sect, Kongzi completely obeys Meng Zhang, the leader.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang gave Kongzi a secret task.


    Meng Zhang ordered vanity son to secretly leave the ascendant Star area where Jun dust world is located and go to a distant alien Star area.


    After arriving at the alien Star area, Kongzi will contact Mu Xingtong according to the contact information given by Meng Zhang.


    Then, with the help of Mu Xingtong, he revealed some information about the Junchen world to the senior management of each major door.


    Among them, the most important news is that several real immortals in Jun dust world have been sleeping for thousands of years and are about to get the opportunity to break through the realm of immortals.


    The major gates in the alien Star area are all migrated from the quadrangular Star area, including many old real immortals.


    These true immortals have been trapped in the realm of true immortals for many years. They have been unable to make a big breakthrough in their cultivation. They can''t see where the realm of heaven immortals is.


    Now, knowing the news of breaking through to the immortal realm, Meng Zhang doesn''t believe they won''t be excited.


    Meng Zhang''s message is very clear, not false.


    According to the consistent virtue of the practitioners, after they know the news, they will certainly put down everything and rush to the Junchen world as soon as possible to seize this great opportunity.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t know that he underestimated the temptation of breaking into the realm of immortals to these real immortals.


    For a true cultivator, his own path is above all else.


    For the hope of a little breakthrough, they are willing to give up everything and pay all the price.


    When the news about the Jun dust world reaches the alien Star area, it will lead to the madness of the whole cultivation world.


    The reason why Meng Zhang chose to disclose this news to the alien Star area was after careful consideration.


    Although Meng Zhang is not even a virtual fairy now, he also covets the opportunity planned by several real immortals.


    He not only wants to seize the opportunity to become an immortal, but also wants to get the opportunity to break through to heaven.


    Practitioners are always so greedy about opportunities.


    People''s hearts are not enough for snakes to swallow elephants, and people like Meng Zhang can''t avoid vulgarity.


    Because the heaven and earth rules of Jun dust world were changed by several real immortals, under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang could hardly break through to the realm of real immortals.


    If you want to seize opportunities from several real immortals, it''s more difficult than going to heaven.


    Meng Zhang''s only chance is to take advantage of the great changes in the Junchen world and the inevitable chaos to make a move in the chaos and make a shudder in the fire.


    Now many foreign invaders are eyeing outside the Junchen world and will launch an all-round attack at any time.


    The Xianyun true immortal of Liuyun Shengzong is hidden in the dark and is always ready to fight.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, several real immortals in Jun dust world have prepared for thousands of years and must have various means and cards to deal with all kinds of accidents.


    These external threats alone are far from enough.


    In order to force out the cards of several real immortals and make them tired of coping, we must introduce more troublemakers to muddy the water and make the situation more chaotic.


    Those old real immortals in the alien Star area are the biggest challengers of several real immortals in the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2177

    Of course, Meng Zhang is not sure at the moment that introducing these troublemakers must be beneficial to himself.


    Because of the arrival of these troublemakers, it is also very possible to reduce their chances of winning opportunities.


    However, when there is no other way, it is also a last resort to introduce more variables.


    Only when the situation becomes chaotic and the strong at the true immortal level contain each other and it is difficult to take into account all aspects, can monks at Meng Zhang''s level have the opportunity to compete for opportunities.


    Therefore, after repeated weighing, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to take all kinds of risks to introduce the real immortals from the foreign star area into the game.


    Meng Zhang had a similar idea for a long time, but he had no time to separate before, and there was a leisure cloud immortal staring at him. He really couldn''t leave the Junchen world for a long trip.


    If Xianyun Zhenxian knew that Meng Zhang disclosed information to the alien Star area, I''m afraid he would be desperate to kill him.


    He can''t rest assured that he will leave such things to others.


    Now the void son broke through the period of returning to the void and had the ability to travel far into the void, so he was entrusted with the important task by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, the cultivation in the early stage of returning to the void is still a little reluctant to wander in the void.


    If it''s in some safer star areas, it''s OK to say. If you enter some more dangerous places, it''s very dangerous.


    Meng Zhang also experienced many dangers when he was wandering in the void.


    Vanity son''s strength is worse than that of Meng Zhang, but he has one advantage.


    That is, he has deep attainments on the space Avenue. He can not only roam freely in the void, but also has a strong ability to escape.


    Coupled with the accompanying magic weapon of the void tripod, his survival ability in the void is still very strong.


    After Meng Zhang explained clearly, vanity son was about to take his orders and go on his way.


    Now the periphery of the Junchen world is full of armies of foreign invaders.


    Don''t say it''s vanity. Even Meng Zhang, it''s not easy to force his way through.


    For the sake of safety, Meng Zhang decided to escort vanity son.


    Meng Zhang let the void son enter his mustard space and hide it temporarily.


    Then Meng Zhang went to the heavenly palace and met with an old acquaintance, cold war shangzun.


    In order to prevent foreign invaders from sneaking in, the heavenly palace is now very strict in guarding the boundary of the Junchen world.


    If a friar in the Junchen world wants to enter or leave the Junchen world, he must get the approval of the heavenly palace or the sect door of each holy place.


    Meng Zhang''s last duel with Tang Lun shangzun in the void also passed the cold war shangzun.


    At that time, many people in the heavenly palace were willing to see Meng Zhang and Tang Lun fight for death, so they let him go all the way.


    In the cold war, Shang Zun was injured in the last war and is now healing in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang met him quite smoothly.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang exchanged greetings and entered the topic.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not say that he would escort vanity son away from Jun dust world and travel far into vanity.


    He told shangzun of the cold war that taiyimen had not accumulated enough. Now there are more new return to emptiness power in the door, and the cultivation resources are seriously insufficient.


    He needs to go to the void and collect cultivation resources such as Yuqing LINGJI to meet the needs of his family and sect.


    Since foreign invaders pressed the border and surrounded the Junchen world, the whole Junchen world fell into the dilemma of insufficient resources because of the loss of almost all peripheral resource collection points.


    In particular, high-end resources for high-level friars are scarce in the whole Junchen world.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places have been supported by years of accumulation.


    As a last resort, the heavenly palace stopped paying salaries to friars who were only named in the heavenly palace and reduced the treatment of many friars.


    Non lineal friars like Meng Zhang can only receive certain remuneration from the heavenly palace when they accept the orders of the heavenly palace and complete the tasks arranged by the heavenly palace.


    The daily worship in weekdays has long been cancelled by the heavenly palace.


    In addition to saving the cultivation resources, the heavenly palace also hopes that more monks will voluntarily accept their employment and go to the void to fight against foreign invaders.


    However, in the Junchen world, there are still a lot of great abilities to return to emptiness, or do not trust the heavenly palace, and instinctively guard against accepting employment; Or really unwilling to enter the battlefield and accept command.


    They would rather go to the void at great risk and collect all kinds of cultivation resources with their own skills.


    For this kind of behavior, Tiangong does not encourage it, but it will not refuse it severely.


    If these friars want to enter the void, they must find a powerful person in the heavenly palace to guarantee and get the approval of the high level of the heavenly palace.


    It is not surprising that Meng Zhang proposed to the cold war leader the need to go to the void to collect resources.


    In the cold war, you know that Meng Zhang has been very reluctant to go to the empty battlefield outside the Junchen world because he was on guard against the sects of the major holy places.


    It is really difficult for a young sect like taiyimen to support many great powers of returning to emptiness.


    In the cold war, he was respected as the deputy leader of the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace. He was indifferent and fair. He was always on business.


    But this does not mean that he is the kind of old-fashioned.


    Not to mention his friendship with Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments today deserve his respect.


    On some unimportant matters, he is willing to sell Meng Zhang a face, and doesn''t even mind doing a little favor.


    Under the control of the Supreme Master of the cold war, Meng Zhang soon got permission to go to nothingness.


    As for what danger Meng Zhang will encounter after entering the void, it has nothing to do with the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang passed nine days smoothly and came to the outside of Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang is not ignorant of the situation around the Junchen world.


    Before leaving the heavenly palace, he also inquired about the general deployment of some foreign invaders through some relations.


    Meng Zhang quickly hid his body and secretly flew away from the Jun dust world.


    In order to avoid causing obvious spatial fluctuations, he didn''t even use the magic power of void movement. He relied on flying to bypass the extraterritorial invaders on the road.


    The void outside the Junchen world is too vast. Even if the strength of foreign invaders is strong, it is impossible to tightly block every place, and some loopholes and flaws will inevitably appear.


    As the defensive side, the Jun dust world will not always stick to it. It will also send Scouts or infiltrate teams to sneak into the defense area of foreign invaders, investigate intelligence and carry out destructive operations.


    The small-scale fighting between the two sides has greatly restrained each other''s strength.


    As long as Meng Zhang''s cultivation is not too unlucky, he just bumps into the encirclement of foreign invaders, or encounters a strong person of Zhenxian level, it is easier to pass through the defense line of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang himself is not an eventful person. Even if he meets weak foreign invaders on the road, he will not take the initiative


    This is not the time to earn war merit.


    He carefully avoided all kinds of foreign invaders on the road, did not do anything that would expose his deeds, and avoided all battles.

 Chapter 2178

    In order to avoid foreign invaders and expose his deeds, Meng Zhang had to make more detours, take more wronged roads and spend more time on his way.


    When passing through the line of defense of foreign invaders, Meng Zhang found many deployments of foreign invaders and a large army gathered by them, even if he did not deliberately investigate.


    With Meng Zhang''s current status, he has enough sources of information in the Junchen world.


    He has a certain understanding of the overall strength of Jun dust world.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has heard of the heavenly palace and the holy places, and most of the well-known high-level monks.


    Of course, there must be a lot of hidden strength in the heavenly palace and the holy places, as well as a lot of cards that Meng Zhang doesn''t know.


    As Meng Zhang knows, the strength of the Junchen side is far inferior to the joint efforts of various foreign invaders.


    The foreign invaders have such strong strength that they have not launched a comprehensive attack so far. I don''t know what they are waiting for.


    Last time, the Junchen side lured the enemy deep, used the heaven and earth kill array to hit the enemy''s strong, and defeated the coalition forces of foreign invaders. It was a bit lucky.


    Foreign invaders who have learned a lesson may not be fooled again.


    As a member of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang is naturally hostile to all kinds of foreign invaders.


    If foreign invaders launch an all-round attack, it will be difficult for taiyimen to stay out, and Meng Zhang must go to the battlefield.


    At the thought of this, Meng Zhang felt a little heavy.


    I hope those real immortals sleeping in the Jun dust world can wake up at the critical moment and participate in the battle to defend the Jun dust world. Meng Zhang thought so.


    Of course, he was also very contradictory.


    According to the known information, when those true immortals woke up, it was the day when the Junchen world changed dramatically and the whole world was facing destruction.


    The current preparations made by taiyimen are not enough to deal with this situation.


    The sun and moon blessed land of Taiyi gate is not enough to protect Taiyi gate and all its monks when the Junchen world is destroyed.


    Taiyimen has not built a virtual battleship so far, and it is impossible to send monks to the virtual space on a large scale.


    Such a complex situation and contradictory ideas often give Meng Zhang a headache.


    What Meng Zhang can do now is to make all kinds of preparations as much as possible and look at it step by step.


    Meng Zhang crossed the line of defense of foreign invaders this time. Although it took a little more time, the process was very smooth.


    He has not exposed his whereabouts, let alone any fighting.


    The armies gathered by foreign invaders are mainly used to surround the Jun dust world, and are basically concentrated in the area not far from the Jun dust world.


    As they are farther and farther away from the Junchen world, the number of foreign invaders is less and less, and the defense is more and more loose.


    In order to be safe, Meng Zhang made several detours to avoid the world hostile to Junchen world, such as Shenchang world and Wanyao world.


    He tried to choose a direction away from these big worlds.


    When he came to a place where he could hardly meet foreign invaders, Meng ZhangCai moved rapidly in the void.


    To be on the safe side, Meng Zhang almost came to the edge of dengtian Star area and stopped moving forward.


    At this place, Meng ZhangCai released the void from his mustard space.


    Meng Zhang gave the final advice and lent him the mechanism creation of the speed Shenzhou, which was used to travel in the void.


    Seeing the void son disappear in his own sight, Meng Zhang embarked on the road of return.


    Vanity son had already set out on his way alone. When he returned, Meng Zhang had less scruples.


    Of course, he will not cause more trouble, and still wants to return to the Junchen world as soon as possible.


    It seems that Meng Zhang''s luck was exhausted the last time he passed the line of defense of foreign invaders.


    When he returned, it was not so smooth.


    When passing through an area, Meng Zhang crashed into a battlefield.


    Several return to virtual powers of the Junchen world are being surrounded and besieged by a group of foreign invaders.


    When Meng Zhang passed here, he couldn''t help looking more.


    If surrounded by irrelevant strangers, Meng Zhang does not necessarily take action even if he sympathizes with each other''s experience.


    But he found two acquaintances among the surrounded friars of the Junchen world.


    Qiu Gangfeng, who had dealt with Meng Zhang, and his companion Xihai old monster, didn''t know how to appear in the void, and they were also involved in the battle.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Ziyang Shengzong are at odds because of the death of his brother Qiu Wanshui.


    In order to avoid the persecution of Ziyang Shengzong, he even had to give up the foundation of Xingluo palace established by the two brothers and worked hard for many years.


    Qiu Gangfeng later broke through the period of returning to emptiness and got the support of Meng Zhang.


    The last time Meng Zhang was besieged by Ziyang Shengzong and guantian Pavilion, Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster took the initiative to harass the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, which was a great help to Meng Zhang.


    Because of the common enemy, Qiu Gangfeng is Meng Zhang''s natural ally.


    When they were in the Junchen world, Qiu Gangfeng and Yu Ci met to express their feelings and hope to join hands with taiyimen against Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Meng Zhang wanted to contact them, he couldn''t find them for a long time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect to meet them in the void, and they just fell into the siege.


    Not to mention the incense relationship between them, it is for the sake of fighting against Ziyang Shengzong in the future. Meng Zhang can''t watch Qiu Gangfeng die here.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed the surroundings before helping and confirmed that there was no ambush by the foreign invaders.


    Then he showed up immediately and shot without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang showed the Tai Chi Yin Yang diagram of heaven and earth law, and easily defeated the encirclement of foreign invaders.


    Although there are a large number of foreign invaders, the strongest is just the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    A large group of Yuanshen level subordinates formed an array to play a more restrictive role in the war.


    The strength gap is too big. In the face of Meng Zhang''s fierce attack, the foreign invaders have little power to fight back.


    Seeing that the encirclement was broken, Qiu Gangfeng and others immediately got out of trouble.


    It was found that Meng Zhang, who had not seen him for a long time, helped him. Qiu Gang flew here in the wind direction


    It is located in an area controlled by an extraterritorial intruder, and hostile powers pass by at any time.


    Even if he easily defeated the enemy, Meng Zhang did not take advantage of the situation to pursue and expand the results.


    Meng Zhang greeted Qiu Gangfeng and asked them to leave here with themselves as soon as possible. Don''t love war.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t helped them, Qiu Gangfeng wouldn''t have come to a good end.


    Although they were unwilling, they listened to Meng Zhang''s instructions and left here quickly with Meng Zhang.


    Anyway, their deeds have been exposed. Meng Zhang and they simply move through the void and quickly cross a long distance.

 Chapter 2179

    Meng Zhang took Qiu Gangfeng and they moved far away. They stopped temporarily when they felt almost safe.


    There were four monks saved by Meng Zhang this time. In addition to Qiu Gangfeng and the old monster of the West Sea, the other two returned to virtual power Meng Zhang didn''t know.


    Qiu Gangfeng took the initiative to introduce them.


    Both of them are the great power of returning to the virtual world, and they do not belong to any real power.


    Meng Zhang has also heard of the names of these two people, but he doesn''t know much about them.


    Their attitude towards Meng Zhang, the life-saving benefactor, seems very grateful, but they keep a distance secretly and are very wary.


    Meng Zhang asked Qiu Gangfeng why they came to the void and fell into the siege of foreign invaders.


    Qiu Gang''s wind language was not detailed, and he deliberately pushed it off. As far as he was concerned, he even abruptly turned off the topic.


    Everyone has his own secret. Meng Zhang doesn''t have to break the casserole and ask to the end.


    Seeing Qiu Gangfeng''s mysterious appearance, Meng Zhang didn''t want to disturb them.


    Meng Zhang and Qiu Gangfeng agreed on the contact information after returning to the Junchen world.


    In Qiu Gangfeng''s gratitude, Meng Zhang took the initiative to say goodbye to them and left here.


    Meng Zhang didn''t encounter any accidents on his way back to the Junchen world this time. All the way was very smooth and returned to the Junchen world safely.


    When he returned to the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang greeted cold war shangzun, and then returned to the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang left the Junchen world this time and delayed back and forth for more than a year.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the door, he was in trouble again before he had a few days to live in peace.


    The heavenly palace sent Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, old silver pot, to the door, conveyed Meng Zhang''s call-up order to the heavenly palace, and called Meng Zhang to fight in the void.


    Meng Zhang has been trying his best to reject going to the empty battlefield, and the heavenly palace has not embarrassed him about this matter.


    Now Tiangong suddenly recruited him to join the war. Is there a new change in Tiangong?


    I''m probably worried about Meng Zhang''s other ideas. Tiangong specially sent old man Yinhu, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, to explain to him.


    For a long time, the Holy Land Sect door has been left aside. There are generally two ways for the heavenly palace to drive the return virtual power of the Jun dust world to work for it.


    In essence, one method is to induce people to offer various benefits, including but not limited to various cultivation resources, various skill laws and ancient books.


    This method is relatively gentle, which can make the great powers who return to emptiness willingly work for the heavenly palace.


    In fact, there are also many great talents who are willing to get closer to the heavenly palace in order to obtain various benefits.


    Many Hui Xu Da nengs who came from casual practice even seek positions in the heavenly palace and obtain the identity of members of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang has long served in the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace. In name, he is a member of the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace ordered Meng Zhang to be recruited this time, which was also forced by helplessness.


    For one thing, the situation outside the Jun dust world is becoming more and more tense. The Jun dust world is in urgent need of high-level combat power. Meng Zhang, a senior in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, is idle in the Jun dust world and is really a little unreasonable to stay out of the war.


    Second, the last time Meng Zhang went to the void to duel with Tang Lun shangzun, it triggered a big war.


    The foreign invaders first made a surprise attack, and the Junchen community made a counterattack in time.


    As a result of the war, Junchen won a complete victory.


    From the war damage of both sides, the Junchen world also has the upper hand.


    The strongest monk falling from the Junchen world is Tang Lun shangzun.


    Moreover, in the eyes of those who understand, Tang Lun''s supreme respect does not necessarily die in the hands of foreign invaders.


    On the other hand, the foreign invaders have lost several fighting forces at the level of returning to the virtual world. Not to mention, even the strong ones at the level of virtual immortals have lost one.


    All the holy places are on the other side of the gate, but they use this incident as an excuse to accuse Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, as the superior in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, did not want to serve the Jun dust world. On the contrary, he provoked an incident in the Jun dust world, which triggered the internal struggle of the returning virtual powers, gave an opportunity for foreign invaders, and made the Jun dust world suffer heavy losses.


    Some people in the dark League also took the opportunity to stir up trouble and stir up trouble everywhere.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, Tiangong should at least act impartially.


    Since Meng Zhang acted carelessly and gave others a confession, the heavenly palace must respond.


    This time, the heavenly palace recruited Meng Zhang to join the war in order to block the mouths of the religious doors of the great holy places.


    After all, the heavenly palace and the holy places still need to cooperate closely to fight against foreign invaders.


    After listening to the explanation of old man Yinhu, Meng Zhang was still dissatisfied, but he had to accept the recruitment.


    Tiangong had always been friendly to Meng Zhang.


    When the Taiyi gate is under the pressure of the holy places, we can''t even offend the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang honestly accepted the call up and went to the void to fight.


    I''m probably satisfied with Meng Zhang''s attitude. The heavenly palace also takes care of him.


    Considering the relationship between Meng Zhang and the holy places, Meng Zhang was assigned to the defense area in the charge of Tianlei shangzun, the direct friar of the heavenly palace.


    Tianlei shangzun''s advanced return to emptiness period is complete, and he has become the fifth empty immortal among the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace.


    Tianlei has worked for Tiangong for many years and has made countless contributions, which is a real hard work.


    No matter his qualifications or accumulated achievements, few people in the heavenly palace can match him.


    Shortly after he advanced to the virtual fairy, companion Xue Jianjun personally ordered him to be promoted as the deputy manager of the heavenly palace.


    In addition to the ancient Taoist, Wang puchen and Ma qianggou, Tianlei became the fourth deputy manager of the heavenly palace.


    His promotion was widely expected and taken for granted by the heavenly palace.


    With the improvement of cultivation and the rise of status, Tianlei Xuxian naturally has to shoulder greater responsibilities.


    Tianlei Xuxian is now alone in the void and is responsible for a broader defense area.


    As a direct friar of the heavenly palace, Tianlei Xuxian has little contact with the holy places, and only obeys the orders of the heavenly palace.


    Tianlei Xuxian had enough courage to refuse the unreasonable requests of the Holy Land Sect.

 Chapter 2180

    Meng Zhang and Tian Lei Xu Xian have a lot of the connections.


    Although Tianlei Xuxian took a neutral attitude in the struggle between Meng Zhang and the sects of the holy places, he did not include Meng Zhang under his command, resulting in the two people going their separate ways.


    However, the relationship between the two sides was not completely broken, and through the old man Yinhu, the two sides later repaired the relationship and continued to maintain friendship.


    Now under the command of Tianlei Xuxian, Meng Zhang can at least fight for the heavenly palace without being affected by the sect of the holy places, regardless of any special care.


    You know, on the empty battlefield with fierce battles, Meng Zhang will come to a bad end if his boss deliberately sends him to some dangerous places or to perform some deadly tasks with malice.


    Meng Zhang first went to Tiangong to deal with some formalities, then went directly to void and came to the defense area in charge of Tianlei Xuxian.


    Tianlei Xuxian, who came here, had a lukewarm attitude towards Meng Zhang. He looked like a business.


    In accordance with established practice, he explained many precautions to Meng Zhang.


    When arranging Meng Zhang''s task, he took some care of him.


    Tianlei Xuxian delimited an area in the void as the area where Meng Zhang stationed on weekdays.


    This area is located inside the defense area of Tianlei shangzun, which is relatively safe. In case of any accident, it can also get the support of Tianlei shangzun quickly.


    Meng Zhang usually stationed in this area. His main task is to prevent the scouts and infiltration teams of foreign invaders from entering and passing here.


    If he meets a strong enemy he can''t deal with, he should send a signal and give a warning in time.


    In addition, if there is a large-scale action, Tianlei Xuxian will take the initiative to call him to participate.


    In recent years, there have been small-scale tug of war between foreign invaders and Junchen circles, competing for the region between the two sides.


    After years of frequent competition, the Junchen side slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    There was originally a meteorite belt outside the Jun dust world, which was established as a solid defense line by the practitioners of the Jun dust world.


    After repeated competition, this defense line changed hands many times, and both sides paid a heavy price.


    Now, almost all the larger meteorites in the meteorite belt have been destroyed and turned into countless fragments and even dust.


    In this way, the bases and minerals inside are basically turned into nothing.


    Without this last peripheral defense line, the Junchen world was exposed to the troops of foreign invaders.


    For the Jun dust world, although there are still nine days as the internal defense line of the Jun dust world, we must not allow foreign invaders to attack nine days.


    For one thing, the defense capability of Jiutian defense line is also limited and can not withstand the wanton attack of the enemy.


    Second, the Junchen side is not willing to completely lose the initiative of the war, let alone be completely beaten passively.


    Therefore, the Junchen side spent a lot of manpower and material resources to establish some temporary bases outside nine days as support and establish a new defense line.


    The Junchen world sent out many forces to garrison this line of defense, and even the combat power of Zhenxian level was used.


    The area where Meng Zhang is now stationed is located on this line of defense.


    After meeting Tianlei Xuxian, Meng Zhang came to the area he was responsible for.


    The high level of the Jun dust world divides the void near the Jun dust world into different areas, and many return virtual powers similar to those of Meng Zhang are stationed in them respectively.


    On weekdays, they are responsible for their own defense areas.


    Once someone around asks for help, they will take care of each other and reinforce them in time.


    In case of a large-scale attack by foreign invaders, the Junchen world will also concentrate on fighting against it.


    From time to time, the Junchen side will also take the initiative to gather all kinds of friars to launch a counterattack against foreign invaders.


    So far, there has been no full-scale war between the two sides, and the scale of the war has been deliberately controlled.


    Meng Zhang first toured in the area he was responsible for and learned about the general situation.


    Then he took the initiative to visit his neighbors.


    Those who are able to take charge of a region alone are either upper masters like Meng Zhang in the later stage of returning to emptiness, or monks in the middle stage of returning to emptiness who cultivate the phase of heaven and earth.


    The friars in the early stage of returning to the virtual world must form a team, in groups, in order to be responsible for the defense of an area.


    Meng Zhang is a strong man with advanced cultivation in the surrounding areas.


    He took the initiative to visit, and his neighbors received him very warmly. Many people even called him a little respectful.


    We pulled a relationship, contacted our feelings and agreed to help each other in the future.


    To Meng Zhang''s satisfaction, the monks stationed in the nearby defense area are basically the lineage of the heavenly palace, or scattered monks recruited by the heavenly palace, and there are no members of the religious sects of the major holy places.


    In this case, Meng Zhang at least doesn''t have to worry about being stabbed in the back.


    After dealing with these chores, Meng Zhang began his Garrison career.


    Although the Junchen world and foreign invaders often infiltrate each other and provoke small-scale wars, the war is not particularly fierce in the area where Meng Zhang is stationed.


    Meng Zhang spent most of his weekdays in peace.


    In addition to patrolling in the area he is responsible for, he also has a lot of time for meditation and practice.


    The last time Meng Zhang sent Kongzi to leave the Junchen world, his excuse was to go to Kongzi to collect cultivation resources.


    He is not groundless to find such an excuse, but taiyimen really lacks high-level cultivation resources at present.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang not only needs to ensure his own cultivation needs, but also needs to take into account the needs of the whole sect.


    Although the sun moon blessed land of Taiyi gate has been strengthened for many times, and Meng Zhang has also invested in the bodies of false gods at the level of returning to emptiness, its ability to provide Reiki is always limited.


    With the increase of return virtual power in the door, the pressure of sun, moon and blessed land is increasing.


    When he was in the door, Meng Zhang didn''t even absorb the aura of the sun, moon and blessed land.


    As for resources such as Yuqing LINGJI, Taiyi gate lacks sources, and zongmen''s savings are decreasing rapidly.


    If it is not too wonderful, the last time to absorb the essence of the dragon''s veins, then Meng will benefit from it. I''m afraid it is very difficult for Meng Zhang to maintain his daily practice.


    Meng Zhang was called up by the heavenly palace to fight in the void.


    The heavenly palace will not only pay salaries, but also give rewards according to his achievements.


    Although the salary granted by the heavenly palace is far from enough for Meng Zhang''s cultivation, it can at least greatly reduce Meng Zhang''s pressure.


    Meng Zhang occasionally kills some enemies and can basically get rewards in time.


    Soon after Meng Zhang was stationed here, he not only caught scouts sneaking in alone, but also intercepted an infiltration team.


    After World War I, Meng Zhang gained a lot.

 Chapter 2181

    After all, this is an empty battlefield. Even in a relatively peaceful area, large and small battles can not be avoided.


    Tianlei Xuxian will not take too much care of Meng Zhang, let alone keep him away from the battle.


    Tiangong''s recruitment of Meng Zhang this time really needed Meng Zhang''s high-end combat power and his role on the battlefield.


    With the increase of garrison time, Meng Zhang inevitably participated in the battle, and participated in more and more battles.


    Every once in a while, some foreign invaders will break into his defense area.


    With his own strength, Meng Zhang can repel or even win intruders most of the time.


    Even if there are accidents, he can protect himself.


    However, the neighbors around him are not as powerful as Meng Zhang. When they encounter a strong enemy, they will send a distress signal from time to time.


    Based on the principle of being kind to others and making more friends, Meng Zhang will actively go to support and provide all kinds of help as long as he can go.


    If you really meet an opponent that Meng Zhang can''t deal with, Tianlei Xuxian will naturally come forward.


    In a twinkling of an eye, Meng Zhang has been stationed in the void for 20 years.


    In these 20 years, he has performed well, actively participated in the war and made many achievements.


    Tianlei Xuxian organized two infiltration attacks on the defense areas of foreign invaders, and Meng Zhang was called up to join the war.


    Meng Zhang followed Tianlei Xuxian into the enemy defense area, played a great role and achieved good results.


    On the current empty battlefield, the real immortal level combat power of both sides will not start easily.


    They contain each other and confront each other. Generally, they don''t bully the small with the big.


    The combat power of the real immortal level should be restrained, and the combat power of the virtual immortal level is the strongest.


    Many times, it is the virtual immortal level combat forces of both sides who command, dispatch troops and lead the team into battle.


    Shangzun in the later stage of returning to emptiness, such as Meng Zhang, is the main force in the war and the elite of the friars.


    Meng Zhang not only fought with the opponents of the same level for many times, but also fought with the strong enemies of the virtual immortal level.


    Although he can''t fight the strong enemy of the virtual immortal level, he can either retreat in time or drag to the support of Tianlei virtual immortal.


    After a series of battles, Meng Zhang saw a variety of means of foreign invaders, accumulated rich combat experience and improved his combat effectiveness.


    The time of Meng Zhang''s advanced return to emptiness is not long, the accumulation is not deep enough, and some places are still relatively astringent.


    After many battles, his cultivation became more and more stable, and all kinds of new magical means were perfect.


    Now Meng Zhang can be regarded as a strong man in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    If we duel with such a figure as Tang Lun shangzun, Meng Zhang believes that his family will have a better performance.


    The heavenly palace recruits monks to fight in the void, not to use them in death.


    At regular intervals, these friars in the void battlefield can rotate and get the opportunity to return to the Junchen world for rest.


    For example, Meng Zhang and other leaders of the party''s cultivation forces have a lot of accumulated affairs in the Junchen world, which will be considered by the heavenly palace.


    After 20 years in the void battlefield, it''s Meng Zhang''s turn to rest and return to the Junchen world for a while.


    After leaving zongmen for so long, Meng Zhang really wanted to go back and have a look.


    Especially the situation of Taimiao in the underworld, Meng Zhang has always been very concerned.


    Meng Zhang left the Junchen world. Not only did it become difficult to contact the zongmen, but also the communication with Taimiao was delayed.


    Wonderful. Now we are organizing a strategy for the ghost cry mountains.


    Ghost cry mountain range is a famous dangerous place in the underworld. It not only has countless natural dangers, but also hides many fierce things.


    It''s too wonderful. The cultivation in the middle of returning to emptiness is really not enough to come and go freely.


    Wonderful. This external incarnation is very important to Meng Zhang. Once there is any accident, it will be an unacceptable loss to Meng Zhang.


    After completing the handover with the monks who came to rotate, Meng Zhang hurried back to the Junchen world.


    After entering Jiutian, he came to the heavenly palace. After a short stay, he returned directly to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang was preparing to synchronize information with Taimiao, but his eldest disciple Niu Dawei came to see him.


    Niu Dawei''s visit was not purely ceremonial, but really important.


    When Meng Zhang was not in the mountain gate, Taoist Youhuan from the Dark Alliance came to visit him.


    Since the last time he refused to help Dark Alliance to connect with Taimiao, he has refused to return the Qingling screen of Dark Alliance. Dark Alliance is very angry. He is too lazy to continue quarrelling with Taiyi gate and directly cut off contact with Taiyi gate.


    The relationship between taiyimen and the Dark Alliance is very bad, not to mention the situation and fire.


    If it weren''t for the restrictions of the Junchen world, maybe the Dark Alliance would have done something to taiyimen.


    Taoist Youhuan came to visit Meng Zhang with goodwill.


    Meng Zhang was not in the mountain gate, but Niu Dawei received her.


    Knowing Niu Dawei''s identity, she didn''t hide anything. She told the truth directly and explained her intention.


    First of all, she informed Niu Dawei of the news of Ye Zhenjun and jueying master and disciple.


    They are not only old friends of Meng Zhang, but also have been of great help to taiyimen.


    In those years, due to the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance, ye Zhenjun and jueying master and apprentice once came to Taiyi gate to seek shelter.


    Later, the internal situation of the dark League eased. After their teachers and disciples returned to the dark League, Meng Zhang slowly lost contact with them.


    Meng Zhang also tried to find out the current situation of their teachers and disciples, but it was not smooth.


    Taoist Youhuan brought good news this time.


    After a series of twists and turns, ye ye Zhenjun and jueying master and apprentice were promoted to return to the virtual period not long ago.


    The next time we meet, Meng Zhang will call them Taoist ye ye and Taoist jueying.


    Taoist ye ye and Taoist jueying were successfully promoted this time because of the great help of the sect where Taoist Youhuan belongs.


    The faction of their master and apprentice had failed in the internal struggle and became increasingly declining.


    After their masters and disciples became the great power of returning to emptiness, their status rose and they had a certain dominant power within this small faction.


    Under the matchmaking between their teachers and disciples, this small faction merged into the faction of Taoist Youhuan.


    The strength of the sect where Taoist Youhuan is located has greatly increased, and his voice in the dark League has greatly increased.


    Taoist Youhuan''s faction has always been trying to make friends with taiyimen. Don''t continue to entangle with taiyimen because of some unimportant past events.


    Facing the pressure of the major holy places, taiyimen is very suitable to be an ally of the Dark Alliance.


    Due to the efforts of Taoist Youhuan''s faction, the senior management of the dark alliance began to loosen their attitude on how to deal with taiyimen.


    In addition, Taoist Youhuan also told Niu Dawei that Shushan Zhenjun, who made friends with Meng Zhang in those years and has been in charge of the division of Dark Alliance above taiyimen territory, was also vigorously cultivated by the senior management of Dark Alliance after returning to Dark Alliance, and was successfully promoted to the virtual period not long ago.

 Chapter 2182

    Shushan Zhenjun became a Shushan Taoist and had a certain voice within his faction. Some senior leaders began to pay attention to his remarks.


    Shushan Zhenjun himself has a good relationship with Meng Zhang, and has always believed that taiyimen can become the help of Dark Alliance.


    Because of his active activities, his faction also began to recognize his statement and felt that it should improve relations with taiyimen.


    Taoist Youhuan brought the news of Meng Zhang''s three old friends, which explained the changes in the internal situation of the Dark Alliance.


    Her meaning is very simple. Since the attitude of the Dark Alliance is changing, taiyimen should also cooperate.


    Taoist Youhuan really thinks that dark alliance and taiyimen have many common interests. Both sides should not become enemies, but allies.


    After Taoist Youhuan expressed his meaning clearly, Niu Dawei also responded positively.


    Meng Zhang has long explained how to treat the Dark Alliance.


    As the chief disciple, Niu Dawei has a strong autonomy in matters of religion.


    Niu Dawei agrees with Meng Zhang. Taiyimen and Dark Alliance naturally have the foundation to become allies.


    Taiyimen had been hostile to the Dark Alliance, which was unnecessary and not in the interests of both sides.


    Of course, Niu Dawei also believes that the main responsibility for the bad relationship between taiyimen and the Dark Alliance lies with the Dark Alliance.


    If the Dark Alliance were not superior and aggressive, taiyimen would not have such an attitude.


    Now the wind direction inside the Dark Alliance has changed and intends to improve relations with taiyimen. Niu Dawei will not be motivated, but will actively cooperate.


    Niu Dawei had a good talk with Taoist Youhuan and reached a lot of consensus.


    After Taoist Youhuan left Taiyi gate with satisfaction, Niu Dawei immediately made various arrangements.


    Now as soon as Meng Zhang returned to zongmen, Niu Dawei immediately came to report.


    Meng Zhang had already handed over all kinds of affairs of taiyimen to Niu Dawei. Naturally, he had absolute trust in him.


    Meng Zhang has no opinion on Niu Dawei''s disposal.


    After Niu Dawei finished his report, he told Meng Zhang that he was about to put down all his affairs, practice in isolation and prepare to break through the period of returning to emptiness.


    The last time Meng Zhang left the sect door and went to the void, he handed the auxiliary treasure Qingling screen to Xu Mengying.


    Now, Xu Mengying is closed in the blessed land of the sun and moon, ready to break through to the period of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is in a hurry to come back this time. He also wants to see if Xu Mengying has encountered any problems in the breakthrough and whether he needs his help.


    However, it seems that Xu Mengying still has a long way to go before she can successfully advance. Now is not the time to make a breakthrough.


    Based on Niu Dawei''s foundation and accumulation, even without the help of Qingling screen, you have enough assurance to advance.


    Both he and Meng Zhang are full of confidence in his advancement.


    After Meng Zhang finally instructed him, he began to prepare for closure.


    At present, Taiyi gate has a mature system. The Presbyterian Church and the heads of various departments are responsible for all kinds of daily affairs of the sect.


    Even if Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei are not in the sect, Taiyi gate can keep normal operation.


    Meng Zhang spent some time asking about all kinds of things that happened in the sect in the past 20 years. After dealing with some affairs, he began to contact the people in the underworld. It''s wonderful.


    Too wonderful. Although I urgently wanted to go deep into the ghost cry mountains, I didn''t start in a hurry. Instead, I spent a long time doing all kinds of preparations.


    He not only mobilized his troops, but also ordered those hell forces who submitted to him to summon their strength to the ghost cry mountain.


    That''s wonderful. It''s not a mindless person.


    He knew that many forces in the underworld had to surrender themselves in name because of the situation.


    He now recruits the main forces of these forces to the ghost cry mountain, which can not only help them attack the ghost cry mountain, but also consume their strength in the process.


    If these forces are seriously weakened, they will be completely unable to resist in the future. Too wonderful, too wonderful''s rule over the underworld will become more stable.


    If these forces dare to refuse too wonderful recruitment, then too wonderful can crusade against them and wipe them out completely.


    In the past, in order to quickly unify the underworld, Taimiao accepted the active refuge of many forces.


    In order to show their sincerity and generosity, too wonderful allows them to retain their strength and maintain a semi independent status.


    In fact, doing so has left many hidden dangers for the wonderful rule.


    In a large part of the underworld, it''s just nominal surrender. It''s wonderful.


    Now, it''s wonderful to take this opportunity to attack the ghost cry mountains and slowly solve these problems.


    Meng Zhang greatly approved of the wonderful plan.


    Wonderful. Although the ghost cry mountain is the main goal of the next stage, it never means to relax its rule over the underworld.


    In these years, those forces who submit to too wonderful have to obey his call. The high-level of each force personally led the ghost army to the ghost cry mountain.


    Too wonderful also ordered his men to send a flying boat team to help these forces transport troops.


    Up to now, most of the forces that submit to Taimiao have expressed unconditional obedience to Taimiao and responded positively to the call one after another.


    After all, the cultivation of Taimiao Huixu level is irresistible, and not many people dare to resist the order positively.


    Of course, there are always those who don''t have a clear mind. There are also some forces who follow the sun and defy the shadow and use all kinds of excuses to delay.


    For these guys, the wonderful attitude is very simple, that is to eradicate them completely.


    You don''t have to send out your own legitimate army. Naturally, some forces who want to please Taimiao take the initiative to ask for orders and go to clean up these guys who don''t have eyes.


    The guys who don''t have long eyes are always a minority. In the face of the attack of the surrounding forces, they soon collapsed one after another.


    It has been more than 20 years. Because the underworld is too vast and wonderful, all the ghost armies recruited have not been in place, and many are still on the road.


    It''s wonderful. The plan to beat and weaken the forces of all parties in the underworld is going very smoothly.


    He didn''t want to wait. Seeing that a large number of ghosts had gathered, he began to take action.


    Temporary bases have been set up outside the ghost cry mountains.


    The place where the Yindu city was originally located was cleared by Taimiao''s men as a temporary headquarters.


    Under the wonderful order, an army of ghosts began to march towards the ghost cry mountain.


    They will use their own lives to sweep away all kinds of natural dangers for Taimiao, and contain and consume the power of all kinds of monsters in the ghost crying mountains.


    It''s wonderful. He showed great patience. Instead of ordering the army to go deep rashly, he began to sweep from the periphery, step by step and gradually go deep.


    So far, all kinds of wonderful means and performances are commendable, which makes Meng Zhang very satisfied.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he could not do better than he did by putting himself in a wonderful position.


    Of course, the real challenge has just begun as we slowly go deep into the ghost cry mountains.

 Chapter 2183

    Those powerful monsters in the depths of the ghost cry mountains are the real opponents to be faced by Taimiao.


    Too wonderful. I never relaxed my vigilance and always acted carefully.


    Seeing that there was no problem in Taimiao, Meng Zhang put his attention back to Yang after synchronizing the information.


    During Meng Zhang''s absence, everything in the gate was normal and no major events happened.


    After Taoist Youhuan visited and reached an agreement with Niu Dawei, the middle and senior levels of the door were naturally responsible for follow-up.


    There are five penalty swords in the gate, Han Yao and Yu Ci Lao Dao, which are usually enough.


    The only thing that makes Meng Zhang feel headache is that the cultivation of taiyimen, the Yang God Zhenjun, is gradually completed, and then it will continue to start the advanced return period.


    It is a good thing that the return period in the door can be greatly increased, which can greatly make up for the weakness of insufficient top combat power.


    However, if we want to support so many return to virtual power, the pope may not be able to afford it.


    In particular, the situation outside the Junchen world makes it very difficult for the returning virtual powers to obtain high-level cultivation resources such as Yuqing LINGJI.


    As the leader of a sect, Meng Zhang must plan ahead and find a solution.


    Meng Zhang''s rotation holiday is not long, only less than three months.


    Shortly before the end of the holiday, he left the mountain gate again and went to the empty battlefield.


    When garrisoning in the void, he always thought about where to get so many high-level cultivation resources for the great powers who return to the void in the door.


    Of course, he can''t do this alone, and the great powers who return to emptiness in the door should also be fully mobilized.


    After Meng Zhang was stationed for a period of time, with the change of the war situation, the defense area in charge of Tianlei Xuxian was adjusted accordingly.


    Meng Zhang had performed well before, which reassured Tianlei Xuxian.


    The situation became worse and worse in the confrontation between Junchen and foreign invaders.


    In all kinds of small-scale conflicts and battles, the Jun dust world lost too many monks.


    From the results of war damage, the number of losses of the extraterritorial invaders is much more than that of the Junchen world.


    The result of most wars is that the Junchen side is the final winner. But this does not fundamentally change the strength gap between the two sides.


    Kill one thousand enemies and lose eight hundred. The winner can''t avoid losses.


    The foreign invaders are composed of several coalition forces, and their overall strength is far beyond the Junchen world.


    Even if a large number of strong people are lost, the rear can provide timely support to make up for the losses on the front line.


    The Junchen world is more and more difficult to resist the attack of foreign invaders.


    The high level of Junchen naturally refused to wait and die, and has been trying to change this situation.


    The high level of Junchen organized several counter attacks and raids, trying to kill a large number of enemy strongmen and try to smooth out the strength gap between the two sides.


    However, the results of these counter attacks and raids were average and far from achieving their goals.


    As a last resort, the Junchen world can only tap and squeeze its own potential and strive to deal with foreign invaders.


    Most of the friars of the Junchen world in the empty battlefield were assigned tasks by the high level of the Junchen world, asking them to kill the enemy''s strong ones as much as possible.


    Specific to individuals, according to the level of cultivation, they are even assigned a detailed number of kills.


    Meng Zhang''s defense areas and tasks have undergone several adjustments and shoulder more important tasks.


    According to the arrangement of the heavenly palace, he had to kill at least one enemy strong in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, or five times as strong in the middle stage of returning to the virtual world. If you are an enemy in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, you must kill at least ten before you can complete the task.


    This is also a task at this stage, and it is also a time limited task.


    There are rewards for completing the task. Failure to complete the task will be punished, including but not limited to salary deduction.


    With the current war situation outside the void, Meng Zhang felt that this task goal was really difficult to achieve.


    He was greatly dissatisfied with the order issued by the heavenly palace.


    The high level of the heavenly palace also knew that such an order would arouse the general dissatisfaction of the monks participating in the war.


    But there is no way. The situation is getting worse and worse. We must give everyone more pressure in order to fully mobilize their enthusiasm to kill the enemy.


    Issuing such an order is not just a decision of the high level of Tiangong.


    The holy places are now on the same front as the heavenly palace. They also wholeheartedly want to stabilize the war and guard the Junchen world.


    All the holy places are taking measures to encourage and even force the monks of their respective holy places to work harder on the battlefield and give play to their stronger strength.


    In the battle against foreign invaders, the efforts of major departments are also very huge.


    Ordinary friars in the war don''t know the difficulties of the high-level. They only curse their mother secretly.


    You can''t expect all monks to have an overall view and be willing to sacrifice for the overall situation.


    The heavenly palace and all the holy places are united and have supreme authority in the Junchen world.


    Their rule over the Junchen world was still very stable, enough to subdue all kinds of discontent and make all friars obey their orders.


    Originally, many monks who participated in the war were mainly self-protection and had the mind to deal with errands.


    Now forced, they have to burst out with greater potential, actively look for fighters, strive to kill the enemy and complete the task as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he had worked very hard and had been active on the battlefield for many times. But his luck was average and his achievements were ordinary.


    In previous battles, although he killed several strong enemies, there was still a lot of distance to complete the task.


    Even Meng Zhang is like this. The situation of other monks will only be worse.


    Meng Zhang was not only deducted from his salary, but also reprimanded by the high level of the heavenly palace.


    Of course, the persecution of the high levels of the heavenly palace and the holy places is not without effect.


    At the very least, the number of monks who took the initiative was increasing, and the casualties of the enemy began to become more and more serious.


    Unfortunately, despite the various measures taken by the Junchen side, it was still unable to make up for the huge gap in strength and completely change the war situation.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the empty battlefield for nearly 30 years before he got the opportunity to take turns and rest.


    In these nearly 30 years, he has experienced more and more tragic wars and encountered danger several times.


    He was very worn out and felt a little tired.


    At the time of rotation and rest, Meng Zhang hurried back to the Junchen world and returned to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate.


    The rest time is shorter than last time, less than two months.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally depressed, returned to the mountain gate and received good news.


    Xu Mengying, the holy daughter of Huanglian sect, finally broke through the success after a period of isolation in the blessed land of the sun and the moon, and successfully advanced to the virtual return period.


    Soon after she advanced, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi of Taiyi gate also went out successively and successfully became the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi are both direct friars of Taiyi sect. Their breakthrough is more meaningful to Taiyi sect.


    All of a sudden, the whole Hanhai road alliance has added three return virtual powers, and the top combat power has greatly increased, which has greatly made up for the biggest defect.

 Chapter 2184

    What makes Meng Zhang feel most gratified is that Xu Mengying was not present and did not provide help when they broke through the retreat period.


    Xu Mengying was the first to make a breakthrough. During the breakthrough, Han Yao and Yu Ci, the five punishment sword in the door, actively escorted her.


    Since then, when Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi broke through, Xu Mengying also escorted them.


    With the increase of taiyimen''s return to virtual power, the later breakthrough return to virtual power will get more help and become easier.


    This means that taiyimen has the ability to cultivate the great power of returning to emptiness alone. Even without Meng Zhang, they can grow orderly.


    In addition to Xu Mengying, they have become the great power of returning to emptiness, there are also several Yang God Zhenjun in Taiyi gate.


    An Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, an Muran, the third disciple, and Wei wucai, the sect elder, all advanced to the Yang God period one after another.


    Jin Lizhen, who was not the direct line of Taiyi sect, and Jin Qiaoer, his disciple, also became the true king of Yang God.


    At present, there are complete disciples at all levels of Taiyi sect, the disciple training system is perfect, and the latecomers grow up in a very healthy state.


    Such a Taiyi gate is more and more in line with those holy land sects, and there is a more and more hegemonic atmosphere.


    In the past thousands of years, the situation like Taiyi gate has long been suppressed and even eliminated by the major holy places.


    The interests of the Junchen world are limited, and there is no room for the emergence of a new Holy Land Sect level.


    Fortunately, in recent years, the Junchen world has been facing strong pressure from foreign invaders. In order to unite the power of the whole Junchen world, Tiangong tries to suppress the internal struggle of the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world.


    In the face of foreign enemies, it is really difficult to distract him. Only then did it give taiyimen the opportunity to grow up.


    In fact, the conditions of Dali imperial court were better than Taiyi gate in all aspects. Unfortunately, it was not at the right time. It didn''t catch up with the good opportunity for the sect gates of the holy places to be restrained, so it embarked on the road of destruction.


    The newly added return to emptiness power of Taiyi sect is enough to become Meng Zhang''s help and fight side by side with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that in the current situation of the empty battlefield, before long, taiyimen''s great powers of returning to emptiness would be recruited by the heavenly palace.


    In addition to making the great return to emptiness in the door seize the time, stabilize his cultivation and get familiar with the new power, he must find a way to delay this matter.


    The great power of returning to emptiness, which is painstakingly cultivated by taiyimen, can''t be sent to the empty battlefield like cannon fodder.


    After understanding the current situation of zongmen, Meng Zhang also synchronized the information with Taimiao.


    For more than 20 years since Meng Zhang was not in the Junchen world, his wonderful life in the underworld has not been affected.


    He still followed his plan and gradually weakened all forces by recruiting them to the ghost cry mountains.


    It''s wonderful. Now we have cleared the periphery of the ghost cry mountain and began to march into the depths of the ghost cry mountain.


    In many parts of the ghost cry mountains, there are a large number of ghosts wandering.


    These ghosts are not only extremely powerful, but also ferocious. They have no sense and can''t communicate and accept them at all.


    That''s wonderful. This time I''m determined to completely wipe out the whole ghost crying mountain without leaving any loopholes.


    He started from the periphery and went deep step by step.


    In the past, when he sneaked into the ghost cry mountain, he didn''t bother to entangle with the peripheral ghosts and went around directly.


    Now the army is out, and many dangerous places can''t be bypassed. We have to let the army push all the way.


    Along the way, the ghost army marching towards the ghost cry mountain suffered heavy losses and countless casualties.


    Whether it is the natural danger of the ghost cry mountain or those fierce ghosts, they can cause huge casualties to the ghost army.


    For the casualties of the ghost army, it''s wonderful. I don''t care much.


    Due to his ingenious arrangement, the biggest loss is the conscripted army, and the loss of his own lineal power is limited.


    After clearing the periphery of the ghost cry mountain and establishing forward bases, Taimiao led the ghost army to continue to go deep into the interior of the ghost cry mountain.


    Wandering inside the ghost cry mountain range are all kinds of murderers with the strength of returning to emptiness.


    These monsters were powerful natural ghosts and gods before they died. After they died, they turned into all kinds of monsters and became more and more ferocious and powerful.


    In the face of such an opponent, too wonderful must face it carefully.


    The ghost army responsible for containment operations was almost devastated.


    A large number of acquired ghosts, gods and ghosts have been eliminated, and many forces have been greatly weakened and are almost on the verge of extinction.


    Too wonderful. The purpose of suppressing and weakening the forces of all parties in the underworld has been basically achieved.


    Of course, his doing so will certainly arouse the dissatisfaction of the residual forces of these forces.


    But so what? It''s wonderful. The combat power in the middle of returning to the virtual world is invincible in the underworld. Who dares to resist openly?


    Moreover, too wonderful doesn''t just know to suppress blindly. There is also a lot of care for those forces who are obedient and honest enough.


    Of course, for too wonderful, it is only incidental to suppress and weaken the forces of all parties in the underworld.


    His main purpose is to advance into the ghost cry mountains and obtain all kinds of treasures inside.


    After entering the ghost cry mountain, Taimiao''s moves became more frequent.


    He took advantage of the ghost army to contain and weaken those murderous things and took the opportunity to do it himself.


    Many times, the ghost army attracts the enemy''s attention from the front, and he shoots from the back.


    After many wars, the ghost army paid a very heavy price. In exchange, it was too wonderful to destroy several evil creatures at the level of returning to emptiness.


    It is too wonderful that from the beginning of returning to the void, it is through the absorption of the essence of the dragon''s veins.


    Because he advanced too quickly, his foundation was somewhat unstable, leaving a lot of hidden dangers for his future cultivation.


    He took the opportunity to attack the ghost cry mountains and slowly adjusted his state. In the process of fighting with those fierce objects, polish and cultivate accomplishments to consolidate the realm.


    These monsters transformed from natural ghosts and gods after death also retain the characteristics of many natural ghosts and gods, master many powerful supernatural powers and have rich combat experience.


    It''s very helpful for Taimiao to fight with these monsters.


    Especially after killing some murderers, some divine power crystals will remain on each other''s bones.


    Ghosts and gods, especially natural ghosts and gods, can devour each other to obtain each other''s power and magic power.


    It''s wonderful. After obtaining these divine power crystals, slowly absorb and refine them.


    The wonderful body of ghosts and gods has become more and more perfect and closer to natural ghosts and gods.


    Some divine power crystals that had little effect on him after being refined by him were given by him to his subordinate gods for absorption and utilization.


    What is too wonderful to look at is a rare treasure for those who only have the strength of the original God period.


    With the wonderful help of the LORD God, these people began to break through the congenital shackles slowly from God, and their accomplishments are making rapid progress.


    It''s wonderful. I know there are many murderers in the ghost cry mountain. I can''t sing alone.


    He tried to cultivate more useful slave gods as helpers in the next war.

 Chapter 2185

    Although the ghost army seems vulnerable in front of those evil creatures at the level of returning to emptiness, it has more or less a restraining effect.


    This is mainly because most of these murderers are too violent, act by instinct and don''t have much brain.


    Therefore, after the ghost army organized earlier suffered a devastating blow, Taimiao would rather slow down the pace of progress, delay a little more time, and reorganize and convene a new ghost army.


    Anyway, in this place of hell, there is a lack of everything, except all kinds of ghosts.


    The elite under Taimiao''s command sent out and divided into teams to catch ghosts in the underworld and take them back for domestication.


    After all, the role of the ghost army is very limited in the face of returning virtual level murderers.


    If we want to really contain these murderers and pose a threat to them, we still need more powerful forces.


    To this end, too wonderful did not hesitate to spend a lot of time and pay a heavy price to quickly cultivate his followers.


    Taimiao''s subordinates are from the gods. The first few are the Dharma protectors of Taiyi gate. They will be transformed.


    For example, the extremely sword God general and the thick earth God general are all old predecessors of the Taiyi gate, who have made great contributions to the Taiyi gate.


    In particular, the extremely sword God general, born in the heyday of taiyimen, is very old, and has mastered many top secrets of the sect.


    Of course, as Meng Zhang got the legacy left by the ancestors of zongmen and Huixu Da Neng Shou mountain, he completely inherited everything of Taiyi gate in its heyday, and knew the source of Taiyi gate inheritance.


    He naturally knows all the secrets that Jijian God will master.


    These elders are loyal to Taiyi sect and have rich experience in all aspects.


    Previously, due to the congenital shackles of the Dharma protector, cultivation was limited to the golden elixir level.


    After they became too wonderful followers, with the help of too wonderful, they broke through the original shackles and advanced into ghosts and gods at the level of Yuanshen.


    For these taiyimen elders, Taimiao has absolute trust and is willing to cultivate with all his strength.


    Jijian God has kept them around Taimiao for a long time, and he has a vague guess about the relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    Whether from God''s absolute obedience to the LORD God, or their original loyalty to the sect, they swear to be loyal to Taimiao.


    Now, with the help of the crystallization of divine power given by Taimiao, their cultivation is rapidly improving and moving towards the level of Yang God.


    In addition to the Dharma protector generals such as Jijian general, Taimiao''s subordinates are from the gods, as well as the acquired ghosts and gods who later took refuge in him and the powerful ghosts subdued by him.


    With the improvement of Taimiao cultivation, he can not only have more obedience to God, but also greatly improve his obedience to God.


    Too wonderful. Now there are more than ten followers, and they are basically at the later level of Yuanshen.


    With these gods as the backbone, it is wonderful to control the ghost army and rule the underworld effectively.


    Too wonderful temporarily slowed down the attack on the ghost cry mountain and slowly consolidated the achievements.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the achievements made by Taimiao in recent years and did not interfere with his command too much.


    Within two days after Meng Zhang returned to zongmen, an old acquaintance visited him.


    And the goddess of worship to the moon, whom Meng Zhang had not seen for many years, came to see Meng Zhang.


    According to the elders in the door, the goddess of worship the moon didn''t come to see Meng Zhang twice before. Meng Zhang was still in the empty battlefield, so she threw herself into the air.


    After bringing the goddess of worship the moon back to the Junchen world from the Shenchang world, Meng Zhang cast a spell to hide her true identity and gave her the identity of the guest Qing of the Taiyi sect.


    The goddess of worship of the moon can freely enter and exit Taiyi gate and easily visit the middle and high levels of the gate.


    She wants to see Meng Zhang, and the middle and senior levels of the door will actively help contact.


    Hearing that the goddess of worship the moon had looked for herself before, Meng Zhang realized that she might really have something important.


    It''s okay to worship the goddess of the moon. The ancient moon god behind her is an ancient god in the Jun dust world. She knows many secrets of the Jun dust world. Meng Zhang has a lot of places that need her help.


    The goddess of worship of the Moon said she was going to travel and left Taiyi gate.


    Although Meng Zhang did not deliberately monitor them, because the goddess of worship of the moon had the identity of the guest of Taiyi gate, the secret Hall of Taiyi gate paid attention to her whereabouts.


    After years of development, taiyimen dark hall has long become one of the powerful intelligence agencies in the Junchen world.


    The dark hall of Taiyi gate found that the goddess of worship of the moon had a mysterious whereabouts after she left Taiyi gate, and had been in contact with ghost repair, demon repair and even divine descent.


    Out of vigilance against her, the dark hall strengthened its surveillance of her whereabouts.


    After receiving the report from the dark hall, Meng Zhang did not stop the behavior of the dark hall, but just reminded them that they can monitor the whereabouts of the moon worship goddess and collect information about her, but do not conflict with her.


    If the goddess of the moon needs it, they will also provide her with help as much as they can.


    The dark hall didn''t know the real details of worshiping the goddess of the moon, let alone Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Of course, due to the supreme authority of Meng Zhang, they strictly implemented Meng Zhang''s orders.


    The dark hall found that the goddess of worship of the moon had been to the ruins of many indigenous gods in the Junchen world, and then lost her grasp of their deeds.


    At any rate, the goddess of worship of the moon also has the cultivation level of returning to the empty period. If you really want to hide your deeds sincerely, it is really difficult to monitor her all the time with the strength of the dark hall friar of Taiyi gate at that time.


    Although he didn''t have much information, Meng Zhang still guessed.


    Not surprisingly, there should still be remnants of the ancient indigenous gods in the dark of the Jun dust world.


    I''m afraid these actions of the goddess of the moon are to obtain the information of these remaining sins and find ways to establish contact with them.


    Due to the complete loss of the whereabouts of the moon worship goddess, Meng Zhang did not know her follow-up actions, let alone her whereabouts over the years.


    Now the goddess of the moon visits her on her own initiative. Of course, Meng Zhang should receive her well.


    The two avoided the others and met secretly in the secret room.


    Not seen for many years, Meng Zhang found that the cultivation of the goddess of worship of the moon had made great progress.


    Under Meng Zhang''s exploration, the moon god hidden in the moon worship goddess also became somewhat unfathomable.


    Worshipping the moon goddess, they have not fooled around in the Junchen world during this time, and they have also made clear the current situation in the Junchen world.


    At present, the Junchen world is ruled by the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects. The Taiyi gate was suppressed by the major Holy Land sects. There were many conflicts between the two sides, and there was a great war of returning to the virtual world, resulting in a deep blood feud.


    The goddess of worship of the moon first made alarmist remarks and pretended to be amazing, greatly exaggerating the current crisis facing taiyimen.


    In her mouth, taiyimen seemed to face disaster at any time.


    Meng Zhang scoffed at this.


    The situation in the Junchen world and the situation facing taiyimen also need you to popularize science for yourself with a remnant of ancient directors?


    Meng Zhang did not interrupt the worship of the goddess of the moon and let her talk freely.


    Meng Zhang wants to see if she can say flowers.


    What is the purpose behind her exaggerated words.

 Chapter 2186

    The next words of the goddess of worship the moon confirmed some of Meng Zhang''s guesses.


    The goddess of worship of the moon began to bewitch Meng Zhang, saying that taiyimen had no place in the cultivation world, so she had to seek foreign aid and find a new way to survive.


    She hinted that behind her family there was the support of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    The aboriginal gods have a deep foundation and strong strength, which is enough to help Taiyi gate fight against the major holy places.


    She thinks that in her friendship with Meng Zhang, she can help taiyimen bridge with them and establish a good relationship.


    The words of the goddess of the moon made Meng Zhang sneer in his heart.


    It''s not an age. There are indigenous gods who have the face to mention shit. They really think they are fools.


    Thousands of years ago, when a group of real immortals conquered the Junchen world, they swept away the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, completely ending the rule of the indigenous gods over the Junchen world.


    Now, even if a few indigenous gods survive, they can only hide in the mouse hole where they don''t know where and don''t dare to show up.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation and status are no better than before, and Taiyi gate has become a powerful force under the holy sect gate of Jun dust world.


    Taiyi gate has a better grasp of the situation in Jun dust world and all kinds of secret information.


    Taiyi gate also knows the secret information of divine descent that has been hidden in the dark of Jun dust world.


    Even, taiyimen also found the tail left by the ancient indigenous gods.


    From the birth of the goddess of worship of the moon, it is normal for her to have contact with the residual indigenous gods and descendants of gods in ancient times.


    It seems that in recent years, the goddess of worshiping the moon has not been white. She has been connected with the residual indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    The indigenous gods and their related people have long been the public enemies of the Junchen world.


    As long as it appears, it will be pursued and killed by the whole cultivation world.


    It''s her business for the goddess of the moon to collude with the indigenous gods. Meng Zhang is too lazy to meddle.


    But she ran over to win over Meng Zhang and tried to deceive Meng Zhang into the broken boat of the indigenous gods. It was too stupid.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not opened his mouth, worshipping the goddess of the moon did not feel boring. On the contrary, the more he said, the more energetic he became.


    She''s talking nonsense. The indigenous gods of the Junchen world have been dormant for a long time and have been accumulating strength, just to wait for the opportunity, wait for revenge against the practitioners, and take back the ruling power of the Junchen world from the sects of the major holy places


    Meng Zhang didn''t believe a word of the ghost of worshipping the goddess of the moon.


    Perhaps, there are a few indigenous gods who have survived the pursuit of the practitioners and are now hidden somewhere in the Jun dust world.


    But Meng Zhang will never believe that these losers have the strength to challenge the holy places.


    Jun dust world seems vast, but it still has an end.


    The resources produced by Jun dust world are limited, and the strong people who can support them are also limited.


    Many high-level resources needed by the top strong, practitioners in the Jun dust world have to enter the void to collect.


    In the Junchen world dominated by practitioners, there is not much living space left.


    The strong don''t come out of the stone out of thin air. They need massive resources and enough training.


    The limited space may accommodate a few indigenous gods to hide, but it can never provide enough strong people.


    The environment of Jun dust world is no longer suitable for the survival of indigenous gods, and it is difficult to cultivate new indigenous gods.


    The indigenous gods now hidden in the Junchen world should have survived from the repeated pursuit of the practitioners.


    They may be able to retain their original strength by relying on their previous accumulation, but they absolutely have no redundant resources to train their future generations.


    The divine descendant is the descendant of the indigenous gods and is also the public enemy of the cultivation world.


    The aboriginal gods in the Junchen world are precarious, and the situation of God descendants will only be worse.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang once exterminated a secret base of divine descent.


    The indigenous gods could not protect themselves. Meng Zhang didn''t want to be involved in it at all.


    Although taiyimen is currently hostile to the religious sects of major holy places, it does not mean that taiyimen will be associated with the public enemies of religious practitioners such as indigenous gods.


    Listening to the incessant nonsense of the goddess of worship the moon, Meng Zhang showed a look of impatience on his face.


    Suddenly, the goddess of the moon stopped talking, and a human shadow appeared behind her.


    When worshipping the goddess of the moon and Meng Zhang spoke, the God of the moon was always watching.


    She probably noticed Meng Zhang''s disdain and impatience before she took the initiative to show up.


    Facing the moon god, Meng Zhang became serious.


    Meng Zhang did not know what kind of strength the moon god was in his heyday, nor how much the moon god has recovered now.


    However, in his induction, the human shadow in front of him was at a very high level and contained extraordinary power.


    It seems that the moon god has not wasted these years.


    Compared with her first meeting with Meng Zhang, her state has become much better and her strength has recovered a lot.


    Meng Zhang secretly guessed whether the moon god was enough to rival the real immortal in his heyday.


    For such a strong person, even if the other party is in a weak period, Meng Zhang will maintain enough respect.


    What''s more, an ancient god like moon god knows countless secrets, among which Meng Zhang urgently wants to know.


    The moon god knows that the current indigenous gods have no attraction to Meng Zhang.


    This time, she and the goddess of worship the moon took the initiative to visit. In addition to wooing Meng Zhang, she also had something to ask him for help.


    Since Meng Zhang doesn''t look up to the power of the indigenous gods, the moon god will not waste time on these topics.


    She has been with Meng Zhang for some time and knows Meng Zhang''s temperament more or less.


    The moon god came straight to the point and went straight to the point.


    She told Meng Zhang that some gods who knew the secret of heaven had foreseen the demise of the indigenous gods and the change of ownership of the Junchen world before the Junchen world was invaded by real immortals.


    Some visionary gods have made a lot of preparations to deal with the crisis facing the Junchen world.


    When the true immortals led the army of practitioners into the Junchen world, the indigenous gods retreated and couldn''t resist.


    Seeing that the prophecy was about to become a reality, some indigenous gods left many dark hands in case they could make a comeback and revitalize Shinto civilization in the future.


    After years of fighting, the indigenous gods fell one after another.


    Many prepared backhands were also discovered by the practitioners and then destroyed by them.


    The indigenous gods of the Jun dust world have ruled the Jun dust world for many years and have many cards.


    Some of the backhands they left behind, because they were too hidden, avoided the pursuit and destruction of the practitioners.


    Among the indigenous gods, the moon god also had a high status. She is mostly clear about the backhand left by the indigenous gods.


    Now, the moon god will use one of his backhands.


    This backhand is a secret place where many treasures and various resources left by indigenous gods are stored.


    The moon god clearly told Meng Zhang that she needed to enter this secret place and obtain a treasure inside, so that she could slowly reshape the God''s body and restore her cultivation.

 Chapter 2187

    The moon god also told Meng Zhang that it was not easy to enter the secret place because things had changed.


    If she wants to enter the secret place safely, she needs Meng Zhang''s help.


    In order to thank Meng Zhang for his help, she is willing to share everything in the secret realm with Meng Zhang.


    Whether it is the treasures left by the indigenous gods or the secret land itself, she is willing to share with Meng Zhang.


    In order to make Meng Zhang willing to help, the moon god also briefly introduced various collections in the secret realm.


    The indigenous gods in Junchen world are similar to those in Shenchang world and have many things in common.


    The Shinto civilizations they established are so primitive and backward that they can''t keep up with the times. They can''t compare with today''s mainstream Shinto civilization.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care much about the so-called secret land left by the indigenous gods in the Junchen world and the artifacts of the indigenous gods.


    But after listening to the introduction of the moon god, he was a little moved.


    Nothing else, but some cultivation resources stored in the secret place are very attractive to Meng Zhang.


    The sun moon blessed land of Taiyi gate has been strengthened for many times. Although it can support the practice of returning to emptiness, its carrying capacity is limited.


    If you don''t want to hurt the foundation of the blessed land, the Taiyi sect''s return to emptiness power must exercise restraint and can''t absorb Reiki with all their strength.


    Other top-level resources of Taiyi gate, such as Yuqing LINGJI and five-level pill, are very limited and can''t afford to be consumed at all.


    The indigenous gods ruled the Junchen world for a long time. Although their means were primitive and crude and could not make full use of all kinds of precious resources, their collections were often very rich after years of accumulation.


    If, as the moon god said, she and Meng Zhang share everything in the secret realm, these resources fall into the hands of taiyimen and can play a greater role.


    In the final analysis, the struggle for truth is the struggle for interests and resources.


    The moon god successfully persuaded Meng Zhang with various high-level resources as bait.


    If entering the secret place is not too difficult and the risks in the secret place are controllable, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind going with the moon god.


    In addition, deep in Meng Zhang''s heart, he was not willing to let the moon god restore his strength in his heyday.


    If the moon god completely recovers his strength, he may not continue to ask Meng Zhang for help in the future, and Meng Zhang is not easy to handle her.


    This time, Meng Zhang entered the secret place with the moon god. Meng Zhang could be flexible and secretly obstruct the moon god from gaining the opportunity to reshape the God''s body and restore his strength.


    The two had been together for some time before, and both had a certain understanding of each other. They knew that the other party was not the kind of person who broke his promise at will.


    Meng Zhang''s strength at this time was much stronger than that of the moon god, and he was not afraid that she would break her promise.


    After they made an oral agreement, the matter was settled.


    Next, the moon god began to introduce to Meng Zhang what she knew about the secret land.


    According to the moon god, although she was also a member of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, she had high cultivation and high status. However, due to her personality problems, she has always been alone and has not had much contact with other indigenous gods.


    She didn''t know much about the plans and arrangements of other indigenous gods.


    She learned about this secret place by chance later.


    This secret place is not located in the Jun dust world, but in the void near the Jun dust world.


    Its specific location is not far from the defense area where Meng Zhang is now stationed.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang understood why the moon god had to ask him for help.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the moon god has now contacted the hidden indigenous gods in the Jun dust world.


    However, the moon god did not seek their help in the secret realm.


    There should also be precautions and vigilance among indigenous gods.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang''s position is very favorable to the moon god.


    In order to prevent outsiders from inadvertently entering the secret place, the indigenous gods who established the secret place set many traps in the secret place.


    These traps are extremely dangerous, and even enough to bury the strong ones of the return virtual power level.


    As for the specific layout inside, the moon god has limited knowledge.


    Meng Zhang knew that the moon god should not lie and speak the truth.


    But similarly, she didn''t say all the information and must have reservations about herself.


    The relationship between Meng Zhang and the moon god has not reached the level of absolute trust.


    As long as the moon god has no intention of murdering Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will not have to break the casserole to ask the end and ask every detail of the moon god.


    According to the information said by the moon god, it is very dangerous to enter that secret place, but the danger is controllable. It is difficult to defeat monks at the level of Meng Zhang.


    After asking about the situation, Meng Zhang was not wordy and was ready to go.


    Anyway, there''s nothing important in the door now. It''s wonderful. There''s no need to pay attention all the time.


    Although the rotation time is not over, Meng Zhang returns early, and the stationed monks will only be more happy.


    Since Meng Zhang was moved by the secret place, he would certainly strive to control it as much as possible.


    Although the moon god told Meng Zhang that the news of this secret place was among the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, only she should know.


    But everything is absolute. Since the moon god has contacted the residual indigenous gods in the Junchen world and is ready to enter the secret realm, he dare not say that the news will be kept strictly confidential.


    The God of the moon is attached to the goddess of the moon.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon still entered Meng Zhang''s Mustard space as when she returned to the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has a deep understanding of the mustard space created by himself and can fully grasp everything inside.


    In his induction, the goddess of worship of the moon had the cultivation of returning to emptiness at this time, which was far from his opponent.


    However, the moon god is hidden in the moon worship goddess, so Meng Zhang''s feeling is not very clear.


    He just felt that the moon god was unfathomable, and his strength should be much stronger than worshiping the moon goddess.


    It seems that the moon god is slowly recovering his strength.


    After giving some explanations to the middle and high levels of the gate, Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate and set off for nothingness again.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the empty battlefield, his comrades in arms were very happy that he ended his vacation early and returned to the battlefield early.


    Meng Zhang visited Tianlei Xuxian. After making a handover with the garrison friars, he returned to his Garrison area.


    In the void, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, but waited patiently.


    According to the location information of the secret territory provided by the moon god, it is located at the junction of the Junchen world and the front of foreign invaders.


    Both sides often send small teams to engage in fierce fighting here.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to expose the fact that he entered the secret place left by the indigenous gods. Instead, he tried to hide it from the practitioners in the Junchen world.


    If the heavenly palace and other forces find out about this and intervene, the situation will be complicated.


    If Meng Zhang exposed his deeds to foreign invaders, it would be the worst situation.


    At that time, if you don''t get the resources in the secret place, you will encounter strong enemies or fall into siege.

 Chapter 2188

    Even if he returned to his defense area and there was no one else around, Meng Zhang still let the goddess of the moon worship stay in his mustard space and didn''t let her out.


    From time to time, there are practitioners in the Junchen world. It''s not easy to expose the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Meng Zhang is going to take a look at the situation around the secret territory first, and then plan and then move.


    Monks like Meng Zhang spend most of their time in their own defense area, but that doesn''t mean they can''t leave the defense area.


    Reinforcement of companions in the nearby area, tracking the sneaking foreign invaders and investigating the situation of the foreign invaders are all good excuses to leave their own defense area.


    As long as you don''t leave the defense area for a long time to avoid fighting, the most important thing is not to be caught on the spot by the patrol friars of the heavenly palace. It''s very normal to leave the defense area temporarily.


    Meng Zhang patrolled in his own defense area and found nothing unusual, so he rushed to the area where the secret territory was located.


    After several large movements of the void, he came near the area.


    Here, Meng Zhang found that it was more difficult than he thought to enter the secret realm.


    Originally, it was a long-term tug of war between Junchen and foreign invaders, but now it has completely fallen into the hands of foreign invaders.


    Every once in a while, the heavenly palace would inform Meng Zhang and other friars on the empty battlefield of the latest war situation.


    This includes the latest trends of the enemy, changes in the war situation, and the latest changes in the front.


    Of course, the situation on the battlefield is ever-changing, and the war situation report of Tiangong may not be very timely.


    For example, the area in front of us should have just been lost, and the heavenly palace has not had time to report.


    According to the Convention, after such an area is lost, the heavenly palace should timely organize monks to fight back and take it back.


    However, in recent years, the war situation has been unfavorable to the Jun dust world. More and more defense areas have been lost. It is becoming more and more difficult for the Jun dust world to recapture the lost area.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know when the Junchen world could organize a counterattack and recapture the area in front of him.


    Perhaps the heavenly palace has completely abandoned its immediate area and let it fall into the hands of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang has seen too many similar situations in the battle over the years.


    The side of Junchen world is losing ground on the battlefield, and the war situation is becoming more and more unfavorable to it. The shadow in the hearts of Junchen friars, including Meng Zhang, is becoming stronger and stronger.


    Meng Zhang shook his head and put these ideas aside.


    The urgent task now is to enter the secret realm, not to consider these issues.


    Meng Zhang hid his figure and secretly flew to the front area.


    After flying into that area, the situation here was as expected.


    After the foreign invaders occupied here, they took it as their own defense area.


    In addition to the fixed garrison of the strong, there are patrols passing here from time to time.


    The foreign invaders have an absolute advantage in the number of people and have enough manpower to closely deploy defense.


    After careful observation, Meng Zhang felt more and more embarrassed.


    Although there are few strong players at the level of returning to the virtual world in both the garrison team and the patrol team, they are not Meng Zhang''s opponent at all.


    But there are too many people on the other side. Teams are distributed around, and the control over this area is very tight.


    Meng Zhang can sneak in here without being aware of the devil, but if he opens the secret territory, it is difficult to hide from the surrounding foreign invaders.


    Moreover, the number of foreign invaders is too large, and the teams are scattered. It is difficult for Meng Zhang to catch them all secretly.


    After Meng Zhang found out the situation, he left the area and flew far away from here.


    Meng Zhang released the goddess of worship of the moon from the mustard space and explained the situation to her.


    The figure of the moon god appeared behind the goddess of worship and discussed with Meng Zhang.


    As far as the moon god knows, the movement to open this secret place is not big, but it is not without traces.


    It''s really not easy to secretly open the secret territory under the eyes of foreign invaders.


    The moon god told Meng Zhang the specific location of the secret place and the way to open it.


    Together, they should be able to open the secret realm in a short time.


    The key to the problem now is to have someone help distract the attention of those foreign invaders. It''s best to distract them so that Meng Zhang can do his best to cast the spell.


    Although there are several great powers of returning to the virtual world in taiyimen, most of them have just been promoted. Meng Zhang did not bring them into the void.


    Meng Zhang has helped many people in the empty battlefield and made many friends over the years.


    However, Meng Zhang did not trust these so-called friends and would not tell them about the secret land.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment. Should he find a way to return to the Jun dust world and bring back the virtual powers in the door to help.


    The main reason for the delay is Meng Zhang''s unwillingness to let menzhong return to emptiness and be able to enter emptiness under the current situation and face various dangers.


    After thinking for a while, the moon god told Meng Zhang that she could try to find a way to find friends to help in the void.


    Meng Zhang was slightly surprised. When can the indigenous gods in the Jun dust world leave the Jun dust world secretly and enter the void?


    As a public enemy of the cultivation world, Meng Zhangzhen has been chased and killed by various practitioners for many years, and can extend his tentacles into the void. So Meng Zhangzhen wants to raise his evaluation of those aboriginal gods?


    Meng Zhang became more alert to the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, including the moon god.


    He was alert in his heart, but Meng Zhang didn''t show it at all.


    He told the moon god that it would be best if the moon god could find friends to help.


    Since Meng Zhang agreed, the moon god immediately began to cast spells without hesitation.


    I saw her eyes slightly closed, lit a incense stick in front of her, and then recited words and whispered spells.


    It took a while for the moon god to finish casting.


    The moon god showed a happy face and told Meng Zhang that they were lucky. The moon god happened to have a friend in the nearby void.


    The moon god has contacted the other party and asked the other party to come and help as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang was a little confused. Since the moon god had friends in the void and seemed to be trusted friends, he could reveal the secrets of the secret realm to him, why did he ask for help and share everything in the secret realm with himself.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that she could secretly take the moon god into and out of the Junchen world, and her defense area was near the secret territory, so she asked herself for help.


    Now it seems that he should have other use value to the moon god, and it is still that irreplaceable value.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait long, so they waited for a friend from the moon god''s mouth.


    Looking at the friends said by the moon god, Meng Zhang was really surprised.


    These two people are clearly Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance Qiu Gangfeng and his companion Xihai old monster.

 Chapter 2189

    Qiu Gangfeng has contacted taiyimen before and said he wants to join hands with taiyimen against Ziyang Shengzong.


    He actually hooked up with the indigenous gods in the Junchen world in the dark.


    As Qiu Gangfeng''s companion for many years, Xihai old monster collaborated with him and joined the command of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Since the moon god can trust him, it shows that they are in deep collusion with the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Moreover, the moon god can call them immediately, which can better explain their position on the side of the indigenous gods.


    The moon god said they were friends, which was obviously a polite statement.


    Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster are clearly the objects driven by them.


    Regardless of the taboo of the cultivation world, Qiu Gangfeng gave up the dignity of the cultivator and went to stir up with the hidden Aboriginal gods, which was unexpected but reasonable by Meng Zhang.


    Qiu Gangfeng has a deep relationship with his brother Qiu Wanshui and has a grudge against Ziyang Shengzong who murdered Qiu Wanshui.


    Facing the holy door of Ziyang Shengzong, even if he has such great power of returning to emptiness, he will only feel powerless.


    Hatred is a strong driving force for practitioners. Meng Zhang can understand Qiu Gangfeng''s choice, but he thinks he is very unwise.


    The indigenous gods in the Junchen world are the losers who have long been involved in the historical garbage, and they have been eliminated by the times.


    The cultivation civilization is the mainstream of the Junchen world, and the cultivators are the new masters of the Junchen world.


    Qiu Gangfeng is also a cultivator in the period of returning to emptiness, but he works for the indigenous gods. It''s too cheap.


    And the old monster of the West Sea, why did he follow Qiu Gangfeng and work together for the indigenous gods?


    In addition, the last time Meng Zhang met and saved Qiu Gangfeng in the void, four of them returned to virtual power, and the other two returned to virtual power, which were mostly related to the indigenous gods.


    Although Meng Zhang also colluded and cooperated with the moon god, Meng Zhang did not work for the group of indigenous gods.


    There is an equal cooperative relationship between him and the moon god.


    Many times, it was the moon god who asked him for help and bowed his head to him. He is often dominant.


    Seeing Meng Zhang with the moon god, Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster didn''t have any strange look, but greeted Meng Zhang very naturally.


    The appearance of Qiu Gangfeng and the old monster of the West Sea raised Meng Zhang''s vigilance against the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Of course, Meng Zhang looked natural and didn''t seem surprised at everything.


    They exchanged greetings and went straight to the point.


    During the previous investigation, Meng Zhang roughly found out the garrison and patrol of those foreign invaders.


    After some deliberation, they came up with a simple plan.


    It''s not too late. Now that you''re ready, let''s take action immediately.


    As usual, the God of the moon hid in the goddess of the moon.


    I don''t know if she is used to it or has any problems. She seldom shows up on weekdays and is usually hidden in the body of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    After arriving at the area where the secret territory is located, the old monster of the West Sea and Qiu Gangfeng looked at each other, swaggered and flew towards the foreign invaders stationed here.


    They were so fast that they flew in front of them before the other party reacted.


    The foreign invaders stationed in this area are mainly a group of foreign barbarians, under the command of a barbarian Lord with strength in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    After Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster flew to the barbarians, without saying a word, they immediately showed their magic powers and began to attack.


    I saw a gust of wind blowing in the void, urging a heavy storm to rush forward.


    Most of the barbarians are simple minded and grumpy.


    Ignoring the huge gap in cultivation, many strong barbarians roared and took the initiative to fight against Qiu Gangfeng.


    The barbarian Lord at the early stage of returning to the virtual world roared up to the sky, and the totem virtual shadow appeared behind him. The whole man was like a mountain and rushed to Qiu Gangfeng and them.


    At the beginning of the battle, it was a fierce collision.


    The huge force shook the void, rippling in waves, and the overflowing vitality stirred everywhere.


    In terms of brute force alone, even if Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster work together, they may not be able to beat their opponents.


    However, practitioners never rely solely on brute force against the enemy. Various magic powers are the common means of practitioners.


    Qiu Gangfeng called hurricanes, and he seemed to be completely integrated into the hurricane.


    The hurricane revolved around the body of the barbarian Lord and trapped him temporarily.


    Xihai old monster took the opportunity to kill those low-level barbarians.


    Water Dragons appeared out of thin air, stirring a famous barbarian to pieces.


    ¡­¡­


    Although the barbarians have a simple mind, they are not all fools.


    Especially the high-level barbarians, many people can slowly overcome some of the nature of the race.


    Any race that can cultivate to a higher level and have the strength of returning to the virtual period will not be too stupid and have a little brain.


    When Qiu Gangfeng and the West Sea old monster attacked, the barbarians stationed here had sent signals to other foreign invaders according to the predetermined plan.


    The three Huixu Da Neng fought here. The noise was not small, and it was difficult to hide from the surrounding patrol team.


    Soon after Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster took action, a patrol team came from a distance.


    The leader of this patrol team is a demon master with strength in the early stage of returning to the virtual world. The demon soldiers and Demons under his command can be called elite.


    Although the demon clan and the barbarian clan have never dealt with much, when facing the common enemy, we still know to put aside our prejudices and join hands with the enemy.


    The demon lord led a patrol to stop the old Xihai monster who was killing the barbarians.


    Four strong men with strength to return to the virtual world fought here.


    Other demons and barbarians, regardless of the huge gap in strength, strive to get close to the battlefield and try their best to play a restraining role to help their own strong fight.


    It was not long before it fell into the hands of the extraterritorial invaders that this area had belonged to the repeated tug of war between the extraterritorial invaders and the Junchen community.


    The foreign invaders nearby are very vigilant and have been closely guarding against the counter attack of the Junchen world.


    After the barbarian strongmen stationed here were attacked, the nearby foreign invaders quickly responded and came to reinforce them.


    Xihai old monster and Qiu Gangfeng found that there were more and more foreign invaders gathered, and they saw that they were about to fall into a siege.


    They had a tacit understanding to push back their opponents and began to withdraw to the distance.


    The foreign invaders still have military merit in killing the cultivators in the Junchen world.


    Among the coalition forces organized by foreign invaders, there is also a system to encourage everyone to fight bravely and strive to kill the practitioners in the Junchen world.


    Seeing that two Huixu soldiers from the Junchen world could break into here, the foreign invaders were not surprised and thought it was the enemy''s scouting or infiltration team.


    Many foreign invaders have arrived here one after another, and there are already four strong ones at the virtual level.


    It''s not a big problem to win these two celebrity families'' return to virtual power. This is clearly the military merit sent to the door.


    These foreign invaders had a great morale one by one. They followed closely and pursued Qiu Gangfeng all the way. They looked like they would never stop until they caught the enemy.


    In the blink of an eye, not only the foreign invaders and patrols who came to reinforce, but also the barbarians stationed here ran after Qiu Gangfeng.


    Qiu Gangfeng, they move very fast in the void. It''s not so easy to catch up with them.


    As soon as the two sides chased and fled, the figure soon disappeared nearby.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon appeared.


    A simple move to lure the tiger away from the mountain solved the problem that had plagued Meng Zhang.


    Since the war between the foreign invaders and the Junchen world, they have not displayed any sophisticated strategies, let alone superb art of war.


    Most of the time, both sides fight hard in the void with their own strength.


    This is the normal state of struggle between practitioners and between practitioners and foreign enemies.


    The outcome of the war is ultimately determined by absolute strength.


    Those seemingly clever schemes are not useless, but they are useless most of the time.


    Last time, the Junchen side won a big victory by luring the enemy in-depth, which is also not too profound.


    Although the nearby enemies were temporarily led away by Qiu Gangfeng, they could come back at any time, leaving Meng Zhang little time.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon did not dare to neglect, and soon came near the entrance of the secret land.


    Here is an ordinary void, which looks nothing strange.


    Meng Zhang habitually released his mind to explore his surroundings, but he didn''t find any vision.


    Did the moon god make a mistake? Isn''t the entrance to the secret place here?


    At this time, the God of the moon flew out of the goddess of worship of the moon, made a seal with her hands, read a spell in her mouth and began to cast a spell.


    With their casting, the surrounding space began to vibrate violently, and a strong attraction came out of the anti space.


    Meng Zhang''s face could not help showing surprise.


    Do the aboriginal gods who have rushed to the street still have such means?


    This is clearly a strong person with profound knowledge of the space Avenue, so that he can use the secret anti space to hide the entrance of the secret realm.


    Meng Zhang has seen similar means in the void before.


    It was the mountain guarding ancestor of Taiyi gate in its heyday. He fled near Shenchang world and borrowed the embryo of the heaven and earth pillar, a magic weapon of the cave, to hide in the gap between positive and negative space.


    The cultivation of the old ancestor guarding the mountain is nothing, but how brilliant the inheritance of Taiyi gate is, and how rare are treasures such as heaven and earth pillars.


    A group of earth steamed stuffed bun gods in Jun dust world can have similar means, which is really beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang despised the indigenous gods in the Junchen world and thought they were a group of losers and a group of garbage eliminated by history.


    From a series of recent situations, Meng Zhang obviously underestimated the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has an advantage, that is, he is not stubborn enough, not too rigid, and knows to reflect on his mistakes.


    He once again raised his vigilance to the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, and began to reflect.


    As the goddess of the moon and the God of the moon cast spells together, the surrounding space shook more and more violently.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment and began to help the moon god cast their spells according to the technique told him by the moon god.


    With the addition of Meng Zhang, the opening of the entrance to the secret land has been significantly accelerated.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, on the anti space side, there came the wave of opening the space channel.


    The moon god greeted Meng Zhang, and then hid in the moon worship goddess again.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon left the positive space, began to shuttle through the space and entered the anti space.


    As soon as they entered the anti space, they began to move quickly along with the previous induction.


    As a special space opposite to positive space, anti space has many strange and dangerous situations.


    Even if it is to return to the virtual power, they dare not walk freely in the anti space.


    The practitioners of the proto God period of the human race can initially learn the magic power of void movement.


    This magic power makes use of the particularity of anti space to realize ultra long-distance movement in positive space by walking through anti space.


    But when it comes to the understanding of anti space, even many return virtual powers have limited knowledge.


    Meng Zhang has the inheritance of taiyimen. He is no stranger to anti space and has entered anti space many times.


    But every time he entered the anti space, he was careful and didn''t dare to be careless.


    Outsiders are easily lost in anti space.


    Hiding the entrance of the secret place in the anti space is not only hidden, but also safe enough.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t have found the slightest clue if it wasn''t for the reaction at the entrance of the secret realm caused by worshipping the goddess of the moon and the God of the moon just now.


    In the anti space, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship to the moon quickly sensed the entrance of the secret space according to the Dharma handed down by the moon god, and followed this induction to the front of the entrance.


    The entrance of the secret place is a thin crack, which can barely allow one person to pass.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon looked at each other. The goddess of worship of the moon took the lead and flew towards the crack.


    Meng Zhang followed, followed by the goddess of worship of the moon, and plunged into the crack.


    As they entered the secret place one after another, before long, the crack quickly disappeared and the entrance of the secret place began to close.


    After the entrance of the secret place was closed, all the spatial fluctuations quickly disappeared without leaving any trace.


    After a while, the foreign invaders who had chased Qiu Gangfeng and them returned here one after another.


    Qiu Gangfeng and his team perform the task of luring the tiger away from the mountain and are responsible for leading away all nearby foreign invaders.


    Faced with waves of foreign invaders coming from all directions and chasing them again and again, they not only delayed too long, but also began to run for their lives after a little dealing with the enemy.


    They work for the moon god for some reason and are willing to perform the task wholeheartedly, but they don''t want to put themselves in danger.


    In the face of many pursuers, if they don''t run for their lives quickly, they may be left here forever.


    Cultivators have many means. Qiu Gangfeng and Xihai old monster''s accomplishments are not outstanding among many great abilities of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world, but their Kung Fu of escaping for life is unique and powerful.


    In the past, this allowed them to escape the pursuit of Ziyang Shengzong for many times, but now it allows them to avoid the encirclement, pursuit and interception of foreign invaders.

 Chapter 2190

    Soon after Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon entered the secret land, the spatial fluctuation soon subsided, and the surrounding area quickly recovered calm.


    Those foreign invaders who continued to pass by did not find anything wrong.


    In their hearts, everything here is normal.


    After a while, a false god cast a spell from a distance and transmitted it.


    The nearby area has long been completely under the control of foreign invaders. According to their experience, the Junchen side should be unable to fight back here.


    Now there are two celebrity practitioners suddenly here, and it''s really strange to fight with the team stationed here.


    With the power of two great powers of returning to emptiness, it must be unable to recapture the nearby area.


    Most of them are scouts who come to investigate and test the nearby defense forces.


    Foreign invaders and the Junchen world fought in many areas of the void, and the battlefield was very vast.


    In different directions, there are strong foreign invaders to command and dispatch.


    A demon lord at the level of virtual immortal in charge of this direction sent a false god from Shenchang world to check the situation.


    This false god is the God of Xiangshan Mountain in Shenchang world and has the strength of the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Xiangshan Mountain God is under the command of chongyuezhen God in Shenchang world. His background and ability are quite extraordinary.


    He was ordered to come and check the situation here. At the same time, he also organized defense to prevent the infiltrators in the Jun dust world from causing trouble again.


    After the secret place of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world was hidden, even the strong at the ordinary virtual immortal level could hardly find the clue.


    In the absence of clear clues, those strong people at the level of true immortals can''t spend their energy to explore in the void.


    After all, the void is vast. Even the strong people with a long life will not be idle and waste their time at will.


    After Xiangshan Mountain God came here, it was just a routine, but he found something wrong.


    Xiangshan Mountain God''s talent is to be very sensitive to spatial changes and be able to find those weak spatial fluctuations.


    I don''t know whether he was lucky or not. After he found something wrong, he immediately explored it carefully and found more clues with his talent.


    There are many similarities between the indigenous gods of Shenchang and Junchen, and the two have had close contacts.


    Xiangshan Mountain God is an old Aboriginal God. He once communicated with some aboriginal gods in Shenchang world.


    He first found the traces left after the spatial fluctuation subsided, and then felt the familiar smell.


    Xiangshan Mountain God was once sent to the Junchen world as a reinforcement of Shenchang world to resist the invasion of cultivators.


    He was familiar with all kinds of situations in Shenchang world and heard about some arrangements of indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    After the fall of the Junchen world, Xiangshan Mountain God accompanied the brigade to withdraw to the Shenchang world.


    This time, as a member of the coalition army, he launched an attack on the Junchen world. He revisited his hometown and recalled many memories.


    Is this the secret treasure left by the indigenous gods in Shenchang world?


    The spatial fluctuation just now is that the treasure is opened and someone has entered the treasure?


    According to military regulations, after discovering clues, he should report to the senior level of the coalition forces in time.


    But as soon as Xiangshan Mountain God had this idea in his mind, he forced him down.


    The Shinto civilization of Junchen world and Shenchang world is highly similar. The practice system and growth mode of the indigenous gods in the two places have a lot in common.


    The treasure left by the indigenous gods in Shenchang world may not be useful to other foreign invaders, but it is of great significance to the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    After a lifetime of greed, Xiangshan God put aside the rules and interests of the coalition army and only thought about how to seek and seize the treasure.


    After some thinking, Xiangshan Mountain God soon took action.


    First, in the name of arranging defense, he transferred all the other foreign invaders around him to garrison in the distance. Even the patrol team was far away from him.


    As an old Aboriginal God, he has many divine servants.


    These God servants basically have the strength of Yuanshen level and are the most loyal men of Xiangshan God.


    At his command, the servants spread around and sealed off the area.


    The power of these servants alone can not stop the strong from approaching, but can provide early warning for Xiangshan God.


    Next, Xiangshan Mountain God began to carefully search and sense various traces, trying to find the entrance of the treasure.


    I''ve been busy for a long time without any harvest, but Xiangshan Mountain God is not in a hurry.


    According to his judgment, if the entrance of the treasure is nearby, the guy who obtained the treasure will appear nearby sooner or later.


    He could have been here, waiting for the rabbit, waiting for the other party to come to the door.


    As for the possibility that the other party''s strength is stronger than his own, Xiangshan Mountain God, blinded by greed, has never considered it.


    I''ll talk about Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon later.


    As soon as they passed through the crack and entered the interior of the secret space, an endless sea of fire came into their eyes.


    They entered a world of fire, where everything is made of fire.


    There is nothing here but the burning flame.


    The flame is extremely ferocious and far exceeds most of the real fires in the cultivation world. Melting gold and iron is just a matter of leisure. You can easily refine magic tools at all levels.


    The moon worshipping goddess sent out bursts of cold moonlight.


    When the moonlight passes, the flame goes out and changes from hot to cold.


    Before entering here, the moon god told Meng Zhang that she didn''t know much about the arrangements in the secret realm, but knew that it was extremely dangerous and could easily bury ordinary practitioners in the period of returning to emptiness.


    The indigenous gods of the Junchen world who originally arranged this secret place will never allow their backhands to fall into the hands of outsiders, especially the practitioners who invaded the Junchen world.


    The move of the goddess of worship of the moon seems to stimulate some defense mechanism here.


    A sea of fire made a comeback, as if to swallow Meng Zhang and them completely.


    The moonlight released by the goddess of worship of the moon protected them not far away, so that the hot flame could not enter.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of these, but observed everything around him with interest.


    According to his previous agreement with the moon god, he will share everything here with the moon god, including the secret land itself.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, this secret place is a completely independent space from the outside world, and the level is very high, which can easily accommodate their strong people who return to the virtual level.


    If living creatures can reproduce in the secret space and there is the existence of the underworld, it is not inferior to the general medium-sized world.


    The only drawback is that in Meng Zhang''s induction, there is no vitality in the secret realm, let alone the corresponding hell.


    Such a secret place cannot be used as a world for living creatures to reproduce.


    However, taiyimen can occupy here and use it as a secret base.

 Chapter 2191

    The Junchen world is about to change, and the whole world is in danger of collapse. Although Meng Zhang and the top and bottom of Taiyi gate have been making various preparations for this for a long time, so far, the preparations for him and the whole Taiyi gate are far from enough.


    Whether it is the situation of the blessed land of the sun and the moon, or the construction progress of the void warship, it is far from being able to deal with the future crisis.


    To strive for more survival opportunities for the clan and the Terrans above the clan territory, we must pay more efforts and make more preparations.


    If you can completely control this secret space, even if the Junchen world is destroyed, many friars of Taiyi sect can use it as a temporary foothold and a base for exploring the void.


    The more Meng Zhang observed, the more satisfied he was with the secret space.


    Of course, according to his agreement with the moon god, they will share this secret space.


    If Meng Zhang wants to turn it into the private property of Taiyi gate, he still needs to discuss it with the moon god in the future.


    Although there are many deficiencies here, it can meet the basic requirements of Meng Zhang.


    The goddess of worship of the moon only temporarily suppressed the flames around her.


    They need to find an exit from here in order to leave the world of fire and enter the next place.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, in order to completely control this secret space, most of them need to enter the core area of the secret space and master the core prohibitions and even artifacts.


    The moon god and Meng Zhang have not made a few steps forward in the sea of fire, and new changes have taken place in this flame world.


    A sea of fire suddenly expanded and then erupted continuously.


    In the sea of fire, countless creatures composed entirely of fire were born at once.


    There are flaming giants like mountains; There is a flame dragon with a length of more than 1000 feet; There is a flexible fire snake


    All kinds of strange flame creations, just after they took shape, approached Meng Zhang from all directions.


    Among these flame creations, the weakest ones have the strength of Yuanshen level, and the strong ones even have the strength of returning to emptiness level.


    These flame creatures have a strong fighting instinct, as if they were born fighting machines.


    They cast a variety of magic powers and showed a strong fighting ability.


    In particular, Meng Zhang was a little surprised that these flame creations did not act entirely by instinct, but had a certain combat wisdom.


    These flame creations know that they cooperate with each other and show a degree of hesitation.


    They seemed to know that the enemy in front of them was very powerful. After they were close to Meng Zhang for a certain distance, they did not launch an attack rashly, but arranged a certain formation according to a certain law, and then made a sudden advance in an orderly manner.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, these flame creations seem aggressive, but their strength is not worth mentioning.


    He can wipe out a large area by stretching his hands and feet at will.


    However, the coordination of these flame creations can be explored.


    Taiyimen made a large number of Taoist soldiers and various mechanism creations.


    Although these things have a certain fighting instinct, they are not creatures after all. Their flexibility is general, and their wisdom is far from enough.


    These flame creations are very similar to Taoist soldiers, but they are obviously much more flexible and even somewhat smart.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally dismissive of the means of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, had to admit that the indigenous gods in the Junchen world were not without merit after seeing these flame creations.


    In the face of so many flame creations, the goddess of worship of the moon couldn''t help shooting first.


    Large tracts of moonlight spread out, enveloping many flame creations.


    When Meng Zhang saved the goddess of worship of the moon in the Shenchang world, her accomplishments seemed to be at the level of the early stage of returning to emptiness, and her vitality was greatly damaged and extremely weak.


    She recovered slowly later, especially after swallowing the son of Rihua God, she not only made up for her previous losses, but also made great progress in cultivation.


    Soon after Meng Zhang brought her and the moon god back to the Junchen world, they left Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang saw them again after many years. Worshipping the goddess of the moon not only restored her accomplishments, but also rose to the level of the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    Even if the moon god doesn''t do it, worshipping the moon goddess won''t become a burden for Meng Zhang, but it will be helpful to him.


    The moonlight released by the goddess Yuehua is extremely cold, which easily turns a large flame creation into nothingness.


    In the face of strong enemies, these flame creations are not powerless to fight back.


    They adjusted their formation in time. They burst out a hot flame and connected into a mass in the air. All of a sudden, they withstood the cold moonlight.


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, a large flame creation was easily exploded.


    He held it with one hand, and a huge flame tiger was held by him out of thin air and could not move.


    Meng Zhang was ready to explore the interior of the flame giant tiger. The flame giant tiger exploded with a loud noise.


    The power of self explosion had no impact on Meng Zhang, but only disappointed him a little.


    The urgent task now is to enter the core of the secret space as soon as possible. The secrets of these flame creations can be studied slowly in the future.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, the law of yin and Yang worked, and the flame in this space immediately went out


    Without the foundation of standing, flame creations can not exist independently, and they die out so quickly one after another.


    Relying on his mastery of the avenue of yin and Yang, Meng Zhang forcibly reversed the rules of this space. Yin and yang are reversed, and the sea of fire and flame creation naturally disappear one after another.


    Without the obstruction of external forces, Meng Zhang and Yuehua goddess can naturally continue to look for exports.


    Meng Zhang soon found a space barrier.


    He clenched his fist with one hand. A huge fist appeared in the air and waved hard to the front, a void.


    Like broken glass, the void appeared spider like cracks, and then burst into pieces, resulting in a huge hole.


    Meng Zhang''s body shook and rushed into the cave. The goddess of worship the moon hurried to follow.


    This time, Meng Zhang took the lead.


    Next, they successfully eliminated a large number of roadblocks and broke through several checkpoints in a row.


    In fact, the speed of breaking through customs is not slow, but Meng Zhang is unwilling to break through customs step by step.


    This is the layout set by the indigenous gods of Junchen world who built this secret space at the beginning. It is their careful arrangement.


    As a practitioner, Meng Zhang does not have to act according to their arrangement and arrangement.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon entered a special space.


    This space is a huge maze. The environment inside is extremely complex, there are many routes, and the entrances and exits are very disordered.


    According to the normal customs clearance method, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon want to find the exit of the maze, advance along the correct route, and hit all kinds of roadblocks along the way.


    Meng Zhang is not prepared to do so.


    It was not only because it was too troublesome, but also because of his arrogance of returning to virtual power as a cultivator, which made him unwilling to obey the minds of the indigenous gods.

 Chapter 2192

    Meng Zhang now wants to break the arrangement of the indigenous gods and forcibly enter the core position of the secret space with a strong cultivation.


    The secret space is divided into many independent spaces, each of which has different uses.


    The indigenous gods of Junchen who originally built this secret place set up many independent spaces as checkpoints to block the entry of outsiders.


    If outsiders break in here without their permission, they must break through checkpoints everywhere according to their arrangement in order to enter the core position of the secret environment space.


    Meng Zhang is at the forefront of this checkpoint.


    He has broken through less than half of the levels, and there are more and more difficult levels waiting for him.


    Meng Zhang has had enough of this game and is not ready to continue.


    Meng Zhang, standing in the labyrinth, mobilized the power of the yin-yang Avenue, and the invisible power continuously impacted the body of the secret space through blocking his labyrinth.


    In the face of strong external force impact, the secret space spontaneously reacts and has a fierce confrontation with it.


    In the confrontation, Meng Zhang was keenly aware of the approximate position of the core part of the secret space.


    Meng Zhang drank violently, and the Yin and Yang Qi turned into a huge hammer, which shook the originally stable space and exposed space cracks.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments on the space Avenue were very deep. He greeted the goddess of the moon and took the lead in flying into a space crack.


    The goddess of the moon followed Meng Zhang closely. She could move forward safely without any effort.


    In the process of shuttling through space, Meng Zhang encountered a lot of huge resistance, which was forcibly broken by him.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, he has passed most of the checkpoints and is close to the core of the secret space.


    Perhaps Meng Zhang''s behavior of forcibly breaking through the customs without abiding by the customs clearance rules has stimulated some coping mechanism in the secret space.


    When Meng Zhang was about to cross all the checkpoints, the original power of the secret space was stimulated and turned into a series of mountains, blocking Meng Zhang''s way forward.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, it is difficult, but not impossible, to break these mountains and move forward.


    But he sighed helplessly, separated from the space shuttle, and did not continue to advance forcibly.


    If Meng Zhang forcibly breaks these mountains, it will greatly damage the origin of the secret land space. If not, it will destroy the stability of the secret space, damage its foundation and make it enter the decline period in advance.


    Meng Zhang has long made arrangements for this secret space. Naturally, we should not seriously damage it, but strive to ensure its perfection.


    Under the taboo, Meng Zhang could not go all out to fight against the origin of the secret space, and many means were not easy to use.


    As a last resort, he only temporarily left the state of space shuttle and returned to the level of secret space.


    Meng Zhang''s toss just now was not in vain. He and the goddess of worship of the moon have crossed most of the levels and reached the last level.


    If you break through the current level, you can enter the core area of the secret space.


    This checkpoint is a vast wasteland, and there is a towering peak in the middle of the checkpoint.


    At the top of the mountain is the entrance to the core area of the secret space.


    Meng Zhang did not have any emotion because of the previous setback, but calmly continued to move forward with the goddess of the moon, and smoothly flew to the top of the mountain.


    It is a broad platform. In the center of the platform, a strong man with tiger back and waist and scarred face is standing there quietly.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon flying over, the strong man immediately had a high momentum. Meng Zhang was surprised by his high fighting spirit.


    The goddess of the moon looked at the strong man, and her face looked very complicated.


    She and Meng Zhang had just flown over and had a shaky foothold. She opened her mouth before Meng Zhang started and took the initiative to communicate with the strong man.


    "Broken mountain god son, I didn''t expect that they let you guard this secret space."


    "A hero like you is overqualified here."


    The God son of the broken mountain looked at the goddess of the moon with disdain.


    "Worship the moon goddess, you have such a distinguished origin and such a noble blood, but you still take refuge in the cultivator and stay with the enemy. Do you deserve your family?"


    When talking to the goddess of the moon, the God son of the broken mountain did not forget to squint at Meng Zhang with hostile eyes.


    The attitude of the God son of the broken mountain who didn''t pay attention to himself made Meng Zhang very unhappy.


    However, seeing that the goddess of worship of the moon was talking to each other, he did not rashly interrupt them.


    Who knows what friendship there is between this man and woman? Maybe it''s an old lover for many years. I haven''t seen him for thousands of years. I''ll meet again here?


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know much about the goddess of the moon and the moon god behind her.


    Thousands of years ago, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world were defeated by the invading practitioners. There is not much information about the aboriginal gods under the cover of the religious doors of the major holy places intentionally or unintentionally.


    Meng Zhang generally knew that the goddess of worship on the moon was born in a powerful family of gods in the Junchen world, and he knew less about the God of the moon.


    "Broken mountain god son, times have changed. Today''s Junchen world is already the world of practitioners. There are few remaining gods. We don''t need to be enemies to each other. We should take care of each other."


    The moon worshipping goddess''s tone was soft, obviously trying to dispel the hostility of the mountain god son.


    Meng Zhang had a rough feeling just now. This broken mountain god son has unfathomable strength and is a very difficult enemy to deal with.


    If the goddess of worship of the moon can persuade the other party to make way, it can avoid a fierce fight.


    Of course, from the attitude of the broken mountain god son, this is unlikely.


    Sure enough, the next reaction of the broken mountain god son confirmed Meng Zhang''s guess.


    "Worship the moon goddess, I respect you for your family''s sake. I''ll give you some face and let you finish these nonsense."


    "Since you are in collusion with the cultivator, you are no longer a member of the divine descendant of my Jun dust world, but my sworn enemy."


    "Well, you''ve finished your nonsense. You can die."


    The goddess of worship the moon wanted to say something, but the God son of the broken mountain didn''t give her a chance.


    The broken Mountain God took a deep breath, and his body became incomparably tall and straight. He gently split a palm in the direction of the goddess of the moon and Meng Zhang.


    He saw dragon shaped Qi gushing out of his palm and shooting at Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon.


    The goddess of worship of the moon threw out bursts of moonlight. The moonlight was easily dispersed as soon as it met these dragon shaped Qi.


    Meng Zhang noticed that the guy in front of him was very powerful and knew that he was a strong enemy.


    He didn''t dare to be careless. He took out his real Kung Fu as soon as he did it.


    The Yin and Yang Qi entangled together and collided fiercely with the dragon shaped Qi force.

 Chapter 2193

    In the age when the goddess of worship the moon grew up, the son of the broken Mountain God was a famous figure among the God descendants.


    Generally speaking, as the descendants of gods, the descendants of gods have gained great power because of their divine blood, but they are also shackled by their blood.


    There must be gains and losses, which is also an alternative balance of heaven.


    Among the indigenous gods in Junchen world and Shenchang world, even the false gods basically have the strength to return to the virtual period.


    The strength of divine descendants is generally much lower than the gods at the root of their own blood.


    God descendants at the level of Yuanshen period, even if they have good strength.


    God descendants want to have the strength of returning to the virtual level, either the source of blood is very strong, or they have special opportunities.


    The son of Rihua God who was destroyed by Meng Zhang in the Shenchang world, his father is a rising sun true God with real immortal level strength. The moon worshipping goddess beside Meng Zhang is also a true God.


    It is not easy for them to have the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    It is even more difficult for them to further their cultivation.


    The divine blood on the son of the broken Mountain God comes from an ordinary false god, which is not outstanding.


    However, Po shanshenzi is a man with great perseverance. Because of a series of opportunities and unremitting efforts, he broke through the shackles of blood and finally grew into a strong man at the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    The era of the rise of the God son of the broken mountain is the time for the practitioners to invade the Junchen world on a large scale.


    The broken mountain god son is active on the battlefield against the practitioners. He fights in the broken mountain god son all year round as a roadblock and blocks their way. He will come to no good end.


    Worshipping the moon goddess knows the power of Meng Zhang and the horror of the moon god.


    She really didn''t want to see the broken mountain god son die here so worthless.


    Since he, like himself, escaped the end of dying in the hands of the practitioners, he should have a better future.


    Unfortunately, the God son of the broken mountain turned a deaf ear to the painstaking persuasion of the goddess of the moon, and mercilessly hurt her.


    Seeing that her persuasion had no effect, and the attack of the God son of the broken mountain was imminent, the goddess of the moon had to face it.


    The goddess of the moon didn''t give up persuading the son of the broken Mountain God. She began to think about how to avoid Meng Zhang and communicate with the son of the broken Mountain God alone.


    She wanted to tell the God son of the broken mountain that she did not collude with the cultivator, and Meng Zhang just used each other and got what they needed.


    The voice of the moon god sounded in the mind of the goddess of worship.


    "That boy won''t understand your pains. He''s a dead brain."


    "He won''t believe anything you say."


    "Moreover, with the means of the gods in those years, since they are relieved to let the broken mountain boy act as the guardian here, they naturally have great restrictions on him and let him wholeheartedly destroy all intruders here."


    The moon god has been hidden in the moon worship goddess for thousands of years and knows her very well.


    She guessed the mind of the goddess of the moon, and then opened her mouth to interrupt her fantasy.


    Although the moon god did not urge, since the other party had spoken, the moon goddess had to give up all her other thoughts and start to fight wholeheartedly.


    For the God of the moon, worshipping the goddess of the moon is to act like a God and blindly obey all the orders of the other party. Even if you sacrifice everything, including your life, you should implement the will of the moon god.


    Moreover, in order to let Meng Zhang have more understanding of the opponent in front of him, the goddess of worship of the moon whispered secretly and told Meng Zhang everything about the son of the broken Mountain God.


    She hoped that Meng Zhang could know himself and the enemy and end the battle as soon as possible.


    The power levels of the broken mountain god son and Meng Zhang are similar, but the practitioners have a variety of means, and often can quickly gain the upper hand over the aboriginal gods and God descendants of the same rank.


    Meng Zhang urged Yin and yang to block the God son of the broken mountain.


    One after another, the Taoist magic powers kept killing the God son of the broken mountain.


    Once the goddess of worship of the moon, who has the strength of returning to the virtual medium, actively enters the battle, it will be of great help to Meng Zhang.


    She didn''t have a head-on collision with Po shanshenzi, but restrained his power and distracted his attention.


    Although the cultivation level of the God son of the broken mountain is higher than that of the goddess of the moon, he dare not ignore her attack.


    Cold moonlight shrouded around the God son of the broken mountain. He was fighting Meng Zhang with all his strength. He didn''t have time to drive it all away.


    The broken mountain god son trapped in the moonlight is like being in a quagmire. He feels that his body is full of resistance and makes his action slow.


    If the worship of the goddess of the moon just makes him unable to ignore it, Meng Zhang wants him to fight his strong enemy wholeheartedly.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, yin and yang are ever-changing, which makes it difficult for the broken mountain god son to parry.


    The God son of the broken mountain must stick to the top of the mountain and cannot give way to the road.


    This makes him have few tactical options and become tied up.


    Under the joint attack of Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon, the God son of the broken mountain soon fell to the disadvantage.


    Every time the Yin and Yang Qi brush around the God son of the broken mountain, although they are blocked by his divine power, their power penetrates in, constantly killing his divine power and wearing his flesh.


    He felt that his Qi and blood were constantly consumed and his flesh and bones were wearing away, which brought him great pain.


    Falling into the downwind in the battle, I saw that I was about to be unable to resist the enemy and fulfill the duty of guardian, which made the God son of the broken mountain suffer. The pain in my heart was better than that in my flesh.


    The broken mountain god son''s face was twisted and a black air flashed on his face.


    "Practitioners should be killed, and traitors who collude with practitioners should be killed."


    The God son of the broken mountain didn''t know what to think. Instead of taking charge of Meng Zhang, the great enemy, he frantically jumped on the goddess of the moon.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon didn''t know what she had done. She let the God son of the broken mountain hate herself so much.


    "Be careful, this guy is possessed."

 Chapter 2194

    He has fought against the devil for many times and has a deep understanding of it; Meng Zhang, who has seen a variety of demons and Demons and has rich experience, immediately found something wrong and quickly reminded the goddess of the moon to pay attention.


    The moon god hidden in the body of the goddess of worship of the moon also reacted early, and made a move with the help of the flesh of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    The moonlight condensed into a full moon machete in front of the moon worship goddess, and cut heavily at the broken mountain god son.


    The God son of the broken mountain walked violently, and colorful beams of light burst out, colliding with the full moon machete in the air.


    Previously, when the two sides fought each other, they had their own scruples. By coincidence, they restrained the power of the hand and controlled the scope of the battle.


    Po shanshenzi is the guardian of this secret space. Naturally, he doesn''t want to cause too much damage to the secret space, but wants to keep it intact.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon were worried that they would damage the channel into the core position, and they were also very careful when they shot.


    As everyone coincidentally controlled the scope of the battle, their previous battle did little damage to the surrounding environment.


    But now the broken mountain god son suddenly became possessed and became very crazy. Naturally, he would not worry about others. He only knew to launch crazy attacks blindly, regardless of the consequences.


    The strength of the goddess of worship of the moon is far inferior to that of the God of breaking the mountain. It''s too late to fight him with all her strength. There''s still room for others.


    The forces of terror collided recklessly. With a loud noise, the huge mountain under their feet began to collapse rapidly and turned into countless earth rocks.


    Meng Zhang didn''t rescue the goddess of the moon in time and let her fight with the broken mountain god son. He wanted to take this opportunity to see her real strength and see if he could force out her cards.


    The goddess of worship of the moon broke out a strong fighting force and temporarily blocked the crazy mountain god son.


    Although the goal has not been fully achieved, Meng Zhang and she are still comrades in arms. Some careful thoughts are not good, and the performance is too obvious. When it''s time to rescue, we can''t delay too much.


    The Yin and Yang Qi swept down from the sky like a waterfall, so that the God son of the broken mountain had to be distracted to deal with it, and had to temporarily relax the pressure on the goddess of the moon.


    The broken mountain god son stopped by Meng Zhang became more angry.


    He gave up worshiping the goddess of the moon and continued to fight with Meng Zhang.


    After the collapse of the mountain, the God son of the broken mountain seemed to lose his bondage. He no longer tied his hands and feet, but did his best to attack Meng Zhang madly.


    After the son of the broken Mountain God was possessed, his strength increased greatly and he was crazy.


    It seems that he doesn''t even care about his own life. He tries his best to launch an attack and looks like he wants to die with Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang, who has been tested for a long time, will not be frightened by this battle.


    He had some reservations before, but he didn''t do his best. He had to make greater efforts to deal with the soaring strength of the broken mountain god son.


    Meng Zhang revealed his heaven and earth Dharma phase. The yin-yang Tai Chi diagram slowly turned on his head and began to suppress the action of the mountain god son.


    The strength of the broken mountain god son increased greatly. He made a crazy move, which not only didn''t scare Meng Zhang, but made Meng Zhang a little excited.


    Such a battle is what Meng Zhang has been looking forward to for a long time.


    After listening to the voice of the goddess of worship of the moon just now, Meng Zhang first attached great importance to the opponent, Po shanshenzi, and hoped to see some unusual means in him.


    However, in the previous battle, Po shanshenzi was really ordinary.


    He didn''t give full play to the strength of Meng Zhang''s induction, which made Meng Zhang feel that he had used the wrong strength.


    He doesn''t look like a divine descendant with the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and he can hardly be called a threat to Meng Zhang.


    Among the strong men of the same rank, his combat effectiveness is weak.


    Meng Zhang could not help but wonder whether he was hiding his strength or whether his skills really stopped there?


    Is it true about the heroic deeds and brilliant achievements of the broken mountain god son?


    Is the peerless hero in the mouth of the goddess of the moon, Po shanshenzi, the same person as the guy in front of him?


    At least, this guy''s performance is not worthy of the praise of the goddess of the moon.


    Now, after the son of the broken Mountain God was possessed, he showed his great strength, which satisfied Meng Zhang.


    After being possessed by the devil, the God son of the broken mountain did not show any evil means, but he was still the same as before.


    However, the same magic and magical powers became particularly powerful at this time, which made Meng Zhang a little hard to deal with.


    The strong devil at the level of returning to the void is called the great devil, and often has a variety of strange devil means.


    Although the broken mountain god son has been possessed by the devil, his evil spirit is not very strong, and there is no strange means like the big devil.


    So far, he is not so much a powerful devil as a crazy Aboriginal God.


    Meng Zhang did not despise the son of the broken Mountain God because of his current state.


    The process of enchantment is generally irreversible.


    At present, the devil level of the broken mountain god son may be shallow, but with the passage of time, he is more and more deeply possessed until he finally falls into the devil and becomes a real devil.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that the son of the broken Mountain God was possessed at this time, but it was not unacceptable.


    Practitioners are often tempted by the evil way, and many people can''t control it. The gods are more vulnerable when facing the devil''s way, and they are easier to fall into the devil''s way than practitioners.


    The practitioners of the Junchen world regard the devil''s way as a great enemy. They have pursued and killed the devil''s way for many years, but they can never completely eradicate the devil''s way.


    Not to mention the Junchen world, even in such a powerful fairy world as the Lingkong fairy world, we can''t avoid the trace of the devil.


    In fact, even in a world where there is no inheritance of magic and no magic cultivation has ever appeared, there may be traces of magic suddenly.


    As the saying goes, evil comes from the heart.


    Once a practitioner has a mind devil, and is unable to restrain it, and allows the mind devil to develop and grow, the inner devil will eventually lead the outer devil, sense all kinds of information related to the devil Road, and finally embark on the road of devil cultivation.


    Practitioners in the Jun dust world strive to eliminate the evil cultivation and isolate all kinds of information of the evil way.


    The nine days barrier also has a strong defensive effect against the evil information.


    But every once in a while, there will still be practitioners who are possessed by the devil.


    In many cases, these practitioners who are possessed by demons are internal demons who lead external demons to sense the information of the devil''s way outside the sky.


    These magic information comes from the great demons, demon gods and even heavenly demons outside the sky.


    If the cultivator practices according to the cultivation methods in these demon information, he will embark on the road of demon cultivation, or turn into all kinds of strange demons.


    Many demons will worship and worship the great demons and Demons outside the sky, hoping to get the power they give from the space and make themselves stronger.


    Many great demons and demon gods sometimes respond to expand the influence of the devil way.

 Chapter 2195

    Many great demons and Demons often take the initiative to spread the evil way to all the world through various ways.


    For example, they throw some magical artifacts into all the world, tempt all kinds of practitioners to contact, so that the practitioners they contact can gain strength, sink deeper and deeper, and can''t extricate themselves, so as to embark on the road of magic.


    The objects of the temptation of the devil''s way include practitioners of various systems and members of various races.


    Taoist practitioners, Shinto practitioners, Buddhist practitioners


    Terrans, demons, spirits


    These are all the targets of the evil way, in which the strong ones of the evil way have been born.


    In addition to the enchantment caused by their own demons and the temptation of big demons and demons, many demons in all worlds are also very keen to develop more peers, so they don''t hesitate to vigorously spread the demons.


    Only when you know yourself and the enemy can you win a hundred battles.


    In order to quell the evil disaster and fight against the evil Tao, Meng Zhang had an in-depth study on these.


    With the improvement of his cultivation and status, such research not only did not end, but became more in-depth.


    The vast majority of demons and demons, as long as they are not killed, will eventually become puppets and playthings of the great demons and demons, lose all autonomy, and even slaves are far inferior.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation and speculation, the God son of the broken mountain had been in this secret space for so long that he had a devil thought in his heart.


    Today, the arrival of him and the goddess of worship of the moon gave him great stimulation, so that he could no longer suppress the demons in his heart and become demons.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the evil son of the broken Mountain God is just another unlucky wretch.


    Although the broken mountain god son is the enemy blocking the road at this time, Meng Zhang is still determined to help him.


    Meng Zhang will kill him to avoid his tragic fate of falling into the devil.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head speeds up the rotation, and the power of Yin-Yang Avenue diffuses around Meng Zhang''s body and quickly spreads around.


    The rules of heaven and earth around the broken mountain god son''s body began to change violently. The power of Yin-Yang Avenue dissipated other forces and began to occupy the dominant position slowly.


    Seeing that the broken mountain god son was possessed, the goddess of the moon had to throw away all her fantasies and began to kill him.


    While absorbing the power of believers'' faith, gods should also feel the joys, sorrows and joys of countless believers, which are affected by various emotions.


    Many gods gradually lose themselves in this process and are dominated by the power of incense belief.


    Such gods are not determined, and are easily tempted by the devil, or they have their own demons, so they become demons.


    What makes the goddess of worship of the moon feel strange is that the son of the broken Mountain God is only a God, not a God, and his will is as strong as steel. How can he be so easily possessed?


    Of course, it''s strange in my heart. Now the broken mountain god son has been possessed and can''t go back. It''s meaningless to investigate the reason and process of his being possessed.


    The goddess of the moon knows that only killing the God son of the broken mountain as soon as possible is the greatest help to him.


    The strength of the broken mountain god son increased greatly after he became possessed, but in Meng Zhang''s view, he is just normal now, showing his strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    As for his madness, his fierce and fearless, seemingly terrible, but limited to the improvement of combat effectiveness.


    By this time, the mountain where they originally stood had already completely collapsed, and even the falling earth and rock had been crushed into powder by the aftermath of the battle.


    The God son of the broken mountain moved quickly in the air, coming and going like electricity, and constantly attacked Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stood still in the air under the protection of Tai Chi yin-yang diagram.


    He pointed with one hand and killed the mountain god son with a fierce sword Qi.


    Breaking mountain god son''s two palms split out in a series, and a Taoist Qi column gushed out of the palm and collided fiercely with the sword Qi.


    The pure Yang breath contained in the sword Qi began to attack the mountain god son''s body again and again.


    The pure Yang breath of Zhiyang and Zhigang makes the devil''s mind fluctuate endlessly and feels very uncomfortable.


    The power of pure Yang breath made the broken mountain god son begin to be hurt and become more and more crazy.


    He quickly moved around Meng Zhang''s body and chopped at Meng Zhang in the air.


    Every time he split out, he easily tore open the space around Meng Zhang''s body, exposing space cracks.


    The violent force spewed out from the space crack, and saw that a space storm had begun to breed.


    The Taiji yin-yang diagram accelerates the rotation, quickly fixes the space, and makes the surrounding space cracks disappear quickly.


    Under the cover of the pure Yang Sword Qi of Zhiyang Zhigang, a Yin, soft and cold sword evil spirit silently appeared around the broken mountain god son and suddenly stabbed him.


    The broken mountain god son blocked the raid, but the Yin evil force contained in the sword evil spirit penetrated into his body silently.


    The icy and biting spirit of yin and evil made Po shanshenzi feel bad. He had to allocate a large part of his mental force to drive him out of his body.


    The goddess of worship of the moon helped Meng Zhang fight for so long, but she didn''t play a big role.


    Now she''s starting to come up with a kill.


    A full moon suddenly appeared in the sky, emitting endless moonlight.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon worshipped the full moon. The full moon turned gently and aimed at the God son of the broken mountain.


    In the full moon, the figure of the God son of the broken mountain is reflected.


    Poyama Shenzi immediately felt stiff and temporarily lost control of his body.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to urge the sword Qi. The pure Yang Sword Qi, which was originally Yang and hard, and the Yin, soft and cold sword evil spirit immediately merged into one.


    The black-and-white divine sword of Yin-Yang integration appeared in the air and cut towards the God son of the broken mountain.


    The broken mountain god son struggled with all his strength and finally broke away from the control of the secret art of worshipping the goddess of the moon.


    As soon as his body regained its freedom, he was cut off by the sharp black-and-white sword.


    The body of the broken mountain god suddenly collapsed and disappeared into a mass of flesh and blood.


    The son of the broken Mountain God was killed. Such a victory is too easy.


    The goddess of worship of the moon looked at the end of the God son of the broken mountain in disbelief. Her thoughts flew in her heart, and her emotions were extremely complex.


    Meng Zhang felt vaguely wrong.


    Although the power of the blow just now is huge, it is not enough to easily kill a god descendant in the later stage of returning to the void after being possessed by the devil.


    But the broken mountain god son has been killed, and the breath has completely disappeared.


    Meng Zhang put aside his doubts for the time being.


    Even if the God son of the broken mountain still has any backhand, he will catch it.


    He was able to kill Meng Zhang, the son of the mountain god, and had a simple exchange with the goddess of the moon. Soon he reached a consensus and began to take action.

 Chapter 2196

    The original mountain peak in this level has been completely destroyed. Fortunately, the space channel hidden above the mountain has not been affected by the battle and is roughly well preserved.


    Meng Zhang brushed it gently, as if he had brushed away the covered dust, revealing the space passage entrance to the core of the secret space.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon entered the entrance and passed through the space channel.


    There was a rapid change of scene in front of them, and then they entered a huge hall.


    In the center of the hall, there is a towering giant tree standing there quietly.


    The huge tree is very thick, but there are no branches and leaves.


    At the top of the huge tree, there are several clusters of light shining slightly.


    The several groups of light arranged into a special formation, gently echoing each other.


    With Meng Zhang''s sensitivity to the space Avenue, he immediately found that the light should be some kind of artifact, which formed a special Dharma array to jointly support the secret space.


    Perhaps, after seizing and refining several artifacts, you can completely control the secret space.


    Meng Zhang did not wait to seize these artifacts, but focused on the giant tree.


    The bark of this huge tree is like a mass of scales, emitting a cold light.


    The red fog shrouded the body of the giant tree, making the giant tree look hazy.


    The goddess of worship of the moon recognized the origin of the huge tree at this time.


    While communicating with Meng Zhang and telling each other the details of the giant tree, she took the initiative to speak.


    "Red fog forest leader, unexpectedly, they let you garrison here."


    The owner of the red fog forest is a well-known existence among the indigenous gods in the Jun dust world.


    His noumenon is a huge tree, not exactly, it should be an ancient tree.


    Among many indigenous gods, he is very old and highly qualified.


    If the noumenon is not difficult to move, it will have a deeper influence on the affairs of the Jun dust world.


    Forest owner, forest owner, as the name suggests, is the master of a forest.


    Thousands of years ago, red fog forest was one of the most vast forests in Jun dust world.


    There are all kinds of trees in the forest, and thousands of creatures live there.


    The Lord of the red fog forest is the master of the forest. All the creatures in the forest are his faithful believers.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon really didn''t expect that the red fog forest owner actually left the red fog forest and ran to this secret space.


    Of course, the red fog forest has long disappeared in the Jun dust world and was completely destroyed.


    If the red fog forest owner had not entered the secret space, I''m afraid he would have died with the red fog forest.


    "Worship the moon goddess, it''s you. How did you get here?"


    A weak voice came from the of the giant tree.


    The giant tree shook gently, and an old face suddenly appeared on the tree.


    The bark cracked, revealing two big eyes.


    This pair of eyes glanced at the front, a big mouth opened on the tree body, suddenly realized and said: "worship the moon goddess, with your background, you still took refuge in the cultivator."


    "Are you worthy of your family? Are you worthy of your ancestors?"


    "Do you know what tragic end those gods and descendants who take refuge in the practitioners will end up with?"


    "Practitioners are cruel and cunning. Their purpose is to destroy all gods and their descendants."


    ¡­¡­


    A series of questions rang out in the ears of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon waited until the red fog forest master finished talking.


    "Senior, the times outside have changed, and the outside world is no longer the world ruled by gods."


    "If you''re interested, I''ll talk to you later."


    "Now, please step aside for a while. Don''t stop us from obtaining artifact and controlling the secret space."


    The goddess of the moon worshipped the Lord of the red fog forest for several times. She knew that the indigenous God was old-fashioned and stubborn.


    Even though she knew there was little hope, she still hoped to persuade the other party to give way and avoid a meaningless battle.


    "What if God doesn''t give way? You''re such a big girl. Even if your family elders are here, they don''t dare to talk to God like this."


    The red fog forest master snapped.


    The goddess of the moon sighed.


    "Elder, do you really think you are blind and can''t see your state?"


    A large part of the power of indigenous gods such as the Lord of the red fog forest comes from the power of incense belief provided by their believers.


    The Junchen world has long been the world of practitioners. Not to mention the believers of the red fog forest Lord, there are few who remember the existence of this God.


    After staying in this secret place for thousands of years, without the nourishment of the power of incense belief, the red fog forest owner will surely weaken gradually.


    In the feeling of worshiping the moon goddess, the red fog forest leader is not only very weak, but also seems to be seriously injured, in a very bad state.


    The red fog forest owner in his heyday was an old demigod in the Jun dust world. He sat in the red fog forest and had the power of a real immortal.


    Even if he left the red fog forest, he at least had the power of virtual immortal.


    But at this time, the red fog forest owner gave her a feeling that was not much better than her.


    After all, the goddess of worship of the moon is a divine descendant. She had a good relationship with many indigenous gods in Junchen world.


    After returning to the Junchen world this time and re contacting the residual forces of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, the moon goddess learned about its current situation.


    Today, when the practitioners ruled the Junchen world, the indigenous gods withered and the divine descendants were almost extinct.


    Even if those gods or descendants who were hostile to each other and irreconcilable had survived, they had to hold together to keep warm, so that they could continue to live.


    The current situation of the indigenous forces in the Junchen world is so tragic that they should not kill each other.


    For the old friend of that year, the goddess of worship of the moon always had some incense in her heart and was unwilling to fight with each other.


    Of course, if the red fog forest owner is really not interested and has to block the way of worshiping the moon goddess, the moon goddess can''t care about anything else and has to hurt the killer.


    After the language exchange between the goddess of worship of the moon and the red fog forest master, you come and I go, the red fog forest master sighed a long sigh. It seems that she persuaded him to give up the argument.


    As an Aboriginal God, the leader of the red fog forest is far less determined than the God descendants such as the son of the broken Mountain God.


    He is willing to make way for the moon goddess to obtain the artifact supporting the secret space.


    However, he finally made a request.


    Almost all the branches and leaves of this giant tree withered and fell away. There were no residual leaves on the tree for a long time, and only a few branches shook weakly.


    I saw one of the branches stretching gently, and the magic Qi was faintly visible at the top of the branch.


    The request put forward by the red fog forest owner is to worship the goddess of the moon to help him dispel the evil spirit on the branches.

 Chapter 2197

    Although the red fog forest master had been aware of his bad state for a long time, the goddess of worship of the moon never thought that the red fog forest master was attacked by magic and was almost infected.


    Fortunately, the red fog forest leader has deep cultivation and can compete with the evil Qi. He temporarily curbed the dyeing of the evil Qi and kept his own Qingming. He did not completely demonize or become a demon.


    Although the goddess of worship the moon had guessed in her heart, she still asked the red fog forest master carefully. How did he get possessed by magic in this closed secret space.


    The answer of the red fog forest master was not beyond her expectation.


    Thousands of years ago, after the completion of this secret space, he and the broken mountain god son were arranged to guard here.


    The red fog forest leader is responsible for guarding the core position, and the broken mountain god son is the last checkpoint.


    Although he has left the Junchen world and entered the secret space, he can''t put down everything about the Junchen world.


    The hatred of the cultivator and the arrangement of the gods made him often full of anger, and finally he was taken advantage of by the demons.


    After the mountain breaking God son became possessed, he attacked the red fog forest master secretly and tried to dye him with magic.


    The red fog forest leader was careless and was attacked by him.


    Although the red fog forest leader fought back the mountain breaking God son temporarily with his deep cultivation, he has been invaded by magic Qi.


    After the evil Qi invaded the main body of the red fog forest, it continued to develop and grow by swallowing his divine power and essence.


    The red fog forest master tried all kinds of methods, but he couldn''t completely expel the evil Qi from his body.


    Later, forced by helplessness, the red fog forest owner had to take the initiative to abandon the part infected by the magic gas, and abandoned almost all the branches and leaves and part of the trunk, so as to reluctantly curb the continuous invasion of the magic gas.


    Even with such a great sacrifice, the red fog forest master still couldn''t completely remove the magic Qi.


    The remaining trace of evil spirit still entangled in him, like bone gangrene, which made him restless all day.


    Red fog forest leader suffers from evil spirit, but he has no good plan to completely solve problem.


    In these years, he suffered from the evil spirit and suffered so much that he was depressed and mentally exhausted.


    The red fog forest master clearly told the goddess of worship the moon.


    If he was not in this state, he would certainly do his duty and work hard to protect the secret space.


    Unless he is killed, he will never retreat at all.


    In these years, the red fog forest leader not only failed to dispel the evil Qi in his body, but also the evil Qi was growing, which made him more and more unable to suppress it.


    Although the red fog forest leader hated the cultivators and was unwilling to betray his duty, he had to make concessions in order not to be completely infected by the evil spirit and fall into the devil''s way.


    As long as a strong person like the goddess of the moon acts from the outside and cooperates with him, he should be able to completely eliminate the evil spirit and solve the problems that have plagued him for many years.


    The red fog forest leader''s words sound flawless. It seems to be impeccable.


    Combined with the state of the red fog forest owner, the goddess of worshiping the moon felt that there was no big problem.


    The red fog forest owner even revealed his secret, which shows his sincerity.


    In the heart of the goddess of worship of the moon, she also tends to help the red fog forest master dispel the evil spirit.


    There is also a hostile relationship between gods and demons.


    Many gods are harmed by the evil way. The whole God system regards the evil way as a great enemy and wants to get rid of it and then quickly.


    Not to mention the old knowledge of the red fog forest master, even if a stranger is infected by magic and worships the moon goddess, he will not sit idly by.


    Helping the red fog forest owner not only solved the problem of the red fog forest owner, but also removed the last obstacle. It''s really killing two birds with one stone.


    Since the problem can be solved peacefully, there is no need to fight, which is most in line with the wishes of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Next, the goddess of worship the moon asked the red fog forest master in detail how to cooperate with him and how to dispel the evil Qi in his body.


    During the communication between the goddess of worship of the moon and the Lord of the red fog forest, Meng Zhang said nothing and allowed them to talk freely.


    The core space seems vast, but the area is still limited.


    Several artifacts supporting the secret space are not far behind the red fog forest master.


    If they talk to the red fog forest owner, they will have to clear the blocker.


    Under a great war, it may damage those artifacts, and even affect the stability of the secret space.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang is also willing to solve the problem peacefully and subdue people''s soldiers without war.


    The state of the red fog forest owner confirms his statement. He really needs external help.


    Gods are selfish creatures. It is not without precedent to betray the same kind and trade with the enemy for their own interests and safety.


    Although Meng Zhang saw nothing wrong and believed the words of the red fog forest leader, he still vaguely felt that something was wrong.


    At this time, the goddess of moon worship had come to the bottom of the huge tree, which was very close to the red fog forest owner.


    The red fog forest master began to guide the moon worship goddess how to release her divine power and probe it into his body.


    Meng Zhang finally thought of something wrong.


    The red fog forest Master said that he was infected by the devil of the broken mountain god son before he was invaded by the devil Qi.


    In the last pass, when Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon jointly fought against the broken mountain god son, they found that the broken mountain god son had been possessed.


    This seems to prove that the red fog forest owner is right.


    However, Meng Zhang found that although he had a lot of demonic thoughts and deep demonic intention in his heart, the demonic Qi in his body was not very strong and did not deserve his cultivation.


    When the God son of the broken mountain fought with them, he mostly used his Shinto methods and did not use any magic secrets.


    Maybe the broken mountain god son retained his strength and hid his evil ways, but what''s the significance of doing so?


    According to the means of breaking the mountain god son, he has strong destructive power, but he doesn''t have the ability to infect others.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s judgment is not necessarily accurate. The strong devil is good at hiding himself, and it is normal for the mountain god son to hide his means.


    However, once the seed of doubt was planted, Meng Zhang thought about the old tree of the red fog forest owner and felt that it was wrong.


    He seemed to have no flaws in his speech. The more he listened to it, the more he felt there was a problem.


    Although he could not say what the specific problem was, Meng Zhang deepened his vigilance and became extra careful.


    The red fog forest master''s branch stained with magic spirit slowly extended to the goddess of worship the moon.


    As soon as the goddess of worship the moon stretched out her hand, she would release her own divine power and go deep into the branches.


    Meng Zhang felt wrong and wanted to stop worshipping the goddess of the moon, but he couldn''t think of any reason.


    The goddess of worship of the moon and he are never the same people. Even if the two sides have a cooperative relationship for the time being, they still have common interests. However, emotionally, the goddess of worship of the moon is still more inclined to the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2198

    Seeing that the goddess of worshiping the moon had released her divine power according to the command of the red fog forest master, when the divine power was about to touch the branch, the moon god suddenly took over her body.


    The goddess of worship of the moon has absolute trust in the moon god. She is willing to open her body and mind to the moon god and let the moon god completely control her body.


    Most of the time, the moon god will not easily interfere with the action of worshiping the moon goddess.


    But in some emergencies, she will directly control the body of the moon worshipping goddess.


    Under the control of the moon god, the divine power of the goddess of worship to the moon condensed into a machete and cut hard at the branch.


    The incident happened suddenly. The red fog forest owner didn''t expect it. At the last moment, both sides spoke well, and the next moment, the goddess of worship the moon suddenly turned her face and began to fight.


    The branch twisted flexibly, like a spirit snake, avoided the knife of the goddess of the moon, and then shot away at the goddess of the moon.


    In its heyday, the moon god was a powerful God who could compete with the real immortal.


    Longyou shoal was played by shrimp, and the tiger was bullied by dogs. The moon god after the disaster was really very embarrassed and had to be attached to the moon goddess.


    When she was in Shenchang world, she was almost poisoned with the goddess of the moon because of the plot of the son of Rihua.


    Later, after being rescued by Meng Zhang, she slowly recovered her strength with the goddess of the moon.


    Especially after the goddess of worship of the moon swallowed the son of Rihua God, the goddess of worship of the moon broke some congenital shackles and got a great improvement in essence.


    After being brought back to the Junchen world by Meng Zhang, the God of the moon and the goddess of worship of the moon were slowly supplemented by various means.


    The strength of the goddess of worship of the moon has been raised to the mid-term level of returning to emptiness. Although the goddess of the moon is far from restoring her strength in her heyday, she also has the power of self-protection.


    With the skill of the moon god, she controls the flesh body of the goddess of worship to the moon, which can play a strength far beyond the middle level of returning to emptiness.


    Just as the branch approached the body of the goddess of worship of the moon, it suddenly lit a miserable white flame.


    Under the fire, not only the branches quickly turned into fly ash, but also the magic gas contained in them dissipated.


    The red fog forest master shouted loudly.


    "Worship the moon goddess, what are you going to do? Why did you attack the God for no reason?"


    Attacking the red fog forest master was not the intention of worshiping the moon goddess. She couldn''t understand. It was clear that everything had been settled just now. Why did the moon god want to control his own flesh, and suddenly became angry with the red fog forest master.


    Since she didn''t understand, the goddess of the moon would empty her mind, let go of all these things, and hand over all the dominant power of the body to the God of the moon.


    The goddess of worship of the moon has absolute trust in the moon god and will never doubt her actions.


    In her eyes, what the moon god did naturally makes sense.


    I can''t see it for the time being. It''s just that I''m too stupid. Afterwards, I can always slowly understand the hardship of the moon god.


    The moon god did not answer the questions of the red fog forest owner, but continued to control the moon god''s flesh and attack the red fog forest owner.


    At the same time, she motioned to Meng Zhang to join the battle.


    The performance of the red fog forest master seems to have no problem, but the moon god in the moon worship goddess has doubts.


    However, unlike the goddess of worship of the moon, the goddess of worship of the moon, who had a high status in the Junchen world, knew more secrets and had a deep understanding of many gods.


    Several gods who built this secret space in those years had deep expectations for this secret space.


    This secret space is their very important backhand.


    In order to build this secret space in the void, they took great pains and lost a lot.


    This is the retreat they have left for themselves, so that after the indigenous gods in Junchen world are defeated by the invading cultivators, one day the indigenous gods can make a comeback and rise again.


    Since they have arranged the red fog forest owner and the broken mountain god son as the guards here, they naturally have a way to make them loyal to their duties, rather than simply believe in their conduct and loyalty.


    Powerful gods have some means to completely bind and even control them, so that they can''t resist.


    If the moon god is placed in the position of those gods, she will also make the same choice and use various means to ensure that the red fog forest owner and the broken mountain god son fulfill their duties and will not betray.


    The red fog forest master made way for practitioners like Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon to obtain artifacts and finally completely control the secret space. This is the betrayal of red fruit.


    The red fog forest owner may not mind betrayal for his own interests. But with his original strength, he was not enough to get rid of his shackles.


    Since the moon god found the contradiction, he would not believe the red fog forest owner, but thought there must be something strange.


    Originally, the moon god was not prepared to expose the red fog forest owner in such a hurry, but was prepared to let the goddess of the moon worship deal with him slowly, collect more information, and thoroughly understand what happened in the secret space.


    However, when the divine power released by the goddess of worship to the moon was about to contact the branch, the God of the moon was alarmed and aware of the great danger.


    With the heart of the moon god, he immediately responded without hesitation and manipulated the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Now that you have torn your face and started, the verbal communication is meaningless. Naturally, the original agreement with the red fog forest owner is completely invalid.


    The God of the moon controls the goddess of worship of the moon without saying a word and blindly attacks the red fog forest master.


    The few branches of the red fog forest owner danced quickly, like Python after python, and fought back while resisting the attack of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Meng Zhang had no half trust in the indigenous gods like the red fog forest owner, let alone care about their life and death.


    But previously, the goddess of worship of the moon took the initiative to reach an agreement with her to avoid fighting, and Meng ZhangCai didn''t ask more.


    Now the goddess of the moon suddenly turned her face and began to fight. Meng Zhang also thought that she had deliberately confused each other and wanted to take the opportunity to sneak attack.


    Since the goddess of worship the moon started, Meng Zhang immediately joined the battle without saying a word.


    The red fog forest leader is still there to question loudly.


    "Worship the moon goddess, have you really taken refuge in the cultivator and betrayed your family?"


    "Your family will not let you go, nor will all the gods let you go."


    Hearing the question of the red fog forest master, make complaints about the goddess of the moon and Meng Zhang''s heart, unable to help secretly Tucao.


    I don''t know how long it has been in the mountains. This old guy has stayed here for a long time and knows nothing about the outside world. He also threatens them with the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    The Junchen world has long become a world ruled by practitioners. The indigenous gods in the Junchen world are almost extinct.


    The threat of the red fog forest owner sounds so ridiculous.


    Meng Zhang even couldn''t help mocking the red fog forest master.


    Seeing that the goddess of worship of the moon turned a deaf ear to her questions, the cultivator laughed at herself wantonly, and the red fog forest owner fell into a silence.

 Chapter 2199

    "Worship the moon, you simple minded little girl, can see through the trap of the God. It''s really a surprise to the God."


    With the voice of the red fog forest master, his breath changed.


    Originally, he gave the impression that he was an Aboriginal God in poor condition and a little weak.


    Now, his evil spirit is rising and his evil power is towering, and he has suddenly become a powerful demon.


    The huge tree shook violently, and evil Qi gushed out of the tree body and turned into countless branches, like a group of serpents twisting and swimming.


    Now, Meng Zhang didn''t understand that they had been cheated by the red fog forest owner.


    This guy is only infected by the evil spirit, but he has been deeply possessed and has completely transformed into a powerful demon.


    The demon of red fog forest master is so cunning that he knows how to cover himself up and deceive the goddess of the moon.


    If the moon god hadn''t shot in time, the goddess of worship would have been trapped by him.


    What terrible consequences will it lead to if you put your divine power into a magical object and establish a connection with it. Just thinking about it makes the goddess of worship of the moon feel scared.


    Meng Zhang lamented the camouflage skill of the red fog forest master.


    Meng Zhang had many dealings with demons and demons, and countless powerful demons had been killed.


    But before that, he simply didn''t find that the red fog forest owner was a demon.


    Of course, it''s not surprising that the means of demons are cunning and changeable and have unexpected performance.


    Among the demons Meng Zhang had killed before, there were also those who were especially good at concealing and camouflage.


    After the red fog forest leader no longer pretended and completely exposed his true face, judging from his rising breath, his actual strength is obviously not under Meng Zhang.


    It seems that being trapped in the secret space these years did not make him too weak, but still maintained a strong strength.


    Since the red fog forest owner is a demon, the previous agreement with the moon worship goddess is naturally a trap. Meng Zhang, they can''t continue to communicate with him. The only thing they can do is to defeat him.


    Meng Zhang did not know that it was the moon god who manipulated the goddess of worship to launch an attack, but felt that the goddess of worship of the moon not only had foresight, but also showed great strength.


    A big sun rose above the huge tree and threw endless hot light downward.


    The light of the sun can not only cause strong restraint against demons, but also cooperate with the attack of the goddess of the moon.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to mobilize the power of the sun Avenue and cooperate with the power of the Taiyin Avenue driven by the goddess of worship of the moon.


    During these years, Meng Zhang not only made great efforts in the realm of cultivation, but also made great efforts to improve his Kendo cultivation when he practiced in the closed door of Taiyi gate.


    The hidden breath killing sword taught to him by the companion snow sword king was not only thoroughly mastered by him, but also integrated into his Kendo cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s Kendo cultivation combined with his major Yin Yang Avenue, which made him create a lot of Kendo killing moves.


    The Yin and soft sword Qi quietly bypassed the magic Qi branches around the huge tree body, and silently approached the huge tree body.


    With the sound of thunder, the Yin and soft sword Qi turned to Yang and hard, and fiercely chopped down the huge tree.


    The bursting power contained in the sword Qi blew the broken bark flying everywhere. The pure Yang breath, which plays a great role in restraining demons, constantly penetrated into the giant tree.


    Due to his own reasons, the red fog forest owner''s response is far less rapid than that of Meng Zhang.


    Under Meng Zhang''s rapid attack and the restraint of the goddess of worship of the moon, he suddenly fell to the disadvantage.


    In those years, several gods who built the secret space chose the red fog forest owner as the keeper of the secret space and stayed here forever until several gods or their successors appeared.


    The red fog forest owner is very dissatisfied and disagrees with this.


    He didn''t want to leave the red fog forest where he grew up, and didn''t want to give up the divine domain he established in the forest.


    On the one hand, they asked him to focus on the overall situation and take into account the future and destiny of all indigenous gods; On the one hand, seize his handle and threaten him.


    Just a half god red fog forest master, he was unable to resist the common will of several true gods, so he had to put down everything in the Jun dust world and came to the secret space.


    Then, taking advantage of his unprepared, several true gods jointly planted prohibition means on him and forced him to faithfully and dutifully guard the secret space.


    In desperation, the red fog forest owner had to accept his fate and take on a new responsibility.


    As the Junchen world gradually fell into the hands of invading practitioners, the red fog forest was also destroyed in wars, and the creatures in it were basically extinct.


    He left his home and lost the power of belief in incense. Despite some supplements provided by the secret space, the red fog forest owner inevitably became weaker and weaker.


    Originally, the Lord of the red fog forest was a huge tree, with a longevity far longer than that of other indigenous gods. For him, staying in the secret space for thousands of years is just a drop in the ocean.


    Unfortunately, the pain of losing believers, the sense of weakness brought by the continuous decline of strength, the fear brought by the gradual loss of vitality, and his uncontrollable resentment that he was controlled by the true God finally broke through his heart and made him have a heart demon.


    Demons are born from the heart. Since the heart demons are born, it is difficult to eradicate them.


    In terms of spiritual cultivation, the gods are not as good as the practitioners, and they do not have as many means as the practitioners. They can stabilize the mind, suppress and even calm the demons.


    The red fog forest master''s demons grew stronger and got out of control, which made him completely possessed.


    The red fog forest master, who was attracted by the demons from the heart and completely possessed by the demons, even in the secret space, sensed the information of the devil''s way all over almost the whole void, and learned a lot of devil''s way from it.


    He began to practice magic skills, cultivate magic Qi, and gradually transform his divine power into magic Qi.


    The red fog forest master has completely fallen into the devil''s way and turned into a complete devil.


    There are many examples of the degeneration of indigenous gods into demons, and the red fog forest owner is just one of them.


    After he turned to the devil''s way, his strength began to recover slowly, and the passing vitality was curbed.


    Most importantly, the prohibitions imposed by several true gods on him were almost broken by him.


    Although he lost a lot in this process and was seriously injured, it strengthened his confidence in the devil''s way.


    After recovering from the injury, the red fog forest master began to try to refine those artifacts as the foundation of the secret environment space, trying to completely control the whole secret environment space and dye it into a new magic earth.


    The keeper in the secret space is not only the red fog forest owner, but also the God son of the broken mountain.


    There are essential differences between the broken mountain god son and the red fog forest owner. He is not only unswerving and dedicated to the duty of guard, but also has a sense of responsibility and mission. He is willing to do his best to protect this secret space.

 Chapter 2200

    After discovering the betrayal of the red fog forest master, the God son of the broken mountain broke out a big war with him in order to stop him.


    Although the broken mountain god son has strong strength and can control a large part of the power in the secret realm space, he is still not the opponent of the demonized red fog forest master. He was not only defeated by him, but also contaminated by his evil thoughts in the battle, which led to his own demons and began to slide towards the evil way.


    The God son of the broken mountain tried his best to stop the evil thoughts in his heart and tried his best to escape the pursuit of the red fog forest master.


    Although the red fog forest master is the keeper of the secret space, he is far from controlling the secret space.


    The operation of secret space has its own rules.


    That was the rule made by several true gods in those years. It could not be reversed between completely controlling the secret space.


    Because several true gods trust Po shanshenzi more, Po shanshenzi has much higher authority in the secret space than the red fog forest owner.


    Using the power of the secret space itself, the God son of the broken mountain escaped the repeated pursuit of the red fog forest master.


    Finally, the red fog forest leader temporarily gave up chasing him and turned to refining artifacts, trying to completely control the whole secret space, which is a drastic strategy.


    Of course, it is not easy to refine those artifacts completely.


    Several artifacts are very spiritual. They are formed into an array by several true gods. They echo each other and cooperate with each other.


    The red fog forest leader doesn''t want to destroy the foundation of the secret space, but wants to dye it completely.


    Several artifacts, out of the instinct brought by spirituality, extremely resisted the end of magic dye and fought against the red fog forest master.


    In these years, the red fog forest master was fully resisted when he dyed these artifacts.


    Moreover, after perceiving the crisis, the broken mountain god son came to stop the red fog forest owner many times regardless of the danger.


    The cultivation of red fog forest master''s magic skill is becoming more and more profound. Although he is far from recovering his cultivation in his heyday, it is enough to slowly refine those artifacts and repel the interference of breaking the mountain god son.


    A large part of the forces in the secret space are concentrated here to resist the red fog forest owner.


    Although the broken mountain god son was limited to the rules of the secret space and had to stop Meng Zhang at the last level, he undoubtedly put water under his hand.


    If not, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon may not be so easy to enter here.


    The son of the broken Mountain God has been haunted by evil thoughts over the years, and he can''t completely drive it away. He began to become a devil gradually, and fell into the abyss of the evil way step by step. He is even more unable to stop the action of the red fog forest master.


    The red fog forest leader is about to break through the last defense of several artifact, and it is not far from refining them completely.


    When Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon broke into here, in order not to destroy the refining process, he used a trick to take them more easily.


    Of course, if we can let the God descendant with extraordinary background and great talent like the goddess of the moon step into the trap and be demonized by him, it will bring him great benefits.


    The goddess of worship of the moon actually saw through his trap at the critical moment and boldly attacked him. Now he joined hands with the cultivator to attack him, which made him suffer a little loss.


    The red fog forest owner is an ancient tree. He not only reacts very slowly on weekdays, but also has few emotional ups and downs. Generally, he rarely has extreme emotions such as rage and ecstasy.


    After being possessed by the devil, the red fog forest master indulged his heart wantonly, and his mood became extremely unstable, often dominated by various fanatical emotions.


    The attack of Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon made him fall into a rage and become a little crazy.


    The red fog forest leader sent out bursts of harsh sword howling, which directed at the spirits of Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon.


    Meng Zhang tried to stabilize his mind and continue to attack.


    The goddess of the moon felt very uncomfortable. Fortunately, the moon god who controlled her body was not affected by the howling.


    In the magical scream, a lot of magic gas sprayed out from the giant tree and shrouded a large area around.


    This evil spirit fell to the ground and immediately turned into red trees.


    Trees gather to form a forest, and big trees form a vast forest, which fills the broad hall tightly.


    In the forest, bursts of red fog suddenly rose and spread around.


    The fog became so thick that people could hardly see their fingers in the forest.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god were keenly aware of the strange power contained in the fog and didn''t want to let them close.


    They cast spells together and put up a huge shield to isolate the fog from them.


    The red fog not only obscured their sight and blocked their various pupil magic powers, but also swallowed their thoughts.


    Under the red fog, Meng Zhang and the moon god barely maintained a small blank area.


    What happens outside this scope, even with their cultivation, can''t be seen too clearly.


    Red fog is extremely corrosive and constantly corrodes the shield they support.


    The evil Qi surged along with the red fog and was wrapped around the shield held up by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god are experienced people who know the truth that they will lose if they keep it for a long time.


    Instead of blindly defending, they took the initiative to remove the shield and boldly went deep into the red fog.


    They used their own means to temporarily isolate the damage of red fog to themselves, trying to get close to the body of the red fog forest owner and attack him directly.


    The big trees in the forest seemed to come to life at once, dancing their branches and twisting their bodies, and rushed towards Meng Zhang and them.


    The sword Qi of Yang and hardness suddenly broke out and blew the big trees apart.


    The moon god sent out a cold flame, wrapped around the tree and burned it up.


    The big trees in the forest seemed like thousands of troops and horses, blocking the way of Meng Zhang and the moon god.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god knew that these big trees were transformed by the magic skill of the red fog forest master. It was meaningless to get entangled with these big trees.


    You must find the body of the red fog forest owner to cause damage to him.


    In this forest, Meng Zhang and the moon god were greatly bound.


    Invisible forces are everywhere, suppressing them all the time.


    It became very difficult for Meng Zhang to mobilize the power of the road, and the power of Taoist magic was greatly reduced.


    After so long cooperation, Meng Zhang has been vaguely aware that it should be the ancient god of the moon who controls the body of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Although he had not been in contact with them for a long time, Meng Zhang had a certain understanding of their fighting style and knew that the goddess of worship of the moon had no so old fighting experience.


    Meng Zhang was obviously more relieved about the ancient god of the moon.


    With the moon god as his comrade in arms, Meng Zhang can play a stronger combat effectiveness.


    He and the moon god looked at each other and felt that they should take action as soon as possible to change the current unfavorable state.

 Chapter 2201

    Meng Zhang controlled Yin and Yang and blew whirlwinds around his body.


    Big trees were drawn into the whirlwind, torn apart and completely crushed.


    Both the red fog and the magic Qi contained in it are quickly dissipated by the Yin and Yang Qi after being involved in the whirlwind.


    The law of yin and Yang is one of the basic laws of the world. The level of yin and Yang Qi refined by the power of the law of yin and Yang is very high.


    Yin and Yang Qi are not only free from evil Qi, but also can suppress evil Qi to a certain extent. It has a miraculous effect in killing and refining evil Qi.


    Meng Zhang''s head Tai Chi yin-yang diagram appeared, and began to rotate gently to give Meng Zhang a strong blessing.


    Although the exploration methods, including divine thoughts, were blocked and could not be explored in the red fog forest, Meng Zhang made great strides towards the main body of the red fog forest with the guidance of spiritual consciousness.


    The moon god and Meng Zhang have been together for a long time. They know that the cultivator has rich means and many cards, and he hides a lot of secrets.


    The moon God chose to believe Meng Zhang''s judgment and did not spend his energy to explore the position of the red fog forest master.


    She knows that the battle with the red fog forest master can be long, and she must save every strength as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang once took the sun moon rotation Sutra as his major skill, and had deep attainments on the sun moon Avenue.


    Although he later transferred to heaven and earth yin-yang change as his major skill and took the yin-yang Avenue as the fundamental Avenue, he did not weaken his investment in the sun moon Avenue. The sun moon Avenue is still his very important minor Avenue.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of the sun moon Avenue and actively cooperated with the moon god to cast magic.


    On the head of the moon god, the hot sun attracted by Meng Zhang, coupled with the full moon she transformed, reflected each other. The hot sunlight and the cold moonlight sometimes separated, sometimes merged, and spread around.


    Where the sun and moon light passes, the red fog slowly dissipates, and the magic gas contained in it is slowly dispelled.


    The moon god waved his hands and shot away at the surrounding trees one by one, splitting the surrounding trees in the way.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god broke through the obstacles and quickly moved towards the body of the red fog forest master.


    Due to the previous casting of the red fog forest owner, the space in this hall has been distorted.


    The hall has not only become wider, but also the distance between his body and Meng Zhang has been lengthened.


    In addition, the space here has been misplaced.


    Maybe I was walking towards the front and could take one step, but I came to the back.


    In addition, the forest created by the red fog forest owner, the almost ubiquitous red fog, has become an extremely dangerous maze.


    Even an ordinary Da Neng in the later stage of returning to emptiness is trapped in the maze, I''m afraid it''s difficult to get out in a short time.


    Meng Zhang had the talent of breaking false magic eyes since he was a little monk in the period of Qi refining. With the improvement of his cultivation, he became stronger and stronger.


    At this time, breaking false magic eyes played a great role in breaking all kinds of puzzles and helping him out of the maze.


    As for the distortion and dislocation of space, we can''t embarrass him who is highly accomplished on the avenue of space.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god showed their strengths and cooperated with each other. Without spending too much time, they broke through many obstacles and came to the red fog forest owner not far away to face this powerful demon.


    The red fog forest master was a true demigod in his heyday.


    In the exclusive realm of red fog forest, he even has the power of true fairy level.


    Of course, if the immortal who invaded the Junchen world invaded the red fog forest, he could not resist it.


    Having a certain level of strength does not mean that you can give full play to a certain level of combat effectiveness.


    After leaving the red fog forest, he is still a strong man at the virtual immortal level.


    He stayed in the secret space for thousands of years. The first half of the time was a process of continuous decline, and the second half was a process of gradual recovery.


    After he became a devil, with the help of his cultivation, his strength has gradually recovered, and he is only a line from his heyday.


    Of course, cultivating magic skills can restore his strength, but it is impossible to create a divine realm out of thin air.


    Therefore, he wanted to thoroughly refine the secret space as his own exclusive magic land to replace the various functions of the divine domain.


    If you let him succeed, there will be a powerful demon at the true immortal level near the Jun dust world.


    Before Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon arrived, a large part of the red fog forest owner''s strength was invested in refining several artifacts.


    He had been temporarily defeated in the battle, but his strength had not been recovered in time.


    He used his magic skills to create a forest and temporarily trapped Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon in order to recover the power released.


    Since the goddess of worship of the moon did not take the bait and there was a powerful cultivator to help, there must be a hard battle next.


    When he didn''t leave the Junchen world in those years, the red fog forest leader saw the powerful power of the cultivator and knew how terrible the cultivator was.


    Even though Meng Zhang was much weaker than him in the level of power, he still dared not be careless.


    When Meng Zhang and the goddess of moon worship rushed near the body of the red fog forest owner, the red fog forest owner had almost completed the adjustment.


    The red fog forest leader launched an attack before they continued to approach.


    The fierce evil spirit surged towards Meng Zhang like a tide, and countless thick branches waved in the air, as if they were a ferocious python.


    The giant tree seemed to become extremely tall and full of supreme majesty, making life feel like a worship.


    Pieces of scales fell off the giant tree and whirled towards Meng Zhang and they flew away.


    Scales change in the air and become all kinds of strange demons.


    Some of these demons are birds flying in the sky, some fall to the ground and turn into animal forms, and more of them are too distorted and strange to describe.


    When I was in the Junchen world, the old tree of the red fog forest owner would fall off its branches and turn into a new giant tree every once in a while.


    These giant trees are his family members, his most devout believers and most reliable guards.


    After practicing the magic skill, many magical powers of the red fog forest leader have changed.


    The primitive and crude supernatural powers possessed by indigenous gods have changed into strange, powerful and more sophisticated magical powers.


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon fell into the siege of countless demons.


    These demons may not cause too much damage to Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon, but they can contain them and consume their strength.


    All kinds of attacks from the main body of the red fog forest are the most deadly and can take advantage of the weakness.


    At this time, the red fog forest leader was not the previous weak image, but the unparalleled strong man who commanded the demon army, showing great magic power.


    The opponent who is not strong enough will has long been under his towering magic power, his mind has been taken away, and his fighting spirit has disappeared.

 Chapter 2202

    Meng Zhang has experienced more difficult and dangerous scenes than before, encountered many more thrilling battles, and he has had close contact with real immortals.


    Red fog forest master''s monstrous demons didn''t scare him, but stimulated his strong fighting spirit.


    Sharp sword Qi came and went among the demons and killed them wantonly.


    Wherever the sword Qi passes, no matter how fierce and fierce the demons are, they are all dead.


    Yin and yang are like a long river, sweeping through the air.


    Wherever the Yin and Yang Qi pass by, whether it is the branches or something transformed by the magic Qi, they are involved and then quickly erased.


    For the ancient moon god, what kind of big scene has not been seen. This pediatrician in front of her can''t shake her mind.


    The God of the moon is a tiger falling flat and the sun falling flat. It has completely lost its strength in the past.


    If it was her heyday, she wouldn''t pay attention to such goods as the red fog forest owner.


    Of course, if she really has the strength of her heyday, there is no need to enter here, let alone join hands with Meng Zhang.


    Moon god''s state of mind has always been very good, especially the experience of thousands of years has greatly tempered her mind.


    She has no unbalanced mentality because of her current state, let alone complain.


    She accepted her destiny and faced a series of challenges fearlessly.


    The red fog forest master in front of her is just another roadblock in her long life.


    The physical strength of the goddess of worship of the moon is limited. The God of the moon can not only give full play to her strength, but also pull a thousand pounds in four or two to win the clumsy.


    The cold moonlight, like layers of yarn, covers the body of the goddess of worship to the moon.


    No matter how fierce the attack fell on it, it was gently unloaded.


    A cold and shining moon blade nimbly avoided a lot of obstacles, suddenly appeared around the body of the red fog forest master and killed him fiercely.


    The thick scales falling from the main tree of the red fog forest are like thick shields, blocking all the moon blades.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god joined hands, so they fell into a long struggle with the red fog forest owner.


    The leader of the red fog forest has a higher level of strength, and has cultivated a lot of magic skills. It seems that he has a great momentum.


    Meng Zhang bears the profound inheritance from Jinxian, has a deep foundation, and Taoist magic powers emerge one after another.


    The goddess of worship of the moon is a strong one among the God descendants. After her body is controlled by the moon god, she plays at a super level.


    As one of the oldest gods in Jun dust world, moon god is not only well-informed and knows many secrets, but also unfathomable, with many means and cards.


    The red fog forest leader is one against two. Although he temporarily has the upper hand in the scene, he is still a long way from completely taking Meng Zhang and them.


    In the fierce fight, neither side dared to keep his hand. They all went all out to fight with each other.


    In this case, they had no time to take care of others, and the aftermath of the battle spread wantonly, which soon had a great impact on the surrounding areas.


    The hall where they are located is the core area of the secret space. It is shrouded by the power of several artifacts all the year round. It should be the most stable and not easy to be damaged.


    However, a few artifacts have to restrain most of their strength to protect themselves and resist the red fog forest master in the face of the attack of the red fog forest master''s magic Qi all year round.


    Second, the two belligerents have a very high level of cultivation, and the fighting has caused a lot of movement. Even the forces inadvertently leaked by them have a very strong destructive power.


    After some fighting, both sides gave up the illusion of quick decision, honestly prepared for a protracted war and tangled with each other.


    Their battle was in a state of anxiety, but the hall couldn''t stand it first.


    Cracks appeared around the hall, broke quickly, and then collapsed completely soon.


    This secret space is built in the space gap between positive and negative space. It is divided into many independent spaces with their own functions.


    After the hall disappeared, the real environment around it was exposed.


    Here is a gap formed by the intersection of positive space and anti space, surrounded by endless space turbulence.


    This is not as gentle as the spatial turbulence formed inside the world.


    The space turbulence formed by the entanglement of positive space and anti space forces is a difficult problem for returning to virtual energy.


    Even Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time is unwilling to easily step into this level of turbulence without a clear positioning.


    As the aftermath of their battle disturbed the surrounding space turbulence, the power of space turbulence began to slowly erode towards the battlefield.


    The red fog forest master''s body is fixed in one position and can''t move easily.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon move around quickly to dodge and parry the attack of the red fog forest master.


    They have now become extra careful not to fall into the turbulence of space.


    The aftermath of the battle and the power of space turbulence are unfavorable to the red fog forest owner.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess worship the moon have no men or helpers. When fighting, they willfully release their strength intentionally or unintentionally to expand the scope of the aftermath of the battle.


    The red fog forest that the red fog forest owner had previously imagined was soon greatly affected.


    Huge trees were destroyed by the scattered power, and the thick fog was dispersed.


    The demon army transformed by the scales on the red fog forest master was also destroyed in large quantities.


    Even without the forest layer and the help of the demon army, the strength of the red fog forest owner alone is enough to suppress Meng Zhang.


    Seeing the change of the war situation, the previous strategy was not very effective. The red fog forest owner made adjustments in time and took back all the power distributed.


    Most of the red fog forest was destroyed, and the dense demon army disappeared, but the momentum of the red fog forest owner suddenly became higher.


    He abandoned the previous fancy means and used more direct force to crush the two enemies.


    Even if it is to pay a greater price, there are more losses.


    I saw that the huge tree came alive at once, and the old face on the tree became more vivid, full of anger and killing.


    The thickest branches of the giant tree twisted like hands and feet, and the red fog forest owner seemed to stand up suddenly.


    He exhaled heavily, and the magic gas gushed out, turning into a tall ghost.


    The space around Meng Zhang and the goddess worshiping the moon vibrated violently, and bursts of popping sound sounded.


    An avalanche of terrorist forces came from all directions, as if to squeeze them into meat sauce.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon began to shine with all kinds of lights. This was their body protection spell triggered, and then it was forced to explode soon.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon felt great pressure and seemed to have difficulty breathing.

 Chapter 2203

    The yin-yang Tai Chi diagram of heaven and earth Dharma above Meng Zhang''s head was also under great pressure and was severely squeezed, as if it had been pushed down one end, and even the original rotation stopped.


    The Yin and Yang Qi, which used to be like a long river and crisscrossed everywhere on the battlefield, became much depressed, slow and weak, and seemed to disappear completely at any time.


    The scorching sun and full moon on the head of the moon god were crowded and disappeared one after another, her flame went out, and the hot sunlight and cold moonlight were swallowed up by the great darkness.


    Meng Zhang and moon god, who thought the battle could last for a long time, felt a huge crisis at this time. They knew that if they did not respond properly, the war would come to an end.


    Red fog forest leader, I don''t know what secret skill he used. He suddenly increased his strength and became so powerful.


    Meng Zhang and moon god are in trouble.


    If this situation continues, they may not last long.


    Meng Zhang and moon god are very decisive characters, and are ready to take out their cards to reverse the current situation.


    At this time, a figure quietly sneaked into the neighborhood.


    The two sides at war, because their attention was on each other, joined the infiltrators too skillfully, and they didn''t find any clues.


    This figure suddenly appeared behind the red fog forest master. His palms were like a giant axe and cut down towards the red fog forest master.


    Seeing that the sneak attack was about to succeed, the red fog forest owner suddenly laughed arrogantly.


    "Broken mountain boy, God has been waiting for you."


    "Do you think God will forget you, a disgusting guy, and have no defense against you?"


    "You dare to throw yourself into the net. You really want to die."


    "Don''t forget that you still have the evil idea of God. Even across thousands of mountains and rivers, God can smell the fragrance of you."


    "Broken mountain boy, you will be in the mouth of God sooner or later. You might as well surrender early and save yourself from suffering."


    Accompanied by the arrogant laughter of the red fog forest owner, a virtual shadow of demons appeared behind him.


    These ghost shadows not only blocked the sneak attack of Po shanshenzi, but also killed Po shanshenzi in turn.


    The red fog forest leader is not a chatterbox. The reason why he says so much is a psychological attack, trying to provoke the evil thoughts in the son of the mountain god.


    The God son of the broken mountain was infected by the evil thoughts of the red fog forest master. After the demons grew in his heart, he fell into a very tragic end.


    Due to the influence of evil thoughts in his body, his movements have been under the control of the red fog forest master.


    No matter where he fled to the secret space, or even left the secret space and fled outside, he could not escape the induction of the red fog forest owner.


    If he can''t control his demons and is completely possessed, the red fog forest master, as a demon, can completely control him and turn him into his own puppet.


    In these years, the God son of the broken mountain seems to have been completely possessed by the devil, but he always keeps the last glimmer of clarity in his heart.


    Many times, he even lost his self-consciousness and fell into madness.


    However, the last instinct left in his heart still asked him to keep a distance from the red fog forest master and try to resist the control of the red fog forest master with the help of the power of the secret space.


    After so many years, the broken mountain god son has never succumbed to the heart devil, bowed his head to the red fog forest owner, nor accepted his fate, and has been painstakingly seeking a way to get rid of his tragic end.


    When Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon entered the secret space and passed the pass all the way, they found their broken mountain god son and regarded them as their last chance.


    At the last level, because of the rules of the secret space, the broken mountain god son had to come forward to intercept Meng Zhang and them.


    But even though he was possessed by evil and was about to completely lose his self-consciousness, he still secretly released water to let Meng Zhang win easily and enter the final core space.


    The son of the broken Mountain God is to use the art of replacing death and escape by pretending to die.


    After that, the God son of the broken mountain tried to keep his final soberness and monitored everything here through the power of the secret space.


    When Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon fought against the Lord of the red fog forest, the God son of the broken mountain had been waiting for a good opportunity.


    The God son of the broken mountain knew very well that without Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon to contain the fog forest master, he could not resist the red fog forest master alone, and would soon be completely controlled by him.


    When the red fog forest leader suddenly broke out, completely suppressed Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon and pushed them into danger, the God son of broken mountain suddenly broke out and launched a sneak attack with all his strength.


    However, judging from the current situation, the owner of the red fog forest, who had been on guard for a long time, calculated the broken mountain god son and forced him to the disadvantage.


    Due to the evil thoughts in the son of the broken Mountain God, the red fog forest master is his nemesis.


    Under the counterattack of the red fog forest owner, the broken mountain god son can''t last long.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship to the moon did not expect that they were the son of the broken Mountain God who had been possessed. They suddenly appeared and attacked the red fog forest master.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god thought that the situation was wrong when they killed the broken mountain god son. They expected the reappearance of the broken mountain god son.


    The God son of the broken mountain stood on their side and became the enemy of the fog forest owner, which was a little unexpected.


    From their performance, they don''t seem to be acting. Their hostility should not be false.


    The God son of the broken mountain is also the God descendant of the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and he is so famous. When he first appeared, Meng Zhang and the moon god had great expectations for him.


    They and the broken mountain god son joined hands against the enemy. They may not be unable to resist the red fog forest master. There is no need to take out the last card now.


    If the God son of the broken mountain didn''t suddenly appear, Meng Zhang was ready to use the fairy talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Facing such a powerful demon as the red fog forest master, Meng Zhang was in such a bad situation that even if he was reluctant or unwilling, Meng Zhang had to take out the last card.


    The God son of the broken mountain suddenly made a sneak attack, which made Meng Zhang slow down his movements.


    The reaction of the moon god was similar to that of Meng Zhang, and he was also unwilling to easily consume the last details.


    However, the God son of the broken mountain was completely suppressed by the red fog forest owner shortly after he took the shot. It looks dangerous. It seems that he will fall into the enemy at will.


    The performance of the God son of the broken mountain was so unbearable that Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon expected it again.


    At least he is also a divine descendant at the later stage of returning to the virtual world. How can he achieve this combat effectiveness? Even his previous performance at the last level is far from enough.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god are people with excellent eyesight and extensive knowledge.


    They thought of the red fog forest master''s lie. From the performance of the broken mountain god son, they guessed that he was restrained by the upper demon.


    The red fog forest leader also said that the mountain god son was possessed, dyed him and let him be attacked by the evil spirit.


    Now it seems that this guy is full of lies and not half the truth.


    The real situation should be that the red fog forest owner was possessed first, then infected and destroyed the mountain god son, trying to pull him into the water.


    Red fog forest leader reversed right and wrong and almost cheated Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2204

    Meng Zhang they guessed the truth, but it was not helpful to the current situation.


    Since the broken mountain god son was infected by the red fog forest master, he couldn''t give full play to his strength when facing the red fog forest master. It was even difficult to protect himself.


    Meng Zhang sighed. It seems that there is no way to save the power of Xianfu.


    Before entering the secret space, when Meng Zhang discussed with the moon god, neither side expected such a situation.


    Although the moon god didn''t know much about the internal situation of the secret space, he guessed about the strength of the guard.


    There are many gods in Jun dust world, but as long as they are not promoted to gods, this level in the later stage of returning to emptiness is basically the ceiling of the strength of gods.


    As for the gods, after losing their believers, they will only become weak slowly. It is difficult to maintain their own existence. How much strength can they have left?


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon broke into the secret space together, which should be enough to deal with the guards inside.


    The red fog forest leader was possessed and his strength increased greatly after being possessed. It was a big accident.


    The idea of the moon god is similar to that of Meng Zhang. They are ready to look for opportunities to play their cards.


    At this time, the change happened again.


    In this core space, several artifacts originally formed an array to jointly maintain the existence of the secret space.


    In these years, in order to resist the magic dye of the red fog forest owner, several artifacts had to converge their strength for their own defense.


    Meng Zhang did not feel the power of the artifact after they entered here. This is the main factor except the self obscurity of the artifact.


    The leader of the red fog forest was extremely powerful. He made great efforts to suppress Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon, forcing them to an absolute disadvantage. The broken Mountain God was the worst and was almost in a desperate situation.


    The artifact that didn''t seem to exist before suddenly glowed and jumped violently.


    With the change of artifact, the terrible forces broke through all kinds of constraints and launched an impact on the red fog forest owner.


    In recent years, several artifacts have almost only parried against the red fog forest master and have no power to fight back. They are suppressed by him with all his strength and will be completely demonized by him.


    For a long time, the red fog forest owner inevitably despised several artifacts, and almost forgot that this was the arrangement left by the real God.


    Previously, in order to deal with Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon, he basically took back the power he had invested in several artifacts and kept suppressing them.


    At this time, several artifacts suddenly became powerful, and such a powerful force broke out, which really caught the red fog forest owner off guard.


    Countless beams of light shot out from the array formed by the artifact, pointing directly at the huge body of the red fog forest owner.


    The power level of these artifacts is not necessarily lower than that of the red fog forest master, let alone form an array.


    In the past, no one presided over it, so it has been suppressed by the red fog forest owner.


    The columns of light penetrated the thick magic Qi, broke the indestructible scales, and left deep wounds on the huge ancient trees.


    The red fog forest leader screamed a few times, and then roared at the broken mountain god son.


    "You''re a terrible guy. You dare to forcibly stimulate the power of the artifact. If the artifact is destroyed and the secret space collapses, your life will be hard to protect."


    Although these artifacts are very spiritual, they will not automatically explode inexplicably.


    The red fog forest leader quickly realized that the God son of the broken mountain was making trouble.


    Although the God son of the broken mountain is only a god descendant, and his cultivation is far inferior to that of the red fog forest owner, he is obviously more trusted by several true gods.


    He not only mastered most of the authority to control the secret space, but also had strong control over several artifacts.


    He used almost destructive means to forcibly stimulate the final potential of several artifacts and vowed to cause serious damage to the red fog forest owner.


    In the process of fighting with the red fog forest master over the years, the God son of broken mountain has already deeply understood that the red fog forest master is so powerful and his restraint is so deep.


    If no miracle happens, he will eventually be unable to get rid of the control of the red fog forest master and will become his puppet.


    Such a result is absolutely unacceptable to the arrogant son of the mountain god.


    He would rather die than fall into the devil''s way and become the booty of the red fog forest master.


    Although he tried his best, he let Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon in.


    However, their strength alone is not enough to resist the red fog forest owner.


    The broken mountain god son had no choice but to come to an end in person.


    It''s false that he attacked the red fog forest master secretly. It''s true that he took the opportunity to secretly stimulate the power of several artifacts.


    Of course, the consequences of doing so will be very serious.


    As the red fog forest leader said, several artifacts are forcibly activated. Once damaged, the secret space will be destroyed.


    God has never been a kind creature.


    Since several true gods have given the son of the broken Mountain God so deep trust, they naturally have deep constraints on him.


    The son of the broken Mountain God has the means left by the true God.


    If his guard is not good and there is a big problem in the secret space, his prohibition will attack, which will kill him.


    Of course, for the broken mountain god son who has risked his life, this end seems acceptable.


    The sudden uprising of several artifacts brought great pressure to the red fog forest owner and caused him great damage.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon, who had been completely suppressed, also took the opportunity to get rid of the repression.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, but he was not in a hurry to use the immortal talisman.


    Seeing a new turn in the war, he decided to wait.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head rapidly rotated, and the yin-yang Qi that was about to disappear regained its vitality and swept away towards the chairman of the red fog forest.


    A bright moon appeared again on the head of the goddess of worship the moon.


    This is a curved moon, not a full moon.


    The light emitted by the curved moon contains a strong breath of silence, which easily dispels the surrounding magic gas and falls on the huge body of the red fog forest owner.


    The huge ancient tree body began to lose its vitality and withered, and large pieces of bark fell off like scales


    The God son of the broken mountain, who was about to fall into a desperate situation, also got a breather and got rid of his previous situation for the time being.


    When the situation of the broken mountain god son improved a little, he desperate to attack the red fog forest owner.


    The red fog forest leader was attacked on all sides, and the previous good situation disappeared.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon cooperated with each other and began to slowly reverse the situation.


    The red fog forest leader hates the broken mountain god son who caused the current situation.


    He tried to suppress the artifact of the riot and distracted himself from fighting Meng Zhang. He had to relax the pressure on the broken mountain god son, which gave the broken mountain god son a chance to breathe.


    This makes the red fog forest master even more furious. He can''t wait to take down the broken mountain god son immediately and torture him with all kinds of cruel means.


    The red fog forest leader has many arrangements for the space of magic dye''s secret place, and is not willing to cause too much damage to several artifact.

 Chapter 2205

    Now, it''s the red fog forest master''s turn to cast a rat repellent. He''s a little tied up.


    The broken mountain god son has long found the attempt of the red fog forest owner and has been thinking about the way to deal with it.


    Finally, he painfully found that if he could not defeat the red fog forest owner, the secret space would fall into his hands sooner or later.


    Rather than let this secret space be completely demonized and become the source of strengthening the strength of the red fog forest owner, it''s better to let it completely collapse and destroy.


    Of course, when the secret space collapses and destroys, the best result is to completely eliminate the evil creature of the red fog forest master.


    With this idea, the broken mountain god son uses his own control over several artifacts to desperately stimulate his final potential.


    Although several artifacts are very spiritual, there will never be such an act of self destruction under the condition of no control.


    But now, driven by the broken mountain god son using his control authority, these artifacts had to start the final explosion.


    I saw several artifact shaking more and more violently, and the momentum of its formation increased greatly. Countless bright lights began to light up, and countless light groups shot around.


    In order to suppress several riot artifacts, the red fog forest owner had to devote more energy to them.


    In this way, his power to suppress Meng Zhang seems somewhat insufficient.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon became more active, showed more magical powers, and kept attacking the red fog forest master.


    Although the broken mountain god son is also taking the opportunity to shoot, he is very cautious and doesn''t dare to get too close to the red fog forest owner.


    He knew that his evil thoughts were under the control of the red fog forest master, and he needed to spend a lot of effort to suppress his evil thoughts.


    Under the fierce attack of the three, the red fog forest owner began to slowly lose the initiative.


    In particular, Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon left many wounds on the huge body of the red fog forest owner, causing serious injuries.


    The red fog forest owner after being possessed was not a fool either. He soon found that this situation was wrong and could not continue.


    The evil thought in his heart makes the red fog forest master crazy and decisive.


    Since several artifact seriously restrained him, he wouldn''t care too much about several artifact.


    If the secret space collapses completely, his plans for many years will naturally fail and he will lose further opportunities.


    But if you can dye all the three enemies in front of you, it''s also a good compensation.


    The red fog forest leader soon began to change his strategy and completely let go of his hands and feet. He was no longer worried about damaging the secret space.


    However, during this time, the broken mountain god son has inspired the last resort left by several true gods to force the artifact to explode.


    The array formed by several artifacts suddenly collapsed, and several artifacts were successively put into the body of the red fog forest master.


    Every huge explosion is a tremor, and the whole secret space is shaking violently.


    Even though the red fog forest leader is possessed by the devil, he still hasn''t greatly improved his huge body and difficult to move.


    He can''t dodge, and bears the power of self explosion of several artifact firmly.


    The huge body of the ancient tree was blasted with holes and scars, as if it would be completely broken at any time.


    Several artifacts are very spiritual, have a strong self-protection instinct, and strongly reject this kind of self destruction.


    However, the broken mountain god son has the authority left by the true God, so he can forcibly control them.


    Of course, the red fog forest master knows why several artifacts explode. He hates the mountain god son. He is desperate to force the evil thoughts in the mountain god son at any cost.


    Due to the influence of evil thoughts in the body, the actions of the God son of breaking the mountain are one meal.


    Three of the most spiritual artifacts tried to resist the command of self explosion and did their best not to fly in the direction of the red fog forest owner, as if they were sawing with invisible forces in the air.


    The reason why Meng Zhang is willing to take a certain risk is to go on such a trip with the goddess of worship of the moon. The main purpose is to seize the treasures in the secret space.


    Of course, if you can completely control the whole secret space, it is the best.


    First, the red fog forest leader, a strong enemy whose strength is still above him and the moon god, blocked it. Several artifacts began to explode again, and even the secret space was about to collapse. Meng Zhang had to give up his mind to control the secret space.


    But for those artifacts, he was unwilling to give up easily.


    Red fog forest master is a powerful demon. Maybe it will be a disaster in the future, but how much does it have to do with Meng Zhang?


    In the final analysis, the red fog forest leader did not harm Taiyi gate, nor did he take the initiative to provoke Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon hadn''t broken into here, they wouldn''t have met the red fog forest master.


    On weekdays, without paying too much, Meng Zhang is also willing to perform the duties of a righteous friar, kill demons and kill the demon possessed red fog forest master.


    But now, compared with seizing treasures, killing the red fog forest leader is obviously behind.


    Compared with cutting demons and removing demons, the treasure in hand is a real benefit.


    Seeing several artifacts explode one after another, the red fog forest master was hurt. Meng Zhang and the moon god started to take action.


    A black-and-white thunder ball appeared in the air and hit the red fog forest master fiercely.


    Yin Yang extinction divine thunder is a high-level and powerful thunder method, and has stronger power to break demons and kill evil than ordinary thunder methods.


    The constantly exploding yin-yang extinction thunder made the red fog forest owner embarrassed, and his injuries continued to worsen.


    Taking advantage of the temporary suppression of the red fog forest owner, Meng Zhang flew to a place not far from the last three artifacts.


    He stretched out his big hand and grabbed it in the air, and then fixed the last three struggling artifacts.


    But the method of worshipping the goddess of the moon is more clever.


    She whispered a few spells, and one of the artifacts got rid of Meng Zhang''s control and took the initiative to throw it at her.


    Meng Zhang raised his eyebrows and held back.


    He and the moon god had a word in advance, and the two sides divided everything in the secret space equally.


    Although the moon god''s information was not accurate enough, which led to a little accident at the scene, Meng Zhang was not ready to break his promise.


    Moreover, the moon god was obviously very interesting. He just chose one of the artifacts and left the big head to Meng Zhang.


    The moon god, who was born as an Aboriginal God in the Junchen world, was no stranger to the real gods who established the secret realm in those years. He also had the ability to easily seize artifact, but he didn''t advance an inch, which made Meng Zhang very satisfied.


    When the moon god took one artifact, the other two artifact were forcibly collected by Meng Zhang.


    In this process, both the God son of the broken mountain and the red fog forest owner have no time to care about him. They can only watch them succeed.


    Due to the lack of three artifact, the self explosion power of the artifact did not reach the expectation of the mountain breaking God son, and failed to completely blow up the huge body of the red fog forest owner, which made the red fog forest owner inadvertently escape.

 Chapter 2206

    The broken mountain god son was very angry.


    The cultivator was mercenary and regardless of the overall situation, which he knew for a long time. He also expected the worst of the cultivator''s behavior.


    However, he did not expect that the goddess of worship of the moon, who was also poisoned by the cultivators, became the same style of behavior as the cultivators, and seemed to forget her origin.


    Fortunately, he didn''t take the initiative to cooperate with the goddess of the moon in advance, but took advantage of the situation and led them to the red fog forest owner to have a conflict on their own.


    Otherwise, with the malice of the cultivator, after knowing his plan in advance, he may sell him to the red fog forest owner.


    Of course, the God son of the broken mountain also knows that if Meng Zhang did not contain the red fog forest owner, even if he has the control of several artifacts, it is difficult to control the artifact to explode, and it is even more difficult to cause too much damage to the red fog forest owner.


    However, the anger in his heart can''t be suppressed.


    Regardless of the threat of the red fog forest leader, he roared at Meng Zhang from a distance, showing how angry he was and how dissatisfied he was with their behavior of taking advantage of the fire.


    Meng Zhang always ignored the wailing of the defeated dog.


    He and the broken mountain god son are not friends, let alone fellow believers.


    Don''t forget, not long ago, at the last level, the other party fought with him.


    Spiritual descendants such as the cultivator and the broken mountain god son are enemies.


    At another time and place, Meng Zhang might have taken the initiative to kill each other.


    No matter how dissatisfied Meng Zhang was with the religious sects of the major holy places and how malicious he guessed about several real immortals preaching the Jun dust world, in the final analysis, if they had not invaded the Jun dust world and swept away all the indigenous gods, there would be no situation in the Jun dust world today.


    They established the rule of cultivators in the Junchen world, and Meng Zhang also benefited from it.


    As a member of the cultivator, Meng Zhang always sits upright and knows his position.


    Even if the internal struggle of the cultivator is cruel and the fighting continues, he will collude with the indigenous gods and divine descendants out of interest, but he has never forgotten his identity.


    The red fog forest leader should die. The Mountain God should also be killed.


    The goddess of worship of the moon has a deep respect for the son of the broken Mountain God, but now it is the moon god who controls this body, and she is even more lazy to pay attention to this younger generation.


    After the broken mountain god son was dyed by the red fog forest master, there were many demons in his body and became extremely irritable.


    Meng Zhang and the worship of the goddess of the moon made him even more angry.


    These artifacts form an array, which supports the secret space.


    Now the formation has been destroyed and several artifacts have exploded one after another. The secret space has completely lost its foundation for survival and will be completely destroyed at any time.


    Originally, the broken mountain god son still had some fantasies.


    If Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon try their best to kill the red fog forest master as soon as possible when the red fog forest master is seriously injured by the artifact self explosion.


    Afterwards, maybe they will help the broken mountain god son to dispel the evil thoughts in his body.


    But now, Meng Zhang''s behavior has completely lost his last thought.


    The son of the broken mountain god knows that he can''t get rid of demons in his body alone.


    What he didn''t know was that he was so possessed that even if Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon were willing to help him at any cost, they wouldn''t have much effect and couldn''t change his final outcome.


    The furious mountain god son made a decision. Even if he fell, he would have to pay a painful price for these guys in front of him.


    Not only his red fog forest master, but also the damn cultivator, as well as the moon worship goddess who betrayed the God camp.


    The God son of the broken mountain began to burn his soul and use his last authority to accelerate the collapse of the secret space.


    This is also the means left by several true gods in those years.


    When encountering an unstoppable strong enemy, especially a powerful cultivator, who intrudes here, he sees that the secret territory space can no longer be guarded. The broken mountain god son, as the guardian, will destroy the secret territory space and prevent it from falling into the hands of the enemy.


    Of course, as a guardian, the son of the broken Mountain God also needs to pay a price because of the weak guard.


    True God is never generous and has severe punishment for losers.


    The God son of the broken mountain paid the price of his life and launched the final arrangement of the true God, so that the secret space began to collapse quickly.


    The red fog forest leader, who was devastated by the yin-yang extinction God thunder, found the behavior of the broken mountain god son before he fully recovered.


    He was almost mad.


    After thousands of years of hard planning, I didn''t get anything in the end and ended up with nothing.


    He always wanted to dye the whole secret space into his own magic land, but the secret space was about to collapse.


    The son of the broken Mountain God, who had been demonized by him for a long time and had been regarded as the object in his bag, jumped out and jumped, causing him huge losses. Needless to say, he was about to completely burn out the spirit


    Cooked ducks can fly away, which is unacceptable to the red fog forest owner.


    Furious, he also fell into madness, tried his best to break out the magic Qi in his body, and tried his best to destroy everything around him.


    The sudden outbreak of red fog forest leader forced Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon to stop the attack and temporarily turn to defense.


    The greater crisis comes from the collapsing secret space.


    If it is a general space collapse in a large world, the resulting space storm and space turbulence, Meng Zhang can be calm and relative.


    It''s easy to shuttle through space, not to mention walking on the ground, at least there won''t be too much danger.


    But it''s in the void, and it''s at the intersection of positive space and anti space.


    The surrounding space turbulence and space storm are extremely fierce, and the mixed forces from anti space can be called terror.


    There are almost crises everywhere in the anti space, and some natural dangers can even make the strong at the level of real immortals difficult.


    There are different rules of heaven and earth between anti space and positive space.


    There are special rules for positioning, moving and how to avoid risks.


    Even Meng Zhang and other knowledgeable people dare not say how deeply they understand anti space, let alone act wantonly in anti space.


    If he falls into a strange anti space, it will be a great test for Meng Zhang to return to the positive space safely.


    With the rapid collapse of the secret space, the violent power of space broke out, which made Meng Zhang''s foothold unstable and needed a lot of effort to defend.


    The space storm has swept through.


    If most of the space storms Meng Zhang encountered before were just undercurrent in the river, the space storm in front of him was the big wind and waves in the sea.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon, even if their cultivation is profound and their powers are vast, they all feel a little unable to make their own decisions at this time.


    They are like swimming fish, trying to swim in the turbulent flow of space, trying to avoid one of them.


    At this time, they don''t care much about the red fog forest owner.

 Chapter 2207

    The impact of this violent space storm on the red fog forest owners far exceeded the impact on Meng Zhang.


    In such a bad situation, the battle between them has long stopped, and everyone is only concerned about self-protection.


    The main body of the red fog forest owner is a towering ancient tree, towering into the clouds, which is very difficult to move.


    Even if the red fog forest master has the cultivation of virtual immortal level, and he gets rid of many congenital shackles because he is possessed by the devil.


    But his huge body still caused him a lot of inconvenience.


    In ordinary days, under ordinary circumstances, he can barely move freely by virtue of his cultivation of magic skills, but it is not as fast and convenient as the hermit''s magic power.


    But in the current environment, his huge body has become his biggest burden, making it difficult for him to walk in the space storm.


    Trapped by the space storm, he could only watch the spirit of the broken mountain god son burn out, all his vitality disappeared, and fell completely.


    He accumulated too much anger in his heart, but he couldn''t find a place to vent.


    In fact, he doesn''t even have much time to be angry now.


    Meng Zhang is proficient in the space Avenue and has a good escape. Even in the space storm, he can remain stable temporarily and has not been swept away by the space turbulence.


    The moon god who controls her body in the moon worship goddess is an extremely ancient god in the Jun dust world. I don''t know how many storms and waves I have experienced in my life.


    Although the present situation was bad, it was still within her range of acceptance.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon cooperate with each other and help each other to stabilize themselves in the space storm.


    They have seized the artifact, and their goal has basically been achieved. There is no need to stay here.


    Together, they tried to make a way out of the space storm and get out of here as soon as possible.


    After all, the red fog forest master was once a wonderful demigod. It made him violent and irritable, but it didn''t make him stupid.


    When all his plans had failed and the surrounding environment had become extremely dangerous, he also knew it was time to find a way out.


    If you continue to stay here, this space storm will roll up between positive and negative space, which is enough to completely destroy him.


    As the foundation, the fog forest master''s indestructible and wonderful huge body has become the biggest obstacle to his escape at the moment.


    Misty forest master was still very decisive. He soon made up his mind to completely abandon the body that had been with him for countless years, so that the demon soul could escape from heaven.


    As the fog forest owner began to cast magic, the huge ancient tree body suddenly burst open, and its powerful power was emitted in all directions.


    With the power of body self explosion, the surrounding space turbulence is shaken away, and the demon soul of the fog forest owner jumps out of the tree body of the ancient tree and flees quickly outside the secret space.


    Without the body of the ancient tree, the strength of the red fog forest owner is greatly reduced, and many means can not be used.


    At this time, he could not resist Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Although the red fog forest leader hated them in his heart, he wanted to revenge them very much. But at this time, his strength is poor. He is really powerless.


    He is not afraid of no firewood. Anyway, his longevity is still very long. When his strength is restored in the future, he can slowly look for opportunities to retaliate.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon knew that the devil was narrow-minded and that he would repay his vengeance. They also want to cut the roots.


    Unfortunately, the surrounding environment is becoming more and more dangerous. It is no longer suitable to stay here for a long time.


    Their top priority is to get out of here as soon as possible.


    Both sides have no intention to continue to fight. They both start to use their own means and start to escape from the secret space.


    Although the red fog forest leader left a little late, he got rid of the huge body limit and became flexible and fast after leaving only the demon soul.


    With the help of the self exploding power of the ancient tree, the misty forest owner ran in front of Meng Zhang.


    When great changes took place in the secret space and the whole space completely collapsed, some strong people outside also began to move.


    Xiangshan God from Shenchang world noticed that there was an arrangement left by the indigenous gods of Junchen world, so he separated the others and asked his God servants to guard around.


    These are basically the servants of the Yuan Dynasty. They can stop ordinary foreign invaders, but they can''t stop the real big people.


    The foreign invaders who attacked the Junchen world this time are composed of several forces. They are very wary of each other, guard against each other and monitor each other.


    Xiangshan Mountain God''s seemingly normal action reveals something unreasonable.


    This fell into the eyes of interested people and soon spread on a small scale.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang and his family entered the secret space, a visitor swaggered to visit Xiangshan Mountain God.


    This visitor is the big devil blood drinking devil in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    The blood drinking devil has a deep background and is deeply loved by the demon God. He is a character that Xiangshan Mountain God is unwilling to provoke.


    The attack direction of the blood drinking devil is not far from the area where Xiangshan Mountain God is responsible for defense.


    He came to the door under the banner of discussing and cooperating with the battle this time. Xiangshan Mountain God could not shut him out at all.


    After they met, they began to talk.


    The blood drinking devil tried a lot in his words, but they were prevaricated by Xiangshan Mountain God.


    The blood drinking devil was not in a hurry, so he slowly entangled and chatted with Xiangshan Mountain God.


    The blood drinking devil just kept on staying. Even if Xiangshan Mountain God wanted to send away the uninvited guest, there was no good way.


    Soon after, the blood butcher who smelled the smell also came to the door.


    Blood slaying devil is also a great devil in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and comes from the same family as blood drinking devil.


    Although they are from the same school, they are definitely not friends, but life and death competitors.


    The cultivation of disciples in the devil''s way usually adopts the way of raising poisonous insects to encourage them to compete with each other and kill each other.


    The last winner can step on the bones of the loser to a higher level, and the loser can only become the stepping stone of the winner.


    Blood slaying devil has been paying close attention to every move of blood drinking devil.


    Although he didn''t know why the blood drinking devil came here, he still followed and wanted to spoil the good thing of the blood drinking devil.


    Facing two famous demons, Xiangshan Mountain God had to cheer up and deal with them with all his strength.


    Two big demons came. After a while, the thousand foot Demon Lord didn''t know what news he heard. He also ran here in the name of patrol defense and began to test Xiangshan Mountain God.


    Like them, the thousand foot Demon Lord is also the strength of the later stage of returning to emptiness, and there is a big demon lord at the level of emptiness fairy behind him.


    The big demon lord behind the thousand foot demon lord happens to be the immediate boss of Xiangshan Mountain God, who is fully responsible for the defense of the nearby area.


    Xiangshan Mountain God saw so many troublemakers and knew what they smelled. He came here to seek benefits.

 Chapter 2208

    It''s really a group of hyenas. As soon as they smell a little blood, they immediately rush up.


    Xiangshan Mountain God secretly scolded in his heart, but he had nothing to do with the current situation.


    If it was someone else, he had a way to send it away.


    After all, Xiangshan Mountain God is a figure among foreign invaders, and there is no foundation behind it.


    However, the strength of the three visitors is not weaker than him, and the background is stronger than him.


    These three guys really have the cheek to stay here. Xiangshan Mountain God is really helpless.


    Since Xiangshan Mountain God can''t change the current situation, he can only comfort himself.


    When the layout left by the indigenous gods in the Junchen world is opened, who knows what kind of dangerous situation will appear. Maybe he still needs the help of these three guys.


    Therefore, Xiangshan Mountain God waited silently while perfunctorily dealing with them.


    The blood drinking devil smelled the smell and found that the action of Xiangshan Mountain God was a little strange. He came to see if he could get some benefits from Xiangshan Mountain God.


    Although Xiangshan Mountain God tried to hide his mind, he still showed a little unnatural in front of the cunning blood drinking devil who was good at manipulating and playing with people''s hearts.


    The blood drinking devil decided to be patient and play with Xiangshan Mountain God.


    When the blood butcher and the thousand foot demon lord arrived here one after another, everyone was even more reluctant to leave.


    There must be something happening here, otherwise we won''t gather so many strong people in the later stage of returning to the virtual world at once.


    Fortunately, the time is still short, and the relevant news has not spread on a large scale, so there are not too many foreign invaders gathered here.


    In addition, the four powerful people in the later stage of returning to the virtual world participated together, and the foreign invaders with insufficient strength did not dare to get involved at will.


    In particular, blood drinking demons and blood slaughtering demons are famous for their narrow-minded and vengeance.


    I really accidentally got into trouble with them. Although everyone is in the same camp, they still dare to murder secretly.


    Of course, there are always some unwilling guys who are unwilling to give up easily.


    In the vicinity of this area, many people and horses from foreign invaders were secretly gathered.


    Therefore, so many foreign invaders from different origins began to wait for changes consciously or unconsciously.


    They didn''t wait too long. Ten days after Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon entered the secret space, the nearby space began to vibrate violently.


    In the originally empty void, it rippled like water waves, and there were thin spatial cracks.


    Seeing all kinds of visions around them, these devils suddenly came to their senses.


    According to their experience, there are such phenomena of violent fluctuations in space. Generally speaking, either strong people exercise powerful space like magic powers nearby; Either there is an independent space or a small world.


    Xiangshan Mountain God, who had long guessed, finally confirmed the guess in his heart, but he didn''t have much joy.


    Seeing so many annoying guys get together, he can''t eat alone.


    Xiangshan Mountain God began to think, if there are relics of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world that are of great use to him, how can he ensure that he must get them, and whether he wants to exchange interests with them?


    Blood drinking devil, blood slaughtering devil and thousand foot Demon Lord all stared at Xiangshan Mountain God unkindly.


    They didn''t think that they just came out of curiosity and might gain a lot.


    The surrounding space fluctuates more and more violently, and more and more space cracks appear.


    The power of space storm is leaked from the space channel.


    The stability between positive space and anti space has been destroyed, and the environment here has become more and more dangerous.


    The collapse of the secret space has a great impact, and its adjacent positive space and anti space are affected.


    According to experience, Xiangshan Mountain God and others came to the area with the most intense spatial fluctuation.


    With their cultivation, the little scene here is not enough to make them feel too troubled.


    The blood drinking devil began to beat around the Bush again to test what Xiangshan Mountain God knew.


    The thousand foot Demon Lord and the blood butcher are much grumpy, but they don''t have such good patience to gossip.


    They began to exert pressure on Xiangshan God to force him to tell what he knew.


    In fact, Xiangshan Mountain God doesn''t know much about the specific situation, but more is his own guess.


    Of course, he will not reveal the bottom at will, but take care of him and keep perfunctory each other.


    In the current situation, it is impossible for several foreign invaders to directly start infighting.


    It would be foolish to start a big fight without seeing any benefits.


    Just as the four of them were fighting and fighting there, a virtual shadow suddenly jumped out of a large space crack.


    This is the ghost of the fog forest master. He just escaped from the secret space.


    At this time, the fog forest owner, who was seriously injured and lost a lot, could not cover up his breath and tracks.


    Four foreign invaders in the distance found the misty forest owner and saw through his essence at the same time.


    The blood drinking devil''s face showed a surprised expression and immediately flew towards the ghost of the fog forest master.


    He doesn''t want to go over and help his fellow out of trouble.


    Although everyone belongs to the devil''s way, according to the internal practice of the devil''s way, they are not only friends, but also competitors.


    Misty forest master is now greatly weakened and has lost his body. Only the demon soul is left. It is the weakest time.


    Of course, weakness belongs to weakness, and the essence of his virtual immortal level has not changed.


    If the blood drinking devil can capture him when he is weak, whether it is refined into a puppet or swallowed directly, he can benefit a lot and get a great promotion.


    The blood slaying devil not only couldn''t watch the blood drinking devil get benefits, but also was greedy for the demon soul of the fog forest master.


    When the blood drinking devil moved, the blood slaughtering devil not only moved with him, but also took the initiative to shoot him.


    The two demons were fighting and flew not far from the misty forest master.


    Although they are fighting, they still know to take down the ghost in front of them.


    Therefore, the misty forest owner who had just escaped from the sky was involved in a fight again.


    Due to different cultivation systems, the ghost of the fog forest master has little effect on the thousand foot demon master and Xiangshan Mountain God.


    They did not rashly join the competition between the two demons, but continued to wait for other targets to appear.


    Of course, if there are no other targets, they will join the competition next.


    That demon soul may be of little use, but who knows if there will be any treasures on the demon soul.


    Soon after the misty forest master appeared, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon, who had fled the secret space, flew out of another space crack together.

 Chapter 2209

    The combination of cultivators and divine descendants is really a little weird.


    Compared with the ghost that looks a little sad, the combination in front of us is more likely to obtain the legacy of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Qianzu Demon Lord and Xiangshan Mountain God rushed at Meng Zhang without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon, who had just left the secret space, fell into a fierce battle again.


    It''s really just out of the tiger''s mouth and into the wolf''s nest.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon lost a lot in the previous battle. In order to escape the collapsed secret space, they are inevitably injured.


    At this time, in the face of the sudden attack of two strong enemies at the later stage of returning to the virtual world, they had to cheer up and deal with it.


    The Yin Yang Tai Chi diagram on Meng Zhang''s head quickly emerged and quickly rotated.


    Yin and yang are like a long river, trying to involve the two opponents in front of them.


    The sword Qi hid in the long river formed by the combination of yin and Yang. With the surging of the long river, it began to burst out one after another and shot away at the opponent in front of you.


    A crescent moon appeared on the head of the goddess of worship of the moon, and the light containing the breath of death shot away at her opponent.


    Like the God of the moon, the goddess of worship of the moon is most proficient in Taiyin Avenue.


    The moon god extended above the Taiyin Avenue and mastered the power of the avenue of death.


    The cold moonlight contains a strong sense of silence.


    If under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang and his two opponents fight alone, he will not fall into the wind, but also gain some advantages by relying on the spiritual powers and Taoism of the cultivator.


    However, he is not in good condition now, and the enemy has a number advantage. His comrades in arms worship the goddess of the moon is only the cultivation level in the middle of returning to emptiness, and the gap between the enemy and us is still a little big.


    Fortunately, it is the moon god who controls the body of the goddess of worship of the moon. He can play at a super level, give full play to his accomplishments, and cooperate with him so that the war situation will not deteriorate rapidly.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon joined hands. It seemed that they fought with their opponents, but both he and the goddess of worship of the moon knew that this situation could not last.


    If the two sides fight for a long time, they will inevitably fall into the disadvantage and even be trapped.


    They had consumed too much before, and it was not appropriate for them to continue to fight for a long time.


    Moreover, after all, this is an area controlled by foreign invaders, not a place to stay for a long time.


    In Meng Zhang''s keen perception, there are many foreign invaders lurking and eyeing around.


    They must make a quick decision and get out of here as soon as possible.


    If the noise is too loud and leads to the strong ones of the virtual immortal level and even the real immortal level among the foreign invaders, they may not be able to survive.


    Meng Zhang sighed, but he still couldn''t avoid using Xianfu.


    The power contained in the immortal talisman is limited, and the remaining times of use are few.


    Of course, another valuable card must be used when it should be used.


    Meng Zhang is not a stingy miser, nor is he stupid enough to put himself in danger.


    The moon god, who controls the goddess of worship to the enemy, has a similar idea to Meng Zhang.


    After this cooperation, they became more tacit understanding.


    After a brief exchange, they assigned goals and coordinated actions.


    Although Xiangshan Mountain God and moon god came from different worlds, they are essentially indigenous gods.


    The moon god not only has a deep understanding of the indigenous gods, but also her essence is very high. She can suppress the ordinary indigenous gods.


    Since the moon God chose Xiangshan Mountain God as the target, Meng Zhang attacked the thousand foot Demon Lord.


    The main body of the thousand foot demon is a kind of heterogeneous centipede, with strong physical defense and strong vitality.


    In the battle of invading the Junchen world, it had many fierce battles with the cultivators.


    Even when he was at a disadvantage, he could retreat every time.


    He has been hit by various Taoist magic powers of practitioners, and has not been much hurt.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t release the immortal talisman in his hand and fight with it alone, it''s not easy to kill it completely.


    Meng Zhang''s almost endless sword Qi was blocked by a thick armor transformed by the thousand foot Demon Lord.


    Xiangshan Mountain God summoned a huge mountain, which fell over the long river formed by the two Qi of yin and Yang and pressed it firmly.


    As for the worship of the moon goddess whose cultivation is much weaker, their various means are easily dissolved by them.


    Seeing that they were about to gain the upper hand, the experienced thousand foot Demon Lord and Xiangshan Mountain God did not have much joy on their faces, let alone carelessness.


    According to common sense, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon will certainly use some special means to reverse the situation.


    The God descendant of the goddess of worship of the moon is obviously different from the ordinary God descendant, and all kinds of means are more fierce.


    Xiangshan Mountain God, who was born in the Shenchang world, will have many God descendants in the Shenchang world, but even those descendants of the true God are not as powerful as the goddess of the moon.


    Of course, the worship of the goddess of the moon is even more powerful. Due to the gap in the realm of cultivation and the natural advantages of the gods over the descendants of gods, Xiangshan gods can still suppress him.


    But Meng Zhang, the great power of returning to emptiness among the practitioners of truth, who knows what kind of cards and Maces he has.


    Xiangshan Mountain God and thousand foot demon lord have fought with the cultivators many times since they joined the coalition army.


    They have fully seen the Taoist magic powers of practitioners, and pay special attention to Meng Zhang.


    Unfortunately, even if they have long been well prepared, they still can''t change the next battle.


    The goddess of worship to the moon, who had been completely suppressed by the God of Xiangshan Mountain, suddenly stopped moving, and a hazy virtual shadow appeared on her head.


    This virtual shadow just looked at Xiangshan Mountain God. Xiangshan Mountain God fell into a huge shock. His mind was unstable. He stopped all his actions at once, and his whole body seemed to solidify.


    Then, a ray of light shot out of the virtual shadow and accurately hit the motionless Xiangshan God.


    Regardless of the dignity of the gods, Xiangshan Mountain God uttered a miserable scream, which seemed to have been seriously hurt.


    Of course, while being badly hit, Xiangshan Mountain God also restored his action ability.


    As soon as he regained his mobility, he not only did not have the courage to fight back, but also fled the battlefield as quickly as possible.


    When Xiangshan Mountain God was settled, the thousand foot Demon Lord also tried to help him.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to release the fairy talisman in his hand.


    A brilliant light appeared on the head of the thousand foot Demon Lord out of thin air, and then fell directly on him.


    In this process, the thousand foot Demon Lord did not show the slightest resistance, and seemed to be completely suppressed.


    The power level of the immortal talisman refined by the real immortal is far beyond the cultivation of the thousand foot Demon Lord.


    The gap of strength level leads to the emergence of rolling situation.


    After the light fell on the thousand foot demon lord, a powerful demon lord at the later stage of returning to emptiness, his whole body burst quickly, and he was unable to make any effective resistance from beginning to end.

 Chapter 2210

    The attack of immortal talisman is not only aimed at the flesh, but also directly damages the spirit.


    With the explosion of the body, the spirits of the thousand legged demon lord disappeared, quickly lost all vitality, and died no longer.


    His body immediately showed its original shape after his death. It was a huge centipede with a length of more than 100 feet.


    The Centipede''s body was torn apart by the strike of fairy talisman, and many parts disappeared completely.


    The demon family at the level of thousand foot demon master is huge in original shape and valuable in flesh.


    In particular, its thick shell and sharp claws are excellent refining materials.


    Meng Zhang did his best to collect his scattered corpses, regardless of the urgency of time.


    After the moon god gave a blow just now, he became extremely weak and completely returned to the moon worship goddess. He couldn''t show his form for the time being.


    The moon god just drew a lot of power from the goddess of worship. The goddess of worship of the moon who consumed too much was about to stand unstable.


    Meng Zhang put them into his mustard space in time, so that they could breathe and rest.


    Although Meng Zhang was also in poor condition, he did not show any clues on the surface.


    He didn''t seem to be in a hurry to leave. Instead, he looked around like a demonstration, as if looking for a new target.


    There were many foreign invaders peeping around here. Now one by one, they avoided Meng Zhang''s eyes, and the timid ones have begun to escape.


    The strength of the enemy can be imagined that two foreign invaders who returned to the virtual world died and fled in such a short time.


    For a moment, many foreign invaders were frightened and avoided such cruel people as Meng Zhang.


    The only two demons that could threaten Meng Zhang were the blood butcher and the blood drinker. At this time, they were fighting and had no time for him.


    As the misty forest master they are fighting for, it''s not easy at the moment. He has to bear the attack of two demons.


    Although he wants to get rid of the misty forest master, Meng Zhang will not put himself in danger at this time.


    He just looked over there and swaggered away from here.


    In the whole process, not only did no extraterritorial invaders dare to stop, but also no extraterritorial invaders dare to follow.


    Meng Zhang left the area where the space was fluctuating violently and began to move the void. He suddenly left here and returned to the area controlled by the friars of the Jun dust world.


    After Meng Zhang returned to his Garrison area, as if nothing had happened, he honestly began to rest.


    Worshipping the goddess of the moon and the God of the moon also stayed patiently in his mustard space and didn''t come out in a hurry.


    In the time of cultivation, Meng Zhang checked the two Booties he obtained this time.


    A booty is an artifact in the shape of a flowerpot, with a very high level.


    According to Meng Zhang''s inference, most of this artifact was made by the true God.


    Due to different cultivation systems, Meng Zhang could not refine this artifact completely, and it was even more difficult to resist it.


    However, after carefully examining this artifact, Meng Zhang had no intention of the imperial envoy.


    This artifact is a space artifact with a huge storage space inside.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to open the storage space.


    The storage space is filled with various precious materials, including many rare natural materials and earth treasures.


    In the era when the indigenous gods ruled the Jun dust world, the Jun dust world has not been fully developed, and various resources are far richer than today.


    Many rare natural materials and earth treasures are almost everywhere, not just like cabbage.


    The means of indigenous gods are limited, the utilization efficiency of these precious resources is not high, and some special natural materials and earth treasures can not even be used directly.


    After the cultivators ruled the Jun dust world, after thousands of years of vigorous development, today''s Jun dust world is no longer better than it was then.


    Many natural and local treasures are basically extinct, and there are fewer and fewer precious wild resources.


    Although the cultivators also have strong production capacity, they know how to open up spiritual fields and medicine gardens for sowing, and how to build pastures to keep demons and beasts.


    But on the whole, the various resources in the Junchen world are far less abundant than in those days.


    The amount of various resources stored in this storage space is enough for taiyimen to use for many years.


    In particular, many high-end resources such as Yuqing LINGJI are enough to support many return virtual powers.


    Of course, even for the true God, the means of collecting and processing these high-end resources are still too rough. For example, the collected jade Qingling machine is not pure.


    This requires the production friars of taiyimen to even send back virtual energy to reprocess and purify these resources.


    Anyway, with the harvest in this storage space alone, Meng Zhang basically achieved the purpose of this trip, which can be said to be a worthwhile trip.


    In addition, this artifact not only has excellent material, but also has the effect of stabilizing space.


    Meng Zhang plans to take him back to the sun moon blessed land at the gate of taiyimen mountain, let the monks in the door cast spells together, and slowly and completely integrate him into the blessed land.


    In this way, it can not only greatly deepen the details of the sun and moon blessed land, but also expand and strengthen the sun and moon blessed land.


    Another artifact won by Meng Zhang this time looks like a green bamboo.


    This green bamboo is an extremely rare natural treasure, which can only grow in a very special environment.


    The true God who cut this green bamboo in those years had limited means and failed to refine it completely. It was only roughly refined and barely usable.


    Later, the true God put the artifact that was a little chicken to him into the secret realm space and formed an array with other artifact to support the huge secret realm space.


    Meng Zhang carefully studied and constantly recalled various classics in his mind, and then preliminarily inferred the general origin of this green bamboo.


    This green bamboo is a special spiritual plant infected by the clear and turbid Qi when the clear and turbid Qi are not completely separated soon after the opening of a big world.


    This green bamboo not only contains its powerful power, but also is naturally suitable for carrying Yin and Yang.


    In his early years, Meng Zhang had a magic weapon called yin-yang gourd.


    However, with the rapid improvement of his cultivation, the growth rate of Benming magic tools lagged slightly.


    In a crisis, his natural magic weapon Yin Yang Linghu took a fatal injury for him and completely damaged it, which can be regarded as saving his life.


    After that, Meng Zhang was unwilling to invest too much energy and resources, so he put out his mind to refine his life magic weapon again.


    After he entered the retreat period, only magic weapons were worthy of his cultivation level.


    Meng Zhang used several magic weapons and found that they were not as good as his own heaven and earth method, Tai Chi, yin and Yang diagram.


    Now that he had the right materials on hand, he moved his mind to refine his life magic weapon.


    Of course, it is not easy to refine this life magic weapon.


    It was very difficult for Meng Zhang to collect all kinds of materials.


    He temporarily put away the green bamboo, remembered it in his heart, and waited until later to plan slowly.

 Chapter 2211

    Meng Zhang was very satisfied after checking the two artifacts.


    As for the harvest of the moon god, although he was very curious, he maintained his respect for her and didn''t ask more questions.


    Since the artifact fell into the hands of the moon god, Meng Zhang would not covet it.


    The harvest was much richer than expected. The risks Meng Zhang took along the way were completely worth it.


    Although the secret space collapsed, Meng Zhang regretted that he could not completely control the secret space.


    But he soon put aside this regret and focused on what he was doing.


    During his Garrison time, Meng Zhang soon completely cured his injury and recovered his cultivation.


    This experience helped him a lot. It not only greatly improved his combat experience, but also deepened his understanding of heaven and earth Avenue.


    He has sufficient cultivation resources at hand. When he is free during the garrison, he still tries to ensure daily cultivation.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments improved slowly and steadily.


    During the garrison, Meng Zhang once again experienced several battles with foreign invaders, and he survived safely.


    As for Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon who broke into the area controlled by foreign invaders and made so much noise, they did not cause too much ripples on both sides.


    Jun dust circles and foreign invaders have sent infiltration teams to sneak into the other party''s controlled areas for investigation and destruction for many times, among which there are many examples of causing great movement.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon are really nothing.


    This time, Meng Zhang stayed in the void for nearly 30 years before he was able to rotate and return to the Junchen world for rest.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world, he could not wait to worship the goddess of the moon, so he left his mustard space.


    Probably with this experience of joint exploration and confrontation with the enemy, more trust has been created between the two sides.


    The moon god seldom had a good talk with Meng Zhang.


    After the moon god returned to the Junchen world, he not only actively contacted the remaining Aboriginal gods, but also inquired about the current situation of the Junchen world, the situation of the major holy places, and so on.


    Although the moon god could not find out the specific information about several real immortals, she could infer many things according to the known intelligence.


    She especially reminded Meng Zhang that he should be careful. It is very possible for all the holy places to jump over the wall and start at the Taiyi gate to completely eradicate opponents like Meng Zhang.


    Although the moon god''s tone was sincere, Meng Zhang didn''t take it to heart.


    In his heart, this is the moon god deliberately stirring up discord.


    Although Taiyi gate is hostile to Ziyang holy sect and other holy sects, due to the situation in Junchen world, the two sides have been at peace for many years.


    It must be said that Ziyang holy sect and other holy sects want to attack Taiyi sect, but whether they can do it is another matter.


    According to the current situation, Meng Zhang hopes that the peace between the two sides will continue as long as possible.


    As long as Taiyi gate is given enough time to grow, one day, Taiyi gate can surpass these so-called Holy Land Sect gates.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world, of course, are eager to fight among the practitioners first. The more powerful the fight, the better.


    After this trip to the secret space, Meng Zhang has greatly raised his vigilance against the indigenous gods. Of course, he is not willing to let them achieve their wishes.


    Without harming his own interests, Meng Zhang will certainly try his best to maintain the stability of the cultivation world.


    At present, taiyimen is a overlord and controls a large area. It is an important part of the cultivation world.


    Although temporarily unable to compare with the major Holy Land sects, Taiyi gate is indeed one of the rulers of the cultivation world.


    It is also in the interests of taiyimen to maintain stability in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang did not argue with the moon god, but said something to echo her.


    After the pleasant conversation, they parted.


    Meng Zhang directly returned to the sun and moon blessed land at the gate of taiyimen mountain.


    In the 30 years since Meng Zhang left the zongmen, two monks of Taiyi gate broke through the period of returning to emptiness again.


    They are Wen qiansuan, the great master of array in the door, and Wei wucai, the great master of beast control.


    In this way, the Taiyi gate already has several great powers of returning to emptiness, and its number is among the best in the whole Jun dust world, except that it is not comparable to the religious gates of the major holy places.


    Taiyimen has a lot of information about returning to virtual power. Of course, it can''t be kept secret.


    This not only made taiyimen famous, but also brought some new troubles.


    At present, the Junchen interface is facing a large-scale attack by foreign invaders, which is a time of urgent lack of high-end combat power.


    Taiyi sect has so many great powers to return to the void, but only the leader Meng Zhang goes to the void to fight. It''s too unreasonable.


    Even if Tiangong takes care of taiyimen, it can''t be too obvious. At least it should ensure apparent fairness.


    Otherwise, the heavenly palace will not be able to convince the public, not to mention the rebound from the holy places.


    The heavenly palace has heard that Meng Zhang has completed his rest. The next time he goes to the void to fight, he will take at least four taiyimen''s return to virtual power.


    In a word, this is the result of the help of the ancient Taoist priest, the deputy manager of the heavenly palace.


    At the very least, he did not break up taiyimen''s returning virtual powers, but arranged them together so that they could take care of and cooperate with each other.


    Meng Zhang has no resistance to this arrangement.


    As long as he doesn''t want to openly raise the anti flag and confront the existing ruling order of Junchen world, he must obey the order of Tiangong.


    Although Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect, he can''t protect the monks in the sect for a lifetime.


    These great powers of returning to emptiness are not children. They have a certain ability of self-protection. They will inevitably experience wind and rain and bear various tests.


    Meng Zhang called Wen qiansuan and Wei wucai to him. Haosheng encouraged them, personally instructed their practice, and answered many of their questions about practice.


    In these 30 years, no major events have happened inside and outside taiyimen sect, and the whole Hanhai road alliance is in rapid development.


    After understanding the situation inside and outside the door, Meng Zhang took out all the resources stored in the storage artifact and put them into the big library in the door.


    How to allocate these resources and how to exchange them among disciples have long been mature rules and regulations.


    After being treated by Meng Zhang, the storage artifact was placed in the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Next, the high-level friars in the door, especially the return to virtual powers, will cast spells in turn in order to completely integrate this artifact into the sun and moon blessed land.


    After years of continuous strengthening, especially the complete absorption of the remains of the indigenous gods and descendants of Shenchang world put into it by Meng Zhang, the ability of the sun, moon and blessed land has greatly increased.


    In particular, the pure aura provided by it, whether in quality or quantity, can support many returning virtual powers.


    With the aura provided by the blessed land of the sun and the moon, friars of taiyimen, especially high-level friars, greatly reduced the materials needed for daily cultivation, and the whole sect became much richer.

 Chapter 2212

    Meng Zhang brought back many resources from the void this time, which greatly reduced the financial pressure of zongmen.


    Especially those high-level resources can''t be purchased no matter how much Lingshi they cost or how much they cost.


    Several people in the gate return to virtual power, and their daily consumption is astronomical.


    In order not to put too much pressure on the rapidly growing Sun Moon blessed land, they restrained the impulse to absorb Reiki wantonly, but absorbed and refined the Reiki provided by the sun moon blessed land in a very restrained manner.


    Now with these resources brought back by Meng Zhang, their practice will become much more successful.


    Of course, since they have accepted the support of the sect, they must work for the sect.


    It is their bounden duty to guard the sect and fight against foreign enemies.


    Next, some of them, together with Meng Zhang, will enter the empty battlefield and fight against foreign invaders.


    All of you from Taiyi sect began to actively make preparations in all aspects.


    In his busy schedule, Meng Zhang took out a lot of time to guide them, learn from them, improve their combat experience and enhance their viability in the void.


    Meng Zhang also put the corpse of the thousand foot Demon Lord into the zongmen library.


    Except that its flesh and blood can be used to refine pills, feed monsters and cultivate spiritual plants, its claws have been exchanged by the weapon refining experts in the door.


    Especially its thick shell. After inspection, the friars of the divine engineering hall in the door think it can be used on the battleship in the void to make external armor.


    So far, taiyimen has no ability to build virtual warships independently.


    However, the damaged virtual battleship brought back by Meng Zhang is about to be completely repaired after years of continuous repair.


    A virtual battleship is very meaningful for a sect like taiyimen.


    The combat effectiveness at the level of returning to the void is nothing. Meng Zhang attaches great importance to carrying a large number of monks in and out of the void and living in the void for a long time.


    Although Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space is large, the number of monks is limited, and it is impossible to support too many monks to survive and practice in it.


    But an ordinary virtual warship can do this.


    With the accumulated experience of repairing damaged virtual battleships, the friars of taiyimen Shengong hall can slowly try to build a new virtual battleship.


    Of course, the construction of a brand-new virtual battleship is not only a huge test for the friars of the Shengong hall in the gate, but also a huge amount of resources.


    After years of collection, taiyimen still has many deficiencies.


    Especially for some high-end resources and special resources, taiyimen has no access to them so far.


    Meng Zhang knew that as the ruler of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects controlled the Junchen world in all aspects.


    The origin of some key resources of great significance is completely controlled by them and will never flow out.


    Although Meng Zhang has so many friends in Tiangong, he has an excellent relationship with high-level officials such as Banxue Jianjun. Tiangong is also willing to take care of taiyimen.


    But on some key issues, Tiangong will not help taiyimen.


    In addition to actively looking for ways to collect the required resources, the friars of Shengong hall also strive to find alternatives.


    Meng Zhang is actually very satisfied with the development of the sect and the efforts of the monks of the divine engineering hall.


    In the past 30 years when Meng Zhang was not in menzhong, the relationship between Dark Alliance and taiyimen also returned to normal.


    Taoist Youhuan and Shushan in the Dark Alliance have been actively running for them.


    After seeing their sincerity, the taiyimen senior management is also willing to cooperate fully.


    In the same sentence, although the Dark Alliance and taiyimen have fundamentally different positions and have many contradictions, they should be natural allies in the face of major holy places, rather than enemies and internal friction with each other.


    The Dark Alliance and taiyimen have resumed normal contacts. A new Dark Alliance branch has been built on the taiyimen territory. The black markets that have been closed for a long time have also reopened


    The top level of taiyimen believes that after the last conflict and lessons, the branch of Dark Alliance in taiyimen territory will become more cautious and know how to respect the landlord of taiyimen.


    Driven by Taoist Youhuan and others, many senior officials of the Dark Alliance who are interested in Taiyi gate and are willing to make friends with Taiyi gate have visited Taiyi gate one after another.


    Although Meng Zhang is not in the door, there are enough return virtual power in the door to receive them, so that they will not despise Taiyi door.


    In fact, the Dark Alliance is willing to improve relations with taiyimen and resume normal exchanges this time. A large part of the reason is that the number of taiyimen''s return to virtual energy is growing rapidly.


    A family has many great abilities of returning to virtual reality, and the leader is the sect of the strong in the later stage of returning to virtual reality. As long as they are rational enough, they all know that they can''t continue to despise them. They must face each other and seriously deal with the relationship between the two sides.


    In fact, taiyimen is not only the number of returning virtual energy is increasing at a high speed, but the monks of all levels have maintained a healthy growth.


    Taiyi gate also has many real kings in the period of Yang God, which may impact the period of returning to emptiness at any time.


    Taiyi gate also has a larger number of great friars in the later period of Yuanshen. They are all reserve Yang God Zhenjun.


    ¡­¡­


    The taiyimen friar system is very healthy. There are no weaknesses. It is inherited orderly and has successors.


    As long as you have a little knowledge of these intelligence, you should know the potential of taiyimen.


    It is impossible not to pay attention to these with the Dark Alliance''s ability to collect intelligence.


    Over the years, in order to enhance the strength against the existing rulers of the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance has been actively looking for allies, and even secretly supported many monastic forces and potential monks.


    The efforts of the Dark Alliance for many years are still very effective. Many Xiuzhen forces in the Jun dust world are secretly controlled by the Dark Alliance


    However, the existing rulers of the Junchen world are too powerful. Due to their deliberate suppression, there was basically no Xiuzhen force that could pose a great threat to them in the past.


    There is no doubt that the Xiuzhen forces standing on the side of the Dark Alliance are in front of the religious doors of the major holy places.


    The young taiyimen grew up under the eyes of the Dark Alliance.


    Facing all kinds of difficulties and obstacles, taiyimen has grown all the way to the present level under great pressure.


    Taiyimen''s growth rate and its dazzling achievements, even those dark league leaders who are hostile and biased against taiyimen, have to pay enough attention at this time.


    For the Dark Alliance, taiyimen is already a very valuable sect.


    Although the Dark Alliance has not officially formed an alliance with taiyimen, many senior leaders of both sides have been actively promoting this matter.


    The first step is for the Dark Alliance and taiyimen to put down their previous grievances and restore normal relations between the two sides.


    Judging from the current situation, the two sides are likely to become allies.

 Chapter 2213

    In view of the great value of taiyimen, some senior officials of the Dark Alliance have proposed that they can pay a certain price to win over taiyimen and completely pull taiyimen into the chariot of the Dark Alliance.


    As there are many old friends in high positions inside the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang is still familiar with the situation inside the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist Youhuan visited Taiyi gate many times, and Taoist Shushan also had a deep talk with Niu Dawei. Although Taoist deciduous and jueying didn''t come to Taiyi gate in person, they sent a letter to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was aware of the ambition and plot of the Dark Alliance.


    As for whether to formally form an alliance with the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang still hesitates that the two sides are completely on the same front.


    The Dark Alliance is ambitious and wants to overthrow the existing ruling order of the Junchen world and make itself a new ruler of the Junchen world.


    Taiyi gate has never overthrown the existing rulers of Junchen world, and is not willing to take the initiative to provoke those holy religious gates.


    During the development of Taiyi gate, those holy zongmen found the potential of Taiyi gate and felt that Taiyi gate would pose a threat to it, so they began to suppress Taiyi gate and even attack Taiyi gate directly.


    For a long time, Taiyi gate has been facing the religious gates of major holy places passively.


    Taiyimen tried to make friends with the heavenly palace and actively sought the shelter of the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen strives for survival in the cracks and develops and grows hard.


    After forming an alliance with the Dark Alliance, it is inevitable to take the initiative to challenge the existing rulers of the Junchen world in the future.


    From passive to active, this is really a huge change.


    If you form an alliance with the Dark Alliance, whether the Dark Alliance is reliable and whether it will betray taiyimen at the critical moment


    This kind of problem needs to be carefully considered by Meng Zhang and taiyimen senior management.


    With the behavior style of the Dark Alliance, once the Dark Alliance is elevated, it will really become the new ruler of the Junchen world, which may not be a good thing for Taiyi gate.


    The last time the magic nest secretly built by the Dark Alliance was exposed, it exposed the collusion between the Dark Alliance and the evil Tao.


    Although Taoist Youhuan repeatedly claimed at taiyimen that it was only the personal behavior of a few people within the Dark Alliance and had nothing to do with the whole Dark Alliance, many senior leaders of the Dark Alliance strongly opposed it.


    Tang Lun, the senior leader of the Dark Alliance who presided over this matter, respected and died at the hands of foreign invaders, and the Dark Alliance completely cut off this matter.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen executives are not convinced of this statement at all.


    Meng Zhang killed Tang Lun. The senior level of the Dark Alliance should know that.


    Meng Zhang didn''t believe it. The senior officials of the Dark Alliance didn''t have a pimple at all.


    Especially Tang Lun''s relatives and friends, disciples and grandchildren, don''t they have any hostility to Meng Zhang.


    And the Hui Xu Da Neng Lin brothers who have safely fled back to the Dark Alliance. I''m afraid they have hated Meng Zhang for a long time.


    If these people may not affect the overall policy of the Dark Alliance, the collusion between the Dark Alliance and the devil can not be easily washed away.


    Meng Zhang did not believe in the Dark Alliance, especially the relationship between the Dark Alliance and the devil Road, which made Meng Zhang have deep doubts in his heart.


    Although Meng Zhang has the side that practitioners are mercenary, he still has a bottom line in many things.


    One of the very important bottom lines is that taiyimen must not collude with the devil, let alone form an alliance with the forces of the devil.


    The Dark Alliance, such as Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan, have a good relationship with Meng Zhang, but they may not be so reliable in matters related to the interests of the sect.


    Although they are the top level of the Dark Alliance, they do not have the power and status to say everything within the Dark Alliance.


    If the Dark Alliance harbors evil intentions towards taiyimen, even if they strongly oppose it, I''m afraid they will eventually stand on the side of their own sect.


    After some discussion, Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of the door decided on the principle of how to treat the Dark Alliance.


    Taiyimen will strive to maintain a good relationship with the Dark Alliance and actively make friends with each other.


    There will be a lot of cooperation between the two sides, such as the development of Commerce and trade, high-level visits, exchanges between monks and so on.


    In particular, the two sides can cooperate closely against the religious sects of the major holy places.


    But on the issue of formal alliance, taiyimen will not rashly agree.


    In order to avoid offending the Dark Alliance, taiyimen will not refuse the issue of alliance.


    Taiyimen will always hang on the Dark Alliance side, secretly obstruct and find some excuses to delay time.


    Of course, the Dark Alliance is not a fool. Sooner or later, it will find the small moves of the Taiyi gate and may have a showdown with the Taiyi gate.


    At that time, facing the pressure of the holy places, taiyimen still could not give up the Dark Alliance and had to form an alliance with the Dark Alliance.


    However, at the time of formal alliance, taiyimen must adhere to the contents of the covenant.


    Taiyimen should maintain a loose alliance with the Dark Alliance, and the alliance should not bind both sides too tightly.


    In a word, taiyimen and dark alliance can make use of each other and cooperate with each other, but taiyimen must not be tied to the chariot of Dark Alliance. Taiyimen should reserve the room to get off the ship at any time.


    In this process, how to negotiate with the Dark Alliance, how to negotiate with it, and how to operate it are all things that test the wisdom of practitioners.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was not good at this aspect. He gave the matter to Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple.


    After so many years of development, taiyimen has already trained many excellent foreign affairs friars.


    They are exquisite, long sleeved, good at communicating with others, good at negotiation, keen on intrigue, proficient in various means of mediation, and familiar with various conspiracies


    Niu Dawei will arrange these monks to deal with the communication with the Dark Alliance.


    As long as they do not violate the basic principles set by Meng Zhang, they can play flexibly and freely.


    When Meng Zhang was not in the sect, under the leadership of Niu Dawei and other high-level leaders, the sect was still able to maintain normal operation, but still accumulated a lot of problems, which needed to be handled by Meng Zhang himself.


    In particular, the major events related to the life and death of zongmen and the major policies for the future development of zongmen need Meng Zhang''s personal decision.


    After Meng Zhang was busy with all kinds of affairs of the sect, he took care of the hell.


    Meng Zhang and his avatar Taimiao synchronized information and learned about the latest progress of Taimiao in the ghost cry mountains.


    Originally, I was very eager to enter the ghost cry mountain. I couldn''t wait to get the treasure inside. I showed great patience over the years.


    Taimiao led the army, nibbling bit by bit, starting from the periphery of the ghost cry mountain and gradually going deep into it.


    After encountering strong resistance, he did not act recklessly, let alone worry.


    Too wonderful. Spend more time strengthening your strength.


    He not only strengthened his cultivation and tried to improve his strength, but also tried to give full play to the power of the two powers in his hand - the power of life and death and the power of reincarnation.


    Moreover, he also vigorously cultivated and strengthened his followers.


    To this end, he did not hesitate to pay a huge price and invest massive resources.

 Chapter 2214

    It''s wonderful to have unified the underworld now, sitting on most of the resources of the underworld.


    Of course, these resources are just too wonderful in name, but they can''t appear in his big library out of thin air.


    Many resources still need to spend time and invest a lot of human and material resources for development.


    In addition to transporting resources to Taiyi gate and exchanging needed goods for Taiyi gate''s materials and products, Taimiao has used a lot of resources to train more and more elite ghost armies.


    With a strong army of ghosts, it is wonderful to maintain and strengthen the rule of the underworld and strengthen the search and development of the resources of the underworld.


    Among the many wonderful gods, the most senior and trusted Jijian Shenjiang and others with the strongest foundation have already possessed the perfect strength of the Yang God level and are about to begin to impact the return virtual level.


    Although Taimiao has the strength in the middle of returning to emptiness and holds two powers, it is still not sure enough to eliminate the ghost crying mountains.


    In order to wait for the extreme sword God general to break through the retreat period, he not only temporarily stopped sweeping the ghost cry mountains, but also invested a lot of resources in them.


    In fact, with too wonderful basically unifying the underworld, too wonderful has almost monopolized most of the resource output of the underworld.


    Originally, those forces that maintain a semi independent status in the underworld can continue to provide the special resources of the underworld to the Yang world.


    As Taimiao continues to weaken and even completely wipe out these semi independent forces, their ability to provide special resources to the Yangshi is greatly reduced.


    In these years, the total amount of various special resources provided by the whole underworld to the Yang world continued to decline.


    Taiyimen is easy to obtain the special resources of the underworld because of Taimiao''s relationship, and the transaction scale between taiyimen and Taimiao is still expanding.


    Too wonderful. If you want, you can completely cut off the transactions between other forces and the Yang world, and let the special resources of the underworld only flow to the Taiyi gate.


    After thousands of years of development, the Xiuzhen civilization in the Junchen world has relatively fixed channels to obtain resources.


    Many special resources in the underworld are of great use to many religious sects and friars, and they can not be replaced in a short time.


    If the special resources from the underworld are completely lost, there will be problems in the operation of the whole cultivation world.


    If taiyimen really monopolizes the production of resources in the underworld through Taimiao, taiyimen will not only obtain great benefits, but also become the target of public criticism and be hostile to many truth cultivation forces.


    Although Meng Zhang was jealous of such interests, he was not blinded by profits, but always maintained enough soberness and reason.


    Taiyimen doesn''t have enough strength to guard such interests.


    Moreover, it''s wonderful. If you really do so, I''m afraid the Holy Land sects will put their strength into the underworld at all costs and try their best to eradicate it.


    Under the command of Meng Zhang, Taimiao only controlled and reduced the special resources flowing from the underworld to the Yang world, and did not completely monopolize it.


    Perhaps, at the right time, taiyimen can monopolize the special resources of the underworld as a card.


    In the void battlefield, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao could not keep pace at any time due to the distance and void barrier.


    They all synchronize information and communicate at regular intervals.


    At that time, Meng Zhang gave instructions to Taimiao according to the latest situation.


    That''s wonderful. This external incarnation can be regarded as an independent and powerful individual.


    Even without Meng Zhang''s instructions, too wonderful can not only survive intact, but also know how to improve themselves and develop their forces.


    After many years of observation, Meng Zhang was very reassured about Taimiao. He allowed him to maintain a certain degree of independence and would not interfere with his life and decision-making at will.


    After confirming that there was no problem in the underworld, Meng Zhang turned his attention back to the Yang world.


    Taiyimen not only has a vast land territory in the north of junchenjie, but also has great interests in the West Sea.


    Taiyimen has been trying to strengthen its control over the West Sea by completely controlling the Xingluo islands.


    However, after the Qiu brothers left, Xingluo palace, the original owner of Xingluo islands, completely took refuge in Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the support of Ziyang Shengzong, Xingluo palace strictly guarded Xingluo islands and excluded foreign forces such as taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate competes with Xingluo palace and competes for the dominance of Xingluo islands by supporting Guanghan palace, Yujian gate and Xuanxin temple.


    Guanghan fairy, Yujian Zhenjun and Xuanxin Zhenjun, the leaders of the three sects, are all Yang God Zhenjun. Xingluo palace alone can''t compete with them.


    With the help of Ziyang holy sect, Fuyun Zhenjun, the leader of Fuyun temple, has been loyal to Ziyang holy sect since he entered the Yang God period.


    The Xingluo palace has the support of the floating cloud view. The most important thing is the support of the Ziyang holy sect in order to maintain its status.


    Although it is still the ruler of Xingluo islands in name, its rule has been unstable and its status is in jeopardy.


    Last time, Meng Zhang sent the guest Qing of Taiyi gate to the West Sea on CI Laodao to ensure the interests of Taiyi gate in the West Sea.


    Most of the time, Yu Ci Lao Dao sits in the depths of the West Sea and takes care of the enclaves of taiyimen in the West Sea.


    Taiyimen has many important resource output points in the West Sea and is a very important source of income.


    Because of his scruples about Ziyang holy sect, Yu Ci Lao Dao did not directly intervene in the affairs of Xingluo islands, but gave support to Guanghan palace and other forces in name.


    With the support of Taiyi gate, Guanghan palace and other religious sects have more confidence in the face of Ziyang holy sect.


    Although the three sects still dare not compete with Ziyang Shengzong, at least they don''t care about Xingluo palace.


    Some time ago, Guanghan palace and other three zongmen sent a message to Taiyi gate, saying that great changes would take place in Xingluo islands.


    Specifically, the Xingluo palace, because after the Qiu brothers left, some of the Qiu brothers'' original loyalty also left the Xingluo palace one after another.


    Some of these people took refuge in the Yujian gate and other zongmen, and some left the west sea directly to the mainland for development.


    Although the Xingluo palace has the support of Ziyang Shengzong outside, there are not too powerful people inside.


    The current leader of Xingluo palace can''t convince the public in terms of ability or cultivation, but it is the product of compromise between the middle and high levels of the palace.


    The biggest problem of Xingluo palace is the lack of top combat power. There were many great friars in the later period of Yuanshen in the palace, but there was no real king of Yang God.


    Ziyang Shengzong supports and supports Xingluo palace, but it is impossible to take care of Xingluo palace in every detail, let alone solve every problem for Xingluo palace.


    Xingluo palace will inevitably lack confidence when facing challengers such as Guanghan palace.


    Because the Qiu brothers did not leave the secret method of getting through the thunder robbery of the Yang God in the Xingluo palace, the power of the Xingluo palace alone could not cultivate the true king of the Yang God.


    Therefore, the high level of Xingluo palace actively seeks the secret method to get through the thunder robbery of Yang God.


    One of the most important ways is to ask Ziyang Shengzong for help.

 Chapter 2215

    Because of the lessons learned by the Qiu brothers, Ziyang Shengzong''s trust in Xingluo palace is limited.


    Although Ziyang holy sect supports Xingluo palace, it has reservations about it and is unwilling to make it too strong.


    With years of ruling experience of Ziyang Shengzong, too powerful vassals often produce some thoughts that should not be.


    Qiu Gangfeng is still fighting against Ziyang holy sect. He has done a lot worse than Ziyang holy sect. He has long been a thorn in the flesh of Ziyang holy sect.


    Under the wrath, many senior leaders of Ziyang Shengzong were very dissatisfied with the Xingluo palace created by the Qiu brothers.


    If it were not for the situation in the West Sea, Ziyang Shengzong might not be willing to continue to support Xingluo palace.


    Ziyang Shengzong has been unwilling to provide Xingluo palace with the secret method to survive the thunder robbery of Yang God, which has greatly dissatisfied many senior leaders of Xingluo palace.


    The interior of Xingluo palace is unstable and people''s hearts are floating. Many monks are looking for a way out.


    Under the matchmaking of the monks who had left Xingluo palace, the three sects of Guanghan palace mastered a lot of inside information in Xingluo palace.


    Due to the deterrence of Ziyang holy sect, the three sects of Guanghan Palace are not good at directly attacking Xingluo palace, but they are ready to use the internal instability of Xingluo palace to create chaos in Xingluo palace.


    At this time, he has been fully supporting the floating cloud view of Xingluo palace, and seems to have a different mind.


    The floating cloud view is originally the Xingluo islands. Except for the Xingluo palace, taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have maintained a relatively restrained attitude, and neither side has the intention of fighting, whether it is the time to carve up the territory of the imperial dynasty or the border conflict on weekdays.


    If the actions of the three sects of Guanghan palace lead to the Taiyi sect having to fight against the holy sect of Ziyang, the gains are not worth the losses for the Taiyi sect.


    But it would be very inappropriate to turn down the request for help from the three families of Guanghan palace.


    These three patriarchal gates fell to Taiyi gate, which is very important to the layout of Taiyi gate in the West Sea. Not to mention, there are still great interests involved around the Xingluo islands.


    All along, taiyimen has been very protective of their little brother.


    If we don''t support these three families, it will inevitably damage the reputation of Taiyi gate.


    The top level of taiyimen has been arguing endlessly, and Niu Dawei and other Huixu Daneng have never made a statement.


    After receiving the relevant news, Meng Zhang also did not mean to intervene in person.


    He wanted to see how the taiyimen high-level would deal with the incident.


    Although the taiyimen high-level was still debating, they quickly responded to the Guanghan palace and other three zongmen.


    Taiyimen''s response is very vague. It not only restricts the actions of Guanghan palace and other three sects, but also doesn''t want them to cause trouble easily, let alone lead to the interference of Ziyang Shengzong.


    At the same time, he also said that if they encounter problems that they can''t handle, taiyimen will never ignore them.


    Although the top level of taiyimen has different opinions and many debates, they still have a consensus on some issues.


    Under the condition that their own interests have not suffered heavy losses, taiyimen will not directly confront Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen will support their little brother, but this support has a limit.


    As the boss, taiyimen not only wants to enjoy the benefits brought by his younger brother, but also doesn''t want to be involved in the war with Ziyang Shengzong because of his actions.


    The mentality of the Taiyi sect, which wants to take advantage and is unwilling to pay a price, is funny, but it is the style of most religious sects in the cultivation world.


    The strong make use of the weak, but they can''t be dragged down by the weak, let alone get involved in unnecessary war because of the weak.


    Not long after responding to the zongmen of Guanghan palace, the Taiyi gate also debated a result.


    In order to win over them in Guanghan palace, verbal support alone is far from enough.


    In terms of morality and interests, taiyimen should provide some substantive support to Guanghan palace.


    However, in order to avoid over stimulation to Ziyang Shengzong, taiyimen should not send too strong forces to Xingluo islands.


    Finally, Jin Lizhen, the old Yang God of taiyimen, led a team of elite monks to the West Sea and stood by.

 Chapter 2216

    Jin Lizhen Jun and others will not directly enter the Xingluo islands, but stand by in the nearby area.


    If the three sects of Guanghan palace can solve the problem by themselves, Jin Lizhen Jun''s team will always keep a wait-and-see state.


    If they are hit by an accident in Guanghan palace, Jin Lizhen Jun will provide assistance when needed.


    Although Taiyi gate only sent a team led by Yang God Zhenjun, the return virtual power in the gate is also on standby and ready to send it to Xingluo islands in case the conflict between the two sides escalates after the end of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, taiyimen is not determined to start a full-scale war with Ziyang Shengzong now.


    If the situation is wrong, the three families of Guanghan palace must retreat immediately.


    Otherwise, taiyimen may even regard them as abandoned children.


    In a word, taiyimen is ready to fight and make peace with Ziyang Shengzong according to the situation.


    Everything is based on the interests of their own clan, and we will never make sacrifices in vain.


    Taiyimen senior management are very concerned about the progress of this matter and have been in contact with Jin Lizhen Jun in front.


    During his days in the sect, Meng Zhang held Dharma meetings from time to time to preach to the friars in the sect, especially the high-level friars, and impart practice experience and understanding.


    Besides Meng Zhang and Yu Ci, the Taiyi sect''s great ability of returning to emptiness has not been promoted for a long time.


    If there is no accident, Meng Zhang will take a large part of them when he goes to the void battlefield next time.


    Even if the foundation of these return virtual powers is strong, the promotion time is too short and the accumulation is not sufficient.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time, ordinary magic weapons have long been out of use.


    He put all his magic weapons in the great storehouse of the door and let the returning virtual powers in the door borrow them.


    Taiyimen''s return to virtual powers are not just behind closed doors. They take turns to the South China Sea to exchange ideas with the return to virtual powers of the Hailing sect.


    The Hailing sect, which was originally far more powerful than taiyimen, has greatly reduced its strength after heavy losses.


    The primary and secondary relationship between the two sects also began to change slowly.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, can overwhelm all the return virtual powers of Hailing sect. Not to mention, taiyimen has more return to virtual power than Hailing sect.


    The last time the sea people invaded on a large scale, the heavenly palace and the holy places sold many interests of the Xiuzhen community in the South China Sea in order to calm down the incident as soon as possible and avoid an all-out war with the Zhenlong people.


    Although the sea spirit faction suppressed the dissatisfaction of many Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea, its rule over the South China Sea still encountered many problems.


    After occupying a large area of the South China Sea, Haizu did not become honest.


    There are constant conflicts between the sea people and the Terran practitioners in the South China Sea, and there are often small-scale battles.


    Within the South China Sea League, there have been forces against the Hailing faction.


    Compared with the past, the Hailing sect now needs the help of taiyimen.


    Unknowingly, the Hailing sect has become more respectful of taiyimen''s opinions on many things and is willing to follow some of taiyimen''s instructions.


    Taiyimen still attaches great importance to Hailing sect, an ally for many years, and is willing to give it help within its ability.


    The immortal society secretly supported by the ancient Taoist priest, the deputy director of the heavenly palace, was wiped out by the sects of major holy places last time. It suffered heavy losses and greatly damaged its vitality. After so many years of cultivation, they are far from being able to recover.


    The immortality society is a secret organization mainly composed of high-level monks such as returning to emptiness and great energy. It took thousands of years to develop.


    Once all kinds of high-level friars in the meeting suffer heavy losses, they can''t be supplemented in a short time.


    After the injury of Gu Chen shangzun, the nominal principal of the immortality society, recovered, he cooperated with Taoist Gu Lu who returned to the Junchen world to try to revive the immortality society.


    After years of hard work, the immortal society, which had almost disappeared, not only survived tenaciously, but also began to accumulate strength again.


    They ran around and actively contacted and supported the monks who fought against the sects of various holy places in the Junchen world.


    Under the pressure of the major holy places, taiyimen, hailing sect and immortality society can only keep warm and cooperate closely.


    The Dark Alliance has already begun to actively win over taiyimen and try to pull taiyimen into its own chariot.


    Although taiyimen is willing to maintain friendly relations with the Dark Alliance, it has not relaxed on the issue of alliance and adopts the strategy of procrastination.


    The sect won over by the Dark Alliance is not only the Taiyi clan. According to the Taiyi clan''s senior management, the Dark Alliance has long been in collusion with the immortal society, and its relationship with the Hailing sect is not shallow.


    Both Hailing sect and Dengxian society are very happy to establish a good relationship with the Dark Alliance, and forming an alliance is very welcome.


    The sea spirit sect and the immortality society are not unaware of the collusion between the Dark Alliance and the devil, but they need strong external assistance and are a little hungry.


    Not all the forces and practitioners of cultivating truth have the bottom line of Meng Zhang.


    On this issue, the taiyimen side should not interfere too much, let alone make enemies with the Dark Alliance.


    The only thing taiyimen can do is to remind Hailing sect and Dengxian society.


    The Hailing sect also paid more attention to taiyimen''s reminder, and the Party of the immortality society was totally inappropriate.


    Taiyimen can''t do anything about it. They have to wait for the development of things.


    In fact, the relationship between taiyimen itself and the Dark Alliance is getting deeper and deeper, and the two sides are not far from alliance.


    After the last magic nest incident, the Dark Alliance put aside all relations in time and basically stayed out of the matter.


    In order to maintain the stability of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace and the major holy places did not excessively stimulate the Dark Alliance. They were tolerant of the Dark Alliance and did not continue to investigate that matter.


    The tolerance of the heavenly palace and the holy places did not get the gratitude of the Dark Alliance, but was regarded as a sign of weakness by the Dark Alliance.


    Inside the Dark Alliance, many high-level officials looked down on the heavenly palace and the holy places, and their ambition could no longer be suppressed.


    In the Jun dust world, it seems calm now, but it is actually an undercurrent surging.


    The Dark Alliance has been carrying out activities in the dark, colluding with various Xiuzhen forces, and trying to organize a joint force against the sects of the major holy places.


    Taiyi gate, as an important force against the holy places, was involuntarily involved.


    The contacts between taiyimen and Dark Alliance became closer and closer, and the high-level leaders of both sides began to talk more deeply about many issues.


    The Dark Alliance visited the top level of the Taiyi gate and made no secret of its ambition. In the Taiyi gate, it openly expressed its dissatisfaction with the major Holy Land sects and began to provoke the Taiyi gate to fight back against the major Holy Land sects.


    The top level of taiyimen mentioned one of the most important issues in the conversation with the top level of Dark Alliance.


    Even if the Dark Alliance has a deep foundation and strong strength, it can organize a coalition force enough to fight against the major holy places. However, once the founders of the holy places, that is, several sleeping real immortals wake up, how will the coalition army deal with it.

 Chapter 2217

    The Dark Alliance did not give a positive response to the question raised by taiyimen senior management.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance seemed full of confidence and assured taiyimen that they had their own means to resist the strong ones at the real immortal level.


    Even if the founders of the holy places wake up, they will not be afraid.


    Moreover, the senior management of the Dark Alliance also said with great certainty that once several sleeping real immortals wake up, they will immediately fall into a life and death struggle and have no time to attend to them.


    For the statement of the senior level of the Dark Alliance, many senior levels of taiyimen are skeptical.


    According to the information currently available to taiyimen, they only know that the Dark Alliance is a powerful force from the Lingkong fairy world.


    All the worlds under the control of the fairy world have branches.


    Not only are the major Holy Land sects very afraid of the Dark Alliance, but even the heavenly palace, which represents the Lingkong fairy world and governs the Junchen world, has maintained a high degree of tolerance for the Dark Alliance.


    Although I don''t know the real foundation of the Dark Alliance, let alone what it relies on. However, from the perspective of the origin of the Dark Alliance, it is not impossible for the Dark Alliance to have the power to fight against the real immortal.


    The judgment of the top level of the Dark Alliance on several real immortals is also in line with the information known to Meng Zhang.


    Combined with the information obtained from the moon god, Meng Zhang has long known that several sleeping real immortals will fight if they wake up and compete for the opportunity to become celestial immortals.


    In front of the main road, you can leave behind all the years of friendship and the religious door founded.


    Even some high-level officials in the holy places speculated about this situation.


    Otherwise, the ancient capitals could not develop a high enough Eyeliner inside the holy place.


    Although the ancient Taoist did not say it clearly, Meng Zhang had already guessed from his contacts that some high-level leaders of the Holy Land Sect had secretly colluded with him.


    As for the Dark Alliance, I''m afraid it has penetrated deeper into the high-level of the holy places.


    Even if the top level of taiyimen has repeatedly asked, the top level of Dark Alliance is unwilling to disclose too much on some confidential issues.


    In this regard, the top level of taiyimen is helpless.


    Meng Zhang did not ask too much about the negotiations between taiyimen and Dark Alliance.


    The principle of opposing justice has long been set. In terms of specific details, there are special monks in the door.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much time to return to the Junchen world for rest this time, only less than four months.


    He hopes to help taiyimen solve some accumulated problems as much as possible during this period.


    On the other side of the West Sea Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang didn''t have to wait too long. Good plays began one after another.


    Driven by the efforts of Guanghan palace, Xuanxin temple, yujianmen and Fuyun temple, the long-standing contradictions in Xingluo palace finally broke out.


    Many high-level officials in Xingluo palace, who had long been at odds with each other, were only fighting openly and secretly at first, limited to verbal disputes.


    Later, under the provocation of people with intentions, they began to kill each other, and the scale of the struggle continued to escalate, with increasing casualties.


    Although the Qiu brothers left Xingluo palace long ago, they are the founders of Xingluo palace and created this foundation in such a dangerous place as the west sea with one hand and one foot.


    In the Xingluo palace, there are still many monks who tend to them and are even willing to work for them.


    After Guanghan palace and other sects contacted these friars, they created greater chaos in Xingluo palace.


    As the nominal ruler of Xingluo islands, Xingluo palace began to kill each other and fall into chaos, which was a great disaster for the whole Xingluo islands.


    The friars who have killed red eyes have been indifferent to others, not to mention whether the aftermath of the battle will spread beyond the Xingluo palace.


    The civil strife in Xingluo palace has temporarily lost order in many parts of Xingluo islands.


    Many friars who were afraid of chaos in the world took the opportunity to make trouble and rob, making the situation in Xingluo islands more and more chaotic.


    Ziyang Shengzong has a stronghold on Xingluo islands and is responsible for monitoring the movements of Xingluo islands.


    However, after years of redeployment, the number of monks in the stronghold is much lower than before.


    After discovering the chaos in Xingluo islands, the monks in Ziyang Shengzong stronghold wanted to suppress the situation in time, but they suffered from insufficient manpower and strength.


    It takes time to report the situation to Ziyang Shengzong headquarters and ask that monks be sent there.


    During this time, the three sects of Guanghan palace, Fuyun temple and Yujian gate sent a large number of monks in the name of calming the unrest and restoring the original order, and began to rob the territory of Xingluo palace and seize the interests of all parties.


    Shortly after they started to fight in Guanghan palace, Fuyun temple also joined the competition on the grounds of preventing their actions.


    Of course, the Xingluo palace is unwilling to watch its territory be taken away, but it suffers from internal struggle and cannot send enough strength to stop it.


    In fact, even if Xingluo palace did not fall into civil strife and could send all its forces, it could not stop the four long planned sects.


    In Xingluo palace, those monks who were still devoted to their duties were killed one after another in the process of blocking the four families.


    Not too long ago, Xingluo palace lost all its territory in Xingluo islands, leaving only its headquarters.


    In the headquarters of Xingluo palace, there are important facilities such as treasure house and Sutra Pavilion, which have been coveted by four sects such as Guanghan palace for a long time.


    Although the headquarters is guarded by a protective array and concentrates most of the power of the Xingluo palace, it can''t stop the four premeditated sects when they fall into chaos and internal strife.


    The garrison friars of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands did not allow the situation to develop like this.


    All the monks in the stronghold of Ziyang Shengzong dispatched and rushed to the headquarters of Xingluo palace.


    They should not only quell the unrest here, but also prevent the Guanghan palace and other subsequent attacks.


    Ziyang holy sect is indeed a holy sect. Even if it is just a stronghold, the monks have enough prestige to suppress all forces in Xingluo palace.


    Seeing the monks of Ziyang holy sect stationed in the headquarters of Xingluo palace, even if Guanghan palace and other sects were extremely unwilling, they had to stop.


    No matter how brave they are, they dare not directly attack the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As long as the headquarters returns to stability, Xingluo palace can slowly quell the chaos of Xingluo islands and recapture all kinds of lost interests.


    Of course, Guanghan palace and other sects will never spit out the benefits of eating in their mouths.


    If Xingluo palace wants to take it back, it will inevitably have many fights in the future.


    Although the ultimate goal was not achieved, he attacked the headquarters of the astrological palace and completely ended the rule of the astrological palace over the astrological islands.


    However, Guanghan palace and other religious sects have obtained enough booty in this incident.


    More importantly, after this incident, the strength and prestige of the Xingluo islands have been greatly damaged, which makes it more difficult to maintain its rule over the Xingluo islands.

 Chapter 2218

    If this situation is completely calmed down, although the zongmen such as Guanghan palace have not achieved their ultimate goal, they have reaped great benefits.


    Although they are not particularly satisfied, they can barely accept it.


    For Xingluo palace, although the loss is huge, as long as the sect door is not destroyed, there is still a chance for everything.


    With the support of Ziyang holy sect, the disputes within the sect began to be suppressed temporarily, and the lost interests can be slowly taken back.


    In short, for all parties in the Xingluo islands, this is just another routine struggle.


    Since it is a struggle, naturally some people suffer and others benefit.


    The three sects of Guanghan Palace are supported by Taiyi gate. Ziyang Shengzong is no longer dissatisfied with them, and should not start rashly against them.


    Unfortunately, many things in the world will not develop according to people''s speculation and expectations. Many times, something unexpected happens.


    The friars in the stronghold of Ziyang Shengzong were very angry about the incident.


    They were not angry about the losses suffered by Xingluo palace, but felt that the situation in Xingluo islands began to slowly get out of their control.


    Since when, such as Ziyang holy sect, the holy sect door has been unable to do everything and completely implement its will?


    Many Ziyang holy friars began to think that after receiving the support from the headquarters, they had to thoroughly clean the Xingluo islands.


    It''s not enough to show the prestige of Ziyang Shengzong and deter all parties.


    Even if we go to war with taiyimen, we don''t hesitate.


    Of course, these are just the ideas of some ordinary monks of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As for how to treat taiyimen, it is only the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong can decide.


    There are not enough friars in Ziyang holy sect stronghold, especially high-level friars.


    They temporarily deterred all parties in the struggle of Xingluo palace and asked them to stop temporarily. What they relied on was not strength, but the prestige accumulated by Ziyang Shengzong over the years.


    Just when they thought the overall situation was settled and began to relax their guard, many friars in Xingluo palace suddenly attacked Ziyang Shengzong friars who were not too defensive.


    Caught off guard, Ziyang Saint friar suffered some casualties.


    Many angry monks of Ziyang Shengzong immediately began to fight back.


    These Ziyang Saint friars only knew that the friars of Xingluo palace attacked them secretly, so almost all the friars of Xingluo palace were the targets of their counterattack.


    Some monks of Ziyang Shengzong who kept awake knew that only a few monks in Xingluo palace attacked them, and most of them did not dare to be enemies with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Unfortunately, once the counterattack begins, the scale of the battle is difficult to control.


    When did the arrogant Holy Land Sect friar suffer such a loss.


    Many Ziyang holy friars almost immediately launched indiscriminate attacks on all members of Xingluo palace.


    The prestige of the Holy Land Sect gate is no greater than its own life.


    The friars of Xingluo palace instinctively fought back in order to save their lives.


    Under the provocation of people with intentions, the rumor that Ziyang Shengzong was about to bloodbath Xingluo palace soon spread all over Xingluo palace.


    Even if many Xingluo palace friars are unwilling to believe these rumors, the scene of Ziyang Saint Friar''s killing is in front of them, so they can''t help but continue to doubt.


    Many Xingluo monks who are greedy for life and afraid of death and lack of courage began to flee the Xingluo palace headquarters. More Xingluo monks were involved in this war either actively or passively.


    At the critical moment of life and death, many friars of Xingluo palace had nothing to do but fight back against the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It was beyond everyone''s expectation that friar Ziyang Shengzong killed in Xingluo palace headquarters.


    After receiving this news, zongmen such as Guanghan palace, who had planned to stop fighting, saw new opportunities.


    Soon, the friars of Guanghan palace, Fuyun temple, jade sword gate and Xuanxin Temple appeared outside the headquarters of Xingluo palace.


    Their reasons are surprisingly consistent. They came to rescue Ziyang Saint Friar and help him calm down the chaos in Xingluo palace.


    The Ziyang Shengzong friars, who are caught up in a great war and are too busy for themselves, have no ability to stop them.


    The monks of Guanghan palace and other sects entered the headquarters of Xingluo palace and began burning, killing, looting and wantonly killing.


    They wantonly slaughtered the friars of Xingluo palace and robbed all valuable things in Xingluo palace.


    Some sane monks of Ziyang Saint saw this scene and were extremely uncomfortable.


    The Xingluo palace, which was supported by the Ziyang holy sect for many years and let it rule the Xingluo islands, suffered a devastating blow, and its headquarters was wantonly ravaged by rival sects such as Guanghan palace.


    However, under such circumstances, it is difficult for them to intervene too much.


    What is particularly hateful is the floating cloud view. It is clearly the running dog of Ziyang Saint like Xingluo palace. Now, for the sake of interests, it dares to start dog biting under the eyes of its owner.


    The number and accomplishments of the monks present at Ziyang holy sect are far from enough. It is very difficult to resist the desperate counterattack of the monks of Xingluo palace.


    If we want to completely suppress all parties, completely calm down the situation and restore stability, their strength alone is far from enough.


    The chaos and killing at Xingluo palace headquarters finally subsided.


    But at this time, the headquarters of Xingluo palace was almost in ruins, and most of the valuable things were robbed, leaving only the sad scene of corpses everywhere and rivers of blood.


    Most of the monks in Xingluo palace headquarters were killed, and the rest have basically escaped.


    Even the monks of Ziyang holy sect lost nearly half.


    The remaining monks of Ziyang holy sect were full of anger, but they didn''t know where to vent.


    After waiting so long, the support from Ziyang Shengzong headquarters finally arrived at Xingluo islands.


    The response of Ziyang Shengzong headquarters would not have been so slow.


    After receiving the report from the stronghold of Xingluo islands, many senior leaders of Ziyang holy sect realized that there would be chaos in Xingluo islands, and maybe taiyimen would intervene secretly.


    For one thing, since most of the great powers returning to the void in the gate are still in the void battlefield, Ziyang Shengzong is not ready to turn against Taiyi gate now.


    Second, I don''t want to stimulate taiyimen too much, leading to the escalation of the situation.


    Therefore, Ziyang Shengzong''s choice is surprisingly consistent with that of taiyimen. They all sent a team led by Yang God Zhenjun to Xingluo islands.


    The team accepted the order to quell the chaos in the Xingluo islands as soon as possible.


    In this process, some blows and punishments can be given to the zongmen such as Guanghan palace.


    If Guanghan palace and other sects are knowledgeable enough to retreat, there is no need to kill them all.


    If taiyimen wants to take the opportunity to intervene in the affairs of Xingluo islands, it must compete with each other and never give in.


    Of course, if not necessary, we should try our best to avoid a big fight with friar taiyimen.

 Chapter 2219

    Ziyang Shengzong has long established a long-distance transmission array in the stronghold of Xingluo islands.


    As usual, the team sent by Ziyang Shengzong was transmitted to Xingluo islands through long-distance transmission array.


    However, in the process of transmission, the long-distance transmission array suddenly encountered unknown interference, and the transmission was greatly hindered.


    The team sent by Ziyang Shengzong was almost trapped in the space gap.


    When the long-distance transmission array returned to normal and the team finally arrived at the Xingluo islands, it was not a short time ago, and the matter over there had long been over.


    The headquarters of Xingluo palace was destroyed, all the sites were divided up, the monks were seriously killed and injured, and the remaining monks fled everywhere.


    At this time, the Xingluo palace was basically destroyed.


    Even if Ziyang holy sect gathers a group of Xingluo palace friars to help them rebuild the sect gate, the Xingluo palace will not be able to continue to be the ruler of Xingluo islands.


    Even the nominal rulers of Xingluo islands still need some strength, otherwise they can''t maintain the most basic order,


    Only by sending enough monks directly can Ziyang Shengzong forcibly maintain the original status of Xingluo palace.


    But since the Ziyang holy sect has come to an end directly, why do you need the puppet of Xingluo palace?


    Due to his late arrival, he had to face such a mess, which greatly annoyed the monks of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The situation in Xingluo islands makes them feel a bit headache.


    Xingluo islands is located in the important place of the West Sea. Ziyang holy sect must not give up easily. It must maintain sufficient influence here.


    Apart from other things, many monks in the sect inherited the temper and character of the founder Ziyang Zhenxian, and were extremely arrogant and arrogant.


    In these years, Ziyang holy sect has been hit a lot. Especially in the face of taiyimen, it can be said that everything is not going well.


    Especially the inexplicable fall of Yangsheng shangzun in those years, the middle and senior level of the door always thought it was related to Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Shengzong exhausted all kinds of means, but could not help Meng Zhang, which made the middle and high levels of the door feel a deep shame.


    However, due to the massive invasion of foreign invaders, Ziyang Shengzong, including Ziyang Shengzong, has restrained most of the forces of the major Holy Land sects, making Ziyang Shengzong unable to fully deal with mengzhang and Taiyi gate.


    On the surface, the matter of Xingluo islands was caused by the civil strife in Xingluo palace, but in fact, we all know what happened.


    If Ziyang Shengzong does not handle it properly, it will be another failure in the face of Taiyi gate.


    Whether from the interests of the sect or the emotions of the monks in the sect, Ziyang Shengzong did not want to see this result.


    After some deliberation, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong began to take action.


    First, they summoned the real prince of Fuyun temple and threatened him severely.


    Fuyun Zhenjun boldly participated in the conspiracy against Xingluo Palace this time. The main purpose is to replace Xingluo palace in the position of Ziyang Shengzong, but he never wanted to really destroy Xingluo palace, let alone betray Ziyang Shengzong.


    The initial development of the matter was in line with the plan of Mr. Fuyun Zhenjun. But later, the whole thing was completely derailed.


    The Xingluo palace was destroyed and the Ziyang Saint friar was killed. The consequences are too serious.


    During this period of time, Fuyun Zhenjun has been uneasy in his heart for fear of being punished by Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Ziyang Saint friar summoned him, he even had the impulse to leave.


    But Fuyun Guan''s family has a great cause, and he can''t give up.


    After careful thinking, he felt that Ziyang Shengzong still needed him in the current situation of Yixing luoqun island. He should not be in a hurry to start with him.


    Finally, Mr. Fuyun Zhenjun still didn''t have the courage to escape and hardened his head to meet the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Sure enough, after meeting, friar Ziyang Shengzong didn''t embarrass Fuyun Zhenjun, but ordered him to concentrate all the strength of Fuyun temple and attack the jade sword gate with all his strength.


    Among the three sects of Guanghan palace, Xuanxin temple and Yujian gate, Guanghan palace has the strongest strength. The number of Xuanxin temple is too small. Only Yujian gate is in the middle.


    The monks of Ziyang Shengzong were determined to show their fists this time, and chose the jade sword gate as the object of Liwei.


    Even if you can''t destroy the jade sword gate, you must hit it hard.


    Ziyang Shengzong friar did not care more about him, so that the floating cloud king was pardoned.


    Of course, he can''t disobey the orders of Ziyang Shengzong, and he should try to do things well and do them beautifully.


    After returning to the Fuyun temple, Mr. Fuyun Zhenjun immediately dispatched troops and formed an army of friars and killed them at the jade sword gate.


    The three sects of Yujian gate and Fuyun temple have fought openly and secretly for many years, but there are few large-scale conflicts.


    This is the first time a war of this scale has been fought.


    Although he was afraid of Ziyang Shengzong, facing the attack of Fuyun temple, yujianmen immediately resisted.


    Guanghan palace, Xuanxin temple and Yujian gate are allies and have agreed to help each other.


    The jade sword sect is involved in the war. Guanghan palace and Xuanxin temple will not sit idly by.


    The three sects joined hands to fight against the cloud view.


    Apart from Xingluo palace, these four sects are the four most powerful sects in Xingluo islands.


    They started a war, and the whole Xingluo islands fell into great chaos.


    The spread of war has brought more and more disadvantages.


    Not only has the exploitation of resources around Xingluo islands been greatly affected, but even the air route through Xingluo islands has to be temporarily interrupted.


    As the war was confined to a corner of the Xingluo islands, the most important thing was that there was no return to virtual power to participate in the war, and the heavenly palace did not intervene rashly.


    In fact, in the eyes of many people in the heavenly palace, Ziyang Shengzong suffered a loss this time, and it is a very legitimate act to vent.


    As long as things don''t get out of hand, Tiangong is willing to let Ziyang Shengzong vent his anger.


    After all, the heavenly palace is only the nominal ruler of the Junchen world. In order to maintain the situation of the Junchen world, it also needs the help of the religious sects of the major holy places.


    If the Xingluo islands fall into a long-term war, it will certainly affect the interests of taiyimen.


    In order to stimulate the holy sect of Ziyang, taiyimen did not develop wantonly in Xingluo islands, only a few small strongholds.


    Taiyimen wants to interfere in the affairs of Xingluo islands mainly through the three zongmen of Guanghan palace.


    Looking at the appearance of Ziyang holy sect, it is to provoke a proxy war. Naturally, Taiyi gate is not willing to be weak.


    Taiyi gate soon informed the three families of Guanghan palace, hoping that they would make a quick decision and not let the war spread for too long.


    In fact, the continuation of the war is not in the interests of the three families of Guanghan palace.


    The chaos of the Xingluo islands has long caused huge losses to them.


    In the past, they were afraid of Ziyang Shengzong, so they didn''t go all out.


    Now with the instruction from taiyimen, the three zongmen immediately began to work with all their strength.

 Chapter 2220

    Once the three sects of Guanghan palace, Xuanxin temple and Yujian gate go all out to fight, Fuyun temple will soon be overwhelmed.


    Although the strength of the cloud view is strong, it is not strong enough to defeat three with one.


    The three sects of the other party have a large number of people and many experts, and their overall strength is much stronger than the floating cloud view.


    Later, in order to maintain the war, Mr. Fuyun had to do it himself.


    Before Guanghan fairy, the most powerful of the three sects, joined hands with Xuanxin Zhenjun and Yujian Zhenjun, they stopped Fuyun Zhenjun and fought with him.


    The battle between the three Yang gods and the true kings was very fierce.


    After a great war, Mr. Fuyun really fell to the disadvantage.


    Friar Fuyun temple was defeated and suffered heavy losses on the battlefield. Fuyun Temple kept asking for help from Ziyang Shengzong, but didn''t get any response.


    The territory ruled by Ziyang Shengzong is too vast to be managed by the lineal friars of the sect alone.


    In remote territories such as Xingluo islands, Ziyang Shengzong generally manages and operates through supporting agents.


    This is also the management method commonly used by most Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen''s management of the territory looks a little strict, and it is essentially the same management method.


    Taiyimen also needs to support various vassal forces through organizations such as Hanhai daomeng in order to control the vast territory.


    Fuyun Zhenjun thinks that Ziyang Shengzong still needs Fuyun view, which is based on this understanding.


    But this time, the war has been going on for so long, and the floating cloud temple has been overwhelmed. The loss is too heavy, but Ziyang Shengzong still didn''t help.


    No matter how Fuyun Temple begged Ziyang Shengzong, Ziyang Shengzong ignored it.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s attitude greatly reduced the morale of Fuyun temple.


    On the contrary, the morale of the three sects in Guanghan palace is greatly boosted, and they have the posture of eliminating the floating cloud view in one fell swoop.


    Fuyun Temple lost all its peripheral territories and the army was defeated all the way back to the mountain gate.


    The Allied forces of the three families of Guanghan palace surrounded the Mountain Gate of Fuyun temple and began a fierce attack.


    Seeing that the Fuyun temple was about to fall, Ziyang Shengzong finally made a move.


    The reason for the delay is that Ziyang Shengzong punished Fuyun temple.


    Fuyun temple''s previous small moves against Xingluo palace can''t hide the eyes and ears of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although Fuyun temple did not betray the heart of Ziyang holy sect, its behavior caused bad consequences. Of course, it should be punished.


    For the watchdog, it is necessary to whip it from time to time to keep in mind the interests of its owner.


    Ziyang Shengzong friar claimed that the three sects of Guanghan palace started a war, causing chaos to Xingluo islands and causing death.


    Ziyang Shengzong came forward to calm the war and restore peace to Xingluo islands.


    Ziyang holy sect''s claim is nothing. Most sects pay attention to integrity and like to act on behalf of heaven.


    However, the direct participation of Ziyang holy friar in the war caused great pressure on the three sects of Guanghan palace.


    The three families of Guanghan palace had to ask Taiyi gate for help.


    Although taiyimen is unwilling to have a direct conflict with Ziyang Shengzong, it can''t be too weak.


    Taiyi sect is also the overlord of one party at any rate, and there are countless vassal forces under its command.


    No matter what your inner plan is, at least you should do enough face work.


    Jin Lizhen, who was on standby near Xingluo islands, immediately led a team into Xingluo islands to fight with Ziyang Saint friar.


    Although the friars of taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have fought, both sides are still restrained.


    Not only are the strongest monks in the war only in the Yang God period, but they don''t have the posture of fighting desperately.


    With the addition of the friar taiyimen, the three sects of Guanghan palace stabilized and blocked the attack of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, their original attack on the Cloud View and the siege on its mountain gate can only take the initiative to withdraw.


    After the taiyimen friar joined the war, the war situation fell into a stalemate.


    If there are no new forces to enter, the war situation should not change much.


    Ziyang Shengzong was certainly not satisfied with such a result.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s senior management also argued a lot about how to deal with this matter.


    Many senior leaders agree that this is not the time to start a full-scale war with taiyimen, but they are unwilling to swallow this tone and accept this failure.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong are afraid of each other. They are afraid of both ends of the wolf with a hemp pole.


    In order to appease both inside and outside the sect, the Ziyang holy sect, which always pays attention to the open and aboveboard style, inevitably makes some sneaky behavior.


    One of the Huixu great energy of Ziyang holy sect sneaked to Xingluo islands without the attention of the outside world.


    This great energy of returning to emptiness is still an acquaintance of Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect. It is Xiao Jiansheng, the sage of Ziyang, who once walked around the world.


    When Xiao Jiansheng went to Jiuqu league with his later cultivation of Yuanshen, Meng Zhang was just an ordinary monk of Yuanshen period.


    After so many years, Meng Zhang became the Supreme Master in the later period of returning to emptiness, and Xiao Jiansheng finally entered the period of returning to emptiness.


    Xiao Jiansheng''s cultivation speed can''t be said to be slow. This is the normal cultivation speed of outstanding friars of the Holy Land Sect.


    But compared with Meng Zhang, it is not worth mentioning at all.


    In those days, the Xiao family can also make taiyimen feel pressure. Now the Xiao family is just a clown in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Xiao Jiansheng sneaked to Xingluo islands to destroy Guanghan palace, the sect that took refuge in Taiyi gate, before Taiyi gate reacted, so as to warn all practitioners.


    This time, the Ziyang holy sect showed Yin regardless of face. It must be determined to win.


    In fact, the taiyimen side did not react, and knew nothing about Xiao Jiansheng''s actions.


    Logically speaking, the great power of returning to emptiness and destroying Guanghan Palace should be in the middle of the reverse palm.


    But Xiao Jiansheng''s action was not smooth.


    He came directly over the Mountain Gate of Guanghan palace and began to shoot after a few domineering announcements.


    The protective array at the Mountain Gate of Guanghan palace was surprisingly tough, blocking Xiao Jiansheng''s attacks several times.


    Of course, no matter how tough this level of protection array is, it can''t stop Xiao Jiansheng for too long.


    Seeing that Xiao Jiansheng was about to break the protective array of Guanghan palace, Guanghan fairy, the leader of Guanghan palace, did not know when to break through the retreat period.


    Xiao Jiansheng is not a casual monk without a foundation, but a monk from the Holy Land Sect. He has a brilliant inheritance and has practiced many powerful Taoist skills.


    Guanghan fairy, who has just broken through, should not be his opponent even if his foundation is strong.


    But Guanghan fairy suddenly took out a strange magic weapon.


    With the help of this magic weapon, fairy Guanghan temporarily blocked Xiao Jiansheng and fought with him so hard that he could not see the hope of victory in a short time.


    When the Mountain Gate of Guanghan palace was just attacked by Xiao Jiansheng, the friars in the gate asked Taiyi gate for support through the secret of long-distance communication.

 Chapter 2221

    After the news of the Ziyang saint''s return to the virtual power Xiao Jiansheng''s sneak attack on Guanghan palace reached Taiyi gate, it really made the Taiyi gate''s senior management angry.


    Ziyang Shengzong secretly started this time, ignoring the hidden rules of the cultivation world, even the face of the Holy Land Zong door, which is really chilling.


    Anger is anger. How should taiyimen deal with it, but they can''t act impulsively.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent out even the great power of returning to emptiness this time. It can be seen that he is determined to get it.


    If taiyimen also sent back to virtual power but stopped it, would it escalate the war and lead to a full-scale war between the two zongmen?


    Guanghan palace kept asking Taiyi gate for help. The situation was very dangerous, and Taiyi gate didn''t know that Guanghan fairy broke through the retreat period.


    If Taiyi gate is delayed too long, Guanghan palace may be razed to the ground by Xiao Jiansheng. There is no point in doing anything.


    Finally, Niu Dawei, the acting leader, made a final decision.


    Taiyimen can''t be too weak even if they don''t want to go to war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even if taiyimen wants to shrink back, they can''t shrink back when the other party just sends back the virtual power.


    Taiyimen should take tit for tat action. At least they should confront each other for a while before they consider withdrawing.


    In the absence of Meng Zhang''s statement, Niu Dawei, the acting leader, is the most powerful person in Taiyi sect.


    The decision made by Niu Dawei is generally not opposed by the middle and high levels of the door.


    After Niu Dawei stated his position, he personally led Han Yao, Yang Xueyi and Yu Ci Lao Dao to the Xingluo islands.


    Taiyimen has set up a long-distance transmission array near Xingluo islands.


    After being transmitted, the returning virtual powers can be quickly transmitted to Xingluo islands with their own space magic.


    When Niu Dawei and the four of them arrived at the Mountain Gate of Guanghan palace, Guanghan fairy was fighting with Xiao Jiansheng.


    Seeing that many people from Taiyi gate could arrive, Xiao Jiansheng did not dare to stay here for a long time. He immediately gave up the fight and retreated in time.


    If he is surrounded by cattle, he may fall here.


    Although they were surprised by Guanghan fairy''s breakthrough, now the other party is their own ally, Niu Dawei and they still talked with her enthusiastically.


    Xiao Jiansheng didn''t retreat too far.


    He used his communication skills to contact the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong and reported the latest situation back.


    It is said that Taiyi sect has produced many great powers of returning to emptiness. The senior level of Ziyang Shengzong is also suspicious and falls into debate.


    Although there was no result of the debate and no consensus on a full-scale war with taiyimen, Ziyang Shengzong sent new reinforcements to Xingluo islands in time to avoid Xiao Jiansheng fighting alone.


    Soon, Huixu Daneng and Xiao Jiansheng, who came from Ziyang holy sect to reinforce, met in Xingluo islands.


    Xiao Jiansheng, who was reinforced, was greatly strengthened. Together with the reinforced Huixu Daneng, he returned to the Mountain Gate of Guanghan palace and confronted Niu Dawei, who temporarily stayed here.


    The two sides spoke ill of each other and did not yield to each other. The battle seemed to be imminent.


    During the confrontation between Niu Dawei and Xiao Jiansheng, Meng Zhang also secretly came to the nearby Xingluo islands to secretly observe the situation here.


    Although he seems to let go this time and let the high level of the sect deal with this matter, the matter involves Ziyang Shengzong. How can he be completely relieved.


    Soon after Niu Dawei and them left, Meng Zhang also left taiyimen and rushed to Xingluo islands.


    As a bystander, Meng Zhang was insightful and saw the situation very clearly.


    The current situation seems tense, but taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong will not start a full-scale war for the time being.


    You guys, if you really want to start a war, you can''t waste your saliva there.


    Meng Zhang is really interested in the fairy of Guanghan palace.


    Guanghan fairy is a rare beauty in the cultivation world. Many friars are interested in her, and there are countless pursuers.


    But this is not what Meng Zhang cares about. What Meng Zhang really cares about is the secret behind her.


    At that time, several senior monks of the later period of Yuanshen, such as Guanghan fairy, had been suffering from the lack of the secret method of crossing the robbery and had been unable to advance to the Yang God period.


    Later, at the request of the Qiu brothers, Meng Zhang provided them with a secret method of crossing the robbery.


    Meng Zhang''s Secret Dharma of robbing is not good, and there are many hidden dangers after practice.


    A monk who practices this robbery crossing secret method to achieve the Yang God period does not mean that he will not be able to break through the return to emptiness period, but that he has little chance to break through the return to emptiness period.


    If there is no great chance, they should stay in the Yang God period for a long time.


    Meng Zhang recalled the scene.


    Everyone else was very happy when they got the secret technique of crossing the robbery. Only Guanghan fairy didn''t care much.


    At that time, Meng Zhang thought that he had always been cold and had such a character. In addition, Meng Zhang had other things at that time, so he didn''t continue to pay attention to this unimportant little thing.


    Now it seems that most of Guanghan fairy''s cultivation is not the robbery crossing secret skill provided by herself, but another inheritance.


    In the cultivation world, the secret art of crossing robbery is something that all forces strictly control and spread.


    In particular, the secret art of robbing people, which has little hidden danger after cultivation and great hope in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness, is generally precious and important, and it is easy not to be spread out.


    If Meng Zhang did not have the inheritance of taiyimen in its heyday, he might encounter similar problems.


    If Guanghan fairy just got a good rescue secret skill by chance because of her personal chance, and then advanced to the Yang God period, it''s not a big problem.


    If she is supported by someone behind her, or if there are forces secretly supporting her, the problem will be big.


    Xingluo islands is a place where taiyimen and Ziyang holy sect compete. Ordinary practitioners or forces of cultivation dare not get involved at will.


    Guanghan palace has been actively close to the Taiyi gate for many years. As a subordinate of the Taiyi gate, it has received the strong support of the Taiyi gate.


    If there are other supporters behind Guanghan palace, what is taiyimen?


    Meng Zhang wants to find out where Guanghan palace is inclined and whether Taiyi gate has been wronged.


    Of course, there is still a confrontation between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang did not rashly show up and began to investigate the matter.


    Anyway, it''s important to settle the dispute with Ziyang Shengzong first.


    Many Huixu great powers confronted each other in the Xingluo islands. They did not hide their breath and wantonly displayed their strength. Naturally, they soon shocked the heavenly palace.


    Tiangong is willing to let Ziyang Shengzong vent. Previously, Ziyang Shengzong has been turning a blind eye to Ziyang Shengzong''s actions. However, Ziyang Shengzong himself acted carelessly, and the returned virtual power sent by Ziyang Shengzong was too useless and failed to achieve the goal. No wonder Tiangong intervened.


    The bottom line of Tiangong is always very clear.


    At this time, the Junchen world is absolutely not allowed to break out a large-scale retreat war.

 Chapter 2222

    Ziyang Shengzong and Taiyi sect sent a number of Huixu Daneng to confront each other in Xingluo islands, which really greatly violated the taboo of the heavenly palace.


    No matter whether they really start the war of returning to emptiness or not, the heavenly palace can''t ignore it.


    Although Tiangong also knows that the possibility of war is very small, everything is just in case.


    If these people can''t restrain themselves, wipe their guns and get angry, and really fight, the consequences will be very serious.


    The Tianwei thunder array of the heavenly palace began to pay attention to this side, and there were bursts of thunder like demonstrations in the sky.


    The messengers of the heavenly palace soon came here to isolate the two sides and announce the orders of the heavenly palace.


    The dispute between the two sides over Xingluo islands must be resolved as soon as possible. Please go back to your homes and find your mother.


    Now that the heavenly palace has come forward, Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen, who were not prepared to open a full-scale war, just took advantage of the slope to end the confrontation.


    Of course, on the surface, both sides are very reluctant. It seems that they are not afraid to continue the confrontation.


    Some of the great powers of returning to the virtual world of both sides made a few cruel words, and then everyone stepped down.


    The fierce battle on the Xingluo islands soon stopped.


    Next, the two sides will haggle over the terms of the armistice.


    Generally speaking, Ziyang Shengzong suffered a loss this time.


    Xingluo palace, the nominal ruler of Xingluo islands, has basically perished. Ziyang holy sect needs to support new puppets.


    Even the floating cloud view has no ability to resist the Allied forces of the three families of Guanghan palace, let alone other forces in Xingluo islands.


    In the Xingluo islands without the Xingluo palace, there is no clan that can rule the Xingluo islands independently except Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang holy sect had to retain a strong force in Xingluo islands in order to maintain the suppression of the three sects of Guanghan palace.


    Although the Fuyun Temple suffered heavy losses and suffered a great loss of vitality this time, it was not completely abandoned by Ziyang Shengzong. It still served as a dog leg to assist Ziyang Shengzong in handling the affairs of Xingluo islands.


    Although there are deep contradictions among the three sects of Guanghan palace, Fuyun temple and even the branch of Ziyang holy sect in Xingluo islands, we still have to hold our nose and cooperate in order to maintain the order of Xingluo islands.


    The territory divided up by Xingluo palace was completely eaten by Guanghan palace.


    If Xiao Jiansheng can successfully destroy Guanghan palace, Xingluo islands may be another situation.


    But since Xiao Jiansheng''s action failed, even if the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong was unwilling, he had to eat this dumb loss.


    Guanghan fairy can be promoted in time to return to the virtual period, and can also come up with such a powerful magic weapon. In the eyes of the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong, this is mostly the work of taiyimen, its supporter.


    Taiyimen has such skills, which makes Ziyang Shengzong have to pay more attention to it.


    In the follow-up negotiations between the two sides, Ziyang Shengzong did not take any advantage.


    What you can''t get on the battlefield is even more impossible to get on the negotiating table.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent out to return to virtual power. It seemed that he wanted to do a big job, but in the end, it was the end of the tiger head and snake tail.


    Apart from the limitations of the situation, there is another reason why Ziyang Shengzong hurriedly ended everything in Xingluo islands.


    After that, friar Ziyang Shengzong carefully investigated what happened in Xingluo palace, tried his best to track down those friars who first took the initiative to attack Xingluo palace, and found the culprit behind them.


    It turned out that Qiu Gangfeng, the original owner of Xingluo palace, didn''t know when to secretly return to Xingluo islands and secretly ordered the diehard loyalty who stayed in Xingluo palace to make such a scene.


    In recent years, Qiu Gangfeng tangled with several great powers of returning to emptiness and fought against Ziyang Shengzong everywhere, causing great trouble to Ziyang Shengzong.


    This time, Qiu Gangfeng''s intention is very obvious, that is, he will not hesitate to let the Xingluo islands fall into war, but will let Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen have a direct conflict, so as to break out a full-scale war.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong couldn''t let Qiu Gangfeng''s intention succeed. He decided to find a way to catch Qiu Gangfeng and completely solve this scourge.


    Although the heavenly palace forbids the war of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world, there are always exceptions.


    Qiu Gangfeng''s strength is far inferior to that of Meng Zhang. He has no backer in the heavenly palace, and he doesn''t have a strong sect like Taiyi gate.


    If Ziyang Shengzong could solve him without making too much noise, the heavenly palace would not care too much.


    Ziyang Shengzong even reported Qiu Gangfeng''s to Taiyi gate.


    The top level of taiyimen originally wanted to make friends with Qiu Gangfeng. It''s best to join hands with him against Ziyang Shengzong. However, Qiu Gangfeng''s coming out this time greatly annoyed many taiyimen executives.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised when he heard the news.


    When he was in the void, he knew that Qiu Gangfeng and several Huixu great powers had taken refuge in the indigenous gods.


    Qiu Gangfeng made such a move and calculated taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong at the same time, which was entirely reasonable.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even hate Qiu Gangfeng.


    If there is a suitable opportunity in the future, taiyimen and Qiu Gangfeng can still maintain cooperation.


    After all, Ziyang Shengzong is the biggest enemy of both sides.


    Peace was slowly restored in Xingluo islands. Taiyimen''s return to virtual power and the team led by Jin Lizhen Jun returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate one after another.


    However, in the following time, taiyimen expanded its stronghold in Xingluo islands and strengthened its strength.


    After Guanghan fairy of Guanghan palace broke through the retreat period, she did not celebrate or hold a Dharma meeting.


    Originally, Guanghan palace was the strongest of the three sects.


    With the promotion of Guanghan fairy back to the virtual period, maybe xuanxinguan and yujianmen will completely become their vassal.


    In fact, this situation is not in the interests of taiyimen, nor is it what Meng Zhang and other taiyimen executives want to see.


    Of course, Guanghan fairy has become a great power to return to emptiness. It is the branch of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands that is directly under pressure.


    Before long, the situation in the Xingluo islands may change again.


    Soon, after the Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands received the news that Guanghan fairy was promoted and returned to the virtual period, everyone was greatly shocked.


    Almost all Xiuzhen forces sent envoys to Guanghan palace to congratulate, and everyone moved closer to Guanghan palace one after another.


    Even the original ally Xuan Xinguan and the leader of the jade sword sect went to the Guanghan palace to meet the Guanghan fairy in person with a very complicated mood.


    This time, the floating cloud view is stealing chicken instead of eroding rice. For a little benefit, it has completely lost the trust of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After learning that Guanghan fairy was promoted to return to the virtual period, the real prince of Fuyun was even more sad.


    Almost everyone attributed the promotion of Guanghan fairy to the support of taiyimen.


    Guanghan palace is not even a full member of Hanhai daomeng. It can get such strong support from taiyimen.


    After receiving the news, many leaders of Xiuzhen forces inevitably had some other ideas in their hearts.

 Chapter 2223

    Although Guanghan fairy was unwilling to make a big move and kept a low profile as before after the promotion and retreat period, as the only retreat power in Xingluo islands, she still had a lot of entertainment.


    She needs to appease her allies and show that she has no greater ambition and no surrender to taiyimen


    Guanghan palace was even more excited, and the whole door fell into a carnival.


    In fact, it''s not a trivial matter for any faction to have a new return to virtual power within the Junchen world. There are many things to do later.


    Even taiyimen sent Huixu Da Neng to visit Guanghan fairy, so that she had to deal with it carefully.


    On this day, after the banquet, Guanghan fairy returned to her quiet room.


    Guanghan fairy usually lives alone in the depths of Guanghan palace and rarely meets outsiders.


    It''s not easy to see her even at the top of the palace.


    Her residence is the biggest forbidden area in the palace. Even the core friars in the palace are not allowed to get close without permission.


    After Guanghan fairy returned to the quiet room, she sat cross legged and began to meditate.


    A human shadow quietly entered the quiet room and appeared in front of Guanghan fairy.


    This figure is Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect.


    Meng Zhang made a big circle in Xingluo islands. After confirming that the situation had completely subsided, he sneaked into Guanghan palace.


    The protective array of Guanghan palace that can temporarily block the sound of Xiao Jian is regarded by Meng Zhang as nothing.


    In the process of sneaking in, Meng Zhang carefully observed various arrangements, including the protective array.


    Meng Zhang realized that he had underestimated the family of Guanghan palace before, and his understanding of it was far from enough.


    Just looking at many internal arrangements of Guanghan palace, we can see that the origin of Guanghan palace is not simple.


    These arrangements cannot be made without wise inheritance.


    In the past, Meng Zhang regarded Guanghan palace as an ordinary sect. He thought it had no foundation and could not be passed on. That was really a big mistake.


    Guanghan palace is a sect of Taiyi sect. Even if Meng Zhang has doubts about it, it is not easy to deal with it openly.


    Which family doesn''t have its own secret?


    As long as Guanghan palace doesn''t betray Taiyi gate in a fair way, and Taiyi gate doesn''t grasp the evidence of Guanghan Palace''s wrongdoing, it can''t attack Guanghan palace for no reason.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang sneaked into Guanghan Palace this time to try to find out the truth.


    If there is a problem in Guanghan palace, the secret of Guanghan palace will disappear quietly.


    As for afterwards, taiyimen can buckle the pot on Ziyang Shengzong, which is just another round of quarrel between the two sides.


    When Meng Zhang silently appeared in front of Guanghan fairy, she seemed to be unconscious and still closed her eyes and meditated there.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word and looked carefully at the famous beautiful nun in the cultivation world.


    Under the exploration of Meng Zhang''s pupil skill and mind, most of the details of Guanghan fairy were exposed.


    Guanghan fairy is very fresh. Obviously, she has a deep foundation and is extraordinary.


    This is due to the cultivation of a very clever inheritance.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, she not only practiced the secret method of crossing and robbing in those years, but also had a complete practice method after breaking through the period of returning to emptiness.


    Guanghan fairy is also a great power of returning to emptiness. Meng Zhang explored her so recklessly that she was immediately startled.


    When she opened her eyes, Guanghan fairy saw that Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, appeared in front of her. She was surprised at first, and then calmed down quickly and recovered her usual cold appearance.


    "I''d like to see Meng Zhangshang."


    Fairy Guanghan first respectfully saluted Meng Zhang, and then began to question.


    "It doesn''t seem very appropriate for the above respect to sneak into his daughter''s boudoir."


    "If it''s spread, I''m afraid it will humiliate shangzun''s reputation."


    I have to say, beauty can take advantage of it at any time.


    Obviously, it is a soft and hard word. When it is said from the mouth of Guanghan fairy, it will not be disgusting, but it has a unique charm.


    "Our friars are not mortals. How can they be bound by some worldly opinions."


    "Well, don''t talk nonsense. With your intelligence, you should be able to guess the purpose of this seat."


    Meng Zhang Mo said without expression.


    "The purpose of the Supreme Master is..."


    Before Guanghan fairy finished her words, she was rudely interrupted by Meng Zhang.


    "If you pretend to be confused in front of this seat again, don''t blame this seat for its ruthless and hard work."


    Probably frightened by Meng Zhang''s words, fairy Guanghan was stunned for a while before he confessed honestly.


    Meng Zhang''s only interest in the reason why he suddenly sneaked here must be related to Guanghan fairy''s breakthrough in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Guanghan fairy dare not continue to pretend to be confused, and dare not show off her cleverness.


    According to Guanghan fairy, she had a chance to break into the place where the elder monks sat a few years ago, and then she got a new inheritance.


    Guanghan fairy said that she had a nose and eyes. Many details were very detailed. It seemed that she didn''t lie.


    In order to express her sincerity, Guanghan fairy even offered to dedicate her inheritance to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang listened quietly without saying a word.


    Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation is far above Guanghan fairy and has the magic power to see through people''s hearts, he still can''t judge whether Guanghan fairy lied.


    Fairy Guanghan is now a friar of the same rank as him, and must have practiced the secret method of restraining the mind.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t read her mind and guess her real thoughts.


    If Guanghan fairy really gets the chance by chance, there is no other problem. With Meng Zhang''s style, she will not easily kill innocent people.


    But if fairy Guanghan lied to her face and really hid a big secret against Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang would not continue to leave this future trouble.


    Meng Zhang has two ways to judge the truth of Guanghan fairy''s words.


    One way is to interrogate other senior officials of Guanghan palace.


    But other high-level officials of Guanghan palace may not know the secret of Guanghan fairy, and too many people are involved. Maybe there will be a lot of noise, which is not in line with Meng Zhang''s intention to solve the matter secretly.


    Another way is to directly take Guanghan fairy and search her soul.


    It''s not difficult to take Guanghan fairy. You can search her soul, but it will inevitably cause some damage to her, and even damage her foundation.


    If it turns out that Guanghan fairy really has no problem, it''s hard to finish.


    If Guanghan fairy is really as innocent as she said, with her cultivation, she may become a capable subordinate of Taiyi sect in the future.


    After all, there are not too many families that can use the great power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang stared at Guanghan fairy with a critical eye and did not make a hasty decision.


    Guanghan fairy felt the pressure from Meng Zhang''s eyes and involuntarily lowered her head to avoid his eyes.


    Guanghan fairy''s performance from beginning to end is very natural, and her attitude is very frank, so that Meng Zhang can''t pick out the slightest mistake.

 Chapter 2224

    People with such status and status as Meng Zhang should pay more or less attention to their face without involving major interests.


    If you make the scene too ugly and others know later, I''m afraid Meng Zhang is greedy for the inheritance of Guanghan fairy.


    Whether it is Meng Zhang or taiyimen, it has long passed the primitive accumulation period. Now it is the stage of washing white and paying attention to reputation.


    If someone else is replaced, it is really possible to fall into a dilemma and find no appropriate means to deal with the matter.


    But don''t forget that Meng Zhang is not only a great power to return to emptiness, but also a wise master of heaven''s secrets.


    Although the use of the secret arts will bring many bad consequences, Meng Zhang has long set the principle of not easy to use the secret arts.


    However, since he has practiced heaven''s secrets, he will inevitably show them.


    He also has the means to counteract these evil consequences, that is, to consume the merits and virtues of heaven.


    Meng Zhang has accumulated a lot of merits and virtues of heaven over the years.


    In particular, his external incarnation was so wonderful that he obtained a large number of heavenly merits after unifying the underworld.


    This shows that in the dark, the will of heaven in Jun dust world also supports Taimiao to unify the underworld.


    Tai Miao and Meng Zhang were greatly encouraged by this.


    It''s wonderful. The action of unifying the underworld is really acting on behalf of heaven to some extent.


    As the Buddha, Meng Zhang can certainly share the heavenly merits obtained by his external incarnation.


    Of course, Meng Zhang vaguely felt that Taimiao might need these heavenly virtues more than he did, so he didn''t consume them wantonly.


    Now the target of calculation is Guanghan fairy. She has basically fallen into her own control. If she uses the magic of heaven and calculates her details face to face, it should not lead to too strong counterattack of heaven.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and soon made a decision.


    Meng Zhang did not take care of the response of Guanghan fairy, and began to perform Dayan divination.


    There is no light and shadow effect when using Dayan''s divine calculation, let alone too much noise.


    Unless Guanghan fairy is also a Heavenly Master, she will not find out what Meng Zhang is doing.


    After getting along with Guanghan fairy for a while, Meng Zhang didn''t find that she was a natural mystery master.


    Meng Zhang''s Tianji skill can''t catch up with his cultivation speed, but with his current level of Tianji skill, he can be called a rare expert of Tianji skill in the whole Jun dust world.


    In these years, when Meng Zhang practiced in the void, he had a deeper understanding of the secret of heaven.


    After he began to perform Dayan divination, Meng Zhang had a somewhat careless look and involuntarily became solemn.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to calculate what is the chance of Guanghan fairy and how she broke through the period of returning to emptiness, but whether she lied in front of herself.


    In principle, this is not difficult.


    If Meng Zhang is a little cruel, he doesn''t need to show his magic deduction. He directly takes Guanghan fairy and has a way to force him to find out the truth.


    But when he began to push, Meng Zhang''s face couldn''t help changing.


    In his telepathy, everything about Guanghan fairy was shrouded in a thick fog.


    The power level of this thick fog is very high, which blocks all the information about Guanghan fairy and prevents Meng Zhang''s calculation means.


    This shows that there are experts behind Guanghan fairy.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, the experts who protect Guanghan fairy are at least virtual immortals, and they are not ordinary virtual immortals.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to pay enough price, he can calculate more information about the experts behind Guanghan fairy.


    But this is no longer necessary.


    The result calculated by Meng Zhang''s divine skill shows that it is not easy behind Guanghan fairy.


    The matter involves an expert at this level. No matter whether fairy Guanghan lied or not, Meng Zhang must take her down and interrogate everything related carefully.


    Meng Zhang stopped the derivation of Tianji.


    If he continues, he may be backfired by powerful forces.


    Meng Zhang looked at Guanghan fairy and his face became very bad.


    When he was about to capture Guanghan fairy alive, a sigh sounded in the quiet room.


    "Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang, the famous leader of Taiyi sect in Jun dust world, is still a rare master of heaven''s secrets."


    With the sound of words, an illusory light and shadow appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Seeing the light and shadow, Guanghan fairy seemed to meet the backbone and relaxed at once.


    When talking with Meng Zhang earlier, Guanghan fairy seemed to have no waves, but deep in her heart, she was under great pressure and was very nervous.


    Both the light and shadow itself and the response of Guanghan fairy told Meng Zhang that this light and shadow is not simple. It should be the secret behind Guanghan fairy.


    "Who are you? What''s your relationship with Guanghan fairy and Guanghan palace?"


    Facing Meng Zhang''s impolite question, this light and shadow was not angry.


    "I''m just an elder of this child. My identity is not worth mentioning. I''ve been cultivating in the depths of Guanghan palace for physical reasons."


    "Guanghan palace has always been obedient to Taiyi gate. This child and I have no hostility to Taiyi gate."


    Being able to call the great energy of returning to emptiness like Guanghan fairy as a child, this light and shadow is mostly some old master hidden in the cultivation world.


    In the cultivation world, we don''t pay attention to respecting the elderly. Meng Zhang was not satisfied with the other party''s answer.


    "Sir, do you want to expose everything with just a few words?" "Guanghan palace and taiyimen are allies. We don''t even know the details of our allies. How can we rest assured."


    After exposing the secret behind Guanghan fairy, Meng Zhang didn''t have much joy.


    The development of things was far beyond his expectation.


    At this time, the light and shadow across the road wants to play it down and fool it over. It''s too contemptuous of Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang was unhappy, he didn''t attack. Instead, he reasoned with the other party.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, the light and shadow that could not touch the bottom was unfathomable, and his strength was still above him.


    If the other party is a weak person, where will Meng Zhang talk nonsense with the other party.


    Since he is a strong man, he can naturally be valued by Meng Zhang and is qualified to have an equal dialogue with Meng Zhang.


    "Does leader Meng have to find out everything?"


    As if he felt the determination in Meng Zhang''s words, the tone of this light and shadow was very solemn.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t want to be tough with the strong man in front of him if he didn''t have to.


    But things have come to this point. Should he suddenly shrink back as if nothing had happened?


    Since there is a big secret behind Guanghan fairy, Meng Zhang must find out. He can''t leave this hidden danger to zongmen.


    Meng Zhang will soon go to the empty battlefield.


    Meng Zhang is not here. If the light and shadow in front of him really have any bad thoughts, Taiyi gate has no power to solve each other.

 Chapter 2225

    In Meng Zhang''s induction, the light and shadow is roughly human, but it should not be a human cultivator.


    As for the origin of the other party''s race, Meng Zhang is not clear.


    But judging from the breath revealed, the other party should be a Taoist monk like himself.


    "Leader Meng is too aggressive."


    Meng Zhang stared at each other tightly and didn''t speak.


    Perhaps he felt Meng Zhang''s determination to win, and the human light and shadow didn''t continue to speak.


    Both sides fell into silence and the atmosphere suddenly became tense.


    Meng Zhang felt that there was a volcano in each other''s body.


    Once the volcano erupts, it will face great pressure.


    Although it seems that he will not give in, this is only a strategy of Meng Zhang.


    From his heart, he was unwilling to go to war with this mysterious strong man.


    Moreover, the strength of this mysterious strong man is far above him.


    However, even if Meng Zhang knew that he was defeated, he could not retreat easily.


    Meng Zhang''s palm turned, and the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian suddenly appeared in front of him.


    Seeing this fairy talisman, the action of human light and shadow was a meal.


    This is a fairy talisman made by real immortals. The smell of real immortals on it can''t be fake.


    Although Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are insufficient, he can''t give full play to the full power of this immortal talisman.


    But with the immortal talisman in hand, he has no big problem against ordinary virtual immortals.


    This is Meng Zhang''s biggest card.


    He took out this card before he fought with the other party, just to frighten the other party and avoid a big fight with the other party.


    "Although I don''t know why you want to hide in Guanghan palace, you must not want to expose your tracks in the Jun dust world?"


    "As soon as we hand it over, the Tianwei thunder punishment array of the heavenly palace will have an induction and will soon notice here."


    "The protective array in Guanghan palace can''t stop the observation of Tianwei thunder punishment array."


    "Do you really want to be exposed in the eyes of the heavenly palace and even the holy places?"


    Meng Zhang''s remark was his last effort for peace between the two sides.


    I don''t know if I was moved by Meng Zhang''s words. The power being mobilized in the light and shadow began to calm down slowly.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t have the immortal talisman in hand, the light and shadow may kill Meng Zhang second. He will try to finish the battle before Tianwei thunder punishment array is aware of it.


    However, with the help of fairy talisman, Meng Zhang''s light and shadow is not so easy to win Meng Zhang.


    So far, Meng Zhang didn''t know the true details of this light and shadow, but regarded it as a strong man at the virtual immortal level.


    If Meng Zhang knew the real identity of the other party and dared to keep pestering, he would have escaped far away.


    The light and shadow were silent for a while before they began to speak slowly.


    "I heard Guanghan talk about many things in the Jun dust world."


    "Taiyi sect has always been an enemy of Ziyang Saint sect, and leader Meng is a thorn in the flesh in the eyes of all the saint sects."


    "We have a common enemy. We should be allies, not enemies."


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to cater to two sentences.


    "In fact, I also want to make friends with strong people like you."


    "But since we want to be friends, should we introduce each other and enhance mutual understanding?"


    Since the situation showed signs of easing, Meng Zhang also lowered his posture.


    The human light and shadow pondered for a while before they began to talk about it.


    According to her, she is a veteran of the Junchen world who has been wandering in the cultivation world for thousands of years and even achieved the realm of virtual immortality.


    Later, she offended the Holy Land Sect and was wounded by the strong sent by the other party. She had to flee overseas and hide.


    Later, by chance, the young Guanghan fairy met her seriously injured.


    The two became friends at first sight and slowly established a trust relationship.


    She came to Guanghan palace to hide here and collect various healing elixirs with the power of Guanghan palace.


    Guanghan fairy tried to collect materials to help her heal her injury.


    She returned the favor and instructed Guanghan fairy to practice.


    Guanghan fairy was able to survive the thunder disaster of Yang God, and even later achieved the great ability of returning to emptiness, all of which came from her help.


    Neither she nor Guanghan fairy had any malice towards taiyimen, but struggled to survive in the cultivation world.


    In the process of her narration, Meng Zhang would ask some questions from time to time, and she answered them frankly one by one.


    When Meng Zhang asked about her name, she called herself Taoist Yueying.


    No matter from her story or from her answer, there is no problem.


    Of course, Meng Zhang could not verify her words.


    It has been thousands of years since the establishment of the cultivation civilization in the Jun dust world, and a large number of returning to emptiness powers have been born.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether there is a moon shadow Taoist who is a virtual immortal in the Jun dust world.


    If it is an old-fashioned force with profound heritage like the heavenly palace or the religious doors of major holy places, it is also possible to investigate the history of the Junchen world, conduct detailed investigation and find out the truth.


    However, with the current power of taiyimen, it is very difficult to investigate this matter.


    Whether the other party is lying or not, she is willing to actively communicate with Meng Zhang and answer Meng Zhang''s questions, which is a good start.


    Taoist Yueying told Meng Zhang that she had a deep hatred with the sect of the holy places.


    Previously, Guanghan fairy lied to her face in order to hide her deeds and prevent the news of her hiding in Guanghan palace from leaking out.


    Once the top leaders of the holy places are informed of her whereabouts, she will not only be hunted down again, but also Guanghan palace will be implicated, resulting in the disaster of destruction.


    Although Taoist Yueying looked sincere, Meng Zhang didn''t fully believe her.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s instinctive vigilance, there are also some doubts he found.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to expose each other and continued to talk with each other.


    Meng Zhang asked casually how Taoist Yueying saw through his identity as a Heavenly Master.


    Taoist Yueying was stunned for a moment and said that she had been in contact with the Heavenly Master and was no stranger to the power of the heavenly skill.


    Meng Zhang sensed the fluctuation of the power of Tianji just now when she used Tianji to calculate.


    After listening to Taoist Yueying''s words, Meng Zhang can finally be completely sure that this guy is full of lies and is just nonsense.


    Meng Zhang hesitated to expose this guy to his face.


    If this guy turns his face and starts to fight, Meng Zhang is not sure of winning even if he uses the power of Xianfu.


    If the power behind this guy is involved, Meng Zhang may even be difficult to escape.


    Meng Zhang was calculating in his heart, but on the surface, he talked with Taoist Yueying very happily.


    At the thought of his guess, even Meng Zhang felt very nervous.


    In the final analysis, Guanghan fairy had no grievances with him, and did not show any behavior harmful to Taiyi gate.


    Before that, he was too arrogant and careless. He had to go to the bottom to cause great trouble, resulting in the situation of riding a tiger.

 Chapter 2226

    Meng Zhang had previously used Dayan''s divine calculation to calculate Guanghan fairy.


    Although no situation related to Guanghan fairy has been calculated, the calculation result itself can explain the problem.


    There is a big limitation for Meng Zhang to use his divine skill.


    That is, when he is unwilling to pay a heavy price, it is difficult for him to calculate the existence of higher cultivation level than him.


    The backer behind Guanghan fairy is Taoist Yueying. Taoist Yueying has the cultivation of virtual immortal level, which is better than Meng Zhang in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Meng Zhang can''t calculate the result, which looks very normal.


    However, in the process of calculation, Meng Zhang sensed that everything related to Guanghan fairy was covered by a mysterious force.


    This mysterious power is high enough to easily cover the exploration of the Heavenly Master at Meng Zhang''s level.


    This mysterious power even made Meng Zhang have a strong sense of danger, which made him immediately stop the deduction of heaven''s secrets.


    Ordinary virtual immortals can hardly possess this mysterious power unless they are proficient in heaven''s secrets.


    Taoist Yueying is very strong, but with his keen sense of being a Heavenly Master, Meng Zhang can basically be sure that Taoist Yueying is not a Heavenly Master.


    Since the mysterious power to protect Guanghan fairy does not come from Taoist Yueying, it must have another origin.


    When Meng Zhang wandered in the void, he saw the strong man of the true immortal level.


    He had many contacts with Xianyun Zhenxian and received his advice.


    He felt and recalled carefully now. He could feel that the power of protecting Guanghan fairy was very similar to the pressure brought to him by Xianyun real fairy.


    Meng Zhang was very frightened to find that the one who protected Guanghan fairy behind him was probably a real fairy.


    At the level of true immortal, even if you don''t know anything about Tianji, you have a strong resistance to Tianji.


    Its own personality can not only prevent itself from being calculated by most heavenly masters, but also protect the confidants around you and the goals you want to take care of, so that everything related to it is not included in the calculation results of ordinary heavenly masters.


    Although he didn''t want to admit it, Meng Zhang knew that he was in big trouble this time.


    Guanghan fairy does have a secret. The secret behind her is not the virtual fairy of Taoist Yueying, but an unknown real fairy.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen are irresistible to a strong man of the true immortal level.


    Meng Zhang really couldn''t figure out how a strong man at the level of true immortal could sneak into the Jun dust world by hiding from the defense system of the Jun dust world.


    Of course, you can save the problems you can''t figure out. The top priority is to leave here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang not only wants to leave here, but also can''t reveal his flaws and let the other party know that his details have been exposed.


    Otherwise, if a real immortal wants to kill people, he can''t resist even if he has an immortal talisman in his hand.


    A real immortal is hiding in the dark of Jun dust world. He must have a great plot.


    Meng Zhang bumped into him and broke his track. It''s really unlucky.


    Meng Zhang kept silent on the surface and continued to talk nonsense with Taoist Yueying. In his heart, he had begun to consider looking for an excuse to leave here.


    Meng Zhang had not thought of a perfect excuse, but the Yueying Taoist who was talking to him suddenly stopped, as if his mouth had been pressed the stop button.


    After being silent for a long time, Taoist Yueying''s body became blurred for a few minutes, which seemed to disappear at any time.


    The voice from the population of Yueying road has completely changed a person, full of an unpredictable majesty.


    "Well, boy, you don''t have to go on."


    "You are smart enough to see through the truth behind things."


    "Yueying, this stupid girl, is not as good as Guanghan. How can she hide it from you?"


    Hearing this voice, Meng Zhang''s face changed.


    "Master Yueying, what are you talking about? I don''t understand at all."


    "At this time, your boy has to act."


    "If you are not honest, someone will be angry."


    Meng Zhang''s face was full of a bitter smile. He knew that he could not fool this time, and his voice was full of helplessness.


    "This elder, no, he should be an immortal. Why do you bother to embarrass such a small role as the younger generation?"


    "I didn''t come here for your old man. I didn''t know it had something to do with you. If I had known, I wouldn''t have dared to break in here even if I had the courage to borrow 10000."


    "Please don''t embarrass such a small person as the younger generation."


    Meng Zhang''s reaction was not unpleasant.


    From the slightest sign, he guessed that the real fairy behind Guanghan fairy appeared.


    A man can bend and stretch, advance and retreat.


    Even if Meng Zhang has returned to the virtual upper respect, he will never be vague when it''s time to pretend to be a grandson.


    Meng Zhang was still sighing in his heart. How long has he not been so humble.


    He was born as a low-level friar. He should kneel and lick each other without pressure.


    But I don''t know if my status is high. After being a superior for a long time, I almost forgot my old business. I''m a little embarrassed.


    This man, no matter how humble his background is, once he stands up one day, he is reluctant to continue kneeling.


    But in reality, there is a strong hand in the strong. You still have to kneel when you should kneel.


    Meng Zhang kept comforting himself that it was not humiliating or humiliating to bow to the real immortal.


    "You don''t have to be nervous, let alone afraid. The fairy doesn''t mean any harm."


    "The fairy''s real body is still far away from the Jun dust world, and can''t come to the inside of the Jun dust world for the time being."


    "Now it''s just a wisp of divine thoughts from the fairy, pinned on the girl moon shadow."


    "Relying solely on the strength of the moon shadow, you can''t leave you with immortal talisman in hand."


    The seemingly comforting words of the other party did not ease Meng Zhang''s tension, let alone let Meng Zhang relax his guard.


    "Speaking of immortal talisman, the immortal talisman in your hand is still interesting. Its refining method is very different from that in Jun dust world."


    "Those old immortals sleeping deep in the source sea of the Jun dust world have absolutely no such means of making symbols."


    "Boy, it seems that your origin is not simple. There are capable people behind you."


    "Who did this fairy talisman come from and how did you get it? The fairy is really curious."


    "Don''t worry, this fairy is just pure curiosity and has no habit of taking people''s love."


    Meng Zhang understood that this was the immortal talisman in his hand, which made the other party afraid. He thought that he also had the support of a strong man at the real immortal level behind him.


    "I dare not hide the fairy. The fairy talisman in my hand is given by an elder."


    "As for the origin of the elder''s name, the younger generation dare not disclose it easily without his permission."


    Meng Zhang will never let go of this opportunity to pull the flag as tiger skin.


    Maybe this is your only life.

 Chapter 2227

    The human light and shadow was obviously not satisfied with Meng Zhang''s secretive answer.


    Meng Zhang sensed that a certain force passed over him quickly, and then disappeared.


    A light laugh sounded in Meng Zhang''s ear.


    "Boy, it seems that your elder doesn''t trust you. He planted a ban in your body."


    The other party''s unexpectedly so easily saw through the details of Meng Zhang, which made him cold in his heart.


    Meng Zhang thought, this is not a bad thing.


    If the real immortal on the opposite side has a little vision, he should know that the prohibition in his body is laid by a real immortal.


    The human light and shadow saw that Meng Zhang had no response and continued to talk to himself.


    "You are not only young and promising, but also have a good temper."


    "It''s said that your Taiyi sect has been fighting against Ziyang Shengzong all the time. Your boy also killed the retreat friar of Ziyang Shengzong. Good, good, really good."


    "Ziyang old ghost thinks he is right. This fairy can''t stand it."


    "One day, the fairy will behead the old ghost of Ziyang."


    "All his disciples and grandchildren deserve to die."


    Seemingly frivolous words are full of an inexplicable murderous spirit.


    Sure enough, the other party was at the same level as Ziyang Zhenxian, the founder of Ziyang holy sect.


    There is no need for the other party to act at this time. It seems that the gratitude and resentment between the fairy and Ziyang real fairy is not shallow.


    Meng Zhang''s mind turned quickly, but he remained silent.


    "Well, I won''t gossip with you. Let''s get to the point."


    "You can call this fairy yue''e."


    Meng Zhang quickly and knowingly saluted and said respectfully, "I''ve seen the moon e fairy.


    ¡±


    The moon e fairy is a real fairy, not a parallel product in the cultivation world.


    In the cultivation world, those friars who are not high-level and knowledgeable will call them indiscriminately.


    In particular, those mortals will respectfully call immortals when they encounter a cat and dog cultivator.


    Those who don''t know good or bad dare to respond at will.


    It seems that a nun, especially a young and beautiful nun, will be called a fairy.


    However, the large number of monks with real inside information, especially the Holy Land Sect friars who have been out of the real immortal, will never put the names of immortals and fairies on the heads of ordinary practitioners at will.


    Meng Zhang has personally seen the power of the real immortal, knows the weight, and pays great attention to the title.


    When he first came to Xingluo islands and saw Guanghan fairy, he laughed in his heart.


    Even a friar in Yuanshen period dared to call himself a fairy.


    Although you are really beautiful, you can only fool those ignorant buns.


    Also from the title of Guanghan fairy, Meng Zhang knows that the so-called Guanghan palace is not a sect door with inside information.


    In fact, when the Qiu brothers went overseas with the support of Ziyang Shengzong to start the foundation of Xingluo islands, they seized this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity and broke through such a big scene by opening up Xingluo islands.


    Although the Taiyi gate at the bottom of Meng Zhang''s hand also started in the end, the Taiyi gate was once broad, and the Taiyi gate in its heyday was destroyed in the hand of the Tianguan Pavilion of the Holy Land Sect.


    Guanghan palace is a real grassroots sect, with no legacy left by its ancestors.


    Therefore, when Guanghan fairy broke through the period of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang''s suspicion and temptation came.


    After Yuee fairy introduced herself, she got to the point immediately and communicated with Meng Zhang very frankly.


    According to the fairy yue''e, when Ziyang real immortals conquered the Junchen world and eliminated the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, they received the strong support of the Lingkong fairy world.


    A wormhole channel has been established in the Lingkong fairy world not far from the dengtianxing area to transport personnel and materials.


    Yue''e fairy is a real fairy from the Lingkong fairy world. She specially came to the Junchen world to assist the Ziyang real fairy in their actions.


    In the action of conquering the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, the moon e fairy made great efforts.


    Without her help, Ziyang Zhenxian and others would not be so easy to establish the rule of cultivators in the Junchen world.


    Unfortunately, after the indigenous gods in the Junchen world were basically eliminated and the overall situation of the Junchen world was determined, several real immortals such as Ziyang real immortals actually had a bad heart and had two hearts for the Lingkong fairy world.


    They secretly destroyed the wormhole channel connecting the Lingkong fairy world, making the Lingkong fairy world completely lose contact with the Junchen world.


    They also persecuted those friars loyal to the fairy world and eradicated dissidents.


    The moon e fairy who is loyal to the celestial world is the victim.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and their attack on Yuee fairy. After Yuee fairy was injured, she had to escape the Junchen world temporarily.


    In order to cut grass and root, they went to the void to hunt down the moon e fairy. The moon e fairy spent a lot of effort to escape their pursuit.


    At this point, the moon e fairy''s tone was full of undisguised hatred.


    In the process of narration, yue''e fairy thought that Meng Zhang was not very clear about the origin and history of Jun dust world, Lingkong fairy world and Star area, and wanted to explain something to him.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his clumsiness at this time. He talked a little about his experience of wandering in the void, showing his rich experience.


    In particular, Meng Zhang knew that the Jun dust world was opened up by an immortal for preaching, and there was still the legacy of the immortal in the Jun dust world. Ziyang real immortals slept deep in the source sea in order to obtain the legacy of the immortal and the opportunity to advance the immortal.


    Meng Zhang knew so many secrets, which was greatly beyond the expectation of yue''e fairy.


    This strengthened some ideas in her heart.


    Meng Zhang''s origin is extraordinary. He is definitely not as simple as the head of Taiyi sect.


    Behind Meng Zhang, there must be strong people at the level of Zhenxian.


    Since Meng Zhang knows so many things, the communication between yue''e fairy and him is more smooth.


    Moreover, in order to show sincerity and not let Meng Zhang feel that he is lying, yue''e fairy also took the initiative to reveal some secrets about her and Guanghan fairy.


    After Yuee fairy escaped from the pursuit of Ziyang real immortals, she looked for a place to heal her wounds.


    After her injury healed, she returned to the Junchen world.


    Due to the defense system established by Ziyang real immortals in Jun dust world, it is difficult for Yuee fairy to break into Jun dust world silently.


    Although Ziyang real immortals are still sleeping, the Jun dust world is also guarded by the power of real immortals.


    It''s OK to have things like Xuanxuan''s ancestors and three lions, but the real immortals in the three mountains are very difficult to deal with. Yuee fairy was extremely afraid of him and didn''t want to have a head-on conflict with him at all.


    Therefore, the moon e fairy did not rush into the Jun dust world, but cruised outside the Jun dust world to find the right opportunity to break in.


    Although Yuee fairy was in a hurry when she fled the Junchen world, she still left behind to help her make a comeback in the future.

 Chapter 2228

    When yue''e Zhenxian fled the Junchen world, his disciple Taoist Yueying stayed in the Junchen world.


    Taoist Yueying was chased and killed by their disciples and grandchildren. He was also seriously injured and had to find a secret place to hide.


    Ziyang Zhenxian focused their attention on the fairy yue''e, and despised the Taoist Yueying.


    At that time, the Junchen world had just settled down. Their disciples and grandchildren were busy with a lot of things and didn''t have much time and energy to pursue Taoist Yueying.


    There are too many more important things than chasing and killing Taoist Yueying.


    After escaping this disaster, Taoist Yueying hid in the dark to heal his wounds and didn''t haunt the Junchen world.


    Later, by chance, fairy Guanghan accidentally broke into the hiding place of Taoist Yueying.


    Guanghan fairy was favored by Taoist Yueying and became her disciple.


    After that, in order to take care of this disciple, Taoist Yueying came to Guanghan palace and hid in the depths of the sect.


    Although Taoist Yueying has never left the Junchen world, she has the secret skills of her school and can contact the moon e fairy outside the Junchen world.


    A few years ago, when her injury improved a little, she immediately contacted the moon e fairy wandering outside the Jun dust world.


    There is a Taoist moon shadow as a beacon in the Jun dust world. Although the moon e fairy herself did not come to the Jun dust world, she can bring her own thoughts to her, observe the situation in the Jun dust world and deal with similar emergencies like today.


    Because only a wisp of divine thoughts came through the secret method, the moon e fairy could completely make the gods unaware of ghosts, would not touch the defense system of the Jun dust world, and did not disturb anyone.


    In the process of telling these stories, Yuee fairy also exchanged and talked with Meng Zhang from time to time.


    When her story came to an end, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    The content of fairy yue''e''s narration seems to have no problem. It can also be compared with the previous confession of fairy Guanghan, which can perfectly connect the previous narration of Taoist Yueying.


    However, Meng Zhang did not believe everything she said.


    Maybe what she said is generally right, but there are definitely problems in many details.


    However, it is a good thing that yue''e fairy is willing to make up a lie to deceive Meng Zhang.


    This shows that she has no intention to kill people and kill people, and does not want to keep Meng Zhang here forever.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang believed everything that fairy yue''e said, and nodded her head frequently in the process of her speech.


    When she talked about what Ziyang real immortals had done, Meng Zhang was filled with righteous indignation, as if sympathizing with each other. She talked about the suffering of Taiyi gate and the persecution of the Holy Land Sect.


    Meng Zhang just didn''t swear to heaven. His family and the holy places were at odds.


    Meng Zhang cursed all the holy places, almost cursing, saying that Taiyi gate and them would never die. One day, my family will lead Taiyi gate to destroy all the holy places.


    Although Meng Zhang''s performance felt too hard, his hatred for the holy places was true, and the ideas he expressed were also true.


    What kind of person is yue''e fairy? Of course, she knows that Meng Zhang is acting in front of her.


    However, what she wants is Meng Zhang''s attitude.


    She bluntly told Meng Zhang that the religious sects of the holy places are powerful. They fight alone. No one is the opponent of these religious sects.


    In order to deal with the holy places, we must contact more allies and gather stronger forces.


    Meng Zhang immediately said with interest that taiyimen and he were willing to be driven by the moon e fairy to deal with the holy places together.


    The moon e fairy said very politely that everyone has a common enemy, just cooperate with each other, and no one is driven by who.


    Under the condition that both sides showed great sincerity, they reached a mutual assistance agreement and agreed to deal with the major holy places together.


    When Meng Zhang put forward the proposal that taiyimen should be dominated by Guanghan palace in the future, he was rejected by yue''e fairy.


    According to her, Guanghan palace and taiyimen are equal allies, and there is no saying that who is the Lord and who is the second.


    Of course, on the surface, in order to hide the existence of the moon shadow Taoist priest and the moon e fairy, Guanghan palace is still the same as before. It is a Xiuzhen force under the command of the Taiyi gate and obeys the orders of the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang nodded repeatedly and had no opinion on it.


    But from then on, he absolutely did not dare to treat Guanghan palace as a subordinate, nor did he dare to give orders and drive it at will.


    Although Meng Zhang did not make an oath, he repeatedly said that he would keep everything related to Guanghan palace strictly confidential and would never divulge any information.


    Yuee fairy was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement, and seemed to easily believe him.


    Due to the attitude of yue''e fairy, the tension between the two sides changed, and the atmosphere became better and better.


    The two sides settled many questions. When fairy e asked the real fairy behind Meng Zhang again that month, Meng Zhang continued to hesitate and talk about him.


    Yuee fairy didn''t force Meng Zhang to answer, but she was very considerate and didn''t continue to ask.


    She just told Meng Zhang and asked him to bring a few words to the real fairy to express her sincerity.


    If the true fairy is willing to cooperate with the moon e fairy, Meng Zhang can contact the moon shadow Taoist and agree on the time and place to meet in the void.


    Although Yuee fairy knew almost nothing about the real fairy behind Meng Zhang, she also guessed that the other party would not be in the Junchen world.


    Moreover, from Meng Zhang''s immortal talisman and the prohibition in Meng Zhang''s body, she can infer some useful information.


    After the two sides talked, they said goodbye.


    Finally, when Meng Zhang left Guanghan palace safely, he finally breathed a sigh of relief like an amnesty.


    He would never have thought that he was just sneaking into a cold fairy, but so many things happened that even the real fairy appeared.


    Although the moon e fairy said again and again that she was just a wisp of divine thoughts pinned on the Taoist Yueying, the Taoist Yueying''s injury did not completely recover and was in a very bad state.


    However, Meng Zhang believed that if the two sides really broke down and finally fought each other, the other side must have a hidden mace.


    The difference between immortals and mortals is an insurmountable gap.


    No matter what kind of unparalleled Tianjiao and what kind of school inheritance they have, they can''t fight against immortals with ordinary bodies.


    Even if a true immortal just comes to a wisp of God, he should have a means to deal with himself.


    This narrowly escaped experience alerted Meng Zhang.


    There are really hidden dragons and crouching tigers in the Jun dust world. Unexpected situations happen from time to time.


    Such a big secret was hidden in the Guanghan palace, which he thought he had decided to eat.


    Once this secret is revealed, I''m afraid Guanghan palace will immediately attract the joint encirclement and suppression of all the holy places.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has absolutely no intention of divulging secrets.

 Chapter 2229

    Meng Zhang will not do things that harm others and do not benefit himself.


    He revealed the secret of yue''e fairy, which would not bring him any benefits, but would lead to the hatred of a real fairy.


    The hatred of a true immortal is a heavy burden that neither Meng Zhang nor taiyimen can bear.


    Moreover, although Meng Zhang did not fully believe in the words of fairy yue''e, their hatred between her and Ziyang Zhenxian should be true.


    Meng Zhang believes that Yuee fairy has been pestering with Ziyang real fairy, not just because of hatred.


    In the face of the opportunity to become an immortal, even the same door and relatives may turn against each other, not to mention outsiders.


    In order to compete for the opportunity, the people of moon e fairy and Ziyang real fairy can''t be kind.


    Since both sides have common enemies, there is a foundation to become friends.


    Although the two friends are defensive and distrustful of each other, they can also have a lot of cooperation.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that the sect gate of each holy place is the biggest enemy of Taiyi gate.


    There will never be too many friends to deal with such a strong enemy.


    Even those who harbor evil intentions can often play an important role.


    Next, Meng Zhang will inquire about the moon e fairy through various channels.


    Thousands of years ago, whether there was such a moon e fairy in Jun dust world. What happened between her and Ziyang real fairy.


    In addition, he would also warn the taiyimen senior management that their attitude towards Guanghan palace must be changed in the future.


    Although he will not tell the middle and high levels of the door about the existence of the moon e fairy, Meng Zhang will remind you that the back of Guanghan palace is not simple and must not be taken lightly.


    In the future, taiyimen secretly wants to regard Guanghan palace as an important ally that can not be easily offended.


    Meng Zhang secretly sent Kongzi to a foreign star area, trying to lead the real immortal there to the Junchen world and disturb the situation.


    He didn''t expect that there were people like yue''e fairy hidden near the Junchen world.


    If fairy e had been a strong man of this level for more than a few months, he would not have had to send a void child at the beginning.


    Meng Zhang would not regret it, but felt that he might have overlooked some problems.


    Perhaps, the immortal relics hidden in the Jun dust world will attract more and more strong people.


    Meng Zhang had previously thought that the Xianyun immortal would be alone in the face of several real immortals in the Jun dust world.


    Now Meng Zhang decided to add an unreliable ally to him.


    As for the story of the true Ziyang immortals and their betrayal of the fairyland, Meng Zhang was suspicious.


    Meng Zhang was not ignorant of the fairyland. He knew that it was a very powerful fairyland force in the void.


    There are many celestial beings in the celestial realm, and even golden immortals exist.


    Ziyang true immortals, even if they are immortal, can''t resist the Lingkong fairy world. How dare they rebel against the Lingkong fairy world?


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what happened thousands of years ago when Ziyang real immortals conquered the Junchen world.


    The moon god also knows little about the internal affairs of practitioners.


    Whether it is the classics collected by the heavenly palace or the history spread in the cultivation world, they are vague and have many taboos.


    Meng Zhang had talked about this with the ancient capital Taoists, but the ancient capital Taoists had a shallow cultivation, insufficient qualifications and limited knowledge.


    In particular, outsiders like him are not qualified to participate in the history of the major holy places and their founders.


    Meng Zhang thought over and over again about what way he wanted to find out what happened in the Junchen world that year, and why the Lingkong fairy world lost contact with the Junchen world.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he did not disclose the existence of the moon e fairy, but only vaguely reminded a few key people such as Niu Dawei to be alert.


    After Meng Zhang made various arrangements, the time for his rotation and rest was almost over.


    Meng Zhang is still very obedient to the arrangement of the heavenly palace.


    Without delay, Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi, Xu Mengying, Han Yao and Yu Ci, and left Taiyi gate together for the empty battlefield.


    Meng Zhang was no longer alone this time. Instead, he took four Huixu powerful men with him. With help under his hand, his momentum became different.


    Meng Zhang still works under the command of Tianlei Xuxian.


    Tianlei Xuxian didn''t break up Meng Zhang and still let them act together.


    Meng Zhang''s team is also a strong one in the surrounding areas.


    Meng Zhang and his men were not only arranged to defend a broader defense area, but also undertook more counterattack tasks.


    Soon after Meng Zhang returned to the empty battlefield, he revisited his familiar life and began his battle journey again.


    Meng Zhang''s four great powers of returning to the virtual world are all friars in the early stage of returning to the virtual world. Except for Yu Ci, the other three have not been promoted for a long time.


    Fortunately, these three people have a deep foundation, a very stable state, and their combat effectiveness is not weak. They can all play their due level without Meng Zhang''s distraction.


    Yu Ci is a veteran of returning to emptiness. He has achieved the realm of returning to emptiness for many years. He has also muddled through the emptiness for a long time.


    In order to seek benefits, this guy dared to entangle the return to emptiness power of guantian Pavilion in the void. In addition to his boldness and lust for profit, he also thought he could escape the Revenge of guantian Pavilion because of his strong ability to survive in the void.


    After taking refuge in Meng Zhang and becoming a member of Taiyi sect, Yu Ci changed his mind and became a lot more honest.


    He has always been loyal to Taiyi gate and made a lot of contributions to zongmen.


    After so many years of testing, Meng Zhang also had the least trust in Yu Ci.


    After entering the void battlefield this time, Yu Ci Lao Dao actively shared various experiences with the other three returning to the void to help them adapt to the void environment.


    Although the three of Yang Xueyi had the experience of entering the void in the Yuanshen period, the situation at that time was very different from that at present.


    When there is no large-scale invasion by foreign invaders, Tiangong can control the void near the Junchen world, and the surrounding areas are relatively safe.


    Even the Yuanshen friars can explore and practice in the nearby void.


    But now, the Junchen world has been surrounded by large legions of foreign invaders, and there is almost no safe pure land in the surrounding area.


    In this case, even if the great power in the early stage of returning to emptiness is left alone, there is a risk of falling.


    The battlefield environment is so dangerous that returning to the virtual powers have to hold together to keep warm and cooperate with each other in order to survive.


    Yang Xueyi quickly adapted to the new environment and slowly accumulated enough combat experience and survival experience.


    With the help of four monks in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, Meng Zhang shared a lot of pressure.


    Meng Zhang led this team to firmly guard the defense area under his responsibility and repel and even kill the infiltration team of foreign invaders for many times.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s care, their team has never suffered casualties, but began to accumulate more and more war achievements.

 Chapter 2230

    Meng Zhang and his team were also assigned to participate in several infiltration missions and counterattack operations against foreign invaders.


    Although they did not gain much on the battlefield, at least they all retreated without casualties.


    Although Meng Zhang had the intention to train several disciples through the empty battlefield, he was absolutely unwilling to see them damaged on the battlefield.


    If it were not for the order of the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang would not lead them into the battlefield at all.


    Now Taiyi gate is like a warlord in Junchen world. The most important thing is to preserve the strength of zongmen.


    The first consideration is their own interests. They are not willing to sacrifice for the overall interests of the Junchen world.


    When Meng Zhang was stationed in the defense area, he asked his friars to cover for him. He secretly left the defense area and met Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Although he relied on the internal prohibition, Meng Zhang was able to keep in touch with Xianyun Zhenxian even when he was in the Jun dust world.


    But what Meng Zhang needs to report this time is very important. It''s best to report to Xianyun Zhenxian face to face. He also wants to see Xianyun Zhenxian''s response to this face to face.


    And they haven''t seen each other for too long. They really need to meet and have a good communication.


    On the current empty battlefield, the combat power of both sides has maintained close monitoring and frequent cruising.


    Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t dare to get too close here to avoid being found by the strong at the same level.


    In particular, he was extremely afraid of the strong ones of three mountain true immortals and mixed spirits and gods.


    He knew very well that if he was entangled by them, he would not get away so easily.


    Meng Zhang first contacted Xianyun Zhenxian through the prohibition in his body and agreed with him a suitable meeting place for both sides.


    Then Meng Zhang secretly left his defense area and went to meet Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The Junchen area has long been surrounded by foreign invaders. It''s not easy to find a quiet meeting place.


    Meng Zhang and Xianyun Zhenxian were lucky and did not encounter any twists and turns. They met safely away from the Jun dust world.


    Although they haven''t seen each other for many years, Meng Zhang keeps in touch with Xianyun Zhenxian from time to time through the prohibition in his body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is very confident in his own means of prohibition and is generally satisfied with Meng Zhang''s performance.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has been reporting to him the latest information about the Junchen world.


    Of course, Meng Zhang never found out the specific place where several real immortals slept, which made Xianyun real immortals very dissatisfied.


    Xianyun Zhenxian also thought that Meng Zhang had really tried his best, but he didn''t do well because of his lack of ability, so he didn''t blame him too much.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang told Xianyun Zhenxian about his dealings with yue''e fairy.


    Meng Zhang, under the pressure of the true immortal, did not disclose detailed information about himself, which satisfied the true immortal Xianyun very much.


    Although there must be a lot of boasting in Meng Zhang''s words, Meng Zhang''s loyalty has been proved again.


    As for the statement of yue''e fairy, Xianyun Zhenxian is as skeptical as Meng Zhang.


    However, the intention of yue''e fairy to try to seize the treasure left by celestial beings will never be false.


    Xianyun real immortals live by themselves. Any real immortals who know that there is an opportunity to break through the heavenly immortals will seize it at any cost.


    As for whether to cooperate with Yuee fairy, Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t hurry to make a decision.


    He came here alone. It was absolutely difficult for him to take the opportunity from several old real immortals.


    Not to mention, there are foreign invaders outside the Junchen world.


    Xianyun real immortal doesn''t know how many real immortals can use the legacy left by the immortal who created the Jun dust world.


    If the opportunity to break through the fairy can be shared, he and the moon e fairy will have the basis of cooperation.


    Yuee fairy is familiar with the situation of Jun dust world. She has experienced the war in the ancient years of Jun dust world, which can make up for some shortcomings of Xianyun real fairy.


    After the Xianyun immortal pondered for a while, he asked Meng Zhang to return to the Junchen world and contact the Yuee fairy to arrange for her to meet with the Xianyun immortal.


    Wait until they meet to see if they can cooperate.


    In addition to the story of the moon e fairy, Meng Zhang also reported the latest intelligence of the Junchen world, including the war with foreign invaders and so on.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was not satisfied with Meng Zhang''s report.


    As before, he intimidated Meng Zhang and asked him to find out the specific situation of several real immortals sleeping as soon as possible.


    Judging from the reaction of Xianyun Zhenxian, he was hidden in the void. He should have had a hard time these years.


    He also became somewhat eager to seize the opportunity.


    Although she has no trust in yue''e fairy, Xianyun Zhenxian still hopes to get some help from her.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t leave the defense area for too long and hurriedly ended his meeting with Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The reason why Meng Zhang is so active in matchmaking between yue''e fairy and Xianyun real fairy is also to completely eliminate the hostility of yue''e fairy to himself and express his loyalty to Xianyun real fairy.


    If yue''e fairy and Xianyun real fairy reach a cooperation agreement, it will pose a greater threat to the major holy places and their founders.


    After Meng Zhang''s meeting, he calmly returned to his defense area.


    Meng Zhang continued to perform his task in the following time.


    Meng Zhang and four of his men returned to virtual power, experienced fierce battles and fought with foreign invaders for many times.


    When the situation was most critical, Meng Zhang took the initiative to stay behind and cover four colleagues to evacuate the defense area. For this reason, he was seriously injured and almost lost half his life.


    Fortunately, after a hard time, the offensive of foreign invaders began to slow down. The army that was already approaching the Junchen world did not know why it stopped moving forward.


    Not only Meng Zhang, but also the defensive friars of the whole Junchen world got a rare chance to breathe.


    Meng Zhang and his men took the time to heal their wounds and recover their vitality.


    At first, the Junchen side thought that there was any conspiracy of foreign invaders, so they were ready and strengthened their preparedness.


    However, after waiting for some time, it was found that there seemed to be some internal problems on the side of the foreign invaders, so they had to temporarily stop pressing on the Junchen world.


    The high level of Junchen has considered whether to take this opportunity to launch a counterattack against foreign invaders and restore the situation that has fallen to the disadvantage.


    However, after careful counting, it was found that our side had lost too much in the previous battle, and all friars were exhausted. They were really unable to launch a large-scale counterattack. The senior level of Junchen world was unwilling to give up this plan.


    Because the foreign invaders temporarily stopped the offensive, the Junchen world had more opportunities for rest and adjustment.


    Many wounded and exhausted monks were able to return to the Junchen world one after another.


    Meng Zhang and the four disciples stayed in the void for less than 30 years, and it was their turn to return to the Junchen world for rotation and rest.

 Chapter 2231

    Because the situation faced by the Junchen community has been temporarily eased and the manpower has become more abundant, Meng Zhang and his colleagues have more rest time this time.


    If the heavenly palace doesn''t urgently summon them, Meng Zhang can stay in the Junchen world for almost half a year.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world, before he could return to the mountain gate to heal his wounds, he hurried to Xingluo islands and met with Guanghan fairy secretly.


    Knowing that there was a real fairy behind Guanghan fairy, Meng Zhang''s attitude towards her changed greatly. He no longer regarded her as a subordinate and younger generation, but communicated with her on an equal footing.


    Meng Zhang conveyed the words of Xianyun Zhenxian to Guanghan fairy and agreed on the time and place to meet Yuee fairy in the void.


    After explaining this, Meng Zhang didn''t stay here much, so he hurried back to the Taiyi gate.


    Although it is only a glimpse, Meng Zhang already knows something about the current situation in Xingluo islands.


    After Guanghan fairy was promoted to the retreat period, no matter how low-key and modest she was, the retreat power was the retreat power, which should have a lot of deterrence and ability.


    Taiyimen''s forces basically withdrew from the Xingluo islands and retained only the minimum strongholds.


    The outside world thought that taiyimen took advantage of the last time, and took the initiative to give way to Ziyang Shengzong, so that Ziyang Shengzong could save face and step down better.


    Maybe this is one of the agreements reached between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong last time.


    The sphere of influence left after taiyimen retreated was quickly occupied by Guanghan palace.


    Although Guanghan palace doesn''t want to attract too much attention, if it is too weak and modest, it will only arouse suspicion.


    Guanghan palace has become the most powerful and influential local sect in Xingluo islands.


    Xuanxinguan, yujianmen and many other cultivation forces follow the lead of Guanghan palace and are willing to attach their wings.


    This is tantamount to a powerful alliance led by Guanghan palace, trying to occupy the dominant position of Xingluo islands.


    Fuyun temple was not an opponent of Guanghan palace before, and now it dare not compete with Guanghan palace.


    Floating cloud Zhenjun seems to be frightened.


    In order not to completely lose control of Xingluo islands, Ziyang Shengzong had to gather the monks of Xingluo palace and help them rebuild Xingluo palace.


    Although Xingluo palace is no longer the ruler of Xingluo islands, it has ruled here for many years, whether it is prestige or influence, more or less.


    In addition, Ziyang Shengzong strengthened its stronghold in Xingluo islands and sent Xiao Jiansheng, a great energy of returning to virtual, to sit here.


    In this way, Ziyang holy sect can unite with the cultivation forces such as Xingluo palace and Fuyun temple to compete with the Guanghan palace camp.


    The situation in the Xingluo islands has temporarily returned to stability, and everyone is at peace in a short time.


    Of course, if there are new changes in the situation, the fragile balance of the Xingluo islands may be destroyed at any time.


    Ziyang Shengzong has exposed many weaknesses over the years.


    The empty battlefield restrained too much energy of Ziyang holy sect, which greatly affected its control over the north of Jun dust world.


    Qiu Gangfeng has been wanted by Ziyang Shengzong for many years. Instead of being caught, he jumps out from time to time to make trouble with Ziyang Shengzong.


    He caused little damage, but it was disgusting, which made Ziyang Shengzong lose face many times.


    Guanghan fairy, such a new comer who returns to emptiness, dares to compete with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Guanghan fairy really didn''t want to be in the limelight, but the situation forced Guanghan palace to take the lead against Ziyang Shengzong.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he was ready to start healing behind closed doors and completely heal his injury.


    In the past 30 years, no major event has happened in taiyimen.


    Zongmen has been developing rapidly as always, and its strength is becoming stronger and stronger.


    An Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, and an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang, have completed the Yang God period and began to retreat and impact the retreat period.


    Maybe, before long, there will be two more return to virtual power in taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang can foresee that if there is no accident, the number of high-level friars in taiyimen will usher in a blowout period in the next hundreds or even thousands of years.


    As long as enough time is given to the Taiyi gate, the Taiyi gate will have the power to confront the holy gate such as Ziyang Shengzong.


    On the other side of the underworld, due to Taimiao''s continuous efforts and the outbreak of thick accumulation of Jijian Shenjiang and others, Taimiao finally has the strength of returning to the virtual period.


    The extremely sword God general and the weak water god general have advanced to the level of returning to the empty period. The days when the thick earth God general and the thunder god general will advance are not far away.


    After the extreme sword God general and weak water god general advanced, they soon consolidated their cultivation and stabilized their strength.


    With the help of the two retreat levels, it''s wonderful to start the sweep of the ghost crying mountain again.


    Of course, too wonderful still didn''t drive straight into the depths of the ghost cry mountains, but slowly nibbled away from the outside to the inside bit by bit.


    There are many fierce creatures with virtual strength in the ghost cry mountains. These fierce creatures are hostile to each other and often fight each other.


    Even if they were besieged by strong enemies, these murderers did not know to put down their past gratitude and resentment and join hands with the enemy.


    In fact, this is not difficult to understand.


    Thousands of years ago, many natural ghosts and gods in the underworld of Jun dust world broke out in a terrible war.


    Among these natural ghosts and gods, there is no lack of strong people at the virtual level.


    Ghost cry mountain is one of the main battlefields, where a large number of natural ghosts and gods have fallen.


    After the natural ghosts and gods fell, due to extreme unwillingness and resentment, all kinds of fierce things were born on the bodies of natural ghosts and gods.


    These monsters don''t have enough reason and are completely driven by instinct.


    They are cruel and violent, and hate all living creatures and all kinds of ghosts in the world.


    They were influenced by their hatred and hated each other.


    Even, this hatred has been magnified countless times because of various factors.


    They spend most of their weekdays sleeping, and a few waking days are fighting with each other.


    It''s wonderful. Sweeping the ghost crying mountains is not just the use of brute force.


    He made full use of the contradictions between these murderers and provoked the struggle between them many times.


    In this process, it''s wonderful to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight, and finally make a profit.


    The best thing is that these murderers seem to be really not smart. They never know how to learn a lesson and are deceived again and again.


    Of course, the fisherman is not so easy to be.


    Even those who were seriously injured in the fight still retained a very strong combat effectiveness and never knew to retreat.


    It''s wonderful. Sneaking in and attacking them will only greatly annoy them.


    Their desperate attack is too wonderful. The fisherman often plays the game of losing both sides. He looks like he wants to die with too wonderful.


    Too wonderful. At first, I was often in a hurry and embarrassed.


    Later, he became familiar with the fighting style and various habits of these murderers, as well as the cover of his men in the retreat period, and the battle began to become slowly smooth and achieve more and more results.

 Chapter 2232

    Too wonderful. Everything went well in the underworld. Meng Zhang didn''t pay too much attention to that side, but focused on taiyimen and himself.


    Soon after Meng Zhang closed the door, he was interrupted by another major event.


    At that time, Gu yuefenghua of Gu Yue family in Dafeng City once visited Meng Zhang to seek Meng Zhang''s support and make him lenient to Gu Yue family in Dali imperial dynasty.


    Although the ancient moon family of Dali imperial dynasty, like other real cultivation forces in the imperial dynasty, has some involvement with demon cultivation, it has not fallen into the devil, nor has it participated in the action against Taiyi gate.


    When the Taiyi sect was cleaning up the forces of the evil way, it mainly warned the ancient moon family of the Dali imperial dynasty. It was not too difficult. It was an excuse.


    Afterwards, the two ancient moon families of Dali Dynasty and dafengcheng merged, and ancient moon Fenghua became the owner of the merged ancient moon family.


    Ancient moon Fenghua once said that after many branches of the ancient moon family in the Junchen world elect a co Lord, they can hold a sacrificial ceremony and contact the family headquarters in the Lingkong fairy world.


    To this end, taiyimen has always fully supported the action of ancient moon Fenghua to unify many branches of ancient moon family in Jun dust world.


    If you want to conquer many branches of the family, your own strength is the top priority.


    The ancient moon family does not lack inheritance, but it does not have a very clever secret method of crossing robbery.


    Gu yuefenghua obtained the superior secret method of crossing the robbery from Taiyi gate. It took a lot of effort to finally get through the thunder robbery of Yang God and advance to Yang God.


    After the advanced Yang God period, the ancient moon Fenghua did not devote himself to cultivation and made efforts to break through the retreat period. Instead, he began to frequently contact many branches of the ancient moon family in the Jun dust world, either coercion and inducement, or military expedition to subdue them.


    In this process, in addition to secretly providing support, taiyimen also sent strong people to join the camp of ancient moon Fenghua. Basically, we should give people and things, and strive to meet all their needs.


    After so many years, Gu Yue Fenghua used all kinds of means to get the recognition of most branches of the Gu Yue family and became the co owner and spokesman of the Gu Yue family in the Jun dust world.


    After communicating with the major branches, the ancient moon Fenghua will focus on the high-level of each branch and hold a grand sacrificial ceremony next month, trying to communicate with the headquarters of the ancient moon family in the Lingkong fairyland.


    Because he had an agreement with Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Fenghua would invite Meng Zhang to attend the sacrificial ceremony.


    Gu yuefenghua once told Meng Zhang that according to the records of family classics, after successfully contacting the family headquarters, the family headquarters will give various rewards to help these wandering family branches develop.


    In addition to various spiritual resources, these rewards also have powerful magic weapons.


    In order to obtain Meng Zhang''s support, Gu yuefenghua had promised that these rewards could be selected by Meng Zhang first.


    Meng Zhang is not greedy for these things, but although there are many taiyimen return to virtual power, magic weapons are scarce.


    If you can borrow the magic weapon of the ancient moon family, it will be very beneficial to improve the top combat power of taiyimen.


    After receiving the invitation of Gu Yue Fenghua, Meng Zhang, who was healing in seclusion, soon ended his seclusion and came to the agreed place on the day of sacrifice in the Gu Yue family.


    After the branches of the ancient moon family in the Jun dust world were unified, Dafeng City became the headquarters of the ancient moon family in the Jun dust world.


    The Guyue family of Dafeng City has long been a member of Hanhai daomeng, which is equal to the subordinate of taiyimen.


    Even after the integration of many branches of the ancient moon family, this has not changed.


    The ancient moon family has an extraordinary origin and a profound background, but in Junchen world, it is definitely not the opponent of Taiyi gate.


    I know that the powerful ancient moon of Taiyi gate dare not easily produce a heart of betrayal.


    When these branches of the ancient moon family first came to the Junchen world, they were unable to gain a foothold in the Middle Earth because they had grievances in the Lingkong fairy world and the guantian Pavilion.


    Many branches of the ancient moon family had to leave the Middle Earth and settle down on the edge of the Jun dust world.


    Originally, the strength of these branches in the north of Jun dust world was general, and the prospect was not clear.


    However, because the Guyue family of Dafeng City took the fast lane of taiyimen''s rapid development, they came from behind and surpassed other branches in one fell swoop.


    Gu yuefenghua also became the true king of Yang God and was able to suppress the experts of other branches.


    Some of the subordinates of taiyimen are always remembering the glory of the family and can''t see the branch of reality. They are also very dissatisfied with it.


    However, through a series of means of the ancient moon, these branches were either swallowed by other branches or disappeared in disaster.


    Gu yuefenghua not only has strength, but also has enough wrist. She is cruel and resourceful. She won''t hesitate when it''s time to make a decision.


    She is also a rare secret master secretly, with the ability to deduce the secret.


    Although she, like Meng Zhang, would not easily perform the secret arts in order to avoid the reverse bite of the secret arts.


    However, the unique spiritual sense of Tianji master allows her to see the general situation clearly and know to pursue good luck and avoid bad luck and follow the trend.


    Among the many branches of the ancient moon family, many branches are not happy.


    These branches envy the achievements of Guyue family in Dafeng City.


    At this time, the Taiyi gate, in the Junchen world, was the most powerful force in addition to the major Holy Land Sect gates.


    It is not a bad thing for many branches to become a subordinate of Taiyi sect and get the support of Taiyi sect.


    Integrating the power of many branches, the strength of the ancient moon family rose sharply.


    With the help of the major branches of the ancient moon family, taiyimen also extended its influence to more places in the Junchen world.


    Guyue Fenghua has made great efforts to completely integrate the integrated Guyue family into the system of Hanhai daomeng.


    Since the Junchen world was besieged by foreign invaders, various high-end resources within the Junchen world, including Yuqing LINGJI, were in great shortage.


    Many of the monks above the mid-term of the yuan God in the Junchen world fell into the dilemma of insufficient cultivation resources.


    In order to maintain the system of Hanhai road alliance, taiyimen still took out a lot of high-level resources to win over the high-level friars of Hanhai road alliance, even if its own resources were not enough.


    Monks like Gu yuefenghua, who have won the trust of taiyimen and have a bright future, can even enter the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen to practice.


    In recent years, many excellent Yuanshen monks have emerged in Hanhai daomeng.


    In order to get the opportunity to practice in the blessed land of sun and moon, they worked hard and worked hard for taiyimen.


    Taiyimen is generous to the major members of Hanhai daomeng.


    For example, Xu Mengying of Huang Lianjiao''s achievement of returning to emptiness is the strong support of Meng Zhang.


    Many Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world, including the major holy places and sects, now feel that they are short of resources.


    Taiyimen is a little more abundant in resources because of Meng Zhang''s great harvest several times, especially the harvest from the secret space left by the indigenous gods last time.

 Chapter 2233

    Near a barren mountain outside Dafeng City, a grand sacrificial ceremony is about to begin.


    Gale city is located at the edge of the original Jiuqu League, near the endless sand sea.


    Its geography and climate are deeply affected by endless sand sea. There are no too tall mountains around, and there are often yellow sand and dust weather.


    Gu yuefenghua specially chose a sunny day to hold the sacrificial ceremony.


    Because it is very important, the major branches of the ancient moon family, up and down, began to actively prepare for it as early as a few months ago.


    The original barren mountains have long been decorated magnificently, with a sea of gorgeous flowers everywhere.


    The newly transplanted trees nearby are covered with colorful silk.


    The top of the barren mountain has long been cleared out as the main place for sacrificial rites.


    A tall altar rises to the sky, which is filled with all kinds of rare treasures in the world.


    The sacrificial ceremony has already begun and will continue for a long time.


    The people carefully selected from the major branches of the ancient moon family are basically young handsome men and women, singing and dancing and cheering under the altar.


    Kneeling around the altar were members from all branches of the ancient moon family. They chanted praises together to praise the greatness of the ancestors of the ancient moon family, the extraordinary of the ancient moon family, the nobility of the family blood and so on.


    Gu yuefenghua stands alone at the top of the altar and is wholeheartedly engaged in the ceremony.


    She painted heavy makeup, serious expression, wearing a simple and gorgeous thick robe, and began to dance.


    Gu Yue''s Fenghua person is just like her name. She is indeed a gorgeous female monk.


    When ordinary friars saw her, they were afraid that they would have shouted fairy and knelt and licked her with all kinds of means.


    Only those who really know her know that she is an out and out heroine and does not discount means to achieve her goal.


    After years of integration, the major branches of the ancient moon family were basically taught by her.


    Her will can be carried out in the whole family, and everyone must obey it.


    In the event of sacrificial ceremony, almost all members of the ancient moon family are trembling and dare not have the slightest carelessness.


    From the preparation to the beginning of the sacrificial ceremony, and now, everything is in order and very smooth.


    Soon after the sacrificial ceremony, Meng Zhang came here.


    This is a grand ceremony for the ancient moon family to sacrifice their ancestors. According to tradition, only the people of the ancient moon family are qualified to get close to here. Even those who marry or become redundant members of the ancient moon family are not allowed to participate.


    Meng Zhang respected the tradition of the ancient moon family. Instead of appearing publicly, he hid his body shape and silently watched the sacrificial ceremony in the nearby high altitude.


    The sacrificial ceremony had many procedures and was full of all kinds of red tape.


    It has been half a month since the beginning, and the ceremony began to come to an end and entered the final key stage.


    On the ground at the top of the altar, a grand Dharma array is depicted.


    In the center of the Dharma array, there are all kinds of precious spiritual materials, including many natural materials and earth treasures.


    Without the help of taiyimen, the power of the ancient moon family alone can''t even collect these spiritual materials.


    The ancient moon fell on her knees and read a special eulogy loudly in her mouth.


    Under the guidance of the ancient moon, all members of the ancient moon family knelt down on the ground, looked fanatical and recited the same eulogy loudly.


    Their chanting voice became louder and louder. The chanting voice filled the whole world, making the surrounding space fluctuate.


    Many people of the ancient moon family have become more and more fanatical, even crazy. In addition to chanting hymns, their bodies have also been strangely distorted.


    Meng Zhang, who was watching all this not far away, sensed strange waves.


    Originally feeling a little bored, he began to cheer up and pay close attention to what happened.


    All kinds of flags hung over the altar suddenly disappeared, and the aura of heaven and earth began to gather here quickly.


    In the originally clear sky, it suddenly became cloudy and dark.


    The sudden thunder, lightning flash and rumbling thunder have great power to frighten people.


    I saw a flash of lightning across the sky, and then there was a unfathomable black hole.


    As soon as the black hole appeared, Meng Zhang''s thoughts were dispelled.


    In the black hole, there seemed to be a huge power, which shocked Meng Zhang. He was shocked and lost his sense of the surroundings.


    Three bright lights shot out from the black hole and flew to the location of the ancient moon below.


    Seeing the three lights appear, even the city government with ancient moon can no longer cover up the inner fluctuation, and its face is overjoyed.


    Meng Zhang looked at the three lights. With his eyesight, he had seen their general shape clearly.


    Under the cover of the light, the three treasures are a small and exquisite Pavilion, a simple fan and a long handled axe wrapped with wind and thunder.


    According to Meng Zhang''s agreement with Gu yuefenghua, he will give priority to these three things.


    As Meng Zhang, he still needs to pay attention to eating. He doesn''t want to show that he can''t wait.


    He is going to ask Gu yuefenghua for these three treasures in private.


    Of course, with the charming wit of the ancient moon, she would take the initiative to present the treasure without waiting for Meng Zhang to ask for it afterwards.


    The black hole in the sky disappeared immediately after the three lights were emitted.


    Meng Zhang''s original affected thoughts and lost feelings also suddenly returned to normal.


    Meng Zhang thought deeply and was remembering the great power just now.


    At this time, a big hand suddenly appeared in the air and fished for the three lights, as if to catch it all.


    This big hand not only appeared very suddenly, but also had great power, which made the members of the ancient moon family who were performing the sacrificial ceremony below unable to respond.


    Gu yuefenghua found the action of the big hand, but it was limited to the large gap between the two sides, and it was impossible to stop it effectively.


    Meng Zhang had long regarded these three treasures as the things in his bag. This kind of tiger mouth snatching food immediately angered him.


    The guy who doesn''t know where he came from dares to be presumptuous on the ground of Taiyi gate.


    "Get out."


    Meng Zhang''s face changed and he gently spit out the word.


    As the voice came out, it seemed that the voice contained an extremely overbearing power, which suddenly scattered the big hand. Not to mention, the monk who secretly attacked was also stunned.


    At a high altitude not far from Meng Zhang, a monk who was casting a spell was stiff and involuntarily stopped his action.


    Meng Zhang just said one word, which has such great power that the hidden bystanders around him look at it.

 Chapter 2234

    It''s wonderful. I haven''t relaxed my cultivation these years.


    As the ruler of taiyimen, Meng Zhang ruled the vast territory, with many monks and countless mortals under his command.


    In those days, the territory area and population of Dali Dynasty were far inferior to today''s taiyimen.


    However, the kings of Dali Dynasty were basically able to master the power of commanding the main road.


    With Meng Zhang''s qualifications, with a little effort, we can grasp the power of commanding the avenue.


    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Tai Miao also mastered the power of commanding the avenue.


    After he almost unified the underworld, as the ruler of the underworld, he had great attainments in the command Avenue, and was about to catch up with the two avenues of life and death and reincarnation.


    As the Buddha, Meng Zhang can share his understanding on the avenue with his external incarnation.


    At present, Meng Zhang''s attainments on the command Avenue are also very deep. Therefore, he has mastered the magic power of "following the law with words".


    During the period of Yuanshen, friars can mobilize the power of the road and bless it in their own magic powers, but their means are very rough.


    If the power of the great road is a sharp sword, the Yuanshen Zhenjun can wave the sword and make some very simple actions, such as stabbing and chopping.


    At the level of Huixu power, you can dance this sharp sword flexibly, make more complex movements, and display some simple sword moves, which are the Taoist moves often used by Huixu power.


    Among practitioners, there are generally two different routes for the understanding of the great road - broad and specialized.


    Neither of the two routes is better. It varies from person to person.


    Meng Zhang can master the power of many ways of heaven and earth, but does not affect his own cultivation speed.


    His situation is unique in the cultivation world, but it is also difficult to copy.


    Meng Zhang tried his best and easily stopped the raider''s action with his magic power.


    However, Meng Zhang did not feel the slightest relief, and his vigilance did not put down at all.


    The man who turned out to be ready to rob the three treasures was just a monk in the middle of returning to emptiness. Naturally, Meng Zhang easily stopped him.


    After Meng Zhang''s sensing ability was restored, he sensed that there were many lurks around, and they had begun to take action.


    Meng Zhang stretched out his right hand and gently grabbed it on the left, as if he had torn open a curtain. A dark shadow stumbled out of the space crack.


    In the face of Meng Zhang, the dark shadow probably knows his fierce name. He doesn''t dare to confront him head-on. He has to escape into the space crack again and escape here immediately.


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, he erased the cracks in the surrounding space and left the guy with no way to escape.


    Just now, it was probably Gu Yue Fenghua who communicated with the ancestors of the Gu Yue family. When the three magic weapons were transmitted, Meng Zhang was stunned by the huge transmission power and temporarily lost his sense of the surroundings.


    A gang of cattle, ghosts and snake gods who don''t know where they come out actually want to seize the opportunity to seize the treasure.


    How the news leaked out is beyond Meng Zhang''s attention now.


    It''s not surprising that the ancient moon family held such a grand sacrificial ceremony for such a long time. The news leaked out and attracted covetous people.


    Meng Zhang, as the Supreme Master of returning to emptiness, has a brilliant record and a famous reputation. There should not be many friars in the cultivation world who dared to tease his tiger beard that year.


    These guys can sneak here and wait for opportunities. In addition to obtaining accurate information in advance, there must be others to support and cover them.


    With Meng Zhang''s keen sense, even if he was affected just now, it is by no means possible for a group of ordinary returning virtual powers to sneak into the neighborhood without him.


    Meng Zhang wanted to make an example of others. However, there are many lurks around, and they have to be distracted to guard against the behind the scenes supporters of these guys. Meng Zhang had to suppress his temper and reserve his hand.


    A hot sun and a bright moon rose in the sky.


    Under the bright sun and moon, the sunlight and moonlight are integrated and spread in all directions.


    The original darkness was easily penetrated by the sun and moon divine light, and all kinds of stealth Taoism were broken.


    Another three hidden Huixu powers were forced to appear and appeared in the sight of the people.


    I don''t know who shouted, "he has only one person and can''t take care of it."


    Probably inspired by the shouting, even the guy who was going to escape stopped.


    "It''s too much for him to want to swallow the treasure alone."


    "Yes, we will seize the treasure together first, and then distribute it."


    ¡­¡­


    In mutual encouragement, the five Huixu great powers rushed over together, trying to block Meng Zhang and take the three treasures.


    The three treasures originally flew directly to the ancient moon, but they were obstructed.


    The three very spiritual treasures took the initiative to avoid your return to virtual power and flew in a big circle towards the ancient moon.


    Among the five return to emptiness powers, others tried to continue to stop.


    Meng Zhang roared and took the initiative to meet the five return virtual powers.


    Although it was an enemy of five, Meng Zhang was not afraid, but took the initiative to attack.


    The accomplishments of these five guys are either in the early stage or in the middle stage of returning to emptiness. As the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang is sure to win more with less.


    The higher the state of cultivation, the greater the gap between adjacent states, and the challenge of leapfrog becomes more and more impossible.


    Unless the five of them can take out a card similar to the fairy talisman in Meng Zhang''s hand, they really don''t have the slightest advantage in front of Meng Zhang.


    Besides, this is the territory of taiyimen.


    As long as Meng Zhang feels necessary, he can notify the return virtual powers in the door to send them here at any time.


    With the transmission ability of returning virtual power, you can transmit freely in taiyimen territory even without the help of remote transmission array.


    Meng Zhang knows that his fight with these guys may not last long.


    He wants to leave a deep lesson for the five guys before the heavenly palace interferes.


    Under the light of the sun and moon, all the means of hiding and hiding of the five return to emptiness powers have failed, and they have to face Meng Zhang directly.


    Although they seem to be aggressive and courageous, they are not secure in their hearts.


    Two flying swords, one sharp spike and one golden knife shot at Meng Zhang from different directions.


    The four different magic weapons have their own characteristics and are extremely powerful.


    The one with the highest cultivation among the five, holding a big flag, kept waving at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt that invisible forces poured into his Yang God, as if mountains were going to crush his Yang God.


    The five great powers of returning to emptiness all have magic weapons in their hands, and their Taoist magic powers are not weak.


    Although Meng Zhang did not see through their identity for the time being, he still guessed their origin.


    In the whole Jun dust world, there are only a few forces that can send five return to virtual power at one breath.


    Of course, the five return to virtual power do not come from the same place. They just work together temporarily.


    They seem to be united against the enemy wholeheartedly, but they have evil intentions and are unwilling to become the key target of Meng Zhang.


    The Tai Chi diagram of yin and Yang of heaven and earth is displayed on Meng Zhang''s head.


    When the yin-yang Tai Chi diagram rotates slightly, the four magic weapons that shoot at Meng Zhang are fixed, and all the Taoist magic powers that attack Meng Zhang are blocked in the distance.


    The five great powers of returning to emptiness drank violently and each took out the unique skill of pressing the bottom of the box.


    Two of the opponents in the middle stage of returning to emptiness showed their own heaven and earth Dharma early.


    A huge tower and a huge wave complement each other and cooperate with each other to mobilize the power of the avenue against Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang fought one against five, but he was able to do it with ease.


    Yin and Yang Qi fall from the sky like a long river and directly hit the two Heaven and earth dharmas opposite, which can easily repel them.


    Yin and yang are mighty, but they are very flexible. In turn, they involve four magic instruments.


    The Yin and Yang Qi constantly scoured the spiritual thoughts and infused truth on the four magic tools.


    Shortly after the two sides had just fought, Meng Zhang took the initiative and forced the five opponents to the disadvantage.


    For nine days, three friars were there in a faint confrontation.


    With the snow sword, you stand with your hands down, looking very natural and unrestrained, very leisurely.


    The two monks opposite her are Yang and Xu Xian of Ziyang Shengzong and Weiwu Xu Xian of guantian Pavilion.


    When they faced the king of companion snow sword, they were like great enemies and did not dare to be careless.


    Although they have a number advantage, they can''t lift their heads in front of the snow sword king, and their momentum is a long way short.


    "Don''t be so nervous. As long as you don''t kill yourself, we won''t fight easily. Moreover, this place is not a good place to fight."


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian''s words didn''t make Yang and Xu Xian and Wei I Xu Xian relax at all.


    They are well aware of the temperament of the king of companion snow sword.


    One word disagrees with each other and draw the sword towards each other. That''s the daily style of Mr. Ban Xue Jian.


    "You two don''t stay in the empty battlefield, but come here. You want to be robbers."


    "You dare not offend the ancient moon family. You don''t want to rob things directly from the ancient moon family, but you sent a pile of cannon fodder that seems to have nothing to do with you."


    "This is clearly hiding one''s ears and stealing a bell. Can you really hide it from a man with a clear eye?"


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian is usually unsmiling and silent, but once she opens her mouth, her words are sharper than a sharp sword.


    The ancient moon family that can frighten the Holy Land Sect in the mouth of Mr. Banxue sword is certainly not the branch of the ancient moon family in the Junchen world, but the headquarters of the ancient moon family in the Lingkong fairy world.


    "The following monks compete for treasures, which has nothing to do with us."


    The only one who watched the heaven Pavilion said with pity.


    "Who is afraid of the ancient moon family?"


    "His ancient moon family is only a small role in the Lingkong fairy world. Can he make trouble in the Junchen world?"


    Although Yang and Xu Xian are modest in Ziyang holy sect, they still have some common problems of friars of Ziyang holy sect. They are arrogant and easily disobey others.


    "Really?"


    With snow sword Jun disdained to smile, as if to satirize Yang and Xu Xian''s unwillingness.


    The ancient moon family likes to send family branches to all the world subordinate to the Lingkong fairy world, where they can reproduce, develop and grow.


    This habit of the ancient moon family is no secret.


    When these branches develop to a certain stage, they can contact the family headquarters in the Lingkong fairy world by holding sacrificial ceremonies to obtain various treasures given by their ancestors.


    To accompany snow sword Jun and Weiwu virtual immortal, their origin and identity, all know these situations.


    Guantian pavilion''s headquarters in the celestial realm is full of contradictions and conflicts with the ancient moon family.


    Of course, because both sides had scruples, they were very restrained and did not break out a full-scale war.


    Before the great forces at the level of guantian Pavilion and Guyue family completely tear their faces, all kinds of fights should abide by the hidden rules of the Lingkong fairy world, and there is a certain bottom line.


    Guantian pavilion has an absolute advantage in the Junchen world, but it does not kill the branches of the ancient moon family, but only suppresses and repels them.


    Now the ancient moon family is basically unified in the major branches of the Junchen world and begins to grow, which makes the senior management of guantian pavilion very dissatisfied.


    Although the current strength of the ancient moon family is not worth mentioning, this momentum is very bad.


    In particular, the ancient moon family also took refuge in the Taiyi gate and became a powerful helper under the command of the Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi gate and guantian pavilion have a hatred of extermination.


    Now taiyimen is growing stronger and stronger. It has long been a small role that can be ignored by guantian Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang, the leader of Taiyi sect, confronted guantian Pavilion many times. He killed the friars of guantian Pavilion and destroyed the plan of guantian Pavilion. It has long become a major problem of guantian Pavilion.


    Guantian pavilion was not good enough to directly attack the ancient moon family, so it had to secretly send people to rob its treasures.


    Without the treasure support from the celestial realm, the development speed of the ancient moon family will be greatly affected.


    As for Yu Yang and Xu Xian''s participation in this matter, they are purely hostile to Taiyi sect and do not let Taiyi sect have more powerful strength.


    The actions of Yang He Xu Xian and Wei Wu Xu Xian have received the full support of all the holy places.


    On the surface, the five great powers of returning to emptiness have nothing to do with the Holy Land sects. In fact, they are pieces secretly cultivated by the Holy Land sects to do black work for them.

 Chapter 2235

    Because of the cover of Yang and Xu Xian and Wei Wu''s Xu Xian, these great powers of returning to emptiness can secretly avoid Meng Zhang''s induction and lurk nearby.


    In those days, the wormhole channel between Lingkong fairy world and Junchen world was destroyed and the connection was cut off. In fact, there was a big secret behind it.


    The struggle between the practitioners in the Jun dust world can be seen as some epitomes of the internal struggle in the Lingkong fairy world.


    Ziyang real immortals can act recklessly in the Junchen world, and naturally have supporters in the Lingkong fairy world.


    At that time, even several real immortals in the quadrangular Star area could establish a new wormhole channel to directly connect the quadrangular Star area and the alien Star area after spending enough resources and energy.


    The level of power is countless times higher than that of the Lingkong fairy world. It is not difficult to re-establish contact with the Junchen world.


    However, the situation in Junchen world is too special, and the wormhole channel has not been re established in Lingkong fairy world for the time being.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xue Jian not only knows many secrets, but also deeply participates in them.


    She knows the inside story of Junchen world breaking off contact with Lingkong fairy world.


    She had a very delicate relationship with the holy places. She was not only happy to see them eat, but also caused them some trouble from time to time.


    Due to the obstruction of Banxue Jianjun, Yang and Xu Xian and Wei I Xu Xian could not directly attack Meng Zhang. Out of fear of the ancient moon family, they can''t directly rob the treasures of the ancient moon family.


    It''s the limit that they can send a few back to the virtual power to sneak.


    The two virtual immortals had just made a little move when they were caught by the snow sword gentleman.


    Looking at the five Huixu Daneng below, they were suppressed by Meng Zhang. They scolded the waste in their hearts, but they couldn''t intervene.


    Both Yang and Xu Xian and Wei I Xu Xian are familiar with the temperament of the king of the sword with snow.


    If they really dare to break the ban of the heavenly palace in front of her, the king of companion snow sword will not hesitate to give them a sword.


    There is a great war of returning to emptiness, in which many returning to emptiness powers participate. Of course, Tiangong can''t be unaware of it.


    There was a thick thunder in the sky, and the Tianwei thunder punishment array has begun to pay attention to this side.


    The five great powers of returning to emptiness will rob three treasures before Tianwei thunder punishment array stops them.


    Meng Zhang wants to leave a deep lesson for these five ignorant guys before Tiangong intervenes to stop their battle.


    Both sides have the intention to make a quick decision. Neither side has taken clever measures, but fight hard in the front.


    This way of fighting is obviously beneficial to Meng Zhang, who has a higher level of cultivation.


    After a fierce battle, the two returned to the virtual power to vomit blood and retreat again and again.


    A flying sword and a sharp spike are tightly entangled by Yin and Yang. No matter how their master calls them, they can''t take them back.


    In such a short time, Tianwei thunder punishment array had taken shape in the distant sky.


    Those five return to virtual power have no power to resist Tianwei thunder punishment array, and they obviously can''t defeat Meng Zhang.


    The five returned to the virtual power reluctantly began to retreat, especially the two guys who lost their magic weapons roared again and again.


    Meng Zhang knew that since Tiangong had noticed this side, it was impossible for him to kill the return virtual power of Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang was also unwilling, but he could only let the enemy withdraw, but he could not pursue and kill recklessly.


    He has more or less achieved some results in the battle just now.


    Some enemies were wounded by him, and some were forced to give up their magic weapons and escape


    The flying sword magic weapon and the sharp thorn magic weapon, under the constant dissipation of yin and Yang, the spirit and true yuan poured by the original owner were quickly consumed.


    Especially after the owner of the two magic weapons fled, the two magic weapons were powerless and completely swallowed up by Yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t appreciate the power of these two captured magic weapons, but he can take them back to Taiyi gate and give them to the return virtual powers in the gate.


    You know, there are already several great powers of returning to emptiness in Taiyi gate, but not everyone has magic weapons.


    When Meng Zhang fought against the five return to virtual power, the three treasures automatically fell into the hands of Gu yuefenghua.


    Gu yuefenghua was very calm when facing the war of returning to emptiness. He had been watching the war on the altar.


    However, the members of the ancient moon family below were frightened by the prestige of the great powers of returning to the virtual world. They fell on the ground one by one and didn''t even dare to lift their heads.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s deliberate protection, the aftermath of the battle did not spread too much, and the ancient moon family friars below were basically not affected.


    In fact, the five Huixu Daneng were warned before they set out that they had better not kill the friars of the ancient moon family.


    Obviously, the two virtual immortals are unwilling to take over a deep blood feud with the ancient moon family.


    Moreover, killing in the Taiyi gate''s sphere of influence is tantamount to openly beating the Taiyi gate in the face.


    Although they were sent by the holy places, they were also unwilling to take revenge on Taiyi gate.


    Therefore, a return to virtual war has not had much impact on the bottom.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array has paid attention to this side, and the five returning virtual powers have taken the initiative to evacuate, which means that the battle is completely over.


    Yang and Xu Xian, who had been watching the war for nine days, couldn''t help scolding again. They couldn''t help but want to do it themselves.


    But after looking at the companion snow sword gentleman opposite, I still had to swallow this tone.


    "Manager, you''ve been protecting taiyimen before, and now you''re still biased towards the people of the ancient moon family. Have you really thought it over?"


    But my empty immortal opened his mouth coldly and questioned the king of the sword with snow.


    "This seat has never protected anyone, just act according to the rules and maintain the peace of the Junchen world."


    "Besides, you ordered people to steal the treasures of the ancient moon family. Do you really think you can hide them forever?"


    "It is impossible for Lingkong immortal world to cut off contact with Junchen world forever. When contact is restored, people of ancient moon family will settle this account with you."


    Accompanied by snow sword Jun impolitely pushed back and moved out of the ancient moon family.


    Both sides are not the kind of people who blindly show off their strength orally. After a few words against each other, the scene fell into silence again.


    Yang and Xu Xian looked at each other. Knowing that there was no room to take advantage of, they had to leave reluctantly.


    The snow sword gentleman looked at their backs and didn''t know what he was thinking.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, the war of returning to virtual areas ended in time and did not cause much damage. The most important thing is that it is the legitimate friars of Tiangong who control Tianwei thunder punishment array, and they are not willing to embarrass Meng Zhang.


    The vision set off by Tianwei thunder array quickly disappeared in the sky, which means that the matter has been settled.


    Although there were some twists and turns, the sacrificial ceremony of the ancient moon family basically achieved the goal, and the result was good.


    Although there was chaos among the monks of the ancient moon family, Meng Zhang appeared to repel the strong enemy, which means that the situation has been controlled.


    Gu yuefenghua calmly continued the sacrificial ceremony and completed the final finishing work.


    Then, he handed over the aftermath to the trusted middle and high level of the family. He left here with Meng Zhang and came to a hidden place.

 Chapter 2236

    Gu yuefenghua is a smart man. He has never thought of breaking the agreement with Meng Zhang.


    After they came to a hidden place, Gu yuefenghua first sincerely thanked Meng Zhang for his action.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t help, the ancient moon family would not be able to keep these three treasures in the face of the incoming return virtual power.


    Meng Zhang had long known the grudges between the ancient moon family and the guantian Pavilion, and knew that the branch of the ancient moon family in the Junchen world was suppressed and persecuted by the guantian Pavilion.


    Most of the five great powers of returning to the virtual world who attacked today are those with little reputation. The two guys recognized by Meng Zhang are also independent casual practitioners on the surface.


    However, Meng Zhang knew that the five returning to virtual power must have something to do with the Holy Land Sect.


    They suddenly appeared and seized the treasure, not only because of the gratitude and resentment between guantian Pavilion and the ancient moon family, but also because of the constant hostility of the major Holy Land sects to Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang accepted Gu Yue''s words of gratitude.


    Gu yuefenghua respectfully took out three treasures and presented them to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang checked carefully and soon found out the details of the three treasures.


    The treasure like a pavilion is a magic weapon of space, which has a vast storage space.


    Meng Zhang went deep into his mind and simply checked it.


    There are some ancient books of cultivation inherited by the ancient moon family, as well as many cultivation resources.


    Although these things are precious, Meng Zhang doesn''t pay much attention to them. Taiyi gate doesn''t lack these things now.


    The fan with an ancient style is called wind fire Yin Yang Fan. It is a rare and powerful magic weapon.


    Once the wind and fire yin-yang fan is sacrificed, it can release the original wind and fire power and stimulate the power of the yin-yang Avenue.


    Yin Yang Avenue covers a wide range.


    Sun and moon, light and darkness, motion and stillness, etc. can all be connected to the avenue of yin and Yang.


    Geomantic omen is one of the earliest forces born when the world was opened up, and it is also one of the most original forces.


    Before the birth of a world, it often evolves the power of earth fire and Feng Shui.


    The power of wind and fire released by this magic weapon is not an ordinary power of wind and fire, but the most basic power of earth fire and geomantic omen in all the world.


    There are also differences between various magic weapons.


    This wind fire yin-yang fan has a very high level. Even the current Meng Zhang can''t refine it completely.


    From the moment he saw the wind fire yin-yang fan, Meng Zhang was moved.


    Now that we know the details of this magic weapon, Meng Zhang is determined to get it.


    He never expected that the ancient moon family would give such magic weapons in advance.


    Such magic weapons fall into the hands of the ancient moon and Fenghua, which is simply a tyrant.


    Even in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness, the ancient moon can''t use this magic weapon for a long time.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t use magic weapons much for a long time, he focused on his own heaven and earth Dharma phase Taiji yin-yang diagram.


    But this is not that he does not pay attention to magic weapons and does not desire powerful magic weapons, but that he has not met magic weapons suitable for him.


    This wind fire yin-yang fan is tailor-made for Meng Zhang, which can greatly improve his combat effectiveness.


    Meng Zhang played with the wind fire yin-yang fan and began to check the last treasure.


    This is a huge axe with a long handle, which is intertwined with countless thunder and lightning.


    This is also a magic weapon, called wind thunder axe.


    Although the level of this wind thunder giant axe is slightly inferior to that of the wind fire yin-yang fan, it is also a very powerful magic weapon.


    Moreover, the wind thunder axe has a powerful power to destroy demons and evil spirits. It has a unique effect against demons and evil spirits.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, hasn''t used a suitable magic weapon after the advanced retreat period.


    Niu Dawei''s major avenue is Fenglei Avenue. This Fenglei axe is tailor-made for him.


    At the headquarters of the ancient moon family in the fairy world, two of the three treasures sent across the sky are of great use to the Taiyi gate, which can greatly improve the combat effectiveness of the Taiyi gate.


    Is this a pure coincidence or something else?


    Meng Zhang casually asked Gu yuefenghua to see if she knew about it.


    Gu yuefenghua looked ignorant, as if he really knew nothing about it.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether Gu yuefenghua is really like this or acting.


    He thought for a moment and didn''t ask any further questions.


    Anyway, this result is beneficial and harmless to taiyimen.


    Even if there is any secret, it is not necessary, so it is difficult for the ancient moon.


    Meng Zhang was not polite. He directly put away the wind fire yin-yang fan and the wind thunder axe, but left the space magic weapon to Gu Yue Fenghua.


    Meng Zhang is not a greedy person. He always leaves room for things.


    He had an appointment with Gu yuefenghua. Today he helped him hold the treasure and take away two magic weapons. He was at ease.


    But after all, this is a great support for the branches of the ancient moon family headquarters in the Lingkong fairy world. Even if he doesn''t care about the elegance of the ancient moon, he can''t help but give face to the ancient moon family in the Lingkong fairy world.


    Gu yuefenghua was not dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s taking away the two magic weapons, but still maintained a very respectful attitude.


    After receiving the treasure and explaining it to Gu yuefenghua for a few words, Meng Zhang left here and directly returned to the Taiyi gate.


    After Meng Zhang left, Gu Yue Fenghua immediately returned to the residence of Gu Yue family with his last magic weapon.


    He came to the secret room at the core of the family, opened all the guard prohibitions and ensured that there were no problems around before he put the pavilion in front of him.


    Gu yuefenghua first saluted the building respectfully, and then released his mind.


    In the storage space inside the pavilion, a yellow light shines in an insignificant corner.


    This yellow light was spiritually exposed to the ancient moon''s spirit and communicated with it.


    When Meng Zhang checked the storage space earlier, he was careless and focused on those precious materials and classics.


    Of course, the concealment ability of this yellow light is also extremely powerful, enough to hide many eyes and ears of returning to virtual power.


    After a while, the ancient moon Fenghua finally completed the communication, and then his face was full of ecstasy.


    After all, she was a very deep generation of owls in the city, and soon stabilized her mood.


    During the previous sacrificial ceremony, the three treasures fell into the hands of the ancient moon Fenghua in full view of the public.


    Meng Zhang took two treasures at once. Not to mention those conservative people in the family, even ordinary people must be very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    Gu yuefenghua can''t let this discontent spread in the family, let alone reveal it.


    Next, she will take out the cultivation classics and cultivation resources in this stored magic weapon, vigorously cultivate the children of the family and improve the combat effectiveness of the family as soon as possible.


    At the same time, she will also use both soft and hard to calm the discontent of the people and strive to maintain friendly relations with taiyimen.

 Chapter 2237

    After Meng Zhang returned to the blessed land of sun and moon at the gate of taiyimen mountain, he told the middle and high level of the gate about it.


    He asked the middle and high levels of the door to find out the details of the five Huixu powers who tried to seize the treasure today through various channels.


    Although Meng Zhang guessed that they had something to do with the holy places, he had better make sure.


    After all, it is the five great powers of returning to emptiness, which is also a threat to Taiyi gate.


    If given the opportunity, Meng Zhang will completely solve this threat.


    Meng Zhang gave Niu Dawei the wind thunder axe. He closed his door and began to refine the wind fire yin-yang fan.


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang''s rotation and rest days passed.


    Some time ago, the army of foreign invaders not only stopped pressing on the Junchen world step by step, but also took the initiative to retreat and withdraw from many occupied areas.


    After repeated attempts by the Junchen community and investigation by various means, the extraterritorial invaders are not like luring the enemy in depth, but there are internal problems.


    After this period of observation, there is no problem with the active retreat of the extraterritorial invaders. They have not played tricks.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the Junchen world for rest, the army of foreign invaders stepped back, giving the Junchen world more space for activities.


    After years of continuous fighting with foreign invaders, the enemy''s pressing step by step has caused great pressure on the Junchen world.


    Now the pressure has slowed down slightly, and the Junchen side also needs a good rest.


    Seeing that the enemy is unlikely to make a comeback in a short time, the high level of Junchen world adjusted the defense in the void and dissolved many forcibly recruited monks.


    Due to the care of the ancient Taoist, the deputy director of the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang and taiyimen also got a lot of benefits in this round of adjustment.


    Meng Zhang was released from compulsory conscription. Unless the heavenly palace was conscripted again, he did not have to continue to serve in the void battlefield.


    Of course, if he is willing to go to the void and work for the heavenly palace, no one can stop him.


    No matter how relaxed the Jun dust world is, the minimum defense system in the void will not be relaxed.


    Taiyi gate is now a large gate with many return to virtual power. Naturally, it has to undertake its own obligations and regularly send return to virtual power to participate in defense in the void.


    After receiving the news from the heavenly palace, Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, took the initiative to ask for orders, hoping to go to void instead of Meng Zhang.


    For one thing, Meng Zhang has not recovered from his injury. For another, he is willing to let his disciples go to the void for exercise and test.


    Anyway, peace has been restored temporarily in the void. It is relatively safe, and there should be no problem with the care of Tianlei Xuxian and so on.


    In order to ensure a minimum of fairness, all of you from Taiyi gate need to go to the void in turn and obey the arrangement of the heavenly palace.


    With Meng Zhang''s permission, Niu Dawei led several men to return to Xu Daneng and set out.


    After a period of healing, Meng Zhang not only completely cured his injuries, but also preliminarily refined the magic weapon of wind fire yin-yang fan.


    The level of this magic weapon is so high that even the virtual fairy can''t refine it completely.


    Although Meng Zhang can only exert part of the power of this magic weapon, he has significantly improved his combat effectiveness.


    With the wind and fire yin-yang fan in hand, Meng Zhang will meet few opponents among monks in the same realm.


    Meng Zhang''s life now seems leisurely, but it is far from being carefree.


    Now the external pressure of Jun dust world is temporarily relieved, and maybe the internal contradictions will break out again.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that the last cleaning of the Junchen world by the sect gates of the major holy places posed a fatal threat to the Taiyi gate.


    If the sect of the holy places frees up their hands this time, they may attack the Taiyi sect again.


    In addition to strengthening the defense of the sect, Meng Zhang also actively contacted the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang has repeatedly expressed his attitude to the high level of Tiangong.


    Now the extraterritorial invaders are only retreating temporarily. No one knows when they will make a comeback after solving their internal problems.


    If a war breaks out in the Junchen world at this time and practitioners kill each other, it will only weaken the overall strength of the Junchen world and give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Taiyimen has always obeyed the orders of the heavenly palace and is a loyal supporter of the heavenly palace.


    If those Holy Land Sect doors eradicate Taiyi gate, it is equivalent to eradicating the wings of the heavenly palace.


    After Meng Zhang''s statement, the heavenly palace reassured Meng Zhang again and again that the heavenly palace would never allow a war to break out in the Junchen world at this time.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not put all his hopes on the heavenly palace, and secretly actively contacted all allies.


    Hailing sect is a traditional ally of taiyimen. Both sides have been watching and helping each other for many years.


    The secret organization of immortality society has recovered some combat effectiveness after the efforts of Guru Chen shangzun and guru Lu.


    Taoist Gulu visited taiyimen several times and had a good talk with the senior officials of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang.


    On behalf of Gu Chen, Taoist Gulu said that as long as the sect of each holy place attacked Taiyi gate, the immortal society would never sit idly by.


    After testing and wooing each other, taiyimen and dark alliance finally reached the point of alliance.


    Taiyimen, the foreign affairs elder responsible for dealing with the Dark Alliance, reached a relatively loose covenant with the Dark Alliance after rounds of negotiations.


    The covenant agreed that the two sides should keep watch and help each other when fighting against the holy door, but the bondage to the Taiyi door was not great.


    Moreover, due to the strong demand of taiyimen, the two sides have formed a secret alliance this time, and it is not easy to disclose the alliance.


    The reason why the dark alliance made such a big concession to taiyimen this time is mainly that some changes have taken place in its senior management. The strength of those factions who tend to make friends with and make use of taiyimen has risen sharply and gained more voice.


    In today''s Junchen world, it can be said that there are only a handful of forces that are as powerful as Taiyi gate and dare to resist the major Holy Land Sect gates.


    Taiyimen''s return to virtual power has been emerging in recent years, which makes the Dark Alliance have to pay more attention to it.


    With the covenant with the Dark Alliance, taiyimen finally got strong support.


    Although we still don''t know the real strength of the Dark Alliance, from the strength revealed by the Dark Alliance, at least most holy religious sects can''t match the Dark Alliance.


    Before the formal alliance between the two sides, the monks of the two sides had frequent contacts and had closer business relations.


    Now that the two sides have become allies, the relationship will only become closer and cooperate in more aspects.


    In addition to forming an alliance with the Dark Alliance, taiyimen also has secret contacts with the real dragon family.


    After Meng Zhang had a secret talk with the king of the Dragon Gang last time, the king of the Dragon gang tried to win over Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang did not exclude keeping in touch with the king of the Dragon gang.


    Both sides left their own contact information and made an appointment for regular communication.


    The true dragons have no less ambition than the Dark Alliance, and they also covet the rule of the Junchen world.


    Although the real dragon family is an alien family, it is also the great enemy of all the holy places.

 Chapter 2238

    The real dragon family is an alien, the great enemy of the cultivator, and the great enemy of the Terran family.


    In the face of strong external pressure, Meng Zhang repeatedly lowered his bottom line and preferred to seek skin from the tiger.


    Or, to put it better, it''s called having a more flexible bottom line.


    However, the real dragon family has nothing to do with the devil, and Meng ZhangCai is willing to cooperate with it.


    Meng Zhang wants to use the power of the real dragon family to resist the major Holy Land sects. The real dragon family tries to use the Taiyi gate to cause greater civil strife among the human cultivators and weaken the strength of the human cultivators on the whole.


    Both sides are well aware of each other''s intentions and are willing to cooperate and make use of each other.


    Both sides have great confidence in themselves and think that they are the last to laugh.


    After Meng Zhang returned to zongmen from the South China Sea, he arranged for his cronies to secretly establish contact with the real dragon family.


    Friars of taiyimen often go to the South China Sea in the name of visiting the sea spirit sect. They meet secretly with the strong of the real dragon family through the sea people entrenched in the South China Sea.


    Of course, all this is extremely confidential, and even the ally Hailing faction is kept in the dark.


    In addition, taiyimen has many enclaves in the West Sea and has established many strongholds for exploiting the resources of the West Sea.


    Taiyimen has a special monk in Xihai who is responsible for contacting the real dragon family.


    The two sides secretly carry out various transactions and exchange needed goods.


    Terran cultivators are nominally the rulers of the Junchen world, but the deep ocean of the Junchen world is the territory of the real dragon family.


    Even if the zongmen such as Zhenhai hall defeated the Hai people and occupied a large area of territory in the sea, they were far from touching the territory of the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family occupies an incomparably vast territory in the depths of the ocean and has extremely rich resources.


    In particular, some resources that grow only under the special environment in the depths of the ocean are extremely precious and scarce for the cultivation world.


    On the surface, the real dragon family has no contact with the human cultivators, and there is no formal business channel.


    Many Terran practitioners either practice special skills or refine special pills. They often need some specialties in the depths of the ocean.


    At this time, a very small number of similar specialties flowing into the cultivation world through smuggling channels often sell at sky high prices.


    Taiyimen, like other zongmen involved in the West Sea, can exploit many marine resources, but there is no way to start with the resources deep in the ocean.


    After establishing contact with the real dragon family, the trade between the two sides is of great benefit to each other.


    The real dragons have an effective influence on the mainland, but they also need a lot of land-based resources.


    Taiyimen keeps its dealings with the real dragon family strictly confidential, and is very cautious in dealing with the resources from various transactions.


    Those resources that can be obtained in Terran controlled waters can be sold by taiyimen.


    For those resources that are only produced in the depths of the ocean, taiyimen generally digests them internally and almost never outflow.


    The number of direct friars in taiyimen now exceeds 10000. The members of hanhaidao alliance and the casual friars who have long lived in their territory add up to five figures.


    Such a vast market naturally has great demand.


    The vast territory of taiyimen has almost been fully developed, and more resources need to be introduced from the outside.


    Taiyimen itself has a strong production capacity, covering all aspects of alchemy, utensils and symbols, and has a strong ability to digest all kinds of resources.


    If it were not for the situation in Junchen, taiyimen might have embarked on the road of external expansion again.


    Meng Zhang initially established contact with the real dragon family, but wanted to keep an emergency retreat.


    Now, after years of secret trade, taiyimen has become more and more dependent on this secret trade route.


    Meng Zhang had no regard for the indigenous gods and descendants of the Junchen world.


    But after exploring the secret space left by the indigenous gods in the void, his idea changed a lot.


    A hundred footed insects die but do not freeze. The indigenous gods have ruled the Junchen world for many years. Even if they are completely defeated by the practitioners, they still have some residual details.


    In particular, Qiu Gangfeng''s great power of returning to emptiness has taken refuge in the power of indigenous gods, which makes Meng Zhang look forward to it more.


    The aboriginal gods of the Junchen world and the cultivators are inseparable, and there are countless blood feuds with the current rulers of the Junchen world.


    Although it is said that the enemy of the enemy is a friend, the hatred between the cultivator and the indigenous gods is too deep. As a cultivator, Meng Zhang does not expect to form an alliance with the remaining indigenous gods.


    He just hoped to use the power of the indigenous gods to strike at the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Meng Zhang tried to establish contact with the indigenous gods secretly, but he was not successful.


    The remaining indigenous gods in Jun dust world can survive thousands of years of pursuit and killing by practitioners. They are very good at hiding and are full of wariness towards practitioners.


    Although Meng Zhang has cooperated with the moon god, he has temporarily lost contact with the moon god since the last farewell.


    Without the help of the moon god, Meng Zhang was unable to establish contact with the wary indigenous gods for the time being. Naturally, he could not make use of each other''s power.


    Of course, Meng Zhang did not give up. He still ordered friar taiyimen to search for the whereabouts of indigenous gods and obtain all kinds of information.


    It took thousands of years for the whole cultivation world to find and kill the remaining indigenous gods. If taiyimen wants to find them in a short time, it seems unlikely to succeed.


    Taiyimen''s intelligence system is not good for nothing.


    The identity of the five Hui Xu Da Neng who participated in robbing the treasures of the ancient moon family was soon investigated.


    They seem to be totally unrelated casual practices, but behind them, there are traces of the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Meng Zhang didn''t guess wrong. They are the chess pieces secretly cultivated by the Holy Land sects, which are specially used to deal with some things that are difficult for the Holy Land sects to come forward directly.


    It''s not the right time now, and Meng Zhang can''t find these guys to settle accounts. He can only write down this account and wait for liquidation in the future.


    Now Meng Zhang tried every means to find all useful allies.


    Unfortunately, with the size of the Junchen world, there are few forces that dare to confront the Holy Land sects.


    After so many years of efforts, taiyimen has contacted forces that can be contacted.


    As for those demons and ghosts, Meng Zhang didn''t like them at all.


    First, Meng Zhang has a bottom line and is unwilling to collude with the devil.


    Second, the devil cultivation and ghost cultivation in Jun dust world are not climate, and they are completely street mice.


    Meng Zhang is well aware of the power of the religious sects of the major holy places, and the Taiyi gate needs more external forces to contain it.


    Meng Zhang sometimes couldn''t help thinking about whether to secretly find a way to contact foreign invaders, especially those forces that have contradictions with the devil.


    After several considerations, he gave up the idea temporarily because there was no reliable channel and Meng Zhang always rejected it.

 Chapter 2239

    Meng Zhang stood in the sky at the top of the blessed land of the sun and moon, overlooking everything below.


    The foundation of the sun moon blessed land itself is good. Later, it has been strengthened many times and invested in various precious materials, including the bodies of indigenous gods.


    Now the sun and moon blessed land is more than a thousand feet high, hundreds of miles around, and the internal space is very broad.


    In the blessed land of the sun and moon, the rudiment of the sun and moon has been formed.


    The sun rises, the moon sets, and the sunset rises. The rules of heaven and earth have basically stabilized.


    In addition to providing a large amount of aura to the high-level friars of taiyimen, the sun moon blessed land has a very high level of power and a very stable space, which can accommodate many high-level people or things.


    In the blessed land of the sun and the moon, spiritual fields and spiritual medicine gardens have been opened up for a long time, and various buildings have been built.


    Not far from Meng Zhang, a strange warship with a length of nearly 1000 feet and a width of more than 300 feet is slowly flying through the sky.


    After years of hard work, the friars of taiyimen Shengong hall did not disappoint Meng Zhang, and finally built this strangely shaped virtual battleship.


    This virtual battleship is made up of several broken virtual battleship wrecks. The broken virtual battleship comes from different races and different cultivation systems, so its shape is so strange.


    Although the refining strength of the friars of taiyimen Shengong hall is slightly insufficient, they do not lack all kinds of ideas.


    In particular, Meng Zhang took the refining secret script of Gongshu family back to zongmen and handed it to the friar of divine engineering hall for careful study.


    Among many forces in the void, Gongshu family is famous for its mechanism creation. Its mechanism creation is unique and widely spread.


    Although what Meng Zhang brought back was only an ordinary book of Gongshu family, which recorded the method of refining road goods and empty warships, the friar of the divine engineering hall in the door was like a treasure and received many unprecedented guidance.


    In order to piece together the virtual battleship, all departments in the door did their best.


    The whole clan spent a great price and tried all kinds of ways to collect the required materials.


    The friars of the utensil hall worked hard to create the required components.


    ¡­¡­


    The virtual battleship looks tattered, but it was actually built on the basis of picking up tattered.


    At least it has been preliminarily completed and can operate normally.


    The virtual battleship needs hundreds of monks to operate, at least one of whom must return to virtual power.


    The higher the level of friars under control, the more powerful the nether battleship will be.


    The Gongshu family friars who dealt with Meng Zhang in those years were very kind. Among the secrets provided, in addition to refining the methods of making virtual warships, there are also the manipulation of warships, the key points to pay attention to when driving in the virtual space, and so on.


    Friar taiyimen spent a lot of effort to organize a crew, and was barely able to control the warship.


    In the days to come, the crew needs more training and a long time of running in, so as to truly and thoroughly master the virtual battleship.


    Inside this virtual battleship, there is a large independent space, which can open up spiritual fields, plant spiritual plants and so on.


    If the interior space of the virtual battleship is fully developed, in addition to supplying the monks on board, it can also provide for additional monks.


    At present, the warship is only on trial in the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    Although there are still many problems, at least on the surface, it is normal and many functions can be played normally.


    Some unstable and future problems need to be adjusted slowly during operation.


    There are many friars of the divine engineering hall on this empty warship, monitoring at all times, checking and filling gaps at any time, repairing and so on.


    For this virtual battleship, the space inside the blessed land of the sun and moon was very narrow, and soon flew a large circle inside.


    As the name suggests, a battleship is a battleship that wants to travel in the void.


    A qualified battleship in the void must be tested in the void to ensure that all functions operate normally.


    However, according to the current situation of Junchen world, taiyimen should not expose that it already has a void warship, let alone send it to the void.


    If we let all the holy places know that the Taiyi gate has built a sound void warship and has a retreat to the void, it may stimulate them to attack the Taiyi gate in advance.


    At present, only the virtual battleship can be put on trial in the blessed land of the sun and moon for the time being.


    Fortunately, the blessed land of the sun and moon has a high level and strong carrying capacity, which is enough to accommodate and carry this virtual warship.


    With the successful experience of building this virtual battleship, the refining strength of the friars of taiyimen Shengong hall has greatly increased.


    Next, in addition to continuing to piece together the complete virtual battleship with the remaining virtual battleship wreckage, they will also start preparing to build a new virtual battleship.


    Of course, this will cause greater supply pressure on taiyimen.


    In addition, Meng Zhang is also considering how to find opportunities to secretly send the virtual battleship into the void, let it be tested in the void, and find hidden problems during driving.


    Meng Zhang left the daily closed quiet room today. In addition to reviewing the trial voyage of the empty warship, he was also going to visit two of his men.


    In that year, great changes took place in Jiuquhe clan. The strong fish Polly of mermaid clan took the initiative to join Taiyi gate and worked for Taiyi gate wholeheartedly.


    In return, yuboli was fully supported by taiyimen, consolidating its dominant position within the aquarium.


    Over the years, under the command of Yu Boli, Jiuquhe clan has always been a loyal vassal of taiyimen and conscientiously performed the duties of vassal.


    In addition to maintaining the order of the Jiuqu River and guarding the key points of the Jiuqu River, the Jiuqu River tribe also sent a large army into the West Sea to establish a simple defense line in the shallow water area for patrolling and guarding.


    At first, the taiyimen high-level held the idea of a thousand gold horse bones and deliberately cultivated some foreign strong people who took refuge in it as a model.


    Yu Boli got many precious cultivation resources from taiyimen. In addition, she has good qualifications and hard practice, so her cultivation is thousands of miles a day and improves rapidly.


    Meng Zhang had been optimistic about fish Polly and gave him a lot of advice.


    Although the cultivation system of the cultivator is completely different from that of the mermaid family, the guidance of returning to emptiness is still of great significance.


    Yupoli got the opportunity to practice in the blessed land of sun and moon long ago, and raised her cultivation to the level of Yang God period.


    Of course, after entering the perfect level of Yang God period, Yu Boli''s cultivation fell into a bottleneck.


    As long as the Terran cultivator doesn''t leave much problems when he crosses the Yang God thunder robbery, it''s not difficult to return to the virtual stage.


    However, due to the difference of cultivation system, the mermaid family has a great barrier from the level of Yang God period to the level of returning to emptiness period.


    If there is no external force to help, it may take a long time to break through this level by relying solely on the power of Yu Polly.

 Chapter 2240

    One important step for the practitioners of Jun dust world in the advanced stage of returning to emptiness is to leave the brand of Yang God in this heaven and earth.


    The heavenly palace and the sect gates of the holy places can use this to know the number of return virtual powers in the Jun dust world.


    They can even judge the general origin of these returning virtual powers by the breath left by the brand.


    Most of the high-ranking friars in Taiyi gate are famous people, and their relevant information has long been placed on the desk of the high-level of the holy places.


    All the great powers of the Taiyi sect can''t hide from the ears and eyes of the great holy places.


    When it''s time to start the war, all the Holy Land Sect doors know the strength of Taiyi gate like the back of their hands, and can judge its trend of returning to virtual power and make targeted arrangement.


    On the side of Taiyi gate, the collection of specific information about the major holy places, especially those top secrets, is not satisfactory.


    After all, the Holy Land sects were established by several true immortals who conquered the Junchen world, with a long history and rich details.


    No one knows how many strong men they have hidden and how many cards they have prepared in the long years.


    The place where the returning virtual powers of the Jun dust world place their trust in the brand of the Yang God is located in the secret place of the world, and it is difficult to go to the real body of the returning virtual powers.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s current cultivation level, we can''t search that place carefully, let alone find out how many hidden returning virtual powers there are in the Jun dust world.


    These relevant information are the top secrets of Junchen world. Even if Meng Zhang has a good relationship with Tiangong, Tiangong will not disclose anything to him.


    Since we don''t know the number of hidden enemies, we have to try our best to enhance our own strength, especially our own hidden strength.


    If the Taiyi gate and the holy places are at war, whoever has more hidden power will be easier to take the initiative.


    Because the mermaid family''s practice system is different from the practitioners, there is no such step as branding the Yang God in the depths of heaven and earth.


    In addition, with the shelter of the blessed land of the sun and the moon, if yuboli advanced to return to the virtual period, she is very sure that she can completely hide from the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In addition to yuboli, there are two strong barbarians who devote themselves to practice in the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    At that time, a large-scale barbarian was sent to the north of Junchen world by great Shentong, which once caused great chaos in the cultivation world.


    Later, after a series of twists and turns, some of these barbarians were destroyed and some took refuge in taiyimen.


    After years of training and domestication, the strong barbarians who took refuge in Taiyi sect finally became the vassal of Taiyi sect.


    Although barbarians are alien, they are still humanoid race, and they are not different from humanoids in all aspects.


    In the cultivation world, there is a saying that the barbarian is just a mutated Terran, which can be regarded as a major branch of the Terran.


    There is no reproductive isolation between Terrans and barbarians.


    In so many years, people and barbarians intermarried with each other and gave birth to many descendants.


    Meng Zhang is fair and the law of taiyimen is strict. These barbarian tribes who take refuge in taiyimen can basically be treated fairly.


    After years of development, these barbarian tribes affiliated to taiyimen have multiplied and expanded, and many strong people have emerged.


    The barbarians have their own unique inheritance system, and the cultivation method is very different from the Taoist system.


    Barbarians generally practice unique body refining methods, which is very different from the way of Qi refining in Taoism.


    In addition, the barbarians have a special belief system, believing in ancestral spirits and all kinds of totems.


    Barbarians can gain power from the ancestors and totems of faith and master many strange mysteries.


    For the gods, most barbarians have simple minds and rough personalities. They are very good believers.


    Many gods tried to develop faith among the barbarians and turn them into their own lambs.


    The barbarians have always been conservative and xenophobic, extremely closed, and strongly hostile to foreign beliefs.


    Of course, facing the means of the mainstream Shinto, the belief system of the barbarians themselves appears primitive and backward, with many disadvantages.


    Indeed, many barbarian tribes have become believers of gods, but more barbarian tribes have become more conservative and closed due to foreign invasion.


    According to Meng Zhang, among the extraterritorial invaders who invaded the Junchen world this time, there was a large army of barbarians.


    Moreover, there is a deep contradiction between the barbarian army and the God prosperous world, especially the mixed spirit respect God side.


    Meng Zhang could not control the barbarians in other places in the void. He would still cultivate the barbarians under his command.


    Due to the influence of the Taiyi sect for many years, the barbarians, especially the young generation, have long completely got rid of many bad customs and become extremely loyal to the Taiyi sect.


    Tukong and Tuhai brothers are rising stars and unique talents among barbarians.


    When they were very young, they showed great cultivation talents.


    After embarking on the path of cultivation, they soon surpass the blue and surpass the blue, surpassing all the predecessors in their tribe.


    The top level of taiyimen discovered their cultivation talents and brought them to taiyimen for careful cultivation.


    The cultivation of barbarians also needs all kinds of resources.


    Especially after the body refining technique enters a high level, it needs the flesh and blood of all kinds of powerful monsters.


    In addition to domesticating many monsters, Taiyi gate also has strong ones who have hunted and killed powerful monsters in the void.


    Even the Demon Lord at the level of returning to emptiness died in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Among those barbarian tribes who took refuge in taiyimen, the body refining skills inherited can only be practiced to the level of Yuanshen.


    Among the foreign invaders, there are many barbarians who return to the virtual level. Meng Zhang fought with him more than once.


    In the inheritance of Taiyi sect, there are also some body refining techniques created by Taoist experts.


    It''s wonderful in the underworld. I also collected many body refining skills of ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time and energy. According to the specific situation of tukong and Tuhai brothers,


    A set of cultivation skills has been specially created for them.


    The two brothers are gifted. They can push through the old and bring forth the new and create some self-cultivation methods.


    After years of hard cultivation, the two brothers have the strength of Yang God level, and can almost impact the retreat period.


    In addition to cultivating taiyimen friars, Meng Zhang also focused on cultivating Yu Boli and the brothers tukong and Tuhai, hoping to use them as hidden cards of taiyimen and as strange soldiers when fighting abroad.


    The three of them are not far from breaking through the virtual level. Meng Zhang should try his best to help them break through.


    The three strong practitioners of the non Taoist cultivation system can hide from the ears and eyes of the holy places and play a great role at the critical moment.


    Of course, the three of them have their own difficulties in breaking through to the virtual level.


    It is better for yuboli to refine some special water spirits, purify and enhance blood vessels.


    It is better for tukong to be able to temper its body with destructive power and completely stimulate its potential.


    It''s better for Tuhai to personally kill the demon master at the level of returning to emptiness and refine his demon soul on the spot.

 Chapter 2241

    If it were not for the powerful forces like taiyimen, yuboli and the Tujia brothers would not have been cultivated like this, and it would be more difficult to obtain such rich cultivation resources.


    Even if they are all strong at the Yang God level now, if they practice only by their own strength, they can''t decide when they can enter the return to emptiness level.


    Now, Meng Zhang, the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness, has spared no effort to help them, which can greatly shorten their practice time.


    Meng Zhang first helped tukong break through.


    He found a secret place in the blessed land of the sun and moon and began to use all kinds of Taoism to attack Tuhai.


    In order to stimulate his physical potential, Meng Zhang started very hard, and various powerful Taoist magic powers emerge one after another.


    Tuhai did not dodge, but was attacked with his flesh, and experienced several crises between life and death.


    Finally, Meng Zhang released the annihilation thunder of yin and Yang, which almost broke Tuhai''s body. Only then did he achieve his goal and stimulate his hidden potential.


    Next, tukong will immediately shut down, repair the flesh and impact the return virtual level at the same time.


    If there is no accident, when he leaves the pass, it is the day when he returns to the virtual level.


    Different from his brother tukong, Tuhai not only practices the way of body cultivation, but also practices the way of totem.


    However, he did not believe in totems like other barbarians, but wanted to subdue totems for his own use and completely obtain the power of totems.


    There are many kinds of totems believed by barbarians, including spiritual plants, gold and stones, souls left by powerful creatures and so on.


    Among them, the spirit of monster is a common totem.


    For Meng Zhang, it is not difficult to meet the requirements of Tuhai.


    He put Tuhai into his mustard space, and then found an excuse to enter the void.


    After Niu Dawei entered the void with several colleagues, he has been stationed in the void near the Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang first visited them and learned some information about the foreign invaders from them. Then Meng Zhang left the Junchen world and sneaked into the vicinity of the army of foreign invaders.


    Although the army of foreign invaders retreated temporarily due to internal problems, it was not far from the Junchen world.


    The army is divided into several parts according to race.


    The strong of all races are on guard against each other and even hostile to each other.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t know what''s wrong with the foreign invaders, it seems that their internal contradictions are not small.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to find a single demon master.


    The demon master was originally a heterogeneous white deer. He was proficient in many wonderful magic tricks and had the strength of returning to the void.


    Meng Zhang made a sneak attack on the unsuspecting demon master with a mental calculation but not intentional. He directly wounded the unsuspecting demon master, and then captured him alive.


    Before the foreign invaders around him reacted, Meng Zhang quickly fled far away.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he would be so lucky this time.


    Generally speaking, even if there is a gap in cultivation level, it is easy to defeat and difficult to kill. It is even more difficult to capture the opponent alive.


    Meng Zhang was able to capture his opponent alive this time. Luck is really important.


    Meng Zhang found a quiet place and released Tuhai and the seriously injured white deer.


    Next, through a series of complex rituals, Tuhai personally killed the white deer who was seriously injured and could hardly move, drank its blood, ate its meat, personally pulled its spirit out of its body, and then refined it with a secret method.


    Most of the remaining body of the white deer will not be wasted. The flesh and fur of the Demon Lord at the back empty level are of great use.


    After Meng Zhang brought Tuhai back to taiyimen, he began to break through in the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    The trouble of the Tujia brothers is easy to solve, but the needs of yuboli are not easy to meet.


    The level of water spirits that can help her break through the level of returning to emptiness is very high, and they are often only born in the depths of the ocean.


    The footprints of the Terran cultivators have so far been unable to go deep into the ocean, and they are unable to exploit all kinds of resources.


    Meng Zhang thought of the real dragon family, which is the master in the depths of the ocean.


    After hesitating for a while, he asked the disciples responsible for contacting the real dragon family to make a request to the real dragon family. Taiyimen was willing to pay a certain price for similar water spirit objects.


    In addition, taiyimen will also find other ways to obtain similar spirits.


    Of course, yupolly herself will also strive to practice and try to break through by her own strength.


    For an alien like yuboli, their natural blood is often more important than their acquired cultivation.


    To purify and enhance the blood, we need to pay a great effort and price.


    At present, both inside and outside the Junchen world are generally peaceful, and there is no place for Meng Zhang to worry about the affairs in the door.


    He has a lot of time for his own cultivation.


    Meng Zhang has never forgotten that he is the strongest fighting force of taiyimen. His victory or defeat against the enemy is related to the survival of taiyimen.


    After almost two years, news came from the West Sea.


    The taiyimen friar who is responsible for secretly contacting the real dragon family has long put forward Meng Zhang''s request to the real dragon family, but he has not received a response from the other party.


    Recently, the real dragon family had an answer.


    The water system spirits required by Meng Zhang are very precious natural materials and earth treasures for the real dragon family.


    According to the tradition of the real dragon family, such natural materials and earth treasures are generally not allowed to flow out, let alone fall into the hands of practitioners.


    However, for the sake of friendship with Meng Zhang, the Dragon King has been working hard for this, and the attitude of the real dragon family has been loosened.


    Because it''s important, the Dragon King wants to meet Meng Zhang. The two sides met in person to discuss specific exchange terms.


    Meng Zhang scoffed at the Dragon King''s reply. He had a shit friendship with the Dragon King, but he saw both sides and wanted to use each other.


    Now the Dragon King wants to meet Meng Zhang. It is estimated that he wants to take advantage of Meng Zhang and put forward some excessive requirements.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment. The Dragon King doesn''t need to ambush himself at present,.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if he was malicious and took the opportunity to ambush himself, he had a fairy talisman in his hand, which was enough to escape.


    Meng Zhang himself also wants to meet with king GANGLONG and further discuss the future cooperation between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang really needs the spirit of the water system to help Yu Boli practice and break through, but if the conditions of the Dragon King are too much, he can refuse.


    Meng Zhang soon agreed to meet with the Dragon King.


    Under the arrangement of the contacts of both sides, the time and place of the meeting were soon determined.


    Colluding with the real dragon family violated the current taboo in the cultivation world. Meng Zhang naturally asked for a secret meeting.


    The Zhenlong family met Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    In the eyes of the Dragon King, Meng Zhang is of great value. Now is not the time to expose his secret of colluding with the real dragon family.


    Half a month after the two sides agreed, Meng Zhang secretly came to the West Sea, dived into the depths of the sea and came to a large trench deep into the territory of the real dragon family.

 Chapter 2242

    The trench goes deep into the seabed and is more than hundreds of miles long.


    In the central part of the trench, there is a continuous submarine mountain range.


    Just now, the Dragon King was standing at the top of the mountain and had been waiting for Meng Zhang for a long time.


    This is the territory of the real dragon family. On weekdays, few practitioners will come close to it.


    The ocean controlled by the real dragon family is a forbidden area for human practitioners. Even the religious doors of the major holy places dare not easily invade.


    In his own territory, the Dragon King seems very magnanimous. He stands proudly here. He doesn''t mean to hide his head and show his tail at all.


    Meng Zhang saw the tall figure of the Dragon King from a distance.


    On weekdays, in order to facilitate activities, especially when meeting with Terran friars, the Dragon King keeps human form.


    In fact, many members of the true dragon family like to maintain human form in their daily life.


    When Meng Zhang came to the Dragon King, he immediately performed Taoism and released a light curtain to isolate their place from the outside world.


    The Dragon King just let Meng Zhangshi do it. With his strength, he didn''t worry about Meng Zhang''s tricks at all. Meng Zhang was not stupid enough to attack him in the territory of the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang''s light curtain covered their surroundings, not only hid their body shape and voice, but also blocked the secret peeping of various peeping gods.


    After casting the spell, Meng Zhang took the initiative to salute the Dragon King.


    Anyway, the Dragon King is a real elder.


    The Dragon King just looked at Meng Zhang and sighed in his heart.


    Although the real dragon family was born with strong power and high talent.


    However, most members of the true dragon family are naturally lazy and are far less diligent in practice than the Terrans.


    Especially those members of the real dragon family who have not experienced too much wind and rain, indulge in all kinds of enjoyment and live and dream all day, which is absurd.


    Members of the true dragon family with pure blood will spontaneously enhance their strength with their own growth over time.


    The real dragon family has a long life. Even if they lie flat completely, they will grow into strong ones slowly after a long time.


    Moreover, the real dragons are the only overlords in the depths of the ocean, and there are basically no foreign enemies around.


    Although the cultivators dominate the mainland, their power cannot go deep into the ocean.


    This makes many members of the true dragon family lose their motivation to make progress and rarely take the initiative to practice.


    People of insight like the Dragon King gang are very dissatisfied with this, actively promote various reforms and want to change many bad habits of the real dragon family.


    After years of hard work, not only did it have little effect, but the Dragon King offended many members in the family.


    For thousands of years, the real dragon family played a game with the cultivators, pushing the sea family to attack the offshore and coastal areas controlled by the Terran cultivators.


    Many top leaders of the real dragon family hope to form a certain sense of crisis in the family through this struggle, so that the members of the family can be trained.


    As a result, the sea clan lost one after another in the face of the Terran cultivators.


    Not only did the attack fail, but even their own territory was occupied by a large area of the Terran.


    If the real dragon family had not come forward, the sea family might have been completely extinct by the human cultivators.


    Many members of the true dragon family are arrogant and can''t see the great threat brought by the human cultivators.


    On the other hand, the Terran cultivators have a momentum of seizing the day.


    Terrans are born with a short life span and very weak individuals.


    However, after the Terrans mastered the way of practice, many practitioners fought for their lives with heaven, became angry and strong, and grew into a famous and strong man.


    In today''s empty world, Terran has become the most powerful dominant force, and other races are far from rivals.


    If the Terran did not fight endlessly for various reasons, I''m afraid the Terran would have unified the void world long ago.


    Sensing Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, the Dragon King was in a complicated mood.


    How long has it been since the last meeting between the two sides? Meng Zhang''s cultivation has made great progress.


    Maybe the next time we meet, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments will catch up with himself.


    Of course, although both sides are at the level of the later stage of returning to emptiness, the gang Dragon King is sure to beat Meng Zhang.


    When they first met, they did not directly get to the point, but exchanged greetings for a while and said a lot of nonsense without nutrition.


    Slowly, the two sides began to pull up the current situation in the Junchen world.


    Just now, the dragon king talked about the temporary withdrawal of foreign invaders. After the pressure from foreign enemies is reduced, there will be another dispute within the Junchen world soon.


    Meng Zhang and the of Taiyi gate under his leadership have long been a thorn in the eye and a thorn in the flesh of the doors of the holy places,


    It is very likely that the holy places will take the opportunity to attack Taiyi gate on a large scale.


    Although the Dragon King''s original intention is to stir up discord, what he said is not unreasonable.


    What he said is what Meng Zhang is most worried about.


    Recently, Meng Zhang has been running for this purpose to guard against the attack of the holy places.


    In front of the Dragon King, Meng Zhang did not show the slightest worry. Instead, he smiled and exposed the Dragon King''s mind of provoking discord.


    He, an old dragon, wanted to see the Terran cultivators fighting inside, and the cultivation world fell into chaos.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang''s vigilance against the real dragon family is deepening.


    It seems that the real dragon family has been living in the depths of the ocean and has not appeared in the cultivation world. However, the real dragon family has a good intelligence ability, and can actually deeply grasp the internal secrets of the Terran cultivators, and know the situation in the Junchen world like the back of the hand.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, there must be a traitor of the real dragon family within the Terran cultivators.


    And many of these traitors have high status.


    When he was in the Xingluo islands, Meng Zhang saw that even the sanxiu red dragon real king in the Yang God period was actually spies placed by the real dragon family in the Terran, causing great damage and loss to the Xingluo islands.


    The Dragon King just didn''t think much of Meng Zhang''s response, but once again showed the sincerity of the real dragon family to Taiyi gate.


    If the Taiyi gate is attacked by the sect gates of the holy places and can''t support it, you can ask the real dragon family for help.


    At that time, the Dragon King will personally lead the army to reinforce taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang smiled and seemed very moved, but he didn''t believe a word of his beautiful words.


    The dragon king never expected a few simple words to make Meng Zhang fall completely to the real dragon family and be used by the real dragon family.


    The Dragon King is well aware of the current situation in the Junchen world and the internal contradictions in the cultivation world.


    It is impossible for Taiyi gate and the holy places to reconcile. There will be a full-scale war between the two sides.


    Even if Meng Zhang is willing to be a dog for all the holy places, it is difficult to be accepted and will not be trusted.


    The Dragon King just needs to wait and see the change and push behind the key moment to achieve his goal.


    The more powerful the Taiyi gate is, the more it can cause losses to the major holy places and the more it can contain its power.


    If the situation permits, GANGLONG king doesn''t mind providing some help to taiyimen.

 Chapter 2243

    Terran practitioners are very afraid of the real dragon family and think it is difficult to control it.


    Including the heavenly palace and the holy places, they are reluctant to provoke the real dragon family, and have much patience.


    However, there are many unspeakable difficulties within the real dragon family.


    How many true people are there and how many members are there in the true dragon family?


    The number of true dragons is far less than that of human cultivators.


    If the two sides start a full-scale war, it is likely to be a cruel war of consumption.


    The real dragon family with few members is far less able to bear losses than the human cultivators.


    In the eyes of the Dragon King, there are many useless wastes within the real dragon family, which will only drag the group back.


    Both sides consume to the end. Even if the real dragon family wins, it is mostly a disastrous victory that outweighs the loss.


    Terran practitioners fight inside. The more Terran practitioners die, the better. Only in this way can we reduce the losses of the real dragon family in the future.


    As for the foreign invaders, they have long regarded Junchen as the real dragon family on their own territory, and also regarded them as great enemies.


    The Dragon King and Meng Zhang talked for a long time before they talked about Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    The Dragon King Gang told Meng Zhang that the Yin Kui heavy water produced in the depths of the ocean should meet Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    Yin GUI heavy water and its rare, which contains a large sunflower essence, a drop weighs more than 10000.


    It is difficult to mine Yingui heavy water. The strong of Zhenlong family must go deep into the extreme depths of the seabed, spend a lot of time and energy, and use secret methods to mine slowly.


    Therefore, Yin GUI heavy water is a very precious treasure of heaven and earth within the real dragon family, and it is never allowed to flow out.


    It took the Dragon King a lot of effort to persuade the middle and high level of the clan to agree to trade Yin GUI heavy water to Meng Zhang, an old friend.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t get such natural materials and earth treasures for no reason.


    The so-called treasures taken out by taiyimen are despised by the rich people of the real dragon family.


    Fortunately, due to the efforts of the Dragon King, Meng Zhang only needs a little help to get this treasure.


    The Dragon King has just said this, which is the real way to get to the point.


    Thousands of years ago, before the defeat of the indigenous gods who ruled the Junchen world, they left a lot of backhands to preserve their strength for a comeback in the future.


    Because several true immortals who conquered the Junchen world were really effective, the indigenous gods were almost killed, and most of the remaining backhands were cracked, not to mention the possibility of making a comeback.


    The heritage left by the indigenous gods is numerous, and not all of them fall into the hands of the practitioners.


    According to the Dragon King, there is a secret house left by the indigenous gods, which has not been seized by the practitioners so far.


    The little favor that the Dragon King Gang asked Meng Zhang to help was to ask Meng Zhang to find out the whereabouts of the secret house and inform the Dragon King gang in time.


    After hearing the words of the Dragon King, Meng Zhang was a little relieved.


    The Dragon King''s request didn''t seem too much, and he didn''t mean any harm.


    Meng Zhang knew that the indigenous gods who ruled the Junchen world had left some heritage. He also entered the secret space in the void with the moon god and gained a lot.


    It''s not surprising that the aboriginal gods left the secret house. The only strange thing is that the wealth of the real dragon family will also be attracted to the heritage of the aboriginal gods.


    However, this is not too strange.


    It is said that the real dragon family has always been greedy and likes to collect all kinds of treasures.


    Perhaps there is something that the real dragon family needs in the secret house left by the indigenous gods?


    Out of caution, Meng Zhang did not agree to the request of the Dragon King, but carefully asked about the secret house.


    Without enough clues, he could not find a secret house that had been hidden for thousands of years.


    Moreover, some of the original legacies left by the indigenous gods were arranged by the hands of the true gods, and their level was very high. It was also difficult to calculate the things related to the true gods.


    The Dragon King Gang probably really needs Meng Zhang''s help, so the information about the secret house is more detailed.


    At that time, several powerful true gods built this secret house and named it hidden secret house.


    There is a vast independent space inside the mysterious mansion, which can be regarded as a small world.


    The most magical place of hidden mysterious mansion is that it is not fixed, but moves freely around the Jun dust world.


    Due to the means of several true gods, the appearance of hiding the mysterious house looks no more than the size of a head.


    Compared with the vast Jun dust world, the secret house of hiding God is just like the dust.


    It''s more difficult than looking for a needle in a haystack to find the secret house of hidden gods.


    After years of efforts and great cost, the real dragon family finally collected some action rules about the secret house of hiding gods.


    Hiding mysterious mansion is not running around without any regularity, but swimming along the earth''s deep veins.


    The power of the earth vein in the deep earth of the Jun dust world provides a powerful driving force for hiding the mysterious mansion.


    After finding out the movement law of the secret house of hidden gods, the real dragons tried to capture the secret house.


    Unfortunately, the mysterious mansion is basically haunted in the mainland, far from the control of the real dragon family.


    Second, the mysterious mansion is hidden deep in the earth, which is very difficult to explore.


    The real dragon family has repeatedly sent strong people to the mainland to find out the trace of the mysterious mansion. Instead of finding the target, it has triggered some conflicts with the Holy Land Sect friars.


    Although the real dragon family tried to cover up their attempt, the Holy Land zongmen, as the ruler of the Jun dust world, is so keen that they have more control over the Jun dust world than anyone can imagine.


    According to the analysis of the Dragon King, the Holy Land Sect must have been aware of the intention of the real dragon family, and then made many targeted arrangements.


    The action of the real dragon family to find the secret house of the hidden God did not succeed. On the contrary, it alerted the sects of the major holy places and increased the difficulty of seizing the secret house of the hidden God. It was like stealing chickens instead of eroding rice.


    Of course, the original words of the Dragon King are certainly not like this. This is Meng Zhang''s conclusion from his words.


    Although there were many difficulties, the real dragons did not give up their search for the secret house of hidden gods.


    After many efforts, the real dragon family calculated that the most likely place for the hidden mysterious house in the next 100 years is in the north of the Junchen world.


    The northern part of the Junchen world is the ruling area of Ziyang Shengzong. Later, Taiyi gate sprung up and looked like it could compete with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen territory is not as vast as Ziyang Shengzong, and its influence on the north is far less than Ziyang Shengzong.


    But taiyimen is half a landlord after all, and is familiar with many situations in the north of Junchen.


    If Taiyi Menken spends his strength, he can get some clues more or less.


    In order to avoid startling the snake and unnecessary conflict with the Holy Land Sect, the strong of the real dragon family will not venture into the depths of the Junchen world.


    If Meng Zhang finds the whereabouts of the secret house of hidden gods, he can inform the Dragon King in time and let the strong of the real dragon family send it in time to participate in the competition for the secret house of hidden gods.

 Chapter 2244

    After hearing the clues provided by the Dragon King, Meng Zhang was a little embarrassed.


    Jun dust world is so big in the north. Who knows where the secret house of hidden gods appears?


    Even Ziyang Shengzong can''t finish the work of looking for a needle in a haystack.


    The time span just mentioned by the Dragon King is too long.


    In the next 100 years, the mysterious mansion is likely to appear. Can''t the time be more accurate? Is taiyimen going to run around for hundreds of years?


    The biggest problem is that taiyimen is likely to have a direct conflict with Ziyang Shengzong, which greatly violates the policy set by Meng Zhang.


    Now the external pressure of the Jun dust world has been relieved, and all the holy places have spare power for the interior of the Jun dust world.


    At this time, taiyimen should hide their power and bide their time, and try to avoid attracting the attention of the major holy places, let alone attracting their attack.


    Just how clever the Dragon King is. Seeing Meng Zhang''s embarrassed face, he guessed some of his ideas.


    The Dragon King''s face suddenly became serious.


    He asked Meng Zhang in a loud voice. At this time, does Meng Zhang still fantasize about being able to live in peace with all the holy places?


    Whether taiyimen provoke them or not, they will attack taiyimen until it is completely destroyed.


    If the taiyimen themselves have no enough will, how can they count on the help of others?


    Meng Zhang didn''t understand what the Dragon King said. He just wanted to delay the attack of the holy places on Taiyi gate as long as possible.


    After hearing the Dragon King''s question, Meng Zhang couldn''t help asking himself.


    If the major holy places have a plan to destroy taiyimen, will they really change their original plan because of the performance of taiyimen?


    It is not because of their kindness, but for another reason that the great holy places have not immediately attacked the Taiyi gate.


    Maybe taiyimen doesn''t have to be so timid.


    Taiyimen should take more active actions to test the trend of the major holy places.


    Meng Zhang pondered whether taiyimen needed to change its original strategy next, while recalling the previous attitude of the Dragon King.


    Part of the intention of the Dragon King''s request to Meng Zhang may be to intensify the contradiction between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong started an all-out war. I''m afraid that''s what the Dragon King wants to see most.


    Although he knew that the Dragon King had no good intentions, Meng Zhang decided to agree to his request.


    Of course, it''s not for Yin and GUI heavy water.


    It''s very important to help yuboli to return to the virtual level, but it''s not important enough to affect the fundamental interests of taiyimen.


    The Dragon King just wants a fierce conflict between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong. Meng Zhang also wants the real dragon family to fight with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although the Dragon King just made this request with ulterior motives, his desire for hiding God''s Secret House should be true.


    If the mysterious mansion is really born, the real dragon family will certainly participate in the competition.


    Ziyang Shengzong will never allow the real dragon family to win the treasure on their own territory.


    If the real dragon family fights with Ziyang Shengzong, it''s definitely not a small matter.


    It''s better for all the holy places to get involved and entangle with the real dragon family. Only then can Taiyi gate win more breathing opportunities.


    Of course, how to operate in the middle, so as to achieve the goal without causing fire, is a great test of Meng Zhang''s means.


    Meng Zhang had a decision in mind, but he was not in a hurry to make a statement.


    He pretended to be unwilling and unwilling, kept mentioning all kinds of difficulties, and the meaning of shirking was very obvious.


    The difficulties mentioned by Meng Zhang are real, not fabricated.


    In hiding the mysterious mansion, the Dragon King Gang probably really needs Meng Zhang''s help.


    He hesitated before providing Meng Zhang with more clues.


    Ziyang Shengzong also has some information about the secret house of hiding gods.


    Ziyang Shengzong not only coveted the mysterious mansion, but also mastered more clues than the real dragon family.


    In the next 100 years, in order to capture the secret house of hidden gods, Ziyang Shengzong will certainly use a large number of people to conduct a careful search in the north of Jun dust world.


    No matter how secret Ziyang holy sect is, such a large-scale action is difficult to completely hide.


    By means of Taiyi sect, it is not difficult to master the trend of Ziyang holy sect, so as to find the whereabouts of the secret house of hidden gods.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong are old enemies and rivals. There must be a lot of mutual infiltration and spying on each other.


    The Dragon King believed that taiyimen not only kept monitoring the Ziyang holy sect, but also mastered many of the other party''s internal secrets.


    The GANGLONG king will never underestimate the taiyimen under the leadership of Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi sect''s penetration into Ziyang holy sect is really not shallow, but it doesn''t let the Dragon King know the details.


    Meng Zhang wanted to agree to the request of the Dragon King. He delayed it just to bargain with the other party in exchange for more benefits.


    Meng Zhang and the Dragon King discussed for a long time before they finally reached an agreement.


    Taiyimen must go all out to hide the mysterious mansion.


    In addition to sending monks to search for the whereabouts of the mysterious mansion, taiyimen should also actively spy on the actions of Ziyang Shengzong and try its best to grasp its trend.


    If the taiyimen can provide the trend of hiding God''s Secret House in time, the real dragon family must be rewarded.


    In order to show his sincerity, the Dragon King is willing to give some sweets to taiyimen first.


    In addition to Yin GUI heavy water, he also promised to provide taiyimen with a number of seabed specialties in the depths of the ocean.


    As for other promised rewards, they will be sent to taiyimen after the real dragon family successfully won the secret house of hidden gods.


    Both sides are quite satisfied with the final agreement and believe that they have reached their own destination.


    Although he knew that Meng Zhang was not a fool, the Dragon King just reminded him a few words in order to avoid his confusion.


    The things of the real dragon family are not so easy to take. No one in the Junchen world can take advantage of the real dragon family for nothing.


    Even the heavenly palace and the holy places, they only dare to make fair deals with the real dragon family, and never dare to think carefully.


    Meng Zhang knew what the Dragon King meant. He was worried that Meng Zhang would not do his best.


    Since Meng Zhang wants to trigger a head-on conflict between the real dragon family and the Ziyang holy sect, he will certainly try to find out the whereabouts of the hidden God secret house.


    Meng Zhang patted his chest and said that he would try his best to find the whereabouts of the secret house as soon as possible.


    The Dragon King was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement and generously sent Yin GUI heavy water.


    Yin Kui heavy water is as heavy as ten thousand Jun in one drop, which is inconvenient to carry.


    The Dragon King gave a special jade bottle to Meng Zhang, which contained the weight required by Meng Zhang.


    In addition, he also gave Meng Zhang a small dragon horn.


    When Meng Zhang finds the whereabouts of the secret house of hidden gods, he can directly contact the Dragon King through this dragon horn.


    This dragon horn can provide transmission coordinates for the strong of the real dragon family, so that they can appear directly near the Dragon horn.

 Chapter 2245

    Meng Zhang and gang Longwang had their own ghosts, but both felt that the meeting had initially achieved its goal.


    The two of them had a good talk. After talking about business, they talked a lot of gossip, and then broke up and said goodbye.


    Meng Zhang did not delay on the way, but directly sent it back to the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    The materials promised by the Dragon King to taiyimen will be slowly handed over to taiyimen''s contact friars in the West Sea in the next time, and then sent back to taiyimen.


    After checking carefully and confirming that there was no problem, Meng Zhang handed Yu Boli the jade bottle containing Yin and Kui heavy water and asked her to refine the Yin and Kui heavy water in the jade bottle and strive to advance to the virtual level as soon as possible.


    In the matter of cultivation, Yu Polly didn''t need Meng Zhang''s urging at all, so she consciously began to practice in isolation.


    Meng Zhang will try his best to complete the task assigned by the Dragon King.


    However, Meng Zhang is not prepared to let friar taiyimen directly participate in the search for the hidden mysterious house.


    That''s too eye-catching. It''s easy to lead to the fierce reaction of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the Taiyi gate sends out a large number of people to search for the hidden mysterious mansion in the north of the Junchen world, it will not only be extremely inefficient and difficult to achieve results, but also be found by the Ziyang holy sect.


    Taiyi gate constantly monitors Ziyang Shengzong through various means. Ziyang Shengzong''s monitoring of Taiyi gate will only be stronger.


    Of course, taiyimen dark hall is not incompetent.


    In the long-term secret war with Ziyang Shengzong, the dark hall also has its own trump card.


    For this mission, Meng Zhang plans to use the important chess pieces of Taiyi gate in Ziyang holy sect to secretly monitor the trend of Ziyang holy sect in order to obtain information about the secret house of hiding gods.


    As for Meng Zhang''s commitment to the Dragon King, he does not intend to fully abide by it.


    He will inquire about the secret house of hidden gods, but he will not let taiyimen be completely involved in this matter.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s instructions, the dark hall of Taiyi gate immediately took action.


    After the Taiyi sect''s elder in charge of the dark hall affairs, an silently closed the door and broke through the retreat period, Meng Mingyi, the leader of the dark hall, took over the task.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s special explanation, Meng Mingyi regarded it as the key work of the dark hall.


    Strictly speaking, Meng Mingyi is a descendant of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s family was originally the Xiuzhen family that had taken refuge in Taiyi before the rise of Taiyi.


    With the increasing growth of Taiyi gate, the Meng family has become more and more powerful, with many branches and countless clans.


    Although Meng Zhang is fair, he will not deliberately take care of his family. However, as the leader, the family itself will receive a lot of tangible and intangible care.


    In particular, the Meng family is still an old family in the gate, with a wide range of contacts. It can be said that it is deeply rooted in the Taiyi gate.


    Fortunately, the Meng family has a good family style. The patriarchs of all dynasties are reasonable. Coupled with the strict law of Taiyi gate, the Meng family will not damage the interests of the whole clan because of the interests of the family.


    Over the years, many excellent monks have emerged in the Meng family.


    Meng Mingyi''s blood and generation are far away from Meng Zhang, and he can''t get much light from Meng Zhang in the process of growing up.


    In addition to his own struggle, he mainly relied on the cultivation of the sect.


    On the surface, the holy places such as Taiyi gate and Ziyang Shengzong still coexist peacefully, but all kinds of overt and covert struggles continue.


    As the main force of the secret front of taiyimen, friars of the dark hall secretly participated in many secret battles and paid huge losses.


    Even the high-rise of the dark hall, including the friars of the Yuanshen period, will lose from time to time.


    After Ann Muran, the dark hall leader has changed several terms.


    As the contemporary leader of the dark hall, Meng Mingyi has been in office for a long time and made a lot of contributions.


    On an ordinary night, Meng Mingyi secretly left the gate of Taiyi gate and sneaked into the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The border between Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen is very long. Neither side can completely blockade the border. Monks of both sides often cross the border and sneak into each other''s territory to spy on intelligence.


    Of course, once the intruder is exposed, he will be chased and killed by the other party.


    Meng Mingyi''s cultivation in the middle period of Yuanshen can''t guarantee his safety.


    In his capacity, he should not have carried out such a dangerous sneaking mission.


    But the dark son to be used this time was so important that he had to go there himself.


    In Ziyang Shengzong territory, there is a place called bingchenfang city.


    The level of this market is not very high. Generally speaking, there will be trading items at the golden elixir level at most.


    Of course, occasionally, some Yuanshen friars pass by here, and even rest here.


    In the square city, there is a Qianji firm, which deals in all kinds of North-South groceries.


    The scale of Qianji firm is not very large, but the owner of the firm is a friar in the early stage of Jindan. In addition, the firm will sell some overseas specialty resources from time to time, so the business of the firm is quite good.


    Meng Mingyi appeared in a courtyard in the square city unknowingly.


    Qianji firm has no connection with taiyimen, but the owner of the firm was a thief overseas in his early years and unfortunately ran into Meng Mingyi''s hand.


    Meng Mingyi is proficient in all kinds of techniques to confuse the mind.


    He secretly manipulated the mind of the golden elixir Friar and let him use it unconsciously.


    After being a thief for a period of time, the Jindan friar washed white and went ashore and became a serious businessman.


    Many practitioners have the habit of crafty rabbits and three caves, not to mention this kind of guy who was not innocent in the past.


    This courtyard is a hiding place prepared by the golden elixir friar for himself in case of need.


    On weekdays, this Jindan friar will not come here.


    Since Meng Mingyi can secretly control the other party''s mind, the other party''s secret can''t hide from him.


    Meng Mingyi takes this as the place where he meets with AMZI.


    After careful inspection, Meng Mingyi confirmed that there was nothing unusual around him, so he entered the courtyard and waited quietly.


    Meng Mingyi didn''t wait long until a guy came.


    This guy showed his true face in front of Meng Mingyi. He was Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, King Huipeng.


    King Huipeng was originally the spiritual pet of a high-level friar in Ziyang holy sect. In his early years, he was sent by Ziyang holy sect to spy in Heiyu forest.


    He was an undercover who later became the monster leader of Heiyu forest to help Ziyang Shengzong monitor the trend of Jiazi tree demon.


    Later, the Jiazi tree demon was killed by the Huixu power of Ziyang Shengzong, the monsters in the black jade forest were completely destroyed, and most areas of the black jade forest fell into the hands of Taiyi gate.


    After completing the task, Huipeng King naturally returned to Ziyang Shengzong and continued his spiritual pet career.


    He appears here at this time, naturally because he is the dark son of Taiyi gate in Ziyang holy sect.


    Having such a dark son as the grey Peng king is a great victory for the dark hall of taiyimen against the holy sect of Ziyang, and it is also a great achievement.

 Chapter 2246

    Hui Peng Wang and Meng Zhang made friends in their early years, appreciated each other and had a very good friendship.


    The two sides once fought side by side to quell the magic disaster in the great horizontal cultivation world.


    At that time, taiyimen actively approached Ziyang Shengzong, which could be regarded as the peripheral force of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen betrayed the imperial dynasty and approached Ziyang Shengzong. Although it was not trusted by Ziyang Shengzong, it was valued by Ziyang Shengzong because of the needs of the situation.


    As comrades in arms, King Hui Peng and Meng Zhang cooperated very happily.


    Of course, this is not the reason why Huipeng king betrayed Ziyang Shengzong and turned to Taiyi gate.


    A friendship in his early years was not enough for him to make such a choice related to his family and life.


    No matter how good his friendship with Meng Zhang is, will he betray the sect for this?


    What''s more, later, as taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong drifted away, he lost contact with Meng Zhang long ago.


    No matter what kind of friendship, after a long time, the contact is cut off and will only slowly fade.


    When King Hui Peng was undercover in the black jade forest, he had the cultivation of the later level of Yuanshen. He was the demon king of the dominant party.


    When he first met Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s cultivation was not as good as him.


    But later, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments quickly caught up with him and caught up with him.


    Although he had long cut off contact with Meng Zhang, the news about Meng Zhang often came to his ears.


    No way, Meng Zhang, as the great enemy of Ziyang Shengzong, is naturally the focus of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang entered the period of returning to emptiness from the period of Yuanshen, and grew step by step into the upper respect in the later period of returning to emptiness. The speed of his growth is amazing.


    In contrast, King Hui Peng himself has made little progress in cultivation after so many years, but he still stays in the later stage of Yuanshen.


    Although the monster, no, he should be a spirit beast, with a long life. But if he wasted so much time, his achievements in his life would probably come to an end.


    King Huipeng is an ambitious figure. Although he was born as a spirit beast, he also has an indomitable heart to seek the Tao.


    Ziyang holy sect is the sect of the human race. The high level of the sect believes that the hearts of non-human race must be different.


    For the spirit beasts in the sect, they seem to trust and reuse, but they always guard against it.


    Besides, Ziyang holy sect, after all, does not take the Royal beast as the fundamental sect door like the Royal beast sect.


    Whether it is the means of cultivating and controlling spirit beasts, or the feelings with spirit beasts, are very general.


    In Ziyang Shengzong, no matter how trusted the spirit beast is, including the spirit pet of you who return to emptiness, it is the limit to have the cultivation of the later yuan God.


    For a spirit beast like King Huipeng who has reached the later level of Yuanshen, Ziyang Shengzong will not help him to continue his progress, but will secretly hinder him from improving his accomplishments.


    Wang Huipeng was born as a monster of the Peng family. His blood is noble and powerful.


    What is particularly valuable is that he also has a trace of the blood of the ancient divine beast golden winged ROC bird.


    King Huipeng doesn''t completely rely on his natural blood. He is tenacious and works very hard the day after tomorrow.


    If he was born in the world dominated by such monsters, his future will be unlimited.


    Unfortunately, he was born in Ziyang holy sect. While enjoying the benefits brought by the holy sect, he was also greatly shackled.


    When he was weak, Ziyang Shengzong was his shelter.


    When he grew up, Ziyang Shengzong became a yoke around his neck.


    He had long been aware of Ziyang Shengzong''s precautions and restrictions on his family.


    If he doesn''t want to admit his fate like another elder spirit beast crane, he can only betray Ziyang Shengzong.


    If it is in the Royal beast sect, by the means of the monks of the Royal beast sect, it may be difficult for king Huipeng to have the idea of betrayal.


    However, Ziyang holy sect is far inferior to the professional sect of yubeast sect in this regard.


    King Hui Peng has a strong desire to seek Tao, and has the spirit of dying in the morning and in the evening.


    He thought that he had made enough contributions to the cultivation of Ziyang holy sect.


    Ziyang Shengzong only took him as a thug and tool, and his pay has far exceeded the return.


    King Hui Peng took the initiative to contact Taiyi gate. He went directly to an Muran, who was responsible for the affairs of the dark hall.


    He asked taiyimen to help him release Ziyang Shengzong''s control over him and set him free.


    In return, he can provide taiyimen with the internal intelligence of Ziyang holy sect.


    After repeated confirmation by taiyimen, his sincerity was finally confirmed, and the two sides reached an agreement.


    After so many years of tests, King Huipeng has become the most important dark son and the most important source of intelligence of Taiyi sect in Ziyang holy sect.


    Because the grey Peng king is too important, the Taiyi sect will not use him easily if it is not a major event.


    There are only a few people in Taiyi gate who know the identity of King Hui Peng.


    Meng Zhang even secretly helped him cover up the secret and shield possible exploration of the secret by means of the secret master.


    After years of open and secret struggle with the Holy Land sects, Taiyi gate still knows more about the situation of the Holy Land sects.


    Almost all the holy places have kept Tianji masters, of which the highest level is the Tianji master of guantian Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the level of the Tianji master in guantian Pavilion. At least the Tianji master of Ziyang Shengzong was just an ordinary person in his eyes. He couldn''t see through his shielding means.


    The connection between taiyimen and Huipeng king is very secret and safe.


    All kinds of strange means emerge in endlessly in the cultivation world, especially the profound sect door of Ziyang Saint sect. No one knows what kind of exploration means it has mastered.


    Meng Mingyi''s direct meeting with the king Hui Peng is very rare.


    On weekdays, both sides exchange information through secret indirect means.


    Meng Mingyi came to meet with Hui Peng Wang this time. In addition to conveying Meng Zhang''s latest task, he also had to appease him.


    Over the years, King Huipeng has transmitted a lot of important information to Taiyi gate, but Taiyi gate has not helped him lift his prohibition means.


    Taiyimen''s explanation is not unreasonable.


    The forbidden means planted by Ziyang holy Sect on the spirit beast in the door is very clever.


    Even if taiyimen sends Huixu power, it may disturb Ziyang holy sect while lifting the ban.


    Taiyimen is not sure what kind of counter-measures Ziyang Shengzong has, let alone that Huipeng king is pursued and killed by Ziyang Shengzong.


    The great powers of returning to emptiness of Taiyi sect have been studying carefully over the years, trying to find out the means to lift his prohibition without being aware of ghosts.


    Taiyi gate has made rapid progress. King Hui Peng will not wait long to restore his freedom.


    Moreover, in order to thank King Hui Peng for his help, taiyimen will not only provide shelter for him afterwards, but also try its best to cultivate him.


    At first, King Hui Peng could accept taiyimen''s statement.


    As time passed, he became more and more impatient.


    In the Ziyang holy sect, as the dark son of the Taiyi gate, it is too dangerous to provide information for the Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 2247

    Wang Huipeng is a bold man and has rich experience in working as an undercover agent in Heiyu forest for a long time.


    But after he decided to betray Ziyang Shengzong, the longer he stayed in Ziyang Shengzong, the more he felt pressure.


    No matter any Xiuzhen force, especially a large sect such as Ziyang Shengzong, is absolutely ruthless and ruthless in dealing with traitors.


    A little careless negligence may bring death and destroy his spirit.


    King Huipeng has repeatedly asked taiyimen to help him release from the bondage as soon as possible and help him escape from the control of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Hui Peng Wang believes that he has provided taiyimen with so much important information, and has done enough for taiyimen''s return to virtual power.


    Taiyimen has not helped him get rid of the control of Ziyang Shengzong. In addition to those obvious reasons, there are some careful thoughts that can not be said.


    The greatest value of King Huipeng to taiyimen is that he can continuously provide confidential information of Ziyang holy sect.


    King Huipeng is very old in Ziyang holy sect. In addition, his master is a great power of returning to emptiness. He still has some cards inside the sect.


    Although the senior level of Ziyang holy sect will not let the spiritual pet in the sect know the top secret of the sect, in daily life, many monks in the sect, including some high-level monks, will not have too much defense against spiritual pets such as king Huipeng.


    Many times, King Hui Peng doesn''t need to spend energy to inquire, but inadvertently, he can get a lot of important information.


    If King Huipeng is willing to take the initiative to spy, the harvest will only be greater.


    If King Huipeng completely separated from Ziyang Shengzong, the most is to make the top level of Ziyang Shengzong be beaten in the face and make them angry.


    But how much does this actually mean?


    Taiyimen lost an important source of intelligence, and its intelligence work suffered losses.


    With the strength of today''s Taiyi gate, a monster at the later level of Yuanshen does not help to improve the combat power of the sect.


    In contrast, it is self-evident which is more important.


    Of course, taiyimen has always hidden these secret thoughts well, and never dared to let king Huipeng notice them at all.


    King Hui Peng felt more and more impatient and had urged taiyimen many times.


    Now the grey Peng king is very important to Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate doesn''t want him to make mistakes under great pressure, so as to expose his identity.


    Therefore, taiyimen needs Haosheng to appease him and take great risks.


    Meng Mingyi met Wang Huipeng safely this time.


    After the meeting, King Hui Peng was very impatient and said he didn''t want to stay more in Ziyang Shengzong all day.


    Meng Mingyi comforted him with warm words and made many promises, which painted an attractive prospect for him.


    Unfortunately, this is no longer Meng Mingyi''s box, but the blood and flesh from the demon lord, which has been refined by Meng Zhang himself.


    If King Huipeng absorbs and refines it, it will be of great benefit to his own evolution.


    After taking the blood essence, the king Peng began to calm down, and his attitude changed a lot.


    Tai Yi door did not come out before, it is not willing to pay the flesh and blood essence, but worried that the king of grey Peng therefore revealed flaws, exposing the identity of undercover.


    Now Hui Peng Wang is so grumpy that no matter whether he is acting or not, taiyimen must give him some explanation.


    Meng Mingyi not to mind taking the trouble to remind him repeatedly that he must hide these blood essence, and never expose it to others.


    In order to prevent just in case, the king of ash Peng had better think ahead of the words, and deal with the situation that these flesh essence was discovered.


    Of course, King Hui Peng knows the importance of things.


    Ziyang Shengzong didn''t want to see him break through the later period of Yuanshen.


    Under normal circumstances, with the strength and status of the king of ash Peng, we can not get the essence of this level of flesh and blood.


    Seeing that Wang Huipeng''s mood stabilized, Meng Mingyi began to comfort him slowly and seduce him with his future.


    Meng Mingyi has mastered the art of confusing the mind, and his ability to see through and pacify the people is its foundation.


    Even if he doesn''t use his secret skills, he can talk big and make people be persuaded unconsciously.


    In addition to his status as the leader of the dark hall, the reason why an Muran arranged him to be responsible for the contact with the grey Peng king was to value his talent.


    King Hui Peng got practical benefits. His path of cultivation became smooth, and he regained his undercover nature again.


    Meng Mingyi assigned the task assigned by Meng Zhang to King Hui Peng.


    He asked king Huipeng to inquire inside Ziyang Shengzong and explore Ziyang Shengzong''s actions to find the secret house of hidden gods.


    When he heard that the secret house of hidden gods could swim along the earth vein and would soon appear in the north of the Jun dust world, King Hui Peng was surprised.


    Fortunately, he has many years of rich undercover experience, controls his emotions very well, and his face looks no different.


    King Hui Peng asked Meng Mingyi about the secret house of hiding gods in detail.


    Meng Mingyi thought he just wanted to better complete the task, so he didn''t think much.


    Unfortunately, even Meng Zhang did not get much information from the Dragon King.


    Meng Mingyi said everything he could.


    Although Wang Huipeng was slightly disappointed, he didn''t say anything more about it.


    After accepting the task, Wang Huipeng said he would try his best to complete it.


    Finally, he did not forget to urge Meng Mingyi to let taiyimen''s return to virtual powers work harder and come up with a way to help him lift the ban of Ziyang holy sect as soon as possible.


    Meng Mingyi naturally promised and said a lot of good words.


    The time they meet is limited, so it''s not suitable to stay here for a long time.


    They soon concluded the meeting.


    After seeing off the grey Peng king, Meng Mingyi quickly left here.

 Chapter 2248

    Meng Mingyi smoothly returned to the gate of Taiyi gate and reported to Meng Zhang the information of his meeting with King Hui Peng.


    Meng Zhang has some nostalgia for the old man, King Hui Peng.


    If it is purely out of personal feelings, he is not willing to make such use of each other, let alone put each other in danger.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang has always made a clear distinction between public and private. He will not affect the interests of the sect because of his personal feelings.


    Since King Huipeng can only play a role in Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang can only watch him in danger.


    The only thing he can do is to keep his identity as secret as possible and find ways to enhance his viability.


    In addition, he asked Meng Mingyi to strengthen his observation of King Hui Peng to prevent his omissions.


    Although Meng Zhang has high hopes for King Hui Peng and hopes that he can find out the information of the secret house of hiding God, he can''t be in a hurry for a while. He can only wait slowly.


    Meng Zhang made some arrangements for the return to virtual power in the door.


    In the next time, they will take turns to patrol in the north of Jun dust world, in the name of monitoring the trend of Ziyang holy sect.


    Meng Zhang kept the information about the Secret House strictly confidential, and only a few high-level officials in the door knew it.


    The Dragon King just said that the mysterious mansion would appear in the north of Jun dust world, and did not give a specific location.


    No one can tell whether the mysterious mansion appears in taiyimen territory, Ziyang Shengzong territory, or neither.


    If the mysterious mansion appears on the territory of taiyimen, taiyimen will not only take the initiative, but also get involved in a huge storm.


    Taiyimen and all members of Hanhai road Alliance under its command will strengthen their patrols of the territory and always pay attention to various changes in the territory.


    Although most of the monks do not know about the secret house of hiding gods, any change in the taiyimen territory will be immediately sent back to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    In the view of the senior management of Hanhai road alliance, Meng Zhang''s order is easy to understand.


    After the external pressure of Jun dust world is reduced, Taiyi gate must strengthen its defense against the raid of Ziyang Shengzong.


    There should be some time before the mysterious mansion appears.


    After making various arrangements, Meng Zhang began to practice in seclusion again.


    Although he was interrupted several times, he still lived a relatively stable life on the whole.


    Meng Zhang will establish regular contact with the idle cloud immortal in the void through the prohibition in his body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian explained Meng Zhang''s task and asked him to investigate the specific situation of several sleeping Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang did not resist such a task, but was really powerless and had no good way.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to find some excuses and even fabricate some intelligence to deal with idle clouds and real immortals.


    Now is not the time to turn against Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Taiyi sect has no real immortal level combat power. Xianyun real immortal is a barely usable target.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian was not satisfied with Meng Zhang''s performance, he had no other way to think about it.


    For him alone, Meng Zhang and his taiyimen are also important help he needs.


    After Meng Zhang informed Guanghan palace of the arrangement of Xianyun Zhenxian, Xianyun Zhenxian and yue''e fairy really had contact in the void.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t tell Meng Zhang the details of their meeting, but said they had a good talk and reached a cooperation agreement.


    Since then, Meng Zhang must pay more attention to Guanghan palace, and taiyimen should also cooperate closely with Guanghan palace.


    The moon e fairy will hit it off with the Xianyun real fairy, which was expected by Meng Zhang.


    The moon e fairy is weak, and it is difficult to resist several sleeping real immortals.


    However, as a true fairy who participated in the expedition of the Jun dust world thousands of years ago, Yuee fairy must know many secrets of the Jun dust world.


    As an outsider, Xianyun Zhenxian is in urgent need of understanding these secrets.


    They need each other and have a good foundation for cooperation.


    Of course, although they are currently in a state of cooperation, they may turn against each other after the opportunity to become an immortal appears.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t know whether the opportunity to become an immortal can be shared by the two, he knows that this opportunity can''t benefit too many people.


    Otherwise, several sleeping true immortals would not compete for it.


    Meng Zhang knew that the alliance of the holy places could not last forever.


    When several true immortals wake up from their deep sleep, it may be the time for them to turn against each other.


    The common rule of the major Holy Land sects in the Junchen world is to exclude other external forces, so that the competition for opportunities is limited to their founders.


    The clearer Meng Zhang understood the situation in the Junchen world, the more he felt a sense of urgency.


    In order to ensure the smooth planning of their founding fathers, the major Holy Land sects will clean up the Junchen world again and eliminate all threatening forces.


    Although the Junchen world seems calm at present, this is the calm before the storm. Maybe the war will rekindle in the next moment and completely break the calm scene.


    While trying to improve his accomplishments, Meng Zhang is inevitably disturbed by some things.


    After wonderful unremitting efforts, the four most important subordinate gods under his command, namely, Jijian God general, Jinglei God general, weak water god general and thick earth God general, have successively possessed the strength in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    The four Dharma protectors have already had extremely rich combat experience.


    They just need to consolidate the new realm a little, get familiar with the means of returning to virtual power, and understand the battle at the level of returning to virtual power, so they can take action to help Taimiao eliminate the ghost crying mountains.


    In particular, the Jijian divine general, who was originally the oldest of the four Dharma protectors, was the first to break through to the level of returning to emptiness.


    Relying on his superb Kendo cultivation, he fought in and out of the ghost crying mountains.


    Although he was in danger many times and was on the verge of falling several times, his actions played a great role. He found out a lot of information inside the ghost cry mountain and cleared many obstacles for a wonderful March.


    Taimiao''s ghost army was replenished in time after serious consumption again and again.


    The postnatal ghosts, gods and ghosts that survived in the army have been effectively trained.


    After repeatedly beating the ghost army, it has become more powerful.


    The powerful beasts in the ghost cry mountain have almost no mind. Most of the time they rely on instinct.


    Although the ghost army is vulnerable to these monsters, it is only pure consumables.


    But if used properly, it can play a great restraining role, distract the attention of these murderers and reduce the pressure they face.


    Taimiao and four followers at the level of returning to the void led the ghost army to speed up the cleaning of the ghost crying mountain.


    The four followers at the level of returning to the virtual world may not be able to fight those powerful beasts in the frontal battle.


    However, the enemy and our sides have the same level of strength. They can compete with each other head-on, so that Taimiao, as the absolute main force, can get more breathing opportunities.

 Chapter 2249

    With four followers at the level of returning to emptiness as assistants, the speed of eliminating ghost crying mountains has been greatly accelerated.


    As Taimiao gradually goes deep into the ghost cry mountains, it encounters more and more dangers and faces more and more powerful monsters.


    Meng Zhang was distracted from taking care of the situation in Taimiao even when he was in seclusion.


    Taimiao itself has the combat power in the middle of returning to the virtual world, and holds the two powers of reincarnation and life and death. With the help of God in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, even if it meets the strong enemies in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, it has the power of fighting in the first war.


    However, as the murderers in the depths of the ghost cry mountain appeared one after another, the battle became more and more difficult.


    The only good news is that these murderers don''t have enough reason. They never seem to be smart. They only know to fight alone and have no sense of cooperation at all.


    Similarly, tricks will not play much role in the strong enough to be rational, but they have been tried repeatedly when used on these murderers.


    Because of their wonderful manipulation and provocation, these enemies often fight with each other.


    It''s wonderful. I''ve won many times.


    Of course, the desperate counterattack of these murderers before they die can still cause him some damage.


    When Taimiao sweeps all the way and finally enters the deepest part of the ghost cry mountain, his ghost army is almost dead and useless.


    The next journey is extremely difficult and dangerous. If the strength is not enough, the ghosts, gods and ghosts will not be able to move forward.


    It''s wonderful. We have to leave all our men behind, but move on from God with four people at the beginning of returning to emptiness.


    Before they left, they took a final rest in order to restore themselves to their best condition.


    When they recovered, they went straight on the road.


    Knowing that this is a critical moment, Meng Zhang, who was already practicing in seclusion, temporarily suspended his practice, focused all his attention on Taimiao, kept the information synchronized with Taimiao moment, and sensed everything in the underworld through Taimiao.


    It has to be said that after unifying the underworld, Taimiao seems to have become the people of the underworld.


    He has been lucky all the way, and nothing unexpected has happened.


    After he took his men into the final danger, he was always able to make the right choice, avoid all kinds of traps, and resist all kinds of natural dangers at the least cost.


    It took the five of them three days to get through the danger and enter the safety zone.


    Before they could be happy, they encountered the most powerful murderer in the ghost cry mountain range, which is also the strongest opponent they have encountered since they entered the ghost cry mountain range.


    It was as big as a mountain and strange in shape, as if it were a fierce thing made up of many corpses.


    According to wonderful observation, this monster was not formed after the fall of a natural ghost, but after the fall of several natural ghosts and gods, under very, very special circumstances, their skeletons fused together and produced terrible variation, which gave birth to such a terrible monster.


    This fierce creature has the fighting power in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and it is extremely fierce, just like a chaotic demon.


    In fact, the existence of evil things is already very close to the devil''s way.


    It''s wonderful to fight this terrible monster with four slave gods.


    This terrible monster doesn''t have many magical means. It just crushed them by relying on its simple power advantage.


    From the beginning of the battle, it was wonderful. They felt very hard and laborious.


    Fortunately, the monster seems to be limited by the ghost crying mountain itself. It doesn''t move fast and its action is not flexible.


    That''s wonderful. The fight between them and this fierce creature is mainly about swimming. Try to avoid direct hard resistance.


    They continue to consume the power of this murderer, leaving various wounds to it bit by bit, and slowly accumulating damage.


    That''s wonderful. Their battle with the murderer lasted for two months without any sign of ending.


    During this period, Meng Zhang paid close attention to the war and was not distracted at all.


    For the strong at their level, it is not surprising that a war lasts for two months, two years or even decades.


    Under normal circumstances, the strong who return to the virtual world have enough strength to carry out a protracted war for hundreds of years.


    However, after more than two months of fighting, they were surprised to find that the consumption of their own strength was too fast, which was not normal at all.


    It turns out that this fierce creature has a special ability, which makes them lose a lot of strength and vitality unconsciously.


    If the battle continues like this, it''s wonderful that their strength will soon be exhausted.


    As for their lost vitality, it is also not a small number compared with their long life.


    After discovering this, they immediately realized that the battle could not continue like this.


    Due to the special ability of this murderer, they can''t fight with it for a long time, and they can''t compete with it at all.


    As a last resort, it''s wonderful. They changed their fighting methods to make a quick decision and solve the enemy as soon as possible.


    To this end, they repeatedly had a positive hard fight with the murderer.


    The four of them were soon seriously injured and lost their combat effectiveness. They had to withdraw from the battle temporarily to avoid being dragged down.


    Of course, before they quit the battle, they had done their duty and caused great harm to the enemy.


    The fierce sword spirit released by the extreme sword God left countless wounds on the opponent''s huge body.


    The thunder god will use the thunder method to chop a large part of the opponent''s body alive and burn it into powder.


    ¡­¡­


    After the four slave gods had to withdraw from the battle, Taimiao felt even more difficult to face the strong enemy alone and was almost unable to hold on.


    According to the principle, he should withdraw from the battle in time, withdraw from here with four gods, wait until the rest is completed and make more preparations, and then make a comeback and start the war again.


    But too wonderful has an intuition in his heart. If he retreats this time, he will miss a very important opportunity.


    The next time he comes over, the murderer in front of him will become more difficult to deal with. Not to mention, even if he finally becomes the winner, he will lose a lot of things.


    Too wonderful. Although he is not a Heavenly Master, he is almost equal to the natural ghosts and gods. He also believes in his intuition.


    This sudden intuition is a revelation given to him by the way of heaven.


    It''s wonderful to use the secret method of stimulating potential, and don''t hesitate to stimulate all the remaining strength of yourself in the way of self mutilation.


    Even Meng Zhang in the Yang world, through the special connection between the self and the external incarnation, transmits his power to the underworld for wonderful use.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld will exclude the power from the Yang world. Even if Meng Zhang has a special relationship with Taimiao, after many losses, the power passed by Meng Zhang to Taimiao still doesn''t exist.

 Chapter 2250

    After all, Meng Zhang is the superior in the later stage of returning to emptiness. Even after many losses, his power can still be of great help to Taimiao because of his high level of essence.


    Only with such a special relationship between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao can the power of returning to emptiness enter the underworld from the Yang world.


    With the help of Meng Zhang''s power transmitted across the air, Taimiao''s strength increased greatly. He suddenly burst up and tried his best to urge the two powers he had.


    Maybe I got the help of the underworld. It was wonderful to burst out extraordinary power and caused unimaginable damage to my opponent.


    The two powers directly wiped out all the vitality of the murderer.


    When the terrible beast was completely killed by him, too wonderful was also seriously injured, almost lost all his strength and couldn''t move at all.


    It was the extremely sword God who had quit the battle before. They slowly recovered a little strength and hurried to help. It was wonderful.


    It''s wonderful. They rested here for a month before they managed to stabilize their injury and recover some strength.


    At this time, it''s wonderful to have the strength to slowly clean up the booty.


    They went all the way into the ghost cry mountain and wiped out many evil creatures at the level of returning to emptiness.


    These murderers were born on their corpses after natural ghosts and gods fell.


    After these monsters are completely eliminated, some divine power crystals of natural ghosts and gods will be left.


    These divine power crystals are of great use both for absorption and refining and for refining pills and magic tools.


    Of course, these divine power crystals contain impurities such as resentment left by fierce objects, which need to be purified by the strong at the level of returning to emptiness slowly.


    That''s wonderful. The monster they finally destroyed left a lot of magic crystals, and it''s very special.


    After the wonderful inspection, it was found that these divine power crystals could not only improve his cultivation and let his ghost and God evolve, but also greatly strengthen the two powers in his hands.


    The place where the murderer appeared is the core of the ghost cry mountain.


    This is the place where countless earth veins converge, concentrating the power of the underworld earth.


    After a simple reconstruction, it can become a good practice treasure land for Taimiao and his daily practice from God.


    There are many miracles in this place, and many places need to be explored and studied slowly in the future.


    At the core of the ghost cry mountains, several powers are bound here.


    These powers have the power to control ghosts and to control Yin Qi


    Power is not the more you master, the better. Mastering too much power will only distract your energy and even conflict with each other.


    There are also higher and lower powers, such as the power of life and death and reincarnation in the hands of too wonderful, which is the most original and highest power in the underworld.


    So far, it is too wonderful to say that it has completely controlled these two powers.


    When the time is right, too wonderful will give those lower levels of authority to the subordinate God.


    One man alone cannot rule the whole hell. He needs the help of many capable men.


    It has always been his practice to strengthen the combat effectiveness of God and let him share part of his pressure.


    The monsters in the ghost cry mountains have been basically eliminated. There may be a few remaining ghosts in some remote places.


    The overall situation of the ghost crying mountain has been determined. These ghosts are not enough.


    Next, Taimiao will reorganize a new army of ghosts and completely eliminate the surrounding ghost crying mountains.


    Anyway, all the monsters in the ghost cry mountains have been wiped out. As long as the reconstructed ghost army avoids all natural dangerous places, it will not encounter any danger.


    In the past, Taimiao also planned to rebuild the Yindu city as the headquarters of its own rule over the underworld and the latest capital of the great unification Dynasty of the underworld.


    But after completely conquering the ghost cry mountains, he found that there was probably no better place for him than the ghost cry mountains in the whole hell.


    The range of Guiqi mountain is very wide. There are many natural dangers in it. If you accidentally break into those dangerous places, ghosts, gods and ghosts will die at any time the day after tomorrow


    These shortcomings are not worth mentioning at all, and they are not necessarily shortcomings.


    If we can make full use of these natural dangers, it can be used as the natural defense of the wonderful capital.


    The Yin capital city established by the Dali imperial dynasty was well-known in the Junchen world, and even the sects of the major holy places coveted it very much.


    Dali Dynasty established its dominant position in the underworld by virtue of the Yin capital and accumulated the capital against Ziyang Shengzong.


    But compared with the ghost crying mountains, the Yindu city is not worth mentioning at all.


    The Yindu city is just close to the ghost cry mountains, and its location is very flattering. Part of the earth veins converging in the ghost cry mountains pass through the Yindu City, which just brings together a huge earth vein force for it.


    The Dali Dynasty didn''t know that the location of the ghost cry mountain was countless times superior to the Yindu City, but they were far from the ability to conquer the ghost cry mountain, so they had to retreat and choose the place of the Yindu city.


    Moreover, the Yindu city has experienced many fierce battles and has been completely damaged.


    When the power of heaven and earth in the underworld drops and attacks the strong returning to emptiness from the Yang world, the Yin capital city is also affected and suffered extremely serious damage.


    It''s wonderful to master the ghost cry mountains. Naturally, you don''t need the Yin capital anymore.


    Of course, to build the ghost cry mountain into his ideal shape will not only take a long time and consume a lot, but also far exceed Taimiao''s current strength.


    He has a large number of ghosts, but he has no such construction ability.


    It''s too wonderful and not in a hurry. You can prepare slowly and calmly.


    After the promotion of wonderful cultivation, there may not be the great power to change the world.


    The ghosts under him can be re cultivated to develop strong construction ability.


    With the improvement of Taimiao''s accomplishments, he can help more taiyimen friars enter the underworld and let them stay in the underworld for more time.


    Taiyimen''s construction ability can be used by Taimiao, and Taimiao can pay enough to hire them.


    The battle of conquering the ghost cry mountain made Taimiao and his men undergo great training, which will be of great benefit to his future practice.


    If the benefits obtained in the ghost cry mountain are thoroughly digested, the wonderful cultivation will usher in a rapid improvement again.


    Sometimes, Meng Zhang couldn''t help admiring his external incarnation.


    Taimiao has the characteristics of natural ghosts and gods. It seems that she has been given strength by the heaven and earth of the underworld. Her cultivation improves surprisingly fast.


    Especially now, even the ghost cry mountains have been conquered by him, and he has become a worthy ruler of the underworld.


    Except for the deepest part of the underworld, the whole underworld almost fell into the wonderful grasp.


    Too wonderful seems to be sheltered by the heaven and earth of the underworld, which can more freely mobilize the power of the heaven and earth of the underworld.


    As long as he is in the underworld, he can continuously draw strength from the underworld, almost inexhaustible and never tired.

 Chapter 2251

    Too wonderful. The battle here was completely over. Meng ZhangCai turned his attention from the underworld back to the Yang world.


    Although taiyimen always said that they had little relationship with Taimiao when they were outside, the two sides only used each other before, and there were some exchanges and transactions.


    But the top level of Taiyi gate basically knows that Taimiao is a loyal ally of Taiyi gate and a ghost of the underworld trusted by Meng Zhang.


    Taimiao and taiyimen have cooperated for many years. The relationship between the two sides has been tested and close to each other.


    Next, under the instruction of Meng Zhang, taiyimen will fully cooperate with Taimiao''s actions in the underworld and provide him with help as much as possible.


    Regardless of human and material resources, taiyimen will strive to provide as long as Taimiao has a request.


    At that time, the Yin capital city established by Dali emperor in the underworld was coveted by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong wants to capture the Yin capital and project its blessed land in the past.


    Only after Meng Zhang got the inheritance left by the founder of Taiyi gate did he understand the mystery.


    A complete world must have both yin and Yang, that is, both yin and Yang.


    The purpose of Ziyang holy sect is to bring the underworld near the Yin capital into its own blessed land, so as to turn its blessed land into a completely independent world.


    In this way, even if the Junchen world is destroyed, the blessed land of Ziyang Shengzong can also survive from the Junchen world.


    The friars of Ziyang Shengzong can escape the doom of the destruction of the world.


    It seems that these holy sects knew the imminent destruction of the Junchen world earlier than Meng Zhang and made preparations for it earlier.


    This is not surprising. In the final analysis, if the Junchen world must be destroyed in the future, it is mostly because of the struggle of several real immortals.


    Although the Yin capital has been destroyed, and the power of Ziyang Shengzong and other holy places in the underworld has been seriously weakened, Meng Zhang believes that their various preparations for the destruction of the Junchen world will never stop.


    While Taimiao is transforming the ghost cry mountains, taiyimen will also actively make adjustments to make its own Sun Moon blessed land establish deeper ties with it.


    When everything is ready, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao will cast spells in the underworld respectively, so that the sun, moon and blessed land can be projected onto the ghost cry mountain in the underworld, and completely integrate with the ghost cry mountain.


    Of course, to achieve this goal, they still need to continue their efforts, and there is still a lot of front work to do.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s blessed land has been operated for thousands of years, and the inside information must be very profound. They haven''t come to this step yet.


    There is still a long way to go for the sun moon blessed land of taiyimen to become a world completely independent of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang made great efforts to enhance the strength of his family and the sect, preparing for the upcoming great changes in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang did not relax from the task assigned by the Dragon King of the real dragon family.


    In addition to seeking information about the secret house of hidden gods through the undercover king Huipeng of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang also tried to contact the moon god for many times to obtain the required information from the moon god.


    The moon god is an ancient god in the Junchen world. He has a high status among the indigenous gods and has also experienced a war with the invaders.


    From the last time she led Meng Zhang into the secret space in the void, she knew a lot about the backhands left by the indigenous gods.


    The real dragon family and the Ziyang holy sect are so interested in the hidden God secret house. There must be a lot of secrets in the hidden secret house.


    If we can understand this in advance, it will certainly help Meng Zhang to take the initiative in the future struggle.


    I don''t know whether Meng Zhang was unlucky or whether the moon god deliberately avoided Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang has been unable to contact the moon god.


    Unable to contact the moon god directly, Meng Zhang asked the friars in the door to inquire about the whereabouts of Qiu Gangfeng and their scattered practitioners, but there was still no result. These people seemed to have disappeared from the Junchen world.


    It was the Huipeng king who transmitted important information from the Ziyang holy sect.


    In recent years, Ziyang Shengzong has secretly sent a group of monks to walk around Ziyang Shengzong''s territory or sneak into taiyimen''s territory.


    These monks act mysteriously and always avoid contact with others.


    King Hui Peng investigated inside Ziyang Shengzong. Even the friars in charge of arranging affairs and various tasks in the door knew nothing about their purpose.


    When King Hui Peng chatted with some familiar monks in the door, he learned that they seemed to have received the order to return to virtual power directly from the door and carried out an inspection mission on the zongmen territory.


    As for more information, the grey Peng king can''t know.


    Probably because the last time the Tai Yi door provided the flesh and blood essence of the demon master, the king of ash Peng had the initiative to complete the task.


    He was willing to take strange risks and secretly followed one of the group of monks going out.


    The group of friars explored around with magic tools such as compass and mirror, as if they were exploring the earth vein.


    They also place some flags and other magic tools at some special nodes.


    Wang Huipeng was also a great friar in the later period of Yuanshen. He had been trained by Ziyang Shengzong for many years, and his basic eyesight was still no problem.


    He learned from Taiyi gate that the mysterious mansion was swimming along the earth vein in the Jun dust world and was about to appear in the north of the Jun dust world.


    Judging from the actions of this team of Ziyang Shengzong friars, they are clearly combing the earth''s Qi, clarifying the direction of the earth''s veins and monitoring the earth''s veins.


    There is nothing wrong with the information provided by the Dragon King. Ziyang Shengzong already knew the relevant information of the hidden God Secret House and tried to find out the hidden God secret house first.


    If Ziyang Shengzong is allowed to succeed and let them control the secret house of hidden gods first, the efforts of the real dragon family for many years will be completely defeated.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how eager the real dragon family was to get the secret house of hidden gods.


    If the real dragon family saw that Ziyang Shengzong had completely gained the upper hand and was unwilling to pay too much loss, so they gave up the competition for the secret house of hiding gods, wouldn''t Meng Zhang''s attempt to provoke the real dragon family to fight with Ziyang Shengzong have completely failed?


    Ziyang Shengzong, a neighbor, has brought too much pressure to Taiyi gate.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong is at peace with taiyimen, he can barely achieve peaceful coexistence.


    But maybe the next moment, Ziyang Shengzong will launch an all-round attack on Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang must do everything possible to weaken the Ziyang holy sect and contain the Ziyang holy sect so that it has no time to take care of Taiyi gate.


    From the action of Ziyang Shengzong, it also did not know the specific location of the secret house of hidden gods, but should only grasp a general scope.


    In addition to asking king Huipeng to obtain more relevant information as much as possible, Taiyi gate also sent Huixu power to secretly track the monks sent by Ziyang Shengzong and check their actions.


    Meng Zhang has only one purpose. When Ziyang Shengzong has mastered the specific location of the secret house of hidden gods, taiyimen should also master this information.


    Meng Zhang also passed the information he currently had to the real dragon family.

 Chapter 2252

    Meng Zhang''s information to the real dragon family at this time is of little value to the real dragon family.


    His main purpose is to show the real dragon family that although Taiyi gate has no action on the surface, it has not been idle secretly. He has been trying to monitor Ziyang Shengzong and complete the task assigned by the Dragon King.


    The materials such as Yin Kui and real water paid by the real dragon family are completely worth it.


    In recent years, because both sides are willing to cooperate, the secret exchanges between them are more frequent, and the transaction scale is expanding.


    The Zhenlong family responded positively to the information transmitted by Meng Zhang and encouraged Meng Zhang.


    At the same time, the real dragon family continued to urge Meng Zhang to find out the specific whereabouts of the secret house as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang asked the friars of taiyimen who were responsible for dealing with the real dragon family to keep complaining and emphasizing all kinds of difficulties.


    This is not just perfunctory to the real dragon family, but also to get more benefits from them.


    Because he could not contact the moon god and could not get more information about the secret house of hiding God, Meng Zhang thought about it and thought of the Dark Alliance.


    Dark Alliance is also an ancient organization with a long history. It has always been famous in the Junchen world for its intelligence.


    Dark Alliance is recognized as the largest intelligence dealer in the Junchen world, and many secret intelligence markets are related to Dark Alliance.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the Dark Alliance will not know nothing about the secrets of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    If the hidden mysterious mansion is really so important that it is worth fighting between the real dragon family and the Ziyang holy sect, the Dark Alliance should also have a certain understanding of it.


    Now taiyimen has formed a secret alliance with the Dark Alliance, and the two sides have carried out close cooperation in many aspects.


    Among them, it includes intelligence cooperation.


    Of course, at present, the cooperation between the two sides is not close enough, and the shared intelligence is still very limited.


    Meng Zhang has an appointment with the Dragon King Gang, and doesn''t want to reveal the secret cooperation between taiyimen and the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang does not want to exchange information about the secret house of hidden gods through the intelligence systems of both sides.


    Meng Zhang is not going to leave the matter to others, but wants to do it himself.


    In these years, the friars of taiyimen and Dark Alliance have frequent contacts with each other.


    Many friars of Taiyi gate have visited Dark Alliance, and Dark Alliance friars have also visited Taiyi gate.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang has never visited Dark Alliance.


    This is not only because he is unwilling to have too close contact with the Dark Alliance, but also because he is not completely assured of the Dark Alliance and has certain precautions.


    Meng Zhang never forgot that Tang Lun shangzun of the Dark Alliance died in his own hands.


    With the exchanges between taiyimen and Dark Alliance in recent years, the degree of mutual trust between the two sides has been deepened.


    In particular, more and more return to emptiness powers have emerged in Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang has become more and more confident with effective help.


    If the dark alliance turns against taiyimen at this time, it will face not only a Meng Zhang, but also a large group of return virtual powers.


    After years of observation, Meng Zhang confirmed that the Dark Alliance is sincere in alliance and cooperation with taiyimen.


    Although there are still some disputes between the two sides, such as the ownership of Qingling screen, the two sides are still wrangling.


    Tang Lun is still hostile to Taiyi clan.


    However, the Dark Alliance and taiyimen need each other and have a strong will to get along well with each other.


    Meng Zhang sent a letter to the Dark Alliance. He was going to visit the headquarters of the Dark Alliance privately and meet his old friends for a while.


    As the two sides are currently in a secret alliance, Meng Zhang is unwilling to make a big announcement about the visit.


    Dark Alliance and of course welcome Meng Zhang''s visit very much.


    Since Dark Alliance and taiyimen alliance, Meng Zhang has not had much contact with Dark Alliance except when the two sides formally formed an alliance.


    This time, Meng Zhang offered to visit the Dark Alliance, which is what the dark alliance wants.


    In the whole Jun dust world, the number of shangzun in the later stage of returning to emptiness is limited.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who leads a large family, has had brilliant achievements. The Dark Alliance must pay enough respect.


    In order to pay attention to Meng Zhang, Dark Alliance specially sent two old acquaintances of Meng Zhang, Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan, to lead Meng Zhang to the headquarters of Dark Alliance.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance once despised Meng Zhang and despised taiyimen.


    Later, Meng Zhang won the respect of the dark alliance with his strength, so that he no longer dared to underestimate him.


    The Dark Alliance has always been a very mysterious existence in the Junchen world. Many monks have only dealt with the black market, the peripheral organization of the Dark Alliance.


    Taiyimen also learned more about the Dark Alliance after it formed an alliance with the Dark Alliance.


    The headquarters of the Dark Alliance is not fixed and has been moving freely within the Jun dust world.


    In the upper air of Jun dust world, there are an unknown number of floating cities.


    These floating cities are usually covered by Taoism. Even if the yuan God Zhenjun stands in front of them, he can''t find the slightest trace.


    Every floating city can be used as the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    This is the tradition of the Dark Alliance, which pays attention to secrecy and always reserves the way back.


    In each floating city, some senior leaders of the Dark Alliance are stationed, which plays the role of part of the Organization headquarters.


    When the senior level of the Dark Alliance has important matters to discuss, they will contact through the secret method.


    Whenever an outsider visits the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, he must notify the Dark Alliance in advance, and the Dark Alliance will send someone to pick him up. According to different purposes, take it to different floating cities.


    After Meng Zhang heard that he wanted to visit Dark Alliance, Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan soon came to Taiyi gate.


    Old friends haven''t seen each other for many years. It''s hard to avoid exchanging greetings for a while after meeting.


    Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan have been actively promoting the Dark Alliance to make friends with taiyimen.


    Later, taiyimen allied with the Dark Alliance, and they were most happy.


    They led Meng Zhang away from Taiyi gate. After two transmissions, they came to high altitude.


    In the eyes of ordinary monks, there are white clouds ahead.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyes today, you can see through it at a glance. There is a huge floating city ahead.


    The floating city has a square appearance and is divided into many layers.


    Each floor is guarded by a city wall, which is also equipped with defense equipment such as mechanism cannons.


    The floating city has many entrances, large and small.


    The largest entrance has always been used as the main entrance.


    At this time, the main gate was wide open, and a group of monks stood in front of the main gate and had been waiting for a long time.


    Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan led Meng zhangfei to introduce them.


    These monks welcoming Meng Zhang here are elders of the Dark Alliance and high-level figures to the letter.


    According to the rules of the dark League, the friars in the League enter the retreat period. With the guarantee of at least two current elders, they can become the new elders of the dark League.


    There are dozens of Huixu elders trained by the dark League and Keqing elders recruited.


    No Holy Land Sect in the Junchen world has ever had so many return to emptiness powers.


    Apart from the strong ones at the level of true immortals, it is far from being able to resist the Dark Alliance by relying on a Holy Land Sect alone.

 Chapter 2253

    The specific number of Dark Alliance returning virtual power is a secret. Taiyimen doesn''t fully know it, but only knows a general idea.


    This is probably enough to illustrate the strong strength of the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, there are differences between so many return virtual powers.


    There are many factors that determine the status and discourse power of the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, the most important is their cultivation.


    In the cultivation world, the strong are respected, the weak are the predators, and the Dark Alliance is no exception. It has a tradition of internal struggle.


    For example, the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to the virtual state in the league can naturally suppress the friars in the early stage of returning to the virtual state.


    All major organizations have common problems, such as seniority, cliques and dark alliances.


    Contacts, prestige, qualifications and so on can affect the discourse power of the elders.


    Just like the master of Shushan Taoist, the writer Taoist, whose accomplishments are only in the middle of returning to emptiness, but he is very old and has survived longer than the Dark Alliance in Jun dust world.


    He was one of the founders when the Dark Alliance of Jun dust world was founded.


    There are many disciples and grandchildren of literati Taoists, and most of them are very competitive.


    In addition, the writing Taoist has a unique means of teaching his disciples, and is very good at teaching students according to their aptitude.


    Including the Shushan Taoist, there are four disciples and grandchildren of the prose Taoist who are still alive.


    As for the characters like Yuanshen Zhenjun, it is even more difficult to count.


    The writing Taoist is famous in the dark League. He likes to support his younger generation and cultivate promising new people.


    Many people in the dark League have benefited from him, which makes him take on many good fortune.


    The literati Taoist priest is a very powerful mountain in the Dark Alliance. Even those upper dignitaries in the later stage of returning to the virtual world may not have his authority.


    Many elders of the dark league form a Presbyterian Council to jointly dominate the affairs of the dark League.


    Some elders have no real name, empty status and treatment of the elders, and do not have much real power.


    The elders with real power in the dark league are often responsible for a certain aspect of affairs, or hold the position of head of a department.


    In addition, the Presbyterian Council of the dark League regularly selects a big elder to be responsible for overview of everything in the dark League and daily affairs.


    The great elder has a term limit, and the great elder has no absolute authority in the dark League, let alone the power to control everything.


    The elder of the Dark Alliance is the Supreme Master of Fengqing.


    No matter which faction he comes from, he will strive to ensure his apparent neutrality and focus on the overall interests of the dark League after serving as the elder of the dark League.


    Shangzun Fengqing had a good relationship with shangzun Tang Lun and relied on him very much. The factions behind both sides were also allies.


    When Fengqing shangzun presided over the affairs of the Dark Alliance, he despised and even hostile to taiyimen.


    After Tang lunshangzun''s death, seeing that the factions hostile to Tang lunshangzun took the opportunity to make trouble, Feng qingshangzun adjusted his position in time.


    Externally, he blamed shangzun Tang Lun for the construction of the magic nest and got rid of it in time.


    Internally, he drifted away from his faction and chose a new ally.


    After making friends with taiyimen and the voice of alliance with taiyimen became the mainstream of the Dark Alliance, Fengqing shangzun frequently courted taiyimen and actively promoted the alliance with taiyimen.


    Now taiyimen and Dark Alliance are allies. When Meng Zhang, an ally, comes to visit, Fengqing shangzun will of course give a grand reception.


    In the cultivation world, Meng Zhang was used to seeing people who were driven by the wind and mercenary.


    He didn''t look down on such people at all. Instead, he thought they were easy to deal with.


    As long as the two sides share the same interests, there is a basis for cooperation.


    Although Meng Zhang has long said that this is a private informal visit, since the other party is so polite, he will not be rude.


    Meng Zhang talked and laughed with a group of Dark Alliance elders at the entrance of the floating city.


    After a series of useless red tape, Feng qingshangzun enthusiastically led Meng Zhang into the floating city.


    Along the way, he, the hospitable host, warmly introduced everything in the floating city to the guests.


    Other elders of the Dark Alliance also took this opportunity to communicate with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s visit was to ask for help, so he kept a low attitude and catered to each other''s conversation from time to time.


    Fengqing shangzun led Meng Zhang into the reception hall, and everyone talked for a while.


    Meng Zhang was going to ask Fengqing shangzun privately, but he had to deal with other elders.


    Thinking of the system of the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang knew that even if he made a request to Fengqing in private, he could not hide it from other elders.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang slowly began to get to the point in front of everyone.


    Meng Zhang claimed that he was very interested in the indigenous gods who once ruled the Junchen world and had been trying to collect all kinds of relevant information for many years.


    However, due to the joint blockade of the religious doors of the major holy places, there is little information about the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang knew that as the largest intelligence agency in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance had collected many ancient secrets, including a lot of information about indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang''s visit to dark alliance is to borrow this information from Dark Alliance.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang is willing to pay a certain price.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s request, Feng qingshangzun was surprised and said a word.


    "Unexpectedly, leader Meng is so well informed that he already knows about it."


    Meng Zhang was stunned by Fengqing''s words. He didn''t hurry to speak, but looked around. Some elders were thoughtful and some were whispering


    Fengqing shangzun didn''t let Meng Zhang doubt for too long, so he took the initiative to say what he wanted to know.


    It turned out that when the external pressure of the Jun dust world was slightly relieved, the heavenly palace and the holy places wanted to take this precious opportunity to clean up the interior of the Jun dust world and solve a major internal problem.


    The aboriginal gods and descendants who survived from ancient times have become their goals this time.


    The rulers of the Junchen world have always been highly vigilant towards the indigenous gods, and it is impossible to be ignorant of their small movements behind their backs.


    Especially in recent years, the indigenous gods have become more active.


    They are connected everywhere in the Junchen world, and they also buy and collude with the scum among the practitioners. It seems that they are going to make some big moves.


    The great sage awesome door ruled the dusty realm for many years, and its intelligence system was very powerful, and it searched many secrets of indigenous gods.


    The rulers of the Junchen world should take this opportunity to completely eliminate the remaining indigenous gods and divine descendants and solve this problem left over from ancient times.


    Although the foreign invaders retreated temporarily, the Junchen world did not dare to relax its vigilance.


    Who knows when foreign invaders will make a comeback and launch a massive invasion again?


    In fact, the Allied forces of foreign invaders are not too far away from the Junchen world, and can advance to the Junchen world at any time.


    The Junchen world must reserve enough strength in the nearby void to guard against foreign invaders and leave no opportunities for them.

 Chapter 2254

    Because the void has restrained too much power of practitioners in the Jun dust world, the power of practitioners in the Jun dust world is not enough.


    Although the aboriginal gods are a group of losers, they have ruled the Junchen world for many years. They still have some details. We can''t be too careless about them.


    Therefore, the religious sects of the holy places proposed to call up the Xiuzhen religious sects in the Junchen realm to attack the indigenous gods.


    Among them, taiyimen, which is in the limelight, is the main recruitment object.


    The heavenly palace will not refuse the reasonable proposal of the holy places.


    In fact, Tiangong also hopes taiyimen can contribute to this operation.


    When Feng Qingshang Zun said this, a sneer appeared at the corners of Meng Zhang''s mouth.


    The doors of the holy places are still the same, and the means used are not new.


    Recruiting taiyimen to attack the indigenous gods will not only help to destroy the enemy, but also greatly consume the power of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was aware of it some time ago. Recently, the heavenly palace has become more gentle in its attitude towards the holy places and made more concessions on many issues.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the reason why Tiangong made these changes, but he vaguely felt a little bad.


    Fengqing shangzun didn''t know what Meng Zhang was thinking and went on.


    The Dark Alliance has just learned about the news that the heavenly palace and the holy places are about to encircle and suppress the indigenous gods.


    Now the news has only reached the ears of Fengqing shangzun and a group of elders. Even junior elders such as Youhuan Taoist priest and Shushan Taoist priest don''t know about it for the time being.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s intention and the latest news, Feng Qingshang Zun naturally had an association. He thought that Meng Zhang wanted to come to the Dark Alliance to borrow relevant materials for the next campaign against the indigenous gods.


    Taiyimen''s intelligence ability is so powerful that it is about to catch up with the Dark Alliance in many aspects. No wonder Fengqing shangzun and a group of elders are surprised.


    Meng Zhang did not correct their misunderstanding. It was not a bad thing for them to look up at taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang echoed the statement of Feng Qingshang Zun and ruthlessly expressed his dissatisfaction with the holy places.


    Although he scolded fiercely, Meng Zhang knew that the current taiyimen was not qualified to refuse the recruitment.


    It seems that before long, taiyimen will be involved in a big war again.


    After entering the secret space with the moon god last time, Meng Zhang raised his evaluation of the indigenous gods in his heart.


    The remaining indigenous gods can continue for so many years under the pursuit of the whole cultivation world, which is absolutely outstanding.


    Taiyi gate must be carefully planned. It cannot be used as cannon fodder by the holy Zong gate. It is necessary to avoid heavy losses as far as possible.


    Meng Zhang thought about things in his heart, and his mouth was still echoing Fengqing''s respect.


    Since Fengqing shangzun misunderstood his intention to obtain information about indigenous gods, Meng Zhang did not explain too much.


    He still hasn''t figured out whether to inform the Dark Alliance of hiding the mysterious mansion.


    Meng Zhang also covets the things that Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenlong family want to compete for.


    If the Dark Alliance also joins in, it will undoubtedly make things more complicated and may not be in the interests of taiyimen.


    Since he thought that Meng Zhang''s intention was clear, Fengqing shangzun began to consider how to respond to Meng Zhang''s request.


    With Meng Zhang''s vision and insight, the Dark Alliance certainly can''t perfunctory him with some major goods. At least it can be justified by taking out some valuable materials that are not available in the outside world.


    Taiyimen and Dark Alliance had been unhappy before. Now the alliance is not long, and the relationship between the two sides is not stable enough to be easily destroyed.


    If Meng Zhang feels that the Dark Alliance is insincere and does not pay attention to taiyimen as an ally, it is not good.


    According to the arrangement of the senior leaders of the Dark Alliance, Taiyi gate will be a powerful thug when fighting against the holy places in the future.


    Fengqing shangzun didn''t refuse Meng Zhang''s request. While talking gossip and delaying time, he thought about what to do.


    At this moment, someone suddenly spoke.


    Tan Yang shangzun, senior elder of the Dark Alliance, rejected Meng Zhang''s request.


    He said that the intelligence data of the Dark Alliance were collected hard and were the top secrets of the Dark Alliance. Meng Zhang, an outsider, had no contribution to the Dark Alliance. He wanted to obtain the secrets of the Dark Alliance only by a few empty words, which was too despised.


    After the fall of Tang Lun''s superior, although his faction''s momentum has greatly decreased, it still has supporters.


    They have been strongly opposed to the alliance between the Dark Alliance and taiyimen.


    After the failure, they just dormant temporarily. Once they have a new opportunity, they will still jump out and make waves.


    Inside the Dark Alliance, because of the death of Tang Lun, the eldest brother who was dissatisfied with Meng Zhang was there.


    After Tan yangshangzun made a statement to show his attitude, there were other elders supporting him.


    Although Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan are very junior, they are also elders of the dark League and have a certain say.


    They immediately refuted Tan Yang shangzun and hoped that the Dark Alliance would agree to Meng Zhang''s request.


    Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan also have supporters in the Presbyterian Church.


    For a moment, there was a fierce quarrel in the reception hall.


    Many elders of the dark league are not gathered together, but scattered in different floating cities.


    In the floating city where the elder Fengqing shangzun is located, the number of elders is a little more, about ten.


    As long as it is not related to the whole Dark Alliance, they can decide without notifying the elders of other floating cities.


    Meng Zhang asked for access to the information of the Dark Alliance. As long as it is not the top secret, the elder Fengqing shangzun has the right to deal with it.


    The reason why Fengqing shangzun can become the great elder of the Dark Alliance is that he is not decisive in dealing with the world and is more willing to listen to the opinions of the elders.


    Although Taoist Youhuan and Taoist Shushan have more supporters, they can''t completely suppress Tan Yang shangzun''s opposition for the time being.


    Fengqing shangzun wants to agree to Meng Zhang''s request, but he can''t ignore these opposition voices.


    To call all the elders of the dark League to vote at the Presbyterian assembly for such a small matter would be like making a mountain out of a molehill. It would appear that Feng qingshangzun has no decision.


    Seeing the crowd quarreling in front of Meng Zhang''s guest, someone finally couldn''t see it.


    Chu Hui, who had been silent before, suddenly opened his mouth.


    She proposed a compromise.


    Since Tan Yang shangzun keeps saying that Meng Zhang has made no contribution to the Dark Alliance, he is not qualified to borrow the intelligence materials of the Dark Alliance.


    Then she has a problem that has not been solved.


    If Meng Zhang helps her solve this problem, then Meng Zhang has made contributions to the Dark Alliance and is qualified to borrow the intelligence materials of the Dark Alliance.


    When Chu Hui opened his mouth, the people fell into a moment of silence, and then agreed with her all the time.


    Although Chu Hui was a female, he acted with great courage and was a heroine in every way.


    Within the dark League, she has many supporters.

 Chapter 2255

    Chu Hui is famous for his resourcefulness in the Dark Alliance and has been the planner of the Dark Alliance for many years.


    The great elders of the dark League have been rotated for several terms, and her position as the chief counselor has not been shaken.


    After Feng qingshangzun, the current elder of the dark League, took office, it may be due to some power struggle. He seems to respect Chu huishangzun, but he is not willing to listen to his opinions.


    With the support of Tang Lun''s faction, Feng Qing secretly agreed to build the magic nest despite Chu Hui''s opposition.


    Later, a series of facts proved Chu Hui''s vision.


    Fortunately, superior Chu Hui did not counter attack after the faction of superior Tang Lun lost power.


    As the leader of the Dark Alliance, Chu Hui always maintained a neutral position.


    She is only responsible for giving advice and giving her own opinions. It has nothing to do with her whether others listen or not, and whether the dark League Presbyterian Council is willing to adopt it.


    Chu Hui has a special voice in the Presbyterian Council.


    In general, no elder is willing to offend her for some small things.


    Tan yangshangzun refused Meng Zhang''s proposal just to embarrass Meng Zhang and block the elders who supported Meng Zhang.


    Now that Chu Hui has spoken to shangzun, everyone wants to buy her a face.


    As for the elder Feng Qingshang Zun, he would not easily oppose Chu Hui Shang Zun.


    Seeing that other elders had no objection, Chu Hui turned to Meng Zhang.


    She told Meng Zhang that she had a long-standing problem and needed help to solve it.


    She doesn''t force Meng Zhang to help. If Meng Zhang refuses, there''s nothing.


    Chu Hui''s words are all here. How can Meng Zhang refuse.


    He only said that if Chu Hui didn''t dislike his meager strength, he was willing to make a little effort.


    Of course, his strength is limited, and he does not guarantee that he will be able to help Chu Hui shangzun solve the problem.


    Chu Hui''s respect is a guarantee of atmosphere. As long as Meng Zhang is willing to help, regardless of success or failure, Meng Zhang can borrow the required information from Dark Alliance.


    The elders of the Dark Alliance basically know the so-called problems that have plagued upper Chu Hui for many years.


    Helping Chu Hui solve this problem is really good for Dark Alliance.


    As for whether Meng Zhang can solve this problem, many people are not optimistic.


    After talking with Meng Zhang, Chu Hui took him away from the floating city to solve his so-called problems.


    Chu huishangzun led Meng Zhang to carry out space transmission for many times, and the scene in front of them changed constantly.


    Meng Zhang''s understanding of the space Avenue is still above Chu Hui. When he follows Chu Hui to transmit, he still has spare efforts to observe the situation along the way and guess their destination.


    They left the Yang world of the Jun dust world, entered the space gap between the Yang world and the underworld, walked through a period of time and came to a special space.


    The sky of this space is gray, and there are tall and straight peaks on the earth.


    As soon as he entered this space, Meng Zhang felt a strong repulsive force, as if the whole space was resisting his entry.


    Chu Hui quietly explained to Meng Zhang.


    They are located in a special space debris, which is located at the intersection of Yang and Yin in the Jun dust world.


    The level of space debris here is not high, and it is very unstable.


    If they can enter here for a little longer, the whole space will fluctuate violently.


    If they do their best here, it is easy to completely collapse this space.


    Therefore, this space will instinctively resist them.


    In this space, there are several strange volcanoes.


    There is a strange creature living in the volcano. Dark Alliance named it eerie Jiao.


    These creatures have something in common with both living and dead. They are entangled by a strange force all over their body.


    For the Dark Alliance, the deceptive Jiao is of great use.


    Since discovering the existence of these strange Jiaos, the Dark Alliance has tried to capture these strange Jiaos.


    After the ordinary Yuanshen Zhenjun and even Yangshen Zhenjun entered those volcanoes, they couldn''t fight these strange Jiaos under the special environment.


    Moreover, because the volcanic environment is too special to accommodate too many Yuanshen Zhenjun, the Dark Alliance cannot play the human sea tactics.


    If the return virtual energy is deployed, due to the instability of this space, the return virtual energy will use a little more force, which will lead to violent fluctuations in the space.


    Under the taboo, the great powers of returning to emptiness are also powerful and have nowhere to use.


    These strange Jiaos have been discovered for years, but the Dark Alliance has been unable to capture them, so it can only do so and stare.


    Of course, there are also reasons why the Dark Alliance is unwilling to pay too much.


    The deceptive Jiao is of great use to the Dark Alliance, but it is not indispensable.


    The Dark Alliance should consider the relationship of interests, pay and harvest.


    If the price of capturing the deceptive Jiao is too high and the cost performance is too low, the Dark Alliance will naturally have to give up temporarily.


    For Chu Hui, the role of the deceitful Jiao was very important.


    As a senior elder and counselor of the Dark Alliance, she can mobilize some of the forces of the Dark Alliance.


    But this part of power is limited, far from enough to help her capture these strange Jiaos.


    After so many years, how to catch these strange Jiaos has become a difficult problem for her.


    Now Meng Zhang has a request for Dark Alliance. She naturally wants Meng Zhang to come and have a try.


    After hearing Chu Hui''s words, Meng Zhang didn''t hurry to reply, but focused on his surroundings.


    This space debris is located at the intersection of the sun and the hell. It is not only very unstable, but also the laws of heaven and earth are very strange.


    The attribute of the Yang world is Yang, and the attribute of the Yin world is Yin. It is at the intersection of yin and Yang. The law of heaven and earth is dominated by the law of yin and Yang.


    Moreover, the law of yin and Yang here is very overbearing and almost excludes all other laws of heaven and earth.


    The special law of heaven and earth makes other creatures, including ordinary practitioners, unable to survive here.


    It''s not a big secret that Meng Zhang majored in yin-yang Avenue. No wonder Upper Master Chu Hui wanted him to help.


    There are not many friars in the Junchen world who major in yin-yang Avenue, especially those with Meng Zhang''s accomplishments.


    The most powerful group of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world are the Holy Land sects. Naturally, people in the Dark Alliance will not ask them for help.


    In the volcano ahead, black cold flames are burning, and green magma flows on the ground.


    Eerie Jiaos, slightly bigger than people, tumbled in the fire and played in the magma.


    According to Chu Hui, these strange Jiaos seem not big, but their brute force is amazing.


    To capture these strange Jiaos, you must enter the volcano.


    Inside the volcano, because of the special environment, too powerful spells can''t be cast at all.


    There are not many Taoist practitioners who practice body. At the beginning, the dark alliance finally gathered a group of body refining friars at the level of Yuanshen to try to catch the strange Jiao.


    However, these strange Jiaos came and went like the wind, which in turn killed these friars.


    After paying huge losses, the Dark Alliance had to temporarily stop the capture of the deceptive Jiaos.

 Chapter 2256

    Over the years, Chu Hui shangzun tried all kinds of ways, made efforts within his power and paid a huge price. He was unable to capture the strange Jiaos here.


    Deep in her heart, she was still a little proud of her ability.


    Even she can''t catch these strange Jiaos, let alone other monks in the Dark Alliance.


    Although Meng Zhang has a great reputation and brilliant achievements, he does not rely solely on combat effectiveness to capture the deceptive Jiaos.


    When Master Chu Hui brought Meng Zhang here, he also meant that a dead horse was regarded as a living horse doctor.


    She was not very optimistic about Meng Zhang, but she was forced to have no choice but to do so.


    Meng Zhang observed the surrounding environment. After some thinking, he said he could have a try.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s confident appearance, Chu Hui was a little skeptical.


    She repeatedly reminded Meng Zhang that if he failed, he should withdraw immediately. He must not destroy the environment here, let alone affect the stability of this space.


    If they don''t pay attention to their return to virtual energy and exert a little more force, it is really possible to break this space debris.


    If this happens, Chu Hui will really have to admit bad luck.


    After Meng Zhang said that he must pay attention, Chu Hui shangzun left here temporarily.


    As long as Chu Hui shangzun stands here, even if there is no action, it will cause a certain pressure on this space.


    Seeing that Chu Hui left, Meng Zhang immediately took action.


    In today''s Junchen world, there are many people with higher cultivation than Meng Zhang.


    But when it comes to the understanding of Yin-Yang Avenue, he is definitely one of the best.


    He was not in a hurry to catch the strange Jiao, but first combed the laws of heaven and earth in this space.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is to integrate the yin-yang avenue of his enlightenment into this heaven and earth, so that this heaven and earth will no longer exclude himself and accept himself as much as possible.


    In this way, although Meng Zhang is a great power of returning to emptiness, because he is not excluded by this heaven and earth, he does not have to conflict with this heaven and earth, and can reduce the pressure on this heaven and earth as much as possible.


    After he finished all this, he flew into a volcano in front of him.


    This is the place where the underworld meets the Yang world. It is very close to the underworld. After Meng Zhang communicates too well, too well can put strength here more easily.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t have much attainments in the art of body refining, his wonderful body of ghosts and gods was extremely powerful and surpassed almost all the body refining friars in the Jun dust world.


    Wonderful power is put on Meng Zhang, so that Meng Zhang''s physical body has enough power for the time being.


    Simply using the power of the body without mobilizing the power of heaven and earth to perform Taoism will cause limited pressure on this heaven and earth.


    These deceptive dragons move quickly and have boundless power.


    Meng Zhang did not use Taoism. Relying solely on the power of the flesh, he spent a lot of effort to capture ten strange Jiaos and temporarily place them in the mustard space.


    Meng ZhangCai left the space and joined Chu Hui in the outer space.


    Chu Hui, who didn''t have much hope for Meng Zhang, saw that Meng Zhang came out and didn''t ask, Meng Zhang took out five strange Jiaos from his mustard space and gave them to her.


    Meng Zhang actually captured the deceitful Jiao, and let Chu Hui, a man who was very deep in the city, fall into ecstasy.


    The five deceptive Jiaos are enough for Master Chu Hui to use.


    And as long as this space is still there, you can continue to capture the strange Jiaos in the future.


    It was Meng Zhang who pulled out the hair after the wild goose passed.


    Although he had never heard of the strange Jiao before, he didn''t know its specific function.


    But since it''s what shangzun needs in the later stage of returning to emptiness, it must be very precious. It''s natural to cut down a few.


    Chu huishangzun had told Meng Zhang that the growth environment of guile Jiao was very harsh. Once left this special space, the strange Jiao cannot survive in the outside world for too long.


    When the deceitful Jiao arrived, Chu Hui had no intention of staying here for a long time.


    She led Meng Zhang to start the transmission and left here in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of Yin-Yang avenue to temporarily simulate the environment in that space in mustard space, so that the five strange Jiaos could settle down temporarily.


    The small world of the ghost gate mastered by Taiyi gate was originally located in the space gap between the underworld and the Yang world.


    Although now the small world of the ghost gate has been completely captured by the underworld and has become a small world attached to the underworld. But many characteristics of the small world of ghost gate have been preserved.


    In recent years, with the increase of high-level friars of taiyimen, especially the great power of returning to emptiness continues to appear.


    Taiyimen friars set up a special Dharma array in the small world of the ghost gate and the mountain gate, let these high-level friars take action, and strive to anchor the small world of the ghost gate and the Yang world, so that they will not completely integrate into the underworld.


    After these years of efforts, the process of integrating the ghost world into the underworld has been temporarily suspended and has more contact with the Yang world.


    Taking advantage of the special environment of the small world of ghost gate, it should be possible to transform a place suitable for the long-term survival of eerie Jiao.


    As for the specific role of the deceitful Jiao, Meng Zhang can go back and slowly inquire about it and slowly consult various classics.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the floating city with Chu Hui, Chu Hui left in a hurry.


    According to what Chu Hui said before he left, the elder in charge of the library personally welcomed Meng Zhang into the library.


    The library of the dark League is far larger than that of the Taiyi gate. It can be said that it is full of sweat and everything.


    It is certainly impossible for the Dark Alliance to completely open the library to Meng Zhang, an outsider.


    Meng Zhang was arranged in a small room inside the library. The Dark Alliance elder who took care of the library sent a lot of information about the indigenous gods in the Junchen world here.


    Next, Meng Zhang focused on reading.


    Meng Zhang read very fast and finished all the materials in less than a day.


    I have to say that the Dark Alliance is indeed the largest intelligence organization in the Junchen world. The relevant information collected is very detailed, far more than that collected by taiyimen.


    After reading these materials, Meng Zhang benefited a lot and learned a lot about indigenous gods.


    This will certainly be of great help to the next campaign against the indigenous gods.


    However, the information Meng Zhang most wanted to know about the secret house of hiding gods was not involved at all.


    Meng Zhang knew that the Dark Alliance''s willingness to take out these materials was already the limit.


    Whether the Dark Alliance has information about the secret house of hidden gods or not, since they have not taken it out, Meng Zhang can''t force it.


    After all, Meng Zhang is just an outsider.


    During this visit to the Dark Alliance, he witnessed some internal situations of the Dark Alliance, especially the discord among many elders of the Dark Alliance. Meng Zhang was even more reluctant to easily disclose the news about the secret house of hidden gods to the Dark Alliance.


    There are a lot of people in the dark League, and there are many guys who are hostile to themselves. They certainly won''t keep it a secret for themselves.


    It would be very bad if the information of hiding the mysterious mansion was freely disclosed to the real dragon family.

 Chapter 2257

    After reading the materials, Meng Zhang took the initiative to leave the library.


    He was going to leave here after saying goodbye to Feng qingshangzun, the great elder of the Dark Alliance. He didn''t expect that Chu Hui shangzun was waiting for him outside.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming out, Chu Hui went up and said that after she had handled the strange Jiao, she received a summons from an elder who said she would meet Meng Zhang.


    The elders in the mouth of Chu Hui are undoubtedly the same great power of returning to emptiness.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to return to emptiness in the Dark Alliance is limited. He doesn''t know why the elder Chu Hui wants to see him.


    However, Chu Hui and Shang Zun came forward, and Meng Zhang naturally could not refuse the meeting.


    The floating city looks like a hill from the outside. Inside, there is another heaven and earth, with a very large small world.


    Chu Hui led Meng Zhang to turn east and West in the floating city and entered a quiet area.


    There were no guards in this area, and no other monks came near here.


    Chu Hui led Meng Zhang into a hall.


    In the middle of the hall, an old hunchback old man with white hair had been waiting here for a long time.


    The old man''s eyes were dead white and obviously could not see things.


    However, even if you don''t use your eyes, you can sense all kinds of situations around you.


    Chu Hui made a brief introduction to Meng Zhang and called the old man Lao.


    She respectfully introduced Meng Zhang to the old man.


    Then, Chu Hui left here and left Meng Zhang to talk with him alone.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, this old man''s accomplishments in the early stage of returning to emptiness are not enough to mention, but it gives people a deep and unfathomable feeling.


    Meng Zhang felt a little moved in his heart. Like himself, he was a master of heaven''s secrets, and he did not hide this at this time, but showed it in front of himself.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that he had never met this old man. Why did he take the initiative to expose his identity to himself regardless of the Tianji master''s usual behavior style.


    When Taoist Youhuan was captured by Meng Zhang, he slipped his tongue and said the name of Lao Lu. Meng Zhang guessed at that time.


    Now I see real people. Although I haven''t performed the deduction of heaven''s secret arts yet, in Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense, he still has his own cultivation of heaven''s secret arts.


    Chu Hui didn''t say much just now. He just said that he was always a respected old man in the dark League.


    No matter what the old man''s intention is, since the other party is an old elder within the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang will not lose his courtesy.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to salute and greet him.


    He didn''t ask for a big, but he looked like a kind old man next door.


    After a few simple greetings, he got to the point.


    He frankly said that last time he was entrusted by Tang Lun, he tried to quietly drag Meng Zhang, so that Meng Zhang could not catch up with the escaped members of the Dark Alliance.


    At that time, Tang Lun shangzun didn''t want to have a direct conflict with Meng Zhang, let alone attract too much attention and lead to the exposure of the magic nest.


    He once owed shangzun Tang Lun a favor. Although he didn''t agree with shangzun Tang Lun''s practice, he still had to help.


    In addition, he also wanted to avoid greater conflict between Meng Zhang and the Dark Alliance.


    When he was using the magic of heaven to calculate Meng Zhang, he immediately realized that Meng Zhang was a master of heaven and a very clever master of heaven.


    Fortunately, he had rich experience and stopped directly calculating Meng Zhang immediately, so he didn''t disturb Meng Zhang.


    Because the time was too short, he didn''t calculate too much useful information. But that''s enough for him to make some arrangements.


    Therefore, he later sent Taoist Youhuan to go to taiyimen Mountain Gate to hold Meng Zhang.


    Of course, due to Meng Zhang''s timely response, he was not delayed by Taoist Youhuan for too long.


    When he heard the old man talking about the past, Meng Zhang was of course very generous on the surface and said that he would not care about these.


    In those years, the conflicts between him and the Dark Alliance were all provoked by Tang Lun shangzun. Now Tang Lun shangzun is dead, and taiyimen and the Dark Alliance have become allies. Naturally, there is no need to mention the past.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he became very wary of the old man.


    He was far inferior to him in cultivation, but he was able to spy on him by using the magic of heaven and almost avoided his spiritual awareness.


    This kind of cultivation of heavenly secrets is simply respectable and awesome.


    Meng Zhang has been a master of heaven''s secrets for so long. He has seen such a brilliant master of heaven''s secrets for the first time.


    Of course, no matter how skillful the master of heaven''s secrets is, after performing the deduction of heaven''s secrets, it is difficult to avoid the reverse bite of heaven''s Tao, which needs to pay a certain price.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what price he paid, but he can''t violate such a law.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation of the heavenly skill Dayan divination came from his chance, not the inheritance of Taiyi gate itself.


    Dayan''s divine calculation is of high level and is a superior divine skill.


    Based on the details of the Dark Alliance, it is not impossible for him to practice heaven''s secrets better than Dayan''s divine calculation.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang gently exposed the events of that year, he tentatively asked where Meng Zhang''s inheritance of heaven''s secrets came from.


    Although Huang Lao seems harmless, how can Meng Zhang reveal his family''s secrets in front of the people he meets for the first time.


    After a few perfunctory remarks, he pulled the topic away.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang didn''t want to talk more about this topic, he didn''t continue to entangle.


    He took the initiative to talk about his origin.


    He was born in the Dark Alliance headquarters in the fairy world. He showed his talent in the secret arts very early and was trained to be the exclusive secret master of the Dark Alliance.


    After the Junchen world was brought into the rule of the celestial realm, according to the Convention, the Dark Alliance will set up branches here.


    In the new branch organizations of the Dark Alliance, they will support the Tianji master.


    In those years, he came to Junchen world from Lingkong fairy world and personally participated in the whole process of establishing the branch of Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang was very interested to hear the old man talk about these past events, and asked a few questions from time to time.


    Meng Zhang has always been curious about the Dark Alliance.


    In the Junchen world ruled by the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects, the Dark Alliance can develop and grow, and secretly violated various rules of the cultivation world, such as colluding with the devil''s way and building the devil''s nest, but it has not been liquidated.


    The Holy Land sects stopped talking. The heavenly palace is the official agency of the celestial realm. They tolerate the Dark Alliance so much. What is the origin of the Dark Alliance?


    Moreover, it is said that there are branches of the Dark Alliance within the whole ruling scope of the Lingkong fairy world. Must those immortals in the Lingkong fairy world tolerate the Dark Alliance?


    Meng Zhang has inquired about this question by various means before, but he has not got the answer.


    Even many senior officials in the Dark Alliance don''t seem to know the real foundation of their own organization.


    Now he took the initiative to talk about this. Meng Zhang naturally wanted to take the opportunity to ask the answer to the question.


    For Meng Zhang''s inquiry, Lao Liu smiled and turned off the topic without answering.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang is very disappointed, but he has nothing to do.

 Chapter 2258

    As he talked about the past, he began to cry bitterly.


    He admitted that without the cultivation of Dark Alliance, he could not have the state of cultivation today, let alone cultivate a brilliant divine skill.


    But he also paid a lot for the Dark Alliance.


    Over the past thousands of years, he has repeatedly used his magic to deduce for the senior management of the Dark Alliance and help them make major strategic decisions.


    There is a price to pay for using the magic of heaven to deduce.


    Although the senior level of the Dark Alliance has thought a lot of ways to help him avoid the attack of heaven and reduce the price he paid.


    But after so many years of accumulation, he still paid a heavy price and was seriously hurt.


    The road of this life has been completely hopeless, and there are not many Shouyuan left.


    At present, he has exhausted all available means to prolong his life, but he can''t prevent death.


    In Meng Zhang, he praised Lao Lao Lao for his hard work and high achievements along with Lao Lao Lao''s words, and expressed regret for Lao Lao''s situation.


    Returning to emptiness has a life span of nearly 10000 years.


    Of course, due to different personal circumstances, the difference in the length of life is still relatively large.


    It is less than 10000 years since the cultivators established their rule in the Junchen world.


    The elder who established the branch of the Dark Alliance in the Junchen world like Mr. Huang, if he had a good way of health preservation, he should not be old enough to run out of Shouyuan.


    Due to the counterattack of heaven''s secrets, Shouyuan is often much shorter than the friars of the same level.


    Maybe things hurt their kind. Meng Zhang really sympathizes with this rare master of heavenly secrets and resonates with his words.


    With his contribution and importance to the Dark Alliance, the Dark Alliance will try its best to extend its life.


    Unfortunately, the details of the Dark Alliance can''t continue to prolong its life, and Meng Zhang can''t think of it.


    As he spoke, he seemed to casually ask about the wonderful origin.


    The relationship between taiyimen and Taimiao seems very clear, but in the eyes of the discerning, the close relationship between the two sides is no secret.


    By means of Dark Alliance, it is not difficult to know that Taimiao works closely with taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has never relaxed his vigilance since he saw him.


    Chen Lao seems to inadvertently mention Taimiao, but Meng Zhang is not careless. It is still a standard answer. Taimiao and taiyimen have cooperated in the past, which is purely a relationship of interest. Now there is basically no communication between the two sides.


    Taiyimen didn''t know much about the origin of taiyimen, but knew that he seemed to be a ghost in the underworld, which was introduced to Meng Zhang by the ghost watchman of the past taiyimen elders.


    In addition, taiyimen had no further understanding of him.


    He seemed to really just ask casually. He didn''t entangle in this topic at all. He soon talked about other things.


    The words and deeds of such figures as Chen Lao have deep meaning, and Meng Zhang dare not neglect them at all.


    He thought in his heart, why should he ask such wonderful things?


    After the yuan God Zhen Jun of the cultivation world loses his body and leaves only the yuan God, the yuan God can enter the underworld and transform into the ghosts and gods the day after tomorrow.


    However, such ghosts and gods will greatly change their character, and the upper limit of cultivation is basically locked.


    In the process of Taimiao conquering the underworld, the day after tomorrow ghosts and gods under his hand frequently participated in the war, revealing a lot of roots.


    Taimiao''s acquired ghosts and gods have little change in character compared with before his death, and they don''t seem to be subject to too many shackles. Their cultivation has made rapid progress.


    In particular, after several Dharma protectors, such as Jijian general, broke through the period of returning to emptiness, it shows that ghosts and gods can also be free from congenital shackles as long as they have wonderful help.


    Wonderful. Although the underworld is unified now, the rule of the underworld is definitely not strict.


    Among his men, there must be ghosts, gods and ghosts after tomorrow, and they still secretly communicate with the forces of the Yang world.


    Some wonderful special abilities are exposed and spread to the Yang world, which is fundamentally unavoidable.


    Could it be that he is so interested in Taimiao because he wants to turn Taimiao into an acquired ghost with the help of Taimiao''s power?


    Just having this idea in mind, Meng Zhang denied it.


    The transformation of Yuanshen Zhenjun into an acquired ghost and God can not prolong his life.


    If it is the kind of Yuanshen Zhenjun whose longevity yuan is about to be exhausted, because the Yuanshen becomes weak, it is impossible to withstand the transformation process, let alone transform into an acquired ghost.


    The most important thing is that he is not the true monarch of the yuan God, but the great power of returning to emptiness.


    In the history of the Jun dust world, there has never been a return to emptiness power transformed into an acquired ghost. That''s wonderful. Even if you become the overlord of the underworld, you don''t have such ability.


    According to the common sense, the Yang God who returns to emptiness and great power will be rejected and attacked by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld as soon as he enters the underworld, and he can''t stand here at all.


    If you don''t want to be transformed into ghosts and gods after tomorrow, why should he pay attention to too wonderful?


    It is only a few thousand years since the cultivators established their rule in the Jun dust world. Many of the Jun dust world''s return to emptiness and great energy fell, but it should be extremely rare because of the depletion of Shouyuan.


    After the natural end of the great energy of returning to emptiness and longevity yuan, its Yang God brand placed in the depths of the Jun dust world will gradually disappear, and there will be no possibility of rebirth.


    Meng Zhang has heard of it and seen it with his own eyes. Too many friars have done crazy things because their longevity yuan is exhausted and will fall.


    He''s probably going to be sick soon, so why don''t you go to the doctor in a hurry?


    Too wonderful can''t help him, and Meng Zhang can''t expose his true relationship with too wonderful.


    Chen Lao said that he rarely saw a master of heavenly secrets. He was such a brilliant master of heavenly secrets as Meng Zhang.


    He made no secret of his family''s appreciation of Meng Zhang and generously released his goodwill.


    This feeling of sympathy seems to have infected Meng Zhang. He and Tan talk more and more vigorously.


    Seeing that he was in a good mood, Meng Zhang tentatively asked about the Dark Alliance.


    In addition to some too confidential information, he answered most of Meng Zhang''s questions very readily.


    Meng Zhang even mentioned that he had helped Chu Hui shangzun catch the strange Jiao.


    Without Meng Zhang''s inquiry, he took the initiative to say the purpose of the strange Jiao.


    For one thing, strange Jiao can refine its Taoist soldiers.


    The mysterious Jiao Taoist soldiers are excellent assassins. They can easily assassinate the ordinary yuan God Zhenjun.


    If its quantity is enough, it can even pose a threat to the great energy of returning to emptiness.


    Second, as a special Kung Fu cultivated by Chu Hui, he needed to use the material of deceitful Jiao.


    The eloquent old man even took the initiative to say the secret method of refining the mysterious Jiaodao soldiers.


    It was beyond Meng Zhang''s expectation that he was so friendly.


    Meng Zhang wanted to ask for information about the secret house of hiding gods, but he hesitated and gave up.


    He did not relax his vigilance because of his old friendly attitude.


    For him, he is always a stranger.


    Moreover, since the Dark Alliance can collude with the devil, it is not worthy of its own trust.

 Chapter 2259

    He and Meng Zhang fell in love at first sight. They talked happily and talked for a long time.


    He seems to be really optimistic about Meng Zhang. Meng Zhang also intends to make friends with the Tianji master who has a good position in the Dark Alliance.


    The more the two sides talk, the more speculative they become. They feel that they hate to meet each other late.


    Later, he still had something important to do, so he reluctantly said goodbye to Meng Zhang.


    Before saying goodbye, he also invited Meng Zhang to visit him often.


    Although this was what they looked like, Chu Hui seemed to be waiting outside while he was talking to him.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he didn''t have such a big face. Chu Hui should respect him.


    Sure enough, guru Chu Hui admired Meng Zhang and Liu Lao at first sight.


    She told Meng Zhang that he had deep seniority and high status within the dark League and could affect many members of the Presbyterian Council.


    Chu Hui even admitted that the reason why she is so famous as the Dark Alliance schemer is often from the advice of the old man.


    He has pointed out and helped many senior leaders of the Dark Alliance, which is deeply respected by everyone.


    If Meng Zhang can get Lao''s support, not many people in the Dark Alliance will continue to be hostile to him.


    Meng Zhang knew the importance of a wise master of heavenly secrets to a family of cultivation forces, but he felt that he had underestimated him because of his high position in the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang is willing to make friends with such figures as Lao Lao, whether out of the interests of the sect or personal interests.


    He took the initiative to show kindness to him, which can be said to be very sincere.


    Meng Zhang seems a little flattered on the surface, but in his heart, he still has reservations about Liu Lao.


    There is no love for no reason in the world. How can such a person like Liu Lao show kindness to him for no reason? He must have a plot.


    However, the current information is too little, and Meng Zhang can''t guess his plot.


    Chu huishangzun led Meng Zhang to bid farewell to the senior officials of the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang and the elder Feng qingshangzun talked nonsense again for a while.


    Probably influenced by the old man''s attitude, Feng Qingshang Zun seems to be more intimate with Meng Zhang.


    After saying goodbye to Feng Qingshang Zun, Meng Zhang left here and returned directly to Taiyi gate.


    Since he could not get information about the secret house of hidden gods from the Dark Alliance, Meng Zhang had to make more efforts from King Huipeng.


    During this period of time, Taimiao has started large-scale construction and invested a lot of manpower and material resources to transform the ghost cry mountains.


    According to the wonderful idea, he will rely on the ghost cry mountain to build a huge city as the core of his rule over the underworld.


    This city is named Youdu by Taimiao.


    Youdu, the capital of the netherworld.


    As Taimiao completed the great cause of unifying the underworld, although the major forces in the Yang world were extremely reluctant to see this scene, they had to slowly accept the reality.


    All the major forces with interests in the underworld, including the major holy places, contacted Taimiao through various means, hoping to reach a certain agreement with Taimiao.


    Because taiyimen doesn''t cooperate, they all try their best to contact directly. It''s wonderful.


    Under the instruction of Meng Zhang, in order to avoid taiyimen becoming the target of public criticism, Taimiao cannot only develop relations with taiyimen.


    Taimiao''s men received messengers of various forces and reached some loose agreements with them.


    All the cultivation forces in the Yang world must openly admit Taimiao''s rule over the underworld.


    Later, if they want to contact the underworld, they can only deal with the forces under Taimiao''s hand.


    In the future, those monks who enter the underworld and become ghosts and gods after tomorrow must obey wonderful orders.


    In return, too wonderful will not cut off the connection between the underworld and the Yang world. As before, it will sell all kinds of resources of the underworld to the Yang world.


    Those who want to enter the underworld to experience and practice special skills need to apply to wonderful subordinates in advance.


    ¡­¡­


    In short, both sides are not satisfied with the agreement reached between Taimiao and the major forces in the Yang world, but they can reluctantly accept it.


    With this agreement, the influence of changes in the underworld on the Yang world was minimized.


    Most importantly, the underworld continues to provide various special resources to the Yang world, which can ensure that the fundamental interests of all forces are not damaged.


    Probably out of kindness to Taimiao, the Holy Land Pope revealed a message to Taimiao.


    After the last attack of the capital of Dali Dynasty, a few remnants of Dali Dynasty and foreign ghost families successfully broke through and fled the pursuit of the Holy Land Sect.


    Dali was so powerful in the imperial dynasty. Of course, he arranged dark sons all over the Jun dust world and prepared a backhand.


    In order to eradicate the root causes, all the holy places have been unremitting in clearing and pursuing the remaining evils of Dali imperial dynasty over the years.


    In this process, one after another, some of the remaining evils of the imperial dynasty were arrested.


    Among them, there are many high-ranking guys in Dali imperial dynasty.


    From these guys, the major holy places have obtained a lot of valuable information.


    In the present Junchen world, there are still many foreign ghost families.


    They established some shelters in the underworld and the Yang world to help them avoid the exclusion of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Considering the characteristics of foreign ghost families, their shelters are mainly concentrated in the underworld, and there are strong people at the level of returning to emptiness.


    All the holy places hope that Taimiao can strengthen the search, find these shelters and kill the foreign ghost families hidden inside.


    It''s wonderful. I haven''t encountered any foreign ghosts in hell for so long.


    In the process of his unification of the underworld, no foreign ghosts came out to stop him.


    Wonderful! Now he has become the ruler of hell. How can others sleep on the side of his bed.


    As a foreign invader, the foreign ghost nationality naturally became his enemy.


    It is always a trouble in the heart to hide such a group of foreign strong people in the underworld. They must be eradicated as soon as possible.


    Taimiao''s cultivation today is not afraid of being besieged by these foreign ghost families.


    As soon as those foreign ghost families leave the shelter, they will be excluded and attacked by the rules of the underworld.


    Of course, because the underworld is too vast and wonderful, and the rule of the underworld is still very careless, it is not easy to find those hidden shelters.


    Too wonderful issued a wanted notice in the underworld, offering a reward to arrest foreign ghost families, and launched all kinds of ghosts, gods and ghosts to search those shelters.


    In addition, he also hopes to get more information from Yangshi.


    In addition to asking for help from the holy places, he also asked Meng Zhang for help.


    After the fall of Dali Dynasty, a large part of its territory was annexed by taiyimen.


    Under the command of taiyimen, many Xiuzhen forces originally belonging to Dali imperial dynasty have been sheltered.


    Among them, there are many forces closely related to the royal family of Dali Dynasty, including those who occupy a high position in Dali Dynasty and participate in secret cultivation.


    Meng Zhang sent his men to inquire about these cultivation forces and inquire about the intelligence of foreign ghost families from them.

 Chapter 2260

    Dali Dynasty turned Shangjing into a ghost land in those days, which was tantamount to abandoning all kinds of truth cultivation forces under its command.


    Since these Xiuzhen forces originally belonging to Dali imperial dynasty have taken refuge in taiyimen, they should not mention the abandoned resentment. According to the truth, they should please the new master.


    They dare not, and there is no need to hide relevant information from taiyimen.


    But the friars sent by Taiyi sect to inquire and investigate couldn''t get useful information from them at all.


    The existence of foreign ghost families is the top secret of the Dali Dynasty. Except for a few royal family members, other important officials basically have no knowledge of it.


    Senior officials such as Han Yao, the Minister of Dali temple, and the ancient moon family, who married the royal family, knew nothing about the relevant information.


    There seems to be no other good way for taiyimen except to continue in-depth investigation.


    Before this matter came to an end, taiyimen received a call up order from the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace recruited Meng Zhang, the leader of the Taiyi sect, and the friars of the Taiyi sect to eliminate the remaining indigenous gods and descendants in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang was prepared for this.


    The conscription order specifically specifies that Meng Zhang needs to go to the war in person, and Meng Zhang naturally cannot refuse.


    The great powers of returning to the void in Taiyi gate now take turns to go to the void to participate in defense, and they also need to keep people to guard the sect gate.


    If Meng Zhang doesn''t come forward in person, taiyimen may not be able to send enough forces to participate in the war.


    While recruiting taiyimen friars to join the war, Tiangong also shared a lot of relevant information with taiyimen.


    I really don''t know. I was startled at the sight.


    The indigenous gods, who have always been regarded as losers, have retained so many dark hands and many hidden bases in the Junchen world.


    In the cultivation world, many cultivation forces have colluded with these indigenous gods intentionally or unintentionally for various reasons.


    Of course, the heavenly palace and the holy places that can investigate this information must be better.


    Meng Zhang even couldn''t help but suspect that the heavenly palace and the religious gates of the major holy places had been monitoring the movements of the indigenous gods.


    They have never started before. They may be fishing for big fish in a long line and have the intention of raising fat pigs.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places had already started to take action before the call order was issued to Taiyi gate.


    A team of friars rushed to all parts of the Junchen world to eliminate those hidden bases and liquidate the Xiuzhen forces who colluded with the indigenous gods.


    To be honest, it is actually a fat job to liquidate the Xiuzhen forces that collude with the indigenous gods.


    A true cultivation force colludes with the aboriginal gods. The whole force has invested in the aboriginal gods camp, or only some of the lower monks have inadvertently contacted the aboriginal gods.


    There is a lot of room for operation in the middle. It can be said that the wonderful use is kept in one mind.


    No one can tell whether the major Holy Land sects have taken this opportunity to beat those obedient cultivation forces and even eliminate dissidents.


    It is impossible to assign such a task to taiyimen.


    The biggest good news is that the foreign enemies do not want civil strife in the Xiuzhen world. Xiuzhen forces such as Taiyi sect and hailing sect, which openly oppose the Holy Land Sect, have not been deliberately targeted.


    If the religious sects of the major holy places are really desperate to take the opportunity to plant and frame taiyimen and others, and insist on treating them as accomplices of the indigenous gods, it will only trigger another civil war in the Xiuzhen world.


    Ziyang Shengzong was responsible for the suppression of most of the bases of indigenous gods in the north of Junchen world.


    Only some places were too remote, and the hard bones that were obviously difficult to chew were thrown to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much of this, so he asked his disciples to have a real combat experience.


    After some arrangement, the top level of taiyimen sent several teams to various places to eliminate these bases.


    Meng Zhang himself was summoned to the heavenly palace to listen to orders.


    Meng Zhang made some simple explanations about the affairs in the door and went directly to the heavenly palace.


    Perhaps considering the discord between Meng Zhang and the monks of the holy places, the heavenly palace did not arrange them together, but received Meng Zhang alone by an old acquaintance, Taoist Tiemian.


    After the two met, ignoring the greetings, they went straight to the subject.


    The remaining indigenous gods of the Jun dust world are located in the largest secret base of the Jun dust world, deep in the seabed of the West Sea.


    In that secret base, the main force of the remaining indigenous gods is hidden, and it is also the headquarters of the indigenous gods.


    That sea area was originally the territory of Xihai people, close to the area directly controlled by Zhenlong people.


    These indigenous gods are hidden there, and most of them have been sheltered by the sea people and even the real dragon people.


    After the last war, the Xihai clan was defeated by the Terran cultivators and lost most of their territory.


    Now the sea area where the base is located is already at the junction of Terran and real dragon territory.


    I don''t know why this time. The sects of the major holy places have been cruel and must completely eliminate the residual forces of the indigenous gods.


    In order to get the full support of the heavenly palace, the major holy places have made concessions to the heavenly palace in many aspects.


    The Tiangong side has always adhered to the strategy of settling in first before hustling outside, trying to maintain the internal unity of the cultivation world and let all practitioners unite with the outside world.


    Therefore, the heavenly palace did not make it difficult for the holy places to worship, but actively organized the action.


    Although there are many bases for indigenous gods in the Junchen world, there are at most some divine descendants in those bases, as well as some practitioners who take refuge in indigenous gods, ghost practitioners and Demons accepted.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world are basically concentrated in this place.


    In order to ensure a successful strike and completely destroy the headquarters of the indigenous gods, many arrangements have been made for the complete annihilation of the hidden indigenous gods, the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In the Junchen world, almost every once in a while, the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the major holy places will organize a clean-up to clean up the cattle, ghosts and snake gods, including divine descent, ghost repair, demon repair, etc.


    These clean-up operations vary in scale and have achieved ups and downs.


    Judging from some previous moves, this campaign is not fundamentally different from previous campaigns.


    The most important thing is to mobilize more people and expand the scope of clearance and suppression.


    The heavenly palace and all the holy places know that there are people in the cultivation world who collude with the indigenous gods, and even some of them leak secrets.


    In order to ensure that the ultimate goal of the operation was achieved, Tiangong had previously concealed the information that it had found the headquarters of indigenous gods.


    Before the operation began, it was kept strictly confidential.


    For example, Meng Zhang also came to the heavenly palace and learned some details about the operation.


    And before the operation began, he was not allowed to leave the heavenly palace and contact with the outside world.


    When all the people involved in the operation gather, everyone will act together.


    The iron faced Taoist took the trouble to make various explanations to Meng Zhang, explained in detail the significance of this action, and hoped that Meng Zhang would not think much and try his best in the next action.

 Chapter 2261

    In front of the iron faced Taoist, Meng Zhang of course promised that he would go all out to kill more indigenous gods and completely eliminate the remaining evils.


    As for some small grudges between him and the holy places, he will not take them to heart, let alone affect the overall situation.


    The iron faced Taoist priest was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    He and Meng Zhang had just finished talking, and soon he received a summons.


    With Meng Zhang, the iron faced Taoist directly came to the sky over the West Sea through the transmission array of the heavenly palace.


    In order to ensure the success of the raid, the heavenly palace and the holy places had made many careful arrangements in advance.


    Iron faced Taoist priest and Meng Zhang are late.


    In the nearby high altitude, on the sea surface and even on the seabed, many practitioners have been waiting for a long time.


    In the most conspicuous place, Yang and Xu Xian of Ziyang Shengzong, Weiwu Xu Xian of guantian Pavilion and Wang puchen Xu Xian, deputy manager of Tiangong, stood together.


    Further afield, a number of Hui Xu Da Neng led a group of friars in formation.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places are determined to completely eliminate the residual indigenous gods in the Jun dust world this time.


    In order to prevent the real dragon and the sea from interfering, they also prepared additional blocking forces.


    The practitioners who can appear here are at least masters at the level of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array of Tiangong has long paid attention to this side.


    The surrounding sea and sea floor have long been blocked by the array arranged by the cultivator to prevent the indigenous gods from breaking through and escaping.


    Thousands of years ago, the real immortals in the Jun dust world had been determined, and almost all the strong real gods among the indigenous gods in the Jun dust world had been eliminated.


    Even a few escaped from the net, they have long fled the Junchen world.


    After the establishment of Jiutian and the completion of Tianwei thunder punishment array, it will be more difficult to hide if there are strong people at the level of true immortals in the Junchen world.


    At that time, Xianyun Zhenxian was afraid to sneak into the Jun dust world because she knew the power of the Jun dust world monitoring system.


    The moon god was hidden in the moon worship goddess, and was brought back to the Jun dust world by Meng Zhang with mustard space.


    The moon god has never recovered its heyday, and its strength is very limited. Naturally, it will not attract the attention of the monitoring system of Jun dust world.


    Since there is no strong one at the level of true God, the remaining indigenous gods in the Jun dust world are simply unable to compete with the practitioners.


    Even if there are some strong among the indigenous gods, there are not enough believers to provide them with the power of faith. After a long time, their power will only continue to weaken.


    According to the estimation of the high level of Jun dust world, sending three virtual immortals at a time is enough to suppress all disobedience.


    With the arrival of the strong here, the conveners have basically gathered.


    With a greeting, the three virtual immortals took the lead and dived into the deep sea.


    All of you, including Meng Zhang, followed by Huixu Da Neng, also quickly dived into the seabed.


    Probably they had collected enough accurate information long ago. The three virtual immortals didn''t spend time looking for a way and dived directly to a place under the sea.


    It didn''t take long for the three immortals to lead them to a coral reef at the bottom of the sea.


    In addition to coral reefs and rubble and gravel at bottom of the sea, there is nothing in sight.


    Many monks looked around and could not see any clue, and many faces showed puzzled expressions.


    Only those who have deep cultivation and keen sense, like Meng Zhang, are vaguely aware of what''s wrong here.


    I didn''t let everyone wait too long, but my virtual fairy brushed it gently with one hand, as if a curtain had been brushed away, and countless large and small blisters appeared in front of everyone.


    With the eyes of everyone present, I soon found the details of these blisters.


    These things that look like blisters are actually independent spaces.


    Among them, there is even the existence of a small world.


    The last base of the remaining indigenous gods in the Jun dust world is hidden in these blisters.


    Yang and Xu Xian stirred their hands, and a hot hurricane blew near these blisters, and most of them burst.


    These ruptured blisters are unstable independent spaces.


    It must be a very stable independent space to be selected as a base by the indigenous gods.


    These blisters are covered by the secrets of the indigenous gods. Observing from the outside, we can''t judge which blister is the base of the indigenous gods in a short time.


    Or, these blisters are the bases of the indigenous gods, and they are scattered among the bases.


    Logically speaking, practitioners only need to attack those blisters here. The indigenous gods hidden inside will not sit idly by and must come out to resist.


    But I don''t know what the three virtual immortals thought. They ordered the accompanying monks to forcibly enter these blisters.


    Now there are not many bubbles left. The monks on the scene enter them respectively and will soon be able to find out the secret base of the indigenous gods.


    Although many monks present did not understand, they did not dare to disobey orders.


    People, including Meng Zhang, broke into these blisters.


    Among the monks present, many came from various holy places. Naturally, Meng Zhang would not cooperate with them.


    Meng Zhang was going to act alone. The considerate iron faced Taoist insisted on going with him in order to take care of each other.


    Not seen for many years, the iron faced Taoist priest has also cultivated the phase of heaven and earth, and successfully entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness, which is enough to become a powerful arm of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was inconvenient to refuse the kindness of the iron faced Taoist and led him into a blister.


    This bubble is a low-level independent space, which is difficult to accommodate too high-level forces.


    As soon as Meng Zhang and the iron faced Taoist entered it, the whole space began to shake violently. It looks like it will collapse at any time.


    This low-level independent space obviously can not carry indigenous gods, let alone serve as their hidden base.


    Meng Zhang just glanced around. It seemed that there were several divine descendants active.


    Since there was no value here, he asked the iron faced Taoist to leave here.


    If they stay here a little longer, the independent space may collapse automatically.


    Space collapse will bring many dangers. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to cause trouble for no reason, even if he doesn''t have to worry about his own safety.


    After Meng Zhang and the iron faced Taoist priest came out of the bubble, he immediately pricked the bubble and the independent space inside collapsed.


    There are three empty immortals staring outside. Meng Zhang won''t give them an excuse to attack themselves.


    Without the slightest delay, Meng Zhang led the iron faced Taoist into another blister.


    The independent space in the bubble was a little more stable. Meng Zhang and Taoist iron face stayed in it for a while, but they still didn''t find anything valuable.


    This is a settlement of God descendants, and some god descendants live here.


    Meng Zhang and iron faced Taoist priest didn''t see this. They soon left this independent space and destroyed it.

 Chapter 2262

    There are many monks present, and everyone moves quickly.


    There are three virtual immortals staring nearby. No one dares to cheat and play tricks.


    Everyone took positive action, and many people even had the idea of performing well in front of virtual immortals and winning their favor.


    Before long, most of the independent spaces in the blisters were clearly explored, confirmed to be of little value, and then completely destroyed by the practitioners.


    With the destruction of these bubbles, everything, including the hidden gods, will naturally disappear.


    The indigenous gods must be hidden in the remaining blisters.


    There may be an ambush in some blisters. Some monks haven''t come out for a long time after entering them.


    Those friars who had left their hands, one after another, pursued their way into these blisters, trying to explore them clearly.


    Most of the monks here come from or are closely related to the major holy places.


    Meng Zhang is really unwilling to cooperate with them, let alone give them his back.


    Meng Zhang led the iron faced Taoist into a bubble that no one had entered.


    The space in this bubble is very stable, and the level is not too low, which is enough for Meng Zhang and them to stay in it for a long time.


    As soon as they entered this independent space, Meng Zhang and Taoist Tiemian began to search everywhere.


    The interior of this independent space is very broad, and many divine descendants live here.


    These God descendants, who were at most the strength of the yuan God period, were simply vulnerable, and they were unable to stop Meng Zhang.


    There are many material warehouses here, storing a lot of precious resources.


    There are also miraculous medicine gardens and animal pens around. Many miraculous medicines have been planted and many monsters have been domesticated.


    Meng Zhang himself may not be able to use these cultivation resources, but he has many disciples and grandchildren, so he can always use these resources.


    Meng Zhang delayed a little to collect all kinds of materials stored here.


    Iron faced Taoist priest also has disciples and descendants.


    Especially in recent years, the resources of the Junchen world are tight, and the support of the heavenly palace is much lower than before.


    Of course, the iron faced Taoist does not compete with Meng Zhang because of these resources, and Meng Zhang is not a sole eater.


    After a simple allocation, they began to search for various resources.


    Soon after Meng Zhang and his colleagues started to work, they found that the whole space began to fluctuate violently.


    Huge space cracks appeared in the sky and on the ground, and began to devour everything in space.


    Bursts of violent space storms are raging around, and the space seems to be about to collapse.


    This independent space has been stable for thousands of years. Even if the entry of two back virtual powers has some impact on it, it can''t lead to space collapse so soon.


    Knowing that the situation was wrong, Meng Zhang greeted the iron faced Taoist and immediately gave up everything, crossed the space gap and made every effort to return to the main world.


    Meng Zhang, as the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness, is especially proficient in the space Avenue. With him leading the way and breaking down various obstacles in front, the iron faced Taoist saved a lot of energy.


    The space soon collapsed completely, and the surrounding space gaps were full of violent space storms and almost ubiquitous space turbulence.


    Meng Zhang has a wealth of experience to deal with this situation.


    Although the situation was very dangerous, he returned to the main world safely with the iron faced Taoist.


    As soon as he returned to the Lord''s world, Meng Zhang found that a returning virtual power nearby seemed to have just finished casting spells.


    Judging from his costume, this man is a monk of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Needless to say, this person must have seen Meng Zhang enter the independent space, so he immediately cast a spell outside to completely destroy the independent space and tried to bury Meng Zhang with the power of space destruction.


    As for the Tiangong friar who accidentally injured the iron faced Taoist priest, he had no scruples.


    It is not surprising that monks were killed or injured during the campaign to eliminate indigenous gods.


    It is enough to expose this matter easily by the means of religious sects in major holy places.


    Of course, with Meng Zhang''s profound cultivation, he may not expect to kill Meng Zhang in this way.


    If he can hurt Meng Zhang, or even just let Meng Zhang lose his face, he may think it''s worth it.


    Now Meng Zhang appears here unharmed. He doesn''t look guilty at all. He still looks at Meng Zhang provocatively.


    The situation just now is not without any danger to Meng Zhang.


    If he is not careful, he may be hurt.


    The other party framed himself so recklessly in full view of the public, which really angered him.


    Meng Zhang was about to give this guy in jiuxuan Pavilion some color to see. The iron faced Taoist priest behind him quickly stopped him.


    "Headmaster Meng, be calm."


    In addition to the iron faced Taoist''s stop, Meng Zhang also noticed a cold look staring at himself.


    This vision comes from the only immortal who is eyeing covetously.


    If Meng Zhang really dares to do it here, it will only give him the excuse to do it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang held back his anger.


    There will be a long time to come. They can return to emptiness and live a long life. They always have a chance to revenge in the future. They don''t have to be in a hurry, and they can''t be angered and fooled.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was not angered by himself, the friar jiuxuange laughed arrogantly and left.


    Meng Zhang should have entered other blisters, but because he had a fire in his heart just now, and he was worried that the monks of the Holy Land Sect would repeat their old skills, he stayed in place for the time being and did not take action.


    "Bold Meng Zhang, you escaped from the battle."


    But the loud cry of my virtual immortal sounded in Meng Zhang''s ear.


    In similar operations, military law is used to ensure strict orders.


    If a friar dares to resist the order, the leader can not only kill him on the spot, but also implicate his sect.


    But I, Xu Xian, was so aboveboard and bright, holding a chicken feather as an arrow, which was nothing more than revenge for public and private affairs.


    Meng Zhang looked at Wang puchen, one of the three virtual immortals.


    As a monk of the heavenly palace, Wang puchen doesn''t say that he upholds justice at this time. At least he can''t let Wei Xuxian wantonly frame Meng Zhang.


    Wang puchen avoided Meng Zhang''s eyes and pretended not to see the scene in front of him.


    It has long been said that Wang puchen, deputy director of the heavenly palace, has a close relationship with the holy places, but I didn''t expect that he would be like this.


    Meng Zhang''s heart suddenly cooled down and deepened his vigilance for the operation.


    He originally thought that this was an action organized by the heavenly palace, and so many heavenly palace friars participated in it. The major holy places should not be too targeted at themselves in this action.


    It seems that he overestimated the lower limit of the holy door Friar and overestimated the influence of the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace sent Wang puchen to preside over the operation. Has it given up its asylum?


    The current situation is so that Meng Zhang doesn''t think much.


    Seeing that only I Xuxian deliberately targeted Meng Zhang, no one around dared to intervene in this matter.


    Many monks in the holy land also showed a proud smile.

 Chapter 2263

    In the face of the immoral power of only me, even if someone in the crowd is dissatisfied, he doesn''t dare to show up at will.


    When everyone was silent, only the iron faced Taoist who had always been selfless stood up.


    Tiemian Taoist is a direct friar of the heavenly palace. He is always fair and strict. He has worked in the law enforcement Hall of the heavenly palace for many years and is familiar with various laws of the heavenly palace.


    He was not so afraid of me, but talked and defended Meng Zhang.


    But my empty fairy''s face was iron and blue, and he forced himself to hold back and didn''t attack immediately.


    But Wang puchen shouted angrily and interrupted the iron faced Taoist.


    The iron faced Taoist can ignore me, but I''m an immortal, but I can''t help but give face to my immediate boss.


    Meng Zhang knew that under the current situation, he should not openly contradict, but I was an immortal and made an excuse for him.


    Meng Zhang saw that the monks of some holy places entered a blister and flew in.


    Even if the friars of the Holy Land Sect want to frame themselves, they should not be buried with the same sect openly.


    If it is secretly, in order to kill Meng Zhang, all the holy places are willing to pay some price.


    But in public, in full view of the public, they can''t be too cold-blooded to their peers.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s action, he meant to be soft, but I, the immortal, didn''t chase him.


    After all, he is not without scruples.


    In this kind of action to eliminate foreign enemies, if he wantonly and openly attacks other practitioners, the news will certainly not be kept secret.


    Although it is said that strong people such as the Holy Land Sect gate do not care about popular support, let alone other people''s comments, when facing foreign enemies in the future, other monks will certainly redouble their guard against the Holy Land Sect gate and are unwilling to fight against foreign enemies with all their strength.


    However, there is no need to hide the killing intention of Xu Xian and Yang He Xu Xian towards Meng Zhang. What they really want to consider is how to kill Meng Zhang at the least cost and minimize the negative impact.


    After Meng Zhang entered the bubble, he felt a whirl of heaven and earth, and the scene in front of him changed rapidly. Then he came to a vast world.


    I don''t know whether he is lucky or not. This is a very stable small world. Even if it is not the headquarters of these indigenous gods, it is also a very important base.


    The place where Meng Zhang appeared was a continuous mountain range.


    Between the peaks, the monks and divine descendants who had previously entered were fighting to the death.


    Most of the monks who had previously entered came from the religious doors of the major holy places.


    With Meng Zhang''s mood at this time, he could hardly wait to slap them to death. Where did he have the mind to fight side by side with them.


    Meng Zhang did not take charge of the battle ahead, but bypassed the battlefield and flew to other parts of the small world.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and status, as long as he avoids the three virtual immortals, he is not afraid of being difficult for him by others.


    Meng Zhang flew very fast. Several divine descendants tried to intercept him, but they were far away from him.


    Meng Zhang soon left the mountains and entered the sky over a great plain.


    The great plains are densely populated, and there are good cultivated fields, pastures and so on.


    For thousands of years, many divine descendants settled here, and then multiplied, lived and worked in peace and contentment.


    After many generations of inheritance, the divine blood of many divine descendants has become weaker and weaker.


    Their strength is limited compared with ordinary mortals, and they are equivalent to low-level practitioners at most.


    Probably the alarm spread after the invasion of this small world.


    Many God descendants, armed with various weapons, are training into a team, ready to fight at any time.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, these divine descendants are like mole ants. They can shoot a large area at will.


    Meng Zhang is also a Taoist monk. He is not the kind of person who kills indiscriminately. He won''t kill if he doesn''t have to.


    He even sympathized with these gods.


    The cultivators who participated in the war this time have the lowest accomplishments. They are the yuan God Zhenjun.


    As long as any cultivator breaks into here, they can easily kill these gods wantonly, but they have no power to fight back.


    Finally, these small worlds will be completely destroyed by the practitioners, and all the divine descendants living in them, including the old, the weak, women and children, will be destroyed.


    Although he sympathizes with them, Meng Zhang is not stupid enough to want to save them.


    The level of this small world is not low. As a hiding place for indigenous gods, there may be some treasures in it.


    Meng Zhang gained a lot when he entered the secret space left by the indigenous gods with the moon god last time.


    Seeing that the plain below was just a civilian living area without any oil and water, Meng Zhang quickly passed over and flew to other places.


    There are few indigenous gods left over from ancient times, and it is difficult to give birth to new indigenous gods in the current environment of Junchen world.


    Among these independent spaces, the largest number is all kinds of divine descendants.


    God descendants can cultivate to the level of Yuanshen. Even if they are masters, their highest accomplishments will not exceed the level of returning to emptiness, and most of them are at the initial level of returning to emptiness.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation, you can wander freely in this small world.


    Meng Zhang''s participation in this operation was not voluntary, but was forcibly recruited by the heavenly palace.


    The experience just now has dispelled his only remaining fighting enthusiasm.


    Exterminating the indigenous gods is the business of the holy places. He doesn''t have to waste his energy on it.


    Even, he wished that the indigenous gods would be stronger and cause greater damage to those damn holy monks.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang will not take the initiative to fight each other even if he sees the strong among the divine descendants.


    Of course, if these divine descendants don''t know how to live or die and have to forcibly attack him, Meng Zhang will not be merciful.


    In this small world, there are many towns and villages established by divine descendants.


    The place where these ordinary gods lived was not his goal.


    When Meng Zhang passes through these places, he can scan them with powerful divine thoughts at most.


    If he doesn''t find valuable resources, he won''t stay at all.


    After Meng zhangfei went out for a while, he found a tall and towering Temple below.


    Several God descendants at the level of Yuanshen, led by a large group of fully armed warriors, are in strict formation in front of the temple gate.


    Practitioners who forcibly break into this small world will basically appear near the mountains just now.


    Most of the strong gods in this small world have rushed to that place to stop the invasion of the practitioners.


    There are few strong gods left in other parts of the small world.


    This is where the temple is located, so a certain defense force is reserved.


    In Meng Zhang''s mental induction, in addition to the divine descendants guarding here, there are two yuan God Zhenjun hiding their bodies and sneaking into the temple.


    Judging from their costumes and the breath of practicing martial arts, they should be monks in guantian Pavilion.


    The most precious wealth must be stored in buildings such as temples.


    In the battle with the indigenous gods, various temples and altars are the most favorite targets of the practitioners.

 Chapter 2264

    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry. Instead, he looked around carefully and confirmed that there were no other strong men peeping aside.


    In his induction, the two Yuanshen Zhenjun of guantian Pavilion secretly tried to sneak into the temple. It was clear that they wanted to take advantage of the fire and steal the treasures in the temple.


    The more Meng Zhang looked at them, the more uncomfortable he felt. He couldn''t suppress his anger.


    Anyway, among the monks participating in the war, only three virtual immortals can stabilize him. They obviously didn''t enter this small world.


    There are no other practitioners hiding around, which makes Meng Zhang''s heart full of killing opportunities.


    Meng Zhang clapped heavily with one hand at the bottom.


    An irresistible terrible force fell from the sky. Before the two nuns who carefully hid their body shape could react, their flesh and the yuan God were crushed.


    This palm was very powerful. It not only killed two annoying flies, but also caused great damage to the temple.


    It was like a big earthquake near the temple. The whole temple was shaking violently. A famous God descendant had an unstable foothold and fell to the ground one after another.


    With a little bad breath, Meng Zhang had a lot of ideas.


    A fist like a hill quickly condensed into shape in the air, and then hit the temple below.


    Feeling the terrible power contained in the fist, a god descendant showed a look of despair on his face.


    A helpless sigh suddenly sounded in the temple, and a golden light rose from the temple to block the smashed fist.


    "I thought you would hide inside forever and be a shrinking turtle."


    Meng Zhang sneered with disdain.


    He had long been aware of the dormancy of the strong in the temple.


    Judging from the fight just now, what is hidden in the temple is not a God, but an indigenous God.


    The cultivation level of the indigenous God is not low, but his breath is not stable enough.


    He just stopped Meng Zhang''s attack, and a more fierce attack came.


    A sharp sword fell from the sky and directly cut into the gate of the temple.


    Over the years, the temple has been transformed into its own divine domain by the indigenous God.


    Although he was in poor condition, he still had some confidence to fight in his own divine domain.


    A huge statue of God appeared over the temple.


    The statue, with head and body, four hands and feet, is extremely tall and powerful.


    The statue held its four hands high and fought with the sword Qi.


    Bursts of explosions sounded, and deep sword marks appeared on the gate and walls of the temple.


    Those God descendants who were waiting in front of the temple gate, regardless of their accomplishments, were crushed into powder in the aftermath of the fight between the two sides.


    With the divine realm as the support, even the ordinary upper statue in the later stage of returning to emptiness is difficult to break through the temple and kill the indigenous God in a short time.


    If he did not think of the treasures that might be stored in the temple, Meng Zhang was unwilling to spend his strength to fight with the indigenous God.


    Although this indigenous God is more difficult than expected, since Meng Zhang has started, he doesn''t mean to give up halfway.


    Even Meng Zhang had no communication with the other party.


    The cultivators want to get rid of the aboriginal gods, and the aboriginal gods regard the cultivators as their mortal enemies.


    Meng Zhang wants the other party to hand over the treasure, so he can let the other party go.


    However, the indigenous gods cannot have the slightest trust in the practitioners.


    The gods of Junchen world, who have been mutilated by practitioners, can''t compromise with practitioners.


    The Yin and Yang Qi swept in like a long river and surrounded the whole temple.


    Yin and yang are constantly flowing around the temple, rubbing and squeezing vigorously.


    The statue tried to block Yin and Yang.


    After a period of stalemate with Yin and Yang Qi, he had no strength, but was involved in Yin and Yang Qi.


    After a while, the statue first disappeared in the Yin and Yang Qi, and then all the light covered on the temple was wiped out.


    After the Yin and Yang Qi refined the statue, the power increased greatly and continued to roll towards the inner part of the divine realm.


    Under the influence of yin and Yang, this God domain, which has been operating for many years, finally couldn''t hold on and was completely polished.


    Without the protection of the divine realm, the true body of the God was exposed in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word of nonsense. He used Liangyi Tongtian sword to kill the God directly.


    It didn''t take Meng Zhang much time from breaking the divine domain to killing the gods.


    The divine domain is the foundation of a God, which stores all the wealth of the God.


    The Yin and Yang Qi rolled up and rolled all the wealth in front of Meng Zhang.


    Everything else was fine, nothing more than some low-level artifacts and ordinary cultivation resources, but the three head sized crystal balls immediately attracted Meng Zhang''s attention.


    This is the source crystal, which contains the essence of the source of heaven and earth, which can only be seen in the deepest part of the source sea.


    Compared with Meng Qing''s day-to-day spiritual cultivation, there are all kinds of essence that have been absorbed before. The source level is higher and the power is stronger.


    Collecting source crystals in the deepest part of the source sea is a very difficult and high-risk work.


    Strong people with this ability will not do so easily.


    Because every source crystal collected is damage to the source sea, which will greatly weaken the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Now the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world is under the control of the sect gates of major holy places, and other monks have no qualification to approach, let alone collect source crystals.


    If a strong man dares to dive into the source sea, he will only be ruthlessly pursued and killed by the holy places.


    These source crystals should have been collected when the indigenous gods ruled the Jun dust world.


    Indigenous gods need believers to provide a steady stream of faith.


    Without the power of faith provided by believers, the powerful gods will slowly dissipate and die.


    The more powerful the indigenous gods are, the more power of faith they need, and naturally the more believers they need.


    The number of gods living in these independent spaces is limited, and they can provide little power of faith, which is not helpful to the indigenous gods.


    It seems that these indigenous gods can survive from ancient times to the present. In addition to the power of faith provided by the divine descendants, Yuanjing should also play a great role.


    Yuanjing cannot completely replace the power of faith, but after the indigenous gods absorb and refine it, they can ensure that their power will not disappear too quickly, so that they can have a minimum self-protection power and prolong their life.


    The source crystal is also a very important treasure for Meng Zhang''s later worship of returning to emptiness.


    What Meng Zhang lacks now is not the understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth, but his own accumulation.


    If there are enough source crystals for him to absorb and refine, the time for him to accumulate power can be greatly shortened.


    Unfortunately, there are too few source crystals stored in this temple.


    With the temptation of Yuanjing, Meng Zhang''s enthusiasm to start with the indigenous gods immediately increased greatly.


    He soon left the temple and looked around for new goals in this small world.

 Chapter 2265

    Meng Zhang''s speed was very fast. He didn''t spend much time searching the small world.


    The number of practitioners invading this small world is small and their strength is limited. At this time, almost all of them are still fighting with the divine descendants on the other side of the mountain, and they can''t get away in a short time.


    In this small world, all the God descendants with some strength rushed to the other side and fought hard to stop the invasion of the practitioners.


    The battle is getting fiercer and fiercer. It seems that it will take a long time to decide the outcome.


    Those indigenous gods probably knew that the great disaster was coming, and were even more reluctant to leave the divine domain. They hoped to use the power of the divine domain to block the enemy''s next attack and save their own lives.


    They seem to have forgotten that if all the descendants of God die and no believers worship them, they will also die slowly.


    Seemingly powerful gods are no different from other creatures in life and death. They are greedy for life and afraid of death.


    For them, even a little more time is good.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang broke through three temples, more than ten altars and found two secret warehouses.


    In addition to searching out a lot of precious resources, Yuanjing alone collected nearly 20 pieces.


    He killed four indigenous gods. Among their respective divine domains, with the help of the power of the divine domain, the strongest one has the strength in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, and the weakest one is the level in the middle stage of returning to the virtual world.


    These indigenous gods hid in their own God domain, which gave Meng Zhang a chance to break each one.


    If they are willing to unite and stick to a divine domain, Meng Zhang may not be able to do anything about them in a short time.


    Unfortunately, for gods, their own divine domain is the most reassuring place for them.


    In case of danger, they will have a minimum sense of security only if they hide in their own God domain.


    They are all scattered. The state of each God is very bad. It is difficult to give full play to their combat effectiveness. Naturally, they can''t resist Meng Zhang for too long.


    In this process, several practitioners bypassed the battlefield on the other side of the mountain and sneaked into the small world to take advantage of it.


    If you are a monk in the holy land, and no one else sees you around, you will be killed if Meng Zhang finds out.


    Under the desperate counterattack of indigenous gods and divine descendants, it is too normal for practitioners to suffer casualties.


    As long as he is not caught, Meng Zhang is not afraid of suspicion.


    Anyway, Taiyi gate and the holy places are not hostile for one or two days.


    Especially just now, the killing intention of Weiwu Xuxian was almost hard to hide.


    Meng Zhang was going to continue the search and turn the small world over again.


    But the small world has begun to collapse.


    So many strong people are fighting in the small world.


    In particular, the fight back to the virtual level has caused great damage to the small world and greatly damaged the stability of the small world.


    Several indigenous gods themselves are also important factors supporting this small world.


    Now they all fall, and the severely damaged small world has lost its support and can no longer support it.


    The higher the level of independent space, the greater the impact when it is destroyed, and the more terrible the destructive power is.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation, if you don''t leave here quickly, you may encounter trouble.


    There are a lot of source crystals on hand, which are enough to absorb for a long time. Meng Zhang did not continue to demand.


    He immediately began to cast a spell to get himself out of this small world.


    Before leaving this small world, Meng Zhang mobilized the power of the road, tried to stir the rules of heaven and earth of the small world, destroy its space and accelerate the process of its destruction.


    Meng Zhang passed through the space gap and returned to the main world safely.


    After a while, only a few of the return of the Holy Land Sect door could escape from the small world with a disheartened face.


    After a while, more monks escaped one after another.


    Of course, among the monks who broke into that small world, it is inevitable that bad luck fell in the process of space collapse.


    This has nothing to do with Meng Zhang. It''s just their poor strength. It''s too unlucky.


    Space destruction is a very dangerous thing for practitioners.


    With the bubble completely broken, only a few bubbles remained around.


    Yang and Xu Xian of Ziyang holy sect and only I Xu Xian of Tiange are not outside. I don''t know where they have gone.


    When these two guys are away, Meng Zhang can finally take a good breath.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem so easy to break the temple, kill the indigenous gods and seize the treasures in that small world just now.


    After escaping from the small world of destruction, he lost a lot and needed time to recover slowly.


    Before Meng Zhang could adjust his breath for a while, Wang puchen Xu Xian, who was sitting here, gave orders to him.


    "Meng Zhang, the headquarters of the indigenous gods have been identified, right there."


    "Yang He Xu Xian and Wei Wu Xu Xian have led the friars to kill them. Go in and support them immediately, so as to drive out all the indigenous gods."


    Wang puchen pointed to one of the remaining blisters and said.


    Meng Zhang was so angry that he didn''t even give himself a chance to breathe.


    At least Wang puchen is also the deputy manager of the heavenly palace. Do you need to stand on the side of the holy land door so wholeheartedly?


    His ass is so crooked. Does the chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Xue Jianjun, know?


    When Meng Zhang entered the small world, the iron faced Taoist did not follow him. Now the iron faced Taoist is missing, and no one dares to speak for him.


    Meng Zhang, who was angry, did not act immediately.


    He should seize every breath and restore his strength as much as possible.


    The more he recovers his strength, the more he can deal with it.


    Meng Zhang had a strong foreboding in his heart and felt that great danger was approaching him.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a direct friar of the heavenly palace, he has always been loyal to the heavenly palace, making friends with the chief manager, companion Xuejian, and the deputy manager, ancient Taoist.


    Over the years, taiyimen has always been a loyal subordinate of Tiangong, so people can''t pick out the slightest mistake.


    As the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, Wang puchen should not persecute Meng Zhang so much even if he wants to please all the holy places.


    "Meng Zhang, do you want to resist?"


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not responded to his orders, Wang puchen shouted angrily.


    It seems that if Meng Zhang really wants to dare to disobey orders in front of the battle, he will mercilessly fight Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that he could not openly disobey Wang puchen''s military order, which would completely break his relationship with Tiangong.


    Meng Zhang is not completely disappointed with the heavenly palace.


    He expected that today''s event was only Wang puchen''s personal private behavior, and companion Xue Jianjun and the ancient capital Taoist knew nothing about it.


    After today, Meng Zhang can slowly test the real attitude of Tiangong towards himself.


    Meng Zhang looked at Wang puchen deeply. Without saying a word, he jumped into the blister he just mentioned according to his order.

 Chapter 2266

    As soon as Meng Zhang jumped into the bubble, he immediately had a completely different feeling from before.


    This bubble is also a small world, with a level far higher than the small world he entered before, not to mention those ordinary independent spaces.


    When he enters other blisters, he can enter easily by using the art of space shuttle.


    In fact, don''t say it''s him. Even those yuan gods and real kings won''t encounter too much resistance in this process.


    But when he entered the small world, he felt as if there was a huge net that sealed the small world firmly.


    In addition to the high level of this small world, there are special arrangements left by indigenous gods.


    At least the general Yuanshen Zhenjun can''t break into it alone.


    Meng Zhang felt as if there was an invisible wall in front of him blocking his progress, and there was an invisible huge net around his body constantly pulling himself.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, it is not difficult to break these obstacles.


    Before he started to work hard, he found many flaws around him. Without forcibly breaking down the resistance, you can enter the small world ahead from these flaws.


    It seems that these flaws should be left by the previous intruders who forcibly break through the resistance, which is convenient for the latecomers.


    Meng Zhang is not at his best because he has not recovered all the strength he consumed before.


    He doesn''t want to waste his strength. He should save every minute of his strength to cope with emergencies.


    According to his own feeling, he easily entered the small world following a flaw in front of him.


    This small world is much larger than all the small worlds and independent spaces he has entered before.


    With Meng Zhang''s sensing ability, it is difficult to find the boundary of this small world for a while.


    Since the small world is so vast, find a secluded place away from fighting, recover your strength slowly, and then see you again.


    Meng Zhang''s abacus is very good, but the reality is not satisfactory.


    He had just appeared in this small world, and a god descendant who returned to the virtual level rushed towards him as if he were crazy.


    Meng Zhang looked around while parrying the other party''s attack.


    This small world, which should have been peaceful and peaceful, is already a beacon everywhere.


    In the sky, on the earth, there are battlefields everywhere, and there are practitioners fighting with the enemy everywhere.


    Wang puchen is right. This is indeed the headquarters of the remaining indigenous gods.


    There are many gods living here, including the strong.


    The last home was invaded, and the ethnic group was in danger. It could be completely extinct at any time. All the divine descendants were desperately trying.


    Meng Zhang found that the state of these divine descendants was obviously wrong.


    They seem to be stimulated by some kind of secret skill, which stimulates their combat effectiveness far beyond normal cultivation.


    Many divine descendants obviously lost their reason and only knew to fight to the enemy and die together with the enemy.


    Of course, this secret technique to stimulate the final potential is not without cost.


    Many God descendants were still fighting with the practitioners one moment, and suddenly died the next.


    The reason for their sudden death is naturally that they have exhausted all their vitality.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to waste his energy. Instead of fighting with the God in front of him, he focused on avoiding.


    The surrounding gods are not the biggest enemy of the practitioners.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, this small world seems to have its own will, rejecting and suppressing the practitioners who enter it instinctively.


    Generally speaking, only a very mature world can have a relatively complete will of heaven.


    Like the current state of this small world, it should be a special case.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight and insight, he soon found the mystery.


    It should be an indigenous God who used the law of harmony to completely integrate himself with the small world.


    In the long years, the indigenous God will slowly lose his self-consciousness, leaving only his instinct.


    The whole small world will run according to the pre-set rules.


    Judging from the current situation, the rule of this small world is to strengthen the indigenous gods and divine descendants and exclude the invading cultivators.


    To some extent, this small world is a large divine domain.


    In fact, after the complete expansion of the divine domain of some powerful true gods, they are really smaller than this small world.


    Now the practitioners have invaded this small world on a large scale, and the indigenous gods have obviously fallen to the absolute disadvantage, and are in danger of extinction at any time.


    This seems to have inspired some kind of strain mechanism in the small world and let it break out at any cost.


    Those divine descendants who had been stimulated by the secret method to have the final potential were strengthened by the power of the small world, which indeed posed a great threat to the intruders.


    Just like Meng Zhang, who was still dodging the attack of a god descendant at the level of returning to emptiness, a god descendant flew around and rushed to him to explode.


    The original accomplishments of these divine descendants are estimated to be the Jindan level at most. After multiple strengthening, they explode. Even Meng Zhang can''t completely ignore them.


    Although these successive self exploders can''t consume Meng Zhang''s strength, they can at least contain him.


    In this special small world, it is difficult for ordinary practitioners to mobilize the power of the road and control the vitality of heaven and earth, which greatly reduces the power of their own spells.


    Meng Zhang could not absorb the heaven and earth aura from his surroundings to supplement himself. Only by absorbing and refining the pills and jade clearing aura that he carried with him can he slowly recover his vitality.


    Of course, although this small world seems to be independent, it can not completely cut off the connection with the main world of Jun dust world. It is still restricted by Jun dust world and influenced by its rules of heaven and earth.


    Powerful practitioners can not mobilize the power of this small world, but can mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    Even if there is a barrier in the middle, the impact is not too great.


    In the distance, towns are on fire, and some have been completely razed to the ground.


    There are corpses of divine descent everywhere. They are real corpses everywhere, with blood flowing into a river.


    Of course, there were casualties on the side of the invaders.


    However, the casualties of practitioners are limited, and they are far from hurting their vitality.


    Your action of returning to virtual power has seriously shaken the foundation of this small world, making its binding force on practitioners only weaker and weaker.


    It took Meng Zhang a little effort to get rid of his opponent.


    There are battlefields everywhere in this small world, and there are few places of peace.


    Meng Zhang recognized a direction where there was no strong breath, and quickly flew over, hoping to leave the battlefield here as soon as possible.


    As long as you stay away from the enemy of returning to the virtual level, the ordinary enemy will not cause much loss to him.


    Meng Zhang flew very fast. Many gods tried to jump at him on the road, but they couldn''t keep up with him.


    Along the way, he encountered many battles between practitioners and divine descendants, and Meng Zhang didn''t bother to pay attention.


    In his mind, this campaign was mainly about the religious sects of the major holy places and the dogs of the remaining indigenous gods biting dogs, which had little to do with him.

 Chapter 2267

    Because of the previous experience, Meng Zhang''s vigilance against the monks of the holy land is far above the vigilance against the indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to get involved in the war and wanted to avoid it as much as possible.


    Soon after Meng Zhang flew out, he felt that the whole world was shaking.


    In a very distant place, several huge pillars of light rise rapidly and plunge into the sky. With them, there is an extremely powerful force that fluctuates and spreads around.


    The sky seemed to shake a few times, and then crack one after another.


    The earth is shaking violently, and the ground everywhere fluctuates up and down like water waves.


    This is probably the biggest earthquake this small world has ever seen since it was built.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, a large number of buildings in distant towns collapsed and a large number of divine descendants were buried.


    These are just small things. What really makes the gods despair is that it seems as if the whole small world is dead.


    Yes, the reason why the whole small world seems to be conscious and biased towards indigenous gods is that there were gods to integrate themselves with the small world.


    Now, Meng Zhang felt that the exclusion of the small world to the practitioners had all disappeared.


    Originally in the outer layer of the small world, the obstacles that prevented practitioners from entering also disappeared.


    Obviously, this is the holy land. The friar of the sect door did not know what magic power he used, and directly killed the residual will of the God, thus eliminating the consciousness of the small world.


    Without the shelter and blessing of this small world, the gods and indigenous gods who are already in a weak position are even more powerless to resist in front of the practitioners.


    Meng Zhang calculated that it should not be long for the monks of the holy places to enter this small world.


    But they almost decided the outcome, which shows that they still have means.


    At this time, those God descendants who were still struggling to resist the practitioners felt empty in their hearts, as if they had lost some of the most important things.


    Many originally crazy gods suddenly became a little confused, and all kinds of actions were slow.


    The practitioners who fought with them seized the opportunity to kill them.


    According to the previous plan, this campaign against the indigenous gods will kill all the indigenous gods and eliminate all the descendants of gods.


    Both soldiers and women and children without resistance are the targets of wanton slaughter by practitioners.


    Meng Zhang was not interested in this kind of massacre. He didn''t even bother to look more.


    Unfortunately, he wanted to avoid fighting and didn''t want to cause trouble, but trouble came to him.


    I saw a rainbow galloping across the sky, unexpectedly flying in the direction of Meng Zhang''s flight.


    Behind this rainbow light, there are several escape lights chasing after it.


    From the breath of both sides, they are not weaker than Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to get involved in trouble. He quickly turned around and flew in another direction.


    But Meng Zhang was really unlucky this time. He didn''t fly far. There was a wave in the space in front of him, and a space crack appeared. A golden human shadow suddenly fell out of the crack.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to respond, and the space fluctuated again. However, my Xu Xian and Yang He Xu Xian came here with two back to Xu men, and just surrounded the golden human shadow.


    "Daling River God, do you think this little trick of getting rid of the shell of a golden cicada can help you escape death?"


    "I really didn''t expect that Dalinghe God, who was famous in those days and dared to fight against Zhenxian, has become today''s bereaved dog."


    "If you really want to live, you''d better hand over your things honestly. Maybe I can be merciful and spare you a small life."


    After catching up with the Dalinghe God, but I Xuxian was not busy doing it, but began to ridicule each other.


    It was not that he could not distinguish his priorities, but that he used to like this means of attacking his heart.


    As for letting go of Dalinghe God, it is absolutely impossible.


    However, while mocking Dalinghe God, I Xuxian glanced at Meng Zhang.


    He seemed to find that Meng Zhang was general and opened his mouth with a little surprise.


    "Meng Zhang, as a member of the practitioners, you collude with the indigenous gods. It''s really brave."


    Seeing that he was in trouble, Meng Zhang wanted to turn around and leave, but it was too late.


    Moreover, it seems guilty to leave suddenly at this time.


    Seeing this, Xu Xian put on the hat of colluding with the indigenous gods as soon as he opened his mouth. Meng Zhang was happy.


    "You''re also an immortal in the temple of heaven. It''s harmful to the image of senior experts if you open your mouth so casually."


    "Bold, you have been caught on the spot, and you dare to sophistry."


    "Why did the great Linghe God appear here? It''s clear that he had an appointment with you long ago. You should help him escape."


    But my immortal shouted.


    Meng Zhang was really convinced. This desire and sin can be deducted from his head.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to speak. He knew it was useless to explain.


    The other side is determined to frame themselves and put charges on themselves.


    Fortunately, the affairs of Jun dust circles are not just my empty fairy has the final say, the heavenly palace is not a display.


    Even if Wang puchen and Xu Xian fall to the Holy Land Sect gate, are other high-level officials of the heavenly palace so unsuccessful?


    Meng Zhang was about to leave here. Suddenly his face changed, and then he did not hesitate to stimulate his immortal Fu as the biggest card.


    Although he felt that the other party should not attack him at this time, Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless and secretly prepared for the worst out of the minimum prevention of the Holy Land Sect, especially his previous experience.


    On the surface, he seemed to have no reaction, but he had already secretly prepared the fairy talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    After Meng Zhang was charged, but we Xuxian and Yang and Xuxian had a tacit understanding and suddenly shot.


    In fact, all the holy places have long planned to kill Meng Zhang through this action.


    Therefore, they persuaded Wang puchen to ignore their actions at a cost in advance.


    Previously, however, Xu Xian pressed Meng Zhang step by step, just to make an excuse to do it.


    At that time, the secret headquarters of the indigenous gods had not been found, let alone invaded.


    But I felt that the time had not come, so I didn''t rush to do it.


    After all, the main purpose of this action is to completely eliminate the power of the indigenous gods. The killing of Meng Zhang is just incidental, not regardless of primary and secondary.


    Now, the practitioners have invaded the headquarters of the indigenous gods, and the complete destruction of the indigenous gods is imminent. It can be said that the overall situation has been decided.


    If it wasn''t for chasing and killing Dalinghe God and trying to seize a treasure in his hand, I, Xu Xian and Yang He, didn''t have to continue to fight at all.


    On the way to kill Dalinghe God, I met Meng Zhang by chance. Both virtual immortals had the idea that heaven would help me.


    The Dalinghe God, who was seriously injured, had only one breath left, which was not enough. Meng Zhang became their main target.

 Chapter 2268

    However, I told Meng Zhang nonsense before. First, I distracted him and made him think he was just weaving charges to frame him. Second, in order to have time to make arrangements secretly.


    Meng Zhang wants to kill, and Dalinghe God can''t let go.


    Especially the thing in the hand of Dalinghe God, but I am determined to get it.


    When they were ready, however, Xu Xian and Yang and Xu Xian immediately joined hands to launch a sneak attack on Meng Zhang.


    The cultivation of each of the two virtual immortals is far above that of Meng Zhang, which is enough to completely suppress him in the realm of cultivation.


    At this time, regardless of their identity, they joined hands and shamelessly launched a sneak attack.


    If it is an ordinary retreat, in the later stage, shangzun will be seriously injured if he does not die in the face of this sneak attack.


    Meng Zhang would not overestimate the lower limit of the Holy Land Sect friar for a long time. He has never relaxed his guard since he entered this small world.


    In the face of the joint efforts of the two virtual immortals, he can''t resist it alone.


    Although he secretly said it was a pity, at the critical moment, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to stimulate the immortal talisman in his hand.


    Only this immortal talisman given by Xianyun real immortal can help him resist the attack of virtual immortal.


    A big purple sun rose in this small world, and then fell heavily on Meng Zhang.


    The space around Meng Zhang suddenly cracked, and thin space cracks came towards him like sharp blades.


    These space cracks almost cut everything, and also prevented Meng Zhang from using his space magic power to leave here.


    After Meng Zhang inspired the fairy talisman, white clouds appeared out of thin air, holding the purple sun falling from the air.


    A blue cloud revolved around Meng Zhang''s body at high speed, protecting his body tightly.


    Where the blue clouds pass, the space crack disappears and the space fluctuation subsides.


    Meng Zhang never thought that with one strike of a fairy talisman in his hand, he could beat the two virtual immortals together.


    He is going to block Meng Zhang''s achievements first. Naturally, his common means cannot be kept secret.


    All the holy places have spent so much effort to collect all kinds of information about Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Shengzong had long suspected that Meng Zhang had a lot to do with the disappearance of Yangsheng shangzun.


    At that time, Meng Zhang was just a monk in the middle of returning to virtual reality. He must have an unknown card to kill Yangsheng shangzun in the later stage of returning to virtual reality.


    When it comes to cards, there is no shortage of Holy Land zongmen with profound heritage.


    Prior to the massive attack of Junchen interface on foreign invaders, the top strongmen of the holy places have been unable to get away, and the strongest treasure among the holy places should also remain in the void.


    After the situation eased in the void, the sects of the major holy places naturally thought of the internal troubles of the Junchen world.


    The killing of Meng Zhang is second. We should not turn against the heavenly palace and lead to the breakdown of bilateral relations.


    This attack on the indigenous gods will certainly lead to a return to emptiness war, which can confuse the induction of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Especially now that everyone is in this small world, we can temporarily isolate our contact with the outside world.


    What happens in the small world will not disturb the outside.


    After all, although Wang puchen Xuxian was persuaded by the religious sects of the holy places and turned a blind eye to their actions, he was still the deputy manager of the heavenly palace after all.


    If the monks of the Holy Land Sect were allowed to kill Meng Zhang in full view of the public, he would not be able to explain to the chief manager, Mr. Ban Xuejian.


    Acquiescence and even indulgence, but their actions are one thing. Being involved and soiling their hands is another.


    Blocking Meng Zhang in this small world can be said to be that time, people and earth are on their side.


    As they expected, Meng Zhang took out his cards, and they were even more relieved.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the later stage of returning to emptiness and urging the immortal talisman in his hand can burst out the combat effectiveness of the empty immortal level, but it can''t last long.


    As soon as he stopped the enemy''s attack, the enemy came up with new means.


    But Xu Xian took out a jade bottle and began to read a moving spell in his mouth.


    From the moment he saw Wei Wuxu Xian take out the jade bottle, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense gave a crazy warning. He felt frightened and almost couldn''t stand stably.


    He had an intuition that the power of Xianfu alone could not resist the next means of his opponent.


    If he doesn''t do anything, he will fall here today.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate to hurt himself and stimulated all his potential as soon as possible.


    He gushed blood in his mouth and accurately fell on the fairy talisman.


    Originally, the power of this fairy talisman can be used several times.


    But Meng Zhang tried his best to stimulate the power of Xianfu.


    If the power of this fairy talisman is fully excited, it can explode a real fairy level blow.


    Meng Zhang''s current practice not only greatly wastes the power contained in the fairy talisman, but also stimulates the power only close to the level of real fairy.


    This is undoubtedly a great waste, and completely abolished Meng Zhang''s strongest card.


    However, compared with Meng Zhang''s life, everything is worth it.


    The next situation proved that Meng Zhang''s induction was right and he made the right choice.


    As Wei Wuxu immortal recited the mantra, the jade bottle broke and a drop of silver bead liquid flew out of it.


    A small drop of water, but as heavy as a mountain, flew to Meng Zhang at a very fast speed.


    Yang and Xu Xian fully cooperated at this time, but I Xu Xian, purple pillars of light appeared out of thin air, trapping Meng Zhang temporarily.


    The immortal talisman in Meng Zhang''s hand ignited spontaneously without fire and immediately turned into ashes.


    A golden cloud flew out of the fairy talisman and met the drop of water.


    The two collided gently, and then time seemed to stand still.


    An invisible wave spread from the collision to all around.


    As the waves pass, either the purple sun in the sky or the white clouds disappear gently.


    The speed of wave transmission seemed to be slow and fast, and came to them before the people present reacted.


    But my false fairy and Yang and false fairy had bad luck and were swept by the front of the wave.


    The light on them flickered one after another, and all protective means were easily broken.


    They all kept humming and spitting out blood. Obviously, they were seriously injured.


    Meng Zhang''s luck was not bad, but he was gently wiped by fluctuations.


    Meng Zhang was already seriously injured when the purple light column that had trapped him was only swept by the wave.


    The two back to virtual powers behind the two virtual immortals were originally besieging Dalinghe God and wanted to take him directly.


    The wave gently swept past them, and the two Huixu Da Neng immediately suffered serious injuries and fell to the ground.

 Chapter 2269

    Two great powers of returning to emptiness inadvertently helped him block most of the power of this wave. The damage to Dalinghe God was not very serious.


    Whether it is the drop of silver liquid released by Weiwu virtual immortal or the golden cloud released by Xianfu, it has a power very close to the level of real immortal.


    Even if you meet a strong person at the level of true immortal, this level of power can resist a little.


    Such two powerful forces collided in the small world. Under mutual excitation, more powerful forces broke out, which can be said to be equivalent to a real immortal''s blow.


    The power of a real immortal''s strike is so terrible.


    The surrounding return to virtual power, including two virtual immortals, was only swept by the afterwave. They were all embarrassed and seriously injured before they resisted the attack.


    This originally stable small world, after the practitioners invaded, was constantly attacked, under great pressure and constantly damaged.


    In particular, while Yang and Xu Xian used their means to completely erase the consciousness of the small world, they also destroyed the foundation of the small world and let its destruction enter the countdown.


    At this time, the power of true immortal strike broke out in the small world, which accelerated the process and almost directly destroyed the small world.


    Where the wave passed, the small world suddenly cracked countless space cracks, and the whole small world was broken like an egg, revealing gaps everywhere.


    Although Meng Zhang was seriously injured, he remained calm enough to seize this rare opportunity to escape.


    With one leap, he jumped into a gap in the small world, and then with his attainments on the space Avenue, he used the art of space shuttle to escape here.


    Dalinghe God reacted faster than Meng Zhang.


    He took out a gold token to protect himself and jumped into the gap of the small world earlier.


    But I Xuxian hesitated and jumped into the gap after Dalinghe God.


    Yang and Xu Xian originally wanted to chase Meng Zhang, but they had to stop temporarily after seeing the situation inside the small world.


    The level of this small world is not low. After its sudden destruction, it has great power.


    Previously, many practitioners followed two virtual immortals into this small world, and then people came to reinforce them.


    There are many practitioners in the small world now.


    The small world is suddenly destroyed. Even the great power of returning to emptiness will encounter danger, not to mention those yuan gods and real kings.


    Other practitioners are just fine, but Yang and Xu Xian can''t watch so many holy sect practitioners in distress and even fall.


    In his eyes, it was more important to keep the power of the holy places than to pursue Meng Zhang.


    Yang and Xu Xian forcibly suppressed their injuries and began to rescue the practitioners in the small world.


    At the bottom of the main world outside, Wang puchen Xuxian, who was sitting here, saw the bubble collapsing rapidly and knew that the small world inside was completely destroyed.


    The small world of the indigenous gods as the headquarters is rapidly destroyed, and several bubbles nearby are also ruptured, and the independent space inside is naturally destroyed.


    Sensing the strong spatial fluctuations around, Wang puchen rushed to rescue the practitioners trapped in these independent spaces and small worlds.


    Meng Zhang shuttles quickly through the space gap and wants to return to taiyimen Mountain Gate as soon as possible.


    Because the small world collapses so fast, the surrounding space is a mess.


    Even Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were almost lost by the chaotic space gap.


    He went through one space gap after another, trying to find a way out.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang found that in the turbulent space ahead, a familiar figure was struggling desperately and seemed to be completely trapped.


    This golden human shadow is broken and weak. It is clearly the Dalinghe God who was chased and killed by Wei Wuxian.


    I don''t know what kind of harm has been suffered. The aboriginal God is obviously in poor condition.


    Seeing Dalinghe God appear here, Meng Zhang quickly and carefully observed his surroundings.


    Fortunately, I didn''t see the figure of Wei Wu Xu Xian.


    Meng Zhang is now seriously injured and has used up his strongest card. If you meet only my false fairy, you can''t get well.


    Dalinghe God didn''t know whether there was any hidden means or whether he was lucky enough to escape the pursuit of Wei Xuxian.


    Of course, escaping from the pursuit of Wei Wuxu Xian seems to have exhausted all his good luck.


    He escaped here and fell into the turbulence of space.


    Without the help of external forces, he may be completely lost in the chaotic flow of space.


    Meng Zhang, who didn''t want to cause trouble, was going to turn around and leave here.


    But he hesitated and stayed.


    However, after our Xuxian and Yanghe Xuxian invaded the headquarters of the indigenous gods, they kept chasing Dalinghe God and asked him to hand over something.


    When the small world collapsed, but I, the immortal, even ignored Meng Zhang and went all out to hunt down the escaped Dalinghe God.


    What does this mean? It means that Dalinghe God is important to them, or what is in Dalinghe God is important to them.


    Meng Zhanggang just escaped the pursuit of the Holy Land Sect gate. He managed to escape from death. His heart was full of resentment.


    If he could block the holy door and even cause losses, he would rather take a little risk.


    Meng Zhang used Yin and Yang Qi to temporarily force the turbulent space in front of him.


    As soon as he grabbed it, he caught the big Linghe God in his hand.


    Dalinghe God is probably really hurt too much and has lost all his combat effectiveness.


    Even if he struggled desperately, he didn''t have any effect. He was still easily captured by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang danced quickly and said something in his mouth.


    He used the seal technique to seal Dalinghe God temporarily, and then imprisoned him in his mustard space.


    The successful capture of Daling River God made Meng Zhang feel a little better.


    He waved his hands and quickly disturbed the surrounding space.


    After the disappearance of yin and Yang, the originally settled space turbulence runs in a more violent attitude.


    After confirming that there was no trace and breath left, Meng Zhang left here in a hurry.


    With his powerful space magic, Meng Zhang shuttled through space many times and finally returned to the taiyimen Mountain Gate safely.


    After returning to the taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang immediately ordered the recall of taiyimen friars who went to attack various bases of indigenous gods.


    He asked the top and bottom of Taiyi gate to strengthen their defense immediately to prevent the attack of Holy Land zongmen.


    He also asked taiyimen to send envoys to the heavenly palace to complain to the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang was called up by the heavenly palace this time to eliminate the indigenous gods, but he was seriously attacked by Yang He Xu Xian and Wei Wu Xu Xian.


    Wang puchen and Xu Xian were bribed by them and watched him be attacked secretly.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also informed allies such as Dark Alliance and hailing faction that he was seriously injured by sneak attack.


    If taiyimen is attacked by the Holy zongmen on a large scale, I hope they will provide help in accordance with the covenant.

 Chapter 2270

    After returning to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was still in a very bad state, but he was still dragging his seriously injured body and hurriedly made various arrangements for the future of Taiyi gate.


    Although the Dalinghe God captured by him was very important, Meng Zhang ignored him for the time being. He only imprisoned him in the blessed land of the sun and the moon and arranged enough people to guard him strictly.


    Several Huixu Daneng led by Niu Dawei were previously recruited by the heavenly palace to serve in the void battlefield to prevent the attack of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang used his secret method to contact Niu Dawei, informed him of the change in the door, and asked him to lead several Huixu talents back to zongmen as soon as possible. Zongmen now needs their combat effectiveness.


    The whole taiyimen, including Hanhai road Alliance under its command, mobilized at a high speed, made all kinds of preparations and made every effort to meet the arrival of the war.


    Although taiyimen has already formed an alliance with the Dark Alliance, the high level of the Dark Alliance has long said that now is not the time to launch, and we can''t rush to fight with the major holy places.


    If the major holy places are going all out to attack taiyimen at this time, I don''t know how much help they can provide.


    The Hailing sect is likely to give full support to taiyimen because of the death of their lips and cold teeth.


    However, the strength of Hailing sect is weak. Even with full support, it can provide very limited help to taiyimen.


    Under the leadership of Gu Chen shangzun, the immortality association has finally recovered a bit of vitality over the years.


    Although the two sides are allies, the strength of Dengxian society is also limited, and it is unknown how much assistance guchen shangzun is willing to provide.


    Meng Zhang has used up his biggest card and has been seriously injured. His combat effectiveness is at a low point.


    At this time, even if he parried, the friars in the later stage might not be able to do it, let alone deal with the virtual immortal.


    In terms of high-end combat power, Taiyi gate is far inferior to the religious gates of major holy places.


    Meng Zhang''s greatest hope is still on the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang was summoned by the heavenly palace to join the war this time, but he was shamelessly attacked by two immortals.


    Even if the heavenly palace doesn''t want to tear its face with the religious doors of the great holy places and doesn''t care about this matter, should it let the religious doors of the great holy places perish?


    If so, it would be more difficult for the palace to command the whole Junchen world in the future.


    I''m afraid all the cultivation forces in the Junchen world will no longer trust the heavenly palace.


    It will only become more and more difficult for the heavenly palace to recruit practitioners from the Junchen world in the future.


    The heavenly palace also represents the face of the celestial realm. Are you really willing to be the running dog of the sect of the holy places?


    Even if you don''t care about your friendship with Meng Zhang, is it true that you are willing to become a puppet of the sect of the holy places?


    Meng Zhang did not expect the heavenly palace to preside over justice for himself. He just hoped that the heavenly palace could play the role of the ruler of the Junchen world, think about the overall situation of the Junchen world, and try to avoid the war between Taiyi gate and the Holy Land Sect gates.


    If the war is fought together, the whole Junchen world will split and fall into a tragic civil war.


    After everything he could do, Meng Zhang hurried to heal his wounds and hoped to restore his combat effectiveness as soon as possible.


    In the next period of time, taiyimen was very nervous, and all levels were preparing for the war.


    Allies such as the Hailing sect, the Dark Alliance and the immortality society all expressed their position one after another. If all the Holy Land sects really dare to attack Taiyi gate at the risk of universal condemnation, they will certainly not sit idly by and provide full help.


    After taiyimen complained to Tiangong, he didn''t get a response.


    Tiangong fell into silence and didn''t say anything about it.


    After receiving the summons from Meng Zhang, Niu Dawei and other monks recruited by the heavenly palace asked Tianlei Xuxian, who was in charge of them, for leave.


    Although Niu Dawei was extremely concerned about the situation of taiyimen, he didn''t mess up.


    If they leave without saying goodbye, they will be fleeing and evading recruitment.


    They took the initiative to ask Tianlei Xuxian for leave, so that they could return to the Junchen world in good faith.


    Tianlei Xuxian did not embarrass them, and happily agreed to their request for leave.


    Niu Dawei and others did not encounter any interception along the way. They returned to the Junchen world and taiyimen smoothly.


    The return of these great powers not only enhanced the high-end combat power of Taiyi gate, but also greatly boosted the morale of the monks in the gate.


    Although Niu Dawei and others did not return to emptiness for a long time, they gained a lot from their experience in emptiness.


    In terms of combat effectiveness alone, they are at least at the middle level among the friars of the same level.


    Meng Zhang did not know whether the sect of the holy places would take this opportunity to launch an all-round attack on Taiyi gate, let alone what choice the heavenly palace would make this time.


    With the current strength of Taiyi gate, it is far from the opponent of the major holy places.


    How much help taiyimen''s allies can provide is completely unknown.


    In order to consider victory before defeat, Meng Zhang had to consider the worst situation and prepare some contingency measures in case of defeat.


    Taiyimen has been built, or put together a virtual warship.


    Although the virtual battleship has not yet entered the virtual space to accept the test, it operates normally in all aspects and has no major problems.


    If taiyimen is defeated, this void warship is the tool for the monks in the door to escape.


    Of course, the carrying capacity of this virtual battleship is limited and can not accommodate too many monks.


    At that stage, a few young talents selected from taiyimen will be sent to warships.


    Under the cover of returning to the virtual power in the door, the virtual warship will directly enter the virtual space and open the way of escape.


    Another retreat Meng Zhang prepared for the taiyimen friar was the ghost world, which was closely connected with the underworld.


    Too wonderful has left Youdu and entered the ghost Gate small world.


    When the escaped taiyimen friar enters the small world of the ghost gate, Taimiao will cast a spell to cut off the connection between the small world of the ghost gate and the Yang world, so that he can get the shelter of the underworld.


    In the Yang world, the Taiyi gate can''t fight against the main holy places. It''s wonderful, but it''s invincible in the underworld, enough to keep the small world of the ghost gate.


    Of course, hiding in the ghost world is only an expedient measure.


    If a monk stays in this small world for too long, he will be affected by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld. His longevity will be greatly reduced, and his body will slowly change to the living creatures in the underworld.


    No friar would do this if he were not desperate.


    A powerful sect like Taiyi sect will prepare many backroads for the sect members to prevent the sect from being completely cut off.


    In particular, there is a lesson from the destruction of Taiyi gate thousands of years ago, which makes the Taiyi gate senior management be vigilant in peace and dare not be careless.


    In the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance is the most powerful force except for the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    Some young outstanding disciples of the Taiyi sect have left the Taiyi sect and taken refuge in the dark League. They have been asked to take care of some good friars in the dark League.


    Taiyimen also made some arrangements for the immortality society.


    As for the Hailing sect, if taiyimen is defeated and destroyed, it will also be difficult for the Hailing sect to survive.

 Chapter 2271

    As for the so-called cunning rabbit three grottoes, the top level of Taiyi gate has more than one way out for the sect.


    These retreats are not only to help them escape in the face of despair, but also to ensure that the inheritance of taiyimen will not be completely cut off.


    Taiyimen can perish and zongmen friars can die in battle, but the inheritance of zongmen cannot be lost.


    If taiyimen is really defeated, it is the time for these retreats to play a role.


    Thousands of years ago, Taiyi gate was destroyed by guantian Pavilion, many retreats were cut off, and most of the rear hands were destroyed.


    Even the rebuilt taiyimen suffered the same disaster and was destroyed again.


    However, the legacy of taiyimen has not completely disappeared and still plays a great role.


    Meng Zhang was able to revitalize Taiyi gate and lead Taiyi gate to rise again. To a large extent, he benefited from the legacy left by his ancestors.


    If taiyimen is defeated this time, it is unknown how much role Meng Zhang''s backhand can play. Everything can only be left to fate.


    Whether it is war or peace this time, and what the result is, mainly depends on the attitude of the heavenly palace.


    While waiting, Meng Zhang became somewhat urgent.


    He hates the feeling that he can''t be independent and puts his hope on others.


    But there is no way. His strength is inferior to that of others. He can''t change this situation for the time being.


    Meng Zhang also thought about whether the Taiyi gate should take the initiative to attack the Holy Land Sect gates and strive to seize the first opportunity.


    As soon as this idea appeared, it was completely abandoned by him.


    If we do so, taiyimen may lose its last glimmer of vitality.


    In Meng Zhang''s anxious waiting, he finally got a result.


    The ancient Taoist, the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, came to Taiyi gate in person and had a face-to-face conversation with Meng Zhang.


    The Taoist in the ancient capital looked tired and exhausted.


    He is a friar of virtual immortal level, and he is not injured. This is really rare.


    The ancient Taoist brings good news.


    He told Meng Zhang that Taiyi gate was lucky and escaped the disaster. For the time being, he didn''t have to worry about being attacked by the holy Zong gate.


    When telling Meng Zhang the good news, he also told Meng Zhang a lot of bad news.


    All the holy places are determined to exterminate Taiyi gate. This time, they were desperate to start, but they had to be suspended because of a series of accidents.


    When it comes to this, the ancient Taoists all lamented Meng Zhang''s good luck.


    Of course, no matter how lucky Meng Zhang is, he can''t change the bad situation he faces.


    The ancient Taoist told Meng Zhang everything about this incident.


    After Meng Zhang complained to the heavenly palace, the ancient Taoist tried to use this opportunity to support the Taiyi gate and put pressure on the religious gates of the major holy places.


    The ancient Taoist is only the deputy manager of the heavenly palace and cannot fully represent the heavenly palace.


    The Taoist priest in the ancient capital tried to get the support of the king of companion snow sword and asked the king of companion snow sword to warn all the holy places.


    Prince Banxue sword has been in command of the heavenly palace for many years. He has always acted fairly and is willing to safeguard the overall situation of the Junchen world. He can''t see the reckless actions of the sects of the major holy places.


    The last time the Holy Land Sect door launched a cleaning operation in the Junchen world, it tried to control the heavenly palace, which greatly angered the king of companion snow sword.


    Mr. peixue Jianjun is optimistic about Meng Zhang and has a good relationship with Meng Zhang.


    She and the ancient Taoist are not only colleagues for many years, but also have a very deep friendship.


    No matter from which point of view, companion Xue Jianjun will not sit idly by and watch the behavior of the holy places.


    But something very unexpected happened to the ancient Taoist.


    In the name of seclusion, Banxue Jianjun refused to meet the Taoist in the ancient capital.


    The reports handed down by the ancient Taoist capital were ignored.


    According to the practice of the heavenly palace, when the chief manager accompanied Xuejian couldn''t do anything, several deputy managers discussed and handled all the affairs.


    The Taoist priest of the ancient capital discussed with several other deputy managers whether to suppress the religious doors of the major holy places and warned them heavily.


    Tianlei Xuxian, the new deputy manager, was in charge of the empty battlefield and did not participate in the negotiation.


    Wang puchen, the deputy manager, supported the holy places. Ma qianggou, the deputy manager, was neutral and did not indicate his attitude.


    Relying solely on the efforts of the Taoist in the ancient capital, it is impossible for the heavenly palace to come forward to suppress the doors of the holy places.


    The ancient Taoist knew that if there was no suppression of the heavenly palace, all the holy places would surely attack the Taiyi gate unscrupulously.


    The ancient Taoist tried his best. He almost tore his face with Wang puchen and couldn''t let the heavenly palace appear.


    Ancient Taoists hated and hated all the Holy Land sects. Therefore, they did not hesitate to secretly support the immortal society and let it fight against all the Holy Land sects.


    He absolutely didn''t want to see taiyimen destroyed by all the holy places.


    Unfortunately, with the power of ancient Taoist capital, there are not many things that can be done and the overall situation cannot be changed.


    Originally, the doors of the holy places were ready to move, but a series of accidents occurred.


    This time, the practitioners went to the West Sea to launch a campaign against the indigenous gods, which inevitably disturbed the real dragon family.


    In fact, the indigenous gods can establish secret bases at the bottom of the west sea without the connivance and even help of the real dragon family.


    In order to ensure the complete elimination of indigenous gods, the practitioners arranged a strong force to monitor and stop the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang fought in the small underwater world and did not pay attention to the outside situation.


    Many strong people of the true dragon family returned to the virtual level came and almost fought with the cultivator.


    Although there was no formal war between the two sides, the situation was very tense.


    After all the secret bases of the indigenous gods were destroyed, the real dragon family probably became angry and mobilized a large number of forces.


    The power mobilized by the real dragon family did not attack in the West Sea, but directly pressed against the East China Sea dominated by Zhenhai hall.


    In the face of the fierce real dragon army, even Zhenhai hall, which claims to control the sea of Junchen world, had to go all out to deal with it.


    In order to reinforce Zhenhai hall, the religious doors of the major holy places have transferred a lot of forces to the East China Sea.


    After many years of dealing with the real dragon family, we know that we must not show the slightest weakness at this time.


    If they take the initiative to give in, they will only make the real dragon family advance by an inch.


    Although the two sides did not start a war, in order to deter the real dragon family, the Holy Land zongmen had to retain an extremely powerful force in the East China Sea.


    Of course, with the details and accumulation of the holy places, even if a large part of the power is restrained by the East China Sea, there is still enough power to destroy Taiyi gate.


    But at this time, a sleeping immortal sent a trace of consciousness, which greatly affected the next deployment of the Holy Land Sect.


    The ancient capital Taoist has a special source of information and knows many secrets inside the holy places.


    He did not deliberately hide this matter in front of Meng Zhang.


    The things related to the sleeping true immortal were originally the top secret of the religious sect of the major holy places, but the ancient Taoist received some information and understood the whole story.

 Chapter 2272

    In addition to completely eliminating the future troubles, the major Holy Land sects will also seize a treasure.


    Originally, they all saw that they were going to succeed, but they still let an indigenous God escape with the treasure.


    The two virtual immortals in charge of this matter were reprimanded by the real immortals and ordered them to seize the treasure as soon as possible.


    The Holy Land Sect had already attached great importance to this treasure, but now the sleeping real immortals didn''t hesitate to spread their consciousness and asked about it to let them know that they didn''t pay enough attention to it before, and they still underestimated the importance of the treasure.


    Several sleeping true immortals are the founders of the Holy Land and have supreme authority.


    Even the Holy Land Sect friars of the order of virtual immortals did not have the courage to disobey their orders.


    As a result, the high-level leaders of the holy places had to put down all their affairs and mobilize all their forces to search and arrest the escaped indigenous God in the Junchen world, and we must recapture the treasure.


    Under such circumstances, the action of destroying taiyimen had to be postponed temporarily.


    After all, a target as big as taiyimen cannot disappear out of thin air and can attack at any time.


    But the will from the true immortal cannot be slighted.


    When ancient Taoist said this, they had to sigh the good luck of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was calm on the surface, but there was a storm in his heart.


    If he guessed correctly, the target of the Holy Land Sect should be the Dalinghe God captured by him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that Dalinghe God would be so important.


    His original random actions in the turbulent flow of space actually played such a great role.


    He was just trying to block the holy door.


    Meng Zhang was very alert and immediately thought carefully about whether he would be suspected by the Holy Land Sect.


    After all, when the two virtual immortals led their men to pursue Dalinghe God, they were also present.


    However, looking back on the situation at that time, Meng Zhang felt that this might not be very big.


    Space shuttle can be said to be a thousand miles away.


    Although Dalinghe and he jumped into the space gap one after another, the real distance between them may be tens of thousands of miles apart.


    At that time, the small world was broken, the surrounding space was in chaos, the space storm was extremely violent, and the space turbulence was almost everywhere.


    In this case, it is very difficult for me to catch up with Dalinghe God.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is far inferior to that of Wei I Xu Xian, and he is seriously injured. How can he catch up with Wei I Xu Xian and take Dalinghe God.


    With the pride of only my false fairy, he absolutely doesn''t believe that Meng Zhang can do this.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang can catch up with Dalinghe God, he has just participated in the attack on the base of the indigenous gods and killed the indigenous gods and their descendants. He is the great enemy in the eyes of Dalinghe God. What is the reason to help Dalinghe God escape?


    Even if he wants to help, he can''t get the trust of Dalinghe God.


    The chaotic space has led to many incredible things, making everything possible.


    The distance of space is arbitrarily lengthened and shortened, and the direction is completely reversed.


    Meng Zhang, who almost got lost in the space gap, accidentally ran into Dalinghe God trapped by the turbulent flow of space. It''s really a pure coincidence, or it can be said to be the will of heaven.


    Under normal circumstances, the pursuers of the holy places should once again enter the space gap into which Dalinghe God fled and carefully search the vicinity by various means.


    Meng Zhang didn''t leave any trace at that time. They won''t get anything.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, they have many more suspicious objects.


    Like other indigenous gods, the true dragon family, which has been shielding the indigenous gods, may help Dalinghe God escape.


    Of course, when the monks of the holy places get nothing in other directions, they will still think of Meng Zhang.


    That''s not how much they really doubt Meng Zhang, but they don''t let go of any doubts, or dead horses are regarded as living horse doctors.


    There is not much time left for Meng Zhang. He must do something to divert the attention of the monk of the Holy Land and completely put himself away from this matter.


    After introducing the course of this event, the ancient Taoist also solemnly reminded Meng Zhang while lamenting the good luck of taiyimen.


    The main holy places did not let go of Taiyi gate, but were restrained by other places and had to postpone their action temporarily.


    Whether the situation on the other side of the East China Sea eased or the escaped Aboriginal gods were captured, all the holy places could immediately draw out their hands to deal with the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang must not be careless and must make full preparations for the war.


    Meng Zhang knows this truth without being reminded by the ancient Taoist.


    However, he has done everything he can. What else can he do?


    In a short time, it is impossible for taiyimen to make a leap in combat effectiveness and become able to fight against the major holy places.


    The key to the problem lies in the heavenly palace.


    Mr. Banxue Jianjun had a tense relationship with the holy places and was able to shelter Taiyi gate.


    But I don''t know why, she suddenly stood idly by this time and let the main holy places attack Taiyi gate.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian nominally said that he was closed and didn''t ask about foreign affairs, but why did he choose to close at this time? Everyone with a clear eye knows what''s going on.


    Mr. Banxue Jianjun has always been optimistic about Meng Zhang and takes good care of Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang has received many benefits from Banxue Jianjun and has always trusted him very much.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun''s behavior this time is tantamount to betrayal. Meng Zhang is really hard to accept.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, it is more difficult for ancient Taoists to accept the sudden change of the king of companion snow sword.


    Meng Zhang and Banxue Jianjun have known each other for many years, but the ancient Taoist has known each other for thousands of years.


    The Taoist in the ancient capital thinks that he is deeply valued and trusted by companion Xue Jianjun. There should be no too much concealment between the two sides.


    Over the years, Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun has secretly supported the practitioners outside the Holy Land Sect door, consciously or unconsciously cultivated the power against the Holy Land Sect door, and many things are handed over to the ancient capital Taoists.


    The Taoist priest of the ancient capital secretly established the immortality society through the ancient Chen shangzun and opposed the religious sects of the major holy places. Companion Xue Jianjun not only knew it, but also provided cover for it all the time.


    The ancient Taoist offended the holy land deeply. If it wasn''t for the maintenance of the snow sword king, the deputy manager of the heavenly palace might not be able to sit firmly.


    The ancient Taoist didn''t want to have a deep talk with Meng Zhang on the issue of companion Xue Jianjun.


    As for why the companion snow sword gentleman suddenly changed, they still had some guesses, but they didn''t say it in front of the right side.


    Those who practice truth pay attention to the supremacy of interests. As long as they have enough interests, they can impress anyone.


    Although Mr. Ban Xue Jian was born as a tool spirit, he was also a cultivator.


    With her cultivation and status today, there are few things that can move her.

 Chapter 2273

    The most important thing for all practitioners should be their own path.


    If it is related to the way, I''m afraid any friendship with anyone can only be floating clouds.


    With the resources mastered by the sect of each holy place, as long as you are willing to pay the price, you should be able to come up with something enough to impress the king of companion snow sword.


    The attitude of Banxue Jianjun has indicated her choice. Even if Meng Zhang and the ancient Taoist are dissatisfied and unwilling, they have no choice but to accept the facts painfully.


    After the two talked, the ancient Taoist left in a hurry.


    The sudden change of the attitude of the snow sword king will cause a series of changes and bring a lot of trouble.


    The crisis facing taiyimen is only one of them.


    The ancient Taoists themselves have to face many troubles.


    Can the organization of immortality society continue to exist? What should the leader of immortality society Gu chenshangzun do? Can the ancient Taoist continue to retain the post of deputy manager of the heavenly palace?


    Without the protection of the snow sword king and the protection of the position of the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, the ancient Taoist priest is afraid to face the Revenge of the holy places directly.


    Of course, there is no way for Yimeng Zhang and taiyimen to help the ancient Taoist.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully. During this time, taiyimen made full preparations for the war and focused on nothing. He almost forgot the real dragon family and didn''t pay attention to the trend of the real dragon family. It''s really wrong.


    If we had known that the real dragons were coming to the East China Sea, taiyimen might have done something else.


    The main reason for this omission is that Meng Zhang is very wary of the real dragon family, does not have too many expectations, and even subconsciously resists the real dragon family.


    Now we are faced with a huge crisis, and many principles have to be changed.


    Next, Meng Zhang will send people to actively contact the Zhenlong family and deepen their contact with Taiyi gate. It is best for the Zhenlong family to contain the Holy zongmen in the East China Sea for a period of time.


    Now the holy places are restrained by other things, leaving a valuable breathing space for Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang needs to think about what he can do after Tiangong can''t count on it.


    Meng Zhang was thinking hard when he suddenly felt a strong palpitation.


    Having had similar experience, he immediately responded that someone was using his magic to calculate things related to himself.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to neglect it. He immediately closed his eyes and began to perform Dayan divine calculation and calculate it back.


    After entering the period of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang''s secret arts were gradually raised to the level corresponding to his cultivation.


    After Meng Zhang became the Supreme Master in the later stage of returning to emptiness, although the improvement of Tianji can not catch up with the improvement speed of his cultivation, the level of Tianji lags behind slightly.


    However, his current cultivation of Tianji can still be regarded as one of the few strong men in the Junchen world.


    In addition to the experience of hiding from him once by the old man of the Dark Alliance in those years, others can''t hide from him by using their magic to calculate the information related to him.


    Moreover, the reason why he didn''t disturb him was that he tasted it and didn''t make an in-depth calculation.


    If he always needs to calculate his relevant information in detail, he will also be alert in time.


    After Meng Zhang began to close his eyes and calculate, he soon had the result.


    This is someone calculating the whereabouts of Dalinghe God.


    Because Meng Zhang captured Dalinghe God and brought him back to taiyimen for detention, it was calculated on him and aroused his vigilance.


    The practice system spread among the indigenous gods in the Junchen world is a primitive and backward Shinto.


    Many indigenous gods use their power in a very superficial way, not to mention the rich Taoist means of practitioners.


    In particular, there is a big gap in the overall level between the indigenous gods and practitioners in the Junchen world.


    In the war of invading the Junchen world in that year, the Heavenly Master among the practitioners suffered great losses to the indigenous gods.


    Many indigenous gods are ridiculed by practitioners as ignorant of the number of days and the secret of heaven.


    However, there are exceptions to everything.


    Many indigenous gods are far inferior to the practitioners in the overall level of heavenly secrets, but there are some special cases.


    A very small number of indigenous gods have a good level of heavenly secrets. Whether used for calculation or reverse calculation, they can pose some threats to the heavenly masters among practitioners.


    When Meng Zhang captured Dalinghe God, he found that he had been used with some Shendao Tianji means, which could shield the calculation of Tianji master to a certain extent.


    This method is very subtle and skillfully uses the heaven rules of Jun dust world.


    The indigenous gods are the native rulers of the Junchen world. At some times, it is difficult to avoid the preference and even shelter of the Tiandao of the Junchen world.


    When the cultivators invaded the Junchen world, the first thing was that there were real immortals to use their means to hoodwink the will of heaven in the Junchen world.


    With Meng Zhang entering the later stage of returning to emptiness, especially the continuous improvement of the level of heavenly mystery, he felt more and more that there seemed to be a problem with the will of heaven in the Junchen world.


    In connection with the current situation of Jun dust world, Meng Zhang boldly guessed that the reason why the will of heaven in Jun dust world would go wrong should be related to several real immortals sleeping.


    Of course, now the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is still running normally, and Meng Zhang is unable to explore it deeply for the time being.


    Although the Tianji technique of Dalinghe God looks primitive and rough, the effect is very good.


    It can not only block the calculation of Tianji, but also make a certain counterattack.


    If Meng Zhang is replaced, it is not easy to calculate the whereabouts of Dalinghe God without enough clues.


    Dalinghe God was accidentally captured by Meng Zhang. It was really unlucky.


    Now, a celestial master is calculating the whereabouts of Dalinghe God, and spontaneously touched the divine means of Dalinghe God.


    The diviner who made the calculation this time is very clever, and the level of divination is almost no weaker than that of Meng Zhang.


    If there is no external intervention, the means of Dalinghe God will certainly not be able to shield the other party''s calculation for a long time. It is only a matter of time before the other party finds out his specific whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang certainly will not allow this to happen.


    Meng Zhang''s biggest advantage now is that he is still hidden in the dark.


    The other party is mainly calculating the whereabouts of the great Linghe God, and has not realized his existence, let alone an equally powerful Heavenly Master who is eyeing and waiting for the opportunity.


    Previously, the information provided by the ancient Taoist made Meng Zhang know the whole story. Now he can easily guess the situation he is facing.


    In the confrontation of Tianji, whoever has more information is easier to take the initiative.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know who the other party''s master is. He only knows that the other party must be kept by the Holy Land Sect.


    Among the major holy places, the temple of heaven takes "the way of observing heaven and the way of carrying out heaven" as its purpose.


    It is said that he has a unique ability to observe the operation of heaven, so he can boast as the spokesman of heaven.

 Chapter 2274

    The countenance of guantian Pavilion is very hateful, and it is not used to it, along with other forces of the Holy Land Sect.


    But I have to say that the reason why guantian Pavilion is so arrogant is that it has enough capital.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, such powerful sects as the sects of the holy places will strive to feed the Tianji master to meet various needs.


    Among them, the Tianji master of guantian Pavilion seems to be particularly powerful, surpassing other Tianji masters.


    The most powerful Heavenly Master among the Holy Land sects has always been recognized as coming from the temple of heaven.


    Meng Zhang is now hiding in the dark and feels that he has indeed encountered a strong enemy in the aspect of heaven''s secrets this time.


    Dalinghe God''s divine skill means do not have a wise divine master to resist, but instinctive spontaneous resistance. The shielding force is limited, and the other party is about to see through it.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, let alone directly joined the confrontation.


    There are a large number of Tianji masters kept by the sects of major holy places. Now it is likely that they are only the strongest Tianji masters of guantian Pavilion.


    If it is noticed that there is a secret master among the practitioners who is secretly helping Dalinghe God, the two sides have entered the confrontation of secret arts, and it is temporarily impossible to calculate the whereabouts of Dalinghe God. Other secret masters will certainly help one after another.


    In this way, Meng Zhang will fall into an endless confrontation of heaven''s secrets, and he will be outnumbered.


    The level of Tianji masters trained by taiyimen is still very limited, and they are unable to participate in such Tianji confrontation.


    Gu yuefenghua, the only one who can help Meng Zhang a little, can''t change the situation of being outnumbered even if he joins in.


    According to the information provided by the ancient Taoist, it is the will of the real immortal to capture the Dalinghe God, and all the holy places must be completed with all their strength.


    If the religious sects of the holy places are forced by the pressure of real immortals and have to sacrifice their trained heavenly masters to force them to calculate at all costs, Meng Zhang will face greater pressure and is likely to be unable to resist.


    Therefore, in this Tianji confrontation, Meng Zhang can''t be foolishly tough with the other party, but must deal with it with more ingenious means.


    Meng Zhang carefully operated Dayan divination and gently cleared up the connection with Dalinghe God.


    Originally, the connection of Dalinghe God to Meng Zhang was stirred by him and pointed to another direction.


    Meng Zhang chose the real dragon as his target.


    The secret headquarters of the indigenous gods are located deep in the West Sea, close to the territory of the real dragon.


    Over the years, it is clear that the indigenous gods have been sheltered and protected by the real dragon family.


    All the holy places are well aware of this, but they have nothing to do with the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family sheltered the indigenous gods, which was obviously aimed at the practitioners.


    It is entirely reasonable for the real dragon family to take in and protect Dalinghe God now.


    In fact, after the previous search for Dalinghe God had been fruitless, the high-level of the holy places guessed that someone was shielding him.


    Among them, the real dragon family is the biggest suspect.


    Meng Zhang guided the connection related to Dalinghe God to the real dragon family, which was completely in line with the trend, which was in line with the speculation of the senior leaders of the holy places.


    These actions are simple to say, but Meng Zhang is very difficult to do.


    He should not only mislead the other party''s secret master, but also expose himself to participate in it.


    He was very careful in all his actions, trying not to reveal the slightest flaw.


    If Meng Zhang''s behavior is exposed, it is a real fire. Whatever you do afterwards is irreparable.


    Meng Zhang had not recovered from his injury, so he carried out this painstaking action.


    After a while, he felt exhausted.


    Fortunately, his ability to mobilize the power of Tianji has little to do with his own cultivation level, and his injury has limited influence.


    Meng Zhangqiang supported to perform Dayan divination. Although it was very hard, he could barely hold on.


    Unknowingly, Meng Zhang guided his calculated direction to the real dragon family.


    Then Meng Zhang suddenly cast a spell and cut off all the connections on Dalinghe God.


    So far, the clue to Dalinghe God was suddenly interrupted after involving the real dragon family.


    With the details of the real dragon family, we have also trained a brilliant master of heaven''s secrets.


    It''s a very normal reaction for the Tianji master of the real dragon family to cut off all contacts in time after he realized that a Tianji master had calculated the whereabouts of Dalinghe God.


    After all this, Meng Zhang did not continue to make efforts, but carefully watched all kinds of changes.


    After a long time, no Tianji continued to calculate the whereabouts of Dalinghe God.


    Obviously, the other party''s Heavenly Master accepted this result and believed that the whereabouts of Dalinghe God were related to the real dragon family.


    No matter what kind of inheritor, he has to pay a certain price and face the problem of phagocytosis of the way of heaven.


    Now that a relatively clear result has been calculated, the other party''s secret master is unwilling to continue to pay the price.


    If the master of heaven knows no control when calculating, and once the Tiandao backfire comes, the end will be very miserable.


    After a long time, seeing that there was no other change, Meng Zhang guessed that his misleading should succeed, so he slowly took his attention back.


    If the sect of each holy place is really misled by themselves and thinks that the real dragon family has taken in Dalinghe God, it will be very lively.


    Especially now, the army of the real dragon family is pressing on the territory and is threatening the East China Sea to confront the religious gates of the major holy places.


    One side is the will of the true immortal, which cannot be violated. We must capture the Daling River God.


    On one side are the powerful and aggressive real dragons with extraordinary background.


    Meng Zhang is really looking forward to what kind of response the top leaders of the holy places will make.


    The best case is that the two sides fight and fall into a long war.


    In that case, all the holy places should no longer bother to deal with Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how long his action could mislead the high level of the holy places.


    He must seize the precious time and do everything to improve the combat effectiveness of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang gained a lot when he attacked the secret headquarters of indigenous gods, especially those Yuanjing.


    If Meng Zhang can thoroughly absorb and refine it, his accomplishments will certainly go to a higher level.


    Without delay, Meng Zhang immediately began to practice in seclusion, striving to completely absorb and refine these source crystals at the fastest speed.


    Other friars of Taiyi sect, especially those high-level friars, also took the time to improve their accomplishments.


    It''s wonderful in the underworld. It''s already absorbing and refining the divine power crystals harvested from the ghost cry mountains.


    In order to have more powerful power as soon as possible, he began to try to absorb the power of faith.


    Generally speaking, ghosts and gods in the underworld are more difficult to absorb and make use of the power of faith than gods in the Yang world.


    Among the indigenous gods in Junchen and Shenchang, many can absorb and make use of the power of faith at the level of Yuanshen period.


    The ghosts and gods in the underworld can only try at least in the period of returning to emptiness.


    Many natural ghosts and gods are unwilling to absorb the power of faith.

 Chapter 2275

    Whether the gods of the Yang world or the ghosts and gods of the underworld can absorb and make use of the power of faith after meeting the corresponding conditions.


    The power of faith has many advantages, which can greatly enhance the power of gods, rapidly improve their cultivation speed, and enable them to have more magical means


    Things in the world always have advantages and disadvantages.


    Absorb the power of faith, there will be many future problems.


    If the God''s will is not firm enough, he will be lost in the power of faith, completely lose himself and become a puppet shaped by faith.


    In this case, even if the God is still alive, is he still not himself?


    If the power of faith is not absorbed properly, the gods will be possessed.


    By absorbing the power of faith provided by believers, gods are completely bound by believers.


    Without believers and the support of the power of faith, the gods will gradually weaken and even disappear completely.


    Although some special measures can slow down the arrival of this result, they cannot be completely terminated.


    ¡­¡­


    Especially for natural gods, the power of faith is more a constraint, limiting their own future.


    Many short-sighted gods who want to have strong power as soon as possible will strive to expand the source of the power of faith.


    Many natural gods can grow without the power of faith.


    However, if you are tempted by the rapid acquisition of power, you will take the initiative to absorb the power of faith.


    Too wonderful has more and more characteristics of natural ghosts and gods, which is equivalent to a natural ghost and God.


    Even if he does not absorb the power of faith, his accomplishments can still be improved rapidly.


    He is not short of resources and qualifications, but only a little time.


    This Reverend Meng Zhang is facing a huge crisis and urgently needs strong combat power. He has to make too wonderful make some sacrifices.


    Although it is a practice of eager for quick success and instant benefit, it is wonderful. If we absorb and refine the power of faith, cultivation will surely usher in a leap in a short time.


    Too wonderful is the master of the underworld. There are many acquired ghosts and gods and almost endless ghosts under his hands.


    Although many postnatal ghosts and gods have limited loyalty to him, most of the ghosts in the underworld do not have enough intelligence.


    However, with such a large base, many believers can be developed in a short time.


    Whether it is the day after tomorrow or among ghosts and gods, there are really a lot of people who are convinced, worship and willing to believe.


    With such a good foundation, soon, Taimiao had a certain number of believers and began to provide him with the power of faith.


    In addition to being too wonderful, several strong men who returned from the gods, such as Jijian general and Houtu general, are also qualified to absorb and make use of the power of faith.


    In order to raise the level of power as soon as possible, with the permission of too wonderful, they also quickly develop believers in the underworld and obtain the power of faith.


    For the time being, Taimiao and his men have not extended their tentacles to the Yang world, but only developed believers in the underworld to gain the power of faith.


    For so many years, especially after the war between ghosts and gods in ancient times, there were no gods in the underworld to develop believers.


    For powerful gods, the underworld is a rare treasure, a virgin land that has not been reclaimed.


    The power of absorbing and refining faith is not a profound knowledge.


    For many gods, this is only instinct.


    Of course, the methods spread in the mainstream Shinto civilization are much more efficient than those commonly used by indigenous gods.


    Among the many inheritances passed from Taiyi Jinxian to the founder of Taiyi gate, there are many contents related to Shinto.


    Taiyi Jinxian set the goal of canonizing gods and controlling heaven and earth for later inheritors, which naturally left many cultivation methods of gods.


    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Tai Miao also mastered many secret books of Taiyi sect.


    Coupled with the innate ability from natural ghosts and gods, he is highly efficient in absorbing and utilizing the power of faith.


    Before long, the wonderful cultivation reached the level of the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, wonderful cultivation has been promoted so fast, leaving many future problems.


    Originally, natural ghosts and gods who do not need the power of faith actively absorb and refine the power of faith.


    How much benefit you get today, how much you will pay in the future.


    When Taimiao grows to a certain extent in the future, he needs to spend a huge price to get rid of the shackles of the power of faith.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, if you can''t pass this pass at present, there will be no future.


    Too wonderful. Only by gaining more powerful power can we provide him with more help and help him cope with the difficulties in the future.


    Too wonderful didn''t continue to close in Youdu after having the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    Next, he will follow Meng Zhang''s instructions to explore the deepest part of the underworld and try to find the entrance to the source sea.


    If the time is right, he will enter the source sea to explore and try to inquire about the sleeping intelligence of several real immortals.


    This is one of Meng Zhang''s counterattack actions in the face of the great pressure brought by the holy places.


    If he can get the detailed information of several real immortals sleeping, he can ask Xianyun real immortals for more help.


    Xianyun Zhenxian must have enough assurance before he can consider attacking the Junchen world.


    It''s wonderful. If you can enter the source sea, even if it doesn''t affect several sleeping real immortals, you just need to make a little noise, which will make the doors of the holy places restless.


    Meng Zhang had long noticed that several real immortals were not sleeping in the depths of the source sea for no reason. They must have a huge plot.


    The source sea of the Junchen world is the most important place for the religious doors of the major holy places.


    As long as something happens in Yuanhai, they have to turn to Yuanhai with all their strength and have no time to distract them.


    In that case, I''m afraid that the great holy places will not consider the elimination of Taiyi gate.


    Since our own strength is temporarily insufficient to confront the enemy head-on, we must constantly create trouble at the enemy''s harm, distract the enemy''s attention and contain the enemy''s strength.


    This is what Meng Zhang came up with to deal with the pressure of the holy places.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had long wanted Taimiao to do so.


    But previously, too wonderful strength has been insufficient to deal with all kinds of dangers in the deepest part of the underworld.


    By chance, Meng Zhang once entered the source sea through the nine day channel.


    At that time, he had not yet entered the depths of the source sea, but encountered many dangers at the surface of the source sea.


    Especially after the incident that foreign invaders broke into the source sea in those years, the holy places strengthened their defense against the source sea.


    In the nine days, the channel leading to Yuanhai has been basically closed, and the remaining channels are also in the hands of the religious gates of the major holy places, which can not even touch the heavenly palace.


    It is said that in the source sea, the religious gates of the major holy places have maintained a strong defensive force.


    It''s wonderful. If you enter the source sea from the deepest part of hell, you can find another way.


    However, after entering the source sea, he still has to face various dangers, including the garrison force of the holy places.

 Chapter 2276

    In fact, in Meng Zhang''s view, Taimiao''s strength exploration yuanhaidu is still slightly insufficient at this time.


    However, the current situation in Junchen world leaves him little time.


    He had to let too wonderful act immediately, even if he had to take more risks.


    The underworld is divided into many different levels. The area ruled by Taimiao is the current known area of practitioners, and it is also the area where ghosts, gods and ghosts have been to the underworld after the day.


    Such an area alone is already vast.


    Many postnatal ghosts and ghosts may not be able to travel around this area in their whole life.


    However, such areas are only shallow areas of the underworld.


    The real depth of the underworld, let alone too wonderful, is that the ghosts and gods of the predecessors are far from involved.


    I''m afraid only the legendary natural ghosts and gods can know the details of the deepest part of the underworld.


    According to the records of some ancient books, it is said that in the deepest part of the underworld, there is a channel to the source sea of Jun dust world.


    As for whether this is true, it has not been verified.


    Too wonderful. I''m not sure if I can find a way to the source sea.


    However, the current situation in Junchen is so that he has to take a risk and verify it himself.


    Too wonderful has long unified the underworld and established absolute hegemony.


    Several of his main followers have the fighting capacity of returning to the virtual level. Even if he leaves temporarily, they are enough to suppress all disobedience and ensure that the overall situation is not chaotic.


    In the area that has been controlled by too wonderful at present, he can transmit freely and can easily cross distant distances.


    After making all kinds of confessions, Taimiao left the Youdu and sent it to the Dead Sea in the underworld.


    The dead sea is one of the most famous and dangerous places in hell.


    There are no living creatures in the dead sea, and even ghosts and gods can''t survive here.


    Ordinary ghosts and gods cannot cross the dead sea. All the strong flying over the dead sea will fall into the sea, and then slowly be completely submerged by the sea full of dead breath, and finally become a part of the dead sea.


    According to ancient records, to go to the deeper depths of the underworld, you must enter the depths of the dead sea and find a special channel there.


    It''s wonderful. After hesitating for a while, he resolutely stepped into the dead sea.


    Because the environment here is very special, his contact with Meng Zhang has become intermittent.


    Meng Zhang simply no longer keeps the information synchronized with too wonderful, but allows too wonderful to act and play freely.


    Meng Zhang put more energy on his practice.


    In the middle of this, Meng Zhang tried to interrogate the Dalinghe God captured by himself. He wanted to find out what treasure he was carrying, and actually let the real fairy be determined to get it.


    However, Dalinghe God was captured by Meng Zhang. Knowing that he could not escape, he automatically changed into a golden light and shadow, and there was no human form at all.


    Dalinghe God seems to have closed all senses to the outside world and has no response to anything outside.


    Meng Zhang has made many attempts. Let alone conventional interrogation methods, they have no effect. Even means such as soul searching are useless.


    If Meng Zhang wants to contact the spirit of Dalinghe God, he must first break the protective layer of divine power like a shell outside his body in order to penetrate his divine body.


    However, if there is no proper way to forcibly break the protective layer of divine power, it is likely that jade and stone will be burned, resulting in the destruction of the gods and souls of Dalinghe.


    For a while, Meng Zhang couldn''t find a suitable way to deal with him, so he had to keep him in secret detention and wait until later to study it slowly.


    Anyway, as an indigenous God, he doesn''t need to eat or anything like that.


    With his accumulation, the lamp should not run out of oil in a short time.


    Meng Zhang is eager to improve his strength. He doesn''t have much time to waste on him.


    During Meng Zhang''s seclusion, external news came into his ears again and again.


    The ancient Taoist priest, the deputy manager of the heavenly palace, didn''t know how to offend the chief manager, Mr. Ban Xuejian, and was ordered to close down.


    The ancient Taoist is not allowed to leave the heavenly palace for half a step without the consent of Mr. peixue sword.


    Although the ancient Taoist was very dissatisfied and tried to resist, he finally had to give in to the coercion of the snow sword king.


    Meng Zhang saw a lot from this news.


    It seems that Mr. Ban Xue Jian is determined to stand on the side of the religious doors of the major holy places, and does not hesitate to put under house arrest the old friends and loyal Taoists in the ancient capital for many years.


    Of course, this can also be regarded as a means of protection for the Taoist in the ancient capital, which shows that the snow sword king is not completely heartless.


    The Taoist priest of ancient capital is under house arrest in the heavenly palace. He should be able to avoid the hidden harm of the religious doors of the major holy places.


    After the Taoist priest in the ancient capital was put under house arrest by the king of companion snow sword, Gu Chen shangzun immediately disappeared and disappeared from the Junchen world.


    The immortals association was originally a very secret organization, which paid great attention to keeping its tracks secret.


    With the disappearance of Gu Chen shangzun, all members of the immortality society were well hidden without leaving any trace.


    Those friars in the heavenly palace who had made friends with the ancient Taoist or accepted the protection of the ancient Taoist, either immediately changed their position and transferred to the other deputy managers; Or keep silent and dare not make any sound for fear of attracting other people''s attention.


    The ancient capital Taoist was under house arrest, and his influence in the heavenly palace was greatly weakened, so he could hardly exert much influence.


    Taiyimen lost a great help in the heavenly palace.


    In the future, taiyimen not only couldn''t get the attention from the heavenly palace, but also became very difficult to inquire about the internal information of the heavenly palace.


    Although Tianlei Xuxian was very friendly to Meng Zhang before, Meng Zhang had learned that he would never be hostile to the sects of the holy places because of himself.


    As for old man Yinhu, an old friend of Meng Zhang, he completely obeyed the orders of Tianlei Xuxian.


    Old friends like mother-in-law Qiansi can''t protect themselves now. They can''t take care of taiyimen at all.


    The top management of Taiyi gate never thought that Tiangong, which was originally one of the biggest dependencies of Taiyi gate, suddenly stood on the opposite side of Taiyi gate and almost closed all contacts with Taiyi gate.


    The top level of taiyimen almost fell into a great panic.


    Fortunately, the acting leader Niu Dawei came out in time to appease the people, which did not lead to greater chaos.


    The most important thing is that Meng Zhang, the pillar of Taiyi gate, is still there, and there is only reliance in the hearts of the upper and lower levels of the gate.


    Since the heavenly palace is not enough, the taiyimen high-level can only give up the final fantasy.


    Despite Meng Zhang''s reluctance, taiyimen had to continue to move closer to the Dark Alliance and establish closer relations with this ally.


    In today''s Junchen world, only the Dark Alliance has enough strength to help Taiyi gate fight against the holy places.


    If the major Holy Land sects really attack Taiyi gate on a large scale, we can only hope that the Dark Alliance will sincerely help and send enough forces to compete with the major Holy Land sects.

 Chapter 2277

    Like taiyimen, hailing sect feels a great sense of crisis from the current situation in Junchen world.


    The strength of Hailing sect is not as good as taiyimen, and the situation will only be worse.


    The reason why the Hailing sect was able to rise at the beginning was not only to get the secret help of those forces opposed to the major Holy Land sects, but also to make full use of the internal contradictions between the major Holy Land sects.


    Among them, the heavenly palace has been secretly supporting those powerful monks who are independent of the religious doors of the major holy places, which is one of the biggest help of the Hailing sect.


    The cultivation forces in the Junchen world who resisted the sects of the holy places almost all received the protection of the heavenly palace more or less.


    Now, due to the change of attitude of Banxue Jianjun, the immortality will be hidden, and most of the external assistance of Hailing sect has disappeared.


    In addition, the religious sects of the holy places, which used to fight endlessly, have become more and more united over the years.


    Especially when it comes to the outside world, the holy places can put aside their differences and help each other.


    The Hailing sect could no longer find a loophole, so it had to face the doors of major holy places like Taiyi gate.


    Of course, there are still some details and accumulation of the Hailing sect as an old brand to return to the virtual sect.


    Now the situation is becoming more and more critical, and the Hailing faction is beginning to break out its final strength.


    Taiyimen has always maintained close contact with Hailing sect. Recently, we have received news one after another that friars of Hailing sect have broken through the retreat period.


    Although the friars in the early stage of returning to the virtual world have limited role in the current situation of the Junchen world, at least they are better than nothing. At least they are qualified to participate in high-level fighting.


    Guanghan palace, another ally of taiyimen, has also performed very well in recent years.


    Although the promotion and retreat period of Guanghan fairy was still after her opponent Xiao Jiansheng, she was able to hold her opponent steady in many battles.


    Especially in the past two years, two more monks in Guanghan palace broke through the retreat period one after another.


    The power of Ziyang holy sect in Xingluo islands has not been strengthened.


    The power of Guanghan palace completely overwhelmed Ziyang Shengzong and completely established its advantage in Xingluo islands.


    Even in the whole west sea, Guanghan palace has several big forces, enough to participate in more division of interests in the West Sea.


    If it had not been for the power of Ziyang Shengzong, Guanghan palace might have completely uprooted the stronghold of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands.


    Although Guanghan palace dare not openly go to war with Ziyang Shengzong, there are some ways to crowd out Ziyang Shengzong friars in Xingluo islands, making their days more and more sad.


    When he first formed an alliance with Guanghan palace, Meng Zhang thought it was just an expedient measure.


    However, judging from the performance of Guanghan palace in recent years, it has indeed caused great restraint to Ziyang Shengzong and is very beneficial to Taiyi gate.


    Naturally, the high-rise of taiyimen, regardless of others, continued to deepen the connection with Guanghan palace.


    Meng Zhang also sincerely hopes that the moon e fairy behind Guanghan palace can intervene in the affairs of Jun dust world as soon as possible, causing greater pressure on the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In the Junchen world, in addition to the major Holy Land sects, there are other old sects and families that can cultivate the great ability of returning to emptiness.


    As the means of eliminating dissidents became more and more obvious, these sects and families had to make a final choice.


    They either completely fall to the doors of the holy places, completely become their vassals and lose all their autonomy.


    Or we should hold together to keep warm, find ways to resist the pressure from the holy places, and strive to ensure our own autonomy.


    Although these clans and families dare not openly stand on the side of Taiyi gate, they dare not form an alliance with Taiyi gate.


    But their existence is more or less helpful to taiyimen.


    Some brave clans and families have secretly established certain ties with Taiyi clan.


    The biggest good news Meng Zhang received came from the East China Sea.


    The Taiyi gate is fully prepared for the war, and the main forces of the zongmen have shrunk back to the zongmen territory.


    However, taiyimen''s intelligence system is particularly active, sending more spies and scouts to collect all kinds of the latest intelligence in the Junchen world.


    On the other side of the East China Sea, the real dragon army pressed the border and threatened Zhenhai hall.


    After receiving the assistance of other holy places, Zhenhai hall fought against the real dragon family.


    There are many precedents for this situation.


    The two sides with scruples generally don''t fight.


    The purpose of the real dragon clan is generally blackmail to force the Holy Land Sect to make concessions and give up greater interests.


    In the past, the Holy Land Sect did not give in to the real dragon family and showed great firmness.


    After a period of confrontation between the two sides, the Zhenlong people will stop when they see that they can''t get a bargain.


    Then both sides will withdraw their troops and go home.


    In recent years, due to the great pressure brought by foreign invaders, the major Holy Land sects have been more tolerant to the real dragon family, and are even willing to make some concessions and compromises.


    This time, the real dragon family seems to be advancing with an inch. It has always been said that the major holy places have invaded the ocean controlled by the real dragon family, and they must pay enough compensation.


    And all the holy places, which originally meant to make concessions, suddenly became very tough.


    This time, not only did the holy places not give in, but also the dragon family.


    With the temper of the real dragon family, I won''t take the initiative to retreat at this time.


    The situation between the two sides has become more and more tense, and the smell of gunpowder in the confrontation has become more and more intense.


    Finally, one day, the patrol teams sent by both sides wiped their guns and started to work.


    Next, the scale of the battle began to grow, and various battles became more and more frequent.


    Many well-known strongmen from both sides named each other in front of the two armies, and then fought.


    A small team began a fierce fight in the nearby sea area.


    It seems that the heavenly palace is blind to such a frequent war at the level of returning to emptiness, and turns a blind eye to it.


    Tiangong seems to have forgotten the rules set by itself, and Tianwei thunder punishment array has never appeared in the East China Sea.


    The battle between the Holy Land Sect and the real dragon clan became more and more fierce, and there were many casualties on both sides.


    If the high-level reason of both sides did not exist and both sides tried to exercise restraint, I am afraid the two sides would have launched an all-out war long ago.


    Although the two sides have not been completely involved in the war, there is no sign of an end to the struggle in the East China Sea in a short time.


    Due to the constant escalation of the struggle, in order to prevent the real dragon family from really launching an all-round attack, the holy places had to deploy more forces to the East China Sea.


    After receiving the news, Meng Zhang knew that his misleading strategy had taken effect.


    All the holy places must think that the real dragon family protected the Dalinghe God.


    In order to complete the task assigned by Zhenxian, most of them want Zhenlong to hand over Dalinghe God.


    The pride of the real dragon family disdains explanation.


    Even if the real dragon family explains well, the religious sects of the holy places will not believe it. They will only think that the real dragon family is covering up the truth.

 Chapter 2278

    Each Holy Land Sect has ruled the Junchen world for many years, and its upper and lower levels naturally have a strong pride.


    Previously, due to the situation, they had to be more tolerant to the real dragon family, which had made them hold back a lot of anger.


    Now the real dragons are so ignorant of their faces that they intimidate them in turn, which immediately aroused their anger.


    If they don''t respond properly, the real dragons will only think that they are weak and will advance further.


    Besides, the task assigned by Zhenxian must be completed even in the face of great resistance.


    To capture Dalinghe God, the real dragon family can''t go around anyway.


    The Holy Land Sect and the real dragon family should not be easy to be good this time.


    The fiercer they fought, the happier Meng Zhang was, and the more favorable it was to taiyimen.


    There is no doubt that the real dragon family is strong enough to hold a stalemate with the major holy places for a long time.


    Moreover, if we really want to start a life and death war with the real dragon family, not to mention the holy places, even several sleeping real immortals may not be so easy to make up their minds.


    In the void near the Junchen world, foreign invaders are ready to move again.


    After Banxue Jianjun completely fell to the sect gate of each holy place, although Taiyi gate is no longer protected by the heavenly palace, some previous relationships have not been completely severed, and you can still get some news.


    In particular, the Dark Alliance is powerful. It knows the relevant information of the heavenly palace like the back of its hand and can get all kinds of latest news in a very timely manner.


    After taiyimen and Dark Alliance became allies, the relationship between the two sides became closer and closer. Many intelligence of Dark Alliance was shared with taiyimen.


    The Junchen world regarded all foreign invaders as enemies of life and death.


    When the foreign invaders retreated temporarily, they did not relax the slightest vigilance.


    Tiangong has organized forces for many times to go deep into the areas controlled by foreign invaders and investigate all kinds of intelligence.


    The strong men of the heavenly palace and the holy places are really not easy. They really let them find out a lot of valuable information.


    The main reason for the temporary retreat of foreign invaders last time was internal problems, except that the losses were too great and the war situation was not smooth.


    Originally, the extraterritorial invaders are the combination of multiple forces, with many contradictions and even great enmity.


    It was only in the face of the Junchen world that we temporarily put aside our differences and joined hands with the enemy.


    The foreign invaders are roughly divided into two camps.


    One camp is the local forces in the ascendant area.


    In addition to the Junchen world, there are four other big worlds in the dengtian Star area.


    The demon world controlled by the demon family, the spirit world controlled by the spirit family, the fearless world controlled by the barbarians, and the Shenchang world controlled by the indigenous gods.


    These four big worlds are also competitive relations, and there have been many struggles in history.


    Another big camp is the forces from outside the ascendant Star area.


    Among them, there are the forces of Shinto under the command of mixed spirits and gods, and the forces of evil under the command of famine demon gods.


    It can be said that there is a deadly enemy between Shinto and evil.


    The gods are one of the most favorite objects of demon dyeing, and the gods often kill demons.


    There are also different factions within the evil forces led by the famine demon God.


    The famine demon God is just a nominal leader. In fact, he can''t command other demons at all.


    Hunling worshiping God belongs to the popular mainstream Shinto, which is very different from the primitive Shinto spread among the indigenous gods in Shenchang world.


    The indigenous gods in Shenchang world have always been extremely alert to the worship of mixed spirits for fear of being swallowed up by them.


    Mixed spirits and gods have always coveted the world ruled by Shinto.


    In addition, Hunling zunshen has repeatedly developed believers in the fearless world, trying to make the barbarians give up the primitive and backward totem way and become his believers.


    The spirit race is coveted by other major races.


    Although the four big worlds in the ascendant Star area have fought endlessly, they still know to keep warm and unite with foreign forces in the face of foreign forces.


    In the face of the powerful Junchen world, these six forces, with the efforts of intentional people, reluctantly mixed together and formed a loose coalition.


    Although each of the Allied forces harboured ghosts and had reservations, the strength of the six forces was too strong, forcing the practitioners in the Junchen world to retreat step by step.


    The last time there was a problem within the coalition, it was because the war situation was not smooth and the losses were too great. Everyone fell into a quarrel, prevaricated and blamed each other.


    At that time, Buddhist forces came to join the fun.


    Buddhism itself is a great force in the void world.


    Apart from Taoist practitioners, few schools can fight against powerful Buddhists.


    Of course, like the practitioners of Taoism, the internal inheritance of Buddhism is also complex and there are many factions, so it is difficult to form a joint force.


    This is a wandering Buddhist force. It has long entered the dengtianxing area and was found out by the local forces in the dengtianxing area.


    Buddhism and the devil are mortal enemies. The devil often infects the strong of Buddhism, and Buddhism also often kills and subdues the strong of the devil.


    The demon sect always likes to convert other races into their own Dharma protector.


    Demons, spirits and barbarians are the goals of Buddhism.


    Buddhism and Shinto often compete for believers.


    Taoist practitioners always dislike Buddhist bald donkeys.


    At the beginning, this Buddhist force took the initiative to show goodwill to the cultivator force in Junchen world and tried to form an alliance with it.


    The high level of Junchen saw through the evil intention of these bald donkeys and refused without hesitation.


    Many Buddhist monks turn to secretly collude with and win over the high-level practitioners.


    Meng Zhang had participated in an action organized by Tianlei shangzun at that time before he became the great power of returning to emptiness.


    That action was to draw the hook of Buddhism and try to completely eliminate this Buddhist force.


    Although this operation did not do its best, it killed many Buddhist experts and caused heavy losses to them.


    After this, this Buddhist force completely broke away from the practitioners in Junchen world and became an enemy.


    After that, this Buddhist force kept a low profile as before and moved on the edge of the ascendant Star area.


    When the war of the foreign invaders'' coalition forces was not smooth last time, this Buddhist force suddenly sent envoys to join the foreign invaders'' coalition forces and attack the Junchen world together.


    Not to mention the traditional grievances between various forces and Buddhism, the sudden request of this Buddhist force has triggered many disputes among foreign invaders, resulting in the expansion of many previous contradictions.


    A group of high-level coalition forces led by Hunling zunshen refused to join this Buddhist force.


    The famine demon God, who has a deep hatred with Buddhism, has won over a group of senior coalition forces to support the joining of Buddhism.


    The two sides argued for a long time, even affecting the war.


    The Allied forces of foreign invaders had to retreat temporarily and solve the internal problems first.


    Although several true immortals in the Junchen world have been sleeping deep in the source sea, they are so famous that no one dares to ignore them.


    In order to deal with these real immortals, these forces finally reached an agreement and agreed to join this Buddhist force to enhance the strength of the coalition army.

 Chapter 2279

    After this Buddhist force joined the coalition of foreign invaders, how to arrange it and how to distribute the results in the future are a series of troublesome things that need to be coordinated slowly.


    This Buddhist force is not weak. It was reinforced some time ago and has become more powerful.


    With strong strength, it is naturally qualified to ask for matching treatment and booty.


    Originally, this complex source of foreign invader coalition forces, it was difficult to reach an agreement and temporarily blend together.


    There are still many outstanding issues between them.


    In order to deal with the practitioners of Jun dust world together, they postponed the settlement of many problems and shelved various disputes for the time being.


    This Buddhist force joined in and asked to share the spoils of war, which detonated many contradictions left in the past.


    Up to now, there has been no complete agreement among these extraterritorial invaders.


    Many senior officials are still arguing.


    In fact, the agreement reached by these extraterritorial invaders was originally an expedient measure.


    These devils, if they really wait until they defeat the cultivators of the Jun dust world and completely occupy the Jun dust world, they will fight again for the spoils.


    Of course, these foreign invaders are not fools. They all know who is the biggest enemy at present.


    Before defeating the cultivators in the Junchen world, all their plans for booty were Utopian.


    Although they still have many arguments at present, they all know that they must first solve the practitioners in the Junchen world.


    Now the internal fighting is of little significance. It will only benefit the practitioners of Jun dust world in vain.


    Although the coalition forces have not yet sent out on a large scale, many small teams and individual strong men have once again approached the Junchen world for all kinds of espionage and infiltration.


    It is only a matter of time before an agreement is reached between extraterritorial invaders.


    Before long, the Allied forces formed by them will attack the city again and kill the Junchen world.


    The high level of Junchen has never relaxed its vigilance against foreign invaders.


    In order to fight against the foreign invader coalition forces that are about to launch a large-scale attack, the Junchen side is vigorously mobilizing forces to strengthen defense.


    In the void near the Junchen world, all kinds of small-scale battles become fierce again.


    The defense of the void near the Junchen world has restrained a large part of the power of the holy places and the heavenly palace.


    Taiyimen transferred all the strong men sent to the void back to the zongmen because of the attack on Meng Zhang.


    As an ally of the Taiyi sect, the Hailing sect followed suit and also withdrew the monks in the void.


    This time, the actions of the Holy Land Sect against Meng Zhang and the reaction of the heavenly palace have long been spread in the cultivation world.


    The heavenly palace summoned Meng Zhang to destroy the indigenous gods, but Meng Zhang was secretly attacked by the holy door in the process.


    This thing is too bad.


    In addition to the heavenly palace and the holy places, most people in the cultivation world sympathize with Meng Zhang.


    When facing the recruitment of the heavenly palace, many practitioners try to avoid.


    In the void, many practitioners who do not belong to the heavenly palace and the holy places are looking for various excuses to try to return to the Junchen world and escape the battle with foreign invaders.


    Although their actions were basically unsuccessful, they caused popular feelings on the front line and greatly affected the defense of the Junchen world.


    The choice of Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun this time has done too much damage to the prestige of the heavenly palace.


    Although the strong are respected in the cultivation world, the heavenly palace and the Holy Land sects can forcibly order the cultivation forces of all parties by violence.


    But prestige, though invisible and untouchable, is not useless.


    At certain critical moments, prestige is indispensable.


    Of course, even if the people of the heavenly palace and the great holy places are lost, they are still the rulers of the Junchen world and the existence expected by the Xiuzhen forces of all parties.


    Knowing that the strength of foreign invaders was greatly enhanced due to the participation of Buddhist forces, the heavenly palace and the major holy places had to respond accordingly.


    The urgent task now is to strengthen defense in the void.


    Although Taiyi gate is a disaster for the major Holy Land sects, Taiyi gate has never taken the initiative to make trouble and is always in a defensive state.


    Taiyi gate did not dare to take the initiative to attack the sect gates of the holy places, nor did it dare to destroy the external defense of Junchen world.


    From this point alone, the major holy places can tolerate the Taiyi gate to continue to survive for a while.


    Taiyimen learned the latest intelligence in the void from the Dark Alliance, which let Meng Zhangming know the latest situation.


    Although it is common sense that the holy places should not take the initiative to attack Taiyi gate for the time being, Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance.


    Taiyimen and its subordinate Hanhai daomeng took the initiative to lift their preparations, but they still maintained a high degree of vigilance and maintained a state of loose outside and tight inside.


    The emissary sent by Taiyi sect secretly contacted the real dragon family.


    Taiyimen emissary expressed support for the real dragon family.


    Each Holy Land Sect gate is the common enemy of Taiyi gate and the real dragon family. Taiyi gate will not sit back and watch the real dragon family fight alone, but will provide help to the real dragon family within its power.


    Anyway, it doesn''t cost money to say beautiful words. What taiyimen says is good. In fact, it is hoped that the real dragon family will expand the war with the major holy places and let the battle continue.


    The top level of Zhenlong family is not interested in taiyimen''s oral support. Instead, they urge taiyimen to find out the relevant information of the secret house as soon as possible.


    The real dragons are so concerned about the secret house of hidden gods that Meng Zhang wants to know what secrets are hidden in the secret house of hidden gods.


    The last time he was called up to attack the secret headquarters of the indigenous gods, Meng Zhang was also very worried that he would be hard to deal with when he met the moon god and the goddess of worship.


    Because he couldn''t contact the moon god all the time, Meng Zhang couldn''t even tell her in advance.


    During the whole battle, Meng Zhang did not meet them.


    Maybe they were killed by the friars of the Holy Land Sect?


    More likely, they escaped?


    Meng Zhang''s guess is more inclined to the latter possibility.


    After returning to the sect of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang urged the monks in the gate to continue to contact and look for the moon god.


    Even when taiyimen was preparing for the war, Meng Zhang didn''t relax his work.


    After the last suppression action, the residual forces of the indigenous gods basically disappeared in the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen originally cooperated with the extermination of several secret bases of divine descendants and killed all divine descendants.


    In the past, traces of gods and indigenous gods were occasionally found in some parts of the Jun dust world.


    After this operation, no similar discovery has been made.


    The goddess of worship of the moon had agreed on the contact information with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has been unable to contact each other through the agreed contact information.


    Especially after the practitioners destroyed the secret headquarters of the indigenous gods, the moon gods may not believe in Meng Zhang as before.

 Chapter 2280

    The moon god is likely to know the secret of hiding God''s Secret House, but Meng Zhang suffers from being unable to contact each other.


    If she became wary of Meng Zhang, avoided him and kept avoiding him, Meng Zhang would be even harder to find her.


    Now it seems that only through the traitor, King Huipeng, can we get the internal information of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Later, King Huipeng obtained the flesh and blood of the demon master of the return virtual level from Taiyi gate several times, and tasted a lot of sweetness.


    Of course, taiyimen didn''t give him these benefits in vain, and the urge to him was also very tight.


    King Huipeng spent a lot of effort to collect the information needed by Taiyi gate.


    As an alien, King Huipeng is not trusted by the high level. His real status in Ziyang Shengzong is limited and he has no access to the real secrets of the sect.


    The secret house of hiding gods is the top secret of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Most of the time, he just relied on his familiarity and the face of his master to communicate with the monks in the door and inquire about information from them.


    Recently, due to the increasingly tense situation in the East China Sea, Ziyang Shengzong had to transfer many forces to support.


    The high-level leaders of the holy places have repeatedly tried to settle disputes peacefully with the Zhenlong family, but the two sides have always been unable to reach an agreement.


    As king Huipeng in the holy sect of Ziyang, I don''t know the details of the negotiations between the two sides.


    He just hearsay, as if the real dragon people were dissatisfied with the extinction of the indigenous gods and sheltered the surviving indigenous gods.


    The religious sects of the holy places unanimously asked the real dragon family to hand over the protected indigenous gods, but they were strongly rejected by the real dragon family.


    Not only that, the real dragon family, in turn, accused the major Holy Land sects of breaking into their territory, deliberately causing trouble, and demanded an apology and compensation from the major Holy Land sects.


    The position gap between the two sides is too wide, and the conflict is escalating.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong sent a large number of friars to the East China Sea, many friars remained in the gate.


    These friars are patrolling around the north of the Junchen world and seem to be carrying out some secret activities.


    King Huipeng has tried to get close to these monks involved in the action, but he still doesn''t know the truth of their action.


    Grey Peng Wang guessed that in addition to the reason why these guys have a tight mouth, there is a great possibility that these monks involved in the action themselves do not know the significance of their actions. They are just mechanically executing the orders of the top level.


    No matter from which angle, King Huipeng has no qualification and reason to inquire about relevant intelligence from the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The situation in the East China Sea is so tense that Ziyang holy sect still retains many monks in the gate. Of course, other holy sect gates will be greatly dissatisfied.


    According to the knowledge of King Hui Peng, it was disadvantageous for Weiwu Xuxian of guantian Pavilion and Yang and Xuxian of Ziyang holy sect to perform a task together, which was reprimanded by the real immortal.


    But I, the immortal, mobilized the power of guantian pavilion to remedy it with all my strength.


    Ziyang Shengzong is still preserving its strength, and guantian pavilion has great opinions on this.


    The news that king Huipeng sent back to taiyimen is far from involving the specific information of the secret house of hidden gods that Meng Zhang is most concerned about.


    However, from these news, Meng Zhang can find some secrets of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong obviously deceived other holy places and wanted to monopolize it.


    In the past thousands of years, all the holy places have been fighting openly and secretly.


    If not, there will be no rise of forces such as Hailing sect and taiyimen.


    In recent years, although the major holy places have joined hands with the outside world, it does not mean that the previous differences and contradictions no longer exist, but have been covered up for the time being.


    Originally, when the true immortals woke up and competed for the legacy left by the immortals who opened up the Junchen world, the religious doors of the major holy places would also completely break up and fight with each other.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking about whether there was any way to speed up the process and make the holy places break up in advance.


    Although I know it''s difficult to do this, it''s the most effective way to reduce the pressure on taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully. Maybe this secret house of hiding gods is a good start.


    Do you want to find a suitable time to disclose the secret mansion to other holy places?


    During the period when Meng Zhang was closed, the overall situation in Junchen was relatively calm except in the East China Sea.


    The recent internal war of Junchen world was the war to eliminate the remaining indigenous gods.


    The secret headquarters of indigenous gods in the depths of the West Sea were broken, and the remaining indigenous gods and their descendants were almost wiped out.


    In other parts of the Junchen world, there are also some secret bases of divine descent.


    During this operation, these secret bases were almost completely destroyed.


    The practitioners led by the religious sects of the major holy places held the grass and beat the rabbits. In addition to eliminating all the divine descendants, they also eliminated many demons and ghosts who colluded with the divine descendants.


    As for the practitioners and forces involved in this, the number is not cheap.


    There was some turbulence in some parts of the Jun dust world, which also quickly subsided.


    As the largest dark organization in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance secretly keeps a lot of ghost cultivation and demon cultivation, and has deep collusion with divine descendants and even indigenous gods.


    Many branches of the Dark Alliance are also involved in this matter.


    Neither the heavenly palace nor the Holy Land Sect wants to embarrass the Dark Alliance on this matter.


    They let go of all events involving the Dark Alliance gently.


    Their behavior not only didn''t get the gratitude of the Dark Alliance, but also made some senior leaders of the Dark Alliance feel weak.


    Many radical people in the dark League even claimed that the action of the major Holy Land sects to eliminate the indigenous gods had caused huge losses to the dark League, and they must make good living to compensate the dark League.


    Most senior members of the Dark Alliance would not be so arrogant.


    However, within the Dark Alliance, there is a trend that despises the major Holy Land sects and believes that they have no ability to continue to rule the Junchen world.


    The tide soon spread from the Dark Alliance to its allies.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the senior level of the Dark Alliance has always had secret plans for the major holy places.


    Even if taiyimen is currently an ally with the Dark Alliance, he knows nothing about the plan.


    Some loose tongued senior officials of the Dark Alliance once said that the time for the Dark Alliance to launch plans to subvert the rule of the holy places is not yet ripe.


    Dark Alliance has enough capital to wait slowly, but taiyimen may not be able to wait so long.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, in fact, he hoped that the Dark Alliance would be launched as soon as possible and fight head-on with the holy places.


    However, the dominant power in this matter has been in the hands of the Dark Alliance, and Meng Zhang is unable to intervene.


    Meng Zhang revealed his ideas to a few senior officials in the door.


    Can you think of some ways to trigger the conflict between the Dark Alliance and the major Holy Land sects and intensify their contradictions?


    Of course, taiyimen must not be involved in such a conspiracy.


    After understanding Meng Zhang''s meaning, these middle and senior officials began to think of ways slowly.


    Although taiyimen and Dark Alliance are allies, they still have to make secret calculations among their allies.

 Chapter 2281

    Meng Zhang has been trying to contact the moon god without success. When the friars in the door tried hard to find out the whereabouts of the moon god, the moon god took the initiative to come to the door.


    The moon god didn''t come to see Meng Zhang directly.


    When Yang Xueyi, the great energy of taiyimen''s return to emptiness, was patrolling the north of the Junchen world, she met the prepared goddess of worship to the moon.


    The goddess of the moon sent a message to Meng Zhang through Yang Xueyi, saying that she wanted to meet Meng Zhang.


    The goddess of worship of the moon left the time and place to meet. She didn''t say more to Yang Chao and left directly.


    As one of the middle and high-level officials most trusted by Meng Zhang, Yang Xueyi knows that Meng Zhang has some secret collusion with the goddess of worship of the moon, and that Meng Zhang has been inquiring about the whereabouts of the goddess of worship of the moon recently.


    Yang Xueyi had intended to stay to worship the goddess of the moon, but after careful consideration, she still didn''t do it.


    First, the goddess of worship of the moon and taiyimen are not enemies at present. Once Yang Xueyi starts, the two sides will officially break up.


    Second, many years ago, the goddess of worship of the moon had the strength of returning to emptiness in the middle stage. Yang Xueyi''s advanced return to emptiness period was not too long, and she was not sure that she could beat each other.


    After returning to taiyimen, Yang Xueyi told Meng Zhang the news.


    As expected, the moon god avoided the last disaster, which made Meng Zhang overjoyed.


    Meng Zhangzheng suffered from being unable to contact the moon god, and the appearance of the goddess of worship to the moon was in line with his heart.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and went to the appointment on time.


    Meng Zhang also considered whether the moon god would take this opportunity to ambush himself?


    After all, taiyimen was called up to take part in the campaign to eliminate the indigenous gods last time. The friars in the sect killed many gods, and Meng Zhang killed some indigenous gods.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world suffered from the disaster of destruction, and the moon god will inevitably feel the sorrow of rabbit death and fox.


    The indigenous gods in the Junchen world are the great enemies of practitioners.


    It is normal for the moon god to doubt and even hate Meng Zhang.


    But on second thought, Meng Zhang suppressed this unnecessary worry.


    With the wisdom and reason of the moon god, we should know that it is meaningless to seek revenge from Meng Zhang.


    And last time they broke into the secret space together and seized the heritage left by the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, which shows that the moon god may not care much about those indigenous gods.


    The place where the goddess of moon worship and Meng Zhang agreed to meet is located in the depths of the West Sea.


    It can be seen that the moon god is not without a little guard against Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang plots against her, she can escape into the territory of the real dragon family and seek the shelter of the real dragon family.


    Based on the current relationship between the real dragon family and practitioners, Meng Zhang dare not break into the territory of the real dragon family at will even if he has some collusion with the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang had a clear conscience and went to the appointment in a big way.


    At the appointed time, Meng Zhang met the long lost goddess of worship on a desert island in the West Sea.


    After they met, they both confirmed that the other party was not wearing a tail before they began to communicate.


    As soon as Meng Zhang opened his mouth, he explained for himself.


    Taiyimen was called up by the heavenly palace to participate in the action of eliminating the indigenous gods. It''s really impossible to refuse.


    Meng Zhang was even more involuntarily involved in this action.


    Meng Zhang himself has no hostility to the indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang hasn''t forgotten to complain, but Xu Xian and Yang He took the opportunity to plot against him, and he almost died.


    The goddess of worship of the moon was not interested in Meng Zhang''s explanation, and had no obvious hostility to Meng Zhang.


    In a few words, she gently exposed the matter and said that she would not hate Meng Zhang for it.


    Meng Zhang knows that the moon god is hidden in the body of the goddess of worship of the moon all the year round and rarely appears on his own initiative. He often expresses his meaning through the external communication of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Whether the goddess of worship of the moon really doesn''t care about the breach of the headquarters of the indigenous gods, at least it shows the attitude of the God of the moon.


    After uncovering this unpleasant thing, Meng Zhang seemed very concerned about asking about the current situation of the moon god.


    The last crackdown on the indigenous gods was so powerful that even the secret headquarters of the indigenous gods were broken. I don''t know how the moon god escaped this disaster.


    What is the situation of the moon god now? Is the situation safe and does he need his own help?


    The goddess of worship of the moon didn''t seem to want to talk more about this issue, and gently changed the topic.


    The goddess of the moon paid no attention to Meng Zhang''s kindness.


    Meng Zhang knows that this is the moon god behind the worship of the moon goddess. He still has some doubts about himself and doesn''t trust himself enough.


    Meng Zhang, while chatting with the goddess of worship of the moon, thought about how to ask about the relevant information of the secret house of hidden gods, which was not so abrupt.


    The goddess of worship of the moon seems to chat with Meng Zhang carelessly. In fact, she is also testing Meng Zhang.


    After talking for a while, Meng Zhang finally couldn''t help getting to the point.


    Meng Zhang told the goddess of the moon that the real dragon family had been inquiring about the secret house of the hidden God.


    Ziyang Shengzong seems to have mastered some secrets of the secret house of hidden gods and is trying to lock the secret house of hidden gods.


    Meng Zhang wants to know how much the goddess of worship of the moon knows about hiding the mysterious house, and why Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenlong are all plotting to hide the mysterious house.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s mention of hiding the mysterious house, the goddess of worship of the moon, who had previously had a cold expression, couldn''t help but change her face.


    She opened her mouth to say something, but she soon calmed down and fell into silence.


    Meng Zhang has been with the goddess of the moon for some time and knows that she is probably communicating with the goddess of the moon at this time.


    After a long time, a virtual shadow loomed behind the goddess of worship of the moon. An ancient voice came into Meng zhang''er and asked him how much he knew about hiding the mysterious mansion.


    Meng Zhang looked solemn and knew that this was the direct communication between the moon god and himself.


    It seems that he had guessed right before. There was a great secret hidden in the mysterious mansion.


    Judging from the reaction of the moon god, she really knows something about the secret house of hiding God.


    In order to show his sincerity, Meng Zhang did not hide anything and told what he knew.


    Including the hidden mysterious house''s continuous flow of Qi along the earth vein, which seems to have been mastered by Ziyang Shengzong, the real dragon''s covet of the hidden God Secret House, and so on.


    The moon god listened to Meng Zhang and fell into silence again.


    A moment later, the moon god asked Meng Zhang what he thought of hiding the mysterious house.


    To be honest, Meng Zhang knows nothing about the internal situation of the mysterious mansion, and has no idea why Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenlong are so coveted.


    Meng Zhang was concerned about hiding the mysterious mansion, not how much plot he had against it.


    One is to habitually pay attention to the actions of the old opponent Ziyang Shengzong and want to make trouble for the other party.


    The second is to make the real dragon family and Ziyang holy sect conflict, and even lead to a war.


    The best case is that all the holy places are involved in this matter and cannot live in peace.


    In front of the moon god, Meng Zhang''s attitude is very frank.


    It is no secret that the Taiyi gate is under great pressure from the holy places.


    In order to alleviate this pressure, Meng Zhang did almost anything.


    It''s totally normal for him to use the secret house of hidden gods to do some articles.

 Chapter 2282

    After hearing Meng Zhang''s explanation, the moon god sighed deeply.


    The moon god told Meng Zhang that she had heard about the secret house of hiding God, but her knowledge was limited.


    It turned out that the indigenous gods in the Junchen world also divided camps and fought with each other.


    However, after the massive invasion of the practitioners, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world had to unite and fight against the enemy.


    Even so, there are still many disputes among the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    The true gods are located at the apex of many indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    Among these true gods, the moon god has always been alone and has little contact with other true gods.


    Moreover, due to some contradictions, the moon god also had disputes and conflicts with many true gods, and was excluded from the core and failed to participate in some of the final secret arrangements of the true gods.


    Hearing that the moon god was indeed a true God as he guessed, Meng Zhang moved slightly in his heart.


    However, judging from the current state of Luna, she certainly did not restore her strength in her heyday.


    Of course, after the last trip to the secret space, the moon god also had a harvest.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, the state of the moon god is much better than before.


    Although the moon god didn''t say anything clearly, Meng Zhang understood something from her words.


    At that time, the moon god was arrogant, looked down on other true gods, and disdained to cooperate with other true gods.


    Few true gods have a good temper.


    She has such an attitude that other true gods will not give her a good face.


    However, after all, we belong to the same camp and face powerful practitioners, so even if other true gods reject her, they will still inform her of some basic information.


    From the last trip to the secret space, we can know that the moon god knows the existence of the secret space, but he is not clear about the specific situation inside.


    For the secret house of hidden gods, the moon god is the same.


    As far as she knows, the last move prepared by the indigenous gods of Junchen world before the defeat was to hide the God''s Secret House.


    When the moon god said this, he did not directly introduce the secret house of hiding God to Meng Zhang, but put forward two conditions to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang must agree to these two conditions before she can share the information she knows with Meng Zhang.


    To be honest with the moon god, Meng Zhang didn''t want to directly get involved in hiding the mysterious mansion. He didn''t have much interest in breaking into it.


    Meng Zhang is not short of cultivation skills and resources.


    In particular, a batch of Yuanjing harvested from the indigenous God base is of great benefit to him.


    His injury is almost completely healed.


    He only needs to practice step by step, and he can quickly improve his cultivation level.


    As for the Taiyi gate, although the current large Treasury is not so abundant, it can at least provide for the monks in the gate.


    In this case, Meng Zhang has little interest in activities such as treasure hunting.


    He was concerned about hiding the mysterious mansion in order to trigger the conflict between the Zhenlong family and the Ziyang holy sect.


    The moon god knows Meng Zhang''s mind and still wants to put forward such conditions.


    As far as the moon god knows, the hidden mysterious house stores the last cards of the indigenous gods against the practitioners.


    As long as you get such a card, even if you face the real immortal, you don''t have the power of a war.


    Meng Zhang was a little moved by the words of the moon god.


    After the fairy talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian was used, Meng Zhang lacked such a powerful means.


    Last time, if he didn''t force the immortal talisman, he might have been planted in the hands of Yang and Xu Xian and Wei I Xu Xian.


    Moreover, looking at the appearance of the moon god, if he doesn''t agree to the other party''s conditions, she won''t tell the secret of hiding the God''s Secret House.


    Having had a pleasant experience of exploring the secret space together last time, Meng Zhang did not exclude the cooperation with the moon god, and the two sides could also trust each other.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a while and agreed to the moon god. The moon god was alone in the Junchen world, but he still had some followers.


    After many years of chasing and killing by practitioners, most of her followers have disappeared.


    After returning to Junchen world from Shenchang world, she finally contacted the last group of surviving followers.


    Influenced by the character of the moon god itself, these followers had little contact with the remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world, and their hiding place had little to do with each other.


    After returning to the Junchen world, the moon god also came into contact with the remaining indigenous gods.


    As in those days, the moon god and the remaining indigenous gods broke up unhappily.


    The moon god led the last group of followers and kept a distance from the remaining indigenous gods.


    Therefore, the moon god and his followers narrowly escaped in the action of eliminating the indigenous gods by the religious sects of the major holy places.


    Of course, with the destruction of the base of the remaining indigenous gods, the remaining indigenous gods were basically killed, and the religious sects of the major holy places still severely investigated everything related to the indigenous gods.


    If it''s just Luna herself, it''s very easy for her to hide herself.


    However, her followers, with their families and a large number of people, are exposed to greater and greater danger in the face of the strict investigation of the major holy places in the whole Jun dust world.


    After thousands of years, these followers still retain their loyalty to the moon god, which cannot be ignored.


    Originally, the moon god was prepared to let them migrate to the depths of the ocean and shelter in the real dragon family.


    Now, it would be better if Meng Zhang promised to take them in and shelter them.


    For the real dragon family, the moon god does not trust, and has a lot of dissatisfaction.


    The followers of the moon god are the God descendants wanted in the whole cultivation world.


    If it were in the past, Meng Zhang would certainly have some scruples.


    But now, the heavenly palace no longer protects the Taiyi gate. The Taiyi gate and the Holy Land Sect gate are basically torn apart, and Meng Zhang has no scruples.


    What''s more, he took in the followers of the moon god, not to mention completely tying the moon god to the chariot of taiyimen.


    At least when the Taiyi gate and the holy places were at war, it was difficult for the moon god and his followers to stay away.


    Without hesitation, Meng Zhang agreed to the of the moon god. Since Meng Zhang agreed to her terms, the moon god also fulfilled his promise and told the secret of hiding the God''s Secret House.


    Hidden secret mansion was the last refuge and fortress prepared by the indigenous gods under the adverse situation of the war.


    It is said that the hidden mysterious mansion has the power to destroy the whole Jun dust world.


    According to the original plan, when the indigenous gods are completely defeated, they can control the hidden mysterious mansion to destroy the Jun dust world, burn jade and stones with the practitioners and die together.


    The moon god doesn''t believe in this legend.


    Of course, even if the mysterious mansion has no such terrible power, it is still a very powerful tool of war.

 Chapter 2283

    The hidden mysterious mansion is not fixed in one place, but can move freely around the Junchen world, and travel deep underground. It can be said to be haunted and can easily avoid pursuit and rounding up.


    There are many powerful attack methods in the secret mansion.


    Among them, the most powerful one that the moon god attaches great importance to is the destruction god shuttle equipped inside.


    The destruction god shuttle has extremely terrible power, which is enough to pose a great threat to the real immortal.


    Especially one of the most vicious means of use, so that all true gods are very afraid.


    After the destruction shuttle is launched, it goes directly underground.


    With the intention of the manipulator, it can break through the earth''s crust, even lift up the earth''s crust, turn the earth upside down, trigger an unprecedented earthquake, and destroy all kinds of mountains, rivers and creatures within ten thousand miles.


    In the eyes of the true God, the destruction of God shuttle is a treasure of the destruction of the world. It cannot be used until the last minute.


    Why does the moon god think the legend that hiding the mysterious mansion can destroy the Junchen world is not credible?


    That''s because even if the mysterious mansion releases the destruction god shuttle, it will destroy all creatures in the Jun dust world at most.


    For the big world of Jun dust world itself, it can do some damage to it at most, but it can''t completely destroy it.


    The creatures in the Junchen world are extinct, and the indigenous gods who have lost all their believers will naturally die out slowly.


    Ordinary practitioners can''t escape such a catastrophe, but the real immortal may not fall here.


    For the big world of Jun dust world, even if all creatures are extinct, as long as the big world itself still exists.


    Perhaps, after thousands of years, or more, new creatures may be born.


    A big world has a very long life span. Hundreds of thousands or even millions of years is just a moment for it.


    True immortals claim to be immortal. Theoretically, they have almost endless longevity.


    However, most real immortals live only tens of thousands of years.


    Although the true immortal will not die because of the depletion of Shouyuan, there is an inescapable doom.


    Once the disaster is imminent and there is no way to avoid it, it is inevitable that the body will die.


    In contrast, zhenxiandu is just a passer-by in the big world.


    True immortals are not dragged down by believers like gods.


    Even if all the creatures in the Junchen world are extinct, how much impact can it have on the real immortal?


    The power of destroying the divine shuttle is not enough to directly kill the real immortal.


    Of course, for some real immortals with rich feelings, it may not be easy if they really die, such as disciples, disciples and descendants.


    The moon god was not optimistic about the power of hiding the mysterious house at the beginning, so he didn''t get involved in related things too much.


    After being seriously injured, the moon god attached himself to the moon worship goddess and fled to the Shenchang world early.


    As for why the indigenous gods in the Junchen world did not launch the secret house of hidden gods to make a final counterattack against the practitioners, the moon god is unknown.


    Returning to the Junchen world this time, the remaining indigenous gods contacted by the moon god had never heard of it from their mouth.


    As for the followers of the moon god, they don''t know the top secret of this indigenous God.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t mentioned hiding the mysterious house, the moon god didn''t know that this war tool had been preserved thousands of years ago.


    The reason why the moon god wants to enter the secret house of hiding God is not only to satisfy her curiosity, but also because there may be some Shinto treasures in it, which will help her recover her cultivation.


    The mysterious mansion moves along the earth vein with certain rules, not randomly.


    The moon god knows a little about this. As long as it takes enough time, she can calculate the general whereabouts of the mysterious mansion.


    The moon god said all the information he knew, and Meng Zhang was quite satisfied.


    Hidden mysterious mansion may not have enough power to destroy the Junchen world, but it can still be regarded as a powerful tool of war.


    Especially in the struggle between major forces, this war tool can play a miraculous effect as long as it is used properly.


    The Junchen world is about to change, and will soon usher in a fierce battle for all before.


    Whether it is the real dragon family who is ambitious and wants to seize the ruling power of Junchen world from the cultivators, or the holy sect door such as Ziyang Shengzong, they all need war tools such as hidden God secret house.


    As for how Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenlong learned about the existence of hidden mysterious mansion, there are simply too many possibilities.


    Over the years, the religious sects of the major holy places have been tirelessly pursuing and killing indigenous gods and divine descendants.


    If Ziyang Shengzong catches prisoners who know the relevant secrets, it naturally has the means to pry open their mouths.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world shelter and protect the real dragon family, but the real dragon family is not good men and women, and there are ways to deal with them.


    Although the moon god doesn''t know all the secrets of the secret house of hiding God, what she said alone is enough to prove its great value.


    If the mysterious mansion is really born, Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenlong will compete vigorously at all costs.


    The moon god agrees with Meng Zhang''s attempt to use the secret house of hidden gods to trigger a war between the real dragon family and Ziyang Shengzong.


    Regardless of the relationship with other Aboriginal gods, as a member of Aboriginal gods, the moon god''s hatred for the holy places is not weak at all.


    The two sides do not say that they are irreconcilable, at least they are sworn enemies.


    As for how to use the secret of hiding God''s Secret House, Meng Zhang still needs to think carefully.


    After talking about hiding the mysterious mansion, Meng Zhang thought of the Dalinghe God.


    Of course, he would not easily disclose that he had captured the Dalinghe God, but said that he had received information that the sects of the major holy places were following the order of the true immortal and making every effort to hunt down the Dalinghe God with heavy treasure.


    To this end, they even do not hesitate to confront and conflict with the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang looked very curious and asked the moon god if he knew something about Dalinghe God and the treasure he carried.


    The moon god shook her head and said she didn''t know about it.


    Although Dalinghe God is also an old Aboriginal God, in the active era of the moon god, it is just a small role in the aboriginal gods. It is not even a real God and can''t enter the eyes of the moon god at all.


    In his capacity, what great treasure can he have?


    The greatest possibility is that the remaining indigenous gods entrusted him with a heavy treasure before they were completely destroyed by the cultivator.


    As for what kind of treasure it is, because there are too few clues, it is difficult for the moon god to guess for the time being.


    In the final analysis, although the moon god is a member of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, he is not a member of the core circle. He left the Junchen world early and has limited knowledge of the secrets of many indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang is inevitably a little disappointed that he can''t get the information he wants from the moon god.


    However, Meng Zhang believes that as long as he has enough time to kill and slowly cook Dalinghe God, he will eventually get everything he wants.


    Meng Zhang and moon god are in a bad situation in the Junchen world. The two sides have a basis for cooperation and trust each other.


    After a long and in-depth chat, they reached an agreement to help each other.

 Chapter 2284

    The covenant between Meng Zhang and the moon god is very loose and has little binding force on both sides.


    However, the two sides have many common interests and need each other.


    Facing the pressure of the holy places, they can hold together to keep warm and help each other.


    The bond of interests is more reliable than any commitment.


    In this case, they are confident enough to each other and sincerely want to help each other.


    After the two sides talked, the moon god was a little impatient to ask Meng Zhang to help take in her followers.


    It seems that her followers are in a bad situation.


    With the vast territory of taiyimen, it is not difficult to find a remote and secret place to place those followers.


    Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate with the moon god after some transmission.


    He called the middle and high levels of the door and made appropriate arrangements in front of the moon god.


    Next, Meng Zhang and the moon god left the Taiyi gate and secretly transmitted it to the south of the Jun dust world.


    In a mountain far away from the Middle Earth continent, there is a small clan that survives, develops and thrives here.


    This clan door called moonlight gate is the vest worn by the followers of the moon god.


    The followers of the moon god are basically God descendants.


    Taoism is inclusive, and the race of practitioners is not limited to humans.


    The monster worships the door of Xiuzhen sect and becomes a spirit beast.


    In some particularly enlightened world, there are even demons and immortals.


    Many divine descendants can also practice the cultivation methods of practitioners.


    However, compared with the human race, the overall level of the practitioners of other races is far lower than that of the true practitioners.


    There are many reasons for this situation, which will not be mentioned here for the time being.


    In the battle with the cultivators in those years, the moon god and his followers killed the cultivators and captured some cultivation skills.


    These skills may not be good enough, but they are enough for the divine descendants to practice and make some disguises.


    The followers of the moon god established the moon gate, which was regarded as mixing into the cultivation world.


    Because it is far away from the prosperous area of the cultivation world, the resources are very poor, the overall cultivation level is very low, and there are no strong people.


    Moreover, it is very remote, and there are not many resources worth coveting by the strong. It is also far away from many right and wrong in the cultivation world.


    The followers of Luna are very smart.


    The moonlight gate established by them accommodates many human practitioners as disciples, and there are also human villages and towns on the territory.


    Of course, the high-level of the moonlight gate are basically divine descendants, and naturally firmly grasp the real power of the sect gate.


    With clever disguise, these divine descendants have survived to the present.


    However, in recent years, in order to completely eliminate the internal problems of the Jun dust world, the religious sects of the major holy places have made a strict inventory of the whole Jun dust world.


    Although the Jun dust world is very big, it still has limits.


    Although there are many Xiuzhen families and Xiuzhen sects in the Junchen world, there are still a few.


    Almost every corner of the Junchen world, every Xiuzhen force and every human settlement will be strictly searched by the sect of the Holy Land and its vassal forces.


    Under such a net, it is more and more difficult for the moonlight gate to adhere to.


    If no change is made, it is only a matter of time before these divine descendants are exposed.


    In the whole Junchen world, there are only a few forces that dare to refuse to check the door of each holy place.


    In the past, the Taiyi sect may have followed the sect of the holy places in public and violated the sect of the holy places in private. Now, even the play is too lazy to play, so they directly say no to it.


    Anyway, up to now, the Taiyi gate has no fear of other things except that it dare not take the initiative to attack the religious gates of the major holy places. It is basically tearing its face with them.


    For the sake of safety, taiyimen will try to secretly accept and place these divine descendants this time, and will not make much publicity.


    Of course, even if this matter is really exposed, it doesn''t matter.


    All the holy places are really difficult for Taiyi gate, and there is no lack of this excuse.


    The moonlight gate is just a building foundation sect gate, but among these gods, there are strong ones at the level of Yuanshen.


    In addition to the descendants of gods, there are two indigenous gods among the followers of the moon god, both of whom are her followers.


    They were demigods in their heyday, but now they can''t even retain their strength at the level of returning to emptiness.


    However, this is more or less a surprise.


    Since Meng Zhang has taken them in, they will inevitably work for taiyimen when needed.


    Meng Zhang has a huge mustard space, which can accommodate many people.


    Although it is difficult for these divine descendants to survive in it for a long time, let alone reproduce in mustard space, there is no problem staying for a while.


    Moon god also has a means similar to mustard space.


    With the full cooperation of the high-level of the moonlight gate and the absolute rolling of strength, the top and bottom of the moonlight gate, including all human practitioners and all mortals living on the territory of the moonlight gate, were collected by Meng Zhang and the moon god.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god soon moved out of the moonlight gate and its territory, and then sent it back to the territory of taiyimen.


    They released the loaded living people and goods and handed them to the long-awaited friar taiyimen for arrangement.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to anything else, but he attached great importance to the two followers of the moon god.


    In their heyday, they were able to compete with virtual immortals.


    If you have the blessing of the divine realm, you can even play the combat effectiveness of the true immortal level.


    They have long lost their realm.


    In order to ensure secrecy, they have only dared to develop believers among divine descendants for thousands of years.


    This limited number of divine descendants really can''t provide much power of faith.


    They were already dying, but they survived by relying on some secrets handed down by the moon god.


    The moon god can do nothing about their situation.


    What they need most now is a large number of believers to provide them with a steady stream of faith.


    Those who practice truth have ruled the Junchen world for many years. Where dare there be gods and dare to develop believers wantonly.


    Two demigods are very valuable combat power.


    Not to mention the restoration of strength in its heyday, even the restoration of combat effectiveness at the virtual level can play a great role.


    Since Meng Zhang and the moon god are now allies, these two demigods can also be used by him.


    In order to help them recover as soon as possible, Meng Zhang will provide all conveniences at all costs.


    On the vast territory of taiyimen, there are many mortals living.


    Mortals are the foundation of the cultivation world and provide a steady stream of practitioners for the cultivation world.


    For the senior level of the cultivation world, the greatest contribution of mortals without spiritual roots to the cultivation world is to strive to have children. It is best to have offspring with spiritual roots.


    For the gods, so many mortals are the best lambs.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mind dividing a part of the people from the world to let them believe in the two demigods and provide them with the power of faith.


    In the Junchen world, it is taboo for mortals to believe in gods.


    But even so, it is still impossible to completely prevent mortals from believing in those true or false gods.

 Chapter 2285

    Where people need faith, especially in the face of natural and man-made disasters.


    It seems to be a kind of nature for people to pray for God and worship Buddha, which can not be completely eliminated.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world were afraid to develop believers among mortals because they were afraid of exposure.


    Many monks of the cultivation forces in the cultivation world have ways to follow the connection of the line of faith, from believers to gods.


    If mortal believers are exposed, it means that the gods they believe in are exposed.


    Meng Zhang has no taboos in the territory of taiyimen.


    The two demigods'' taiyimen will explain the situation to the human friars of the moonlight gate and arrange them well.


    If there are those who don''t know interest and have to leave, taiyimen will deal with them accordingly.


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang would not ask about the details of various works for a long time.


    How to place the moonlight gate and how to develop mortal believers for the two demigods are arranged by special personnel in the gate according to the meaning of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god soon returned to the gate of Taiyi gate.


    For a long time to come, the moon god will stay in Taiyi gate temporarily.


    For the time being, the sect gates of the holy places had no time to take care of the Taiyi gate, giving Meng Zhang and the Taiyi gate a rare chance to breathe.


    In his spare time of cultivation, Meng Zhang also communicated with the moon god in many aspects.


    Although their practice systems are completely different, they have a lot in common in their understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    With the in-depth communication between the two, Meng Zhang also began to slowly understand some of the past about the moon god.


    Moon god is a very ancient god in Jun dust world, and it is a rare natural God.


    She has experienced a long time and knows many secrets of the ancient Junchen world.


    Although she can''t trust Meng Zhang completely and won''t have no reservations about him, Meng Zhang has benefited a lot from a few words revealed in her chat and learned a lot of valuable information about the Junchen world.


    Since the Taiyi gate is against the Holy Land sects, Meng Zhang naturally cares about the founders of the Holy Land sects, that is, the sleeping real immortals.


    Collecting relevant information about them is also the key task assigned by Xianyun Zhenxian to Meng Zhang.


    The moon god met these real immortals on the battlefield and suffered a lot.


    Most of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world believe in gods, which requires a large number of believers to provide the power of faith.


    Even most natural gods, because of the temptation to gain power quickly, can''t help developing believers and absorbing and refining the power of faith.


    As a natural God, the moon god does not need the power of faith.


    She also stood the temptation and always adhered to her independent path of practice.


    Even if many people of divine descent took the initiative to obey her and believe in her, she forced herself to endure, not to absorb the power of faith they provided, and not to take shortcuts.


    Therefore, simply speaking of combat effectiveness, the moon god is not the top group among many gods in the Junchen world.


    However, the moon god is very smart, knows the general trend, and is not as old-fashioned and inflexible as those old-fashioned gods.


    When several true immortals led the practitioners to invade the Junchen world on a large scale, after a series of wars, the moon god keenly realized that the indigenous gods in the Junchen world alone could not resist the army of practitioners with vast powers and numerous means.


    Although there are indigenous gods in Shenchang world as foreign aid, the help provided by Shenchang world is limited, and many gods are unwilling to wholeheartedly assist Junchen world.


    In fact, before the practitioners invaded Junchen world on a large scale, Shenchang world and Junchen world had both communication and fierce competition.


    Both worlds are developing Shinto civilizations. If either side conquers and annexes the other, it can gain endless benefits.


    The threat brought by the cultivator is so great that the two big worlds have to cooperate against the enemy.


    The moon god was not optimistic about the future of Jun dust world.


    In World War I, the moon god was seriously injured and his body was destroyed.


    After her serious injury, her spirit had to be attached to the moon worship goddess.


    The aboriginal God who worshipped the goddess of the moon has a deep relationship with the goddess of the moon.


    Worshipping the goddess of the moon, a god descendant, has also received a lot of care from the God of the moon.


    As a god descendant, the goddess of worship of the moon is unconditionally obedient to her ancestral God and the moon god.


    The moon god attached herself to the moon goddess and left the Junchen world. After going to the Shenchang world, she basically broke away from the disputes in the Junchen world.


    Therefore, the moon god didn''t know much about the second half of the war.


    The information she knew was obtained by the goddess of worship of the moon from the divine world.


    After returning to the Junchen world, the moon god also contacted the remaining indigenous gods.


    The moon god doesn''t look up to the remaining indigenous gods, who are also very wary of the moon god.


    There are few exchanges between the two sides, and the moon god has limited information.


    Since Meng Zhang asked about the past events of that year, the moon god still answered as much as possible, except for some secrets that are really inconvenient to disclose.


    Most of the moon gods have seen the true immortals who created the doors of the holy places.


    The moon god unreservedly told Meng Zhang what he knew about them and their common means.


    Meng Zhang carefully recorded these valuable information.


    He is not qualified to face these real immortals, but one day, he will become their opponent.


    At that time, this information may play a role.


    In the communication with the moon god, Meng Zhang benefited a lot in all aspects.


    The moon god also received many benefits from Meng Zhang.


    During this time, the moon god came into contact with the superior cultivation system of practitioners.


    It is the stone of the mountain. It can attack jade and confirm each other. It will help her recover her strength as soon as possible.


    In the outside world, while confronting the real dragon family, the religious sects of the major holy places also sent a lot of forces to continue to pursue and kill the residual forces of the indigenous gods.


    Some small hidden worlds scattered all over the Jun dust world were discovered and destroyed.


    These small worlds seem to be independent spaces. In fact, they can exist only by relying on the main world of Junchen world.


    Since there are so many connections with the main world of Jun dust world, it can''t escape the careful search of those who want to.


    In all the battles, the Holy Land sects captured many prisoners and got many clues from them.


    With the guidance of these clues, together with the great holy places and the whole Junchen world, the residual forces of the indigenous gods were naturally uncovered one by one.


    When Meng Zhang heard the news, he was a little confused.


    The indigenous gods in the Junchen world are dead tigers, which is not enough to suffer. Why are the religious sects of the major holy places so tirelessly uprooting them.

 Chapter 2286

    Meng Zhang will share most of the intelligence obtained by taiyimen with the moon god.


    In case of some problems that he can''t figure out, Meng Zhang will also ask the moon god for advice.


    Even if the moon god can''t give a prepared answer, she can often provide some ideas for Meng Zhang, so that he can find another way and think in other directions.


    Why do the religious sects of the holy places pursue the residual forces of the indigenous gods now? Meng Zhang asked the moon god.


    The remnant forces of the indigenous gods have long been insufficient to deal with. There are other enemies to deal with in the holy places. We really shouldn''t be too distracted at this time.


    When it comes to hatred, the indigenous gods, as losers, should hate the cultivators and should not let go.


    As the victors, the holy places are too keen on chasing and killing losers, which is a little strange.


    The moon god was not prepared to answer this question, but after this time, the relationship between the two sides has made great progress. The moon god still revealed some information.


    The indigenous gods of the Junchen world are the original rulers of the Junchen world and have always been protected by the will of the heaven of the Junchen world.


    In particular, those born gods can be said to be loved and cared for by the will of heaven in the Junchen world.


    As an alien invader, the cultivators overthrow the rule of the indigenous gods and wantonly kill the indigenous gods, including the natural gods. Logically, they should be despised and even hated by the heaven consciousness of the Junchen world.


    However, among the invading practitioners, there are experts who use secret methods to confuse and cover the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    In the war between practitioners and indigenous gods, it is difficult for indigenous gods to get the protection of the consciousness of heaven.


    Those immortals are still sleeping deep in the source sea of Jun dust world. One of the important reasons is that they have been suppressing the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang felt the same about the moon god''s words.


    As a master of heavenly secrets, he has a good knowledge of the operation of heaven in the Junchen world.


    In these years, the heavenly way of Jun dust world has become more and more sluggish.


    Of course, even if the heavenly way of Jun dust world is aware of a big problem, some basic instinctive reactions are still there.


    Because the level of power involved is too high and the power is too strong, even if a trace of power is randomly divided, it is enough to play a great role.


    Such as Meng Zhang, a master of heaven''s secrets, still can''t wantonly display heaven''s secrets.


    After performing the secret arts, we still have to face the problem of the reverse phagocytosis of the heavenly way.


    If the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is completely wiped out, Meng Zhang may not have to worry about these problems.


    What several sleeping true immortals are about to do is to completely erase the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world.


    The indigenous gods ruled the Junchen world for so many years and had close communication with the consciousness of heaven.


    In the face of crisis, Meng Zhang agreed to accept and shelter a divine descendant who had followed her in order to win over the moon god.


    At that time, Meng Zhang thought it was just a small matter.


    Now it seems that if the news is leaked, the response of the major holy places will definitely be very fierce.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang had acted steadily, placed them in a very remote and secret place on the territory, and kept the relevant information strictly confidential.


    With taiyimen''s tight control over their own territory, the news should not leak out in a short time.


    The level of struggle between several real immortals and the consciousness of heaven in Junchen world is too high. Now Meng Zhang is unable to participate in or intervene.


    What he can do is solemnly remind the middle and high levels of the door to do their best to keep the news of the reception of the divine race, and never let it out.


    Meng Zhang also knew that once the Holy Land Sect doors could free up their hands, they would launch an all-round attack on Taiyi gate.


    Whether he takes in this divine descendant or not can not change this result.


    I don''t know how long the dispute between the Holy Land Sect and the real dragon family will last.


    If taiyimen cannot have enough self-protection before the end of their dispute, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    While facing great pressure, Meng Zhang and taiyimen also continue to reap good news.


    An Xiaoran, the second disciple of Meng Zhang, and an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang, finally succeeded in breaking through the period of returning to emptiness and became the new returning to emptiness power in the door.


    Jin Lizhen, who served as the guest of Taiyi for many years, finally broke through the period of returning to emptiness and became Taoist Jin Li.


    Her disciple Jin Qiaoer also became the great power of returning to emptiness shortly after the master''s breakthrough.


    Meng Zhang secretly cultivated Yu Boli and the barbarian strongmen tukong and Tuhai brothers, who also secretly have the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    In such a short period of time, Taiyi gate has more combat power of returning to the virtual level, and its strength has soared. Meng Zhang can''t help but doubt whether Taiyi gate has been favored by heaven.


    The strength of moon god is also slowly recovering.


    She didn''t tell Meng Zhang the specific degree of recovery, and Meng Zhang couldn''t see it.


    But her two from God, the strength recovery is extremely slow.


    It''s no wonder that after so many years of weakness, they are dying and about to disappear completely. The situation can be said to be extremely bad.


    At present, although taiyimen gives full help, it is still difficult for the situation to fundamentally improve for a while.


    The power of faith they most need is also difficult to provide in a large amount in a short time.


    Shallow believers are easy to get, but the cultivation of devout believers is not done overnight.


    No matter how many shallow believers are, the power of faith provided by them is not satisfactory in both quantity and quality.


    What the gods need most is enough devout believers.


    The transformation of mortal ideas and the cultivation of believers are all painstaking work and require a lot of time.


    It seems that the two have been very good since God temporarily stabilized the situation and stopped deteriorating.


    They still have a long way to go if they want to completely restore their strength in their heyday.


    It''s as if the hell is too wonderful. With such a good believer foundation, there is not much power to really absorb and refine faith now.


    His breakthrough to the later stage of returning to emptiness mainly depends on his previous accumulation.


    The power of absorbing and refining faith only pushed him at the critical moment.


    Of course, most of the ghosts in the underworld are very stupid and irrational.


    Those sober guys have a simple mind and don''t have too many ideas. They don''t have the same changeable mind as ordinary people, but they are easier to cultivate into devout believers.


    Too wonderful, although I leave the Youdu temporarily and go to the deepest part of the underworld through the dead sea.


    But he is still very close to believers.


    A large number of believers continue to provide him with the power of faith, making his strength grow steadily.

 Chapter 2287

    When the natural gods first absorbed and refined the power of faith, they got great benefits, and the progress of cultivation was very obvious.


    It''s wonderful now. It''s at this stage.


    This is why many natural gods can''t stand this temptation. Knowing that there will be endless trouble, they still want to develop believers and absorb the power of faith.


    The power of faith, as long as it is contaminated, will easily indulge in it and be difficult to get rid of it.


    Of course, the rapid improvement of wonderful strength is of great significance to Meng Zhang.


    Wonderful. After entering the dead sea, the rules of heaven and earth here become very strange, filled with the smell of death everywhere.


    If the living creatures of the Yang world come here, no matter how high their cultivation is, they will soon be infected by the smell of death and quickly lose all their vitality.


    Ghosts, gods or ghosts in the underworld will gradually lose their consciousness and become ignorant fools.


    In the depths of the dead sea, I swallowed up unknown ghosts.


    As Taimiao gradually went deep into the dead sea, he faced more and more difficulties.


    He tried his best to urge his power of life and death to resist the influence of the rules of heaven and earth here.


    Although the almost ubiquitous breath of death caused him great pressure, it also helped him harden the power of life and death in his hands.


    The dead sea is a real feather, and it is difficult for birds to cross.


    With his cultivation, it is very difficult to fly over the dead sea.


    Many times, he was almost swallowed by the dead sea.


    Too wonderful. It took a lot of effort to cross the dead sea and enter the deeper hell.


    Here, in addition to all kinds of natural risks, we often encounter some fierce things.


    Some of these fierce things were born by natural ghosts and gods after falling, and some were born in the heaven and earth of the underworld.


    Too wonderful. Although I tried my best to avoid it, I couldn''t avoid being blocked by these fierce things and had to fight.


    Even with his strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness, it is not easy to deal with these fierce things.


    Here, without help, he must rely on his own strength to deal with these powerful enemies.


    The fierce things here are far more powerful than his opponents in the ghost cry mountains.


    Even the enemies at the later stage of returning to the virtual world appear from time to time.


    Of course, this difficult and dangerous battle is also a great honing for too wonderful.


    He had some unstable accomplishments, which were polished to be extremely tough.


    In a flash, it has been 15 years since Taimiao left the Youdu and went to the depths of the underworld.


    In the past 15 years, taiyimen has continuously increased the combat power of returning to the virtual world.


    Due to the absorption and refining of the source crystal, Meng Zhang''s injury has been cured, and his cultivation has made great progress.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that all the holy places would leave him and taiyimen such a long time to breathe.


    Could it be that the top level of the sect of the holy places would be so stupid to watch Meng Zhang''s cultivation improve and the strength of Taiyi sect continue to grow?


    Not to mention the strength secretly cultivated by taiyimen, it is already a strong force to increase the return to emptiness power on the surface.


    All the holy places are not only raising tigers, but also digging their own graves.


    If you really give taiyimen enough time, I''m afraid taiyimen won''t have to worry about the main holy places anymore.


    Taiyimen has an extremely efficient intelligence system.


    In particular, the ability of the dark hall has been greatly enhanced after the promotion and retreat period of an Muran, the elder in charge of the dark hall.


    However, limited to the lack of inside information, the intelligence work of taiyimen on the major holy places was not carried out smoothly.


    It can be said that it was a great shit luck to be able to plot against such an insider as king Huipeng within Ziyang Shengzong.


    In terms of obtaining detailed information about the holy places, taiyimen often asked for help from their allies.


    The dark alliance may really have installed dark sons at the top of the holy places, but it can really grasp most of its trends.


    According to the information provided by the Dark Alliance, the top part of the combat power of the religious sects of the major holy places, including almost all the virtual immortals and most of the shangzun in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, is now either deploying defense in the void to defend against the invasion of the coalition forces of foreign invaders, or confronting the real dragon family in the East China Sea.


    The extraterritorial invaders composed of several major forces finally reached an agreement and agreed to jointly break through the Junchen world first, and then divide up all kinds of booty.


    The vanguard of the foreign invader coalition forces has arrived near the Junchen world, and the main forces are gathering one after another and killing from all directions to the Junchen world.


    Now in the void, the defense lines of the heavenly palace and the major holy places are facing great pressure, which is the time for rear reinforcement.


    Several real immortals, including Sanshan real immortals, were restrained by opponents of the same level.


    In fact, even if they are not restrained, they cannot intervene in the affairs of the Junchen world.


    In those years, several real immortals took precautions against each other before sleeping. They were not completely relieved of the three mountain real immortals.


    Therefore, Sanshan Zhenxian, Xuanxuan Laozu and three lions have made a great oath to never intervene in the internal disputes in the Junchen world.


    Even if the elder Xuanxuan wanted to take care of the younger generation of jiuxuan Pavilion, he played some marginal balls with his identity and prestige at most, and didn''t dare to openly violate his oath.


    Before several real immortals wake up, religious sects such as Dark Alliance and taiyimen don''t have to worry about the threat from real immortals at all.


    On the other side of the East China Sea, the situation is extremely tense, and the war seems to be imminent.


    The real dragon clan has been fighting with the major holy places for a long time, and the level and scale of the battle are constantly upgrading.


    The two sides have fought for many times, and the depths of the East China Sea have been turned upside down and in a mess by them.


    After the Tianwei thunder punishment array of Tiangong showed its power, it ignored the fierce fight between the two sides.


    The heavenly palace is powerless to stop such a struggle.


    If the heavenly palace openly stands on the other side of the holy places and participates in this struggle, I''m afraid there is no room for the human cultivators and the real dragon.


    The real dragon clan and the high-level leaders of the holy places have retained the last restraint and did not let the full-scale war break out.


    However, if the situation continues to develop and there is no opportunity for relaxation, the outbreak of a full-scale war is inevitable.


    Both the real dragon clan and the holy places are not ready to start a full-scale war with each other, and they are unwilling to start a war like this.


    But so far, both sides have been unable to ride the tiger.


    Even if some rational guys at the top of both sides want to stop it, there is nothing they can do.


    This situation is most loved by the top of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was acutely aware that just adding a fire at the right time could completely detonate the situation, forcing the real dragon family and the holy places to go to war in an all-round way.


    This opportunity soon appeared in front of Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2288

    After the moon god had talked with Meng Zhang about the conditions, he came up with all the ways he knew to calculate the whereabouts of the mysterious mansion.


    The method known to the moon god is not accurate enough to calculate the whereabouts of the secret house of hidden gods. It can only calculate the approximate area and time of its emergence.


    Of course, the calculation method provided by her is not complicated. You only need to be proficient in the art of geomancy and be able to simply observe the direction of the earth vein, and then calculate through the method provided by her, you can get a general result.


    In these years, Taiyi gate has sent out several great powers of returning to emptiness, including Wen qiansuan, the strongest local teacher in the gate.


    They carefully surveyed the direction of the earth vein in the north of the junchenjie, carefully observed the earth gas flow, and then we calculated carefully together.


    According to their calculation, the mysterious mansion will appear somewhere in the north of Jun dust world in about 30 years.


    The general area where the mysterious mansion appeared was located in the territory of the original Dali imperial dynasty.


    The territory of Dali imperial dynasty has long been divided up by taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong. That area straddles the territory of Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen, and its center is the junction of the two zongmen.


    This area is thousands of miles around, and the terrain inside is very complex and changeable.


    There''s nothing they can do to get a more accurate address.


    Meng Zhang did not know for the time being whether the calculation method of Ziyang Shengzong was better or worse than the calculation method provided by the moon god.


    Ziyang Shengzong sent out a large number of monks and made such a big noise. If we can''t calculate the exact address and specific time of the mysterious mansion, the calculation method really won''t work.


    Ziyang Shengzong stopped sending out monks to move around, and all kinds of actions have almost stopped.


    King Huipeng didn''t find out any further information in Ziyang Shengzong.


    The information about the secret house of hiding gods is the top secret of Ziyang holy sect, and only a few high-level sect leaders know it.


    However, Yang Xueyi of Taiyi gate once accidentally found that the return virtual energy of Ziyang holy sect haunted near that area.


    It seems that Ziyang Shengzong has calculated this area.


    I just don''t know if they have more accurate information.


    After thinking about it for a while, Meng Zhang informed the real dragon family of the relevant information.


    If the real dragon family does not enter the hub, relying solely on the power of the taiyimen family may not be able to win the Ziyang holy sect.


    Although the real dragons are still facing off with the holy places in the East China Sea, they still pay close attention to the relevant information about the secret house of hidden gods.


    In the case of Shouyuan of the real dragon family, it is not enough time to confront the holy places.


    The previous fight between the two sides was a warm-up match at best.


    For the information provided by taiyimen, Zhenlong family is not satisfied.


    They didn''t listen and urged taiyimen to seize the time to inquire and try to find out more accurate information as soon as possible.


    Even if the real dragon family wants to win over and use Taiyi gate, they can''t change their lofty attitude and order Taiyi gate like their subordinates.


    Meng Zhang is not very angry. Anyway, both sides make use of each other''s relationship.


    After careful observation and inference, Meng Zhang and menzhong Huixu Da Neng felt that the information about the secret house of hidden gods mastered by Ziyang Shengzong was more abundant than that provided by the moon god.


    This should not be that the moon god conceals something from Meng Zhang, but that Ziyang Shengzong is more powerful.


    In order to grasp more information and seize the opportunity to launch, taiyimen must keep an eye on the trend of Ziyang Shengzong.


    All of you at Taiyi gate return to virtual power and go to the calculated area in turn to ambush and observe.


    Ziyang Shengzong stopped all the actions in other places. Only occasionally, Huixu Da Neng sneaked into this area, sneaked and acted carefully, and carried out some mysterious rituals.


    The moon god probably felt a little embarrassed because he didn''t provide too accurate information.


    Hidden mysterious mansion is a war tool made by the indigenous gods. The moon god is unwilling to fall into the hands of Ziyang Shengzong whether out of personal feelings or interests.


    She left the Mountain Gate of taiyimen many times and went to the vicinity of that area in person. She secretly went deep into the ground and observed the trend of the earth vein more carefully.


    The moon god has an unyielding thought in his heart.


    She doesn''t believe that her understanding of the creation of indigenous gods will not catch up with the cultivators of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After the continuous efforts of the moon god, he finally began to make some new discoveries.


    With the help of the moon god himself, Meng Zhang was not too distracted in this matter.


    He still took the time to absorb and refine the source crystal in his hand.


    At the level of returning to emptiness and great energy, Meng Zhang''s practice time is not long. He is still a young man to the letter.


    Compared with those old brands, what he lacks most is the precipitation of time and rich accumulation.


    This batch of Yuanjing produced in the depths of Yuanhai can greatly enrich Meng Zhang''s accumulation, help him save a lot of time, and enable him to catch up with those old brands as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm in the later stage of returning to emptiness began to be gradually perfect, and he was getting closer and closer to entering the realm of emptiness immortal.


    With the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation level, he felt more and more the brilliance of his practice.


    The inheritance of the founder of Taiyi gate is worthy of being from Taiyi Jinxian.


    The more profound the cultivation is, the more you can realize the extraordinary inheritance and give full play to your superb combat effectiveness.


    Originally, among high-level friars, there is basically no such thing as step-by-step challenge.


    However, with Meng Zhang''s deeper understanding of inheritance, he has more confidence in the challenge of Yuejie.


    Based on his cultivation in the later stage of returning to emptiness, he dare not even think about challenging the real immortal, but he should still have a try.


    The founder of all the holy places is just a real fairy.


    There are two great realms between the true immortal and the golden immortal.


    Even if the founder of Taiyi gate got only the fur of the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Isn''t it natural that the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian outweighs that of ordinary real immortals?


    Meng Zhang was indignant at the thought of escaping from the two empty immortals last time.


    Now without Xianfu, he wants to challenge each other by his own ability.


    Of course, although a little eager to try, Meng Zhang will not act rashly now.


    Time is on his side. The longer time goes by, the greater the improvement of his cultivation, and the smaller the gap with the other party.


    When Meng Zhang hurried to practice, too wonderful was not idle.


    It''s wonderful. After thousands of hardships, I finally broke through difficulties and obstacles and entered the depths of hell.


    That day, he came to a very special place in the depths of the underworld - the soul sea.


    Soul sea, as its name suggests, is the place where the souls of the creatures in Jun dust world gather after their death.


    Even if the ghosts and gods in the underworld die completely, after their souls dissipate, the remnants of their souls will spontaneously gather in the soul sea.

 Chapter 2289

    The soul sea has almost endless souls, but the complete soul is almost nonexistent.


    All kinds of remnant souls are ground and crushed in the soul sea, and then thoroughly absorbed by the Jun dust world and become the nutrient of the Jun dust world.


    These nutrients will eventually enter the source sea, which greatly enhances the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    Only a few of these remnant souls have withstood the grinding of the soul sea and still retain some characteristics. After a series of complex processes, they will be reincarnated and reborn and become new creatures in the Junchen world.


    Thus, it can be seen how difficult it is for living people in the Yang world and ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld to retain some characteristics of their previous lives after reincarnation.


    In addition, the source sea of the Jun dust world will also spray some soul seeds from time to time, passing through the transit of the soul sea.


    Based on these soul seeds, the soul sea shapes them into a brand-new soul and puts them into the Jun dust world.


    With a new soul, the Junchen world can breed all kinds of creatures.


    The main birth source of soul species in Jun dust world is from the source sea.


    The more powerful the source sea of Jun dust world is, the more creatures will be born.


    In particular, the birth of intelligent creatures such as Terrans is actually a loss to the source sea.


    However, only when all kinds of creatures have a huge quantitative foundation can they produce enough strong people to defend the world.


    Too wonderful. I haven''t been close to the soul sea yet. Just observing from a distance, I feel that there is a strange power in the soul sea, constantly killing my ghost and God body.


    Too wonderful. In order to better observe and feel the power of the soul sea, I step into the soul sea.


    He swam around in the soul sea, came to different places in the soul sea, and slowly realized all kinds of strangeness of the soul sea.


    Too wonderful became the Lord of the underworld, controlled reincarnation and the power of life and death, and had all kinds of powerful magical powers to resist this dissipation.


    If other ghosts or gods enter here, I''m afraid they will have been injured long ago.


    Wonderful. The longer you stay in the soul sea, the more you can feel the importance here.


    As the Lord of the underworld, he has no illusory reputation, but his control over the underworld is also very general.


    If he wants to really control everything in the underworld, he must completely control the core soul sea.


    Soul sea is not only the starting point of the birth of creatures in Jun dust world, but also the beginning and end of the reincarnation of Jun dust world.


    Tai Miao mastered the power of reincarnation and achieved a lot in the avenue of reincarnation, but he still couldn''t control the reincarnation of the Junchen world.


    In those years, he helped the ghosts and gods of his predecessors watch into reincarnation, which could help them enhance the characteristics of their souls at most, but he could not control the results of their reincarnation.


    Too wonderful. If you want to exert enough influence on the reincarnation of the Jun dust world, you must be able to use the power of the soul sea.


    Although the soul sea is killing wonderful ghosts and gods almost all the time, it has caused great pressure on him.


    But too wonderful is still swimming in the sea of souls.


    He carefully sensed the special forces in the soul sea and understood the special rules of the soul sea.


    Unconsciously, Taimiao entered a special area of the soul sea.


    In this area, countless remnant souls are being crushed by the power of the soul sea and then injected into the source sea.


    These remnant souls have a breath that is out of tune with the surroundings, which is very different from the remnant souls of local creatures in Jun dust world.


    Taimiao''s eyesight and insight at this time soon figured out what was going on.


    In these thousands of years, almost every once in a while, foreign invaders have crossed the defense line outside the Jun dust world and put into the Jun dust world.


    These foreign invaders have limited scale and average strength, and they don''t even have strong ones at the virtual level.


    Taiyimen encountered such an opponent in the process of its rise.


    Such as the demon clan and spirit clan destroyed by Taiyi gate, and the barbarians subdued after being defeated by Taiyi gate.


    The defense system of Jun dust world is so strict that even the real fairy can''t sneak in quietly.


    Meng Zhang has heard some statements before that these foreign invaders can enter the Junchen world, which is related to the internal struggle at the top of the Junchen world.


    Those returning to virtual powers who are responsible for the defense of the Jun dust world sometimes deliberately connive these foreign invaders into the Jun dust world and guide them to the opponent''s territory in order to make trouble for the opponent they don''t like.


    The foreign invaders took advantage of this opportunity to continuously put their power into the Junchen world, trying to destroy the Junchen world from the inside.


    With the improvement of cultivation and status, Meng Zhang can get in touch with more secrets of the Junchen world.


    The deeper he knew about the upper level of the Jun dust world, the more he felt that such a statement was unreliable.


    How much damage can foreign invaders who do not even have the strength to return to the virtual world cause even if they enter the Junchen world?


    The return to virtual powers responsible for the defense of the Jun dust world are mainly from the heavenly palace and the holy places. Even if they don''t like each other, can they only make trouble with each other in this childish way?


    There are many things in the Junchen world that Meng Zhang doesn''t understand.


    This matter has little to do with Meng Zhang, so he didn''t do more entanglement on it.


    Now it''s too wonderful to enter the soul sea, speculate according to the situation, and guess this matter.


    After these foreign invaders enter the Junchen world, they will be destroyed by the cultivators sooner or later.


    The strength and soul strength of these foreign invaders are not weak.


    After their death, their souls enter the soul sea. After being consumed, they enter the source sea, which has become an important nourishment for strengthening the source sea of Jun dust world.


    Therefore, the high level of the Junchen world may be the meaning of several real immortals, deliberately letting these foreign invaders with equal strength enter the Junchen world.


    In these thousands of years, the news of foreign invaders sneaking into the Junchen world will come out from time to time.


    The elimination of so many foreign invaders can be said to be a powerful supplement to the soul sea and the source sea.


    As for why the high-level of foreign invaders specially sent their men to the Junchen world to die, there are also reasons why they have to do this kind of meat buns to beat dogs.


    The souls of these extraterritorial invaders contain a special force.


    Even if their souls were completely ground, this special power still did not dissipate.


    If only a certain number of extraterritorial invader souls, the special power contained in them is limited.


    However, the souls of foreign invaders continue to enter here, and this special force is also growing.


    It''s wonderful. Although we haven''t figured out the specific purpose of this special force, we can think and know that the high-level of foreign invaders must have bad intentions.


    The high-level invaders outside the territory do not hesitate to sacrifice the lives of countless ethnic groups, pour special forces into their souls, and let them enter the source sea of the Junchen world. It must be a plot against the source sea.


    Yuanhai is the foundation of Jun dust world and the place where several real immortals sleep.


    If foreign invaders want to conquer the Junchen world, they have to start from the source sea, which is a drastic strategy to the key of the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2290

    Wonderful. Although I can''t see the details of this special force for the time being, I can see some familiar things.


    This method has a taste of magic.


    Can these forces accumulate over time and accumulate enough to infect the source sea of the Jun dust world?


    It''s wonderful. The more you analyze it, the more you think your guess is reasonable.


    Foreign invaders sent special forces into the soul sea through the dead souls of family members to plot to source the sea.


    The high level of Junchen world is not a fool, and Yuanhai is regarded as a fundamental important place by the major Holy Land sects and pays extreme attention to it.


    Will the leaders of the holy places be ignorant of the plot of foreign invaders against the source sea?


    Tai Miao, as the incarnation of Meng Zhang, has the same information with Meng Zhang and has a very similar way of thinking to Meng Zhang.


    According to his inference, even if the top level of the holy places is dull, after thousands of years, it is impossible to be unaware of anything different.


    The greatest possibility is that they deliberately indulged the behavior of foreign invaders.


    As for why they did so, the reason is not difficult to guess.


    As a member of the Junchen world, they will continue to pay attention to this matter.


    It''s wonderful. I didn''t stay in the soul sea for a long time, but I have a lot of new insights.


    Too wonderful. He wanted to stay in the soul sea for a long time, but thinking of the order given by Meng Zhang, he began to look for the channel to the source sea.


    The soul sea is vast and boundless, and there is no guidance in it.


    It''s wonderful. You have to explore the way slowly while moving forward.


    In this way, it will not take a day to find the channel to the source sea.


    To advance in the soul sea, you have to stop the killing force of the soul sea on the body of ghosts and gods. It''s wonderful and hard for a long time.


    Of course, the experience in the soul sea is also a rare exercise for him.


    Because he absorbed and refined the power of faith in a large amount in a short time, he became somewhat unstable and became stable again.


    The scene in the soul sea is not invariable. It''s too wonderful. There will be some harvest from time to time.


    Some special spirits will be produced in the soul sea.


    After refining, these spirits can be used to repair and strengthen the spirit.


    There is no soil for these spirits to survive in other places, not to mention in the Yang world, that is, in the underworld.


    In the soul sea, there are some strange and strange special items.


    With etheric wonderful eyesight and experience, it is impossible to recognize all similar objects.


    It was only by virtue of experience and induction that he felt that these items were very extraordinary that he put them away.


    To determine the specific use of these items, we need to study them slowly in the future.


    In the soul sea, there are some strange objects from the outside world, which have not been exhausted after years of dissipation in the soul sea.


    It''s wonderful. If you see something interesting, you can also collect it and leave it to be studied slowly in the future.


    Too wonderful. After wandering in the sea of souls for a long time, I finally met a conscious goal.


    In front of the wonderful, a little flame is flickering slowly, as if it would go out at any time.


    Under the flame, there is a small light mass wandering in the soul sea with the help of the shelter of the flame.


    The flame like a candle in the wind has been in the soul sea for a long time. It can resist the killing power of the soul sea. It can be seen that it is very extraordinary.


    Wonderful. Out of curiosity, he took the initiative to come to the front of the flame.


    He is a brave artist, and he is not afraid of any accidents.


    The flame seemed to notice the wonderful approach, flickered rapidly for a few times, and then became dim.


    The light was motionless under the shelter of the flame. It was wonderful to feel as if someone was staring at themselves.


    "Young ghost, why did you come here?"


    A voice came into my mind.


    The light group in front of us obviously has its own consciousness and can communicate.


    This is still wonderful. Since entering the soul sea, I met the object that can be communicated for the first time, and also saw the conscious existence for the first time.


    Great. I''m thinking about how to phrase it.


    In his induction, the light seemed to have the same breath as the natural ghosts and gods.


    "Before the complete extinction of the consciousness of this God, it is really the will of heaven to meet a similar person in the soul sea."


    "No matter how you come from, since you are a member of ghosts and gods like me, you have the obligation to pass on these things and firmly remember our hatred."


    Without waiting for a good answer, the light group sent messages to itself.


    After saying this, the light mass seemed to have completed an important task, completely extinguished and turned into a small crystal.


    The flame, which seemed to go out at any time, automatically threw itself into Taimiao''s arms.


    Although the other party seems to have no malice, the minimum precautions can''t be less. It''s too good to take the initiative.


    Wonderful. One hand reached out and took the flame and the crystal in his hand.


    The flame didn''t stop the wonderful behavior, but cooperated very well.


    This flame seems to be a spiritual creature, beating gently in Taimiao''s hand.


    Wonderful. After holding the crystal, I soon figured out what it was.


    This crystal is the last legacy left by a natural ghost before falling, with all kinds of information left by him.


    Wonderful. I took the initiative to read these information and immediately felt a surge of resentment and unwillingness.


    This resentment and unwillingness is not directed against Taimiao, but against the immortals who led the invasion of the Jun dust world.


    Thousands of years ago, several immortals led the army of practitioners to invade the Junchen world, and soon occupied an absolute advantage in the Yang world of the Junchen world.


    In the Junchen world at that time, the underworld was still dominated by natural ghosts and gods.


    These natural ghosts and gods occupy one side and rule all regions of the underworld.


    Although living in the underworld, these natural ghosts and gods still keep a certain connection with the Yang world and know all kinds of situations of the Yang world.


    These natural ghosts and gods reject the practitioners who invade the Junchen world and regard them as great enemies.


    However, due to the restrictions of the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, they could not leave the underworld and go to the Yang world to fight.

 Chapter 2291

    Although these natural ghosts and gods can exert certain influence on the Yang world through various means, they are unable to stop the army of practitioners from winning in the Yang world.


    The invaders didn''t let go of these natural ghosts and gods.


    However, due to the limitations of the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, the strong among the practitioners cannot directly enter the underworld to crusade against these natural ghosts and gods.


    Of course, the practitioners who invaded the Junchen world will not ignore so many natural ghosts and gods.


    Judging from the terrible degree of this resentment, the practitioners of that year did great harm to these natural ghosts and gods.


    Etheric wonderful mind, in the face of the impact of this resentment, there is a moment of absence.


    Fortunately, he reacted quickly and stabilized his mind.


    As the incarnation of Meng Zhang, Taimiao shares the same heart with Meng Zhang.


    In the face of too wonderful and unbearable spiritual shock, Meng Zhang can help him share a large part of the pressure.


    vice versa.


    Too wonderful to withstand the impact of resentment, many information contained in this crystal began to enter his mind quickly.


    This is the memory left by a natural ghost called netfire.


    Among them, there are his life experience and the inheritance of many natural ghosts and gods.


    Ming Huo is a relatively young natural ghost and God. It was born not long before the practitioners invaded the Junchen world on a large scale.


    The strength of most natural ghosts and gods is related to the years of survival.


    Hell fire is no exception.


    Among many natural ghosts and gods in the underworld, he is not strong and his status is very general.


    Of course, with some powerful talents, he has unique expertise in survival.


    Ming Huo knows very little about how things happened in those years, what causes and consequences, specific circumstances and so on.


    The dark fire only knew afterwards that the immortal invading the Jun dust world could not directly enter the underworld. Some immortals used a special secret method to temporarily hide the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, avoid the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, and let one of their thoughts sneak into the underworld.


    The immortal''s idea of sneaking into the underworld didn''t know what was going on, but he secretly controlled several very powerful natural ghosts and gods.


    These natural ghosts and gods spread rumors in the underworld and created various conflicts, which opened a civil war between natural ghosts and gods.


    There are many internal contradictions between the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld, and they also form gangs and confront each other.


    However, these natural ghosts and gods in the underworld have a bottom line and will not easily start a full-scale war.


    Especially after the Junchen world was invaded by practitioners on a large scale, they had a lot of cooperation in the face of powerful foreign enemies.


    The natural ghosts and gods controlled by the immortal provoke a struggle in the underworld and create division inside.


    If that''s all.


    According to the afterthought of the nether fire, the immortals didn''t know what strange means they used to make the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld become irritable, unable to control their temper, and couldn''t help but give birth to the desire to kill.


    Driven by various factors, in the end, the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld were completely divided, and they were divided into several major factions and launched an all-out war.


    Ghosts and gods are born in the underworld. They simply regard each other as a great enemy of life and death. They must kill each other.


    After the war, the scene was very tragic.


    Countless natural ghosts and gods fell in the battle.


    Many natural ghosts and gods who lost the war did not hesitate to pull the enemy to die together.


    In the later stage of the battle, the major factions are also killing each other.


    All natural ghosts and gods have become extremely crazy, only know to keep killing.


    The overall strength of the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld of the Junchen world is much worse than that of the indigenous gods in the Yang world.


    The natural ghosts and gods in the underworld don''t even have the strong ones at the real immortal level. The strongest one is the virtual immortal level.


    In addition, most of them are back to virtual level.


    So many strong men fought madly in the underworld, ignoring everything around them and causing great damage to the underworld.


    Many famous dangerous places in the underworld now are related to the war of that year.


    If Guiqi mountain, which was conquered by Taimiao not long ago, was a very important battlefield in those years.


    There is also the dead sea that Taimiao passed through not long ago. Its environment is also largely affected by this natural war between ghosts and gods.


    These natural ghosts and gods are so crazy and unscrupulously destroy everything in the underworld that they are hated by the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    Natural ghosts and gods were supposed to be the darling of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world, but later they were hostile to them.


    Lost the favor of the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, the natural ghosts and gods came to an end.


    At the end of the battle, almost all natural ghosts and gods were killed and injured.


    Even a few survivors did not know where they were hiding and did not dare to show up.


    Hell fire is a very clever natural ghost and God, and has a strong ability to escape.


    He also fell into madness in the war. Later, he was defeated in a war, and the damaged body of ghosts and gods fell into the sea of souls.


    Although the soul sea has a strong killing on the body of ghosts and gods, it also makes him sober.


    The dark fire, freed from the rage, realized that the situation was wrong.


    Thinking of the past, he guessed that it was the ghost of the immortal who invaded the Junchen world.


    Unfortunately, at this time, he was seriously injured and couldn''t even get rid of his soul, let alone others.


    After ordinary natural ghosts and gods fall into the soul sea, they will not last long and will be swallowed up by the soul sea.


    The reason why the dark fire is named is that when it was born, there was a different fire accompanying it.


    That strange fire has various magical functions and protects his last spirit in the soul sea.


    With the passage of time, the power of that different fire is also slowly exhausted.


    The remaining ghost and God bodies of the dark fire were first swallowed up by the soul sea, and then the spirit was slowly consumed, leaving only the consciousness unwilling to disappear at last.


    If he stays in this world for a period of time, all his traces will be completely swallowed up by the soul sea.


    When Taimiao appeared in front of him, he thought that Taimiao was also a natural ghost.


    He left his last legacy to wonderful, including the strange fire with his same name and all his memories.


    Although the power of this strange fire was almost exhausted, the fire was not completely extinguished.


    If you are too wonderful and willing to spend your mind on training slowly, there will be a day of rebirth.


    As for the memory left by the dark fire, it is of great help to Taimiao.


    This makes Taimiao understand what happened in the underworld thousands of years ago, know a lot of secrets, and realize the powerful means of several real immortals.


    The contents left by the dark fire about how natural ghosts and gods practice and have all kinds of magical powers benefit Taimiao a lot.


    It took a lot of time to absorb these memories completely.


    The natural ghost of the nether fire has completely disappeared, but to some extent, many of his original understandings are reborn in Taimiao.


    The legacy left by him makes Taimiao remember him forever.


    These legacies will play a great role in the hands of this new master.

 Chapter 2292

    When too wonderful passed these memories to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang also sighed.


    In particular, the methods of those true gods to deal with the natural ghosts and gods in Junchen world are so strange and so defenseless, which makes Meng Zhang deeply wary.


    He is now fighting against the sects of the holy places. I don''t know if several disciples of the true immortals have inherited some of their means. Will such means reappear in their hands?


    Previously, with the sharp rise of his own strength and the strength of Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang may despise the major holy places.


    Now that he knew the glorious achievements of his ancestors and the invisible means of killing people, he secretly deepened his vigilance against him.


    After receiving the legacy of the dark fire, Taimiao continues to wander in the soul sea and look for the channel to the source sea.


    Too wonderful. Although he has extraordinary strength and has mastered two important powers, his time in the soul sea is also limited.


    If he can''t find the channel to the source sea again, he will have to leave the soul sea temporarily and cultivate outside for a period of time.


    It''s wonderful. When the hell is busy, the situation in the Yang world also begins to become tense.


    Since the Taiyi gate calculated the area where the mysterious mansion was about to appear through the calculation method provided by the moon god, the Taiyi gate''s return to emptiness power secretly went to the area nearby to investigate in turn.


    From the results of the investigation, Ziyang Shengzong should also have mastered the relevant information.


    Moreover, Ziyang Shengzong has more detailed information about the secret house of hiding gods than Taiyi gate.


    Taiyi sect''s return to emptiness powers have found many times that the return to emptiness powers of Ziyang holy sect have frequently visited that area recently. It seems that they have made some big moves.


    The grey Peng king heard from Ziyang Shengzong that Ziyang Shengzong had been shrinking its defense line recently and transferred many high-ranking friars from other places back to the Zong gate.


    The practice of Ziyang holy sect returning high-level friars from the void outside the East China Sea and Junchen world also aroused great dissatisfaction from other holy sect doors.


    Although it is said that these holy places are unlikely to turn over because of this matter, internal relations suddenly become tense.


    Judging from the action of Ziyang holy sect, the hidden mysterious house should be about to be born, so it concentrated its strength and prepared to seize the secret house.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s plan, he was going to disclose the secret house of hiding gods to other holy places.


    One is to create discord between Ziyang holy sect and other holy sects and separate their relations.


    Second, more holy zongmen were involved in the hiding of the mysterious mansion, which led to their conflict with the real dragon family.


    But later, Meng Zhang changed his mind.


    He knew from the mouth of the moon god that the hidden mysterious house was a huge mobile fortress and a war tool refined by the indigenous gods in those years.


    Hidden in the mysterious mansion, there are treasures such as the destruction god shuttle, which has great power.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help being greedy for hiding the mysterious mansion.


    Only when such war tools are in the hands of taiyimen can they play their greatest role.


    If the Taiyi gate can completely control the hidden mysterious mansion, even the major holy places will be afraid and dare not attack the Taiyi gate easily.


    Friar taiyimen controls the mysterious mansion, which can stir up the earth shaking of the Junchen world and trigger all kinds of terrible natural disasters when necessary.


    With the cooperation of the moon god, it is not impossible for Meng Zhang to capture the secret house of hiding God.


    Anyway, taiyimen and the real dragon family also use each other. Meng Zhang doesn''t want it to fall into the hands of the real dragon family.


    Ziyang Shengzong alone may not be able to fight each other with the current strength of Taiyi gate.


    If there are more holy sects involved in this matter and the enemy''s strength is too strong, Meng Zhang''s possibility of seizing the secret house of hidden gods will naturally be greatly reduced.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of the door need to plan slowly how to safely seize the secret house of hiding God and avoid the Revenge of the real dragon family afterwards.


    For Meng Zhang, the best result is that taiyimen captured the hidden mysterious mansion, put Ziyang Shengzong on the black pot, and let him and the Zhenlong family kill and work.


    The idea is beautiful. As for whether it can be realized, Meng Zhang needs to work hard slowly.


    Since he has noticed the change of Ziyang Shengzong, Taiyi gate naturally needs to strengthen its strength to monitor it.


    Although the status of Huipeng king in Ziyang holy sect is limited, he cannot participate in various confidential operations.


    But after all, he is a spiritual pet of Ziyang Shengzong who returns to emptiness and has been trained by Ziyang Shengzong since childhood. He can be regarded as Ziyang Shengzong''s own person.


    He used various relationships within Ziyang holy sect to monitor the movements of high-ranking friars of Ziyang holy sect. There should be no big problem.


    The dark hall of taiyimen issued an instruction to the king of Huipeng, asking him to pay attention to the transfer of senior friars of Ziyang Shengzong at all times.


    Since Meng Zhang''s third disciple, an Muran, advanced and returned to the virtual period, he spent some time to consolidate his accomplishments, and then devoted himself to the work of the dark hall.


    An Muran served as the leader of the dark hall of taiyimen, and later became an elder specially responsible for supervising the dark hall.


    With his personal participation, the work of the dark hall became much easier.


    An Muran sneaked into the territory of Ziyang Shengzong for many times. In addition to secretly contacting king Huipeng, he also personally monitored the trend of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Before the mysterious mansion appeared, Meng Zhang was still in charge of taiyimen.


    He took the time to absorb and refine the source crystal in his hand, and his cultivation was steadily improving.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm is only one step away from achieving virtual immortality.


    With the brilliant inheritance of his practice, he has the power of a war even against the upper virtual immortal.


    On the other side of the East China Sea, the confrontations and conflicts between the real dragon family and the holy places continue.


    All kinds of solo fighting and small-scale fighting have almost never stopped.


    The full-scale war between the two sides seemed imminent, but it never broke out.


    That''s because the top leaders of both sides still maintain the last restraint and know that it''s not good for anyone to start a full-scale war now.


    The Allied forces of foreign invaders approached the Junchen world step by step from the void, and the outpost war of different scales had already started.


    As soon as the battle started, it entered a white hot stage.


    The battle was extremely fierce, and there were many casualties on both sides.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places have concentrated many forces to defend the void outside the Junchen world, and step by step block the foreign invaders invading the Junchen world.


    Facing the heavy pressure from the front line, Tiangong issued a recruitment order to the whole Junchen world again.


    All Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world, including taiyimen, are in the case of this recruitment.


    Since the last time all the monks recruited by the heavenly palace were transferred back to the door, Taiyi gate began to slowly cut off all kinds of ties with the heavenly palace.


    At that time, the top level of taiyimen still had illusions about Tiangong and was unwilling to completely break the relationship between the two sides.


    The conscripted friars such as Niu Dawei also returned to the Junchen world in the name of rotation and rest.


    But now, since the heavenly palace no longer protects the Taiyi gate and sells the Taiyi gate to the major holy places, the Taiyi gate will not continue to obey the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 2293

    The reason why the heavenly palace can command the whole Junchen world and enlist the major cultivation forces of Junchen world to serve it is not only the great righteousness of the rule of the Lingkong fairy world, but also two important points.


    First, the heavenly palace is powerful enough to easily crush the Xiuzhen forces outside any Holy Land Sect in the Junchen world, and no one dares to resist easily.


    Second, the heavenly palace acts fairly. At least on the surface, it will treat everyone equally, maintain the minimum order of the Junchen world, and ensure the minimum interests of the major cultivation forces.


    In recent years, in addition to the leader Meng Zhang''s great strength, Taiyi sect also has many more combat power to return to the virtual world.


    In the eyes of taiyimen senior management, the combat effectiveness of taiyimen at this time is enough to compete with any Holy Land Sect.


    Although Meng Zhang was not so optimistic, he also had a certain confidence in the strength of zongmen. At least he was no longer afraid of the possible punishment of Tiangong.


    The heavenly palace has long made a choice. Regardless of the least fairness and justice, it chose the main Holy Land Sect doors and let them target the Taiyi gate.


    The taiyimen can only give up the good relationship with Tiangong.


    The top level of taiyimen is not so cheap and will not obey the heavenly palace as before.


    With taiyimen as an example, its ally Hailing sect also chose to refuse the recruitment of Tiangong.


    Although some other large sects and families dare not be as rigid as taiyimen and hailing sect, they still start to find various excuses to delay time and refuse to easily obey the recruitment order of Tiangong.


    Everyone knows that the current empty battlefield is tense, which is a meat grinder for both offensive and defensive sides.


    If there is any possibility, no one is willing to send their disciples to the empty battlefield to sacrifice for nothing.


    The situation that Tiangong has never faced before is unheard of.


    Since the heavenly palace became the ruler of the Junchen world, no Xiuzhen force has dared to give the heavenly palace such face?


    Taiyimen has a bad head. If everyone follows suit, how will Tiangong command the whole Junchen world in the future.


    Tiangong''s most correct choice at this time is to immediately deal with Taiyi gate by means of thunder, set an example to others, and use the head of Taiyi gate to establish authority.


    The chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Ban Xuejian, is still in seclusion and has not asked about the affairs of the heavenly palace.


    The deputy manager of the ancient capital Taoist priest was also ordered by the snow sword king to shut down and not go out.


    Ma qianggou Xuxian and Wang puchen Xuxian, two deputy managers in charge of Tiangong affairs, have a lot of disputes on how to deal with Taiyi gate.


    The last deputy manager, Tianlei Xuxian, is in charge of the empty battlefield and cannot return to the heavenly palace to participate in this matter.


    Ma qianggou Xuxian and Wang puchen Xuxian are not arguing about whether to deal with Taiyi gate decisively, but worried that if Tiangong starts rashly and fails to hit, it will only ruin Tiangong''s reputation.


    We all see the increasing strength of taiyimen.


    Taiyimen and hailing faction have stopped talking about their alliance. Taiyimen is also openly close to the Dark Alliance. It is said that the two sides have formed an alliance.


    As the most mysterious secret organization in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance is so powerful that the heavenly palace and the holy places are terrified.


    If Tiangong crusades against taiyimen rashly, and if Hailing faction and Dark Alliance take part in the war one after another, the scale of the war will be uncontrollable and become a tragic civil war in Junchen world.


    At that time, there will be foreign invaders pressing on outside the Junchen boundary, and a large-scale civil war will break out inside.


    Under the internal and external difficulties, the situation of Tiangong will only be more difficult.


    In dealing with the matter of Taiyi gate, the major Holy Land sects are very supportive of the heavenly palace''s use of thunder.


    However, like the heavenly palace, the doors of the holy places have been restrained by too much power, and there is not enough power to use on the Taiyi gate for the time being.


    In fact, some high-level officials of Tiangong who are more secure in doing things also suggest that Tiangong should appease taiyimen and not let taiyimen make trouble at this juncture.


    At present, the Junchen world of internal and external troubles can''t be chaotic first.


    The high level of Tiangong couldn''t reach an agreement, so the matter of how to deal with Taiyi gate was naturally put on hold for the time being.


    Seeing this, many Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world seemed to be inspired and were even more reluctant to be recruited by the heavenly palace.


    The taiyimen openly refused the recruitment order of the heavenly palace this time. Their attitude is still so tough. In fact, it is also a test of the heavenly palace.


    No matter what the reason is, Tiangong didn''t attack taiyimen under this situation, which is enough to show Tiangong''s incompetence.


    The Holy Land Sect did not seize this opportunity to throw a stone at Taiyi gate, not because they didn''t want to, but because they couldn''t.


    Looking at the reaction of the heavenly palace and the holy places, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sigh that today is different from the past, and Taiyi gate is no longer the generation of people in the past.


    Taiyi gate no longer needs the shelter of the heavenly palace and is no longer afraid of being directly hostile to the holy places.


    The situation of Junchen world today is also very different from that in the past.


    Under the circumstances of internal and external troubles, the control of the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects over the Junchen world is no longer as strict as before.


    Their rule over the Junchen world began to waver, and they, like others, found this.


    After the taiyimen openly rejected the recruitment order of the heavenly palace, there was no further action.


    It seems that nothing has happened in Tiangong. It''s just like Taiyi gate doesn''t exist at all.


    The top level of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, can''t see the future of Junchen.


    According to the intelligence obtained from the Dark Alliance, the foreign invader coalition is unprecedented strong, as if it will not stop until it breaks through the Junchen world.


    If the Allied forces of foreign invaders really break through the Junchen world, where should the Xiuzhen forces inside the Junchen world such as taiyimen go?


    The high level of the Dark Alliance had a plan to challenge the heavenly palace and the Holy Land Sect doors to subvert its rule over the Jun dust world.


    The dark alliance wants to replace the heavenly palace and become the new ruler of the Junchen world.


    But if the army of foreign invaders breaks through the Junchen world, what is the significance of all this?


    Logically speaking, at this time, the major forces of truth cultivation within the Junchen world should unite and unite with the outside world.


    However, many contradictions within the Junchen world have been irreconcilable, and various conflicts are imminent.


    Taiyimen and other zongmen lost their minimum trust in the heavenly palace and were unwilling to continue to obey the orders of the heavenly palace.


    The fate of the human race and the future of the cultivation world


    These big slogans can''t confuse people for a long time.


    At this time, the only one who can completely change the situation of Jun dust world is probably several sleeping real immortals.


    In addition to the religious sects of the major holy places, many Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world are more afraid than expected of these real immortals and do not want them to appear in the Junchen world again.


    Taiyimen has no real immortal level combat power.


    Meng Zhang contacted Xianyun Zhenxian many times through the prohibition in his body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is unwilling to show up easily and enter the Junchen world rashly until the situation in the Junchen world is further clarified.

 Chapter 2294

    Xianyun Zhenxian is so cautious that Meng Zhang has no choice.


    It seems that in a short time, he can''t rely on the fighting power of the real immortal.


    The aggressive foreign invaders are aliens, enemies with the human race, and not fellow travelers with the Taoist practitioners.


    Buddhism and Taoism compete in many ways.


    Devil''s way is one of the mortal enemies of Taoism.


    The gods of Shinto and the practitioners of Taoism dislike each other.


    It is common for Taoists to attack mountains and temples and indigenous gods.


    Demons, barbarians and spirits are not friends of Taoist practitioners.


    Meng Zhang sometimes couldn''t help but sigh that the practitioners in the Junchen world were too poor to have so many enemies of different races and different cultivation systems.


    He used to wonder why these foreign invaders with different origins and races invaded the Junchen world on a large scale.


    This question seems to have been answered since we know that the Junchen world was created by an immortal who tried to break through the realm of golden immortals, who left a treasure in the Junchen world.


    Although the cultivation systems are different, the treasures left by Taoist immortals are still of great value to these foreign invaders.


    Daomen is one of the most compatible of many cultivation systems.


    The cultivation skill left by a Taoist immortal can be understood by practitioners of other cultivation systems.


    Other races and practitioners can also try to use the treasures left by him.


    Meng Zhang also thought that Taiyi gate has the inheritance left by Taiyi Jinxian. There is no need to covet the treasure left by a celestial being.


    Meng Zhang only needs to practice step by step, and it is not impossible to break through to the realm of true immortality.


    Taiyimen and others have no conflict of interest, and there is no need to get involved in such disputes.


    Unfortunately, many things are involuntarily.


    Those disputes can''t be separated.


    Taiyi sect, as a sect of human cultivators, cannot have the slightest trust with foreign invaders.


    If foreign invaders really enter the Junchen world, there is no reason to show mercy to taiyimen.


    Since disputes cannot be avoided anyway, Meng Zhang has to take the initiative.


    Meng Zhang clearly realized that in order to have enough self-protection in the future chaos, the combat effectiveness of Zhenxian level is necessary.


    According to his current cultivation speed, he is still far away from breaking through the real fairyland world.


    If he can seize the opportunity, seize the treasure of immortals and get the opportunity to quickly advance to the realm of true immortals, the situation he and taiyimen will face will be very different.


    For the information of the treasure left by the celestial beings, several sleeping real immortals undoubtedly master the most, and they are also the closest.


    The moon god seems to know a lot about this information.


    Moon god and Meng Zhang are now allies, and the two sides have a lot of mutual trust. However, she disclosed very limited information to Meng Zhang about the treasure left by the celestial beings.


    Moon god is a very important ally. Meng Zhang is unwilling to destroy the relationship between the two sides.


    If the moon god doesn''t take the initiative to disclose more information, Meng Zhang can''t force each other.


    Meng Zhang''s idea now is to constantly put pressure on the religious sects of the major holy places. It''s best to directly threaten several sleeping real immortals, so that they have to deal with it and destroy their original plan.


    It''s wonderful. So far, we haven''t found a way to enter the source sea. We almost know nothing about the situation inside.


    Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t want to rush into the Junchen world. Without the participation of Zhenxian level combat power, how can she pose a threat to several sleeping Zhenxian?


    So it seems that the massive invasion of foreign invaders is not a bad thing.


    Although there are frequent changes in Ziyang Shengzong, it seems that there is still some time before the birth of hidden mysterious mansion.


    The moon god dived into the depths of the earth in that area, even directly into the earth vein, and did not observe any useful information.


    That day, Meng Zhang, who was in seclusion, was stunned at first, and then couldn''t help showing a look of ecstasy.


    Many years ago, after the void son broke through the period of returning to the void, Meng Zhang sent him to a foreign star area to disclose the treasure left by the celestial beings in the Jun dust world and the secret of the opportunity to break through the celestial beings to the real immortals in the foreign star area.


    At that time, Meng Zhang wanted to bring more strong players into the game, create chaos and create opportunities for himself.


    At that time, taiyimen was facing the heavy pressure of the holy places, and Meng Zhang urgently needed some external variables.


    By now, Meng Zhang actually doesn''t need this variable.


    Of course, he did not regret his original decision.


    At one time and another, in different periods and facing different situations, it is inevitable that they will have different needs and have to make different decisions.


    Anyway, he will not regret that he has sent a void son.


    Besides, Xianyun Zhenxian planted a prohibition in his body and forced him to work for it. How can he have no resentment.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian has given him a lot of help, and the immortal talisman he has given is of great effect, it is for the sake that he is valuable and needs him to work for him.


    No one will be willing to be controlled by others.


    Meng Zhang still needs the true immortal of idle cloud, and he has no ability to retaliate against the true immortal of idle cloud.


    Xianyun Zhenxian came to the Junchen world and concealed the secrets about the Junchen world. If she didn''t report to the zongmen, it would be tantamount to betraying the zongmen.


    Liuyun Zhenxian, the ancestor of Liuyun Shengzong, will think and do after knowing this. It will be very interesting.


    Meng Zhang is happy to see that Xianyun is really unlucky.


    Now, the void son who has completed the task has returned safely from the alien Star area.


    Now the outer void of Jun dust world has completely become a tragic battlefield.


    Almost everywhere are foreign invaders and practitioners in the Junchen world.


    The nether child is secretly going to a foreign star area. You must not expose and hide.


    After he came to the void outside the Jun dust world, he knew that it was difficult for him to sneak back to the Jun dust world without disturbing others.


    Fortunately, before he left, Meng Zhang considered this situation.


    Vanity son found a hidden place and temporarily hid his tracks.


    Then he used his secret method and contacted Meng Zhang in the Junchen world in the way he had already agreed.


    After receiving his news, Meng Zhang will naturally find a way to bring him back to the Junchen world.


    Now that vanity has returned, it''s not appropriate to stay outside for a long time.


    If Xianyun Zhenxian discovers his secret activities, I''m afraid he will hate himself to the bone.


    Although Meng Zhang has been able to lift the prohibition of Xianyun real immortal remaining in his body, he has not started, just worried about disturbing Xianyun real immortal.


    Meng Zhang''s top priority now is to bring the empty son back to the Taiyi gate secretly and safely.


    If it was in the past, although it was a little difficult, it was still difficult for Meng Zhang.


    However, the Taiyi gate has almost fallen out with the heavenly palace. It becomes very inconvenient for Meng Zhang to get in and out of the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2295

    Even the Xianyun real fairy can''t sneak into the Junchen world without being aware of the gods, let alone Meng Zhang and vanity son.


    Especially in these years, the situation inside and outside the Junchen world is very tense, and the defense system of the Junchen world is on high alert.


    If Meng Zhang tries to leave the Junchen world secretly, he will not only be exposed, but also those defense friars will take the opportunity to kill him.


    It''s very important to take back the son of emptiness. The strength of other great powers of returning to emptiness in the door is limited, which can''t reassure Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang thought for a moment and felt that he still had to ask for help.


    Meng Zhang chose Dark Alliance for help.


    Dark Alliance and taiyimen are allies. When great changes are imminent in the Junchen world, the two sides need each other, and the Dark Alliance is still trustworthy for the time being.


    Meng Zhang privately contacted a good friend of the Dark Alliance, Taoist Shushan, and said that he needed to go to the void secretly. He wanted to bypass the defense system of the Junchen world through the channels of the Dark Alliance.


    As for whether the Dark Alliance has such ability, Meng Zhang can secretly arrange Meng Zhang to go to the void. Meng Zhang doesn''t doubt it.


    The Dark Alliance has ears and eyes at the top of the major forces in the Junchen world, including the heavenly palace and the Holy Land Sect.


    At the top of the heavenly palace, there are also many supporters of the Dark Alliance.


    From the last exposure of the devil''s nest, we can see the potential power of the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance can always grasp the latest intelligence of the empty battlefield, and can freely send monks to and from the Junchen world, which can show its excellent means.


    Taoist Shushan didn''t disappoint Meng Zhang and agreed to Meng Zhang''s request at once.


    On the appointed day, Taoist Shushan and Meng Zhang flew to Jiutian together.


    Before entering the ninth day, Taoist Shushan took out a mask and asked Meng Zhang to put it on.


    After wearing this mask, Meng Zhang''s whole image, temperament and body shape have undergone earth shaking changes. He is two people at all.


    According to Taoist Shushan, according to the agreement reached between the Dark Alliance and the heavenly palace, the Dark Alliance can arrange a certain number of monks to enter and leave the Junchen world at regular intervals.


    These friars should not harm the interests of the Junchen world, let alone collude with foreign enemies and divulge information.


    Over the years, although there have been many disputes between the Dark Alliance and the heavenly palace, both sides have strictly abided by the agreement and have no intention to violate it.


    For the Dark Alliance, the power of free access to the Junchen world is very important, which is related to the cultivation of monks in the door, the acquisition of high-level resources and so on.


    For Tiangong, it''s worth making some concessions to make the Dark Alliance honest and make less small moves behind its back.


    The Shushan Taoist priest and Meng Zhang entered the nine days and smoothly passed through the heavenly palace and entered the void.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang found that the security of Jun dust world was obviously tightened.


    Most of the channels from Jun dust world to the void have been completely closed, and only a few channels remain open.


    Near the passage, a team led by Huixu great energy is closely guarded.


    Taoist Shushan went into and out of the void many times, and brought the documents of the Dark Alliance.


    But along the way, he and Meng Zhang still experienced many investigations.


    The mask that Shushan daomeng took out was really good, which perfectly disguised Meng Zhang''s identity.


    In the eyes of others, Meng Zhang is just an ordinary return to emptiness power of the Dark Alliance.


    After many twists and turns, Shushan Taoist talents and Meng Zhang entered the void.


    Even now when there is a fierce battle between foreign invaders and practitioners in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance will still send monks to the void from time to time to perform various tasks.


    Foreign invaders are the enemies of the whole Junchen world, and the Dark Alliance is also hostile to foreign invaders.


    Although the high level of Junchen doesn''t like the Dark Alliance, they still believe that the Dark Alliance will not collude with foreign invaders.


    Therefore, for the monks who enter the void of the Dark Alliance, as long as they do not destroy the defense of the Jun dust world, no one interferes with their actions.


    After arriving at the void, Taoist Shushan went to meet with the friars previously sent to the void by the Dark Alliance.


    Due to the deliberate restriction of the heavenly palace, the number of monks who can enter and leave the Junchen world is limited.


    The opportunity for Dark Alliance friars to enter and leave the Junchen world is still precious.


    Taoist Shushan accompanied Meng Zhang to the void this time. He also had other tasks arranged by the Dark Alliance.


    After Meng Zhang and Shushan Taoist were separated, they hid their body shape and sneaked towards the position agreed with vanity son.


    Along the way, Meng Zhang passed through many battlefields and witnessed many battles with his own eyes.


    Although the full-scale war between the two sides has not yet started, various outposts have entered a white hot stage, and the fighting is extremely fierce.


    It''s just that after a short period of time, many strong people on both sides fell.


    From this series of small-scale battles, Meng Zhang felt the determination of foreign invaders this time.


    It seems that they will never withdraw their troops if they don''t break through the defense of the Jun dust world and enter the Jun dust world this time.


    In the later stage of returning to emptiness, shangzun was not weak on this battlefield. Meng Zhang was also proficient in excellent hiding and stealth skills.


    He almost exposed his body several times and was narrowly avoided by him.


    After leaving the Junchen world for a very long distance, Meng Zhang finally met the long lost vanity son.


    The nihilist exerts the power of space and hides in a void that seems to have nothing special.


    If it weren''t for the information guidance provided by Kongzi, Meng Zhang who passed here almost didn''t find him.


    Meng Zhang showed his birth form in a big way, and then vanity son suddenly appeared in front of him.


    Looking at the void son who had not seen him for a long time, Meng Zhang sighed in his heart.


    Although he is an elder of Taiyi sect, the progress of his cultivation is not fast due to the particularity of the spirit of the instrument.


    When Xu Kongzi left the Junchen world and went to a foreign star area to perform the task arranged by Meng Zhang, the promotion and return period was not long.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, after these years of training, Kongzi has obviously matured a lot.


    His cultivation state has entered the middle stage of returning to emptiness from the early stage of returning to emptiness. Such cultivation speed is far faster than most of the great powers of returning to emptiness.


    The space magic he just displayed is very smooth, and the heat is old and spicy, which shows that it has a deep foundation.


    Kongzi can have today''s accomplishments. It can be guessed that he must have some adventures in these years.


    If vanity son is willing to share his experience with Meng Zhang generously, it is certainly a great good thing.


    If the void son wants to keep his secret, Meng Zhang will not force it.


    Most practitioners in the cultivation world have their own secrets, and even their parents, wives and children won''t reveal anything.


    Meng Zhang himself has many secrets. He understands such things very well.


    After a brief chat, they left here in a hurry.


    Although Meng Zhang was a little anxious, he wanted to know the experience of vanity son in these years and how he performed the tasks he arranged.


    But Meng Zhang forced himself to resist the urge to ask in detail.


    The void is not a place to stay for a long time. What can I say until I return to the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2296

    Meng Zhang is not going to reveal the secret of the void son to others.


    Meng Zhang collected the void into his mustard space, then sneaked back to the Junchen world and came to the place agreed with the Taoist of Shushan.


    Meng Zhang waited for two days. After the Shushan Taoist finished his task and came to meet him, the two returned to the Junchen world together.


    When returning to the Junchen world, the inspection encountered on the road is more rigorous.


    On two occasions, the friar in charge of inventory even had to check their space magic tools and mustard space.


    Taoist Shushan refused to give in and resolutely refused to let the other party check. The situation was very tense for a time.


    Probably considering the huge power of the Dark Alliance, this is not the time to quarrel with the Dark Alliance. The friar in charge of the inventory was unwilling to release and gave up the inspection.


    After they returned to the Junchen world, Meng Zhang was a little lucky. Fortunately, he chose to ask the Dark Alliance for help and did not act rashly alone.


    With the current prevention level of Jun dust world, he really can''t get in and out secretly.


    Probably only the friars of the Dark Alliance can make the friars of the heavenly palace give in.


    In Meng Zhang''s gratitude, the Shushan Taoist returned.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang released the void in the mustard space and talked with him slowly.


    After leaving the ascendant Star area, Kongzi went directly to a foreign star area according to the road map provided by Meng Zhang.


    Along the way, the speed of the konako is not slow.


    Vanity son''s luck is general. He has encountered some dangers and coincidences in vanity.


    He stumbled to the alien Star area without much delay on the way. And because of some experience on the road, his cultivation has made great progress.


    It was not long before the immigrants from the quadrangular Star area arrived in the alien Star area. Many Xiuzhen sects and families were still busy dividing the sphere of influence and arranging disciples.


    When they settle down, they have to exploit and use all kinds of resources in foreign star areas.


    Due to the change of environment, the monks of all major forces are facing many troubles.


    For example, some skills that need a special environment to be cultivated have different properties in different environments. They need to be adjusted when refining pills


    In a word, the whole alien Star area is in chaos, and many monks are busy.


    As for the establishment of a monitoring and defense system like the Junchen world, it is even more unthinkable.


    Taking advantage of the chaos in the alien Star area, the void son sneaked into it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s explanation, he secretly contacted Mu Xingtong.


    In these years, Mu Xingtong has taken root in this new world.


    She not only broke through her personal cultivation to the middle of returning to emptiness, but also rebuilt the Xingyun sword sect.


    In those years, several boys brought by Meng Zhang to this big world were highly qualified and were mainly cultivated by Mu Xingtong.


    After these boys grew up, they became Mu Xingtong''s right-hand assistant.


    Meng Zhang also used mustard space to bring a group of mortals here.


    These mortals were settled down by Mu Xingtong. After years of reproduction, the population has increased greatly, and young people with spiritual roots have emerged one after another, which has become an important foundation of Xingyun sword sect after reconstruction.


    Mu Xingtong, as the guest Qing of Liuyun Shengzong, has a certain autonomy.


    She used her identity to get some support from LiuYun saint.


    Her reconstructed Xingyun sword sect became a vassal of Liuyun Saint sect and was sheltered by Liuyun Saint sect.


    The reconstructed Xingyun sword sect has a small scale and shallow foundation, but it has a good future under the care of Mu Xingtong.


    After Mu Xingtong met vanity son, he hid him.


    Mu Xingtong has always been very grateful for Meng Zhang''s help.


    Mu Xingtong has a long-term vision and thinks that there may be opportunities to cooperate with Meng Zhang in the future.


    Kongzi communicated well with Mu Xingtong.


    Mu Xingtong learned the latest information of Jun dust world, and vanity son also knew the current situation of foreign star area.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, vanity son told Mu Xingtong Meng Zhang''s plan.


    After thinking for a while, Mu Xingtong began to act.


    Mu Xingtong wrote down all the information about the treasure of immortals hidden in Junchen world, which can help real immortals break through the realm of immortals, and made it into several letters, with the detailed location of Junchen world attached.


    Mu Xingtong asked Kongzi to leave the alien Star area as soon as possible. Then she sent these letters to the major cultivation forces and deliberately spread them in the cultivation world.


    Mu Xingtong''s movements were hidden enough to not attract anyone''s attention.


    The ancestor of Xingyun Jianzong is also wider. As the true descendant of Xingyun Jianzong, Mu Xingtong received most of the heritage of Xingyun Jianzong.


    She has a treasure from the ancestor of Xingyun Jianzong, which can shield the derivation of Tianji.


    In order to prevent being traced back to himself, vanity son left the alien Star area early.


    Although he didn''t see the result, he was quite relieved of Mu Xingtong.


    After these letters spread, the relevant news will naturally slowly spread to those true immortal ears.


    The real immortals in the quadrangular Star area, especially the old real immortals who have been trapped in the realm of real immortals for many years, have different general ideas for breaking through to the realm of heavenly immortals.


    After hearing the news about the Junchen world, even if they didn''t believe it and regarded it as a rumor, they couldn''t help but find a way to verify it.


    With these immortal means, we can prove that these information is true without much effort.


    At that time, these real immortals will definitely act.


    If the movement is a little less, it may be that several real immortals sneaked into the vicinity of the Jun dust world and waited for the opportunity to seize the celestial treasure.


    If the movement is bigger, maybe the alien Star area will organize an army of friars to expedition the Junchen world.


    Maybe now, there are strong men from foreign star areas outside the Jun dust world.


    After listening to Kongzi''s report, Meng Zhang was quite satisfied with him.


    Kongzi successfully completed the task and made great progress in cultivation.


    Although there are a lot of taiyimen''s great energy of returning to the virtual world, they are basically monks who have only made a breakthrough in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    The friar in the middle of returning to emptiness, nihonzi, is definitely one of the pillars in the door.


    Meng Zhang told vanity son the latest situation in Jun dust world, and then let him rest in the door and be ready to participate in the next war at any time.


    After dealing with the empty son, Meng Zhang continued to pay attention to Taimiao''s actions in the underworld.


    Too wonderful. It took a lot of effort to finally find a way to enter the source sea from the soul sea.


    He has now entered the passage and found a place to rest temporarily.


    The middle of the source sea is far more dangerous than the soul sea.


    Yuanhai has a strong corrosive force on all foreign things, which can be easily dissolved and absorbed.


    Yuanhai has many dangerous places because of its special environment.


    In order to protect the source sea, the sect gates of the major holy places arranged monks to garrison and patrol in turn.


    Not to mention several real immortals sleeping in the deep sleep, which is far from too wonderful to compete.

 Chapter 2297

    Before entering the source sea, Taimiao will make various preparations and adjust its state to the best.


    Meng Zhang once had a short experience of entering the source sea, and he was not ignorant of the situation inside.


    With Meng Zhang''s experience as a guide, I hope the wonderful action will be more smooth.


    If too wonderful enters the source sea, it will be difficult to keep the information synchronized with Meng Zhang due to the special environment inside.


    Moreover, in order to be cautious and avoid exposure, he will also try to reduce his contact with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang and Tai Miao synchronized the latest information, they turned their attention back to the Yang world.


    The latest news came from the Huipeng king of Ziyang Shengzong. Ziyang Shengzong gathered many great powers of returning to emptiness, secretly left the sect door and went out for secret operations.


    Due to the constant coercion and inducement on the side of taiyimen, King Huipeng had to try his best to inquire about all kinds of relevant information.


    When King Hui Peng visited his master, the other party accidentally leaked his mouth and said that he would participate in an expedition at the beginning of next month.


    King Huipeng also found an array drawing left by his master in the cave.


    The array recorded on this array drawing will be arranged at the junction of Taiyi gate and Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the eyesight of King Hui Peng, he couldn''t recognize the specific purpose of this array, so he had to write it down forcibly, draw it after leaving, and pass it on when he contacted an Muran.


    After this drawing was sent back to Taiyi gate, Wen qiansuan, the array master in the gate, quickly identified its foundation and purpose.


    After this array is arranged, it can be used to tow and capture special objects moving underground.


    Taiyimen''s senior management contacted the specific information from King Huipeng and inferred that the mysterious mansion would appear at the beginning of next month.


    The specific location of its appearance is not far from the layout of the normal array.


    The location of the Dharma array happened to be within the area inferred by taiyimen in advance.


    Meng Zhang recognized the judgment of the middle and high levels of the door.


    So it seems that Ziyang Shengzong has calculated the specific time and place of the birth of the hidden mysterious house.


    Ziyang holy sect has gathered many great powers of returning to emptiness. It should be ready to capture and hide the mysterious mansion.


    As a legacy left by the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, there must be strong defense facilities in the hidden mysterious mansion.


    Based on the hatred of indigenous gods towards practitioners, it is likely that these defense facilities are mainly aimed at practitioners.


    Even if there are no other competitors, it takes great efforts for the friar Ziyang Shengzong to capture and hide the mysterious mansion.


    Meng Zhang once entered the secret space left by the indigenous gods with the moon god, and encountered many challenges and dangers.


    In order to hide the importance of the mysterious mansion, there is only a lot more danger in it than in the secret realm space.


    Ziyang holy sect can''t capture it without paying enough price.


    Maybe it''s impossible for Ziyang Shengzong to lose and return to virtual power.


    In any case, this time, Ziyang Shengzong figured out the time and place of the occult mysterious symbol, so he got the first opportunity and took the initiative.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help complaining about the moon god. At least she was also a member of the indigenous gods, and she was once the true God. Why is the calculation method so unreliable.


    The moon god left taiyimen Mountain Gate and went to that area to explore the earth vein for some time. It seems that there is still no result.


    If the moon god awesome, this time to seize the initiative and get the initiative should be Tai Yi door.


    Taiyimen will never sit back and watch Ziyang Shengzong successfully capture the secret house of hidden gods.


    Taiyimen will send out Huixu power to compete with Ziyang Shengzong this time.


    Even if the strength of Taiyi gate alone can''t fight Ziyang Shengzong, there are real dragons.


    The only thing Meng Zhang is a little uncertain is when he should summon the strong of the real dragon family to join the war.


    Meng Zhang also wanted to capture the secret house of hidden gods.


    If you call the real dragon family too early, the real dragon family will also become a competitor of Taiyi gate, which will greatly increase the difficulty of Taiyi gate in seizing the secret house of hidden gods.


    But if it is too late to summon the real dragon family, Ziyang Shengzong has succeeded. Seeing that the situation is unfavorable, the real dragon family may not fight to the end with Ziyang Shengzong, or they will retreat in the face of difficulties.


    Meng Zhang discussed with the middle and high level of the door for a long time before he had a preliminary plan.


    Meng Zhanghui led Da Neng, who returned to the void in the door, secretly went to the area where the mysterious mansion was about to appear and ambushed in secret.


    If the hidden secret house appears, Meng Zhang will forcibly enter the hidden God secret house under the cover of the returning virtual powers in the door.


    Then, the return virtual powers in the door will summon the real dragon family to come and hold the Ziyang Saint together.


    After Meng Zhang enters the mysterious mansion, he will control it as soon as possible.


    Since the hidden mysterious mansion is a war tool built by the indigenous gods, its combat effectiveness should not be weak.


    After Meng Zhang controls the hidden mysterious mansion, he can manipulate it to attack the friar of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the hidden mysterious mansion really has the terrible power of legend, Meng Zhang can use the power of hidden mysterious mansion to force back the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang controls the secret mansion, the real dragon family may not be willing to pay huge casualties and take it from Meng Zhang, even if they don''t consider the cooperative relationship between the two sides at all.


    Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of Mencius admit that the plan is too crude and many places take it for granted.


    When it comes to execution, it may just be on paper.


    But there is no way. Under the current situation, taiyimen can only come up with such a plan.


    At most, when we are ready for battle, we should be smart, be flexible and adjust at any time according to the situation on the scene.


    Since taiyimen is ready to start, you need to inform the moon god.


    Not to mention the alliance relationship between the two sides, the fighting power of the moon god is also urgently needed by taiyimen.


    Taiyi sect''s great energy of returning to emptiness is numerous, but most of them are friars in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Ziyang holy sect, as an old holy sect door, is very healthy, not to mention all kinds of details in the sect door, but only the distribution level of returning virtual power in the door.


    From the strongest virtual immortal to the weakest friar in the early stage of returning to virtual, there is no shortage.


    When it''s time for the two sides to go to war, I''m afraid the taiyimen side can only contain the other side by creating a situation of playing more and playing less.


    However, when it comes to the number of return virtual powers that can be mobilized, Ziyang Shengzong may not be less than Taiyi gate.


    At this time, taiyimen cannot easily let go of any player who returns to virtual combat power.


    Some high-level officials in the gate asked whether to ask for help from their allies and let the Hailing faction and the Dark Alliance send Huixu Da Neng to assist taiyimen.


    However, Meng Zhang rejected the proposal for various reasons.


    First of all, taiyimen kept secret the relevant information of the secret house of the hidden gods in advance, and asked the allies for help when it came to the end. I''m afraid the allies will be dissatisfied, not to mention the cost.


    Second, both the Hailing sect and the Dark Alliance are opposed to taking the initiative to launch an attack on the doors of the holy places at this time.


    This action of taiyimen will lead to a full-scale war between Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen.

 Chapter 2298

    Dark League and hailing sect certainly don''t want to see taiyimen start a war with Ziyang Shengzong in order to compete for the hidden mysterious house.


    If taiyimen asks them for help and they ask taiyimen to give up this action in order to avoid triggering a war in advance, what should taiyimen do?


    Is it to maintain the relationship between allies, listen to the opinions of allies and give up this action, or do you insist on sticking to it?


    For taiyimen, neither choice is a good thing.


    Rather than embarrass everyone, it''s better for taiyimen to act alone.


    Wait until the operation is successful, and then inform the allies.


    Since we don''t ask our allies for help, it''s not enough to rely solely on the power of taiyimen family to compete with Ziyang Shengzong.


    How to make good use of the power in your hand requires careful consideration.


    Worshipping the moon goddess is the strong one in the middle stage of returning to emptiness, and now the moon god is no weaker than Meng Zhang.


    They are very important combat power, and the moon god, as a member of the indigenous gods, is familiar with the means of the same kind.


    Previously, she and Meng Zhang played a great role in exploring the secret space in the void.


    Taiyimen also needs her strength to compete for the mysterious mansion this time.


    In order to show his attention to this ally, Meng Zhang did not let others come forward, but went to the area to find her in person.


    Meng Zhang dived into the earth and soon found the moon god who was carefully observing the movement of the earth pulse.


    After the two met, Meng Zhang went straight to the subject and mentioned the trend of Ziyang saint and the actions to be taken by Taiyi goalkeeper.


    When the mysterious mansion appeared, Meng Zhang needed the cooperation of the moon god to break into it and seize its control.


    After listening to Meng Zhang, the moon god repeatedly asked the information obtained by taiyimen.


    The most important intelligence source of Taiyi gate is naturally the Huipeng King within Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang will not disclose the identity of the king Huipeng at will, but said that Taiyi gate has reliable spies in Ziyang Shengzong.


    In connection with the trend of Ziyang Shengzong friar observed by taiyimen friar, the taiyimen senior management made a corresponding judgment.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s answer, the moon god mentioned a key point.


    The action plan formulated by taiyimen this time is based on the fact that Ziyang Shengzong has mastered the specific time and place of the occult mysterious mansion.


    At the beginning of next month, less than ten days from now, the secret house of hidden gods will appear.


    According to the judgment of the moon god, Ziyang Shengzong could not make such an accurate inference at all.


    The moon god has been observing the movement of the earth''s veins these days. Although she can''t judge the specific time and place of the occult mysterious house, she knows that the occult mysterious house will not appear in the nearby area for at least a few months.


    Meng Zhang listened to the moon god''s words and was a little indifferent at first.


    He thought that the moon god said so because the calculation method was not as good as Ziyang Shengzong and refused to accept defeat.


    Meng Zhang also needs the help of the moon god and needs to take care of her face. Therefore, according to her tone, she said that the calculation of Ziyang Shengzong was unreliable.


    Then his tone changed. No matter the calculation of Ziyang Shengzong is unreliable, since Ziyang Shengzong has begun to take action, taiyimen will respond.


    Meng Zhang coaxed the moon god and laughed in his heart. The moon god is an ancient god who has lived for many years. How can he be so competitive? He is just like a child.


    Meng Zhang has already lowered his attitude, disregarding the identity of the head of his Taiyi sect, and carefully flattered her. The moon god is not grateful at all.


    While emphasizing that there was no problem with his calculation, the moon god kept blaming the calculation error of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to offend the moon god on such a small matter. Even if he was a little impatient, he still patiently agreed with her.


    The moon god immediately found that Meng Zhang''s mouth was out of response, and he was angry at once.


    Meng Zhang has known the moon god for so many years, but the moon god is still angry about this issue. Meng Zhang has to take it a little seriously.


    Maybe, maybe, maybe, the moon god''s calculation is not wrong, let alone playing a small temper. It''s really the mistake of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It is not impossible that Ziyang Shengzong miscalculated the time and place of occult mystery mansion and formulated an action plan on the basis of miscalculation.


    Ziyang Shengzong made an action plan based on the wrong calculation. Will taiyimen continue the original arrangement?


    If the hidden mysterious mansion really doesn''t appear at that time and place, is it still necessary for Taiyi gate to fight with Ziyang Shengzong?


    In fact, taiyimen is very fond of the alliance friends Dark Alliance and hailing sect. Don''t be in a hurry to fight with the major holy places.


    Time is on the side of Taiyi gate. Meng Zhang needs time to improve his accomplishments, and the monks in the gate need time to grow.


    If it were not for seizing the secret house of hidden gods, Meng Zhang would not be willing to confront Ziyang Shengzong.


    Meng Zhang suddenly fell into meditation.


    Due to the moon god''s insistence on his own point of view, Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking more and thinking of some new situations.


    Therefore, his thinking was opened and found some blind spots that had not been noticed before.


    The moon god repeatedly stressed that Ziyang Shengzong had made a wrong calculation about hiding the mysterious house.


    From the information we have learned before, the Ziyang holy sect is indeed better than the moon god in the calculation of hiding God''s Secret House.


    Moreover, the moon god herself has admitted before that her method of hiding the secret house of God is not clever.


    Is Ziyang Shengzong really wrong this time?


    Or is it that Ziyang holy sect deliberately spread the wrong news?


    Why did Ziyang Shengzong spread the wrong news and who was it aimed at?


    At the thought of these, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but feel cold in his heart.


    If the mysterious mansion does not appear at that time and place, and taiyimen is involved in the competition, it will inevitably fall into the trap of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Why is Ziyang Shengzong''s calculation so accurate?


    Could it be that


    Meng Zhang thought of the worst possible.


    That is, the internal identity of the grey Peng king has been exposed. Ziyang Shengzong did not rush to deal with the grey Peng king. Instead, he used the identity of the grey Peng king to disclose the deliberately prepared information to the Taiyi gate and attract the friars of the Taiyi gate.


    Originally, this was just a random guess after Meng Zhang''s divergent thinking.


    But the more he thought deeply, the more he felt that the conjecture was not groundless.


    He thought more and more and thought of some things he had ignored before.


    The great power of returning to emptiness sent by Taiyi sect secretly monitored the area and found the trace of the great power of returning to emptiness of Ziyang saint.


    Will Ziyang Shengzong''s return to virtual power find the trend of Taiyi gate''s return to virtual power in this process.


    Taiyi sect''s great ability of returning to emptiness is still relatively young at the level of returning to emptiness period, and there are many deficiencies in cultivation and experience.


    It may have been a mistake for them to monitor the old Ziyang Shengzong''s return to virtual power at the beginning.

 Chapter 2299

    Meng Zhang did not distrust taiyimen''s return to emptiness power, but felt that he might have underestimated Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness power before.


    If Ziyang Shengzong really arranges a trap and waits for Taiyi gate to jump in, the situation will be very dangerous.


    It is entirely possible that Ziyang holy sect transferred enough strength, including the support of other holy sect gates, to ambush Taiyi gate.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, as the leader of Taiyi sect, has the strongest combat power in the sect. If he falls into an ambush and is besieged by strong enemies, Taiyi sect is really dangerous.


    At the thought of the danger he might face, Meng Zhang was afraid and confused.


    Why didn''t you give yourself a warning in advance?


    This is because Meng Zhang is worried and thinks too much. In fact, he is not in danger, or


    At the thought of the latter possibility, Meng Zhang was even more alert.


    Meng Zhang, who was a little anxious in his heart, immediately began to perform the divine calculation of Dayan, regardless of his conversation with the moon god.


    At the beginning of TuYan, Meng Zhang''s whole body seemed to fall into the ice cave, and he felt cold all over.


    He found that there was a thick barrier, which blocked his spiritual sense silently, so that the spiritual sense could not warn himself in advance.


    This is the method of the Heavenly Master, and it can only be done by the very clever Heavenly Master who is stronger than Meng Zhang, or by the joint efforts of several heavenly masters who are not weaker than Meng Zhang.


    Shield Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense in silence, paralyze his perception of danger, and temporarily abolish his ability of whim.


    The other party can make such targeted arrangement, which shows that the other party knows Meng Zhang very well and even knows his secret as a top secret master.


    Meng Zhang can even guess when he revealed his flaws.


    The last time the Tianji master of Tianguan Pavilion calculated the whereabouts of Dalinghe God, Meng Zhang secretly used Tianji to mislead the other party.


    Meng Zhang thought that his work was flawless and left no trace.


    But can you really leave no trace in this level of Tianji confrontation?


    According to the importance of each Holy Land Sect to the event of Dalinghe God and their inside information, as long as they are willing to pay the price, I''m afraid they will find something wrong sooner or later.


    The only thing that makes Meng Zhang feel a little lucky is that the specific whereabouts of Dalinghe God should not have been exposed.


    All the holy places are on the other side of the gate. They should just guess that they have secretly shot, ruined their good deeds, and deliberately guided them to conflict with the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling that there was an invisible huge net that surrounded himself silently.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s action this time must have received the support of the major Holy Land sects.


    The action was cleverly designed. King Huipeng didn''t know when it was exposed and was actually used by the enemy.


    If it weren''t for the insistence of the moon god that touched Meng Zhang, he might not be alert until now.


    Once the mind is on guard, Meng Zhang can see many things more clearly.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s false news this time is obviously to attract Taiyi strongmen, including Meng Zhang.


    In the place where the so-called secret mansion appears, there may be some traps waiting for them.


    As a general rule, since Meng Zhang has found the enemy''s trap, the safest way is to give up this action and recall Taiyi sect experts to guard the mountain gate.


    Relying on the blessed land of the sun and the moon and the great power of returning to emptiness in many of the door, even if Ziyang Shengzong poured out, he could not break Taiyi gate in a short time.


    Taiyimen Mountain Gate is attacked, and most of the Allies Dark Alliance and hailing faction will not sit idly by.


    When the reinforcements arrive, the action of Ziyang Shengzong will naturally return in vain.


    If it was in the past, Meng Zhang is likely to choose this prudent approach.


    But now, Meng Zhang, who has a certain capital, is reluctant to be so conservative.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the power that Ziyang Shengzong can use this time will not be much stronger than Taiyi gate.


    If you really have an absolute advantage, Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t have to bother to come up with these tricks. You can crush Taiyi gate by directly launching an attack.


    Ziyang Shengzong arranges traps and tries to ambush Taiyi gate, which just shows that its strength is limited compared with Taiyi gate.


    More importantly, since Ziyang Shengzong used hidden mysterious mansion as bait, taiyimen can let the real dragon family play.


    With the restriction of the real dragon family, taiyimen may not be able to take advantage of this opportunity to calculate each other in turn.


    Meng Zhang soon had a certain idea in his mind. He wanted to take advantage of this opportunity to calculate the holy sect of Ziyang in turn.


    If we can take advantage of this opportunity to hit the holy sect of Ziyang and cause enough losses to it, the pressure faced by taiyimen will be greatly relieved and the whole situation will be completely revitalized.


    Although the total strength of all the holy places must be far greater than that of Taiyi gate.


    But they have a big family, a big business and a big involvement. There are too many places that need to bet.


    Within a certain period of time, the power that can be used to deal with taiyimen is limited.


    As long as the taiyimen will completely hurt them this time, most of them will not be able to deploy more forces to deal with the taiyimen in view of the current situation of internal and external troubles in the Junchen world.


    Once the Taiyi gate achieves this goal, it will have more rest and development time for a long time without worrying about the attack of the holy places.


    Although Meng Zhang has some ideas in mind, the matter is very important. He can''t decide alone.


    He also needs to go back and slowly discuss with the middle and senior management of the door and carefully optimize the details of the action.


    Meng Zhang told the moon god what he thought.


    Anyway, both sides are allies now. Ziyang Shengzong is also the enemy of the moon god. The moon god doesn''t mind helping taiyimen deal with each other.


    The moon god first put down the matter of hiding the mysterious house and returned to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang returned, he immediately summoned the middle and senior level of the door to discuss.


    Although there were many different opinions, the middle and high levels of the door still reached a consensus.


    Taiyimen cannot always let Ziyang Shengzong calculate without making any response.


    Taiyimen will make a plan this time and leave an unforgettable lesson to Ziyang Shengzong.


    The middle and senior management of the door made corresponding plans and made various preparations while perfecting the details.


    In order to make the final confirmation, an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang, took a strange risk to sneak into Ziyang Shengzong and met with king Huipeng.


    With the cultivation and means of an Muran at this time, he soon observed the king Huipeng who didn''t even have the cultivation of Yang God.


    King Huipeng did not lie, let alone provide false information. He is still the dark son of Taiyi gate.


    It seems that for the sake of safety, Ziyang Shengzong didn''t disturb or take the king of Huipeng, but used him secretly.


    Since King Huipeng has been exposed, it has almost no effect.

 Chapter 2300

    Taiyimen will not tell the truth to the grey Peng King now.


    Taiyi gate needs Huipeng king to maintain the status quo and continue to stay in Ziyang holy sect to paralyze and confuse the enemy.


    Only when the high level of Ziyang holy sect thinks that Taiyi gate is unaware of their treachery, will they continue to act according to the original plan, and Taiyi gate can make a counteraction.


    After all, King Huipeng is not a member of taiyimen. He can give up when needed.


    Meng Zhang had a good relationship with the king Huipeng, and Meng Zhang was really optimistic about him.


    But in the face of the overall situation, these are all insignificant.


    The ignorant King Hui Peng safely returned to Ziyang Shengzong and continued to play the exposed undercover role.


    An Muran sneaked into the territory of the holy sect of Ziyang to meet with king Huipeng secretly. It seems dangerous, but it''s actually safer.


    Ziyang Shengzong wants to catch big fish for a long time. This time, he will not stop an Muran, but let him come and go freely.


    Although an Muran only had the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, he was sensitive and alert.


    With enough preparation in advance, he vaguely found someone watching him shortly after entering the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If it is on weekdays, it will ignore the past.


    With the relationship between the two families, the high-ranking friars of any one family are found sneaking into the territory of the other party. As long as they are found, they will generally be besieged.


    Ziyang Shengzong has found that an Muran has sneaked into his territory, but has not taken action, which can explain the problem.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god came to the place where the Ziyang holy sect arranged the Dharma array.


    Ziyang holy sect has many great powers of returning to emptiness, and the array experts are arranging the array.


    Meng Zhang and moon god didn''t want to disturb each other. They didn''t get too close. They just observed from a distance.


    The Dharma array they arranged looked the same as that on the drawing, but Meng Zhang had always vaguely felt that there was something wrong.


    Since he already knew that the other party had conspiracy, Meng Zhang did not conduct in-depth investigation.


    He and the moon God turned around. On the surface, the Huixu power arranged by Ziyang Shengzong is not as good as Taiyi gate in terms of quantity and strength.


    Meng Zhang is 100% sure that Ziyang Shengzong has hidden enough strength around to ambush the friar of taiyimen.


    Previously, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to react and did not make any more response after he found that a Heavenly Master blocked his spiritual consciousness.


    The level of the enemy''s Heavenly Master was so high that Meng Zhang couldn''t be careless and began to observe and feel carefully.


    Probably in order to avoid disturbing Meng Zhang, the enemy Tianji master''s actions are careful and there are no redundant actions. The main thing is to shield Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness and block Meng Zhang''s ability of whim.


    Obviously, the enemy Tianji division doesn''t want to fight Meng Zhang''s Tianji like this.


    In that case, Meng Zhang didn''t rush.


    As an old Aboriginal God, the moon god is not ignorant of the way of counting heaven''s secrets.


    Although she does not have the powerful derivation ability of the cultivator Tianji, she can shield and even counteract the derivation of Tianji with her own talent.


    With the participation of the moon god, with the help of the special talent of the moon god, it is difficult to be disturbed as long as the other Tianji master doesn''t actively push the action of the friar taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang and the enemy''s master of natural secrets, in order to avoid alerting the enemy and alerting the enemy, will not take the initiative to use natural secrets to push the other party''s actions.


    A few days passed quickly. Ziyang Shengzong and taiyimen were ready and thought that their own family was the hunter.


    According to the information revealed by Ziyang Shengzong, today is the day when the secret house of hidden God was born.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of the leader, led many of the disciples to return to virtual power. He has come nearby and is ready to kill him at any time.


    Meng Zhang, together with the moon god, secretly approached the place where Ziyang Shengzong arranged the Dharma array.


    After waiting for a little while, they felt a huge movement.


    The earth is shaking violently, and the veins deep under the earth are shaking constantly.


    After a while, the movement became more and more violent.


    There is a huge object that seems to be rapidly approaching here along the direction of the earth vein.


    With the magical powers of Meng Zhang and the moon god, it is easy to find a huge palace moving along the earth vein through the deep underground.


    The Dharma array arranged by Ziyang holy sect began to start.


    The Dharma array quickly locked the palace, and released a huge attraction, trying to firmly attract the palace.


    If he hadn''t seen through the plot of Ziyang Shengzong long ago and saw this scene, Meng Zhang would definitely think it was the birth of hidden mysterious mansion, and Ziyang Shengzong began to catch it.


    If Meng Zhang wants to capture the secret house of hidden gods, he should attack the palace with all his strength at this time.


    Because he had prejudices in advance, Meng Zhang always felt that the scene in front of him was not real.


    Since Ziyang Shengzong wants to take this opportunity to calculate the friars of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang also needs to respond.


    Meng Zhang did not summon friar taiyimen to fight, but took out the small dragon horn that the Dragon King had given him.


    Meng Zhang gently threw the Dragon horn into the air.


    The Dragon horn suddenly became larger in the air, and then began to vibrate silently.


    The vibration of the Dragon horn became stronger and stronger, and the surrounding space rippled like water waves.


    It''s not far from the place where Ziyang holy friar arranged the Dharma array. There are Ziyang holy friars patrolling around at all times.


    There was a lot of noise here, which soon alerted the friars of Ziyang Shengzong around.


    Several Huixu great energy rushed here from all directions.


    Before they reached the location of the Dragon horn, the space around the Dragon horn kept fluctuating violently, and a strong man named Zhenlong rushed out of the space crack.


    This group of strong people of the real dragon family are basically strong people at the level of returning to emptiness. The leader is the GANGLONG king who reached an agreement with Meng Zhang at the beginning.


    As soon as the Dragon King and his men arrived here, they noticed the movement around.


    Meng Zhang had already talked with the Dragon King.


    Meng Zhang did not say that this was a trap arranged by Ziyang Shengzong to ambush the friar of taiyimen.


    He told GANGLONG king the information deliberately disclosed by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Later, the Dragon King found that the situation was wrong, and Meng Zhang could also explain it.


    It was not Meng Zhang who deliberately deceived the Dragon King, but the monk of Ziyang Shengzong was too cunning and deceived Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was also the victim and was also fooled by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, the real dragons will certainly ignore Meng Zhang''s excuse afterwards.


    Meng Zhang just made a gesture to explain his innocence to the outside world.


    Although the real dragon family has no formal alliance with taiyimen, they can be regarded as comrades in arms on the same front.


    It''s too bad to deliberately harm the reputation of our comrades in arms.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang didn''t notice for a moment and fell into the conspiracy of Ziyang Shengzong. This situation seems better.

 Chapter 2301

    With Wang Long''s eyesight, just came here and soon found the movement under the ground.


    He regarded the huge palace that was approaching here as a secret mansion.


    Seeing the goal pursued for many years appeared in front of him, the Dragon King was attracted almost all his attention.


    Several Ziyang saints who were rushing here stopped at once.


    The sudden emergence of so many strong people of the real dragon family who returned to the virtual world greatly exceeded their expectations.


    The script shouldn''t be like this.


    Friar taiyimen should be here to fight them.


    Almost everyone knows that the real dragons are now facing off with the holy places in the East China Sea.


    Small scale battles have broken out on both sides for many times, and large-scale comprehensive battles are imminent.


    In this case, almost all the senior leaders of the Holy Land Sect know that they must exercise restraint and cannot easily start a full-scale war with the real dragon family.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who were able to see the strong of the real dragon family, inevitably had some doubts and hesitations.


    They don''t even know what they should do or whether to fight the strong of the real dragon family.


    The mysterious mansion is ahead. The Dragon King who is anxious to win the treasure will not hesitate at all.


    There were as many as eight strong members of the real dragon family, including the Dragon King.


    This kind of strength, in the whole Junchen world, there are few forces that can compete with it except the holy places.


    As long as the Dragon King is willing, they can set off a bloody storm in the Jun dust world and cause chaos all over the world.


    As soon as the Dragon King waved his hand, several strong men of the real dragon family took the initiative to attack the return virtual power of several Ziyang saints.


    Although the real dragon family is also unwilling to start a full-scale war with the holy places at this time.


    However, the secret house of the hidden God is right in front of us. In order to capture the secret house of the hidden God, the Dragon King did not hesitate to have a head-on conflict with Ziyang Shengzong.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world have sheltered in the real dragon family over the years, allowing the real dragon family to learn many secrets of the indigenous gods.


    Hidden mysterious mansion is a war tool made by the indigenous gods in those years. It has strong power.


    Although the true dragon family can not see the native gods, this helps woodlouse, but it is still very coveted by the hidden God secret house.


    In particular, the destruction shuttle equipped in the mysterious mansion plays a great role in the plan of the real dragon family.


    Last time, the religious organizations in the holy land almost wiped out the remaining indigenous gods.


    The real dragons didn''t try their best to stop it. They just meant it for a while.


    For one thing, the real dragon family is unwilling to have too strong conflicts with the holy places.


    Second, these indigenous gods have lost their use value. The real dragon people think that these residual evils are insignificant and are not worth the efforts of the real dragon people.


    The real dragons took this opportunity to visit the East China Sea afterwards, which was just a routine blackmail.


    However, later, the situation escalated all the way, which greatly exceeded their expectations.


    In fact, until now, the real dragon people still feel that the major holy places of internal and external troubles may not have the courage to officially fight with the real dragon people.


    Ziyang holy sect is a holy sect in the cultivation world. In the eyes of the Dragon King, it is just a small obstacle.


    Seeing that the friars of Ziyang Shengzong had been forced back, the Dragon King led several subordinates to the front.


    At this time, probably due to the traction of the Dharma array laid by Ziyang Shengzong, the huge palace had drilled out of the ground and appeared in the air not far ahead.


    Maybe the traction force of the Dharma array is too strong. The action of the huge palace becomes very slow and seems to be completely absorbed by the Dharma array.


    Seeing that the Dragon King was about to rush to the location of the palace, a tall old man suddenly appeared in the air and shouted at them.


    "Just the Dragon King, what''s going on here has nothing to do with your real dragon family. What''s wrong with you?"


    "Yang He, aren''t you on the other side of the East China Sea? Why did you suddenly appear here?"


    Just as the Dragon King looked at each other, he had to stop and began to hesitate.


    In front of him, he is the Yang and virtual immortal of Ziyang holy sect.


    Just two days ago, Yang and Xu Xian also appeared in the East China Sea to confront the strong of the real dragon family.


    It is precisely because the Yang and virtual immortals of Ziyang Shengzong are far away in the East China Sea that the Dragon King rushed out in such a swagger. He is not afraid of Ziyang Shengzong at all.


    In the same sentence, the strength of the holy places is indeed strong, but the strength is too scattered and there are many aspects to be taken into account.


    According to the current situation of Ziyang Shengzong, apart from Yang and virtual immortals, there are really few people who can frighten the rigid Dragon King.


    Yanghe Xuxian, who should have been far away in the East China Sea, suddenly appeared here, which made the rigid Dragon King hesitate and began to doubt whether there was something strange in the middle.


    Meng Zhang, who was watching from a distance, saw this scene and took the initiative to fly over.


    He didn''t want the Dragon King to retreat because he was afraid of Yang and empty immortals.


    He hoped that the Dragon King would continue to fight for and hide the mysterious mansion,


    The real dragon family should step into the trap instead of taiyimen. It''s best to have huge casualties.


    If the strong person of the true dragon family dies in the hands of the monk Ziyang Shengzong, the true dragon family will not give up.


    In the current situation of both sides, if not, it will become the fuse for the outbreak of a full-scale war between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang flew into the air and confronted Yang and Xu Xian face to face.


    "Yang He, you shamelessly attacked this seat last time. This account book will be calculated with you today."


    "Just the Dragon King, you can do it. The younger generation will help you contain Yang and Lao er."


    Meng Zhang did not forget to cheer up the Dragon King and let him rest assured and boldly compete for the hidden mysterious mansion.


    Yang and Xu Xian had been very confused. Originally, this was a trap for the friars of taiyimen. Why did the real dragon family step in.


    Yanghe Xuxian, as the high-level leader with great voice in the religious sects of the major holy places, of course knows the overall situation at present and that it is not appropriate to go to war with the real dragon family now.


    But what do you want him to do? Do you take the initiative to remind the Dragon King?


    This is a trap prepared for Taiyi gate. It has nothing to do with your real dragon family. The hidden mysterious mansion did not appear


    It''s silly not to say whether the Dragon King will believe it or not. Yang and Xu Xian can''t afford to do so.


    He had been angry at that sentence, which had already given the real dragon family a lot of face.


    What''s more, when they were in the East China Sea, Yang and Xu Xian suffered a lot from the real dragon family.


    Although he forced himself to endure for the sake of the overall situation, it doesn''t mean that he has no resentment in his heart.


    Yang and Xu Xian had previously gone to the East China Sea to show their face in order to confuse taiyimen and let taiyimen friars misjudge the strength of Ziyang Shengzong so that they can safely step into the trap.


    If Yang and Xu Xian are always in the mountain gate, the friar of taiyimen may not dare to compete for the secret mansion.


    After much thought and running all the way, friar taiyimen didn''t take the bait, but the real dragon family took the initiative to step into the trap. What''s the matter?

 Chapter 2302

    Meng Zhang''s performance made Yang and Xu Xian feel angry.


    Last time, taking the opportunity to eliminate the indigenous gods, Yang He and Xu Xian and Wei Wu Xu Xian ignored their faces, bullied more and less, and made a sneak attack. They didn''t win Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhang escape.


    This made them lose face and let the cooked duck, Dalinghe God, run away.


    Afterwards, the censure from the real fairy put great pressure on both virtual immortals.


    In order to wipe their ass, all the holy places had to ask for the big Linghe God from the real dragon family, so that the situation in the East China Sea continued to escalate.


    This series of sequelae made the two virtual immortals feel unbearable.


    If Yang and Xu Xian are the most hated characters in their hearts now, it is Meng Zhang.


    This time, when all aspects are under great pressure and strength is very tense, Ziyang Shengzong has to calculate Taiyi gate, which is strongly advocated by Yang and Xuxian to a great extent.


    Taiyi gate has been in the north of Jun dust world for many years, and has long become a major trouble for Ziyang Shengzong.


    Every day Taiyi gate exists, it is a provocation to Ziyang Shengzong, which makes Ziyang Shengzong no longer dignified.


    Taiyimen even dared to install dark sons in Ziyang Shengzong, plotting against the existence of Huipeng king, which is even more a taboo of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Taiyi sect is insatiable. It even has the idea of hiding the God''s Secret House, which has aroused the killing of the senior level of Ziyang holy sect.


    When taiyimen Huixu can appear near this area and is detected by the friar of Ziyang Shengzong, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong will know that taiyimen is plotting against the secret house of hidden gods.


    Hidden secret mansion has long been regarded as a forbidden place by Ziyang holy sect, which is related to the grand plan of Ziyang holy sect. Taiyi sect wants to seize the hidden God secret mansion, which is tantamount to destroying the grand plan of Ziyang holy sect.


    Originally, due to the limitation of the situation in the Junchen world, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong was not in a hurry to start on the Taiyi gate and was ready to continue to endure the Taiyi gate for some time.


    However, the plot and behavior of taiyimen have made Ziyang Shengzong unbearable.


    In order to ensure that one hit is sure to hit, severely damage and even destroy the main high-level friars of Taiyi gate, Ziyang Shengzong spent a lot of time designing this trap.


    In order to draw enough strength from other places and obtain the consent of other holy places, Ziyang holy sect made many concessions in other aspects and paid a huge price.


    Meng Zhang has long been the target of Yang and Xu Xian.


    As soon as he appeared, he attracted the main attention of Yang and Xu Xian, and even the Dragon King didn''t care much.


    "Bold Meng Zhang, you dare to collude with other people and betray the cultivation world. You really deserve to die."


    Facing the righteous accusation of Yang and Xu Xian, Meng Zhang sneered with disdain.


    The old guy opposite has been a leader of the right path for a long time. He doesn''t forget to chatter before he starts. Meng Zhang won''t be used to him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have half a sentence of nonsense. The yin-yang diagram of Taiji, the phase of heaven and earth, appeared above his head.


    Black and white sword Qi danced wildly in the air and killed Yang and Xu Xian.


    Yang and Xu Xian, who have long been killing machines in their hearts, also show the phase of heaven and earth Dharma.


    A huge purple sun rose above his head, sending out endless hot light to Meng Zhang.


    Under the purple sun, the fierce sword spirit disappeared.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is only one step away from the virtual immortal, and his combat effectiveness is not necessarily weaker than the virtual immortal.


    He has long wanted to fight with Xu Xian and try his strength.


    Last time, he was plotted by Yang He and Xu Xian and Wei Wu Xu Xian, so he had to flee in a panic.


    Although this is not a great humiliation, it still makes Meng Zhang resent.


    Today, he will use his strength to make Yang and Xu Xian suffer enough in the face-to-face fight.


    I saw Yin and Yang flowing in the sky, almost completely masking the light of the purple sun.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword, sun and moon divine light, yin and Yang big grinding plate and other Taoist techniques were wantonly used to attack Yang and virtual immortals.


    Where will Yang and Xu Xian pay attention to Meng Zhang''s defeated general.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s attack, he will not retreat at all, but will take the initiative to attack.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s active entanglement with Yang and Xu Xian, the Dragon King was stopped for the time being.


    At this point, there is no room for retreat.


    Although I feel a little wrong in my heart, the secret house of hiding God is right in front of me. Should the Dragon King give up.


    Just now, the Dragon King didn''t think about it at all and decided to seize the mysterious mansion first.


    The Dragon King just led the strong of the real dragon family to continue to rush to the secret house of hidden gods.


    Now that the two sides have begun to fight, the surrounding Ziyang Saint friars no longer have any scruples.


    In the final analysis, the cultivator is the ruler of the Junchen world.


    The doors of the holy places are located at the top of all the practitioners. Where will they fear only a group of alien strongmen.


    Not everyone supports the overall situation in Ziyang holy sect''s return to virtual power.


    For the real dragon family who provoked the Holy Land sects in the East China Sea, many monks of the Holy Land sects have long been killed, hoping to teach them a good lesson.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great power of returning to emptiness arranged around them sent out one after another to fight fiercely with the strong ones of the real dragon family, trying to stop them from seizing the secret house of hidden gods.


    The Dragon King is a cultivation achievement at the later stage of returning to the virtual world. Relying on the strong fighting talent of the real dragon family, his combat effectiveness is not weak compared with many practitioners at the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Among the many races in the void, the real dragon are the strong ones in the front row.


    It is also one of the few powerful races that can compete with Taoist practitioners.


    Many of the Dragon King''s men fell into a fierce battle with Ziyang Shengzong''s return to virtual power.


    With his powerful strength, the Dragon King rushed all the way, almost unstoppable.


    According to the Huixu power that Ziyang holy sect has appeared, no one can stop the rigid Dragon King except Yang and Xuxian.


    In fact, according to the plan previously formulated by Ziyang Shengzong, if the Dragon King did not suddenly appear and worried that he would destroy the original plan, neither Yang nor Xu Xian would appear so soon.


    After Yang and Xu Xian appeared, they didn''t frighten the rigid Dragon King, and the other party didn''t mean to retreat at all.


    In fact, if the Dragon King really starts to fight with Yang and Xu Xian, he may not have the power of a war.


    Yang and Xu Xian saw the Dragon King rushing all the way and didn''t continue to stop him.


    First, the Lord Meng Zhang appeared. Of course, he should focus on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s strength was unexpectedly strong, which restrained a large part of his strength and made him unable to give consideration to the Dragon King.


    Second, since the Dragon King just wants to take the initiative to step into the trap prepared for Meng Zhang, it''s up to him.


    If a trap traps a strong man like the Dragon King, it''s not a waste.


    It''s better to take the opportunity to capture several strong people of the real dragon family alive, so that we can have more capital to bargain with the real dragon family in the future.


    Yang and Xu Xian are not old-fashioned figures.


    If the situation changes, there is no need to continue to implement the original plan rigidly. It should be adjusted according to the actual situation.

 Chapter 2303

    Without the interference of the Dragon King, Yang and Xu Xian can fight Meng Zhang with peace of mind.


    He has great confidence in himself and feels that he will be able to keep Meng Zhang.


    But when he really started, he found that he underestimated Meng Zhang a little.


    Yang and Xu Xian and Meng Zhang devoted themselves to the war and basically ignored other things.


    As soon as the Dragon King made a breakthrough all the way, there was no one to stop him. He soon came not far below the huge palace.


    The strong of other real dragons blocked the return virtual power of Ziyang Shengzong, so that they could not interfere with the advance of the just Dragon King.


    Seeing the target close at hand, with the calm mind of the Dragon King, they couldn''t help feeling a little happy.


    Suddenly, the Dragon King instinctively felt something wrong.


    Is the palace above really the legendary Secret House of hidden gods?


    The Dragon King has never seen the secret house of hidden gods, but he knows the existence of the secret house of hidden gods from the mouth of the remaining indigenous gods.


    The aboriginal gods who revealed the secret house to the real dragon family also didn''t know much about the secret house.


    As soon as the Dragon King found the huge palace, combined with all kinds of information, he subconsciously thought that this was the secret house of hiding gods, but he almost never had doubts.


    The Dragon King Gang is not a master of the secret of heaven and does not know the way of counting the secret of heaven.


    But he is an old Jianghu man with many battles and rich experience.


    On the surface, like other real dragons, he overlooks Ziyang Shengzong. But in my heart, I never underestimate such an opponent.


    Ziyang Shengzong has more information about the secret house of hiding gods. As the landlord here, he should have more advantages.


    However, when we really started, Ziyang Shengzong was passive step by step. Seeing that the Dragon King was about to rush into the mysterious mansion in front of him.


    Just the Dragon King instinctively stopped and wanted to observe carefully. Even if he delayed a little time, it was completely worth it.


    The Dragon King''s reaction was not slow, but he still stepped into the trap of Ziyang Shengzong.


    This trap should have been prepared for friar taiyimen. Now it''s up to him to suffer.


    The Dharma array arranged here by Ziyang holy sect was originally used to absorb the secret house of hidden gods.


    At this time, the array suddenly changed. It no longer continued to attract the mysterious mansion, but created a huge attraction to firmly attract the Dragon King.


    The Dragon King''s reaction was not slow, but he took the initiative to step into the shrouded area of the Dharma array and withstood the sudden changes of the Dharma array.


    The Dragon King struggled to earn, but did not break free from the shackles of the Dharma array.


    Ziyang Shengzong designed this dharma array to temporarily trap Meng Zhang in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    The rigid Dragon King is stronger than the general practitioners in the later stage of returning to emptiness, and the real dragon family is born with strong flesh and infinite divine power.


    If he were given more time, he might break away from the shackles of the French array.


    The traps set by Ziyang Shengzong are ring by ring.


    What is trapped now is not the original expected goal, but it does not hinder a series of subsequent actions.


    The huge palace, which is regarded as the secret house of hiding gods, has lost the shackles of the Dharma array and regained its freedom.


    After regaining freedom, the palace did not run away, but slammed at the Dragon King.


    This is the real kill in the trap.


    The huge palace emits a chilling light, and it contains the power of terror.


    This is not just an ordinary palace, but a powerful treasure.


    As long as you are not a fool, you should understand at this time that the Dragon King has just stepped into a trap.


    The Dragon King is facing a dangerous situation, although he is not disturbed.


    He still had time to think that the trap was only the work of Ziyang Shengzong, or did taiyimen take refuge in Ziyang Shengzong, and the two sides worked together to design themselves.


    After all, they are all Terran practitioners, and naturally have the basis for cooperation.


    For Terrans, the real dragon is not only an alien, but also a great enemy.


    Seeing that the Dragon King was trapped, other strong people of the real dragon family tried to come and help him.


    Previously, it was the strong ones of the real dragon family who blocked the return virtual power of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Now, the situation is reversed. Ziyang Shengzong''s return to emptiness can entangle them and prevent them from reinforcements to the Dragon King.


    The Dragon King just held a trident and waved it at the palace that hit him.


    The Trident in the Dragon King''s hand has become extremely huge, and a faint shadow of the ocean can be seen behind him.


    The Trident, with the surging waves, blocked the huge palace at once.


    After an earth shaking impact, the Dragon King''s body trembled slightly and looked very laborious, but he resisted the blow head-on.


    In the center of the palace, a tall monk sat cross legged and was trying his best to urge the palace to move forward.


    It was another earth shaking impact, and the Dragon King just withstood greater pressure.


    This palace is the ancestral door treasure earth Hall of jiuxuan Pavilion, which is now controlled by the monk xuanle shangzun in its door.


    Meng Zhang is well-known and has made brilliant achievements. The sects of the holy places will not underestimate him.


    Ziyang Shengzong made sufficient preparations in advance to ensure that he would be killed in one blow and completely destroy the pillar of Taiyi gate.


    The gratitude and resentment between jiuxuan Pavilion and Taiyi gate are not shallow. Ziyang Shengzong paid a certain price and finally invited xuanle shangzun.


    Xuanle shangzun controls the earth hall. Even if he is in a positive battle, he is sure to win Meng Zhang.


    Yang and Xu Xian secretly escaped from the East China Sea and ambushed nearby, adding double insurance.


    In the eyes of Yang and Xu Xian, it is not difficult for him to win the defeated general of Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang and Yang and Xu Xian are fighting with each other, which is beyond their expectation.


    The trap trapped the Dragon King who accidentally stepped in. Of course, xuanle shangzun will not be merciful.


    The real dragon family has been fighting with the Holy Land Sect for many years. As the high-level Dragon King of the real dragon family, he is the great enemy of the friars of the Holy Land Sect.


    If we can win or even hit this great enemy here, it will certainly be of great benefit to the situation in the East China Sea.


    Xuanle shangzun urged the earth hall with all his strength to give full play to the power of this treasure.


    The Dharma array that originally trapped the Dragon King can no longer support in the fierce battle between the two strong forces.


    The Dharma array burst, and the huge power that firmly absorbed the Dragon King disappeared.


    But the Dragon King did not regain his freedom.


    The earthly hall controlled by xuanle shangzun firmly suppressed him and made him unable to escape at all.


    Among the five elements, earth can conquer water.


    Just like most of the ocean powers, the Dragon King is good at controlling the power of water.


    The earth hall has a great restraining effect on the Dragon King of Shanggang.


    From falling into the trap to xuanle shangzun''s sneak attack, the Dragon King fell to the disadvantage in a very short time. There was only parry and no ability to fight back.


    Of course, a strong man like the Dragon King is not only cultivating simple water power.


    There are many people in the real dragon family who major in Shuixing Avenue. How can they not consider the restriction of attributes.

 Chapter 2304

    For the real dragon family, the Dragon King is not only a general in charge, but also a handsome talent who plans strategies.


    He didn''t talk about his accomplishments. He also carried some treasures of the real dragon family.


    Now, with the power of the earth hall, xuanle shangzun temporarily suppressed him, and he quickly responded.


    Just behind the Dragon King appeared a huge red coral.


    The coral plant grew in the wind, and soon had the momentum of being indomitable, and suddenly withstood the earth hall falling from the sky.


    Countless branches grew on the coral and kept winding around the earth hall from all directions.


    The earth hall shook slightly, and most of these branches were broken.


    But there were still many branches wrapped around the earth hall under the control of the Dragon King, and penetrated into the interior of the earth hall.


    The friars of jiuxuan pavilion are basically arrogant and arrogant figures due to the relationship of Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    Friar jiuxuange is used to bullying in the cultivation world. Except for the friars of other holy places, he doesn''t look down on others at all.


    Many times, even the friars of other holy places will not like the arrogant and domineering friars of jiuxuange.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion suffered losses in Meng Zhang''s hands before. From then on, it hated Meng Zhang and wanted to swallow him alive.


    This time, jiuxuan Pavilion participated in the action of Ziyang Shengzong, largely for revenge.


    You know, it''s not easy to choose a master in the later stage of returning to emptiness according to the current situation faced by the sect of all holy places.


    The target of the ambush was changed from Meng Zhang to GANGLONG king. Xuanle shangzun was very surprised, but he didn''t delay his action.


    However, the sneak attack was first, and the important treasure of the sect was used. He couldn''t win the Dragon King. The other party still had the potential to fight back, which suddenly aroused the morale of xuanle shangzun.


    When it comes to details, he doesn''t believe that jiuxuan Pavilion can''t compare with the real dragon family.


    In the final analysis, the cultivator is the ruler of the Junchen world.


    No matter how powerful you are in the void, you have to lie down honestly in the Junchen world.


    Xuanle shangzun began to cast all kinds of high-level runes, and all kinds of attacks kept falling on the rigid Dragon King.


    The Dragon King also has many means. He can not only block the attack, but also return one or two.


    The battle between the Dragon King and xuanle shangzun was extremely fierce. It seems that it is difficult to decide the victory or defeat in a short time.


    The two fought earth shaking, and the aftermath of the battle spread around.


    Further afield, the other strongmen of the true dragon clan and the monks of Ziyang Shengzong fought endlessly.


    Meng Zhang fought with Yang and Xu Xian this time. He didn''t lose the wind at all and fought with each other vividly.


    So many returning virtual powers can fight here, which has a great impact.


    The sky is shaking constantly, and the earth is shaking strongly


    The surrounding mountains were shattered one after another, and the rivers were flattened


    Thousands of miles around, it was originally the territory of Dali imperial dynasty, which was later divided up by taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong.


    Before the war, neither Ziyang Shengzong nor taiyimen moved the friars and mortals on the territory in order to keep it a secret.


    For ordinary monks and mortals, this war is a disaster from heaven.


    If the friars were smart, they might escape here early in the early stage of the war.


    But for the ordinary people living here, that is the real disaster.


    This is a real disaster. Soon after the battle began, countless huge craters appeared on the ground, and everything around them turned into powder.


    Countless towns around have been flattened, and countless creatures have lost their lives


    Even Meng Zhang and other senior officials of taiyimen, who have always been compassionate to the common people, are unable to prevent all this from happening at this time, and they don''t have much spare power to take into account others.


    The Tianwei thunder punishment array of the heavenly palace has long found the situation of many return to virtual power wars.


    The thunder rumbled in the sky and the thunder clouds condensed, but there was no further action.


    The power of Tianwei thunder punishment array has an upper limit, which may be difficult to resist for a single return to virtual power.


    However, in such a war in which many people can return to the virtual world and participate, the role they can play is limited.


    Instead of launching the Tianwei thunder punishment array at will, it''s better to wait for the opportunity and consume its power at the critical moment.


    The strongmen of Zhenlong family and the practitioners of Ziyang Shengzong who were present all made a real fire. No one on both sides cared about others and almost made every effort.


    Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness is almost no weaker than Yang and Xu Xian, and he is firmly entangled.


    The battle became more and more intense, and the aftermath of the battle caused more and more damage.


    This is now the junction of Ziyang Shengzong and Taiyi gate. Both sides have suffered huge losses in the disaster.


    Farther away, the friar of taiyimen began to organize the evacuation of mortals in villages and towns, and evacuated to the depths of taiyimen territory as soon as possible.


    Although he had some psychological preparation for a long time, Meng Zhang was still a little heavy after the tragic situation below entered his eyes.


    It''s no wonder that the heavenly palace and the holy places were forbidden to break out the war of returning to emptiness in the Junchen world before.


    Now there are nearly 20 strong players who return to the virtual level in the field, which has changed their surroundings beyond recognition.


    The battle has lasted for a long time. I''m afraid the world around will become riddled with holes.


    Of course, no matter how much damage the battle has caused, all parties involved in the war are already riding a tiger.


    No one is willing to give up until a result is achieved this time.


    The king of the Dragon gang and other strong members of the real dragon family have realized that this is a trap.


    Meng Zhang is still fighting with Yang and Xu Xian. He should also be deceived.


    The strongmen of the real dragon family can''t help but secretly scold that all the Terrans are unreliable. Meng Zhang is really a waste.


    I stepped into the trap and did not say, but also implicated the real dragon family.


    Of course, since the end of the war has been opened, whether it can be easily evacuated or not, the strong people of the real dragon family also have the idea of not admitting defeat.


    In the confrontation on the other side of the East China Sea, there are also many senior leaders within the Zhenlong family who are unwilling.


    If we can defeat these damn Terran friars on the site of Ziyang Shengzong, it will certainly be conducive to the situation in the East China Sea.


    Including the Dragon King Gang, all the strong people of the real dragon family use their own means and magic powers to defeat the human cultivators opposite.


    The two sides fought for a while. It seemed that they were equal and could not distinguish the victory from the defeat for the time being.


    At this time, the Tianwei thunder array in the sky seems to have found an opportunity.


    Several sharp lightning bolts fell from the sky and directly hit the friars and Meng Zhang of the real dragon family.


    Since the chief manager of the heavenly palace with Xue Jianjun completely fell to the religious doors of the major holy places, the heavenly palace and the religious doors of the major holy places basically merged.


    Although many monks of the heavenly palace are still unwilling, they will go all out when they should cooperate with the holy places.


    The strongmen of the real dragon family, who were targeted by lightning, either dodged or parried, all survived this round of attack.


    Of course, in this process, they will inevitably suffer some small losses.

 Chapter 2305

    Meng Zhang was also the target of lightning bombardment and suffered a small loss.


    He was struck by lightning and trembled a few times.


    Yang and Xu Xian, who had rich combat experience, didn''t miss this opportunity. They immediately launched a fierce attack and almost injured Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang adjusted in time to block the attack of Yang and Xu Xian.


    The real dragon clan and the human cultivators have been hostile for many years. Of course, they know that the heavenly palace intimidates all parties and suppresses the Tianwei thunder and punishment array in the Junchen world.


    After years of research, the Zhenlong family also has some ways to deal with Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    After a round of thunder and lightning bombardment and a little loss, the strong people of the real dragon family have made corresponding responses.


    Several palm sized dragon scales flew into the air, grew in the wind, and became huge shields, whirling and dancing in the air.


    These shields have the breath of the real dragon family, which soon confused the induction of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Several thunderbolts falling from the sky could not sense the target and twisted randomly in the air.


    The attack of Tianwei thunder punishment array not only didn''t hurt the strong of the real dragon family, but almost got the wrong target and fell on the friar of Ziyang Shengzong.


    There was a sound of angry scolding among the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The lineal friars of the heavenly palace have always been at odds with the sects of the major holy places. Some narrow-minded and suspicious friars of the Ziyang Saint even suspect that the lineal friars of the heavenly palace who control the Tianwei thunder punishment array are deliberately so.


    If they were not in the fierce battle, they couldn''t help arguing with the legitimate friars of the heavenly palace.


    The attack of Tianwei thunder array had to stop temporarily before cracking the means of the real dragon family.


    The strongman of the real dragon family, however, doesn''t want Tianwei thunder punishment array to interfere with their battle all the time.


    In the heavenly palace, there is still a scene of thunder, lightning and thunder clouds.


    Suddenly, several huge dragon shaped virtual shadows jumped up from the ground, flew high into the sky, plunged into the thunder clouds, and then came bursts of explosions.


    This is the method that the real dragon family specially prepared for Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    At this time, Kongzi, Niu Dawei, Yang Xueyi and Wen qiansuan appeared in the thunder cloud together.


    The relationship between taiyimen and Tiangong had a honeymoon period, and Meng Zhang was also very familiar with Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array plays a great role in the return to virtual war.


    If you are continuously attacked by Tianwei thunder punishment array, your strength of returning virtual power will be seriously damaged.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, the real dragon family appeared and started a war with the friar Ziyang Shengzong. Friar taiyimen should not rush to join the war.


    One is to make the war between them more intense, and it is best to have casualties.


    Second, it is to ask friar taiyimen to choose an opportunity to destroy Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Seeing that the prepared means of the real dragon family attracted the power of Tianwei thunder punishment array, several well prepared taiyimen friars began to do it.


    The nether child began to use the nether powers and disordered the surrounding space.


    Niu Dawei held a huge axe of wind and thunder. The wind and thunder surged around his body, and he rushed into the thunder cloud.


    ¡­¡­


    Tianwei thunder punishment array is an extremely complex and huge Dharma array.


    The main part of this dharma array is located in the deep part of the heavenly palace. Important nodes are arranged in the high altitude of many places in Jiutian and Junchen circles.


    When the main array located in the depth of the heavenly palace is started, the power of the large array is guided and launched by relying on the nodes in the upper air of most of the Jun dust world.


    Taiyimen doesn''t want to destroy the main body of Tianwei thunder punishment array in the heavenly palace. It only needs to destroy its node high above the north of Junchen world, which can greatly limit its attack range.


    The friar who controls Tianwei thunder punishment array soon found out the purpose of the friar taiyimen and quickly urged the power of the Dharma array to fight back.


    Under normal circumstances, it is difficult to destroy its important nodes even if two or three shangzuns are dispatched in the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    But now, a large part of Tianwei thunder punishment array''s attention has been focused on the East China Sea. The power to bet here is very insufficient.


    Second, the targeted means of the real dragon family have restrained a large part of their power.


    Three years later, friar taiyimen came prepared and just caught the flaw of Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array is busy dealing with the attacks of several taiyimen friars. Meng Zhang and Zhenlong friars at the bottom have finally got rid of their influence and can concentrate on the enemy.


    The Dragon King was holding a trident, and there was an endless ocean shadow behind him, with a rising momentum.


    He, who had fallen to the disadvantage, slowly reversed the situation with his strong strength.


    No matter how unconvinced xuanle shangzun was, it was more and more difficult for him to suppress the Dragon King.


    At this time, it is not difficult for the Dragon King to lead the strong men of the real dragon family out of the battle.


    Clay figurines have three points of anger, not to mention the strong people of the real dragon family.


    The strong people of the real dragon family, including the Dragon King, are unwilling to leave here with a disheartened face.


    They also want to teach this group of Holy Land Sect members a lesson and let them see the real power of the real dragon family.


    The battle has long entered a white hot stage, and the more difficult it is for both sides to solve the difficulties.


    Meng Zhang and Yang and Xu Xian use their own means. It''s hard to distinguish between them for a while.


    Where the two sides fought soundly, their respective heaven and earth Dharma phases began to collide.


    Taiji Yin Yang diagram and purple sun first confront each other, and then rush to each other.


    Every collision is like the collapse of the earth.


    Even the great power of returning to emptiness, who fought near them, gave way one after another.


    Such an attack is very dangerous. It''s kind of hurtful.


    You know, if the phase of heaven and earth Dharma is seriously damaged and damaged, it is very difficult to repair.


    Yang and Xu Xian do not want to be overwhelmed by their defeated generals. Meng Zhang wants revenge. Both sides have reasons to fight desperately.


    Many great powers of returning to the virtual world started a scuffle here, which was like the collapse of heaven and earth and the coming of the end.


    Yang and Xu Xian finally had to admit that Meng Zhang had grown into an opponent he couldn''t win.


    Yang and Xu Xian regretted a little.


    Had known that Meng Zhang was growing so fast, we should have started with him earlier.


    He complained in his heart that the high-level leaders of Ziyang holy sect had indulged and tolerated taiyimen for many years before finally raising tigers.


    Yang and Xu Xian have a high status in Ziyang holy sect and rarely participate in the specific affairs of the sect.


    The idea in his mind at this time intentionally or unintentionally ignored the situation in the previous Junchen world.


    Who could have thought that Meng Zhang''s strength grew so fast that the previous senior leader of Ziyang holy sect was willing to destroy the grand plan of the sect and pay a huge price to destroy Taiyi gate first?


    Ziyang Shengzong had several cards that could be used to deal with strong enemies like Meng Zhang.


    However, some of these cards have been consumed in the empty battlefield, and the remaining ones, Yang and Xu Xian, have not been taken with them.


    Although Meng Zhang had already consumed the immortal talisman given by Xianyun Zhenxian, he already had the combat effectiveness of virtual immortal level and could face characters such as hard Yang and virtual immortal.

 Chapter 2306

    Because Meng Zhang entangled the most powerful Yang and virtual immortals, the strong one of the real dragon family led by the Dragon King and the monk of Ziyang Shengzong had little strength difference, so it was difficult to distinguish the victory and defeat in a short time.


    The Dragon King gang and the xuanle shangzun of jiuxuan pavilion are probably out of the consideration of being prepared. Taiyi gate has collected a lot of information about Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    After forming an alliance with the Dark Alliance, the taiyimen high-level also considered that they would encounter the attack of the heavenly palace.


    In particular, after Mr. Ban Xue Jianjun completely fell to the sect doors of the major holy places, the senior management of Taiyi gate realized that Tianwei thunder punishment array would sooner or later be a great threat to Taiyi gate''s return to virtual power.


    Therefore, taiyimen asked the Dark Alliance for information about Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    Dark Alliance did not disappoint taiyimen and provided a lot of important information.


    The senior level of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, carefully analyzed these data and intelligence, especially the careful calculation of the great array master Wen qiansuan, and they finally found several minor flaws.


    Just now, at the cost of injury, they finally used these flaws to destroy some nodes of Tianwei thunder punishment array and achieved their goal.


    After they broke away from the explosion range of nodes, they quickly adjusted their interest rates and tried to restore their strength as soon as possible.


    The node of Tianwei thunder punishment array was destroyed. Although it had no direct impact on the war situation, it made the friars of Ziyang Shengzong lose their strong support and made the strong of Zhenlong family have no worries at home.


    Although Yang He Xuxian was resentful and wanted to cut Meng Zhang thousands of times, as the only Xuxian present, he always kept a clear mind.


    During this period of time, Yang and Xu Xian have seen the situation clearly and basically figured things out.


    Taiyimen has many great powers of returning to emptiness, and has not participated in the battle so far.


    The strong ones of the real dragon family alone have fought with the friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen''s vicious intentions are not difficult to guess.


    It was clear that he wanted to make Ziyang Shengzong and Zhenlong lose both before he ran out and hit the friar of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The plan to ambush taiyimen has failed.


    I don''t know what went wrong and let taiyimen see through the trap?


    Why did the Dragon King of the real dragon family step into the trap?


    That guy xuanle is so useless.


    If he takes advantage of this ambush to trap and even win the Dragon King, there is still room for improvement in the war situation.


    However, this waste can''t trap the other party. Instead, it is dominated by the opponent.


    Yang and Xu Xian are observing the movement around them even when they are fighting.


    Although he didn''t know how much loss Tianwei thunder punishment array had suffered for the time being, he guessed that there must be something wrong with it.


    Without the cover of Tianwei thunder punishment array, Ziyang Shengzong lost strong support and could not stay here for a long time.


    Taiyimen''s great power of returning to emptiness may appear at any time.


    Once they participate in the battle ahead of time, Ziyang Shengzong can''t resist it.


    Although the heart is very unconvinced, Yang and Xu Xian still have to accept the reality.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s strength in the field can''t resist the alliance between taiyimen and the strong men of the real dragon family.


    You must evacuate here immediately before your own casualties and Friar taiyimen appears.


    Yang and Xu Xian had a decision in mind and immediately began to give orders to the friars of Ziyang Shengzong present.


    At the same time, he also used a secret method to contact the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, so that Huixu Da who stayed behind the mountain gate could send out support to cover them to return to the mountain gate.


    The reaction between Yang and Xu Xian is really fast, but it''s a pity that it''s still a step slow.


    After the node of Tianwei thunder punishment array was destroyed and there were no worries at home, friar taiyimen immediately began to take action.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, there is no need to wait until the strong of the real dragon family and the monk of Ziyang Shengzong are both defeated.


    If the leaders of both sides keep enough sense, the intensity of the battle will be controlled.


    Even later, the two sides are likely to reach a compromise and give up fighting.


    After all, the purpose of Ziyang Shengzong is to ambush Taiyi gate, and the real dragon family is to capture the secret house of hidden gods.


    When the secret house of hidden gods does not appear, they don''t have to fight to the end.


    Taoist Yang Bo of Ziyang holy sect and an opponent of Zhenlong family came to the edge of the battlefield unknowingly.


    Taoist Yang Bo always kept enough sense. Although he had the upper hand in the battle, he didn''t mean to die.


    He had just pushed back his opponent and was preparing to meet with the same door when a change took place.


    A sharp sword struck his back silently.

 Chapter 2307

    Han Yao, the sword of five punishments, has long been lurking nearby and has been waiting for a good opportunity.


    When the opportunity appeared, he immediately made every effort without hesitation.


    Taoist Yang Bo, who focused on fighting the strong of the real dragon family, almost got caught.


    He managed to escape the sneak attack of Yang Bo and Han Yao. A hot heat wave blocked the direction of his body.


    An Xiaoran, Meng Zhang''s second disciple, broke through the retreat period and also actively participated in the battle.


    Although I don''t know taiyimen''s return to virtual power, the enemy of the enemy is a friend. Since the other party stealthily attacks his opponent, he can join hands with him temporarily.


    The strong man of the real dragon family who had just been forced back by Taoist Yang Bo immediately fought back and joined hands with two taiyimen Huixu Da Neng against the enemy.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s great powers of returning to emptiness are all from the same sect. They have a deep tacit understanding and are good at fighting together.


    If they get together and cooperate with each other, even if the number of enemies is more and the strength is stronger, they can persist for a period of time.


    They can not only block the enemy''s attack, but also fight and retreat without any casualties.


    Taoist Yang Bo was careless and came to the edge of the battlefield. He was a little away from the same door.


    If no one pesters him, he can easily cross this distance and return to the same door immediately with one step.


    But now, entangled by three opponents at the same level, it was difficult for him to get away for a while.


    Seeing that the situation of Taoist Yang Bo is not good, other disciples will come to support him.


    It is rare to create such a situation of fighting more and fighting less. Naturally, other strong people of Zhenlong family should cooperate well and try to contain these monks of Ziyang Shengzong.


    It''s better to break one finger than to hurt ten fingers.


    The Taiyi sect has been planning for so long to kill the holy friar of Ziyang as much as possible. It''s best to kill some Huixu powers in order to reverse its strength comparison with the Taiyi sect.


    Xu Mengying, Taoist Jin Li, Jin Qiaoer and Taoist Yu Ci all appeared one after another and joined the fierce attack on Taoist Yang Bo.


    Han Yao and an Xiaoran both knew that the critical moment had come, and there was not much time left for them.


    Both of them did not hesitate to trade injuries for injuries and showed the momentum of dying together with their opponents.


    Finally, they finally killed Taoist Yang Bo on the spot before the support of the same sect of Ziyang holy sect.


    To this end, Han Yao and an Xiaoran were seriously injured, and an Xiaoran even lost the power to fight again.


    Seeing the fellow disciples killed by the enemy on the spot, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong became furious one by one.


    Many friars of Ziyang holy sect fiercely killed here, trying to avenge their fellow disciples,


    Some Ziyang Shengzong friars attacked their opponents more fiercely.


    The strong people of the real dragon family immediately felt greater pressure.


    However, thanks to the timely support of several Taiyi men who returned to the virtual power, they not only blocked the enemy''s attack and stabilized the war situation, but also soon had the opportunity to fight back.


    Taoist Yangbo''s accomplishments in the early stage of returning to emptiness are not outstanding among these friars of Ziyang Shengzong.


    However, due to his fall, the strength of Ziyang Shengzong began to have a gap.


    The final battle situation is accumulated bit by bit.


    Every time a return to virtual power falls, the strength of Ziyang Shengzong will be weak by one point, and the strength of the enemy will be relatively strong by one point.


    If we continue to fight, it will be difficult for the rest of Ziyang Saint friars to get away.


    Yang and Xu Xian understand this truth, and other monks who have maintained enough reason also understand this truth.


    Yang and Xu Xian urged the gang to meet immediately, cover each other, get out of the battle as soon as possible and stay away from here completely.


    Friars who can cultivate to the realm of returning to emptiness can''t be fools. They quickly understand the current situation.


    After receiving the order from Yang and Xu Xian, they immediately began to get closer and strengthen their cooperation.


    The strongman of the real dragon family has recognized that the friar taiyimen is taking part in the war.


    Previously, taiyimen actively made friends with the Zhenlong family.


    Although the formal alliance has not improved much.


    The strong men of the real dragon clan are arrogant and despise the Terrans, but they are not fools.


    Knowing the current situation, these helpers are very important.


    Moreover, no matter what race or practice system, it is enough to win everyone''s respect if you can practice to the level of returning to emptiness.


    Maybe the cooperation between the two sides is not tacit enough, and they still have some precautions against each other, but at least they began to fight together to attack the holy friar of Ziyang.


    The death of Taoist Yangbo made many strong men of the real dragon family fierce and tried to kill more enemies.


    Since there are casualties after seeing the blood, it will be difficult to be good with Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    It''s better to seize this rare opportunity, try to kill each other and reduce the pressure in the future.


    Under the joint efforts of taiyimen Friar and the strong ones of Zhenlong family, Ziyang Shengzong friar soon fell to the disadvantage and lost the initiative.


    Xuanle shangzun, who was fighting with the Dragon King, also received the instruction to retreat.


    He was very unwilling and felt that as long as he was given more time, he would be able to suppress the Dragon King again.


    Friar Ziyang Shengzong was so incompetent that he had to retreat.


    Xuanle shangzun hesitated a little and was firmly entangled by the Dragon King, so it was difficult to get away.


    In the process of gathering and hugging, another monk of Ziyang Shengzong was injured.


    They finally got close and gathered a loose battle group to block the attack from all directions.


    According to the order of Yang and Xu Xian, they fought and walked, and slowly moved towards the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Seeing that xuanle shangzun was entangled by the rigid Dragon King, Yang and Xu Xian could not leave each other here despite secretly scolding each other.


    Among the many monks present, only he had spare power to rescue xuanle shangzun.


    While blocking Meng Zhang''s attack, Yang and Xu Xian moved not far from xuanle shangzun.


    Just a moment ago, xuanle shangzun suffered a great loss under the Dragon King.


    After several fierce collisions between the Trident and the earth hall, xuanle shangzun finally couldn''t help spitting blood and suffered a little serious injury.


    Although the Dragon King was also injured, the injury not only did not affect his combat effectiveness, but made him fierce and the attack became more fierce.


    Xuanle shangzun was a little frightened by the ferocity of the Dragon King. He didn''t want to fight with this vulgar worm.


    A huge purple sun rose in front of the Dragon King, temporarily blocking his attack.


    With the help of Yang and Xu Xian, xuanle respected nothing else, so he should evacuate here as soon as possible.


    The coral plant was urged by the Dragon King to grow more branches and firmly entangled the earth hall.


    Xuanle shangzun hesitated for a moment. Unexpectedly, he couldn''t even care about this treasure. He just ran away by himself.


    Of course, before leaving, he inspired the last potential of the earth hall.


    The earth hall suddenly expanded and burst open, bursting out with great power.

 Chapter 2308

    The final explosion of the earth hall broke all the branches around itself, and severely damaged that special coral.


    There were many deformities all over the body. The riddled earth hall lost its final strength and was just knocked down to the ground by the Dragon King.


    The treasure of the clan was badly damaged, and the earth hall, which was also badly damaged, was barely a compensation.


    The Dragon King waved his trident regardless of the surge of Qi and blood, and waves surged towards Yang and Xu Xian.


    Yang and Xu Xian came to rescue xuanle shangzun.


    Once this guy got out of trouble, he didn''t care about anything. He left Yang and Xu Xian and ran away.


    Xuanle shangzun was so selfish, so timid and so useless that he almost got angry with Yang and Xu Xian.


    Xuanle shangzun actually has strength, and his combat effectiveness may be better preserved than that of the rigid Dragon King.


    If he stayed and joined hands with Yang and Xu Xian against the enemy, not to mention reversing the war, at least they could easily lead others to evacuate without causing more casualties to Ziyang Shengzong.


    As soon as xuanle shangzun leaves, Yang and Xu Xian will face the joint efforts of Meng Zhang and gang Dragon King.


    The combat effectiveness of the Dragon King is worse than that of Yang and Xu Xian, and he is still injured.


    However, in the face of a strong enemy, the Dragon King was more and more motivated.


    When Yang and Xu Xian suppressed the Dragon King, Meng Zhang also tried his best to entangle him firmly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect to keep Yang and Xu Xian forever, but at least he had to do serious harm to him.


    Other monks of Ziyang holy sect gathered into a loose battle group and began to evacuate here.


    If they stay to support Yang and Xu Xian, it may be difficult to get away.


    The taiyimen Friar and the strong ones of the real dragon family have joined hands and have gained the absolute upper hand, making it very difficult for them to parry.


    Yang and Xu Xian are sure to get away, and everyone knows that the overall situation is important.


    Yang and Xu Xian asked them to continue to retreat and tried their best to stop Meng Zhang and the gang Dragon King.


    The Dragon King Gang is good at calculation and strategy. He is one of the rare counselors in the real dragon family.


    But on the battlefield, he showed the true colors of the real dragon family. He was a brave general who liked to fight hard battles.


    The battle with Yang and Xu Xian is what he has been looking forward to for a long time.


    Although the injury on his body was getting worse and worse, he was more and more excited when he was in the middle of the battle. He threw himself into the battle wholeheartedly and only wanted to surpass his opponent.


    As for the idea of what to fight more and win less, it may occasionally appear in his mind, but it will never affect his cooperation with Meng Zhang.


    There is no justice on the battlefield of life and death.


    Try every means to enhance your own advantage and completely surpass your opponent.


    Yang and Xu Xian fought one against two, and soon fell to the disadvantage.


    The Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong is not very far away from the place where Yang and Xu Xian were ambushed.


    Both places are located in the north of Jun dust world, which is the same area, with a straight-line distance of up to one million Li.


    After receiving the help message from Yang and Xu Xian, Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate responded immediately.


    Ziyang holy sect, as a holy sect in the Junchen world, has a large number of great powers of returning to emptiness, not to mention others.


    Even if some have been lost continuously in these years, there are at least more than 20 return virtual powers.


    However, Ziyang holy sect needs to take into account many places, and the great power of returning to emptiness has been relatively scattered.


    This time, in order to ambush Taiyi gate, Yang and Xu Xian pieced together to come up with less than ten Huixu great powers.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s Mountain Gate, as the fundamental important place of the sect gate, should also leave a certain strength for defense.


    At this time, among the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, there are only Yanglin Taoist in the middle of returning to emptiness and two new talents in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    Taoist Yanglin also has an identity, that is, the master of the grey Peng king.


    Many years ago, Taoist Yang Lin sent King Hui Peng to spy in the black jade forest.


    Only after the purple tree king killed the purple tree king did he return to the mountain gate.


    Ziyang Shengzong, a humanoid supremacy sect, pays attention to the fact that it is not our race, and its heart will be different. Even the spirit pet of Huipeng will not get the real trust of the high-level sect.


    On the surface, Ziyang Shengzong treats Huipeng King well, and most monks in the door also respect him very much.


    However, on the key issues such as the advanced retreat period, the senior level of Ziyang Shengzong will not help the grey Peng king, but also secretly pull his hind legs.


    King Huipeng secretly took refuge in Taiyi gate. Although his work was hidden enough, he still revealed his flaws and was known by the middle and high levels of the gate.


    Even a mere brute dares to betray the sect. It''s like looking for his own death.


    In particular, Taoist Yang Lin, the master of King Hui Peng, was criticized by his peers for his lax discipline.


    Taoist Yang Lin, who felt that his face had been greatly lost, could hardly wait to break the ash Peng king into pieces.


    However, in order to ensure the success of the ambush against Taiyi gate, it is necessary to temporarily keep the life of King Huipeng to provide false information to Taiyi gate and attract Taiyi gate.


    This is the plan made by Yang and Xu Xian, which can''t be opposed by others.


    Taoist Yang Lin had to endure for a while even if he wanted to execute King Hui Peng again.


    In order to ensure the secrecy of the plan, only a few senior leaders in Ziyang Shengzong knew that king Huipeng was a traitor.


    Before the plan was launched, everything inside Ziyang Shengzong was as usual without any difference.


    Taoist Yang Lin, who stayed behind at the mountain gate, waited for the information ahead with the other two return to emptiness powers.


    Once an ambush is launched in front, the grey Peng king will lose its use value.


    Taoist Yang Lin will take him down with his own hands and let him die in great pain, so as to relieve his hatred.


    Just when Taoist Yang Lin was ready to do it, he waited for the help information of Yang and Xu Xian.


    Although it is said that any accident can happen on the battlefield, the ambush prepared by Ziyang Shengzong for a long time actually went wrong. Yang and Xuxian had to ask for help from the mountain gate, which was greatly beyond the expectation of Taoist Yanglin.


    The traitor can be dealt with at any time, but there can be no delay in the rescue.


    Taoist Yang Lin hesitated for a moment. Despite the opposition of the two fellow disciples, he asked them to stay at the mountain gate and rescue Yang and Xu Xian by themselves.


    Yang and Xu Xian leave the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong and use the art of space transmission to directly transmit to the place where Yang and Xu Xian are located.


    When Yang and Xu Xian walked through the space gap for a while, they felt an earth shaking, and the violent space turbulence rushed from all directions.


    He finally broke away from the space gap and returned to the Yang world of Jun dust world. The long-awaited moon worship goddess appeared in front of him.


    Meng Zhang did not let the goddess of worship of the moon join the battlefield there, but ordered her to ambush near the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong and be ready to ambush the support forces sent by Ziyang Shengzong at any time.


    Meng Zhang had long thought that after the ambush of Ziyang Shengzong was attacked by Zhenlong and taiyimen friars, he would certainly ask for help from Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.

 Chapter 2309

    Meng Zhang has studied various forces in the Junchen world for many years and is well aware of his ideas.


    The real dragon family stepped into the trap of Ziyang Shengzong, and the friar taiyimen gave support. The two sides joined hands to fight the friar Ziyang Shengzong.


    The real dragon family certainly don''t want to die with the friar Ziyang Shengzong.


    Monks from the Holy Land Sect have a deep foundation. If they fight hard, even if they are defeated, they can cause huge losses to the winner.


    Meng Zhang''s plan is to let the taiyimen Friar and the Zhenlong family press step by step and try to kill the Ziyang Saint friar during his retreat.


    But you can''t force it too tight. You can''t let the other party jump over the wall and be desperate.


    If so many Ziyang Saint friars really work hard, even if taiyimen becomes the winner, they will pay a huge price.


    As long as there is a way out, these monks of Ziyang Shengzong will be rational enough to keep their useful bodies for the future.


    Ziyang Shengzong is just an enemy of Taiyi gate. Great changes are imminent in the Junchen world. Taiyi gate needs to retain enough strength to respond.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t want taiyimen to return to the virtual power and cause too many casualties.


    Even if the moon god joins the battlefield of taiyimen, it can''t change the result.


    It''s better to let the moon god ambush near the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong and wait for the opportunity to attack the reinforcements sent by the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The reinforcements that can be sent from Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate are limited. Caught off guard, it is likely to be severely damaged or even destroyed by the moon god.


    Since the mysterious mansion will not appear at the specified time and place, there is no need for the moon god to wait there.


    She obeyed Meng Zhang''s arrangement. After the real dragon appeared, she left there and went to the gate of Ziyang Shengzong mountain.


    The moon god didn''t wait in vain. Sure enough, he waited for Taoist Yang Lin.


    Without the action of the God of the moon, the goddess of worship of the moon easily forced him out of the shuttle space.


    The goddess of worship of the moon itself is a strong person in the middle stage of returning to emptiness, and the moon god attached to her body is even more unpredictable.


    Taoist Yang Lin in the middle of returning to emptiness was stopped by them, and naturally they were far from their opponent.


    Soon after the battle broke out, Taoist Yang Lin, who knew he was defeated, tried to escape.


    In the war of returning to the virtual level, it is often easier to defeat than to kill.


    Unless the strength gap between the two sides is too large, or one side has a powerful mace.


    Since the moon god stopped his opponent, he won''t let him escape easily.


    As a member of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, the moon god has a deep hatred for the practitioners, especially those in the Holy Land Sect.


    In order to keep Taoist Yang Lin, the moon god is willing to take out some cards and even pay some price.


    When God stopped Taoist Yang Lin that month, an Muran, the third disciple of Meng Zhang, also lurked near the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As the elder in charge of the dark hall in the door, an Muran has always been fond of intelligence work.


    These days, he has been sneaking around on Ziyang Shengzong territory.


    In order to ensure the capture of the secret house of hidden gods, he has been responsible for secretly contacting king Huipeng recently.


    After Meng Zhang noticed the trap of Ziyang Shengzong, he immediately informed an Muran.


    An Muran and Meng Zhang''s judgment are the same. King Huipeng should not betray Taiyi gate, but be used by the high level of Ziyang Shengzong.


    For the sake of the overall situation, Meng Zhang can give up the grey Peng king and let him live and die.


    In those days, an Muran, who was in charge of the dark hall, was the first person to contact the grey Peng king and develop him into the dark son of Taiyi gate.


    He felt that his family had some moral responsibilities to King Huipeng.


    He is willing to take some risks and make more efforts to give the grey Peng king a chance to escape without affecting the overall situation.


    After the strong man of the real dragon family appeared and stepped into the trap of Ziyang Shengzong, King Huipeng was insignificant to taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong.


    An Muran kept in touch with Meng Zhang with the secret method and learned about the latest development.


    Knowing that the last chance to escape appeared, he immediately alerted the king in the agreed way.


    In his daily contact with Taiyi gate, King Huipeng needs to leave the Shengzong Mountain Gate of Ziyang.


    On him, there is a special magic weapon given by taiyimen.


    Special magic tools can''t deliver complicated news to him who is at the gate of Ziyang Shengzong mountain. They can only warn him in the shortest way.


    When he receives the warning, it means that he has been exposed and needs to leave the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate immediately and escape to a safe place as soon as possible.


    Speaking of it, the grey Peng king is not bad luck.


    Originally, he was going to deal with his Taoist Yang Lin and left the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Most of the monks in Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate didn''t know the identity of his traitor, so they gave him a lot of opportunities to take advantage of.


    In order to cover the retreat of King Huipeng, an Muran immediately moved after Taoist Yanglin left the gate of Ziyang Shengzong mountain.


    The Mountain Gate of Ziyang holy sect is guarded by a five step mountain protection array.


    In the Jun dust world, the highest level of spirit pulse is level 4, which can''t support the level 5 mountain protection array.


    Ziyang holy sect has a Ziyang blessed land operated by the sect for many years, which can support a five step mountain protection array.


    In recent years, due to the pressing of foreign invaders, the Junchen world has lost all the resource collection points in the void.


    All forces, including the heavenly palace, lost their resources in the void and had to consume their old capital.


    In order to avoid the loss of Yuanhai, the holy places have rarely gone to Yuanhai to collect resources such as Yuqing LINGJI.


    So many high-level friars of Ziyang holy sect need the support of Ziyang blessed land.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who has a big family, a big business and a big consumption, has been struggling for so many years and is also beginning to feel hard.


    In order to increase revenue and reduce expenditure, reduce the consumption rate of resources and reduce the pressure on Ziyang blessed land, the five-level mountain protection array of Ziyang Shengzong has not been fully opened most of the time, but only a few functions have been opened.


    Anyway, Ziyang Shengzong, as one of the rulers of Junchen world, no one dares to offend easily on weekdays, let alone attack its mountain gate.


    Ziyang holy sect is located in the north of Junchen world. It doesn''t need to face the threat of the real dragon like Zhenhai hall.


    Taiyimen, the only enemy around, was also in a passive defensive state when facing Ziyang Shengzong and didn''t dare to take the initiative.


    Qiu Gangfeng, an old enemy of Ziyang holy sect, and Xihai old monster said they were raiding Ziyang holy sect. In fact, they didn''t dare to kill in front of the Mountain Gate of Ziyang holy sect, but they were scared away by Ziyang holy sect''s return to emptiness.


    The Mountain Gate of Ziyang holy sect has not been attacked for thousands of years.


    After so many years of peaceful life, the garrison friars in Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate inevitably become careless and slack.


    Although an Muran is a new comer to return to virtual power, his combat effectiveness is not weak, and he is good at sneaking in and sneaking attacks.


    He secretly hid his body shape and sneaked into the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong. He went deep into the vital place of the mountain gate before touching the alarm of the fifth order mountain protection array, which was detected by the friar of Ziyang Shengzong.


    An Mo, who exposed his whereabouts, did not panic, but launched a fierce attack in a swagger.

 Chapter 2310

    An Muran began to attack the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong directly, making a great momentum.


    An Muran, who had a guilty heart and a strong momentum, moved quickly in the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, and constantly displayed the magic power of Taoism and bombarded everywhere.


    All kinds of warning sounds spread all over Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, and the peaceful Mountain Gate fell into great panic.


    Many friars were at a loss and were completely unable to enter a state of defense.


    Fortunately, there are many monks in Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate. There are always some well-trained people who react immediately and begin to enter their respective defense positions.


    After receiving the help signal from Yang and Xu Xian, and Taoist Yang Lin set out to reinforce, the two returning to Xu who stayed at the Mountain Gate became somewhat nervous and worried about the war situation on the front line.


    The information sent back by Yang and Xu Xian from the front line is not very detailed, but that the ambush of Ziyang Shengzong was unsuccessful. Instead, they were attacked by the real dragon family and taiyimen, which fell completely to the disadvantage, and they need to evacuate immediately.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate has been raided, and the two left behind Huixu Daneng have not found out the situation.


    They thought of the war ahead and thought it was the Allied forces of taiyimen and Zhenlong.


    Why didn''t Yang and Xu Xian send back more news? What happened to the Ziyang Saint friar he led?


    And where did Taoist Yanglin, who had just left the mountain gate, go?


    The enemy has hit the door. Has the war situation in front collapsed completely?


    ¡­¡­


    At the thought of these problems, the two great powers of returning to emptiness were somewhat alarmed.


    In panic, they didn''t even bother to go up to investigate the enemy''s specific information, but only strengthened their defense first.


    Without considering anything else, they immediately launched the five-step mountain protection array as soon as possible to enhance the protective force of the mountain gate.


    As long as the five steps of mountain protection burst wields all its power, even if it is besieged by many return virtual powers, it can support for a long time and come to the sect gates of other holy places for reinforcement.


    Of course, even if the other monks in the gate fully cooperate with the two powerful masters at the early stage of returning to the virtual world, they can not give full play to the full power of the five-level mountain protection array, and it is difficult to give consideration to all parts of the Mountain Gate in a short time.


    The only thing they can do is to protect the key places of the mountain gate from inside to outside.


    The full start of the fifth order mountain protection array is not so fast. We need to protect all parts of the Mountain Gate in order.


    In this way, a lot of flaws were exposed, which gave Wang Huipeng a chance to escape.


    An Muran moves quickly in the gate of Ziyang Shengzong mountain. Every time he stops, he will try his best to attack the surrounding facilities.


    The attack of returning to the virtual level is true. Without the fully opened fifth order mountain protection array, he can''t be locked at all.


    The ferocious attack fell on the big array, causing great pressure on the monks in the big array.


    Many facilities in the mountain gate that have not been guarded by the mountain protection array for the time being are easily destroyed by anmuran.


    Along with many low-level friars of Ziyang holy sect, there were huge casualties.


    Anmuran unscrupulously releases the strong breath of returning to virtual power, which can cause great panic wherever he passes.


    Many monks in the gate of Ziyang Shengzong mountain were panicked and ran around like headless flies.


    Under extreme panic, many monks began to flee the Mountain Gate of Ziyang holy sect regardless of everything.


    After receiving the warning, King Huipeng began to consider how to safely escape from the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong knew that he was a high-level friar of a traitor. He didn''t care about him at this time.


    King Huipeng saw the monks running around inside the mountain gate, and there was chaos everywhere.


    He easily got into the crowd and quickly ran out of the mountain gate.


    Along the way, if you encounter obstacles, Huipeng king will make every effort without hesitation.


    The high-level friars of Ziyang holy sect are busy starting the five-level mountain protection array at this time. Where will they focus on him.


    Compared with the traitor king Huipeng, the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong is the top priority.


    At any rate, King Huipeng was also a big friar in the later period of Yuanshen. A group of low-level friars couldn''t stop him at all.


    Huipeng king, who is familiar with the situation of Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, spent a lot of effort and finally managed to escape from Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    After leaving here, King Huipeng fled to the territory of taiyimen at the fastest speed.


    In the Junchen world, only taiyimen can protect him from the next pursuit of Ziyang Shengzong.


    An Muran made a big noise in the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong for a while, and felt almost. After sensing the power of the fifth order mountain protection array, he took the initiative to retreat.


    An Muran, out of morality, covered the king of grey Peng to escape, but he would not be foolish enough to take himself in.


    Not to mention the five level mountain protection array, even if the two Huixu warriors of Ziyang holy sect left behind the mountain gate can react, an Muran is not their opponent.


    If an Muran doesn''t evacuate in time, it will be difficult for him to leave until the power of the fifth order mountain protection array is completely stimulated.


    Ann Muran always keeps enough sense and soberly observes the situation around him.


    In the face of various dangerous situations, he is always able to deal with calmly and advance and retreat freely.


    After an Muran''s evacuation, peace was restored in Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate for a long time.


    The five step mountain protection array completely shrouded the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, and all the monks in the Mountain Gate finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    In another battlefield, the friars of Ziyang Shengzong fought and retreated.


    Due to the oppression of the enemy, they could not escape through space, so they had to fly slowly to the direction of the mountain gate.


    Yang and Xu Xian alone resisted the attack of Meng Zhang and gang Dragon King. After a long time, it became more and more difficult.


    Yang and Xu Xian, who have been passive, finally began to work hard.


    He desperately urged his heaven and earth Dharma phase, and a huge purple sun rushed left and right madly.


    This method of wounding people by themselves is still effective. Just after the Dragon King made several strong impacts on the purple sun, he was knocked out.


    Meng Zhang went up to the difficulty, holding a green bamboo, and spared no effort to beat it towards the purple sun.


    This green bamboo is a treasure that Meng Zhang and the moon god harvested from the secret space last time.


    This green bamboo is hard won by the indigenous gods who established the secret space and has been preliminarily refined.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to refine this green bamboo as his life magic weapon.


    One is the lack of some auxiliary materials.


    Second, Meng Zhang has not taken enough time.


    After so many years, this green bamboo has been simply refined by Meng Zhang.


    This green bamboo has a high level and is naturally good at absorbing both clear and turbid Qi.


    Even if it is not completely refined, it still has extremely terrible power.


    Meng Zhang recklessly urged this green bamboo to fully stimulate its potential.


    The green bamboo, like a huge pillar, hit the purple sun.


    The purple sun seemed to crack, and countless cracks appeared on it.


    Yang and Xu Xian''s heaven and earth Dharma phase, which had been painstakingly cultivated for many years, almost collapsed, causing him an unprecedented heavy blow.

 Chapter 2311

    If the Dharma phase of heaven and earth is completely destroyed, the monk will suffer irreparable damage.


    Not only the state of cultivation falls, but also the longevity will be greatly reduced.


    Although the heaven and earth Dharma phase of Yang and Xu Xian was severely damaged, they still retained some vitality and were not completely destroyed.


    After all, Yang and Xu Xian are people who have experienced countless storms and waves and are extremely experienced.


    At the moment when the phase of heaven and earth Dharma was hit hard, he knew that the critical moment had come.


    If one doesn''t respond properly, he may fall here today.


    The crisis he has never encountered has inspired his potential.


    In the most dangerous time, although he was not confused, he made the right choice.


    Yang and virtual immortals stimulate their final potential and do not hesitate to cause greater damage to themselves and the law of heaven and earth.


    The purple sun turned into several rays of light and fell into his body. His whole body turned into a rainbow and disappeared into the sky.


    Just now, the Dragon King has been knocked out, and there is no time to react.


    Meng Zhang was determined to do something, but he was powerless.


    Just now, he was hard and fierce with the heaven and earth method of Yang and Xu Xian. He was also seriously injured.


    The green bamboo was on the verge of collapse after colliding with the heaven and earth method.


    This treasure can''t be saved, so we have to throw it into the blessed land of the sun and moon and let it be absorbed and used.


    It''s still worth the cost of scrapping a treasure to inflict heavy damage on Yang and virtual immortals.


    With the injuries of Yang and Xu Xian, even if he successfully escaped, he was likely to fall into the realm of cultivation.


    If he can''t get treatment in time, he may even die.


    Even if Ziyang holy sect has rich inside information, it has methods and resources to treat him.


    For many years, he could not recover his cultivation, let alone become an enemy of taiyimen.


    Temporarily lost a strong person at the level of virtual immortal, the strength of Ziyang Shengzong was greatly damaged, and the pressure on the head of Taiyi gate was greatly reduced.


    After a breath adjustment, Meng Zhang and the Dragon King forcibly suppressed their injuries and joined in the pursuit of Ziyang Saint friar.


    The retreating friar Ziyang Shengzong finally began to panic when he saw Meng Zhang and the dragon king killed.


    Their presence here means that they have solved the problems of Yang and Xu Xian.


    At the thought that Yang and Xu Xian could not stop them, they couldn''t help but feel cold in their hearts.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and gang Longwang can''t give full play to their combat effectiveness due to their injuries, and the pressure on them is limited.


    Even if the road of retreat is so heavy, it will become a tragic one for them.


    After using up all their cards, these friars finally retreated back to the mountain gate.


    In this process, they paid the price of three returning to virtual energy killed in battle, and almost all the others were seriously injured.


    Even if these seriously injured monks of Ziyang Shengzong escaped safely, they were not enough to suffer for a long time.


    The strongman of the real dragon family and the friar of taiyimen chased and killed all the way to the outside of Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    In the face of such a strong team, Ziyang Shengzong fell into great panic.


    They tried to attack the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong and soon gave up.


    First, although none of them fell, most of them have been injured, and some are seriously injured, which has seriously affected their combat effectiveness.


    Second, Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate is guarded by a five step mountain protection array, which is not so easy to break.


    Especially after the defeated friars of Ziyang Shengzong fled back to the mountain gate, the defense of the mountain gate was greatly enhanced.


    Third, other holy land sects will never sit back and watch the fall of Ziyang holy sect Mountain Gate.


    If they continue to pester here and wait until the Pope of other holy places draws strength to reinforce them, the situation will not be good.


    Meng Zhang and King GANGLONG led their own men and soon evacuated the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    On the way back, Meng Zhang explained a few words to the Dragon King gang and apologized. He said that he didn''t notice for a moment and was fooled by Ziyang Shengzong, which implicated the strong of the real dragon family into a trap.


    Just now, the Dragon King didn''t entangle in this matter.


    At this point, it doesn''t matter what the truth is.


    Anyway, this time, the strong of the real dragon family and the friar taiyimen fought against Ziyang Shengzong together, causing huge casualties to the other side.


    This is what you see.


    Since then, can the two sides reconcile with Ziyang Shengzong?


    After this war, although no members of the gang Dragon King''s men died, almost all of them were injured, and many of them were seriously injured.


    Next, most of the two families will face retaliation from the Holy zongmen, which is the time to cooperate with each other and jointly resist the enemy.


    Smart people like the Dragon King will not pursue those details, nor will they hold on to some wrong places, but will take a long-term view and focus on things in the future.


    After he and Meng Zhang agreed to keep watch and help each other, he hurried to leave here with his men and returned overseas.


    His team is in an extremely bad state now. If it is intercepted by the friar of Holy Land zongmen, there will be casualties.


    Meng Zhang also took his men back to the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, so that everyone can seize the time to heal their wounds and recover their combat effectiveness as soon as possible, so as to meet the next actions of the holy places.


    Soon after they returned to the mountain gate, the goddess of the moon came back with Taoist Yanglin who was captured alive.


    After a while, Ann came back safely.


    After a period of time, King Huipeng fled into the territory of taiyimen and officially took refuge in taiyimen.


    This time, taiyimen successfully achieved its goal.


    Ziyang Shengzong arranged a trap and tried to ambush Taiyi gate.


    Because the trap was seen through, taiyimen counted Ziyang Shengzong instead and took advantage of the strong ones of the real dragon family to break the game.


    Ziyang Shengzong was the biggest loser this time. Both inside and face lost a clean one.


    Such a heavy loss is almost unprecedented since the founding of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The mountain gate was forced by the enemy and made a mess of it.


    The successful escape of the traitors in the mountain gate is an unprecedented humiliation.


    Taiyimen and the strongmen of the real dragon family joined hands to kill the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong and attack openly. This is simply trampling the face of Ziyang Shengzong on the ground.


    If Ziyang Shengzong doesn''t revenge snow and hate as soon as possible and wash away the shame, how will he stand in the Junchen world in the future and how will the monks in the door meet people?


    Unfortunately, even the most radical and reckless friar of Ziyang holy sect did not dare to ask the sect to take revenge at this time.


    The result of this war was too tragic for Ziyang Shengzong.


    Don''t mention the lost return to virtual energy. The remaining return to virtual energy are basically seriously injured, and the combat effectiveness is difficult to guarantee.


    If the real dragon family and the strong of Taiyi gate work together and launch a fierce attack at any cost, it is really possible to conquer the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    At that time, Ziyang Shengzong will face the disaster of extermination.

 Chapter 2312

    Taiyi sect has made great achievements this time, but the high-level friars of their own sect have not lost.


    Of course, those wounded friars need some time to heal before they can slowly recover their injuries and combat effectiveness.


    Although Taiyi gate joined hands with the strong ones of the real dragon family this time, it defeated the holy sect gate such as Ziyang Shengzong on the front battlefield, and once killed the other party''s Mountain Gate.


    This made taiyimen''s momentum soar, and its reputation spread all over the Junchen world.


    Next, taiyimen still has a lot of trouble.


    Taiyimen did not communicate with its allies before this operation.


    The battle is over. Meng Zhang needs to explain to his allies in person.


    According to the covenant with Dark Alliance and hailing sect, if taiyimen goes to war with holy zongmen, they all have the obligation to help.


    If not handled properly, they will all be involved in the war with the Holy Land Sect.


    Neither Dark Alliance nor Hailing sect is willing to fight with the Holy Land Sect at this time.


    Taiyimen is determined to go their own way behind their backs. If the war with the Holy Land zongmen is fully opened, it will be very disadvantageous to them.


    Meng Zhang wants to appease his allies and eliminate their dissatisfaction.


    In addition, Ziyang Shengzong has suffered such a painful failure and paid such a huge loss, which is bound to have consequences.


    All the Holy Land sects are now integrated. Even if Ziyang Shengzong is unable to retaliate against Taiyi gate, will other holy land sects sit idly by?


    Meng Zhang made great efforts to explain to the Dark Alliance and hailing faction to calm their dissatisfaction.


    According to Meng Zhang, taiyimen was accidentally involved in the battle this time and did not take the initiative to cause trouble.


    The strong of the real dragon family tried to capture the secret house of hidden gods and stepped into the trap of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although the real dragon family did not officially form an alliance with taiyimen, the two sides have common interests and are natural allies against the major Holy Land Sect doors.


    Taiyimen had to be involved in the battle in order to help the strong of the real dragon family.


    After this war, the relationship between taiyimen and Zhenlong family became closer, and Zhenlong family had a blood feud with Ziyang Shengzong.


    Believe it or not, Meng Zhang''s words are quite reasonable.


    Although the Dark Alliance and hailing faction have great opinions on taiyimen, it is impossible to turn against taiyimen.


    Each Holy Land Sect is their biggest enemy. It''s not a great crime for taiyimen to fight the enemy privately.


    The biggest reason is that we all need each other. In the future, we will have to face such strong enemies as the Holy Land Sect.


    In particular, the alliance between taiyimen and Zhenlong family shows that the two sides have a close relationship, so taiyimen is more valuable.


    After some twists and turns, at least on the surface, neither the Dark Alliance nor the Hailing faction continued to investigate the matter, and their relationship with taiyimen was still as friendly as before.


    After pacifying the allies, taiyimen showed an extremely tough attitude when it came to foreign affairs.


    War mobilization began on the taiyimen territory, and an army of friars was called up, looking like fighting with Ziyang Shengzong at any time.


    Ziyang Shengzong was unwilling to show weakness. He also convened a large army of friars and was ready for battle.


    For Ziyang Shengzong, the bad news is almost one after another.


    Ziyang Shengzong took the initiative to ambush Taiyi gate and transferred many monks from other places, which has aroused the dissatisfaction of other holy places.


    Many high-level officials of the Holy Land Sect think that Ziyang holy sect is too selfish. They are completely regardless of the overall situation and destroy their plans for their own sake.


    If Ziyang Shengzong wins this time, it''s OK to say, but Ziyang Shengzong''s disastrous defeat has wiped out the faces of all the holy places.


    Because of the failure of Ziyang holy sect, many practitioners belittle the holy sect door and think that the holy sect door is nothing more than this.


    In many places, some religious forces dissatisfied with the Holy Land Sect began to move.


    These are still small problems.


    Previously, Ziyang Shengzong transferred forces from other places, which has affected the defense of many places.


    Now, instead of filling the gap in time, we need to continue to draw strength in order to defend taiyimen.


    Just like the empty battlefield, every time Ziyang holy sect reduces a defensive friar, it needs other holy sect doors to fill in a defensive friar in time.


    This will not only impose a burden on other holy places, but also affect the war situation in the void.


    Ziyang holy sect is not only evading its obligations and responsibilities, but also endangering the overall situation.


    Although other holy land sects will not drop stones at Ziyang holy sect at this time, they are constantly criticized and unwilling to help Ziyang holy sect.


    Of course, this is also because the enemy has evacuated from the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, and Ziyang Shengzong is not threatened with extermination for the time being.


    If the Allied forces of taiyimen and Zhenlong are still attacking the Mountain Gate of Ziyang Shengzong, considering the death of lips and teeth, other holy Zong gates will certainly not sit idly by.


    At this time, other holy land sects blamed Ziyang Shengzong, or a struggle for interests, in order to win more benefits from Ziyang Shengzong.


    Had suffered heavy losses, but also to face the criticism of other holy places, Ziyang holy sect had a very oppressive life.


    The xuanle shangzun of jiuxuan Pavilion only cares about his escape and puts Yang and Xu Xian in danger.


    Afterwards, because of this matter, Ziyang Shengzong and jiuxuan Pavilion almost fell out completely.


    Ziyang Shengzong accused xuanle shangzun of being greedy for life and afraid of death. He ran away before the battle, which led to the defeat of the war and heavy casualties on his own side.


    How could xuanle shangzun admit this accusation.


    Although he really only cares about running away by himself, he will never feel that he is wrong. He will only think that Ziyang Shengzong is sorry for him.


    His kind help didn''t get the gratitude of Ziyang Shengzong. Instead, he became a scapegoat to cover up Ziyang Shengzong''s incompetence.


    He satirized that the high-level wisdom of Ziyang Shengzong was wronged by wisdom. Originally, he ambushed taiyimen, but stole chickens instead of eroding rice, but suffered a disastrous defeat.


    Of course, jiuxuan Pavilion is on the side of its own friars.


    Not to mention the high status of xuanle shangzun in jiuxuan Pavilion. It is one of the top-level officials to the letter, which is enough to affect the decision-making of the sect.


    The relationship between the two sides suddenly became very bad because of the continuous lawsuits.


    Seeing the internal and external troubles of Ziyang Shengzong, he was in a very disadvantageous position.


    In the West Sea Xingluo islands, Guanghan palace, the strongest local Pope, seized this opportunity.


    Guanghan palace attacked the stronghold of Ziyang Shengzong in Xingluo islands.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who was in charge of this place, was so powerful that Xiao Jiansheng was defeated by Guanghan fairy that he had to leave everything and drag his seriously injured body to escape.


    After conquering the stronghold of Ziyang Shengzong, the whole Xingluo islands were completely surrendered to Guanghan palace.


    Whether they were former enemies or friends, seeing that Ziyang Shengzong could not defeat Guanghan palace, where did they have the courage to resist? They had to kneel and lick their way.


    Guanghan palace unifies the Xingluo islands and has become a small overlord on the West Sea.


    Ziyang Shengzong completely lost control of Xingluo islands, not only the loss of interests, but also a greater blow to its reputation.

 Chapter 2313

    Ziyang holy sect experienced such a tragic failure. Instead of receiving assistance from other holy sects, it was accused by them and fell into a faint isolation.


    In this case, Ziyang holy sect, let alone retaliate against taiyimen, is a little hard to protect itself and maintain the original sphere of influence.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong''s strength is certainly not so good.


    If Ziyang Shengzong, regardless of all the consequences, calls back all the monks scattered in other places and concentrates all his strength, he really has the strength to counter attack taiyimen.


    However, in that way, the other holy places will never tolerate it and have to turn against Ziyang holy sect.


    It is difficult to offend others. Ziyang Shengzong cannot escape all responsibilities and obligations for his own personal gain.


    If there is no monk Ziyang Shengzong in other places, the situation will be out of control.


    In the face of the large-scale mobilization of Taiyi gate, although Ziyang Shengzong looked like he would not give in, he was unable to take the initiative to attack.


    After a long time, the taiyimen side saw through the emptiness and reality of Ziyang Shengzong, and naturally began to slowly dissolve the mobilized army of friars and relieve the state of comprehensive war preparation.


    For taiyimen, of course, we do not want to start an all-out war at this time.


    The longer the war is delayed, the better it will be for taiyimen.


    This time, Ziyang Shengzong planned taiyimen first. Although Meng Zhang fought back under righteous indignation, he was still a little nervous before taking action.


    It was proved afterwards that all Meng Zhang''s judgments were correct.


    He made use of the real dragon family to win this victory and achieved great results.


    Through this action, he tried to find out the details of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Without the help of external forces, Ziyang Shengzong alone can''t help Taiyi gate for the time being.


    From then on, taiyimen can fight against Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although all the holy places are now standing on the same front against the enemy, their interests are not completely consistent.


    Ziyang Shengzong was in trouble and showed his ugliness. Some people watched the excitement.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion, which also hates Taiyi gate, had a nasty quarrel with Ziyang Shengzong after the war.


    It is difficult for the two sides to cooperate in a short time.


    Before this operation, guantian Pavilion also provided a lot of help to Ziyang Shengzong.


    There is also a deep hatred between guantian Pavilion and Taiyi gate.


    However, the guantian Pavilion did not send monks to participate directly in this operation, which shows that it is really difficult for the guantian pavilion to transfer power.


    In fact, Meng Zhang is not very clear about many contradictions within the holy places.


    However, I, Xu Xian and Yang He, Xu Xian, were scolded by the real Xian because it was unfavorable to pursue Dalinghe God, and many people secretly watched jokes.


    Originally, the real dragon family came to the East China Sea, just extortion as before.


    If the two sides hold each other for a period of time, they can get rid of it.


    However, due to guantian Pavilion and Ziyang Shengzong''s insistence that the real dragon family covered up the Dalinghe God and asked the real dragon family to hand over the Dalinghe God.


    The top leaders of the real dragon clan were angered and easily refused to give up with the major holy places.


    The battle between the Dragon King and Ziyang Shengzong intensified the contradiction between the Terran and the real dragon.


    Ziyang Shengzong claimed that this was the real dragon family''s all-round attack on the human cultivators, and asked to punish the real dragon family.


    In addition to the temple of heaven, the other holy places did not take the words of Ziyang holy sect seriously at all.


    Many people even blame Ziyang Shengzong for being troublesome and should not take the initiative to provoke the real dragon family.


    Now the situation in the East China Sea has become more and more tense.


    Taiyimen made brilliant achievements this time, but there was no gain in hiding the mysterious mansion.


    The time and place of the occult God''s Secret House released by Ziyang Shengzong are false news.


    So many returning to the virtual world can break out a war in that area, causing great damage.


    The earth vein collapses, the mountains and rivers are broken, and the earth sinks


    After the end of the war, everything that existed for thousands of miles around was destroyed, leaving only giant pits with bottomless depths.


    The vitality of heaven and earth in that area is extremely disordered, and there is a violent vitality storm from time to time.


    Now, the vast area has not only become a restricted area for living creatures and is no longer suitable for Terrans to live, but also can''t get close to it without a strong cultivator.


    A good piece of land has become waste soil.


    The surrounding large areas were also affected by the war.


    Because the war broke out at the junction of taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong, and then extended to the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong also suffered huge losses, and Ziyang Shengzong suffered even more.


    Countless mortal settlements have been destroyed, countless mortals and low-level practitioners have died, and large tracts of land are desolate


    Of course, for the two major sectors, these losses are not fundamental.


    As long as there is enough time, the injury can be cured and the loss can be made up slowly.


    However, because the earth veins in a large area around are destroyed or damaged, it will certainly affect the next trend of the hidden God secret house.


    It is said that the secret house of hidden gods moves along the earth vein. If there is something wrong with the earth vein in such a large area, the Qi of the earth vein in a larger area is extremely disordered, and the moving direction of the secret house of hidden gods will certainly change.


    As for how the mysterious mansion will move next and in what direction, it is difficult for the moon god to calculate because the variables are too large and the information is too little.


    The moon god also said that in such a complex situation, there should be no way to calculate the Ziyang Shengzong.


    In that case, Meng Zhang stopped thinking about seizing the mysterious mansion.


    At least, the secret house of hiding God did not fall into the hands of Ziyang Shengzong.


    After the war, Zhenlong, Ziyang Shengzong and Taiyi gate all had a tacit understanding and did not disclose the secret mansion.


    How many people of Taijun clan are involved in the trap of Ziyang clan, and why many people of Taijun clan are involved in the trap of Ziyang clan.


    Ziyang Shengzong was vague about this matter in the face of inquiries from other holy places.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion sent xuanle shangzun to participate in the war. You should know something about it.


    Although jiuxuan Pavilion seems to have fallen out with Ziyang Shengzong, it did not disclose relevant information at will.


    Although guantian Pavilion did not directly send friars to the war, the master of heaven in the gate helped Ziyang Shengzong deceive Meng Zhang''s spiritual consciousness.


    Guantian Pavilion is very clear about the cause and effect of this matter.


    Guantian Pavilion kept a secret for Ziyang holy sect.


    As time went on, it seemed as if the matter had passed.


    Of course, the impact of this war is very far-reaching, leaving a lot of follow-up.


    Taiyimen lost the insider of Huipeng king and the biggest source of intelligence in Ziyang Shengzong.


    After this lesson, Ziyang holy sect strengthened its internal management and wantonly cleaned up all spies on the territory.


    Since then, it has become more and more difficult for taiyimen to find out information about Ziyang Shengzong.


    Fortunately, we have kept regular information exchange with the Dark Alliance, and taiyimen can get some basic information.

 Chapter 2314

    After this war, taiyimen won a relatively quiet development time.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the outcome of the war.


    In this war, Meng Zhang initially singled out Yang and Xu Xian, did not rely on external forces, and fought with him.


    I have personally experienced the power of virtual immortals, but that''s all.


    Finally, with the help of the Dragon King, Meng Zhang hit Yang and Xu Xian hard. Meng Zhang gained a lot of insights, which helped him break through the realm of Xu Xian.


    Over the years, the biggest threat to Taiyi gate is Ziyang Shengzong, the overlord in the north of Junchen world.


    Taiyimen defeated the plot of Ziyang Shengzong this time, which greatly improved the morale of the people.


    The major Holy Land sects watched the failure of Ziyang holy sect and did not jointly intervene to retaliate against taiyimen. In addition to the contradictions between them, the main reason is that they are facing too much pressure, and it is difficult to draw enough strength to deal with taiyimen for the time being.


    Originally, the Dark Alliance was somewhat dissatisfied with taiyimen''s rash action.


    Later, seeing that there was no further action by the holy places, it seemed to see through the essence of their external strength and internal strength.


    Many senior members of the dark alliance began to become more radical.


    If it had not been for the pressure of foreign invaders, which also posed a threat to the Dark Alliance, many senior leaders of the Dark Alliance would have asked to challenge the holy places.


    Meng Zhang took the time to practice in seclusion, trying to break through the last threshold as soon as possible and enter the realm of virtual immortality.


    After staying at taiyimen Mountain Gate for a period of time, the moon god left here to pursue the trace of hidden mysterious mansion.


    Previously, the progress of the moon god in calculating the hidden mysterious house was not as good as that of Ziyang Shengzong.


    There is a large area in the north of Jun dust world. Affected by the last return to emptiness war, the earth vein collapsed and the earth atmosphere was disordered. It is certainly impossible for the hidden mysterious house to continue to move here.


    The moon God decided to go to the northern border of Jun dust world to explore the earth vein and see if he could find the next move of the mysterious mansion.


    Meng Zhang also coveted the mysterious mansion.


    He is willing to provide help to the moon god within his ability.


    Not to mention that we must capture the secret house of hidden gods. At the very least, we can''t let Ziyang Shengzong succeed.


    Although there is no specific information, Meng Zhang believes that Ziyang Shengzong will never give up competing for the secret mansion.


    The real dragon clan was used by taiyimen last time, and then had a war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    As long as you are not a fool, you can see this clearly.


    The Dragon King did not turn against taiyimen, but continued to maintain the superficial friendship with taiyimen.


    This is not just that the Dragon King is generous, but that he is rational enough.


    The real dragon family and the Holy Land Sect are enemies, and an all-out war will break out sooner or later.


    The Taiyi gate also has enough utilization value to help the real dragon family fight against the Holy Land Sect gate.


    From the interests of the real dragon family, there is no point in turning against taiyimen.


    On the contrary, if you and taiyimen make use of each other, you may have a chance to repay taiyimen in the future.


    Meng Zhang and gang Longwang can see each other''s thoughts and know what is best for them.


    In the following days, the relationship between the two sides did not seem to be affected by the last war, but became closer and more frequent.


    Anyway, they have fought against Ziyang Shengzong together, and their relationship is no longer confidential.


    The two sides began open exchanges, and the scale of trade continued to expand.


    Although the past contacts between taiyimen and the real dragon family were secret, the Dark Alliance had long been aware of them.


    Now taiyimen openly contacts with the real dragon family, and the Dark Alliance is not surprised.


    In fact, the Dark Alliance and the real dragon family also had many secret connections in the past.


    In the same sentence, with a common enemy, there is a foundation for cooperation.


    Although Meng Zhang has long made up his mind to rebel against Xianyun Zhenxian, at least on the surface, he is very respectful to him and will regularly inform him of the situation in the Junchen world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t care about anything else, but constantly urges Meng Zhang to find out the specific situation of several sleeping Zhenxian as soon as possible.


    Every time when Xianyun Zhenxian urges, Meng Zhang has to spend some time dealing with him.


    When Xianyun Zhenxian communicates with Meng Zhang, he will also tell him some information about the void near the Jun dust world.


    The Allied forces of foreign invaders have arrived near the Junchen world and surrounded the Junchen world.


    This time, several major forces forming the coalition have reached an agreement and will not stop until they reach their goal.


    The practitioners of Jun dust world can''t resist it, so they have to retreat step by step, and the activity space is shrinking.


    At present, the Jun dust world has lost all its peripheral defense lines and has been forced into the Jun dust world, relying on nine days to make the final resistance.


    The foreign invader coalition not only has an absolute quantitative advantage, but also has many strong forces.


    Apart from other things, the strong one of the true immortal series alone is far beyond the Jun dust world.


    In the past, there were three real immortals in the Junchen world.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is worthy of being the top power among Zhenxian. It can often defeat many enemies with one enemy and defeat the crowd with few. Relying on its own strength, it can contain many enemies with the same realm.


    Among them, in addition to the strong strength of the real immortals of the three mountains, there are also reasons why the real immortals on the side of the foreign invaders are at odds with each other and it is difficult to cooperate closely.


    But this time, I don''t know what agreement these strong men at the level of real immortals have reached. Their cooperation has become closer and didn''t leave much opportunity for the real immortals of Sanshan.


    The demon God of the demon family, the demon God of the demon Road, the spirit God of the spirit family, the man God of the barbarian family, the true God of the Shinto, and even the arhat of Buddhism.


    With the joint efforts of many strong men, the three mountain immortals finally couldn''t resist.


    Sanshan Zhenxian had to retreat to the Junchen world and take advantage of Jiutian''s geographical advantage to try to offset the enemy''s absolute advantage.


    The heaven and earth kill array guarding the Junchen world has been opened to cooperate with the cultivators of the Junchen world against the enemy.


    According to the observation and judgment of Xianyun Zhenxian, if those sleeping Zhenxian don''t wake up and have no other reinforcements, it''s only a matter of time before the Junchen world is broken.


    It''s no wonder that all the holy places are unable to deal with Taiyi gate now. The situation in the original void has deteriorated to such a degree, Meng Zhang thought in his heart.


    The foreign invaders are so powerful that the idle clouds are really scared.


    Although he reached a cooperation agreement with yue''e fairy, he couldn''t have any advantage in competing for the treasure left by the celestial beings alone.


    If it weren''t for the chance to become an immortal among the treasures left by immortals, the real immortals in Xianyun might have retreated long ago.


    Xianyun Zhenxian also urged Meng Zhang to try to collect more information about the treasures left by immortals.


    Meng Zhang knows that the moon god must have more information about the treasures left by the immortals.


    But he has no loyalty to Xianyun Zhenxian, and naturally he will not tell him the truth.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also has a certain covetous heart for the treasures left by immortals.

 Chapter 2315

    Xianyun Zhenxian, who is in the void, doesn''t know that Meng Zhang has reservations about him.


    Many times, Xianyun Zhenxian''s character is not tough enough. He has the hypocrite style often seen by monks of famous schools. He is unwilling to easily urge Meng Zhang to ban the system, which will completely worsen the relationship between the two sides.


    Without urging the prohibition in Meng Zhang''s body, the idle cloud real immortal is in the void. Naturally, there is no good way to restrain Meng Zhang.


    He had no other tricks except coercion and inducement with words.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t know that Meng Zhang could destroy the prohibition in his body. He just thought that Meng Zhang was limited by the prohibition and was still subject to him. Therefore, he pretended to be lenient and didn''t force Meng Zhang too much.


    And to tell the truth, Meng Zhang''s performance in these years is not particularly excellent or too bad, far above the psychological bottom line of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The more critical the situation in Junchen is, the more he needs Meng Zhang to inform him of all kinds of information in time.


    Every time, the Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t give more explanation except for the routine urging of Meng Zhang.


    Xianyun Zhenxian can cope with it. Meng Zhang doesn''t care too much.


    If the real immortals from a foreign star area, especially Liuyun real immortals, arrive near the Junchen world, the situation of Xianyun real immortals may not be so free.


    Meng Zhang, who stayed in the gate of taiyimen mountain, took the time to practice. From time to time, he would be distracted from the wonderful of the underworld.


    Yuanhai is located in the deepest part of the Jun dust world. It has transcended the shackles of the underworld and the Yang world. It is a very special place.


    There are very different rules of heaven and earth from the outside world, which are very unfriendly to outsiders.


    It took a lot of time and risks to cross the soul sea and enter a relatively safe space.


    He continued to explore and finally found a way to enter the source sea.


    Yuanhai has a very strong digestion power for everything from abroad.


    There are no other dangers. If outsiders stay in the source sea for too long, they will be digested and absorbed by the source sea.


    Even the strong ones at the level of virtual immortals can not completely offset the digestive power of the source sea.


    Probably only the strong ones of Zhenxian level can stay in the source sea all the time.


    Wonderful, trying to get into the source sea.


    Despite the many experiences provided by Meng Zhang, he also encountered many dangers.


    Too wonderful. I didn''t rush to go deep, but tried to go deep step by step.


    Whenever the power consumption is too large and he finds it difficult to resist the power of the source sea, he will retreat for rest. When his strength was restored, he entered the source sea again.


    Due to his great caution, he has not achieved much results for the time being, but he has ensured his own safety.


    According to Meng Zhang, in addition to the original natural dangers in Yuanhai, there are monks of the Holy Land zongmen who patrol inside regularly to prevent outsiders from entering.


    It''s wonderful to explore the source sea and several sleeping real immortals. You must be careful enough.


    Since the last war with Ziyang Shengzong, the situation of taiyimen in Junchen world has suddenly become much better.


    The ancient Taoist priest, the deputy general manager who was originally ordered by the chief manager of the heavenly palace to stay closed, was released and came to Taiyi gate in person.


    The purpose of the ancient capital Taoist is very simple, that is, to let Meng Zhang and the heavenly palace clear their grievances and give up being enemies with the sects of the major holy places.


    Now foreign invaders have occupied an absolute advantage, and the Junchen world is facing the crisis of being captured.


    Under the cover of the nest, there is no egg. As a member of the Junchen world, taiyimen should never sit idly by.


    All Xiuzhen forces in Junchen world should work together to fight against foreign invaders.


    If in the past, Meng Zhang may still eat this set and sell some face in Tiangong.


    Even if you don''t send forces to fight in the empty battlefield, you should at least perfunctory Tiangong.


    But now, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to play these tricks anymore.


    He has seen clearly that unless the holy places are risking the collapse of the war situation in other directions, they will not be able to allocate enough power to completely solve the Taiyi gate.


    In addition to the power of taiyimen itself, there are also the credit of two allies of Dark Alliance and hailing faction.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also had reservations about the last war with Ziyang Shengzong.


    He just used the power of taiyimen practitioners, and the alien vassal of taiyimen has not participated in the war.


    Like the mermaid''s fish Polly and the barbarian''s Tujia brothers, they are all strong people with the strength to return to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang left them in the gate as the final reserve team.


    Meng Zhang now has enough confidence to say no to Tiangong.


    Since Tiangong made a choice and gave up supporting taiyimen at the beginning, it''s no wonder that taiyimen has such an attitude today, and mercilessly refuses its solicitation and goodwill.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if foreign invaders really invade the Junchen world and cause chaos in the world, so that Taiyi gate can''t have a foothold in the Junchen world, Taiyi gate has another way out.


    The remains of these virtual battleships built by taiyimen from different races and different cultivation systems have provided great help for the construction of virtual battleships by taiyimen.


    In addition, with the alliance between taiyimen and Dark Alliance, the exchanges between the two sides have become closer.


    Many of the materials needed to build virtual warships can be obtained through the Dark Alliance.


    Due to its wonderful existence, taiyimen can continuously provide all kinds of special materials of the underworld.


    The Dark Alliance has great demand in this regard and is willing to pay enough price for it.


    With the channels and details of Dark Alliance, we can collect many precious materials that are difficult to reach by taiyimen.


    In fact, up to now, although the true relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang has not been exposed, many people already know that Taimiao and taiyimen are together and completely stand on the side of taiyimen.


    It''s wonderful to unify the underworld. Taiyimen gets the most benefits.


    Of course, all the holy places can''t stand this scene, but they can''t change it.


    Especially after the war with Ziyang Shengzong, taiyimen almost openly monopolized the production of various materials in the underworld.


    In addition to the friendly forces such as Dark Alliance, which can exchange the resources of the underworld at a fair price, other Xiuzhen forces need to pay a higher price to exchange the special resources of the underworld from Taiyi gate.


    In short, with the deal with Dark Alliance, taiyimen

 Chapter 2316

    Of course, business is one thing, and Meng Zhang''s personal relationship with the ancient Taoist is another.


    Meng Zhang can refuse the heavenly palace and say no to the heavenly palace. He still wants to win over the old friend of the Taoist priest in the ancient capital and strive to maintain friendly relations between the two sides.


    The attitude of Taoists in the ancient capital to hate the religious sects in the holy places has never changed.


    Even if the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, completely fell to the doors of the holy places, he was still the same as always.


    He was amazed at the result of the battle between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong.


    He didn''t notice that before he knew it, taiyimen and Meng Zhang had grown to such a level that they could defeat Ziyang Shengzong.


    When Meng Zhang first met him, he was far ahead of Meng Zhang in both cultivation and strength.


    Today, Meng Zhang is hardly weaker than him in any way.


    The stronger Meng Zhang and taiyimen are, the more valuable they will be.


    The rupture of the relationship between Tiangong and taiyimen did not affect his friendship with Meng Zhang at all.


    After talking with Meng Zhang for a long time, the ancient Taoist left the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate and returned to the heavenly palace to recover his life.


    Although the ancient Taoist people had been closed for some time, he was all ears and eyes.


    He has a deep understanding and understanding of the current situation faced by Junchen.


    Meng Zhang has greatly improved his knowledge in this field through exchanges with Taoists in the ancient capital.


    Foreign invaders also caused great psychological pressure on Meng Zhang.


    If those immortals do not wake up and take charge of the overall situation, it will be inevitable for foreign invaders to break through the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen needs to speed up the plan to find a way out.


    After the ancient Taoist left, Meng Zhang ordered the divine work hall to start construction. Even if the conditions were not ripe, the monks of the divine work hall had to be tough.


    Many precious materials are needed to build the virtual battleship. In addition to the main channel of Dark Alliance, taiyimen also found the real dragon family.


    In recent years, the close relationship between taiyimen and Zhenlong has been made public, and various exchanges between the two sides have become closer.


    Seeing this, Dark Alliance also intentionally or unintentionally revealed a big secret about the real dragon family to taiyimen.


    The real dragon family has an inheritance treasure that allows members of the real dragon family to enter and leave the Junchen world freely without going through nine days.


    Of course, the use of this treasure is very limited.


    One is that it limits the members of the real dragon family. Other living creatures are hidden in the mustard space of the members of the real dragon family and cannot be transmitted.


    Second, in a certain period of time, there are restrictions on the number of times and the number of real dragons, and they can''t transmit at will.


    In addition, every time members of the true dragon family transmit through this treasure, they can''t hide it from the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    These restrictions are also an important reason why the heavenly palace and the holy places tolerate the existence of this treasure.


    Because of this inheritance treasure, members of the true dragon family can also go to the void freely to explore and collect various resources.


    Although in recent years, because foreign invaders surrounded the void near the Junchen world, members of the Zhenlong family did not dare to leave the Junchen world at will, but the Zhenlong family had accumulated a lot of resources in the past.


    Building a battleship in the void requires many unique resources in the void.


    Taiyimen monopolizes the resource production of the underworld, which is the biggest advantage.


    The real dragons also need some special products of the underworld.


    The two sides hit it off and conducted many successful trade.


    In addition to the retreat of the empty warship, Meng Zhang also stepped up the operation of the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen.


    The whole clan keeps investing various resources into the blessed land of the sun and moon to strengthen it.


    Not to mention the divine bodies of indigenous gods and the remnant bodies of the strong at the level of returning to emptiness. Many damaged treasures and spirit objects of unknown use have been put into them one after another.


    Meng Zhang threw the seriously damaged bamboo into the blessed land of the sun and the moon after he hit Yang and Xu Xian with the bamboo last time.


    The sun moon blessed land has strong digestion and absorption capacity, and can almost refuse anyone who comes.


    The internal space of the sun moon blessed land continues to expand, and the aura inside becomes more and more rich.


    If it were not for the continuous supply of pure aura with the blessed land of the sun and the moon, taiyimen would not be able to support so many great powers of returning to emptiness.


    According to the inheritance obtained by Meng Zhang, if the sun moon blessed land wants to continue to improve, have more levels and exist completely independent of the Junchen world, it must be projected into the underworld and completely integrated with the projected underworld area.


    Meng Zhang has long selected the wonderful capital Youdu as the target of the projection of the sun, moon and blessed land.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have done a lot of preparatory work before.


    Too wonderful. Although it is not in the Youdu now, all kinds of preparations continue to advance.


    The wonderful ones are mainly from gods, such as Jijian and Houtu. They are born in Taiyi gate, and there is no problem with their cooperation with Taiyi gate.


    Moreover, after they have the strength of returning to the virtual level, they can not only more easily subdue their ghosts, but also engage in many difficult preparations.


    Because Youdu itself is carrying out large-scale construction, it has more or less affected their preparations.


    The most important thing is that Meng Zhang''s current cultivation is not enough to complete this huge project for the time being.


    In any case, for a while, foreign invaders could not enter the Junchen world. Meng Zhang still had a lot of time to improve his cultivation.


    The situation outside the Junchen world is becoming more and more difficult, but there is a rare peace scene inside the Junchen world.


    In addition to the East China Sea, the real dragon family continued to face off with the holy places, and there was almost no major conflict in the whole Junchen world.


    Without external interference, Meng Zhang can settle down to deal with his own affairs.


    After entering the source sea, Taimiao has not been able to go deep into it, but he is very lucky. He has gained a lot in the source sea and collected many precious resources.


    Although he did not enter the source sea specifically for these resources, he would not miss the precious resources he saw on the road, but collected them easily.


    Every once in a while, he would leave Yuanhai and return to the safe space outside.


    At this time, in addition to synchronizing information with Meng Zhang, he uses their special connection to transmit these precious resources to Meng Zhang by secret method.


    These precious resources are of great use, and many of them can be used by menzhong Huixu power and Meng Zhang.


    In fact, it was a wonderful harvest that helped taiyimen provide many great powers of returning to emptiness, and greatly improved the cultivation speed of Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2317

    The more advanced the friars are, the resources consumed by daily cultivation alone, both in quantity and level, are very high.


    No matter the former Junchen world or the current Junchen world, many high-level resources cannot be purchased with Lingshi.


    In fact, in the high-level resource transactions in the cultivation world, Yuqing LINGJI acts as the currency.


    In the current Junchen world, Yuqing LINGJI is seriously insufficient.


    At present, a large part of taiyimen''s foreign trade is barter.


    Taiyi gate now has many great abilities to return to emptiness. While the strength of zongmen has greatly increased, it also bears a heavy burden.


    Due to the situation outside the Junchen world, these returning virtual powers are now unable to enter the void to explore and collect resources.


    Under the painstaking management of the middle and senior management of taiyimen, taiyimen has developed rapidly for many years and has begun to harvest fruits.


    In the coming period of time, more and more high-level friars will emerge in taiyimen.


    This is a sweet burden for the whole sect.


    In order to support these high-level friars, taiyimen needs to constantly open up new channels to obtain resources.


    Unable to enter the void, Taiyi gate has to find a way inside the Junchen world.


    Too wonderful. It''s a good way to enter the soul sea and then enter the source sea and collect many precious resources.


    Of course, the risk of collecting resources in the source sea is very high.


    And if you don''t control it, you are wasting the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, Taimiao''s main task is to investigate several sleeping real immortals. Collecting resources is just incidental.


    Taimiao''s followers, even if they have the strength of returning to the virtual level, are now difficult to safely enter the source sea.


    If the situation in the void remains unchanged, it will be very unfavorable to taiyimen in the long run.


    Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of the door can''t care about these now. They have to go through difficulties first.


    Meng Zhang himself is not short of cultivation resources at present, and there are not too many problems in cultivation. His cultivation is still improving at a high speed.


    Seven years after the end of the war with Ziyang Shengzong, the ancient moon of the ancient moon family successfully advanced and returned to the empty period.


    There is no change in the essence of B''s return to the upper door with his initial strength.


    However, each additional high-level friar like Huixu Daneng is equivalent to improving the details of the sect.


    Although Gu Yue Fenghua is not a direct friar of the Taiyi sect, but a vassal force like Taoist Xu Mengying and Jinli, the Gu Yue family has always been loyal to the Taiyi sect and is completely trustworthy.


    After Gu yuefenghua passed the thunder robbery of Yang God, Meng Zhang knew that it would be sooner or later for her to return to emptiness.


    However, Gu yuefenghua didn''t get too much help from taiyimen, and advanced to the virtual return period in such a short time, which shows that her potential is much stronger than Meng Zhang imagined.


    Due to the ancient moon''s advanced stage and retreat period, the position of the ancient moon family among the vassal forces of Taiyi sect has also been greatly improved, almost second only to a few forces such as Huanglian sect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much energy to pay attention to the affairs of the ancient moon family, and his cultivation began to enter a critical juncture.


    Due to the temporary inability of the sect of the holy places to take care of the Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang was able to practice at ease.


    Fifteen years after the end of the war with Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang finally officially advanced to the realm of virtual immortality.


    In the later stage of returning to emptiness, Meng Zhang can directly rival Yang and emptiness immortals.


    Now, with the advanced virtual immortal, the combat effectiveness has been greatly improved again.


    Now, in addition to those real immortals, I''m afraid there are only a few old virtual immortals in Junchen world that can compete with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang entered the realm of virtual immortality, in addition to being familiar with the cultivation of this realm, he also began to refine the magic weapon of wind fire yin-yang fan.


    This magic weapon was originally given by the headquarters of the ancient moon family in the celestial realm to its branches. The ancient moon Fenghua took the initiative to give it to Meng Zhang.


    After careful study, Meng Zhang found that the magic weapon level was very high and it was very difficult to refine.


    With his strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness at that time, it is difficult to refine it completely.


    Meng Zhang, who was busy improving his accomplishments at that time, didn''t waste time on this magic weapon.


    Now Meng Zhang, an advanced virtual immortal, has enough accomplishments and more time to slowly refine this magic weapon.


    With the refining of the yin-yang fan of wind and fire, Meng Zhang found that this magic weapon was not only very consistent with his major skill, but also surprisingly powerful.


    When Meng Zhang traveled in the void, he also came into contact with the cultivation forces inherited by real immortals.


    On the surface, he gets along well with Xianyun Zhenxian.


    He also knows something about ordinary real immortals.


    According to common sense, immortal people should use immortal tools on weekdays.


    However, due to the shortage of fairy tools in the cultivation world, real immortals can''t do one fairy tool for each person at all.


    Many real immortals do not use the immortal tools they have, but continue to use magic weapons.


    Of course, from the perspective of real immortals, the magic weapons used are certainly not ordinary goods, but high-level magic weapons.


    According to Meng Zhang''s feeling, the magic weapon of wind fire yin-yang fan is not cheap even for ordinary real immortals.


    If Meng Zhang can thoroughly refine this magic weapon, it will greatly improve his combat effectiveness.


    Even through refining the wind fire yin-yang fan, Meng Zhang deepened his understanding of the yin-yang Avenue.


    When Meng Zhang buried himself in cultivation, the whole Taiyi gate was not idle.


    Friars in the door, especially high-level friars, are also improving rapidly.


    The last war with Ziyang Shengzong was also a very valuable experience for those returning to virtual power who participated in the war.


    Although there are many tricks, it is also of great significance for everyone to defeat the superior Ziyang saint''s return to emptiness in the front battlefield.


    Seeing the battle at a high level, everyone has a stronger desire to improve their cultivation.


    On the other side of the West Sea, Guanghan palace completely controls the Xingluo islands, and its sphere of influence continues to extend to the surrounding areas.


    Ziyang Shengzong regarded Guanghan palace as a subordinate of Taiyi gate and thought it had the support of Taiyi gate behind it.


    Even Taiyi gate can''t do anything. Where does Ziyang Shengzong have leisure to clean up Guanghan palace.


    Even if some high-level officials in the gate are angry and want to attack Guanghan palace, they can only give up temporarily because they are unwilling to break out a war with taiyimen again in a short time.


    In fact, after the last defeat, apart from pretending to be tough at the beginning, Ziyang Shengzong began to shrink its sphere of influence and give way in all aspects.


    The arrogant and arrogant friar Ziyang Shengzong swallowed his anger and gave way on his own initiative, which fully explained his helplessness.


    Of course, senior officials of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, know that Ziyang Shengzong will never be reconciled.


    Perhaps, in the near future, Ziyang Shengzong will launch another attack on Taiyi gate.


    How fierce the counterattack will be in the future.

 Chapter 2318

    Meng Zhang knows the details behind Guanghan palace.


    Not to mention the moon fairy who is still in the void, but the moon shadow Taoist who is hidden in the Guanghan palace is not an easy generation.


    Yuee fairy and Xianyun real fairy formed an alliance to seize the treasure left by the celestial beings together.


    Meng Zhang cannot regard Guanghan palace as a vassal force as before.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t publicize the foundation of Guanghan palace in the door, he had already explained to the middle and high levels of the door.


    Taiyimen regarded Guanghan palace as an equal ally long ago.


    For the sake of this ally, taiyimen voluntarily gave up many interests in Xingluo islands.


    Xuanxinguan and other forces on the Xingluo islands have always been subject to the Taiyi gate, which can be regarded as the peripheral vassal of the Taiyi gate.


    During the advanced retreat period of Guanghan fairy, after the rise of Guanghan palace, of course, they have to bow to the strong around them.


    Taiyimen is far from Xingluo islands, but Guanghan palace is close at hand.


    They secretly explained to taiyimen what they had to do.


    They also hinted that taiyimen could send more powerful forces to Xingluo islands to contain Guanghan palace.


    These peripheral vassal forces were originally half hearted to taiyimen and could not say how loyal they were. How could Meng Zhang offend Guanghan palace supported by immortals for their sake.


    Taiyimen''s attitude towards these cultivation forces is getting colder and colder.


    On the contrary, taiyimen and Guanghan palace had a hot fight and gave Guanghan palace full respect.


    Although Guanghan fairy is a female generation, she is also an ambitious generation, and has enough ability and skill to realize her own ambition.


    In the past, due to the limitation of the situation, Guanghan fairy appeared to be ambitious and unable to play.


    Now with the opportunity and space to give full play to her boxing and feet, Guanghan fairy performed very well.


    She used both kindness and strength, both soft and hard, and soon controlled the situation of Xingluo islands.


    In particular, after she defeated Xiao Jiansheng of Ziyang Shengzong and completely expelled the power of Ziyang Shengzong from Xingluo islands, all Xiuzhen forces in Xingluo islands, whether willing or not, have only one way to completely surrender.


    Guanghan fairy integrated all the cultivation forces of Xingluo islands and began to expand wantonly around.


    Ziyang Shengzong and other holy land sects do not take action, and no one around can stop its expansion for the time being.


    Compared with the rule of the Qiu brothers in those years, Xingluo islands now have an absolute advantage in high-level combat power, and it also seems more powerful and difficult to resist.


    Taiyimen welcomes the expansion of Guanghan palace as long as it does not harm its own interests.


    Some people took the initiative to jump out and attract the attention of the religious sects of the major holy places. Meng Zhang naturally wanted it.


    If it were not for the current situation in the Junchen world, all the holy places would have taken action to suppress Guanghan palace.


    Taiyi sect regarded Guanghan palace as an equal ally and even introduced it to the Dark Alliance and hailing sect, introducing a small alliance between them.


    Although the real foundation of Guanghan palace is not clear, the potential of Guanghan palace, which is in the rising stage, is not weak. It mainly buys the face of taiyimen. Both Dark Alliance and hailing faction have accepted this new ally.


    Guanghan palace has gained many benefits from joining this small alliance and has more room for development.


    After Meng Zhang advanced to the virtual immortal, the refining of wind fire yin-yang fan was also very smooth.


    In his spare time, he also began to interrogate the Dalinghe God captured by him again, trying to find out the secret of Dalinghe God and why the holy places are so interested in him.


    With the improvement of cultivation, he can use more means.


    Meng Zhang tried twice and made some progress.


    At this time, he received a message from the moon god.


    After becoming an ally with the moon god, the two sides agreed on the contact information, so as to keep in touch at any time and prevent losing contact again.


    In the last war, the moon god seized the opportunity to capture the Taoist Yang Lin of Ziyang Shengzong.


    As a high-level official of Ziyang holy sect, Taoist Yanglin in the middle stage of returning to emptiness mastered many secrets of Ziyang holy sect.


    The moon god and the taiyimen high-level interrogated this severely.


    Ancient gods like the moon god have mastered many high-end means and are also very experienced in dealing with practitioners.


    The top leaders of taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, are the leaders among the practitioners and are familiar with the weaknesses of the practitioners.


    They joined hands for many times and took turns to fight. Finally, they stripped the spirit of Taoist Yanglin and learned a lot of important information.


    Of course, as a great power of returning to emptiness, Taoist Yang Lin has many means to keep secrets even if he is captured.


    In particular, some of the top secrets he knows about the sect are protected by special prohibition means.


    Until he was scared, Taoist Yang Lin didn''t give in and brought many secrets into the coffin.


    But even the information forcibly obtained by Meng Zhang and the moon god has benefited them a lot.


    For taiyimen, mastering these high-end secrets about Ziyang Shengzong will help them have a clear target and make many targeted arrangements for Ziyang Shengzong in the future.


    For the moon god, the greatest harvest is to master the secret method and relevant data of Ziyang holy sect to calculate the movement track of hidden mysterious mansion.


    She combined it with her own means and had a new understanding in this regard.


    The desire of the moon god for hiding God''s Secret House is still far above Meng Zhang.


    She left Taiyi gate and went to the northern border of Junchen world. She wandered around, surveyed the earth''s veins, calculated carefully, and tried to find out the latest movement track of the secret house of hidden gods and find its whereabouts.


    The bones of Taoist Yang Lin were harder than Meng Zhang thought. After killing him, Meng Zhang was very disappointed.


    This is not that Meng Zhang spared his life. With the relationship between taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong, both sides have long been immortal and die together.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t get much information from the spirits of Taoist Yang Lin.


    Meng Zhang had also guessed that with the identity and status of Taoist Yanglin, he should know something about several sleeping real immortals.


    But I don''t know whether he really doesn''t know the relevant information or whether the relevant information is completely hidden by him. Meng Zhang has no harvest in this regard.


    No way. Meng Zhang can only hope to know this information.


    Although Meng Zhang has only recently advanced to the realm of virtual immortals, from a long-term perspective, he should start to consider the matter of advanced to real immortals.


    From virtual immortals to real immortals, one virtual and one real, it seems that there is only one step away, but there is a world difference.


    Old virtual immortals, such as the chief manager of Tiangong with Xue Jianjun and the deputy manager of ancient Taoist capital, have advanced to the realm of virtual immortals for thousands of years, but they have not been able to become real immortals so far.


    It can be seen how difficult it is to become an immortal and become a true immortal.


    There are very detailed records of Meng Zhang''s inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    He has no shortage of cultivation methods. His accomplishments can be accumulated slowly, and the required resources can be collected slowly.


    But there is a huge problem that can''t be overcome anyway.

 Chapter 2319

    When a cultivator becomes a true immortal, there must be foreign demons coming to block the way.


    If you can''t stop the extraterritorial demons and can''t cross this pass, that''s the end of death.


    If you break through the real immortal in the void, you will face the threat of extraterritorial demons, and the probability of success is almost zero.


    If you break through in a big world, you can also use the power of the world to weaken the power of extraterritorial demons.


    In particular, the origin and growth of the cultivator, breaking through the big world marked by the Yang God during the period of returning to emptiness, has the strongest protective effect on the cultivator.


    The big world at this level of Junchen world can shelter practitioners and help them resist the threat of extraterritorial demons.


    Unfortunately, thousands of years ago, several true immortals who conquered the Jun dust world cast spells together before they fell asleep, temporarily changing the laws of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, so that they no longer protect the practitioners who break through the true immortals, but hinder them in turn.


    In these thousands of years, countless talented friars have emerged in the Junchen world, and many virtual immortals are qualified to become real immortals.


    However, due to the practice of several real immortals, these virtual immortals can not break through to the real immortals.


    Among them, including the virtual immortals of the main holy places.


    Blocking people''s way is a sworn enemy.


    The practice of several real immortals has accumulated countless resentments for them.


    It is estimated that many people hate them even inside the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In the past, Meng Zhang was still far away from breaking through the true immortal, so naturally, this problem can be ignored for the time being.


    Now, Meng Zhang is an empty fairy. To prepare for a rainy day, we must consider relevant issues early.


    According to Meng Zhang''s information, when those real immortals woke up from their sleep and began to compete for the treasures left by the immortals, their changes to the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world will completely disappear.


    What Meng Zhang hopes most is that those real immortals must wake up before their breakthrough.


    The situation in the Junchen world is so bad that in the face of the massive attack of foreign invaders, they are in danger of being occupied at any time. Those real immortals have not awakened yet.


    They slept soundly.


    In the news from the moon god, she said that she had calculated the trajectory of the secret house of the hidden God.


    For Meng Zhang, if he has mastered the secret mansion, he will rely on it more when the world changes in the future.


    There was no major event at Taiyi gate for the time being. Meng Zhang explained the affairs in the gate and rushed to meet the moon god.


    According to the contact information agreed by both parties, Meng Zhang came to the northern edge of Jun dust world, which was close to the Middle Earth continent, and then saw the moon god.


    The moon is still attached to the God, just like the moon girl before.


    On weekdays, dealing with the outside world is handed over to the moon worship goddess.


    After the two met, ignoring the greetings, they soon got to the point.


    The moon god spent a lot of effort to finally calculate the action track of hiding the mysterious house.


    Of course, this is not entirely due to her.


    Because many earth veins in the north of Jun dust world collapsed in the last war, earth atmosphere disorder occurred in a large area.


    Although taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have deployed many forces to establish Dharma arrays everywhere to quell the local uprising.


    However, their practice can not cure the root cause, and the effect is not very good, and the scene of local air riots has not been much improved.


    In the Junchen world, there has not been such a large-scale return to virtual war for many years.


    Many monks, including Meng Zhang, inevitably underestimated the consequences of such a war.


    Hidden mysterious mansion is on the continent of Jun dust world. It has been hidden underground. Driven by the earth atmosphere, it swims along the earth vein.


    The underground situation is extremely complex, and the underground vein is deeply buried in the bottom, which is very difficult to be affected by the outside world on weekdays.


    Originally, according to various calculations, the mysterious mansion should move towards the north of the Junchen world.


    However, due to the great changes in the north of the Junchen world, the movement of the secret house of hidden gods must be greatly affected.


    As for the extent to which the secret house of hiding gods will be affected and where it will move next, because there is no precedent to follow, it is difficult for everyone to make accurate calculations.


    The moon god combined the advantages of the two families, spent a lot of time and energy, went deep into the ground for many times, and conducted investigation in person.


    The secret house of hidden gods was originally going to swim towards the north of the Jun dust world. She started at the north edge of the Jun dust world and waited patiently.


    The emperor is worthy of those who have a heart. The moon god''s hard work for so many years has not been in vain.


    She not only saw the moving track of the secret house of hidden gods for many times, but also accurately calculated it.


    On weekdays, the secret house of hiding gods is swimming along the earth''s veins in the depths of the earth.


    Every once in a while, the mysterious mansion will drill out of the ground and appear on the ground.


    Even if it is the great energy of returning to emptiness, if it goes deep into the ground and sneaks into the vicinity of the earth vein, it will be oppressed by the earth Qi and limited to a certain extent, so it is difficult to give full play to its full strength.


    In this case, it is very difficult to capture the fast-moving Secret House of hidden gods, or even capture it directly.


    The best time is when the secret house of hidden gods appears on the ground.


    Previously, the moon god, who went deep into the earth, had seen the trace of the secret house of the hidden God for many times.


    She tried to capture it, but she was disturbed by the power of the earth, and often failed.


    Several times, she had been very close to the mysterious mansion, but she fell short in the end.


    However, repeated failures are not worthless.


    She has locked the secret mansion and won''t lose its trace in a short time.


    Now, the hidden mysterious mansion is swimming in the depths of the earth, which is only a hundred miles away from here.


    According to her calculation, in about a month at most, the secret house of hidden gods will drill out of the ground. Even if it does not appear on the ground, it will enter the relatively shallow underground.


    At that time, she and Meng Zhang joined hands and had great confidence that they could catch their tracks and capture them.


    Of course, concrete actions are certainly not as simple as she said.


    If you want to completely control the secret mansion, you must enter it and enter its pivot position.


    The external defense of the secret house of hidden gods is very tight. All kinds of war tools loaded inside are powerful and can pose a fatal threat to the power of returning to emptiness.


    In addition, in the process of pursuing the hidden mysterious house, the moon god also found the trace of the monk of the Holy Land zongmen.


    Presumably, the Holy Land Sect also covets the secret house of hidden gods.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the Holy Land Sect can use more resources and have more means to track down the trace of the mysterious mansion.


    The holy land of the moon sect can only be found better.


    At this time, the friar of the Holy Land zongmen appeared around them.


    Maybe the friars of the Holy Land Sect door have kept an eye on the hidden mysterious house.


    If the moon god wants to win the secret house of hiding God, he must face the friars of the Holy Land Sect.


    It''s really a very difficult thing to snatch food from the Holy Land Sect.

 Chapter 2320

    If it had been before, Meng Zhang would not have competed head-on with the holy sect friars in the Junchen world, let alone completely tear his face with them.


    However, after the last war, he not only established enough confidence through the defeat of Ziyang holy sect, but also knew the falsehood and reality of each holy sect.


    In the current situation faced by the Junchen world, even the powerful Holy Land Sect gate can''t draw too much power to compete for the hidden mysterious mansion.


    Taiyi gate still stands proudly in the north of Jun dust world, which is enough to illustrate the weakness of the Holy Land Sect gate.


    Meng Zhang, who has become a virtual immortal, can be regarded as the top combat power in the Junchen world when there is no real immortal, and is enough to deal with all kinds of situations.


    He was not afraid of the monks of the Holy Land Sect fighting for the mysterious house with himself, but had a sense of expectation.


    After the moon god explained the current situation to Meng Zhang, they discussed it and began to take action.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god flew to the direction of the mysterious mansion.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god did not deliberately hide their tracks, but swaggered across the sky.


    Meng Zhang''s mind is unscrupulously scanning around, trying to find his competitors first.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, if the ordinary return to emptiness power does not have special means to hide, it is difficult to escape his mind scanning.


    Soon, the trace of a monk around him continued to enter his mind.


    These friars are from the Holy Land Sect. They don''t have to hide in the Junchen world.


    In their hearts, there was no one in the Junchen world enough to make them dare not show up.


    Not too far away from Meng Zhang, a powerful momentum soared into the sky, competing with Meng Zhang and making no concessions.


    Meng Zhang recognized each other. He was still an old acquaintance. I was the only one watching Tiange.


    The last time I attacked the remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world, but I, Xu Xian and Yang He, ignored my identity and attacked Meng Zhang secretly. Meng Zhang almost died. Meng Zhang kept this old account in mind.


    During the war against Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang, with the help of the power of the Dragon King, inflicted a heavy blow on Yang and Xu Xian, which was half revenge.


    Now, only my false fairy appears in front of Meng Zhang, which is Meng Zhang''s opportunity to revenge completely.


    Today, even without the help of the Dragon King, he will give me a good-looking fairy.


    Beside Wei Wuxu Xian is the xuanle shangzun of jiuxuan Pavilion and the Taoist Yang Bo, a monk of Ziyang Shengzong in the middle period of returning to emptiness.


    Since the last failure, Ziyang Shengzong has not given up on hiding God''s Secret House.


    However, Ziyang Shengzong, who was seriously injured in the war, could not allocate enough strength to compete for the hidden mysterious mansion.


    The appearance of Meng Zhang and Zhenlong made Ziyang Shengzong realize that the secret mansion had been leaked.


    In order to prevent the mysterious mansion from falling into the hands of Meng Zhang and Zhenlong, Ziyang Shengzong had to turn to his allies.


    However, Ziyang holy sect doesn''t want to publicize the hiding of the mysterious mansion, let alone involve too many holy sects in it.


    The only people in guantian pavilion are Xu Xian and Yang and Xu Xian of Ziyang holy sect.


    Guantian Pavilion is as deep as the sea with Taiyi gate.


    The last time Ziyang Shengzong ambushed Taiyi gate by hiding mysterious mansion, he turned to the Tianji master of guantian Pavilion.


    Although Meng Zhang saw through the ambush and put Ziyang Shengzong together in turn, Ziyang Shengzong was not completely disappointed with guantian Pavilion.


    Although guantian Pavilion, like Ziyang Shengzong, is restrained by the empty battlefield, it is unable to send enough people to compete for the hidden mysterious mansion.


    However, only I, Xu Xian, managed to catch up and try not to let Meng Zhang succeed.


    Xuanle shangzun of jiuxuan Pavilion also knew about hiding the mysterious mansion, but he fell out with Ziyang Shengzong after the last war.


    It was only I, Xu Xian, who made peace from it that xuanle shangzun took part in the action and was ready to avenge and wash away the shame of the defeat last time.


    In addition to the three of them as the main force, several monks in the early stage of returning to the retreat accompanied them.


    Last time, under the leadership of the Dragon King, the experts of the real dragon family went deep into the mainland and joined hands with taiyimen to defeat Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although other holy land sects were dissatisfied with Ziyang holy sect, they strengthened the pressure on the real dragon family out of the common hatred.


    At present, on the other side of the East China Sea, the main forces of the Zhenlong family are used to confront the religious doors of the major holy places, and it is difficult to draw out manpower to the mainland for the time being.


    Except for one Meng Zhang at Taiyi gate, the promotion time of other great abilities of returning to emptiness is too short, and the cultivation is very general, which is not a great threat.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong has shrunk in an all-round way and taken a defensive stance, there is still a strong force in the mountain gate.


    As a close neighbor, taiyimen must retain enough strength to defend against the raid of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The current situation of Junchen is very different from that in the past. It is not taboo to break out a large-scale retreat war.


    If the defense of Taiyi gate is insufficient and the flaw is exposed, Ziyang Shengzong sends a team composed of Huixu Daneng to make a rapid raid, which is likely to turn the territory of Taiyi gate upside down and cause unprecedented huge losses to Taiyi gate.


    Only return to virtual power can resist return to virtual power. Taiyimen Mountain Gate must have enough return to virtual power.


    In Ziyang Shengzong, there is a similar situation.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have mutual scruples under the restraint of each other.


    Ziyang Shengzong has a five step mountain protection array to guard the mountain gate, so the pressure on defense is a little lighter.


    Of course, because Yang and Xu Xian were seriously injured, Ziyang Shengzong was also difficult to find a strong one to resist Meng Zhang for the time being.


    However, they all took Meng Zhang as the biggest threat when they participated in this operation.


    They didn''t know that Meng Zhang had been promoted to Xu Xian, but I Xu Xian thought I had a great advantage over Meng Zhang.


    But I, Xu Xian, they have been busy for a long time and have achieved almost the same results as the moon god.


    Their calculation secret method may not be as good as the moon god who combines the advantages of the two families, but there are many more people, and they also get the help of the landlord''s family.


    It is located in the northern part of the Middle Earth continent of the junchenjie, bordering on the northern region.


    As an old Xiuzhen family, the Qi family has strong strength and deep inside information.


    Many years ago, in order to prevent the Ziyang holy sect from dominating the north of the Junchen world from infiltrating into the Middle Earth continent, those holy sect doors that did not deal with the Ziyang holy sect chose to support the Qi family and let the Qi family act as a barrier to separate the Ziyang holy sect from the Middle Earth continent.


    The Qi family and the situ family in the holy land family have been married all the time.


    The Qi family is certainly not the opponent of Ziyang Shengzong, but it has a certain restraining effect.


    After the major Holy Land sects have divided their sphere of influence, it is impossible to break out a war with each other, but it is inevitable to carry out some infiltration and small-scale expansion.


    Over the years, the Qi family has fulfilled their responsibilities and prevented Ziyang Shengzong from going south.


    The Qi family''s external position is basically closely following the situ family.


    For other holy places, the Qi family will not offend.

 Chapter 2321

    Among the many great powers of returning to emptiness in the Holy Land Sect, only my emptiness fairy is an absolute big man.


    He led several returning talents to visit this area. As a landlord, Qi family naturally served carefully.


    However, at the order of my fairy, Qi Yunfei, the leader of the whole family, almost the whole family mobilized and worked hard for it, and did not dare to neglect it at all.


    However, they can find the moving track of the secret house of hidden gods, and the Qi family who is familiar with the situation nearby has made great efforts.


    Even now, Qi Yunfei, the leader of the Qi family, is still there. But I, Xu Xian, waited on him carefully and listened to his orders at any time.


    In the farther area nearby, the Qi family''s returning to virtual powers are leading the experts in the clan to patrol and expel irrelevant people to ensure that their actions are not disturbed.


    Qi Yunfei was not outstanding at the beginning of his return to the virtual world, but as the owner of his home, he was very well informed.


    The Qi family has always been very concerned about the situation in the north of Junchen.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon swaggered over. He had already found out.


    Shortly after the rise of taiyimen, the Qi family began to pay attention to taiyimen.


    Over the years, taiyimen has become famous and powerful. The Qi family has invested more energy in taiyimen and tried to collect all kinds of intelligence.


    If in the past, the Qi family might still feel that they and the taiyimen are the same level of cultivation forces, and they have the capital to be different from the taiyimen.


    After taiyimen defeated Ziyang Shengzong, the whole family completely stopped thinking about this.


    Now that Meng Zhang is involved in this matter, Qi Yunfei feels a headache.


    In recent years, due to the large-scale invasion of foreign invaders, the pressure faced by the Junchen world has become more and more huge. All the major holy places have relaxed the suppression of their own vassal forces and peripheral forces, so that they can develop freely.


    The major Holy Land sects need the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world to play a more powerful force and provide more powerful support to the battlefield in the void.


    The Qi family seized this rare opportunity in a thousand years and made every effort to develop. There were many high-level friars in the family, many of whom were able to return to emptiness.


    Of course, the number of casualties in the recent battlefield increased rapidly.


    Although the Qi family submitted to the Holy Land Sect, they were unwilling to let the friars in the family, especially the high-level friars, die for nothing.


    Sensing Meng Zhang''s overbearing atmosphere, Qi Yunfei thought not how to resist, but how to get the Qi family out of this matter and avoid getting involved in the next battle.


    Not to mention Qi Yunfei''s thoughts, Meng Zhang and Wei Wuxu Xian found each other, and both wantonly publicized their own breath and fought against each other.


    Both sides are very clear in their hearts that since the other party has come here, the matter can not be good, and a big war is bound to break out next.


    But I, Xu Xian, tried to take the lead and beat Meng Zhang from the momentum.


    But he didn''t expect that Meng Zhang''s momentum was not weaker than him.


    Before the two sides approached, Meng Zhang had the momentum to compete for the upper hand in the momentum of the collision.


    Before breaking through the virtual immortals, Meng Zhang can rival Yang and virtual immortals.


    Now he is also a virtual immortal. He has a great advantage over the virtual immortal.


    Xuanle respected Meng Zhang, but I couldn''t hold him down. He also released his momentum and joined the confrontation.


    Taoist Yang Bo''s cultivation was much weaker, and his momentum was soon covered up by the confrontation between the two sides and could not play a great role.


    As for Qi Yunfei, a friar in the early stage of returning to emptiness, it is even more difficult to affect the struggle at this level.


    The God of the moon, who is attached to the goddess of worship of the moon, keeps a low profile as before and has not appeared yet.


    The goddess of worship of the moon seems to have only the strength level in the middle of returning to emptiness, which seems to be of little help to Meng Zhang.


    However, the combination of my virtual immortal and xuanle shangzun seems to have gained a little advantage, but there is still a very long way to go before Meng Zhang.


    In the powerful momentum collision, the two sides began to approach quickly.


    However, although I Xuxian thought that he had a great advantage over Meng Zhang, he did not reject such a thing as bullying less with more.


    Long regarded Meng Zhang as the enemy of life and death, he was willing to kill Meng Zhang by all means at all costs.


    Especially now, in the momentum collision, he has to rely on the help of xuanle shangzun to get a little upper hand, and his heart is full of killing opportunities.


    But I Xuxian secretly used the secret method and carefully explored the surroundings. I was sure that only Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon rushed over together.


    I don''t know what Meng Zhang thinks. He dares to come here to fight for the secret mansion without enough help.


    Is he too arrogant, or does he look down on his opponent?


    Since Meng Zhang was so careless, I, Xu Xian, decided to seize this opportunity and teach him a profound lesson.


    However, at the order of our virtual immortal, the returning virtual powers wandering around will come as soon as possible and participate in their action of encircling and killing Meng Zhang.


    At a place not too far away from them, there are a full number of four returning virtual powers patrolling and wandering.


    They are from jiuxuan Pavilion and Qi family. They are both in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    In addition, Qi Yunfei, who is serving in front of Wei Wuxu immortal, is a powerful force in the early stage of returning to Xu.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon made rapid progress and soon rushed to Weiwu Xuxian not far in front of them.


    Both sides shot at the same time almost at the same time.


    A loud noise broke out in the sky, and bursts of huge vibrations shook the whole world.


    Because both sides are trying to mobilize the power of heaven and earth, compete with each other and influence each other, the rules of heaven and earth around them have been in disorder for a while.


    However, we should pay attention to wisdom in fighting.


    If we can defeat the enemy at a lower cost, there is no need to fight.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon had a tacit understanding to act together. They flew into the sky and separated from their opponents.


    But I, the immortal, tried to entangle them so that they could not get away.


    However, the two sides have not been deeply entangled. Meng Zhang and they have enough flexibility to advance and retreat.


    Meng Zhang and the enemy left as soon as they touched, leaving the enemy out of reach.


    The four Huixu Daneng who came to reinforce rushed to the battlefield, but Meng Zhang and they had left the battle and appeared in the distance.


    But I, Xu Xian and xuanle shangzun, wanted to catch up, but they knew that they could not keep Meng Zhang who had retreated wholeheartedly.


    Just now, it was just a short moment of contact, just a simple collision, but Qi Yunfei felt his blood surging all over and felt very uncomfortable.


    He sighed in his heart and knew that it was too hard to forcibly participate in the battle at this level with his current cultivation.

 Chapter 2322

    If the two sides start a life and death war, friars like Qi Yunfei, who have weak cultivation, are mostly the first to sacrifice.


    At the thought of this, Qi Yunfei felt a deep resentment in his heart.


    The Qi family and taiyimen have always been well water, not river water, no injustice and no hatred.


    However, due to the order of our Xu Xian, the Qi family had a hard time cultivating the great power of returning to emptiness, but they had to fight and kill strong enemies like Meng Zhang.


    Every Holy Land Sect has done its best to squeeze the whole family on weekdays, and almost regards the whole family as a slave.


    Recently, it was not easy to relax the suppression of the Qi family, but sent the elite monks of the Qi family into the empty battlefield and let them die in that huge meat grinder.


    If the three members of the Qi family return to virtual power and die here, most of the Qi family will be devastated and it will be difficult to maintain the original status of the family.


    At the thought of these, Qi Yunfei had the idea of avoiding war in his heart.


    I dare not escape, but I dare not escape.


    Qi Yunfei and the other two members of the family, Huixu Daneng, made a look and secretly communicated the news.


    This is a battle between us and the immortals. It has nothing to do with the Qi family. The Qi family can''t sacrifice for it in vain.


    In the next battle, they took life-saving as their priority. They must not advance rashly, and there was no reason to work hard with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the enemy broke away from the battle, but did not immediately escape. Instead, they kept a certain distance, not far or near, and were in a place where they could be killed at any time.


    But I Xuxian gathered all the Huixu powers present and confronted Meng Zhang from a distance.


    But I Xuxian knew that Meng Zhang would never give up and would certainly continue to look for opportunities to start.


    They are well prepared and dare not be careless.


    Next, Meng Zhang and the goddess of the moon kept wandering around, never far away from here.


    Every once in a while, they will launch a raid on their team.


    Although Meng Zhang had only two people, they had the momentum of thousands of troops.


    Their movements are as fast as the wind, and their offensive is as thick as a mountain.


    Every time they came into contact with the enemy, it was a fierce impact.


    They all leave as soon as they touch it, and never pester the enemy more.


    For many times in a row, they not only bear a lot of pressure, but also the foot of the team shows signs of shaking.


    But of course I don''t want to be beaten so passively all the time.


    He led the team to attack on his own initiative many times and surrounded and killed Meng Zhang and them.


    Meng Zhang was very slippery. With a little resistance at most, he began to move quickly around and led them in a circle.


    However, although the number of our Xuxian team is large, it has no absolute advantage in terms of top combat power.


    Although the goddess of worshiping the moon is a little inferior in strength, she can still fight with Weiwu Xuxian and xuanle.


    Moreover, in the fight, the goddess of the moon and Meng Zhang had a tacit understanding, leaving no opportunity for their opponents.


    But I, Xu Xian, they can''t kill their opponents second, and they can''t entangle them firmly. Naturally, they have no way to take Meng Zhang.


    As long as they stop chasing, Meng Zhang will kill a rifle and continue to attack them.


    In this way, Meng Zhang and his disciples entangled them by means of fighting, so that they could not be distracted, let alone completely end the battle.


    This made them very dissatisfied, but they had nothing to do.


    Especially the Qi family''s great ability to return to emptiness, their hearts are even more depressed.


    Every collision between the return virtual powers will cause earth shaking movements and cause great damage to the surrounding areas.


    This is the territory of the Qi family, and the loss of each damage is borne by the Qi family.


    They worked hard to please me this time. Before they saw the benefits, they had paid a high price.


    Their morale is weaker.


    If they weren''t worried about getting angry, they would all want to get away.


    Meng Zhang, who had been through many battles, soon became acutely aware that the friars of the whole family had a sense of avoidance.


    Anyway, the mysterious mansion is still moving deep underground and has not drilled out of the ground for the time being. Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. They can patiently entangle with the enemy and slowly look for the flaws of the enemy.


    In the middle, the highest level of cultivation, but I Xuxian stopped Meng Zhang many times and had a hard fight with Meng Zhang.


    Not only did he not gain the slightest advantage, but also he could not entangle Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang came and went freely without being bound at all.


    Although I was reluctant to admit it, but I, Xu Xian, realized that Meng Zhang''s accomplishments were only stronger than him.


    A young generation of that year not only became a virtual immortal like him, but also obviously could give full play to the power that a virtual immortal should have.


    However, although our Xuxian team has a number advantage, they have nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    But I Xuxian finally realized that their team alone could not defeat Meng Zhang.


    But I also had the idea of asking for help.


    However, with the current state of the holy places, it is difficult to draw too much power to support him.


    This time, the action of seizing the secret house of hidden gods was only the participation of guantian Pavilion, Ziyang Shengzong and jiuxuan Pavilion, which had been hidden from other holy places.


    If they ask for help from other holy places at this time, I''m afraid it''s not a good scene.


    Moreover, even if a few ordinary returning virtual powers come to support, it will not completely change the current situation.


    If you want to really defeat and even kill Meng Zhang, you''d better have other virtual immortals. At least you need the support of several upper masters in the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    In addition, if the holy places send reinforcements here, Meng Zhang may also call reinforcements.


    Maybe there will be a large-scale battle involving many returning virtual powers here.


    At the thought of these, but I was very hesitant and had a headache. I was unwilling to ask for support.


    Although they can''t completely repel Meng Zhang for the time being, they seem to be in an active position and have the upper hand. The situation is not bad.


    But I Xuxian was simply patient and fought with Meng Zhang slowly to see what other tricks they had.


    In this way, neither side was in a hurry to win, so they began to fight again and again.


    Time passed slowly, and the battle between them continued.


    In the blink of an eye, nearly a month passed.


    According to the previous calculation of the moon god, the hidden God Secret House moving deep underground should have been out of the ground long ago.


    However, the secret house of hidden gods is still moving deep underground, and there is no trend to drill out of the earth vein.


    Meng Zhang did not doubt that the moon god''s calculation was inaccurate.


    Moon god has long said that what she calculated is only a general time range, which can not be specific to a certain day and a certain moment.


    In fact, neither side of the battle moved randomly.


    Their moving route has a certain range, which is close to the moving track of the mysterious mansion.


    After fighting for so long, they never let the hidden mysterious house out of their sensing range.

 Chapter 2323

    Since Meng Zhang had chosen to believe in the judgment of the moon god, he would not doubt her at this time.


    Anyway, the moving track of the secret house of hidden gods remains unchanged and is always under their control, so there is nothing to worry about.


    Such a battle is not dangerous. Meng Zhang regarded it as a kind of exercise.


    And he still has a card to play, and he doesn''t worry about any danger.


    Such a month or two will not delay Meng Zhang''s major event.


    In this way, the struggle between the two sides continued, and more than half a month passed.


    On that day, Meng Zhang and his colleagues continued to fight with their opponents as usual.


    Suddenly, the earth began to vibrate violently.


    As if the Earth Dragon turned over, the earth shook endlessly within thousands of miles, and the vibration became more and more severe.


    With the shaking of the earth, the vitality of the surrounding heaven and earth began to riot, and then became chaotic.


    Almost endless earth gas spewed out from the bottom of the earth and rushed into the sky to disperse the original clouds.


    Both sides knew at this time that this was the birth of the mysterious mansion.


    The ground under their feet began to rise continuously, and then the whole ground moved up and down like a fluctuating water surface.


    More than a thousand miles away from the place where they fought, it was like a giant dragon drilling out of the ground, forming a series of undulating mountains on the ground.


    Even during the war, both sides have been monitoring all kinds of movements around with secret methods.


    From a distance, the mysterious mansion should have drilled out of the ground from there.


    Seeing the long-awaited goal appear, but I didn''t care to continue to entangle with Meng Zhang.


    But I Xuxian will lead this team to seize the secret house of hidden gods immediately.


    The distance of more than a thousand miles is only an instant for returning to virtual power.


    But my virtual fairy took one step, disappeared from the original place, and then immediately appeared more than a thousand miles away.


    The rest of the team followed Weiwu Xuxian and began this simple space transmission.


    At the same time that Weiwu virtual immortal began to transmit, Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon also moved immediately.


    It seems that they have chosen the same transmission direction as Weiwu virtual immortal.


    The birth of the secret house of hidden gods not only disturbed the vitality of heaven and earth in a large area around, but also affected the rules of heaven and earth here.


    However, there was nothing when I sent the virtual immortal. When others followed him for transmission, they felt a shaking in the space and a stagnation in the transmission process for a short time.


    Under normal circumstances, this little accident will not have any impact on your return to emptiness.


    However, Meng Zhang, who was always looking for fighters, immediately found this opportunity and firmly grasped it.


    Meng Zhang did not send it to the direction of Wei Wu Xu Xian, but to the team following him.


    They just felt that the situation was wrong. Meng Zhang had opened his fire and almost made every effort.


    The fierce sword Qi danced around in the space crack, which made a person who was carrying out space transmission unable to cope with it.


    Yin and yang are like a long river, leaping out from the crack of space and sweeping towards everyone.


    Xuanle shangzun, unwilling to show weakness, took the initiative to meet him and had a fierce collision with him.


    The weak xuanle shangzun suffered a violent impact and kept retreating, and suddenly fell to the disadvantage.


    The yin-yang fan of wind and fire in Meng Zhang''s hand shook gently, and the power of wind and fire surged out.


    The cracks in the surrounding space began to break and disappear, and the team was thrown into a mess.


    But I Xuxian didn''t think that Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to capture the secret house of hidden gods, but attacked the team behind him.


    But of course, I can''t ignore it.


    This is actually an opportunity.


    If the team behind him can entangle Meng Zhang, he may take the opportunity to hurt Meng Zhang.


    But before I could stand firm, I had to return to the team behind me.


    A crescent moon appeared in front of him, blocking his pace.


    Invisible forces began to hit and tear the crescent moon, and soon tore it apart and smashed it.


    The goddess of worship of the moon could not be stopped, but I was an empty fairy and retreated on my own initiative.


    After such a short delay, Meng Zhang has achieved his goal.


    Taking advantage of the wind, a wind fire dragon rushed towards a friar in the early stage of returning to emptiness in jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Seeing that he could not avoid, the friar began to parry with all his strength.


    Although the gap between the two sides was too large, he was not afraid.


    Because a friar of Qi family next to him had taken the initiative to cooperate with him in the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    No matter how fierce Meng Zhang was, the two friars at the beginning of returning to the virtual world could at least resist.


    As soon as the monk of Qi family came into contact with the wind and fire dragon, he screamed and flew out.


    The friar of jiuxuange was stunned. Was Meng Zhang too powerful or the friar of Qi family too incompetent?


    Before he could figure this out, his whole body was shrouded by the wind and fire dragon.


    Meng Zhang continued to shake the yin-yang fan of wind and fire, and the power of wind and fire burst out suddenly.


    The defense of the monk who returned to the void in jiuxuan pavilion was broken, and a scream came out of his mouth.


    Meng Zhang, who was going to continue to expand the fruits of the war, saw that only my virtual immortal had been transmitted. He immediately left the battle and left here.


    The fighting time between the two sides is not long, and Meng Zhang has achieved enough results.


    The friar of Qi family who was shot out was only slightly injured, but the friar of jiuxuange was seriously injured and temporarily lost the ability to fight again.


    Seeing the loss of the team due to his carelessness, but my Xu Xian''s face was very ugly.


    A jiuxuan Pavilion returning to the virtual power was seriously injured. Not only did his own side lose some combat effectiveness, but he had to be distracted to take care of him.


    Xuanle shangzun was in a very bad mood, and he was very dissatisfied with Wei Wuxu fairy.


    He led his fellow disciples to participate in this action. First, he really coveted the mysterious mansion. Second, he was persuaded by my false immortal.


    But I, the virtual immortal, kept a low profile and spoke kindly to him.


    He decided to give each other a face and put aside his unhappiness with Ziyang Shengzong for the time being.


    However, seeing that most of his fellow students were seriously burned, even if he was cured, there would be great sequelae, and the resentment in his heart was about to be suppressed.


    However, I Xu Xian thought about the secret house of hidden gods in my heart. Without delaying too long, I led everyone to deliver it near the secret house of hidden gods.


    This time, he learned the lesson of the last time and stood by with everyone. He strengthened his vigilance and didn''t leave Meng Zhang an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry. There are still many opportunities.


    According to the information provided by the moon god, the mysterious mansion has strong defense ability and is not so easy to be captured.


    The moon god has a certain understanding of the mysterious mansion.


    In the next battle, they can use the defense system of the mysterious mansion itself to find opportunities to seriously damage and even kill their opponents.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon also came to a place not far from the birth of the mysterious mansion.

 Chapter 2324

    Originally, it was a vast plain. At this time, due to the topographic changes caused by the great earthquake, a long series of rolling mountains appeared here.


    Almost endless earth gas spewed out from the bottom of the earth, covering almost half of the mountains.


    Between the mountains, the dense fog kept beating and rolling, making the mountains appear blurred.


    The shaking of the earth has not subsided, and the terrain continues to change.


    All kinds of evil spirits spewed out following the earth''s atmosphere, covering a large area around.


    There are many kinds of these evil spirits, including those rare and precious evil spirits.


    Whether it''s practicing special skills and supernatural powers or refining elixirs, many evil Qi can play a special role.


    Not to mention the mysterious mansion itself, these evil spirits still pouring out from the ground are a precious treasure.


    But at this time, neither Meng Zhang nor Wei Wuxian can care about this wealth.


    They tried every means to carefully explore the surroundings, trying to find out the trace of the secret house as soon as possible.


    The strong earth Qi itself can cover the spiritual thoughts of practitioners. Many evil Qi can also devour the spiritual thoughts and shield the exploration of divine powers.


    Under such special circumstances, even with the strength of the two virtual immortals, they could not immediately find out the whereabouts of the secret house of hidden gods.


    At this time, another great energy of jiuxuan Pavilion in the early stage of returning to emptiness saw that the fellow disciple who was seriously injured was really in pain. Even if he took a variety of healing pills, he didn''t get better. He couldn''t see it and began to cast spells to heal him.


    They have a good relationship on weekdays.


    Regardless of whether it was still a battlefield, he covered his fellow disciples with his hands and poured his strength into each other''s body, trying to help each other suppress the injury.


    The wind fire yin-yang fan sends out a high-level wind fire force, which is almost close to the earth fire Feng Shui that shapes the origin of the world.


    In the previous battle, Meng Zhang sacrificed the yin-yang fan of wind and fire and poured the power of wind and fire into the enemy.


    As soon as the power of wind and fire entered the human body, it immediately ignited the true yuan and divine mind of his whole body and kept burning his flesh and Yang God.


    If he hadn''t been the great power of returning to emptiness in jiuxuan Pavilion and had a solid foundation, he would have been unable to support it for a long time.


    But I, Xu Xian, was in a hurry to seize the secret house of hidden gods, regardless of his injury.


    His fellow disciple xuanle respected his carelessness for a moment and focused his main attention on the enemy Meng Zhang.


    Only the same disciple who was also the strength at the early stage of returning to the virtual world helped him.


    The power of wind and fire that originally raged in this human body seemed to have its own spirituality. After feeling the external repressive force, it broke out again immediately, and in turn rushed towards this external force.


    The well intentioned Huixu Daneng who helped his fellow disciples heal immediately felt that the situation was wrong.


    The strange power of wind and fire in the same door is too difficult to entangle. Once entangled, it is like gangrene attached to the bone, firmly adsorbing the real yuan released by itself.


    At this time, his best choice should be to break his wrists immediately and cut off the connection with the power of wind and fire at all costs.


    But in this way, it will certainly hurt the seriously injured fellow disciple by mistake, or even kill the fellow disciple.


    After hesitating for such a short time, the power of wind and fire suddenly erupted with the real yuan he released as fuel, and suddenly invaded his body in turn.


    The well intentioned rescuer Huixu could hum a dull sound, like being hit hard and gushing blood in his mouth.


    Not only did he not help his fellow students, but he was seriously injured.


    At this time, xuanle shangzun finally reacted and hurried to help his fellow disciples heal.


    The Qi family, who had been defeated by Meng Zhang, called back to Xu Da Neng in his heart that it was dangerous.


    He was smart enough to give in to the power of wind and fire released by Meng Zhang.


    He exposed the great power of jiuxuan pavilion to Meng Zhang, but let himself escape.


    Due to sudden changes, this team once again had a little confusion.


    For Meng Zhang, we should not only strive to capture the secret house of hidden gods, but also take this opportunity to hit the monks of the Holy Land Sect.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to pursue the whereabouts of the mysterious mansion, but killed with the goddess of the moon again.


    But I, Xu Xian, had to stop searching for the mysterious mansion and take the initiative to meet Meng Zhang and them.


    Because xuanle shangzun was busy helping his fellow disciples suppress the power of wind and fire and stabilize the injury, his shot was inevitably slow.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship the moon joined hands to repel the only immortal and Taoist Yang Bo.


    However, as soon as I Xuxian and Taoist Yang Bo withdrew, I exposed Qi Yunfei and other three Qi family members to Meng Zhang.


    All three of them had only the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, but they still had to face Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon just beat back, but I, the immortal and Taoist Yang Bo, haven''t had time to return their Qi. The attack is powerful, but it''s strong outside and weak in the middle.


    Unexpectedly, the three of Qi Yunfei just collided with them and flew out one after another screaming.


    Their bodies were knocked out for a long distance, and their breath became very weak and looked like they didn''t know whether they were alive or dead.


    When did I become so powerful?


    Meng Zhang was stunned at first, and then immediately understood.


    There is no shortage of smart people in this world.


    It''s not easy to cultivate to the realm of returning to emptiness. How can you be willing to work for the Holy Land Sect?


    Qi Yunfei''s body soon disappeared in the distance, and their breath became lower and lower.


    But although I knew there were ghosts in it, I didn''t care about them.


    After he and Taoist Yang Bo returned their breath, they rushed at Meng Zhang again.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon cooperated closely and tacitly, which caused great pressure on their opponents.


    Although xuanle shangzun was angry with me, he always remembered that Meng Zhang was the great enemy in front of him.


    He didn''t care to help his classmates treat their injuries and immediately killed them to help.


    Meng Zhang they stopped fighting with their opponents and began to fight again.


    The strength of this team fell sharply after losing the great ability of the three members of the whole family in the early stage of returning to the virtual state.


    In the constant struggle, Meng Zhang suddenly rushed into the other side not far away, which triggered the wind and fire power in the body of the jiuxuan Pavilion Huixu Da Neng who was injured first.


    The sudden outbreak of wind and fire even affected his fellow disciples.


    Meng Zhang caught this rare fighter in time and killed two injured jiuxuan Pavilion back to virtual power.


    The hidden mysterious mansion has not appeared yet, but my virtual immortal team has suffered huge losses.


    At the initial stage of returning to the empty space, the three great powers of the Qi family pretended to be seriously injured and withdrew from the battle. At the initial stage of returning to the empty space, the two great powers of jiuxuan Pavilion were killed by Meng Zhang.


    After losing these five auxiliary subordinates, only three people, vius Xuxian, xuanle shangzun and Taoist Yangbo, faced Meng Zhang directly.


    After achieving brilliant results, cutting off the enemy''s wings and greatly consuming the enemy''s strength, Meng Zhang did not strike while the iron was hot and continued to attack. Instead, they kept enough distance from the enemy and stopped temporarily.

 Chapter 2325

    Meng Zhang knew that we must not underestimate the great enemy of Wei Xuxian.


    It seems that the enemy has learned a lesson from his previous defeat and the cooperation has become closer.


    The strength of the remaining three enemies is not weak, and they can not be solved by three moves and two methods.


    Meng Zhang was ready to fight a protracted war with the other party.


    The two sides kept enough distance and did not rush to attack each other.


    But my false fairy''s contempt for Meng Zhang has long disappeared.


    In his heart, Meng Zhang has been regarded as the great enemy of all the former, and he dare not be careless at all.


    The two sides confront each other at a distance, always pay attention to each other''s movements, and don''t forget to carefully search for traces of the mysterious mansion.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang and Wei Wu Xu Xian noticed a vision in the mountains almost at the same time.


    This is a palm sized palace, flying rapidly among the mountains under the cover of earth Qi and evil Qi.


    From time to time, they rush up into the air, stop for a while, and then reduce the height.


    Seen from a distance, the palace is just a tiny black spot.


    It is extremely difficult to be found with the cover of earth Qi and all kinds of evil Qi.


    The two virtual immortals were so skillful that they both spent a lot of time and energy to find a clue.


    Although the palace is small, the power contained in it is not simple.


    Mustard nasumi, there may be another world in the tiny palace.


    Both sides made a judgment almost at the same time. This palace is the legendary Secret House of hidden gods.


    The treasure that has been on my mind for many years appeared in front of me. Taoist Yang Bo of Ziyang holy sect couldn''t help it.


    However, because Meng Zhang and Wei Wuxu Xian kept enough calm and did not take immediate action, he did not rush to compete.


    As a war tool left by the indigenous gods, the secret house of hidden gods must have various defense facilities.


    Moreover, these defense facilities must be mainly aimed at practitioners.


    Under the mutual restraint of Meng Zhang and Wei Wuxu Xian, no matter which party makes rash moves, it is possible to make wedding clothes for the other party.


    Without any interference, the small palace flew freely among the mountains.


    As a member of the indigenous gods, the moon god understands the ideas of the same kind.


    Logically speaking, in order to remain hidden, the mysterious mansion should always hide in the depths of the earth.


    But every once in a while, the mysterious mansion will be born and move on the ground. There must be a reason.


    According to the conjecture of the moon god, hiding mysterious mansion mostly needs to absorb some vitality that only exists on the surface and even in the high altitude, so it has to take the initiative to expose the hiding.


    If no one interferes all the time, after the secret house of hidden gods absorbs the required vitality, it will return to the underground and hide in the earth vein.


    With the earth vein as a cover, even if they master the track of the hidden God Secret House, it is very difficult to capture it.


    The best time to capture the secret house of hidden gods is when it goes out of the ground and moves in the air.


    According to the meaning of the moon god, the goddess of worship secretly communicated with Meng Zhang.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was very patient to confront them.


    If the other party can''t wait and reveals a flaw, it''s the best opportunity.


    But according to the idea of the moon god, he can''t continue to wait like this.


    This is because Meng Zhang also coveted to hide the mysterious mansion and wanted to seize it.


    If in the past, we could meet the minimum requirements and prevent the secret house from falling into the hands of the Holy Land Sect, Meng Zhang might be satisfied.


    However, after promoting Xu Xian and gaining obvious advantages in the previous battle, Meng Zhang has more confidence and greater goals.


    This time, he will not only defeat our old enemy, but also take away the secret mansion.


    Meng Zhang and moon god soon discussed the countermeasures.


    Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon quickly moved towards the direction of the mysterious house.


    But of course, they will not watch Meng Zhang get the secret house of hidden gods.


    But I, the immortal, followed them.


    Meng Zhang and his men moved quickly, and suddenly crossed this short distance and appeared near the mysterious mansion.


    The treasure of hiding mysterious mansion is very spiritual. It seems that it sensed the approach of the cultivator, and actually took the initiative to avoid and try to stay away from the enemy.


    Neither the strong local atmosphere around nor all kinds of evil spirits could stop Meng Zhang''s actions.


    The secret house of the hidden God moves rapidly. Meng Zhang''s actions are also not slow. They follow closely behind the secret house of the hidden God and look like they want to fight at any time.


    After chasing for a moment, the goddess of worship of the moon seemed to seize an opportunity. She fished in the air with her right hand, and an invisible force seized the hidden mysterious house at once.


    With only a slight shock, the hidden mysterious mansion got rid of this power and continued to fly forward.


    At this time, the only immortal who followed Meng Zhang behind them could not sit still.


    It seems that the secret house of hidden gods doesn''t seem to have a strong counterattack against the capture of outsiders.


    If Meng Zhang and his disciples are really allowed to easily take away the secret Mansion because they are too cautious, they will not be a joke.


    At the thought of this, only my virtual immortals began to fight against Meng Zhang.


    They don''t expect such an attack to hurt their opponent, but just want to stop the other party''s action and prevent the other party from winning easily.


    In the face of their interception, Meng Zhang can''t ignore it. They must stop and parry.


    While the five of them were entangled with each other, they didn''t forget to continue to follow the mysterious mansion.


    No matter which side is about to catch up with the mysterious mansion, the other side will try to drag it back and make it have to stop temporarily.


    There was a lot of activity in the fight between the five returning to virtual power, and the terrible aftermath of the battle spread everywhere.


    The long mountain range began to collapse, and the thick earth atmosphere and evil spirit around it were dissipated.


    Hiding mysterious mansion moves rapidly in the mountains and tries to escape, but it can''t get rid of the pursuit of both sides.


    After the fight, the two sides always keep an eye on the mysterious mansion and try to get close to it.


    Once the secret house of hidden gods is out of control, the two sides will even slow down their struggle and stop the secret house first.


    Without the interference of the other party, either party may have captured the secret mansion.


    The mountains began to disappear, the earth Qi and evil Qi were dispersed, and the mysterious mansion lost its important cover.


    Now, the spirits of both sides have locked the hidden mysterious house, making it impossible for the hidden mysterious house to escape.


    After so long entanglement, the secret mansion did not show strong combat effectiveness, but it was slippery and good at running away.


    However, their action involves three holy places, and everyone has paid enough price.


    In particular, Ziyang Shengzong paid too much for seizing the mysterious mansion.


    If you watch the mysterious mansion escape, Taoist Yang Bo will never accept it.


    After thinking for a while, he finally made up his mind and decided to take risks.

 Chapter 2326

    Taoist Yang Bo soon had a plan, and it didn''t take much effort to convince Wei Wuxian.


    But I, Xu Xian, was also determined to hide the mysterious house and was unwilling to become a loser in this fight.


    The two sides are still chasing and entangled, staring at the mysterious mansion.


    But I Xuxian seized an opportunity and directly entangled Meng Zhang.


    His heaven and earth Dharma phase was a huge palace, which crashed into Meng Zhang like a hill.


    The Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head, unwilling to show weakness, took the initiative to hit the past.


    Although the direct collision between heaven and earth is very dangerous, Meng Zhang will not have the slightest fear.


    Two huge heaven and earth dharmas collided violently in the air, and it seemed that the whole heaven and earth was shaking with it.


    Such a way of fighting is tantamount to close combat, and neither side can get away easily.


    The two immortals fought desperately, and it was difficult to tell the winner in a short time.


    Xuanle shangzun saw a chance and also entangled the goddess of worship the moon.


    Although he soon gained the upper hand, he has been unable to obtain a decisive advantage.


    Even without the help of the moon god in her body, the goddess of worship of the moon can fight with xuanle.


    The combat experience from the moon god and various sharp magical powers effectively make up for the gap in the realm of cultivation.


    Although it is impossible to challenge the higher level only by worshipping the goddess of the moon, it will not be defeated in a short time.


    In the battle of the same realm, when the cultivator fights the strong of other systems, he should have an advantage most of the time.


    Xuanle had a higher level of cultivation, but he could not defeat the goddess of worship of the moon for the time being, which made him feel greatly lost in face and more angry in his heart.


    Taoist Yangbo, who was free, did not join the two battles, but flew directly to the mysterious mansion.


    Through the battle just now, Taoist Yangbo already knew that no matter which battle he joined, he could not win in a short time.


    Meng Zhang, in particular, is clearly a new virtual immortal, but he is stronger than Wei Wu, an old virtual immortal.


    Because Weiwu Xuxian and xuanle shangzun have successfully entangled their opponents, Taoist Yangbo can seize the hidden mysterious house without interference.


    From this point of view, the hidden man has the power of God, but he does not grasp the situation in front of him.


    There is a long distance between Taoist Yang Bo and the pursuit of hidden mysterious mansion from Meng Zhang''s battlefield. Taoist Yang Bo finally seized the opportunity.


    Taoist Yang Bo didn''t have the slightest carelessness. He showed his true skills as soon as he shot.


    A huge purple sun rose in the sky.


    Under the cover of the purple sun, the action of the secret house of hiding gods obviously became very slow and clumsy.


    Taoist Yang Bo held his hands falsely, and there was an invisible force to hold the mysterious house.


    Taoist Yang Bo made a backward stretching action, and the mysterious mansion was slowly pulled to his side.


    In the distance, Meng Zhang saw that Taoist Yang Bo was about to successfully capture the secret house of hidden gods. He seemed a little worried.


    He suddenly began to work hard, trying to get rid of the entanglement of only my virtual immortal.


    However, although I Xu Xian was very reluctant, I had to admit that Meng Zhang''s strength had surpassed him.


    But I, Xu Xian, tried my best to urge the Dharma phase of heaven and earth and entangled Meng Zhang with all my strength.


    Feeling hard, he scolded secretly in his heart. How did Meng Zhang practice and have such powerful power when he was so young?


    He was filled with remorse. He had known that Meng Zhang would grow to this point. He should have killed taiyimen and Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    Unfortunately, due to various factors, Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate had enough development time. Guantian Pavilion and Ziyang Shengzong finally raised tigers.


    Although knowing that Meng Zhang is stronger than himself, seeing that Taoist Yang Bo is about to succeed, I, Xu Xian, still have to try to entangle Meng Zhang and prevent him from stopping Taoist Yang Bo''s actions.


    The battle between them was more intense, but I Xuxian took out more cards.


    Originally, the religious doors of the major holy places, including the guantian Pavilion, have a deep foundation, and there are some treasures that can play a power close to the level of real immortals.


    Unfortunately, in the war with foreign invaders for many years, most of these details have been consumed.


    Even if there are some residues, they should be used in more important places.


    For the current major holy places, it is obviously not a top priority to deal with Meng Zhang.


    Near the Junchen world, there are too many enemies stronger and more harmful than Meng Zhang.


    But those cards that I Xuxian took out were cracked by Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang was not suppressed at all.


    The wind fire yin-yang fan in Meng Zhang''s hand didn''t urge with all his strength, but just danced at will, which could bring great pressure to Wei Wuxian.


    But I Xu Xian can only hope that Taoist Yang Bo can succeed as soon as possible and come to help him.


    The appearance of hidden mysterious mansion is just a palm sized palace, which looks harmless to humans and animals.


    Taoist Yang Bo took a little effort and pulled him in front of him.


    Next, he will completely suppress the treasure and put it away.


    Taoist Yangbo''s mind and true yuan began to penetrate into the hidden mysterious house.


    At the beginning, Taoist Yangbo''s action was very smooth.


    The divine thoughts and true yuan he released did not encounter much resistance, so they entered the interior of the secret house of hiding gods.


    But soon he found that something was wrong.


    This small mysterious mansion is like a bottomless pit. No matter how many gods and true yuan he releases, it will be completely swallowed up by it.


    The devoured mind and Zhenyuan lost contact with Taoist Yangbo, as if they had completely disappeared.


    Knowing that the situation was wrong, Taoist Yangbo wanted to stop the action of hiding the secret house of God and take back the divine thoughts and true yuan he released.


    But at this time, there was a strong attraction in the hidden mysterious house, which was violently absorbing his true yuan and divine thoughts.


    Taoist Yangbo''s true yuan and divine thoughts are like a flood with the gate open. They can''t be stopped at all. They rush to the secret house of hidden gods in front of them.


    Even though Taoist Yang Bo has a deep foundation and a real yuan is unfathomable, if he keeps doing so, he will be sucked into it sooner or later.


    Taoist Yang Bo immediately showed his determination at the critical moment.


    He clapped his back hand on his chest and his back on his forehead, trying to temporarily close his sea of Qi and knowledge and block the outflow of Zhenyuan and shennian.


    Unfortunately, the builders of the secret house of hidden gods are indigenous gods who fight with the practitioners all year round. They are familiar with the situation of the practitioners. When arranging the defense system of the secret house of hidden gods, they regard the practitioners as the biggest imaginary enemy and have long predicted their possible behavior patterns.


    Taoist Yangbo just blocked the outflow of Zhenyuan and shennian, and the secret house of hiding god suddenly broke out.


    The palm sized hidden mysterious mansion suddenly expanded to the size of ordinary people, and at the same time, several fire tongues shot out of it, pointing directly at the purple sun above.


    The attack of the tongue of fire made the purple sun tremble, and temporarily lost the ability to suppress the secret house of hidden gods.


    Hidden mysterious mansion bumped into Taoist Yang Bo.

 Chapter 2327

    The mysterious mansion is too close, so it can be said to be close at hand.


    Taoist Yang Bo couldn''t stop and was hit by the mysterious mansion.


    Taoist Yangbo''s body protection spell was easily smashed, and the body protection spell didn''t play much role.


    The secret house of hidden gods seems insignificant, but its impact is as heavy as a mountain, and its power is far beyond the level that ordinary return to emptiness can resist.


    Taoist Yangbo was knocked back and forth, and blood gushed from his mouth.


    He really couldn''t figure it out. When Meng Zhang''s divine descendant captured the hidden God Secret House, although he encountered resistance, the hidden secret house didn''t respond so much, let alone launch such a fierce attack.


    Could it be that you can''t recognize people even if you hide the mysterious mansion?


    In fact, Taoist Yang Bo''s idea is very close to the truth.


    The goddess of worship of the moon has made many moves to capture the secret house of hidden gods, but she has always reserved it.


    According to the instructions of the moon god, she tried to release the breath of God descent, but did not touch the key of the secret house of hidden God, and skillfully avoided the prohibition of the secret house of hidden God.


    The secret house was originally made by the indigenous gods. Without too much threat, it will not easily poison the gods.


    The situation of Taoist Yangbo is very different.


    The hidden mysterious mansion sensed the breath of the cultivator, and the cultivator tried to capture it, which has shown a great threat. Of course, we should fight back with all our strength.


    As for the situation of hiding God''s Secret House, both Weiwu Xuxian and Yangbo Taoist are far less familiar than the moon god, and their hidden power is far underestimated.


    Taoist Yangbo, misled by the goddess of worship of the moon, inspired the full counterattack of the secret house of hidden gods, and was about to be irresistible.


    Taoist Yang Bo had all his cards and could not get rid of the pursuit of the secret house of hidden gods.


    The mysterious mansion pursued him closely, as if it had to kill him.


    At the critical moment of life and death, Taoist Yangbo ignored others and immediately asked his two companions for help.


    Xuanle was honored, but I couldn''t watch Taoist Yangbo die here.


    However, although I, Xu Xian, had been defeated in the battle with Meng Zhang, I still tried to allocate some strength to support Taoist Yangbo who fell into danger.


    I saw several rays of light flying out of Weiwu virtual immortal and flying directly to the hidden God secret house that was hitting Taoist Yangbo.


    So far, Taoist Yang Bo thought he was just caught off guard by hiding in the mysterious mansion.


    As long as he can calm down, he will certainly be able to get rid of the current crisis.


    In the face of the attack of Weiwu Xuxian, several muzzles stretched out from the mysterious mansion and roared.


    Several flames flashed, and the mechanism artillery loaded on the mysterious mansion easily eliminated the attack of my virtual immortal.


    It''s not over yet. In addition to continuing to chase after Taoist Yang Bo, the hidden mysterious mansion also shot flames at him, making Taoist Yang Bo more vulnerable.


    Seeing that only my virtual immortal dared to distract him under his own fierce attack, Meng Zhang snorted angrily. In addition to continuing to urge the Dharma phase of heaven and earth, he also waved the wind fire yin-yang fan in his hand.


    The power of wind and fire flashed out of thin air and rushed from all directions to the only immortal.


    Even though he had been promoted to a virtual immortal, Meng Zhang did not fully refine the wind fire yin-yang fan.


    He always felt that some things he couldn''t see through were hidden in this magic weapon.


    With his current cultivation accomplishments, he tries his best to urge this magic weapon, which can play an attack beyond the level of ordinary virtual immortals.


    The only immortal who is fighting Meng Zhang with all his strength has not enough strength to resist the attack of wind fire yin-yang fan.


    Meng Zhang also made up his mind at this time. Even if he could not completely leave me, he would also be badly hurt.


    This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity that cannot be easily missed.


    Recently, Tiangong has greatly reduced the resources used for Tianwei thunder punishment array in order to fully start the heaven and earth kill array and fight against foreign invaders outside the Junchen world.


    The full operation of these two large arrays needs to consume the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world.


    Each Holy Land Sect gate controls the source sea of Jun dust world. Even at such a critical moment, they are unwilling to fully open the source of heaven and earth of Jun dust world for the use of two large arrays.


    When the heaven and earth kill array is fully opened, most of the power of the Tianwei thunder punishment array cannot be brought into play.


    If the scale of the war breaks out, it will return to the normal world.


    But now, the only remaining part of the power of Tianwei thunder punishment array should be used to guard the heavenly palace and pay attention to the East China Sea. It is simply unable to take care of this side.


    In addition, the main forces of the holy places are restrained, and it is difficult to draw too much strength to reinforce here in a short time.


    In particular, the remaining virtual immortals in the main holy places are basically unable to get away.


    But I''m an immortal. They have to rely on themselves in the face of danger.


    Taoist Yangbo was more and more overwhelmed by the attack of the secret house of hiding God.


    But I Xuxian was still a guy who took into account the overall situation. I was unable to support Taoist Yangbo, so I called xuanle shangzun and asked xuanle shangzun to help.


    In the battle with the goddess of worship of the moon, xuanle shangzun has slowly gained the upper hand and has spare no effort to help Taoist Yangbo.


    The Supreme Master of xuanle despised the friar of Ziyang holy sect, but he couldn''t help but buy my face.


    Xuanle used two moves to force the goddess of the moon to retreat, so he had to get out and help Taoist Yangbo.


    A virtual human shadow appeared behind the goddess of worship the moon, and suddenly joined the battle.


    The God of the moon, who has been hidden in the goddess of worship of the moon, seized the opportunity to join the battle and besieged xuanle shangzun with the goddess of worship of the moon.


    The cultivation level of the moon god has long been restored to the level of the later stage of returning to emptiness. Both the combat experience and the mastery of magical powers and secrets are far higher than that of xuanle shangzun.


    The unexpected xuanle shangzun soon fell to the disadvantage when they joined hands.


    Taoist Yang Bo was entangled in the mysterious mansion. He was helpless and had to work hard to support him.


    Among the three battlefields, the first one to win is the moon god.


    The God of the moon and the goddess of worship of the moon joined hands to kill xuanle shangzun.


    Almost at the same time, under the constant collision of the secret house of hiding God, Taoist Yangbo finally fell.


    The moon god attached himself to the moon goddess and suddenly appeared next to the hidden mysterious house.


    After killing Taoist Yang Bo, the hidden mysterious mansion seems to have spent enough time on the ground and is preparing to return to the ground.


    The goddess of the moon and the God of the moon joined hands to hold the hidden mysterious house, and then they rushed into the hidden mysterious house without knowing what means they used.


    The mysterious mansion was shining all over and bumped around like a headless fly. It seemed that it was using all kinds of methods to deal with foreign intruders.


    When the moon gods broke into the secret house of hidden gods, Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment and continued to entangle, but I didn''t go to deal with the secret house of hidden gods.


    Meng Zhang has a prior agreement with the moon god. No matter who enters and controls the hidden mysterious house, they will share everything in it.

 Chapter 2328

    Meng Zhang and the moon god have been together for a long time, and they still have the basis of mutual trust.


    The two sides have cooperated more than once before, which is basically a pleasant cooperation.


    Both sides are those who keep their promises and will not easily break their promises.


    The two sides have common enemies, and there will be many places to help each other in the future.


    Meng Zhang believes that even if the moon god controls the hidden mysterious house, he will not easily turn against himself.


    Ten thousand steps back, even if the moon god swallowed all the benefits of hiding God''s Secret House, it would be better than hiding God''s Secret House falling into the hands of the Holy Land Sect.


    As the remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world, all the resources she has will be used to fight against the holy door sooner or later.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has entangled the old enemy of Wei Xuxian, and has gained the upper hand. Naturally, there is no reason to let each other go easily.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside the matter of hiding the mysterious mansion and put all his forces into the current battle.


    The collision between the two huge heaven and earth dharmas became more and more intense. The wind fire yin-yang fan posed a fatal threat to Weiwu virtual immortal.


    The battle between the two immortals became more and more fierce, and the earth shaking movement seemed to never stop.


    After the three members of the Qi family got out of the battle, they directly left the battlefield and didn''t dare to come here again.


    This is the territory of the Qi family. It was turned upside down by the battle between the two virtual immortals. All the senior friars of the Qi family, like ostriches, buried their heads deep in the sand and ignored everything that happened here.


    Even if a large area of territory was affected and a large number of towns were destroyed, they did not see it.


    The Tianwei thunder punishment array of Tiangong has long monitored that there is a retreat war here, but it is unable to intervene at all.


    After xuanle shangzun was killed, but I Xuxian knew that my situation was bad.


    At this time, he didn''t care about his face and began to use his secret method to ask for help from the mountain gate.


    However, it''s not close to guantian Pavilion. Even if guantian Pavilion can send back the virtual power to reinforce, it will take some time to get there.


    Meng Zhang also knows that the opportunity is rare and his time is limited.


    At this time, without any reservation, he took out all his cards and launched a fierce attack with all his strength.


    Yin Yang Avenue, Sun Moon Avenue, space Avenue, life and death Avenue, reincarnation Avenue


    He showed his accomplishments and understanding on the heaven and earth Avenue one by one, and constantly mobilized the power of all kinds of heaven and earth Avenue.


    His years of cultivation are far less than those of only my virtual immortals, but the inheritance from golden immortals makes him master many magical powers and Taoism.


    Liangyi Tongtian sword, sun and moon divine light, yin and Yang Qi, yin and Yang big grinding plate


    One after another, the profound magic and Taoist skills were continuously displayed, which made me unable to breathe at all.


    However, the Holy Land Sect gate of my virtual fairy origin is different from other Holy Land Sect gates. The guantian Pavilion in Junchen world is only a branch, and the headquarters of guantian Pavilion is located in the Lingkong fairy world.


    In the fairyland with many immortals, let alone the inheritance of real immortals, even the inheritance of celestial immortals is very common.


    There is no lack of immortals in the temple of heaven, and its inheritance is unpredictable.


    The guantian Pavilion in Junchen world did not inherit all the inheritance of the headquarters because it was a branch.


    In terms of level, its inheritance is only stronger than that of ordinary real immortals.


    Even the inheritance at this level can be regarded as one of the top streams in the Jun dust world.


    But I, Xu Xian, have learned a lot, and my eyesight and insight are very extraordinary.


    Taiyi gate in its heyday was destroyed by guantian Pavilion.


    Without exerting too much strength, the guantian Pavilion easily destroyed a promising Huixu sect.


    Although the guantian Pavilion at that time thought that Taiyi gate would bring some threats, it didn''t care too much.


    After the arrogant guantian Pavilion destroyed Taiyi gate, it didn''t pursue the remnant of it.


    This is not because guantian Pavilion is magnanimous, but because it is too arrogant and doesn''t pay attention to these residual evils. It doesn''t think it''s worth wasting time and energy on it.


    Even if the Taiyi gate rose again in the north of the Junchen world, the senior management of guantian Pavilion also believed that it was not worth invading the sphere of influence of Ziyang Shengzong for a mere Taiyi gate.


    What about the resurgence of taiyimen?


    Guantian Pavilion can destroy Taiyi gate once, and Meng Zhang''s magical powers and Taoist skills displayed in the battle are not only diverse, but also extremely clever.


    Including guantian Pavilion, there is a certain gap between the magical powers and Taoism inherited by Junchen sect, the Holy Land Sect.


    But I can''t help but wonder if taiyimen has been inherited by a real immortal or even a heavenly immortal.


    Although Meng Zhang is a new virtual immortal, he shows a stronger foundation and accumulation than Weiwu virtual immortal, and his magical powers and Taoism are much better than each other.


    The wind fire yin-yang fan he got from the ancient moon family played a power beyond his imagination.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder how powerful the ancient moon family was in the fairy world. He was willing to give such a treasure to the branch in the Junchen world.


    You know, the ancient moon Fenghua, the strongest of the ancient moon family, just broke through the period of returning to emptiness, and was unable to refine such a magic weapon at all.


    The wind fire yin-yang fan falls into the ancient moon family, which is a real bright pearl and a complete waste.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang got this magic weapon and was able to give full play to his power.


    However, I am a strong immortal and need Meng Zhang to deal with it independently.


    This time is different from that of Fu Yang and Xu Xian, but there is no Dragon King to help.


    Meng Zhang put aside all the superfluous thoughts in his heart, did not think about the affairs of the ancient moon family, and devoted himself to the battle in front of him.


    The power of wind and fire finally broke through the interception of Weiwu virtual immortal and entangled its heaven and earth Dharma phase.


    The huge palace, which had been greatly damaged by the previous impact, finally began to crack.


    But I, Xu Xian, could not put out the ferocious wind and fire with all my strength.


    The terrible wind and fire seems to use its heaven and earth Dharma phase as fuel, which should be completely ignited and then burned out.


    Seeing that the Dharma phase of heaven and earth began to be seriously damaged, but I Xuxian knew that it was time for me to make the final choice.


    The reinforcements were delayed and he had to rely on himself.


    Even though he was unwilling to split heaven and earth, he had to take the initiative to split heaven and earth.


    I saw his huge heaven and earth Dharma suddenly collapsed, turned into several rays of light, and fell into his body.


    The collapse of heaven and earth law forced Meng Zhang back, creating an opportunity for him to escape.

 Chapter 2329

    The heaven and earth Dharma of an empty immortal collapsed, and how powerful the power erupted.


    Even several groups of wind and fire, which burn fiercely and never seem to go out, become dim and then disappear completely.


    After all, the power of wind and fire triggered by the yin-yang fan of wind and fire is not the geomantic omen of earth fire that emerged at the beginning of the creation of the world.


    Meng Zhang, who had always been entangled with me, had to retreat temporarily and avoid his edge for the time being.


    Seeing that the victory was in hand, Meng Zhang did not want to be injured at this time.


    Meng Zhang was pushed back by the collapse of heaven and earth Dharma. However, under the blessing of the residual strength of heaven and earth Dharma, my whole body turned into a rainbow and flew into the distance.


    However, my Xu Xian''s action was very fast and didn''t leave Meng Zhang too much reaction time.


    Meng Zhang has just started. The only immortal who inspires all potential through self mutilation has completely disappeared in the sky.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and stopped his pursuit.


    Although he was not able to kill Weiwu Xuxian completely, the damage he caused was serious enough.


    However, my Xu Xian was injured to the root this time, and it is almost impossible to completely recover from the injury.


    Even if a miracle happens, his injury will really heal, and his cultivation will greatly retreat, which is basically impossible to completely recover.


    The only one whose accomplishments have fallen sharply is my virtual immortal, who is just an ordinary return to virtual power. He is simply unable to pose a threat to Meng Zhang.


    It is needless to say that the period of prosperity of Meng is even more empty.


    While the figure of Weiwu virtual immortal disappeared, several lights appeared in the distance.


    Judging from their breath, they are all the great power of returning to emptiness of the holy land.


    After receiving the distress signal from Weiwu Xuxian, the whole guantian pavilion was mobilized immediately.


    Now the guantian Pavilion can''t afford to lose an immortal completely.


    The temple of heaven itself was not strong enough, so it had to lower its arrogant head and ask for help from other holy places.


    In a very short time, we gathered the digital virtual power and arrived here as soon as possible.


    Unfortunately, they are still a little late.


    If they arrived a little earlier and joined the battle, they would not say that they would completely reverse the victory or defeat of the war, at least only I, Xu Xian, would not be so seriously hurt.


    But I, the immortal who was desperately running away, was completely frightened.


    Even when he saw the reinforcements coming, he didn''t stop to say hello to them and just ran for his life.


    Meng ran away from all the powerful enemies as quickly as he could, regardless of the terror.


    Watching the figure of Wei Wu Xu Xian disappear quickly, several Hui Xu Da Neng stopped moving forward and were a little stunned.


    Although Meng Zhang lost a lot in the previous battle, he was not injured and his combat effectiveness was well preserved.


    When he saw the return virtual power of several holy places, he met them angrily.


    Without the help of external forces, Meng Zhang defeated Wei Wuxu Xian in the frontal battle, which greatly increased his confidence.


    Since then, in the whole Junchen world, as long as the real immortal doesn''t come out, it''s estimated that no one can do anything about him.


    If you fight alone, I''m afraid no one in the holy places is his opponent.


    As long as the mysterious chief manager of the heavenly palace and the snow sword don''t fight, Meng Zhang will be invincible in the Junchen world.


    Although the return to virtual power of the Holy Land Sect did not witness the war just now, they came after receiving the distress signal from Weiwu virtual immortal, and just witnessed Weiwu virtual immortal fleeing in a panic.


    From the appearance of Wei Wu Xu Xian, his state seems to be very bad.


    Meng Zhang looked unharmed and had a high morale.


    Several Huixu powerful men looked at each other, and then they all started to retreat.


    This small team composed of temporarily transferred forces is basically a group of friars in the early and middle stages of returning to the virtual world.


    Meng Zhang Xu Xian, who can defeat Wei Wu Xu Xian in a frontal battle, is far from what they can fight.


    If you don''t retreat in time now, it will be difficult for Meng Zhang to escape.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied that the enemy began to escape before he took action.


    His goal has been basically achieved.


    A lot of strength has been lost, and he still needs to leave enough strength to respond.


    At this time, if we continue to pursue, the most we can do is kill one or two people who can return to the virtual power, which is not of great significance.


    The God of the moon and the goddess of worship of the moon have entered the mysterious mansion for some time. I don''t know how they are progressing.


    Meng Zhang looked around and confirmed that there was no one else around.


    Meng Zhang lowered his altitude and flew to a place not far from the mysterious mansion.


    At this time, a series of changes are taking place in the mysterious mansion.


    Hidden mysterious mansion is bright and dark all over. It suddenly becomes as big as a mountain and only the size of a palm


    The mysterious mansion is moving fast.


    While flying high into the sky, while falling between the mountains, while rushing towards the ground


    Hiding the mysterious mansion is like a frightened beast. It seems that it is eager to escape here and into the underground.


    However, there seems to be something wrong inside the secret house of hidden gods, which makes it unable to completely control its actions.


    Meng Zhang hesitated and thought about what he should do next.


    The moon god has a certain understanding of the mysterious mansion.


    Most importantly, she is a member of the indigenous gods.


    She broke into the hidden secret house with the goddess of worship of the moon, which did not arouse the full resistance of the hidden secret house, nor all its prohibitions.


    From the previous performance of the hidden mysterious mansion, as long as it is found that the cultivator tries to control it, it will certainly stimulate its powerful force and carry out fierce resistance.


    Even though Meng Zhang is not in good condition at this time, his combat effectiveness is still far higher than that of Taoist Yang Bo in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    He asked himself that even if he provoked the full resistance of the secret house of hiding God, he would certainly not end up in the end of Taoist Yangbo.


    He just scruples about whether his rash action will affect the action of the moon god.


    If the moon god can completely control the secret house of hiding God, Meng Zhang will be happy and save some strength.


    He stared covetously on one side. Even if the moon god controlled the hidden mysterious house, he may not have the ability to violate the agreement.


    The Jun dust world is very large, but it is difficult to limit the pace of the return virtual power.


    Meng Zhang was still a little worried that the sects of the holy places would continue to struggle for the hidden mysterious house.


    If he spent too much effort on hiding the mysterious mansion, the strength of response may not be enough.


    But looking at the current state of the mysterious mansion, I don''t know when the moon god will succeed.


    If the time is delayed for a long time, other variables may arise.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that in the Junchen world, in addition to the holy places, the real dragon family also covet the hidden mysterious house.


    Although the main force of the real dragon family is contained in the East China Sea, there is no trace of the strong ones of the real dragon family around so far, but who can guarantee that there will be no accidents?

 Chapter 2330

    Meng Zhang thought for a while and finally made up his mind.


    In any case, there is no interference from others around at the moment. We must seize this rare opportunity to control the mysterious mansion in time.


    When Meng Zhang was preparing to attack the hidden mysterious mansion, a light shot out of the hidden mysterious mansion to stop his action.


    After the light fell to the ground, it turned into a human shape. Unexpectedly, it was the mysterious house that sprayed out the goddess of worship to the moon.


    The goddess of worship of the moon didn''t know what she had experienced in the mysterious mansion. She was disheartened and didn''t say anything. Her breath was decaying and she was obviously in poor condition.


    After finishing a little, the goddess of worship the moon flew to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stopped at this time and was ready to get more information from the goddess of worship of the moon.


    Worship the moon goddess three words and two words, and she explained the matter clearly.


    It turned out that there was another cave inside the secret mansion, with a very vast space and checkpoints.


    After the moon god and the goddess of worship of the moon entered the secret house, they were relatively smooth at first. They broke through the customs all the way, broke all kinds of internal defense facilities, and soon entered the core part of the secret house.


    In the center of the secret house of hidden gods, there is a distraction left by a real God.


    If she is the moon god in her heyday, with the strength of the true God, she can easily kill this distraction and completely master the hidden mysterious house.


    But now the moon god is far from restoring all his strength. Even if he joins hands with the moon goddess, he can''t win the distraction.


    Seeing that the distraction was going to drive all kinds of war tools in the mysterious mansion to launch an attack, the moon god knew that she and the goddess of worship could not resist alone. However, she had to forcibly entangle each other and entangle with her opponent.


    Although the moon god is in a bad state now, like the distraction, he still has a large part of the essence of the true God.


    The two sides used the unique way of true God to fight. The process was extremely dangerous and there was no time to distract him.


    The goddess of worship of the moon can''t help in such a battle, but is vulnerable to accidental injury.


    So the moon god sent her out of the mysterious mansion and asked her to explain the situation to Meng Zhang.


    Now, due to the struggle between the moon god and the distracted Road, the situation inside the mysterious mansion has completely got out of control.


    If another outsider tries to enter the secret house of hidden gods, or forcibly collects the secret house of hidden gods outside, he will be fully attacked by the secret house of hidden gods, and even trigger the previously hidden power of the secret house of hidden gods.


    According to the estimation of the moon god, once the hidden power of hidden mysterious mansion breaks out, it can easily kill the strong at the level of virtual immortal.


    Meng Zhang listened to the words of the goddess of worship the moon. First, he was stunned and didn''t believe it.


    If the mysterious mansion is really what the moon god said, I can''t intervene at all.


    But he turned to think that if the moon god lied, the lie should be easily exposed.


    The goddess of worship of the moon also told Meng Zhang that the situation of hiding God''s Secret House can be completely stabilized only after the moon god and the distractor decide the outcome.


    If the moon god wins, then the moon god can completely master the hidden mysterious house.


    If that distraction wins, the mysterious mansion will soon return to its original state.


    As this is a desperate battle between the two sides, it is estimated that it will be difficult to decide the outcome in a short time.


    It''s normal for this fight to take months, years or even decades.


    Meng Zhang can only wait silently now.


    The skeptical Meng Zhang didn''t say much, but was ready to investigate in person.


    Due to the warning of the goddess of worship of the moon, he did not directly attack the secret house of the hidden God.


    He used the most concealed exploration magic to explore the secret house of the hidden gods from a distance.


    Meng Zhang easily bypassed the external defense of the secret mansion and began to contact its interior.


    As soon as he came into contact with the power hidden in the mysterious mansion, Meng Zhang was surprised.


    The interior of the mysterious mansion is like a volcano in preparation, which hides extremely terrible forces and seems to erupt at any time.


    This terrible force is stronger than Meng Zhang''s expectation, and the statement of moon god underestimates this force.


    This is the power of true immortal level. Once it breaks out, it is enough to easily destroy the strong man of Meng Zhang level.


    Meng Zhang was unprepared for hiding the power at this level. Now he can''t think of any countermeasures.


    On second thought, as the last fortress and war tool built by the true God, it is not surprising that the hidden mysterious mansion has such levels of power.


    However, the real power level of the secret house of hiding gods has been hidden, and it was far from fully developed when dealing with Taoist Yang Bo.


    Now most of the moon god has entered the depths of the hidden secret house and fought with the real God who sits in the center. The real power level of the hidden secret house can no longer be hidden.


    Meng Zhang felt a little lucky to think of this.


    Fortunately, he acted with the moon god and let the moon god enter the mysterious house first.


    If Meng Zhang entered the secret house of the hidden God alone, which triggered his real power, I''m afraid he has no bones at the moment.


    Since the hidden mysterious mansion has such a power level, it is more valuable, but Meng Zhang can''t grasp it with his current means.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and couldn''t think of what he could do.


    Is it true that we have to wait for the moon god and her opponent to win or lose?


    But if you wait like this, you have to wait until the age of the monkey.


    Meng Zhang, who always likes to take the initiative, really doesn''t like the situation of doing nothing but waiting passively.


    Of course, since the power of the true God level is hidden in the mysterious mansion, there should be no way to capture the Holy Land Sect and the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and repeatedly asked many questions about the goddess of worship of the moon, but he couldn''t find a way to interfere with the operation of the mysterious mansion.


    After a while, the mysterious mansion flew and rotated in the air, then plunged into the earth and quickly dived into the depths of the earth.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate.


    Since he can''t do anything about hiding God''s Secret House, he can only choose to believe in the moon god.


    If the moon god wins, I hope she can abide by the previous agreement between the two sides.


    If the moon god is defeated, everything will naturally cease.


    In the same sentence, no matter what the final result is, if the secret house of hiding God does not fall into the hands of the Holy Land Sect, it meets the minimum requirements of Meng Zhang.


    Since it''s no use staying here, Meng Zhang is ready to leave.


    However, the goddess of worship of the moon is very concerned about the situation of the moon god. She is ready to go deep underground, continue to pursue the trace of the hidden mysterious house along the earth vein, and always pay attention to its trend.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t have so much time to waste.


    He confessed a few words to the goddess of worship of the moon, broke up with her and returned directly to the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Although Meng Zhang failed to win the secret house of the hidden God with the moon god this time, he defeated the Holy Land zongmen headed by my virtual immortal. He killed many strong enemies and achieved fruitful results.

 Chapter 2331

    The result of this action is entirely acceptable to Meng Zhang.


    Although it is a pity that we failed to capture the secret house of hidden gods, it is a crime of non war.


    The real power hidden in the mysterious mansion far exceeds Meng Zhang''s current level.


    Since Meng Zhang can''t do anything about it, he can only choose to stop temporarily and wait for the result of the moon god.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the gate of Taiyi gate, he soon entered the closed state again.


    Even after another failure, there were no major changes on the other side of the holy places.


    When Meng Zhang was closing the door, the Xianyun real immortal who was in the void contacted him again through the prohibition in his body and asked him about the latest situation in the Jun dust world, especially the situation of several sleeping real immortals.


    Meng Zhang, who has been promoted to virtual immortal, can completely remove the prohibition in his body without causing any damage to himself.


    However, in order to continue to paralyze Xianyun Zhenxian, he has been forced to endure without doing anything.


    Meng Zhang still said that about the question of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The internal situation of Junchen is still the same as before, and there is not much change.


    He has been trying his best to explore the intelligence of several real immortals, but he has made little progress.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was not satisfied with Meng Zhang''s report, but he didn''t say much.


    At the end of the call, he told Meng Zhang that the army of foreign invaders had surrounded the Junchen world. The practitioners of the Junchen world had lost all their peripheral strongholds and had to retreat within the Junchen world to resist the enemy with the help of nine days.


    The nine days of Jun dust world are under great pressure.


    If the situation does not improve, it will be broken in nine days.


    Once foreign invaders enter the Junchen world on a large scale, the Junchen world will usher in earth shaking changes.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is limited to the situation and may not be able to support taiyimen in time. Meng Zhang must make plans early.


    The reminder of Xianyun Zhenxian cast a heavy shadow on Meng Zhang''s heart.


    Since falling out with the heavenly palace, it has been difficult for taiyimen to obtain detailed information directly from the heavenly palace.


    Although the ancient Taoist was released, he was busy and rarely had direct contact with taiyimen.


    The main channel for taiyimen to obtain external intelligence of Tiangong and Junchen is still through the Dark Alliance.


    Although the Dark Alliance is an ally with taiyimen, it cannot have no reservations about taiyimen.


    In fact, it is normal for two allies to secretly guard against each other.


    The timeliness and integrity of the intelligence obtained by taiyimen through the Dark Alliance cannot be guaranteed.


    Meng Zhang also knew that the situation faced by Junchen was extremely bad, but he didn''t expect it to be so bad.


    As a bystander, Xianyun Zhenxian should be able to see many things clearly and provide accurate information.


    Once foreign invaders enter the Junchen world, Meng Zhang is not sure whether the power of Taiyi gate and its subordinate Hanhai daomen is enough to protect the territory and guard everything in the territory.


    It is urgent to be prepared for retreat in addition to continuing to enhance the strength of taiyimen.


    Due to the impassability of Taiyi gate, the material problem can not be solved for the time being. Originally, Meng Zhang did not hesitate to let Taimiao take great risks and must find out the situation of several sleeping real immortals.


    Now that things can''t be done, Meng Zhang still has to try to keep Taimiao''s external incarnation.


    The sun and moon blessed land of Taiyi gate is a refuge prepared by Meng Zhang for Zong gate.


    If the blessed land of the sun and moon wants to be greatly improved and can exist independently of the Junchen world, it must be projected onto the secluded capital of the underworld according to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    After Taimiao returned to Youdu, she devoted herself to all kinds of preparations according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    In the taiyimen Mountain Gate of Yangshi, the strengthening of the blessed land of the sun and the moon has almost never stopped.


    Including the leader Meng Zhang, the high-ranking friars of Taiyi sect have invested almost at all costs to strengthen the blessed land of the sun and the moon.

 Chapter 2332

    Due to the preparation of the underworld and the Yangshi at the same time, all preparations were very smooth.


    However, it is a huge project to project the sun, moon and blessed land of the Yang world into the underworld. The preparatory work alone is very heavy and time-consuming.


    As for the resources consumed, it is even more massive.


    Some scarce precious resources need to be collected temporarily by taiyimen.


    It will take a long time to project the sun, moon and blessed land into the Youdu.


    In the two frontal wars, Meng Zhang greatly defeated the friar of the Holy Land zongmen.


    Especially the latest one, he did not rely on external forces, but only on his own strength, which severely damaged the only immortal in the guantian Pavilion.


    As a new virtual immortal, Meng Zhang stepped on the face of Weiwu virtual immortal, an old virtual immortal, and achieved his fame and became one of the top beings in the Junchen world.


    As the rulers of the Junchen world, the religious doors of the major holy places should not be allowed to happen.


    If they fail to deal with Meng Zhang in time, it will greatly undermine his majesty and even shake his rule over the Junchen world.


    But the great holy places did not respond to it, as if nothing had happened.


    Without a lot of trouble, Meng Zhang is certainly happy.


    However, the temporary inability of the major holy places to fight against Taiyi gate also shows that they are indeed facing a difficult situation.


    The pressure of foreign invaders on them is so great that they are unable to take into account the opponents within the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen, as a power of cultivating the truth of the human race, is difficult to come together with foreign invaders.


    If there is really no way to go, Meng Zhang can collude with and even submit to foreign invaders in order to protect himself and his clan.


    However, with the ferocious nature of these foreign invaders, they may not be willing to accept the surrender of taiyimen.


    The slogan to boost the morale of the high-level foreign invaders is to enter the Junchen world, kill and enslave the cultivators and take everything from them.


    Meng Zhang felt a heavy pressure at the thought of facing an enemy stronger than the holy places.


    Of course, good news kept coming to Meng Zhang''s ears from taiyimen.


    The strength of taiyimen and hanhaidao Alliance under its command is still growing at a high speed.


    High level friars are constantly emerging, among which there is no lack of talent and breakthrough ability to return to emptiness.


    Huipeng king, who had betrayed Ziyang Shengzong and fled to Taiyi gate, was taken in by Taiyi gate and received the support of Taiyi gate.


    Although king Huipeng had been used by Ziyang Shengzong to send false news to Taiyi gate, this was not his original intention, and Meng Zhang did not cause losses to Taiyi gate because he saw it through in time.


    King Hui Peng has informed Taiyi gate for many years. He has done no credit or hardship.


    After he came to taiyimen, taiyimen provided him with a lot of resources.


    The cultivation system of monster is different from that of Terran cultivators. It depends more on resources and natural blood.


    Wang Huipeng was born with extraordinary blood and had accumulated enough for a long time, but he was always suppressed by the friar of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Soon after coming to Taiyi gate, he broke through to the level of Yang God.


    Taiyimen has once again added a high-level strongman.


    Since King Huipeng has broken through the level of Yang God, if there is no accident, it is natural for him to break through the level of returning to emptiness, which only takes a period of time to accumulate.


    The moon god entrusted two followers loyal to himself and a large group of God descendants to taiyimen.


    There''s nothing wrong with these divine descendants. It''s OK for taiyimen to settle down.


    The two gods originally had the strength of virtual immortals. Even though their accomplishments have fallen sharply, the foundation is still there.


    Taiyimen, which urgently needs to improve its high-end combat effectiveness, has made many efforts to restore the combat effectiveness of these two followers.


    The two subordinate gods of the moon god are both goddesses, one is the God of wind, and the other is the God of death.


    Among the indigenous gods in Jun dust world, there are many wind gods in charge of the avenue of wind.


    Among them, the strongest is the wind god of the true God level.


    Taimiao''s Fengshen seems to have nothing special among many Fengshen.


    Of course, during the war of the invasion of the cultivators, many wind gods fell. With her not outstanding cultivation, the wind god can become a survivor and survive to this day, which shows that she is still extraordinary.


    In the Junchen world, there are also many gods of death in charge of the avenue of death.


    Among them, the most powerful gods of death are basically natural ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    The God of death under the command of the moon is a strong one among a group of death gods in the Yang world.


    Although he has lost all his believers and is on the verge of falling, the God of death still has an extraordinary essence.


    Taiyimen strives to provide various resources to the two followers, including allowing them to secretly develop believers.


    After Meng Zhang defeated Wei Wuxu Xian, he once again saw through the weakness of the holy places.


    He no longer had scruples and allowed the two followers of God to vigorously develop believers in taiyimen territory.


    A large number of believers continue to provide the power of faith to the two followers of God.


    Nourished by the power of faith, their dried up divine power began to gather again, and the weak divine body began to recover slowly


    For believing in gods, or for all gods, the power of faith is a good medicine, and almost a panacea.


    The two indigenous gods, who had been extremely weak and on the verge of falling, recovered quickly and began to improve slowly.


    Although there is still a long way to go to restore the heyday, it is not difficult to restore the strength of the virtual level.


    As long as they recover their strength of returning to the virtual level, they can be used by Taiyi gate.


    Due to the command of the moon god and the help of taiyimen, they were also held by taiyimen.


    Since taiyimen can provide them with so many believers, on the contrary, it can easily eradicate their believers and beat them back to their original form.


    Both followers are willing to work for taiyimen and fight for taiyimen.


    Of course, now taiyimen doesn''t need them to fight, just let them recover their full strength as soon as possible.


    Therefore, taiyimen is willing to fully cooperate and provide all help within its power.


    In addition to the rapid improvement of taiyimen''s strength, Meng Zhang''s cultivation has also made great progress.


    Even after entering the realm of virtual immortality, Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed did not slow down.


    The higher the level of cultivation, the more he can realize the brilliance of taiyimen inheritance.


    The inheritance of Taiyi gate is indeed worthy of being from Taiyi Jinxian.


    Including Meng Zhang, he has cultivated the friars inherited by the lineal lineage of Taiyi sect, which are far superior to the friars of the same level in all aspects.


    Some powerful friars of Taiyi sect in the early stage of returning to the virtual world already have combat effectiveness close to the middle stage of returning to the virtual world.


    After entering the realm of virtual immortality, Meng Zhang''s long stagnant cultivation of Tianji also ushered in great progress again.


    After the promotion of Tianji, Meng Zhang has not taken the initiative to calculate Tianji.


    He felt that his spiritual sense had become more acute, and his ability to pursue good fortune and avoid evil had been greatly strengthened.

 Chapter 2333

    With the passage of time, the strength of taiyimen and mengzhang is constantly increasing.


    This kind of good day without external interference, which only needs to be buried in hard work and development, is best never to end.


    Unfortunately, due to the situation faced by Yijun dust circle, there are few quiet days left for Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    That day, Meng Zhang received a secret message from his old friend.


    He secretly left the gate of Taiyi gate and met the old man in a hidden place.


    This old friend is Meng Zhang''s long lost friend, Taoist jueying.


    It can be said that Meng Zhang and Taoist jueying met at the end of the decade and had many experiences of living and dying together.


    Although I haven''t seen each other for a long time, it doesn''t hurt their friendship.


    In the past few years, Meng Zhang has been trying to contact Taoist jueying and his master, Taoist ye, without success.


    An acquaintance of the Dark Alliance told Meng Zhang that the master and apprentice of jueying Taoist priest were performing the secret mission of the Dark Alliance and were in a state of isolation, interrupting all contact with the outside world.


    Meng Zhang is skeptical about this statement and has no other way to do so.


    This time, Taoist jueying didn''t visit Meng Zhang directly, and asked him to meet him secretly outside Taiyi gate. The whole action seemed very secretive.


    I haven''t seen you for many years. When we meet again, they are both a little excited.


    The two exchanged greetings and described their experiences after farewell. Taoist jueying directly entered the topic.


    Taoist jueying told Meng Zhang that she didn''t have much time. It was not easy to find an opportunity to meet Meng Zhang secretly this time.


    She didn''t tell Meng Zhang what their secret mission was.


    Although she has a deep friendship with Meng Zhang, she is not ready to betray the Dark Alliance. Naturally, she will not sell the top secrets of the alliance to others.


    She came this time to remind Meng Zhang of two things.


    The Dark Alliance has been in deep collusion with the devil.


    On the surface, the Dark Alliance has long abandoned its relationship with the devil, and outsiders don''t know what the actual situation is.


    Once you get involved with the devil, where is it so easy to break off the relationship with it?


    And I''m afraid the senior level of the Dark Alliance doesn''t really break off the relationship with the devil.


    It was for this reason that Meng Zhang had reservations about the alliance with the Dark Alliance.


    Later, it was really helpless, and the Dark Alliance at least had no contact with the devil on the surface, so taiyimen officially allied with the Dark Alliance.


    The covenant between the two sides is very loose and there are not too many restrictions on each other.


    This is also because Meng Zhang did not trust the Dark Alliance and was unwilling to completely tie taiyimen to the chariot of the Dark Alliance.


    Now Jue Ying tells Meng Zhang that Meng Zhang didn''t find any sign of the Dark Alliance colluding with foreign invaders, but he didn''t feel too surprised.


    The Dark Alliance has long been dissatisfied with the rule of the heavenly palace and the Holy Land sects over the Junchen world, and has always wanted to replace it.


    The Dark Alliance is ambitious, and foreign invaders are not fuel-efficient lamps.


    The Dark Alliance seeks skin from the tiger. I don''t know what will happen.


    Although taiyimen is forced by the situation to form an alliance with the Dark Alliance, neither side will regard the other party as their own.


    According to Taoist jueying, the Dark Alliance has long been in contact with foreign invaders. In the past, only some conditions were not negotiated, the two sides did not come together.


    Now the two sides have reached an agreement. Even if some senior leaders of the dark alliance still hold objections, it will not affect the overall situation.


    It is impossible for the Dark Alliance to join hands with foreign invaders.


    The dark alliance began to look for opportunities, trying to create damage from within, cooperate with foreign invaders, and break the defense of the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen has been kept in the dark about the whole thing.


    If Taoist jueying hadn''t come to remind him today, Meng Zhang knew nothing about it.


    It seems that the Dark Alliance has bad intentions towards taiyimen and takes it as the object of sale.


    Taiyimen and some senior leaders of the Dark Alliance had already had hatred, but those senior leaders were temporarily suppressed.


    Meng Zhang also thought about whether to find opportunities to take the initiative to take refuge with foreign invaders.


    But after thinking over and over again, he gave up the idea.


    Today is different from the past. Taiyimen has risen for many years. Meng Zhang is also one of the top powers in Junchen world.


    Used to being a man, I''m no longer used to being a dog.


    Even if taiyimen takes refuge in foreign invaders, it may not be accepted by the other party.


    Even if it is accepted, there will certainly be many harsh conditions, which will be arbitrarily driven and consumed by the other party.


    Meng Zhang had long known that the Junchen world was about to perish and had made a lot of preparations for it.


    The big deal is to give up everything in the Junchen world and lead a few elite in the door to exile in the void.


    In that way, although there are many dangers and difficulties, it is always better than leaving your destiny to others.


    Taoist jueying just told Meng Zhang the secret for the sake of friendship between the two sides.


    She is not prepared to intervene in the choice Meng Zhang will make.


    She just repeatedly reminded Meng Zhang that the Dark Alliance is not trustworthy.


    Taoist jueying told Meng Zhang that in the eyes of many senior officials of the Dark Alliance, he was an expert who was kind-hearted and willing to help others.


    However, due to the relationship between teachers and followers, Taoist deciduous is one of the few members of the Dark Alliance who know the remnant nature of the old and evil.


    As for how to calculate Taiyi sect, the master and apprentice of jueying Taoist priest don''t know.


    When Meng Zhang visited the headquarters of the Dark Alliance before, he had a meeting with Lao Fu, and the other party took the initiative to make good friends with Meng Zhang.


    After that, when Meng Zhang and the Dark Alliance came and went, they had several contacts with Liu Lao. The other party has always been very friendly to Meng Zhang and helped Meng Zhang a lot.


    Meng Zhang knows that he is always the top secret master in the Dark Alliance and can influence the decision-making of the Dark Alliance.


    I don''t know whether it''s the intuition of being a mystery master or the experience of being calculated by him. Meng Zhang has always lacked trust in him. He always feels that the other party has no intention to be courteous.


    Now, reminded by the jueying Taoist priest, Meng Zhang will naturally strengthen his defense against aging in the future.


    Meng Zhang wondered why he was so interested in himself and taiyimen and tried to make some kind of calculation.


    The master and apprentice of jueying Taoist priest also don''t know his purpose.


    Taoist jueying specially came to remind Meng Zhang this time and also showed some situations within the Dark Alliance.


    She said frankly that the inner part of the Dark Alliance is mainly the Terran cultivators born and bred in the Junchen world, and many people don''t agree with taking refuge in foreign invaders.


    There has always been great opposition to the decisions made by the senior management of the Dark Alliance.

 Chapter 2334

    In the world of emptiness, Terran practitioners are extremely powerful forces.


    In many big worlds, similar to the situation in Junchen world, Terran practitioners are well deserved overlords.


    Terran practitioners naturally have a pride and will not easily bow to practitioners of other races and systems.


    The extraterritorial invaders who invaded the Junchen world on a large scale were mainly foreigners, so it was inevitable that they would be hostile to the human race.


    Of course, in the eyes of many high-level practitioners, they only know that interests are supreme and race is irrelevant.


    But emotionally, the Terran practitioners in the dark alliance still reject all kinds of aliens.


    However, the foreign invaders are so powerful that even the heavenly palace and the holy places are almost irresistible. Naturally, the senior level of the Dark Alliance should consider the future of the Dark Alliance.


    It is a last resort to take refuge with the foreign invaders and avoid becoming enemies with the them.


    Moreover, many senior leaders of the Dark Alliance also tried to use the power of foreign invaders to seek benefits for their own families, and even encroach on the ruling power of the Junchen world.


    In the eyes of outsiders, they seek the skin of a tiger.


    They may also feel that they are flexible and resourceful and have the ability to adapt to changes.


    Although opponents within the Dark Alliance, such as the master and apprentice of fallen leaves Taoist priest, have temporarily shut up due to the limited situation, the cracks within the Dark Alliance have been difficult to make up due to the decision-making of the high-level of the Dark Alliance.


    There are many factions within the Dark Alliance, with many internal contradictions and differences at the top.


    According to the conjecture of Taoist deciduous, if there is any major stimulation after this incident, there will be division within the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist deciduous is currently stuck by other things and cannot come to meet Meng Zhang in person.


    But her disciple, Taoist jueying, told Meng Zhang what she meant.


    If the Dark Alliance is really divided, Meng Zhang may be the most important foreign aid for their teachers and disciples.


    The master and apprentice of Taoist deciduous helped Meng Zhang a lot. This reminder from Taoist jueying is very important.


    Meng Zhang solemnly promised that if Taoist deciduous and she needed anything in the future, he would do his best to help as long as he said hello.


    With the friendship between the two sides, neither side said any more words of thanks, and everything was in silence.


    After telling the truth, Taoist jueying didn''t stay here for a long time, so he quickly said goodbye to Meng Zhang and left in a hurry.


    After seeing off Taoist jueying, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate.


    After returning to the mountain gate, Meng Zhang did not publicize what Taoist jueying told him, but told a few middle and high-level officials.


    Since the Dark Alliance has colluded with foreign invaders, it is possible to betray taiyimen and Junchen world at any time.


    The Dark Alliance betrayed the Junchen world, and the Taiyi gate could not control it, but the Taiyi gate could never be its victim.


    Taiyimen senior management should strengthen their preparedness and be ready to turn against the Dark Alliance.


    Taiyimen still has many places to rely on the Dark Alliance.


    Taiyimen must make efforts as soon as possible to make a plan after cutting off all contacts with the Dark Alliance.


    The specific work will be handled by Meng Zhongzhang and handed over to the senior management.


    Meng Zhang considered whether to disclose the secret of the Dark Alliance colluding with foreign invaders and betraying the Junchen world to Tiangong.


    The actions of the Dark Alliance have greatly damaged the interests of taiyimen.


    Although Taiyi gate is hostile to the holy places, it doesn''t want to see foreign invaders break through Jiutian and enter the Junchen world.


    However, the potential power of the Dark Alliance is huge, and it has ears and eyes in the heavenly palace and the Holy Land Sect doors.


    If you report anonymously, it may not attract the attention of the high level of Tiangong, and Tiangong may not do anything to the powerful Dark Alliance.


    But if Meng Zhang reports it himself, once the news is leaked, the Dark Alliance will turn against taiyimen immediately. Maybe the two sides will fight each other.


    Now Meng Zhang is not afraid of the Dark Alliance, but he is unwilling to go to war with the Dark Alliance easily.


    Meng Zhang hesitated even more when he thought that the Dark Alliance was numerous and could not confirm who was not involved in the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang can''t rest assured even if he is such a figure as the ancient Taoist, the deputy director of the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang also lost the way to contact her directly since the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, completely fell to the doors of the holy places.


    After much consideration, Meng Zhang chose self-protection.


    Through many channels, he secretly reported to the heavenly palace and the holy places, saying that the Dark Alliance took refuge in foreign invaders and betrayed the Junchen world.


    As for how effective this report can be, Meng Zhang has no way.


    No matter how the outside world changes, taiyimen still needs to do its own thing and strive to enhance its own strength.


    Meng Zhang continued to shut down for a period of time. After mastering more means that virtual immortals can master, he began to be busy with another thing.


    Meng Zhang has been hiding Dalinghe God in Taiyi gate since he accidentally captured him.


    The sects of each holy place are determined to get Dalinghe. Therefore, only our virtual immortal and Yang and virtual immortal are blamed by the real immortal.


    At the beginning, due to Meng Zhang''s misleading, the religious sects of the holy places always thought that the real dragon family had taken in the Dalinghe God.


    To this end, all the holy places have spared no effort to confront the Zhenlong family in the East China Sea.


    After such a long time, the major holy places have not made progress in this matter.


    Although there is no evidence, some smart people inside the holy places have begun to guess that the real dragon may not have taken in the Dalinghe God.


    Some guys who think fast may have thought of taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    However, it is difficult to ride a tiger on the other side of the East China Sea, and neither side can give up.


    While taiyimen and mengzhang are showing more and more powerful strength. For the time being, the major Holy Land sects cannot transfer enough strength to subdue taiyimen and mengzhang.


    The great Linghe God has been imprisoned for a long time.


    Meng Zhang has always been very interested in the secrets of Dalinghe God.


    Meng Zhang had tried Dalinghe God many times before, but he didn''t get any results.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of things to do. He has to be busy improving his accomplishments. He doesn''t have much time to waste on Dalinghe God.


    Now, Meng Zhang has been promoted to virtual immortal for some time. With higher cultivation and more means, you can try to find out the secret of Dalinghe God.


    Meng Zhang came to the depths of the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    Dalinghe deified into a mass of light and shadow, and actively isolated all contacts with the outside world.


    Although Meng Zhang had already banned the cultivation of Dalinghe God, so that he could not escape, he could not prevent him from isolating himself.


    Meng Zhang has tried for a long time. Dalinghe God has a firm will and strictly keeps secrets. He is not moved by external words at all. The means of coercion and inducement have no effect on him.


    Later, Dalinghe God took the initiative to isolate himself from the outside world, cut off all contact with the outside world, and no longer received all information from the outside world, just like a hard rock.


    If Meng Zhang wants to know his secret, he must be tough.


    He should try his best to break the divine power barrier outside his body, extract his divine soul, carefully analyze it, and search the soul by various means.

 Chapter 2335

    The strength of Dalinghe God is not very good, but there is a set of means to close itself.


    If Meng Zhang wants to break the barrier of his divine power, it is difficult to ensure that he does not hurt his spirit.


    If its spirit is damaged and no longer intact, all kinds of information will naturally be omitted.


    Meng Zhang had tried several times before, but he didn''t dare to lay a heavy hand because of the taboo. Naturally, he didn''t succeed.


    Meng Zhang is now a virtual immortal with higher accomplishments and more means. He has a lot of free time and can try again slowly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t talk nonsense with Dalinghe God. He directly began to use various secret methods to try to penetrate his divine power barrier and directly contact his divine soul.


    During this time, no major events happened outside. Meng Zhang was able to devote all his energy to Dalinghe God without interference.


    Meng Zhang exhausted his means and finally achieved enough results after working hard for more than two months.


    The divine power of Dalinghe God was consumed by Meng Zhang, the divine body was completely destroyed by Meng Zhang, and the divine soul was completely extracted.


    Then, Meng Zhang began to analyze his spirit in detail and search the soul with various secret methods.


    In the process of soul searching, it is inevitable to lose its spirit.


    When Meng Zhang finished all his work, the spirit of Dalinghe God had been worn away, leaving only a wisp of remnant.


    In this process, due to the loss of the spirit, a lot of information held by Dalinghe God is missing and can no longer be retrieved, but Meng Zhang roughly understands his deepest secret.


    Before the practitioners invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, the indigenous gods had always been the rulers of the Junchen world.


    The indigenous gods were not only recognized by the consciousness of heaven and Tao in Junchen world, but also sheltered by them.


    Every once in a while, the indigenous gods of the Junchen world will hold various grand sacrificial ceremonies to worship the sense of heaven in the Junchen world and hope to get their shelter.


    Among them, the heaven worship ceremony jointly held by a group of true gods has the largest scale and the most significant effect.


    Later, everything related to this ceremony was completely inherited and held in the hands of the remaining indigenous gods.


    Due to the protection of the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world, the spirit of the indigenous gods in the Jun dust world is rising and invincible in the Jun dust world.


    After the practitioners led by several true immortals invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, several true immortals jointly performed secret techniques to temporarily isolate the Tiandao consciousness of the Junchen world.


    Without the protection of the sense of heaven, the indigenous gods in the Junchen world began to become depressed and everything went wrong.


    After the defeat of the indigenous gods and the cultivators became the rulers of the Junchen world, several true immortals fell into a deep sleep in the source sea of the Junchen world.


    The sleeping true immortals jointly affected the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world and made its operation fail.


    Tiandao consciousness itself responds slowly.


    Affected by this, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world almost lost most of its influence on Jun dust world, which operated by instinct.


    Apart from a few top friars in the Junchen world and those heavenly masters, few people can feel the existence of the heaven consciousness in the Junchen world.


    After the defeat, the remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world became bereaved dogs and had to hide in the dark.


    These indigenous gods who are unwilling to fail have not done nothing.


    They tried all kinds of ways to reverse the situation in Junchen world and subvert the rule of practitioners.


    Among them, the most important and highly expected method by the indigenous gods is to offer sacrifices to the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world through the heaven worship ceremony, restore the connection with it, let it restore the original operation track, continue to protect the indigenous gods and suppress the practitioners.


    The indigenous gods had good ideas, but they ignored some important things.


    After ruling the Junchen world for many years, the cultivators have been fully integrated into the Junchen world. They are regarded as the aborigines of the Junchen world by the Tiandao consciousness of the Junchen world and are no longer suppressed and excluded by it.


    On the contrary, all kinds of foreign invaders continue to be suppressed and excluded by the Junchen world.


    Moreover, although several real immortals are sleeping, they can still display powerful magical powers, paralyze and suppress the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, and weaken their influence on Jun dust world.


    Through the consciousness of worshipping heaven, the action of indigenous gods to contact the consciousness of heaven and Tao in Jun dust world is not smooth.


    Even if you contact occasionally, you can''t get any response.


    They have failed many times. Although they are extremely disappointed, they are not completely desperate.


    After waiting for thousands of years, they have the best opportunity.


    Once several sleeping true immortals wake up, they will devour the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world and completely destroy the Jun dust world. The news was introduced into the ears of the indigenous gods by the intentional people.


    The indigenous gods had new plans as if they had found a treasure.


    For the consciousness of heaven, changing the ruler of Junchen world only makes it a little unhappy and unaccustomed.


    For a long time, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world can slowly accept all this.


    If the skin does not exist, how can the hair be attached.


    If several true immortals really completely destroy the Jun dust world, the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world will naturally be destroyed.


    Although the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world has been paralyzed and suppressed, and the operation has become extremely slow, in the face of the crisis of life and death, it will still make an instinctive resistance and try its best to resist several real immortals.


    How powerful is the consciousness of heaven in a big world and what terrible power it can call.


    If the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world counterattacks with all its strength, several real immortals will certainly not be able to get along well.


    Even the disciples and grandchildren of these real immortals will be greatly affected and hostile and suppressed by the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    At that time, it was time for the remaining indigenous gods to fight back.


    Among them, the most critical point is to contact the heaven consciousness of Shangjun dust world.


    The aboriginal gods have artifacts specially used to worship the heaven, as well as the secrets and rituals needed to worship the heaven.


    Unfortunately, before they launched the ceremony of offering sacrifices to heaven, they were hit with all their strength by the religious doors of the major holy places.


    The base of the indigenous gods near the territory of the real dragon was destroyed, and the remaining power was almost killed by the Holy Land Sect.


    Dalinghe God is responsible for keeping the artifact used to worship the heaven and mastering the relevant secret methods. Naturally, it is the key target of all holy places.


    To this end, the sect gate of each holy place sent out two virtual immortals, who were determined to win.


    As a witness, Meng Zhang remembered the original situation and understood everything behind it.


    No wonder at that time, all the holy places were in such a hurry to kill the remaining indigenous gods.


    The remaining indigenous gods have been hidden in the Junchen world for thousands of years, but the major Holy Land sects have suddenly become intolerable. Obviously, their behavior does threaten the major Holy Land sects.


    This group of indigenous gods, too, made such a major action, but did not do a good job of confidentiality and let the enemy notice in advance. Instead, it attracted an all-round attack from the enemy and caused disaster for their own family.


    Through soul searching for the Dalinghe God, Meng Zhang knew the whereabouts of the artifact used to worship the heaven, as well as the secrets and rituals of the indigenous gods to worship the heaven.

 Chapter 2336

    Meng Zhang immediately ordered Huixu Daneng to go out and found the artifact used by the indigenous gods to worship the heaven in a secret place.


    The appearance of this artifact is a white and flawless jade plate. From the appearance alone, it reveals a simple and solemn atmosphere.


    In those days, the indigenous gods called it the jade plate for sacrificing heaven, which was the main artifact used in sacrificing the consciousness of heaven.


    The greatest function of the jade plate for offering sacrifices to heaven is to strengthen the connection with the consciousness of heaven.


    In addition, the jade plate for offering sacrifices to heaven can easily shield the calculation of heavenly secrets because it has been favored by the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    For so many years, the religious sects of the holy places knew the existence of the jade plate for heaven worship, but they couldn''t get it by all means.


    Including guantian Pavilion, the Tianji masters of the sects of major holy places have calculated the whereabouts of the jade plate for sacrificing heaven for many times, which not only failed every time, but also sometimes led to the counterattack of the consciousness of heaven and brought disaster to their own family.


    The cultivation of Dalinghe God is average, but it is deeply trusted by many indigenous gods. Therefore, he was entrusted with the important task of keeping this artifact used for heaven worship.


    On weekdays, the sacrificial jade plate is hidden in a very secret place. Only Dalinghe God knows its whereabouts.


    When the indigenous gods want to hold the consciousness of sacrificing heaven, Dalinghe God will take out the jade plate of sacrificing heaven.


    The main reason why the Holy Land sects are determined to win Dalinghe is to win the jade plate for worshiping heaven.


    Without the jade plate for offering sacrifices to heaven, it is not easy for even the indigenous gods to contact the suppressed consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    By chance, Meng Zhang captured Dalinghe God. Now he learned the secret he had and got the jade plate for worshiping heaven.


    If Meng Zhang is willing, he can also hold a ceremony to worship heaven and try to communicate the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry now. He is ready to use it as a card at a critical time.


    In addition to the ceremony of sacrificing the consciousness of heaven and the whereabouts of the jade plate for sacrificing heaven, Meng Zhang also learned another important secret from Dalinghe God.


    On the surface, the secret bases of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world have been completely destroyed, and the remaining indigenous gods and their descendants have been basically killed.


    Even if there are still one or two missing fish, it will not become the climate and pose no threat to the holy places.


    A hundred footed insects die without stiffness.


    As an indigenous God who has ruled the Junchen world for many years, he has not lost all his cards.


    Dalinghe God, as an indigenous God who keeps the jade plate for heaven worship, is favored by a group of true gods and has mastered the top secrets of many indigenous gods.


    According to Dalinghe God, after the defeat of the indigenous gods, a few true gods escaped the pursuit of the true immortals.


    Some fled to the void outside the territory, while others have been hidden inside the Junchen world.


    In particular, a few true gods hidden in the Junchen world have used some very special means to avoid the pursuit of practitioners.


    They don''t seem to be in good shape and it''s difficult to get in touch with the outside world.


    This is a secret Meng Zhang didn''t know before.


    If there is a hidden true God somewhere in the Jun dust world, it will certainly have a great impact on the next situation in the Jun dust world.


    I just don''t know if the moon god knows about it.


    The moon god left the Junchen world early. It is likely that he did not know many subsequent events in the Junchen world.


    Another possibility is that the moon god conceals something from Meng Zhang.


    Although moon god and Meng Zhang have good relations and pleasant cooperation, they pursue different paths.


    The moon god was born as an indigenous God in the Junchen world, and Meng Zhang was a cultivator of immortality.


    Even if the moon god knows these secrets, he may not take the initiative to disclose them to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang put aside the idea of the moon god and focused on searching for relevant information from the spirit of Dalinghe God.


    Among the spirits of Dalinghe God, the information about these true gods is also very limited.


    It''s easy to understand that even if Dalinghe God is valued again, those true gods can''t keep nothing from him and tell him the secrets related to their own family and life.


    Of course, it is possible that Dalinghe God has more information, but when Meng Zhang searches the soul of Dalinghe God, it will inevitably lead to the loss of the soul and the lack of information.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort on Dalinghe God this time, but the harvest was very huge.


    Whether it is the jade plate for sacrificing heaven or the important information he has, it will help him to take the next step.


    After being tossed by Meng Zhang, Dalinghe God was basically out of his wits.


    The goal of the Holy Land Sect has disappeared, and Meng Zhang has blocked them.


    After dealing with the matter of Dalinghe God, Meng Zhang focused on other aspects.


    Taiyimen worked hard in the sun world and cooperated with each other in the underworld. Most of the preparations have been completed. The conditions for taiyimen to project the sun, moon and blessed land into the Youdu are beginning to mature.


    When projecting, it needs to be dominated by virtual immortals and cooperate with multiple return virtual powers.


    In order to ensure that everything is safe, Meng Zhang and the great energy of returning to emptiness in the door began to shut down early and try to adjust their own state to ensure that they can go all out at that time.


    During this time, no major events have happened in the Junchen world. You Huixu Daneng of Taiyi gate can also rest assured to stay in the sect gate and start closing down wholeheartedly.


    The foreign invaders surrounding the Junchen world are more urgent to attack the Junchen world, and the pressure on the Junchen world is increasing day by day.


    For a long time, this information has been thoroughly spread throughout the Jun dust world.


    The Junchen world may be broken by foreign invaders, which makes many Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world start to become frightened.


    The worry and fear of foreign invaders have become a huge stone in the hearts of practitioners, especially those high-level practitioners.


    No matter how many fights there are in the cultivation world on weekdays and how many practitioners are beaten to death, no one can stay out in the face of this doom that is coming to the whole cultivation world.


    Many Terran practitioners have the idea that their hearts must be different if they are not our own race. They hate and regard other races as enemies.


    The extraterritorial invaders who invaded the Junchen world were mainly composed of different races, and they wanted to kill all the cultivators.


    Under the cover of the nest, there is no finished egg.


    Under the strong external pressure, most of the cultivation forces in Junchen have temporarily put down their grievances and will not continue to fight.


    Under such circumstances, the heavenly palace frequently sent envoys to visit the major cultivation forces and asked everyone to unite and concentrate on fighting against foreign invaders.


    Among them, the sect of taiyimen and hailing sect are the focus of Tiangong''s attention.


    The Taiyi sect has long lost trust in the heavenly palace and the holy places. No matter how sincere and solemn the envoys sent by the heavenly palace are, they can''t move the Taiyi sect''s senior management.


    Taiyimen has the same attitude from beginning to end.


    Taiyimen only knows to live in their own small life behind closed doors. They are not interested in what happens in the outside world, and they will not send out middle friars to nine days for reinforcements.

 Chapter 2337

    In those years, the Great Holy Land sects recruited the taiyimen strongmen including Meng Zhang to participate in the action of encircling and suppressing the indigenous gods, but our virtual immortal and Yang He virtual immortal took the opportunity to plot against Meng Zhang.


    After the news spread, almost the whole cultivation world lost its trust in the holy places.


    Many Xiuzhen forces have taiyimen as an example. They no longer respond positively to the recruitment of the heavenly palace, but look for various excuses to delay.


    Of course, like taiyimen, there are still very few Xiuzhen forces that openly refuse the recruitment of the heavenly palace, no longer send a soldier and no longer transport any materials.


    The vast majority of Xiuzhen forces dare not openly oppose the heavenly palace and the holy places, but dare to make small moves behind their backs.


    The conscription of the heavenly palace is itself a burst of damage to the major cultivation forces.


    Anyway, due to everyone''s deliberate procrastination and slack, the heavenly palace encountered great trouble in recruiting monks or materials.


    It happened that at this time, the heavenly palace and the major holy places were unable to rectify the order of the whole Jun dust world.


    Now the foreign invaders have been killed at the door of their home, and the friars of Junchen world hold it for nine days to resist.


    Not to mention the great power of returning to emptiness, even the Yuanshen Zhenjun can play a great role by using the nine day defense system.


    In the most extreme cases, even the real Jindan can be stationed for nine days as cannon fodder.


    The heavenly palace needs a large number of monks to continuously enter the nine days and join the defense.


    In addition to those great forces in the Junchen world, even ordinary cultivation forces can play a role at this time.


    Unfortunately, due to the confusion of Xiuzhen forces such as Dark Alliance and taiyimen, the recruitment of Tiangong encountered great obstacles.


    Originally, Tiangong thought that the cultivation forces such as Dark Alliance and taiyimen could understand the overall situation and make the right choice at the critical moment.


    Unfortunately, the Dark Alliance has long colluded with foreign invaders. Of course, it is unwilling to help the heavenly palace strengthen its defense.


    Taiyimen doesn''t trust Tiangong at all and is unwilling to cooperate at all.


    The heavenly palace sent messengers to run in many ways, but the effect was not very good.


    The top and bottom of Taiyi gate, regardless of the external disturbance, only focus on their own business.


    The preparations for the projection of the blessed land of the sun and the moon into the Youdu have been completed. When the day is selected, Meng Zhang and his team will begin to work.


    On this day, thousands of monks gathered at the Taiyi gate of the Yangshi, forming a huge array in the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    Meng Zhang and many other return to virtual powers as the core, leading the operation of the whole array.


    Around the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate, there are important vassal forces of Taiyi gate, such as the army of monks composed of Huanglian sect and Guyue family, which are responsible for taking precautions to prevent outsiders from approaching and making trouble.


    Almost at the same time, Taimiao led a group of followers to organize the most elite xuanjiayin army under her, and also formed a large array in Youdu, ready to cooperate with the action of taiyimen of the Yangshi at any time.


    On the periphery of Youdu, there is a large army of forces from all sides of the underworld who continuously submit to the wonderful.


    In the army, there are acquired ghosts and gods with different origins and ghosts in different forms.


    This army is responsible for guarding the secluded capital and preventing outsiders from disturbing it.


    After years of construction, Youdu has taken on a large scale and formed a huge city based on the ghost cry mountains.


    As the core of Taimiao''s rule over the underworld, this huge city concentrates the main forces under Taimiao''s hands.


    Youdu takes an open attitude to the outside world.


    Especially in the outer city, it will almost become the business center of the underworld.


    The ghosts and gods acquired in the underworld, who have enough rational ghosts, are all proud to enter this huge city.


    On weekdays, monks of taiyimen who helped build the city and other visitors from the sun also often go in and out of this huge city.


    Too wonderful rules the underworld. After her strength increases greatly, she has more strange abilities.


    He can give something similar to a talisman. After receiving this blessing, visitors from the Yang world can enter the underworld more conveniently, greatly prolong their stay in the underworld, and greatly slow down the erosion of the dead Qi of the underworld.


    So far, the Taiyi gate has only allowed the monks in the gate and those trusted members of the Hanhai Dao alliance to enter the underworld.


    Even so, many visitors from the Yang world still bring more vitality to the underworld.


    The underworld is vast and wonderful. The control of most areas of the underworld is only nominal.


    To truly take full control of the underworld, we need to solve communication and traffic problems.


    In addition to investing most of its energy in the construction of the Youdu, Taimiao also began to organize the construction of all parts of the underworld.


    With the help of taiyimen, Taimiao''s men have created many long-distance communication methods and given them to the strong people entrenched in the underworld.


    Taimiao also plans to wait until the construction of Youdu comes to an end and build a long-distance transmission array in all parts of the underworld with the help of taiyimen.


    The long-distance transmission array that can only be built by the great forces of the sun world. Taiyimen has had many successful experiences in building it for a long time.


    Those gifted friars of taiyimen can build similar Dharma arrays in the underworld after transformation.


    As for all kinds of materials needed to build a long-distance transmission array, taiyimen can also basically guarantee.


    In the long run, the situation in the underworld is very good.


    Thanks to the great assistance of taiyimen, Taimiao will eventually establish a real empire in the underworld and establish complete rule over the underworld.


    The time has come. With the order of Meng Zhang of the Yang world, the large array composed of taiyimen friars began to operate.


    Almost endless heaven and earth auras gathered here and formed various visions over Taiyi gate.


    The sun moon blessed land in the gate of taiyimen mountain was excited, and the whole blessed land began to vibrate gently.


    It''s wonderful to connect with Meng Zhang. After receiving the message from Meng Zhang, he almost immediately began to stimulate the great array in the underworld.


    Over Youdu, lightning and thunder began to appear, and thunder rolled.


    With the passage of time, the sun, moon and earth of Yangshi vibrated more and more severely.


    The regular vibration became more and more intense, and the whole blessed land of the sun and moon almost flew from the ground.


    The vibration of the Yang world soon passed to the underworld.


    Over Youdu, the space vibrated violently, and huge vortices began to take shape slowly.


    Before this operation, Meng Zhang had informed taiyimen''s allies.


    It is a great event for Taiyi gate to project the sun, moon and blessed land into the underworld.


    Even the Dark Alliance envies this.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, most of the cultivation forces in the Junchen world dare not easily provoke.


    Even if the major Holy Land Sect doors want to destroy the action of Taiyi gate, they can''t transfer enough power at present.


    Although it has been ruthlessly rejected by Taiyi gate for many times, the attempt of Tiangong to win over Taiyi gate has not ended.


    Tiangong hopes that the current Junchen world will maintain internal peace and send enough forces to fight against foreign invaders.


    Under the current circumstances, although taiyimen has many enemies, it will not be disturbed. It can concentrate on this significant action.

 Chapter 2338

    Meng Zhang thought carefully before this action.


    At present, taiyimen is a powerful force in the Junchen world and has allies such as Dark Alliance. Few people dare to destroy the important actions of taiyimen at will.


    In the underworld, too wonderful to unify the underworld for some years. All opposition forces have long been wiped out, and there will be no problem.


    In the absence of external interference, it is difficult to project the blessed land of the sun and moon into the Youdu, but the probability of success is still very high.


    But soon after the beginning, Meng Zhang''s original relaxed mood became somewhat heavy.


    There was a sudden sense of crisis in his heart, reminding him that a crisis would come soon.


    He was already familiar with the feeling of whim.


    This is the warning of his spiritual sense as a Heavenly Master.


    Meng Zhang, who is in charge of the battle array, has been restrained by a large part of his energy. For the time being, he is separated from his skills and has no spare power to use his heavenly skills to calculate where the crisis comes from?


    All kinds of thoughts in his mind quickly flipped, imagined all kinds of possibilities, and guessed where the crisis came from.


    Could it be that the sects of the holy places are really desperate to turn the Junchen world upside down and have to attack Taiyi gate at this time?


    Or is it that the heavenly palace is trying to win over on the surface and is secretly ready to fight against taiyimen to completely eradicate this scourge?


    ¡­¡­


    Due to the lack of enough information, there are too many possibilities.


    For the time being, we don''t know where the enemy comes from, and Meng Zhang can''t make an accurate response.


    Of course, with taiyimen''s strength today, even if the enemy is strong, it is not without resistance.


    The worst case is that the Taiyi gate is besieged by the sect gates of the major holy places, so they have to ask their allies for help and set off another virtual war in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang secretly reminded other senior friars of taiyimen to strengthen their preparedness immediately to prevent accidents.


    Although the psychic warning, Meng Zhang is not ready to terminate the current action.


    As a result, the blessed land of the sun and moon has begun to project towards the secluded capital of the underworld. If it is terminated rashly, most of the blessed land of the sun and moon will be seriously damaged, and even the Youdu will be greatly damaged.


    Second, the source of the crisis has not been determined yet, and how serious the crisis is.


    If taiyimen''s current strength alone is enough to deal with the crisis, there is no need to affect the action planned for many years.


    On the surface, taiyimen''s action is as usual, and the sun, moon and blessed land are running smoothly.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, Youdu is the least likely to have problems.


    But many times, accidents happen in the most unlikely place.


    It''s wonderful at this time. He is in the center of Youdu, leading his subordinates to follow God and cooperating with Meng Zhang''s actions in the Yang world.


    Too wonderful. Some time ago, I entered the source sea through the soul sea in the depths of the underworld and gained many benefits.


    In particular, he spent a lot of time digesting the legacy left by natural ghosts and gods.


    As the ruler of the underworld, he has natural advantages in developing believers in the underworld.


    In the taiyimen territory of Yangshi, the belief in Taimiao has also been popularized for a long time.


    The Lord of the underworld, who controls life and death and reincarnation, is so wonderful that his reputation has spread almost all over the taiyimen territory.


    The power of faith pouring into his body requires him to spend a lot of time refining it slowly.


    If it hadn''t been for the action of projecting the blessed land of the sun and the moon into the Youdu, he would still be practicing in isolation.


    His cultivation speed is extremely fast, even surpassing the cultivation speed of Meng Zhang, and his cultivation level is approaching Meng Zhang.


    With more and more profound cultivation, Taimiao can perfectly cooperate with Meng Zhang''s actions.


    On the outskirts of the Youdu, people and horses sent by various forces who have successively taken refuge in the wonderful underworld are guarding here.


    When no one noticed, a group of ghosts and powerful ghosts secretly exchanged eyes and looked at a tall figure from time to time.


    He is a postnatal ghost god named soumiezhen Jun, with the strength of the later yuan God.


    Hunmiezhen Jun is an old qualified postnatal ghost and God who has established a well-known force in the underworld.


    Over the years, the soul destroyer has gathered many acquired ghosts and gods and conquered many ghosts for his own use.


    He formed a large-scale army of ghosts and objects, fought East and West in the underworld, and laid a large-scale foundation.


    If there is no accident, he will become the overlord of the underworld and continue to expand his power in the underworld.


    Unfortunately, with the rise of Taimiao power, sweeping around the underworld and wiping out all the strong ones, the future of soul killing Zhenjun has been doomed.


    He either obeyed too well or was destroyed by too well.


    He who knows current affairs is a hero, and the soul destroys the real king is not a dead brain who can''t see the situation clearly.


    Hunmiezhen Jun took refuge in Taimiao early and became a member of his command.


    Because he took refuge early and smooth enough, he did well under Taimiao''s command.


    Although too wonderful, he once took advantage of the opportunity of conquering the ghost cry mountains to suppress and weaken all kinds of defectors. But with his flexible wrist, soul miezhen Jun survived these difficulties.


    The lineal power of hunmiezhen Jun was seriously weakened, but he won wonderful trust through his performance and won a high position in Youdu.


    Too wonderful, the time of ruling the underworld is still too short to strictly test every important subordinate to ensure their loyalty.


    Hunmiezhen Jun seems to be loyal to Taimiao all the time. He can hardly find any mistakes in his daily behavior, but fundamentally, he is not the same as Taimiao.


    When Meng Zhang was a true monarch of the yuan God, he had a long-term vision. He knew that it was wonderful to refine the outer incarnation suitable for living in the underworld, and sent it to the underworld for development early.


    In fact, Meng Zhang didn''t spend his blood when refining this wonderful external incarnation, and didn''t hesitate to use the divine power crystallization of natural ghosts and gods.


    It''s wonderful to have some natural characteristics of ghosts and gods. It may have received some kind of favor in the underworld. Coupled with Meng Zhang''s continuous efforts and investment later, we have achieved what we are today.


    With Taimiao unifying the underworld, the layout of the underworld by many strong men in the Yang world was shattered.


    In the previous thousands of years, the major forces of the Yang world had a large layout of the underworld and supported many forces and strong people in the underworld.


    Seeing too wonderful and powerful, some smart enough guys temporarily dormant and wait for the opportunity of change.


    The soul destroys the true gentleman is one of them.


    The real identity of the soul killing true king is actually an external incarnation made by the top leader of the Dark Alliance in an old secret.


    Many years ago, he had a plan for the underworld and made a lot of preparations for it.


    The external incarnation of soul killing Zhenjun is a very important part of the preparation.

 Chapter 2339

    As the top secret master of the Dark Alliance, he is also the elder who participated in the establishment of the Dark Alliance branch of Junchen world.


    In these thousands of years, he has repeatedly used the magic of heaven to calculate the major events related to the development of the Dark Alliance.


    Although he had a brilliant inheritance and tried all kinds of ways to avoid it, he was disgusted by the sense of heaven in Jun dust world, and accumulated a lot of power of heaven''s counterattack.


    Although he is still high in the back to emptiness power, as long as the power of the way of heaven''s counterattack breaks out, he will completely fall into the dust and be doomed.


    Of course, he is not willing to accept this result. He always wants to change and get rid of his destiny.


    In order to get rid of this situation, he tried his best.


    He once thought about falling into the devil''s way, getting the help of the devil''s way power and resisting the counterattack of the heaven''s way.


    Dark Alliance and evil way collude deeply, including his handwriting.


    Instead of rashly practicing the magic skills, he seduced some middle and high-level practitioners and secretly observed their situation.


    After a long time of observation, I gave up the old idea.


    The power of the devil''s way has a great future trouble, and it can''t completely solve his problem.


    Many years ago, he refined the external incarnation of soul killing Zhenjun and let it develop in the underworld.


    After the civil war of natural ghosts and gods, the underworld lacked strong people, let alone powerful rulers.


    He tried to let the soul destroy the true king grow slowly in the underworld and finally become the master of the underworld.


    If the soul destroys the true king and becomes the master of the underworld, he will certainly be favored by the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world.


    As the Venerable Master, he will also benefit from it, and may be able to reduce or even drive away the power of the way of heaven.


    Unfortunately, the old idea is very good, but the results are not satisfactory.


    Before the rise of Taimiao, the foundation established by Dali imperial dynasty in Yindu city was the biggest obstacle for soul to destroy Zhenjun.


    In addition, the major forces in the underworld are entangled, including the chess pieces secretly supported by the sect of the holy places.


    Due to the guidance of the old master, hunmiezhen Jun can achieve the best of both worlds and establish a certain scale of foundation, but it is far from enough to dominate the underworld.


    When Taimiao rises strongly in the underworld and sweeps everything, all his plans will naturally fail.


    The old man is not willing to fail, but let the soul destroy the true king to take refuge early. It''s wonderful to save himself.


    After many times of indirect calculation with Tianji technology and long-term observation, boss Yu guessed the relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    The old man has a new plan, that is to let the soul destroy the true king swallow up everything that is too wonderful and receive everything that is too wonderful.


    In order to carry out this plan, he carefully planned and waited for the good opportunity.


    He took the initiative to show kindness to Meng Zhang, but he couldn''t get Meng Zhang''s trust.


    However, with the help of the huge power of the Dark Alliance, he has been closely monitoring the trend of taiyimen.


    This time, the taiyimen started at the same time in the world of the sun and the underworld. They wanted to project the blessed land of the sun and the moon into the underworld. They were regarded as the best chance to start.


    Due to the limitation of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, although there are many taiyimen return virtual powers, they cannot be put into the underworld.


    Taimiao and his men fully presided over the array from God and were restrained by most of their strength.


    If you suddenly launch a raid on Taimiao, you have a great chance of success.


    Now, Taimiao and his subordinates have been restrained by the array and have no time to distract him.


    The old man who thought the opportunity was coming directly ordered to start.


    After taking refuge in Taimiao, hunmiezhen Jun has been doing well and won his trust.


    Although it is not arranged at the core of Youdu City, the position of soul killing Zhenjun and his subordinates is still more important, which is located in Youdu city.


    The strength of the soul destroyer is not weak. Even after a series of weakening, he still has a strong strength.


    For his own subordinates, soul killing Zhenjun has absolute control.


    With the order of the soul killing Zhenjun, these prepared men immediately scattered, suddenly attacked their colleagues, and made every effort to create chaos in the Youdu city.


    Too wonderful. Although he didn''t expect his men to rebel at this time, he arranged enough guard forces inside and outside Youdu city because he paid too much attention to the projection of the sun, moon and blessed land.


    In particular, the xuanjiayin army of his lineage is the most elite force, which is enough to suppress all kinds of rebels.


    Shortly after the chaos broke out in Youdu City, the xuanjiayin army, which had been in full battle for a long time, immediately dispatched and began to eliminate the rebels and suppress all kinds of chaos.


    At most, the subordinates of soul killing Zhenjun are only in the period of Yuanshen. He never expected these subordinates to succeed. He just used them as cannon fodder, hoping to restrain the attention of the guards of Youdu city.


    When the xuanjiayin army dispatched and began to suppress the rebellion, another card of the old man finally launched.


    Several strong breath of returning to emptiness level rose outside Youdu city and rushed to Youdu city from all directions.


    These strong people at the level of returning to emptiness are all foreign ghosts.


    In their early years, foreign ghosts sneaked into the underworld of the Junchen world and hid it. They also supported Dali, the Yin capital of the imperial dynasty, as a cover up.


    Later, when the sects of the holy places exterminated the Dali imperial dynasty, the foreign ghost families exposed their tracks.


    In desperation, the foreign ghost families had to turn the Shangjing city of Dali imperial dynasty into a ghost land on earth to resist the sects of major holy places.


    Although the ghost areas in the capital were destroyed in the end, some of the remaining evils of the imperial dynasty and the strong of the ghost families outside the territory still broke out by taking advantage of Meng Zhang''s opportunity to make trouble.


    The Dark Alliance secretly took in and sheltered these lost dogs.


    Taking advantage of his position within the Dark Alliance, he contacted these foreign ghost families and sent them back to the underworld.


    Foreign ghost families have established secret shelters in the underworld.


    As long as they hide in the shelter, they can avoid the suppression and exclusion of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    After that, these foreign ghosts have been hiding in shelters, waiting for the changes in the Junchen world.


    In recent years, several real immortals sleeping in the depths of the source sea have strengthened the suppression of the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world and paralyzed their induction.


    He has been carefully observing the operation of the heavenly way in the Jun dust world, and soon found something wrong.


    Plus all kinds of intelligence collected by the Dark Alliance, he has a deep understanding of this.


    As the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world became paralyzed and the reaction became more sluggish, he had more opportunities to take advantage of.


    The foundation of the Dark Alliance is far above the doors of the holy places in the Junchen world.


    Even though the Dark Alliance in Junchen world is only a branch, it still inherits many profound secrets.


    He is the inheritor and custodian of these secret dharmas and has practiced many wonderful secret dharmas.


    He hides his accomplishments in ordinary days.


    On the surface, there is only the cultivation in the early stage of returning to emptiness, but actually there is the cultivation in the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    If he has sufficient preparation in advance and pays a certain price, he can even temporarily burst out the combat effectiveness of the later stage of returning to the virtual world.

 Chapter 2340

    He''s still above Meng Zhang in the cultivation of heaven''s secrets.


    When Meng Zhang first embarked on the road of cultivation, he was already a senior member of the Dark Alliance.


    Although his cultivation level is not as good as that of Meng Zhang, he has enough time to practice more secrets and master many strange and unpredictable means.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has been running around and very busy.


    Meng Zhang had neither enough time nor much thought to observe the operation of heaven in Jun dust world.


    At most, just pay attention occasionally.


    However, he has been closely observing the operation of heaven in the Junchen world, often paying attention to its changes and looking for opportunities that can be used.


    The inheritance inherited by Meng Zhang comes from Taiyi Jinxian, which is a righteous and upright Taoist system.


    Due to its special origin, there are many weird, heretical and even heretical people in the inheritance of secret arts of Dark Alliance.


    These secrets may not be on the table in the eyes of real experts.


    In some special occasions, it can play an important role.


    Because the heaven way of the Jun dust world is aware of a big problem, the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld of the Jun dust world are also disordered to a certain extent, which gives a lot of opportunities for people with ulterior motives such as Liu Lao.


    The foreign ghosts who attacked Youdu city this time should be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world and their strength should be greatly weakened after they leave the shelter.


    However, because he made a special talisman in advance and sent it to the underworld. With the help of these talismans, they can temporarily not be suppressed by the rules of the underworld of the Junchen world, and can give full play to their full strength.


    The sudden attack of two foreign ghosts in the middle stage and four in the early stage of returning to the virtual city is enough to pose a great threat to Youdu city.


    Taimiao has the strength in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, but only four men in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, such as Jijian Shenjiang.


    Moreover, they are still maintaining the operation of the large array and have been restrained by a large part of their forces.


    Six foreign ghost families soon rushed into Youdu city and killed them fiercely.


    Along the way, whether it is the day after tomorrow or the army of ghosts and spirits, they can''t stop them at all.


    Youdu city is a huge city built around the ghost cry mountains.


    Although Youdu city has not been completely completed, many of its internal facilities can play a role.


    The four followers with strength of returning to emptiness, such as the Jijian God general, took one side respectively to urge the power of Youdu city and try to stop the impact of the enemy.


    It''s wonderful to know that the extreme sword God alone can''t stop these enemies.


    Too wonderful, while informing Meng Zhang of the situation in the underworld, let the Yangshi bear more pressure and strive to maintain the operation of the sun, moon and blessed land, while mobilizing strength and actively began to respond to the enemy.


    Too wonderful. With one hand, a huge ghost hand fell from the sky and shrouded in the past towards an overseas ghost family in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    His mind moved, and a dark green fire appeared out of thin air, blocking another foreign ghost clan in the middle of returning to emptiness.


    Too wonderful whispered a few spells. The four slave gods, such as Jijian general, were immediately blessed by the divine power in the dark, and their strength increased greatly. At once, they blocked the four foreign ghost families with strength in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    It''s wonderful. As soon as you make a move, the situation immediately reverses and completely blocks these powerful invaders.


    Although these foreign ghost families hide in shelters all year round, they are not indifferent to external affairs.


    Through various means, including sending some weaker peers to control the acquired ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld, they always pay attention to the changes of the situation in the underworld.


    Dali''s power in the Yang world was uprooted, and only a few remaining evils escaped.


    After the destruction of the capital city of the underworld, its foundation in the underworld, some remaining evils escaped and were still driven by foreign ghost families.


    It''s wonderful. When unifying the underworld, these foreign ghost families also wanted to stop it.


    Unfortunately, for various reasons, they never made a move.


    Taimiao has long shown the strength of returning to the virtual level, and the strength has increased rapidly.


    On the contrary, these foreign ghost families cannot leave the shelter for a long time, and their strength outside the shelter has plummeted.


    More importantly, as outsiders, they are the public enemies of the Junchen world.


    Their morale plummeted after the failure of going to the ghost land of the capital.


    At that time, all the holy places had to send enough forces to the underworld at great cost to forcibly destroy the underworld capital.


    In the middle, as a bystander, Taimiao later directly attracted the power of heaven and earth in the underworld and completely destroyed the underworld capital.


    Afterwards, the strong of the foreign ghost clan once went to the ruins of the Yin capital to observe.


    The results of their observation made them full of fear of the power of heaven and earth in the underworld of the Junchen world, and they were extremely afraid of the local forces of the Junchen world.


    These foreign ghosts also know that great changes are about to take place in the Junchen world, and that foreign invaders are approaching the Junchen world.


    They simply hide in the shelter, wait for the situation to change, and then look for opportunities to take advantage of.


    This time, these foreign ghost families raided Youdu City, which was mainly caused by the old man''s coercion and inducement.


    In particular, the special talisman provided by Huang Lao allows them to retain all their strength outside the shelter, which is really tempting for them.


    He didn''t know how to master the location of their shelter.


    If they don''t help this time, the old man will reveal the location of the shelter to Taimiao.


    How can the side of the bed allow others to snore? It''s wonderful. As the master of the underworld, he won''t tolerate the hostile return of the underworld, and the great power can hide it.


    As outsiders, foreign ghost families are the great enemies of the Junchen world. Killing them may also be rewarded by the Tiandao consciousness of the Junchen world.


    The worries of these foreign ghost families about Taimiao, the master of the underworld, are getting better and better day by day.


    The foreign ghost race is also an aggressive race in the void.


    They sneaked into the underworld of some big world for many times, made waves in it and slowly occupied it.


    Then, they opened the channel between the underworld and the Yang world, let the power of the underworld come to the Yang world, turn the Yang world into a ghost world, and then completely annex the whole world.


    The foreign ghosts who have had many successful experiences do not look up to the earth buns in the Junchen world. They think that the Junchen world will eventually be swallowed up by them like other big worlds.


    At the same time, they are very afraid of their wonderful skills.


    They hid in the underworld, avoiding the disputes of the Yang world and the pursuit of the sects of the great holy places.


    But too wonderful, growing in the underworld, has posed a great threat to them.


    They must solve the threat of too wonderful as soon as possible in order to ensure the smooth progress of future plans.


    On the issue of eliminating Taimiao, the interests of these foreign ghost families are the same as those of the old man.


    Since the old man threatened and lured them at all costs, they simply agreed to push the boat with the current.


    The blessed land of the sun and moon is projected into Youdu city. It''s wonderful. It has been restrained by a large part of the power. It''s really a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity and can''t be easily missed.

 Chapter 2341

    I have to say that both the old man and these foreign ghosts have found a good opportunity to make trouble this time.


    Meng Zhang had never thought that there were still forces in the underworld that could threaten too wonderful.


    Too wonderful. Many years ago, it was invincible in the underworld.


    After becoming the ruler of the underworld, no one dared to be an enemy.


    It''s wonderful. I never thought that someone dared to attack him in the underworld.


    Since it is in a very passive state, it is not difficult for Taimiao to defeat and even kill the opponent in front of her by relying on her own strength.


    The biggest problem is to ensure that the blessed land of the sun and moon is successfully projected into Youdu city.


    The blessed land of the sun and the moon is Meng Zhang''s careful retreat for the Taiyi gate. It is of great significance to the whole sect and must not be lost.


    If it is too wonderful, the action at this time will be disturbed, which is likely to damage the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Too wonderful. Stay in the array and can''t move easily. You must carefully cooperate with the actions of Yangshi.


    If not, on weekdays, too wonderful would have been powerful and killed all the foreign ghost families that attacked.


    Too wonderful. Although we are in a very unfavorable situation, we can still easily block the enemy with our strong strength.


    No matter how these foreign ghost families impact and change, they can''t cross the minefield one step.


    Although hunmiezhen Jun ordered his men to create unrest in Youdu City, he did not directly participate in the war.


    He has been hiding in the dark, carefully observing the development of the war.


    It''s wonderful. The power of returning to emptiness on one side has been put into battle. For the time being, no one can find him with an evil heart.


    Seeing that these foreign ghost families are blocked, the soul destroyer Zhenjun secretly scolds these guys for being useless.


    The real strength of Taimiao is not very clear, whether it is the foreign ghost clan who has participated in the war or the old man who has been planned for a long time.


    Originally, Taimiao had the strength in the later stage of returning to emptiness. After receiving the legacy of natural ghosts, gods and fire, and absorbing a large amount of the power of faith, it ushered in a rapid improvement again.


    The strength of those foreign ghost families is estimated to be about the middle stage of returning to the virtual world, no more than the later stage of returning to the virtual world at most.


    If it weren''t for the suppression of the rules of the underworld of the Junchen world, they wouldn''t have been so afraid before.


    Now with the help of the old talisman, they can give full play to their full strength and take advantage of it.


    But after a fierce battle, they still couldn''t get the upper hand.


    Even if there are only four subordinate gods, including Jijian Shenjiang, who has the strength in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, although they are also restrained by the large array, they can still block the four foreign ghost families with the strength in the early stage of returning to the virtual world with the help of Youdu City prohibition and wonderful magic blessing.


    Judging from the current war situation, it is impossible to rely on these foreign ghost families alone.


    As the incarnation of the old man, hunmiezhen Jun is connected with the old man and can share everything he finds.


    He always knows that he should have greatly underestimated his wonderful strength.


    However, there is no turning back when the bow is opened. Since we have started, it is impossible to stop because of some difficulties.


    For this raid, he has paid too much in silence.


    The foreign ghost clan is not a fool, let alone a doll in his hands.


    He was able to let the other party do it this time, not only because of coercion and inducement, but also because the raid was too wonderful, which was in line with the interests of foreign ghost families.


    Refining those special talismans has exhausted most of his savings.


    He had repeatedly used the magic of heaven to deduce, and he had accumulated too much power of the counterattack of heaven.


    If the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world had not been suppressed by several sleeping true immortals, I''m afraid he would have suffered a natural disaster.


    Nevertheless, he can''t hold on for too long.


    Maybe some time, the disaster will come and blow him to death.


    What a wonderful cultivation. It''s so fast.


    If you don''t start now, you won''t be able to do anything better in the future.


    If you miss this opportunity, you don''t know when there will be better opportunities.


    Of course, the wily old man will not place all his hopes on these foreign ghosts.


    Although his strength is surprisingly strong, he still has a backhand.


    If he wants to succeed, he must pay a huge price.


    At the critical moment, he was very decisive. He just hesitated and began to do it.


    Originally, he was closed in the dark League Headquarters.


    In his closed place, he has long arranged a special array.


    Once he made up his mind, he immediately started the array, and used the special connection between the self and the external avatar to start transmitting power to the soul killing true king.


    Because the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world was heavily suppressed by several real immortals, it has fallen into a state of paralysis, and there have been many problems in operation.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world are relatively stable, and there are not too many problems.


    The underworld of the Jun dust world was formed after the Yang world, and it was not as stable as the Yang world.


    Thousands of years ago, civil war broke out among almost all the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    They fought fiercely and recklessly, which not only hurt both sides, but also caused great damage to the environment of the underworld.


    Until today, there are still traces left by the fierce battle in many parts of the underworld, which can not be repaired automatically.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld have also suffered some irreparable damage.


    Long ago, he secretly observed the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world and looked for the operation law of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Not long ago, he finally found some flaws that could be used.


    Now, he will use these flaws to make a desperate gamble.


    With the continuous infusion of power from the old man in the Yang world, the momentum of the soul miezhen king in the underworld is rising and becoming more and more powerful.


    Soon, the strength of hunmiezhen Jun broke through to the early stage of returning to emptiness and is still increasing.


    He used the inheritance secret method of the Dark Alliance to transfer almost all the power of the Buddha to his incarnation soul miezhen Jun.


    Since the self and the incarnation outside the body are always one in essence, hunmiezhen Jun smoothly received all his power without any exclusion.


    Before long, the soul destroys the true monarch and has the strength of returning to the virtual medium-term.


    Because he skillfully took advantage of the latest loopholes in the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, his power transmitted to the underworld was not excluded by the underworld.


    The soul destroys the true monarch, who has been living in the underworld for many years, will not be suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    After having the strength in the middle stage of returning to emptiness, without the slightest hesitation, soul miezhen Jun flew to the sky and flew directly to the direction where Taimiao was.


    The soul destroys the true gentleman. He is also a famous postnatal ghost in the underworld. It''s wonderful. Many of his subordinates know him.


    Previously, the men of hunmiezhen Jun launched a rebellion and created chaos everywhere, but he never showed up.


    It''s wonderful. Many of his men think he is the mastermind behind the rebellion and are looking for his trace everywhere.

 Chapter 2342

    Many wonderful subordinates have long wanted to take the mastermind of the rebellion and take credit for killing Zhenjun.


    But before that, the soul destroyer Zhenjun had been hiding well and didn''t show up at all. Naturally, they couldn''t start.


    Now the soul destroys the true gentleman to take the initiative to appear. A group of ghosts, gods and ghosts who are eager to do meritorious service rushed over immediately after they found him.


    They thought that the soul destroying the true king was the strength of the late Yuan God, and didn''t notice that the soul destroying the true king had been reborn.


    At this time, the soul destroys the true king, but regards these guys who don''t know how to live or die as flies and disdains to take the initiative.


    Before they got close to each other, these guys who are eager to make contributions were shaken by the power spontaneously emitted by the soul killing Zhenjun, and flew out upside down, one by one.


    The action of soul killing Zhenjun was not delayed at all. After a few steps, he came not far from Taimiao''s body.


    He was also an enemy with strength in the middle stage of returning to emptiness. He was a little dismissive. It was wonderful. After carefully sensing the breath on hunmiezhen Jun, his face couldn''t help but change.


    A group of foreign ghosts who had launched an assault had long been recognized by Taimiao.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao both knew that there must be foreign ghost families hiding in the underworld.


    However, the underworld is too vast and too wonderful to be stable in the rule of the underworld. Too wonderful has been distracted by other things. There is no time to search the underworld and find the whereabouts of these foreign ghost families.


    In fact, the shelters built by the foreign ghost families are very hidden, enough to escape the search of various means.


    Too wonderful once ordered his acquired ghosts and ghosts to pay more attention and search for the whereabouts of foreign ghost families.


    Too wonderful, his men are not strong enough and have to be distracted from other things. There has been no progress in searching for foreign ghost families.


    For a long time, it''s wonderful. I put it aside.


    This group of foreign ghosts who have been hiding like mice for many years suddenly appeared and launched a surprise attack on Taimiao, which really surprised Taimiao.


    Especially in the fight, it''s wonderful to find that these foreign ghost families have normal strength and are hardly suppressed by the rules of the underworld.


    Although he didn''t know it was an old hand, he still vaguely felt that it was a bit wrong.


    During the war, Meng Zhang carefully observed everything around him through wonderful induction.


    Although the wonderful feeling was not as sensitive as Meng Zhang, he soon found something wrong.


    There seems to be some problems with the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Too wonderful. Before further detailed induction, the soul destroys the true king and kills him.


    It''s wonderful. Of course, I recognize the God after tomorrow who took refuge in himself very early.


    It''s wonderful. It''s certain that the soul destroys the true king, who had only the strength in the later stage of Yuanshen, but now he has suddenly become a strong man in the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    If hunmiezhen Jun had hidden his strength, he could not escape his eyes.


    There must be something strange about the soaring strength of hunmiezhen Jun now.


    The body shape of hunmiezhen Jun suddenly soared, and then quickly twisted and deformed into a strange monster.


    The monster stretched out many thick tentacles and grabbed Taimiao from all directions, as if trying to catch Taimiao.


    Too wonderful. It''s not good to move your body at will because you want to keep the normal operation of the array.


    He has assigned a lot of power to deal with a group of foreign ghost families, and he can''t fully deal with the attack of the soul killing true king.


    A long muddy Yellow River appeared in front of Taimiao, and invisible forces pulled all tentacles into the river.


    As soon as these menacing tentacles fell into the long river, they immediately lost their vitality, soon withered and fell off their bodies.


    After the long river protected the wonderful body, it divided into several tributaries and swept away towards the soul destroying true king.


    The soul destroys the true gentleman to fly and shoot out countless sludge like things, blocking these tributaries.


    It''s wonderful. I''m multitasking. I can deal with several battlefields at the same time, but I still don''t lose the wind and block all the enemies.


    After hunmiezhen Jun joined the battle, he still couldn''t change the situation, and Taimiao fell into a stalemate.


    In the Yang world, I began to feel anxious.


    Even though there is a special channel between the self and the outer incarnation, there is still a great loss in transmitting power from the Yang world to the Yin world.


    Once time is delayed for a long time, the aging in the Yang world is likely to exhaust its strength.


    He took advantage of the loopholes in the rules of the underworld, which was a coincidence.


    Even though the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world has been suppressed by several real immortals, how huge the consciousness of heaven is. It can''t be completely shielded by a few real immortals alone.


    As long as the world of Junchen is still in normal operation, the consciousness of heaven can play a role.


    At this time, although the consciousness of heaven and earth in Jun dust world runs slowly, it will instinctively repair some loopholes in the rules of heaven and earth.


    He Lao transmits power to the underworld through these loopholes, which will only stimulate stronger repair power.


    Perhaps after a period of time, these loopholes will be repaired by the consciousness of heaven and disappear spontaneously.


    In that way, it will be more difficult for him to interfere with everything in the underworld.


    More importantly, the senior master of heaven''s secrets has long caused the counterattack of the power of heaven''s Tao.


    His action this time is likely to expose himself to the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world.


    He has practiced the secret method of secret alliance to steal heaven and change the sun, which can avoid the attention of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world.


    However, the secret method has its limits, and it is impossible for him to avoid the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world forever.


    In his current state, once he is watched by the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, he will definitely end up dead without life.


    Liu Lao, who has invested a lot and paid almost all the price for this operation, had to continue to invest and put on the final cost.


    Now he has only one way to live, that is to successfully devour too wonderful, inherit everything too wonderful, and replace too wonderful to become the master of hell.


    When he cast the spell again, he not only passed his last power to the underworld, but also passed a secret treasure to the past.


    As he cast the spell, his body lost all its strength and vitality.


    He sat on the ground with his body tilted and lost all his breath.


    He sacrificed everything of his own and poured it all into the incarnation outside his body.


    He left no room this time. If he didn''t succeed, he would become benevolent. This was his last desperate fight.


    The breath of soul killing Zhenjun rose again at a high speed, and soon the strength broke through to the top of the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    A strange statue of God suddenly appeared on the top of the head of soul miezhen Jun.


    The statue has a ferocious face, hands and feet on its body, and a set of black heavy armor.


    This statue of God is the inheritance treasure of the Dark Alliance and has been kept by Liu Lao.


    At the beginning, when several elders, including Mr. Huang, left the Lingkong fairy world and came to the Junchen world to start the Dark Alliance branch, the senior management of the Dark Alliance headquarters temporarily lent them this treasure as a protective treasure, which is also one of the important cards of the Dark Alliance branch.

 Chapter 2343

    The main function of this statue is to temporarily improve a cultivation level after the great energy of returning to emptiness is stimulated.


    For example, the power at the initial stage of returning to the virtual world can temporarily improve the strength to the middle stage of returning to the virtual world, and the middle stage of returning to the virtual world can


    Of course, there are limits to this kind of promotion, which can be promoted to the level of virtual immortals at most.


    In other words, even if the virtual immortal inspired the power of the statue, it is impossible to have the power of the real immortal.


    The most appropriate usage of this statue is to give it to the upper statue in the later stage of returning to emptiness, which can make the Dark Alliance temporarily add a strong person at the level of emptiness immortal.


    The senior officials of the Dark Alliance asked him to keep the statue temporarily as a card to protect his body because he was too important and highly qualified.


    It''s wonderful that he uses this statue to deal with it now. It''s for public and private use.


    I saw that as the old will was injected into the soul killing king, the soul killing King seemed to have changed into a person.


    Not only does your breath change greatly, but also your strength increases greatly. You can cast more secrets.


    He said a few spells, and the statue turned into a light and shadow from the sky and fell into his twisted body.


    A huge virtual image of a deity appeared above his body, and the power in his body rose at a high speed again.


    During this process, too wonderful tried to stop it several times, but was restrained by those foreign ghosts.


    The fighting experience of these foreign ghost families is extremely rich.


    Although they didn''t know the next move of soul killing Zhenjun, they were able to cooperate in time to help contain it.


    When the strength of the soul destroyer Zhenjun climbed to the level of the later stage of returning to emptiness, his wonderful face finally changed.


    If it is on weekdays, he is certainly not afraid of the strong in the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    However, under the current situation, he has not much spare power.


    If he wants to break out a more powerful force, he must give up dominating this array and let the sun, moon and blessed land live and die.


    Now is the critical moment when the sun, moon and blessed land are projected into Youdu city.


    Whether Meng Zhang or too wonderful, they are unwilling to give up halfway.


    If the Holy Land Sect attacked on a large scale, they had to give up halfway. Even if they felt sorry, they could accept it.


    However, a group of foreign ghost families, a sudden ghost miezhen king, forced Taimiao to this level. Taimiao and Meng Zhang were unwilling.


    If the projection of the sun moon blessed land fails, it will be seriously damaged.


    Who knows when the wound can be repaired, and who knows when there will be a chance to project again?


    Moreover, it''s wonderful to be connected with the breath of the big array. If you break off the connection with the big array rashly, it is likely to lead to the counterattack of the big array and be seriously injured by the power of the sun, moon and blessed land, resulting in serious injuries and a sharp decline in strength.


    If the worst happens, it will be even more difficult to parry the enemy''s attack.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who is in the Yangshi world, is using the large array to concentrate the strength of many great powers of returning to emptiness, fully lift the blessed land of the sun and moon and project it to the Youdu city.


    He really hit their weakness this time.


    Too wonderful is still hesitating. The soul miezhen Jun, who has greatly increased his strength, immediately pounced on him.


    The long Yellow River between them was easily smashed by the soul destroyer.


    Too wonderful tries to drive the two powers of life and death and reincarnation to meet the enemy.


    However, he can not distinguish too much power, and it is difficult for him to give full play to the full power of the two powers.


    Several thick tentacles broke through the wonderful technique of protecting the body and directly grasped the wonderful body.


    Once the tentacle grasps the wonderful body, it is like taking root on the ground and firmly binding it.


    It''s too wonderful to move. After struggling for a while, he didn''t break free from the shackles of his tentacles, but was caught tighter.


    More tentacles are sweeping in from all directions, and we need to wrap Taimiao more tightly.


    On the tentacles that entangle too wonderful, powerful and incomparable suction is generated, and they begin to absorb everything too wonderful.


    He gave everything and waited for this opportunity.


    He wants to devour everything that is too wonderful and use it to regenerate.


    He tried his best and finally saw that success was in sight. With his ingenuity, he couldn''t help feeling a little excited.


    Too wonderful. Although it fell to the disadvantage temporarily, it didn''t panic at all and still responded calmly.


    While he tried to parry and avoid more tentacles grasping himself, he tried to resist the strong suction generated by those tentacles.


    It''s wonderful to think about countermeasures quickly.


    How to overcome the opponent and overcome this difficulty without giving up the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Not only is it wonderful to think quickly, but Meng Zhang''s brain is also not free in the Yang world.


    As the old man transferred all his power to the soul killing king, the breath of the soul killing king also changed completely.


    The feeling was so sharp that I found a familiar breath from hunmiezhen Jun.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t have much contact with him, he was familiar with his breath because of his vigilance.


    Previously, an old friend, Taoist jueying, came to the door to remind Meng Zhang to be careful of his old age.


    Since then, Liu Lao has not made any action, and Meng Zhang is busy with the projection of the sun, moon and blessed land. He hardly pays much attention to this matter.


    Now, Meng Zhang quickly reacts to the familiar smell of Taimiao and the reminder of jueying Taoist priest.


    This is the old man''s means. He has a plot for too wonderful.


    He had previously tested the relationship between Meng Zhang and Taimiao, and now he is colluding with foreign ghost families to fight against Taimiao.


    Why do you have to chase this old thing?


    Meng Zhang was puzzled, but it didn''t affect him to think about countermeasures.


    He is always a very clever master of heavenly secrets, who can spy on the operation of the way of heaven and look for loopholes in the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    His previous means inspired Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang was restrained by the big array, he still tried to transfer some power to Taimiao in the underworld through the special connection between the self and the external avatar.


    With this little force alone, the war situation cannot be reversed.


    Meng Zhang''s power put into the underworld is not used to directly fight the enemy, but is otherwise useful.


    Too wonderful, there was a light on his head, which turned into a virtual shadow like Meng Zhang in the air.


    Meng Zhang''s virtual shadow didn''t fight against the enemies of Hun miezhen Jun. instead, he released his seal with both hands and began to cast a spell to release his own breath to the sky.


    In terms of the standard of returning to virtual war, Meng Zhang''s power to Taimiao is very weak and almost insignificant.


    But the level of this power is very high, which comes from the virtual immortal of the Yang world.


    The virtual immortal power from the Yang world fully releases its breath and uses Taoism to pry the power of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Although the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world runs slowly, the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld remain generally intact, and there are basically no many problems in instinctive reaction.


    Meng Zhang''s current action is tantamount to chiguoguo''s provocation against the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    Stimulated by the power of virtual immortals from the Yang world, the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld quickly made an instinctive response.


    The powerful power of heaven and earth quickly gathered here to try to dispel the empty immortal breath from the Yang world.

 Chapter 2344

    He thought that he had suppressed Taimiao''s old man. After Taimiao shot, he found that it was not powerful and did not attack himself directly. He thought that Taimiao was a bit at a loss and began to bluff.


    When Meng Zhang''s empty immortal breath broke out, which led to the suppression and rejection of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld and the powerful power of heaven and earth, his face suddenly changed.


    At this time, he was possessed by his own incarnation, soul miezhen Jun. while entangled with Taimiao, he was also entangled by Taimiao. He couldn''t get away in a short time.


    The soul destroys the true king, and all his strength is put on Taimiao, and he is unable to stop the empty immortal breath released by Meng Zhang.


    The consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world may not have reacted, but the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld of the Junchen world have begun to operate spontaneously.


    With the rapid gathering of the power of heaven and earth in the underworld, thunder and lightning can be vaguely seen in the sky.


    Under normal circumstances, as soon as the return to emptiness power from the Yang world enters the underworld, it will be suppressed and rejected by the rules of the underworld.


    Such an obvious air of virtual immortality naturally attracted special attention to the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    There was no response from others. A group of foreign ghosts began to worry first.


    Although they can temporarily shield the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld due to their special talisman, they can''t fully trust the talisman and talisman.


    The talismans given to them by Liu Lao can only take effect in a short period of time.


    Now the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld have obviously focused on this side, and the power of heaven and earth began to gather rapidly.


    If the talismans fail, or the power of talismans to cover up is insufficient, they will face the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld and encounter extremely powerful rejection and attack.


    Even if foreign ghost families do nothing in the underworld of Junchen world, as long as they leave the shelter, they will face the exclusion and suppression of the rules of heaven and earth, not to mention the current situation.


    It''s wonderful that they should come for a surprise attack at the invitation of Liu Lao. They don''t have the will to win.


    The Junchen world saw that it was about to be broken by foreign invaders, and they were about to usher in a good situation. There was really no need to take risks here.


    As for the old man''s coercion and inducement, they have temporarily forgotten it.


    They are not ignorant of the situation of aging.


    Even if you want to revenge them, you have to pass today''s pass.


    A group of foreign ghosts soon reached an agreement secretly.


    As the offensive side, they took a great initiative.


    Before the power of heaven and earth in the underworld came, they covered each other, escaped from the battle and quickly withdrew from the battlefield.


    Seeing the figure of a group of foreign ghost families disappear rapidly in the distance, Taimiao and his followers have no intention to pursue.


    A group of foreign ghost families broke away from the battle. The four slave gods, such as Jijian general, immediately felt relaxed, and they were able to empty their hands.


    Under the wonderful order, the four of them bear most of the pressure of the array and fully assist Meng Zhang of the Yangshi to project the blessed land of the sun and the moon into Youdu city.


    With Jijian, the God shared most of the pressure among the four of them. It''s wonderful. I feel the pressure has been greatly reduced. I can transfer more power to fight the enemy.


    The soul destroys the true monarch, who was originally just a ghost in the later stage of the yuan God. He gave up everything about himself and poured all his power into his body, but also promoted to the middle stage of returning to emptiness.


    With the blessing of the statue inherited by the Dark Alliance, the soul destroys the true monarch and reluctantly rises to the level of the later stage of returning to emptiness.


    There is still a big gap between Taimiao and the real strong ones in the later stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Previously, it was just taking advantage of people''s danger. Only when the soul destroys the real king can it gain the upper hand.


    Now it''s wonderful to free up your hand and soon start to turn the tide of the war.


    Too wonderful, a layer of cold flame appeared on his body and began to burn around his tentacles.


    Under the fire, the thick tentacles were burned to ashes.


    The cold flame also extends along the tentacle and burns directly on the body of the soul killing true king.


    After mobilizing more power, Taimiao began to exert the power of the two powers.


    A gray mist shrouded the huge body of hunmiezhen Jun.


    The huge body, which was originally vibrant and extremely violent, is rapidly losing its vitality and is entangled by the breath of death.


    With the death of soul, there are more and more wounds on Zhenjun''s huge body, and the old breath is quickly exposed.


    It''s time for the thunder to gather in the sky.


    The virtual shadow of Meng Zhang''s power disappeared automatically before the power of heaven and earth fell.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool. He just wants to quickly stir up the power of heaven and earth in the underworld, but he doesn''t want to fight with this insignificant power and the power of heaven and earth.


    That flash of lightning lost its target. First, it was at a loss and began to wander in the air.


    At this time, I seem to feel the breath exposed by the old man.


    A thick flash of lightning struck at the huge body of soul miezhen Jun.


    The huge and twisted body of the soul killing king was split into pieces, exposing more alien breath.


    He Lao is not only the great power of returning to emptiness from the Yang world, but also a master of heaven''s secrets who attracts the hatred of heaven''s Tao consciousness in the Jun dust world.


    He had previously used the secret method of changing heaven and earth, temporarily hiding from the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld of the Junchen world.


    But the secret method itself has a certain limit. Coupled with the exposure of breath, he immediately attracted the full bombardment of the power of heaven and earth.


    Taimiao itself has many natural characteristics of ghosts and gods, especially after becoming the master of the underworld, it has been favored by the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    Even if the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is suppressed now, the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld still favor him.


    Too wonderful, it attracts more power of heaven and earth, and it can be easily controlled.


    It''s too wonderful for those who have experienced many battles to control. The power of heaven and earth in the underworld seems to have come back to life. It erupts into stronger lethality and causes greater damage to the soul killing king.


    The battle between the two sides did not last long, and the huge body of soumiezhen Jun was split to pieces and then burned up.


    The spirit hidden in the body of Hun miezhen Jun was exposed and soon killed.


    With the soul destroyed, Zhenjun was killed, and the last breath was completely erased from the old man''s lifeless body in the Yang world.


    The battle has been going on for so long, and the huge consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world has finally made some reactions.


    The essence of the master of heaven was completely exposed to the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    He had accumulated a large amount of Tiandao counterattack long ago. It was only through the secret method of the dark alliance that he eluded the Tiandao consciousness of the Junchen world and survived until now.


    The heaven consciousness of Jun dust world made an instinctive response to completely erase the old man.


    It''s wonderful to make good use of the situation and guide the power of heaven and earth to attack Yao Lao.


    He Lao and his incarnation have fallen, and his soul has been completely terrified. Even his brand of Yang God left in the depths of the Jun dust world has been completely erased.


    This means that even if the Dark Alliance does not hesitate to pay the price, it will not be able to bring him back to life.

 Chapter 2345

    In the process of fighting with the soul destroying true king, Taimiao guided the power of heaven and earth to attack him and witnessed his final end with his own eyes.


    It''s wonderful. I finally see through the reality of the soul destroying the true king.


    This man is clearly an external incarnation of Lao.


    Finally, the strength of the soul killing true monarch has greatly improved. It is obvious that the Buddha has injected his consciousness and strength into his outer incarnation and strengthened it at all costs.


    After seeing through all this, Taimiao understands the mystery. With Meng Zhang''s ability, he can learn from others and do similar things.


    The soul is destroyed, the true king is killed, and the old man is also destroyed.


    In particular, Taimiao finally guided the power of heaven and earth to wash away the brand of Yang God left in the depths of the Jun dust world, and did away with the roots.


    You know, after the fall of the great power of returning to emptiness among the practitioners of the Jun dust world, when it broke through the period of returning to emptiness, its Yang God left a brand in the heaven and earth. As long as others do not hesitate to pay any price, they can use this brand to revive it.


    It''s wonderful. The last blow completely cut off the possibility of its resurrection.


    Of course, he Lao is an important figure in the Dark Alliance after all, and his fall is not without consequences.


    If he left enough information, or if others in the Dark Alliance knew the reason for his fall, it would be wonderful and would become the target of the Dark Alliance.


    With Meng Zhang and taiyimen, they can''t escape.


    After the battle, too wonderful, regardless of others, continued to preside over the array and cooperated with Meng Zhang to project the sun and moon blessed land to Youdu city.


    Under the bombardment of the power of heaven and earth, the huge body of hunmiezhen Jun was completely destroyed, leaving basically no booty, except the statue of God which was not lightly damaged.


    It''s wonderful. I witnessed the power of the statue and put it away.


    Taiyimen now has many great powers in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, but it lacks the high-level combat power of returning to the virtual world.


    If the statue can be repaired and continue to play a role, it will be very helpful to the Taiyi goalkeeper.


    After that group of foreign ghosts fled, they never returned and never dared to come and mess up again.


    The rebellion in Youdu city was soon eliminated under the suppression of Taimiao''s lineage.


    All the rebels in the secluded city were restored to order soon.


    Tai Miao and the four followers of the strength in the retreat period were able to preside over the array without distractions and fully cooperate with Meng Zhang''s actions.


    The battle on the other side of the underworld is over, and Meng Zhang in the Yang world is finally relieved.


    This time, due to the action presided over by the master of heaven, Meng Zhang almost bypassed Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness. Meng Zhang''s spiritual warning came too late.


    Fortunately, Taimiao and his men were able to tide over this difficulty smoothly.


    Meng Zhang and the high-level friars of taiyimen continued to control the array and projected the blessed land of the sun and moon towards the underworld.


    After these twists and turns, the next action became very smooth.


    The power of the blessed land of the sun and moon penetrated the gap between the sun and the underworld, came to the underworld, and shrouded over the Youdu City accurately.


    With the power of the sun and moon blessed land falling, the whole Youdu city began to vibrate violently, and the large array arranged in advance in Youdu City cooperated with it. Youdu city shines brightly in the dark, as if responding to the sun and moon blessed land.


    In the Yangshi, the sun, moon and blessed land are also shaking violently, with earthquakes breaking out at the taiyimen Mountain Gate and its surroundings.


    Friar taiyimen, who had been ordered for a long time, stabilized all parts of the country, comforted everyone and tried to avoid chaos.


    Fortunately, this process did not last long, and taiyimen and its surrounding areas recovered calm.


    When the sun, moon and blessed land were successfully projected into Youdu City, although Yin and Yang were separated, the two places immediately had a wonderful connection.


    The blessed land of the sun and moon has a projection in the underworld, and the Youdu city also has an anchor point in the Yang world, which can be firmly anchored.


    In the dark, the blessed land of the sun and the moon is integrated with the Youdu City, and has become a completely independent small world, which can exist separately from the Junchen world.


    Since then, the blessed land of the sun and moon can directly connect Youdu City, and ghosts and monks in the two places can travel more conveniently and freely.


    Although the aura of Yin is not as strong as that of Yang, it has many other kinds of vitality of heaven and earth.


    After the blessed land of the sun and moon, you can absorb the heterogeneous vitality of the underworld and continuously convert it into the aura needed by practitioners.


    The aura environment of the sun moon blessed land will be greatly improved and can support more high-level friars.


    The successful projection of the sun moon blessed land into Youdu city has brought many benefits, which need Meng Zhang and Taimiao to explore slowly.


    Their previous efforts and risks are completely worth it.


    After completing this event, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were not idle.


    Meng Zhang asked his disciples to inquire about the news and the reaction of the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance won''t give up on the death of such an important person as Liu Lao.


    I just don''t know whether the senior management of the Dark Alliance will finally contact taiyimen because of this matter.


    Taiyimen is also secretly ready. Once the dark alliance turns over, it will respond in time.


    If the Dark Alliance breaks with taiyimen at this time, or even launches an attack on taiyimen, it will definitely be a severe challenge to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has long experienced the strength of the Dark Alliance.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it is difficult to deal with the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking about whether the Dark Alliance would bow to the heavenly palace if it had to.


    Although Meng Zhang will not trust the heavenly palace again, he can take advantage of the contradiction between the heavenly palace and the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance has been plotting to seize the rule of Junchen world. Tiangong can''t know nothing about it.


    In colluding with foreign invaders, the Dark Alliance has even violated the taboo of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    Of course, if the Dark Alliance doesn''t take the initiative to turn against taiyimen, Meng Zhang definitely wants it.


    In the best case, the Dark Alliance knows nothing about the cause of his death.


    In the underworld, after Taimiao vacates his hand, he will organize his men to conduct a rigorous search of the underworld, trying to find out the whereabouts of ghost families outside the territory.


    Because the underworld is too vast, the foreign ghost clan has hidden for so many years without leaving any trace. It is very likely that the wonderful action will come back in vain.


    In any case, wonderful actions are a deterrent to the foreign ghost families, so that they dare not come out to make trouble.


    With the help of taiyimen of Yangshi, Taimiao will invest more resources and vigorously enhance the strength of his subordinates.


    Originally, both Tai Miao and Meng Zhang thought that after the attack of the Holy Land Sect gate, the foreign ghost people had long been out of the climate.


    They did not expect that the foreign ghost clan still retained such a strong strength and could send so many return to virtual power at one go.


    If it''s too wonderful to do anything, relying on his men alone is really not the opponent of the foreign ghost clan.


    Meng Zhang in Yangshi can''t directly deal with foreign ghosts, so he can only help strengthen his wonderful subordinates.


    If a few more return to emptiness powers can be added from God, the ability to deal with changes will be stronger.

 Chapter 2346

    From the penetration of the old man into the underworld, there is indeed a big problem in the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    He is clever enough, but if there is no loophole in the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, he can''t find an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang, as a master of heavenly secrets, soon realized this.


    He began to devote more energy to slowly observe the operation of the heavenly way in the Jun dust world, looking for its flaws and places that could be used.


    The consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world will not go wrong inexplicably. It must be the hands and feet of several sleeping real immortals.


    They increased the suppression of the consciousness of heaven and Tao in the Junchen world, which must be a plot.


    Are they about to wake up and start swallowing the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world?


    Meng Zhang had these conjectures in his heart, but he could not prove them.


    He even took the initiative to contact Xianyun Zhenxian and told each other his observations and conjectures.


    Xianyun Zhenxian attached great importance to everything Meng Zhang said.


    He attached great importance to everything about several sleeping immortals.


    Xianyun Zhenxian took the initiative to contact Yuee fairy, and the two sides discussed for a long time.


    Later, Xianyun Zhenxian took the initiative to contact Meng Zhang and approved Meng Zhang''s guess.


    He asked Meng Zhang to strengthen his observation and inform him immediately of any changes.


    Meng Zhang felt very heavy at the thought that several real immortals were about to wake up.


    Several true immortals have long become legends in the Junchen world.


    They conquered the Junchen world and created the Holy Land zongmen, which ruled the Junchen world for many years.


    In the Junchen world, they are the supreme existence.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen, on the other hand, stood on their opposite side.


    Although Meng Zhang has now become a virtual fairy and can be called the strong one in the virtual fairy, there is no way to face several legendary real immortals.


    His greatest hope is that the strong among the foreign invaders, as well as those evil minded people like Xianyun Zhenxian, can contain those real immortals.


    Meng Zhang is still a long way from becoming a true immortal.


    Moreover, because the rules of heaven and earth in Jun dust world have long been changed by several real immortals, even if he accumulated enough, he could not successfully break through to the realm of real immortals.


    Meng Zhang hated this situation.


    For their own sake, several true immortals cut off the path of many friars in Junchen world to become immortals. No wonder they will incur so much resentment.


    At this time, Meng Zhang fully understood the feelings of monks like Taoist in ancient capital.


    Meng Zhang not only accepted the inheritance from Jinxian, but also a rare Heavenly Master in the cultivation world.


    While making efforts to cultivate and enhance accumulation as soon as possible, he carefully observed the operation of the heavenly way in the Jun dust world from the perspective of being a master of heavenly secrets and looked for ways to break the situation.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang paid attention to the movement of the Dark Alliance while trying to practice.


    The friar of taiyimen inquired carefully about the actions of the Dark Alliance, and also contacted those friars who made friends with taiyimen, such as Taoist Shushan and Taoist Youhuan.


    There has been no change against taiyimen in the Dark Alliance.


    Those friars who made friends with taiyimen were not abnormal, and their attitude was the same as before.


    Taoist jueying and Taoist deciduous, whom Meng Zhang trusted most, haven''t heard from Meng Zhang since the last visit.


    According to Meng Zhangtuo''s acquaintances, they seem to be performing a secret mission, which is inconvenient to contact the outside world.


    No matter what impact the death of Lao has on the Dark Alliance, the Dark Alliance has never taken action against taiyimen. Meng Zhang is naturally happy to pretend to be stupid and don''t know anything.


    On the surface, taiyimen still regards the Dark Alliance as a reliable ally as before.


    In the underworld, Taimiao''s strength continues to improve rapidly, and his subordinates have been greatly strengthened from God.


    Maybe before long, too wonderful people will have more strong people who return to the virtual world.


    With the passage of time, the situation in Junchen is still as calm as ever.


    From the Dark Alliance side, we still continue to deliver various messages to taiyimen.


    Among them, the intelligence of foreign invaders is the focus of taiyimen high-level attention.


    Foreign invaders surrounded the Junchen world and kept attacking for nine days.


    There have been many loopholes in the past nine days, which may be broken at any time.


    After the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen Mountain Gate was successfully projected into Youdu City, Meng Zhang had more confidence.


    If foreign invaders really invade the Junchen world and the Taiyi gate cannot resist, Meng Zhang can withdraw the monks in the gate to the sun moon blessed land and defend it with the help of the closed Sun Moon blessed land.


    Of course, this is the last resort.


    Although he would not help, Meng Zhang still hoped that the heavenly palace and the holy places would resist as much as possible to prevent foreign invaders from entering the Junchen world.


    Next, Meng Zhang had a long quiet day.


    On that day, Meng Zhang''s old friend, the ancient Taoist, visited him again.


    This time, the ancient Taoist came on behalf of the real immortals of the three mountains and the king of the sword with snow.


    The two of them jointly ordered to invite the principals of the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world to the heavenly palace for a while.


    Of course, those who are qualified to enter their eyes and invited by them are those powerful Xiuzhen forces.


    The purpose of their invitation is very simple. It is to persuade everyone to work together to overcome difficulties.


    Now the army of foreign invaders is constantly attacking the Junchen world. The cultivators on the side of the Junchen world rely on nine days to resist, which has become more and more difficult.


    At this time, the major Xiuzhen forces should send a large number of reinforcements to stay for nine days to assist in defense.


    The Dark Alliance, which had always stood in the dark, has stood in the light in recent years, and its public activities have become more and more frequent, showing deeper and deeper hostility to the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    The Dark Alliance itself controls a lot of Xiuzhen forces and has expanded vigorously recently.


    Taiyimen, hailing sect and dark alliance formed an alliance to openly confront the heavenly palace.


    With these early birds as an example, many Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world have different hearts, and they are obsessed with the heavenly palace and the holy places, looking for excuses to delay the recruitment order.


    If it were on weekdays, the heavenly palace and the holy places would have suppressed all kinds of disobedience.


    However, given the current situation in Junchen circles, they really can''t allocate too much force for internal repression.


    Other cultivation forces are nothing more. Once a powerful force like taiyimen breaks out, it will set off a large-scale retreat war in the Junchen world, which will greatly affect the internal stability of the Junchen world.


    As a last resort, the heavenly palace and all the holy places have to be gentle.


    They invited the leaders of the major cultivation forces to the heavenly palace to discuss and prepare to make major concessions and even pay a high price in exchange for everyone''s support.


    After all, in any case, the contradiction between them is the internal contradiction between the practitioners of Jun dust world, which can be resolved and alleviated.


    The extraterritorial invader coalition composed of various alien races and the Terran cultivators are the eternal enemies.


    If foreign invaders are allowed to invade the Junchen world, all Xiuzhen forces will suffer.

 Chapter 2347

    Meng Zhang understands the truth that there is no skin, and there is no hair attached.


    There is no need for the ancient Taoist to say those great principles. Meng Zhang knows that what he said is correct.


    But still, Meng Zhang had no confidence in the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    If taiyimen sends reinforcements to Jiutian, will they frame them and sacrifice them as cannon fodder?


    Not to mention these, Meng Zhang is ready to refuse the invitation to the heavenly palace.


    If Meng Zhang really arrives at the heavenly palace and the other party suddenly turns his face and closes the door and beats the dog, Meng Zhang really has no way to escape.


    Even if foreign invaders invade the Junchen world, Meng Zhang will not necessarily die, and Taiyi gate will not necessarily perish.


    However, if the heavenly palace''s calculation, Meng Zhang will not escape, and Taiyi gate will not survive.


    In front of the old friend of the ancient Taoist priest, Meng Zhang didn''t hide his mind at all.


    The ancient Taoist came prepared this time and made up his mind to convince Meng Zhang.


    In addition to persuading Meng Zhang to put the overall situation first, he also took out many real interests.


    After defeating foreign invaders and overcoming difficulties, Taiyi gate will gain benefits second only to Tiangong and the religious gates of major holy places.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places will give up some areas of the Junchen world to Taiyi gate.


    Resource points in the void near the Junchen world can be shared with taiyimen after recovery.


    ¡­¡­


    To be honest, many of the benefits offered by the ancient Taoist are the dream of the former taiyimen.


    The things he took out were very tempting, but they couldn''t move Meng Zhang now.


    No matter how good things are, they can only be enjoyed with life.


    Taiyimen has long passed the stage of simply pursuing interests and will not be cheated into a thief ship.


    And in Meng Zhang''s heart, there is a very dark idea.


    If the practitioners of the Junchen world really defeated the foreign invaders and had no foreign enemies, the prickly head like Taiyi gate must be the first target of all the holy places.


    No matter how the ancient Taoist persuades and lures, Meng Zhang, who has made up his mind, is to bite to death and firmly disagree to respond to the call of the heavenly palace and send reinforcements to Jiutian.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is so firm and so does not give face to the ancient Taoist capital. This has nothing to do with their friendship. It is entirely due to the past behavior of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    After persuading for a long time, the ancient Taoist couldn''t persuade Meng Zhang to agree to send reinforcements. He had to retreat and ask for the second place.


    He frankly told Meng Zhang that his authority was limited, which was the best condition he could put forward.


    If Meng Zhang has any other requirements and needs any other guarantee, you can go to the heavenly palace and slowly discuss with the prince of companion snow sword and the three mountain true immortals.


    Meng Zhang, who is determined to refuse, is even more reluctant to go to the heavenly palace and throw himself into the net.


    The ancient Taoist also understood Meng Zhang''s concerns, but even if Meng Zhang didn''t believe in the snow sword king, would he still believe in the three mountains?


    This time, the principals of major cultivation forces are invited to the heavenly palace. The real immortals of three mountains and the king of companion snow sword come forward.


    Sanshan Zhenxian can guarantee the safety of the participants and ensure their freedom to come and go without any embarrassment.


    Although he has never had contact with Sanshan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang has long heard of its name.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is an old brand of Zhenxian. It is famous and its reputation has almost spread all over the empty world.


    At the level of Zhenxian, Sanshan Zhenxian is a well deserved top power.


    Not to mention the brilliant achievements of Sanshan Zhenxian in his early years in the void, it is only about the war with foreign invaders in recent years.


    It is preached that several true immortals in the Jun dust world have been sleeping in the depths of the source sea, and the combat power of the true immortals available in the Jun dust world is limited.


    The strength of Xuanxuan''s ancestors and the three lions is very general. They all rely on the real immortals of the three mountains to support the scene.


    The foreign invaders have a number of strong real immortals, but even if they work together, they have been unable to completely suppress the three mountains of real immortals.


    In these thousands of years, the real immortals of the three mountains, relying solely on their own strength, have dealt with many enemies of the same level and blocked them out of the Junchen world.


    In many battles, Sanshan Zhenxian easily defeated the strong enemies of the same rank who had the advantage of number of people.


    It was not until recent years that more and more powerful real immortals gathered among foreign invaders, and their cooperation became more and more tacit, that Sanshan real immortals had to retreat on their own initiative.


    Even so, Sanshan Zhenxian can always protect themselves.


    Many times, even if the enemy has an advantage and is worried about the mortal counterattack of Sanshan Zhenxian, they have to temporarily relax their suppression and dare not force them too much.


    It can be said that Sanshan Zhenxian is the real sea god needle in Jun dust world.


    Without his existence, the Junchen world would have fallen.


    Meng Zhang naturally admires such figures as Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang also spent a lot of effort to collect information about the real immortals of the three mountains.


    No matter the information obtained from that way, it shows that Sanshan Zhenxian is a person who has his word and promises.


    Even Xianyun Zhenxian, who has been thinking about the Junchen world, paid full respect to the Sanshan Zhenxian when communicating with Meng Zhang in the past.


    Although the three mountain true immortals guarded the Junchen world and stood opposite his enemy, they had no doubt about the character of the three mountain true immortals.


    As a Taoist in the ancient capital, his friendship with Meng Zhang should not falsely preach the imperial edict and deceive Meng Zhang.


    Since he said that there were three real immortals to provide guarantee this time, it should be true.


    In order to eliminate everyone''s concerns, Sanshan Zhenxian is willing to guarantee. According to reason, Meng Zhang should not have more doubts.


    Previously, the ancient capital Taoist has refused once. This time, the ancient capital Taoist just asked Meng Zhang to go to the heavenly palace and negotiate directly with the three mountain real immortals. Meng Zhang can''t refuse again.


    However, from the perspective of the active running of the ancient Taoist, he mostly put aside his previous resentment and worked for the heavenly palace again.


    As the old Taoist in the ancient capital of Tiangong, no matter how much he hates the holy places, he still doesn''t want to see foreign invaders break through Jiutian and enter the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang did not refuse the invitation of ancient Taoist, saying that he would seriously consider it.


    Even if he would not go there in person, he would send envoys representing him to the heavenly palace to participate in the general assembly and discuss how to fight against foreign invaders.


    Although the ancient Taoist priest was not very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement, he also knew that he could not ask for more.


    Who let the heavenly palace completely fall to the sect doors of the major holy places, which caused great harm to the Taiyi gate and made Meng Zhang hate all the time.


    It is normal for Meng Zhang to be alert to the heavenly palace.


    After his persuasion, Meng Zhang''s attitude was obviously relaxed, and such progress has been very good.


    Even if Meng Zhang doesn''t go to the heavenly palace in person, as long as he sends a representative who can decide, the ancient Taoist believes that the three mountains are true immortals. They are sure to persuade the representative of Taiyi gate to promise to send troops to support Jiutian.

 Chapter 2348

    With Meng Zhang''s promise, the ancient Taoist left Taiyi gate with satisfaction.


    After he left, Meng Zhang summoned the middle and high levels of the door to discuss everything the ancient Taoist said.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s report, there were many disputes at the middle and senior levels of the door, but they soon reached an agreement on the main issues.


    All senior officials of taiyimen opposed Meng Zhang''s going to Tiangong to attend the meeting.


    Meng Zhang is the pillar of Taiyi gate. He must not lose anything and must not rush to dangerous places easily.


    Meng Zhang himself is also very exclusive of going to the heavenly palace in person.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has outstanding reputation, but after all, he has no contact with Meng zhangsu. Meng Zhang can''t be completely relieved of him.


    Even with his promise, Meng Zhang''s safety cannot be fully guaranteed.


    At this time, the Taiyi gate and the major Holy Land Sect gates have completely torn their faces and are the enemy in the front. There must be no carelessness.


    Although there are many Taiyi sect''s return to virtual power, most of them are the power in the early stage of return to virtual power. The sect mainly relies on Meng Zhang, the virtual immortal, to fill the scene.


    Since Meng Zhang doesn''t go to the heavenly palace in person, he needs to send an envoy who can represent him.


    Niu Dawei took the initiative to ask for orders, and everyone had no objection.


    As the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang and the acting leader in charge of the daily affairs of Taiyi sect, Niu Dawei can fully represent Meng Zhang and Taiyi sect.


    Moreover, Niu Dawei''s cultivation is completely capable.


    Although he has only the cultivation accomplishments in the early stage of returning to the virtual world, he can fight even against the monks in the middle stage of returning to the virtual world with a wind and thunder axe and a good Taoist magic.


    As long as Meng Zhang and taiyimen are still there, the heavenly palace cannot embarrass Niu greatly.


    It is meaningless for them to detain and even kill Niu Dawei, which will only arouse the anger of taiyimen.


    It seems that Niu Dawei''s safety is guaranteed.


    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei, the two masters and disciples, can use their secrets and keep in touch all the time.


    We also provided many opinions on Niu Dawei''s policy after he arrived at the heavenly palace.


    There is no need for Niu Dawei not to give San Shan real face, let alone make the relationship too rigid.


    Although the Taiyi gate has long been in opposition to the heavenly palace, the heavenly palace now takes the initiative to extend an olive branch to the Taiyi gate to ease the relationship with the Taiyi gate. The Taiyi gate cannot be ignored.


    In any case, the heavenly palace is different from the religious gates of the major holy places, and the Taiyi gate is far from being immortal.


    It is in the interests of taiyimen to maintain the status quo of Junchen.


    Taiyimen is also unwilling to see foreign invaders break through the nine days and invade the interior of Junchen world.


    If the conditions proposed by the heavenly palace are appropriate and the real immortals of the three mountains can provide sufficient guarantee, taiyimen can consider sending some reinforcements to Jiutian.


    How to discuss and fight for the interests of taiyimen depends on Niu Dawei''s flexibility.


    Although there are some differences between the attitude of the middle and senior management of the door and Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang still obeyed everyone''s opinions.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who can''t listen to good advice, and there''s no need to make a speech in the sect.


    His authority is not manifested by arbitrariness.


    It is probably that the attitude of the original companion Xue Jianjun changed and completely fell to the religious doors of the major holy places, which caused great harm to Meng Zhang.


    He has been brooding on the matter and is unwilling to put it down easily.


    Now the heavenly palace has begun to take the initiative to ease its attitude and show kindness to taiyimen. However, Meng Zhang is always unwilling to accept the kindness released by the heavenly palace because of his paranoia.


    Seeing the discussion between the middle and high levels of the door, Meng Zhang also accepted everyone''s opinions and changed his previous attitude.


    Still, there is no eternal enemy or forever friend in the cultivation world.


    Tiangong and taiyimen have never been enemies, let alone deep blood feuds.


    It is in the interests of taiyimen to ease relations with Tiangong.


    What''s more, this time, the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects are obviously looking for the major cultivation forces in the cultivation world. Even the three mountain true immortals who are high above have come forward.


    Taiyimen can take advantage of this great opportunity to strive for more interests for their own family.


    Meng Zhang really does not need to put his own likes and dislikes above the interests of the sect.


    Since Meng Zhang is the leader of Taiyi sect, he should not only focus on his own happiness, but should focus on the interests of the sect.


    After Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of the door had discussed it, Niu Dawei was ready to leave.


    Because the situation is urgent, the Tiangong side is still urging badly.


    Before Niu Dawei set off, taiyimen still breathed with his allies.


    Due to their limited strength, the Hailing faction''s attitude towards the outside world has always been not tough enough.


    In the process of the rise of Hailing sect, he also received a lot of help from Tiangong.


    The Hailing sect never thought of rejecting the invitation of the heavenly palace.


    The Dark Alliance, which has never sold the face of the heavenly palace and the holy places, was somehow persuaded by the heavenly palace this time to send middle and high-level officials to the heavenly palace.


    Seeing this attitude of the two allies, Meng Zhang felt more and more that the middle and senior level of the door was reasonable. He had been too ambitious before.


    Since everyone is invited to the heavenly palace, we might as well go together.


    Many people can build a strong momentum.


    You can also discuss any matter in time.


    After the three families exchanged information, Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang, the leader of Hailing sect, went to the Dark Alliance to meet with Fengqing shangzun, the elder of the Dark Alliance, and prepared to go to the heavenly palace together.


    Taoist jueying reminded Meng Zhang earlier that Meng Zhang did not publicize it, but told some high-level officials in the middle of the door.


    Lao Xuan''s wonderful attack on the underworld proves that the reminder of Taoist jueying is not groundless.


    Since the Dark Alliance has colluded with foreign invaders, it has not only become a mortal enemy with Tiangong, but also a public enemy of Junchen world.


    Even the allies of the Dark Alliance are absolutely unwilling to see foreign invaders invade the interior of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang had previously spread some news anonymously through some channels, spreading rumors that the Dark Alliance colluded with foreign invaders, and so far has received little effect.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen can only strengthen their vigilance against the Dark Alliance secretly.


    Niu Dawei has long been warned by Meng Zhang that he has no confidence in the Dark Alliance.


    This time, the Dark Alliance promised to send the elder Feng Qingshang Zun to the heavenly palace at the invitation of Sanshan Zhenxian and Banxue Jianjun. It is mostly a false story, paralyzing the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    After meeting with Niu Dawei, Taoist Haiyang and Fengqing shangzun, they soon began to discuss this trip to the heavenly palace and prepared to coordinate their respective positions in advance.


    Taoist Haiyang has a positive attitude and supports sending reinforcements to Jiutian very much.


    Previously, the Hailing sect and taiyimen stood on the same front, apparently drawing a clear line with the heavenly palace.


    Due to its historical origin, hailing sect has actually kept a certain contact with Tiangong secretly.


    Taiyimen and Dark Alliance knew this and didn''t say much.


    The invitation of Sanshan Zhenxian and Banxue Jianjun was regarded as a rare opportunity by Taoist Haiyang.


    The Hailing sect can take this opportunity to openly restore its relationship with the heavenly palace, which is more conducive to improving its own situation.


    Hai Ling sect, the weakest in strength, is the least willing to be an enemy of Tiangong.

 Chapter 2349

    Although the Dark Alliance has secretly colluded with foreign invaders for a long time, it has no performance on the surface.


    I don''t know whether it''s to cover up or really think so. Feng qingshangzun, the great elder of the Dark Alliance, has a clear attitude, which is to take this opportunity to rob the fire and seek more benefits from the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    As for sending reinforcements to Jiutian, the Dark Alliance will not do so, but it will not stop the actions of its allies.


    For thousands of years, although the Dark Alliance has been a major force in the Junchen world, it has never directly interfered in the major events of the Junchen world.


    The Dark Alliance is not interested in getting involved in the mess over there for nine days.


    Feng qingshangzun''s statement is in line with the consistent position of the Dark Alliance.


    Haiyang Taoist did not say much about Fengqing shangzun''s statement, although he felt a little sorry.


    Everyone has his own ideas and interests.


    The Dark Alliance has adhered to its consistent style of conduct and has no choice to interfere with its allies.


    Niu Dawei is full of vigilance against the Dark Alliance, but he still needs the ally of the Dark Alliance.


    Niu Dawei''s attitude is similar to that of Hailing sect. They all want to ease relations with Tiangong.


    If the conditions of the heavenly palace and the holy places are enough, the Taiyi gate will not refuse to send reinforcements to Jiutian.


    Although the three families have some differences, on the whole, they are willing to maintain peaceful and relaxed relations with the heavenly palace and the holy places for the time being.


    The three discussed how to coordinate their positions and seek benefits from the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    After discussion, the three left the Dark Alliance and went to the heavenly palace.


    The nine days between the heavenly palace and the Jun dust world is the inner area of the nine days, which is still in a state of peace for the time being.


    The military front of the foreign invaders has not pointed to this place, and everything here is normal.


    The nine days between the heavenly palace and the void are the outer area of the nine days, facing the attack launched by foreign invaders from the void.


    The offensive and defensive war between the practitioners of the Junchen world and foreign invaders mainly took place there.


    It is now full of war and holes.


    The three arrived at the heavenly palace smoothly and were warmly received by the heavenly palace.


    The three of them went late. Many leaders of the cultivation forces had already arrived at the heavenly palace first.


    The Tiangong side obviously prepared the conference carefully and attached great importance to it.


    Over time, more and more participants arrived at the heavenly palace.


    This is the most grand gathering in the history of the Junchen world. Almost all the major Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world who are qualified to participate sent people to attend this meeting.


    For a while, many foreign monks gathered in the heavenly palace.


    Before the beginning of the conference, the people of Tiangong secretly negotiated with the envoys of various Xiuzhen forces, and secretly reached many compromise conditions in exchange for everyone''s support for Tiangong.


    The heavenly palace, which has ruled the Junchen world for many years, rarely looks down and talks with all Xiuzhen forces with an equal attitude.


    Each Holy Land Sect also sent envoys to attend the grand meeting to help the heavenly palace persuade all parties to cultivate truth.


    The great holy places have also changed their domineering and superior attitude and become much more peaceful.


    Today''s taiyimen is also one of the top Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen not only has strong strength, but also can influence the choice of many Xiuzhen forces who watch the wind.


    In order to show the importance of Taiyi gate, in addition to the snow sword king, even the real immortals of Sanshan took time out of their busy schedule to meet Niu Dawei, the messenger of Taiyi gate.


    Both of them had a good life and comforted Niu Dawei. They solemnly promised again that the heavenly palace would protect the interests of Taiyi gate. Taiyi gate didn''t have to worry about being infringed by the holy places.


    Banxue Jianjun and Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t talk in detail with Niu da. They just showed their attitude and goodwill when they met him.


    In front of the two, Niu Dawei was very respectful and took the posture of a younger generation.


    Next, Meng Zhang''s old friend, the ancient Taoist, will discuss various details with Niu Dawei.


    Niu Dawei kept in touch with Meng Zhang through the secret method and listened to Meng Zhang''s instructions and the opinions of other senior leaders in the door.


    Of course, due to the barrier of nine days and the prohibition of the heavenly palace itself, Niu Dawei and Meng Zhang are difficult to ensure the synchronization of information at all times, and their contact is intermittent.


    After a series of bargaining between Niu Dawei and the ancient Taoist, good progress has been made.


    If nothing happens, the two sides are not far from reaching an agreement.


    As for Taoist Haiyang, although Niu Dawei didn''t know the details, he also knew that he had a very smooth talk with Tiangong.


    It''s the Fengqing shangzun of the Dark Alliance who has been putting on a full posture and is still grasping the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace also knows the behavior style of the Dark Alliance and does not expect the Dark Alliance to send reinforcements to Jiutian.


    The heavenly palace just hopes that the Dark Alliance will not obstruct it, affect other Xiuzhen forces to reach an agreement with the heavenly palace, and don''t take the opportunity to make trouble in the Junchen world.


    As the three are allies who advance and retreat together, they need to make final coordination before reaching an agreement with Tiangong.


    Although the Dark Alliance has been taking care of the heavenly palace, it has not interfered with the thoughts of taiyimen and hailing sect.


    Fengqing shangzun seems to be embarrassing the heavenly palace, but his attitude is not very fierce. It is clear that he wants to seek more benefits.


    Niu Dawei sent his information back to Taiyi gate, and the middle and senior management of the gate were more relieved about this situation.


    It seems that Tiangong is really sincere to pay the price this time and win over the Xiuzhen forces of all parties to fight against the fierce foreign invaders.


    There may be some dissatisfaction with the major holy places on the other side of the door.


    However, the prestige of the three real immortals is enough to subdue them.


    Several true immortals are still sleeping deep in the source sea. Sanshan true immortals are the number one figures in the Junchen world.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian never interfered in the internal affairs of Junchen world, no one dared to disobey him.


    In fact, Sanshan Zhenxian did not participate in various specific affairs this time, but just expressed his attitude.


    The nine day war situation is very critical. The heavenly palace and the holy places must be changed.


    Not to mention all the holy places, even those sleeping real immortals have great respect for the real immortals of the three mountains.


    In those days, in order to invite the real immortals of the three mountains to guard the Junchen world, several real immortals paid enough price and were very humble before they fell asleep.


    According to Niu Dawei, a Taoist in the ancient capital, several true immortals sleeping in the source sea have expressed their will and asked the religious doors of the major holy places to unconditionally obey the orders of the three mountain true immortals and fully cooperate with him.


    With the guarantee of Sanshan Zhenxian and Banxue Jianjun, Taiyi gate should not worry about the framing of the sect gates of the holy places in the future.


    Seeing that Niu Dawei was about to reach an agreement with the Taoist priest of the ancient capital, the senior management of taiyimen began to consider making preparations in advance and arranging the reinforcements sent to Jiutian.


    It is probably that foreign invaders stepped up their attacks on Jiutian. Many arrays and prohibitions within Jiutian were fully opened, and there were big shocks from time to time throughout Jiutian.


    The connection between Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei has been greatly disturbed, and the two sides are often out of touch.


    Meng Zhangming was not too nervous after he found out the reason.


    Since Tiangong has no malice and the two sides are about to reach an agreement, there is nothing to worry about.


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei had lost contact for three consecutive days.


    Niu Dawei''s soul lamp enshrined in Taiyi gate remains intact. There is nothing different from Meng Zhang''s secret method induction.


    However, in order to ensure that he knew the details of the final negotiation between Niu Dawei and the ancient Taoist priest as soon as possible, Meng Zhang began to consider whether to send another Huixu Daneng to the heavenly palace to have a face-to-face conversation with Niu Dawei and bring the latest news back to taiyimen.


    On that day, Meng Zhang called Yang Xueyi and other great powers back to the virtual world. When he was preparing to discuss the candidates sent to the heavenly palace, there were bursts of continuous roars in the sky.


    Several people''s faces changed slightly, and they flew up into the sky and looked up.


    With their eyesight, they can penetrate all kinds of fog and directly see the interior of nine days.


    I saw that the roar in the sky became more and more intense. It was almost deafening and made ordinary people''s eardrums ache.


    In the nine days that it was originally a whole, gaps of different sizes were broken.


    Within nine days, the buildings were collapsing, and the Dharma array and prohibition were collapsing rapidly.


    With the passage of time, the number of gaps within nine days is increasing and becoming larger and larger.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, this is to poke holes in Tiandu.


    As the defense layer of Jun dust world, Jiutian is integrated and has a special connection with Jun dust world.


    Great changes took place in the nine days, and the whole Jun dust world was greatly affected.


    The continuous roar within nine days spread to almost every corner of the Jun dust world.


    The continuous vibration for nine days has driven the vibration of the whole Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang and others standing high in the air felt the earth and heaven earthquake, and waves of shock came from the originally stable space.


    The earth below also began to shake violently.


    The vast land, like the water, fluctuates and fluctuates rapidly.


    The mountains above the earth began to collapse, towns began to collapse, and panic stricken people were everywhere.


    Even many practitioners began to feel frightened.


    As the barrier of the Jun dust world, Jiutian has guarded the Jun dust world for thousands of years. It has always been very stable and has never experienced major changes.


    At present, there is such a sudden change in nine days. Meng Zhang and others feel great uneasiness and speculate at the same time.


    Could it be that the foreign invaders have broken through for nine days?


    Previously, Meng Zhang''s intelligence obtained from various channels said that the attacks of foreign invaders were becoming more and more fierce. They were under great pressure for nine days and were about to lose their support.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, the great pressure brought by foreign invaders is true, but nine days should not be so easy to break through.


    The Tiangong temple and all the holy places claim that this is nothing more than to urge all Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world to send reinforcements to Jiutian.


    In mengzhang, they think that even if the situation in the nine days is tense and critical, they should be able to continue for a long time.


    Meng Zhang never thought that nine days would be broken so quickly.


    Guarding the Junchen world for thousands of years, it has always been an indestructible nine days. Why did it collapse in front of them?


    More and more taiyimen friars flew high into the sky and carefully observed what had happened in the nine days.


    Those friars who have not achieved enough accomplishments may not be able to see what is happening in the nine days, but the changes coming from the nine days have made them guess.


    With the collapse of nine days, all kinds of things inside began to break away from the scope of nine days and fall downward.


    Corpses in different forms, cloud beasts struggling and twisting, all kinds of fragments


    Like raindrops, they lean down one after another.


    These things seem insignificant. When they fall to the ground, they will certainly bring huge damage and casualties.


    Those big pieces are like meteorites.


    Those struggling cloud beasts can''t survive for a long time without the special environment of nine days.


    However, with their strength, the struggle before death will probably cause great damage to the surrounding areas.


    Meng Zhang can''t control other places. At least the territory of taiyimen is not allowed to suffer huge damage, let alone huge casualties.


    With his order, the whole taiyimen took immediate action.


    Those monks who were watching the excitement in the air were busy one after another.


    Taiyimen, which has been facing strong enemies and has been in danger for many years, has long arranged many plans to deal with various accidents.


    According to the plan, taiyimen senior management mobilized many taiyimen friars to go everywhere as soon as possible to resist various threats from high altitude and strive to ensure the safety of the territory.


    The well-trained friar taiyimen soon took action.


    Meng Zhang and others have no action and are still watching the change.


    Judging from the situation of Jiutian, most of the heavy barrier of Jiutian was broken by foreign invaders.


    Without nine days of protection, the Junchen world will face the threat in the void and is likely to be directly attacked by foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang and others need to be prepared to deal with all kinds of changes at any time.


    Meng Zhang and others have been to the void after nine days, and many of them have the experience of garrisoning in nine days.


    They still know more about the situation of nine days.


    As a special barrier covering the Jun dust world, Jiutian has a very wide internal range.


    Thousands of years ago, several true immortals spent a lot of money to construct the special defense facility of nine days by using the original fetal membrane of heaven and earth in Jun dust world before they fell asleep.


    Even if it was attacked by foreign invaders in nine days, it didn''t collapse so quickly.


    Judging from the great news from some areas of Jiutian, there are also practitioners fighting and resisting foreign invaders in Jiutian.


    Out of the common hatred of the enemy, Meng Zhang and others all want to rise up in the sky, fight for nine days and join the battle to help the cultivators resist foreign invaders.


    But they all suppressed their eager thoughts and did not act rashly.


    They won''t act rashly when the enemy''s situation is unknown.


    With the breakthrough of Jiutian, the whole Junchen world will face severe challenges next.


    As the pillars of the sect, they must remain calm and retain enough combat effectiveness to meet the challenges ahead.


    Their primary goal is taiyimen, not the whole Junchen world.

 Chapter 2350

    In the distant sky, the movement from nine days is getting bigger and bigger.


    For ordinary people in the Junchen world, it''s like the end of the world is coming and the sky is falling.


    For practitioners who know the truth, the catastrophe of the cultivation world is coming, and the next days are also very difficult.


    No one can tell when the nine days will completely collapse and when foreign invaders will kill them?


    The whole Junchen world, whether practitioners or mortals, fell into great panic.


    Meng Zhang and the middle and high level of the gate have been observing the situation for nine days.


    Although for the sake of caution, they had better respond near the taiyimen Mountain Gate, they had better understand the situation of the nine days, especially the movements of foreign invaders, before deciding on the next action.


    Niu Dawei, the eldest disciple of Meng Zhang, is still in the heavenly palace. I don''t know how his situation is?


    I''m afraid the heavenly palace will not be spared if it is broken in nine days?


    Meng Zhang is very concerned about the safety of this descendant.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and asked the middle and senior level of the door to continue to stand by here. He decided to go to Jiutian to check it himself.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, as long as he is not besieged by enemies of the same level, even if the situation is worse, he should have the ability to retreat.


    As for the foreign invaders of Zhenxian level, I''m afraid they won''t go deep into the Junchen world so easily.


    Meng Zhenzhang tries to make contact with the immortal in the void.


    It is probably that there is still a big war in the nine days. The array and prohibition inside have not been completely destroyed, but caused great interference under the full excitation.


    Meng Zhang''s contact with Xianyun Zhenxian was not smooth.


    Without contact with Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang had to give up temporarily.


    Meng Zhang soared into the sky and suddenly entered the nine days.


    In the nine days at this time, there was a complete mess.


    Due to the pressure of foreign invaders, the heavenly palace and the holy places have focused their main forces on the side of Jiutian facing the void and relying on the defense facilities there to resist the enemy.


    Jiutian faces the inner side of the Junchen world, and his defense is very empty.


    After special design, this vast area is stocked with countless cloud beasts and many resource output points.


    This floor is not so much a defense facility as a training ground for cultivating practitioners in the Jun dust world.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects do not want to see a dead spirit in the cultivation world, and the cultivators have no way to make progress.


    The practitioners in the later stage of Jindan can enter Jiutian and collect the essence of Jiutian.


    The heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects occupy the main resource points within nine days, and are willing to give some fur and bones to other large-scale cultivation forces.


    In order to compete for resource points within nine days, many Xiuzhen forces have been fighting for years.


    Meng Zhang is already an immortal, but he is often amazed at the means of building nine days.


    The higher his cultivation is, the higher he stands, and the more he can realize many mysteries of Jiutian.


    Jiutian integrates the heaven and earth fetal membrane of Jun dust world. It is not only the protective barrier of Jun dust world, but also has many wonderful functions.


    Meng Zhang wandered in the void and has been to many big worlds. He has never seen such an exquisite design of Jiutian.


    As far as he knows, nine days can be completed, which is not only the credit of several sleeping real immortals, but also reflects the superb inheritance of fairyland in Lingkong fairyland.


    Meng Zhang sometimes fantasizes that if taiyimen can control a big world alone in the future, it must build such facilities as Jiutian.


    Originally, although the inner layer of Jiutian seems chaotic, it still has its rules.


    However, as soon as Meng Zhang entered the ninth day, it was a scene of ruin and chaos.


    I don''t know how much effort it took our predecessors to design and build the nine days, which has become the current scene. Meng Zhang feels a little sad.


    The outer layer of nine days should be completely occupied.


    However, judging from the movement from there, the resistance has not disappeared and the two sides are still at war.


    In the course of the battle, the battle aftershocks produced by the fighting of many powerful forces caused great damage to the inner layer of Jiutian.


    In addition, a small number of foreign invaders entered the inner layer for nine days.


    These guys seem to have red eyes. They didn''t expect to directly enter the Junchen world, but wantonly destroy, kill and rob here.


    In fact, Jiutian has many key pillars, which are located in the inner layer.


    Destroying these pillars in the inner layer will help to completely destroy the outer defense.


    Foreign invaders and Junchen have been entangled for thousands of years, and the two sides have long forged countless blood feuds.


    Not to mention far away, in recent years alone, foreign invaders have been pressing on the Junchen world step by step, which seems to have the upper hand. However, in one battle after another, the foreign invaders have paid heavy casualties.


    Many members of the major ethnic groups of the extraterritorial invaders died in the war.


    Even though many ethnic groups have weak family ties, and the devil''s way and the like have never had family ties, the long-term cruel war still makes them accumulate too much hatred and resentment.


    Now within nine days, many foreign invaders can''t help but start to vent wantonly.


    In addition, the invasion of Junchen by foreign invaders is itself to seize various resources.


    In particular, the middle and lower classes of foreign invaders do not see too long-term interests, but only seize everything in front of them.


    Not far from Meng Zhang, flying boats are catching cloud beasts everywhere, and teams of foreign invaders are plundering resource points.


    Before entering the nine days, Meng Zhang restrained his breath.


    Now it is obvious that the foreign invaders have the advantage. They just come to investigate the situation, but they don''t want to attract the enemy''s firepower.


    Within nine days, the inner layer itself has no garrison force.


    Even the cloud beasts bred and released here have uneven strength. Even the cloud beasts at the level of Yuanshen are very rare.


    The team of foreign invaders entered here and basically did not encounter too much resistance.


    Some foreign invaders began to be dissatisfied with the harvest within nine days, and began to leave nine days and kill the past towards the interior of the Junchen world.


    These foreign invaders have a low level of strength and have not been suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    The exclusion and suppression of outsiders by the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world depends on the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, and on the strength of the fetal membrane of heaven and earth.


    The consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world is now heavily suppressed by several real immortals, paralyzed by various methods, and the operation has become very slow.


    The fetal membrane of heaven and earth in Jun dust world has long been integrated into Jiutian, and Jiutian has now been broken, with serious damage and holes everywhere.


    If this situation continues, with the passage of time, the exclusion and suppression of outsiders by the rules of heaven and earth in Jun dust world will become weaker and weaker.

 Chapter 2351

    Meng Zhang was too lazy to take care of these foreign invaders who plundered everywhere.


    As for the few extraterritorial invaders who entered the Junchen world, it is impossible to cause too much damage for the time being.


    Meng Zhang can''t guarantee in other places, but if the foreign invaders enter the territory of taiyimen, they will be eliminated in time by the friars of taiyimen and Hanhai road alliance.


    Meng Zhang just observed the surrounding situation and continued to rush in the direction of the heavenly palace.


    He will not deliberately eliminate the foreign invaders he meets on the road.


    But if the other party doesn''t open his eyes and wants to take the initiative to come and die, he won''t be merciful.


    Meng Zhang has realized that from the perspective of the development of the situation, the next biggest opponent of taiyimen may not be the Holy zongmen who have ruled the Junchen world for many years, but these vicious extraterritorial invaders.


    Foreign invaders have broken through for nine days, and it is only a matter of time before they enter the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang came all the way and wiped out many foreign invaders. He soon came to the vicinity of the heavenly palace.


    Located within nine days, the heavenly palace is composed of a large continuous building complex, just like a huge floating continent.


    The heavenly palace is the highest institution that nominally rules the Junchen world. It is the ruling center of the Junchen world.


    A large number of transmitting Dharma arrays are built inside the heavenly palace, which can transmit monks to every corner of the Jun dust world.


    There is a Tianwei thunder punishment array in the heavenly palace, which can monitor and deter the whole Jun dust world.


    The heaven and earth kill array in the heavenly palace is the strongest weapon to resist the attack of foreign invaders.


    ¡­¡­


    Most importantly, the heavenly palace is the hub and core of the protective barrier of Jiutian.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to stop his progress before he was too close to the heavenly palace.


    Outside the heavenly palace, there are teams of foreign invaders wandering back and forth.


    Among these foreign invaders, there is no lack of strong ones at the virtual level and even the virtual immortal level.


    Many foreign invaders approached the heavenly palace, but did not launch a rash attack, just hovering around the periphery.


    The heavenly palace itself is a huge defensive fortress, which concentrates a large part of the top combat power of the Junchen world.


    In the outer area of Jiutian, which is not too far from the heavenly palace, fierce war is still breaking out.


    There came bursts of terrible power and breath. Even if it was far away, Meng Zhang felt a bit thrilling.


    That''s a power fluctuation far beyond Meng Zhang''s current strength level. It should be a battle between the strong at the Zhenxian level.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to lean over rashly. Instead, he hid his body shape and swam outside the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang''s adventure lasted nine days. First, he explored the specific situation here and second, he contacted Niu Dawei.


    When he came to a place not too far from the heavenly palace, all kinds of interference weakened within nine days. Meng Zhang used his secret method and finally felt the existence of Niu Dawei.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to get in touch with Niu Dawei.


    As soon as the two sides resumed contact, Niu Dawei didn''t have a word of nonsense and directly reported to Meng Zhang what had happened in Tiangong recently.


    Although the contact between the two people was not very smooth and intermittent due to some external interference, Meng Zhang finally figured out what happened after some twists and turns.


    The meeting held by the heavenly palace was originally very successful, and the major forces of truth cultivation were persuaded by the heavenly palace.


    In other words, they were moved by the interests of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    Even the Dark Alliance, which has always been against the heavenly palace, agreed to keep its own course and stop making trouble.


    Both taiyimen and hailing sect are ready to sign an agreement with Tiangong, and Fengqing shangzun has no objection at all.


    Taiyimen not only obtained sufficient security from the heavenly palace, but also obtained a lot of benefits.


    Tiangong also achieved its goal.


    As long as this gathering is over, the major Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world will send reinforcements to fully support the fight in the nine days.


    With the full cooperation of the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world and fully tap the war potential within the Junchen world, nine days will be able to support a longer time.


    Seeing the good situation, an unexpected accident happened.


    Tianlei Xuxian, who was in the forefront and led many practitioners to resist foreign invaders, suddenly rebelled.


    Tianlei Xuxian took the initiative to release the defense line and put the strong ones of foreign invaders into Jiutian.


    He also worked with foreign invaders to destroy several important pillars of the heaven and earth kill array.


    The core of heaven and earth kill array is located in the heavenly palace, but many important pillars and nodes are located within nine days.


    Only in this way can the heaven and earth kill array project its great lethality into the void and attack the enemy attacking from the void.


    When there is a problem with the heaven and earth kill array, the Junchen world loses its powerful weapon to block the enemy''s strong ones of Zhenxian level.


    The enemy''s real immortal level strong man led many foreign invaders from the gap in the defense line opened by Tianlei Xuxian, directly entered Jiutian and went straight to Tiangong.


    Three real immortals of the three mountains, three lions and Xuanxuan''s ancestors, led the support team to take the initiative to go up.


    Although they temporarily blocked the enemy''s strong real immortal level, many foreign invaders completely broke through Jiutian and smashed Jiutian to pieces.


    Jiutian has completely lost, and the defeated cultivators try to withdraw to the heavenly palace.


    They are still entangled with the enemy''s strong real immortals to cover the retreat of their own survivors.


    At the same time when Tianlei Xuxian was in trouble, many high-level officials also took the opportunity to make trouble inside the heavenly palace, destroying many key places of Tianwei thunder punishment array and heaven and earth kill array.


    These guys who make trouble inside the heavenly palace should have something to do with the Dark Alliance.


    Without saying hello, Fengqing shangzun joined the troublemaker.


    At this meeting held by the heavenly palace, many strong returning to the virtual world controlled by the Dark Alliance took the opportunity to sneak in.


    According to Niu Dawei''s later speculation, many members of the heavenly palace were controlled by the Dark Alliance, or their accomplices.


    When the heavenly palace was in chaos, Niu Dawei, Taoist Haiyang, and a large number of strong people who returned to emptiness did not join, but watched.


    Especially Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang, as allies of the Dark Alliance, their situation suddenly became very embarrassing.


    The heavenly palace has been peaceful for a long time. No one would have thought that there would be chaos in the heavenly palace.


    Since the cultivators established their rule in the Junchen world and established the heavenly palace, the heavenly palace has never been directly attacked.


    The interior of the heavenly palace has maintained peace for thousands of years.


    Including the monks of the holy places, no one dares to fight inside the heavenly palace.


    Last time, the monks of the holy places controlled the key parts of the heavenly palace. With the help of insiders, they mainly used coercion and inducement, and there was no decent battle at all.


    This time, under the guidance of the Dark Alliance, a large group of foreign friars colluded with the internal members of the heavenly palace and cooperated with each other. They wreaked havoc and created chaos in the heavenly palace, causing great losses to the unprepared heavenly palace.

 Chapter 2352

    First, they led the main force of the heavenly palace to Jiutian for support, and then Fengqing shangzun and other Dark Alliance friars took the opportunity to make trouble.


    Caught off guard, Tiangong suffered a great loss, and the interior was once in great chaos.


    Tianlei Xuxian suddenly betrayed and joined hands with foreign invaders, but destroyed the pillars and nodes of heaven and earth kill array within nine days, so that its power could not be projected too far.


    The body of heaven and earth kill array is located inside the heavenly palace and remains intact.


    If the heaven and earth kill array is activated, it can still exert its power near the heavenly palace.


    They should have obtained detailed information and colluded with Tianlei Xuxian and foreign invaders.


    The main targets of their destruction inside the heavenly palace are the heaven and earth killing array and the Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    The control cores of these two large arrays are located in the depths of the heavenly palace and are closely guarded. It is difficult for outsiders to get close to them on weekdays.


    However, the two large arrays are too large and extend widely.


    Many key parts are located throughout the heavenly palace.


    In recent years, Tiangong has been short of manpower.


    For some guard tasks, the heavenly palace will inevitably be slack.


    Fengqing shangzun''s purposeful and organized action destroyed and destroyed many key parts of the two formations.


    Until these key parts are repaired, it will be difficult for the two large arrays to exert their power.


    Without the help of these two large arrays for the time being, the Xiuzhen side of the Junchen world will lose its combat power and fall into a very passive position.


    Especially in the face of the enemy''s combat power of Zhenxian level, it will be difficult for the Junchen side to resist.


    It can be said that these guys who are familiar with the inner affairs of Tiangong happened to hit the weakness of Tiangong.


    After the destruction, Fengqing shangzun managed to escape from the heavenly palace under the cover of his insiders.


    With the exception of a few unlucky people, most of them have retreated.


    For the heavenly palace, it''s not just a slap on the face. It''s simply throwing the heavenly palace''s face on the ground and trampling it wantonly.


    Fengqing shangzun and others ran away cleanly. Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang were closely related to the Dark Alliance. The monks who did not participate in the destruction became the object of anger.


    After the incident, many high-level officials of the heavenly palace, including Mr. peixue Jianjun, went to Jiutian for reinforcements. The ancient Taoist capital was temporarily in charge of staying in the heavenly palace.


    Although the monks in the heavenly palace, including those in the main holy places, claim that Niu Dawei and others are with Fengqing shangzun and must be severely punished.


    But the ancient Taoist suppressed these sounds and placed Niu Da alone from others.


    The Taoist priest of ancient capital protected Niu Da for them, not just because of their many years of friendship with Meng Zhang.


    The ancient Taoist priest was not dazzled by anger. He knew that Niu Dawei and most of them were unaware of Fengqing shangzun''s actions.


    Otherwise, they will get involved early in the morning, and they can escape from the heavenly palace with fengqingshangzun early. There is no need to stay here at all.


    At this time, instead of punishing Niu Dawei and them, he wants to protect them and win them over.


    The sea spirit sect has also been put in place. Taiyi gate is a giant enough to fight against all the holy places.


    Tiangong, which is in urgent need of external support, must not push Taiyi gate to the enemy''s side at this time.


    The Taoist in the ancient capital put the overall situation first, but others may not understand it.


    If those people in the heavenly palace may just vent their anger, the monks of the holy places are uneasy and kind.


    Although an ancient Taoist is the deputy director of the heavenly palace and an immortal, he is far from being able to subdue all opponents.


    In order to appease the opponents, he couldn''t herd cattle for them to leave, so he had to let them stay in the heavenly palace for the time being.


    Due to the appeasement of ancient Taoist, Niu Dawei and others were in good mood.


    For them, this result is already very good.


    With their accomplishments, it is impossible to break out of the heavenly palace by force.


    Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei were relieved after their communication.


    Even if the heavenly palace is now in a weak state, with Meng Zhang''s cultivation, it is impossible to break in and save Niu Dawei and them.


    Since their lives are not in danger for the time being and there is the care of ancient Taoist, let them stay in the heavenly palace for a while.


    Meng Zhang himself was not in a hurry to leave here, but continued to linger around the heavenly palace and carefully observed the nearby war.


    The main force of foreign invaders is still placed on Jiutian and Tiangong. Now only a small force invades the Junchen world.


    Even if all these intruders break into the territory of taiyimen, they can''t turn over too much wind and waves.


    What''s more, the Junchen world is so vast. How much power can such a group of extraterritorial invaders have in such a vast area?


    Even if Meng Zhang is absent, taiyimen, who has many great powers of returning to emptiness, is enough to deal with all kinds of situations.


    Meng Zhang did not rashly expose his whereabouts, but hid in the dark and looked around.


    With the passage of time, more and more practitioners fled from the outer layer of Jiutian and fled to the heavenly palace.


    A group of practitioners flew out of the heavenly palace to receive and cover these defeated fugitives into the heavenly palace.


    The foreign invaders surrounding the heavenly palace immediately intercepted and tried to eliminate more practitioners.


    Fierce battles broke out just outside the heavenly palace.


    The main force of foreign invaders is still in the outer layer of Jiutian, and the combat power of Zhenxian level is temporarily entangled by Sanshan Zhenxian.


    The number and strength of the extraterritorial invaders surrounding the heavenly palace are very limited, so it is difficult to completely block the periphery of the heavenly palace.


    Under the leadership of several virtual immortals flying out of the heavenly palace, the cultivators cooperated inside and outside, and temporarily killed and retreated the nearby foreign invaders.


    For the monks who had been stationed for nine days, the heavenly palace was the nearest refuge. Escaping into the heavenly palace is the most convenient and safe.


    A famous cultivator fled into the heavenly palace from all directions.


    They are healing and self-cultivation.


    Some practitioners in good condition also take the initiative to help meet other practitioners, or directly join the defense of the heavenly palace.


    As more and more practitioners withdraw from Jiutian to Tiangong, the power of Tiangong is gradually strengthening.


    As more and more practitioners withdraw from the front line, they bring back more information.


    Niu Dawei, they were still isolated at first, and it was difficult to get in touch with others.


    Because the guards around Tianbo have changed for a few days.


    In his early years, Niu Dawei represented taiyimen in the heavenly palace for many years. He not only knew his head very well, but also made many friends in the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang made friends with Banxue Jianjun and the ancient Taoist capital. The relationship between taiyimen and Tiangong also had a honeymoon period. The two monks had frequent contacts.


    Among these guards, some had friends with Niu Dawei.


    Having nothing to do, Niu Dawei began to talk with the guards.


    Due to the orders of the ancient Taoist priest, these guards were very angry with the cattle, and they had no hostility.


    During the conversation, he revealed a lot of seemingly unimportant information.

 Chapter 2353

    Those practitioners who later fled to the heavenly palace revealed a lot of specific information about the betrayal of Tianlei Xuxian.


    By word of mouth, these information was transmitted quickly, and many irrelevant friars knew it.


    The friars who took turns to guard Niu Dawei also took the opportunity to rest.


    During the rest, they don''t reject chatting.


    Anyway, these things are not secrets, and they say them without scruples.


    Niu Dawei, who was under house arrest in the heavenly palace, tried to overcome various difficulties and contacted Meng Zhang from time to time to exchange information.


    To tell you the truth, many practitioners familiar with this person, including Meng Zhang, were very surprised when they learned that Tianlei Xuxian had betrayed him.


    Tianlei Xuxian is a fierce general of Tiangong. He has participated in many wars in Junchen world.


    Before the great alliance of foreign invaders was realized, Tiangong and the various races that formed the coalition forces, all over the world, had fought many times.


    In the void, we have constant daily conflicts. In order to seize the resources in the void, they fought many times.


    Although Tianlei Xuxian was born in casual cultivation, he had long been involved in the heavenly palace and was regarded as the lineage of the heavenly palace. He was vigorously cultivated by the heavenly palace.


    Tianlei Xuxian almost never asked about the internal affairs of Jun dust world, but spent all his energy in the void.


    During the foreign war, Tianlei Xuxian achieved brilliant achievements and won many important resource points, which can be said to be hard work and high achievements.


    Tianlei Xuxian''s loyalty to the heavenly palace has never been questioned.


    In those days, Buddhism used to spend great efforts to secretly win over Tianlei Xuxian.


    However, Tianlei Xuxian turned around and bought the Buddhism and told the head of the heavenly palace the details of the communication between the two sides.


    In addition, during World War I, Tianlei Xuxian deliberately attracted Buddhist friars to take the bait and hit them hard.


    Meng Zhang himself was one of the participants in the battle of Buddha friars designed by Tianlei Xuxian.


    At that time, Meng Zhang''s cultivation level was still very general, but he played an important role in the plan.


    Later, Meng Zhang also felt that Buddhist friars must hate Tianlei Xuxian.


    Meng Zhang was also worried about being angered by Buddhist monks.


    After Tianlei Xuxian advanced to the realm of Xuxian, he became the deputy manager of Tiangong and had a bright future.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t think that Tianlei Xuxian had any reason to betray Tiangong.


    Among those practitioners who later fled to the heavenly palace, some experienced the betrayal of Tianlei Xuxian and survived.


    It is said that Tianlei Xuxian''s betrayal was strictly kept secret in advance and did not reveal any clue. Even many of his close followers knew nothing about it.


    On the same day, when Lei Xuxian sneaked into his friars with a few confidants, such as the bearers, everyone was unprepared.


    The subordinates of Tianlei Xuxian were also stunned and didn''t know what to do.


    You know, Tianlei Xuxian is the leader of an important defense line and commands many practitioners.


    Due to the sudden and unprepared incident, a few people, such as Tianlei Xuxian, caused great damage and led to the complete fall of the outer layer of Jiutian.


    Of course, most of Tianlei Xuxian''s men didn''t betray with him.


    Who would be willing to take refuge in an alien with deep blood feud?


    Many of his subordinates, after confirming that he colluded with foreign invaders and betrayed the Junchen world, also actively stopped his actions in turn.


    Among them, some diehard supporters of Tianlei Xuxian did not hesitate to turn against Tianlei Xuxian and tried to stop Tianlei Xuxian''s action.


    Tianlei Xuxian is a traitor with an iron heart. He has no mercy on the blocker, but hurts the killer.


    For example, Meng Zhang''s old friend Yinhu was killed by him in the process of stopping Tianlei Xuxian.


    When Meng Zhang learned the news from Niu Dawei, he was very sad.


    Not only feel the experience of old friends, but also feel worthless for them.


    Meng Zhang also had a good relationship with Tianlei Xuxian in those years, and almost completely took refuge in him and became his subordinate.


    I don''t know when Tianlei Xuxian was rebellious. Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t become his subordinate.


    Otherwise, Meng Zhang might have been involved in big trouble.


    Now in the heavenly palace, almost all practitioners hate Tianlei Xuxian and scold him endlessly.


    Many friars who are closely related to Tianlei Xuxian almost got angry.


    It doesn''t matter if those Tianlei Xuxian''s men died on the spot. Those who survived will certainly face the investigation and even criticism of the heavenly palace and the holy places in the future.


    Of course, the premise is that the heavenly palace and the holy places can survive the current difficulties.


    Although the heavenly palace and the holy places seem to be running out of water, Meng Zhang knows that they still have cards.


    Those sleeping immortals are their biggest cards and dependence.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know what''s going on with these real immortals. The situation has been so bad that why don''t they wake up immediately and help resist foreign invaders.


    Is their current affairs too important, they are unwilling to wake up immediately, or is there something wrong with their state, and they are unable to wake up immediately?


    Meng Zhang doesn''t know the inside story. He can only guess out of thin air.


    Taiyimen has no real immortal level combat power.


    If foreign invaders enter the Junchen world and a strong person of Zhenxian level attacks Taiyi gate, Taiyi gate will be unable to resist.


    Meng Zhang only hoped that Xianyun Zhenxian could help taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang tried many times to get in touch with Xianyun Zhenxian through the prohibition in his body.


    I don''t know if it was too chaotic and too much interference in nine days. Meng Zhang has been unable to contact Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang guessed that most of the Xianyun real immortals were still in the nearby void and did not enter the nine days.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has been hiding behind the scenes and wants to be a yellow finch.


    On the other side of the alien Star area, including his classmate Liuyun ancestor, already know the situation on the other side of the Jun dust world.


    Maybe many real immortals have gone to the Junchen world secretly.


    I don''t know how Xianyun real immortals will face these real immortals in the future?


    Meng Zhang advanced to the rank of virtual immortal, and was able to dominate the Junchen world.


    There are no real immortals, and almost no one can control them.


    Although he took advantage of the danger of others, he pressed the doors of the holy places. It was really awesome.


    Unfortunately, such a good day didn''t last long, and the nine days of Jun dust world were broken.


    With the massive attack of foreign invaders, the cultivation of Xuxian level is not enough to deal with various situations, let alone defend taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed has been very fast, which can be called rapid, but there is still a long way to go from the realm of true immortality.


    Moreover, even if he has accumulated enough to impact the real immortal, he can''t break through the realm of real immortal in the Jun dust world because the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world have been changed by several real immortals.


    It is too difficult to break through the realm of true immortality in the void. Meng Zhang has almost no confidence.

 Chapter 2354

    Meng Zhang can only hope now that the more chaotic the situation near the Junchen world is, the better, and the more strong real immortals involved, the better.


    Under the mutual restraint and entanglement of those strong people of Zhenxian level, they have no spare power and leisure to find trouble in Taiyi gate.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to leave here, but had been watching secretly.


    He needs to be aware of the latest changes in the situation in order to be ready to respond.


    With the passage of time, more and more practitioners fled from all over the nine days and fled to the heavenly palace.


    There are many friars flying in the heavenly palace, trying to pick up these fugitives and escape into the heavenly palace safely.


    At this time, many of the monks gathered in the heavenly palace were recruited by the heavenly palace, in addition to the members of the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    No matter what the origin, at this time, all practitioners are going all out to fight for the lives of themselves and their companions.


    The foreign invaders had insufficient power to surround the heavenly palace, and their team was soon dispersed, allowing these practitioners to meet in the heavenly palace.


    Later, the friars flying out of the heavenly palace took the initiative to attack outwards and go further to meet various practitioners.


    Nine days later, they were captured, and the practitioners stationed in them suffered heavy casualties.


    Especially those with lower levels of cultivation have almost no chance to escape.


    Those who can escape under the crazy siege and pursuit of foreign invaders are either people with extraordinary strength or bad luck.


    Several days later, the number of practitioners who fled to the heavenly palace became less and less, and even began to disappear gradually.


    By this time, those who have not escaped the pursuit of foreign invaders will not have a chance to escape.


    There are fewer and fewer response teams sent from the heavenly palace.


    The friars in the heavenly palace hurry to recover their injuries and strength.


    The protective array and prohibition in the heavenly palace have all been opened.


    Some loopholes are being repaired as soon as possible.


    In the outer layer of nine days, the fierce battle has not been cut off.


    That''s the real immortal level. The battle continues.


    It seems that Sanshan Zhenxian can still persist even in the face of strong enemies.


    The battle over there was earth shaking. Even if it was far away, Meng Zhang could clearly feel the oppressive momentum of the strong ones at Zhenxian level.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang, who had been hiding in the dark to watch the play, felt waves of great pressure approaching.


    In the distance, a huge battlefield was moving rapidly towards this side.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he couldn''t see very clearly. He just saw the transformation of space and the colorful light and shadow.


    As the battlefield approached, Meng ZhangCai saw it clearly.


    It turned out that a group of strong men at the level of true immortals were fighting and flying towards the heavenly palace at the same time.


    Although he has never dealt with the three mountain true immortals, the figure in the center of the battlefield should be the legendary three mountain true immortals from the perspective of image and action.


    The three mountains are really tall. They look like a refined scholar, but they give people a sense of peace of mind and reliability, as if they were mountains that could not be shaken.


    Next to the real immortals in the three mountains are three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, under the cover of Sanshan Zhenxian, he tried his best to shoot out sword Qi.


    A group of demon gods, demon gods and spirit gods surrounded them and attacked them constantly.


    Sanshan Zhenxian was obviously the main force of the battle. He led everyone to rush left and right, forcing his opponents to retreat again and again. He couldn''t trap them at all.


    There are also high and low among the real immortals.


    From the performance of Sanshan real immortal, he is definitely the most top real immortal, and his strength is far superior to the enemies of the same level.


    If it weren''t for the large number of enemies, we really couldn''t surround him.


    Although he was at a disadvantage in the battle, the enemy could not trap him completely. He still had the strength to retreat.


    If it were not for protecting his comrades in arms, Sanshan Zhenxian would have broken through and escaped.


    Under the cover of Sanshan Zhenxian, the three comrades in arms can not only give full play to their physical strength, but also move quickly with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang has long been a virtual immortal. He asked himself that among many virtual immortals in the Jun dust world, he is not a weak one.


    However, Meng Zhang asked himself that if he was allowed to fight against the strong at the level of Zhenxian at this time, he would not have much power to fight back, let alone pose a threat to the enemy.


    As expected, Mr. Ban Xue Jian is worthy of being a real immortal in the Jun dust world. The performance of the three lions and the ancestor Xuanxuan can only be said to be average, only the strength of the ordinary real immortal level, which is not outstanding at all.


    Sanshan Zhenxian led his companions, tried to parry the enemy''s siege, and quickly moved towards the heavenly palace.


    The Tianwei thunder punishment array and the heaven and earth kill array in the heavenly palace have been destroyed to a certain extent.


    After the full repair of friar Tiangong, part of the heaven and earth kill array has been restored.


    Although the heaven and earth kill array can''t attack too far away, it can already exert its power near the heavenly palace.


    The puppets at the level of real immortals under the command of the real immortals of Sanshan are in control of the heaven and earth kill array, and are completely controlled by the real immortals of Sanshan.


    When they were about to reach the heavenly palace, the group of foreign invaders who besieged them suddenly made efforts.


    They all know that all the other enemies have returned, and Sanshan Zhenxian must stay.


    If we let Sanshan Zhenxian escape into the heavenly palace and get a chance to breathe, it will be even harder to deal with this powerful enemy in the future.


    For a moment, these foreign invaders ignored intrigues and changed the previous self-protection based fighting mode, and even worked together to fight together.


    Faced with this situation, they all feel very hard.


    Fortunately, it is very close to the heavenly palace and is barely within the attack coverage of the heaven and earth kill array.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who had been prepared for a long time, found the right opportunity to order the puppet. The puppet immediately tried his best to stimulate the heaven and earth kill array.


    Several beams of light shot out of the heavenly palace, pointing directly at the foreign invaders.


    The power of these light pillars is great, and their lethality is no less than that of ordinary real immortals.


    Those foreign invaders did not care to continue to pursue and kill the real immortals of the three mountains, so they had to parry and avoid temporarily.


    They seized the opportunity, immediately broke through the siege and flew into the heavenly palace.


    The heavenly palace has been painstakingly managed by many monks for thousands of years. It can be called the most solid and powerful fortress in the Junchen world.


    Relying on the heavenly palace, Sanshan Zhenxian will become more difficult without worries.


    What''s more, the heaven and earth kill array has just become powerful. No one knows how much this large array has been repaired and how many layers of power it can play.

 Chapter 2355

    After they fled into the heavenly palace, the real immortals of the three mountains originally besieged their group of foreign invaders at the level of real immortals, but they didn''t dare to act rashly at this time.


    With the help of heaven and earth kill array, it''s really possible to kill them.


    They gathered together and looked at the heavenly palace in the distance.


    Soon after, an army of foreign invaders came from a distance and surrounded the heavenly palace.


    Nine days after the Allied forces of foreign invaders broke up, they fell into a certain degree of chaos.


    Some vent wantonly and destroy everywhere; Some only care about chasing and killing the enemy; Some are busy robbing all kinds of resources


    A foreign invader, a small team, scattered in the vast nine days, crazy activities everywhere.


    The heavenly palace has not been captured yet, and there is still a long way to go before the final victory.


    Under the urging and coercion of a group of demon gods, demon gods and spirit gods, many foreign invaders rushed here and joined the siege of the heavenly palace.


    As usual, let the cannon fodder come first.


    These foreign invaders of Zhenxian level cherish their lives very much and will not personally get involved in danger. At this time, they go directly to attack Tiangong.


    In any case, the number of foreign invader coalition forces is huge and there is no shortage of cannon fodder.


    A large army will launch a continuous attack on the heavenly palace, continuously consume the accumulation of the heavenly palace, and destroy the array and prohibition of the heavenly palace.


    When the consumption is almost over, the strong ones such as Sanshan Zhenxian have to take the initiative to join the battle.


    At that time, it is the extraterritorial invaders who take the initiative.


    Although the heaven and earth kill array has great lethality, it needs to consume massive resources every time it is started, which is a huge burden on the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world.


    Foreign invaders have an absolute quantitative advantage and can use the crowd tactics to slowly consume each other.


    Soon, the army of foreign invaders began to attack the heavenly palace.


    Those foreign invaders of Zhenxian level are not idle. They must closely monitor the movements of the heavenly palace and provide support to their troops in time.


    Even cannon fodder cannot be sacrificed in vain. It must play its due value.


    If there is no strong cover of Zhenxian level, Sanshan Zhenxian may be able to easily kill a large number of foreign invaders and disperse a large army in a few times.


    Although the number of extraterritorial invaders is large, it can not help this consumption.


    Even if it is a war of attrition, we must pay attention to strategy and cost performance.


    The next war soon entered the annoying garbage time.


    The army of foreign invaders surrounded the heavenly palace and attacked from all directions.


    The monks in the heavenly palace rely on various arrangements of the heavenly palace to resist the enemy''s attack.


    The foreign invaders soon suffered heavy casualties, but they didn''t care at all and still killed one after another to the heavenly palace.


    The real immortal in the heavenly palace took the initiative several times and was timely parried by the strong person of the same rank on the side of the foreign invaders.


    Neither Tiandi kill array nor Tianwei thunder punishment array continued to attack, but remained silent.


    I don''t know whether there is something wrong with the two arrays themselves or whether the heavenly palace is preserving its strength.


    The casualties of foreign invaders are increasing.


    This not only did not scare them, but they became more crazy and difficult under the bloody stimulation.


    The high level of foreign invaders, especially the strong ones at the level of Zhenxian, has always been calm enough.


    They are not impatient, but act step by step.


    They want to consume the strength of Tiangong bit by bit, and then beat the enemy to death with absolute advantage.


    Meng Zhang hid far away and didn''t dare to get too close at all.


    His hiding ability can hide from the strong at the level of returning to the virtual, but it is difficult to hide from the strong at the level of true immortal.


    First, his hiding place was far enough away. Second, the situation on the battlefield was too chaotic and there was too much interference. A group of foreign invaders at the level of Zhenxian didn''t find him for the time being.


    Meng Zhang wanted to leave here for a long time, but he didn''t feel at ease if he didn''t observe the follow-up trend of foreign invaders with his own eyes.


    In particular, he was very curious about what the foreign invaders at the level of Zhenxian would do.


    The siege of the heavenly palace by foreign invaders has almost never been interrupted.


    In the blink of an eye, the siege lasted more than half a month.


    The friars in the heavenly palace responded calmly, repelling the enemy''s attack many times, and the casualties of their own side were limited.


    As the agency of the celestial realm, the heavenly palace rules other big worlds on behalf of the celestial realm.


    Every heavenly palace in the big world is built according to special regulations and has many magical abilities.


    The Junchen world has been facing the threat of foreign invaders from all sides all year round. As the defense hub of the whole world, the heavenly palace has naturally attracted the attention of all the former.


    The construction of the heavenly palace fully reflects the brilliant inheritance of the fairy way in the celestial realm, and the various buildings inside contain the ingenuity of many practitioners.


    In these thousands of years, generations of practitioners have continuously strengthened the heavenly palace.


    There is more than one five-level protection array inside the heavenly palace, not to mention the special array such as heaven and earth kill array and Tianwei thunder punishment array.


    The main materials used to build the heavenly palace are rare natural materials and earth treasures for ordinary practitioners.


    Many parts of the heavenly palace are engraved with various prohibitions.


    ¡­¡­


    The heavenly palace ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years and accumulated countless wealth and resources.


    Even after so many years of continuous consumption, there is still enough accumulation in the heavenly palace to carry out a protracted war.


    More importantly, the heavenly palace is connected with the source sea of Jun dust world through a special channel.


    When necessary, Tiangong can directly extract the origin of heaven and earth from the source sea.


    With the help of the traitor Tianlei Xuxian, the foreign invaders also colluded with the Dark Alliance, and finally broke Jiutian and invaded Jiutian.


    Next, the heavenly palace will be another difficulty they will face.


    As the siege of the heavenly palace continued for a long time, some commotion finally began to appear among the foreign invaders with huge casualties.


    Nine days after the attack, they thought that victory would come and they could seize the booty unscrupulously.


    But they did not expect that they were facing another tough battle, with huge casualties again.


    Although the high-level leaders of foreign invaders are high, they can easily send their troops to the battlefield, let them fight and kill them, and treat them as grass mustard consumables.


    But they can''t ignore the morale of the army at all.


    Of course, they wish the morale of the army was high. They fought with all their strength and fought desperately with the enemy without forcing orders.


    If we have to force and force every war, the army will launch an attack.


    Moreover, the morale of the army is low, and the members of the army are afraid of war and even sneak and slip.


    Such a situation will not only increase consumption for no reason, but also waste high-level time.


    Therefore, in order to boost the morale of their troops, the top leaders of these foreign invaders still need to make some efforts.

 Chapter 2356

    The top leaders of these foreign invaders are still very experienced in how to improve the morale of their troops.


    Now nine days have been broken, and the Junchen world has opened its door in front of them and will let them do whatever they want.


    At this time, the Jun dust world is like a ripe fruit, which can be picked.


    After discussion and debate, the high level of the foreign invaders soon issued orders.


    The Allied forces of foreign invaders are composed of several armies, which will attack Tiangong in turn.


    Those troops who have been rotated can go to the Junchen world to rest.


    In terms of the prevailing morality of the Terrans, these foreign invaders are the most heinous people.


    After they entered the Junchen world, the so-called rest is actually burning, killing, looting and plundering everywhere.


    These actions are precisely the ones that can best enhance the morale of the army.


    Moreover, the internal environment of Jun dust world is very superior, which is far more suitable for survival than in the void.


    When foreign invaders enter the Junchen world, they are almost on vacation.


    In addition to boosting the morale of the army, there are other considerations for the high-level foreign invaders to make such arrangements.


    The foreign invaders are plundering in the Junchen world. It is difficult for the major Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world to protect themselves. Where else can they spare no effort to support the heavenly palace?


    If you want to break the heavenly palace, you should cut off its foreign aid.


    The number of foreign invaders is huge, and now they are still pouring in from the void for nine days.


    Some teams with heavy casualties during the previous attack on the heavenly palace were first arranged to enter the Junchen world for rest.


    In addition, with the continuous arrival of high-level foreign invaders, the chaotic army of foreign invaders has become more organized.


    Originally, many foreign invaders secretly robbed resource points within nine days.


    Now, according to the previous agreement, the foreign invaders have divided their territory within nine days, mining various resource points and capturing cloud beasts on their own territory.


    Those foreign invaders who enter the Junchen world will sweep away the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world.


    The top level of the group of foreign invaders at the level of Zhenxian did not act rashly, but still waited outside the heavenly palace.


    Although Jiutian has been broken, it has not been completely destroyed.


    Those foreign invaders regard the Junchen world as a huge booty, and naturally want to retain the nine days that are of great significance to the Junchen world as much as possible.


    As long as they are given enough time to study slowly, they will eventually be able to understand the mystery of nine days and turn them into their own use.


    In addition, although Jiutian was broken a lot, the fetal membrane of heaven and earth in Jun dust world was not seriously damaged.


    It is not obvious within nine days. Within the Junchen world, the fetal membrane of heaven and Earth continues to play a role.


    Although the consciousness of heaven and earth in Jun dust world has been suppressed, the rules of heaven and earth in Jun dust world are still working normally.


    For foreign invaders, the heaven and earth rules of the Junchen world will instinctively repel and suppress them.


    The stronger the strength of extraterritorial invaders, the more obvious the exclusion and suppression they will be.


    Especially the strong ones at the level of true immortals, I''m afraid they will be seriously suppressed by the heaven and earth rules of the Jun dust world once they enter the Jun dust world.


    If the strong ones of Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders enter the Junchen world now, they are likely to encounter the enemy''s ambush when they are suppressed.


    The high-level leaders of these foreign invaders have never forgotten that several real immortals who conquered the Junchen world have not appeared yet.


    They are unwilling to let them enter the Junchen world on a large scale.


    The heavenly palace has not been solved yet, and worries always exist.


    Although the high-level leaders of these foreign invaders have different origins, they have always been consistent on many issues.


    They should go step by step, first solve the heavenly palace, completely control the nine days, and then go deep into the Junchen world.


    As for the army sent to the Junchen world first, it can also play a role in exploring the way.


    When the foreign invaders made various arrangements, Meng Zhang kept watching from a distance.


    Meng Zhang has been in charge of Taiyi sect for many years and has rich experience as the leader of one party.


    Many foreign invaders can guess.


    Watching an army of foreign invaders enter the Junchen world, he began to worry about the situation inside the Junchen world.


    This is not a small fight before, but an organized army.


    The only good news should be that those foreign invaders at the level of Zhenxian don''t seem to have the mind to break into the Junchen world so far.


    With the return of Sanshan Zhenxian and others to the heavenly palace, there have been many changes in the heavenly palace.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and others will not ask about the specific management of the heavenly palace. Since peixue Jianjun returns, she will begin to deal with the backlog of affairs in the heavenly palace.


    Each Holy Land Sect has powerful power and many monks.


    Before that, a large number of practitioners were sent to the holy places to garrison for nine days.


    After the nine days were broken, some of the monks who lived in the gates of the holy places fled to the heavenly palace nearby; Some directly fled back to the Junchen world, which should be back to the zongmen.


    Originally, there were many permanent monks in the heavenly palace.


    After the confluence of the two groups of friars, the sect gates of the holy places still have strong strength in the heavenly palace.


    The king of companion snow sword ordered to ask for help from the whole Junchen world through the communication array of the heavenly palace, and asked the major Xiuzhen forces to send reinforcements to the heavenly palace.


    It is said that it is to ask for help from the whole Jun dust world. The main objects of asking for help with Xue Jianjun are the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Each Holy Land Sect has ruled the Junchen world for many years, with profound savings and inside information. There should be a very strong force in the Junchen world.


    Unfortunately, companion Xue Jianjun''s request for help did not receive the response of the major holy places. They all refused to send reinforcements in the name of guarding the mountain gate and defending the territory.


    As for other cultivation forces in the Junchen world, on the one hand, their strength is insufficient, and on the other hand, their position is unclear.


    Due to the betrayal of the Dark Alliance Fengqing shangzun, the heavenly palace cannot fully trust these cultivation forces.


    If these Xiuzhen forces do not completely fall to the Dark Alliance, the heavenly palace will be thankful.


    For Niu Dawei and others who were temporarily under house arrest, companion Xue Jianjun also had no difficulty for them, and adopted the same treatment as the ancient Taoist.


    However, companion Xue Jianjun asked Niu Dawei to contact their sect and send a team of monks to support Tiangong.


    It is known that the heavenly palace has fallen to the disadvantage. Now the heavenly palace is a meat grinder. Niu Dawei how they are willing to let their colleagues come to the heavenly palace to die.


    They find out all kinds of excuses and say that they can''t contact the mountain gate. The strength in the mountain gate is insufficient


    In a word, it is impossible for their sect to support the heavenly palace at this time.


    Although peixue Jianjun was very dissatisfied, he didn''t say much, but continued to house arrest them.


    Niu Dawei is in a good situation in the heavenly palace. Even their accomplishments are not imprisoned, but they can''t leave the place under house arrest.


    Of course, they won''t run away at this time.


    The first is that there are real immortals in the heavenly palace, and it is almost impossible for them to escape successfully.


    Second, they are not willing to break with Tiangong completely, or they are willing to maintain a friendly relationship with Tiangong.

 Chapter 2357

    Hailing sect has a deep relationship with Tiangong. Even after taiyimen and Tiangong turned over, hailing sect and Tiangong still maintained private contacts.


    But when it comes to sending reinforcements to the heavenly palace, Taoist Haiyang, the leader of Hailing sect, is absolutely unwilling.


    The only thing he can do is to stay in the heavenly palace and try not to offend the high-level officials of the heavenly palace.


    Not only did he have no idea of running away, but he offered to help.


    Niu Dawei has been in charge of taiyimen affairs for many years. He has long experienced it. He has a deep mind and thinks very far.


    Although the heavenly palace seems to have fallen to the absolute disadvantage, with the details of the heavenly palace, maybe the heavenly palace will turn over and even reverse the situation.


    It''s rare that Tiangong is willing to take the initiative to improve the relationship with taiyimen. Niu Dawei certainly wants to seize this opportunity.


    Although taiyimen cannot send reinforcements to the heavenly palace, Niu Dawei is willing to stay in the heavenly palace and provide other help to the heavenly palace.


    Taoist Haiyang, Niu Dawei and others are at least able to return to emptiness. Even if they don''t go to the battlefield, they can help treat the wounded and maintain the prohibition of the Dharma array.


    When Niu Dawei contacted Meng Zhang once, he completely revealed his situation and thoughts.


    Meng Zhang agreed with Niu Dawei''s decision.


    At present, the Tiangong battlefield is a bottomless cave. Even if there are more monks in Taiyi gate, they can''t see the shadow.


    Next, taiyimen may become very difficult to protect their own territory, so it''s hard to spare any strength to support Tiangong?


    Since Niu Dawei''s safety is not a problem for the time being and there is no other change at the top of the foreign invaders, Meng Zhang decided to go back to the Junchen world first.


    After contacting Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang began to move.


    Meng Zhang secretly left his position and carefully sneaked for a period of time before he successfully left for nine days.


    On the way, Meng Zhang found that all foreign invaders began to divide their territory within nine days and their garrison areas.


    The war is far from over, and these foreign invaders are busy sharing the stolen goods.


    It seems that there are still many problems within the alliance of foreign invaders.


    With all kinds of foreign invaders in place, the nine days gradually became orderly.


    It will become more difficult for practitioners to sneak into the nine days in the future.


    Nine days after Meng Zhang successfully left, he raised his eyes and looked into the distance.


    An army of foreign invaders, either taking strange flying boats or flying directly, soon spread and rushed to all parts of the Junchen world.


    Next, all parts of the Junchen world will face these invaders falling from the sky.


    Taiyimen occupies the vast territory in the north of Junchen world, and naturally it will inevitably usher in the presence of foreign invaders.


    The most affluent and resourceful Junchen world is the Middle Earth continent.


    It is also a key area invaded by foreign invaders.


    There are many forces and countless practitioners in the Middle Earth continent, but it is a hard bone to bite.


    It is conceivable that the Junchen world will soon become beacon fire everywhere and war will continue.


    Meng Zhang smoothly returned to the gate of Taiyi gate and communicated with the middle and high level of the gate.


    Taiyi gate has long been ready to deal with foreign invaders.


    The whole Hanhai road alliance has been mobilized and fully entered the state of war readiness.


    Some faster foreign invaders have killed on the territory of taiyimen.


    They were resisted by the practitioners who were waiting for them and failed to cause much damage.


    The friars of taiyimen organized and began to encircle and kill these foreign invaders.


    The heavenly palace is still under fierce siege, and the war in other parts of the nine days has basically ended.


    The impact of the internal war in the previous nine days began to weaken.


    Meng Zhang can keep in touch with Niu Dawei through secret methods in the gate of Taiyi gate.


    Through the prohibition in his body, Meng Zhang finally got in touch with Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was still in the void and did not rashly enter the nine days.


    He and the moon e fairy came to the Junchen world and hid their tracks.


    Meng Zhang told Xianyun Zhenxian what he had seen and heard, focusing on the situation that a group of Zhenxian level foreign invaders surrounded the heavenly palace.


    When he heard that even the famous Sanshan real fairy couldn''t resist the siege and had to retreat into the heavenly palace, Xianyun real fairy couldn''t help feeling a little excited.


    The internal situation of Junchen world is so complex that many strong real immortals are involved.


    In terms of cultivation alone, Xianyun Zhenxian doesn''t have much advantage if he wants to participate in seizing the legacy treasure of immortals.


    Even if he and Yuee fairy join hands, his strength is not outstanding.


    However, he had no intention of giving up.


    Although there are many strong real immortals participating in the competition, Xianyun real immortals and Yuee fairy have been hiding in the dark, which is their biggest advantage.


    The mantis catches the cicada and the Yellow finch. Who says they can''t be the last yellow finch.


    In fact, in the treasure hunt in the cultivation world, the most successful person is not the one with the strongest cultivation.


    In order to ensure the secrecy of their tracks, they should not enter the Junchen world until the critical moment.


    Xianyun Zhenxian told Meng Zhang that he must always pay attention to the latest trends in the Junchen world and inform him of all kinds of information at any time.


    Especially the information about the strong ones at the true immortal level, that''s the top priority.


    Meng Zhang naturally promised and took the opportunity to express his concerns.


    If a strong person of Zhenxian level attacks Taiyi gate, Taiyi gate will have no resistance.


    Xianyun Zhenxian said happily that he would provide help to taiyimen when needed.


    Meng Zhang didn''t believe the words of Xianyun Zhenxian at all.


    But on the surface, he was still skeptical and uneasy.


    Xianyun Zhenxian had to appease Meng Zhang again.


    Xianyun Zhenxian hasn''t entered the Junchen world now. He still needs Meng Zhang to provide him with information. Meng Zhang has utilization value and is naturally easy to appease.


    After appeasing Meng Zhang, Xianyun Zhenxian also conveyed the latest request of Yuee fairy.


    The moon e fairy is secretly arranged in the Junchen world and has Guanghan palace as a chess piece.


    Now foreign invaders have broken through the nine days and entered the Junchen world. The situation in the Junchen world is bound to change dramatically.


    Yuee fairy asked Meng Zhang to provide help to Guanghan palace when necessary, and never let Guanghan palace perish.


    Meng Zhang agreed to the request of yue''e fairy.


    Meng Zhang will not miss such an opportunity to show kindness to the real immortal.


    In addition to Guanghan fairy and other famous great powers in the early stage of returning to emptiness, Guanghan Palace also has the old Taoist Yueying''s great power of returning to emptiness. Its overall strength is not weak.


    Guanghan palace and taiyimen are de facto allies, and it is their due intention to keep watch and help each other.


    After finishing the communication with Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng ZhangCai turned his attention back to the inside of Junchen world.


    The secret Hall of taiyimen is fully operational to inquire into the intelligence of the Junchen world and help Meng Zhang understand the latest situation of the Junchen world.


    Fengqing shangzun made trouble in Tiangong this time without informing taiyimen and other allies in advance.


    Meng Zhang urgently needs to know the latest information from the Dark Alliance.

 Chapter 2358

    Fengqing shangzun''s practice this time is not so simple, it is simply harming allies.


    He should have known the consequences of doing so before he took action. But he still didn''t say hello and began to act.


    He betrayed the Junchen world and implicated Niu Dawei, Taoist Haiyang and others.


    If Niu Dawei really has some shortcomings, Meng Zhang and Feng qingshangzun will die together.


    Fortunately, the high level of the heavenly palace was calm enough, and the Taoist priest in the ancient capital took care of it, so the worst result didn''t happen.


    Fengqing shangzun this time is tantamount to openly betraying the human cultivator. As an ally, taiyimen will not follow his actions, but will take the initiative to draw a clear line with him.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with the Dark Alliance, he would not let taiyimen go to war with the Dark Alliance at this time.


    As foreign invaders entered the Junchen world, the threat from the holy places should almost disappear.


    But taiyimen has a new threat, that is, ferocious extraterritorial invaders.


    At this time, taiyimen can''t waste their strength at will, but give priority to defending their own territory.


    Taiyimen and hailing sect quickly got in touch and began to coordinate their positions.


    After the interference in the nine days gradually disappeared, Taoist Haiyang in the heavenly palace also established contact with the high-level leaders of the Hailing sect.


    After Meng Zhang''s old friend Lu Tianshu advanced and returned to the virtual period, his voice in the door increased greatly.


    He now serves as the acting leader of Hailing sect and presides over all affairs of Hailing sect.


    The attitude of Hailing sect is very clear. Hailing sect will never stand on the side of Dark Alliance.


    Taiyimen and hailing faction reached many agreements after discussion.


    The alliance between taiyimen and hailing sect continued to be maintained, and Guanghan palace was also introduced as a new ally.


    Guanghan palace, as the sect of returning to the virtual world, controls the Xingluo islands. Its power is becoming stronger and stronger. It is fully qualified to join this small alliance.


    Taiyimen and hailing sect will publicly announce that they will cut off all relations with the Dark Alliance, draw a clear line, and no longer contact in the future.


    In the face of the situation in the Junchen world after the upheaval, taiyimen, hailing sect and Guanghan palace kept watch and helped each other, advancing and retreating together.


    The army of foreign invaders soon entered the Junchen world and began to burn, kill and loot everywhere.


    All Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world rose up to resist and set off a fierce battle.


    The heavenly palace is under siege and is unable to take into account the situation of the Junchen world for the time being.


    According to the principle, the major holy places and sects that have ruled the Junchen world for many years should take responsibility at this time and lead all practitioners to confront foreign invaders.


    Unfortunately, the foreign invaders came fiercely this time, and all the holy places were only concerned about self-protection.


    All the holy places have strong power to gather in the East China Sea and have been confronting the real dragon family.


    No one expected that foreign invaders would break the nine days and kill the heavenly palace so quickly.


    The top level of the foreign invaders who received the news felt somewhat unprepared.


    Fortunately, these guys are the heroes of practitioners, and they still quickly made the right response.


    All the holy places quickly made peace with the real dragon family to liberate the forces gathered in the East China Sea.


    The real dragons and foreign invaders are not friends, but competition.


    The real dragons also do not want foreign invaders to March straight into the Junchen world and do whatever they want.


    The top leaders of the real dragon family happily agreed to make peace with the religious sects of the major holy places, so that they can transfer their forces to deal with foreign invaders.


    Of course, in the process of peace negotiation, the real dragon family will actively strive for the interests that should be fought for.


    Both sides did not intend to continue to entangle. They soon reached a peace agreement and withdrew their troops.


    In order to reach a peace agreement as soon as possible, the Zhenlong people think they have made a lot of concessions.


    According to the provisions of the peace agreement, except the East China Sea, the whole ocean of Jun dust world will belong to the real dragon family from now on.


    The East China Sea is the traditional territory of the sea hall in zongmen Town, the holy land.


    Zhenhai hall for such a powerful door, the real dragon family said they can give enough respect.


    The West Sea and the South China Sea were completely abandoned by the holy places and sold to the real dragon family.


    Anyway, these two places are not controlled by the major holy places and do not involve their core interests.


    From the front line of confrontation with the real dragon clan, each Holy Land Sect liberated a powerful army of monks.


    There was a heated debate on how to use the friars'' army at the top of the holy places.


    Some high-level officials hope that the army of monks will not be disbanded. Such a powerful force should be used intensively and can launch a frontal battle with the army of foreign invaders.


    Some high-level officials hope that the army of monks will be disbanded immediately, and all monks will return to their respective ancestral gates to strengthen their own defense.


    After much noise, the latter opinion prevailed.


    People are selfish, especially in the face of crisis.


    The high-level leaders of all holy places know the truth that the overall situation is the most important and the importance of unity.


    However, in the face of the severe situation, they all chose to consider their own family first and then others.


    A large number of monks quickly disbanded, and all the monks hurried back to their homes.


    The dissolution of this army of friars means that the holy places have lost an important mobile force and completely lost their initiative in the Junchen world.


    In order to concentrate their efforts as much as possible, the religious sects of the major holy places gave up their leadership over the Junchen world and gave up many cultivation forces, including many peripheral vassals.


    They reduced all their power to the territory of their respective sects.


    When the whole spiritual world was facing a great crisis, the major holy places chose to take care of themselves first.


    Although this practice is human nature, it still makes all the people of the holy places lose their hearts.


    In the face of foreign invaders, the weaker Xiuzhen forces will be unable to resist and let the enemy fish and meat.


    Perhaps, in the hearts of the high-level sects of the major holy places, these weak Xiuzhen forces are the food fed to foreign invaders to slow down their steps and delay more time.


    After the real dragon family and the holy places made peace, they not only didn''t mean to shrink, but took advantage of this opportunity to expand wantonly.


    The East China Sea could not start, so they began to launch in the South China Sea and the West China Sea.


    This side of the South China Sea has been betrayed once by the holy places.


    The Hailing faction and the South China Sea Alliance under its command were robbed of many territories and sacrificed many interests last time.


    Disappointed with the holy places, they strengthened their defense against the sea clan and the real dragon clan.


    The real dragon clan has not started directly, but ordered the sea clan to start first.


    The Hai nationality army began to attack the Xiuzhen sect of the human race, such as the Hailing sect, in an attempt to completely occupy the South China Sea.


    The South China Sea is the foundation of the Hailing sect and the home of the sect. Naturally, it cannot be easily abandoned.


    Many Xiuzhen forces in Nanhai league are unwilling to retreat.


    Hailing faction led many Xiuzhen forces in Nanhai League, formed an army of Xiuzhen, and launched a war with the invading Haizu army.

 Chapter 2359

    Before the extraterritorial invaders reached the South China Sea, the South China Sea had fallen into war.


    The real dragon family has not intervened for the time being, but the attack of the Hai family army, and the Nanhai Alliance under the leadership of the Hailing faction, can resist for the time being.


    However, considering that most of the real dragons will directly participate in the war, the Hailing faction still asked for help from its allies taiyimen and Guanghan palace.


    In the West Sea, the real dragon clan also drove the Hai clan as a striker and began to attack the Terran sphere of influence.


    Many years ago, the Terran cultivators united to defeat the Xihai people and inflicted heavy losses on them before they seized many territories in the Xihai.


    Since then, in order to carve up the territory of the West Sea and seize various interests, many disputes broke out among the human cultivators.


    By now, the situation in the West Sea has long stabilized.


    Many Terran cultivation forces have enclaves in the West Sea and actively develop various resources in the West Sea.


    The various cultivation resources stably produced by the West Sea are of great significance to the whole Jun dust world.


    Taiyimen has many enclaves in the West Sea, occupying many resource points.


    Even the major holy places have a lot of interests in the West Sea.


    When foreign invaders entered the Junchen world, the sects of the major holy places were too busy to take care of themselves. Naturally, they were even more indifferent to the interests of the West Sea.


    In order to get away from the East China Sea, the holy places easily gave up everything in the West China Sea.


    Taiyimen had a good relationship with the real dragon family, and there were many exchanges and transactions secretly.


    Now the real dragon family turned their face and directly launched an indiscriminate attack on the human cultivation forces in the West Sea.


    The resource output of Xihai is very important to taiyimen.


    However, if the top management of taiyimen is forced to endure when they are really under great pressure, they may give up.


    What is really hateful is the attitude of the real dragon family, which simply regards taiyimen as nothing, regardless of the previous friendship between the two sides.


    The sea clan army treats the human cultivators in the West Sea equally, and has no intention of mercy at all.


    In fact, many Xiuzhen forces in the West Sea have secret contacts and transactions with the Hai family and even the Zhenlong family.


    The real dragon family suddenly turned its face and launched a sudden attack, killing the human cultivators. These cultivators suffered heavy casualties.


    In fact, the attitude of the real dragon family is not difficult to understand.


    The true dragon clan has always hated the human cultivators.


    In the past, for greater interests, the true dragon family tolerated the existence of Terran practitioners and secretly traded with Terran practitioners.


    Just like the Dragon King, he repeatedly wooed Meng Zhang, hoping that Taiyi gate would openly oppose the major Holy Land sects and create division within the human cultivators.


    The so-called moment by moment.


    Due to the attack of foreign invaders, the Terran cultivators suffered heavy losses, and the sects of the major holy places were only concerned with self-protection.


    People like Meng Zhang have lost their value for the real dragon family.


    Although the clandestine transactions with taiyimen and other zongmen have made a lot of profits for the Zhenlong family, where is there a direct hard grab to be happy?


    For the real dragon family, not only the ocean, but also the whole Junchen world should belong to their own family.


    Now they just occupy the ocean of Jun dust world and have been very restrained.


    Even if foreign invaders enter the Junchen world on a large scale, they can not stop the expansion of the real dragon family on the ocean.


    The ocean is the home of the real dragon, the real dragon.


    On the sea, the real dragon family will not fear any enemy and has enough assurance to keep their booty.


    Although he hated the behavior of the Zhenlong clan, Meng Zhang weighed it and ordered Taiyi sect to abandon all strongholds in the West Sea and withdraw all its disciples.


    Xihai is not the core interest of taiyimen. Now is not the time to be angry.


    When it''s time to give in, you must give in happily and not procrastinate.


    In order to cover the retreat of taiyimen disciples on the other side of the West Sea, taiyimen also sent a team of friars led by Huixu Daneng.


    Various Xiuzhen forces with interests involved in the West Sea almost made the same choice as Meng Zhang.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who migrated from the mainland to the West Sea and took root in the west sea saw that the general situation was gone and had to withdraw voluntarily.


    The real dragon clan is so powerful that even the powerful sect like taiyimen can''t resist it, not to mention other Xiuzhen forces.


    Many places in the West Sea were robbed by the Terrans from the sea people after the last war. This time, they will be returned to their original owners.


    With the support of the real dragon family, the sea clan army will not be willing to stop in the original territory of the West Sea. They will continue to expand towards the offshore area until they see the coastline.


    Xingluo islands, located in the West Sea, have been Terran territory for many years.


    As the master of Xingluo islands, Guanghan palace will face a great test at this time.


    Guanghan palace has expanded rapidly since it squeezed out the branch of Ziyang Shengzong and completely controlled Xingluo islands.


    Guanghan palace takes Xingluo islands as the center and expands wantonly in all directions.


    It not only occupies many territories in the deep sea, but also controls many areas in the shallow sea.


    On the bright side, Guanghan palace now has four great powers in the early stage of returning to emptiness.


    After Xuanxin Temple took refuge in Guanghan palace, with the support of Taiyi gate and Guanghan palace, Xuanxin Zhenjun, the leader of Xuanxin temple, also successfully advanced to the virtual stage and became a Taoist of Xuanxin.


    The overall strength of Xingluo islands can be said to be strong, but it is still far from enough in the face of the powerful real dragon family.


    Guanghan palace actively prepared for war while asking for help from its ally taiyimen.


    As a last resort, these Xiuzhen sects on Xingluo islands are absolutely unwilling to give up their own foundation.


    Without Xingluo islands, how to maintain the sect and provide for the monks in the sect?


    Guanghan fairy personally led a team of monks to go deep into the depths of the West Sea to rescue and meet the practitioners there.


    Many practitioners who retreated from the west sea took Xingluo islands as their first destination.


    In particular, those Xiuzhen forces rooted in the West Sea may have some illusions in their hearts. They hope that the Terran Xiuzhen can defeat the real dragon family and return to the West Sea one day.


    Temporarily retreating to Xingluo islands is a good choice.


    The influx of practitioners created a lot of chaos in the Xingluo islands.


    Of course, if we can organize and integrate these practitioners, we can also greatly enhance the strength of Xingluo islands.


    Many years ago, the traitors kept by the Hai people created civil strife in the Xingluo islands, causing huge casualties and losses in the Xingluo islands and almost being captured by the Hai people''s army.


    Having learned from the past, the friars of Xingluo islands not only accepted many Terran practitioners, but also carefully screened them to ensure that there were no adulteries.


    Taoist Xuanxin, who has special attainments in spiritual Avenue, personally presided over this work.


    The friars sent by Taiyi sect to Xihai also actively cooperated with the friars of Guanghan palace.


    In addition to covering the disciples of Taiyi sect, we also try our best to rescue other practitioners.

 Chapter 2360

    So far, no matter in the west sea or the South China Sea, the main force of invasion is the Hai nationality army.


    The real dragons only sent a few strong people to join the army as strong people to command or suppress the scene.


    Although most of the Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world are dissatisfied with the domineering Holy Land Sect, there are also Taiyi sect, which is suppressed by the Holy Land Sect and hostile to it. However, as the ruler of the Junchen world, the Holy zongmen is not useless, but the cornerstone of stabilizing the order of the Junchen world.


    In the past, if the Xiuzhen world was invaded by large-scale aliens, it was often the sects of the major holy places who came out to organize resistance and defeat it.


    Now, in order to make peace with the real dragon family, the major Holy Land sects basically give up the interests of the sea, and it is their turn to face the strong enemy alone.


    The ocean depths of the Junchen world have been the territory of the real dragon family for thousands of years. Many sea areas are under the control of the sea family and have been in tug of war with the practitioners for many years.


    Generally speaking, the Terran cultivators do not have enough control over the ocean.


    Zhenhai hall exists in the East China Sea, which is a relatively stable Terran territory.


    Since the rise of the South China Sea alliance led by the Hailing faction, the South China Sea has expelled the sea people and established an order belonging to the people''s cultivators. However, due to the short time and insufficient foundation, the rule is not stable.


    Later, the sea spirit sect was suppressed and even attacked by the Holy Land Sect. After its strength was greatly damaged, the sea clan forces made a comeback and became a threat to the Terran again.


    As for the West Sea, the Terran power is even weaker.


    The real dragon family drove the Hai family to launch a large-scale attack on the South China Sea and the West China Sea at the same time, and soon gained the upper hand, forcing the Terran practitioners to retreat constantly.


    After the help of the two allies of Hailing sect and Guanghan palace reached Taiyi gate, the leader Meng Zhang was in a dilemma.


    Since everyone is an ally who keeps watch and helps each other, taiyimen can''t ignore it.


    Hailing sect and Guanghan Palace are the only reliable allies of taiyimen. Taiyimen must support them.


    However, taiyimen has limited power and faces many difficulties.


    Since the emperor Fengqing was attacked in the heavenly palace, taiyimen and hailing sect have quickly drawn a clear line with him.


    The Dark Alliance has changed too much from an ally to an enemy.


    Taiyimen is not only unable to get help from the Dark Alliance, but also needs to allocate a lot of spirit to guard against this former ally.


    Besides, the Dark Alliance no longer provides all kinds of intelligence to taiyimen, which adds a lot of trouble to taiyimen.


    Of course, there is still room between taiyimen and Dark Alliance.


    Taiyimen did not start to clean up the hidden black market and other Dark Alliance forces on the territory, and the Dark Alliance did not launch an attack on taiyimen.


    But no one can tell when the dark alliance that has colluded with foreign invaders will completely break with taiyimen and meet with each other.


    The army of foreign invaders began to kill the Junchen world. Although the focus of their invasion was the mainland of China, taiyimen, located in the north of the Junchen world, was also attacked many times.


    Taiyimen must reserve enough strength on the territory to prevent the attack of foreign invaders.


    The sea clan is not enough. The real dragon clan behind it can resist the sect doors of the holy places directly. In fact, its strength is far above the Taiyi gate.


    Even if taiyimen joins hands with Hailing sect and Guanghan palace, it may not be able to resist the attack of the real dragon family.


    Besides, even if taiyimen blocks the real dragon family, it won''t do you much good.


    The real dragon clan is not a direct threat to taiyimen and is not worth paying too much for it.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time that a full-scale war with the Zhenlong family should be avoided as much as possible. It is best to pay a certain price and reach a peace agreement with it.


    According to the current situation in Junchen world, the real dragon family, who have made great plans, may not be willing to fight to the end with taiyimen.


    Of course, if you want to talk about peace, you can''t just bow your head and give in so easily.


    We must fully show the strength of taiyimen, even promote peace by playing, and let the real dragon family suffer a little, so as to win their respect.


    Meng Zhang is already a virtual immortal, and his external incarnation is too wonderful. He is also moving towards the level of virtual immortal.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was unequivocal about any Dragon King of the real dragon family.


    However, among the real dragons, it is possible to hide the strong ones of the real immortal level.


    The religious sects of the holy places have tolerated the real dragon family for so many years, not only because the real dragon family has a deep background.


    Meng Zhang alone cannot fight against the strong at the level of true immortals.


    Previously, when Meng Zhang contacted Xianyun Zhenxian, Xianyun Zhenxian said that he would help Meng Zhang.


    Yuee fairy asked Meng Zhang to take care of Guanghan palace, and Meng Zhang also agreed.


    Now that Guanghan palace is in crisis, the Moon Fairy will not sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang soon left taiyimen and came to the West Sea Xingluo islands to visit Guanghan palace.


    Guanghan fairy, the master of Guanghan palace, is leading a team of monks to the depths of the West Sea to rescue all kinds of practitioners. The left high-level officials are very enthusiastic about Meng Zhang''s arrival.


    After coping with these high-level officials, Meng Zhang entered the depths of Guanghan palace and met the Taoist Yueying who lived in seclusion here.


    Taoist Yueying has long had the strength of virtual immortals, but he has never appeared in public in the Junchen world, so his reputation is not obvious.


    After the alliance between taiyimen and Guanghan palace, the exchanges between the two sides became frequent, and the relationship between Meng Zhang and Guanghan fairy became closer.


    Meng Zhang knew that after the fairy yue''e was forced to leave the Junchen world, the Taoist Yueying became her dark son in the Junchen world.


    Taoist Yueying has been hiding very secretly in order to avoid the pursuit and killing of the sects in the holy places.


    Later, Guanghan fairy was cultivated, and she has been hiding in the dark.


    After Meng Zhang met Taoist Yueying, he soon got to the point.


    He persuaded Taoist Yueying that there was no need to hide now. He could appear in a fair and aboveboard manner and protect Guanghan palace.


    All the holy places are now disdaining themselves. Where else can we continue to pursue her.


    Guanghan palace is now facing a crisis, which is the time to need Taoist Yueying.


    Taoist Yueying almost never goes out, but he still knows the latest situation of Jun dust world through various channels.


    She had long known the news that foreign invaders broke the nine days and entered the Junchen world, and admitted that Meng Zhang was right.


    Seeing that Taoist Yueying was persuaded to come forward, Meng Zhang was overjoyed.


    Taoist Yueying is an absolute immortal, and seems to be able to receive the power from the fairy Yuee.


    With the help of Taoist Yueying, Meng Zhang''s next action will be much smoother.


    Meng Zhang also asked Taoist Yueying to help contact yue''e fairy and tell her the crisis faced by Guanghan palace.


    Meng Zhang will also contact Xianyun Zhenxian through internal prohibition.


    If Meng Zhang and Yueying Taoist fight against the real dragon family, will the real dragon family send strong people at the level of real immortal?


    If the real dragon clan really sent a strong person at the level of real immortal, how would Meng Zhang deal with it?

 Chapter 2361

    Meng Zhang successfully contacted Xianyun Zhenxian, but Xianyun Zhenxian was perfunctory and pushed the matter to Yuee fairy.


    Meng Zhang, who had long guessed this situation, was not very disappointed.


    The contact between Taoist Yueying and Yuee fairy is more convenient and smooth, and Yuee fairy is obviously more responsible than Xianyun real fairy.


    The fairy yue''e told Taoist Yueying and Meng Zhang that the real dragon family in the Junchen world did have a hidden strong real immortal level - the Dragon Emperor swallowing the sea.


    Thousands of years ago, when the real dragon family invaded the Junchen world, the Dragon Emperor swallowing the sea was seriously damaged by several real immortals.


    Of course, several real immortals dare not kill the Dragon Emperor who swallowed the sea easily, but force him to make a heavy oath.


    Unless there is a great change in the world of Jun dust in the future, the Dragon Emperor who swallows the sea cannot leave his seclusion.


    Of course, if a guy who doesn''t open his eyes takes the initiative to enter the territory of the real dragon family, the Dragon Emperor who swallows the sea naturally has the right to fight back.


    Since then, the Dragon Emperor Tunhai has been living in seclusion in the depths of the ocean to heal his wounds, and has not appeared in the Junchen world for thousands of years.


    Up to now, even if the swallow Sea Dragon Emperor recovers from his injury, he will not easily break his oath.


    Meng Zhang and his followers only conduct defensive operations on the sea. If they do not take the initiative to counter attack and enter the territory of the real dragon family, they do not have to worry about swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor.


    With the valuable information provided by the moon e fairy, Meng Zhang finally relieved his biggest worry.


    Meng Zhang has dealt with the Dragon King. He knows that the top level of the real dragon family is not that kind of arrogant and ignorant fool. He also knows to weigh the pros and cons and distinguish the interests.


    Taiyimen doesn''t need to go to war with the real dragon family.


    As long as we fully show our strong power, it is possible to maintain a certain degree of peace with the real dragon family.


    The real dragon family expanded wantonly in the ocean, but did not provoke Zhenhai hall, which can explain the problem.


    Taiyimen, Guanghan palace and hailing sect work together. Their strength is not necessarily weaker than Zhenhai hall.


    As long as we let the real dragon family recognize the situation, they should make the right choice.


    Meng Zhang informed the top level of taiyimen and sent a team of friars led by Xu Kongzi to the South China Sea to reinforce and help stabilize the situation there.


    Nihonzi is one of the few monks in the middle stage of returning to emptiness in Taiyi gate, and he has great attainments in the avenue of space.


    The statue of God used by the old man of the Dark Alliance last time was captured by Taimiao and repaired by the joint efforts of Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    Although they tried their best, they couldn''t completely repair it, at least they could barely use it.


    When vanity son went to the South China Sea for reinforcements, he took this statue with him.


    During the battle, the void son started the statue and got its power blessing. He could barely have the state of returning to the void in the later stage, but it didn''t last long.


    After the attack of the Holy Land Sect, the old Huixu power in the sect almost lost all its casualties. What is missing is the high-level monk of Huixu.


    Void son led the team to reinforce, which can barely make up for its shortcomings.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the West Sea and acted with Taoist Yueying.


    Although the real dragon family turned their face and didn''t recognize people and attacked the territory of Taiyi gate in the West Sea, there is still a way to contact the senior level of the real dragon family at Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang contacted the Dragon King directly. First, he denounced the real dragon family and scolded the other party for being despicable and treacherous.


    Then, Meng Zhang challenged the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang''s challenge is very simple. He wants to be the strongest of the real dragon family.


    Meng Zhang is a famous Terran strongman in the Junchen world and has made many brilliant achievements.


    Especially after he became an immortal, he became one of the top figures in the Junchen world.


    Although the real dragons are arrogant and arrogant, they have always looked down on the human cultivators, but they dare not ignore people like Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang openly asked to challenge the strongest of the real dragon family, and the real dragon family will never shrink back in the face of the challenge.


    In the case of swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor, the strongest of the real dragon family is also the virtual immortal level.


    Before long, the real dragon family agreed to Meng Zhang''s challenge and sent the Jinlong king to fight.


    The two sides soon reached an agreement on the time and place of this fair challenge.


    On the appointed day, Meng Zhang and Taoist Yueying came to the designated place early.


    Located in the depths of the West Sea, it is the territory of the original Hai people, which is very close to the territory of the Zhenlong people.


    Soon after their arrival, Meng Zhang, a group of strong people of the real dragon family entered their eyes.


    The strong men of this group of real dragons are led by the king of Jinlong.


    In addition to swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor, the brocade Dragon King of the dragon family wears a brocade robe and has a noble air all over, which is very king like.


    Behind him is the Dragon King Su, the elder of the dragon family.


    The king of Su long is also a strong man at the level of virtual immortals, and his strength is only a little inferior to that of the king of Jin long.


    Beside King Su Longwang is gang Longwang, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang.


    Next to the rigid Dragon King is the rare female dragon king Yulong king of the dragon family.


    Later, there are other unknown dragon strongmen.


    The fact that the real dragons sent such a luxurious lineup this time shows that they attach great importance to this engagement.


    Of course, this also shows their prevention of Terran practitioners.


    Although it is said that Meng Zhang is a famous figure among the people who practice truth.


    But if it''s not our race, its heart must be different. How can the strong of the real dragon race fully believe in a lower race like the human race?


    Whether it is the location of the battle or the lineup, it can be seen that the real dragon family is on guard against the Terran.


    Even if there is fraud in this battle, many strong people of the human race are concentrated to set ambush here. They can''t think of anything to do with the team led by King Jinlong.


    Even if the worst happens, they can retreat into their territory in time.


    Meng Zhang never had the idea of ambush and lacked sufficient manpower.


    He wants to show his strength in public through fair challenges and force the real dragon family back, so as to avoid a full-scale war between the two sides and lose both sides.


    The top leaders of the real dragon family happily agreed to Meng Zhang''s engagement. In addition to their confidence in their own strength, they are also afraid of taiyimen.


    Taiyi gate has gained a great reputation in recent years. It is a rising star in the Junchen world. It has the strength to catch up with the sect gates of major holy places.


    The real dragon family seems arrogant and rude, but its top leaders are rational enough to often make correct decisions.


    This time, the real dragon family took advantage of the concession of the religious doors of the major holy places to expand, recover the lost land and take advantage of it as much as possible.


    This dragon clan in Junchen world also has many enemies.


    They are unwilling and unnecessary to start a full-scale war with a powerful sect like taiyimen.


    If there are huge casualties, it will only benefit other enemies in vain.

 Chapter 2362

    Meng Zhang was greatly relieved that the real dragon family promised to make an appointment and the king Jinlong attended on time.


    He guessed the mind of the real dragon family, and the next action should be more smooth.


    After the meeting, the two sides recognized each other without introduction.


    The king of brocade dragon did not answer to the Lord Meng Zhang, but looked at the Taoist Yueying in surprise.


    Before coming here, when Meng Zhang talked with Taoist Yueying, Taoist Yueying said that she had met many senior leaders of the real dragon family.


    Taoist Yueying advanced and returned to emptiness thousands of years ago. He can be alone.


    She once followed her master, fairy yue''e, and had seen a lot of the world and met experts from all walks of life.


    Meng Zhang took the Taoist Yueying to strengthen the momentum of the people''s cultivators, and to prevent being besieged by the strong ones of the real dragon family.


    The real dragons don''t trust Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang doesn''t trust them either.


    Taoist Yueying saw the old acquaintance of Jinlong king and took the initiative to say hello.


    When the real dragons invaded the Junchen world, they had some dealings with Yuee fairy masters and disciples.


    Later, yue''e fairy fell out with several real immortals who founded the Holy Land Sect gate, and was chased and killed all the way, so she had to escape from the Junchen world. The high-level leaders of the real dragon family such as the Jinlong king also heard about it.


    King Jinlong didn''t expect to meet Taoist Yueying here.


    And it seems that Taoist Yueying stood on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Although Taoist Yueying is an old virtual immortal, he really wants to start. The king of Jinlong is confident that he will win the battle.


    What really scares the king of brocade dragon is the moon e fairy behind the Taoist Yueying.


    The sea swallowing Dragon Emperor of the real dragon family doesn''t come forward. Even if the Jinlong king has more confidence in himself, he doesn''t dare to say that he can compete with the real immortal.


    Moreover, although it can''t be said that the enemy of the enemy is a friend, the moon e fairy and the real dragon have common enemies. There is no need for both sides to tear their faces.


    The king of brocade dragon talked with Taoist Yueying for a few words. After a simple test, he didn''t say much.


    Now the arrow is on the line and has to be launched. The king of Jinlong has come here. It''s not as if he will go home because of the relationship between the moon e fairy.


    The real dragons will not fear a real fairy.


    You know, at the beginning, several real immortals worked together to force the emperor of swallowing the sea dragon to the disadvantage and had to swear to live in seclusion.


    In the face of the same level of Terran practitioners, the strong of the real dragon family have a strong sense of superiority.


    Meng Zhang never expected that after the Taoist Yueying came forward, he would be able to scare the real dragon family by the existence of the moon e fairy.


    If you want the real dragon family to retreat, you still have to defeat each other.


    Meng Zhang took a step forward and seemed to remind King Jinlong that he was the Lord of the battle.


    The king of the Golden Dragon looked at Meng Zhang, and his momentum soared, sweeping towards Meng Zhang like a sea wave.


    King Jinlong didn''t talk to Meng Zhang about any conditions, let alone say half a word of nonsense.


    Everything should be done after both sides have had a fight.


    If Meng Zhang wants to win the respect of Jinlong king, he must show enough strength.


    Both sides are well aware of each other''s purpose.


    It is unlikely that taiyimen and Zhenlong will start a full-scale war.


    Next, which side will have a greater advantage and gain greater benefits depends on the outcome of this war.


    Meng Zhang''s Tai Chi yin-yang diagram appeared on his head. When he turned slightly, the two Qi of yin and Yang gushed out.


    The king of the Golden Dragon has not shown his true body of the dragon family, and still retains the human form.


    King Jinlong''s mind moved, and the sky changed immediately.


    The sky is covered with dark clouds, thunder, lightning and strong wind


    At the foot of the sea, the wind and waves were strong, and a lot of rough waves rolled endlessly, rushing towards Meng Zhang one after another.


    The yin-yang Tai Chi diagram on Meng Zhang''s head turned slightly, and immediately an invisible force brushed over and fixed the sea under his feet.


    The surrounding sea, which was originally rolling, immediately became calm, as if nothing had happened.


    Everything in front of him was just an appetizer. With a smile, Jinlong Wang Lang began to take out real kung fu.


    The shadow of a golden dragon behind him loomed and confronted Meng Zhang with the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on his head.


    Every roar and stretching of the giant dragon virtual shadow can cause great pressure on the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi, so that it has to deal with it with all its strength.


    The brocade Dragon King danced with his hands. The five colors of red, black, yellow, blue and green shone. The five different forces of gold, wood, water, soil and fire flowed, and the dazzling lights shot away at Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s yin-yang Tai Chi diagram on his head spewed out yin-yang Qi, which collided violently with the colorful light emitted by the king of brocade dragon.


    The king of the Golden Dragon has great attainments on the five element Avenue, and he can use all kinds of profound and exquisite five element spells at his fingertips.


    The five elements forces with different attributes have no conflict under the king of Jinlong. Instead, they cooperate with each other and urge each other to form a tight and incomparable huge network to give full play to the power of the five elements Avenue.


    There are many friars practicing the five elements Avenue in the Taiyi gate, especially Yang Xueyi, who is heavy in Meng Zhang''s weapons. She can be called the strong man of the magic moon shadow Taoist priest and the real dragon family in the gate. They all strive to stop the spread of the aftermath of the battle and strive to limit the damage of the battle to a certain range.


    Meng Zhang and King Jinlong seem to have fought fiercely. In fact, they still have something to keep.


    They don''t want to cause too much damage to the surrounding area, let alone tear it apart.


    The Golden Dragon King has the unique arrogance of the real dragon family. Not to mention arrogance, at least few people can get into his eyes.


    For a long time, the chief manager of the heavenly palace, accompanied by Xue Jianjun, is recognized as the real immortal in the Jun dust world. From the collision just now, Meng Zhang really deserves his reputation and didn''t disappoint himself.


    Since Meng Zhang is not weak, it is worth showing more skills.


    The king of the Golden Dragon has not started to force, but Meng Zhang started the attack ahead of time.


    The fierce sword Qi came and went in the air, shooting at the brocade Dragon King from all directions.

 Chapter 2363

    Meng Zhang showed his superb swordsmanship incisively and vividly by using the Taoist magic power Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    The visible and invisible sword Qi splits the space and leaps out from all kinds of unexpected angles.


    A black-and-white sword, with an indomitable momentum, cuts and kills the brocade Dragon King.


    ¡­¡­


    King Jinlong once learned many sword skills and experienced all kinds of excellent sword skills.


    Meng Zhang''s excellent cultivation of Kendo still amazed him.


    Compared with those specialized sword cultivation, Meng Zhang''s sword skill is no worse.


    Since Meng Zhang is so strong, the king of brocade dragon will come up with more means.


    With the roar of the king of the golden dragon, the virtual shadow of the Dragon behind suddenly expanded and burst out with stronger power.


    The Golden Dragon King waved his fists, and huge fist marks appeared out of thin air in the sky, like mountains, rolling towards Meng Zhang.


    A black-and-white sword was shot out of Meng Zhang''s hand and fired at these fist marks.


    While the sharp sword was crushed by the fist seal, it also temporarily blocked its falling trend.


    Meng Zhang urged the divine light of the sun and moon to cover the area where the brocade Dragon King''s body was located layer by layer.


    Huge waves surged out of the king of the dragon, smashing the light mask transformed by the sun and moon into pieces.


    For a while, Meng Zhang and King Jinlong showed their magic powers and showed what they had learned. The fight was extremely fierce.


    King Jinlong has not experienced such a war for a long time. He feels that he is really full of fun.


    In the past, we were too familiar with each other''s means when we had a daily duel with the strong in the family. The fight was really not intense or full of fun.


    Especially with the improvement of Jinlong King''s cultivation, it is more and more difficult for him to find an opponent who can resist him.


    Like him, other virtual immortals in the clan are in high positions, and it is often difficult to spare enough time to fight well.


    Regardless of the outcome of the battle with Meng Zhang, King Jinlong had a good time.


    When the king of Jinlong came, he began to show more cards, which fully showed the inside story of the real dragon family.


    At this time, it is difficult for Meng Zhang to continue to have reservations.


    He also plays his cards to block the aggressive Jinlong king.


    Meng Zhangji raised the yin-yang fan of wind and fire in his hand and began to urge the power of wind and fire.


    The wind helps the fire, the fire borrows the wind, and the wind and fire cover the air between the two sides.


    The five colored lights on the brocade Dragon King''s hands twinkled, displaying a rare magic power such as the extinction light of the five elements, which forcibly dissipated the power of wind and fire in the air.


    ¡­¡­


    In the blink of an eye, Meng Zhang fought with the king of the dragon for more than ten days.


    Despite everyone''s efforts to control, the surrounding sky is still changing dramatically, and the sea is constantly stormy.


    Violent tsunamis rose from the battlefield, crossed the obstacles of the surrounding spectators and spread in all directions.


    If Meng Zhang and King Jinlong continue to fight, the aftermath of the battle may affect the whole west sea.


    Such a fierce battle between the two powerful virtual immortals in the Junchen world has rarely happened in these thousands of years.


    Even if the heavenly palace is not besieged and the Tianwei thunder punishment array remains intact, I''m afraid they can''t stop the battle between them.


    The power of virtual immortals is almost endless. The fighting between them lasts for decades or even hundreds of years, which is common.


    However, in these ten days, Meng Zhang has felt a few threads of fatigue because he felt too much pressure.


    Meng Yizhang''s talent for fighting, especially the real dragon, has to be admitted.


    The king of the golden dragon is the strongest man Meng Zhang has ever met, both in combat experience and combat skills.


    King Jinlong has lived for nearly ten thousand years, and his accumulation is incomparable.


    Such a fierce battle not only did not make him feel the slightest tired, but stimulated his stronger fighting spirit.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang''s years of practice are still too short. Even though he has a strong foundation, his accumulated strength is still insufficient.


    The king of Jinlong brought Meng Zhang great pressure, which made Meng Zhang deal with it very hard.


    Meng Zhang made great efforts to persist and showed no sign of it.


    Without the slightest concession, he spared no effort to compete with Jinlong Wang.


    Meng Zhang knows that the victory or defeat of this war is related to many major interests in the future. He must not be easily defeated by his opponent.


    The two fought like equals, and no one could do anything about each other for the time being.


    No matter which side comes up with how clever magical means, the other side can think of a way to fight in time, and even launch a counterattack.


    If there is no accident, the two sides can''t decide the outcome in a short time.


    The battle became more and more intense, and Meng Zhang''s strength was rapidly consumed.


    Meng Zhang, who had a long pulse and was good at protracted war, felt a little hard after the battle began for more than half a month.


    In the fierce battle, Meng Zhang had no breathing opportunity to regulate his breathing and return his breath, let alone swallow pills and the like.


    If the battle lasts too long, Meng Zhang may be exhausted and unable to hold on.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang has accumulated a lot of cards over the years.


    During the fierce battle between Meng Zhang and King Jinlong, Taimiao in the underworld also put down other things and always paid attention to the course of the battle.


    After Meng Zhang felt that the consumption was huge and a little hard, he began to turn to Taimiao for help.


    Tai Miao is the incarnation of Meng Zhang, and with the improvement of their cultivation level, their relationship has been strengthened and more means are available.


    Even if you are in the underworld, too wonderful can still silently pass your power through the yin-yang gap and transfer it to this monk Zhang.


    With the help of the power secretly transmitted by Taimiao, Meng Zhang finally had a little breathing opportunity and could last longer.


    Too wonderful. Now only the cultivation in the later stage of returning to emptiness is better than the cultivation of Meng Zhang''s empty immortal level.


    Moreover, no matter how ingenious the methods and means are, great losses can not be avoided when the power is transmitted from the underworld to the Yang world.


    The power of Taimiao itself cannot support Meng Zhang for a long time.


    Even if Taimiao is not in a fighting state and can be recovered by all means, the power he passed to Meng Zhang is far less than the consumption of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that the battle could not continue like this.


    He must make a quick decision and end the battle as soon as possible.


    After a long delay, when his strength is exhausted, he will lose his ability to deal with it and become a lamb to be slaughtered.


    Even if you take a huge risk, you have to start the winner and loser.


    Meng Zhang and King Jinlong fought for more than half a month.


    The fighting between the two sides has been going on for more than a month, and it is almost two months.


    Both sides who watched the war watched with interest.


    Especially those strong people of the real dragon family feel that this battle has benefited them a lot and they can learn a lot from it.


    They even want the battle to continue like this. It''s best not to end easily.

 Chapter 2364

    Between this master Meng Zhang and his outer incarnation Taimiao, they can not only transfer power to each other, but also share their feelings about the avenue of heaven and earth, and display each other''s Taoism and magic powers.


    Jinlong king is obviously majoring in Wuxing Avenue.


    Like many strong races, he is also proficient in the road of power.


    As the natural master of the ocean, the real dragon family naturally has a strong talent in the water Avenue and related avenues.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin Yang Avenue and was proficient in space Avenue and sun moon Avenue.


    The battle between the strong who return to the virtual world depends largely on who has a deeper understanding of the road and can mobilize more power of the road.


    The forces of various avenues were mobilized and collided everywhere on the battlefield, making the whole world unstable.


    Meng Zhang saw the opportunity and made a sudden effort to communicate in the underworld.


    Too wonderful mobilized the two powers of life and death and reincarnation, and passed all the corresponding power to Meng Zhang in the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang, who was in the middle of the fierce fight, pointed at the king of the dragon with one hand. The king of the dragon was immediately shrouded in the breath of death.


    The king of brocade dragon felt that his vitality was passing quickly. A place in the underworld had a great attraction and was about to forcibly pull his spirit to the underworld.


    The two dragon horns on the head of the Golden Dragon King trembled violently, and bursts of golden light came out, which interrupted Meng Zhang''s further attack and blocked the power of life and death and reincarnation Avenue.


    King Jinlong, who blocked Meng Zhang''s attack, was preparing to fight back and suddenly looked up into the air.


    Several strange flying boats flew out of the nine days and rushed towards the West Sea.


    Although King Jinlong has lived in the depths of the ocean for a long time, he has always been very concerned about the intelligence of foreign invaders.


    From the shape of the flying boat, those killed to the West Sea should be the demon families from the 10000 demon world.


    Many demon families think that the real dragon is a member of the demon family, but they separated from the demon family many years ago.


    Many high-level officials in the demon clan often use this as an excuse to win over the real dragon clan.


    The earliest real dragon born in the universe is a congenital divine beast, and the current real dragon family is its descendant.


    How noble is the inborn divine beast, which is comparable to a group of vulgar and despicable demon families.


    The vast majority of members of the true dragon clan regard the demon clan''s statement as an insult.


    The demon clan of the ten thousand demon world has courted the real dragon clan of the Jun dust world before, trying to join hands with them to deal with the human cultivators who rule the Jun dust world.


    The real dragon family impolitely refused the solicitation of the demon family, and looked down on it very much.


    Now, foreign invaders have broken through the nine days and entered the Junchen world, occupying a great advantage.


    In the eyes of most foreign invaders, they are not far from completely conquering the Junchen world.


    Perhaps, this group of foreign demons just chose a direction at will.


    But at this sensitive moment, the top leaders of the real dragon family have to think more.


    A group of demons killed to the West Sea may not have the intention of demonstrating to the real dragon.


    They may think that if the real dragons know each other, they should join the camp of foreign invaders early.


    Seeing the foreign demon family''s flying boat killing to the West Sea, many strong real dragons present were furious.


    The ocean is the territory of the real dragon family. What qualifications do the humble demon family have to touch.


    Without waiting for the order of King Jinlong, several impatient real dragon strongmen angrily killed the demon family flying boat in the air.


    The king of brocade dragon, who was going to launch a counterattack, stopped his original action.


    The sudden foreign invaders separated him from the excitement of fighting.


    As the acting patriarch of the real dragon family, he should put the interests of the real dragon family first and not just focus on his own enjoyment.


    The king of brocade dragon made several moves in succession and broke away from the battle with Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that King Jinlong didn''t continue to fight, Meng Zhang stopped.


    Meng Zhang knew that on the surface, they had fought for so long, and the two sides were neck and neck.


    But the king of brocade dragon must have reservations and didn''t show all his cards.


    Apart from other things, the real dragons are rich all over the world and have collected countless treasures.


    When King Jinlong fought with Meng Zhang, he didn''t use foreign objects. He fought with his own strength.


    However, Meng Zhang has already used the most precious piece of wind fire yin-yang fan, but he still can''t defeat the king of brocade dragon.


    Of course, even if the Jinlong king has all his cards, he can''t easily beat Meng Zhang.


    If both sides abandon everything and fight for life and death without any reservation.


    The greatest possibility is that Meng Zhang is killed and the king of Jinlong is irreparably hurt.


    Now the king of brocade dragon has taken the initiative to stop. Meng Zhang naturally wants it.


    However, on the surface, Meng Zhang didn''t mean to relax at all. He was still eager to try.


    Those demon flying boats flying to the West Sea were shot down and crashed under the attack of the strong ones of the real dragon family.


    The king of brocade dragon did not continue to pay attention to that side, but looked at Meng Zhang.


    King Jinlong can''t easily defeat Meng Zhang. It''s meaningless to continue fighting.


    Onlookers such as king Su Longwang were eyeing, and Meng Zhang also had Taoist Yueying as a cover.


    If the two sides start a scuffle, even if the two human race virtual immortals die in the final battle, they will be able to bring a group of strong people of the real dragon family to be buried with them.


    Even if the real dragon family finally wins, it is a disastrous victory. It is not worth the loss.


    According to the current situation of Junchen, the real dragon family must retain enough strength to respond, and can not easily damage the middle and senior level of the family.


    From the previous battle, Meng Zhang has the strength to get along with him on an equal footing and is qualified to have a fair dialogue with him.


    In that case, King Jinlong can''t force Taiyi gate too much.


    Next, King Jinlong took the initiative to ask taiyimen to withdraw from the West Sea, while the real dragon family would not take advantage of the situation to pursue and kill.


    Since King Jinlong has the will to negotiate, Meng Zhang will have a good talk with him.


    The Taoist Yueying nearby also spoke to help from time to time.


    As the backstage supporter of Guanghan palace, Taoist Yueying''s identity is very hidden, and even the real dragon family doesn''t know it.


    The king of the Dragon regarded the Taoist Yueying as Meng Zhang''s companions and thought that they were backed by the fairy Yuee.


    The real dragons are arrogant and arrogant. They dare not have the slightest carelessness about real immortals such as yue''e fairy.


    After a lot of wrangling and bargaining, the two sides finally reached a rough agreement.


    The real dragon family will not directly take action, but will only drive the sea family army under their command to continue to expand wantonly in the West Sea and the South China Sea.


    Taiyimen under the leadership of Meng Zhang, as well as Taoist Yueying, cannot be involved in the wars in the West Sea and the South China Sea.


    The friars of taiyimen in Xihai and Nanhai must leave as soon as possible.


    ¡­¡­


    Both sides did not haggle over the details, but made oral agreement.


    This agreement is based on the strength of both sides.


    As long as the strength comparison between the two sides does not change, no party will easily default.


    Both sides are barely satisfied with the agreement.


    After the negotiation, neither of the two sides was interested in staying here for a long time and soon left.

 Chapter 2365

    Both Meng Zhang and Jinlong King believe that this agreement is more beneficial to their own side.


    The South China Sea alliance is composed of many Xiuzhen forces. It seems to be powerful, but only its leader, hailing sect, can barely enter the eyes of the real dragon family, which can be called a good voice.


    The original strength of Hailing sect was not weak enough to dominate the South China Sea. But last time, he was almost bloodwashed by the Holy Land Sect door, and most of the high-ranking friars in the door lost.


    Even after years of full complement, the strength of Hailing sect is still far less than before.


    As for the West Sea side, how long has Guanghan palace been rising?


    The foundation of the sect is shallow, and the great power of returning to emptiness in the sect is a group of xinnen


    Guanghan palace has neither brilliant achievements nor the kind of top power that shakes all directions.


    Even if the real dragon clan does not directly participate in the war, just driving the sea clan army to launch an attack can defeat the Terran Xiuzhen forces in the West Sea and the South China Sea.


    At most, it takes a little longer, and the loss of Hai clan is just a little bigger.


    The members of the true dragon family have a long life and don''t mind waiting for a long time.


    The sea clan is the slave of the real dragon clan. No matter how many deaths and injuries, the real dragon clan will not feel heartache.


    In fact, in order to better control the sea clan, the real dragon clan will come up with some ways to toss it every once in a while, intentionally or unintentionally consuming its strength.


    What the real dragons really want to avoid is an all-out war with a strong enemy like taiyimen.


    This is not that the real dragon family is afraid of taiyimen, but that the real dragon family should preserve their strength. Now is not the time for the real dragon family to break out with all their strength.


    Meng Zhang, taiyimen under his leadership, and Taoist Yueying cannot directly participate in the war, so they can only rely on the local Xiuzhen forces in the West Sea and the South China Sea.


    Although Guanghan palace has a shallow foundation and insufficient foundation, its strength is not weak.


    After Guanghan palace controlled Xingluo islands, it began to fully integrate the power of all Xiuzhen forces.


    The West Sea involves the interests of many Xiuzhen forces.


    These Xiuzhen forces may not be willing to give up everything in the west sea so easily.


    With Guanghan palace taking the lead, if the real dragon family doesn''t fight, they may not have the courage to fight with the sea family army.


    In the past thousands of years, there have been many battles between the Terran and the sea.


    If the Terran wants to expand at sea, it must occupy the territory of the sea clan.


    For the battle with the sea clan, the Terran cultivators will not feel how embarrassed.


    On the other side of the South China Sea, the Hai Ling sect established its dominant position in the South China Sea in those years, leading the Xiuzhen forces in the South China Sea to defeat the Hai nationality in the South China Sea.


    Now the sea clan is making a comeback. As long as the real dragon clan doesn''t fight, the sea spirit sect won''t be afraid at all.


    Hailing sect has taken out all the details in recent years, spared no effort to train backward friars and tried to make up for the losses of high-level friars.


    Up to now, although the strength of Hailing sect has not recovered to its heyday, its various efforts have achieved initial results.


    Meng Zhang estimated that the Terran practitioners under the leadership of Hailing sect and Guanghan palace still have great hope of guarding the South China Sea and the West China Sea.


    Even if they can''t resist the sea clan army in the end, they can try to delay time and wait for the situation change in the Junchen world.


    Moreover, as the armies of foreign invaders continue to enter the Junchen world, the war situation everywhere will only become more chaotic.


    This has more disadvantages for the massive expansion and the sea nationality army as the offensive side.


    Anyway, since the agreement has been reached, neither side wants to break it easily.


    Of course, as long as either party shows weakness in the future, don''t blame the other party for taking the opportunity to attack and bite.


    After Meng Zhang and Taoist Yueying returned to Xingluo islands, Taoist Yueying continued to live in seclusion in the depths of Guanghan palace.


    This time, if it wasn''t for the safety of Guanghan palace, she wouldn''t easily leave her seclusion.


    Meng Zhang informed the high-level officials of Hailing sect and Guanghan palace of the agreement reached between himself and King Jinlong.


    Lu Tianshu, the acting leader of Hailing sect, and Guanghan fairy, the master of Guanghan palace, have no opinion on this.


    As long as the real dragon family does not directly participate in the war, they are sure that they can block the attack of the Hai family army.


    Now that the three have reached an agreement, they will start to implement according to their respective plans.


    Under the order of Meng Zhang, the monks sent by Taiyi sect to Xihai and Nanhai will leave the two places as soon as possible and return to Taiyi sect.


    Friar taiyimen won''t fight directly, but he can help by various indirect means.


    Taiyimen, which has many resource producing areas and huge production capacity, can continuously provide war materials such as pills, talismans, mechanism creations and so on.


    Taiyimen can hire practitioners from all over the world to go to the West Sea and the South China Sea as mercenaries.


    ¡­¡­


    Of course, the real dragon family can also use similar means to assist the Hai family army.


    The sea clan is the most important slave of the real dragon clan, but this does not mean that the real dragon clan has no other slaves and men.


    The real dragon family also keeps many human cultivators as slaves and many ferocious sea animals.


    ¡­¡­


    Taiyimen and Zhenlong did not directly participate in the war, but both used their own means to influence the war situation.


    If no major accident happens, the war in the West Sea and the South China Sea will last for a long time.


    Meng Zhang did not stay abroad long.


    After he returned to taiyimen, the whole Hanhai road alliance led by taiyimen soon mobilized.


    Hanhai daomeng needs to make full preparations for the war and deal with the subsequent invasion of foreign invaders.


    We also need to fully support overseas wars and provide assistance to Guanghan palace and hailing sect within our capacity.


    Meng Zhang himself has nothing to deal with in person for the time being.


    He closed the door again and began another round of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang gained a lot from this battle with King Jinlong, a strong man of the same rank.


    He saw the ceiling of the strong at the virtual immortal level and fully realized his own shortcomings.


    Meng Zhang not only made efforts to improve his cultivation and strengthen various accumulation, but also devoted more attention to refining the treasure of Fenghuo yin-yang fan.


    This treasure has fully demonstrated its power in several wars and has been of great help to Meng Zhang.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not completely refined this treasure, and his mastery of it is very superficial.


    To further refine the yin-yang fan of wind and fire, Meng Zhang needs to invest more time and energy.


    I''m afraid Meng Zhang has to be promoted to a true immortal to completely control this magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang has realized that all his investment in the treasure of wind fire yin-yang fan is very worthwhile.


    Meng Zhang has never seen the legendary fairy weapon, and the wind fire yin-yang fan is just a magic weapon.


    However, Meng Zhang has long felt that the power of wind fire yin-yang fan is enough for ordinary immortals to use.


    Meng Zhang once again felt a deep doubt. How arrogant is the ancient moon family in the Lingkong fairy world? Is it willing to give such a top magic weapon to the ordinary branch of the family?


    Speaking of, Meng Zhang has not paid attention to the situation of the ancient moon family for a long time.

 Chapter 2366

    At the beginning, Gu yuefenghua, the owner of the ancient moon family, held a grand sacrificial ceremony, contacted the family headquarters in the Lingkong fairy world and got the treasure given by the family headquarters.


    Some Huixu Daneng who received the news also tried to win the treasure, but they were defeated by Meng Zhang.


    With the prestige of Meng Zhang, the safety of the ancient moon family is guaranteed.


    Later, after Gu Yue Fenghua was promoted to return to virtual power, he had enough self-protection power, and ordinary return to virtual power was even more reluctant to easily provoke the Gu Yue family.


    After Gu yuefenghua was promoted to return to virtual power, the strength of Gu Yue family increased rapidly.


    However, the attitude of the ancient moon family towards taiyimen has not changed at all. It is still so humble and obedient.


    As a vassal of taiyimen, the ancient moon family is very qualified, and all kinds of performance can be called excellent.


    With the current strength of Taiyi sect, it can also accommodate the ordinary Huixu sect and the family as vassals.


    For example, as a traditional ally of Taiyi sect, Saint Xu Mengying, with the help of Meng Zhang, has long been promoted to the virtual period.


    Now Huanglian sect is still cultivating more great powers of returning to emptiness, and Taiyi sect does not show the slightest fear.


    Taiyimen has more than ten combat power of returning to the virtual level, and there are virtual immortals such as Meng Zhang. There is no need to worry about the vassal threatening their own status.


    The stronger the strength of the vassal, the better for taiyimen.


    Of course, taiyimen, as the master, is indispensable for the routine monitoring of his subordinates.


    According to the report of taiyimen dark hall, the ancient moon family has never shown the slightest abnormality.


    Meng Zhang, eager to improve his combat effectiveness, put down his doubts for the time being.


    Anyway, so far, the ancient moon family has not shown any harm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much time to slowly investigate the ancient moon family to meet his doubts.


    Perhaps, the ancient moon family headquarters of Lingkong fairy world is particularly optimistic about this branch of Junchen world, so it gives a heavy treasure?


    Meng Zhang just ordered the dark hall to strengthen the monitoring of the ancient moon family and put the matter aside.


    There are still many places worthy of Meng Zhang''s attention in the Taiyi gate.


    Due to the loss of the territory of the West Sea and the output of many resource points in the West Sea, the trade with the Zhenlong family has long been interrupted, and the loss of taiyimen is still great.


    Even though taiyimen has vast territory and abundant resources, it is beginning to feel very difficult to meet the needs of all aspects.


    The north of the Junchen world is generally regarded as a wild land by the Xiuzhen world, which is far less rich than the Middle Earth continent.


    The essence of the northern part of Jun Dujie is basically mastered by the saints of Zion.


    The territory of taiyimen seems vast, but it is basically some leftover materials. Most places are very barren and the output resources are limited.


    After the rise of taiyimen, it avoided the strong enemy of Ziyang Shengzong and made great efforts to develop overseas, which achieved rich returns.


    Later, taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong divided the territory of Dali imperial dynasty together, which was regarded as a great tonic.


    But on the whole, the resources of Taiyi gate are far less than those of the holy land.


    Now foreign invaders occupy nine days, and taiyimen can no longer obtain resources from nine days.


    Fortunately, after the blessed land of the sun and moon was projected into the Youdu city of the underworld, the blessed land of the sun and moon has obtained a huge evolution and can produce more special resources.


    Among them, the essence of the sun and moon, a specialty of the sun and moon blessed land, can replace the essence of the nine days most of the time, and can be refined and absorbed by the friars in the later stage of the golden elixir and even in the early stage of the yuan God.


    In addition, after years of research, the friars of the Royal beast Hall of Taiyi gate have been able to raise cloud beasts on a small scale in the gate, and hybridize cloud beasts with other monsters to cultivate more varieties of special monsters.


    As for other resources produced within nine days, taiyimen is also actively looking for alternatives from other channels.


    The loss of so many resource points in the West Sea is undoubtedly a heavy blow to taiyimen.


    Now taiyimen can still be maintained. The biggest pillar is the endless flow of resources from the underworld after unifying the underworld.


    Tiangong originally concentrated almost all the high-end cultivation forces in the Junchen world and served as the trade center of the Junchen world.


    Tiangong is now surrounded by foreign invaders and under constant attack. Naturally, it is impossible to continue trading in Tiangong.


    Now, most of the Junchen world has fallen into war because of the attack of foreign invaders.


    Most trade routes have become increasingly unsafe and even directly interrupted.


    After the boundary between taiyimen and Dark Alliance was drawn, the trade between the two sides was basically cut off.


    It is becoming more and more difficult for taiyimen to trade and exchange needed goods with other Xiuzhen forces.


    Even though taiyimen has many unique resources in the underworld, it is difficult to find a channel to sell.


    If trade is affected, it is difficult to obtain all kinds of materials needed.


    Sometimes, only a certain material can not be supplied in time, which can lead to the delay of important work in some aspect.


    Although Taiyi gate has not been invaded by foreign invaders on a large scale, from time to time, some teams of foreign invaders kill and destroy their territory wantonly.


    Taiyimen has strengthened its garrison forces around the country, and patrol teams patrol at all times.


    But the territory is too vast, and there are always times when you can''t respond.


    Every time a little delay or a little late, the settlements above the territory will suffer great damage and heavy casualties.


    If this situation continues, the scope of influence will become wider and wider, and sooner or later the whole territory will be disturbed and become panic.


    Generally speaking, as the foreign invaders broke through the nine days and entered the Junchen world, after the situation in the Junchen world changed greatly, the peaceful life up and down the Taiyi gate was broken, and the Taiyi gate became more and more disadvantaged and faced more and more difficulties.


    Of course, in the process of its rise, taiyimen has faced more crises and a more dangerous situation than at present.


    Zongmen has encountered several crises of extermination, and Taiyi gate has survived and continued to grow.


    Taiyimen is still able to accept the current situation. Many people believe that the difficulties are only temporary and will pass soon.


    The senior leaders who are familiar with all kinds of situations know that the situation in Junchen will only become worse and worse, and the situation of taiyimen will only become more and more difficult.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang predicted the current situation and made a lot of preparations for it.


    Now it seems that Meng Zhang''s preparation is still far from enough.


    Some high-level officials of Taiyi gate have begun to consider whether they should take advantage of the opportunity of Junchen circle falling into chaos to expand and seize more resources for the sect to tide over the difficulties.


    Although the situation faced by taiyimen is difficult, it has not affected the combat effectiveness of taiyimen.


    Under the current circumstances, taiyimen can draw more power than those Xiuzhen forces in the Middle Earth mainland.

 Chapter 2367

    In the cultivation world of the law of the jungle, it is a very common behavior to fall into a well, plunder others and pass on their own crisis.


    Most of the so-called orthodox sects in the cultivation world are actually hypocrites.


    Those high-level proposals seemed reasonable and soon received more high-level support.


    At present, the only obstacle to taiyimen''s action is not moral constraints, but the prevention of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The army of foreign invaders entered the Junchen world in batches and burned, killed and looted everywhere.


    This will not only help to improve the morale of the army, but also suppress the local Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world and make them unable to reinforce the heavenly palace.


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, the major Holy Land sects are the key patrons of the foreign invaders.


    All the major holy places have abandoned the external forces and tried to shrink to ensure that they can hold the core area.


    Ziyang holy sect is located in the north of Junchen world, far away from the Middle Earth continent. It should have avoided the main military front of foreign invaders.


    However, Ziyang holy sect is a holy sect after all, and has received extraordinary attention.


    Since the foreign invaders entered the Junchen world, there have been teams hovering over the territories of Ziyang holy sect, making various temptations and even launching direct attacks.


    In any case, taiyimen never relaxed its surveillance of the great enemy of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Almost all the time, the dark hall friars of Taiyi gate carry out various investigation activities on the territory of Ziyang Shengzong.


    According to the report of the monk of the dark hall, after analysis, the middle and high levels of Taiyi gate all believe that Ziyang Shengzong should not be able to take care of Taiyi gate now.


    Ziyang holy sect was hit by Taiyi sect many times, and even Yang and Xu Xian almost fell.


    In these years, Ziyang Shengzong, whose strength has been greatly damaged, has struggled to deal with foreign invaders.


    After some discussion and debate, the middle and senior management of taiyimen think that zongmen consumes so much every day to find ways to get some supplements.


    The most affluent middle earth continent in the cultivation world is now in such chaos, which is a good time to rob by fire.


    If you miss this opportunity and wait until foreign invaders strengthen their offensive against taiyimen, I''m afraid taiyimen won''t have so much power elsewhere.


    Some friars in the sect who are more old-fashioned have other concerns.


    The Junchen world is now a big enemy, and it is at a time when everyone needs to unite and jointly fight against foreign invaders, but taiyimen takes advantage of the fire and creates internal chaos.


    This will not only damage the reputation of taiyimen, but also be hated by the whole cultivation world.


    What is fame and how much can it do?


    This pedantic statement has been ridiculed by many high-level officials.


    After hearing this, Meng Zhang thought more.


    Meng Zhang has always been upright and strict with the top and bottom of Taiyi gate in the style of authentic sect.


    If chiguoguo is robbed by fire, he really doesn''t look good on his face.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang came up with an idea.


    The Taiyi gate general sent a large army of monks to the middle land, nominally to fight against foreign invaders.


    In order to protect the Junchen world, taiyimen did not hesitate to spend human and material resources on expeditions, but also did not hesitate to pay huge sacrifices. It was entirely reasonable for the Xiuzhen forces in the Middle Earth to ask for some return as a supply to the friars'' army.


    After Meng Zhongzhang put forward various details, he immediately put forward his own ideas.


    Now it is a wartime state. The whole door moves up and down quickly, eliminating all the red tape and unnecessary procedures.


    Soon after, an army of friars, mainly taiyimen friars, including many members of the true cultivation forces of Hanhai daomeng, was formed.


    Just as vanity son returned to zongmen from the South China Sea, he was appointed by Meng Zhang as the commander of this friar army.


    In addition, three or five return to virtual power will be arranged as an auxiliary. This army not only has enough combat power, but also will not disperse the strength of taiyimen''s garrison territory too much.


    The territory of taiyimen is almost located in the northernmost part of the Junchen world.


    To the north is the edge of Jun dust world, which is a real wasteland.


    Both the East and the south are the territory of Ziyang Shengzong, and only a few narrow and dangerous passages can make it around.


    The territory of Ziyang Shengzong almost wraps the Taiyi gate tightly, which not only limits the external expansion of the Taiyi gate, but also threatens the Taiyi gate territory at any time.


    The west of taiyimen territory has a long coastline connecting the West Sea.


    The west sea was originally dominated by the sea clan, and the Terran cultivators had only one outpost in the Xingluo islands.


    Later, the joint forces of friars of various major sects defeated the Xihai clan, and the Terrans occupied more than half of the Xihai and carried out wantonly development here.


    Now, with the support of the Zhenlong family, the Hai nationality army has made a comeback and recaptured most of the territory in the West Sea.


    Including taiyimen, all the major Xiuzhen forces had to withdraw their manpower in the West Sea.


    Guanghan fairy of Guanghan palace has long led a team to the West Sea to cover the retreat of the practitioners in the West Sea.


    Despite the loss of taiyimen''s assistance, Guanghan fairy, after a series of hard struggle, covered a large group of people and horses to withdraw to Xingluo islands.


    Nowadays, there are many practitioners with different origins in Xingluo islands.


    The local sect of Xingluo islands such as Guanghan palace organized these practitioners to fight against the attack of the Hai nationality army.


    Because the real dragon family did not directly intervene, the strength of the Hai family army was limited.


    So far, the front has been maintained outside the Xingluo islands.


    The friar army led by Guanghan fairy firmly guarded the line of defense and shut out the Hai family army.


    Although taiyimen did not directly participate in the war, it has been providing various assistance to Xingluo islands.


    If there is no big accident, the sea clan army can''t have a solid defense line arranged by the Terran cultivators in a short time.


    The vast sea area between the Xingluo islands and the mainland is still very safe so far.


    A fleet goes back and forth here, and the patrol team of practitioners haunts from time to time.


    Friar B is going to the west coast, which is a circle on the west coast.


    This army of friars under the banner of aid is not going to attack cities and territories, nor to fight against foreign invaders, but to seize some resources and supplement the loss of the sect.


    As long as those true cultivation forces met along the way know the truth and honestly hand over their hard-working money, the army of friars of taiyimen will not go too far.


    If there is a kind of truth cultivation force who gives up his life and doesn''t give up his wealth, he deserves bad luck.


    At present, in the chaotic Junchen world, it is not a big deal that some Xiuzhen forces are broken by thieves, and few people will pay too much attention.


    If you are too unlucky, it is not impossible to be exterminated by foreign invaders.


    The senior leaders of Taiyi sect, including the leader Meng Zhang, don''t mind playing a kind elder on weekdays.


    When needed, they will all show their ferocious side.

 Chapter 2368

    The current chaotic situation in Junchen has almost led to the interruption of most business routes.


    All kinds of business exchanges have been greatly affected and even tend to stagnate.


    After taiyimen and Dark Alliance drew a clear line, most of the foreign trade channels were cut off.


    The army of friars in taiyimen, carrying a large number of third-order flying boats and third-order warships, soon set out from the west coast.


    Soon after taiyimen sent off the army, new visitors came.


    Due to the actions of Fengqing shangzun in the heavenly palace, the alliance between taiyimen and Dark Alliance broke down, and the two sides quickly drew a clear line.


    At the top of both sides, many people have complained about it.


    In particular, the Shushan Taoist and Youhuan Taoist of the Dark Alliance have a good relationship with Meng Zhang, the leader of the Taiyi sect, and have made many other senior officials of the Taiyi sect.


    Recently, they frequently visited the top management of taiyimen to try to restore the relationship between the two sides.


    It is Meng Zhang''s will to draw a clear line with the Dark Alliance. Even if some taiyimen senior leaders cannot agree, they cannot openly oppose it.


    Taoist Shushan and Taoist Youhuan had asked to see Meng Zhang several times before, but Meng Zhang avoided them.


    After taiyimen sent an army of monks to the Middle Earth, the Taoist Shushan came to visit Meng Zhang again.


    Meng Zhang felt that after drying the old friend for so long, it should be almost enough to show his angry attitude.


    The Dark Alliance has many factions and constant internal disputes.


    To draw a clear line with the Dark Alliance does not mean to make enemies with all of the Dark Alliance.


    Those old friends in the Dark Alliance should try their best to fight for it if they have the opportunity.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t expect them to betray the Dark Alliance and stand on the side of taiyimen. At least let them keep their goodwill to taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang met the old friend of Shushan Taoist in the sect hall.


    As soon as they met, regardless of greetings, Taoist Shushan kept apologizing to Meng Zhang.


    Taoist Shushan made it clear that he was very opposed to the practice of Fengqing shangzun.


    Fengqing shangzun did not get the support of all senior leaders of the Dark Alliance before the Tiangong operation this time.


    According to the practice of the Dark Alliance, as the big elder representing the Dark Alliance, Feng Qingshang Zun must be approved by the Presbyterian Council of the Dark Alliance before any major action.


    But this time, with the support of some senior officials of the Dark Alliance, Fengqing shangzun came to cut first and then play, hiding the elders of Shushan Taoist priest from the drum.


    If Shushan Taoist knew the plan of Fengqing shangzun in advance, he would try his best to stop it anyway.


    Although the Dark Alliance has always harbored evil intentions and coveted the rule of the Junchen world, the vast majority of its members are still human cultivators.


    Although the Dark Alliance has hosted all kinds of cattle, ghosts and snake gods, it is also in collusion with the devil road.


    However, it is still too far to take direct refuge in foreign invaders.


    Foreign invaders are mainly composed of different races. Even if there are some members of the human race, they are also members of the devil, Buddhism and so on.


    Without talking about the general interests of the human race or Taoist norms, many members of the Dark Alliance are unwilling to associate with foreign invaders only emotionally.


    Fengqing shangzun is the elder of the Dark Alliance. His words and deeds are enough to represent the Dark Alliance in the outside world.


    His actions in the heavenly palace made the Dark Alliance betray the Junchen world and completely stand opposite to the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    With his actions, Feng Qingshang Zun created a fait accompli and forcibly tied the whole Dark Alliance to the thief ship.


    There are no more ways for internal opponents such as Taoist Shushan.


    The heavenly palace and the holy places must now hate the Dark Alliance and regard it as a great enemy.


    The Dark Alliance will not erupt civil strife at this time, will it?


    In the face of the overall situation, the opponents within the Dark Alliance had to bite their teeth and swallow this bitter fruit, tacitly agreeing to the behavior of Fengqing shangzun.


    Taoist Shushan and others have been asking to see Meng Zhang, just to explain to Meng Zhang.


    Although the Dark Alliance betrayed the Junchen world, it had no malice towards Taiyi gate.


    Most senior officials of the Dark Alliance are willing to continue to maintain friendly alliance relations with taiyimen.


    Shushan Taoist priest and other old friends are more reluctant to see Meng Zhang become the enemy of the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, if there is a suitable opportunity, Shushan Taoists are also willing to explain to the high level of Tiangong to ease the relationship with Tiangong.


    The attitude of Taoist Shushan is very sincere and full of goodwill to Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is also willing to believe in Shushan Taoist.


    But now the Dark Alliance is not the power of Shushan Taoist school.


    Feng Qingshang''s behavior in the heavenly palace is extremely selfish, which almost implicated Niu Dawei and them.


    If the ancient Taoist had not intervened in time and companion Xue Jianjun had remained calm enough, Niu Dawei might have been angry long ago.


    As an ally, the practice of Fengqing shangzun is far from being unkind.


    With his ingenuity, didn''t he know the consequences of doing so before he took action?


    In doing so, he clearly wanted to tie taiyimen to the chariot.


    It can be imagined that if Niu Dawei was angered by Tiangong and even executed because of the behavior of Fengqing shangzun, taiyimen and Tiangong would only become immortal.


    This will affect taiyimen''s general policy and is tantamount to harming allies.


    Meng Zhang will not have the slightest connection with Feng Qingshang as a person.


    There can no longer be any connection between taiyimen and Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t beat around the Bush and directly and openly expressed his attitude.


    In fact, the alliance between taiyimen and Dark Alliance was somewhat helpless.


    Meng Zhang was always uncomfortable with the Dark Alliance''s collusion with the devil.


    For the Dark Alliance, the top level of taiyimen has always had reservations.


    Meng Zhang never trusted the Dark Alliance.


    However, taiyimen needs strong allies such as Dark Alliance when facing the pressure of major holy places.


    Now, taking this opportunity, taiyimen can literally break the covenant and draw a clear line with the Dark Alliance.


    This can be regarded as fulfilling Meng Zhang''s intention.

 Chapter 2369

    Meng Zhang''s decision can be regarded as taking advantage of the trend.


    According to the current situation in the Junchen world, all the holy places are too busy for themselves, and the Taiyi gate no longer needs a secret alliance.


    Alliance with the Dark Alliance has done more harm than good.


    The Dark Alliance colludes with foreign invaders to sell the interests of the Junchen world in exchange for everything needed.


    If taiyimen continues to stand with the Dark Alliance, it may be sold by the Dark Alliance and sold to foreign invaders.


    Most of the people''s cultivation forces in Junchen, including taiyimen, are very hostile to foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang and menzhong Huixu have killed many foreign invaders and forged a deep blood feud with them.


    It is even more impossible for taiyimen to have the slightest trust in foreign invaders.


    With the consistent style of Taiyi gate, if Meng Zhang orders to take refuge in foreign invaders, people will be in chaos and various problems will arise in the gate.


    Meng Zhang, the leader, has high prestige, but he is not omnipotent.


    At the very least, he could not control the thoughts of every disciple in the sect and decide their likes and dislikes.


    For the sake of the cohesion of zongmen, when the senior management of zongmen makes decisions, they can''t be unscrupulous.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards Shushan Taoist priest was quite polite.


    He bluntly told the other party that breaking with the Dark Alliance was the aspiration of the whole sect, and his leader was unwilling to disobey the public.


    Although he had expected for a long time, Meng Zhang''s answer still disappointed the scholar mountain Taoist.


    Over the years, Taoist Shushan and others have been trying to develop their friendship with taiyimen and committed to the friendship between the two zongmen.


    Now, due to the reckless actions of Fengqing shangzun, their years of efforts have been wasted, and the two sects have completely broken up. Even in front of Meng Zhang, an outsider, it is difficult for Shushan Taoist to hide his dissatisfaction and anger.


    Now it''s Meng Zhang who comforts Taoist Shushan.


    Meng Zhang said sincerely that no matter how the relationship between Dark Alliance and taiyimen changes, he will cherish his friendship with the Taoist Shushan.


    Taoist Shushan will always be a friend of taiyimen.


    Moreover, as long as the Dark Alliance does not take the initiative to attack taiyimen, taiyimen will not be an enemy of the Dark Alliance.


    There is no need for taimen and lumen to become enemies.


    Probably moved by Meng Zhang''s kind attitude, Taoist Shushan told him a lot of things.


    The Dark Alliance has a long history and is a great force throughout the whole celestial world.


    For some special reason, even those immortals who dominate the celestial world acquiesce in the existence of the Dark Alliance.


    Almost all the big worlds subordinate to Lingkong fairyland have branches of Dark Alliance.


    Of course, a very important reason why the Dark Alliance has developed so widely is that the Dark Alliance has a very strict code of conduct.


    Just like the Dark Alliance branch of the Junchen world, they do some dark activities, don''t take the orders of the heavenly palace seriously, and secretly oppose the sects of the holy places


    As long as they do not openly rebel and do not go too far, the heavenly palace and the holy places will turn a blind eye to them.


    The tolerance of the heavenly palace and the major Holy Land sects to the Dark Alliance is limited, and the previous Dark Alliance also knew how to be measured.


    However, Feng Qingshang Zun''s behavior this time has seriously crossed the border, which is tantamount to a blatant rebellion.


    In this case, the heavenly palace and the holy places can put aside all the scruples in the past and directly attack the Dark Alliance.


    Even if the Dark Alliance headquarters on the other side of Lingkong fairyland knew, they would only say that the Junchen division was too incompetent and deserved to suffer.


    Taoist Shushan has always had a very clear understanding of the situation of Jun dust world.


    Although the heavenly palace and the holy places are now in a passive situation, the heavenly palace is besieged by foreign invaders.


    However, they have ruled the Junchen world for so many years and have many cards, so they are not so easy to fail.


    Not to mention anything else, as long as those real immortals sleeping in the depths of the source sea wake up, the current situation in the Junchen world will change greatly.


    When the heavenly palace and the holy places repel foreign invaders and slow down, the Xiuzhen force such as the Dark Alliance, which openly rebelled, will inevitably become the primary target.


    The Dark Alliance has always existed before, mainly relying on some tacit understanding between the celestial realm and the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    Fengqing shangzun''s blatant rebellion is tantamount to breaking the tacit understanding and losing the natural protection of the Dark Alliance.


    In the past thousands of years, the heavenly palace and the holy places have accumulated too much dissatisfaction and resentment against the Dark Alliance. They have endured for too long.


    In contrast, the Taiyi gate, which scares all the holy places, can only be regarded as a disease of tinea and scabies.


    It is not worth mentioning those Xiuzhen forces that have been exterminated by the sects of the holy places in the past.


    As long as there is a chance, the heavenly palace and the holy places will try their best to eliminate the Dark Alliance.


    In the Dark Alliance, there are many sober people like Shushan Taoist.


    Unfortunately, they cannot dominate the decision-making of the Dark Alliance.


    There is no turning back arrow when the bow is opened. The Dark Alliance has rebelled.


    Even many elders who are dissatisfied with Fengqing shangzun have to stand on the side of Fengqing shangzun for the sake of the overall situation of the Dark Alliance.


    Needless to say, there are many people who are blinded by profits inside the Dark Alliance. They think that the Dark Alliance can use the power of foreign invaders to overthrow the rule of the heavenly palace and the holy places and become the new ruler of the Junchen world.


    During this period of time, Fengqing shangzun was connected in series within the Dark Alliance, depicting good prospects for everyone and winning more and more supporters.


    Among the high-level officials of the Dark Alliance, Shushan Taoists have become a minority.


    If they cannot change their position, they will only be quickly isolated.


    In front of Meng Zhang, an old friend, the excited Shushan Taoist poured a lot of bitter water.


    From his narration, his situation within the Dark Alliance is getting worse and worse.


    Meng zhangai can''t help the situation of Shushan Taoist.


    As long as Taoist Shushan doesn''t betray the Dark Alliance and is still a member of the Dark Alliance, he can''t help being bound by all kinds of constraints.


    Seeing that the Shushan Taoist was talking happily, Meng Zhang tentatively raised some sensitive topics.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the Dark Alliance seems to have real immortal level combat power.


    Even if the situation is worse in the future, the combat power of Zhenxian level is enough to frighten the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Taoist Shushan smiled bitterly.


    Based on the position of Shushan Taoist in the Dark Alliance, he is enough to know many top secrets, including the combat power of Zhenxian level.


    For the reason of keeping secrets, Taoist Shushan didn''t say it in detail.


    There is no ready-made real immortal level strong person in the Dark Alliance.


    When necessary, the Dark Alliance has a secret method, which can temporarily let the virtual immortal and even the upper respect in the later stage of returning to the virtual, have the power of the real immortal level.


    This kind of secret method has great limitations, and each time it is used, it needs to pay a heavy price.


    Taoist Shushan and other sober people are very clear about the advantages and disadvantages of the secret method, and are very reluctant to use such a secret method.


    Fengqing shangzun and his followers are too optimistic and regard this secret method as the biggest support.

 Chapter 2370

    At this point, Taoist Shushan took the initiative to shut up and didn''t disclose more relevant information.


    He just talked in general, but Meng Zhang was touched.


    Meng Zhang remembered that a long time ago, people in the Dark Alliance were full of confidence in front of themselves, and they didn''t take the true immortal ancestors of the holy places as too much threat.


    Although the Dark Alliance did not disclose it clearly, Meng Zhang guessed that most of the Dark Alliance had real immortal level combat power according to his style.


    Now after hearing the news revealed by Taoist Shushan, he knew what was going on.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, the combat power of real immortals who rely on external forces to forcibly improve has certain limitations, and can not compare with real immortals in many aspects.


    If this is the only card in the Dark Alliance, it''s really nothing.


    The Dark Alliance thinks that it can compete with the real immortal, which is too optimistic.


    Meng Zhang also tried to ask more about relevant matters.


    At this time, Taoist Shushan also reacted.


    He seemed to have said too much and revealed many secrets of the Dark Alliance just now.


    The Taoist Shushan who responded took the initiative to switch the topic and talked about other things.


    Meng Zhang can''t force each other, so he can only chat with each other.


    After some talk, Taoist Shushan became much better.


    Although his trip to taiyimen failed to achieve the goal, the result was not the worst.


    At least, Meng Zhang made clear his attitude and would not take the initiative to be the enemy of the Dark Alliance.


    Taoist Shushan doesn''t take Meng Zhang''s solicitation as one thing now. When the time comes, he will naturally think of these.


    Meng Zhang was also satisfied with the meeting after sending off the Shushan Taoist.


    Meng Zhang hoped that Taoist Shushan could convey his attitude to the senior management of the Dark Alliance and let the two families break up peacefully.


    With the current situation in Junchen world, taiyimen will not provoke the Dark Alliance, let alone become an enemy with the Dark Alliance.


    Of course, when the situation changes in the future and the Dark Alliance falls, no one can say whether taiyimen will fall down.


    Meng Zhang told some senior officials in the gate that although the taiyimen has drawn a clear line with the Dark Alliance on the surface, they can continue to communicate with the friendly people in the Dark Alliance in their personal identity and try to win them over.


    The words of Taoist Shushan and Meng Zhang''s own observation strengthened some ideas in his heart.


    Although the Dark Alliance is now aggressive and the situation seems to be very good, a large number of contradictions and disputes have accumulated within the Dark Alliance.


    In the next time, if the Dark Alliance has been going smoothly and everything has developed according to the plan of Fengqing shangzun, it''s nothing.


    However, if the Dark Alliance encounters a huge setback and faces a serious crisis, various contradictions within the Dark Alliance will break out.


    The Dark Alliance has many factions and complex contradictions. Once there is internal chaos, the whole organization may split.


    Taiyimen makes friends with and woos some high-level officials within the Dark Alliance. When necessary, they can intervene in the internal affairs of the Dark Alliance.


    Dark Alliance, an organization with a long history, has huge accumulation and countless wealth


    Everything the Dark Alliance has is coveted by taiyimen.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it has been qualified to participate in the game of Junchen high-level circles and set foot in many major interests.


    Meng Zhang''s vision is still far away, and many things do not necessarily happen.


    It''s always good to make more preparations in advance.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang also met with old acquaintances such as Taoist Youhuan.


    Other senior officials of taiyimen also actively strengthen contact with these people.


    Feng qingshangzun, the elder of the Dark Alliance, is very dissatisfied with the attitude of the Taiyi gate, but the Dark Alliance has other major events and has no time to find trouble with the Taiyi gate for the time being.


    In addition, some senior executives within the Dark Alliance stood on the side of taiyimen and took the initiative to defend and excuse taiyimen.


    The dark alliance finally reluctantly accepted the current situation, but made a clear distinction with taiyimen, so there was no further action.


    The Dark Alliance, which had been hiding in the shadows before, made public appearances and openly raised an anti flag against the heavenly palace and the holy places.


    In the past thousands of years, the Dark Alliance has secretly supported many cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    These Xiuzhen forces followed behind the Dark Alliance, waving flags and shouting, which greatly expanded the momentum of the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance wantonly expanded around the Junchen world, threatening and luring various truth cultivation forces.


    For a while, the momentum of the Dark Alliance soared and its sphere of influence expanded day by day.


    Although there has been no direct war with the holy places for the time being, the actions of the Dark Alliance have posed a great threat to it.


    Some vassal forces of the Holy Land Sect were destroyed by the Dark Alliance because they refused to take refuge in the Dark Alliance.


    The foreign invaders who entered the Junchen world also avoided the territory of the Dark Alliance, and even took the initiative to cooperate with the expansion of the Dark Alliance and give priority to attacking the Xiuzhen forces who did not obey the Dark Alliance.


    The religious sects of the holy places shrink their forces and focus on self-protection, making the Dark Alliance even more arrogant.


    The whole Junchen world almost fell into the flames of war, and there was a chaotic scene everywhere.


    Due to its remote location and various holy places, Taiyi gate has attracted the main attention of foreign invaders and is relatively quiet for the time being.


    The extraterritorial invaders came from nine days and took the absolute initiative.


    The taiyimen stall is too big to take into account every corner of the territory.


    In order to facilitate defense and the next battle, taiyimen also began to shrink.


    Taiyimen moved many mortal settlements and abandoned some peripheral territories.


    Such as endless sand sea and dead sand sea, which are too barren, most areas have been abandoned by taiyimen, and only a few key strongholds have been retained.


    Taiyimen senior management is not satisfied with passive defense.


    Taiyi sect sent a number of great powers to return to emptiness. They took turns flying high into the sky and secretly approached for nine days to monitor the movements of foreign invaders.


    Once the team of foreign invaders leaves for nine days and kills taiyimen territory, they will give early warning in advance.


    The Taiyi gate will send a team of elite monks to fly high into the sky, take the initiative to intercept these foreign invaders, and strive to eliminate them on the way and prevent them from entering the Taiyi gate territory.


    The high-level deployment of taiyimen was effective. The friars who participated in the war made full preparations in advance and soon achieved brilliant results.


    Many foreign invaders were annihilated over taiyimen territory, which greatly deterred the latecomers.


    The main force of the foreign invaders is still besieging the heavenly palace, and the strength of the teams sent to the Junchen world in turn is limited.


    These teams have to suppress the major Holy Land Sect doors. It is really difficult to draw too much strength to deal with Taiyi gate.


    Now the invaders outside the territory who enter the Junchen world are to vent their animal nature, burn, kill and loot, not to die in vain.


    Persimmons should be picked up and pinched soft. They don''t have to chew the hard bone of taiyimen.


    Slowly, the number of foreign invaders daring to invade taiyimen territory began to decrease, and the defensive pressure of taiyimen decreased greatly.

 Chapter 2371

    With fewer and fewer foreign invaders killing taiyimen, peace began to slowly return to taiyimen territory.


    In the Junchen world of chaos and flames of war, such a situation at Taiyi gate is very rare.


    Taiyimen has almost become a piece of pure land in troubled times.


    As a neighbor of Taiyi gate, Ziyang Shengzong has a far broader and richer territory than Taiyi gate.


    Ziyang Shengzong contracted this time, shrinking the main power back to the territory directly under him.


    Even in some corners and corners of the territory directly under Ziyang, where it is not important, Ziyang Shengzong gave up very decisively.


    Ziyang holy sect also has a large number of vassal forces, which also control a very vast territory.


    Not all the foreign invaders who entered the Junchen world were arrogant and brainless.


    Bullying soft and fearing hard is the nature of most creatures, and foreign invaders are no exception.


    The territory of Ziyang holy sect is guarded by the monks of Ziyang holy sect, which is very difficult to chew.


    Forcibly attack there, the income is not high.


    Therefore, in addition to maintaining the suppression of Ziyang Shengzong, the main targets of foreign invaders have become the Xiuzhen forces following Ziyang Shengzong.


    On weekdays, these Xiuzhen forces only follow the lead of Ziyang Shengzong and obey Ziyang Shengzong almost unconditionally. While paying a huge price, they have also been protected by Ziyang Shengzong.


    Due to the deliberate suppression of Ziyang holy sect, the strength of these cultivation forces is limited, especially the lack of effective high-level monks.


    Faced with a team of foreign invaders, they parried very hard.


    They repeatedly asked Ziyang Shengzong for help, but they didn''t get any response.


    What Ziyang Shengzong did was tantamount to giving them up completely.


    As vassal forces, they obey Ziyang holy sect, accept the call of Ziyang holy sect, and provide various resources for Ziyang holy sect.


    They have the obligation to protect Ziyang as their natural master.


    Now Ziyang Shengzong only cares about themselves and gives up their obligations. There is no need for them to remain loyal to Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, they have been ruled by Ziyang Shengzong for many years and have seen various means of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Even if they are dissatisfied with Ziyang holy sect, they dare not openly oppose Ziyang holy sect.


    But if they can''t resist foreign invaders, they will be destroyed.


    As a last resort, these forces turned their attention to taiyimen, the neighbor of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have fought for many years, and Ziyang Shengzong has been helpless to it.


    A few years ago, taiyimen defeated Ziyang Shengzong. It is said that even Yang and Xu Xian were almost killed by Meng Zhang.


    Taiyimen can not only compete with Ziyang Shengzong, but also have more powerful strength.


    Many Xiuzhen forces, who were originally subordinated to Ziyang Shengzong, sent envoys secretly to Taiyi gate to seek the help of Taiyi gate.


    Some Xiuzhen forces even offered to take refuge in Taiyi gate and become a vassal of Taiyi gate in exchange for the protection of Taiyi gate.


    If there is such an opportunity to dig the corner of Ziyang holy Sect on weekdays, the high-level of taiyimen should be very welcome.


    If we can successfully accept the vassal of Ziyang holy sect, taiyimen will have a great rise in power, obtain more territories and resources.


    However, at this special moment, the top leaders of taiyimen hesitated.


    If Taiyi gate accepts the vassal strength of Ziyang Shengzong, it will greatly offend Ziyang Shengzong.


    It doesn''t matter. Ziyang Shengzong is too busy now and has limited threat to Taiyi gate.


    Moreover, Ziyang Shengzong took the initiative to give up his obligations and betray his vassals. If taiyimen accepts these vassals, it is morally blameless and in line with the general rules of the cultivation world.


    What really embarrasses the top management of taiyimen is that if taiyimen accepts these vassals, it has the obligation to protect them.


    When foreign invaders attack these Xiuzhen forces on a large scale, taiyimen must send troops to assist them.


    This will undoubtedly put a heavy burden on taiyimen and undermine some of taiyimen''s plans.


    The foreign invaders did not take taiyimen as the key attack object, and the attacks on taiyimen territory have been reduced a lot.


    If taiyimen sends troops to prevent the burning, killing and looting of foreign invaders in order to protect these Xiuzhen forces, it is likely to provoke foreign invaders and lead to their large-scale retaliation.


    The overall strength of the foreign invaders is far above that of the cultivators in the Junchen world.


    Even if the main force of foreign invaders is still besieging the heavenly palace, sending a few partial divisions at random can make taiyimen feel overwhelmed.


    The style of taiyimen is rigorous, and the senior management still has a bottom line.


    They can''t do the kind of thing that they eat dry, wipe clean, and then turn their face and don''t recognize people.


    Compared with Ziyang Shengzong, taiyimen is still very young.


    However, taiyimen followed the tradition of the cultivation world and attached great importance to some good rules.


    Taiyimen''s high-rise buildings often appear old-fashioned, old-fashioned and even pedantic.


    Just like this, the vassal forces under the command of taiyimen are more loyal to taiyimen.


    Hanhai road alliance, established by taiyimen, has a good internal atmosphere, very unity and strong cohesion.


    In the process of the rise of taiyimen, many practitioners and forces took the initiative to join taiyimen and became a member of Hanhai daomeng.


    They help taiyimen develop vast territory and provide more human resources for taiyimen.


    Most of the top leaders of taiyimen love feathers and are unwilling to easily damage the good reputation of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang has the same attitude as the middle and senior management of the door. He is very embarrassed about this matter.


    If you want to accept these cultivation forces and obtain more benefits, you have to face more challenges.


    Meng Zhang did not make a statement for the time being, but asked the middle and high levels of the door to keep in touch with the envoys sent by the Xiuzhen forces.


    Taiyimen can appease these messengers temporarily, but can''t make a commitment in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang wants to have a deeper understanding of the current situation of the army of foreign invaders.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate, he kept in touch with Niu Dawei who stayed in the heavenly palace on a regular basis.


    In addition to receiving some interference in a few times, their contact is smooth most of the time.


    The invaders are facing greater and greater pressure and sustained losses.


    The heavenly palace asked for reinforcements from the major Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world, but received little response.


    Even the great holy places are looking for excuses to shirk.


    Of course, it is also possible that they are really suppressed by foreign invaders and are unable to send a team to the heavenly palace for reinforcements.


    With the increase of dead monks, the manpower of the heavenly palace is becoming increasingly tense.


    At this time, companion Xue Jianjun didn''t let Niu Da be so idle for their valuable return virtual power.


    Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang both recovered part of their freedom and could move freely in the heavenly palace.


    They can''t leave the heavenly palace without permission.


    Of course, the heavenly palace is now completely surrounded by foreign invaders, and it is difficult for them to leave easily.

 Chapter 2372

    Cattle have gained some freedom for them, and it is not without cost.


    They should obey the arrangement of companion Xue Jianjun and actively work for the heavenly palace.


    At first, they only helped rescue the wounded and repair the broken prohibition inside the heavenly palace.


    Later, they will go to some key points of the heavenly palace to defend and try to resist the attack of foreign invaders.


    If the extraterritorial invaders break through the defense of the heavenly palace from some places and enter the inner part of the heavenly palace, they should also actively participate in the war and strive to repel the extraterritorial invaders.


    The current war situation of Tiangong is not optimistic about the Terran cultivators.


    The foreign invaders took the absolute initiative, surrounded the heavenly palace, attacked and achieved good results.


    The heavenly palace was not only unable to fight back, but also retreated and retreated continuously.


    The heavenly palace is a huge complex of buildings. A large number of Dharma arrays and prohibitions are arranged inside and outside.


    After this period of fierce fighting, many buildings outside the heavenly palace have fallen or damaged.


    A large number of Dharma arrays and prohibitions have been destroyed and cannot be repaired.


    The army of foreign invaders is steadily advancing to the interior of the heavenly palace.


    There are more and more gaps in the defense line of Tiangong, and they can''t be made up at all.


    The two most powerful arrays in Tiangong, Tiandi kill array and Tianwei thunder punishment array, have long been put into use.


    Without all the nodes within nine days, the power of the two large arrays cannot be extended too far and can only be played outside the Tiangong complex.


    The heaven and earth kill array launched several attacks, which were jointly taken over by the strong ones of the enemy''s Zhenxian level.


    The heaven and earth killing array not only did not cause too much damage to the enemy, but was damaged in the enemy''s counterattack.


    The attack power of Tianwei thunder punishment array is only at the level of returning to emptiness, and there is no threat to the strong at the level of true immortal.


    Among the foreign invaders, there are many strong ones at the retreat level, and Tianwei thunder punishment array can''t resist it at all.


    Terran cultivators rely most on the three mountains. Although the combat power is strong, they are unable to support themselves and are unable to reverse the war situation.


    Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang were injured several times during the defensive battle.


    Niu Dawei felt that the future of Tiangong was not optimistic.


    If there is no accident, the fall of the heavenly palace is only a matter of time.


    Moreover, judging from the development of the war situation, Tiangong won''t last long.


    People with good eyesight such as Niu Dawei in the heavenly palace have begun to think about how to break through and escape after the heavenly palace is completely captured.


    The news reported by Niu Dawei made Meng Zhang feel very heavy.


    Although taiyimen and Tiangong had many contradictions, he was dissatisfied with Tiangong.


    But as a member of the Terran cultivator, I absolutely don''t want to see the heavenly palace fall like this.


    This is not only a kind of sad mood, but also from the interests of taiyimen.


    If the heavenly palace top had not attracted the main force of the army of foreign invaders in front, the army of foreign invaders would have entered the Junchen world on a large scale and turned the Junchen world upside down.


    If that time comes, taiyimen will not be spared.


    Although Meng Zhang is already a virtual immortal at the top of most practitioners, he is powerless for the battle of the heavenly palace.


    Even if he was desperate to mobilize all the forces of taiyimen to reinforce, he would just die in vain and would not be of much help to the overall situation.


    Once the heavenly palace falls, Meng Zhang will not sit back and watch the eldest disciple Niu Dawei commit risks alone.


    He will also take great risks and go to the heavenly palace to cover Niu''s breakthrough.


    At the thought of these problems, Meng Zhang felt a headache.


    If Meng Zhang had enough accomplishments and strength to sweep all directions and suppress all dissatisfaction, I''m afraid there would be no such distress.


    In the final analysis, Meng Zhang''s current strength is still insufficient.


    But Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed is fast enough. It can be called rapid. But the growth rate of his cultivation still can''t keep up with his needs.


    Meng Zhang still had deep doubts in his heart.


    The situation in the Junchen world is so critical that why don''t those sleeping real immortals wake up and try their best to save the overall situation.


    Once the heavenly palace is occupied, the next target to be destroyed by foreign invaders is the religious gates of the major holy places.


    Do those sleeping immortals really want to sit and watch the heavenly palace be destroyed?


    Meng Zhang thought about it and couldn''t figure out the secret.


    Perhaps, his current level is not enough. He really can''t guess the minds of the real immortals.


    Meng Zhang was having a headache when the goddess of worship to the moon, who had not seen for a long time, came to the door again.


    In those years, the moon god broke into the hidden mysterious house and disappeared with the hidden mysterious house. After that, the goddess of worship of the moon closely followed the trace of the hidden mysterious house.


    Hearing that the goddess of worship the moon asked to see him, Meng Zhang guessed whether there was another accident over there?


    After the goddess of the moon saw Meng Zhang, things were as he guessed.


    Hidden in the mysterious mansion is the distraction left by a true God.


    After a long battle, the moon god defeated this distraction and gained control of the secret house of the hidden God.


    In this process, the moon god had some accidents, resulting in a very bad state.


    In the current state of the moon god, it is difficult to control the movement of the hidden secret house. The hidden secret house temporarily stays in a place in the Middle Earth continent of the Jun dust world.


    According to the moon god, the mysterious mansion cannot stay in a fixed place for a long time.


    Either keep moving deep underground, or find a reliable hiding place.


    The moon god has been in Taiyi gate for a long time and knows about the sun, moon and blessed land of Taiyi gate.


    If you can hide the mysterious mansion with the help of the blessed land of the sun and the moon, it is a good choice.


    The moon god hopes Meng Zhang to help hide the sun and moon blessed land of the mysterious mansion to Taiyi gate.


    The God of the moon was inconvenient to move, so she asked the goddess of the moon to come and report to Meng Zhang.


    After listening to the request of the goddess of worship the moon, Meng Zhang, who has always been generous, couldn''t help hesitating.


    The blessed land of the sun and moon is the fundamental place of Taiyi gate, which is of great importance. Let the moon god enter it with the hidden mysterious house. Once there is a change, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Apart from other things, without the support of the sun, moon and blessed land, you of Taiyi sect can''t even guarantee your daily cultivation.


    Meng Zhang had a good relationship with the moon god, had a pleasant cooperation and trusted him very much.


    But the blessed land of the sun and the moon is so important that it can''t be lost. Meng Zhang really can''t promise at once.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s hesitant expression, the goddess of worship the Moon said something again.


    It turned out that the moon god had also considered that Meng Zhang might not necessarily agree to her request out of fear of the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Before worshipping the moon goddess left, the moon god had a special explanation to her.


    The goddess of worship of the moon told Meng Zhang that if Meng Zhang would lend a helping hand this time, the moon god would be grateful.


    In return, the moon god will reveal more secrets about the indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to continue to cooperate with her, she will tell Meng Zhang all the deep-seated secrets she knows about the Junchen world and the information she knows about the treasures left by immortals.

 Chapter 2373

    These things mentioned by the moon god are what Meng Zhang dreams of.


    Meng Zhang brought the moon god from the Shenchang world to the Junchen world, and has been trying to make friends with him. Isn''t that what he asked for?


    The current situation in the Junchen world is so treacherous that Meng Zhang can''t see through it.


    In particular, the movements of those sleeping real immortals are of great concern. Not only Meng Zhang, but also Xianyun real immortals and Yuee fairy are extremely concerned.


    If you know some of the deepest secrets of the Junchen world, it may be helpful to guess their movements.


    Meng Zhang is also interested in the legacy left by the top immortal who created the Junchen world.


    Among the many monks who covet the treasures left by immortals, Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are not ranked at all.


    He doesn''t even have the cultivation of true immortals, so he is not qualified to compete.


    If we can master the detailed information about the treasures left by immortals, Meng Zhang may take the initiative even if his accomplishments are insufficient.


    The indigenous gods of the Junchen world ruled the Junchen world for many years and must have left many secrets.


    Maybe there is a way to help taiyimen get out of trouble.


    The information that the moon god can provide is too important. It is completely worth Meng Zhang''s risk.


    As for whether the moon god has these information, Meng Zhang has no doubt.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the moon god is not only a member of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, but also a very old true God who has lived for a long time.


    The origin of the moon god is not simple, and even has a certain relationship with the immortal legacy treasure.


    As for the risk of accepting the mysterious mansion into the blessed land of the sun and moon, it is not completely uncontrollable.


    After all, Meng Zhang also has some arrangements in the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    In the blessed land of the sun and moon, there are empty warships, strong people who return to emptiness who are hidden by Meng Zhang, barbarians and mermaids, and great people who return to emptiness in the door of practicing here all year round.


    If there is any change in the blessed land of the sun and moon, these forces can respond in time.


    One more thing, even many taiyimen executives don''t know.


    Since the blessed land of the sun and moon was projected into the netherworld City, a mysterious connection has been established between the two places.


    Due to the infiltration of the power of the underworld, the current state of the blessed land of the sun and moon has become very special.


    Just like the source sea of Jun dust world, the location is very special and has many unique characteristics.


    The Yangshi has a channel to enter the source sea, and the soul sea in the deepest part of the underworld also connects the source sea.


    The strong who return to emptiness in the Yang world can move freely in the source sea, and the strong in the underworld can also enter the source sea.


    Today''s Sun Moon blessed land is a bit similar to Yuanhai in these aspects.


    The blessed land of the sun and moon is located in the Yangshi, which can accommodate the Yangshi creatures to live in it for a long time.


    Moreover, because the blessed land covers part of the power of the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, the strong from the underworld can also move freely in the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    If necessary, Taimiao can even directly enter the blessed land of the sun and moon, and retain most of its strength.


    Too wonderful. As a card, it should be enough to protect the safety of the blessed land of the sun and moon in most cases.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and finally agreed to help.


    Meng Taiyue left the mainland with Meng Taizhang.


    The goddess of the moon pointed out the route. They avoided many troubles along the way. After many times of space transmission, they finally came to their destination.


    Here is a wasteland in the west of the Middle Earth continent, full of unfathomable Grand Canyon.


    This area was originally the outer territory of the Kou family.


    Some days ago, the Kou family, like other holy places, narrowed their sphere of influence and abandoned this area.


    Now, there are only a few unknown Xiuzhen forces near this wasteland.


    Like the snow mountain sect, the Kou family is the most low-key among the major Holy Land sects and families.


    The true immortal ancestor of the Kou family died early in the process of conquering the Junchen world.


    The reason why the Kou family can have the status of the holy land family depends on the pity and care of several other real immortals.


    Without the backstage, the Kou family is not overbearing and has a weak sense of existence in the Holy Land Sect and family.


    Taiyimen and the Kou family have never had any contact, nor have they had any grudges.


    Like the snow mountain sect, the Kou family follows closely with other holy land sects on weekdays. It seems that they don''t have much opinion.


    Meng Zhang habitually observed the surroundings and confirmed that there was nothing unusual before he came to the sky over a grand canyon under the guidance of the goddess of worship of the moon.


    According to the introduction of the goddess of worship of the moon, a few months ago, the God of the moon forcibly controlled the mysterious mansion and came here, temporarily hiding at the bottom of the Grand Canyon.


    The goddess of worship of the moon has been closely following the mysterious mansion, and has resumed contact with the God of the moon a long time ago.


    The moon god can''t continue to move the secret house of hiding God, so he has to stay here temporarily.


    The goddess of worship of the moon set a ban above the Grand Canyon to hide the whereabouts and breath of the secret house of the hidden God.


    Then she went to Taiyi gate and asked Meng Zhang for help according to the order of the moon god.


    The strength of the goddess of worship of the moon in the middle of her return to emptiness is also the number one figure in the Junchen world.


    She is highly accomplished in illusions.


    Her ban on the top of the Grand Canyon obviously took a lot of thought.


    Even in the realm of Meng Zhang''s cultivation, if you pass by from high altitude and pay little attention, you are likely to ignore the abnormalities below.


    Now as soon as Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon took off and got close, he naturally found the prohibition set by the goddess of worship of the moon at a glance.


    Due to the existence of prohibition, the surroundings look like other places, without any strange smell.


    Meng Zhang was preparing to enter the ban with the goddess of worship of the moon. Suddenly, he looked up and looked at the distance.


    "Others know this place and the whereabouts of the secret house of hidden gods?"


    The goddess of the moon first shook her head blankly, and then said in an uncertain tone, "maybe someone felt the breath of the secret house of the hidden God before I cast a spell to cover the situation here?"


    "However, if someone had already sensed the breath of the secret house of hidden gods, why did it take so long to come here?"


    Meng Zhang had seen clearly the visitors from afar at this time, and he soon had a guess in his heart.


    "If you want to control the secret house of hidden gods, the ordinary power of returning to emptiness is far from being done."


    "Maybe the other party will take some time to draw strength."


    "Do these ignorant guys think that such a few people can control the secret mansion?"


    While talking, the four figures had flown to a place not far from Meng Zhang and them.


    Both sides didn''t mean to avoid and soon recognized each other.


    The four visitors were weipo shangzun and Daoist in the middle of returning to the virtual world of guantian Pavilion, as well as Kou Deming and Kou Dexun brothers of the Kou family.


    Both Kou Deming and Kou Dexun brothers are the elders of the Kou family and have the cultivation of returning to emptiness in the middle period.


    Although the Kou family has long given up the nearby territory and began to shrink with all their strength, they have always been the landlord here, and the family headquarters is not too far away from here.


    As before, the friar guantiange naturally caught the young men of the Kou family.

 Chapter 2374

    For many years, the holy gate and the second gate of the zizong temple have been the biggest enemies of the two.


    As for other holy land clans and families, taiyimen also made efforts to collect relevant intelligence.


    Meng Zhang recognized the origin of the other party at a glance, but he didn''t pay much attention to the other party.


    Today''s Meng Zhang is qualified to look down on the four directions and the strong ones of the holy places.


    The only people in the temple of heaven who broke the upper statue and the Taoist priest saw Meng Zhang appear here, and their faces were very ugly.


    Guantian Pavilion and Taiyi gate have a deep blood feud. Meng Zhang is the great enemy of guantian Pavilion who wants to get rid of it.


    However, Meng Zhang''s strength is strong and his achievements are brilliant.


    In particular, after Meng Zhang was promoted to virtual immortal, he hit the only virtual immortal in the temple of heaven. He was so arrogant that almost no one could control him.


    However, breaking shangzun and Weineng Taoist hated Meng Zhang very much, but they could only stare at each other with hate eyes and did not dare to do it at will.


    Although they have a number advantage, they may not be able to beat Meng Zhang.


    With their eyesight, they immediately recognized that Meng Zhang was surrounded by a divine descendant at the level of returning to emptiness.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang is too lazy to cover up. Even if he colludes with the divine race openly, who can do anything about him?


    When Kou Deming and Kou Dexun and their brothers recognized Meng Zhang, they secretly complained, and even suspected that their family had been broken into the pit of respecting them.


    The guantian Pavilion is backed by the true immortal master. It has a lot of cards and is not afraid of Meng Zhang''s attack.


    However, the Kou family did not rely on that, and could not afford to offend a strong man like Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang kills the Kou family''s ancestral land, the Kou family will be in great trouble.


    The Kou family and the Taiyi gate have no grievances. There is really no need to get involved in the dispute between the guantian Pavilion and the Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang looked at the four people in front of him with disdain, and his contempt didn''t hide at all.


    "I''m working here. I don''t want anyone else to get out of here."


    However, it was not easy to break shangzun''s anger, because Meng Zhang''s drinking and scolding could no longer be suppressed.


    Meng Zhang is really strong, but don''t forget that the sect of each holy place is the ruler of Junchen world.


    In history, like Meng Zhang, the guy who challenged the door of the holy land has never come to a good end.


    "Presumptuous, Meng Zhang, you dare to be so arrogant. You really don''t know whether to live or die."


    However, the Taoist priest couldn''t help drinking and scolding before breaking the upper statue opened his mouth.


    Friar guantian Pavilion always thinks that he is the representative of heaven''s will, and acting on his own is acting on behalf of heaven.


    It is superior and despises all styles, and even other holy places can''t stand it.


    Meng Zhang was so arrogant and despised them, which was almost something they had never encountered before.


    Meng Zhang dares to be so arrogant. Naturally, he has the capital of arrogance.


    As long as those sleeping true immortals don''t wake up, even the friars of the Holy Land Sect can''t think of anything to do with him.


    What''s more, how much power can the holy places draw out to deal with him now?


    Meng Zhang''s heart has always been very calm.


    But they can''t appear here for no reason, mostly to hide the mysterious mansion.


    Under such a tense situation in the Junchen world, they have not forgotten the secret house of hidden gods, which shows that they attach importance to the secret house of hidden gods.


    Meng Zhang must make a quick decision, send these people in front of him as soon as possible, and then take the mysterious mansion back to Taiyi gate to hide.


    If the time is delayed for a long time, guantian Pavilion really sends strong people here at all costs, and even colludes with other holy places to rob and hide the mysterious mansion. Even if Meng Zhang is not afraid of them, it is a troublesome thing.


    Moreover, according to the goddess of worship of the moon, the moon god is not in good condition now, and I don''t know whether it will be affected by the war outside?


    "Do it if you have the courage, and get out if you don''t have the courage?"


    Meng Zhang scolded again impolitely.


    It would be nice if we could drink back our opponents and save a battle.


    However, the Taoist priest''s face turned red when he broke shangzunhe.


    As the top leaders of guantian Pavilion, how could they have suffered such humiliation in their life?


    Kou Deming and Kou dehun brothers lowered their heads and pretended to be ostriches. They just wanted everyone to ignore them and not see them.


    Since Meng Zhang hit Yang and Xu Xian and Wei Wu Xu Xian successively, his fierce name has spread all over the holy places.


    The Holy Land Sect friar, who is high above, is no different from pigs and dogs in Meng Zhang''s eyes. He has killed many of them.


    Kou Deming and Kou dehun brothers are really afraid of Meng Zhang.


    At first, among the major holy places, Ziyang holy sect was the first to grasp the relevant information of the secret house of hiding gods and actively pursue it.


    Later, in order to get the help of guantian Pavilion, Ziyang Shengzong had to share relevant information.


    In the whole Junchen world, the Tianji masters supported by guantian pavilion are not only the largest in number, but also the highest in overall level.


    Guantian pavilion not only learned a lot of Secrets of the Junchen world, but also often acted one step ahead of others.


    Although the Tianji master of guantian Pavilion cannot directly calculate the information about the secret house of hidden gods, he knows that the secret house of hidden gods has extraordinary functions through some indirect means and other intelligence collected by guantian Pavilion, which plays a very important role in the grand plan of guantian Pavilion.


    Ziyang Shengzong just regarded the mysterious mansion as a powerful tool of war.


    After losing Yang and virtual immortals and other return virtual powers, he was unwilling to continue to invest.


    Especially now that foreign invaders have entered the Junchen world, Ziyang Shengzong is even more reluctant to participate in the competition for the secret house of hiding gods.


    However, the temple of heaven is a must for hiding the mysterious mansion.


    Even if only my virtual immortal was hit hard for this, he didn''t let him shrink back.


    After entering the mysterious mansion, the moon god fell into a struggle with the distraction left by the true God inside.


    The mysterious mansion lost control and instinctively moved deep underground as before.


    Of course, because the moon god and the true God are distracted, they have no time to cover up the deeds of hiding the secret house of God.


    There is a treasure in guantian Pavilion, which can survey the direction of the earth vein and monitor the movement in the depths of the earth.


    Using this treasure, the nun of guantian Pavilion noticed the movement of the mysterious mansion in the depths of the earth.


    When the moon god controlled the mysterious mansion to stay deep in the Grand Canyon, the friar guantiange also mastered its trend.


    However, due to the previous failure, guantian Pavilion needs to transfer more forces to seize the secret house of hidden gods, which has delayed a lot of time.


    However, guantian Pavilion is the focus and suppression object of foreign invaders.


    The territory of guantian pavilion has been harassed by foreign invaders, which has restrained a large part of its power.


    In a short time, the number of people that can be transferred from guantian Pavilion is limited. We need to keep waiting before we can slowly gather hands.


    Worried about the change over time, but broken shangzun really didn''t want to wait, so he hurried to bring the only Taoist.


    On the way, but in the name of guantian Pavilion, he forcibly transferred the Kou family brothers to help.


    If the Kou family was not suppressed by foreign invaders, he also wanted to transfer more experts from the Kou family.

 Chapter 2375

    The Kou family tried all kinds of excuses and means to get rid of it. In addition, foreign invaders were indeed eyeing one side. However, breaking shangzun didn''t want to delay too long, so he only brought Kou Deming and Kou dehun brothers from the Kou family as helpers.


    But he was very relieved to drive the two brothers of the Kou family at will.


    Anyway, with the strength of guantian Pavilion, even if the Kou family knew the existence of the hidden God Secret House, they didn''t dare to have a different heart.


    The two brothers of the Kou family did not dare to resist openly, but broke the superior''s arrangement and asked them to go east, so they did not dare to go west.


    However, after breaking shangzun''s threat, the Kou family will naturally keep the guantian Pavilion confidential, so as not to let the news of the secret house of the hidden God leak out.


    Kou Deming and Kou dehun brothers hated each other at this time, but they broke the upper respect.


    The Kou family and the Xueshan sect, as the Holy Land Sect, are in a precarious position because the ancestors of Zhenxian have long fallen.


    In some small things on weekdays, other holy places will sell them a face and look like everyone advancing and retreating together.


    At the critical moment, they are the objects of sacrifice.


    Their influence has been weakened by their intention and intention.


    Like guantian Pavilion, the patriarchal clan with a very overbearing style often regards them as slaves.


    After all these years, it is impossible to say that there is no resentment in the hearts of these two forces.


    However, knowing that there are no two forces behind the scenes, they have always maintained enough tolerance.


    This time, the two brothers of the Kou family thought that as usual, they were only driven by breaking the upper respect and working hard.


    When they got to the ground, they found that they had to face strong enemies like Xu Xian and Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s great power to kill the Holy Land Sect is like killing pigs and dogs. How can they not be afraid and hate those who harm them?


    When the cultivation reaches the level of return to emptiness and great power, there is usually a secret method to protect the soul.


    Even if Meng Zhang has such a gift as his heart, and has dabbled in the spiritual Avenue, he can''t read the secret in each other''s heart.


    However, with Meng Zhang''s years of experience and ability to see through people''s hearts, he can still see through some shallow thoughts.


    Although the two brothers of the Kou family tried to cover up, their dissatisfaction with only breaking the upper respect and their fear of Meng Zhang did not escape Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Originally, when foreign invaders entered the Junchen world, Meng Zhang was unwilling to kill the monks of the sects of the major holy places.


    After all, like the heavenly palace, the doors of the holy places are the main force to resist foreign invaders.


    Only when they stand in front to attract fire can taiyimen and other zongmen take advantage of it.


    But this does not mean that Meng Zhang will tolerate and even indulge the monks of the holy places.


    Seeing that only shangzun and only Neng Taoists have to continue to hold on, Meng Zhang has no intention to talk to them.


    A huge diagram of Tai Chi Yin and Yang appeared on Meng Zhang''s head.


    With the gentle rotation of the yin-yang diagram of Tai Chi, irresistible huge forces rolled over them towards the only broken shangzun.


    But breaking the supreme respect and the only ability Taoist priest, even if he knows he is defeated, he is not willing to retreat without fighting.


    As the top figures of guantian Pavilion, they still want face.


    No matter how strong Meng Zhang is, they will not be unable to parry.


    Two huge pavilions with very similar shapes appeared in the air, far away from the Tai Chi yin-yang diagram on Meng Zhang''s head.


    However, both the Supreme Master and the only energy Taoist released their own heaven and earth Dharma, trying to resist Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Kou Deming and Kou dehun brothers are of the same mind and do not want to be involved in such a battle that has nothing to do with their own family.


    They didn''t even release the heaven, earth and Dharma, so they rushed at the moon worship goddess beside Meng Zhang.


    The practice of bullying the soft and fearing the hard of the Kou family brothers has been despised by the only broken shangzun and only Neng Taoists.


    Only at this time, they had no time to command the Kou brothers in the face of the great pressure of Taiji yin-yang diagram.


    Every time the huge Tai Chi yin-yang diagram rotates, there is a huge force rolling towards the two huge pavilions.


    The two huge pavilions trembled and retreated continuously, with only the broken shangzun and the only Taoist priest retreating continuously.


    In the face of the Kou family brothers who rushed over, the goddess of worship the moon had not shot yet, and a fierce sword spirit cut and killed them.


    The two brothers screamed and screamed as if they had been badly hurt after dealing with the sword for a while.


    After a while, the Kou brothers seemed unable to resist the fierce sword and kept flying back.


    The fierce sword spirit pursued and killed them all the way. They chased the two brothers out for a long distance and soon disappeared into everyone''s sight.


    Although there was no prior communication, Meng Zhang played a good play with the Kou brothers.


    Meng Zhang, who was very clear about the relationship between the religious sects of the holy places, easily guessed the thoughts of the Kou brothers.


    All the holy places seem to stand on the same front and advance and retreat together, but they are far from monolithic.


    The Kou family has both the value and possibility of winning over.


    As soon as the brothers of the Kou family retired, the only thing left was to break the upper respect and the Taoist priest to face Meng Zhang directly.


    The Yin and Yang Qi fell from the sky and swept everything. Both the magic weapons they released and the Taoist magic powers they used were easily swept away by the Yin and Yang Qi.


    However, after I returned to the sect with serious injuries, I dragged one breath to warn the middle and high levels of the sect that Meng Zhang was strong and could not fight against him.


    Only by breaking shangzun and Weineng, the Taoist priest personally started with Meng Zhang, did he really feel the great pressure.


    From the very beginning of the fight, they fell to the disadvantage. They were passive everywhere. They had little power to fight back, and only looked to parry Meng Zhang''s fierce attack.


    They did everything they could to display almost all their magical powers and Taoism, which could not shake Meng Zhang.


    Every time Meng Zhang attacked, they were overwhelmed and parried very hard.


    The gap in combat effectiveness between the two sides is too big to make up at all.


    Meng Zhang''s offensive finally woke them up, so that they no longer have any luck, let alone face.


    Finally, only by breaking shangzun''s secret method, forcibly stimulating the potential in the body and temporarily raising the cultivation to a level very close to the virtual immortal, did he escape from the battle and escape from here with the only Taoist.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have much intention to kill them, and he didn''t bother to chase them.


    The virtual immortals in Jun dust world say more and less.


    At this time, Meng Zhang is already the stronger group among the virtual immortals.


    He really wanted to kill, but it might be better to break shangzun, but most Taoists could not escape.


    Seeing that the trouble was solved, the goddess of moon worship took Meng Zhang into the forbidden Grand Canyon.


    The Grand Canyon is tens of miles long and about a mile wide on the surface.


    The lower part is unfathomable, and the deeper it goes, the narrower it becomes.


    The goddess of worship of the moon led Meng Zhang to the bottom of the Grand Canyon. She went deeper than ten miles and was far from reaching the bottom.

 Chapter 2376

    Meng Zhang and the goddess of moon worship found the target before they reached the bottom of the Grand Canyon.


    Hidden mysterious mansion is still in its original form, a palm sized palace.


    The small palace was flying around like a headless fly, but it seemed to be confined to a certain range and could not fly too far.


    Before Meng Zhang and the goddess of worship of the moon leaned over, the voice of the moon god came into their ears.


    "You''re here at last. If you''re a little late, you''ll be in big trouble."


    The moon god ignored the greetings and began to give orders directly.


    Meng Zhang lived in the small palace directly according to the command of the moon god.


    Then, the goddess of the moon flew in and disappeared.


    Meng Zhang released Zhenyuan to firmly cover the palace, then flew away from the Grand Canyon with the palace and flew towards the taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    Although it was legally occupied by Meng Zhangshi, the small palace still struggled and jumped desperately to get rid of Meng Zhang''s control, and almost never gave up struggle and resistance.


    Meng Zhang felt great pressure as if he were carrying a mountain.


    As he flew to the palace, not only the flight speed was greatly affected, but also Meng Zhang was unable to perform the art of space transmission, so he had to fly honestly.


    This is the Middle Earth continent, which is still far away from taiyimen in the north of junchenjie.


    It will take Meng Zhang a long time to get back to taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    As foreign invaders entered the Junchen world, almost the whole Junchen world fell into chaos.


    In particular, as the core of the Xiuzhen world, the Chinese mainland has been taken care of by foreign invaders. There are almost flames of war everywhere and battlefields everywhere.


    There has never been a lack of people who are mercenary and bold.


    Many practitioners took advantage of the chaos to rob, settle their grievances, seize treasures and so on.


    Some Xiuzhen forces even took the opportunity to expand their forces or plunder abroad.


    Due to the heavy pressure of external forces, civil strife broke out in the cultivation world, and the situation became more chaotic.


    Meng Zhang came all the way and met those people who didn''t know how to live or die many times.


    When many practitioners saw him alone, they actually thought of killing and seizing treasure.


    Although Meng Zhang can kill these guys easily, every time he delays a little time, he will delay more time.


    Meng Zhang, who was unwilling to reveal his deeds, had to release the breath of returning to emptiness to scare away those who didn''t know whether to live or die.


    In the Junchen world, the great power of returning to emptiness is either a overlord or a large power of cultivating truth, which is not something ordinary practitioners dare to provoke.


    Meng Zhang frightened those practitioners who didn''t know how to live or die, but he encountered other problems.


    Those foreign invaders who entered the Junchen world found the single return virtual power and immediately rushed up like flies.


    For foreign invaders, almost every celebrity family''s return to virtual power is a great enemy.


    Every time you kill a Terran, you can weaken the war potential and vitality of a Terran.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, he was very annoyed in the face of a steady stream of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang experienced many battles and spent more time than expected before leaving the Middle Earth continent.


    He didn''t make a detour and directly broke into the territory of Ziyang Shengzong. He flew almost in a straight line and swaggered to the territory of taiyimen.


    As Meng Zhang left the Chinese mainland, the number of foreign invaders pursuing him decreased greatly.


    After entering the territory of Ziyang Shengzong, most of the foreign invaders chasing him stopped here.


    A few foreign invaders who followed Meng Zhang into taiyimen territory met taiyimen practitioners who had long been in ambush.


    After several wars, these foreign invaders were basically wiped out.


    Meng Zhang didn''t encounter any danger this time, but it took a long time.


    After returning to taiyimen, he went directly into the blessed land of the sun and moon, placed the mysterious mansion in the depths of the blessed land, and then set a ban to trap it.


    Since Meng Zhang took the blessed land of the sun and the moon and started on the road, he vaguely felt that there seemed to be a mysterious force, which had been paying attention to the hidden secret house and even moving with the hidden God secret house.


    Meng Zhang observed carefully several times, even stopped moving forward and explored with all his strength, but he didn''t find any peepers.


    The moon god told Meng Zhang that this is an Aboriginal God at the level of true God, who is using secret methods to spy on the whereabouts of the mysterious house.


    It was not until he left the Middle Earth and came to the north of the Junchen world that the moon god in the hidden secret house cast a spell to disturb this snooping, so that he could not accurately find the whereabouts of the hidden secret house.


    When we returned to taiyimen Mountain Gate and entered the blessed land of the sun and moon, with the help of the blessed land of the sun and moon, which is completely independent of the Junchen world, we completely shielded this kind of peeping.


    Next, the God of the moon and the goddess of worship of the moon continued to stay in the secret house of the hidden God, as if they were under full control.


    Meng Zhang meditated not far away and protected the Dharma for the moon god.


    It took more than two months for the moon god to completely complete the control of the secret house of the hidden God.


    The moon god left the goddess of worship in the secret house of the hidden God. She appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    In the past, the moon god was attached to the moon goddess most of the time.


    Only at the critical moment when she needs her hand will she show up.


    Now, the moon god can not only leave the goddess of worship to act alone, but also its breath is ethereal, high and unfathomable.


    It seems that the moon god has gained great benefits and restored a large part of his strength by entering the secret house of hiding God this time.


    Although Meng Zhang doesn''t know how much strength the moon god has recovered, but judging from her breath, the level of cultivation she has recovered is likely to be no weaker than herself.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised by this.


    You know, the moon god in its heyday is a real God, who can fight and conquer the real immortals in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang smiled and asked the moon god how much strength she had recovered.


    The moon god is very grateful to Meng Zhang for his help this time, and she still needs Meng Zhang''s help in the future.


    She answered Meng Zhang''s seemingly indifferent question, which actually implied the meaning of temptation, very seriously. She is far from returning to her heyday.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang needs her help, just ask.


    As long as she doesn''t meet the strong person of Zhenxian level, she can compete head-on.


    She exchanged greetings with Meng Zhang. Without Meng Zhang asking, she took the initiative to fulfill her promise and began to tell what she had promised in advance.


    Before the specific description, the moon god made it clear that she would not tell Meng Zhang some personal privacy. She would only say what she was willing to say.


    She will tell everything about the secrets of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world and the treasures left by the immortals who created the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say anything, just quietly listening to the story of the moon god.


    If the moon god''s personal privacy has no impact on him and taiyimen, he will not be interested.

 Chapter 2377

    Seeing that Meng Zhang had no opinion, the moon god didn''t say much nonsense and soon got to the point.


    The first thing to introduce is the origin of the moon god.


    In order to explore Jinxian Avenue, the immortal embarked on the road of creation.


    He displayed the magical power of creation in the void, refined earth fire and geomantic omen in the void, and created the big world of Jun dust world out of thin air.


    Of course, before creating the Junchen world, the immortal carefully observed the Shenchang world not far from the Junchen world, and took the Shenchang world as an important reference.


    Therefore, the created Junchen world is very similar to Shenchang world in all aspects.


    Later, the Junchen world, like the Shenchang world, embarked on the path of Shinto civilization, most of which is here.


    After the immortal created the Junchen world, he didn''t know whether he broke through to the golden immortal realm by taking the opportunity of creation.


    The fairy soon disappeared into the void and his whereabouts were unknown.


    After the birth of Jun dust world, it has experienced a long evolution.


    Like Shenchang world, Junchen world slowly gave birth to natural gods, then produced Shinto civilization and embarked on the road of gods ruling the world.


    The moon god is one of the oldest gods in Jun dust world.


    In the process of telling the birth of Jun dust world, the moon god did not add oil and vinegar, but told it as it was.


    Her tone didn''t have any ups and downs. It was always flat and straight.


    Her tone was very cold, as if she was telling someone else''s story instead of her own experience.


    Moon god is not a good storyteller, but everything she tells still makes Meng Zhang feel very excited.


    Meng Zhang had long speculated about the origin of the moon god, and collected information about the moon god through various channels.


    He knew that the moon god was an ancient god in the Junchen world, but he didn''t expect that she was the moon god who had fought with the real immortal who conquered the Junchen world after the creation of the world.


    Although he was defeated in the end, his combat experience was very valuable.


    If Meng Zhang advances to a true immortal in the future, he can use it as a reference.


    The real immortals who conquered the Junchen world and created the sects of various holy places are likely to be the strong enemies Meng Zhang will face in the future.


    What makes Meng Zhang feel most regretful is that the moon god fell once and lost many precious memories.


    In particular, the memory of the moon god''s contact with the residual will of the creator celestial being is likely to help Meng Zhang obtain the treasure left by the celestial being.


    The moon god also told Meng Zhang that after she was reborn that year, she tried every means to restore all kinds of memories before the fall.


    If you give her enough time, she may slowly recover those memories.


    However, she was badly hurt later and was forced to leave the Junchen world. This process was interrupted.


    Because the heavy trauma involved the spirit, many of her memories that had been recovered began to lose again.


    After arriving at Shenchang world, she and the goddess of moon worship were in a very bad situation.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t saved her, she would have to take risks.


    After returning to the Junchen world, she began to slowly recover her strength and memory.


    So far, the cultivation of the moon god is far from returning to the state after rebirth, let alone before falling.


    Compared with before the fall, her memory is now a lot incomplete.


    Of course, after the moon god returned to the Junchen world, everything developed in a good direction.


    Both cultivation and the memory of ancient times are recovering bit by bit.


    In this process, Meng Zhang helped a lot.


    Like the last time Meng Zhang broke into the secret space left by the indigenous gods in the Junchen world with her, it helped her a lot.


    And this time, the moon god entered the secret house of the hidden God and swallowed up a distraction left by the true God.


    After refining it thoroughly, it is equivalent to letting the spirit take a great tonic.


    The damage suffered by the spirit of the moon god is about to heal, and it is inevitable that it is still a little weak.


    The God body of the moon god is also rebuilt after returning to the Junchen world. It is not comparable to the heyday, but it can be barely used.

 Chapter 2378

    When telling the history of that year, the moon god mentioned the secrets of many indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    No matter how unsocial and aloof she is, as an Aboriginal God at the level of true God, many plans of Aboriginal gods can''t hide from her.


    Especially after returning from Shenchang world and Junchen world. She began to find ways to contact the residual indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    The remaining indigenous gods are a group of bereaved dogs and have more expectations for the moon god.


    The moon god''s contact with these indigenous gods mainly lies in the psychology of utilization.


    Originally, because they have a common enemy, the two sides have a certain basis for cooperation.


    However, due to some later conflicts of interest, the moon god and the remaining indigenous gods gradually moved away.


    Later, the religious organizations of the major holy places cleaned up the remaining indigenous gods.


    The residual power of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world was basically cleaned up.


    The moon God saw the opportunity quickly. He not only avoided the pursuit of the practitioners, but also took the opportunity to reap a lot of benefits.


    In this process, she also used means to know the greatest secrets of indigenous gods.


    At this point, the moon god paused a little, and then began to talk again in Meng Zhang''s expectant eyes.


    After the defeat of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, the capable true gods left a lot of backhands.


    Those who practice truth have great powers, and the practice system is far superior to the primitive Shinto civilization.


    Those backhands left by the indigenous gods have been discovered and cracked by the practitioners.


    For ordinary indigenous gods, the pursuit and killing efforts of practitioners may be limited.


    For the indigenous gods of the true God level, the practitioners almost never allow each other to escape.


    Due to the limitation of belief, gods are implicated by believers. No matter how high the level of cultivation is, it is difficult to escape the pursuit of practitioners.


    The remaining Aboriginal gods, with average cultivation, fled to the territory of the real dragon family before they had the chance to survive.


    Among the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, the dominant one is the belief gods, but there are also natural gods who have not been contaminated with the power of belief.


    The moon god is not dragged down by the power of faith, so he can leave the Junchen world and escape to the Shenchang world.


    As far as the moon god knows, there are three true gods whose situation is similar to her. They successfully escaped from the Junchen world that year.


    The moon god also learned about their existence not long ago.


    If there is no conflict of interest, the moon god may be at peace with them for everyone''s sake.


    But the moon god captured the hidden mysterious house and made a big tie with the three true gods.


    Most of the time, gods are far more paranoid than practitioners.


    Although the three true gods fled the Junchen world, they never forgot the hatred with the practitioners.


    In order to revenge one day, they made a lot of arrangements in the Junchen world.


    Among them, the secret house of hiding gods is the most important link.


    When they launch their revenge, they can go deep into the depths of the Jun dust world with the help of the power of the secret house of hidden gods, lift up the earth''s crust, and trigger a world destruction disaster enough to destroy the Jun dust world.


    In order to recover his strength as soon as possible, the moon god took away the hidden mysterious house, broke the event of the three true gods, and became an enemy with them.


    According to the speculation of the moon god, most of the three true gods have returned to the vicinity of the Junchen world.


    Even if their noumenon has not entered the Jun dust world, their power has penetrated into the Jun dust world.


    In the process of taking away the mysterious mansion, Meng Zhang felt that the snooping should be caused by the power of a real God.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang''s face changed greatly.


    With the current strength of taiyimen, it can''t resist the Revenge of a true God.


    Seeing this, the moon god quickly comforted Meng Zhang.


    The primary goal of the three true gods is to sleep in the depths of the source sea.


    Before solving those real immortals, they will not easily expose their whereabouts, let alone take action at will.


    Moreover, after the mysterious mansion entered the north of the Junchen world, it was disturbed by the magic of the moon god.


    Now there is the existence of the sun moon blessed land barrier hidden God secret house. The three true gods should not be able to determine the whereabouts of the hidden God secret house for the time being.


    In the north of Jun dust world, there is the holy door of Ziyang Shengzong, which is more suspicious than Taiyi gate.


    The words of the moon god made Meng Zhang feel at ease.


    After the return of the three true gods who were extremely hostile to the holy land, Meng Zhang wondered how much of this could be used. Meng Zhang thought in his heart.


    The moon god also told Meng Zhang that the so-called hundred footed insects die without stiffness. Even after years of constant pursuit and killing by the sects of the major holy places, there are still some residual forces of indigenous gods in the Junchen world.


    In the history of the Junchen world, there have always been practitioners who collude with and even take refuge in the remaining forces of the indigenous gods for various reasons.


    For example, Xihai old monster and Qiu Gangfeng, who had dealt with Meng Zhang, took the initiative to take refuge in the indigenous gods because of the relationship of Ziyang holy sect.


    When the main base of indigenous gods was destroyed, these practitioners were smart enough to hide early and escape.


    Afterwards, the moon god contacted these practitioners through some means and slowly controlled them.


    The moon god is very generous.


    If Meng Zhang needs it, she can command these practitioners to work for Meng Zhang.


    It was an unexpected joy for Meng Zhang to get the help of this power.


    At last, the moon god began to talk about the treasure left by the immortals.


    She had told Meng Zhang before that the celestial relics were located in the deep source sea of the Junchen world.


    Now, she wants to fulfill the agreement and tell Meng Zhang some more key contents.


    The moon god didn''t speak. The information she wanted Meng Zhang to know next could not resort to language and words.


    According to the command of the moon god, Meng Zhang concentrated and calmed his mind.


    The moon god''s face was dignified, stretched out his right index finger and gently pointed to Meng Zhang''s forehead.


    This is the art of heart and mind. Without writing, it can avoid all prying eyes of the outside world. It is secret enough.


    Meng Zhang immediately felt that there was more information in the bottom of his heart.


    Meng Zhang tried to suppress the inner fluctuation according to the hint of the moon god, so as not to let the information from the bottom of his heart emerge.


    After a while, Meng Zhang seemed to have completely forgotten these information and didn''t touch a penny in his heart.


    Only when the time comes will this information play a role in guiding Meng Zhang''s actions.


    After all this, the moon god and Meng Zhang fell into silence.


    For the moon god, she has fulfilled her promise.


    She and Meng Zhang have long been allies and are still allies.


    In the future, they still have many opportunities for cooperation.


    Next, the moon god will stay in the sun and moon blessed land of taiyimen and stay with the hidden mysterious mansion for the time being.


    Although it has managed to control the hidden mysterious mansion, it still takes a lot of time and effort for the moon god to fully refine and control it.


    When Meng Zhang helped the moon god capture the secret house of the hidden God, the moon god said that if she got the secret house, she would share everything with Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2379

    Now, in order to restore cultivation, the moon god completely occupied the hidden mysterious mansion and naturally obtained most of the benefits inside.


    Among other things, hiding the mysterious mansion itself is estimated to be the most valuable thing.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t say much because of the special situation, he should take the initiative to compensate Meng Zhang for his reluctance to take advantage of others.


    When the moon god completely breaks the prohibition of hiding in the mysterious house, she will share with Meng Zhang valuable treasures stored in it, such as all kinds of materials and resources, such as war tools such as the destruction of God shuttle.


    After she thoroughly refined the hidden secret mansion, she can control the hidden secret mansion to help taiyimen fight.


    ¡­¡­


    In the process of seizing the secret house of the hidden God, it is mainly the credit of the moon god.


    If Meng Zhang had rashly entered the secret house of hiding gods and triggered the power specifically for practitioners, he might have suffered a great loss.


    Without the efforts of the moon god, Meng Zhang could not get any benefits from the hidden mysterious house.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang had not fought against those competitors, the moon god might not have had the opportunity to enter the secret house of the hidden God.


    Meng Zhang will not haggle over valuable allies.


    There are many other things. Meng Zhang needs the help of such a powerful fighting force as moon god.


    Meng Zhang left the moon god here and went to deal with other affairs of Taiyi gate.


    Next, almost every once in a while, the moon god will take out some treasures or precious resources from the hidden mysterious house and give them to the friar taiyimen.


    Among them, especially those rare natural materials and earth treasures, are of great help to taiyimen.


    On this trip to the Middle Earth, Meng Zhang contacted the friars of the Kou family.


    According to some information he obtained, there have long been many contradictions within the religious doors of the major holy places.


    In particular, the two forces of Xueshan sect and Kou family have been excluded from the decision-making circle of the major holy places because of their special circumstances.


    Meng Zhang instructed the taiyimen senior management to send someone to secretly contact the Kou family and establish certain contact.


    If we can create division within the doors of the holy places, it must be desirable.


    It doesn''t want to play a role right away, just make some preparations for the future.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also met the monks of the Qi family in the north of the Middle Earth last time.


    Qijia territory is close to Ziyang holy sect. In the early years, it was built by other holy sect doors to prevent Ziyang holy sect from infiltrating into the Middle Earth continent.


    With the current Junchen situation, other holy land zongmen will not continue to support Qijia.


    However, the Qi family, as a neighbor of Ziyang holy sect, has accumulated a lot of gratitude and resentment and disputes with Ziyang holy sect.


    Meng Zhang will secretly send envoys to visit the Qi family.


    Meng Zhang believes that taiyimen and Qijia should have a lot in common when facing Ziyang Shengzong.


    Although Meng Zhang did not kill during his trip to the Middle Earth, he hit the face of the temple of heaven again.


    However, there was almost no response from guantian Pavilion, as if it had never happened.


    It seems that all kinds of troubles faced by guantian pavilion are not small. They can''t care about Taiyi gate at all.


    If the temple of heaven doesn''t move, it''s impossible for taiyimen to take the initiative to provoke each other at this time.


    Meng Zhang will not despise the temple of heaven.


    Taiyimen still needs to accumulate strength slowly to deal with guantian Pavilion.


    The emissary sent by Taiyi sect soon sent back positive feedback.


    The Kou family and the Qi family treated the envoys of taiyimen coldly and did not reach any agreement with them.


    However, they have not refused to contact the envoys of taiyimen, so they can explain some problems.


    Taiyimen will increase contact with these two forces in the future and slowly build mutual trust.


    This kind of thing is urgent. When the fire comes, everything will come naturally.


    When the war was raging in the Yang world of the Jun dust world, the underworld of the Jun dust world remained generally calm.


    In addition to searching for the whereabouts of ghost families outside the territory, there are no other big moves under Taimiao''s command.


    Although foreign ghost families are outsiders, they hide very secretly.


    Of course, the main reason is that the underworld is too vast.


    Too wonderful. As the ruler of the underworld, he has limited power. His men can''t spread all over the underworld.


    Although we haven''t found the whereabouts of the foreign ghost clan, it''s wonderful but not in a hurry.


    Anyway, the foreign ghost clan has been unable to pose a threat to him. He can do it slowly.


    Now every past day, Taimiao''s strength will increase by one point, and the time is on Taimiao''s side.


    Since Taimiao began to absorb and refine the power of faith, his cultivation has been improving rapidly, which is faster than his independent cultivation.


    All the wise creatures in the underworld, willing or not, have almost become believers of Taimiao and his followers from God.


    At least on the surface, no creature dares not to believe that it is wonderful.


    Even if the number of false believers and pan believers reaches a certain base, they can provide a lot of power of faith.


    Not to mention, too wonderful has many crazy believers who worship him.


    On the territory of taiyimen, many mortals also began to spread various beliefs.


    In addition to the belief of the moon god and his followers, the main thing is the belief of Taimiao and his followers.


    For the belief in gods, the power of faith is the best cultivation food and the most effective tonic.


    A large number of believers from the Yang world not only greatly enhance the cultivation of Taimiao and its obedience to God, but also make it easier for them to interfere in the Yang world.


    Although becoming a believer in ghosts and gods has many disadvantages, at least at this time, it is of great help to Taimiao cultivation.


    It''s wonderful. In a very short time, it has gone through the road that other gods can only go through for hundreds or even thousands of years.


    There is hardly any bottleneck in the wonderful cultivation, and we are making great progress all the way.


    Moreover, with the consolidation of his rule over the underworld, he seems to be favored by the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world.


    Although the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world has been suppressed for many years, it is still running instinctively.


    The constant blessing of the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld is so wonderful that he acts more smoothly.


    Less than three years after Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen from Middle Earth, his wonderful cultivation realm has made a great breakthrough again.


    Too wonderful, from the level in the later stage of returning to emptiness, has broken through to the level of emptiness immortal all the way.


    Meng Zhang was surprised that the wonderful state of cultivation caught up with him so quickly.


    After communicating with Taimiao, Meng Zhang had a deeper understanding.


    I''m afraid the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is also aware of some kind of crisis, so they try to support some forces.


    Too wonderful is equivalent to natural ghosts and gods. Only when they are favored by heaven, blessed by the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld, and infused by the power of heaven and earth, can they have this miraculous cultivation speed, which is far beyond common sense.


    After becoming an immortal, Tai Miao has a deeper grasp of the power in his hand and can give full play to his power.


    In addition, it''s wonderful that there are more strong people at the level of returning to emptiness from the God, in addition to the extremely sword God general.

 Chapter 2380

    With the help of more colleagues at the same level, the four subordinate gods, such as Jijian general, have greatly enhanced Taimiao''s power and strengthened Taimiao''s rule over the underworld.


    After the blessed land of the sun and moon is projected into the Youdu, the friar taiyimen can directly enter the Youdu through the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    In some areas of Youdu, the rules of heaven and earth have also changed. Living people can live here more time.


    Taiyi gate also has a small world of ghost gate.


    The small world of ghost gate was originally a small world attached to the Yang world, but later fell into the underworld and became a part of the underworld.


    A long time ago, friar taiyimen took the little world of the ghost gate as a transit between the underworld and the Yang world.


    After years of operation of taiyimen, Guimen small world has become a very important resource producing area.


    The small world of ghost gate is influenced by the rules of heaven and earth in both the Yang world and the Yin world, and the environment is very special.


    The miraculous medicine garden opened inside can grow many special miraculous medicines; It also produces many mineral materials with special properties


    After Taimiao established Youdu City, friar taiyimen tried every means to move the ghost Gate small world and anchor it to Youdu city.


    Finally, the ghost Gate small world will become a barrier of Youdu city.


    Today''s taiyimen friars can easily travel between the underworld and the sun.


    If there is a talisman blessing from the Lord of the underworld, they can stay in the underworld for a long time.


    Although Taiyi sect is busy and in urgent need of manpower, it still tries to dispatch disciples to enter the underworld and obey the wonderful orders and arrangements.


    It can be said that taiyimen has never stopped supporting Taimiao.


    These Taiyi disciples played an important role in the process of establishing Youdu city.


    Youdu city has not been completely completed so far. A steady stream of Taiyi sect disciples have entered the underworld and rotated on the construction site to carry out various construction work.


    Due to the different rules of heaven and earth, many mechanism creations from the Yang world, such as flying boats, will be eroded by the power of death after being used in the underworld for a long time, and then completely scrapped.


    With the help of Taiyi gate, various workshops have been built in Youdu city to create various mechanism creations with materials from the underworld.


    The underworld is vast, and there are many key areas to be strictly controlled.


    Such as some important mineral deposits, the origin of miraculous drugs and so on.


    Taiyimen array hall sent many monks to help Taimiao''s men build a long-distance transmission array in some places of the underworld to facilitate Taimiao''s mobilization of troops and strengthen its control over the underworld.


    In a word, with the help of taiyimen, the top sect in the world, it saved too much effort.


    The whole underworld is developing in the direction he designed.


    Of course, the underworld is vast and wonderful. So far, the area that can be completely controlled is limited.


    The areas under construction are even more insignificant.


    The wonderful cultivation realm is only the virtual immortal level, but Shouyuan is far more than the ordinary human virtual immortal.


    The ultimate life span of an immortal among Terran practitioners will not exceed 10000 years.


    It''s wonderful. It''s similar to natural ghosts and gods. It''s also the Lord of the underworld. The life expectancy should be at least twenty-three thousand years.


    Wonderful. I''m still very young.


    By the standards of natural ghosts and gods, he is even just an adult.


    It''s wonderful to have a long life. I''m not in a hurry. I''m very patient and slowly manage and build the underworld.


    Too wonderful. After being promoted to the virtual immortal level, the benefits are too great.


    Apart from other things, Meng Zhang will be able to borrow more power when he confronts strong enemies in the future.


    In recent years, the number of attacks on taiyimen territory by foreign invaders has decreased, and taiyimen territory has become calm as a whole.


    In the West Sea, Guanghan palace led many practitioners, relying on the Xingluo islands to establish an indestructible defense line, which firmly blocked the attack of the Hai nationality army.


    The sea clan army and the Terran cultivators fought fiercely, and there were huge casualties on both sides.


    As the defender, the Terran cultivator has a convenient place.


    Various protective arrays have been arranged on the islands.


    Islands are connected into island chains, and various protective arrays cooperate and echo with each other.


    The Hai people''s army attacked many times and hit their heads and blood.


    Now, the sea clan army can only hope for a lasting war of attrition and slowly consume the Terran cultivators.


    From the scene, the Hai nationality army, as the offensive side, has the upper hand and has a great initiative.


    Xingluo islands has accepted many practitioners who have escaped from the West Sea. Combined with their own strength, it is enough to consume a long time.


    Taiyimen almost spared no effort to support Xingluo islands.


    Although taiyimen can''t fight directly, they can hire other monks to support them.


    Now there are many wars in the Middle Earth, and countless monks have been displaced.


    As long as taiyimen is willing to pay enough price, it is not difficult to recruit a large number of monks.


    Although taiyimen itself felt financial difficulties and insufficient resources, they still clenched their teeth and continuously delivered various resources to Xingluo islands.


    Various magic tools, pills, talismans, array materials


    It is precisely because of the constant support of taiyimen that Guanghan palace has the confidence to fight a long war with the Hai nationality army.


    In the South China Sea, the situation is better than Meng Zhang thought.


    Taoist Haiyang, the leader of Hailing sect, is still trapped in the heavenly palace.


    Taoist Lu Tianshu, an old friend of Meng Zhang, acted as the leader temporarily and performed extremely well.


    The South China Sea Alliance under the leadership of the Hailing faction is united and goes all out to fight the invading Haizu army.


    Many years ago, it was the South China Sea Alliance under the leadership of the Hailing faction that eliminated and expelled the sea people in the South China Sea, brought the South China Sea under the control of the Terrans and established the current order.


    In the face of the comeback of the sea clan army, the Terran practitioners know that the other party is an immortal enemy and must not have the slightest fluke.


    Originally, due to the provocation and small actions of the religious sects of the major holy places, there were many problems within the South China Sea alliance.


    However, in the face of the huge crisis, the South China Sea alliance finally United completely, and all problems were temporarily suppressed or shelved.


    All the holy places have to give up even their peripheral territories, and naturally they don''t care about other places.


    Last time, due to the betrayal of the main holy places, Nanhai League had to give up a lot of territory.


    For the sea people and the holy places, the South China Sea alliance is full of dissatisfaction and even hatred.


    Now the South China Sea alliance is irresistible.


    In order to defend their homeland, the South China Sea alliance broke out a very strong combat effectiveness.


    Hailing sect led an army of friars and launched a series of wars with the invading Hai clan army.


    The Hailing sect not only blocked the attack of the Hai nationality army, but also attacked and defended, came and went back, and launched counterattacks many times.


    On several occasions, after the Terran friar army defeated the sea clan army, they took advantage of the situation and recaptured many lost territories last time.


    For the territory of the South China Sea, the sea clan army and the Terran friar army are tugging at each other. Come and go.


    On the whole, the two sides win or lose each other, and the Terran strategy has the upper hand.

 Chapter 2381

    Hailing sect has a long history and profound heritage. It is superior to taiyimen in many aspects.


    The South China Sea Alliance under the leadership of Hailing faction, if not counting the top combat power of Huixu power level, its basic strength is still above taiyimen.


    Nanhai alliance has more members than hanhaidao alliance, and the number of monks is far more than hanhaidao alliance.


    The territory of the South China Sea Alliance under the control of the South China Sea is far broader than that controlled by the hanhaidao alliance.


    Even after repeated changes, the South China Sea alliance still has strong potential to meet various challenges.


    Although not comparable to the West Sea, taiyimen also has great support for the South China Sea.


    In any way, taiyimen has fulfilled its obligations as an ally.


    Although taiyimen did not directly participate in the war, it restrained the biggest enemy Zhenlong family.


    The sea clan is just a slave of the real dragon clan, which is not worth mentioning in front of the real dragon clan.


    The Hailing faction was able to dominate the South China Sea. First, it was helped by external forces. Second, the real dragons didn''t stop it directly.


    The Hailing sect is well aware of the power of the real dragon family and is constantly wary of it.


    The Hailing sect hasn''t gone all out yet. It''s just worried that the real dragon family will come to an end regardless of the agreement with taiyimen.


    If the real dragon family makes a move, the Nanhai Alliance under the leadership of the Hailing faction will not be able to resist.


    Meng Zhang is very confident that the real dragon family will not take action easily.


    However, he did not interfere in the decision-making of the Hailing sect.


    Taiyimen''s support to the West Sea and the South China Sea is not just out and in.


    Xingluo islands and the South China Sea alliance, even in the midst of war, still strive to collect various resources on the sea.


    Most of these resources were sent to taiyimen through a fleet.


    The situation in the West Sea and the South China Sea has been maintained well, so Meng Zhang doesn''t have to pay too much attention.


    Xu Kongzi led the army of taiyimen friars. Starting from the west coast, he made a big circle on the West Sea and reached the Middle Earth continent.


    Now that the doors of the holy places are shrinking, this huge army is a formidable force.


    Even though the Middle Earth is the most prosperous region in the cultivation world, there are not many forces dare to compete with this army of monks.


    The behavior of this army of friars is not excessive, but it just collects some protection fees under a pretext.


    In addition, it is to seize the opportunity to search and plunder those ownerless mineral deposits and elixir gardens.


    Most of the Xiuzhen forces who suffered from the looting of foreign invaders paid protection fees honestly.


    Although the taiyimen friar army will not take the initiative to fight against foreign invaders, its existence itself is a threat enough to deter those foreign invaders with insufficient strength.


    The old master of the school, vanity son, is not pedantic and has great skill in doing things.


    By his means, the army of friars soon got a good income.


    The cultivation resources collected by various means are not only enough to support the needs of the army, but also can be transported back to the zongmen.


    This army of monks was like a wedge to break into the Middle Earth. It soon gained a foothold in the Middle Earth and began to play an important role.


    Some religious forces in the Middle Earth, as well as many scattered religious practitioners, have taken refuge in this army of monks in an attempt to obtain shelter.


    The nihilist almost refused to come and used these people as external forces.


    With the help of the local road leading Party, vanity son''s behavior became more smooth.


    Meng Zhang is very satisfied with the regular report of vanity son.


    The Middle Earth continent is the most prosperous area in the Junchen world, and Taiyi gate has been coveted for a long time.


    If it weren''t for the great changes never seen in Junchen, taiyimen might not have the opportunity to intervene.


    The attention of foreign invaders has always been focused on the doors of the holy places, and they do not pay much attention to the friar army led by vanity son.


    This army of monks is powerful. As long as it is not attacked by foreign invaders, it is difficult to meet its opponents.


    Especially after accepting many defectors, the strength of this army of friars increased greatly.


    Inspired by the news from the vanity son, Meng Zhang and the senior officials of taiyimen greatly increased their confidence.


    They began to secretly contact the vassal forces of Ziyang Shengzong and select some objects for acceptance.


    At this time, Meng Zhang received the latest report from Niu Dawei.


    After a steady stream of attacks over the years, the periphery of the heavenly palace has been basically occupied, and the army of foreign invaders has entered the inner part of the heavenly palace and even began to approach the core area.


    Large arrays were destroyed, countless prohibitions failed, and a large number of monks died


    Due to the destruction of many branches, Tianwei thunder punishment array and Tiandi kill array were greatly affected.


    Not only is it less powerful than before, but also the frequency of attacks is getting lower and lower.


    The Tianwei thunder punishment array is just enough. The heaven and earth kill array is the biggest pillar of the heavenly palace.


    Without the help of heaven and earth kill array, the three mountain true immortals can''t resist so many strong enemies at the level of true immortals.


    The war lasted so long that Tiangong didn''t get any support from the outside world. It was all supported by its own strength.


    With the war going on like this, the heavenly palace is running out of oil and the lights are dry and can''t support it.


    Niu Dawei and the monks who were stranded in the heavenly palace were forced to get involved in the bloody battle.


    Although Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang didn''t die in the war, they were injured many times. They didn''t get enough treatment and didn''t have the opportunity to cultivate. Their state was very bad.


    According to Niu Dawei, if nothing happens, the fall of the heavenly palace will be in these days.


    Once the heavenly palace is completely broken, Niu Dawei and his followers will seize the opportunity of chaos to break through and escape.


    At that time, the remaining monks in the heavenly palace will flee everywhere, and foreign invaders will surround, intercept and kill the enemy.


    Not to mention that they are in poor condition now. Even in their heyday, Niu Dawei and Taoist Haiyang are not sure that they can successfully break through and escape.


    As a last resort, Niu Dawei had to ask his master Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang naturally cannot ignore his own eldest disciple.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s strength, it is a very risky thing to go deep into the battlefield and meet Niu Dawei and them to escape.


    No matter how big the risk is, Meng Zhang cannot be stopped.


    At first, Meng Zhang was going to pick out some great powers of returning to emptiness in the door and form an elite assault team to go to the heavenly palace to save people.


    But after some consideration, he gave up the plan.


    The more people, the bigger the goal.


    He went to meet Niu Dawei and escape this time. He should try to avoid attracting the attention of foreign invaders.


    If you are targeted by the strong ones of Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders, no matter how much return to virtual power, you will only die in vain.


    Meng Zhang acts alone with the smallest goal and is flexible.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang was going to see the secret house of hidden gods.


    The moon god knew Meng Zhang''s plan from the conversation and took the initiative to take action together.


    During this period of time, the moon god has basically solved the matter of the hidden God secret house. He can leave the hidden secret house and take action by himself.

 Chapter 2382

    The moon god offered to help, and Meng Zhang naturally wanted it.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to a virtual immortal, he asked himself if the world could go.


    But now, among the foreign invaders besieging the heavenly palace, there are many strong ones at the level of Zhenxian.


    Although these strong men of Zhenxian level must focus on opponents like Sanshan Zhenxian and ignore others for the time being, if Meng Zhang is unlucky and really bumps into these guys, he will be in great trouble.


    Although Meng Zhang can''t see to what extent the strength of the moon god has been restored, from the perspective of induction, her strength should not be lower than herself.


    Moreover, the moon god was once a true God who could rival the true immortal. Even if the cultivation level fell, his knowledge and experience were still there.


    There are too many things on her that Meng Zhang can''t see through.


    If there is any accident, the moon god can certainly play a great role.


    The situation is urgent. No one can say how long Tiangong can last.


    After a brief discussion with the moon god, Meng Zhang left Taiyi gate and flew to Jiutian.


    After they entered the nine days, they hid their tracks and secretly rushed to the location of the heavenly palace.


    Probably at the critical moment of attacking the heavenly palace, most of the foreign invaders focused on the heavenly palace.


    Around the heavenly palace, the main force of foreign invaders was concentrated.


    The garrison and patrol forces scattered in the nine days are limited, and these foreign invaders are obviously absent-minded and are waiting for news from the heavenly palace.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god didn''t spend much energy, so they flew to a place not too far from the heavenly palace.


    Instead of continuing to approach, they found a hidden place to hide and wait for the heavenly palace to be broken.


    Now the heavenly palace is the focus of foreign invaders, and many strong people at the level of Zhenxian are staring at it.


    The hiding skills of Meng Zhang and the moon god can''t hide from the strong ones of the true immortal level.


    Once they get too close, they can easily be exposed.


    They waited for the moment when the heavenly palace was completely broken.


    Only when that moment comes and there is great chaos on the scene, can they take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang had already contacted Niu Dawei with a secret method and told the other party the location of his response.


    Niu Dawei, who is in the heavenly palace, has already begun to prepare for running for his life.


    He advanced and retreated together with Taoist Haiyang and others, and tried to leave the battle. There were many people and great strength. Only by gathering a number of strength of returning to emptiness can he break through the siege of foreign invaders.


    In this process, someone will fall.


    In the end, no one can say how many people can break through the siege.


    Although Meng Zhang came to meet Niu Dawei, he would not go too deep near the heavenly palace.


    Niu Dawei, they must leave the heavenly palace for a distance with their own strength in order to get Meng Zhang''s support.


    If Meng Zhang and the moon god take the initiative to kill into the heavenly palace from the outside, it will attract too much attention of foreign invaders, which will probably be bad.


    After Meng Zhang and the moon god hid, they did not forget to carefully observe the situation around them.


    With the development of the war situation, the situation in Tiangong is getting worse and worse.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder why at this time, those sleeping real fairies didn''t wake up?


    Have they given up completely?


    The heavenly palace and the holy places stand together most of the time, but they are not a family after all.


    Sacrificing the heavenly palace is not unacceptable to all holy places.


    But don''t the great holy places know the truth that the lips die and the teeth are cold?


    After the heavenly palace is destroyed, the next goal is the door of each holy place.


    Without the heavenly palace top in the nine days, Meng Zhang is already the top figure in the Junchen world in terms of cultivation and status.


    However, I really know nothing about the high-level secrets of the holy places, especially the situation of those sleeping real immortals, and naturally I can''t make an accurate judgment.


    The protective array of the heavenly palace was broken one after another, and teams of foreign invaders entered the inner part of the heavenly palace and continued to deepen.


    Three real immortals and three lions, with the help of the power of heaven and earth kill array, barely blocked the fierce attack of many strong immortals.


    At the level of Zhenxian, foreign invaders have an absolute quantitative advantage.


    Terran cultivators retreated step by step, giving way to more and more key areas.


    Heaven and earth kill array and Tianwei thunder punishment array are very large arrays, and their components are almost all over the whole heavenly palace.


    Most of the heavenly palace has been occupied, and most of the prohibitions of the two large arrays have been destroyed.


    Tianwei thunder punishment array was the first to lose fire and cannot continue to attack.


    Soon after, the more important array of heaven and earth kill array finally completely lost its function.


    Without the help of these two large arrays, Tiangong lost all its cards against foreign invaders.


    No matter how powerful the three mountains are, they can''t maintain the situation.


    The immortal has a long life, and naturally refuses to be buried with the heavenly palace.


    Up to now, all means have been exhausted. They have done their utmost in benevolence and righteousness. They are completely worthy of several sleeping real immortals.


    Sanshan Zhenxian tried to repel the enemy and then took advantage of the situation to break through.


    The foreign invaders have made enemies with Sanshan Zhenxian this time. How dare they let him go easily.


    Among the foreign invaders, the strong ones of Zhenxian level cannot stay together forever.


    Once they disperse, no one can stop the three mountains.


    Whether it is a demon God or a demon God, even the powerful true God such as Hunling Zun God is unwilling to face the three mountain true immortals alone.


    If you don''t take this opportunity to win the three mountain immortals, there will be endless trouble in the future.


    Many strong men at the level of true immortals focused on the three mountains of true immortals and surrounded him so that he had no chance to break through.


    Seeing that the situation was wrong, the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors kept retreating towards the inner part of the heavenly palace.


    However, with the deepening of foreign invaders, there is less and less room for them to move.


    The heavenly palace has basically been occupied, and most Terran practitioners have lost their organization.


    There are only a few buildings inside the heavenly palace, and there are practitioners who are insisting on resistance.


    The rest of the practitioners almost scattered in a crowd and broke out in all directions, trying to escape this bloody battlefield.

 Chapter 2383

    Niu Dawei''s garrison area has long been captured by foreign invaders.


    Niu Dawei and his colleagues first kept retreating. When they retreated, they were not confused and tried to get together.


    As the conquered area became wider and wider, the ranks of foreign invaders who rushed into the heavenly palace inevitably dispersed.


    The heavenly palace itself is a very large building complex, covering a vast area. There are countless buildings of all sizes in it, and the terrain is extremely complex.


    After the extraterritorial invaders entered the inner part of the heavenly palace, more and more members went their own way and dispersed intentionally or unintentionally.


    Some pursue and kill the enemy and pursue the Terran cultivators; Some continue to go deep and want to completely capture the interior of the heavenly palace; Some looted everywhere and wanted to make a big profit


    Among them, even many strong people at the level of returning to emptiness and great power have their own purposes, only care about themselves and act willfully.


    The strong ones at the level of true immortals are now killing three mountain true immortals, or chasing three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors.


    It is also difficult for the extraterritorial invaders composed of major races to enforce orders and prohibitions when they are about to win complete victory.


    Fortunately, there are still quite a few sober enough people among the foreign invaders.


    They try to gather a strong team and kill the core part of the heavenly palace to completely destroy the heavenly palace.


    In many parts of the heavenly palace, there was great chaos.


    There are many practitioners who are as smart as Niu Dawei.


    Even among the direct disciples of the heavenly palace, many people are unwilling to be buried with the heavenly palace.


    Taking advantage of the chaos of foreign invaders, Terran practitioners either formed a team or wandered alone, killed one after another towards the periphery of the heavenly palace and began to break through with all their strength.


    Niu Dawei''s strength of their team is not weak, and they have gathered nearly ten great energy of returning to emptiness.


    Of course, as soon as the team rushed out, it attracted the attention of foreign invaders and was besieged by many powerful enemies.


    Knowing that this is a critical moment and success or failure depends on it, Niu Dawei used his secret method to force down his injury, waved his thunder axe with all his strength and killed him first.


    This magic weapon of the ancient moon family is really good, which greatly improves Niu Dawei''s combat effectiveness.


    When the thunder axe was wielded, Niu Dawei gave full play to the power of the thunder Avenue. The wind and thunder surged all over the sky, almost invincible.


    The first team of Huixu Da Neng opened the way in front of Niu Dawei, followed by Taoist Haiyang, and the people flew out quickly.


    The heavenly palace fell, and there was only one way for them to stay here.


    In order to escape for their lives, they have the momentum of God blocking and killing God and Buddha should kill Buddha.


    On the other hand, on the side of foreign invaders, although there are many rough and bloodthirsty people in the army, seeing that victory is in sight, many strong people gradually lose their desperate spirit.


    Except for a few powerful barbarians who have no brains and those who are dazzled by the evil spirit, many other powerful people have reservations.


    Niu Dawei led the team. After a bloody battle and losing some members, they finally broke through the siege and came out of the heavenly palace.


    There are many teams like Niu Dawei and they are struggling to break through at this time.


    In all aspects of the heavenly palace, there are many Terran practitioners rushing out desperately.


    The advantages of foreign invaders are too great. Both in quantity and overall strength, they are far above the Terran cultivators.


    Most of the breakthrough teams or individuals were intercepted.


    There are very few teams like Niu Dawei who can rush out of the heavenly palace.


    In addition to their own strength, they have a great part of good luck.


    Niu Dawei, they have just rushed out of the heavenly palace, and the matter is not over.


    In the process of attacking the heavenly palace this time, the foreign invaders planned to wipe out the Terran cultivators inside and completely lay a victory over the Junchen world.


    Niu Dawei made a hole for them and escaped from the heavenly palace, but it didn''t last long.


    There are foreign invaders in charge of the overall situation. The high-level has noticed them and made corresponding arrangements.


    Although many foreign invaders have rushed into the inner part of the heavenly palace, outside the heavenly palace, there are still a large number of foreign invaders surrounding here, three layers inside and three layers outside.


    Niu Dawei rushed very hard and very fast, and soon rushed out for a long distance.


    But that''s the end of their breakthrough.


    Teams of foreign invaders from all directions surrounded them and entangled them here.


    The cow Dawei who rushed to the front of the team was like a sharp knife. At this time, he felt a sense of exhaustion and was unable to continue to rush forward.


    Once they stop here, more and more enemies will soon come from other places.


    Their team will soon be exhausted and killed.


    Niu Dawei''s surrounded position is still a long way from the place agreed with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and moon god have found Niu Dawei''s dilemma.


    Although Niu Dawei failed to complete the agreement, it was forced by the situation, not that he did not try his best.


    As a master, Meng Zhang could not watch Niu Dawei being surrounded and killed by foreign invaders.


    When Meng was trapped by the wind and fire, he greeted them in the direction of yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang gently waved the yin-yang fan of wind and fire in his hand. Bursts of wind and fire came out of thin air and roared away towards the surrounding foreign invaders.


    However, in a moment, a large blank space appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    All the extraterritorial invaders who originally occupied this space were burned to ashes.


    Meng Zhang''s body swayed and appeared not far from Niu Dawei.


    Meng Zhang continued to wave the wind fire yin-yang fan in his hand and soon cleared a path.


    Seeing the gap here, the surrounding army of foreign invaders immediately rushed over and wanted to encircle here again.


    The moon god followed Meng Zhang''s back and sprinkled endless moonlight.


    Before those foreign invaders came near, they were blocked by the moonlight and their bodies quickly began to melt.


    As soon as the strong ones of the two virtual immortals made a move, they created a good opportunity for Niu Da to break through.


    Although Meng Zhang and the moon god can''t kill those strong people who return to the virtual level, they can repel them temporarily.


    As for ordinary extraterritorial invaders, they are simply vulnerable in their hands.


    Under the cover of Meng Zhang, Niu Da summoned up Yu Yong for them and made every effort to break through here.


    Niu Dawei and Meng Zhang have just met, and foreign invaders have also responded.


    A long bloody River rushed from a distance and soon appeared not far from Meng Zhang and surrounded them.


    A powerful barbarian with a mace jumped up from the long river of blood and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    An indomitable giant elephant stomped heavily, and invisible terrorist waves rushed to Meng Zhang and them.


    ¡­¡­

 Chapter 2384

    He was besieged by a number of strong men, many of whom even needed virtual immortal level opponents, but Meng Zhang was not in the slightest panic.


    The strong ones of Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders, even if they did not enter the heavenly palace, were also paying close attention to the Zhenxian side of the three mountains from a distance, ignoring Meng Zhang and them for the time being.


    Meng Zhang waved the yin-yang fan of wind and fire, and the power of wind and fire rolled around, forcing many opponents to retreat temporarily.


    With the help of the moon god, Meng Zhang was preparing to break out of the siege, when a sudden shock came from the heavenly palace.


    The shock was so strong that the huge heavenly palace trembled a few times. Meng Zhang felt the vibration of heaven and earth in their place, and the whole space was about to crack.


    The impending bloody battle between them had to be temporarily interrupted.


    In the deepest part of the heavenly palace, a huge black hole suddenly cracked.


    The black hole is full of the origin of heaven and earth as thick as the essence.


    This is the channel leading to the source sea of Jun dust world. The source sea of Jun dust world is behind the black hole.


    In the nine days, there are many channels that can connect the source sea.


    When Meng Zhang was stationed in Jiutian, he also encountered foreign invaders to break into the source sea of Junchen world.


    Later, the religious gates of the major holy places not only strengthened the defense against the source sea, but also controlled these channels more strictly.


    When the war began to lose and the army of foreign invaders came to the Junchen world, the monks of zongmen in the major holy places took precautions and completely closed all the channels leading to the source sea within nine days.


    After nine days of control, the foreign invaders spent a lot of effort to find these completely sealed channels, and naturally could not enter the source sea.


    We didn''t expect that when the heavenly palace was about to fall completely, the source sea appeared in the depths of the heavenly palace.


    It''s no big secret that several true immortals who conquered the Junchen world have been sleeping in the depths of the source sea for many years. We and the enemy should have known for a long time.


    Now Yuanhai suddenly appears, and some in your mind are stunned in situ; Some scattered and fled to the distance


    Although the great change came too suddenly, Meng Zhang kept enough calm.


    Although he was very curious about the war situation in the source sea, he didn''t want to venture into it.


    Meng Zhang greeted everyone and worked hard together to break through.


    Taking advantage of the chaos of the foreign invaders, this small team did not spend too much effort, so it broke through the siege and fled to a safer place.


    Feeling that they were far enough away from the heavenly palace, Meng Zhang and others stopped temporarily to show their magic powers and observe the movement in the distance.


    Many foreign invaders and Terran practitioners fled from inside and outside the heavenly palace.


    Some never look back and don''t know where they fled.


    Others look back and wait after escaping to a certain distance.


    ¡­¡­


    After the huge black hole swallowed up the whole heavenly palace, it soon stopped expanding and its strong attraction was greatly weakened.

 Chapter 2385

    The upcoming battle of true immortals in Yuanhai can be said to be related to the fate of the whole Jun dust world.


    Previously, in order to avoid the attraction of the black hole, the army surrounded by foreign invaders retreated actively.


    After retreating to a certain distance, the army stopped to observe the movement in the black hole.


    Especially those high-level, look nervous, do not dare to blink, look more carefully than anyone.


    The black hole swallowed the heavenly palace very fast, but those guys who were quick enough to respond escaped in time.


    In the nine days at the moment, especially not far from the black hole, many Terran practitioners are still standing and watching.


    At this time, both foreign invaders and Terran cultivators have little intention of war and are waiting for the result of the battle in the source sea.


    What really determines the outcome of this war is the battle between the top powers.


    If several true immortals win, the army of foreign invaders should consider how to escape.


    If it''s the other way round, it''s time for Meng Zhang and his group of Terran practitioners to consider the future.


    The huge black hole seems to set off bursts of storms, and the situation inside is extremely chaotic.


    Even the strong one closest to the black hole can''t see too clearly, but can see some vague scenes inside.


    No one knows how the extraterritorial invaders of Zhenxian level fight with the Terran Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang did not watch, but directly contacted the Xianyun immortal through the prohibition in his body.


    After receiving the latest information from Meng Zhang, Xianyun Zhenxian, who had been wandering near the Junchen world, immediately came to the periphery of Jiutian with Yuee fairy.


    They were very concerned about the war, but they didn''t rush into nine days.


    Those real immortals are so forbearing that they didn''t start until now.


    They introduced the real immortal and strong among the foreign invaders into the source sea.


    I don''t know what kind of means they have and what kind of preparation they have. The hearts of Xianyun Zhenxian and Yuee fairy are full of caution.


    They were afraid of stepping into the trap, so they didn''t panic into the nine days, but let Meng Zhang observe carefully.


    I don''t know whether they are cautious or timid. Meng Zhang has nothing to say about it.


    Since they want to observe carefully, they should observe well here.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang, like other strong men, did not see the situation in the black hole very clearly.


    Before Meng Zhang came to meet Niu Dawei to break through this time, he made an appointment with Taimiao and kept in touch at any time.


    It is very convenient for them to transmit information within the Junchen world or the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang''s original intention is to fight with great strength when intercepted by foreign invaders.


    It''s wonderful. I learned the latest changes in Tiangong from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not dare to get too close. He was afraid of being involved in the battle and wanted to know the development of the war.


    It''s wonderful. I''m ready to enter the source sea from the soul sea in the depths of the underworld and have a good look at the war.


    Too wonderful. There was a similar experience, and Meng Zhang didn''t stop him.


    It''s wonderful to advance to the virtual immortal level. After the control of the underworld is deepened, it becomes more convenient and fast to transmit in the underworld.


    Too wonderful. After several space transmissions, I rushed to the soul sea along the last route.


    In many cases, the battle between real immortals will last for a long time.


    For decades or even hundreds of years, we may not be able to decide the outcome.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god were not in a hurry and continued to wait patiently there.


    It''s wonderful to be familiar with the way. It didn''t take much time to enter the soul sea.


    Despite a successful experience, crossing the soul sea still costs too much.


    There is a special channel connection between the soul sea in the depths of the underworld and the source sea of the Jun dust world.


    In the connecting channel, there are some independent small spaces that can be used as wonderful hiding places and rest places.


    It''s wonderful to enter such a small independent space and have a rest for a while.


    With his ability, through the space barrier, he can clearly see some situations of the soul sea and the source sea.


    Suddenly, the originally calm soul sea boiled.


    On weekdays, the soul sea looks basically dead from the outside.


    In the soul sea, sometimes there are some lingering souls who are unwilling to die, causing waves, and the movement will not be too big.


    At this time, the sea over the soul set off stormy waves, and the interior kept rolling and surging.


    Driven by inexplicable forces, many dead souls who have long lost consciousness seem to regain vitality.


    These remnant souls sent out bursts of unwilling roars, absorbed a large number of remnant soul fragments and began to fly around in the soul sea.


    In these thousands of years, foreign invaders invaded the Junchen world many times.


    When one side of the Jun dust world deliberately released water, a large number of foreign invaders found a loophole to enter the Jun dust world.


    The strength of these foreign invaders is limited, and they don''t even have strong ones at the virtual level.


    Under the pursuit of the practitioners from all sides, these extraterritorial invaders who entered the Junchen world basically could not escape defeat.


    Accumulated over a long period of time, no one knows how many foreign invaders have died in the Junchen world.


    After the death of these foreign invaders with different origins and races, their souls will enter the underworld of the Jun dust world, and then enter the soul sea. After the dissipation of the soul sea, they will be absorbed by the Jun dust world and become an important force to expand the origin of the Jun dust world.


    On the surface, the reason why these extraterritorial invaders can penetrate into the Junchen world is that all forces in the Junchen world compete for power and profit and frame each other, resulting in loopholes in defense.


    In fact, this is an arrangement from the highest level of Junchen.


    The high level of foreign invaders also enjoyed it and kept sending low-level members to the Junchen world to die.


    Foreign invaders are naturally not fools, and their actions must have a purpose.


    Too wonderful. When I entered the soul sea, I found the abnormality in the soul sea.


    Wonderful. After careful observation and bold conjecture, I guessed part of the truth.


    Now, the backhand deployed by the high-level foreign invaders has launched.


    For thousands of years, all the extraterritorial invaders who died in the Junchen world have been invaded by secret and hidden forces almost long ago.


    After their death, these forces also entered the soul sea.


    Even after thousands of years of constant wear and tear in the soul sea, these forces have not completely disappeared.


    Several real immortals set up an ambush and introduced the strong ones of the real immortals level among the foreign invaders into the source sea.


    They have been operating in Yuanhai for many years and regard it as the home court, thinking that they will have an absolute advantage.


    This group of foreign invaders at Zhenxian level dare to go deep into the source sea, which is also something to rely on.


    They started layout thousands of years ago, which is really foresight.


    Now they launch the layout, set off waves in the soul sea, and directly attack the source sea.


    This is a drastic plan. We should directly break the geographical advantages of several real immortals and remove their great dependence.

 Chapter 2386

    It''s wonderful to hide in a hidden independent space and carefully observe the changes in the soul sea.


    In the Junchen world at this time, I''m afraid it''s only too wonderful to pay attention to the changes here.


    It is not easy for the monks of the Yang world to enter the underworld, and the soul sea is located in the depths of the underworld.


    No matter what happens in the soul sea, it is difficult to know the internal and external world in a short time, and the influence is difficult to spread to the Yang world.


    After Meng Zhang learned the news of the change of soul sea from Taimiao, he just asked Taimiao to hide himself and observe carefully.


    If the situation is wrong, run away and take life as the primary task.


    The means laid by the strong ones of Zhenxian level are not too wonderful to intervene.


    The changes in the soul sea continue.


    There is a word "sea" in the name of soul sea, which is because it is full of strong spiritual power.


    When the power of the spirit is strong to a certain extent, it condenses into a liquid form.


    Those residual souls who are struggling and twisting absorb a lot of the power of gods and souls and turn into a distorted giant.


    Some are not even human, but become monstrous beasts.


    These giants and monsters howled angrily and, driven by some force, kept pounding the barrier between the soul sea and the source sea.


    The barrier between the soul sea and the source sea was soon broken.


    A giant and a monster, crazy rushed to the source sea.


    Tai Miao had similar eyesight and insight to Meng Zhang, and soon saw through the mystery.


    These giants and monsters are terrible and ferocious. At first glance, they are powerful people.


    These monsters and monsters are almost afraid of being invaded by human beings.


    The devil''s hand stretched out so long that it set up a game in the most secret soul sea in the Jun dust world.


    Thinking of the existence of demons and gods in the high-level of foreign invaders, Taimiao thinks that she has seen through the means of these foreign invaders.


    Several true immortals can conquer the Junchen world and establish a system to let their disciples and grandchildren rule the Junchen world for thousands of years. They are careful and cautious. They can''t know nothing about these means.


    It''s wonderful. I''d like to know how these real immortals will deal with these evil ways.


    A steady stream of giants and monsters poured out of the soul sea and rushed to the source sea.


    It''s wonderful. Even if he has the strength of virtual immortals, he doesn''t dare to face this wave of attack. He doesn''t need to block the guns for those real immortals.


    It''s wonderful. It''s more hidden.


    Under the current circumstances, he has no chance to enter the source sea to watch the war for the time being, so he can only wait for the opportunity in situ.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god are still waiting far away from the heavenly palace.


    I don''t know how the situation will develop after this strange soldier arranged in the soul sea.


    Unfortunately, even the strong from all sides closer to the black hole do not know what the war is like in the source sea.


    Meng Zhang and them waited for more than ten days, and the black hole changed again.


    The attraction of the static black hole completely disappeared, and after waves of distortion, it began to flow regularly.


    After each huff and puff, a black hole will throw a lot of people and things out of it.


    Whether Terran cultivators or foreign invaders, as long as they are spit out by the black hole, they immediately escape from the black hole as if they were running for their lives.


    Most of the objects spit out by the black hole are all kinds of buildings left in the heavenly palace, as well as all kinds of debris.


    Before long, countless debris floated around the black hole.


    After huff and puff for a long time, there seems to be nothing to spit out, and the black hole begins to shrink violently.


    Until it contracted to less than a hundred feet around, the black hole stopped shrinking and became stable.


    Originally, around the black hole, the army of foreign invaders almost surrounded it.


    I don''t know what order I received. The army of foreign invaders quickly dispersed, leaving only a part of the team to continue to observe here.


    Some of the scattered armies of foreign invaders continued to garrison within nine days, some began to pursue and kill the practitioners who stayed within nine days, and some organized to kill the Junchen world.


    Soon, Meng Zhang received news from the Junchen world.


    A large army of foreign invaders killed everywhere in the Junchen world and launched a more ferocious attack on the major Xiuzhen forces.


    After a while of thinking, Meng Zhang and the moon god took Niu Dawei and left here.


    At the same time, he ordered the return virtual power to be sent back to the door, sneaking into the black hole for nine days in turn to observe the situation around the black hole.


    Meng Zhang''s team was very strong. They soon scattered the foreign invaders who pursued them and returned to the Junchen world.


    After returning to the Junchen world, Taoist Haiyang didn''t care about healing. After thanking Meng Zhang, he rushed back to the Hailing sect as soon as possible.


    The situation of other return virtual powers is similar. They have been trapped in the heavenly palace for so long. They are very eager. After saying goodbye to Meng Zhang and them, they go back to their homes.


    After Meng Zhang took Niu Dawei back to the mountain gate, he asked Niu Dawei to go to retreat and heal his wounds.


    Taiyimen, as one of the top forces in the Junchen world, has arranged spies and spies in many places in the Junchen world.


    Whenever something big happens in various places, no matter whether it is directly related to taiyimen or not, they will report to zongmen in time.


    The information from all parts of the Jun dust world was collected into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    The current situation in Junchen is not optimistic.


    Previously, the main force of foreign invaders was used to besiege the heavenly palace, but only a partial division or a team with rotation and rest entered the Junchen world.


    Even so, it has brought great threat to the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    The doors of the holy places had to shrink in an all-round way and concentrate on coping with the situation.


    Now, the heavenly palace has completely fallen.


    Even if there are some remaining practitioners, they may not have had time to leave for nine days, and they can''t contain too many foreign invaders.


    The main force of foreign invaders has begun to launch an all-round attack on Junchen.


    Without the restriction of the heavenly palace, who in the Junchen world can stop the main force of foreign invaders?


    As the ruler of the Junchen world, each Holy Land Sect door has long given up its responsibility and only knows to sweep the snow in front of the door.


    Many senior officials of taiyimen have the idea of taking the opportunity to stand up and lead the cultivation world to fight against foreign invaders.


    But people who are really sober know that under the current situation, this kind of limelight can''t come out.


    Taiyi gate seems to be in good condition at present. The primary targets of those foreign invaders are the major holy places and religious gates.


    If taiyimen really shout and become a leading bird, it will be attacked by foreign invaders.


    At present, the situation of the Junchen world is scattered and fighting separately, which is unfavorable to all the Xiuzhen forces.


    If there is no change in the situation, all the cultivation forces in the Junchen world, including the sect gates of the major holy places, will be destroyed sooner or later.


    Meng Zhang and taiyimen executives clearly know this result, but they have no good countermeasures.

 Chapter 2387

    Whether it is strength or prestige, there is still a big gap between taiyimen and leading the whole cultivation world.


    Even if many taiyimen senior executives have great ambitions, now is not the time to realize these ambitions.


    The current situation of Junchen world can be said to be precarious. Taiyimen should take care of itself first.


    Originally, according to the Convention, whenever there is chaos and great changes in the cultivation world, there will be some practitioners or cultivation forces who can take advantage of the situation.


    Taiyimen doesn''t want to be the pillar of the Junchen world at this time, but it can pick up some cheap goods.


    Meng Zhang directly contacted the void son in central earth.


    The friar army led by Xu Kongzi has gained a firm foothold in the Middle Earth and occupied a large territory.


    Meng Zhang ordered that the army should not continue to go deep into the middle land, but first defend the current territory.


    Many foreign invaders were forced to attack the mainland, and many of them were forced to flee the mainland.


    Kongzi''s men can take the opportunity to accept those fleeing practitioners and strive to expand the team.


    Even if these practitioners are not so quick to turn to taiyimen, they can also be used as peripheral chess pieces and even cannon fodder.


    If there is no accident, the army of foreign invaders will launch an all-round attack on taiyimen sooner or later.


    At that time, taiyimen needs a large number of practitioners to invest in the front-line battlefield.


    After years of development, taiyimen and its subordinate hanhaidao alliance have become increasingly strong and have many disciples.


    But even so, when the war really comes, the manpower is still far from enough.


    The cultivation forces on the territory of taiyimen are under the control of taiyimen.


    At the critical moment, taiyimen can also forcibly recruit casual practitioners and foreign practitioners on the territory.


    At present, he ordered the middle and high levels of the door to wantonly accept these cultivation forces.


    Even without waiting for others to take refuge, taiyimen can take the initiative to win over more Xiuzhen forces.


    Anyway, judging from the current appearance of Ziyang Shengzong, it is unlikely to transfer power to deal with taiyimen for the sake of a group of vassal forces.


    For those Xiuzhen forces close to and bordering Taiyi gate, Taiyi gate can directly absorb them, or even directly take over their territory and establish a new defense system.


    Those Xiuzhen forces who are too far away from Taiyi gate can''t care about them for the time being. They have to give up their mountain gate and territory and take refuge in Taiyi gate territory when they have to.


    Although it is said that it is difficult to leave home, no Xiuzhen force is willing to give up its own foundation.


    But when the foreign invaders come to the door, they have a good chance to escape.


    Taiyimen seems to be expanding wantonly. In fact, it does what it can, and the pace is not too big.


    Starting from the original territory of our family, we will slowly extend to the surrounding areas, bring more Xiuzhen forces under our command, and expand our strength.


    There was a certain defensive pressure on taiyimen territory. Now, in order to protect more places, taiyimen''s manpower began to become tense.


    Meng Zhang began to consider whether to call back the army of monks sent to the Middle Earth.


    Soon after, he rejected the idea.


    The potential of taiyimen is far from being tapped.


    When the whole Jun dust world almost fell into war, the north of Jun dust world was relatively stable.


    With the passage of time, more and more practitioners fled from the Middle Earth and other places to take refuge in the north of the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen not only warmly accepted these refugees, but also took the initiative to send people to publicize them to attract all kinds of refugees to their own territory.


    After strict examination, taiyimen can absorb some excellent talents.


    Even if these refugees will not all become the direct forces of taiyimen, taiyimen can help them settle down in their territory.


    If possible, taiyimen can also help them set up a faction and make it a new vassal force of their own.


    With more practitioners, the territory will become more prosperous and more convenient in many aspects.


    As the most prosperous region of Junchen world and the most developed region of Xiuzhen civilization, China mainland not only has rich resources, but also has countless excellent talents.


    Xu Kongzi led the army of friars nailed to the Middle Earth, and the base established is a bridgehead of taiyimen.


    Absorb practitioners and collect materials


    If taiyimen has any ideas about the Middle Earth in the future, this army of friars is the vanguard.


    When Meng Zhang made various arrangements, the attacks of foreign invaders on taiyimen territory began to become frequent.


    Although the main force of foreign invaders has not yet appeared, the teams that appear over the territory of taiyimen have made the taiyimen rush up and down under great pressure.


    The attack of foreign invaders on Junchen is a combination of key attack and all-round attack.


    The main force of the army focused on attacking the holy places, especially on the other side of the Middle Earth continent.


    One division raided all parts of the Junchen world, burning, killing and looting, trying to suppress all parties and create all kinds of chaos.


    The foreign invaders come from different races and different worlds.


    There are many contradictions and conflicts between them.


    They were able to cooperate reluctantly and join hands with the outside world before breaking Jiutian and Tiangong.


    After a series of victories, there are more and more contradictions between them, and it is more and more difficult to fight side by side.


    Previously, the foreign invaders divided up the occupied area for nine days.


    Now, the armies of foreign invaders simply start to disperse according to their respective ownership and look for their opponents to fight.


    In this way, there is no need to worry about internal friction.


    In this way, a demon army flies over taiyimen territory today, and a group of indigenous gods may come tomorrow


    There is a great gap between the forces of foreign invaders and the major forces.


    In private, there are also some individuals and teams with good friends.


    Especially after long-term joint operations, some foreign invaders have established comradeship in arms, which allows them to cooperate from time to time regardless of the contradictions between their respective races.


    Almost the whole Junchen world is now facing the attack of foreign invaders, even overseas.


    The real dragons responded with ease and easily defeated the invaders.


    The real dragons did not underestimate foreign invaders.


    I don''t know whether it was the order from the real dragon family or the disturbance of foreign invaders, the sea family army stopped the offensive.


    As a result, the situation in the West Sea and the South China Sea has eased.


    Both the Terran cultivator and the sea clan army almost no longer launch an active attack, but mainly guard the current defense line and territory.

 Chapter 2388

    The easing of the situation in the West Sea and the South China Sea is great good news for taiyimen.


    In recent years, although taiyimen did not directly participate in the war, the continuous support to Guanghan palace and hailing sect has caused a great burden to the zongmen.


    The situation in Junchen world is chaotic. Taiyi sect can''t fight alone. It needs the help of allies.


    When allies encounter difficulties, they should naturally give full help.


    Coming and going is the way of friends.


    Now the Hai nationality army has temporarily slowed down the attack, Guanghan palace and hailing faction have a chance to breathe, and the pressure of Taiyi gate has been greatly reduced.


    Next, if it is determined that the sea people''s army is not playing tricks, but there is a real trend of easing, then taiyimen will slowly reduce its support to the West Sea and the South China Sea and use the saved human and material resources in other aspects.


    One branch of foreign invaders killed on the sea, which also posed a great threat to the Terran territory in addition to harassing the real dragon and the sea territory.


    After easing up with the Haizu, Guanghan palace and hailing faction put more energy on preventing foreign invaders.


    In the West Sea and the South China Sea, the Terran cultivators have repelled the harassed foreign invaders for many times.


    The main attack targets of the foreign invaders'' army have always been the sects of the holy places. The Hailing sect and Guanghan palace can protect their own territory for the time being.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi gate, he sent Huixu power to sneak in for nine days in turn to investigate the situation inside.


    Since the last time Meng Zhang fled for nine days, foreign invaders have strengthened their preparedness for nine days and made every effort to pursue and kill the practitioners stranded in nine days.


    The main force of foreign invaders still retained enough strength in nine days when they made a large-scale attack on the holy places.


    Moreover, there are more foreign invaders coming from all over the world and entering the Junchen world.


    Originally, all forces of extraterritorial invaders may still have reservations.


    With the destruction of Jiutian and the fall of Tiangong, the morale of foreign invaders was greatly boosted, and all major forces invested more power in Junchen world.


    Many of the foreign invaders who are strong at the level of Zhenxian have taken the initiative to enter the source sea and fight with those awakened Zhenxian.


    Although the outside world still doesn''t know how the war is going, there are more strong ones at Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders, and the troops under their command are also full of confidence.


    Most of the practitioners in the Junchen world, including the monks of the Holy Land Sect, may not be very optimistic about their own real immortals.


    Meng Zhang learned from Taimiao that foreign invaders had arranged means in the soul sea thousands of years ago.


    Although Meng Zhang has overestimated several real immortals as much as possible, he still feels that the foreign invaders have a greater advantage.


    If several true fairies are really defeated, I''m afraid that the top and bottom of Taiyi gate will have to escape from the void by taking the void warship.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yuee fairy have been hiding near the Junchen world.


    Xianyun Zhenxian keeps in touch with Meng Zhang all the time.


    Xianyun Zhenxian found that the reinforcements of foreign invaders were constantly entering the Junchen world from the void.


    There are too many strong real immortals on the side of foreign invaders.


    In addition to the part that took the initiative to enter the source sea, there are some wandering outside the Jun dust world.


    Xianyun real immortals are also not optimistic about the real immortals in Jun dust world.


    Yuee fairy had seen the means of those real immortals.


    As a loser, she hates those real immortals, but she won''t underestimate them.


    The moon e fairy felt that those real immortals must have their cards left behind.


    Those real immortals have operated in Junchen for thousands of years and can definitely deal with these foreign invaders.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yuee fairy have some differences, but they are not in a hurry to enter the Junchen world.


    They are still waiting, waiting for the two sides to decide.


    Meng Xianhai carefully investigates the latest situation of Zhanyuan and delivers the latest order to Zhanyuan in time.


    Meng Zhang agreed, but there was no specific action.


    The Taiyi sect sent back to the source sea to investigate the situation of foreign invaders within nine days.


    Wonderful, still hiding in that small independent space.


    The changes in the soul sea have not stopped, and the battle in the source sea is extremely fierce.


    Even if it is too wonderful and eager to know the latest war situation, it will not risk diving into the source sea.


    Meng Zhang could not interfere with the war situation in the source sea. He could only do everything he could.


    According to the general practice of the cultivation world, it is difficult for many real immortals to decide the victory or defeat in such a large-scale war in a short time.


    It is not impossible for this war to last for hundreds or even thousands of years.


    If Meng Zhang can seize this opportunity and become immortal before the two sides decide the outcome, both he and taiyimen will have more living space and can advance and retreat freely.


    Nowadays, Taiyi sect has a large number of talents and strong people. Meng Zhang doesn''t need to do everything himself.


    Most of the time, Meng Zhang takes the time to practice in the blessed land of the sun and moon.


    In the Junchen world, all the holy places are too busy to pay attention to the Taiyi gate, but the Dark Alliance has never relaxed its attention to the Taiyi gate.


    The Dark Alliance has long colluded with foreign invaders and may have reached some agreements.


    After the foreign invaders entered the Junchen world, they almost didn''t invade the territory of the Dark Alliance.


    The power of the Dark Alliance itself is more than that of any Holy Land Sect. It is the most powerful force in the Junchen world.


    The Dark Alliance seized the opportunity of the chaos in the Junchen world and took advantage of the situation to expand and grow stronger and stronger.


    Many Xiuzhen forces take refuge in the Dark Alliance just to get the shelter of the Dark Alliance and avoid the attack of foreign invaders.


    The Dark Alliance is almost open to those who come to it.


    In addition to not directly attacking the territories directly under the sect gates of the major holy places, the Dark Alliance has wantonly expanded in the Junchen world, and no one can stop it.


    The main expansion direction of the Dark Alliance is the Middle Earth continent. At present, there is no conflict with taiyimen.


    After taiyimen and Dark Alliance drew a clear line, Dark Alliance did not forget to win over taiyimen.


    The Dark Alliance even offered to carve up the Junchen world with taiyimen and dominate each other.


    The Dark Alliance has also sent envoys to persuade Taiyi gate many times, hoping that Taiyi gate can fall into the well and seize the opportunity to seize the territory directly under the zongmen of the major holy places.


    Anyway, the feud between the zongmen and Taiyi men in the holy places is as deep as the sea, and it is impossible for the two sides to reconcile.


    Now is a good time for taiyimen to express their gratitude and revenge.


    In the face of the powerful Dark Alliance, the top level of taiyimen doesn''t seem to be so hard.


    Taiyimen senior management did not directly refuse the Dark Alliance, but perfunctorily and procrastinate with various excuses, trying not to offend the Dark Alliance.


    Many senior officials of the Dark Alliance are very dissatisfied with this, but the dark alliance still doesn''t care about taiyimen for the time being.


    At this time, there are plenty of fat in the Junchen world for the Dark Alliance to compete. Why bother with such hard bones as taiyimen.


    When all the holy places are destroyed and the overall situation of the Junchen world has been determined, the Dark Alliance has some means to clean up the unidentified Taiyi gate.

 Chapter 2389

    With an unstoppable momentum, the Dark Alliance expanded wantonly throughout the Jun dust world.


    Dark Alliance, as the representative of the dark side of Jun dust world, has existed for thousands of years.


    The Dark Alliance can be called a big cancer of the Junchen world, which has secretly caused great damage to the cultivation world.


    In the past, the heavenly palace and the holy places, which ruled the Junchen world, tolerated the existence of the Dark Alliance due to various scruples.


    After Fengqing shangzun officially betrayed the heavenly palace and caused damage to the heavenly palace, the heavenly palace and the holy places can finally put aside all scruples and start the Dark Alliance in good faith.


    But what followed was that the army of foreign invaders entered the Junchen world. They were too busy to deal with the Dark Alliance.


    In the current Junchen world, the Dark Alliance is the most powerful local force.


    The Dark Alliance has accumulated for thousands of years, and almost all its hidden strength has been exposed in the cultivation world.


    Without the leadership of the Holy Land Sect, the cultivation world has been unable to stop the expansion of the Dark Alliance.


    If the Taiyi sect comes forward, it may be able to organize some truth cultivation forces to reluctantly compete with the Dark Alliance.


    But the top level of taiyimen is not a fool and will not do such thankless things.


    The Dark Alliance is in the limelight. Although it knows that the Dark Alliance has bad intentions towards the Taiyi gate, the Taiyi gate will not face the soldiers of the Dark Alliance at this time.


    Those Xiuzhen forces suffering from foreign invaders can be sheltered by taking refuge in the Dark Alliance.


    There is basically no suspense about what kind of choice they will make.


    Not for a long time, the situation in the Junchen world is almost clear.


    The territories directly under the holy places were besieged by foreign invaders and looked shaky.


    The Dark Alliance occupied most of the cultivation world and became the overlord of the cultivation world.


    As for whether the overlord is temporary or permanent, it is unclear.


    Most of the cultivation forces in the Junchen world have taken refuge in the Dark Alliance.


    A few religious sects such as taiyimen can still maintain their independent status, but they are also unable to confront the Dark Alliance head-on.


    As expected, foreign invaders are cooperating with the Dark Alliance.


    As long as they are included in the territory controlled by the Dark Alliance, they generally will not continue to invade.


    For unknown reasons, foreign invaders concentrated a large part of their forces and strengthened the attack on the religious doors of the major holy places.


    Each sect of the Holy Land fought on its own, relying on the mountain protection array of the mountain gate.


    If nothing happens, they shouldn''t last long.


    Some senior officials of the Dark Alliance who have made friends with taiyimen have been keeping in touch with taiyimen secretly.


    The dark alliance led by Fengqing shangzun was invincible and almost became the new ruler of Junchen world.


    However, there are still many people inside the Dark Alliance who dislike him and even oppose him.


    Of course, Fengqing shangzun, as a winner leading the rise of the Dark Alliance, has many supporters.


    Even those who oppose it are increasingly difficult to compete with him.


    In this case, either vent their dissatisfaction or have some inexplicable expectation.


    For example, Taoist Shushan and Taoist Youhuan secretly revealed many secrets of the Dark Alliance to Taiyi gate.


    The Dark Alliance''s refuge with foreign invaders is not only beneficial, but also costly.


    In the view of Taoist Shushan, foreign invaders want to take the Dark Alliance as a puppet and help it establish rule in the Junchen world.


    Taoist Youhuan is more pessimistic.


    Foreign invaders are now using the Dark Alliance.


    When the doors of the holy places are cleared, the Dark Alliance loses its use value. When the rabbit dies and the dog cooks, the Dark Alliance will be kicked away.


    Not long ago, the foreign invaders had put forward various requirements to the Dark Alliance.


    They asked the Dark Alliance to send a large army to help them attack the Mountain Gate of the main holy places.


    Although Feng qingshangzun took refuge in foreign invaders, he didn''t want to be a puppet of foreign invaders.


    The vast majority of high-level officials within the Dark Alliance prefer to see foreign invaders suffer heavy losses when attacking the religious gates of major holy places. It is better for both sides to lose.


    When it comes to intrigues and tricks, the senior leaders of the Dark Alliance are experts.


    The Dark Alliance used various reasons to delay the direct attack on the religious doors of the holy places.


    Seeing that the dark alliance needs to preserve its strength, foreign invaders are not worried about themselves.


    They asked the Dark Alliance to provide all kinds of support for their actions, including transporting all kinds of cultivation resources.


    The senior level of the Dark Alliance cannot continue to refuse this time.


    In order to satisfy the greedy appetite of foreign invaders, the Dark Alliance collected various resources everywhere, including forcibly apportioning them to their Xiuzhen forces.


    The Dark Alliance sent all kinds of precious resources to foreign invaders, but it led to complaints and dissatisfaction among the major Xiuzhen forces under its command.


    The top level of the Dark Alliance is not serious about this at all.


    Since these Xiuzhen forces have taken refuge in the Dark Alliance, they naturally have to obey the orders of the Dark Alliance.


    Why should the Dark Alliance absorb them and protect them?


    If there are such fools who can''t recognize the situation, the Dark Alliance will naturally have a way to deal with them.


    Now in the Junchen world, which forces dare to resist the Dark Alliance?


    The power of the Dark Alliance has expanded rapidly, and the appetite of the middle and high levels of the door is also growing.


    Of course, in order to cope with the continuous apportionment and even extortion of foreign invaders, it is also an important reason.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance focused on taiyimen.


    At present, there are few Xiuzhen forces that can maintain an independent status in the Junchen world.


    Among them, the small group organized by taiyimen is particularly eye-catching.


    At present, if the dark alliance wants to occupy more territory and obtain more resources, it can only start at Taiyi gate.


    The great holy places are about to perish, and they are already the spoils of war predetermined by foreign invaders.


    The real dragons who rule the ocean are extremely powerful and have a deep background. The Dark Alliance is also unwilling to provoke easily.


    After taking taiyimen as the next target, the Dark Alliance did not rush to start directly, but began a series of exploratory actions.


    The army of friars sent by the Taiyi sect to the Middle Earth became Meng Zhang, who was tempted by the Dark Alliance. When he was about to deal with this matter, his heart was suddenly touched and had an unspeakable sense of great grief.


    Not only Meng Zhang, but almost all the creatures in the whole Junchen world were deeply grieved for no reason. They felt extremely sad and desperate, as if the sky had fallen.


    Ordinary practitioners don''t know what happened. They may think it''s their inexplicable sadness of spring and autumn and depression.


    Only a top Friar and master of heaven''s secrets like Meng Zhang can quickly know what''s wrong.


    The heaven consciousness of Jun dust world has just fallen.

 Chapter 2390

    While the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world fell, there were many strange changes everywhere in the Jun dust world.


    At this time, many parts of the Junchen world were still sunny in the daytime.


    The sky suddenly became dark, and bursts of dark wind appeared out of thin air, blowing wantonly, blowing all over most corners of the Jun dust world.


    Even practitioners who are not invaded by cold and heat feel cold and bone cold in the Yin wind.


    The sound of ghosts crying and Howling came from the sky, as if a blood rain turned from dirty blood fell from the sky.


    ¡­¡­


    In the Junchen world, no matter who is immortal or who has a more flexible mind, they all know that great things have happened.


    Some masters of heavenly secrets even dared to take the initiative to show their heavenly secrets and began to push forward.


    The change of celestial phenomena is so strange that something big will happen in the Junchen world.


    With the passage of time, more and more practitioners will be able to sense the fall of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world.


    Its various effects will also spread slowly.


    For the Junchen world, the direct impact of the fall of the consciousness of heaven is that the level of the whole world will slowly fall, and the rules of heaven and earth in various places will slowly become more and more unstable.


    For the practitioners at the level of Meng Zhang, the Junchen world also has a very important significance.


    Meng Zhang has been promoted to a virtual immortal. The next step is to become a real immortal.


    When achieving true immortality, there must be foreign demons coming to block the way.


    It is better for practitioners to be promoted within a big world. They can use the power of the big world to offset a large part of the power of extraterritorial demons.


    The sense of heaven in the Junchen world has fallen. When Meng Zhang was promoted to a true immortal in the future, he may not be able to get enough protection from the power of the world.


    If Meng Zhang is still a long way from being promoted to Zhenxian, he is not affected by this matter now.


    There is another important aspect, and the impact on Meng Zhang will immediately appear.


    After the fall of the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world, the heavenly secrets of the Jun dust world became extremely disordered.


    Even Meng Zhang, a powerful master of heaven''s secrets, can hardly obtain all kinds of information needed by deducing heaven''s secrets.


    In other words, most of the heavenly masters in Jun dust world have been temporarily abolished.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know how the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world fell, he knew that it was mostly related to the real immortals.


    They have been sleeping in the source sea for many years and have been plotting secretly.


    Some time ago, they also jointly suppressed and paralyzed the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    No matter what means, whether direct or indirect, leading to the fall of the consciousness of heaven in a big world is a matter of great harm to heaven and great sin.


    Meng Zhang himself just returned. His external incarnation was too wonderful. In his heart, he was filled with deep hatred for the murderer who led to the fall of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world.


    Too wonderful itself is not different from the natural ghosts and gods. It is also the Lord of the underworld who is favored by the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    He felt the fall of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world before Meng Zhang.


    Too wonderful felt an unprecedented sadness in her heart, and then an extreme anger.


    He was so angry that he wanted to tear everything around him.


    If the master Meng Zhang had not communicated with his heart and tried his best to control it, it would be wonderful. He might have rushed out recklessly to vent wantonly.


    The changes in the soul sea did not stop because of this. On the contrary, because the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world fell, the soul sea seemed to have lost some suppression, and the changes became more intense.


    There are more monsters pouring out of the soul sea and their strength is stronger.


    Even Meng Zhang and Taimiao don''t want to face these monsters.


    These monsters poured out of the soul sea and killed into the source sea.


    Too wonderful. I can''t help but feel the impulse in my heart. I''m going to rush into the source sea and vent recklessly.


    Meng Zhang, as the master, could have easily controlled it. It''s wonderful, but he has to work very hard to suppress each other''s impulse.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, Taimiao has a clearer sense of heaven and Tao consciousness in Jun dust world and can feel more information.


    Meng Zhang only knew that the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world had fallen, but he didn''t know the general process.


    The consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is a huge pan consciousness body, and the response is very slow.


    Even if such a conscious body falls completely, it is not a short process.


    Too wonderful, you can even clearly feel that the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is dying rapidly, and this process can''t be reversed.


    The pain of death made too wonderful feel it, and the whole body was shaking with it.


    Meng Zhang suddenly thought of something.


    He didn''t think much and almost instinctively responded.


    It''s wonderful. There''s a simple jade plate in your hand.


    This is a special treasure used by the indigenous gods of the Junchen world to worship the heaven.


    Meng Zhang got this treasure which was sought by all the holy places through soul searching on Dalinghe God.


    The indigenous gods of the Junchen world are greatly favored by the heaven consciousness of the Junchen world.


    They use this jade plate to hold the ceremony of offering sacrifices to heaven, which can communicate the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world.


    Meng Zhang directly transferred this jade plate to Taimiao through the special connection between the self and the external incarnation.


    As for the worship ceremony of the indigenous gods, it has long been in Meng Zhang and Taimiao''s mind.


    Of course, it''s too late to hold a grand ceremony because of the conditions in Taimiao.


    It''s wonderful. It only simplifies the ceremony.


    I hope Taimiao, as a special object favored by the consciousness of heaven, can play a role in simple rituals.


    Taimiao gently separated her wrists, spilled blood, and drew special runes on the ground in front of her, forming an altar like pattern.


    It''s wonderful. Put the jade plate in the middle of the pattern, and then pour your mind into the jade plate.


    Taimiao urges the power of the jade plate to communicate with the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world.


    The consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world usually responds slowly and rarely responds to the call of the outside world.


    Now that he is dying and his consciousness is about to completely disappear, it is even more difficult to respond.


    Although there was no response, it was wonderful, but it didn''t give up.


    He kept trying to communicate the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world through the jade plate.


    His mind kept calling to him.


    I don''t know how long it has passed. His wonderful and huge thoughts are about to dry up, and his efforts have finally paid off.


    It''s wonderful. I feel concerned by a huge consciousness.


    In fact, even if the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world falls, its remaining will can exist for a long time.


    Under the influence of these remaining wills, a series of miraculous things will even happen.


    In some cases of coincidence, natural gods can be born out of the remaining will; The reluctance and resentment towards death may give birth to terrible demons


    According to Meng Zhang, there are some special stars and beasts in the void, which were born in the fallen consciousness of the big world.

 Chapter 2391

    The consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is dying unstoppably, but at present, there are still a large part of consciousness running instinctively.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world can remain stable. At present, the whole world has not been broken, which largely depends on it.


    Under normal circumstances, even after hundreds or even thousands of years, the residual consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world will not completely disappear.


    Maybe its last remaining consciousness will have the opportunity to destroy with the whole world.


    If some harsh conditions are met, a brand-new consciousness of heaven may be born in the residual consciousness.


    After the fall of the great energy of returning to emptiness among the practitioners of truth, it is possible to regain its rebirth, not to mention its stronger and more supernatural sense of heaven.


    Of course, even if the Jun dust world can give birth to a new sense of heaven, the time dimension is calculated in 10000 years.


    And with the means of those real immortals, since they can kill the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, they will not be given the opportunity of rebirth.


    It''s wonderful. Indeed, it deserves to be the Lord of the underworld who has attracted the attention of the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world. The jade plate for worshipping the heaven is also a great contribution.


    It''s wonderful to establish a connection with that huge consciousness.


    From that huge consciousness came all kinds of unwilling and puzzled emotions, as well as many fragmented messages.


    Intermittent scenes appeared in wonderful mind.


    In the depths of the source sea, six immortals with immortality and extraordinary momentum are sitting together in a special formation.


    They are Ziyang Zhenxian, the founder of Ziyang holy sect, Zhenhai Zhenxian, the founder of Zhenhai hall, jiuxuan Pavilion jiuxuan Zhenxian, the Baichuan Zhenxian who established the Royal beast sect in Junchen world, situ Jue, the ancestor of situ family, and tianchenzi who established the Junchen world branch of guantian Pavilion.


    The six true immortals have been sleeping in the depths of the source sea for thousands of years and have been secretly arranging for the heaven consciousness of the Jun dust world.


    In a state of deep sleep, they used almost all their minds to confuse and suppress the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world, and constantly weaken their resistance.


    Especially not long ago, they used some mysterious means to almost completely paralyze and suppress the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world.


    Then they began to hang him slowly.


    The consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is huge. It takes a long time to kill it.


    The consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world didn''t feel the fatal crisis at the beginning.


    After being paralyzed, the original very slow operation has become more slow.


    If there is no accident, the six immortals will kill the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world smoothly.


    But I don''t know why, the six immortals took the initiative to open the closed source sea and swallowed many outsiders into the source sea.


    In this process, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world was touched and seemed to be induced.


    Six true immortals fought with a group of strong men of similar rank.


    These strong men used the means they had already arranged to try to erode the source sea and hurt six real immortals.


    Unexpectedly, the six true immortals have better means. They can not only crack these means, but also fight back.


    The heaven consciousness of Jun dust world wants to take the opportunity to resist and get rid of the situation of being suppressed.


    It seems that after paying a huge price, the six true immortals used some unknown means to completely kill the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world.


    Too wonderful spent a lot of effort to sort out these information and pictures, and knew the general process of the fall of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world.


    There are many gaps in this information, among which there are many unsolved mysteries.


    It''s wonderful. Some mysteries in my heart have somehow been solved.


    In the void world, there are many spiritual systems and different races.


    Taoist practitioners pay attention to the upper body, the mind of heaven and the perception of the Tao of heaven. Generally, they will not do anything to hurt the consciousness of the Tao of heaven.


    Not to mention the Taoist cultivators, even those fierce and arrogant demon and barbarian tribes will hardly have the action of killing the consciousness of heaven.


    The actions of the six real immortals were extremely cruel.


    Tai Miao has long received a lot of information about the six true immortals from Meng Zhang.


    It is said that they have been sleeping in the depths of the source sea with a huge layout.


    They want to seize the treasures left by immortals, devour the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, and use them as the food for promoting the realm of immortals.


    If the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world still exists, they will not be allowed to devour the origin of heaven and earth of Jun dust world unscrupulously.


    After killing the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, there will be no power to stop their behavior.


    Next, they will completely devour the origin of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world and plunge the whole Jun dust world into a crisis of destruction.


    That huge consciousness came to too wonderful.


    Taimiao communicated the thoughts in her heart, especially the speculation that Junchen was about to be destroyed, with this consciousness.


    The huge consciousness was even more angry.


    If the Junchen world is completely destroyed, the remaining consciousness will not only disappear completely, but also it is impossible to give birth to a new consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    Under normal circumstances, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world may have punished the six real immortals and blasted them into slag.


    Unfortunately, there is not much that the dying consciousness of heaven can do.


    In fact, even in its heyday, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is still calculated by the six true immortals, plotted by them and suppressed by them


    The remaining power of the consciousness of heaven can''t have much impact on the six true immortals.


    The consciousness of heaven, which reacted more and more slowly, suddenly became active when it fell completely.


    After reaching a certain extreme, anger and unwillingness suddenly disappear and become emptiness.


    The remaining consciousness of the way of heaven became indifferent, giving Taimiao a ethereal and lofty feeling, which seemed to dissipate at any time.


    The power of heaven and earth appeared out of thin air, accompanied by the residual consciousness of heaven and earth, was so suddenly injected into Taimiao''s body.


    It''s wonderful to understand that this is the residual consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world. It''s necessary to pour the final strength into yourself.


    The dying consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world has been unable to resist the six real immortals, and only put the last hope on Taimiao, the Lord of the underworld.


    Too wonderful. After being infused with brand-new power, you will certainly have great strength and may have the capital to fight against real immortals.


    More and more powerful forces of heaven and earth rush from all directions and inject into the wonderful body very quickly.


    Taimiao''s independent space is originally located at the junction of source sea and soul sea.


    The source sea near here is boiling even more.


    Inside, the essence of heaven and earth, driven by the consciousness of heaven and earth, surged like a tide.


    Wonderful. The independent space is bursting with huge force.


    The fragmentation of space didn''t hurt him at all.


    Because the source of heaven and earth from the source sea began to flow into his body after swallowing this independent space.

 Chapter 2392

    Taimiao was promoted to the realm of virtual immortality not long ago, and his accomplishments were consolidated soon.


    Now, due to the impact of the residual consciousness of heaven and earth on him, countless strong sources of heaven and earth continue to flow into his body.


    It''s wonderful. If you don''t want to be burst, you can only refine and absorb these sources of heaven and earth at the fastest speed.


    Wonderful accomplishments are rapidly improving and accumulating.


    However, there was not much joy on Taimiao''s face, but some hidden worries.


    According to Meng Zhang''s earliest arrangement, too wonderful is to follow the evolutionary path of natural ghosts and gods.


    But later, in order to improve Taimiao''s cultivation level as soon as possible and deal with various challenges in the underworld, Meng Zhang had to let Taimiao absorb and refine the power of faith and embark on the path of believing in gods.


    After becoming a god of faith, the initial cultivation improved rapidly, but left many hidden dangers.


    Originally, with the help of Meng Zhang, Taimiao would spend a lot of time slowly solving these hidden dangers and getting rid of the shackles of the power of faith.


    But now, the rapid improvement of cultivation has brought greater problems.


    The improvement speed of cultivation is not as fast as possible.


    It''s wonderful. It can be regarded as a person with extraordinary talent and rich accumulation.


    However, according to the current speed of cultivation improvement, his foundation will sooner or later be unable to bear it, and even lead to the complete collapse of his cultivation.


    Too wonderful. If you want to stop it, at least control the speed of absorbing the source of heaven and earth.


    However, how powerful the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is. Even if it is only a trace of residue after the fall, it is by no means that a mere virtual immortal can compete.


    Once the topping starts, it can''t stop or slow down.


    The rapid improvement of cultivation has become a wonderful burden.


    Fortunately, it''s wonderful. I have experience in dealing with similar problems.


    He immediately contacted the master Meng Zhang. Through the special connection between the outer incarnation and the master, he passed on part of the origin of heaven and earth that he had no time to absorb and refine and let Meng Zhang deal with it.


    Meng Zhang, who was closing the gate of taiyimen mountain, immediately devoted himself to this matter.


    Meng Zhang was promoted to virtual immortal much earlier than Taimiao, with a stronger foundation and more means to deal with this problem.


    In addition to absorbing and refining the origin of heaven and earth, he also has spare power to condense the origin of heaven and earth that he has no time to absorb for the time being and transform it into source crystals.


    Yuanjing is a higher-level food than Yuqing LINGJI.


    For the great energy of returning to emptiness, the source crystal is a rare tonic.


    If it''s just the origin of heaven and earth that flows into Taimiao''s body, the most important thing for this topping is to last a little longer and let him take some risks.


    In the end, Meng Zhang and he will benefit a lot from it.


    But too wonderful soon realized that in addition to the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world, there were some broken consciousness falling off from the consciousness of heaven and earth.


    If it''s someone else, you may not know what this means, and you may take it as a good thing.


    However, the taiyimen inheritance accepted by Meng Zhang comes from Taiyi Jinxian, which has enough knowledge.


    Meng Zhang was acutely aware that if these broken consciousness were allowed to enter Taimiao''s body and take root in it.


    After a long time, if the conditions are right, the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world may be reborn in Taimiao body.


    At that time, too wonderful will become a puppet of the consciousness of heaven, completely out of the control of Meng Zhang.


    Even, it will affect Meng Zhang in turn and let Meng Zhang be controlled by the consciousness of heaven.


    Although the rebirth of heaven consciousness is not a simple thing, Meng Zhang guessed that it is only a possibility.


    But even the smallest possibility, Meng Zhang cannot ignore.


    Speaking of it, this is also the trouble that Meng Zhang and Taimiao ask for.


    Because of his natural characteristics of ghosts and gods and the identity of the patron of heaven, he was affected by the fall of heaven consciousness in Jun dust world, and became extremely sad and difficult to extricate himself.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the trend and asked Taimiao to use the jade plate for heaven worship ceremony to contact the heaven consciousness of Shangjun dust world.


    Originally, Meng Zhang had the idea of holding heaven worship consciousness and contacting the heaven Tao consciousness of Jun dust world through the jade plate of heaven worship.


    He''s just looking for the right time.


    He wants to arouse the hostility and resistance of the consciousness of heaven to the six real immortals. It''s best to send down heaven''s punishment and kill them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to take action, but the six real immortals first joined hands to kill the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, which completely failed his plan.


    Wonderful. What he did at this time was to appease his soul and Meng Zhang wanted to get some benefits.


    Meng Zhang did make too wonderful get many benefits, but these benefits are too big for too wonderful and he can''t afford them.


    It seems that the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world is also very unwilling to fall.


    It''s just wonderful. It came to the door at this time and let it make a last ditch attempt.


    Although the six true immortals have skillfully killed the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world, they still left such hands and tails.


    Of course, if the situation is not too wonderful and too special, it will not give broken consciousness such an opportunity.


    Meng Zhang naturally can''t watch this happen.


    Many thoughts passed through his mind and made him quickly find a solution.


    Although he was unwilling to do so, Meng Zhang had to try his best.


    Soon, too wonderful began to practice according to the method taught by Meng Zhang.


    This is a secret method of Shinto practice, which is used to believe in gods and break through the great realm.


    The past is wonderful. Although it has absorbed and refined a large number of beliefs and has a large number of believers, it has not been completely transformed into believing in gods, and there are still reservations in many aspects.


    Before he was promoted to the true God, if he was willing to spread his skills and rebuild and recast his foundation, he might get rid of the power of faith and return to the right path of natural ghosts and gods.


    But now that he has practiced this secret law, he has completely embarked on the road of believing in gods and can''t turn back.


    In the future, even if he becomes a God, he can''t get rid of the shackles of the power of faith.


    But there is no way. If he wants to get rid of the current crisis, he has only one choice.


    As Taimiao began to work the secret Dharma, inexplicable enlightenment appeared in the minds of believers in both the underworld and the Yang world.


    These believers put down everything in their hands and began to kneel down, chant the wonderful name loudly and pray piously.


    The continuous power of incense belief, through the shackles of a lot of space, poured into the wonderful body.


    The power of incense belief is an indispensable food for believing in gods, but it is highly toxic for practitioners.


    The power of incense belief contains countless thoughts of sentient beings, various and strange emotional power, including many extreme emotions


    Under the wonderful control, the power of these incense beliefs is intertwined with the broken consciousness of heaven.


    The consciousness of the way of heaven is ethereal and lofty, detached from all sentient beings.


    The power of incense belief keeps winding up and pulling it into the world.

 Chapter 2393

    The power of incense belief pouring into Taimiao''s body is an irresistible poison to the remaining consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world.


    The thoughts and emotions of all sentient beings contained in the power of these incense beliefs will constantly stain and erase the remaining consciousness of heaven.


    Under normal circumstances, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world can easily get rid of these effects.


    However, the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world has fallen, and the remaining trace of consciousness has limited ability to resist the power of incense belief.


    That''s not over.


    After such a encounter, the remaining consciousness of heaven will be transformed into a pure special energy.


    It''s a wonderful secret method to refine and absorb this special energy slowly.


    This will become an important resource for him to impact the realm of true God.


    Yes, it''s wonderful. If you want to completely suppress the remaining consciousness of heaven and cut off the possibility of rebirth, you must at least have the strength of true God level.


    True gods are at the same level as true immortals.


    Too wonderful. It wasn''t long before I was promoted to the virtual fairy. There is still a long way to go from the realm of true God.


    He has insufficient foundation now. If he breaks through forcibly, he will certainly leave a lot of future troubles, and there is a great possibility of failure.


    But there is no way. This is his only way to break the game at present.


    As the object of being cared for by the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world, Taimiao has an inseparable affection for the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world.


    However, no matter how deep the feeling of nostalgia is, it is impossible for him to give the consciousness of heaven in Junchen world the opportunity to regenerate in his own body and turn himself into a puppet of heaven.


    Wonderful accomplishments are rapidly improving and begin to forcibly impact the realm of true God.


    After the independent space where he hid was broken, he was washed into the source sea by the thick origin of heaven and earth.


    Although this is only the edge of the source sea, it can still provide him with a continuous source of heaven and earth and strengthen his accumulation of impacting the realm of true God.


    The power of incense and belief that kept pouring into his body stabilized his divine body and ensured that he would not be burst by the powerful origin of heaven and earth.


    Relatively speaking, it is easier for demigods to impact the realm of true gods than virtual immortals to impact the realm of true immortals.


    Of course, there are also many challenges and crises.


    Solid foundation, strong accumulation, etc. These are not mentioned for the time being.


    One of the biggest challenges comes from the power of incense belief.


    The power of incense belief will not only provide power for Shinto practitioners, but also confuse their minds.


    If you are completely confused by it, you will be full of demons and shake your mind.


    In some extreme cases, internal demons even hook up external demons to attract external demons to block the way.


    Of course, when virtual immortals break through real immortals, foreign demons will surely come.


    When the demigod breaks through the true God, as long as the inner devil can be suppressed in time, the outer devil will not come if the inner devil can''t afford it.


    As the outer incarnation of Meng Zhang, Taimiao''s spirit comes from the fragment of yuan God that Meng Zhang took the initiative to separate.


    Just like this one, Taimiao is determined and firm in seeking Tao.


    After years of practice and experience, Taimiao has a very strong will to face all kinds of tests and challenges.


    Here''s another trick.


    The Buddha is connected with the mind and mind of the incarnation outside the body.


    When needed, Meng Zhang can share the pressure of Taimiao''s mind and help it suppress and resist the demons.


    Among the inheritance handed down by Taiyi Jinxian, there is naturally no lack of brilliant Shinto inheritance.


    According to the idea of Taiyi Jinxian, practitioners should establish a Shinto system in the world, canonize a large number of gods and control all aspects of the whole world.


    That''s wonderful. Now the Shinto Dharma door of practice and operation is placed in the big world where Shinto is prosperous. It''s a great multiplication door.


    Meng Zhang, who is in the gate of Taiyi gate, also sits cross legged, with his hands tied, and loudly recites all kinds of mantras and spells.


    There was a special connection between Meng Zhang and the wonderful spirit, and now it has been kept unblocked.


    Meng Zhang turned his hands into a talisman seal in the form of Tai Chi, and then from emptiness to reality, the talisman seal became golden.


    This symbol was passed to Taimiao by Meng Zhang, and then deeply branded on Taimiao''s forehead, and then hidden into it.


    The outer incarnation of Meng Zhang, the Lord of hell, is too wonderful, that is, the too wonderful canonization of Meng Zhang has a special relationship with Meng Zhang, and now the situation is urgent. Meng Zhang has only saved many steps and forced himself to bow.


    Meng Zhang was officially canonized as the Lord of the underworld, the master of life and death and reincarnation.


    This is the identity that too wonderful has and the field that too wonderful tries to control completely.


    Through this book, Meng Zhang sealed the God and fixed it as a formal priest.


    Although this is Meng Zhang''s foundation that has become unstable and vain because his cultivation has been improved too fast and wonderful, it immediately became stable.


    It''s too strange to get some inexplicable help, and the impact on the realm of true God becomes more smooth.


    Although the method of canonization handed down by Taiyi Jinxian completely controls the gods, it still has many advantages for the canonized gods.


    These canonized gods help practitioners control heaven and earth, reconcile Yin and Yang, and their practice can also get the help of heaven and earth.


    Practitioners in turn protect these gods from disasters and disasters, and it is easier to cross the threshold of practice.


    For Meng Zhang, the canonization will naturally become the enemy of Taiyi Jinxian when he improves his cultivation and becomes an immortal.


    Of course, these are still far away from Meng Zhang.


    He will ignore these for a long time to come.

 Chapter 2394

    Now, Meng Zhang has to solve the trouble in Taimiao first.


    Meng Zhang used the secret method from Taiyi Jinxian to canonize Taimiao as a God, which is tantamount to strengthening the foundation of Taimiao''s survival.


    With multiple power blessings, he doesn''t have to worry about being replaced by the broken consciousness of heaven for the time being.


    Of course, if we want to solve the problem completely, we should promote the true God as soon as possible.


    The foundation has been temporarily replenished, and there are enough heaven and earth sources as food. Tao Xin is firm and wonderful, and has taken a key step without hesitation.


    This step is wonderful. There are many illusions in my mind, and countless complex ideas keep emerging. Even my mind has become a little trance.


    It''s too strange to keep your mind, not be fascinated by fantasy, and try to get rid of all kinds of inexplicable confusion.


    Meng Zhang, who is connected with Taimiao''s mind and spirit, also felt these illusions and became a little confused.


    As the Buddha, Meng Zhang is a thorough practitioner of Taoism, and the Tao heart will only be stronger than Taimiao.


    Practitioners have more coping means than Shinto practitioners when facing heart demons.


    Meng Zhang concentrated and calmed down all the thoughts in his heart.


    He kept appeasing Taimiao and helping Taimiao get rid of the confusion of the devil.


    When many Shinto practitioners break through the realm of true God, they will encounter the test of natural disaster.


    Shinto practitioners who are good at using the power of heaven and earth have many means to deal with it.


    In contrast, it''s still more difficult to deal with the psychic disaster.


    Of course, it''s wonderful. This forced promotion is really God. If there is a natural disaster, it is more or less a trouble.


    Taimiao is deeply cared by the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world. Now there is a broken consciousness of heaven in her body.


    More importantly, after the fall of the consciousness of heaven and earth in Jun dust world, the operation of the rules of heaven and earth began to have problems slowly.


    The robbery system is an important part of the rules of heaven and earth.


    Wonderful. Now I''m promoted to a true God. The outside world doesn''t say that the clouds are light and the wind is light. At least there''s no special celestial phenomenon.


    It seems wonderful. There will be no disaster for this promotion.


    I just don''t know. It''s so wonderful and special that I didn''t encounter the natural disaster, or the natural disaster system of Jun dust world is completely over.


    In this way, the original foundation was insufficient and the accumulation was insufficient. It was wonderful that there was still a long distance from the realm of true God. Under a series of circumstances, it finally passed through a series of insurmountable difficulties.


    Too wonderful is located at the edge of the source sea, where the origin of heaven and earth is not very strong.


    Due to the influence of the broken consciousness of heaven and earth, the origins of heaven and earth from all directions converge here one after another.


    In a huge whirlpool, a huge golden statue appeared.


    This golden statue is as big as a mountain, indomitable and invincible. It reveals supreme majesty all over.


    After a while, the huge statue disappeared and turned into an ordinary ghost.


    Since then, too wonderful finally successfully promoted to true God.


    After promotion, Taimiao didn''t rush for other actions, but stood still and felt the new divine body and power.


    After Taimiao''s successful promotion, Meng Zhang''s illusion disappeared and completely returned to normal.


    Strange to say, it''s wonderful. There was a lot of noise before and after the promotion.


    He is located at the junction of the source sea and the soul sea, not far from the place where the soul sea has changed.


    Countless monsters emerged in the source sea, but it seemed that they didn''t see what was happening here. If they didn''t see Taimiao, they ran towards the depths of the source sea in groups.


    It''s wonderful to stretch your hands and feet and experience the newly acquired power.


    Now he is a true God, the same level as the true immortal.


    Of course, to really fight with the powerful immortal, he still needs to spend time practicing magical powers and getting familiar with his accomplishments.


    It''s wonderful at this time. The mind can be released for a longer distance and can observe some movements in the depths of the source sea.


    He hesitated for a moment, then took one step and went to the depths of the source sea.


    The two powers of life and death and reincarnation appeared silently above Taimiao''s shoulders.


    He has been able to exert most of the power of the two powers. Even if he meets an opponent of Zhenxian level, he also has the power of a war.


    At worst, he can return to hell.


    In the underworld, as the ruler of the underworld, he fights at home and has special strength. His strength will increase a lot out of thin air.


    With a certain confidence, it''s wonderful to dare to go deep into the source sea to watch the war.


    The battle between the six immortals and foreign invaders is very critical, which is related to the fate of the whole Jun dust world and Meng Zhang''s layout for the future.


    Previously, Meng Zhang had no strength to peep. Now it''s wonderful. With the strength of self-protection, he began to take action.


    There are many dangerous places in the source sea. Even the great power of returning to emptiness dare not stay in it for a long time.


    For the true God, most places are already a smooth path.


    Those dangerous places, as long as it takes a little time, either go around or Shovel them directly.


    The best guidance is that all the monsters surging out of the soul sea move in a fixed direction.


    Moreover, the current sensing range of Taimiao is not greatly affected in the source sea. It can recognize the road and avoid getting lost.


    After a quick movement, too wonderful stopped moving forward.


    Not far ahead is the battlefield of fierce battle.


    Although I have never seen the six true immortals who created the doors of the holy places before, their images are widely spread in the Junchen world, and their portraits are enshrined in many places.


    Moreover, after the residual consciousness of heaven enters Taimiao''s body, there are six real immortals in the picture in Taimiao''s mind.


    Six real immortals formed an array, each displaying their magic powers and firmly occupying the center of the source sea.


    Those who fought with them were more than ten strong men at the level of true immortals.


    There are demon gods, spirit gods, man gods, Arhats, etc.


    Although the number of foreign invaders has an absolute advantage, they don''t get much advantage in the face of six real immortals.


    They have been fighting for a long time, and the foreign invaders have been unable to break through the other side''s defense line.


    Of course, the six true immortals seem to be trapped there.


    They have more than enough self-protection and limited ability to fight back.


    The monsters that rushed out of the soul sea kept killing the six true immortals, dispersing a lot of their spirit.


    Farther afield, Sanshan Zhenxian, Xuanxuan Laozu and three lions were trapped by several foreign invaders.


    Among the foreign invaders at the level of true immortals, one God is particularly powerful and can almost directly fight against the three mountain true immortals.


    It''s wonderful to feel the familiar breath of that God. I know that this God is a mixed God from Shinto civilization.


    A demon God is hidden in the shadow and haunted, which is impossible to prevent.


    Three lions and Xuanxuan''s ancestors were in a hurry and overwhelmed.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian hadn''t been distracted to cover them, they might have been killed by this demon God.

 Chapter 2395

    Wonderful. After observing the war for a while, he nodded with satisfaction.


    The current war situation is what he is most satisfied with and hopes for.


    The foreign invaders and the real immortals in the Junchen world fought each other.


    With etheric''s wonderful eyesight, it will be a long time before they can decide the outcome.


    Moreover, the two sides are deeply entangled. It is basically impossible for either side to easily get out of the battle.


    That''s wonderful. The promotion of Zhenshen has made a lot of noise before.


    Even if the edge of the source sea is far away from here, the strong of both sides fighting here actually feel it.


    However, the battle entered a critical moment, and they who did not want to show their flaws could not be distracted.


    Any party who is slightly distracted may reveal flaws and give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    It''s wonderful. I came near the battlefield. Although I restrained my breath, I was found by both sides.


    It''s wonderful to find a strange ghost on the stage and both sides observe secretly in various ways.


    This is a ghost at the level of true God, which is really rare.


    Judging from the harmony between this ghost and his surroundings, he is mostly a ghost born and bred in the Junchen world.


    It''s wonderful. I can''t hide my information well after I''ve been promoted for a long time.


    Of course, the two sides did not see through that Taimiao was the incarnation of Meng Zhang, but thought he was a ghost of the underworld born and raised in the Junchen world.


    After the six immortals found it wonderful, someone''s face changed slightly.


    Thousands of years ago, in the process of conquering the Junchen world, the six true immortals used secret techniques to confuse the Tiandao consciousness of the Junchen world, and then sent their own distractions to the underworld to create chaos in the underworld.


    They also showed their vicious magical powers and provoked the civil war between the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    The powerful natural ghosts and gods in the underworld basically fell in the civil war.


    Of course, there were many ghosts and gods in the underworld, including some strong ones.


    If there are individual fish that have escaped the net and survived until now, it is entirely possible.


    Although the means of the six true immortals are hidden, natural ghosts and gods are not fools.


    In fact, in the late stage of the civil war, some natural ghosts and gods had found that the situation was wrong.


    However, most natural ghosts and gods are driven by their ferocious nature, and their minds are confused. They have fallen into a bloody battle and can''t extricate themselves.


    The surviving natural ghosts and gods have the means to see through the six real immortals, which has a high probability of happening.


    Natural ghosts and gods at the level of true God are already qualified to participate in this level of war.


    The six true immortals supported very hard in the face of strong enemies.


    Although they still have cards to play, their opponents also don''t go all out.


    At this time, if a strange natural ghost joins the opponent''s camp, they will face greater pressure.


    Because we don''t know the wonderful real details, the foreign invaders are also not easy.


    At present, the ghost of the true God level is an aborigine of the Junchen world, and may not welcome foreign invaders.


    Yuanhai is a special existence in the Junchen world. The strong in the underworld and the Yang world can fight here with all their strength.


    Too wonderful. In the source sea, you can also give full play to your full strength without any suppression and restraint.


    In fact, if not for the fall of the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, those foreign invaders in the source sea should be excluded by the origin of heaven and earth, and their strength will be greatly suppressed.


    Now, the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world has fallen, and the rules of heaven and earth are unstable. The repulsion of the source sea of the Jun dust world to them is so weak that it can be almost ignored.


    It has to be said that the six real immortals are so eager to kill the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world. They have the meaning of lifting a stone and hitting their own feet.


    It''s wonderful to know that both sides of the war are secretly observing him and guessing his movements.


    It was wonderful. He spread his hand and signaled that he had no intention of interfering in the battle between them.


    Great. Take the initiative and exit a long distance.


    It is far away from the battlefield where the two sides are fighting, and we can still sense the war situation between them.


    It''s wonderful to stand quietly in the source sea and unscrupulously absorb the origin of the surrounding world.


    For true gods and immortals, Yuanhai is actually a very excellent training place.


    The origin of heaven and earth in a big world is enough to meet their daily cultivation needs.


    It''s wonderful. Seize the time to consolidate the cultivation of true God and begin to master some means of true God.


    Neither of the two sides who are fighting is powerless and have no intention. It''s wonderful to interfere.


    It''s wonderful. The six true immortals are very resentful for taking themselves as their masters and unscrupulously absorbing the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world.


    They should regard all their land as their own.


    In these years, in order to enhance the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, they spent a lot of effort even in their deep sleep.


    Even, they did not hesitate to let the plans of foreign invaders succeed, and watched them send the armies of all ethnic groups who had moved their souls into the Junchen world.


    Now the soul sea has changed, and countless monsters like demons have suddenly sprung up.


    Even though the six real immortals were prepared in advance, they still managed very hard.


    For thousands of years, the entire high-level of the Jun dust world has followed the orders of the six true immortals and strengthened the origin of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world at all costs.


    Xiangtian palace offered a high reward to lure the returning powers to the void, capture all kinds of small worlds, and put them into the Junchen world, so that Yuanhai could digest and absorb them.


    The monks of the holy places opened up resource points in the void and continuously obtained all kinds of resources.


    A large part of these resources are sent back to Junyuan.


    Even after the massive attack of foreign invaders and the loss of most resource points in the void, the action to strengthen the source sea has not stopped.


    It was not until all the peripheral strongholds were lost and the Junchen world was surrounded by groups that this action had to be terminated.


    The six true immortals constantly strengthen the source sea, which has a great plot, which is even related to their next path.


    It''s wonderful. Now let go and absorb the origin of heaven and earth in the source sea. It''s like cutting the meat of six real immortals with a knife.


    If it weren''t for the fact that they couldn''t get away, they couldn''t wait to tear up too wonderful.


    You know, everything in the source sea has long been regarded as forbidden by them, and even their disciples and grandchildren are not entitled to enjoy it arbitrarily.


    It was only because of the constant invasion of foreign invaders that they suppressed the idea of being stingy and had to pay some resources in order to maintain sufficient combat effectiveness in the Junchen world.


    Every time their disciples and grandchildren collect resources from the source sea, they are extremely distressed.


    In the history of Jun dust world, many great powers of returning to emptiness have fallen, including many disciples of various holy places.


    In order to revive these great powers of returning to emptiness, the conditions are very harsh, and a very important point is that it will damage the source sea of the Jun dust world.


    For this reason, it is extremely difficult for even the great power of returning to emptiness of the holy places to obtain the opportunity of rebirth.


    Too wonderful was born as a ghost and God. What too wonderful has done now has made the six true immortals regard him as the enemy of life and death.

 Chapter 2396

    It''s wonderful. I don''t know the hostility of the six real immortals to them.


    Even if he knows, he won''t care.


    It''s wonderful. Now I''m promoted to true God. There are still many deficiencies.


    For him, consolidating cultivation and mastering the proper means of true God are the top priority.


    The six immortals are in a stalemate with foreign invaders, which is a god given opportunity.


    Neither side in the war wants to see new troublemakers appear.


    It''s wonderful to stay away from the battlefield and put on a non-interference appearance, which is the intention of both sides.


    Of course, both sides did not relax their caution against too wonderful.


    If it''s too wonderful, they also have countermeasures with the idea of reaping the benefits.


    Too wonderful. They are alone, and they are obviously new true gods. Their strength is limited. We can''t think of any threat to them.


    Too wonderful. When he began to practice in the source sea, Meng Zhang also put his mind back on himself.


    He canonized Taimiao as a god this time, which helped Taimiao promote the realm of true God, which was also of great benefit to himself.


    In particular, Taimiao''s valuable experience in promoting true God is of great reference value to him.


    Although the cultivation system is very different, and his promotion to a true immortal in the future must be very different from that of Taimiao, the true God is the same as a true immortal on the throne.


    Meng Zhang and Taimiao are connected and have the same feelings.


    Before Meng Zhang was promoted to Xu Xian, he first realized the power of that level, which will help him to be promoted in the future.


    Seeing that it was all right there, Meng Zhang couldn''t care about anything else. He immediately threw himself into his perception.


    Yuanhai is the gathering place of the origin of heaven and earth in Jun dust world and the foundation of the whole world.


    The intensity of the war at the level of Zhenxian is not much to say.


    If it happened outside, it would have been earth shaking, earth shaking and even the collapse of the world.


    Fortunately, Yuanhai has a special situation, so it can barely bear the war between them.


    What happened in the source sea is closely related to the whole Jun dust world.


    With the increasingly fierce battle in the source sea, the impact on the outside world is also increasing.


    In many places of Junchen world, large earthquakes occurred inexplicably.


    The shifting of mountains and rivers, the splitting of the earth and even the collapse of the earth are common.


    This is an inexplicable natural disaster for the creatures of the Jun dust world, especially the Terrans who are the masters of the Jun dust world.


    In fact, too wonderful unscrupulously absorbs the origin of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, which is also a great harm to the Jun dust world.


    One bad news after another came back to the Taiyi gate from all over the Junchen world and reached the closed Meng Zhang.


    Many large tsunamis have occurred in the West Sea.


    Countless mountains swept over the island and swallowed it up.


    Many smaller islands in the Xingluo islands have been completely submerged by the waves.


    Guanghan fairy ordered the rise of the island chain and set up a protective array, which barely stopped the raging waves.


    At first, the high level of Guanghan palace thought that this was a new round of attack by the sea clan, and even the real dragon clan played tricks secretly.


    The retreat of Guanghan palace can venture deep into the West Sea to investigate and find that the situation of Hai nationality territory is also very bad.


    Deep gullies opened in the sea, and countless islands sank in the earthquake


    Obviously, this is a real natural disaster, not just for the Xingluo islands.


    Haizu also suffered heavy losses in this natural disaster.


    In the South China Sea, the situation is also very bad.


    A large number of islands split, collapsed and sank, including those big islands that were used as mountain gates by the Xiuzhen forces.


    In the face of such a terrible natural disaster, what kind of protection law array doesn''t play a big role at all.


    Countless mortals died in the disaster, and a large number of practitioners were displaced


    This unexpected and sudden natural disaster has caused great harm to the human cultivators and the sea clan.


    The only advantage is that both sides are unable to launch a large-scale attack.


    The war that has tended to ease may end temporarily.


    However, the top leaders of both sides are not at all happy.


    Overseas disasters are becoming more frequent and natural disasters are becoming more and more intense.


    If the development goes on like this, overseas will become a place no longer suitable for living.


    The Terran cultivators didn''t go deep into the ocean and didn''t know how the territory of the real dragon was.


    The real dragons have not changed anything yet. Maybe the natural disaster is still within their tolerance.


    Because of the special situation at sea, it is greatly affected by natural disasters.


    The foundation of the mainland is still strong, and it is stronger to bear in the face of natural disasters.


    Of course, this natural disaster has also brought great harm to all parts of the mainland.


    Places that were once prosperous, such as the Middle Earth continent, have also begun to become depressed.


    The northern part of Jun dust world is located in a corner, which is also affected by this natural disaster.


    There have been many earthquakes and other disasters on taiyimen territory.


    Fortunately, the taiyimen high-level organization was effective, and the high-level practitioners had the power to move mountains and seas, so they managed to stabilize the situation.


    Meng Zhang also felt headache after receiving these reports.


    He naturally knew the root of the frequent occurrence of natural disasters in Jun dust world.


    Unfortunately, there is nothing he can do about it.


    Let alone him, no one in the whole Junchen world can interfere in the battle of Zhenxian.


    Too wonderful. It absorbs the origin of heaven and earth in the source sea and does great damage to the Jun dust world.


    But it''s wonderful. If we don''t improve our strength as soon as possible, how will taiyimen face the complex and changeable situation and protect itself in the future?


    It''s wonderful to promote the true God. Meng Zhang has a real dependence and a reliable backstage.


    Meng Zhang has long seen clearly that it is difficult to protect himself without the support of the strength of the true God level in the current situation of the Junchen world, let alone participate in the hegemony of the Junchen world.


    As for Xianyun Zhenxian and Yuee fairy, they are all people with ulterior motives, which is nothing to rely on.


    In particular, Xianyun Zhenxian controls Meng Zhang through prohibition.


    In the future, Meng Zhang, who is unwilling to be a puppet, will turn against him.


    Without the combat effectiveness of the true immortal level, how can Meng Zhang compete with it?


    What Meng Zhang is really worried about now is not the various natural disasters that have occurred in the Junchen world, but the future of the Junchen world.


    If the source sea of Jun dust world is damaged too seriously and even completely exhausted, the big world of Jun dust world will also completely lose its vitality and embark on the road of destruction.


    Meng Zhang knew many years ago that when the six true immortals woke up, they would devour the source sea of the Jun dust world as a food for the promotion of immortals.


    The invaders can''t engulf them temporarily.


    But if they defeat the foreign invaders, no one will stop them.


    Although the six immortals and the foreign invaders are now in a difficult fight, they can''t tell the victory or defeat for the time being.


    But in the long run, Meng Zhang is more optimistic about the six true immortals.


    The six true immortals conquered the Junchen world thousands of years ago and began to layout.


    No matter what their intentions and means, or their strength and magic power, they are first-class and far beyond the imagination of many people.


    They are not necessarily unpredicted about today''s situation.


    They have been preparing for thousands of years, and there must be some killer maces left.

 Chapter 2397

    If the six true immortals defeat the foreign invaders, how will Meng Zhang and Taiyi gate deal with themselves?


    I''m afraid we''ll have to deal with it too well.


    Too wonderful. It''s of great significance to promote the true God. It''s not just that Taiyi gate has an extra fighting capacity of the true immortal level.


    After being promoted to the true God, Taimiao can play its role as a priest.


    The two clergy of life and death and reincarnation are no longer mentioned. The Lord of the underworld is related to a series of arrangements of Meng Zhang.


    The master of the underworld at the level of true God will greatly strengthen his control over all aspects of the underworld.


    In the Junchen world, when the natural disaster of the Yang world comes and great changes take place in various places, the situation in the underworld is not much better.


    The better place of the underworld than the Yang world is that the underworld is vast, but the number of ghosts under the rule of Taimiao is limited.


    As for those ferocious and confused ghosts without any intelligence, it''s too wonderful to regard them as people, let alone their life and death.


    Ghost cry mountain is a battlefield in ancient times. It has experienced the test of many natural ghost and God wars and is stable enough.


    Youdu city is built on the ghost cry mountain. After a series of transformation and strengthening, countless prohibition and Dharma arrays have been set up.


    In Youdu City, there are ghosts and gods at the level of returning to emptiness and great power, which can be said to be as stable as Mount Tai.


    Ordinary earthquakes can''t shake Youdu city at all.


    As for other places in the underworld, try to keep them if you can. If you can''t, you can give up.


    Taimiao is still in the source sea. He has already applied his secret method and contacted the Jijian God who is in charge of Youdu city.


    According to Taimiao''s order, they should try their best to move the ghosts, and try to move the ghosts loyal to Taimiao and subject to Taimiao''s rule near Youdu City, so as to ensure their safety in the next great change.


    They should strengthen the defense near Youdu city to ensure that there will be no major damage here.


    Ghosts are far less demanding on living conditions than ordinary people.


    This outbreak of natural disasters caused limited damage to the underworld.


    In Yangshi, according to Meng Zhang''s order, Taiyi sect sent out a series of high-level friars.


    These high-level friars will be scattered over taiyimen territory, go deep into the earth, sit on the earth vein, and strive to stabilize the earth vein and prevent the occurrence of a major earthquake.


    Although this can not cure the root cause, it can at least reduce the damage of the natural disaster to taiyimen.


    The outbreak of natural disasters in the Junchen world is a sudden disaster for the major cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    Foreign invaders seized the opportunity and stepped up their attack on the Junchen world.


    The mountain gates were besieged continuously.


    The main forces of the Dark Alliance are located in the floating city and are basically not affected by the natural disaster.


    The Dark Alliance felt that it had great advantages and became aggressive. It was about to skip the exploratory stage and start fighting against the army of friars sent by the Taiyi sect to the middle land.


    With the true God of Taimiao, Meng Zhang''s confidence increased greatly, and he was not afraid of the fierce Dark Alliance.


    If the Dark Alliance really wants to provoke taiyimen, taiyimen will resolutely fight back.


    Of course, not counting the combat effectiveness of Zhenxian level, the strength gap between taiyimen and Dark Alliance is still relatively large.


    Dark Alliance has more return to virtual power than taiyimen.


    Especially in the later stage of returning to emptiness and the level of emptiness immortal, the Dark Alliance has too much advantage.


    After all, taiyimen is a young sect with insufficient information and short development time.


    There are many great powers of returning to the virtual world in the door, but they lack top-level combat power.


    In addition to its own strength, taiyimen also has external help.


    Taiyimen made every effort to help Hailing sect and Xingluo islands.


    Now the situation in the West Sea and the South China Sea has eased. If necessary, both Hailing sect and Guanghan palace can send reinforcements to Taiyi sect.


    In addition, taiyimen has been courting Xueshan sect, Kou family and Qi family in recent years, and initial results have been achieved.


    The Xueshan sect and the Kou family were not the key targets of foreign invaders because they did not have Zhenxian ancestors to participate in the war.


    Compared with other holy places, the situation of these two families is much better, and they can draw some strength.


    After the overall contraction of Ziyang holy sect, the Qi family bordering Ziyang holy sect became a lot easier.


    These three forces are also willing to make friends with the powerful taiyimen and provide more powerful foreign aid.


    When Meng Zhang was scolding Fang Qiu in the mountain gate and arranging all kinds of important events, an old friend came to visit again.


    Those who came to visit Meng Zhang were long lost ancient capital Taoists.


    Since the fall of the heavenly palace and a series of changes have taken place, Meng Zhang has never heard from this old friend.


    Now that his old friend is safe and sound, Meng Zhang is very happy to be a guest.


    Despite their previous friendship and many times of cooperation, Meng Zhang owed him a big favor just because the Taoist priest of the ancient capital paid great attention to Niu in the heavenly palace.


    After they met, they were very excited.


    After the great changes some time ago, they are both safe and sound, and it''s really a happy thing to see each other again.


    The Taoist priest in the ancient capital looked a little gray, and his breath was obviously unstable. It was obviously hurt.


    The ancient Taoist is not in a hurry to close the door and heal his wounds. He is dragging his injured body around. Obviously, he is not just to come and visit his old friends.


    After a few words of greetings, the Taoist priest of the ancient capital slowly entered the topic.


    The ancient Taoist came to Taiyi gate this time to visit Meng Zhang on behalf of Mr. Ban Xuejian and hope to form an alliance with Meng Zhang.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the heavenly palace has been occupied and its lineal forces have almost perished.


    As the chief manager of the heavenly palace, the remaining strength is limited, and his identity will become very embarrassing.


    Nominally, the heavenly palace is the highest Ruling Institution in the Junchen world.


    However, Tiangong has long been unable to fulfill its responsibilities and obligations, and is even less able to defend the Junchen world.


    Among the remaining Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world, I''m afraid few are willing to obey the heavenly palace.


    In the past, Tiangong had established a close alliance with the major Holy Land sects and ruled the Junchen world together for thousands of years.


    Taiyi gate has been hostile to the holy places for many years and has a deep blood feud.


    A long time ago, companion Xue Jianjun made a choice and completely fell to the door of each holy place.


    She now proposes to form an alliance with taiyimen. Why does Meng Zhang believe her?


    Even if Meng Zhang and taiyimen ignore their past grievances and re accept the king of companion snow sword. At this time, the companion snow sword king, what qualification does he have to form an alliance with taiyimen?


    The remaining monks in the heavenly palace are just a group of lost dogs.


    Even if Meng Zhang doesn''t throw stones at them, they can''t stand in the Junchen world.


    In the past thousands of years, Tiangong led Junchen to fight against foreign invaders. The two sides have fought countless bloody battles, and they have long forged an irreconcilable blood feud.


    After breaking through the heavenly palace and destroying it, the foreign invaders did not give up.


    According to Meng Zhang, the pursuit of the remaining monks in the heavenly palace by foreign invaders has never stopped.


    One of the important tasks of foreign invaders is to kill all the monks in the heavenly palace.

 Chapter 2398

    If Meng Zhang had a close relationship with the monk of the heavenly palace at this time, wouldn''t he burn himself if he attracted the attention of foreign invaders?


    Foreign invaders are true enemies, but there is no need to attract their firepower at this time.


    The later taiyimen breaks out a full-scale war with foreign invaders, the more adequate preparations are.


    For these concerns and ideas of Meng Zhang, the ancient capital Taoists fully understand.


    The ancient Taoist was not in a hurry to persuade Meng Zhang, but slowly talked about some past events with Meng Zhang.


    The heavenly palace has been in alliance with the major Holy Land sects for many years. During this period, the heavenly palace has been secretly making some small moves to secretly support some Xiuzhen forces against the major Holy Land sects in the Junchen world.


    Such forces as the sea spirit sect and the immortality society have all received secret help from the heavenly palace.


    Of course, on the whole, the heavenly palace and the holy places are still on the same front.


    Some overt and covert struggles will not affect the cooperative relationship between the two sides, let alone change the situation in Junchen.


    The chief manager of the heavenly palace, Mr. Xue Jianjun, was originally born with an instrument spirit, and the road was difficult.


    Even if we achieve virtual immortals early, it is still very difficult to break through to real immortals.


    The snow sword king was instructed by an expert that the chance of becoming an immortal to get the Tao was in the Junchen world.


    That''s why she spent a lot of money and tried to get the job of the chief manager of the heavenly palace in the Junchen world.


    In these thousands of years, the king of companion snow sword has accumulated a lot of dissatisfaction with the holy places, and there are many disputes between the two sides.


    However, in view of the chance of becoming immortal and getting the way, the king of companion snow sword will finally give in and compromise.


    In those days, the king of companion snow sword gave up Meng Zhanghe and completely turned to the religious doors of the major holy places because he was promised that he could become a real immortal by chance.


    Many years ago, rumors spread among the high-level friars in the Junchen world, especially among the great energy of returning to emptiness.


    It is said that the reason why the six true immortals have been sleeping in the source sea is to seek the opportunity to become immortals.


    This opportunity can not only help the six true immortals achieve immortality, but also help other practitioners break through the realm of true immortality.


    As we all know, because the six true immortals forcibly changed the rules of heaven and earth in the Jun dust world, the Jun dust world has not been born with true immortals for thousands of years.


    In the face of the opportunity to achieve true immortality, who can return to emptiness without moving?


    Later, I knew more about the situation of the Inner Mongolia cooperation.


    He knew for a long time that the so-called opportunity was the legacy left by the immortal who created the Junchen world.


    In order to have the opportunity to capture the immortal legacy treasure, Meng Zhang made friends with the moon god and agreed to work together.


    Meng Zhang knows more about the treasures left by immortals than the ancient Taoist capital.


    The ancient Taoist didn''t know what Meng Zhang was thinking. He just went on talking to himself, and Meng Zhang didn''t stop him.


    In the past thousands of years, no matter what contradictions with the religious sects of the major holy places, companion Xue Jianjun was really conscientious and went all out in dealing with foreign invaders.


    When the heavenly palace was besieged, the six immortals didn''t help in time as agreed.


    Finally, they used the heavenly palace as a bait to attract the real immortal and strong among the foreign invaders into the source sea.


    Although Banxue Jianjun came to the Junchen world in order to break through the realm of true immortality, she has worked hard to run the heavenly palace for thousands of years, trained a large number of younger children and devoted a lot of effort and feelings to it.


    The fall of the heavenly palace and the heavy casualties of the direct friars of the heavenly palace hit the companion snow sword king.


    In the last battle of the heavenly palace, the companion snow sword King fought until the last minute before dragging his seriously injured body out of the battlefield.


    Afterwards, I probably felt that the king of companion snow sword had lost its use value. The Holy Land zongmen Xuxian, who was responsible for contacting her, changed his attitude towards her.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian mentioned the treasure left by the immortals, and the other party has been perfunctory.


    With snow sword gentleman paid so much, but in exchange for this result, how can I stand it?


    If the six true immortals sacrificed the heavenly palace as bait, it can also be said to be a tactical arrangement. The way after that is to make it clear and play tricks on the king of companion snow sword.


    In the face of this situation, the sword repair Qi of Banxue Jianjun broke out.


    Instead of pleading with each other, she made a new decision.


    Since the other party doesn''t give it, she will rob it.


    Over the years, through various means, she has also collected a lot of information about celestial relics.


    Now the time is not ripe to compete for the treasure left by immortals. She has to do a big thing first.


    She rescued many monks of the heavenly palace from the battlefield and tried her best to gather the fugitive heavenly palace disciples.


    The snow sword king wants to give them a place to live, so that they can escape the pursuit of foreign invaders.


    Now, companion Xue Jianjun has gathered many monks, enough to deal with foreign invaders.


    The Taoist in ancient capital has always been a loyal follower of the snow sword king.


    After he escaped from the battlefield, he fully cooperated with the action of companion Xue Jianjun.


    He not only handed over the power of the whole immortality society to Mr. Ban Xuejian, but also ran around, contacted all parties and found allies for Mr. Ban Xuejian.


    Of course, given the current situation in Junchen, he can find too few allies.


    After listening to the words of the ancient Taoist, Meng Zhang did not respond immediately.


    The meaning of the ancient Taoist is obvious. Companion Xue Jianjun has completely fallen out with the religious sects of the major holy places. Now the newly established forces are only to protect themselves under the pursuit of foreign invaders.


    Taiyimen and she share a common enemy and have a complete basis for cooperation.


    Although foreign invaders have not attacked taiyimen on a large scale.


    After the foreign invaders attack and destroy the holy places, they will certainly attack the hostile forces such as taiyimen.


    Maybe before that, the dark alliance that has taken refuge in foreign invaders will attack taiyimen.


    There are frequent changes in the relationship between enemies and friends in the cultivation world.


    It is very common for today to be friends and tomorrow to be enemies.


    It is a basic operation to steer in the wind and turn the muzzle at any time.


    In particular, many leaders of Xiuzhen forces have no shame and face in the face of interests and survival crisis.


    Monks like Meng Zhang with a clear bottom line are actually very rare.


    Meng Zhang''s bottom line is very simple, that is, he can''t sincerely form an alliance with the devil.


    The remaining forces in Tiangong, led by Banxue Jianjun, are actually a good ally.


    However, Meng Zhang always has some heart knot because of some previous behaviors of the king of companion snow sword.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has some other concerns, which may lead to the key attack of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to make a decision. Instead, he continued to chat with Taoist priests in the ancient capital and ask for more information.


    Meng Zhang thought of a very important thing.


    The consciousness of heaven and earth in Jun dust world has fallen, and the rules of heaven and earth have been greatly affected.


    The restrictions left by the six true immortals should have expired.


    In other words, can the virtual immortals who meet the conditions in the Jun dust world now impact the real fairyland world?


    The reason why the ancient Taoist was extremely hostile to the religious sects of the holy places was not because the practice of the six true immortals was regarded by him as hindering his path?

 Chapter 2399

    Hearing Meng Zhang''s mention of becoming an immortal and gaining the Tao, the Taoist in the ancient capital smiled bitterly, and then said something with great resentment.


    The reason why the virtual immortals want to break through the real immortals in the big world is to use the power of the big world to resist the extraterritorial demons who come to block the Tao.


    The sense of heaven in a big world has fallen, the origin of the world has been seriously damaged, and the resistance to foreign demons will be greatly reduced.


    Virtual immortals like ancient Taoist are qualified to attack the realm of real immortals many years ago.


    But even if he can immediately cure his injury and restore his best state, he doesn''t dare to rush into the realm of true immortality.


    He was not sure that he could resist the extraterritorial demons who came to block the way with the shelter provided by the severely damaged Junchen world.


    In addition, there is one very disgusting thing.


    Even if the consciousness of heaven in Junchen world has fallen, the complete change of the rules of heaven and earth will not happen overnight.


    For a long time to come, some of the original rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world will still hinder the impact of virtual immortals on real immortals.


    The ancient Taoist said frankly that most of the virtual immortals in the Junchen world should be very difficult.


    On the one hand, with the current situation changes in Junchen, the faster they break through the realm of true immortals, the stronger their self-protection will be.


    Moreover, when the residual consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world has not completely disappeared, the whole world still has a certain blocking force against the extraterritorial demons who come to block the Tao.


    The longer it takes, the weaker the resistance will be.


    On the other hand, delay for a longer time. When the rules of heaven and earth of the Jun dust world completely change or even collapse, the Jun dust world itself will not hinder its impact on the realm of true immortality.


    Naturally, in this way, the Junchen world can not provide more power to block foreign demons.


    There is no solution to this dilemma.


    In the end, it is to put all your eggs in one basket and fight with all your strength now; Or continue to wait as before, waiting for a better time?


    Presumably, all the virtual immortals who want to understand the joints should be considering this problem.


    Meng Zhang had been aware of what the ancient Taoist said before, but he didn''t think very thoroughly.


    The experienced ancient Taoist now explained what he said, but let Meng Zhang fully understand it.


    Meng Zhang also has to face this dilemma.


    Deep in Meng Zhang''s heart, he still tends not to rush into the realm of true immortality.


    First of all, this is a wonderful breakthrough to the true God. Although he has obtained many benefits and greatly enhanced the inside information, he is still a distance from the perfection of the virtual immortal.


    There is no perfection in the realm of virtual immortality. It is not that you can''t impact the realm of real immortality, but the probability of success will be greatly reduced.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang''s cultivation method is to lay a solid foundation as much as possible, and the more solid the foundation is, the better.


    Meng Zhang, who has lofty aspirations, will not regard the realm of true immortality as the end of his practice.


    He doesn''t want to leave any hidden dangers for his future practice because of his hasty breakthrough.


    Second, it''s wonderful to have a true God now. Meng Zhang has a certain dependence and can barely resist the enemies of the true immortal level. He doesn''t have to rush to break through.


    As for the foreign demons blocking the Tao, Meng Zhang, who has the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, has some ideas in his mind.


    Next, the ancient Taoist told Meng Zhang somewhat ostentatiously.


    He can think of these tricks so quickly without the guidance of an expert.


    After all, although he has long been qualified to impact the realm of true immortals, he has not personally experienced it and does not know many of the details.


    The one who can point out these things to the Taoist in the ancient capital must be a real immortal.


    The curious Meng Zhang was very cooperative and asked a few questions.


    These are the people who directly tell Meng Daozhen.


    Meng Zhang was slightly stunned by the words of the ancient capital Taoist. Why should Sanshan Zhenxian instruct the ancient capital Taoist?


    The ancient Taoist did not have the doubts of Guan mengzhang, but continued to tell his own story.


    He knew more about the fall of the consciousness of heaven and earth and the shaking of the rules of heaven and earth than Meng Zhang.


    This is also one of the reasons why Mr. Ban Xuejian completely despair of the six true immortals.


    The reason why the six true immortals wanted to cut off the path of the backward friars in the Junchen world was that they were worried that during their sleep, there would be true immortals among the younger friars in the Junchen world, which would destroy their layout.


    These six immortals are resourceful, long-term layout, considerate and take into account all aspects.


    All they have done is to enable their family to win the treasure left by immortals and get the opportunity to break through immortals.


    To this end, let alone hinder the path of friars in the Junchen world, they can sacrifice the future of their own disciples and grandchildren.


    As an instrument and spirit, it is very difficult for you to break through the real immortal, which is very different from other virtual immortals.


    Compared with human practitioners, the monks who were born with the spirit of instruments had a longer life. They waited for thousands of years or even tens of thousands of years, which had little impact on the king of companion snow sword.


    However, the snow sword king is also the Lord of the heavenly palace, ruling the Junchen world on behalf of the Lingkong fairy world.


    Theoretically, the friars of Junchen world are all her subordinates, and she should be responsible for them.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian can''t say how loyal he is to his duty, but he still has principles.


    She knew for a long time that the six true immortals would kill the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world when they woke up.


    Therefore, she has long put forward a request, hoping that the six real immortals will set aside enough time for those virtual immortals who meet the requirements to attack the realm of real immortals before killing the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world.


    No matter how successful or not, at least give them a chance and don''t ruin others'' way for no reason.


    This requirement is also in the interests of the high-ranking friars of the holy places.


    After the high-level leaders of the holy places conveyed it to the six sleeping immortals, they also agreed one after another.


    But in fact, for whatever reason, the six immortals made a mistake.


    Soon after waking up, the six true immortals used the secret method they had already prepared to completely kill the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    Even if foreign invaders attacked on a large scale, the strong enemies at Zhenxian level could not stop their actions.


    They not only violated their commitment to the snow sword king, but also hindered the immortal road of all virtual immortals in the Jun dust world.


    If the relevant inside information is spread, all the virtual immortals in the Junchen world will regard the six real immortals as enemies of life and death.


    According to the ancient Taoist, some virtual immortals in the sect of each holy place have been extremely dissatisfied with the six real immortals after this matter.


    In front of the Taoist immortal Road, what founder, what clan grace, what kindred friendship are all bullshit.


    If the six true immortals had not accumulated great prestige and there were foreign invaders attacking on a large scale, there might have been a man-made rebellion inside the Holy Land Sect.


    Because of this, even the three mountain real immortals who have supported the six real immortals for thousands of years in the Junchen world and are regarded by everyone as the giant white jade pillar in the Junchen world are greatly dissatisfied.

 Chapter 2400

    The great name and brilliant deeds of Sanshan Zhenxian have been spreading for thousands of years at the top of the Junchen world.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Sanshan Zhenxian is a senior Zhenxian in Lingkong fairy world, and is famous for its strong combat power.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has offended many strong enemies because he is too aggressive.


    Originally, with the accumulation and cultivation of real immortals in the three mountains, they have long been qualified to impact the realm of immortals.


    However, because he suffered some irreparable damage many years ago, his cultivation level has remained in the realm of true immortality, and he can no longer make progress.


    Later, several true immortals who conquered the Junchen world spent a huge price to invite Sanshan true immortals to sit in the Junchen world and fight against foreign enemies.


    The three mountains are true immortals. Since they have vowed to protect the Junchen world, they will not shrink back no matter how the situation changes or what kind of enemy they face.


    In these thousands of years, it is precisely because there are three real immortals sitting in the town that the Junchen world can be as stable as Mount Tai, and the six real immortals can always rest assured to sleep in the depths of the source sea.


    Later, Jiutian was broken and the heavenly palace fell, which was also a crime of non war.


    The real immortals of the three mountains are powerful again. After all, they do not exceed the limit of the realm of real immortals. They really can''t cope with so many strong enemies of the same level.


    To be fair, in addition, any strong person at the level of real immortal can''t do better than him.


    Three mountain true immortals are not the subordinates of the six true immortals, and they are not convinced.


    Some practices of the six true immortals made him quite disdain and even despise them.


    Of course, due to the oath of that year, even if Sanshan Zhenxian is dissatisfied, it is impossible to turn against each other.


    He must fulfill the promise he made that year and continue to help the six true immortals.


    As for the specific content of the commitment, outsiders do not know.


    The three mountain immortals seem to be high and cold, but they are not stone people. They still have their own likes and dislikes.


    Although he can''t directly oppose the six immortals, he can make some small moves.


    Beyond his promise, he can act according to his will.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has a puppet of Zhenxian level, which is also called immortal puppet.


    Of course, immortal puppets can''t deal with real immortals, but their power level is true.


    Previously, according to the order of Sanshan Zhenxian, this immortal puppet has been presiding over the heaven and earth kill array in the depths of the heavenly palace.


    In the final battle of the complete fall of the heavenly palace, the immortal puppet was also seriously injured.


    Later, when Banxue Jianjun rescued the friar of Tiangong and broke out of the siege, Sanshan Zhenxian himself was entangled by strong enemies and couldn''t get away, so he asked this immortal puppet to follow Banxue Jianjun and follow his orders.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian was originally a Taoist in the ancient capital of Jun dust world. Indeed, he is worthy of his loyalty and has always been loyal to him.


    He dragged his injured body around, trying to find allies for the snow sword king.


    Knowing the importance of taiyimen and Meng Zhang, he tried his best to persuade Meng Zhang to form an alliance with Banxue Jianjun.


    In order to show sincerity, Banxue sword juntuo ancient Taoist conveyed many secrets to Meng Zhang.


    The six true immortals also have supporters in the fairy world. Their competition for the treasures left by the immortals is related to some internal struggles in the fairy world.


    In the past thousands of years, the connection between Junchen world and Lingkong fairy world has been cut off. There is basically no communication between the two places. Behind it is the layout of some celestial beings in Lingkong fairy world.


    Now the six immortals wake up. After repelling foreign invaders, they are about to start the final competition to determine the ownership of the treasure left by the immortals.


    It won''t be long before we get back in touch with the Junchen world.


    At that time, those virtual immortals who cannot break through the real immortals in the Junchen world can go to the big world subordinate to the Lingkong fairy world to make a breakthrough.


    In addition, there are countless powerful people in the fairyland.


    Maybe some celestial beings are interested in visiting the Junchen world, which may also lead to the rebirth of the sense of heaven and restore the Junchen world to a normal world.


    At that time, the virtual immortals in Jun dust world can directly break through the real immortals in this world.


    The ancient Taoist also told Meng Zhang that companion Xue Jianjun was not a person without a foundation.


    She also has a powerful backer in the fairy world.


    Although those foreign invaders are now fierce and arrogant, compared with the powerful Lingkong fairyland, they are just like local chickens and dogs, and are simply vulnerable.


    The snow sword king comes from the fairyland. He is not an inexperienced steamed stuffed bun. He knows the power of the fairyland.


    No matter how difficult the situation is, even if she has been chased and killed by the army of foreign invaders, her heart is always full of confidence.


    The difficulties are temporary, and the arrogance of foreign invaders will not last long.


    What Mr. Ban Xue Jian has to do now is to lead his men through the current difficulties.


    When the contact between Lingkong fairy world and Junchen world returns again, the Junchen world will return completely and be fully under the control of Lingkong fairy world.


    At that time, all the big worlds in the whole star area will be conquered, and all forces outside the Taoist cultivator system will lose their place.


    If the spirits, demons and other races obey early, they may still have a glimmer of vitality and exist as servants of the immortals.


    As for the forces of Buddhism and evil Taoism, they will be completely eliminated.


    The words of the ancient Taoist finally moved Meng Zhang.


    As a practitioner of Taoism, Meng Zhang naturally does not exclude the celestial realm.


    From the information learned, there is also a struggle within the fairyland.


    I think so. The cultivation world has always been the law of the jungle and constant disputes.


    The so-called fairyland is probably just a more advanced and magnified truth cultivation world.


    Most of the malpractices and problems in the cultivation world can not be avoided in the fairy world.


    The ecology of the fairyland is estimated to be very similar to that of the Xiuzhen world.


    If the Junchen world really returns to the control of the Lingkong fairy world, Meng Zhang and taiyimen should find ways to actively integrate into the system of the Lingkong fairy world.


    In this regard, the companion snow sword king, who has a background and backer in the Lingkong fairy world, can undoubtedly provide great help.

 Chapter 2401

    Meng Zhang led taiyimen to rise in the end.


    When taiyimen was still very weak, it had to exist as a vassal of big forces.


    Meng Zhang has a wealth of experience in how to be humble and how to grow up under the eyes of the strong.


    Meng Zhang has enough self-knowledge.


    Although Taiyi gate seems to dominate the Junchen world, it is just a mole ant in the Lingkong fairy world system.


    It''s very important to have a good backer in the cultivation world.


    It''s better to have a strong person to take care of you when you just enter the system of the celestial realm.


    From the current point of view, Meng Zhang''s only reliable way to connect with Lingkong fairy world is to get care in Lingkong fairy world through the relationship with Xue Jianjun.


    It''s enough to make people feel at ease in this kind of thing.


    When Banxue Jianjun was in charge of the heavenly palace, his ruling philosophy also had many similarities with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang always agrees with the style of the snow sword king.


    Whether from the current situation of Junchen world or for the future of taiyimen, companion Xue Jianjun is a very suitable ally.


    As for the previous unhappiness of both sides, some of Meng Zhang''s heart knots are not worth mentioning in the face of the general trend.


    Of course, it''s not all good to form an alliance with the snow sword king.


    Provoking foreign invaders and attracting large-scale attacks by foreign invaders are likely consequences.


    Many times in the world, there are both advantages and disadvantages. There is no such good thing as taking advantage without losing.


    After weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang felt that the advantages of alliance with Banxue Jianjun outweighed the disadvantages, and taiyimen could also bear the anger of foreign invaders.


    As long as Meng Zhang makes up his mind, he will not be a mother.


    He soon reached an agreement with the Taoist priest of the ancient capital and agreed to form an alliance with the Banxue Jianjun.


    The ancient Taoist priest has been given high authority to represent the king of companion snow sword this time. He can represent the king of companion snow sword in many things.


    After reaching an agreement with the top management of taiyimen to help each other and discussing many details, the ancient capital Taoist talents left taiyimen with satisfaction.


    The next goal of the ancient Taoist will be Guanghan palace and hailing sect.


    When he was in Taiyi gate, Meng Zhang had used his secret method to contact Guanghan fairy and Taoist Haiyang, and announced the alliance between Taiyi gate and Banxue Jianjun.


    Guanghan palace and hailing sect, as allies of Taiyi sect, have no different opinions on this.


    Hailing sect and Tiangong are closely related, which is very welcome.


    Both Guanghan palace and hailing sect are willing to form an alliance with the taiyimen and Banxue Jianjun.


    The ancient capital Taoist personally went to sign a covenant with the two families, mainly to express his attention.


    According to the current situation of Jun dust world, the companion snow sword king has few allies to choose.


    After seeing off the ancient Taoist, Meng Zhang ordered the Taiyi gate to get ready.


    First, it''s taiyimen. Next, it''s likely to cooperate with the king of companion snow sword.


    Second, taiyimen should be ready to face the massive attack of foreign invaders.


    Among the foreign invaders, the strong ones of Zhenxian level are fighting with the six Zhenxian in the source sea.


    The foreign invaders'' Army focused on attacking the religious doors of the holy places, which should be in order to eradicate the foundation of the six true immortals and distract them.


    According to Meng Zhang''s analysis, foreign invaders simply miscalculated in doing so.


    Six true immortals can give up everything for their own way. How can they care about the life and death of their disciples and grandchildren?


    Why do immortal people want to establish sect and power?


    There are many reasons for this.


    Many immortals also need many subordinates to work for them; The disciples of the sect need to strengthen their momentum; We need reliable disciples and grandchildren to play a role at a critical moment


    In a word, the ultimate goal of many immortals to establish zongmen is still very selfish.


    In the final analysis, it is for your convenience and conducive to your continued practice.


    Judging from the behavior style of the six real immortals, they are all those guys who are extremely selfish and do not compromise their means to achieve their goals.


    In order to help their own disciples and grandchildren, they should disperse their forces and affect their own battles. For them, this is putting the cart before the horse. How is it possible?


    With the intelligence quotient of foreign invaders, it is impossible to think of these.


    They ordered the army to go all out to attack the religious doors of the holy places. It should also be a dead horse as a living horse doctor.


    In the battle of true fairy level, even ordinary virtual fairy is difficult to intervene.


    No matter how many ordinary strong people there are, it doesn''t make much sense.


    And as the source of the battlefield, the sea is a very special place.


    There is a special power in the source sea, which will digest and dissolve everything of the intruder all the time. Even the great power of returning to emptiness can''t stand in it for a long time.


    If the high-level foreign invaders do not hesitate to send a large army to the source sea.


    It may not take six real immortals to make a move. The power of Yuanhai itself is enough to completely digest the army.


    Judging from the message of Taoist in ancient capital, the judgment of companion Xue Jianjun and Meng Zhang is the same.


    Although those foreign invaders at the level of real immortals now have an advantage, the six real immortals must have hidden cards enough to repel them.


    For Meng Zhang, whichever of the two sides becomes the final winner is very unfavorable to taiyimen.


    The most ideal situation is that the two sides will continue to struggle. It is best to fight for a long time, until the contact between Lingkong fairy world and Junchen world is restored.


    Unfortunately, although companion Xue Jianjun said that the contact between Lingkong fairy world and Junchen world would be restored soon, she couldn''t tell when.


    For those immortals who have a long life in the Lingkong fairy world, time may not be very important.


    Decades or even centuries are just a snap.


    This can soon be decades, hundreds, or even thousands of years.


    Before that, both taiyimen and Banxue Jianjun need to find ways to protect themselves.


    Meng Zhang has begun to consider whether to strike too skillfully and continue to maintain the balance of the war situation if there are major changes in the war situation in the source sea.


    Unfortunately, too wonderful. Although it is already a true God, its strength is still too weak to affect the war situation compared with the two sides in the battle.


    Meng Zhang set his eyes outside the Junchen world.


    Outside the Junchen world, the hidden real immortals he knows include Yuee fairy and Xianyun real immortals.


    I don''t know if there are other strong ones at the true immortal level to hide?


    The true immortals from the alien Star area don''t know whether they have arrived near the Junchen world?


    Originally, Meng Zhang wanted to go to a party outside the Junchen world and observe it carefully.


    But he soon gave up the idea.


    With his current cultivation, if the strong person of Zhenxian level intends to hide, he can''t find it at all.


    If he is unlucky and encounters a hostile strong man, he is more likely to worry about his life.


    Too wonderful. You can''t go out easily in the source sea.


    Moreover, as a new true God in the Junchen world, Taimiao''s strength will be greatly reduced if it is too far away from the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2402

    As the master of the underworld of the Jun dust world, Taimiao can not only exert all its strength in the underworld of the Jun dust world, but also have additional bonus.


    After becoming a true God, he transcended the limits of ordinary ghosts and gods and broke away from many shackles of the underworld.


    Too wonderful. Now you can freely enter the Yang world and barely play the power of the true God level.


    This is due to the loose relationship between the rules of heaven and earth in the Yang world of the Jun dust world. It is mainly because after Meng Zhang canonized him, he has many special abilities.


    From a long time ago, taiyimen territory began to vigorously spread wonderful beliefs.


    The great reputation of the Lord of the underworld has spread to almost every corner of the Taiyi gate, and a large number of believers have emerged.


    Believers in the Yang world can not only provide Taimiao with a steady stream of faith, but also make it easier for Taimiao to invest in the Yang world and interfere with the Yang world.


    After Taimiao became a true God, his demand for the power of faith increased greatly.


    Taiyimen territory is mainly based on the belief of Taimiao, and there are some other beliefs.


    In addition to the vast territory of taiyimen, Meng Zhang also set his sights on more distant places.


    Meng Zhang has sent the middle and senior level of the gate to the South China Sea and the West China Sea to negotiate with the Hailing sect and Guanghan palace, so that the wonderful faith can spread and develop in these two places.


    Among the three sects, taiyimen is in a dominant position.


    The other two families generally readily agree to such modest demands.


    One is the development of Taimiao itself; Second, the relationship between the canonization of Meng Zhang is wonderful. Now it has some regional attributes.


    He is the Lord of the underworld of the Jun dust world and is in charge of the life and death and reincarnation of the Jun dust world.


    If you leave the Junchen world, Taimiao will become a water without source and a tree without roots.


    It''s wonderful. It''s not without cost to become a true God so quickly and so easily.


    Jun dust world itself is a kind of bondage to him.


    For the sake of a wonderful foundation, Meng Zhang can''t watch the Jun dust world destroy, at least the Jun dust world can''t be completely destroyed.


    With the change of the situation, Meng Zhang often adjusted his attitude and ideas towards the six true gods and foreign invaders.


    Before the six true immortals woke up, the foreign invaders who wanted to conquer and enslave the Junchen world were the biggest enemies of the Junchen world and the great enemies of Meng Zhang and taiyimen.


    After the six immortals woke up, they tried to destroy the behavior of the Jun dust world and make it the biggest enemy of the whole Jun dust world, including Meng Zhang.


    After all, no matter how crazy or bloody the extraterritorial invaders are, they don''t want to destroy a big world.


    Long ago, Meng Zhang had heard that the six immortals would destroy the Junchen world after waking up.


    But at that time, there was still a long way to go before the six true immortals woke up. Meng Zhang was also making various preparations to escape to the void when things were wrong.


    Now it''s wonderful to become a true God. Taiyimen has a certain dependence.


    Too wonderful but bound by the Junchen world, Meng Zhang is more inclined to stay in the Junchen world.


    The foundation of Taiyi gate is basically in the Junchen world.


    Leaving the Junchen world and fleeing with empty warships is a road with an uncertain future.


    Since you want to stay in the Junchen world, you must find a way to prevent the six true immortals from destroying the Junchen world.


    The Tao is different and does not conspire with each other. Meng Zhang will not collude with foreign invaders.


    However, he can think of some ways to create resistance for the six real immortals so that they can not easily defeat the foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang ordered the middle and high levels of the gate to spread rumors in the Junchen world.


    The six awakened true immortals killed the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world and cut off the way for all practitioners to become immortals and get the Tao.


    They also need to absorb all the origins of heaven and earth in the source sea, and finally completely destroy the Junchen world.


    ¡­¡­


    These rumors spread by taiyimen are not fabricated, but the facts of iron clank.


    When necessary, companion Xue Jianjun will also come forward to confirm the words of friar taiyimen.


    It''s easy to gain the trust of high-level friars in the Junchen world with the identity and reputation of companion snow sword king.


    For those who are interested in the practice of immortality, the practice of six real immortals is really a great crime.


    In the past, the saying that the six true immortals would destroy the world after waking up was only limited to the rumors spread among a small number of high-level friars.


    Now, after the full spread of taiyimen and Banxue Jianjun, more and more monks will believe it and be influenced by it.


    Even within the doors of the holy places, there will be a wave of opposition to the six true immortals.


    Those low-level friars may be powerless, but as long as more and more high-level friars oppose the six true immortals, they will always think of ways to affect them.


    With the rapid spread of these rumors, the Junchen world soon set off waves of agitation.


    Previously, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world fell, and almost all practitioners felt it.


    Even if the practitioners don''t know what''s going on at first, they should understand as time goes by and the truth slowly spreads.


    The practitioners of Jun dust world basically grew up in Jun dust world.


    The so-called natural things to support people.


    Fundamentally speaking, all practitioners are inseparable from the nurturing of heaven and earth.


    The whole body and mind are firmly branded with the brand of heaven and earth from embarking on the road of truth cultivation, sensing heaven and earth, absorbing the vitality of heaven and earth, to understanding the avenue of heaven and earth.


    Even if they are ferocious and arrogant practitioners, they have some feelings for this world.


    In particular, monks who have higher accomplishments and deeper understanding of heaven and earth avenue have different feelings for this heaven and earth.


    The six true Immortals'' consciousness of killing the heaven in the Junchen world aroused the instinctive disgust of almost all practitioners.


    As soon as the information spread by taiyimen entered their ears, they instinctively felt that it was true and were willing to believe it.


    In essence, the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world is a huge collection of Pan consciousness.


    Its birth comes from the origin of this heaven and earth, and its development comes from the thoughts and emotions of sentient beings between heaven and earth.


    Even if the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world falls, its residual power can still have an impact on sentient beings in Jun dust world.


    Of course, if no other force intervenes, this influence will only dissipate slowly.


    Now, with the full promotion of taiyimen and the cooperation of Xue Jianjun, the resentment of all sentient beings has been concentrated on the six real immortals.


    At this time, if there is a cultivator who is proficient in the spiritual Avenue, or a strong person in the spirit of the devil, who can draw the resentment of all sentient beings, it is really possible to cause harm to the six true immortals.


    Meng Zhang himself has limited attainments in the spiritual Avenue.


    In Taiyi gate, there are few monks majoring in spiritual Avenue and their achievements are limited.


    Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian sect, majored in the spiritual Avenue, but her cultivation level in the early stage of returning to emptiness was not enough to promote this power.


    Xu Mengying sensed the great power generated by the spiritual fluctuation of all sentient beings very early.


    The resentment of the vast majority of creatures in the whole world is a very terrible force, which is enough to shock her great ability to return to emptiness.

 Chapter 2403

    Xu Mengying himself coveted such a powerful power, but limited to the realm of cultivation, it was far from enough. She couldn''t make use of it at all, so she had to look at it.


    She and Meng Zhang have been good friends for many years and have a close relationship. There are not many taboos between them.


    She came to Taiyi gate, met Meng Zhang and mentioned the matter.


    Meng Zhang himself has strong sensing ability. As a master of heavenly secrets, he has a keen sense of spirit.


    He had already sensed that with the action of Taiyi gate, the hearts of the whole Jun dust world were floating, and an invisible powerful force was brewing.


    After chatting with Xu Mengying for a while, he had a further understanding of the power that comes from the thoughts and emotions of sentient beings.


    Xu Mengying was not weaker than Meng Zhang.


    Of course, with the rapid improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm, the gap between them is becoming larger and larger.


    Xu Mengying''s cultivation speed is the normal cultivation speed of ordinary gifted friars in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments are far better than Xu Mengying''s, but she is far worse than her on the spiritual Avenue.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he just wanted to add some enemy actions for the six real immortals, but he could still have such a miraculous effect.


    If you can find an expert who is proficient in the spiritual road to help, you may really be able to plot against the six real immortals.


    Meng Zhang himself is one of the top friars in the Junchen world. He has a wide range of knowledge and friends.


    As far as he knows, there seems to be no such master among the monks who are proficient in the spiritual Avenue in the cultivation world.


    Meng Zhang is worried that he is too young. He has limited understanding of the experts in the Junchen world and has missed something.


    He is going to contact other people, including Haiyang Taoist of Hailing sect, ancient capital Taoist of Tiangong and even Banxue Jianjun, to see if they know such an expert.


    In addition, Meng Ying can''t find an effective way to communicate with Xu Mengying.


    With the exposure of the acts and purposes of the six true immortals, there was an uproar in the whole Jun dust world.


    The Dark Alliance, which was originally prepared to attack taiyimen, has slowed down its current action.


    Although the Dark Alliance can be regarded as the representative of the dark side of the Jun dust world, its main members, especially most of the high-level, are the Terran practitioners born and raised in the Jun dust world.


    Those high-level friars of the Dark Alliance also want to become immortals and get the way.


    Dark Alliance originates from the celestial realm, and its high-level leaders also understand the celestial realm.


    If you can restore the connection with the celestial realm, the high-level friars in the door may have the opportunity to attack the real immortal.


    But even with the intelligence ability of the Dark Alliance, I don''t know when the Lingkong fairy world will resume its contact with the Junchen world.


    The six true immortals killed the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world and were unanimously hated by the senior level of the Dark Alliance.


    If the senior level of the Dark Alliance is rational and sober enough, it will not be easily driven by the power of hatred.


    In order to protect themselves and their own ambitions, they must not watch the Junchen world be destroyed.


    The Dark Alliance has planned for many years and did not hesitate to collude with foreign invaders in order to seize the ruling power of the Junchen world and become the new ruler of the Junchen world.


    If the Junchen world is completely destroyed, what is the significance of their series of actions?


    Dark Alliance is the top power in the Junchen world, and its strength now even exceeds that of many holy places.


    However, with the power of the Dark Alliance, it is still difficult to affect the six true immortals.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance did not hesitate to temporarily slow down the expansion in the Jun dust world and actively look for ways to deal with the six real immortals.


    The six true immortals are so crazy that they are simply demons of extermination.


    They were resented and despised by the whole cultivation world.


    All the great holy places were implicated by their ancestors and hated by the whole practitioners.


    Originally, the religious sects of the major holy places had made every effort to shrink and only care about self-protection, which was tantamount to giving up their responsibilities and obligations and being abandoned by many vassal forces.


    Now, except for a few diehard loyalists, the major Holy Land sects have become the public enemy of the whole cultivation world.


    Even inside the doors of the holy places, undercurrent surged, and some bad signs appeared.


    The high-level leaders of the holy places know that the whole thing is openly promoted by the Taiyi gate, but they have been unable to do anything about the Taiyi gate for a long time.


    In fact, if they were not guarded by the five rank mountain protection array, their Mountain Gate might have been broken by foreign invaders.


    On the territory of Ziyang Shengzong, the major Xiuzhen forces, which were originally the vassal forces of Ziyang Shengzong, almost all abandoned Ziyang Shengzong and took the initiative to turn to Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen almost refused to accept all the visitors.


    But everything that can weaken the holy sect of Ziyang is very happy to do.


    Even if you take a huge risk and face the army of foreign invaders, you will not hesitate.


    The current army of foreign invaders does not know whether they have received new orders.


    All the major armies have changed a lot of their original work style.


    Instead of attacking other places in the Junchen world, they concentrated their efforts and attacked the clan and family founded by the six real immortals one after another.


    Perhaps, the rumors spread by Taiyi gate not only affected the practitioners of Jun dust world, but also spread to the ears of foreign invaders.


    The reason why the foreign invaders attacked the Junchen world may be that the high-level had other ideas, but the middle and lower levels just coveted this rich world and wanted to conquer and plunder it.


    The vast majority of foreign invaders do not want to see the complete destruction of the Junchen world and their homes in vain.


    The six immortals killed the heaven consciousness of Jun dust world, which is tantamount to destroying the Great Wall.


    With the fall of the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world and the shaking of the rules of heaven and earth, the exclusion and suppression of foreign powers in the whole world will slowly disappear.


    The major forces of foreign invaders and the strong ones of all parties may not be long before they can give full play to their recklessness in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang just made a move at will. He didn''t expect to have such a great impact in advance.


    Taiyimen had been actively contacting the Qi family and Kou family, trying to make friends with them and help each other.


    The two families were not willing to offend taiyimen before, so they didn''t refuse some actions of taiyimen.


    At the same time, they also have certain reservations and vigilance to taiyimen, and the relationship with taiyimen is progressing slowly.


    Not long ago, the two families took the initiative to show kindness to taiyimen.


    The top level of taiyimen soon noticed this gratifying change and sent high-level friars to visit the two families.


    Taiyimen and the senior management of the whole family soon sat together and began a sincere conversation.


    The senior management of the Qi family hinted that the Qi family was willing to make friends with taiyimen and even go further.


    The Junchen world is now in turmoil. The Qi family hopes to help each other and tide over the difficulties with taiyimen.


    If the situation permits and the conditions are appropriate, the Qi family is willing to reach some kind of covenant with taiyimen.


    Moreover, after the two sides formed an alliance, the Qi family was willing to honor taiyimen as the leader of the alliance.


    The taiyimen high-level officials who participated in the talks were certainly overjoyed by the fact that the whole family was so knowledgeable and proactive.

 Chapter 2404

    The Qi family is also an old returning virtual family, and its strength is very strong.


    If we can form an alliance with Qijia, all aspects of taiyimen will benefit a lot.


    As for the Kou family, they secretly informed taiyimen that if the time was right, they would send senior family officials to visit taiyimen to contact and communicate with them.


    The Qi family is just an ordinary Huixu family. The Kou family is a member of the Holy Land Sect. It is far better than the Qi family in any aspect.


    Although due to the long fall of the ancestors, the Holy Land Sect like the Kou family is congenitally deficient and has insufficient foundation.


    But anyway, the holy family is the holy family.


    In the whole Jun dust world, it has a supreme position.


    If the Kou family can stand with taiyimen, it will have an extraordinary significance.


    Moreover, as a member of the Holy Land Sect, the Kou family may know many internal secrets of the Holy Land Sect.


    Among them, there may be a secret that can help taiyimen.


    In the Holy Land Sect, the situation of Xueshan sect and Kou family is similar.


    If we can win over the Kou family this time, we will have a chance to win over the snow mountain sect in the future.


    Taiyimen should expand its own strength as much as possible and expand its control area in the Junchen world.


    Although the foreign invaders now focus on the zongmen and families founded by the six real immortals, the monitoring of the Kou family and the Xueshan sect is still very strict and harassed from time to time.


    At least on the surface, the two families should actively support other holy places.


    The top leaders of the two families know very well that if other holy places finally defeat foreign invaders, their attitude today may determine their future fate.


    Previously, taiyimen has been actively courting the Kou family. Now the Kou family secretly responds, which is also a retreat arranged for themselves.


    It is very common for the Kou family to try to strike the right balance between the left and the right.


    In order to pay attention to the Kou family and facilitate the Kou family, Meng Zhang decided to take some time to go there in person.


    Meng Zhang didn''t publicize that he was going to visit Kou''s house.


    Before he set out, he just asked the monk in the door who contacted the Kou family to inform the other party that the Taiyi goalkeeper would send important senior officials to visit and discuss the future cooperation between the two families with the Kou family.


    Meng Zhang secretly left Taiyi gate. After several space transmissions, he came to Kou''s territory.


    Although the Kou family territory is located in the rich Middle Earth continent, it is the edge of the Middle Earth continent. Whether it is resource production or prosperity, it is far inferior to the core of the Middle Earth continent.


    The holy land is divided into three, six, nine and so on, and the prosperity of various regions in the Middle Earth continent is also very different.


    Although the Kou family is nominally a member of the Holy Land Sect, in fact, their status is not stable, let alone enter the core circle.


    Many of the plans of other holy places, especially the six true immortal ancestors, will not be notified to them in advance.


    For example, the Kou family knew nothing about the six immortal ancestors'' killing the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world in advance.


    The Kou family, as a Xiuzhen family born and bred in the Junchen world, almost completely depends on the existence of the Junchen world.


    The six immortal ancestors tried to destroy the Junchen world. They may have left some retreat for their disciples and grandchildren.


    But the Kou family is not within their care.


    If the Junchen world is really completely destroyed, where will the Kou family go and how will they survive?


    For thousands of years, the Kou family has been actively obedient to other holy places and played the role of little brother and thug.


    Even if they were extremely dissatisfied, the Kou family did not have the courage to resist other holy places for the time being, nor did they have the strength to intervene in the affairs of the six real immortals.


    Since the Taiyi gate dared to openly fight against the Holy Land Sect gate, it now wantonly spread rumors against the six true immortals, mostly relying on it.


    The Kou family secretly contacted taiyimen and also recognized the status and strength of taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was sure of the high-level mentality of the Kou family, so he took this trip in person.


    Like other holy places, the Kou family has long been shrinking with all its strength, abandoning almost all its peripheral territories and retaining only its core territories.


    Due to the key attack of foreign invaders, the sect gate of other holy places can only rely on the mountain protection array to guard the mountain gate.


    The Kou family is a little better. In addition to the mountain gate, some strongholds are reserved on the core territory.


    Although foreign invaders closely monitored the Kou family territory, they could not prevent high-level friars from sneaking in and out.


    Taiyimen has established a fixed contact with the Kou family through the efforts of some time ago.


    When necessary, senior executives of both sides can also visit each other.


    The Kou family has long received information from taiyimen and knows that the taiyimen senior management came to visit.


    Under the close surveillance of foreign invaders, it is impossible for the Kou family to welcome the arrival of the top level of taiyimen with great momentum.


    However, in order to ensure that the top level of taiyimen can successfully enter the Kou family Mountain Gate, the Kou family has arranged enough response forces.


    Soon after Meng Zhang entered the Kou family''s territory, he saw the monk sent by the Kou family to meet him at the agreed place.


    It''s a coincidence that the receiving friars sent by the Kou family are the brothers Kou Deming and Kou Dexun who have met Meng Zhang.


    The Kou brothers were surprised to see Meng Zhang''s personal visit.


    Meng Jingzhang didn''t dare to sneak into Kou''s house respectfully.


    When they arrived at the Mountain Gate of Kou family, the senior management of Kou family, who had received the news for a long time, warmly received Meng Zhang and welcomed him.


    After some red tape, other high-level officials stepped down one after another. Only the two leaders of the Kou family stayed and prepared to talk with Meng Zhang slowly.


    The two leaders of the Kou family are Kou Boshang Zun, the head of the family in the later stage of returning to the virtual world, and the supreme elder Xu Xian Kou Dejun.


    At this time, Meng Zhang can be regarded as the top figure in the Junchen world regardless of his cultivation and status.


    The Kou family friar did not dare to put on the airs of the Holy Land Sect door in front of Meng Zhang.


    You know, there are many high-ranking friars of the Holy Land Sect who died in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Kou Bo shangzun and Kou German army soon got to the point with Meng Zhang.


    Originally, the Kou family responded positively to taiyimen and was willing to make friends with taiyimen, just expressing an attitude.


    The high level of the Kou family did not expect to have substantive contact with taiyimen so soon.


    The high level of the Kou family has not made up their mind yet. They stand on the side of Taiyi gate and become the enemy of other holy places.


    Thousands of years of tradition, thousands of years of position, is not so easy to change.


    Inside the Kou family, there are a large number of monks who are close to other holy places and fear the six true immortal ancestors from the bottom of their hearts.


    According to the plan of the top management of the Kou family, it is to slowly contact taiyimen and make good friends with taiyimen


    As the leader of Taiyi sect, Meng Zhang suddenly visited the Kou family, which not only surprised the senior management of the Kou family, but also disrupted their original plan.


    Meng Zhang is not a fool.


    At the thought of his famous reputation, which has seriously damaged the achievements of Xu Xian, Kou Bo shangzun and Kou German army Xu Xian felt a little empty.

 Chapter 2405

    Meng Zhang''s rise experience is too legendary. It is the object of discussion and discussion loved by countless practitioners in the Junchen world.


    There are many legends about Meng Zhang. It is difficult to distinguish the true from the false.


    The only thing these legends have in common is that Meng Zhang is difficult and powerful.


    The solemn reception of Meng Zhang by the senior management of the Kou family was also affected by these rumors to a certain extent.


    In front of the two leaders of the Kou family, Meng Zhang is not so domineering and arrogant as the legend. On the contrary, he is very modest and has a bit of gentle temperament.


    After the two sides began to communicate, Meng Zhang briefly talked about the situation of the Kou family and the future of the Junchen world in a gentle tone.


    Of course, the two leaders of the Kou family have long understood what Meng Zhang said. Otherwise, they will not actively make friends with taiyimen.


    They loudly agreed with what Meng Zhang said, but did not further express.


    Meng Zhang knows their mentality very well.


    They are extremely dissatisfied with other holy places and worried about their own future, but they are unwilling to completely stand on the side of Taiyi gate and do not want to lose room for maneuver.


    This mentality is normal.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect that he could reach a cooperation agreement with the Kou family just by paying a visit.


    Taiyimen hopes to form an alliance with the Kou family, but is unwilling to pay too much.


    Meng Zhang is a man who speaks like a mountain. Generally, he will not make a commitment easily.


    The relationship between taiyimen and the Kou family can develop slowly without being in a hurry for a while.


    Meng Zhang did not force Kou Bo shangzun and Kou German army to make a statement, but slowly shifted the topic to the religious doors of the major holy places.


    The Kou family is also a member of the Holy Land Sect. They should know a lot of important information that outsiders don''t know.


    Kou Bo shangzun and Kou de army understood Meng Zhang''s meaning.


    They didn''t make a clear statement about the Kou family standing in line.


    If you don''t give some dry goods, don''t you look down on Meng Zhang and let Meng Zhangbai go.


    Kobo shangzun thought for a moment, winked at the supreme elder koud army, and began to talk slowly.


    Kou Dejun added a few words from time to time.


    Kobo shangzun said a lot about the internal secrets of the Holy Land Sect gate, some of which are very useful for the Taiyi gate.


    Even if it is the same holy land, there is a difference between high and low.


    Ziyang real fairy, the founder of Ziyang holy sect, has the strongest strength, which makes the other five real immortals afraid.


    Ziyang holy sect''s own strength is also one of the most powerful among the Holy Land sects.


    Due to the joint action of several other holy places, Ziyang holy sect was excluded to the north of Jun dust world.


    The Dali imperial dynasty in the north and the Qi family near the north were once supported by other holy land sects to contain the Ziyang holy sect.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have been enemies for many years. The two sides are close at hand and have the most conflicts.


    Meng Zhang is most concerned about the intelligence of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Guantian Pavilion, situ family, jiuxuan Pavilion


    The inside story of the holy door of each family slowly appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    If it is in the past, the value of these intelligence is immeasurable, which will help taiyimen make a targeted layout.


    However, times have changed, the situation in the Junchen world has changed greatly, and the holy places have shrunk with all their strength. The value of these intelligence has been greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang''s face showed a slightly impatient look after hearing the words of the two principals of the opposite Kou family.


    In fact, Meng Zhang was already quite satisfied.


    The Kou family''s willingness to disclose these information means that the Kou family has betrayed other holy places.


    Taiyimen can slowly draw the Kou family into their own camp as long as they add more strength.


    Kobo shangzun is a character who is good at observing words and colors. He is keenly aware of Meng Zhang''s impatience.


    He thought of Meng Zhang''s reputation and knew that Meng Zhang was not so easy to fool the past.


    Although the Kou family is not necessarily afraid of Meng Zhang, there is no need to offend him.


    No matter what camp the Kou family ultimately chooses, it has made a decision to make good friends with taiyimen.


    Kou Bo shangzun hesitated for a moment and told a secret that interested Meng Zhang.


    Blessed lands are built in the depths of the mountain gates of the great holy places.


    It is these blessed lands that provide enough strength for the five step mountain protection array guarding the mountain gate.


    The blessed land of Xueshan sect and Kou family are just ordinary blessed land. There is nothing surprising.


    The blessed land of other holy places is extraordinary and secret enough.


    There are special arrangements inside these blessed areas, which seem to directly connect the source sea.


    In the depths of these blessed areas, huge prohibitions are arranged, which is said to affect the whole Jun dust world.


    These are the core secrets of the holy places.


    Xueshan sect and Kou family have the lowest status among the major Holy Land sects. Many times they are even regarded as peripheral members. Naturally, they have limited knowledge of these core secrets.


    It is very rare for Kobo shangzun to know this information.


    As for the specific role of the layout in the blessed land of the holy land, Kobo shangzun really doesn''t know.


    Since the fall of the consciousness of heaven in the Jun dust world, the heaven in the Jun dust world has been in disorder. Meng Zhang is temporarily unable to use the heaven skill to deduce the heaven.


    However, his unique psychic sense of the pilot that day was still very sharp and still played a role at the critical moment.


    When Meng Zhang heard Kobo shangzun mention the layout of the blessed land of the holy land, the spiritual consciousness was suddenly touched.


    According to Meng Zhang''s experience, the layout of those holy places must be very important, which is related to the overall situation of Jun dust world and their own path.


    Unfortunately, no matter how Meng Zhang asks, he can''t ask more information from Kobo shangzun.


    Meng Zhang observed secretly and guessed that the Kou family probably only knew this.


    Since the blessed land of each holy land is so important, Meng Zhang must find a way to find out.


    Even the Kou family can only provide these rough information, so it is impossible to get more detailed information through other channels.


    If Meng Zhang wants to thoroughly understand the secrets of these blessed lands, he may have to go deep into them himself.


    The mountain gates of the holy places are now surrounded by foreign invaders.


    Moreover, the Mountain Gate of the sect gate of each holy place has already opened a five-step mountain protection array, which can be said to protect the whole mountain gate.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s accomplishments, it is impossible to sneak in.


    If Meng Zhang wants to know the secret of these blessed places, he can only find another way.


    Should the Taiyi gate send an army to cooperate with the foreign invaders to attack the Mountain Gate of the sect gate of each holy place?


    Not to mention that doing so violates the principles of Meng Zhang and the wishes of the people of Taiyi gate. It is impossible for foreign invaders to believe in Taiyi gate and will not cooperate with Taiyi gate.


    If the taiyimen really sent an army of monks, the foreign invaders would strengthen their vigilance, which would only in turn affect their siege of the mountain gates of the holy places.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s thoughtful appearance, Kou Bo shangzun knew that Meng Zhang was interested in the information he had just provided.

 Chapter 2406

    Unfortunately, the Kou family really doesn''t know more relevant information.


    Kobo shangzun secretly said regret.


    He offered that the Kou family could try to inquire about the Xueshan sect to see if the Xueshan sect knew more relevant information.


    Of course, the relevant information known by the snow mountain sect may not be as good as the Kou family.


    Kobo shangzun explained in advance that Meng Zhang should not have too much hope.


    Meng Zhang welcomed the practice of Kobo shangzun.


    Taiyimen has no contact with Xueshan sect, and there is no reliable way of direct contact.


    The snow mountain sect and the Kou family are in a similar situation, and they are both objects that can be won over.


    It would be great if we could connect the Kou family and the snow mountain sect.


    Even if you can''t obtain relevant information, you can slowly develop relations with the snow mountain sect, make friends with them, and finally pull them into your own camp.


    You know, Xueshan sect and Kou Jiaming say they are members of the Holy Land Sect, but they are not less angry with other Holy Land Sect on weekdays.


    From time to time, the door of other holy places beats the snow mountain sect and Kou family.


    Whenever they feel the need, they will try to weaken the snow mountain sect and the Kou family.


    The friars of Xueshan sect and Kou family are often used as cannon fodder by other holy places and sent to perform some almost fatal tasks.


    Meng Zhang had seen with his own eyes that year that the sect of other holy places forced the monks of Xueshan sect and Kou family to go to hell to die.


    It is impossible to say that the snow mountain sect and the Kou family have no complaints about this.


    But the Xueshan sect and the Kou family had no real immortal ancestors as their cards, so they had to be patient.


    It''s wonderful. The matter of breaking through to the realm of true God has not yet reached the Yang world. Even the interior of Taiyi gate is not clear.


    If the Kou family knew that taiyimen had the support of the true God, their attitude towards Meng Zhang would be different.


    Meng Zhang took Taimiao as his card and didn''t want to reveal it easily.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in Kou''s house for too long. After talking with the two principals of Kou''s house, he left Kou''s house and returned to taiyimen.


    The Kou family and taiyimen have established contact. Both sides intend to make friends, but they are not allies after all.


    In a short time, taiyimen doesn''t expect to get much help from the Kou family.


    After Meng Zhang returned to taiyimen, he began to pay attention to how to use the power of the mind again.


    Neither taiyimen nor its allies have the top power proficient in the spiritual Avenue.


    According to Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying''s estimation, if you want to make use of such a powerful spiritual power, you must at least be strong at the level of virtual immortals, and major in spiritual Avenue.


    Even, if you want to make full use of the huge power caused by this event, it''s best to have a real fairy.


    Banxue Jianjun gathered a group of surviving friars of the heavenly palace. Unexpectedly, he didn''t escape for nine days. Instead, he fought a guerrilla war with foreign invaders within nine days.


    Of course, the heavenly palace has ruled the Jun dust world for many years. There are many secret strongholds inside the Jun dust world.


    Some strongholds that survived the great changes in the former Junchen world have been activated for rest and contact with the four sides.


    After the last visit of ancient Taoist, taiyimen and the remnants of Tiangong formed an alliance and established contact.


    Meng Zhang contacted Banxue Jianjun and the ancient Taoist. They couldn''t help either.


    The spiritual Avenue is among the three thousand avenues, which is relatively unpopular. There are not many monks majoring in it.


    Those monks who major in psychic magic often use it to confuse and manipulate people''s hearts.


    In the eyes of many mainstream monks, the spiritual Avenue is a side road.


    It can be said that there are few monks who major in spiritual Avenue and practice it to a very high level.


    Mr. Ban Xue Jian has been in charge of the heavenly palace for many years and is familiar with all the strong men in the Junchen world.


    The ancient capital Taoists travel around the Junchen world all year round and have a wide range of friends.


    Even the two of them are unable to provide candidates to meet Meng Zhang''s requirements. There really is no such talent in Junchen.


    Meng Zhang contacted Xianyun Zhenxian and Yuee fairy through the prohibition in his body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is not proficient in the spiritual Avenue, but Yuee fairy is quite accomplished in the spiritual Avenue.


    However, like Xianyun real immortals, yue''e fairy didn''t want to enter the Junchen world at this time, let alone fight against the six real immortals.


    When the six true immortals conquered the Junchen world, the moon e fairy once fought side by side with them.


    Before the two sides turned sides, the friendship was good.


    Yuee fairy was well aware of the cunning and forbearance of the six real immortals, and worried that she would fall into their calculations if she appeared in the Junchen world early.


    Although Yuee fairy would not do it herself, she encouraged Meng Zhang''s idea.


    Because of the people''s desire of the whole Jun dust world, the remaining consciousness of heaven leads the mind power of sentient beings in Jun dust world, which is a powerful force that makes the moon e fairies very interested.


    If Meng Zhang can attract such power to attack the six real immortals, he is likely to try to find out their hidden cards.


    Fairy yue''e passed many secrets of running the spiritual avenue to Meng Zhang, and ordered the Taoist Yueying hidden in Guanghan palace to fully cooperate with Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Meng Zhang recorded these secrets, put them in taiyimen Sutra Pavilion, and then studied them with Xu Mengying.


    For Xu Mengying, who majored in spiritual Avenue, these secrets from the moon e fairy are priceless and play an inestimable role in her practice.


    Of course, no matter how abstruse these secret methods are and how smart they are, it is difficult for them to obtain the ability to use the secret methods and drive the powerful force to attack the six real immortals in a short time.


    The moon god has been staying in the secret house of hidden God since he last returned from nine days.


    Generally speaking, if there is no major event, Meng Zhang and other people in taiyimen will not disturb her.


    The moon god is in the secret house of hidden gods, and I don''t know what he is studying.


    Moon god did not join taiyimen, but formed an alliance with Meng Zhang in his personal capacity for mutual benefit.


    Taiyimen supported her in the second place to Meng Zhang.


    The God of the moon and the goddess of worship of the moon actually have little demand for foreign things, never put forward any excessive requirements, and rarely leave the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Anyway, the blessed land of the sun and moon provides sufficient pure aura for the moon god and the goddess of worship.


    With their strength, I don''t know how many forces are willing to attract them at any cost.


    Taiyimen just meet their most basic supply, and the price paid is hardly worth mentioning.


    Since the sun moon blessed land of Taiyi gate was projected into the Youdu city of the underworld, the whole blessed land has been upgraded.


    After the sun moon blessed land is directly connected with the underworld, it can continuously attract all kinds of vitality of the underworld and use it to expand itself.


    Taimiao is now located in the source sea of Jun dust world and is rapidly absorbing the source of heaven and earth in the source sea.


    Taimiao not only meets the needs of self-cultivation, but also transmits a large number of the origin of heaven and earth back to the Youdu city and the sun and moon blessed land of Yangshi.


    In today''s blessed land of the sun and moon, there are more than enough return virtual powers in the support door, and there can be some balance to enhance the inside information.

 Chapter 2407

    The God of the moon has been closed. The goddess of worship of the Moon leaves the secret house of the hidden God from time to time to communicate with the taiyimen return to the virtual powers and have some exchanges.


    The goddess of worship of the moon was born in an extraordinary family with high talent.


    She has participated in the war to resist the invasion of practitioners for thousands of years and accumulated rich combat experience.


    There are not many gods like her in the Junchen world.


    Her strength in the middle of her return to emptiness is also the top stream in Taiyi gate.


    Taiyimen''s return to virtual powers are also willing to communicate with her, see the Shinto practice system left by the indigenous gods, and talk about the war of that year.


    Meng Zhang is a true practitioner of Taoism, but he has a deep understanding of the Shinto system.


    In the inheritance left by Taiyi Zhenxian, there are many contents related to Shinto.


    Meng Zhang once sneaked into the Shenchang world dominated by Shinto civilization and fought with the strong Shinto for many times.


    His external incarnation is so wonderful that he follows the Shinto route, and he has just advanced to the true God.


    Meng Zhang''s insight in Shinto is enough to point out Shinto strongmen such as the goddess of the moon.


    Every time the goddess of worship the moon was instructed by Meng Zhang, she felt that she benefited a lot.


    When Meng Zhang and Xu Mengying were studying the secret method of mind, they met the goddess of the moon several times and joined the research.


    The goddess of the moon herself failed to provide any help to Meng Zhang. She told the moon god about it.


    The moon god, who had been in seclusion, was very interested in it.


    As a natural God born in the Junchen world, the sense of heaven in the Junchen world is just like her parents.


    The fall of the consciousness of heaven in Jun dust world had a great impact on her.


    Up to now, she hasn''t got rid of the influence.


    The remaining sense of heaven in the Junchen world can actually lead to such a powerful force. Meng Zhang also thought that the moon god, as a natural God born and bred in the Junchen world, was only in the Shenchang world, and there was no profound inheritance, so she should not provide too much help in this matter.


    But Meng Zhang didn''t expect that the natural gods like moon god were very sensitive to everything related to the consciousness of heaven.


    And the moon god was once a true God, with the vision and insight that the true God should have.


    Although the Shinto civilization in Jun dust world is primitive and backward, it is not without merit.


    Some popular secrets are really very useful.


    After some discussion with the moon god, Meng Zhang had a preliminary idea.


    Curse is also one of the three thousand avenues of heaven and earth.


    Many indigenous gods are good at cursing, and the moon god is no exception.


    Some powerful curses have a very complicated process when cast.


    When the indigenous gods performed such secret arts, they often called on their followers to hold grand ceremonies and offer various sacrifices as a price.


    In many cases, even through blood sacrifice to strengthen the power of the curse.


    Meng Zhang is not good at the art of curse, but there are also relevant records in the inheritance of Taiyi gate.


    Meng Zhang is ready to let the moon god cast a large-scale curse to drive the spiritual power of all beings in the Junchen world, and choose the opportunity to plot against the six real immortals.


    This curse skill needs to be slowly improved and perfected on the basis of other spells, and its preparation is also very complex, which can not be completed overnight.


    In the following time, in addition to Meng Zhang and others, other senior taiyimen leaders who are free also joined the discussion to help improve the curse.


    In addition to practicing, he also began to study the Taimiao in the underworld and provided Meng Zhang with many valuable suggestions.


    In fact, even if the curse is completed, Meng Zhang still needs to consider whether to cast it and when to cast it.


    He intended to plot against the six immortals in an attempt to maintain the balance of the war and prevent them from easily defeating foreign invaders.


    If the strong ones of Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders beat the six Zhenxian in turn, it would be equally unfavorable to Meng Zhang.


    How to grasp the degree in the middle is a test of Meng Zhang''s ability.


    What Meng Zhang hopes most now is that foreign invaders can force the last cards of the six real immortals as soon as possible.


    Too wonderful stayed in the source sea and spent a lot of energy observing the war situation.


    On the surface, both sides of the war should be too wonderful to exist, and continue the war as if there were no one else.


    However, after careful observation, it is wonderful to find that the two sides have more or less separated some spirit to pay attention to and guard against him.


    From the scene, the group of foreign invaders have slowly gained the upper hand after launching the long arranged means and triggering the soul sea change.


    Those monsters who poured into the source sea from the soul sea one after another have restrained a large part of the power of the six true immortals.


    In addition to this battlefield, there is another battlefield further away.


    Sanshan Zhenxian led Xuanxuan''s ancestor and three lions against several foreign invaders of Zhenxian level.


    The ancestor of Xuanxuan is the incarnation of jiuxuan immortal, the founder of jiuxuan Pavilion. His strength is inferior to that of ordinary immortal.


    The three lions are the spiritual pet of the ancestor Bai Chuan, the founder of the Royal beast sect. Their strength is similar to that of ordinary real immortals.


    It all depends on the fact that the real immortals of the three mountains are strong enough to distract themselves from taking care of the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors from time to time, so that they can persist until now.


    As expected, Hunling zunshen is worthy of being a well-known Shinto strongman in the void, which makes Xianyun real immortals afraid.


    He can resist the real immortals of the three mountains and pose a certain threat to the other party.


    The evil spirits of famine appear and disappear on one side, which makes the real immortals of the three mountains feel hard.


    The Junchen side did not have an advantage in both battlefields and slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    No matter which of these two battlefields is separated first, the result will lead to the complete failure of the Junchen side.


    Those six immortals are really calm. So far, they have not come up with enough cards to turn the war around. They are still dealing with the enemy by conventional means.


    Perhaps, the six fairies have really run out of skills and have no available cards?


    As soon as the idea appeared in his wonderful mind, he immediately put it aside.


    All the information Meng Zhang had and his judgment of the situation showed that the six immortals must have hidden cards.


    Although Meng Zhang has not seen the original statue of the moon goddess with his own eyes, he has dealt with his disciple Taoist Yueying.


    Being able to teach disciples like Taoist Yueying, the moon e fairy is by no means an incompetent person.


    When Meng Zhang contacted Xianyun Zhenxian, the two sides mentioned the moon e fairy many times.


    From the mood of idle clouds and true immortals, we can hear his fear of the moon e fairy.


    Yuee fairy now dare not enter the Junchen world and dare not attack the six real immortals. It is definitely not because she is timid or too cautious.


    But she concluded that the six true immortals had hidden cards.


    Speaking of the understanding of the six true immortals, I''m afraid few people can surpass her old comrade in arms.


    At the thought of these, it''s wonderful to calm down and continue to wait for the further development of the war situation.

 Chapter 2408

    When there was no further action on the side of Taiyi gate, the Dark Alliance couldn''t help but start to do it first.


    Recently, with the massive invasion of foreign invaders, the Dark Alliance, which has long colluded with foreign invaders, also took the opportunity to expand wantonly.


    Up to now, the Dark Alliance has absorbed many Xiuzhen forces and has become the leading force in the Junchen world.


    All the holy places abandoned their peripheral territories and made every effort to shrink.


    Their territory is not as good as the Dark Alliance at this time.


    At least on the surface, the Dark Alliance has occupied more than half of the Jun dust world.


    Only a few Xiuzhen forces in the Junchen world can remain independent, but they dare not compete with the Dark Alliance.


    To some extent, the ambition of the Dark Alliance to replace the heavenly palace and the holy places to become the new ruler of the Junchen world has almost been achieved.


    The sense of heaven in Jun dust world will fall, and the whole world will slowly weaken.


    If the six true immortals completely destroy the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance will become the ruler of the Junchen world, which is meaningless.


    Recently, due to the turbulence of the source sea, natural disasters have occurred frequently in Junchen circle.


    Even taiyimen had to send high-level friars to all parts of the territory to suppress the earth''s veins, stabilize the earth''s crust and prevent earthquakes.


    There are more monks who have set up protective Dharma arrays in various important Terran settlements to resist various types of natural disasters.


    The main stronghold of the Dark Alliance is the dozens of floating cities that have been suspended above the clouds and spread over almost the whole Jun dust world.


    The natural disasters in Junchen world did not directly affect the strongholds of Dark Alliance.


    As for the territory on the ground, there are many vassal forces. In fact, the Dark Alliance doesn''t care much.


    The Dark Alliance is not willing to disperse its strength to other things at this critical moment.


    Natural disasters really affect the most, or low-level practitioners and mortals.


    Anyway, no matter low-level practitioners or mortals, they will grow like leeks after cutting.


    No matter how heavy their casualties, they will not affect the rule of the dark League.


    As long as the status of the Dark Alliance is still at the core, the Dark Alliance will not waver.


    As the representative of the dark side of the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance has even penetrated into the high-level of the holy places and the heavenly palace.


    The reason why Fengqing shangzun''s destructive action in the heavenly palace was so smooth that he could retreat in the end was the secret cooperation of some high-level officials of the heavenly palace.


    After the rumors spread by taiyimen spread, the senior management of the Dark Alliance soon made a decision to stop the actions of the six real immortals.


    Although the Dark Alliance is unable to directly participate in the battle in the source sea, it can make efforts elsewhere.


    The high level of the Dark Alliance obtained some valuable information from the inside of the holy places.


    Inside the clan and family founded by the six true immortals, to be exact, there seem to be some special arrangements that can be used for fighting in the source sea.


    Previously, the foreign invaders scattered their forces to attack six mountain gates at the same time, rather than concentrating their forces to attack and destroy one at first. Again, it was for a series of reasons.


    Foreign invaders attacked Liujia Mountain Gate at the same time to completely suppress the enemy and prevent them from supporting each other.


    After breaking through the heavenly palace and entering the Junchen world, the foreign invaders thought that they were about to win the final victory and became somewhat arrogant, and their actions were not as rigorous as before.


    There are many contradictions within the army of foreign invaders from different races and different practice systems.


    The closer it is to victory, especially at the bottom of each, the more difficult it is to suppress its contradictions.


    They are dispersed and can give full play to their combat effectiveness in many cases.


    ¡­¡­


    In a word, because foreign invaders attacked six mountain gates at the same time, they have not been able to break through any of them until now.


    Although every mountain gate seems to be in danger and can''t support it, it can continue to support it.


    The senior management of the Dark Alliance thinks it''s best to break through a mountain gate first and test the bottom line of the six real immortals.


    After some thinking, the Dark Alliance chose the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion as the attack target.


    Several floating cities closest to jiuxuan Pavilion quickly flew towards the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    While taking action, the Dark Alliance sent someone to inform taiyimen.


    The intelligence system of the Dark Alliance, of course, has long known the story of taiyimen spreading rumors, and guessed its purpose more or less.


    In the whole process, taiyimen didn''t hide his actions, and naturally he was not afraid of others to know.


    The dark alliance still recognizes the strength of taiyimen, especially the combat effectiveness of Meng Zhang.


    The Dark Alliance informed taiyimen that it obviously hoped that taiyimen would join in the attack on the mountain gates of the holy places.


    Not long ago, the Dark Alliance constantly provoked the army of friars sent by Taiyi sect to the Middle Earth, and was ready to fight against them.


    However, when the power of taiyimen is needed, the Dark Alliance will also adjust in time.


    Although the Dark Alliance didn''t say anything, all the small moves against the army under the command of vanity son in the Middle Earth had long stopped.


    After receiving the notification from the Dark Alliance, taiyimen soon spread it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was very curious about the blessed land deep in the Mountain Gate of each holy land and wanted to find out for a long time.


    Previously, Meng Zhang had to let this matter go temporarily because he was worried about conflicts with foreign invaders besieging the zongmen Mountain Gate of the major holy places and it was difficult for him to break through the five-level mountain protection array.


    Now that the Dark Alliance is ready to take action, I''m afraid most of the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion can''t be maintained.


    Meng will not miss this opportunity to observe it in person.


    Meng Zhang and moon god have been studying the art of curse, and have made great progress.


    He put the matter aside temporarily and prepared to go to jiuxuange Mountain Gate.


    The moon god is also very curious about this matter and wants to act together with Meng Zhang.


    Soon, Meng Zhang left the Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate with the moon god. After several transmissions, he came near the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    The barbarian army is responsible for besieging the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    Rough and outrageous barbarians seem to be very difficult to deal with, but as long as you find out the tricks, you can still connect with them.


    At least, cooperation with barbarians is far more reassuring than cooperation with demons and demons.


    The Dark Alliance has long colluded with foreign invaders.


    Among the major races of foreign invaders, the Dark Alliance also has a preference.


    Barbarians and Terrans are most similar.


    The senior level of the dark League has been in favor of it and has established a good relationship with the senior level of the barbarians.


    This time, the Dark Alliance offered to help the barbarians attack jiuxuange Mountain Gate. Although the barbarians felt a little hurt in their self-esteem, they finally agreed to the assistance of the Dark Alliance out of consideration of the actual situation.


    After all, the barbarian army has been attacking for so long. It has been unable to attack for a long time, and it has paid huge casualties.


    If the casualties of the barbarian army are too large, how can they compete with other foreign invaders for booty after the war.

 Chapter 2409

    The foreign invaders are not monolithic, but full of contradictions and conflicts.


    Many foreign invaders believe that after completely defeating the Terran cultivators and occupying the Junchen world, a civil war will break out between them and fight each other for the Junchen world.


    Some wily guys began to prepare for the civil war early.


    The army of foreign invaders has been unable to break through the mountain gates of the main holy places, among which there are many reasons why high-level officials are unwilling to save their strength and consume too much.


    Fengqing shangzun led the Dark Alliance''s collusion with foreign invaders.


    With the style of conduct of the Dark Alliance, it is natural to consider that after the complete victory of foreign invaders, they will cross the river and tear down the bridge and turn against the Dark Alliance.


    The practice of Fengqing shangzun is also the reason for him to persuade the senior management of the Dark Alliance, that is, to make full use of the internal contradictions of foreign invaders.


    The Dark Alliance can stir up internal contradictions among foreign invaders, pull one faction against another, and even achieve the best of both worlds.


    In the end, it may be the forces inside the extraterritorial invaders who turn to win over the Dark Alliance.


    Although the senior officials of the Dark Alliance such as Taoist Shushan do not recognize the practice of Fengqing shangzun, they believe that this practice of dancing on the tip of the knife really belittles foreign invaders.


    Kefeng qingshangzun''s success in a series of speculative actions made most of the senior leaders of the Dark Alliance more recognize him.


    Among the foreign invaders, the barbarians are the key targets of the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance helped the barbarians attack the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange, which was also carefully selected.


    Among these holy land sects, jiuxuan Pavilion is strong outside but weak in fact.


    The cooperation between the Dark Alliance and the barbarian army will generally not cause problems, and will reduce the casualties of both sides.


    When Meng Zhang and the moon god came near the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange, the floating city of Dark Alliance had not arrived.


    The Dark Alliance informed Taiyi gate and hoped that Taiyi gate would attack the Mountain Gate of each holy place.


    The top level of taiyimen pretended to be confused and didn''t mean to participate in the war.


    Not to mention the hatred between taiyimen and foreign invaders and the difficulty of cooperation between the two sides, it is in the interests of taiyimen that foreign invaders and major holy places consume each other.


    The Taiyi sect didn''t send out monks. Meng Zhang and the moon god also explored the secret of the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion, so they acted secretly.


    Meng Zhang had many dealings with barbarians.


    In the void, he will pass many barbarian strongmen.


    In those days, a barbarian tribe was put into the Junchen world and then destroyed by the cultivators.


    Meng Zhang led taiyimen into the war and took the opportunity to subdue several barbarian tribes.


    Now under the command of taiyimen, the barbarian tribes as vassals are very loyal.


    Even if the barbarian army invaded the Junchen world, these barbarian tribes had no change.


    Those barbarian tribes have developed well under the command of taiyimen. The talents who hope to break through the realm of returning to emptiness have also received the key attention of Meng Zhang.


    After the brothers tukong and Tuhai, who were born in barbarians, broke through the realm of returning to emptiness under the guidance of Meng Zhang, they have been hidden in the blessed land of the sun and moon as one of the hidden cards of Taiyi gate.


    The barbarian army in front of him seemed powerful, but Meng Zhang was not afraid at all.


    With their familiarity with the barbarians, Meng Zhang and moon god easily bypassed the line of defense of the barbarian army and came to the front of the battlefield.


    During the attack, the barbarian army surrounded the mountain Pavilion and took turns to attack it.


    A huge five step mountain protection array firmly guards the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The most advanced spiritual pulse in Jun dust world is level 4, which can''t support level 5 mountain protection array at all.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion used the power of blessed land to keep the five-level mountain protection array for a long time.


    Logically speaking, jiuxuan Pavilion, as one of the rulers of the Junchen world, has accumulated a strong foundation for thousands of years.


    It is said that the source of heaven and earth should be more powerful than the source of heaven and earth.


    However, after the continuous attack of the barbarian army, the mountain protection array outside the jiuxuange Mountain Gate is dim, full of holes and many flaws.


    In addition to the limit of the fifth order mountain protection array, which is already overwhelmed, the supply capacity of blessed land is obviously insufficient.


    The Mountain Gate of Taiyi gate is also guarded by a five step mountain protection array.


    Meng Zhang knows very well how terrible the consumption of the fifth order mountain protection array is.


    Even if Taiyi gate has a blessed land of sun and moon, it dare not fully open the array on weekdays, and only dare to enable some functions.


    The five step mountain protection array of jiuxuan pavilion has been open for so long, which is enough to exhaust the savings in the door for many years.


    However, the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion can not provide enough supply for the fifth order mountain protection array, which is still a little problematic.


    Could it be that the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion cannot get support from the source sea?


    It is understandable that the six true immortals attached great importance to the source sea, and they did not want the source of heaven and earth to flow out of the source sea.


    But jiuxuan pavilion has reached a critical moment of life and death. It''s too much for them to be so stingy.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, seven huge floating cities appeared in the clouds in the sky.


    As a member of the Holy Land Sect gate, the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion is located in the golden zone of the Middle Earth continent.


    A series of tall mountains are continuous. There are vast plains between the mountains. There are many rivers and lakes on the plains


    There are many earth veins and spiritual veins gathering here.


    In these thousands of years, jiuxuan pavilion has been moving many spiritual veins from afar to take root here and grow slowly.


    Of course, after these days of war, the peripheral area of jiuxuange Mountain Gate has been occupied by the barbarian army.


    The original scenery of beautiful mountains and rivers and outstanding people has become devastated and dilapidated.


    The fifth order mountain protection array has narrowed its protection range and is only used to guard the last core area of the mountain gate.


    Even so, if there is no accident, the last core area of jiuxuange Mountain Gate will not last long.


    Seeing the arrival of reinforcements, the morale of the barbarian army, which had been decadent for a long time, rose again.


    Dark Alliance and jiuxuan pavilion are both true cultivation forces in the Junchen world. Dark Alliance is especially good at intelligence collection.


    Although the secret alliance can not obtain the most core secret of jiuxuange, it knows the other party''s various means and knows the other party''s various false facts.


    After the reinforcements of the Dark Alliance arrived, they did not directly attack the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion, but instructed a barbarian team to sneak into the ground from near the mountain gate, dig the earth vein and destroy the spirit vein.


    Of course, the spirit pulse near the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange alone can''t support the five-level mountain protection array.


    In addition to being the main force of the fifth order mountain protection array, jiuxuange blessed land also needs some supplement from these spiritual veins.


    In addition, the Reiki provided by these spiritual veins should also be used to maintain many prohibitions in the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    This group of barbarians quickly cut off the surrounding spiritual veins and cut off their support for jiuxuange Mountain Gate.

 Chapter 2410

    Barbarians who are good at fighting have been fighting abroad all year round. They have rich combat experience and are good at dealing with all kinds of situations.


    It''s not that they don''t know how to dig the earth vein and destroy the spirit vein.


    However, the barbarians have long regarded jiuxuange Mountain Gate as their biggest booty. Of course, they are not willing to damage it too much.


    The barbarians also like places where spiritual veins gather and rich in aura.


    The cultivation process of barbarians also needs abundant heaven and earth aura.


    Originally, because of the long attack, the barbarian leaders had begun to lose patience.


    The guidance of the dark alliance made the barbarian army completely cut off the Reiki support of these Reiki veins to jiuxuange Mountain Gate under the condition of causing as little damage to the surrounding Reiki veins as possible.


    Moreover, the Dark Alliance also said that they would help the barbarians to repair the spirit veins damaged in this war in the future.


    As soon as the reinforcements of the Dark Alliance arrived here, they played a great role.


    Without the support of the surrounding spirit vessels, the light of the fifth order mountain protection array was dimmed, and there was some chaos inside the mountain gate.


    The seven floating cities slowly lowered their height and lined up above the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    Dark thunder sent a commander in charge of the battle.


    With the order of Youlei Xuxian, hundreds of thick cannon tubes were stretched out from the seven floating cities, and various lights and flames began to spray from the cannon tubes.


    This is an organ cannon specially used in large-scale wars. It can decay for tens of miles in one shot and has great power.


    Every floating city is a huge war fortress, which is equipped with all kinds of war tools.


    In addition to the mechanism cannon, all kinds of divine thunder, such as dark fire, Yin thunder and anode storm thunder, fell to the five step mountain protection array below one after another.


    The Allies were so awesome that the barbarian army did not look at it.


    Huge catapults began to start, and fireballs and boulders like hills hit the front hard.


    The huge catapult began to fire thick crossbows and arrows.


    ¡­¡­


    The barbarian army tried their best to attack the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange again.


    The five rank mountain protection array, which was already seriously worn out, was more and more unable to hold on to the continuous attack from heaven and earth, and looked shaky.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god did not intervene, but watched quietly.


    As the Dark Alliance and the barbarian army all made every effort to attack the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange, there were some omissions in other aspects of defense.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god passed through the barbarian army and came to the front line, so as to break into the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange at any time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to compete for any booty. He just wanted to enter the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion as soon as possible and find out the secrets inside.


    There are huge gaps in the five step mountain protection array of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Many powerful barbarians at the level of returning to the virtual world showed their true bodies and turned into giants like a hill. They stepped into the five-level mountain protection array in one step and wanted to break into the gate of jiuxuange mountain through these gaps.


    The senior friars of jiuxuan Pavilion led a team of friars to intercept separately and vowed to block all these barbarian strongmen.


    Jiuxuan pavilion has been besieged for so long that the monks in the door have long suffered heavy casualties and are exhausted.


    At the beginning, there may be enough monks in the door for rotation.


    As the siege continued, there were fewer and fewer remaining monks. They continued to fight and hardly got any rest.


    The strong man of the barbarian clan soon repulsed the friar jiuxuange who was in poor condition and broke into the mountain gate.


    These barbarian strongmen destroyed the fifth order mountain protection array internally, creating more and more gaps.


    Soon, an elite barbarian team followed these gaps and entered the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    Without the protection of the five rank mountain protection array, the side of jiuxuan Pavilion couldn''t hold on any longer.


    After the barbarian army entered the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange, they burned, killed, looted, vandalized and plundered everywhere


    Some friars of jiuxuan Pavilion took the opportunity to retreat into the blessed land of zongmen. They want to stick to it finally.


    The mountain gate has been broken, and it is difficult for the floating city to continue to play its role.


    Youlei Xuxian led a team of Dark Alliance friars into the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    Instead of running around like the strong barbarians, they concentrated their strength and rushed towards the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Obviously, the Dark Alliance also has its own news channel and knows that there are big secrets hidden in the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Although the two sides are allies, the barbarian high-level still retains enough vigilance against the Dark Alliance.


    Seeing the action of the Dark Alliance friar, several barbarian teams approached, seemingly to cooperate with their action, but in fact it implied the intention of surveillance.


    You Lei Xian didn''t take care of these. Breaking the defense of the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion is the top priority.


    The strong barbarians are willing to help, which is of course the best.


    The blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion is located in the deepest part of the mountain gate, and is also guarded by arrays and prohibitions.


    The remaining monks of jiuxuan Pavilion also tried to use the blessed land to make the final resistance.


    Under the joint attack of Dark Alliance friars and barbarian strongmen, the protection of blessed land was soon broken.


    The friars of jiuxuan Pavilion guarding at the entrance of blessed land suffered heavy casualties and had to return to blessed land temporarily.


    The protection of blessed land was broken, revealing a huge entrance.


    The Dark Alliance friars and the strong barbarians rushed in and rushed in directly.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion is facing the crisis of extinction. Of course, the top level of the sect should try every means.


    Although they knew there was no response, the senior management of jiuxuan pavilion has been asking jiuxuan Zhenxian for help.


    The top level of jiuxuan Pavilion used the secret method to directly transmit the information of asking for help to jiuxuan immortal.


    Unfortunately, no matter how they begged and cried, jiuxuan real fairy ignored them.


    Nine XuanZhen immortals are not really so ruthless. They don''t care about their disciples and grandchildren at all.


    However, he has made great plans. When the layout reaches a critical moment, he is really unable to distract his attention.


    He can only hope that his disciples and grandchildren can be more ambitious and persist for a longer period of time.


    With the help of the Dark Alliance, the barbarian army finally broke through the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    Even if the true immortal of jiuxuan doesn''t care about the life and death of his disciples and grandchildren, the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion can''t be ignored.


    Jiuxuan immortal couldn''t separate himself, so he had to give orders to his outer incarnation, the ancestor Xuanxuan.


    Father Xuanxuan was fighting with the real immortals of the three mountains.


    After receiving the order from the Buddha, although he knew that he would be in danger of falling, he still had to obey it.


    Taking advantage of a staggered opportunity, master Xuanxuan was hard hit by the Hunling God, got out of the battle, turned and ran away. He flew away from the source sea and fled to the distance.


    Xuanxuan''s father suddenly fled and caught the three real immortals and three lions by surprise.


    The three mountain immortals were not as strong as each other. They insisted very hard and managed to block the enemy''s attack. Now there is a mysterious ancestor missing, and they can''t hold on at last.


    Hunling zunshen blocked the three mountain real immortals in front. The famine demon God who had been haunting around suddenly broke out and caught the three mountain real immortals by surprise.

 Chapter 2411

    The name of famine demon God, as the name suggests, is to take famine as its original power.


    He is good at setting off disasters in all worlds, causing all kinds of natural and man-made disasters, drawing strength from them and strengthening himself.


    Famine is his Avenue and the source of his strength.


    As a member of the foreign invaders, he was involved in all the disasters in the Junchen world.


    In particular, many strong people at the level of true immortals fought in the source sea, which directly triggered various natural disasters in the Junchen world, mainly continuous major earthquakes.


    Frequent disasters, in turn, enhanced the power of the famine demon God.


    In fact, the conventional cultivation means of the famine demon God is to cause all kinds of natural and man-made disasters in many worlds, leading to large-scale famine.


    Thanks to the current state of frequent famine in Junchen world, the famine demon God is in good condition.


    In the current Junchen world, there is chaos everywhere.


    Only a few Xiuzhen forces like taiyimen can strive to maintain the stability of the territory, actively help the victims and reduce the damage caused by famine.


    Through the large-scale famine in Junchen world, the famine demon God has accumulated very powerful power.


    If the famine in the Junchen world continues, the famine demon God may even gain enough power to compete with the real immortals in the three mountains.


    Now, taking advantage of the opportunity of gaining the upper hand, the famine demon God makes every effort to raid the real immortals in the three mountains.


    After a series of continuous impacts, the real immortals of the three mountains finally broke the defense and were slapped by the famine demon God.


    The strange and domineering evil Qi intruded into the real immortal of Sanshan, destroyed wantonly in his body, and rushed to the key of his body.


    Sanshan Zhenxian knows the way. Xuanxuan''s father is the incarnation of jiuxuan Zhenxian. He will only obey the orders of jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    The order of jiuxuan immortal must have been the reason why Xuanxuan''s ancestors fled.


    No matter what kind of psychology jiuxuan Zhenxian gave such an order, it was tantamount to selling the three mountain Zhenxian to a group of strong enemies.


    Sanshan Zhenxian promised to help six Zhenxian with all his strength, but never promised to die for them.


    In these thousands of years, Sanshan Zhenxian, as the sea god needle of Jun dust world, guarded the peace of Jun dust world and defeated foreign invaders countless times.


    Even now, when the war situation is extremely unfavorable, the three real immortals have not moved the idea of running away. They are still trying to stick to it, try to contain the enemy and reduce the pressure for the six real immortals.


    It can be said that the three real immortals have long overfulfilled their tasks and have done their utmost to the six real immortals.


    Xuanxuan''s father fled before the battle, and there was no reason for the real immortals of the three mountains to stay here.


    If the battle goes on, I''m afraid he can''t go.


    The real immortals of the three mountains are not as shameless as Xuanxuan''s ancestors. They left their comrades in arms and ran away by themselves.


    Before the three mountain real immortals retreated, they not only informed the six real immortals in time, but also tried to cover the three lions from the battle.


    The three lions are the spiritual pet of Baichuan, the ancestor of the Royal beast sect. He has always regarded them as if they were his life.


    When the six real immortals were sleeping, the three lions cooperated with the real immortals of the three mountains to guard the Junchen world according to the instructions of the ancestor of Baichuan.


    Now the war situation is unfavorable, and the three lions have to retreat. The ancestor of Baichuan didn''t mean to embarrass him, but let him move freely.


    Soon, Sanshan Zhenxian covered the three lions to escape at the cost of injury, and then took the initiative to escape from the battle and escape from the source sea.


    Both the Hunling God and the famine demon God want to leave the three mountain true immortals forever.


    They tried to catch up for a while. After driving the real immortals of the three mountains far away, they stopped pursuing.


    Their biggest opponent and main target are the six immortals.


    Seeing that the real immortals of the three mountains had completely fled the source sea and could not interfere in their battle, they rushed to join the battle of besieging the six real immortals.


    The six immortals who were already at a disadvantage supported even harder in the face of the new force of the enemy.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian knew that it was wonderful and had been watching the war from a distance.


    Although he knew that the natural ghosts and gods from the underworld were enemies, he secretly contacted too wonderful and tried to seek too wonderful help.


    Jiuxuan immortal refused to mention what they had done to the natural ghosts and gods in Junchen world, but tried to persuade Taimiao.


    In his opinion, it''s wonderful to watch the war. The purpose must be to reap the benefits.


    Unfortunately, it''s too wonderful to be alone. With limited strength, it''s impossible to have a chance to make a profit.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian told Taimiao that if these foreign invaders win, they will not let go of the ghosts and gods in the Junchen world and will kill Taimiao.


    If too wonderful is willing to join the battle and help them, they will give too wonderful all kinds of benefits.


    ¡­¡­


    It''s wonderful. How can it be persuaded by jiuxuan real fairy.


    He simply ignored jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    Of course, he reported the latest war situation in Yuanhai to the venerable Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help laughing when he heard that master Xuanxuan had escaped from the battle, which led to the defeat of the real immortal in the three mountains. It''s true that dogs can''t change to eat shit. They are already real immortals. They are still so selfish and just run for their lives.


    No, the ancestor of Xuanxuan is the incarnation of jiuxuan real fairy. Even if he wants to escape, he can''t leave jiuxuan real fairy, let alone violate the order of jiuxuan real fairy.


    Meng Zhang suddenly realized that Xuanxuan must have come this way.


    It seems that the true immortal of jiuxuan still did not sit and watch the complete destruction of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Perhaps what he valued was not jiuxuan Pavilion, but the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The largest import and export of Yuanhai is now located in jiutianzhong, which is the original location of the heavenly palace.


    There is a short distance from the Middle Earth continent of the Jun dust world.


    After escaping from the battle and escaping from the source sea, Xuanxuan appeared directly in Jiutian.


    Now nine days are under the control of foreign invaders. Someone may have found his whereabouts.


    The strong ones of Zhenxian level among the foreign invaders fought against the six Zhenxian in the source sea.


    Most of the forces of the foreign invaders have been sent to the Junchen world to besiege the mountain gates of the holy places.


    The foreign invaders who stayed for nine days alone could not stop the pace of Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    Meng Zhang had just figured it out. Soon, a escaping light fell directly from the sky to the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange.


    The comers make no secret of their momentum, or they release their powerful momentum unscrupulously.


    The momentum of Zhenxian level is too terrible.


    Although there are a large number of barbarian troops inside and outside jiuxuange Mountain Gate, they are still suppressed by this momentum.


    Those barbarians with weaker strength can''t hold on and have to crawl on the ground.


    Only the strong among the barbarian army are still trying to compete with this momentum.


    The barbarian army, which had been slightly chaotic because of breaking through the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange, suddenly became more chaotic.


    Among the barbarian army, there are many strong people at the level of returning to the virtual world, and even strong people at the level of virtual immortals.


    Seeing the momentum of Xuanxuan''s ancestors is to treat many strong barbarians as if they had nothing.

 Chapter 2412

    Including barbarians, many races and many spiritual systems have the method of defeating the strong with the weak.


    Generally speaking, these methods are special arrays and so on.


    For example, if the current barbarian army forms a military array and takes the strong at the level of returning to the virtual as the backbone of the military array, it can temporarily obtain the power at the level of real immortal.


    The ancestor of Xuanxuan is the incarnation of jiuxuan true immortal. It is not easy to promote the level of true immortal.


    In terms of combat effectiveness, he is almost the same as an ordinary immortal, not to mention that he is still injured at this time.


    If this barbarian army is arrayed in the void and gives full play to its power, it can deal with top virtual immortals such as three mountain real immortals.


    If you are facing an ordinary immortal, you can compete with it.


    However, after the barbarian army broke through the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange, the army dispersed and burned, killed and looted everywhere.


    Barbarians are irritable and impulsive by nature.


    Being able to be selected into the army and participate in the expedition to the Junchen world has been an outstanding ethnic group selected by thousands within the barbarians, and only after very strict training can such an elite army be formed.


    After discovering the arrival of true immortals, the senior leaders of the barbarian army tried their best to gather the army and wanted to set up an army.


    Xuanxuan''s ancestors fought with foreign invaders for many years and fought with the barbarian army. Of course, they knew the details.


    As soon as he came, he released a strong momentum and wanted to completely suppress the other party before the other party formed a military formation, so that the other party could not form a military formation smoothly.


    A high-ranking barbarian tried to resist the powerful pressure of Xuanxuan''s ancestors while trying to get close.


    Barbarians can exist in the void world, but also has its unique characteristics.


    The vast majority of barbarians have a strong blood nature and a strong character.


    They are fearless and dare to challenge all strong enemies.


    Even powerful real immortals can''t try to subdue them.


    The strong pressure of Zhenxian aroused the blood of many barbarians and made them very angry.


    A famous barbarian had blue veins on his head and a ferocious face. He was desperate to gather in the formation.


    When the emperor Xuanxuan, who came down from the sky, waved a few times, a large area of barbarians flew out upside down, covered in blood and flesh.


    The tragedy of their companions not only did not scare them, but stimulated their stronger fighting spirit.


    A group of high-level barbarians gathered under the pressure of real immortals formed a simple formation and barely blocked the attack of Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    Under their cover, a small group of barbarians formed an array one after another and began to cooperate with each other.


    Master Xuanxuan knew that he was a step late and the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion had fallen.


    Even if he is a real immortal, he can''t defeat the barbarian army in front of him and recover the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion alone.


    Although the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan pavilion has fallen, fortunately, the most important blessed land is still there.


    Father Xuanxuan didn''t want to entangle with the barbarian army in front of him. He wanted to enter the blessed land as soon as possible.


    Xuanxuan beat back the strong barbarians in the way and flew towards the blessed land.


    The barbarian army has not completely completed the formation, and some scattered teams alone can''t stop xuanlao.


    Youlei Xuxian, who had led his hand down to the entrance of the blessed land, saw Xuanxuan''s father flying fiercely. Instead of retreating immediately, he rushed into the blessed land with a group of his men as fast as possible.


    The prohibition of the entrance to the blessed land has long been broken, and the friars of jiuxuange who stood in the way have long been defeated.


    Youlei Xuxian smoothly rushed into the blessed land of jiuxuan pavilion with his men.


    Seeing this, old Xuanxuan was furious, accelerated his speed, chased Youlei immortal and rushed into the blessed land.


    Theoretically, there is an insurmountable gap between virtual immortals and real immortals, which is absolutely impossible to surpass the challenge.


    Meng Zhang''s strength alone is to join hands with the moon god. He is not the opponent of Xuanxuan''s father.


    However, Meng Zhang keenly found that Xuanxuan''s father was in the wrong state and was obviously seriously injured.


    Moreover, he has a wonderful way to rely on, and he also has a certain confidence in his heart.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god had previously hidden their tracks. When jiuxuange Mountain Gate was just captured and there was chaos everywhere, they had secretly lurked to a place not far from the entrance of the blessed land.


    He sent out his mind, communicated with the moon god, and began to take action.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god broke into the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion at once.


    As soon as they entered the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion, Meng Zhang and the moon god felt a darkness in front of them.


    The blessed area of jiuxuan Pavilion is large, with a radius of hundreds of miles. A large number of pavilions, waterside pavilions, palaces and pavilions have been built inside


    Blessed land is divided into several areas by special arrays and prohibitions. There are many buildings in it, which makes the whole blessed land a huge maze.


    Outsiders who are not familiar with the situation can''t find the way in and out in a short time.


    Moreover, in many parts of the maze, friars of jiuxuange stationed and established a solid defense line.


    After you Lei Xu Xian broke into the blessed land with many of his men, he soon disappeared into many buildings.


    Xuanxuan, who came in later, didn''t rush to hunt down the intruders, but first observed the surroundings.


    There was chaos in the periphery of the blessed land because of the intrusion of thunder and immortals.


    The core area of Fudi is still intact.


    Old Xuanxuan was relieved that the layout in the blessed land had not been damaged, and the worst result did not appear.


    Xuanxuan hesitated for a moment, then passed through the buildings and flew to the core of the blessed land.


    After Meng Zhang and the moon god entered the blessed land, they could not see the Xuanxuan ancestor who came in first.


    Meng Zhang was acutely aware that in the center of the blessed land, there was an unknown thing that strongly attracted his mind.


    There seemed to be a voice urging Meng Zhang to move forward to find this unknown thing.


    When Meng Zhang visited Kou''s family at the beginning, he was moved by hearing that Kou Bo shangzun, the leader of Kou''s family, mentioned the blessed places of the holy places, and had a strong interest in these blessed places.


    If not, he would not have come to the muddy water of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Now that we have reached this stage, there is no reason to retreat.


    Even if there are many difficulties and obstacles ahead and even traps, he can only move forward bravely and continue to move forward.


    Behind Meng Zhang and the moon god, a powerful barbarian also broke into the blessed land.


    Previously, the senior level of the barbarian army did not pay enough attention to the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion and was busy looting around the mountain gate.


    Xuanxuan didn''t pester them, but hurried into the blessed land, which immediately aroused their suspicion.


    Although I don''t know the intention of Xuanxuan''s father, whatever the enemy wants to do, it''s right to try to stop it.


    Therefore, a strong barbarian also followed into the blessed land.


    These barbarian strongmen are also a group of fools and boldness. They didn''t think of the huge strength gap between themselves and Xuanxuan''s ancestors.

 Chapter 2413

    In the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion, many buildings form an array, which has a unique way of access.


    As the incarnation of jiuxuan real immortal, the ancestor of Xuanxuan has the supreme position in jiuxuan Pavilion when jiuxuan real immortal is sleeping, and can command jiuxuan pavilion to go up and down.


    He was familiar with all the secrets inside jiuxuan Pavilion, including all the arrangements in the blessed land.


    Therefore, he can easily pass through these groups and directly enter the core position of the blessed land.


    Outsiders like Meng Zhang and others need to slowly break through the checkpoints and break through the lines of defense before they can enter the core part.


    There is no need to hide your tracks at this time.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god can''t sneak into the core of the blessed land. They have to break through.


    You Lei Xu Xian is attacking a group of buildings with a helper.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god avoided their direction and killed them in another direction.


    Those strong barbarians who entered the blessed land were not attacked by Xuanxuan''s ancestors as expected, which surprised them a little.


    Although these barbarian strongmen were rude and reckless, they remained calm enough in front of the strong enemy.


    Instead of rushing to the center of the blessed land, they waited for more barbarian strongmen to come in, then formed an array and pushed away towards the front.


    At this time, on the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange outside, the barbarian army scattered everywhere has regrouped and formed a military array, ready to fight against the strong enemy at any time.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion attached great importance to blessed land and arranged a strong defensive force.


    Even if the situation of the mountain gate is critical, and even the mountain gate has been occupied, the defensive force in the blessed land has not been used.


    After the fall of the mountain gate, many disciples of jiuxuan Pavilion retreated to take refuge in the blessed land.


    Among them, there are many young and even young seed disciples who have little combat effectiveness.


    Now, the enemy rushed into the blessed land, and the disciples of jiuxuan Pavilion in the blessed land had to fight to the death and make the final resistance.


    Most of the power of jiuxuan pavilion has long been lost, and the garrison power in the blessed land is limited.


    The defense line composed of those buildings may also play a role in resisting the ordinary strong, but it can''t play a big role in the face of the strong enemy at the level of virtual immortal.


    Youlei Xuxian, barbarian strongman and Meng Zhang were divided into three ways and rushed to the center of the blessed land from three directions.


    They found each other long ago, but they didn''t interfere with each other.


    In the face of strong people at the level of true immortals, of course, the more helpers, the better.


    At present, Meng Zhang has the strength of the top virtual immortals. Under the real immortals in the Jun dust world, it is estimated that no one is his opponent except a few people such as peixue Jianjun.


    Although the moon god has not yet recovered to the realm of true God, his strength is unpredictable and almost not under Meng Zhang.


    Together, they were invincible. They rushed straight all the way, almost unstoppable. Their forward speed was the fastest of the three routes.


    These three advancing teams did not manage the maze, let alone detour slowly according to the arrangement of the enemy.


    They all move in a straight line and push flat all the way.


    All who stand in the way, whether people or things, shall be uprooted.


    What palaces and pavilions are all flat.


    Seeing that he was about to cross the last line of defense and enter the center of the blessed land, Meng Zhang deliberately slowed down his progress.


    In the process of moving forward, Meng Zhang has not relaxed his attention to the other two people.


    In the end, we must face the real immortal, the ancestor of Xuanxuan.


    Even if Meng Zhang has a dependency, there is no need to be a bird.


    The Dark Alliance elder Youlei Xuxian was also very chicken thief. When he was about to reach his destination, he adopted the same approach as Meng Zhang.


    Those barbarians don''t know whether they are too confident in their own family or not treacherous enough. They just rush forward without stopping at all.


    With a loud bang, the buildings in the way were pushed to the ground, and the formation composed of barbarian strongmen came to an open flat ground.


    In front, a huge Dharma altar stands there.


    The Dharma altar is solemn and majestic, with unpredictable majesty.


    Above the Dharma altar, a huge whirlpool looms.


    From the whirlpool, a trace of the origin of heaven and earth is revealed from time to time, and then absorbed by the Dharma altar.


    There are also earth veins in the blessed land.


    Huge earth veins converge at the Dharma altar, and almost endless earth veins are sucked into the Dharma altar.


    A large part of the Reiki of the whole blessed land is absorbed by the Dharma altar.


    ¡­¡­


    In front of the Dharma altar, old Xuanxuan sat on his knees.


    Since he came here, he has ignored other things, seized the time to heal his wounds and tried to restore his combat effectiveness.


    Behind Xuanxuan''s father, two old men looked at each other and smiled bitterly.


    One of the two old men is a mysterious immortal.


    Xuanjue Xuxian''s duty is to guard this dharma altar.


    Since he served as the guardian of his Dharma altar, his life has been connected with the Dharma altar.


    No matter what happened outside, even if the jiuxuan pavilion was destroyed, the Mountain Gate fell, and even the earth fell apart, he could not leave the Dharma altar for half a step.


    Another elder is Xuanyuan shangzun, the new leader of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    In recent years, facing the pressure of foreign invaders, the life of the holy places is very difficult, and the strong ones in the door continue to fall.


    Two leaders of jiuxuan pavilion have fallen.


    The last leader died in the battle when the Mountain Gate of jiuxuange fell. It can be regarded as a sacrifice to the sect.


    According to the instructions of the former leader before his death, Xuanyuan shangzun took over the post of leader and retreated into the blessed land with the last seed of the sect.


    In the future, Xuanyuan shangzun will shoulder the important task of revitalizing the sect.


    Of course, according to the practice of the cultivation world, as long as the top strength of the sect is still there, it is not difficult to revitalize the sect.


    The founder of jiuxuan Pavilion, jiuxuan real immortals, are still alive. Jiuxuan Pavilion is far from extinct.


    Perhaps in the eyes of jiuxuan immortal, the significance of jiuxuan Pavilion is to provide guarantee for his promotion to heaven.


    He worked hard to build jiuxuan pavilion just for his own way.


    If the disciples and grandchildren of jiuxuan Pavilion can sacrifice for his ancestor, they will not live in vain.


    As for what the disciples of jiuxuan Pavilion think, jiuxuan immortal is too lazy to care, and never asks.


    Jiuxuan pavilion has reached such a point that it is difficult to hide the desolation in the hearts of xuanjue virtual immortal and Xuanyuan shangzun, who are the high-rise of jiuxuan Pavilion.


    In particular, Xuanyuan shangzun seemed preoccupied.


    He was badly wounded in the previous battle to guard the mountain gate.


    He retreated into the blessed land with his seriously injured body. Soon, he had no time for treatment, and his combat effectiveness was far from recovering.


    After the team composed of strong barbarians entered here, Meng Zhang and the moon god followed them, followed by Youlei Xuxian and others.


    All three people and horses entered this vast flat land and found the eye-catching Dharma altar in front of them.


    The Dharma altar was so eye-catching that it certainly attracted everyone''s attention at the first time.


    Then, everyone stared at the biggest enemy they faced - xuanlao Zu.

 Chapter 2414

    Meng Zhang seemed to be staring at Xuanxuan''s father, but a large part of his attention was on the Dharma altar in front of him.


    Among the people present, Meng Zhang is probably the most knowledgeable and knowledgeable.


    Taiyi gate is a young sect. It seems to have a shallow background, but its inheritance comes from Taiyi Jinxian.


    In many ways, even ancient forces such as the Dark Alliance can''t match.


    This dharma altar connects the source sea and has been nourished by the origin of heaven and earth in the source sea.


    In fact, a large part of the Reiki of the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion is consumed on this dharma altar.


    And in the deadly moment of the siege, the consumption was not reduced.


    On weekdays, for this dharma altar, it even affects the cultivation of returning to emptiness power in jiuxuan Pavilion.


    If it were not for the drag of this dharma altar, the five-level mountain protection array of jiuxuan Pavilion might last longer.


    This dharma altar was built by six true immortals in those years, which is related to their great plans.


    Meng Zhang saw through a bit of emptiness and reality and knew that this dharma altar was more important than the outer incarnation of the true immortal level.


    Of course, with Xuanxuan ancestors standing in front of them, they certainly can''t get close to the Dharma altar directly.


    When we saw that Xuanxuan stood in front of the Dharma altar, we all knew that we should defeat Xuanxuan first.


    The three sides stood together in the face of the strong ones at the Zhenxian level.


    The leader of this group of strong barbarians is chief Xiong Bi, the barbarian leader of Xuxian level. He is a fearless and brave general.


    Under the command of chief xiongpi, all the strong barbarians formed an array and took the initiative to attack Xuanxuan''s ancestor.


    They saw a huge bear bottom on their head, waving a pair of bear paws and jumping on Xuanxuan''s ancestor.


    The interruption of healing made Xuanxuan very angry.


    A colorful giant palm fell from the sky and slapped the bear hard.


    Seeing that the Allies had started, Youlei Xianxian was not idle. He also commanded his men to arrange the array, which attracted bursts of Tianlei to attack Xuanxuan''s father.


    There is an insurmountable gap between virtual immortals and real immortals, and it is almost impossible to surmount the challenge.


    If the virtual immortal wants to fight against the real immortal, he must concentrate the strength of the people and arrange arrays and so on.


    With a common enemy, Meng Zhang and moon god also began to fight.


    The fierce sword spirit shuttled wantonly in the space, and mysteriously killed Xuanxuan''s father.


    The cool moonlight turned into flying flowers, and one after another fell to xuanlao Zu.


    ¡­¡­


    Meng Zhang and the moon god had reservations and did not fight with all their strength.


    Of course, the strength they showed had a strong restraining effect on the ancestors of Xuanxuan.


    With one enemy, Xuanxuan blocked the attack of many powerful people.


    Xuanjue Xuxian and Xuanyuan shangzun behind him were not in a hurry to join the war.


    Xuanjue is hesitating.


    His responsibility is to guard this dharma altar. If he joins the battle and is restrained by the enemy, there will inevitably be omissions in the guard work.


    But if you don''t help Xuanxuan, when Xuanxuan is defeated by the enemy, the enemy will attack the Dharma altar sooner or later.


    Xuanyuan shangzun did not participate in the war because his heart was full of resentment.


    He was extremely dissatisfied with Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    If Xuanxuan''s father had come earlier and helped jiuxuan Pavilion before the five-step mountain protection array of jiuxuan pavilion was broken, jiuxuan pavilion would certainly continue. The mountain gate would not be captured so soon.


    Even after his retreat into the blessed land, Xuanxuan didn''t care to reach the Dharma altar first, but closely guarded the periphery of the blessed land, made full use of various arrangements in the blessed land, and led the friars of jiuxuan Pavilion in the blessed land to fight.


    In this way, these foreign invaders can''t cross the defense line in the blessed land in a short time, and they won''t come here so soon.


    In the final analysis, it was Xuanxuan''s ancestors who only cared about this dharma altar and never made the right choice.


    There is also xuanjue Xuxian, a fellow disciple who is also a dead brain. He only knows to stick to this dharma altar and ignore everything that happens outside.


    The Mountain Gate fell and countless fellow disciples died miserably, as if they didn''t touch him at all.


    Xuanyuan shangzun had contact with the Dark Alliance before, but he did not betray the sect door, let alone betray the secrets of the sect door.


    Inside jiuxuan Pavilion, another person was bribed by the Dark Alliance.


    After entering the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion, Youlei immortal bumped into Xuanyuan shangzun who was about to escape into the blessed land.


    Youlei immortal didn''t stop, let alone pursue and kill, and let Xuanyuan shangzun retreat into the blessed land with a group of young seed disciples.


    Youlei Xuxian just took the opportunity to communicate with Xuanyuan shangzun, an old acquaintance, and pointed out some cruel facts.


    All the friars in jiuxuan Pavilion were abandoned by jiuxuan immortal.


    Jiuxuan immortal had no feelings for his disciples and grandchildren. He didn''t care about their life or death, but simply used them.


    Finally, Youlei Xuxian generously said that if Xuanyuan shangzun could draw a clear line with jiuxuan real immortal, the Dark Alliance would not continue to embarrass him.


    He could fly away and find a safe place to rebuild the door.


    Xuanyuan shangzun knew that Youlei immortal was stirring up discord, but what he said was the truth.


    Especially later, after Xuanxuan''s father also entered the blessed land, Xuanxuan didn''t care about everything in jiuxuan Pavilion, just thinking about this dharma altar.


    Xuanyuan shangzun is a direct friar of jiuxuan Pavilion. He has been cherished by the patriarch since childhood and has been greatly cultivated.


    Xuanyuan shangzun has deep feelings for his school jiuxuan Pavilion.


    A series of recent experiences made his mind and thoughts tumbling at this time, and gave birth to many thoughts that he didn''t dare to have at ordinary times.


    Jiuxuan pavilion has a history of thousands of years, for which countless predecessors have made painstaking efforts and even sacrifices.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion belongs to all jiuxuan Pavilion friars, not someone''s tool.


    Even the true immortal jiuxuan who founded jiuxuan pavilion has no right to control the life and death of the friars in jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Once these rebellious thoughts came into mind, Xuanyuan shangzun was a little unable to sit still.


    He remembered what Youlei Xuxian had said before.


    If you can leave here and stay away from the gratitude and resentment between jiuxuan real immortals and foreign invaders, with the cultivation of Xuanyuan superior, the world can go and have the ability to rebuild the sect.


    Xuanyuan shangzun took over the position of leader from the former leader and swore allegiance to the sect, not to jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    In his eyes, the inheritance and continuation of the sect is obviously higher than the personal interests of jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    The seed disciples of the sect, the classics passed on and many materials for cultivation of truth are stored in the mustard space in his body.


    He can walk away without taking part in the battle in front of him.


    Of course, Xuanyuan shangzun knew that Youlei Xuxian was the enemy. Everything he said was for another purpose, which was completely untrustworthy.


    If he wants to get out of here safely, he has to find another way.


    As for the Revenge of jiuxuan Zhenxian afterwards, he didn''t care much.


    As the high-level of jiuxuan Pavilion, Xuanyuan shangzun doesn''t know anything about the situation in the source sea even if he has been staying in the mountain gate.


    Now jiuxuan real immortal can''t get away easily, let alone have spare time to find his own trouble.

 Chapter 2415

    In the current situation, it is difficult for Xuanyuan shangzun to leave here easily.


    He did not forget that outside the blessed land, there was a powerful barbarian army in the gate of jiuxuange mountain.


    He didn''t contact Youlei Xuxian to get help and understanding. He didn''t have the slightest trust in this person.


    He needs a chance to get away safely.


    Xuanjue Xuxian, who hesitated for a long time, saw Xuanyuan shangzun working aside and couldn''t help. He was slightly angry and threw a questioning look at Xuanyuan shangzun.


    Xuanyuan shangzun smiled bitterly and pointed to his body.


    It seems that Xuanyuan shangzun is seriously injured and has no combat effectiveness left. Even if he participated in the war in the past, he can''t help.


    Of course, the injury of Xuanyuan shangzun was not so heavy.


    After retreating into the blessed land, especially after Xuanxuan''s father arrived here, he deliberately pretended to be seriously injured out of some instinctive defense, hiding the real remaining combat effectiveness.


    Although xuanjue Xuxian was very dissatisfied, he didn''t force Xuanyuan shangzun to help immediately, but asked him to hurry up to adjust his breath and try to restore his combat effectiveness.


    There was little difference between the two in their positions in the sect, and xuanjue Xuxian had no power to order Xuanyuan to respect.


    Xuanjue Xuxian hesitated and asked Xuanyuan shangzun to pay more attention to the Dharma altar behind them while adjusting his breath.


    Then xuanjue Xuxian rushed out and joined the battle ahead.


    Facing the siege of many virtual immortals, the old ancestor Xuanxuan was seriously injured and had a tendency to fall to the disadvantage.


    The timely action of xuanjue Xuxian was really a timely rain.


    With the help of a virtual immortal, old Xuanxuan stabilized his position and fought with his opponent.


    Meng Zhang and moon god, who had been reserved before, also began to work.


    They don''t want to see their side defeated by Xuanxuan''s ancestors and make this action completely futile.


    A huge Tai Chi yin-yang diagram appeared on Meng Zhang''s head, driving the yin-yang Qi to attack his opponent.


    The yin-yang fan of wind and fire in his hand kept dancing, and the overwhelming wind and fire rushed to the enemy.


    There were only a few hundred strong barbarians fighting in the field, which was far from being a big army.


    These barbarian strongmen are selected elites. They are not only brave, but also good at arranging troops and arrays and cooperating in combat.


    Chief xiongpi commanded a powerful formation and gave full play to the combat effectiveness close to the level of real immortal.


    The number and strength of you Lei Xu Xian are far inferior to that of Xiong Bi.


    However, as the strong one of the Dark Alliance, there are still many hidden thunder immortals to rely on.


    He is a boy with many treasures, and all kinds of treasures are emerging one after another.


    All kinds of powerful talismans have hardly been cut off.


    The Dharma array laid by the practitioners of the Dark Alliance has a great restraint on Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    Originally, xuanjue Xuxian thought that after he joined the war, the situation would certainly improve.


    But he never expected that his participation in the war would stimulate a stronger rebound from his opponent.


    Whether it was the barbarian strongman who made every effort to fight, or the vicious Dark Alliance friar, he had to deal with it very hard.


    Meng Zhang and the moon god, who have taken out their true skills, are not weak in combat effectiveness, although they are small in number.


    Xuanxuan''s ancestor and xuanjue Xuxian were soon shrouded by the enemy''s attack.


    As the fundamental place of jiuxuan Pavilion, this blessed land has been painstakingly operated by the whole sect for thousands of years.


    On weekdays, it is too late for friars of jiuxuan pavilion to take good care of the blessed land. Where are they willing to let them suffer the slightest harm.


    Although Fudi is a completely independent space, it is not a complete big world after all, and its carrying capacity is limited.


    If it is just the power fluctuation of the ordinary return to emptiness level, it will have little impact on the blessed land.


    If many strong people who return to the virtual world fight, it will cause great damage to the big world like Junchen world.


    Now in the blessed land, the fighting broke out is basically the level of true immortals.


    With the outbreak of powerful forces one after another, neither of the belligerents has time to take into account the burden on the blessed land.


    After a period of fighting, the whole blessed land began to shake violently.


    The sky is shaking more and more violently, as if it would collapse at any time.


    Frequent major earthquakes have torn open unfathomable chasms on the ground, from which a strong evil spirit flows.


    Xuanxuan''s ancestors and xuanjue Zhenxian certainly didn''t want to see this happen.


    However, the current war situation cannot be controlled by them at all.


    They must do their best to stop the enemy''s attack.


    If they have reservations, have to worry about the destruction of the blessed land, and even distract themselves from protecting the blessed land, they will only end in defeat.


    In his busy schedule, Xuanxuan still didn''t forget to care about the huge Dharma altar.


    Most of the buildings in the blessed land have completely collapsed and become ruins.


    The Dharma altar itself is built with all kinds of natural materials and earth treasures. It is as stable as Mount Tai and indestructible.


    The ground around the Dharma altar has also been strengthened by various methods and can be supported for the time being.


    Seeing that the Dharma altar was all right, father Xuanxuan was a little relieved.


    The ancestor of Xuanxuan didn''t expect to defeat or repel the enemy in front of him for a long time.


    He was just trying to buy time for the six immortals.


    As an incarnation outside the body, the ancestor of Xuanxuan has a special connection with the original nine XuanZhen immortal.


    What happened in the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion had long been reported to jiuxuan immortal.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian knows that this dharma altar is of great importance and must not lose.


    However, under the current situation, the nine Xuan true immortal is no longer powerful, and he can''t take care of it here.


    In fact, the situation of other holy places is better than jiuxuan Pavilion, but it is still not optimistic.


    In the face of the crazy siege of various foreign invaders, the mountain gates of the main holy places are in danger of falling.


    If the Mountain Gate falls, it will face the same dilemma as jiuxuan Pavilion.


    But there is no more Xuanxuan ancestor who can go to reinforce.


    The six immortals have worked hard for thousands of years, and their accumulated cards are almost exhausted. They have no reinforcements to send.


    As a last resort, the six immortals had to advance the original plan and prepare to launch the final means.


    Launching the last resort is not simple and requires a lot of preparatory work, especially enough time.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian gave the death order to Xuanxuan''s old ancestor and asked him to stop the enemy with all his strength and ensure that the Dharma altar was safe.


    In order to protect the Dharma altar, you can sacrifice everything, even the outer incarnation of Xuanxuan''s father.


    Other true immortals also gave similar death orders to the families of the major holy places, asking them to keep the Dharma altar at all costs and delay time as much as possible.


    In other places, Xuanxuan didn''t know. He was confident to continue the battle just in front of him and promised not to let the enemy succeed.


    It is difficult for them to quickly distinguish the victory from the defeat when they fight against the strong at this level.


    As a true immortal, if the ancestor Xuanxuan deliberately delayed, he would have no problem continuing to fight for decades.

 Chapter 2416

    All the people in the field, all of them with rich combat experience, soon saw through the intention of father Xuanxuan to delay time.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who has a keen sense of spirit, has a faint sense of uneasiness in his heart.


    If Xuanxuan''s intention succeeds and he delays it enough time, bad things are likely to happen.


    However, with their strength, they are simply unable to change this situation.


    At any rate, Xuanxuan was also a strong man at the level of true immortals, and his strength level was still above them.


    It is not easy for them to gain an upper hand against the enemy.


    If Xuanxuan didn''t get hurt, it might be much more difficult.


    Meng Zhang and his disciples were unwilling to let Xuanxuan''s ancestors achieve their goals and began to take out more cards to try to defeat them as soon as possible.


    However, they began to focus on defense and decided to delay time. They really couldn''t beat each other in a short time.


    At this time, it is not just Meng Zhang and them. The foreign invaders who fought against six real immortals in Yuanhai also vaguely felt that the situation was a little wrong.


    After the three mountain true immortals broke away from the battle, the mixed spirit God and the famine demon God joined in the siege of the six true immortals.


    The six true immortals have fallen to the absolute disadvantage in the face of the strong enemy. It seems that it is only a matter of time before the distance is completely defeated.


    But the six true immortals were not in a hurry, let alone flustered.


    Some sensitive people, such as Hunling and respecting gods, have found some small movements behind them.


    They seem to be secretly casting some kind of large-scale magic when resisting the siege of strong enemies.


    In order to ensure the smooth casting of spells, they do not hesitate to pay a huge price to temporarily block the enemy.


    Although the mixed spirit respected God did not know what kind of magic they were going to cast, based on his experience, no matter what the enemy wanted to do, it was right to try to stop and prevent them from succeeding.


    The mixed spirit worshipped the God to greet his companions and strengthened the siege on the six real immortals. Be sure to take them down before they successfully cast spells.


    However, the six real immortals have profound cultivation and are all old real immortals. They are the best of real immortals in terms of accumulated or combat experience.


    The six of them worked together and were injured. It''s not too difficult to delay a little time.


    The mixed spirits and gods have faintly felt that with the casting of the six true immortals, there seems to be some power resonating with them in the Mountain Gate of each holy place.


    Seeing that he couldn''t win the six true immortals for the time being, Hun Ling Zun God made the idea of living in the Mountain Gate of each holy place.


    While these foreign invaders entangled the six immortals, they were also entangled by them. For the time being, they were unable to get away and do other things.


    Several foreign invaders communicated with the high level. The armies of all foreign invaders who were besieging the mountain gates of the holy places soon received orders from the high level to attack with all their strength and conquer the enemy''s mountain gates as soon as possible.


    The army of foreign invaders, which had been storming the enemy''s Mountain Gate, once again stepped up its attack.


    They even contacted their ally Dark Alliance to provide more help.


    The Dark Alliance has sent the troops of Youlei Xuxian to attack the Mountain Gate of jiuxuan Pavilion, and they admit that they have made great efforts.


    Out of vigilance against foreign invaders, they wanted to preserve their strength as much as possible, so they were reluctant to continue to send troops to the war.


    Faced with the aggressive attitude of foreign invaders, they had no choice but to respond.


    Soon, inside the Mountain Gate of several holy places, there was a rebellion, trying to open the protective array and receive the troops of foreign invaders.


    These rebellions caused great chaos, caused great losses to the holy places, and even almost led to the fall of their mountain gates.


    However, at the critical moment, the major Holy Land Sect doors took out more cards, and finally beat back the enemy who broke into the array and guarded the mountain gate for the time being.


    Despite the huge cost, the doors of the holy places were temporarily supported.


    Although the mountain gates seem to be in danger, they can persist for a period of time.


    Relying on the hard insistence of the monks of the holy places, the six true immortals finally achieved the purpose of delaying time.


    In the source sea, six real immortals flew together and formed a circle, and powerful breath rose from behind them.


    Since the beginning of the war, the battlefields of both sides have been limited to the shallow part of the source sea, and have not been able to go deep into the depth of the source sea.


    Six true immortals have been sleeping in the depths of the source sea for many years. It is said that they have been planning the legacy of heavenly immortals there.


    It is a lie to say that these foreign invaders are not interested in the depths of the source sea.


    However, they had been fighting with six real immortals before, and they had no time to go deep into the source sea before they solved their opponents.


    It''s wonderful to watch the war on one side. It seems that there is a chance to enter the depths of the source sea.


    But soon after he was promoted to the true God, he still needs time to consolidate his accomplishments.


    Second, he is very cautious and unwilling to take risks easily.


    Since he appeared in front of both sides once, he hid aside and began to practice without interfering in their struggle.


    For a long time, although the two sides did not relax their vigilance against him, they did not bother him for the time being.


    After the six true immortals made some moves, Taimiao soon realized it.


    Although he intended to intervene, he refrained from taking action out of his preparedness against foreign invaders.


    At this time, in the depths of the source sea, there were bursts of violent shocks, and the space fluctuated very badly.


    Together, the whole source sea seemed to be boiling, and the source of heaven and earth inside quickly rolled up.


    The sudden changes in Yuanhai have greatly affected the fighting between the two sides.


    Many magic powers are distorted by the turbulent source sea. Even the strong at the level of true immortals are unstable in the boiling source of heaven and earth. They need to spend more energy to stabilize their body and protect themselves.


    At the same time of the violent turbulence in the source sea, the Dharma altar in the deepest part of the blessed land of jiuxuan Pavilion also began to shake and emit dazzling light.


    In the Holy Land Sect gate founded by the six true immortals, there is a blessed place respectively, and in the deepest part of the blessed place, there is a similar Dharma altar.


    Now, with the casting of the six true immortals, the six Dharma altars have been triggered and various visions have begun to appear.


    All the other places are fine. The two sides who are fighting in the blessed land of jiuxuan pavilion have noticed the changes in the Dharma altar.


    As the incarnation of jiuxuan immortal, Xuanxuan''s father knew a little about the mystery.


    Instead of taking charge of the changes in the Dharma altar, he ordered xuanjue Xuxian not to be distracted and to block the enemy with him and keep the enemy away from the Dharma altar.


    Even though the chief xiongpi of the barbarian had limited knowledge of the means of the cultivator, he guessed that the change in the Dharma altar was not a good thing and could not let the enemy continue like this.


    Dark Alliance''s Youlei immortal has good vision and insight. I guessed that the change of this dharma altar may be related to the last cards of the six real immortals.


    Maybe, at this time, the six true immortals are launching a Jedi counterattack.

 Chapter 2417.1

    Meng Zhang saw more things because of his inheritance.


    The current Dharma altar should be very critical, which should be related to the plan of the six true immortals.


    After the change of the Dharma altar, the connection between the Dharma altar and the source sea was significantly strengthened, and special forces ran through the Dharma altar and the source sea.


    Meng Zhang thought of electricity and thought of a lot at once.


    As the incarnation of jiuxuan true immortal, Xuanxuan''s father had to protect this dharma altar to the death, which shows the importance of this dharma altar.


    For a long time, Meng Zhang has been speculating that the six real immortals seem to be losing in the battle, but they should have hidden cards that can reverse the war and defeat foreign invaders.


    However, limited to the lack of information, Meng Zhang didn''t know what their last card was.


    Since he came here and found this dharma altar, his spiritual sense has been touched and speculated vaguely.


    If you want to stop the plan of the six true immortals, you''d better destroy the Dharma altar in front of you.


    But Meng Zhang hesitated again.


    If the Dharma altar in front of them is destroyed, resulting in the failure of the cards of the six real immortals, and they are finally defeated, it is also not in the interests of taiyimen.


    The six immortals had better keep pestering with foreign invaders.


    Even if they want to decide the outcome, they should lose both.


    When Meng Zhang hesitated, the Dharma altar shook more and more, and all kinds of changes in the source sea became more intense.


    Taimiao, who is in the source sea, stopped practicing long ago, paid close attention to what happened inside, and exchanged information with Meng Zhang at any time.


    In the deepest part of the source sea, the space is like a piece of broken paper, which is arbitrarily folded and rubbed, and a distinctive breath is revealed from it.


    Those present are sensitive and knowledgeable people. As soon as they feel this breath, they will immediately make a judgment.


    This is the breath of anti space. How can the breath of anti space appear in the depths of the source sea of Jun dust world?


    The world in which everyone here lives on weekdays, including the Yin and Yang world of the Junchen world, including all major worlds, including the vast void, all belong to the positive space.


    The anti space is a special space that is completely opposite to the positive space.


    Theoretically, every positive space has its corresponding anti space.


    In the void, it is not very difficult to open the anti space entrance and enter the anti space.


    The strong of each cultivation system have also developed various methods of using anti space.


    Among the practitioners of Jun dust world, there is a secret method of long-distance movement by using the difference between positive and negative space - great movement of void.


    The threshold of this secret method is not high, and the yuan God Zhenjun can reluctantly perform it.


    Of course, it is very difficult to go further into Anti space, such as positioning and free movement in anti space.


    Even the ordinary return to emptiness power is only a mechanical use of the secrets created by the predecessors, and their own understanding of anti space is limited.


    If you get lost in anti space and enter some dangerous places, even the real fairy may fall.


    In the cultivation world, such cognition is widely spread.


    If you want to enter anti space, or even just contact the power of anti space, it is generally only carried out in the void.


    In such a stable world as Junchen, it is absolutely impossible to open the entrance to anti space.


    At the very least, ordinary real immortals, including the strong real immortals of all systems and races, can''t let anti space appear inside the big world.


    But now, the anti space breath from the depths of the source sea has far subverted people''s cognition.


    Almost coincidentally, everyone thought, is this the last card of the six real immortals?


    No matter what people think, once the action of the six real immortals starts, they can''t stop.


    With the emergence of anti space atmosphere in the depths of the source sea, there was a sudden bright light in the depths of the source sea, and a huge palace loomed.


    At this time, no matter where it is located in the source sea, you can almost see the light and shadow of the palace.


    Almost at the same time of seeing the palace, an idea flashed through everyone''s mind that this is the treasure left by immortals.


    No wonder everyone came to a conclusion so quickly. The momentum of this palace is really great.


    Just a little light and shadow appeared, and a huge and irresistible breath swept through the source sea.


    At the moment, those in Yuanhai are strong at the level of true immortals.


    However, as soon as they feel the breath of the palace, they seem to tremble and even tremble in the face of irresistible natural enemies.


    This is the power beyond the level of true immortals, and this is the breath of immortals.


    The six true immortals must not have received the treasure left by the immortals.


    Otherwise, the current situation will not be like this.


    It doesn''t mean that if you get the treasure left by Tianxian, you can be promoted to Tianxian.


    But if they get the treasure left by immortals and the world can go, there is no need to stick to the Junchen world and face the strong enemies of all parties.


    From the current situation, they can trigger their power even if they don''t get the immortal legacy treasure.


    After the palace appeared, it was like the arrival of immortals, releasing the power breath of immortals recklessly.


    The six true immortals formed a circle. They didn''t know what secret method they had used and began to guide the power in the palace.


    The power of terror emanated from the palace and swept the source sea, stirring the source sea into a pot of porridge.


    Under the guidance of the six true immortals, this terrible force swept away towards those foreign invaders.


    These foreign invaders were also experienced and experienced, and soon recovered from the huge shock.


    In the face of the sweeping terrorist forces, they cooperated with each other and fought together according to the previous arrangement of joint operations.


    There is no magic power of Taoism, no superior magic, just pure power.


    It''s just that the level of power is very high. It''s a terrorist power that can be released only at the level of immortals.


    The real immortal level spells released by these foreign invaders were crushed in front of this force.


    Their weapons, magic weapons and treasures were a little more, persisted for a while, and then completely destroyed.


    Back up, spit blood for the weaker guy.


    Some smarter guys began to use their secrets to avoid.


    However, the surrounding space was locked by huge forces, and all their magic powers could not make them escape here in time. They had to fight with this terrible force.


    However, in a short time, the formation of more than a dozen foreign invaders was defeated.


    These guys, who had the upper hand just now and were arrogant, were in a mess at this time. They had an unstable foothold, and even rolled their whole body indiscriminately, just like fallen leaves in the wind, unable to control their own destiny.


    Is the power of immortals so powerful and terrible?


    There are so many strong people at the level of true immortals. Why don''t they have any resistance?


    It was wonderful to watch the war from a distance. Seeing this scene, they almost fell into a dull state.

 Chapter 2417

    In fact, it was not only Tai Miao who had such doubts, but the group of extraterritorial invaders also felt a shock in their hearts and couldn''t believe what was happening in front of them.


    Although Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, he had never really seen a powerhouse at the level of an immortal.


    When he was living in the void, the strongest person he had ever seen was a true immortal.


    The indigenous gods from Shenchang Realm are even more scumbags. They have never left the Tianxing Star District. Where have they seen the power of Tianxian?


    If it wasn''t for the joint invasion of Junchen Realm, they might not even be able to reach the top true immortals.


    However, the Hunling Venerable God from the void was of extraordinary origin and had a profound background. He not only had personal contact with the gods, but also received guidance from the senior gods.


    He was by no means ignorant of the level of Heavenly Immortal, but rather understood.


    It is absolutely impossible for ordinary angels to have such terrifying power.


    What''s more, this is not the direct shot of the gods, but the treasures left by the gods, whose power is triggered by external forces.


    People with extraordinary knowledge, such as the Famine Demon God, also felt that something was wrong.


    This is not the power of an ordinary immortal. Among the immortals, it is the top level of power.


    In fact, the angel who left this palace is indeed a top-level angel, and he is only one step away from entering the golden immortal.


    At that time, this angel came to this star area, trying to create a big world with his own hands and comprehend the road to Jinxian.


    As the creation fairy who created the Junchen world, just one treasure left behind is enough to crush a group of real fairy-level powerhouses.


    The six true immortals have been sleeping in the source sea for thousands of years, and their greatest achievement is to find a way to communicate with the treasures of the gods, and to be able to control them to a certain extent.


    Now, these extraterritorial invaders will have a good experience of the terrifying power of the creator gods.


    More than a dozen true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders, placed in the void, are enough to conquer and even destroy most ordinary big worlds.


    Since they entered the Junchen world, they have been relatively smooth, forcing their opponents to retreat step by step and being extremely passive.


    Now, these more than a dozen true immortal-level foreign invaders are struggling to support in front of the power left by the creator gods, as if a small boat is facing the stormy waves, and it is in danger of overturning at any time.


    Fortunately, these more than ten true immortal-level foreign invaders are all extraordinary, not only have rich combat experience, but also have their own cards.


    After the initial panic and surprise, they slowly discovered a flaw in the enemy.


    This is the top power from the top angels. The six true immortals can''t be manipulated at all, they are just simple triggers, and the means of use are very crude.


    As long as they survive the current wave of offensive, they may take advantage of the enemy''s flaws and gain the opportunity to escape and even counterattack.


    As for whether they can survive the current wave of offensive, it is only up to their own abilities.


    Tai Miao was alone and did not become the target of the six true immortals.


    Perhaps, in the eyes of the six true immortals, this true god-level natural ghost does not pose a threat to them, so don''t pay attention to it for the time being.


    When they have defeated the foreign invaders, there are a lot of methods that can be slowly cleaned up.


    The power that Taimiao possesses is indeed powerless to interfere in the battle.


    Regardless of the fact that the six true immortals are busy guiding the power of the immortal relics to deal with foreign invaders, they will definitely not be unprepared for Taimei.


    As a new true god, Tai Miao did not have the confidence to fight against the six true immortals alone.


    Meng Zhang, who was in the blessed land of Jiuxuan Pavilion, learned about the latest battle situation in Yuanhai from Taimiao.


    He didn''t know how long the extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level could last.


    For the sake of prudence, he had better change the status quo and stop the actions of the six true immortals.


    Through this period of observation, especially after the activation of the altar in front of him, Meng Zhang had already guessed some of the functions of this altar.


    Meng Zhang was almost certain that such altars also existed in the depths of the blessed land of other holy land sects.


    Several altars were firmly nailed to the Yang World of Junchen Realm, as if they were firm anchors, anchoring the Heavenly Immortal Relic located in the anti-space, and established a certain connection.


    It is through these altars that the six true immortals communicate with the relics of the gods and use their power.


    The easiest way to stop them from continuing to attract the Heavenly Immortal Relics is to directly destroy these altars.


    It''s a pity that Xuanxuan''s ancestor and Xuan Juexu were blocking the front, so that Meng Zhang and the others could not take a step beyond the thunderous pool.


    Meng Zhangdu began to think about whether to pay a certain price, find a way to bypass the ancestor Xuanxuan, and attack the altar in front of him if he was injured.


    This is equivalent to making Meng Zhang sacrifice to stop the actions of the six true immortals.


    The six true immortals are not just enemies of Meng Zhang alone, Meng Zhang is not willing to sacrifice himself like this.


    Just when Meng Zhang was hesitating, a rare opportunity finally appeared.


    Since the beginning of the battle, the Supreme Lord Xuanyuan has been escaping the battle and hiding in front of the altar under the pretext of healing.


    At the same time, he did not relax his attention to the battle situation.


    With the big fight between the two sides, this blessed land has been seriously damaged, and it feels a bit shaky.


    The High Venerable Xuan Yuan, who only wanted to escape safely from here, was keenly aware that this was a rare opportunity.


    Anyway, this blessed land can no longer be preserved. Instead of leaving it to the enemy, it is better to let it use its residual heat and sacrifice to get out of it.


    After adjusting the breath for so long, the Supreme Venerable Xuanyuan seemed to have recovered a few successes.


    He saw an opportunity, and a Taoist magical power blasted towards You Lei Xuxian.


    I saw a huge flaming bird chirping in the air, fluttering its wings, and slammed into the direction of Youlei Xuxian.


    You Lei Xuxian, who was attacking Xuanxuan''s ancestor, was unwilling to take it hard, and shifted his position, cleverly avoiding this huge flamingo.


    The flaming bird that fluttered into the air did not know what it hit, and it dissipated in the violent explosion sound, and the entire blessed land shook violently.


    Xuan Jue Xuxian couldn''t help but glared at the High Venerable Xuan Yuan and signaled him to be careful.


    Others may not have noticed this, but Meng Zhang was the first to react.


    Meng Zhang personally created the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyi Gate, and stayed in the Blessed Land for a long time to strengthen it.


    Sun Moon Blessed Land and Jiu Xuan Pavilion''s Blessed Land are naturally very different, but in essence, there are many similarities.


    In the blessed land, there are some invisible nodes, and only the insiders who are very familiar with the blessed land know their location.


    These nodes are the pillars of Blessed Land and build the foundation of Blessed Land.


    If these nodes are damaged, the blessed land will be greatly shaken, and even tend to collapse.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who were fighting, had no time to be distracted to find these nodes.


    Xuanyuan Shangzun''s sneak attack on Youlei Xuxian this time, but intentionally or unintentionally exposed an important node.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, starting from this node, he soon discovered several other key nodes.

 Chapter 2418

    Meng Zhang had never dealt with Venerable Xuanyuan before, nor had any communication with him beforehand.


    But at this moment, Meng Zhang faintly sensed some kind of mind of the Supreme Venerable Xuan Yuan.


    The next few shots from the Supreme Lord Xuanyuan, although they did not directly attack the invisible node of the blessed land, but there are certain rules.


    It seems to be attacking Youlei Xuxian, but in fact it has no intentions.


    The aftermath of the attack wiped out those invisible nodes from time to time.


    Meng Zhang, who had already noticed the movements of the Supreme Being Xuanyuan, discovered more invisible nodes through careful observation.


    It seems that Supreme Xuanyuan joined the battle to help the ancestors of Xuanxuan and the others to fight against powerful enemies.


    In fact, his true purpose has been exposed in front of Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, the Supreme Master Xuanyuan has done enough.


    This altar is built in the depths of the blessed land. If the blessed land is completely destroyed, the altar will be greatly affected even if it is not destroyed.


    A blessed land is very precious, and it is almost a priceless treasure for a sect.


    But this blessed land could never fall into the hands of Taiyimen anyway, so Meng Zhang could destroy it with peace of mind.


    Under the cover of the Moon God, Meng Zhang got a good opportunity to take action.


    He pushed the wind and fire yin-yang fan on his hand with all his strength, and special flames appeared out of thin air in the air.


    The strong wind blew, and the fire took advantage of the wind, and the flames became even hotter.


    The flames swept through the blessed land, rushing towards those invisible nodes.


    The power of earth, fire and feng shui is the foundation of building a world.


    Blessed land is also a small world.


    The wind and fire quickly burned those invisible nodes, aroused the origin of the small world, and destroyed the foundation of the small world.


    The small world shook even further, and the destroyed foundation had a tendency to be re-transformed into Earth Fire and Feng Shui.


    For a big world like Junchen Realm, Xu Xian Mengzhang does not have the ability to re-refine the fire and wind and destroy it completely.


    But for a small world like Blessed Land, after Meng Zhang grasped the key, he had a way to completely destroy it.


    Meng Zhang saw through the reality of this blessed land and attacked its nodes specially.


    The vibration of the blessed land stopped suddenly, and then broke out again, and the vibration was even more violent.


    The sky of Blessed Land is like broken glass, falling off piece by piece.


    The vast earth suddenly shattered into pieces and began to collapse rapidly.


    In the air and on the ground, the power of earth, fire and feng shui begins to manifest.


    When Meng Zhang attacked the Blessed Land, Xuanxuan''s great-sighted ancestor actually noticed it.


    He tried to stop Meng Zhang''s actions, so he did not hesitate to relax other aspects, so he attacked Meng Zhang with all his strength.


    The Moon God, who had been very low-key until now, stepped forward and competed head-on with the ancestor Xuanxuan.


    The Moon God took several punches from the ancestor Xuanxuan. Although he kept vomiting blood and retreated, obviously the injury was not minor, but he blocked the attack of the ancestor Xuanxuan, so that he could not interfere with Meng Zhang''s movements.


    The Moon God, who does not show off the mountains and does not reveal the water, is actually so powerful, which surprised both Youlei Xuxian and the Great Chief Xiong Zhan.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity that Xuanxuan ancestors were restrained by the Moon God, they not only severely damaged Xuanjue Xuxian, but also posed a huge threat to Xuanxuan ancestors.


    As the Blessed Land began to collapse, the altar, which was originally as stable as Mount Tai, finally began to shake.


    The ground where the altar was located began to crack, and the altar was unstable, and cracks began to appear on the solid surface.


    The Blessed Land collapsed, causing damage to the altar and making Ancestor Xuanxuan furious.


    The reason why Jiuxuan Zhenxian sent Xuanxuan ancestors at the expense of this external incarnation is to ensure that the altar in the blessed land is safe.


    If the skin does not exist, the hair will be attached, the blessed land will be destroyed, and the altar inside will naturally be difficult to preserve.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan made a few violent attacks as if he was venting, but he was blocked by his opponent.


    Seeing that the damage to the altar was getting worse, he quickly flew over, raised one hand, and released his mana to support the altar, preventing it from continuing to fall.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan ran over to protect the altar, leaving only Supreme Xuanyuan and Xuan Jue Xuxian to face a group of powerful enemies.


    The blessed land was shattered, the space shattered, and countless broken passages leading to the outside world appeared.


    Due to the difference in space, the places where these passages are connected are different, and some are far away from the Jiuxuan Pavilion Mountain Gate.


    Supreme Xuan Yuan didn''t even say hello. Seeing an opportunity, he jumped into one of the passages and quickly disappeared.


    The High Venerable Xuan Yuan fled before the battle, which was equivalent to throwing Xuan Jue Xuxian to the powerful enemies in front of him.


    A series of changes made Xuan Jue Xuxian a little dazed, and he has not fully reacted.


    The enemy will not give you time to react, and various Taoist magical powers pour down like raindrops.


    Under the siege of everyone, Xuan Jue Xuxian, who was already wounded, fell completely without persisting for too long.


    At this time, Blessed Land is entering into destruction.


    After the Blessed Land completely collapsed, it was still very threatening to the powerhouses in it.


    Seeing that Xuanxuan''s ancestor tried his best to maintain the integrity of the altar, the three groups of men hesitated a little, and then killed them together.


    Both Youlei Xuxian and Great Chief Xiong Zhan were keenly aware of the key points of the altar.


    If they only cared about their own safety and escaped the broken blessed land, maybe the ancestor Xuanxuan could really protect the altar.


    We must take this opportunity to completely destroy the altar in front of us, and it is best to injure or even kill the ancestor Xuanxuan at the same time.


    With the destruction of the blessed land, the environment inside became worse.


    Some strong barbarians with weaker cultivation were unable to gain a foothold in it despite the protection of the battle, and even began to suffer casualties.


    Great Chief Xiongzhu knew that under the current environment, there was no need to keep too many subordinates, let alone make unnecessary sacrifices.


    Chief Xiong Zhan gave an order, and most of his subordinates left the blessed land under cover for each other.


    Some of Youlei Xuxian''s weaker subordinates also left.


    But in the blink of an eye, they left behind only a dozen or so men.


    These ten or so people are all elites who can be on their own, at least the strength of the initial stage of returning to the virtual.


    The three groups of people flew over from three directions, and together they besieged the ancestor Xuanxuan.


    The huge altar was as heavy as a mountain, and Patriarch Xuanxuan took a lot of effort to hold it up.


    Those who besieged Xuanxuan''s ancestors were all experienced and skilled masters.


    In addition to directly attacking Xuanxuan ancestors, they also deliberately attacked the altar from all directions.


    The altar is huge and inconvenient to move, and it is very difficult to completely protect it.


    In addition to the attacks of everyone, the shattering Blessed Land itself is also a huge threat to the altar.


    The violent space storm, the violent vitality raging everywhere, the shattered aura that appeared in the blessed land...


    The protective spells that the ancestor Xuanxuan had previously blessed on the altar were broken without persisting for too long.


    In order to block all kinds of attacks, Xuanxuan ancestor even had to use himself as a shield to block all kinds of attacks directly, to ensure the integrity of the altar.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan''s approach, on the contrary, allowed his opponent to seize his weakness and carry out targeted attacks.

 Chapter 2419

    After letting most of the subordinates leave, both the Dark Alliance and the barbarian team became more flexible.


    The ones left behind are all elites and strong people, posing a great threat to Xuanxuan ancestors.


    If the ancestor Xuanxuan was not to protect the altar, he could act freely.


    He can take advantage of the broken blessed land, give full play to his cultivation base, move quickly inside, and attack maneuverably.


    Maybe, relying on his true immortal cultivation, he can destroy the enemies individually, and can also kill a large number of enemies, or even completely defeat them.


    Unfortunately, in order to protect the altar, he was completely bound by his hands and feet, as well as most of his mobility.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan held the altar and was under enormous pressure, making it difficult to move and in a dilemma.


    On the other hand, his enemies were flexible, and had various fighting styles, killing them from all directions.


    Even if the ancestor Xuanxuan had sacrificed himself to protect the altar, in the face of the tide of attack, the altar was inevitably damaged, and more and more cracks appeared.


    Due to the destruction of the blessed land, the space was chaotic, and the connection between the ancestor Xuanxuan and the deity Jiuxuan Zhenxian was also greatly affected, and sometimes it became less smooth.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan knew that the altar in the blessed land of Jiuxuan Pavilion was seriously threatened.


    But at this time, he was guiding the power of the Heavenly Immortal''s relic with several other true immortals, and he was at a critical moment, and he could not be distracted from his care at all.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian can only let Xuanxuan ancestors persevere and make every effort to ensure the integrity of the altar.


    The ancestor Xuanxuan knew that he could not get any support for the time being, so he could only support it.


    He can only hope that after the six true immortals win, they can support him in time.


    In order to protect the altar, more scars appeared on Xuanxuan''s true immortal body.


    Although virtual immortals have an insurmountable gap with true immortals, this does not mean that virtual immortals cannot harm true immortals.


    Whether it is the bloodline secret technique of the barbarians or the mysterious secret technique of the Dark Alliance, they all do him a lot of damage.


    In particular, Meng Zhang and Luna were the greatest threats to Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    The power of wind and fire triggered by the wind and fire yin and yang fan can directly damage the origin of Xuanxuan ancestors.


    The power of death mastered by Luna can reduce the vitality of Xuanxuan ancestors.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan could only passively be beaten in order to protect the altar.


    True immortals look at monks who have not attained immortality, not to mention they are like ants, at least they are not very eye-catching.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan, like most Jiuxuange cultivators, has always been arrogant and has no sons.


    In his eyes, the monks outside the Holy Land Zongmen are all sidewalks, jumping clowns.


    If it is on weekdays, when encountering an enemy like Meng Zhang, not to mention a slap to death, it would be easily crushed.


    Just like now, because he was dragged down by the altar, he was wantonly attacked by a group of clowns who jumped in the eyes.


    As the incarnation of Jiuxuan Zhenxian, the ancestor Xuanxuan also has his own character and temper.


    When Jiuxuan Zhenxian didn''t give orders, he was free to act.


    The huge sense of humiliation that surged in his heart made Ancestor Xuanxuan go mad with rage, and he couldn''t wait to throw down the altar immediately and have a battle with these damn enemies.


    However, the will of the True Immortal Jiuxuan prevented him from acting recklessly. He must first protect the altar, and even regard the altar as more important than his own life.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan is no stranger to the feeling that this foreign coercive order overwhelms the will of the self.


    Every time this happened, he was in great pain.


    The pain in his heart even made him ignore many scars on his body.


    After a while, the ancestor Xuanxuan and the altar were both hit hard.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan knew that he could not continue like this.


    If no changes are made, it is still like this, neither he nor the altar can be preserved.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian, who received the information from Xuanxuan''s ancestor, hesitated for a while, but still forced him to give priority to guarding the altar.


    The battle in the source sea has also reached a critical moment.


    It only takes a little more time, and the six true immortals can use the power of the gods they have guided out to wipe out more than a dozen true immortal-level foreign invaders on the opposite side.


    Their forbearance and hard work over the years will soon be rewarded.


    In these thousands of years, the army of foreign invaders has attacked the Junchen world many times.


    The six true immortals were in deep sleep and were also greatly troubled by this.


    The foreign invaders are their biggest enemies to seize the relics of the gods.


    In order to eliminate this group of powerful enemies, they have done a lot of work.


    This time, it was difficult to lead all the extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level into the source sea, and the team took out the last trump card, so they must achieve fruitful results.


    Even if the unexpected visitor appeared in the middle, it did not affect the progress of their plan.


    It is not without price that they mobilize the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    If you miss this time, you may not have such a good opportunity next time.


    In addition to forcibly suppressing all foreign invaders, the power of the immortals also has spare power to sweep away all kinds of monsters surging out of the soul sea.


    As soon as these monsters entered the range of the power of the gods, they all vanished and turned into ashes.


    A power from the Heavenly Immortal Relics gushed out from the source sea and rushed to the soul sea.


    All the mutations in the source sea immediately disappeared, all the alien powers were expelled, and then vanished.


    Tai Miao had long guessed that the souls of the extraterritorial invaders who died in the Junchen Realm had long been dyed by the power of magic. After entering the soul sea, it polluted the soul sea in turn.


    Now, after being swept away by the power from the Heavenly Immortal Relic, on the surface, the pollution of the soul sea has been cleared.


    No matter how bizarre and secretive the means from the magic way are, in the face of the power of the gods, whose absolute levels are very different, they can easily be eliminated.


    He has a very good eye and can see the situation very clearly.


    Those extraterritorial invaders at the true immortal level couldn''t hold on for too long.


    If they were wiped out by the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic, then they would be the next target of the six True Immortals.


    The information from Tai Miao made Meng Zhang understand that they must speed up their actions, defeat the ancestor Xuanxuan as soon as possible, and destroy the altar he guards in order to affect the battle situation in the source sea.


    It is true that foreign invaders are enemies, but they must not be defeated by the six true immortals so quickly and so easily.


    Meng Zhang will not collude with foreign invaders, but he will not sit back and watch the six true immortals achieve their goals.


    The wind and fire yin-yang fan in Meng Zhang''s hand moved faster and faster, and the surging power of wind and fire almost completely surrounded the ancestor Xuanxuan.


    Youlei Xuxian and Great Chief Xiong Zun didn''t know the battle situation in Yuanhai, nor the reason for Meng Zhang''s sudden strength.


    But this did not prevent them from intensifying their attacks and actively cooperating with Meng Zhang.


    Youlei Xuxian had already gained a relatively in-depth understanding of Meng Zhang through various information.


    He knew that Meng Zhang would not get angry for no reason, he must have found something.


    Since everyone now has a common enemy and is a temporary comrade-in-arms, he is willing to cooperate with Meng Zhang fully, and even pay some price for it.

 Chapter 2420

    As a representative of the dark side of the Junchen world, it is not unreasonable that the Dark Alliance is often regarded as a magic way.


    At the cost of self-mutilation, Youlei Xuxian performed a strange secret technique, causing the Xuanxuan ancestor who was under siege to appear insane for a moment.


    Meng Zhang and Yueshen took advantage of the opportunity to take advantage of his illness to kill him.


    The power of wind and fire burned his origin, and the secret technique of death took away his last vitality.


    The Great Chief Xiongzhu, who used the barbarian bloodline secret technique to stimulate the potential in his body, finally made up for a blow, smashing the lifeless body of Xuanxuan''s ancestors.


    Although the three parties have different thoughts and positions, they cooperated tacitly and unanimously at this time, and finally achieved brilliant results.


    A bunch of imaginary-level guys, not to mention the success of the challenge, they also killed Xuanxuan ancestor, the real immortal, on the spot.


    After killing the ancestor Xuanxuan, although the altar still had a certain defensive power, it was quickly completely destroyed under their turns of attack.


    The true immortal fell, and the avenues of heaven and earth in a large area around it began to be disordered, and the power of heaven and earth began to run wild, setting off a wave of spiritual energy.


    The destruction of the altar seems to have triggered some mechanism, which led to backlash, and an inexplicable force swept wildly.


    This blessed land has already been destroyed and is in the process of collapse.


    This series of changes accelerated the process of collapse, and even completed the process that would have lasted for a period of time in an instant.


    Even the powerhouse of the immortal level cannot live in this environment.


    If Meng Zhang and the others don''t leave here quickly, their lives will be in danger.


    This blessed land located at the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion originally had only one passage leading to the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Due to the destruction of the blessed land, the space is disordered, and many broken gaps have appeared, which are equivalent to temporary passages to the outside world.


    These temporary passages are not all leading to the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    When the Lord Xuanyuan left the blessed land, he used this unstable temporary passage to reach a place far away from the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion, so as to avoid being besieged by the barbarian army waiting outside.


    After killing the ancestor Xuanxuan and destroying the altar, the temporary comrades-in-arms status of Meng Zhang and the others disappeared.


    In particular, the barbarians, as a member of the foreign invaders, are the great enemies of the cultivators of the Junchen world, and must be strictly guarded against.


    Although they are not afraid of the barbarian army waiting at the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion, there is no need to face them now.


    At least at this time, it is not appropriate to conflict with this barbarian army.


    Meng Zhang and Luna have profound attainments on the Space Avenue.


    They quickly found a suitable space gap, successfully left the blessed land, and came to a place far away from the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Meng Zhang and the Moon God appeared in the sky above a barren mountain.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t care about anything else, so he quickly contacted Tai Miao to learn about the latest battle situation in the source sea.


    At the moment when the ancestor Xuanxuan was killed, due to the destruction of his avatar outside his body, the true immortal Jiuxuan, who was connected to his mind, was greatly affected, and his mind was immediately hit hard.


    The other five true immortals could not help frowning when they saw Jiu Xuan Zhenxian''s performance in their eyes.


    Guiding the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relics is not an easy job for the six True Immortals.


    They must join forces with six people and work together to ensure a smooth progress.


    If there is a problem with Jiuxuan Zhenxian, they will share the pressure of Jiuxuan Zhenxian, causing each to bear more pressure.


    Fortunately, Jiuxuan Zhenxian quickly returned to normal, and continued to cooperate with everyone to guide the power of Tianxian''s relic.


    But then, due to the destruction of the altar in the blessed land of the Nine Profound Pavilion, it had an even greater impact on them.


    The altars in the depths of the Six Holy Land Zongmen Blessed Land are like six huge anchors, allowing them to anchor the heavenly relics in the anti-space.


    After thousands of years, the six true immortals finally figured out a way to temporarily guide the power of the celestial relic from the anti-space.


    These six altars played a huge role in it, like six support points, together supporting the powerful power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Now that an altar is destroyed, it means that a support point has disappeared.


    The power gushing out of the Heavenly Immortal Treasure immediately became unbalanced and began to lose control.


    The group of foreign invaders at the level of true immortals, all of whom have experienced hundreds of battles, immediately noticed the change in the situation.


    The power from the Heavenly Immortal Relic became fluctuating, giving them an opportunity to take advantage.


    A few smart enough guys, such as Revered God Hunling, Demon God of Famine, etc., seized the flaws that appeared in the fluctuation of power, joined forces to open a gap, and escaped from the power of the immortal treasure.


    The rest of the guys followed suit and wanted to escape from here.


    However, they moved a step slower, and they had to bear even greater pressure.


    Hunling Zunshen and their actions are very selfish, and they only care about their own escape.


    They leave their comrades behind as targets to attract enemy fire.


    Originally, more than a dozen True Immortal-level foreign invaders joined forces, barely able to temporarily resist the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Now, because of Hunling Venerable God and the others, they took the first step, and the trend of joining forces naturally ceased to exist.


    Those guys who didn''t move fast enough and were left behind would have to bear the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic alone.


    The weakest guy seemed to be a demon god from the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, who was directly crushed by the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    If nothing else, none of the remaining guys can escape.


    Fortunately, because the altar of Jiuxuan Pavilion was destroyed, the six true immortals could no longer care to guide the power of the relics of the gods to attack the enemy.


    Their primary task now is to sort out the power that has been guided out of the Heavenly Immortal''s relic and prevent it from harming them in turn.


    In addition, they have to work hard to keep in touch with the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    If the remaining five altars cannot continue to anchor the relics of the immortals and let the relics of the immortals disappear into the anti-space, all their efforts for thousands of years will be in vain.


    Something went wrong with the power from the Heavenly Immortal Relic, giving the remaining few extraterritorial invaders a chance to escape.


    Except for two more unfortunate people who lost their lives, everyone else managed to escape from the encirclement of the Heavenly Immortal Relic Power in time.


    However, these guys who managed to escape were more or less injured.


    A large part of them were seriously injured and in very bad condition.


    In a blink of an eye, more than a dozen True Immortal-level extraterritorial invaders, except for the three who died, escaped from the battle and escaped from the source sea at the fastest speed.


    The group of extraterritorial invaders who had aggressively rushed into the source sea before dispersed.


    The six true immortals were in a hurry and spent a lot of money to stabilize the situation.


    The figure of the Heavenly Immortal Relic disappeared in the center of Yuanhai, and the connection with the anti-space was temporarily interrupted.


    The six true immortals who were seriously injured all felt exhausted.

 Chapter 2421

    This battle, which had been planned for a long time in advance, and lasted for a long time, has come to an end.


    On the surface, the six true immortals became the final victors.


    Initially, this group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders had an absolute numerical advantage, and they were victorious.


    But in the end, they left behind the bodies of three companions, and the rest fled in embarrassment, many of whom were seriously injured.


    These immortal-level extraterritorial invaders were originally born with ghosts.


    For a common goal, they temporarily abandoned their differences and joined forces to fight the enemy.


    Hunling Zunshen and the others left their comrades in arms and only cared about their own escape, which was no different from escaping in battle, which was equivalent to betrayal of others.


    Inside the extraterritorial invaders who were already full of contradictions and disputes, after this incident, the rift will only deepen.


    Can they continue to work together in the future?


    Even if they continue to join forces against the enemy, can they safely hand over their younger generation to their comrades-in-arms?


    Before the high-level foreign invaders solve the internal problems, I am afraid it is difficult to make any big moves.


    As the six true immortals of the victors, they are also not easy.


    The price they paid in this battle was enormous, and the injuries on their bodies were not mentioned for the time being, only the impact of the destruction of the altar of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    The loss of one of the six altars is not a problem of six missing one, but a major problem with the entire system.


    Whether they can continue to mobilize the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic in the future, and whether they can continue to use this power to fight against the enemy, they need to draw a big hello.


    Without the help of Heavenly Immortal Relics, they would have lost their biggest trump card.


    If the gang of foreign invaders at the immortal level make a comeback, how will they resist?


    Moreover, even if the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relics can be mobilized again, will those extraterritorial invaders at the True Immortal level be prepared, will they repeat the same mistakes and step into the trap again?


    Although the power of the creation angel is terrifying and irresistible, there is always a way to avoid it.


    In fact, when the six true immortals mobilized the power of the heavenly immortal relics, there was a lot of noise and it took a lot of time.


    If faced with the same scene again, the group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders turned around and left, and most of the six true immortals would not have time to leave them.


    In this battle, the six true immortals exposed their last and most powerful cards, but failed to completely defeat the enemy, leaving endless troubles in the future.


    It''s wonderful to be in the source sea, witnessing this battle from beginning to end.


    With his brilliant eyesight and insights from Meng Zhang, he has seen many inner secrets.


    After going through this mess, the connection between the six true immortals and the relics of the heavenly immortals will inevitably go wrong.


    When the six true immortals were in a hurry to restrain the power of the heavenly immortal relics, Tai Miao saw through their embarrassment and thought that this was a rare opportunity, and they almost shot.


    But in the end, after he communicated with Meng Zhang, he still gave up his plan to take action.


    In the first place, with one enemy against six, the risk is too great, and it is too wonderful to be completely sure.


    If you don''t kill the snake, but suffer from it, that''s not good.


    Second, if Tai Miao severely injures and even destroys the six true immortals, who will the foreign invaders be left to deal with?


    Even if Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy sincerely help each other, and they are too wonderful, they are far from being able to deal with powerful foreign invaders.


    The extraterritorial invaders who originally had an absolute advantage experienced this defeat and suffered serious losses. It is very likely that they will reach a balance again with the six true immortals and continue to fall into a stalemate.


    Such a situation is actually most beneficial to Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    After the six true immortals stabilized the power of the heavenly immortal relic, Taimiao silently withdrew from the source sea, returned to the soul sea, and then returned to the underworld.


    If he continues to stay here and makes the six true immortals feel threatened, he may become the target of their attack.


    Returning to the underworld will have the advantage of being at home, and the combat power will increase greatly.


    The six true immortals still have a series of troubles in the follow-up, but there is not much trouble chasing down to the underworld to find too wonderful.


    True immortals enter the underworld, and the rules of the underworld are their worst enemy.


    After Meng Zhang and Tai Miao communicated, their evaluation of this battle was that both sides lost, neither of them achieved the ultimate goal, but paid the price in vain.


    Of course, judging from the situation in the Junchen world, the foreign invaders still have the upper hand.


    Jiutian was completely occupied by them, and they took absolute initiative in Junchen Realm.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion has been destroyed, and the mountain gates of the other five holy land sects are still under siege.


    The six true immortals are hiding in the source sea, wondering if they have the courage to come out.


    After several teleportations, Meng Zhang and Luna returned to the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate.


    The capture of Jiuxuan Pavilion by the barbarian army is definitely a major event for the cultivation world, and it will cause a lot of impact.


    However, the Junchen world is now in a troubled time, and the major sects of the Holy Land are in a precarious situation.


    At some point, another holy land sect will be destroyed.


    After the news of Jiuxuan Pavilion''s destruction spread, even if it caused various shocks in the Junchen world, it would not affect the overall situation.


    After Meng Zhang reported the situation to the senior officials of Taiyi Sect, he discussed it carefully with Luna.


    Meng Zhang did not reveal his true relationship with Taimiao, but only told Moon God everything that happened in Yuanhai.


    The wise Luna didn''t ask Meng Zhang''s source of the news, but discussed everything that had just happened with Meng Zhang.


    Although he didn''t have the power to face the gods of creation, from Meng Zhang''s description alone, the moon god was extremely shocked.


    Luna was a true god in its heyday, and it was the kind of very ancient true god with extraordinary origins.


    She has not fully regained the strength of her heyday, and her memory of that year has also been lost.


    But even though she is in a state of prosperity, she has no power to resist the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Of course, Luna''s knowledge of high-end power is still higher than that of Meng Zhang.


    Based on the information provided by Meng Zhang, she made some valuable judgments.


    The six true immortals did not make much use of the treasures of the gods. They couldn''t make full use of the power of the gods, and they were simply motivated.


    They defeated their opponents, not relying on immortal-level magic powers, but pure power to crush them.


    If Meng Zhang and her encounter such a situation in the future, as long as they are careful enough and dodge in advance, it is very possible to avoid this rough attack.


    Luna''s view is very consistent with the wonderful observation.


    For the six true immortals, there is really no need to take them too high.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not qualified to underestimate them at present.


    Meng Zhang is currently only a virtual immortal. In the face of a true immortal-level powerhouse, without summoning too wonderful, he has no power to resist.


    I am afraid that Meng Zhang is only qualified to face these six true immortals if he is an advanced true immortal.

 Chapter 2422

    With the development of the situation, the level of fighting that broke out in the Junchen world is getting higher and higher.


    By now, the power of the true immortal level has directly participated in the battle.


    This time, Meng Zhang encountered an enemy at the level of a true immortal, Patriarch Xuanxuan.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan, as the incarnation of Jiuxuan True Immortal, is only an ordinary True Immortal level, and his cultivation level and combat power are not strong.


    Moreover, he was seriously injured and in very poor condition.


    Even so, Meng Zhang and his group of illusory immortal-level powerhouses joined forces to eliminate him.


    There is another very important point that Meng Zhang remembered only after the fact.


    Ancestor Xuanxuan is an incarnation outside the body, not an independent true immortal.


    Therefore, there is no complete immortal soul in his body, only the distraction of Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    If it is a genuine immortal with an immortal soul hidden in the immortal body, even if the immortal body is killed by Meng Zhang and the others, the immortal spirit will not be easily destroyed, and it is very possible to escape. It will be a big problem for them in the future.


    Considering the current situation in Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang is likely to face a powerful enemy of the true immortal level again in the coming days.


    Not every time, there is such good luck, the enemy''s state is extremely poor, and there are many people besieging it.


    If it was a sudden encounter, he wouldn''t even have time to summon Tai Miao to come.


    In order to have enough coping power and be able to protect himself in complicated situations, Meng Zhang had better be promoted to True Immortal as soon as possible.


    However, after repeated calculations, Meng Zhang felt that the time for promotion was not ripe.


    My cultivation at the Void Immortal level has not yet been completed, and the accumulation is still slightly insufficient.


    The current situation of the Junchen world is not suitable for the virtual immortal to attack the true immortal.


    In order to deal with the extraterritorial demons who came to block the way, he still needed a lot of other preparations.


    It seems that for a long time in the future, Meng Zhang will have to rely on Xuxian''s cultivation to deal with various problems.


    After the end of the war in the source sea, the situation in the Junchen world has undergone new changes.


    The various armies of foreign invaders who originally besieged the gates of the sects and gates of the major holy places actually slowed down their attacks when they were about to achieve the final victory, giving the enemy a chance to breathe.


    In some places, the attack has even largely stalled.


    This situation may seem strange, but it was already expected by Meng Zhang.


    What the Hunling Venerable God gang does, will definitely lead to the outbreak of internal problems of foreign invaders.


    Not to mention that the foreign invaders were completely broken, at least the relationship between them would never return to the past.


    With a common goal, they may not break up for the time being.


    But from now on, they will definitely put more attention and spirit on each other''s defense.


    When they deal with cultivators in the Junchen world, they will pay more attention to preserving their strength, so as not to make wedding dresses for others.


    The gates of the major holy land sects are hard nails, and the previous battles have already cost them a lot.


    If we continue to attack and force out the last cards of the major holy land sects, there may be many casualties.


    The barbarian army conquered the battle of Jiuxuan Pavilion this time, and the battle process was not completely kept secret, and relevant information has long been spread.


    The Dark Alliance strongly assisted, and the top virtual immortal, Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi Sect, personally took action...


    On the side of Jiuxuan Pavilion, the true immortal, the ancestor of Xuanxuan, took action personally.


    Although the barbarian army finally won, it was not only its own strength that could be relied on.


    And as the victor, the price paid by the barbarian army is extremely high.


    Other invaders from outside the territory do not have the help of the Dark Alliance and Taiyimen, and they have to guard against each other.


    Who knows what level of strong enemy will come to help after conquering the enemy''s mountain gate.


    If the six true immortals shoot directly, how can they resist?


    After the last failure, those true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders did not want to face the six true immortals again in a short period of time.


    The terrifying power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic almost made their hearts shudder.


    Out of the need to preserve power, it also means to avoid the six true immortals. The army of foreign invaders has mostly adopted the method of sieging and not attacking the gates of the major holy land sects.


    Moreover, the seemingly tight encirclement actually has many gaps, and it is impossible to completely block it.


    Some of the more extreme invaders from outside the territory even began to retreat voluntarily, giving up a lot of territories they had already occupied.


    The major holy land sects that were originally in danger, this time, they have escaped the disaster and turned the corner.


    Meng Zhang did not have much opinion on this situation.


    It is the most favorable situation for Taiyi Sect to continue confrontation between the major holy land sects and the army of foreign invaders.


    No matter which of the two parties can pull out their hands, they will not easily let go of Taiyimen.


    The major holy land sects got a chance to breathe this time, but the previous losses could not be made up in a short period of time.


    As for the lost territories, the vassal forces that voluntarily gave up, etc., it is even more impossible to return to the past.


    In the future, there are still many difficulties waiting for the major holy land sects.


    Everything that happened in the source sea was quickly spread through the mouths of several true immortal-level foreign invaders.


    There may be many details missing, but in general, the rumors are not wrong.


    The major holy land sects know that their true immortal ancestors have won, and their morale and momentum are naturally boosted.


    Because of the contradictions between these immortal-level extraterritorial invaders, the way and speed of information dissemination have not been controlled.


    The morale of the army of foreign invaders was greatly frustrated, and internal conflicts broke out, and the momentum of the army was not as good as before.


    The top officials of the Dark Alliance were taken aback when they knew the situation in the source sea.


    They guessed that the six true immortals must have hidden cards, which might be enough to turn the tide of the battle.


    However, such a trump card was far beyond their expectations.


    The power of the Heavenly Immortal Treasure is so terrifying that a group of True Immortal-level foreign invaders are simply powerless to resist, and they can only let the fish and meat be left behind.


    If it wasn''t for an accident, maybe this group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders would be wiped out.


    At that time, the army of foreign invaders will inevitably collapse, and the major holy land sects will become the final victors.


    The major holy land sects are free to shoot, but they will not let the dark alliance go, and they will inevitably carry out counterattacks.


    The Dark Alliance has incomplete true immortal-level combat power, and it is very difficult to even fight against the true immortals.


    The top leaders of the dark alliance felt terrified, and their hearts were full of fear.


    Some senior executives who are not strong-willed or more impatient have already begun to regret their original decision.


    The Dark Alliance had a good life. As long as they did not take the initiative to jump out, the major holy land sects and Tiangong could only tolerate the existence of the Dark Alliance and could not shake the status of the Dark Alliance.


    However, Venerable Fengqing colluded with foreign invaders and launched actions against Tiangong directly behind everyone''s back.


    It was his approach that made the Dark Alliance have no way out and became the mortal enemy of the major holy land sects.


    For a time, the top leaders of the Dark Alliance were full of accusations against the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.

 Chapter 2423

    Venerable Fengqing violated the tradition of the Dark Alliance. He executed first and then made a statement. He did not respect the Council of Elders...


    A hat was buckled on Fengqing''s head, causing him to smoke.


    The guys at the top of the dark alliance who see the wind and the rudder, go up when they see a bargain, shrink back when they encounter a problem, and only know how to shirk their responsibilities...


    Fortunately, Venerable Fengqing has many supporters, and his prestige is extremely high. These alone cannot shake his status.


    However, these turmoil within the Dark Alliance temporarily affected the Dark Alliance''s next decision.


    Before solving the internal problems, the Dark Alliance should not make any big moves.


    From the perspective of Taiyimen, the current situation of Junchen Realm is not bad.


    However, Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi Sect, recently discovered some strange things.


    Previously, due to the outbreak of a true immortal-level war in the source sea, the source sea was turbulent, causing the entire Junchen world to be unstable, and natural disasters broke out frequently.


    Of course, a large part of this is caused by the fall of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world.


    But now, the war in the source sea has long since ended, and the source sea should have returned to calm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen World has been falling for some time, and many influences should gradually dissipate.


    However, in the Junchen world, various natural disasters not only did not subside, but instead tended to intensify.


    Fire and rain fell from the sky, the earth cracked, violent earthquakes, terrifying tsunamis...


    The more violent and frequent natural disasters caused huge damage to Junchen Realm.


    For all the creatures in the Junchen world, the catastrophe is imminent.


    The mortals all over the Junchen world, and even the low-level cultivators, suffered countless casualties.


    Towns and cities were destroyed, and countless mortals were displaced...


    The current situation faced by the world of self-cultivation, coupled with the arrogance of the self-cultivators, the self-cultivators in many places have not been able to rescue mortals.


    Taiyimen territory is a rare exception.


    The senior leaders of Taiyimen sent a large number of monks to all parts of the territory, asking them to help quell natural disasters, restore losses, and rescue victims.


    However, the more and more severe natural disasters broke out in the Junchen world, which also caused great losses to the Taiyimen territory.


    Although the monks sent by Taiyimen did their best, they were still exhausted and often felt powerless.


    In the face of the power of heaven and earth, most cultivators are as powerless as ordinary mortals.


    Taiyimen dispatched high-level cultivators, including the Void Returning Great Power, in time. They have the power to change the world, they can face all kinds of natural disasters, and they can heal all kinds of injuries.


    Unfortunately, the high-level monks of Taiyi Sect are limited, and there are still many places where high-level monks are needed.


    In order to protect the territory and ensure that the territory is safe, Taiyimen has already felt more and more difficult.


    In order to determine the situation in the source sea, the wonderful one who had already returned to the underworld took the risk of being caught by the six true immortals and sneaked into the source sea again.


    It was a surprise to discover that although the war was over long ago, Yuanhai not only did not calm down completely, but became more and more turbulent.


    The huge damage caused to Yuanhai in the previous war could not be healed in a short period of time.


    Tai Miao had previously unscrupulously absorbed the origin of the world in the source sea, causing a certain amount of damage to the source sea, which made him feel a little guilty.


    Tai Miao sneaked into the depths of the source sea and made a terrifying discovery.


    The source of heaven and earth in the source sea is drying up, the internal foundation of the source sea is shaken, and the entire source sea is tending to collapse.


    Yuanhai Yuanhai, as the name suggests, is the most original place in a big world.


    If the source sea completely collapses, the entire Junchen world will be destroyed.


    This wonderful discovery reminded Meng Zhang of the rumors that he had known many years ago. When a few sleeping true immortals woke up, they would completely devour the origin of the Junchen Realm, and the Junchen Realm would be destroyed.


    When Meng Zhang first learned about these rumors, he was still a little Primordial Spirit True Monarch.


    With the growth of cultivation level and knowledge, he has more and more doubts about these rumors.


    If the six true immortals want to break through to the realm of immortals, will it definitely lead to the destruction of the Junchen world?


    What the six true immortals did after they woke up made Meng Zhang convinced of these rumors.


    In order to break through to the heavenly realm, they would really sacrifice everything, and destroying the Junchen world is not worth mentioning at all.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, Tai Miao continued to investigate deeply in the source sea.


    The last war that broke out in the source sea caused many sequelae.


    If the source sea becomes very unstable, there are many exits to the yang world and the underworld of the Junchen world...


    These alone are not enough to cause the collapse of Yuanhai.


    Tai Miao spent a lot of effort to discover some new clues.


    The altar deep in the blessed land of Jiuxuan Pavilion was destroyed, causing some problems in the connection between the six true immortals and the relics of the heavenly immortals.


    In order to continue to maintain the connection with the relics of the gods in the anti-space, the six true immortals used many methods.


    Tai Miao couldn''t find out what these means were, but only knew that due to the actions of the six true immortals, the source of heaven and earth in the source sea was rapidly consumed.


    Yuanhai became extremely turbulent and began to collapse, which should be inseparable from these.


    Tai Miao didn''t want to disturb the six true immortals, so she didn''t dare to get too close.


    And after the last battle, the six true immortals strengthened their defenses against the depths of the source sea.


    After knowing that more information could not be obtained, Tai Miao left Yuan Hai unwillingly.


    The news delivered by Tai Miao made Meng Zhang feel extremely heavy.


    Although he was already mentally prepared for the destruction of Junchen Realm, when the day really came, Meng Zhang felt a chill in his heart, and he felt at a loss.


    Of course, the destruction of a large world is not so fast.


    It will take a long time for Yuanhai to completely collapse, and then the complete destruction of Junchen World will drag on for a long time.


    Before all this happened, Meng Zhang still had a lot of time to adapt.


    What Meng Zhang did was originally, the frequent occurrence of natural disasters in the Junchen world recently aroused the doubts of many cultivators.


    After the news of Taiyimen spread, everyone tried to verify whether they believed it or not.


    The last war, especially the explosion of the power of the last fairy level, made Yuanhai have many channels to communicate with the outside world.


    Ordinary Void Returning Powers, as long as they are careful, can sneak into the Sea of ????Origin through these channels for reconnaissance.


    The higher the cultivation realm, the easier it is to enter and exit the source sea, and you can stay in it for a longer time.


    Soon, various cultivators in Junchen Realm, foreign invaders, etc., all carried out careful investigations on Yuanhai through their own means.


    It is not too difficult to determine the state of the source sea.


    Once the source sea begins to collapse, the Junchen world will naturally decline slowly.

 Chapter 2424

    The source sea can be named with a sea word, which shows its vastness, which is full of strong origins of heaven and earth.


    Right now, the dense, substantive origins of heaven and earth in the sea of ????sources are rapidly decreasing.


    The vast source sea also has a tendency to shrink.


    Of course, although these changes are rapid, with the foundation of Yuanhai, they will not be completely changed in a short period of time.


    After the last war, the six true immortals were also in a shrinking state, retreating to the depths of the Yuanhai, and they did not go to the periphery of the Yuanhai.


    All their attention should be on the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    As long as ordinary outsiders don''t make too much noise in the source sea and affect them, they probably don''t bother to bother.


    This provides great convenience for all kinds of snoopers.


    Both the extraterritorial invaders and the human race cultivators continued to have strong men sneaking into the source sea, and they hardly stopped.


    It didn''t take long for both the foreign invaders and the local cultivators in the Junchen world to confirm the accuracy of the Taiyi Sect news.


    The news spread more widely, and there was an uproar among the human race cultivators and foreign invaders.


    Many extraterritorial invaders have begun to make trouble, and they must attack Yuanhai again as soon as possible, eliminate the six true immortals, and stop their behavior.


    Invaders from all over the world came to Junchen Realm with great effort from various big worlds in the void, and paid a huge price for conquering Junchen Realm.


    They want to completely occupy the Junchen world and plunder everything here, not to face the destroyed Junchen world.


    If Junchen World is completely destroyed, most of the spoils will be wasted, and all their efforts will be in vain.


    Unfortunately, since the last defeat, the surviving True Immortal-level extraterritorial invaders still have lingering fears and are not ready to fight the six True Immortals again.


    A series of problems broke out within the extraterritorial intruder, which made it impossible for its high-level executives to reach an agreement quickly.


    Many foreign invaders are extremely angry, but they can only watch helplessly, and can''t do much.


    For the human race cultivators in Junchen Realm, what fills their hearts is the anger after being betrayed and the despair of the upcoming fate.


    The six true immortals conquered the Junchen world and established a cultivating civilization here.


    The major holy land sects established by the six true immortals, as the rulers of the Junchen world, the merits and demerits of the dispute will not be said for the time being, at least they ensured the order of the Junchen world, resisted foreign invaders, and let the Junchen world. It has maintained general tranquility for thousands of years.


    The previous rumors that the six true immortals were going to destroy the Junchen world were just rumors and there was no clear evidence.


    But now, the exact news can no longer be kept, and in a short period of time, it has spread throughout the world of comprehension, reaching the ears of the vast majority of cultivators.


    The six true immortals who conquered the Junchen Realm and wanted to destroy the Junchen Realm sounded too terrifying.


    Such as the dark alliance, such as Taiyimen, these sects have long expected this, and have done a lot of preparations.


    But when this day really came, it still caused some confusion within these sects.


    Even within the major holy land sects, because of this news, it became boiling.


    No matter how much preparation is made in advance, when the Junchen world is completely destroyed, everyone''s life will not be easy.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, there were quite a few Void battleships in the sects of the Holy Land.


    Once the Junchen world is destroyed, the monks of the sects of the major holy places can take the void battleship and enter the void.


    Although this is a way of life, not everyone is willing to do it.


    After staying well in the Junchen world, who wants to enter the dangerous void?


    For most monks, escaping into the void like this means the road is cut off, which is a road of no return.


    Meng Zhang had long been preparing for the destruction of Junchen Realm and had a reliable plan.


    According to Tai Miao''s observation, according to the current deterioration of Yuanhai, the remaining life in Junchen Realm can enter the countdown.


    Meng Zhang''s preparations must be accelerated again.


    Although he already owns the Void Battleship, Meng Zhang still does not want to let the Taiyi Sect escape into the Void unless it is a last resort.


    With the strength of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, they could not stop the movements of the six true immortals, nor could they save the fate of Jun Chen Realm.


    Since it was impossible to keep the entire Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang could only try to keep the territory of Taiyimen.


    Even if the Junchen world is completely destroyed, the territory of Taiyimen will continue to exist in the void.


    As for how to do it, Meng Zhang already had a certain idea.


    Meng Zhang also contacted Xianyun Zhenxian and told him about a series of recent events in Junchen Realm.


    Of course, on some key issues, Meng Zhang must have reservations.


    Especially everything related to Tai Miu is a secret within a secret.


    Meng Zhang said that he recently went deep into the source sea and conducted an investigation.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was very interested in everything Meng Zhang said, especially everything related to Tianxian''s relics.


    In order not to reveal the wonderful existence, Meng Zhang said nothing about the battle in the source sea, but said that he had obtained information from some rumors.


    These rumors should come from the true immortal-level foreign invaders who had retreated from the source sea.


    The purpose of their spreading these rumors is unknown, but the rumors seem to be true.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was amazed when he heard that the six real immortals triggered the power of the gods'' relics, defeated the real immortal-level powerhouses among the foreign invaders, and caused them heavy casualties.


    He was both shocked and grateful for the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Fortunately, he was cautious enough not to rashly enter the Junchen world to participate in this battle.


    The six True Immortals simply triggered the power of the Heavenly Immortal''s Relic, and they had such power. The magic of the Heavenly Immortal''s Relic can be imagined, and the Heavenly Immortal who left the Heavenly Immortal''s relic is even more unfathomable.


    Xianyun Zhenxian could not wait to fly to the depths of the source sea immediately and seize the treasure of the heavenly immortal with all his strength.


    He suppressed the urge in his heart and wanted to know more information from Meng Zhang.


    Xianyun Zhenxian repeatedly asked Meng Zhang everything about Tianxian''s relics, trying to figure out every detail.


    Unfortunately, the information provided by Meng Zhang was limited, and many of them were hearsay, which made Xianyun Zhenxian feel very sorry.


    The encounter with those True Immortal-level foreign invaders made Xianyun True Immortal more cautious.


    Even if the cards of the six true immortals have been exposed, he still does not want to break into the Junchen world at this time.


    As for what Meng Zhang said about the imminent destruction of the Junchen world, he didn''t even care.


    Whether the Junchen world is destroyed or not, what does it have to do with him, an outsider?


    Why did he ask about the life and death of life in the Junchen world?


    He was reluctantly satisfied with the information provided by Meng Zhang, and asked Meng Zhang to collect more. more detailed information.


    Especially the news about the treasures of the gods, Meng Zhang couldn''t let go of every rumor, and he had to report to him in time.


    Although he didn''t have too many expectations on Xianyun Zhenxian, his attitude still made Meng Zhang feel dissatisfied.

 Chapter 2425

    Meng Zhang suppressed his true feelings, and Xianyun Zhenxian Xu and Wei Snake.


    Now is not the time to turn against Xianyun Zhenxian, he still has great use value.


    After talking with Zhenxian Xianyun, Meng Zhang also contacted Fairy Yue''e in the void.


    After Fairy Yue''e communicated with Meng Zhang through Taoist Moon Shadow last time, she asked Taoist Moon Shadow to directly contact her secret method and tell Meng Zhang.


    Like Fairy Xianyun, Fairy Yue''e has been watching and wandering in the void near Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang successfully contacted Fairy Yue''e, and told Xianyun Zhenxian all the information.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy are currently allies, and they often exchange news.


    However, Fairy Yue''e from Meng Zhang''s attitude towards Meng Zhang is obviously much better than that of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Fairy Yue''e has been courting Meng Zhang for a long time.


    Meng Zhang also knew that Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun formed an alliance in order to compete for the Heavenly Immortal''s relic, which was a complete relationship of interests.


    When a conflict of interest arises, the alliance relationship cannot be tested.


    Meng Zhang had been actively befriending Fairy Yue''e in the past, and there was another way out.


    With no one behind him, he still hopes to hug Zhenxian''s thigh.


    Although it is too wonderful to be promoted to True God now, there is no harm in befriending some True Immortal-level powerhouses.


    Fairy Yue''e was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s timely provision of valuable information, and encouraged Meng Zhang to say a few words.


    Fairy Yue''e was very indignant at the actions of the six true immortals to destroy Junchen Realm.


    She told Meng Zhang that if the Junchen Realm collapsed, she could help and send the Taiyi Gate up and down into the void for refuge.


    No matter if Fairy Yue''e was false or false, at least her attitude made Meng Zhang much more comfortable.


    Fairy Yue''e is an old-fashioned true immortal. When several true immortals conquered Junchen Realm, Fairy Yue''e once helped.


    Later, due to the conflict of interest, the two sides broke up, and Fairy Yue''e was defeated and had to flee the Junchen Realm.


    Fairy Yue''e should be familiar with the six true immortals, and maybe she has some useful information.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, Fairy Yue''e should be a huge threat to the six true immortals.


    Soon after contacting Fairy Yue''e, Taiyimen became lively, and Meng Zhang''s quiet days were interrupted.


    First, Taoist Shushan, an old friend from the Dark Alliance, came to visit.


    Needless to say, his purpose was naturally for the imminent destruction of the Junchen Realm.


    The foundation of the Dark Alliance is dozens of floating cities.


    Although these floating cities can survive in the void, most of them do not have the ability to travel long distances in the void.


    Moreover, without the resource supply of Junchen Realm, most floating cities are difficult to maintain for a long time.


    Taoist Shushan came to visit Meng Zhang this time, and his identity was the messenger representing the Dark Alliance.


    The high-level officials of the Dark Alliance decided to convene the great powers of the Junchen Realm, and discuss it together to see if there is a way to reverse the destruction of the Junchen Realm.


    Tai Miao has carefully observed in the source sea, the collapse of the source sea is irreversible, and the fate of the destruction of the Junchen world is almost doomed.


    Moreover, even if there is any way to save it, the six true immortals are obstacles that cannot be bypassed.


    At present, all the forces in the Junchen world have joined forces, and they are far from being the opponents of the six true immortals.


    Of course, Taoist Shushan invited Meng Zhang to go to the Dark Alliance for a while, but Meng Zhang did not refuse.


    Although they have long since parted ways with the Dark Alliance, there is no harm in learning about the Dark Alliance''s plans.


    Taoist Shushan also revealed that in addition to inviting cultivators such as Taiyimen, the Dark Alliance also invited the True Dragon Clan and tried to contact the remnants of Tiangong.


    At that time, the Supreme Master Fengqing launched a rebellion in the Tiangong, which caused great losses to the Tiangong and led to the fall of Jiutian.


    The dark alliance still has the face to contact the remnants of Tiangong. This is not only too thick-skinned, but really wants to concentrate all forces in the Junchen world to try to solve the crisis of the destruction of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang was not optimistic about the dark alliance''s actions this time.


    Of course, if the conditions are right, he doesn''t mind helping.


    Not to mention anything else, he was very satisfied that he could cause some losses to the six true immortals.


    The actions of the six true immortals to destroy the Junchen Realm have long filled Meng Zhang''s heart with anger.


    Although he had been prepared for a long time, Meng Zhang felt an inexplicable grief and anger in his heart as he watched the world in which he grew up enter into ruin.


    If it weren''t for his lack of strength, he would have found six true immortals who were crazy enough to destroy the world.


    In addition to protecting Taiyi Sect, as long as he can make the six true immortals uncomfortable, he is willing to do it, even if he pays some price for it.


    Not long after Shushan Taoist left, his old friend Gudu Taoist came to visit again.


    Jianjun Banxue also received an invitation from the Dark Alliance.


    Jianjun Banxue came from Lingkong Xianjie. With her feet, she didn''t need to care too much about the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    However, she still has to think about her subordinates, and she must take care of the interests and moods of her subordinates.


    The Taoist of the ancient capital and Meng Zhang had known each other for many years, without going around in circles, they went straight to the topic.


    Even if Junchen World is completely destroyed, Jianjun Banxue can temporarily keep the remaining Tiangong monks.


    When the connection with Lingkong Xianjie is restored, with the ability of Jianjun with Xue, it is enough to make appropriate arrangements for his subordinates.


    For the dark alliance, Jianjun Banxue is extremely hostile, and has not forgotten the harm that the dark alliance has brought to Tiangong.


    Intellectually, Jianjun Banxue also knew that as long as the six true immortals did not take action, the fall of Tiangong was inevitable, and the betrayal of the Dark Alliance only accelerated the process.


    The fall of Tiangong should really be blamed, and it should be the six true immortals.


    They used Tiangong as a bait to attract the main force of the enemy, and led the group of foreign invaders of the true immortal level into the source sea.


    As for the foreign invaders, that is the culprit who directly destroyed the Tiangong, and it is not the same as Jianjun Banxue.


    But emotionally speaking, Jianjun Banxue was still unwilling to forgive the dark alliance.


    She served as the head of the Tiangong for thousands of years, and devoted a lot of effort and affection to the Tiangong.


    To a certain extent, Tiangong has long been the sustenance of her feelings.


    Limited to the reality, Jianjun Banxue is unable to retaliate against the dark alliance now, but he is not willing to have anything to do with the dark alliance.


    When a Taoist from the ancient capital came to visit Meng Zhang, he told Meng Zhang about the attitude of Jianjun Banxue.


    After all, the remnants of Taiyimen and Tiangong have formed an alliance, and the two sides should exchange information on some major events.


    Meng Zhang also told the Taoist of the ancient capital of his attitude, and he would attend the gathering convened by the Dark Alliance on time.


    Of course, Taiyimen will not collude with the dark alliance, Meng Zhang just wanted to see if the dark alliance could deal some blows to the six true immortals.


    The actions of the six true immortals to destroy the Junchen Realm are too crazy. They have become the public enemies of the Junchen Realm, and the Taiyi Sect is inseparable from them.

 Chapter 2426

    Although Taiyimen and the remnants of Tiangong are allies, both sides have their own interests and demands, and they cannot be forced to be consistent on everything.


    As long as there is no contradiction between the two sides in the general direction, then it will be fine.


    The Taoist people of the ancient capital made a bridge to make the remnants of Tiangong and Taiyimen form an alliance, but also to help each other.


    The remnants of Tiangong were originally chased and killed by foreign invaders.


    And Jianjun Banxue also led a group of cultivators of the Tiangong lineage to make trouble with foreign invaders within nine days, launching guerrilla warfare everywhere.


    After forming an alliance with Taiyimen, some Tiangong monks came to Taiyimen territory to rest.


    Taiyimen also provided them with help within their ability, such as supplying medicinal pills for healing, supplementing their losses in battle, etc.


    As long as the Taiyi Sect is not an ally with the Dark Alliance, there are some private contacts, and the Taoist people of the ancient capital have no opinion.


    Among the alliances formed by the Taiyimen, the Guanghan Palace and the Hailing faction, the Taiyimen are the main ones.


    The remnants of Tiangong are latecomers, and soon after joining this small alliance, their influence in the alliance is limited.


    The current life of the Tiangong remnants is not easy, and this alliance is of great significance to them.


    The Taoist people of the ancient capital naturally didn''t want everyone to be unhappy.


    Therefore, on many matters, he took the initiative to communicate with Meng Zhang to avoid misunderstandings.


    Regarding the destruction of Junchen Realm, Jianjun Banxue was powerless.


    Jianjun Banxue''s greatest hope now is that Lingkong Xianjie restores contact with Junchen Realm as soon as possible.


    At that time, Lingkong Immortal Realm will naturally send messengers to take over this mess.


    As a huge force that dominates many great worlds, Lingkong Xianjie is like a cloud, and heaven is like rain. It is easy to deal with the little trouble of Junchen Realm.


    As long as the high-level leaders of Lingkong Xianjie are willing, it is not difficult to reshape Junchen Realm and even create a new big world.


    Jianjun Banxue is from Lingkong Immortal Realm and has blind trust in Lingkong Immortal Realm, which is very normal.


    Meng Zhang knew the power of Lingkong and Immortal Realm, but he had never experienced it personally, so it was inevitable that he had doubts.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang did not want to entrust the fate of himself and his sect to others.


    Meng Zhang faintly felt that there was something wrong with Jianjun Banxue''s plan.


    The Junchen Realm suddenly lost its connection with the Lingkong Immortal Realm thousands of years ago, which is obviously not normal.


    After getting to know Fairy Yue''e, she told Meng Zhang that the true immortals who conquered Junchen Realm betrayed Lingkong Fairy Realm, so she took the initiative to cut off the connection with Lingkong Fairy Realm, allowing Junchen Realm to be completely independent.


    Regarding Fairy Yue''e''s remarks, Meng Zhang was skeptical.


    Fairy Yue''e and several true immortals are enemies, so of course they can say any slander.


    Come to think of it, there are a lot of things that are hard to say.


    Since the Lingkong Immortal Realm is so powerful, how could those true immortals dare to betray them?


    Even if they were successfully promoted to Heavenly Immortals in Junchen Realm, would they still be able to fight against Lingkong Immortal Realm?


    It is said that there are golden immortals at the top of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Don''t look at the fact that the connection between Lingkong Immortal Realm and Junchen Realm has been interrupted, but as long as a certain Jinxian or a high-level immortal is willing, restoring the connection is just a simple effort.


    This is another big question of Meng Zhang.


    Why has the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm been unable to be restored after thousands of years?


    Why wait until the Heavenly Immortal Treasure is born before the connection between Lingkong Immortal Realm and Junchen Realm will be restored?


    Jianjun Banxue had faintly revealed before that what the six true immortals did was related to the internal struggle in Lingkong Xianjie.


    As the principal of a major force, Meng Zhang understood the infighting in Lingkong Xianjie very well.


    Since what happened in Junchen Realm involved infighting in Lingkong Immortal Realm, the result would not be that simple.


    The connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm may not be restored in time as Jianjun Banxue expected.


    Of course, Meng Zhang couldn''t control these matters, let alone interfere with Jianjun Banxue''s decision.


    The Taoist of the ancient capital and Meng Zhang finished their communication, and after understanding Meng Zhang''s thoughts, they left Taiyimen with satisfaction.


    There was still some time before the dark alliance convened a gathering, so Meng Zhang had to do a big thing first.


    Many years ago, Taiyi Jinxian wandered in the void, and through a ray of thought, passed his inheritance and ideas to the founder of Taiyi Sect.


    The founder of Taiyimen came to Junchen Realm, started Taiyimen, and left a legacy from Taiyi Jinxian.


    After some twists and turns, Meng Zhang revitalized the Taiyi Sect and received the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Even if these inheritances may be just some skins of Taiyi Jinxian''s cultivation, it is enough for Meng Zhang to enjoy it to this day.


    The inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian took root in Taiyimen, creating a strong man like Meng Zhang.


    However, there has been no progress in practicing the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    This is not because Meng Zhang does not agree with the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, nor is he disrespectful to his ancestors, but because of the constraints of the real situation in the Junchen world.


    The concept of Taiyi Jinxian is to establish a new system in the world of self-cultivation and establish a new ruling order.


    It is necessary to divide the three realms, and let mortals, cultivators and even immortals occupy their own positions without disturbing each other.


    To canonize the gods, rule the heaven and earth, and control everything in the three worlds.


    ...


    In order to practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, at least one needs to completely control a big world.


    Even a cultivating force like a certain holy land sect in the Junchen world would become a public enemy of the comprehension world if it was rashly implemented in the Junchen world, and would lead to the siege of the major comprehension forces.


    The ability of the Ether B door is naturally far from being able to do this.


    Meng Zhang had long wanted to have the opportunity to practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    The inheritance he currently accepts from Taiyi Jinxian is not complete, and he can cultivate to the level of true immortal at most.


    Only by practicing the concept of Taiyi Jinxian can you become the true heir of Taiyi Jinxian and obtain subsequent inheritance.


    Now, the Junchen world is about to be destroyed, and the entire world has become chaotic.


    In the Junchen world, Meng Zhang tried to practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian and established a new system, which encountered the least resistance and was infinitely useful.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t take into account the entire Junchen world for the time being, but was only preparing to establish a new system on the Taiyimen territory.


    If this system can be successfully established, it will become a world of its own.


    And with the canonized gods guarding and coordinating, the territory of the Taiyi Sect will become incomparably stable.


    At that time, the territory of Taiyimen will become a world completely independent of Junchen Realm, and will not be affected by Junchen Realm.


    Even if Junchen World is completely destroyed, this world can survive.


    If the opportunity is right and there is no shortage of resources, this world will continue to grow, and it is not impossible to grow into a big world like Junchen World.


    In this world, all living beings can be sheltered and can escape the catastrophe of Junchen World''s destruction.

 Chapter 2427

    Building such a big world is also one of Meng Zhang''s dreams.


    Taiyimen has such a world as its foundation and will usher in unprecedented development.


    Many years ago, after knowing the fate of Junchen Realm''s impending destruction, Meng Zhang had such an idea and made a lot of preparations for it.


    After years of development, Taiyi Gate also has a part of the foundation.


    The blessed land of Taiyimen has a solid foundation, abundant spiritual energy, and is held high in the sky, and the heaven can be built on this foundation.


    The territory currently occupied by Taiyimen occupies a large part of the northern Junchen Realm, which can be regarded as the Human Realm.


    Taimiao, as the lord of the underworld, dominates the underworld, and can turn the underworld into an underworld exclusively for Taiyimen.


    The underworld is too vast, and now there are various natural disasters like the Yang world, and many places have even completely sunk.


    In order to lighten the wonderful burden in the future, a large part of the underworld can be abandoned, and only part of the core area of ??the underworld can be selected as the basis for the future establishment of the underworld.


    Of course, without the soul sea, reincarnation cannot be established.


    When the time comes, Tai Miao needs to go all out to capture the soul sea.


    After the Three Realms take shape, they can grow and develop slowly in the years to come.


    In addition, there are many gods and gods, who are in charge of the authority of the Three Realms and ensure the balance of heaven and earth.


    In the underworld, Meng Zhang had long since established Taimiao as the lord of the underworld.


    Taimiao has a lot of followers, and it can be gradually increased.


    Meng Zhang didn''t need to worry too much, just let Tai Miao do it.


    The human world needs the protection of many gods such as mountains, rivers, land and city gods.


    The blessed land has not been lifted high, and there is no shadow in the heaven for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s top priority was to confer the canonization of many gods in the human world to stabilize the territory of Taiyimen.


    In the past, after the Taiyimen monks died, the spirits entered the underworld, turned into ghosts or acquired ghosts, and belonged to Taimiao.


    The strength of Taimiao''s subordinates can develop and grow so fast, and it is inseparable from the full support of Taiyimen.


    In the future, Meng Zhang will establish a corresponding system in the door.


    If a Taiyi Sect disciple has made enough merits for the sect, according to the size of the merits, they can be canonized as the corresponding gods after death.


    Whether it is death due to exhaustion of life essence, or death for other reasons, it does not affect the conferring of gods after death.


    In order to prevent the whole system of gods from becoming a small circle game for Taiyi disciples in the future, Meng Zhanghui will strictly control the authority of conferring gods.


    The source of the canonization of the gods is not only the Taiyi disciples.


    Cultivators of other origins, as long as they are friendly with Taiyi Sect and are willing to accept the rules set by Meng Zhang, they will have the opportunity to be conferred a god after death.


    Even mortals, who have made great merits in front of them and made merits to all beings, mainly the human race, and even made merits to heaven and earth, can also be conferred gods after death.


    The system designed by Taiyi Jinxian is rigorous and complex, and it is extremely huge.


    Meng Zhang is now just for emergencies, reluctantly set up a grass-top team, which can be regarded as a foundation.


    Even after repeated simplifications, it is still very difficult to complete this foundation.


    In order to realize his vision, Taiyimen is far from insufficient in terms of manpower and material resources.


    According to Taiyi Jinxian''s design, Meng Zhang reluctantly conceived it properly.


    He was about to tell the middle and upper management of his plans, when suddenly he felt confused, and he fell into a state of being sleepy instead of sleepy.


    After cultivators form a golden core, they can basically control their dreams independently, and they will not fall into dreams easily.


    In the realm of self-cultivation, there are many strange secrets, especially magic secrets, which can allow the caster to affect the dreams of others, and even sneak into the dreams of others to make waves.


    High-level cultivators usually restrain their thoughts and instinctively protect their dreams.


    The dreams of high-level cultivators are not only the projection of inner consciousness, but also sometimes a kind of induction to heaven and earth.


    Such a sudden involuntary state like Meng Zhang is still very rare.


    Meng Zhang is also a virtual immortal, with vast magical powers and extensive knowledge.


    He was barely partially awake, trying to get out of his current state.


    However, he could at most remain half asleep and half awake, and he could never fully wake up.


    In the haze, a golden light descended from the sky and fell into Meng Zhang''s hands inexplicably.


    This time, Meng Zhang finally came to his senses, and more information appeared in his mind.


    In the inheritance of Taiyimen obtained by Meng Zhang, there are some records about Taiyi Jinxian.


    These records did not conceal the situation of Taiyi Jinxian, saying that he was defeated in the battle of the Great Dao and was sealed and imprisoned by his opponent.


    It''s not that the opponent doesn''t want to kill Taiyi Jinxian, but that existences like Taiyi Jinxian are too difficult to completely kill.


    Even in captivity, Taiyi Jinxian can still release a ray of spiritual thoughts and travel in the void.


    The Taiyi Sect founding ancestor was in a situation of coincidence, and he was in touch with the divine sense released by Taiyi Jinxian, and only got part of his inheritance.


    After Meng Zhang understood the origin of his family''s inheritance many years ago, he knew that the level of Taiyi Jinxian was too high for him to come into contact with now.


    He never thought much about Taiyi Jinxian, and just practiced according to the inheritance.


    This time, the Junchen world has entered into ruin. In order to keep the territory of Taiyimen, he is determined to practice the concept of Taiyi Jinxian and establish its design system.


    Just as Meng Zhang made up his mind to push this matter, Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual sense sensed it and had a sympathy with him.


    Just now, in the sympathy of spiritual sense, Meng Zhang received a gift.


    Taiyi Jinxian is still imprisoned and sealed, and it is unknown how many big worlds are separated from Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang''s mind was only moved, and the other party''s spiritual thoughts could be sensed. Such magical powers were truly awe-inspiring.


    Taiyi Jinxian was so powerful that he was finally defeated in the battle of the Great Dao and was imprisoned and sealed. The terror of his opponent was even more conceivable.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to suppress the thoughts in his mind, trying not to think about these things.


    If he thinks about it too deeply, he is afraid that he will feel that the current practice is meaningless, and thus the Dao heart will be damaged.


    After Meng Zhang regained consciousness, it took a long time to calm down.


    He took a deep breath and looked at the golden light in his hand.


    As Meng Zhang''s eyes could see, this group of golden light turned into a golden book.


    The cover of the classics is two big characters - "Dijing".


    As Meng Zhang gently flipped through the "Emperor Classic", the contents inside slowly appeared in his eyes.


    "Emperor''s Classic" is a story about the practice of the emperor''s road, from the emperor of the world, to the emperor of the cultivation world, and then to the throne of the emperor of heaven.


    According to the system designed by Taiyi Jinxian, among the three realms, the heavenly realm is the most respected, and the lord of the heavenly realm is the emperor of heaven.


    The Emperor of Heaven is not only the Lord of the Heavenly Realm, but also the supreme ruler of the Three Realms.


    No matter what kind of cultivation system it is, whether it is a cultivator, a cultivator of the Shinto way, or even a cultivator of the demonic way, all of them can practice this "Emperor Sutra" and become the emperor of heaven.

 Chapter 2428

    Based on Meng Zhang''s current situation, it is actually very suitable to practice this "Emperor Sutra".


    As the master of Taiyi Sect''s rejuvenation, he has supreme authority in Taiyi Sect, and no one can disobey him.


    Taiyi Sect is a powerful sect with numerous disciples, a vast territory, and it rules countless mortals...


    Meng Zhang didn''t need to spend much thought, and only needed to issue a simple order to the middle and high level of the door, and he could directly transform the Taiyi Gate into the Taiyi Dynasty, and his family successfully ascended the throne and became the emperor of the Dynasty.


    Compared with the Dali Dynasty that was wiped out by the sects of the major holy places, the Taiyi Dynasty would be countless times stronger, and it was more qualified to be the Dynasty that ruled the world of self-cultivation.


    Although Meng Zhang was not proficient in avenues such as the Dao of Domination and the Dao of the Emperor, he had been in charge of the Taiyi Gate for many years, and he had accumulated very rich experience in ruling.


    Such ruling experience helps him to comprehend the relevant avenues.


    Meng Zhang has been promoted to virtual immortal for a while, and he is not far from becoming a true immortal.


    If Meng Zhang really began to practice this "Emperor Classic", he had a hunch that he would soon be able to achieve results.


    Ascension to the throne of Heavenly Emperor, not to mention easy, is also a matter of course, far easier and faster than his breakthrough to True Immortal.


    To be honest, with the current state of Junchen Realm, it is really unknown whether Meng Zhang can be promoted to True Immortal.


    As long as he achieves the position of Heavenly Emperor, he at least has the combat power of the true immortal level.


    If the blessed land is held high in the sky and transformed into the heavenly realm, he has the power of the heavenly realm, and ordinary true immortals are not his opponents at all.


    With the current situation of Junchen World, Meng Zhang quickly became the Emperor of Heaven, which seemed to be the best choice.


    Heavenly Emperor Meng Zhang can protect himself, he can also shelter his sect, and he can support this world.


    Even participating in the competition for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, there are many advantages, and the success is very sure.


    The most important thing is that after Meng Zhang became the Emperor of Heaven, there was still a lot of room for improvement.


    The Heavenly Emperor of the True Immortal level is just a starting point, at least the Heavenly Emperor of the Heavenly Immortal level is qualified to stand proudly in the void.


    Considering the special situation of Junchen Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao has been annihilated, but the remaining power is still there.


    When the Junchen Realm is destroyed, the remaining power of Tiandao consciousness will instinctively find a new host.


    No matter from which point of view, Tiandi Mengzhang is undoubtedly the most suitable host.


    If Heavenly Emperor Mengzhang can integrate this power in time, not to mention completely saving the fate of Junchen Realm''s destruction, at least a large part of Junchen Realm can be saved.


    At that time, the remnants of Junchen Realm can become a small Junchen Realm.


    He can become the real master of this world, gain the blessing of the power of the whole world, and be able to fight against all kinds of outsiders, and even expel them.


    After all, the six true immortals in the depths of the source sea are also outsiders to the Junchen world, or the sinners who have sinned deeply and destroyed the world.


    All of this was too tempting for Meng Zhang, and it happened to solve all the problems he faced.


    Meng Zhang seemed to see that a promising golden avenue was presented in front of him like this.


    The expression on Meng Zhang''s face kept changing, and it was obvious that he was struggling in his heart.


    After a long time, he gritted his teeth and reluctantly closed the "Emperor Classic".


    Meng Zhang''s attitude is very clear, he will not choose the cultivation path in the "Di Jing".


    Meng Zhang is a Taoist cultivator who concentrates on the pursuit of immortality.


    No matter how many flaws the self-cultivation system has, no matter how much the practitioners are criticized for, Meng Zhang is not ready to give up his path of self-cultivation.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, the path of Taoist cultivators was the most likely path to achieve complete detachment.


    To achieve immortality, to jump out of the Three Realms, and not to be in the Five Elements, is the goal pursued by Meng Zhang.


    Even in the process of pursuing this goal, there were many setbacks, many worries, and many drags, but Meng Zhang never gave up on this goal.


    If he chooses the cultivation path of the "Emperor Classic" and Meng Zhang becomes the emperor of the Junchen world, he will be bound to this position for a long time in the future.


    The position of the Emperor of Heaven seems to be prominent, with great power and supreme dignity, but it is also a kind of restraint.


    Even at an extreme point, the Junchen Realm is a cage, where the Emperor of Heaven is imprisoned so that he cannot escape.


    It is not to say that the road of Heavenly Emperor must not allow Meng Zhang to achieve complete detachment.


    But if he was bound by the throne of the Heavenly Emperor, Meng Zhang could not guarantee that he would be able to get rid of this restraint.


    The position of Heavenly Emperor is a serious repression to his Dao Heart.


    The most important thing is that the Three Realms System and the Way of the Heavenly Emperor were all created by Taiyi Jinxian. I don''t know if there is any similar precedent.


    Even, whether the cultivation path of the Emperor of Heaven has been tested by practice, there is a question mark.


    However, the path of Taoist cultivators to become immortals can be seen, and there are many successful precedents.


    At the very least, from the true immortal to the celestial immortal, and then from the celestial immortal to the golden immortal, these levels and paths actually exist.


    And Taiyi Jinxian must have never cultivated a heavenly emperor at the level of Jinxian.


    Meng Zhang gave up the cultivation path in the "Emperor''s Classic", and felt a burst of reluctance at first, and then a complete relief.


    It seems that he sensed the change in Meng Zhang''s mind, and the "Emperor Classic" in his hand gave birth to a new change again.


    After the "Emperor Sutra" was twisted for a while, it turned into a jade book.


    This time, without Meng Zhang flipping, the contents of the jade book entered Meng Zhang''s mind.


    The jade book still retains the entire contents of the "Emperor''s Classic", as well as some magical powers of the real immortals.


    There is also a large part of the content, which is about how to establish the Three Realms system, canonize multiple gods between heaven and earth, consolidate heaven and earth, and so on.


    These are more detailed and feasible than the knowledge Meng Zhang had previously acquired from the inheritance.


    If the rough knowledge acquired in the past is just some simple theories and assumptions, now these contents are the process of concrete implementation.


    With these contents, Meng Zhang''s next actions will become feasible and much smoother.


    The biggest use of the jade book itself is not a classic, but it can help Meng Zhang stabilize the world and canonize the gods.


    The last time Meng Zhang canonized the god Taimiao, because the relationship between the two parties was too special, he took a shortcut and did not complete all the procedures.


    Although Meng Zhang succeeded by luck in the end, Tai Miao was also successfully promoted to True God, but compared to completely completing all the procedures, both Tai Miao and Meng Zhang lacked a lot of benefits.


    This jade book is an important tool for Meng Zhang to confer gods in the future.


    In the future ceremony of conferring gods, Meng Zhang needs to brand the name of the god to be conferred on the jade book, and intercept a trace of his soul into the jade book.


    In this way, not only can Meng Zhang completely control all the canonized gods, but the canonized gods will also receive the blessing of the jade book and gain many benefits.

 Chapter 2429

    This jade book is still only a prototype, or an embryo, but it is barely usable.


    Meng Zhang had to spend a lot of effort to refine it slowly and thoroughly before he could bring out all kinds of magic.


    In the future, Meng Zhang needs to invest in all kinds of heaven and earth treasures to gradually strengthen this jade book.


    With the continuous improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the future, the jade book itself will gradually improve.


    To some extent, this jade book is equivalent to Meng Zhang''s natal magic weapon.


    With this jade book, many of Meng Zhang''s previous ideas can become reality.


    The most difficult step for him to establish the Three Realms system was also initially resolved because of this jade book.


    This time, Meng Zhang first determined to establish a system designed by Taiyi Jinxian, and then obtained the "Emperor Classic".


    He refused to practice the "Emperor''s Classic" directly, only then got a series of gifts from Taiyi Jinxian.


    This shows that his choice has been approved by Taiyi Jinxian, which was only a test for him before, and he successfully passed the test.


    Come to think of it, Taiyi Jinxian is also an out-and-out immortal practitioner, and is heading towards the end of immortal cultivation.


    The purpose of his design of that system is for complete detachment and for the final demonstration of the Dao.


    His establishment of the system is only a means, not an end.


    Meng Zhang''s choice was in line with his heart, so he barely managed to get into his door.


    In the world of self-cultivation, there are many cases where the younger generation of self-cultivation obtains the practice skills and inheritance left by their predecessors because of the chance.


    There is not necessarily a direct relationship between juniors and seniors.


    In the past, Meng Zhang could only say that he obtained the practice method left by Taiyi Jinxian, and he had a karmic relationship with him.


    The real relationship between him and Taiyi Jinxian is not much stronger than that of passers-by.


    Now, he recognizes the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, and if he wants to put it into practice, he can be regarded as the successor of Taiyi Jinxian, and he has real cause and effect.


    He is deeply bound to Taiyi Jinxian, and he has entered the gate of Taiyi Jinxian. For him, it has advantages and disadvantages.


    Jinxian''s heir naturally has many advantages, but Taiyi Jinxian''s enemy will also become a problem he needs to face in the future.


    Of course, now Meng Zhang can''t think that far, but first enjoy the benefits that Taiyi Jinxian brings to him.


    After Meng Zhang left the customs, he immediately summoned the senior officials of Taiyi Sect and conveyed his decision.


    What is more important for Mengzhang is that in the system of gods established by Mengzhang, there is only an ascending channel for the earth.


    Relevant news spread, not to mention Taiyi Sect, there are probably countless cultivators in the entire cultivation world rushing to vote.


    Of course, Meng Zhang wanted to control it.


    If all the cultivators wanted to be canonized by him, who would want to practice the immortal way?


    Especially the disciples of Taiyi Sect, if everyone thinks about getting the moon first, and wants to enter the system of gods, what will the successor of the sect do?


    Meng Zhang has only started to establish a system now, and the conditions are limited. Except for the special existence of Taimiao, the gods that were originally canonized are mostly mediocre in strength, and the upper limit is not high.


    The most important core of a sect is the kind of high-level monk with a firm mind and the courage to make progress.


    Although there is an urgent need for multiple lands to be used only to stabilize various places, Meng Zhang still set high thresholds and restrictions.


    Meng Zhang also carefully discussed with the senior management of the door and determined a set of strict selection procedures.


    Meng Zhang''s mortal belief power is a very important power that must be used first.


    Heroes among mortals, outstanding civil servants and generals in the kingdom... are all important sources of gods.


    In particular, princes, generals, and even emperors among mortals are naturally expected by all people, and they can easily be transformed into various gods after death.


    The system of gods established by Meng Zhang cannot be monopolized by cultivators.


    As for Meng Zhang''s arrangement for the underworld, he will arrange it too well to implement it, and the Taiyi Sect will cooperate fully.


    To lift up the blessed land and transform it into a heavenly world, the conditions are not yet ripe, so I will not be busy implementing it for the time being.


    After Meng Zhang and the middle and high levels of the gate had completed the ventilation, they mobilized human and material resources to build a tall altar in the blessed land.


    The Taiyimen cultivator moved quickly, and it didn''t take long to complete the construction of the altar.


    Originally, after the altar was built, it was necessary to sacrifice to heaven and earth to obtain the blessing of the consciousness of the heavens in the Junchen world.


    However, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world has fallen, so this step can be omitted.


    Meng Zhang cast a spell on the altar, with the jade book as the core, completed the procedure that was omitted last time, and it was wonderful to re-canonize it again.


    When the wonderful priesthood and name taboo appeared on the front page of the jade book, the canonization ceremony slowly ended.


    After this canonization, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s related abilities were strengthened.


    Meng Zhang can use the jade book to summon Taimiao and mobilize Taimiao''s power.


    Of course, because Tai Miao was Meng Zhang''s incarnation, these abilities were already mastered by Meng Zhang.


    Passing the canonization now is great, but it strengthens it.


    Tai Miao was blessed by the jade book, her strength increased greatly, and she also possessed many miraculous things.

 Chapter 2430

    Tai Miao was blessed by the power of the jade book. As long as the power of the jade book is not exhausted, even if he is seriously injured, Meng Zhang can drive the jade book in time to heal him and restore him to the best state.


    After leaving the name in the jade book, even if Taimiao falls, Meng Zhang can drive the jade book to revive it.


    Of course, doing so will certainly come at a high price.


    Compared with letting Tai Miao have the opportunity to be reborn at a critical moment, Meng Zhang is very willing to pay no matter what the cost.


    After the canonization was too wonderful, Meng Zhang struck while the iron was hot, and continued to consecrate several gods of the underworld.


    Such as Jijian Shenjiang, Houtu Shenjiang, etc. were originally Taiyi disciples, but later became Taimiao''s servant gods.


    After they were canonized, they were given corresponding priesthoods to help Taimiao stabilize the underworld.


    The current underworld is more turbulent than the Yang world, and natural disasters are more frequent.


    For Meng Zhang, each canonization of a god is a consumption, but the more gods canonized, the more powerful they are, and the more benefits they bring to Jade Book.


    As long as Meng Zhang has the jade book in hand, he can summon the gods above at any time.


    Even if he leaves the Junchen Realm in the future, he can summon the divine projection of the gods according to the names left by the gods on the jade book.


    With Tai Miao and Ji Jian Shen Jiang, there should be no problem in temporarily stabilizing the underworld.


    At the same time, Tai Miao also began to prepare, waiting for the opportunity to capture the soul sea.


    In Yang Shi, as the senior officials of Taiyi Sect announced the information about Meng Zhang''s imminent canonization of the gods, the whole sect was boiling.


    Even in a major sect like Taiyi Sect, most of the disciples have been low-level monks all their lives.


    For some reason, there are many cultivators who have been cut off from the road, have no bright future, and have lost their longevity.


    Now that there is an opportunity to become a god and embark on another path, why are you not excited?


    Of course, as those harsh conditions were announced one by one, many calmed down a bit.


    In the past, the disciples of Taiyimen who lost their bodies, if the conditions were right, would enter the underworld to become ghosts, gods or ghosts, and serve under the command of Taimiao.


    Now, having the opportunity to become the god of Yang Shi is equivalent to giving the disciples another chance?


    However, obtaining this opportunity is not an easy task.


    The selected monks must be strictly selected. The qualifications are not important, but the character, ability, and behavior style are important.


    These monks must make a huge contribution to the sect and accumulate enough sect good deeds...


    In a word, it is very difficult for even Taiyi disciples to get the chance to become gods.


    As for ordinary mortals, it is even more difficult to be selected.


    The target chosen by Meng Zhang was not limited to the Taiyimen itself. The Vast Ocean Dao League under the leadership of the Taiyimen, and even the foreign cultivators, as long as they met the conditions, could hope to be canonized as a god by him.


    The senior officials of Taiyimen did not conceal the news and let it spread to the outside world.


    The opportunity to consecrate the gods provided by Meng Zhang is also a huge attraction to outsiders, enough to tempt many people to take refuge in the Taiyi Sect and work for the Taiyi Sect.


    Although he desperately needed enough gods to stabilize the world, Meng Zhang did not make up his mind, but chose carefully.


    In a short period of time, he can only confer the title of a few Taiyi Sect disciples who are about to run out of life essence and meet the requirements in all aspects, and let them become land, mountain gods and the like.


    After the news of Junchen World''s destruction was completely confirmed, all the self-cultivation forces in Junchen World began to actively look for ways to save themselves after the initial panic.


    Taiyimen''s canonization of gods and stabilization of heaven and earth has yet to see the effect.


    Taiyimen released rumors to the outside world, saying that they have already started to build a void battleship, and they are about to build it successfully.


    After the Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, you can use the Void Battleship to carry the cultivators to the Void.


    In addition, Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi Sect, is still trying to slow down or even prevent the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    For this statement, the high-level leaders of major forces such as the Dark Alliance felt that Meng Zhang was just buying people''s hearts.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength alone, he is not qualified to say anything to prevent the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    However, for the vast majority of cultivators in the Junchen world, this was a life-saving straw thrown by Taiyimen.


    Soon, the entire cultivation world became undercurrent again.


    Not to mention the cultivation forces that had taken refuge in the Dark Alliance, other cultivation forces, such as the original vassals of the Ziyang Shengzong, and the few cultivation forces that barely maintained their independence, all showed their favor to the Taiyi Sect.


    Both the Hailing faction and the Guanghan Palace allies sent people to inquire about the specific situation.


    For these two allies, Taiyimen did not hide much, but told the truth.


    Taiyimen already owns two void battleships, and is building such as the Snow Mountain Sect, Kou Family and even Qi Family, all of which are ready to do so.


    Of course, they all know that the chance of success in doing so is very low, and it is just a desperate choice.


    Meng Zhang also knew that the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family were also members of the Holy Land Sect, so there should be a hidden Void battleship.


    With the Void Battleship, they have the final retreat.


    Both Hailing School and Guanghan Palace are located overseas, with islands as mountain gates.


    No matter how big or solid an island is, an island is always an island, far less massive than the mainland.


    When Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, with the ability of these two sects, it may not be able to stabilize the mountain gate.


    Both of these two sects actively contacted the Taiyimen, expressing their intention to give up their overseas foundations and withdraw to the Taiyimen territory as a last resort.


    With the participation of these two sects, the power of Taiyi Sect can be greatly strengthened, and Meng Zhang will naturally not refuse.


    After the two sides negotiated, the two families began to temporarily withdraw the mortals on their own territory to Taiyimen.


    In the recent series of natural disasters, the two overseas sects suffered heavy losses.


    Even cultivators suffered no small casualties, let alone mortals.


    Many islands sank, and the mortals on them were basically extinct.


    Hailing Sect and Guanghan Palace are also righteous sects anyway, so they can''t just watch all this and ignore it.


    They actively dispatched monks and did their best to help the mortals who suffered disasters.


    The environment of the West China Sea and the South China Sea has become increasingly unsuitable for mortals to survive.


    Slowly withdrawing mortals to Taiyimen territory can not only reduce the pressure on these two sects, but also help keep these mortals.


    After all, for the cultivation sect, mortals are also an indispensable and precious resource.

 Chapter 2431

    Time passed quickly, and the time had come for the Dark Alliance to convene the comprehension forces from all parties in the Junchen world to discuss the destruction of the Junchen world.


    Before tearing his face with the dark alliance, Meng Zhang still had to sell the dark alliance a little face.


    Not to mention that he has many friends in the dark alliance, he cooperated happily with the dark alliance''s Youlei Xuxian last time.


    Meng Zhang was also very curious, what way did the Dark Alliance have to prevent the destruction of Junchen Realm?


    The source sea of ??Junchen Realm is entering into collapse, and the destruction of the entire great world is irreversible.


    In this case, ordinary true immortals are powerless. I am afraid that only the immortals can save the fate of the world''s destruction.


    After all, the Dark Alliance is an old-fashioned force from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and even the major holy land sects and Tiangong tolerated it a little back then.


    Perhaps, the dark alliance has a deep foundation, and there will be any means that Meng Zhang can''t imagine?


    When the Dark Alliance notified him, Meng Zhang came directly to a floating city in Middle-earth.


    This floating city is the external headquarters of the Dark Alliance. If Meng Zhang is not Meng Zhang, it is a late arrival. There are already many people in this hall.


    There was a circle of futons in the hall, and a large group of Void Returning Great Masters sat on the ground.


    Daoist Haiyang of Hailing Sect and Fairy Guanghan of Guanghan Palace saw Meng Zhang coming, and they all stood up to greet him.


    The Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family probably really parted ways with other holy land sects, and they also sent their principals to participate in this gathering.


    Qi Yunfei, the head of the Qi family who bordered the Ziyang Sect, saw Meng Zhang coming, and his attitude was even a bit flattering.


    Tiangong assumed an attitude of incompatible with the dark alliance, and did not completely ignore this gathering.


    Meng Zhang''s old friend Gulu, as the representative of the Dengxian Society, participated in the gathering.


    At the request of the Taoist priests of the ancient capital, the Dengxian Society completely turned to the Heavenly Palace.


    When it comes to the outside world, the Dengxian Society is barely an independent cultivation force.


    The Dengxian Society has fought against the major holy land sects for many years, and is also well-known in the Junchen world.


    The remaining few Void Returning Great Experts are either well-known loose cultivators in the Junchen world; or some sect representatives who can barely maintain their independent status.


    Meng Zhang took his seat under the warm welcome of the crowd.


    He glanced around, and corresponded to the information of the major cultivation forces that he knew in his heart.


    It seems that the comprehension forces that can come from the Junchen world have basically sent representatives, and he is still relatively late.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang was seated, the Great Elder Feng Qing, the chief of the dark alliance, personally led Ganglong King in.


    Many people present did not expect that the arrogant and arrogant Zhenlong clan would actually get involved in this matter.


    But if you think about it, this situation is not too surprising.


    No matter how powerful and pretentious the real dragon clan is, they now also live in the Junchen world.


    The Junchen world is on the verge of destruction, and the real dragon clan will soon lose their homes as well.


    With the strength of the real dragon family, they have a strong ability to survive in the void.


    But compared to a big world with abundant resources like Junchen World, the environment in the void is too harsh.


    The Dragon King was still so arrogant, sitting alone in a corner.


    Apart from nodding to Meng Zhang, who had dealt with him many times, he turned a blind eye to the others.


    Seeing that all the people who were convened had basically arrived, and Venerable Fengqing also took his seat as the convener.


    After a few words of nonsense, he went straight to the point.


    The reason why everyone present came here is for the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    Not to mention the impact of this incident on the major cultivation forces, it will bring many evil consequences to all of you present here.


    When cultivators in the Yangshen stage are promoted to the Void Return stage, they will leave their Yangshen brand in the depths of the world.


    In this way, even if they fall in the future, they will have a chance to be reborn.


    Of course, there are very strict conditions due to the consumption of many resources to be reborn.


    In the thousands of years of history of the Junchen world, few Void Returning Great Experts have the chance to be reborn after their fall.


    Even after the fall of the Void Returning Great Power of the Holy Land Sect, because the six sleeping true immortals took the origin of the world very seriously and were not willing to waste it on them, it was also difficult for them to get the chance to be reborn.


    But anyway, having such a chance is better than never.


    Even a determined Void Returning Power needs such an opportunity to hang.


    Now the Junchen world is entering into destruction, and the depths of the heaven and earth with the imprint of the sun god will also be destroyed.


    As for the imprint of the Yang God left by the Void Returning Great Expert, it is naturally not immune.


    Losing these Yang God imprints, you will not only lose the opportunity to regain a new life, but you will be adversely affected or even injured.


    Therefore, some unconcerned and unconcerned cultivators who could completely escape to the void after the destruction of Junchen Realm were all persuaded by the Dark Alliance to come to the meeting.


    Fengqing Shangzun first described the current situation of the Junchen world, and then revealed a bad news to everyone.


    It is probably that Yuanhai is entering a collapsing relationship. The six true immortals in Yuanhai no longer care about Yuanhai.


    The major holy land sects took out the last details, and even while the source sea had not completely collapsed, they frantically absorbed the origin of the world from the source sea.


    Many of the Void Returning Powers belonging to the major holy land sects who have fallen long ago have been reborn one after another.


    When these Void Returning Great Masters fully recover, the strength of the major holy land sects will expand rapidly.


    With the madness of the six true immortals, it is really unimaginable what they will order the major holy land sects to do.


    Hearing the bad news, many people''s faces changed color.


    Especially the leaders of the Snow Mountain Sect and the Kou Family, the two families finally made up their minds to keep their distance from other holy land sects and move closer to the Dark Alliance. When they heard the bad news, their faces were full of bitterness.


    Even Meng Zhang was worried that Taiyi Sect would encounter new troubles because of this.


    As for the authenticity of this news, no one doubts it.


    As the number one intelligence agency in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance has always been well-informed.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, even the high-level sects of the major holy places had secretly communicated with the Dark Alliance.


    The great increase in the strength of the sects in the holy places is not a good thing for everyone here, but fortunately, all kinds of foreign invaders are blocking the front.

 Chapter 2432

    Invaders from all over the world stopped besieging the gates of the sects and gates of the major holy places, relaxing the encirclement intentionally or unintentionally.


    But this does not mean that the various foreign invaders have completely ignored the major holy land sects.


    Near the sect gates of the major holy places, there are also armies of foreign invaders wandering, monitoring their movements at all times.


    Once they have any changes, the army of invaders from all over the world will definitely pounce without hesitation.


    At least so far, the major holy land sects are still the biggest enemy of foreign invaders.


    There are foreign invaders blocking the front, in a short period of time, everyone here does not have to worry too much about the problems of the major holy land sects.


    Fengqing Shangzun first threw out a bad news, but also to shock people.


    The six true immortals have long become the public enemies of the entire Junchen world because of their actions to destroy the Junchen world.


    The six holy land sects they left behind were also a huge threat.


    Of course, the Junchen world is entering into destruction, and everyone can''t take care of the major holy land sects for the time being.


    As for dealing with the six true immortals, everyone here does not have this ability.


    Venerable Fengqing went around in a circle and finally talked about the most important thing, how to prevent the fate of Junchen Realm from being destroyed.


    Fengqing Shangzun told everyone that there are many precious books from the Lingkong Xianjie hidden in the dark alliance.


    After knowing that the Junchen Realm was going to be destroyed, many elders of the dark alliance entered the Tibetan Scriptures Pavilion, went through various classics, and found a way to restore it.


    After many searches and discussions among the elders, they finally found a feasible solution.


    This method may not be able to cure the root cause, but it can greatly prolong the time when Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, so that Junchen Realm can last longer.


    According to the estimates of the top leaders of the Dark Alliance, if nothing is done, the source sea of ??Junchen Realm will completely collapse within twenty years.


    A big world like Junchenjie, even if it enters into destruction, will not be completely destroyed overnight.


    From the destruction of Junchen Realm to the complete collapse of Junchen Realm, turning into countless fragments, it will take about a hundred years or so.


    The estimation result of the senior leaders of the Dark Alliance is similar to Meng Zhang''s own estimation result.


    In the Junchen world, there are quite a few virtuosity-returning powers that are capable of making corresponding estimates, and everyone should be able to draw similar conclusions.


    The dark alliance''s solution is to hold a grand ceremony to temporarily stabilize the Junchen Realm and delay its complete destruction.


    Such a ceremony is cumbersome to hold and consumes a lot of resources.


    But once it succeeds, it can at least keep the Junchen world for more than three hundred years.


    Fengqing Shangzun also revealed a secret.


    At that time, due to the infighting of some high-level leaders in Lingkong Xianjie, the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Xianjie was interrupted.


    After the six true immortals wake up from the source sea, there will be immortals in Lingkong Xianjie trying to restore the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Xianjie.


    Once the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm is restored, with the powerful power of Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are naturally countless ways to help everyone.


    Whether it is preventing the complete collapse of Junchen Realm, or sending the cultivators of Junchen Realm to the great world under the command of Lingkong Xianjie, it is just a small effort for those powerful immortals in Lingkong Xianjie.


    Maybe it will take a little time for Junchen Realm to restore the connection with Lingkong Immortal Realm, but it will take about two or three hundred years at most.


    As long as that ceremony is held to make Junchen Realm last longer, Fengqing Supreme is confident that he will definitely wait for the day when Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm resume contact.


    The words of Venerable Fengqing made everyone present excited.


    The source of the comprehension civilization of the Junchen world is the Lingkong Xianjie. All the high-level figures in the Junchen world are here, and they have heard a little about the Lingkong Xianjie.


    The legendary Lingkong Immortal Realm is extremely powerful and can definitely solve the problems they face.


    Taking 10,000 steps back, even if the Lingkong Immortal Realm is not mentioned, it is a great good thing to be able to let the Junchen Realm last for a while longer.


    With this period of time, everyone will have more preparation time, maybe more elites in the sect can be retained, and the sect can retain more vitality...


    Unless it is a last resort, no one is willing to leave their homes forever and easily wander into the void.


    It is good to be able to stay in Junchen World for even one more day.


    Everyone was very interested in the ceremony mentioned by Venerable Fengqing.


    Only the Ganglong King of the True Dragon family was present, and his expression changed slightly when he heard the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm, a powerful force that rules many great worlds, has its prestige spread all over the Void Realms, which can be said to be thunderous.


    With the knowledge of the True Dragon Clan, King Ganglong knows more about the Lingkong Immortal Realm than everyone present.


    Junchen Realm, a branch of the dragon race, is not at all powerful among the many dragon race branches in the void.


    There are many powerful dragon branches in the void, and many of them are many times stronger than the branch where the Dragon King is.


    But among so many powerful dragon clan branches, very few can compete with Lingkong Xianjie.


    Even the headquarters of the True Dragon Clan would not be willing to provoke the Lingkong Immortal Realm easily.


    If Lingkong Immortal Realm and Junchen Realm resume contact, the thousands of years of planning of the Ganglong King branch will be completely in vain.


    Their true dragon family will have to give up everything in the Junchen world, step into the void again, and embark on the road of exile.


    The True Dragon Clan must stop the connection between Lingkong Xianjie and Junchen Realm, so that the two continue to be isolated.


    The real dragon clan is powerful and has a strong hole card.


    The patriarch of this true dragon clan, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, had been hiding in the depths of the ocean to heal his wounds after being severely injured by six true immortals in order to compete for the supremacy of the Junchen world.


    After thousands of years of cultivation, his injuries have long since recovered, and his strength has grown considerably.


    Back then, after the defeat of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he was forced by six true immortals to make an oath that he would not be allowed to interfere in all affairs of the Junchen Realm, and that he would not be allowed to leave the depths of the ocean...


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign swore an oath in front of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Junchen Realm, and the oath was guaranteed by the Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Junchen Realm has long since fallen, and the Junchen Realm has entered into destruction, and the oath he made at the beginning has also expired.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is still hiding in the depths of the ocean, and he did not make a rash move, but was waiting for an opportunity.


    He not only wants to take revenge on the six true immortals, but also destroy everything they created.


    More importantly, he also coveted the relics of the gods.


    The failure of that year taught him a great lesson and taught him a lot.


    Although he still can''t change the arrogant and arrogant nature of the real dragon, he has become much more cautious and will no longer make the mistake of despising the enemy and underestimating the enemy.


    Thousands of years of dormancy and waiting have given him enough patience to wait for the best time to take action.


    When a series of changes occurred in the Junchen world before, he was silently watching, observing the current situation of the enemy, observing the situation of the strong men, trying to find out the weak links.

 Chapter 2433

    Under the order of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the True Dragon Clan did not participate in a series of events in the Junchen Realm some time ago, but watched the invaders from outside the territory victorious.


    The powerful people of the True Dragon Clan are well-known, and their prestige spreads throughout the void.


    Neither the local cultivators of Junchen Realm nor the foreign invaders took the initiative to provoke the True Dragon Clan.


    A small group of foreign invaders invaded the sea, which was basically an accident. At most, it was to test the reactions of the True Dragon Clan and the Sea Clan.


    Before the major holy land sects were resolved, the foreign invaders had no intention of breaking out a full-scale war with the True Dragon Clan.


    So far, the strength of the True Dragon Clan has been maintained very well, and they have the ability to interfere in the affairs of Junchen World on a large scale at any time.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who had regained his full strength, was even staring at him in the dark.


    The six true immortals acted recklessly in the source sea, and after the news spread that the Junchen world had entered into destruction, the top officials of the true dragon clan were furious.


    The true dragon family was originally a powerful race from the void. This branch took a fancy to the Junchen Realm thousands of years ago and tried to seize the Junchen Realm before entering the Junchen Realm on a large scale.


    Although they have not been able to successfully dominate the Junchen world, they have already established a foundation in the ocean.


    If the Junchen Realm is destroyed, the true dragon clan of this branch will have to give up everything in the Junchen Realm and return to the void.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t want to see Junchen Realm destroyed, but there was no good way to change this result.


    This time, the reason why the True Dragon Clan was willing to send Ganglong King to attend the meeting was not only to sell the Dark Alliance a bit of face, but also to see if the Dark Alliance could save the fate of Junchen World from its destruction.


    Fengqing Shangzun said that the destruction of the Junchen world can be greatly extended.


    If his method is feasible, King Ganglong is also willing to support the True Dragon family.


    Fengqing Shangzun said that Lingkong Xianjie was about to restore contact with Junchen Realm, which made Ganglong Wang very vigilant.


    At this time, he has already started to think about whether there is any way to prevent the restoration of the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Of course, for such a major event, he must report it to the Sea Swallowing Dragon King before he can act.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s knowledge, he felt that the Junchen world had entered into ruin, and it was very unreliable to slow down the process by relying on a certain ritual.


    Of course, maybe the dark alliance really has an extraordinary heritage, and the classics record the clever methods that they don''t even know about.


    Although he felt that the possibility of Fengqing''s success was unlikely, Meng Zhang would not oppose him.


    If the ritual of the Dark Alliance really worked and slowed down the destruction process of Junchen Realm, it would also be a good thing for Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was even willing to pay some price for this to support the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    Fengqing''s previous remarks caused a lot of discussion among the people below, and then everyone asked about the details of the ceremony.


    Obviously, everyone has expectations for the Dark Alliance.


    Seeing this, Venerable Fengqing had a smug smile on his face.


    His tone was slow and slow, and he introduced the crowd carefully.


    How to arrange the ceremony, how to consume all kinds of heaven and earth treasures and other words, Meng Zhang did not take it to heart.


    A detail mentioned by Venerable Fengqing lightly made Meng Zhang very concerned and aroused his vigilance.


    A major key point in holding this ceremony is to sacrifice blood to many living beings, including living people, spirit beasts, monster beasts and so on.


    Among them, man is the master of all things, blood sacrifice of living people is indispensable, and a large number of living people are needed.


    Whether it was the moral values ??he adhered to as a cultivator of the righteous way, or his vigilance against demons, Meng Zhang had always been very sensitive to blood sacrifices.


    Blood sacrifice itself is one of the methods commonly used in the magic way.


    The Dark Alliance has a history of large-scale collusion with magic.


    Even though the Dark Alliance seems to be clear of its relationship with the Demon Dao, Meng Zhang firmly believes that the connection between the Dark Alliance and the Demon Dao has never been severed.


    Maybe, there are a lot of magic powers hidden in the dark alliance at this time.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to wonder if the blood sacrifice proposed by Venerable Fengqing had ulterior motives, and was it related to the magic way?


    Although Fengqing Shangzun explained many details of the ceremony, it is impossible to have no reservations.


    He himself has clearly stated that it is impossible for him to tell everyone about the secrets of the dark alliance and the inheritance of the dark alliance.


    Judging from the part he disclosed, this ceremony is still a bit reliable.


    This ceremony can mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, go deep into the ley lines, stabilize the ley lines, and fix the earth that is slowly collapsing.


    All of the people present here are the great powers of returning to the void, and their eyesight and knowledge are not too bad.


    They made a preliminary judgment through the remarks of Venerable Fengqing, and this ceremony should be useful.


    As for how useful it is, it''s hard to say.


    Whether this ceremony can really stabilize the crumbling Junchen Realm and slow down the process of Junchen Realm''s destruction, as Venerable Fengqing said, will require everyone to slowly judge after the ceremony.


    Venerable Fengqing took the blood sacrifice lightly, and the others didn''t pay much attention to it.


    At this time when the Junchen Realm is entering into destruction, for the vast majority of cultivators, the Supreme Venerable Fengqing is like throwing out a life-saving straw.


    No matter whether this life-saving straw is completely reliable and whether it will bring some bad troubles, everyone will firmly grasp it.


    As for the lives of some creatures, no one cares.


    In the world of self-cultivation, it is a common phenomenon to take care of human life, and not many people care about the life and death of mortals.


    Even a benevolent cultivator would not think that mortals are more important than cultivators.


    If you sacrifice the lives of some mortals, even low-level cultivators, you can save the Junchen world, then no one will refuse.


    It is true that mortals are the foundation of the cultivation world. In the final analysis, mortals exist for the continuation of the cultivation world.


    If the Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, how many mortals in the Junchen Realm will survive?


    Some cultivators of the right way may feel unbearable, but in the end they will not say anything.


    Sacrificing some souls for the sake of the overall situation is a matter of course.


    Meng Zhang listened to the words of Venerable Fengqing, did not rush to question, but looked around.


    Most of the people present were moved by Venerable Fengqing.


    Even if there are a few keen people who guessed that the Dark Alliance might use magic methods, they will pretend not to know at this time.


    As long as it can temporarily stabilize Junchen Realm and slow down the destruction of Junchen Realm, everyone will recognize it even if it is a magic way.


    Everyone consciously or unintentionally ignored the blood sacrifice mentioned by Venerable Fengqing, and expressed their interest in this ceremony.


    The Ganglong King of the True Dragon Clan was also very tempted by the words of the Venerable Fengqing.


    There are countless sea clans under the real dragon clan.


    These sea tribes are not only the servants of the True Dragon Clan, but also the food of the True Dragon Clan.


    As long as the goal can be achieved, even if all the blood of the sea clan is sacrificed, the Ganglong King will not frown.


    Anyway, except for the real dragon clan, all creatures can be consumed at will.

 Chapter 2434

    In his early years, Meng Zhang possessed the innate supernatural powers like his Xintong, which could easily read people''s hearts.


    With the improvement of the cultivation level and status, the monks he has come into contact with are also getting higher and higher.


    Generally speaking, the higher the cultivation level of a cultivator, the better the concealment of their own thoughts, their own thoughts, etc., and the less likely they will be seen through.


    Many cultivators also practice some secret techniques to restrain their thoughts, prevent their thoughts from leaking out, and avoid being searched by others.


    In a word, although Meng Zhang''s cultivation and supernatural powers are constantly improving, it is becoming more and more difficult to see through the minds of high-level monks just like the minds of low-level monks.


    Of course, those monks who are simple-minded, arrogant, and even have the heart of a child are not the case.


    Now, in order to judge other people''s inner thoughts, Meng Zhang relies more and more on experience and experience, as well as careful analysis.


    It is not difficult to guess the thoughts of the people present, and they did not hide themselves much.


    Meng Zhang easily guessed their minds closely.


    Everyone tends to support Fengqing Shangzun and let Fengqing Shangzun hold that so-called ceremony.


    Anyway, there is no better way for everyone, and Fengqing Shangzun''s approach will not bring great losses to everyone, why not let Fengqing Shangzun try.


    If Fengqing Shangzun really succeeds, then everyone will be happy.


    Even if it fails in the end, the biggest loss is definitely the dark alliance, the initiator with the most investment.


    As for trivial matters such as blood sacrifices, they certainly cannot affect the overall situation of saving Junchen World.


    Seeing that everyone was like this, Meng Zhang swallowed the words he wanted to say.


    Fengqing Shangzun has received everyone''s support. If he publicly questions and opposes his actions, he may become a loner.


    Although Daoist Haiyang of Hailing Sect and Fairy Guanghan of Guanghan Palace are allies, they will not openly oppose them, but deep down, they may also be dissatisfied with themselves.


    Besides, even if he objected, so what? Could it be that he could stop the actions of Venerable Fengqing?


    The more he thought about it, the more Meng Zhang felt that Venerable Fengqing''s proposal was suspicious. This so-called ritual was a ghost.


    From the looks of it, Venerable Fengqing had clearly been planning for a long time.


    Now that he has the support of everyone, it means that he has the support of most of the Junchen world.


    The major holy land sects and various foreign invaders are entangled, and there is no other powerful force to stop the dark alliance.


    At least on the surface, Fengqing Shangzun''s approach is for everyone, for the Junchen world, and for the overall situation.


    He stood on the side of righteousness, with a high-sounding and vigorous momentum.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have any actual evidence. Based on some speculation, he accused Feng Qing Shang Zun of colluding with the devil''s way. He had ulterior motives. Who would believe it?


    I am afraid that everyone present thought that they were entangled in the past grievances and grievances with the dark alliance, and deliberately opposed Fengqing Shangzun, disregarding the overall situation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t need to care about the thoughts of the people present, and he didn''t care about offending people, but he was unwilling to do useless work and get into unnecessary disputes with everyone.


    The Dark Alliance itself is so powerful, and now it has the support of everyone, it is not appropriate for Taiyimen to openly confront it.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang already had a series of plans, pointing out the development direction of Taiyi Sect, and really didn''t want to get entangled with the dark alliance, thus wasting time and delaying precious time.


    Meng Zhang thought and thought in his heart, but in the end he remained silent and said nothing.


    Seeing to persuade everyone present and get everyone''s verbal consent, Venerable Fengqing quickly entered the next step.


    To hold this grand ceremony, the Dark Alliance will naturally go all out, and of course it needs everyone''s support.


    Before this ceremony is held, circles and altars need to be arranged in many places in the Junchen world.


    It is necessary to send enough cultivators to build these altars and circles, and there must be enough strength to station them.


    Many precious materials are consumed in this process.


    When the ceremony is held, to prevent interference from external forces, everyone needs to help guard.


    Before the ceremony, to collect all kinds of creatures from all over the Junchen world and transport them to the ceremony site, everyone''s help is needed.


    ...


    Fengqing Shangzun put forward a series of requirements, hoping to get everyone''s help.


    The request of the Supreme Master Fengqing does not seem to be excessive, and it does not consume the background of the forces of all parties.


    It is totally worth paying a small price to help Venerable Fengqing hold a ceremony and try to slow down the destruction process of Junchen Realm.


    All the people present here are the principals of the cultivation forces of various parties, and they can completely agree on these trivial matters.


    On behalf of the True Dragon Clan, King Ganglong said that he would strongly support the Venerable Fengqing.


    Among the people present, Daoist Gulu, who represented the Ascension Society, remained silent.


    Everyone knows that the Ascension Immortal Society has fully invested in the remnants of the Heavenly Palace.


    Everyone is even more aware of the inconsistency between Tiangong and the Dark Alliance.


    Everyone also understands the attitude of the Daoist Gulu.


    There may be a few people who complain in their hearts that Tiangong ignores the overall situation and only knows about the grievances and grievances with the Dark Alliance, but they will not say anything openly.


    After all, no one wants to offend Daoist Gu Lu and the Tiangong behind her easily.


    As long as Daoist Gulu doesn''t openly cause trouble, everyone can let her go.


    After Venerable Fengqing talked about the business, Meng Zhang kept his face straight from beginning to end and said nothing.


    As one of the few virtual immortals in the audience, when it comes to combat power, he may still be the strongest in the audience. Meng Zhang''s lofty and airy attitude is not surprising.


    Between the words, Fengqing Shangzun also vaguely mentioned the backstage of the Dark Alliance in Lingkong Xianjie.


    The Dark Alliance is a big force throughout the entire Lingkong Immortal Realm, and even the top leaders of the Lingkong Immortal Realm must give it three points.


    As long as the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Xianjie is restored, the power from Lingkong Xianjie Dark Alliance headquarters is enough to provide shelter to the Junchen Realm Dark Alliance branch.


    The Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family, as members of the Holy Land Sect, were not trusted by other Holy Land sects and were excluded from the core decision-making circle.


    Now that the situation in Junchen Realm has changed drastically, they saw that the situation of other holy land sects was not good, and they had the intention to draw a clear line with them.


    The extraterritorial invaders knew the inside story of Junchen Realm, and did not kill the two of them.


    They escaped the catastrophe because of this, but they were worried that they would be retaliated by other holy land sects afterwards.


    Knowing that the dark alliance is powerful, they secretly moved closer to the dark alliance, and they originally meant to use the power of the dark alliance.


    In the past, Taiyimen also actively contacted these two families, tried their best to win over them, and tried to form an alliance with them.


    They did not refuse the Taiyimen''s win, and they were willing to make friends with the Taiyimen.


    But looking at the current situation, they are obviously more optimistic about the dark alliance and more willing to approach the dark alliance.


    In the eyes of the vast majority of cultivators, the Taiyi Sect is indeed prestigious and dominant, enough to rival the Holy Land Sect.


    Compared with the dark alliance with a deep background and a long history, the Taiyi Sect, which has a limited rise in time, is much worse in all aspects.


    Especially in terms of historical background, there is a huge gap between the young Taiyimen and the dark alliance.

 Chapter 2435

    As for Venerable Fengqing''s mention of the Dark Alliance''s background in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are probably few forces in the entire Junchen Realm that can compare with it.


    Tiangong and the sects of the major holy places were so powerful back then, so they didn''t have to be patient with the dark alliance.


    The history of Taiyimen is not complicated. The founder of the mountain is just a down-and-out cultivator who failed in the spiritual world.


    It is just to find opportunities in the newly opened Junchen world, to start a career, and then to have the Taiyi Gate.


    The Taiyimen have been destroyed several times, which shows that the Taiyimen have no deep background.


    It is not only human''s normal feelings to follow the trend of inflammation, but also the way of survival in the world of self-cultivation.


    Of course, the Kou family and the Snow Mountain faction are now actively moving towards the Dark Alliance, but they have not completely joined the Dark Alliance.


    After all, the two are also former Holy Land sects, more or less reserved, and the dark alliance needs to take the initiative to pay the price to win them over.


    For Taiyimen to rapidly expand its sphere of influence in the Junchen world, it is a shortcut to attract more powerful forces.


    Taiyimen will continue to befriend the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family.


    Even if these two families join the Dark Alliance, they will have reservations.


    Fengqing Shangzun''s proposal has been approved by everyone, and the Dark Alliance has also gained more supporters.


    Next, Fengqing Shangzun began to discuss more details with everyone, and also assigned tasks for everyone.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to turn his face with the dark alliance, and perfunctory Fengqing Shangzun.


    As for the task assigned by the Supreme Master Fengqing to the Taiyi Sect, the middle and senior management of the sect naturally have a way to delay it slowly.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the dark alliance for a few days, and when the matter was completely settled, he left the floating city.


    When leaving, Meng Zhang walked with Daoist Haiyang and Fairy Guanghan.


    Meng Zhang mentioned a few words to them, so that they should not pay too much attention to the rituals mentioned by Venerable Fengqing, and there is no need to invest too much resources.


    Although they didn''t quite understand Meng Zhang''s thoughts, they had known Meng Zhang for many years and had enough trust in him.


    Meng Zhang did not make any excessive demands, they decided to follow Meng Zhang''s orders.


    As for Venerable Fengqing, they would naturally find excuses to perfunctory.


    After Meng Zhang and Daoist Haiyang separated, they did not return to Taiyimen directly, but went to another place.


    If it wasn''t for the reminder of this gathering, Meng Zhang would have almost ignored this matter.


    Almost all the great powers of returning to the void in the Junchen world left the Yang God brand in the depths of the world when they broke through.


    As the Junchen Realm enters into destruction, these Yang God imprints naturally cannot survive.


    If the brand of the Yang God is destroyed, the Void Returning Powers will not only lose the chance to be reborn.


    With a deep foundation and good luck, it may just be a little uncomfortable, and at most slightly injured.


    But if he is that kind of guy with shallow foundations and bad luck, he might be greatly affected.


    Others Meng Zhang can''t manage, and he doesn''t bother to manage. At least, Taiyi Sect cultivator, and monks who have friendship with Taiyi Sect, he will try his best to protect them.


    Meng Zhang is now ready to go to the depths of the heavens and the earth to see if he can do anything to keep the imprint of the Yang God that he wants to protect.


    The so-called depths of heaven and earth are actually a very special space within the Junchen world.


    It is more hidden and more difficult to reach than Yuanhai.


    Most of the returning powers in the Junchen world can only infiltrate the power of the sun god after they have just broken through the period of returning to the virtual state, and then leave a mark.


    In addition, the Void Returning greats can faintly sense it at most, but they cannot enter it.


    After Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, he had a deeper understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, and could try to see the secrets of this special space.


    When he was in the advanced stage of returning to the void, Meng Zhang also used the power of the Yang God, leaving a mark of the Yang God in that place.


    Meng Zhang found a quiet place, sat cross-legged in the sky, closed his eyes and slowly sensed.


    In the haze, Meng Zhang clearly felt the location of his Yangshen brand.


    This special space called the depths of heaven and earth is not fixed in one place.


    This space is deep in the Junchen world, close to the core of the earth, disappearing and reappearing, constantly moving.


    Speaking of which, this special space is not native to the Junchen world, but after the establishment of a cultivation civilization in the Junchen world, the rules of heaven and earth were distorted and changed, and this special space was born.


    Although the six true immortals are now regarded by all cultivators as madmen and sinners who destroy the world, it cannot be denied that they played a major role in the process of conquering the Junchen world and establishing a cultivating civilization.


    They spread the seeds of self-cultivation civilization in the Junchen Realm, and reshape the world according to the laws of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The appearance of this special space means that the laws of Lingkong Xianjie cover the Junchen Realm and take effect in this world.


    Among all the worlds in the void, it is not just a spiritual world that is prevalent in cultivation civilization.


    However, there are only a handful of cultivation civilizations as powerful as Lingkong Xianjie.


    The same is the inheritance of Taoism, different worlds, different branches, all have their own characteristics.


    The comprehension civilization of Lingkong Xianjie is strong enough and has distinctive features, and is respected and imitated by many great worlds.


    Among them, changing a certain big world with a special method, and creating this special space for the Void Returning Great Master to leave the imprint of the Yang God is a major feature of the Lingkong Xianjie inheritance system.


    The power of returning to the void can go deep into the void and conduct various explorations.


    Due to the various dangers in the void, the risk of returning to the void is very high.


    Compared with immortals, the ability to survive in the void is limited.


    No matter which big world you are in, the Void Returning Great Master is the backbone of the cultivators.


    Let the Void Returning Great Master have a chance to be reborn after the fall, which can greatly retain this group of backbones.


    If it weren''t for the fact that the six true immortals were too selfish and unwilling to pay too much for the origin of the world, the Void Returning masters who fell in the history of the major holy land sects would have been reborn long ago.


    If the major holy land sects have enough Void Return Power to suppress, the cultivation forces in the Junchen world will never be able to come forward.


    After the Junchen world entered into destruction, the rules of heaven and earth began to become turbulent and even chaotic.


    Competent cultivators can more clearly sense the rules of heaven and earth.


    A virtual immortal like Meng Zhang can even sort out and manipulate the rules of heaven and earth more easily.


    Meng Zhang quickly sensed the traces left by the laws of the Lingkong Xianjie.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sighed.


    The laws of Lingkong Xianjie have penetrated into every corner of Junchen Realm, completely changing the world.


    If the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm did not fall, after a long period of time, it would be influenced and changed by the laws of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    At that time, Junchen Realm will truly be completely incorporated into the system of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world will become the guardian of the self-cultivation civilization, repelling and suppressing all other cultivation systems, and actively blocking all foreign invaders.

 Chapter 2436

    It''s a pity, it''s a pity that the six true immortals destroyed a great potential world for their own selfishness, and even prevented the further expansion of the forces of the spiritual world.


    Meng Zhang did not stop moving while feeling sorry.


    Meng Zhang has extraordinary talent, excellent aptitude, no shortage of resources, and the inheritance he accepts is even more brilliant.


    He has not been promoted to Void Immortal for a long time, and his cultivation base is already far above the ordinary Void Immortal.


    After Tai Miao was promoted to True God, she had a deeper understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, the rules of origin, etc.


    It is so wonderful now that it is possible to observe everything in the world with the eyes of a true God.


    Meng Zhang can share everything with Tai Miao, including his understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth.


    The cultivation realm of the incarnation outside the body exceeds that of the deity for a long time, which is actually not a good thing.


    The wonderful vision and realm surpassed Meng Zhang, and many things he instilled brought great pressure to Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang couldn''t fully understand everything about Taiwei comprehension, he could already start to make use of Taimei comprehension.


    In a short period of time, Meng Zhang can use the eyesight of a true god to observe and analyze the testimonies from the spiritual world.


    After spending a lot of effort, Meng Zhang has achieved great results.


    Although there are still some doubts, and there is no complete certainty, Meng Zhang did not want to continue wasting time, and immediately started to act.


    Meng Zhang stepped into the sky, very close to Jiutian.


    Meng Zhang, such a strong man, made no secret of his aura, and swaggered to a place that was almost close to Jiutian. At this time, the foreign invaders who controlled Jiutian were quickly alerted and responded immediately.


    A group of foreign invaders flew over from a distance, and they had to check the situation here.


    It didn''t take long for the foreign invaders to break through and occupy Jiutian, and they actually controlled Jiutian so tightly, which made Meng Zhang a little sigh.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to entangle with them, so he fiddled with the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world to stimulate the power of the Dao.


    There was a violent shock in the space, and Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared on the spot.


    When Meng Zhang appeared again, he had come to the depths of the ground.


    At the foot of Meng Zhang, there is the scorching hot core.


    In this kind of place, the temperature is extremely high enough to melt all kinds of instruments; the pressure is so strong that it can even collapse a normal space.


    There are faint spatial fluctuations everywhere, which are caused by the birth of small spaces out of thin air and crushed.


    Most of the emptiness-returning powers in the Junchen world cannot stay here for a long time.


    Even with Meng Zhangzhi''s strength, he felt very tired after staying a little longer.


    He didn''t dare to neglect, and continued to follow the rules of heaven and earth according to the calculated rules.


    Here, all the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world have changed, and Meng Zhang''s actions are not easy.


    After a while, Meng Zhang finally found the entrance to that special space and was able to enter it.


    After a while, Meng Zhang came to a special space.


    Under Meng Zhang''s feet was solid earth and rock, and countless stars twinkled in the sky.


    As soon as he entered this space, Meng Zhang felt an extremely powerful restraining force, restraining everything in him.


    His body became extremely heavy, as if he was carrying a mountain on his back.


    Meng Zhang moved his footsteps slightly on the ground, feeling extremely exhausted.


    His spiritual sense and true essence were both pressed back inside his body and could not be released for the time being.


    The rules of heaven and earth here are extremely stable, and the power of the avenue seems to be completely imprisoned.


    Meng Zhang, let alone mobilizing the power of heaven and earth, even casting spells became impossible.


    With the calmness of Meng Zhang''s mind, he was greatly surprised in the face of this unprecedented special situation.


    This place is simply a cage, enough to imprison the Void Returning Power.


    Although he couldn''t display his cultivation for the time being, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry.


    He calmly analyzed the situation here and sensed everything carefully.


    He tried hard to get acquainted with everything here, trying to find a way to display his cultivation.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang''s condition was slightly better.


    His cultivation is still suppressed, but he can move slowly on the ground freely.


    Meng Zhang moved his footsteps gently, observing the surrounding situation.


    As time goes on, his condition will only get better.


    Meng Zhang moved forward a certain distance, and his cultivation had recovered somewhat.


    He stopped suddenly, his face condensed.


    In the distance, there is a shadow looming and moving fast.


    Could it be that who is he, who is actually the first to get there?


    What is the purpose of the first comer to enter here?


    If, like Meng Zhang, he tried to keep the imprint of the Yang God left by some of the Void Returning Great Experts, it would be nothing.


    The two sides should be able to live in peace, and there may be opportunities for cooperation between the two sides.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation, it is not easy to enter here.


    If it weren''t for the help of the eyesight of a true god too wonderful, Meng Zhang might still be wandering outside.


    Even if those who enter here are not the powerhouses of the true immortal level, they also use the power of the true immortal level.


    Meng Zhang did not act rashly, but stopped moving forward and allowed his cultivation to continue to recover.


    He kept peeping and analyzing the rules of heaven and earth here, looking for places that could be used.


    As he became more and more familiar with the rules of heaven and earth here, he had more power to get rid of the shackles, and could slowly develop his original cultivation.


    The shadow in the distance didn''t seem to notice Meng Zhang''s side, and continued to move on the ground.


    Judging from the performance of the other party, the other party is obviously very familiar with the rules here and has begun to restore the original cultivation base.


    Meng Zhang is already the top figure in the immortals, and the opponent is stronger than him.


    The other party is either a true immortal-level powerhouse, or he entered here much earlier than Meng Zhang.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s observations and guesses, it should be the latter, and the other party doesn''t seem to be a real immortal-level powerhouse.


    In this special space, the connection between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao was greatly affected.


    When they first came in, the connection between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao was temporarily interrupted.


    Tai Miao, who was in the underworld, immediately tried to sense Meng Zhang''s existence.


    He first sensed the imprint of the Yang God left by Meng Zhang, and then slowly sensed Meng Zhang''s body and resumed contact with Meng Zhang.


    After regaining contact with Taimiao, Meng Zhang immediately invoked Taimiao''s eyesight to observe and analyze the rules of heaven and earth here.


    The eyesight of a true god is really extraordinary, and the speed of parsing the rules of heaven and earth is many times faster than Meng Zhang.


    As the analysis of the rules of heaven and earth deepens, Meng Zhang can slowly use the power of the rules of heaven and earth to mobilize more and more of his own cultivation.


    A bunch of flames appeared in Meng Zhang''s palm, and then turned into a grass...


    Meng Zhang has regained some spellcasting abilities.


    With a flick of his figure, he appeared not far away.


    He was able to swim around quickly.

 Chapter 2437

    Although Meng Zhang regained some of his fighting power, he did not act rashly until he understood the opponent''s purpose.


    He is still on the sidelines, and will seize the time to regain more fighting power.


    Regardless of the situation, the more combat power he recovers, the stronger his ability to adapt.


    The shadow in front of him did not know what method he had used, and a black smoke rose from him and flew towards the sky.


    This black smoke flew higher and higher, and ran directly to the little stars in the sky.


    Meng Zhang, who had recovered some of his sensing ability, had discovered that every star in the sky was actually the imprint of the Yang God left by the Great Master of Void Return.


    Including Meng Zhang, the imprints of the Yang God left by all the great masters of the Taiyi Sect are naturally among them.


    It didn''t take long for the black smoke to fly to the side of a star.


    The black smoke lingered for a while, then flew directly to the star, and entangled with it for a while.


    After completing the task, the black smoke left the star and became much dimmer.


    Above the originally shining stars, there seemed to be black spots.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally realized that the shadow was clearly using his magical powers, trying to pollute all the stars in the sky.


    These stars are all the imprints left by the Yang God of the Junchen cultivator when he broke through the Void Return Stage, which is inextricably linked with the body.


    Casting spells through these stars can easily spread to the body.


    Not to mention the mysterious magic methods, that is, some curse techniques in the inheritance of Taiyi Sect, it is possible to use these stars to hurt the body of the Void Returning Power.


    It''s still the same sentence, others can''t control Meng Zhang, but Taiyi Sect and the related Void Returning Powers must not be calculated by this method.


    This special space was born after the laws of the Lingkong Xianjie were covered in the Junchen Realm.


    Under normal circumstances, it would be difficult for even a true immortal to enter here.


    In the past, the six true immortals who conquered the Junchen world slept in the source sea all the year round, and they couldn''t care about it at all.


    It is impossible for an outsider who is a true immortal to sneak into the Junchen world without knowing it.


    That''s why, over the years, this place has been so important, but no one has come up with an idea.


    Now that the Junchen world has entered into destruction, there has been a large-scale disorder in the rules of heaven and earth, and this special space has also revealed flaws.


    There is no powerful magician in the Junchen world, and the guy in front must be an outsider.


    Outsiders are so familiar with the situation in Junchen World and have the ability to sneak in here, there must be many problems.


    Meng Zhang, who was still going to wait, decided to take action.


    Who knows if this guy''s next target will be a monk related to Taiyi Sect.


    The cultivation base is bound, and many methods cannot be used, and even the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan cannot be used temporarily.


    Meng Zhang strode forward, a sharp sword energy condensed and formed at his fingertips.


    The distance between the two sides is not close, Meng Zhang''s speed is not slow, and he will soon rush to the target.


    The dark shadow, who was originally focusing on his own affairs, was startled by the movement of Meng Zhang rushing over.


    The other party was very surprised, and did not expect that there would be a cultivator entering here behind him.


    The shadow immediately became blurred, and then disappeared in place.


    A black smoke flew out from where he was standing and flew towards Meng Zhang.


    The Yang God brand that can contaminate the power of returning to the void, the ghost knows what it is, but Meng Zhang dare not contaminate his upper body.


    Meng Zhang turned his body sideways, avoiding the black smoke just now.


    The black smoke seemed to have life, turned a corner flexibly, and continued to pounce towards Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed again and again, quickly dodging the pursuit of black smoke.


    He kept choking with his left hand, chanting the incantation gently in his mouth, and the flames rushed towards the black smoke.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation has long reached the realm of one thought producing all dharmas.


    With just one thought, you can mobilize the power of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth and display various powerful Taoist magical powers.


    It is a pity that in this space, his cultivation has been greatly suppressed, and it has become extremely troublesome to cast some simple small spells.


    For many years, Meng Zhang hadn''t experienced the feeling of chanting a mantra.


    Meng Zhang has a solid foundation and is extremely proficient in these basic things. Even if he has not used it for many years, he is still able to grasp it, without the slightest feeling of unfamiliarity.


    The flames fell on the black smoke, but they did not have much effect on the black smoke.


    Meng Zhang was not emitting ordinary fire, but he had nothing to do with black smoke. This was clearly a very clever magical power.


    Meng Zhang, who was dodging the blow of the black smoke, twisted suddenly, and a black shadow rushed over his body.


    The invisible sword energy condensed into a sharp sword in Meng Zhang''s hands, and the sword was cut out, and the shadow disappeared immediately. The opponent''s cultivation was obviously suppressed by this special space.


    He showed such fighting power, but it wasn''t just that Meng Zhang entered here first.


    Compared with Meng Zhang, his cultivation realm is only strong but not weak.


    Demons of this level can only come from outside the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang has participated in the battle against foreign invaders, and he is still a little familiar with the powerful demons among them.


    The demon powerhouse in front of him had an unfamiliar aura, and Meng Zhang had never dealt with him before.


    As he continued to fight with each other, he recalled the well-known magic powers among the foreign invaders.


    Among the foreign invaders who invaded the Junchen Realm this time, the leaders of the Demon Dao are the Famine Demon God and the Black Robe Demon God.


    The two demon gods are strong enemies that can rival true immortals, especially the old-fashioned demon god of disaster, whose cultivation base is unfathomable, and began to penetrate into the Junchen world many years ago.


    Especially in recent years, the natural disasters in the Junchen world have been frequent, and the power of the calamity demon has grown so much that it has become more and more difficult to deal with.


    Relatively speaking, the black-robed demon god has always been relatively low-key, and his limelight is obviously far less than that of the calamity demon god.


    There are also strong and weak points between the powerhouses of the true immortal level.


    The six true immortals in the Junchen world were veteran true immortals many years ago. With the capital to shock the heavenly immortals, their strength can be imagined.


    Sleeping in the source sea for thousands of years, their accumulation and background have become more abundant.


    As for whether they got other benefits from the Heavenly Immortal Relic, no one knows.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who has guarded Junchen Realm for many years, is the top powerhouse among the real immortals.


    If it weren''t for some circumstances in his early years, he would have advanced to Heavenly Immortal long ago.


    On the side of the extraterritorial invaders, it seems that there are more than a dozen true immortal-level powerhouses, with a large number of people and an absolute numerical advantage.


    But most of them are just ordinary true immortals, and they have no advantage over ordinary true immortals.


    Powerhouses such as the God of Hunling and the Demon God of Famine are only a few.


    When it comes to fighting alone, most of them are far from being the opponents of the six true immortals.


    Under the same cultivation realm, the demon powerhouses have various advantages over the vast majority of ordinary cultivators.


    Not to mention the Famine Demon God, no matter how low-key the black-robed Demon God is, he is the absolute main force among foreign invaders.

 Chapter 2438

    Of course, whether it is the Famine Demon God or the Black-robed Demon God, when facing the six true immortals who conquered the Junchen world, and the three mountain true immortals, they can''t show any advantages.


    If it weren''t for the help of other foreign invaders, they probably wouldn''t even have the courage to step into the Junchen world.


    The demon powerhouse in front of him who was fighting against Meng Zhang, although his cultivation base had not fully recovered, was also a powerhouse at the level of immortals in his heyday.


    He entered here before Meng Zhang, and was more familiar with the laws of heaven and earth here, and regained more strength.


    A black smoke swam nimbly like a snake, chasing Meng Zhang.


    A dark shadow loomed beside Meng Zhang, swaying non-stop, seized the opportunity to launch a sneak attack on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had to take the defensive and was temporarily at a disadvantage.


    Meng Zhang didn''t panic in the slightest, and he fought with the opponent slowly and slowly.


    He kept casting spells, and although he could not completely eliminate the black smoke for the time being, he entangled it.


    His superb swordsmanship not only guarded his entire body, but also threatened the shadow from time to time.


    After that black shadow blurred, he could be immune to most spell attacks, but he didn''t dare to take Meng Zhang''s sword qi.


    Even in the midst of the fierce battle, Meng Zhang still took the time to analyze the rules of heaven and earth in this special space, and worked hard to relieve its suppression and restraint on him.


    Over time, Meng Zhang continued to make progress and regained more cultivation.


    That black shadow initially wanted to fight quickly, and the firepower was full, but all of them were parried and dodged by Meng Zhang.


    When he saw that Meng Zhang could not be resolved in a short time, he had to fall into a protracted war.


    This black shadow is also recovering quickly, but the recovery speed is not as fast as Meng Zhang.


    After fighting for a long time, Meng Zhang showed more and more powerful strength, and he became more and more comfortable in dealing with it.


    Meng Zhang has been suppressing, but has not yet burst out with all his strength.


    He was waiting for an opportunity to surprise the demon powerhouse opposite him.


    Meng Zhang has been hostile to Mo Dao for many years, and he has killed countless monsters and Mo Dao monks.


    The demon powerhouse on the opposite side was the strongest demon cultivator Meng Zhang had ever dealt with.


    Meng Zhang knew that those high-level demon cultivators had many mysterious supernatural powers and were very good at escaping.


    It is not difficult to defeat the magician monk, but it is difficult to completely kill the opponent.


    After another fierce fight, Meng Zhang raised his chance.


    He was about to explode with all his strength, but the magic cultivator seemed to notice it and immediately reacted.


    The black shadow immediately disappeared beside Meng Zhang, and after a thousand miles, it disappeared without a trace.


    The black smoke suddenly expanded and erupted, desperately rushing towards Meng Zhang.


    The yin and yang qi swept in, completely crushing and annihilating the black smoke.


    The opponent is really slippery and escaped so fast.


    Meng Zhang tried chasing each other.


    Meng Zhang finally caught up with the opponent, and after a fierce fight, the opponent found a chance to retreat.


    After several attempts, Meng Zhang found that it was not easy to catch up and get rid of the opponent.


    This demon cultivator not only has a high level of cultivation, but also has a particularly strong ability to escape.


    Meng Zhang hesitated.


    He and this demon cultivator have never lived together, and have never had any grudges before.


    So far, Meng Zhang has not seen through his true identity.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, there seemed to be no similar characters in the extraterritorial invaders camp.


    Is it necessary for Meng Zhang to continue to entangle and waste more time here?


    If it continues, who knows how long it will take him and what price he will pay to completely annihilate this demon cultivator?


    Meng Zhang has the heart to exorcise demons, but now the timing is not right.


    The Junchen world is entering destruction, and there are a lot of things waiting for him outside.


    The purpose of his entry here is for the imprint of the Yang God left by himself and his fellow Void Master.


    Meng Zhang tried two more times, and after finding that he couldn''t help his opponent in a short time, he decisively gave up and continued to entangle.


    After such a long time, Meng Zhang has almost regained the ability to fly.


    He flew into the air and flew in one direction according to his sense.


    After seeing Meng Zhang fly away, the demon cultivator also had no intention of continuing to entangle.


    After flying out for a long time, Meng Zhang came to a corner in the sky.


    There, there is a huge star that is extremely bright, radiating bright rays of light toward the surroundings.


    Around that star, there are many smaller stars, surrounding it like many stars arching the moon.


    In order to take care of each other easily, the Yangshen imprints left by the Void Returning Great Masters of the same sect are often next to each other.


    Meng Zhang is the reinvigorated Taiyi Gate and their Yang God brand is guarding there.


    Finding that the target remained intact, Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief.


    Next, he will put away all these Yang God brand marks and take them away from this space.


    In addition, the Taiyi Sect also had the power of returning to the void before it was destroyed.


    Although these Void Returning Powers have long since fallen, the imprint of the Yang God they left should still be there.


    Meng Zhang will try to find it and get it out of here.


    In the future, if all conditions are met, Meng Zhang will try to bring these seniors back to life.


    Of course, it is very difficult to bring back the fallen Void Returning Great Power back to life just with the Yang God brand left behind.


    The current Taiyi Sect has no such ability.


    According to the information provided by the Supreme Master Fengqing of the Dark Alliance, even the major holy land sects, with the help of the six true immortals, have only recently resurrected a group of fallen Void Returning Powers.


    Meng Zhang wanted to remove all the Yang God brand in front of him, but he felt a little helpless.


    These stars and the sky seem to be completely integrated into one, without any flaws.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, it was this special space itself that firmly imprisoned these Yang Gods.


    The rules of space here are extremely stable. Even if Meng Zhang has recovered a large part of his cultivation, he is still unable to break the space.


    Meng Zhang continued to analyze the rules of heaven and earth here, trying to recover more power.


    He, who is proficient in the space avenue, began to study the nearby space rules, trying to find some loopholes to collect these Yang God brand.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang did not forget the demon cultivator and kept looking around, trying to find out his movements.


    This special space seems to be vast, with a radius of no less than thousands of miles.


    However, there is another mystery, and the real area is actually very limited.


    Many seemingly normal places are actually empty, just like the void.


    In some places, even naturally formed spatial traps.


    If you accidentally stepped into it, even Meng Zhang would have to work hard to get rid of it.

 Chapter 2439

    When Meng Zhang was chasing the demon cultivator, he accidentally stepped into those traps and almost suffered a big loss.


    This special space has limited space for people to move freely.


    However, no matter how Meng Zhang looked around and carefully observed, he could not find any trace of the demon cultivator.


    The magic cultivator of the level of returning to the virtual, called the big devil, is basically an existence with a name and a surname.


    This virtual immortal-level demon cultivator is a top-level existence among the great demons, and it cannot be a nameless person who appeared out of thin air.


    The sudden appearance of the other party in this special space made Meng Zhang feel a vague sense of unease.


    Anxiety returned to anxiety, but it didn''t affect Meng Zhang''s business.


    If the Junchen Realm is intact, with Meng Zhang''s strength, let alone the imprint of the Yang God, it is impossible to even enter this special space.


    The Junchen world has entered into destruction, the rules of heaven and earth are disordered, and the stable rules of space here have also begun to loosen.


    After Meng Zhang''s efforts, the imprint of the Yang God that belonged to him was somewhat loosened.


    You must know that only when the cultivator has just broken through the realm of returning to the void, can the resonance of the power of heaven and earth be aroused to leave such a mark of the sun god.


    In the future, even if you cultivate all the way to Void Immortal, you will never have this opportunity again.


    The Yang God brand is warmed up in this special space. When the cultivator is about to break through the realm of true immortals, he will be motivated to return to the cultivator''s body to help him reach the realm of true immortals.


    Of course, it does not mean that without the help of the Yang God brand, it is impossible to break through to the realm of true immortals.


    The Yang God Brand is just a help.


    In the Void Myriad Realms, among many cultivation inheritances, Lingkong Immortal Realm has created such a system, which can not only allow the Void Returning Great Master to have an extra life, but also help him to impact the real immortal realm at an appropriate time. Power to learn from and absorb.


    For cultivators, medicinal pills and treasures that can help break through the great realm are priceless treasures.


    Especially when the virtual immortal breaks through the true immortal, any help is extremely precious.


    Meng Zhang, who was receiving the brand of the Yang God, was not going to be distracted, but the sudden change made him have to be distracted.


    In the distant sky, black smoke floated, trying to pollute the stars in the sky.


    Damn it, it''s really not easy.


    Obviously, after the great demon escaped from Meng Zhang''s sight, he began to cast the magic secret technique again, trying to contaminate the imprint of the Yang God in this space.


    The opponent''s methods were all under his nose, so Meng Zhang could not continue to ignore it.


    If the opponent really contaminates all the Yang God imprints in this special space, it will definitely have a huge impact on the Void Returning Powers of Jun Chen Realm.


    The most extreme situation is that the various powers of returning to the void are controlled by the devil''s way, or directly fall into the devil''s way.


    Meng Zhang snorted angrily, and the divine light of the sun and the moon erupted.


    One after another light shines in the air, shining towards the black smoke.


    Under the light of the sun and the moon, the thick black smoke was quickly purified.


    An ethereal voice entered Meng Zhang''s ears.


    "Your Excellency is Meng Zhang, the famous Taiyi Sect leader in the Junchen world."


    "I didn''t attack the Yang God brand of Taiyimen''s great power of returning to the void, it is enough restraint."


    "Why don''t you and I live together peacefully here?"


    "Wait until I finish what I have to do, I will naturally leave."


    "With the wisdom of Sect Master Meng, I''m sure he won''t easily give the Taiyi Sect a strong enemy under the tree."


    Meng Zhang was not surprised that this strange big demon recognized him.


    The other party''s threat even made him sneer.


    Meng Zhang didn''t mind chatting a few words with the other party, he was very curious about the origin of this great demon.


    As a human cultivator who was born and raised in Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang was also a member of Lingkong Xianjie in a strict sense.


    It is not easy for Meng Zhang to enter this special space. How did this foreign great demon enter here?


    "The guy who hides his head and shows his tail is not worthy of discussing the conditions with this forum."


    "You devil, I don''t know what kind of shit you got here, do you really think you can do whatever you want?"


    Meng Zhang''s rude words caused a moment of silence in the air.


    "Sect Master Meng, the old man was able to enter here, but with the help of your real immortals in the Junchen world."


    "The old man didn''t attack the Taiyi Sect, why should you meddle in your own business?"


    "If you really don''t know the current affairs, don''t blame the old man for being rude."


    Speaking of the back, the voice became very sharp.


    In the surrounding sky, there are thousands of black shadows looming and roaming quickly.


    Meng Zhang knew that he would never be able to ask anything of value again.


    Meng Zhang, whose cultivation base had recovered most of the time, decided to give the other party some color to take a look.


    The divine light of the sun and the moon became extremely dazzling, almost illuminating the entire special space.


    Those hidden shadows appeared under the light of the sun and the moon, and then they were burned, purified, and disappeared into wisps of black smoke.


    "Meng Zhang, you kid is seeking death."


    With an extremely angry shout, a giant like a mountain rushed over from a distance.


    This giant is completely dark, and the whole body seems to be composed of countless twisted figures, which looks very strange.


    The yin and yang map of Tai Chi above Meng Zhang''s head appeared, and the yin and yang qi swept toward the other side like a long river.


    The two immortal-level powerhouses fought unscrupulously here, using all kinds of magical powers at will.


    The originally stable space became turbulent under the impact of the aftermath of the battle, and the stars in the sky were about to jump.


    These Yang God brand marks belonged to the Void Returning Power of Jun Chen Realm, and had a very close connection with it.


    The space oscillated, the Yangshen brand was unstable, and most of Junchen Realm''s Void Returning Powers were alarmed.


    Those guys with weaker cultivation and less knowledge may still not understand what happened, but just feel frightened and very uneasy.


    Those who are strong enough and well-informed have already guessed what happened.


    If it was in the past, even if many Void Returning Great Experts sensed their own Yang God brand, they would not be able to sense this special space, let alone enter it.


    But now the movement here is too great, so that everyone has a clearer feeling.


    It didn''t take long for many Void Returning greats who were able to free their hands to show off their magical powers, trying to sense this special space and try to enter it.


    Meng Zhang and his opponent, no matter what the outside world was like, they fought for a while, and they were all angry, and they were not willing to give up easily.


    Especially the mysterious great demon, who thought that he had given Meng Zhang face enough and tolerated him enough, but Meng Zhang was still entangled, and he really thought he was afraid of him.


    Since Meng Zhang was so clueless and had many trump cards, he decided to give the other party a good look.


    A mere earth bun in the Junchen world, Xu Xian, really thought he was a character.


    It wasn''t until he was made into a puppet that he knew the horror of the devil''s way.

 Chapter 2440

    It may not be that all the Void Returning Powers in Junchen Realm know the full meaning of these Yang God Brands.


    In the thousands of years of history of Junchen Realm, there are many virtuosity returning greats who have fallen, but due to the control of the source sea by the six true immortals, almost no one can rely on these Yang God brand to regenerate.


    Of course, even if it''s just a glimmer of hope, or even just a legend, being able to have one more life is enough to make all the Void Returners pay attention.


    Those who have superior inheritance and know all the meanings of the Yang God''s imprint, pay more attention to them.


    Especially those top-level Void Returners who have ambitions to become immortals, they must not allow their own Yang God brand to be compromised.


    Anything that can increase the success rate of attacking a true immortal is regarded as a treasure.


    Originally, the Yang God Brand was located in this special space, so it should be extremely safe.


    Even the true immortals from outside are difficult to cause harm to them.


    No one would have imagined that as the Junchen Realm entered its destruction, it would have an impact on this special space so quickly.


    During the battle between Meng Zhang and his opponent, countless powers of returning to the void in the Junchen world all showed their magical powers and tried to go to this special space.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and his opponent intensified.


    This indestructible special space was originally damaged by the destruction of Junchen Realm, and now it has been seriously injured by two immortal-level powerhouses.


    During the war, Meng Zhang did not forget his business.


    Including himself, the surrounding Yang God brand belonging to the Taiyi Sect''s Void Returning Power has all been loosened.


    There was no other container, so Meng Zhang temporarily included all these Yang God imprints in the jade book.


    This jade book contains special power, which can not only protect these Yang God brand, but also warm them up.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, after he has transformed the Taiyimen territory into a stable world and is completely independent of the Junchen world, he will recreate such a special space to house these Yang God''s imprints.


    Glancing at the imprints of the Yang Gods that belonged to other Void Returning Powers around, Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, and then began to collect them hard.


    Regardless of whether Meng Zhang had any other thoughts in his mind, his actions at this time were still full of kindness.


    Regardless of friend or foe, there is no worse outcome than the contamination of the Yang God''s brand by the power of the devil''s way for the power of returning to the void in the Junchen world.


    In the face of a powerful enemy of the same rank, Meng Zhang could not hold back.


    During the fierce battle, some of the Sun God''s imprints were destroyed by the aftermath of the battle.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang could only say sorry in his heart.


    The brand of the sun god is widely distributed, and within a short time, Meng Zhang was unable to find the brand of the sun god left by the fallen Taiyimen senior.


    The rules of heaven and earth in this special space were severely damaged, the space was damaged, and there were many gaps.


    These gaps lead to different places, allowing the outside world to have a deeper connection with the place.


    Among the great powers of returning to the virtual world, those with sufficient strength have sensed where the space is at this time, and entered here along those gaps.


    There was a twist in the sky, and several figures appeared in this space.


    They looked at the battle here and did not rush over.


    This is the great power of returning to the void from the sects of the major holy places, including an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang.


    Weiwu Xuxian of Guantian Pavilion was severely injured by Meng Zhang at the beginning, and he thought that this person could not recover.


    This guy is now appearing in front of Meng Zhang with a lively look, and he doesn''t know when he has recovered his cultivation.


    The Supreme Lord Yang Sheng of Ziyang Shengzong was killed by Xianyun Zhenxian when he went to the void to hunt down Meng Zhang.


    He appeared in front of Meng Zhang now, obviously reborn.


    The Supreme Master Feng Qing of the Dark Alliance revealed not long ago that, with the support of the six true immortals, the major holy land sects took out all the resources, consumed the origin of the world in the source sea, and resurrected many who had fallen regardless of the cost. The power of returning to the void.


    Yang Sheng Shang Zun should be on the list of resurrection.


    Taiyimen has no experience of resurrecting the power of returning to the void.


    According to some information that Meng Zhang has learned, the shorter the time of fall, the Void Returning Power, the easier it is to resurrect.


    Obviously, compared to the Void Returning great powers who have fallen in history, the time since the fall of Yang Sheng Shangzun is not long.


    Seeing Shang Zun Yangsheng, Meng Zhang suddenly remembered something.


    Yangsheng Shangzun died in the hands of Xianyun Zhenxian at the beginning.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has been hiding outside the Junchen world to avoid his existence being known by the six real immortals.


    Now that Yangsheng Shangzun is resurrected, does Xianyun Zhenxian want to be exposed?


    Meng Zhang had been keeping Xianyun Zhenxian a secret before. If Xianyun Zhenxian was exposed, he would not be able to anger Meng Zhang.


    Shang Zun Yangsheng, who should have been extremely hostile to Meng Zhang, looked at Meng Zhang with the eyes of a stranger.


    Next to him, a master who returned to the void whispered a few words to Shang Zun Yang Sheng, and Shang Zun Yang Sheng stared at Meng Zhang with hatred.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved, could it be that Shang Zun Yangsheng had lost his memory of when he fell?


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, after the fallen Void Master was resurrected with the Yang God brand, it seemed that there would be some memory problems more or less.


    The Immortal Taoism in the Four-pointed Star District has been deeply influenced by Lingkong Xianjie, and even actively introduced some laws of Lingkong Xianjie.


    To a certain extent, although the Four-pointed Star District is not a direct subordinate of Lingkong Xianjie, it can be called its side branch.


    Of course, Xianyun Zhenxian knew that the Void Returning Great Master under the Lingkong Xianjie had a chance to be resurrected.


    With Xianyun Zhenxian''s means, even if it can''t prevent the resurrection of Yang Sheng Shang Zun, it can completely destroy its related memories.


    Meng Zhang''s guess was not wrong.


    In fact, some time ago, when Ziyang Shengzong resurrected Yangsheng, he encountered more difficulties and consumed more resources than expected.


    If the resurrection process hadn''t already begun, many senior leaders of the Ziyang Sect would not want to continue in order to avoid giving up their previous achievements.


    After the resurrection, the Supreme Lord Yang Sheng not only lost most of his memories during his lifetime, but also spent a lot of resources in order to reluctantly recover to the state of cultivation in the early days of Void Return.


    From the perspective of accumulating sect combat power, the cost-effectiveness of this resurrection is too low.


    Afterwards, some senior leaders of the Ziyang Shengzong regretted it, and had already known that they had left this opportunity of resurrection to other seniors in the sect.


    This time, if only Wu Xuxian led the team to open the way, even if there are many gaps in this space and air leaks everywhere, it is difficult to enter here with the current cultivation of Yangsheng Shangzun.


    Shang Zun Yangsheng didn''t remember the information related to Meng Zhang for a long time. It was only after his resurrection that he learned from the same doorway that his fall was related to Meng Zhang.


    Most of the monks from the Holy Land Zongmen who came here had a deep hatred with Meng Zhang.


    The Taiyi Sect and the major holy land sects have been hostile for many years, and the hatred with the Ziyang Sect and Guantian Pavilion is the deepest.


    Only Wu Xuxian could not wait to eat Meng Zhang''s flesh and sleep on his skin, but he, who had been defeated by Meng Zhang, became much more cautious and did not shoot easily.


    The leader, Wei Wuxian, was like this, and the others naturally followed and watched.

 Chapter 2441

    Even though Meng Zhang fought with the Great Demon, he still spent a lot of energy to pay attention to the Void Returning Powers of the Holy Land Sect.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect these guys to know that the bigger picture was the most important thing, and prioritized the brand of the Yang God who protected Jun Chen Realm.


    I just hope that they retain the bottom line of the righteous cultivator and won''t openly collude with the big devil in front of him.


    As one of the extraterritorial invaders, the demonic forces have killed many cultivators in the Junchen world, and they have the same hatred as the major holy land sects.


    The Famine Demon God and the Black-robed Demon God pose a great threat to the six true immortals.


    From the point of view of the interests of the sects, the sects of the major holy places should not stand on the side of the magic way.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not be surprised if the Void Masters from the holy land sects joined the siege against him.


    The big devil is indeed a cunning person, and he obviously knows the grievances between Taiyi Sect and the major holy land sects.


    Presumably to give the Holy Land Zongmen cultivator a reason to join the battle immediately, he shouted loudly.


    "Everyone, Meng Zhang, the head of the Taiyi Sect, hides his evil intentions and sneaks in here, trying to destroy the Yangshen brand left by the masters of Huixu in the Junchen world."


    "For the sake of everyone in the Junchen world, you must not let him succeed."


    This group of Holy Land Sect''s Void Returning Great Experts are not fools, of course they know that the other party is talking nonsense.


    If the big devil can be trusted, the pigs can climb the tree.


    However, out of hatred for Meng Zhang, this group of Void Returning Great Experts chose to believe in the Great Demon.


    Wei Wuxian gestured, and the gang of returning masters scattered in a row, with a feeling of vaguely surrounding the battlefield.


    Afraid of being killed by Meng Zhang, everyone did not dare to spread out too far, and kept a distance that was convenient for taking care of each other.


    They stared at the direction of the battlefield, but did not act immediately.


    Since the six true immortals ordered to revive the fallen Void Returning Powers with all their strength, the major holy land sects have exhausted all their savings and resurrected many Void Returning Powers.


    Not to mention Jiuxuan Pavilion, which has been destroyed, several other holy land sects have been besieged by invaders from various regions before, and the losses have been extremely heavy and their vitality has been greatly damaged.


    With the resurrection of one after another, the strength of these holy land sects skyrocketed.


    In addition, various foreign invaders temporarily relaxed their pressing, allowing them to be free.


    The movement in this special space has long alerted the major holy land sects.


    But what Wu Xuxian led was to deal with this big demon alone, and Meng Zhang would have to spend a lot of energy.


    With the arrival of the Void Returning Powers of the major holy land sects, he will inevitably face greater pressure.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to escape.


    As a result, he still has a lot of trump cards that he has not displayed.


    Second, he believed that the Great Demon and the Holy Land Sect''s Void Returning Great Expert could not cooperate sincerely.


    Meng Zhang and Da Mo were still fighting, and another person arrived here.


    This time, it was actually a member of the Dark Alliance, and Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance You Lei Xuxian led the team.


    This time, it was Meng Zhang''s turn to seize the opportunity to speak first.


    "Fellow Daoist Youlei, these hypocrites from the holy land sects have taken refuge in the devil''s way, and they want to let the strong men of the devil''s way contaminate the imprint of the sun god here."


    Meng Zhang did not talk nonsense, but just added fuel to the facts.


    Last time in Jiuxuan Pavilion, Youlei Xuxian and Meng Zhang fought side by side.


    Although Taiyimen has long drawn a clear line with the dark alliance, the two sides have not torn their faces, and there are many private exchanges.


    Especially at this juncture of Junchen World''s destruction, the Dark Alliance tried to win over the Taiyi Sect and jointly deal with the major holy land sects.


    Youlei Xuxian seems to be persuaded by Meng Zhang, and leads his subordinates to face off against Weiwu Xuxian.


    Youlei Xuxian''s own Yang God brand is also in this special space, and he also hopes that when he breaks through the real immortal realm in the future, the Yang God brand can provide a little help.


    Youlei Xuxian and his subordinates carefully sensed their Yangshen brand.


    A Void Returning Great Expert from the Dark Alliance first found his own Yang God brand, and then found the spots on it.


    With Meng Zhang''s previous reminder, he quickly discovered something was wrong.


    His own Yang God brand was actually contaminated by demonic energy.


    The Void Master roared angrily and couldn''t bear it any longer.


    Many Dark Alliance cultivators have an in-depth understanding of the magic methods, and of course they know the consequences of the contamination of the Yang God brand.


    He waved his hands, condensed a rain of arrows in the sky, and shot at the big demon.


    The rain of arrows in the sky also enveloped many holy land sect monks.


    This person''s action was equivalent to igniting the fire of war, but Wu Xuxian immediately led his men and Youlei Xuxian to fight.


    Due to the serious damage to this special space, the rules of heaven and earth are extremely disordered, and it is no longer possible to continue suppressing and restraining the cultivation realm of the entrants.


    Although everyone will still be affected by some space, resulting in not being able to exert their full strength, they can show most of their combat effectiveness, and there is no problem.


    The Dark Alliance and the Holy Land Zongmen were originally enemies. Once they started, they could not end in a short period of time.


    The unexpected assistance from the Dark Alliance allowed Meng Zhang to concentrate on dealing with this great demon.


    The strength of both sides has basically recovered.


    The two sides refused to give in to each other and vowed to distinguish between high and low.


    Originally, this special space was severely damaged, and now a number of Void Returning Great Masters broke out here, causing even greater damage to the surrounding area.


    This special space lost its cover and was almost completely exposed.


    It didn''t take long for another team to return to the void.


    The follow-up troops sent by the Holy Land Sect, the reinforcements of the Dark Alliance, the remnants of the Tiangong, and even the monks of Taiyimen, and the power of returning to the virtual world from all forces in the Junchen world have all come here one after another.


    Not long after they came here, they were basically involved in the war involuntarily.


    The Junchen world is now divided into several factions.


    The most powerful dark alliance and the major holy land sects are incompatible.


    The remnants of Tiangong and the dark alliance are as deep as the sea.


    Taiyi Sect and the major holy land sects have been old enemies for many years.


    ...


    Discovering the movements of many emptiness-returning powers in the Junchen world, intruders from all over the world have sent strong men to follow.


    For a time, in this special space, a number of Void Returning Powers from different origins gathered.


    In the past, the grievances, the contradictions with each other, either passive or active, many powerhouses fell into a big melee.


    In the midst of the big melee, some Void Returning Powers who stayed awake tried to sense and find their own Yang God brand.


    Since this special space is not as stable as before, they can take back their Yang God brand without spending too much power.


    Or temporarily find a container for storage, or directly into the body.


    If you are unlucky and the brand of the Yang God has been contaminated by demonic energy, then you can only reluctantly destroy it completely and cut off all future troubles.

 Chapter 2442

    Even in the fierce battle with the Great Demon, Meng Zhang did not forget to publicize.


    As long as the Void Returning Great Master from the Junchen Realm arrives here, whether the opponent is an enemy or a friend, Meng Zhang will expose the conspiracy of this great demon, saying that he has polluted the brand of the Yang God here.


    No matter how cultivators praise or criticize Meng Zhang, everyone knows that he is a true Taoist cultivator.


    Even the sect cultivator of the Holy Land, who hated him the most, had to admit in his heart that Meng Zhang should not collude with demons.


    It is a well-known fact that the Taiyimen under the leadership of Meng Zhang has always drawn a clear line with the devil''s way.


    As long as they are not too stupid, they should know that the contamination of the Yang God''s brand is mostly done by the great demon who is fighting Meng Zhang.


    This great demon polluting the Yang God brand will not look at the object, as long as it is Jun Chen Realm''s Void Returning Greatness is his goal.


    Many holy land sects have been contaminated by the Yang God brand of the great power of returning to the void.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t arrived here in time, this great demon would have contaminated all the imprints of the Yang God here, and I don''t know what troubles would have caused.


    Although many of the Holy Land sect''s Huixu masters are well aware of this matter, not only will they not thank Meng Zhang, but they will continue to be enemies of Meng Zhang.


    Among the various parties involved in the melee here, many of the Void Returning Great Experts are probably overwhelmed by hatred, or they are angry, they only know how to fight with the enemy, and they can''t even care about their own Yang God brand. .


    The first people who came from Taiyimen were Wen Qiansuan and Daoist Jin Li.


    Meng Zhang secretly sent a voice transmission to them, explaining the general process of the matter.


    They were completely relieved to learn that their Yangshen brand had been collected by Meng Zhang.


    They also contacted the monks in the door according to Meng Zhang''s order, so that they did not need to continue to reinforce here.


    For Taiyimen, it doesn''t make much sense to join the big melee.


    The battle of the powerhouses is getting more and more intense.


    Many Yang God Brands were affected by the aftermath of the battle and were directly destroyed.


    Many unfortunate masters of returning to the virtual vomited blood on the spot, and their footing was unstable.


    This originally indestructible special space has finally reached its limit after the melee of so many strong men and uninterrupted damage.


    Accompanied by a violent roar, huge gaps opened in the sky, a large piece of space was torn apart, and the entire sky seemed to collapse.


    The people present are all experts of the Void Return level, and they still have the eyesight they should have.


    The collapse of this sturdy special space has absolutely terrifying consequences.


    Some less timid guys didn''t dare to stay here any longer, and immediately turned around and ran away, trying their best to escape this collapsing space.


    One after another ferocious space storms are created out of thin air, and there are violent space turbulence everywhere...


    The battle can no longer continue.


    All the powerhouses tried their best to get out of the battle and escaped here with all their strength.


    Although many Void Returning Great Experts have not found their own Yang God brand, there is no way to stay here for a long time.


    With the collapse of this special space, all the brand of the Sun God will be destroyed along with it.


    Compared with being polluted by a powerful magician, such a result is barely acceptable.


    The great demon who fought with Meng Zhang suddenly became furious.


    The imprint of the Yang God that pollutes this special space is related to a great plan and to his path.


    In order to be able to enter here smoothly, the main messenger behind him paid a great price to get the help of a certain Junchen real fairy.


    Now, this special space collapses, and no matter whether it is contaminated or not, it will all be destroyed.


    His hard planning and the price he paid were all in vain.


    For all of this, the damned Meng Zhang in front of him is to be blamed.


    Demon monks are easily swayed by extreme emotions.


    Many times, many strong magicians even deliberately indulge their emotions as a way of cultivation.


    Even if the space collapsed, this great demon did not give up the fight, vowing to make Meng Zhang pay for what he did.


    Meng Zhang would not give in the slightest.


    The opportunity is rare, and he also has the idea of ??eliminating demons.


    They marched against the turbulent flow of space, fighting fiercely in the space storm, seeing all kinds of danger as if nothing.


    At a time when almost everyone was in a hurry to escape from here, their practice of going against the current and insisting on life and death was very eye-catching.


    Many strong people who saw this scene were curious about what kind of hatred they had, and they looked like they were never dying.


    A strong man who escaped from the special space appeared above the core.


    The collapse of the special space caused violent shaking of the earth''s core.


    The incomparably hot ground fires were surging everywhere, the boiling magma was spraying violently, and the earth''s crust that kept shaking seemed to be displaced...


    Even if it is the power of returning to the void, it is not suitable to stay in this kind of place for a long time.


    Powerhouses from all walks of life fled and fled to safer places.


    The movement here has caused more serious damage to the Junchen world, causing natural disasters in various places to become more frequent.


    Entering the ruined Junchen world, the speed of disintegration of the face has accelerated a lot.


    The underground where this special space is located is located to the east of the Middle Earth Continent in the Junchen Realm.


    At this time, on the ground above, the earth cracked into unfathomable ravines, mountains collapsed, and rivers shifted...


    The magma spewed out from the ground, submerging everything around it.


    Not to mention the settlements of ordinary mortals in the surrounding area, even many nearby mountain gates of self-cultivation forces were destroyed by such a terrifying natural disaster.


    If the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm hadn''t fallen, I''m afraid it would impose heavenly punishment on the initiator of such a natural disaster.


    With countless earth and rocks sprayed into the sky, Meng Zhang and the great demon rose into the sky.


    From the special space that collapsed, they fought all the way to the depths of the ground, and together they broke out of the ground and came to the sky.


    They didn''t care about the huge damage they had caused to Junchen Realm, and they fought to the death without stopping.


    They, who had recovered all their cultivation bases and combat power, were full of firepower and vowed to take down the opponent.


    The battle has reached such a point, the two sides have displayed more and more trump cards, and more things have been exposed.


    The big devil was finally forced out of his true roots by Meng Zhang.


    This great demon with the strength of a virtual immortal showed the fighting consciousness of the true immortal level at a critical moment.


    Meng Zhang guessed that this great demon should be a puppet or even an incarnation of a demon god.


    Many demon powerhouses are very good at contaminating other powerhouses and refining them into their own puppets.


    High-level cultivators can refine incarnations outside the body, but it is not easy to cultivate them.


    It takes a lot of resources and a lot of effort...


    The strong magician either tempts the chosen target into the devil, or forcibly takes down the opponent...


    They have too many ways, they can take shortcuts, and it is easier to have puppets that are not weak.

 Chapter 2443

    There are many unique ways for the strong in the magic way to demonize all kinds of creatures and refine them into puppets.


    Of course, the puppets that can be valued by the magic powers have many extraordinary things in themselves.


    Either the cultivation realm itself is very high, or it has a strong potential...


    A strong magician can own and control multiple puppets.


    On weekdays, these puppets can even maintain a certain self, acting like an independent monk.


    These puppets have dedicated everything to the powerful demons, and cannot disobey any orders from their masters at all.


    When necessary, the powerful magician can even directly take over everything of the puppet and use it as an incarnation outside the body.


    After the great demon was forced to an absolute disadvantage by Meng Zhang, the aura on his body suddenly changed.


    Although the power level has not been substantially improved, the combat awareness and the way of running power have been greatly improved, surpassing the level of the virtual immortal level.


    Unpredictable, Meng Zhang managed to stabilize his position.


    Meng Zhang is no stranger to this situation, and he has a way to deal with it.


    It should be the demon god behind this big demon who put his consciousness into the big demon and temporarily took over his body.


    Now, Meng Zhang is fighting a demon god who has suppressed his realm to the level of a great demon.


    Meng Zhang not only did not have the slightest fear, but his fighting spirit was high.


    He would like to see how capable the devil behind this big devil is.


    Although he won''t let Taimiao''s consciousness dominate his body, Meng Zhang can completely share Taimiao''s understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, and use Taimiao''s fighting consciousness.


    Of course, if it was just like this, Meng Zhang might at best be reluctant to fight with the opponent.


    After sensing the breath of his opponent, the wind fire yin yang fan in Meng Zhang''s hand actually erupted with stronger power.


    Only at this time did Meng Zhang realize that the wind and fire yin-yang fan seemed to be a treasure for refining magic.


    The breath of the devil seems to have triggered the hidden power of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan.


    This magic weapon from the Gu Yue family is really unfathomable.


    With Meng Zhangxu''s cultivation, not only can he not be completely refined, but he can''t see through all its roots.


    If it weren''t for the fact that this magic weapon did not have the power of a true immortal, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder if it was an immortal weapon.


    With the increasing use of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, this magic weapon brought more and more surprises to Meng Zhang.


    Under the suppression of the power of wind and fire, the big demon was not only forced to a disadvantage, but also exposed his original aura.


    The original breath of this great demon came from the demon god who refined him.


    When he was in the void, Meng Zhang had seen from a distance the Demon God of Famine and the Demon God of Black Robes battle against the True Immortals of Three Mountains.


    When Tai Miao was in the source sea, she even carefully observed the movements of the two demon gods.


    The original breath of this great demon has nothing to do with the two demon gods, but comes from a strange demon god.


    Meng Zhang was slightly startled. Could it be that besides the Famine Demon God and the Black Robe Demon God, there were other Demon Gods sneaking into the Junchen Realm.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t bumped into this big demon in a special space, this strange demon god might not have been exposed.


    Meng Zhang not only exposed the demon god, but also openly fought him.


    Many years ago, after he regarded Demon Dao as a great enemy, he knew that sooner or later he would provoke a powerful Demon Dao powerhouse.


    As long as he is strong enough, he can handle any situation.


    The two powerhouses of the virtual immortal level fought a life-and-death battle in the Junchen world, and a combat power close to the true immortal level broke out.


    Although many Void Returning Great Experts did not dare to get too close to the battlefield, they still couldn''t help watching the battle from a distance.


    It is truly amazing that the famous Meng Zhang is so powerful.


    It is also not easy for that strange great demon to be able to stand up to Meng Zhang in court.


    The Tiangong has long since been destroyed, and the Tianweilei Punishment Array monitoring Junchen Realm has long since disappeared.


    Of course, even if the Tianwei Thunder Punishment Array is still there, I am afraid that it will not be able to suppress both sides in the battle.


    There are still some ways to detect the movements of the Junchen world with the deep-rooted forces in the Junchen world.


    Many Void Returning Great Experts who escaped from the special space are not in a hurry to stay away from here, but continue to watch the battle from the sidelines.


    As the war became more and more intense, there were some other Void Returning greats who came from afar.


    In general, the destruction of this special space, followed by the destruction of many Yang God brands, is a blow to the vast majority of the Junchen world returning to the void.


    Not only did they lose a precious resurrection opportunity, but they also lost the help to hit the real immortal realm.


    Of course, for most of the virtuosity returning masters in the Junchen world, I am afraid there will be no chance to impact the true immortals.


    The Yang God brand they left was destroyed, and the biggest blow to them was still causing some trauma to them.


    Depending on the cultivation base, foundation, etc., the wounds suffered can be light or heavy.


    It is best for them to make adjustments in time and avoid hands for a short period of time.


    Outside the battlefield, a group of Void Returning Great Experts from the Holy Land Zongmen were eyeing Meng Zhang.


    Many of these Void Returning Powers have only recently been resurrected.


    When they were resurrected, the imprint of the sun god they left returned to their bodies and became the foundation of their resurrection.


    This also prevented them from being hit by the destruction of the special space, and their combat effectiveness remained intact.


    For the major holy land sects, the stronger Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, the greater the threat to them, and the more quickly they have to get rid of them.


    With the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan and his own strength, Meng Zhang had already suppressed the Great Demon.


    But it''s still a long way from completely killing the opponent.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s reinforcements arrived.


    The moon god appeared silently beside the battlefield, and the cold moonlight fell from the sky, shrouding the great demon.


    The thick demonic energy on the big demon quickly evaporated and disappeared, and the countless figures wrapped around the huge body began to melt.


    The Moon God, who used to be the ancient true god, even though his cultivation base is far from returning to its heyday, his combat power still surpasses that of ordinary immortals.


    Whether it is Junchen Realm or Shenchang Realm, most of the indigenous gods lack effective means to deal with demons.


    Primitive Shinto worlds like Junchen Realm and Shenchang Realm are also the big worlds that demonic forces love to invade and are most easily stained by demons.


    Only a few indigenous gods with extraordinary origins such as the Moon God have the means to fight and even restrain the demons.


    There are quite a number of Void Returning Great Masters in Taiyi Sect, but most of them are not at the level of cultivation. Even if they participate in such a battle, they will not help Meng Zhang very much.


    Luna shot in time, but helped Meng Zhang a lot.


    Meng Zhang and Luna have had many experiences of fighting together, and they have a tacit understanding and can show their strengths.


    Although the strange demon god was far superior to Meng Zhang in every aspect, the puppet''s cultivation base was limited, and he couldn''t use all his abilities at all.


    Meng Zhang, who has a wealth of demon-subduing methods, joined forces with Luna to completely suppress the opponent.

 Chapter 2444

    Seeing the presence of a virtual immortal-level indigenous god to help Meng Zhang, many monks from the holy land sect scolded Meng Zhang for betraying the world of self-cultivation and colluding with the indigenous god.


    In the past, the sects of the major holy places and the Tiangong took charge of the Junchen world together, and established various orders for the Junchen world.


    Of course, it is a serious crime for cultivators to collude with the native gods, and they will be severely punished by the major holy land sects.


    However, the invaders from outside the territory destroyed the original ruling order of the Junchen world, and the Junchen world has entered the era of destruction.


    The relationship between Taiyimen and the indigenous gods has long been revealed.


    Only this group of ignorant guys still reminisce about the glory and hegemony of the major holy land sects.


    Meng Zhang has a lofty mind, and has long had grand plans.


    He will not only break the various previous orders and conventions of the Junchen world, but also create a brand new world and establish a brand new system and order.


    Among the crowd watching the battle, there are monks from the major holy land sects, as well as their enemies.


    Not to mention the foreign invaders, there are many monks from the Dark Alliance and Taiyimen.


    Those who want to be detrimental to Meng Zhang are not good to rush into the war.


    Even if it is a foreign invader, seeing that Meng Zhang is fighting against a strange demon powerhouse, they will not take action easily.


    Pulling one hair and moving the whole body, the Taiyi Sect cultivator will definitely participate in the battle.


    How will the allies of Taiyimen react, and how will the dark alliance react?


    This period of time is a precious adjustment period for all forces, and everyone is reluctant to break out a full-scale war so soon.


    Under the restraint of various forces, Meng Zhang and the Moon God were able to deal with this great demon wholeheartedly.


    The huge body of the big demon began to be gradually reduced, and the thick magic energy on his body was greatly depleted...


    If there is no major accident, it is only a matter of time before the big demon is killed by Meng Zhang and the others.


    The consciousness of the devil who controlled the big devil''s body was angry, and all the potential of this body was stimulated.


    All kinds of mysterious magical powers were displayed, which opened the eyes of the spectators in the distance.


    He rushed left and right, trying to break through with all his strength.


    Meng Zhang and Luna, who had mastered powerful means of subduing demons, dealt with them calmly, exerting many supernatural powers to restrain each other, so that the other party could not escape.


    This time, Meng Zhang was determined to take advantage of this opportunity to completely annihilate this great demon.


    Suddenly, a huge pavilion flew out of the Nine Heavens and crushed them towards Meng Zhang who was in the sky.


    Before the pavilion was approaching, the aura of a true immortal erupted from above, which shocked Meng Zhang and the others.


    On the surface, this huge pavilion targeted both sides in the battle, attacking Meng Zhang and the three at the same time almost equally.


    However, only Meng Zhang and Luna who were within the attack range knew that this pavilion was mainly aimed at attacking the two of them, and that the Great Demon was just making false statements and pretending.


    Why did Jiu Xuan Zhenxian attack him at this time?


    Meng Zhang, who recognized the other party''s origin, was very puzzled.


    Sensing the breath of True Immortal Jiuxuan, the crowd watching the battle couldn''t help but retreat.


    These Void Returners know the horror of the True Immortal, but they don''t want to be affected by the True Immortal''s attack.


    Many monks of the Holy Land sect couldn''t help showing gloating expressions on their faces.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian has already ended, although he is bullying the small, he is a little bit incompetent.


    But at this time, who would care about this, who would accuse and even fight against the True Immortal Jiuxuan for Meng Zhang?


    Although he didn''t expect that Jiu Xuan Zhenxian would attack him, Meng Zhang had already prepared a plan to deal with all kinds of accidents.


    The jade book on his body was gently flipped, and the name Tai Miao left on the jade book shone brightly, and Tai Miao descended from the underworld to the yang world.


    After completely completing the ceremony of consecrating too wonderful, Meng Zhang can not only drive the jade book, summon too wonderful divine power for his own use, but also summon too wonderful body to come.


    What is so wonderful now is not only rampant in the underworld, but in the Yang world, he can also burst into the power of the true god level.


    Tai Miao showed the body of a ghost and a god, and punched the falling pavilion above her head.


    After a loud bang, the pavilion was shattered by Taimiao''s punch, and Taimiao couldn''t help but take a step back.


    The aftermath of the explosion spread rapidly, the sky shook violently, and there were waves of space ripples like water waves around.


    Tai Miao shot in time to help Meng Zhang and the others block the blow.


    Meng Zhang and Moon God were not affected, and continued to attack the great demon with all their might.


    On the contrary, the big devil thought he had a chance to escape, but he still couldn''t escape.


    "The ghosts and gods from the underworld, the Yang world is not the place you should come."


    A long voice with a bit of anger came out from the Nine Heavens.


    "As a true immortal, but secretly helping the Great Demon, could it be that there is some collusion with the Demon God?"


    It''s too wonderful to drink the other party''s intention in one gulp.


    At the same time as he spoke, Tai Miao exercised the authority of life and death and pointed at the great demon.


    The demonic energy in that great demon quickly dissipated, and his vitality was quickly lost...


    "Bold, little ghosts dare to slander this seat."


    With the roar, there was a wave of power fluctuations within nine days, but it quickly subsided.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian did not have any follow-up reactions, and it was really thunderous and rainy.


    There was no powerhouse of the same rank to stop him, Taimiao continued to shoot at the big demon.


    Coupled with the constant attacks of Meng Zhang and Luna, the demon body of the great demon was destroyed, and the spirit of the demon god was also completely annihilated.


    For the strange demon god, the loss of a thought might not be a big deal, but this kind of offense was enough for him to regard Meng Zhang and the others as enemies of life and death.


    In the magic way, there has never been a person with a big heart.


    Seeing that Jiu Xuan Zhenxian never appeared, the wonderful figure slowly disappeared.


    The scene after scene, the continuous reversal, shocked the surrounding spectators.


    Meng Zhang actually had such a trump card that he could summon the true god to come.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian died after taking one shot, and tolerated the offense of that True God. Could this True God really be so powerful?


    Many people have long known that Taiyimen and the ghosts and gods of the underworld are deeply colluded, but they did not expect that such a powerful ghost and god would come to the world for Mengzhang.


    In the past, although the Taiyi Sect was getting stronger and stronger, it could compete with the major holy land sects, but because of its lack of background, it lacked top-level combat power.


    Through today''s battle, Taiyimen exposed his trump card.


    A true god who can fight against true immortals is enough to change the existing power structure of Junchen world.


    With the help of the true god, Taiyimen is enough to rival any comprehension force in the Junchen world.


    Not only the major self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world, but also various foreign invaders will raise their evaluation of Taiyimen in the future.


    Recently, the Dark Alliance, which has been expanding in the Junchen world and posing as a domineering stance, has not shown the combat power of a true immortal.


    If there is no true immortal-level combat power, no matter how large the number of the Dark Alliance''s Void Returning Powers, they will never be able to overwhelm the Taiyi Sect.

 Chapter 2445

    Even the Taiyi Sect cultivators who were watching the battle beside him, as well as the Taiyi Sect allies, were among the true immortal-level powerhouses, and there was a distinction between them.


    The time for Tai Miao to be promoted to True God is too short, even if the foundation is strong, the strength is still limited.


    In the underworld, with the help of the favorable location, Tai Miao might be able to compete head-on with the True Immortal Jiuxuan.


    After coming to Yangshi, with the status quo of Junchen Realm and Taimiao, Taimiao will basically not be suppressed by the rules of Yangshi, heaven and earth.


    But without extra help, Taimiao would definitely not be the opponent of Jiu Xuan Zhenxian.


    Of course, True Immortal Jiuxuan hides in Yuanhai and will not leave easily.


    This time, he also launched an attack from the source sea, penetrating for nine days before landing on Meng Zhang and the others.


    Among the extraterritorial invaders, the true immortal-level powerhouses are eyeing the six true immortals, making them more scruples.


    Under this circumstance, Tai Miao can block the attack launched by Jiu Xuan Zhen Xian from the source sea.


    After Jiuxuan Zhenxian failed to make a shot across the Yuanhai, he ended all this in an anticlimactic manner, and seemed a little guilty.


    Thinking of the rumors about the relationship between the six true immortals and the actions of Jiu Xuan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang had some guesses in his heart.


    Tai Miao said that Jiuxuan Zhenxian colluded with the devil, not a slander, but a fact.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s previous actions can reveal the problem.


    Even if the great demon was able to enter the special space smoothly, there might be Jiuxuan Zhenxian secretly helping him.


    The Jiu Xuan Pavilion has been destroyed, and the Void Returning Great Expert in the door has almost lost all casualties.


    The survivor Xuan Yuan escaped from the battle, which was equivalent to betraying the True Immortal Jiuxuan.


    That great demon polluted all the Yang God brand in the special space, and the Nine Profound Immortals would have nothing to lose.


    Of course, for other holy land sects, this is not a good thing.


    Jiuxuan True Immortal colluded with the Demon God, mostly hiding the truth from the other five True Immortals.


    Maybe, he colluded with the Demon God just to deal with the other five True Immortals.


    The relationship between these six true immortals is really complicated, and there must be places that can be used.


    Meng Zhang thought about it in his heart, greeted the monks of Taiyi Sect around him, and left here together.


    After returning to the sect, Meng Zhang was busy again.


    He wants to canonize a god with suitable conditions and stabilize the Taiyi Sect territory as soon as possible.


    In addition to relying on the canonized gods, Meng Zhang also led the Taiyimen cultivators to sort out the leylines, adjust the spiritual energy, and arrange fortifications and restrictions on the Taiyimen territory.


    The Junchen world has entered into destruction, and there is not much time left for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang went out this time, and the harvest was still great.


    Not to mention the avatar of a demon god, he collected the sun god brand of Taiyimen and related monks.


    When fighting the enemy later, he also took the time to collect some Yang God brand that did not belong to the Taiyi Sect cultivator.


    Even if he doesn''t use these Yang God branding to threaten those Void Returning Powers, he can try to establish contact with the other party and forge some good karma.


    After Tai Miao was summoned to Yang Shi to take action, many interested people began to investigate Tai Miao''s origin.


    Tai Miao''s growth experience in the underworld doesn''t seem to be much of a problem.


    He had contact with Taiyimen many years ago, and has always supported Taiyimen.


    It is really unimaginable that this ghost and god is promoted to a true god, and everyone is very envious of the shit luck of Taiyi Sect.


    As for the real relationship between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, no one can easily see through it.


    Taiyimen has the support of the true God, and many people''s attitude towards Taiyimen has changed again.


    The Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family, who had already prepared to join the Dark Alliance, began to hesitate again.


    They strengthened their contacts with Taiyimen and actively courted Taiyimen.


    The Qi family, which is close to the north of Junchen Realm, faintly revealed that he wanted to take refuge in the Taiyi Sect and get the protection of the Taiyi Sect.


    The Dark Alliance has always had the idea of ??winning over Taiyimen and taking Taiyimen as its subordinates.


    Now, the attitude of the Dark Alliance has also become quite intriguing.


    On the surface, the Dark Alliance still maintains a posture of cooperating with Taiyimen.


    Fengqing Shangzun is now busy with various preparations, trying to hold the ceremony he said, and stabilize the Junchen world that has entered the destruction.


    For Fengqing Shangzun''s attempt to make a large-scale blood sacrifice, Meng Zhang heartily resisted.


    Meng Zhang did not come forward to stop it, but let the Taiyimen cultivator keep an eye on its progress and figure out the real purpose of the Supreme Venerable Fengqing as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang never trusted the dark alliance under the leadership of the Supreme Master Fengqing. He always believed that the Supreme Master Fengqing had ulterior motives.


    On the premise of not revealing the true purpose, the Taiyi Sect cultivator should try his best to delay the time and secretly prevent the preparations from the Dark Alliance.


    Not long after, Taiyimen welcomed an unexpected guest.


    The god Hunling sent an envoy named Fengxing to visit Mengzhang at Taiyimen.


    As a member of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has always stood on the opposite side of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang himself, as well as many Taiyi Sect cultivators, had all gone to the Void battlefield to fight foreign invaders.


    A large number of foreign invaders died in Meng Zhang''s hands, and the two sides had long forged a deep hatred.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s orders, Taiyimen did not collude with foreign invaders like the Dark Alliance.


    No matter how powerful foreign invaders are, Taiyimen has no intention of surrendering.


    It was only because of the insufficient strength of Taiyimen that Meng Zhang did not actively participate in the action of expelling foreign invaders.


    Now Hunling Venerable God sent envoys to visit actively, and the attitude shown is not bad.


    The foreign invaders are not monolithic, and each has its own interests.


    Meng Zhang had some guesses about the purpose of Fengxing''s envoy.


    Meng Zhang did not personally come forward to receive the Fengxing envoy, but asked his eldest disciple Niu Dawei to come forward to receive him.


    Although he didn''t see Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi Sect, Feng Xing''s envoy did not show any rudeness.


    His attitude is neither humble nor arrogant, and he expresses his goodwill to Taiyimen very sincerely.


    He asked Niu Dawei to inform him that he needed to meet the true God and convey the will of the Hunling Revered God.


    Niu Dawei did not refuse, but played Taijiquan and dragged the word.


    Fengxing Angel was not angry, and was still very patient.


    He said that Hunlingzun God came from a powerful and mature modern Shinto civilization, far surpassing those of the indigenous gods in every aspect.


    The primitive Shinto in the Junchen world and the Shenchang world is very backward, and the indigenous gods do not have a complete inheritance, and it is not easy to practice.


    Even if the indigenous gods are lucky enough to enter the realm of true gods, they will face the dilemma of no way forward.


    Hunling Zunshen has always been kind to people, likes to take care of the younger generation, and often points out those young gods.


    Tai Miao was able to be promoted to True God under such a bad situation in the Junchen Realm, which shows how extraordinary it is.


    Hunling Zunshen is very optimistic about Taimiao, and hopes to have a good exchange with Taimiao and talk about the road after the real god realm.

 Chapter 2446

    The popular envoy said it nicely, but Niu Dawei just listened with a smile and didn''t express any opinion.


    In the realm of self-cultivation, and even in the entire void, the strong are respected.


    In the eyes of outsiders such as Hunling Zunshen, Taimiao is the true god, and the strongest in Taiyi Sect is the imaginary immortal Meng Zhang. The relationship between the two parties is definitely not equal.


    Tai Miao lived in the underworld all year round, and it was difficult to completely control the Taiyi Sect, so that the Taiyi Sect guaranteed a certain independent status.


    In the relationship between Taiyimen and Taimiao, Taimiao should maintain a leadership position, and Taiyimen asks for more from Taimiao.


    Most of Taiyimen are Taimiao''s vassals, who receive Taimiao''s protection and are attached to Taimiao''s existence.


    The temptation conditions offered by Hunling Venerable God are difficult for any indigenous god, especially a new true god like Taimiao to refuse.


    The only thing Hunling Venerable God is worried about is that Taiyimen has blocked information on Taimiao for its own interests, and has not conveyed his goodwill to Taimiao.


    Therefore, in addition to sending the popular envoy to visit Taiyimen on the bright side, and turning to the god of mixed spirits.


    The Hunling Venerable God also arranged another messenger to go directly to the underworld to meet Tai Miao.


    The foreign invaders have penetrated the Junchen world for many years, and have collected a lot of information about the Junchen world. They still have a good understanding of the underworld.


    As the Junchen world is entering destruction, the rules of the underworld are constantly weakening the suppression of outsiders.


    Outsiders with the level of returning to the virtual world, after entering the underworld, restrain their breath and do not take the initiative to take action. Generally, they will not cause too much rejection and suppression in the underworld.


    After Tai Miao unifies the underworld, the original chaos in the underworld has changed a lot.


    Various ghosts and ghosts have stopped fighting each other, and various areas have lost many unnecessary fights and become much safer.


    Even though there are frequent natural disasters in the underworld and turmoil in various places, but under the powerful suppression of too wonderful, the underworld has maintained a minimum order and has not fallen into the chaos of the world.


    The team of messengers sent by Zunling God, without encountering any danger on the road, successfully arrived at Youdu City.


    On the side of Taiyimen in Yangshi, the god of Fengxing conveyed the kindness of Hunling Zunzi to Taimiao, and tried to win over Taiyimen.


    Although Meng Zhang was hostile to all kinds of foreign invaders, there was no need for Taiyi Sect to openly struggle with Hunling Zunshen at this time.


    Niu Dawei promised to convey the kindness of Hunling Zunshen to Taimiao, and he did not expressly refuse the envoy of Fengxing.


    However, Niu Dawei adopted the strategy of delaying the request of the envoy of Fengxing to visit Taimiao and did not immediately agree to it.


    As the messenger of Hunling Zunzi, Fengxing Divine Envoy has rich experience in mission.


    He thought he saw through the mind of Taiyimen.


    Taiyimen cut off Taimiao''s connection with the outside world and wanted to profit from it.


    The popular envoy did not insist on his request, but only expressed a friendly intention and left Taiyimen.


    On the other side of the underworld, after going through a lot of twists and turns, the team of messengers sent by the Hunling Venerable God finally saw the wonderful.


    In a broad sense, the ghosts and gods in the underworld of the Junchen world also belong to the indigenous gods of the Junchen world.


    No matter what system of practitioners, no matter what race, as long as they embark on the path of cultivation, they will be somewhat motivated, hoping that their cultivation will be higher and stronger.


    If Tai Miao is really just a true god who has been promoted from the underworld, he will definitely be moved by the god of mixed spirits.


    Whether it is the Junchen world or the Shenchang world, the spiritual achievements of the indigenous gods are limited.


    Being able to cultivate to the realm of true gods seems to be the limit.


    Not to mention gods, high-level true gods have never been born.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God is not a god, he is the top powerhouse among the true gods.


    Not all gods can be crowned with the title of Revered God.


    Hunling Zunshen has an extraordinary origin and a profound background.


    With his cultivation realm, he is fully qualified to point out a new true god.


    As long as he is willing, it is not impossible to provide a way to the gods.


    The reason why the top aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world are full of vigilance against the mixed spirit gods.


    It is because they are worried that the Hunling Venerable God Dove will occupy the magpie''s nest and take advantage of their own advantages to replace their position and become the new ruler of the Shenchang Realm.


    Tai Miao is Meng Zhang''s incarnation outside the body, or Meng Zhang canonized to win over the god of mixed spirits. Tai Miao did not refuse, but looked very tempted, but full of precautions.


    According to Meng Zhang''s orders, Taimiaohui and Hunling respect Shenxu and Wei Snake.


    In addition to trying to get some benefits from Zunling God, the most important thing is that the current situation in the Junchen world is chaotic and indistinguishable. Taimiao, as a new true god, maintains a friendly relationship with a powerful god like Zunling God. Having more influence on the situation in Junchen Realm will make those who try to attack him even more afraid.


    For Hunling Venerable God, Taimiao, as an indigenous god promoted by Junchen Realm, has a geographical advantage in Junchen Realm.


    If you can use Tai Miao as your own, not only will you have an extra helper in the next war, but it will also be like driving a nail into the Junchen world.


    Under the circumstances of your love and my wishes, the relationship between Taimiao and the Hunling Zunshen quickly warmed up.


    Of course, out of safety concerns, Taimiao refused to leave the underworld to visit the Hunling Venerable God.


    Hunling Zunshen understands Taimiao''s cautious attitude.


    Although the Junchen world is entering into destruction, the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld have not completely collapsed, and it is difficult for the gods and gods to enter the underworld directly.


    Hunling Venerable God can only send messengers to visit and convey his meaning.


    Taimiao is willing to stay friendly with the Hunling Venerable God, but has been dragging her unwillingness to form an alliance with the Hunling Venerable God.


    Newly promoted gods, especially the indigenous gods who have no foundation, basically have this cautious and very conservative mentality.


    Hunling Zun has seen more and understood it very well.


    He was not in a hurry, as if there was a patient fisherman, it was wonderful to hang slowly, tempting him little by little.


    At least in a short period of time, Hunling Venerable God will not lose patience.


    Hunling Zunshen took advantage of the fact that he was also a Shinto practitioner, trying to win over it was wonderful, and Shenchangjie was not idle.


    Meng Zhang and Shenchang Realm had a lot of grievances and grievances. When Meng Zhang entered the Shenchang Realm and slaughtered, the damage to the Shenchang Realm was not small.


    One of the true gods who ruled the realm of Shenchang, the son of the true god Shengyang, the son of Rihua, died indirectly in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    Although the true god of rising sun has more than one god child, Rihua god child is his most optimistic god child, and the death of sun god child Rihua is also related to his dignity.

 Chapter 2447

    Like most aboriginal gods, True God Rising Sun is not open-minded.


    Because of his previous grievances, he has always hated Meng Zhang.


    From his point of view, the people at Taiyi Sect could only take the initiative to kneel in front of him and ask for his forgiveness.


    Although he couldn''t deal with Taiyimen temporarily, he has been paying attention to the various situations of Taiyimen.


    After knowing Taimiao''s existence, he did not send anyone to Taiyimen at all, but directly sent messengers to the underworld to try to contact Taimiao.


    Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm have very deep historical origins and used to have close ties.


    Shenchang Realm once fought side by side with Junchen Realm and fought against cultivators together.


    After the native gods of Shenchang Realm were defeated by cultivators, many survivors fled to Shenchang Realm.


    Of course, True God Rising Sun does not expect some historical origins, and it is wonderful to play emotional cards and so on.


    Between gods and gods, it is more about interests.


    Although the true god of rising sun is not as extraordinary as the god of mixed spirits, he can also provide a lot of help to Taimiao.


    As an old-fashioned true god, the rising sun god is fully qualified to point out the new gods.


    True God Rising Sun can cooperate with Taimiao in all aspects to help him consolidate his foundation and expand his beliefs.


    In return, too wonderful just need to stand on the side of True God Rising Sun in the next battle.


    Tai Miao received the messenger sent by the True God Rising Sun, and did not reject his kindness.


    Tai Miao took the same response when facing the messenger of Hunling Venerable God.


    Tai Miao tried to get more benefits with Sheng Yang Zhen Shen Xu and Wei Snake.


    He wants to have both sides between the Hunling Venerable God and the Rising Sun True God, and has more room for maneuvering.


    In order to compete for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, Junchen Realm will definitely have a true immortal-level war in the future.


    Even a new true god, Tai Miao is qualified to participate in the war and affect the war situation.


    Of course, it is still unknown how much Taimiao can play.


    Taimiao has not yet chosen a faction, those true immortal-level powerhouses will attach importance to Taimiao and will try to win over him.


    But how much he values ??him, and what price he is willing to pay to win him over, depends on everyone''s judgment.


    Although Tai Miao had a collision with Jiuxuan True Immortal, the six True Immortals would not be in a hurry to deal with him.


    After Taimiao''s official appearance, the situation facing Taiyimen suddenly became much looser.


    Originally, the Taiyi Sect was busy consolidating its own territory, and had no intention of conflicting with other forces.


    Meng Zhang personally led the senior monks of Taiyi Sect to sort out the leylines, and found a situation that he had expected for a long time.


    Since the rise of Taiyimen, it has continued to expand in the north of Junchen Realm.


    Before the foreign invaders entered the Junchen Realm, the territory owned by the Taiyi Sect was not much worse than the Ziyang Sect in terms of area.


    However, the territory owned by the Ziyang Shengzong is the essence of the northern part of Junchen Realm, and it is the gathering place of many leylines.


    There are many spiritual veins above, abundant spiritual energy, and rich resources...


    However, most of the territory of Taiyimen is very barren.


    A barren place like the Endless Sand Sea, a barren place like the Dead Sand Sea...


    Not to mention the cultivators in the Middle-earth continent, even the cultivators in the north of Junchen Realm, will not take a second look.


    With the continuous expansion of Taiyimen, it annexed the territory near the Jiuqu River, seized the Daheng Cultivation Realm, and possessed the Yuantu Prairie as the foundation, and only then did he gain the wealth of the king.


    Especially after dividing up the territory of the Dali Dynasty with the Ziyang Shengzong, the Taiyi Sect has the potential to compete with the Ziyang Shengzong.


    But in general, Ziyang Shengzong''s territory is far superior to Taiyimen in every aspect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, in order to make the Taiyimen territory an independent world and continue to exist after the destruction of the Junchen Realm, it is necessary to gather many leylines to firmly fix the great ground.


    Most of the northern leylines were gathered on the territory of the Ziyang Shengzong.


    If the territory of the Ziyang Shengzong could not be brought under control, the independent world established by Meng Zhang would have many vacancies and flaws, and could not be consolidated at all.


    After the extraterritorial invaders entered the Junchen Realm, the Ziyang Shengzong gave up the peripheral territory, abandoned the vassal forces, and completely retreated to the mountain gate.


    The foreign invaders took advantage of the situation to occupy a large area of ??land outside the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    The six true immortals showed great power in the source sea. After defeating the powerful enemy with the help of the power of the immortal relic, the foreign invaders who besieged the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate took the initiative to retreat.


    Ziyang Shengzong regained its strength after resurrecting many fallen Void Returning Powers.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong did not launch a full-scale counter-offensive, it still took the opportunity to regain some of the ground, allowing him to have a wider room for maneuver.


    Most of the original vassal forces of Ziyang Shengzong took the initiative to join the Taiyi Sect and were accepted by the Taiyi Sect.


    Even if the territories of these vassal forces are included in the system, it is not enough.


    The most essence in the north, the place where the most leylines gather, is actually the gate of the Ziyang Sect.


    No matter what, Ziyang Shengzong would never give up his mountain gate.


    For the sake of safety, to ensure that the land independent from Junchen Realm is stable enough, Taiyi Gate is best able to occupy the north of the entire Junchen Realm, and conduct comprehensive construction and renovation here.


    In the current north of Junchen Realm, the power that occupies most of the land is Taiyimen.


    The power that holds the most elite land is the Ziyang Sect.


    The most powerful forces are foreign invaders.


    If Taiyi Sect wants to monopolize the north of Junchen Realm, it needs to completely defeat the latter two and completely occupy their land.


    Needless to say, Ziyang Shengzong has been hostile to Taiyi Sect for many years, and it is a very difficult bone.


    Not to mention, Ziyang Zhenxian, the founder of Ziyang Shengzong, is one of the six real immortals. He even considered whether to cooperate with Ziyang Shengzong.


    After all, although the two sides have been hostile for many years, they are both cultivators and face a similar situation. They both need to face the problem of how to survive after the destruction of the Junchen Realm.


    However, after careful consideration and a full exchange of opinions with the middle and senior management, Meng Zhang realized that there is no other shortcut to face this problem head-on.


    When the Junchen world completely collapses, the system he built will face great challenges.


    Only by completely controlling the land in the north of Junchen Realm can we have enough power to deal with it.


    As for cooperation with Ziyang Shengzong, it is purely wishful thinking, and it is actually impossible.


    After realizing this, Meng Zhang knew that whether he wanted to or not, for the survival of the entire Taiyi Sect and for the independent world he built, a war was inevitable.

 Chapter 2448

    If there is no time limit, let Taiyimen grow and develop slowly.


    Perhaps, after many years, Taiyimen will have the power to fight against these two forces at the same time.


    It is a pity that the Junchen world is entering into destruction, and there is not much time left for Taiyimen.


    If Taiyimen wants to completely occupy the north of Junchen Realm as soon as possible, they can only use the power at hand.


    Most of the high-level monks of Taiyi Sect are scattered throughout the territory.


    They need to quell natural disasters and stabilize everywhere.


    Taiyimen also sent an expedition army to Middle-earth.


    The Dark Alliance has long stopped harassing this expedition army, and has also shown obvious goodwill.


    If Taiyimen launched a foreign war, the two allies, Guanghan Palace and Hailing Sect, would actively support them.


    It''s just that with the strength of the two of them, the help they can provide is limited.


    If a war is fought with foreign invaders, the remnants of Tiangong will definitely actively participate in the war.


    However, even though they had broken with the Ziyang Shengzong long ago, the remnants of Tiangong would not be willing to fight against the Ziyang Shengzong.


    The more Meng Zhang calculated the strength at hand, the more he felt that it was unlikely that he would win.


    It seems that we cannot directly fight these two forces, we must find another way.


    Meng Zhang is not good at conspiracy and tricks, but there is no shortage of such talents in the middle and high level.


    If Taiyimen wants to win, the biggest hope is that the foreign invaders will attack the Ziyang Shengzong again.


    No matter which side wins, Taiyimen can deal with the winner calmly.


    If both sides lose, it is the best outcome.


    As for how to make foreign invaders attack Ziyang Shengzong again, everyone needs to think of a way.


    In addition, Taiyimen also needs to expand the power of its own camp.


    Although the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family actively made friends with the Taiyi Sect, the leaders of the two families were both cunning and cunning, and would not stand in line easily.


    They have not given up their relationship with the Dark Alliance, and are still watching.


    Taiyimen temporarily took the Qi family as a key target for raids.


    The Qi family is located in the north of Middle-earth.


    For thousands of years, the Qi family has been supported by many holy land sects.


    They hoped that the Qi family would be like a barrier, completely separating the Ziyang Sect from the Middle-earth mainland.


    The Qi family completed their mission, but also greatly offended the Ziyang Shengzong.


    When the major holy land sects came together again, the Qi family became the object of abandonment.


    Other holy land sects even prepared to throw the Qi family out and use the Qi family''s corpse to appease the Ziyang Shengzong, so that the Ziyang Shengzong could cooperate wholeheartedly.


    If it hadn''t been for foreign invaders to enter the Junchen Realm, the Qi family might have been annexed by the Ziyang Shengzong.


    The top leaders of Taiyimen planned to pull the Qi family into the chariot and let it attack the Ziyang Shengzong from the south.


    Although the foreign invaders in the north of Junchen Realm are powerful, as outsiders, their foundation is unstable.


    Ziyang Shengzong''s mountain gate has been in operation for many years and has experienced many challenges, blocking the attack of foreign invaders.


    If Taiyimen wants to conquer the mountain gate of Ziyang Shengzong, it needs to prepare in advance.


    Previously, when helping the barbarian army to conquer the Jiuxuan Pavilion mountain gate, the floating city sent by the dark alliance played a great role.


    Meng Zhang did not expect the full assistance of the Dark Alliance, but if a few floating cities could participate in the battle, it would greatly reduce the casualties of Taiyimen.


    The Dark Alliance now has a good relationship with Taiyimen on the surface, and Meng Zhang has many high-ranking friends in Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang was going to contact these friends and inquire about their tone.


    Before the official war, Taiyimen must do a good job of keeping secrets.


    In order to hide people''s eyes and eyes and avoid arousing the vigilance of others, Taiyimen did not rush to prepare for war, and did not panic to organize an army of monks.


    Taiyimen''s army of monks in Middle-earth remained motionless, as if they were about to take root here.


    Apart from actively contacting the Qi family and trying to pull the Qi family into the chariot, there was nothing else on the side of Taiyimen.


    How to make foreign invaders fight against Ziyang Shengzong again is a difficult problem.


    But as long as you grasp the key points, you can also find a solution.


    Meng Zhang already had some ideas in his mind, but he was not in a hurry to implement them.


    He decided to do some peripheral preparations first to form a general trend that was beneficial to Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang sent out the middle and high-level officials to visit their friends in the dark alliance.


    Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, Niu Dawei, came forward in person, but visited Zhenjun Shushan, Zhenjun Youhuan and others.


    Niu Dawei faintly hinted that the Taiyi Sect was ready to attack the major holy land sects.


    Ziyang Shengzong has stood in the north of Junchen Realm for many years, and it is a great threat to Taiyimen. Taiyimen wants to completely eradicate this threat.


    Not to mention the friendship between the two sides, it is in the interests of the Dark Alliance for Taiyi Sect to attack the major holy land sects.


    Both True Monarch Shushan and Taoist Youhuan expressed that even if the Dark Alliance would not come forward to support it directly, they would still be willing to help Taiyimen in their personal capacity.


    True Monarch Shushan and Daoist Youhuan are people with deep backgrounds, with faction support behind them.


    When needed, it should not be too difficult for them to pull out a few floating cities to participate in the battle.


    After getting their promise, Niu Dawei was very satisfied.


    Niu Dawei also confessed that they must keep this secret before going to war.


    Shushan Zhenjun and others all said that they would strictly guard their words and would help Taiyimen hide the direction of the attack.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, Niu Dawei also tentatively mentioned the recent actions of the Dark Alliance.


    During the recent period, Venerable Fengqing used almost all the resources of the Dark Alliance, devoted all his efforts to the preparations, and strived to hold the huge ceremony he said as soon as possible.


    In the dark alliance, not everyone agrees with Fengqing Shangzun''s approach.


    Taoist Shushan and a few fellow students had some doubts about him.


    The effect of the ritual mentioned by Fengqing Shangzun is doubtful, and no one can guarantee that it will stabilize the Junchen world.


    After the ceremony, a large-scale blood sacrifice will be held, and many people in the dark alliance are opposed.


    Although the Dark Alliance is deeply colluded with the magic way, fundamentally speaking, it is still a Taoist cultivation force.


    Not all the top leaders of the dark alliance are willing to cooperate with the magic way.


    Blood sacrifice, a method with obvious demonic color, has aroused the vigilance of many people.


    Venerable Fengqing is the chief elder of the Dark Alliance, and he is justifiably responsible for all the affairs of the Dark Alliance.


    Although there are many opponents, he has more supporters, and his position is still very consolidated.


    When the Junchen world was in ruins and no one else had a good idea, he was the only one who came up with a seemingly feasible solution.


    In the absence of clear adverse evidence, no one can stop his actions.


    After all, within the Dark Alliance, it is estimated that no one wants to see the complete destruction of Junchen Realm.


    After Niu Dawei left the Dark Alliance and returned to Taiyimen, he told Meng Zhang some of the opinions within the Dark Alliance.


    Some high-level officials such as Taoist Shushan objected to Venerable Fengqing and questioned the ceremony he was about to hold, which was expected by Meng Zhang.


    It seems that he is not the only one who is vigilant that the Supreme Venerable Fengqing will use magic methods, which will lead to bad consequences.

 Chapter 2449

    The opposition within the dark alliance was not enough to stop the actions of the Supreme Master Fengqing.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t want to see Fengqing Shang Zun successfully hold the ceremony, he would have to find another way.


    Due to a lot of preparation work, it will take some time before Fengqing Shangzun can officially hold the ceremony, and Meng Zhang still has some time to adapt.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, whether it is the local self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world or foreign invaders, they are all happy to see the actions of Fengqing Supreme.


    Even the major sects of the Holy Land would not want to see the Junchen Realm completely collapsed.


    There are really not many people who are really willing to stop Fengqing Shangzun.


    Even if Meng Zhang had great help, he was far from being able to do whatever he wanted in the Junchen world.


    By activating the power of Taiyimen alone, it may be difficult to stop Fengqing Shangzun.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while before thinking of a possible helper.


    At that time, due to the sudden rebellion of the Dark Alliance, the Tiangong completely fell.


    Until now, the remnants of Tiangong hated the Dark Alliance to the core.


    With the temper of Jianjun Banxue, it is almost incompatible with the dark alliance.


    And with Jianjun Banxue''s knowledge, he should also be able to see the inappropriateness of the ceremony held by Fengqing Shangzun.


    It is said that since the fall of Tiangong, Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue, an old acquaintance, have not had a good chat.


    Due to the running of Taoists in the ancient capital, Taiyimen and the remnants of Tiangong temporarily formed an alliance to take care of each other, but the relationship between the two sides was not close.


    Part of the remnants of Tiangong returned to the secret stronghold of Junchen Realm and slowly cultivated their health.


    Others, under the leadership of Jianjun Banxue, sneaked into the Nine Heavens for many times and fought guerrilla operations against foreign invaders, causing a major blow to them.


    After the group of true immortal-level powerhouses among the extraterritorial invaders were defeated from the source sea, Jianjun Banxue ended the battle in time, led his team back to Junchen Realm, and waited for the next shot.


    From this, it can be seen that Jianjun Banxue was not carried away by hatred, and was very rational.


    Even though Jianjun Banxue is recognized as the true immortal in the Junchen world, Taiyimen and the remnants of Tiangong have always maintained smooth contact, and the monks of the two sides have exchanges from time to time.


    Taiyimen also provided materials and other assistance to each other on many occasions.


    Meng Zhang contacted the other party and asked for an interview with Jianjun Banxue.


    It didn''t take long for the other party to respond.


    Jianjun Banxue is temporarily unable to be cloned, and Meng Zhang needs to visit a secret stronghold of the other party.


    For a virtuosity-returning power like Meng Zhang, except for a few places in the Junchen world, most places can easily use the spatial supernatural power to teleport, and it won''t take much time.


    Not long after, Meng Zhang met Jianjun Banxue in a secret base hidden deep in the ground.


    After not seeing him for many years, Jianjun Banxue had a lot of wind and frost on his face, looking very haggard.


    With Jianjun Banxue''s cultivation base, after the destruction of the Tiangong, if she only cared about herself, she could go in the void.


    Even if she hides in Junchen World, unless her opponent dispatches a true immortal-level powerhouse, she will never be able to do anything about her.


    As the head of Tiangong, Jianjun Banxue is very conscientious in all aspects.


    When Tiangong was still there, she worked hard to support the situation of Tiangong against foreign invaders.


    After the destruction of the Tiangong, she took care of the remaining monks in the Tiangong and helped them gain a foothold in the Junchen world.


    Especially for the cultivator of the Tiangong lineage that she cultivated with her own hands, she has a deep affection.


    After the destruction of the Tiangong that year, most of the monks died, and only a few monks escaped.


    Those monks from the major holy land sects basically returned to their respective homes.


    Those loose cultivators who later turned to Tiangong and the like, seeing that Tiangong''s future is not good, have also found their own way out.


    On the contrary, most of the cultivators of Tiangong remained loyal to Jianjun Banxue and were willing to continue to follow her.


    It was only when the Taoists of the ancient capital merged the power of the Immortal Dengxian Association with the remaining forces of the Tiangong, that they regained their vitality.


    Over the years, most of the monks under Jianjun Banxue have rested in the secret base of Junchen World.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, the power under Jianjun Banxue was actually only stronger than Taiyimen.


    Because of the failure of Tiangong, many people in the outside world regard the remnants of Tiangong as a bereaved dog, ignoring the powerful power it retains.


    Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue have not seen each other for many years. After this meeting, both sides felt a little bit of sigh.


    Fortunately, neither of them are ordinary people, so they didn''t feel sentimental for too long before they got to the point.


    The biggest goal of Jianjun Banxue now is to keep these loyal subordinates.


    She had previously led the crowd to Jiutian to make trouble, but she was still angry and insisted on causing trouble for foreign invaders.


    After seeing that the situation was not right, she evacuated in time for nine days.


    At present, the situation in Junchen World is complicated, and Jianjun Banxue feels that it is better to be quiet than to move.


    According to her original plan, the remnants of Tiangong will not make any big moves in the future, but will remain hidden in the Junchen world and cultivate their health.


    Anyway, the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm is about to be restored.


    When Lingkong Immortal Realm sends someone to Junchen Realm, all the problems can be solved easily.


    Of course, during this waiting period, if the remnants of Tiangong were attacked, Jianjun Banxue would definitely lead his subordinates to defend themselves and even counterattack.


    If Taiyimen and other allies encounter difficulties, Jianjun Banxue will also provide support according to the previous agreement.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, the actions of Jianjun Banxue were too passive and too passive.


    Jianjun Banxue was born in Lingkong Xianjie, he knows the power of Lingkong Xianjie well, and he is full of confidence in Lingkong Xianjie.


    She has a deep background and has a backer in Lingkong Xianjie.


    It is understandable that she pinned all her hopes on Lingkong Xianjie.


    However, the situation of Meng Zhang and Taiyimen were very different. They couldn''t think of relying on others and had to find their own way.


    When will Lingkong Immortal Realm send people to Junchen Realm, can the immortals of Lingkong Immortal Realm save Junchen Realm from destruction?


    Meng Zhang is not optimistic about these issues.


    The most important thing is that what Meng Zhang did on the Taiyimen territory at this time is incompatible with the system of Lingkong Xianjie.


    In other words, any world dominated by self-cultivation civilization would not like the system Meng Zhang tried to establish on the Taiyimen territory.


    Strictly speaking, Meng Zhang and Taiyimen are both subordinates of Lingkong Xianjie, and they are all subjects under the rule of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Meng Zhang started a new career, and his approach was to let Taiyi Sect break away from the system of Lingkong Xianjie.

 Chapter 2450

    Ordinary cultivators may think that immortals are free and easy, and the spiritual world is ethereal, and they disdain to meddle in the mundane affairs of the world.


    Although Meng Zhang had never been to Lingkong Xianjie, he knew a little about the essence of Lingkong Xianjie from the accounts left by the founder of Taiyi Gate and the materials he obtained from Tiangong.


    Lingkong Xianjie is definitely not a place where people feel at ease. Immortals who are high above the sky actually have deep control over the various worlds under their command.


    Lingkong Xianjie has strict laws, everything is orderly, and heresy is not tolerated.


    If Junchen Realm hadn''t lost contact with Lingkong Immortal Realm for many years, it would definitely not have been completely out of control.


    In theory, even if Junchen Realm is destroyed, these cultivators in Junchen Realm are still subordinates of Lingkong Immortal Realm and must obey the rule of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The system that Meng Zhang established on the Taiyimen territory seemed out of touch with the ruling order of Lingkong Xianjie.


    If Meng Zhang had an extraordinary background in the Lingkong Immortal Realm and had high-level immortals supporting him, then everything he did would naturally be downplayed and he would not be punished.


    But in fact, the founder of Taiyi Sect was just a down-and-out cultivator from the spiritual world.


    Unwilling, he came to Junchen World to look for opportunities and start a career.


    Meng Zhang, who has no one above, if he is unlucky, it is very likely that he will be purged as a heretic by the higher-ups of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Even if he befriends Jianjun Banxue, he may not be able to borrow Jianjun Banxue''s background.


    Don''t forget, the Taiyi Sect has been hostile to the major holy land sects for many years.


    The six true immortals also have deep backgrounds in Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was unwilling to hand over the fate of himself and Taiyimen to others, and naturally he did not want visitors from Lingkong Xianjie to come to Junchen Realm.


    According to Meng Zhang''s vision, the Taiyimen territory is completely separated from the Junchen Realm. After it exists independently, he can also take the opportunity to break away from the Lingkong Xianjie system.


    According to the system he established, Taiyimen developed freely in the void, and gradually established a foothold in the void.


    Of course, the Taiyimen territory is still part of the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but pay attention to all affairs in the Junchen world.


    After Meng Zhang chatted with Jianjun Banxue for a while, he took the initiative to mention the upcoming ceremony of Venerable Fengqing.


    As a representative of the Ascension Society, Daoist Gulu attended the gathering convened by the Dark Alliance and brought back relevant information long ago.


    Jianjun Banxue scoffed and dismissed the actions of the Venerable Fengqing.


    Jianjun Banxue is not a bunker cultivator from the Junchen world. She has enough knowledge and vision to know everything.


    A big world like Junchen World is going to be destroyed, and ordinary true immortals can''t save it.


    It is necessary to concentrate many high-level true immortals and spend a great price to prevent the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    A bunch of cultivators who are not even immortals, if they want to rely on the so-called rituals, they must stabilize the world and delay the destruction of the Junchen world, which is simply a dream.


    The nonsense of Fengqing Shangzun is at most deceiving the uninformed bastards of Junchen World.


    In the view of Jianjun Banxue, the Supreme Master Fengqing made these things, nothing more than using the so-called rituals to seek some benefits for himself and the dark alliance.


    Jianjun Banxue did not look down on Fengqing''s actions, and was too lazy to expose him.


    The judgment of Jianjun Banxue is similar to that of Meng Zhang. The so-called ceremony of Fengqing Shangzun does not help the Junchen world, but has other plans.


    Out of vigilance against the devil, Meng Zhang never forgot the history of the dark alliance colluding with the devil.


    Especially the method of large-scale blood sacrifice, at first glance, it is mostly related to the magic way.


    After communicating with Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang made a bold judgment.


    Fengqing Shangzun came up with the so-called ceremony, will it be to take the opportunity to stain the entire Junchen world?


    When Meng Zhang entered the depths of heaven and earth and obtained the imprint of the Sun God, he happened to meet a great demon sent by a demon god to try to dye that special space.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, Jianjun Banxue was stunned for a moment.


    Under normal circumstances, it is not easy for ordinary demon gods to achieve such a big world as the Junchen Realm.


    Such a big world not only is often guarded by immortals, but the world itself also has a strong resistance.


    But the situation in the Junchen world is so special.


    The immortals who were supposed to guard the Junchen Realm, for their own selfishness, took the initiative to kill the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao and destroyed this big world.


    The Junchen world, which is entering the ruined world, has lost most of its resistance.


    For the vast majority of creatures, a world that is entering destruction needs to escape impatiently.


    But for the magic way, a world that is going into destruction is actually a very easy target for corruption and magic.


    Of course, in a world that is going into destruction, the gains brought by Mo Ran are definitely not as great as that in a normal big world of Mo Ran.


    A big world like Junchen Realm has just entered destruction and still retains a large part of its vitality.


    Over time, the Junchen world will slowly lose all its vitality.


    Both land and sea will slowly disintegrate and be completely destroyed.


    Before that, if the Junchen world can be completely magically dyed and transformed into a magical nest and the like.


    That will bring all kinds of benefits to the strong magician who implements all this.


    Even, if the conditions are right, the entire Junchen world can be sacrificed.


    Perhaps from a certain point of view, the Junchen world has been completely transformed into a magic nest, but it has continued its own life.


    What the immortal way can''t do, the weird magic way can do it.


    It is not without reason why the Demonic Way is so widely spread in the Void and Myriad Realms, and even rivals the Immortal Dao in many places.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s judgment, Jianjun Banxue fell into deep thought.


    So far, Jianjun Banxue is still the head of the Tiangong and the nominal ruler of the Junchen world.


    In the past, the six true immortals needed to cooperate with Jianjun Banxue in order to make the major holy land sects legitimately become the overlords of the Junchen world.


    Junchen Realm was invaded by foreign invaders, and the Heavenly Palace was destroyed.


    Jianjun Banxue is responsible for defending the soil. Although it is inevitable to have the crime of losing the soil, after all, the enemy is too strong and his own strength is not enough. It can barely be said that it is a crime of war.


    The Junchen Realm was destroyed by six true immortals, which involved a great deal, far beyond what Jianjun Banxue could prevent.


    Now, if it really is as Meng Zhang judged, the Supreme Venerable Fengqing is trying to smear the Junchen world, then Jianjun Banxue can''t ignore it.


    For Lingkong Xianjie, his subordinates rule many big worlds.


    Although it is a pity that a big world like Junchen Realm is destroyed, it is not unacceptable.


    But if Junchen Realm was corrupted by demons, completely fell into demonic way, and turned into a demon nest, it would be absolutely unacceptable, it would simply be a slap in the face of Lingkong Xianjie.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm will shake all the worlds in the void and dominate one side.


    Wherever its power can reach, the demons are easy to overcome, and the strong from all walks of life give in, and its majesty cannot be offended.

 Chapter 2451

    What the six true immortals did in Junchen Realm can also be said to be infighting in Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The large-scale invasion of foreign invaders is but a small matter.


    The Junchen Realm was occupied by foreign invaders and could be recaptured in the future.


    The Junchen world was destroyed, and there was nothing.


    But if the Junchen world is completely stained with magic and transformed into a magic nest, even many angels will be helpless.


    As the chief director of the Tiangong, Jianjun Banxue, if you let all this happen, she will return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the future. No matter how deep her background is, she is equally guilty.


    Even if everything Meng Zhang said was just his guess, Jianjun Banxue didn''t dare to gamble, and he had to treat it as a possible fact.


    Moreover, with Jianjun Banxue''s knowledge and knowledge of the top officials of the Dark Alliance, she felt that Meng Zhang was not aimless, and his speculation was very reasonable.


    With Xue Jianjun quickly made a decision.


    She told Meng Zhang that she would do her best to prevent Fengqing Shangzun from holding that ceremony.


    With the promise of Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief with this powerful helper.


    At the beginning, a Taoist in the ancient capital once told Meng Zhang that Sanshan Zhenxian had a good relationship with Jianjun Banxue and had always supported Jianjun Banxue.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask about the whereabouts of Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Jianjun Banxue hesitated for a while before telling Meng Zhang that Sanshan Zhenxian was seriously injured in the battle of Yuanhai.


    After he left the source sea, he has been retreating in a hidden place to heal his wounds.


    Although Jianjun Banxue keeps in touch with Sanshan Zhenxian, he has no important business and will not disturb him easily.


    Jianjun Banxue knew Meng Zhang''s intentions.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, as an old-fashioned immortal, is also very hostile to the magic way.


    If Jianjun Banxue and the others can''t stop the plan of the Venerable Fengqing, she will ask Sanshan Zhenxian for help.


    Of course, Sanshan Zhenxian is not the subordinate of Jianjun Banxue, and will not obey her.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is only willing to take care of her a little bit because of his identity as Jianjun Banxue.


    Meng Zhang was quite satisfied with this situation.


    He doesn''t put all his hopes on Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang then discussed with Jianjun Banxue how to stop Fengqing Shangzun''s actions.


    Jianjun Banxue''s subordinates are mainly monks from the Tiangong lineage, and they completely obey the orders of Jianjun Banxue.


    After some failures, Jianjun Banxue attached great importance to the lives of his subordinates and did not want them to suffer heavy casualties.


    Now that the Supreme Master Fengqing has the support of most of the forces in the Junchen world, and even foreign invaders, Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue do not want to start a head-to-head battle with Yiyi.


    The ceremony of Venerable Fengqing is now in the preparatory stage.


    The remnants of Taiyimen and Tiangong will not confront it directly, but will obstruct and slow down its progress secretly.


    When the time is right, Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue will attack head-on and completely cut off the plot of Fengqing Shangzun.


    After negotiating with Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyimen.


    Fengqing Shangzun can''t relax, and it is also urgent to deal with Ziyang Shengzong.


    It is not an easy task to provoke foreign invaders to besiege the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate again.


    The army of foreign invaders now confronting Ziyang Shengzong mainly consists of three parts.


    As the main force of the army are the gods from the Shenchang world, and then the demon clan and the spirit clan.


    The army was also mixed with some subordinates of the mixed spirits and monks.


    It was an army composed purely of barbarians who attacked Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    After the capture of Jiuxuan Pavilion, the barbarian army was temporarily stationed on the territory of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    Right now, the barbarian army is still expanding in all directions, killing the surrounding comprehension forces and making them unstoppable.


    There was a quarrel among the extraterritorial invaders over how to assign targets.


    The six true immortals are divided into high and low, and the six holy land sects are also strong and weak.


    Everyone wants to pinch soft persimmons, but is unwilling to chew hard bones.


    After many quarrels and private exchange of interests, foreign invaders from various regions finally reached a compromise.


    The barbarian high-level people probably also know that their brains are not good, and they are worried that they will be calculated by these temporary comrades.


    Therefore, the barbarians simply acted alone and attacked the weak Jiuxuan Pavilion alone.


    Later, if it wasn''t for the help of the Dark Alliance and Meng Zhang, the barbarians would not have been so easy to conquer Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    When dealing with other holy land sects, several teams of foreign invaders from different origins often join forces.


    It is said that the true immortal Ziyang is one of the six true immortals. After experiencing the failure in the source sea, they became very cautious and unwilling to act rashly and start the war again.


    Of course, they were unwilling to enter the Sea of ??Origin again and fight against the six true immortals, but they could make their subordinates move.


    This group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders should be most concerned about the relic of the immortals.


    As long as they believe that it will help to compete for the relics of the gods, they will send their army without hesitation, and even sacrifice it.


    The plot of the six true immortals made by Meng Zhang is not a secret, and almost everyone knows it.


    Tai Miao''s observation in the source sea, Meng Zhang''s experience in the blessed land of Jiuxuan Pavilion, and Meng Zhang''s in-depth understanding of the situation in the Junchen Realm made him make a lot of guesses.

 Chapter 2452

    Meng Zhang is not guessing randomly, his guess has many basis.


    He was confident in his guesses, believing it was very close to the truth.


    After the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen Realm was wiped out, the Heavenly Secrets of the Junchen Realm began to be disordered.


    All the celestial masters in the Junchen world began to gradually lose their ability to deduce celestial secrets.


    As the Junchen Realm entered into destruction, the secret of heaven became more and more chaotic.


    In this case, not to mention the local celestial masters of Junchen Realm, even the foreign celestial masters, after entering the vicinity of Junchen Realm, it is difficult to perform the celestial mysteries.


    If a celestial master of Meng Zhang''s level is willing to pay enough price, he can still forcibly cast the celestial secret technique and perform some deductions.


    Of course, it is unknown how much information can be inferred.


    Although the secrets of Junchen Realm have been disordered, the secrets of the entire void are still running.


    Meng Zhang really wants to fight for his life, and there is still a few chances to surpass the chaotic secrets of the Junchen world and peep into higher-level secrets.


    However, there is no need for this now, and the situation is far from the level that Meng Zhang desperately needs.


    Although he did not use the Heavenly Mystery Technique for the deduction, Meng Zhang''s own spiritual sense continued to play a role.


    Many times, some of the guesses he made based on the guidance of spiritual sense, or purely based on intuition, were still very reasonable and credible.


    The purpose of the six true immortals has always been clear.


    Everything they do is for the treasure of the gods.


    Meng Zhang believed that the rumors he let the Taiyimen monks spread secretly were close to the truth, if not the whole truth.


    Only such rumors that seem to be very true can impress the powerhouses from all sides.


    Of course, it is far from enough to completely impress the high-level foreign invaders and restart the war just by relying on some rumors. Meng Zhang still needs to do some other work.


    Taiyimen monks quickly spread these rumors according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    During this process, the Taiyi Sect cultivator who was in charge of the execution was very cautious and did not reveal his identity and concealed the source of the rumors.


    Meng Zhang''s rumors were not aimed solely at the Ziyang Sect, but dragged all five Sacred Land Sects into the water.


    The foreign invaders captured Jiutian and destroyed the Tiangong. In the entire Junchen world, there were not many forces that dared to confront it head-on.


    The remnants of the Tiangong were hidden, and the sects of the major holy places shrank in an all-round way, barely able to protect themselves.


    In this case, in addition to the dark alliance and other forces that have long been colluding with foreign invaders, there are many comprehension forces secretly moving closer to it.


    Now the foreign invaders did not completely occupy the Junchen world, but completely controlled Jiutian and confronted the major holy land sects.


    In addition to its own intelligence system, many cultivators in the Junchen world took the initiative to provide intelligence to foreign invaders.


    The rumors spread by the Taiyimen monks soon spread throughout the Junchen world, and spread to the invaders from outside the territory.


    In a short period of time, it is impossible to see any response from the high-level foreign invaders.


    Through the restraint in his body, Meng Zhang contacted Zhenxian Xianyun and conveyed these rumors in detail.


    Xianyun Zhenxian attaches great importance to the latest information provided by Meng Zhang.


    He has been waiting hard outside the Junchen Realm for all these years, because it is not the treasure of the gods.


    If the six true immortals succeeded, his hard work over the years would be in vain, and he would also lose the chance to attack the heavenly immortals.


    Hearing that the Six True Immortals are about to succeed, Xianyun True Immortal can''t wait to kill Junchen Realm immediately.


    But he quickly calmed down and overcame this urge.


    Whether it is the six true immortals or the extraterritorial invaders, their strength is far superior to him.


    These are two powerful groups, and even if he joins forces with Fairy Yue''e, an ally who is not particularly trusted, he will not be able to confront either group head-on.


    Only when these two groups fought fiercely, preferably both, could he take advantage of it.


    His biggest advantage now is that he is hiding in the dark with Fairy Yue''e, and has not been exposed so far.


    Meng Zhang knew that Xianyun Zhenxian was cautious, and he could also guess what he was thinking.


    He also told Xianyun Zhenxian that he used to have a close relationship with Taiyi Sect and had cooperated with many ghosts and gods in the underworld. He was promoted to True God not long ago.


    Due to the good relationship between the two sides, after Taiyimen paid enough price, Taimiao was willing to continue to protect Taiyimen.


    Xianyun Zhenxian felt a bit of vigilance when he heard that Meng Zhang had caught up with a true god.


    He sensed carefully, and after realizing that there was no problem with the restraint in Meng Zhang''s body, he relaxed.


    Like all immortals, Xianyun Zhenxian has a sense of superiority in the face of gods.


    Generally speaking, the Taoist cultivation system is superior to the Shinto system.


    A newly promoted god in Taimiao District, or a bum god from a remote country like Junchen, how could he have the ability to decipher his brilliant immortal methods?


    As long as there is no problem with the restraint in Meng Zhang''s body, he can continue to control Meng Zhang and let it work for him.


    However, Taiyimen was actually able to catch a true god, which is really good luck.


    Xianyun Zhenxian beat Meng Zhang.


    Don''t think that when you catch a new true god, you think that your wings are hard and you can get out of your control.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is located in the void near Junchen Realm, and the distance from Meng Zhang, who is located in Junchen Realm, is too far, and many methods are not easy to use.


    Otherwise, he will continue to warn Meng Zhang, and even make a deeper impression on Meng Zhang.


    Now that the six true immortals are about to obtain the relics of the heavenly immortals, the true immortal Xianyun urgently needs more information from Meng Zhang.


    Xianyun Zhenxian still hopes that Meng Zhang will serve him sincerely, and the effect will be better.


    He thought about it for a while, and continued the old way of coercion and seduction.


    Besides beating and warning Meng Zhang, he also gave Meng Zhang more favors.


    He gave some pointers to Meng Zhang''s practice, told many key points when the virtual immortals broke through the true immortals, and introduced many skills that the true immortals possessed.


    Many of the things that Xianyun Zhenxian said are recorded in the Taiyimen inheritance, but there are also some unique things.


    In particular, Xianyun Zhenxian''s own cultivation experience and understanding are of great reference value to Meng Zhang.


    Although the inheritance of Taiyimen is high-end and perfect, there are still many differences compared with the appearance of a true immortal.


    Xianyun Zhenxian knew what a cultivator like Meng Zhang needed most.


    He didn''t mind giving Meng Zhang a little sweetness to make him more motivated.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who is proficient in the way of the emperor, understands that he cannot blindly intimidate Meng Zhang.


    Only by fully mobilizing Meng Zhang''s enthusiasm can Meng Zhang play a greater role.


    When he achieves his goal in the future, Meng Zhang loses its use value.


    All the benefits he gave Meng Zhang would be taken back.


    What happens to Meng Zhang depends on his own mood.


    For the sweetness given by Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang accepted all the benefits.


    When he settles with Xianyun Zhenxian in the future, he will not show mercy.

 Chapter 2453

    Xianyun Zhenxian knew that Meng Zhang had deep roots, extraordinary talent, and lacked various cultivation resources.


    He gave Meng Zhang these pointers, which was of great benefit to Meng Zhang.


    But he knew that Meng Zhang would never be able to break through to the realm of true immortals.


    Fairy Yue''e has Guanghan Palace as her inner responder in Junchen Realm, and Taoist Yueying works for her.


    Daoist Moon Shadow not only recovered all his cultivation bases long ago, but he was also promoted to Void Immortal.


    Daoist Yueying has been in contact with Fairy Yue''e, providing her with various information about Junchen World.


    The predicament faced by all immortals in the Junchen world, Taoist Yueying told Fairy Yue''e long ago.


    In the past, the six true immortals changed the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world, preventing the virtual immortals from the Junchen world from being promoted to true immortals.


    Now, the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Junchen world has fallen, the whole world has begun to enter into destruction, and various rules of heaven and earth have begun to fail.


    But at the same time, the power of shelter provided by Junchen Realm is also rapidly disappearing.


    Now, if the virtual immortals of Junchen Realm want to be promoted to true immortals, they need the extraterritorial demons who come to block the way.


    Without the protection of the power of the world in the big world, no matter how good the immortals are, they will never succeed in promotion.


    After Fairy Yue''e formed an alliance with True Fairy Xianyun, she shared a lot of information with him.


    Xianyun Zhenxian knew this, so he didn''t worry that Meng Zhang could be promoted to Zhenxian.


    As long as Meng Zhang can''t be promoted to True Immortal, he can never get rid of his control.


    Of course, this was because with his knowledge, he could not imagine the ingenious means in the inheritance that Jin Xian left behind.


    If it wasn''t for the fear of disturbing Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang would have cast a spell to break the restraint in his body long ago.


    Xianyun Zhenxian wants to use Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang, Xianyun Zhenxian also has great utilization value.


    After conveying the latest information to Xianyun Zhenxian, Meng Zhang volunteered to try to help Xianyun Zhenxian solve the problem.


    Meng Zhang proposed that the group of foreign invaders at the level of true immortals could be provoked to attack the six true immortals and prevent the six true immortals from obtaining the relics of the heavenly immortals.


    When Xianyun Zhenxian heard Meng Zhang''s proposal, he couldn''t help but smile bitterly.


    If this matter was really that easy, Meng Zhang would not need to propose it, he would have done it long ago.


    What he most wanted to see was the fierce battle between the group of true immortal-level foreign invaders and the six true immortals?


    The six true immortals hid in the source sea like turtles.


    Although the source sea has begun to dry up, it is still some time before it completely collapses.


    After the last failure, the extraterritorial invaders became more cautious, and they would definitely be willing to wait a little longer.


    Xianyun Zhenxian did not hide his thoughts in front of Meng Zhang.


    Due to a lot less interference, Meng Zhang''s connection with Xianyun Zhenxian became very smooth.


    The two can discuss various issues slowly.


    Meng Zhang told Xianyun Zhenxian that the extraterritorial invaders coveted the relics of the gods and had been paying attention to the situation in the source sea.


    If there is a big change in the source sea, they will definitely not sit idly by, and most of them will enter the investigation.


    As long as they enter the source sea, the conflict with the six true immortals cannot be avoided.


    As for how to create changes in the source sea, Meng Zhang also had some ideas.


    He hoped that Xianyun Zhenxian could bestow a few immortal talismans, and he asked Taimiao to cast it in the source sea.


    As a true god, Tai Miao should have a way to unleash the true power of the fairy talisman and create a lot of movement, so that foreign invaders cannot ignore it.


    As for why it was necessary to have a fairy talisman, instead of letting Taimiao shoot directly.


    That''s because Tai Miao is a true god and cannot independently create the power fluctuations of the Immortal Dao system.


    There were rumors before that the six true immortals were about to completely unlock the treasures of the immortals.


    Now the power fluctuations of the true immortal level erupted in the depths of the source sea, which is enough to attract the attention of foreign invaders.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian has always been reluctant to enter the Junchen world, he is also unwilling to just sit back and watch things develop and do nothing by himself.


    Meng Zhang''s proposal is somewhat reasonable.


    The unfamiliar true immortal power may arouse suspicion from others, but as long as the Xianyun true immortal does not enter the Junchen world, it will not be exposed.


    After some discussion, Xianyun Zhenxian was about to be persuaded by Meng Zhang.


    The only thing that makes Xianyun Zhenxian a little hesitant is that he has very few immortal talismans on hand, almost every one of them is of great use and cannot be easily wasted.


    Xianyun Zhenxian itself does not have the ability to refine immortal talismans.


    What Xianyun Zhenxian is doing now is almost a betrayal of Liuyun Zhenxian.


    Once this matter is exposed, he will no longer be able to get the fairy talisman from Liuyun Zhenxian in the future.


    After hesitating for a while, Xianyun Zhenxian also discussed with Fairy Yue''e, and finally agreed with Meng Zhang''s proposal.


    Since Jiutian was captured, the original defense system of Junchen Realm failed.


    In fact, if Xianyun Zhenxian secretly sneaked into Junchen Realm at this time, as long as you are careful enough, there is little chance of exposure.


    But Xianyun Zhenxian was too careful and refused to enter the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang despised him in his heart, but he was helpless.


    In order to get the fairy talisman, Meng Zhang had to go to the void in person.


    The foreign invaders completely occupied nine days, completely divided the place, and initially established a certain order.


    Compared with Jiutian''s original strict defense, there are many flaws in the deployment of foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang didn''t spend much energy, he passed through the nine heavens and entered the void.


    At the agreed place, Meng Zhang and Xianyun Zhenxian met.


    Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun were waiting there together.


    This is still Fairy Mengzhang Yue''e''s attitude towards Meng Zhang.


    She asked about Meng Zhang''s situation with concern, and admired Meng Zhang very much.


    She also asked Meng Zhang to take care of Guanghan Palace in the future.


    Especially the Taoist Moon Shadow, Meng Zhang has to worry a lot.


    When Fairy Yue''e was forced to escape from Junchen Realm, the disciple of Daoist Yueying did not have time to escape and had to hide in Junchen Realm.


    The Taoist Moon Shadow lurked in the Junchen Realm and provided a lot of precious information for the returning Fairy Yue''e.


    She cultivated Fairy Guanghan, the power of returning to the void, and made Guanghan Palace an inheritance under Fairy Yue''e.


    Fairy Yue''e always felt that she owed Taoist Yueying.


    She lowered her body and asked Meng Zhang as a true immortal, so that Meng Zhang dared not dare.


    Meng Zhang almost patted his chest and promised that he would do his best to take care of Guanghan Palace and fully cooperate with the actions of Daoist Moon Shadow in Junchen Realm...


    Fairy Yue''e was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    After chatting with the two true immortals for a long time, Meng Zhangcai finally got his business done.


    He exhausted his words, and Fairy Yue''e was there to help, and Xianyun Zhenxian was very reluctant to give him two fairy talismans.

 Chapter 2454

    Meng Zhang pestered Xianyun Zhenxian for a long time, and with the help of Fairy Yue''e, he got these two fairy talismans.


    These two immortal talismans were much stronger than the ones Xianyun Zhenxian gave Meng Zhang last time.


    These two immortal talismans are the proud creations of Liuyun Zhenxian, and Xianyun Zhenxian finally obtained them from the ancestors of the sect.


    As long as it is motivated by the power of the true immortal level, these two immortal talismans can burst out the power of a normal true immortal''s concentration blow.


    Even in the battle of the true immortal level, these two immortal talismans can play a great role.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation, he could not exert the true power of the two fairy talismans at all.


    He carefully put away the two fairy talismans, and then carefully returned to Junchen Realm.


    After returning to Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang handed over a fairy talisman to Taimiao, and Haosheng gave him some instructions.


    The rumors that Meng Zhang asked the Taiyi Sect cultivators to spread have spread throughout the Junchen world after spreading and fermenting during this period of time.


    Perhaps for ordinary cultivators, what is a true immortal, what is a treasure of the gods, is still far away from home.


    But those high-level cultivators are very clear in their hearts that this matter is related to the next situation in Junchen Realm.


    In particular, the high-level foreign invaders are very concerned about this.


    If the six true immortals really fully open the treasure of the immortals and take it into their hands, then they can completely free up their hands and become free to advance and retreat.


    Whether they withdraw from Junchen Realm directly, or use Heavenly Immortal Treasures to confront the enemy, the high-level foreign invaders will be very uncomfortable.


    The high-level foreign invaders wanted to take action, but due to internal differences and fear of attracting a blow from the six true immortals, they could not act immediately.


    It was at this time that Tai Miao secretly sneaked into the source sea again.


    Entering Yuanhai again, Taimiao had a lot of sighs in her heart.


    Most of the source of heaven and earth in the source sea has been lost, and the entire source sea is about to dry up completely.


    In the source sea, the source of heaven and earth, which was ubiquitous, has become extremely thin.


    Many dangerous places in the source sea also disappeared.


    The source sea at this time is like a cloth bag full of holes.


    Of course, Yuanhai''s current appearance is also convenient for foreign infiltrators.


    Those true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders did not dare to enter the source sea easily, but sent many subordinates to sneak into the source sea for investigation.


    There are even some cultivators from the Junchen world who are fishing in troubled waters.


    Some want to find treasures and gain benefits; some are spying on intelligence...


    The number of these cultivators is far less than that of foreign invaders, and the scope of their activities is much smaller.


    Of course, almost all the outsiders are mainly concentrated in the relatively shallow areas of the source sea.


    In the depths of the source sea, there are still many sources of heaven and earth.


    The six true immortals used the terrain here to arrange some formation restrictions and the like.


    Outsiders rush in here, it is easy to touch these formation restrictions.


    Even the powerhouses of the Void Return level are difficult to escape from the prohibition of the formation.


    If the six true immortals were disturbed, it would be even more dead without a place to be buried.


    Although the spies of foreign invaders are considered to be dedicated, but after all, they are not enough, and they are not willing to die in vain.


    After losing a group of daring and most dedicated guys, the rest of the extraterritorial intruder spy didn''t dare to go too deep.


    As for all kinds of detailed information in the depths of the source sea, it is naturally difficult for them to detect.


    Due to the recent spread of rumors, the high-level intruders from outside the territory issued a death order, asking these spies to go deep into the source sea and spy out more information.


    Unfortunately, such an order did not have much effect except for the loss of more spies in vain.


    As for what happened in the depths of the source sea, the spies still didn''t know anything about the six true immortals'' work on opening the treasures of the heavenly immortals.


    Tai Miao hid her tracks, easily passed through the source sea on the surface, and came to the depths of the source sea.


    He is not only a true god, but also has the knowledge of many cultivators.


    The formation restrictions placed by the six true immortals cannot stop the true gods'' footsteps, and can at most serve as a warning.


    Tai Miao sneaked in, cracked and bypassed many formation restrictions.


    After he entered the depths of the source sea, he finally inevitably touched a restriction.


    The ban is touched, and the true immortal who receives the message will appear at any time.


    Before, Tai Miao had been watching carefully.


    A formation eye of these formations is also a key node in the source sea.


    Even now that the sea of ????sources has begun to dry up, there are still a large number of sources of heaven and earth in this node, which act as the driving force to maintain the formation.


    Since the immortal talisman was in hand, Taimiao has been studying it carefully.


    He instigated the divine power of his whole body, released the fairy talisman in his hand according to a special method, and slammed into the eye of the formation.


    Although Taimiao was not able to fully utilize the power of this fairy talisman due to the difference in the power system, it still exerted the power of a true fairy.


    The true immortal''s strike not only destroyed the formation and prohibition, but also destroyed an important node in the source sea, causing a storm in the source sea.


    It has been a long time since a storm of this magnitude had erupted since the source sea began to dry up.


    After Tai Miao completed the task, she turned around and left, successfully escaping the source sea before the six true immortals arrived here.


    The scouts sent to the Yuanhai by the invaders from outside the territory may not have enough cultivation, but their eyesight and knowledge are first-rate.


    The change in the depths of the source sea immediately alarmed them.


    The powerful fluctuations in the source sea caused the source sea mutation.


    This power is far beyond the level of returning to the virtual, at least it is the level of true immortals.


    After the high-level intruders from outside the region who have been paying attention to Yuanhai received the information, they carefully observed outside Yuanhai, but no more information could be observed.


    With such a mutation, are the six true immortals doing the trick, or has the relic of the immortals been opened?


    It is unlikely that the Heavenly Immortal Relic will be opened, and such a level of power fluctuation is far from enough.


    However, if you are not afraid of 10,000, you are afraid of what happens. There is no room for mistakes in the matter of the treasures left by the gods.


    Although there are still many disagreements and debates at the top of the extraterritorial intruder, they must respond.


    The last time the barbarian army captured the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion and entered the blessed land, Jiuxuan Zhenxian turned into the ancestor Xuanxuan, and tried his best to protect the altar, completely disregarding his own safety.


    As you can see, the rumors are not entirely unreasonable.


    Those extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level are still reluctant to enter the source sea rashly.


    So they ordered the army of invaders from various regions to attack the gates of the major holy land sects once again, and they must enter their blessed land.


    They want to see, are there any altars in the blessed land of the major holy places?


    What, if any, are these altars for?


    The dark alliance is now busy preparing for the ceremony that Fengqing Shangzun said, and he has no time to care.


    The other comprehension forces in the Junchen world did not have the power to deal with the major holy land sects.


    If you want to deal with the major holy land sects, you still have to rely on foreign invaders to do it yourself.

 Chapter 2455

    In the eyes of the high-level foreign invaders, this restart of the all-round attack on the gates of the major holy places is a very important test.


    If the rumors are true, the altars inside the sects of the major holy places are related to the opening of the relics of the heavenly immortals, and the six true immortals will never sit idly by.


    If they leave the source sea to attack, these immortal-level extraterritorial invaders can ambush them outside the source sea.


    If the six true immortals leave the source sea, I wonder if they can still mobilize the power of the heavenly immortal relics?


    Even if the rumors are untrue and the six true immortals are indifferent, then take advantage of the situation to completely eliminate the major sects of the Holy Land and cut off the great help of the six true immortals.


    After some discussion, the high-level foreign invaders were also willing to pay the price for this action, and each family shared the loss.


    The previous differences among the high-level officials of the extraterritorial invaders, the various careful thoughts of each person, and the practice of preserving their strength, have been thrown aside at this time.


    After all, the Heavenly Immortal Relic is everyone''s biggest goal.


    It''s wonderful that this action has united all kinds of foreign invaders again.


    For Meng Zhang, his main goal is to let foreign invaders weaken or destroy the Ziyang Sect, Taiyimen will benefit from the fishermen behind, and finally complete the unification of the north of Junchen Realm.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, he visited many big worlds.


    Among the big worlds I have seen, the Junchen realm is not very large.


    The north of Junchen Realm is less than one percent of the total area of ??Junchen Realm.


    Even if the Taiyi Gate allows the north of the Junchen Realm to break away from the Junchen Realm and build a completely independent world, the total area is quite limited.


    The level of a world is not just based on the size of the world.


    The Junchen world itself is a complete big world, and it also has a complete consciousness of the Tao of Heaven. The level is actually not low.


    If Taiyimen builds an independent world based on the north of Junchen Realm, it will have a very good foundation and a promising future.


    Of course, in order to do this, the most important node in the north of Junchen Realm must be taken, that is, the area where the gate of Ziyang Shengzong is located.


    The army of foreign invaders who originally besieged the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate immediately began to act after receiving the order from the high-level.


    A huge army attacked Ziyang Shengzong from all directions.


    Originally, Ziyang Shengzong took advantage of the opportunity of the enemy''s retreat and his own strength to greatly increase, to regain some of the lost ground and increase the room for maneuver.


    Now that the army of foreign invaders is making a comeback, Ziyang Shengzong first refused to give an inch, and launched a fierce battle with it.


    The army of extraterritorial invaders is numerous, far exceeding the opponents.


    In the previous series of battles, Ziyang Shengzong paid a huge loss, and the number of monks was reduced a lot.


    However, in such an all-out war, the high-level powerhouse is the decisive force.


    Ziyang Shengzong has resurrected a lot of Void Return Powers, and is not weaker than the other in terms of high-level powerhouses.


    The two sides fought for a period of time, but Ziyang Shengzong did not fall behind and could still confront the enemy head-on.


    Later, in order to reduce their own casualties and give full play to their own advantages, the senior leaders of Ziyang Shengzong let their cultivator army take the initiative to retreat, give up the previously recovered lost ground, and return to the vicinity of the mountain gate.


    Ziyang Shengzong took the defensive, trying to consume the strength of the enemy.


    With the mountain gate as a support, the Ziyang Shengzong''s defense power has greatly increased, and the army of foreign invaders is firmly blocked from the mountain gate.


    Judging from the battlefield situation, the two sides cannot decide the winner in a short period of time.


    In other parts of Junchen Realm, various foreign invader armies have launched a series of battles with major holy land sects.


    Judging from the overall situation, the army of foreign invaders had the upper hand, killing the enemy and retreating, and had to retreat to the mountain gate to defend.


    However, after the strength of the major holy land sects has greatly increased, it is enough to rely on the mountain gates for defense.


    In a short period of time, the army of foreign invaders will not be able to break through the gates of the major holy land sects.


    The plan of the high-level foreign invaders to enter the blessed land and destroy the altar cannot be realized for the time being.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t control other places. He hoped that the Ziyang Shengzong would be able to make a quick decision.


    No matter which side wins, Taiyimen will follow.


    But like other places, the army of foreign invaders besieging the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate fell into a stalemate with the enemy.


    It is not that the high-level foreign invaders do not want to defeat the enemy as soon as possible, but they also have many difficulties.


    The extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level will not be easily dispatched if the six true immortals are not dispatched.


    Even though the foreign invaders from all walks of life cooperate sincerely on the surface, they actually still have the intention of retaining their strength.


    The foreign invaders not only divided a part of their forces to stand for nine days, and snatch the resources here.


    On the battlefield, everyone is eager for others to make more efforts.


    In some places, there has been some conflict within the extraterritorial intruder.


    In the battlefield on the side of the Ziyang Shengzong, although there was no conflict among the foreign invaders, everyone was relatively united, but due to the limited overall strength, the battle situation fell into a stalemate.


    Extraterritorial intruder executives also want help from other sources.


    Although the Dark Alliance has the best relationship with the barbarians, they have formed a very stable alliance. However, in the face of other foreign invaders, the Dark Alliance still strives to maintain a good relationship with them and actively cooperate with each other.


    All foreign invaders have asked the Dark Alliance for help, hoping that the Dark Alliance can help deal with the major holy land sects.


    After all, the last time the Dark Alliance dispatched Floating Void City to help the barbarian army capture the Jiuxuan Pavilion Mountain Gate, which played a great role.


    The Dark Alliance was very busy during this time.


    Fengqing Shangzun selected a place as a place to hold the ceremony.


    In addition to quickly carrying out various preparations, in order to prevent the ceremony from being destroyed, he also concentrated a number of floating cities and flew to that place to guard.


    At this time, Venerable Fengqing was really unwilling to meddle in the war between the foreign invaders and the Holy Land Sect.


    Fengqing Shangzun is a man with flexible wrists, and he is not willing to commit crimes against foreign invaders.


    He did not directly reject the other party''s request for help, but looked for various excuses to delay.


    The Junchen world has entered into destruction, and there is not much time left for Meng Zhang.


    He hoped that the two sides of the battle would decide the winner as soon as possible, rather than keep stalemate like this.


    For many years, Taiyimen has been an important representative of the local self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    Taiyimen defends the Junchen world and resists foreign invaders.


    Taiyimen has refused to win over foreign invaders, and is not willing to have any collusion with them.


    Up to now, Taiyimen still has this attitude.


    In the world of self-cultivation, various forces of self-cultivation often adopt a very flexible attitude towards their own survival and development.


    Taiyimen''s stubborn attitude seems a little out of place.


    Meng Zhang was very stubborn many times, and set the bottom line for himself and Taiyimen in many places.

 Chapter 2456

    Meng Zhang has a bottom line in his actions, and he hopes that Taiyimen will do the same.


    Inside the sect, Meng Zhang formulated very strict rules, and they were not just pretending, but strictly enforced them.


    Taiyi sect monks have many taboos.


    Meng Zhang did this not just to maintain the image of the righteous leader of Taiyi Sect.


    Since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of cultivation, he has been thinking about the various chaos in the cultivation world and the reasons behind it.


    It is unavoidable for cultivators to fight for their lives with heaven, to seize all kinds of opportunities, and to participate in all kinds of battles.


    In the world of comprehension, the law of the weak and the supremacy of interests are also the norm.


    These situations cannot be changed by Meng Zhang.


    But in any case, as a part of the Taoist system, cultivators must identify with and even follow some of the concepts of Taoism.


    Don''t say that "the highest good is like water", "quiet and inaction" and so on, at the very least, you can''t be like the devil''s way, wanton, destroy the sky and destroy the earth, and have no scruples at all.


    In fact, those high-level monks in the realm of self-cultivation more or less have to read and comprehend Taoist classics and learn Taoist theories.


    The legendary Daozu preached, not only the cultivation method, but the most important thing is his own philosophy.


    Daomen junior monks do not read Taoist scriptures or Taoist Tibetans, but simply practice the exercises, and they cannot go very far on the road of cultivation.


    Meng Zhang, who has the inheritance of Jinxian, understood this truth a long time ago.


    Many years ago, when Taiyimen was a small ordinary sect, Meng Zhang popularized Taoist classics in the door, and let the monks in the door recite the Taoist scriptures and comprehend the Taoist treasures on a daily basis.


    Although it is impossible for every Taiyi Sect disciple to agree with this approach and do it honestly.


    But after years of hard work, a very good atmosphere has been developed in Taiyimen.


    Up and down the door, in the spare time of cultivation, will put a lot of energy into various Taoist classics.


    In the entire cultivation world, Taiyi Sect cultivators are famous for their excellent image and temperament.


    Most of the outstanding Taiyi cultivators have a calm bearing and extraordinary temperament.


    Taiyimen monks often have a great advantage when dealing with such barriers as inner demons.


    The various bottom lines set by Meng Zhang for the sect are a kind of restraint and protection for the monks in the sect.


    When Meng Zhang establishes the system that Taiyi Jinxian created in the future, he can even change the various atmospheres of the cultivation world.


    A long time ago, because of the strong magic power among the foreign invaders, Meng Zhang set the bottom line of not cooperating with the foreign invaders.


    In addition, Taiyimen and the remnants of Tiangong are allies. Foreign invaders and the remnants of Tiangong are incompatible. Taiyimen must take care of the thoughts of allies.


    On the surface, Zunling God and the True God Rising Sun draw Taiyimen together, but they are actually wonderful.


    Taiyimen has a cold attitude towards these two families, and has been deliberately keeping a distance.


    It''s too wonderful to use the other party''s ignorance of his own background, and the other party''s false and condescending to find opportunities to take advantage of the other party.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang still felt that Taiyimen could not violate the principle and cooperate with foreign invaders.


    But if Taiyimen didn''t make a move, who knew how long Ziyang Shengzong and foreign invaders would stalemate.


    In the eyes of many Taiyi Sect disciples, Sect Leader Meng Zhang was stubborn to the point of being rigid on many issues.


    However, a character who can survive in the cultivation world for many years and get better and better, how can he not have a little nimbleness.


    Taiyimen and foreign invaders are enemies and will not have any in-depth cooperation.


    Thousands of years ago, the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld of Junchen were wiped out by several real immortals by despicable means.


    Tai Miao, as a newly rising natural ghost, naturally cannot forget the hatred of the predecessors, and is incompatible with the major holy land sects.


    During this period of time, Hunling Zunzun Shen and Shengyang Zhen Shen should see some effects.


    It''s too good to perform well, how can they be willing to continue to invest in him?


    During this time, Hunling Venerable God secretly sent a lot of Shinto classics to Taimiao in the underworld, as well as some unique treasures of Shinto.


    The content recorded in these classics is very useful for new true gods, but the content is not very complete.


    If it is an ordinary new true god who has studied these books in depth, I am afraid that it will be like a fish that has bit the bait.


    Those Shinto treasures are even more helpful to stabilize the realm of newly promoted true gods.


    To be honest, even if Tai Miao has the inheritance of Shinto cultivation passed down by Tai Yi Jin Xian, it also benefits a lot from these books and treasures.


    True God Shengyang is not as rich and powerful as the god of mixed spirits, but he also sent many precious gifts.


    For example, some precious specialties of Shenchang Realm can be used to equip the artifacts of the servants.


    Since he has received the benefits of others, Tai Miao will naturally have to pay back.


    It is the way of long-term friendship.


    Now the army of foreign invaders attacking Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate is mainly based on the power of Shenchang Realm.


    Ever since they attracted Taimiao, both Hunling Venerable God and Shengyang True God have been able to keep in relatively smooth contact with Taimiao.


    Tai Miao heard that the frontline battle was not very smooth, and took the initiative to offer help to True God Shengyang.


    Of course, True God Rising Sun couldn''t ask for such a wonderful proposal.


    Tai Miao''s participation in the battle will not only help the battle ahead, but after Tai Miao stands in line, he will completely become the new enemy of the six true immortals.


    This not only made the True God Shengyang overjoyed, but also met the expectations of the Hunling Venerable God.


    After buying a good one, Taimiao immediately began to act.


    Tai Miao naturally would not lead the underworld army to kill Xiang Yang Shi and directly attack the Ziyang Sect.


    This time, the one who attacked the Ziyang Shengzong was the Moon God who had been prepared for a long time.


    Although Luna didn''t know the true relationship between Taimiao and Meng Zhang, he knew that the relationship between them was not a simple cooperation and vassal relationship.


    In her eyes, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao trust each other and cooperate well, and both sides have a big secret in private.


    As one of the few remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world, Moon God still has a good impression of Taimiao.


    After Tai Miao was promoted to True God, Luna felt a little lost and sentimental, but at the same time, she was more willing to befriend each other.


    Meng Zhang and Luna are allies, and there is no obstacle between Luna and Taimiao.


    Luna and Taimiao can also communicate smoothly.


    When Taimiao asked for the help of the Moon God to attack the Ziyang Holy Sect, the Moon God agreed immediately.


    Because of his experience in the realm of Shenchang, the moon god is very hostile to the true god Shengyang. But her hatred for the six true immortals and their disciples and grandchildren is even deeper.


    Thousands of years ago, Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm fought side by side against cultivators who invaded Junchen Realm.


    Now helping the army of foreign invaders dominated by Shenchang Realm to attack the Ziyang Shengzong, the Moon God does not disagree.


    The most important thing is that Taimiao didn''t want Luna Bai to help, he also reciprocated.

 Chapter 2457

    After the native gods of the Junchen Realm were defeated, the cultivators became the new masters of the Junchen Realm.


    Even after years of pursuit by cultivators, there are still survivors of the indigenous gods who were the original masters of Junchen Realm.


    Luna also knew that there were still remaining true gods in the Junchen world hiding in the dark.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, she captured the mysterious mansion.


    The mysterious palace is the arrangement of the remaining true gods in the Junchen world.


    In order to hide the breath of the mysterious palace and avoid the eyes of the true god, the moon god hid it in the blessed land of Taiyimen.


    Now, Tai Miao is willing to help Luna.


    On weekdays, Tai Miao can help Luna hide the aura of the mysterious palace.


    If the remaining true gods in the Junchen world find the Moon God because of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, Taimiao can provide him with shelter.


    Over the years, Luna has been thinking about one thing.


    The Moon God was originally a natural god, and had never absorbed and refined the power of faith.


    This frees her from being bound by the power of faith.


    After Junchen Realm was occupied by cultivators, she could escape Junchen Realm in time.


    After she returned to Junchen Realm with the Moon Goddess, she worked hard for a long time to regain her strength.


    Now that the Junchen world has entered into destruction, she has not recovered her true god-level strength yet.


    It is conceivable that with her current Void Immortal level strength, she is not qualified to participate in the competition for the Heavenly Immortal Relics.


    After the two former Moon Gods migrated from God, Death God and Fengshen to Taiyimen territory, with the help of Taiyimen senior officials, they developed a large number of mortal believers.


    With the continuous power of belief, the strength of the two indigenous gods recovered very quickly, and they have long since returned to the level of the late stage of returning to the virtual world.


    If Luna is willing to actively absorb and refine the power of faith, it can also quickly increase its strength.


    According to Luna''s guess, Taimiao was able to be promoted to True God so quickly, largely because it has a large number of believers in the underworld and the Yang world, providing it with massive power of belief.


    With the relationship between Luna and Meng Zhang, it is not difficult to reach some agreements to develop believers in Taiyimen territory.


    But the Moon God has been hesitant to this day, just unwilling to give up the advantages of inborn gods, and unwilling to convert into belief in gods.


    Meng Zhang and Luna often communicate with each other, and they are very clear about her mentality.


    Meng Zhang certainly hoped that Luna would join the Taiyimen system.


    It''s just that he won''t force the moon god, he has to wait for the moon god to figure it out for himself.


    This time, the Moon God obeyed Taimiao''s order to attack the Ziyang Holy Sect, which was considered to be a good show to Taimiao.


    Luna is a very decisive indigenous god, and after making up his mind, he immediately takes action.


    Tai Miao descended from the underworld with divine power and enveloped the mysterious palace, so that its breath would not leak out.


    The two slave gods, the god of death and the god of wind, also came to assist her.


    The Moon God, along with the Goddess of Worship Moon, the God of Death and the God of Wind, rushed to the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    The foreign invaders who besieged the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate got the news first, and they did not stop Luna and the others from approaching the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    Luna and his subordinates first flew high into the sky and carefully observed the mountain gate of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Ziyang Shengzong took the initiative to retreat this time, giving up all the outer territories and returning to the mountain gate to hold on.


    The fifth-order mountain protection formation has been fully opened, and a purple sun has risen. Covered a radius of hundreds of miles.


    Under the light of the purple sun, layers of colorful light curtains guarded the rolling mountains.


    The rich and extreme spiritual energy of heaven and earth gathered together and transformed into various visions.


    Luna made a move, and a small pavilion appeared on top of her head, then quickly grew larger, plunged into the ground, and immediately went deep into the ground.


    Luna flew into the enlarged pavilion with a group of his men.


    The Hidden Mysterious Mansion was created by the gods who dominated the Junchen world back then. It was not only a powerful tool of war, but also a backhand left by some gods.


    After the Moon God captured the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, it took many years to refine it reluctantly.


    The Moon God has not recovered the strength of the true god level, which is far from enough to exert the full power of the Hidden Mysterious Palace.


    She and a group of subordinates jointly control the mysterious mansion, barely able to exert some of its power.


    Immediately after the Hidden Mysterious Mansion went deep into the ground, it began to frantically absorb the power of the leylines.


    Due to the earthquake, the gate of Ziyang Shengzong also began to shake.


    The light outside the fifth-order mountain protection formation flashed sharply, quickly stabilizing the mountain gate.


    The Hidden Mysterious Mansion followed the trend of the earth veins and drilled out of the ground, and came to a place not far from the Ziyang Sect.


    The Moon God thought for a moment, and a Shuttle of Destruction was shot directly from the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, and shot at the mountain gate of the Ziyang Sect.


    The most powerful way to use the Shuttle of Destruction is to shoot directly into the ground, trigger or even destroy the leylines, overturn the crust, and completely subvert the area where the Ziyang Sect is located.


    Before setting off, Meng Zhang reminded the Moon God that it is best not to cause too much damage to the leylines around the Ziyang Shengzong.


    Therefore, the Moon God simply let the God of Destruction shoot directly at the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    A dazzling light flashed over the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, the light curtain above the fifth-order protective formation was broken one after another, and a series of big explosions occurred inside the formation, and the entire mountain gate was in shock.


    Destruction Shenshuo is indeed the trump card of the indigenous gods of the Junchen world.


    It was just one blow, and the killing effect was comparable to the long-term siege of the invaders from outside the territory.


    The strong people in the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate immediately discovered the location of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion.


    They tried to launch the fifth-order mountain protection formation to counterattack, but the heavily injured mountain protection formation was immediately suppressed by the attack of the foreign invaders.


    Although the Shuttle of Destruction is not easy to manufacture, the inventory in the Hidden Mystery Mansion is still relatively sufficient.


    According to Luna''s estimation, two or three more similar attacks should be enough to destroy the mountain protection formation of the Purple Sun Sect.


    The Moon God was about to continue urging the Hidden Mysterious Mansion to launch an attack. A purple sun rose in the source sea, then quickly penetrated the nine heavens, descended from the sky, and fell towards the Hidden Mysterious Mansion.


    Luna had already anticipated the enemy''s counterattack.


    Probably Ziyang Shengzong is really out of luck and can''t deal with the mysterious palace.


    Ziyang Zhenxian didn''t want to see Ziyang Shengzong being breached, so he had to take action.


    Ziyang Shengzong did not show up, but shot from the source sea and launched a long-range attack on the mysterious palace.


    A net of light was thrown out of the mysterious mansion, trying to hold up the falling purple sun.


    Just as these light nets approached the purple sun, they immediately evaporated and disappeared.


    Fortunately, the reaction of the mysterious palace was not without effect, at least it slowed down the speed of the purple sunset a little.


    Since Tai Miao had let Moon God participate in the attack on the Ziyang Shengzong, it was natural to consider the possibility of Ziyang Zhenxian''s attack.


    Taking the situation of Jiuxuan Zhenxian¡¯s shot last time as a reference, in order to avoid falling into the siege of the real immortal-level foreign invaders, most of the Ziyang Zhenxian also shot from the sea of ????source, and will not personally appear on the battlefield of the Ziyang Shengzong. above.

 Chapter 2458

    Under a round of purple sun rays from the Ziyang Zhenxian, the location of the hidden mysterious palace was distorted, and the powerful divine power that was so wonderfully shrouded on it was quickly dispelled and disappeared.


    Luna and the others made every effort to mobilize the protective facilities of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, trying their best to resist the attack of the True Immortal Ziyang.


    True Immortal Ziyang is indeed worthy of being one of the six True Immortals. She brought the Hidden Mysterious Mansion to battle this time, and she had previously released her divine power from Taimiao and shielded it.


    However, Ziyang Zhenxian''s action just now destroyed the wonderful protection of divine power, and exposed the mysterious palace to the eyes of the remaining real gods in the Junchen world.


    What Luna didn''t expect was that the remaining true gods in Junchen Realm would react so quickly, which was almost abnormal.


    As one of the oldest gods in the Junchen world, the Moon God has his own unique dignity and arrogance.


    As a natural god, not only does she despise those who believe in gods, but also many of the same natural gods can''t get into her eyes.


    She sensed a familiar aura from the power that invaded the mysterious palace.


    That was a mortal enemy she hated so much back then.


    If it is the Moon God in its heyday, of course, it will not have the slightest fear of it.


    After years of fugitive life, the strength of this nemesis has not only not weakened, but has grown a lot.


    However, when he thought that the other party, like her, was born a god, and had never absorbed the power of faith, Luna felt that this situation was normal.


    Under such circumstances, Luna''s best choice should be to immediately lead his subordinates to escape and give up the Hidden Mysterious Mansion completely.


    But at this time, the bull temper of the Moon God was aroused.


    The stubbornness and unwillingness in her heart made her unwilling to flee in front of her mortal enemy.


    Moreover, after so much hard work and hard work for so many years, she finally got the Anonymous Mansion, how could she be willing to give up.


    The Moon God tried his best to fight against the power that invaded the mysterious palace.


    She also took advantage of the time when she could still control the hidden mysterious mansion, she fully controlled the hidden mysterious mansion, walked along the leyline, and fled in the direction of the Taiyimen territory.


    Tai Miao, who was fighting with Ziyang Zhenxian, soon noticed the change in the depths of the ground, and then discovered the predicament of Luna.


    After several unsuccessful attempts, Ziyang Zhenxian also seemed to have a real fire.


    He then made Taimiao his main attack target, and his shots were even more vicious.


    Tai Miao did not dare to be careless at all, she had to deal with Ziyang Zhenxian''s attack wholeheartedly.


    The Anonymous Mansion hadn''t escaped very far, and the Moon God felt somewhat powerless.


    As soon as Luna gritted his teeth, he actually began to burn the source within his body, unleashing his final potential, and fighting to the death with his opponent.


    Her opponent obviously did not dare to come in person, and only dared to take action from a very distant place to exert influence on the Anonymous Mansion from afar.


    No matter how calm and rational gods are on weekdays, once they are really aroused, they are easily controlled by their own emotions and make very irrational behaviors.


    This is exactly the case with the current Moon God.

 Chapter 2459

    The angered Luna almost completely disregarded his own safety and had to compete with the enemy.


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Junchen world attach great importance to the mysterious palace.


    If they could, of course, they would like to carry the Hidden Mysterious Mansion with them, and would never give up easily.


    However, the Hidden Mysterious Mansion had to be in the depths of the earth and constantly absorb the power of the leylines in order to maintain its own existence.


    There is a major flaw in the Hidden Mystery Mansion, which is that it cannot enter the ocean for a long time.


    Most of them, who were hiding in the depths of the ocean, had to temporarily give up the Hidden Mysterious Mansion and leave it in the ground, allowing it to move freely in the leylines.


    Originally, the Hidden Mysterious Mansion had sufficient self-preservation power, and its deeds were concealed enough that it would not be easily discovered.


    Whether it was the competition between the Ziyang Shengzong and the Guantian Pavilion and other holy land sects, or the coveting of the Zhenlong clan, the mysterious palace was not taken away.


    Later, with the help of Meng Zhang, Luna, who was familiar with the situation of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, took advantage of the situation and took away the mysterious palace.


    Among the aboriginal gods in the Junchen world, the Moon God was originally unpopular and made many enemies.


    In doing so, she was regarded as a traitor and a great enemy by the remaining indigenous gods.


    Now there is a rare opportunity to retake the mysterious palace and clean up the traitors by the way, how could her nemesis not seize the opportunity?


    The mysterious mansion was far from reaching the Taiyimen territory, and the Moon God felt unable to support it.


    At this time, Luna felt somewhat regretful about his sudden impulse.


    Not only did she fail to repel the invading force and regain control of the mysterious palace, but her source was severely damaged and she was seriously injured.


    Worshiping the Moon Goddess and other subordinates tried to help the Moon God.


    Their desperate efforts did ease the pressure on Luna a little, but they made their injuries even worse, and they completely lost their ability to fight again.


    Seeing that the three cronies were seriously injured and fell to the ground, Luna felt even more regretful.


    Not only is she likely to fall this time, but she will also implicate her most trusted subordinates.


    Tai Miao immediately communicated with Meng Zhang after realizing that Luna''s situation was wrong.


    This time, Luna helped foreign invaders attack the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate. It was related to the Taiyi Gate''s grand plan, and Meng Zhang had been keeping an eye on it.


    Meng Zhang attached great importance to the ally of Luna.


    Knowing that there was a problem with Luna, Meng Zhang immediately dispatched.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure appeared outside the mysterious mansion, it was the time when the Moon God couldn''t hold on.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he could not see the situation inside the mysterious palace at a glance.


    But he noticed that there was a mysterious power coming from a distant place, and it was constantly invading into the mysterious palace.


    Without any hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately shot.


    He waved the wind and fire yin-yang fan in his hand, and the power of wind and fire rushed away, blocking the power that invaded the mysterious palace.


    This is the divine power released by the true god from the air, and the power is huge.


    Fortunately, the other party''s real body is not here, Meng Zhang can still deal with him.


    Under the frenzied burning of the power of wind and fire, the divine power of the True God entangled in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion quickly dissipated.


    Immortal Tao has many advantages over Shinto.


    Especially when Meng Zhang faced primitive and backward indigenous gods, even if there was a gap in the cultivation level, when the other party was not his real body, Meng Zhang used various Taoist magical powers to temporarily block the other party''s invasion of the mysterious palace.


    Because Meng Zhang appeared in time to support him, Luna had confidence in his heart.


    She tried her best to control the mysterious mansion and escape into the Taiyimen territory.


    Although Ziyang Shengzong borders Taiyi Gate, the mountain gate of Ziyang Shengzong is still very far away from Taiyi Gate.


    Tai Miao finally found a chance to get out of the battle after entangled with Ziyang Zhenxian for a while.


    It is not so easy for Ziyang Zhenxian to shoot from the air.


    The reason why he had to take action was to protect Ziyang Shengzong.


    Seeing that the force that was enough to threaten the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was forced to retreat, he also stopped the attack.


    The wonderful figure appeared next to the mysterious mansion.


    This time, with the help of the true god Taimiao, the mortal enemy of the Moon God was temporarily forced back, and the Moon God was able to control the mysterious palace and return to the blessed land of Taiyi Gate.


    Just after returning to Taiyimen Blessed Land, Luna almost ran out of oil and dried up.


    With Tai Miao''s help, Luna managed to stabilize the injury and avoid the fate of falling.


    Luna carefully sensed his state, and his face was full of dead gray.


    According to past experience, even if there is sufficient supply of cultivation resources, it will take hundreds of years for her to completely recover from her injuries and restore the cultivation of the immortal level.


    And if you want to restore to the true god level, or even the realm of cultivation in the heyday, it is even more distant.


    The Junchen Realm is entering into destruction, and the final battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic should be coming soon.


    Not to mention that the Moon God is involved in this matter, I am afraid that in the future, he will need the protection of Taiyi Sect to be accommodated.


    This time, the fight with the dead opponent made Luna deeply feel the killing intent of the other party, and it also made her deeply feel the danger of falling.


    She is no longer in her prime.


    If it falls again, it is very likely that there will be no chance of rebirth.


    The current Moon God urgently needs to restore his strength as soon as possible.


    For this, she is willing to pay a huge price.


    Meng Zhang sensed the Moon God''s mind.


    He chose a suitable time and had a long and in-depth conversation with Luna.


    The two sides finally reached a lot of agreements, and Meng Zhang made a solemn promise.


    Not long after, Meng Zhang officially named the Moon God, as well as the God of Death and the God of Wind under her command, as the gods in the Taiyimen system.


    Almost at the same time, Meng Zhang ordered to fully promote the belief in the Moon God on the Taiyi Gate Territory, so as to provide the Moon God with enough faith power as soon as possible.


    In the face of cruel reality, Luna, who has always been arrogant, had to make a compromise.


    Not only did she receive the power of faith, she transformed into a god of faith, but she also led her subordinates into the Taiyimen system.


    She left her name on the jade book and accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization, which allowed her to stabilize her injury.


    She began to refine the continuous power of belief, quickly heal wounds and restore strength.


    After she regains her strength, she will study the Anonymous Mansion in depth and strive to achieve complete control.


    On the front line, without the help of Luna and Taimiao, the army of foreign invaders once again fell into a confrontation with the Ziyang Shengzong, and it would be impossible to decide the winner in a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang''s planned attack on the Ziyang Sect was a failure.


    With Meng Zhang''s current strength, unless Taiyimen directly dispatched a large army to assist foreign invaders, he would have some confidence in capturing the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    This is not in line with Meng Zhang''s plan.


    Before the victory of the Ziyang Sect and the foreign invaders was decided, the Taiyi Sect could not move lightly.


    The intention of capturing the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, completely unifying the northern part of Junchen Realm, and completely transforming it is far from being realized.

 Chapter 2460

    Of course, this action planned by Meng Zhang did not come out of nothing.


    The so-called intentionally planting flowers will not bloom, but inadvertently planting willows and willows will make shade.


    Although they were not able to capture the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate and completely control the north of the Junchen Realm, the addition of the Moon God and his followers to the Taiyi Gate system was an important supplement to this system.


    Meng Zhang needed many gods to stabilize the world of Taiyimen.


    But in a short period of time, not so many suitable objects can be canonized as gods.


    On the issue of canonization of gods, Meng Zhang has always adhered to the principle of ¡°prefer to lack rather than abuse¡±.


    In the current Taiyimen system, there are not many gods that can be used.


    Taimiao and her subordinates follow the gods, and the main energy is still on the underworld.


    Before the Junchen world completely collapses, they must ensure that key parts of the underworld can be saved.


    For a complete world, the underworld is essential.


    In the Yang World, Taiyimen lacked enough available gods.


    The Moon God is an ancient aboriginal god in the Junchen Realm, with rich experience in all aspects.


    With the addition of Luna, it can make up for the weak link of Taiyimen.


    After the Moon God''s injury is healed, he will lead his subordinates to stabilize the Taiyimen territory.


    In this way, even if there is no mountain gate that can capture the Ziyang Shengzong according to the original plan, it can barely keep the existing territory of Taiyimen.


    Of course, before accepting Mengzhang''s canonization, Luna received a solid promise from Mengzhang.


    The Luna Club has always maintained a high degree of freedom and will still have a channel for advancement.


    In addition, there are several old acquaintances of Meng Zhang, such as the old monster from Xihai, Qiu Gangfeng, etc., who have turned to the aboriginal gods in the Junchen world before.


    After the secret base of the indigenous gods of the Junchen world was destroyed by the cultivators, they completely fell to the moon god.


    Now that Luna has joined the Taiyimen system, the Taiyimen will send people to persuade and win them over and let them join the Taiyimen as guest ministers.


    No faction, including Taiyimen, will never dislike the great power of returning to the void too much.


    After completing the canonization of the Moon God, Meng Zhang also made adjustments to the original plan.


    If you can''t capture the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate in a short period of time, you must find a way to make up for it.


    Taiyimen dispatched many high-level monks to set up more magic circles and restrictions in various places to reinforce the leylines above the Taiyimen territory.


    When the Junchen Realm completely collapsed, Meng Zhang was ready to take the risk of putting more pressure on the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyimen, trying to ensure the integrity of Taiyimen''s territory.


    It is too wonderful in the underworld, and he actively leads his subordinates to get busy.


    The Junchen world has entered into destruction, and the underworld will naturally not be spared.


    Compared with the yang world, the spatial structure of the underworld is more fragile.


    At this time, in the underworld, various natural disasters that were far more frequent and violent than those in the Yang world broke out.


    Unprecedented earthquakes have occurred in many places in the underworld.


    Collapse of mountains and cracks in the ground have become common occurrences.


    In some fringes of the underworld, large chunks of land sank, and then disappeared completely.


    A violent space storm swept from everywhere, stirring up the underworld.


    ...


    If there is no accident, the underworld will be collapsed faster by the Yang world.


    Tai Miao has withdrawn the army of ghosts scattered all over the underworld and recalled it to the vicinity of Youdu City.


    Around Youdu City, with the help of Taiyimen monks, Taimiao''s ghosts, gods and ghosts built a large number of magic circles and restrictions to consolidate this land.


    Taimiao and his subordinate Cong Shen have been dispatched many times to move some valuable mountains in the underworld to the vicinity of Youdu City.


    In the territory of Youdu City, with Youdu City as the core, a huge traction formation was built.


    When the underworld collapses, this large pulling formation will play a role, moving more surrounding land to the area where Youdu City is located.


    On the Taiyimen territory of Yangshi, a similar arrangement has long been established.


    The soul sea in the underworld is the most important place in the underworld.


    The underworld without the sea of ??souls is simply not complete.


    The soul sea is located in the depths of the underworld, and it is relatively stable at present.


    Too wonderful power, temporarily unable to move Soul Sea to Youdu City.


    Tai Miao led a group of men to the vicinity of Soul Sea.


    They set up a giant magic circle near the sea of ????souls, which was used to echo with the pulling circle of Youdu City.


    When the collapse of the Junchen Realm becomes more and more serious, and the underworld is completely unstable, the area where the soul sea is located will also be shaken.


    At that time, Tai Miao Hui and his subordinates will drive the large formation and try to pull the soul sea to the vicinity of Youdu City.


    In the collapsing underworld, the various natural disasters that erupted are not without benefits.


    Tai Miao knew for a long time that the extraterritorial ghosts built a secret refuge in the underworld.


    The extraterritorial ghosts hide in the shelter, not only can they perfectly hide their own deeds, but also allow themselves to avoid the exclusion and suppression brought about by the rules of the Junchen world.


    Due to the extraterritorial ghost clan making troubles several times, Taimiao wanted to find it out and destroy it long ago.


    Taimiao had been in the underworld several times before, almost in the heaven and the earth, and was unable to find these extremely secret refuges.


    This made Tai Miao, the lord of the underworld, feel a great disgrace.


    At the same time, he also developed a great interest in the hiding techniques of the foreign ghosts.


    The natural disasters that are breaking out in the underworld are completely irregular.


    In an accidental situation, a sudden earthquake exposed a secret refuge of the ghost tribe outside the realm.


    During a major earthquake, the mountains in the area where the shelter was located collapsed and the land sank.


    In order to stabilize the sanctuary, the extraterritorial ghosts in the sanctuary had to make every effort, thus exposing their breath.


    During this time, Tai Miao was running around with her subordinates, trying to move the valuable land in the underworld.


    After the aura of the sanctuary was exposed, it was quickly sensed by Tai Miao.


    Tai Miao rushed to the shelter in person and arrested one of these extraterritorial ghosts.


    The extraterritorial ghosts in the sanctuary are the strongest, but they are not at the level of returning to the void, and they are vulnerable in the face of Taimiao.


    In the end, the sanctuary was completely destroyed, and some of these extraterritorial ghosts died in battle, and some became too wonderful prisoners.


    Tai Miao took the captured foreign ghosts back to Youdu City, and spent time slowly interrogating them, trying to get more information.


    Under the wonderful means, these prisoners have revealed all kinds of information.


    Due to the rapid disintegration of the underworld, the refuges of the foreign ghosts began to be exposed one after another.


    Taimiao used the information obtained from the captives to follow the clues, and destroyed several secret shelters of foreign ghosts in succession, capturing more captives.


    More and more information about the extraterritorial ghosts appeared in Tai Miao''s hands.


    Many years ago, the foreign ghosts infiltrated the Junchen world, trying to invade this big world.


    The teams sent by the extraterritorial ghosts to the Junchen Realm are limited in strength, and they emphasize the secrecy and concealment of their actions.


    Instead of cooperating with other extraterritorial invaders, they acted alone.


    They gradually penetrated into the Junchen world by supporting puppets like the Dali Dynasty.


    With the demise of the Dali Dynasty, the infiltration of the Junchen Realm by the extraterritorial ghosts came to an abrupt end.

 Chapter 2461

    After Taimiao became the lord of the underworld, these extraterritorial ghosts knew that nothing could be done, so they could only hide in the shelter, avoid Taimiao''s search, and wait for the opportunity quietly.


    Perhaps, after they contact the headquarters of the ghost clan outside the realm and ask them to send more reinforcements, there is still a chance to overthrow the existing rule of the underworld.


    It is a pity that because the Junchen world has entered into destruction and the shelters have been exposed, it is difficult for them to continue to avoid the wonderful pursuit.


    In addition, Junchen World, a world that has entered destruction, has lost most of its value. It is estimated that the headquarters of the foreign ghosts will not invest more resources here.


    In any case, Tai Miao destroyed many refuges of the foreign ghost clan, and killed and captured many foreign ghost clan, which was regarded as a trouble in the underworld.


    As for whether there are any fish that slipped through the net, it is too wonderful to be sure.


    As a very aggressive race, the alien ghosts are good at infiltrating and invading various worlds in the void.


    Taimiao learned a lot of valuable information and learned a lot by interrogating the prisoners.


    In the Yang World, the siege of the sect gates of the major holy places by various foreign invaders continued.


    Resurrection of a number of Void-Returning powers, the strength of the major holy land sects, withstood the enemy''s attack, and all kinds of foreign invaders fell into a stalemate.


    The six true immortals have been staying in the source sea and will not come out easily.


    After the last change in Yuanhai, after the power fluctuation of the true immortal level broke out, there was no follow-up.


    After repeated discussions, a group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders still did not rush into the source sea.


    After their observation and analysis, the six true immortals did not seem to have obtained the treasures of heavenly immortals.


    They have strengthened the monitoring of Yuanhai, and pay attention to various changes in it at any time.


    Before the Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, the source sea will be destroyed.


    They don''t have to wait too long.


    They waited outside the source sea, waiting for the moment when the source sea was destroyed.


    At that time, the six true immortals will no longer be able to hide in the source sea, and they can only escape from the ruined source sea.


    Meng Zhang''s main purpose of creating a mutation in Yuanhai this time was still in vain.


    In the final analysis, Meng Zhang''s strength is limited, and at most he can create power fluctuations at the level of a true immortal.


    If the power fluctuations of the fairy level erupt in the source sea, most of the extraterritorial invaders of the true fairy level will not be able to sit still.


    Since he could not capture the mountain gate of Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang could only think of other ways to stabilize the territory of Taiyimen.


    Dead Sands and the territories further north have been largely abandoned.


    The endless sand sea, the area near the Jiuqu River, the Daheng Cultivation Realm, the Yuantu Prairie, and the territory of the Dali Dynasty were connected by various magic circles.


    Taiyimen dispatched a large number of monks, laying out various magic circles and restrictions at all costs, in order to stabilize these areas.


    As a god who absorbed and refined the power of faith for the first time, Luna fully realized the benefits of the power of faith, and his injuries recovered quickly.


    After converting to believe in gods, you will definitely face many difficulties in the future.


    But for now, this is the best way to regain strength as soon as possible.


    Luna''s strength has not fully recovered, so he led his subordinate Cong God to help stabilize the territory of Taiyimen.


    During this period of time, Meng Zhang successively ordained a group of gods such as mountain gods and land gods, and let them serve as the support of this world.


    Driven by Meng Zhang, the power of the Sun Moon Blessed Land infiltrated and expanded outwards, covering the vicinity of the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate and firmly guarding it.


    In the Junchen world, natural disasters broke out frequently, and when the big earthquakes continued, the Taiyimen territory began to calm down slowly.


    Although it is impossible to completely eliminate these natural disasters, at least they are controlled within a certain range, so that they will no longer cause more damage to Taiyimen.


    In the West China Sea, unprecedented earthquakes and tsunamis after another have destroyed and submerged a large number of islands.


    The defense system placed on the Star Luo Archipelago was destroyed, many small and even medium-sized islands disappeared, and the island chain became no longer complete.


    Fairy Guanghan, as the ruler of Xingluo Archipelago, made a timely decision.


    She asked the cultivators on the surrounding islands to give up their territories and moved the mortals to the main island of the Xingluo Archipelago.


    More protective circles have been built around the main island to defend against various natural disasters.


    Due to several massive undersea earthquakes, the foundations of the main island were floating and the whole island became unstable.


    At this time, the Moon Shadow Taoist couldn''t care about hiding his tracks.


    She came forward in time and asked Guanghan Palace cultivator to build a dynamic circle on the main island.


    She personally drove the magic circle and made the entire main island begin to move, drifting towards the continent of Junchen Realm.


    The current West Sea is no longer suitable for cultivators to survive.


    The main island was facing the violent storm and waves, and slowly moved closer to the mainland.


    Another ally of Taiyi Sect, Hailing Sect, had a tough time.


    The situation in the South China Sea was no better than that in the West China Sea, and it became increasingly difficult for cultivators to survive here.


    The South China Sea Alliance under the leadership of the Hailing faction has a great business, and it is really difficult to carry out a comprehensive relocation.


    Many cultivators in the South China Sea Alliance are reluctant to give up their family business in the South China Sea until they reach the final desperation.


    In addition to organizing those self-cultivation forces that are willing to migrate and relocating them to the Taiyimen territory, the Sea Spirit Sect is to ask the members of the South China Sea Alliance to abandon those smaller and more peripheral islands and concentrate their main forces on those large islands.


    These large islands are relatively stable, can arrange more magic circles, and are better able to withstand various natural disasters.


    The Hailing Sect itself, in addition to relocating some monks and a large number of mortals to the Taiyimen territory, its main force is still in the South China Sea.


    The entire Junchen world has fallen into constant natural disasters, and the entire world is on the verge of destruction.


    At this time, in addition to actively saving themselves or trying to escape the Junchen world, everyone became more looking forward to the large-scale ceremony prepared by the Supreme Master Fengqing of the Dark Alliance.


    Despite all the difficulties and forces like the Taiyi Sect holding back in secret, the preparations for the ceremony were proceeding in an orderly manner, and it was almost complete.


    The worse the situation in Junchen World is, the more everyone supports the actions of the Dark Alliance.


    In fact, it is not only the territory of human cultivators, but also the overseas controlled by the True Dragon Clan. The situation has also gotten worse because the Junchen Realm has entered into destruction.


    Even the True Dragon Clan, who are naturally good at controlling water and ignore the wind and waves, find it more and more difficult to calm down the stormy waves on the territory.


    As a powerful race from the void, the real dragon family can enter the void and continue to survive even if the Junchen world completely collapses.


    They have been rooted in the Junchen world for thousands of years, and they have great plans for this world.


    To let them give up their thousands of years of planning and flee back to the void like this, the senior members of the True Dragon Clan are really unwilling.

 Chapter 2462

    The senior leaders of the real dragon clan did not want to see Junchen Realm completely destroyed so quickly, and hoped that Junchen Realm could persist for a longer time.


    The True Dragon Clan, who has always had no dealings with the human race cultivators, has given a lot of help to the Dark Alliance this time.


    During this period, in addition to maintaining his cultivation, Meng Zhang devoted a large part of his energy to the territory of Taiyimen.


    In the inheritance left by Taiyi Jinxian, there is a complete content of establishing an independent system and dividing the three realms.


    Meng Zhang is now only extracting a trivial part of it, trying to make Taiyimen an independent world.


    If his plan is successful, even after the Junchen world completely collapses, the Taiyimen territory can survive and gain the ability to survive independently in the void.


    Although there are complete guidelines, in order to complete the goal as soon as possible, Taiyimen invested almost at any cost.


    If nothing else, the formations and restrictions that spread all over the Taiyi Sect territory greatly consumed the Taiyi Sect''s inventory and overwhelmed the entire sect.


    With the current state of Junchen Realm, Taiyi Sect has almost lost all other sources of resources except its own territory.


    He was busy building in the sect, and he was most concerned about the so-called large-scale ceremony of Fengqing Shangzun.


    According to his order, Taiyimen sent spies to monitor its progress.


    The closer the dark alliance''s preparations for the ceremony were, the more worried Meng Zhang became.


    So far, there seems to be nothing wrong with the ceremony prepared by Venerable Fengqing.


    At least, at this time, it can''t be seen that it has colluded with the magic way, and contains evil intentions.


    On the contrary, Fengqing Shangzun has the expectation of the entire Junchen world at this time, and has received the support of most of the forces.


    If Meng Zhang tried to stop Venerable Fengqing''s efforts at this time, even his allies might not believe him without any evidence.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to care about people''s back and forth, but he doesn''t want to be the public enemy of Junchen Realm and be hostile to everyone.


    Meng Zhang originally agreed with Jianjun Banxue that when the ceremony was being held, he would suddenly take action to destroy the ceremony and stop the actions of the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    However, as the date of the ceremony was approaching, in addition to the full precautions of the Dark Alliance, other forces in the Junchen world sent many strong men to come, not only to watch the ceremony, but also to ensure the normal holding of the ceremony.


    Even the senior leaders of the True Dragon Clan, who have always been hostile to the human race cultivators, are ready to send out strong men.


    If Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue rashly act at that time, they will probably face the siege of many powerhouses.


    If one is not good, it will even trigger a larger-scale war, turning it into a battle between the Taiyimen and the remaining forces of the Tiangong against many forces headed by the Dark Alliance.


    The Junchen world is getting closer and closer to destruction.


    At this time, most Taiyimen monks need to be stationed in the territory, maintain the magic circle and prohibition, and stabilize the world.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t want to recruit too many people and affect the stability of Taiyimen''s territory.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang still felt that it was better to know more about the situation before the ceremony.


    Including Meng Zhang, the senior leaders of Taiyi Sect have contacted many dark alliance cultivators.


    But no matter how much they rammed, they couldn''t find out more about the ceremony.


    The spies sent by the Taiyimen secret hall tried their best to find out the details of the ceremony.


    At this time, Meng Zhang remembered two old friends, Daoye Ye Ye and Daoist Jueying, who had not been in contact for a long time.


    They were friends of life and death, and when they got to know Meng Zhang at the end of their lives, they went through adversity together.


    Even though they haven''t seen each other for many years, Meng Zhang still trusts them.


    I remember the last time we met, Taoist Jueying also provided Meng Zhang with valuable information.


    For so many years, Meng Zhang has been trying to contact their master and apprentice.


    However, according to the Dark Alliance, their master and apprentice have been engaged in some kind of secret mission, and it is inconvenient to communicate with the outside world.


    Previously, Meng Zhang should not interfere in the internal affairs of the dark alliance, and he did not want to offend the dark alliance, so he could not contact their master and apprentice, so forget it.


    If nothing else, in order to stop the ceremony, Meng Zhang must have a war with the top leaders of the Dark Alliance.


    In order to get more information before the war, Meng Zhang wanted to contact these two old friends.


    The Taiyi Sect Dark Hall cultivator has inquired about the whereabouts of the master and apprentice of the fallen leaves before, but he has never found anything.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, but he still had to start this matter from within the Dark Alliance.


    The Daoist Shushan of the Dark Alliance has the best relationship with Meng Zhang, but this person is very principled and will focus on the interests of the Dark Alliance on key issues.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to hurt the Taoist of Shushan, so many tactics were not easy to use.


    In the end, Meng Zhang chose Taoist Youhuan as his target.


    Daoist Youhuan and Daoist Ye Ye have the best teacher-apprentice relationship, and they have sheltered them.


    This person seems to be soft and hard, but he has suffered losses in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Taoist Youhuan had close contacts with the high-level officials of Taiyimen, and from time to time they would visit Taiyimen Mountain Gate as a guest.


    Not long after, she received another invitation from Taiyimen, inviting her to be a guest at Taiyimen Mountain Gate and discuss with several acquaintances.


    The top leaders of the Dark Alliance are currently busy holding the ceremony, and many people can''t get away.


    Daoist Youhuan had reservations about the ceremony prepared by Venerable Fengqing, and with the enthusiastic invitation of a few acquaintances from Taiyimen, she simply took a trip, even if she went out to relax.


    When Taoist Youhuan came to the Taiyimen territory, he was led into the depths of the Sun Moon Blessed Land and met Meng Zhang who had been waiting for a long time.


    Meng Zhang changed his amiable attitude from the past, and his face was full of seriousness.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word of nonsense and went straight to the topic.


    Meng Zhang told Taoist Youhuan that Gu Lao, an old senior of the Dark Alliance, had fallen into the devil''s way for a long time.


    After Gu Lao''s conspiracy was exposed, Tai Miao manipulated the power of heaven and earth to fight back, erasing all traces of Gu Lao from the world.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came up, he revealed such important news, causing Daoist Youhuan to immediately fall into a huge shock.

 Chapter 2463

    The death of the old man back then was a major event that shook the top of the Dark League, causing a lot of waves within the Dark League.


    Gu Lao¡¯s own cultivation base is not to be mentioned. He is located in the most heavily guarded place of the Dark Alliance headquarters, and there is no shortage of Void Return Power around him.


    He died so unexpectedly and unexpectedly, it was too shocking.


    The senior officials of the Dark Alliance have carefully inspected the corpse left by Gu Lao.


    Gu Lao''s body lost all vitality and became extremely rotten, and it would be completely shattered with a slight touch.


    Gu Lao was completely wiped out, leaving no trace in this world.


    Even the imprint of the Yang God that Gu Lao left in the depths of the world has completely disappeared.


    Even if the top leaders of the Dark Alliance were willing to pay enough price, they could not bring him back to life.


    Gu Lao''s residence has no signs of outsiders breaking in, and there are no obvious traumas on his body.


    In fact, even if it was a true immortal, it would be difficult to sneak into the headquarters of the Dark Alliance so secretly and get rid of Gu Lao without leaving any traces.


    Everyone in the dark alliance has repeatedly investigated and found some traces left by the backlash of the power of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    Linked to Gu Laotian''s identity, these Void Returners finally made a judgment.


    As a celestial master, Gu Lao has deduced the celestial secrets many times, and he has long been hated by the consciousness of the heavens of the Junchen world, and he has accumulated countless backlashes from the heavens.


    Originally, by virtue of the secret technique of the Dark Alliance, he obscured the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm, temporarily continuing the Heavenly Dao backlash.


    But for some unknown reason, it may be that he hastily deduced a more in-depth heavenly secret, which alarmed the consciousness of the heavenly way of Junchen world, which caused the heavenly way to backlash immediately and took his life.


    In the history of comprehension, there are many celestial masters who lost their lives like this.


    Although there are still many doubts about Gu Lao''s death, in the end, everyone accepted this statement and put it down.


    Now, in front of Daoist Youhuan, Meng Zhang said something else, how could Daoist Youhuan not be shocked.


    Of course, Taoist Youhuan is not an ordinary person after all.


    She calmed down quickly, and after thinking about it carefully, Meng Zhang didn''t seem to be lying, and there was no need to lie. What he said made sense.


    Gu Lao fell into the devil''s way, and trying to demonize is too wonderful. Although it is unimaginable, it is not impossible.


    As a senior member of the Dark Alliance, Taoist Youhuan knows the depth of the collusion between the Dark Alliance and the Demon Dao.


    It''s just that people like Gu Lao can''t avoid falling into the devil''s way, which makes Youhuan Dao''s heart feel an inexplicable sadness.


    According to Meng Zhang, Gu Lao''s death was done by Tai Miao using the power of heaven and earth.


    Not to mention that Gu Lao had made a mistake in the first place, it was too wonderful to take the initiative to provoke it, and the Dark Alliance had no reason to blame too wonderful.


    Of course, the Dark Alliance is not a reasonable organization.


    It''s just that Tai Miao is now a true god and has become the ruler of the underworld. The dark alliance is simply unable to retaliate Tai Miao.


    Why did Meng Zhang reveal this in front of him?


    While Taoist Youhuan was hesitating, Meng Zhang''s aura changed, and Ling Ran''s killing intent had locked onto her, as if it would take her life at any time.


    Meng Zhang shouted loudly and began to inquire about the details of the ceremony held by the Venerable Fengqing.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm and combat power at this time far exceeded that of Taoist Youhuan, and Taoist Youhuan, who was a defeated general, had already had some psychological shadows on him.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s persecution, Taoist Youhuan was in chaos.


    With Meng Zhang''s decisive personality, it is not impossible to kill her on the spot.


    Within the Dark Alliance, there are many people who have doubts about the ceremony that the Supreme Master Fengqing did, and Taoist Youhuan is one of them.


    However, no matter how the internal debate is, when it comes to the outside world, the top leaders of the dark alliance should pay attention to unity and unity.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s determination to win, Taoist Youhuan knew that if he didn''t come up with some dry goods today, he couldn''t get past it.


    Daoist Youhuan was unwilling to turn against Meng Zhang for this, and even more unwilling to cause a war between the Dark Alliance and Taiyimen.


    The fact that Gu Lao fell into the devil''s way had a great impact on her mind and affected her next reaction.


    Taoist Youhuan sighed and introduced the details of the ceremony in detail.


    Among them, there are some doubts at the top of the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang had long known that Venerable Fengqing also had opponents within the Dark Alliance, and some high-level officials did not support this ceremony.


    What Taoist Youhuan said could not provide enough evidence to prove that Fengqing Shangzun had ulterior motives and colluded with the devil.


    Thinking about it, if even Daoist Youhuan can prove that this ceremony is related to the magic way, then the opposition within the dark alliance will be enough to stop the actions of the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    Of course, everything Taoist Youhuan said was not worthless.


    Among them, many details about the ceremony, the internal arrangements of the Dark Alliance, etc., have a great impact on Meng Zhang''s next actions.


    After Daoist Youhuan finished speaking, Meng Zhang immediately followed up to inquire about the whereabouts of Daoye Ye Ye and Daoist Jueying.


    The whereabouts of these two people is the top secret of the Dark Alliance, and it is related to a plan of the Dark Alliance.


    If it was on weekdays, Taoist Youhuan would never disclose it to the outside world.


    But at this time, under the pressure of Meng Zhang, she had already revealed a lot of secrets.


    Now that she had started, she simply turned her heart away and answered Meng Zhang''s question honestly.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s experience, Taoist Youhuan did not lie.


    After getting what he wanted, Meng Zhang did not continue to be difficult for Taoist Youhuan.


    Next, Meng Zhang imprisoned Taoist Youhuan for his cultivation, temporarily placed him under house arrest in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, and arranged for a special person to guard him.


    Externally, it is claimed that when Taoist Youhuan communicated with Taiyimen monks, he triggered inspiration and entered a state of epiphany, and he needed to immediately retreat and practice.


    As for when to leave, it''s hard to say.


    Meng Zhang''s house arrest of Taoist Youhuan was also a last resort.


    Even Taoist Youhuan Gao Fengliangjie did not care about Meng Zhang''s persecution of her.


    But if she left the Taiyi Gate and revealed what Meng Zhang asked about, then the top officials of the Dark Alliance could easily guess what Meng Zhang would do next.


    Meng Zhang''s next actions are of great importance. Naturally, there can be no omissions, nor can Daoist Youhuan be expected to keep this secret.


    After Meng Zhang arranged for Taoist Youhuan, he explained to the middle and upper levels of the door, then left the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate and entered Jiutian.


    Although the nine days at this time were occupied and divided by various foreign invaders, they also established certain defenses.


    However, compared to the time when the human race cultivators controlled Jiutian, their defenses were far less rigorous.


    Meng Zhang unknowingly left Jiutian, left Junchen Realm, and entered the void.


    Looking for the direction in the void, Meng Zhang flew in the direction of the fearless world ruled by the barbarians.


    At this time, in the void near Junchen Realm, although teams of foreign invaders pass by from time to time, on the whole, it is still very empty.


    Except for a few hidden characters such as Xianyun Zhenxian, the others hardly pose any threat to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2464

    The vast star area where Junchen Realm is located was named the Dengtian Star Area by the senior immortals.


    As the most powerful big world in the Dengtian Star District, Junchen Realm is very strong in both aspects.


    Even if the other big worlds were reluctant, the name of Tiantian Star District spread quickly.


    Coupled with the influence of the reputation of Lingkong Xianjie, the creatures outside the Dengtian star area also slowly acquiesced to this name.


    In the Dengtian Star District, in addition to Junchen Realm, there are some other big worlds.


    The direction Meng Zhang was moving was the direction of the Fearless Realm.


    Dreadnought was ruled by barbarians many years ago.


    After the cultivators invaded the Junchen world, wiped out the indigenous gods, and established a new ruling order, the barbarians of the fearless world, under the agitation of certain forces, united with other big worlds in the Dengtian star region and launched an attack on the Junchen world. .


    These invaders from outside the Junchen world are collectively called foreign invaders by the practitioners.


    As a member of the foreign invaders, the barbarians are the great enemies of the human race.


    At the same time, the barbarians and the demons, the divine and the demonic forces of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm have a lot of contradictions and even hatreds.


    If it weren''t for the common enemy of the Junchen Realm Human Race cultivator, they might have fought each other long ago.


    The barbarians are basically in human form, very similar to the Junchen humans.


    Although many barbarian tribes still retain the evil habit of cannibalism, compared with the demon clan and other forces in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the human race''s hatred of the barbarians is obviously much smaller.


    A self-cultivation force like the Dark Alliance is only mercenary and has almost no bottom line.


    However, most of the members of the Dark Alliance are always human cultivators.


    The Dark Alliance colluded with foreign invaders for their own benefit.


    Among the extraterritorial invaders, the Dark Alliance is obviously closer to the barbarians, whether it is from the preferences of the top leaders of the Dark Alliance or the overall interests of the Dark Alliance.


    Although most of the barbarians seem to be rude and irritable, the top barbarians who are really in charge are not mindless barbarians who know how to make various plans for the tribe.


    For the barbarians, the Dark Alliance is a valuable ally.


    After repeated cooperation, the two sides have established a very close relationship, and they trust each other very much.


    Many years ago, the top officials of the Dark Alliance knew that after the six true immortals woke up, they would destroy the Junchen Realm.


    At that time, the Great Elder of the Dark Alliance was not the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    In order to deal with the situation after the destruction of Junchen Realm, so that the dark alliance can continue to survive, the senior leaders of the dark alliance have made a lot of plans and prepared a lot of back-ups.


    Among them, there is a very important backhand, which is related to the fearless world.


    With the support of the barbarians, the Dark Alliance secretly built a huge mobile base in the void near the Dreadnought.


    This mobile base is similar to the Void Battleship, but it is far larger than the Void Battleship. It is like an independent world, capable of accommodating and carrying many creatures.


    Over the years, the Dark Alliance has continuously invested various resources into this secret base.


    Because of the dark alliance''s own system problems, after Fengqing took the position, even if he had other plans, he could not stop the construction of this secret base.


    Many elders in the dark alliance support the construction of this secret base as a retreat for the dark alliance.


    Meng Zhang came to a void near the Fearless Realm after many times of great void shifts.


    Seen from a distance, here is an empty ordinary void. Occasionally, at most, a group of meteorites passed nearby.


    According to the location provided by Taoist Youhuan, the secret base should be nearby.


    Meng Zhang used his pupil ability and looked around carefully.


    Soon, his eyes penetrated through many barriers and saw the real situation.


    Just in front of him, a towering mountain stood quietly in the void.


    This mountain is thousands of feet high, and countless pavilions and pavilions are built along the huge mountain.


    According to the information obtained from Taoist Youhuan, the inner space of this mountain is far larger than it looks from the outside.


    The mountain is just an appearance, but inside is actually an independent world.


    The two void battleships of Taiyimen add up, and their carrying capacity is far less than that of this mountain-like mobile base.


    In order to build this secret base, the Dark Alliance invested countless manpower and material resources.


    Many Void Returning greats secretly left Junchen Realm, captured meteorites and even small worlds in the void, and plunged into this mountain.


    When Tiangong and the sects of the major holy places rule the Junchen world, as long as the dark alliance is not excessive, they generally do not interfere with the affairs of the dark alliance.


    The high-level monks of the Dark Alliance entered and exited Junchen Realm, and they also turned a blind eye.


    In order to hide from the public, the secret base must not be built near the Junchen world.


    The void near the Junchen Realm often breaks out into wars, and is occupied from time to time by armies of foreign invaders.


    To build such a secret base in a place far away from Junchen Realm, Taiyimen is far from having such ability.


    In the past, Meng Zhang thought that the Dark Alliance owned dozens of floating cities, so they did not invest resources to build a void battleship.


    Now it seems that the resources that the Dark Alliance has spent on this secret base are enough to build a fleet of Void battleships.


    The depth of the dark alliance and the wealth of savings shocked Meng Zhang once again.


    Meng Zhang''s old friends, Dao Ye Ye and Dao Jue Ying, were both teachers and apprentices. Their factions failed in the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance, and they were also persecuted.


    Meng Zhang once took in and sheltered them.


    Later, the internal situation of the dark alliance changed, and they were able to return to the dark alliance safely.


    Later, with the help of certain forces in the Dark Alliance, they successively advanced to the Void Return Stage.


    The senior leaders of the Dark Alliance who had persecuted them at the time had always disliked them and kept making excuses to embarrass them.


    In order to avoid causing a greater conflict, under the mediation of some seniors in the dark alliance, their master and apprentice were arranged to join the defense and construction work in this secret base.


    Their master and apprentice kept away from all kinds of right and wrong in the Junchen world, and also avoided many struggles within the dark alliance.


    Their master and apprentice have been away from Junchen Realm for a long time, only returning occasionally.


    In addition, this secret base is the top secret of the Dark Alliance, and it has been strictly kept secret from the outside world.


    Therefore, for many years, Meng Zhang tried to contact their master and apprentice, but it has not been successful.


    Even though Daoist Jueying left Meng Zhang with contact information, they could never be in contact with each other due to various obstacles within the Dark Alliance.


    If it wasn''t for the persecution of Taoist Youhuan this time, Meng Zhang really didn''t know that their master and apprentice had been hiding here.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose was to contact their master and apprentice, not to sabotage them.


    Meng Zhang did not act rashly, but continued to observe carefully.


    After a long time, a team of flying boats flew from a distance.


    A flying boat was carrying a variety of materials.


    As soon as the flying boat team entered the vicinity, they immediately disappeared.


    When the flying boat team reappeared, they had come to the side of the mountain.

 Chapter 2465

    Whether it is to build this secret base or hide it, the space magic used in it is very extraordinary.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s vision today, he appreciates it very much.


    What is the background, this is the background of a large sect?


    Even if the Taiyi Sect has the inheritance of Jinxian, the monks in the door have not fully grown up.


    In the current Taiyi Sect, the monks have neither the means to use space magic, nor the ability to build such a secret base.


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a while before he thought of a way not to disturb the monks inside.


    Meng Zhang flew forward for a distance, and gently tore with both hands, as if tearing a curtain, tearing a hole in the void.


    Meng Zhang gently drilled into this opening and came to the vicinity of the mountain without a sound.


    In front of Meng Zhang, who had used the magical power of invisibility, both the monks entering and leaving the mountain, and the guards nearby, turned a blind eye to him.


    The last time we met, Taoist Jueying told Meng Zhang how to contact her.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and began to use the method of contact.


    After a while, Meng Zhang had a stunned look on his face.


    Before entering here, it can also be said that it is a space barrier, which prevents him from establishing contact with Daoist Jueying.


    But it''s a bit strange that they have already entered here, and still can''t establish contact.


    This big mountain stands quietly in the void, and is firmly wrapped by various magic circles and prohibitions.


    Of course, since it has not been completely completed, there are many flaws in the array.


    The patrol team outside the mountain was ignored by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang needs to pay a little attention, except for the occasional one or two Void Returning Great Experts who come out to inspect. Most of the time, he can move around with ease.


    Meng Zhang flew around the mountain and observed it carefully.


    With his cultivation base, it is not difficult to sneak into it.


    Even if it is exposed, as long as there is no real immortal-level enemy blocking him, he has the confidence to retreat.


    But for some unknown reason, in Meng Zhang''s heart, he always had an inexplicable vigilance against the mountain in front of him.


    Under other circumstances, Meng Zhang might have been cautious and would not rush into it.


    It''s just that Dao Ren''s master and apprentice are not only his old friends, but also related to his next plan.


    Since he has already come here, if he leaves without any results, he is really unwilling.


    Meng Zhang also had a fairy talisman from Xianyun Zhenxian in his hand.


    Even if he cannot exert the full power of this fairy talisman, it is still a rare hole card.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, but decided to investigate further.


    Meng Zhang found a loophole, avoided the guards and patrols, and successfully sneaked into the mountain.


    In the mountains, is a world completely independent of the outside world.


    In the outermost part of the mountain, there are various protection formations and alarm prohibitions.


    After entering the inner layer of the mountain, it is completely unique.


    Since this secret base has not been completely completed, the Dark Alliance has not migrated mortals here, and all the people living here are cultivators.


    After years of construction, this place has been built into a paradise by generations of cultivators.


    On the huge mountain of the mountain, pieces of spiritual fields have been reclaimed for planting various spiritual valleys.


    In those places with the strongest spiritual energy, there are also spiritual medicine gardens, which are used to grow all kinds of exotic flowers and plants.


    Within the mountain, after years of breeding and the stimulation of special methods, some veins of spiritual minerals have been born.


    ...


    The concentration of spiritual energy in the mountains is already comparable to the mountain gates of the top self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, in the depths of the mountains, there are mostly existences like the blessed land.


    Everywhere in the mountain, there are teams of monks coming in and out, doing various operations here.


    The more Meng Zhang went deeper into this mountain, the more he sighed at the greatness of the Dark Alliance.


    It is really a great project to build such a paradise that is not inferior to Taiyimen Mountain Gate in the void.


    Even if it is close to the Fearless Realm, it can get the strong support of the barbarians, and the human and material resources of the Dark Alliance are still terrifying.


    If such an investment is put into the Junchen world, it is almost possible to build another holy land sect.


    Although Meng Zhang was an infiltrator, his movements were extremely fast and he didn''t look cautious at all.


    His figure shuttled quickly around the mountain, and various secret exploration methods were displayed one after another.


    For a virtual immortal like Meng Zhang who is proficient in space avenues and has rich experience in infiltrating, the various defenses and guards here are useless, and they basically have little restrictive effect on him.


    The only Void Returner who is a little bit threatening to him can''t do anything all day long, and it''s dedicated to patrolling the guards.


    In fact, the Master of Returning to the Void is a high-level figure in any comprehension force in the Junchen world.


    Such a character can''t be called like a pawn at all on weekdays.


    Don''t expect them to be willing to do some trivial daily work like ordinary monks.


    After Meng Zhang entered this place, the one or two Void Returning Powers that he occasionally found were very impatient with each inspection and responded to the story.


    This undoubtedly greatly facilitated Meng Zhang.


    However, after Meng Zhang entered the mountains, he was still unable to establish contact with Daoist Jueying and the others.


    After this period of investigation, Meng Zhang finally determined that in this mountain, there is a core space similar to the blessed land.


    There is a strong space force barrier between this core space and the outside world, which interferes with the connection between himself and Jueying Daoist.


    After a long period of observation, Meng Zhang discovered the weakness of this core space.


    This time, he spent a lot of effort to sneak into it silently.


    The core space in the mountains is also very vast.


    The terrain here is ups and downs, and palaces are built on the ground.


    After entering here, Meng Zhang immediately performed the method of contact again.


    After a while, Meng Zhang''s Dharma door responded.


    Following the response given by the other party, Meng Zhang turned around in a big circle and came to a quiet courtyard.


    Looking from a distance, the long-lost Daoist Ye Ye and Jueying Daoist master and apprentice are sitting cross-legged, as if they are arguing about something.


    After a lot of twists and turns, Meng Zhang finally saw the two of them.


    However, Meng Zhang did not rashly reveal his whereabouts, nor did he come forward to meet the two of them.


    After careful investigation, Meng Zhang himself found nothing wrong with the surroundings.


    When he used the method to contact Daoist Jueying just now, Daoist Jueying not only responded to him secretly, but also guided him to come here all the way, and also gave a warning.


    Suddenly, the conflict between Dao Ye Ye and Dao Jueying, who were arguing, intensified, and even disregarded the relationship between master and apprentice, and started directly.

 Chapter 2466

    Dao Ye Ye and Dao Jue Ying were originally a pair of mentors and apprentices who had a close relationship.


    At this time, the two of them, master and apprentice, didn''t know what medicine they took wrong, and they didn''t even have enough verbal disputes, so they started directly.


    Looking at the posture of the two, this is not a fake fight, it is really fighting, and they really want to hurt or even win the other side.


    The mana surged, the power of the avenue surged, and the originally quiet courtyard immediately turned into a battlefield for fierce battles.


    Fortunately, the two still have scruples, and they know the strength of the control shot, which does not cause much impact on the courtyard itself.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t been reminded by Daoist Jueying beforehand, he would have been unprepared and fell into great shock.


    After not seeing him for many years, Daoist Ye Ye has already advanced to the middle stage of returning to the virtual world, and Taoist Jueying also has the cultivation base of the early stage of returning to the virtual world.


    This kind of cultivation speed is not worth mentioning compared to Meng Zhang, but in the Junchen world, it is already an achievement only for the peerless genius of the top sect.


    Although Daoist Fallen Leaf''s cultivation is beyond a great realm of Daoist Jueying, his state is not quite right, and he has been unable to overpower Daoist Jueying.


    On the surface, the two were inextricably battling.


    When Meng Zhang and Jueying Daoist established a connection before, the connection was not very clear.


    Daoist Jueying just sent some vague information.


    The reason why this information is very vague is because Daoist Jueying seems to be avoiding something and deliberately handles the contact process secretly.


    Meng Zhang and Daoist Jueying have not seen each other for many years, but the tacit understanding is still there.


    When the two were little monks, they had fought side by side many times and were very familiar with each other.


    With these vague information, Meng Zhang initially understood the meaning of Daoist Jueying, and secretly sneaked in here.


    After Daoye Ye and Daoist Jueying fought for a long time, Daoist Jueying found an opportunity and performed a big move.


    I saw her hands dancing quickly, and the shadows in the dark corners of the courtyard seemed to come alive.


    Twisted shadows flocked to Taoist Leaves from all directions.


    There was a sudden burst of hurricanes around Daoist Leaf''s body, as if to completely dispel these shadows.


    More shadows appeared in the courtyard, and countless distorted shadows gathered together, causing violent spatial fluctuations.


    The entire courtyard immediately became dark and dull, the sky and the ground were full of constantly distorted shadows, cutting the space here into several pieces.


    This is the shadow space of the Taoist magic power at the bottom of the box.


    The magical power of this doorway technique combines the power of the Avenue of Space and the Avenue of Shadows, which can cut space and create an independent space composed of shadow power out of thin air.


    It seems that Daoist Jueying is using this magical power to temporarily trap Daoist Leaves inside.


    Meng Zhang, who was watching the battle from the sidelines, was slightly touched.


    With a flick of his figure, he easily penetrated the space barrier and appeared in a corner of the shadow space.


    It seems that Daoist Jueying has been waiting here for a long time.


    Seeing Meng Zhang appear, she couldn''t hide the joy on her face.


    She couldn''t care less about the past, and seemed very anxious.


    She didn''t say a word of nonsense, she directly released her spiritual thoughts.


    Meng Zhang, who had been prepared for a long time, also released his spiritual sense.


    The two people''s spiritual thoughts touched gently, and Meng Zhang had countless information in his mind, and immediately understood the situation of Daoist Jueying and the current situation.


    It turned out that the Dark Alliance had colluded with the barbarians of the fearless world for a long time.


    After years of cooperation, the relationship between the two sides has been deepened and the level of mutual trust has been higher.


    About a thousand years ago, the top leaders of the Dark Alliance decided to build a secret base in the void as a way out.


    After the inspection of the top leaders of the Dark Alliance and weighing all aspects of the situation, they finally chose a place near the Fearless Realm as the address for the construction of the secret base.


    There was originally a medium-sized, still developing world that could serve as the structural basis for a secret base.


    Junchen Realm is very far away from here.


    At that time, the Junchen Realm was under the tight control of the Heavenly Palace and the major sects of the Holy Land.


    Even if they turn a blind eye to the members of the dark alliance entering and leaving the Junchen world, it is still inconvenient for the dark alliance to transport massive amounts of materials here for a long time.


    Since it is a secret base, it is natural to avoid the eyes and ears of the major holy land sects, and the Dark Alliance dare not expose the matter of collusion with the barbarians early.


    Fortunately, the barbarians are still very powerful as allies.


    In addition to providing many materials directly to the Dark Alliance, the barbarians also let the Dark Alliance develop various resources in the void near the Fearless Realm.


    In the development and utilization of most resources, the means of cultivators are far superior to those of barbarians.


    The dark alliance develops resources nearby, not only for the construction of secret bases, but also for the barbarians to share many benefits.


    In the opinion of the top leaders of the Dark Alliance, it is a matter of mutual benefit for the barbarians to invite them to mine resources nearby.


    In order to build the core space of this secret base, some rare treasures are needed.


    The barbarian, a good ally, provided the Dark Alliance with many rocks from the Red Earth Sacred Mountain of the Fearless Realm.


    Barbarians believe in animism.


    They believe that the flowers, plants, trees, birds and animals, and even the mountains and rivers in the world have spirituality.


    These were born spiritual beings, often enshrined by barbarians as totems.


    The totems of the barbarians are also strange and have different origins.


    In addition to natural spirits, all kinds of powerful beasts, and even the heroic spirits left after the death of barbarian heroes, are the source of totems.


    The way of totems believed in by the barbarians is actually a kind of primitive and backward Shinto.


    The goal of barbarian practice is to either integrate with the totem they believe in, or to become a new totem themselves.


    In addition to their own clansmen, various totems are also an important source of their combat power.


    The strongest among the barbarians, the barbarian god, is a true immortal-level powerhouse.


    The totems enshrined by the barbarians have different strengths and levels.


    Weak totems may not be as good as Jindan stage monks, but the strongest totems can have the power level of true immortals.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain is the most powerful among the totems enshrined by the Dark Alliance, and it is an out-and-out true immortal-level powerhouse.


    Many years ago, Sanshan Zhenxian once entered the fearless world and fought against many powerful barbarians.


    It was during this war that the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain suffered a calamity.


    As soon as the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain fell, the Red Earth Holy Mountain also collapsed.


    Some of the remaining rocks at the core of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain have various wonderful functions and are regarded as treasures by the high-level barbarians.


    The high-level barbarians gave these rocks to the Dark Alliance as a gift from the two families.


    After careful inspection by the top leaders of the Dark Alliance, there is no problem with these rocks.


    With these rocks, it is a solution to the urgent need.


    Finally, when building the core space of this secret base, the Dark Alliance used these rocks as cornerstones.


    The top officials of the Dark Alliance could never have imagined that this decision had planted the scourge of today.

 Chapter 2467

    Facing practitioners of other systems, Taoist cultivators often have an inexplicable sense of arrogance due to their huge advantages in many aspects.


    Now, it is this sense of arrogance that has dealt a heavy blow to the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance is not an ordinary self-cultivation force, but the top existence in the Junchen world.


    The Dark Alliance is only a branch in the Junchen world, and it is enough to compete with the major sects of the Holy Land.


    The headquarters of the Dark Alliance in Lingkong Xianjie is even more powerful and unfathomable.


    The monks from the dark alliance, like the monks in the major holy land sects, are mostly arrogant and arrogant, and their hearts are higher than the sky.


    In the hearts of many high-ranking members of the Dark Alliance, the barbarians are a primitive and backward race, and it is expedient to form an alliance with them.


    The barbarians are just one target of the Dark Alliance.


    In the eyes of the Dark Alliance, the common methods used by the barbarians are simply ridiculously vulgar.


    The top officials of the Dark Alliance absolutely refused to believe that the barbarians would have any clever means to hide from their own investigations, to hide any mystery, and so on.


    Since the high-level cultivators in the sect feel that there is no problem with the gift sent by the high-level barbarians, there must be no problem, and they can be used with confidence.


    The dark alliance executives never seem to have thought about what the barbarian executives would do with the gifts they sent.


    In fact, any race that can dominate a big world and gain a foothold in the void definitely has merit.


    The mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain is a primitive totem, but this does not mean that it is useless.


    Being qualified as the opponent of Sanshan Zhenxian is enough to show its power.


    It is true that the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain was defeated in the hands of Sanshan Zhenxian, and it is also true that it fell.


    However, it has not completely fallen, and still retains a part of the remnant soul, which has the opportunity to be reborn.


    No matter what cultivation system, no matter what race, as long as you can reach the level of a true immortal, there are more or less extraordinary things, and there are some unknown trump cards.


    The top officials of the Dark Alliance would never have imagined that the barbarian high-level officials who looked simple-minded and well-developed would also play tricks and tricks on their own.


    The remnant soul of the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit split into thousands of tiny parts, falling into a state of slumber similar to dead silence, hiding in these rocks, avoiding the multiple explorations by the top officials of the Dark Alliance.


    After the dark alliance built the core part of this secret base, the remnant soul of the red earth holy mountain mountain spirit woke up.


    The awakened remnant soul re-condensed and formed, secretly absorbed the power of this secret base, and quietly nourished itself.


    During this process, the barbarians provided the Dark Alliance with many building materials for their friendship.


    While the secret base was slowly taking shape, the remnant souls also began to recover.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain took advantage of its unique advantages to preferentially infect the core space and slowly control it.


    Up to now, this secret base has been out of the control of the Dark Alliance and has fallen into the hands of the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Holy Mountain.


    Given the current situation in Junchen Realm, the barbarians are not afraid to turn against the Dark Alliance.


    However, the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain is still cautious enough, not easily exposed, but secretly and continuously strengthening the control of this secret base.


    In this secret base, the Dark Alliance has long-term stationed more than ten Void Returning Powers.


    There are even more cultivators in the Yuanshen stage and below.


    In the past few decades, the remnants of the Red Earth Holy Mountain, which had recovered, began to secretly attack the cultivators of the Dark Alliance stationed here.


    The Void Returning Powers are its primary goal.


    The mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain are especially proficient in spiritual power and are good at controlling people''s hearts.


    Even though it is far from recovering the strength of a true immortal, it has infected the minds of all of you who have returned to the void through various secret means.


    Some of the Void Returning Powers who are not determined have been completely controlled by them and become their puppets.


    Some Void Returning great abilities are excellent, or the avenues of practice are special and cannot be completely controlled, so they will be directly swallowed by them.


    ...


    After decades, almost all of the Void Returning Great Powers stationed here by the Dark Alliance were affected by the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit and fell into an extremely unfavorable situation.


    Among them, there are only a few characters like Jueying Daoist who are still struggling in vain.


    Daoist Leaves is controlled by the spiritual power of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit, and most of the time he is muddleheaded, or he is obedient to the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit. Only a small amount of time can barely stay awake.


    Daoist Jueying''s situation is much better than Daoist Leiye, at least most of the time it can remain normal.


    Daoist Jueying also thought about asking for help.


    However, she and Dao Ren Ye Ye have been trapped in the core space, unable to communicate with the outside world.


    And those monks who are controlled by the red earth holy mountain mountain spirit will only report to the dark alliance that everything is normal during their daily contact.


    For the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit, it is not a good choice to completely devour these Void Returning Powers, it is just a helpless move.


    It is the best choice to completely control their minds and turn them into puppets that obey their own orders.


    Therefore, the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain have shown great patience for those who have not yet been fully controlled.


    It traps them all in the core space, slowly infects them with the power of the mind, and has a subtle influence.


    Even the Void Master can''t escape the poisonous hand of the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit, not to mention the fate of the rest of the monks.


    The monks who came and went in and out of this big mountain seemed normal, but they were basically completely controlled by the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Holy Mountain.


    Many times, Daoist Leaves will persuade Daoist Jueying to give up resistance and wholeheartedly believe in the red earth holy mountain spirit.


    Daoist Jueying struggled to resist the erosion of the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit, and the situation was getting worse and worse.


    If there is no accident, she will most likely follow in the footsteps of Daoist Leaves in the near future.


    The message that Taoist Jueying passed to Meng Zhang shocked and surprised Meng Zhang greatly.


    He never imagined that the secret base of the Dark Alliance, which was used as a retreat, had actually become like this.


    The top leaders of the Dark Alliance really shot themselves in the foot.


    They thought they were proficient in calculations, but finally fell into the hands of seemingly simple-minded barbarians.


    Meng Zhang can''t control others, but Dao Ye Ye and Dao Jueying are his old friends. Now that he is at this level, he must not sit idly by.


    Most of the fallen Daoist had fallen, and only a little Qingming remained.


    Daoist Jueying is about to fall, and the situation is also very bad.


    Meng Zhang must act soon.


    Among the Taiyi Sect, the most proficient in the spiritual path is Xu Mengying, the saintess of the Yellow Lotus Sect, but Xu Mengying absolutely does not have such a means, and can control multiple Void Returning Great Powers silently.


    Xu Mengying and Meng Zhang have an excellent relationship and have had many exchanges.


    Meng Zhang has a certain understanding of the spiritual power of Taoism.


    It is a pity that Meng Zhang is not proficient in the spiritual path, and is far inferior to the red earth holy mountain and mountain spirit in this respect.

 Chapter 2468

    Since Meng Zhang entered this mountain, he has not stopped observing the surroundings.


    Many monks here, including those who return to the void, are the targets of his observation.


    However, with Meng Zhang''s eyesight, if it hadn''t been exposed by Daoist Jueying, he wouldn''t have seen through. These cultivators had already been controlled by the Red Earth Holy Mountain Spirit and completely turned into their puppets.


    In his eyes, this secret base of the Dark Alliance is normal.


    The state here is normal, and the cultivators here are not unusual.


    A virtual immortal like Meng Zhang could only come to such a conclusion when he visited the place in person, which shows the secret and cleverness of the methods of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit.


    It''s no wonder that the Dark Alliance has not found anything unusual here for so many years. So far, they don''t know that their back path has been copied by their allies, and they don''t know that they have worked hard for many years to make wedding dresses for others.


    Not only the monks here, but the secret base itself is basically under the control of the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit.


    Meng Zhang was able to sneak in here, and he had to say that he cultivated well and had clever methods.


    Previously, when Meng Zhang used the method of contact, when contacting Daoist Jueying, Daoist Jueying did not dare to respond directly, and only dared to use secret means to give some vague information.


    After Meng Zhang came here secretly by virtue of the tacit understanding between the two, the Taoist Jueying deliberately provoked a battle with the Taoist leaves, and used the cover of the shadow space to convey a message to Meng Zhang.


    The shadow space displayed by Taoist Jueying is similar to the realm of cultivators. It completely isolates the inside and outside, and should be able to temporarily block the prying eyes of the red earth holy mountain.


    Speaking of so much, in fact, Meng Zhang finished reading the information in just a moment, and immediately made a decision to save the two old friends no matter what.


    Daoist Jueying had been with Meng Zhang for a long time back then, so he was familiar with his character and knew that he would not abandon his friends and just run for his own life.


    So she didn''t want Meng Zhang to leave immediately and save herself.


    Instead, they actively provide information and give their own suggestions.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain used to be a true immortal-level powerhouse. Even if it has not fully recovered its strength, its strength is of extraordinary nature and extremely high level.


    The spiritual power it casts has completely invaded the mind of Dao Ren Ye Ye, and Dao Jueying is also deeply affected by it.


    If Meng Zhang majored in the spiritual path, there might be a chance to help them return to normal.


    However, Meng Zhang''s attainments in the Spiritual Dao are very limited.


    In fact, in the entire Junchen world, there are not many virtuosity returning masters majoring in the spiritual path. There are only a handful of people who can enter the Void Immortal Realm, and even almost none.


    The so-called art profession has specialization. Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation base is strong and his ability is great, what he can do in this area is very limited.


    Not to mention that he completely helped Dao Ren Luo and the others return to normal, even if he slowed down the rate at which they were being eroded and controlled, it was difficult to do so.


    If you want to help Dao Ren Ye and the others, the only way to do this is to find a way to get rid of the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Holy Mountain.


    As long as this scourge is removed, the remaining spiritual power from the other party in Daoist Leaves and the others will turn into water without a source and a tree without roots.


    Losing the control of the red earth holy mountain spirit, the power of these spiritual powers will be greatly reduced, and will gradually weaken.


    This will slow down or even prevent Dao Ren Luo and the others from being completely controlled, leaving enough time for them to be rescued.


    At that time, Meng Zhangda can bring them back to the Junchen world, brainstorm ideas, ask for help, and slowly find ways to help them.


    Just like now, let alone take them away, as long as they have a slight change, the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain will be disturbed.


    As long as the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit did not completely restore the cultivation realm of the true immortal level, Meng Zhang would not be afraid of it.


    But it is also not easy for Meng Zhang to overcome it.


    Not to mention, if Meng Zhang is exposed and fights with the opponent, the opponent might force Dao Ren Ye and the others to join the battle.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of accidentally hurting others, but he could not ignore the safety of his old friends.


    Although Taoist Jueying has been trapped in the core space for these years, he did not sit still, but tried to collect information about the red earth holy mountain and mountain spirit, and slowly test its reality.


    When Dao Renye is rarely awake, he will also provide her with some help.


    The mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain probably regarded the fallen leaves and the others as belongings in their pockets, so their precautions were limited.


    Dao Ye Ye and Dao Jueying from the Dark Alliance are very good at infiltrating and collecting information.


    After years of observation, Daoist Jueying had some bold guesses.


    There must have been a premeditated plan to infect and control this secret base by the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit, and it has received the full support and cooperation of the barbarian high-level officials.


    The Dark Alliance wants to build this mountain into an independent world that can grow.


    With the passage of time and the continuous investment of the Dark Alliance, this world will slowly grow and eventually become a brand new big world.


    The remnant souls of the red earth holy mountain eroded the mountain, then revived in it, and finally took full control of it.


    If this mountain is an independent world, then the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain must become the consciousness of heaven in this world.


    The mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain once invaded the Junchen Realm, know the situation of the Junchen Realm, and know the existence of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen Realm.


    As a natural spirit born between heaven and earth, it can be said that it is the ultimate dream to be pursued as a being similar to the consciousness of heaven.


    If the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain becomes the consciousness of heaven in this world, it can not only completely control everything in this world, completely control all the creatures in it, but also embark on a special evolutionary path.


    In the future, as the world continues to grow, it will also continue to grow stronger.


    The paths of cultivation are countless and uncountable, and incarnating the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven is a seemingly good, very high-end path.


    In the realm of self-cultivation, many high-level cultivators¡¯ so-called state of union is that they are in harmony with the Dao of Heaven and Earth, and they deeply sense the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven.


    Generally speaking, only a big world like Junchen Realm can normally give birth to Heavenly Dao Consciousness.


    The practice of the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit is equivalent to taking a shortcut.


    Once it succeeds, its future future will be limitless.


    If such a practice falls in the eyes of monks like Guantian Pavilion, it is absolute treason and must be eradicated immediately.


    This mountain does not have the conditions for the birth of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven. Even if the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain is restored to the level of a true immortal, at the level of life, there is still a very long distance from the consciousness of the Tao of heaven in a world.


    The path of his practice is long and difficult.


    On weekdays, in addition to separating a small part of the spirit to monitor this mountain and continue to erode Taoist Jueying and the others, the remnants of the red earth holy mountain mountain spirit are all practicing hard in the depths of the core space.


    If at this time, a strong man breaks into his cultivation place and launches a surprise attack when he is not prepared, it is very likely to seriously injure him or even kill him.

 Chapter 2469

    With the current situation of Daoist Jueying and the others, even if they knew the possible weaknesses of the Red Earth Holy Mountain Spirit, they could not use it.


    Fortunately, when they were about to despair, their old friend Meng Zhang came here.


    Daoist Jueying knew Meng Zhang¡¯s personality well, so he didn¡¯t pretend, and directly asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Daoist Jueying and Dao Luoye are in poor condition, and it may be difficult to directly help Meng Zhang in battle.


    What Daoist Jueying can do is to provide as much information as possible to help Meng Zhang analyze the situation.


    If the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain regained the cultivation level of its heyday and possessed the strength of a true immortal, then Meng Zhang would immediately abandon everything, run as far as possible, and escape from here.


    In the face of the true immortal, he really can''t do anything. He can only save his useful body and wait for the future.


    Saving a friend is really important, but it''s not important enough to cost him his life in vain.


    The so-called friendship of life and death, for friends, go through fire and water for friends, there are limits.


    Meng Zhang is not a ruthless person, but he will not let his feelings affect the overall situation.


    It is difficult for a true immortal-level powerhouse to be killed, and it is also difficult to recover quickly after being severely damaged by the foundation.


    Daoist Jueying said that the mountain spirituality of the Red Earth Holy Mountain has not been fully recovered, and it still takes time to cultivate slowly.


    Meng Zhang also believed that with the methods of Sanshan Zhenxian, his opponent would not be able to restore his cultivation so easily.


    Besides, once the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit restores the cultivation level of the true immortal level, it will definitely become the top powerhouse among the true immortals by manipulating this secret base. Participate in the battle for the relics of the gods.


    No matter how strong the opponent is, as long as the opponent does not have the cultivation level of a true immortal, Meng Zhang feels that he can retreat completely under any situation.


    Combining the information provided by Daoist Jueying, Meng Zhang calculated that he had a good chance of winning.


    If he can defeat the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain, Meng Zhang will not only be able to rescue the two old friends, but also gain many other benefits.


    At that time, this secret base built in secret by the Dark Alliance and invested in massive manpower and material resources will definitely become Meng Zhang''s possession.


    This mountain is better than all the void warships in the Junchen world, and it can be used as a retreat for Taiyimen.


    If you drive it on the battlefield, it is definitely a powerful and terrifying tool of war.


    In a very short time, Meng Zhang made a decision after weighing the pros and cons.


    Daoist Jueying did not have much time to leave the monitoring of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain and Mountain Spirit, and there was no time left for the two of them to discuss slowly.


    Meng Zhang used his spiritual sense to convey the message and asked Daoist Jueying to wait for a while. He would solve the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Holy Mountain, and then slowly find a way to help them.


    Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared in the shadow space created by Taoist Jueying.


    Jueying Taoist is not a hypocritical person, and he didn''t say much.


    After Meng Zhang left, she immediately abandoned this matter, as if Meng Zhang had never been there, and continued to fight against Daoist Leaves, and continued to numb the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Holy Mountain.


    During this period of time, Daoist Jueying and Daoist Ye Ye had a fight because of a conflict of words. It was no longer that he glanced at the distant battlefield, his figure disappeared, and he secretly sneaked towards the center of the core space.


    Daoist Jueying came to this place with his master many years ago to avoid the internal struggle of the Dark Alliance.


    Their master and apprentices participated in the main construction work, and also stationed here for a long time as guards.


    She is very familiar with everything in this secret base.


    After the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain was exposed to these monks, it did not change the topography and structure of this secret base.


    With the topographic map and guards provided by Daoist Jueying, Meng Zhang sneaked into the center of the core space relatively smoothly.


    Knowing that the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit is monitoring everything in the space, Meng Zhang''s actions became extra cautious.


    Part of the Void Returning Great Power stationed here was swallowed up by the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit, part of it became its puppet, and part of it was still struggling like Taoist Jueying.


    Although there are a lot of Void Returners stationed here, they do not pose much threat to Meng Zhang.


    After some hard work, Meng Zhang successfully arrived at his destination.


    In front of him is a tall pavilion.


    According to the information provided by Daoist Jueying, this pavilion was first built before the construction of this secret base.


    This pavilion is built with the rocks in the holy red clay mountain, and it is the most important cornerstone of the whole space.


    On weekdays, the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain are cultivated in the pavilion to slowly recover the injuries left by Sanshan Zhenxian.


    At the same time, the Mountain Spirit Association of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain separated some of their minds and monitored everything in the secret base.


    In this secret base, most of the high-level monks have already been controlled by it, and it is also a matter of time before the remaining few are completely occupied.


    The monks stationed here by the Dark Alliance have become its best guards.


    Because there is no external threat, the red earth holy mountain spirit will fall into a deep sleep many times, and slowly adjust its state.


    There is still a long way to go before the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit can become an existence like the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the pavilion in front of him, and without any hesitation, he immediately started.


    He wants to be caught off guard, and it is best to end the battle before the controlled high-ranking monks arrive here.


    The two qi of yin and yang descended from the sky like a long river, and the mighty momentum seemed to crush all obstacles on the road.


    Meng Zhang''s figure followed the yin and yang and was preparing for the next attack.


    After a loud bang, the huge pavilion was directly crushed by the yin and yang.


    Everything in it, no matter what it was, was washed away by the yin and yang qi.


    Victory came so easily, Meng Zhang not only did not have the slightest joy, but secretly cried out in his heart.


    Before he could react, the space around him was distorted, and countless colorful rays of light appeared out of thin air, filling the space around his body.


    Meng Zhang immediately released the sun and moon divine light to protect himself.


    At first, bursts of white light lit up on his body, and then the white light seemed to be polluted by the surrounding multicolored light, and began to change color rapidly.


    The yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang quickly returned to defense, trying to protect Meng Zhang''s whole body.


    As soon as the black and white yin and yang qi came into contact with the multicolored light, various colors appeared on it, as if they were going to be completely dyed.


    It seems that Meng Zhang''s Taoist magical powers did not play a big role in the face of the enemy''s strange attacks.


    Meng Zhang cried out in his heart that something was wrong.


    He finally came to his senses, he was a trick, and stepped into the enemy''s trap.

 Chapter 2470

    The enemy''s attack was too strange for Meng Zhang to deal with.


    Meng Zhang has used a lot of magical powers in a row, but they have not played a big role.


    The multicolored rays of light that filled all directions became stronger and stronger, and the infection became stronger and stronger, and they were about to invade Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to let such a strange thing intrude into his body, and desperately used various Taoist magical powers to resist, trying to keep it out.


    Originally, Meng Zhang, the infiltrator, was the one who attacked, the one who took the initiative and took the initiative.


    Now it seems that his self-conceited secret deeds have long fallen into the eyes of the enemy, and he has stepped into the trap prepared by the enemy.


    Now that he had planned on and stepped into the trap, Meng Zhang saw that the situation was not good, and he couldn''t care about other things, so he had to leave here first.


    When he is out of the disadvantaged situation, and when he recovers, there will be opportunities to slowly settle with the enemy in the future.


    Under the suppression of the surrounding colorful light, Meng Zhang was about to leave here.


    At this moment, a huge mountain appeared above Meng Zhang''s head out of thin air.


    This mountain is so huge, so solemn, so sacred...


    Meng Zhang immediately felt as if his heart was under heavy pressure, and his whole body was under endless pressure.


    Not only was he unable to move, but he also had the urge to kneel down and worship the top of the mountain.


    The enemy''s long-prepared moves happened to form an absolute suppression on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was full of warning signs, and an extremely dangerous premonition arose.


    Meng Zhang has an intuition that he is facing an unprecedented crisis this time, and is about to suffer a catastrophe.


    This is not an ordinary intuition, but Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense as a celestial master is a warning.


    Meng Zhang had never encountered such a strong whim.


    Meng Zhang originally had a somewhat confused mind, but was stimulated by the fatal crisis and suddenly woke up.


    As he struggled to resist the pressure of the mountain, he began to think quickly.


    Perhaps, since he stepped into this secret base, he has already fallen into the eyes of the enemy.


    All the cover-ups done by the Taoist Jueying, and their secret exchanges, have not escaped the eyes and ears of the enemy.


    Maybe, Daoist Jueying has problems.


    Is the Taoist Jueying who has been completely controlled by the enemy, so he deceived himself and let himself step into the trap?


    Or are Daoist Jueying being blinded by the enemy, providing wrong information and misleading themselves?


    In either case, Meng Zhang''s secret infiltration has become a joke.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense is constantly warning, constantly stimulating Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Such a strange situation was something Meng Zhang had never encountered before.


    This fully illustrates the depth of the crisis Meng Zhang faced this time.


    If he can''t survive this crisis, it''s not just a matter of dying, but being completely controlled and refined by the enemy, turning him into a puppet.


    This kind of ending is much more terrifying than being killed.


    Even if Meng Zhang died on the spot, he didn''t want to end up like this.


    The stimulation of spiritual sense made Meng Zhang discover more problems.


    His mind has been dusted.


    The decision he made before was unknowingly guided by the enemy.


    How could he so easily believe everything Daoist Jueying said?


    No matter how close he is, or a close old friend, after not seeing him for many years, how can he trust the other party without reservation and act according to the other party''s intelligence?


    Where is his vigilance, where is his vigilance, how could he have become so impulsive, so arrogant?


    There is only one answer. The enemy has attacked him since he entered this secret base, secretly affecting his mind, blinding his thoughts, and guiding him to make a decision.


    There may be a problem with Daoist Jueying, but some of the information she provided may still be true.


    That is, the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain is proficient in the spiritual path, and is the top master of manipulating people''s hearts.


    The spiritual avenue itself is a relatively unpopular avenue, and the spiritual power is also a hidden and strange power.


    The saintess of the Huanglian Sect, Xu Mengying, is a major in the spiritual path, but she definitely does not have such a terrifying power.


    In his early years, Meng Zhang had met a monk who belonged to the inner demons.


    The cultivators of the inner demon lineage are good at playing with and manipulating people''s hearts, and excelling in the power of the soul.


    The cultivator of the inner demon lineage that Meng Zhang encountered in those days may not even be as good as a child in front of the red earth holy mountain and mountain spirit.


    Is the spiritual power of the true immortal level really so terrifying, so strange, and so hard to resist?


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain may not have recovered to the cultivation level of its heyday, but the spiritual power he exerted is, in essence, something that can only be possessed by a true immortal-level powerhouse.


    Meng Zhang had never encountered such an enemy before, nor had he faced such a force.


    The Taoist magical powers he released were not only unable to block the enemy''s spiritual power, but were quickly infected by them.


    Meng Zhang almost tried his best to delay the invasion of the enemy''s power a little, but he could not completely drive it away.


    Meng Zhang felt a deep sense of powerlessness in his heart.


    This is a strange enemy he has never encountered before.


    With his strength and background, even if he encounters a true immortal-level powerhouse head-on, he can struggle and fight a little.


    But the enemy in front of him made him unable to resist.


    So far, he has not even seen the true face of the enemy.


    Perhaps, the enemy can take Meng Zhang without a formal appearance.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang''s sense of helplessness became even stronger.


    All the information about the enemy came from the disclosures of the previous Daoist Jueying.


    As for whether the information is true or false, or how much is true or how much is false, Meng Zhang could not judge at this time.


    Meng Zhang, who was caught in the enemy''s calculations, couldn''t believe the information provided by Daoist Jueying before.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is also an experienced and knowledgeable immortal.


    In the fight with the enemy, he still sensed the nature of the enemy''s strength, and had some guesses about the enemy''s details.


    To be able to use spiritual power to such a level, Meng Zhang had never seen or heard of before.


    The power of the mind is almost everywhere, and it is almost pervasive.


    Invisible and invisible.


    He has exhausted his means, but he cannot resist the enemy''s attack.


    Meng Zhang, who was in great despair, felt a tingling in his heart, and immediately woke up.


    At a critical moment, the spiritual sense from the celestial master brought him back to his senses.


    It turned out that he did not know when the enemy once again affected his mind.


    The spiritual power that came and went without a trace, silently invaded his heart, trying to disintegrate his fighting spirit, making him give up resistance and capture it without a hitch.


    Meng Zhang, who had come to his senses, secretly cried out for danger.


    The only trump card he had left seemed to be the fairy talisman bestowed by Xianyun Zhenxian.


    But he seemed to have forgotten the existence of this hole card before.


    Damn, it''s the enemy''s psychic power that silently affects his thoughts and will.

 Chapter 2471

    Meng Zhang, who had regained consciousness, was about to cast the fairy talisman, but hesitated again.


    The enemy has not yet officially appeared, and he can''t even determine the true face of the enemy, and he has not found a fixed target.


    In this case, to cast the immortal talisman, one can only blindly launch a large-scale attack, relying on the spirituality of the immortal talisman to search for the enemy.


    Originally, with his cultivation, he could not exert the full power of the fairy talisman.


    Don''t waste the power of the immortal talisman, let''s not talk about it, can the immortal talisman really help him get out of this predicament?


    As a former true immortal-level powerhouse, the enemy''s means are so strange and powerful. Is there no way to deal with the immortal talisman?


    If he used this hole card rashly and failed to get out of the predicament, in the next battle, Meng Zhang would basically be powerless.


    Meng Zhang hesitated, but the battle did not stop.


    The strange spiritual power released by the other party entangled Meng Zhang''s whole body, constantly wearing down Meng Zhang''s body protection, and constantly attacking his body.


    Meng Zhang had another idea in his mind.


    He is proficient in reading minds and is good at reading people''s hearts, and he suspects that his mind has long been seen through by his opponents.


    Perhaps, the opponent already knows his hole cards, and unknowingly affects his mind and prevents himself from making the right choice.


    As Meng Zhang hesitated, his situation took a turn for the worse.


    He felt uneasy in his heart, unable to make a decision for a long time.


    At this critical moment, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense once again warned him.


    There was a sense of impending catastrophe in his heart, and he knew that he could no longer delay.


    If you continue to be so hesitant, I am afraid that you will destroy your only life.


    Due to the stimulation of his spiritual sense, Meng Zhang''s mind maintained a certain clarity.


    He slammed his heart and made a major decision.


    He did not rashly cast the fairy talisman, but seized the time and secretly used the Heavenly Mystery Technique Dayan Divine Calculation, trying to deduce the Heavenly Mystery.


    The Junchen world has entered into destruction, and the whole world is in chaos.


    Meng Zhang was not spying on the secrets of the Junchen world.


    Some top-level celestial masters know that they are beyond the great worlds, shrouding the entire void, and there are higher-level rules of heaven and earth in operation.


    If you want to spy on the secrets of this level, even the top secret masters have to pay a huge price.


    The current Meng Zhang deduces this kind of high-level celestial operation.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, he had a similar experience and gained a way of life by deriving the secret of heaven.


    He was supposed to be familiar with it, but he encountered a lot of difficulties.


    When celestial masters use celestial secrets to deduce celestial secrets, they must concentrate and keep their minds pure and clear.


    But at this moment Meng Zhang, due to the influence of the enemy''s spiritual power, although he has not completely fallen into the state of chaos and confusion, the situation is not very good.


    Meng Zhang tried several times in a row, but he couldn''t get into a calm state of mind.


    There are always cluttered thoughts in his mind that prevent him from concentrating and emptying his mind.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s years of experience, extraordinary talent, and indomitable Taoism finally began to play a role.


    Time was running out, but Meng Zhang knew that at this time, he couldn''t be in a hurry and couldn''t be in a mess.


    He tried to stabilize his mood, first wiping lightly, trying to wipe away the dust on his mind.


    But the more he is like this, the more dust seems to be on his heart, and the heavier his heart becomes.


    Meng Zhang quickly reacted and made adjustments immediately.


    He gradually relaxed, and he couldn''t think of anything, as if he had forgotten everything.


    He forgot the impact on his soul, the fatal crisis he faced...


    It didn''t take long for Meng Zhang''s mind to enter a special ethereal state.


    At this time, Meng Zhang reacted almost instinctively, and unconsciously performed the Great Evolution Magical Calculus, and began to deduce the secret of heaven and the place of his own vitality.


    It is very difficult to derive such a high-level heavenly secret.


    Even if Meng Zhang, a top-level master of heavenly secrets, had the experience of successful deduction, after casting the spell, he still felt a lot of difficulties.


    The most important thing is that Meng Zhang must pay a sufficient price for spying on the secret.


    Cultivating the Great Evolution Divine Calculation, you can accumulate special calculations on weekdays, which will be consumed during the deduction of celestial secrets.


    However, if the deduction is too difficult, there are other significant costs to pay.


    The price Meng Zhang paid at this time was his life.


    With the use of Heavenly Mystery Technique and the progress of deduction, Meng Zhang''s lifespan was rapidly depleting.


    Ordinary cultivators in the early stage of returning to the void have a limit lifespan of about five thousand years.


    With the continuous improvement of the cultivation realm, the lifespan will also be greatly increased.


    The Void Return Realm is complete, which is the so-called Void Immortal, and its limit lifespan will not exceed 10,000 years.


    Meng Zhang was considered a young man among the great powers of returning to the void, only over 2,000 years old.


    And he is in good physical condition, with strong foundation and abundant vitality.


    If nothing else, he still has nearly 8,000 years of lifespan, which is enough for him to slowly pursue immortality and attain Taoism.


    But now, because of the consumption of Dayan Divine Calculation, his life essence is rapidly depleting.


    One hundred years, two hundred years, five hundred years, one thousand years, two thousand years...


    In a short period of time, Meng Zhang''s vitality was greatly reduced, and his lifespan had been consumed by more than half.


    Losing so much life essence in such a short period of time, various consequences began to manifest.


    Meng Zhang''s hair began to turn white, and his youthful face became old...


    The deduction is not over yet, and Meng Zhang''s lifespan is still rapidly depleting.


    At this point, Meng Zhang has no way back, only one way to go to the dark.


    Meng Zhang was not disappointed by the superior Heavenly Secret Art of Dayan Shensuan.


    Since he was a young monk, this secret technique has helped Meng Zhang overcome many difficulties many times.


    With the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation base, he recruited the strengths of hundreds of schools, absorbed the experience of other celestial secret arts, and cultivated this celestial secret arts to perfection.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s attainments and achievements in Dayan Shenshu probably far surpassed those of the predecessors who created this celestial secret technique.


    Now, this secret art once again pointed the way for Meng Zhang.


    After the deduction was over, Meng Zhang, whose vitality was severely damaged, had an expression of disbelief on his face.


    It is too difficult for the Dayan God to figure out the way of life for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had some doubts, whether he was misled by the enemy and made a wrong deduction.


    Meng Zhang sensed that he had little remaining life essence, and he was unable to carry out similar deductions again.


    Meng Zhang''s heart sank, and he chose to believe in the results that he himself deduced.


    He doesn''t believe it anymore, no matter how powerful the opponent is, he can completely abolish his own secret art.


    At the very least, since the battle until now, although Meng Zhang has always been at a disadvantage, and his opponent''s strange methods have emerged in an endless stream, his opponent has never shown any supernatural powers in the field of celestial secrets.

 Chapter 2472

    No matter how strong the opponent is, as long as he is not a master of the secret technique, it is difficult to destroy Meng Zhang''s deduction.


    Meng Zhang paid such a huge price to deduce such a result, so Meng Zhang had no choice but to believe.


    The result that Meng Zhang deduced was very simple, that is, he wanted him to take advantage of this time to attack the realm of true immortals.


    As long as he succeeds in the attack and becomes a true immortal, all the problems will be solved, and the current crisis can be easily escaped.


    When this result was just deduced, Meng Zhang almost couldn''t help but cursed in his heart.


    Is not this nonsensical?


    In the heyday of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain, Shanling was only a powerhouse at the level of a true immortal.


    It was severely injured by Sanshan Zhenxian, and its state is no longer, of course, it is not as good as a real immortal.


    As long as Meng Zhang becomes a true immortal, even a new true immortal.


    If nothing else, at least it is enough to protect oneself in front of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit.


    If you play well, you might be able to kill your opponent in turn.


    But becoming a true immortal is definitely not that simple.


    In Meng Zhang''s current state, it is not suitable for attacking the true immortal at all.


    It is a matter of life and death for a cultivator to hit the realm of immortals.


    Generally speaking, we will choose an absolutely safe place to retreat, so as not to be disturbed by the outside world.


    Before hitting the true immortal, he will adjust his state to the best and make various preparations.


    But let''s not talk about Meng Zhang''s current situation for the time being, just talking about his state is very bad.


    His Xuxian''s cultivation base has not been completed yet, the accumulation is insufficient, and his cultivation base is still a little short of heat.


    If it is safe, he still needs at least decades or even hundreds of years to strengthen the accumulation and continue to polish his cultivation.


    Previously, he performed the Dayan divine calculation, which greatly damaged his vitality and severely lost his vitality.


    In a short period of time, his lifespan was greatly reduced, which made him feel a sense of weakness.


    Even if Meng Zhang''s cultivation in the Xuxian realm is successful, he has made all the preparations, adjusted his state to the best, and went to the real immortal realm.


    With his current state, forcibly attacking the realm of immortals, the possibility of failure is extremely high.


    There was not much time left for Meng Zhang, and he finally chose to believe the result of the deduction and decided to give his life.


    Now that the final decision has been made, Meng Zhang immediately put aside all his worries and began to attack with all his heart.


    Of course, before that, he still has some moves.


    The jade book in Meng Zhang''s arms vibrated gently, and a wonderful incarnation of divine power appeared in front of him.


    After Meng Zhang was attacked, all his contact with the outside world was cut off, and he couldn''t even sense how wonderful his incarnation was.


    Of course, even if Tai Miao could receive Meng Zhang''s distress message, she might not be able to rescue him in time.


    As a result, after Taimiao left Junchen Realm, her strength must have plummeted.


    The farther away from Junchen Realm, the more severe the strength decay.


    Second, the Junchen Realm is not a short distance away from this place, and it takes time to travel too well.


    Unable to contact Taimiao, he only used Taimiao''s name on the jade book to summon Taimiao''s divine incarnation.


    This incarnation of divine power barely has the strength of a virtual immortal.


    After the wonderful incarnation of divine power appeared, he immediately joined hands with Meng Zhang to cast the fairy talisman together.


    I saw the fairy talisman turned into a purple light, firmly guarding Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang did not use the immortal talisman to attack, but turned its power into protection.


    The wonderful incarnation of divine power strives to control the power of the immortal talisman and protect Meng Zhang''s safety with all his might.


    Meng Zhang created this heavy buffer to buy enough time for himself.


    Seeing that the enemy''s attack was temporarily blocked, Meng Zhang immediately tried to adjust his body condition, and then began to attack the real immortal realm.


    Soon, Meng Zhang''s body entered a special state, and the momentum of his body was rising steadily.


    His true essence, which he had cultivated for many years, was shaking violently, and his body was washed away under the guidance of the sun god.


    In his mustard seed space, he has kept many spiritual things that replenish vitality and improve cultivation all the year round.


    Yuqing spirit, the source crystal condensed from the origin of heaven and earth...


    All kinds of spiritual things were absorbed by him quickly refining, constantly strengthening his cultivation base and enhancing his sun god.


    The void began to vibrate, the power of the surrounding heaven and earth gathered spontaneously, and the rules of heaven and earth in the void fluctuated strongly...


    For a cultivator like Meng Zhang, who has a wise inheritance, although he has no personal experience of impacting the realm of immortals, he has followed the right path step by step according to the classics left by his predecessors.


    Not long after Meng Zhang began to attack the real immortal realm, various visions of heaven and earth appeared in the surrounding void.


    The enemy who was attacking Meng Zhang was naturally not blind, and he noticed this immediately.


    When Meng Zhang used the Dayan Divine Calculation to deduce the celestial secret, the enemy had been aware of it.


    Meng Zhangshouyuan''s rapid consumption cannot be concealed from the well-informed.


    At first, it thought that Meng Zhang was going to use up his Shou Yuan to display some kind of powerful trick.


    The life essence of a cultivator is so precious, it is not at the moment when he is desperate and desperate, which cultivator is willing to waste so much life essence.


    Maybe, Meng Zhang really has a trump card that kills three thousand and loses eight hundred, or a supernatural power that can defeat a strong enemy.


    The enemy who had trapped Meng Zhang and had the absolute upper hand naturally did not want to be hurt by Meng Zhang.


    It took a more prudent approach, relaxed the persecution of Meng Zhang a little, and put more power on protecting itself.


    When it took a little bit of defense, Meng Zhang really showed the last card.


    In all fairness, whether it is a wonderful incarnation of divine power or that immortal talisman, it is a very good killer for ordinary immortals.


    But Meng Zhang did not take the offensive, but took the defensive.


    When his enemy reacted and continued the offensive, Meng Zhang had already started to attack the real immortal realm without hesitation.


    With the insight of the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit, Meng Zhang''s purpose was quickly judged from these visions.


    It almost laughed.


    When the enemy is facing a breakthrough, what does Meng Zhang take it for?


    Among the information it obtained, there were many accounts of Meng Zhang.


    The peerless genius, the young man''s ambition, soaring into the sky, reviving the sect...


    Meng Zhang is indeed an incredible figure, and can be regarded as the top of the human race.


    But its opponent is also not simple.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain was a strong man who dared to fight against the Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Although it has not recovered to the cultivation base of its heyday, but because it has embarked on a special cultivation path, it has some advantages in many aspects.


    Meng Zhang played the game of breaking through in front of him, not only looked down on it, but also regarded it as a stepping stone.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain was deeply enraged by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, it, who majors in the spiritual path, will not make wrong judgments because of the anger in his heart, thus affecting his combat effectiveness.


    On the contrary, it turns the anger of the heart into a more powerful force.

 Chapter 2473

    Soon, Meng Zhang saw the wrath of the enemy''s thunder.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had already devoted himself to the shocking of the true immortal, and could not be distracted from his care at all.


    Almost all of the enemy''s attacks were parried by the incarnation of the wonderful divine power that manipulated the power of the fairy talisman.


    The incarnation of too wonderful divine power is far inferior to too wonderful, and it is not as good as Meng Zhang.


    Although this incarnation of divine power goes all out, even taking the practice of self-mutilation to stimulate potential. But under the onslaught of the enemy, it was still soon unable to resist.


    The power of the immortal talisman was exhausted first, and the incarnation of divine power consumed too much. Before it completely disappeared, it was infected by the enemy''s spiritual power and turned into a puppet controlled by the enemy.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, with his strong foundation and a little luck, had already passed one level after another, and the process of attacking the True Immortal was more than half completed.


    Meng Zhang''s physical body, true essence, and sun god have all been adjusted to the best condition, and the three flowers of spirit, energy and spirit on the top of his head have begun to take shape.


    Finally, Meng Zhang entered the realm of true immortals and entered the most critical and biggest difficulty.


    Somewhere in the sky, the rules of heaven and earth in the entire void were stirred. In the area far away from the Dengtian star area, an extraterritorial demon who had a special relationship with Meng Zhang felt something, and then his eyes crossed countless star areas, betting to Meng Zhang.


    After a while, according to some mysterious and mysterious special rules, an incarnation of this extraterritorial demon crossed an incomparable distance, appeared directly in the Dengtian Star District, and came to Meng Zhang''s side.


    When cultivators are attacking the realm of true immortals, there will inevitably be extraterritorial demons coming to block their way.


    This is a special rule of the Void and Myriad Realms, and it is also an unavoidable doom for cultivators.


    Heavenly Demon is a realm of magic practitioners, and the word "extraterritorial" is added, which refers to a special kind of monster.


    In the void, there are countless groups of extraterrestrial demons.


    The tribes of these extraterrestrial demons are like locusts, invading, corroding and even destroying worlds.


    Among the extraterrestrial demons, there is a special existence called true demons.


    The most important way to advance in the true magic practice is to transform the cultivators who break through the realm through magic dye into their own resources.


    Almost every cultivator who hits the realm of the real immortal seems to be destined to have a real devil who will become his fateful enemy.


    Due to the special karma involved, a true demon named Rosh descended an avatar and came to stop Meng Zhang from becoming enlightened.


    When Roche''s incarnation came to Meng Zhang, the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain just cleared all obstacles and was able to face Meng Zhang who was no longer prepared.


    Weird spiritual power is pouring in from all directions, and it is about to dye Meng Zhang.


    In the process of attacking the true immortal, the cultivator has reached the stage where the true devil comes, and it is not far from success.


    For the coming true devil, it is his duty to prevent the other party from becoming an immortal and attaining the Tao.


    Regardless of the reason, as long as the opponent fails to attack the True Immortal, it is considered to have completed the mission.


    But almost every true demon will maximize his own interests during this process.


    If Meng Zhang suddenly died suddenly at this time, or died in the hands of others, then the true demon Roche just completed the task at a minimum and would not get any additional benefits.


    Only by taking the opportunity to invade Meng Zhang''s mind, arouse his inner demons, and completely smear him, can Roche transform Meng Zhang''s cultivation into his own resources and help his cultivation to a higher level. .


    This is a very important way of practicing magic.


    Every time you come to prevent a cultivator from becoming a true immortal, it is a rare opportunity for every true demon.


    Once successful, it means that the cultivation base will usher in a rapid growth.


    Among the extraterritorial demons, although the true demons have a high status, they still face fierce competition and infighting.


    It is very common for real demons to kill each other and devour each other.


    Almost every true demon does not dare to slack off in practice.


    The cultivation base is one step slower, and maybe next time, he will become the enemy''s prey. One''s own cultivation base will become the resource for the enemy to improve his cultivation base.


    Coming to prevent Meng Zhang from becoming immortal is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for the True Demon Roche.


    True Morrosh must seize such an opportunity to reap all the benefits.


    Therefore, the True Demon Roche couldn''t just watch Meng Zhang fall into the hands of others.


    Meng Zhang is his trophy, and everything in Meng Zhang belongs to him.


    The incarnation of True Demon Rosh turned into a black mist, and suddenly plunged into the multicolored light that surrounded Meng Zhang.


    The Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit, who was attacking Mengzhang, immediately discovered that something was wrong.


    For the red earth holy mountain spirit, it is also a rare opportunity to infect and control Meng Zhang''s mind and transform Meng Zhang into his own puppet.


    After the Red Earth Holy Mountain Shanling was defeated in the battle, he also lost almost all of his subordinates.


    Whether starting from his cultivation path or simply expanding his power, he urgently needs many powerful men.


    Within the Dreadnought Barbarians, there is also a fierce internal struggle.


    The Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit can be reborn with the help of the secret base of the Dark Alliance. Even with the strong help of friendly forces within the barbarians, it still needs to pay a huge price.


    In the fight just now, although he was the victor, the red clay holy mountain spirit did not underestimate Meng Zhang in the slightest.


    Meng Zhang is not an ordinary immortal, but a top powerhouse among immortals.


    Being able to completely control Meng Zhang is of great significance to it.


    With the eyesight and insight of the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit, after discovering the incarnation of the true demon Rosh, he immediately understood what was going on.


    The red clay holy mountain Shanling hesitated for a while, but instead of retreating, he accelerated his speed and competed with the incarnation of the real demon Roche for control of Meng Zhang.


    It is unwilling to offend powerful true demons, and even less willing to give up the readily available spoils.


    Although the real demon is strong, it is also a former real immortal-level powerhouse, but it will not be scared off by a mere avatar.


    As a result, the two opposing forces fought fiercely beside Meng Zhang.


    The black mist is boiling violently, expanding continuously, trying to squeeze the opponent away.


    The multi-colored light shines brightly, becoming extraordinarily bright, extraordinarily domineering, and incompatible with the black mist.


    Affected by the struggle between the two forces, Meng Zhang was also greatly affected.


    There are many illusions in Meng Zhang''s mind, and the pictures are constantly changing one after another.


    Meng Zhang''s mind began to be in a trance, and his mind became blurred.


    For a moment he was in high spirits, as if he could overcome everything.


    After a while, he became depressed, as if he was not interested in everything in the world.


    After a while, he was driven by inexplicable anger, and he wanted to destroy everything in the world.


    After the anger, he felt extremely sad in his heart, as if he had lost the most important thing in his life, and his life had become meaningless.


    ...


    Meng Zhang''s mind was distorted by an inexplicable force, and his emotions were no longer in control.


    His mood kept changing, changing at will for no reason.


    He seems to have forgotten his own existence, allowing all kinds of extreme emotions to dominate his mind.


    ...


    After the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain and the incarnation of the true demon Rosh fell into a battle, the battle immediately entered a white-hot stage.


    True Demon Roche''s eyesight is so brilliant, even if an avatar descends here, he can quickly see through the details of the red earth holy mountain and mountain spirit.


    Let your own soul occupy this mountain, completely dye this world, and try to make yourself the consciousness of heaven in this world.


    This is a really interesting way of practicing.


    For the true demon Rosh, if the red earth holy mountain is dyed with spirits and demons, it means that the demons have dyed the future consciousness of heaven, and the demons have dyed a complete world.


    Compared with a certain cultivator of Moran, this can bring greater benefits and is of great significance.


    A huge greed rose in the heart of True Demon Roche.


    He almost forgot his main mission and regarded the mountain spirits of the Red Clay Holy Mountain as his main target.


    The Red Earth Holy Mountain Shanling majored in the Spiritual Avenue, and used it as the main means of fighting the enemy.


    True demons like Roche happen to be proficient in the Dao of Inner Demons as well.


    In fact, most of the true demons who come to obstruct the way are good players who are good at utilizing the power of inner demons.


    The Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit is not a Taoist cultivator. It is because of his unique talent and some acquired encounters that he embarked on such a path of cultivation.


    Its incomparably bizarre psychic powers that make Meng Zhang unstoppable, in the eyes of True Demon Roche, are just some paediatric means.


    The most important thing is that after the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain was injured by the Sanshan Zhenxian, the injury that went deep into the soul has not yet healed.


    Even if he embarked on a new path of cultivation, he was not able to restore his strength to its heyday.


    He is currently not a real real immortal-level powerhouse.


    It only has some characteristics of a true immortal-level powerhouse, and can use some true immortal-level means.


    Before the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit completely recovered, it had a big flaw in its body.


    Meng Zhang didn''t see through this flaw, but he couldn''t escape the eyes of True Demon Roche.


    For the true magic Rosh, the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain is a delicious meal.


    He seemed to have forgotten the existence of Meng Zhang, and desperately rushed towards the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain.


    The undisguised greed of True Demon Roche did not hide the red earth holy mountain spirit who was proficient in spiritual power.


    Demon practitioners are notorious in the Void and Myriad Realms, making countless practitioners of other systems extremely fearful.


    In particular, the extraterritorial demon clan is an existence that hates ghosts and gods in the devil''s way, and no one is willing to provoke them easily.


    If it is possible, the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain is absolutely unwilling to offend a true demon.


    But the other party was so arrogant and arrogant that he not only competed with himself for the prey, but also regarded himself as the prey. Even the red earth holy mountain spirit who was good at controlling his emotions couldn''t help but get angry.


    The Red Earth Sacred Mountain Spirit did not let violent emotions dominate his heart.


    It is always calm and able to make sound judgments.


    Hostility from a true demon is a rare catastrophe.


    In the face of true demons, one must not show the slightest fear, let alone give in easily.


    Only by facing up to the difficulty and giving the opponent a head-on blow can we avoid this catastrophe and even benefit from it.


    If the true body of the true demon Rosh descends, the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain may not escape this disaster.


    But there is only a mere avatar in front of it, it doesn''t believe it, the other party can really help itself.


    The violent spiritual power swept in, completely drowning the black mist ahead.


    The black fog kept rolling and rolling, taking the initiative to meet the opponent.


    The main energy of both sides was on each other, but the aftermath of their battle, the power leaked, kept invading Meng Zhang''s body.


    At this time, they are powerless and will not protect Meng Zhang''s safety.


    Even intentionally or unintentionally, they injected various strange powers into Meng Zhang''s body, in order to take the opportunity to dye Meng Zhang.


    The two powers are completely different in nature, but they both act on Meng Zhang''s mind and can influence and even control Meng Zhang''s mind.


    The outer demon motivated the inner demon, and the inner demon hidden in Meng Zhang''s body began to move.


    Even a monk like Meng Zhang with a firm mind and an extraordinary state of mind has a dark side and even flaws in his heart.


    On weekdays, Meng Zhang can ensure that his mind is pure, his mind is stable, and his inner demons are not born.


    Under the current special circumstances, Meng Zhang''s mind was muddled, and the whole person fell into a great crisis.


    Meng Zhang''s Taoism, which has been tempered and experienced countless tests, did not fall.


    In the depths of Meng Zhang''s heart, he still maintains the last trace of clarity.


    Meng Zhang''s body, according to his instinct, was still on his way to attack the true immortal.


    Previously, Meng Zhang had accumulated a lot of merits and virtues in the world of Junchen.


    Kill the monsters, purify the environment stained by the devil, and destroy the foreign enemies who invaded the Junchen world...


    It is precisely because of the existence of these heavenly virtues that, as a master of heaven, he can greatly delay the backlash of the power of heaven.


    The virtues of the Tao of Heaven are the manifestation of the blessings of the Tao of Heaven.


    The greatest influence on cultivators is reflected in their luck.


    After Junchen Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao was wiped out and Junchen Realm was destroyed, Meng Zhang thought that the merits and virtues of Heavenly Dao he had accumulated before were useless.


    At this moment, when Meng Zhang was in a crisis of life and death, and when there was no help from outside, the vast amount of merits and virtues he accumulated in his daily life finally played a final role.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm was wiped out, it still did not disappear completely. This is the so-called death without stiffness.


    The Junchen world has entered destruction, but it has not completely collapsed.


    Generally speaking, when cultivators attack the realm of true immortals, they will be located in a big world and use the power of the world to resist the extraterrestrial demons who come to block the way.


    The Junchen world is in a special situation. Since the six true immortals have joined forces to change the rules of heaven and earth, cultivators cannot use the power of the world.


    Now that the Junchen world has entered into destruction, the originally changed rules of heaven and earth have begun to collapse, and the restrictions made by the six true immortals have naturally disappeared.


    The residual consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world can still drive a small part of the power of the world.


    Meng Zhang is now in the void, and the mountain he is in is essentially a small world.


    Logically speaking, he who is far away from the Junchen world cannot be protected by the power of the Junchen world.


    However, the remaining consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world was attracted by the vast amount of Heavenly Dao merit he possessed.


    Before the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven was completely wiped out, it seemed that Meng Zhang was regarded as some kind of hope, driving the power of the world that could be driven, rushing towards Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2474

    Meng Zhang himself could not have imagined that the merits and virtues he accumulated in his daily life would bring him unexpected help.


    And it happens that at this time, when he is most dangerous and most in need of help, he plays a key role.


    The remaining Heavenly Dao consciousness in Junchen Realm is not strong, it can even be said to be very weak.


    Stepping into the ruined Junchen world, it is impossible to have too much world power.


    In this place far away from Junchen Realm, projected onto Meng Zhang, the world power from Junchen Realm can be said to be insignificant.


    But it was this insignificant power that awakened Meng Zhang''s heart.


    The power of the world has a very high level and a special nature.


    There are many cultivation systems and many races in the void, even if the cultivation reaches the level of a true immortal, it is difficult for the level of power to surpass the power of the world in a big world like Junchen World.


    The last bit of clarity in Meng Zhang''s heart seemed to be ignited by the power of the world, and his whole heart began to shine brightly.


    The spiritual power of the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit invading Meng Zhang''s body, and the real demon Rosh''s spiritual power infiltrating Meng Zhang''s body, no matter how hidden or stubborn, at this moment, they were all expelled by the light in Meng Zhang''s heart. .


    In Meng Zhang''s mind space, pure rays of light shone in all directions, and there was no one missing.


    The wisps of black smoke quickly evaporated and disappeared, and a little colorful light quickly melted and disappeared...


    The incarnation of the real demon Roche and the red earth holy mountain spirit who were in the fierce battle noticed the mutation in Meng Zhang''s body almost at the same time.


    Before the two of them thought that Meng Zhang had completely lost his resistance, it was the meat on the chopping board, and he could clean up as much as he wanted.


    Meng Zhang is pure prey, and they become each other''s biggest rivals.


    With their IQ, of course, they considered the possibility that Meng Zhang would benefit from the fisherman.


    It''s just that Meng Zhang''s state at that time was really bad, and he was about to fall completely.


    On the contrary, their battles with each other are more cruel and dangerous.


    They would never have imagined that Meng Zhang, who they thought was not a threat and was dying, would have the time when the salted fish turned over.


    It was the time when the true demon Roche and the red earth holy mountain spirit were fighting each other.


    None of them dared to take the initiative to retreat, for fear of revealing flaws and giving opponents an opportunity to take advantage.


    Powerhouses like them are extremely cunning and extremely ferocious, and they will not have the slightest trust in each other.


    Seeing that Meng Zhangru received divine help and was expelling the alien power in his body, it was about to completely return to normal, and they couldn''t sit idly by.


    If there is a situation where the snipe and the mussel compete for the fisherman''s profit, the two of them will probably become a big joke.


    Although the battle did not end, the two of them still had some kind of tacit understanding, and invariably released stronger forces and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    The two of them responded quickly, but they were still a step behind.


    That bit of world power from Junchen Realm was insignificant, but it was like an introduction that inspired all of Meng Zhang''s potential.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s indomitable Taoism, years of hard work, solid foundation, and excellent Taoism...


    This series of capital belonging to Meng Zhang was finally fully utilized.


    Meng Zhang regained consciousness, and immediately expelled all the alien powers in his body, and his entire physical and mental state returned to normal.


    Even when Meng Zhang was in a daze, his body was still instinctively revolving the cultivation technique, continuing the process of attacking the true immortal.


    Without the slightest delay, Meng Zhang continued to mobilize the power of the Yang God, the fleshly body, and the true essence to accelerate the process of hitting the real immortal realm.


    In the process of cultivating the true immortals, there will inevitably be demons from outside the realm to block the way.


    Generally speaking, cultivators must complete the entire process of impacting the true immortals under the interference of extraterrestrial demons.


    In this process, it is difficult for outsiders to help.


    Because the extraterritorial demons who come to block the way often invade the minds of the cultivators and arouse the power of their inner demons.


    The spiritual problems of the self-cultivator are mainly solved by the self-cultivator.


    When Meng Zhang attacked the real immortal this time, the situation was very special.


    The real demon Rosh who came to block the road had greed for the red earth holy mountain spirit and tried to demonize it.


    The two of them got into a fight and relaxed their attention to Meng Zhang.


    They are entangled with each other, and the power released into Meng Zhang''s body is limited.


    The power of the inner demon and the power of the mind are intertwined and fight with each other, and neither can exert the greatest power.


    The power of the world from the Junchen world was an unexpected factor that everyone present could not have imagined.


    Under a series of mishaps, Meng Zhang was able to tide over the difficulties and became the biggest beneficiary.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s attack on the True Immortal this time was a trick after all, and he did not go through the normal and complete process.


    Even if he is lucky enough to pass the current stage, he will leave many troubles, and there will be corresponding dooms in the future.


    The demons who came to block the way, put the power of the inner demons into the cultivator''s body, which is not only an attack on the cultivator, but also a kind of tempering for the cultivator.


    As long as the inner demon power is exorcised, the cultivator has experienced a special tempering.


    After tempering, it is harvest.


    Meng Zhang was expressionless, and calmly completed the rest of the cultivation steps.


    I saw a clear air rising from the top of his head, turning into three flowers on the top.


    The three flowers of his essence, energy, and spirit were completely formed, and immediately aroused some kind of power.


    A powerful force easily penetrated this small independent world, tearing a huge gap above Meng Zhang''s head.


    A wisp of celestial spirit descended from the sky and landed precisely on Meng Zhang.


    The three flowers above Meng Zhang''s head, which were still a little sluggish, immediately became alive after being watered by the celestial spirit.


    Meng Zhang''s spirit immediately entered a new realm and became incomparably powerful.


    A wisp of celestial spirit was poured into Meng Zhang''s body, washing his Yang God, body and true essence.


    Meng Zhang is shedding his mortal body and transforming into an immortal body.


    The power released by the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit and the True Demon Rosh originally rushed towards Meng Zhang, but before they got close, they were dispelled by the celestial aura surrounding Meng Zhang''s body.


    Seeing that the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit and the True Demon Roche were unsuccessful, Meng Zhang knew that the situation was not good when he took the last step.


    Unfortunately, at this time, even if they stopped fighting and made concerted efforts to prevent Meng Zhang from becoming a true immortal, it would still be a step behind.


    From the huge space gap above Meng Zhang''s head, a terrifying aura that was ethereal and unreachable was released.


    The Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit and the True Demon Rosh just sensed it for a moment, and they were shocked and trembling all over.


    They were originally entangled, but because of the sudden external force, the entanglement actually loosened.


    After Meng Zhang took the last step, it did not take too long to completely complete the transformation into a fairy.


    The crack soon disappeared completely, and no more fairy spirits fell.


    Meng Zhang''s face showed an unfinished expression.


    Because the process of impacting the real immortal this time is not normal, it is opportunistic.


    Although this was not Meng Zhang''s original intention, it still had a lot of influence.


    Under normal circumstances, with Meng Zhang''s various conditions, after he succeeds in attacking the true immortal, he will receive more immortal energy infusion, laying a solid foundation for future cultivation.


    But now, Meng Zhang''s immortal energy was not much more than that of ordinary real immortals.


    The process of attacking the true immortal has completely ended, and Meng Zhang can''t turn back, let alone do it again.


    In any case, in such a dangerous situation, he was able to save his life and succeed in attacking the real immortal, which is enough to be proud of himself.


    In the world of comprehension, such a situation can be said to be unique, which is really too rare.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, whether from the Yang God, the flesh body or the true essence, has completely completed the transformation.


    His mortal body transformed into an immortal body, the sun god evolved into an immortal soul, and his true essence was promoted to immortal power.


    From this moment on, Meng Zhang is no longer an ordinary cultivator, but an out-and-out immortal.


    Although it is only the lowest level true immortal among the immortals, he already has a crushing advantage for enemies below the true immortal level.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s appearance, True Demon Roche knew that his mission this time had failed.


    It''s not that the real devil Roche didn''t continue to pounce on Meng Zhang.


    If you continue to fight with Meng Zhang, it will only be a futile struggle, and there will be no good results.


    He didn''t need to give Meng Zhang a head, nor did he need to increase Meng Zhang''s experience in fighting real demons.


    The avatar of the real devil Roche gave Meng Zhang a deep look, and imprinted all the information about Meng Zhang in his mind.


    The grievance between him and Meng Zhang has been forged.


    Under the entanglement of cause and effect, there will be more involvement between his deity and Meng Zhang.


    Between the two sides, it is almost endless.


    Perhaps, in the not too distant future, the true demon Roche will meet Meng Zhang.


    At that time, the grievances and karma of both sides will usher in an end.


    The incarnation of True Demon Roche suddenly collapsed, turning into a stream of light, easily penetrating this small world, and blasting toward the distant void.


    The remaining power of this incarnation will bring the coordinates of the star area to the sky and return to the deity of True Demon Rosh.


    The incarnation of the true demon Roche fled without a fight, but the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain did not have such a good thing.


    Its soul has been completely imprinted in the depths of this mountain, and it has completely integrated with it.


    If you can run, the monk can''t run away from the temple. Unless Meng Zhang is driven out of this mountain, there is no way for it to escape.


    The Red Earth Holy Mountain Shanling was the defeated general of Sanshan Zhenxian back then.


    It knows that Sanshan True Immortal is the top powerhouse among all True Immortals, far from being comparable to ordinary True Immortals.


    It doesn''t believe it anymore, a new real immortal in Mengzhang District can really eat himself.


    After all, his knowledge of the Taoist cultivation system was limited, and the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain did not have a clear understanding of the power of the real immortal Meng Zhang.


    In other words, he knew that he was no match for the real immortal Meng Zhang, but he had nowhere to go.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the air, motionless.


    From time to time, there will be waves of invisible fluctuations around his body, making the surrounding space tremble.


    He, who has just been promoted to True Immortal, is a little unfamiliar with the new realm, and he has not been able to control the newly acquired power well.


    Straws of immortal power leaked out from time to time, making Meng Zhang reveal a terrifying aura all over his body.


    In the red earth holy mountain, although the original Meng Zhang was strong, he had a lot of flaws, and he could take it down with a little effort.


    At this time, Meng Zhang seemed to be out of this world, and all the creatures that transcended time were so untouchable and so shocking.


    The wisps of immortal power unintentionally released by Meng Zhang made the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain feel enormous pressure.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain knew that it could not continue to delay.


    The longer the delay, the more the opponent can control the new power.


    If faced with a true immortal who can give full play to his own strength, in its current state, there is really no chance of winning.


    The mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain inspired all the forces, and the incomparably bright multicolored light rushed to Meng Zhang from all directions.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that after he was promoted to a true immortal, he would be extremely ecstatic.


    But at this time, his heart was indifferent.


    As if his promotion to True Immortal was a matter of course.


    After he was successfully promoted, everything he had lost before was made up for.


    He had previously used the Dayan Divine Calculation to deduce the heavenly secret, and lost thousands of years of life essence and a large amount of vitality.


    For True Immortals, these things are not worth mentioning.


    True immortals are also called immortals of longevity.


    Many people think that a true immortal has unlimited longevity and is truly immortal.


    Of course, a true immortal''s lifespan must have a limit.


    As for the true immortal''s lifespan limit, individual circumstances are different, so it cannot be generalized.


    Anyway, ordinary true immortals can easily live for 30,000 to 50,000 years or even longer as long as they don''t encounter catastrophe.


    In fact, in the Void Myriad Realms, there are only a handful of true immortals who have really exhausted their lifespan and died of old age.


    Most of the true immortals have fallen into various doomsdays.


    Meng Zhang is not a wild cultivator, but a golden immortal with complete inheritance.


    After being promoted to True Immortal, he immediately recalled the various inheritance classics of Zongmen in his mind.


    In these books, there are many valuable experiences about how the true immortals fight and how to practice.


    Although the time was short, he still obtained what he needed from these experiences.


    Meng Zhang did not feel at a loss because of the new realm, but acted very calmly according to the records of the classics.


    When the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit attacked him with all his strength, he was able to initially control the immortal body and immortal soul, and knew how to drive the immortal power.

 Chapter 2475

    Even if he can''t give full play to his strength now, in the face of the current situation, Meng Zhang''s strength is enough to deal with it.


    There is no need to use any immortal magic powers, and Meng Zhang, who has just completed his promotion, has not had time to practice immortal magic magic powers.


    With Meng Zhang''s body as the center, the majestic immortal power rushed out like a tide.


    Compared with the real magic power that Meng Zhang used to use before, the immortal power was a higher-level power and possessed more incredible power.


    If you want to fight against immortal power, you must have the same level of power.


    The Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit was indeed a true immortal-level powerhouse in its heyday, but he was seriously injured, which led to a drop in the realm of cultivation, and has not fully recovered so far.


    Wherever Xian Li passed, the spiritual power that had previously left Meng Zhang helpless, immediately vanished and disappeared.


    The mighty spiritual power of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain formed a legal-like existence around it, completely trapping Meng Zhang in it.


    Later, the incarnation of the true demon Rosh who broke into this place was inseparable from the battle with the red earth holy mountain, but it was not able to break the existence of this similar jurisdiction, but it was able to ensure that his family could advance and retreat freely.


    At this time, Meng Zhang kept inciting immortal power and released it violently towards the surroundings.


    The surrounding psychic power was easily defeated by immortal power, and this legal-like existence was quickly destroyed.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes shook for a while, and he finally returned to his normal space.


    At this time, he was located in the depths of this secret space, that is, within the belly of this mountain.


    Most of the pavilions and pavilions discovered before are illusions, and the surrounding buildings are relatively simple.


    Meng Zhang and the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain fought for so long, and later the incarnation of the real devil Rosh fought with him, but this guy never showed his real body.


    Meng Zhang did not know what the true face of this enemy looked like.


    The immortal power released by Meng Zhang swept away everything around him, and the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain could no longer hide.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain itself does not have a fixed shape, it looks like a group of colorful lights that are constantly twisting and changing.


    This is the core part of his soul.


    The spiritual power it released before, that is, the multicolored light that surrounded Meng Zhang, was like its armor and its weapon.


    It drives the spiritual power to protect the soul of one''s own family, and is also used to attack the enemy.


    Under the sweep of the immortal power released by Meng Zhang, the spiritual power released by the red earth holy mountain mountain spirit was completely swept away without persisting for too long.


    The gods of the red earth holy mountain have been completely integrated with this mountain, and it is impossible to escape from this mountain in a short time.


    Seeing that the spiritual power that he is best at is vulnerable in front of Meng Zhang, the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain has a heart, and he will urge the power of this mountain to continue to fight against Meng Zhang.


    This big mountain is an independent small world, a refuge and back road carefully prepared by the top leaders of the Dark Alliance.


    The inside of this big mountain is full of various prohibitions and magic circles, and the small world itself also has strong power.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain controls this mountain, fully exerting its power, and really has the ability to deal with ordinary true immortals.


    Meng Zhang, who has just been promoted, still has a lot of things to do. He doesn''t have much time to slowly entangle with the red earth holy mountain spirit, and he will not have the opportunity to give full play to it.


    After he was promoted to a true immortal, it did not mean that the Taoist magical powers that he had practiced before were useless.


    Due to the huge improvement in his cultivation realm, the power of the previous magical powers has also increased greatly.


    The mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain is about to integrate his soul into the depths of the mountain, and use this mountain to hide.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes swept around, and he easily saw through his hidden method and found out where his soul was.


    When he was still a young monk, Meng Zhang possessed the innate supernatural powers such as the Delusional Dharma Eye.


    In the future, with the continuous improvement of the cultivation realm, the power of this innate magical power is also constantly improving.


    After becoming a high-level cultivator, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense was sharp and powerful, and he had less time to use pupil magic.


    Now his original mortal body has become the body of an immortal, and all kinds of innate magical powers derived from the mortal body have also evolved.


    Although the Destructive Dharma Eye is not yet some kind of immortal pupil, it has become powerful enough and magical enough.


    The soul of the red earth holy mountain mountain spirit is hidden deep in the mountain, and it also motivates various formations and prohibits hidden actions.


    But these are all useless under the glance of the delusional eye.


    After Meng Zhang found out where his spirit was, with a single stroke, the highly condensed immortal power shot straight towards the target.


    A beam of immortal power destroyed all the obstacles on the road and penetrated the thick mountain.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain was hit directly before it had time to dodge.


    The twirling multicolored light group immediately disappeared, and the rest immediately dispersed, turning into countless tiny light spots that were about to escape towards the surroundings.


    This method of soul differentiation still has some characteristics.


    Most of the spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit were wiped out, and the participating part tried to split into many remnants to escape from Meng Zhang''s pursuit.


    Meng Zhang saw through the opponent''s attempt at a glance, and of course he would not let it come true.


    One after another immortal power shot towards all directions.


    These immortal powers have extremely strong spirituality. They know how to pursue the enemy on their own, and will not give up until the enemy is completely wiped out.


    Meng Zhang himself also flickered one after another, and started chasing the remnants who were trying to escape.


    The prohibition and law formation within this mountain were regarded as nothing by Meng Zhang, and they were easily destroyed.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal, the Red Earth Holy Mountain Spirit, who was far from returning to its prime, was almost vulnerable.


    A large part of Meng Zhang''s mind was focused on chasing and killing his divided spirits.


    If the grass is cut, the roots must be removed, and Meng Zhang will not make the mistakes that Sanshan Zhenxian made in the past.


    He wants to completely wipe out this great enemy who almost drove him into a desperate situation, and he will definitely not leave a trace of life for him, and he will not leave him with future troubles.


    After all, the Red Earth Sacred Mountain Mountain Spirit is not at the level of a true immortal. When it comes to real combat power, it is actually limited to Meng Zhang before being promoted to a true immortal.


    It had trapped Meng Zhang before, and almost beat Meng Zhang. First, it relied on strange methods, and Meng Zhang had no corresponding way to deal with it.


    Second, it has a convenient location and is deployed early.


    When Meng Zhang entered the mountain, he exposed his tracks.


    The mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain did not rush to launch, but slowly laid out, guiding Meng Zhang into the trap step by step.


    Meng Zhang, who had experienced hundreds of battles, was careless for a while, and he had never encountered such means, but he actually stepped into the trap and fell into an absolute disadvantage.


    In the end, Meng Zhang, who was helpless, could only get out of the predicament by risking his life.


    If the two sides fought head-on with real swords and real guns, Meng Zhang might not necessarily lose to the other side.


    Now that Meng Zhang has been promoted to a true immortal, he has crushed the enemy in the realm of cultivation, and naturally turned the situation around easily.


    In the process of Meng Zhang chasing and killing the Red Earth Holy Mountain Spirit, many high-level monks of the Dark Alliance who were controlled by him rushed towards Meng Zhang from all directions like lunatics.


    Meng Zhang, who has the power of a true immortal, just took a little more effort to clear the blockers.


    Anyway, these are the cultivators of the Dark Alliance, and Meng Zhang would not care about their lives.


    When Meng Zhang spent a lot of energy to exterminate the last remaining soul of the red earth holy mountain, the core part of the mountain collapsed.


    Immediately, the entire mountain began to collapse.


    The red earth holy mountain Shanling is closely connected with this mountain and has become the foundation of the mountain.


    The mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain was completely killed by Meng Zhang, and the mountain became extremely unstable.


    When Meng Zhang was chasing and killing the remnant souls of the Red Earth Holy Mountain, he rampaged through the mountains, wanton destruction, and caused huge damage to the mountain.


    If this was near the Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang might have a chance to save one or two by mobilizing the human and material resources of the Taiyi Sect with more effort.


    But now, the conditions are not right.


    Second, after Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal, his horizons became higher.


    Although it was a pity that the mountain was destroyed like this, it was not worth the risk Meng Zhang took to save it.


    Meng Zhang has just been promoted, and he still needs time to consolidate his cultivation realm and cultivate the corresponding immortal magical powers.


    Only when he completely masters the power he possesses can he be regarded as a qualified true immortal.


    There are many real immortal-level powerhouses in the Junchen world, including Meng Zhang''s opponents.


    Dealing with these opponents of the same level will not be as easy as today''s battle, and you can win simply by crushing the cultivation realm.


    Without the means of the true immortal level and the corresponding magical powers, how can Meng Zhang contend with these opponents?


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also wanted to hide his true cultivation as much as possible.


    If he rashly exposes the cultivation base of the real immortal realm, many things will be difficult to handle in the future.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flickered quickly and circled around the mountain quickly.


    As the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit was completely killed, the Dark Alliance monks under his control also appeared in various abnormal states.


    Most of the monks who were controlled the most and completely turned into puppets died violently.


    Most of the monks who have not been completely eroded by their spiritual power, but still remain somewhat awake, fell into a coma.


    Meng Zhang soon found two masters and apprentices, Taoist Ye Ye and Taoist Jueying.


    Both of them had fallen into a coma and completely lost all consciousness.


    Meng Zhang made a cursory check.


    Fortunately, their lives are safe.


    They are not in good condition, but they can be maintained for a short period of time.


    After leaving here, Meng Zhang can slowly treat them.


    The gods of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain have completely fallen, and the strange power that invaded their bodies has also lost control.


    Meng Zhang released a burst of immortal power to protect the two of them temporarily, and then included them in his mustard seed space.


    In the process of circling the circle, Meng Zhang also put away some cultivation resources stored in the treasure house.


    Meng Zhang did not delay here for too long, and left here quickly.


    This mountain is the secret base of the dark alliance, and the dark alliance has its own means to monitor its movements.


    Previously, the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain began to erode from the inside, and did not alert the top leaders of the Dark Alliance.


    Now that the entire mountain has completely collapsed, the Dark Alliance will definitely be alarmed.


    If the Dark Alliance is far away from the Junchen Realm, and it is difficult to take care of it in a short period of time, then the Fearless Realm, which is close at hand, is a major threat.


    The reason why the Dark Alliance built the secret base here has considered many factors.


    One of them is that it is easy to get the care and protection of the barbarians of the fearless world.


    The barbarians of the Fearless Realm seem rude and simple, but they took advantage of their maneuvers to let the mountain spirit doves of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain occupy the magpie''s nest and regain their new life in this mountain.


    The mountain collapsed, and the barbarians of the Dreadnought were quick to react.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to slowly entangle with the barbarian strong here.


    After Meng Zhang left here, he made a big circle in the void to make sure that no one was following behind him.


    Meng Zhang did not rush back to Junchen Realm, but chose an inconspicuous place, ready to rest a little.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the air for a moment, then stretched out his right hand and swiped at his body.


    After a while, a white cloud appeared in his hand.


    This is the prohibition that Xianyun Zhenxian planted in his body back then.


    Xianyun Zhenxian thought that by controlling Meng Zhang through the ban, he could drive him to run for himself.


    A long time ago, Meng Zhang had the strength to get rid of the ban.


    However, if Meng Zhang forcibly removed the restraint, he would most likely be seriously injured.


    Second, Meng Zhang''s removal of the ban will surely disturb Xianyun Zhenxian.


    For Meng Zhang, Xianyun Zhenxian used the ban to control him, so why wasn''t he using Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Not to mention the benefits he had obtained from Xianyun Zhenxian before, Meng Zhang was also planning to use this ban at the critical moment.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal, he could easily get rid of the restriction without disturbing Xianyun True Immortal.


    Meng Zhang wrapped the restriction with immortal power and carefully put it away.


    This group ban still has great use, but it can''t be wasted.


    After he had dealt with the restraints in his body and ensured that there were no hidden dangers in his body, Meng Zhang began to slowly examine his body inside and out.


    Meng Zhang must be familiar with his immortal body and immortal soul, and slowly consolidate the realm of cultivation.


    Cultivators start from the late Yuanshen stage to the stage of returning to the virtual world, and ordinary spiritual stones can no longer meet their needs.


    In daily practice, it is mainly to absorb and refine Yuqing Spiritual Machine.


    In the void, there are many peculiar places to produce jade clear spirits.


    In the Junchen world, through special means, the jade clear spirit can be collected from the source sea.


    In addition, high-level blessed places such as the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyi Gate can also slowly breed the spiritual power of Yuqing after years of accumulation.


    In the world of self-cultivation, Yuqing Lingji is not only a necessary resource for high-level monks to practice, but also a currency used for high-level transactions.


    When Tiangong was still there, it was the jade clearing machine that was used to distribute salaries to the monks under his command.


    Meng Zhang is now a true immortal, and Yuqing Lingji can no longer meet his daily practice needs.


    He carried a lot of Yuqing spirits with him.


    When it hit the real immortal realm before, it consumed most of it.


    There are still some Origin Crystals on him.


    The source crystal is the condensed source of the highly concentrated heaven and earth in the source sea, and it is enough for the new real immortal Meng Zhang to use.


    However, the source crystals in the source sea of ??a big world are limited.


    Moreover, excessive mining of source crystals will cause damage to the source sea and endanger the entire world.


    The Junchen Realm has entered into destruction, the source sea has begun to dry up, and Meng Zhang has temporarily lost the channel to obtain the source crystal.


    As for the origin of the world of Taiyimen, Meng Zhang will only continue to strengthen it, and will never damage it in the slightest.

 Chapter 2476

    For true immortals, the best resource for daily practice is the essence of the void.


    To obtain the essence of the void, you need to use a special method to go to some special locations in the depths of the void to collect it.


    There is still a lot of things waiting for Meng Zhang in Junchen World, and he has no time to collect Void Essence for the time being.


    Although the spiritual energy contained in the Yuqing Spiritual Machine is not pure enough for true immortals, as long as the quantity is sufficient, it can be slowly purified, and then absorbed and refined.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang still has a lot of source crystals from too wonderful, which can temporarily meet his cultivation needs.


    As Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm began to consolidate, he had a certain understanding of his immortal body and immortal soul, and was able to freely control the newly acquired power.


    The immortal power fluctuations in his body began to calm down slowly, and his breath became calm and restrained.


    After entering the realm of real immortals, Meng Zhang has the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, not lacking in cultivation techniques, not lacking in immortal magical powers, and there are many practice experiences that can be used as a reference.


    This is the biggest difference between a rooted practitioner and a loose practitioner.


    After practicing here for more than a month, he barely stabilized his realm and consolidated his cultivation.


    At this time, he can already use some methods that are unique to true immortals more freely.


    Of course, if you want to practice immortal magic, you need more time, and you even need some external help.


    The Junchen Realm is entering into destruction, and the situation in all aspects is changing rapidly. Meng Zhang really shouldn''t stay in the void for too long.


    After completing the initial goal, he began to embark on the return journey.


    On the way, Meng Zhang reflected on the gains and losses of his trip.


    He originally wanted to find Daoye Ye and Daoist Jueying master and apprentice, trying to get them to help him and prevent the upcoming ceremony of the Great Elder Fengqing of the Dark Alliance.


    The two of them, master and apprentice, are not in a good state now and are in a coma. They can only be treated slowly after returning to the Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang himself fell into the trap of the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit, and was almost controlled by it.


    In order to get out of trouble, Meng Zhang had to forcibly attack Zhenxian under an extremely unfavorable situation.


    Although the attack was successful by luck, it still left many troubles, which made Meng Zhang very dissatisfied.


    In the past, every time Meng Zhang broke through a great realm, he made various preparations in advance, and then chose the right time to break through.


    According to his original plan, he should continue to strengthen his accumulation, build a solid foundation, and strive to stand on a higher starting line as soon as he enters the real immortal realm.


    As the inheritor of the golden immortal, how can he be the same as the ordinary true immortal?


    If Meng Zhang''s plan is successful, he will soon become the strongest among the true immortals.


    Over time, even a top-level True Immortal such as Sanshan True Immortal, he will be able to compete head-on.


    But this time, because the breakthrough was too hasty, his situation was limited compared to ordinary true immortals.


    The six true immortals in the source sea of ??Junchen Realm are not only old-fashioned true immortals, but also powerful true immortals with deep accumulation, high strength, and the foundation to impact the realm of heaven.


    In the future, Meng Zhang will definitely have conflicts and even fights with them.


    With Meng Zhang''s current situation, he still has a long way to go if he wants to beat them.


    Of course, everything has its pros and cons.


    Meng Zhang''s rush to the real immortal realm was not in line with his intentions, but it was not without merit.


    Meng Zhang stepped into the realm of immortals nearly a hundred years earlier than expected.


    With the current situation in the Junchen world, the sooner you have the strength of a true immortal, the more you can take the initiative, and maybe you will be able to seize more opportunities.


    There is a world of difference between true immortals and ordinary practitioners.


    Meng Zhang became a true immortal before he was qualified to step onto the chessboard and play against other true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Meng Zhang also slowly figured it out in his heart.


    Things in the world cannot all develop according to their own wishes.


    It is impossible to blindly pursue perfection in this kind of practice.


    Even an ascetic monk who does not ask about foreign affairs and concentrates on self-cultivation, cannot guarantee that every time he breaks through, he is in the best state and can achieve the best results.


    The restraint that Xianyun Zhenxian had previously left in Meng Zhang''s body was taken out by Meng Zhang and put away carefully.


    Through this restriction, Xianyun Zhenxian can sense Meng Zhang''s approximate location and communicate with Meng Zhang when needed.


    In turn, Meng Zhang can also take the initiative to contact Xianyun Zhenxian through this restriction.


    Meng Zhang has now become a true immortal, and through this restriction, he can do more things.


    He can block or even mislead Xianyun Zhenxian''s induction, and he can sense the position of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    He can also reverse influence and even attack Xianyun Zhenxian.


    If the time is right, this ban will become Meng Zhang''s trump card against Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang deliberately avoided the position of Xianyun Zhenxian, circled in a big circle, entered the broken nine days, and secretly returned to Junchen Realm.


    After Meng Zhang returned to Taiyimen Mountain Gate, he immediately entered the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    During the time he was away, nothing major happened in the door, everything was business as usual.


    Daoist Youhuan was forcibly placed under house arrest in Taiyimen for so long, and there was no suspicion on the side of the Dark Alliance.


    In the current dark alliance, all the power is invested in the preparation ceremony, and there is no time for him to care.


    As the head of the Dark Alliance, Venerable Fengqing, he may wish that the senior leaders of the Dark Alliance who did not deal with him should stay outside, not to return to the Dark Alliance and make trouble for himself.


    In the current Junchen world, various foreign invaders are still continuing to attack the gates of the major holy land sects.


    The war has been going on for so long without any significant results.


    After paying a certain amount of casualties, the various foreign invaders were somewhat slack.


    The group of extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level probably had other plans, and they did not push their subordinates too much to strengthen their attacks.


    As a result, the battlefields everywhere entered a protracted state of stalemate.


    It seems that in a short period of time, it is impossible to decide the winner.


    Meng Zhang is now promoted to True Immortal and has sufficient confidence.


    He began to think about whether he wanted to directly attack the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate and bring this important place under control as soon as possible.


    After thinking over and over again, Meng Zhang gave up this tempting idea.


    Who knows how many trump cards are hidden behind the Ziyang Zhenxian behind the Ziyang Shengzong?


    As a new true immortal, Meng Zhang is not ranked among the many true immortals in the Junchen world, and there is nothing outstanding.


    Maybe Ziyang Zhenxian can find a way to deal with Meng Zhang without leaving the source sea.


    Meng Zhang''s top priority now should be to stop the ceremony of the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    He succeeded in hitting the real fairy realm this time, and got the help of the residual consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    Even if the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm has been wiped out, Meng Zhang believes that he should still take some responsibility for it.


    Even if the Junchen world has entered into destruction, it must not be stained by magic.


    Falling into the world of the devil''s way is the real doom.

 Chapter 2477

    For the sake of confidentiality, Meng Zhang did not disclose to anyone that he became a true immortal, including his disciples.


    It''s not that he can''t trust the middle-level and high-level people, but that he has become a true immortal. He will be a very important soldier and will play a big role at critical moments.


    In his next plan, he can''t tolerate the slightest omission, and can''t leave any flaws.


    Meng Zhang had previously relied on observation and speculation about the fact that Venerable Fengqing colluded with demons and prepared to use ritual demons to dye the Junchen world, and there was no conclusive evidence.


    To put it badly, he made such a speculation, largely preconceived, with some kind of prejudice.


    He is now promoted to True Immortal, his spiritual sense is stronger, and he has more feelings about this matter.


    Among the immortals, there are also celestial masters, known as celestial masters.


    When they deduced the secret of heaven, they used immortal magic.


    Meng Zhang was promoted to the True Immortal, but he was far from qualified to become the Heavenly Secret Immortal Master.


    Although Dayan Divine Calculation is a very clever celestial technique, there is still a big distance between it and the immortal technique.


    In addition to deriving the secrets of various great worlds, the Immortal Master of Heaven''s Secrets often stands at a higher angle and deduces the operation of the secrets of the entire Void and Myriad Realms.


    They believe that there are higher-level rules of heaven running on the entire void and myriad worlds.


    Such a way of heaven is fundamentally different from the consciousness of the way of heaven in various great worlds.


    This kind of heaven is more ethereal and distant, more inscrutable, and is called the void heaven.


    The Void Heaven is the real Dao. Without one''s own feelings, it will not take the initiative to interfere with everything in the Void World.


    There are even legends among many immortals that after the legendary Taoist ancestors merged, they turned into the highest level of heaven in the void.


    Immortals can learn all kinds of information in the void by peeking at the operation of the void heaven.


    Meng Zhang''s celestial secret art cultivation base at this time was barely able to sense some of the shallowest things in the sky.


    Of course, although his celestial secrets cultivation base has not been greatly improved, his spiritual sense is more sensitive than before, and he can have more senses.


    Whether it was the responsibility he took on his own initiative or his own sense of inspiration, Meng Zhang made it a top priority to stop the ceremony of Venerable Fengqing.


    He is now promoted to True Immortal and has stronger strength, but he has become more cautious.


    Before the shot, he still has a lot of preparation work to do.


    Meng Zhang released Daoye Ye and Daoist Jueying master and apprentice in the mustard space.


    They were still in a coma and never woke up on their own initiative. .


    Although the spiritual power from the Red Earth Holy Mountain Mountain Spirit has begun to shrink, it is still entrenched in their hearts.


    It is necessary to expel this alien power, and at the same time be careful not to hurt them.


    Under the taboo, Meng Zhang did not dare to act rashly.


    Treating them is a very delicate job, and Meng Zhang needs to do it slowly.


    Meng Zhang also communicated with Taimiao, his external avatar, in time.


    The situation in the underworld is still the same.


    The underworld, like the entire Junchen world, is entering into destruction.


    Tai Miao has to work hard to keep the key points like Youducheng, and also strive to obtain more inheritance after the collapse of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm finally caught up with Tai Miao''s external incarnation.


    According to Meng Zhang''s practice experience, it is best that the realm of the deity''s cultivation should not be inferior to the incarnation outside the body for a long time.


    Meng Zhang entered the deepest part of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, encircled the most stable place, and set up restrictions to prevent other monks in the door from approaching.


    Meng Zhang took out the jade book and took out the brand of Yang God stored in it.


    Most of these Yang God''s imprints are left by the Void Returners in the door.


    After the special space in the depths of Junchen World collapsed, Meng Zhang kept it in this jade book.


    When he was attacking the real immortal realm, the imprint of the Yang God left by Meng Zhang himself had long since been actively put into his body, which became one of the assistances for him to attack the real immortal realm.


    Meng Zhang used his immortal power to engrave these Yang God imprints here and reinforce them.


    In the future, with the continuous strengthening of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, the engraving here will become stronger and indestructible.


    While busy with these things, Meng Zhang did not relax his attention to the dark alliance.


    According to Meng Zhang''s orders, the senior leaders of Taiyimen have been closely monitoring the movements of the dark alliance.


    The ceremony held by Venerable Fengqing was too noisy, and the specific process could not be concealed from anyone.


    Meng Zhang was about to complete all the preparatory work on Fengqing, and when he was about to hold the ceremony, he launched a thunderbolt to completely stop his actions.


    In this way, even if the top leaders of the Dark Alliance want to carry out similar actions in the future, they must consider the threat from Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang has become a true immortal, he is still not ready to solve this matter alone.


    He ordered the senior officials of Taiyimen to keep in touch with the remaining forces of Tiangong at any time, and prepare to attack together.


    Since Meng Zhang returned to Taiyimen Mountain Gate, he has been staying in the depths of Sun Moon Blessed Land, hardly ever leaving.


    He also began to treat the master and apprentice of Daoye Ye and Daoist Jueying.


    After some treatment, although the two still did not wake up, the situation improved greatly.


    Next, there is no need for Meng Zhang to continue to take action, it is mainly up to them to recover slowly.


    During this process, Meng Zhang became more proficient in the control of immortal power by carefully expelling the alien power in their bodies.


    Among the inheritances that Meng Zhang obtained, there were many powerful and unpredictable celestial powers.


    Even if he spends thousands of years, he may not be able to cultivate all these magical powers.


    What''s more, the cultivation of many immortal magical powers also requires the cooperation of various foreign objects.


    Some of them are foreign objects, not to mention not in Junchen Realm, not in Dengtianxing District, and they are very rare in Void World.


    If Meng Zhang wanted to form a fighting force in a short period of time, he had to make a choice when he practiced immortal magic.


    The current Meng Zhang, without the leisurely attitude of an immortal, can be said to be racing against time and being very busy.


    In order to improve combat effectiveness, practitioners can use external objects in addition to their own self-cultivation.


    Foreign objects that can enhance the combat effectiveness of immortals are very rare in the Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang finally used up the two fairy talismans that Xianyun Zhenxian had flicked over.


    When Meng Zhang was still a true monarch in the Yuanshen period, his natal instruments were also used up early.


    Meng Zhang has always had the intention of refining the natal magic weapon again, but he has never been able to implement it.


    From Meng Zhang''s vision, he has extremely high requirements for the natal instruments.


    More importantly, Meng Zhang''s cultivation was improving too fast.


    The natal magic weapon that should have grown up with him often couldn''t keep up with the progress of his cultivation, resulting in it being unable to play any role.


    As for ordinary magic weapons and the like, Meng Zhang was even more despised.


    Meng Zhang had obtained a lot of magic weapons, and they were placed in the sect by him for use by the great masters in the sect.


    For Meng Zhang, these magic weapons have limited improvement in combat power.


    As for the other Void Returning greats in the door, these magic weapons can greatly improve their own.

 Chapter 2478

    Logically speaking, Meng Zhang has now become a true immortal, and the most suitable for him is the immortal weapon.


    But in fact, due to the rarity of immortal artifacts, most of the true immortals did not use immortal artifacts.


    Even some angels have never possessed a fairy weapon.


    Recently, there are many true immortals in the Junchen world, and the six true immortals in the source sea are even the top true immortals who are qualified to attack the heavenly immortals.


    However, in the several real fairy battles that took place in the Junchen world, the figure of the fairy tool was rarely seen.


    Disposable items such as immortal talismans can play a significant role in the battle of the true immortals.


    Like Xianyun Zhenxian, with a few immortal talismans on his body, he is considered a local tyrant among the real immortals.


    It is no wonder that Liu Yun Zhenxian, who can refine immortal talismans, will become the top figure in the four-pointed star region, making Liu Yun Shengzong the leader of the righteous path.


    Immortal artifacts are too rare, and ordinary magic weapons are of little help to true immortals.


    Some true immortals with sufficient means try to improve and strengthen various magic weapons, making their power far beyond ordinary magic weapons.


    Such special magic weapons are called pseudo-immortal weapons.


    If a true immortal can possess a fake immortal artifact, it is definitely not shabby.


    In Meng Zhang''s hands, there is a wind fire yin and yang fan from the Gu Yue family.


    When he was in the virtual immortal realm, he failed to completely refine it.


    In many battles, this magic weapon that has not been completely refined has played a great role.


    Meng Zhang once suspected that the wind fire yin and yang fan was a pseudo-immortal weapon in the legend.


    According to the information he had learned from Sword Master Banxue, although the headquarters of the Gu Yue family in Lingkong Xianjie was quite strong, it could be called a powerful party in Lingkong Xianjie. But in any case, there is no reason to send a pseudo-immortal weapon to Junchen Realm.


    Even if the Gu Yue family branch of Jun Chen Realm cultivated a few great powers of returning to the void, they would not be able to exert the power of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan at all.


    Even for the Tianxian family, the pseudo-immortal artifact is not Chinese cabbage, and it must not be wasted.


    In the past, Meng Zhang''s cultivation base was limited, and he could not penetrate the mystery of the wind, fire, yin and yang fans.


    He is now promoted to true immortal, and he has a little time for a while, so he is ready to take a closer look at this magic weapon.


    Meng Zhang held the Wind Fire Yin-Yang Fan in his hands, and the evolved spiritual sense emanated from the fairy soul, trying to slowly infiltrate this magic weapon.


    Seemingly sensing the aura of a true immortal on Meng Zhang''s body, the wind fire yin yang fan trembled spontaneously.


    Every time the wind and fire yin and yang fan shook, it brought great pressure to Meng Zhang.


    Replaced by a weaker new Jinxian, I am afraid that I can''t bear this kind of pressure.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles, has special unloading skills.


    And he is tenacious and can withstand all kinds of strong pressure.


    Under the enormous pressure, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense slowly penetrated into the interior of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, and soon came into contact with the most core part inside.


    Meng Zhang was in a trance for a while, and a huge amount of information entered his mind from the wind and fire yin and yang fan.


    After a while, Meng Zhang stopped and carefully digested the various information he had obtained.


    The wind fire yin and yang fan is really a fake fairy, and it is the best of the fake fairy.


    In some respects, it is not even weaker than ordinary fairy weapons.


    If it is completely refined and exerted its full power, it is enough to control the battle situation in the battle of the true immortal level.


    For the new real immortal Meng Zhang, the Fenghuo Yin-Yang Fan, a pseudo-immortal artifact, may be more suitable than an ordinary immortal artifact.


    After all, not only is the real immortal artifact not easy to refine, but refining is also very difficult, which is enough to suffocate many old-fashioned true immortals.


    The Gu Yue family in Lingkong Immortal Realm gave this fake immortal artifact, not to the branch of Gu Yue Clan in Junchen Realm, but to the descendants of Taiyi Sect''s founder.


    Although the Gu Yue family in Junchen Realm was only a Celestial Family, it possessed a unique power because of the Heavenly Secret Immortal Master who was born in the family.


    Many years ago, the Immortal Master Tianji of the Gu Yue family had contact with the Taiyi Sect founder.


    The founder of Taiyimen inadvertently sensed the existence of Taiyi Jinxian, and was taught a brilliant inheritance by him.


    The Immortal Master Tianji of the Gu Yue family accidentally discovered that the Taiyi Gate founder and Jinxian had a cause and effect.


    Logically speaking, let alone the Heavenly Immortal family, even the Golden Immortals who dominate the Lingkong Immortal Realm are unwilling to interfere with the unfamiliar Golden Immortals at will, so as not to cause causal entanglement.


    The Tianji Immortal Master of the Gu Yue Family is also incapable of deriving detailed information about the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    The Heavenly Secret Immortal Master of the Gu Yue family deduced that the family would suffer doom in a few years.


    In order to survive the doomsday safely and keep the family, the key is related to the founder of Taiyi Sect.


    Therefore, the senior members of the Gu Yue clan deliberately made friends with the Taiyi Sect¡¯s founder, and sponsored him to start a career in the Junchen Realm.


    In the thousands of years that followed, although the Gu Yue family lost contact with the Junchen Realm, they never forgot about it.


    When Gu Yue Fenghua held a grand sacrificial ceremony to communicate with the family headquarters of Lingkong Xianjie, it immediately attracted the attention of the senior members of the Gu Yue family.


    Even though they were far apart, a certain big man of the Gu Yue family in the Lingkong Immortal Realm sensed the breath of the inheritor of the Taiyi Gate''s founding ancestor.


    The branch of the Gu Yue family in the Junchen world seems to have surrendered to the Taiyi Sect.


    In the cultivation world where the weak eat the strong, it is a common phenomenon for the weak to surrender to the strong. It is not surprising at all, and the Gu Yue Family Headquarters will not blame the descendants of the branch for this.


    The most important thing is that the Taiyi Sect is related to the future doom of the Gu Yue family.


    The big man in the Gu Yue family headquarters sent this wind and fire yin and yang fan. It was not for the younger generation of the Gu Yue family branch, but for the Taiyi Sect.


    The Gu Yue Family Headquarters did not expect a fake immortal weapon to make Taiyi Sect desperately help their family to survive the calamity.


    Sending this pseudo-immortal artifact is just to receive a good fate early.


    As for the doom, the connection between Lingkong Immortal Realm and Junchen Realm will be restored in the future, and Gu Yue Family Headquarters will slowly negotiate with Taiyi Sect.


    Meng Zhang received these messages with a look of amazement on his face.


    Immortal Master Tianji is really extraordinary, and his calculations are so far-reaching. He started the layout early and planned for the family.


    In any case, since Meng Zhang accepted the other party''s kindness, he should have a corresponding return.


    If the opportunity is right in the future, the other party can offer enough conditions to help the other party survive the doom, which is not something that cannot be negotiated.


    As for the calculations of the Gu Yue family, Meng Zhang can also understand.


    The other party left the key information in the wind and fire yin and yang fan, at least only true immortals can read it, which is also a test for Taiyimen.


    Probably only true immortals can get into the eyes of the Gu Yue family and be involved in the affairs of the Gu Yue family.


    According to Jianjun Banxue, the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm is about to be restored.


    Taiyimen is helpless and has no foundation in Lingkong Xianjie.


    If the Taiyi Sect can climb up the relationship of the Gu Yue family and get the Gu Yue family''s care, then the road will be easy to follow, and many troubles and crises can be avoided.


    Meng Zhang weighed the pros and cons and preferred to befriend the Gu Yue family.

 Chapter 2479

    The Gu Yue family was really generous, and they casually gave away a fake immortal artifact, alleviating Meng Zhang''s urgent needs.


    Meng Zhang, who was promoted to a true immortal, has the ability to completely refine this pseudo-immortal weapon, but it takes a lot of time.


    When the power of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan can be fully utilized, Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness will be greatly improved.


    Compared with cultivating the magical powers of immortal art, it is undoubtedly more cost-effective to give priority to refining the wind fire yin and yang fan.


    In order to show sincerity, the Gu Yue family also revealed one thing.


    After Meng Zhang sensed the relevant information, he closed his eyes and thought for a moment.


    He stayed in the Sun Moon Blessed Land for a while, sorted out his cultivation, then left here and secretly came to the territory of the Gu Yue family.


    According to the information obtained from the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, Meng Zhang cast a small spell.


    After casting the spell, Meng Zhang waited for a while, and Gu Yue Fenghua, the patriarch of the Gu Yue clan, who had been missing for a long time, hurriedly flew here from a distance.


    As a vassal of Taiyi Sect, Gu Yue Fenghua did not dare to neglect after seeing Meng Zhang, and immediately went to pay homage.


    Gu Yue Fenghua has been in the stage of returning to the virtual stage for many years, and among the many vassals of Taiyi Sect, he is considered a top-notch figure.


    She was very surprised, not knowing why Meng Zhang was able to use the secret summoning technique within the Gu Yue family.


    Even the head of her family was only taught this secret technique after contacting the Gu Yue family headquarters.


    She, who was still at home before, sensed the call of the secret method, and came here in a hurry.


    Because Meng Zhang deliberately restrained his breath, she hadn''t found that Meng Zhang had advanced to the realm of true immortals.


    What Meng Zhang really wanted to summon was not Gu Yue Fenghua.


    Meng Zhang ignored Gu Yue Fenghua, but looked behind her and said softly, "Meng Mou has already come by appointment, why hasn''t your Excellency shown up yet?"


    Before Meng Zhang finished speaking, a figure silently appeared between Gu Yue Fenghua and Meng Zhang.


    This is a woman who seems to be ordinary and ordinary in all aspects.


    As soon as Gu Yuefenghua saw this woman appear, she didn''t dare to let out the air, and stood by the side respectfully.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, this woman has a unique charm, and there is a hint of extraordinaryness in her body.


    More importantly, this woman did not hide her cultivation, she was a true immortal.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sigh in his heart, the Gu Yue family is really yin and yang.


    The female cultivators of the Gu Yue clan were already famous, and the outstanding figures of the Gu Yue clan that Meng Zhang had come into contact with were basically female cultivators.


    Yin is prosperous and yang is declining, and women are better than men. It seems to be a major feature of the Gu Yue family.


    The woman glanced at Meng Zhang and saw through Meng Zhang''s hidden true cultivation.


    She waved her hand and told Gu Yue Fenghua to step down. She wanted to communicate with Meng Zhang alone.


    After the figure of Gu Yuefenghua disappeared, the woman bowed her hands to Meng Zhang.


    "Gu Yue Ling Qing has met Sect Master Meng."


    "Daoist Gu Yue has been in Junchen Realm for so long that Meng Mou came to visit him, but Meng Mou, the master, was negligent."


    Meng Zhang said with a smile.


    Back then, Gu Yue Fenghua held a grand ceremony to communicate with the family headquarters of Lingkong Xianjie.


    On the surface, the Gu Yue Family Headquarters in Lingkong Immortal Realm only passed a few treasures from the sky.


    In fact, Gu Yue Ling Qing, a true immortal, used a secret technique, hid in a treasure, and secretly came to Jun Chen Realm.


    Since the wormhole passage between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm was destroyed and the two places lost contact, it has become very difficult for the two places to communicate.


    It was very difficult for the Gu Yue Family Headquarters to use the power of the ceremony to transmit a few treasures from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    It would be even more difficult for the True Immortal Gu Yue Ling Qing to sneak in.


    You must know that the defense system of Junchen Realm was still intact at that time.


    Even Xianyun Zhenxian couldn''t sneak into Junchen Realm without knowing it, and only dared to wander outside Junchen Realm.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing was able to sneak into the Jun Chen Realm without disturbing anyone, which was a testament to his ability.


    Meng Zhang also learned this information from the wind and fire yin and yang fan.


    If he hadn''t been promoted to True Immortal, I''m afraid he would still be kept in the dark.


    The Gu Yue family has places to seek help from the Taiyi Sect, and there are also tests for the Taiyi Sect.


    If the Taiyi Sect didn''t even have a true immortal, it would probably not be of much help to the doom that the Gu Yue family would face in the future.


    For the sake of safety, the Gu Yue family will show affection to the Taiyi Sect and form a good relationship.


    But if the Taiyi Sect is not strong enough, then the Gu Yue family will not have more contact with the Taiyi Sect, nor will they invest more.


    The Gu Yue Clan did not explicitly say these things, and most of them were guessed by Meng Zhang from the actions of the Gu Yue Clan.


    Meng Zhang was very open about this.


    There is no one in the world of self-cultivation who has opened a shantang.


    You show potential and look promising, and maybe there will be long-term monks or forces investing in you and even supporting you.


    But if your potential is exhausted, your achievements are limited, or you have no results for a long time, then people will stop your losses in time.


    The deduction of Tianji Immortal Master is not to say that it is foolproof.


    In fact, Tianji Immortals are similar to ordinary Tianji in many ways.


    The results they deduced are often vague and just a possibility.


    Back then, the ancient fairy master of the ancient moon family deduced that the ancient moon family would be doomed. Over the years, the whole family has been preparing for the calamity.


    Immortal Master Tianji deduced that the descendants of the Taiyi Sect''s founder may be helpful for the Gu Yue family to deal with the doom, which is just one of many possibilities.


    The founder of Taiyi Sect was only a Primordial Spirit cultivator back then, and he couldn''t get into the eyes of an immortal clan like the Gu Yue clan at all.


    For the sake of safety, the Gu Yue family gave him a certain amount of funding, which could be regarded as casting a wide net.


    It was not until Gu Yue Fenghua contacted the family headquarters that the senior members of the Gu Yue family in Lingkong Xianjie knew the situation of Junchen Realm and the existence of Taiyi Sect.


    With the potential shown by the Taiyi Sect at that time, it is worthy of the Gu Yue family''s continued investment.


    But if the Taiyi Sect is unable to give birth to a true immortal, let alone helping the Gu Yue family to deal with the doom in the future, then the Junchen Realm will not be able to pass.


    Only when Meng Zhang was promoted to a true immortal could he obtain the information hidden in the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and only then could he know the existence of Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Seeing Meng Zhang become a true immortal with his own eyes, Gu Yue Ling Qing would naturally not be neglected.


    The current Meng Zhang deserves the further investment of the Gu Yue family, and also has the qualifications to cooperate with Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Neither of them are the kind of people who like red tape. They simply exchanged a few words and then went straight to the topic.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing first taught Meng Zhang the fundamental method of thoroughly refining and deeply controlling the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan.


    The Gu Yue family has a backer in the false immortal artifact, the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan.


    If the Taiyi Sect has been unable to give birth to a true immortal and cannot read the information in the Fenghuo Yin-Yang Fan, then after a certain period of time, the Gu Yue family will take back this fake immortal artifact.

 Chapter 2480

    After all, for a Celestial Clan like the Gu Yue Clan, a pseudo-immortal device like the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan is still very useful.


    What she did now was to show her sincerity, and on behalf of the Gu Yue family, she officially presented the Fenghuo Yinyang Fan, a pseudo-immortal artifact, to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang slowly realized the magic formula, and was a little surprised in his heart.


    He thought that he had been able to unearth all the power of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, but he didn''t expect it to contain such a mystery.


    With this set of tactic, he can not only refine the wind fire yin and yang fan faster, but also have some more ways to fight the enemy.


    After giving the gift and expressing her sincerity, Gu Yue Lingqing talked about the reason why she sneaked into the Junchen Realm secretly.


    And speaking of these, Gu Yue Fenghua had to tell the origin of Jun Chen Realm first.


    Back then, there was a top-level immortal who tried to create a new big world, comprehend the Void Avenue, and gain the opportunity to advance to a golden immortal.


    This top angel is the famous Jun Chen Xianzun in the Jun Chen world, and the great world he created is the current Jun Chen world.


    The so-called Immortal Venerable is the honorific title for those Heavenly Immortals who are supreme, or those who have the potential to advance to Golden Immortals.


    There are many angels in the Lingkong Xianjie, but those who are qualified to be called Xianzun are very limited.


    Every Immortal Venerable is a big figure in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and has the qualification to dominate one side.


    Even an old-fashioned Celestial Clan like the Gu Yue Clan, the Celestial Immortals in the clan are far from enough to be called Immortal Venerable.


    After Jun Chen Xianzun created the Jun Chen world, he failed to advance to Jin Xian as he wished, and then disappeared without a trace.


    Although Jun Chen Xianzun disappeared without a trace, he left a legacy in the Jun Chen world.


    The Immortal Venerable in the Junchen Realm has no blood relatives, no disciples, and only a few friends of the same generation who have a great relationship with him.


    It is said that among the relics left by Immortal Jun Chen, in addition to the chance that the true immortal can be promoted to the immortal, there are also some treasures that are very helpful to the immortals.


    The few friends of the same generation of the Immortal Venerable Junchen Realm regarded themselves as the heirs of the relic, and they refused to give in to each other.


    Of course, in order to avoid hurting the harmony, and to avoid triggering a battle between the gods and the gods, under the coordination of the senior management of the spiritual world, it was only through the hands of the six true immortals in the source sea of ??the Junchen world that the ownership of the relics of the Junchen Immortal Venerable was decided. .


    Among them, there are not only the battles of several angels, but also some factional struggles in Lingkong Xianjie.


    When the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm was interrupted, there were six supporters behind True Immortal.


    As far as Gu Yue Ling Qing knew, until the battle of Jun Chen Realm was decided, the connection between Lingkong Immortal Realm and Jun Chen Realm would not be restored for the time being.


    When Meng Zhang heard the news, he was slightly taken aback.


    Jianjun Banxue is also looking forward to the restoration of the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm, so that various problems can be solved.


    If she heard the news, she must be very disappointed.


    For Meng Zhang, the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm has not been restored, which is actually a good thing.


    He is now a true immortal, enough to lead Taiyimen to deal with various situations.


    Even if the Junchen world is completely destroyed, he has the ability to lead his disciples to survive in the void.


    If Junchen Realm resumes contact with Lingkong Immortal Realm, there will be an extra bondage on Taiyi Gate.


    Neither Meng Zhang''s personal thoughts nor the interests of Taiyimen''s sects are suitable for being controlled by Lingkong Xianjie.


    If the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm is not restored for a day, people from the two places will not be able to travel freely.


    Although the Gu Yue family had expectations for the descendants of the founder of the Taiyi Sect and was willing to make certain investments, they were unwilling to be involved in the battle for the relics of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    After the Junchen Realm was opened, the Gu Yue family routinely sent a branch to come to the Junchen Realm for development.


    First, it is a family tradition of spreading branches and leaves.


    Second, this branch itself also has the mission of observing the ancestors of Taiyimen.


    It was only later that the Taiyi Sect rose and fell several times, and the branches of the Gu Yue family also experienced many changes, seeming to have forgotten some of the missions that the family shouldered.


    After Gu Yue Family Headquarters and branch resumed contact, Gu Yue Lingqing sneaked into Jun Chen Realm, but the senior family members didn''t really support it.


    Even for an old-fashioned Heavenly Immortal family like the Gu Yue Family, it is not easy for the True Immortal in the family to be promoted to Heavenly Immortal.


    Most of the true immortals in the family did not even have the chance to attack the heavenly immortals.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing is a very high-spirited person. After learning about Jun Chen Immortal Venerable''s relic, he made up his mind.


    The senior officials of the Gu Yue clan did not want to offend the forces involved in this matter, but Gu Yue Ling Qing, who wanted to gain the chance to advance to heaven, didn''t care about it.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of Gu Yue Fenghua''s ceremony last time, she secretly sneaked into Junchen Realm and hid in Gu Yue Fenghua Mansion.


    This time, Gu Yue Ling Qing came to compete for the Heavenly Immortal Relic in his own name, and what he did had nothing to do with the Gu Yue family.


    Hearing Gu Yue Lingqing''s clear words, Meng Zhang was full of slander in his heart.


    The Gu Yue family seems to be smooth and thorough in their actions, but in fact they are not responsible.


    How can there be such a good thing in the world if you want to take advantage of it, but you don¡¯t want to offend people?


    As long as Gu Yue Ling Qing fights for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, no matter how the Gu Yue Clan clears up the matter, the rest of the contenders will think that the Gu Yue Clan is involved.


    Although Meng Zhang despised the Gu Yue family''s behavior, he didn''t show the slightest on the surface.


    Meng Zhang also covets the relics of the gods, and there is both competition and cooperation with Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    The senior officials of the Gu Yue family are optimistic about Meng Zhang and are willing to invest in the Taiyi Sect, then the Taiyi Sect and the Gu Yue family will have the opportunity to cooperate.


    Not to mention the Gu Yue Family Headquarters far away in Jun Chen Realm, Gu Yue Ling Qing in front of her is a powerhouse among true immortals.


    With the current situation in Junchen World, Meng Zhang and Taiyimen both need external help.


    The friendship of a powerful true immortal is very important to Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing was so frank in front of Meng Zhang, and she told the truth about her purpose, naturally it also had a purpose.


    Meng Zhang is a local snake in the Junchen world, and he has been promoted to a true immortal, which is also very helpful to Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Next, the two sides negotiated a lot of terms of cooperation after a period of bargaining.


    Next, Gu Yue Ling Qing will continue to hide and will not be exposed easily.


    She will not participate in the snatch until the Heavenly Immortal Relic is born.


    At that time, Meng Zhang will be on the same side as her.


    Afterwards, regardless of success or failure, she will help Taiyimen gain a foothold in the void.


    After talking about the cooperation, Meng Zhang also took the initiative to ask some news about Lingkong Xianjie.


    As for the famous Lingkong Xianjie, Meng Zhang has never been there in person, but has only heard some relevant information.


    From Gu Yue Lingqing''s point of view, Meng Zhang is now a true immortal, qualified to lead the Taiyi Sect into the system of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Lingkong Xianjie is not a closed and conservative world.


    On the contrary, Lingkong Immortal Realm is open-minded and eclectic, and is very willing to attract more comprehension forces to join it.

 Chapter 2481

    The origin of the immortal way of Junchen Realm comes from Lingkong Immortal Realm, and Junchen Realm itself is like a colony to Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The comprehensionists and comprehension forces in the Junchen Realm are naturally subordinates of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although the six true immortals and their disciples and grandchildren are the ones who really control the Junchen Realm, the highest ruling institution in the Junchen Realm has always been the Heavenly Palace established by the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relics is over, the surviving cultivators and cultivators should naturally return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    No matter whether Junchen World is destroyed or not, this result cannot be changed.


    This was Gu Yue Ling Qing''s idea, but it didn''t quite fit Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Meng Zhang preferred Taiyimen to be an independent force and not be controlled by others.


    Of course, this also has advantages and disadvantages.


    Returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, although you will definitely be bound and have all kinds of inconveniences, you can get shelter.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm is a large force in the void, and not many forces dare to provoke it easily.


    If Taiyimen is not attached to Lingkong Xianjie, but is completely independent, then it will face various challenges in the void in the future, and even face all kinds of enemies alone.


    Although Meng Zhang already had some preliminary ideas in his mind, how to do it depends on the development of the situation.


    Now, he just wants to get more information about Lingkong Xianjie and deepen his understanding of it.


    The Gu Yue family may not be considered a strong person in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but the news is very well-informed and they know many secrets.


    As a true immortal, Gu Yue Lingqing is also one of the senior family members and has high authority.


    During her conversation with Meng Zhang, she revealed a lot of valuable information to Meng Zhang.


    In addition, she knew that Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal not long ago, and she also mentioned Meng Zhang as a veteran True Immortal.


    She told Meng Zhang some points to note about the promotion of a true immortal, some useful practice experiences, and the fighting methods between true immortals.


    Meng Zhang, who has the inheritance of Jinxian, may not need these things urgently, but Meng Zhang still understands the kindness of Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Besides, Gu Yue Lingqing, as an old-fashioned true immortal from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, is still from the Heavenly Immortal family.


    Some of the things she taught Meng Zhang were still very valuable.


    Meng Zhang stayed in the Gu Yue family''s territory for a while, mainly to communicate with Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    It was not until the latest news came from Taiyimen that he reluctantly said goodbye to Gu Yuelingqing and left.


    On the way back to Taiyimen Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang began to think about the Gu Yue family in the Junchen world.


    Although the Gu Yue Clan first had Gu Yue Feng Hua promoted to the Void Return Stage, now Gu Yue Ling Qing, a true immortal from the clan headquarters secretly entered.


    However, the Gu Yue family was still a loyal subordinate of Taiyi Sect and had no rebellious heart.


    Of course, when Taiyi Sect treats the vassal of the Gu Yue family in the future, their attitude will definitely change, and they cannot be regarded as pure subordinates.


    Don''t look at the face of the monk and look at the face of the Buddha, the ancient moon family in the Junchen world is just a branch.


    With Gu Yue Ling Qing''s unexpected help, some of Meng Zhang''s next plans will have to be adjusted accordingly.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate, he began to summon the middle and high-level officials of the gate to make some arrangements.


    Previously, the middle and high-level leaders of the door contacted him through the secret method of long-distance communication and reported to him that the preparations for the dark alliance had begun to accelerate, and the time for the ceremony seemed to be ahead of schedule.


    Previously, according to Meng Zhang''s instructions, the Taiyi Sect secretly set up some obstacles to prevent the preparations from the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance itself is far stronger than Taiyimen, and this time it has received the support of many other forces.


    Taiyimen didn''t want to tear their face with the dark alliance, so they could only do some small moves in secret, and what they could do was very limited.


    On the whole, the preparations for the Dark Alliance went relatively smoothly.


    The Dark Alliance chose a location in Middle-earth as the main venue for the ceremony.


    The Dark Alliance set up a huge camp there, holding a large number of sacrifices prepared for blood sacrifice.


    Among them, there are mainly a large number of mortals, and there are also some cultivators.


    In addition, several dragon kings of the real dragon clan also personally escorted a group of sea clan over as sacrifices for the blood sacrifice.


    In order to avoid being damaged, in addition to the experts of the Dark Alliance guarding around the camp, some forces supporting the Dark Alliance also actively sent experts to assist in the custody.


    Some other key preparations for this ceremony have already been completed.


    For example, in many carefully selected places in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance has placed restrictions and built various altars.


    Taiyimen and the dark alliance have drawn a clear line for many years, but the two sides have been communicating in private.


    Among the high-level monks on both sides, there are many people who have a good relationship and often move around.


    In order to win the support of all parties, the dark alliance should not be too secretive in matters related to the ceremony.


    With a little effort, Taiyimen quickly found out the time of the ceremony.


    According to the latest arrangement of the Dark Alliance, in about half a month, the Supreme Master Fengqing will personally preside over this grand ceremony.


    At that time, all forces in the Junchen world were invited to send people to watch the ceremony.


    Fengqing Shangzun also very politely told everyone that maybe when the time comes, experts from all walks of life will be needed to help.


    Since the ceremony of the dark alliance is about to be held, the Taiyimen side should act immediately.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to make a personal attack on Fengqing Shangzun.


    However, since he has now been promoted to True Immortal, he needs to hide this news, so it is not easy to take action at will.


    Although he has mastered some ways to restrain his breath and hide his strength, it is inevitable that he will reveal flaws in front of discerning people.


    For the sake of safety, Meng Zhanghui will sit at Taiyimen Mountain Gate and provide remote support.


    On the Taiyi Gate side, in addition to dispatching the Void Returning Great Power from the gate to participate in the battle, the Moon God and his followers will be the main force involved in the battle.


    Since Luna began to absorb and refine the power of faith, the speed of recovery of his injuries has been greatly accelerated, and his strength has recovered rapidly.


    The Moon God accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and gained Meng Zhang''s complete trust.


    Meng Zhang showed her true immortal-level strength in front of the Moon God, and tried her best to help her heal.


    The current Moon God has almost recovered to the strength of the late stage of Void Return.


    The power dispatched by Taiyimen alone is indeed far inferior to that of the Dark Alliance.


    At this time, the remaining forces of Tiangong are needed to help.


    With the strength of Jianjun Banxue, if he led a surprise attack, the Dark Alliance would probably not be able to resist.


    Of course, since Meng Zhang will not directly participate in the battle this time, Jianjun Banxue will definitely be dissatisfied.


    In addition to finding rhetoric to deal with this matter, Meng Zhang also had to show more sincerity.


    Meng Zhang asked his eldest disciple Niu Dawei to contact Jianjun Banxue to coordinate this action against the Dark Alliance.


    Niu Dawei will tell Jianjun Banxue that if the battle situation is unfavorable to his side, the true god behind Taiyi Sect is too wonderful and will help at a critical moment.

 Chapter 2482

    As Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, Niu Dawei had absolute trust in Meng Zhang.


    The order from Meng Zhang, whether he understands it or not, will be implemented without compromise.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, he went to meet with Jianjun Banxue.


    After the two sides met and had some conversations, Jianjun Banxue was really dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s reneging on his promises and not participating in the war in person.


    Although Jianjun Banxue is very confident in his own strength, he does not dare to say that he will definitely win against the unpredictable Dark Alliance, not to mention that the Dark Alliance has the support of other forces.


    Although Jianjun Banxue has received some promises from Sanshan Zhenxian, Sanshan Zhenxian is not her subordinate, so it is easy to ask Sanshan Zhenxian to help.


    Although Jianjun Banxue is arrogant, he is still relatively assured of Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, and can be regarded as an important help.


    Niu Dawei moved out that the true god behind Taiyi Gate was too wonderful, so Jianjun Banxue was a little relieved.


    At least, on the surface, although the Dark Alliance is strong, there is no real immortal-level powerhouse.


    Having a true god is so wonderful, even if there is an accident, you can still have a way out.


    Previously, the senior officials of Taiyi Sect had secretly obstructed the actions of the Dark Alliance in accordance with Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Although Taiyimen did not achieve any results, it detected a lot of relevant information.


    The reason why Meng Zhang had to wait until the ceremony was about to take place, instead of dispatching early, also had his own plans.


    First, when the ceremony is held, no matter how the Supreme Venerable Fengqing conceals it, some clues will be revealed about its hidden secrets.


    Secondly, even with the power of the Dark Alliance, it is not easy to hold such a ceremony, and the manpower and material resources spent in the middle are also a great burden.


    After all the preparations for the Dark Alliance are completed, you can maximize the savings of the Dark Alliance.


    Even if the Dark Alliance wanted to hold such a ceremony again in the future, they would be unable to do so.


    Niu Dawei and Jianjun Banxue discussed the details for a long time before negotiating various cooperation details.


    This time, neither the Taiyimen nor the remnants of Tiangong will organize an army of monks to go out.


    In order to keep the action secret and achieve the suddenness of the attack, the two sides will jointly organize a group of return to the virtual power to launch a rapid assault on the dark alliance.


    After Niu Dawei negotiated with Jianjun Banxue, he returned to Taiyimen to report to Meng Zhang.


    In the name of preaching, Meng Zhang summoned a number of Void Returning Powers under the Hanhai Dao League to the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate.


    In the name of communication, Jianjun Banxue led a group of his subordinates to return to the Void and came to the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate.


    After years of development, Taiyimen is no longer inferior to the current Tiangong in terms of the number of Void Returning Powers.


    Tiangong originally gathered the elite monks from the entire Junchen world, and their strength was second to none in the Junchen world.


    However, after these years of wars with foreign invaders, especially after the fall of Tiangong, most of their strength has been lost.


    Of course, most of those who survive a series of brutal battles are battle-hardened elites.


    The Void Returning Powers sent by Tiangong this time far surpassed Taiyimen in terms of quality.


    The great power of returning to the emptiness of Taiyimen is mainly in the early stage of returning to the virtual, and a few of them are in the middle stage of returning to the virtual.


    As for the Heavenly Palace, not to mention the Supreme Venerable in the late stage of returning to the virtual world, even the virtual immortals are not lacking.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied to see Tiangong''s efforts so hard.


    Meng Zhang, the landlord who called everyone here, did not come out to meet the guests in the name of retreat.


    The Moon God, as a guest of the Taiyi Sect, led a group of Taiyi Sect returning to the virtual to receive the guests.


    As for Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, Niu Dawei, he led a group of Void Masters to the place where the ceremony was held in the name of watching the ceremony.


    Meng Zhang did not come forward to receive him, which made Jianjun Banxue and his gang slightly dissatisfied.


    However, thinking of the important thing, everyone didn''t say much.


    A large group of Void Returning Great Experts gathered in the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate, ready to attack at any time.


    As for the Dark Alliance, when the day for the ceremony came, most of the high-level people in the door gathered together.


    This is a large plain located in the eastern part of the Middle-earth continent, and it is very close to the site of Zhenhai Palace, the overlord of the East China Sea.


    If it was before, the Dark Alliance held such a large-scale event with such great fanfare, it would definitely attract the attention and even interference of Zhenhai Palace.


    After Zhenhaidian fell into the siege of foreign invaders, it gave up most of its territory and completely retreated to the vicinity of the mountain gate.


    Not to mention interfering in external affairs, even self-protection is difficult.


    Around the Great Plains, the Dark Alliance arranged a large number of formations and prohibitions.


    In the central part of the Great Plains, there are altars of various heights and shapes.


    Among them, a grand altar towering into the clouds is the main altar.


    Before the sacrificial ceremony began, the Master Fengqing, who presided over the ceremony, and a group of his men fasted, bathed, and meditated.


    Today is the day when the ceremony was officially held. The sky just showed a hint of fish belly white, and Venerable Fengqing came to the bottom of the main altar.


    According to Shang Zun Fengqing''s explanation in advance, this grand sacrificial ceremony will last for a long time, and it will take at least several months to complete.


    Those who participated in the ceremony were all cultivators, but they were completely able to support it.


    In the high sky above, the Dark Alliance gathered ten huge floating cities as the fulcrum of defense.


    These floating cities are scattered, surrounded by teams of monks patrolling.


    If nothing else, the existence of these floating cities alone can deter most of the forces in the Junchen world.


    Around this piece of altar, are representatives of various forces from the Junchen world.


    In addition to watching the ceremony, when necessary, they will also act as guards to ensure the smooth progress of the ceremony.


    After all, most of the people in the Junchen world hope that the ceremony held by Venerable Fengqing can stabilize the state of the Junchen world and slow down the destruction of the entire world.


    In many places in the Great Plains, there are huge camps.


    Those detained in the camp are the sacrifices prepared in advance.


    When the ceremony reaches a certain level, these sacrifices will be sacrificed in blood.


    These sacrifices are all living creatures, and they are intelligent creatures. In addition to the human race, they are the sea race.


    On weekdays, even with the strength of the Dark Alliance, they would never dare to openly hold such a large-scale blood sacrifice.


    As the Junchen world fell into ruin, many of the rules were changed.


    The so-called righteous leaders and Taoist monks in the cultivation world were all pretending to be blind at this time, as if they didn''t know the fate of these sacrifices.


    A few months ago, shortly after Meng Zhang left the secret base built by the Dark Alliance near the Fearless Realm, the secret base completely collapsed.


    A huge mountain collapsed from the inside, the entire small world was completely destroyed, and almost no Dark Alliance monks survived.


    The barbarians of the Dreadnought have always paid close attention to this secret base.


    Of course, on the surface, the top barbarians considered their friendship with the Dark Alliance, so they invested manpower and material resources to help the Dark Alliance build this secret base and help guard it.

 Chapter 2483

    The dark alliance''s secret base was destroyed, and the movement was huge, especially the spatial fluctuation of the destruction of the small world, which almost shook the surrounding void.


    Violent spatial fluctuations spread far in the void, and soon alarmed the barbarians.


    The high-level barbarian people who were thinking about it came to check, only to see a small world that was collapsing, but found no other clues.


    With the means of these high-level barbarians, there is naturally no way to save this small world that has fallen into ruin, and can only watch it completely destroyed.


    As for the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain, the spirit is completely destroyed, and the breath slowly disappears.


    Informed barbarian higher-ups were terrified.


    They are also unable to save the fate of the red earth holy mountain and the mountain spirit.


    Meng Zhang broke through the true immortal here, and then eliminated the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain, which inevitably left some breath.


    Meng Zhang, who had just broken through, was not stable at first, and secondly, he was in a hurry to leave, and he did not hide enough of his own aura.


    After sensing the true immortal aura of this place, the barbarian high-level officials became even more frightened.


    I don''t know where the true immortal came from, but he actually destroyed this secret base and also killed the mountain spirit of the Red Earth Holy Mountain?


    Is it the enemy of the barbarians themselves, or the enemy of the dark alliance, or is it purely a true immortal who is passing by and accidentally shot?


    The worst result is that the dark alliance knows the means of the barbarians through the red earth holy mountain and mountain spirit, so they invite the real immortal to destroy this secret base.


    A large part of the main force of the barbarians had already joined the army of foreign invaders and went to fight in the Junchen Realm.


    The barbarians who stay in the fearless world have limited strength, and they have to protect their own big world, so they don''t have much power to investigate this matter.


    Even though the barbarians are sure to report their revenge and want to take revenge for the red earth holy mountain spirit, they still hesitate to track down an unfamiliar true immortal.


    Although the secret base of the dark alliance has long been infiltrated and controlled by the mountain spirit of the red earth holy mountain, the dark alliance has lost all sense of it.


    However, the entire huge base was completely destroyed, and the huge fluctuations that occurred were known to the top officials of the Dark Alliance in Junchen Realm.


    The Dark Alliance has invested a lot in this secret base and regards it as its own retreat.


    Such a secret base was destroyed like this, and the top leaders of the Dark Alliance were really unacceptable.


    The loss was so great that the Dark Alliance was hurt.


    Although Fengqing Shangzun did not care about this, he still wished that the secret alliance would save the resources spent on this secret base.


    But on the surface, he still has to keep enough attention to the matter and find a way to solve it.


    A large group of high-level monks who were not dealt with by the Supreme Master He Fengqing were entrusted with the important task of going to the void to investigate this matter.


    Most of these monks are from the hostile faction of the Supreme Lord Fengqing.


    They couldn''t refuse the arrangement of Venerable Fengqing, and they themselves were very concerned about what happened in this secret base.


    There are a lot of high-level cultivators in the dark alliance. Although the strength of the dark alliance has been greatly reduced, it has also reduced the number of opponents to Fengqing.


    The preparation time for this ceremony was shortened, so it could be held so quickly, which is also related to this.


    The investigators sent by the Dark Alliance went to the Void to join the barbarians of the Dreadnought.


    The barbarians carefully listened to the tone, and initially learned that the destruction of the secret base had nothing to do with the dark alliance.


    The Dark Alliance still does not know what the Red Earth Holy Mountain Shanling did.


    While the barbarian high-level officials breathed a sigh of relief, they became even more confused.


    Who the hell did this matter?


    In a short time, their investigation may not be over.


    After discovering that a true immortal was involved in this matter, the Dark Alliance was even more terrified.


    At least on the surface, the Dark Alliance has no ready-made true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Although the Dark Alliance has a way to temporarily improve the combat effectiveness of high-level monks and barely fight against the true immortals, it is not so easy to use.


    When the barbarian high-level and the dark alliance investigation team began to get busy, Fengqing Shangzun had already begun to lead his subordinates to hold a ceremony.


    Lights lit up on the altars, and the surrounding circles and restrictions shook.


    The spectators around watched all this, and many people seemed very nervous.


    Niu Dawei, who was watching the ceremony, kept in touch with Meng Zhang through long-distance communication.


    Once a ceremony begins, it cannot end.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to delay for too long. Who knows what kind of moths will come up as the ceremony goes on.


    In the Taiyimen Mountain Gate, the Taiyimen monks and Tiangong monks who were on the expedition gathered together.


    Meng Zhang did not show his face in front of everyone, but only used his immortal power in the quiet room to move the space.


    Many of the divine passage techniques that he had mastered before, after he advanced into a true immortal, used immortal power to perform, and the power would be many times greater.


    Even if he hasn''t had time to practice immortal magic, Meng Zhang can crush enemies below the level of a true immortal just by relying on the magic of immortal power.


    These monks were reminded in advance, and they did not struggle, but waited for the space to change.


    After a burst of light and shadow, this group of monks moved from Taiyimen Mountain Gate to the sky over the Great Plains where the ceremony was held.


    With a deep background, Jianjun Banxue, who had been in close contact with Zhenxian, showed a hint of surprise on his face.


    When did Taiyimen actually have the help of a real immortal?


    Taiyimen''s backer Taimiao is a true god, of the same level as a true immortal, but there are essential differences in power attributes.


    Others may not be able to tell the difference and think it''s too clever to move the space.


    With the eyesight of Jianjun Banxue, he knew that this was a true immortal method.


    Jianjun Banxue didn''t think that Meng Zhang had advanced to a true immortal, but thought that Taiyimen had colluded with a certain true immortal.


    In her eyes, Meng Zhang was still a junior.


    When she knew Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm was not worth mentioning at all.


    At the beginning, what she valued was only Meng Zhang''s potential, character, and talent.


    Many of Meng Zhang''s seniors have advanced to virtual immortals for many years, and have not yet had the opportunity to break through to true immortals, let alone Meng Zhang.


    What''s more, with the past and present state of Junchen Realm, there is no help for the cultivator to break through the true immortal.


    When the space was moved, Jianjun Banxue was still thinking about where the true immortal came from when Taiyimen hooked up.


    In the blink of an eye, the team arrived at the destination.


    At this time, Jianjun Banxue had to let go of this matter temporarily, and led the team to kill the altar below.


    "The Heavenly Palace slays the devil''s way, and the idlers retreat."


    "The dark alliance colluded with the devil''s way, with the intention to stain the Junchen world and let all beings fall into the devil''s way. It is a crime that deserves death."


    "You wait for the Dark Alliance cultivator, if you don''t hold your hand, fight for leniency."


    ...


    Although Tiangong is now in a state of desperation, almost to the point of a lost dog, it has ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years.


    Suppressing heresies, cleaning up demons and other things, Tiangong cultivator has not done less before, and has very rich experience.


    The Taoist people of the ancient capital led a group of monks from the Tiangong Temple, and before they started, they shouted in all directions.

 Chapter 2484

    The way of the ancient capital Taoist and others is not to show their prestige indiscriminately, but to have another deep meaning.


    One is to show their identity, to get ahead of others, and to intimidate the other party.


    The prestige of Tiangong still has enough deterrent in the minds of Junchen monks.


    The influence accumulated over thousands of years cannot be eliminated in a short period of time.


    Even if the Tiangong has fallen, the Tiangong cultivator has become a lost dog.


    Under Yu Wei, not many people dared to oppose Tiangong.


    Second, this ceremony of the Dark Alliance has received the support of many forces. By exposing the crimes of the Dark Alliance, it can divide them and prevent these forces from continuing to help the Dark Alliance.


    It would be even better if these forces could turn their backs.


    Although Tiangong did not have any evidence, the words of Tiangong cultivator were the best evidence.


    Although Tiangong has such and such faults, it has made mistakes and offended many people during the thousands of years of ruling the Junchen world, causing widespread resentment.


    But compared with the Dark Alliance, Tiangong is obviously more credible and more credible.


    In terms of combating magic, Tiangong is the vanguard.


    The forces of all parties supported the dark alliance this time, but they went to the doctor in a hurry.


    When it comes to trust in the Dark Alliance, there is really not much.


    Suddenly I saw a large group of monks from the Tiangong come out, and the bottom fell into chaos.


    The Dark Alliance had been preparing for this ceremony for a long time, and naturally had various plans to deal with unexpected situations in advance.


    Tiangong and Taiyimen joined forces to attack. Although it was a big accident, the Dark Alliance responded in time.


    In the vision of an old-fashioned self-cultivation force like the Dark Alliance, the high heavenly palace is just like that, nothing remarkable.


    In the heyday of Tiangong, the dark alliance did not have a few arm-wrestling with Tiangong, and all kinds of open and secret battles continued.


    The Dark Alliance colluded with foreign invaders and expanded in the Junchen world, thinking that it had become the overlord of the Junchen world.


    The gang of bereaved dogs in Tiangong dared to come and make trouble, but the Dark Alliance would not let them.


    As for the idiots of Taiyimen who can''t tell the situation clearly, the Dark Alliance will not be even more concerned.


    A Void Returning Great Expert from the Dark Alliance rose into the sky and took the initiative to meet the incoming enemy.


    A number of floating cities began to move, and the various restrictions above were stimulated one by one, and beams of light shot at the incoming enemy.


    Most of the Void Returning Powers dodged one after another, taking the initiative to avoid the attack of Floating Void City.


    Floating City, a huge tool of war, is most suitable for large-scale battlefields.


    If you deal with a few Void Returning Powers alone, it will feel like a cannon hitting a mosquito.


    Of course, the Void Returners can easily avoid the attack from the floating city, but it is also difficult to penetrate the defense of the floating city.


    The main task of attacking the monk team here this time is to destroy the ceremony held by Fengqing Supreme, there is no need to entangle with this group of turtle shells.


    In the high sky, many Void Returning Great Experts fell into a melee.


    Everywhere is the brilliance of the Taoist magical powers being stimulated, and the forces of heaven and earth are constantly colliding.


    The space shook violently, and the rules of heaven and earth began to be disordered, as if the entire sky was about to collapse.


    Even when the Junchen Realm was intact, many battles involving the Void Masters were strictly prohibited, for fear that doing so would cause serious damage to the Junchen Realm.


    Now the Junchen world is entering into destruction, and the space has become very fragile, and it can''t stand such a war at all.


    No matter who wins or loses in this battle, it will accelerate the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    When the battle broke out in the sky, Niu Dawei, who was watching the ceremony below, led a few fellow students to suddenly burst out and quickly rushed to the altar in front.


    The dark alliance is not without any vigilance against visitors from all sides.


    Although Niu Dawei and the others launched a surprise attack, they were stopped in time by a group of Dark Alliance cultivators.


    The Dark Alliance even has the spare capacity to set aside a group of monks to monitor the crowd watching the ceremony.


    The people who took the initiative to come to watch the ceremony originally listened to the words of Venerable Fengqing, and held the idea of ????a dead horse as a living horse doctor, hoping that the ceremony of Venerable Fengqing could stabilize the Junchen world and slow down the destruction of the Junchen world.


    But after the chaos between Tiangong and Taiyimen, everyone began to hesitate.


    Not to mention Tiangong, Taiyimen is also a top-level sect with outstanding reputation.


    The Taiyi Sect''s daily principles of doing things and the behavior of the disciples are all true to the right way, and they can be called the model of the right way.


    And I heard that Taiyimen and the Dark Alliance have always had a good relationship, and they were once allies.


    Now that Tiangong and Taiyimen have joined forces to launch an attack, it will definitely not be without reason.


    Could it be that, as the monk Tiangong said, the ceremony held by the Dark Alliance this time is to taint the Junchen world?


    If this is the case, these monks who are watching the ceremony do not want to see the dark alliance acting indiscriminately.


    However, now that the dark alliance is powerful, many people are holding the idea of ????protecting themselves and are unwilling to come forward easily.


    Most people are watching, waiting for the two sides to decide the winner.


    The Dark Alliance assigned manpower to monitor these spectators, showing that they did not trust them.


    The Dark Alliance probably also knows that the ceremony is still going on, and it is really not appropriate to make too many enemies.


    The prestigious senior Feng Yu Shangzun in the dark alliance did not participate in the battle, but came to explain it to everyone.


    Feng Yu Shangzun has a good eloquence, and bluntly said that the remnants of Tiangong and Taiyimen were jealous and secret alliances, so they designed the frame.


    The two of them have long since colluded with foreign forces, and with a way out, they naturally don''t care about the destruction of the Junchen Realm, and they even wish for the Junchen Realm to be destroyed as soon as possible.


    The Dark Alliance paid so much to prevent the destruction of Junchen Realm completely out of public interest.


    Feng Yu Shangzun''s remarks moved many people''s hearts.


    From the bottom of their hearts, the practitioners of the Junchen Realm still hope that the rituals of the Dark Alliance can really work and delay the destruction of the Junchen Realm.


    Some of the seniors were dubious about Feng Yu''s words, but they didn''t say much.


    Anyway, there is no evidence for either side, and they are all arguing.


    The Dragon Clan led the team to watch the ceremony this time, the two powerful men of the late stage of returning to the virtual world, the Ganglong King and the Jade Dragon King.


    With the strength of the True Dragon Clan, there is no need to worry about the Dark Alliance.


    The real dragon clan supported the dark alliance this time, mainly because the dragon king just listened to the words of Fengqing Shangzun.


    The Ganglong King now has a new idea in his heart.


    He knew that the Taiyi sect and the magic way were incompatible, and he had dealt with Meng Zhang, the head of the Taiyi sect, and knew him well.


    He also has a deep understanding of Tiangong.


    The collusion between the Dark Alliance and the Demon Dao is no secret.


    With the reputation and behavior of the Dark Alliance, he can completely do the things that the devil dyes the Junchen world.


    At this time, the Dragon King had already begun to regret in his heart, whether he was too gullible with the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    In the final analysis, the true dragon clan, who have always had ambitions for the Junchen world, also do not want to see the complete destruction of the Junchen world, and the senior members of the family have unrealistic illusions.


    For the True Dragon Clan, they absolutely do not want to see the entire Junchen world being stained by demons.


    With the means of the magic way, after the devil has dyed the Junchen world, he will never let go of all the creatures in the Junchen world.


    Although the real dragon clan is strong, it can''t scare those daring devil cubs.


    In fact, the stronger the true dragon clan is, the greater the benefits it brings to the magic way after being dyed by magic.


    Although King Ganglong was suspicious of Dark Alliance''s intentions, he did not act rashly.


    He also had a glimmer of hope in his heart.


    Maybe, maybe, the Dark Alliance really wants to prevent the destruction of Junchen Realm this time?


    Although the Dark Alliance is notorious, it may be able to do something good in the face of the crisis of world destruction.


    Ganglongwang and Yulongwang carefully observed the process of the ceremony, especially the tall altars.


    In the sky, above the earth, a pot of porridge has already been beaten.


    In the battle between multiple Void Returning Great Experts, ordinary cultivators can''t even get close enough, let alone participate.


    Although the Dark Alliance has arranged a lot of defensive circles and restrictions on this great plain.


    However, the aftermath of the battle spread to all directions, easily destroying all these things.


    What''s more, the Void Returning Powers from the Tiangong and Taiyimen coalition forces intentionally or unintentionally expanded the damage caused by the aftermath of the battle, and even directly attacked various facilities on the Dark Alliance side.


    I saw a dazzling sword light swimming around in the sky, transforming into a sword shadow all over the sky, accompanied by thunderous sounds.


    Sword Qi, Leiyin, and other advanced kendo techniques were easily displayed by Jianjun Banxue.


    Jianjun Banxue is indeed worthy of being the true immortal of the Junchen Realm. As the representative of the dark side of the Junchen Realm, the Dark Alliance has accumulated too much strength for thousands of years.


    In the past, Tiangong and the major holy land sects joined forces to completely suppress the dark alliance, so that it did not dare to take a step beyond the thunderous pool, and only dared to make some small moves in the dark.


    Now, the situation in the Junchen world has changed drastically, and the cultivation world has long been out of balance.


    Relying on the remnants of Tiangong and Taiyimen alone, even if they launched a surprise attack, it seems that they cannot stop the actions of the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang naturally couldn''t just watch it.


    In the height of the fierce battle, a huge door suddenly appeared.


    A god with a height of more than 100 zhang, three heads and six arms, came swaggeringly.


    It was too wonderful to be summoned from the underworld to the Yang world. As soon as he appeared, he showed the body of a ghost and a god, and appeared in front of everyone in a fighting posture.


    The coercion of the True God swept across the audience, stunned the monks on the side of the Dark Alliance.


    The strong aid came out in time, and the morale of the Tiangong and Taiyimen allied forces was boosted.


    As an important trump card, Meng Zhang was not going to let him play so quickly.


    Since the Void Return-level combat power alone cannot stop the dark alliance''s actions, it is too wonderful to have to appear in advance.

 Chapter 2485

    As soon as True God was too wonderful, it had a huge impact on the battle situation.


    Although Yang Shi is not his home field, he cannot get any additional bonuses, but with the current situation of Jun Chen Realm, he can basically exert his full strength in Yang Shi.


    As a true god, he has a crushing advantage over enemies below the true god level.


    Although Tai Miao''s figure is huge, it is as fast as lightning, and in a flash, it appears not far from a huge floating city.


    Facing the True God, the floating city was full of firepower, all the restrictions were activated, and the beams of light were continuously shot towards the wonderful.


    The other floating cities nearby also cooperated in time, pouring firepower towards this side with all their strength.


    It was too wonderful to dodge and avoid, those beams of light were distorted by his divine power before they got close, and disappeared without a trace.


    Tai Miao swung out a fist, and the protective mask above the floating city was smashed like an egg shell.


    The fist continued to be castrated and continued to move forward, blasting a huge hole above the floating city.


    Too wonderful is not a random attack, the place where the floating city is penetrated is its key point.


    The power of the injured floating city was greatly reduced, and the operation began to fail.


    The floating city is the foundation of the dark alliance, and the monks of the dark alliance cannot watch it being destroyed.


    Even if they knew that they were defeated, a large group of Dark Alliance''s Void Returning Powers still killed them.


    These Void Returning greats formed a battle, trying to cooperate with the floating city to block it.


    It didn''t take long for Tai Miao to be promoted to True God, but whether it was various magical powers or the understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, it was not bad at all.


    He is not a wild god, but has a splendid Shinto heritage.


    After Taimiao was promoted to True God, the two great powers of reincarnation of life and death were completely refined by him.


    As for those powers that are too weak, he gave his subordinates to obey God.


    The authority of life and death was quietly operating, and the group of Void Returning Great Masters who were fighting against him immediately felt that their vitality was passing and their lifespan was greatly reduced.


    However, after a while, two Void Returning Great Masters with weaker cultivations were cut off by him and died of old age.


    Tai Miao did not relax the attack on the Floating City when dealing with these Void Returning Powers.


    After a while of punching and kicking, a huge floating city became scattered and fell directly from the air.


    Seeing that Tai Miao was so brave, the monks in Tiangong and Taiyimen were greatly encouraged, and they fought back one after another.


    Jianjun Banxue was originally a little dissatisfied that Meng Zhang did not participate in the battle in person. Seeing how wonderful and mighty he was, he was obviously able to play more roles than Meng Zhang.


    Xue Jianjun sighed in his heart.


    When it comes to seniority, there are few cultivators in the entire Junchen world that are older than her.


    She was born in a spirit, with a long lifespan, and her lifespan is much longer than that of a human race immortal.


    Of course, because she was born in an artifact spirit, and some injuries she received in her early years, she had special resistance when she was promoted to a true immortal.


    Back then, when she came to Junchen Realm, she did not hesitate to let the supporters behind her pay their favors, so she was able to serve as the chief director of the Tiangong.


    Originally, she thought that her chance to break through the real fairy was in the Junchen world.


    However, now that the Junchen world has entered into destruction, she still can''t see where the possibility of breaking through the real fairy is.


    Could it be that the instructions of the seniors were wrong?


    Jianjun Banxue shook his head, put this matter aside for the time being, and focused on the battle in front of him.


    Tai Miao destroyed three floating cities in one breath, and killed a large group of Void Returning Powers.


    This time, the rest of the floating city are all far away, not daring to block his path at all.


    The Void Returning Great Power of the Dark Alliance was even more frightened by him, for fear of being targeted by him.


    This feeling of bullying the small and leaning on the strong makes Tai Miao feel good.


    Of course, too wonderful did not forget the business.


    Tai Miao took a step and appeared above the camp where the sacrifices were placed.


    Those Dark Alliance cultivators who were slaughtering the sacrifices fell to the ground one by one, shaking all over in the face of the powerful pressure brought by Tai Miao.


    It''s too wonderful to be too lazy to pay attention to these little bugs, but just use the divine power to change the space and forcibly move these sacrifices to a distance temporarily.


    After the battle is over, there is naturally a lot of time to slowly place these sacrifices.


    It was much more difficult to remove these sacrifices than Meng Zhang had previously moved a large group of Void Returning Great Masters.


    The Void Returning Power basically has the ability to travel through space, and it has strong resistance in all aspects.


    And these sacrifices are mainly mortals, sea clans and low-level monks, and they can''t help but toss.


    When letting them travel through space, Tai Miao also carefully protected them with divine power.


    The sacrifices in the camp are rapidly decreasing, and the wonderful divine power is also being rapidly consumed.


    There are too many sacrifices, and they are too fragile, making Tai Miao feel a bit exhausted.


    Whether it was the Dark Alliance cultivator or the spectators, including the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan, they were all deterred by the wonderful momentum and did not dare to interfere with his actions.


    Without external interference, Tai Miao was able to concentrate on running the divine power without distractions.


    Unfortunately, the good times did not last long. As one of the most powerful self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world, the Dark Alliance finally came up with the last card at this time.


    Two powerful auras rose in the distance and quickly approached Taimiao.


    The two Supreme Elders of the Dark Alliance, Tang Yuxian and Fengshang Xuxian, flew from a distance at the same time.


    At this time, their momentum was high, and they did not show weakness in the face of too wonderful.


    These two immortals are the oldest, highest-ranking, and most profoundly cultivated characters in the Dark Alliance.


    If it weren''t for the special circumstances of Junchen Realm, they might have already begun to attack the real immortals.


    In the face of True God''s wonderful crushing, the Dark Alliance can only fight against it with the same level of power.


    The two of them paid a huge price and used a secret treasure of the Dark Alliance to temporarily upgrade their cultivation to the true immortal level.


    In terms of power level alone, the two of them are not weaker than ordinary true immortals at this time.


    Facing two opponents of the same rank, Tai Miao did not dare to neglect, did not bother to rescue these sacrifices, and turned to fight with them.


    The layers of rays of light were like ocean waves, rushing towards Tai Miao incessantly.


    A gray-white mist appeared around Tai Miao''s body, wiping out these rays of light.


    Although it is one enemy and two, Tai Miao is not afraid, and can take the initiative to attack.


    It was not a long time for Tai Miao to be promoted to True God, but she already had a deep accumulation.


    When he was in the Sea of ????Origin, he did not absorb the origin of the world of Junchen World.


    In addition, he has a brilliant inheritance in his body, and his cultivation base has progressed rapidly.


    He also has a very in-depth understanding of the various magical means of cultivators.


    On the other hand, his two opponents, Tang Yuxian and Fengshang Xuxian, although relying on the background of the dark alliance, temporarily raised their cultivation to the level of true immortals.


    However, they have the power of true immortals, but they do not have the corresponding fighting consciousness, nor do they have any magical powers, and even many common methods of true immortals cannot be used.


    Not to mention that they are just empty shelves, at the very least, they simply cannot exert the combat power that a true immortal should have.


    There is a powerful force in the air, but it can''t play a role at all.

 Chapter 2486

    The Dark Alliance dared to fight against the Holy Land Sect with True Immortals, and of course it had trump cards at the level of True Immortals.


    Tang Yuxuxian and Fengshang Xuxian temporarily raised their cultivation base to the level of true immortals and paid a huge price.


    If they can''t hold on for too long, their cultivation will fall from the level of true immortals.


    Afterwards, both of them could not avoid serious damage to their vitality, damage to their cultivation base, and even a significant reduction in their lifespan.


    But no matter what, no matter what the shortcomings, the two of them have true immortal-level power at this time.


    It is too wonderful to have one enemy against two, and cannot completely defeat them in a short period of time.


    Too wonderful to be entangled by them, naturally unable to continue to rescue those sacrifices.


    The Dark Alliance Void Returners, whose morale had plummeted and had the heart to avoid war, saw that they were too wonderful to be able to continue being arrogant for the time being. They also regained their vitality, rushed to their opponents again, and fought fiercely with them.


    During the war, due to the aftermath of the battle, the sacrifices on the ground and the low-level monks of the Dark Alliance all caused great damage.


    The battle did not last long, and a large number of creatures died here.


    Most of the bans and magic circles arranged by the Dark Alliance were destroyed, and even the large altar was lost.


    Especially when the three floating cities that were too wonderfully destroyed before fell from the air to the ground, they slammed into the ground and caused great damage.


    If it wasn''t for the Dark Alliance cultivator to stop it with all his strength, maybe this plain would have disappeared in the impact.


    Despite this, the landscape of the plain has been changed for the most part, and countless creatures have died.


    Even those spectators who watched the battle flew into the distance to avoid the aftermath of the battle and the damage caused by the war.


    Feng Qing Shang Zun tried his best to keep the main altar under his feet unscathed.


    At this time, his face was ashen, and he looked at Tai Miao in the distance with eyes full of murderous intent.


    After some wonderful tossing, the situation on the field has undergone tremendous changes.


    Some of the sacrifices were removed by Taimiao; some of the sacrifices died; the rest of the sacrifices fell into chaos, some knelt on the ground dumbfounded, and some fled like headless flies...


    After Tai Miao''s previous deterrence, most of the low-level cultivators of the Dark Alliance were heartbroken and have not recovered so far.


    Only a small number of Dark Alliance cultivators continued to slaughter those sacrifices.


    In any case, killing so many souls in one breath still injected strength into the altar.


    However, the slaughter is not carried out in the designated way, and the benefits of the ceremony are limited.


    As more and more sacrifices were slaughtered, invisible forces continued to be injected into the altar.


    Seeing the wonderful appearance of the True God, the allied forces of Taiyimen and Tiangong gained the upper hand, and the Dark Alliance fell to the disadvantage, and some of the cultivators who were watching the ceremony became alive.


    Taiyimen has been actively befriending the Qi family located in the northern part of the Middle-earth continent, trying to pull it into their own camp, and it has achieved initial results.


    Probably to please the Taiyi Sect, a monk from the Qi family yelled at the Dark Alliance monk who was slaughtering the sacrifices, and stopped the other party in a righteous manner.


    Although this Qi family cultivator was quickly suppressed by Feng Yu Shangzun, the others also started to move.


    In particular, the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family cultivators were a little bit uncomfortable with the actions of the Dark Alliance.


    On the other hand, the True Dragon Clan, who had long been suspicious of the Dark Alliance, has not expressed anything so far.


    The Taiyimen and the Tiangong allied forces came here to wreak havoc, and after fighting with the dark alliance monks for so long, the dark alliance has not exposed any flaws.


    The Tiangong cultivator accused the dark alliance of holding the ceremony for the sake of the devilish Junchen world, and so far there is no evidence to prove it.


    The True Dragon Clan does not need to please the victors like other cultivation forces, but pays more attention to the truth of the matter.


    On the contrary, those comprehension forces don''t care what the truth is, they will only stand on the side of the winner.


    For this ceremony, the Dark Alliance made preparations that they thought they would be perfect, and had also considered in advance that someone would cause trouble.


    But now, because the strength of Tiangong and Taiyimen is too strong, the backhands prepared by the Dark Alliance have been cracked one by one.


    This ceremony has been going on until now, and it has been a bit unsustainable.


    The true immortal-level power of Fengshang Xuxian and Tang Yuxian cannot be maintained for too long.


    If the time drags on for a long time, their power level will drop, and it will be even more impossible to stop it.


    As long as Tai Miaokong takes action, the Dark Alliance will face a complete defeat this time.


    Venerable Fengqing roared at a place in the sky: "How long do you have to wait? If you don''t take action, this ceremony will really be in vain."


    "Do you really want the poor monk to take action? In this way, the relationship between you and me can''t be hidden."


    A voice softly rang in the ears of Fengqing Shangzun.


    "When is it all, who cares about this?"


    Venerable Fengqing roared in exasperation.


    "Also, do you really think that others know nothing about the collusion between us?"


    "Hurry up and take action, stabilize the situation, and this ceremony can continue."


    After a while, an endless golden light lit up in the sky.


    Accompanied by bursts of Brahma singing, a golden Buddha statue as tall as a hill appeared in the sky.


    The golden Buddha statue clasped his hands together, and released bursts of Buddha light all over his body.


    Wherever the Buddha''s light went, the cultivators who were fighting felt peace of mind and could no longer raise the slightest fighting spirit.


    Those who fight fiercely in the sky are all great powers of returning to the void, and they are outstanding people in the world of self-cultivation in every aspect.


    Many people quickly broke free from the influence of Buddha Light and returned to normal.


    People from Tiangong quickly recognized the origin of this Buddha statue.


    "Tianlei, it''s actually you."


    "You traitor, when did you take refuge in Buddhism?"


    The Taoist people of the ancient capital pointed to the Buddha statue in the sky and shouted violently.


    "It''s Tianlei Xuxian, when did he switch to Buddhism, and why did he appear here?"


    Even during the battle, some Tiangong cultivators who were familiar with Tianlei couldn''t help but talk.


    At this time, Tianlei showed not the cultivation of immortals, but the breath of true immortals.


    Among Buddhism, such practitioners are called Arhats.


    Tianlei Xuxian, no, now it should be Tianlei Arhat, finally showing up.


    Previously, due to Tianlei Xuxian''s sudden betrayal and taking refuge in foreign invaders, Jiutian was broken so quickly, and the human race cultivators in Junchen Realm suffered heavy losses, and since then they have completely lost their frontal resistance to foreign invaders.


    Tianlei Xuxian is the object that Tiangong cultivates vigorously, and Tiangong has invested a lot in it.


    Tianlei Xuxian is also loyal to Tiangong and has made great contributions to Tiangong.


    Tianlei Xuxian, as a well-known warrior in the Tiangong, once fought in the void for many years, fought in the north and south, and made illustrious achievements.


    Tianlei Xuxian''s betrayal was beyond everyone''s expectations.


    Why he became a traitor, many people still can''t figure out.

 Chapter 2487

    Many Tiangong monks couldn''t figure out why Tianlei Xuxian would betray Tiangong.


    Now Tianlei Xuxian has become Tianlei Arhat, and some monks with a lively mind have already guessed the reason.


    In the final analysis, this is still the pot of the founders of the major holy land sects.


    Because the few true immortals who slept in the source sea changed the rules of heaven and earth in the Junchen world early on, in the following thousands of years, no new true immortals were born in the Junchen world.


    Cultivators attach great importance to their own way, especially those monks who are at the top of the cultivation world and have a promising immortal path. In order to pursue the Dao, they can give up everything and do everything.


    The actions of several true immortals can be said to have cut off the path of countless cultivators in the Junchen world, and they are truly sinful.


    Not to mention outsiders, even among their disciples and grandchildren, there are also many people who have deep complaints.


    The Taoist people of the ancient capital like Tiangong had grievances with the major sects of the Holy Land because of this, and thus became irreconcilable.


    Tianlei Xuxian is also a cultivator with extraordinary talent and is expected to break through to the true immortal.


    When he was still the Supreme Being of Tianlei, Buddhism once attracted him.


    However, at that time, Tianlei Shangzun, not only was not attracted by Buddhism, but also betrayed Buddhism, resulting in heavy losses for Buddhist monks.


    Of course, from the current point of view, Tianlei Shangzun might have taken refuge in Buddhism long ago, and he was just acting to ease the suspicions of others.


    After all, what Buddhism was doing at that time was not a secret, and the purpose was revealed early.


    There is also a possibility that Tianlei Shangzun at that time had no intention of joining Buddhism, but when he was promoted to Xuxian, but could not go further, he joined Buddhism.


    No matter what the situation is, no matter what kind of difficulties he has, from the current point of view, he has completely become a member of Buddhism.


    Tianlei Xuxian''s refuge in Buddhism also brought huge rewards.


    The Arhats of Buddhism and the true immortals of Taoism are practitioners of the same level, and they can be evenly matched in many aspects.


    For Tianlei Xuxian, they are all seeking longevity and avenues anyway, how much difference can Buddhism and Taoism make?


    The current path is different, maybe it will come to the end, and it may not be the same.


    In fact, in the realm of self-cultivation, it is not uncommon for Tianlei Xuxian to be in such a situation.


    There is more than one road to the avenue. If this road is not accessible, we should take another road.


    For stronger cultivation, for longer lifespan...


    There are a lot of people who have fallen into the devil''s way, let alone those who are cultivators of Buddhism.


    Although Buddhism claims to save all sentient beings, open the door of convenience, and almost does not reject those who come to seek refuge, but those who can truly enter the upper ranks of Buddhism still have to go through strict selection.


    Helping a Taoist monk like Tianlei Xuxian to change the foundation of his practice, and he was able to be promoted to Arhat so quickly, shows that Buddhism still invested a lot of money in him.


    I just don''t know what is so amazing about him that is worth paying so much for by Buddhism?


    Just betraying the Junchen Realm and destroying the Nine Heavens Defense Line from the inside is not worth the blood of Buddhism.


    The appearance of Tianlei Arhat aroused the hatred of many monks in Tiangong for this traitor.


    However, most of the Tiangong cultivators did not dare to take the initiative to attack the opponent because of the huge gap in their cultivation.


    Only the Taoist of the ancient capital, out of a deep hatred for the traitor, abandoned his original opponent, ignoring the huge gap between the two sides in terms of cultivation, and with a roar, he fit in and rushed towards the sky thunder Arhat.


    A series of explosions sounded in the air, the ancient capital Taoist''s heaven and earth law - a huge statue, the ancient capital Taoist pounced in front of Tianlei Arhat.


    Tianlei Luohan''s face was full of sympathy, and he couldn''t help sighing.


    A huge golden Buddha palm gently slapped out, as if slapping a fly, just in time to slap the Heaven and Earth Dharma of the Daoist in the Middle Ages.


    The huge dharma of heaven and earth was hit without any resistance, and countless cracks appeared on it, and then quickly began to collapse.


    The dharma of heaven and earth was severely damaged, and the Taoist people in the ancient capital spurted blood wildly, and the whole body fell down at once.


    Tianlei Luohan''s face showed an unbearable look, but he shot without mercy.


    After severely injuring the Taoist people of the ancient capital, he continued to chase and kill them, looking as if they were slaughtered.


    Xuxian and Luohan are only one level apart from the level of cultivation.


    But it is this gap, expressed on the battlefield, that is a world of difference.


    In front of Tianlei Arhat, the Taoist of the ancient capital had almost no power to fight back.


    When Tianlei Luohan just appeared, Jianjun Banxue noticed it.


    For the traitor Tianlei Luohan, Jianjun Banxue also hated very much.


    However, she is far more rational than the Taoist people in the ancient capital, and knows that no matter how strong her fighting ability is, she cannot make up for the huge gap in the level of cultivation.


    The Taoist of the ancient capital made a rash move, but she had no time to stop it.


    Tianlei Luohan wanted to kill them all, but she would never sit back and watch.


    A beam of sword light, like a white rainbow penetrating the sun, shot from a distance and directly penetrated the golden Buddha palm that was shot towards the Taoist in the ancient capital.


    After this sword light penetrated the Buddha''s palm, it fell to the Taoist side of the ancient capital, and then turned around gently, wrapping the Taoist of the ancient capital.


    The Daoist of the ancient capital has almost collapsed this time, and it is by no means an overnight effort to fully recover.


    For a long time in the future, he will not be able to continue to work for Jianjun Banxue.


    With the support of Sanshan Zhenxian, Jianjun Banxue is not afraid of ordinary real immortal-level powerhouses.


    But now that the incident happened suddenly, Sanshan Zhenxian is not the kind of person who can be called at will.


    In a short time, it will be all on her own.


    Tianlei Luohan doesn''t care about the feelings of his colleagues at all, and at this time he will not give any face to his former boss and benefactor who cultivated him.


    With the sound of Sanskrit singing, the Buddha''s light in the sky was prosperous, and the almost endless golden light soon shrouded the Sword Master Banxue.


    Jianjun Banxue really deserves to be the first person under the True Immortals of Junchen Realm. Facing the powerhouses at the level of True Immortals, he can still deal with them one or two times.


    With Xue Jianjun''s body and sword combined, it turned into a fierce sword light, rushing left and right amid the Buddha''s light, colliding in all directions.


    The promotion time of Tianlei Arhat is very short, and he can barely master some methods of the true immortal level, and he can control the power of the true immortal level, but he has not mastered too many profound Buddhist arts and magical powers.


    Jianjun Banxue has many times of experience in hostile dealings with true immortal-level powerhouses.


    In a short period of time, Tianlei Luohan couldn''t help Jianjun Banxue.


    Of course, the gap in cultivation level is difficult to make up for by other means.


    No matter how powerful Jianjun Banxue is, her defeat is only a matter of time.


    If one is not good, whether she can get out of her body is a problem.


    On the other side of the battlefield, Tai Miao found that the enemy reinforcements had arrived, and wanted to end the battle as soon as possible, and fought against Tianlei Luohan in the past.


    But Tang Yuxuxian and Fengshang Xuxian seemed to be going crazy, and they entangled him with all their strength, making him unable to escape for the time being.

 Chapter 2488

    Without external help, Jianjun Banxue would not be able to last long in front of Tianlei Arhat.


    When Tianlei Luohan appeared, Meng Zhang already knew about it.


    In addition to Tai Miao synchronizing information with him in a timely manner, many Taiyi Sect cultivators are also reporting to him with secret methods.


    It was indeed unexpected that Tianlei Xuxian became Tianlei Arhat, but Meng Zhang was not particularly surprised.


    Meng Zhang had been in contact with Tianlei Xuxian back then, and he almost joined him.


    Meng Zhang''s perception of Tianlei Xuxian was not good.


    Tianlei Xuxian seems to have the image of a master who doesn''t eat human fireworks, but in fact he is the kind of villain who is mercenary and selfish.


    It''s just that he hides his nature very well, hides it from everyone, and attracts many diehards.


    The old friend Yinhu, the old friend who took care of Meng Zhang back then, was once a loyal subordinate of Tianlei Xuxian, and he always wanted to bring Meng Zhang into Tianlei Xuxian''s command.


    After Tianlei Xuxian betrayed Junchen Realm and betrayed the Nine Heavens Defense Line, the old man of Yinhu couldn''t accept this reality, and he was even more unwilling to join forces with Tianlei Xuxian, and finally died in the Nine Heavens.


    Meng Zhang has no particular hatred for Tianlei Xuxian, but once he has the opportunity to attack him, he will never show mercy.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that the ceremony held by the Supreme Venerable Fengqing of the Dark Alliance was to collude with the devil''s way and try to stain the entire Junchen world.


    He never imagined that the one who came to the rescue was actually Tianlei Luohan.


    Tianlei Luohan is not a strong man in the magic way, and he will not participate in the activities of the magic dye Junchen world.


    Could it be that my original guess was wrong, and the Lord Fengqing held this ceremony really to slow down the destruction of Junchen Realm?


    Thinking of his own telepathy, Meng Zhang never believed in Venerable Fengqing.


    Not to mention, the Dark Alliance had many bad criminal records.


    The relationship between Buddhism and magic is not so clean.


    On the surface, magic and Buddhism are incompatible.


    Many demons have been transformed by Buddhist monks and transformed into Buddhist protectors and the like.


    There are also many Buddhist monks who have fallen into the devil for various reasons, and have completely fallen into the devil''s way.


    Meng Zhang felt that there could be collusion between Buddhism and magic when needed.


    Of course, there is another possibility that Venerable Fengqing held this ceremony, which is related to Buddhism.


    Perhaps, Fomen has a plan for the Junchen world that is entering its destruction.


    In the Junchen world, all powerhouses are paying attention to everything that happens here.


    When Lei Luohan suddenly appeared that day, there was a sudden undercurrent among the group of true immortal-level powerhouses among the extraterritorial invaders.


    The Fangtong Arhat of Buddhism was the one who rebelled against Tianlei Xuxian and cultivated him as an important figure in Tianlei Arhat.


    He had already joined the army of foreign invaders and participated in the attack on Junchen Realm.


    The ceremony held by the Dark Alliance was already very interesting.


    Now Tianlei Luohan suddenly appeared to help, indicating that there must be a problem.


    True God Shengyang and others turned their attention to Fangtong Luohan.


    The Demon God of Famine even roared loudly, accusing Fang Tong Luohan of doing tricks behind everyone''s back and colluding with the dark alliance to harm everyone''s interests.


    Fang Tong Luohan turned a blind eye to the strange eyes of others and the accusations of others.


    He lowered his eyebrows and only knew how to chant scriptures.


    Although the Famine Demon God and the others are dissatisfied with Tong Luohan, the enemy is still there. Now is not the time to turn their face, they still need the fighting power of Fang Tong Luohan.


    Meng Zhang didn''t plan to take action at first, thinking that True God is too wonderful to deal with all kinds of unexpected situations.


    But looking at the current situation, if he doesn''t make a move, the situation with Xue Jianjun and others will not be good.


    Since it was unavoidable to take action, Meng Zhang no longer hesitated and acted immediately.


    Meng Zhang put his spiritual sense into the pseudo-immortal artifact of the Wind Fire Yin-Yang Fan, and kept pouring immortal power into it.


    After a while, the wind fire yin and yang fan turned into a fire dragon, traveled through space, and appeared over the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang did not take action directly, but instead controlled the pseudo-immortal weapon of Fenghuo Yinyang Fan to fight the enemy.


    With the magic formula bestowed by Gu Yue Ling Qing, Meng Zhang had almost completely refined the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan long ago, and had mastered more of its magical uses.


    At this time, the Fenghuo Yinyang Fan, which was completely sacrificed, not only changed its shape, but also the level of power displayed has also been substantially improved.


    Even a cultivator who was very familiar with Meng Zhang and this treasure in the past would probably find it difficult to think of the relationship between the fire dragon and Meng Zhang.


    As soon as the fire dragon appeared in the sky, it unscrupulously released the power of the true immortal level.


    A true immortal-level powerhouse rushed to the battlefield, which once again surprised everyone.


    Many people are still thinking about whether this latecomer is an enemy or a friend, and the fire dragon twisted its body and rushed towards Tianlei Arhat.


    In the face of the enemy of the same level, Tianlei Luohan did not dare to neglect, and immediately began to deal with it with all his strength.


    Taking advantage of Tianlei Arhat being restrained by the enemy, Jianjun Banxue worked hard and finally broke through the siege of Foguang and escaped the catastrophe.


    Tianlei Arhat mobilized the huge golden Buddha palm and slapped the fiery dragon fiercely.


    The golden Buddha light is almost everywhere, to completely surround the fire dragon.


    The fire dragon and the golden Buddha palm were fighting for a moment, and seeing that they could not take advantage of it, under Meng Zhang''s remote control, the form changed again.


    The fire dragon first turned into a flaming mountain, rammed in the air, and slammed into the huge Buddha statue not far away.


    Tianlei Luohan used his means one after another to block the huge Flaming Mountain.


    The Flame Mountain changed again and turned into a two-headed dragon.


    One head of the two-headed dragon is made of flames, the other head is made of hurricanes, and the whole body is alternated by wind and fire.


    Under the blowing of a sudden hurricane, the sky was filled with fiery flames.


    The golden Buddha light and the flame collided fiercely.


    After a moment of fighting between the two-headed dragon and the golden Buddha''s palm, suddenly his figure flickered and he appeared beside Tianlei Arhat.


    Surrounding the body of the two-headed dragon, it completely entangled the huge body of Tianlei Arhat.


    When he just arrived here, Tianlei Luohan knew that a fierce battle was inevitable today.


    Therefore, he did not show the usual human form, but directly showed the golden body of Luohan.


    The golden body of Buddhist monks is similar to that of Taoist monks. Since the manifestation of the rules of heaven and earth, it is also the embodiment of their own practice.


    Tianlei Arhat''s golden body is indestructible, and can directly resist attacks from magic weapons and even pseudo-immortal weapons.


    In addition, there are many magical things about the golden body.


    Tianlei Luohan originally thought that his opponent was a real god, and he was going to face the body of a ghost.


    He will use his golden body of Arhat to completely crush the ghosts and gods of the other party to show the boundless power of Dharma.


    Unexpectedly, the opponent he encountered was actually a fake fairy controlled by a real fairy.


    After fighting for so long, Tianlei Luohan has seen through the opponent''s details.


    It''s just that I don''t know who is this true immortal who is hiding behind the scenes.

 Chapter 2489

    When the true immortal-level war broke out here, the great magical powers of the entire Junchen world all set their sights on this place.


    Meng Zhang didn''t show up, and directly controlled the fake fairy wind, fire, yin and yang fan, temporarily blocking Tianlei Arhat.


    A true immortal with a mysterious origin and who did not know where he came from, aroused everyone''s interest.


    Whether it is the true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders in the Nine Heavens, or the six true immortals in the source sea, they are all paying attention here at this time.


    For the situation in the Junchen world, the entry of a new true immortal will definitely have a big impact on the situation.


    This true immortal is an enemy or a friend. Whether he can win over him is worth thinking about.


    Of course, judging from the action of this true immortal, he is either related to Taiyi Sect or has something to do with Tiangong.


    The Taiyi Sect already has a true god and wonderful care. If there are still true immortals hidden, then the strength of this sect will be re-evaluated.


    Tiangong used to be the ruler of Junchen Realm, with a profound background, it is also very possible to hook up with a strange true immortal.


    Because of the special state of Junchen Realm, no one thought that someone like Meng Zhang would break through the real immortal, and they all thought that this real immortal came from outside the Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang was sitting at the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate, but he focused his attention on the battlefield here.


    He remotely controlled the Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan, a pseudo-immortal weapon, and was barely on a par with the newly promoted Tianlei Arhat.


    After Tianlei Xuxian took refuge in Buddhism, he quickly changed the foundation of his practice.


    Venerable Buddhist monks at the level of returning to the virtual world, and Arhats who have been promoted to the level of true immortals, although they will also face the problem of extraterrestrial demons blocking the way, but Buddhism has various exorcism techniques and does not need to rely entirely on the protection of the power of the world.


    Tianlei Xuxian silently turned into Tianlei Arhat, and Buddhism did not make much publicity to the outside world.


    The other top powerhouses in the Dengtian Star District have basically shown their faces.


    As a hidden card of Buddhism, Tianlei Luohan should have been used at critical moments.


    The ceremony held by the Supreme Master Fengqing of the Dark Alliance was related to Buddhism.


    Seeing that the ceremony was destroyed, the Dark Alliance was unable to resist the saboteurs, and it was not convenient for Fangtong Arhat within nine days to take action, so Tianlei Arhat had to take action.


    Venerable Fengqing never imagined that the attackers would be so strong, that there are also true immortals in addition to true gods.


    The situation in the field at this time was actually not too bad for the Dark Alliance.


    It didn''t take a long time to make a good shot before, but it produced great results.


    Three of the ten floating cities were destroyed, and most of the remaining seven were also injured.


    The Void Returning Great Power of the Dark Alliance suffered no small casualties.


    Now Taimiao is entangled by Tang Yuxian and Fengshang Xuxian, and Tianlei Arhat and the strange Zhenxian are fighting endlessly.


    There are a lot of Void Returning Powers left in the Dark Alliance, but their morale has plummeted and they have become somewhat timid.


    When Venerable Fengqing summoned the monks in the door beforehand, he tried his best to choose members of his own faction and close factions.


    However, in an organization like the Dark Alliance, with such an internal structure, many monks in the sect have limited loyalty to the Dark Alliance.


    If the dark alliance is going well, it''s nothing.


    Now that there are successive battles at the level of true immortals, many Void Returning Great Experts will inevitably have a mind to protect themselves, and are unwilling to work too hard.


    The Tiangong and Taiyimen coalition forces, which had fallen behind, became more morale and began to take the initiative in turn.


    Especially Jianjun Banxue, who is unstoppable at this moment, roaming around the battlefield.


    Fengshang Xuxian and Tang Yuxian, who originally restrained Jianjun Banxue, both used the secret treasures of the Dark Alliance to raise them to the level of true immortals, and it was wonderful to run and entangle them.


    Although the dark alliance has a strong accumulation, there are still a number of monks at the level of the virtual immortals, not to mention that there are high and low levels among the virtual immortals.


    Among the several immortals present in the dark alliance, now only the immortal Youlei can barely resist Jianjun Banxue.


    In such a battle, the Void Returning Great Expert cultivated by the Taiyi Sect itself may still be a little immature.


    However, there are also Moon Gods and their followers participating in the battle on the Taiyi Gate side.


    Moon God, Moon Goddess, Death God, and Wind God are all old-fashioned former, although their state has not returned to their heyday, and they are far more powerful than monks of the same rank.


    Especially Luna, who has not been in the war for a long time, but has already begun to kill the Dark Alliance''s Void Returning Power.


    Venerable Fengqing, who was presiding over the ceremony, could not be cloned, looking at the battle situation in the sky, he was anxious and angry.


    King Ganglong and the others who were watching the battle from the sidelines changed their expressions after seeing Tianlei Luohan appear.


    The true dragon family from the void, their ancestors did not deal less with Buddhism.


    Although there are many branches of the True Dragon Clan, many of which are well-known powerhouses, they have taken refuge in Buddhism, but the overall impression of the True Dragon Clan on Buddhism is very bad.


    With the temperament of those bald donkeys, they sent Arhat-level combat power to participate in this matter, which shows that they attach great importance to the ceremony being held by the Supreme Master Fengqing.


    Due to the inheritance relationship in the clan, the Ganglong King and the Yulong King have a deeper understanding of Buddhism.


    From the Junchen world that is entering the destruction, they thought of some Buddhist theories of Buddhism.


    In Buddhism, there are four eons of formation, abiding, destruction, and emptiness.


    Some strong Buddhist practitioners who practice the corresponding exercises can comprehend the more advanced Buddha Dharma.


    For example, Buddhist monks who practice the Dao of Quietness often like to observe a great world that is falling into destruction.


    Even, it will deliberately speed up the destruction of the big world to confirm what I have learned.


    As soon as the Dragon King and the Jade Dragon King communicated, they thought they had seen through the actions of the Venerable Fengqing.


    This guy clearly said that he held a ceremony to slow down the destruction of the Junchen world, but he was actually acting in cooperation with Buddhism.


    Humans are really cunning and cannot be trusted.


    Ganglongwang and the others have no grudges against the Buddhist monks, but they will not deliberately cooperate with each other.


    In particular, the deception of the Supreme Venerable Fengqing before, made the deceived Ganglong King feel very uncomfortable.


    As soon as the Dragon King and the Jade Dragon King discussed a few words, they decided to leave here as soon as possible, there is no need to go to this muddy water.


    Since Venerable Fengqing had a different plan, not slowing down the destruction of Junchen Realm as he said, then the True Dragon Clan would naturally not continue to support him.


    Previously, the True Dragon Clan had sent many Sea Clan as sacrifices.


    The life and death of the sea clan is not in the eyes of the real dragon clan, but the sea clan is also the property of the real dragon clan.


    Not to mention the sea clan who have been slaughtered and the sea clan who have been removed by Tai Miao, the remaining sea clan can no longer continue to make cheap secret alliances.


    The angry Ganglong King was too lazy to talk to the Dark Alliance cultivator, so he had to take away the rest of the Sea Clan.


    Several powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan flew over the camp where the Sea Clan was housed, and saw a group of Dark Alliance cultivators slaughtering the Sea Clan.


    They were too lazy to talk nonsense, and they directly shot the dark alliance cultivators to death, and they took away their own property.


    Feng Yu Shangzun, who has been monitoring the spectators, sees the practice of the real dragon clan powerhouse, and immediately stops it.


    From his point of view, the True Dragon Clan clearly began to rebel and stood on the opposite side of the Dark Alliance.

 Chapter 2490

    Since Fengqing Shangzun proposed to hold a grand ceremony to delay the destruction of Junchen Realm, he became a good person in Junchen Realm for a while, and won the support and support of countless cultivators.


    Even an alien race like the True Dragon Clan rarely supports a human race cultivator.


    As a senior member of the Dark Alliance, Feng Yu Shangzun has never trusted these outsiders.


    According to his ideas, when the ceremony is held, outsiders should not be allowed to approach.


    However, to do all the preparations for the ceremony in a short period of time, relying on the power of the Dark Alliance family alone is not enough, and must get the help and cooperation of other forces.


    People donate money and efforts, actively cooperate, don''t they even have the qualifications to take a look?


    As for the Dark Alliance, they are not willing to let others feel suspicious about this and cause some changes?


    Venerable Fengqing specially reserved a spectator position for these spectators. In addition to giving them an explanation, he also hoped that in the event of an accident, these spectators would stand on the side of the Dark Alliance.


    In the face of the joint attack of Taiyimen and Tiangong, there was immediate instability among these spectators.


    For example, Daoist Haiyang and Fairy Guanghan immediately turned their backs, and the others were watching from the sidelines, with no intention of helping the Dark Alliance.


    It''s good now, even the True Dragon Clan is on the opposite side of the Dark Alliance.


    Feng Yu Shangzun thought that the Zhenlong clan would see the wind and use the rudder to help the enemy to destroy the ceremony.


    With a roar, he led his men to stop the powerhouse of the True Dragon Clan.


    The Ganglong King and Jade Dragon King, who were already angry in their hearts, saw that the people in the dark alliance dared to take the initiative to attack their own side, how could they hold back.


    Ganglong King rushed towards Feng Yu Shangzun, while Yulong King started killing the Dark Alliance cultivator.


    The powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan joined the battle, and the situation became even more unfavorable for the Dark Alliance.


    The eyes of the monks from the Snow Mountain Sect and the Kou family flickered, exchanging glances.


    Although these two companies can''t come up with true immortal-level combat power, they each have a lot of power to return to the virtual world, and they are also powerful forces that cannot be ignored.


    The principals of these two families are too conservative, and they do not take their stand, let alone stand in line.


    Although no one else made a move, after the True Dragon Clan made a move, the situation slid in a direction that was unfavorable to the Dark Alliance.


    There are many strong people from the real dragon clan who came to watch the ceremony this time, and the ones with the lowest cultivation base are at the primordial level.


    The two leaders, the Ganglong King and the Jade Dragon King, were extremely powerful, which brought great pressure to the Dark Alliance cultivators.


    All the high-level monks of the Dark Alliance have almost fought their lives, but they still cannot stabilize the battle situation.


    A lot of the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan entered the group of monks of the Dark Alliance, wantonly killing those low-level monks.


    The true dragon clan and the human race cultivators have had many deep hatreds.


    It is rare to have the opportunity to wantonly kill the human race cultivators, and the guys of the real dragon family have become more and more excited.


    All the monks in the Dark Alliance were in a hard fight, except for Venerable Fengqing who was holding a ceremony.


    From time to time, attacks fell on the main altar, and Venerable Fengqing tried his best to parry, trying his best to maintain the integrity of the altar, and it became more and more difficult.


    At this time, except for the main altar, the other altars were basically destroyed.


    At this point, the ceremony has become unsustainable.


    Depending on the development of the situation, it won''t be long before the Supreme Venerable Fengqing will be involved in the battle, and the ceremony will be completely interrupted.


    With the unexpected reinforcements from the True Dragon Clan, the allied forces of Taiyimen and Tiangong became more active and their fighting spirit became more and more high.


    On the other hand, the morale of the Dark Alliance was low, and many monks were unwilling to continue.


    Among the dark alliance, only a few people know the inside story of this ceremony.


    Even the Void-returning elders like Taoist Youhuan, who was under house arrest by Meng Zhang, were kept in the dark, thinking that the ceremony could really delay the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    Seeing that the enemy is so powerful and the losses are so huge, most of the Dark Alliance cultivators feel that there is no need to persevere.


    No matter how important this ceremony is, the Dark Alliance should not have to pay such a huge price.


    Whether the Junchen Realm is destroyed or not will not affect the fate of the Dark Alliance.


    Even if the Junchen Realm is truly destroyed, the Dark Alliance will be able to survive in the void by relying on the retreat path left long ago, or if all its members enter the floating city.


    But if all the elites of the dark alliance are buried here, even if the Junchen world is intact, the survival of the dark alliance will become difficult.


    With the system of the Dark Alliance, the Great Elder Fengqing is just a principal, far from the authority of one word.


    Fengqing Shangzun only got the support of most of the elders of the dark alliance by relying on the means of combining vertical and horizontal, as well as a series of successes in the past.


    Now, most of the top leaders of the Dark Alliance have become unwilling to fight.


    Many elders even disregarded the fact that their family was still fighting, and they separated their spirits and persuaded Venerable Fengqing to stop the ceremony immediately, organize everyone to leave the battle, and evacuate here.


    They even threatened Venerable Fengqing. If Venerable Fengqing insisted on going his own way and insisted on bringing the Dark Alliance to a dead end, then don''t blame them for turning their backs on him, withdrawing their support, or even dismissing his position as the Great Elder.


    The persuasion that fell into the ears of Venerable Fengqing sounded extremely harsh.


    There was a burst of anger in Shang Zun Fengqing''s heart.


    Although Venerable Fengqing had a lot of selfishness in holding this ceremony this time, in general, it was for the sake of the Dark Alliance.


    If the ceremony is successful, it will bring many benefits to the Dark Alliance.


    The dark alliance has always been in collusion with the magic way.


    Internal monks, including many high-ranking monks, are secretly practicing magic arts.


    Even among many cultivators who did not practice magic arts, there were more or less signs of being possessed by demons.


    If there is a future in the magic way, the Supreme Venerable Fengqing doesn''t mind leading the entire dark alliance to fall into the magic way.


    However, Venerable Fengqing knew that the demon god who colluded with the Dark Alliance was not at ease, and wanted to demonize all the Dark Alliance cultivators and turn them into puppets.


    The cultivators of the Dark Alliance colluded with the Demon Dao in order to use each other and gain benefits, not to be a puppet for the Demon God.


    Fengqing Shangzun himself also has a deep demon in his heart, which cannot be exorcised by conventional means.


    The cunning rabbit has three caves. With the scheming means of Fengqing Shangzun, he will naturally not hang himself on a tree in the magic way.


    The Dark Alliance has formed an alliance with the barbarians on the surface, and is a close ally of the barbarians.


    In order to contain the magic way, the dark alliance secretly joined Buddhism.


    Buddhism universally saves all beings, opens the door of convenience, embraces everything, and almost never refuses to come.


    Even demons and even monsters have the opportunity to worship Buddhism.


    Once a cultivator embarks on the road of magic cultivation, it is almost a road of no return.


    The only feasible escape technique is to worship Buddhism.


    Buddhism has the technique of turning demons into Buddhas, which can help demons transform their foundations and become the guardians of the Ming King of Buddhism.


    From this aspect alone, Buddhism still has some advantages over Taoism.


    The practice method of many eminent Buddhist monks is to save the devil and turn the devil into a Buddha.


    Of course, there are also some sect masters who rebuked Buddhism for hypocrisy. The Buddha''s heart contained demons, and Buddhas and demons were originally a nest of snakes and rats.

 Chapter 2491

    The remarks of those top figures in Taoism, the dispute between Jinxian and the Buddha, Fengqing Shangzun just regarded it as a legend.


    In Fengqing Shangzun''s mind, relying on the power of Buddhism is the only way to completely get rid of the devil''s way.


    If there is a need, even leading the dark alliance as a whole into Buddhism, it is not something that cannot be considered.


    The Buddhist forces in the Dengtian star area were originally a branch of Buddhism that migrated from other star areas.


    After a long journey and countless calamities, this Buddhist force finally came to the Dengtian Star District.


    This Buddhist force has lost too many disciples during the migration, and the manpower in all aspects has been stretched.


    If such a powerful self-cultivation force of the Dark Alliance is willing to fully devote itself to Buddhism, it will be tantamount to a great tonic for it.


    Both sides needed each other, and after a series of secret contacts, they naturally colluded.


    The ceremony held by Venerable Fengqing was naturally not to delay the destruction of Junchen Realm, but an instruction from Buddhism.


    This ceremony is related to Buddhism''s plan, and Fengqing Shangzun takes this to show his sincerity and strength to Buddhism.


    The real purpose of this ceremony, Fengqing Shangzun is not completely clear, he just cooperates with Buddhism.


    The Buddhist side has promised that as long as this ceremony is successful, it can help him to change his foundation and make his cultivation base higher, just like helping Tianlei Arhat.


    Those monks in the dark alliance who have been infected with magic in their hearts, as long as they are willing to invest in Buddhism, Buddhism can help them solve their problems.


    For a monk like Fengqing Shangzun, because he was in the Junchen world, he naturally became a Taoist cultivator.


    In fact, whether it is Taoism, Buddhism, or even magic, to him, there is not much difference.


    If it weren''t for the fact that the devil''s way was too ferocious, and he didn''t leave any way to survive, he might not be willing to break with the devil''s way.


    To invest in Buddhism and become a Buddhist monk, the avenue is still promising. For him, this is the best choice.


    Now that you have made up your mind to enter Buddhism, you must actively cooperate with Buddhism, and it is best to give enough credit to Buddhism.


    After preparing for a long time, Venerable Fengqing devoted a lot of effort to the ceremony, but was interrupted by the sudden attack of Tiangong and Taiyimen reinforcements. How could Venerable Fengqing not be angry?


    What to do next, Venerable Fengqing fell into hesitation.


    Should I abandon the ritual and join the battle, or continue the ritual forcibly?


    The battle of the true immortal level has already broken out. With the cultivation of Fengqing Shangzun at this time, even if he joins the battle, it will not have much impact on the battle situation.


    However, as the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan participated in the battle, the Dark Alliance could no longer support it.


    Some of the Dark Alliance''s Void Returning Powers who were in really bad condition had simply disregarded the sect rules, and withdrew from the battle directly, fleeing the battlefield far away.


    At this time, a voice secretly entered the ears of Venerable Fengqing.


    Tianlei Shangzun was entangled by the wind, fire, yin and yang fan raised by Meng Zhang, and could not withdraw for the time being. He could only send a voice transmission to Fengqing Shangzun to give the latest instructions.


    The order from Tianlei Shangzun helped Fengqing Shangzun make his final determination.


    Regardless of the fact that the ceremony was far from complete, he stepped directly on the main altar, chanted a spell, directly activated the power of the main altar, and entered the final step of the ceremony.


    With the casting of Fengqing Shangzun''s spell, the surrounding area first shook violently, and then large earthquakes began to erupt all over the Junchen Realm.


    At first, no one cared much.


    Since the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen Realm was wiped out and the Junchen Realm entered into destruction, natural disasters have frequently erupted in all parts of the Junchen Realm, and earthquakes, large and small, have almost never stopped.


    However, over time, some sensitive monks began to realize that something was wrong.


    Regardless of the cultivators of the Dark Alliance, the attackers and spectators present today are basically high-level cultivators.


    Especially those who watched the ceremony, while watching the battle, they also had the mind to take care of other aspects.


    This sudden earthquake was too violent, and it spread to a large area at once, and went deep into the depths of the earth.


    Tai Miao, who was fighting fiercely with her opponent, soon discovered the truth.


    The ceremony held by Venerable Fengqing was clearly accelerating the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    Although the ceremony has not been completed, the various restrictions and magic circles carefully arranged by the Dark Alliance in the Junchen world have begun to play their role.


    Since the Taiyimen and Tiangong came, the ceremony has not stopped.


    Although it was interrupted in the middle, many sacrifices were still executed, and it was barely considered a blood sacrifice.


    Although a lot of preparations have been made for the destruction of Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang still does not want Junchen Realm to be completely destroyed so soon.


    Fengqing Shangzun''s current actions finally revealed his true colors.


    His so-called slowing down the destruction of the Junchen world through rituals is simply a lie, and all the forces in the Junchen world have been deceived and used by him.


    There was no need for Meng Zhang to expose it in person. In the discussion of the monks present, everyone understood.


    Although they were very angry because of being deceived, and even more panicked because of the accelerated destruction of Junchen Realm, not many of these spectators dared to join the battle in front of them and deal with the dark alliance together.


    It seems that until the dark alliance and the Taiyimen and Tiangong allied forces are completely divided, these people who see the wind and make the rudder will not make a choice easily.


    The appearance of Tianlei Arhat revealed the collusion between the Dark Alliance and Buddhism, but it also did not affect everyone''s choice.


    It has long been no secret that the Dark Alliance colluded with foreign invaders.


    It is well known that the Dark Alliance helped the barbarians break through the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    All of these can only show that the dark alliance has good methods and its allies are powerful.


    The more this is the case, the more the monks from all sides dare not stand on the opposite side of the Dark Alliance easily.


    In order to completely defeat the Dark Alliance, the ultimate ceremony of the Supreme Fengqing still depends on these masters who have already participated in the war.


    Not only the cultivators present, but also the high-level foreign invaders who watched the battle within nine days also discovered that the Junchen Realm was accelerating its destruction.


    This group of extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level is still a bit contradictory about this matter.


    Some regard Junchen Realm as a trophy, and hope that Junchen Realm will not be destroyed so quickly, and that they can have more time to allow themselves to plunder more benefits from Junchen Realm.


    Some hope that the Junchen world will be destroyed soon, and the six true immortals who have been hiding in the source sea will have to be exposed, and they will have a better chance to besiege it.


    Due to the inability to reach a consensus, it is naturally impossible for these extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level to interfere with the actions of the Supreme Master Fengqing.


    In fact, there are slightly more of the latter.


    After all, the most valuable thing in the Junchen world is the relic left by Immortal Junchen.


    The six true immortals are the biggest obstacle in order to capture the relics of the heavenly immortals.


    The latter often ridicules the former for being short-sighted and losing big because of small things.


    Of course, arguments are arguments. Before the six true immortals are exterminated, no matter how many contradictions they have, they will temporarily put it down.

 Chapter 2492

    Fengqing Shangzun not only deceived outsiders, but also deceived members of the dark alliance.


    This ceremony is not from the dark alliance classics, but secretly taught by the Buddhist Fangtong Arhat.


    Of course, this ceremony does not seem to have much to do with Buddhism, and the way the power operates is closer to the way of Taoism.


    Otherwise, it will not be able to deceive the powerhouses of all parties.


    If this ceremony prepared by Venerable Fengqing is successfully completed, the entire Junchen world will completely collapse in a very short period of time.


    But now the ceremony has not been completed, Fengqing Shangzun launched the last step.


    Junchen Realm began to accelerate its destruction, but it did not achieve the original effect.


    For Meng Zhang, before the Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, the longer the preparation time, the better.


    Fengqing Shangzun''s actions continued.


    Meng Zhang himself did not take action in person, and ordered the Taiyimen monks present to stop Fengqing Shangzun in time, so that he could not continue.


    Before the Taiyi Sect cultivator pulled out his hands, the masters of the True Dragon Clan couldn''t bear it anymore.


    Ganglongwang and the others were first deceived, and then they were regarded as enemies by Shangzun Fengyu.


    Now the last resort of Fengqing Shangzun to start the ceremony like no one else, makes them very angry.


    For the True Dragon Clan, they also do not want to see Junchen Realm destroyed so quickly.


    The Jade Dragon King suppressed the Supreme Venerable Feng Yu, and the Ganglong King rushed towards the Supreme Venerable Feng Qing angrily.


    Facing a powerful enemy of the same rank, Fengqing Shangzun had to stop his original action and parry the opponent''s attack first.


    Fengqing Shangzun did not continue the ceremony, but once the last step of the ceremony was launched, it had an immediate effect and could not be stopped at all.


    In Meng Zhang''s prediction, even if a big world like Junchen Realm has entered into destruction, the process may last for hundreds or even thousands of years.


    After the acceleration of the ceremony of Venerable Fengqing, this process was greatly shortened, and within a hundred years, the Junchen world would completely collapse.


    The closer a big world is to complete destruction, the more serious the various disasters that erupt.


    Almost the entire Junchen world was shaking violently. Mountains collapsed, rivers stopped flowing, and bottomless cracks were everywhere on the ground...


    As for the sea, the tsunami and earthquake almost never stopped, and countless islands disappeared completely...


    The monks who were originally watching the battle from the sidelines received information one after another and learned about the changes in the Junchen world.


    They couldn''t sit still any longer, and left here one after another, returning to their respective mountain gates, trying to stabilize their own territory.


    The territory of Taiyimen, like the rest of Junchen Realm, suffers from constant natural disasters.


    The land is sinking, the plates are cracking, and all this seems to be imminent.


    When the territory of Taiyimen was shaken, all the gods who had been canonized by Meng Zhang took the initiative to stand up and start to stabilize the place.


    The number of these gods is limited, the canonization time is too short, and the cultivation base and accumulation are insufficient.


    Even if they tried their best, they still could not completely stabilize the territory of Taiyimen.


    Since the ceremony held by Venerable Fengqing has been destroyed and the consequences are irreversible, there is no need for the Taiyi Sect cultivator to stay here for a long time.


    Taiyimen urgently needs these high-level monks to return in time, and use the magic circles and restrictions that almost spread over the entire territory to stabilize their own territory.


    There are many monks in the dark alliance, and many high-level monks are still paying attention to the surrounding situation even in the midst of the war.


    After Venerable Fengqing''s true purpose was completely exposed, many Dark Alliance cultivators were greatly shocked.


    Venerable Fengqing colluding with Buddhism is nothing, but it is too much to deceive the monks from all sides and hold a ceremony to speed up the destruction of the Junchen world.


    Even the cultivators of the faction of Venerable Fengqing, including many of his loyal supporters and cronies, were very dissatisfied with him.


    At this time, many people realize that there is no point in continuing to fight.


    More and more high-level monks from the Dark Alliance fled the battlefield, and the advantages of the Taiyimen and the Tiangong coalition are even greater.


    Ganglong King and Fengqing Shangzun fought fiercely all the way, and gradually left the vicinity of the main altar, and killed them all the way to the sky.


    After receiving the order from Meng Zhangyuan, Niu Dawei rushed to the main altar.


    He recorded everything related to the main altar and then completely destroyed it.


    Although the main altar and the surrounding arrangements were useless after the last step of the ceremony, Niu Dawei still took care and leveled everything around.


    Niu Dawei passed the recorded content back to Meng Zhang.


    During the preparation stage of the ceremony, the monks of the Taiyimen Dark Hall actively dispatched to investigate the relevant information of the ceremony.


    The many magic circles and prohibitions that the Dark Alliance had placed in various places in the Junchen world had long been investigated by the Dark Hall cultivators and passed back to the door.


    For one thing, too little intelligence information was collected at that time.


    Second, Meng Zhang was full of heart that Fengqing Shangzun was colluding with the magic way, trying to use this ritual to magically dye the Junchen world.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he couldn''t figure out the real situation of this ceremony.


    Now, Meng Zhang has finally figured out the real situation of the ceremony based on various circumstances, but it is too late.


    The final step of the ritual has been launched, and the damage to Junchen has already been done.


    If Meng Zhang wanted to stabilize the situation in Junchen Realm and slow down the destruction of Junchen Realm, he had to enter the depths of Junchen Realm and take action with all his strength.


    If it is not good, he will even lose a whole body of cultivation, and it may not be able to achieve the goal.


    Since the situation in Junchen Realm was already so bad, Meng Zhang couldn''t care less.


    His ability to ask himself is limited, so he can only take care of Taiyi Sect first.


    Since Fengqing Shangzun has completed the last step of the ceremony, there is no need to stay here for a long time.


    He fought and retreated, and slowly left here.


    As soon as Venerable Fengqing left, the Dark Alliance cultivators present did not have to continue to persevere.


    Soon, the Dark Alliance cultivators fled and fell into a great rout.


    In addition to the monks from Tiangong and the real dragon clan who continued to hunt down the ruthless enemies, the monks sent by Taiyimen all evacuated the battlefield one after another under Meng Zhang''s order and began to return to Taiyimen.


    Tang Yuxuxian and Fengshang Xuxian relied on the secret treasures of the Dark Alliance to forcibly improve their cultivation, so they barely entangled Taimiao.


    Now that they saw their cultivators flee, they also began to leave the battle.


    Tai Miao didn''t pursue her and let them escape successfully.


    As a result, as the destruction of Junchen Realm accelerated, the situation on the other side of the underworld became even worse, and he needed to go back in time to stabilize the situation.


    Second, Tang Yuxian and Fengshang Xuxian forcibly improved their cultivation this time, and they must pay a huge price afterwards.


    Even if they escaped this time, they must be very uncomfortable.


    Meng Zhang''s remote control of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan and Tianlei Luohan fought fiercely for a while, and they have slowly fallen to the disadvantage.


    Tianlei Luohan also had no intention of continuing to fight.


    As a hidden trump card of Buddhism, he was forced to expose this time, but he was far from achieving his goal, and he will definitely have no less trouble in the future.


    In fact, within nine days at this time, there were many high-level foreign invaders who put pressure on Fangtong Luohan to make Tianlei Luohan obey the unified command and immediately join the action against the six true immortals.

 Chapter 2493

    Fang Tong Luohan initially tried to find some excuses to shirk, but everyone else wanted to pull Tianlei Luohan into the water, making him really unable to shirk.


    Just at this time, the source sea finally completely collapsed, and the long-awaited fighter plane for the extraterritorial invaders finally appeared.


    Although the ceremony held by Fengqing Shangzun did not fully achieve its purpose, it was not without effect.


    The Dark Alliance has invested so much manpower and material resources, and has also received the help of various forces, and has done countless preparations.


    Although many steps of the ceremony were not completed, the last step was started in a hurry, but the ceremony still showed some power.


    The Junchen Realm is accelerating its destruction, and the first to be affected is the source sea at the core of the Junchen Realm.


    Previously, the six true immortals almost took time out of the source sea, so that the source of heaven and earth accumulated for countless years in the source sea almost completely disappeared.


    Of course, the source sea itself is still largely intact, and the terrain and natural hazards inside can continue to function.


    Now, with the complete collapse of the source sea, everything inside begins to shatter, and even the space itself is fluctuating violently.


    Observed from the outside world, an unprecedented space storm was blowing in the source sea, and space cracks were everywhere.


    Under such circumstances, it would be very difficult for even a true immortal to live in it.


    This gang of immortal-level extraterritorial invaders are ready for battle.


    Whether it was the six true immortals who couldn''t hold on and had to escape the collapsed Yuanhai, or they continued to hold on and waited for them, they were finally besieged.


    The Taiyimen monks who participated in the previous battle returned to the Taiyimen territory one after another.


    They didn''t care about rest, and under Meng Zhang''s order, they began to go to various places, trying to stabilize the territory.


    Among them, the moon god and his subordinate gods made full use of the authority controlled by the gods and played a huge role in securing the territory.


    The Tiangong cultivator chased and killed the Dark Alliance cultivator for a while, and after achieving certain results, he followed Jianjun Banxue back.


    Jianjun Banxue also needs to stabilize the temporary base to avoid homelessness.


    After the Dark Alliance cultivators left the battle, they returned to various floating cities.


    Even the Supreme Master Fengqing seems to have escaped from King Ganglong.


    After this battle, the dark alliance must not be calm.


    Fengqing''s prestige has been shaken, and the opposition factions will not be inactive, right?


    Taoist Youhuan, who was originally under house arrest by Meng Zhang in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, was also released.


    Meng Zhang told Taoist Youhuan everything that happened not long ago.


    It doesn''t matter if the Supreme Venerable Fengqing deceives outsiders, but even the top leaders of the Dark Alliance hide it, it is too much.


    As an elder of the Dark Alliance, Taoist Youhuan was very angry at the loss caused by the Supreme Venerable Fengqing.


    She didn''t stay in Taiyimen for a long time, and she didn''t bother with Meng Zhang about her house arrest, so she hurriedly returned to the Dark Alliance.


    The masters and apprentices of Daoye Ye and Daoist Jueying, who were cultivated in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, also regained consciousness and sobered up one after another.


    They were hazy about everything that happened in the secret base of the Dark Alliance, but they only knew that the barbarians had plotted against them, and they were plotted against by the mountain spirits of the Red Earth Sacred Mountain.


    When Meng Zhang was talking to them, he told them almost everything except his breakthrough and the situation of becoming a true immortal.


    With the friendship between Meng Zhang and them, there is no need to say more words of gratitude.


    The dark alliance invested countless manpower and material resources as a secret base built as a retreat, and it was destroyed like this, which made them feel very sorry.


    In particular, so many Dark Alliance cultivators in the base lost their lives, which made them very sad.


    The cooperation between the Dark Alliance and the barbarians was originally based on mutual use and each other''s plans, but the barbarians plotted against the Dark Alliance this time, causing such a huge loss to the Dark Alliance, this account cannot be ignored.


    After all, Daoye Ye and Daoist Jueying are disciples trained by the Dark Alliance since childhood, and they are still very concerned about everything about the Dark Alliance.


    They originally wanted to return to the Dark Alliance immediately, but were persuaded by Meng Zhang.


    Although they have regained consciousness, their physical condition is still not good, and they need to continue to be treated and cultivated.


    They obeyed Meng Zhang''s persuasion and temporarily stayed in Taiyi Sect to cultivate.


    After comforting the two friends, Meng Zhang once again set his sights on the Junchen world.


    The Junchen world, which is on the verge of complete destruction, has become increasingly unsuitable for cultivators to survive.


    In the West Sea, numerous islands have been inundated by continuous tsunamis and earthquakes.


    In many parts of the sea, there are countless deep and bottomless rifts.


    On the Xingluo Archipelago, the defense system completely collapsed, the long island chain completely disappeared, and all other islands except the main island were abandoned.


    All the cultivators were concentrated on the main island, using the main island''s defensive array to support them.


    In the violent storm, the main island is like a small boat in the ocean, and it may completely capsize at any time.


    In the South China Sea, the situation is even worse than in the West China Sea.


    The South China Sea Alliance, led by the Sea Spirit faction, gave up most of the islands and could only temporarily keep a few large islands.


    Overseas routes have been completely interrupted, and ordinary sea ships have become impassable.


    Only a few large, well-defended flying boats could barely drive.


    Daoist Haiyang ordered that all the population of the South China Sea Alliance, including low-level cultivators and mortals, be sent to the flying boat and sent to the territory of Taiyimen.


    The situation in the East China Sea and the North Sea is equally bad.


    The foreign invaders who originally surrounded Zhenhai Palace had to temporarily truce.


    The harsh environment above the sea made them only save themselves first.


    The wars in the Junchen world have basically ceased.


    The comprehension forces of all parties in the Junchen world have used all their strengths to try to keep their own mountain gates.


    The army of foreign invaders from all walks of life stopped their attacks.


    Except for a part of the troops who continued to plunder around Junchen Realm, other troops began to return to the nine days, and even returned to the void.


    As the destruction of the Junchen Realm accelerated, the Jiutian, which was originally the external defense system of the Junchen Realm, also changed frequently, and various disasters occurred.


    Thousands of years ago, a number of true immortals refined the heaven and earth fetal membranes in the Junchen world according to the laws of the Lingkong Xianjie, and refined them into today''s Jiutian.


    Previously, the foreign invaders entered the battle of Jiutian, which caused great damage to Jiutian.


    The fetal membrane itself has a strong repairing power.


    However, following the successive changes in Junchen Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao was wiped out, Junchen Realm stepped into destruction, and the fetal membranes of heaven and earth lost their activity and could not repair themselves.


    The extraterritorial invaders have divided up nine days, wanting to plunder the various resources nurtured inside.


    Now that Jiutian is also beginning to collapse, it is becoming more and more difficult for them to gain a foothold in it.


    In addition to leaving a part of the force to seize the time to plunder resources, in order to avoid unnecessary losses, the main force of the foreign invaders began to withdraw one after another for nine days and returned to the void.


    The group of extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level did not leave for nine days, and they were still paying attention to everything that happened in the source sea.


    After the source sea completely collapsed, the space inside shattered, and the violent space storm did not stop for a long time.


    This group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders was very patient, waiting for the next move of the six true immortals.


    With the efforts of the Taiyimen monks, the Taiyimen territory was temporarily stabilized.


    In the underworld, Tai Miao fully demonstrated the strength of the true god, led a group of subordinates, and worked hard to stabilize the territory around Yindu City.


    The underworld is collapsing faster than the Yang world, and many places in the underworld are broken.


    A space storm swept around, tearing up everything that stood in the way.


    The Sun Moon Blessed Land has long been projected onto Yindu City, and it is firmly bound to Yindu City.


    Tai Miao is centered on the capital city of Yin, connecting the small world of the ghost gate and the blessed land of the sun and the moon in the Yang world.


    The three form a combined force, like a solid iron triangle, striving to maintain stability in the raging space storm.


    The defensive formation around Yindu City has been activated, resisting the violent fluctuations in the underworld.


    Tai Miao personally motivated the large pulling formation that had been arranged, selectively pulling the broken pieces of the underworld, and slowly pulling them to the vicinity of the underworld city.


    At this time in the underworld, the earth was broken into pieces, and the mountains, rivers, oceans, etc. were all gone.


    Only Yinducheng is the only pure land, trying to save himself in the terrifying natural disaster.


    The huge force emitted by the pulling formation will firmly suck some valuable pieces of the underworld.


    Of course, a large part of the fragments did not withstand the space storm, and were completely shattered or engulfed in the storm and disappeared.


    It''s so wonderful that this true god can only save part of his goals.


    As for the ghosts and ghosts and gods in the underworld, except for those who relocated to the vicinity of the capital city of the underworld early, and those who remained in all parts of the underworld, they could not survive such a natural disaster.


    Although Tai Miao has long been the ruler of the underworld, she is the nominal co-owner of all ghosts and ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    However, due to the special circumstances of the underworld, there are still a lot of separatist forces in the underworld, who only submit to him in name.


    The previous ones were too wonderful, and it was difficult to have a nuanced control of the underworld.


    However, after this catastrophe, although the underworld has shrunk countless times, ghosts and ghosts are even more absent.


    But the area left in the underworld is under Tai Miao''s complete control.


    The ghosts and ghosts that survived in the underworld are basically too wonderful supporters.


    Tai Miao was dragged into the underworld, temporarily unable to pay attention to the changes in the Yang world.


    Although the Junchen world was in turmoil, Meng Zhang still had enough spare time to seize the time to cultivate and strive to gain a stronger fighting power.


    The space storm raging in the source sea has never ended, but as time goes by, it begins to gradually weaken.


    After about five years, the vision in the source sea began to slowly disappear.


    The high-level foreign invaders in the nine days were able to observe the various situations inside more clearly.


    The source sea at this time, because the source of the world and the earth has completely disappeared, is no longer worthy of the name of the source sea.


    The shattered space was barely stabilized, and there were space cracks everywhere.


    Although this place is still extremely dangerous, for the powerhouse of the true immortal level, it is not a smooth road, nor does it pose too much threat.


    In the core position of the original source sea, the space here is generally well preserved.


    A huge palace is looming there, and six true immortals are guarding it.


    With the eyesight of the high-level foreign invaders, they watched from a distance for a while, and roughly guessed everything that happened before.


    That huge palace should be the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    The body of the Heavenly Immortal Relic should still be in the anti-space.


    Only through this projection can one enter the body of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    No wonder these six true immortals refused to leave no matter how the source sea changed.


    In fact, these six true immortals are also suffering at this time.


    For thousands of years before, they had been sleeping in the source sea.


    In their deep sleep, they worked hard to adjust their state and prepare for the impact on the gods.


    On the other side, differentiated spiritual thoughts, slowly communicated with the relics of the gods, and tried to establish contact with them.


    After years of observation and research, they have a deeper understanding of the relics of the gods.


    The body of the Heavenly Immortal Relic is hidden deep in the anti-space, and even with the power of the six of them, it is difficult to forcibly enter.


    They have established altars in the depths of the blessed land of the major holy land sects to establish contact with the relics of the gods and anchor them.


    The last time they fought against the real immortal-level foreign invaders, they used this arrangement to slightly stimulate the power of the immortal relics and won a big victory.


    With the help of the dark alliance, the barbarians broke through the gate of Jiuxuan Pavilion, resulting in the destruction of the altar in the blessed land of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    This greatly affected the original arrangement of the six true immortals.


    Under the current situation in the Junchen world, the six true immortals cannot guarantee that other altars will not have problems.


    As long as foreign invaders are willing to pay the price, they can break the gate of any holy land sect.


    In desperation, the six true immortals had to give up their original arrangement.


    They tried their best to barely keep this projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Without the guidance of this projection, the relic of the heavenly immortals would completely disappear into the anti-space, and even the six true immortals would have difficulty finding it again.


    In order to keep this projection, they worked hard to maintain the surrounding space.


    To this end, they took the initiative to bear the various injuries and pressures brought about by the collapse of the Yuanhai.


    With their joint efforts, they have just calmed down the vision caused by the collapse of the source sea.


    Of course, they also suffered huge losses and paid a lot.


    The high-level extraterritorial intruders who are watching from a distance are all sharp-eyed and experienced.


    They soon discovered that the six true immortals did not seem to be in good condition.


    This rare opportunity cannot be missed.


    Some cunning people have doubts in their hearts, wondering if these six true immortals are deliberately showing their enemies to be weak and lure them into the trap.


    After all, they have already been fooled once and paid a painful loss.


    But as soon as the treasures of the gods were in front of them, they couldn''t hold back the greed in their hearts.


    Second, the situation around the six true immortals is unobstructed, and it does not seem like there is an ambush or something.


    As for the last time the six True Immortals mobilized the power of the Heavenly Immortal''s relic, causing major damage to foreign invaders, the group of True Immortal-level powerhouses carefully recalled and thought about it afterwards.


    Such means must not be so easy for the six true immortals to use.


    Moreover, they have been prepared and prepared in advance. Even if they encounter similar methods again, if nothing else, they can still avoid them far away.

 Chapter 2494

    The last time the six true immortals mobilized the power of the heavenly immortals'' relics was actually very crude and simple.


    As long as those true immortal-level extraterritorial intruders are prepared in advance, it is unlikely that they will repeat the same mistakes.


    Moreover, the source sea has completely collapsed, and it is impossible to hinder their actions.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, whom they regard as their enemy, never showed up.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian withdrew from the battle in the Junchen world because of the last heavy damage, that would naturally be the best result.


    Even if Sanshan Zhenxian hides in a corner and continues to oppose them, with their current strength, they are not afraid.


    After the last war, the power of the extraterritorial invader side has also been strengthened.


    For example, in the aspect of magic, the black-robed devil who originally wandered in the void entered the Junchen world and joined them.


    Although the newly added Tianlei Arhat has been promoted not long, he is still a true immortal.


    After some debate, they finally came to an agreement.


    There is no longer any delay, we must attack immediately.


    If the time is delayed for a long time, the six true immortals have enough time to rest, maybe their state will return to normal, and it will become more difficult.


    This group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders dispatched together in accordance with the agreement reached long ago, and soon killed not far from the six true immortals.


    Without a word of nonsense, they launched a violent attack directly.


    The six true immortals had to parry their attack with all their might.


    A true fairy-level war broke out like this.


    Meng Zhang, who practiced in seclusion at the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate, divided part of his spirit and paid attention to this battle.


    After being promoted to True Immortal, his abilities in all aspects have been greatly improved.


    Except for a few places protected by powerful forces, almost every corner of the Junchen world could not escape his attention.


    He only needs to sit in the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate, and he can see all kinds of situations that are happening everywhere in the Junchen Realm.


    This group of True Immortal-level extraterritorial intruders are numerous, and after learning from the last time, they pay more attention to cooperation with each other.


    The six true immortals lost too much in order to preserve the projection of the heavenly immortal relic in the collapsed source sea.


    After so many years of hard work, they already have a way to directly enter the body of the Heavenly Immortal Relic through this projection.


    But the time has not yet come, they need to continue to wait.


    This means that they cannot leave here, and they can only fight head-on with the enemy.


    The six true immortals are all veteran true immortals, with rich combat experience and great magic powers.


    Although they were in a very unfavorable situation, the six teamed up, focusing on defense and trying to delay time.


    As long as the time comes, they will pass the projection and enter the inner treasure of the fairy.


    The battle of the true immortal level was originally protracted, and they deliberately delayed it.


    It seems that in a short period of time, the battle between the two sides will be indistinguishable.


    Meng Zhang established a connection with Xianyun Zhenxian and told each other everything that happened there.


    Meng Zhang especially emphasized that the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic has already appeared, and the chance to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic is not far away.


    Under Meng Zhang''s bewitchment, the main thing was that he couldn''t hold back his greed for the relics of the gods. Xianyun Zhenxian called Fairy Shangyue''e, and finally entered the Junchen world and secretly came to the vicinity of the battlefield.


    Anyway, after so long, Xianyun Zhenxian with a stable temperament did not appear in a hurry, but continued to wait and see, looking for opportunities.


    With the strength of him and Fairy Yue''e, even if they attacked together, they would not be able to compete with either side in the battle.


    Their best option is to wait until the battle ahead is over, preferably when both sides lose.


    Seeing that the battle of the true immortals could not be decided in a short period of time, Meng Zhang, in addition to hurrying to practice cultivation, also issued an order to attack the Ziyang Shengzong.


    The location of the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate is very important. It is the intersection of the geolines in the north of the Junchen Realm, and it is very meaningful for the Taiyimen territory.


    The last time he incited foreign invaders to attack Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, Meng Zhang also sent Luna to help, but in the end they all failed.


    Although Meng Zhang had to temporarily give up his plan to capture the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, he was always very unwilling in his heart.


    Now that he has been promoted to True Immortal, he has more capital.


    And the six true immortals, including Ziyang True Immortal, were entangled by their opponents and had no time to be distracted.


    Meng Zhang decided to seize this rare opportunity to seize the mountain gate of the Ziyang Shengzong and completely control the north of the Junchen Realm.


    After some time ago, the high-level monks of Taiyi Sect have barely quelled the various natural disasters on the territory and made the territory roughly stable.


    They can withdraw in a short period of time and participate in the battle to attack the Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, this war cannot last too long and must be resolved quickly.


    There is also an army of monks in Taiyimen, led by Kongzi, who are stationed in the Middle-earth mainland.


    They have encircled a large area in Middle-earth, laid out fortifications and restrictions on it, and temporarily stabilized it.


    This site has become a pure land in the turbulent Middle-earth, hosting countless refugees, including many cultivators in addition to mortals.


    Many self-cultivation forces are attached to this army of Taiyimen monks, so that they can continue to survive in the increasingly turbulent Junchen world.


    The high-level officials of Taiyi Sect originally planned to let Kongkongzi abandon Middle-earth and lead the army to return to the north of Junchen Realm to fight.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang rejected the plan.


    Kong Kongzi led the army of monks to stay in the Middle-earth continent, which means that Taiyimen had a foothold in the Middle-earth continent.


    After completely controlling the north of Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang will take action against Middle-earth.


    The destruction of Junchen World is getting faster and faster, Meng Zhang must control more territory, so that Taiyimen will have enough living space in the future.


    Without mobilizing the Void, the high-level Taiyimen looked for more reinforcements from other places.


    After the unremitting efforts of the top leaders of Taiyimen, the Qi family, located in the north of Middle-earth, finally decided to join Taiyimen.


    In the turbulent Junchen world, even a Huixu family like the Qi family has no confidence to continue to survive.


    The Qi family does not have tools like Void Battleships.


    Once the Junchen world completely collapses, except for a few high-level monks, no one else has the ability to survive in the void.


    In today''s Junchen world, the territory of Taiyimen is a pure land.


    No matter how turbulent the Junchen world is and how frequent natural disasters are, the territory of Taiyimen remains stable.


    The Qi family, not far from Taiyimen, has been paying attention to the movements on the territory of Taiyimen.


    The senior management of the Qi family can almost be sure that the Taiyi Sect has a way to protect itself after the complete destruction of the Junchen Realm.


    Especially when Taiyimen and Tiangong teamed up to raid the dark alliance before, Taiyimen dispatched an unfamiliar true immortal in addition to the true god.


    Taiyimen is really unfathomable.


    This finally helped the top management of the Qi family to make their final decision.

 Chapter 2495

    Since the Qi family is determined to take refuge in the Taiyi Sect in exchange for the protection of the Taiyi Sect, it is natural to show enough sincerity.


    Since the Taiyimen and the Tiangong allied forces fought against the secret alliance, Qi Yunfei, the head of the Qi family, led the main elders of the sect to take the initiative to go to the Taiyimen Mountain Gate, expressing his surrender to the Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang did not come forward, it was Niu Dawei who received Qi Yunfei and the others.


    Niu Dawei accepted the Qi family''s refuge and promised to shelter the Qi family.


    Qi Yunfei returned to the Qi family with satisfaction. Since then, the Qi family has become a member of the Vast Ocean Dao League and accepted the rule of the Taiyi Sect.


    This time Taiyimen attacked Ziyang Shengzong on a large scale, which happened to be a test for Qi''s family.


    In order to maintain the stability of the territory during the special period, Taiyimen needs to dispatch a large number of monks.


    This attack on Ziyang Shengzong requires a quick battle, so we can only mobilize elite cultivators to form a small team to participate in the battle.


    After receiving the order from Taiyimen, the Qi family gathered the main cultivators in the family, boarded a flying boat, and quickly rushed to the battlefield.


    Most of the army of foreign invaders who had besieged the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate had already left the Junchen Realm.


    The remaining small teams are no longer enough.


    Seeing the team of Taiyi Sect cultivators dispatched, these foreign invaders evaded early.


    Ziyang Shengzong originally had many vassal forces.


    After the Ziyang Shengzong was fully contracted, these self-cultivation forces began to actively save themselves and moved closer to Taiyi Sect.


    Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was besieged several times by the army of foreign invaders, and it has long lost control of the vassal forces.


    With the expansion of Taiyimen, except for a small number of diehard loyalists, most of the original vassal forces have taken refuge in Taiyimen.


    This time Taiyimen dispatched a capable team, and the team lacked low-level monks.


    Under the coercion and enticement of Taiyimen, these self-cultivation forces sent out monks in succession to cooperate with Taiyimen''s various actions.


    This time, in order to solve the Ziyang Shengzong Shengzong as soon as possible, Taiyimen paid a lot of money.


    The number of monks dispatched was not large, but they were mainly high-level monks.


    After so many years of hard work, Taiyimen finally built two void battleships.


    The two Void battleships were said to be built independently by Taiyimen, but in fact they were mainly pieced together.


    Many parts of the battleship are the wreckage of the void battleship collected by Meng Zhang and his disciples.


    As a result, the two Void ships looked oddly shaped and grotesquely styled.


    Of course, despite the slight difference in sales, the performance of these two Void ships is not bad.


    Although he did not enter the void for testing, he had been operating in the Taiyimen Sun and Moon Blessed Land for so long, and his state had always been relatively normal.


    When Meng Zhang returned to Junchen Realm from the Four-pointed Star District, he brought back the complete map of the construction of the Void Battleship for the monks in the door.


    Although the map is a big one, it has greatly improved the monks of Taiyimen Shengongtang.


    When building the battleship, the monks of Shengongtang did not just simply piece together, but also had some unique innovations.


    Originally, for the sake of secrecy, Taiyimen kept these two void battleships hidden in the Sun Moon Blessed Land.


    Given the situation in the Junchen world, there is no need for secrecy now.


    The middle and high level of the door are to enhance the strength of attacking the Ziyang Shengzong, and secondly, they are also to test the combat effectiveness of the two Void Battleships.


    The Taiyi Gate was dispatched very quickly, and two void battleships carrying a team of monks soon appeared outside the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    At this time, Ziyang Shengzong''s attack on Taiyimen did not even receive any warning.


    Of course, Ziyang Shengzong, who has been fighting foreign invaders, is not completely defenseless.


    The Ziyang Holy Sect cultivator, who had become somewhat relaxed because the main force of the foreign invaders evacuated the Junchen Realm, soon entered the battle state again.


    At this time, the Qi family''s army of monks had just begun to mobilize, and the original vassal forces of the Ziyang Sect had not had time to mobilize.


    One after another, colorful beams of light poured out towards the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    In addition to having strong survivability in the void, Void Battleships often have powerful firepower.


    The Taiyimen cultivator spent countless manpower and material resources, and the two Void battleships that they finally built were just regular goods and ordinary level.


    Due to the focus of Taiyimen monks, its firepower is above average.


    Most Void battleships can easily launch attacks that are close to the level of true immortal power.


    These two Void battleships are no exception.


    Various forms of attacks such as beams of light, flames, and lightning caused great pressure on the fifth-order protective formation of the Purple Sun Sect.


    Under the leadership of Niu Dawei, many of Taiyi Sect''s masters of returning to the void were scattered around the void battleship.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who was suddenly attacked, did not rush to fight back out of prudence, but first ensured that his own defense was tight.


    The Fifth-Order Defense Array defended the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate without leakage, blocking all attacks.


    Ziyang Shengzong originally had three Void battleships.


    When being besieged by an army of foreign invaders before, Ziyang Shengzong almost used all his cards, and also used the Void Battleship.


    All three Void ships were damaged in the battle.


    One ship lost its fighting ability, and the Ziyang Shengzong cultivator is urgently repairing it.


    The other two have lost their mobility and can only be used as fixed turrets in the mountain gate.


    After being attacked by the void battleships of Taiyimen, in addition to the counterattack of the fifth-order mountain protection formation, the two void battleships also started to counterattack.


    As for Ziyang Shengzong''s Void Return Power, he temporarily stayed in the big formation to defend against the big formation, and was not in a hurry to attack.


    Taiyimen and Ziyang Shengzong have been hostile for many years, and the two sides can be said to know the bottom line.


    Except for a few hidden battle strengths, most of the strengths of Taiyimen have already fallen into the eyes of Ziyang Shengzong.


    With the strength of the Taiyimen family alone, Ziyang Shengzong still has the confidence to withstand it.


    But since Taiyimen dared to attack Ziyang Shengzong in a big way, it must have a hole card.


    Perhaps, Taiyimen has colluded with foreign invaders and set up an ambush outside the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    The defensive strategy adopted by Ziyang Shengzong seems conservative, but it is safe enough.


    As a result, the next battle mainly turned into the bombing of the void battleships on both sides.


    No matter what kind of warship, it is mainly used as an offensive tool, and its mobility is a big advantage.


    The place where the Void Battleship really plays should be in the void.


    In the big world, the mobility of the void battleship is limited.


    But in any case, the two void battleships in Taiyimen can move freely, and they don''t need to stay in one place as a living target.


    I saw two Void battleships moving quickly, dodging various attacks from below, and slamming against the bottom.


    Niu Dawei waited for the Void Master to attack the fifth-order mountain protection formation below.


    They are mainly to guard the Void battleship and prevent the enemy strongmen from attacking and destroying the battleship.

 Chapter 2496

    As the Junchen Realm entered its destruction, the spiritual veins everywhere began to slowly dry up, and even the spiritual energy supply in the blessed lands of the major holy places was decreasing sharply.


    Ziyang Shengzong shrunk in an all-round way, retreated to the mountain gate, gave up most of the territory, and naturally lost the support on these territories.


    Meng Zhang established a new system on the Taiyimen territory, and worked hard to stabilize the territory, which greatly delayed the loss of spiritual energy, and temporarily ensured the normal cultivation of the monks under his command.


    If Meng Zhang''s deployment is completely completed, Taiyimen''s territory will become an independent world, and it will form a closed loop with the underworld controlled by Taimiao.


    Due to the rich accumulation of Taiyimen, especially when Taimiao extracted a large amount of the source of heaven and earth and source crystals from the source sea, Taiyimen has no shortage of resources for the time being, and it can be maintained in all aspects. expansion.


    Ziyang Shengzong naturally did not have such a good thing.


    Since the defeat in the Void, the Ziyang Sect has lost the channel to obtain resources from the Void.


    The spiritual energy provided by the Ziyang Holy Sect Blessed Land is getting less and less, and many times it needs to consume the accumulation of the sect to maintain.


    Especially after encountering the siege of foreign invaders several times, the fifth-order mountain protection formation of the mountain gate cost a lot.


    Over the years, this situation of only going out and not going in has not changed.


    The rich accumulation of the Ziyang Sect for thousands of years has basically been exhausted.


    Ziyang Shengzong has long been unable to support the monks in the door.


    In many cases, the monks in the door are also required to take out their own savings for emergencies.


    If it is okay for a short period of time, it has always been like this for a long time, and it is inevitable that people in the sect will be distracted.


    The sect can neither give enough protection to the disciples in the sect, nor guarantee their daily practice. What is the meaning of the existence of such a sect?


    Just relying on some false ideas, the so-called friendship, etc., can not maintain a huge sect.


    If there is no Taiyimen to launch a surprise attack, after the threat of the foreign invader army is lifted, the top leaders of Ziyang Shengzong still have time to slowly think of ways to solve these problems bit by bit.


    Taiyimen''s attack at this time happened to be at the time when Ziyang Shengzong was the weakest, and Ziyang Shengzong was caught in internal and external troubles.


    The bombardment from the two void battleships consumed the accumulation of the mountain protection formation.


    Only relying on the aura supplied by the blessed land of the mountain gate and the spiritual veins has long been unable to maintain the mountain protection formation.


    According to previous experience, it is time to invest resources such as Yuqing Spirit Machine into the Great Array.


    It''s a pity that the sect''s warehouse has long been empty.


    Those monks who are loyal to the sect have already exhausted their accumulation.


    As for those monks who have dissent, they will not take the initiative to pay, but will only keep secrets.


    Due to the lack of sufficient resources to maintain, the light curtain of the fifth-order mountain protection formation became dim. Not only was he unable to fight back, but even the defense became weak, as if it would be broken in the next moment.


    The two Void battleships used as fixed turrets also began to slow down.


    The Ziyang Sect has been able to maintain it for so long even when it has run out of ammunition and food, not only because of the cohesion formed by the Sect of the Holy Land for thousands of years, but also because its founding ancestor Ziyang Zhenxian is still there.


    The last time Tai Miao helped foreign invaders attack the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, it was because Ziyang Zhenxian shot from the air and had to retreat temporarily.


    There is still a bit of hope in the hearts of the top leaders of the Ziyang Shengzong.


    Of course, before the founder of the mountain, Ziyang Zhenxian, they have to work hard to save themselves.


    Whether it is the temper of Ziyang Zhenxian or the atmosphere of Ziyang Shengzong, they are not allowed to lie down and rescue them on an equal footing.


    The thousand-year-old holy land sect, no matter how bad the situation is, there are still a group of die-hard people in the sect.


    In the many battles against foreign invaders, Ziyang Shengzong suffered heavy losses and his vitality was severely damaged.


    Even if the sects tried their best to resurrect a group of Void Returning Powers that had long since fallen, their strength is still far inferior to the heyday.


    It was originally a sect, but when the sect reached a crisis moment, he had to stand up.


    Yang He Xuxian led a group of Void Returning Great Masters to actively escape the protection of the Mountain Protection Array and killed the Void Battleship in the sky.


    Niu Dawei led a group of great masters from the Taiyi Sect to meet them, and they fought with Yang and Xuxian.


    Even if Yang and Xuxian are not in good condition, they are not something that the young masters of the Taiyi Sect can resist.


    Taiyimen also knew the bottom line of Ziyang Shengzong, and had already made corresponding preparations.


    The wonderful body was temporarily unable to escape in the underworld, but at the request of the Taiyi Sect cultivator, an incarnation of divine power descended.


    The cultivation level of this incarnation of divine power is not as good as that of ordinary immortals, but it has a wonderful fighting consciousness and various experiences.


    This incarnation of divine power took the initiative to find Shangyang and Xuxian, and fought fiercely with each other.


    Taiyimen Void Returning Great Powers are generally relatively immature, but there are many.


    This time to attack Ziyang Shengzong, Taiyimen was thinking of completely destroying the old enemy, so he took out a lot of trump cards.


    Meng Zhang has secretly cultivated some alien powerhouses.


    Such as the patriarch of the mermaid Yu Boli, the barbarian Tujia brothers and so on.


    They have been hidden in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land before and have never been exposed to the outside world.


    Now, these alien powerhouses are all participating in this war.


    In addition to the cultivators of the Taiyi Sect, the major members of the Vast Ocean Dao League have also cultivated some Void Returning Powers one after another over the years.


    This group of Void Returning Powers, headed by the saintess Xu Mengying of the Yellow Lotus Sect, is also an important force under the Taiyi Sect.


    Taiyimen''s tangled power of returning to the void this time has surpassed the Ziyang Shengzong in quantity, which is enough to make up for the lack of cultivation.


    However, many high-level monks of the Ziyang Sect had different intentions and no fighting spirit, and they were completely falsely responding to the story.


    Numerous Void Returning Great Experts fought fiercely in the sky, and the battle was dark.


    The Void Return War of this scale cannot be over in a short period of time.


    During the battle of the great powers of returning to the void, the two void battleships of Taiyimen kept bombarding the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    The fifth-order defense formation guarding the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was overwhelmed, and there were many flaws.


    The Ziyang Shengzong cultivator who presided over the formation had no choice but to shrink the protection range of the mountain protection formation, abandoning many areas in the mountain gate, and focusing on guarding some key parts.


    As for those disciples in the sect who are too late to transfer, they can only ask for more blessings.


    The two void warships of Taiyimen have sufficient firepower, and almost every bombardment can create a certain result.


    Fire broke out everywhere in the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, and many disciples died without resistance.


    This time, the morale of the Ziyang Shengzong side became even lower.

 Chapter 2497

    The monks who presided over the great formation of the Ziyang Shengzong constantly adjusted the protection focus of the formation, and the protection range of the formation was getting smaller and smaller.


    A large number of buildings in the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate collapsed, the smoke billowed, the fire spread, and the casualties of the disciples increased...


    The originally solemn and magnificent Sacred Land Sect has almost become ruins and devastated.


    Even the injured monks could not get timely treatment.


    The high-ranking cultivator of the Ziyang Sect knew that it would be impossible to continue on with the strength of the Ziyang Sect alone.


    Under the leadership of the sect master, a group of senior monks who stayed at the mountain gate burned incense and prayed together, asking Ziyang Zhenxian to help.


    Ziyang Shengzong and Ziyang Zhenxian, the founder of the mountain, have always kept in touch.


    Even when Ziyang Zhenxian was sleeping in the sea of ????source, this connection was not interrupted.


    The top officials of the Ziyang Shengzong will regularly report the latest information of the Junchen world to the Ziyang Zhenxian, and the Ziyang Zhenxian will also issue orders to the disciples and grandchildren from time to time.


    However, Ziyang Zhenxian has always been very big and full of style.


    In addition to his interest in taking the initiative to take action, if these disciples and grandchildren want to ask him to take action, they have to put on a big scene and pray respectfully and devoutly.


    Ziyang Shengzong has reached the most dangerous moment, and the monks in the door have no other choice but to ask the founder of the mountain for help.


    Kneeling to the patriarch is a matter of course, and everyone is willing to do so.


    But what happened next made the monk in the door extremely disappointed.


    No matter how they contacted, how they prayed, how humble and pitiful they were, Ziyang Zhenxian ignored them and ignored them at all.


    As time went by, those monks who prayed devoutly gradually felt that something was wrong.


    Why is the founder of the mountain so heartless, he can''t just watch his disciples and grandchildren be beheaded and killed, right?


    Ziyang Shengzong really perished, no matter what kind of affection, just the face, Ziyang Zhenxian would not be able to live.


    Not to mention, Ziyang Zhenxian will lose a great help.


    Ziyang Shengzong has worked for this patriarch for many years, and there should be hard work if there is no credit.


    In fact, the Ziyang Zhenxian at this time did not want to help the Ziyang Sect, but was really powerless.


    Under the siege of many foreign invaders, the six true immortals have long been at a disadvantage, and now they are just struggling to support and delaying time.


    The six true immortals don''t bother to take care of him, and even their own homes are almost unable to be preserved.


    Meng Zhang knew the situation of the six true immortals from a long time ago.


    If he didn''t have full confidence, how could he have deployed troops at such a critical moment and must destroy the Ziyang Sect.


    Everyone who is fighting with foreign enemies is also paying attention to the situation in the door.


    The disciples in the sect prayed hard for Ziyang True Immortal to help, but Ziyang True Immortal never responded, making all of the Void Returners feel chills in their hearts.


    If the founder of the mountain can''t protect himself and something goes wrong, can the Ziyang Sect still be able to protect himself?


    There were also many ordinary disciples who thought that Ziyang Zhenxian had abandoned the Ziyang Holy Sect, and they became panicked and very frightened.


    A loud chirping sounded, a huge Dapeng spread its wings, covered the sky, and rushed towards the mountain protection formation from a high altitude.


    King Hui Peng was originally a spirit beast raised by the Ziyang Shengzong, but later betrayed the Ziyang Shengzong and escaped into the Taiyi Gate.


    Meng Zhang was more tolerant than the senior leaders of the Ziyang Shengzong. He did not take strict precautions against King Gray Peng because he was an alien, and strictly restricted his cultivation.


    Although Taiyimen is a sect dominated by human cultivators, it can still treat the aliens who join the sect equally.


    No matter what kind of background, as long as you are loyal to the Taiyi Sect and make enough credit, you can get the cultivation of the sect, and you can obtain various resources from the sect.


    When King Hui Peng was in the Ziyang Shengzong, the Ziyang Shengzong cultivators guarded him like a thief, limiting his cultivation to the late Yuanshen stage.


    After joining the Taiyi Sect, King Gray Peng improved by leaps and bounds with his own abilities.


    After obtaining the various resources provided by the sect, he finally became a spirit beast at the level of returning to the virtual world, and the Gray Peng King became the Gray Peng Demon Lord.


    The reason why he has such achievements is not that Meng Zhang took care of each other in the early years of friendship, but the institutional advantages of Taiyimen, and the promotion channels have always been very smooth.


    Emerging sects like Taiyimen do not have the outdated atmosphere of those old sects, nor do they have so many rigid rules and dogmas.


    The Grey Peng Demon Lord did not show any mercy in the face of the old master.


    He is a member of Taiyi Sect at this time, and naturally he has to serve Taiyi Sect wholeheartedly.


    With the repeated attacks of the Huipeng Demon Lord, the fifth-order mountain protection formation guarding the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was almost overwhelmed.


    With the cover of King Gray Peng, the real ultimate move of Taiyi Sect appeared this time.


    The Moon God controlled the Hidden Mysterious Mansion and sneaked into the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate from the leylines.


    Taking advantage of the turbulent opportunity of the Ziyang Shengzong Hushan Great Array, the Moon God controlled the mysterious palace to send out a Shuttle of Destruction.


    The Destruction God Shuttle penetrated through the flaws in the mountain protection formation and drilled directly into the underground of the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    If the Shuttle of Destruction is allowed to burrow deep into the ground and erupt, the crust will shake and the leylines will be destroyed.


    This time, Taiyimen wanted to seize the mountain gate of Ziyang Shengzong, and naturally did not want to cause fundamental damage to it.


    The Shuttle of Destruction didn''t drill too deep into the ground, and it exploded at the bottom of the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    I saw a long string of mountain ranges swaying and collapsing, countless earth and rocks fell from the top of the mountain, and many mountain peaks completely disappeared...


    The entire Ziyang Shengzong''s mountain gate is shaking violently, and a strong earthquake is taking place in the surrounding area.


    The earth''s veins shook, the earth''s qi was chaotic, and the spiritual qi in the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was chaotic into a pot of porridge.


    The mountain protection formation lost its aura supply, and the light suddenly dimmed.


    The Hidden Mysterious Mansion launched several bombardments again, and with the help of the two Void battleships, it completely smashed the mountain protection formation.


    Without the protection of the Great Array of Protecting the Mountain, the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate became almost defenseless.


    The explosions kept happening, and wounded disciples were screaming and wailing everywhere.


    At this time, both the Void Battleship and the Hidden Mysterious Mansion stopped bombarding.


    After breaking the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, Luna led the worship of the Moon Goddess and other men, rushed to the battlefield of the Return to the Void, and joined the battle against the Ziyang Shengzong''s return to the void.


    Some Taiyi Sect cultivators were able to spare their hands and enter the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, destroying and slaughtering everywhere.


    As one of the holy land sects that ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years, the Ziyang Sect''s savings and heritage should not be underestimated even if it was broken.


    After breaking the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, the Taiyi Gate will organize plundering of it.


    Those who returned to the virtual world who were still fighting fiercely, saw that the mountain gate was broken, and Ziyang Zhenxian didn''t react at all, and they became helpless and their morale plummeted.


    After experiencing countless ups and downs, the Holy Sect of Ziyang was finally unable to escape the calamity of annihilation this time.

 Chapter 2498

    When the Moon God was in Junchen Realm back then, he had a deadly rival, that is, the indigenous god of Junchen Realm, Qiguang Star God.


    Back then, the Qiguang Star God and the Moon God were both born gods, and they had never absorbed or refined the power of faith.


    The grievances between the two have a long history, and they have fought with each other countless times.


    If it wasn''t for the large-scale invasion of Junchen Realm by cultivators later, the struggle between the two gods might have continued.


    Even in the war against the cultivators, they never cooperated and were always far apart.


    The Qiguang Star God is far more popular among the indigenous gods than the Moon God.


    The Qiguang Star God has a huge force, with many subordinates, and the strong are like clouds.


    Hidden Mysterious Mansion was built under the leadership of the Star God Qiguang, with the help of many aboriginal gods.


    In addition to coveting its magic, the Moon God seized the mysterious mansion, but he also had no intention of taking revenge on his old enemy.


    After the native gods of the Junchen Realm were defeated, the Qiguang Star God disappeared without a trace.


    After Luna returned to Junchen Realm, with special induction, he knew that this old enemy should not have fallen.


    However, Star God Qiguang didn''t know where he was hiding, and Moon God didn''t know anything about his state.


    The Qiguang Star God, like the Moon God in its heyday, is the strongest among the true gods.


    After the Moon God captured the Hidden Secret Palace, in order to escape the gaze of the Star God Qiguang, with the help of Meng Zhang, he escaped into the Taiyi Gate and hid in the Sun Moon Blessed Land.


    The last time the Moon God manipulated the Hidden Mysterious Mansion to attack the Ziyang Sect, the Qiguang Star God made a sudden move and almost took back the Hidden Mysterious Mansion.


    Later, fortunately, with the wonderful help of the True God, the Moon God escaped.


    Qiguang Xingshen chose to take action at that time, which made Meng Zhang and Luna feel strange.


    Perhaps, Qiguang Star God and Ziyang Zhenxian have colluded, so they will cooperate with him.


    Logically speaking, the aboriginal gods in the Junchen realm should have a deep hatred with Ziyang Zhenxian and the like, and they should be at odds with each other.


    But there are many things in the world that transcend hatred.


    After the native gods of Junchen World were defeated, many native gods died in the battle.


    In the long years to come, the cultivators'' pursuit of the indigenous gods has almost never stopped.


    If the Qiguang Star God and others survived, in addition to the protection of the True Dragon Clan, there might also be the hands and feet of the Ziyang True Immortal.


    Whether it''s for survival or related interests, Star God Qiguang has every reason to collude with True Immortal Ziyang.


    With the development of the situation in the Junchen world, various forces inside and outside the Junchen world have appeared one after another.


    Even after many strangulations, the indigenous gods of the Junchen world still have remnants.


    Especially according to the information provided by Luna, among the remaining indigenous gods, there is more than one true god.


    At this time, these guys who have been hiding in the dark have not shown their faces, which shows that their plans are very big.


    For Meng Zhang, who was looking at the entire Junchen world, these hidden aboriginal gods were an uncertain factor, and it was best to force them out as soon as possible.


    This time, the Moon God once again controlled the Hidden Mysterious Mansion to attack the Ziyang Sacred Sect.


    If the Qiguang Star God takes action to snatch the mysterious mansion, Meng Zhang will sacrifice Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan to participate in the battle.


    But to his and Moon God''s surprise, the Ziyang Shengzong''s mountain gate had already been breached, the Ziyang Shengzong''s destruction was imminent, and the Qiguang Star God had not taken any action.


    Could it be that the fact that Star God Qiguang colluded with True Immortal Ziyang was just their imagination, but it was not the case?


    Was the timing of Qiguang Star God''s last shot purely coincidental?


    Another possibility is that the True Immortal Ziyang has lost the restraint and control over the Qiguang Star God.


    In any case, it was a good thing that the Qiguang Star God didn''t take action, making it easier for Taiyi Sect to destroy the Purple Sun Sect.


    After all, the temptation of the Qiguang Star God was just for the sake of it. Meng Zhang''s biggest goal was to destroy the Ziyang Sect and seize the gate of the Ziyang Sect.


    Ziyang Shengzong, who has been through many trials and hardships without external help, has finally come to an end.


    In the high-altitude battle, the illusory masters of the Ziyang Shengzong finally lost their confidence, gave up their loyalty to the sect, and began to flee the battlefield, escaping with all their might.


    As long as someone takes the lead, Ziyang Shengzong''s Void Returning Team will soon fall apart.


    Even those monks who were still loyal to the sect began to leave the battle with the intention of preserving their strength and making a comeback.


    At this time, only a few die-hards and dead-headed guys are still entangled with Taiyimen monks.


    Under the leadership of Niu Dawei, Taiyimen''s side was not busy chasing and killing those who escaped, and prioritized killing those who were still fighting to the death.


    Taiyimen''s Void Returning Master not only has an absolute numerical advantage, but his overall strength is also enough to crush the enemy.


    With the rest of the Ziyang Shengzong''s Void Returning Great Master slowly being injured and dying in battle, the battle situation was finally irreversible.


    The battle continued for so long, and Taiyimen''s follow-up reinforcements also arrived.


    A team of flying boats came to the sky above the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate and put down a large number of cultivators.


    Among them, there is the army of monks dispatched by the Qi family, and the vassal forces of the Ziyang Shengzong who defect...


    Seeing that the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate was breached, their morale was boosted one by one, and they joined in the pursuit of the Ziyang Shengzong disciples.


    The sect monks of the Holy Land, who used to be high in the past, have now become bereaved dogs, and they have fled in all directions.


    Taiyimen law enforcement monks entered the mountain gate of Ziyang Shengzong in time.


    In addition to supervising the war, they were also responsible for defending the loot of Taiyimen and preventing the monks from participating in the war from sabotaging.


    Everything in the Ziyang Sect belongs to the Taiyi Sect from now on.


    Although the great library of the Ziyang Sect has long since been exhausted, and the wealth of the sect has basically been exhausted, the rotten boat still has three points of nails, and there are still many valuable things in the sect.


    Various classics in the Book Collection Pavilion, places for alchemy and tool refining in the sect, many spiritual materials collected by the sect that are temporarily unavailable, the small treasury of the monks, and so on.


    The destruction of the Ziyang Sect and the complete swallowing of its thousands of years of savings and heritage is also a big supplement for Taiyi Sect.


    Many senior leaders of the Ziyang Sect, including Yang and Xuxian, died in battle. The sect was completely occupied and controlled by the Taiyi Sect. The cultivators of the Ziyang Sect suffered heavy casualties. Most of the cultivators were killed or captured...


    Except for a few guys who saw the opportunity early, not many monks were able to escape the battlefield.


    Of course, the Ziyang Shengzong escaped a lot this time.


    The Taiyi Sect did not have the energy to hunt them down for the time being.


    There seem to be many choices for those who slipped through the net of the Ziyang Sacred Sect, rebuilding the Ziyang Sacred Sect, taking refuge in other holy land sects, or simply becoming a loose cultivator.


    If they don''t continue to oppose Taiyimen in the future, Taiyimen probably won''t bother to pay attention to them.


    Just after the end of the war, many Taiyimen returned to the virtual world in a hurry to return to the territory, and continue to be busy stabilizing the world.


    The monks left by Taiyimen began to carry out various aftermath work.


    Clean up the battlefield, clean up the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate...

 Chapter 2499

    Taiyimen''s attack on Ziyang Shengzong this time was a brilliant victory.


    The only regret may be that the Taiyi Sect cultivator, who was determined to fight quickly, did not push the Ziyang Shengzong''s return to the virtual enough, and did not chase them to the end, in order to avoid too long delays and reduce unnecessary casualties.


    Before long, the Junchen world will be completely destroyed.


    Those ordinary monks who escaped by chance in the Ziyang Shengzong may not be able to survive the destruction of the Junchen Realm.


    Although those high-level monks have the ability to survive in the void, they still have to face many difficulties.


    Generally speaking, the range of activities of ordinary Void Returning Powers in the void generally does not leave the star area where they are located.


    Like Meng Zhang''s situation in the void, it was purely accidental, and he did not do it on his own initiative.


    The other forces in the Dengtian Star District are extremely hostile to the human race cultivators.


    Once the cultivators of Junchen Realm were discovered in the void, they would almost all besiege them with all their strength.


    If there is not enough shelter or luck, the high-level monks who escaped from the Ziyang Sect, even if they escaped into the void, their life will not be easy.


    While the monks in the door were slowly dealing with various aftermath work, Meng Zhang''s spiritual thoughts descended on the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang, who had high hopes for Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate, could not help but be greatly disappointed after in-depth exploration with his spiritual sense.


    Previously, because of the existence of the fifth-order mountain protection formation of the Ziyang Shengzong, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense could not go deep into the mountain gate unscrupulously, and he only had a general understanding of the situation.


    Now, without hindrance, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense finally detected very detailed information.


    Meng Zhang valued the gate of the Ziyang Shengzong because it was located in an excellent location.


    However, as the Junchen Realm entered its destruction, many of the earth veins below the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate scattered and disappeared, and the power of the earth veins was greatly weakened...


    This time Taiyimen''s attack on Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate caused huge damage to it despite the efforts of Taiyimen to control it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s original vision, after bringing the Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate into control, it can be built into an important hub at a huge cost to strengthen and consolidate the Taiyi Gate territory.


    But now it seems that the importance of Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate has greatly decreased, and it is not worth investing too much resources for this.


    But no matter what, Taiyimen''s attack on Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate this time was a brilliant victory.


    So far, the entire north of Junchen Realm has fallen under the control of Taiyimen.


    In addition, the Qi family on the northern edge of the Middle-earth Continent joined the Taiyi Sect, and the Taiyi Sect could expand the system on its own territory to the direction of the Middle-earth continent.


    When the Junchen world is about to be completely destroyed, the more territories the Taiyi Sect controls, the more complete its system, and the stronger its foundation will be in the future.


    The news of Taiyimen attacking and destroying Ziyang Shengzong Mountain Gate and destroying Ziyang Shengzong soon spread throughout the Junchen world.


    The major holy land sects have ruled the Junchen world for thousands of years, and the tiger will not fall.


    Back then, Jiuxuan Pavilion was destroyed by the dark alliance and the barbarians, and this time the Taiyi Sect perished the Ziyang Sect.


    The myths created by the Holy Land Zongmen are constantly being broken. Taiyimen climbed to the top on the bones of the Ziyang Shengzong and became one of the new rulers of the Junchen world.


    Of course, the Junchen world is about to be completely destroyed, and it seems that there is not much to be proud of as the new ruler of the Junchen world.


    For the monks under the Taiyi Sect, the Taiyi Sect finally defeated the old opponent who had been against each other for many years and settled the grievances that lasted for many years. This is an exciting event.


    For all cultivators in the Junchen world, such a powerful Taiyi Sect is a reliable source of refuge.


    More and more cultivators have migrated to the Taiyimen territory, hoping to gain the protection of the Taiyimen in the crisis of extinction.


    After the Qi family took refuge in the Taiyimen, the Taiyimen quickly sent cultivators to the Qijia to build a magic circle and a ban on the Qijia territory, and strive to incorporate the Qijia into the Taiyimen system as soon as possible.


    Although the Qi family''s location is a bit remote, it is located in the Middle-earth continent.


    With the Qi family as a bridgehead, Taiyimen''s sphere of influence quickly extended to the Middle-earth mainland.


    Originally, most of the comprehension forces in the Junchen world had already surrendered to the Dark Alliance.


    But since the last time Tiangong and Taiyimen teamed up to defeat the Dark Alliance, and the conspiracy of Fengqing Shangzun was revealed, the Dark Alliance lost all hearts and almost became the public enemy of Junchen World.


    The Dark Alliance suffered heavy losses in the war.


    After the war, major disputes occurred within the Dark Alliance.


    Venerable Fengqing secretly took refuge in Buddhism is nothing, but the consequences are too serious.


    He kept most of the top leaders of the dark alliance in the dark, and also used the resources of the dark alliance to hold so-called ceremonies to please the Buddhists, which finally led to the siege of the dark alliance.


    Not only those opposition factions, but even many supporters of the Supreme Venerable Fengqing were very dissatisfied with it.


    After Taoist Youhuan was released by Meng Zhang, she did not return to the Dark Alliance directly, but contacted the investigation team that was sent to the Void to investigate the destruction of the secret base.


    Most of the cultivators in this investigation group were opponents of Venerable Fengqing.


    After they received the message from Taoist Youhuan, they hurried back to Junchen Realm.


    Some high-level leaders who firmly opposed Fengqing were connected with each other, and soon enough opposition forces were entangled to remove him from the position of Great Elder.


    During the previous battle, Fengqing Shangzun was seriously injured in order to escape from the Ganglong King.


    Seeing the betrayal and separation of relatives and the weakening of his control over the Dark Alliance, he is about to lose his position as the head of the Dark Alliance.


    This guy really has a bit of arrogance, and he did not hesitate to create civil strife within the dark alliance, causing huge losses to the dark alliance.


    After this incident, the dark alliance, the oldest self-cultivation force in the Junchen world, fell into a split.


    Fengqing Shangzun gathered a group of die-hard loyalists to form their own family; the opponents such as Taoist Youhuan were one faction; there were some neutral forces; there were even some monks who took the opportunity to leave the dark alliance...


    Although Meng Zhang had never left the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate, the split of the Dark Alliance had been under his observation.


    For Taiyimen, the disintegration of the behemoth of the Dark Alliance is a good thing.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had a big ambition.


    He wants to take advantage of the destruction of the Junchen world to unite most of the comprehension forces in the Junchen world, become the leader of the comprehension world, and lead everyone through this difficulty.


    Meng Zhang hopes to bring more cultivation forces under his command to strengthen the Taiyimen''s forces.


    After the destruction of the Junchen Realm, the Taiyi Sect, an independent world that needs to develop better in the void, needs more background and needs more cultivators to join.


    The Dark Alliance had conquered most of the Junchen world before, and countless comprehension forces scrambled to seek refuge.


    For Taiyimen, the dark alliance is a formidable opponent, which is not good for Meng Zhang''s plan.

 Chapter 2500

    Suppressing and weakening the dark alliance is beneficial to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    After Fengqing Shangzun was defeated, the Taiyimen Dark Hall monks have been closely monitoring the dark alliance''s every move.


    When there was a huge dispute within the dark alliance, Taiyimen took the opportunity to fan the flames, sow discord, and deepen its internal contradictions.


    Taiyimen used those Dark Alliance cultivators who were close to them to constantly spy on intelligence and intervene in the internal affairs of the Dark Alliance.


    In the end, the dark alliance was completely divided, and Taiyimen contributed a lot in the middle.


    Some innocent monks from the Dark Alliance were drawn by the Taiyimen, and they joined the Taiyimen one after another.


    Obviously, compared to the already disintegrated Dark Alliance, the Taiyi Sect at this time is obviously more promising.


    Meng Zhang had already ordered the Taiyimen monks to spread relevant information around the Junchen world.


    After the Junchen world was completely destroyed, Taiyimen had a way to keep its own territory, and neither mortals nor cultivators on the territory would be harmed.


    Taiyimen welcomes all comprehension forces and practitioners, and takes their mortals to the Taiyimen territory for refuge.


    Over the years, Taiyimen has established an excellent reputation in the world of self-cultivation, and it can be said that it is well-known.


    When the original rulers of the Junchen world were too busy to take care of themselves, Taiyimen could be called a savior-like existence.


    Especially after the split of the dark alliance, many comprehension forces that had originally surrendered to the dark alliance, under the division of Taiyimen, turned to the Taiyimen.


    As it gets closer and closer to the complete destruction of Junchen Realm, all kinds of disasters in Junchen Realm are getting more and more serious.


    Countless mountain ranges have collapsed, rivers have ceased to flow, and the earth is full of bottomless cracks...


    Except for the Taiyimen territory, there are not many mortal towns in other places in the Junchen world.


    Even many comprehension forces were unable to keep their own mountain gates.


    It may be that the mountain gate was intact one moment, but the next moment it completely collapsed and turned into ruins.


    Only those comprehension forces with profound background and strength can rely on various magic circles to support them in the face of catastrophe.


    The cultivators were displaced and precarious.


    As for the mortal world, life has long been wiped out.


    In fact, in the Junchen world at this time, most areas, let alone mortals, even low-level cultivators could not survive.


    In many places in the Junchen world, the crust has already cracked, and the tectonic plates will fall apart at any time...


    As for the sea, the situation will only get worse.


    The connection between the Junchen World Continent and the sea has almost been cut off, and even flying boats are difficult to pass.


    According to some news from overseas, apart from the real dragon clan that can barely keep their own territory, the rest of the sea has become a restricted area for living beings.


    On the other side of the South China Sea, the Sea Spirit Sect and the South China Sea Alliance under its leadership finally could no longer hold on.


    The two Void Battleships of Taiyimen have been dispatched to help them carry out the great migration.


    This time, Taiyimen attacked and destroyed Ziyang Shengzong, and captured three Void battleships.


    The monks of the Taiyimen Shengongtang are rushing to repair it, trying to make it return to normal as soon as possible.


    Of course, in the current state of Junchen World, many resources are extremely scarce, and emergency repair work is difficult.


    Taiyimen dispatched most of the flying boats, frequently appearing in all parts of Junchen Realm, and moved the cultivators and mortals scattered all over Junchen Realm to their own territory as much as possible.


    On the other side of the West Sea, Taiyimen established many magic circles and restrictions on the long coastline.


    The Taiyimen high-level plan is ready to start the pulling formation at the right time to pull the main island of the Xingluo Archipelago into the Taiyimen territorial waters.


    In the current Junchen world, except for the Taiyimen territory, the cultivation resources in other places basically cannot be mined normally.


    Taiyimen has a vast territory and abundant resources, but it cannot produce all the necessary cultivation resources.


    In particular, many high-level resources can only be produced in the Nine Heavens, the Sea of ??Origin, and even the Void.


    Taiyimen''s previous actions, especially the arrangement of magic circles and restrictions, almost exhausted the sect''s inventory, and it has never been replenished.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had no choice but to speed up the canonization of the gods.


    He had to relax the standard of canonization and canonized many gods who were unqualified in his eyes.


    Meng Zhang needed these gods to establish a divine realm as soon as possible, to root the divine realm in the world of Taiyimen, and act as the pillar of this world.


    Many newly conferred gods, without even accumulating much divine power, hurried into battle and began to work hard to stabilize the Taiyi Sect territory.


    Fortunately, the closer the apocalypse comes, the more chaotic, fearful, and helpless people''s hearts become.


    Not only mortals, but even many cultivators are unavoidable to pray to gods to worship gods, and to pray for the mercy of gods.


    Due to the guidance of Taiyimen, many newly consecrated gods have been able to vigorously develop believers and gain a lot of power of belief.


    For the belief system of the mortal world, Meng Zhang has a strict plan.


    Now it''s just a special situation, and it seems to be more relaxed for the time being.


    When the Taiyimen territory is completely stabilized, Meng Zhang will strictly control and manage it.


    Most of the newly conferred gods in Taiyimen are the gods of land, rivers, and mountains.


    They are distributed all over the Taiyimen territory, closely monitoring various situations on the territory, and checking for leaks and filling vacancies at any time.


    As gods of faith, their roots are rooted in this world, and the foundation of their existence is the belief of mortals.


    Even if it is for their own survival, they must do their best to ensure that this world is not lost.


    In addition, not long after the establishment of the god system, many new gods are full of vigor, and it is time to make progress.


    With more and more gods joining in, the pressure on the monks of the Taiyi Sect branch in various places in the territory has been greatly reduced, and the situation in the territories has become increasingly stable.


    As the saying goes, when the country will perish, there must be evil spirits.


    A big world is going to be destroyed, and all kinds of weird and sneaky things will only be more.


    In the realm of self-cultivation, not only all kinds of sectarianism are popular, but even the magic way has become more and more prosperous.


    In order to obtain a stronger survival force, many cultivators of the right way have to use various means of sidestepping.


    For a time, countless ghost monks appeared in the cultivation world.


    Under extremely harsh living conditions, ghost cultivators such as ghosts, zombies, and white bones undoubtedly have stronger survivability than mortals.


    In addition to the ghost monks, there are also active fusion of the blood of demon beasts to convert them into half demons.


    All in all, at the juncture of life and death, it seems to be a matter of course to give up the original mortal body in exchange for stronger survivability.


    If it is said that these sects are still within Meng Zhang''s tolerance, then the spread of demons in the Junchen world will make Meng Zhang intolerable.


    At the end of the world, sentient beings are despairing about the future, and there are many inner demons.


    Not to mention cultivators, even ordinary mortals can easily fall into demons.


    What''s more, there is also the handwriting of the devil in the middle.


    The demon gods among the extraterritorial invaders have long spread the magic way in the Junchen world.


    After conquering the Nine Heavens, the demon cultivators and monsters under their command almost swaggered deep into the Junchen world, wanton the earth and demonized all beings.

 Chapter 2501

    Originally, the righteous cultivation forces in the Junchen world should be the main force to resist the invasion of magic.


    However, in the current situation in Junchen Realm, the powers of self-cultivation are too busy to take care of themselves, and there is still room to slay demons and demons, and act on behalf of the heavens.


    Not to mention, after knowing that there is the support of the devil behind the devil''s way, there are several comprehension forces who dare to offend the devil.


    It is estimated that as long as the mountain gate is not attacked, it is the so-called leader of the righteous way, and it should not be involved in the matter of the magic way.


    Although the Famine Demon God and the Black Robe Demon God are currently fighting with the six true immortals, they have no time to clone themselves.


    However, the demon cultivators and monsters under their command swept around in the Junchen world, creating demonic disasters everywhere, causing a great impact.


    Many creatures in the Junchen world turn to the devil way and become followers of the devil god.


    Meng Zhang once dispatched Taiyimen monks to hunt down the arrogant demonic forces in the Junchen world.


    However, because Taiyimen couldn''t draw too much power, the result of the pursuit was not very good.


    Both the Hunling Venerable God and the True God Rising Sun intend to win over the True God Taimiao, and regard Taiyimen as a force under Taimiao''s command.


    They are too good to have a conflict with the devil.


    The Demon God of Famine gave Taimiao a disdain.


    The black-robed demon god has repeatedly warned that it is too wonderful to ask the Taiyi Sect not to meddle in his own business.


    If Taimiao insists on being the enemy of the magic way, then he will not show mercy to Taimiao.


    In the current situation of Taiyi Gate, it is indeed not appropriate to confront the devil directly.


    The most important thing is that at this time, the magic way has completely spread all over the Junchen world, and it is impossible to stop its spread.


    The only thing Meng Zhang could do was to keep the Taiyimen territory and ensure that it would not be invaded by demonic forces.


    In fact, even if the Taiyi Sect tightly controls its territory, it is still unable to completely prevent the spread of magic.


    Especially with the destruction of Junchen Realm, Taiyi Gate has absorbed a large number of immigrants.


    Even if the dark hall cultivator tried his best to screen, he could not be foolproof.


    In addition, some magic cultivators themselves are very good at concealment.


    Despite the strict inspection of the Taiyimen monks, there are still demonic forces appearing on the territory from time to time.


    Meng Zhang has been promoted to a true immortal, and he has vast magical powers, but it is also impossible for him to monitor every corner of the territory all the time.


    Now is a special period. As long as many things do not hinder the overall situation of Taiyi Sect, Meng Zhang can only endure temporarily.


    When the Taiyimen territory has stabilized and enough gods have been canonized, the gods will naturally be able to closely monitor every corner of the territory.


    At that time, the magic cultivator hidden on the territory will have nowhere to hide.


    What the top leaders of Taiyi Sect have to do now is to work hard to maintain it so that no big troubles will occur in the vast territory of Taiyi Sect.


    At this time, the Taiyi Gate was actually busy.


    Help the comprehension forces who took refuge in Taiyimen to migrate, resettle the immigrants on the territory, and stabilize the territory...


    After controlling the entire north of Junchen Realm, Taiyimen was unable to continue to carry out large-scale expeditions.


    At this time, in the Junchen world, there is no room for ordinary self-cultivation forces to survive.


    Many comprehension forces have chosen to take refuge in the camp.


    Most of the self-cultivation forces who took refuge in Taiyimen obeyed the orders of Taiyimen, and moved everything that could be moved to the territory of Taiyimen.


    There are only a few people who hold the view that their homeland is inseparable, or have doubts about Taiyimen, so far they refuse to move into the territory of Taiyimen.


    Taiyimen can''t care about the life and death of these guys.


    There is no living saint in Taiyimen who saves suffering, and cannot save everyone.


    Taiyimen now focuses on helping allies such as the South China Sea Alliance.


    In addition to completely occupying the north of Junchen Realm, Taiyimen also has a foothold in Middle-earth.


    Kongkong Zi led an army of monks to establish a base here early, and also gathered many cultivation forces in Middle-earth.


    Although the situation in Junchen World is getting worse, this army of monks is still struggling here.


    Kongkongzi believes that the place they are occupying now is very valuable to Taiyimen and cannot give up.


    Kongkongzi and the monks under his command set up a large traction formation in the base, trying to connect with the Taiyimen territory.


    If the Middle-earth continent is torn apart, the base established by the Void and the Taiyimen can draw each other and slowly move closer together.


    At this time, all the forces in the Junchen world have almost made their final choice.


    If you think you have the ability to keep your own mountain gate, you are still struggling to support it in the mountain gate.


    The few forces with Void Battleships are ready to leave the Junchen Realm.


    There is no void battleship, at least there must be strong guards.


    Generally speaking, at least the Yuanshen Zhenjun has the ability to survive in the void, and at least the Void Returning Great Master has the spare energy to take care of others.


    Of course, the void near Junchen Realm is currently filled with an army of foreign invaders, and even the Void Returner might not be able to pass through the encirclement.


    The remnants of Tiangong have abandoned their bases in Junchen Realm and sent all personnel to the Void Battleship.


    Tiangong really has a deep foundation. After fighting against foreign invaders for so many years, after such a huge loss, he can still take out four void battleships to carry his subordinates.


    In order to avoid a war with foreign invaders, these four Void battleships are still wandering inside Junchen World for the time being, and have not yet entered the Void.


    As for the major holy land sects, on the one hand, they continued to guard the mountain gates and insisted on holding on until the last moment; on the other hand, they were also ready to move.


    In the vast void, once you leave the Junchen Realm, I don''t know how these comprehension forces in the Junchen Realm can survive.


    Jianjun Banxue had already told Meng Zhang that the connection between Lingkong Xianjie and Junchen Realm was about to be restored.


    At that time, she can let the remaining monks from the Tiangong take shelter in the Lingkong fairyland.


    But when Meng Zhang communicated with Gu Yue Lingqing last time, Gu Yue Lingqing said that due to the internal struggle in Lingkong Immortal Realm, the matter of restoring contact with Junchen Realm was put on hold for the time being.


    No one knows when Lingkong Xianjie will send people to Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang had never pinned his hopes on others, so he was not disappointed by this, but was a little bit overjoyed.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Sect to be independent for so many years, but he didn''t want to have a new master on his head.


    Meng Zhang did not want to enter the system of Lingkong Xianjie, but wanted to continue to remain independent, free and unconstrained.


    Even without the help from Lingkong Immortal Realm, it should not be difficult for Jianjun Banxue to lead his men to survive in the void.


    Void battleship, a top-level mechanical creation, is itself used by a large number of creatures for long-distance migration in the void.


    There is an independent small world inside the Void Battleship, where mortals can live and work in peace and contentment.


    The Void Battleship can provide a large amount of spiritual energy for the daily practice of cultivators.


    As long as Jianjun Banxue does not break out a frontal battle with foreign invaders, he can take four Void battleships to wait slowly in the void.


    On the side of the Dark Alliance, they also gave up the fixed territory of Junchen Realm and sent most of the personnel to the floating city.

 Chapter 2502

    The major factions of the Dark Alliance each have mastered a certain number of floating cities, and regard them as important reliances.


    The floating city can be regarded as a small void battleship.


    Perhaps in the void, the floating city is not as easy to use as the void battleship.


    But in the big world, the floating city is far more flexible than the void battleship.


    Meng Zhang has been very interested in the floating city of the Dark Alliance since he saw it.


    The floating city is a major achievement in the art of organ creation, and it is an important foundation of the dark alliance. Whether it is manufacturing drawings or real objects, it is never rumored.


    Those Dark Alliance cultivators who took refuge in Taiyimen entrained a floating city to enter Taiyimen territory.


    With the real object as a reference, even if there is a lack of blueprints, the monks of Taiyimen Shengongtang have great confidence in building a brand-new floating city.


    Previously, in the process of building the Void Battleship, the Taiyimen''s organs and divisions have been greatly improved, and the manufacturing capabilities of the entire sect have also been improved.


    Of course, Taiyimen currently lacks all kinds of corresponding resources, and there is no spare energy to create a floating city for the time being.


    Although the Dark Alliance has colluded with foreign invaders for many years, no matter which faction it is, they dare not rashly control the floating city into the void.


    Foreign invaders are hungry wolves who eat people and don''t spit out bones, turning their faces faster than turning a book.


    Previously, the Dark Alliance itself was powerful and had great use value for foreign invaders, so that they could be treated equally and form an alliance with them.


    Now the strength of the dark alliance has plummeted and it is divided internally. In the eyes of the former allies, it is just a piece of fat.


    The remaining floating cities of the Dark Alliance continued to float in the high sky of Junchen World.


    Stepping into the ruined Junchen world, there are crises everywhere, not to mention the earth and the ocean, and even the sky is not a safe place.


    There are hurricanes from time to time in the sky, making the huge floating city unstable.


    I don''t know when the space crack will appear, but it can penetrate the protective array of the floating city and directly damage the body.


    ...


    In a word, the closer the Junchen Realm is to complete collapse, the more difficult it will be for the various forces.


    The cultivation forces in the Junchen world are already in danger, but some people still refuse to let them go.


    In the center of the original source sea, the six true immortals are still fighting hard against a group of true immortal-level foreign invaders.


    These extraterritorial invaders have long had the upper hand.


    They were not completely at ease with each other, and spent a lot of time on each other''s defense.


    Second, they are worried that the six true immortals will be overly persecuted, and the six true immortals will use the means to hurt both sides, or pull them back before they die, and everyone will die together.


    Therefore, they also want to slowly consume the six true immortals through the protracted war, and slowly weaken them.


    As the upper hand, they still have the energy to take care of other things.


    The major events in the Junchen world have never escaped the eyes and ears of foreign invaders.


    The Taiyi Sect''s elimination of the Ziyang Sect has long been in the eyes of these guys.


    True God Shengyang was almost hit hard by True Immortal Ziyang in the previous battle.


    With a narrow mind, he hated Ziyang Zhenxian to death, and focused on the movements of Ziyang Zhenxian during the battle.


    True God Shengyang keenly discovered that after realizing that the Ziyang Sect was destroyed, Ziyang True Immortal seemed calm on the surface, but in fact he must be very angry.


    He was no longer calm enough, and almost made a mistake in the fight a few times.


    According to the speculation of True God Shengyang, no matter how cold-blooded and ruthless Ziyang True Immortal was, the sect that he had painstakingly established was destroyed, and his disciples and grandchildren suffered heavy casualties.


    And Ziyang Zhenxian is famous for cherishing feathers and attaching importance to face.


    Taiyimen destroyed the Ziyang Sect right under his nose, which was like a slap in the face.


    But he was trapped in the battle situation, unable to save Ziyang Shengzong, nor to take revenge on Taiyimen.


    True God Shengyang moved in his heart and had an idea.


    If you can destroy the rest of the holy land sects, it will be somewhat useful to these true immortals.


    Not to mention disturbing his mind, or to distract him a little, is a good thing.


    Anything that can have a positive impact on the war situation should not be easily let go.


    The enemy''s disadvantage is one more point, and the one''s advantage will be one more point.


    It may not have much impact in a short period of time, but in this protracted war of attrition, the advantage of one''s own side will be obvious when the war progresses to the later stage.


    In addition, if they have arranged within the sect they founded, they can also destroy it in advance.


    The main force of the army of foreign invaders, in order to avoid various disasters in the Junchen world and avoid unnecessary casualties, most of them have left the Junchen world and retreated into the void.


    The remaining part of the team will seize the time to plunder resources within nine days, and only a small part of the reconnaissance team is still haunting the Junchen World.


    It would be unrealistic to let the army of foreign invaders take a huge risk to return to the Junchen world and besiege the sects of the holy places again.


    Not to mention others, even True God Rising Sun is not willing to let his subordinates suffer huge casualties at this time.


    It is even more difficult to convince other forces.


    In this case, why not let the self-cultivation forces within the Junchen Realm do it?


    Since the Taiyi Sect can destroy the Ziyang Sect, it must be familiar to destroy other Sacred Land Sects.


    Soon, the True God Rising Sun issued an order to his divine envoy.


    At this time, the underworld had almost completely collapsed.


    There are large and small pieces of the underworld everywhere, space turbulence is almost everywhere, and there are as many strange-shaped space cracks as the hair of a cow...


    Apart from being too wonderful to be able to barely maintain the stability of the section where Yindu City is located, there is no safe place in the underworld anymore.


    Even if the Void Returning Great Power enters the underworld at this time, there is a danger of falling at any time.


    The envoys are loyal to the gods and will never violate the orders of the gods.


    Even if the gods ordered him to die, there would be no hesitation.


    A phantom-level divine envoy under True God Shengyang led the team, led a mission, carried a large amount of gifts, and entered the underworld at great risk.


    After experiencing the hardships of nine deaths and a lifetime on the road and paying a huge price, this mission was able to see the true God is too wonderful and offered a generous gift.


    This mission brought a request from the True God Rising Sun, hoping that Taimiao would order Taiyimen to continue to attack other holy land sects and try their best to exterminate them.


    True God Rising Sun has a wonderful way to directly contact him.


    The reason why the mission was allowed to go on a trip was not only to buy it with a generous gift, but also to express his sincerity.


    At this time, Tai Miao was under enormous pressure.


    Not only did he want to keep the section where the capital city of the underworld was located in the completely collapsed underworld, he had to work hard to absorb useful pieces of the underworld, but he also had to do his best to collect the soul sea.


    The soul sea was originally located in the deepest part of the underworld, and it was the most stable existence.


    After the underworld completely collapsed, the soul sea was turbulent, swept by the space storm and drifted in the underworld.


    The soul sea is the foundation of the underworld, and the underworld without the soul sea has its appearance.


    A complete big world must have an underworld, and only after death can a soul return, and a new soul can be born.


    A complete underworld must have a sea of ??souls, in order to have the source of the soul, and the soul can enter the reincarnation.


    Tai Miao is bound to win the soul sea, so be sure to control it in your own hands.


    He personally presided over the large pulling formation arranged in Yindu City, struggling to hold the floating soul sea, and pulled it towards Yindu City under the violent space storm.


    It''s so wonderful that almost all of its power is spent on it.


    At this time, even if Meng Zhang summoned him in the Yang World, he would not be able to distinguish the incarnation of divine power.

 Chapter 2503

    Tai Miao wasn''t bothered by the request of the True God Rising Sun.


    After he communicated with Meng Zhang, he happily accepted the generous gift and agreed to the request of the True God Shengyang.


    At the same time, he also made a request to the True God Rising Sun.


    At this time, the Junchen Realm was rapidly being destroyed, and the Nine Heavens also began to shatter and become broken.


    Taiyi Sect hopes to absorb some fragments of Nine Heavens and use it to cover the territory of the sect.


    True God Rising Sun also happily agreed to the wonderful request.


    For foreign invaders, the Junchen Realm has been destroyed, and the broken Nine Heavens are of little use for the time being.


    The team that is now stepping up the looting of supplies within nine days, the harvest is getting smaller and smaller, and will soon be evacuated for nine days.


    After reaching an agreement with Taimiao, True God Rising Sun informed a group of allies about Taimiao''s conditions.


    As expected, everyone didn''t care about this matter.


    They all encouraged Taiyimen to attack other holy land sects.


    For the powerhouses of Taimiao and Shengyang True God, they usually value their face more, and they can keep their word.


    Especially when dealing with powerhouses of the same rank and asking for each other, they will not break their promises casually.


    In order to capture the soul sea, Tai Miao was temporarily trapped in the underworld.


    In order to complete the promise to the true god Shengyang, only Meng Zhang, who is in Yangshi, can rely on.


    At that time, the six true gods refined the nine heavens based on the fetal membranes of heaven and earth in the Junchen world.


    For a big world, the fetal membrane of heaven and earth is the most important natural defense system, and a natural barrier against disasters from the void.


    The void is not as empty as it looks, it is full of dangers.


    The big world without the protection of heaven and earth fetal membranes is in crisis almost all the time.


    Not to mention those star thieves, looters, invaders, etc. that are rampant in the void, all kinds of natural disasters happen from time to time.


    Perhaps, just a meteorite falling from the sky, or a sudden void storm, can completely wipe out an under-protected world.


    The Junchen world is about to fall apart, and the Taiyimen territory, an independent little world, will soon enter the void alone.


    Relying solely on the various magic circles and restrictions on the Taiyimen territory, as well as the divine barrier constructed by the canonized gods, is completely insufficient to protect the Taiyimen in the void.


    Meng Zhang took a fancy to the fragments after the nine days were broken.


    These are essentially fragments of the fetal membrane of heaven and earth, and are the best materials for building a defense system.


    After being promoted to True Immortal, Meng Zhang also had the means of refining and utilizing the fetal membranes of heaven and earth.


    If you can absorb as many Jiutian fragments as possible and place them on the periphery of Taiyimen territory, then a defense system similar to Junchenjie Jiutian can be established.


    After Taimiao received the promise of the True God Rising Sun, Meng Zhang immediately started to do it.


    Let¡¯s not talk about whether the promise is fulfilled or not, and let¡¯s talk about getting the benefits in our hands first.


    Meng Zhang himself was inconvenient to show his face, so he directly sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan and turned into a wind and fire giant.


    This giant of wind and fire led the top powerhouses in the sect such as Luna, and flew into the sky together into the nine days that were collapsing.


    The powerhouses of the true immortal level came, and the teams of foreign invaders who had been instructed for a long time retreated, not daring to face the aura of the true immortals.


    The wind and fire giants led the Luna and the others, and began to collect the fragments of Jiutian and threw them in the direction of the Taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, Niu Dawei, personally led his fellow clan to preside over the pulling formation, trying to pull these fragments to the sky above Taiyi Sect, and temporarily suspended there.


    The fetal membrane of heaven and earth in the Junchen world is inherently indestructible, and after the refining of six true immortals, it is even more solid.


    At the beginning, the true immortal-level powerhouse among the extraterritorial invaders took a shot, as well as the help from the inner circle, and it took a lot of effort to open the gap on it.


    Now it is Junchen World itself entering into destruction, and the tearing force from within Junchen World has caused more damage to the damaged Jiutian.


    The wind and fire giant controlled by Meng Zhang disliked the slow collection of fragments, and then simply tore the relatively intact parts, or directly transported the complete Jiutian part in one piece, and personally sent it back to the Taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang''s eating appearance is a bit ugly, but the true immortals among the foreign invaders are all fighting against the six true immortals, and the rest of the guys don''t have the courage to oppose a true immortal face to face.


    Meng Zhang is not too hard.


    At this time, every time you collect more, the defense power of Taiyi Sect will be stronger in the future.


    True God Shengyang saw that Taiyi Sect did not make a move, so he couldn''t help but start urging it to be wonderful.


    Meng Zhang ignored him and was still busy collecting Jiutian''s damaged parts.


    Anyway, between the group of true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders and the six true immortals, it is obvious that a protracted battle is going on, and there is no way to tell the winner in a short period of time.


    In this way, Meng Zhang used the wind and fire yin and yang fan to transform the wind and fire giant, and he was busy for several years within the damaged nine days.


    After all his tossing, Jiutian became even more broken.


    In the nine days at this time, the protection of Junchen Realm is getting weaker and weaker, and it is about to disappear completely.


    Entering the ruined Junchen world, he was forced to encounter more disasters.


    Occasionally, there will be storms, rays, etc. from the void, passing through the broken nine days, and falling into the almost defenseless Junchen world.


    Maybe a certain area in the Junchen world was robbed because of this, or even a certain comprehension force was wiped out.


    Guarding the Taiyi Sect was enough to exhaust Meng Zhang''s energy, and he could still take care of it.


    A dead Taoist friend is not a poor Taoist, and it is better to be unlucky in other places than in Taiyimen territory.


    The time has dragged on for too long, and the Taiyi Sect has not moved, and the True God Rising Sun is a little angry.


    He directly contacted True God Tai Miao, and asked politely if Tai Miao could no longer control the Taiyi Sect under his command.


    In order to hide the truth of Taiyi Sect from the outside world, on the side of foreign invaders, it is mainly too wonderful to deal with them.


    The Taiyi Gate is hidden under the wonderful wings, which can avoid many troubles.


    The benefits have already been eaten in his mouth, and Meng Zhang didn''t express it at all.


    The superficial friendly relationship between Taimiao and True God Rising Sun still has to be maintained.


    In the future, it might still work.


    Since True God Shengyang is urgent, Meng Zhang also wants to express one or two.


    When the major holy land sects are exposed to the outside world, they often give people an overall impression.


    In fact, the group of sects in the Holy Land is composed of several sects, and there are serious contradictions and disputes between them.


    The relationship between the major holy land sects is the epitome of the relationship between the six true immortals.


    Regardless of the fact that the six true immortals are currently united and united to the outside world, but when they really reach the inner treasure of the heavenly immortals, they may be the biggest rivals with each other.


    No one would be surprised if there was a deadly battle between them because of the explosion of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    The alliance between them was forced to do so because of external pressure.


    Meng Zhang is sober and rational enough to not treat the major holy land sects as a whole, and he will not indiscriminately be the enemy of all holy land sects.

 Chapter 2504

    Ziyang Shengzong is an old neighbor and an old opponent of Taiyi Sect. Taiyi Sect wants to compete for living space under the opponent''s hands. This is an endless battle of life and death.


    The Taiyi Sect''s demise of the Ziyang Holy Sect ended the dispute that had lasted for many years.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion has long been destroyed, needless to say.


    Among the other holy land sects, the one with the deepest resentment and the most hostile to the Taiyi Sect is the Guantian Pavilion.


    It is said that Guantian Pavilion was originally a huge force spread over many great worlds in Lingkong Xianjie, and Guantian Pavilion in Junchen Realm was just a branch.


    At that time, Guantian Pavilion sent the real immortal Tianchenzi to come to Junchen Realm.


    Tian Chenzi and several other true immortals conquered Junchen Realm together, and then established the Guantian Pavilion branch of Junchen Realm.


    After the connection between Junchen Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm was cut off, this branch also lost contact with the headquarters.


    Guantian Pavilion is self-proclaimed to be the spokesperson of the Tao of Heaven, and takes "viewing the Tao of the heavens and carrying out the journey of the heavens" as the sect''s creed.


    Of course, the so-called Heavenly Way of Guantian Pavilion is definitely not the Heavenly Way of Junchen Realm.


    In the end what is the way of heaven, it is entirely up to the cultivator of Guantian Pavilion to decide.


    The pretentious and arrogant behavior of the monks in Guantian Pavilion made other monks in the Holy Land sects disliked, not to mention other cultivators.


    The ancestor of Taiyimen came to Junchen Realm and created the foundation of Taiyimen. Taiyimen developed very well for a time.


    The founder of Taiyi Sect was only a true lord of Yuanshen until he was sitting in the middle, but the disciples and grandchildren he taught were good.


    Taiyimen once developed into a powerful sect with the power of returning to the void.


    It''s a pity that I didn''t know how I violated the Guantian Pavilion and was destroyed by the Guantian Pavilion.


    This is the origin of the feud between Taiyi Sect and Guantian Pavilion, and this is the blood feud of destroying the door.


    After Meng Zhang revitalized the Taiyi Sect, he had many battles with Guantian Pavilion.


    When Meng Zhang was in the depths of heaven and earth, he tried to find the imprint of the sun god left by the predecessor of Taiyimen Huixu, and resurrected it, but because of the changes at that time, he could not do it.


    As the master of the rejuvenation of Taiyimen, Meng Zhang felt that it was his responsibility to settle the grievances between Taiyimen and Guantian Pavilion.


    And now is a great time.


    Choosing Guantian Pavilion as the target can not only avenge the snow, but also have an explanation for the true god Shengyang.


    Among other holy land sects and families, Zhenhai Temple is the enemy of the ally Hailing Sect, and has few grudges with Taiyi Sect.


    The Royal Beastmen and his like have little to do with Taiyimen.


    In the past, when the major sects of the Holy Land jointly suppressed the Taiyi Sect, the Imperial Beast Sect just followed the flow and did not exert any special force.


    Meng Zhang himself has a good impression of the Imperial Beast Gate.


    For Meng Zhang''s future consideration, it is indeed not appropriate to offend all the six true immortals to the death.


    Only the Guantian Pavilion, a force that could not resolve the grievances with Taiyi Sect anyway, would he kill him.


    After choosing the target, Meng Zhang began to act.


    The main goal of the Taiyi Sect cultivator at present is to ensure that the territory is intact and there is no problem.


    The Taiyi Sect was already very busy at this time, and it was really inappropriate to transfer the Taiyi Sect''s staff.


    Besides, Guantian Pavilion is far away in the Middle-earth continent, and with the current situation in Junchen Realm, dispatching an army of cultivators to work on an expedition is definitely not an easy task.


    Meng Zhang simply did not need to send troops from Taiyimen, and decided to shoot alone.


    The news that Meng Zhang has broken through to the real immortal still needs to be kept secret for the time being.


    Other outsiders thought that Taiyimen had hooked up with a strange true immortal.


    As for who this true immortal is and how close he is to Taiyi Sect, no matter how other forces investigate, they can''t get an answer for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s breakthrough to the true immortal was very short, and he never slack off in terms of cultivation.


    He almost seized all the time to practice hard, and walked very smoothly on the road to the true immortal.


    Whether it was the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, or the knowledge he later acquired about the cultivation of true immortals, it was very helpful to him.


    Meng Zhang''s real immortal realm has been completely stabilized, and he can freely display the power of the true immortal level.


    Although he was too hasty when he broke through to a true immortal and was not prepared enough, he was temporarily unable to open the gap between him and ordinary true immortals.


    But after all, he is a person with strong roots and a brilliant inheritance.


    He is already a qualified True Immortal at this time, and among the newly promoted True Immortals, he is not considered a weakling.


    Although he hasn''t had time to practice immortal magical powers, he has basically mastered all the conventional methods that a true immortal should master.


    Over the years, he has completely refined the pseudo-immortal artifact of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan.


    He had never seen what a real fairy weapon looked like.


    In his opinion, the wind and fire yin-yang fan is incomparably miraculous and completely worthy of his cultivation.


    It is estimated that for a long time in the future, the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan will be a big killer in his hands.


    Meng Zhang was also promoted to a true immortal, and only after obtaining the special technique taught by Gu Yue Lingqing could he play the true role of this pseudo-immortal weapon.


    The biggest role of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan at present is to give Meng Zhang an extra incarnation of the true immortal level to facilitate his actions.


    Of course, the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan is not his real incarnation after all, and it is far less mysterious.


    Meng Zhang was still sitting at the gate of Taiyi Gate as usual.


    He sacrificed the wind and fire yin-yang fan and turned it into a wind and fire giant.


    This wind and fire giant flew high into the sky and rushed towards the Guantian Pavilion.


    The closer the Junchen Realm is to complete destruction, the more chaotic it will be.


    The current spatial rules of the Junchen world are extremely disordered, and the space barriers are extremely fragile.


    In most parts of the Junchen world, it is possible for a space crack to suddenly appear, or a space storm to blow up.


    In addition to making the living environment in the Junchen world worse, it also added many obstacles for the monks to use their spatial supernatural powers.


    Even a true immortal-level powerhouse must be careful if they want to travel through space in Junchen Realm, or move space.


    The wind and fire giant took a lot of effort to reach the gate of Guantian Pavilion.


    The gate of Guantian Pavilion is very wide.


    On a large plain, there are many rivers and lakes.


    Behind the Great Plains, there are endless long mountains.


    The most central and crucial part of Guantian Pavilion Mountain Gate is its main peak, Guantian Peak.


    Guantian Peak is located in the center of a huge mountain range, inserted straight into the sky, towering into the clouds.


    Guantian Peak is recognized as the first peak in the Junchen world, and it is also the most famous landscape in the Junchen world.


    In the past, those monks who came to watch the scene of Guantian Peak could see the majestic figure of Guantian Peak far away from the gate of Guantian Pavilion.


    Guantian Pavilion, as a holy land sect, is quite impressive, not only did it not drive away those monks who were viewing the scenery, but also did not impose restrictions such as blindfolding on the surface of Guantian Peak.


    If you have good eyesight, or a cultivator who has practiced spells such as pupil art, you can see the Guantian Peak surrounded by clouds and mists from a distance.


    Of course, they can only see the surface of Guantian Peak at most, and absolutely cannot see through the interior of Guantian Peak.

 Chapter 2505

    Taiyi Gate and Guantian Pavilion have been hostile for many years, and the gate has always focused on collecting information on Guantian Pavilion.


    In particular, Taiyimen and the Dark Alliance had a honeymoon period, and with the help of the dark alliance''s intelligence system, it greatly made up for the shortcomings of the Taiyimen''s dark halls.


    There has long been relevant information from the dark alliance to the Taiyimen side, and Guantianfeng is far from being as simple as it seems.


    On the surface, Guantian Peak is a majestic mountain.


    But even the Void Returning Great Expert cannot see through the interior of Guantian Peak from the outside.


    This is still the case when Guantian Pavilion does not fully open the fifth-order mountain protection formation on weekdays.


    Guantian Pavilion was besieged by foreign invaders not long ago.


    Although the foreign invaders have withdrawn voluntarily, Guantian Pavilion still does not dare to be careless.


    In addition, the Junchen Realm at this time is indeed too dangerous, and from time to time, inexplicable attacks fall on the Guantian Pavilion.


    Or a sudden hurricane; or a meteorite falling from the void...


    In a word, nine days are broken, and there is no place to live in the ruined Junchen world.


    Especially after Ziyang Shengzong was destroyed by the old enemy Taiyimen, Guantian Pavilion was even more vigilant.


    Guantian Pavilion had to open the fifth-order mountain protection formation all the time, which made the blessed land and spiritual veins of the sect bear a huge burden.


    Because the Ziyang Shengzong could not obtain resources from the outside world, the blessed land and spiritual veins began to decline, resulting in the inability to support the monks in the sect, and the cost of all aspects was very tight.


    Meng Zhang had previously guessed that the situation of other holy land sects should be similar to that of the Ziyang sect, even if it was a little better, it was limited.


    The wind and fire giant transformed by the wind and fire yin and yang fan came to the high sky above the Guantian Pavilion and looked down with all his eyesight.


    The first thing that catches the eye is the most conspicuous Guantian Peak.


    Guantian Peak itself is under the protection of a special power, plus the shielding effect of the fifth-order mountain protection formation after opening, with the eyesight of the wind and fire giant true immortal level, it is impossible to see through the situation inside.


    Before starting, of course, the wind and fire giant must do a good job of reconnaissance.


    Except for a few places such as Guantian Peak, the general situation of Guantian Pavilion fell into his eyes.


    The situation of Guantian Pavilion is much better than that of Ziyang Shengzong.


    Whether it is the state of the fifth-order mountain protection formation, or the morale of the monks in the sect, they are far from entering a trough.


    Ziyang Shengzong used to be the overlord in the north of Junchen Realm, and other holy land sects were generally reluctant to provoke it on weekdays.


    Among the several holy land sects, Ziyang Shengzong should be in the forefront in every aspect.


    When the time of crisis really came, the gap between Ziyang Shengzong and Guantian Pavilion was so big.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, Guantian Pavilion should be able to hold on for a while even if it is attacked by a true immortal.


    This is not only because the high-level leaders of Guantian Pavilion are well-mannered and united, but also because its background and accumulation are much stronger than those of Ziyang Shengzong.


    The more outstanding the Guantian Pavilion was, the faster Meng Zhang wanted to get rid of it.


    In this battle, Meng Zhang also had to make a quick decision to avoid accidents.


    Moreover, at the current Taiyi Sect, there are often things that require the combat power of the true immortal level.


    The wind and fire giant circled around the Guantian Pavilion in the sky, and Meng Zhang also thought about it carefully based on the information collected before.


    It wasn''t long before he had a general idea.


    Meng Zhang did not hesitate, and immediately controlled the wind and fire giant and started to attack.


    The wind and fire giant rushed down from the sky, fell in front of the Guantian Pavilion mountain gate, and then plunged into the earth.


    Although the fifth-order mountain protection formation of Guantian Pavilion is always on, it is impossible to always use its full power.


    The main strength of the big formation is still placed in the core area of ??the sect.


    For the outer area of ??the mountain gate, the large array mainly plays the role of monitoring and warning, and the protection is not very strong.


    After the wind and fire giant plunged into the ground, he dived deep into the ground.


    The wind and fire giant moved extremely fast, and before the Guantian Pavilion could react, it had already drilled into the depths of the ground.


    Neither the hard earth nor the protective force field outside the fifth-order mountain protection formation could hinder it in the slightest.


    After receiving the warning from the big array, the Guantian Pavilion cultivator immediately began to check carefully, trying to find out the whereabouts of the intruder.


    The deeper it goes into the ground, the weaker the influence of Guantian Pavilion''s mountain protection formation.


    In the depths of the ground, there is a powerful leyline power, all kinds of strong evil spirits...


    These do not affect the wind and fire giants of the true immortal level in the slightest.


    He continued to dive in an unstoppable posture.


    He quickly entered the crust.


    What came at me was the incomparably hot fire and poisonous evil, and the flowing magma almost melted everything.


    The wind and fire giants enjoy it very much after such a harsh environment that is enough to let the ordinary Void Returning great energy die.


    The information collected by the Dark Alliance back then was indeed correct. The gate of Guantian Pavilion was built on a huge volcano.


    In the past thousands of years, this huge volcano has been in a dormant period, and it has never erupted because of the suppression of the Guantian Pavilion Mountain Gate.


    On weekdays, the monks of Guantian Pavilion absorb the pure aura of the underground volcano and use it to nourish the blessed land.


    The various poisonous auras pervading the volcano are necessary for the cultivation of many magical powers in Guantian Pavilion.


    As the Junchen world entered into destruction, the earth shook ceaselessly, the crust was unstable, the plates were moving, and volcanoes everywhere were erupting violently.


    Without Meng Zhang''s action, in another ten or twenty years, the view of Tiange Mountain Gate might not be able to suppress the volcano here, and he would have to let it erupt.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is to take advantage of the situation and advance the eruption of the volcano.


    The wind and fire giant plunged into the magma, letting the hot magma and the almost invariable ground fire contaminate his upper body.


    After absorbing countless earth fires and magma, the body of the wind and fire giant swelled countless times.


    The huge body of the wind and fire giant rolled recklessly at the bottom of the volcano, trying to attract the power of the volcano.


    The volcano that was on the edge of the eruption was easily detonated by the wind and fire giant.


    At this time, the monks in the Guantian Pavilion mountain gate only knew that an intruder had sneaked into the ground and had not yet found the other party.


    The earth suddenly shook violently, and even the fifth-order mountain protection formation could not suppress it.


    Many cultivators haven''t figured out what happened yet. Along with the terrifying earthquake, the big volcano at the bottom of their feet erupted in an unprecedented eruption.


    The mountains collapsed, the earth cracked open countless bottomless huge mouths, and the incomparably hot ground fire spewed out from the huge mouths, and the red magma flowed recklessly...


    Even the fifth-order mountain protection formation could not resist such power of heaven and earth.


    However, in a short period of time, the fifth-order mountain protection formation that had guarded Guantian Pavilion for many years suddenly collapsed, and almost the entire mountain gate was destroyed in the face of natural disasters.


    A large part of the monks in Guantian Pavilion died before they could react.


    Either buried by earth and stone; or swallowed by fire...


    Many monks put down everything and flew towards the sky desperately, trying to escape the sudden natural disaster.

 Chapter 2506

    When the volcano just erupted, the Guantian Pavilion cultivator was deeply affected and lost most of it immediately.


    Those guys who were quick to respond, or who were lucky enough to escape, flew into the sky one after another, trying to escape to the sky and avoid the catastrophe that erupted on the ground.


    The monks who didn''t have time to fly high in the sky also did their best to find a way to escape.


    Some use various escaping magical powers, and some use various body-protecting secrets...


    In the face of such a violent eruption of the volcano, no matter what kind of escape technique magic power can play no role.


    Before the cultivator who cast the earth escape had time to escape into the ground, he was crushed by the earth gas spewing from the ground.


    The cultivator who displayed the fire escape was burnt to ashes by the powerful fire before it merged into the flames.


    ...


    As for those secret techniques of body protection, it is just to let the caster hold on a little more in the flames, and they still cannot escape death in the end.


    The ground fire spewed out from the ground was as high as several thousand feet, which showed the strength of its accumulated power.


    Many high-flying cultivators were affected by the ground fire, their body protection spells quickly shattered, and their bodies turned into burning torches.


    Originally, even if the volcano at the bottom of Guantian Pavilion''s gate erupted normally, all the power accumulated over thousands of years would erupt, and the power should not be so terrifying.


    First, the Junchen world entered into destruction, and the volcano erupted with unimaginable power, and it also brought the aura of destruction.


    Second, the wind and fire giants took advantage of the situation and added fuel to the flames.


    It was just such a volcanic eruption that not only almost completely destroyed the gate of Guantian Pavilion, but also killed most of the monks in Guantian Pavilion.


    Those cultivators who were lucky enough to escape the natural disaster will soon face the man-made disaster.


    The huge body of the wind and fire giant drilled out of the ground and flew into the sky.


    All the Guantian Pavilion cultivators who stood in the way or appeared within their line of sight were ignited by the power of wind and fire, and the screams turned into ashes before they could be heard.


    At this point, there are still places in Guantian Pavilion that are largely intact.


    The tall Guantian Peak began to shake violently, but it never fell.


    The ground fire burned the surface of Guantian Peak, but couldn''t burn it down.


    The magma flowing freely is not allowed to enter.


    Viewing Tianfeng has always been the main point of Meng Zhang''s attention.


    The performance of Guantian Peak at this time shows its extraordinaryness.


    Even Meng Zhang was a little surprised by the fact that the fifth-order mountain protection formation had completely collapsed, and it still had such a strong defense.


    The wind and fire giant didn''t care about chasing down the few Guantian Pavilion monks who escaped, and rushed towards Guantian Peak.


    I saw the wind and fire giant turned into a flame that covered the sky, wrapping the bottom of Guantian Peak, and the flame was still extending towards the upper part.


    At the same time, the incomparably hot flames kept burning Guantian Peak.


    The wind and fire giant came into close contact with Guan Tianfeng and transmitted all the senses back to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang discovered that there was a special protective force on the surface of Guantian Peak, which could temporarily block the attack of the True Immortal-level force.


    Of course, no matter how powerful the power is, if there is no suitable power to control it, it is just a dead thing.


    The body of the wind and fire giant is not only composed of flames, but also a large part of it is a fierce gale.


    The gale does not seem to be as violent as the flame, but it is pervasive.


    The strong wind entangled every corner of Guantian Peak, looking for flaws to invade the interior.


    Soon, the strong wind intruded into the interior of Guantian Peak from its flaws.


    The fire took advantage of the wind, and the fiery flames poured into it.


    Guantian Peak is inside the Guantian Pavilion, which is the number one forbidden area of ??the sect. Ordinary disciples can''t get close to it at all.


    One end of Guantian Peak is connected to the blessed land of the sect, and the other end is towering into the clouds, reaching into the nine heavens.


    After Jiutian was captured by foreign invaders, Guantian Peak seemed to have shrunk all of a sudden, its height dropped a lot, and it was out of contact with Jiutian.


    After the volcanic eruption just now, the blessed land of Guantian Pavilion has been destroyed, and Guantian Peak is still basically intact.


    As the power of wind and fire on the giant of wind and fire invaded the interior of Guantian Peak, Guantian Peak also entered into destruction.


    In the Guantian Peak at this time, there are many high-level monks hiding in it.


    Facing the surging wind and fire, they didn''t last long before they were burned to the ground.


    The ever-extending wind and fire raged inside Guantian Peak, wantonly burning everything that stood in the way.


    At this time, after the wind and fire giant''s investigation, Meng Zhang finally discovered the secrets inside Guantian Peak.


    Guantian Peak is just a shell, the focus is on the hidden things inside.


    Inside Guantian Peak, there is a group of thunder light bound by the ban on the true immortal level.


    This group of thunder light is extremely violent, and even the ban cannot completely suppress it.


    Through the perception of the wind and fire giant, Meng Zhang sensed the terrifying power within this group of thunder light.


    I am afraid that ordinary true immortals will be blown to pieces once they are touched by this group of lightning.


    The lightning with such terrifying power made Meng Zhang feel a burst of ecstasy in his heart.


    Many years ago, he comprehended and cultivated the magical power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    To enhance the power of this magical power, in addition to self-cultivation, external help is needed.


    Among them, the most important thing is to absorb all kinds of powerful thunder powers and condense a thunder seed.


    Meng Zhang once used Yin and Yang to destroy Divine Thunder, and killed many powerful opponents.


    Unfortunately, because he did not have the time and energy to collect qualified Thunder Power, the cultivation of this magical power did not make much progress.


    Seeing this group of thunder light now, although Meng Zhang''s Meng Zhang was very jealous of this group of thunder light, he did not act rashly, but let the wind and fire giant observe carefully.


    Not far from the bounded thunder light, there is another prohibition, which is constantly weakening this group of thunder light, guiding and transforming the power revealed by the thunder light into a prohibition that guards the Guantian Peak.


    And to maintain this ban, it is a lot of Void Essence that powers it.


    Needless to say, the restriction in front of him must be the arrangement of Tianchenzi, the ancestor of Guantian Pavilion.


    Moreover, the current ban has been in operation for a long time, at least for thousands of years.

 Chapter 2507

    Meng Zhang had long known that Guantian Peak was very important to Guantian Pavilion, but he did not know its specific meaning.


    At this time, seeing the arrangement here, there is a certain guess.


    This group of thunder lights is a rare and wonderful treasure for true immortals.


    Tian Chenzi bound it here, constantly weakening its power, most of which were unable to directly refine it.


    When the lightning is weakened to a level he can bear, he should refine and absorb it.


    Of course, now that the wind and fire giant has broken through the Guantian Pavilion and came here, then this group of thunder light will naturally have to change its owner.


    In fact, the meaning of this group of thunder light to Tian Chenzi was greater than Meng Zhang imagined.


    Thousands of years ago, when Tian Chenzi and other true immortals attacked the Junchen world together, he once went deep into the area controlled by the indigenous gods and killed a thunder god.


    This group of thunder light is the spoils of war he obtained in that Thunder God''s Domain.


    According to Tianchenzi''s inference, this group of thunder light was a top-grade thunder-type treasure that was born shortly after the opening of the Junchen Realm, when the yin and yang qi machines collided between heaven and earth.


    There is such a powerful force of destruction in this group of thunder light that ordinary true immortals cannot control it at all.


    Tian Chenzi majored in neither the Yin-Yang Avenue, nor the Thunder-related Avenue.


    Even if he is already the powerhouse among the true immortals, he still cannot refine this group of lightning.


    He carefully collected this precious treasure.


    Later, after the establishment of the Guantian Pavilion branch in Junchen Realm, he only had the current arrangement.


    He wants to use the power of prohibition to slowly weaken and domesticate this group of thunder light over a long period of time.


    When this group of thunder light becomes less violent, he will slowly refine and absorb it.


    Although this will greatly reduce the power of this group of thunder light, he cannot get all the benefits.


    But no matter how precious something is, it only counts when you eat it.


    In addition, he also made other arrangements.


    If he encounters a crisis before refining this group of lightning, then he can use it as a weapon.


    Once the prohibition in Guantian Peak is activated, this group of thunder can be launched and detonated.


    This kind of power is enough to seriously injure or even kill a true immortal-level powerhouse.


    The arrangement here is an important trump card of Tian Chenzi.


    The high-level monks of Guantian Pavilion stationed at Guantian Peak on weekdays are mainly tasked with maintaining and guarding these two prohibitions.


    These monks do not have all the authority to completely control the ban, let alone the ability to completely detonate this group of lightning. They can only play a small part of the function of the ban and make use of the power of the lightning.


    This time, Meng Zhang manipulated the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan to attack the Guantian Pavilion and detonated the underground volcano.


    Later, taking advantage of the situation to chase and kill, it did not give the Guantian Pavilion cultivator enough time to react.


    Until the wind and fire giant broke into the Guantian Peak, the Guantian Pavilion cultivator did not have time to activate the restriction here and let this group of thunder light play a role.


    Of course, this is also because, in order to make this group of thunder light fully play its role, Tian Chenzi also needs to take action in person.


    And Tian Chenzi is being besieged by many powerful enemies at the moment, even if he knows about the changes in Guantian Pavilion, he can''t be distracted at all.


    Through the giant wind and fire, Meng Zhang carefully recorded the prohibition left by Tian Chenzi.


    There are many things that can be learned from the methods of Senior True Immortals.


    In the process of recording the prohibition, Meng Zhang was also analyzing and deciphering the two prohibitions.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation at this time is definitely not as deep as Tian Chenzi''s, but in terms of prohibition, he is not necessarily much better than his counterpart.


    First, Meng Zhang has a brilliant inheritance; second, Meng Zhang has amazing understanding.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang didn''t compete with Tian Chenzi at this time, who had better restraint methods, he just cracked the restraint left by the other side thousands of years ago.


    There is another benefit to the Wind and Fire Giant breaking the ban.


    In the process of cracking, the wind and fire giants bear the main pressure and damage.


    If the backlash is prohibited, it is also the first to bear the wind and fire giant.


    The essence of the Fenghuo Giant is the Fenghuo Yin-Yang Fan, a pseudo-immortal weapon, which is more durable than Meng Zhang''s physical body.


    After a lot of hard work, the wind and fire giant successfully broke the ban, put away the essence of the void, and carefully wrapped the ball of thunder.


    With the destruction of the ban, the entire Guantian Peak quickly began to collapse and collapse, and then completely vanished.


    At this time, the entire Guantian Pavilion has been engulfed by the erupting volcano.


    In Guantian Pavilion, except for a few monks who escaped in time, most of the monks died and no bones were left.


    Of course, Tian Chenzi, who was fighting against a powerful enemy, had already discovered the mutation of Guantian Pavilion.


    He may not care about the life and death of his disciples, disciples and grandsons, but the arrangement he left behind for thousands of years, he finally got the treasure, and it fell into the hands of the enemy. How can he not be angry?


    It is a pity that he is besieged by a powerful enemy at the moment, and he may face the danger of falling at any time.


    Apart from his incompetence and rage, he was completely incapable of everything that happened in Guantian Pavilion.


    The wind and fire giant circled around the erupting volcano and returned directly to Taiyimen Mountain Gate.


    After the Feng Huo Giant handed over the captured spoils to Meng Zhang, he changed back to the appearance of a Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan under Meng Zhang''s control.


    It is also the Holy Land Sect. When the Taiyi Sect wiped out the Ziyang Sect, they seized a lot of things, but not much was useful to Meng Zhang himself.


    This time, in the demise of Guantian Pavilion, Meng Zhang''s original intention was mainly to deal with the true god of rising sun, and by the way, to take revenge and end the grievances between him and Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang never imagined that there would be such a huge harvest.


    Meng Zhang is still the pile of Void Essences that are not ordinary, but high-quality goods.


    Especially in the thousands of years, the pile of void essence absorbed the power overflowing from the thunder light, and it was considered to have undergone a special tempering and became more refined.


    Since Meng Zhang became a true immortal, he has faced the problem of lack of resources for cultivation.


    Neither Yuqing Lingji nor Taiyimen''s Sun and Moon Blessed Land could provide him with enough pure aura.


    The source crystals in his hand are limited, and they are of great use, so they cannot be consumed at will.


    Now that he has such a large pile of Void Essences, he will not be short of resources for a long time in the future.


    The reason why Tianchenzi kept so many Void Essences in Guantian Pavilion was not only to maintain the ban, but also because he was about to go to sleep in the source sea at that time.


    When sleeping in the sea of ????source, the six true immortals did not miss the source of the world and even the source crystal of the Junchen world.


    As a new big world, the Junchen world should have thrived and flourished.


    However, because the six true immortals consumed too much of the origin of the Junchen Realm, the Junchen Realm stopped growing and became increasingly weak.


    If it wasn''t for the six true immortals who joined forces to confuse the consciousness of the heavens in the Junchen world, they would have been punished by the consciousness of the heavens long ago.


    It is precisely because of their consumption of the source of heaven and earth that even their disciples and grandchildren cannot obtain enough of the source of heaven and earth to use.

 Chapter 2508

    A very young big world like Junchen Realm is on the rise, and it is truly promising.


    If there is a reasonable development plan, there is absolutely no problem in developing it into a four-pointed star area.


    Even if the Junchen world is allowed to develop on its own, it will not be what it is now.


    However, the six true immortals were selfish and fished out of the water. In order to attack the heavenly immortals for their own sake, they slept in the source sea for thousands of years, absorbing most of the essence of this great world.


    They later killed the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world and took the initiative to destroy this big world, which would be even more sinful.


    You must know that before the cultivators invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, the rich resources of the Junchen world were completely sufficient for their own use.


    All kinds of heaven and earth treasures are everywhere, at least not too rare.


    Just like later, the various high-level resources needed by cultivators were produced less and less in the Junchen world. Except for a part of the fixed output of Jiutian, they had to go to the void to collect them.


    In addition to some of the inherent drawbacks of the cultivation civilization, the main reason is that the six true immortals are not upright and crooked, which has damaged the atmosphere of the cultivation world.


    They don''t care about the future of the whole world, they wantonly plunder, kill chickens and get their eggs, and the younger monks can only follow suit.


    Meng Zhang has been in the cultivation world for so many years, and he has been observing various situations and thinking about many problems.


    The system he will build on the Taiyimen territory in the future will implement brand-new rules, and strive to overcome some of the inherent drawbacks of self-cultivation civilization, so that the entire world will have a better future.


    Meng Zhang''s extermination of Guantian Pavilion this time has been huge.


    This group of thunder light should be one of Tian Chenzi''s cards.


    As Meng Zhang guessed, the six true immortals seem to be at an absolute disadvantage at present, but there should be some hidden cards that have not been revealed.


    The indigenous gods of the Junchen world, the mysterious demon gods...


    The powers that Meng Zhang had come into contact with should all have colluded with some of the six true immortals.


    Originally, Meng Zhang''s demise of Guantian Pavilion this time, the harvest was huge, which made him greedy.


    He is thinking about whether to exterminate several holy land sects again, and see if there is more gain.


    But after careful consideration, he gave up the idea.


    He didn''t want to offend all the six true immortals, and he didn''t want to test their bottom line.


    He will destroy Guantian Pavilion, which is enough to temporarily cope with the urging of True God Rising Sun.


    The wind and fire giant transformed by the wind and fire yin and yang fan is free and can go to Jiutian to continue to collect useful things.


    The fragments of the Nine Heavens are very important to the defense system of Taiyimen.


    When it is more important, destroying the Holy Land Sect cannot directly threaten the six true immortals, and will only attract hatred in vain.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion has been destroyed for so long, and Jiu Xuan Zhenxian has not made any statement.


    In the eyes of these true immortals, the so-called Holy Land Sect is just a useful tool.


    The Taiyi Sect destroyed Ziyang Shengzong and Guantian Pavilion, but as long as Ziyang Zhenxian and Tianchenzi don''t die, when they are free, they can completely rebuild a similar sect.


    Of course, given the current state of Junchen Realm, even if they have great powers, it is impossible for them to rebuild their sect in Junchen Realm.


    But with the ability of a true immortal, the vastness of the void can be gone.


    It is not difficult for them to find a foothold in other great worlds, or even rebuild their foundations.


    Meng Zhang put out his thoughts of continuing to deal with other holy land sects, and put all his thoughts back to Taiyi Sect.


    He seized the time to cultivate, focusing on the cultivation of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    Cultivating Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder requires profound attainments on the Yin-Yang Dao, and needs to absorb the powerful thunder force between heaven and earth.


    The Yin-Yang Avenue is Meng Zhang''s major avenue. He is not lacking in his understanding and control of the avenue. What he lacks is the power of thunder.


    Now that this group of Leiguang started, it can be regarded as making up for his shortcomings.


    Of course, before refining this group of thunder light, Meng Zhang needs to continue to improve his cultivation, so that he can have greater confidence.


    A lot of Void Essences started this time, enough for Meng Zhang to use for a long time.


    Compared with those old-fashioned immortals, Meng Zhang is almost the accumulation of cultivation base.


    For his understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, his understanding of the cultivation methods, etc., he is far stronger than the ordinary new Jinxian.


    He quickly refines and absorbs this pile of Void Essence, constantly deepening the accumulation of cultivation.


    Taiyimen sent strong men to destroy Guantian Pavilion, and True God Rising Sun was quite satisfied.


    The only thing that made him a little dreadful was that the Taiyi Sect dispatched a true immortal-level combat power this time.


    This shows that Taiyimen has other backings besides the protection of the true god.


    And the relationship between this mysterious true immortal and Taiyimen is very unusual.


    Otherwise, this mysterious true immortal would not be so easily driven by Taiyi Sect.


    Thinking of this, True God Shengyang''s attitude towards Taiyi Sect has changed to a certain extent, and it is wonderful to stop urging True God.


    Both sides who are fighting have discovered the situation on the side of Guantian Pavilion.


    Even if the six true immortals were unable to intervene, they still saw the process of Guantian Pavilion being destroyed.


    The Taiyi Sect was so tyrannical that it wiped out two holy land sects in a row, which was clearly hitting Ziyang Zhenxian and Tianchenzi in the face.


    Some of the six true immortals are furious, some are gloating, and some feel that it doesn''t matter...


    True God Shengyang observed secretly during the battle and found that Tianchenzi seemed to be angry because of the destruction of Guantian Pavilion.


    But the anger did not have any negative impact on Tian Chenzi, he was still so difficult, and he was still playing normally.


    It seems that it is almost impossible to disturb their minds by destroying the sects they established and killing their disciples and grandchildren.


    But still the same sentence, the destruction of the Holy Land Sect is always a good thing for foreign invaders.


    Even if there is any slight touch to the six true immortals, it may affect the next battle.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy, who had been secretly hiding nearby and had been watching the battle in secret, naturally saw the battle between the two sides and the major events that happened in Junchen Realm.


    Xianyun Zhenxian knew that Taiyimen had colluded with True God Taimiao, but when did Taiyimen hook up with a mysterious True Immortal?


    What is the origin of this true immortal, and what is his attitude toward the relics of the immortals?


    Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative to report this matter to himself, indicating that he had reservations about himself, and his loyalty to himself was questionable, which made Xianyun Zhenxian feel very uncomfortable.


    If it wasn''t for the temporary ally, Fairy Yue''e, who persuaded him a few words, he would have wanted to stimulate the restraint in Meng Zhang''s body, give Meng Zhang a look, and let him remember that his own life was still in his hands.


    Fairy Yue''e always said that now is the time to employ people, and the people below will inevitably have some careful thoughts.


    As long as Meng Zhang had no intention of betrayal and continued to serve them, he should not persecute too much.


    Meng Zhang is still reliable. He has provided a lot of useful information, and he deserves credit.

 Chapter 2509

    Although Xianyun Zhenxian was temporarily persuaded by Fairy Yue''e, she was still very unhappy.


    Especially now, he has personally entered the Junchen world, and the Junchen world is in the current situation, and Meng Zhang''s use value is greatly reduced.


    He could personally observe the situation around the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and there was no need for Meng Zhang to collect information.


    When Xianyun Zhenxian was thinking about how to deal with Meng Zhang, an unexpected incident made him completely forget about Meng Zhang.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian had been away from the Floating Cloud Sect for many years in the name of traveling, he still kept in touch with his cronies in the sect through secret methods.


    Old-fashioned sects like Liuyun Shengzong have complicated internal situations and fierce factional struggles.


    Although the founder of the mountain, Liuyun Zhenxian, is pressing on the top, and the people below are greatly restricted, and they will not be defeated, but even the Xianyun Zhenxian will not be too careless about the internal struggle of the sect.


    For the sect of which he was born, Liu Yun Shengzong not only has deep feelings, but also has great ambitions.


    Over the years, he has been wandering in the Sky Climbing Star District, waiting for the chance to become a Celestial Immortal.


    But he never forgot Liu Yun Shengzong.


    What he wants is that when he becomes a god, and when he returns home, he can not only become the master of the Floating Cloud Sect, but even unify the chaotic Four Pointed Star Region.


    By unifying the power of the entire Four Pointed Star Region, he can do a great job.


    Inside the Floating Cloud Sect, Xianyun Zhenxian''s die-hard supporters will collect the information inside the sect and regularly pass it on through secret methods.


    According to the distance between Xianyun Zhenxian and the sect, the time when he received the information is also uncertain.


    Just now, he received the latest information from the sect.


    Of course, it is the latest information. Since he is too far away from the sect at this time, there will inevitably be delays in the transmission process. These information were sent ten years ago.


    Among these pieces of information, there are parts that make Xianyun Zhenxian extremely vigilant and have to pay attention.


    Many years ago, Liu Yun Zhenxian, the founder of the Floating Cloud Sect, disappeared from everyone''s sight in the name of retreat.


    Although Liu Yun Zhenxian has not shown up for many years, the cultivators in the sect don''t care.


    A true immortal can easily spend hundreds of years in retreat or traveling abroad.


    It is not surprising that the true immortal is Shouyuan, even if it takes thousands of years to do so.


    The true immortals in the sect have precedents of not showing up for a long time.


    Isn''t Xianyun Zhenxian just going out to travel and hasn''t returned to the sect for many years?


    The cronie who conveyed information to Xianyun Zhenxian was an extremely careful guy.


    After some careful exploration, he deduced from some clues that Liu Yun Zhenxian was no longer in the sect.


    If that''s all there is to it, it''s not a big deal.


    Liuyun Zhenxian secretly went out without the knowledge of the sect disciples, maybe to perform some secret missions, or have some actions that need to be kept secret.


    The disciple who collected information for Xianyun Zhenxian carefully investigated in the foreign star area and found that many Zongmen''s Zhenxian cultivators temporarily disappeared in front of the public under various excuses.


    The fact that the matter involved many true immortals from many forces was definitely not a trivial matter, which aroused great vigilance in this disciple.


    He also remembered that some time ago, there was a rumor circulating secretly among the high-level leaders of some big forces in the foreign star region, saying that in another star region not far from the foreign star region, there was a chance to become an immortal.


    Even in the identity of this disciple, he did not find out the specific source and detailed information about this rumor.


    It is said that some celestial masters even used the celestial technique to calculate this, but they did not calculate any results.


    The opportunity to become a fairy is indeed exciting, but the rumors are too crude, and many people just regard them as rumors and don''t pay attention at all.


    Since that disciple can be entrusted by Liu Yun Zhenxian with a heavy responsibility, he is naturally extraordinary.


    He not only has a strong ability to collect information, but also knows the small things, and is good at inferring the truth of things from all kinds of clues.


    Based on the existing information, he speculated that the group of true immortal-level powerhouses in the foreign star area suddenly disappeared together. Most of them, hiding from the crowd, secretly went to the nearby star area to find the opportunity to become a fairy.


    After all, there are many powerhouses at the level of true immortals in the foreign star area, and among them there are many top true immortals with extremely old qualifications, but there are no angels.


    In order to achieve the chance of becoming an immortal, it is not surprising that this group of true immortals would do anything too extreme.


    When Xianyun Zhenxian received this information, his heart was like a river overturned, and all kinds of ideas suddenly appeared.


    He was almost certain that many of the true immortals, including Liuyun Zhenxian, must have received the news about the Junchen Realm Heavenly Immortal''s relic before leaving the foreign star area and heading towards the Junchen Realm.


    Why, the news of the existence of the Heavenly Immortal Treasure in Junchen Realm was transmitted back to the Alien Sector?


    Xianyun Zhenxian did everything possible to keep things secret, how could he not be surprised when it was exposed like this.


    It''s enough for everyone else. If Liuyun Zhenxian rushes to Junchen Realm, how should Xianyun Zhenxian deal with herself?


    The previous actions of Xianyun Zhenxian, to a certain extent, are equivalent to betraying Liu Yun Zhenxian, the ancestor, and the sect.


    Liuyun True Immortal is not only the patriarch who cultivated Xianyun True Immortal, but also the top True Immortal whose strength is far above him.


    In the face of Liu Yun Zhenxian, does Xianyun Zhenxian have the courage to fight for it?


    However, in the face of the opportunity to become an immortal, what is the grace of mere cultivation?


    Although Liuyun Zhenxian and the others have not yet appeared near Junchen Realm, it can be estimated by time that they should almost enter the Dengtian Star District.


    They may appear in the Junchen world at any time.


    If he ran into Liuyun Zhenxian, Xianyun Zhenxian really didn''t know how to explain it.


    But if Xianyun Zhenxian wanted to give up the treasure of the gods in front of him and escape from here, he was absolutely unwilling.


    Do you want to take advantage of Liuyun Zhenxian and the others before they reach Junchen Realm, take a risk, and see if they can break into the treasures of Tianxian?


    Anyway, the six true immortals and their opponents are in a fierce battle, so there should be no time for him to care.


    The huge palace pavilion in front is the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Entering the projection range, it is possible to use the relationship between the projection and the ontology to directly enter the ontology.


    Of course, these are just speculations made by Xianyun Zhenxian based on his own observations.


    As for whether this is the case or not, he is not 100% sure.


    But if you don''t give it a try now, there may not be such an opportunity in the future.


    For a while, Xianyun Zhenxian fell into a huge hesitation and embarrassment.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is not a decisive character.


    Especially in the face of such a major event involving the future of life and death, he was even more indecisive.


    Xianyun Zhenxian was unable to make a decision for a long time, and everything remained the same.


    The fierce battle in the battlefield ahead continued, and Fairy Yue''e and him were still lurking and waiting.


    Meng Zhang in Taiyi Sect took the time to absorb and refine the Void Essence he had obtained, and constantly enhanced his cultivation.

 Chapter 2510

    Maybe immortals are not very sensitive to time, maybe Xianyun Zhenxian is too indecisive.


    With his hesitation, another two years have passed.


    In the past two years, the battle situation has not changed much, and the six true immortals are still at a disadvantage, and they can only continue to delay time.


    For immortals and even cultivators, two years are insignificant and fleeting, and they won''t even feel anything.


    But for Meng Zhang, who has been cultivating quickly, two years have been enough to improve his cultivation by a lot.


    Immortals, like ordinary cultivators, depend on resources when cultivating.


    To support a true immortal is definitely not an easy thing.


    Not to mention the Taiyi Sect, even the major sects of the Holy Land, it is not easy to support a true immortal.


    The resources needed for the six true immortals to practice are mainly from their own competition.


    The sects they created, since they were unable to support them, could only be used as a driving tool.


    Of course, in these thousands of years, the major holy land sects have executed their orders almost perfectly, allowing their layout to be achieved.


    Although the Taiyi Sect was temporarily unable to provide Meng Zhang with sufficient cultivation resources, its existence helped him achieve the concept of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Meng Zhang agrees with the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, and if he works hard to implement it, he will naturally get feedback from many aspects.


    After he was canonized as a god last time, he sensed the spirit of Taiyi Jinxian and obtained the classics he taught.


    In addition, according to the concept of Taiyi Jinxian and his own intentions, he shaped the world where the Taiyimen territory is located.


    When this world grows up in the future, there will also be huge rewards for him.


    Meng Zhang was quite satisfied with the situation in Junchen World during this period.


    Taiyimen can improve his own territory without interference, and he can also practice with confidence.


    The six true immortals fought endlessly with foreign invaders, and neither side was able to get the treasure of the immortals.


    If this situation continues, the situation will definitely change once Meng Zhangxiu has made great progress and has enough capital to participate in the competition.


    Of course, things in the world cannot develop exactly as Meng Zhang intended.


    Xianyun Zhenxian hesitated for so long, and finally realized one thing.


    Either he completely gave up the fight for the Heavenly Immortal''s relic, and left Junchen Realm, and the True Immortal Floating Cloud might still get in the way.


    Either he would take the risk, fight to the death, and break into the Heavenly Immortal Relic with all his strength.


    Being so indecisive and looking at both ends will not do him any good, it will only make him lose all opportunities.


    Xianyun Zhenxian has been in the Dengtian Star District for a long time, and he has devoted a lot of effort to the treasure of Tianxian.


    Just to support Meng Zhang, he consumed a few precious immortal talismans.


    After paying so much, he was really unwilling to give up.


    Xianyun Zhenxian finally made up his mind that he should give it a shot no matter what.


    Maybe, the only chance for him to become an immortal in this life is right in front of him.


    Xianyun Zhenxian told his temporary ally Fairy Yue''e about his idea of ??taking advantage of the situation.


    Of course, he wouldn''t say that he was worried that Liu Yun Zhenxian would arrive at Junchen Realm, but he just said that the opportunity was rare.


    If they really wait for the two sides to decide the winner, they may not have the chance to sneak in.


    Although Fairy Yue''e did not agree with Xianyun Zhenxian''s statement, she was finally persuaded by him and decided to take a risk.


    Thousands of years ago, Fairy Yue''e helped six true immortals conquer the Junchen Realm.


    However, in order to monopolize the treasures of the gods, the six true immortals disregarded the agreement of the year, let alone the love of their comrades-in-arms, and turned against her.


    If Fairy Yue''e hadn''t seen the opportunity quickly and escaped Junchen Realm in time, her life would have been in danger.


    During these thousands of years, Fairy Yue''e has been wandering in the void, and she managed to heal her injuries and restore all her cultivation.


    She and the six true immortals have a deep feud, and they cannot share the sky.


    It''s just that she was alone in the past and was unable to take revenge on the six true immortals, so she could only wait silently.


    Later, under Meng Zhang''s matchmaking, Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun formed a temporary alliance.


    Relying on the two of them alone, it is also impossible to fight against the six true immortals. They can only hide and wait.


    Through this period of time, Fairy Yue''e has a little understanding of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The temporary ally of Xianyun Zhenxian is not very reliable, and his strength is not outstanding.


    Xianyun Zhenxian put all his thoughts on the treasures of the gods, and didn''t care about the grievances between Fairy Yue''e and the six real immortals.


    Of course, as long as he participates in the competition for the relics of the heavenly immortals, he and the six true immortals will definitely become mortal enemies.


    For Fairy Yue''e, she wants the treasure left by the gods, and revenge is also her wish.


    Even, she would rather the treasures of the gods fall into the hands of others than the six true immortals.


    In her opinion, it might be too early to take action now.


    However, since Xianyun Zhenxian is determined to take action, it is not easy for her to object as a temporary ally.


    Moreover, in this process, if there is a chance to start with the six true immortals, she will never hesitate.


    Zhenxian Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e discussed it, and immediately started to do it.


    The two hid their tracks and secretly approached the battlefield.


    The two sides who are fighting, although most of their energy is placed on each other, have not relaxed their monitoring of the surroundings.


    They know that there are other true immortal-level powerhouses in the Junchen world, and they are also worried that others will take advantage of it and take advantage of the fisherman.


    Especially the six true immortals, who have been in charge here for many years, have already made many secret arrangements.


    Fairy Yue''e and True Fairy Xianyun are not the kind of assassin-type cultivators who are good at lurking and infiltrating.


    Their concealment technique can only be said to be very general.


    Moreover, their cultivation is not too outstanding among the many true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Not to mention the six true immortals, there are quite a few of the extraterritorial invaders at the true immortal level who have surpassed many of them.


    They hid in the distance before, and for the time being, they were able to hide from the eyes and ears of both sides of the battle.


    Now that they want to sneak in beyond their capabilities, it will inevitably be exposed.


    Fortunately, they had sufficient preparations in advance and had anticipated the possibility of their own exposure.


    Before the two sides of the battle had reacted, their bodies turned into rainbow lights, projecting like lightning towards the heavenly immortal relics in front of them.


    The two sides at war were one beat slow in their response, and secondly, their defenses occupied the main energy.


    They discovered that a foreign real immortal secretly infiltrated and rushed towards the projection of the immortal relic, but did not respond in time.


    The two rainbow lights passed through the battlefield in this way, without encountering any obstacles, they smoothly rushed towards the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Looking at these two rainbow lights, some of the six true immortals are dismissive, some are expressionless, and some are sneering...


    Among the group of true immortal-level foreign invaders, there are deep-minded guys who also think that it will not be so simple, and they can directly enter the treasures of the immortals.

 Chapter 2511

    Xianyun Zhenxian was of course prepared before taking action.


    Previously, he spent a lot of time carefully observing the surroundings, especially the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    He thought he had seen through a bit of its mystery.


    After all, he has been a true immortal for many years, and has a wealth of experience. No matter whether he is cultivated or knowledgeable, he is not a generalist.


    Heavenly Immortals are only one level higher than True Immortals, and this is just a treasure left by Senior Heavenly Immortals.


    As long as he can touch the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and join forces with Fairy Yue''e, he should have a way to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    It can only be said that Xianyun Zhenxian had too much greed in his heart, which greatly affected his judgment and made things too simple.


    There were no angels in the former Four Pointed Star District, and he had not personally experienced the means of angels.


    Immortal Junchen is not an ordinary immortal, among all immortals, such immortals who are qualified to attack the realm of golden immortals are unique and extremely rare.


    The arrangement he left in the past is definitely not something that a group of true immortals can easily crack.


    Xianyun Zhenxian never thought about it, if it was so easy to enter the treasures of the gods, why didn''t the six top real immortals go in quickly, but stayed here to entangle with these extraterritorial invaders.


    This is also probably because Xianyun Zhenxian''s doom has arrived, and he was confused, blinded his senses, and made a wrong judgment.


    I saw two rainbow lights successfully rushed into the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic, showing the figures of Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy.


    It''s just that they didn''t have a happy look of success on their faces, but their faces were full of confusion.


    When they were far away, no matter what their eyes saw or what they sensed, the projection of the celestial treasure in front of them was as real as it was, constantly revealing the aura of celestial-level power to the outside world.


    When they really rushed in front of the projection, the projection was just a projection, illusory, without any entity.


    They sensed it carefully, and the projection seemed to exist or not, as if it existed in this world, and it seemed to exist in another world.


    In short, even if they are close to the projection, they still can''t touch the projection, let alone make use of it.


    The encounter between True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e was originally expected by the six True Immortals.


    If it is so easy to enter the treasures of the gods, why should they wait for the opportunity here.


    The group of extraterritorial invaders at the level of true immortals saw this scene, and they were stunned for a while, and then they understood.


    Having come into contact with the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Treasure does not mean that one can enter the Heavenly Immortal Treasure.


    There are other mysteries in this.


    The six true immortals in front of them must have mastered the mystery in them, so they will be so calm.


    This strengthens their determination even more, they must firmly entangle the six true immortals before they have the opportunity to enter the treasure of the heavenly immortals.


    Of course, if you can take down the six true immortals and interrogate them carefully, you may get more useful information.


    "Hey, isn''t this kid Xianyun?"


    "You, a country bumpkin from the Four-pointed Star District, dare to come to meddle in this matter. Who gave you the courage?"


    When the Hunling Venerable God among the foreign invaders was traveling in the void, he had a conflict with Xianyun Zhenxian, which made him suffer a big loss.


    Hunling Venerable God is not necessarily older than Xianyun Zhenxian, but because of his background, his seniority is not low.


    With a deep background, he naturally despises the little real fairy from the remote and backward Four Pointed Star District, and regards him as a junior.


    Hunling Venerable God did not know that due to the invasion of Yunzhong City, the monks in the Four-pointed Star Region had already abandoned their home planet and all migrated to the Alien Star Region.


    The Alien Star Region and the Climbing Star Region, where Junchen Realm is located, are not too far apart when measured by the scale of the void.


    Among the many cultivation forces in the Four Pointed Star Region, the strongest are only the true immortals.


    But if these true immortal-level powerhouses rushed to Junchen Realm on a large scale, it would be enough to affect the current situation in Junchen Realm and affect the ownership of Heavenly Immortal Relics.


    Although True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e''s previous actions were obviously taking advantage of the opportunity, Venerable Hunling despised True Immortal Xianyun and naturally did not regard it as a threat.


    Other foreign invaders were affected by the attitude of Hunling Venerable God, and they did not immediately take action against Xianyun Zhenxian and the others.


    He made a desperate attempt, but failed to achieve any results, all his hard work was in vain, and Xianyun Zhenxian was in chaos.


    Originally, he and Fairy Yue''e had been hiding in the dark, which was their greatest advantage.


    After they were exposed, with their combat power, they really didn''t have any advantage, and they were simply not enough to compete with the other two parties.


    The situation was extremely unfavorable for her own side. Fairy Yue''e saw that Xianyun Zhenxian was still in a daze, and cursed in her heart that the mud could not stand on the wall.


    Fairy Yue''e has always been very skillful, and immediately made the correct response.


    She pointed at the six true immortals and cursed angrily.


    "You six shameless villains, you actually used despicable means to plot against this fairy."


    "You didn''t expect that this fairy will have a comeback day."


    "This fairy is here today, not for anything else, but for the revenge of the past."


    "Even if this fairy fights for her life today, she will be with you all the time."


    Before she finished speaking, Fairy Yue''e rushed towards the six True Immortals like a lunatic.


    Several meniscus-shaped cold lights emanated from between her hands and slashed straight ahead.


    Since Fairy Yue''e and True Fairy Xianyun did not have enough strength to be independent parties, they naturally had to choose sides.


    First, the six true immortals have a deep hatred with her; second, the foreign invaders obviously have the upper hand.


    Naturally, it is not difficult for her to make choices and identify friends and foes.


    After being reminded by Fairy Yue''e, True Fairy Xianyun also reacted immediately.


    He didn''t care about the grievances and grievances with the Hunling Venerable God, and followed Fairy Yue''e to the six true immortals.


    Originally, among the group of true immortal-level foreign invaders, some people had already begun to think about how to deal with these two guys who suddenly appeared and wanted to take advantage of the fisherman.


    However, they responded quickly, and they were so acquainted with each other that they became their own allies, so it was not easy for them to take action immediately.


    The group of immortal-level extraterritorial intruders quickly exchanged opinions and soon reached a consensus.


    The six true immortals seem to be at an absolute disadvantage, but there is still a long distance from the end of the world.


    It is indeed beneficial for them to have a new combat force to join their side.


    Moreover, if the six true immortals are dying to fight back, they have to pull one back, and Xianyun True Immortal and Yue''e Fairy are just as cannon fodder.


    Hunling Zunshen thinks that he knows the details of Xianyun Zhenxian, and feels that the other party is not a threat at all, and he can easily eat and live on the other party.


    Therefore, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy had to join the camp of foreign invaders and joined the siege of the six real immortals.


    Of course, since they couldn''t get the real trust of the invaders from outside the territory, they couldn''t get each other''s cooperation in the battle, and they could only take care of each other.


    In order to show their sincerity, they can''t cheat and play tricks, they must fight with all their hearts.

 Chapter 2512

    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy, who had to join the battle, both complained in their hearts.


    They originally wanted to take advantage of the situation, but they didn''t expect that stealing chickens would not be profitable.


    In order to avoid being attacked by these immortal-level foreign invaders, they had to work hard for it.


    Of course, they certainly cannot be willing to be cannon fodder for others.


    Their surrender was just a tactic to delay the army.


    After stabilizing each other, they have been secretly looking for opportunities to escape.


    They appear to be aggressive, but they have reservations.


    As long as there is an opening, they will immediately flee the battlefield and never look back.


    This group of true immortal-level foreign invaders can also guess their minds, knowing that they cannot serve their own side willingly.


    Therefore, not only did they put a lot of thought into monitoring Xianyun Zhenxian and the others, but they also adjusted their deployment to vaguely surround them within their own control.


    Once they try to escape, they must face their own attack first.


    And they also create pressure, forcing them to show more power.


    As the party with the absolute upper hand, this group of extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level can easily do all this.


    In any case, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy are both real immortals. After joining the battle, the six real immortals are under even more pressure.


    When the six true immortals resisted the enemy, their private communication has been relatively smooth.


    Seeing that the battle situation was becoming more and more unfavorable for his side, the voice of Situ Jue, the ancestor of the Situ family, sounded gloomily in everyone''s ears.


    "Everyone, hurry up and take out any hidden cards."


    "If you continue to delay, I''m afraid there will be no chance to use your hole cards."


    After listening to Situ Jue''s words, Tian Chenzi, the patriarch of Guantian Pavilion, retorted subconsciously.


    "Where is there any hidden trump card?"


    "If the old man really had hidden power, he wouldn''t just watch Guantian Pavilion be destroyed by the younger generation."


    Tian Chenzi''s treasure in Guantian Pavilion was taken away by Meng Zhang, and he still feels heartache to this day.


    Situ sneered disdainfully, and his tone became more and more unpleasant.


    Although these six true immortals are now united and united against the enemy, their internal contradictions and disputes are not small.


    They have long known that even if the Heavenly Immortal Relic is obtained, it is impossible for all six of them to become Heavenly Immortals.


    If the Heavenly Immortal Treasure is really born, there will inevitably be a battle between them.


    They calculated each other.


    They have all reserved a certain backhand, ready to use on their comrades at this time.


    Of course, none of these six true immortals are fools, and they have long been guarded against each other.


    They all know that others will stay behind.


    Therefore, in addition to leaving behind their own hands, they are also testing other people''s back-hands.


    Situ Jue put everyone''s private activities on the public side. Not only did everyone not admit it, but some people blamed Situ Jue.


    If it weren''t for the fact that they were joining forces to fight the enemy at this time, they might have been noisy.


    The six true immortals debated in private, and Bai Chuan, the ancestor of the Royal Beast Gate, also stood on the side of Situ Jue.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan''s spiritual pet three lions are also true immortals.


    After breaking through with Sanshan Zhenxian last time, his whereabouts are unknown.


    According to the ancestors of Bai Chuan, the three lions were injured so badly that they have not recovered so far, and they cannot participate in the battle for the time being.


    After everyone''s argument, Ziyang True Immortal, who has always claimed to be the number one master among the six True Immortals, can''t stand the way everyone blames each other.


    With a great temperament, he is also very confident in himself, and has made it clear that he is not afraid of any sneaky tactics.


    Ziyang Zhenxian probably wanted to give everyone a good head, so he immediately started to call for reinforcements.


    In the depths of the ocean, above the territory of the True Dragon Clan, there is a mysterious area that ordinary members of the True Dragon Clan are not allowed to approach.


    Above the sea at this time, as the Junchen Realm enters into destruction, the environment also becomes extremely sinister.


    Needless to say, storms, stormy seas, tsunamis and earthquakes are almost never interrupted.


    There are many space cracks on the sea surface and the bottom of the sea, and the space becomes extremely unstable.


    In many parts of the sea, countless bottomless cracks have been cracked.


    Seawater kept pouring into the crack, but it couldn''t fill it up.


    The sea of ??Junchen Realm has begun to shatter, and it has been split into pieces of different sizes.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who has been in seclusion all the time, couldn''t sit still. He had to come out and lead the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan, trying to stabilize the largest pieces of them, and to keep the True Dragon Clan''s last living space in the Junchen world.


    And this mysterious sea area can barely maintain stability on such a turbulent sea.


    This is mainly due to the indigenous gods of the Junchen world hidden here.


    After the native gods of Junchen Realm were defeated, the remaining forces either fled Junchen Realm or tried to hide.


    The old enemy of the Moon God, Qiguang Star God, is a natural god, and has never absorbed the power of faith, and has not been dragged down by believers.


    He was about to escape from Junchen Realm, but was blocked by Zhenxian Ziyang.


    After Ziyang Zhenxian defeated him, he did not kill him, but forced him to make an oath to serve Ziyang Zhenxian.


    In the face of death, a powerful true god like Qiguang Star God had to choose to surrender.


    Most of the residual power of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world fled to the sphere of influence of the real dragon clan, seeking the protection of the real dragon clan.


    Ziyang Zhenxian let Qiguang Star God mixed into it, monitoring the movements of the remnants, and inquiring about the movements of the real dragon clan.


    Qiguang Star God, as a true god, was more valued after he escaped to the true dragon clan.


    Moreover, as a natural god, he is not bound by the power of belief, and the real dragon family does not have a good means to restrain him.


    The Qiguang Star God followed Ziyang Zhenxian''s orders, and has been hiding in the real dragon clan''s territory, almost never leaving.


    When the old enemy, the Moon God, took away the mysterious palace, he had noticed it.


    However, due to the strict order of Ziyang Zhenxian, he did not dare to show up to fight.


    Later, Luna manipulated the hidden secret palace to attack the Ziyang Shengzong.


    The Moon God, whose cultivation base has not yet recovered to its heyday, was also able to escape this catastrophe with the help of a wonderful man.


    Not only did Qiguang Star God not recapture the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, but because of this shot, he was suspected by his companions.


    He now has two true god-level companions who stay here all year round.


    These two are Bibo Water God and Sea God.


    Not long after the cultivators invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, the Zhenlong clan also entered the Junchen world.


    The True Dragon Clan easily conquered the ocean of Junchen Realm and competed with the cultivators occupying the mainland.


    Among the indigenous gods of the Junchen world, the sea god was originally one of the rulers of the sea.


    After he was defeated by the True Dragon Clan, he had to surrender in order to save his life.


    The Bibo Water God''s rule was originally located in the Middle Earth Continent of Junchen Realm. After being defeated by the cultivators, he had to flee to the sea and take refuge in the True Dragon Clan.

 Chapter 2513

    Bibo Water God and Sea God both believe in gods and need enough believers to continue to exist.


    The original believers of the Sea God were all creatures in the sea, some were killed by the True Dragon Clan, and some became servants of the True Dragon Clan.


    Bibo Water God escaped from Middle-earth, abandoned all believers, and naturally lost the basis of faith.


    In order to keep them and control them, the True Dragon Clan made them the gods of the Sea Clan''s beliefs.


    The Hai Clan was originally the servants and food of the True Dragon Clan. After they became the gods believed in by the Hai Clan, they had to be controlled by the True Dragon Clan.


    Although Bibo Water God and Sea God were unwilling, they had to submit to the will of the True Dragon Clan.


    They have been staying on the territory of the True Dragon Clan, and slowly regained their true God-level strength.


    Together with the Qiguang Star God, these three are the only remaining true gods of the Junchen realm''s indigenous gods.


    As for those guys below the level of True God, many have fled to the territory of the True Dragon Clan to seek shelter.


    The True Dragon Clan did not pay enough attention to it, and placed it on the Sea Clan territory.


    The True Dragon Clan used these guys to block the cultivators.


    When needed, they can also be used to bargain with cultivators.


    By sacrificing them, in exchange for some benefit.


    Before the extraterritorial invaders entered the Junchen Realm, the major sects of the Holy Land carried out a sweeping sweep of the residual power of the indigenous gods in the Junchen Realm.


    At present, in addition to the remnants of the indigenous gods, including the Moon God, that Taiyimen has taken in, probably only the true dragon clan still has the remnants of the indigenous gods of the Junchen world.


    Bibo Water God and Sea God, at least on the surface, are loyal to the True Dragon Clan.


    For cultivators, they are naturally full of deep hatred.


    The last time Star God Qiguang helped Ziyang Shengzong, he claimed that it was to retake the mysterious palace.


    Both the Bibo Water God and the Sea God knew about the existence of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, as well as the grievances between the Qiguang Star God and the Moon God.


    However, because of the timing of Qiguang Star God''s shot, they were still suspicious of him, and reported the matter to the True Dragon Clan.


    Among the three true gods, Qiguang Star God is the strongest and most valued by the true dragon clan.


    It is a pity that his loyalty cannot be guaranteed, nor the true trust of the True Dragon Clan.


    Although the True Dragon Clan did not openly attack because of this, it made Bibo Water God and Sea God strengthen the secret surveillance of Qiguang Star God.


    After the battle between the six true immortals and the foreign invaders broke out, Star God Qiguang knew that he might not be able to escape this battle.


    Sure enough, just now, Zhenxian Ziyang ordered him to rush over to join the battle.


    Qiguang Star God''s body has long been banned by Ziyang Zhenxian, and he can''t disobey his orders at all.


    Although he was extremely reluctant in his heart, Star God Qiguang had no choice but to set off immediately.


    The figure of Qiguang Star God just flew high in the sky, and the two companions who had been monitoring him all flew to him and blocked him.


    The Bibo Water God and the Sea God have always reserved their freedom towards the Qiguang Star God, but they are actually very envious and jealous.


    Without the consent of the senior officials of the True Dragon Clan, they must never leave here on weekdays.


    Qiguang Star God''s actions at this time violated the order of the True Dragon Clan.


    Qiguang Star God didn''t chat with his two companions, and immediately started to do it.


    After some fights, Star God Qiguang got rid of the entanglement of his two companions, hurriedly left here, and flew to the original nine-day area.


    Since the Ziyang True Immortals have generously shown their hidden strengths, the other True Immortals have to show their hidden cards in order to get out of the current predicament and persist for a longer time.


    Of course, whether these are all their hidden powers, I am afraid only they themselves know.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian, the founder of Zhenhai Palace, tapped the position of Zhenhai Palace below, and recited a few incantations.


    After a while, the entire mountain gate of Zhenhai Hall began to vibrate violently.


    When the monk in the door was terrified, two huge figures emerged from the bottom of the sea near Zhenhai Hall and quickly flew into the sky.


    When Zhenhai Zhenxian conquered the East China Sea, he encountered two powerful sea beasts at the level of real immortals.


    These two sea beasts have the power of true immortals, but they do not have enough wisdom.


    After Zhenhai Zhenxian captured him, he used a secret method to make it into a puppet.


    The two puppets of the true immortal level have been hidden under the gate of Zhenhai Palace.


    Zhenhai Palace was besieged by foreign invaders several times, and almost encountered the crisis of extinction. Zhenhai Zhenxian did not use these two puppets, but kept them hidden as a hole card.


    Now, firstly, it was run by Ziyang Zhenxian and others, and secondly, he really felt the need for support.


    The two puppets at the level of true immortals are still somewhat useful in such a battle.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian of Jiuxuan Pavilion said that his external incarnation of Xuanxuan ancestors was the backhand he left behind.


    But Xuanxuan''s ancestor was killed by the barbarians, the dark alliance and the Taiyimen in the battle of Jiuxuan Pavilion''s annihilation.


    Apart from the ancestor Xuanxuan, he can''t come up with anything else.


    At this time, True Immortal Jiuxuan was still so stingy, causing everyone to stare blankly.


    However, he really killed this statement, and everyone had nothing to do with him.


    However, while everyone despised him in their hearts, they also strengthened their vigilance against him.


    Following the actions of the ancestor Baichuan of the Imperial Beast Gate, two huge beasts flew out from the ground of the Gate of the Imperial Beast Gate and flew into the sky.


    The cultivators of the Imperial Beast Sect often have spiritual pets with them and regard them as companions. The relationship between the two parties is even closer than that of the same sect and even family members.


    In addition, the cultivators of the Imperial Beast Sect will also use coercive means to control some monsters and the like.


    In the process of conquering the Junchen world, the ancestor Baichuan encountered a beast at the level of a true immortal.


    These ferocious beasts are extremely rude and stubborn, unable to communicate at all, let alone domestication.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan managed to capture both of them, and then used the secret method of the Imperial Beast Sect to forcibly control them.


    One is that this control is very unstable; the other is that it is used as a hidden power.


    On weekdays, these two ferocious beasts were forced to sleep at the bottom of the gate of the Imperial Beast Gate.


    Now, Patriarch Bai Chuan used a secret technique to wake up these two beasts and send them to the battlefield.


    Tian Chenzi''s back hand is a golem.


    This organ golem is made of special fine gold, and it is also blessed by immortal magic, so it can be immune to most magic attacks.


    Moreover, its invulnerability and unparalleled power can shred the beasts of the true immortal level in a head-on battle.


    Situ Jue, the ancestor of the Situ family, seems to be calm, but in fact, a ray of spiritual incarnation has been projected into the family''s ancestral land.


    In the deepest part of the forbidden area of ??the Situ family, there is a dungeon that even the head of the family and the elders cannot approach.


    Although the avatar cast by Situ Jue did not have much power, it was of extraordinary nature and possessed extremely high authority.


    It unknowingly avoided all kinds of restrictions in the family and came to the depths of the dungeon.

 Chapter 2514

    Situ Jue''s incarnation of spiritual sense turned into the image of a white-haired old man, who looked like an ordinary cultivator.


    Because he is familiar with the various conditions of the ancestral land of the Situ family, and has the highest authority of the magic circle and prohibition, he can freely enter and leave the family forbidden land without disturbing the rest of the family.


    In the deepest part of the family forbidden area is a mysterious prison.


    The prison is made of special materials, and the surface and interior are covered with dense talismans.


    In the center of the prison, a blood-colored light group is constantly distorting and changing.


    On the surface of this blood-colored light group, there are dense immortal caskets, which are like chains, locking it firmly.


    Seeing Situ Jue''s spiritual incarnation walking into the prison, the blood-colored light group distorted for a while, and then changed into a tall old man with blood-red hair.


    This old man is a blood-stained devil from the blood of the devil.


    Thousands of years ago, after six true immortals led the cultivators to conquer the Junchen Realm, various forces from the void came to compete for the Junchen Realm.


    Among these forces, the True Dragon Clan was the fastest, and before the aboriginal gods were completely defeated, they entered the Junchen Realm and controlled the sea in the Junchen Realm.


    After the six real immortals defeated the real dragon clan, firstly, they were taken in the background of the real dragon clan; secondly, there were other forces that invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, and they could not entangle with the real dragon clan for too long.


    Therefore, they forced the leader of the True Dragon Clan to make an agreement with the Dragon Emperor, and at the same time tacitly agreed that the True Dragon Clan existed in the depths of the ocean.


    As for the other forces that invaded the Junchen world, they did not have such good luck.


    The six true immortals concentrated their strength to defeat him, and then refined the heaven and earth fetal membranes in the Junchen world, and established the nine-day defense system.


    Among these forces that invaded the Junchen world, there are monks from the blood sea lineage led by the Bloody Demon God.


    The blood-stained demon god was severely injured by several true immortals. When he tried to escape from the Junchen world, he was captured by Situ Jue with a trick.


    Situ Jue spent a lot of energy to imprison the blood-stained devil in the depths of the Situ family''s forbidden area.


    The reason why Situ Jue did not kill the blood-stained demon god was because he could use his power at a critical moment.


    Since the blood-stained demon god was imprisoned, almost everything he had in the demonic way was taken away by the calamity demon god and the black-robed demon god.


    His original subordinates all took refuge in the two demon gods.


    Taking advantage of the fire to robbery and falling into the hole is the usual style of the powerful demons. Similar things have been seen by the blood-stained demons, and they have not done less.


    But this kind of thing fell on his head, and it still made him angry.


    He even suspected that the reason why he was not able to retreat in time on the battlefield was that there were two fellows, the Black-robed Demon God and the Famine Demon God behind him.


    He vowed to get revenge on the two guys who got in the way.


    The blood-stained demon god is not some kind of guy who would rather die than give in, and is extremely steadfast.


    After being imprisoned by Situ Jue, he soon gave in.


    On the other hand, Situ Jue did not trust him easily.


    For a demon god, it is difficult to completely restrain him, whether it is a great vow or a ban.


    In the following thousands of years, Situ Jue has been sleeping in the source sea, but from time to time, he will drop a ray of spiritual incarnation to pay attention to the outside world.


    Imprisoned for thousands of years, the blood-stained devil desperately wants to regain his freedom and return to the outside world.


    In order to show his sincerity, he was even willing to swear an oath in the name of the Great Demon and even the Dharma Lord, to always be loyal to Situ Jue.


    Situ Jue knew that even if the blood-stained demon god made such an oath, the cunning of the demon god and the strangeness of the way of the devil would not be able to bind him forever.


    Of course, if the blood-stained demon god really swore an oath in the name of the big demon or the lawless master, he could temporarily drive him for a period of time before he found a way to break his oath.


    Good steel should be used on the blade, and driving such a demon must be used at critical moments.


    Originally, Situ Jue planned to use the power of the blood-stained demon god to deal with the other five true immortals when he captured the relics of the heavenly immortals.


    It''s a pity that things are developing too fast, and now he has to borrow the power of the blood-stained devil in advance.


    The blood-stained demon god has been continuously weakened in the thousands of years he has been imprisoned.


    A few years ago, in order to restore the strength of the blood-stained demon god, Situ Jue took the initiative to provide him with an incarnation, allowing him to demonize the special space in the depths of the world. God''s imprint.


    Meng Zhang just came across this incident and saw through this demon incarnation.


    Meng Zhang had guessed at the time that some of the six true immortals had colluded with the demon god, otherwise the avatar would not have easily entered that special space.


    It''s just that Meng Zhang''s suspect is Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    In fact, Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s action at that time was entirely out of hatred for Meng Zhang.


    After all, his external incarnation as the ancestor Xuanxuan basically fell into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Later, that special space collapsed during the war, and the incarnation of the blood-stained demon god also fell.


    As a last resort, Situ Jue later spent a lot of money and used other methods to help the Bloody Demon God regain his strength.


    Now, although the strength of the blood-stained devil is far from returning to its heyday, it is barely enough.


    After some conversation, Situ Jue''s spiritual incarnation released the blood-stained demon god.


    Next, according to the agreement, the blood-stained demon god will serve Situ Jue.


    Situ Jue also knew that releasing the blood-dyed demon god was a disaster.


    Sooner or later, he will break free from his shackles and devour himself.


    But as long as Situ Jue can break through to the realm of immortals, he will not take it seriously.


    In this way, the six true immortals took out their hole cards respectively.


    They didn''t use the oil-fueling tactics, and put in the force little by little.


    Instead, he found an opportunity to use all these cards in one go.


    The beasts of the true immortal level driven by the ancestor Baichuan, the sea beast puppet released by Zhenhai Zhenxian, the organ golem brought out by Tianchenzi, and the Qiguang Star God brought in by Ziyang Zhenxian almost simultaneously cooperated with the six real immortals. , a full-scale counterattack.


    In particular, the blood-stained demon **** showed the cunning of the devil''s way to the fullest, and attacked this group of foreign invaders with secret methods.


    After a fierce battle, the cards that the six true immortals took out were basically consumed.


    Ferocious beasts of the true immortal level, sea beast puppets, and organ golems were all destroyed in the battle.


    Qiguang Star God and Bloody Demon God fled the battlefield after being severely injured.


    The extraterritorial intruder also paid a certain amount of losses.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who was forced to become cannon fodder, was seriously injured and finally found an opportunity to escape from the battlefield.


    Fairy Yue''e was slightly injured and fled the battlefield after Xianyun Zhenxian.


    The rest of the extraterritorial invaders at the True Immortal level suffered varying degrees of injuries.


    Although the siege of the six true immortals by the extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level did not end, they had to temporarily slow down their offensive to adjust their status.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to our old friend Feiyi for your many tips and support.

 Chapter 2515

    This battle cost the six true immortals valuable trump cards, but it won them more time.


    These immortal-level extraterritorial invaders slowed down their offensive, giving them a precious respite.


    If nothing else happened, they could hold out longer.


    Although the Bloodstained Demon God and the Qiguang Star God came from different cultivation systems, they both retained enough rationality compared to the puppets controlled by the True Immortals.


    They fought hard in the battle. Although they were seriously injured, they took advantage of the opportunity to escape from the battlefield one after another.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and Situ Jue both thought that they still had a certain use value, so they did not force them too much.


    After roughly achieving their goals, they let them escape.


    True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e were pure unlucky bastards.


    Not only did they fail to gain access to the Heavenly Immortal Relic, but they were forced to get involved in the battle and end up with serious injuries.


    Once they left the battlefield, they didn''t dare to stay around for a long time, and fled the Junchen Realm like their lives.


    Meng Zhang, who practiced at Taiyimen Mountain Gate, has been paying attention to the battle here.


    He witnessed the entire battle the entire time.


    After seeing Xianyun Zhenxian seriously injured, he knew that the time he had been waiting for had finally come.


    Xianyun Zhenxian planted a ban in his body back then, forcing him to work for him.


    Meng Zhang kept this account in his heart.


    He not only wants to take revenge on Xianyun Zhenxian, but also controls Xianyun Zhenxian in turn.


    Meng Zhang immediately left the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate and chased Xianyun Zhenxian into the void.


    Just after leaving Junchen Realm, the suppressed injuries on Xianyun Zhenxian''s body could no longer be controlled, and suddenly erupted.


    Xianyun Zhenxian had to slow down the speed of escape, ready to stop and adjust his breath.


    From his point of view, with the relics of the gods in front, it is impossible for the six true immortals or foreign invaders to chase after him.


    As soon as Xianyun Zhenxian slowed down, Meng Zhang, who was chasing after him, immediately caught up.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who had not noticed the chasing soldiers before, finally reacted at this time.


    Looking at Meng Zhang who appeared in front of him, sensing the true immortal strength displayed by the other party, Xianyun Zhenxian, who was amazed, pointed at the other party, and was speechless for a while.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who had been riding on his head and regarded himself as a servant, was now like a bereaved dog. Meng Zhang started to take action while sneering.


    After all these years of cultivation, Meng Zhang has not had time to master the magical powers of immortal art, but he is already a qualified true immortal with the fighting power that a true immortal should have.


    If Xianyun Zhenxian was in his prime, Meng Zhang would probably not be his opponent.


    But at the moment, he was heavily injured and his strength plummeted. Facing Meng Zhang''s offensive, he was soon unable to withstand it.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang was holding the pseudo-immortal weapon, the Wind Fire Yin-Yang Fan, which greatly increased his combat effectiveness.


    The yin and yang taiji map of heaven and earth on the top of Meng Zhang''s head is blessed by immortal power, which more and more reflects the mystery of the yin and yang avenue.


    Yin and Yang circling and falling in the air, completely trapped Xianyun Zhenxian.


    After some fights, Meng Zhang pushed Xianyun Zhenxian to a disadvantage.


    Meng Zhang''s original intention of catching up was not to kill Xianyun Zhenxian, he specially prepared means to deal with this opponent.


    Xianyun Zhenxian had previously planted a ban in Meng Zhang''s body to control Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to a true immortal, he took out the restraint in his body and wrapped it with his own immortal power.


    In addition to allowing Xianyun Zhenxian to remotely control Meng Zhang, this group ban also allows the two to contact at any time.


    In order to plant a ban, Xianyun Zhenxian invested his spiritual sense in it.


    After Meng Zhang established a system on the territory of Taiyimen, he truly entered the gate of Taiyi Jinxian.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal, he was only qualified to study these secret techniques slowly.


    When it comes to what he has learned, Meng Zhang is only stronger than those disciples of the great immortal sect.


    In the eyes of ordinary cultivators, Xianyun Zhenxian is a high-ranking immortal, and the Floating Cloud Sect behind him is even more dominant.


    But in fact, Xianyun Zhenxian is just an ordinary immortal, and Liuyun Shengzong is not at all in the face of those immortals.


    Meng Zhang held the ban and started to run the secret method, trying to control Xianyun Zhenxian in turn.


    Xianyun Zhenxian realized that the situation was wrong and desperately resisted.


    Meng Zhang''s offensive became more and more intense, overwhelming Xianyun Zhenxian.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t resist for a long time, and the battle came to an end.


    Meng Zhang completely trapped Xianyun Zhenxian, and then borrowed the restraint to infiltrate the power of his own spiritual sense into his body.


    In the end, Meng Zhang planted a restriction in Xianyun Zhenxian''s body and completely controlled him.


    Xianyun Zhenxian is not the kind of tough-willed, unyielding generation. After being restrained by Meng Zhang, although he was extremely angry and extremely unwilling, he had to give in.


    Meng Zhang used the ban to control Xianyun Zhenxian, and he could force him to serve him.


    Of course, in order to give Xianyun Zhenxian a little hope and give him a little motivation in the future, Meng Zhang gave his promise.


    As long as Xianyun Zhenxian has served him wholeheartedly for a thousand years, he can be set free.


    If Xianyun Zhenxian has made enough achievements for Taiyi Sect in this thousand years, Meng Zhang will also give him enough rewards, and even shorten his years of service.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t trust Meng Zhang, even though Meng Zhang had an excellent reputation in the past.


    He can be sure that he seemed to control Meng Zhang before, but Meng Zhang has always been dishonest and has been calculating and using himself.


    However, people have to bow their heads under the eaves.


    At this point, he could only expect Meng Zhang to keep his word.


    When Meng Zhang knew Xianyun Zhenxian back then, the other party was aloof, regarded him as a slave, and even used restraint to control him.


    Later, Meng Zhang worked hard to deal with it, and in turn took a lot of advantages from the other party.


    However, being controlled by others made Meng Zhang feel gloomy all the time.


    Now, Meng Zhang was getting his revenge, and his thoughts suddenly became much more accessible.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied when he saw Xianyun Zhenxian looking honest and accepting his fate.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang turned to look at a seemingly uninhabited place in the void.


    "Your Excellency is enough to watch the play."


    Soon after the battle with Xianyun Zhenxian started, Meng Zhang felt a faint feeling of being watched.


    However, at that time, he mainly focused on Xianyun Zhenxian, and did not pay too much attention to other things.


    When the battle was over, Meng Zhang finally freed himself up.


    After some careful investigation, Meng Zhang finally found a slight incongruity over there.


    Controlling Xianyun Zhenxian means having an extra helper.


    Defeating Xianyun Zhenxian, although taking advantage of the danger, still gave Meng Zhang a lot of confidence.


    In any case, soon after he was promoted to True Immortal, he would be able to defeat an opponent of the same rank.


    So, without hesitation, he drank the secret voyeur''s Xingzang.

 Chapter 2516

    After being drunk by Meng Zhang, a female fairy appeared directly in front of them.


    "Fairy Moon E..."


    Xianyun Zhenxian did not expect that this temporary ally was hiding aside.


    Although Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e were the least, he had to serve Meng Zhang honestly until there was no way to get rid of Meng Zhang''s control completely.


    The prohibition that Meng Zhang planted in Xianyun Zhenxian''s body was countless times better than Xianyun Zhenxian''s original methods.


    Not to mention true immortals, even ordinary immortals may not be able to resolve them easily.


    Xianyun Zhenxian just had the mind to accept his fate, and when she saw Fairy Yue''e appear, she thought that there were other variables.


    They are allies after all, and they have been together in adversity before.


    Who would have thought that as soon as Fairy Yue''e appeared, she hurriedly explained to Meng Zhang.


    She didn''t intentionally hide and peek, but after escaping from Junchen Realm, she happened to pass by nearby.


    When she saw Meng Zhang and Xianyun Zhenxian here, she was curious, so she couldn''t help but take a few more glances.


    Although she and Xianyun Zhenxian are temporary allies, the covenant is only for the six real immortals of Junchen Realm, and the agreement is to snatch the treasures of Tianxian together.


    Xianyun Zhenxian''s own personal grievances and grievances have nothing to do with Fairy Yue''e, she will not meddle in her own business.


    For Meng Zhang, she didn''t even have the slightest malice.


    Between the words, Fairy Yue''e was very polite to Meng Zhang, and could even be called respectful.


    Meng Zhang felt a little strange when he saw that Fairy Yue''e''s attitude did not seem to be fake.


    In order to protect herself, Fairy Yue''e was unwilling to be involved in the grievances between him and Xianyun Zhenxian, which was completely understandable.


    But Fairy Yue''e is also an old-fashioned true fairy anyway, even if she is not seriously injured, Meng Zhang has no certainty that he can take her down.


    It was a little strange that she was so polite and so low.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his thoughts, and looked at the other party with doubtful eyes.


    Fairy Yue''e probably really didn''t want to have a conflict with Meng Zhang, so she quickly said something.


    It turned out that when Meng Zhang was fighting against Xianyun Zhenxian, he used the fake fan of Fenghuo Yinyang Fan.


    Fairy Yue''e is a true immortal from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In response to a friend''s request back then, it was also for the treasure of the gods that she left Lingkong Immortal Realm to help Ziyang Zhenxian and the others conquer Junchen Realm.


    When she was in Lingkong Immortal Realm, Fairy Yue''e''s friendship was quite extensive.


    She has had some friendship with some members of the Gu Yue family, and she has also seen the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan collected by the Gu Yue family.


    According to Fairy Yue''e''s knowledge, although the wind fire yin and yang fan is only a pseudo-immortal device, it has many wonderful features that are not inferior to ordinary fairy devices.


    The senior management of the Gu Yue family took it very seriously and kept it carefully.


    At least when Fairy Yue''e left the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan was still in the Gu Yue family''s treasury.


    Now that this fake immortal artifact has fallen into Meng Zhang''s hands, she has a certain speculation in her heart.


    The relationship between Meng Zhang and the Gu Yue clan was not simple, and there was strong support from the Gu Yue clan behind it.


    Although the connection between Lingkong Xianjie and Junchen Realm has not yet been restored, the Gu Yue family has a way to communicate with Junchen Realm and send Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan over.


    The Gu Yue Clan can send Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan, and maybe the elites in the clan can also be sent to Jun Chen Realm.


    Not to mention the friendship between Fairy Yue''e and the members of the Gu Yue family back then, the Gu Yue family itself was a powerful Heavenly Immortal family.


    Fairy Yue''e absolutely did not dare to ruin the Gu Yue family''s plan, and she was even more unwilling to be the enemy of the Gu Yue family.


    Fairy Yue''e expressed her thoughts, and repeatedly stated that she would keep Meng Zhang a secret and would never reveal the information of the Gu Yue family.


    After Meng Zhang listened patiently, he felt a little funny.


    The Gu Yue family was optimistic about themselves, so they sent the Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan, a pseudo-immortal artifact, to the door.


    Unexpectedly, there is such an effect, and it has such a big impact on Fairy Yue''e.


    Fairy Yue''e said her thoughts so honestly, she was clearly trying to please Meng Zhang and to show her favor to the Gu Yue family behind Meng Zhang.


    Fairy Yue''e and the six true immortals of Junchen Realm can be said to be deeply enmity.


    With Fairy Yue''e''s heart, she will never give up hatred.


    These six true immortals are not only powerful in their own right, but also have a great background in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Fairy Yue''e can''t help them now, let alone the power behind them.


    Fairy Yue''e, as a member of Lingkong Immortal Realm, will go back sooner or later.


    Having a good relationship with the Gu Yue family, and even getting the help of the Gu Yue family, she was able to gain a foothold in the Lingkong Immortal Realm under the suppression of the six true immortals.


    Fairy Yue''e didn''t hide her thoughts very much, and was very frank in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not clearly state his true relationship with the Gu Yue family.


    The fate of the Gu Yue family, they hope that Meng Zhang can help in the future, these are the top secrets of the Gu Yue family, and Meng Zhang will not disclose it to the public.


    In the current Junchen world, only the powerhouses of the true immortal level can barely stand.


    For Taiyimen, there will never be too many powerhouses at the level of true immortals.


    Meng Zhang took control of Xianyun Zhenxian, and when Xianyun Zhenxian recovered from his injuries, it was equivalent to having one more real immortal combat power.


    If you get the help of Fairy Yue''e, Taiyi will have more power to protect yourself.


    Meng Zhang considered it for a while before speaking.


    He didn''t explain his relationship with the Gu Yue family, but just invited Fairy Yue''e to be a guest at Taiyi Sect.


    Thinking about it in Meng Zhang, with the improvement of his own strength, the Gu Yue family will only pay more and more attention to him.


    If he can really help the Gu Yue family to deal with the doom in the future, then it shouldn''t be difficult to ask the Gu Yue family to help Fairy Yue''e.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know much about the Gu Yue family, but from what he felt during the conversation with Gu Yue Ling Qing, the Gu Yue family should be the kind of righteous family, with a strict family style, extensive friendship, and willingness to help others...


    Taking 10,000 steps back, even if the Gu Yue family refused to help, when Meng Zhang''s strength improved in the future, he would be able to take care of Fairy Yue''e himself.


    Meng Zhang was unwilling to deceive Fairy Yue''e under the guise of the Gu Yue family, and wanted to obtain this precious true immortal''s combat power.


    Meng Zhang could only let him go to the Taiyimen territory and communicate with him slowly, so that he could see the true potential of Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang still had some confidence in persuading Fairy Yue''e.


    The inheritance of Guanghan Palace left by Fairy Yue''e in Junchen Realm was originally an ally of Taiyi Sect.


    Now that the Junchen world has entered into ruin, Guanghan Palace completely relies on the Taiyi Sect to continue to persevere.


    Even if she doesn''t pay attention to the inheritance she left behind, she should still be interested in Taiyi Sect.


    Fairy Yue''e really agreed to Meng Zhang''s invitation.

 Chapter 2517

    When Fairy Yue''e was talking with Meng Zhang, she cast a shielding spell to avoid True Fairy Xianyun and didn''t let him know what they were talking about.


    Xianyun Zhenxian just saw that after Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e had a conversation, Fairy Yue''e and Meng Zhang actually became friends.


    Xianyun Zhenxian didn''t know what Meng Zhang said, but he actually persuaded Fairy Yue''e like this. He could only lament his bad luck in his heart.


    Next, Xianyun Zhenxian honestly followed Meng Zhang and the others, returned to the Junchen Realm together, and came to the Taiyimen territory.


    Meng Zhang can''t use them for the time being, and they can recuperate with peace of mind.


    Meng Zhang also actively helped them treat their injuries and strive to restore their strength as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang had previously concealed that he had become a true immortal, and the main purpose was to calculate Xianyun''s true immortal at a critical moment.


    Now that he has achieved his goal, there is no need to conceal his true cultivation.


    Of course, he didn''t publicize it with much fanfare, just let the disciples in the sect know that he had become a true immortal.


    The true immortal combat power that Taiyimen had in the past, such as Tai Miao and so on, in the hearts of Taiyimen monks, they are only allies of Taiyimen, strictly speaking, they are not their own.


    When it comes to a critical moment, outsiders may not be reliable.


    Now that the head of Meng Zhang has become a true immortal, the Taiyi Sect really has his support.


    Not to mention, both Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy became the helpers of Taiyi Sect.


    In this way, the Taiyi Sect ranked first in the Junchen world in terms of top-level combat power, and became the most powerful sect in the Junchen world.


    However, the Junchen world has entered into destruction, and these false names are useless.


    The battle between the six true immortals and the high-level foreign invaders continues.


    Meng Zhang felt that he was not capable enough to intervene in such a battle.


    He has been staying in the sect, in addition to practicing hard, he is actively building the small world where Taiyi Sect is located, and consolidating it as much as possible.


    The plates that make up the Junchen Realm continent began to tear and deform. Except for the Taiyimen territory, there is almost no place in the Junchen Realm that is intact.


    Under the leadership of the Hailing Sect, the South China Sea Alliance has completely abandoned the South China Sea and moved all the monks and mortals to take refuge in the Taiyimen territory.


    The South China Sea is too far away from Taiyimen. Even if the traction formation on the Taiyimen territory is fully activated, it cannot be pulled to the vicinity of the Taiyimen territory.


    In addition to the migrants from the South China Sea, Taiyimen also worked hard to rescue survivors from other parts of the Junchen world and send them back to Taiyimen territory.


    In a short period of time, a large number of mortals and cultivators poured into the Taiyimen territory, causing great chaos and making the Taiyimen busy up and down.


    In order to accommodate these outsiders, Taiyimen needs to spend a lot of resources.


    These outsiders occupied a large part of Taiyimen''s territory.


    Since Meng Zhang had already revealed his true immortal cultivation, he was no longer polite, and almost plundered the Nine Heavens Fragments with all his strength and sent them back to Taiyimen.


    After Meng Zhang''s simple refining, these nine-day fragments were placed above the Taiyimen territory and became the barrier of the Taiyimen.


    The Junchen world has begun to crumble, and the complete continent has turned into pieces.


    Too far away, there is no way for Taiyi Gate. In places closer to Taiyi Gate, Taiyi Gate will start a large pulling formation to hold these fragments and prevent them from entering the void.


    With the passage of time, these fragments will be adsorbed on the Taiyimen territory, expanding the territory of the Taiyimen, and completely becoming part of the Taiyimen territory.


    The main island of the Xingluo Archipelago in the West Sea is now firmly absorbed by the Taiyimen''s pulling formation, and has not been engulfed by the sea.


    Taiyimen sent Void Son to lead an army of monks to expedition to the Middle-earth continent, and established a solid base in the Middle-earth continent, controlling a large area of ??land.


    Now the Middle-earth continent is beginning to tear apart, and the piece of territory occupied by the Void Sons has fallen off from the Middle-earth continent.


    Kongkongzi led his subordinates to start the long-prepared large formation, which echoed the pulling formation in the Taiyimen territory.


    This huge plate began to move slowly towards the Taiyimen territory.


    In the north of Junchen Realm, the Qi family stabilized their own territory with the help of Taiyimen, and then controlled part of the territory of Middle-earth.


    The power pulling the Great Array continued to extend towards the Middle-earth continent, trying to attract more territory.


    After Meng Zhang led his men to snatch, the Jiutian Fragment basically fell into the hands of Taiyimen.


    The teams of extraterritorial invaders who originally stayed within nine days and worked hard to snatch resources also completely left for nine days.


    Jiutian has completely disappeared, and Junchen Realm is completely exposed to the void.


    The army of foreign invaders lingered outside the Junchen Realm, waiting for the last days of the Junchen Realm to arrive.


    The situation in Junchen Realm is getting worse and worse. Except for Taiyi Sect, other comprehension forces basically have to give up the mountain gate and territory.


    The remaining few holy land sects, including the Snow Mountain Sect and the Kou family, all sent the monks to the Void Battleship.


    Of course, Void Battleships have a limited capacity.


    Especially considering that the Void Battleship needs to enter the Void, and the passengers inside have to survive in the Void for a long time, which requires a lot of resources.


    Those who can enter the void battleship, whether they are cultivators or mortals, are all selected.


    Cultivators and mortals who were not selected were left in the Junchen world, waiting for death to come.


    Although Taiyimen worked hard to rescue survivors everywhere, it was used to enrich the territory of Taiyimen.


    But Taiyimen''s ability is limited, and it is impossible to save everyone.


    Since the Junchen Realm entered its destruction, countless creatures in the Junchen Realm have died.


    Since the underworld began to collapse and lost its original function, a large number of resentful souls could not enter the underworld.


    At this time, countless grievances have long accumulated in the Junchen world, and there are hundreds of ghosts traveling every day and evil spirits rampant everywhere.


    In the environment of Junchen World, ordinary creatures can no longer survive.


    Ghosts have stronger survivability and can barely persevere.


    If the time comes when even ghosts cannot survive, the grievances accumulated in the whole world will be even more terrifying.


    In fact, around the Taiyimen territory at this time, there are many ghosts attacking the Taiyimen territory.


    Taiyimen monks actively organized defenses to keep these ghosts out.


    During this process, the gods conferred by the Taiyi Sect played a major role.


    These mountain gods, land, and city gods stationed in various places are responsible for guarding the land, and they are very dedicated.


    Compared with cultivators, they can better monitor their own place of belief and guard it very closely.


    At this time, the Junchen world, in addition to the Taiyimen territory, was the territory of the overseas True Dragon Clan, and part of the Sea Clan territory, which could barely remain intact.


    Under the command of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the real dragon clan powerhouses activated the large formation on the territory, setting off a series of tall water curtains around the territory, guarding the territory strictly.

 Chapter 2518

    Taiyimen''s current method of building a system comes from the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    This system is unique, and is very different from the original system in the cultivation world of each world.


    The establishment of a magic circle on the territory and the canonization of gods to guard the various places is to establish a unique set of laws.


    After years of preparation and hard work by Meng Zhang and Taiyimen, this set of laws has begun to take shape, and it has begun to take effect.


    The Taiyimen territory has become an independent small world with relatively stable laws of heaven and earth.


    Over time, this small world will gradually improve and grow slowly.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s perseverance, this small world has inherited many inheritances from the Junchen world and has a good foundation.


    Now, this small world has begun to evolve spontaneously, and will slowly evolve into a complete big world.


    It is too wonderful in the underworld, trying to stabilize the territory around the city of the underworld, trying to pull the fragments of the underworld.


    Especially after the soul sea was moved to the vicinity of Yindu City by him, and then slowly integrated into Yindu City, this territory has already had a somewhat complete prototype of the underworld.


    A complete big world, in addition to the yang world, also needs to have the underworld.


    The underworld controlled by too wonderful slowly merged into the small world of Taiyimen, helping it to improve itself.


    In addition to continuing to improve the underworld, Tai Miao also used the two powers of life and death and reincarnation that she mastered to try to rebuild reincarnation in the underworld.


    At this time, the dead creatures on the territory of Taiyi Sect, with the help of gods from all over the world, can basically enter the underworld relatively smoothly.


    These places enshrined by Meng Zhang are only gods, and one of their major duties is to ensure that the yin and yang are clearly defined, and that the dead souls can enter the underworld smoothly.


    In these years, in order to defend the territory of Taiyimen, many monks died in battle.


    Monsters and ghosts from the outside world almost always want to break into and infiltrate the Taiyimen territory.


    At this time, in the Junchen world, apart from the territory of the True Dragon Clan, probably only the territory of Taiyimen still had enough creatures.


    The living flesh and blood have a fatal temptation for these monsters and ghosts.


    Like moths to a flame, they rushed to the territory of Taiyimen regardless of their lives.


    Those guys who are smart enough will not come hard, but try their best to sneak in.


    In order to deal with these open and secret foreign invaders, Taiyimen dispatched a large number of monks.


    In addition to the monks owned by Taiyimen itself, Taiyimen also recruited available people from outsiders who migrated to Taiyimen''s territory for use on various fronts.


    Foreign enemies keep coming, and civil strife is one after another.


    There are too many outsiders pouring into Taiyimen territory in a short period of time, which has surpassed the original population of Taiyimen.


    With limited resources, to accommodate so many people in a short period of time, chaos will inevitably arise.


    Those ambitious people, those who deliberately sabotage, the enemies of Taiyi Sect...


    They took the opportunity to make troubles and created all kinds of troubles for Taiyimen.


    For the senior leaders of Taiyimen, these are just troubles.


    The real disaster is in the monsters and magic cultivators who have sneaked into the outsiders.


    Create chaos, poison life...


    These deeds are the instincts of monsters and cultivators.


    They don''t care whether the world is destroyed or not, they only know what to do.


    They will only try their best to kill life and demonize everything...


    Poisoning, spreading plagues and even directly creating demonic disasters...


    In order to deal with these man-made disasters, Taiyimen monks are exhausted.


    At this time, most of the high-level monks of Taiyi Sect had to be stationed in various places in the territory, working hard to run the big formation and ensure the stability of this small world.


    Taiyimen has limited maneuvering power to mobilize and fight fires everywhere, but all kinds of man-made disasters are one after another.


    Fortunately, those foreign monks who migrated to the Taiyimen territory, especially those allies, gave Taiyimen great help and effectively alleviated the troubles of Taiyimen''s lack of manpower.


    During this process, many monks, including the Taiyi Sect disciples, sacrificed for various reasons.


    Most of these victims returned to the underworld, and only a few were especially outstanding and contributed enough to be canonized as gods by Meng Zhang.


    With the addition of these fresh blood, the gods'' camp on the Taiyimen territory has continued to grow.


    The gods are born from the heaven and the earth, and the instinct will maintain the stability of the heaven and the earth.


    Like those land, mountain gods, etc., almost all have the ability to sort out the earth''s air and stabilize the earth''s veins.


    There are more and more fragments in the Junchen world after being broken, and a large part of them are pulled by the Taiyimen''s pulling formation, slowly approaching the Taiyimen territory, and slowly integrating into it.


    During this process, the high-level monks who preside over the great formation of Taiyi Sect must be careful to ensure that nothing goes wrong.


    If a piece of land smashed directly into the Taiyimen territory, it would undoubtedly lead to a serious disaster.


    With the integration of these foreign fragments, the territorial area of ??Taiyimen is also slowly expanding.


    Of course, the level of a world is not just about the area.


    The condition of the earth veins, the number of spiritual veins, the concentration of the spiritual energy in the world, etc. are all important aspects.


    One of the most important points is whether the laws of heaven and earth are perfect or not.


    Meng Zhang, the real immortal, took action personally to sort out the laws of heaven and earth in this small world, and make the avenues of heaven and earth more and more perfect.


    From nothing, to create a new big world, that is the ability of the top angels.


    What Meng Zhang is doing now is far from the creation of the world.


    He is just a tinkerer, working hard to repair and improve this small world on the basis of the original.


    During this process, Meng Zhang worked extremely hard, worked hard, and was physically and mentally exhausted.


    But he also got a huge harvest from it.


    His understanding of the Dao of Heaven and Earth is deepening; he has entered a state of enlightenment many times; his understanding is improving; his Taoism is progressing rapidly...


    At the same time, the world that was taking shape and evolving began to give him some feedback.


    From time to time, there is a pure and incomparable spiritual energy that pours into his body.


    He refines and absorbs these spiritual energy, not only saves a lot of Void Essence, but also baptizes the whole body and mind.


    His immortal soul and immortal body are constantly growing, and his immortal power is getting stronger and stronger...


    His cultivation speed at this time is far faster than that of ordinary true immortals.


    Even if other true immortals have been in retreat for hundreds of years, they may not have achieved as much as he has gained in these more than ten years.


    Meng Zhang is slowly fading away the youthful air of a new true immortal, and is striding forward step by step toward a senior true immortal.


    Meng Zhang deeply realized how helpful it was for him to establish such a brand-new system according to the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    This is not only to give Taiyimen a living space and a place to live, but also to help his own practice.


    This system is being established and improved, and the feedback it brings to itself is comprehensive.


    If possible, Meng Zhang would prefer this state of affairs to continue for a long time, preferably never to end.

 Chapter 2519

    The Taiyimen territory at this time is far from being a complete big world.


    It can be said to be the prototype of a big world, or it can be said to be an incomplete big world.


    At this time, Taiyimen is still attached to the Junchen world that has entered the destruction, and strives to absorb nutrients from it and obtain more of its heritage, which can be used to strengthen and improve itself.


    Of course, these days won''t last long.


    The Junchen world is rapidly disintegrating and has entered a period of complete destruction.


    Before long, the world where Taiyimen is located will be completely separated from Junchen Realm and face various threats in the void alone.


    In the sky of Junchen World, which has entered the destruction, there are many void battleships and floating cities hovering.


    These are the only remaining strengths of the comprehension forces in the Junchen world.


    At present, they cannot completely escape from Junchen Realm and directly enter the void.


    Because the army of foreign invaders is wandering in the void near Junchen Realm.


    Most of these extraterritorial invaders are very keen on such things as beating the underdogs and wiping out the rudimentary enemies.


    Tai Miao, who shelters Taiyimen, has a good relationship with True God Rising Sun and Revered God Hunling.


    But this does not mean that foreign invaders will show mercy to Taiyimen.


    The foreign invaders are composed of many forces, and other forces will not care about the position of True God Rising Sun.


    In particular, the magic powers are almost the public enemy of cultivators.


    In addition, because of the sacrificial act of sabotaging the dark alliance last time, Taiyimen and Buddhism also forged a cause and effect.


    Even the true god of rising sun and the god of mixed spirits may not have goodwill towards Taiyimen.


    At the current level, whether it is Taimiao or Taiyimen, the value of their use is greatly reduced.


    Taiyimen has already begun to actively deploy defenses, preparing to deal with possible attacks by foreign invaders.


    About 20 years after Meng Zhang controlled Xianyun Zhenxian to return to Taiyimen, a brand-new terrifying monster appeared in the Junchen world, which was entering destruction.


    Hate resentment, this is a kind of monster born out of extreme resentment, full of endless resentment towards all living beings.


    The destruction of a big world, the extinction of countless living beings, and the almost endless resentment generated, provides a good soil for the birth of hatred and resentment.


    The weakest abomination and grudge can easily kill ordinary monks at the foundation stage.


    Even the immortals find it difficult to deal with the most powerful haters.


    In the current Junchen world, apart from the territory of the True Dragon Clan and Taiyi Sect, there are almost no gathering places for many creatures.


    Abomination and resentment from all directions began to attack the territory of Taiyimen, which caused great defensive pressure on Taiyimen.


    Fortunately, so far, there has been no true immortal-level hatred and resentment, and the Taiyimen monks can still defend the defense line around the territory.


    The high-level Taiyimen also tried to extinguish this monster from the source.


    But there is no way. At this moment, the Junchen world is full of grievances rising from the sky, which cannot be eliminated at all.


    Taiyimen can only recruit a group of high-level cultivators from the already tense hands to form a mobile team, take the initiative to attack, and hunt and kill haters and grievances everywhere to reduce the pressure on the territory.


    The appearance of the hated and resentful demon greatly inspired and boosted the morale of the monsters and demon cultivators who were lurking in the territory of Taiyimen and causing chaos.


    Shortly after the appearance of the Abomination and Resentment, the Junchen Realm gave birth to a special monster such as the Destroyer Demon Soldier.


    Destruction Demon Soldiers often appear when a world enters the late stage of destruction.


    The higher the level of the destroyed world, the stronger the demon soldiers of destruction will appear.


    The appearance of the Demon Soldier of Destruction means that the destruction of Junchen World has entered the final stage, and it will be completely destroyed in a short time.


    The Destruction Demon Soldier, as the name suggests, is to madly destroy all creations and destroy the existence of all living beings.


    Not to mention cultivators, even many demon cultivators and monsters are terrified of destroying demon soldiers and shy away.


    Monsters and magic cultivators are also a kind of creatures, and they are also the goals of destroying magic soldiers.


    In the process of fighting against the demon soldiers of destruction, Taiyimen almost lost the power of returning to the void.


    In the depths of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyimen, Meng Zhang specially isolated an independent space to house the imprint of the sun god of Taiyimen.


    After this independent space is completely stabilized, the newly promoted Void Returning Great Master of Taiyi Sect can also imprint the Yang God here.


    However, the resources of Taiyimen are currently in short supply.


    Once the Void Returning Great Power in the door falls, there may be no chance to be reborn for a long time.


    Meng Zhang would not treat his disciples and grandchildren as harshly as the six true immortals, and even the fallen Void Returning Great Master would not have the chance to be resurrected.


    It''s just that the current conditions of Taiyimen are limited, which has indeed caused a lot of inconvenience.


    Meng Zhang had already set the rules in the door.


    Because of the Void Returning Power that fell from the official business of the Zongmen, the resources for its resurrection are all responsible for the Zongmen.


    Because of the Void Returning Powers who have fallen from private affairs, the sect is responsible for half of the resources needed for resurrection, and the other half is responsible for the individual.


    These regulations can only be implemented when Taiyimen''s resources are abundant.


    During the recent period, the connection between Taiyimen and the True Dragon Clan was completely cut off, and Taiyimen could not obtain all kinds of information.


    The senior officials of Taiyimen were originally planning to unite with the True Dragon Clan to clean up the hateful demons and destroy the demon soldiers. Because of the interruption of traffic and communication, the plan also came to an end.


    At this time, the Junchen Realm is too dangerous, even the Void Returning Great Expert dare not run around.


    Taiyimen high-level monks rely on the Taiyimen territory, and they move around the territory, and they dare not leave the territory too far.


    If Taiyimen wanted to send cultivators to other places in Junchen World, it was a group of several high-level cultivators.


    Even so, these teams were often attacked by monsters and suffered considerable losses.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the situation in the Junchen world.


    He did not personally take action to sweep away these monsters.


    In the first place, this is a kind of exercise for the upper and lower Taiyi Sect.


    Meng Zhang, the head of the sect, is not a nanny.


    Second, Meng Zhang needs to seize the time to improve his strength.


    He has a feeling that as time goes by, the monsters that appear will only become stronger and stronger.


    If there are true immortal-level haters and demons and destroying demon soldiers, I am afraid that ordinary true immortals will not be able to resist.


    At that time, only Meng Zhang stepped forward and worked hard.


    In the Taiyi Sect, except for Meng Zhang, the head of the cultivator, whose cultivation base is progressing rapidly, the cultivation base of other monks is also advancing rapidly.


    As Junchen Realm enters into destruction, Taiyi Gate seems to have become the last bell of luck in Junchen Realm.


    There are more and more talented disciples emerging in Taiyi Sect. The disciples meet frequently, and the opportunities keep coming...


    In a short period of time, Taiyimen has cultivated many powerful elites.


    The talents of all aspects of Taiyimen ushered in a blowout, which greatly improved the strength of all aspects of the sect.


    In addition to Taiyimen, the Vast Ocean Dao League under its command includes foreign forces that have migrated to Taiyimen territory.


    For example, the South China Sea Alliance, Guanghan Palace, etc. under the leadership of the Hailing Sect, and even many loose cultivators, have all experienced similar situations.

 Chapter 2520

    The territory was thriving, and the disciples were striving to make progress. Such a scene made Meng Zhang very satisfied.


    The Taiyi Sect at this time has far surpassed any holy land sect in the Junchen world in any respect.


    However, the fact that such a Taiyi Sect was about to stand alone in the void still made Meng Zhang feel a lot of pressure.


    From time to time, Meng Zhang would focus his attention on the original location of Yuanhai, watching the battle there.


    The six true immortals and the group of extraterritorial invaders at the true immortal level are still fighting endlessly.


    After the last breath, the six true immortals could hold on for a longer time.


    True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e failed to infiltrate the Heavenly Immortal''s relic, which made these foreign invaders understand that in order to enter the Heavenly Immortal''s relic, they needed key information mastered by the six true immortals.


    During the fierce battle, some foreign invaders began to communicate with the six true immortals, trying to convince them to share the treasures of the immortals together.


    There is no personal hatred between them and the six true immortals, and there is really no need for endless death.


    If the six true immortals are willing to make concessions, they can completely turn enemies into friends.


    This is also the attack strategy of foreign invaders, trying to weaken the will of the six true immortals to resist.


    But the six true immortals were unmoved and still resisted resolutely, showing no signs of loosening.


    This group of true immortal-level foreign invaders were very annoyed, and they stepped up their offensive one after another, trying to take down the six true immortals as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang benefited a lot from watching the battle, and learned about the methods of many true immortal-level powerhouses.


    With so many different cultivation systems and different races of true immortal-level powerhouses fighting each other, there are not many opportunities for such observation.


    The senior officials of Taiyimen, headed by Niu Dawei, shared most of the sect affairs for Mengzhang, ensuring that Mengzhang was not disturbed.


    But there were some things that Meng Zhang had to deal with.


    Jianjun Banxue suddenly came to Taiyimen territory and asked to see Mengzhang.


    At this time, the area around the Taiyimen territory could be called the most dangerous place in the Junchen world.


    Countless monsters are attacking the territory of Taiyimen, and powerful monsters are lurking around waiting for an opportunity.


    With Jianjun Banxue''s cultivation and combat power, it took a lot of money to drag his body into the Taiyimen territory.


    Not to mention the alliance between the two sides, but only the friendship between Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue, he needs to personally come forward to receive each other.


    After the two met, Jianjun Banxue was shocked when faced with Meng Zhang who did not conceal his true cultivation.


    It''s only been so many years, Meng Zhang actually broke through to the true immortal, making Jianjun Banxue speechless for a while.


    Thousands of years ago, Jianjun Banxue left the Lingkong Immortal Realm where cultivation conditions were superior, and went to the backcountry like Junchen Realm just to get the chance to break through to the true immortal.


    But thousands of years have passed, she has worked hard in the Junchen world, and has experienced countless hardships and dangers, but she has never been able to get the chance to break through.


    When she knew Meng Zhang, she only regarded him as a potential junior.


    Meng Zhang was almost grown up by her.


    Now Meng Zhang came from behind, and actually became a real immortal before her, which made Jianjun Banxue feel extremely complicated.


    With the temperament of Jianjun Banxue, there is no such thing as jealousy.


    She recovered quickly and could communicate with Meng Zhang normally.


    Jianjun Banxue knew that the situation in Junchen Realm was not suitable for breaking through the True Immortal.


    Meng Zhang has become a true immortal, and there must be no hidden feelings.


    So she didn''t ask more about this, but simply congratulated Meng Zhang.


    The process of Meng Zhang becoming a true immortal is very difficult and dangerous, and there are many coincidences that cannot be replicated at all.


    Even if Meng Zhang wanted to introduce his experience, it was not easy to talk about.


    Fortunately, Jianjun Banxue didn''t entangle more in this regard, and quickly got to the point.


    The Junchen world will soon be completely destroyed.


    At the last moment before the destruction, the Junchen Realm will explode with extremely strong power.


    The void battleship that is still in the Junchen Realm needs to leave the Junchen Realm in time and enter the void.


    At that time, most of these void warships from Junchen Realm will be besieged by foreign invaders.


    Everyone is from the Junchen world, and they have a common enemy and a basis for cooperation. It is best to watch and help each other.


    This time, Jianjun Banxue not only represented the remnants of the Heavenly Palace, but also brought the meaning of other self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world.


    Among the remaining self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world, Tiangong and the Dark Alliance have a deep hatred and it is difficult to cooperate.


    After all, Tiangong and the sects of the major holy places have cooperated for many years and ruled the Junchen world together.


    Even after the two sides parted ways and had many unpleasant experiences, they could still cooperate again in the face of foreign invaders.


    The situation of Taiyimen is just the opposite of that of Tiangong.


    Taiyimen and Tiangong are allies, and there is no problem in cooperating against foreign invaders.


    However, the Taiyi Sect and the major holy land sects have been hostile for many years, and it is difficult to cooperate.


    As for the Dark Alliance, it has long split into several major factions.


    The factions of Taiyimen and Fengqing Venerable are mortal enemies, and they have a certain basis for cooperation with the factions of Taoist Youhuan.


    This time, Jianjun Banxue came here to negotiate between the remaining Holy Land Zongmen and Taiyimen.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion was destroyed early.


    The Ziyang Shengzong and Guantian Pavilion, which had the deepest grievances with Taiyimen, were eliminated by Taiyimen and Meng Zhang.


    The remaining Holy Land Sect and Taiyi Sect did not have irresolvable grievances.


    Now that the two sides face a common enemy, they can cooperate temporarily.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of becoming an enemy of all the holy land sects, and he had to buy the face of Jianjun Banxue.


    In the past, Taiyimen had no other choice, but now Taiyimen is strong enough and has enough initiative.


    In fact, Meng Zhang still has a little incense affection for the cultivation forces that also came from the Junchen world.


    Like the Supreme Xuanyuan of Jiuxuan Pavilion, he escaped from Jiuxuan Pavilion during the battle of Jiuxuan Pavilion''s annihilation and tried to rebuild Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    He used some of the backhands left by Jiuxuan Pavilion to gather some disciples from Jiuxuan Pavilion scattered outside, and he really set up a sect.


    If it was a peaceful period, it would not be difficult for a superior in the late stage of returning to the virtual world to establish a sect in the Junchen world.


    However, as the Junchen Realm entered its destruction, many places in the Junchen Realm were unable to gain a foothold.


    After some hard thinking, the Supreme Lord Xuanyuan led his disciples to the Taiyi Sect territory and wanted to rely on the Taiyi Sect to gain a certain living space.


    After a little thought, Meng Zhang accepted the Supreme Venerable Xuanyuan and allowed him to rebuild Jiuxuan Pavilion on the territory of Taiyimen.


    Through this incident, Taiyimen gained a combat power in the late stage of Void Return, and also showed its broad-mindedness and eclectic style, which helped to recruit monks from all directions.


    The behavior of the High Honored Xuanyuan at the beginning was equivalent to betrayal of Jiuxuan Zhenxian, the founder of Jiuxuan Pavilion.


    If Taiyimen took him in, he would definitely offend Jiuxuan Zhenxian seriously.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about that at all.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s external incarnation, Xuanxuan''s ancestor, was destroyed by Meng Zhang, and the two sides had a deep hatred for a long time.


    Old grudges are not cleared, and new grudges are added, so what?

 Chapter 2521

    After some discussions with Jianjun Banxue, the two sides reached a rough agreement.


    After entering the void, in the face of the army of foreign invaders, Taiyimen can provide help to other self-cultivation forces in the Junchen world to the best of its ability.


    Of course, if it is to be said that Taiyimen and those holy land sects cooperate wholeheartedly, I am afraid that neither of them can do it.


    The foreign invaders were able to break through the Nine Heavens, enter the Junchen Realm, and besiege the major sects of the Holy Land.


    In the face of a powerful enemy, in order to survive in the void, Jianjun Banxue is even willing to temporarily give up his previous grievances.


    If the Dark Alliance is willing to cooperate, she will also not refuse.


    Although the Tiangong has been captured long ago and the Junchen Realm has entered its destruction, Jianjun Ban Xue, as the great commander of the Tiangong who has ruled the Junchen Realm, believes that he still has some responsibility for the cultivators of the Junchen Realm.


    She is now willing to take odd risks and run around in the Junchen world, just to unite the remaining comprehension forces in the Junchen world and win a chance for everyone.


    Meng Zhang still admires Jianjun Banxue''s actions and is willing to cooperate actively.


    In the face of the army of foreign invaders, including Taiyimen, all the remaining cultivation forces in the Junchen world need someone to help share the pressure.


    After Jianjun Banxue and Meng Zhang negotiated, they left Taiyimen.


    In order to cover the departure of Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang personally took action.


    Meng Zhang held the wind and fire yin and yang fan, which attracted a gust of wind and fire, which easily wiped out the monsters around the Taiyimen territory.


    Countless tyrannical monsters were burnt to pieces, and Jianjun Banxue was able to leave the Taiyimen territory without hindrance.


    The Junchen world, which has entered its destruction, is surrounded by various strange forces, and many of the commonly used communication secrets cannot be used.


    Jianjun Banxue must do it himself, visit from family to family, and connect all forces.


    The surrounding monsters were easily swept away, but Meng Zhang did not have any joy.


    He knew that it would not be long before more monsters gathered around Taiyi Sect, creating more pressure for Taiyi Sect.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t have been staring at this place all the time, and he could only let the high-level Taiyimen organize defense.


    The Junchen world is about to come to an end, and Meng Zhang still has a lot to prepare.


    At that time, the small world of Taiyimen should stay away from Junchen Realm in time.


    In order to promote this small world, in addition to the various arrays originally arranged in the Taiyimen territory, the true immortals, including Meng Zhang, must contribute.


    In fact, the small world where Taiyimen is located has already begun to cut with Junchen Realm.


    Due to the tearing of the plates, there are bottomless cracks everywhere on the ground, and the entire Taiyimen territory has been torn from the Junchen Realm.


    Due to some inertia, the Taiyimen territory is still connected with the Junchen world.


    After Jianjun Banxue left the Taiyimen territory, after a lot of hard work, he finally reached a very good result.


    Except for the Dark Alliance faction where the Supreme Lord Fengqing belonged, the rest of the comprehension forces in the Junchen world were basically persuaded by her and agreed to help each other when the time came.


    Cultivation forces like the remnants of Tiangong, the Snow Mountain Sect, and the Kou Family, who had a good relationship with Taiyimen, drove the Void Battleship they controlled to the vicinity of Taiyimen''s territory.


    They may have also wanted to drive directly into the Taiyimen territory.


    However, a large number of monsters have gathered around the Taiyimen territory at this time, and they have been surrounded.


    In order to enter the foreign void battleship, it is necessary to pay a heavy price.


    The Taiyi Sect is very tight in all aspects, and there is not much power to deal with them.


    Some senior officials of Taiyimen also have some careful thoughts.


    Let these void warships stay outside the Taiyimen territory, they can help share some firepower, and more or less can reduce the pressure faced by Taiyimen.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, Taimiao has basically completed her work in the underworld.


    When needed, he can free up his hands.


    Of course, in order to ensure the stability of the underworld, Taimiao will always sit in the underworld and try not to leave here.


    After Meng Zhangxiu''s great progress, he has already begun to try to refine the Thunder Seeds he grabbed from Guantian Pavilion, trying to elevate the magical power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder to the corresponding magical power of immortality.


    At this time, the Junchen world finally ushered in its own end.


    The Junchen World, which had already started to fall apart, suddenly burst out with an incomparably powerful attraction at its core position, pulling the splintered fragments abruptly towards the core position.


    The various forces that had been prepared for a long time responded immediately.


    Void battleships began to launch, accelerating away from Junchen Realm and heading towards the void.


    The magic circle above the Taiyimen territory was fully activated, pushing the Taiyimen territory away from the Junchen Realm and moving towards the depths of the void.


    The territory of the True Dragon Clan, at this time, is like a huge water polo, also moving towards the void.


    Relying on the magic circle on the Taiyimen territory alone is not enough to promote such a huge territory.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also has his own careful thoughts. He wants to attract as many fragments as possible when the Junchen Realm is completely collapsed, so as to increase the background of this small world.


    Meng Zhang exerted his strength in the yang world, Tai Miao pushed in the underworld, and even Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun, who were recovering from their injuries, were helping out.


    The huge Taiyimen territory is like a floating continent that begins to move slowly.


    On the periphery of this floating continent, there are many fragments of different sizes, which were firmly sucked by the traction formation and floated over the continent.


    Countless monsters came from all directions, trying to break into the Taiyimen territory.


    The senior leaders of Taiyimen mobilized their monks to establish a line of defense on the edge of the territory, trying to keep these monsters out.


    There are too many monsters, and from time to time, a few monsters infiltrate the interior of the territory, creating huge chaos.


    Meng Zhang and the others are pushing the Taiyimen territory away from the Junchen world, and they can''t take it out temporarily.


    The troubles left by these monsters can only be dealt with slowly in the future.


    The huge suction force inside the Junchen World quickly disappeared, and the massive fragments that had the tendency to aggregate suddenly collapsed again.


    The original complete big world ended like this, completely collapsed, and split into countless fragments.


    The attraction from the Junchen world disappeared, and Meng Zhang and the others became a lot less laborious.


    Meng Zhang was even able to pull out his hand to clean up the monsters besieging the Taiyimen territory.


    Even if Junchen World is completely destroyed, these monsters will not disappear.


    They will continue to be born from the ruins of Junchen World.


    These monsters, born when the world was destroyed, madly hated everything in the world, and were the great enemy of all living beings.


    They are just frantically attacking the nearest living creature gathering place.


    The Taiyimen territory attracted most of the firepower and was the main attack target of these monsters.


    If the ruins of Junchen World are not cleaned up in time, they will become the lair of monsters and become a major scourge of the nearby void.

 Chapter 2522

    Meng Zhang wanted to completely clean up these monsters, but he couldn''t take it out for the time being, so he could only hold back for the time being.


    Compared with these monsters, it is more important to ensure the entire Taiyimen territory at this time.


    Junchen world has become history.


    Since then, Taiyi Gate will exist in the void for a long time as a completely independent world.


    Without much thought, Meng Zhang named this world Taiyi Realm, and quickly spread the name of Taiyi Realm all over the world.


    Taiyimen is the ruler of this world, the most powerful comprehension force in this world, and the creator of this world.


    After leaving the destroyed Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang also had some thoughts on where the Taiyi Realm would go.


    The current Taiyi world is far from being a complete big world.


    In addition to relying on the power of the world itself to evolve, it mainly relies on external help.


    If the Taiyi world is allowed to evolve alone, it will take thousands or even tens of thousands of years to grow into a complete big world.


    As the ruler of Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang will collect all kinds of valuable resources and try every means to help him accelerate his evolution.


    Generally speaking, most of the worlds in the void are always in motion.


    However, this kind of movement has great restrictions, and they all run on a fixed trajectory, basically not leaving the star area where they are located.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, he heard about a big world called Cloud City.


    Cloud City is both a giant city and a special big world.


    This big world swims around in the void, conquering and plundering everywhere.


    If the ordinary big world is a farming nation, then the style of Yunzhongcheng is a nomadic nation.


    Yunzhongcheng has a strong strength, and it has made a illustrious name in the void.


    When I heard that the swimming route of Yunzhong City was about to pass through the Four-pointed Star District, the Four-pointed Star District, which has many true immortal-level powerhouses, did not dare to compete head-on, but chose to migrate all the forces in the entire star district and escaped from their own home.


    Meng Zhang was extremely envious of everything in Yunzhong City, and he also wanted to follow suit.


    If the Taiyi Realm can become an existence similar to the Cloud City, there are too many benefits.


    The Junchen Realm is a public enemy in the Dengtian Star District, and the rest of the world is extremely hostile to the cultivators of the Junchen Realm.


    Strictly speaking, Taiyi Realm is regarded as the remnant of Junchen Realm.


    As foreign invaders, the visitors from the other great worlds have invaded the Junchen Realm many times, and they must kill all the cultivators in the Junchen Realm.


    Next, Taiyi Realm will be besieged by an army of foreign invaders.


    If the Taiyi Realm can move at a high speed and leave the Climbing Star area, it will definitely avoid a lot of trouble.


    The origin of the immortal way in Junchen Realm comes from Lingkong Xianjie. In theory, all cultivators in Junchen Realm are subordinates of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Although Junchen Realm has been destroyed, Lingkong Immortal Realm will still send people here to deal with various aftermath work.


    At that time, those cultivators from Junchen Realm are likely to be brought under the control of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    For other comprehension forces and cultivators, this may be something they can''t ask for.


    But since Meng Zhang constructed an independent system, he was unwilling to continue to be controlled by others.


    He wants to let Taiyijie survive alone in the void, rather than become a subordinate of Lingkong Xianjie.


    In addition, in order to accelerate the evolution of Taiyimen and grow into a complete big world as soon as possible, countless precious resources are needed.


    Staying in the Dengtian Star District, resources will not be delivered to your door.


    The Taiyi Realm can go to various places in the void to develop and even plunder various resources.


    Of course, Taiyi Realm will not be as vicious as Yunzhongcheng, nor will it plunder the capital of various big worlds.


    Meng Zhang and Taiyimen''s behavior is more Taoist style, and they will not behave the same as Yunzhongcheng.


    If it is said that Cloud City is a robber of the void, plundering the Quartet like a hungry wolf.


    That Mengzhang hoped that Taiyijie would be like a tourist and businessman, with a higher bottom line in doing things, not wantonly plundering irrelevant big worlds, but only attacking hostile worlds.


    So far, all Meng Zhang''s visions about the Taiyi Realm have been far from being realized.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to become an existence similar to the Cloud City, there are still many difficulties to overcome.


    At present, the Taiyi Realm is moving in the void, mainly relying on the magic array previously arranged by the Taiyi Gate, as well as the promotion of several true immortals.


    The movement speed is extremely slow, and the movement trajectory is difficult to control.


    At the current speed, the Taiyi Realm can only leave the Dengtian star area without knowing the year of the monkey and the month of the horse.


    There are only a few true immortals in Taiyimen, all of them are of great use, and it is impossible to do coolies all the time.


    Without the promotion of the real immortals, the movement of the Taiyi Realm will be more difficult by relying solely on the magic array previously arranged by the Taiyi Gate.


    Meng Zhang must find a new power core for the Taiyi Realm to provide enough power for the movement of the entire big world.


    The new power core must be powerful enough to allow Taiyi Realm to move at high speed in the void.


    Of course, once the movement speed of Taiyi Realm accelerates, new problems will come again.


    The Taiyi Realm must be stable enough to ensure that it does not disintegrate during high-speed movement.


    In other words, Meng Zhang has to continue to strengthen the Taiyi Realm like a method.


    In the void, there are all kinds of unimaginable dangers.


    To deal with these risks, Taiyijie must have a strong enough defense.


    ...


    In a word, to break away from the Junchen world is just that Meng Zhang must try his best to solve this one problem after another.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was not alone, and the entire Taiyi Sect could rely on him.


    The disciples who have grown up in Taiyi Sect will be a great help to him.


    With the complete collapse of the Junchen Realm, the Taiyi Realm and the Real Dragon Clan Territory, as well as many void battleships and floating cities, completely broke away from the Junchen Realm and entered the void.


    In the void near Junchen Realm, an army of invaders from outside the territory has long been waiting, eyeing the survivors of Junchen Realm.


    Various and grotesque flying boats spread throughout the surrounding void, vaguely surrounding these survivors from the Junchen world.


    For foreign invaders, eradicating these remnants of Junchen Realm can not only eliminate the roots and end thousands of years of grievances, but also bring huge benefits.


    These remnants must carry a huge amount of precious resources.


    Even the cultivators themselves are common resources that can be used by many aliens.


    Those Void Battleships and Floating Void City have not yet completely escaped from the original Junchen Realm, and have ushered in an army of foreign invaders.


    Countless extraterritorial invaders are like moths to a flame, rushing towards their mortal enemies for many years regardless of their life and death, to end them completely.


    The dark alliance has long colluded with foreign invaders, and the two sides are allies.


    But at this time, the foreign invaders don''t care about allies or allies, they only know that they will kill all the cultivators in the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2523

    The cultivators who escaped from the Junchen Realm in all directions had long expected this situation.


    Although the extraterritorial invaders are very powerful and their overall strength far exceeds them, they will not sit still and fight back with all their might to fight for that chance.


    They had already made various preparations and began to carry out defensive operations according to the predetermined plan.


    The Taiyi Realm has the largest target and is very eye-catching. It should have become the key attack target of foreign invaders.


    However, those monsters born from the ruins of Junchen Realm rushed towards Taiyi Realm madly, and together with the monsters that originally surrounded Taiyi Realm, for a while, the water that surrounded Taiyi Realm was impassable, without the slightest gap. .


    If those foreign invaders want to attack Taiyi Realm, they must first break through the siege of countless monsters.


    Even if there are demonic forces among the invaders from outside the territory, they are still somewhat discouraged in the face of powerful monsters such as haters and demon soldiers, and they are not willing to easily become enemies with them.


    The territory of the True Dragon Clan has completely become a big water polo, surrounded by endless water curtains.


    This layer of water curtain is not only an excellent defense system, but also isolates the breath from inside and outside.


    When it comes to the number of living beings, the territory of the True Dragon Clan with a large number of Sea Clan is far more than the Taiyi Realm.


    However, since it did not reveal much of the breath of life, it was not besieged by too many monsters.


    Of course, in addition to hating living beings, these monsters also hated all creatures.


    Although the territory of the real dragon family is protected by a water curtain, it is still inevitably besieged by monsters.


    These monsters desperately attacked the water curtain, trying to smash it.


    The senior leaders of the True Dragon Clan, who are well aware of the nature of these monsters, have not sent strong men to fight for the time being, but simply rely on the protective power of the water curtain to resist the attack of the monsters.


    Unlike the cultivators from the Junchen world, the real dragon family is not the main target of foreign invaders.


    Although there are many foreign invaders who also coveted everything of the True Dragon Clan, when they think of the True Dragon Clan''s illustrious reputation in the void, they can only forcibly suppress themselves and do not start with the True Dragon Clan for the time being.


    In this way, the pressure faced by the real dragon clan''s territory is actually the lowest among the various forces.


    I don''t know what the top leaders of the real dragon clan thought, but the territory of the real dragon clan was not in a hurry to stay away from the Junchen Realm, but just lingered near the ruins of the Junchen Realm.


    Seeing all this, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder in his heart that the territory of the True Dragon Clan also lacked motivation, making it difficult to move in the void for a long time.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has infinite divine power and vast magical powers, but he can''t keep dragging such a large territory to move.


    Even if he has such strength, with his identity and status, he probably won''t do it.


    At the same time when the Junchen world was completely collapsed, the time that the six true immortals had been waiting for for many years finally came.


    The destruction of a big world will emit special power fluctuations and produce various visions.


    The celestial relic left by Jun Chen Immortal Venerable is located in the anti-space.


    Inverse space is opposite to positive space, and it is a very special space.


    Under normal circumstances, if you want to enter the anti-space, you must be in the empty void.


    If you want to forcibly enter the anti-space inside a big world, even a true immortal is not capable of it.


    But if you want to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic, you must be inside the Junchen Realm.


    It was prepared to say that it was the core location of the original source sea of ??Junchen Realm.


    The six true immortals first killed the will of heaven in the Junchen world, cracked the instinctive resistance of the Junchen world, and then destroyed the Junchen world, just for this moment.


    With the complete collapse of Junchen Realm, the entrance to the anti-space inside Junchen Realm finally appeared.


    The projection of the Heavenly Immortal''s Relics, which was originally illusory, illusory, and real, suddenly became real and not fake, and it was completely substantive.


    Without the slightest hesitation, the six true immortals will immediately repel the foreign invaders who are besieging them and force their way into the projection of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Seeing this, the group of foreign invaders at the True Immortal level immediately reacted and responded one after another.


    They want to suppress the enemy and let themselves break into the treasures of the gods one step ahead.


    At the same time, they have to work hard to stop the enemy and prevent them from entering the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    In the past few years, after a long struggle, both sides were a little tired, and the battle has become less intense.


    But at this time, the battle suddenly became intensified, and the two sides almost started desperately.


    The six true immortals, who were originally at a disadvantage and had been suppressed by the enemy, took out their previously hidden cards in an attempt to temporarily push back the enemy.


    After the last battle, the blood-stained demon god and the star god Qiguang who had fled the battlefield in time jumped out from a corner to help the six true immortals fight, trying to cover them from entering the treasure of the gods.


    The opportunity to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relics is just around the corner. Gu Yue Ling Qing, who had been lurking in the Taiyi Sect territory and waited silently for many years, finally couldn''t stand it any longer.


    He greeted Meng Zhang and turned into a streamer and flew towards the battlefield.


    With the addition of Gu Yue Ling Qing, the battle will only intensify.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy also discovered the situation over there.


    At this time, they were full of regrets. They had taken action too early before, and had not waited for the opportunity to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    From the depths of their hearts, they are still coveted by the Heavenly Immortal Relic, but they are powerless.


    When Xianyun Zhenxian arrived, his injuries had not been healed, and his strength had not recovered, so he was really unable to participate in such a battle.


    Second, he is now subject to Meng Zhang and must obey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Meng Zhang asked him to continue to sit in the Taiyi Realm, and he naturally couldn''t resist the order.


    Fairy Yue''e''s injuries are far lighter than that of Xianyun Zhenxian.


    After these years of cultivation, she has recovered most of her fighting power.


    But after the last failure, she didn''t dare to act rashly.


    After staying in Taiyi World for so many years, she had a lot of contact with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang intentionally or unintentionally leaked some of his heritage.


    Fairy Yue''e, as an old-fashioned true immortal, still has at least some eyesight.


    Although Fairy Yue''e didn''t know that Meng Zhang''s inheritance came from Taiyi Jinxian, she also knew that it was not simple.


    She had previously thought that Meng Zhang was a chess piece cultivated by the Gu Yue family.


    Now it seems that Meng Zhang''s background is unfathomable and extremely mysterious.


    As a result, Fairy Yue''e was more willing to befriend Meng Zhang.


    She really wanted to help Meng Zhang, and was even willing to serve Meng Zhang temporarily.


    Since Meng Zhang didn''t get involved in the fight rashly, she naturally wouldn''t act rashly.


    Meng Zhang saw the opportunity to lead to the relic of the gods, and it would be false to say that he was not moved.


    But as the head of Taiyi Sect, Taiyi Sect needs him right now.


    The newborn Taiyi interface faced various difficulties and challenges, and he was really inseparable from him.


    If he joins the competition rashly, who knows when there will be results and when he will be able to escape.


    Without his presence, how would Taiyi Realm deal with the situation in front of him?

 Chapter 2524

    When Meng Zhang was hesitating, what happened in the ruins of Junchen Realm helped him make his final decision.


    In the most central position of the original Junchen world, I saw rays of light shining, and a long river composed of colorful rays of light began to spew.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he recognized what these were at a glance.


    This is the last legacy of the Junchen world, and many special resources that will only appear after the collapse of the big world.


    Destruction Dust, Boundary Core Essence, Boundary Stone...


    These special resources have a wide range of uses, some can be used to cultivate special magic powers; some can be used to refine special instruments...


    For the incomplete world of Taiyijie, these precious resources can greatly enhance its heritage.


    Even a true immortal would covet these resources incomparably.


    If it wasn''t for the chance to enter the Heavenly Immortal''s Relic, the group of True Immortal-level powerhouses who were fighting fiercely would definitely do their best to seize these precious special resources.


    For Meng Zhang, even if he was lucky enough to break into the treasures of the heavenly immortals while surrounded by powerful people, he might not be able to obtain the inheritance of Immortal Jun Chen.


    Compared to the treasures that are readily available in front of them, the Heavenly Immortal Treasures seem too ethereal.


    For a long time, the high-level officials of the Junchen world have said that there is a chance to break through the gods among the treasures of the gods.


    For the vast majority of true immortals, this is a huge attraction.


    Many true immortals practiced hard for many years, and until they fell, they could not see the way to break through to heavenly immortals.


    But Meng Zhang''s situation is very different.


    He accepted the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Although the inheritance he currently receives is limited, it is limited to the true immortal part.


    But with the improvement of his cultivation, the concept of Taiyi Jinxian is realized step by step. Maybe he will be able to sense Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual sense again at some time, and obtain the inheritance after the true immortal.


    The chance to break through to the Heavenly Immortal is indeed rare, but Meng Zhang has other paths to take, so there is no need to participate in the battle for the Heavenly Immortal''s relic.


    The relics left by top-level angels like Jun Chen Xianzun are not only true immortals, but many immortals are probably coveted by them.


    For so many years, the Heavenly Immortal Relic has been left there, left to be competed by a group of true immortal-level guys.


    With the power of the powerhouses in Lingkong Xianjie, even if Junchen Realm and Lingkong Xianjie have long since cut off contact, they will definitely not be powerless because of this.


    If nothing else, didn''t Gu Yue Ling Qing of Gu Yue Clan sneak into Jun Chen Realm?


    Meng Zhang had long heard that the relics left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen were of great importance, involving infighting in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and there were also angels behind it.


    He was also seduced by the relics left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen before, so he had some unrealistic fantasies.


    Thinking about it now, he should have made up his mind long ago to stay away from this trouble.


    Once he understood these things, Meng Zhang immediately made a decision that was more in line with his heart, and without hesitation, gave up his thoughts of participating in the competition for the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Compared with the illusory treasures of heavenly immortals with endless troubles, the treasures in front of them are more realistic.


    The situation of Taiyi Realm at this time is not very bad.


    The true immortals, including Meng Zhang, did not continue to push the Taiyi Realm forward, and allowed the Taiyi Realm to move forward slowly according to inertia.


    Many monks guarded the Taiyi Realm strictly and blocked all kinds of invading monsters.


    Meng Zhang asked Xianyun Zhenxian to stay and guard the Taiyi Realm.


    When needed, the senior officials of Taiyimen can also summon Taimiao to help.


    With a big wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, he pulled several Taiyi Sect Huixu masters to his side.


    He called Fairy Shangyue''e and set off immediately.


    Although there are a large number of monsters besieging Taiyi Realm, many of them are strong, but for the time being, there is no monster at the level of true immortals.


    Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e didn''t spend much effort, they cleared a road, left the Junchen Realm together, and flew towards the core of the original Junchen Realm.


    Before Meng Zhang and the others disappeared, more monsters surrounded them, once again blocking the Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyimen high-level organization monks actively defended.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who has not regained his full combat power, also lends his hand from time to time.


    After the Junchen world was completely destroyed, a huge group of ruins was left behind.


    Fragments of all sizes are flying around in the void.


    The big pieces are like a continent, the small pieces are hard to see with the naked eye...


    Among these fragments, there are many monsters lurking.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and the others flying into the ruins, these monsters rushed up frantically even if they knew they were invincible.


    Meng Zhang opened the way in front, and after Fairy Yue''e was cut off, several Taiyi Sect''s Void Returning Great Powers were protected in the middle.


    It took them a lot of time to fight a bloody path and reach their destination.


    These treasures, which appeared after the destruction of Junchen Realm, were flying around in the void.


    Some treasures are as fast as lightning, and their flight paths are unpredictable.


    Some treasures are heavier than mountains and very difficult to collect.


    ...


    Around, many monsters kept flying towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang asked the Taiyimen to collect these treasures with all their strength.


    While collecting the treasures, he and Fairy Yue''e also provided them with cover to prevent the monsters from approaching.


    Not long after Meng Zhang and the others started, with a high-pitched dragon roar, a dragon-shaped phantom appeared above the territory of the real dragon clan.


    Then a giant man with the head of a dragon emerged from the heavy water curtain that surrounded the territory, like a bolt of lightning, pierced through the void, and appeared in a place that was not far from Meng Zhang and the others.


    The giant waved his hand, and a group of dragon powerhouses at the level of returning to the virtual appeared, and began to collect the surrounding treasures with all their strength.


    Although he has never dealt with it before, this is the giant man with a dragon head and a human body. It should be the ruler of the real dragon clan in the Junchen world, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    It is said that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is powerful, and when several true immortals joined forces, they finally defeated him and forced him to make an oath.


    Meng Zhang is not very clear about the specific content of the oath, but only knows a general idea.


    When the Junchen Realm was still there, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had to stay within the territory of the True Dragon Clan and was not allowed to go out.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor cannot participate in the competition for the relics of the heavenly immortals, and cannot take the initiative to fight against the six true immortals.


    ...


    Meng Zhang regards the six true immortals as enemies, and it seems that the Dragon Emperor who swallows the sea can become his friend.


    When the Junchen Realm was still around, the Taiyi Sect had a good relationship with the True Dragon Clan, and they had a lot of secret hookups.


    Of course, now that the Junchen world is destroyed, the situation is very different.


    The remaining holy land sects have no threat to Taiyimen, but need to cooperate with Taiyimen to share the pressure from foreign invaders.


    Meng Zhang did not participate in the competition for the treasures of the gods, and there was no conflict of interest with the six true immortals.


    On the side of the True Dragon Clan, now there is a feeling that it is difficult to know friends and foes.


    Looking at the arrogant and aggressive appearance of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, it is definitely not easy to deal with.


    7017k

 Chapter 2525

    Although Meng Zhang can''t wait to put all the treasures in front of him in his pocket, since the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is here, he can''t help but betray the other party''s face.


    The shadow of the famous tree of people, the illustrious name of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, had enough shock to Meng Zhang.


    As long as the other party is not greedy, the two sides can negotiate and divide these treasures peacefully.


    Meng Zhang was considering how to negotiate with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, but something he never expected happened.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t even have a chance to look here, just snorted in disdain.


    "The juniors of the human race, hurry up and get out of this emperor."


    Meng Zhang has had a lot of dealings with the Zhenlong clan, and he knows the arrogant and arrogant nature of the Zhenlong clan.


    But the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was so careless, it was too much, too unexpected.


    He and Fairy Yue''e are real fairies anyway.


    Fairy Yue''e is also an old-fashioned true immortal who has participated in conquering the Junchen world. She has experienced hundreds of battles and is very famous.


    Meng Zhang is not a soft persimmon to be bullied, and the attitude of the Dragon Emperor swallowing the sea made his face suddenly gloomy.


    Although Fairy Yue''e had not participated in the battle to besiege the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, but as a contemporary character, she knew a little about her character. She still expected the performance of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    If Fairy Yue''e was alone here, she would most likely have to endure this bad breath and avoid it for the time being.


    But now, Meng Zhang is in charge.


    Since the other party has such a face, Meng Zhang didn''t say much, and let go of the thought of discussing with the other party.


    These treasures in front of him are very important to Meng Zhang personally and the entire Taiyi Realm, and he will never give up.


    What''s more, Meng Zhang is also a true immortal anyway, how could he swallow this breath.


    Before Meng Zhang had time to attack, the strong men of the true dragon clan had already started to fight with the great power of returning to the emptiness of Taiyimen.


    The cause of the matter is very simple. While collecting all kinds of treasures, the powerhouses of the True Dragon clan are arrogant and domineering, and they directly attack the Taiyi Sect''s Void Returning Great Power to drive the opponent away.


    Under the leadership of Meng Zhang, Taiyimen has risen for many years, swept around the Junchen world, and defeated countless powerful opponents.


    Taiyimen and the sea clan and even the real dragon clan have also fought more than once.


    The Void Returning Great Experts of Taiyi Sect are not soft persimmons, not to mention their own sect master is on the side, they have support in their hearts.


    Since the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan dared to do it first, the Void Returners from Taiyi Sect did not hesitate to start a counterattack.


    A large group of Void Return-level powerhouses fought there, and did not forget to collect various valuable resources.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was full of confidence in his subordinates and ignored their battles.


    He turned his attention to Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e.


    Although he was unwilling to fight against the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the matter had come to this point, and Meng Zhang had no room to back down.


    Without a word of nonsense, he directly waved the wind, fire, yin and yang fan in his hand.


    Since the Fenghuo Yin-Yang Fan was completely refined, Meng Zhang spent most of the time transforming it into a Fenghuo giant, using it as an incarnation of a true immortal.


    He is now driving with all his strength to bring out the true combat power of this pseudo-immortal weapon.


    The wind and fire that appeared out of thin air filled the surrounding space, and the yin and yang swept through the air mightily...


    Meng Zhangdu had already made his move, Fairy Yue''e sighed and had to cooperate.


    A crescent moon rose behind her, and the cold moonlight turned into a sharp blade, whirling and flying towards the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Moon God and Fairy Yue''e are both masters of the Great Yin Dao.


    The former is a divine way, and the latter is an immortal supernatural power.


    Even if the Moon God has not regained its heyday, he can control the power of the yin, just like instinct.


    Fairy Yue''e''s immortal magical powers are even more subtle, and it feels like a thousand pounds.


    Due to their racial talent, the True Dragon Clan is one of the most powerful tools of war in the Void World.


    Since the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor dares to be so arrogant, he naturally has corresponding capital.


    Even the top true immortals may not be his opponents.


    From the level of a true immortal alone, he is one of the most powerful among the many branches of the true dragon clan.


    I saw the old man who was a dragon or beast with his hands on his back and a proud look.


    Huge dragon-shaped lights and shadows rose from behind him and rushed towards Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e.


    Soon after the battle began, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor slowly gained the upper hand.


    He didn''t even reveal his true dragon form, he just kept his current form.


    He looked quite relaxed, with an air of ease.


    However, Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e felt a lot of pressure, and it was not easy to parry.


    Of course, if the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign doesn''t come up with other skills, even if he has the upper hand, he will never be able to easily take them down.


    Meng Zhang secretly said in his heart: "This guy, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, really deserves his reputation. He is indeed a formidable enemy."


    Before they were desperate, Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e had a lot of trump cards that they didn''t show.


    But in the same way, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign only has more or less cards.


    Generally speaking, the strongest fighting state of the true dragon clan is the dragon shape.


    Moreover, with the background and wealth of the True Dragon Clan, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor must have some powerful treasures.


    Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e joined forces to barely resist the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    During this process, there were constantly unknowing monsters rushing towards them madly.


    Before these monsters approached, they were shattered by the aftermath of the battle.


    On the other side, the great masters of Taiyi Sect''s Void Returning slowly fell to the disadvantage, and could only barely maintain the battle situation.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has always had reservations during the battle.


    He didn''t mean to be merciful, but put a large part of his attention elsewhere.


    In the distance, the six true immortals and the group of extraterritorial invaders at the true immortal level were still fighting endlessly for the chance to enter the relic of the immortals.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor cannot directly participate in this battle, he is still very concerned about it.


    Back then, after he was defeated by several true immortals, he was forced to make a solemn oath not to participate in the battle for the relics of the immortals.


    He does have some coveted relics of the Heavenly Immortals, but he is not determined to obtain them.


    Everything left by the human race angels may not be suitable for his actual cultivation situation.


    With his background and background, he can completely find opportunities that are more suitable for him within the True Dragon Clan.


    What he really cares about is the humiliation of being defeated and the unwillingness of being forced to swear.


    He is arrogant and arrogant, and has always regarded his defeat in the past as a great shame.


    If according to his nature, after the defeat in the past, he would not give in at all, he would only fight to the death, and he would not hesitate to blew himself up to hurt those few true immortals.


    But considering the ethnic group behind him, he had to surrender and make an oath.


    Although the true dragon clan has powerful talents, how can a clan without the protection of a true immortal-level powerhouse stand in the void?


    What''s more, with the means of the few true immortals, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is gone, and they will not allow the true dragon family to continue to survive in the Junchen world.

 Chapter 2526

    In the void, the True Dragon Clan is a very large group with numerous branches and numerous members.


    Within the True Dragon Clan, there are also cruel competitions and even battles.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor faces various tests from the top executives of the True Dragon Clan headquarters.


    These tests not only require him to have a strong combat power, but also require him to have a certain leadership ability.


    As the patriarch of this branch, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has a huge responsibility for it.


    He wants to lead his tribe to survive in the void.


    He will also lead this ethnic group to seize a larger territory, so that it has a larger living space, so that the entire ethnic group can develop to a certain extent.


    He must have excellent performance in all aspects in order to enter the eyes of the senior officials of the True Dragon Clan headquarters and gain their attention and cultivation.


    For his own practice and the development of the ethnic group, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has certain plans.


    When he led the True Dragon Clan into Junchen Realm, he was preparing to occupy this promising big world and serve as the land of Longxing for his subordinate clan.


    Unfortunately, when he faced the siege of several true immortals, he was defeated and defeated.


    Those real immortals were taken against the background of the real dragon clan, and they did not dare to kill the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor at will, so they could only force him to make an oath.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had to compromise and surrender for the sake of his subordinates.


    In these thousands of years, the True Dragon Clan has dominated the ocean, seemingly the overlord of the ocean, making waves many times, threatening the human race cultivators.


    But in fact, the true dragon clan is a group of losers, and they cannot shake the dominance of the human race cultivators.


    The dragon kings under the Dragon King of Swallowing Sea also had plans to take advantage of the great change in the Junchen world to seize the dominion of the Junchen world again.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor knew that their plan was unlikely to succeed, but in order not to affect their fighting spirit, he did not rashly intervene.


    When the Junchen Realm is completely destroyed, the plans of these dragon kings will naturally fail completely, and the entire ethnic group will be forced to enter the void.


    The current territory of the True Dragon Clan is surrounded by various formations and restrictions, including the divine power blessing of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Like the Taiyi Realm, that huge water ball can exist independently from the Junchen Realm.


    Without the protection of the huge water ball, the servants of the Sea Clan under the True Dragon Clan, the young and weak clansmen of the True Dragon Clan, would not be able to guarantee their safety in the void.


    However, this water polo is only a temporary emergency solution for the real dragon family. If it wants to exist in the void for a long time like a complete world, there are still many problems.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor led his subordinates to snatch the resources that appeared after the destruction of the Junchen Realm, in order to strengthen the huge water polo so that it could last longer.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t take Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e to heart, nor did he regard them as great opponents.


    Although because of the oath he made back then, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor could not directly participate in the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    But he was full of deep hatred for the six true immortals and did not want to see them succeed.


    In these thousands of years, the deep hatred has been gnawing at his heart, and he can''t wait to swallow the six true immortals alive.


    The oath of the year only restricted him from participating in the competition for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, but it did not say that he could not take revenge.


    He has been watching the battle in the distance.


    When the battle for the Heavenly Immortal''s Relics is over, he will be able to kill the six True Immortals without being bound by the oath.


    The reason why the six true immortals did not persecute the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor too much was not only because they were concerned about their backgrounds and worried that the other party would not be able to fight to the death, but they also had certain confidence in themselves.


    If they can obtain the Heavenly Immortal Relic and successfully advance to the Heavenly Immortal level, how can they care about a mere Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has the strength of a top-level true immortal, and can compete with many true immortals, but no matter how powerful he is, can he still fight against the gods?


    What the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is most worried about now is that the six true immortals have successfully entered the treasure of the heavenly immortals and obtained the opportunity to break through to the heavenly immortals.


    Unfortunately, due to the oath he made back then, no matter how anxious he was in his heart, he couldn''t intervene.


    If it is an ordinary oath, even if he violates it, there is nothing wrong, and he has a way to bear the price of breaking the oath.


    But the oath that year was made in the name of Zulong, and he was as reckless as he was, and he dared not break it easily.


    Moreover, with the skills of several true immortals, they will not leave loopholes and flaws in the oath.


    A seemingly loose oath, in fact, there is no loophole to drill.


    Due to the slackening of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e could continue to support.


    Meng Zhang quickly noticed the main points of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and he also distracted himself from the battle in the distance.


    The battle over there is a hundred times more intense than here, and the movement is huge.


    In the face of many true immortal-level foreign invaders, the six true immortals are already at a disadvantage.


    The entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Relic appeared, and the relationship between them became subtle.


    No matter how miraculous the chance left in the Heavenly Immortal Relics is, it is impossible for all six True Immortals to be promoted to Heavenly Immortals.


    If there were no extraterritorial invaders to disrupt the situation, the six true immortals might have already started fighting and fighting desperately.


    Now, it is difficult for them to join forces to continue, and they will soon start fighting each other, all thinking of entering the treasures of the heavenly immortals as soon as possible.


    Fortunately, these immortal-level extraterritorial intruders are now in their own hands, and they are not united at all.


    They also regarded each other as competitors to seize the relics of the gods.


    In addition, the Qiguang Star God and the Bloody Demon God disrupted the situation, especially the sudden intrusion of Gu Yue Lingqing, which made the situation even more chaotic.


    The covenant between this group of extraterritorial invaders is divided into several parts.


    The original part about everyone sharing the Junchen world, because the Junchen world was completely destroyed, naturally became a piece of paper.


    Among these extraterritorial invaders, some have a deep hatred with the six true immortals, and naturally they want to completely eliminate them.


    Some just want to snatch the treasure of the gods.


    Some are purely for ulterior motives.


    ...


    Once the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic is over, their original covenant will also be voided.


    Those of them who are very active, have already begun to think about future arrangements.


    The Junchen world was completely destroyed, and the trophies of the first world were turned into nothingness.


    The celestial relics left by human cultivators are the most suitable for human cultivators, but not necessarily for them.


    What''s more, maybe the seniors of the human race will leave some traps in the treasures of the gods to prevent them from falling into the hands of other races.


    This is not a random guess, but a basis.


    Just like the treasures left by the seniors of the demon clan, they will try their best to ensure that they fall into the hands of the descendants of the demon clan and are not acquired by other foreign races.


    Some guys who believe that the cultivation system is too different from the human cultivator, and it is difficult to gain benefits from it, begin to consider various gains and losses.


    Especially the six true immortals, for the sake of the treasure of the gods, their desperate and desperate look really affected the psychology of some guys.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng, reader 1321398171947479040, and Feiyi Yi for their reward and support.

 Chapter 2527

    Because of the change in the situation, these True Immortal-level extraterritorial invaders have their own thoughts, and some cracks have quietly appeared inside.


    This made it difficult to maintain their joint force and encountered some problems in joint operations.


    Compared to the six true immortals, the will of these true immortal-level foreign invaders to break into the relics of the immortals is not so determined, and they do not have much will to fight to the death.


    And the six true immortals started to conquer the Junchen world thousands of years ago, and they almost bet everything for it.


    Even if they have extraordinary backgrounds, this kind of opportunity to break through to the gods will never be missed again.


    It''s about their path, and they''re willing to fight for it.


    Even Gu Yue Ling Qing, a latecomer, is far more than the group of foreign invaders at the level of true immortals in terms of desperate will.


    The most suitable successor to the treasure left by Immortal Jun Chen is the human race cultivator.


    The battle over there was so intense that it almost attracted most of the attention of the powerhouses on all sides.


    During the fierce battle, Meng Zhang and the others did not forget to pay attention to the situation over there.


    After a bloody fight, many of them were seriously injured, and even a true immortal-level foreign invader fell, and finally the winner was finally decided.


    The entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Treasure cannot be kept open all the time.


    The six true immortals have waited for thousands of years for this opportunity.


    The opening time of the entrance is limited. Once it is closed, if you want to open it again, it is almost impossible to rely on a group of true immortal-level powerhouses.


    With the closure of the entrance, the battle between them is temporarily over.


    Among the six true immortals, except for the two unfortunate ghosts, Jiuxuan True Immortal and Tian Chenzi, the others have successfully entered the treasures of the heavenly immortals.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing was alone, he was not slow to break into it.


    Qiguang Star God and Bloody Demon God didn''t really want to participate in this competition, but were forced to cooperate with a few true immortals to fight, and they were naturally left outside.


    Among the extraterritorial invaders of the True Immortal level, several were left outside.


    Such as Tianlei Arhat, Giant Ape Demon God and Canglang Holy Spirit.


    Of course, they are not necessarily passive when they are left out, and they may not be willing to break in.


    The entrance was closed, and both Jiu Xuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi were extremely lost.


    For a while, I was at a loss, not knowing what to do next.


    The group of powerhouses who remained outside the Heavenly Immortal Treasure had no intention of fighting for the time being.


    They suffered huge losses in the previous war, and now they have temporarily lost their reason to fight.


    Of course, when they recover, because of the grievances between the two sides, it is inevitable that the war will resume.


    But no matter what, this battle over the Heavenly Immortal Relics has come to an end for the time being.


    As for what the guys who entered the Heavenly Immortal Relics will do inside, people outside can neither interfere nor know the outcome for the time being.


    As soon as the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic was over, the most excited was the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The oath he made back then was that he would not be able to participate in the competition for the relics of the heavenly immortals, and that he would not be able to attack the six true immortals before the end of the matter...


    Now, the constraints of the oath are almost over.


    When he thought of the humiliation he endured back then, he who had endured for thousands of years could no longer bear it.


    He didn''t care about competing for these precious resources, and he didn''t care about the opponent in front of him, and he was full of wanting revenge.


    I saw a giant dragon composed of golden rays of light flying out of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, pounced on Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e.


    He jumped himself, crossed a long distance, and appeared beside the battlefield over there.


    Seeing the aggressive Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the remaining two sides in the battlefield did not dare to be careless.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi knew that the other party was not good, and couldn''t help but change their faces.


    Because of various scruples, they did not kill the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor would not thank them for this, but regarded it as a great humiliation, and such humiliation must be washed away.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi were full of confidence in themselves, thinking that they would definitely be the last victor and inherit the treasure left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    Who would have thought that they couldn''t even enter the gate of the treasure, and they were eliminated in this battle.


    Not to mention that they lost the chance to advance to Heavenly Immortals, they also had to deal with the troubles they left behind.


    Not to mention that they are not in a good state now, even in their heyday, if they fight head-on, they may not be able to fight against the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    They failed to compete for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and they needed to think about what to do next.


    They will face some follow-up troubles, and now there is really no need to fight the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor to death.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi started to escape at the same time.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor roared and followed closely behind.


    As they chased and fled away from the battlefield, the Bloody Demon God and Qiguang Star God immediately left here, and several foreign invaders also flew to their respective armies.


    Besides, on Meng Zhang''s side, he and Fairy Yue''e joined forces to continue fighting the giant dragon.


    In Meng Zhang''s view, this should be the clone left by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is really arrogant.


    Not to mention that the deity has overpowered Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e, do you think that a mere clone can continue to overpower them?


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s deity went to hunt down and kill Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the others, and he should not be able to return in a short time.


    Meng Zhang decided to destroy this clone, which could not only weaken the strength of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, but also vent the depression in his heart.


    For the arrogant guy like the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, blind tolerance and concessions are of no use at all, and will only make him continue to gain an inch.


    If you want to make it face up to yourself, you must fully show your strength and give it a little color to see.


    Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e greeted each other, and they no longer held back, and began to take action with all their strength.


    Fairy Yue''e, as an old-fashioned true immortal, is not without temperament at all.


    Lingkong Xianjie is a powerful force that can be counted in the empty world, and its monks, even if they are loose cultivators, have a certain amount of arrogance.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was so arrogant, and he had also angered Fairy Yue''e for a long time.


    Even though her strength has not yet recovered to its heyday, Fairy Yue''e still took out her trump card and actively cooperated with Meng Zhang to fight.


    When he was in retreat before, the process of Meng Zhang''s fusion of Thunder Seed was very smooth, and he had basically integrated it into his body.


    Although it hasn''t had time to upgrade the divine power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Lightning to a divine power of immortality, it has greatly improved its power.


    Even the current Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder is almost no weaker than those immortal magic powers of ordinary power.


    With the cooperation of Fairy Yue''e, Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and slashed out several yin and yang extinction thunders, directly hitting the giant dragon facing him.


    I don''t know how the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor refined this incarnation, its defense and attack power are very strong.


    However, after being hit by a few divine thunders, its huge body began to disintegrate.

 Chapter 2528

    Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e took out their trump cards, and their fighting power surpassed that of ordinary real fairies.


    After a hard fight, the avatar left by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was destroyed by their joint efforts.


    Among them, Meng Zhang played a key role.


    In particular, the power of the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder after refining the Thunder Seed was a bit beyond his expectations.


    The avatar left by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was destroyed, and both Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e could free their hands.


    Originally, the subordinates brought by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had already forced the Void Masters from Taiyi Sect to flee everywhere.


    They were happily chasing down their opponents. Seeing the result of the battle here, they immediately knew that something was wrong.


    Even if Meng Zhang and the others suffered a lot during the battle, they were still enough to easily swept the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan.


    And the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor chased and killed Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the others, and they didn''t know where they went or when they would come back.


    No matter how arrogant the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan were, they would not dare to say that they ignored the True Immortals of the Human Race.


    They greeted each other and immediately fled the battlefield.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to kill the real dragon clan for the time being, and the resources in front of him were important.


    Without interference, Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e led a group of disciples and quickly collected various resources.


    There are a lot of special resources born after the destruction of Junchen Realm. Meng Zhang and the others spent a lot of time to basically collect them.


    During this process, apart from the monsters coming from all directions, no one disturbed them.


    With Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e present, these monsters couldn''t make any waves.


    After completing the collection of resources, Meng Zhang led his disciples out of here.


    Although the impetus of the True Immortal was temporarily lost, and the internal dynamic array did not fully activate, according to inertia, the Taiyi Realm continued to move away from the Junchen Realm.


    After this period of constant movement, Taiyi Realm was getting farther and farther from the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    The monsters born after the destruction of Junchen Realm temporarily use the ruins of Junchen Realm as their nest.


    They will not leave the lair too far at present, and the main activity range is near the original Junchen world.


    As the Taiyi Realm is far away from the Junchen Realm, the number of monsters besieging the Taiyi Realm is getting smaller and smaller.


    After Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e returned, everyone started working together, and the monsters outside Taiyi Realm were quickly eliminated.


    The space around the Taiyi Realm finally seemed empty.


    The high-level monks of Taiyi Sect, who came out of nowhere, quickly suppressed all kinds of chaos in the Taiyi world, and began to sweep all over the place to eradicate the demonic disaster.


    As for more and more complex problems within the Taiyi world, they need to be solved slowly in the future.


    The army of foreign invaders surrounded the survivors who escaped from Junchen Realm. After a siege, both sides suffered casualties.


    After the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relics came to an end, and after several high-level True Immortal-level extraterritorial invaders returned, the army of extraterritorial invaders temporarily stopped their attacks.


    The army of foreign invaders has no intention of letting go of these self-cultivators, but needs to make some adjustments.


    A large army still surrounded the cultivator team from afar, preventing it from flying far away.


    Under the organization of Jianjun Banxue, teams of cultivators from all walks of life assembled temporarily not too far from Junchen Realm to face off against the army of foreign invaders.


    Until the threat of the army of foreign invaders is completely resolved, the cultivators cannot leave this place safely.


    The place where these cultivators gather is not too far from Taiyi Realm, so that they can take care of each other.


    Relying on the Taiyi Realm alone, it is impossible to break through the encirclement of the army of foreign invaders unscathed.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he didn''t really want to leave here completely so soon.


    If possible, he wants to lead the monks in Taiyi Realm to try to eliminate all kinds of monsters in the ruins of Junchen Realm, and collect all kinds of available resources from the ruins as much as possible.


    Even the ruins themselves are a usable resource.


    Although the Junchen world was completely destroyed, there were many large and small fragments left behind.


    If all these fragments can be absorbed, it will definitely greatly enhance the heritage of Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, in the face of foreign enemies, Meng Zhang was temporarily unable to do anything.


    He just started with Fairy Yue''e and temporarily stopped Taiyi Realm from moving.


    Meng Zhang led Fairy Yue''e and the others to attack this time, and almost took all the special resources that appeared after the destruction of Junchen Realm in their pockets.


    These resources are rarely seen on weekdays, and they are very useful.


    Some resources that can be directly invested in the Taiyi Realm have been integrated with the Taiyi Realm by the senior officials of the Taiyi Sect.


    More resources require special treatment, or are of great use.


    The biggest enemy of Taiyi Realm at present is the army of foreign invaders.


    Judging from the posture of the invaders from outside the domain, they will not let the cultivators leave at all, but will kill them all in one go.


    After the Giant Ape Demon God, Tianlei Arhat and others returned to the army of foreign invaders, although they did not show up for the time being, the army of foreign invaders began a new deployment soon after.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of launching an active attack for the time being.


    There are a lot of debates on whether to take the initiative to attack or continue to wait, and there will be no action for the time being.


    On the Taiyi Realm side, there may be another enemy, that is, the True Dragon Clan.


    The true dragon family was originally a virtue that Jairus must repay, especially the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Destroying a clone by Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e was considered a loss, and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would not let it go.


    Meng Zhang was sitting in the Taiyi Realm, and he did not relax for a moment, and he has been observing various changes in the outside world.


    The huge water polo created by the True Dragon Clan and the army of foreign invaders were the two main points of his attention.


    After a while, Meng Zhang saw the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor returning to the territory of the True Dragon Clan in a rage.


    I don''t know if he went after Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi to kill him or not.


    Soon after the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor returned to the territory of the True Dragon Clan, he flew aggressively to the periphery of Taiyi Realm and kept staring at Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Sect waited in a serious line, daring not to relax in the slightest.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor directly attacked the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang could concentrate the power of Xianyun Zhenxian, Yue''e Fairy and Taimiao''s power, and a total of four real immortals could fight against it.


    Although the four of them are not the powerhouses among the true immortals, they are not without the strength of a battle because of the crowd and the Taiyi Realm.


    In order to enter the Taiyi Realm, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has to pay a huge price.


    If he really can''t resist the opponent, Meng Zhang can also ask for help from Jianjun Banxue.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has always been hidden in the void battleship controlled by Jianjun Banxue.


    The three lions have returned to the team of the Royal Beast Gate as their biggest support.


    It has been a long time since the last battle, and their injuries should almost recover.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to my old friend Feiyi and Yijie Wensheng for their many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2529

    Meng Zhang was a little puzzled. He didn''t know why. In the previous battle with the foreign invaders, Sanshan Zhenxian and the three lions didn''t make a move.


    If they are willing to help in time, it is possible that the cultivator''s Void Battleship and Floating City have broken through the encirclement of the foreign invader army.


    Meng Zhang temporarily let go of the doubts in his heart and wholeheartedly faced the powerful enemy of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor came to the Taiyi Realm not far from the Taiyi Realm aggressively. He did not continue to move forward, nor did he forcefully attack, but stopped temporarily, looking thoughtful.


    Meng Zhang called Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun to fly to the periphery of Taiyi Realm, relying on the defense system of Taiyi Realm, and confront the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor from afar.


    Tai Miao has not shown up for the time being, but can support at any time.


    Xianyun Zhenxian dragged his severely injured body, and his fighting power was inexhaustible, but he had to face a powerful enemy like the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and he was secretly complaining in his heart.


    If he had not been injured in the battle, he would not have been taken advantage of by Meng Zhang and controlled by him, and he would not have been in the situation he is in today.


    He regretted the decision to the extreme.


    Among the three, he is the weakest, and he is afraid that he will be killed by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor as soon as the battle begins.


    Feeling the domineering aura of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Xianyun Zhenxian kept beating drums in his heart.


    Of course, under the control of Meng Zhang, he did not dare to escape like this.


    Although Meng Zhang was always polite to Xianyun Zhenxian, he almost never regarded him as a subordinate, but once Xianyun Zhenxian disobeyed his orders, he would never be soft-hearted.


    Fairy Yue''e''s condition is far better than that of Xianyun Zhenxian, and she is also more confident.


    After entering the void, without all kinds of interference within Junchen Realm, the connection between Taiyimen and the remaining forces of Tiangong returned to normal.


    Moreover, Taiyijie is not far from the Void Battleship commanded by Jianjun Banxue, and he can ask for support at any time.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t take the initiative, so Meng Zhang and the others were naturally immobile.


    For Meng Zhang, the longer the delay, the more beneficial it will be to his side.


    With the previous performance of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, it was impossible to have a useful communication with him.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t do anything for the time being, but it wasn''t that he suddenly became soft-hearted, but after approaching the Taiyi Realm, he had a different mind.


    When I observed Taiyi Realm from a distance, there was nothing there, but when I took a closer look, this world was really good.


    Although Taiyi Realm is not a complete big world, it is much stronger than the current territory of the True Dragon Clan in all aspects.


    If it can be completely captured and merged with the current territory of the True Dragon Clan, it may grow into a complete big world in the future, which can be used as a long-term lair for the True Dragon Clan under his command.


    Taking 10,000 steps back, even if this world has not grown into a complete big world, it can greatly extend the lifespan of the real dragon clan''s territory in the void, so that the real dragon clan can stand in it for a long time.


    This time, when I left Junchen World, although I had prepared in advance, no matter how much preparation I made, I felt very inadequate after entering the void.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor himself doesn''t matter, he can come and go freely in the void, and he can survive no matter how bad the environment is.


    But he has to take care of the clan under his command, especially the cubs of the clan.


    There is also the sea clan that exists as slaves, and it is even more difficult to survive in the void.


    Although the True Dragon Clan will not take the life and death of the Sea Clan to heart, they still hope to have enough servants for them to drive, and are not willing to let the Sea Clan suffer too heavy casualties.


    As long as the world in front of him is seized, many troubles that plague the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor can be easily solved.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had a coveted heart for Taiyi Realm and tried to take it completely, but he did not act rashly.


    He has absolute confidence in himself and can easily defeat the three true immortals in front of him.


    But once the war broke out, the world in front of him would be severely damaged, or even destroyed directly.


    In a complete big world like Junchen World, it is necessary to avoid the outbreak of the Void Returning War by multiple Void Returning Powers.


    The world in front of him can''t stand the battle of the true immortal level at all.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign is strong, it is not so easy to completely take over the world in front of him, and it needs to be considered in the long run.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor carefully observed the Taiyi Realm. The more he looked, the more satisfied he became. The more satisfied he was, the more he cherished it, and he didn''t want it to suffer too much damage.


    He thought for a while, there was no good way to take over the world, so he had to try it casually.


    "You people, surrender quickly, this emperor can save your life and allow you to leave this world with your belongings."


    With a gifted attitude, the aloof sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor shouted at Meng Zhang and the others.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor not only avenged his revenge, but also coveted the Taiyi Realm he had worked so hard to create. Meng Zhang almost laughed angrily.


    The Taiyi Realm can have today''s scene, mainly due to Meng Zhang''s credit.


    Without the system he established, the Taiyi Realm would not be able to persist at all.


    Without the blessing of that system, the Taiyi Realm might collapse quickly.


    Of course, Meng Zhang wouldn''t talk so much to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and he didn''t even plan to talk to this arrogant guy at all.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word, just looked at the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor with a sneer.


    Meng Zhang did not speak, and Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy had no room to speak.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not a quick-witted character, and he can''t think of a complete way to capture the Taiyi Realm for the time being.


    He confronted Meng Zhang and the others for a while, and seeing that the other party had no intention of backing down, he became more and more annoyed.


    He finally managed to be generous and lenient, but this junior of the human race did not know the good and bad, and refused to accept his kindness.


    He still didn''t have a seizure, but snorted coldly and walked away like this.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the others knew that this matter was far from over.


    Meng Zhang could guess the scruples of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The next time he returns to Taiyi Realm, it will be the time when a war breaks out between the two sides.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor left, Meng Zhang and the others also returned to the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate.


    Meng Zhang seized the time to practice, and strived to upgrade the Yin-Yang Destroyer Divine Lightning to an immortal supernatural power as soon as possible, so that he could have an extra trump card.


    He also actively helped True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e to heal their wounds, and strived to restore their full fighting power as soon as possible.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also used the secret communication technique to contact Jianjun Banxue to inquire about the situation of Sanshan Zhenxian.


    It turns out that the Sanshan Zhenxian fought against a number of real-immortal-level foreign invaders last time, and many of them were peerless powerhouses like the Demon God of Calamity.


    Although he managed to escape, he was seriously injured.


    Especially in order to cover the three lions of his comrades-in-arms, he paid a lot of money.


    After so many years of cultivation, his injuries have not fully recovered, and his combat effectiveness is far less than in his heyday.


    Although he is now staying with the remaining power of Tiangong, he will not take action easily if it is not necessary.

 Chapter 2530

    Sanshan Zhenxian originally had a real immortal-level puppet, but it was destroyed when the Tiangong fell.


    He didn''t take action himself, and there was no way to interfere with the outside war situation.


    The three lions were also seriously injured in the last battle.


    However, his injuries are not as serious as Sanshan Zhenxian, and he has not been dealt with by enemies such as the Famine Demon God.


    After such a long period of cultivation, he has recovered most of his injuries, and has been able to display a strong combat effectiveness.


    Although the three lions have been staying in the void battleship of the Imperial Beast Sect, they can keep in touch with Sanshan Zhenxian at any time.


    One is to appreciate the grace of saving lives; the other is to obey the strong instinctively.


    The three lions are almost the only true immortals of the three mountains.


    Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t let him shoot, so he didn''t shoot easily.


    Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t take it lightly, and there were many other considerations aside from the fact that the injury was not healed.


    He was not sure whether the invaders from outside the domain were hidden, and whether there were any real immortal-level powerhouses to hide.


    The opponent did not reveal his cards, and the cultivator should also have reservations.


    Sanshan Zhenxian also has an idea similar to Jianjun Banxue.


    Although Junchen Realm has been destroyed, after all, it once belonged to Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Lingkong Xianjie established a ruling system here, and formed a heavenly palace to rule it.


    The Tiangong fell and the Junchen Realm was completely destroyed. Both Jianjun Banxue and him should have an explanation for the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    They had better not leave the Junchen Realm too far, and had better stay in the nearby void.


    In this way, if the immortals sent by Lingkong Immortal Realm arrive here, they can also meet with each other in time and report the various situations here.


    The void battleship team from Junchen Realm was temporarily trapped by foreign invaders, and Jianjun Banxue was not in a hurry.


    She explained her thoughts and the latest situation to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was also not prepared to leave in such a hurry.


    He also wanted to scavenge the ruins of Junchen Realm and try to enrich Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is a huge threat.


    Jianjun Banxue promised Meng Zhang that if Meng Zhang and the others could not resist the Dragon Emperor who swallowed the sea and attacked Taiyi Realm, she could ask Sanshan Zhenxian to help.


    In the heyday of Sanshan Zhenxian, he could completely confront the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor head-on, and even outperform the opponent.


    Even if he is in a bad state now, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would never dare to despise him.


    With the cooperation of Meng Zhang and the others, Sanshan Zhenxian can also block the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    With Jianjun Banxue''s promise, Meng Zhang felt a little at ease.


    He continued to discuss with Jianjun Banxue to discuss the current situation.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not succeed in chasing down Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi last time.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi successfully escaped the catastrophe, and they may not dare to approach the ruins of Junchen Realm in a short period of time.


    Jiuxuan Pavilion and Guantian Pavilion have long since perished, and they have no disciples and grandchildren to take care of.


    They failed to compete for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and they had to think about how to live in the future.


    The Qiguang Star God and the Bloody Demon God were not the same people, they were only forced to cooperate temporarily.


    After the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic was over, they parted ways.


    Qiguang Star God sensed the whereabouts of the old rival Moon God, and also sensed the existence of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion.


    He wants to deal with his old rival and retake the mysterious palace.


    But by his own strength, he dare not rashly break into the Taiyi Realm.


    After some thought, he was ready to use the power of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Over the past so many years, Qiguang Star God has been taking shelter of the True Dragon Clan.


    But after a long time, he was actually controlled by Ziyang True Immortal and worked for Ziyang True Immortal.


    If he wants to gain the understanding of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he has to think carefully about his words.


    Those guys who entered the Heavenly Immortal Relics will not be able to get out in a short period of time, and have no impact on the situation outside.


    The high-level foreign invaders who did not enter the Heavenly Immortal Relics merged with the army under their command.


    The Junchen Realm was destroyed, the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic was over, and the cooperation between the high-level leaders of these extraterritorial invaders was almost over.


    If it wasn''t to deal with the cultivators who escaped from the Junchen world, the army of foreign invaders might have been disbanded, and even began to break out.


    Originally, Junchen Realm and Heavenly Immortal Relics were the biggest driving force for the uniting of foreign invaders from all over the world.


    Now it''s just dealing with a bunch of cultivators who are like bereaved dogs, and many high-level invaders from outside the territory are less willing to join forces.


    Now, although the army of foreign invaders is vaguely surrounding the void battleship from Junchen Realm, there have been many waves inside.


    Not only did the black-robed demon god not enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic this time, but he was seriously injured in the final battle.


    Although this group of true immortal-level foreign invaders have long had a covenant, the Famine Demon God cleverly took advantage of the loopholes in the covenant, and calculated the black-robed demon god on the battlefield, allowing him to withstand the counterattacks of several true immortals. .


    The relic left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has a great effect on the Demon God.


    Many ways of practicing magic are related to Taoism, and many treasures of Taoism can also be used.


    If you can demonize the treasures of the gods, maybe the demon gods can be promoted to gods.


    It''s a pity that the black-robed devil has missed this opportunity.


    Now, the black-robed devil has to face the great enemy of the blood-stained devil.


    Back then, the Famine Demon God and the Black-robed Demon God plotted the Bloody Demon God and made him trapped by Situ Jue.


    Situ Jue entered the treasure of the gods, and the blood-stained demon god temporarily lost his control.


    With the character of the blood-stained devil, he is definitely looking for a way to take revenge on the black-robed devil.


    The blood-stained demon god temporarily disappeared, but it made the black-robed demon god even more fearful.


    After the high-level and large army of the extraterritorial invaders converged, a new debate broke out soon.


    Tianlei Luohan is not very interested in exterminating the remaining cultivators in the Junchen world, trying to let the Buddhist army under his command avoid such a meaningless battle.


    This caused the dissatisfaction of the Giant Ape Demon God, the Brave God of Bravery, and the Holy Spirit of Canglang.


    They talked about Tianlei Arhat''s origin, ridiculed him for being disconnected from the cultivators in the Junchen world, and had sympathy for him.


    Tianlei Luohan was unwilling to offend these allies easily, nor would he continue to fight.


    He let the Buddhist army under his command continue to stay here, but let it try not to participate in the battle.


    The giant ape demon god and the others saw that Tianlei Luohan was indifferent to their sarcasm and attack, and they were also very bored, and slowly stopped.


    The god of mixed spirits, the true god of rising sun, and the demon god of disaster entered the treasures of the gods, and the army remained in the void.


    The giant ape demon god and the others tried to use these armies as cannon fodder, and first launched an offensive against the cultivator.


    The commanders of these armies are naturally extremely wrong.


    Even if they faced the coercion of the real immortal-level powerhouse, they still did not give in the slightest.


    It is impossible for the giant ape demon gods to tear their faces away.


    Shenchang Realm is not far from here, maybe a new true god will be sent over at some time.


    The most important thing is that they are not easy people.

 Chapter 2531

    If the giant ape demon gods make the scene too ugly, they will definitely not give up when they emerge from the treasures of the gods, no matter what their harvest is.


    Although Hunling Venerable God and the others entered the Heavenly Immortal Relic, no one could guarantee that they would definitely die inside.


    The high-level extraterritorial invaders who stayed outside did not say that they would take care of their subordinates, at least they had to leave a certain amount of leeway.


    The high-level invaders from outside the territory all wanted to take down these cultivators from the Junchen world, but they all wanted to preserve their own strength and let others be cannon fodder.


    In a short period of time, their internal disputes will not end, and it is naturally difficult to launch an active attack.


    Although Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue may not know the thoughts of the high-level foreign invaders, but they have been fighting against foreign invaders for many years, they can still have some guesses about them.


    Together they analyze the current situation and discuss countermeasures.


    For Meng Zhang, the real dragon clan and foreign invaders are big enemies and need to be dealt with with all their strength.


    The True Dragon Clan may not necessarily regard the cultivators led by Jianjun Banxue as enemies, but if they aid the Taiyi Realm, they will inevitably become the target of the True Dragon Clan.


    Of course, helping Taiyijie is not a bad thing.


    With the addition of Taiyi Realm, the strength of the human race cultivator has been greatly improved.


    Now, the void battleships and floating cities of the human race cultivators are basically under the command of Jianjun Banxue.


    The cultivation forces of all parties will temporarily obey the command of Jianjun Banxue.


    Only a few floating cities led by Venerable Fengqing, and the human race cultivators were at odds with each other, and did not join their team.


    To be honest, with the reputation of Venerable Fengqing, even if he took the initiative to ask to join the team, he may not be trusted by everyone.


    Jianjun Banxue didn''t go to Guan Fengqing''s side and let them hide beside him.


    When the invaders from outside the territory attacked the Supreme Venerable Fengqing, Jianjun Banxue would also give a little help without affecting other aspects.


    Fengqing Shangzun and the others are also members of the human race cultivators, and they are also the target of foreign invaders.


    Fengqing Shangzun didn''t dare to make trouble now, and mainly cared about self-protection.


    After the exchange between Jianjun Banxue and Meng Zhang, the foreign invaders were regarded as the primary enemy, and the real dragon family was regarded as the secondary enemy.


    With Xue Jianjun''s attitude, he still tried to delay the time, waiting for the team sent by Lingkong Xianjie to arrive here.


    Jianjun Banxue knows the inside story of Lingkong Xianjie far better than Meng Zhang.


    The six true immortals who conquered Junchen Realm, through their supporters, have a certain tacit understanding with Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Before they wake up, Lingkong Xianjie will not inquire about Junchen Realm''s affairs.


    When their scramble for the Heavenly Immortal Relics is over, Lingkong Immortal Realm will send someone to Junchen Realm in time to deal with various aftermath affairs.


    As long as the team of Lingkong Xianjie arrives here, all the problems faced by Jianjun Banxue will be solved.


    The power of Taiyi Realm alone cannot break through the encirclement.


    Although he did not agree with Jianjun Banxue''s idea in his heart, Meng Zhang could only obey her advice and continue to wait in the nearby area.


    After finishing the communication with Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang thought hard about ways to break the situation.


    Unfortunately, he really couldn''t find any good way to let Taiyi Realm leave here completely.


    The only thing he can do is to seize the time to practice.


    In this way, the three parties of the True Dragon Clan, the foreign invaders, and the Human Race cultivators fell into a confrontation, and there was no action for the time being.


    Taking advantage of this rare and precious time, the senior leaders of Taiyi Sect began to mobilize various monks under their command to try to calm the chaos within the Taiyi world.


    The current Taiyi Realm, seen from a distance, is an irregular square continent.


    The longest place is more than 20,000 miles, and the shortest place is less than 10,000 miles.


    The Taiyi Realm is mainly the northern area of ??the original Junchen Realm, plus a small part of the Middle-earth continent that was forcibly torn.


    The Taiyi Realm is dominated by land, and only some seas of different sizes are pulled at some edges.


    In the ocean, there are many islands including the Xingluo Archipelago.


    Most of these islands are shards torn from the Junchen world.


    The original Taiyimen territory is relatively stable and consistent.


    Those areas that were later forcibly incorporated into the Taiyi Realm were very unstable.


    Especially when the Junchen Realm collapsed, many fragments of the Junchen Realm were pulled through the large pulling formation arranged on the Taiyimen territory.


    Some of these fragments are simply piled up in the Taiyi Realm, and they are far from being integrated with the Taiyi Realm.


    Some fragments are even still floating in the sky outside Taiyi Realm.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm are under the command of the Taiyi Gate, trying to make these fragments merge with the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible.


    At this time, the many gods enshrined by Meng Zhang played a huge role.


    Before this, Taiyi Realm was besieged by countless monsters.


    The demon cultivators and monsters who sneaked into the Taiyi Sect among the remnants of all parties took the opportunity to stir up chaos within the Taiyi Sect and create a demonic disaster.


    Even, because it is difficult to defend the huge territory of Taiyi Realm, in the previous battle, occasionally a few monsters sneaked into the interior, trying to turn the Taiyi Realm upside down.


    Although many people are needed to continue to stabilize the world of Taiyi Realm, the top leaders of Taiyi Sect still try their best to allocate people to deal with various internal problems.


    Within the Taiyi Realm, various chasing and anti-chasing dramas are constantly being staged.


    A team of cultivators carefully searched for the lurking monsters and cultivators.


    Every now and then, a big battle would break out.


    The Junchen Realm was destroyed, and finally escaped into the void, but the interior of the Taiyi Realm did not settle down in time, causing people to panic.


    The current Meng Zhang is not only the head of the Taiyi Sect, but also the master of the Taiyi Realm. He can barely be called the realm master.


    The real world master has a deep connection with the big world where he lives, and can easily mobilize the power of the entire big world.


    Meng Zhang, the world master, has a name but no reality.


    The connection between him and Taiyi Realm is far less close than that of his external incarnation.


    This is also a major difference between Xian Tao practitioners and Shinto practitioners.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s rule over the Taiyi Realm is beyond doubt.


    Meng Zhang did not personally interfere with the current situation of Taiyi Realm, and let his monks deal with it.


    This is not only an exercise for the monks under his command, but also for other purposes.


    In this situation of instability and panic, mortals are more accustomed to praying to gods and worshipping Buddhas.


    The various gods enshrined by Meng Zhang took the opportunity to attract many believers and gained massive power of belief.


    Although Meng Zhang was determined to rectify the belief system of Taiyi Realm, he would not choose it at this time.


    The earliest group of gods in the Taiyi world were mainly disciples of the Taiyi sect, mixed with a small number of other monks and even mortals.


    Whether in terms of feelings or interests, these gods are reliable and trustworthy.


    These gods are the important pillars of the Taiyi world, and they become stronger and stronger, contributing to the stability of the entire world.

 Chapter 2532

    Although Meng Zhang was already a true immortal and his cultivation realm far surpassed Jianjun Banxue, he still did not compete with Jianjun Banxue for the leadership of the cultivators and let her control the overall situation.


    As the chief administrator of the Tiangong, Jianjun Banxue has ruled the Junchen world for many years. Cultivators from all walks of life trust her more and are more accustomed to obeying her.


    She has led the army of comprehensions to fight against foreign invaders for many years, with great military exploits and rich experience.


    Although Tiangong fell in the end, it was also a crime of non-war.


    Jianjun Banxue takes responsibility and does not have much selfishness.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that he was not as selfless as her, nor had her prestige, and he was even less willing to shoulder such a responsibility.


    The first thing Meng Zhang wanted to ensure was the safety of the Taiyi Realm.


    The life and death of other cultivators had little to do with him.


    Taiyijie and these cultivators are only temporarily holding a group to keep warm, and it is difficult to say whether they will be enemies or friends in the future.


    Of course, among these comprehension forces who escaped from Junchen Realm, there are also many people who have careful thoughts.


    For example, the senior leaders of the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family have some regrets in their hearts now.


    At the beginning, they still took the identity of the Holy Land Sect too seriously, and were unwilling to completely surrender to the Taiyi Sect.


    Now that they have entered the void, they realize the importance of true immortals more and more.


    Moreover, the Taiyi Realm seems to be cumbersome, but it is more stable and safer than the Void Battleship.


    Both the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family high-level officials sent people to contact the Taiyimen high-level officials, expressing their intention to take refuge.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not dismantle Xue Jianjun''s stage at this time.


    The senior officials of Taiyimen have been perfunctory to them, asking them to obey the command of Jianjun Banxue.


    In fact, the senior officials of Taiyimen were quite disdainful of these two.


    Since there is no vision and missed precious opportunities, there is no room for regret.


    Although Taiyi World has always been open, it has almost always refused to come to outsiders, but it is not without a threshold.


    In the current Taiyi world, it is more than enough to accommodate and bear so many people.


    However, considering the future development, the reproduction of mortals, and the increase in the number of monks, it is best to leave enough room.


    Before the Taiyi Realm gets the next big expansion, it is best not to accept too many outsiders, so as not to cause too much pressure in the future.


    In particular, the Taiyi world is now cleaning up the interior, and outsiders are even less welcome.


    The faction where Daoist Youhuan belonged in the Dark Alliance had sent someone to contact the senior officials of Taiyi Sect in private.


    For these old friends, the attitude of the senior officials of Taiyimen is naturally different.


    Although he did not promise to accept them fully, he also promised to take care of them as much as possible.


    During the battle, the floating city they control can get close to the Taiyi Realm and get the assistance of the Taiyi Realm.


    If they encounter serious setbacks, Taiyi Realm will accept their remnants of defeated soldiers.


    The relationship between the other holy land sects and Taiyi sect is a bit awkward, and they did not take the initiative to contact Taiyi sect, and the senior officials of Taiyi sect did not care.


    After the high-level Taiyimen worked hard to clear the interior, they also actively prepared for the battle in the void.


    Jianjun Banxue organized various cultivators to conduct many drills, so as to facilitate the next battle.


    When the human race cultivators were actively preparing for battle, their enemies were not idle either.


    Star God Qiguang obtained the understanding of the Sea Swallowing Dragon King by relying on his three-inch incorrupt tongue.


    Of course, the main reason is that as a true god, he still has a great use value.


    On the side of the extraterritorial invaders, some people also proposed to contact the True Dragon Clan.


    In the Junchen Realm, the True Dragon Clan was the enemy of the Human Race cultivators.


    For the human race, the real dragon clan is also an alien race with bad intentions.


    This proposal did not harm the interests of all parties and was quickly approved by everyone.


    It didn''t take long for the high-level foreign invaders to send messengers to contact the True Dragon Clan.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is arrogant, he is not a fool.


    After he told his dragon kings about his attempt to capture the Taiyi world, he got their strong approval.


    These dragon kings have made plans and discussed how to completely capture the Taiyi Realm.


    It is not difficult to seize the Taiyi Realm by relying on the power of the True Dragon Clan alone, but it is difficult not to cause too much damage to it.


    The arrival of the messenger of foreign invaders hits the spot with the senior officials of the True Dragon Clan.


    The True Dragon Clan despised these lower races, but it did not prevent them from borrowing their power.


    After some discussions and debates between the high-level officials of the two sides, a preliminary agreement was reached.


    The two sides join forces to defeat the human race cultivators first, and then divide the spoils after winning.


    In principle, the Taiyi Realm belongs to the True Dragon Clan after the war, and the other Human Race cultivators are the spoils of foreign invaders.


    The True Dragon Clan considers themselves to be powerful, and they are not afraid of the other party''s regrets later.


    The True Dragon Clan and the foreign invaders who reached an agreement began to dispatch troops and attacked the cultivators.


    Wars are still routine.


    The powerhouses of the true immortal level are in the back, and first let the army under their command come forward to fight, consume the enemy, and test the reality of the enemy.


    On the side of the foreign invaders, Tianlei Luohan was originally unwilling to join the battle.


    However, the cunning black-robed demon god secretly provoked the high-ranking Buddhist monks, arousing their dissatisfaction with Tianlei Arhat.


    Originally, Buddhism opened the door of convenience and accepted believers from all over the world.


    Not to mention that Tianlei Luohan was originally a cultivator, even if it is an alien like a monster, or even a monster, as long as it is invested in Buddhism, it will be accepted.


    In Buddhism, positions such as Dharma Protector and King Kong are specially set up to accommodate these foreign refugees.


    When Tianlei Arhat was still Venerable Tianlei, he calculated and killed many Buddhist powerhouses.


    After he took refuge in Buddhism, he was fully cultivated by Fangtong Luohan.


    In terms of seniority, Tianlei Xuxian, who only joined Buddhism, can''t be ranked at all.


    When it comes to his contribution to Buddhism, there are many venerables far above him.


    ...


    Tianlei Xuxian became Tianlei Arhat so easily, which made those veteran Buddhist sages reconciled and convinced.


    Many people secretly accuse Tianlei Luohan and spread all kinds of rumors.


    What did Tianlei Arhat and the cultivators in Junchen Realm have to do with each other, and there was collusion, so they were unwilling to attack them...


    Not long after Tianlei Luohan took refuge in Buddhism, his position was a bit awkward.


    Although his cultivation base is the strongest in the team, he does not have enough prestige.


    Tianlei Luohan is not a person without a wrist, but it is not easy to perform.


    As a result, under the leadership of many Buddhist venerables, many Buddhist monks broke away from his command and mixed with other foreign invaders.


    After the outbreak of the war, these Buddhist monks joined the ranks of the attacking cultivators.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor controlled the territory of the True Dragon Clan to move towards the Taiyi Realm.


    It didn''t take long for a huge water polo to appear not far from Taiyi Realm and confronted Taiyi Realm.


    One after another water column sprayed towards Taiyi Realm.


    In the water column, there are a large number of sea clan army.


    There are many flying boats flying in the Taiyi Realm, actively facing these water columns.


    The flying boats were lined up in a formation, and the cultivators who flew out from the flying boats lined up to fight with the sea clan army.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor sat inside the water polo and did not show up easily.


    The Bibo Water God, the Sea God and the Jinlong King stood not far away, grazing for their own army.

 Chapter 2533

    Although Bibo Water God and Sea God are true gods, and their cultivation strength is far superior to Jinlong King, but they carefully stand behind Jinlong King, just like slaves.


    Every time King Jinlong spoke, they all agreed blindly, not daring to have the slightest objection.


    They have taken refuge in the True Dragon Clan for many years, and they know who is the master and who is the slave.


    In a farther place, the dragon kings of the real dragon clan led the elites of the clan, waiting for the opportunity to make a move.


    After reaching an agreement with the True Dragon Clan and joining forces temporarily, the extraterritorial invaders also quickly reached a compromise.


    The foreign invaders still cooperated as usual, which seemed to be fairer.


    The reason why those few True Immortal-level extraterritorial invaders were willing to make concessions was because they had no intentions.


    After the parties negotiated, they naturally launched an attack immediately, not giving the cultivators more breathing space.


    At the same time when the True Dragon Clan organized an attack on the Taiyi Realm, various foreign invaders also began to aggressively attack the team of cultivators led by Jianjun Banxue.


    Jianjun Banxue commanded the Void Battleships and Floating City of all parties to form a formation, and a number of Void Returning Powers led high-level monks to rely on their formation to fight against the army of foreign invaders.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor hated the six true immortals extremely, he had no intention of continuing to hunt down their disciples and grandchildren.


    Not to mention the fact that there is an owner and the like, the real dragon family will also face many challenges after entering the void, and it is not appropriate to waste their strength at will.


    However, now that Taiyi Realm and other cultivators are obviously in the same group, the True Dragon Clan will naturally not show mercy to their men while dealing with Taiyi Realm.


    Several Void battleships of the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family took the initiative to approach the Taiyi Realm, trying to get the cover of the Taiyi Realm.


    After the war started, they not only had to deal with the attack of the monster army, but also faced the surprise attack of the sea army.


    Although the top leaders of the two families immediately turned to Taiyijie for help, in this case, it was impossible for Taiyijie to scatter their forces to rescue them.


    At most, Taiyi World will project some long-range firepower in the direction of these two families, which is better than nothing.


    Before entering the void, the senior leaders of Taiyimen organized the monks in the door to build a number of huge cannons all over the territory.


    These cannons have the earth as their backing, and are larger and more powerful than the cannons equipped on various void warships.


    Drawing on the power of the leylines, these cannons can be fired for a long time.


    Of course, in order to avoid putting too much burden on this incomplete world, it is impossible for these cannons to participate in the battle forever.


    The Void Battleship and Floating City owned by the Taiyi Realm have already taken off and have been hovering over the Taiyi Realm.


    They move within the firepower range of Taiyi Realm, just like moving turrets one by one, fighting with their own side.


    When the time is right, they will also strike.


    There are several floating cities in the dark alliance that are in a similar situation to the Kou family and the Snow Mountain faction.


    The top leaders of Taiyimen obviously trusted these old friends more, and asked them to open the floating city above the Taiyi world to get more cover from the Taiyi world.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm has roughly stabilized, and as long as it does not encounter a strong external force, there is no risk of disintegration.


    Various internal problems have also been gradually resolved, and the demons and monsters who dared to show their faces in public have basically been eliminated.


    Although there must be a lot of monsters and magic cultivators hidden, at least they can''t cause harm to the Taiyi world for the time being, and they can wait to clean up them slowly in the future.


    Most of the high-level monks in the Taiyi world were liberated because of this, and they could fight externally with peace of mind.


    The true strength of the True Dragon Clan has not yet been dispatched, but the sea clan army has been dispatched to consume the opponent.


    The battle now seems to be fierce, but it is not even a warm-up.


    The powerhouses of the true immortal level on both sides are waiting for the other party to reveal their flaws before they can launch a surprise attack.


    The foreign invaders, the real dragon clan, and the human race comprehension, the three parties launched an endless battle in the void.


    If there are no accidents, such battles will continue for a long time.


    For Jianjun Banxue, the longer the battle, the better.


    The biggest reliance on Sanshan Zhenxian of his own side needs more time to heal and restore his strength.


    More importantly, teams from the Lingkong Immortal Realm may appear at any time.


    When the immortals of Lingkong Immortal Realm arrive here, it is time for them to launch a counterattack.


    At that time, it should be the cultivators who will not let these alien races go.


    Although Meng Zhang did not put all his hopes on the immortals of the Lingkong Immortal Realm like Jianjun Banxue, they had the same idea on the point of delaying time.


    After the establishment of the Taiyi Realm system, Meng Zhang received a lot of feedback, and the speed of his practice was soaring.


    The longer it drags on, the stronger his cultivation will be.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy also need enough time to heal their injuries.


    The specific situation of the foreign invaders and the real dragon clan to the enemy is unknown, and they still act as usual, and sooner or later they will suffer a big loss.


    Of course, they did this not because they were stupid, but because of their own considerations.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has already figured it out clearly. If he wants to completely capture the Taiyi Realm, he must kill a real immortal like Meng Zhang with one blow, and he must not have the opportunity to fight back.


    He believes that the overall strength of the True Dragon Clan is far beyond the Taiyi Realm.


    He constantly sent a large army to attack the Taiyi Realm. When the Taiyi Realm monks couldn''t resist, Meng Zhang would have to take action.


    At that time, he will have the opportunity to find flaws and take advantage of it.


    Anyway, when he left Junchen Realm this time, he temporarily placed a large number of sea clans in the territory.


    Consuming these sea clans can not only consume the strength of the enemy, but also reduce the burden on the territory.


    The senior members of the True Dragon Clan will not take the life and death of the Sea Clan to heart.


    It is their greatest honor to be able to sacrifice for the True Dragon Clan.


    Although Meng Zhang had long wanted to establish a defense system similar to the Jiutian in the Junchen Realm in the Taiyi Realm, he had not been able to succeed due to various conditions.


    Many fragments from Jiutian, after refining, float in the sky of Taiyi Realm, which can more or less play a shielding role.


    Of course, compared with the real Nine Heavens, it is 108,000 miles away.


    The Taiyi Realm is too huge, like a continent in the void.


    Although many places in the mainland are guarded by gods and covered by the magic circle arranged by Taiyimen monks, there are still many flaws.


    After a long bloody battle, the sea clan army suffered heavy casualties, but their casualties were not paid in vain.


    The dragon kings who watched the battle from the side discovered some flaws in the Taiyi world one after another.


    The number of monks in the Taiyi world is limited, and they cannot guard every place in the Taiyi world.


    In the entire Taiyi world, there are many weak links.


    On weekdays, some natural disasters in the void affect the interior of Junchen Realm through these weak links.


    Whenever such a situation occurs, the Taiyi Realm cultivator will be in a hurry to deal with it.

 Chapter 2534

    Some ordinary natural disasters from the void are easy to resist, and the army from the true dragon family is not so easy to deal with.


    After King Jinlong discovered the flaws in Taiyijie, he did not act lightly, but continued to observe and wait.


    In a blink of an eye, the army of the sea clan had been fighting with the monks of Taiyijie in the void for more than three months.


    Driven by the True Dragon Clan, even if they knew they were going to die, the Hai Clan army still rushed towards the Taiyi Realm one after another.


    In the Junchen world, the army of the sea clan occupied the sea, coveted the mainland, and was a formidable enemy of the human clan cultivators.


    In the case that the major holy land sects do not make a move, it is not easy for the various human race cultivators to deal with the sea clan army.


    When leaving the ruined Junchen Realm, a large part of the sea clan were left behind and left in the Junchen Realm to die.


    The real dragon clan''s territory has limited carrying capacity, and it is impossible to bring all the sea clan.


    In this regard, the senior officials of the Sea Clan did not dare to have the slightest complaint.


    Due to repeated consumption and not being able to be replenished, the strength of the sea clan is far from its heyday.


    The Taiyi Realm gathered monks from all over the Junchen Realm.


    After this period of running-in, the monks from all sides integrated into the Taiyi world and became a member of the Taiyi world.


    The Junchen Realm has been destroyed, and the Taiyi Realm is their only home.


    Fighting to protect their homeland, the fighting spirit of most monks is very high.


    Even though there were many casualties after such a long struggle, the fighting spirit of the cultivators was not worn away.


    If the real dragon clan does not move, relying on the sea clan army alone, it is impossible to capture the Taiyi world.


    When Taiyijie faced the sea clan army, they still had reservations and hid a lot of strength.


    The senior leaders of Taiyi Realm regarded the attack of the sea clan army as a test to train the cultivators under their command.


    The situation was similar when foreign invaders besieged the team of monks commanded by Jianjun Banxue.


    The extraterritorial invaders did not go all out at all, but slowly consumed the enemy through protracted warfare.


    The high-level invaders from outside the territory probably thought that the True Dragon Clan would make a breakthrough first, and then help them according to the agreement.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is the top powerhouse in the true immortal level, with a great reputation and almost invincible.


    The reason why the high-level foreign invaders have not launched the final battle is largely because they are afraid of the Sanshan Zhenxian on the side of the human cultivator.


    After the last war, Sanshan Zhenxian completed the agreement with the six real immortals and was completely relieved.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian is limited to the agreement, he has been helping the six real immortals, but he is actually quite dissatisfied with the various actions of the six real immortals.


    After the entrance of the Heavenly Immortal Relics appeared, even though Sanshan Zhenxian recovered a lot of combat power, he did not participate in the battle again to help the six real immortals.


    Although he did not show up to participate in the war, the high-level foreign invaders did not forget him as a top powerhouse.


    Those True Immortal-level foreign invaders who were not able to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relics, strictly speaking, were all losers, and their strength was actually inferior to those who successfully entered it.


    Sanshan Zhenxian sits in the team of Jianjun Banxue, and his powerful aura is looming.


    This group of true immortal-level foreign invaders can''t figure out the real immortality of Sanshan Zhenxian, so naturally they dare not move out easily.


    If it wasn''t for their numerical advantage, they might not even dare to stop the human race cultivators.


    The reason why they formed an alliance with the True Dragon Clan was that they hoped that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor would be able to deal with Sanshan True Immortal.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was not afraid of the Sanshan Zhenxian, but made the Taiyi Realm his primary goal.


    He can''t even get his hands on it until he achieves his goal.


    The high-level foreign invaders knew this situation, so they could only wait slowly.


    Of course, the attack of the army of foreign invaders on the human race comprehension will not stop for a moment.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian takes action in advance, they can only rely on the large number of people to fight less, hoping to resist Sanshan Zhenxian.


    As for the three lions, they were just an ordinary true immortal-level powerhouse, and they were not in the eyes of the high-level foreign invaders at all.


    The real dragon clan did not intend to delay time, but it did take so long to find and test the reality of the enemy.


    The senior officials of the True Dragon Clan did not care about the casualties of the Sea Clan army, but the Sea God and Bibo Water God were heartbroken.


    It is not that they have deep feelings for the sea clan, but related interests.


    The sea tribe is their main source of belief.


    Originally, the sea clan had a strong resistance to the two foreign gods.


    If it wasn''t forcibly arranged by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the Sea Clan might not be willing to believe in them.


    As believers, the Hai people are not very pious, but they still provide them with a lot of power of belief.


    If the sea clan died, and there were no believers, they would naturally be unable to escape the fate of falling.


    Now the sea clan continues to suffer casualties, and there are fewer and fewer believers, and the power of faith provided is also greatly affected.


    They can already clearly feel that if they continue like this, they will start to weaken.


    Believers are the lifeblood of believing in gods, and the True Dragon Clan does this without caring about their lives or lives.


    Sea God and Bibo Water God were full of resentment in their hearts, but they did not dare to show the slightest.


    Not only did they dare to be angry, but they also tried their best to please the Jinlong King in front of them.


    In the past, the patriarch, the Dragon King of Swallowing Sea, practiced in seclusion for a long time, and was generally responsible for the affairs of the clan, basically the acting patriarch of King Jinlong.


    After the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor left the customs, this situation did not change.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon King only cares about the general direction, and the Jinlong King is still in charge of the specific government affairs of the clan.


    The two true gods squatted down in front of the immortal-level Jinlong King, like two pugs.


    King Jinlong knew what they were thinking, but he didn''t care about it.


    In his opinion, everyone other than the True Dragon Clan is a tool that can be consumed.


    When the time comes, even the members of the True Dragon Clan will sacrifice for the family plan, not to mention outsiders.


    After such a long period of observation, King Jinlong has determined that many of the weak links in the Taiyi Realm are real and not a trap.


    According to his estimation, even if the sea clan army is exhausted, it is impossible to cause more pressure on the Taiyi world.


    Now only if the army of the True Dragon Clan is dispatched, can more trump cards in the Taiyi Realm be forced out.


    Following the Jinlong King''s order, the Ganglong King, Jade Dragon King and other dragon kings immediately dispatched, leading a large army of the real dragon clan, and rushed directly into the battlefield.


    The army of monks outside the Taiyi Realm divided their forces and tried to intercept them.


    The army of these True Dragons did not entangle with them, but rushed over directly, crossed the battlefield, got close to the Taiyi Realm, and then launched an attack along the flaws in the Taiyi Realm, trying to break into the interior of the Taiyi Realm.


    Neither the army of monks outside the Taiyi Realm nor the defensive array of the Taiyi Realm itself could block the army of these True Dragon Clan.


    It didn''t take long for an army of the True Dragon Clan to break into the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 2535

    In the high sky all over the Taiyi Realm, dense dragons appeared, with terrifying coercion.


    The hearts of Taiyijie, who had just settled down not long ago, became flustered again.


    In addition to practicing, Meng Zhang devoted a large part of his mind to the development of the battle.


    Especially as the True Dragon Clan continued to strengthen their offensive, he paid more attention to the battle situation.


    According to his arrangement, Niu Dawei led the army of monks to fight outside the Taiyi Realm, and the Moon God was in charge of commanding the defense inside the Taiyi Realm.


    In the battle outside the Taiyi Realm, the cultivators headed by the Taiyimen cultivators are the main force, and they have concentrated most of the flying boats, all the void battleships and the floating city currently owned by the Taiyimen.


    The battle within the Taiyi Realm is based on the gods enshrined by Meng Zhang and the army from the underworld as the main force.


    The moon god drove into the mysterious mansion and launched an attack on the giant dragon in the sky.


    The Taiyi world is not a complete big world, and the gap between the underworld and the yang world is not that strong.


    There are passages leading to the underworld in many places in the Taiyi Realm. Taimiao''s Cong Shen led an army of ghosts to kill the giant dragon that entered the Taiyi Realm.


    Most of the gods enshrined in various places by Meng Zhang are new and tender, with limited strength, and it is difficult to directly participate in this level of battle.


    They worked hard to erect a divine barrier to ensure that their turf would not be affected by the aftermath of the battle.


    The army of the true dragon clan is huge, but the number of true dragons with pure blood is limited.


    Dragons are inherently silver, and members of the dragon family have always been fraternity, and they are not taboo against meat and fish.


    No matter what race or gender, nothing can stop the true dragon clan''s desire to breed.


    Not to mention those strange creatures mixed with dragon blood, the number of mixed-blood dragons that retain the roughly dragon shape is extremely large.


    Those who can be selected into this army, the worst are the mixed-blood dragons at the Jindan level.


    As the main force, it is the pure-blooded dragon of Yuanshen level and Void Return level.


    The strength of the Moon God has long been restored to the level of Void Immortal Perfection, and it is only one step away from returning to the level of True God.


    The Hidden Mysterious Mansion is worthy of being a war tool created by the indigenous gods. In this large-scale battle, its power is vividly displayed.


    Almost every bombardment of the mysterious palace can take away the lives of a group of true dragons.


    Especially such a big killer as Destroyer Shenshuo, Luna would generally not activate it easily.


    Every time it is activated, even a real dragon at the immortal level is difficult to parry.


    The God of Death and the God of Wind under the Moon God, as well as the Goddess of Worshiping the Moon, all actively performed in the battle, blocking the powerhouses of the True Dragon Clan.


    When the Junchen Realm was destroyed, Taimiao had already firmly integrated the underworld part, including Yinducheng, with the Taiyimen territory.


    The current Taiyi world not only has a vast Yang world, but also a complete underworld.


    Yindu City is the core of the underworld, fragments from the underworld of the Junchen world are continuously integrated into it, and the most important soul sea is placed within the underworld.


    The underworld in the Taiyi Realm has already begun to function normally.


    Before this, many souls of the dead had entered the underworld normally.


    Eligible monk spirits can be transformed into ghosts and ghosts under Taimiao, and ordinary spirits directly enter the cycle of reincarnation.


    It''s almost as good as remodeling a hell.


    The world of Taiyi World has given him huge feedback, and he has gained many benefits from it.


    The cultivation base alone has ushered in a rapid improvement.


    The yin and yang of the Taiyi world are orderly, and the reincarnation of the underworld operates normally.


    Tai Miao had previously obtained the two powers of life and death and reincarnation.


    At this moment, he not only completely merged the two powers, but also was able to exert unexpected power.


    As the ruler of the underworld of Taiyi Realm, Taimiao has an inseparable connection with this world.


    As a god, he deeply rooted his domain in this world.


    To a certain extent, Taimiao is more like the master of this world than Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, who has made great progress in cultivation, has been upgraded from the divine power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder to the divine power of immortality, and finally has a powerful killer.


    Tai Miao can freely control the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm.


    Whether it is cultivation or combat power, he is only stronger than Meng Zhang.


    It is so wonderful to sit in the underworld, and it is easy to extend his divine domain to the Yang world, shrouding the army of ghosts that go to the Yang world to fight.


    With the wonderful blessings of God''s Domain, these ghost armies not only were not suppressed by Yang Shi, but their strength increased greatly.


    These ghosts are not afraid of death, and regard the coercion of the real dragon as nothing, calmly surround and divide the army of giant dragons, and join hands to slaughter the giant dragons.


    The special army formed by the army of ghosts can concentrate the power of all ghosts in the army to fight against the powerhouses of the real dragon family who are far stronger than them.


    After the army of the True Dragon Clan successfully broke into the Taiyi Realm, it did not achieve the expected results at all, but paid huge casualties.


    Scarred dragon corpses fell from the sky, leaving more hills on the ground.


    Large swathes of blood fell into blood rain, converging into large and small rivers on the ground.


    This scene of corpses falling like rain and blood flowing into rivers is constantly being staged in different places in Taiyi Realm.


    Countless dragons died in battle, and their corpses and flesh and blood would become the spoils of Taiyi World.


    Not to mention anything else, so many dragon races died here, whether it is the corpse or the soul, after being absorbed by the Taiyi Realm, it will become the nourishment to nourish the Taiyi Realm.


    It is conceivable that after this battle, there will be many more dragon blood creatures in the Taiyi world, and many dragon veins will appear.


    King Jinlong, who was fighting on the outside of Taiyi Realm, saw such huge casualties in the real dragon clan, and couldn''t help but twitch and his face was full of haze.


    The real dragon family is not unable to sacrifice, and can afford sacrifices greater than this.


    What makes King Jinlong feel a little unacceptable is that he has paid such heavy casualties, but has not achieved corresponding results, and has not caused a major blow to the Taiyi world.


    The strength of the Taiyi Realm''s combat power is far beyond the expectations of the top leaders of the True Dragon Clan.


    Seeing King Jinlong''s face and knowing that he was in a bad mood, Bibo Water God and Sea God almost didn''t dare to let out the air, for fear of being angered by King Jinlong.


    It''s a pity that they are so careful, they still can''t escape the fate of being called by the Jinlong King.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor ordered to take in these two gods, and he has been raising them and sheltering them. At first, he planned to use their hatred with the six true immortals in order to play a role in the internal struggle of the Junchen world.


    The Junchen world has been destroyed, and the grievances between the six true immortals and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor have come to an end temporarily.


    The real dragon family did not keep these two gods in vain, and now they will be sent to the battlefield as cannon fodder.


    Sea God and Bibo Water God not only have the prohibition planted by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor in their bodies, but also their followers, the Sea Clan, are servants of the True Dragon Clan.


    They are completely under the control of the real dragon family, and there is no way to get rid of them.


    For King Jinlong''s order, they can''t disobey, they can only implement it without compromise.

 Chapter 2536

    The two true gods looked at each other and rushed directly to the battlefield in front of them.


    Meng Zhang, who had been watching the changes in the battle, immediately responded when he saw two hostile true gods rushing over.


    Before the Sea God and Bibo Water God rushed into the battlefield, Fairy Yue''e flew out of the Taiyi Realm, blocking their way.


    If the two true gods really want to rush into the battlefield like this and join the battle of the sea clan army, the defense line of the Taiyi world must collapse.


    After such a long period of cultivation, Fairy Yue''e''s injuries have recovered, and her cultivation has basically recovered to her heyday.


    She is no stranger to the indigenous gods of the Junchen world.


    When she left Lingkong Xianjie and helped the six true immortals conquer Junchen Realm, she fought with many aboriginal gods in Junchen Realm.


    Even if it is a true god, Fairy Yue''e has a record of beheading.


    The ordinary native gods killed by her are even more numerous.


    She is familiar with the methods of the native gods, and knows each other''s strengths and weaknesses.


    After the Sea God and Bibo Water God took refuge in the Dragon Clan, they changed the basis of their beliefs. Whether it is appearance or breath, it has changed a lot from the past.


    Of course, their true god nature has not changed much.


    Thousands of years ago, Fairy Yue''e had dealt with them and recognized them at a glance.


    Fairy Yue''e doesn''t care about the remnants of the indigenous gods in the Junchen world, at least she is full of psychological advantages.


    The advanced self-cultivation civilization of Lingkong Xianjie far surpassed the backward system of gods in Junchen Realm.


    The cultivators of the Lingkong Xianjie believed that they could slaughter the primitive and backward indigenous gods in the Junchen Realm.


    This is not just speculation, but proven fact.


    When Fairy Yue''e first conquered Junchen Realm, she made great military exploits.


    This is also one of the reasons why she thinks she has the capital and makes demands to the six true immortals.


    Of course, the final result was that she was betrayed and hunted down by six true immortals and had to flee the Junchen world in a hurry.


    However, this did not affect her confidence in dealing with the native gods.


    Fairy Yue''e took the initiative to ask Meng Zhang for orders to deal with these two true gods.


    For true immortals and true gods, thousands of years are not particularly long.


    As soon as they met, they recognized Fairy Yue''e, an old rival in the past.


    "This fairy also said where the bereaved dog escaped to, it turned out to be the lackey of the dragon clan."


    "It''s a good result that a person like you can be a dog for the Dragon Clan."


    ...


    Fairy Yue''e has a cold image most of the time.


    Sea God and Bibo Water God were ridiculed by their old enemies back then, and their current situation caused anger to rise in their hearts.


    Before they could retort, Fairy Yue''e''s offensive was already imminent.


    I saw blue waves rippling in the void, the tide rolled, and a bright moon hung high...


    Fairy Yue''e fought one against two, but she took the initiative to attack without showing weakness.


    After Bibo Water God and Sea God took refuge in the Dragon Clan, they did not obtain sufficient resources.


    The high-level dragon clan only needs them to maintain a minimum true god level strength, and has no obligation to help them improve their strength.


    There are a large number of sea clans, but many sea clans resist them and are unwilling to believe in them.


    The number of believers they have acquired among the sea clan is limited, and there are not many devout believers.


    The power of faith provided by these believers seems to be huge, but they can only barely support two true gods.


    It is not bad that they can barely keep the strength of the year, and there has been basically no progress for thousands of years.


    All of this is exactly in line with the expectations of the Dragon Clan executives.


    Fairy Yue''e spent a long time recovering from her injuries after she escaped from Junchen Realm.


    After she lived in the void, although she lacked sufficient resources, she still worked hard to cultivate, and her cultivation had improved to a certain extent.


    During her stay in the Taiyi Realm, she had no less communication with Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang is a new true god, his inheritance is brilliant and his talent is extraordinary.


    During the communication with Meng Zhang, Fairy Yue''e benefited a lot.


    In order to win over Fairy Yue''e, Meng Zhang even opened up part of the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian to her.


    Lingkong Xianjie is indeed a powerful world among the void and myriad worlds. There are countless powerful immortals in it, and they have a brilliant inheritance...


    But Fairy Yue''e is just an ordinary loose cultivator from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, without a strong background, backing, or extraordinary background...


    The top inheritances of Lingkong Xianjie have nothing to do with her.


    Knowing the goods, after seeing the noble inheritance of Taiyimen, she willingly stayed in Taiyimen and obeyed Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Although the time she stayed in Taiyimen was not very long, a lot of time was spent on healing, and she had not had time to learn these brilliant inheritances.


    But just being exposed to these inheritances is enough to broaden her horizons, enhance her heritage, and inspire her.


    Fairy Yue''e''s cultivation has not yet improved significantly, but her fighting methods are more flexible and diverse.


    Sea God and Bibo Water God did not willingly go to the battlefield to work for the Dragon Clan, but did it as a last resort.


    They know that the senior officials of the Dragon clan are staring at them, and they don''t dare to cheat or slack off.


    But when it comes to fighting spirit, it is not very high.


    Even if they were ridiculed by their enemies back then, they didn''t have much subjective initiative.


    Especially after some battles, they found that Fairy Yue''e''s fighting power was only stronger than that of the past, and it was very difficult to deal with, and their fighting spirit was even weaker.


    If you want to win or lose with Fairy Yue''e, you have to show all your cards and work hard.


    They were full of resentment against the Dragon Clan in their hearts, but they didn''t dare to show it, and naturally they didn''t want to work hard for it.


    Of course, on the scene, they fought extremely fiercely with Fairy Yue''e, and the battle was very hot.


    The power of the true immortal and the true god kept colliding in the void, causing ripples in the void.


    Although Fairy Yue''e believed that she could block these two true gods, she did not have the confidence to defeat them.


    During the battle, as one of the belligerents, she was keenly aware that the other party seemed to be weak in fighting spirit.


    The task Meng Zhang gave her was to entangle the two true gods and prevent them from interfering with other battlefields.


    Fairy Yue''e has already completed the task perfectly, and she doesn''t have the kind of mentality to go all out.


    As a result, the battle between the two sides seemed to be earth-shattering, but in fact the damage to each other was limited.


    Anyway, the battle between true immortals and true gods is not so easy to distinguish, even if it lasts for a long time, it is very normal.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor paid too much attention to the battle between them.


    At this time, they were like two brilliant chess players playing chess. Through continuous moves, they slowly forced out all the opponent''s hole cards, and looked for opportunities to take advantage of them.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor even wanted to force Meng Zhang to join the war, so he peeped on the side, looking for a good opportunity to kill with one hit.


    Meng Zhang did not know the thoughts of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, so he just responded in the usual way, forcing his opponent as much as possible, while retaining his own strength and leaving more trump cards.

 Chapter 2537

    So far, it has been the main attack of the dragon clan and the defense of the Taiyi world.


    However, the Taiyi Realm resolved the various means of the Dragon Clan one by one, causing the other side to pay heavy casualties, but their own losses were very limited.


    King Jinlong kept dispatching troops and attacking Taiyi Realm from all directions, but Taiyi Realm responded calmly under the command of Meng Zhang, so that it did not make any progress.


    The dragon army finally broke into the Taiyi world, and it did not play a huge role as imagined.


    The dragon army not only fell into a fight with the enemy, but also the casualties continued to increase.


    The dragon army is still very far away from reaching the goal of conquering the Taiyi Realm, and there is no end in sight.


    The Moon God, who was in charge of commanding the internal defense of the Taiyi Realm, drove the Hidden Mysterious Mansion and erupted with extremely strong combat power.


    She alone can block many dragon kings who are powerful in the late stage of returning to the virtual world, and can also take the time to kill the dragon army.


    The war to capture a world spans decades or even hundreds of years.


    When the major branches of the dragon clan wandered in the void, they captured and occupied countless great worlds.


    Even if the branch of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor does not have much similar actual combat experience, the inheritance from the Dragon Clan can give him a sufficient understanding of this.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not directly participate in the battle, nor did he point fingers at the side, but handed over all the command of the battlefield to the Jinlong King.


    Although the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is arrogant and rude, this does not prevent him from becoming a qualified patriarch.


    He is willing to cultivate the middle and younger generations of the clan, and he also trusts Jinlong King, the generation patriarch who has vigorously cultivated.


    At first, King Jinlong might be a little eager for success because of the arrogant nature of the dragon family.


    After experiencing setbacks, he fully realized the opponent''s strength.


    He knew that this war would turn into a long-term offensive and defensive battle.


    He knew the intention and goal of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and his task was to make it happen.


    To this end, the dragon family needs to make enough sacrifices, and it will take a lot of time.


    Once he had a clear understanding of the war, he became more calm and not impatient at all.


    He began to mobilize the resources in his hands, constantly hitting the Taiyi Realm, and slowly consuming its strength.


    King Jinlong always believes that in the long war of attrition, the dragon family with a long history and stronger heritage will definitely become the final victor.


    The battle between the Dragon Clan and Taiyi Realm here is getting more and more intense, and the battle between the army of foreign invaders and the Human Cultivation Cultivator in the distance is also showing a never-ending trend.


    Although the high-level invaders from outside the territory placed their hopes on the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor to deal with the Sanshan True Immortal, this did not mean that they did nothing and just waited on the sidelines.


    They also have to constantly consume the power of the human race cultivators and constantly weaken them.


    If the human race cultivators can''t resist the offensive and let the Sanshan Zhenxian join the battle early, then they will have the opportunity to find the flaws of the Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Maybe they can defeat Sanshan Zhenxian without the help of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Of course, they did not underestimate the strength of the human race cultivators, nor did they advance aggressively, but slowly and methodically fought the war of attrition with the other party.


    When these human race cultivators escaped from the Junchen world, they were either on the Void Battleship or inside the Floating City.


    The Void Battleship is a weapon for battle in the Void.


    These Void Battleships from Junchen World are above the average level in all aspects, and played an important role in the battle.


    The Dark Alliance originally owned dozens of floating cities.


    After destroying a batch in Junchen World, most of them managed to escape into the void.


    These floating cities are far inferior to Void Battleships one-on-one, but after cooperating with each other and forming a certain formation, their combat effectiveness is not weaker than Void Battleships.


    The top officials of the Dark Alliance were reluctant to regard foreign invaders as enemies, but they regarded them as prey, and they had already killed them, and they had to resist them with all their might.


    When the Dark Alliance was in the Junchen Realm, it was jointly suppressed by Tiangong and the major sects of the Holy Land.


    Regardless of the power of a true immortal, its true strength is actually far beyond that of any holy land sect.


    The Dark Alliance is not that kind of traditional cultivation force, and the internal situation is complicated.


    In addition to the cultivators of the direct line cultivated by oneself, there are also all kinds of bulls, ghosts and snakes absorbed from the outside world, including half-demon, ghost repair, alien...


    In addition to the serious Taoist cultivators, there are various inheritances from the sidelines in the dark alliance, and there are even hidden magic Taoist practitioners.


    In the face of a powerful foreign enemy, the dark alliance was forced to unite.


    Practitioners of each system showed their abilities to meet the enemy with all their might.


    Except for the faction commanded by Supreme Master Feng Qing being isolated, other members of the Dark Alliance can take care of each other.


    In the fierce battle, the dark alliance''s profound heritage was revealed.


    All kinds of war tools, all kinds of war puppets, sinister secret techniques...


    In short, the dark alliance is not a good bone.


    From the scene, the human race cultivators are on the defensive, but they are not passive at all.


    The human race cultivators kept their formations largely intact, wiped out a large number of enemies, and caused huge casualties to foreign invaders.


    The high-level intruders from outside the territory are ill-conceived, each has his own plans, and guards against each other.


    They are unwilling to devote more power, and let the war situation develop like this, slowly consuming and weakening the human race cultivators.


    The battle in the void almost never ceases.


    Time passed quickly, and another few months passed.


    Anyway, the warring parties are fully psychologically prepared to fight a protracted war, and no one is in a hurry.


    The arrogant King Jinlong can tolerate the long-term continuation of the battle, but he does not want to see no progress on his side.


    The protracted war in his understanding is to weaken the enemy bit by bit and realize one''s own strategic vision step by step.


    Everything that was consumed during the period was to ensure that in the final battle, our side had sufficient advantages.


    But now, a lot of time has been consumed, and the casualties of our own side are even greater.


    However, the strategic vision of our own side has basically not been realized.


    At this time, inside and outside the Taiyi Realm, it has become a huge meat grinder, constantly killing the flesh and blood of the dragon and sea.


    Although the Hai people are slaves and food, they cannot just sacrifice in vain.


    What''s more, the continuous loss of the dragon army has made many dragon leaders impatient.


    The appearance of Taiyi Realm seems to be quite spare, and there is no feeling of injury.


    In fact, the loss of the Taiyi Realm cultivator is indeed not large, and the loss of the gods is even more negligible.


    The real casualties were the army of ghosts from the underworld.


    Hades is functioning normally now.


    As long as the souls of the dead continue to enter the underworld, the ghosts in the underworld will not go extinct.


    What''s more, Tai Miao''s army of ghosts is already huge in number and can withstand consumption.


    King Jinlong realized that his tactics needed to be adjusted, and he needed to deploy more high-level combat power in order to put enough pressure on Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 2538

    The Dragon Clan under the Swallowing Sea Dragon Emperor had the experience of successfully infiltrating the Junchen Realm.


    However, the situation was special that time. They took advantage of the opportunity when the cultivators invaded the Junchen world on a large scale, and took advantage of the opportunity when the cultivators and the indigenous gods were fighting.


    They did not encounter the full resistance of the native gods of the Junchen world, and there was almost no loss.


    Strictly speaking, they did not have the experience of destroying a big world alone.


    The combat power that Taiyi Realm is showing now is not weaker than some big worlds.


    If the dragons want to completely capture the Taiyi Realm, they need to spend a greater price than imagined.


    The dragon clan has many high-level dragon clans.


    And because of the extraordinary talents of the dragon clan, many dragon clans are stronger than cultivators of the same level.


    Not to mention the true immortals of the Taiyi world for the time being, there are many ordinary Void Returners, but the top Void Returners, such as Void Immortal and the late Void Returner, have certain deficiencies.


    King Jinlong watched the battle for so long, but he didn''t gain anything at all.


    He thinks he has seen through the shortcomings of Taiyi Realm and will make use of it immediately.


    He is going to send more high-level dragon powerhouses to force out all the hidden strengths of Taiyi Realm.


    King Ganglong, King Yulong, etc. are generals of the dragon clan, often leading large armies to fight abroad, and have a great reputation.


    However, their strength in the late stage of returning to the virtual world is not considered a top powerhouse within the dragon clan.


    In this dragon clan, there are several old dragons with virtual immortal-level strength, and it is difficult to mobilize even Jinlong King, the patriarch, on weekdays.


    He had the full support of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor this time, and was able to mobilize all the power within the Dragon Clan.


    Following his order, King Sulong took a group of old dragons to forcibly break through the outer defense of Taiyi Realm and enter the interior of Taiyi Realm.


    Since the main island of the Xingluo Archipelago was pulled to the Taiyi Realm, this big island has been standing in the west of the Taiyi Realm.


    The main body of Taiyi Realm is a vast continent, and the edge of the continent is a piece of narrow sea.


    In the middle of these seas, there are large and small islands.


    Most of these islands are debris from Junchen Realm, and the main island of Xingluo Archipelago is the largest of them.


    The ruler of the Xingluo Archipelago, Guanghan Palace, was originally an ally of the Taiyi Sect.


    Now, all the cultivation forces on the entire island have to rely on the breath of Taiyimen.


    Because this main island has too many cultivators, it is too crowded.


    A large number of cultivators migrated to the mainland either actively or passively.


    Guanghan Palace still sits on the island, and it is regarded as the gateway to guard the sea for Taiyimen.


    Guanghan Palace is considered to be an inheritance left by Fairy Yue''e, and Taiyi Sect also takes care of it.


    Xuxian Yueying Taoist is the direct disciple of Fairy Yue''e. After Fairy Yue''e worked for Taiyi Sect, she also obeyed the orders of the top leaders of Taiyi Sect.


    Void Immortal-level combat power in Taiyi Realm is very rare, and Taoist Moon Shadow is very important.


    Seeing that a group of immortal-level dragons entered the Taiyi Realm, the Taoist Moon Shadow was ordered to intercept it.


    Daoist Yueying alone cannot stop many virtual immortals.


    The moon god asked the god of death and the god of wind to resist the dragon king and the jade dragon king.


    Although the Moon God''s cultivation base is only at the illusory level, as time passes, more and more memories are recovered.


    In her heyday, she was an out-and-out true god, and she was the strongest among true gods.


    She has the fighting consciousness and fighting experience of the true god, and with the help of the Shangni Mysterious Mansion, she actually blocked several dragon clan virtual immortals.


    King Jinlong heard the details of Moon God from Star God Qiguang.


    As a member of the indigenous gods of the Junchen world, the Moon God has taken refuge with the archenemy cultivators, which makes the Qiguang Star God very disdainful.


    King Jinlong saw the Moon God''s power and blocked the dragon powerhouse, and he was very dissatisfied with the Qiguang Star God in his heart.


    After the Qiguang Star God returned to the Dragon Clan''s territory, he promised to serve the Dragon Clan wholeheartedly.


    After all, he is also a true god, very useful, so the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t care too much about the past.


    Qiguang Star God did not hide the secret that he was controlled by Ziyang Zhenxian.


    He told the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor that after his many efforts, the restrictions on him have been continuously weakened.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor hopes to use the restraint in the Qiguang Star God''s body to counteract Ziyang Zhenxian at a critical moment.


    Now that the Dragon Clan is aggressively attacking the Taiyi Realm, he did not let Qiguang Star God sit idle and let him cooperate with the Dragon Clan army.


    Qiguang Star God knew that this was a test for himself by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and he also intended to take this opportunity to settle his previous grievances with his old rival Moon God, and by the way, show his ability.


    When the dragon army entered the Taiyi Realm, he also sneaked into it.


    Seeing that Luna used the Anonymous Mansion that he had worked so hard to refine to show off his power, he was very angry in his heart.


    He carefully sensed that the Anonymous Mansion had completely escaped his control.


    With the help of True God Taimiao, the Moon God had long since removed all hidden dangers in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion and completely refined it.


    This Hidden Mysterious Mansion is not just a tool of war, it is also related to the next path of the Star God of Qiguang.


    Because of the characteristics of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, he couldn''t take it to sea back then, and could only leave it on land.


    He thought that the hidden secret house was hidden enough, but he didn''t expect that it would eventually fall into the hands of his old rival Luna.


    Although he was angry in his heart, Star God Qiguang was not in a hurry.


    He knew that there were true gods and true immortals in Taiyi Realm.


    He has to look for an appropriate opportunity, preferably one hit.


    He has been hiding in the dark, observing the situation of Luna, waiting for it to reveal its flaws.


    Since the start of the war, the dragon army seems to be pressing on the Taiyi Realm step by step, but in fact it has made little progress.


    Few of all key strategic objectives have been achieved.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor not only wants to completely capture the Taiyi Realm, but also does not want to let the Dragon Clan suffer too heavy casualties.


    Don''t look at the alliance between dragons and foreign invaders.


    However, after the war, if the strength of the Dragon Race is too great, foreign invaders may turn their backs at any time.


    This is not unreasonable for the high-level dragon clan to worry about, because this is one of the laws of survival in the void.


    If the casualties of the invaders from outside the territory are too large, and the weakness is exposed after the war, the Dragon Clan will also not miss the opportunity.


    The servants of the dragon clan, the sea clan, went all out, and the dragon clan took out most of their combat power.


    The battle situation is still in a stalemate, and there is no opportunity to break the situation.


    No matter how the dragon army attacked, the Taiyi Realm was still so indestructible.


    The sea clan army suffered heavy casualties, and it has been fundamentally injured.


    King Jinlong could not care about the casualties of the sea clan, but the dragon army also suffered heavy casualties, and he couldn''t sit still.


    Taiyijie, as a defender, suffered far less casualties than the attackers.


    Defenders have a lot of advantages.


    The defending side has a convenient location; it has the help of the ban on the legal circle; it can more easily deploy troops, check for leaks and fill vacancies, and help each other on all fronts; it can send the injured monks back for treatment in time...

 Chapter 2539

    The Taiyi Realm was carefully built by Meng Zhang according to the system designed by Taiyi Jinxian.


    Even now, the Taiyimen monks are still investing resources to strengthen the Taiyi world.


    You gods are growing with the whole world.


    When Taiyi Jinxian designed this system, he had considered the invasion of foreign enemies.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang has limited knowledge, and has not experienced much battle in the void, nor much experience in offensive and defensive battles in the big world.


    Taiyi Jinxian is very different. He has a deep understanding of the way of survival in the void.


    He has seen and personally experienced the offensive and defensive battles in the Great World, which are numerous and high-level.


    If Meng Zhang can completely complete the arrangement of this system, the Taiyi Realm will have a very strong defense.


    At the very least, the enemies of the true god level will not pose too much threat to the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang originally intended to build this system, the main purpose was to allow Taiyimen monks to continue to survive in the void after the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    The investment from Meng Zhang and Taiyimen is still far from enough, and many places are just doable.


    They lack adequate resources and have very limited capabilities.


    The Taiyi world is still too young and needs time to grow.


    At this time, the Taiyi world inevitably has many flaws, and its defense capabilities are very limited.


    This gave the dragon army an opportunity to easily enter it.


    But Taiyijie is a system designed by Taiyi Jinxian after all. Even if it is just taking shape, there are still many mysterious things.


    As the dragon army continued to break into the Taiyi world, more and more strong dragons participated in the battle, and the defenders were also facing increasing pressure.


    Following Meng Zhang''s orders, Taiyijie began to show more trump cards.


    The gods who were encapsulated in various places in the Taiyi Realm came to operate the divine power according to a unified method and mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    I saw a twist in the sky of Taiyi Realm, and the gods of these gods were projected everywhere, dividing the dragon army.


    These gods have not been consecrated for a long time, their cultivation base is limited, and the strength of the gods is insufficient...


    However, with the blessing of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, the defense power of these gods has been greatly improved, and together they have built a maze, cut the dragon army into pieces, and trapped many dragon powerhouses in it. .


    Regardless of the various defense facilities, the strength of the Taiyi Realm stationed in the realm is not as good as the invading Dragon Army.


    The reason why Meng Zhang reassured Niu Dawei to lead the army of monks from the Taiyi Realm to go out to face the sea clan army was because he had confidence in the internal defense of the Taiyi Realm.


    Those gods with insufficient cultivation can play a huge role by relying on the favorable location.


    The army of ghosts from the underworld is even more freely consumed.


    Of course, the ghost army is not endless.


    At the current consumption rate in the Ether B world, the army of ghosts can still consume for a while.


    After this battle is over, the souls of both the enemy and the enemy will enter the underworld of the Taiyi Realm.


    At that time, Tai Miao will be able to replenish the army under his command again.


    Seeing that the dragon army could not make progress, his plan failed again, and the furious Jinlong King began to urge Qiguang Star God to take action again.


    Qiguang Star God knew that now was not a good time to take action, and Luna mobilized the Hidden Secret Palace to fight against the Dragon Clan powerhouses with ease.


    He only got one shot.


    If he misses a single hit, when the true god or true immortal of Taiyi Realm reacts, he will have no chance to sneak attack.


    But in the face of King Jinlong''s repeated urging, he really couldn''t go against it.


    Besides, watching Moon God use his own hidden secret palace to show great power there, he was really angry in his heart.


    When King Jinlong urged again, Star God Qiguang had no choice but to take action.


    The body of the Moon God is hidden in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion and drives various facilities in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion to fight against the enemy.


    Suddenly, bursts of starlight shone down from the sky, trying to surround the mysterious palace.


    The Qiguang Star God used a secret technique to try to induce some secret arrangements that he had left in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion.


    Qiguang Star God ignored that Taiyijie was the home of Taimiao and Mengzhang.


    Meng Zhang of the Yang World, the Wonder of the Underworld, has been paying attention to everything in the Taiyi Realm from different directions.


    What he thought was a secret infiltration had long since fallen into their eyes.


    The Qiguang Star God did not activate, so Meng Zhang temporarily let him.


    As soon as Star God Qiguang moved, Xianyun Zhenxian, who had been instructed by Meng Zhang long ago, immediately came with a mantis catching cicadas and orioles.


    After this period of healing, especially with Meng Zhang''s full help, Xianyun Zhenxian basically recovered from his injuries and regained most of his strength.


    As a true immortal, Xianyun Zhenxian has great confidence in dealing with mere true gods.


    This is another sneak attack under the cover of Meng Zhang, and he can also get the blessing of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world.


    This can''t deal with a mere true god, and Xianyun Zhenxian feels shameless.


    I saw a layer of white clouds falling from the sky, silently rushing towards the Qiguang Star God.


    Qiguang Star God really deserves to be the ancient god of Junchen Realm, not to mention his strength is extremely strong, and his combat experience is also rich enough.


    He reacted in time before Xianyun Zhenxian''s attack approached, and waved a starlight with his backhand, blocking Yunxia who was running over.


    He was slightly taken aback for a moment, but there was no response when he urged the secret arrangement in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion.


    He didn''t know that, in order to make sure nothing went wrong, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, with the cooperation of the Moon God, searched the Hidden Mysterious Mansion almost inch by inch, in order to eliminate all the hidden dangers in it.


    No matter how secret the arrangement left by the Star God of Qiguang was, he couldn''t resist such a search.


    The inability to mobilize the arrangement in the hidden mysterious mansion meant that his attempt to calculate the Moon God was in vain.


    He couldn''t make a sneak attack, but Xianyun Zhenxian took the lead.


    Qiguang Star God ignored Moon God for the time being, and turned around to fight Xianyun Zhenxian.


    After the battle, Xianyun Zhenxian no longer looked down on the Qiguang Star God.


    Fighting in the Taiyi Realm, he has all kinds of conveniences, but in turn, he slowly fell to the disadvantage, and he could only barely block the opponent.


    Qiguang Star God was entangled by Xianyun Zhenxian, and naturally he could not continue to play a greater role.


    King Jinlong saw that he had made many moves and was easily resolved by Taiyijie, and his heart became more and more angry.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s support for him is limited.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has given him so many resources, but he has never been able to achieve his strategic goal.


    Not to mention the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign, even himself, felt unreasonable.


    King Jinlong continued to wait for a while, during which time he adjusted the deployment ahead many times.


    But no matter how he adjusts or how changeable his tactics are, he has a huge advantage as a defender, and he can easily take the initiative.


    Another few months have passed, and all fronts are still fighting endlessly, and there is no hope of seeing the final victory.

 Chapter 2540

    The Taiyi Realm seems to be able to withstand the enemy''s attack with ease, and its defensive power is almost never exhausted, but in fact, the Taiyi Realm''s endurance is also limited.


    Not to mention the army of ghosts that were originally cannon fodder, the army of monks who faced the army of the sea clan outside the Taiyi realm also suffered huge casualties.


    The reason why Taiyi Realm let the army of monks go out to meet the enemy is to keep the enemy out of the country and try to reduce the damage of the war to Taiyi Realm.


    The army of the sea clan entangled the army of monks in the Taiyi realm, and the army of the dragon clan rushed in from various weak parts of the Taiyi realm. Although the high-level officials of the Taiyi realm responded in time, they still caused huge pressure on the Taiyi realm.


    At this time, Taiyi Realm can barely block the enemy, and occasionally conduct small-scale counterattacks on local battlefields.


    But if you want to carry out a full-scale counter-offensive, you will be powerless.


    The Taiyi Realm also only slowly consumes the strength and spirit of the attackers through the war of attrition.


    Of course, in some ways, such a protracted war is very beneficial to Meng Zhang.


    Taiyijie, who had always given him and Taimiao feedback, gave them more feedback when they were attacked by powerful enemies and faced a huge crisis.


    Both him and Tai Miao''s cultivation are improving rapidly.


    Every day that passed, he and Taimiao would get stronger.


    Meng Zhang, who has never participated in the war, still has spare time to practice some secret techniques unique to true immortals.


    Being too wonderful in the underworld has strengthened the connection between itself and the Taiyi world, and can almost mobilize the power of the entire Taiyi world like an arm.


    Although Taiyi World is a new world, very immature and incomplete, it is also the prototype of a big world, it has everything it should have, and its power is even more powerful.


    Under the suppression of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, the dragon army that entered the Taiyi Realm was under enormous pressure, and there were many casualties.


    The battle against foreign invaders on the side of Jianjun Banxue was equally fierce and bloody.


    The two sides seem to have gone all out, except for the fact that they have not deployed true immortal-level combat power.


    In fact, because the high-level foreign invaders have different plans, the real offensive strength of the foreign invaders army is not very large, and it is far from the time to fight to the death.


    After a fierce battle, the high-level officials of the foreign invaders saw that Jianjun Banxue commanded properly and that the human race cultivators had strong resistance, so they made some adjustments.


    They worked hard to put pressure on Jianjun Banxue''s subordinates so that they could not support Taiyijie.


    To do this, they considered themselves enough to have an explanation to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    They didn''t really go all out, and didn''t want to rush into a decisive battle with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    The Taiyi Realm is obviously a hard bone, which has caused great damage to the dragon army and the sea army.


    This is in line with the high-level intentions of foreign invaders.


    The greater the loss of the dragon army, the better, and it is best to lose both with the Taiyi world, and they can gain more benefits after the war.


    They very much hope to see that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor commits suicide and enters the Taiyi Realm.


    At that time, I don''t know how Sanshan Zhenxian will react?


    As a true immortal of the human race, does he really want to watch the human race world like Taiyi Realm completely fall?


    If Sanshan Zhenxian supported them in the past and revealed their flaws, that would be their opportunity.


    When King Jinlong was commanding the attack on Taiyi Realm, he also kept an eye on the distant battlefield.


    The army of extraterritorial invaders has been unable to capture the formation of the human race cultivators, not only because the extraterritorial invaders are too incompetent, but also because they did not do their best.


    Everyone wants to preserve their strength and let others make more sacrifices.


    King Jinlong knew that the covenant between the dragon clan and the foreign invaders was unreliable, and that the cooperation between the two parties was just an expedient measure.


    Of course, now the two sides are fighting according to the previous agreement. From the perspective of the scene, he can''t blame the extraterritorial invaders.


    King Jinlong thought about it, but he still had to continue to exert pressure on Taiyijie, and the offensive must not stop.


    At this time, more than two years have passed since the dragon army started to attack the Taiyi Realm.


    King Jinlong didn''t wait any longer, and personally led an elite dragon team to the Taiyi Realm.


    There are no more people in the Taiyi Realm to resist this immortal-level powerhouse.


    Luna took the initiative to fight, drove the mysterious mansion, and pulled the Jinlong King into the battlefield where she was.


    Although the Moon God is the ancient true god of Junchen Realm, but now he is only a virtual immortal.


    Relying on the power of the hidden mystery mansion, she actually entangled several dragon clan virtual immortals.


    These dragon clan immortals were furious and intensified their attack on the mysterious palace.


    After some great battles, the Hidden Mysterious Mansion has been damaged and scarred in many places.


    The Hidden Mysterious Mansion is a war tool created by the true gods, and it can barely block the attacks of the imaginary level for the time being.


    But the Moon God who controls the Hidden Mysterious Mansion has already worn out too much and started to get injured.


    I just don''t know how long the Anonymous Mansion and Luna can last in such a battle.


    At this time, except for Meng Zhang and Tai Miao who didn''t make a move, the Taiyijie side had already played all their cards and used almost all their strength.


    On the Dragon Clan side, after King Jinlong personally participated in the battle, there was no further power input.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t want to hurt the Dragon Clan because of such a battle, and he also reserved a certain amount of strength to guard against foreign invaders.


    It is even more impossible for him to send the too young dragon clan, the descendants of the clan with pure blood and great potential.


    So far, the attackers have suffered huge casualties, but the main casualties have appeared in the sea clan army.


    The dragon army suffered certain casualties, mainly due to the loss of many mixed-blood dragons.


    This is not because the Taiyi world has a choice, but a real dragon with pure blood. It is powerful in itself, and it is also taken care of by the elders, so the loss is limited.


    After King Jinlong participated in the battle, he was a little eager to swallow the Sea Dragon King, hesitated for a while, and decided to continue to wait.


    The brutal war of attrition between the Dragon Clan and the Taiyi Realm continues.


    In the void, it is not surprising that similar offensive and defensive battles take decades or even hundreds of years.


    The sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor has various shortcomings, such as being arrogant, arrogant, ruthless and cruel, etc., but as the patriarch of this dragon clan, he is still quite competent.


    All along, he has put the fate of the ethnic group in the first place.


    Whether it was the invasion of Junchen Realm thousands of years ago or the Taiyi Realm now, he was looking for a living space for his clansmen.


    He will give the clan a severe and even cruel test, and he can also bear certain casualties of the clan.


    But the current offensive and defensive battle seems to never end, and the casualties paid by the clansmen are of little significance.


    His plan to force out all the cards in the Taiyi world and let Meng Zhang reveal his flaws has been difficult to achieve.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor felt that the sacrifices made by the dragon race were enough, and the battle situation should be changed.

 Chapter 2541

    More than five years after the Dragon Clan launched an attack on the Taiyi Realm, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor finally made up his mind to completely change his previous plans.


    If the descendants of the Dragon Clan continue to lose like this, even if they capture the Taiyi Realm, it will not be worth the loss.


    He decided to make a direct move and stop going in circles.


    He left the Dragon Race territory and appeared not far from Taiyi Realm.


    He forcibly introduced a spiritual sense into the Taiyi Realm and was successfully accepted by Meng Zhang.


    The content of this spiritual sense is very simple, that is, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor makes a battle with Meng Zhang.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not explain what would happen after the outcome was decided, and he did not even require that it must be a fair heads-up.


    He simply challenged Meng Zhang.


    After receiving the challenge message from the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhang''s mood was very complicated.


    His time to advance to True Immortal is too short, and his background is insufficient.


    Although his cultivation has progressed rapidly over the years, he has the self-knowledge that if he fights alone, he is far from being an opponent of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Of course, in addition to him in the Taiyi world, there is also a true god Taimiao who can spare his hands to participate in the war.


    Looking at the confident look of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he didn''t seem to care that Meng Zhang had one or two helpers.


    The other true immortal-level powerhouses in both camps are in the midst of a fight, and they can''t draw their hands for the time being.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up to fight the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and the outcome was unknown.


    However, the current situation of the Ether B world does not allow it to accept the challenge of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang had underestimated the strength of the Dragon Clan before.


    Although the Dragon Clan has reservations, the power that has been dispatched has already overwhelmed the Taiyi Realm.


    Not to mention the destruction of the Taiyi Realm itself by the war, the human monks of the Taiyi Realm and the army of ghosts from the underworld are about to be unable to bear it.


    Even the gods enshrined by Meng Zhang began to suffer casualties.


    The main role of many gods is not to participate in battles, but to stabilize Taiyi Realm.


    It''s just that the situation in Taiyi Realm is too critical, and they have to fight.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not say it clearly, as long as Meng Zhang agreed to his challenge, the Dragon Clan''s attack on the Taiyi Realm would probably slow down or even stop.


    At that time, it is the outcome between them that decides everything.


    Meng Zhang was caught in a dilemma.


    The endurance of the Taiyi world has reached its limit, and maybe the battle situation will completely collapse in the next moment.


    But if he agreed to the challenge of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he and Taimiao didn''t have much confidence in winning.


    Once defeated, Meng Zhang would at least give up the Taiyi Realm.


    Otherwise, the sea-swallowing Dragon Sovereign, who was so embarrassed and angry, would no longer have the slightest scruples, and would rather burn all the jade and stones, completely destroy the Taiyi Realm, and exterminate all living beings in it.


    Many words do not need to be said, Meng Zhang can feel the will and determination of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a long time, seeing that the Taiyi Realm side was about to lose its hold, especially the Taiyi Sect direct cultivator suffered heavy casualties, so he had to make a decision.


    A divine sense was released from the Taiyi Realm and arrived at the location of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang agreed to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s challenge.


    The two sides did not bargain or communicate too much, and they reached a contract and had some tacit understanding.


    Meng Zhang jumped, left Taiyi Realm, and came to the void.


    The reason why Meng Zhang chose this place not far from Taiyi Realm as the battlefield was also considered.


    In the Taiyi Realm, there have been many Void Returning greats and even Void Immortals fighting.


    Especially the battle between Xianyun Zhenxian and Qiguang Zhenshen has already caused great pressure on Taiyi Realm.


    Fortunately, neither of them were desperate, and Star God Qiguang had reservations, so the aftermath of the battle did not cause irreparable damage to Taiyi Realm.


    If Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor fought in the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm might not be able to withstand it.


    Of course, if it is too far away from Taiyi Realm, it will have a great impact on Taimiao''s combat power, and it will be difficult for him to borrow the power of heaven and earth from Taiyi Realm.


    Regarding the battlefield selected by Meng Zhang, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had no opinion.


    Moreover, not fighting within the Taiyi Realm is also in line with his intentions.


    As for whether Meng Zhang would have any conspiracy or tricks, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not take it to heart.


    At the level of a true immortal, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor dare not say that he is invincible, at least he is the top group of powerhouses.


    No matter what plan Meng Zhang had, he would crush it directly with his tyrannical strength.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor flashed and appeared not too far from Meng Zhang.


    The two didn''t say a word of nonsense, and immediately started to do it.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and almost endless wind and fire rushed to the Dragon Emperor who swallowed the sea.


    The yin and yang taiji map above his head turned gently, and the yin and yang qi swept in like a long river.


    To deal with such a powerful enemy as the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, ordinary tricks are almost useless.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was arrogant, he did not despise an enemy like Meng Zhang too much.


    Last time, Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e joined forces to kill one of his incarnations, causing him a lot of losses.


    Keeping enough vigilance in battle is the minimum combat literacy.


    Golden rays of light flashed behind the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and streaks of dragon-shaped golden rays flew towards Meng Zhang.


    These dragon-shaped golden lights collided violently with the wind and fire in the void, and then disappeared together.


    Before the yin and yang two qi approached the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they were shaken away by one after another of invisible qi.


    As soon as they fought, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sighed.


    Although his cultivation has improved rapidly in recent years, the gap between him and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is still very large.


    Relying on his own strength, he simply couldn''t resist for too long.


    As Meng Zhang''s thoughts moved, Tai Miao came to the battlefield.


    The enemy had an additional True God as reinforcements, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor just glanced at it in disdain, and didn''t care at all.


    Before fighting against Meng Zhang, he was mentally prepared to be besieged by many enemies.


    He is not a reckless person. Before the war started, he carefully checked the strength of Taiyi Realm.


    Everything in the Taiyi world can be hidden, but the combat power of the true immortal level is almost public.


    With a true immortal and a true god, the enemy''s lineup did not exceed the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s expectations.


    When he was in Junchen Realm, it was only when a number of top true immortals joined forces that they defeated the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    In the eyes of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, no matter whether Meng Zhang is too wonderful, he cannot be compared with Ziyang Zhenxian and the others.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined forces, at most it was a little troublesome.


    As soon as Tai Miao appeared, she began to mobilize the two powers of life and death and reincarnation to attack the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor with all her strength.


    One after another gray fog diffused in the surrounding void, and countless black beams of light blasted away overwhelmingly.


    The sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor is one to two, and it looks extremely easy.


    He deflects the attacks of the two opponents with ease, and can also counterattack in time.


    As soon as the battle between the two sides began, the scene was extremely hot.

 Chapter 2542

    Tai Miao is Meng Zhang''s external incarnation. They are one body and have the same mind.


    In terms of the degree of tacit understanding of cooperation, almost no one can compare.


    When they are fighting, they are like one person, and they can often give each other the greatest help in time and play the greatest cover for each other.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin-Yang Dao, Tai Miao majored in Life and Death Dao.


    In addition, Taimiao also regards Reincarnation Avenue as the most important minor avenue.


    The Great Way of Reincarnation and the Great Way of Life and Death are a perfect match and complement each other.


    Meng Zhang is extremely accomplished on Sun Moon Avenue and Space Avenue.


    He also has a superb swordsmanship that is not weaker than a top swordsman.


    The powers of various avenues oscillate in the void, Tai Miao and Meng Zhang, who are familiar with each other''s strengths and weaknesses, are often able to display their cooperation to the peak of their strengths and exert their strongest combat power.


    In the void, the sword energy was vertical and horizontal, and Meng Zhang displayed the supernatural power two-meter Tongtian sword, displaying his swordsmanship incisively and vividly.


    As a true god, it is very wonderful, and he also controls many rare supernatural powers and mysteries.


    Because the time to advance to a true god is much earlier than Meng Zhang''s promotion to a true immortal, it is too wonderful not only to cultivate more vigorously, but also to have enough time to practice the magic of the true god level.


    The wonderful field of divine power continued to extend towards the location of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    As long as he comes into contact with his divine power, his vitality will be greatly damaged, and a certain amount of life will be cut off.


    ...


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up to do their best.


    Unfortunately, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor easily broke their painstaking offensive.


    Like many dragon powerhouses, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Monarch majored in the avenue of power among the three thousand avenues.


    He doesn''t need to use other supernatural powers, just relying on pure power, he can subdue ten times with one force and restrain the enemy''s various supernatural powers.


    This is the supreme supernatural power that shatters the void and preaches the Dao with strength.


    The means that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor had shot and used at will were just to deal with ordinary enemies.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up and played a role that was far more than one plus one.


    Although Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not see through the real relationship between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, but after seeing the power of their cooperation, he guessed that they had a special means of cooperation.


    Their combined power made the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor somewhat amazed.


    The enemy is so powerful that ordinary means can''t take them down, so the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had to come up with his true skills.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor abandoned the human form and manifested the dragon''s true body.


    This is a giant dragon with a length of about 100 meters. Its thick scales shine with special light, and its sharp claws are far more powerful than all kinds of magic weapons.


    Taiyimen had fought with the dragon clan before, and Meng Zhang had seen many dragon clan powerhouses.


    Among them, there are many guys who show the real body of a dragon that is more than a thousand feet long.


    In terms of size alone, the dragon real body revealed by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor seems to be inferior to some of the dragon kings under his command.


    In many cases, races such as monsters and dragons use body size as an important basis for judging strength.


    However, size is not the only basis for judging strength.


    The 100-zhang giant dragon body of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is far larger than the human form, and about the same size as Meng Zhang''s Heaven and Earth Law.


    In the real body of this giant dragon, there is a terrifying power.


    Every scale, every meridian, and even every piece of flesh and blood are condensed by the strength of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s many years of hard work, and it is a manifestation of his strength.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not impossible to become bigger.


    If he wants, the dragon form of a thousand feet or even ten thousand feet can be easily manifested.


    In his current form, his strength is highly condensed, which is suitable for him to use what he has learned, and it is his strongest combat form.


    The sword qi that Meng Zhang urged with all his strength slashed at the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and was easily blocked by the thick scales, leaving a mark at most, unable to cause any damage at all.


    All kinds of supernatural powers and spells slammed on the scales, and they were blocked by this powerful defense system.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not only physically powerful, but he can control almost all methods, and is invulnerable to swords and guns.


    And the speed is extremely fast, far beyond Meng Zhanghe''s imagination.


    The dragon of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor flashed and crossed a short distance, and appeared not far from Taimiao''s side.


    The sharp claws waved one after another, easily breaking through the defensive spells outside Tai Miao''s body, and severely injuring his body of ghosts and gods.


    When the war started, Tai Miao revealed the body of a ghost and a god, and transformed into a giant with three heads and six arms and a height of more than ten feet.


    The wonderful body of ghosts and gods is not only a congenital achievement, but also an acquired penance.


    In terms of the strength of the physical body alone, it surpassed most of the cultivation methods in the cultivation world.


    However, under the surprise attack of the dragon''s real body of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he almost collapsed at the touch of a touch, and a huge wound appeared on the body of the ghost and god, and was almost completely torn apart.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and him were in the same mind and felt the same.


    At the same time that Taimiao was attacked, Meng Zhang immediately used the spatial supernatural power of transposition and exchanged positions with him.


    Meng Zhang appeared in Taimiao''s original position and faced the attack of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Because of Tai Miao''s previous experience, he had enough time to prepare.


    The wind-fire yin-yang fan that had been sacrificed turned into a screen, blocking Meng Zhang''s body.


    The almost indestructible claws of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor fell on the screen and were finally blocked by this fake fairy weapon.


    He finally breathed a sigh of relief when he saw the defensive strength of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan.


    Just now, the elusive attitude of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign, who was obstructing and killing God, almost frightened him.


    After blocking the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor''s blow, Meng Zhang immediately used various Taoist magical powers to fight him fiercely.


    The wonderful body of ghosts and gods has a strong recovery ability.


    But after a while, the wound on the ghost and god''s body began to wriggle and healed quickly.


    Tai Miao couldn''t let Meng Zhang face such a powerful enemy as the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor alone.


    Not waiting for the wound to heal completely, he joined the battle again, fighting with Meng Zhang.


    With a rare chance of respite, and a painful lesson, he became more cautious and tried not to let the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor seize the opportunity.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined forces, and once again got into a fight with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    In fact, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor made a mistake before.


    If he chooses Meng Zhang as the only thing, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor still holds the idea that the general public thinks that the true immortals have various means, and the trump card of life-saving must be more than the true god.


    Even if Tai Miao''s fighting power was stronger than Meng Zhang''s, he didn''t change his mind.


    In the Void and Myriad Realms, Taoist cultivators are indeed far stronger than Shinto practitioners on the whole.


    The supernatural powers and spells cultivated by cultivators are more mysterious than those of the gods.


    With the lesson of Tai Miao''s trauma, Meng Zhang can properly deal with the attack of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor made a great contribution, it is still far from ending the battle.


    Whether it was Meng Zhang''s reaction or the wonderful recovery, it was a bit beyond his expectations.

 Chapter 2543

    The strength of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is still higher than that of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    From the point of view of the scene, he also has the upper hand, taking the initiative to attack frequently, and has already achieved certain results.


    Since he is on the dominant side and has enough confidence in his own strength, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not in a hurry at all.


    He continued to fight with Meng Zhang and the others, looking for new opportunities.


    Taking the initiative, he accumulated advantages little by little, waiting for the next opportunity to explode.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao almost tried their best to block the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Since Meng Zhang and Tai Miao embarked on the road of cultivation, they have never encountered such a powerful enemy or faced such enormous pressure.


    Don''t say they are slack, even if they leak a little flaw, they may give each other an opportunity to take advantage.


    With the huge lethality of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign, as long as we seize the slightest chance, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao will be doomed, and there will never be a chance to turn over.


    The wounds on Tai Miao''s body have not healed completely, and she is always alert to them.


    Every collision between the two sides will greatly consume Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s strength.


    The two of them are considered to be people with solid foundations and strong cultivation, but such a huge consumption still makes them overwhelmed.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign seems to have endless power and is almost never exhausted.


    The dragon''s true body swims recklessly in the void, attacking with unbridled force, as if it will never be exhausted.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao didn''t fight with each other for too long, so they had to take out an important hole card in advance because of the rapid consumption of power.


    It is not too far from Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have maintained close contact with Taiyi Realm.


    They communicated with Taiyi Realm one after another and began to mobilize the power of Heaven and Earth in Taiyi Realm.


    With the blessing of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, they not only improved their strength, but also accelerated their recovery.


    The strength recovered by Meng Zhang and the others was barely able to catch up with the strength consumed, and the stamina greatly increased.


    Especially Tai Miao, as the most important god of Taiyi Realm.


    At a critical moment, Taiyijie can even take some damage instead of him.


    Of course, it is impossible for him to arbitrarily display such abilities in battle.


    With the ferocity of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s offensive, I am afraid that the entire Taiyi Realm will not be able to withstand his several attacks.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao fought desperately against the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, just to protect the Taiyi Realm, and they must not put the cart before the horse.


    If there is no drag from the Taiyi Realm, there is no need to take care of the monks in the Taiyi Realm. With the cultivation of Meng Zhang Zhenxian level, you can go everywhere in the void, and it is not difficult to seek a free and easy life.


    It''s a pity that in life, even if you have become an immortal, you can''t avoid being burdened by the world, and there are always worries in your heart that you can''t let go of.


    During the battle, in order to avoid causing too much pressure on the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and the others could not even draw the power of the Taiyi Realm unscrupulously.


    However, fortunately, with the power of Taiyi Realm to borrow, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are in a slightly better situation.


    Meng Zhang and the others'' battle with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor attracted attention from all over the void.


    The battle of the army of foreign invaders besieging the cultivators under Xuejianjun''s command was not affected much, but the high-level foreign invaders have been paying attention to the battle here.


    Most of this group of true immortal-level foreign invaders only have the strength of ordinary true immortals, not to mention the absolute powerhouses like Swallowing Sea Dragon Emperor, even Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are not comparable to them.


    At this time, seeing the two sides fighting in the dark, they marveled at the strength of the two sides in their hearts, while secretly rejoicing.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and the others were faced with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor. If they were to face either of the two sides, they would definitely suffer heavy casualties.


    This group of extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level have average individual strength, and they are not united enough. If they really meet a top-level powerhouse like the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they will be defeated by each of them.


    These immortal-level foreign invaders quietly waited for Meng Zhang and the others to decide the winner before deciding their next move.


    In a void battleship under the command of Jianjun Banxue, Sanshan Zhenxian, who is recuperating, is also paying attention to Meng Zhang''s battle.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang have never had contact with each other, but they have long heard of the fierce name of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and know how powerful it is.


    Even if he has the strength of the heyday, if he fights the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor alone, the outcome is unpredictable.


    Meng Zhang and a true god were able to temporarily entangle the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and Sanshan Zhenxian was really surprised.


    In the long run, he is not optimistic about Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang and he are currently in the same camp.


    He has already started preparations. If Meng Zhang and the others can''t resist, he will rescue them in time.


    Of course, Sanshan Zhenxian knew that once he made a move, most of the extraterritorial invaders at the real immortal level would not sit back and watch.


    Once they join in, it will be another big melee at the level of true immortals.


    When Meng Zhang and the others were fighting against the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the army of the sea clan, who was fighting against the army of monks in the Taiyi world, also deliberately slowed down their attack speed.


    It is true that the Hai people are the servants of the Dragon people, and it is not false that they dare not disobey the Dragon people in the slightest.


    But after all, the Hai people are living intelligent creatures, and they are also one of the sentient beings with flesh and blood.


    Covetousness and fear of death, seeking profit and avoiding harm are the instincts of intelligent creatures.


    The dragon clan regarded the sea clan as cannon fodder, and made it clear that they would be sent to death.


    The sea clan did not dare to disobey the orders of the dragon clan, but for the sake of their own lives, when the opportunity was right, they would inevitably have some self-protection actions.


    Now that the battle between the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang has attracted all the attention of the top leaders of the Dragon Clan, not many people paid attention to them, so they naturally took the opportunity to make adjustments and try to reduce their casualties as much as possible.


    In fact, after the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang started fighting, the outcome of the battle had nothing to do with the Sea Clan.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor wins, then Taiyi World will naturally not be able to keep it.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is defeated, can the Sea Clan army turn the tide of the battle?


    Knowing that their own family was only making meaningless sacrifices, the morale of the sea clan army was not only low, but also frequently appeared passive and avoidance behavior.


    The behavior of the army of the sea clan greatly reduced the pressure on the army of monks led by Niu Dawei.


    With a rare chance of respite, the army can adjust its deployment, transport the wounded, and take a break...


    The dragon army that entered the Taiyi world also did not have too much fighting spirit.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor made an early move, and the significance of their battle was greatly reduced.


    Even in the middle of the battle, many high-level dragon leaders are distracted to watch the battle situation on the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s side.


    Some senior officials of the Dragon Clan discovered the small movements of the Sea Clan army, and they were too lazy to pay attention for the time being.


    As a defender, Taiyijie did not have the energy to take the opportunity to counterattack.


    Many gods who had spent too much before seized the opportunity to rest in time.


    The army of ghosts with huge casualties should also take this opportunity to obtain supplements from the underworld in time.


    In short, due to Meng Zhang and the others'' battle with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the Taiyi Realm temporarily relieved a lot of pressure.

 Chapter 2544

    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao can also be regarded as sacrificing themselves for others, putting themselves under pressure to replace the Taiyi Realm defense army.


    The three true gods on the dragon side, seeing Meng Zhang and the others fighting the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, suddenly became complicated.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are so powerful, and the Moon God has a strong backer. If the Star God of Qiguang wants to retake the mysterious palace, the hope becomes even more remote.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who was fighting with Qiguang Star God, was also shocked when he saw Meng Zhang and the others fighting.


    Not long ago, Meng Zhang was a junior who let him manipulate and control, and he was not in his eyes at all.


    Meng Zhang was unexpectedly promoted to the true immortal, and he took advantage of the danger and the serious injury to control him without saying anything.


    How long has it been since Meng Zhang was promoted to a true immortal, how could he have such a powerful cultivation.


    His thousands of years of ascetic cultivation are actually not as good as the decades of cultivation of a junior.


    Since Xianyun Zhenxian fell into Meng Zhang''s control, she was obedient and honest on the surface, but she was always unconvinced in her heart.


    Although Meng Zhang offered very lenient conditions and offered good treatment, he always wanted to get rid of Meng Zhang''s control, and even turned against Meng Zhang.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s strong fighting power now, he couldn''t help but feel a little disheartened.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed, the gap between them will only get bigger and bigger, and it has become an extravagant hope for him to get rid of Meng Zhang''s control with his own strength.


    Star God Qiguang, who had turned his attention elsewhere, was shocked by Meng Zhang''s strength, but for the time being he didn''t have a strong fighting spirit.


    After the Sea God and Bibo Water God were blocked by Fairy Yue''e, their fighting spirit was not high.


    They are now the same as Fairy Yue''e, focusing on watching Meng Zhang and their battles, and the battle between them has completely turned into a fake.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao did not dare to be distracted in the face of a powerful enemy they had never seen before, let alone pay attention to other battlefields.


    Although they have been at a disadvantage, and the situation is becoming more and more unfavorable to them, they are not without hope of a comeback.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor used to be a battle-hardened warrior.


    However, after staying in the Junchen world for thousands of years, he has never personally experienced a decent battle. Whether it is combat experience or battlefield smell, there is a certain degradation.


    Since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of cultivation, he has been encountering various challenges, many of which are the kind of battles where the weak overcome the strong.


    Tai Miao has fought in the underworld for many years, and her combat experience is even more sophisticated.


    While they were struggling to resist the onslaught of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they accumulated their strength and waited for the opportunity.


    After Meng Zhang and the others fought with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor for more than a month, they finally had the chance to fight back.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was hit hard not long after the war started.


    After that, Taimiao relied on the powerful healing power of the ghosts and gods and the blessing of the power of the world of Junchen, most of the injuries recovered, and the fighting power remained basically intact.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t realize his mistake, and still took Taimiao as the primary target to kill.


    He always felt that a true god should be better at killing than a true immortal.


    After another fierce collision, the wonderful body of ghosts and gods swelled again and became a lot taller.


    Having unleashed all the potential in his body, he suddenly embraced the huge dragon claw that was rushing towards him.


    Tai Miao and Swallowing Dragon King hugged each other just like street hooligans fighting.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor suddenly exerted force, and the wonderful ghost and god body could not support it, and countless cracks appeared on it.


    Before the wonderful body of ghosts and gods completely collapsed, Meng Zhang timely displayed his most powerful trump card - the celestial power of yin and yang to destroy the gods and thunder.


    The Dragon King of Swallowing Sea knew that Meng Zhang had a powerful thunder technique, so he took advantage of this, and last time he and Fairy Yue''e killed him together with his incarnation.


    No matter how powerful that thunder method is, it is only a magical power of Taoism, and it is difficult to cause damage to his dragon real body.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t pay too much attention to this thunder method.


    The hole cards that have been exposed have lost most of their effects.


    However, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor never imagined that in such a short period of time, Meng Zhang actually upgraded this thunder technique to an immortal magic power, which made a huge leap in its power, which was enough to damage his true dragon body. .


    The Thunder Seeds that Meng Zhang seized from Guantian Pavilion was difficult for even an old-fashioned true immortal like Tian Chenzi to absorb and refine.


    Meng Zhang reluctantly integrated it into his body by relying on the excellent inheritance and the magic of Lei Fa.


    Before fully absorbing and refining it, he could only exert a little power of Thunder Seed, but it was enough to greatly enhance the power of Yin Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    Now, this thunder seed has been completely absorbed and refined by him, which has substantially improved the power of the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder, and has been directly promoted to an immortal art.


    There used to be a lot of idle immortals, who sent out a list of the well-known immortal magical powers in the heavens and the world according to their power.


    Immortal magical powers such as Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder are not only famous on the list, but also ranked relatively high.


    Now, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor will use his dragon real body to bear the power of this immortal art.


    Meng Zhang desperately stimulated the potential in the immortal body, and violently urged Yin and Yang to destroy the divine thunder.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was desperately entangled by Tai Miao, had no time to dodge, so he could only choose to resist.


    Pieces of indestructible scales were blown up and torn apart.


    The flesh and blood that spewed from the giant dragon''s true body was like raindrops.


    Even Tai Miao, who desperately hugged the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, was hurt by the aftermath of the Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder.


    In the end, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor desperately broke free from the wonderful control and hurriedly left the battlefield.


    If Meng Zhang is allowed to continue to bombard, his powerful dragon body will collapse.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor fled the battlefield with his severely injured body, and Meng Zhang and the others were in very bad condition.


    Tai Miao''s injury is more serious than that of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and the body of ghosts and gods is already on the verge of collapse.


    Meng Zhang not only suffered huge losses, but was also injured by the counterattack of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor before he left.


    Seeing that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor showed no sign of returning to the battlefield, Tai Miao finally couldn''t hold on anymore and fell down.


    Meng Zhang forcibly suppressed the injuries in his body, and with a big wave of his hand, he collected all the flesh and blood spilled by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    He brought Tai Miao with him and hurriedly returned to Taiyi Realm.


    He sent Tai Miao into the Sun and Moon Blessed Land to temporarily nourish his body with the power of the Blessed Land.


    Before Meng Zhang could treat himself, he went all out to try to stabilize Taimiao''s injury.


    Too wonderful, this incarnation is too important, it is related to his path, he will never allow it to fall like this.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and the others and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor ended just like that.


    They were both wounded and each retreated, temporarily truce.


    Although Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor retreated first, Tai Miao''s injury was more serious, and Meng Zhang''s condition was also very poor.


    Judging from the scene, it was Meng Zhang and the others who repelled the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and had a slight advantage.


    In fact, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s victory was a little bigger.

 Chapter 2545

    Regardless of the actual situation, in the eyes of all the spectators, it was Meng Zhang and the others who repelled the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was forced to flee the battlefield.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the others would definitely have to pay a heavy price to repel such a powerful enemy as the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    As for the price Meng Zhang and the others paid, and how much fighting power they still retain, that is an unknown.


    Whether it''s the powerhouse on the Dragon Clan side or the high-level invaders from outside the territory, obviously they don''t want to take risks, and at this time, they go to test Meng Zhang and the rest of their fighting power.


    The dragon army that has already entered the Taiyi Realm, led by many dragon kings, began to retreat in an orderly manner.


    Although before launching the attack, they were full of confidence and thought that they would be able to capture the Taiyi Realm, but when the situation was unfavorable, the dragon powerhouses still had a certain response plan.


    The dragon powerhouses covered each other without revealing the slightest flaw, so that the enemy could not find any opportunity.


    Qiguang Star God forced Xianyun Zhenxian to retreat a few times, and retreated with the dragon army.


    The Moon God has controlled the Hidden Mysterious Mansion to fight for a long time, and the loss is huge, and he is unable to leave behind the dragon army, let alone pursue the victory.


    When the dragon army retreated, the sea clan army also began to retreat.


    In order to prevent the sea clan army from suffering heavy losses on the way to retreat, the sea god and the water god Bibo tried their best to take cover while dealing with Fairy Yue''e.


    In fact, the Taiyimen cultivator army led by Niu Dawei also did not intend to make a big counterattack.


    After the successful retreat of the Hai Clan army, Niu Dawei led the army of monks under his command to return to the Taiyi Realm for rest.


    This time, the dragon army''s all-out attack on Taiyi Realm has come to an end.


    After the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor returned to the Dragon Clan''s territory, he took the time to heal his wounds while replaying the previous battle situation in his heart.


    Over the years, his indestructible dragon real body has been his greatest reliance.


    For a true dragon like him, who is striving to prove the way, the physical body is not only related to the way, but also to life.


    Lei Fa represents the power of heaven and earth, and has a great deterrent to all kinds of aliens and self-cultivation.


    If it is replaced by demon clan, ghost repair, etc., the restraint by Lei Fa will only be more serious.


    Dragons are not afraid of ordinary thunder, but the top thunder like Yin Yang Extermination Divine Thunder still makes Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor feel difficult to resist.


    The fear of heaven, the hub of yin and yang... are all reflected in this immortal art.


    The defense of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s body was broken, triggering a natural fear of Lei Fa in his heart.


    In fact, even if the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor continued to be bombarded by the divine thunder released by Meng Zhang, he would not die soon, and he might last for a while.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s defeat this time was mainly due to fear in his heart.


    His will was taken away, and even though he still retained most of his fighting power, he fled the battlefield in a hurry.


    Of course, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was reluctant to admit this.


    He just felt that if he persisted for a while, he would most likely be able to bring more damage to the enemy.


    Of course, he has already retreated from the battlefield. Even if he is unwilling at this time, he will not immediately kill a carbine.


    He needs to treat his injuries, learn the lessons of this time, and find better opportunities to attack.


    The retreat of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor this time led to the defeat of the entire dragon army.


    Both the sea army and the dragon army returning to the dragon''s territory need time to recuperate and rest.


    On the surface, Taiyi Realm has become the winner.


    Because of the heavy losses he suffered, it would be difficult to support Jianjun Banxue in a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang felt fortunate for this victory.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor made a mistake and gave them a chance.


    If you do it all over again, the same result will not necessarily repeat itself.


    After Meng Zhang''s efforts, the wonderful body of ghosts and gods slowly stabilized.


    But how can his injury recover, then no one can tell.


    Even Meng Zhang himself is in urgent need of self-cultivation now, and it is not appropriate to continue to take action.


    All aspects of the Taiyi world need to be adjusted.


    Fortunately, after the defeat of the Dragon Clan army, the foreign invaders did not know whether they really abide by the agreement with the Dragon Clan, or knew that the Taiyi Realm was not easy to provoke, and had never taken the initiative to provoke the Taiyi Realm.


    The defeat of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor this time also completely disrupted the original plan of the foreign invaders.


    The army of foreign invaders slowed down the attack on the human race cultivators.


    In many places on the battlefield, the two sides fell into a state of confrontation.


    Large-scale fighting has all but ceased, and only many small-scale battles continued.


    The Black-robed Demon God and the Canglang Holy Spirit, as representatives of the foreign invaders, took the initiative to visit the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    They are here to inquire about the news, and the main goal is to find out the injury of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is too injured to continue to support it, then the foreign invaders may change their targets and attack the Dragon Clan first.


    Dragons have always been known for their wealth.


    The flesh and blood of the dragon family is more valuable than the cultivator.


    In particular, everything on the pure-bred real dragon, the flesh, muscles, bones, etc., are rare treasures.


    The Black-robed Demon God and the Canglang Holy Spirit met the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor smoothly.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor in front of them had a steady breath and a mighty aura like the sea, giving people a feeling of not being angry and self-proclaimed.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is in better condition than they thought.


    Regardless of whether the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has used any secret techniques to stimulate potential, as long as the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is in such a state, the high-level foreign invaders will not dare to act rashly.


    The black-robed Demon God pretended to express his greetings to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and asked with concern how his injuries were.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor disdains to pay attention to this guy with a ghost.


    King Jinlong, as the acting patriarch, took the initiative to talk to the black-robed demon god, and he was imaginary and arrogant.


    The Black-robed Demon God tentatively asked if he wanted to change the plan he had set before and let the army of foreign invaders attack Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, in this way, the Taiyi Realm will naturally become the spoils of the invaders from outside the territory, and it has nothing to do with the Dragon Clan.


    The furious Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor roared a few words, and drove the Black Robe Demon God and Canglang Holy Spirit away.


    King Jinlong followed them and made a few rounds to the effect that the original plan would remain unchanged, and the Taiyi world would still be handled by the dragons.


    The dragon''s retreat this time is just to make some tactical adjustments.


    The Dragons are fully confident to take the Taiyi Realm alone, and they don''t care.


    What they need to do is to continue to deal with the human race cultivators led by Jianjun Banxue.


    The Black-robed Demon God and the Canglang Holy Spirit did not find any flaws on the Dragon Clan''s side, and felt that the Dragon Clan''s strength was relatively well preserved.


    After they went back, after some discussion among the high-level foreign invaders, they decided to keep the original plan and continue to join forces with the Dragon Race.


    Of course, they will continue to keep an eye on the dragons, waiting for the dragons to be further weakened.


    The high-level foreign invaders greatly improved their evaluation of Mengzhang and Taiyijie because Mengzhang and Taimiao repelled the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.

 Chapter 2546

    This time, in the battle with Meng Zhang and the others, although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor took the initiative to retreat, he did not admit that he had lost, but regarded it as a tie between the two sides.


    Since there is no winner or loser in this battle, it can only continue next time.


    As for when to restart the war, it is time to choose the right time.


    The black-robed demon god and the others visited the dragon clan with bad intentions, and the senior officials of the dragon clan naturally saw through it easily.


    If you follow the previous temper of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, you can''t wait to turn your face with the foreign invaders immediately, and kill the black-robed demon gods and the others on the spot.


    It is a pity that as the head of the clan, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor shoulders the fate of this dragon clan, so he really cannot act willfully.


    There is no doubt about the strength of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor itself, and the dragon clan under his command is also considered powerful.


    But this dragon clan has a fatal flaw, that is, there is no true immortal-level direct clan in the clan except the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The rich and wealthy of the Dragon Clan are famous in the Void and Myriad Realms.


    But not every dragon branch is as rich as imagined.


    Ten thousand years ago, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor led this dragon clan to wander around in the void.


    This is not only a test for him, but also a test for this dragon family.


    Many of the resources they originally carried were consumed on the way.


    The reason why the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor had to snatch food and rush into the Junchen Realm was to seize the living space and plunder resources for the ethnic group.


    Although after the defeat of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the Dragon Clan had to entrenched in the depths of the ocean.


    However, with the rich resources in the deep ocean, it is still enough to support this dragon clan.


    With the original background of this dragon clan and the accumulation in the ocean for many years, it is also called rich in the Junchen world, and there is no shortage of various resources.


    The only resource they lack, and the most important resource for the high-level dragon race, is the origin of the world in a big world.


    There are many dragon kings at the immortal level in this dragon clan.


    If a Dragon King of the virtual immortal level wants to advance to a Dragon King of the true immortal level, he needs to absorb a large amount of the source of heaven and earth.


    The six true immortals place great importance on the origin of the world of Junchen, and it is difficult for even their own disciples and grandchildren to get involved, let alone outsiders.


    The major holy land sects know the needs of the dragon clan, and they will not let them get their wish.


    Due to the lack of sufficient sources of heaven and earth, several dragon kings of this dragon clan have stayed at the immortal level for many years, and their cultivation has never been able to advance an inch.


    The Dragon Clan is rich in the world and possesses countless rare and precious treasures, but they are unable to obtain the origin of the Junchen Realm.


    As for the other big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, they have already had their masters, and they will not let the Dragon Clan get involved.


    When the Junchen Realm collapsed, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was limited to the oath he made in the past, and could not capture the source of the world that quickly dissipated in the Junchen Realm.


    Now that the Junchen world has been completely destroyed, this dragon clan was forced to enter the void.


    If you want to get the origin of the world in the big world, you don''t know that you have to wait until the year of the monkey and the horse month to get the chance.


    The Taiyi Realm is not a complete big world. Whether its origin of heaven and earth meets the needs of the dragon race, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not sure.


    He wanted to capture the Taiyi Realm, mainly because he wanted to capture the living space for the dragon clan under his command.


    If the Taiyi Realm can provide enough sources of heaven and earth, it would be a complete surprise.


    Of course, having experienced a setback, he cannot act rashly for the time being.


    To a large extent, the fate of this dragon clan was tied to the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor himself.


    Many times, he has to take into account the fate of the ethnic group and cannot act arbitrarily.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took in three true gods including the Qiguang Star God in the early years, and the Sea God and Bibo Water God were even more pinched by him.


    But outsiders are always outsiders.


    When the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was there, these three true gods were absolutely obedient.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is gone, it will be difficult for the top dragon clan to continue to control them.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor originally regarded these three true gods as the powerful helpers of the dragon family, but from the situation of this war, they were unreliable at all.


    If it weren''t for the fact that no one was available, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would have been unable to accommodate them.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has also considered whether to let some dragon powerhouses take the path of the gods and give up the way of the dragons themselves.


    But after much thought, he gave up this idea.


    The cultivation talent of the dragon family is often related to its own blood.


    Those pure-blooded dragons with sufficient talent must practice the inheritance method of the dragon clan, which is the tradition of the dragon clan.


    Once they give up the inheritance of the dragon family and choose another cultivation system, it means that they give up their identity as pure-blooded true dragons.


    They themselves are unwilling, and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is also reluctant.


    And those guys who are not talented enough, even if they embark on the Shinto cultivation route, they may not be able to succeed.


    Don''t think that the Shinto practice route is a shortcut to practice.


    The Junchen world and the Shenchang world are dominated by Shinto civilization.


    But with the resources of the entire world, only a few true gods can be cultivated?


    As for the Sea God and Bibo Water God who had taken refuge in them, they themselves had the foundation of true gods, so they could quickly recover their cultivation.


    Among the hybrid dragons, some extraordinary talents are born from time to time.


    However, because of their impure bloodline, they could not gain the trust of the senior officials of the Dragon Clan, and naturally they could not be fully cultivated.


    This dragon family looks powerful and powerful, but it actually has many hidden dangers.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, with its own powerful strength, is enough to suppress these hidden dangers.


    But once the situation changes, these hidden dangers will become huge flaws.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is very angry with the high-level foreign invaders, he still needs to stand on the same front as them for the time being.


    Shortly after returning to the Dragon Clan''s territory, the injuries on the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor stabilized.


    He continued to heal his wounds and strived for an early recovery, while observing the situation on the Taiyi Realm.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are in extremely poor condition, it is difficult for outsiders to know their current situation.


    The top leaders of the Taiyi Realm skillfully responded to various situations after the war and worked hard to restore the vitality of the entire world.


    Looking at it from the outside, it is impossible to see the details of the Taiyi Realm at this time.


    The high-level foreign invaders have repeatedly urged the dragons to take action against the Taiyi world as soon as possible.


    After watching the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor for more than two years, he issued a new order.


    A huge army of the sea clan left the dragon clan territory and advanced not far from the Taiyi world.


    The Taiyi Realm did not show weakness, and Niu Dawei personally led an army of monks to confront this army of the sea clan.


    Without further orders, the sea clan army did not launch an attack lightly.


    Niu Dawei led the army into a defensive formation, but also did not take the initiative to attack.


    Several dragon kings led several dragon clan teams, bypassed the two sides of the confrontation, and approached the Taiyi realm from other directions.


    With the experience of the last time, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm knew that they could not stop the dragon army from entering Taiyi Realm from weak defenses, and only continued to strengthen internal defenses.


    The Moon God presided over the internal defense of Taiyi Realm, posing a posture of waiting.

 Chapter 2547

    Bibo Water God and Sea God came to the vicinity of Taiyi Realm, but were stopped by Fairy Yue''e who had already prepared.


    Qiguang Star God was close to Taiyi Realm and confronted Xianyun Zhenxian who flew out of Taiyi Realm.


    ...


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor ordered action, one is to respond to the urging of foreign invaders; the other is to test the current reality of Taiyi Realm.


    He wanted to know how much the last battle had an impact on the defensive power of Taiyi World.


    Judging from the reaction of the Taiyi Realm, they showed no weakness towards the Dragon Clan, and they clearly had strong confidence.


    After the last defeat, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor had a reflection.


    He still noticed some mistakes he made in the battle.


    With the experience and lessons from this time, he asked himself that if he played against Meng Zhang and the others again, he would not repeat the same mistakes and would have a great chance of winning.


    One is to wait for the injury to fully heal; the other is to have more preparations.


    In his heart, the next time he makes a move is the last time he makes a move, and he must win.


    This setback made the arrogant and arrogant him become much more cautious.


    Meng Zhang, who was healing in the Taiyi Realm, was very disdainful of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor in his heart.


    Although he and Tai Miao were lucky to win last time, they just took advantage of the scene, but in fact they lost even more.


    But anyway, victory is victory.


    Since the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has already retreated, he should completely withdraw from the battle according to the tacit understanding of the two sides, and no longer fight the idea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    The tacit understanding between the true immortal-level powerhouses is no less than the solemn commitment of both parties.


    It''s a pity that this guy, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, doesn''t even want his face.


    He refused to admit defeat, and continued to fight Taiyijie''s idea.


    Although Meng Zhang had some expectations about this, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor really acted like this, which still made him very angry.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t do anything for the time being, so he could only passively wait for the opponent''s next attack.


    When Meng Zhang was busy healing, especially Tai Miao was seriously injured, they all relaxed the monitoring of Taiyi Realm.


    It was at this time that Taiyi Realm ushered in sneakers.


    When the Black-robed Demon God visited the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor last time, even though the Sea-Swallowing Dragon King was aggressive, he was keenly aware that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon King was seriously injured.


    Thinking about it too, with the temperament of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, if he hadn''t suffered a big loss in the battle, how could he be willing to retreat so easily.


    Of course, even if the black-robed Demon God found out that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was seriously injured, he would not dare to rashly attack the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not only famous, but also the fighting ability he showed in the last war made him very wary.


    The black-robed demon god You Swallowed the Sea Dragon Emperor and thought of Meng Zhang and the others.


    If they can defeat the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, it is impossible for them to be unscathed.


    Compared to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhang and the others were more immature.


    If they let their guard down by defeating the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, that would undoubtedly be the best.


    For the black-robed demon god, a true immortal like Meng Zhang and a true god like Tai Miao were all attractive targets.


    If he can demonize them, it will be of great benefit to his cultivation.


    Taking ten thousand steps back, even if there is no chance to demonize Meng Zhang and the others, there are many powerful cultivators and gods in the Taiyi world, and they are all very good goals.


    The last time the black-robed Demon God participated in the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, not only did he fail to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic, but he was seriously injured.


    He desperately needs to get back to his best as soon as possible so he can handle the challenges that lie ahead.


    Demonizing powerful creatures, especially in a world like the Taiyi Realm, is an effective way for cultivators to improve and strengthen themselves.


    The Black-robed Demon God has been observing Taiyi Realm for a long time.


    Now the defense force of Taiyi Realm is confronting the dragon army, giving him a good opportunity to sneak in.


    The black-robed demon god concealed his deeds and silently sneaked into the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are his first choice targets, if not, he will choose other targets.


    Tai Miao returned to the underworld after the injury stabilized a little.


    The underworld was his home ground, the most suitable environment for him.


    Meng Zhang has been staying in the depths of Taiyimen Blessed Land to heal his wounds.


    The black-robed demon god could roughly guess where Meng Zhang was.


    After he entered Taiyi Realm, he secretly approached the mountain gate of Taiyi Gate.


    With the mantis catching the cicada and the oriole behind, the black-robed devil did not expect that all his actions would fall into the eyes of the caring people.


    After the last battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relics ended, the Bloody Demon God and Qiguang Star God left the battlefield one after another.


    The Qiguang Star God returned to the Dragon Clan''s territory, and the blood-stained Demon God flew away on the surface.


    In fact, after the blood-stained demon god left for a while, he secretly returned to the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Thousands of years ago, the blood-stained demon god failed to invade the Junchen world, but was instead controlled by the ancestor of the Situ family, Situ Jue.


    A large part of the reason for this is that the Famine Demon God and the Black-robed Demon God fell into trouble and plotted against him.


    Most of the magic monks are narrow-minded and worthy of retribution.


    For thousands of years, the blood-stained demon god''s hatred for the black-robed demon god has grown deeper and deeper.


    Situ Jue, the ancestor of the Situ family who controlled the blood-stained demon god, has already entered the treasure of the gods, and he feels that the time for revenge has come.


    Due to the failure of the year, the blood-stained devil became much more cautious and did not act rashly.


    Although the black-robed Demon God concealed it well, he, who knew the opponent''s basics, still found that the black-robed Demon God was seriously injured.


    However, he was worried that attacking the black-robed demon god would arouse the hatred of other high-level invaders from outside the territory, and make himself besieged.


    He has been secretly monitoring the movements of the Black-robed Demon God, waiting for the best opportunity.


    Now that the black-robed demon god sneaked into the Taiyi world alone, he thought that the time had come, so he secretly entered the Taiyi world.


    For the newly born world of Taiyi World, the blood-stained demon god also coveted it.


    If you can clean up the black-robed demon god and demonize the Taiyi world, it would be perfect.


    The blood-stained devil secretly followed the black-robed devil behind his back, and did not attack easily.


    He had already guessed the plan of the black-robed devil, and he was going to be a oriole and take him and Meng Zhang at the same time.


    The Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate is the core of the Taiyi Realm, and it is also the most tightly guarded place in the Taiyi Realm.


    The main forces of the Taiyi Realm are now used to prevent the invasion of the dragon race.


    The black-robed Demon God, a true immortal-level magician, is good at sneaking in secretly.


    He sneaked into the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate unknowingly, without disturbing anyone.


    The black-robed demon god had great plans, targeting Meng Zhang and the others.


    In order to cover up his deeds, he forcibly endured the thoughts of demonizing other people on the way.


    Sun and Moon Blessed Land is located in the depths of Taiyi Gate, or it can be said that the entire Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate relies on Sun and Moon Blessed Land to exist.


    Sun Moon Blessed Land is a small world that is independent from the Yang World and the Underworld of the Taiyi World, and there are channels connected to the Yang World and the Underworld.


    Generally speaking, even if the Taiyi Sect cultivator enters and leaves the Sun Moon Blessed Land, there will be some movement.

 Chapter 2548

    The black-robed demon god who is proficient in the way of infiltration and infiltration secretly infiltrated the Sun and Moon Blessed Land by using the magic secret technique without making any noise.


    Outside, the dragon army was pressing down, and there were not many Taiyi cultivators who stayed in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land.


    Among the Taiyimen, those with high cultivation bases and those who are able to recruit and fight well are busy strengthening the defenses of the Taiyi world at this time.


    The black-robed demon god is like entering a realm of no one, and he can easily come and go in the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    The original defense facilities in the Sun Moon Blessed Land were regarded as nothing by him.


    It didn''t take too long, he unknowingly touched the vicinity of the secret room where Meng Zhang retreated.


    Meng Zhang, who was in retreat, fell into his eyes.


    Before sneaking into Taiyi Realm, the black-robed demon god used magic secret techniques to forcibly suppress the injury.


    His combat power at this time, compared to the best state, the gap is not big.


    The cautious black-robed devil did not act rashly, but prepared to observe carefully, preferably to find the opponent''s weakness.


    Because the injury was too heavy, Meng Zhang had already entered into deep meditation, and his entire consciousness became blurred.


    Suddenly, a burst of warning signs rose in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    The keen spiritual sense is warning him that the danger is imminent, and the enemy is close at hand.


    He didn''t open his eyes, and he didn''t rashly release his spiritual thoughts.


    If the enemy finds that the situation is not right and suddenly launches an attack, he may not be able to deal with it in his current state.


    The enemy can touch here without knowing it, which is enough to show the extraordinaryness of the enemy.


    If it wasn''t for the warning from Spiritual Awareness, he would probably have been attacked by the enemy this time.


    Judging from the spiritual sense that was touched, the enemy''s strength was only not weaker than his current self.


    A long time ago, Meng Zhang built a unique system on the Taiyimen territory according to the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    This system includes the establishment of various magic circles in the Taiyimen territory, and the canonization of many gods to guard the various places...


    This system has already begun to take shape, and the Taiyimen territory has also become an independent world.


    This independent world is still very immature, it can''t even be called a complete big world, and there is no such thing as the birth of Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    As the creator of this world, Meng Zhang can easily invoke the power of the world.


    The power of the world is a very high-level power, and it can be used in many ways.


    Demons are the cancer in the void, the public enemy of every world.


    The power of the world is an important force to resist the invasion of magic.


    When cultivators are promoted to true immortals, they mainly rely on the power of the world to defend against extraterritorial demons.


    Within a world, the world power is almost everywhere.


    It''s just that these world forces rarely come into play without a human being to drive them.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang didn''t know anything about the outside world, and he didn''t make any extra moves.


    As soon as his mind moved, he established a secret connection with the power of the nearby world.


    Through the induction of the power of the world, he soon discovered the black-robed devil lurking aside.


    He recognized the black-robed demon god, and he could also guess that the other party had bad intentions.


    A demon lurking secretly beside you would not have good intentions.


    The power of the world is the power of the world itself, which is ubiquitous, and can be incomparably natural and secretive.


    The power of the world continued to extend into the distance, and soon a new target was discovered.


    The blood-stained demon god invaded the Junchen world thousands of years ago, and after being secretly controlled by Situ Jue, he has been suppressed in the ancestral land of the Situ family.


    When Situ Jue ordered him to fight, he was recognized by Fairy Yue''e.


    Fairy Yue''e, as a contemporary immortal of the six true immortals, is familiar with the series of events that happened in Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang learned about the grievance between the blood-stained demon god and the black-robed demon god from Fairy Yue''e.


    The black-robed demon god was in front, clearly targeting Meng Zhang.


    The blood-stained demon god was hidden behind him, clearly wanting to be a oriole and take down the mantis and the cicada together.


    Sensing the existence of the blood-stained demon god, Meng Zhang, who was still a little worried, suddenly felt relieved.


    If only one of the black-robed demon god and the blood-stained demon god was here, Meng Zhang''s situation would be extremely dangerous.


    In Taimiao''s current state, even if she was forcibly summoned here by Meng Zhang, she would not be able to exert much fighting power.


    Meng Zhang''s own state was not much better than Tai Miao.


    Even if he stimulates the potential of his whole body and puts his life to the test, it is difficult to block the enemy.


    At this time, most of the people who stayed in the Sun Moon Blessed Land to cultivate were young disciples in the Taiyi Sect who were not high in cultivation.


    In the face of demon-level powerhouses, they would only die in vain and could not provide Meng Zhang with any assistance.


    Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun were both guarding the dragon''s enemies outside.


    Once the black-robed demon god is activated, they will definitely not be able to return to the Sun Moon Blessed Land in time.


    Once Meng Zhang was defeated by the black-robed demon god, the tragic fate of the entire Taiyi world could be imagined.


    When he thought of the terrible end he would end up in the hands of the devil, Meng Zhang was terrified.


    It was his keen spiritual sense that once again saved him.


    The more fearful he was in his heart, the more Meng Zhang hated the hidden enemy.


    Originally, although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were in a weak state, there were many strong people in the Taiyi world, and there were strong aids like Sanshan Zhenxian outside.


    Meng Zhang was not too worried about the situation.


    The biggest threat, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, is far less injured than them, but it also takes time to recover.


    By the time the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor recovered, he and Taimiao had already had the strength to fight.


    Meng Zhang would never have imagined that a demonic powerhouse like the Black-robed Demon God would take advantage of the emptiness and sneak up to him.


    Meng Zhang looked inside and checked his state.


    If the risk of further injury is not considered, he can barely make a few more attacks.


    He certainly cannot deal with the current crisis on his own.


    An enemy of an enemy is not necessarily a friend, but it can be exploited.


    Worried that the black-robed demon god would attack, Meng Zhang secretly made various preparations without delaying for too long.


    As an independent small world, Sun Moon Blessed Land also has the rise and fall of the sun and the changes of wind and rain inside.


    A gust of breeze blew from a distance, passed the hideout of the blood-stained demon god, and passed the hiding place of the black-robed demon god.


    This is the natural breeze in the world, nothing out of the ordinary.


    The blood-stained demon god who wants to be a oriole is very alert and has not found any abnormality.


    The Black-robed Demon God also found no abnormality.


    But when the breeze went away, he sensed a faint breath from the breeze.


    This trace of breath was so insignificant that he almost ignored it.


    But suddenly, his tense vigilance was touched, and a familiar memory appeared in his mind.


    For a demon like him, everything that happened thousands of years ago would not be forgotten in the back of his mind, and it would be fresh.


    After the blood-stained demon god participated in the battle for the heavenly relics, he knew that the other party had not fallen.

 Chapter 2549

    The blood-stained demon **** did not fall, which was far beyond the expectations of the calamity demon and the black-robed demon.


    They are familiar with the nature of the black-robed devil, and they know that the black-robed devil will definitely take revenge on them.


    At that time, on the battlefield of many true immortal-level powerhouses, the performance of the blood-stained demon god was not outstanding.


    They were busy fighting for the chance to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and it was difficult to directly target the Bloody Demon God.


    After the battle, the blood-stained demon god also flew away immediately.


    The black-robed devil did not relax his vigilance against the blood-stained devil because of this.


    For a long time after that, the blood-stained demon god never showed up to take revenge on him as he imagined.


    The black-robed devil knows that the blood-stained devil will definitely not let it go, but he can''t do anything serious to guard against the blood-stained devil.


    This time he sneaked into the Taiyi Realm, thinking that he was very secretive, and no one knew in advance.


    Before sneaking in, he also carefully observed his surroundings to confirm that he was not being followed.


    He never imagined that he had come to the vicinity of the target smoothly, but when he was about to start, he sensed the nasty breath of the enemy.


    If it was someone else, maybe they would ignore this inscrutable breath, or treat it as an illusion.


    The black-robed devil is familiar with the situation of the blood-stained devil, and he does not dare to have the slightest carelessness, let alone have other fantasies.


    When did the blood-stained devil start to follow him, he was going to start at that time, does he have any other helpers...


    This series of questions made the black-robed devil unconsciously become nervous.


    Back then, he worked with the Demon God of Disaster to figure out the blood-stained Demon God, a monk who also belongs to the devil''s way.


    The blood-stained demon god in its heyday was the existence that made the black-robed demon god extremely fearful.


    Since the two sides have forged a big hatred, there is no possibility of good.


    If it wasn''t for the accidental discovery of this breath, the black-robed demon **** has yet to find the blood-stained demon lurking in the dark.


    The black-robed devil knows that he is already in a very unfavorable passive situation.


    An old-fashioned demon like the Black-robed Demon God did not react rashly because of his nervousness.


    He secretly observed the surroundings, trying to find the exact hiding place of the blood-stained demon god, while secretly running his mana, ready to take action at any time.


    The blood-stained devil and the black-robed devil are old enemies and rivals for many years.


    In the thousands of years in captivity, in addition to how to get out of trouble, the blood-stained demon god thought most about how to take revenge on the black-robed demon god and them.


    He carefully recalled everything about the black-robed demon god, and carefully studied and analyzed the opponent.


    Since he started following the black-robed demon god, he has devoted all his energy to the opponent and carefully observed his every move.


    As soon as the black-robed demon god made a change, he immediately noticed it.


    The Black-robed Demon God thought that he was dealing with a secret response, but he did not escape his observation.


    The blood-stained demon god immediately made what he thought was the most appropriate response, which was to strike first.


    Compared to Meng Zhang, the owner of this place, he hated the black-robed devil even more.


    Moreover, he watched secretly for a long time, Meng Zhang''s body was empty, and he was obviously seriously injured.


    The black-robed demon god is generally in good condition, and is his real enemy.


    A blood shadow silently rushed towards the black-robed demon god.


    The black-robed demon god immediately turned into several black mists, blocking the blood shadow that rushed over.


    Although the other party took the lead, the black-robed demon god responded in time.


    The blood shines, the shadows appear, the magic rises...


    In the blink of an eye, the blood-stained demon god and the black-robed demon god fiercely exchanged several moves.


    Fortunately, the strength of their shots was extremely condensed, and the power was restricted within a very small range, so it did not cause too much impact on the Sun Moon Blessed Land.


    However, when they started to fight, the news still spread.


    As the core of Taiyi Sect, Sun Moon Blessed Land naturally has a strict defense system.


    Even if the defense is empty now, there will be no shortage of reactions.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had no need to continue to pretend to be confused.


    He first ordered the Taiyi Sect cultivators in Sun Moon Paradise to stay away from here as much as possible, and then paid close attention to the battle between the two opponents.


    The thought of the two demon gods fighting in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land would definitely cause huge damage to the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, and Meng Zhang''s expression turned very ugly.


    At the beginning, he and Tai Miao would rather give up the home field advantage, but also defend the enemy outside the country, and face the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor outside the Taiyi Realm, just to protect everything in the Taiyi Realm.


    Fortunately, the two demon gods actually started to fight at the core of Taiyi World.


    With their xinxing, they will definitely not be concerned about the damage caused to the surrounding.


    Even if Meng Zhang wanted to interfere in their battle at this time, he was powerless.


    If it wasn''t for taking advantage of the conflict between them, Meng Zhang couldn''t even get past this hurdle.


    Fortunately, the place where Meng Zhang retreated was the forbidden area of ??Taiyi Gate, and no one else had ever approached.


    Moreover, it is located in the core of Sun Moon Blessed Land, and there is a strong barrier from other places.


    Meng Zhang reluctantly suppressed the injury, exerted space magic power, and erected a space barrier outside their battlefield to temporarily isolate the battlefield from the outside world.


    The enemies were extremely jealous when they met, and both the black-robed demon god and the blood-stained demon god only had each other in their eyes.


    They didn''t pay attention to Meng Zhang''s little actions, they just stared at each other and attacked.


    The blood-stained demon god transformed into countless blood shadows, and rushed towards the black-robed demon god overwhelmingly.


    Dazzling blood-colored light filled the surrounding space, revealing a chilling, sinister, and bloody aura.


    The black-robed demon **** trembled slightly, and countless interlaced shadows took the initiative to pounce on those blood shadows, entangled with them.


    The black mist is almost everywhere, drowning all the blood in front of you.


    ...


    If both of them were in their prime, their strength would be roughly half a pound.


    The black-robed demon god was seriously injured in the battle for the heavenly relic.


    Although he is now forcibly suppressing the injury, his combat power is still not as good as he is.


    And if the fighting time is delayed too long, he will definitely not be able to suppress the injury on his body, which will lead to the deterioration of his state.


    The blood-stained devil has been imprisoned for many years, and has been unable to receive effective supplements, and has always been in a very weak state.


    Situ Jue tried his best to help him recover before releasing him, but his cultivation was still a long way from his heyday.


    In the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, he was not seriously injured.


    Soon after the battle, he found a way to heal his wounds.


    Although the injury has recovered, the lost strength is not so easy to make up for.


    The Junchen world has been completely destroyed, and he has not had time to go to other worlds in a hurry for revenge.


    The surrounding creatures are mainly warring parties such as foreign invaders.


    In order to avoid alarming the black-robed demon god in advance, the blood-stained demon god forcibly held back and did not attack the members of the warring parties.


    Without enough blood and food supplements, his strength recovered slowly, and he has not fully recovered so far.

 Chapter 2550

    The blood-stained devil is now facing the black-robed devil. Although he has a slight advantage in the first move, it is far from enough to win the opponent.


    Both of them hated each other so much in their hearts that they could not wait to slash and tear each other into pieces.


    They, who are familiar with each other''s fundamentals, dare not have the slightest reservation in the battle.


    They go all out to shoot, and they must use their supernatural powers to overwhelm each other.


    For Meng Zhang, the two interlopers were enemies.


    However, it is the lesser of two evils.


    As a high-level foreign invader, the black-robed devil is obviously more harmful to the Taiyi world than the blood-stained devil.


    Of course, it was impossible for Meng Zhang to relax his vigilance against the blood-stained demon god.


    His consistent principle is that he will never believe in people in the devil''s way, let alone join forces with them.


    Meng Zhang worked hard to operate the space supernatural power, trying to block their battlefield within a certain range, so as not to let the aftermath of the battle damage other parts of the Sun and Moon Paradise.


    When the black-robed demon god and the blood-stained demon god faced each other, they were unwilling to make troubles.


    For the time being, they ignored the seriously injured Meng Zhang and dealt with each other wholeheartedly.


    They had all carefully observed Meng Zhang''s situation and knew that Meng Zhang, who was seriously injured, was not at risk for the time being.


    Meng Zhang knew that the battle between them would not last forever.


    By the time they decide who will win, they will be the target of the winner.


    Even, do not have to wait until they decide the winner.


    Demonic powerhouses are treacherous, who knows when they will make changes and attack themselves.


    The two true immortals, Xianyun True Immortal and Yue''e Fairy, are facing off against the Dragon Clan outside.


    If you call them back rashly and reveal flaws in front of the Dragon Race, the situation will only get worse.


    Meng Zhang, who was seriously injured, was located within the Taiyi Realm and could fully mobilize the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    After years of continuous strengthening, the Taiyi Realm has barely possessed the power to compete with the enemies of the true immortal level.


    Of course, if Meng Zhang draws too much power from Taiyi Realm, it will cause huge damage to Taiyi Realm.


    If it was really time to go all out, Meng Zhang wouldn''t be able to care too much.


    The damage caused to Taiyi Realm can only be slowly made up in the future.


    After the blood-stained demon god and the black-robed demon god fought, they both became somewhat stunned.


    They seemed to have forgotten their own situation, and that Meng Zhang was staring at him next to him.


    They attacked desperately and fought with their lives, just like crazy tigers.


    After the two sides fought fiercely for a long time, the black-robed demon god felt that he couldn''t hold it any longer.


    He was seriously injured in the last battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and has yet to recover.


    Before he secretly sneaked into Taiyi Realm this time, he used a secret technique to temporarily suppress his injuries.


    According to his plan, if the time is right, he should win Meng Zhang quickly, and restore his cultivation as soon as possible by demonizing Meng Zhang and the disciples of Taiyi Sect.


    It''s a pity that people''s calculations are not as good as heaven''s calculations. Before he could attack Meng Zhang, he fell into a hard battle with the blood-stained demon god.


    The blood-stained demon god who knows his roots can easily deal with the magic tricks he casts.


    With the passage of time, the magic secret technique of the black-robed devil to suppress the injury began to fail. Not to mention, the blood-stained devil also deliberately caused his injury.


    The injuries on his body began to erupt, and the black-robed demon god''s fighting power was greatly reduced, and he was about to be defeated by the blood-stained demon god.


    First, the surrounding space was blocked by Meng Zhang''s spell; second, the blood-stained devil was too tightly entangled, and he had no chance to escape at all.


    The black-robed demon god tried several times, but could not escape the battlefield.


    He deeply knew that if he fell into the hands of the blood-stained demon god, what a terrible end he would suffer.


    He began to try to beg the blood-stained demon god for mercy.


    The black-robed demon god was originally a guy who was good at bewitching people and seducing cultivators into demons.


    He had a lotus flower on his tongue, and his mouth was full of sweet words.


    He kept complimenting the blood-stained demon god, telling the friendship that the two sides had had, and the experience of fighting side by side.


    He also painstakingly reminded the blood-stained demon god that Meng Zhang, the real immortal, was still staring at him.


    If the blood-stained demon god loses too much in the battle, it may allow Meng Zhang to take advantage of the fisherman and become the final victor.


    ...


    The black-robed demon god said it very nicely, but the blood-stained demon god didn''t even hear a word.


    When the blood-stained demon **** bewitched and lured cultivators into the devil, he used more diverse methods, and he said it more beautifully than the black-robed demon ****.


    The words of the black-robed demon god bored him.


    He even felt that the black-robed demon god used this kind of paediatric method to deal with him, not to convince him, but to humiliate him.


    Thousands of years of hatred between the two sides, he thought that a few empty words could let him let him go, what did he think of himself?


    Not only was the blood-stained demon god not persuaded by the black-robed demon god, but his offensive became more severe.


    The black-robed demon god knew for a long time that he couldn''t talk to the blood-stained demon god, and his actions that seemed to be wasted effort were actually to conceal his true purpose.


    The black-robed demon god cast a secret technique and secretly passed the information into the ears of Meng Zhang, who was watching the battle.


    Meng Zhang is the person he really wants to persuade and join forces with.


    Of course, he didn''t expect to join forces with Meng Zhang to defeat the blood-stained demon god.


    He just hoped that after Meng Zhang joined the war, he could attract the attention of the blood-stained demon god and give him a chance to escape.


    At the very least, Meng Zhang should loosen the blockade of the space around the battlefield and ease his resistance to leaving the battlefield.


    The black-robed demon god kept his posture very low. First, he apologized to Meng Zhang, and then analyzed the situation for Meng Zhang very sincerely.


    Among the three, the Bloody Demon God is now the strongest.


    With blood stained the devil''s nature, after winning the black-robed devil, the next target is Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang must not think that he can ignore it.


    The blood-stained demon god sneaked into the Taiyi Realm, and he had the same bad intentions as him.


    ...


    The black-robed demon god said so much, trying to arouse Meng Zhang''s foes and make Meng Zhang face up to the threat of the blood-stained demon god.


    Meng Zhang had to admit that although the black-robed demon god said so much for self-help, there was still some truth to it.


    If the blood-stained demon god can take down the black-robed demon god without paying too much price, he will definitely attack himself later.


    Meng Zhang ignored the black-robed demon god, as if he had no interest in everything he said.


    Seeing that the demon god in black robe could not persuade Meng Zhang to help him, he secretly scolded Meng Zhang for being short-sighted and ignorant of the benefits.


    Since he could not get help from Meng Zhang, he had no choice but to rely on his own strength to resist the blood-stained demon god.


    The battle situation became more and more unfavorable for him, and the black-robed demon god began to consider how much he would have to pay to escape from here.


    He even made plans to self-destruct the demon body and let the demon soul take the opportunity to escape.


    Of course, Meng Zhang couldn''t let the black-robed devil escape.


    He is gone, who will resist the blood-stained devil?


    The two demon gods continue to fight fiercely and continue to consume, which is the result that best suits his interests.


    Meng Zhang secretly strengthened the space blockade on the battlefield, trying hard not to let the black-robed devil escape.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2551

    Of course, the situation of the black-robed demon god became more and more difficult, and Meng Zhang also saw it.


    The black-robed devil cannot be defeated so quickly, he needs to continue to entangle the blood-stained devil and continue to consume the blood-stained devil.


    Although Meng Zhang would not openly join forces with the black-robed demon god, he could still give him some help secretly.


    Meng Zhang secretly mobilized the world power of Taiyi Realm and started some covert actions, trying to make the war situation develop in the direction he expected.


    I saw that the black-robed demon god was entangled by several blood shadows, and the blood-stained demon god rushed towards him from a distance.


    At this time, a thick space crack suddenly appeared between the black-robed demon god and the blood-stained demon god, blocking the way of the blood-stained demon god.


    The blood-stained demon god did not take a detour, and with a pat, the space crack disappeared.


    But it took such a short delay to let the black-robed devil get rid of the entanglement of the blood shadow, and avoid the follow-up attack of the blood-stained devil in time.


    Since the blood-stained demon god and the black-robed demon god fought, the power of the true immortal has been shaking the surrounding space.


    Even if Meng Zhang tried his best to suppress the supernatural powers in space, he could not avoid the cracks in the space and the violent fluctuations in the space.


    The blood-stained demon god didn''t care, and regarded it as a black-robed demon god with good luck.


    Anyway, he has the absolute upper hand and can attack again at any time.


    After the two sides continued to fight for a while, the blood-stained demon god saw the opportunity, and a blood-colored light shot out from his backhand.


    Seeing that the black-robed devil was unavoidable, a space storm suddenly blew in the shattered space not far away, blocking the blood-colored light a little.


    Taking this opportunity, the black-robed demon god escaped once again.


    In order to avoid attracting the attention of the blood-stained demon god, Meng Zhang did not make frequent shots, and only helped the black-robed demon god when it was most critical.


    The blood-stained demon god, who had the upper hand, didn''t think much about it, and thought it was because the black-robed demon god''s methods were tricky and slippery.


    Meng Zhang''s shot was concealed and natural, but after several shots, the black-robed demon god was still aware of it.


    Of course, the black-robed demon god would not think that these occasions were coincidences.


    Now there is no one who will help him secretly except Meng Zhang.


    The black-robed Demon God breathed a sigh of relief.


    It seemed that although Meng Zhang didn''t say anything, he was still moved by him and was willing to help him.


    The battle has reached this point, and the black-robed devil can''t hold on anymore.


    There were several more wounds on his body, and the blood-colored light and shadow wrapped around him kept invading his body.


    His original injury has been completely triggered, and his movements have become slower and slower.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t take action again, he would have to consider exploding his demon body.


    The onlookers are clear, Meng Zhang knows the situation of the battle the most, and also knows that the black-robed devil can''t hold on anymore.


    Meng Zhang''s voice rang in the ears of the black-robed demon god.


    Meng Zhang wanted the black-robed devil to explode his body, and cooperated with him to injure the blood-stained devil, he could let the black-robed devil''s soul leave safely.


    Meng Zhang''s conditions seemed harsh, but they were in line with the black-robed demon god''s cognition.


    This is the decision that a great sect leader who has been in the cultivation world for many years should have.


    After the black-robed demon god blew his demon body, he would lose most of his combat power.


    For a long time to come, he will not be able to threaten Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the opportunity of the black-robed demon god to self-destruct the demon body and inflicted heavy damage on the blood-stained demon god.


    The black-robed demon god knew that now was not the time to bargain, so he agreed to Meng Zhang''s conditions.


    The harsher the conditions Meng Zhang proposed, the better his sincerity.


    Taking ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang had other thoughts, the power of the black-robed demon god''s self-destructing demon body was enough to break the blockade of the surrounding space and let his demon body escape from here.


    The black-robed demon god barely parried a few more times, and finally seized the opportunity. According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, when the blood-stained demon god rushed over, he blew his demon body.


    His demon body had been severely injured, and after this battle, the injury became heavier and harder to recover.


    It is better to give up this demon body and let the demon soul escape.


    As long as the demon soul is still there, he will have a way to reshape the demon body.


    Big deal, consume a little more time and consume a little more resources.


    The blood-stained demon god found that the black-robed demon god blew his demon body, and of course he didn''t want to take this blow.


    He was about to dodge, but suddenly felt that the surrounding space suddenly solidified, like a cage, firmly binding him in place.


    The black-robed demon god exploded his demon body, not letting the power of the explosion radiate everywhere.


    He used the magic secret technique to concentrate the power of the explosion on the side facing the blood-stained devil.


    The true cultivation of the black-robed demon god and the blood-stained demon god are similar.


    With the blow of his self-destructing demon body, almost all the power fell on the blood-stained demon god.


    Although the blood-stained demon god tried his best to resist, he still suffered huge damage.


    The blood-colored light from the blood-stained devil''s body was shaken away, revealing a somewhat dry body.


    Although most of the power of the black-robed demon god''s self-destructing demon body was concentrated on the blood-stained demon god, some of the power was unavoidably spilled around.


    Coupled with Meng Zhang''s ability to run space, and use all the power of space to suppress the blood-stained demon god, his blockade on the battlefield was lifted.


    The demon soul of the black-robed demon god turned into a stream of light and flew away, and he was about to escape from the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    At this time, Meng Zhang appeared not far from the blood-stained demon god holding a wind-fire yin-yang fan.


    He sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, turned into an almost endless wind and fire, completely surrounded the blood-stained demon god, and then continued to suppress and burn it.


    I don''t know when, most of the gods in the Taiyi world appeared in the sun and moon blessed land.


    They formed a large formation, chanted aloud incantations together, used their divine power, and cooperated with Meng Zhang to suppress the blood-stained demon god.


    Although the cultivation bases of these gods canonized by Meng Zhang are limited, they have accumulated a lot.


    As the gods of Taiyi Realm, they have a deep connection with Taiyi Realm, and they can mobilize the world power of Taiyi Realm after forming an array.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the power of almost the entire Taiyi Realm, and with the blessing of many gods, he temporarily suppressed the wounded blood-stained demon god.


    The blood-stained demon god who was unwilling to be suppressed struggled desperately and exhausted all means.


    Next, it''s up to the two sides who can''t stand it first.


    If Meng Zhang and the others exhausted the power of the entire world of Taiyijie, and could not completely suppress the blood-stained demon god, then the whole world would be doomed.


    If the blood-stained devil cannot get rid of the suppression before the power of the world is exhausted, then he is also doomed.


    The demon soul of the black-robed demon god has come to the edge of the blessed land of the sun and the moon, and is about to escape.


    At this time, Tai Miao led a group of subordinates to obey God, silently blocking his way.


    Without waiting for the demon soul of the black-robed demon god to have any extra actions, Tai Miao began to mobilize the two powers of life and death and reincarnation, and began to suppress his demon soul.


    Taimiao''s gang of slave gods joined forces to send strength to Taimiao, trying to make the seriously injured him last a little longer.

 Chapter 2552

    To some extent, the slave god and the master god are one.


    Although Taimiao''s subordinates have different cultivation techniques, their divine power attributes are quite different, and their cultivation realm is very different from his.


    But there is a special connection between the slave god and the master god, and their divine powers are interlinked.


    All of you have worked together from the gods to transfer the divine power into his body smoothly, which has provided him with a lot of help.


    This is also a great meaning of the existence of God.


    At critical moments, consume your own divine power to help the Lord God.


    Taimiao''s current state of serious injury originally had only one blow at most.


    With the help of all of you from the gods, he can barely support a little more.


    If the black-robed demon god was in his prime, the wonderfulness at this time might not be able to stop him at all.


    It''s a pity that the black-robed demon god only has demon souls left.


    Not only did he lose most of his combat power, but the demon soul was just too restrained.


    As the lord of the underworld in the Taiyi world, Taimiao has great suppression and special restraint on all kinds of soul bodies.


    As long as it is a soul body, whether it is an immortal soul or a demon soul, it is more or less restricted by the rules of the underworld.


    Especially the Great Way of Reincarnation, it can be called the nemesis of all soul bodies.


    The Yang world belongs to the living, and the underworld is where the soul should go.


    Reincarnation is one of the fundamentals of the operation of the entire universe.


    Those ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld, no matter how powerful, will eventually enter reincarnation.


    Tai Miao''s current state is extremely poor, and instead of sending the demon soul of the black-robed demon god directly into Samsara, he only wants to send him to the depths of the underworld to temporarily suppress it.


    At this time, outside the Taiyi Realm, the sea army and the Dragon army were pressing close, and the main forces of the Taiyi Realm were confronting them, and they could not tell the strength to support Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang also didn''t want to alarm other people and expose the truth of his family.


    He and Tai Miao are both in a tense moment, and the entire Taiyi Realm is the weakest time.


    If a powerful foreign enemy invaded the Taiyi Realm at this time, Meng Zhang really could only watch, and couldn''t help at all.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are going all out, racing against time to suppress the powerful enemies they face.


    The blood-stained demon god struggled desperately, almost breaking free from Meng Zhang''s control several times.


    As a last resort, Meng Zhang had to forcefully suppress the injuries on his body and desperately sent out two Yin-Yang Destruction Divine Lightnings.


    Lei Fa has the magical effect of slaying evil and eliminating demons, not to mention Lei Fa at the level of immortal magic and supernatural power, which is extremely restrained against demons.


    Originally, the blood-stained demon god, who was severely injured because of the self-destruction of the black-robed demon god, finally lost the power to resist after suffering two Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Lightning.


    Meng Zhang took the opportunity to use the power of the gods to suppress him in the depths of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land.


    Next, Meng Zhang will use the power of the entire Taiyi Realm to slowly dissipate its demonic energy and refine it completely.


    Not long after Meng Zhang succeeded, Taimiao, with the help of the gods, forcibly dragged the demon soul of the black-robed demon into the depths of the underworld to suppress it.


    In the cultivation world, it is often difficult to completely wipe out the powerhouses of the Demon God series and try not to leave future troubles.


    As long as there is a trace of remnant soul that escapes, the other party has the possibility of rebirth in the future.


    In the process of annihilating and refining the demon god, if you are accidentally infected by the demonic energy of the opponent, it will be even more troublesome.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao not only want to completely kill the two demon gods, but also refine their origins to supplement the loss of Taiyi Realm.


    This is a water mill that takes a long time, and the middle is extremely dangerous.


    At this point, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had no choice but to continue.


    Fortunately, as the origins of the two demon gods were refined and absorbed bit by bit, the Taiyi Realm greatly strengthened the world power of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao received feedback from Taiyijie, and the speed of their injury recovery was much faster.


    From the outside, the interior of Taiyi Realm was turbulent.


    No one knew that the Sun and Moon Blessed Land had just experienced an extremely dangerous battle.


    The situation near Taiyi Realm is as before, and there is not much change.


    Seeing that the Taiyi Realm is ready to fight, and shows no weakness to the dragon army, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has no intention of attacking the Taiyi Realm in a big way.


    Before the black-robed devil sneaked into Taiyi Realm, he did not tell anyone his whereabouts and purpose.


    At the beginning, the high-level extraterritorial invaders hadn''t found him missing.


    The black-robed demon god is always in the dark, and has a general relationship with other high-level foreign invaders.


    Even foreign invaders at the level of true immortals often have strong vigilance towards demon powerhouses, especially demon gods, and will not easily approach them.


    The black-robed demon god was suppressed in the Taiyi Realm, and the high-level foreign invaders not only knew nothing, but also did not care much about their whereabouts.


    As time passed slowly, the black-robed demon god did not show up for a long time, and finally caught the attention of others.


    The group of true immortal-level extraterritorial intruders could neither contact the black-robed devil, nor could they find any trace of him, and slowly began to become suspicious.


    Did the black-robed devil find out that the situation was wrong, so he ran away secretly, or was he murdered by his opponent?


    This opponent may be a strong person on the side of the human race cultivator, such as Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang, or it may be other high-level foreign invaders.


    Among the high-level foreign invaders, there are many contradictions, and there are many people who are not used to the black-robed demon god.


    On weekdays, if someone secretly plotted against the black-robed demon god, most of the other people would applaud.


    But at this time, when the foreign enemy is still there, it is a bit too much to start an internal fight.


    The suspicious high-level foreign invaders began to fall into mutual suspicion.


    Under this circumstance, the army of foreign invaders began to relax the attack and suppression of the human race comprehension consciously or unintentionally.


    In the army of foreign invaders, there are many magic teams, which are composed of many magic cultivators and monsters.


    Some of these demonic teams were direct descendants of the Famine Demon God and the Black-robed Demon God, and some responded to their call or were forcibly coerced by them.


    Previously, the Famine Demon God entered the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    Among those Demon Dao teams, there was some confusion.


    When he didn''t know his result, no one would easily take action against his direct descendants.


    Coupled with the fact that the black-robed Demon God was still there, the Demon Dao team barely remained stable and continued to cooperate with other foreign invaders.


    Now the black-robed demon god has mysteriously disappeared and his whereabouts are unknown.


    In particular, some Void Return-level Great Demons deliberately create chaos and spread rumors in the team out of their hard-to-suppress nature or other considerations.


    Soon, some great demons led the team to leave the battle and leave the army of foreign invaders.


    Civil strife broke out among some teams, and the civil strife spread rapidly, even affecting the army of foreign invaders.


    The high-level foreign invaders found that the situation was not right, and they suppressed the civil strife one after another, trying to restore the stability of the army.

 Chapter 2553

    Generally speaking, no one believes in the strong in the magic way, and the strong in the magic way will not believe in others.


    The magic path is the cancer of the void and the world, and it is hostile to practitioners of all systems and races.


    Inside the extraterritorial intruders, the defense against magic has never been weakened.


    Losing the powerful suppression of the Demon God of Famine and the Black-robed Demon God, the chaotic nature of the demon powerhouses began to break out.


    Without the presence of the Demon God, even an extraterritorial intruder at the level of a true immortal would have difficulty suppressing the numerous demon powerhouses.


    At the very beginning, the high-level foreign invaders at the level of true immortals also tried to use more moderate means to appease the powerful demons and make them obey the overall situation.


    However, the nature of the magic powers makes them not believe in the high-level foreign invaders at all.


    The arrogant among these demon powerhouses did not care about the high-level foreign invaders at all.


    Most of them are two-faced and three-edged swordsmen. On the surface, they promised to be good, but they turned around and began to turn their faces.


    Seeing that these powerful demons have become unstable factors in the army, the high-level foreign invaders can''t care about the enemy, let alone the scruples of the demon god of disaster, so they can only forcibly suppress them.


    Soon, fierce battles broke out within the army of extraterritorial invaders.


    The fierce battle was finally over. Because most of the magic team were either eliminated or fled here, and the losses of other foreign invader teams in the battle, the overall strength of the foreign invader army was greatly weakened.


    During this process, Jianjun Banxue and Taiyijie were keenly aware of the change in the situation.


    The Taiyi Realm was suppressed by the dragon army and was unable to take care of others.


    Accompany Xue Jianjun to discuss with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s injuries have not completely recovered, even if the black-robed demon god disappears, there are still several real immortal-level foreign invaders, which are enough to resist him.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has good eyesight and can see many situations clearly.


    The last time Meng Zhang and Tai Miao defeated the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they seemed to have the upper hand, but he knew that Meng Zhang and the others were seriously injured and could not recover in a short time.


    Once the war begins, with Meng Zhang and the others in their current state, it will be difficult to contain the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    After listening to Sanshan Zhenxian''s opinion, Jianjun Banxue decided to act cautiously.


    Anyway, as long as you continue to delay, all the problems will be solved when the guests from the Lingkong Immortal Realm arrive here.


    There is no need for her to take the initiative to provoke a full-scale war and fight the enemy with all her strength.


    In this way, the foreign invaders were able to temporarily solve the problems caused by the magic team and stabilize the interior without interference.


    During this process, the army of foreign invaders temporarily stopped the attack on the human race comprehension.


    After the internal problems were resolved, although the army of extraterritorial invaders still surrounded the human race cultivators, they did not take the initiative to attack.


    In this way, the human race comprehension and the army of foreign invaders fell into a state of confrontation.


    The army of foreign invaders temporarily stopped the attack on the human race cultivators, and the army of the dragon race also temporarily relaxed the suppression of the Taiyi world.


    The temporary allies of the dragon clan and the foreign invaders do not trust each other enough.


    The senior officials of the Dragon Clan were worried that Jianjun Banxue and Taiyi Realm would join forces with each other and besiege the Dragon Clan army together, while the invaders from outside the territory would come to sit on the mountain and watch the tigers fight.


    The dragon army loosened its suppression, which made the Taiyi world breathe a sigh of relief and got a chance to breathe.


    Although Meng Zhang has been suppressing and refining the blood-stained demon god in the depths of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, he has never stopped paying attention to the outside world.


    He knew that as long as the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was still there, the threat of the Dragon Clan to the Taiyi Realm would not disappear.


    In order to completely solve this problem, we must find a way to get the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao seized the time to refine the Demon God, strengthen the Taiyi Realm, and work hard to heal their injuries.


    After careful consideration, Meng Zhang, facing the powerful Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the biggest advantage of him and Tai Miao is that they have Taiyi Realm as their support.


    The stronger the Taiyi Realm, the more world power they can mobilize, and the greater the grasp when dealing with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    After the dragon army retreated a little and relaxed the suppression of Taiyi Realm, according to Meng Zhang''s order, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm began to urge the dynamic array within Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm, which was already some distance away from the Junchen Realm ruins, began to move again, and it was moving in the direction of the Junchen Realm ruins.


    The senior officials of the Dragon Clan initially thought that Taiyijie was going to escape, but the escape should not be in this direction.


    The dragon clan did not act rashly, but continued to maintain strict surveillance.


    Taiyi Realm moved to a place not far from the ruins of Junchen Realm, and did not continue to move forward, but moved slowly around the vast ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Soon, some high-level monks from Taiyi Realm led a team of cultivators to fly towards the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Sensing that an outsider was approaching, the various monsters originally entrenched in the ruins of Junchen World were immediately alerted.


    The monks of Taiyi Realm seemed to have stabbed a hornet''s nest and welcomed countless monsters that came madly.


    The team of monks in the Taiyi Realm formed a battle and began to kill these monsters.


    Their actions were very cautious, and they did not approach the center of the ruins as soon as they came up, but were now spinning around the periphery.


    They choose some places where there are few monsters, and slowly remove them.


    At this time, the ruins of Junchen World have become a monster lair, and various monsters are being continuously produced.


    After a bloody battle, the Taiyi monks spent a lot of effort to clear out some of the surrounding ruins.


    Next, either high-level monks will be dispatched, or flying boats or even void battleships will be dispatched to slowly pull the fragments of Junchen Realm back to Taiyi Realm.


    The monks and gods of Taiyi Realm cooperate with each other to purify these fragments together, and then fuse them with Taiyi Realm.


    In fact, when the Junchen Realm was still there, Tiangong organized many times to return to the void to collect meteorites and small worlds in the void, and pull them into the Junchen Realm to strengthen the Junchen Realm.


    Many Void Returning greats in the Taiyi Realm have similar experiences.


    Before Taiyijie''s action, its high-level officials communicated with Jianjun Banxue.


    Although Jianjun Banxue didn''t understand why Taiyijie chose to do this at this time, as long as Taiyijie did not escape from the battle and did not affect the battle situation, she couldn''t say anything and could only let Taiyijie act freely.


    The senior leaders of the Dragon Clan found that Taiyi Realm took the initiative to approach the ruins of Junchen Realm and began to kill monsters. At first, they didn''t understand why they wanted to kill demons and demons at this time.


    Later, after discovering the purpose of the Taiyi cultivator, they didn''t care much.


    No matter how well the Taiyi Realm cultivator develops the Taiyi Realm, when the Dragon Clan takes over the Taiyi Realm in the future, all this will only be in vain for the Dragon Clan.


    The Taiyi Realm side will not care about the wishful thinking of the Dragon Clan, and still follow Meng Zhang''s instructions and use all means to strengthen the Taiyi Realm.


    Whether it is the corpse of the monster or the fragments of the Junchen world, they are the targets of their capture.

 Chapter 2554

    As more and more corpses of monsters and fragments of Junchen Realm were pulled back to Taiyi Realm, Taiyi Realm became extremely busy up and down.


    The Taiyi Realm was originally a part of the Junchen Realm. The fragments of the Junchen Realm have similar attributes to the Taiyi Realm and are most suitable for the Taiyi Realm.


    However, Taiyi Realm is not yet a complete big world. Unlike Junchen Realm, which has a source sea, it can easily digest everything from outside.


    After the ruins of Junchen World became a monster lair, countless monsters haunted the ruins, and even those fragments that had not been born with monsters were inevitably stained by nearby monsters.


    To completely purify these debris is a very huge project.


    If you are not careful and the purification is not thorough enough, let these fragments merge with the Taiyi world, and at the same time, the magic will also be integrated into the Taiyi world.


    Although it will not immediately demonize the Taiyi Realm, it will inevitably spawn monsters in the Taiyi Realm in the future.


    What''s more, so far, there are still certain demonic forces lurking within the Taiyi Realm, ready to make waves at any time.


    And the corpses of the monsters from the ruins of Junchen Realm made the top leaders of Taiyi Realm both love and hate.


    These monsters were born after the complete destruction of the Junchen world, and they carried a strong aura of destruction and decline.


    It is very difficult to completely purify it.


    At the same time, these monsters have something related to the original breath of Junchen Realm more or less.


    If the Taiyi Realm can completely absorb it, it will slowly expand the origin of the Taiyi Realm.


    Almost the entire Taiyi world was mobilized.


    The monks and gods in the Taiyi world did not feel the slightest relief because of the relief of the dragon''s pressure.


    Everyone has to deal with and purify Junchen world fragments and monster corpses to strengthen Taiyi world.


    This is a very risky process.


    Even if a high-level cultivator is accidentally infected by the devilish energy, it will take a lot of effort to exorcise the devilish energy and return to normal.


    If you are unlucky, you will damage the foundation and even go crazy.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with the strengthening speed of Taiyi Realm.


    At this time, the demon souls of the blood-stained demon god and the black-robed demon god had completely lost their resistance and were completely suppressed.


    It is only a matter of time before they are completely refined.


    The thick demonic energy on their bodies was purified a little bit, and their own strength was absorbed little by little by the Taiyi Realm.


    After discussing with Tai Miao, Meng Zhang decided to create the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm in advance.


    After this period of cultivation, Meng Zhang recovered a lot, and he was barely able to use most of his magical powers.


    When the Junchen Realm was destroyed, Taimiao tried her best to capture the soul sea of ??the Junchen Realm from the underworld of the Junchen Realm.


    The soul sea of ??Junchen Realm is connected with the Origin Sea, and when the Soul Sea was stripped from Junchen Realm, it was accompanied by a lot of fragments of the Origin Sea.


    Although the source sea had completely dried up at that time, and the source of heaven and earth was exhausted, these fragments of the source sea were still very valuable.


    At this time, the underworld in the Taiyi world was only taking shape, and it was far from being as complete and multi-level as the underworld in the Junchen world.


    As the founder of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang, a living person, is not very suppressed by the rules of the underworld, and can enter the underworld freely.


    After he converged so wonderfully, he came to the core of Yindu City.


    Below Yindu City, is where Taimiao placed the soul sea.


    The soul sea of ??Junchen Realm has been stably placed here, and it has smoothly merged with Taiyi Realm, becoming a part of Taiyi Realm''s underworld.


    This is the most core and vital part of the underworld in the Taiyi world.


    When Tai Miao was in the underworld, she spent most of her time guarding here.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao easily passed through the soul sea and entered the deepest part of the soul sea.


    The fragments of the source sea of ??Junchen Realm carried on the soul sea have been stripped off too wonderfully over the years and placed here.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, this will be the source of the Taiyi Realm in the future.


    Based on the fragments of the source sea of ??the Junchen world, Meng Zhang continued to invest in various precious materials, and carved various prohibitions and magic circles around.


    Then, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao cast spells together to establish the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    Originally, the source sea of ??a world was formed naturally when the world was born.


    In the sea of ????sources, is the essence of the condensed essence of the world''s origin.


    Taiyi World is a man-made world, not a naturally generated world.


    Therefore, in many ways, the Taiyi Realm violates the general laws.


    With the inheritance left by Taiyi Jinxian as a reference, Meng Zhang established a unique system in the Taiyi world.


    When Taiyi World grows up completely in the future, it will not be worse than those naturally generated worlds, and it will have many unique advantages.


    Tai Miao has recovered a lot during this period, but the state is still far from the heyday.


    He forced to cast spells with Meng Zhang, which seemed very difficult.


    After Yuanhai took initial shape, he finally couldn''t hold it any longer and almost fell down.


    Meng Zhang quickly supported her and slowly helped him recover.


    The Sea of ????Origin, which has taken shape at this moment, is like a pool.


    The source of heaven and earth contained in it is very thin.


    After Tai Miao recovered a little, he and Meng Zhang continued the construction.


    Through the space magic circle, they established a channel directly to the surface of Taiyi Realm.


    In the future, the monks and gods of Taiyi Realm will be able to throw the processed and purified monster corpses and Junchen Realm fragments into the source sea through this channel.


    Although the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm has just been built, it already has a strong digestive ability, which can quickly digest everything from the outside world, transform it into the source of heaven and earth of Taiyi Realm, and use it to strengthen Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were busy for a long time before completing the construction of Yuanhai.


    Not only did they use up a lot of precious materials, but they almost hollowed out the property of the Taiyi Realm, and their own consumption was also huge.


    Tai Miao stopped many times to rest and adjust her breath before barely keeping up with Meng Zhang''s progress.


    Fortunately, during this process, Taiyi World has not been invaded, and they have not been disturbed, so that all this work can be completed smoothly.


    In the end, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao together transferred the suppressed blood-stained devil and the black-robed devil''s soul into the source sea.


    Next, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao will sit in Yuanhai and use the power of Yuanhai to accelerate the refining of these two demon gods.


    The blood-stained demon god and the black-robed demon god were powerful in their heydays, with a solid background, enough to rival senior true immortals.


    Although one of them has a huge loss, the other only has demon souls left.


    But as long as they are completely absorbed and refined, the Taiyi Realm is equivalent to taking a big tonic.


    As their origin was stripped out and slowly merged into the source sea, the origin of the world in the source sea grew at a speed visible to the naked eye.


    Those monster corpses and Junchen world fragments thrown into Yuanhai through special channels were quickly digested and absorbed by Yuanhai.


    As the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm continues to grow, its ability to digest and absorb is also continuously strengthened.

 Chapter 2555

    The speed at which the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm digests and absorbs foreign objects accelerates, which in turn accelerates the growth of Taiyi Realm.


    The source sea has initially taken shape, and the Taiyi world has supplemented an important foundation, and it is one step closer to becoming a complete big world.


    Whether it was Meng Zhang and the others who established the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm, or the process of Taiyi Realm monks killing monsters and collecting monster corpses and Junchen Realm fragments, they were not disturbed by the outside world.


    In the nearby void at this time, although there are many forces concentrated and many armies are facing each other, there is no war for the time being, showing a strange state of silence.


    The extraterritorial intruder had some internal problems because of the mysterious disappearance of the black-robed demon god.


    At the same time, there are some careful thoughts among various foreign invaders.


    Therefore, the foreign invaders maintained a posture of suppressing and encircling the cultivators under the command of Jianjun Banxue, but did not rashly attack.


    Jianjun Banxue was happy to delay time, waiting for the arrival of reinforcements from Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The dragon family also did not do anything to the Taiyi world, but it was because the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had other plans.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor saw clearly that in order to completely seize the Taiyi Realm, the key was to defeat Meng Zhang and Tai Miao head-on.


    As a true immortal, Meng Zhang has no other obvious shortcomings except for the accumulation of the Dragon Emperor who is inferior to swallowing the sea.


    It''s amazing that as a ghost, even if he is in the realm of a real god, he still can''t get rid of some of the nature and weaknesses of ghosts and gods.


    In the inheritance of the dragon clan, there is a special magical power to deal with ghosts and gods.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has never encountered a powerful ghost before, so there is no need to waste energy cultivating such magical powers.


    Now that he has an opponent like Taimiao, in order to ensure victory, he will work hard to cultivate such magical powers before the next battle.


    With the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign''s foundation and resources, it is not too difficult to cultivate a small success, but it still takes a little time.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is in retreat and practice, and he will not rashly interrupt his practice if there is no major event.


    Without his presidency, the senior officials of the dragon clan would only try to maintain the status quo and would not launch an attack rashly.


    This gave Taiyijie and Mengzhang more time.


    The cultivators of the Taiyi Realm eliminated various difficulties and desperately used various methods to strengthen the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao sit in Yuanhai, not only to stabilize the Yuanhai that was initially formed, but also to help Yuanhai absorb the origin of the two demon gods as soon as possible.


    The source sea of ??a world often has a strong source of heaven and earth, and it is the most suitable place for cultivators to cultivate.


    Of course, ordinary cultivators cannot afford such benefits.


    Even ordinary Void Returning Powers cannot stay in the source sea for a long time.


    Otherwise, it is very likely that everything will be digested by the source sea.


    Meng Zhang also did not open the new source sea to the Taiyi Sect''s Void Returning Power.


    The powerhouse of the true immortal level can stay in the source sea for a long time.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao did not deliberately absorb the origin of the world in the source sea, they still had great benefits to practice in such an environment.


    The last time the dragon army entered the Taiyi Realm, everyone in the Taiyi Realm felt a huge threat.


    Especially those who are familiar with the current situation, those who return to the virtual world, after completing the task, they all seize the time to practice hard and improve their combat effectiveness.


    In the current Taiyi world, there are not many strong people with virtual immortal strength.


    Among them, after the Moon God accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization, he became an important pillar of the god system of Taiyi Realm, and his status was second only to Taimiao.


    Since she was transformed into a god of faith, the senior officials of Taiyimen helped her develop a large number of believers.


    The power of faith she absorbs and refines is increasing day by day, and there is basically no shortage of other cultivation resources, and her cultivation base recovers very quickly.


    The Qiguang Star God asked other true gods to help, and spent a lot of effort to create the Hidden Mysterious Palace.


    The name used by the Qiguang Star God is that the Hidden Mysterious Mansion can serve as a retreat for the indigenous gods of the Junchen Realm.


    After the decline of the native gods in the Junchen world, the gods of the younger generation can be revived again with the help of the mysterious palace.


    Similar arrangements, the indigenous gods of the Junchen world arranged a lot before their defeat, but most of them were cracked by the cultivators.


    The Qiguang Star God has a special arrangement in the Hidden Mysterious Mansion, which hides the important heritage of the Junchen world''s indigenous gods.


    After the Qiguang Star God fled to the Dragon Clan''s territory, the Hidden Mysterious Mansion could not enter the ocean due to its own characteristics, and could only stay on the land.


    Qiguang Star God was secretly controlled by Ziyang Zhenxian, but he would never reveal the secrets of the Hidden Secret Palace to the other party.


    On the surface, the Hidden Mysterious Mansion is a powerful tool of war, but it actually has a universe inside.


    After Luna captured the mysterious mansion with Meng Zhang''s help, he has been trying his best to use it as much as possible.


    He is also a native god from the Junchen world, and Luna is familiar with many methods of his old rival, Qiguang Star God.


    Her capture of the Hidden Mysterious Mansion is not only to cut off Hu''s old rival, but also to use it to restore her own cultivation.


    With Tai Miao''s help, she broke all kinds of restrictions in the hidden secret palace and found the hidden source of gods.


    Over the years, her main energy has been on absorbing and refining the source of these gods.


    Hidden Mysterious Mansion has been wandering in the leylines all the time, mainly to absorb the power of the leylines to supplement itself and nourish the origin of these gods.


    The Taiyi Realm is a new world, the power of the leylines is not strong, and it can barely meet the needs of the Hidden Mystery Palace.


    The Moon God refining and absorbing the source of these gods can be regarded as reducing the pressure on the Hidden Mysterious Mansion and reducing the demand for the power of the leylines.


    The Moon God was originally a true god, but it was only later that his cultivation was severely damaged due to serious injuries, and his realm fell.


    She is very familiar with the realm of True God, and many insights have not disappeared, all she needs is to re-accumulate.


    Not long after Meng Zhang and Tai Miao created the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm, the Moon God finally recovered to the realm of the true god with the help of the Hidden Mystery Mansion.


    This time, Taiyi Realm has another true immortal-level combat power.


    Luna can''t be regarded as an ordinary new true god.


    As soon as her cultivation realm is restored, coupled with her previous combat experience and cultivation insights, she can fully play the role that an old-fashioned true god can only play.


    The Moon God is one of the oldest aboriginal gods in the Junchen world, having fallen once.


    Later, after being reborn, not only did his cultivation base plummet, but he also lost a lot of memories.


    She has now recovered to the realm of a true god. Although she is far inferior to before her fall in many aspects, she is enough to rival an ordinary true immortal.


    Moon God and Taiyimen have had a relationship for many years and have always been very reliable.


    After she accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization, she was even more subject to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang never threatened her, let alone violated her wishes, but treated her fairly and justly as a subordinate and partner.


    Luna had already gained Meng Zhang''s full trust.


    Meng Zhang temporarily hid the news of her recovery to the realm of the true god, and planned to use her as a secret hole card.


    The moon god was arranged by Meng Zhang to sit in the source sea of ??Taiyijie, and the mysterious palace was temporarily in charge of the goddess of worshiping the moon.

 Chapter 2556

    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were originally in a race against time.


    They knew that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would not be reconciled and would not give up their coveted heart for Taiyi Realm.


    If they are not able to heal their injuries and restore their cultivation before the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor makes a comeback, the Taiyi Realm will encounter a serious crisis again.


    Luna recovered to the realm of true gods, and it can only be said that the crisis was reluctantly eased.


    The current Moon God is far from being an opponent of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    If you want to fight against the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, you still have to rely on Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    After Luna entered the source sea, he also actively helped them to heal.


    Luna was already proficient in many healing and auxiliary divine arts.


    The cultivation base has returned to the realm of true gods, and she can better heal and help the powerhouses of the same realm.


    With the help of Yuanhai''s special environment, Luna played a great role, and Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s condition continued to improve.


    The surface of the nearby void seemed calm, but the undercurrent continued.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi failed in the last battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, and they were not able to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    In order to avenge the snow and hatred, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor also chased and killed them frantically.


    Although they were all top-level true immortals, they didn''t want to fight the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor to death when they suffered heavy injuries and huge losses.


    It took a lot of effort for them to escape the pursuit of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    After that, they did not leave the Climbing Star Area, but stared at the void near Junchen Realm from afar, and tried to restore their own state.


    After the Junchen World was completely destroyed, the ruins turned into a magic nest, and the nearby void was fighting endlessly.


    Neither Tianchenzi nor Jiuxuan Zhenxian had any favorable impression of the forces involved in the battle.


    The two sects of Guantian Pavilion and Jiuxuan Pavilion have long since perished. While they lost their support, they also had no worries.


    The remaining Holy Land sects are dead or alive, they don''t care.


    Even, because of the competitive relationship with other true immortals, they still have a certain hostility to these holy land sects.


    However, because of some scruples, they will not do things that bully the small.


    Taiyi Realm, foreign invaders and Dragon Race are all their big enemies, not to mention more.


    Logically speaking, since they failed to compete for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, they should return to Lingkong Immortal Realm as soon as possible, or directly restore contact with Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    It''s just that they are really unwilling.


    Thousands of years of planning, thousands of years of hard work, they bet almost everything, just for the relic left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The two, who were full of confidence, became losers at the last minute.


    They couldn''t figure it out at all.


    Even with the xinxing and cultivation of a true immortal, they are unwilling to accept this fact.


    They can''t let go of everything here.


    Not only have they been wandering nearby, they have also secretly entered the anti-space many times, repeatedly searching inside to see if they can find the whereabouts of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    The entry method and entrance of the Heavenly Immortal Treasure are fixed, and the six True Immortals have waited and spent thousands of years for this.


    Thousands of years ago, the six true immortals joined forces and tried their best to find no other way to enter the treasure of the heavenly immortals.


    No matter how frantically they search, how unwilling they are, the result will not change.


    Their paranoia and unwillingness even affected their injuries.


    There are many dangers in counterspace.


    Ordinary Void Returning Powers have a limited range of activities in the anti-space, and generally rely on some magical powers similar to the space shift to shuttle through it.


    Even a true immortal is difficult to run rampant in the anti-space.


    The two true immortals entered the anti-space without fully recovering from their injuries, and they searched recklessly regardless of the danger inside.


    They have encountered many traps and dangers unique to anti-space, and the loss is not small.


    The search in the anti-space was unsuccessful, and they couldn''t hold on any longer, so they returned to the positive space angrily.


    They still have no intention of leaving here.


    According to their experience and inferences, those who enter the Heavenly Immortal Relics will come out sooner or later.


    And when they came out, most of them would still land near Junchen Realm.


    If there is a real immortal in it, you will digest the gains in the treasure of the gods and go directly to the gods. That day, Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian have nothing to say and can only admit defeat.


    Anyway, everyone is from Lingkong Xianjie, and each has a background behind it.


    Even if other true immortals succeed in being promoted to heavenly immortals, they do not necessarily have to kill them all.


    Of course, if the other True Immortals were not able to digest the Heavenly Immortal Relics inside and had to bring them out, they would still have a chance and could continue to participate in the competition.


    As for practitioners of other systems and races, such as demon gods, demon gods, etc., even if they benefit from the treasures of the gods, it is difficult for them to be directly promoted to gods and demons.


    If they bring the benefits out, so much the better.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian were hiding nearby, waiting silently.


    In order to avoid being hunted down by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor after exposing their deeds, they hid well and would not interfere with anything of the several forces.


    Even the Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who had the strongest cultivation base, did not find any trace of them, thinking that they had long since left.


    In fact, Meng Zhang didn''t want Taiyijie to stay here forever.


    After getting enough benefits from the ruins of Junchen Realm, Taiyi Realm should be transferred in time.


    If Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were not injured, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy were not restrained, their four real immortal-level powerhouses would have achieved their goal long ago and scoured the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Unfortunately, judging from the current situation, they are temporarily unable to leave if they want to.


    Meng Zhang also did not forget the group of true immortal-level powerhouses who entered the heavenly relics.


    In addition to Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian, a total of four real immortals entered the Tianxian relic.


    Among them, Ziyang Zhenxian had the deepest feud with Taiyi Sect because of the destruction of Ziyang Shengzong.


    If Ziyang Zhenxian becomes the final victor and is successfully promoted to Tianxian, then the Taiyi Realm is really finished.


    Of course, even if the Ziyang True Immortal really received the benefits of the Heavenly Immortal Relic, it would still take a long time to become a Heavenly Immortal.


    Taiyijie must get ahead and leave here in time.


    Moreover, even if Ziyang True Immortal was not able to be promoted to Heaven Immortal.


    As a top true immortal, if he insists on taking revenge on Taiyi Sect after he comes out, the threat is still great.


    As for practitioners of other races and systems, Meng Zhang and Tian Chenzi have similar judgments.


    In order to make Taiyijie move faster in the void, after Meng Zhang''s injury improved, he brought a group of men to adjust Taiyijie again.


    After adjustment, when necessary, Taiyi Realm can use Yuanhai as a power source to drive Taiyi Realm forward.


    Doing so will definitely cause huge losses to the source sea and damage the entire Taiyi world.


    Therefore, it can only be used as a means of escape as a last resort.

 Chapter 2557

    Although Jiu Xuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi were hidden nearby, they were not fixed in one place and would still move around from time to time.


    However, they are well hidden and have never been exposed.


    After a long period of refining, especially the promotion of Moon God to True God, after joining it, Meng Zhang and the others came to the end of the refining of the two Demon Gods.


    The demon body of the black-robed demon god exploded, leaving only the demon soul, which was first thoroughly refined.


    Then, the blood-stained demon god''s demon body and demon soul were refined one after another.


    After his demon soul disappeared, a ball of golden light was left behind.


    This reunion ball is made up of countless runes.


    Each rune is almost constantly swimming.


    There is a lot of power in the runes.


    This is the special prohibition that Situ Jue, the ancestor of the Situ family, left in the depths of his demon soul in order to control the blood-stained demon god.


    After careful inspection, Meng Zhang found that this ban was indeed very extraordinary. The runes inside were not ordinary mortal runes, but immortal runes that could only be controlled by immortals.


    Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, and was able to learn more clever similar prohibitions.


    Like his control of Xianyun Zhenxian''s prohibition, it is not necessarily worse than this prohibition.


    Of course, this prohibition can still be used for his reference, allowing him to gain a lot of benefits.


    Many runes in this sphere began to reveal a faint blood color.


    This is the effect that the blood-stained demon god has been using his own power to infect this prohibition, which took thousands of years to achieve.


    If he succeeds, he can completely get rid of Situ Jue''s control.


    Judging from the situation of this ban, the blood-stained demon god has made a lot of progress.


    This is also in the world of self-cultivation. No matter how powerful a self-cultivator is, as long as his mind is clear enough, he will not expect to control demons and monsters forever.


    Situ is definitely a top true immortal, and the means of restraint are very clever, but he still can''t control the blood-stained demon god forever.


    If he is careless for a while, let the blood-stained demon god dye this prohibition, and he may even be backlashed.


    Situ was by no means a friend of Meng Zhang. The Situ family had some grudges with Taiyimen.


    Meng Zhang first used the special environment of Yuanhai to slowly erase the demon-stained part above the ban, and then carefully put it away.


    In this prohibition, there is the power of Situ Jue.


    If the time comes, Meng Zhang can use it to deal with Situ Jue.


    The two demon gods were completely refined, and the three Meng Zhang were completely liberated.


    Meng Zhang''s injuries have basically recovered, and he has recovered most of his fighting power.


    Luna and Taimiao continued to sit in Yuanhai, and Taimiao needed to continue to recuperate.


    Meng Zhang temporarily left Yuanhai to deal with outside affairs.


    This time, he first created the source sea of ??Taiyi world together with Taimiao, and then refined the devil in it, which has been delayed for a long time.


    Although the senior officials of Taiyimen would regularly communicate with Meng Zhang and report to him about various situations outside, he still had to observe the surroundings in person.


    After this period of cleaning, the periphery of Junchen World''s ruins has been cleared.


    Taiyimen monks killed countless monsters, destroyed a large number of demon nests, and brought many fragments of Junchen Realm back to Taiyi Realm.


    These harvests from the ruins of Junchen Realm have greatly strengthened Taiyi Realm.


    The monsters in the ruins of Junchen World are not stupid, and they will not sit still.


    There have been many monsters of the level of returning to the virtual, leading the army of monsters gathered from various places in the ruins to attack the Taiyi world.


    The monks and gods in the Taiyi world were basically mobilized, and they organized large armies to fight against them many times.


    Although the Taiyi World side suffered a lot of casualties, almost every time it was a complete victory.


    Most of those monsters at the Void Return level were surrounded and killed by the Void Return Powers of the Taiyi Realm.


    The speed at which the Taiyi Realm cleaned up the ruins of the Junchen Realm was already very fast, but Meng Zhang was still not very satisfied.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy''s main job is to monitor the movements of the Dragon Clan, and they rarely take out their hands to clean up the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    The ruins of Junchen Realm are vast, and there are a large number of demon nests in it, and the monsters are even more uncountable.


    If there is no external interference, it is not impossible for a demon-level monster to be born in it over time.


    The deeper into the ruins of Junchen World, the more difficult it will be to clean up.


    Without the participation of true immortal-level powerhouses, relying on a group of Void Returning Powers alone, I am afraid that the ruins of Junchen World cannot be completely wiped out.


    Meng Zhang did not have the intention to solve this problem completely for the time being, but just wanted to seek some benefits for the Taiyi Realm.


    He flew out of Taiyi Realm and came to the periphery of Junchen Realm''s ruins, carefully sensing the situation inside.


    Although the combat power has not completely recovered, Meng Zhang''s sensing ability is still sharp enough.


    After a while, Meng Zhang''s face changed drastically.


    In his induction, in the deepest part of Junchen World''s ruins, there are subtle power fluctuations.


    This kind of power fluctuation is already close to the level of the devil, and most of the monsters with the level of the devil are bred.


    Regardless of whether such monsters are successfully conceived or not, it is not something that can be solved by the Void Returning Powers of Taiyi Realm.


    If he had acted according to Meng Zhang''s temperament, he would have led a few true immortals to enter, completely killing the monsters, and eliminating the threat in the bud.


    However, the true immortals in the Taiyi Realm have limited combat power, and now there is another big enemy staring at them.


    If Meng Zhang and the others did not move smoothly, were entangled by monsters, or paid too much price, it would undoubtedly be an opportunity for the enemy who was secretly peeping.


    Meng Zhang was no longer the kind of hot-blooded boy.


    As the master of a realm, the interests of the Taiyi realm are the highest, and he cannot act according to his temper.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a while, stomped his feet unwillingly, and returned to Taiyi Realm.


    He ordered the top officials of the Taiyi Realm that everyone was not allowed to enter the depths of the Junchen Realm''s ruins, and was only allowed to operate in the outer areas.


    At the same time, the hunting and gathering teams dispatched must speed up their actions and strive to achieve the greatest harvest in the shortest time.


    Taiyijie won''t stay here for too long.


    When Meng Zhang''s injury fully recovered, he would order the Taiyi Realm to go away.


    No matter if it is blocked by foreign invaders or the real dragon clan, he will force his way through the barrier.


    Meng Zhang had a faint premonition in his heart that in the depths of the ruins of Junchen Realm, there was a huge trouble brewing.


    Because the enemy was watching, Meng Zhang did not solve this trouble in time, and it will be more difficult to solve in the future.


    Meng Zhang also considered whether to discuss with Jianjun Banxue and ask Sanshan Zhenxian to completely clear the ruins of Junchen World.


    But after thinking about it again and again, he gave up this plan.


    As soon as it comes, foreign invaders, especially the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, are staring at them, and I am afraid that Sanshan Zhenxian has no time to take care of him.


    Second, Meng Zhang knew the mentality of Jianjun Banxue.


    She was waiting for the arrival of reinforcements from Lingkong Immortal Realm, and even pinned everything on the reinforcements from Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Even if a demon god is born in the ruins of Junchen Realm, the reinforcements from Lingkong Immortal Realm can solve it.


    Meng Zhang has always been relying on himself and doesn''t like to pin his hopes on others.

 Chapter 2558

    Meng Zhang would not believe the reinforcements from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, nor would he place his hopes on others.


    He patrolled around the outside, carefully inspected the interior of Taiyi Realm, and found no other problems for the time being.


    Meng Zhang returned to Yuanhai again and continued to use the environment here to heal his wounds.


    With the help of Luna, Meng Zhang''s injuries finally fully recovered.


    Both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao benefited a lot from the battle against the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor this time.


    Since he embarked on the road of cultivation, he has experienced a lot of hardships, but few are comparable to this time.


    In the face of an unprecedented powerful enemy, he showed his supernatural powers and unleashed almost all his potential.


    This incomparably dangerous battle was undoubtedly a huge ordeal for him.


    During the healing period, he also continued to reflect.


    He kept replaying that kind of battle, and kept studying what he had learned...


    After he fully recovered from his injuries, his combat power has improved a lot compared to before, and he has a taste of being broken and standing up.


    Meng Zhang asked himself, if he fought the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor again, even if there was no great help, he would be able to entangle him for a long time.


    Shortly after Meng Zhang''s injuries healed, he left Yuanhai and came outside the Taiyi Realm again.


    He looked into the depths of the ruins of Junchen Realm and sensed it carefully, but he couldn''t sense the aura of the demon god that was being conceived.


    Not only did he not feel the slightest sense of relaxation in his heart, but the inexplicable sense of crisis became more and more obvious.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment and returned to the sky above Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang stood above the Taiyi Realm and began to mobilize the world power of the Taiyi Realm.


    The current Taiyi world is very close to a complete big world.


    Its world power is not only more powerful, but also infinitely useful.


    Meng Zhang is not trying to use the power of the world to fight the enemy, but to use the power of the world to strengthen his sense.


    Meng Zhang already had the intention to drive Taiyijie out of here.


    Before leaving, he was ready to sense the depths of Junchen World''s ruins.


    He had an inexplicable premonition in his heart.


    Maybe, after he leaves here, he will come back one day.


    Everything in the ruins of Junchen Realm has nothing to do with him.


    After Meng Zhang was inducted by the power of the Taiyi world, he started from the Taiyi world and extended to all directions.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi hid their tracks and secretly swam nearby, waiting for the return of those who entered the Tianxian relics.


    Coincidentally, at this time, they happened to pass by not far from Taiyi Realm.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang would have had a really hard time finding the two who were hiding their tracks.


    But now his induction has been greatly strengthened, and he can directly see through the tracks of the two of them.


    Meng Zhang naturally recognized these two guys who were hiding their heads and showing their tails at a glance.


    Meng Zhang and the two of them had a lot of grudges.


    As soon as he found out what the two of them were doing, Meng Zhang didn''t care about observing the depths of the ruins of Junchen Realm, but paid attention to them.


    They sneakily appeared near the Taiyi Realm. Could it be that they wanted to take revenge on themselves and wanted to sneak up on the Taiyi Realm?


    With such thoughts in mind, Meng Zhang felt a little nervous.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan True Immortal are both top True Immortals who are qualified to attack Heavenly Immortals.


    If fighting alone, Meng Zhang might not be a match for any of them.


    There are other true immortals in Taiyi Realm, but Meng Zhang also has other enemies.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang is overthinking.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian didn''t stay near Taiyi Realm for a long time, they quickly left the vicinity and flew into the distance.


    Meng Zhang did not relax because of this, and continued to follow their whereabouts.


    It wasn''t until their figures disappeared in the distance that Meng Zhang relaxed a little.


    With this experience, Meng Zhang will be able to see through the tracks of the two of them next time even if he doesn''t have the blessing of the world power of Taiyi Realm, if he is prepared in advance.


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a while, and felt that it was not appropriate to stay here for a long time, and he should act according to the plan.


    There are many valuable treasures in the ruins of Junchen World, but now is not the time to be greedy.


    Meng Zhang ordered the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm to immediately recall the monks who were exploring nearby.


    After everyone returned and all preparations were made, the dynamic circle within Taiyi Realm was activated, and the whole world began to slowly move away from the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Many cultivators in the Taiyi world felt very sorry, and they were still unfinished.


    During this time, Taiyi Realm sent monks to explore the ruins of Junchen Realm. Although the losses were not small, the gains were even greater.


    For example, some cultivators discovered precious ore veins, such as spirit stone mines, on a huge Junchen shard.


    Some monks found rare elixir that can only grow in extreme environments on certain fragments.


    ...


    According to the distribution regulations issued by the senior officials of Taiyimen, the discoverers of these treasures will receive great rewards and various benefits.


    During this period of time, many monks in Taiyi Realm were somewhat addicted to this kind of treasure hunt.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had already ordered, and even if they were unwilling, they had no choice but to end the operation.


    Without the drive of other forces, relying solely on the dynamic array within the Taiyi Realm, the movement speed of the Taiyi Realm is very slow.


    Not to mention going to a farther place, that is, to stay away from the ruins of Junchen World, it is not an overnight effort.


    Meng Zhang and other true immortal-level powerhouses should retain their combat power and adapt to the situation.


    Whether it is foreign invaders or dragons, they have been closely monitoring the movements of Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm had previously sent monks to kill the monsters and searched the ruins of the Junchen Realm, but they did not interfere.


    Now that Taiyi Realm began to move, they immediately became a little nervous.


    Especially the senior members of the Dragon Clan have long regarded the Taiyi Realm as something in their own pockets.


    Every move of Taiyi Realm affects their minds.


    However, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has not given an order, and the Dragon Clan did not immediately start to act.


    Meng Zhang was a little hesitant in his heart, whether to contact Jianjun Banxue and start an all-out war together.


    After the last war, the Void battleships of the Snow Mountain faction and the Kou family were far away from the Taiyi Realm and entered the team under the command of Sword Master Banxue.


    On the other hand, the floating city controlled by Taoist Youhuan and their faction has been floating above the Taiyi Realm, following the actions of the Taiyi Realm.


    Many dark alliance monks also left the floating city and entered the Taiyi world to rest and visit friends.


    In the absence of foreign invasions, Taiyi Realm can slowly identify them to prevent internal should mix in.


    So far, the two sides have been getting along quite well.


    The Dark Alliance monks from Floating City began to slowly join the Taiyi Realm.


    With the addition of this dark alliance faction, the army of monks in the Taiyi world has grown even stronger.


    Most of the wonderful injury has recovered, and the true god of the Moon God has been added to his side, so he should have a greater grasp of breaking through the interception of the dragon clan.


    However, if the Taiyi Realm breaks out, leaving only Jianjun Banxue here, wouldn''t it be a bit lacking in loyalty.


    When Meng Zhang was thinking about it, Jiu Xuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi entered his line of sight again.

 Chapter 2559

    After the Taiyi Realm began to move, Meng Zhang kept monitoring everything around him.


    After the last experience, I had long expected that Tian Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenshen wandered around mysteriously, and did not escape his eyes.


    If they didn''t take the initiative to attack Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang, who was facing a powerful enemy, would not have the heart to trouble them.


    Of course, Meng Zhang knew that this was very passive.


    If given the chance, he would also like to change this situation.


    As the Taiyi Realm slowly moved away from the ruins of Junchen Realm and flew outside, the Dragon Race became more and more nervous.


    The huge water polo, which is the current temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, began to move, maintaining a certain distance from the Taiyi Realm.


    The dragon and sea armies began to mobilize, and many strong men appeared above the huge water polo.


    Meng Zhang did not care about these, and still ordered the Taiyi Realm to continue to move.


    Not long after, not only was the foreign invader disturbed, but the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s retreat was also interrupted.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi have been swimming around secretly.


    For everything that happened here, they all looked at it with a good show mentality.


    Even if several parties were killed with blood, it would not affect them.


    Those who sinned against their enemies, the more dead the better.


    They thought their tracks were secret, and no one present could see through their tracks.


    They swam around leisurely, and unconsciously, they were already very close to the huge water polo.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved, knowing that the opportunity had come.


    Without thinking too much, he started to act.


    The Taiyi Realm was still far from the huge water polo, but it was still within Meng Zhang''s attack range.


    Yin and Yang, covering the meaning of movement, stillness, light and dark.


    Meng Zhang, who majored in Yin-Yang Avenue, was also a master of plotting and assassination.


    Meng Zhang silently released a sword energy.


    The mysterious sword energy passed through a long distance and came to the side of the huge water polo.


    During this process, no one found the slightest difference in the surrounding forces, both inside and outside the Taiyi Realm.


    After a long period of observation, Meng Zhang had some basic understanding of the restrictions on the water polo.


    The dark sword energy suddenly erupted, and a thunderous sound was emitted, which turned into a huge ray of light, and bombarded the huge water ball fiercely.


    Sudden attack, the water polo''s defense prohibition started spontaneously.


    One after another ocean waves rushed to the Quartet like overwhelming mountains and seas.


    The huge flame was easily submerged by the waves, and did not cause any damage to the water polo itself.


    The unlucky True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi were also affected by the waves.


    In the invisible state, their movement speed was much slower than usual.


    They are preparing to watch a good show, and they are not prepared for this situation.


    Hesitating to get too close to the water polo, the two of them, caught off guard, were swept over by the surging waves.


    This level of attack, for the two of them, is not worth mentioning at all.


    They don''t need to take the initiative to take the initiative, their defensive spells react spontaneously, and the attack is eliminated invisibly.


    Seeing that the turbulent waves had not approached them, they all calmed down.


    Because of the movement of Taiyi Realm, many dragon powerhouses are on high alert.


    What happened here immediately alarmed many dragon powerhouses.


    A line of eyes, a line of spiritual thoughts swept towards the place where the waves disappeared, but nothing was found, there was an empty void.


    It was precisely because they didn''t find anything wrong that those dragon powerhouses noticed the difference.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian knew that the situation was not right, and they were about to leave here immediately.


    Anyway, those dragon powerhouses didn''t find their traces, so naturally they couldn''t stop them from leaving.


    At this time, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was already alarmed.


    If the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is unprepared, as long as they don''t get too close to each other, most of them will not be detected by the other party.


    However, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was already alert and tried his best to search there, and soon found their traces.


    When the enemies met, they were extremely jealous, and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor roared, and without caring about anything else, he swooped towards them.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi had a deep feud with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and they were mysteriously approaching the Dragon Clan''s territory, clearly with bad intentions.


    Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s usual style of doing things is to do it first and be too lazy to speak.


    If Tianchenzi and True Immortal Jiuxuan knew what the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was thinking, they would definitely cry out injustice.


    They were just passing by nearby, and they really didn''t have any idea of ??hitting the dragons.


    Fighting with the dragons is not in their interests at all, and they will not gain any benefits from it.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor would not listen to their explanation, and even if he did, he would not believe it.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor flashed and caught up with them all at once, shrouding them in his fierce offensive.


    Inadvertently revealing their deeds, Tian Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian, who were innocently involved in the fight, felt extremely aggrieved.


    In the face of such a powerful enemy as the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they did not dare to be slighted.


    The two true immortals attacked together, barely blocking the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor who was rushing wildly.


    The sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor''s injuries have long since recovered, and his practice in dealing with ghosts and gods is almost complete.


    If it wasn''t for this accident, he would soon challenge Meng Zhang and Tai Miao again.


    In terms of fighting alone, neither Jiuxuan Zhenxian nor Tianchenzi are the opponents of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    What''s more, their two injuries have not been completely healed, and their combat effectiveness is not as good as in their heyday.


    Although the two of them had no intention to fight, they had to fall into a hard battle with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The fighting power of the two of them may be much stronger than that of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    But the two of them can''t absolutely trust each other, and they don''t have a strong joint secret technique.


    In fact, Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi didn''t look at this time as brothers and sisters, they have been together all the time, and they also walked together.


    But the two of them never relaxed their guard against each other.


    Don''t forget, if someone really brings out the benefits of the fairy''s relic, the two of them are also competitors.


    When needed, they would draw their knives to face each other without hesitation.


    As temporary allies, they each have a plan in their minds and have their own calculations.


    Even now, facing the frantic attack of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they all have their own calculations.


    They hope that the other party will pay a little more, and it is best to be able to entangle the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and fight for the opportunity to get out of the battle for themselves.


    It is this kind of mentality that makes them unable to work together and cooperate, and soon falls to the disadvantage.


    Nearly 10,000 years ago, the six true immortals worked together and worked together to conquer the Junchen world and laid a great foundation.


    It''s a pity that I''ll never see a scene like this again.


    As the top true immortals who are qualified to attack the heavenly immortals, Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi are a great threat to Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    They are now entangled by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and Meng Zhang is very satisfied.

 Chapter 2560

    Before starting, Meng Zhang just wanted to provoke a conflict between the dragons and them and cause them some trouble.


    Now that the effect is so good, it is a bit beyond Meng Zhang''s expectations.


    From this, it can be seen that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor really hates Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the others.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was full of schadenfreude about the encounter between Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is the great enemy of Taiyi Realm, and it is a good thing to be entangled now.


    Both sides fight to the death, and it is best to lose both and die.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has the upper hand in the battle, it is still not an easy task to completely take down these two old opponents.


    The strong dragon clan is far inferior to those excellent cultivators in the cultivation of xinxing.


    Guys like the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor often act arbitrarily and willfully.


    However, after venting for a while, he slowly calmed down.


    When the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the two true immortals were fighting, the Taiyi Realm never stopped moving.


    With the passage of time, the ruins of Taiyi Realm and Junchen Realm opened a certain distance.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor looked at the moving Taiyi Realm and began to hesitate in his heart.


    Without his shot, the power of the Dragon Clan alone would never be able to stop the Taiyi Realm.


    The extraterritorial invaders are another unreliable bunch.


    If the Taiyi Realm really broke through and completely stayed away from here, then the plan of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor would be in vain.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor wants to capture the Taiyi Realm and expand the living space of the dragon family.


    But now he finally caught two life and death enemies, and he didn''t want to let them go.


    If you miss this time, who knows when there will be a chance for revenge?


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who has always been arbitrary and rough-tempered, is really embarrassed.


    One side is the future of the ethnic group, and the other side is the wish for thousands of years. How should he choose?


    From a rational point of view, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor should definitely focus on the interests of the ethnic group.


    However, most dragon powerhouses, including the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, are not rational enough and are easily driven by personal emotions.


    It''s like now, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor clearly knows which is more important, but he is unwilling to let go of these two enemies and turn around to deal with Taiyi Realm.


    He knew that even if he took down the two enemies, he would definitely lose a lot of money, which would greatly affect the subsequent attack on the Taiyi Realm, but he still refused to let them go.


    In fact, Meng Zhang has not yet made up his mind whether to take this opportunity to break through and stay away from here completely.


    He let Taiyi Realm move, but he just wanted to stay away from the ruins of Junchen Realm as much as possible.


    The devilish breath in the ruins of Junchen World has disappeared, but Meng Zhang''s sense of crisis is getting heavier and heavier.


    Logically speaking, even if one or two demon gods are born in the ruins of Junchen World, it is impossible to pose too much threat to the current Taiyi World.


    Taiyi Sect has four true immortal-level combat power, can it still be unable to deal with one or two new demon gods?


    But for some unknown reason, Meng Zhang''s keen spiritual sense began to warn him again.


    His spiritual sense was constantly urging him to get away from here immediately and not stay nearby.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not leave alone, and he had to leave with Taiyijie.


    The Taiyi Realm is too large, and without the help of other forces, the Taiyi Realm moves very slowly.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, it would take at least two or three years for Taiyi Realm to completely leave the ruins of Junchen Realm, even if it did not encounter any external interception.


    It is precisely because the Taiyi Realm moves too slowly that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has enough time to think.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor thought that Meng Zhang intended to break through, and of course he would not let him succeed easily.


    However, he saw that Junchen Realm was moving slowly, so he continued to entangle with Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the others for the time being.


    Maybe, wait a little longer, there may be a best of both worlds, which can not only capture Taiyi Realm, but also clean up these two big enemies.


    There are some unrealistic fantasies in the heart of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The high-level foreign invaders have long discovered the movement of the Taiyi Realm.


    They and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor have long agreed that their opponent is Jianjun Banxue and his army of cultivators, and the Taiyi Realm is the target of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Therefore, without the permission of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they would not easily take action against the Taiyi Realm.


    They have been very concerned when they saw the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor and the two true immortals fighting.


    There is also a deep hatred between Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the foreign invaders.


    Some foreign invaders at the level of true immortals have begun to consider whether to join the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and besiege the two true immortals together.


    In the end, the opinion of sitting on the mountain and watching the tiger fight prevailed among them.


    They continued to watch the battle, hoping that Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign would consume more, and it would be best to completely kill these two true immortals.


    As for whether they will let the Taiyi Realm go because of this, they are not very worried.


    The movement speed of Taiyi Realm is too slow, not to mention compared with the void battleship, even many ordinary flying boats can''t compare.


    Even if Meng Zhang left here with Taiyijie, they could easily catch up with the target as long as they slowed down.


    For the time being, no one directly attacked the Taiyi Realm, and Meng Zhang was also relieved.


    Meng Zhangxiu has made rapid progress, and he can get feedback from Taiyi Realm from time to time.


    Again, every day that passes, Taiyi Sect will strengthen a little bit, and Meng Zhang will also be stronger.


    The wonderful wound is about to heal.


    Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun''s state has been getting better and better after adjustment in Taiyi Realm.


    Even Luna, who had just recovered to the realm of true gods, was making rapid progress in his cultivation when he was sitting in the sea of ????sources.


    After several months, the Taiyi Realm has passed the big water polo, and it is not a short distance away from the ruins of the Junchen Realm.


    The number of extraterritorial invaders is huge, and the front lines are also wide open.


    A long time ago, the army of foreign invaders split a branch, and with the original Junchen world as the center, a huge encirclement was opened.


    Anyone who wants to completely stay away from the Junchen world must break through this encirclement.


    Of course, because the power is too dispersed, this encirclement appears to be very thin.


    After discovering the movement of Taiyi Realm, foreign invaders from other directions quickly concentrated here, trying to block in front of the movement direction of Taiyi Realm.


    Seeing that Taiyi Realm is about to start contact with the team of foreign invaders.


    However, the high-level foreign invaders are still debating whether to directly intercept the Taiyi Realm.


    If they intercept Taiyi Realm, then they will fight against Taiyi Realm in front of the Dragon Clan.


    But they took the initiative to get out of the way, and they were worried that their momentum would be weakened.


    If Jianjun Banxue''s subordinates followed immediately, they would be even more disadvantaged.


    When the Taiyi Realm was moving, Jianjun Banxue had already discovered it.


    Meng Zhang suddenly acted without communicating with him beforehand, which made Jianjun Banxue very dissatisfied.


    But no matter what, she still has to do her duty as an ally.


    Jianjun Banxue ordered the Void Battleship, Floating City, etc. under his command to also start to move towards the Taiyi Realm in order to respond to the Taiyi Realm''s movements.

 Chapter 2561

    The actions of Taiyi Realm affected the actions of the other three parties.


    Due to their own scruples, none of the three parties took the initiative to start a war.


    Not to mention the Taiyi Realm, who is now busy staying away from the ruins of Junchen Realm, and will not take the initiative to cause trouble.


    However, seeing that Taiyi Realm is about to start contact with the outer teams of foreign invaders.


    If the extraterritorial invader team does not take the initiative to avoid it, conflicts and battles will inevitably be avoided.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was fighting fiercely with Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the others, has been paying attention to the situation in the Taiyi Realm.


    Having already had the upper hand in the battle, he has enough energy to distract him.


    Regarding the imminent battle between Taiyi Realm and foreign invaders, the Dragon King of Swallowing Sea was a little conflicted.


    From a rational point of view, consuming the power of Taiyi Realm through extraterritorial invaders is beneficial to the dragon race to capture Taiyi Realm next.


    However, starting from the self-esteem of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, I don''t want this to happen.


    He has long declared that Taiyi Realm is his prey, and everything between him and Taiyi Realm cannot be interfered by external forces.


    How far should extraterritorial intruders hide?


    Seeing that Taiyi Realm was about to come into contact with the invaders from outside the territory, Jianjun Banxue ordered the void warships under his command to start accelerating, ready to cover the Taiyi Realm to fight at any time.


    Just as the war was about to break out, a sudden mutation occurred.


    An invisible strong wave emanated from the ruins of Junchen Realm and spread around.


    The transmission speed of this wave was very fast, and it was spread to the teams of the Quartet forces at once.


    Whether it is the Taiyi world, the dragon territory, or the surrounding fleets, armies, etc., they are deeply affected by it.


    Although the huge Taiyi Realm was guarded by a ban and a magic circle, it shook violently as if it had been hit hard.


    This is the case in the Taiyi world, and other fleets and armies are even more unbearable.


    As if being blown by a gust of wind, the huge warships swayed from side to side, and their footing was unstable.


    Most of the extraterritorial invader army is equipped with various flying boats, battleships and the like to fight in the void.


    Some of them form a special formation and move in the void. .


    Invisible fluctuations easily messed up the formation of extraterritorial invaders. Countless extraterritorial invaders were swaying around, and some guys were even thrown far away, and they didn''t even know where they went.


    Fortunately, the volatility didn''t last long enough to cause more damage.


    After the fluctuations disappeared, the four sides were busy reorganizing their teams and counting losses.


    The powerhouses from all sides looked towards the ruins of Junchen Realm, all wanting to see what caused such a strong fluctuation.


    Jiu Xuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi, who were fighting fiercely with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, were first happy, and then full of helplessness.


    The six true immortals have studied the treasures of the immortals for many years and have a deep understanding of all aspects of them.


    The strong fluctuation just now came from when the entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Relic was opened again.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi have been waiting for a long time, just to wait for the relic of Tianxian to be opened again.


    However, they are currently suppressed by the powerful Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and cannot do anything else at all.


    Fortunately, the territory of the dragon race was also affected by this fluctuation. The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor began to pay attention to the source of the fluctuation and temporarily relaxed the suppression of the two of them.


    I saw a huge crack suddenly appeared in the center of the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Some powerful people with strong eyesight, or those who have practiced special eye skills, can faintly see some scenes inside through the crack.


    The Heavenly Immortal Relic is not the scene or building inside the Heavenly Immortal Relic, the actual situation is similar to its projection.


    There are huge palace groups inside, with a large number of pavilions, pavilions, waterside gardens and so on.


    From the outside, it looks like a fairyland on earth.


    For example, Jiuxuan Zhenxian personally participated in the competition, but in the end there was no one who could enter it, and he could see the situation inside the Tianxian Relic even more clearly.


    They hated that they had missed a move and couldn''t get into it.


    Now that the entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Treasure has reappeared, no matter what situation they are in, they all cast their eyes on it.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi were entangled by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and the few real immortal-level foreign invaders began to move and want to rush into it.


    However, the bits and pieces revealed in the huge crack made them inexplicably surprised and discouraged.


    The original majestic buildings are now crumbling and crumbling everywhere, almost turning into ruins.


    Everyone can understand and think of this situation.


    A large group of true immortal-level powerhouses enter it, desperately striving for various benefits in the treasures of the immortals, and a war will naturally break out.


    With their combat power, even the aftermath of the battle is enough to cause devastating damage to the surrounding environment.


    What made everyone feel chills and even a little scared was something else.


    The ground of the building complex was covered with thick purple mushroom creep everywhere.


    These creeps rise and fall, wriggling, writhing and struggling like living creatures.


    From time to time, strange creatures will grow in the creep.


    Just looking at the appearance of these creatures, they are very ferocious and terrifying, making people feel murderous.


    The creep seems to be shrouded in blood-colored light, and it is constantly expanding around.


    ...


    Those who can roughly see some scenes behind the crack are at least Void Returning Powers.


    Those who can cultivate to the level of returning to the virtual world, not to mention all of them are people with bright vision and extensive knowledge, and at least they have some knowledge.


    Seeing this scene after scene, they all had terrible guesses in their hearts.


    True immortal-level powerhouses, including Meng Zhang, can of course see it more clearly, and it is easy to draw conclusions.


    But precisely because it was too easy to draw conclusions, they felt unbelievable.


    The inside of the crack is clearly the relic left by Jun Chen Xianzun. How did the originally good fairyland on earth suddenly become a demon?


    That''s right, no matter from which point of view, the space inside the crack has been completely demonized and turned into an out-and-out demon domain.


    This is not an illusion, nor is it their illusion.


    Meng Zhang, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Sanshan True Immortal, etc., all true immortal-level powerhouses, no matter where they are, no matter what means of observation they use, they can draw similar conclusions.


    Under extreme shock, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Jiuxuan Zhenxian temporarily stopped fighting.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi refused to believe everything they saw.


    They fell into extreme shock, and they all wondered if there was a problem with their own cultivation, which led to their madness. Could it be that what they saw were hallucinations?


    If it wasn''t that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had stopped attacking, in their current state, they would probably have died in the hands of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor in vain.

 Chapter 2562

    The so-called magic domain generally refers to a special space that follows the rules of magic.


    There are innately formed, and some acquired by erosion and dyeing.


    There are many kinds of demons, the scales are also different in size, and the power level is high and low.


    There have been many demonic disasters in the Junchen world, and many high-level monks have encountered low-level demons.


    In particular, the Taiyimen monks had calmed down the demonic disaster and purified the demonic realm when they were in the Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang has not been a true immortal for a long time, and his personal experience is limited.


    But in his cultivation career, he also has a wealth of experience in eliminating demons.


    For example, Jiuxuan Zhenxian, Tianchenzi and others have been in the void for many years, they have dealt with demon gods, and they have also seen a lot of demon realms.


    As for the powerful Sanshan Zhenxian, he has even killed demon gods and has experience in breaking high-level demon realms.


    The reason why they were so shocked was because the place where this Demon Realm appeared was not right.


    That is the immortal relic left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    As a top-level immortal who is qualified to attack Jinxian, even if Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has been missing for many years, the immortal relic left behind by him still possesses terrifying power.


    The six True Immortals had only slightly moved the power of the Heavenly Immortal Relic, enough to defeat and even kill a large group of True Immortal-level extraterritorial invaders.


    The power of immortality and the power of magic are incompatible.


    The Heavenly Immortal-level power left in the Heavenly Immortal Treasure will definitely not be allowed to run rampant by the power of the devil, and will definitely resist instinctively to prevent itself from being stained by the devil.


    The power that can erode the relics of the gods, completely demonize them, and transform them into demonic realms, is the power that makes Meng Zhang and other true immortal-level powerhouses feel fearful.


    After seeing the scene behind the crack, Meng Zhang quickly calmed down, and based on his own knowledge, he had a certain estimate of the Demon Realm there.


    Other true immortal-level powerhouses will soon come to similar estimates after recovering from the initial shock.


    Even the most shocked and most unwilling to accept the truth, Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi, after all, are the real immortals who have experienced countless storms and waves, and they can quickly adjust their mentality and face everything in front of them.


    The original Heavenly Immortal Relic, the current Demon Domain, is located in an independent different dimension.


    Just through the huge crack, some scenes were revealed.


    True immortal-level powerhouses such as Meng Zhang carefully sense the aura inside from a distance.


    That crack is in the middle of the Junchen World Ruins.


    The ruins of Junchen Realm have long been turned into a devil''s nest, and there are countless monsters in it, and the devil''s aura is even more intense.


    With this layer of interference, Meng Zhang''s induction was greatly affected.


    Among the real immortal-level powerhouses, Meng Zhang is definitely not the strongest, but his sensing ability is almost in the top three.


    After the crack appeared, there were two auras at the level of demons from the ruins of Junchen Realm, which seemed to echo the demonic realm behind the crack.


    The breath behind the rift is obviously far stronger than the ordinary devil''s breath, and it has the meaning of crushing the two devil''s breaths in the ruins.


    The two demonic auras in the ruins also clearly showed a tendency to surrender to them.


    After sensing the powerful demonic energy in the crack, Meng Zhang immediately restrained his sense.


    With his rich experience in fighting against the devil for many years, there are countless ways of dyeing the magic power, which makes it hard to guard against.


    If he is not careful for a while, the powerful magic power can even follow his induction and extend to his body, directly dyeing him.


    Although Meng Zhang has a strong resistance to Mo Ran, there is no need to put himself in danger.


    The other powerhouses at the same level as Meng Zhang are all experienced, and naturally they are also full of vigilance against the magic way, and will not be easily recruited.


    Meng Zhang knew that places like Heavenly Immortal Relics could be dyed into a demonic realm, and there must be some inside story that he didn''t know, maybe it had something to do with Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    With his current small arms and legs, he is not qualified to be involved in the conspiracy of the gods.


    In a demon domain of this level, most powerful monsters will be born.


    Meng Zhang ordered the monks of Taiyijie to speed up the movement of Taiyijie and leave here as soon as possible.


    It''s a pity that the four true immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm have to save their combat power and adapt, so it is not good to directly drive the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang is not willing to waste the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm unless it is a last resort.


    Therefore, although many high-level monks in Taiyi Sect have joined the ranks of urging the magic circle, and everyone has continuously invested all kinds of precious resources into the dynamic magic circle, the progress of the Taiyi world has not been substantially improved, but only slightly accelerated. Just a piece.


    The invisible wave just now lasted for a very short time, but it caused several soldiers to turn their backs.


    The original formation of the foreign invaders army has become a bit messy.


    The high-level foreign invaders have not had time to revive the formation, and they have gradually sensed the existence of the Demon Domain.


    Extraterritorial intruders are a bunch of guys who bully the soft and fear the hard.


    Whether they attacked Junchen Realm before or besieged the cultivator fleet now, they are all for profit.


    The monsters in the Demon Domain are not so easy to communicate with.


    The huge army of foreign invaders is just a delicious meal to the bloodthirsty monsters.


    Even if there are still some powerful demons in the army of foreign invaders, they do not want to easily contact with unfamiliar and powerful colleagues.


    The ruins of Junchen Realm have long since become the lair of monsters, and countless monsters have been born.


    It''s just that those monsters were only moving around the ruins of Junchen World before, and they didn''t stay away.


    Now probably stimulated by the Demon Realm, many monsters in the ruins of Junchen World have become extremely excited and extremely manic.


    Groups of chaotic monsters, moving around, have a tendency to break away from the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Not to mention the monsters born in the Demon Domain, the monsters in the ruins of Junchen World alone are not so easy to deal with.


    Foreign invaders have no intention of slaying demons, let alone getting involved in meaningless battles.


    The high-level foreign invaders are quickly discussing whether to lead the army out of here as soon as possible.


    Among the army of cultivators led by Jianjun Banxue, those high-level cultivators turned pale after discovering the existence of the Demon Domain.


    The seniors of the Holy Land Sect, who usually consider themselves leaders of the righteous way, are not at all motivated to slay demons and demons at this moment.


    If the army of extraterritorial invaders hadn''t intercepted them in front, many Void battleships would be ready to speed up to leave here.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who has been cultivating inside the Void Battleship with Xue Jianjun, is rarely seen outside at this time.


    Sanshan Zhenxian stood in the void above the void battleship, staring at the direction of the Demon Domain with a serious face.


    Sanshan Zhenxian finally came forward, and the originally restless people slowly calmed down.


    The three lions flew to Sanshan Zhenxian to deal with the next situation with him.


    The appearance of the Demon Domain finally calmed the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The powerful Demon Realm made him tremble.

 Chapter 2563

    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has a series of shortcomings such as arrogance, lack of attention, and impulsiveness, he is neither a fool nor a lunatic.


    The level of power displayed by this Demon Domain clearly exceeded his cultivation realm.


    With his current cultivation base, he absolutely cannot help this Demon Realm.


    Even if he is as arrogant as he is, he will not do things like hitting an egg with a stone.


    If it is not handled properly, whether it is him or the entire ethnic group, it will face extinction.


    At this time, the grievances between the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the two true immortals became less important in comparison.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was very unwilling in his heart, but he still gave up and continued to entangle the two true immortals, and flew directly back to the top of the huge water polo.


    After finally getting out of the hands of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Jiu Xuan Zhen Xian and Tian Chen Zi both felt like they were being forgiven.


    They opened the distance from the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor in time.


    They didn''t relax for too long, the matter of the Heavenly Immortal''s Relic becoming the Demon Realm was like a huge rock pressing heavily on their hearts.


    Reason tells them that they should turn their heads and leave at this time, and don''t continue to stay here.


    The power in the Demon Domain is too powerful for them to deal with.


    But the extreme unwillingness in their hearts and the extreme desire for the relics of the immortals made them fall into a huge psychological struggle.


    The following changes made them unable to escape from here after missing the opportunity to escape.


    Everyone who saw the situation behind the crack and knew that the relic of the gods had become a powerhouse in the Demon Realm, no matter which party they belonged to or what their strength was, knew that this place should not be left for a long time.


    Of course, due to the fact that the forces of several parties are far away from the crack, and there are so many true immortal-level powerhouses present, everyone is not too flustered.


    Some people are even ready to continue to wait and see the situation.


    After the crack appeared, Meng Zhang''s sense of crisis became stronger and stronger.


    Whether it was a warning from the spiritual awareness or his own discovery, he desperately wanted to get out of here, and the farther he could escape, the better.


    If it was just Meng Zhang alone, he could easily leave the Climbing Star area where Junchen Realm was located and flee to a farther place.


    It''s a pity that he can''t leave Taiyijie alone.


    Being dragged down by the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang lost a lot of initiative.


    With a growing sense of crisis in his heart, Meng Zhang quickly made a decision to consume the origin of the Taiyi Realm and use the source sea to drive the Taiyi Realm forward.


    Doing so will definitely cause huge damage to Taiyi Realm, which can only be made up for in the future.


    At this time, Tai Miao''s injury has completely recovered, and all the fighting power has been restored. Compared with before, there is still a great improvement.


    Like Meng Zhang, Tai Miao benefited a lot from the battle with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    In the process of healing, Taimiao also did not stop practicing.


    The experience of this serious injury was a huge tempering for Tai Miao.


    The cultivation base that made him improve rapidly became more solid and firm.


    If at this time fight against the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor again, Tai Miao asks herself that she can play better and achieve greater results.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Tai Miao and Luna, who are sitting in Yuanhai, are preparing to drive Yuanhai together and drive Taiyi Realm to speed up.


    At this time, the huge crack changed again.


    Another invisible wave came out from the crack.


    This time, ordinary monks did not sense this wave, and only monks who had reached a certain level of cultivation could sense the wave.


    After statistics, this fluctuation only affected the powerhouses of the Void Return level and above.


    The higher the cultivation realm, the greater the impact.


    Including Meng Zhang, all the powerhouses of the true immortal level were greatly affected.


    The high-level powerhouses among the several forces first felt a trance in their minds, and then felt that after the crack, there seemed to be a huge temptation, constantly tempting themselves and calling themselves to go behind the crack.


    Behind the crack is the Demon Realm, which is even more terrifying than the Longtan Tiger Den.


    Some strong-minded people have already felt that the situation is not right.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who was standing in the void, let out a long whistle, and then it seemed to come from his mouth, and it quickly enveloped a large space around him.


    Among all the true immortals at the venue, Sanshan True Immortal and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor are the strongest.


    If it is said that the supernatural powers are vast and the means are various, the Sanshan Zhenxian is still above the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Thousands of years ago, when Sanshan Zhenxian had not come to Junchen Realm, as a well-known real immortal in Lingkong Immortal Realm, he had been in the void for many years, experienced countless battles, and witnessed countless big scenes.


    Not to mention ordinary demon gods, he has seen even heavenly demons.


    Of course, he did not encounter the demon alone, but was accompanied by other angels.


    He is familiar with the methods of the magic powerhouse, and can also react in time and make positive responses.


    The true immortal-level powerhouses present were basically able to react in time and get rid of the temptation of magic power.


    Some are strong enough to help others while protecting themselves.


    Like the Dragon King who swallowed the sea with a dragon roar over the territory of the dragon clan, it awakened those who were almost bewildered.


    Taiyi Realm is established according to the system created by Taiyi Jinxian. Whether it is the world itself, or the magic circles and bans all over the world, they all have strong resistance to the power of magic.


    Compared with practitioners of other systems and races, the cultivators in the period of returning to the emptiness are generally more firm in their Taoism, and they basically have the means to clear their minds and calm their minds.


    Without much effort, Meng Zhang helped a part of the Void Master who was almost bewildered to recover.


    Among the army of foreign invaders, Tianlei Arhat sat cross-legged in the void, reciting scriptures aloud, and streaks of golden light scattered in all directions.


    The Canglang Holy Spirit danced with both hands, and the soft sound of running water resounded in the hearts of many strong men, helping them drive away the power of confusion.


    ...


    The strongest true immortal-level powerhouses among the several forces took action one after another, saving their companions and subordinates.


    Tian Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian are all alone and have no subordinates to take care of.


    The fluctuations from the Demon Realm alerted them.


    It seems that the power in the Demon Realm is trying to wipe out all the creatures present.


    At this time, they couldn''t care about their thoughts on the Heavenly Immortal''s Relic.


    They resisted the unwillingness in their hearts and wanted to leave here immediately.


    But they just raised their feet, but they couldn''t take a step no matter what.


    In the void, there seems to be an invisible and strange power that is controlling their will and body, imprisoning them here.


    They tried repeatedly, no matter whether they flew away directly, or used spatial supernatural powers such as the Great Space Teleportation, they could not leave here.


    In fact, their movements are still free.


    Except that they cannot move in the direction away from the ruins of Junchen World, they can move freely and move freely in other directions.

 Chapter 2564

    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian have tried many times and tried many different methods.


    They tried to walk away directly, but they couldn''t take a step no matter what.


    They want to use the space magic power to leave here, but just start casting the spell, the spell will fail, or the spell will be interrupted involuntarily.


    ...


    Apart from that, none of their actions were affected, and there was no abnormality in their physical condition.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian were the first to discover that something was wrong.


    Soon, other true immortal-level powerhouses discovered problems one after another.


    Including the strongest Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they were all horrified to find that no matter what they tried, they could not leave here, as if there was an invisible force that restricted them here.


    The true immortal-level powerhouses present showed their abilities, came up with all kinds of whimsy, and tried almost all the means they could think of.


    Some real immortal-level powerhouses tried to control the flying boat and even the void battleship to leave here.


    However, the flying boats and void battleships they carried were also restricted and could not leave here.


    As soon as they left the Void Battleship, the Void Battleship immediately returned to normal.


    Some real immortal-level powerhouses let their subordinates leave here with their own subordinates.


    However, their subordinates felt that their body was extremely heavy, and they had no way to move it at all.


    They used spatial supernatural powers and tried to send them away, but they kept failing.


    ...


    There are five true immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm. Even if the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm is lost, the Taiyi Realm cannot continue to move forward.


    In the dark, this void seems to have a will, and all the powerhouses of the true immortal level are not allowed to leave here.


    Most of the powerhouses who can cultivate to the level of true immortals are experienced and well-informed.


    Meng Zhang himself had never experienced a similar situation before, but there are many records in the inheritance left by Taiyi Jinxian.


    This is the power of the law of heaven and earth.


    The laws of heaven and earth in this void have been changed.


    It is part of the law of heaven and earth that the powerhouse of the true immortal level is not allowed to leave.


    Both the law of heaven and earth and the rules of heaven and earth are a manifestation of the avenue of heaven and earth, and the former is located at the top of the avenue of heaven and earth.


    The law of heaven and earth is a higher and more powerful force than the law of heaven and earth.


    Generally speaking, the power of the rules of heaven and earth is only limited within a world.


    In the void, the power of the rules of heaven and earth has a limited range of influence.


    The power of the law of heaven and earth not only transcends the limitations of the world, but can also be widely used in the vast void.


    Cultivators in the Primordial Spirit Stage can get in touch with the power of the rules of heaven and earth and make use of them easily.


    The power of returning to the virtual period can skillfully use the power of the rules of heaven and earth.


    The magical powers of Taoism he displays are the embodiment of the rules of heaven and earth.


    At the level of a true immortal, the power of the envoy of the rules of heaven and earth is as natural as breathing.


    True immortals can create the rules of heaven and earth within a certain range, and they can also destroy or even destroy the rules of heaven and earth.


    The reason why the supernatural powers of the true immortals are powerful is that they contain more or less the power of the laws of heaven and earth.


    Immortal magical powers are divided into levels and levels.


    The magic powers that a true immortal can cultivate is limited by the power of the laws of heaven and earth.


    If you want to freely mobilize the power of the law of heaven and earth, or even directly change or destroy the law of heaven and earth, that is the power of the gods.


    The laws of heaven and earth in the nearby void have been changed, and there must be an angel-level power intervening.


    In the face of the huge gap between power level and cultivation realm, there are many true immortal-level powerhouses present, but they are all helpless and unable to change their own situation.


    Soon, even those true immortal-level powerhouses with insufficient knowledge will know their own situation from the mouths of their companions.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi''s faces suddenly turned pale.


    They looked around, filled with remorse.


    If they act resolutely enough and leave here early, maybe the law of heaven and earth in the surrounding void has not been changed, and they still have a chance to escape.


    But after a moment of hesitation, they were trapped here.


    They know that the power of a true immortal cannot change the laws of heaven and earth here.


    Even thinking a little deeper, what kind of power changed the nearby laws of heaven and earth and prevented them from leaving?


    The answer is already obvious when it comes to the fact that the Heavenly Immortal Treasure has become a Demon Domain.


    I don''t know what happened in the Heavenly Immortal Treasure, why it became a Demon Domain.


    In the Demon Realm, most of the demons exist.


    Heavenly Demons are existences on the same level as Heavenly Immortals, and have the power to change the laws of the surrounding heaven and earth.


    As for why the demons want to change the surrounding laws of heaven and earth to prevent the powerhouses of the true immortal level from leaving? The answer is not hard to guess.


    The demon must have bad intentions, and regard the powerhouses at the level of true immortals as prey.


    There are basically no idiots among the powerhouses of the true immortal level.


    Similar thoughts quickly appeared in their minds one after another.


    A true immortal is no different from a lamb to be slaughtered in front of the demons.


    Many true immortal-level powerhouses have a strong sense of despair in their hearts.


    Meng Zhang was equally frightened, and a little flustered.


    But he never despaired.


    He thought quickly in his heart to see if there was a way to break the game.


    The demons in the Demon Domain did not change other laws of heaven and earth, but only prevented the true immortal-level powerhouse from leaving.


    Heavenly Demons, like Heavenly Immortals, have the power to change the laws of heaven and earth.


    But changing different laws of heaven and earth, and making changes at different levels, vary greatly in difficulty.


    Just to prevent the powerhouses of the true immortal level from leaving, such a change is not easy, nor too difficult.


    If all the true immortal-level powerhouses were to lose their resistance and take the initiative to send it to the mouth of the demon, that level of change would obviously be much more difficult.


    Of course, it is also possible that the demons in the demon domain have such power, but they do not want to solve it too neatly. They have to play with all the powerhouses of the true immortal level and slowly enjoy the fun of hunting.


    In any case, even if Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, it was impossible to forcibly break the restrictions of the laws of heaven and earth.


    Of course, quantitative changes can lead to qualitative changes.


    If there are enough true immortal-level powerhouses to work together, maybe they can shake or even change the laws of heaven and earth.


    However, after thinking about it for a while, Meng Zhang still felt that it was not feasible.


    The number of true immortal-level powerhouses on the scene is not enough, and the cultivation base and strength are also mixed.


    Powerful ones like Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor can be called the top of the category of real immortals; weak ones such as three lions will only hold back.


    If the true immortal-level powerhouses present have the cultivation and strength of Sanshan True Immortal and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they can give it a try.


    The cultivation systems and races of the true immortal-level powerhouses present are different. Even if they join forces, it will be difficult to integrate all the powers, and they will not be able to exert their due power at all.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to book friend 160515154945428 and book friend 20190929133421412 for their many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2565

    The last point that made Meng Zhang feel unfeasible was the fact that the powerhouses at the level of true immortals had different camps.


    Everyone has their own grievances and grievances, and it is impossible to work together.


    Of course, considering everyone''s current situation, everyone has a common enemy, and everyone does not want to be the prey of the devil.


    We still have a certain basis for cooperation.


    No matter what you are going to do next, at the very least, you must first change the state of hostility between everyone.


    There are many powerhouses at the level of true immortals, but they can''t help the changed laws of heaven and earth, and they have to be trapped here.


    Although the demon in the demon domain has not yet appeared, this hand alone basically determines the next situation.


    The strong people who can cultivate to the level of true immortals are basically people with perseverance.


    After the initial panic, they all began to calm down and had to accept the bitter reality.


    Everyone knows that the demons are terrifying. If one''s own family falls into the hands of the demons, then life is really better than death.


    They began to rack their brains to find a way out.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, as the strongest players present, although they have not directly fought each other before, they both know each other and even feel a little sympathetic to each other.


    Faced with a shared crisis, the two of them were the first to communicate.


    After the exchange, they each took the lead and contacted the various forces.


    Sanshan Zhenxian made a promise back then to help the six real immortals guard the Junchen Realm while they were sleeping.


    After the six true immortals woke up, he fulfilled his promise.


    The friendship between him and the six true immortals is not very deep.


    Anyway, he, Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi are also old acquaintances.


    At this time, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t have the heart to find trouble with these two true immortals.


    When Sanshan Zhenxian contacted Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang agreed with Sanshan Zhenxian''s various arrangements.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor contacted the high-level foreign invaders and got a positive response from them.


    Soon, all forces agreed to send representatives to gather to discuss countermeasures.


    The place they chose to meet was the dragon''s territory.


    Dragons are well-known and powerful races in the Void and Myriad Realms, and their inheritance secrets are very clever.


    The territory of the dragon clan would definitely not be able to resist the attack of the demons.


    However, there is the blessing of the dragon guardian secret technique inside, and the confidentiality is very good.


    Even if Heavenly Demon had great powers, and the Demon Realm he was in was so far away from here, it would be difficult for him to easily obtain all the information inside.


    When everyone discussed how to get out of the predicament, it was tantamount to being the enemy of the demons, and naturally they had to try their best to keep their next actions secret.


    Meng Zhang told Taimiao that they stayed in Taiyi Realm, and he and Sanshan Zhenxian went to the territory of the Dragon Clan.


    On the side of the extraterritorial invaders, there were also several true immortal-level powerhouses who set off together.


    After this period of time, the forces of several parties were chasing in the void, and the territory of the Dragon Clan fell to the back, the closest to the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    After discovering the existence of the Demon Territory, the army of the dragon clan and the army of the sea clan had already mobilized to guard the huge water polo.


    Although they could never stop the demons, they dared to face the army of monsters.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor sent his Bibo Water God and Sea God to greet the guests over the water polo.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian came to the sky above the water polo.


    They have nothing to say with the native gods of the Junchen world.


    The group of extraterritorial invaders of the true immortal level arrived almost at the same time as them.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal, he hadn''t played against these guys very much.


    This group of real immortal-level foreign invaders participated in the siege of Sanshan Zhenxian in the past.


    Both parties know that now is not the time to turn over old debts, and neither of them has any intention of making trouble.


    Just as everyone was about to enter the inside of the water polo, another huge accident happened in that huge crack.


    Everyone knows that the space behind the rift, that is, the original treasure of the gods, has completely turned into a demon domain.


    They have been paying attention to the situation in the Demon Realm, guarding against powerful monsters coming out from it.


    Despite the space barrier, and their senses did not dare to stay in the Demon Realm all the time.


    But they still used every means to maintain close surveillance inside and outside the Demon Realm.


    I don''t know when it started, there were hurricanes blowing inside the Demon Domain, which seemed to blow everything inside.


    Immediately after that, bursts of light of various colors flashed, and it seemed that violent explosions were constantly occurring inside.


    ...


    Seeing that the situation in the Demon Realm had changed, everyone stopped and paid close attention to everything that happened.


    Even the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was inside the water polo, flew out to observe the changes in the Demon Realm with everyone.


    One after another ocean waves roared and rushed from all directions, washing everything in the Demon Domain.


    A purple sun rose, seemingly breaking through some kind of interception.


    One after another escape light flickered, and it was about to rush out of the crack.


    In the Demon Realm, the black mist surged, easily engulfing the waves.


    The blood-colored light covered the light of Zi Ri and quickly closed the crack.


    Among those escaping light, some guys who moved fast enough rushed out of the crack in time and left the Demon Realm.


    There are also some guys who are unlucky or lacking in strength, caught up by the blood-colored light, and then completely submerged.


    Those escaping light that rushed out of the crack by chance, without the slightest pause, let alone the situation behind.


    After they left the crack, they appeared in the ruins of Junchen World.


    Their speed remains unchanged, and they are about to leave the ruins of Junchen World.


    The ruins of Junchen World, which had been calm before, were suddenly shocked.


    Countless monsters began to be restless, rushing towards those who escaped from the Demon Realm.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the others had already discovered that these guys who escaped from the Demon Realm were the guys who had previously participated in the competition for the Heavenly Immortal Relic and successfully entered the interior of the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    All of them are true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Although the current state may not be very good, the footsteps of their desperate escape cannot be stopped by these monsters.


    And the demon gods in the ruins of Junchen Realm didn''t know why, and didn''t come out to stop them, but just let the army of monsters under him take action.


    These true immortal-level powerhouses took out their desperate aura and rushed to the encirclement of the monster army with all their strength.


    The real immortal-level powerhouses present saw this scene, but they didn''t mean to step forward to help.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian were full of jealousy towards their former companions.


    The relationship between those high-level foreign invaders is even more complicated.


    Sanshan Zhenxian wanted to come forward to help, but was persuaded by Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    Who knows if the guy who escaped from the Demon Realm has been demonized by the devil?


    Maybe, these guys who escaped have already become puppets of the demons.


    Perhaps, the scenes that are happening in front of you are all the demons in the demon domain acting.

 Chapter 2566

    Sanshan Zhenxian, as the strongest person present, is everyone''s best hope for getting out of trouble.


    If he hastily entered the ruins of Junchen Realm to rescue them, he might be plotted by the magic powers, causing everyone to lose their most important combat power.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian said some great truths, which made Sanshan Zhenxian hesitate.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan was not really sure that all the escapees had been turned into puppets by the demons, but simply looked at them unhappy, didn''t want to see them being rescued, just wanted to see them unlucky.


    Some of the more stable high-level invaders from outside the territory, at this time, did not care about the previous hostile relationship between the two sides, and they all agreed with Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang originally had a bit of thinking about the overall situation.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian takes action, he is willing to assist.


    But seeing the scene in front of him, he sighed in his heart, and there was nothing more to do.


    After all, he couldn''t be sure whether the escapees had been controlled by the demons.


    Those guys who escaped from the Demon Territory were indeed powerful, and they quickly broke through the encirclement and escaped from the pursuit of the monster army.


    The army of monsters didn''t chase too far, but only moved near the ruins of Junchen World.


    After those escaping lights left the ruins of Junchen Realm, there was also no pause.


    They didn''t seem to see the forces in the void, and they didn''t even bother to pay attention.


    Even if there are some of their disciples and grandchildren, they ignore it.


    These escaping lights only care about escaping for their lives, and they are flying towards the distance with all their strength.


    It''s a pity that they didn''t fly too far, just like headless flies, as if they hit an invisible barrier and could no longer move forward.


    They knew the situation was wrong, but they didn''t give up and kept trying.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who had experienced failure for a long time, looked at them from a distance, as if they were watching a good show.


    After a while, these guys stopped one after another and reluctantly accepted the reality.


    With their cultivation base and experience, they quickly figured out what happened.


    Meng Zhang not only watched the play on the side, but also inferred the methods of the demons from their actions and reactions.


    No matter how strong the demons in the Demon Realm are, they cannot change the laws of heaven and earth in the entire void.


    Only outside the ruins of Junchen Realm, to the void where Meng Zhang and the group of true immortals are located, the laws of heaven and earth have been changed, making it impossible for the true immortals to escape.


    As long as Meng Zhang and the others are true immortals, their other actions are basically unrestricted.


    The means of changing the laws of heaven and earth are very skilled, and most of them are not ordinary demons who have just been promoted, but old-fashioned demons with unfathomable strength.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang''s mind became even heavier.


    However, Meng Zhang soon discovered a contradiction.


    If that demon is really so powerful, it is impossible for a true immortal to escape from the demon realm.


    Could it be that it was really said by Jiu Xuan Zhenxian that those who escaped have been demonized by the demons and are now acting.


    But since the demons have such means, why do they need to spend time and effort acting?


    Is it just to tease Meng Zhang and the others, or to enjoy the hunt?


    Demons are often eccentric, and their behavior is unpredictable.


    No matter how strange things the demons do, everyone will not find it strange.


    Meng Zhang shook his head and gave up thinking about the behavior of the demons in a normal way.


    Those who escaped from the Demon Realm stopped their useless actions after discovering their situation.


    They managed to escape from the Demon Realm, thinking that they had finally escaped.


    But after desperately fleeing into the void, they discovered that the laws of heaven and earth in the nearby void had been changed, and they really had nowhere to escape.


    They are all determined people. After the initial depression and despair, they began to slowly adjust their mentality.


    They looked around carefully and soon found out.


    Several forces confronted each other in the void, and a group of true immortal-level powerhouses gathered together, and the aura on their bodies was undisguised.


    Although everyone is acquaintances, they did not rush over, but first released their spiritual thoughts to communicate with the Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    It is a practice in the cultivation world to honor the strong, and the two strongest people, Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, naturally became the temporary principals.


    After some exchanges, Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor seemed to be persuaded by them.


    Both of them said that the escapees should not have been demonized.


    If everyone wants to get out of the current predicament, they must know as much as possible about the situation of the demon in the demon domain.


    The two of them suggested that everyone go and get in touch with the escapees together and discuss countermeasures together.


    Although everyone was skeptical of what Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor said, they did not object to their proposal.


    In fact, everyone has long realized that with their strength alone, it may be difficult to escape the pursuit of the demons this time.


    If the escapees were not demonized, they in the same situation would be their own help.


    What''s more, they were able to become the victors of the last war and successfully entered the interior of the Heavenly Immortal Relic, which showed their extraordinary qualities.


    So, after some simple deliberation, under the leadership of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Sanshan Zhenxian, everyone flew in the direction of the escapers.


    Of course, everyone did not relax their vigilance, and still kept a strong vigilance in their hearts.


    The two teams soon converged in the void.


    Both sides are acquaintances, and after meeting, they gestured with their eyes or simply greeted each other.


    Among the escapees, there are eight true immortals, namely Ziyang True Immortal, Zhenhai True Immortal, Baichuan Patriarch, Situ Jue, Hunling Zunshen, Famine Demon God, Shengyang True God, and Fang Ming Luohan.


    Naturally, those who entered the interior of the Heavenly Immortal Relic were not only the ones in front of them, but the eight of them were the ones who could escape from the Demon Realm.


    Those who did not appear here, their fate can be imagined.


    Among the people who came to meet, there were nine real immortals, including Meng Zhang, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Sanshan Zhenxian, Jiuxuan Zhenxian, Tianchenzi, Giant Ape Demon God, Brave God of Bravery, Canglang Holy Spirit, and Tianlei Arhat. strong.


    Others, such as the three lions, continued to sit in the army of human cultivators.


    Meng Zhang and the other true immortal-level powerhouses under the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor do not need to come here to gather.


    In addition, although Jianjun Banxue is not a true immortal, but as the temporary leader of the human race cultivators, she still came to participate in the gathering.


    The first thing that happened after the two sides met was that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor took out a simple scale and shook it a few times at the eight escapers in front.


    I saw a white light shot out of the scales, covering the eight escapers in front.


    These eight did not dodge or evade, letting the white light shroud them.


    Before the two sides converged, they had already agreed with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Otherwise, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would not believe them at all, let alone lead everyone to join them.

 Chapter 2567

    The dragon race is a well-known and powerful race in the void, and many ethnic groups under its major branches have a tradition of roaming in the void.


    In many places in the void, the magic power is very powerful.


    Especially the areas where the extraterrestrial demons are rampant are a huge threat to all living beings.


    Demonic forces are pervasive, and they will also use dragons as prey.


    The magic tricks are strange and mysterious, especially those guys who are skilled in magic dyeing, it is even more difficult to guard against.


    The seniors of the Dragon Clan let many ethnic groups of the Dragon Clan experience in the void, and naturally they also need to provide some guarantees.


    When the tribe led by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor left the ancestral land, the elders of the dragon tribe gave him this scale.


    This scale was carefully refined by the seniors of the dragon race and was specially used for the mysterious means of defending against demons.


    This scale has many functions, and one of the important functions is to check whether the target is stained by magic.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has great confidence in this scale.


    The eight lucky ones who escaped from the Demon Realm believed that they had not been stained by the Demon, and they were indeed innocent.


    In order to win the trust of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they were willing to accept inspections.


    Like the Hunling Zunshen, Ziyang Zhenxian, etc., they have also heard of some of the methods of the dragon clan.


    White light was irradiated on them repeatedly, but no abnormality was found.


    Only when it irradiated the Demon God of Famine, the white light flashed a few times, and the color changed sharply, and then it returned to normal.


    Don''t think that the Famine Demon God, as a strong demon, will not be infected by the demons.


    In fact, because the cultivation system is the same and the power attributes are similar, the Famine Demon God should be the main goal of the Demon.


    The Demon God of Famine has had the experience of contaminating other creatures with demons, and it is not strange that he is contaminated by a demon with a higher level of power.


    Therefore, among the eight escapees, the others kept a certain distance from the Demon God of Famine, and faintly isolated him.


    After the two sides converge, the Famine Demon God is also the object of everyone''s focus on guarding against.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor urged the scales to check repeatedly, and finally came to a conclusion.


    None of the eight escapees were infected by the demons.


    The power of the scales has a vision on the Demon God of Famine, which is caused by the power of the demonic attribute of the Demon God of Famine itself.


    However, the Famine Demon God itself was not infected by external forces.


    As a well-known demon god in the void, the Demon God of Famine is still very distinctive in power attributes and is easy to identify.


    He is full of pure famine aura, and there is no foreign force intruding.


    Magic Dao is just a general term. Within Magic Dao, there are many factions and countless branches.


    The internal struggle of the devil is far more bloody and cruel than the battle between the righteous and the devil.


    Although there is no dispute over the Great Dao between the Demon God of Calamity and the Demon in the Demon Realm, they are definitely not fellow travelers.


    The Famine Demon God knows the horror of that demon better than other people, and is even more reluctant to fall into the opponent''s hands.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has many shortcomings, its prestige and credibility are still recognized by everyone.


    In particular, some true immortals who are familiar with the internal situation of the dragon family have heard of the magical effect of that scale.


    Since the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor said there was no problem with the eight escapees, Meng Zhang and the others also chose to believe it.


    This time, the two sides have temporarily eliminated the estrangement and have some foundation of trust.


    Especially after confirming that there is no problem with the Famine Demon God, many people nodded secretly.


    This is not how much everyone likes the Famine Demon God, but there are other reasons.


    The Famine Demon God has quite a background, and his temper is fierce and hot, even the demons can''t make him bow his head.


    As an old-fashioned demon god, the Famine Demon God knows all the secrets and methods of the magic way very well.


    Know yourself and the enemy, and you will not be imperiled in a hundred battles.


    If everyone wants to fight against the demon in the Demon Domain, the Famine Demon God has great value.


    Now that everyone has a preliminary trust, Meng Zhang and the others began to ask the eight escapees, what they encountered in the relics of the gods, how the relics of the gods became demons, and the origin of the demon. ?


    ...


    These eight escapees are not the same people, and there are still a lot of grudges between them.


    In the face of Meng Zhang and others'' inquiries, they adopted a similar attitude.


    They cover up, avoid many key issues, refuse to tell the truth behind them, and just talk a lot of irrelevant gossip.


    Their attitude angered Meng Zhang and others.


    The grumpy giant ape demon god, the valiant god of bravery immediately began to get angry, regardless of their former ally with the true god Shengyang, and began to accuse them.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor were a little angry.


    At what point has everyone been facing a huge crisis, yet they are still intriguing and secretive.


    Tian Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian looked at each other and exchanged secretly.


    The six true immortals have been together for thousands of years and are familiar enough with each other.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian guessed why Ziyang Zhenxian did this.


    Among the relics of the gods, the chance to become a god is probably still there.


    Although the relic of the gods has become a demon domain, and there are still demons entrenched in it, they have not given up on the chance to become an immortal.


    The reason why they refused to tell the details honestly was to ensure that the secret of chance would not be known by the powerful outsiders.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian secretly sent a voice transmission to Sanshan Zhenxian, provoking them, and inciting Sanshan Zhenxian to exert pressure on the eight escapees.


    Sanshan Zhenxian certainly knew that Tianchenzi and the others had ulterior motives, but he was indeed angered by Ziyang Zhenxian and their attitude.


    He helped Ziyang Zhenxian and the others guard the Junchen Realm for thousands of years. Although it was a transaction, he paid a huge amount of money, no credit or hard work.


    Now everyone is facing the same crisis, or they will die and disappear.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and the others are still like this, how can he not be angry in his heart?


    The reason why they took the risk to contact Ziyang Zhenxian and the others was that they hoped that they could provide more information about the demon domain and the demons?


    After Sanshan Zhenxian was angry, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor also became angry.


    The strongest among the eight escapees was the Hunling Zunshen.


    But if you fight alone, the Hunling Venerable God is still inferior to the Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Among the treasures of the gods, the chance to become a god is very valuable to the eight escapees.


    However, due to the difference in the cultivation system, the four true immortals including Ziyang True Immortal can get the most benefit from it.


    The benefits others get from it are limited.


    The four true immortals including Ziyang Zhenxian regarded their own path as more important than their lives.


    Others may not have such a mentality.


    Now everyone is worried about their lives, and the idea of ??saving lives has the upper hand in other people''s minds.


    Fang Ming Luohan was the first to speak.


    In order to ease the anger of Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and for the next cooperation, others also spoke up.


    From what everyone was talking about, Meng Zhang and the others had pictures in their minds, depicting their journey from entering the Heavenly Immortal Treasure to escaping from the Demon Realm.

 Chapter 2568

    At this time, it has been almost thirty years since Ziyang Zhenxian and the others entered the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    After a fierce battle, Ziyang Zhenxian and the others became the winners, or the lucky ones, and successfully entered the inner treasure of Tianxian.


    Then, the entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Treasure was closed, completely isolated from the outside world, and those who came later could no longer enter it.


    The so-called Heavenly Immortal Relic is a small world that is completely independent.


    In those days, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen placed this small world in an anti-space, and used his own immortal power to cover and protect it.


    After Immortal Jun Chen arranged everything, he informed his friends in Lingkong Immortal Realm of the information of this small world.


    This move by Immortal Jun Chen is equivalent to entrusting old affairs.


    Because next, he will be desperate to hit the Jinxian realm.


    If he succeeds, he will become a Golden Immortal, and even in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he will occupy a place at the top.


    If it fails, it might be the result of death.


    Jun Chen Xianzun left his legacy in that small world.


    If he died, he still hoped that his inheritance and cultivation ideas could continue.


    Immortal Junchen''s impact on the realm of Jinxian should be a failure.


    As for whether or not it will fall, it is hard to say.


    Anyway, he disappeared completely since then, and no one knows his whereabouts.


    The treasure left by Immortal Jun Chen should be acquired by his friends.


    However, because of a series of changes in Lingkong Xianjie, there were some twists and turns in this matter.


    For those old-fashioned angels, their own cultivation paths have been fixed, and they also have their own concepts and ideas, and they may not be willing to accept everything from Jun Chen Xianzun.


    At most, the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun is used as a reference.


    In any case, an angel who can attack Jinxian, regardless of success or failure, is enough to be at the top of the heavenly immortal in Lingkong Xianjie.


    Meng Zhang, the natives of Junchen Realm, did not know what happened in Lingkong Xianjie.


    They just know everything that happened in the Junchen world later.


    The six true immortals led many colleagues and subordinates to the Junchen world, setting off a magnificent history of conquest.


    The small world left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has a special way of opening.


    Even ordinary angels are difficult to crack with brute force.


    Most of those angels who have the ability to decipher the opening method do not want to be contaminated with cause and effect and cause trouble.


    The six true immortals conducted research honestly and strictly followed the opening method.


    Back then, when Ziyang Zhenxian and the others entered that small world, the ecstasy in their hearts could be imagined.


    Of course, at the same time, there are also many foreign invaders who disrupt the situation.


    The layout in that small world is complicated, and there are many special arrangements left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Ziyang True Immortals are at a disadvantage in numbers, but because they are True Immortals, they can make better use of the environment in the small world.


    After some battles, although Ziyang Zhenxian and the others fell behind, they still slowly approached the core position of the small world.


    If it was an ordinary small world, it would have completely collapsed in the battle of a group of true immortal-level powerhouses.


    This small world has the blessing of immortal power left by Jun Chen Xianzun, and it can stand their toss.


    After so many years, the immortal power left by Immortal Jun Chen still has such a magical effect, which shows that it is powerful.


    They all have their own origins and inheritances.


    If there are not enough benefits, they may not be willing to abandon the original inheritance and switch to other exercises.


    As true immortals, they have a deep understanding of cultivation.


    Inheritance is not the brighter the better.


    It is best for practitioners to practice the inheritance that is most suitable for them, so that they can go further on the road of practice.


    Among the treasures left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, the one that they valued the most was a tree of heaven and earth.


    It is said that the Qigen of Heaven and Earth is one of the rare treasures in the Void and Myriad Realms, which can well assist the top true immortals to attack the heavenly immortals.


    For practitioners of other systems and races, the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth also has many wonderful uses.


    For Ziyang Zhenxian and the others, accepting the inheritance of Junchen Immortal Venerable can be used as a reference, and they can also consider changing the door, but it may not be able to greatly increase their chances of success in attacking Tianxian.


    Only that one tree, the unique root of heaven and earth, has a clear function.


    Therefore, Ziyang True Immortal and the other four True Immortals can give up everything in the small world, and only that one tree of heaven and earth is absolutely impossible to give up.


    In addition, no one knows how many true immortals can use this unique root of heaven and earth.


    Combining some information, Ziyang Zhenxian and the others have speculated a long time ago.


    If it is only to meet the needs of a true immortal, then the Qigen of Heaven and Earth should be more than enough.


    If it is the needs of two or three true immortals, it is hard to say.


    Therefore, Ziyang True Immortal and the other four True Immortals also have contradictions.


    After entering the small world, although the four true immortals of Ziyang Zhenxian were forced to join forces to fight against the enemy, they were still guarding each other secretly.


    This has led to the fact that although they are now beginning to confess, they still keep some secrets.


    In short, after some twists and turns, Ziyang Zhenxian and the other four Zhenxian rushed to the front of the group of foreign invaders and entered the core position of the small world.


    What they saw there surprised them greatly.


    A powerful Heavenly Demon is fighting against the Qigen of Heaven and Earth.


    That heaven and earth Qigen cooperated with the prohibition left by Jun Chen Xianzun, trapped the heavenly demon firmly, and constantly consumed its demonic energy, trying to completely refine it.


    And that celestial demon desperately resisted, and tried to dye the strange root of heaven and earth.


    The battle between them has been going on for many years, and it has been in a state of wonderful balance.


    But due to the fight between the interlopers, the balance between them was disturbed.


    As for how the balance between them was broken, who should be primarily responsible? There are conflicting accounts among the eight escapees.


    When they said this, they started arguing.


    They are desperately blaming others and shirk their responsibilities.


    Anyway, according to what they said, they were all innocent, and it was others who made mistakes.


    Meng Zhang and the others don''t really care about the specific process, and now is not the time to be held accountable.


    Under the scolding of Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the eight escapees entered the topic again.


    After the balance was broken, the demon began to show his power.


    He devoured several foreign invaders at the level of true immortals, and his strength suddenly increased, and the magic power was blazing.


    Originally, the Heavenly Demon was slightly at a disadvantage, and was almost suppressed by that Heaven and Earth Qigen.


    He is now in turn suppressing the Qigen, and he still has the energy to attack the intruder, trying to devour more prey.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and the others were desperately trying to deal with the demon, but the situation was getting worse.


    At this time, the eight escapees began to blame each other again.

 Chapter 2569

    The eight escapees all accused the others of being greedy for life and fearing death, and refusing to do their best to fight the demons.


    He tried his best to fight against the demons, but was pulled back by others.


    Meng Zhang and the others frowned when they heard these words.


    Putting money on one''s own face, shirk responsibility, these are trivial things.


    However, because of their contradictory words and unable to provide accurate information, everyone was very dissatisfied.


    Sanshan Zhenxian had to rebuke a few words again, and promised that now is not the time to be held accountable, and these eight escapees finally stopped.


    At this time, Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor also realized their mistakes and should not ask these eight guys at the same time.


    In any case, they are all true immortal-level powerhouses, and they agreed to cooperate, so Sanshan True Immortal and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor couldn''t force them too much.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor discussed it, then took out a picture and threw it in front of him.


    The scroll turned into a thatched hut in the woods.


    It was an independent space, shielded from outside prying eyes.


    Next, Sanshan Zhenxian invited eight escapees to enter the thatched hut with him.


    Sanshan Zhenxian asked them separately, and then shared all the information with Meng Zhang and the others.


    After another set of twists and turns, it took a lot of time to gather the information provided by everyone, and everyone can be considered to have a certain understanding of the situation in the Demon Domain.


    After the intruders such as Ziyang Zhenxian broke the balance, the celestial demon showed great power, while suppressing the heaven and earth Qigen, while completely demonizing the small world.


    During this process, many true immortal-level extraterritorial invaders were swallowed up by it.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and the others finally managed to survive until the exit of the Heavenly Immortal''s Relic was opened again, and immediately fled out desperately.


    Ziyang True Immortal and their four True Immortals were originally top True Immortals, and they had various methods.


    None of the four of them fell, and luck was not bad.


    On the side of the extraterritorial invaders, most of their power was lost, and only a few lucky ones escaped.


    Talking about the situation in which they finally escaped from the treasure of the fairy, the escapees all had lingering fears.


    After the exit of the Heavenly Immortal Treasure was opened this time, it was never closed again.


    As for the Heavenly Immortal Relics left by Immortal Jun Chen, why there is a Heavenly Demon, no one can tell why.


    Logically speaking, since Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was in the process of explaining his funeral, he left the Heavenly Immortal''s legacy to his friends, so he shouldn''t leave such a big hidden danger.


    As for the birth of the consciousness of the heaven and earth Qigen, it is not a strange thing to fight with the demons.


    All things have spirits, and plants and trees become demons are common things in the world of self-cultivation.


    Meng Zhang and the others knew that the eight escapees must have reservations, but they all said that they had already explained everything.


    Even if they are as strong as Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they cannot take too strong measures.


    If they push too hard, I am afraid that a civil war will break out between everyone.


    This group of people has different origins, and the relationship is really intricate.


    Among the eight escapees, Ziyang Zhenxian and the other four were opposed to foreign invaders.


    However, among the group of Meng Zhang and the others, such as Tianlei Arhat has always stood by Fang Ming Arhat, and the Giant Ape Demon God supports the Hunling Venerable God...


    The information provided by these eight escapees can be regarded as allowing everyone to understand what happened in the Demon Domain, but it does not help solve everyone''s current troubles.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing of Gu Yue Clan also entered the Heavenly Immortal Relics last time.


    He didn''t escape this time, which made Meng Zhang feel very sorry.


    If Gu Yue Ling Qing was here, Meng Zhang would not only have a trusted companion, but he would also be able to learn more detailed information about the Heavenly Immortal Relics.


    Next, everyone fell into a huge debate.


    Some people suggested that everyone join forces to see if they could forcibly break the changed laws of heaven and earth around them.


    Some people think that many true immortal-level powerhouses can join forces and try to compete head-on with the demons in the demon realm.


    Some people even thought that they could negotiate with that demon.


    ...


    Meng Zhang did not rashly join in the debate, but carefully sorted out the information he already had in his mind.


    He thought of his previous experience near the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    He first sensed that there was a demon lurking in the ruins of Junchen Realm, and then Lingjue warned him to get away from there as soon as possible.


    The newly born demon god in the ruins of Junchen Realm will not pose a fatal threat to Meng Zhang.


    What alerted his spirit was the threat from the demons.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang was not decisive enough at that time, and was dragged down by the Taiyi Realm, so he did not escape in time.


    From the current point of view, the demons in the Demon Realm have been able to exert influence on the monsters in the ruins of Junchen Realm, and have even completely controlled them.


    With so many monsters as wings, that celestial demon became even more difficult to deal with.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking, Sanshan Zhenxian and Swallowing Dragon Emperor presided over everyone''s discussion.


    In the end, everyone reached a certain consensus, and Sanshan Zhenxian put forward his own suggestions.


    The reason why that Heavenly Demon didn''t personally take action against everyone now is because he was restrained by the Qigen of Heaven and Earth.


    Relying on everyone''s strength alone, it is impossible to break the laws of heaven and earth that have been changed around, nor to defeat the demons.


    For today''s plan, the hope of breaking the game fell on the Qigen of the heavens and the earth.


    That heaven and earth Qigen was able to trap the demon before, indicating that it has the power to confront the demon head-on.


    The reason why it fell behind later was because the intruder got into trouble.


    Now, let''s all go to the Demon Realm together and help the Qigen of Heaven and Earth, maybe we can turn the situation around.


    Among the true immortal-level powerhouses present, there are many who are greedy for life and fear of death, and who are short-sighted.


    But there are not many stupid people who really can''t see the situation clearly.


    Entering the Demon Realm seems to be self-defeating, but it is the only effective way.


    Even the eight guys who managed to escape from the Demon Realm couldn''t deny this.


    If it really waits until the Heavenly Demon completely controls the Qigen of Heaven and Earth, then there will be no way to restore the situation.


    People with extraordinary aspirations, such as Ziyang Zhenxian and Famine Demon God, all agreed with Sanshan Zhenxian''s suggestion of surviving from death.


    The realm between Heavenly Immortals and True Immortals is very different, and it is almost impossible to leapfrog challenges.


    Heavenly Demons and Heavenly Immortals are of the same level.


    No matter how many true immortals there are, if they do not have the strength to confront the demons, they will only be defeated by each.


    If it is the true immortals from the immortal world, they can also rely on some secret formations from the masters, or some powerful immortal weapons, to barely block the demons.


    However, the group of true immortal-level powerhouses present could not meet such conditions.


    Since they can''t confront the demon head-on, they can only hope that the Qigen of heaven and earth will play a major role.


    There was a lot of controversy before, but under the suppression and guidance of Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the speed of reaching a consensus was not slow.

 Chapter 2570

    Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor are the kind of people who are determined and unwilling to sit still.


    Those suggestions for negotiating with the demons are known to be unreliable.


    The Heavenly Demon will not let go of the fat that has come to his mouth, let alone any kindness.


    Taking a ten thousand steps back, even if he wants to negotiate a compromise with the demon, he must show enough strength to make him feel that it is not feasible to forcibly keep so many true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor both tend to take the initiative to attack.


    Among the many powerhouses present, the strongest group also agreed to take the initiative.


    Discussions in the world of comprehension are not that the minority obeys the majority, but that the strong have more right to speak and dominate.


    The strongest group has made a decision, and the weaker ones can only go along.


    Meng Zhang never participated in the discussion, and finally agreed with Sanshan Zhenxian''s suggestion.


    Now that everyone has agreed to take the initiative to attack, it is not too late, we must act immediately, fearing that things will change.


    If they wait until the Heavenly Demon completely controls the Qigen, everything they do will become meaningless.


    The entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Relic is located in the middle of the ruins of Junchen Realm, surrounded by countless monsters.


    If you want to enter the Demon Realm, you must first break through the interception of the monster army.


    With so many true immortal-level powerhouses, it shouldn''t be difficult to break through the monster army to intercept them.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s malicious proposal, in order to allow everyone to retain their strength as much as possible, simply let the army of cultivators and the army of foreign invaders attack the ruins of Junchen Realm and clear the way for everyone.


    Sanshan Zhenxian rejected his proposal.


    Soldiers are expensive, and mobilizing the army and arranging troops will delay too much time.


    Meng Zhang added a sentence in time.


    If a creature with insufficient strength approaches the ruins of Junchen Realm, it may be demonized by the power released by that demon.


    At that time, the army sent by oneself will either become monsters, or become the tonic of the demons.


    Seeing that everyone was reluctant to do much, Jiu Xuan Zhenxian didn''t say much.


    Before the action, Sanshan Zhenxian set aside a little time for everyone to explain to his subordinates.


    Meng Zhang immediately returned to Taiyi Realm and called on Taimiao, Moon God, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy, and they acted with him.


    Without the powerhouses of the true immortal level, the Taiyi Realm will no longer be affected by the surrounding laws of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang asked Taiyijie to move forward with all his strength and leave this place as soon as possible.


    He''ll catch up in time when he''s done.


    Meng Zhang called his eldest disciple Niu Dawei alone and made a lot of explanations to him.


    If Meng Zhang can''t come back this time, Niu Dawei will lead the Taiyi Realm to move forward.


    Niu Dawei also didn''t act like a child, he took down Meng Zhang''s account carefully, and made sure that he would not betray Meng Zhang''s trust.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao set off together. On the way, Meng Zhang told them everything that happened before.


    Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun heard that they would take the initiative to enter the Demon Realm and face the demons, their faces became extremely ugly.


    But who told them to be trapped as well.


    Since the true immortal-level powerhouse cannot leave here, Meng Zhang has no idea of ??retaining his strength, and decides to go all out.


    The Moon God was originally his trump card, and now there is no need to hide it.


    Almost at the same time, the army of cultivators, the army of foreign invaders, and the temporary territory of the dragon race were all leaving here quickly.


    Although Jianjun Banxue participated in everyone''s discussion, she was not a true immortal and had no right to speak.


    She originally hoped that the reinforcements from Lingkong Immortal Realm would arrive here in time, but the reinforcements have been delayed, and she has no other way.


    Soon, all the powerhouses of the true immortal level among the several forces gathered together.


    That''s all, the lineup put out by Taiyijie really makes everyone look at it with admiration.


    As for the situation of Taiyimen and Mengzhang, several forces all know a little.


    An ordinary sect in the Junchen world grew up under the pressure of the major holy land sects, dominated the Junchen world, and confronted the major holy land sects head-on.


    After the destruction of Junchen Realm, Taiyimen can still make the scene of Taiyi Realm and directly enter the void.


    Now, Taiyijie has taken out the combat power of five true immortals in one breath.


    This kind of power, even if it is placed in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, may be able to break through a situation.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was thinking in his heart, if this accident did not happen, how much resistance he would encounter in capturing the Taiyi Realm as planned.


    Qiguang Star God, Sea God and Bibo Water God looked at Moon God with complicated eyes.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and others have a very bad impression of Meng Zhang because of the relationship between their disciples and their grandchildren.


    On the contrary, the three lions ran to their old master, Patriarch Bai Chuan, shook their heads, and said some nice things about Meng Zhang.


    With so many true immortal-level powerhouses acting together, of course they can''t be like a mob.


    Everyone elected Sanshan Zhenxian as the leader of this temporary team, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Hunling Zunshen were the deputy leaders.


    Under the auspices of Sanshan Zhenxian, everyone discussed a rough plan.


    No need for a long speech, let alone boosting morale, Sanshan Zhenxian gave an order, and everyone began to act, killing the ruins of Junchen World together.


    From the time when the eight escapees escaped from the Demon Realm to the time when everyone returned to the Demon Realm, a lot of time was delayed.


    During this period of time, the army of monsters in the ruins of Junchen World also made certain adjustments.


    The ruins of Junchen World have been turned into a magic nest for a long time, and countless monsters have been born in it.


    These monsters born after the destruction of the great world, there are many special types, not only powerful, but also have many magical abilities.


    Like those abomination demons and demons of destruction at the level of returning to the virtual, as long as the number is sufficient, they can even pose a huge threat to true immortals.


    Now, these monsters have gathered from various places in the ruins of Junchen World, mainly concentrated near the entrance of Tianxian Relics.


    The army of monsters was surrounded by water, and there was not a single gap.


    Sanshan Zhenxian led this temporary team to maintain a loose formation, and swaggered into the ruins of Junchen World.


    As if they had poked a hornet''s nest, countless monsters swarmed from all directions.


    This team is not here to clean up the magic nest, there is no need to fight with the monster army.


    All the powerhouses of the true immortal level exerted their strength together, one after another invisible force field, one after another bright light, swept towards the surrounding.


    A large blank space soon appeared in the dense army of monsters.


    The team''s footsteps did not stop at all, and continued to move forward rapidly.


    Everything that dared to stop them along the way was crushed.


    The monsters are irrational and don''t care about life and death, they only know that they rush towards the team frantically, desperately blocking the progress of the team.


    Many true immortal-level powerhouses unscrupulously unleashed their coercion, but they were unable to scare away these monsters, only to kill them.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to book friend 20220406151516506, book friend 130808074358592, book friend 20190718154357607 for their rewards and support.

 Chapter 2571

    The old-fashioned Demon God of Calamity is in the team. Logically speaking, as a superior monster, he should have enough deterrence and even control over these inferior monsters.


    Under normal circumstances, the Famine Demon God can easily scare and even incorporate the army of monsters in front of him.


    However, the army of monsters in front of him turned a blind eye to the aura of the Demon God of Famine, and his actions were not affected in the slightest, and they were still madly slaughtering him.


    Seeing this scene, everyone understands that the monsters in the ruins of Junchen Realm have been completely controlled by that demon.


    Driven by demons, they can go against their nature and not be bound by nature.


    Fortunately, although the demon has mastered these monsters, these monsters have not been blessed by the power of the demon.


    I don''t know if the control time is too short, or the power of the demon has not completely leaked out of the demon domain.


    This team, which is all composed of true immortal-level powerhouses, is truly unstoppable along the way.


    With the rapid deepening of the team, more and more monsters appeared and became stronger and stronger.


    If the army of monsters in the ruins of Junchen World was placed in the Junchen World of the past, it could easily destroy any holy land sect.


    Even if Tiangong came forward to organize the power of the cultivators in the entire Junchen world, they might not be able to defeat them.


    If individual true immortals go deep into it rashly, maybe it is really possible to fall into it.


    The powerhouses in this team come from all sides, and the cultivation systems are quite different.


    However, with their rich combat experience, they were still able to reluctantly cooperate and complement each other.


    As the leader, Sanshan Zhenxian and others are sitting in the middle of the team, and so far they have not made any shots.


    In terms of team arrangement, Sanshan Zhenxian and others have no selfishness, and can generally be fair.


    Meng Zhang and the other five strong men from Taiyi Realm were arranged together to charge in front.


    Meng Zhang and the other five formed a simple formation, attacking and advancing all the way.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao did not use too powerful ultimate moves, they just used conventional means to fight the enemy.


    On both sides of Meng Zhang and the others, there are true immortal-level powerhouses supporting them.


    In the face of such a big enemy as the demons, although everyone is still unavoidable in intrigue, they can achieve at least unity and will not be held back on the battlefield.


    A number of monsters at the level of returning to the virtual rushed towards Meng Zhang and the others, trying to block their progress.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and the wind and fire spread all over the sky, burning teams of monsters to ashes.


    The monsters in the ruins of Junchen World didn''t stop them for too long.


    The team quickly smashed through the siege of the monster army and rushed to the front of the huge gap.


    According to Meng Zhang''s previous induction, at least two demon gods were born in the ruins of Junchen World.


    But they have all killed here, and still haven''t encountered the obstruction of the devil.


    It is impossible for a demon under the control of the demon to escape.


    The biggest possibility is that the demon god in the ruins of Junchen Realm has entered the demon realm.


    Whether these demon gods are helping the demons to deal with the Qigen of heaven and earth, or blocking the outsiders with the power of the demon domain, it is a huge trouble.


    What Meng Zhang can think of, Sanshan Zhenxian and other team leaders can naturally think of it.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who has not taken action, not only urges everyone to move forward quickly, but also provides help in a timely manner.


    Countless monsters gathered in front of them and surrounded the crack in layers.


    The powerhouses in the team shot together and cleared the front, revealing a large blank area.


    Everyone in the team had no intention to entangle with the monster. They seized the opportunity, exerted their strength together, and jumped into the huge gap without hesitation.


    Everyone felt that the world was spinning and the space was changing, and then they appeared in the original relic of the gods, and now in the demon realm.


    This is an independent small world, which has been completely demonized at this moment.


    In the sky, a blood moon hangs high, emitting a dark red light downward.


    On the ground, there are thick creeps everywhere.


    The whole body of the creep is purple-brown, and it is still flowing.


    This small world originally had a stable ecology, and there was no shortage of forests, grasslands, rivers, etc., and many creatures thrived in it.


    But now, because the entire small world has been demonized, the original creatures have either become the nourishment of the demon domain, or have been completely demonized and turned into new monsters.


    This foreign team has just entered the Demon Realm, and everyone is observing the surrounding situation.


    The entire Demon Realm seemed to come alive at once.


    Countless thick purple-brown liquids on the ground twisted and turned into countless strange-shaped monsters.


    From all directions of the Demon Realm, there are monsters rushing towards here.


    According to the information provided by the eight escapees, the Demon and Heaven and Earth Qigen were fighting at the core of the Demon Domain.


    Now is not the time to purify the Demon Domain, and everyone doesn''t want to be entangled with monsters.


    The entire team began to move quickly, heading towards the core of the Demon Domain.


    Due to the influence of that demon, the rules of heaven and earth have been changed in the entire Demon Domain.


    In fact, the Demon Realm itself has its own rules of heaven and earth that are very different from the ordinary world.


    At the beginning, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was preparing to forcibly penetrate the space barrier and teleport to the core of the Demon Domain as soon as possible.


    But he tried several times in a row without success.


    Everyone found out that the space supernatural powers were greatly restricted in the Demon Realm.


    It''s not over yet.


    The entire team didn''t fly far ahead, and everyone felt that the pressure on their bodies was enormous, and it seemed that there were huge forces pulling them continuously on the ground.


    The team is full of true immortal-level powerhouses, but everyone''s cultivation base is still divided into strong and weak.


    Even this difference is not small.


    The weakest is just an ordinary true immortal, and the strongest is almost at the apex of the true immortal realm.


    It is not uncommon for someone like Meng Zhang to have a fighting strength that exceeds the realm of cultivation.


    Soon, those with weaker cultivation bases couldn''t support it at first and had to land on the ground.


    According to the previous plan, it is best not to disperse easily, and to act together as much as possible.


    In the face of demons, only by concentrating the strength of everyone can we make a difference.


    Under the organization of Sanshan Zhenxian, everyone landed on the ground together, still maintaining a loose formation.


    After landing, everyone started to clean up the surrounding mushrooms.


    Meng Zhang descended with the power of wind and fire, and burned the mushroom creep on the surrounding ground.


    He looked around.


    I don''t know if this small world is like this in the first place, or if it has only changed since it became a demon domain.


    The terrain of the small world is unusually complex, there are huge bottomless cracks everywhere, some ravines are more than a hundred feet wide, the undulating mountains are twisted and twisted, and the purple and blood-colored giant trees stand in the sky...


    Not far from the front, there is a large area where the space is unstable, and there are dense space cracks everywhere.


    The bursts of space storms blew away from the cracks in the space, turning into bursts of hurricanes in the Demon Domain.

 Chapter 2572

    Since this team entered the Demon Realm, all members of the team have been suppressed by the Demon Realm in all directions.


    If it is an ordinary Void Returning Great Power, I am afraid that it has lost most of its combat power.


    True immortal-level powerhouses can resist this suppression, but they are still inevitably affected by various influences, and their abilities in all aspects have been greatly weakened.


    Since everyone has to walk next, the terrain in the Demon Domain will inevitably have a certain impact on everyone''s progress.


    I don''t know when, a thick purple mist rose up in the Demon Domain.


    Under the bloody moonlight, the purple mist looked extraordinarily coquettish.


    In the fog, countless monsters shadowed each other, bringing a lot of pressure to everyone.


    At this time, the three leaders and deputy leaders who had not made much shots before began to play a major role.


    Hunling Venerable God took the initiative to open the domain of the gods and fight against the rules of heaven and earth in the demon domain, trying to offset its influence on everyone.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor threw a few punches in a row to disperse the fog in front of him and crush the monsters hidden in the fog.


    Sanshan Zhenxian led the team to continue to advance rapidly, and the speed did not slow down much.


    Encountering those huge ravines on the way forward, although it was temporarily difficult for everyone to fly, they still maintained a strong mobility.


    One member of the team jumped up and crossed a long distance and successfully crossed the ravines.


    When encountering a tall mountain, everyone exerted their strength together and easily pushed it down.


    When encountering a low mountain, everyone can easily cross it.


    Countless space cracks blocking the front were easily erased under the powerful attack of everyone.


    The violent hurricane had just approached the team, and it blocked the strong wind that swept out of the team.


    Of course, the complex and changeable terrain in the Demon Realm has more or less slowed down everyone''s progress.


    That celestial demon should not have personally presided over the demon domain.


    Just relying on the changes in the Demon Domain itself cannot stop such a team.


    After the team had advanced a short distance,


    There are new changes in the Demon Domain.


    The space in the Demon Domain was originally a whole, but at this moment it was forcibly divided into many independent spaces.


    The space is forcibly distorted, and the rules of space become very weird.


    The three lions originally followed behind the ancestor Bai Chuan.


    He took a step forward, and instead of following the ancestor Bai Chuan as he imagined, he appeared far behind.


    Fairy Yue''e was originally covering Meng Zhang''s left wing.


    After taking a step, she suddenly appeared far in front of Meng Zhang.


    Suddenly surrounded by monsters, she almost suffered a small loss.


    Hunling Venerable God felt that the pressure brought by the Demon Realm was increasing. He had to take back his God Realm and protect himself first.


    All the powerhouses of the true immortal level cannot change the distorted space rules, and can only passively bear the changes brought about by them.


    Some smart people have already guessed that this is most likely the distraction of the demon, which can bring so much pressure to everyone.


    In the army of monsters, the breath of the three demon gods is looming.


    In addition to commanding the army of monsters to launch attacks, the three demon gods also preside over the demon domain, allowing the demon domain to produce more changes and play a greater role.


    Due to the distortion of space, the formation of the team could no longer be maintained, and the team was completely dispersed.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and several other strongest people quickly exchanged opinions.


    The Heavenly Demon who was fighting against Heaven and Earth Qigen was distracted and obviously a little anxious.


    The three demon gods should be its last guardian force, and they were all sent out to block the advance of the team.


    If these three demon gods were placed in the ruins of Junchen World, they would only be ordinary demon gods.


    There is no need to use the strength of the entire team, strong men such as Meng Zhang are enough to knock them back.


    However, the three demon gods are now located in the demon realm, and they are fighting at home, so they can make full use of the power of the demon realm.


    Moreover, it is not known whether they have received some kind of blessing from that demon.


    For a time, there were many strong people in the team, but they were all temporarily entangled.


    The reason why that demon did all he could to block everyone and prevent everyone from meeting with Qigen, was obviously aware of the threat.


    For the enemy''s intentions, we should do the opposite.


    The entire team should leave everything behind, move forward as fast as possible, and try to join Tiandi Qigen as soon as possible.


    However, due to the uneven cultivation of the members of the team, some guys with weaker cultivations slowed down the progress of the entire team.


    Although the earlier plan was for everyone to advance and retreat together, and strive to appear in front of Qigen in the world together.


    But the plan couldn''t keep up with the changes.


    Anyway, those guys with the weakest cultivation base may not be able to play any role in the face of demons.


    As long as there are some of the strongest players in the team, they can play a big role.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and others soon reached a consensus.


    The powerhouses in the team temporarily gathered together and accelerated their progress.


    Teammates with weaker cultivation bases can slow down a little and follow slowly behind.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the other strong men are of the same opinion, and there is no room for others to object.


    Soon, the team made adjustments.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor left behind the three true gods of the Qiguang Star God and took the lead, opening the way ahead.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, Ziyang Zhenxian and other powerhouses followed closely.


    Hunling Zunshen worked hard to support the realm of the gods and provide everyone with the cover they could.


    The Demon God of Famine worked hard to keep up with this forward team, wandering around the team to stop the monsters from harassing.


    With Meng Zhang''s fighting power, he could have kept up with this forward team.


    However, in order to take care of his companions from the Taiyi world, he strives to act with everyone.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi had not recovered from their injuries, and secondly, they resented Ziyang Zhenxian and they didn''t want to get too close to them, so they didn''t join the striker team.


    The giant ape demon god secretly scolded Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, feeling that he had been abandoned by them.


    Fang Ming Luohan and Tianlei Luohan deliberately fell behind in order to preserve their strength.


    That''s how the team split.


    The forward team composed of the strongest people such as Sanshan Zhenxian broke away from the big team and quickly charged forward.


    The large team in the rear began to split and divided into small groups.


    Meng Zhang still hopes to get to the destination as soon as possible.


    He didn''t care what others did, but continued to lead this five-person team from Taiyi Realm, removing obstacles on the road while advancing at full speed.


    The three lions failed to keep up with their master, Paochuan Patriarch.


    He looked left and right, trying to join Meng Zhang''s small team.


    Meng Zhang is no stranger to the Three Lions.


    Although the Imperial Beast Sect is one of the holy land sects, it does not have any deep hatred with Taiyi Sect.


    When the major holy land sects attacked the Taiyi sect together, the Beast Master Sect just followed the crowd and did not do much.


    Later, Meng Zhang also tried to improve relations with the Imperial Beast Sect.


    Meng Zhang accepted three lions and let them join the team.

 Chapter 2573

    Although three lions joined the team, it slowed down the team''s progress.


    However, there is one more true immortal-level combat power in the team, and the overall strength has increased.


    After the strongest player in the entire team started the hurricane rush, the strength of the rest of the team was greatly reduced, and the fighting spirit also began to weaken.


    Without the suppression by the powerful like Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhang was not very worried about the rest of the team.


    He didn''t care about other people, and he didn''t increase the mind of the team members.


    He led the team under his command and continued to charge forward.


    Those three demon gods who were hiding in the dark were probably a little bit bullying and fearing the hard. They actually let the forward team rush forward, and instead used their main strength to intercept the large troops behind.


    The space in the Demon Realm was cut, and it was only a few steps away, but it was a world of difference.


    Meng Zhang''s team didn''t go far before they felt the world spinning and entered a small independent space.


    The inside of this small independent space is full of raging flames, and there are many ghosts faintly visible in the flames.


    Meng Zhang and the other six shot together, easily breaking this independent space and returning to the Demon Realm.


    But after such a delay, there has been a huge change in the Demon Domain.


    Meng Zhang and the others appeared at the foot of a high mountain, and they didn''t even know where they were.


    The rest of the large force had long since disappeared, and groups of monsters rushed down from the mountain.


    As long as the three demon gods don''t take action directly, no matter how many other monsters there are, it is difficult to cause substantial harm to this team.


    However, because of the environment of the Demon Domain and the obstruction of many monsters, the team''s progress has been greatly slowed down.


    Before entering the Demon Realm, everyone agreed to advance and retreat together, and try not to separate.


    But soon after entering the Demon Realm, the entire team split apart.


    In such a dangerous demonic realm, if you are alone, even the powerhouse of the true immortal level is in danger of falling.


    Meng Zhang was not worried about the lives and deaths of others, he just didn''t want the team to suffer too much damage.


    If the team is not strong enough to face the demons in the end, it may be difficult to intervene in the battle between the demons and Qigen.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, but continued to lead the team forward.


    He neither waited for the others in the team, nor did he deliberately search for them.


    The forward team is the strongest. If Meng Zhang''s team can join them as soon as possible, as long as they arrive at their destination in time, they will most likely still be able to play a role.


    Although they encountered many obstacles along the way, the team led by Meng Zhang continued to move forward firmly.


    In the Demon Domain, the terrain is complex, there are many kinds of interference, and positioning is not easy.


    Meng Zhang and the others had not been here before, and all relevant information came from the oral accounts of several escapees.


    These escapees must be hiding something, and there are many inconsistencies in their accounts.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t completely trust the information they provided, so he had to be prepared and have his own judgment.


    In the oral accounts of several escapees, there is one thing in common, that is, Tianmo and Tiandi Qigen are fighting fiercely at the core of Demon Domain.


    After the team entered the Demon Realm, everyone showed their abilities to scan and detect the Demon Realm.


    Including the Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, everyone found that the core position of the Demon Realm has powerful fluctuations in power, and the terrifying atmosphere is constantly colliding.


    Therefore, everyone took the core position of Demon Domain as the goal of progress.


    The team led by Meng Zhang was forced to turn around and deviate from the original route.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s sensing ability is extremely strong, and he firmly locks the core position of the Demon Domain.


    Even if they deviate, they can make corrections in time to ensure that the general direction is always correct.


    The three demon gods were indeed cautious, and they have been hiding in the dark, driving the power of the demon realm, and launching monsters to intercept the intruders.


    Although the team led by Meng Zhang has experienced many obstacles, they have not encountered too much threat and are still moving towards the goal quickly.


    Because this demon domain is dyed by demons, it has a very high level.


    Meng Zhang and the others never thought about forcibly fighting against the entire Demon Realm, or changing the rules of Heaven and Earth in the Demon Realm.


    In many cases, there is no need to confront the power of the Demon Domain head-on, and it can be cleverly guided by the situation.


    Therefore, if they encounter obstacles that are really difficult to cross, Meng Zhang and the others will also take a little detour and avoid them skillfully.


    When the team led by Meng Zhang bypassed a plain with abnormal space, a dense forest appeared in front.


    This forest covers an extremely wide area. If you go around and walk a long way, it will take a lot of time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s perception, there is some danger in this forest, but it is not too troublesome.


    Meng Zhang pondered for a while, then led the team into the forest ahead.


    There are many trees in the forest and strange shapes.


    What surprised Meng Zhang was that the aura of this forest was incompatible with the entire Demon Realm.


    There is no too strong demonic energy in this forest, and it seems that it has not been stained by demons.


    Meng Zhang and the others had just entered the forest, and the whole forest seemed to come alive.


    Countless tall trees twisted their huge bodies and swooped towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    Countless branches are like tentacles, dancing and swiping towards them.


    The leaves in the sky were like a rain of arrows, shooting at Meng Zhang and the others overwhelmingly.


    ...


    Without the need for others to do anything, Meng Zhang gently activated the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and the flames generated out of thin air burned them all to ashes.


    When Meng Zhang activated the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, the pseudo-immortal artifact trembled slightly, as if sensing something.


    Meng Zhang, who was always on guard, did not let go of any minor anomalies.


    At this time, the edge of the forest has been burned out by the force of wind and fire, revealing a road that is enough to pass.


    At this time, Meng Zhang did not lead everyone to move forward, but released Xian Li to communicate with the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan.


    This very spiritual pseudo-immortal weapon immediately gave Meng Zhang a clear guide.


    Originally, Meng Zhang and the others did not need to enter the depths of the forest, they only needed to pass through the edge of the forest, and they could continue to move towards the goal.


    Now, Meng Zhang led the team to the depths of the forest.


    The rest of the team habitually followed Meng Zhang without asking much.


    The entire forest seemed to be enraged by Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Countless giant trees rushed over from all directions, and countless vines moved like spirit snakes, and they were all pervasive.


    What made Meng Zhang especially vigilant was that a dark green mist rose into the sky, revealing the power of a true immortal.


    This dark green mist twisted in the air for a while, and then suddenly rushed towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    Fairy Yue''e probably had the intention to show Meng Zhang, waved her hand and released a crescent-shaped energy, slashing towards the mist.


    After a loud bang, the advance of the mist was stopped, and the Moon God was actually shocked and stepped back a few steps.


    She looked surprised.


    She is also a true fairy anyway, and her performance is so bad.


    At this time, the rest of the team also took action to help Meng Zhang deal with the forest''s attack.


    Tai Miao pushed forward with one hand, and streaks of gray-white light shot into the mist.


    In the dark green mist, there was a burst of screams.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and the power of wind and fire kept spreading around.


    This forest actually has the power of a true immortal, which is really rare.


    However, no matter how spiritual this forest is, after all, it is a dead thing, not a living true immortal-level powerhouse.


    Even an ordinary True Immortal would not have much resistance against this team.


    The team broke the obstacle and quickly entered the depths of the forest.


    The power of wind and fire kept burning, burning most of the forest to white ground.


    There was another loud bang, and the center of the forest completely collapsed, revealing a small clearing.


    I saw the long-lost Gu Yue Ling Qing sitting cross-legged on the ground. Several thick vines formed a cage, trapping him firmly inside.


    These vines fell from the sky, with no end in sight, and no idea where they came from.


    Inside the cage, countless tiny vines were like tentacles, and they kept attacking Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Green rays of light shrouded Gu Yue Ling Qing completely, making his movements very slow.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing''s state was obviously wrong.


    He seemed to have lost the ability to move, his face was pale, and his face was covered in cold sweat.


    While he resisted the invasion of the green light, he had to parry those tentacle-like branches with all his might.


    As long as he was a little negligent, the branches would beat him fiercely, breaking his protective spell and leaving deep scars on his body.


    Previously, among the few escapees, Gu Yue Ling Qing was not seen, Meng Zhang thought that he had been trapped in the Demon Realm and had been swallowed up by the demons.


    At that time, Meng Zhang felt very sorry in his heart.


    Although the Gu Yue family has certain goals, they have helped him a lot.


    The Gu Yue family actively courted him and gave him many benefits.


    Although the goodwill of the Gu Yue family was not that pure, it was just an investment in Meng Zhang.


    But in this world, how could there be someone who treats you well for no reason, without asking for anything in return?


    Meng Zhang accepted the kindness of the Gu Yue family, and was willing to repay the Gu Yue family when the time was right.


    Meng Zhang had communicated with Gu Yue Ling Qing and had a good impression of him.


    In Gu Yue Ling Qing, the arrogance of the direct descendants of the big family could not be seen.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing got along with Meng Zhang on an equal footing and gave him a lot of advice.


    Here to meet Gu Yue Ling Qing again, the other party did not fall like he imagined, Meng Zhang was still very happy.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was able to find this place, and the Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan, a pseudo-immortal weapon sent by the Gu Yue family, played a big role.


    Without the guidance of the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, Meng Zhang would definitely pass through this forest, and he would miss Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    The trapped Gu Yue Ling Qing also saw Meng Zhang and the others.


    A look of ecstasy appeared on his face, and he kept gesturing to Meng Zhang and the others.


    Now is not the time to reminisce, the most urgent task is to rescue Gu Yue Ling Qing as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang was about to make his move when the three lions in the team suddenly pounced on his back.


    Before the three lions could get close, the three big mouths suddenly opened, and three beams of light of different colors shot towards Meng Zhang.


    The three lions not only launched a surprise attack, but also went all out to kill the killer.


    Meng Zhang never thought that the three lions would be enemies, let alone that he would suddenly attack him.


    Everyone in the team is very vigilant, and since entering the Demon Realm, they have not relaxed their vigilance for a moment.


    It was especially wonderful, except for Meng Zhang, everyone else in his eyes was someone who needed to be guarded against.


    A ghost face flew out from Tai Miao, blocking the beams of light shot by the three lions.


    The ghost face and the beam of light disappeared almost at the same time, and the power canceled each other out.


    The three lions continued to pounce on Meng Zhang without the slightest pause.


    Meng Zhang, who was shocked and angry, finally reacted, and the wind and fire yin-yang fan in his hand turned into a wall of fire, blocking the three-headed lion''s attack.


    The three lions are simply outlaws, as if they have a deep hatred with Meng Zhang that cannot be resolved.


    As for the wall of fire in front, the three lions slammed into it without dodging or evading.


    The wall of fire collapsed, and the movements of the three lions also stopped.


    Tai Miao stepped in front of the three lions at once.


    His body swelled suddenly, revealing the body of a ghost.


    A huge fist slammed out fiercely, just hitting the heads of the three lions.


    The severe pain from the head made the three lions dizzy, and they could only instinctively wave their claws to counterattack.


    The wonderful body of ghosts and gods is proficient in close-quarters combat, and is not afraid of the counterattack of the three lions.


    The three-headed lion was forced to retreat with a few strokes, and he left several wounds on his body.


    The rest of the team also reacted.


    Probably because he had the will to show it in front of Meng Zhang, everyone killed the three lions.


    Several high-speed rotating clouds were released from Xianyun Zhenxian''s hands, hitting the three lions that could not be avoided.


    One after another crescent-shaped qi energy kept slashing towards the three lions.


    Fairy Yue''e''s teeth were gritted, and those who didn''t know thought she was dealing with some life-and-death enemy.


    The Moon God waved his hand and released streaks of cold moonlight, which greatly delayed the actions of the three lions.


    After entering the Demon Realm, there were many dangers everywhere, and the enemies such as monsters were faced.


    Everyone has developed the habit of not showing mercy.


    Even Meng Zhang himself released a series of fierce sword qi and kept beheading him.


    Among the powerhouses of the true immortal level, the three lions are mediocre, even inferior to ordinary true immortals.


    If he entered the Demon Realm alone, he would be drowned by the army of monsters alone without the need for demons and demons.


    If it wasn''t for Meng Zhang''s kindness to include him in the team, he might have perished in the Demon Realm long ago.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang felt extremely angry about his betrayal.


    The three-headed lions, who lost the opportunity, faced the ruthless attacks of the five powerhouses, and turned into a scarred corpse without parrying a few times.


    From the beginning to the end, he did not have any extra words.


    There was no explanation for his actions, and no begging for mercy.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2574

    Looking at the bodies of the three lions, Meng Zhang also completely calmed down.


    He was almost certain that the three lions showed no signs of being stained by demons, and all previous performances were not the slightest abnormal.


    Meng Zhang and the three lions had no grievances in the past and no enmity in the recent past, and they were still actively befriending him. Why did he attack him desperately?


    The three lions should know that even if he was lucky enough to sneak up on Meng Zhang, he would not be able to escape the pursuit of the others in the squad.


    Without the help of this team, he would be unable to move an inch in the Demon Realm, and even face threats to his life.


    Whether he succeeded or failed, his sneak attack on Meng Zhang was simply asking for his own death.


    Now is not the time to delve into this matter, Meng Zhang temporarily let go of the three lions and rescued Gu Yue Ling Qing first.


    Tai Miao led Luna and the others together to eliminate the resistance of this forest.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and almost endless wind and fire rushed to the cage where Gu Yue Ling Qing was imprisoned.


    Those few vines that turned into cages, I don''t know what the origins are, but they were able to separate the strength and compete with the wind and fire.


    For a while, there was a stalemate with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang understood at this time, these seemingly ordinary vines are very extraordinary, their origins are definitely not simple, and their power level is only higher than that of himself.


    Although the trapped Gu Yue Lingqing was not able to communicate with Meng Zhang in time, after Meng Zhang made his move, his final strength erupted and he cooperated internally.


    As they cooperated with each other, the cage began to loosen slowly.


    Tai Miao led Luna and the others, and it took a lot of effort to completely level the forest.


    During the shooting process, everyone was a little puzzled. This forest showed no signs of being stained by demons. Although the power that erupted was strange and domineering, it was not like the power of demons.


    Of course, the magic power is strange and changeable, and they are good at disguising. Perhaps they have insufficient knowledge and have not seen its essence.


    After leveling the forest, Tai Miao and the others helped Meng Zhang attack the cage together.


    In the end, after the vines were hit hard, they voluntarily shrank, retracted into the sky, and disappeared completely.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about chasing after him, he supported Gu Yue Ling Qing, who was crumbling.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who had suffered a huge amount of damage and was propped up with one breath, could not help but collapsed to the ground once she got out of trouble.


    Meng Zhang examined him carefully.


    The injury on his body is not very serious, but the power consumption is too large, which almost damages the root.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and ordered everyone to stop and rest for a while.


    Together with Moon God, he did his best to help Gu Yue Ling Qing heal his wounds.


    After some treatment, Gu Yue Ling Qing recovered a bit of vitality, and finally came to her senses.


    Gu Yue Lingqing opened her eyes, thank you very much, Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t say anything polite.


    Meng Zhang''s life-saving grace, he will never forget.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing had been trapped in the Demon Realm for so long, so she must have a better understanding of the situation here.


    The information provided by several escapees before did not satisfy Meng Zhang and the others.


    Before Meng Zhang started asking questions, Gu Yue Ling Qing asked why Meng Zhang and the others were here.


    In terms of the relationship between the two parties, there is nothing to hide.


    The law of the sky and the earth in the vicinity of General Meng Zhang was changed, and the true immortal-level powerhouse could not leave. He talked about the situation of several escapees and the information they provided.


    Hearing what Meng Zhang said, the expression on Gu Yue Lingqing''s face became more and more surprised.


    He tried to interrupt Meng Zhang''s speech several times, but he forcibly endured it.


    After Meng Zhang finished speaking, Gu Yue Ling Qing couldn''t help but sigh and said something that shocked Meng Zhang and the others.


    According to Gu Yue Ling Qing, that Heaven and Earth Qi Root is also not a good thing.


    Among the interlopers who entered this small world, most of them were swallowed up by Qigen.


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s statement was very different from those of the escapees, and there must be one side lying.


    If someone else was here, they would most likely doubt Gu Yue Ling Qing''s statement.


    After all, the escapees have different origins and are at odds with each other, and it is unlikely that they will tell the same lies on the same issue.


    Moreover, they don''t need to hide for the Qigen of the world.


    If what Gu Yue Ling Qing said is true, Tian Mo and Tian Di Qigen are both enemies, how can these true immortal-level powerhouses escape?


    Gu Yue Ling Qing''s words kept Meng Zhang and Tai Miao silent, but Xian Yun Zhen Xian and Yue E fairy had expressions of disbelief on their faces.


    Gu Yue Lingqing thought for a while, the matter has come to this point, and there is nothing to hide.


    So, he explained the cause and effect of this matter, the information he learned in Lingkong Immortal Realm, his experience after he came to Junchen Realm, his experience after breaking into this small world, etc.


    It turned out that nearly 10,000 years ago, before the immortal realm of Jinxian, Junchen Xianzun left a so-called treasure of the gods, and passed the information to his friends in the spiritual world.


    Junchen Xianzun was born in a loose cultivator, and being able to cultivate all the way to this level shows his extraordinaryness.


    In the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are many people who coveted Junchen Immortal Venerable to leave the immortal relics, and there are even some immortals among them.


    Immortal Jun Chen failed to attack the realm of Jinxian, his life and death are unknown, and his whereabouts are unknown.


    Of course, Lingkong Xianjie generally believed that he had fallen.


    Several friends of Immortal Jun Chen are not ordinary immortals, but the best among immortals.


    Since they have accepted Jun Chen Xianzun''s request, they naturally won''t let others touch the heavenly relics left by him.


    Later, some powerful immortals were involved in this matter.


    There are also some differences among several friends of Immortal Jun Chen.


    Heavenly Immortals are the backbone of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Everyone belongs to the Spiritual Empty Immortal Realm. If there is a battle between the gods and the immortals, the scene will be too ugly.


    In the end, under the coordination of the senior leaders of Lingkong Xianjie, everyone reached an agreement.


    The angels will not personally fight for the treasure left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    They each sent true immortals as their representatives to go to Junchen Realm to participate in the competition.


    Before the true immortals decide the winner, the gods who are related to this matter must ensure that the process of competition is not disturbed by the outside world.


    After this, it is the history of the six real immortals that Meng Zhang and the others are familiar with conquering the Junchen world.


    The struggle lasted for thousands of years.


    Whether it is for angels or true immortals, such a time is not long.


    It is a common situation in the battle of immortals to plan and complete the layout in ten thousand years.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing also said that back then, whether it was the Dragon Clan led by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor entering the Junchen Realm, or the various foreign invaders who besieged the Junchen Realm, they were all secretly provoked.


    It was in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and someone wanted to break the agreement of the immortals and take the opportunity to make trouble.


    As for who this person is, Gu Yue Lingqing did not elaborate.

 Chapter 2575

    The Gu Yue Clan, as the veteran Celestial Clan in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, has always been known for being well-informed.


    The senior members of the Gu Yue family knew about the immortal treasure left by Jun Chen, and they were indeed a little coveted.


    The Gu Yue family''s behavior has always been conservative, and the senior members of the family are generally reluctant to easily contaminate the cause and effect.


    Many gods are participating in the competition, and many of them are strong and have a deep background. The senior members of the Gu Yue family are naturally reluctant to make enemies rashly, so they did not go to the muddy waters.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing is a very outstanding true immortal within the Gu Yue clan, and is one of the seeds of heavenly immortals that the clan focuses on cultivating.


    Even an ancient family like the Gu Yue family with a complete inheritance of the gods cannot guarantee that every seed of the gods will eventually grow into talents and become gods.


    For Gu Yue Ling Qing to become an immortal, she has to go through many difficulties and obstacles.


    The Gu Yue family itself has inherited a very powerful celestial secret technique. In addition to the powerful celestial secret masters that the family has cultivated, they have also made friends with many external celestial secret masters.


    Even at the level of immortals, the celestial masters are very useful and valuable existences.


    In particular, the Celestial Master among the immortals, known as the Celestial Master, has a very high status in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    For various reasons, many Immortal Masters of Tianji often form small circles in groups.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing once received advice from a senior Tian Ji Immortal Master because of some chance.


    The content of the guidance was that the chance for Gu Yue Ling Qing to become a fairy fell on Jun Chen Realm.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing had long since learned that Jun Chen Realm had treasures hidden from the Heavenly Immortals through the Gu Yue family''s intelligence system.


    The proud and arrogant Gu Yue Ling Qing did not want to implicate the family because of her own affairs, so she decided to come to Jun Chen Realm in her own name.


    The senior officials of the Gu Yue clan had a good idea of ??what Gu Yue Ling Qing did.


    On the surface, he didn''t ask about Gu Yue Ling Qing''s behavior, but in fact he gave a lot of help in secret.


    Even if the branch of the Gu Yue family in Jun Chen Realm held a sacrificial ceremony, it would be impossible for Gu Yue Ling Qing to secretly teleport to Jun Chen Realm without an immortal secretly taking action.


    Since Gu Yue Ling Qing was determined to participate in the battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relics, she naturally had to do everything possible to collect all kinds of relevant information in advance.


    The senior Immortal Master Tian Ji who pointed out Gu Yue Ling Qing also faintly revealed that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen had probably already fallen.


    This person is deep-rooted, scheming, and often likes to leave behind.


    He left the so-called Heavenly Immortal Relic, not only to leave a legacy, but also impossible to cheapen others.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who had been instructed, also considered that if Immortal Venerable Jun Chen really left something behind to make it easier for him to be reborn after his fall, then there must be some arrangement in the treasures of the heavenly immortals.


    If it wasn''t about his own path, Gu Yue Lingqing really didn''t want to get involved in this matter.


    Since he had to enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic, Gu Yue Lingqing had to make all preparations in advance.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing and the others entered the Heavenly Immortal Relic, the initial development was indeed as the few escapees said.


    A group of interlopers were fighting with each other and broke into the core position of the small world.


    There, a celestial demon was fighting with a qigen of heaven and earth.


    The stalemate Tianmo and Tiandi Qigen immediately asked everyone for help and promised countless benefits.


    The reputation of the demon is too stinky, and it is a great threat to practitioners.


    Even the calamity demon god among the intruders was unwilling to help that demon.


    And that one of the Heaven and Earth Qigen Xianfeng Daogu has quite the bearing of a senior immortal.


    Seeing that the situation was not good, the celestial demon activated some arrangement that Immortal Jun Chen left in the small world, cutting the space and separating the intruders.


    These intruders are all strong at the level of true immortals. If they work together, even if they face the demons, they can resist one or two.


    But after being divided, they will only be broken individually.


    The demon separated its power and began to devour the intruder.


    Not only did the Qigen of Heaven and Earth not help these intruders, but instead scrambled with the demons to devour the intruders.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing saw with his own eyes that a true immortal-level foreign invader was swallowed up by Qi Gen.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing carried the protective treasures given by the seniors of the family on her body, relying on this, she fought a few tricks with the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth.


    When she was in Lingkong Immortal Realm, Gu Yue Lingqing once entered a cave where Immortal Venerable Jun Chen lived for a long time.


    Even after washing over time, Gu Yue Lingqing still sensed Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s aura through some kind of secret technique.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing sensed the same aura on the Qi Gen of Heaven and Earth.


    This time, Gu Yue Ling Qing suddenly understood.


    This heaven and earth Qigen is the resurrection hand left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Similar methods are not surprising in the cultivation world.


    Perhaps, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen refined the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth into an external incarnation before he fell.


    Or, the remnant soul left after his fall occupied the body of the Qigen of Heaven and Earth as the capital of his own resurrection.


    ...


    No matter what method Immortal Venerable Jun Chen used, it was not something Gu Yue Ling Qing could stop or destroy.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing couldn''t resist the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth, and could only run away desperately.


    After he escaped here, the Qigen of Heaven and Earth did not let him go, and still manipulated the vines on his body to chase him.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing was trapped by the vines and could not escape.


    Not only did that Heaven and Earth Qigen have to fight against that Heavenly Demon, but it seemed that he had other plans, so he couldn''t distinguish too much power to deal with Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Then only to temporarily trap Gu Yue Ling Qing and slowly wear it away.


    If it wasn''t for Meng Zhang and the others who broke into this place and rescued him in time, he might not have been able to avoid the fate of being swallowed up after his resistance was exhausted.


    After hearing what Gu Yue Ling Qing said, everyone fell into deep thought.


    Compared with those who escaped, Meng Zhang was more willing to trust Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    When he was helping Gu Yue Ling Qing heal his wounds, he also carefully checked Gu Yue Ling Qing''s immortal body and immortal soul.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing showed no signs of being stained by demons, nor was she secretly controlled by external forces.


    Everything he said should be the real thoughts in his heart.


    If what Gu Yue Ling Qing said is true, then there is a problem.


    Are the escapees all lying, and what is their purpose?


    After Gu Yue Ling Qing finished speaking, she listened to Meng Zhang''s question and analyzed it with him.


    These escapees have different origins and are at odds with each other, making it difficult to lie together.


    Because the intruders were separated by the arrangement left by the Heavenly Demon who controlled Immortal Jun Chen.


    Perhaps, some of them really didn''t realize that Tiandi Qigen was also devouring others, but only discovered the movements of the demons.


    At the same time, it is also possible that some of the escapees were secretly controlled by the Qigen of Heaven and Earth.


    After all, the means that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor used at the beginning could only be used to check whether anyone was infected by the devil.


    In the secret arts of immortality, there are also many means of secretly controlling the target.


    Regarding the high-level immortal methods left by Jun Chen Xianzun, there was no psychological preparation in advance, and there was no targeted inspection, and it was normal that the final inspection could not be found.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng and book friend 20181217112010373 for their reward and support.

 Chapter 2576

    According to the analysis of Gu Yue Ling Qing and Meng Zhang, among those who escaped, there may be those who did not know the truth, who were deceived, and even those who were secretly controlled by that strange root of heaven and earth.


    Since that Heaven and Earth Qigen, like the Heavenly Demon, will devour the powerhouse of the true immortal level and regard it as a supplement, the purpose of sending out secretly controlled men to mix with the escapees is naturally very suspicious.


    Perhaps, the Qigen of Heaven and Earth could not leave this Demon Realm for the time being, and only let his subordinates introduce everyone here for its use and devouring.


    Due to being misled by wrong information, these later intruders will definitely regard the demon as an enemy.


    With the help of so many true immortal-level powerhouses, the Heaven and Earth Qigen will definitely have an advantage in the battle with the demons.


    After defeating the demons, the genus of heaven and earth can devour these interlopers as a tonic.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing spent a long time in the Demon Realm and had contact with the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth.


    He also proposed, don''t look at this small world being completely demonized and turned into a demon domain.


    But that demon might not have taken much advantage in the battle.


    While the Tiandi Qigen was fighting against the demons, it seemed to be making some big moves.


    Even, casting spells to change the laws of heaven and earth in the surrounding void, preventing all the powerhouses of the true immortal level from leaving, is not necessarily the handwriting of the demon, but more likely that the Qigen of the heavens and the earth.


    After all, since that Heaven and Earth Qigen was the successor to the resurrection of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, it must have inherited a large part of its abilities and means.


    Of course, even if Immortal Jun Chen was successfully resurrected, it would be extremely difficult to completely restore the cultivation base of the heyday.


    There is a great possibility that the resurrected Junchen Immortal Venerable is now in a weak period.


    As for the origin of the demon who fought with Qigen, Gu Yue Lingqing has no clue for the time being.


    Since it was Jun Chen Xianzun''s backhand for the resurrection, with his character, he naturally had to ensure that everything was safe.


    Why would there be a Heavenly Demon who appeared here and fought endlessly with it?


    If it wasn''t for this Heavenly Demon''s stop, that Heavenly Earth Qigen would definitely have completely controlled this small world long ago, swallowing or controlling all the nearby True Immortal-level powerhouses, and even the entire Dengtian Star District.


    You must know that in the entire Dengtian Star District, there is not a strong person at the level of an immortal, and there is no power to resist this strange root of heaven and earth.


    Since they couldn''t figure out these issues for the time being, Meng Zhang and the others had to put them aside.


    In any case, they must face the Qigen of Heaven and Earth, and there is no possibility of escaping.


    Everyone is anxious now.


    If the forward team rushed to the battlefield, misled by wrong information, joined the camp of Tiandi Qigen, and eliminated the demon, the general situation would be completely irreversible.


    Judging from the current situation alone, since neither the Heavenly Demon nor the Heaven and Earth Qigen are good things, it is best not to help each other and wait for them to lose both.


    If the laws of heaven and earth in the nearby void were not changed, Meng Zhang would have wanted to escape from here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing quickly reached an agreement.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who was in poor condition, joined the team and acted with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang also checked the bodies of the three lions.


    After communicating with Gu Yue Ling Qing, Meng Zhang knew that the three lions attacked him before, not because of the influence of the demon, but to prevent him from rescuing Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    According to the way of judging whoever benefits, whoever is suspected, the three lions are clearly on the side of Qigen.


    The three lions entered the Demon Realm with the large army, and there was no single one in the middle.


    There shouldn''t be a chance to directly control him.


    But don''t forget, the three lions are the spiritual pets of Bai Chuan''s ancestors of the Imperial Beast Sect.


    The beast-controlling sect is unique in its art of guarding beasts, and has a strong control over spiritual pets.


    Don''t look at the cultivators of the Imperial Beast Sect who regard spiritual pets as relatives, but in the final analysis, spiritual pets are just tools to help them fight, and even help them become enlightened.


    In a last resort, they can sacrifice their spiritual pets.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, the three lions, as the spiritual pets of Patriarch Bai Chuan, should have a way to keep secret contact with him all the time.


    And the ancestor Bai Chuan escaped from the Demon Realm last time, and now it seems very suspicious.


    There is a high possibility that the ancestor Bai Chuan has been secretly controlled by Qigen.


    He secretly monitored the every move of Meng Zhang''s team through the three lions.


    When Meng Zhang and the others wanted to rescue Gu Yue Ling Qing, the three lions, driven by their master, forcibly took action regardless of their own lives, in order to prevent Meng Zhang from learning important information about Qi Gen of Heaven and Earth from Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Although these are just Meng Zhang''s guesses, after he shared his thoughts with everyone, everyone agreed that the truth should be closely related.


    When they thought that there was a hidden spy like Ancestor Bai Chuan in the forward team, everyone became even more anxious.


    They don''t really care about the life and death of the striker team, and they are worried that after it is used by Tiandi Qigen, it will affect their own destiny.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing didn''t care about resting too much, dragging her tired body to try to keep up with the pace of the team.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao also take care of him from time to time.


    This team is advancing very fast, but along the way, it will still be blocked by Demon Domain, and the forward team has never been seen.


    Meng Zhang sensed it, found the place with the strongest demonic energy nearby, and shouted loudly.


    "Senior Tianmo, I know that you can sense everything that happens in the Demon Realm."


    "We have no grievances or enmity with you, and we have no intention of becoming enemies with you. We just want to protect ourselves."


    "We were mixed with spies who were controlled by Tiandi Qigen, and the leader of the large force was misled by wrong information."


    "If the senior asks you to join the forward team as soon as possible, then you will definitely do your best to clear up the misunderstanding and prevent the conspiracy of the Qigen from succeeding."


    Meng Zhang''s tone was sincere and his attitude was very low.


    For a long time, Meng Zhangdu was at odds with the magic way, and never really colluded with the magic way powerhouse.


    After he has enough cultivation, he is even more disdainful to talk to the demon powerhouse.


    Now that the situation is critical, he has to change his past practices and make some compromises.


    Although Meng Zhang was shouting at the Demon Realm, he knew that the demon should be able to hear his voice.


    The Demon is the master of the Demon Realm and can closely grasp every move in the Demon Realm.


    If the celestial demon was not mainly restrained by Qigen, who controlled the demon domain with all his strength, Meng Zhang and the intruders would have been defeated and captured long ago.


    After Meng Zhang finished shouting, he temporarily stopped moving forward, and did not continue to shoot at the Demon Domain and the monsters.


    After a while, just when everyone felt that Meng Zhang was wasting his time and effort, Moyu finally had a new reaction.

 Chapter 2577

    Since entering the Demon Realm, the whole world seems to be fighting against these intruders.


    The Demon Domain suppressed them in all directions.


    There are many monsters in the Demon Realm, madly rushing towards the outsiders.


    The terrain and space rules in the Demon Realm have been changed many times in order to stop the intruders from advancing.


    That Heavenly Demon and that Heaven and Earth Qigen have been fighting against each other for many years, so they should know it very well.


    The conspiracy and layout of the Qigen tree of heaven and earth seem to be hidden, and it has been concealed from this large army organized by Sanshan Zhenxian, but it is impossible to conceal it from this old opponent.


    The reason why the demon controlled the power of the demon domain and prevented the intruders from entering the core position was because he was worried that the intruders would join the Qigen side of the world and attack him together.


    Since that demon still has self-knowledge, it means that it is not too stupid and can communicate.


    The situation is now clear.


    When the main energy of the demon was involved by the old opponent, he could no longer rely on the demon domain to completely stop the intruder from advancing.


    At most, it is to rely on the demon domain to consume the power of the intruders and delay their footsteps.


    It''s amazing, it can eliminate one or two weak guys who are alone.


    The forward team was all made up of the top powerhouses in the large force, and they moved forward with all their strength.


    Perhaps, their actions were also secretly helped by the Qigen of the Heaven and Earth.


    All the arrangements in the Demon Domain could not stop the advance of the forward team.


    At this time, Meng Zhang''s proposal was an acceptable choice.


    Meng Zhang already knew the true face of the Qigen from the mouth of Gu Yueling, so naturally he would not blindly stand on that side.


    Meng Zhang''s appearance should be able to convince the striker team and let them know that Tiandi Qigen also has bad intentions.


    If it were the demon who came forward, the members of the forward team would not believe everything he said at all, and would only think that he was sowing discord and telling right and wrong.


    If most of the interlopers remained neutral, the battle between Heavenly Demon and Heaven and Earth Qigen would not be affected too much.


    Even those who escaped here before were all controlled by Tiandi Qigen and stood on Tiandi Qigen''s side.


    With the wisdom of Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, after knowing that neither of them is a good thing, they should also know how to find a way to maintain the balance of their strengths.


    That demon was as calm as Meng Zhang imagined, and more decisive than he imagined.


    The surrounding monsters who were rushing towards Meng Zhang and his team stopped advancing and quickly retreated.


    There was another change in the Demon Realm, and the various traps and obstacles that prevented Meng Zhang and the others from advancing quickly disappeared.


    Although the demon did not communicate with Meng Zhang, he responded with actual actions.


    Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief and led the team to move on.


    Although that demon no longer stopped Meng Zhang and the others, it was not a smooth journey to meet Meng Zhang and the others.


    In the process of moving forward, they will still encounter some difficulties and obstacles.


    Like a moving forest, rushing in from all directions, it is about to surround them all.


    From time to time, a thick layer of green mist would appear in the air, rushing towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    When he rescued Gu Yue Ling Qing earlier, Meng Zhang knew that in the Demon Realm, there were still forces that were incompatible with the Demon Dao.


    That celestial demon seems to have completely demonized the entire small world, completely turning it into a demonic realm.


    However, in the Demon Realm, there are still hidden powers of different species, secretly fighting against the Demon Realm, and trying their best to stop Meng Zhang and the others from advancing.


    Needless to say, the alien power in the Demon Domain must have come from the Qigen of Heaven and Earth.


    It seems that although the Heaven and Earth Qigen allowed the demon to demonize the entire small world, it did not allow him to move freely without preventing it in the slightest.


    The power arranged by the Qigen of the Heaven and Earth in the Demon Realm can disrupt the Demon Realm at a critical moment, or affect the intruders in the Demon Realm.


    Perhaps, the escapees who escaped from the Demon Realm before, also because of these factors, it is equivalent to waiting for the secret help of Tiandi Qigen to successfully escape from the Demon Realm.


    Meng Zhang had rescued Gu Yue Ling Qing before, and later communicated with the demon in a generous way.


    That Tiandi Qigen should always keep an eye on the Demon Domain.


    After knowing Meng Zhang''s purpose, the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth would definitely do everything possible to prevent Meng Zhang from advancing and prevent him from joining the striker team.


    Meng Zhang led the team forward at full speed, and did not slow down because of various obstacles.


    The demon probably thought that they had reached an agreement with Meng Zhang, and the two sides temporarily turned enemies into friends.


    At this time, the Demon Domain not only did not stop Meng Zhang and the others from advancing, but instead helped them fight against the arrangement of the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth, and accelerated their progress.


    If it hadn''t been for the fact that he couldn''t trust the demon, and had been keeping enough vigilance against him, Meng Zhang would have wanted him to control the spatial rules of the demon realm, and he would have used the space teleportation technique to teleport them to their destination.


    When teleporting in space, it is also the easiest time to do tricks and plot the target of teleportation.


    Although they have a common enemy, that demon is not a friend either.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that some of the true immortal-level powerhouses who entered the small world and participated in the competition for the treasures of the heavenly immortals were swallowed by the heavenly demon.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang did not relax his vigilance against the celestial demon when he regarded the Qigen plant as a great enemy.


    The power hidden in the Demon Realm is limited.


    After all, the one who created this demon domain and effectively controlled it was the demon.


    When Moyu became a helper, Meng Zhang and the others quickly broke through various obstacles and arrived at their destination in time.


    The six-person team led by Meng Zhang crossed the tall mountain passes and entered a huge crater.


    Inside the crater is a plain.


    At this moment, in the plain, there are purple creeps everywhere, and the blood-colored mist fills the surroundings.


    A vast and deep forest stands in the center of the plain, competing with purple mushroom creep for living space, and emits dark green mist, which violently collides with blood-colored mist.


    The forward team led by Sanshan Zhenxian and the Dragon Emperor Swallowing Sea had already arrived next to the plain.


    Although they had already negotiated, they would stand on the side of the Heaven and Earth Qigen and deal with the Heavenly Demon together.


    But after they came here, they did not rush to act, but were prepared to wait and see for a while.


    Even the short-tempered Dragon Emperor Sea Swallowing knew how to restrain his temper and did not rashly attack.


    Although everyone had never seen the Heavenly Demon and the Heaven and Earth Qigen before, judging from the situation at the scene and the atmosphere of the two sides, they still quickly distinguished friend and foe.


    The reason why Sanshan Zhenxian is not in a hurry, in addition to observing the situation, he also tried to get in touch with the Qigen plant first and communicate.


    How are they going to take action, and what are they going to do, in order to pose an effective threat to that celestial demon, and to help that strange root of heaven and earth?

 Chapter 2578

    The striker team led by Zhenxian Sanshan had just arrived here and had not had time to do anything.


    Before they could gain a firm foothold, the team led by Meng Zhang appeared behind them.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, Meng Zhang, were able to keep up with them, and arriving here so quickly made Sanshan Zhenxian and others feel a little surprised.


    Seeing that the forward team hadn''t been involved in the battle between Tianmo and Tiandi Qigen, Meng Zhang and the others breathed a sigh of relief.


    Fortunately, they got here in time, and the situation wasn''t too bad.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about greetings, so he was about to expose the true face of Qigen.


    Suddenly, countless thick vines fell from the sky and attacked Meng Zhang''s team overwhelmingly.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan of the Beast Sect also pointed at Meng Zhang and the others and shouted, "Everyone, be careful, Meng Zhang and the others have already been dyed by demons."


    Before he finished speaking, Patriarch Bai Chuan attacked Meng Zhang and the others.


    At least half of the abilities of the cultivators of the Royal Beast Sect are on the various spiritual beasts of their own imperial envoys, and the ancestor Bai Chuan, the founder of the mountain, is no exception.


    He has a total of three spirit beasts of the true immortal level.


    Among them, the three lions have the lowest cultivation base and combat power, and their potential has long been exhausted.


    However, the three lions have a flexible mind and a good ability to do things.


    Therefore, when he was sleeping in the source sea of ??Junchen Realm, he let the three lions stay outside to help Sanshan Zhenxian guard Junchen Realm.


    It was also the previous behavior of the three lions that made Meng Zhang and the others suspect him.


    Now to attack Meng Zhang and the others, he naturally took out the other two more powerful True Immortal-level spirit beasts.


    A mysterious tortoise is his natal spirit beast, which brings him a long life and strong defense.


    The other white tiger is also his natal beast, giving him extremely powerful attack power.


    I saw Xuan Gui standing at the feet of the ancestors of Bai Chuan, urging a huge wave to rush towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    The figure of the white tiger appeared in the air, manipulating the pure Jinxing immortal power, turning it into various weapons, and beheading Meng Zhang and the others.


    The ancestor of the Situ family, Situ Jue, and the true god Shengyang of the Shenchang realm cooperated with the ancestor Baichuan silently.


    These true immortal-level powerhouses almost made their shots with all their strength, making Meng Zhang and the others dare not be careless.


    Especially the vines that fell from the sky, most of them came from the handwriting of Tiandi Qigen, Meng Zhang and the others were extremely vigilant.


    For a while, Meng Zhang and his team were forced to do their best to resist the attack, and they couldn''t communicate with Sanshan Zhenxian for the time being.


    It all happened so fast that the rest of the people felt a little overwhelmed.


    In particular, the leader of the team, Sanshan Zhenxian, was obviously a little excited.


    Meng Zhang and his team felt in time that he was feeling help, why did the scene suddenly become like this?


    Regardless of whether Meng Zhang and the others were secretly infected by the demons, Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others couldn''t wait to take action and put the leader of Sanshan Zhenxian?


    If Tiandi Qigen hadn''t made the first move, Sanshan Zhenxian might have already reprimanded the ancestors of Baichuan and the others.


    To be honest, Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t really believe that Meng Zhang and the others were demonized.


    No matter how powerful that Heavenly Demon is, how could it be possible to silently demonize such a strong team when most of his energy was restrained by Qigen?


    It''s okay for the ancestors of Bai Chuan and the others to make wrong judgments, but the same is true of Qigen, which makes Sanshan Zhenxian in trouble.


    In the realm of self-cultivation, the strong are respected, and Sanshan Zhenxian is only a real immortal. Naturally, he is not qualified to question the powerhouse of the heavenly level, and he has no power to stop the other party.


    Perhaps, the Qigen of Heaven and Earth has a profound cultivation base and can see many things that he can''t see.


    No matter how dissatisfied Sanshan Zhenxian was in her heart, she could only comfort herself like this.


    As the temporary deputy commander, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor stared at the ancestors of Bai Chuan with gloomy eyes.


    He came from the Dragon Clan with a deep background, so he really didn''t care much about the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth.


    If you change the place, change the situation, and even dare to openly challenge the other party with the temper of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    As the saying goes, the one who knows you best is not necessarily a friend, but more likely an opponent.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang didn''t have much contact, let alone the slightest friendship. The two sides just fought a fierce battle.


    Knowing himself and knowing his enemy, he will not be imperiled in a hundred battles, and the Dragon Emperor of Swallowing Sea thinks he knows Meng Zhang very well.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation base and ability, it is basically impossible to be stained by the silent demons of the heavenly demons.


    Not to mention, there are many true immortal-level powerhouses in his team.


    Since Meng Zhang and the others were clearly not infected by the devil, but they were attacked, the problem in the middle would be big.


    If it was just a misunderstanding, so be it.


    If it wasn''t a misunderstanding, why did they attack Meng Zhang?


    Taking 10,000 steps back, he said that even if Meng Zhang was really infected by the devil, if he wanted to take action, he should wait for the two sides to contact each other, and then everyone should make a decision together.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan and others cooperated so actively with the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth, and it was not just as simple as licking stinky feet.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor dared to question the Qigen of Heaven and Earth, and naturally he first discovered something was wrong.


    Not only Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, but others were quite dissatisfied with this scene.


    It''s just that everyone is not willing to offend that genus of heaven and earth for Meng Zhang''s sake.


    A god with a deep background, such as Hunling Zunshen, is not afraid of that tree of heaven and earth, but next, they still have to ask for that tree of heaven and earth.


    Among Meng Zhang''s team, he and Tai Miao are the strongest, and together they can match the Dragon King of Swallowing the Sea.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was not weak at first, but his current state is not good. Not only can he not provide much help, he also needs others to help and protect him.


    The remaining three are limited in strength than ordinary true immortals.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan and Situ Jue are both top-level true immortals, and the old-fashioned true god Shengyang is also not weak.


    With the help provided by Tiandi Qigen, Meng Zhang and the others were temporarily suppressed.


    The power released by the vines that fell from the sky formed a huge force field, trapping Meng Zhang and the others, preventing their voices and spiritual thoughts from being transmitted.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang could only hold back his eagerness and protect himself first.


    The members of the entire team lined up in a simple formation and shot together to temporarily resist the enemy''s attack.


    Of course, in this way, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others will not know the truth for the time being.


    That Heaven and Earth Qigen had already taken action, and that Heavenly Demon was not a fool, and soon began to help Meng Zhang and the others.


    I saw the blood moon in the sky swaying gently, sprinkled with bloody moonlight.


    The blood-colored moonlight fell on those vines, and the originally vicious and sinister vines immediately began to wither, and then shrank back.


    Although the celestial demon had no communication with Meng Zhang, he maintained a certain tacit understanding with him.


    After the bloody moonlight forced back the vines, it did not hurt Meng Zhang and the others.


    Without the suppression of the Heaven and Earth Qigen, Meng Zhang and the others could not defeat their opponents in a short period of time, but they regained the ability to move freely.


    Meng Zhang and the others seized the opportunity to launch a counterattack, and in turn forced their opponents back.


    Meng Zhang knew that the crux of the problem was not with Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others.


    He immediately shouted at Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    Time is pressing, Meng Zhang did not have a long speech, just a few simple sentences.


    That Heaven and Earth Qigen also had bad intentions. Like the Heavenly Demon, he devoured many intruders.


    Ancestor Bai Chuan and the others have been secretly controlled by Qigen.


    Everyone must be careful, don''t stand in line rashly.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, many people had expressions of doubt.


    Everything Meng Zhang said was completely contrary to the information they knew.


    Before entering the Devil''s Nest, everyone had clearly agreed that they would help the Heaven and Earth Qigen to deal with the Devil.


    But if what Meng Zhang said is true, what should everyone do?


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor glanced suspiciously at Ziyang Zhenxian and other guys who escaped from the Devil''s Nest last time.


    If what Meng Zhang said is true, then these guys are lying.


    Although Ziyang Zhenxian has hatred with Meng Zhang and has always been hostile to Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang''s words made him fall into thinking.


    The last time he entered here, he didn''t see the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth devouring the intruder with his own eyes.


    However, he faintly found something wrong.


    Later, in the face of the threat of the demon, he didn''t go too deep into it, but was busy escaping from here, escaping from the demon.


    Now that I think about it, some of the actions of the Qigen plant are indeed very suspicious.


    Ancestor Bai Chuan and True God Shengyang sneered at Meng Zhang''s accusations, looking disdainful of explanation.


    On the contrary, Situ Jue said a few words sullenly.


    Just now, everyone saw that the demon took action and controlled the power of the demon domain to help Meng Zhang and the others.


    If Meng Zhang and the others were not demonized, why would the demons help them?


    The reason why Meng Zhang said those words was to sow discord and confuse everyone''s minds.


    Anyone with a brain should know that Meng Zhang is talking nonsense and cannot believe everything he said.


    What happened just now happened so fast that Meng Zhang didn''t even think that the celestial demon who helped them would actually come to the truth, deepening their doubts.


    If all this had already been calculated by the Qigen of the Heaven and Earth, then the other party''s mind was really deep and terrifying.


    Perhaps, what he and Gu Yue Ling Qing had guessed before were correct, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was really reborn on that Qi Gen.


    If only the spiritual creatures like Heaven and Earth Qigen were born with wisdom and wisdom, they should not be so cunning.


    The thought of facing a top angel, even if the opponent''s state is not right, is enough to make Meng Zhang feel extremely heavy pressure.


    Meng Zhang did not argue with Situ Jue.


    He has already said what he should say, and he has no control over whether others believe it or not.


    If he argues with Situ Jue, he will appear guilty and will be inferior.


    Meng Zhang put on a calm look whether you believe it or not, but it made everyone couldn''t help but think.


    In fact, one of the key points of this matter is that everyone has preconceived ideas about demons.


    The devil is definitely not a good thing, but not all bad things are done by the devil.


    Demons have a very bad reputation, and Tianmo is even more notorious.


    Even if there were some problems with the words of the escapees, everyone quickly believed them.


    After a simple discussion, they regarded Tianmo as their biggest enemy and decided to help the Qigen of Heaven and Earth.


    Even earlier, when the law of heaven and earth in the surrounding void was changed, everyone didn''t think much about it, and almost thought it was the work of the demons in the demon domain.


    This is clearly a preconceived notion, but everyone just takes it for granted.


    Before that, everyone had never thought that there would be a problem with that qigen of heaven and earth.


    Others may have limited understanding of the legendary Junchen Immortal Venerable. When Ziyang Zhenxian waited in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he exhausted all means to collect a lot of information about Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    The Junchen Immortal Venerable who came from a loose cultivator can cultivate all the way to the realm of top-level immortals without a backer, and has the strength to impact Jinxian. Naturally, he is not a good man.


    He kills decisively, is ruthless, has many enemies, and has a lot of blood on his hands.


    But to a large extent, this is determined by the atmosphere of the cultivation world.


    A loose cultivator, if you want to obtain the resources needed for cultivation, you will naturally have to fight for it.


    In this process, it will provoke the enemy and cause many murders.


    But among the entire practitioners, Jun Chen''s approach is not excessive.


    Compared to others, his style has been very gentle.


    Some of Junchen Immortal''s friends even publicly declared that Junchen Immortal has a heart of compassion for heaven and pity, sits upright, and has the demeanor of a righteous master.


    Regardless of whether these statements are putting gold in his face, whether it is fair or not.


    At least according to the information collected by Zhenxian Ziyang and the others, Immortal Junchen can barely be regarded as a monk of the righteous way, he can keep the bottom line, and is incompatible with the devil.


    Among the celestial treasures left by Immortal Jun Chen, a demon suddenly appeared, and then demonized the entire small world. No one suspected that Immortal Jun Chen was a ghost.


    Although I don''t know what happened, everyone thinks that this is mostly a conspiracy of the devil.


    Anyway, if there is any unsolved bad thing in the world of self-cultivation, if you put the black cauldron on the head of the devil, it will probably be recognized by everyone.


    Perhaps, some demons who have hatred with Jun Chen Xianzun have directed all this.


    Even the Demon God of Famine, an out-and-out demonic powerhouse, thinks so.


    As for the Qigen of Heaven and Earth, it should be the backhand left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, which is specially used to fight against the magic way.


    Now, Meng Zhang''s words provide us with another perspective to think about.


    In the Demon Realm, no matter whether it is the Heavenly Demon or the Qigen of Heaven and Earth, it is not something that everyone can contend against.


    If they hadn''t restrained each other, everyone might have become food in the mouths of others.


    Everyone''s vigilance is very strong, and they dare not relax in the slightest.


    In this case, even the most stubborn people will not stick to their original ideas too much.


    Guys who can cultivate to the level of true immortals will not be too stupid.


    Even if they didn''t believe what Meng Zhang said, more or less doubts would be planted in their hearts.


    What''s more, among so many people present, there are always smart enough guys.


    It was suspicious that Meng Zhang and the others got the help of the Heavenly Demon. Isn''t it suspicious that Patriarch Baichuan and the others cooperated with Tiandi Qigen quietly?


    Didn''t their actions justify what Meng Zhang said?


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng and book friend 20181217112010373 for their many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2579

    Among the many strong people present, many people became suspicious of Tiandi Qigen, and began to believe Meng Zhang''s words.


    Of course, there were still people who scoffed at Meng Zhang and didn''t believe everything he said at all.


    No matter what was in their minds, no one acted rashly.


    Everyone was there watching, letting Meng Zhang and the others continue to fight.


    Without the blessing of Qigen from Heaven and Earth, Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others would not have the upper hand at all.


    Meng Zhang was sober in his heart, the outcome of their battle was not important at all.


    Even if his team had the upper hand and defeated the opponent, it would be difficult to kill the opponent, let alone control the situation.


    Meng Zhang simply took Gu Yue Ling Qing out of the battle.


    He asked Gu Yue Ling Qing to take the time to heal his injuries and restore his cultivation as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang was watching over him and helping him at any time.


    Tai Miao led Moon God, Xianyun Zhenxian, and Yue''e Fairy to fight with the ancestors of Bai Chuan.


    The difference in strength between the two sides is not large, and the winner cannot be determined in a short time.


    Although Meng Zhang had already drawn his hands, he did not try to persuade Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    Meng Zhang thought slowly in his heart, what can be done to change the current situation.


    So many true immortal-level powerhouses broke into this place together, neither to slay demons and demons, nor to destroy the layout of Junchen Immortal Venerable, everyone just wanted to live.


    Now the situation is unclear, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others have not taken action for the time being.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t fully achieve his goal, at least he prevented the worst from happening and prevented everyone from being used by that strange root of heaven and earth.


    On the surface, that celestial demon completely demonized the entire small world, turning it into a demon domain, and also controlled countless monsters in the ruins of the Junchen world. He should have a great advantage.


    However, through some observations and some speculation, Meng Zhang felt that the situation of the Heavenly Demon was far from being as good as it seemed.


    Even if Sanshan Zhenxian and the others don''t help each other, he won''t have any advantage.


    The true immortal-level powerhouses present generally obey the Sanshan True Immortal and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    They didn''t do anything and kept silent all the time, and everyone didn''t act rashly.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan, the others, and Tai Miao and the others were inextricably fighting, and it was difficult for both sides to be distracted.


    Time passed so slowly.


    After a while, those true immortal-level powerhouses who fell behind also arrived here one after another.


    Whenever someone arrives, Meng Zhang will repeat the previous persuasion and try to expose the true face of the Qigen.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others were both powerless and too lazy to stop Meng Zhang.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan also pulled out his energy to shout to these people.


    As for the content of the propaganda, it is still the same. Meng Zhang and the others were stained by the demons and joined the demon side, becoming the enemies of Qigen in the world.


    Those who came later heard these words and reacted differently.


    Some were shocked, and there were no gods.


    Some looked suspiciously at Meng Zhang and Patriarch Bai Chuan, and seemed at a loss.


    Some were dismissive of Meng Zhang.


    In short, these people did not act rashly, and they all quickly moved closer to Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Under the current circumstances, they had no choice but to follow Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon.


    Fang Ming Luohan and Tianlei Luohan were the last to arrive here.


    This time, all the true immortal-level powerhouses who entered the Demon Realm, except for the three lions, all appeared here.


    None of these people perished, and they spent far less time on the road than expected.


    Meng Zhang estimated that when the demon arrived, he should have moved out of the way and did not continue to use the power of the demon to block them.


    As a result, since Sanshan Zhenxian and the others have been shaken and chose to watch temporarily, it is not necessary to continue to spend strength to block these real immortal-level powerhouses.


    Second, the power of the demon may not be enough, and he is unwilling to continue to disperse his energy.


    Without the control of the Heavenly Demon, the power of the Demon Domain alone, even with the addition of the three Demon Gods, would be difficult to stop so many true immortal-level powerhouses.


    So many true immortal-level powerhouses are gathered here, but they are not a weak force.


    Although quantitative change does not necessarily lead to qualitative change, the gap between true immortals and heavenly immortals is indeed difficult to bridge.


    But if so many true immortal-level powerhouses shot together, they could still affect the battle situation.


    Whether it is the Qigen of the Heaven and Earth, or the Heavenly Demon, such a force cannot be ignored.


    Originally, that Tiandi Qigen secretly controlled several escapees, misled everyone, and aroused everyone''s hostility to that demon.


    However, due to Meng Zhang''s relationship, everyone was suspicious, and their original ideas began to waver.


    Suddenly, Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others seemed to have received some order, and it was too good to force them back a few times, and they all withdrew from the battle.


    It was so wonderful that they received Meng Zhang''s order, and they did not intend to pursue, but continued to confront their opponents from a distance.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan is also an old man, and he glanced around and understood everyone''s thoughts.


    He knew who was in charge, and persuaded them to Sanshan Zhenxian.


    "Everyone, you can''t be deceived by Meng Zhang''s rhetoric."


    "The devil is cunning, everyone knows it."


    ...


    Ancestor Bai Chuan''s words didn''t play a role, and Sanshan Zhenxian ignored him.


    Hunling Venerable God perfunctory him, mainly because he did not want to offend the Qigen.


    Seeing that he couldn''t convince everyone, Ancestor Bai Chuan didn''t say much.


    So, there was a strange scene in the field.


    All the powerhouses of the true immortal level just wait and watch quietly, no one knows what to do next.


    Anyway, since the true immortal has a long lifespan, no one will be impatient.


    Perhaps, just waiting like this, waiting for that Heavenly Demon and that Qigen of Heaven and Earth to lose both, is the best choice.


    Meng Zhang felt a faint uneasiness in his heart, and he always felt that things would not be so simple.


    If the Qigen of Heaven and Earth is really the respect of Jun Chen Xian, there must be more than just such a means.


    To be honest, so far, Meng Zhang has a lot of doubts in his heart, and he has never been able to answer it.


    After sensing the existence of Taiyi Jinxian, Meng Zhang received a lot of inheritance.


    In addition to the original inheritance of Taiyi Sect, Meng Zhang basically did not lack cultivation techniques and the like before he advanced to Heavenly Immortal.


    Although in the inheritance, there is no cultivation scriptures at the immortal stage, but there are many related introductions.


    The impact of the top angel against the golden immortal is a very dangerous process, and in most cases, it is death or death.


    No matter what kind of backhand is left, it is difficult to play a role.


    In other words, it is precisely because he has left behind that it just shows that his Taoism is not strong and his confidence is insufficient, which will lead to the failure of the impact.


    For example, if Jun Chen Xianzun refined the strange root of heaven and earth into an incarnation of the body early, trying to use it as a backhand for rebirth.


    Then he failed to attack the realm of Jinxian, and at the same time that he died, the Qi Root of Heaven and Earth would also be affected.


    Lightly, the spiritual sense is shattered and turned into a dead thing.


    If it is heavy, it will be completely wiped out, leaving no trace in the world.

 Chapter 2580

    True immortals can claim to be immortal.


    As long as there is no doom, the life of a true immortal is almost unlimited.


    Except for some special circumstances, it is rare to hear that there are true immortals who died when their lifespan was exhausted.


    Of course, the true immortals will encounter calamities every once in a while, and there is basically no escape from them, only the positive response.


    If the true immortal breaks through to the heavenly immortal, it will be another world.


    No matter from which aspect, Tianxian can be regarded as being at ease.


    Heavenly Immortals also have calamities, but Heavenly Immortals also have more ways to avoid calamities.


    As long as the angels are not contaminated with cause and effect, try to avoid getting involved in all kinds of grievances and grievances, and honestly hide, they can basically avoid most of the doomsday.


    In the Void Myriad Realms, there are many ancient immortals who have been living like tortoises. No one knows how old they are and how many years they have experienced.


    From the perspective of longevity and longevity alone, there is no need for Tianxian to risk death to attack Jinxian.


    Rather than risking great danger to attack Jinxian, Tianxian might as well study more ways to avoid robbery.


    Therefore, those immortals who attacked the golden immortals all have unstoppable self-motivation and great ambitions on the road.


    Meng Zhang is still only a true immortal, but because of his brilliant inheritance, he already has many special methods.


    If Meng Zhang falls in the battle, as long as the opponent does not use karma or destiny or other magical powers, then his consciousness can be reborn in Tai Miao''s body, making Tai Miao become another brand new Meng Zhang.


    For a top-level immortal like Jun Chen Xianzun, there will only be more similar methods.


    However, no matter how clever he is, it is difficult to play a role in the impact of the Golden Immortal realm.


    Once fallen, it is really fallen, and there is almost no hope of rebirth.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang had always been skeptical about the state of the tree, and could not completely determine its origin.


    As for the origin of the demon, he has no clue.


    If, like everyone else, the appearance of the demon was simply attributed to the means of the devil''s way, it would not help solve the problem at all.


    Meng Zhang carefully recalled his own inheritance, and kept going through various classics in his mind, trying to find an answer to these questions.


    Everyone continues to wait and see, and they can''t see their inclination to make a choice in a short period of time.


    Ancestor Bai Chuan and the others were very dissatisfied with this situation, but they couldn''t say much.


    The experienced and experienced Sanshan Zhenxian also felt that something was wrong, but he didn''t know what to do.


    The grumpy Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor knew that the next choice was about the lives of everyone present, so he had to hold back his temper.


    Although Hunling Zunshen was more inclined to support Qigen, but he knew that he could not convince Sanshan Zhenxian and Swallowing Dragon Emperor, so he did not open his mouth casually.


    The Famine Demon God had the deepest fear of that demon in his heart.


    As a member of the Demon Dao, he would rather die on the spot than fall into the hands of that demon.


    As a strong magician, he is very suspicious by nature.


    Meng Zhang''s revelation of Tiandi Qigen''s words is in line with his psychology.


    However, in his capacity, if he questioned the Qigen of Heaven and Earth and called on everyone to stand on the side of the Heavenly Demon, it would only arouse everyone''s suspicion.


    The Demon God of Famine, who was at a loss, felt very anxious.


    Originally, everyone should be very patient, but I don''t know if it was due to the influence of some companions or some other reason, everyone began to gradually become anxious.


    At this time, a very magnetic and very gentle voice appeared in everyone''s ears.


    "The guests have been here for so long, and I, the host, haven''t said hello to everyone yet. It''s really a bit rude."


    Hearing this voice, the people who were still calm at first suddenly looked around vigilantly as if they were facing a formidable enemy.


    Since he claimed to be the master of this demonic realm, it was naturally that demon.


    Although I don''t know why he took the initiative to greet everyone, it''s definitely right to strengthen the guard.


    "The dispute between me and my old rival really made everyone laugh."


    "You can rest assured that before we decide the winner, as long as you don''t take the initiative to join the battle, you are basically safe."


    "By the way, I almost forgot to introduce myself, you can call me ego."


    That voice sounded nice, full of goodwill, not like a vicious demon at all.


    "I hold the devil."


    Many people recited this name silently in their hearts, and did not relax their vigilance because of the friendly attitude of the other party.


    "By the way, you still don''t know the origin of the opponent in front of me."


    "This Qigen of Heaven and Earth was originally a mutated vine that shattered the sky, and traveling through and shattering space is its strongest innate magical power."


    "This sky-breaking fairy vine was originally an immortal treasure of Immortal Jun Chen. It has always been with Immortal Jun Chen, not only contaminated with his breath, but also influenced by his thoughts."


    "When Immortal Jun Chen attacked the Golden Immortal realm, he left the Void Immortal Vine in this small world. As an important pillar of this small world, it is convenient to transform the small world into a treasure of Heavenly Immortals."


    "Xianzun Junchen left some spiritual imprints on the treasures of the gods, and he was originally going to help the heir to receive his inheritance."


    "After the Immortal Junchen failed to hit the Golden Immortal realm and completely fell, this Void-Breaking Immortal Vine absorbed some of the spiritual imprints and incomplete broken memories left by Immortal Junchen."


    "So, this Void-Breaking Immortal Vine is obviously just an object, but it treats itself as a Jun Chen Immortal and respects itself, and treats itself as a Jun Chen Immortal everywhere."


    "It''s really funny, it''s really funny."


    Speaking of which, the demon who called himself ego-clinging couldn''t help but burst into laughter.


    The attitude of the ego-brained demon is so gentle, and it also took the initiative to expose the old roots of the heaven and earth, which is really unexpected.


    Although everyone was skeptical about everything the ego demon said, Meng Zhang felt that the ego demon should not lie.


    "Have you heard that it''s obviously just an object left by the master, such as a chair and a toilet, but after the master dies, he regards himself as the master."


    "This is simply a joke."


    I held the devil and said with a smile, looking extremely happy.


    "Enough, you demon thief, how long will you continue to talk nonsense?"


    A voice full of majesty and a bit of anger resounded in the air like thunder.


    "This seat is Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, no matter how you slander or slander, you can''t change this."


    "You rubbish of the devil''s way, do you really think that you can do whatever you want with your ability to confuse people and lead people to depravity?"


    This is the genus of heaven and earth---off-topic---------


    Thanks to the book friend 141103230736751 and you are really smart ghost for the reward and support.

 Chapter 2581

    Meng Zhang also knew that the reason why the ego-brained demon took the initiative to speak was still that attitude.


    From the perspective of the Qigen plant, it was obviously provoked.


    The two powerhouses at the level of the gods were fighting with each other, but no one said a word casually.


    The ego-brained demon behaved very generously, as if he didn''t care about the attitude of the Qigen, but continued to speak unhurriedly.


    "You guys, the last time you broke into this place, and finally fled in embarrassment."


    "It''s only been so long, and you guys actually made a comeback."


    "Why, do you think that with new helpers, you can come and go freely here?"


    Like the Heaven and Earth Qigen, I held the devil, it swallowed up a lot of intruders last time.


    If he can receive part of the memories of those intruders, he should be able to recognize the origin of these latecomers.


    "Jun Chen Xianzun has fallen for a long time, and the treasures of the heavenly immortals he left are naturally coveted."


    "Several of you are top-level true immortals, and you should have long known what is the most precious among the treasures of the immortals."


    "That''s why you broke into here last time."


    Although I held the devil did not say it explicitly, but everyone understood what he meant.


    Ziyang True Immortal and other six True Immortals are all top-level True Immortals, and they are only one step away from breaking through the realm of Heavenly Immortals.


    However, relying on their own abilities, it is extremely difficult to take this step.


    Among the relics of the heaven and earth, the strange root of heaven and earth, that is, the sky-breaking fairy vine, is one of the few treasures in the void that can help people become angels.


    The layout and design of their thousands of years ago was to be able to enter the relics of the gods.


    They slept in the source sea for thousands of years, just to adjust their state and facilitate the absorption and refining of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    But after they entered this small world last time, they found that the sky-breaking fairy vine was born with spiritual consciousness, and it also possessed the strength of the gods, which they absolutely could not resist.


    They were extremely disappointed in their hearts, and did not dare to show the slightest covetousness to them.


    If Broken Sky Immortal Vine is not happy, they can easily die without a place to be buried.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and their hearts were extremely unwilling and extremely angry.


    Tens of thousands of years of layout and design, and everything that has been paid for, just went to waste.


    If you miss this time, who knows when there will be another chance like this.


    Situ Jue and Patriarch Bai Chuan, who were controlled by Pokong Immortal, did not talk about it, Ziyang True Immortal and Zhenhai True Immortal, including Ziyang True Immortal, they had already reached the realm of True Immortals, and Sanshan True Immortal was also a True Immortal.


    But when it comes to the combat effectiveness of the two sides, the gap is still not small.


    Because of the special situation, Sanshan Zhenxian has special difficulties in attacking the realm of heaven, and the sky-breaking fairy vine is of little use to him.


    If there is no desire, then he will be rigid. Since he has no coveted heart for the Void Fragrant Vine, his mentality is even more detached.


    Like most of the people present, he wants to leave here as soon as possible, away from the battle between the ego-governing demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    As the leader of the team, I have a greater responsibility, and it is not good to keep silent all the time.


    Sanshan Zhenxian thought for a while, then bowed to the front and asked, "Excuse me, Your Excellency, I used to cast a spell to change the law of heaven and earth in the nearby void and prevent me from leaving. Was it your doing?"


    Hearing Sanshan Zhenxian''s question, everyone pricked up their ears and listened carefully to the next answer.


    I didn''t answer directly, but let out a burst of laughter, and then talked about it in an unusually relaxed tone.


    "Would you be disappointed if I said that''s what I did?"


    "Would you believe me if I said I didn''t do it?"


    Indeed, mutual trust between everyone is an issue.


    It is almost the instinct of the strong magician to be unbelievable.


    No one dared to believe what the ego demon said.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s previous words as a foreshadowing, the performance of Broken Void Immortal Vine is indeed somewhat suspicious. But in contrast, everyone is more suspicious of the ego-holding demon.


    In the world of comprehension, there are too many similar stories, all of which are all comprehension people who are deceived and seduced by powerful demons, and finally end up in a doomed fate.


    Don''t look at the ego demon now has a good demeanor and is very friendly.


    Maybe, in the next moment, he will turn his face and refuse to recognize anyone, and swallow all the real immortal-level powerhouses present as prey.


    My Demonic Heavenly Demon did not directly answer Sanshan Zhenxian''s question, but Po Kong Xian Veng screamed hysterically.


    "This vicious demon is uneasy and kind, and if he wants to devour you all, he will naturally not allow you to leave."


    "Don''t be fooled by his nonsense."


    "All the predicaments you have encountered are his."

 Chapter 2582

    The ego demon probably also knows that its reputation is too stinky, and it is difficult to win the trust of others.


    Moreover, as an almighty demon, he couldn''t be too weak, as if he needed the real immortal-level guys in front of him.


    Because of Gu Yue Ling Qing''s relationship, Meng Zhang began to suspect the Void Fragrant Vine when he was mentally prepared.


    Although he also knew that what the ego-brained demon said, he must have reservations and be untrue, but no matter what aspect he considers, everything the other party said is very credible.


    In particular, the ego-brained demon has exposed the origin of the Void Fragrant Vine, which can perfectly answer Meng Zhang''s many questions.


    Broken Void Immortal Vine is not at all respected by Jun Chen Xian, but it is contaminated by its thoughts, absorbing the spiritual imprint and some consciousness left by it.


    Therefore, Pokong Immortal Vine may have inherited some memories of Junchen Immortal Venerable, and it may also carry the breath of Junchen Immortal Venerable, but it is definitely not as powerful as Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Of course, even if Meng Zhang recognized the true face of the Void Vine, he couldn''t rashly act.


    The Po Kong Immortal Vine is malicious, and the ego-holding demon is also not a good thing.


    Almost everyone is eager for these two guys to fight to the death and lose both.


    But will things go according to everyone''s expectations?


    Neither I Zhitian Mo nor Po Kong Xian Veng are fools, don''t they understand the truth of the snipe and mussel fighting for the fisherman''s profit?


    The ego demon just tried to provoke Ziyang Zhenxian and the others, which should have been an attempt to break the game.


    Based on what Meng Zhang knew about these guys, they must have been moved.


    Meng Zhang has the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian and has confidence in his own qualifications.


    He felt that he didn''t need the help of the sky-breaking fairy vines, and he only needed to practice step by step, and he would be able to break through to the realm of immortals in the future.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian have similar ideas, and they all hope to leave here as soon as possible.


    Even if Jun Chen Xianzun left any treasures, it is not worth his hard work.


    Unfortunately, the law of heaven and earth in the nearby void was changed, cutting off their hope of leaving directly.


    The situation in the Demon Realm is complicated and difficult to understand, and they can''t make a choice easily, they can only continue to wait.


    "You''ve been watching the show all the time, so you''re not afraid of angering me and that sinister guy?"


    The character of the ego demon seems to be more detached, and now he is acting like a talker.


    "I said, that fake Junchen Immortal Venerable, how about we just clean up this group of juniors first, after we have divided up the spoils, and then continue our fight?"


    After listening to the words of the demon of ego, everyone immediately became nervous.


    Everyone doesn''t know why the ego-brained celestial devil and Pokong Xianvine are incompatible and fighting endlessly.


    But no matter how deep the hatred between them is, they can completely give up the fight for the time being just from the point of view of their own interests.


    The two powerhouses at the level of heavenly beings really joined forces to attack. Even though there are many powerhouses at the level of true immortals present, they will definitely not have too strong resistance.


    "Despicable devil, what kind of identity is this seat, how can you be in the company of something like you."


    "This seat will never hurt innocents, and I will not sit by and watch you hurt innocents."


    Po Kong Xian Veng not only did not agree with the proposal of the egoist, but instead started cursing.


    The performance of Pokong Xiandeng''s righteous words made Meng Zhang a little confused, wondering if he had wronged a good person.


    Broken Sky Fairy Teng said so, and also did so.


    He didn''t show any signs of attacking everyone at all, but instead tightened his grip on the demon, obviously not wanting him to be distracted and attacking others.


    The performance of Broken Sky Immortal Vine made Patriarch Bai Chuan and Situ Jue excited.


    They once again accused Meng Zhang of harboring evil intentions and slandering the Void.


    Many people present were influenced and felt that what they said was very reasonable.


    Some people even stared at Meng Zhang and the others cautiously, worried that they would be attacked by demons.


    Meng Zhang frowned, and after a long time, he became the villain who colluded with the devil.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and supernatural powers, it is absolutely impossible to be silently dyed and controlled by demons.


    He can be 100% sure of that.


    If you don''t have a problem with yourself, then someone else has a problem.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was rescued by him personally, and he also has a certain understanding of it, Gu Yue Lingqing should not lie.


    Although Gu Yue Ling Qing has been healing all the time, she is not indifferent to the movements of the outside world.


    The people''s doubts made him feel that the situation was a little out of control, and he looked at Meng Zhang with worried eyes.


    Meng Zhang replied with a consoling smile, telling him not to think too much, he absolutely trusted him.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t understand in his heart why Po Kong Xian Veng would reject the proposal of the ego-brained demon.


    Could it be that the hatred between them is really so deep that they cannot tolerate the slightest compromise? Or is Po Kong Immortal Vine too stubborn, and would rather take a certain risk than to clear the off-site power with the ego demon?


    It is also possible that Pokong Immortal Vine really regarded himself as Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, too arrogant, and did not feel that the group of true immortal-level powerhouses present would pose any threat to him.


    In addition, the attitude has been relatively mild before, trying to release the kind-hearted demon of ego to everyone, why do you make such a proposal that will inevitably offend everyone?


    Even if he wants to make such a proposal, he should communicate with Pokong Immortal Vine secretly.


    Saying it so openly will only deepen everyone''s hostility to him.


    Meng Zhang believes that now everyone should be more inclined to help Broken Sky Immortal Vine.


    Everyone may think that the ego-god demon is no longer covering up, and finally exposed the ferocious nature of the devil''s way.


    With the scheming of the ego, how could it be so unwise?


    While Meng Zhang was thinking about it, Patriarch Bai Chuan suggested that since everyone is unwilling to get involved in the battle between the two Heavenly Immortal-level powerhouses, it is better to clear the internal enemies first.


    Meng Zhang and the others were obviously controlled by the ego demon.


    In order to prevent Meng Zhang and the others from making a fool of themselves, everyone should strike first, get rid of Meng Zhang and the others, and maintain the purity of the team.


    At the same time, clearing the henchmen of the ego-holding demon can also express sincerity to the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Although everyone knew that Patriarch Bai Chuan had ulterior motives against Meng Zhang and the others, some people were still persuaded by them.


    If they didn''t know that Meng Zhang and the others are not easy to mess with, maybe someone has already started to do it.


    When Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others were about to take the lead and lead everyone to attack Meng Zhang and the others, San Shan Zhenxian snorted heavily and stopped the crowd who were just about to move.


    The majesty of Sanshan Zhenxian is enough to suppress the scene in front of him.


    Hunling Zunshen glanced at Sanshan Zhenxian with a little dissatisfaction, but he couldn''t say anything.


    Back then, Zunling God combined with a number of foreign invaders at the level of true immortals, but they could not compete with the true immortals of the Three Mountains.


    As a defeated general, he really does not want to conflict with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took two steps forward and spoke in a bad tone.


    "Senior Tianmo, your previous proposal was too much ignoring my wait."

 Chapter 2583

    Dragons are well-known and powerful races in the Void World.


    Swallowing the Dragon Emperor also has a background and a backer.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor really lost his life in the hands of the ego-governing demon, there might be some seniors of the dragon clan who would find the ego-governing demon in the future, and have a good talk with him about bullying the small.


    Of course, even if the ego demon knows this, when it''s time to make a move, it won''t show mercy to the sea-swallowing dragon emperor.


    With the temperament of the devil, even if he knew that he would be retaliated by the dragon, it was not uncommon for the devil to attack the dragon in all parts of the void.


    In any case, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is more confident than the others present.


    He is grumpy and strong, and he doesn''t want to be a shrinking turtle all the time.


    The attitude of the ego-brained demon who treated them as nothing before really angered him.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who is a bully himself, knows that in the face of a bully''s provocation, if he blindly forbears and retreats, it will only make the other party gain an inch.


    There are so many true immortal-level powerhouses present, no matter which side they join, it will make the other side very difficult.


    If the ego demon forgets this, then the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor will have to remind him now.


    The questioning of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not make me hold the Heavenly Demon angry, and his tone was still so relaxed.


    "You old dragon has a bit of a temper, but you can''t tell the difference between good and bad."


    "Do you know why this fake Jun Chen Immortal Venerable refused to accept my proposal? Does he really have such a kind heart with his ruthless nature?"


    "He''s just doing one big thing right now, and he can''t be distracted at all."


    "That fake Jun Chen Xianzun, do you think I''m wrong?"


    After I had responded to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, I started shouting at the Void Immortal Vine.


    Void Immortal Vine did not directly respond to the ego demon, but the ancestors of Bai Chuan continued to persuade everyone to beware of the ego demon. It is best to start with Meng Zhang and the others to eradicate the wings of the demon.


    In the eyes of many people, the ego-brained demon has sloppy behavior and frivolous language, which easily pushes some of the true immortal-level powerhouses who were originally neutral to the opposite.


    However, because of his preconceived preconceived ideas, Meng Zhang always felt that he had ulterior motives in clinging to the devil.


    He remembered what I said, and he moved in his heart, and began to carefully observe the Void Immortal Vine.


    On the surface, almost the entire small world has long been transformed into a demon domain by the ego-holding demon and has become his home field.


    However, according to Meng Zhang''s own experience, in many parts of this small world, there is still the power of Void-Breaking Immortal Vine lurking, and it will come into play when needed.


    For example, Gu Yue Ling Qing was previously trapped by the power of the Void Immortal Vine, while the power of the Demon Realm was isolated.


    In front of Meng Zhang and the others is the core position of this small world, which has not been transformed into a Demon Realm.


    The ego demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine each occupy one side, and the strength of the two sides is stalemate.


    From where Meng Zhang and the others were, the large purple mushroom creep, the blood moon in the sky, and the thick demonic energy were the manifestation of the power of the ego-goblin demon, occupying more than half of the space in front.


    In that deep forest, the green mist emerging from the forest is the manifestation of the power of the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine, and it seems to be on the defensive most of the time.


    As for the real bodies of the ego demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine, they were temporarily hidden by each of them.


    The only target Meng Zhang wanted to observe was the forest.


    Due to the thick dark green mist, Meng Zhang could only see an outline.


    His eyes couldn''t penetrate the fog completely, and there were only vague shadows in his eyes.


    In the demon realm, the ego-holding demon was staring at him, Meng Zhang did not dare to release his spiritual thoughts at will, for fear of being dyed by the demon.


    Meng Zhang changed several pupil techniques in succession and tried slowly.


    In fact, Meng Zhang is not the only one who has such thoughts.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and several other powerhouses have been secretly observing the situation of the ego-holding demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign seems to be arguing with the demon, but he also doesn''t believe in Broken Sky Immortal Vine in his heart.


    In the long life experience such as Sanshan Zhenxian, what I have seen is often a dog that bites and does not bark.


    The stern look that Po Kong Xian Veng showed, could not make them believe it.


    The ego demon probably also knows that these guys are watching in secret.


    Not only did he not stop it, but he intensified his attack on the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine.


    The blood moon in the sky shed an almost endless amount of blood moonlight and fell over the forest.


    As soon as the blood-colored moonlight met the dark green mist, it was as if water had been poured into a frying pan, and both were boiling violently.


    After a series of drastic changes, the dark green mist that enveloped the forest became much lighter.


    Meng Zhang''s magical power of pupil technique finally allowed him to see some of the situation inside the forest.


    This forest should be transformed by the power of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    In the depths of the forest, countless thick vines built several huge arches.


    Inside the arch, there were bursts of violent spatial fluctuations, and it was faintly visible that the spatial passages were taking shape.


    Although he still hadn''t seen the body of the Void Broken Vine, the arches formed by those vines faintly exposed some of the attempts of the Void Vine.


    The attention of the others was not the same as Meng Zhang, who was all in the depths of the forest.


    What they paid the most attention to was the battle between the ego demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    The ego-brained demon expended its strength to expose the Void Fragrant Vine, and its own body was also exposed.


    In the midst of those purple creeps, a vague figure could be vaguely seen.


    Judging from its breath, this should be the ego demon.


    From time to time, a few thick vines fell from the sky, breaking through the siege of the purple creep, and whipping towards the figure.


    There will always be bursts of strange light around the figure in time, blocking these vines.


    Meng Zhang didn''t pay much attention to the battle over there, and focused his attention on those special arches.


    It is very likely that the secret that Broken Sky Immortal Vine is trying to hide is in it.


    But Meng Zhang looked at it for a long time, but he couldn''t see through the hidden secrets, he just knew that those arches might be the space passages leading to the distance.


    What is the Void Immortal Vine doing secretly opening up a space channel at this time, is it to escape?


    However, judging from the situation on the field, Po Kong Xian Veng has not fallen to a complete disadvantage, and it is still far from being defeated and fleeing.


    The powerhouses such as Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor also saw the scene Meng Zhang saw one after another.


    They also couldn''t see through the plan of breaking the sky fairy vine.


    Sanshan Zhenxian was thoughtful, and secretly communicated with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    "Old Long, have you noticed that the breath behind these arches is a little familiar?"


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor nodded, did not answer, but continued to observe.


    Hunling Zunshen, as the deputy leader of the team, although there are many conflicts with them, and their views are very different, Sanshan Zhenxian did not reject him and still kept in touch with him.


    When Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor communicated secretly, he also let him join.

 Chapter 2584

    Like Sanshan Zhenxian, Hunling Zunshen seems to be monitoring the battle between the ego-brained demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine, but in fact, he did not relax his attention to those arches.


    Although the ego demon didn''t say it clearly, from his actions, he clearly hoped that everyone could notice the existence of those arches.


    Hunling Zunshen was the first to discover.


    "Old Sanshan is right, everyone should be familiar with the aura behind those arches."


    "One of those arches is trying to connect to the Shenchang world, and the other is trying to connect to the fearless world."


    As a member of the foreign invaders, Hunling Zunshen has been secretly attacking the idea of ????the ally Shenchangjie in the past.


    Not only did he send divine envoys to Shenchang Realm many times, but he himself also observed Shenchang Realm in the void for a long time.


    In addition, he is also very coveted for the Dreadnought controlled by the barbarians.


    He secretly developed a lot of believers among the barbarian tribes of the fearless world, and collected information on all aspects of the fearless world through various means.


    Therefore, he is very familiar with these two worlds, and he immediately recognized the aura that leaked from the unfinished space passage.


    "If I guessed correctly, the space passages behind the rest of the arches should lead to several other big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, such as Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Spirit Transformation Realm, etc."


    After listening to the words of Venerable Hunling, Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were a little puzzled, why Po Kong Xian Veng had to spend energy to secretly open up space channels to those big worlds.


    Also, why did the ego demon deliberately reveal this to them?


    I am secretive, and I don''t want to tell the inside story.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God is more inclined to join forces with the Void Fragrant Vine, he is still very wary of it, and it is even more impossible to completely trust the other party.


    Sanshan Zhenxian secretly told Meng Zhang about the discovery of Hunling Zunshen.


    Sanshan Zhenxian also felt that it was not the way to wait for so long.


    After discussing with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the others, he had a new idea.


    Sanshan Zhenxian secretly told Meng Zhang of his thoughts.


    Now Patriarch Baichuan and the others are at odds with Meng Zhang.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan got close to Pokong Immortal Vine and accused Meng Zhang and the others of being demonized and controlled by the demon of ego.


    Meng Zhang said that the ancestors of Baichuan and the others were controlled by Pokong Fairy Vine, and Pokong Fairy Teng was uneasy and kind.


    Since they hold their own opinions and their positions are completely opposite, they might as well fight on the spot.


    Compared with the ancestors of Baichuan and the others, Sanshan Zhenxian obviously believed in Meng Zhang more.


    But his belief in Meng Zhang did not mean that he immediately decided to fight against the Void Immortal Vine.


    He wants to test the current situation through the battle between the two sides.


    Meng Zhang smiled bitterly, Sanshan Zhenxian used them as pawns.


    Meng Zhang agreed with Sanshan Zhenxian''s ideas and practices, and was also unwilling to wait any longer.


    And if they can get rid of Bai Chuan''s ancestors, it will also be equivalent to clearing a big wing of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Since Sanshan Zhenxian wanted Meng Zhang and the others to do it, he would naturally not interfere with their battle easily.


    Without the interference of others, Meng Zhang''s group should be able to outperform each other.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao communicated secretly, and immediately started to do it.


    "Older Bai Chuan, you are a dignified immortal anyway. You actually took refuge with a fake and was driven by a guy who wasn''t even a beast."


    "Let''s just send you to the underworld, lest you stay in the world and lose all the face of immortals like me."


    Before Meng Zhang could finish his words, apart from Gu Yue Lingqing continuing to heal in situ, he led Luna, Tai Miao, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy to kill each other.


    Ancestor Bai Chuan roared and led True God Shengyang and Situ Jue to greet him.


    Sanshan Zhenxian waited to say hello, and asked everyone to retreat a little, leaving enough battlefield space for both sides of the war.


    Upon seeing this, everyone knew that this was the battle that Sanshan Zhenxian and the others acquiesced in, and they did not interfere despite their different thoughts.


    After Qiguang Star God, Sea God, and Bibo Water God arrived here safely, they automatically gathered behind the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and stood respectfully with their hands tied.


    Seeing that Luna followed Meng Zhang, Qiguang Xingshen''s eyes flickered, staring at Luna in secret.


    Now that there is a secret confession from Sanshan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang and the others have no scruples, and they are almost all out, trying to end the battle as soon as possible.


    The cultivation in the early stage of the True Immortal is mainly to consolidate the cultivation base, accumulate immortal power, strengthen the immortal soul, and refine the immortal body.


    Meng Zhang is currently in this state.


    Because Meng Zhang was not prepared enough when he broke through the realm of the real immortal, he did not break through according to the plan, but was forced to break through by chance.


    Therefore, when he broke through, he did not get too many additional benefits, and he did not maximize the benefits, which left him with a lot of regrets.


    After becoming a true immortal, Meng Zhang did not rush to break through the realm of cultivation, but worked hard to build a solid foundation and try to make up for his previous regrets.


    Tai Miao was busy integrating the underworld into the Taiyi realm and shaping the underworld and reincarnation system of the Taiyi realm, and was also not in a hurry to break through the realm of cultivation.


    In the true immortal stage, cultivation realm and combat power are not completely equal.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were both at the early stage of true immortals, but their combat power far exceeded their cultivation realm.


    Although Patriarch Bai Chuan and Situ Jue were both true immortals, they had fought fiercely with those true immortal-level foreign invaders many years ago.


    Later, they broke into this small world, experienced a lot, and then escaped and joined with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    For so many years, they have been fighting almost all the time without getting any chance to rest.


    They have suffered huge losses and have not been replenished so far.


    Their years of accumulation, all kinds of killers, etc., have been exhausted in the previous battle.


    When Sanshan Zhenxian led everyone here, he didn''t leave much time for everyone.


    Patriarch Bai Chuan and Situ Jue lacked time and resources, so it was too late to restore their cultivation.


    They are far less effective than they were in their heyday.


    After Meng Zhang and Tai Miao entered the Demon Realm, the loss was not great.


    Especially in the later period, after the ego-government demon net opened up, they didn''t experience any obstacles on the way, and they came here quickly.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s tacit cooperation brought great pressure to the enemy.


    Shengyang True God is an old-fashioned True God and one of the overlords of Shenchang Realm.


    But his situation is similar to that of the ancestors of Bai Chuan, and the loss was too great before.


    Moon God, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy are in good condition and their fighting spirit is not weak.


    As the parties who rescued Gu Yue Ling Qing, they knew that the sky-breaking fairy vine was not a good thing.


    If you can''t deal with Broken Sky Immortal Vine, then deal with its lackeys first.


    When the two sides first started fighting, Po Kong Xian Veng also tried to provide some help to the ancestors of Bai Chuan.


    However, after several attempts were made by the Po Kong Immortal Vine to be destroyed by the ego demon, it died down and let Pachuan ancestors and the others deal with the enemy.


    Previously, Meng Zhang didn''t fight to the death with Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others because he was worried about Sanshan Zhenxian''s interference.


    Now that the situation is different, Meng Zhang''s killing intent is more and more determined.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you old friend Feiyi for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2585

    Meng Zhang was motivated to kill, and everyone under his command naturally went all out, as if he would not give up until he killed his opponent.


    Ancestor Bai Chuan and the others dared to challenge Meng Zhang and the others. First, they didn''t know their true strength very well.


    According to the previous situation, even if the worst happened, they really couldn''t resist Meng Zhang and the others, and Sanshan Zhenxian would not let them die in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    But now, Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor have both made up their minds to keep everyone neutral and let them fight with Meng Zhang.


    And the fighting power that Meng Zhang and the others showed was far beyond their expectations.


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up to fight the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others were all trapped in the Demon Realm. They didn''t witness the battle with their own eyes, so naturally they didn''t know how powerful Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s combat power has improved a lot compared to that time.


    Old Ancestor Bai Chuan and the others were far from the best.


    Shortly after the battle started, Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others were at a disadvantage.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing seemed to be healing his wounds, but he had recovered a lot and could join the battle at any time.


    He was indeed staring at him, looking for a good opportunity to make a move.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and the wind and fire in the sky began to gradually block the enemy''s dodging space.


    Tai Miao manifests the body of ghosts and gods, and is so brave that it is like entering a realm of no one.


    Moon God, Fairy Yue''e and True Fairy Xianyun all played well and cooperated actively.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was watching the battle, saw the power of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joining forces, and felt his eyelids jump.


    How long has it been since the last war, how come these two guys have made so much progress.


    If this accident hadn''t happened, he would continue to attack the Taiyi Realm and fight with Meng Zhang and the others again.


    Even if he has cultivated special powers to deal with ghosts and gods, he may not be able to gain an advantage.


    Speaking of which, Patriarch Bai Chuan and Situ Jue are both top-level True Immortals, and True God Shengyang is one of the overlords of the Shenchang Realm.


    They haven''t faced their current situation for many years since they became famous.


    Not to mention being pushed to the disadvantage by a group of juniors, the situation is still deteriorating.


    At the beginning, the Moon God possessed the body of the Moon Goddess and entered the Shenchang Realm, but he took on a lot of hatred with the True God Shengyang family.


    The Moon God is familiar with the foundation of the True God Rising Sun, and with the cooperation of others, it poses a great threat to him.


    Both Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor believed in Meng Zhang more and were willing to see Meng Zhang and the others have the upper hand.


    Under their strict orders, no one is allowed to join the battle.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi had always been jealous of those who broke into Tianxian''s relics, so they were naturally happy to see Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others unlucky.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and Zhenhai Zhenxian were suspicious of Pokong Immortal Vine, and they were willing to let Meng Zhang and the others try it out.


    The Famine Demon God watched from side to side, wondering what he was thinking.


    After the Junchen Realm entered the destruction, disasters occurred frequently, and his strength was greatly improved.


    Originally, he was full of confidence to participate in the competition for the Heavenly Immortal Relic, but after entering here, he encountered setbacks one after another.


    Especially in the face of the ego-holding demon, it made him completely dispirited and sluggish.


    Fang Ming Luohan was the guide who led Tianlei Luohan to worship Buddhism.


    He and Tianlei Luohan have a close relationship and rely on each other.


    ...


    Meng Zhang and the others, who were in the fierce battle, did not have much thought to pay attention to the surrounding teams.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t say it clearly, Meng Zhang already understood what he meant.


    It is best for him to be able to kill Bai Chuan''s ancestors and others, and test the reaction of the sky-breaking fairy vine step by step.


    Except for the divine power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder, Meng Zhang had almost all his trump cards and all his supernatural powers, showing almost all of his abilities.


    If Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others were in their prime, they could still deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    The last time they entered here, they fell into the hands of Po Kong Xian Veng.


    One is bad luck, and the other is bad condition.


    In the past few years, they have not been effectively supplemented, and their cultivation and strength have been declining, far from their heyday.


    The sky-breaking fairy vines, who were given high hopes by them, were powerless to help them.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others were watching the fun, which greatly angered them.


    I saw that Tai Miao bought a flaw, and the white tiger under Bai Chuan''s ancestor rushed towards him from behind.


    Tai Miao didn''t turn around, but with a backhand, she grabbed the white tiger''s sharp claws.


    As a spirit beast at the level of a true immortal, this white tiger is infinitely powerful, and its sharp claws are even more invincible.


    The wonderful body of ghosts and gods is obviously more powerful.


    After Tai Miu, who was too good to fight, grabbed the white tiger, he first wrestled with it, and then fought with it close to him.


    Accompanied by the shrill screams of the white tiger, its huge body was actually torn apart by Tai Miao.


    The blood of the white tiger spilled on Taimiao, which made him even more fierce.


    A pompous natural goddess made the old-fashioned True God Shengyang feel trembling in his heart.


    Unlike the three lions that have almost been abandoned, this white tiger is a spiritual pet that has always been connected with the ancestors of Bai Chuan.


    This white tiger is not only his right arm, its strength is connected with him, and it can support each other.


    Bai Hu was killed, and Bai Chuan''s ancestor was traumatized. He couldn''t help spurting blood, and became much sluggish.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and stepped up his offensive.


    When Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others were forced to take refuge in Pokong Immortal Vine, Pokong Immortal Vine gave them a lot of promises in order to eliminate their will to resist and let them cooperate honestly.


    Despite being controlled by others, Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others still comforted themselves in their hearts that they were not the puppets of Broken Sky Immortal Vine, but their capable subordinates.


    Now that their situation is getting worse and worse, Broken Sky Immortal Vine should provide more help anyway.


    Situ Jue had already shouted loudly regardless of his identity, and asked Po Kong Xian Teng for help.


    Although they had long known that Situ Jue and the others had already taken refuge in Pokong Immortal Vine, their current appearance still made Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor feel a little shameless.


    Situ Jue and the others are still of great use to the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine.


    Po Kong Xian Veng also really tried hard to try to help them.


    But every time Po Kong Xian Veng made a shot, it was blocked in time by my demon.


    I got a cheap price and sold it well, and verbally kept mocking the Void Fragrant Vine.


    Po Kong Xian Veng was obviously getting more and more annoyed, but he still couldn''t do anything about it.


    After another fierce fight, Meng Zhang seized an opportunity to trap the mysterious turtle under the command of Patriarch Bai Chuan in the endless fire.


    Although Patriarch Bai Chuan tried his best to rescue it, the black turtle was still alive and refined by Meng Zhang.


    After refining the mysterious turtle, the wind and fire became stronger and more attractive.


    On the other hand, Ancestor Bai Chuan lost the last companion spirit beast, not only lost most of his combat power, but also lost a lot of vitality and looked extremely weak.

 Chapter 2586

    Taking advantage of his illness to kill him, Patriarch Bai Chuan showed signs of weakness. Not only Meng Zhang, but also others stepped up their offensive and tried to kill him in one fell swoop.


    This guy Situ Jue is very slippery. Seeing that others can''t help, if they continue to stay here and fight to the death, they will have no choice but to die.


    Situ Jue greeted True God Shengyang, and the two gave up the ancestors of Bai Chuan and began to break through with all their strength.


    Although the Void Immortal Vine can''t help them now, if they get close to the Void Immortal Vine, they will definitely be able to get its cover.


    In order to cultivate these two companion spiritual pets, Bai Chuan''s ancestors paid a lot of hard work and invested a lot of affection.


    For the cultivators of the Imperial Beast Sect, if the spirit beast died for the master, it was considered a proper death.


    But Patriarch Bai Chuan still refused to accept it for a while, and with the influence of his injuries, his mind was suddenly in chaos.


    Speaking of which, Ancestor Bai Chuan showed the most loyalty to the Void Fragrant Vine and actively worked for it.


    He made a mistake in his judgment, underestimated Meng Zhang and the others, let alone let the two accompanying spirit beasts be too aggressive.


    If he had reacted earlier, he might have been able to retreat with Situ Jue and the others.


    With their cultivation base reaching their level, even if they were no match for Meng Zhang and the others, it would not be difficult for them to escape.


    But now, Situ Jue and True God Shengyang took advantage of Bai Chuan''s ancestor to attract a large part of the enemy''s attention, and they began to break through desperately.


    After all, they are also old-fashioned true immortal-level powerhouses. Even if their cards have been exhausted in previous battles, they still forced their way out by virtue of their profound cultivation.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor his subordinates were willing to pay too much to stop them.


    Everyone knows that this battle is just the beginning.


    Next, who knows how many hard and hard battles are waiting for them.


    They try not to hurt themselves and try to retain more of their strength.


    After Situ Jue and True God Shengyang broke through, all the struggles of Patriarch Bai Chuan became futile.


    Before he could even swear a few more words, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up to kill him.


    After Situ Jue and True God Shengyang broke through, they did not dare to stay in place for a long time, and rushed forward at the fastest speed.


    Ahead is the battlefield where the ego demon and the sky-breaking fairy vines confront each other.


    They tried to bypass the battlefield, rushed into the forest, and were sheltered by the Void Fragrant Vine.


    This time, it was replaced by the ego-brained demon who worked hard to divide the strength to shoot at them, and the sky-breaking fairy vines did their best to stop them.


    The several attacks launched by the demon of my grasp were stopped by the sky-breaking fairy vines.


    In the vicinity of the battlefield where the ego-wielding demon and the sky-breaking fairy vines clashed, the power of the demon domain was also greatly affected and could not play much role.


    Situ Jue and True God Shengyang rushed into the forest without any risk, and were protected by the broken sky fairy vine.


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang and the others had no intention of chasing them, even if Meng Zhang and the others were to kill them now, I am afraid they would first have to face the Void Fragrant Vine.


    Po Kong Xian Teng not only hated Meng Zhang and the others, but was also very dissatisfied with the performance of San Shan Zhen Xian and the others.


    In his opinion, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others clearly betrayed him and stood on the opposite side.


    At this time, the voice of the demon of my grasp sounded in the air again.


    "That fake Jun Chen Xianzun, you are really unpopular."


    "So many people are unwilling to support you. The only one who is willing to support you is now either killed by someone or turned into a stagnant dog."


    I have always kept calling the other party the fake Jun Chen Xianzun.


    I don''t know if it''s because of his repeated indoctrination, or if he really thinks so, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others almost all accepted this fact, thinking that Pokong Immortal Vine is counterfeiting Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    "Everyone, this fake Jun Chen Immortal Venerable has not learned half of his skills, but he is very stingy."


    "You have offended him greatly, and he will definitely retaliate against you very cruelly."


    In addition to teasing Pokong Immortal Vine, the ego demon also continued to tease Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    What kind of characters are Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, how could they rashly join the battle because of a few provocative words.


    They continue to wait and see, and continue to wait.


    Previously, because of the observation of some strangeness in the vines of the sky, Sanshan Zhenxian asked Meng Zhang and the others to test one or two.


    Judging from the results of the test, Pokong Immortal Vine was indeed completely entangled by the ego-holding demon, and it was impossible to tell that too much power could be used on Meng Zhang and the others.


    As long as I hold the Heavenly Demon and the Pokong Immortal Vine to fight, the Sanshan Zhenxian next to them will be safe for the time being.


    As for the purpose of Broken Sky Immortal Vine trying to create a space channel and connect Shenchang Realm and other big worlds, they can''t guess for the time being.


    Meng Zhang and the others are considered to have completed their tasks, and they are all taking time to rest.


    Po Kong Xian Teng is probably too lazy to ignore the provocation of the egoist, because of what happened just now, they also gave up on San Shan Zhen Xian and did not continue to win over them.


    Hunling Zunshen also complained about Sanshan Zhenxian and the others for giving up Baichuan Patriarch and others.


    Hunling Venerable God also knows that the unity of the large army is the most important at present, and he did not openly disagree with Sanshan Zhenxian, but only complained secretly.


    After Situ Jue and True God Shengyang escaped into the forest, they did not sit idle.


    It was probably the order of the broken sky fairy vines, they came to the front of the arches and stood by.


    After defeating Patriarch Bai Chuan and the others, Meng Zhang did not have the slightest idea of ??lightheartedness in his heart.


    He knew that the real battle had not yet begun.


    He has been observing the situation in that forest.


    Especially the arches that were about to lead to other big worlds gave him a huge sense of crisis.


    The more Meng Zhang watched, the more frightened he felt in his heart, as if there was some terrifying disaster in those arches.


    Although Meng Zhang''s time to become a true immortal has not been short, he has not fully kept up with the cultivation base of Tianjishu, and he is not qualified to be called a Tianji Immortal.


    He still does not have the ability to infer the powerhouse of the Heavenly Immortal level.


    Fortunately, his spiritual sense is still so keen, always warning him at critical moments.


    Before, when he observed the ruins of Junchen Realm, Lingjue warned him once.


    At that time, he thought that the calamity would come from the demon gods born in the ruins of Junchen Realm, and he was quite puzzled about this.


    Later, after discovering that the relic of the gods had been demonized into a demon domain, he guessed that the calamity would come from the demons who control the demon domain.


    Now that he came here and observed it closely, he was somewhat certain that the disaster came from the action of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    If he doesn''t stop the Void Fragrant Vine''s actions in time, he and his subordinates will face extinction.


    But not to mention the huge gap between him and Pokong Immortal Vine cultivation base, he didn''t even understand the purpose of Pokong Immortal Vine, so how can he stop the other party''s actions?


    Meng Zhang glanced at the location of the ego demon.


    For today''s plan, even if it is to seek skin with the tiger, he has to turn to the opponent of the broken sky fairy vine.


    I have been fighting for so many years with the Heavenly Demon and the Void Fragrant Vine, so I should know it very well.


    And judging from his somewhat bizarre behavior, he really wanted to express something.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to old friends Feiyi and Xiaoxianguan for their rewards and support.

 Chapter 2587

    I must have discovered something.


    The reason why he refused to say it was because he knew that his reputation was too stinky to win the trust of others.


    Even if he told the truth, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others would probably think that he was deliberately provoking them to attack Pokong Immortal Vine.


    In addition, he didn''t say it in public, and he also meant to guard against the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    He deliberately picked things up several times, and he must have meant something.


    Meng Zhang believes that he is sober and sensible enough to not be confused by the egoistic demon, and has the ability to judge whether what he said is a lie.


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a while, and then used a secret communication technique to convey his intention to communicate to the ego-brained demon.


    During this process, Meng Zhang has always maintained a high degree of vigilance against the ego-holding demon.


    He closely guarded his mind, restrained his spiritual thoughts, and avoided giving the other party an opportunity to confuse and even demonize himself by casting spells.


    After a while, the voice of the demon of the ego rang in Meng Zhang''s ears, but the others did not notice it at all.


    When I held Tianmo and Meng Zhang in private communication, they changed their frivolous attitude before, and their tone was very serious and serious.


    According to what he said, when Immortal Venerable Jun Chen came to this void, he had a lot of arrangements in order to break through to the realm of Jinxian.


    At that time, there was no name for the star area, and it was just an unnamed small star area in a remote area in the void.


    There are several big worlds in this little nameless star area, and several races have been multiplied, but none of them have produced particularly powerful powerhouses.


    The powerhouse of the true immortal level is the powerhouse of the Sky Climbing Star District.


    With Jun Chen Xianzun''s perfect cultivation base, it can be said that no one can stop him.


    Fortunately, Jun Chen Xianzun is full of thoughts on how to break through Jin Xian, and has no intention of playing the game of hegemony here, let alone killing it.


    In order to avoid unintended consequences, many of his actions were kept strictly confidential and no one was alerted.


    Initially, he had left secret arrangements in each big world, preparing to take time out of the origin of the heavens and the earth in various nearby big worlds, and use it as a resource for him to break through the realm of Jinxian.


    Later, he gave up on the idea, but did not deal with those secret arrangements in time.


    The reason why Po Kong Xian Teng dared to call himself Jun Chen Immortal Venerable still has some capital.


    He inherited some spiritual thoughts and imprints of Immortal Jun Chen, and learned some memories of Immortal Jun Chen.


    He was also informed of the arrangements that Immortal Jun Chen had left in the various big worlds in the Dengtian Star District.


    The sky-breaking fairy vine itself is a fairy treasure with the power of a fairy, but it is not a real fairy after all.


    He regarded himself as Immortal Jun Chen, and naturally wanted to restore Immortal Jun Chen''s cultivation.


    The scenes that he was going to describe in the egoic demon talk made Meng Zhang shudder.


    He suspected that there was an exaggeration in the words of the ego-brained demon, and deliberately frightened himself.


    Meng Zhang really didn''t want to believe everything the ego-brained demon said, but in light of the situation in the field, everything he said was not a baseless fabrication.


    If nothing else, Meng Zhang and the others have been ignorant of the purpose of creating space channels and connecting Shenchang Realm and other big worlds.


    Now, compared with what the ego demon said, the purpose of the sky-breaking fairy vine is obvious.


    From a rational point of view, Meng Zhang felt that he should believe in the ego-holding demon.


    But judging from his feelings and past experience, he doubted what the ego demon said.


    Maybe most of what the ego demon said is true, but only one or two lies in key parts can cause very serious consequences.


    Taking 10,000 steps back, he said that even if the ego demon didn''t lie, he still had bad intentions, trying to instigate Meng Zhang and the others to deal with the Pokong Immortal Vine and sabotage the other party''s plan.


    In front of Meng Zhang, the ego demon was very sincere, and he didn''t have that kind of arrogant attitude.


    He warned Meng Zhang that if Po Kong Xian Veng was allowed to act freely without stopping it, then when he succeeded, everything would be irreversible.


    There is not much time left for everyone now. If the sky-breaking fairy vine creates a space channel that connects all the big worlds, then he can activate it.


    The demon of the ego is controlling the power of the demon domain to stop the sky-breaking fairy vine, but it can''t delay him for too long.


    After I said this, I took the initiative to end the contact with Meng Zhang without urging Meng Zhang incessantly.


    After listening to the words of the ego-brained demon, Meng Zhang fell into deep thought.


    Including Meng Zhang, the reason why everyone has been watching is that they hope that the ego-governing demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine will consume each other, and it is best to lose both.


    But if the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine will become stronger and overwhelm the ego-holding demon, then they must not sit idly by.


    In addition to worrying about his own destiny, Meng Zhang was also worried about the fate of Taiyi Realm.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has accelerated away from the Junchen Realm, but without the true immortals, the speed of the entire world must be limited.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, the current Taiyi realm, let alone the Dengtianxing district, probably hasn''t left the original Junchen realm''s sphere of influence.


    If the Sky Climbing Star District really rolls up a terrifying void storm as the ego-brained demon said, then the Taiyi Realm will not be spared.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang felt a little anxious.


    But there were still many doubts in his mind.


    If these are all lies of the egoist, the purpose is to force Meng Zhang and the others to attack Pokong Immortal Vine, then once Meng Zhang and the others make a move, there is no room for change.


    Being used by the ego-brained demon broke the balance between him and the Po Kong Immortal Vine, which Meng Zhang did not want to see.


    Although Meng Zhang was more inclined to believe in the egoist, he was unable to make up his mind.


    He also reflected on whether it was because of the notoriety of the devil''s way that he had a prejudice against the ego-clinging demon.


    From this point of view, my approach to the demon is still relatively cautious.


    He didn''t try to convince everyone present directly, but deliberately revealed some doubts, so that Meng Zhang and the like tended to communicate with him on his own initiative.


    Convince Meng Zhang first, and then let Meng Zhang help convince others.


    Meng Zhangdu felt that he was about to be persuaded by the demon of ego.


    Glancing at the direction of Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhang used the secret communication technique to establish a secret connection with them.


    Meng Zhang recounted everything that the ego-governing demon said objectively, without adding any opinions of his own, and tried his best not to affect Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.

 Chapter 2588

    To be on the safe side, Meng Zhang did not rashly spread the information provided by the egoist demon, but secretly told Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Needless to say, Sanshan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang still has some understanding of the old opponent of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and knows that he is still reliable at critical moments.


    In addition, Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor are the leaders and vice-commanders of this team, and everyone is quite convinced.


    If they make a decision and give an order, most people are still willing to obey.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor listened to Meng Zhang''s words, although their faces remained calm, but their hearts had long been filled with turbulent waves.


    If the ego-brained demon didn''t lie and let the Po Kong Immortal Vine complete the arrangement of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, then the Po Kong Immortal Vine might really become unstoppable.


    Of course, Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not fully believe the information provided by the ego-governing demon.


    In their hearts, they are very suspicious of the ego demon.


    It will not be relieved in the slightest because of the actions and words of the egoic demon.


    However, it is not enough to completely ignore the information provided by the ego demon.


    Even leaders like Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were in a dilemma for a while, and they were unable to make a decision.


    The two of them discussed in secret for a while and decided to expand the scope of the discussion.


    Of course, they don''t rush to tell everyone all the information.


    As a result, there are many people talking, and if everyone participates in the discussion, it will definitely lead to a chaotic situation and make it more difficult to make decisions.


    Second, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others have the same concern as Meng Zhang.


    It has been revealed that Patriarch Bai Chuan, Situ Jue, and True God Shengyang took refuge in the Void Poisonous Vine, but among the others, whether there is anyone who secretly took refuge in the Void Void, no one can tell.


    If there is such a person, who knows the information provided by the ego-governing demon, and tells it to Pokong Xianvine, then the situation of Sanshan Zhenxian will become more difficult.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who was chosen by Sanshan Zhenxian, repeated what Meng Zhang had told him before, and told others.


    Hunling Zunshen was unsurprisingly very dissatisfied with this.


    His dissatisfaction was mainly directed at Meng Zhang, who believed that Meng Zhang was bewitched by the ego-holding demon.


    In addition, he was dissatisfied that Sanshan Zhenxian believed in Meng Zhang too much, and actually communicated with Meng Zhang behind his back.


    The situation was urgent, Sanshan Zhenxian let the Hunling Venerable God vent a few words, then forcibly changed the topic and entered the main topic.


    Hunling Venerable God is not that kind of ignorant guy, and he has not been too entangled in this issue.


    Although he kept saying that he didn''t believe Meng Zhang, saying that Meng Zhang was controlled by the ego demon, he still did not simply deny the information provided by the ego demon, but seriously thought about it.


    Neither the Ziyang True Immortal nor the Famine Demon God was in a hurry to express their position, they were both thinking over and over again.


    Once they decide to believe in the ego-brained demon and attack the Void Immortal Vine, there will be no turning back.


    Everyone thought and discussed for a while, but still could not make a final decision.


    The crux of the question now is whether the information provided by the ego-god demon is credible.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others continued to think and discuss.


    He asked Meng Zhang to communicate with the ego demon again, to find out more details of the other party, and strive to obtain more information.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian and the others chose to stop the sky-breaking fairy vines, it would be equivalent to choosing friends and foes.


    If I want everyone to stand on his side, he should show more sincerity and reveal more useful information.


    After Meng Zhang secretly contacted the ego-governing demon, the ego-governing demon proposed by this name should know that its obsession is profound, and its origin is related to obsession.


    In fact, the demon of ego is transformed by the obsession left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    In the past, Immortal Jun Chen failed to break through the realm of Jinxian, and after the death of the body, the strong unwillingness in his heart caused his obsession to remain in the world.


    Even if a character like Jun Chen Xianzun falls, the obsession left behind is no trivial matter, far more terrifying than the inner demons of most cultivators.


    Jun Chen Xianzun''s obsession aroused the demonic thoughts in the depths of the void, thus falling into the devil''s way and turning into a demon.


    Although the origin of the ego demon is related to Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, the two must not be equated.


    My heart is full of hatred for Jun Chen Xianzun.


    He believes that the pain and emptiness in his heart are all caused by the waste of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    If it hadn''t been for the death of Immortal Junchen, he would have already tried his best to retaliate against Immortal Junchen.


    When I held Tianmo mentioned Junchen Xianzun, his tone seemed flat, but the depth of hatred contained in it made Meng Zhang feel a bit chilly.


    In order to show sincerity, the ego-brained demon easily revealed his origins.


    As for the reason why Po Kong Xian Teng refused to expose the origin of the ego-holding demon, it was because he regarded himself as Jun Chen Xianzun, and believed that his obsession with degenerating into demons was an unprecedented shame and humiliation.


    Not only was he ashamed to talk about the ego-holding demon, but he was also determined to exterminate and purify the ego-governing demon.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to our old friend Feiyi for your many tips and support.

 Chapter 2589

    The ego demon hates Immortal Jun Chen, hates the house and Wuxia, and is also full of hostility to the immortal treasure Pokong Immortal Vine left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    Not to mention, Po Kong Xian Teng regards himself as Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, and pretends to be Jun Chen Immortal Venerable everywhere.


    Po Kong Xian Veng does not have the ability of Jun Chen Xianzun, but has almost the same self-esteem and arrogance as Jun Chen Xianzun.


    He regards the ego demon as a stain on his body, and he must get rid of it quickly.


    In this way, the ego-governing demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine have become inexorable enemies, and have been hostile to each other for tens of thousands of years.


    When the ego-brained demon told Meng Zhang about his origins, it seemed to be very detailed, but he kept a lot of it.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang can also understand.


    Not to mention demons, even ordinary cultivators would have their own secrets that no one knows about.


    My cultivator is a great level higher than Meng Zhang, and it is already very good if he is willing to put down his posture and talk to Meng Zhang on an equal footing. Do you still expect him to reveal all the secrets?


    In fact, the ego-brained demon is willing to reveal his origins, which is already very sincere.


    Knowing the specific origin of the ego-brained demon, when we become enemies with him in the future, we can look for his weaknesses from it.


    Generally speaking, the specific origins of the powerful demons are originally secrets that need to be kept strictly.


    Meng Zhang is not a child, but a true immortal who has practiced for many years, has extensive knowledge, and is familiar with many high-end knowledge in the cultivation world.


    He has strong judgment and can make accurate judgments independently.


    It seems that at present, he thinks that the egoic demon should not lie in a big way, and his origins are generally like this.


    As for why the ego-clinging demon appeared in the immortal relics left by Immortal Jun Chen, that was not a problem.


    As the obsession left by Immortal Jun Chen, he will more or less have the memory of Immortal Jun Chen and master some relevant information.


    After listening to the narration of the ego-holding demon, Meng Zhang sighed in his heart.


    If the origin of the ego demon is as he said, it will once again prove the information that Immortal Jun Chen has fallen.


    Although he has never seen Immortal Jun Chen, everything he knows about him comes from classics, legends, the mouths of others, and so on.


    But this did not prevent Meng Zhang from being full of respect for Jun Chen Xianzun in his heart.


    If it were not for him to create the Junchen world, there would be no history of the Junchen world, and nothing in the future.


    Born in a loose cultivator, without a backer or background, he has been in the spiritual world for many years, and he has cultivated all the way to the consummation of the gods. Whether it is aptitude, talent or personality, it is enough to make people feel respectful.


    Meng Zhang felt sorry for the news that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen had completely fallen, but at the same time he was somewhat relieved.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun hadn''t completely fallen and stood on their opposite sides, the situation they faced would only be more difficult and dangerous.


    While Meng Zhang secretly communicated with the ego demon, he also took time to secretly communicate with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s attitude is very clear, no matter what I have said or revealed.


    If the ego demon wants Sanshan Zhenxian and the others to stand on his side, then they must come up with more things, and there must be substantive actions.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is very clear in his heart.


    If the sky-breaking fairy vine really achieves its purpose as the ego-holding demon said, then the days of the ego-governing demon will not be easy either.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others need the Heavenly Demon of Ego to contain the Pokong Immortal Vine, and the Ego-holding Heavenly Demon also needs Sanshan Zhenxian and their help to deal with the Pokong Immortal Vine.


    If it hadn''t been for Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, I wouldn''t have done so many tricks.


    The ego-brained demon is trying to win the trust of Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, which is enough to explain his needs.


    While relaying Sanshan Zhenxian''s opinion, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but sigh in his heart for his hotness and composure.


    Meng Zhang has been the head of the faction for many years, and he has experienced countless ups and downs, but in terms of experience and ability to deal with things, compared with the old-fashioned real immortals like Sanshan Zhenxian, there is still a big gap.


    Sanshan Zhenxian did not communicate directly with the ego demon, but through Meng Zhang, the middleman.


    With Meng Zhang turning from the middle, many unnecessary disputes were avoided.


    After some bargaining, the two sides barely reached an agreement.


    I held the demon to provide help, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others broke the arches in the forest, destroyed the space channel that was taking shape, and destroyed the plan of breaking the sky.


    During this process, the ego-brained demon will hold back the main power of the Void Immortal Vine and provide convenience for Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    After reaching the goal, it depends on the situation whether Sanshan Zhenxian and the others continue to attack the sky-breaking fairy vines.


    Sanshan Zhenxian believes that he has seen through the mind of the ego-holding demon, and has a clearer understanding of the current situation.


    Regardless of whether the information provided by the ego-brained demon is true or false, it is the safest to destroy the plan of the sky-breaking fairy vine first.


    Po Kong Xian Teng is not a fool. After seeing the power of San Shan Zhen Xian and the others, he should know that they cannot completely fall to the side of the ego demon.


    At that time, maybe Po Kong Xian Veng will offer better conditions, and I will fight with the ego demon to win over San Shan Zhen Xian and the others.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian was reluctant to rashly take action against the Void Immortal Vine, in order to break the deadlock and avoid a worse situation, he had to choose to do it.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor discussed it, everyone can''t take action together, it is better for a few people to take action, so as not to completely tear off the face with Po Kong Xian Veng, and retain the basis for future reconciliation.


    The final plan was that after I held the Heavenly Demon, Meng Zhang, Sanshan Zhenxian, Calamity Demon God and Ziyang Zhenxian followed suit.


    The others were on standby, led by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the Hunling Venerable God, acting as they saw fit.


    Even if Hunling Venerable God, who has always been inclined to rely on the Void Vine, has no objection to Sanshan Zhenxian''s plan.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s narration, although I had a few complaints, I still accepted the plan.


    Meng Zhang was the first to reveal the true face of the Pokong Immortal Vine, and actively communicated with the ego-governing demon, and even killed the ancestor Bai Chuan who took refuge in the Pokong Immortal Vine.


    In the minds of many people, he has already taken refuge in the ego-god demon.


    Meng Zhang believes that he has always been neutral, and it is to prevent everyone from being used by the Void Immortal Vine, so he seems to be a little more active.


    In fact, he didn''t want to show the limelight.


    But it had come to this point, and he couldn''t change it.


    Sanshan Zhenxian asked him to take action together, and he couldn''t escape.


    Meng Zhang didn''t like this situation very much, and even more hated his own situation.


    Meng Zhang secretly told Tai Miao to avoid getting involved in the battle as much as possible.


    If you are involved in a battle, you must protect yourself and not try too hard.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian were ready, and they were waiting for the ego-holding demon to take the shot first.


    For the sake of secrecy, Sanshan Zhenxian''s actions were hidden from most of the people present.


    After the shot, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Hunling Venerable God would also help him explain to everyone.

 Chapter 2590

    I don''t know how many years I have been fighting with Tianmo and Pokong Xianvine.


    The feud between them is all-encompassing and almost never ceases.


    Due to the differences in the level of cultivation, even Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor could not understand some of their fighting methods.


    From the perspective of the true immortal-level powerhouses present, the power of the ego-governing demon and the sky-breaking immortal vines manifested, entangled with each other, and were in a stalemate.


    Neither side can divide too much power into other areas.


    Previously, Po Kong Xian Veng had given out a little strength to suppress Meng Zhang and the others, but they were stopped in time by the demon of ego.


    The true immortal-level powerhouses present may not be able to compete with them head-on, but in this case, they can indeed exist as a force that controls the situation.


    Everyone has some understanding of this aspect, so even though the situation is not very good, it is not too anxious.


    Even with the authority of Sanshan Zhenxian, if you want everyone to stand in line immediately and attack the ego-brained demon or the sky-breaking fairy vine with all their strength, I am afraid it will lead to a strong backlash.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, as the leader of this team, must consider the interests of everyone.


    He also believes that everything he does is for everyone''s sake.


    Human intelligence is divided into superior and inferior, and among these true immortal-level powerhouses, there are also many ignorant and confused guys.


    Sanshan Zhenxian cannot completely persuade everyone, and can only make decisions on their behalf.


    For the sake of confidentiality, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others have only conducted small-scale communication from beginning to end.


    As the strongest player in the team, Sanshan Zhenxian thought this was a matter of course, and he also asked himself that he had no selfishness.


    Although Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Hunling Zunshen have some contradictions with Sanshan Zhenxian, on this issue, everyone has the same opinion.


    Now, most of the true immortal-level powerhouses are still in the dark, and Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang have already started to prepare.


    The blood moon in the sky shines brightly, and the creep on the ground grows and twists more frantically, rushing towards the opposite forest fiercely.


    Every once in a while, the ego demon will launch a similar onslaught, trying to suppress the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    When the strength of the two sides is similar, as long as the sky-breaking fairy vine is not careless, the attack of the ego-brained demon will be futile.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine is already very familiar with this kind of attack, and habitually starts to resist and counterattack according to the way in the past.


    Po Kong Xian Teng was quite disdainful in his heart.


    No matter how high the cultivation realm is, the guy of the devil can''t change his crazy and ferocious nature.


    Such an attack is purely an emotional catharsis, just a waste of power.


    In addition to resisting the ego-governing demon, the sky-breaking fairy vines must also construct a space channel to connect with other big worlds in the Dengtian star area as soon as possible.


    Under other circumstances, he could accomplish this trivial task effortlessly with just a thought.


    But now in the Demon Realm, he is not only suppressed by the Demon Realm, but the surrounding space rules are also covered by the Demon Realm''s rules.


    It became very difficult for him to achieve his goal.


    Previously, when the ego demon demonized the entire small world and transformed it into a demonic realm, Po Kong Xian Veng did not compete with him, but took the initiative to take a step back.


    In addition to leaving some ambush in the Demon Realm, the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine is also concentrating its strength and preparing to explode at the right time.


    Although a lot of resistance was encountered in the process, several space channels are being formed smoothly.


    It won''t be long before the sky-breaking fairy vines can directly connect to several other big worlds and activate the hidden arrangements inside.


    After absorbing the origins of several big worlds, he can overwhelm the ego-holding demon with great strength.


    The true immortal-level powerhouses present were not at all savvy, and they did not invest in themselves, and actually sat on the side and watched the tiger fight.


    At that time, he will definitely make them regret it.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who ruined his good deeds, will surely suffer cruel revenge.


    The last time Situ Jue and True God Shengyang entered this small world, they took refuge in the Void Poisonous Vine.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine also left a secret prohibition in their bodies to control them.


    Their previous performances also proved their loyalty.


    At the very least, they had to obey the Void Broken Vine until they found a way out of the ban.


    In order to speed up the formation of the space channel, the sky-breaking fairy vines asked them to do their best to help.


    Situ Jue stood in front of a huge arch formed by vines, constantly inputting immortal energy to resist the suppression of the Demon Domain, trying to stabilize the space channel that was taking shape.


    Suddenly, a ray of black air flashed across Situ Jue''s forehead, and his face became grim at first, and then his entire face was filled with expressions of pain and struggle.


    He seems to be desperately resisting something, but has been unable to succeed.


    The immortal power he output became extremely chaotic, causing the space channel that was being formed to fluctuate violently.


    The sky-breaking fairy vines, who had been paying attention to these space passages, quickly reacted.


    "What are you doing, you don''t want to die?"


    Po Kong Xian Veng roared in shock and anger, obviously really anxious.


    Situ Jue''s life and death had long been in his hands.


    Situ Jue was making trouble at this time, and he was undoubtedly seeking his own death.


    There was a wry smile on Situ Jue''s face, if he could be completely independent, how could he do it.


    When he was still in the Junchen Realm, Situ Jue once resurrected the blood-stained demon god and controlled it with a ban.


    The blood-stained devil had to obey him and became his capable thug.


    In the world of comprehension, why are cultivators at odds with magic, and why is it a taboo for cultivators to control magic monks or monsters?


    The infecting power of demonic energy and demonic thoughts is very strong.


    Many times, cultivators think that they control monsters or magic cultivators, but they don''t know that the other party''s magic energy has secretly infiltrated into their bodies, and the magic thoughts have gradually affected themselves.


    In the end, those cultivators who try to control demons and monsters often involuntarily fall into the devil''s way step by step.


    Situ will definitely not understand these truths.


    But he, like most headstrong people, thought he was tough enough to be an exception.


    He really needed the help of the blood-stained devil at that time.


    Without the help of the blood-stained demon god in the battle, he may not be able to achieve his long-cherished wish and break into the treasures of the gods.


    He also knew that forcibly controlling the blood-stained demon god would have some troubles.


    But as long as he passed the hurdle in front of him, he could slowly find a way to solve these troubles.


    Even, if he can become an immortal as planned, then these troubles are not worth mentioning.


    It is a pity that not only did he not get the treasure left by Jun Chen Xianzun, but he also failed to become an immortal.


    When he used the ban to control the blood-stained demon god, the blood-stained demon god''s demonic thoughts in turn affected him unknowingly.


    Without his knowledge, his heart was already full of demons, and he slowly began to breed demons, and the demons in his heart became prosperous.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to the reader 1321398171947479040 for the reward and support.

 Chapter 2591

    If Situ Jue can be given enough time and a good environment, he will calm down and investigate himself, and he may find his own problems.


    As a Taoist monk at the level of a true immortal, he must have mastered a lot of methods to calm the mind, soothe the mind, and exorcise the demons.


    He just needs to calm down and meditate slowly, there is a great possibility to alleviate or even completely solve his problems.


    Unfortunately, since he entered this small world, he has been fighting and escaping for his life.


    In the end, it fell into the hands of Po Kong Xian Teng and was completely controlled by it, and he hardly got a moment of peace.


    Not long after he left here, he returned here again, and there was no chance for him to calm down and examine himself.


    The inner demon secretly nurtured in the depths of his heart is constantly developing and growing, but he has no idea.


    The last time he entered here, the keen ego demon quickly noticed his situation.


    At that time, with just a little effort, the demon of the ego can make his inner demon attract the outer demon and be easily demonized.


    But the ego-brained demon didn''t do that, but let him go.


    Of course, this is not the kindness of the ego demon, but the long-term fishing of big fish.


    As long as the demons in Situ Jue''s heart are not extinguished, the ego-brained demon can attack him at any time.


    When Po Kong Xian Teng took down Situ Jue, he only wanted to control him to serve himself, and naturally he would not carefully check his body and eliminate hidden dangers.


    Perhaps for Pokong Immortal, Situ Jue only needs to be alive.


    When Situ Jue left here, arrived near the ruins of Junchen Realm, and was inspected by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, no problems were revealed.


    Swallowing the dragon treasures in the hands of the Dragon King can only check whether the target is demonized by external forces and whether it is controlled by a powerful magician.


    Situ Jue''s situation in which demon thoughts and demons are prosperous in his own heart cannot be detected.


    Inner demons come from the depths of the practitioner''s heart, and are part of the practitioner''s heart, not outsiders.


    Almost all practitioners have the existence of demons in their hearts.


    Such as swallowing the sea dragon emperor, Sanshan Zhenxian, etc. can not be avoided.


    From the moment that practitioners embark on the path of cultivation, they must always be ready to face their own demons.


    In the process of cultivation, he often struggles with his own demons.


    The confrontation with demons is a long-term, almost never-ending process.


    Situ Jue returned to this small world again, and together with Ancestor Bai Chuan and the others, stood on the side of Broken Sky Immortal Vine.


    When they were fighting fiercely with Meng Zhang and others, Situ Jue was restless and restless because he was at a disadvantage.


    I seized the opportunity, secretly shot, tempted his inner demon, and planted a seed in the depths of his heart.


    The demon of ego has never stimulated the seeds in Situ Jue''s heart, but was just waiting for a better opportunity.


    Now, I have reached an agreement with Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, and I need to take action first.


    The ego-brained demon stimulated Situ Jue''s seeds in the depths of his heart, causing him to be in a state of chaos and a state of chaos.


    Situ Jue''s inner demon was provoked, and he inexplicably wanted to vent, and wanted to resist the Void Broken Vine.


    The reason he still had in his heart let him know that his situation was not right.


    However, he involuntarily started to exercise, trying to destroy the space channel that was taking shape.


    Po Kong Xian Veng didn''t know the twists and turns, but only saw Situ Jue''s destructive behavior.


    These space passages are of great significance to him and must not be lost.


    The roar didn''t frighten Situ Jue, and Po Kong Xian Veng shot directly.


    A powerful invisible force fell on Situ Jue, and he was about to be forcibly pulled away.


    Although Po Kong Xian Veng was angry, he was far from losing his mind.


    Situ Jue''s life and death are not worth mentioning, but he cannot be allowed to continue to destroy.


    He forcibly suppressed the murderous intention in his heart, and wanted to get Situ Jue off.


    When pulled by an external force, the immortal power in Situ Jue was activated by himself, and he instinctively launched a counterattack.


    Because the ego-brained demon was secretly engaging in ghosts, the demonic thoughts in Situ Jue broke out, and his inner demons were at work, temporarily losing control of his body.


    If there is no outside interference, just spend a little time, maybe Situ Jue can really get out of trouble on his own.


    Po Kong Xian Teng did not take Situ Jue''s life and death as one thing, and directly forcibly took action.


    The immortal energy inspired by Situ Jue collided with the power released by the broken sky fairy vine, and was bounced back, severely injuring Situ Jue himself.


    The demon of my grasp secretly exerted force, and the immortal energy in Situ Jue first became disordered, and then broke out for no reason.


    Under the combination of domestic and foreign affairs, Situ Jue fell into an unprecedented crisis.


    He tried to save himself, trying to get out of the current situation.


    But in his current situation, it is equivalent to two powerhouses at the level of Heavenly Immortals, using his body as a battlefield.


    Moreover, these two powerhouses at the level of the gods will not take into account his life and death.


    Especially the ego demon, the main purpose is to take the opportunity to create chaos.


    Seeing Situ Jue''s situation, the True God Shengyang on the side has become a godless god.


    Since Situ definitely has a problem, the Rising Sun Venerable God is also unreliable.


    Po Kong Xian Veng rudely threw True God Rising Sun out, keeping him away from those space passages.


    After all, he is also a dignified true god, but he was abandoned like a shoe, and the true god Shengyang was full of shame and anger.


    It''s a pity that he was incompetent and furious as he was incapable of resisting the Void Fragrant Vine.


    With a loud bang, Situ Jue''s immortal body completely exploded.


    A true immortal exploded with great power.


    The huge arch not far in front of Situ Jue''s body just cracked.


    It took a lot of effort to create the space channel, not to mention the destruction of the space channel, and it also generated waves of violent space storms out of thin air, which continued to wreak havoc in this forest.


    The Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine worked hard to calm down the space storms and ensure that other space channels were not affected.


    At the moment when Situ Jue exploded, Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian immediately realized that this was the opportunity created by the ego demon for them.


    I hold the devil to fulfill his promise, now it''s time to see Meng Zhang and the others.


    Although there is no mandatory agreement, it is only a verbal agreement between the two parties, and Meng Zhang has never been honest with the powerful demons.


    But this time, Meng Zhang did not mean to breach the contract.


    Situ Jue''s explosion not only destroyed a space passage, but also had a certain impact on the forest.


    The power of the explosion leveled a large forest, and bursts of space storms destroyed countless trees.


    Meng Zhang held a wind and fire yin-yang fan and transformed into a sky full of wind and fire. He was wrapped in a huge fire dragon and rushed towards the forest.


    Sanshan Zhenxian did not let Meng Zhang fight alone.


    According to the plan, Sanshan True Immortal, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Famine Demon God and Ziyang True Immortal launched almost at the same time as Meng Zhang, rushing towards the forest ahead.


    A door of supernatural powers and various Taoist techniques bombarded the forest ahead.


    Meng Zhang and the others were like cooperating with the space storm that broke out in the forest, attacking the forest together.

 Chapter 2592

    This forest is transformed by the power of the sky-breaking fairy vines.


    Even to a certain extent, it reflects some of the world''s avenues of his practice.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang''s group of true immortals would not be able to completely eliminate them.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and the others didn''t want to level the forest, they just wanted to open a passage to allow themselves or their own power to penetrate.


    First, Situ Jue had an accident, which caused a lot of losses.


    Then Meng Zhang''s group dared to take the initiative to take action against him, and Po Kong Xian Teng was really angry.


    He may also know in his heart that his method of treating Situ Jue is too urgent and a little inappropriate, and maybe it was used by the ego-brained demon.


    But now is not the time to reflect, and he will not admit his mistakes.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine was going to strengthen this forest, and at the same time, he took action to teach Meng Zhang and the others a lesson.


    The demon of my grasp continued to exert its strength, and countless light clusters fell from the blood moon, which contained a large part of the power of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Po Kong Xian Teng was busy dealing with the offensive of the ego demon, and was temporarily unable to deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    The power of wind and fire urged by Meng Zhang was blocked by the dark green mist above the forest before it approached the forest, and the two were at a standstill.


    A purple sun rose over the forest, evaporating the thick dark green mist.


    Ziyang Zhenxian couldn''t care about the grievances between him and Meng Zhang now, it was important to deal with the powerful enemy first.


    One after another golden dragon-shaped energy rushed towards the forest, knocking the trees inside into pieces.


    The ground around the forest began to vibrate violently, revealing huge cracks.


    Magma, poisonous mist, flames, etc. spewed out from it, as if a natural disaster had come.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, as the person with the strongest cultivation and combat power, took on the most important task, assisting the ego-wielding demon to contain the power of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Countless vines rushed towards Sanshan Zhenxian and were blocked by a fairy weapon he urged.


    I saw a short golden whip in his hand swinging heavily, colliding violently with those vines.


    Even the vines transformed by the power of the shattering vines will quickly wither and wither as long as they are hit by a short whip.


    Due to the sudden incident, they didn''t get any prompts in advance. After seeing Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, most people were full of surprise.


    When did Sanshan Zhenxian and the others make their choice, could it be that they have already chosen a side?


    Even if Sanshan Zhenxian has the strongest cultivation and strength, he is the leader of the team recommended by everyone, but before he makes such a major decision, shouldn''t he discuss it with everyone and ask for everyone''s opinions?


    Everyone is not his subordinates, let alone his servants. Like him, everyone is a monk with the same cultivation realm.


    Even if the fighting power is not as good as him, he still has an equal status with him.


    Many people are very dissatisfied with Sanshan Zhenxian''s violent attack, and some people can''t help but start complaining.


    Next, we still need everyone to unite, and we also need everyone''s fighting power. Hunling Zunshen quickly communicated with everyone and tried to help Sanshan Zhenxian explain.


    Speaking of which, Hunling Zunshen and Sanshan Zhenxian are old rivals who have been fighting for many years.


    But for the sake of the overall situation, Venerable Hunling still explained to everyone patiently according to the previous plan to avoid division within the team.


    As an old-fashioned true god, Hunling Zunshen has spread beliefs in all walks of life in the void for many years, and his eloquence is very good.


    As a number of strong people present, many people know a little about his background.


    Now he put down his posture and patiently explained to everyone, which made many people''s hearts a lot easier.


    Although there are still some people who are dissatisfied with Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, it is not easy to vent on him.


    Seeing the team stabilized, Hunling Zunshen felt a little at ease.


    Tai Miao and Meng Zhang have the same mind, and of course they know Meng Zhang''s plan.


    With him around, the team led by Meng Zhang has always been relatively calm.


    Without Meng Zhang''s order, the team did not participate in the battle, but continued to wait.


    With the efforts of Meng Zhang and the others, the forest was quickly broken through several gaps, and a passage leading to the interior appeared.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is not to destroy this forest, but to destroy the space passages leading to other big worlds.


    They rushed into the forest and launched an attack on those space channels from a distance.


    The space channel being formed is inherently unstable.


    Whether it was the aftermath of the battle between the two Heavenly Immortals, or the attack from Meng Zhang and the others, they all had a great impact on him.


    Seeing the turbulent space passage, knowing that its formation was about to be interrupted, Po Kong Xian Veng became more and more angry.


    But at this time, the Hunling Venerable God shouted loudly towards this side.


    Hunling Venerable God said that they have no intention of becoming an enemy of the Void Fragrant Vine, but just want to destroy these space passages and avoid bigger variables.


    As long as the space channel cannot function, they will withdraw from the battle and will not interfere with the grievances between the Void Fragrant Vine and the ego demon.


    Hunling Zun Shen is still thinking of trying hard not to offend the Void Fragrant Vine, leaving some room for everyone''s future relationship.


    It has to be said that even the wise old Jianghu, such as the Hunling Zunshen, is sometimes confused.


    Or, he is too wishful thinking.


    Now that they have already taken action, do you still expect that the sky-breaking fairy vines will easily forgive everyone?


    Po Kong Xian Teng thought that the god of mixed spirits was talking nonsense, or that he was still trying to deceive and paralyze himself.


    With the fury of the sky-breaking fairy vines, the situation changed abruptly.


    A cloud of dark clouds suddenly appeared in the sky, trying to completely cover the blood moon.


    A hurricane that was generated out of thin air swept towards Meng Zhang and the others, trying to blow them away.


    Including Sanshan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang and the others did not actually decide to completely turn to the ego-brained demon.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s original plan was to launch a limited attack.


    As a result, the space channel was destroyed, preventing the Void Pouring Immortal Vine from launching the arrangement left by Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    After all, in this kind of thing, it is better to believe it or not.


    Even if it is deceived and used by the ego-clinging demon, it is better than the worst.


    The second is to show the muscles to Po Kong Xian Veng, let him know that even if they only have the strength of the true immortal level, they are not completely useless.


    If the Void Immortal Vine pushes too hard, they will completely fall to the ego-governing demon, which can affect the battle situation and help the ego-governing demon to gain an advantage.


    There is a reason, it is useless to say it in words.


    If you have to show it in person, it is best to make the other party suffer a little so that the other party can understand.


    The angry Broken Sky Immortal Vine couldn''t listen to the explanation of Hunling Venerable God.


    He was stubborn and made a decision quickly.


    Since this group of true immortal-level juniors do not know whether to live or die, and have to stand on his opposite, he will no longer have any reservations.


    He wasn''t ignorant of the little actions of the ego-brained demon.


    When the ego-brained demon was busy, he was not idle, and made a lot of targeted arrangements.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2593

    Although Po Kong Xian Veng seems to be arrogant, he is still careful enough when facing the old opponent of the ego-brained demon.


    When I held Tianmo secretly contacted Meng Zhang and tried to influence Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, Pokong Xianteng also secretly made some arrangements.


    Originally, he was not going to use these arrangements easily, but at other, more critical times.


    But now the situation is already like this, and when he was very angry, he also made some misjudgments, thinking that Sanshan Zhenxian and the others had completely surrendered to the ego demon.


    That being the case, Po Kong Immortal Vine can only launch arrangements, mess up the enemy''s team, and try to regain the initiative.


    Since Meng Zhang and the others started attacking the forest transformed by the Void Fragrant Vine, everyone else''s main attention has been focused on this.


    Regardless of whether they agree with Sanshan Zhenxian and their actions, they can only stand on Sanshan Zhenxian''s side at this moment.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian approached the Hunling Venerable God while complaining that Sanshan Zhenxian was arbitrary.


    These two are top-level true immortals, and it is not easy to cultivate or network.


    When Hunling Venerable God invaded the Junchen Realm as a member of the foreign invaders, he fought with these two.


    Knowing that these two are difficult to deal with, although he was a little impatient, Hunling Zun continued to defend Sanshan Zhenxian, trying to dispel their dissatisfaction.


    Suddenly, Jiuxuan Zhenxian shouted at Zhenhai Zhenxian next to him: "Do it."


    While speaking, Jiu Xuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi attacked Hunling Zunzi together.


    I saw two invisible qi burst into the air, making Hunling Zunshen unable to dodge.


    Although he has been on alert all the time, Venerable Hunling never imagined that Tian Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian would attack him.


    Tianchenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian were the losers last time and were not able to enter the treasure of Tianxian.


    Compared to them this time, Zhenhai Zhenxian and Fang Ming Luohan are far more suspect than Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi.


    Unprepared, the Hunling Venerable God, who was sneak attacked, suffered a little injury and was temporarily forced to a disadvantage.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi didn''t enter here last time, and they have been wandering in the void outside.


    They have more time to heal injuries, restore lost strength, etc.


    Their combat power remained more intact.


    As the second of the six true immortals who conquered the Junchen world, they have the cultivation of true immortals, and they have long been qualified to attack the realm of immortals.


    Hunling Zunshen is a true god who can compete head-on with Sanshan True Immortal, and is the leader among true gods.


    But now, in poor condition, he can only protect himself for the time being.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian, who was on the side, saw Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi sneak attack on Hunling Zunshen, and their faces were full of surprise.


    He didn''t know why Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi attacked at this time, and why they called him to do it together.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian was the same as Ziyang Zhenxian. Although he had entered this place before, he was not controlled by Pokong Immortal Vine.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s reminder and what happened to Situ Jue and the others, his heart was filled with hatred and hostility towards Pokong Immortal Vine.


    He didn''t think of the possibility of Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi taking refuge in the Void Vine.


    Could it be that Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi are going to settle old accounts with Hunling Zunshen?


    Zhenhai Zhenxian raised this unreliable idea in her heart.


    When it comes to reckoning, there should also be an old reckoning between the Hunling Venerable God who was once a member of the foreign invaders and Zhenhai Zhenxian who ruled the Junchen Realm.


    But at this time, no matter how deep the hatred has been, it is not a reason for infighting.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God was forced to a disadvantage, not only did he not ask Zhenhai Zhenxian for help, but he was very wary of him.


    Just now Jiuxuan Zhenxian called Zhenhai Zhenxian to take action together. Although Zhenhai Zhenxian didn''t move, Hunling Venerable God still couldn''t believe Zhenhai Zhenxian out of caution.


    Even if Zhenhai Zhenxian and they are not accomplices, they must be careful at this time.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian was at a loss, not knowing which party he should help.


    The Hunling Zunshen and Jiuxuan Zhenxian fought very fiercely and were indistinguishable.


    Almost at the same time when Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi took action, there were changes in other places.


    Fang Ming Luohan suddenly attacked the giant ape demon god, wounded it, and said that it had been controlled by the ego demon.


    Fang Ming Luohan acted unscrupulously and launched a large-scale attack at will, and the Brutal God of Bravery and the Holy Spirit of Canglang were also affected by the attack.


    Neither of them are good-tempered masters, and they immediately launched a counterattack without hesitation.


    Tianlei Arhat and Fang Ming Arhat are both Buddhists, obviously from the same way.


    When the Brave God of Bravery and the Holy Spirit of Canglang fought back, they naturally included Tianlei Luohan into the attack range.


    Tianlei Luohan felt inexplicable about Fang Ming Luohan''s behavior.


    The two are from the same class and companions, Fang Ming Luohan should communicate with him or say hello no matter what.


    Tianlei Luohan was originally a Tianlei Xuxian in the Junchen world, and he was introduced to Buddhism by Fang Ming Luohan.


    After entering Buddhism, it was only with the full support of Fang Ming Luohan that he was able to be promoted to Luohan successfully.


    Not to mention words of kindness and the like, within Buddhism, Tianlei Arhat has been branded with Fang Ming Arhat, and is regarded as his lineage.


    Now, Tianlei Arhat was implicated by Fang Ming Arhat and got involved in an inexplicable battle.


    Not only is he not good at complaining, but he also actively cooperates with Fang Ming Luohan to fight.


    Soon after, the giant ape demon god who temporarily stabilized the injury also joined the battle, and the battle between the two sides became more and more fierce.


    As a subordinate of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, after the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor took action, Qiguang Star God, Sea God and Bibo Water God gathered together.


    Before the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor started, he kept them all in the dark, making it clear that he did not trust them.


    Not only did they not dare to complain in the slightest, but they also appeared to support the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor at any time.


    It seems that as long as the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor gives an order, they will immediately take action.


    Of course, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has no intention to pay attention to their reactions at the moment, and there is no need for them to help.


    Suddenly, Star God Qiguang attacked Sea God and Bibo Water God from behind.


    After these two true gods were severely injured, they managed to block the next pursuit of Qiguang Star God.


    Originally, Luna had been staying with his teammates and was talking about Meng Zhang and their battle.


    Suddenly, Moon God''s face became extremely ugly, his face was full of struggle, his expression was very ferocious, and his entire body was shaking violently.


    Tai Miao immediately noticed Luna''s abnormal state.


    He was about to open his mouth to ask, when Luna suddenly fell to the ground.

 Chapter 2594

    Luna and Meng Zhang have been friends for many years, and they have made great contributions to the Taiyi Sect, and they are also very important to the current Taiyi world.


    As one of the oldest true gods in the Junchen world, such a situation suddenly appeared, Taimiao, Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy were all very surprised.


    Tai Miao hurried over to check Luna''s condition and help her stabilize her body.


    True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e carefully observed their surroundings to see if anyone secretly plotted against them, which led to the change in the Moon God.


    They observed for a long time and found nothing wrong.


    They became suspicious and looked around with suspicion.


    After Tai Miao checked carefully, she found that the spirit of the Moon God was abnormally agitated, causing her to be confused; the divine power was swimming around, and she was on the verge of losing control...


    Tai Miao couldn''t find the reason why the Moon God was in this situation, and could only use some temporary means to appease her spirit and restrain the divine power in her body...


    The experienced Gu Yue Ling Qing also stopped meditating and actively came to help.


    True Immortal Xianyun and Fairy Yue''e protect them from being disturbed by outsiders.


    Originally, a large troop composed of a number of true immortal-level powerhouses had good combat power and was on standby here at any time.


    However, due to a series of sudden changes, the situation became chaotic, problems occurred within the team, and almost the entire team temporarily lost the ability to fight externally.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang, who were attacking the forest and trying to destroy the space passage, were all alarmed by the situation here.


    Especially Meng Zhang, because of his relationship with Taimiao, was almost immersed in the situation and experienced the changes here.


    Originally, the entire team was still on standby here, but this kind of chaos suddenly appeared. Needless to say, it must be Pokong Xianvine who is doing something wrong.


    As the leader and deputy leader of this team, Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor first felt embarrassed, and then a burst of anger.


    Although Qiguang Star God and others are not directly related to the Dragon Clan, they are forced to take refuge in and allegiance to the Dragon Clan, but they have served the Dragon Clan for many years, and they are considered to be relatively effective subordinates of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The three true god-level subordinates fought infightingly, making the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor face dull and extremely annoyed.


    Sanshan Zhenxian was angry, but it did not affect his reason.


    Po Kong Xian Veng didn''t start early, and didn''t start late, but it was activated at this time, indicating that Sanshan Zhenxian and their actions touched his key.


    Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t care about the situation on the big team''s side, and ordered everyone to speed up and destroy those space passages as soon as possible.


    What happened on the side of the large army shows that the Void Immortal Vine has long been harboring evil intentions, leaving an ambush in secret.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian had a certain expectation for this, he did not expect the situation to be so serious.


    This time, Pokong Xianteng left no room for action, and they completely tore their faces with Sanshan Zhenxian. It is estimated that there will be no room for relaxation in the future.


    This is not in line with Sanshan Zhenxian''s original plan, but he has no choice.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is also a decisive generation. Since the matter has come to this point, he can only completely fall to the side of the ego-holding demon without any reservations.


    Sanshan Zhenxian displayed his powerful magic powers, and tried his best to cooperate with the ego-brained demon to contain the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor all stepped up their offensive.


    Meng Zhang, who was in the battle, still had time to think about what happened there.


    Although he was not at the scene, he could see everything clearly through his wonderful eyes.


    Fang Ming Luohan''s sudden shot is the least doubtful.


    As one of the escapees last time, he was similar to Situ Jue and the others. He must have been secretly controlled by Pokong Immortal Vine when he entered here last time.


    As for Tianlei Luohan, he was either implicated or controlled by him.


    When Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi suddenly attacked, Meng Zhang could also guess the reason.


    The six true immortals of the original Junchen world have always wanted to enter here, capture the sky-breaking fairy vine, and assist their own impact on the realm of immortals.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine suddenly turned into a powerhouse at the level of Heavenly Immortal, and naturally it is not something they can do at will.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how the six true immortals originally planned to use the Po Kong Immortal Vine, nor did he know how the Po Kong Immortal Vine would play a role when they broke through the realm of immortals.


    Meng Zhang only knew that the six top true immortals would never give up easily in their plans for thousands of years for their own path.


    When replaced by Meng Zhang himself, facing the only chance to break through to the gods, he could almost give everything for it.


    Meng Zhang, who is familiar with all kinds of classics and has extensive knowledge, still knows a little about the strange roots of the sky and the earth.


    The root of the sky and the earth, such as the sky-breaking fairy vine, will take the initiative to shed some branches and so on.


    Even if the branch is not the main body of Broken Sky Immortal Vine, don''t forget that the main body of Broken Sky Immortal Vine has the cultivation level of Heavenly Immortal.


    Even some branches should be able to play a huge role in helping Jiuxuan Zhenxian break through to the realm of immortals.


    Even if they knew that the sky-breaking fairy vine contained evil intentions, in the face of such temptation, Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi might not be able to withstand it.


    After staying in the real fairy realm for many years, it is impossible to miss such an opportunity again.


    For the sake of their own path, even immortals will do extremely crazy things.


    They were tempted and bribed by the broken vines, and suddenly turned against the water, so it is not a strange thing.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang''s vigilance increased again.


    True Immortal Ziyang and True Immortal Zhenhai are in a similar situation to True Immortal Jiuxuan. Will they be tempted by the Void Broken Vine, and will they make the same choice?


    Although they haven''t shown any clues yet, they are no longer worth believing.


    Meng Zhang, who was in the middle of the battle, looked around, cast spells secretly, and secretly told Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor about his worries.


    After the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor received Meng Zhang''s summons, he felt hesitant for a while.


    He didn''t react any more, but listened to Sanshan Zhenxian''s opinion.


    Sanshan Zhenxian received Meng Zhang''s message, and then learned about the worries of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    He probably knew some unknown secrets and vigorously vouched for Ziyang Zhenxian.


    Although he didn''t say it clearly, judging from the information he sent, there should be something special about Ziyang Zhenxian, so that he would not be controlled by others.


    Sanshan Zhenxian should have some scruples and refuse to disclose more information.


    With the guarantee of Sanshan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Swallowing Sea didn''t say much.


    No matter what he thinks in his heart, at least Meng Zhang will not sing against Sanshan Zhenxian at this time.


    He secretly paid attention to it, just be more vigilant to Ziyang Zhenxian.


    He couldn''t help but start guessing.


    What is so special about Ziyang Zhenxian that distinguishes him from others?


    The other five true immortals who have been with him for tens of thousands of years do not seem to be as special as him.

 Chapter 2595

    Sanshan Zhenxian is willing to provide a guarantee for Ziyang Zhenxian to ensure that he is not tempted or controlled by Broken Sky Immortal Vine.


    As for Zhenhai Zhenxian, who was in a similar situation to Ziyang Zhenxian, he didn''t say much.


    Neither doubted him lightly, nor vouched for him.


    The attitude of Sanshan Zhenxian made Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Swallow the sea understand.


    Sanshan Zhenxian also suspects Zhenhai Zhenxian, but without evidence, as the leader of the team, at least on the surface, he must ensure that every member is treated fairly.


    They will not openly show hostility to Zhenhai Zhenxian, but will secretly strengthen their vigilance.


    If Zhenhai Zhenxian didn''t take action first, they wouldn''t attack him either.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang was still thinking about why the Qiguang Star God would betray him?


    Qiguang Star God has absolutely no reason to betray the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and should he know the consequences of betraying the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor?


    And Luna, why is there a problem at this time?


    Thinking of their origins, both of them are ancient true gods of the Junchen world. They were born shortly after the formation of the Junchen world, and they seem to have some mysterious connections with the founder of the Junchen world, Junchen Xianzun...


    If Meng Zhang realized something in his heart, he seemed to have caught something, but he could not come up with a clear answer.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, Tai Miao and the others did their best to rescue Luna and try not to get involved in the current melee.


    The entire team was almost locked in civil war, and friend and foe were indistinguishable.


    Who knows when those seemingly reliable teams will betray?


    It''s wonderful that they stay out of the way and can preserve their strength and adapt at any time.


    Although there was a fire in the backyard, Meng Zhang and the others focused their attention on the battle they faced.


    Let everyone do their best, and be sure to destroy those space passages.


    Even if he had doubts about the ego-brained demon before, and questioned his intentional sea-swallowing dragon emperor, etc., at this time, he wholeheartedly destroyed the plan of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    The large army was caught in a chaotic battle, and it seemed that there was no winner or loser in a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang''s progress on their side began to speed up.


    A fire dragon broke through many interceptions and finally broke into the depths of the forest.


    Before being completely annihilated, the fire dragon kept breathing flames towards a huge arch.


    The space channel being formed is inherently fragile.


    Even with the full maintenance of the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine, these space channels are still unable to protect themselves when faced with a powerful external attack.


    The huge arch was burned by flames, and the space passage collapsed.


    No one would have imagined that Meng Zhang, this junior, was the first to make contributions.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who has always been competitive, felt a little overwhelmed on his face and took out more strength.


    The heritage of the dragon family is unfathomable, and the accumulation of old predecessors like the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is very deep.


    He took out two treasures at will, and penetrated the guard of the forest, destroying a space passage.


    This place was originally the Demon Realm, and the ego-brained demon has been controlling the Demon Realm, trying to use the Demon Realm¡¯s rules of heaven and earth to suppress the Void Fragrant Vine.


    The Demon God of Famine joined the attack and temporarily became the comrade-in-arms of the Demon of Ego.


    For this temporary comrade-in-arms, I am still willing to provide some convenience.


    He released some of the control authority of the Demon Domain to the Famine Demon God, and also took the initiative to bless it.


    Although the Famine Demon God and the Egomancer are very different in their cultivation techniques and their factions are completely different, but they are both powerful demons, they still have some similarities.


    With the blessing of the ego-god demon, the demon god and demon of the calamity is prosperous, and he can already partially control the demon domain.


    A huge crack suddenly opened in the sky, and bursts of black storms spewed out from it, sweeping towards the forest below.


    Huge meteorites fell from the sky, trying to hit the forest below.


    A black fire rain fell from the sky, falling directly towards the forest below.


    ...


    Wind disasters, fires... all kinds of terrifying disasters are constantly born.


    The trees in the forest began to twist, forming a huge wooden wall, trying to keep the storm out.


    There are countless vines in the forest rushing into the sky, constantly slapping the falling meteorite, breaking it into pieces.


    The thick dark green mist rushed towards the black fire rain, trying to extinguish it completely.


    ...


    After a stalemate for a while, the Famine Demon God seized a loophole to take advantage of it and destroyed a space passage.


    A purple sun hangs over the forest, and even the blood moon at a higher place cannot completely conceal its brilliance.


    Endless purple light and flames spewed out of the purple sun and poured into the forest below.


    Ziyang True Immortal is worthy of being a top True Immortal, and at the critical moment, he showed his powerful strength vividly.


    In fact, it is not only Sanshan Zhenxian, as long as the guy with his head is not stupid, he knows that the sky-breaking fairy vine is at a critical moment and must not be allowed to succeed.


    What happened in the rear surprised Ziyang Zhenxian, but it did not affect his will.


    Like Sanshan Zhenxian, he temporarily ignored everything that happened behind him, and first tried his best to destroy those space passages.


    Although the combat power is still some distance away from Sanshan True Immortal, among the six True Immortals in Junchen Realm, Ziyang True Immortal is the strongest and most feared by others.


    Seeing that Zi Ri was unable to break through the forest''s interception for a long time, he became even more violent.


    That round of purple sun fell from the sky and directly forcibly hit the forest.


    With a loud explosion, a huge gap appeared inside the forest.


    The purple flames flying everywhere destroyed a space passage.


    It is also true immortal Great Perfection cultivation base, and the combat power is also divided into high and low.


    There are many factors that determine a true immortal''s combat power. In contrast, the cultivation realm is not so important in many cases.


    The immortal magical powers of the practice, the strength of the immortal power, whether you have a powerful immortal weapon...


    These are all important factors that determine the combat effectiveness of a true immortal.


    In all aspects, Sanshan Zhenxian is very good, and there are almost no shortcomings.


    Even in the Lingkong Immortal Realm where the powers are like clouds, the Sanshan True Immortals are the most powerful among the True Immortals.


    His combat power far surpassed Ziyang Zhenxian. They didn''t say that, and some people even said that he was the first person under the immortals of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Of course, this claim is not widely shared.


    In the vast Lingkong Immortal Realm, among the many true immortals, there are still some that are not weaker than the Sanshan True Immortals.


    If it wasn''t for the immortals behind Ziyang Zhenxian and the others who came forward, the six of them alone would not be able to please Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has long passed the stage of attaching importance to false names, and the name of the strongest real immortal often makes him feel inexplicably annoyed.


    If it weren''t for some hidden dangers left in his early years, he who has been a true immortal for many years would have already successfully advanced to heavenly immortal.


    Having to stay in the real immortal realm for many years was regarded as a great shame by him, and it was also the biggest wound hidden in his heart.


    Due to his special circumstances, he was often regarded as a true immortal-level capable thug, participated in many special tasks, and experienced many special scenes.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2596

    Of course, no matter how strong a true immortal is, it is only a true immortal, and it is impossible to become an immortal.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who has self-knowledge, did not try to join the head-on confrontation between the ego-brained demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine, but just beat the drums and provided some help.


    With his strength, it is enough to have a great impact on the battle between the two sides.


    Relying on his rich combat experience and clever means, he often uses a small amount of force to produce stronger effects, skillfully exert an influence on the situation of the battle, and cooperate with the offensive of the ego-governing demon to cause more pressure on the sky-breaking fairy vine. .


    Although Pokong Immortal is arrogant and arrogant, he has always been dismissive of the powerhouses of the true immortal level, but he cannot completely ignore the threat posed by the true immortals of Sanshan.


    He was restrained by Sanshan Zhenxian, resulting in insufficient protection of the forest.


    After a fierce battle, amid the furious roars of the sky-breaking fairy vines, the forest was breached by the intruders, and all the brewing space passages in it were destroyed.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and their goals have been achieved, and they have completed the agreement with the ego demon.


    According to the original plan, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others should withdraw from the battle as soon as possible at this time to avoid further deterioration of the relationship with Pokong Immortal Vine, and even let others come forward to try to ease the relationship between the two sides.


    After seeing the combat power of Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, even if Pokong Xianteng is unwilling to bow his head, he should change his attitude and pay more attention to them, and even the two sides can try to reach some peace agreements.


    But now, the development of the situation has completely deviated from the original track, which greatly exceeded the expectations of Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Shortly after they started, Pokong Immortal Vine reacted violently, causing the two sides to completely break and embark on the road of comprehensive confrontation.


    The action that had been planned for many years was destroyed, and the sky-breaking immortals were furious, almost lost their minds, and desperately wanted to take revenge on Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    After Meng Zhang and the others completed the sabotage task, they were going to leave the forest and leave the battle.


    However, the maddened Pokong Immortal Vine burst out with a very strong force, entangling them all, making them unable to escape.


    Originally, the ego-governing demon, who was trying his best to entangle the Void Vine, didn''t know what was wrong, and the offensive began to slow down.


    The containment of the ego demon weakened, and the sky-breaking fairy vine was able to trap Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang cursed inwardly, knowing that this was the intention of the ego-brained demon.


    He just wanted Meng Zhang and the others to completely break with Po Kong Xian Veng, fighting desperately to the death.


    Sanshan Zhenxian felt that the pressure from Broken Sky Immortal Vine had increased, which made him a little overwhelmed.


    Although he had anticipated the actions of the egoist, he was a little surprised that the other party responded so quickly and was able to seize the opportunity in time.


    Hunling Venerable God has been entangled by Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi, and has no time to take care of this side.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took over his role and tried to communicate well with Broken Sky Immortal Vine.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has always been arrogant and arrogant, he is not the kind of guy who doesn''t know how to change.


    In the face of a powerhouse at the level of an immortal, even with a dragon as a backer, you should bow your head when it''s time to bow your head.


    Of course, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not blindly low and small, but shows his own strength in a rational and disciplined manner, showing facts and reasoning.


    Po Kong Xian Teng is probably really angry, and he doesn''t know how to weigh the pros and cons. If he insists on taking down all the San Shan Zhen Xian and the others, he simply ignores the words of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Since Pokong Xianteng is unwilling to communicate, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others can only continue to fight and show more powerful strength.


    Due to the small actions of the ego-brained demon, Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang were temporarily trapped by Pokong Immortal Vine.


    In the face of the angry attack of Po Kong Xian Veng, they could only barely protect themselves.


    Fortunately, the egoic demons haven''t completely abandoned them, and they should be thought that they still have value.


    Whenever Meng Zhang and the others were about to be unstoppable and faced danger, the ego-brained celestial demon would take action in a timely manner, exerting more powerful strength to help them share some pressure and ease their situation.


    Each of Meng Zhang and the others would not be grateful to the ego-brained demon for this, but they were full of hatred for him in their hearts.


    My intention to hold the demons is already obvious, that is, to use them as cannon fodder to consume the power of the sky-breaking fairy vines.


    Meng Zhang even felt a little regretful in his heart.


    I should not have taken the initiative to communicate with the ego demon just now, nor should I be persuaded by him.


    If he didn''t know enough about himself, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder if he had been bewitched by the egoistic demon before.


    Sanshan Zhenxian did not complain or doubt Meng Zhang for this.


    Under the circumstances at the time, Meng Zhang made the choice he should make.


    The ego-wielding demon revealed the plan of the Pokong fairy vine, and the behavior of the Pokong fairy vine itself also revealed flaws, which corroborated the words of the ego-wielding ghost from the side.


    Considering the worst case, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others had to take action.


    The irrational nature of Pokong Xianteng really exceeded Sanshan Zhenxian''s expectations.


    In such a complex situation, facing a powerful enemy, one should not be swayed by anger.


    The practice of breaking the sky fairy vine made Sanshan Zhenxian look down on him a bit.


    Sure enough, aliens are aliens, and even if they are lucky enough to have powerful power, there is no heart that matches this power.


    An alien actually still calls himself Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, so he deserves it.


    But in any case, the power of the sky-breaking fairy vines is true and true, and it is not something that Sanshan Zhenxian and the others can resist.


    Sanshan Zhenxian chose the big army as the direction to break the game.


    If the large army can quell the civil unrest in time, and so many true immortal-level powerhouses join the battle, it is bound to put more pressure on the sky-breaking fairy vines.


    At present, several of Meng Zhang''s subordinates have not yet joined the battle, and they are the new forces available.


    Sanshan Zhenxian made a request to Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang could not refuse.


    Tai Miao is still helping Moon God stabilize his body, and Gu Yue Ling Qing has not fully recovered.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun joined the battle.


    The persimmon picked up softly, and the two of them rushed directly to Qiguang Star God.


    The Qiguang Star God is alone, and now he has one enemy against two, completely suppressing the two true gods, the Sea God and the Bibo Water God.


    As soon as Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun joined the battle group, they immediately brought him great pressure.


    Sanshan Zhenxian directly ordered Zhenhai Zhenxian to help Hunling Zunshen.


    This is Zhenhai Zhenxian''s chance to prove his innocence.


    If he dares to resist the order, it means that he has completely surrendered to the broken sky fairy vine.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian, who was originally a little confused, had already understood at this time.


    After receiving the order from Sanshan Zhenxian, he immediately started to act without hesitation.


    With his joining, Hunling Zunshen felt that the pressure was greatly reduced, and the situation improved greatly.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian temporarily proved his position, making Sanshan Zhenxian and the others a little relieved.

 Chapter 2597

    In any case, a top true immortal is a very important combat power.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian is an enemy rather than a friend, which is always a good thing.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian joined the battle, and Hunling Venerable God had a chance to breathe, but if they wanted to beat Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi, it would be difficult for them to do so.


    After Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun joined the battle, Star God Qiguang was at a disadvantage.


    Sea God and Bibo Water God took the time to deal with their injuries.


    Fang Ming Luohan and Tianlei Luohan teamed up to temporarily fight the giant ape demon god and the others.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine also noticed the changes here.


    He is going to fight against the demon of the devil, and he is going to entangle Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang, and he is temporarily unable to take care of this side.


    At this time, the almost forgotten True God Rising Sun fell into his eyes.


    Just now, Situ Jue was secretly controlled by the ego demon, destroying the great event of destroying the sky fairy vine.


    Under the anger of Po Kong Xian Veng, True God Rising Sun was thrown out.


    True God Shengyang shouted bad luck in his heart.


    Since the last time he was restrained by the Void Immortal Vine in his body, although he has been dissatisfied with it, he has never shown half of it, but has honestly worked for it.


    He was neither able to fight against the sky-breaking fairy vine, nor could he fight against the demon of ego, and he did not dare to show even the slightest dissatisfaction.


    True God Shengyang is also an old-fashioned true god who dominates the world of Shenchang, but at this time he can only hide and pretend to be dead, for fear that others will notice him.


    Because of Situ Jue''s relationship, Po Kong Xian Teng also began to doubt the True God Sheng Yang.


    If it was on weekdays, he would definitely rather kill three thousand by mistake and not let one go.


    But now is the time to use people, you can use the waste.


    After Po Kong Xian Veng gave the order to True God Rising Sun, he did not dare to be slighted, and immediately rushed to the battlefield over there.


    Meng Zhang just asked Xianyun Zhenxian and Yue''e Fairy to take action. Although there seemed to be legitimate reasons, it was actually trying to preserve their strength.


    Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t say anything, but the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was very dissatisfied.


    Meng Zhang also knew that now only his subordinates have surplus power, and considering the overall situation, he should also do more.


    As True God Shengyang approached the battlefield, Gu Yue Lingqing flew to block him.


    The injury on his body was not serious at all, mainly due to the excessive consumption of immortal power and the fatigue of immortal soul.


    After such a period of cultivation, he has recovered most of his combat power.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing seems to have been adjusting his breath, but he has never relaxed his attention to the surrounding situation.


    He worked hard to smuggle from Lingkong Immortal Realm to Junchen Realm, originally in order to seize the relics of Heavenly Immortals and gain the opportunity to advance to Heavenly Immortals.


    But the last time he entered here and found that the situation was not right, he decisively gave up the original plan and quickly embarked on the road of escape.


    His movements were still not fast enough, so that he was trapped by the power of the shattering fairy vines.


    After being rescued by Meng Zhang, he became more cautious.


    The old-fashioned Celestial Clan like the Gu Yue Clan has a place in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The family not only has the Heavenly Secret Master and even the Heavenly Secret Immortal Master, but also has a huge and efficient intelligence system.


    As a high-ranking family member, Gu Yue Lingqing is also the seed of heavenly immortals that the family focuses on cultivating. Naturally, she has extremely high authority and can read all kinds of confidential information collected by the family.


    Before setting off, he had done enough homework and believed that he knew very well about Jun Chen Xianzun and related information.


    But what he experienced after entering this small world was far beyond his expectations.


    The two god-level powerhouses, the ego-brained demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine, are his most vigilant targets.


    The demon of the devil exposed the old roots of Pokong Immortal Vine, and also took the initiative to reveal his origins to Meng Zhang.


    These seem to have no flaws and are very natural, but Gu Yue Lingqing instinctively felt that something was wrong.


    Knowing the secrets of some high-level leaders in Lingkong Xianjie, he faintly felt that he might have been used this time, and unknowingly stepped into a hidden layout.


    Although he can''t see the whole picture of the layout for the time being, and there are still many things that he has not figured out clearly, he knows that the current situation is not as simple as it seems.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing is only a true immortal and has no strength to break the game.


    In order to have a stronger survivability in the next changes, this team of true immortal-level powerhouses must be maintained.


    Gu Yue Lingqing decided to give the large force a little more strength and try to retain their own fighting power.


    He took the initiative to stand up and block True God Rising Sun.


    True God Shengyang, who was in poor condition, faced him, and the two sides were temporarily inextricably fighting.


    Before Gu Yue Ling Qing started, she secretly told Meng Zhang of her thoughts.


    Meng Zhang still believed in Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    The situation of Gu Yue Ling Qing and the six true immortals of Jun Chen world is very different.


    He''s younger, better born, and has more opportunities.


    He is sensible enough to prioritize.


    Po Kong Xian Teng wants to tempt him with the opportunity to break through the fairy, I am afraid it will be difficult to succeed.


    In fact, after realizing that Gu Yue Lingqing was from the Gu Yue family, Po Kong Xian Teng had no intention of tempting him at all.


    When Pokong Xianteng was in Junchen Realm, he had dealt with the Gu Yue family and knew the temperament of the children of this family.


    Those tricks and temptations played by Po Kong Xian Teng were simply unable to deceive the disciples of the Gu Yue Clan.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi were indeed seduced by Pokong Immortal Vine, as Meng Zhang expected, and thus betrayed the entire team.


    They knew that Po Kong Xian Veng had bad intentions and ulterior motives, but they were willing to be fooled.


    That''s because their true immortal calamity is about to come.


    If they can''t break through to the fairy realm, it is basically impossible for them to survive this doom.


    They are trying to survive, desperately grabbing every life-saving straw.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian''s situation was much better than them, and he was more rational than them, so he was not seduced by the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    That''s right, Pokong Immortal Vine secretly seduced Zhenhai Zhenxian, Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian was not fooled, but because he was worried about being misunderstood by others, he did not take the initiative to tell the story of his temptation.


    There is something on Ziyang Zhenxian that even the Void Broken Vine can''t see through.


    Although I don''t know why, Po Kong Xianteng actually has some faint fears towards him in his heart.


    It is really rare that a powerhouse at the level of an immortal can''t see through the real immortal, and is a little bit afraid of it.


    In the long life of Broken Sky Fairy, such a situation has rarely been encountered.


    The last time Ziyang Zhenxian entered here, Pokong Immortal Vine therefore did not take him as the main target.


    This time, he did not communicate with the other party secretly, and offered conditions to tempt the other party.


    As for Fang Ming Luohan''s side, as Meng Zhang guessed, the last time he entered here, he was captured and controlled by Pokong Immortal Vine.


    Po Kong Xian Teng took the initiative to release them, just to let them infiltrate the big team outside, and attract these true immortal-level powerhouses into the hub.


    Of course, some of his plans were sabotaged due to a series of mishaps, as well as the intervention of the ego demon.

 Chapter 2598

    If there is no external intervention, the war over there may continue for a while.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine has already launched all the dark sons, and there is no more means for the time being.


    Meng Zhang also felt that, considering the overall situation, he should contribute more.


    After all, this team of true immortal-level powerhouses is his biggest reliance.


    Only with so many true immortal-level combat powers can it be possible to cause enough restraint on the two heavenly-level powerhouses.


    Only if they feel threatened enough, they will face Meng Zhang and the others.


    With the help of too wonderful, Luna''s bad state slowly stabilized.


    After repeated inspections, Tai Miao also sought Meng Zhang''s opinion, but she was unable to find the root cause of Luna''s problems.


    It stands to reason that after the Moon God accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and left his mark on the jade book, there should be no secrets in front of Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t take action personally, but through the wonderful hand that communicated with him, he had already done what he needed to do.


    The only certainty is that the problem of the moon god may come from the source of its birth, not the day after tomorrow.


    The on-site conditions are limited, and it is so wonderful that it is only temporary.


    If you want to make further checks on the Moon God, you can only wait until Meng Zhangkong makes a move and uses the power of Jade Book to make a move.


    Tai Miao saw that the Moon God was not in the way for the time being, so she made a restriction to protect her.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, Taimiao wanted to start the war and end the chaos within the army as soon as possible.


    Tai Miao glanced at Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tian Chenzi in the distance, chanted the incantation, and began to cast the spell.


    The main culprits of the destruction of Junchen Realm are six true immortals, and they are also the most hated targets of Tiandao consciousness in Junchen Realm.


    The consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world is a huge collection of consciousness.


    Even if it was killed by the six true immortals, the residual consciousness of the heavenly way still existed for a long time before it slowly disappeared completely.


    The remaining consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world is full of deep hatred for the six true immortals, accumulating almost endless resentment.


    If there is no intervention from others, perhaps with the passage of time, these hatreds and resentments will slowly disappear.


    Meng Zhang was favored by the remaining consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    He was able to become a true immortal, largely thanks to this.


    The Taiyi Realm he created has received a large part of the inheritance of the Junchen Realm.


    No matter from that point of view, Meng Zhang can be said to be the successor of the Junchen world.


    After he sensed the resentment of the remaining Heavenly Dao consciousness in the Junchen world, he did not ignore it, but carefully collected it with a secret method.


    During this process, he received the great help of Luna.


    The Moon God is the natural god of Junchen Realm. From the day of his birth, he has been favored by the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm.


    Luna is proficient in various curse-type magical powers, and is good at exploiting these resentments.


    Luna and Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort to collect these resentments.


    How powerful is the resentment that arises after the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in a big world falls.


    The reason why the ruins of Junchen Realm turned into a devil''s nest is that after the destruction of a big world, countless creatures have fallen, and they have accumulated almost endless resentment and hatred. Only then did the magic thoughts in the void attract the rules of the devil''s way. advent.


    It is only after the Moon God has recovered the cultivation of the True God that he can fully utilize these resentments.


    Tai Miao, as the true God who controls the underworld and controls the authority of life, death and reincarnation, is also good at exploiting the resentment of the dead.


    Together, they forged these powerful resentments into a special curse.


    Now that the Moon God can''t make a move, then Tai Miao will control these cursed things.


    A small bow and arrow appeared in Tai Miao''s hand.


    At first glance, this pair of bows and arrows seems to be a child''s toy, and there is nothing surprising about it.


    But the great supernatural powers infiltrate the spiritual sense into it, and they will sense the resentment and hatred contained in it.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan and Tian Chenzi were fighting with their opponents, and it was too wonderful to be undisturbed to cast spells calmly.


    Tai Miao, who had finished casting the spell, raised the bow and arrow in her hand and pointed at Jiuxuan Zhenxian from afar.


    Many true immortals have the ability to act on a whim, just like the celestial masters.


    Of course, the same ability also has strong and weak points.


    Ordinary true immortals still can''t compare with professional celestial masters in this regard, and can only have a rough sense.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian suddenly felt that his heart was tight, and there was a sense of impending disaster.


    He looked at the source of this feeling, and it was too wonderful to bend a bow and shoot an arrow at him.


    A pitch-black arrow penetrated the interval of space and appeared directly in front of Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian and Hunling Zunshen are both very experienced in combat.


    Even if they didn''t have any communication with Taimiao in advance, they still responded in time and tried to cooperate with Taimiao''s actions.


    They intensified their offensive against Jiuxuan Zhenxian, making it too late for him to resist the wonderful sneak attack.


    Unavoidable, True Immortal Jiuxuan twisted his body hard, avoided his head, and forced his shoulders to bear the arrow.


    The small arrow easily hit his shoulder, and then turned into a black sludge into the wound.


    During this process, Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s body protection magical powers, strong immortal power, and a powerful immortal body were not able to play a defensive role.


    The small arrow entered the body, and True Immortal Jiuxuan felt a burst of pain, as if his soul had been torn apart.


    If dealing with other enemies, this pair of bows and arrows is a common curse.


    Powerful, but no special bonus.


    Used to deal with six true immortals, this pair of bows and arrows can be used exceptionally, bursting out with extremely terrifying power.


    Seeing that the bow and arrow hit the target, Tai Miao sped up the incantation in her mouth, urging the power of the curse with all her strength.


    True Immortal Jiuxuan''s immortal soul was dusty, and her mind began to become chaotic.


    It seems that countless resentful souls have entangled his immortal soul and are constantly gnawing at it.


    The huge pain surpassed Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s endurance and directly knocked him down.


    Unable to bear it, he collapsed to the ground, as if he had lost all his strength.


    Tian Chenzi tried to rescue the comrade in arms, but was forced by the Hunling Zunshen and Zhenhai Zhenxian, and slowly moved away from Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    A wonderful figure appeared beside Jiuxuan Zhenxian.


    Showing the body of ghosts and gods, he grabbed Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s body and easily tore him into two pieces.


    Jiuxuan Zhenxian lost all his vitality with almost no resistance.


    Tai Miao didn''t even let go of Jiuxuan Zhenxian''s body and put it away.


    He was very experienced in touching corpses, but he had to put this interesting activity after the war.


    Tian Chenzi saw that Jiuxuan Zhenxian, who was similar to his own cultivation, was so easily killed, and the spirits of the dead were so frightened that he almost lost everything.


    He didn''t care about anything else, and hurriedly asked for help from Broken Sky Fairy Vine.


    It''s a pity that Broken Sky Immortal Vine said it nicely when it was courting and seducing them. When it really came to a critical moment, he refused to pay for them and let them fend for themselves.

 Chapter 2599

    Jiuxuan Zhenxian was executed, leaving Tianchenzi alone.


    He didn''t need to be too clever, the two gods and Zhenhai Zhenxian completely suppressed him.


    Under the cover of Zhenhai Zhenxian, Hunling Zunshen had a certain buffer time to stabilize his injuries.


    The strength of Hunling Venerable God and Zhenhai Zhenxian is not under Tianchenzi.


    Hunling Venerable God was almost in danger because he was attacked just now. He hated Tianchenzi very much. In addition to his previous grievances, he just wanted to tear him apart.


    Although the broken sky fairy vine was angry, it did not completely lose its sense.


    He also knew that it would be extremely unfavorable for him to wait until this team composed of true immortal-level powerhouses joined the battle.


    But now he is not only entangled by the demon of ego, but even Sanshan Zhenxian and the others have not won, and there is really no spare energy to help Jiuxuan Zhenxian and the others.


    Whenever he tried to make a move, the ego demon could always stop him in time.


    In the face of Tian Chenzi''s request for help, he naturally wouldn''t say that he was powerless, only scolding the other party was useless.


    Since Po Kong Xian Veng cannot be counted on, Tian Chen Zi can only rely on himself.


    Even if a powerhouse like him is besieged by two powerhouses of the same level, it is actually very difficult to kill.


    The reason why Jiuxuan Zhenxian fell so quickly is mainly because of how wonderful it was.


    The cursed thing in Tai Miao''s hands is too targeted, and it is simply to restrain them.


    Tianchenzi shouted to Taimiao while parrying Hunling Zunshen''s attack.


    Tian Chenzi is willing to leave the battle, leave here, and never interfere with their actions again.


    Tian Chenzi also talked about his background.


    The Guantian Pavilion in the Junchen world has perished and is not worth mentioning.


    But in Lingkong Immortal Realm, Guantian Pavilion is the overlord with huge power and no one dares to provoke.


    If he died in the hands of someone related to Taiyi Sect, when the team from Lingkong Immortal Realm arrives here, neither Meng Zhang nor Taiyi Sect will be able to get a good deal.


    Even Zhenhai Zhenxian, who has been fighting with Tian Chenzi for many years, has some hesitations after hearing Tian Chenzi''s words.


    He had no intention of killing Tianchenzi, and he had no intention of offending Guantian Pavilion.


    The previous battle for the Heavenly Immortal Relic was a battle of the Great Dao, and there was no way to back down.


    It seems that there is no need to chase and kill them now.


    The Hunling Venerable God with a deep background doesn''t care much about Tianchenzi''s threat.


    He was attacked by Tian Chenzi and Jiuxuan Zhenxian before, and he was not seriously injured, but he was very useless.


    He is now clinging to Tian Chenzi, which is quite a bit of venting his hatred.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian have similar ideas. They are to integrate the entire team, concentrate the combat power of this group of real immortals, and find a way to take the initiative in the next action.


    An unstable factor like Tianchenzi is absolutely not allowed to continue to exist.


    No matter how nice he said, no one would believe him.


    As for his threat, Meng Zhang would not take it to heart.


    Meng Zhang shaped the Taiyi Realm, and then he will control the Taiyi Realm to roam the void, and he has no plans to invest in the Lingkong fairyland.


    No matter how powerful Guantian Pavilion is in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, how much does it have to do with him?


    Tai Miao raised the cursed object in her hand again.


    Tian Chenzi wanted to escape, but was entangled by the god of chaos.


    This time, Tian Chenzi had more preparations than True Immortal Jiuxuan, and had targeted preventive measures.


    After Tai Miao successfully cast the spell, the damage caused to him was not particularly serious.


    After the cursed thing has been consumed twice, it will probably be completely dissipated after it can be used once or twice at most.


    Tai Miao joined the battle to besiege Tian Chenzi.


    After being seriously injured, Tian Chenzi faced the siege of three strong men of the same rank, and finally died of exhaustion.


    Tian Chenzi''s death-defying counterattack is not small.


    The victory was wonderful, all three of them took the time to adjust their breaths.


    On the other side, when Fairy Yue''e and True Fairy Xianyun resisted Star God Qiguang, Sea God and Bibo Water God took the time to heal and recover.


    As soon as they stabilized their injuries, they joined the siege of the Qiguang Star God at the urging of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor watching from a distance.


    Facing the siege of the four same-level powerhouses, Qiguang Xingshen quickly fell behind, and his injuries began to worsen.


    The attentive Fairy Yue''e keenly discovered that the star God Qiguang was in a wrong state.


    His state is somewhat similar to that of Luna, he seems to have lost his autonomy and has become very manic and chaotic.


    Luna''s condition was not as serious as his, and with wonderful timely help, he quickly stabilized.


    Qiguang Star God went mad, desperately killing his opponent.


    Although the Qiguang Star God was strong, he couldn''t resist the four powerhouses of the same rank.


    In particular, Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun, who are Taoist cultivators, have many means to restrain Shinto practitioners.


    When Fairy Yue''e was in Junchen Realm, she helped six true immortals cut down mountains and temples, and killed many aboriginal gods.


    Hunling Zunshen, a powerhouse from a developed Shinto civilization, is superior to the native gods in all aspects.


    No matter how talented the Qiguang Star God is, it is limited by the many inherent weaknesses of the native gods.


    After a fierce battle, the injuries of Sea God and Bibo Water God increased, and Fairy Yue''e and Zhenxian Xianyun were injured one after another.


    Having paid these prices, Star God Qiguang could not escape the fate of being executed.


    When the Qiguang Star God was executed, a group of starlight flew out from his divine body.


    Xianyun Zhenxian did not have time to intercept them, so they could only let this group of stars fly away.


    Luna, who originally closed his eyes to adjust his breath in the distance, suddenly opened his eyes and looked at the starlight that was about to fly away.


    The group of starlight seemed to sense the existence of the Moon God, and it flew towards the Moon God under some kind of traction.


    Luna didn''t stop her, but spread her arms and let the starlight fall into her arms.


    The starlight quickly merged with the Moon God, and the Moon God''s face was full of pain, and his entire body was shaking violently.


    Seeing the situation in the distance, Tai Miao hurriedly flew over to help her stabilize the state of her body.


    Tai Miao''s powerful divine power slowly entered her body, soothing her restless spirit and nourishing her divine body.


    With the wonderful help, Luna''s situation improved greatly, and the fusion with the starlight became smoother.


    Several battlefields have already been decided, and only Fang Ming Luohan''s battle group is left.


    The situation is now very clear.


    Fang Ming Luohan and Tianlei Luohan are fighting fiercely with the Brave Gods, and their advantages are not obvious.


    And when the victors of the other chapters have finished adjusting their breaths, as soon as Hunling Zunshen and Taimiao join the fight, Fang Ming Luohan and the others'' fate can be imagined.


    Revered God Hunling still wants to keep the fighting power of the entire team as much as possible and reduce the losses in the battle just now.


    The fact that Fang Ming Luohan was secretly controlled by the Void Immortal Vine had no doubt, and it was irreversible.


    However, Tianlei Luohan can save one or two.


    According to Hunling Venerable God''s observation, Tianlei Arhat should have no chance of contact with Pokong Immortal Vine, and there is no reason to be bought by him.


    Tianlei Arhat was passively involved in the battle, and was entrapped by Fang Ming Arhat.

 Chapter 2600

    Hunling Venerable God concealed Fang Ming Luohan, secretly cast spells, and secretly established a connection with Tianlei Luohan.


    Now the situation on the field has become more obvious.


    Po Kong Xian Veng was entangled by the ego demon, unable to interfere in the battle here.


    After Sanshan Zhenxian and the others joined the war, they helped a lot to the ego-brained demon.


    As for the battle situation here, the overall situation is basically set.


    Tianlei Luohan has a bright future, there is really no need to accompany Fang Ming Luohan to death.


    The person who knows the current affairs is Junjie, and Tianlei Luohan has never been the kind of person who gives up his mind.


    Tianlei Luohan, who weighed the pros and cons, quickly made a choice.


    Not long after, Tianlei Luohan plotted against Fang Ming Luohan behind his back, giving him a fatal blow.


    The Brave God and others took the opportunity to take action and completely ended the life of this Buddhist powerhouse.


    The Giant Ape Demon God wanted to continue to attack Tianlei Luohan, but was stopped by the Hunling Venerable God.


    Since Tianlei Arhat was able to turn back in time and give the opponent Ming Arhat a counterattack, he would naturally be everyone''s good comrade-in-arms.


    Although everyone despised Tianlei Luohan, they still accepted him on the surface.


    Tianlei Luohan was originally Tianlei Xuxian, the deputy director of Tiangong. He first betrayed Tiangong, betrayed Junchen Realm, and joined Buddhism.


    Now, he betrayed Buddhism again and betrayed Fang Ming Luohan, who had great kindness to himself, accepted and cultivated himself.


    Everyone didn''t say anything, but they were deeply suspicious of him in their hearts.


    From now on, I am afraid that no one will trust him.


    Hunling Venerable God just needs his fighting power as a Buddhist Arhat.


    When necessary, he will be thrown as cannon fodder.


    The battles here are all over, and now it can be regarded as bringing things right, and the internal problems have been completely solved.


    Next, everyone will seize the time to rest and adjust their breath, and strive to restore their combat effectiveness as soon as possible.


    Seeing this scene, Po Kong Xian Veng knew that he would face additional pressure next.


    In the past, when Po Kong Xian Veng faced the ego-holding demon, it was more defensive, and at most it was secretly making some small moves.


    Po Kong Xian Teng has a far-reaching plan, secretly controlling Situ Jue and the others, letting them leave here and bringing in San Shan Zhen Xian and others outside.


    Originally, if his plan went well, Sanshan Zhenxian led the team and would stand by his side to deal with the ego-brained demon together.


    But due to a series of mishaps, his plan failed completely.


    The failure of the plan didn''t have much impact on the Sky-Breaking Fairy.


    He did not pin his hopes on outsiders.


    Under the suppression of the ego demon, he worked hard to open up the space channel to other big worlds, trying to activate the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    But because the ego-brained demon persuaded Sanshan Zhenxian and the others to intervene, his plan failed again.


    He let the undercover in the team attack, but instead let Sanshan Zhenxian take the opportunity to complete the cleanup of the entire team.


    The successive defeats made Po Kong Immortal Vine fall into an incomparable rage.


    I held the opportunity to seize the opportunity, and taunted him fiercely from time to time.


    I don''t know if it is the relationship between extremes and opposites. After being extremely angry, Po Kong Xian Veng actually began to calm down slowly.


    Pokong Immortal Vine itself is a strange root of heaven and earth that has survived for thousands of years. After accepting the spiritual imprint and memory of Immortal Junchen, even if it cannot become as sophisticated as Immortal Junchen, at least it should have an average level. on the intelligence.


    Although Po Kong Xian Veng seems to be very paranoid, it is not the kind of extremely irritable character.


    The unfavorable situation made him calm down and began to reflect.


    After serious thinking, Po Kong Xian Veng felt that he had made two mistakes.


    A mistake is not being calm enough, so it will fall into the calculations of the ego demon.


    Another mistake was to underestimate these true immortal-level juniors.


    He thinks that his cultivation is enough to crush them, so he can play them in the palm of his hand.


    But these insignificant juniors not only saw through his plans, but also ruined his major affairs.


    This group of true immortal-level juniors should not be underestimated.


    Such as Sanshan Zhenxian, although he can''t compete with him head-on, he can contain him from the side.


    There is also the junior of the dragon family, whose combat power is indeed strong.


    ...


    Even if these juniors are placed in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they are all outstanding up-and-coming stars, enough to be vertical and horizontal at the level of true immortals.


    Po Kong Xian Veng is not the kind of person who is extremely stubborn, nor is he the kind of guy who will not admit his mistakes.


    Now that you have reflected on your mistakes, you must make adjustments in time.


    Po Kong Xian Teng restrained his anger and relaxed the suppression and entanglement of San Shan Zhen Xian and the others.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others immediately and keenly noticed this.


    After all, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others ventured into this place for the purpose of getting out of trouble, and they did not have the determination to fight to the end with the two god-level experts.


    Since Pokong Immortal Vine intends to release water, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others will take the opportunity to get out of the battle and stay away from the forest.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally trapped in the forest, saw the trees in the forest dodged spontaneously, and his eyes suddenly became clear, revealing an avenue.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang jumped out immediately and fled there.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others fled the battlefield and quickly went over to join the main force.


    During this process, the ego-brained demon reacted a beat slower and didn''t have time to stop it.


    Po Kong Xian Teng can swallow this breath and let go of San Shan Zhen Xian and others who angered him, which is really beyond his expectations.


    When Sanshan Zhenxian and the others retreated, the voice of Broken Sky Immortal Vine suddenly appeared in their minds.


    Po Kong Xian Veng''s tone is still so arrogant.


    He promised that as long as Sanshan Zhenxian and the others stood by his side and dealt with the ego-brained demon together, he would spare them and forgive them for their mistakes.


    The attitude of Broken Sky Immortal made Sanshan Zhenxian sneer again and again.


    They did not immediately refute each other.


    Although Po Kong Xian Veng has a bad attitude, it has already released goodwill.


    Moreover, their previous actions were also used by the ego demon.


    After Sanshan Zhenxian and the others reunited with the main force, several leading people began to discuss.


    In any case, it is a good thing that Po Kong Xiandeng Ken has such a statement.


    This shows that he has fully seen the power of Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, and he no longer dares to ignore them.


    As for which side to stand on next, several people are arguing again.


    Some people think that no matter what, Pokong Immortal Vine is a member of Immortal Dao, and at least it is more trustworthy than the ego-brained demon.


    Some people think that everyone is old and should not have a door, let alone believe the pedantic saying that the immortal and the devil are incompatible.


    Some suggested that everyone should remain neutral for the time being, as before, and watch the battle between the two great powerhouses from the sidelines.


    ...


    Meng Zhang did not join their argument.


    Because of what happened to Gu Yue Lingqing and the fact that Bai Chuan''s ancestor was secretly controlled by Pokong Immortal Vine, Meng Zhang was even more hostile to Pokong Immortal Vine before, and he was a little bit biased towards the ego demon.


    But the feeling of being used by the ego demon this time made him feel very uncomfortable.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to our old friend Feiyi for your many tips and support.

 Chapter 2601

    Meng Zhang also began to reflect in his heart.


    Do you have a prejudice against the Void Poundering Vine, do you have a preconceived tendency, do you believe too much in the ego demon?


    Although he experienced a fierce battle and thwarted the plot to break the sky fairy vines, the situation in front of him was still confusing, making him unable to see clearly.


    There are too many places that cannot be seen clearly on the ego-brained demon and the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    They must have been hiding a lot of secrets, and none of them had any intention of revealing them.


    The ego''s seemingly benign reminder, the foundation that seems to be actively exposed, is it all true?


    He must have ulterior motives and deliberately mislead Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang felt a little regretful at this time, had he really believed too much in the ego-holding demon before.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking deeply, the Moon God over there grunted a few times, and his body trembled violently.


    Seeing that it was too wonderful to help her solve the problem, Meng Zhang hurried over to help.


    Although the entire troop has solved the internal problems, it seems that everyone is on the same front for the time being.


    However, within the large army, there were still some small groups.


    The internal cohesion of these small groups is not weak, and they maintain a certain distance from each other intentionally or unintentionally.


    Meng Zhang, this junior, was able to gather a team that was not weak.


    The members of this squad stood on the fringes of the main force, and were at a distance from everyone.


    Originally, with the help of Tai Miao, the situation has begun to stabilize, and the fusion with the starlight has also been very smooth.


    But I don''t know why, but now the situation has started to deteriorate again.


    When Meng Zhang canonized the Moon God, he also kept the name of the Moon God in the Jade Book.


    With the jade book in hand, he can control almost everything of Luna.


    Of course, the reason why Luna was willing to accept Meng Zhang''s canonization at the beginning was also because Meng Zhang had promised to ensure the various rights and interests of Luna.


    Meng Zhang walked over to the Moon God, ready to start.


    Too wonderful to protect the law for them.


    He turned a light curtain at will, completely covering Meng Zhang and the others.


    In this way, outsiders can''t see Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Fairy Yue''e and the others were standing beside them, vaguely acting as guards.


    Holding the jade book, Meng Zhang turned to the page where the name of the Moon God was taboo, and injected immortal power.


    The name of the moon god began to shine, and Meng Zhang and the moon god were connected.


    Tai Miao had tried repeatedly before, but she couldn''t help Luna after all the means.


    There is a special connection between the moon god and the jade book.


    That jade book is almost equivalent to its original destiny.


    With the help of Jade Book, Meng Zhang successfully connected with Luna''s mind.


    Scene after scene of chaotic and broken images quickly appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    These pictures contain a lot of information, but they are too fragmented, making it difficult to absorb useful information from them.


    Meng Zhang wrote down these pictures one by one, and spent time sorting them out slowly.


    At the same time, he put the power of soothing into Luna''s mind.


    Luna''s mind is being impacted by some unknown force.


    Her tenacious mind has begun to shake, struggling to persevere in the violent power.


    Meng Zhang and Moon God are connected in spirit, he is also under the impact of violent violence, and at the same time shares a lot of pressure for Moon God.


    As an immortal, Meng Zhang was better suited to the current situation than the true god Moon God.


    He began to sense that this hidden power seemed to come from the origin of the Moon God.


    Originally, with the help of too wonderful, Luna had temporarily suppressed this power.


    However, out of some instinct, Luna absorbed the starlight that appeared after the fall of the Strange Light Star God.


    She involuntarily merged with the starlight, and the originally suppressed power began to riot.


    If there is no external help, the Moon God is probably unable to resist this kind of power.


    This power will destroy her mind, control her completely, and turn her into a puppet without self-awareness.


    Although Tai Miao is also a true god, but without Meng Zhang''s means, he did not see that this power came from the Moon God himself, and was even less able to expel the influence of this power on the Moon God.


    Meng Zhang has discovered that this power can have a great effect on the native gods.


    Meng Zhang didn''t just endure the impact of this power silently.


    He began to cast the magic of immortality, trying to disintegrate this power from the root.


    Meng Zhang felt as if he was fighting an invisible enemy, and his hands and feet were tied.


    This kind of power comes from the source of the Moon God, and when Meng Zhang disintegrates this power, he can''t cause serious damage to the Moon God.


    Meng Zhang, who was tied up, felt that he was a little out of control.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance of Jinxian after all, not only has extraordinary knowledge, but also mastered a lot of high-end secret techniques.


    In the secret confrontation, Meng Zhang slowly became familiar with this power and began to explore its origin.


    This kind of power was weakened by Meng Zhang''s constant use of immortal secret techniques, and then Meng Zhang helped the Moon God to slowly absorb and refine this power.


    During this process, both Meng Zhang and Luna have benefited greatly, which is equivalent to experiencing a series of efficient training.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others are still arguing.


    Meng Zhang is not only strong enough, but also has such a force.


    He can have a significant impact on the decision-making of the entire team.


    Some big decisions are hard to pass without his nod.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others knew that Meng Zhang was healing his companions, and it seemed that it was not easy to interrupt.


    Since Sanshan Zhenxian did not make a clear statement, the debate continued.


    It seems that I am afraid that it will take until Meng Zhangkong takes action and participates in the discussion before everyone can slowly reach an agreement.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts had entered the depths of Moon God''s mind, eliminating most of the influence of that power.


    More pictures entered Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Combining the pictures obtained before, after sorting out, Meng Zhang obtained a lot of valuable information.


    In many of the pictures, an immortal in white with extraordinary bearing and standing proudly is the protagonist.


    The breath revealed by this white-clothed immortal is very similar to that of the Void-breaking Immortal Vine.


    But the aura on this white-clothed immortal is more ethereal and unfathomable.


    Meng Zhang boldly guessed that this immortal in white should be the legendary Jun Chen Xianzun.


    As we all know, in order to break through to the realm of Jinxian, Junchen Xianzun left Lingkong Xianjie, came to this remote star area, and created Junchen Realm by himself.


    A large part of these pictures is that after Jun Chen Xianzun created Jun Chen Realm, he entered the Jun Chen Realm and traveled inside.


    During this process, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen silently observed this brand new world, experienced the changes of all things in the world, and understood the operation of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth...


    Before Junchen Xianzun created Junchen Realm, he deeply observed Shenchang Realm.


    In the process of creating Junchen Realm, the state of Shenchang Realm was borrowed for reference.


    The Junchen Realm he created has many similarities with the Shenchang Realm.


    But there is an essential difference between the two great worlds.

 Chapter 2602

    The Shenchang Realm is a large world that is naturally generated in the void.


    A big world is naturally generated in the void. If there is no special opportunity, or external help, it will take an extremely long time.


    It is not unusual to use ten thousand years, one million years or even ten million years as a measure.


    After the Shenchang Realm was born in the void, it has undergone a long period of evolution before a series of creatures, unique environments, etc. have evolved within the world.


    And Jun Chen Xianzun started to create the Jun Chen world, and it took less than 10,000 years to complete it.


    The foundation of the Junchen world is insufficient, and the origin of heaven and earth is far from being strong.


    According to normal evolution, it may take several thousands of years for the Junchen world to give birth to life.


    Junchen Xianzun tried his best to strengthen the Junchen world, and gave birth to all kinds of creatures.


    It can be said that the first batch of natural gods born in the Junchen world almost all came from the catalysis of Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Jun Chen Xianzun spent energy and resources to give birth to these natural gods. In addition to the purpose of performing arts, he also prepared to use them as seeds of Taoism.


    These natural gods born in the Junchen world basically have the power left by Junchen Immortal Venerable in their bodies.


    When they grow and mature, it is when Jun Chen Xianzun is harvested.


    Whether it''s absorbing them as a supplement, or using them as a protector or something like that, it''s a good choice.


    These natural gods established a ruling order in the Junchen world.


    Including the Moon God and the Strange Light Star God, they are all members of these natural gods.


    Due to innate influence, these natural gods are loyal to Junchen Xianzun, who regard him as the creator and the master of everything.


    Immortal Junchen can''t wait for these natural gods to grow up, so he will attack the realm of Jinxian.


    When Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was away, an inexplicable force began to secretly affect the Jun Chen world.


    Almost every intelligent creature longs for freedom and independence, and is unwilling to be controlled by other creatures.


    The influence exerted by the original Jun Chen Xianzun was offset a lot by this power.


    Many of these natural gods who were originally regarded as slaves by Immortal Jun Chen, many members were unwilling to their own situation and gave birth to a heart of rebellion.


    And those gods who are still loyal to Jun Chen Xianzun naturally cannot tolerate this kind of betrayal.


    As a result, a large-scale civil war broke out in the Junchen world.


    The war did not last long, but it was extremely tragic.


    There was no victor in this battle, and the ancient gods were almost wiped out.


    Only a few special natural gods, such as the moon god, the star god of strange light, etc., were reborn because of their talents after falling.


    However, after the rebirth, Luna and other natural gods not only lost their strength, but also lost most of their memories, and almost completely forgot the battle.


    At present, Luna''s body first changed and then absorbed the starlight in the body of the old rival Qiguang Star God. Many forgotten memories turned into broken images and reappeared in his mind.


    Meng Zhang was connected to her mind and began to slowly sort out these pictures and organize various memories.


    After the fall of Luna, and then the memory of being reborn again, there is nothing to say.


    She had already told Meng Zhang about these experiences.


    Meng Zhang focused on the memories before the fall of Luna.


    Back then, the Moon God was always loyal to Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    That mysterious power has affected many of the gods born in the Junchen world, inspiring their rebellious hearts.


    But there are also many who, like the Moon God, are not influenced by external forces and are always loyal to Jun Chen Xianzun.


    During the war, Luna beheaded many traitors.


    The traitor Qiguang Star God was beheaded by the Moon God himself.


    However, his divine soul was not completely destroyed. After many years, he was reborn again, just like the Moon God.


    After the rebirth, they forgot their past memories, but instinctively hated and even hated each other.


    No wonder the two of them were rivals, and the hatred and strife continued for many years.


    Luna didn''t fall into the hands of traitors back then.


    When the image in her mind before she fell, Meng Zhang fell into a huge shock.


    It was a white-clothed immortal, and he was Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    He came to Junchen Realm and witnessed the chaos in Junchen Realm with his own eyes.


    The situation that had been carefully prepared for many years was ruined in one fell swoop, and the gods who had been cultivated with great care fell into civil strife, and a war broke out, which made the Junchen world riddled with holes.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was angry.


    Angered, he didn''t explore the reasons for this situation, and didn''t care who was right or wrong on both sides, he directly exploded with a powerful force.


    The power of the fairy level is not divided between enemy and foe, sweeping the Junchen world, killing all the natural gods.


    The strongest among this group of natural gods, but like the moon god, is the realm of true gods.


    In the face of the power of the gods and the indiscriminate attacks, they hardly have much resistance.


    The last picture in Luna''s memory was the dazzling white light falling from the sky, directly crushing her divine body.


    After many years, when Luna was reborn based on the immortal soul, she had forgotten everything she had experienced.


    Now, with the help of Meng Zhang, Luna recovered all his memories, and Meng Zhang also learned all the information.


    Didn''t Jun Chen Xianzun fall after failing to attack Jin Xian?


    How could he still return to Junchen Realm with the resources of the gods?


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, after his failure to attack Jinxian, he was almost dead.


    All the prepared backhands are basically ineffective.


    Ordinary cultivators may not know this, but those with extensive knowledge and inheritance should know this common sense.


    It is precisely because of this that Meng Zhang believed the statement of the ego-holding demon, and regarded the guy who called himself Jun Chen Immortal Venerable as a celestial vine.


    The reason why Po Kong Xian Veng revealed a little bit of Jun Chen Xian Zun''s breath was because it absorbed the spiritual imprint left by it.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun really didn''t fall, wouldn''t that mean that Meng Zhang was completely deceived by the ego demon.


    The so-called Broken Sky Immortal Vine is actually Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    It is completely different to use the Void Immortal Vine as an opponent and the Junchen Immortal Venerable as an opponent.


    The huge accident caused Meng Zhang''s heart to be numb, and he fell into a sluggish state for a while.


    Fortunately, he reacted a lot and began to slowly sort out the various information he knew.


    First of all, the failure of Junchen Immortal Venerable to attack the realm of Jinxian is a sure thing.


    If he became Jinxian, then there would be nothing that happened in Junchen Realm later.


    Even the masters of the Lingkong Immortal Realm would respect the territory of a golden immortal and would not let the immortals in the realm come here.


    After Immortal Junchen failed to attack Jinxian, whether he was dead or alive, and whether he retained the backhand of rebirth, that was what Meng Zhang cared about the most.


    According to common sense, after the failure to rush into Jinxian, Junchen Xianzun should completely fall and lose his soul.


    But nothing is absolute, maybe there are some miracles in the world?


    Otherwise, many things cannot be explained.

 Chapter 2603

    The last image in his mind before the fall of the Moon God was fixed by Meng Zhang in his mind, and he repeatedly checked and compared.


    At the beginning of the birth of Moon God, she had seen Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    She regards Junchen Xianzun as the creator and worships him.


    At that time, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was already a perfect immortal, and he was about to hit the realm of Jinxian. He seemed to have an extraordinary bearing, and he had a strong sense of being out of the dust, which made the natural gods like the Moon God bow their heads at first sight.


    And the Junchen Immortal Venerable who returned before the fall of the Moon God seemed to be exactly the same as the previous Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    But if you look closely, you can find that the returned Jun Chen Immortal Venerable seems to be inferior to the former, and looks a bit green.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun failed to attack Jin Xian and was seriously injured, it did not look like this.


    It is more likely that after he failed to attack Jinxian and fell, he relied on some prearranged backhand to regain his life.


    But what kind of backhand, what kind of arrangement, can avoid the backlash after the failure to attack Jinxian?


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang himself was not at the scene, and all the pictures are from the memories of Luna.


    If Meng Zhang faced Jun Chen Xianzun directly, he might have seen more mysteries.


    Meng Zhang thought about it and chose to believe in the memories of the moon god.


    Compared with the malicious ego demon, Luna''s memory is obviously more trustworthy.


    Since he couldn''t figure out how Jun Chen Xianzun escaped the defeat of Jin Xian''s failure and regained a new life, Meng Zhang could only temporarily put this problem aside and deal with other things first.


    In the process of helping Luna sort out his memory, Meng Zhang learned many unknown secrets, and also knew how Luna''s problem came about.


    Moon God and Qiguang Star God, as the natural gods of Junchen Realm, since they were spawned by the power of Junchen Immortal Venerable, it is natural that among their most original powers, there are some hands and feet left by Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Even after the long years, the experience of being born again after falling, these hands and feet are still there.


    Just now, Pokong Immortal Vine, um, it should be Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, activated these hands and feet, influenced and controlled them from their origin.


    The reason why the Qiguang Star God betrayed the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and attacked the Sea God and Bibo Water God should be for this reason.


    As for the Moon God, her experience is far richer than that of the Qiguang Star God.


    After she was reborn, her divine body was destroyed in the battle with the immortals, and the remaining divine soul had to be attached to the body of the Moon Worship Goddess.


    In the process of her regaining her power and reshaping her divine body, it may have had a considerable impact on the source power.


    More importantly, she had accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and was restricted by that jade book.


    Therefore, an abnormal state occurred in her body, almost out of control, but she was not completely controlled by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Coupled with the wonderful timely rescue, she avoided the same fate as Qiguang Star God.


    Now, Meng Zhang has used the power of the jade book to stabilize her mind, sort out her memory, and almost reshape her origin.


    Although the powers left by Immortal Jun Chen were of extremely high level, after a long period of time and countless attrition, they were finally refined by Meng Zhang and Moon God, and completely transformed into a part of Moon God''s source power.


    Luna was like a huge exercise, completely reborn, as if a completely changed person.


    Not only did she completely get rid of the connection with Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, she would no longer be restricted by it, but she also improved her strength and laid a stronger foundation.


    In ancient times, when he thought of facing a terrifying opponent like Jun Chen Xianzun next, Luna was very nervous, but did not have the slightest fear.


    Meng Zhang also benefited a lot from helping Luna.


    He also went through an exercise, and was familiar with the power of Jun Chen Xianzun, so he could slowly find a way to deal with it.


    Since the opponent is not the Void Immortal Vine, but Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, then the next action must be carefully considered.


    Originally, now everyone is in the same boat and is all comrades-in-arms. Meng Zhang should tell everyone about this latest discovery.


    But Meng Zhang had no evidence, and even he could not be 100% sure that he was facing Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, and he was unwilling to reveal the secret of the Moon God.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if he said it himself, he would not be able to win the trust of others.


    What''s more, if everyone believed him and knew that he was facing Junchen Immortal Venerable, not Void Broken Vine, then his morale would plummet immediately.


    Meng Zhang and the Moon God knew about this, and they knew how wonderfully they were in the same mind.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while and secretly told Gu Yue Ling Qing about this.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing also had a look of astonishment on her face, and then quickly accepted it.


    Gu Yue Lingqing knew a lot of information about Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, and also heard about his portable immortal treasure Broken Void Immortal Vine.


    He had long felt that the situation was wrong, but he didn''t know what was wrong.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words now, he only reacted.


    They are not facing counterfeit goods, but the genuine Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen back then was an out-and-out cultivator of the righteous way, and could be called a model of Taoist immortals.


    But now, he has become vicious and unscrupulous.


    He devoured the powerhouse of the true immortal level before without any scruples.


    That is no longer the right way, but the evil way.


    If he was placed in Lingkong Immortal Realm, he would have become a public enemy long ago, and he would be chased and killed by various powerhouses.


    Of course, the current Jun Chen Immortal Venerable is far less powerful than it was in its heyday.


    I don''t know if he forgot or was hiding, and I haven''t seen him perform those signature magical powers.


    On the contrary, the various countermeasures he had used before were more like the ability to break the sky.


    This is also why everyone believes in the words of the egoist, and easily believes that Immortal Venerable Junchen has fallen, and that they are facing the Void Broken Vine.


    Even Xianzun Junchen himself, when he refuted the self-holding demon, was weak and looked very guilty.


    In fact, until this time, Meng Zhang, Moon God and Gu Yue Ling Qing were not 100% sure that they were facing Jun Chen Xianzun.


    They still have some doubts in their hearts.


    If new situations arise and new possibilities arise, they are also mentally prepared to accept them.


    Of course, this is the first time they have encountered such twists and turns and repeated reversals.


    Moreover, no matter whether the opponent is Jun Chen Immortal Venerable or not, the strength of the Heavenly Immortal level is not fake.


    Meng Zhang and the others have no clue so far if they want to escape from the hands of the two great powerhouses.

 Chapter 2604

    Among the many true immortal-level powerhouses present, Meng Zhang was regarded as the youngest, and his experience was not rich enough.


    His greatest advantage, in addition to joining forces with Taimiao, can play a very strong combat effectiveness, is his knowledge derived from the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Combining the information obtained from the Moon God and discussing with Gu Yue Ling Qing, Meng Zhang came up with some conjectures.


    Meng Zhang hesitated to tell others about the latest information.


    Although this team seems to have united and stood on the same front after this civil strife, Meng Zhang still doesn''t trust other people too much.


    Moreover, there are many people talking, which is not conducive to confidentiality.


    After thinking about it over and over again, Meng Zhang realized that he could not escape from the two great powerhouses by relying on his own strength alone, and he also needed to rely on the strength of others.


    Meng Zhang secretly contacted Sanshan Zhenxian and Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and secretly leaked relevant information to them.


    The statement given by Meng Zhang is that the moon god triggered the memory of the ancient times, and after the failure of the attack on the Jinxian realm, Junchen Xianzun returned to the Junchen realm and cleaned the natural gods of the Junchen realm.


    According to his guess, either Jun Chen Xianzun failed to attack Jin Xian and did not fall.


    Or it was reborn by some kind of secret method after the fall.


    In a word, the so-called broken vines are very likely to be Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s remarks, the face of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor suddenly became very ugly.


    At first, Po Kong Xian Teng claimed to be Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, and was exposed by the ego demon, and everyone recognized it.


    But now Meng Zhang''s words are astonishing, saying that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has not fallen.


    The so-called Broken Sky Immortal Vine is the real Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    This thing has changed from time to time. Whoever said it is true, and what is the truth?


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was a little confused.


    If you really have to face an enemy like Jun Chen Xianzun, even the arrogant Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor will feel a headache.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not hide his thoughts in front of Meng Zhang, and his reaction was also expected by Meng Zhang.


    But after Sanshan Zhenxian heard Meng Zhang''s words, his reaction was a bit strange.


    He didn''t seem surprised at all, and he didn''t feel any pressure.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know if it was his own delusion, Sanshan Zhenxian actually felt relieved after hearing that Jun Chen Xianzun had not fallen.


    Meng Zhang suddenly understood.


    Not only does he have secrets, but he is not the only one who has some unknown information.


    This guy, Sanshan Zhenxian, also has a big secret on his body, and he also has some information that he does not know.


    Meng Zhang asked Sanshan Zhenxian to explore the secret of Sanshan Zhenxian.


    However, Sanshan Zhenxian did not answer directly, but took the initiative to divert the topic.


    Sanshan Zhenxian wanted to keep it a secret, and Meng Zhang was helpless.


    He also has secrets on his own, and of course he understands Sanshan Zhenxian''s approach.


    What''s more, with the strength of Sanshan Zhenxian, he has no way to force others.


    After a while, most of the team members adjusted their status to almost the same level.


    Although some people''s injuries have not completely recovered, and their combat effectiveness is far less than in their heydays, they have at least recovered most of their cultivation.


    To completely heal an injury, it will not happen overnight.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and other leading powerhouses do not want to wait any longer.


    Sanshan Zhenxian pointed out to everyone that they have shown not weak combat power before, and the two powerhouses at the level of gods should not continue to despise or even ignore them.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others will negotiate with the two god-level powerhouses again.


    Their requirements are not high, they just want to be able to leave safely.


    If these minimum requirements are not met, then everyone will have no choice but to fight to the death and break the net.


    As for how to fight to the death, and who will break the net, Sanshan Zhenxian did not clearly say.


    Everyone''s emotions have been mobilized by Sanshan Zhenxian, and no one has asked for the details.


    In other words, everyone thought about this matter, but they all pretended to be confused and let Sanshan Zhenxian deal with it.


    Sanshan Zhenxian can make a final decision, in addition to his strength and prestige, it is also because no one else can make more constructive opinions.


    Those who can cultivate to the level of true immortals, few are fools.


    They all know that it is pointless to continue arguing, so it is better to obey Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Everyone has a herd mentality, and the powerhouse of the true immortal level is no exception.


    Since everyone supports Sanshan Zhenxian, even if a few people are suspicious, they will not take the initiative to jump out.


    Meng Zhang also agreed with Sanshan Zhenxian''s opinion.


    However, he always felt that Sanshan Zhenxian seemed to have ulterior motives.


    Especially after hearing what he said, Sanshan Zhenxian seemed a little impatient.


    Of course, the feeling is the feeling, at least on the surface, Meng Zhang is firmly on the side of Sanshan Zhenxian, and at most secretly pays more attention.


    Sanshan Zhenxian flew into the sky, followed by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the Hunling Zunshen, and came to the vicinity of the battlefield in front.


    This is the place where the two great powerhouses are entangled, and both sides are mobilizing the power of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, trying to control the rules of space here.


    Because they are in a stalemate and stalemate, the spatial rules here are very disordered, and even contradictions often appear.


    It is difficult for ordinary true immortal-level powerhouses to fly and enter and exit normally here.


    Maybe when he was flying into the sky, he fell to the ground inexplicably.


    Obviously it is flying towards the target ahead, but it is getting farther and farther away from the target.


    ...


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others seem to be flying easily in the air, but in secret they are always fighting against the chaotic rules of heaven and earth.


    When they acted just now, Sanshan Zhenxian ordered Meng Zhang and several others to participate, because they were so powerful that they could overcome the environmental impact here.


    Sanshan Zhenxian took the initiative to come over, but the ego-governing demon and Pokong Xianvine ignored them and were still fighting endlessly.


    No matter what the other party is like, when Sanshan Zhenxian faces his seniors, he will still be polite.


    He bowed to the front, and then said politely: "I wait for the juniors to be superficial and unable to interfere in the battle between the two seniors."


    "I also ask the two seniors to hold their hands high and let me go. I will be grateful."


    After Sanshan Zhenxian finished speaking, there was no response from the front.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is not in a hurry, just wait patiently.


    After a long time, the sneering sound of the demon of the demon rang in everyone''s ears.


    "You guys are really ridiculous. You can leave if you want. I really think you can''t stay."


    "Let''s go quickly, and let''s go."


    Sanshan Zhenxian did not have any unnecessary emotional reaction because of the attitude of the ego, but continued to negotiate with them peacefully.


    "Senior should know that the law of heaven and earth in the nearby void has been changed, preventing us from leaving."


    "I also ask the seniors to accept the magical powers, don''t continue to embarrass us."

 Chapter 2605

    Sanshan Zhenxian''s words changed the tone of the ego demon.


    "It''s a joke, it''s not that this seat doesn''t want you to leave."


    "Whoever has magical powers, you go to him and don''t bother me."


    Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t mean to be angry at the tone of reprimand of the ego-god demon, but kept talking to him calmly.


    "So, using magical powers to change the laws of heaven and earth outside, isn''t it senior who prevents me from leaving?"


    "Nonsense, of course it wasn''t made by this seat."


    "You bastards are useless at all, what are you doing here?"


    I held the devil without hesitation responded.


    Before entering here, everyone subconsciously believed that the demons in the demon domain had changed the laws of heaven and earth.


    Now, the ego-holding demon is denying it, and everyone will not easily believe it.


    Of course, because of the previous actions of Po Kong Xian Veng, he has also become the object of everyone''s suspicion.


    "Since it wasn''t done by the seniors, who did it?"


    Sanshan Zhenxian seemed to ask very sincerely.


    "Does it even need to be said?"


    "Apart from this seat, who else has this ability?"


    I let out a strange laugh when I answered.


    The direction in his words was already very obvious, and he was only about to point at the nose of Broken Sky Fairy Vine.


    "Things that spit people out, you can''t even frame them."


    "What is the devil, as we all know, only fools will be deceived by the devil."


    The voice of Po Kong Xian Veng was a little frantic.


    If it was before, the sky-breaking fairy vines with eyes higher than the top would not bother to defend themselves.


    But he, who is being entangled by the ego demon, although he is very unwilling, still knows clearly that it is not appropriate to turn his face with this group of true immortal-level juniors.


    I hold the demon to say that it was made by Pokong Immortal Vine, but Pokong Immortal Vine does not admit it.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others have no way to judge who is lying.


    Angels are always tricky and untrustworthy.


    But Po Kong Xian Veng is not a kind person. Judging from the previous situation, he secretly made many small actions.


    Of course, neither of these two Heavenly Immortal-level powerhouses is willing to admit this matter, and it can be seen that they are now jealous of this team.


    Sanshan Zhenxian bowed in the direction from which the voice of the ego-brained demon came from and ended the conversation between them.


    "Thank you senior for clarifying the confusion for the junior."


    Then, Sanshan Zhenxian bowed in the direction of the voice of Pokong Immortal Vine, and asked softly: "Excuse me, senior, this is really not what you did, how do you prove your innocence?"


    "Prove your sister..."


    Po Kong Xian Teng roared angrily and scolded San Shan Zhen Xian.


    "You junior, just ruined the important affairs of this seat. Now you can''t tell right from black and white, you have already taken refuge in the demons."


    "I''m too lazy to pay attention to you, you can think what you like."


    Compared with the kind attitude of the ego-clinging demon, the attitude of Pokong Immortal Vine is very difficult for people to accept.


    "We respect you as a senior, so we are polite to you. Don''t rely on the old to sell the old, be unreasonable, and don''t think that you can use power to bully others."


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor with a deep background couldn''t stand the attitude of the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine, and couldn''t help but retort a few words.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine was even more angry.


    In a hurry, he did not fight with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor at all, but set off a hurricane, blowing towards the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    "Are you going to do it though?"


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor shouted violently, and one after another dragon-shaped energy flew out, blocking the bursts of hurricanes.


    The attitude of Po Kong Xian Veng was very bad from the beginning, and now it is directly shot.


    This made a bad impression on the onlookers.


    Many people have already locked their suspicions on him, thinking that he was exposed by Sanshan Zhenxian, and they shot in anger.


    Fortunately, he still hasn''t gotten rid of the battle with the ego-holding demon so far.


    After the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor blocked the blow, he stared angrily at the direction from which the voice of Broken Sky Immortal Vine came from.


    Even the Hunling Venerable God, who has always been inclined towards him, thinks that he is too violent and too much.


    Sanshan Zhenxian really deserves to be the leader of the team, and he can still keep calm and rational at this time.


    "Senior, getting angry can''t solve the problem."


    "I have no other intentions to wait, just want to know the truth."


    "If you really changed the law of heaven and earth, please change it back and let me wait to leave."


    "After leaving here, I will naturally forget about it, let alone bring it up."


    ...


    Po Kong Xian Veng didn''t know what was going on, but he was very irritable.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s chatter made him very impatient.


    Po Kong Xian Veng no longer chatted with San Shan Zhen Xian, but responded with practical actions.


    I saw that the wind and clouds in the sky changed color, lightning flashed, and powerful forces were being bred.


    The location of Sanshan Zhenxian and the others has been locked by Broken Sky Immortal Vine, and a violent attack will be launched at any time.


    This time, even Sanshan Zhenxian, who has always been very patient, was provoked.


    "It seems that in the eyes of seniors, we are all trapped prey, and we are not qualified to communicate with you at all, right?"


    "Since that''s the case, then please wait and don''t regret it."


    Following the order of Sanshan Zhenxian, the real immortal-level powerhouses of the entire team formed a simple formation according to the previous explanation, strode forward, and prepared to join Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    In the eyes of everyone, Sanshan Zhenxian is patient enough and patient enough.


    Po Kong Xian Veng was guilty of being a thief, and became angry with shame.


    This guy had bad intentions from the start.


    He changed the laws of heaven and earth around him, preventing everyone from leaving.


    He also secretly controlled Situ Jue and the others, and led everyone into the Demon Realm.


    He had devoured many true immortal-level powerhouses before.


    Now it''s intensifying, and it''s to wipe out everyone.


    Although they are unwilling to fight against the enemies of the immortal level, there is no way for everyone to retreat.


    They can only unite and face such a powerful enemy together.


    The small team led by Meng Zhang also acted with the large force.


    He, who had been watching from the sidelines, always felt that there was something wrong with the scene just now.


    Sanshan Zhenxian seems to keep his posture very low, but he is soft and firm.


    He seems to have always been polite and humble, but intentionally or unintentionally angered Po Kong Xian Veng.


    Especially when Meng Zhang had already told him that there is a high possibility that the Void Fragrant Vine was Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, his actions seemed very suspicious.


    After all, Jun Chen Xianzun was a top-level immortal back then, and he had the hope of breaking through to the golden immortal realm.


    It is not surprising that such characters have any quirks.


    No matter how irritable, unreasonable, or defiant he is, Sanshan Zhenxian should be able to understand and accept it.


    However, Sanshan Zhenxian provoked the anger of the other party through some words, bringing the two sides to the brink of direct confrontation.

 Chapter 2606

    Although Meng Zhang had doubts in his heart, he couldn''t say anything.


    Because of Sanshan Zhenxian''s behavior, there is no problem on the surface.


    On the other hand, the Po Kong Immortal Vine seemed too unreasonable and too aggressive.


    Clay figurines are all earthy.


    After all, everyone is a real fairy level powerhouse, and they are also overlords in the world they are in.


    Although in the cultivation world, the strong have always been respected, and the weak are the prey to the weak, but your cultivation base is only a step above everyone else''s, so why are you so arrogant?


    In particular, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the Hunling Venerable God, who have a deep background, are not without powerhouses at the level of Heavenly Immortals among their own ancestors.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, Gu Yue Lingqing, etc. from Lingkong Immortal Realm are not the real immortals who have never come into contact with them.


    So many true immortal-level powerhouses are not paper, and they are also a strong force when they join hands.


    With so many temporary comrades-in-arms, they think they are numerous and powerful, and everyone''s fear of immortal-level powerhouses is greatly reduced.


    Seeing that they didn''t frighten the crowd, they instead strode forward, and Po Kong Xian Veng was obviously even more angry.


    The thunder and lightning brewing in the dark clouds in the sky slashed towards Sanshan Zhenxian one by one.


    This time, I don''t know what I hold the Heavenly Demon to think, but I didn''t take action to contain the Pokong Immortal Vine.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others tried their best to parry the thunder and lightning that fell from the sky.


    Sanshan Zhenxian shouted at me holding the demon: "Senior, please take action to contain one or two."


    "I''m waiting to help you, and I will definitely help you win."


    Sanshan Zhenxian decided to stand on the side of the ego-brained demon so quickly, and many people felt that it was too rash.


    But judging from the current situation, this is the only way out of necessity.


    Po Kong Xian Veng obviously refused to communicate and directly attacked everyone.


    Although the ego demon is a strong magician, at least he can communicate, and there is the possibility of cooperation.


    At this time, the entire team was about to join up with Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Everyone shot together to resist the thunder and lightning falling from the sky.


    I hold the devil finally responded to Sanshan Zhenxian.


    "It''s good that you finally see who is your enemy and who is your friend."


    "Since everyone is teaming up to fight the enemy, please show some skills and show it well."


    This time, this team has finally officially joined forces with the Ichigo Demon.


    Determined to join forces, the ego demon is no longer reserved, and begins to continue to contain the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    The dark clouds in the sky were weak, and the thunder and lightning released began to become weak.


    Sanshan Zhenxian waved the short whip in his hand, and with the assistance of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the Hunling Venerable God, completely dispelled the dark clouds in the sky.


    "The forest ahead is transformed by the power of the enemy."


    "As long as we destroy this forest, we can hurt the enemy greatly."


    Sanshan Zhenxian pointed to the front and issued an order.


    The strongest of the three teams, Sanshan Zhenxian, Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Hunling Zunshen, formed a triangular formation and rushed to the forest ahead.


    The group behind followed closely behind and launched an attack together.


    Po Kong Xian Veng did not underestimate such a menacing team, and tried to separate out the strength to stop them.


    However, the ego-brained demon suddenly showed his power and restrained most of his energy. He really didn''t have much spare energy to use on Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    The large force broke through many obstacles and finally approached the edge of the forest.


    By this time, the sky-breaking fairy vine seemed to become even more crazy.


    Last time, he was unprepared and let Sanshan Zhenxian lead Meng Zhang and the others into the forest, destroying the arrangement he had carefully prepared for many years.


    This time, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others want to repeat their old tricks, but he will never allow it.


    He is even willing to give in a little bit on the side of the demon, and bear stronger pressure to block Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    The dark green mist over the forest, and even the entire forest, seemed to come alive all at once.


    The thick mist turned into giants and various grotesque monsters, rushing towards the team from all directions.


    One by one, the huge trees were activated, turned into giants, and began to stride forward.


    The sky is obscured by countless vines.


    The earth was shaking violently, and thick vines were moving underground, breaking out of the ground and swooping towards the enemy.


    ...


    Originally, this Demon Territory still had a bit of suppressing power over that forest.


    But now, the power of the forest began to riot, not only easily broke free from the suppression of the demon domain, but in turn overwhelmed the rules of the demon domain.


    Including Sanshan Zhenxian, everyone in the team is very clear.


    If they faced the Void Broken Vine alone, the opponent didn''t need to spend much effort at all, and they could kill them easily with their hands and feet.


    The gap between their cultivation bases is too large. Only when they unite and join hands can they have the strength to compete with each other.


    The entire team relied on this simple formation to maintain a joint momentum.


    Everyone cooperates and takes care of each other.


    Everyone showed their magical powers and showed their abilities, temporarily blocking the waves of the enemy''s offensive.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with the current situation.


    Originally, Sanshan Zhenxian should fully demonstrate the power possessed by his side, intimidate the two powerhouses at the level of heavenly immortals, and then wait for the price and have both sides.


    Whether it''s the ego demon or the sky-breaking fairy vine, they clearly felt the threat and began to fear the power of this team.


    But why, he was so easy to bet on all of a sudden, and completely stood on the side of the ego-brained demon.


    The progress of the whole thing seemed to be natural, but Meng Zhang always felt that someone was secretly pushing things to develop in a predetermined direction.


    Originally, Meng Zhang did not suspect Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Although he has little contact with Sanshan Zhenxian, he has heard his name for a long time.


    Jianjun Banxue highly respects Sanshan Zhenxian with almost unreserved trust.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s performance over the years is indeed an image of an elder who is highly respected and takes care of his younger generation.


    Sanshan Zhenxian should not abandon the team''s interests in any way.


    But the development of the whole thing made Meng Zhang have to doubt Sanshan Zhenxian.


    In his opinion, with the ability of Sanshan Zhenxian, it should not let things develop to such a point.


    Meng Zhang had no evidence to question Sanshan Zhenxian.


    He only instructed his cronies around him to secretly preserve their strength and prepare for the great changes.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang and his team, but almost every member of the large army, who seemed to fight hard, actually secretly preserved their strength.


    This is not because everyone is suspicious of Sanshan Zhenxian, but because of habit, the atmosphere of the cultivation world is like this.


    Everyone seems to be comrades in the same camp, but no one can trust them, and they can''t completely trust their teammates.


    The only one who can really rely on is his own strength after all.


    Therefore, everyone is not willing to consume too much in the battle.


    They all hope that their teammates can do more, share more pressure, and make themselves easier.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Feiyi and book friends 20220616222546886 for their reward and support.

 Chapter 2607

    The true immortal-level powerhouses in this large army have different origins, and most of the members still have a lot of grievances with each other.


    The reason why they teamed up was because they couldn''t do it.


    They seem to be united, but in fact they all have their own thoughts.


    In the face of the powerhouses of the Immortal level, except for a few people, most people do not want to be too showy, for fear of being targeted by the enemy and become the target of key blows.


    Some smart people have even figured it out.


    Although they have caused some pressure on the enemy by virtue of their superiority in numbers, if they really enter an endless bloody battle, they will definitely lose their lives.


    No one is willing to die in vain, and they all wish that others would die, and they would live and enjoy themselves.


    Therefore, although this team fought vigorously with the enemy and seemed to block the enemy''s attack, it was far from showing its real combat effectiveness.


    Sanshan Zhenxian should have noticed this long ago, but he didn''t say anything.


    I don''t know if he really has no choice, or if he doesn''t want to be too strict.


    Meng Zhang followed the crowd in the team, and his main focus was on observing the surroundings.


    Although he has already advanced into a true immortal, he has not made a corresponding breakthrough in the secret art, and he still stays at the level of the power of the return to the virtual period.


    The so-called Tianji Immortal Master not only must have at least the cultivation level of a true immortal, but also the corresponding level of Tianjishu.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is enough, but the level of Tianjishu is still much worse, and he can''t even be called half a Tianji Immortal Master.


    Immortals are different. If you want to calculate things at the level of immortals, you must take action from the Immortal Master Tianji.


    It is not absolutely impossible for a celestial master like Meng Zhang to calculate things at the immortal level, but the price to pay is probably far beyond his tolerance.


    This dispute involved a powerhouse at the level of an immortal. In the absence of other options, Meng Zhang was unable to make up his mind to use the Heavenly Secret Technique for deduction, because he was worried that the price would be too high.


    Meng Zhang could only take one step at a time.


    Since he became suspicious of Sanshan Zhenxian, he has been secretly observing each other.


    Judging from his calm demeanor, he always seemed to be confident and not bothered by the troubles in front of him.


    No matter what kind of secrets he hides, what kind of intentions, Meng Zhang can only hope that he has enough ability to lead everyone out of the predicament.


    The brigade led by Sanshan Zhenxian attacked this forest for a long time. It seemed that the battle was extremely fierce, and the scene was very hot, but the progress made was not great.


    This team has been unable to hold on to this forest and has been unable to break into its interior.


    So many true immortal-level powerhouses joined forces to attack, but they did not effectively contain the sky-breaking fairy vine, causing it to consume too much power.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Hunling Zunshen, who are the leaders of the team, have no intention of changing the status quo.


    The ego demon, who is trying to suppress the sky-breaking fairy vine, has already discovered the situation here.


    He tried his best to contain Pokong Immortal Vine, but the team on Sanshan Zhenxian''s side was fishing.


    Only the demon of ego has always taken advantage of others, and there is no place where others take advantage of him.


    I am devilishly laughing.


    At this time, do these guys still think that they can sit on the mountain and watch the tigers fight.


    Since they have already boarded the ship, it is impossible to do so without effort.


    I am too lazy to talk to these guys, just teach them how to behave with practical actions.


    I pretended to be weak, and let go of the offensive against the sky-breaking fairy vines and turned to the defensive.


    After fighting with the Heavenly Demon I had for so many years, I knew its details and behavior, and Po Kong Xian Veng immediately noticed its change.


    Po Kong Xian Teng knew that the ego-holding demon was deliberately giving in, not that he was really weak.


    That forest was transformed by the power of the sky-breaking fairy vine, and it was his foundation.


    Although the group of true immortals led by Sanshan Zhenxian have been unable to break through it, he could not tolerate the constant threat to the forest.


    Seeing through the mind of the ego demon, he decided to take the opportunity to inflict heavy damage and even annihilate the team.


    Everyone who was fighting with the enemy suddenly felt that the enemy was starting to become stronger, and the pressure on their own was increasing.


    With more power drawn from the battlefield where we were fighting with the ego-goblin, the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine immediately launched.


    A huge force descended on the battlefield, forcibly distorting the surrounding rules of heaven and earth.


    Not long after the battle, the giant ape demon god revealed the true body of the giant ape and turned into a giant ape with a height of 100 meters.


    If it is not suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth on the battlefield, he can become even larger.


    He was a foreign worker like everyone else, but after fighting for a while, he couldn''t hold back his powerful nature, and his beastly instincts exploded. He actually took the initiative to rush to the front of the team, and launched a fierce attack towards the forest ahead like crazy.


    Under his rampage, the giants turned into giant trees couldn''t resist, and he was knocked to the side by him.


    Although there are many people in the team who are stronger than the giant ape demon god, Po Kong Xian Veng chose him as the primary target, to use his life to stand out and kill chickens as an example.


    I saw that the originally unparalleled giant ape demon god seemed to be fixed by an invisible force, and the huge force directly squeezed and tore his huge body.


    With the sound of shattering bones, the real body of the giant ape demon god was smashed alive.


    All this happened so fast that even Sanshan Zhenxian didn''t have time to rescue.


    Everyone watched helplessly as the giant ape demon god fell, and their hearts were all shaken.


    In the face of a powerful force that could threaten their own lives, they no longer cared about preserving their strength, and went all out to block the enemy''s attack.


    The Brave God, who has always been unparalleled and has the courage to move forward, has become the second target.


    A different giant vine fell from the sky and slapped him directly, causing his divine body to almost shatter.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor roared and took the initiative to pounce on the vine, preventing it from continuing to pursue.


    A transparent crystal ball appeared in the palm of the Hunling Venerable God, and the True God Rising Sun, who had been shrunk many times, was trapped in the crystal ball.


    When everyone launched a counterattack just now, True God Shengyang, who was forced to participate in the battle by Pokong Immortal Vine, knew that the situation was not good, and that Pokong Immortal Vine was unable to provide help.


    Out of desperation, in order to survive, he had to take the initiative to surrender to the Hunling Venerable God.


    The powerful Hunling Venerable God did not disappoint him, and imprisoned him, who had given up his resistance, in this artifact.


    This artifact isolates the sense of the sky-breaking fairy vine, making it unable to stimulate the prohibition in the body of the true god of rising sun.


    True God Rising Sun has temporarily saved a small life.


    It is not good intentions for the mixed spirit to protect the true god Shengyang.


    He has coveted the world of Shenchang for a long time, and has long wanted to expand his beliefs to that place.


    However, the native gods of the Shenchang Realm regarded him as a beast of a flood and guarded him strictly.


    Controlling the true god of rising sun, having this leading party will help him in his future conquest of the Shenchang world.

 Chapter 2608

    The Hunling Venerable God looked at the True God of Rising Sun in the crystal ball with greedy eyes, drooling, and could not wait to swallow it.


    Both sides are the same true gods, the mixed spirits are more powerful, and the secret techniques they master are more sophisticated.


    If he completely devours the strong-rooted True God Rising Sun, his cultivation will be able to make a big step forward.


    Hunling Venerable God forcibly suppressed the greed in his heart.


    True God Rising Yang is still of great use to him.


    The true value of the True God Rising Sun lies not only in his own strength.


    He is a hegemon in the world of Shenchang, with a huge foundation, a vast territory, a large number of subordinates, and countless believers.


    Hunling Zun Shen plans to use the true god of rising sun in his hand to seize everything he has in Shenchang Realm, so as to open a breakthrough and then embezzle the entire Shenchang Realm.


    Hunling Venerable God came to the Dengtian Star District, joined the team of foreign invaders, and participated in the invasion of Junchen Realm. This was not his ultimate goal.


    His biggest goal has always been Shenchang Realm.


    He wants to conquer Shenchang Realm, turn Shenchang Realm into a place of his belief, and lay the foundation for himself to attack the gods.


    The True God Rising Sun is regarded as a treasure by him, and he cannot afford to lose it easily.


    However, in the face of strong enemies, it can also be used a little bit.


    He used this artifact to cast a secret technique and began to extract the divine power of the True God Rising Sun.


    This can not only weaken the True God Rising Sun to facilitate his control in the future, but also strengthen himself.


    After the divine power of True God Shengyang entered his body, it was quickly absorbed by refining and became a great tonic.


    The divine power surged on the body of the Hunling Venerable God, and the divine power released entangled the thickest vine.


    The short whip in the hands of Sanshan Zhenxian is extremely sharp and extremely lethal.


    Whether it is a giant transformed by mist or a vine, as long as it is hit by a short whip, it will collapse immediately.


    ...


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine still underestimated these true immortal-level guys.


    He mobilized his strength, except that he unexpectedly killed the Giant Ape Demon God and severely injured the Brave God, but was blocked by Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    Li Wei''s goal is far from being achieved.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine was even more angry.


    He finally fully realized the power of this group of true immortals, which made him make up his mind.


    It is impossible for such a team to rely on him, so he will rest his mind on winning over the opponent.


    He would rather pay a heavy price to let the demons take a little more advantage, and clean up this team first.


    All kinds of light shine in the sky.


    The cyan giant trees grew rapidly, the blue waves were surging, the red flames were burning fiercely, the yellow sandstorms covered the sky, and the golden swords danced wildly...


    The power of Jinmu, Earth, Fire and Five Elements is mobilized, and the power of the Five Elements Dao is urged to the extreme.


    Everyone in the team is a battle-hardened generation, instinctively aware of the imminent crisis.


    At this time, they no longer have any reservations, and they are all out.


    Some try to destroy the forest ahead and destroy the foundation of the opponent.


    Some try to disrupt the Five Elements Avenue and prevent opponents from using supernatural powers.


    ...


    The ego, who was originally fighting with the broken sky fairy vine, glanced at the scene in the sky with great fear, and actually backed away.


    Originally, he wanted to let Broken Sky Immortal Vine eliminate some True Immortal-level powerhouses and weaken that team.


    This can not only consume the power of the sky-breaking fairy vine, but also help him control the team next.


    He wasn''t ready to let the opponent wipe out that team until he completely defeated the Void Fragrant Vine.


    But now, Po Kong Xian Veng has displayed the magical power of immortality at the bottom of the box, and he has the momentum of giving up his life. I don''t need to fight against him for this team.


    The ego demon retreated again, so that the sky-breaking fairy vines could concentrate more powerful power.


    The power of the five elements in the sky condensed to the extreme, and the divine light of immortal magic and supernatural power of the five elements of extinction broke out.


    I saw countless colorful rays of light shot towards the team.


    In the seemingly brilliant colors and dazzling scenery, there is a terrifying murderous intention.


    The purpose of everyone to prevent the Po Kong Immortal Vine from exerting its magical powers failed.


    Next, they will have to personally experience the terrifying power of this celestial magic power.


    Everyone is almost desperately squeezing their potential and exerting all kinds of defensive magical powers.


    In the face of a life-and-death crisis, everyone dared not have the slightest idea of ??retaining their strength.


    The Great Five Elements Extinction Divine Light ranks among the top among many immortal magical powers, and is known for its enormous power.


    Not to mention that this is an immortal-level celestial power, even if it is lowered to a true immortal level, its power is even more powerful than the Yin-Yang Destruction Divine Lightning at the bottom of Meng Zhang''s box.


    Under the streak of countless colorful rays of light, one after another of the protective magical powers was broken, and a powerful man of the true immortal level fell.


    The battered god of bravery was the first to suffer.


    The powerful divine body was swept into a sieve, and then disintegrated together with the divine soul.


    Heavenly Thunder Arhat''s Arhat''s golden body was covered with thunder, the thunder light shone, and the electric snake danced wildly, but it did not last long under the divine light.


    Tianlei Luohan fell to the ground with serious injuries, and his life and death are unknown.


    The Holy Spirit of Canglang took out the ability to press the bottom of the box, set off a huge wave in the sky, and turned his real body into water droplets to hide it.


    The light of the gods destroyed everything in a destructive manner, inflicting heavy damage on its true body.


    The Hunling Venerable God, the Famine Demon God, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor all struggled to support under the light of the gods.


    Meng Zhang knew that the situation was not good when he saw that the supernatural power of the Great Five Elements God Light was brewing.


    With him at the head, Gu Yue Ling Qing, Tai Miao, Moon God, Xian Yun Zhen Xian, and Yue E Fairy formed a special battle together.


    Although everyone had not been rehearsed in advance, they still quickly formed the formation under the guidance of Meng Zhang.


    The Liuhe Immortal Light Array is not one of the Five Elements, and has a very strong defense.


    One after another immortal light rose from the great formation, temporarily blocking the five elements of light from the lasing.


    The power of the formation from the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian is extraordinary, but because the strength gap between the two sides is too large, I don''t know how long it can last.


    The weaker Bibo Water God and Sea God couldn''t resist, and tried to flee to Meng Zhang and the others to take refuge.


    Seeing that everyone was temporary comrades-in-arms, Meng Zhang was ready to take the risk of letting go of the formation to accept them.


    But they were unlucky. They just came to the side of the formation, and they were killed by the Five Elements God Ray before they were sheltered by the formation.


    As their master, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is unable to protect himself at this time, and has no spare energy to rescue them.


    Meng Zhang took a little effort to put the divine body left behind after their fall into the formation.


    If it wasn''t for the fear of swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhangdu was ready to dismantle their divine bodies to strengthen his own defense formation.


    The short whip of the fairy weapon in the hands of Sanshan Zhenxian turned into a golden giant python, wrapping his body so that he could support it under the light of the gods.


    The purple sun above Ziyang Zhenxian''s head became more and more dim, and it seemed that it was about to go out.


    Sanshan Zhenxian shouted angrily at Ziyang Zhenxian: "This is the end, how long are you going to hide? Are you going to watch us all die in battle?"

 Chapter 2609

    When everyone was struggling to resist the Great Five Elements Extermination Divine Light, they were not ignorant of everything that was happening around them.


    In particular, Meng Zhang has the protection of the formation, and he has plenty of energy to observe the surrounding.


    Sanshan Zhenxian suddenly shouted at Ziyang Zhenxian, attracting everyone''s attention.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s behavior seems inexplicable.


    The strength of Ziyang Zhenxian is not as good as his, how can he play a bigger role in this situation?


    Could it be that Ziyang Zhenxian is the deepest hidden guy, and still retains his strength?


    But no matter how he retains his strength, how can he be a true immortal in such a terrifying way?


    Not only Meng Zhang, everyone has such doubts in their hearts.


    Among the people present, Zhenhai Zhenxian and Ziyang Zhenxian have been together for thousands of years in the depths of the source sea of ??Junchen Realm, and they are most familiar with them.


    Can he know how much Ziyang Zhenxian weighs?


    He wondered if Sanshan Zhenxian was confused in the face of the crisis. This was not only because he was desperately ill, but he was simply at a loss.


    True Immortal Ziyang ignored Sanshan True Immortal and looked like she was fully resisting the Divine Light of Extermination.


    Seeing that everyone still has the strength to resist, the sky-breaking fairy vines continue to maintain the power of fairy magic.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing were almost certain that Po Kong Immortal Vine was actually Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    The celestial magical power of the Great Five Elements Extermination Divine Light is definitely not something that can be easily displayed by an immortal treasure in the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine area.


    The Gu Yue family from Gu Yue Ling Qing was a well-known Celestial Family in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and there were more than one Celestial Immortal in the family.


    As the younger generation that the family focuses on cultivation, he has repeatedly accepted the guidance of the elders in the family.


    He is no stranger to angels, and is also familiar with the common methods of ordinary angels.


    Even if Pokong Immortal Vine absorbs the spiritual imprint of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, its essence has not been sublimated, and it is impossible to cultivate the magical power of the Great Five Elements Extermination Divine Light.


    Of course, there must be some problems with Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, and the cultivation base is far inferior to the heyday.


    Otherwise, he could easily annihilate the ego demon and this team of true immortal-level powerhouses.


    "Everyone, be careful, it''s not the Void Broken Vine that is casting the spell, but the Junchen Immortal Venerable."


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing did not care about anything else and tried their best to warn all their comrades in arms.


    In fact, it wasn''t just Meng Zhang and the others, such as the Hunling Revered God and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who had long noticed that something was wrong.


    Although Meng Zhang''s reminder surprised them, it was not unacceptable.


    The identities of the opponents in front of them are reversed one after another, which is really rare in their experience.


    Hunling Zunshen has long been complaining about Sanshan Zhenxian in his heart.


    I don''t know how the temporary leader did it to let things develop to such a degree.


    For a famous figure like Jun Chen Xianzun, many of his experiences have long since become legends.


    If the opponent is the Void Fragrant Vine, it may not be easy to pull the relationship.


    If the other party is really Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, then there should be some scruples.


    "Little God Master is an official member of the Temple of Heaven, and the little God is also a peripheral member."


    Although almost everyone knows his background, the arrogant Hunling Venerable God has always disdain to move out of his background easily.


    He prefers to rely on his own abilities to subdue his opponents rather than relying on his background to overwhelm others.


    Under the light of the Great Five Elements Extermination Divine Light, he had to grab every life-saving straw and do some things he didn''t like.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor felt the firm killing intent of his opponent and couldn''t help but sighed.


    For the sake of his own ethnic group, he also had to abandon his self-esteem and take the initiative to surrender.


    "Senior Jun Chen, my Dragon Clan and you have never had any grudges and entanglements."


    "The conflict with you next time is misleading, it''s purely a misunderstanding."


    "I also ask you to raise your hand one more time, the Dragon Clan will remember this favor."


    Even the most arrogant Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Hunling Venerable God had to say soft words to plead for mercy, and there was no need for others to continue to be tough.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing moved out of the Gu Yue family behind her, Zhenhai Zhenxian moved out of her supportive angel...


    To be honest, even an immortal like Jun Chen Xianzun probably didn¡¯t want to offend so many forces just because he was quick.


    Seeing that everyone moved out of the background one after another, trying to make Immortal Jun Chen scruples, Sanshan Zhenxian did not continue to persecute Ziyang Zhenxian.


    Everyone''s main attention was still on Jun Chen Xianzun, and this little episode was quickly let go.


    The offensive of the Great Five Elements Extermination Divine Light has also slowed down significantly, and everyone feels the pressure is greatly reduced.


    Everyone breathed a sigh of relief, feeling that their own words worked.


    For someone like Meng Zhang who has no background, he feels that he has been dipped in anyway.


    At this moment, a colorful beam of light descended from the sky and shot directly at the True Immortal Ziyang.


    Such a ferocious blow, even Sanshan Zhenxian couldn''t resist it.


    Immortal Jun Chen''s attack was murderous and determined to win. Others were afraid to help Ziyang Zhenxian, or they were too late to respond.


    The round of purple sun above Ziyang Zhenxian''s head blocked the path of the beam of light, and was easily destroyed and extinguished.


    Seeing that the beam of light was about to penetrate Ziyang Zhenxian''s body, a round of blue sun emerged from his body and took the initiative to meet the beam of light.


    The power of this cyan big sun is many times stronger than that of the purple sun, and it actually blocked the beam of light directly.


    Everyone looked at Ziyang True Immortal in amazement. Such supernatural abilities are not something that a mere true immortal can possess.


    When did Ziyang Zhenxian become a Heavenly Immortal, and why did he keep hiding his strength?


    Everyone thought of Sanshan Zhenxian''s help just now.


    It turns out that Sanshan Zhenxian has long known the true strength of Ziyang Zhenxian, why did he help him hide it?


    In any case, everyone is a comrade-in-arms on the same boat. Is it okay to hide such key information?


    "Qingyang Tianxian, why are you?"


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine, no, it should be Jun Chen Immortal Venerable''s voice resounding in the air.


    Hearing the words of Immortal Jun Chen, the temperament of True Immortal Ziyang changed, as if he had completely changed his mind.


    He ignored Jun Chen Xianzun, but glanced at Sanshan Zhenxian lightly.


    "You junior, what are you shouting about? Didn''t this seat tell you already?"


    "If it wasn''t for your random shouting that made Jun Chen suspicious, he might not be able to see through this seat."


    At this time, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s voice sounded again.


    "It turned out to be just a mere distraction, and I don''t know how capable the deity is."


    Ziyang Zhenxian, no, it should be Qingyang Tianxian, looking at the sky and saying with emotion: "This distraction is hidden in the depths of Ziyang''s nephew''s immortal soul, and has been sleeping for tens of thousands of years."


    "Boy Junchen, you really haven''t fallen, and you still survive to this day."


    "I originally thought that this distracted mind would fall asleep forever, and just follow Ziyang''s nephew back to the Lingkong Immortal Realm."


    "Since you are still here, I can only wake up and settle the old accounts with you."

 Chapter 2610

    After listening to this conversation, everyone realized that it wasn''t that the true immortal Ziyang concealed his strength, but that a distraction from the immortal Qingyang had long been hidden in the depths of his immortal soul.


    Now, it was clearly the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian that controlled Ziyang Zhenxian''s body.


    I don''t know if Ziyang Zhenxian cooperated willingly or was forced?


    The well-informed Gu Yue Ling Qing had already begun to secretly introduce the origin of the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal to Meng Zhang.


    In Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are three famous angels, namely Ziyang Tianxian, Qingyang Tianxian, and Baiyang Tianxian.


    They worked together to create a sect called Sanyang Xianzong many years ago.


    This sect is quite powerful in Lingkong Xianjie, and it can be regarded as the dominant party.


    The three founders, Ziyang Tianxian, Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian, are all old-fashioned angels with unfathomable strength.


    Among the younger disciples, some outstanding figures can often emerge.


    When Gu Yue Ling Qing was in Lingkong Immortal Realm, he also had some dealings with Sanyang Immortal Sect, and had a bad impression of him.


    It is said that there is a deep hatred that is difficult to resolve between Sanyang Immortal Sect and Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    The origin of the hatred between the two sides is not clear to Gu Yue Lingqing, but I heard that Ziyang Tianxian among the three founders of Sanyang Xianzong fell into the hands of Junchen Xianzun.


    Ziyang Zhenxian, who established Ziyang Shengzong in Junchen Realm, is the direct descendant of Ziyang Tianxian.


    According to Gu Yue Lingqing''s guess, when True Immortal Ziyang came to Junchen Realm, in addition to plotting the relics left by Immortal Junchen, there may also be a task of investigating whether Immortal Junchen has completely fallen.


    Now, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction suddenly appeared on Ziyang Zhenxian. Although it is indeed very surprising, those who know the grievances between Sanyang Xianzong and Junchen Xianzun will not feel unimaginable.


    Not only Gu Yue Ling Qing and Meng Zhang, but the others present couldn''t help but talk in secret after Qing Yang Tian Xian''s distraction appeared.


    After Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction was exposed, Junchen Xianzun relaxed his attack on others.


    "Older Qingyang, you want to settle an old account with me, do you have that ability?"


    "Your deity came in person, this seat may also spend some hands and feet, and you are distracted..."


    Jun Chen Xianzun did not immediately take action against Qingyang Tianxian, but instead became more talkative.


    After Junchen Xianzun relaxed his attack, Sanshan Zhenxian and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took the opportunity to get together.


    Everyone couldn''t help but look at Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Judging from his reaction just now, he should have known for a long time that Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and possessed by Ziyang Tianxian.


    He has been silent, keeping everyone in the dark and making everyone very dissatisfied.


    From an intellectual consideration, everyone can understand Sanshan Zhenxian''s approach.


    No matter how strong the Sanshan True Immortal is, he is only a True Immortal, and he has no courage to go against the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal.


    But emotionally, everyone still feels uncomfortable.


    In addition, everyone has a lot of criticisms about Qingyang Tianxian, but they dare not say it clearly.


    If Qingyang Tianxian shot earlier, everyone would not be in danger, and those companions would not be lost in vain.


    I also came to join in the fun.


    "Fellow Daoist Qingyang, if you show up early and deal with Jun Chen with this seat, this seat will not have to make a lot of trouble."


    "However, it''s not too late. You and I will join forces to get rid of this kid, and we will each take what we need."


    Qingyang Tianxian did not pay attention to the demon of ego.


    After all, he is a famous immortal in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and it is not good for him to collude with the demons in front of so many juniors.


    Immortals and demons are incompatible, and in many cases, it is not just a simple talk.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm is the absolute dominant force in the immortal way, and the immortal way and the magic way are mortal enemies.


    Whenever there is a trace of magic, it will be surrounded and suppressed by various forces.


    Of course, some monks with more flexible moral bottom lines will secretly collude with demon cultivators because of various needs.


    All this is invisible.


    At least on the surface, the Qingyang Tianxian wants to keep a distance from the ego-brained demon.


    Qingyang Tianxian glanced at Sanshan Zhenxian, and said neither yin nor yang: "Sanshan little friend, you and I have not known each other for a day or two, why can''t you believe this seat?"


    "If you hadn''t shouted on purpose and revealed your flaws, Jun Chen boy might not be able to see through this seat, let alone try to test it."


    Sanshan Zhenxian surrendered to Qingyang Tianxian to apologize.


    "I also ask the seniors to forgive me. The juniors are indeed flustered in the face of a powerful enemy."


    "I made mistakes in a hurry, not intentional."


    Qingyang Tianxian did not hold on to Sanshan Zhenxian, sneered, and turned his attention to the real enemy Junchen Immortal.


    The appearance of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction made the situation more complicated.


    After receiving the information provided by Gu Yue Ling Qing, Meng Zhang began to analyze the current situation again.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had already said that due to some battles at the top of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, as well as the fact that many immortals are unwilling to be affected by the relationship of cause and effect.


    Therefore, the angels of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will not come to the Junchen Realm to participate in various battles.


    I just don''t know, Junchen world has been destroyed, are those restrictions still there?


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, lurking in the body of Ziyang Zhenxian, should not be a day or two.


    The most extreme situation is that when the Ziyang Zhenxian left the Lingkong Immortal Realm ten thousand years ago, the distraction of the Qingyang Tianxian was lurking in it.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s approach is also hitting the edge.


    I don''t know how long Sanshan Zhenxian has known about this matter?


    The Junchen world was invaded by foreign invaders, and the human race cultivators suffered heavy casualties. These are too distant stories to be told.


    Just talking about it just now, if Qingyang Tianxian showed up earlier, how could there be such a large casualty in his team.


    Qingyang Tianxian turned a blind eye to these, so he could know his human nature.


    Judging from the performance of Sanshan Zhenxian, he is also dissatisfied with it.


    Now the real decision of the situation in the field is still the three powerhouses at the level of heaven.


    Don''t look at the Qingyang Tianxian now ignoring the ego demon.


    Meng Zhang knew the faces of these so-called righteous immortals.


    At the critical moment, once he can''t win Jun Chen Xianzun independently, he will still join forces with the demon.


    If the Qingyang Tianxian really joins forces with the Ichi Tianmo to defeat the Junchen Immortal, will Meng Zhang and the others be able to survive the scene in front of them?


    Meng Zhang felt that things should not be so simple.


    If nothing else, no one can say whether Qingyang Tianxian will continue to use everyone as cannon fodder in the future, and whether he will kill people afterward.


    After all, what came here is only a distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, not the deity.


    Even if Jun Chen Xianzun''s state is obviously not good, a distraction and the ego demon may not be able to completely eliminate the other party.


    When Meng Zhang was thinking, Qingyang Tianxian did not rush to take action, but carefully looked at the forest below.


    The demon domain controlled by the ego demon still maintains the suppression of this forest.


    Thousands of strange monsters are still rushing towards the forest.


    The power of the manifested demon of the ego is still fighting against Immortal Jun Chen.

 Chapter 2611

    Qingyang Tianxian didn''t know what he was thinking, and after a while, he shouted to the members of this team.


    "Everyone, Jun Chen failed to attack the Golden Immortal realm back then. He survived by means of some magic methods, and he has survived until now."


    "This scorpion''s actions are contrary to the way of heaven, and it is really heinous and heinous."


    "Everyone, today, everyone''s killing this scorpion is just doing the Tao for heaven."


    "After this is done, this seat will definitely reward you."


    Qingyang Tianxian''s words did not arouse much reaction from everyone.


    Everyone is no longer a child. Not only have they heard a lot of these words that seem to be just and righteous and seize the moral high ground, they have also spoken to the younger generation many times on weekdays.


    Meng Zhang secretly complained in his heart.


    The enemy of your Three Suns Immortal Sect is a demon and a heretic, and he is heinous. It''s really funny. Who do you think you are?


    According to Gu Yue Lingqing, although Immortal Jun Chen and Sanyang Immortal Sect had enmity at the time, it was too long ago, and it is difficult to verify who is right and who is right.


    However, judging from Sanyang Immortal Sect''s usual comments and reactions after the event, Sanyang Immortal Sect is definitely not a good thing, and should be mainly responsible for this matter.


    Seeing that there was no reaction from everyone, Qingyang Tianxian didn''t care and continued to agitate.


    "This seat will contain the power of Jun Chen boy and block the attack from him for you."


    "You just need to continue to attack the forest and destroy its foundation as you did just now. That''s it."


    You are not fools, Qingyang Tianxian said it nicely, but he clearly used everyone as cannon fodder to weaken Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Although they did not dare to oppose Qingyang Tianxian head-on, no one was willing to be cannon fodder.


    Everyone looked at their noses, noses and hearts, pretending that they didn''t hear Qingyang Tianxian''s words, and they all pretended to be fools.


    Seeing that he was good at persuading him, but not getting everyone''s response, Qingyang Tianxian''s face suddenly turned gloomy.


    "Sanshan boy, you haven''t led the team, what are you waiting for?"


    "Don''t forget, you promised me back then that you would help Junior Nephew Ziyang guard the Junchen Realm."


    "Now that Junchen World is destroyed, your mission has failed."


    "This seat now gives you an opportunity to redeem your sins, you must not miss it."


    The shamelessness of Qingyang Tianxian made Sanshan Zhenxian stunned.


    He helped the six true immortals guard the Junchen world for many years and paid a huge price.


    In the end, it was clearly the six true immortals who destroyed the consciousness of the heavens of the Junchen world and destroyed the Junchen world with one hand.


    How did it come to the mouth of Qingyang Tianxian, but it became his own responsibility?


    Power is the truth. Even though he knows that the Qingyang Tianxian has reversed right and wrong, Sanshan Zhenxian also knows that there is no point in arguing with him.


    Apart from threatening Sanshan Zhenxian, Qingyang Tianxian did not spare anyone else.


    "Junior of the Dragon Clan, you obey your orders obediently today, and this seat will not care about your killing of the human race cultivators in the Junchen Realm."


    "That Shinto junior, I have also dealt with the Temple of Heaven."


    "As long as you fight honestly, this seat will not treat you badly."


    "Boy of the Gu Yue family, you sneaked into the Junchen Realm and violated the rules set by the seniors."


    "Not only did you cause a big disaster, but also yourself, and the Gu Yue family."


    "If you make a contribution to the killing of Jun Chen, I will naturally share it for you afterwards."


    "Everyone, everyone is a monk of the right way, and they should all have the determination to destroy the evil demons and practice the way for the heavens."


    ...


    Qingyang Tianxian coerced and lured the real immortal-level powerhouses present, just to let everyone continue to attack the forest and continue to be the enemy of Junchen Xianzun.


    After knowing that Pokong Immortal Vine is actually Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, many people''s morale has plummeted.


    In particular, the Great Five Elements Extinction Divine Light displayed by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen just now put everyone on the verge of falling, and many people were almost frightened.


    Everyone is really unwilling to continue to be enemies with Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Qingyang Tianxian and Junchen Immortal Venerable''s personal feud, but they want to involve everyone in it, and what kind of bullshit is doing things for the sky, which makes everyone feel tired and crooked.


    At this time, everyone began to reflect on what just happened.


    Once they calmed down and thought, they discovered a lot of tricks.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s approach clearly has a strong bias, and even misleads everyone.


    You shouldn''t have torn your face with Jun Chen Xianzun. It was Sanshan Zhenxian''s seemingly fair method, which forced everyone into the thief boat, leaving everyone with no other choice.


    Qingyang Tianxian knew that just relying on verbal threats, everyone might not give in.


    Seeing that everyone was pretending to be stupid, he was also angry, and was about to tear his face and come up with some means.


    At this time, the ego demon began to actively cooperate with him.


    "You juniors are unwilling to do it. Could it be that you and Jun Chen are in the same group."


    "Are you still a monk of the righteous path if you take refuge in the evil demons? Are you still qualified to be a Taoist immortal?"


    The words I hold the devil made everyone feel ridiculous.


    You are a demon, a big man in the devil''s way, and the leader of a demon heresy, and you actually accuse others of being a devil heresy.


    Of course, not all the righteous monks were in the team.


    In addition to Sanshan Zhenxian, Zhenhai Zhenxian, Mengzhang and other Taoist immortals, Hunling Zunshen and Tianlei Arhat are barely members of the right path.


    In many cases, the Shinto monks and Buddhist monks are barely considered the camp of the righteous monks.


    The fallen demon gods and savage gods can''t be mentioned as righteous monks.


    The Demon God of Famine is an out-and-out devil monk.


    "If you want to take refuge with Jun Chen, then don''t blame my subordinates for being ruthless."


    I am a warning to everyone with the demon red fruit.


    Qingyang Tianxian, a self-proclaimed righteous cultivator, pretended not to see the ego demon threatening everyone, but instead actively cooperated with the other party.


    After Qingyang Tianxian appeared, Junchen Immortal Venerable was concentrating his strength and shrinking the front line.


    He seems to be completely suppressed by the ego demon, and has no ability to intervene in the affairs here.


    In the face of the threat of the ego demon and the Qingyang Tianxian, everyone had to bow their heads.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian and Ziyang Zhenxian are the most familiar, and they have had a lot of dealings with Sanyang Xianzong.


    He was the first to give in, pretending to be a junior, and bowed down in front of Qingyang Tianxian.


    "The disciple must obey the instructions of the uncle, and destroy the evil demon and heresy."


    With Zhenhai Zhenxian taking the lead, including Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang, they all succumbed and expressed their willingness to obey Qingyang Tianxian''s orders.


    Heroes do not suffer immediate losses, and everyone knows that they cannot confront them head-on.


    Hunling Venerable God, who has always been unwilling to rely on the background behind him, was angry in his heart.


    When he leaves here safely, he must invite the elders from the Temple of Heaven to have a good theory with Qingyang Tianxian.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s face was gloomy and terrifying, and he didn''t know what he was thinking.


    Everyone''s faces were gloomy, and they were ready to continue to attack the forest ahead as before.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he already regarded Qingyang Tianxian as an enemy.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Feiyiyi and book friends 20200220142040844 for their reward and support.

 Chapter 2612

    As the weak, in the face of the situation dominated by the strong, the most important thing is to maintain the balance of the situation and not allow one party to completely dominate.


    This is the idea in Meng Zhang''s mind, and it is also the way of survival that he thought out.


    Now, the ego demon and Qingyang Tianxian are distracted and clearly have the upper hand.


    In order to maintain the balance of the situation, Meng Zhang should find a way to strengthen the side of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    In addition to the consideration of interests, Meng Zhang''s personal perception also plays a role.


    Meng Zhang has always been at odds with the devil and never colluded with the devil.


    He was influenced by the ego-governing demon before, and temporarily took the ego-governing demon''s side, which made him very regretful and regarded it as a great shame.


    He used this to warn himself that the demons were cunning and cunning, and he could no longer be deceived by the demons.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s actions after the distraction was exposed made Meng Zhang even more hated.


    The so-called angels are actually no different from demons.


    As a last resort, Meng Zhang, like the others, launched an attack towards the forest ahead.


    Jun Chen Xianzun, who was restrained by the ego demon, still used some conventional means to resist the attack of everyone as before.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian did not rush to take action, but continued to observe and wait for the opportunity.


    The injuries like Tianlei Arhat and Canglang Holy Spirit are too serious. If they don''t heal quickly, they may fall at any time. Qingyang Tianxian has no way to force them too much.


    Others, who were slightly injured, did not get much opportunity to cultivate, and were forced to go to the battlefield again.


    First, everyone was frightened by the immortal magic power that Jun Chen Xianzun just performed, and second, they were extremely dissatisfied with Qingyang Tianxian.


    They are all unwilling to exert their strength, and the various offensives are weak, which poses little threat to Jun Chen Xianzun.


    If it goes on like this, who knows when the forest will be destroyed.


    Qingyang Tianxian was naturally very dissatisfied with this situation.


    He saw the opportunity, a force of energy turned into a long whip, and slapped Xianyun Zhenxian fiercely.


    I don''t know if I can''t avoid it or I don''t dare to avoid it, Xianyun Zhenxian was drawn straight.


    He screamed, and the whole person was pulled out.


    "Dare to pretend to be dead."


    "If you don''t get up again, this seat will skin you."


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who fell to the ground, struggled to stand up and stumbled onto the battlefield again.


    Although Xianyun Zhenxian was full of resentment in his heart, he did not dare to show the slightest.


    Everyone was working hard, but Qingyang Tianxian chose Xianyun Zhenxian to attack.


    This is not only the bad luck of Xianyun Zhenxian, but also the meaning of hitting Meng Zhang smoothly.


    Such a strong-tempered Dragon Emperor, who was so humiliated by Qingyang Tianxian, might be desperate.


    If the background of Hunling Zunshen is profound, Qingyang Tianxian is not willing to persecute too much.


    If you beat a dog, you have to look at the owner. Qingyang Tianxian''s behavior made Meng Zhang feel resentful.


    He not only hit Xianyun Zhenxian, but also Meng Zhang''s face.


    Probably in the eyes of Qingyang Tianxian, Meng Zhang, who has no background, is not worth mentioning at all.


    After seeing what happened to Xianyun Zhenxian, everyone knew that Qingyang Tianxian was killing chickens and warning monkeys.


    Next, everyone dared not continue to grind foreign workers, and they all stepped up their offensive.


    On the surface, at least, their offensive looked decent, putting a lot of pressure on the forest ahead.


    This team, composed of all true immortal-level powerhouses, moved forward steadily.


    That forest has been completely plunged into war, and a large part of it has been destroyed.


    If things continue like this, it is only a matter of time before the entire forest is completely destroyed.


    Although Qingyang Tianxian was still very dissatisfied with the progress, he didn''t say much.


    Jun Chen Xianzun is probably trying to change this passive situation.


    As his power manifested, more towering giant trees in the forest began to move, trying to surround the entire team.


    As everyone slowly entered the coverage area of ??the forest, the influence of the rules of heaven and earth in the Demon Domain on the surrounding area was greatly reduced, and it was difficult for the ego demon and the Qingyang Tianxian to notice all the movements here.


    Meng Zhang has yet to find the location of Jun Chen Xianzun''s true body.


    He used the secret communication technique to directly transmit the information he wanted to convey to the center of the forest, where the power was most concentrated.


    After sending the message, Meng Zhang has not received a response.


    He was a little disappointed, and thought that Jun Chen Xianzun had completely given up communication.


    Meng Zhang had no other way but to continue to wait and think about other ways to see if he could secretly contact Immortal Jun Chen.


    After a while, Meng Zhang hadn''t thought of a new way, when Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s voice suddenly appeared in his ears.


    "Boy, you know at this time that you have chosen the wrong master."


    "Why, your kid is going to jump left and right again, and choose your camp again."


    Although Xianzun Junchen''s words were full of ridicule and disdain, Meng Zhang was overjoyed.


    As long as Jun Chen Xianzun is willing to communicate, everything can be saved.


    Meng Zhang ignored Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s ridicule, but used the same method to convey the message again.


    This time, it didn''t take long for Immortal Venerable Jun Chen to respond.


    Probably because he felt that the communication with Meng Zhang was not secretive enough, and it was too troublesome.


    He manifested a thick layer of mist that surrounded Meng Zhang, and many vines kept beating around Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can communicate with one of the special vines secretly while parrying.


    With the cover of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, Meng Zhang''s actions were even less exposed.


    Although Jun Chen Xianzun is not forgiving, his body is still very honest.


    It seems that he also knows that the situation is wrong, and wants to open a gap in this group of true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Guessing Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s thoughts, Meng Zhang became less anxious and more calm.


    "Senior, you also know the current situation."


    "Since you are willing to communicate with the younger generation, it shows that there is something useful for the younger generation."


    "Between you and me, you don''t need to test each other, you can go straight to the point."


    Next, the two sides were arguing and expressing their respective demands.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ask for much, but to leave here safely with his men.


    Naturally, Immortal Junchen will not help him leave in vain. He needs his help to turn against these true immortal-level powerhouses and deal with the ego demon and Qingyang Tianxian together.


    In order to strengthen Meng Zhang''s confidence, Jun Chen Xianzun revealed that he still has a hidden trump card, which can be completely defeated by one.


    To be honest, if Jun Chen Xianzun really has the capital to fight back, Meng Zhang doesn''t mind a lot of cooperation.


    For Jun Chen Xianzun, Meng Zhang was originally full of respect.


    As a cultivator from the Junchen world, he should naturally have a special gratitude to Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    If it weren''t for the recent series of encounters, Meng Zhang would even be willing to help him regardless of return as long as Jun Chen Xianzun showed his identity.


    As soon as he thought of what Immortal Venerable Jun Chen did, Meng Zhang felt a big lump in his heart, and he didn''t want to believe him.


    Meng Zhang was deceived and used by the ego-god demon before, and there was a psychological factor in this regard.


    Now that Immortal Junchen wants to cooperate, he should at least show some sincerity.


    Meng Zhang first asked a question tentatively.


    Who is it that changes the laws of heaven and earth in the surrounding void and prevents all true immortal-level powerhouses from leaving?


    Jun Chen Xianzun smiled bitterly.


    He told Meng Zhang that it was the ego demon who did this.


    He had the opportunity to stop the other party, but because of some special considerations, he did not stop.


    When everyone was arguing before, because he was too arrogant, he didn''t bother to explain.


    Since the law of heaven and earth in the surrounding void was changed, Meng Zhang has been secretly analyzing it, wanting to see if there is a way to crack it.


    Although he knew that he could not change the law of heaven and earth, it should not be a bad thing to know more about it.


    At the very beginning, everyone instinctively thought that this thing was done by the demon of ego.


    After entering the Demon Realm, everyone experienced a reversal, including Meng Zhang, and everyone was even more suspicious of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Now, Meng Zhang''s analysis has certain results.


    After entering the Demon Realm, he witnessed the battle between the ego demon and Jun Chen Xianzun, and sensed the strength of both sides.


    In particular, he went deep into the forest transformed by the power of Immortal Jun Chen, and had a deeper understanding of the power of Immortal Jun Chen.


    Combined with the analysis he performed with the esoteric method, he can now draw a conclusion.


    The power to change the laws of the surrounding void, heaven and earth, is closer in nature to the ego-governing demon, and is quite different from Junchen Xianzun.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen didn''t lie, and one more piece of evidence was added to the evidence that the ego-brained demon deceived everyone.


    After the entrance to the Heavenly Immortal Treasure was opened, many true immortal-level powerhouses entered the Heavenly Immortal Treasure.


    Jun Chen Xianzun actually devoured a lot of powerhouses just like my demon.


    This kind of cannibalism has always made Meng Zhang feel unacceptable.


    This is not only the bottom line of the righteous monk, but also the bottom line of the human race cultivator.


    Now that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen wanted to communicate frankly, Meng Zhang brought it up unceremoniously.


    Xianzun Junchen probably really wanted to win over Meng Zhang, but he explained to Meng Zhang patiently.


    He had indeed devoured several true immortal-level powerhouses before, but he had never devoured a human race cultivator.


    What he devoured was the demon god of the demon clan and the holy spirit of the spirit clan.


    As for the few human race true immortals, Fang Ming Luohan, and even the humanoid true god Rising Sun, he only secretly controlled it.


    Meng Zhang was taken aback by Jun Chen''s explanation.


    He secretly contacted Gu Yue Ling Qing again and asked this question.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing also admitted that he did not see Immortal Jun Chen devouring the human race practitioners, but only saw him engulfing the demon god and the Holy Spirit.


    With Gu Yue Ling Qing''s proof, Meng Zhang generally believed in Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s explanation.


    With this, the situation is very different.


    Monster beasts eat people, humans eat monster beasts, that is a competition for survival, it is natural selection, and it has nothing to do with good or evil.


    Meng Zhang himself did not eat the flesh and blood of monsters.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen devoured the demon god directly, which seemed a little rude at most, and there were no other problems.


    As for the Spiritual Race, they are simply walking treasures.


    The powerhouses of various races and cultivation systems often capture the spirits alive, use them to refine alchemy, and even swallow them directly.


    When Meng Zhang fought against foreign invaders in the void, he devoured the Spirit Race.


    Most of the knots in Meng Zhang''s heart were untied.


    From this point of view, Jun Chen Xian respects good and evil, and at least does not violate the bottom line of human beings.


    These two questions are just an introduction and a temptation.


    Next, Meng Zhang asked the most important question.


    What is the current state of Jun Chen Xianzun? How did he survive after his failure to attack Jin Xian in the past? Is the demon of ego being really transformed by his inner demon?


    Perhaps the question asked by Meng Zhang was too sharp, and Immortal Venerable Jun Chen fell into a long silence.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, nor did he urge him.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun didn''t show enough sincerity, how could Meng Zhang dare to cooperate with him and face the two powerhouses at the level of gods?


    Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian.


    Although he is still a long way from hitting the Golden Immortal realm, he is not ignorant of this.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun lied about key issues, it would be very difficult for him to hide from Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang and Jun Chen Xianzun secretly communicated, the battle outside did not stop, but became more and more intense.


    The demon of ego held the main power of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    A number of true immortal-level powerhouses attacked the forest, causing heavy losses, and the area was rapidly shrinking.


    All of Jun Chen Xianzun''s counterattack efforts were ineffective.


    Whether it is the tall tree people or the giants transformed by the thick fog, they are all rapidly consuming, but they cannot stop the enemy''s progress.


    So far, Jun Chen Xianzun has only manifested his strength to entangle with the enemy, but has not yet shown his true body.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian has not shot, just waiting.


    He has to wait for the time when Jun Chen Xianzun''s real body can no longer be hidden, and then he will go straight to Huanglong.


    The powerhouses of the true immortal level seem to have the lowest cultivation base, but their role is very crucial.


    They continue to destroy this forest and constantly consume the power of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, which will force him to show his true body.


    The distraction between the ego demon and Qingyang Tianxian has already communicated secretly, and only then has the current battle plan.


    I can tolerate Qingyang Tianxian watching the play all the time, that is, I have confidence in this plan.


    Judging from the situation on the field, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is falling further and further, and it seems that he is powerless to make a comeback.


    Of course, neither the ego demon nor the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian will be careless about it.


    They know that Jun Chen Xianzun is powerful.


    Even if the opponent''s strength is at a low point and the state is extremely poor, they still have the ability to threaten them.


    For a character like Jun Chen Xianzun, until the last moment, no one knows what kind of trump card he has.


    After waiting for a long time, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen probably felt that he had to rely on Meng Zhang and the others to make a comeback, so he must actively strive for them.


    Although he was reluctant to disclose this information, Meng Zhang''s attitude was firm, and Immortal Venerable Jun Chen had no other choice but to compromise.


    Jun Chen Xianzun told Meng Zhang.


    Many years ago, he had obtained a treasure that could help him display the magical powers of cosmic light.


    He knew that once he failed to attack Jinxian, the terrifying backlash force would not only destroy his deity, but also follow a special causal connection, destroy all his clones, and destroy all his backhands.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen made arrangements in advance.


    Once he fails to attack the Golden Immortal Realm, he completely falls, and after the backlash power disappears, his life-born fairy treasure, the Void Fairy Vine, will activate that treasure at the cost of his own life, display the supernatural power of Eternal Light, and in the long river of time , summoned a projection of his past.


    This tricky approach seems very creative.


    I don''t know if it was because Immortal Jun Chen''s cultivation was not enough, or because of this arrangement in advance, something went wrong when he hit the Jinxian realm.


    He failed to attack the realm of Jinxian, and the deity and all incarnations completely fell.


    Fortunately, his arrangement played a role, and the sky-breaking fairy vines later successfully summoned the projection of his past in the long river of time.

 Chapter 2613

    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen had good luck.


    The time node that summoned this projection was after he advanced to Heavenly Immortal.


    Therefore, although this projection is illusory and unreal, it has the cultivation realm of an immortal.


    This not only allows him to save a lot of cultivation time, but also allows him to have enough self-protection power early on.


    This projection has all the memories of Junchen Immortal Venerable before that time node, and it is almost equivalent to another Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Of course, projections are projections after all, not real people.


    After the Void Broken Vine fell, only an empty body was left.


    The projection of Immortal Jun Chen occupies this body, uses it as his new body, and slowly refines it.


    Before hitting the Golden Immortal realm, Junchen Immortal Venerable left a lot of legacy and arrangement.


    If Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is given enough time, it is really possible for him to regain his new life so smoothly, and even restore the cultivation base of his heyday.


    It''s a pity that the demon of my grasp has been eyeing him early on.


    The origin of the ego demon is also not simple.


    When Immortal Jun Chen became an immortal and attained Taoism and broke through to the realm of true immortals, there were demons from outside the realm who came to block the way.


    The extraterritorial demon who came to block the way is the current ego demon.


    Jun Chen Xianzun can become a top-level fairy, needless to say, I must have failed to block the road at the beginning.


    After I failed to block the way, I didn''t just let it go, but kept entangled with Jun Chen Xianzun.


    In the subsequent cultivation career of Jun Chen Xianzun, the ego-brained demon became his great enemy and opposed him many times.


    Hearing Xianzun Junchen say this, Meng Zhang was also very sighed in his heart.


    When he first broke through to the real immortal realm, there were also extraterrestrial demons who came to block the way.


    Under the circumstances, Meng Zhang used a series of external forces to repel him.


    He also knew that this extraterritorial demon would not give up, and would definitely continue to pester him in the future.


    It can be seen from the experience of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The ego demon can haunt him for a long time, almost endlessly.


    The cultivation of Jun Chen Xianzun is improving, and the ego-brained demon is also not idle.


    Perhaps, if Jun Chen Xianzun can successfully advance to Jin Xian, there is a great possibility that he will completely get rid of the ego-holding demon.


    Unfortunately, he failed.


    Advanced Jinxian failed, and finally relied on the backhand left behind to regain a new life. Before he had time to restore all his cultivation bases, when he was in the worst state, the demon of my grasp came to the door.


    Junchen Immortal Venerable was originally arranged in Junchen World.


    Those natural gods who rule the Junchen world will serve as his guardians, guarding him through his weak period.


    However, due to the secret influence of the egoistic demon, many natural gods set off rebellion, destroyed the arrangement of Junchen Immortal Venerable, and caused chaos in the world of Junchen.


    In order to completely remove the influence of the ego-governing demon and leave no trouble, Immortal Jun Chen had to break his wrist, thoroughly cleaned the Jun Chen world, and killed almost all the natural gods.


    He didn''t have much time at the time, so he couldn''t kill them all.


    He also knows that many powerful natural gods can be reborn after they fall.


    He just tries to do his best.


    As for those places that cannot be taken care of, there is nothing he can do.


    After he has completely recovered his strength, he can slowly solve those problems.


    After that, he retreated into the Heavenly Immortal Relic, preparing to retreat and practice.


    The ghostly ego demon followed in his footsteps and chased in.


    I have fought against the Heavenly Demon and Jun Chen Xianzun for so many years, and I know the terrifying aspects of each other.


    Even if the opponent is in a weak state, it is not so easy to deal with.


    The ego-brained demon has a clear understanding of the enemy and me, and he does not expect to be able to make merit quickly.


    He was very patient and slowly entangled with Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Jun Chen Xianzun, who was entangled by the ego demon, could not leave the treasure of the immortal, nor could he completely restore his cultivation.


    The two sides have been entangled with each other and restrained each other for tens of thousands of years.


    It was only in recent years that the balance was slowly broken due to the intrusion of outsiders.


    After many things, Meng Zhang was the insider and even the one who experienced it, and Immortal Venerable Jun Chen didn''t have to be long-winded.


    Meng Zhang knew that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen definitely had some reservations, and there were still secrets that had not been revealed.


    However, after all, he answered his own question head-on, and his attitude was more sincere.


    In contrast, the ego demon is full of lies and has been misleading everyone.


    Meng Zhang''s own knowledge is not bad, and he has more and more information.


    He believed what Immortal Venerable Jun Chen had just said.


    As a Taoist cultivator, and the magic monk are natural enemies.


    Almost every true immortal will have a death feud with the extraterritorial demons.


    Meng Zhang has not been in the advanced stage for a long time, and the extraterrestrial demons who blocked the way have not come to the door.


    The experience of Jun Chen Xianzun was a great warning to him that he could not ignore the threat of extraterrestrial demons.


    From the standpoint of being a Taoist immortal, Meng Zhang should stand on the side of Immortal Jun Chen and deal with the ego-brained demon together.


    As for the small tricks that Immortal Jun Chen used before, such as secretly controlling Bai Chuan''s ancestors, secretly seducing Jiu Xuan Zhenxian, etc., they were only for self-protection and had to do it.


    Although Meng Zhang was already inclined towards Jun Chen Xianzun in his heart, he was not in a hurry to express his position.


    He thought for a while, and then began to ask the grievances between Jun Chen Xianzun and Qingyang Tian Xian to see if they could be resolved.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen hesitated for a while before expressing his difficulty.


    Back then, Po Kong Xian Veng used treasures, used the supernatural power of Eternal Light, and summoned this projection of the past in the long river of time. That time node was before the war between him and Sanyang Xianzong broke out.


    Naturally, it is impossible for this projection to know what will happen in the future.


    The memory in his mind now has no such content.


    He also considered this issue before he hit the Golden Immortal realm.


    He left a lot of records and recorded a lot of important things there.


    How long is an angel''s life and how rich is his experience.


    The content of the records is limited, and among these records, only those experiences that are important enough and critical enough can be retained.


    In the eyes of Xianzun Junchen back then, the grievances with Sanyang Xianzong were obviously not important enough to be recorded.


    Meng Zhang almost rolled his eyes when he heard this.


    According to his observation and judgment, Celestial Immortal Qingyang clearly takes the grievances between Immortal Venerable Junchen and Junchen very seriously.


    Whether it is to arrange Ziyang Zhenxian to come to Junchen Realm, or to secretly dispatch distractions, it is a matter of great trouble.


    Judging from his previous performance, he is incompatible with Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    But in the eyes of Jun Chen Xianzun, there is no him at all, and he doesn''t care about the grievances and grievances with him at all.


    If Qingyang Tianxian found out, he didn''t know how to feel.


    In fact, Meng Zhang also knew that it was impossible to reconcile between Jun Chen Xianzun and Qingyang Tian Xian.


    He asked these questions just to get more information.


    Since Immortal Venerable Jun Chen doesn''t know the grievances between the two sides, there is no way out.


    Meng Zhang also thought of one more thing.


    Judging from the situation of Jun Chen Xianzun, he should not know the specific process of his attacking the Golden Immortal realm.


    What difficulties did you go through and how did you fail?


    ...


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to wait until the matter here was resolved, and asked him about this issue.


    Now it seems that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen himself has no relevant memory, so naturally he can''t tell Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang did not continue to ask, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen also took the initiative to pour bitter water on him.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen left a corresponding arrangement before impacting Jin Immortal.


    But whether the arrangement can take effect, whether he can survive the failure to attack Jinxian, he is not fully sure.


    If he fell completely and completely disappeared, he still wanted to leave something in this world.


    Therefore, before attacking the Golden Immortal Realm, he also left some old friends in the Lingkong Immortal Realm with the relevant information about the Heavenly Immortal Relic.


    If he fell completely, he hoped that these old friends could enter the Heavenly Immortal Relic and receive everything inside.


    He left behind what he had learned throughout his life, as well as his own spiritual path and philosophy.


    Whether these old friends are looking for a successor for him or cultivating the classics he left behind, what he has learned throughout his life can be passed on.


    He and the ego demon fell into a long-term battle, and even more so, they were sealed in the treasure of the gods.


    Although they can sense some external situations from time to time, but in the case of mutual restraint, no one can leave.


    It was not until the gang of true immortal-level powerhouses broke into here that Jun Chen Xianzun knew what was going on outside.


    He originally left the Heavenly Immortal Treasure to a few old friends, hoping that these old friends could help him deal with his aftermath.


    But he never imagined that the treasure of the heavenly immortals he left behind would actually become a bargaining chip for the high-level battles of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    His old friend, whom he trusted very much, violated his promise and betrayed his trust in the face of enormous pressure.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun completely fell, these would be nothing.


    But he was still alive and well, and these true immortal-level juniors regarded him as nothing and plotted everything he left behind.


    Jun Chen Xianzun admitted that he had done some irrational things because of his anger, and the anger in his heart was used by the demon of ego, and he stirred his emotions with the magic secret method.


    What he did might not meet the standards of a righteous monk, and it caused some threats to Meng Zhang and the others.


    But deep down in his heart, he actually didn''t have much malice towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    From the beginning to the end, his biggest enemy has always been the ego demon.


    Whether it is the past reputation of Jun Chen Xianzun or his previous performance, he is the kind of arrogant person.


    He is now willing to bow his head and explain to Meng Zhang with a low attitude.


    It seems that facing the two powerful enemies, he is indeed under great pressure and has no confidence in victory.


    He needs Meng Zhang''s help.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength is not bad, and there are several capable subordinates.


    Judging from the previous performance, Meng Zhang has a great influence on Sanshan Zhenxian.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun can convince Meng Zhang, and then let Meng Zhang persuade Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, maybe this team will be on his side.


    Meng Zhang learned from the previous lessons and did not completely trust Jun Chen Xianzun.


    No matter how the situation develops, he will remain sufficiently wary of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Since Jun Chen Xianzun has shown sincerity, Meng Zhang should also respond.


    Meng Zhang secretly discussed with Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Both of them are full of hostility towards Qingyang Tianxian.


    Judging from Qingyang Tianxian''s performance, he will definitely drive Meng Zhang and the others to attack Junchen Immortal Venerable and use them as cannon fodder.


    In an immortal-level battle, once they can''t be independent, no matter who wins or loses, Meng Zhang and the others will probably not be able to win.


    Taking ten thousand steps back, even if Meng Zhang and the others were able to survive the war, and Qingyang Tianxian distraction became the final victor, Meng Zhang and the others would not have the slightest guarantee for their safety.


    Since the ego-brained demon has used magical powers to change the laws of heaven and earth in the surrounding void early, it is clearly full of malice towards this group of true immortal-level powerhouses.


    To the devil, they are a delicious snack.


    From the performance of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, don''t expect him to fight against the ego-brained demon in order to protect Meng Zhang and the others.


    Maybe, in order to protect himself, in order to please the ego demon, he will take the initiative to send Meng Zhang and the others as gifts.


    For things like Qingyang Tianxian, Meng Zhang never overestimated his bottom line.


    Meng Zhang carefully analyzed the strength of both sides.


    Jun Chen Xianzun and I Zhitian Mo have been fighting for so many years, and they have been at a stalemate.


    Although due to the intervention of external forces, the balance of the situation seems to be broken.


    However, Meng Zhang believed that with Jun Chen Xianzun''s accumulation and trump card, he could continue to block the ego-holding demon.


    The ones who have the greatest influence on the battle situation now are Meng Zhang and the others, as well as the Qingyang Tianxian who did not participate in the war.


    So many true immortal-level powerhouses have played a huge role, containing a lot of the power of Junchen Immortal Venerable, and posing a great threat to its foundation.


    Qingyang Tianxian seemed to be distracted, but he had been eyeing Junchen Xianzun.


    Meng Zhang will do two things next.


    One is to let this team stop attacking Jun Chen Xianzun, reduce his pressure, and let him deal with the ego demon wholeheartedly.


    The other thing is to let this team turn their guns and fight against the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian together.


    As long as everyone joins forces to block Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, the situation will return to balance again.


    Both of these things are very difficult.


    Meng Zhang was not sure he could persuade everyone.


    Needless to say, his subordinates will naturally obey him.


    What he really needs to convince is the rest of the team.


    It is impossible for him to be open and honest to everyone, but to find a breakthrough and persuade one by one.


    Among them, he may have some dissatisfaction with Qingyang Tianxian, but this dissatisfaction may not be able to turn into hostility.


    Because he didn''t trust Sanshan Zhenxian, Meng Zhang couldn''t discuss with him, let alone reveal his thoughts to him.


    The Hunling Venerable God and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor must be very dissatisfied with the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal.


    But whether they dare to resist each other, whether Meng Zhang can trust them, no one can say.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2614

    Except for these three leaders, the others in the team neither have enough strength nor enough influence.


    Meng Zhang felt that it was Immortal Venerable Jun Chen who was facing a crisis now.


    He has been famous for many years and has accumulated a lot. He should come up with something more to help Meng Zhang persuade the team members.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang had some idea of ??whether he could get some benefits from Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    If nothing else, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen said that he owns a treasure that can use supernatural powers like Eternal Light, so Meng Zhang couldn''t help but give birth to greed.


    If it weren''t for the fact that he knew that his strength was far from enough, and the current situation was so complicated, Meng Zhang would have wanted to rob Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Among the three thousand avenues, the most mysterious are the avenues of time and destiny.


    Many immortals have almost no chance to connect and touch, not to mention mastery.


    In particular, the power of time is not only rare, but almost a taboo.


    Not to mention angels, even many golden immortals have difficulty controlling time.


    Treasures that can use Eternal Light-like magical powers are probably very precious and rare in the entire Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Once the news of Jun Chen''s possession of such treasures is leaked, even with his cultivation and combat power, he may not be able to keep the treasures.


    He seemed inadvertently, and said the matter lightly.


    Meng Zhangdu couldn''t help but suspect that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen revealed it unintentionally or had ulterior motives.


    In any case, Jun Chen Xianzun''s willingness to reveal such information is enough to show his sincerity.


    Meng Zhang can be said to have a little insight into the family background of a top angel.


    A little something leaked from the bottom of the opponent''s hand, and it was enough for him to use it.


    Meng Zhang told Xianzun Junchen that he and his subordinates were willing to stand on his side and fight against the distraction of the ego-brained demon and Qingyang Tianxian together.


    But their strength alone cannot change the situation at all.


    The best way is to win over Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength and prestige are not enough, it is difficult to persuade others, and he needs the help of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Xianzun Junchen was not dissatisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    He secretly contacted Meng Zhang, just to find a breakthrough, split the enemy team, and reduce the pressure he faced.


    Meng Zhang''s willingness to help him made a good start to his plan.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength is not weak, and he has a group of capable men who are enough to be a big help for him.


    To help Meng Zhang is to help yourself, and Xianzun Junchen will naturally not be preoccupied at this time.


    Next, the two began to discuss how to convince others.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing also joined the discussion.


    Some of the intelligence information he has can play a big role.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is poor and white, and he wants to buy others, the price is only paid by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    After this team entered this small world, Jun Chen Xianzun has been secretly observing all the members.


    His success in seducing Jiuxuan Zhenxian and Tianchenzi before, shows that he has seized the weaknesses of some people and offered conditions that the other party cannot refuse.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing provided more information.


    It is like Sanshan Zhenxian, who has advanced to the realm of real immortals for many years and is known for its powerful combat power.


    According to common sense, with his conditions, he should have advanced to the Immortal Realm long ago.


    However, in his early years, he was brave and ruthless, often participating in various battles and offending powerful enemies.


    He was plotted by the enemy, and the fairy soul was hurt by some kind of sinister curse.


    He exhausted all kinds of methods, but he could only suppress the injury so that it would not affect his combat effectiveness, but he could not completely dispel the curse.


    Sanshan Zhenxian relied on his fighting power in his early years and offended many immortals.


    Many immortals are willing to see him unlucky, but do not want to see him become an immortal.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has no way to ask for help, and has never been able to solve the problem of the curse.


    Due to the existence of the curse, he could not break through the realm of true immortals.


    Nearly 10,000 years ago, the reason why he was willing to come to Junchen Realm to help the six true immortals guard Junchen Realm was because an immortal had promised to help him get rid of the curse and let his fairy soul completely back to normal.


    Sanshan Zhenxian came to Junchen Realm for many years, and has been conscientiously guarding Junchen Realm, admitting that there is no credit or hard work.


    He has fulfilled his promise.


    When he returns to Lingkong Immortal Realm, he can ask the angel to help him get rid of the curse.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction rested in Ziyang Zhenxian''s body, and he didn''t know it at first.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian had been sleeping in the body of Ziyang Zhenxian before, and he didn''t have much sense of the outside world.


    Ziyang Zhenxian entered the treasure of Tianxian and found that the situation was not right. He had to face the demon of ego, so he had to wake up the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and didn''t understand the situation at the time, and was unwilling to confront the enemy at the level of Tianxian.


    He helped Ziyang Zhenxian escape from the Demon Realm and joined Sanshan Zhenxian in the void.


    After the meeting, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction took the initiative to reveal his identity to Sanshan Zhenxian, and asked him to keep the matter strictly confidential.


    This is also the reason why Sanshan Zhenxian later protected Ziyang Zhenxian to ensure that he was absolutely not controlled by external forces.


    When the large army entered the Demon Realm, and taking advantage of the opportunity of the battle between the ego demon and Jun Chen Xianzun, everyone slowly figured out the situation.


    The Qingyang Tianxian hidden in the body of Ziyang Zhenxian was distracted, and he could see it better than anyone else. He discovered the identities of the two giants of Tianxian level early on.


    Later, Sanshan Zhenxian was also under his threat, so he deliberately created a conflict and took the initiative to break with Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Later, in the face of the Great Five Elements Extinction Divine Light displayed by Immortal Jun Chen, seeing that the team could not resist, Sanshan Zhenxian said those words to Ziyang Zhenxian.


    At that time, everyone thought that Sanshan Zhenxian had lost his head, but in fact, the object of his help was Qingyang Tianxian who was distracted.


    Jun Chen Xianzun, who has been observing the battlefield, also found that the situation was wrong.


    He tentatively launched an attack on Ziyang Zhenxian, and Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and had to come forward to block it, resulting in exposure.


    Being exposed earlier than originally planned, Qingyang Tianxian was very dissatisfied with his distraction.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who is respected by many real immortal-level powerhouses, is just a powerful thug and a target that can be used in the eyes of Qingyang Tianxian.


    There are many true immortals in the Sanyang Xianzong, and none of them dare to go against the Qingyang Tianxian.


    He is aloof and has long been accustomed to being flattered and respected.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s attitude and practice made him feel that this person lacked respect for him.


    If it weren''t for the value of Sanshan Zhenxian, he might not have let him go so easily.


    Taking Sanshan Zhenxian as cannon fodder and forcing the other party to oppose Junchen Immortal Venerable is a natural thing for him.


    In his heart, Sanshan Zhenxian should be honored to be able to serve him.


    In the same sentence, Sanshan Zhenxian, as the leader of this team, believes that he has a certain responsibility to all members.


    If Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and willing to take action earlier, this team would not have suffered such large casualties.

 Chapter 2615

    Sanshan Zhenxian''s previous actions were all inspired by Qingyang Tianxian.


    After the entire team broke with Junchen Immortal Venerable, they were brutally attacked, but Qingyang Tianxian did not provide cover for everyone.


    In the face of the enemy, he wants to take revenge, but he does not dare to take the initiative to show his face. He only knows to hide in the dark and do some despicable calculations.


    Don''t look at Qingyang Tianxian''s cultivation realm higher than him, Sanshan Zhenxian really doesn''t look down on each other very much.


    Qingyang Tianxian distracted everyone as cannon fodder, forcing everyone to take the initiative to attack Junchen Immortal Venerable, which made Sanshan Zhenxian feel cold.


    However, dissatisfaction returns to dissatisfaction, Sanshan Zhenxian does not want it, and is unable to resist Qingyang Tianxian.


    Not only Sanshan Zhenxian, but every member of the team is dissatisfied with Qingyang Tianxian.


    But so what, Qingyang Tianxian didn''t care at all.


    Qingyang Tianxian doesn''t care about the thoughts and feelings of this group of true immortals, just need them to be cannon fodder honestly.


    Tianlei Arhat and Canglang Holy Spirit, who were seriously injured and almost fell, managed to stabilize their injuries.


    Their state is very bad, and their combat effectiveness is far from recovering.


    But Qingyang Tianxian could not see that they had been cultivating by the side.


    Seeing that they were getting better, they immediately forced them to go to the battlefield and attack the forest in front of them.


    While Tianlei Arhat and Canglang Holy Spirit were healing, they saw Xianyun Zhenxian being punished with their own eyes.


    They knew that they were powerless to refuse Qingyang Tianxian, so they only walked into the battlefield full of resentment.


    As soon as they approached the forest, they were entangled by many giants turned into thick fog.


    If it wasn''t for Sanshan Zhenxian who couldn''t see it and provided them with support in time, they might have perished.


    Seeing their embarrassed scene, including Sanshan Zhenxian, everyone has a feeling of sadness in their hearts.


    Although Xianzun Junchen was secretly communicating with Meng Zhang, he still had to resist resolutely.


    Although he really needs these true immortal-level powerhouses to stand on his side, he can''t appear weak on the scene.


    On the contrary, he worked hard to mobilize his strength and displayed various attack situations to firmly block these true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Seeing that the team has not made decisive progress for a long time, Qingyang Tianxian, who was watching the battle, gave a sharp warning.


    If everyone hadn''t already entered the forest, fighting endlessly with the power of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s manifestation, maybe he would have started to select targets for punishment and kill chickens as an example.


    The most ill-tempered Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor no longer hides his dissatisfaction.


    But so what, Qingyang Tianxian does not need everyone''s support, let alone everyone''s opposition.


    As long as everyone honestly acts as cannon fodder and keeps consuming Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s power, then he will achieve his goal.


    Meng Zhang once spent a lot of thought to find out the information about the great enemy of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang knew that what the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor cared about most was the safety of his subordinates.


    It is only for the future and destiny of this branch of the dragon race that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor will suppress his character and do many things he is unwilling to do.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were to fall here, the tribe under his command would not have the protection of a true immortal-level powerhouse, and it would be very difficult to survive in the vast void.


    With the information provided by Meng Zhang, Jun Chen Xianzun quickly grasped his weakness.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen began to secretly contact the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not immediately respond to Jun Chen Xianzun, but he did not reject the secret communication between the two parties.


    This is a good start.


    Jun Chen Xianzun told the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor that he did not need the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor to stand on his side, but only needed him to remain neutral and stay away from this battle.


    Only by staying away from this battle can the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor stay away from the crisis of falling.


    Junchen Xianzun also promised to provide some precious treasures, which could help him cultivate a capable descendant of the dragon race and increase the survivability of his tribe in the void.


    Compared with the distracted attitude of Qingyang Tianxian, Junchen Xianzun did not require much, and it seemed that he was thinking about the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor everywhere.


    The shadow of the famous tree of people, Jun Chen Xianzun is not a nameless person in the void and myriad worlds, and its prestige is well-known among the dragon clan.


    If the other party is the Void Fragrant Vine, it is difficult to gain the trust of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    But if the other party is the famous Jun Chen Xianzun, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is willing to give it a try.


    Of course, because of the previous experience and the performance of the other party, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was still hesitating and did not express his position in a hurry.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was not in a hurry, nor did he urge him to let the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor continue to think slowly.


    It''s not too late to contact him again when there is a result.


    With the information provided by Gu Yue Ling Qing and Meng Zhang, Jun Chen Xianzun believed that he had a better understanding of San Shan Zhen Xian''s person and thoughts.


    His next target of persuasion was Sanshan Zhenxian.


    After Jun Chen Xianzun secretly contacted Sanshan Zhenxian, he explained his intentions straight to the point.


    He said that as long as Sanshan Zhenxian is willing to stand on his side, he can do his best to help Sanshan Zhenxian after the event, so that he will not be troubled by the curse.


    Moreover, he can also do his best to help Sanshan Zhenxian become an immortal.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian received a promise from a certain fairy, the other party is now far away in the Lingkong fairyland.


    Judging from Qingyang Tianxian''s attitude towards his family, Sanshan Zhenxian even suspects that there are still variables.


    As a top-level immortal who is qualified to attack the realm of Jinxian, Junchen Immortal is much stronger than that immortal in every aspect.


    As far as Sanshan Zhenxian knows, Junchen Xianzun has learned a lot and has many methods.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen seems to be very good at cracking curses and treating immortal souls.


    In the same sentence, after confirming that the other party is Jun Chen Xianzun, Sanshan Zhenxian believes in the ability of the other party to help him.


    As long as Jun Chen Xianzun is willing, he will definitely be able to help himself better than that angel.


    With the help of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, his success rate in the immortal realm will be greatly improved in the future.


    It''s about his own path, Sanshan Zhenxian can''t ignore it.


    The curse in his fairy soul has plagued him for many years, and it has become a problem for him.


    To solve this problem, he is willing to pay any price.


    Just now, Tianxian Qingyang reversed right and wrong, and wiped out the credits of Sanshan Zhenxian who guarded Junchen Realm for many years.


    This made Sanshan Zhenxian very angry, and at the same time he was awakened.


    During these years of guarding Junchen Realm, he dare not say that he has not made any mistakes.


    After returning to the Junchen world, will the angel who made the promise be like the Qingyang Tianxian, who picks the bones in the egg, deliberately picks the thorns, uses the topic to play, finds excuses to delay or even refuses to fulfill the promise.


    You must know that it is not an easy task to lift the curse for Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Not only will it pay a certain price, but it will also be infected with karma and offend one party.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has been moved by Junchen Xianzun, but he also did not rush to agree to the other party.


    He needs time to think more carefully.


    Seeing Sanshan Zhenxian''s heartbeat, Junchen Xianzun did not force him, but began to look for the next target of persuasion.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you book friend 20200220142040844 for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2616

    The persuasion target chosen by Immortal Jun Chen this time is the Demon God of Famine.


    Although the Demon God of Famine and the Demon of Ego are both strong in the way of magic, the two sides will never have the slightest friendship.


    The struggle within the magic way is often more cruel and dangerous than the battle between the fairy and the devil.


    If the calamity demon falls into the hands of the ego-governing demon, whether it is taking the initiative to seek refuge or being captured by it, it will not have any good end.


    Being swallowed up as a tonic, or turning into a puppet, etc., is not the worst result.


    Thinking of the terrifying means possessed by the ego-brained demon, the Famine Demon God felt a chill in his heart.


    The Famine Demon God had been keeping a low profile before, just for fear of attracting the attention of the ego-brained demon.


    The current situation has gradually become clear, and the ego-governing demon is likely to become the final winner with the distraction help of Qingyang Tianxian.


    If the Famine Demon God wants not to become the prey of the ego-brained demon, he must make plans early.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen seized his fear of the ego demon, and easily persuaded him without spending too much words.


    Hunling Zunshen has always coveted Shenchang Realm, wants to conquer Shenchang Realm, expand his beliefs, and use it as the foundation for his future impact on the gods.


    Xianyun Zhenxian and Hunling Zunshen are old enemies, and they know them very well. They have long known their purpose and told Meng Zhang.


    With the information provided by Meng Zhang, Jun Chen Xianzun took out the corresponding bargaining chips, and soon the Hunling Zun was moved.


    Jun Chen Xianzun has learned a lot, and he also has a deep understanding of Shinto.


    If he is willing to help, the attack on the gods will become smoother.


    Later, Meng Zhang also joined in and actively helped Immortal Jun Chen to persuade others.


    Meng Zhang found that since he began to communicate with Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, he seemed to be a different person, and his behavior was very different from before.


    Since the two sides want to cooperate, they need to be honest with each other.


    Meng Zhang directly asked his own question.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen didn''t shy away, and gave the answer directly.


    He had been secretly influenced by the ego demon before, and he became irritable and irritable, and lost his calm.


    Now facing the crisis, it stimulated him to calm down.


    After he calmed down, he found that his mentality was wrong, and immediately made adjustments to expel the influence of the ego-clinging demon.


    Meng Zhang accepted the explanation of Immortal Jun Chen, and felt that Immortal Jun Chen at the moment was only in line with the image everyone imagined, and only had the demeanor of a senior immortal.


    Of course, even if he will work closely with Jun Chen Xianzun in the future, Meng Zhang will not completely relax his vigilance, and still maintain a certain degree of vigilance against him.


    With the help of Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing, Jun Chen Xianzun spent a lot of time and finally persuaded the main characters in the team.


    Such a team of true immortal-level powerhouses was basically defeated by him.


    Although most of the team members have decided to change their positions and stand on the side of Jun Chen Xianzun, they did not act immediately.


    For Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, they are still full of fear, and they need an opportunity to make changes.


    Without making them wait too long, Qingyang Tianxian Distraction took the initiative to provide them with such an opportunity.


    After reaching an agreement with Jun Chen Xianzun, everyone started cheating again.


    They seem to be desperately attacking this forest, but in fact, they are mainly pretending, and they have not done much.


    After such a long time, they have not achieved any results.


    The pressure caused by these True Immortal-level powerhouses on Jun Chen Immortal Venerable was greatly reduced, allowing him to save a lot of energy.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and watched from the sidelines, and soon discovered these situations.


    Except Zhenhai Zhenxian, who was barely able to do his best, everyone else started to play tricks.


    It seemed that the punishment given to Xianyun Zhenxian before was too light and did not shock them enough.


    Qingyang Tianxian distracted and controlled Ziyang Zhenxian''s body and entered the forest, appearing not far from the crowd.


    The Moon God under Meng Zhang''s command was the most extreme, he almost didn''t even pretend to be, there was a feeble beating, and he didn''t launch any attack at all.


    I don''t know if Jun Chen Xianzun has reached some kind of tacit understanding with him, and the force of the forest''s counterattack has far avoided the moon god.


    When the Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and possessed by the Ziyang Zhenxian, most of the time he was asleep, and only recently woke up.


    Although he could control Ziyang Zhenxian''s body and use it as his own, he did not accept Ziyang Zhenxian''s memory.


    Ziyang Zhenxian took the initiative to introduce the real immortal-level powerhouses inside and outside the Junchen world, but did not provide too detailed information.


    This is because his time is limited.


    After Qingyang Tianxian woke up, in order to better control the movement of this body, Ziyang Zhenxian fell into a deep sleep.


    Although Ziyang Zhenxian was very reluctant, she was unable to disobey the orders of the elders of the division.


    Before falling asleep, Zhenxian Ziyang could only briefly introduce the general situation.


    Therefore, Qingyang Tianxian has limited understanding of Meng Zhang.


    In the eyes of others, Meng Zhang grew up from a young monk and led the rise of Taiyimen.


    After the destruction of the Junchen world, it can also shape the Taiyi world to escape.


    No matter from which aspect, he is a great generation, and he must not be underestimated in the slightest.


    But in the eyes of Qingyang Tianxian, Meng Zhang was just like that, nothing special.


    Where can a mere true immortal junior be so difficult to deal with?


    There are both true immortals and indigenous gods under them. They seem to be powerful, but they are a group of rabble.


    Ziyang Zhenxian is afraid of Meng Zhang, but Qingyang Tianxian will not take it seriously.


    As a Taoist immortal, Qingyang Tianxian would not have the slightest mercy for indigenous gods like Moon God.


    He has decided to take the life of the Moon God to shock others.


    I saw Qingyang Tianxian waved his distracted hand, and stabbed at Luna from the air.


    Luna only felt that his body stiffened, and he almost lost all his resistance.


    Qingyang Tianxian distracted and broke into the vital place of Junchen Xianzun, which seemed to anger the forest.


    A giant who turned into a dense fog rushed towards him, and countless vines fell from the sky towards him...


    Qingyang Tianxian didn''t have any extra moves, just emitting bursts of cyan light from his body, and all these offensives were resolved.


    Seeing that the Moon God was captured by the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal, Meng Zhang seemed to be unable to bear it any longer.


    "Senior, please be merciful. It''s easy to discuss anything."


    As Meng Zhang spoke, he shot out several sword qi, and he was about to cut off the invisible power of the Qingyang Tianxian Shena Moon God.


    The younger generation, who does not know whether to live or die, has not yet investigated the crime of lax rule, yet he actually took the initiative.


    Who does he think he is, and what qualifications does he have to plead with himself.


    This is what Qingyang Tianxian was thinking at this time.


    Since Meng Zhang is so disrespectful, Qingyang Tianxian will not show mercy to him.


    Perhaps, punishing Meng Zhang severely would not only make his subordinates obedient, but also better deter others.

 Chapter 2617

    The invisible sword qi shot by Meng Zhang was dispelled as easily as he swatted a fly before he approached Qingyang Tianxian.


    Qingyang Tianxian did not know when an extra blue long whip appeared in his hand.


    He waved lightly, and the long whip rolled towards Meng Zhang.


    He wanted to capture Meng Zhang alive and punish him severely.


    Meng Zhang had to sacrifice the wind and fire yin and yang fan to fight with this long blue whip.


    Seeing Sect Leader Meng Zhang take action, his subordinates overcame their fear of the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal and offered help one after another.


    Xianyun Zhenxian, who held a grudge, turned into white clouds and flew to Qingyang Tianxian from all directions.


    Fairy Yue''e waved her hands, and arcs in the shape of a crescent moon shot out.


    ...


    "presumptuous."


    Qingyang Tianxian shouted angrily and effortlessly resolved these offensives.


    A bunch of juniors who don''t know how high the sky is, don''t they know that there is a world of difference between a true immortal and an immortal?


    Although everyone shot together, and the forest cooperated faintly, Qingyang Tianxian''s movements were not stopped.


    The body of the Moon God was about to be pulled in front of him.


    Suddenly, Luna''s body radiated a lot of light, and bursts of great force came out, and he broke free from the control of Qingyang Tianxian.


    After Luna absorbed the starlight left by the Qiguang Star God, with Meng Zhang''s help, not only did he recover all his memories, but he also reborn and improved his cultivation.


    Her cultivation and combat power at this time are only stronger than those in her heyday.


    If Zhenhai Zhenxian and other top-level real immortals were to fight her alone at this time, the outcome would be hard to say.


    Luna suddenly showed his power, showed his hidden strength, and while out of control, he also took the opportunity to sneak up on Qingyang Tianxian to distract himself.


    The wind and fire yin and yang fan in Meng Zhang''s hand transformed the power of wind and fire in the sky, overwhelming the sky and covering the sky and flocking to the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal to be distracted.


    Tai Miao and Gu Yue Ling Qing both took out their ability to press the bottom of the box, and killed them distractedly towards Qing Yang Tian Xian.


    Faced with several true immortal-level powerhouses in one breath, and these powerhouses are very powerful, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction immediately felt a certain pressure.


    If the deity of Qingyang Tianxian was here, he might be able to deal with the juniors in front of him without much effort.


    But his distraction power is limited, and he needs to use the immortal body of Ziyang Zhenxian to exert enough power.


    This is not because the Qingyang Tianxian did not want to invest more power, but the situation in Lingkong Xianjie was complicated, and multiple forces were restraining each other.


    An old-fashioned angel like Qingyang Tianxian can never imagine that he can do whatever he wants.


    He was able to send such a distraction, hide from everyone, and not be stopped, which is already the limit.


    While blocking the enemy''s attack, Qingyang Tianxian roared at the others.


    "Are you still watching the show? Don''t take these traitors down yet."


    Hearing Qingyang Tianxian''s roar, Zhenhai Zhenxian was habitual to act.


    Sanshan Zhenxian moved his footsteps and silently stood in front of him.


    "What does the conflict between them have to do with you, you can just watch the show, why bother."


    Jun Chen Xianzun didn''t try to contact Zhenhai Zhenxian just now, just because he heard Sanshan Zhenxian mention that Zhenhai Zhenxian and Qingyang Tianxian have quite a relationship and would not easily disobey his orders.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s behavior was far beyond Zhenhai Zhenxian''s expectations.


    He stared at Sanshan Zhenxian with a surprised expression.


    "you you you¡­¡­"


    He murmured for a long time without saying a complete sentence.


    He never imagined that Sanshan Zhenxian would betray Qingyang Tianxian at this juncture.


    Although she was very unwilling on the surface, Zhenhai Zhenxian breathed a sigh of relief.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s approach gave him the best excuse not to participate in the battle.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian is also very dissatisfied with Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, and is not willing to be cannon fodder for him at all.


    It''s just that he didn''t disobey the strength and courage of the opponent, so he had to obey his words.


    Meng Zhang and his subordinates are a full six true immortal-level powerhouses.


    No matter where it is placed, it is a force that cannot be underestimated.


    What''s more, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen worked hard to mobilize his strength and actively cooperate with them while blocking the ego demon.


    Sanshan True Immortal, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and the others all agreed to leave the camp of Qingyang Tianxian just now.


    According to their original plan, they do not need to rush to join the camp of Jun Chen Xianzun, they can continue to wait and see, continue to wait.


    If you can sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight, and you can get the benefits promised by Jun Chen Xianzun afterwards, that would be great.


    Unfortunately, there will never be such a good thing in the world.


    Don''t look at Jun Chen Xianzun''s polite tone, he said it nicely, he wouldn''t force them to help him, he just asked them to remain neutral.


    But in fact, Jun Chen Xianzun has already included their combat power into the calculation, and is ready to use it as a big help for himself.


    After Qingyang Tianxian gave orders, Hunling Venerable God, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, etc. did not have the slightest intention to follow orders.


    They stepped aside directly, not even pretending, and ended their fight with this forest.


    Sanshan Zhenxian even stopped Zhenhai Zhenxian''s actions.


    Tianlei Arhat and Canglang Holy Spirit were seriously injured and were in extremely poor condition.


    They had been forced to go to the battlefield under the pressure of Qingyang Tianxian.


    Seeing the actions of Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, they also stepped aside with the mentality of not blaming the public, and fell to the ground and pretended to be dead.


    Since the team did not continue to attack the forest, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen took the initiative to restrain his power.


    There is no need to deal with this team, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen will use the energy saved on Qingyang Tianxian Distraction.


    With the cover and cooperation of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, Meng Zhang and the others were able to exert their extremely strong fighting power.


    Especially Luna''s sneak attack, which also distracted Qingyang Tianxian a little.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and angry.


    Being injured by a group of true immortal-level juniors made him feel shameless.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s behavior is equivalent to betrayal.


    When did the team that originally thought to be in complete control fell to the enemy?


    When did Immortal Jun Chen contact them, and what method did he use to buy them off?


    This fellow Jun Chen Xianzun, after so many years, is still so abhorrent.


    The new hatred evoked the old hatred, and the anger in Qingyang Tianxian''s distracted heart was difficult to suppress, and even moved his anger to Sanshan Zhenxian and the others.


    Qingyang Tianxian, this distraction, left the deity almost 10,000 years ago and came to Junchen Realm.


    During these ten thousand years, this distracted mind was basically in a dormant state, and naturally could not keep in touch with the deity.


    After waking up, because this place is too far away from Lingkong Immortal Realm, although this distracted mind can faintly feel the existence of the deity, he still cannot contact the deity, let alone accept the deity''s orders.


    This distraction has part of the memory and ability of the deity, and more of it is the hatred of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    This distraction''s previous actions are still quite the same.


    But the current situation has exposed a lot of deficiencies in this distraction.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to our old friend Feiyi for your many tips and support.

 Chapter 2618

    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian has a personality similar to that of the deity, the same stubbornness, the same arrogance.


    Even to a large extent, it is more annoying and more hated than the deity.


    Instead of reflecting on his own behavior, he thinks it''s all someone else''s fault.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang was naturally regarded as the culprit by him.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, Hunling Zunshen and others are also traitors who do not know what is good or bad in his eyes.


    If Sanshan Zhenxian and the others deal with Junchen Xianzun wholeheartedly, he may not be difficult for them afterwards.


    If they betrayed at a critical moment, they deserved death.


    Qingyang Tianxian distracted and manipulated Ziyang Zhenxian''s body, showing off his supernatural powers, easily defusing Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Before, they relied on the sneak attack of the Moon God, and the little advantage they finally gained by surprise, and soon completely lost it.


    One after another is as thick as a mountain, and a breath like the sea emanates from Zhenxian Ziyang.


    A scorching blue sun rose above his head, and almost endless rays of light radiated out.


    The thick fog over the forest and the various giants in the forest soon began to melt under the scorching sun.


    The various magical powers that Meng Zhang and the others unleashed quickly turned into nothingness under the scorching sun.


    One after another cyan light fell on them, making them unable to dodge, and various body protection spells were quickly defeated.


    If it wasn''t for Immortal Venerable Junchen to use his strength to cover them in time, they might have been injured.


    Although everyone has long known that the gap between angels and true immortals is huge, and it is almost impossible to make up for it with the advantage of numbers, Qingyang Tianxian is only a distraction, so fierce and overwhelming everyone can''t lift their heads, let me The crowd was shocked.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted, and easily suppressed Meng Zhang and the others.


    Jun Chen Xianzun is fighting with the ego demon, and the power that can be drawn is limited, and he can''t give Meng Zhang and the others much help.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction is so fierce, so that the Hunling Venerable God who has not yet participated in the war is wary, and even doubts whether their choice is wrong.


    If at this time, Qingyang Tianxian distraction can use a little means, maybe they can change their camps again.


    Unfortunately, the angry Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and never knew what forgiveness was.


    The cyan light was condensed into several cyan long whips by him, and he beat Sanshan Zhenxian and the others fiercely.


    "You bastards, do you think you can betray your seat by finding a new master?"


    "Kill all of you scumbags to death."


    ...


    Sanyang Immortal Sect is a well-known faction in Lingkong Immortal Realm, and Qingyang Tianxian can also be regarded as an overlord.


    Both the Hunling Zunshen and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were from extraordinary backgrounds and profound backgrounds.


    Sanshan True Immortal, as the strongest among True Immortals, has been wooed by many immortals.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and insulted, treating them as slaves and humiliating them, arousing the anger deep in their hearts.


    Scholars can be killed but not humiliated, and Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction has completely stopped them from changing their camps again.


    Faced with the highly humiliating attack of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, they all reacted.


    One after another light and shadow flickered, they not only blocked the opponent''s attack, but also counterattacked in time.


    The Hunling Zunshen and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor each roared angrily, and one after another, the gods slammed away towards the Qingyang Tianxian distracted.


    They are not the servants of Qingyang Tianxian, and they will not allow him to humiliate arbitrarily.


    The Famine Demon God tried to approach the opponent under the cover of the shadow.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian is now in a dilemma.


    He knew the heart of Qingyang Tianxian.


    He didn''t jump out in time to make his position clear before, and the other party would not understand his difficulties and would only regard him as a traitor.


    But if he wanted to confront Qingyang Tianxian head-on, he didn''t have that kind of courage.


    Sanshan Zhenxian''s next action helped him a lot.


    Sanshan Zhenxian was probably worried that Zhenhai Zhenxian would get in the way, so he slammed it out and tried to repel him.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian did not dodge or evade, and even took the initiative to meet her.


    He suffered a blow from Sanshan Zhenxian, and immediately screamed, his whole body was thrown out, and he fell to the ground without knowing whether to live or die.


    Sanshan Zhenxian was stunned for a moment, then secretly scolded this guy for being cunning.


    Since Zhenhai Zhenxian didn''t come to make trouble, there was no need for him to hold him.


    Sanshan Zhenxian must concentrate all his strength to deal with the powerful enemy of Qingyang Tianxian Distraction.


    Due to the serious injuries of Tianlei Arhat and Canglang Holy Spirit, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen did not have much regard for them and did not contact them in advance.


    The two of them are also smart people. Seeing that the situation in the field is not right, they immediately hide away and pretend to be dead.


    Before the two sides are divided, they dare not show their faces easily.


    Qingyang Tianxian did not take care of Zhenhai Zhenxian and them. Instead, he used his outnumbered opponents, pointing east and west, and relied on his own strength to suppress many real immortal-level powerhouses.


    On the surface, Qingyang Tianxian was so distracted that he had the upper hand and was simply unstoppable.


    But after fighting for a while, he still failed to achieve a decisive victory.


    This forest was originally the home of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Although he couldn''t draw too much power, he still gave everyone as much cover as possible.


    The group of true immortal-level powerhouses in the field are basically those who have experienced hundreds of battles and are extraordinary in combat power.


    At the beginning, they may feel that they are at a loss when facing the opponents of the fairy level.


    After a period of adaptation, they began to slowly develop their skills.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian displayed their magical powers, but Qingyang Tianxian seemed distracted, but dared not ignore it.


    The Hunling Zunshen and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign have each displayed their superior inheritance, which is not a small distraction to the Qingyang Tianxian.


    The sneaky Demon God of Famine is like a nasty fly that can''t be killed no matter what.


    ...


    Judging from the scene alone, Meng Zhang and the others finally blocked the powerful enemy of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    Meng Zhang also saw more things in the war.


    After all, not all practitioners are Meng Zhang, who can have such a chance, have an incarnation outside the body like Tai Miao, and can invest so many resources in it.


    When he was in the Junchen world, Taimiao''s chances were much more than Meng Zhang''s.


    Incarnations like Tai Miao, whose strength is similar to the deity, are rare in the entire cultivation world.


    In most cases, the strength of the clone is far inferior to the deity, and is sent by the deity as a servant.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian has a huge gap with the deity.


    Moreover, this distraction, which was peeled off from the deity''s immortal soul, does not even have its own body, and needs to be attached to Ziyang Zhenxian in order to exert its full strength.


    In this way, there is a flaw.


    Qingyang Celestial Distractor has the personality of a Celestial Immortal, and the cultivation realm is not false, but the display of strength is largely restricted by the body of Ziyang True Immortal.

 Chapter 2619

    Ziyang True Immortal was only a True Immortal after all, and it was on the same level as Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t deal with Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, but they could use Ziyang Zhenxian as a breakthrough.


    Even with the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, Ziyang Zhenxian is still a huge flaw.


    Meng Zhang and the others were not in a hurry.


    Due to the arrogant attitude of Qingyang Tianxian distracted, he forced everyone to the side of Junchen Xianzun.


    After Sanshan Zhenxian, Hunling Zunshen and Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were humiliated, they all felt very angry.


    Of course, anger is anger, and they haven''t lost their minds yet.


    They hate Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, but it doesn''t mean that they have to fight each other desperately now.


    With their identities and cultivation realm, they have long passed the stage of being driven by their own emotions.


    They are willing to stand on the side of Jun Chen Xianzun and help him resist the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian. They have done enough, and they have already overfulfilled the task.


    When Immortal Junchen contacted them before, he made a lot of promises.


    With the reputation of Jun Chen Xianzun in the past, everyone still has a minimum trust in him.


    As for the previous conflict, it can also be attributed to a misunderstanding.


    However, everyone is not a child, it is impossible to trust him without reservation, and he still has certain precautions.


    If their family is fighting for their lives, and finally solves the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, and finally Junchen Xianzun turns his face and does not recognize the person, what should they do?


    After all, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen just contacted them secretly in private, and couldn''t make a grand vow or the like.


    The current situation is very good in everyone''s eyes.


    With the cover of Immortal Jun Chen, many of them joined forces, barely able to resist the distraction of Celestial Immortal Qingyang.


    Not all of everyone''s hole cards were taken out, and they still retained a certain amount of strength.


    Next, when they are a little bit free, they can ask Jun Chen Xianzun to show sincerity, fulfill the promise bit by bit, and slowly take out the promised benefits.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun did not believe what he said, then don''t blame everyone for switching camps again.


    Anyway, most of the people in the cultivation world are mercenaries, and it is difficult to demand absolute loyalty.


    Capricious, side-to-side jumping is the norm.


    They have already had a precedent of reversal between Ego Demon and Jun Chen Xianzun.


    After some setbacks, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction should also calm down.


    After seeing everyone''s strength, he should know that everyone can''t be humiliated, and only communicate with everyone on an equal footing.


    Qingyang Tianxian was probably really angry, but he didn''t calm down for a long time.


    He shot almost with all his strength and had the absolute upper hand, but he just couldn''t take down the juniors in front of him.


    Seeing Qingyang Tianxian''s distracted appearance, Meng Zhang was a little speechless.


    He even suspected that when Qingyang Tianxian refined this distraction, something went wrong to make this distraction so bad.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even know that his guess was very close to the truth.


    When Qingyang Tianxian sent out distractions, it was difficult to send a normal incarnation outside the body because of the game of several parties.


    In order to deceive others, he temporarily cast a secret technique, cut his own fairy soul, and refined this distraction.


    Due to the influence of the refining secret method, this distracted spirit concentrates the extremely bad side of his character, which is far more annoying than himself.


    Everyone doesn''t know this yet, and they thought that the distracted Qingyang Tianxian would calm down sooner or later and know how to weigh the pros and cons.


    The fierce battle between the two sides continues, and it seems that it is difficult to tell the winner in a short time.


    The change in the situation on the field has long been seen by the ego-brained demon.


    This group of true immortal-level juniors suddenly turned against the water and changed their positions. A large part of the reason was Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    But a larger part of the reason is because of the secret temptation and bribe of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The ego-brained demon secretly scolded Qingyang Tianxian for being distracted, while secretly thinking about countermeasures.


    Demagogic and seductive are almost the instincts of most demons.


    Even if the ego-brained demon is not good at this Dao, he has a strong ability in this respect.


    He had previously made a mystery, aroused everyone''s suspicion of Junchen Immortal Venerable, bewitched everyone to take action, and destroyed Junchen Immortal Venerable''s plan.


    Especially after the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian was forced to be exposed, he had an additional capable ally.


    Originally, I held Heavenly Demon that the overall situation was settled.


    As for the name of Qingyang Tianxian, and the grievances between him and Junchen Xianzun, he, the old enemy of Junchen Xianzun, has long heard of it.


    He assuredly handed over to Qingyang Tianxian to deal with distraction, and his family entangled Junchen Xianzun with all his strength, so that he could not be distracted to guard the forest.


    As long as that forest is destroyed, the foundation of Jun Chen Xianzun will be damaged.


    At that time, if he pursues the victory, he may be able to end the grievances between the two sides that have lasted for tens of thousands of years, and end this war that has lasted for tens of thousands of years.


    He never imagined that the situation over there would turn around again in a short period of time.


    It seems that Jun Chen Xianzun has completely got rid of the influence of his own secret, and has completely recovered his calm.


    Moreover, he changed his previous style and put down his figure to please and bribe these juniors.


    The idiot Qingyang Tianxian distracted not only did not notice such a change, but also dragged his feet even harder.


    Although he hated Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction in his heart, the other party was his strongest ally at this time.


    The most urgent task now is to deal with Jun Chen Xianzun, this idiot can be slowly cleaned up in the future.


    The current battlefield situation seems to have returned to the original point, and the two sides have entered a stage of stalemate.


    With the patience of the ego, the two sides have been fighting for tens of thousands of years before, and it will not matter if they fight for hundreds or even thousands of years.


    However, the ego demon was keenly aware of a certain change in Jun Chen Xianzun.


    It seems that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is still the same as before, and his combat power has not improved in any way, but the ego-brained demon who has been entangled with him for many years, based on his understanding of him, guessed that his methods will definitely not tempt a group of true immortals to turn against the water.


    Xianzun Junchen must have other conspiracies and tricks, and maybe he is brewing something in secret at this time.


    I instinctively felt that I must destroy the plan of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    For the time being, he couldn''t think of a way to directly overwhelm Jun Chen Xianzun, and he could only count on the battlefield over there.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian has long been the upper hand, and with just a little help, he may be able to completely solve this group of true immortals.


    At that time, he will directly attack Jun Chen Xianzun, and he will definitely be able to force out all the opponent''s cards.


    The ego is very decisive, making a decision quickly and putting it into action.


    The vast majority of this small world has long been demonized by the demon of the ego, and it has become an out-and-out demon domain.


    He had previously intentionally released the suppressing power of the Demon Domain, so that this group of true immortals could come here so smoothly.


    Now, he wants to mobilize the power of the Demon Domain to suppress the true immortals in all directions.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    The weather is too hot and fires are frequent.


    Not to mention the fire of the old line, when the transformer explodes, it is a large-scale power outage.


    Originally, those who wanted to break out in the past few days were greatly affected, and they could only barely maintain normal updates.

 Chapter 2620

    I saw that the blood moon in the sky suddenly shone brightly, and the strange red blood light was scattered on Meng Zhang and the others.


    The creep on the ground twisted sharply, and a strange-shaped monster began to condense and form, and slayed the battlefield over there.


    The rules of heaven and earth around the battlefield began to change, and the power of the avenue fluctuated sharply.


    Although I was fighting with Immortal Junchen, I still showed all my sincerity and did my best to help Tianxian Qingyang distracted.


    Back then, when the ego demon demonized this small world, Jun Chen Xianzun chose to back down, but only retained his power in some areas.


    Most of the places in this small world have been completely demonized by the ego demon.


    The forest where Meng Zhang and the others were located was transformed by the power of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, and it was the last piece of pure land in this small world.


    Now, the power of almost the entire Demon Realm has begun to approach this pure land.


    Under the cover of the power of the demon domain, the three demon gods led their subordinates to approach here secretly.


    When the ego demon and Jun Chen Xianzun were fighting endlessly in this small world, he could occasionally release his demonic thoughts and sense the situation outside the small world.


    After the complete destruction of a big world like Junchen World, the original ruins became a magic nest, and countless monsters were born.


    For this kind of situation, the knowledgeable ego demon is very familiar with it.


    He used the magical thoughts that occasionally revealed to influence and guide the monsters in the ruins.


    As a high-ranking monster, the ego-god demon has an inherently strong control over these lower-ranking monsters.


    He controlled the most powerful monsters and guided their evolution with the magical thoughts that he occasionally revealed.


    After the destruction of the Great World, its ruins turned into a demon nest, and the quality of the monsters born was originally extremely high.


    In particular, there are many special monsters, and they are difficult to deal with.


    Due to the control of the ego demon, these monsters have previously hidden their strengths on purpose.


    The most powerful force in monsters is hidden in the center of the ruins of Junchen World.


    When Meng Zhang ordered the monks of Taiyi Realm to clean up the ruins of Junchen Realm, everyone was not allowed to approach the center of the ruins of Junchen Realm, and the action seemed to be smoother.


    Later, the ego demon took advantage of the opening of this small world channel to summon the most powerful group of these monsters to the demon realm.


    According to the arrangement of the ego demon, these monsters, as one of his cards, have been lurking in the depths of the demon realm.


    Now is the time to play those hole cards.


    Compared with the native monsters born in this demon domain, these foreign monsters are more powerful and more cunning.


    When many true immortal-level powerhouses were distractedly fighting with Qingyang Tianxian, they felt the suppression of the demon domain.


    The strongest monsters born in the Demon Realm are only at the level of returning to the Void.


    If it is placed outside, they can easily shoot a large film.


    But these monsters were blessed by the Demon Domain, and they were suppressed by the Demon Domain.


    With one increase and one decrease, these monsters can at least have a trick or two with them.


    Although Qingyang Tianxian is distracted, he is not a fool after all.


    He found out that the ego demon was trying to help, and knew that these monsters were temporary comrades-in-arms.


    Although he also felt disgusted by these monsters in his heart, he still tried his best to suppress his mood and cooperated with these monsters.


    But at this time, the cover force from Jun Chen Xianzun became much weaker.


    According to Jun Chen Xianzun''s explanation, it was the ego-holding demon who started to work hard, and he needed to mobilize a stronger force to deal with the ego-goblin demon.


    Jun Chen Xianzun''s explanation seems reasonable, the offensive on the side of the ego demon is indeed increasing, but everyone still feels very uncomfortable.


    Many people began to mutter in their hearts, at a critical moment, an old senior like Jun Chen Xianzun was unreliable.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing had been trapped by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s power and almost died.


    Although Immortal Venerable Jun Chen made some explanations afterwards, because of the overall situation, he couldn''t hold on to it and could only reconcile with the other party.


    But in his heart, he never relaxed his vigilance against Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s current approach aroused some bad associations in his heart.


    After receiving Gu Yue Ling Qing''s warning, Meng Zhang did not care.


    From beginning to end, Meng Zhang''s appearance of trusting and relying on Jun Chen Xianzun was not because of the identity of the other party, but a rational choice made after comprehensively considering the current situation and the forces of all parties.


    His trust in Junchen Immortal Venerable is also very limited.


    However, under the current situation, they can only balance the battle situation by standing on the side of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    A fire dragon flew out from the wind and fire yin and yang fan, flew to the monster that rushed over, and burned it to ashes.


    Meng Zhang''s fighting power is not as good as Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, but in dealing with monsters, his performance is not necessarily worse than them.


    Ever since he was a young cultivator, Meng Zhang has fought against magic.


    He has a wealth of experience in fighting against demons, destroying a large number of demon nests, and exterminating countless monsters and demons...


    While cleaning up the monsters that rushed over, the monsters that approached secretly under the cover of the Demon Domain also did not escape his eyes.


    The yin-yang taiji map above Meng Zhang''s head turned gently, and the black and white yin and yang qi swept down, forcing a demon god hidden in the shadows out.


    Before Meng Zhang could continue his attack, monsters rushed out of the shadows and swarmed towards him and his subordinates.


    These monsters from the ruins of Junchen World are not only more powerful, but also more cunning, far more difficult to deal with than the original monsters in the Demon Domain.


    Meng Zhang led Luna and other subordinates to form a simple formation. While distracted by resisting the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal, he also had to deal with the harassment of those monsters.


    Most of this group of true immortal-level powerhouses are fighting on their own.


    Although everyone can join forces to fight against the enemy when they are distracted by the Celestial Immortals of Qingyang, it is difficult for them to cooperate closely due to their different origins.


    Faced with the enormous pressure caused by the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, and at the same time dealing with the harassment of monsters, everyone began to feel very difficult.


    All these true immortal-level powerhouses are the targets of monsters.


    The monsters don''t care whether they participate in the battle or not.


    Tianlei Arhat and Canglang Holy Spirit, who had been hiding and pretending to be dead at the same time, took the opportunity to heal their wounds and were targeted by the monsters.


    Tianlei Luohan relied on Buddhism''s powerful means of subduing demons, barely highlighting the encirclement of monsters.


    The seriously injured Canglang Holy Spirit was not so lucky, and was swallowed alive by a demon god.


    After this demon god devoured Canglang Holy Spirit, an enemy of the same rank, he had to temporarily stop to refine it.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian is afraid of Qingyang Tianxian, and he is unwilling to directly conflict with Sanshan Zhenxian, and always wants to stay out of it.


    He pretended to be injured and hid to the side, but he was also surrounded by many monsters.


    In this case, he couldn''t care about anything else, he could only deal with the monster in front of him first.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friends for taking off and saying goodbye to the many rewards and support for escaping together.

 Chapter 2621

    As an immortal, it was originally the most coveted food by monsters.


    As long as there is a slight negligence, it will be completely swallowed by the monsters.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian''s attitude is actually more inclined towards Qingyang Tianxian.


    But those monsters irritated him completely regardless of their actions.


    In addition, out of the immortal''s instinctive disgust and hostility to monsters, he began to work hard to clear the surrounding monsters.


    The influx of monsters did put a lot of pressure on the team, but they also forced everyone to the opposite side.


    Of course, like Zhenhai Zhenxian, there is no problem asking him to clear the monsters, but he does not have the courage to fight against Qingyang Tianxian distractedly.


    In order to fight against the influx of monsters, everyone also began to come up with more trump cards and displayed various powerful magical powers.


    Sanshan Zhenxian may still have some thoughts of fishing, but at this time, he has to go all out.


    Thanks to the help of these monsters and the suppression of the Demon Domain, at least from the perspective of the scene, the situation of these true immortal-level powerhouses has become more difficult.


    In particular, the suppression of the Demon Domain comes from the level of the rules of heaven and earth, which greatly affects every true immortal-level powerhouse, and the strength is weakened a lot.


    After a fierce battle, the strength of the monsters was fully demonstrated.


    The three demon gods should all come from the ruins of Junchen Realm, and they are the most powerful beings among the monsters.


    Those large numbers of monsters perfectly acted as cannon fodder, which could effectively consume and contain everyone.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and seized the opportunity to hit the target he thought was important.


    Among them, the strongest Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were his key targets.


    Meng Zhang saw the situation very clearly and made adjustments immediately.


    After the team under his command was formed, they cooperated closely and blocked the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian.


    The weak must confront the strong head-on. In addition to relying on quantitative advantages, formations and the like can play a key role.


    The Famine Demon God blocked the two Demon Gods with one enemy and two, and took advantage of his personality as a superior Demon God to constantly intimidate and contain the influx of monsters.


    Under the tremendous pressure brought by the distraction of the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor had to manifest the true body of the giant dragon and deal with this powerful enemy with all his strength.


    At the beginning of the battle, it is difficult for the participants of the battle to control the direction of the battle.


    Most of these true immortal-level powerhouses are unwilling to be distracted with Qingyang Tianxian, and they are also unwilling to make a full effort.


    They just hope that under the cover of Immortal Venerable Junchen, they can temporarily block the distraction of Celestial Immortal Qingyang, so that he can fight the Demon of Ego in a fair fight.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun can''t satisfy everyone next, they can''t rule out the possibility of switching camps again.


    However, due to the development of the war situation, everyone had to use more strength to fight with Qingyang Tianxian with all their strength.


    For this situation, including Meng Zhang, it is not that there is no expectation at all.


    Now that the matter has come to this point, it is impossible for them to yield to Qingyang Tianxian, and there is only one way to go to the dark.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian seems to be invincible, but it is not irresistible.


    A discerning person like Meng Zhang had even discovered its flaws long ago.


    Meng Zhang saw the opportunity, and under the cover of his teammates, released the yin and yang qi.


    The yin and yang qi that descended from the sky fell like a long river, involving the demon god who was refining the Canglang Holy Spirit.


    The demon god struggled desperately, but he couldn''t break free from the yin and yang''s shackles.


    In a short period of time, Meng Zhang could not completely solve this demon god.


    This demon god was dragged into the yin-yang taiji map above Meng Zhang''s head, and was forcibly suppressed by Meng Zhang using his own heaven and earth dharma.


    Because of the suppression of this demon god, Meng Zhang''s Heaven and Earth Dharma Statue could not exert much power for the time being.


    Meng Zhang''s actions made Qingyang Tianxian very angry.


    He didn''t care about the fate of the demon god, but felt that Meng Zhang had underestimated him.


    In his eyes, under his attack, Meng Zhang could barely hold on with the cover of others.


    But in fact, Meng Zhang acted freely and suppressed a demon god in front of him.


    Although he has been slapped in the face by this group of true immortal-level juniors more than once, Qingyang Tianxian still feels a huge sense of humiliation.


    Driven by his anger, he ignored it a bit, and almost burst out with all his strength.


    The blue blazing sun above his head quickly smashed towards Meng Zhang''s team.


    The terrifying pressure brought by the cyan blazing sun made everyone''s complexion change greatly, and they all tried their best to intercept it.


    At this time, the huge gap in personality between the true immortals and the heavenly immortals began to manifest.


    Even with the help of the formation, this team was still unable to face the distraction of the angry Qingyang Tianxian.


    The cyan blazing sun exploded completely, setting off a violent explosion.


    The dazzling rays of light filled the sky and the earth, and the air waves swept in all directions almost completely destroyed the entire forest.


    The formation of Meng Zhang and his team was defeated head-on.


    Including Meng Zhang, all the members of the team spat out blood, either collapsed to the ground or were knocked out.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others all know the truth that lips die and teeth are cold, and they know that Meng Zhang and the others cannot be allowed to be killed by Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    They ignored the distracting attack of Qingyang Tianxian, and launched the most powerful supernatural powers one after another, trying to surround Wei and save Zhao, and contain the other party.


    The short whip in the hands of Sanshan Zhenxian waved quickly, and the whip shadows hit Qingyang Tianxian from all directions to distract.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor relied on the powerful dragon''s real body to fit and pounce on the Qingyang Tianxian distracted.


    Hunling Zun read a sacred incantation in his mouth, and thousands of strange golden rays of light surrounded Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted with a sneer on his face.


    He pointed at Sanshan Zhenxian in the distance.


    The short whip in Sanshan Zhenxian''s hand was immediately covered with various cracks, as if it would collapse completely in the next moment.


    Sanshan Zhenxian himself was even more severely hit, and kept vomiting blood and retreated.


    The Qingyang Heavenly Immortal turned into several cyan whip shadows, and lashed fiercely at the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor couldn''t avoid it, so he could only resist with his physical body.


    His seemingly indestructible scales were soon torn open under the whip, and countless flesh and blood were thrown everywhere.


    Facing the monstrous ferocity of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, the slippery Hunling Zun Shen tried to retreat immediately.


    The Qingyang Tianxian distracted and shot several cyan rays of light, hitting the target accurately and easily piercing through its powerful body of the god.


    Meng Zhang, who had collapsed on the ground at first, knew that the critical moment had come.


    We can no longer have the slightest idea of ??retaining our strength. Only by showing our trump cards can we reverse the situation.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao resisted the discomfort and flew up from the spot.


    One immortal and one god, a celestial immortal revolves the power of the yang side, and a ghostly spirit revolves the power of the yin side.


    At the same time, they manipulated the power of Yin and Yang Dao, trying to forcibly suppress the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    In my memory, Sichuan has never been so hot.


    No air conditioning, always in the sauna.


    The air conditioner is turned on, and the temperature has been adjusted to 28 degrees, but as long as it takes a little longer, the joints such as knees can''t stand it.


    Especially when I go to bed at night, my knees feel a little tingling.

 Chapter 2622

    An invisible vortex appeared on the top of Qingyang Tianxian''s head, two powerful forces that entangled and repelled each other, pulling his body in different directions.


    The power of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction is not endless, and he is not without any flaws.


    Just now, he was fierce and powerful, and he defeated so many opponents in one breath, and his losses were not small.


    Sanshan True Immortal, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, etc. are all existences that are enough to be vertical and horizontal at the level of True Immortals, even if they face the Heavenly Immortals, they are not powerless to resist.


    In order to defeat these opponents, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction is almost temporarily unable to take care of other things.


    The cooperation between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao can be said to be at their peak, and the timing is even better.


    They seized Qingyang Tianxian when he was distracted and was the weakest, and temporarily trapped him.


    Of course, with the strength of the two of them alone, it is impossible to trap Qingyang Tianxian distracted for too long.


    In fact, Qingyang Tianxian, who was temporarily suppressed by the power of Yin-Yang Dao, was distracted, and his heart was already out of anger.


    He had already made up his mind that as long as he eased his breath, he would smash Meng Zhang and the others into 10,000 pieces without giving him any breathing room.


    When they defeated the battle formed by Meng Zhang and the others, if it wasn''t for Sanshan Zhenxian and the others desperately trying to rescue them, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction would have taken advantage of the situation to kill.


    The angry Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and began to desperately squeeze every bit of power in his body regardless of the damage to Ziyang Zhenxian''s body.


    The power of Yin-Yang Avenue was resisted by him, and the invisible vortex above his head stopped spinning.


    Seeing the next moment, he can get out of trouble.


    At this time, Luna was already holding a pair of small bows and arrows and appeared not far behind him.


    This pair of bows and arrows is the cursed thing that she spent a lot of effort refining by using the resentment and unwillingness of the residual consciousness of heaven in the Junchen world.


    Before Tai Miao used this cursed object, it easily killed Jiu Xuan Zhen Xian and Tian Chenzi.


    Now, this cursed item has been damaged, and it seems that it will not be used once or twice.


    Having gone through the same changes as just now, Luna''s strength at this time is not much different from Tai Miao''s.


    Whether as a native god of the Junchen world or as the refiner of this cursed thing, she is more capable of exerting her power than Taimiao.


    Taking advantage of the rare opportunity that Qingyang Tianxian was distracted, the Moon God used all his strength to drive this cursed thing desperately.


    After a soft sound, this cursed thing was completely shattered and destroyed.


    A jet of black light silently shot at Qingyang Tianxian distracted.


    Qingyang Tianxian, who had not yet escaped the suppression of Yinyang Avenue, was distracted and could not avoid this sneak attack.


    The keen perception gave him a huge sense of crisis in his heart.


    This distraction still inherited a bit of the ability from the deity, and at a critical moment, he sensed the imminent crisis.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and struggling, and a powerful force attacked Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    The two of them immediately spewed blood, and the power of the Yin-Yang Dao was disintegrated, and they were no longer able to maintain the distracted suppression of Qingyang Tianxian.


    Qingyang Tianxian, who had just recovered his freedom, was too distracted to dodge and could only use his magical powers to resist this sneak attack.


    The space around his body began to distort, turning into a space labyrinth that could trap all dead and living things.


    That jet-black light seemed to have a special spirituality, it was not blocked by the space maze, it penetrated all obstacles directly and accurately, and hit True Immortal Ziyang.


    After the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world fell, all the remaining unwillingness and resentment erupted at this moment.


    The immortal body of Ziyang Zhenxian was immediately polluted by the powerful curse power, and then quickly declined and collapsed.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and did not want to continue chasing Meng Zhang and the others, and tried to use his immortal power to save Ziyang Zhenxian.


    However, the power of the curse is too vicious, it can easily defile the immortal power and soul of Ziyang True Immortal, but also defile it through the connection between Ziyang True Immortal and Qingyang Heavenly Immortal''s distraction.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction to rescue Ziyang Zhenxian not only failed, but also hurt himself.


    As a last resort, he only had the strong man break his wrist, immediately abandon the body of Ziyang Zhenxian, and cut off all connections with it.


    A group of human-shaped light and shadow flew out of Ziyang Zhenxian''s body.


    It can be clearly seen that this group of human-shaped light and shadow is stained with a trace of something like sludge.


    And the abandoned Ziyang True Immortal, the body quickly collapsed and scattered, and then the immortal soul also began to decay.


    The reason why Ziyang Zhenxian is willing to let Qingyang Tianxian distract himself, and actively cooperate, besides being unable to resist the orders of the elders of the division, he also has the intention of taking the opportunity to obtain benefits.


    But now, because of his actions in destroying the Junchen Realm with his companions, he has brought himself an irresistible catastrophe.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction lost the body of Ziyang Zhenxian, and he was also infected with the power of sinister curse.


    Although he is not in good condition, but the remaining strength, and a few real immortals against one or two is still not a big problem.


    Even if it''s just a distraction from Qingyang Tianxian, as long as he has a sense of self, he has the instinct to survive, and he will continue to survive at all costs.


    Possessing Ziyang True Immortal, he personally sensed the fall of Ziyang True Immortal.


    If he hadn''t escaped in time, he, who was implicated by Ziyang Zhenxian, might not be able to escape.


    The current distraction has no body as attachment, just a mass of soul, which makes him feel very insecure.


    After finally escaping, he didn''t care about revenge at all, he just wanted to get a safer situation.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and flew not far from Zhenhai Zhenxian.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian had previously despised Zhenhai Zhenxian as a junior, but now he is using him as a life-saving straw.


    The ego demon drives many monsters to pour into this place.


    Among them, the three most powerful demon gods are not nearby, Zhenhai Zhenxian only needs to face a group of monsters at the level of returning to the void.


    Although the opponent is a little troublesome, it cannot pose too serious a threat to him.


    After making up his mind to deal with monsters, even if he was suppressed by the rules of the Demon Domain, he still managed to clean up the monsters that rushed over.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and quickly transmitted a voice to Zhenhai Zhenxian.


    He asked Zhenhai Zhenxian to take the initiative to offer his body for his possession.


    When his task is completed, he will leave voluntarily, and will give Zhenhai Zhenxian many benefits.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian has become a lost dog, and it is this high-spirited and bossy attitude that makes Zhenhai Zhenxian very angry.


    Of course, in the eyes of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, he is willing to sink down, discuss with Zhenhai Zhenxian, this junior, and promise a lot of benefits.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian is not blind.


    He dealt with monsters with ease, and naturally had enough energy to pay attention to the surrounding situation.


    The scene where Ziyang Zhenxian was distracted and abandoned by Qingyang Tianxian was already in his eyes.

 Chapter 2623

    Zhenhai Zhenxian didn''t want to repeat the same mistakes, being distracted by Qingyang Tianxian as a tool, and then abandoned.


    Of course, Zhenhai Zhenxian is still unwilling to offend Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction at this moment.


    He didn''t refuse directly, but found some excuses to delay.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian''s attitude made Qingyang Tianxian very dissatisfied, and he arrogantly and unreasonably forced the other party to submit.


    Clay figurines also have a three-point fire nature, and even weak people will be disgusted when faced with repeated and unreasonable persecution.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian can have today''s cultivation base and achievements, and he is definitely not a weak person.


    Not to mention his history in Lingkong Immortal Realm, he, together with several other true immortals, came to conquer Junchen Realm tens of thousands of years ago, create a sect, and plan for the relics of heavenly immortals left by Junchen Immortal Venerable , which is enough to show that he is not an easy man.


    His previous concessions to Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction came from the fear of Sanyang Xianzong and the fear of Qingyang Tianxian.


    If it was replaced by most of the other true immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they would probably have a similar attitude, and they might not perform better than him.


    But now it seems that his repeated concessions have no effect, but lead to the other party''s progress.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian still has a bright future and is unwilling to be the victim of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    The constant persecution of the other party aroused the tyrannical side in his heart.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and lost the body of Ziyang Zhenxian, and was already in a weak state.


    Although this soul body still has decent power, the soul body itself has many weaknesses, and it is easy to be restrained by targeted power.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian were the main culprits that caused Qingyang Tianxian to be distracted.


    They are well aware of the character of the other party''s retribution, and in order to avoid future troubles, they will definitely cut down the weeds with all their strength, and strive to avoid any future troubles.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian guessed right, Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian all know that this time, they have completely torn apart their faces with Qingyang Tianxian, and they have also forged a deep hatred.


    Maybe Sanshan Zhenxian has some regrets in his heart, and should not offend the other party so hard.


    But this is the end, and there is no turning back.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is a decisive generation, knowing that only by killing the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian can the problem be solved temporarily.


    When he is promoted to Heavenly Immortal with the help of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, then there is nothing to be afraid of.


    Even if he encounters revenge from the deity of Qingyang Tianxian in the future, it is not without resistance.


    In Meng Zhang''s heart, he wanted to kill the opponent completely.


    They were all distracted and injured by Qingyang Tianxian in the previous battle.


    They need time to recover and temporarily suppress the injury so that the strongest fighting power can be erupted.


    After a short delay, Tianxian Qingyang was distracted and came to Zhenhai Zhenxian.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian did not disappoint Meng Zhang and the others. He was not a puppet that Qingyang Tianxian was distracted by, but a top-level real immortal with his own will.


    One does not do the other endlessly, since Qingyang Tianxian has no room for distraction, he will not be merciful.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian pretended to agree to Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction request.


    However, the constant flow of monsters around him separated him from Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    Seeing that Zhenhai Zhenxian promised to let him possess himself, Qingyang Tianxian was slightly relieved.


    As the distraction of an immortal, at least the immortal body of a true immortal can bear it.


    If the other party is unwilling to allow himself to be possessed, he needs to spend most of his strength to suppress the opponent''s resistance, and even cause significant damage to the immortal body.


    In this way, even if it is successfully possessed in the end, the strength that can be exerted will be greatly reduced.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian is willing to take the initiative to cooperate, that is the best result.


    Qingyang Tianxian glanced at the surrounding monsters in disgust.


    A burst of invisible hurricane swept through, blowing these monsters to and fro.


    Although he and Ego Demon were temporary allies, these monsters were sent by Ego to help him.


    However, he was busy possessing Zhenhai Zhenxian, but he did not have the patience to slowly treat these monsters peacefully.


    After a few times to disperse the surrounding monsters, Qingyang Tianxian flew directly to Zhenhai Zhenxian.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian no longer concealed the hideous look on his face.


    A palace appeared above his head, setting off a wave of violent waves.


    He, who had sacrificed the celestial artifact, attacked Qingyang Tianxian with all his strength.


    Unprepared, the group of human-shaped light and shadow plunged into the violent waves.


    Although this is a distraction from the immortal spirit, it is extremely tough, but in the face of a sudden attack, he still suffered huge damage without being prepared.


    The angry Qingyang Tianxian roared again and again, and finally overturned the palace and got rid of Zhenhai Zhenxian''s sneak attack.


    But before he could catch his breath, more ferocious attacks were coming.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Hunling Zunshen disregarded the injuries on their bodies and showed their magical powers to attack the group of human-shaped lights and shadows.


    Without the possession of the body, the strength of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction plummeted, and many supernatural powers and methods could not be used.


    Especially as a soul body, it has many inherent weaknesses.


    These guys who attacked him are all experienced and diverse, and they easily display many targeted methods to restrain this distraction.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted and finally survived the fierce attacks.


    The light and shadow of this group of humanoids has become much dimmed, and the core part is constantly flickering.


    Most of his power has been consumed.


    The power of the curse originally attached to him is not strong, but it is more difficult to deal with.


    But he was seriously injured again, and the power of the curse took the opportunity to make waves.


    Old wounds are not gone, and new ones are added.


    With many scars and internal and external difficulties, Qingyang Tianxian''s distracted state has become extremely bad.


    He blocked left and right, but could not block all the enemy''s attacks.


    He dodged left and right, and slammed left and right, but he was still unable to stand out from the enemy''s encirclement.


    He finally realized that he might not be able to escape this time.


    The distraction of Qingyang Tianxian originally gathered all the bad characters of Qingyang Tianxian, paranoid and extreme, and narrow-minded to the extreme.


    Seeing the enemy now vowing to kill him without leaving any way out for himself, immediately aroused his ferocity.


    He was born with wickedness and courage, and decided that even if he fell this time, he would pull back a few backs. He would never let the enemy have a better time, and they had to pay a painful price.


    Qingyang Tianxian was distracted just now, and was about to explode. After Sanshan Zhenxian realized his intention, he immediately evaded in all directions.


    Only the wonderful, who had been peeping on the side for a long time, manifested the body of ghosts and gods, and took the initiative to pounce on him.


    Taiyi Realm should have been far away from here long ago, here is another closed world, too wonderful to borrow the power of Taiyi Realm.


    As a natural ghost, he is also the master of the underworld in the Taiyi world, and he is born with a strong restraint on the soul body.


    He will now rely on his own strength to forcibly suppress this special soul body in front of him.

 Chapter 2624

    I saw that Tai Miao fully mobilized the powers of life and death and reincarnation, and the gray rays of light shot at the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal and Remnant God, and the invisible forces shrouded it tightly, and the avenues of life and death and the avenues of reincarnation were constantly restricted. he¡­¡­


    Qingyang Tianxian, who was about to self-destruct, was distracted when he saw Sanshan Zhenxian and the others avoided far away.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others were so slippery, a bit beyond his expectations.


    He was in a very poor state, and soon fell into a wonderful offensive.


    The attack from Tai Miao made Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction constantly weakened, and his vitality was rapidly passing.


    The immortal soul of the immortal is far more powerful than the sun god of ordinary cultivators.


    Such as the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, a race known for its strong physical body, its physical strength is not as strong as the fairy soul of the gods.


    But no matter how powerful the immortal soul is, it is a kind of soul body, and some weaknesses of the soul body cannot be avoided.


    Of course, ordinary means of restraining the soul, such as fire-type Taoism, general thunder, etc., will hardly have any effect on the fairy soul.


    With Taimiao''s current power, souls below the true immortal level have almost no resistance in front of him.


    Even a soul body of the true immortal level is naturally restrained by three points.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction status is high, but after being continuously weakened, he is already in the weakest state.


    The remaining reason of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction told him that he could not continue like this.


    He turned his heart away, trying to get rid of the too wonderful suppression, and began to blow himself up again.


    It''s too wonderful to see this, knowing that it must not be allowed to succeed.


    Tai Miao''s figure flashed and appeared in front of Qingyang Tianxian.


    He ignored Qingyang Tianxian''s desperate resistance, relying on the powerful ghost and god''s body, and hugged it.


    Then Tai Miao''s entire body turned into a black light, entangling Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction firmly, and the entanglement became tighter and tighter.


    After Tai Miao tried her best to suppress Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, she no longer had the energy to perform other actions.


    Meng Zhang glanced around vigilantly, and put Tai Miao and the Qingyang Tianxian who had been suppressed by him into his mustard seed space.


    Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space has been strengthened and upgraded many times.


    Especially after he was promoted to a true immortal, his mustard seed space is no longer inferior to those independent small worlds.


    After accommodating them, Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space kept shaking, obviously in a very unstable state.


    While Meng Zhang cast a spell to stabilize the mustard space, he also had to clear the surrounding monsters.


    It took a long time for him to come here before his mustard space stabilized a little, so that it would not affect his actions.


    The biggest enemy, Qingyang Tianxian, was distracted, leaving only those unsightly monsters around.


    Everyone knows the truth of cutting grass and rooting, and they are also full of anger at the behavior of the egoistic demon.


    Regardless of the fact that their injuries were still unhealed, all of them faced the all-round suppression of the Demon Domain and started to clear the surrounding monsters together.


    After a fierce battle, the surrounding monsters were almost cleaned up.


    In addition to Meng Zhang suppressing one of the three demon gods with the law of heaven and earth, one was swallowed up by the disaster demon god, and the other was executed by everyone together.


    After clearing the monsters, everyone suffered serious wear and tear, and the state of their bodies was not very good.


    At this time, the demon of my grasp and Immortal Junchen are still fighting endlessly.


    Everyone felt that they had done enough.


    Originally, according to Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, they only needed to entangle Qingyang Tianxian to distract themselves.


    They have completely solved the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian now, which is considered to have exceeded the task.


    They were persuaded by Immortal Junchen to stand on the side of Immortal Junchen, because of the benefits promised by Immortal Junchen, and because of Qingyang Tianxian''s bad practices.


    There is no need for them to get involved in the battle between the ego demon and Junchen Xianzun.


    Strictly speaking, Qingyang Tianxian distraction is not a complete Tianxian-level powerhouse.


    It is such an enemy, they have paid a huge price in order to win, and they have been injured.


    The ego demon and Junchen Xianzun are definitely much stronger than Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction.


    If they rashly get involved in the battle between the two sides, the end will only be more miserable.


    Taking advantage of the current opportunity, everyone is taking the time to heal their wounds, hoping to restore all their fighting power as soon as possible.


    No matter what changes come next, the stronger the remaining combat power, the better their chances of survival.


    Everyone sat cross-legged on the ground, scattered all over the place, and began to adjust their breath.


    Of course, this process has not been smooth.


    In addition to the fact that the Demon Domain continued to suppress them, several monsters sprang out from time to time to harass everyone.


    After all, this is the Demon Realm, and it is impossible for them to clean up all the monsters.


    A group of monsters have just been cleaned up, and new monsters may be born at the same time.


    Fortunately, the remaining monsters are not too strong, at most they can cause some small troubles to them.


    Although they could not achieve the cultivation without distractions, at least the healing process was not interrupted.


    After so long, the demon god who was suppressed by Meng Zhang in the yin and yang map of Tai Chi gradually lost the strength to resist, and could only survive.


    There is no need to continue to consume too much power to suppress this demon god, Meng Zhang can rest better.


    After Tai Miao suppressed the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, she was also constantly weakening the opponent and reducing the vitality of the opponent.


    Although Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space still vibrates from time to time, it has generally stabilized.


    Including Meng Zhang, it has long been discovered that there are many things wrong with the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian.


    One of the most important points is that Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction seems to have lost contact with the deity.


    Without the control of the deity, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction depends entirely on his own character, and he often uses his anger to make so many mistakes.


    As for why this is the case, there are too many possible reasons.


    This place is too far from Lingkong Immortal Realm; this small world is completely closed and transformed into Demon Realm, isolating the connection between Qingyang Tianxian deity and distraction; maybe something went wrong on Qingyang Tianxian deity...


    Either way, it''s a good thing.


    If the deity of Qingyang Tianxian can control this avatar, or directly issue orders to it, then Meng Zhang and the others may have no chance of winning.


    There is no wall that does not leak the wind.


    The matter of everyone resisting the distraction of the Qingyang Tianxian together will spread to the Qingyang Tianxian deity sooner or later.


    Judging from the character of Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, his deity is definitely not that kind of magnanimous person.


    Of course, like those with a great background, they have a certain amount of confidence to face the revenge of the Qingyang Tianxian deity.


    As long as Gu Yue Ling Qing returns to Lingkong Immortal Realm, he can take shelter in his family.


    An old-fashioned Celestial Clan like the Gu Yue Clan is not afraid of the Three Suns Immortal Sect.


    Hunling Venerable God has the background of the Temple of Heaven, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is born in the dragon family...


    Sanshan Zhenxian is afraid that he can only hope that he can be promoted to Tianxian as soon as possible.


    As for Meng Zhang, he never thought about going to Lingkong Immortal Realm.

 Chapter 2625

    Meng Zhang has long thought about it, the spiritual civilization of the immortal world is very prosperous and has rich resources...


    But if he goes to Lingkong Immortal Realm, he can''t ensure absolute control over Taiyi Realm, let alone the independence of himself and Zongmen, then the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.


    Therefore, until he is not strong enough, he will not easily go to Lingkong Xianjie.


    He would rather take the Taiyi Realm to wander in the void, conquest and plunder everywhere, and work hard to collect various resources.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian was born in the Lingkong fairyland, and he will inevitably go back in the future, and now he is a little sad.


    Of course, no one will gloat at this time.


    Even if other people rely on it, it is not necessarily very easy to offend an old-fashioned angel.


    When dealing with the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian before, Taimiao launched the final blow, and no one else competed with him.


    Offending Qingyang Tianxian is one thing, but if he completely ends his distraction, it would be too hard to offend him.


    Tai Miao took the initiative to take the initiative and bear the main anger of Qingyang Tianxian, which is a good thing for others.


    Wonderful to do this, of course, not for the limelight, but for other considerations.


    After all, Qingyang Tianxian, this distraction, has the personality of an immortal. If it can be refined and absorbed, it will have a great effect on Taimiao and Taiyi Realm.


    Many people played an important role in this battle, but the most fatal blow came from the destroyed Junchen world.


    Ziyang Zhenxian destroyed Junchen Realm for his own selfishness, and he died under the cursed thing today.


    To a certain extent, Taiyi Realm is considered to be the successor of Junchen Realm, and Taiyi Realm cultivators are regarded as inheriting the legacy of Junchen Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    The Moon God is an indigenous god of the Junchen Realm.


    Killing the true immortal Ziyang is also regarded as revenge for the Junchen world.


    The scene after everyone defeated Qingyang Tianxian was distracted, all fell into the eyes of the ego-brained demon.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction was so useless, it was a big surprise to him.


    Qingyang Tianxian is distracted, not to mention the fall of his own family, and he has wasted such a large investment in the demon of ego.


    Monsters are born almost every moment in the Demon Realm.


    However, since the birth of the Demon Domain is not too long, the monsters in it are far from endless.


    Especially the available high-level monsters, it is even more lacking.


    Those three demon gods were born in the ruins of Junchen World for many years before they were born.


    Losing so many monsters in one fell swoop, the ego-brained demon is truly broken.


    Previously, the ego demon tried to entangle Jun Chen Xianzun, making him unable to interfere in the battlefield over there.


    Now, he is also firmly entangled by Jun Chen Xianzun, even if he wants to be distracted to deal with Meng Zhang and the others, he is also powerless.


    I have seen the fighting power of this group of true immortals.


    They can eliminate the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, and they can also form a certain threat to themselves.


    If they have finished resting and regained all their fighting power, and restrained themselves from the side, they will definitely be defeated in the hands of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    I have almost exhausted the cards in my hands, and there is no other way to deal with this group of true immortals.


    This group of true immortal juniors was bewitched by him once, and the same method is difficult to take effect.


    I held Tianmo with a wry smile. He didn''t even think that the chips that ultimately affected the outcome of the battle came from a group of true immortals.


    I still faintly feel that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is doing something big in secret.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun is allowed to succeed, his situation will be even more unfavorable.


    He tried to sabotage the other party''s plan many times, but was unsuccessful.


    In fact, there are many opportunities for me to withdraw from the battle and stay away from here after the fight between the ego demon and Jun Chen Xianzun.


    But the name of his ego is not a random call.


    He was obsessed with Jun Chen Xianzun and could not extricate himself at all.


    Tens of thousands of years ago, the ego demon had not yet been promoted to the realm of demons, but was just an ordinary extraterrestrial demon who was pulled by chance and came to prevent Jun Chen Xianzun from becoming a true immortal.


    After the failure, the ego demon became the enemy of Jun Chen Xianzun for life.


    Dealing with Jun Chen Xianzun became the biggest obsession in his heart.


    If he can''t complete this obsession, he will only be exhausted by the obsession in the end, and he will fall into a state of irreversibility.


    In tens of thousands of years, the ego demon and Jun Chen Xianzun have fought countless times, but they have never been able to help each other.


    When I heard that Immortal Junchen was going to break through the realm of Jinxian, I was almost desperate.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun becomes a golden immortal, then he will never have the chance to surpass the opponent again.


    Fortunately, with the blessing of the Demon Ancestor, Jun Chen Immortal Venerable failed to attack the Golden Immortal realm and was still in an extremely weak state.


    The ego-brained demon who took advantage of it once saw the dawn of victory, but now he is still on the verge of defeat.


    I am not going to retreat this time, even if he dies here, he must fulfill his obsession.


    After tens of thousands of years, the obsession in his heart became stronger and stronger.


    For demons and monsters, obsession is an extremely powerful driving force that can bring them great power.


    The obsession has been unable to complete, and it will bring them great pain, making their hearts incomplete.


    For the ego demon, the obsession of eliminating Jun Chen Xianzun is not only an important source of his strength, but also his talisman.


    I have given up the suppression of the true immortals.


    He mobilized the power of Demon Domain to suppress Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The obsession in his heart almost drove him crazy.


    He almost drained every bit of his strength to deal with Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    Not far from the forest where Meng Zhang and the others were, a towering giant tree composed of countless vines was fighting endlessly with countless blood-colored lights and shadows.


    There is the battlefield where Jun Chen Xianzun and the ego-brained demon are fighting head-on.


    From time to time, the aftermath of some battles leaked out, blowing the forest upside down, making Meng Zhang and the others very uncomfortable.


    I believe that there is no way to retreat, and this time he will be immortal with Jun Chen Xianzun.


    He wanted to hit and kill the opponent before Meng Zhang and the others joined the battle.


    "Boy Junchen, have you ever thought about why you failed to attack Jinxian back then?"


    Even if he knew clearly that the ego demon was going to disturb his mind, this question was precisely what Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was most concerned about.


    The current Junchen Immortal Venerable is a projection summoned from the past, and naturally he does not know the details of the subsequent impact on the Golden Immortal Realm.


    There is no such content in the information left by Immortal Junchen before he attacked Jinxian.


    Seeing that Jun Chen Xianzun was silent and did not react too much, I did not go around in circles, but said the answer directly.


    "No matter how talented you are, no matter how perfect you are, no matter how solid you are, as long as the Daojuns of Lingkong Immortal Realm don''t nod their heads, you will never be able to step into the Golden Immortal Realm."

 Chapter 2626

    The so-called Daojun was originally an honorary title for those top-level golden immortals.


    But later, such honorific titles gradually spread, as long as they are Jinxian, they can be honored as Daojun.


    At first, some Jinxians may still be modest.


    After a long time, there are many people who call it that, and they just let it go.


    Some old-fashioned old-fashioned people who stick to the rules are very dissatisfied with this, and they can''t change this ethos.


    Meng Zhang accepts the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, which is more traditional in many ways.


    He would not use the title of Dao Zun indiscriminately.


    Taiyi Jinxian is his patriarch, and he is not an ordinary Jinxian.


    But before he didn''t know enough about him, Meng Zhang didn''t call him Daojun.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, there were several golden immortals in Lingkong Xianjie, but not every golden immortal was qualified to be called Daojun.


    The Daojun in my mouth should include all the golden immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    By the way, when I was shouting to Immortal Jun Chen, I didn''t hide it from Meng Zhang and the others, but deliberately let the content spread everywhere.


    Its intention is also obvious, that is, trying to disturb Meng Zhang''s will.


    The meaning in the words of the ego demon is already obvious.


    The golden immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm didn''t want to see Junchen Immortal being promoted to Jinxian, so he failed when he broke through Jinxian.


    If you think more deeply, why don''t the golden immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm not want to see Junchen Immortal Venerable being promoted?


    If the golden immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm are hostile or even hate Junchen Immortal Venerable, then his failure is a matter of course.


    Moreover, he will definitely not end well in the future.


    Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian have long been on the side of Junchen Xianzun, and naturally they will not change their positions again because of a few words in the demon zone.


    Of course, whether they will have some doubts and make some murmurs in their hearts because of this, that is another matter.


    Anyway, no matter what, Meng Zhang and the others would not easily change the original plan.


    They must first treat the wounds and restore their combat power, and then ask Jun Chen Xianzun to fulfill some of their promises first.


    They did not have the intention to participate in the frontal battle between the ego demon and Junchen Xianzun.


    Immortal Venerable Junchen also does not have this requirement.


    I didn''t expect a few words to persuade Meng Zhang and the others to change their positions immediately.


    He is about to fight to the death with Immortal Jun Chen.


    Before that, he needed to stabilize Meng Zhang and the others, at least make them hesitate and not directly participate in the battle between him and Jun Chen Xianzun.


    I held the demon and then pretended to be mysterious and said something.


    The content is nothing more than that Junchen Immortal Venerable''s impact on the Golden Immortals damaged the interests of the Golden Immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and would destroy the balance of power in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Therefore, the golden immortals in Lingkong Xianjie hated him, secretly hindered him, and made him fail.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun still has the delusion of attacking the golden immortals, it will surely anger the golden immortals in the Lingkong fairyland again.


    At that time, the few golden immortals who dominate the Lingkong Immortal Realm will not be merciful to him.


    Meng Zhang and the others were dubious about my words.


    Even Sanshan Zhenxian and Gu Yue Lingqing, who were born and raised in Lingkong Immortal Realm and knew many secrets, did not judge whether their claims were true or false.


    However, purely from the point of view of interests and people''s hearts, what the ego-brained demon said makes a lot of sense.


    Meng Zhang asked himself, if he was one of the golden immortals who dominated the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he might not be willing to see Immortal Junchen become a golden immortal.


    Jun Chen Xianzun has lost a lot of memory, and he is unable to judge the truth of the words of the egoist.


    Although he had been prepared for a long time, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen still felt upset and even a little uneasy.


    The ego demon is not just showing off his lip service, but secretly exerting his demagogic means to the limit, trying to shake the mind of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Although I can''t see the result for the time being, and I don''t know if I am successful, I am not ready to wait any longer.


    The power of the entire Demon Realm was mobilized.


    Thick black clouds shrouded the towering giant tree, and countless blood-colored lights and shadows poured over the sky and covered the earth, and the purple mushrooms spread all over the Demon Domain twisted and deformed, turning into countless strange-shaped behemoths, which rushed over quickly...


    Under the cover of strong demonic energy, several three-headed and six-armed demon gods either danced their weapons to kill the giant tree, or cast spells to launch long-range attacks.


    Meng Zhang and the others saw such a frenzied offensive in the distance, and they thought that they might not be able to hold on for a moment.


    So far, Meng Zhang and the others have not found the body of the ego-holding demon there.


    Most people think that among the several demon gods, there may be one that is the body of the ego-god demon.


    As for Junchen Immortal Venerable''s body, according to his previous statement, he admitted that he occupies the body of Broken Sky Immortal Vine. Judging from the situation in the field, the towering giant tree composed of countless vines should be his body.


    Originally, Sanshan Zhenxian and the others were planning to contact Junchen Xianzun and asked him to fulfill his promise.


    But judging from the current situation, Jun Chen Xianzun should be unable to take care of other things.


    It is also impossible for them to disturb Immortal Venerable Jun Chen at this time.


    Seeing the monstrous power of my demons, some people began to suggest whether everyone should end the healing in advance and take action on the side to relieve the pressure on Jun Chen Xianzun.


    After all, if Jun Chen Xianzun was defeated in the hands of the ego-governing demon, let alone fulfilling his promise, their group might not be able to save their lives.


    Both Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian rejected these proposals.


    They believe that, as a veteran angel, Junchen Immortal Venerable has a strong accumulation and is definitely not so easy to be defeated.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen did not disappoint Meng Zhang and the others.


    Facing the full-strength attack of the ego demon, he was not only able to block it, but also had the strength to launch a counterattack.


    Including the forest where Meng Zhang and the others were located, several places in the Demon Realm lit up with green lights.


    These green lights shot into the air, trying to counteract the suppression of Junchen Immortal Venerable by the Demon Domain.


    Previously, although Immortal Jun Chen fully backed down and let the ego demons demonize this small world, he still left some nails for his own counterattack.


    The earth of the entire small world began to vibrate violently.


    There were thick cracks on the ground, forming bottomless ravines.


    The ground cracked open, and thick vines drilled out from the ground, rushing towards the towering giant tree, fighting fiercely with the power of the demon incarnate.


    The good guardian is hidden under the Nine Lands. When the ego demonized this small world, Jun Chen Xianzun did not fight against it with all his strength, but chose to retreat temporarily.


    Apart from leaving a few nails on the ground, he shrank most of his strength into the depths of the small world.


    When the entire small world was turned into a demon domain, the depths of the ground were still occupied by the power of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Jun Chen Xianzun is now urging all the hidden power to take the opportunity to launch a counterattack against the ego demon.

 Chapter 2627

    The earth of the entire small world is almost cracked.


    Countless thick vines drilled out from the ground, like living creatures, flexibly fluttering and attacking.


    Whether it was the mushroom creep on the ground or all kinds of strange monsters, they were quickly eliminated under the attack of these vines.


    The suppression of Junchen Immortal Venerable by the rules of the Demon Domain Heaven and Earth has long since disappeared.


    I didn''t even think that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was hiding so deeply.


    When Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was at a disadvantage many times before, he never exposed these hidden powers.


    Now that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen began to show his power, the ego demon immediately felt a huge pressure.


    I still don''t know enough about Jun Chen Xianzun''s state.


    Po Kong Xian Veng is indeed loyal to Jun Chen Xianzun. At that time, he did not hesitate to sacrifice his own life to drive the treasure of Eternal Light and summon the past projection of Jun Chen Xianzun from the long river of time.


    The past projection of Jun Chen Xianzun seems to have the personality of an immortal, but in fact it is illusory, so he has to occupy the body left by the broken sky fairy vine.


    After the Void Fragrant Vine fell, there were still a lot of remaining wills in its body.


    These remaining wills do not have enough intelligence, and they will not be as loyal to Junchen Immortal Venerable as the Void Immortal Vine, and will only instinctively reject all foreign invaders.


    Jun Chen Xianzun was initially unable to fully control his newly acquired body.


    He needs time to slowly expel the remaining will in his body, he needs to slowly merge with it, and he needs to turn the illusory projection into a real life...


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has too many distractions, and he can''t exert much strength at all.


    When the ego demon found him back then, he only retreated temporarily.


    He first retreated into this small world that had been prepared for a long time, and the ego-brained demon refused to let him go, and followed closely.


    Even if the small world was his home court, he was still weak at that time and still couldn''t defeat the ego demon.


    While he was dealing with my demon, he took the time to recover his strength.


    The demon of ego is the enemy of life and death that has been entangled with him for many years.


    The ego demon and him are fighting endlessly in this small world, which is the best chance.


    In order to ensure a one-hit kill, he repeatedly backed down.


    He won''t go all out until he''s confident enough.


    Now, Jun Chen Xianzun thought that the time had come and started a big counterattack.


    The ego demon seems to have completely demonized this small world, but in fact it has only completed the superficial work.


    The gigantic body of Broken Sky Immortal Vine is an important foundation for forming and supporting this small world.


    Previously, Jun Chen Xianzun only controlled some of the forces he had already controlled to fight against the ego-god demon.


    A large part of the power of the treasure of the broken sky fairy vine was hidden in the depths of the ground by him.


    The always cunning ego demon, because his attention was attracted by the actions of Jun Chen Xianzun one after another, he was actually concealed just like that.


    Not to mention the ego-brained demon, even Meng Zhang and the others, who were on the sidelines, were sighing that Immortal Jun Chen was hiding deep enough.


    Although they do not have the strength to participate in such a battle, they can still see the development of the battle.


    The majestic full-strength attack of the ego-governing demon did not shake Immortal Jun Chen in the slightest, and the counterattack of the immortal Junchen forced the demon of ego to a disadvantage.


    However, the ego demon is erratic, and Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has not caught his real body for the time being.


    Although he was temporarily at a disadvantage, he had not suffered any substantial damage.


    "You devil is really cunning, you can hide better than a turtle."


    "Do you think this seat has been playing with you for so long, and it has been a waste of time?"


    Jun Chen Xianzun had not talked to the ego-governing demon much before.


    Even in the face of the slander and attack of the ego-brained demon, he would at most refute two sentences weakly, and he did not intend to talk to him at all.


    For one thing, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is a taciturn character.


    If it wasn''t for an emergency, he wouldn''t have said so much to Meng Zhang and the others.


    Second, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is too arrogant and disdains to argue with the ego-god demon.


    In his opinion, don''t talk nonsense if you can do it.


    The battle situation is probably going smoothly now, and the proud Immortal Jun Chen couldn''t help but talk too much.


    While mocking the ego demon, Jun Chen Xianzun launched a fatal blow.


    The towering giant tree waved its branches like a giant, made a bow and arrow posture, and shot an arrow at the blood moon in the sky.


    A thick dark branch is the arrow shot.


    This special arrow was as fast as lightning and accurately hit the blood moon in the sky.


    One end of the arrow continued to drill into the inside of the blood moon, the deeper it drilled, the other end connected to the current body of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    An extremely shrill scream spread through almost the entire small world.


    The blood moon in the sky is so high up in the sky that everyone can see it at a glance.


    Probably because of the darkness under the lights, no one had ever suspected that the ego demon actually hid his true body on the blood moon.


    In other words, that blood moon was his true identity.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen had already discovered his true body, but he had not done anything, just for the raid at this moment.


    After taking a heavy blow, the blood moon in the sky began to twist and twist violently, trying to get rid of the shackles of Jun Chen Xianzun with all his strength.


    Immortal Jun Chen used that branch as a link to firmly connect himself with the real body of the ego-god demon.


    In addition to the fatal blow he just gave the opponent, he was still continuing to transmit power, trying to completely defeat the opponent.


    With the violent shaking of the blood moon, the entire small world is shaking violently, and the entire Demon Realm is shaken, and it seems that it will collapse at any time.


    Due to previous battles, this small world was divided into two parts.


    One part is the demon domain transformed by the ego-brained demon, and the other part is the place guarded by the broken sky fairy vine.


    If the Demon Domain completely collapses, this small world will be severely damaged or even destroyed, which will then affect the Void Broken Vine which is the foundation of the small world.


    Immortal Venerable Junchen will naturally not allow this to happen.


    He has been planning for this counterattack for a long time, and naturally he has a way to deal with all kinds of situations.


    The twig was heavily inserted into the body of the demon I held the sky, and the power from Immortal Jun Chen continued to impact his demon body and demon soul.


    Although he struggled and resisted desperately, he also knew that if there was no accident, he would most likely fall into the hands of Jun Chen Xianzun today.


    While concentrating all his strength to resist, he was thinking of ways to escape.


    He considered whether he wanted to give up this demon body and let the demon soul escape.


    At this moment, a strange aura emanated from Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    The branches of the giant tree danced rapidly, as if countless palms were forming a dharma seal, with a special rhythm.


    A series of low and mysterious voices rang among the giant branches, accompanied by the dancing of the branches.

 Chapter 2628

    If it is a discerning person who is proficient in various rituals and spells, it is easy to identify that Jun Chen Xianzun is using special means to cast spells.


    And the spells he casts, from the perspective of breath alone, are obviously not the arts of immortality.


    Almost at the same time when Immortal Jun Chen cast the spell, the ego-brained demon sensed the mutation in his body.


    The power in his body was rapidly dissipating, the demon body began to lose control, and the demon soul was in turmoil.


    There are strange powers coming from Immortal Jun Chen, absorbing the foundation of his practice.


    I was stunned for a moment, and then discovered a terrifying fact that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was trying to devour himself.


    In addition to facing the same path, the strong magicians are generally not worried about being swallowed up.


    Because magic cultivators and monsters are like cancers, with all kinds of plagues and poisons.


    If you swallow it rashly, you will only harm yourself.


    Ordinary immortal powerhouses, let alone devouring demon powerhouses, are likely to be demonized by them if they come into contact with them too much.


    Could it be that Jun Chen Xianzun has some kind of secret method that can completely purify the power of the devil''s way, and then convert it for his own use?


    As soon as I had such a conjecture in my mind, I was keenly aware of the changes in Immortal Junchen''s aura.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s aura became more obscure and unclear, and that lofty feeling had long since disappeared.


    I couldn''t believe it and shouted to Immortal Jun Chen: "You, you actually took the initiative to enter the devil..."


    Over the years, when I was promoted from Immortal Junchen to True Immortal, I have been entangled with him and never let him go.


    In addition to being driven by the obsession in his heart, its main purpose is to demonize Jun Chen Xianzun and let him fall into the devil''s way.


    For him, it should be a good thing that Immortal Jun Chen has entered the devil. Isn''t his wish for tens of thousands of years achieved like this? Why is he so frightened?


    At this time, in the heart of the ego-clinging demon, there is really an unspeakable bitterness.


    He has entangled Jun Chen Xianzun many times before, tempted the other party, tried to demonize the other party, and indeed he wanted to pull the other party into the magic way.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun is stained by demons, then the ego-god demon will enjoy great benefits as the initiator.


    The cultivation of Jun Chen Xianzun can be transformed into his resources.


    Jun Chen Xianzun himself can be refined into a puppet by him.


    Maybe, he can use this to complete the promotion and surpass the realm of demons.


    To put it simply, Immortal Jun Chen can be enchanted, but he can only enjoy the final result under the leadership of the ego demon.


    But now, Jun Chen Xianzun took the initiative to enter the demon without knowing the ego, making everything out of control.


    Jun Chen Xianzun is no longer the prey of the ego demon, but has become his comrade and opponent.


    The obsession of the ego demon for tens of thousands of years has been achieved in this form, but he wants to cry but has no tears.


    Within the magic way, the competition between fellows is often extremely bloody and cruel.


    I''m actually not that talented.


    His old rival, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, has already completed the cultivation of the Heavenly Immortal and began to hit the Golden Immortal realm. He is still an ordinary Heavenly Demon.


    For the real high-level demons, Junchen Immortal Venerable is obviously more talented and valuable than the ego-brained demon.


    There is also a very important point, the ego demon is born from an extraterritorial demon, and is a native-born demon powerhouse.


    And Jun Chen Xianzun is a strong immortal, but he took the initiative to devote himself to the magic.


    It''s not that foreign monks like to recite sutras or the like. Among the guys who fell from the immortal way to the devil''s way, there are indeed many who have received the attention of the senior officials of the devil''s way and have had better development.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has long since aroused the demonic thoughts in the depths of the void, attracting demons into the body, and actively engaging in the demonic way.


    As a demon who is very sensitive to the breath of the devil''s way, I don''t know anything about it.


    If Immortal Venerable Jun Chen hadn''t taken the initiative to reveal it, he would still be kept in the dark.


    It seems that the demons in the depths of the void prefer Jun Chen Xianzun more.


    With the rich experience of the ego-holding demon, he saw through Junchen Immortal Venerable''s attempt at a glance.


    Jun Chen Xianzun will use the ego-holding demon as his sustenance to completely transform his foundation, so that he can change from an immortal to an immortal.


    His actions have attracted the attention of the demons in the depths of the void.


    If he succeeds, he will greatly please the demons in the depths of the void, and receive their rewards and blessings.


    On the other hand, the ego-brained demon will have no bones and souls, and everything that he originally possessed will become the nutrients needed for the cultivation of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The demonic thoughts in the depths of the void are happy to see such behavior, and they are very encouraged.


    Between Immortal Jun Chen and the ego demon, there can only be one winner.


    The winner will devour the loser.


    The strong prey and cruel competition within Demon Dao are fully revealed at this moment.


    In fact, the ego demon itself grew up on the battlefield where countless extraterrestrial demons killed each other.


    When I think of my tragic end, I feel a chill in my heart because of my ego-like nature.


    He struggled and resisted desperately, trying to escape the tragic fate he was about to face.


    But Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has been planning for a long time and has made a lot of preparations, just for this moment, where will he easily escape.


    Whether it can completely devour the ego demon is not only related to the tens of thousands of years of grievances between the two parties, but also related to the future path of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen overwhelmed almost everything for this.


    With the casting of Jun Chen Xianzun''s spell, the resistance force of the ego demon began to gradually weaken.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen everything went well here.


    As Jun Chen Xianzun began to seize the foundation of the ego demon, the surrounding celestial phenomena mutated again.


    The blood moon wailed, the blood rain fell from the sky, and the whole small world was filled with the sound of ghosts crying and howling...


    The essence of Jun Chen Xianzun, which was originally well concealed, began to be gradually revealed.


    Experienced people such as Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian have already discovered something wrong from his leaked breath.


    "How did Jun Chen Xianzun become enchanted?"


    Meng Zhang''s face was full of disbelief.


    Meng Zhang, Sanshan Zhenxian, Gu Yue Ling Qing and others quickly exchanged opinions.


    Although they didn''t want to believe it, they all came to a unanimous judgment.


    That''s right, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has been enchanted.


    Originally, Jun Chen Xianzun had the upper hand in the battle with the ego demon, and the situation was very good.


    But why did Immortal Venerable Junchen fall into the devil at this time?


    At first, they thought that this was the means of ego clinging to the devil.


    But soon, they discovered that this was not the case.


    I have no power to fight back, and I have no power to stain Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Jun Chen Xianzun''s enchantment is his own will, and he intends to do so.


    Everyone is familiar with the various stories of Immortal Jun Chen, and everyone is not unfamiliar with the temperament of Immortal Jun Chen.


    As a person of Jun Chen Xianzun, he would rather fall than fall into the devil''s way. How could he choose to take the initiative to enter the devil?


    Although I don''t know the specific reason, Meng Zhang and the others are both cultivators and can only think of one possibility.


    Jun Chen Xian respected Xin and chose the path of cultivation, and took the initiative to choose the magic way.

 Chapter 2629

    Thinking about it, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was in the best heyday, and he failed to reach the Golden Immortal realm.


    His past projection still has various congenital defects, and his future practice achievements cannot be stronger than it.


    If you follow the same path, the consummation of the gods may be the end of his practice.


    If it hits Jinxian again, the possibility of failure will only be greater.


    And after failure, there may not be a chance for a new life.


    Instead, choose a completely new path.


    Choosing the magic way may not be smoother than the original path, nor may it be further, but at least there is a new possibility.


    The road is difficult, just for such a possibility, Jun Chen Xianzun did not hesitate to take the initiative to devote himself to the magic path and change the path of cultivation.


    In the eyes of a cultivator of his level, the Great Dao has the same goal, and the gap between the Immortal Dao and the Demon Dao is not insurmountable.


    Since the facts have proved that this road is not feasible, it is necessary to change the road.


    The choice made by Jun Chen Xianzun put Meng Zhang and the others into a huge crisis.


    Previously, Xianzun Junchen seemed to be frank with them, but he did not reveal his true thoughts at all.


    If Jun Chen Xianzun successfully changed his path and became Jun Chen Demon Lord, would he still admit the promise he made?


    What does the promise made by Immortal Jun Chen have anything to do with Demon Venerable Jun Chen?


    It is a routine operation for the strong in the magic way to be unbelieving and treachery.


    If Jun Chen Demon Venerable just doesn''t acknowledge the account and doesn''t fulfill his promise, that''s fine.


    I''m afraid that he, who is a strong man in the magic way, will have bad intentions for the true immortal-level strong people here, and regard everyone as a tonic or a target of demonization.


    Meng Zhang and the others looked at Jun Chen Xianzun who was rapidly transforming into the devil''s way, and they all had the same worry in their hearts.


    Don''t look at Jun Chen Xianzun who was polite to everyone before, and tried every means to win over.


    But when he completely devours the demon of ego, I am afraid it will be the moment when he turns his face and does not recognize anyone.


    Among the demon powerhouses, there has never been a generation of compassionate means.


    Originally, Jun Chen Xianzun and the ego demon were at a stalemate, and Meng Zhang and the others still had the opportunity to have both sides.


    But now, the ego-brained demon has been unable to protect himself, and is about to become the resources of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The situation was changing so fast, especially the matter of Jun Chen Xianzun taking the initiative to enter the devil, it was really beyond Meng Zhang and the others'' expectations.


    Everyone could not care about continuing to recover from the injury, and quickly gathered together to have a fierce argument.


    Due to their extreme distrust of Jun Chen Xianzun, they were reluctant to put their fate in the hands of each other.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang are all very decisive characters.


    They decided to choose a good time to attack Jun Chen Xianzun together.


    Don''t ask for much damage to him, at least let him not be able to change the foundation of cultivation so smoothly.


    Everyone can no longer care about the life and death of the ego demon.


    In fact, the death of the ego demon is a good thing.


    As the ego demon suffered heavy losses, the situation became worse and worse, and this demon domain had been seriously shaken.


    Sensitive monks such as Meng Zhang have already faintly felt that the laws of heaven and earth in the void outside have been touched.


    Previously, the ego-brained demon changed the laws of heaven and earth in the surrounding void, making it impossible for all true immortal-level powerhouses to leave.


    If he fell completely, the power he cast became a rootless tree, and it would slowly dry up.


    The powerful correction ability of the void will slowly restore the changed laws of heaven and earth to normal.


    At that time, Meng Zhang and the others can naturally stay away from here immediately.


    Of course, if the demon of my grasp completely falls, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen will be able to spare his hands and attack Meng Zhang and the others.


    Therefore, choosing the timing of the shot is very important.


    It is best for them to take action together when the ego-holding demon falls and Immortal Junchen is devouring him, disturbing Immortal Junchen''s movements, and then flee here immediately.


    After all, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen will definitely take his own practice as a top priority, and it is unlikely that he will hinder his own practice in order to hunt down everyone.


    Such a thing is easy to say, but very difficult to do.


    In addition, many situations are conjectures, and no one can tell what actually happened.


    But this is the end of the matter, and no one has any other way but to choose to give it a shot.


    Sanshan Zhenxian has great prestige and the strongest strength. Although there have been some twists and turns, everyone still trusts him.


    This small group under Meng Zhang has the largest number and the strongest overall strength.


    In the previous fight against Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction, Meng Zhang and the others played a big role, and in the end Taimiao stepped forward and launched the final blow.


    Therefore, after everyone''s discussion, it was decided that Sanshan Zhenxian and Meng Zhang would be the leaders.


    It is up to them to choose the timing of the shot, and then instruct everyone to shoot together.


    After the discussion, everyone was ready to take action while watching the changes in the battle situation nervously.


    Meng Zhang and the others felt that their plan was not perfect, but it was very feasible.


    In such an unfavorable situation, this is the best choice they can make.


    There is no way, the strength gap is too large, they can only survive in the cracks.


    Unfortunately, things in the world always change faster than planned.


    Although the ego demon is in an extremely unfavorable situation, it will not sit still no matter what.


    His heart was full of hatred for Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Even if he falls completely, he will not let Jun Chen succeed.


    Immortal Jun Chen used him as a prey and a stepping stone, and this huge sense of humiliation almost drove him crazy.


    The ego demon is not only saving himself, but also desperately trying.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has almost controlled him, and there are not many movements he can do.


    Before I lost control of the Demon Realm, I held the Demon Realm to detonate the Demon Realm.


    Although the ego-brained demon never dreamed that he would fall into such a field, it is not that he has nothing to do.


    After he transformed this small world into a demon domain, he made some targeted arrangements.


    As soon as his mind moved at this moment, the power of the entire Demon Realm began to boil, and the rules of heaven and earth fluctuated violently...


    Of course, Xianzun Junchen didn''t want to see the Demon Domain self-destruct.


    Not only the ego-governing demon, but everything that the ego-governing demon possesses has been regarded as a trophy by him, including this demon domain.


    Junchen Immortal Venerable is not omnipotent no matter how powerful he is.


    The opponent of the same level, the ego demon, also has his own trump card.


    Countless thick vines burst out of the ground, extending toward the sky and all around, trying to stabilize this small world and prevent the Demon Domain from self-destructing.


    The self-destruction of the Demon Domain came too fast, and all actions of Immortal Jun Chen were in vain.


    Those thick vines were blown to pieces in the self-destruction of Demon Domain.


    Huge shock waves, chaotic rules of heaven and earth, violent powers...


    The damage was quickly transmitted to the body of the Void Fragrant Vine, causing a lot of pressure on it.


    Most of this small world has been transformed into a demon domain.


    The Demon Domain self-destructed, and the entire small world could not maintain stability, and was almost on the verge of collapse.

 Chapter 2630

    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen snorted angrily, feeling extremely annoyed in his heart.


    He has planned for many years, and he has been forbearing many times before, not hesitate to bow his head to a group of true immortals and juniors.


    This guy, the ego-brained demon, obviously has no way to escape, he refuses to obediently suffer death, and he has caused such a big trouble for himself.


    That''s right, in the eyes of Jun Chen Xianzun, the desperate counterattack of the ego-brained demon is futile, and it can at most cause trouble for himself.


    Because of his anger, the towering giant tree soared into the sky, and its body and branches were growing rapidly.


    The top of the giant tree plunged into the blood moon, firmly holding the blood moon, and swallowed it in a big mouth.


    While he was speeding up to devour the ego demon, he was still trying to stabilize this small world.


    With a rare opportunity, Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian looked at each other and quickly made up their minds to make an early move.


    The void-breaking fairy vine is an important foundation for constructing this small world, and it is also the current body of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    If the small world completely collapses, the sky-breaking fairy vine will also suffer collateral damage.


    With their strength, it is difficult to cause huge damage to Jun Chen Xianzun under normal circumstances.


    Now, it is a godsend opportunity.


    Sanshan Zhenxianwu''s short whip of the fairy weapon in her hands slammed the surrounding space hard, almost making the whole small world tremble.


    The yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang was like a long river, colliding left and right in the air, slamming into this small world.


    Although Meng Zhang and Sanshan Zhenxian took action in advance and did not follow the agreement, everyone still chose to believe them.


    Everyone followed their instructions and violently attacked this small world.


    This small world has been hit hard in the previous battle, almost scarred.


    If there was no support from the Void Broken Vine, this small world might have collapsed long ago.


    The self-destruction of the Demon Domain has caused huge damage to this small world, putting it on the verge of collapse.


    Almost every one of these true immortal-level powerhouses has the ability to destroy the world.


    They showed their abilities and did their best, and soon the whole small world could no longer support it.


    Jun Chen Xianzun believes that he has appeased this group of true immortals for a long time.


    Just now, he focused his attention on the ego demons, and only slightly ignored them.


    In such a short time, these juniors brought him such a big trouble.


    If this group of juniors attacked Immortal Jun Chen directly, he could easily parry it.


    However, this group of juniors attacked this small world itself, just hitting his weakness.


    The forest where Meng Zhang and the others were located was originally the manifestation of the power of Immortal Jun Chen.


    Jun Chen Xianzun manipulated the forest and tried to stop their actions.


    Meng Zhang drove the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and the wind and fire that filled the sky raged freely in the forest.


    The crowd divided a lot of strength and violently bombarded the forest.


    While Immortal Junchen completely controlled the ego demon, his body was also entangled by the opponent, and he could not escape for the time being.


    The ego demon has contained most of his power, and he has to work hard to maintain this small world, so there is not much power that he can use on Meng Zhang and the others.


    The forest transformed by the power of Jun Chen Xianzun was finally completely destroyed.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen felt that his vitality was severely damaged and the loss was huge.


    This is just the beginning.


    Under the combined action of many factors, the entire small world finally collapsed completely.


    Previously, Immortal Jun Chen had transformed countless vines to stabilize the small world.


    As the small world collapsed, these vines broke and even shattered.


    A violent space storm swept over, and the huge body of the sky-breaking fairy vine became the target.


    The entire small world was almost shattered into pieces.


    In the original core position of the small world, a group of strange-shaped plants as large as mountains surrounded by countless vines is the body of the broken sky fairy vine.


    The towering giant tree that previously stood in the center of the small world and pierced the blood moon was only a part of the sky-breaking fairy vines exposed on the ground.


    The small world completely collapsed, and the sky-breaking fairy vine, which was supported by the small world, suffered enormous damage.


    Continuous explosions, the power of space fragmentation and collapse, sudden space storms...


    The impact of every kind of power is difficult for even ordinary true immortals to resist.


    At this moment, it seems that dozens of true immortals are constantly attacking and breaking the body of the empty immortal vine.


    When the small world was destroyed, Meng Zhang and the others were also affected.


    They struggled to survive the aftermath of the destruction of the small world.


    While avoiding all kinds of dangers, they also pulled out their strength and shot at the body of Broken Sky Immortal Vine.


    Meng Zhang had already used the celestial power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Lightning several times in a row, and bombarded the body of the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine fiercely.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t know what kind of stimulation he received, and madly rushed towards the body of the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine.


    Every vine released by the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine is bigger than the dragon''s true body of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was easily blocked and could not get close to the target for a long time.


    The entrance and exit of this small world to the outside world was originally located at the core of Junchen Realm.


    The small world was destroyed, and a huge black hole suddenly appeared in the center of the ruins of Junchen World.


    In the black hole are countless fragments, and a violent storm...


    The black hole was rapidly expanding, involving the debris of Junchen World''s ruins and the monsters inside, and then shattering it.


    The ruins of Junchen Realm have long been turned into a magic nest, giving birth to countless monsters.


    Now, the magic nest here has suffered a disaster, and countless monsters have been destroyed.


    Some of the remaining monsters fled in all directions, and some swirled around the black hole like headless flies...


    Although the number of these monsters is large, there is no demon god among them, and it will not have any impact on the situation.


    The small world was destroyed, and the body of the sky-breaking fairy vine was severely damaged.


    But this did not shake Xianzun Junchen''s determination.


    He turned his heart away, no matter what else, and accelerated the devouring of the demon of ego.


    No matter how the outside world changes, as long as he successfully devours the demon of ego and transforms the foundation of his practice, he will be the final winner.


    After the self-destruction of the demon domain, the ego-brained demon still wants to explode its own demon body and even the demon soul.


    But his body, that blood moon had long been fixed by the sky-breaking fairy vine, and he couldn''t be independent at all, and he couldn''t easily blew himself up.


    Seeing that the demon body was out of control and the demon soul was unable to move, the ego-brained demon knew that it was the last moment.


    He shook his heart and shattered his demon soul abruptly.


    With the power of Demon Soul Fragmentation, some of his Demon Soul Fragments regained the ability to move freely.


    I know that under the current circumstances, even if these fragments of demon souls escaped the pursuit of Jun Chen Xianzun by chance, they would not be able to survive in the disaster scene after the destruction of the small world.


    He had already had some kind of consciousness, and he activated the secret method of the magic way, turning these fragments of the devil soul into black crows, and slammed into the body of Jun Chen Xianzun.

 Chapter 2631

    These crows, which were transformed into fragments of the demon soul of the demon of my grasp, regarded the various defensive spells of Immortal Jun Chen as nothing, and easily penetrated the indestructible vines and entered its interior.


    These special magic spells attack the target''s soul.


    The body of Junchen Immortal Venerable is the immortal treasure of Pokong Immortal Vine, which is indestructible and has all kinds of mysteries.


    The body of the broken vine can resist the attack of the fairy level.


    If it weren''t for the special situation now, it would not have been possible for the Void Broken Vine to suffer such a large amount of damage.


    Compared with the immortal soul of ordinary immortals, the past projection of Junchen Immortal Venerable is illusory and unreal, as light as nothing.


    Thanks to the protection of the body of Pokong Xianvine, Jun Chen Xianzun was able to fight against the ego-governing demon for so many years.


    I have long discovered the weakness of Jun Chen Xianzun, but couldn''t make use of it.


    In order to hurt the past projection of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, it is necessary to penetrate the sky-breaking fairy vine first.


    I have used many conventional methods before, but none of them worked.


    Now that he is risking his life, he has risked his own life, consumed the demon soul, and finally can directly attack the past projection of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    After this blow, the demon soul of the ego-brained demon burned out and completely fell.


    The attack of the ego-brained demon before his death caused huge damage to Immortal Jun Chen.


    This past projection is not like the fairy soul of a normal fairy.


    Its defenses are weak and far from tough.


    These crows, which were transformed by the fragments of the demon soul of the demon of my grasp, rushed towards the past projection of Immortal Junchen like moths to a flame.


    Although Jun Chen Xianzun tried his best to resist, he was still attacked one after another.


    Several cracks appeared on the past projection of Jun Chen Xianzun, which became more illusory.


    He spent tens of thousands of years to make this past projection and the sky-breaking fairy vine closely integrated, to be completely integrated.


    The attack before the death of the ego demon ruined his tens of thousands of years of hard work, and also caused his past projections to be severely damaged.


    The projection of the past that manipulated the Void Poundering Vine was damaged, and the huge body of the Void Void Vine trembled uncontrollably.


    The aftermath of the collapse of the entire small world has not yet passed.


    As the pillar of the small world, the sky-breaking fairy vine has suffered the most damage after the collapse of the small world.


    While avoiding the aftermath of the collapse of the small world, Meng Zhang and other powerhouses at the level of true immortals did not forget to attack the body of the Void Fragrant Vine.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen at this moment, from the inside to the outside, has suffered a lot of damage.


    The fall of the ego demon was quickly felt by everyone present.


    No matter friends or enemies, no matter the immortals and demons, the fall of a demon who has been entangled with Junchen Immortal Venerable for many years, everyone still sighs a little in their hearts.


    However, now is not the time to mourn the spring and the autumn. Since the demon of my grasp has fallen, Meng Zhang and the others will face Jun Chen Xianzun directly.


    Fortunately, the death blow of the ego demon and the power brought by the collapse of the small world made Junchen Xianzun not relieved for the time being, and Meng Zhang and the others were able to continue to attack the body of the broken sky fairy vine.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian and Tianlei Arhat, after sensing the fall of the ego-brained demon, immediately stopped attacking, and tried their best to escape the collapsing small world, trying to escape from here far away.


    In their opinion, since the ego demon has fallen, the laws of heaven and earth that were changed by him in the surrounding void should also return to normal, and they should be able to leave safely.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian and Tianlei Luohan escaped so decisively that everyone else was stunned.


    Although Xianzun Junchen seems to be in a very bad state at the moment, no one can guarantee that if they leave the battle, Xianzun Junchen will let them go.


    If Meng Zhang and the others scattered in a hurry, it would not be difficult to catch up with them with the strength of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    At that time, they can easily be defeated individually.


    The death blow of the ego-brained demon not only seriously hurt the past projection of Immortal Jun Chen, but also affected his emotions.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen felt a burst of inexplicable anger, making it difficult for him to control himself.


    I held the devil''s desperate fight, so that most of his plans fell through.


    If the ego demon falls into his hands, he will suffer all kinds of torture, and it will be hard to die.


    For him, the most quintessential part of the ego demon, and what he wants to swallow the most, is the tough demon soul.


    Now the opponent''s demon soul has been destroyed, leaving only a demon body.


    Originally, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen should seize the time to refine and absorb this demon body, restore the wounds of the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine, and slowly repair this past projection.


    But the inexplicable anger in his heart made it difficult for him to calm down and wanted to vent violently.


    In his eyes, Meng Zhang and the others took advantage of the fire to loot and attacked him by taking the opportunity to be the most hateful.


    Two little bugs have already escaped, and he will never let go of the remaining little bugs.


    The huge body of Pokong Immortal Vine twisted for a while, and launched an attack on Meng Zhang and the others.


    The short whip of the fairy weapon in the hands of Sanshan Zhenxian was completely shattered, and the whole person was knocked out.


    God Hunling Zun was embarrassed to resist the attack, and the divine light on his body became more and more dim.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was entangled by many thick vines, and he couldn''t break free no matter how hard he struggled.


    These vines seem to be absorbing the essence of his flesh and blood, and his huge real dragon body is constantly shrinking.


    The Famine Demon God was aroused by his fierceness, and he faced off against the Void Immortal Vine, leaving scars all over his body.


    Due to the impact of the aftermath of the collapse of the small world, Meng Zhang and the others were unable to form a battle, and could only fight on their own.


    Tai Miao was still suppressing Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction in Meng Zhang''s small world, so he couldn''t take action directly.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flexibly shuttled among the countless vines, and from time to time released a yin and yang extinction thunder.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God, and Fairy Yue''e all persevered under Jun Chen''s onslaught.


    Xianyun Zhenxian''s body was penetrated by vines, and the spirit of the fairy was almost exploded.


    Luna risked great danger to catch his severely wounded body that couldn''t move.


    The gap between angels and true immortals is really insurmountable.


    Jun Chen Xianzun suffered such a big blow in a row, and even though he was not lightly wounded, he could easily gain the upper hand, forcing Meng Zhang and the others into embarrassment.


    Of course, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen seems to be majestic and indomitable, but in fact, his state is extremely poor, and his life is about to be endangered.


    What Xianzun Junchen wanted was to solve these little bugs as soon as possible, and then take care of himself slowly.


    Just when Meng Zhang and the others were in danger and were about to lose their strength, Zhenhai Zhenxian, who had escaped from the collapsed small world just now, flew back in a hurry.


    Seeing Zhenhai Zhenxian fly back, everyone was shocked.


    Could it be that the law of heaven and earth that was changed by the ego demon in the surrounding void has not returned to normal, so Zhenhai Zhenxian couldn''t escape from here, so he had to come back?


    Originally, Meng Zhang and the others planned to escape from here first when they couldn''t resist Jun Chen Xianzun.


    If the surrounding laws of heaven and earth have not returned to normal, they really have no way to escape.


    By the way, what about that guy Tianlei Luohan?


    Meng Zhang thought to himself.

 Chapter 2632

    Zhenhai Zhenxian suddenly returned to the battlefield, and when everyone was a little surprised, the mutation happened again.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian didn''t care about the others, but hurriedly took out a piece of jade talisman, and then threw it heavily in the direction of the body of the broken empty fairy vine like a hot potato.


    After doing all this, he did not care about the follow-up situation, turned his head and left, as if escaping for his life, and escaped here at the fastest speed.


    All the movements of Zhenhai Zhenxian were too fast, and everyone didn''t understand what was going on, and even Junchen Xianzun didn''t react.


    The jade talisman seemed to be thrown in the direction of the body of the broken sky fairy vine, but the body of the broken sky fairy vine was not its target.


    After the jade talisman left his hand, it flew automatically, and the speed was extremely fast.


    Before getting close to the body of the Void Pouring Immortal Vine, the jade talisman flickered for a moment and suddenly burst open.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen instinctively felt that the situation was not right, but it was too late to do something.


    After the jade talisman exploded, the surrounding space shook violently a few times, and then the mutation began again.


    The surrounding space was like a piece of rags, being torn and rubbed repeatedly, and then slowly returning to its original state.


    One after another inexplicable space storms came from all directions, and soon flooded the surrounding space.


    This is not an ordinary space storm, but a storm from anti-space.


    When the surrounding space was torn and rubbed, the terrifying power caused Jun Chen Xianzun to be severely injured.


    The huge body of the sky-breaking fairy vine directly cracked and shattered into countless pieces.


    Even for immortals, anti-space is a very mysterious place.


    Every time the immortals enter the anti-space process, it is actually an adventure.


    In the anti-space, there are too many dangers, and ordinary immortals can be buried.


    Immortals can use the power of anti-space in various ways, but their reverence for anti-space will not weaken because of this.


    When Jun Chen Xianzun built this small world with the body of the broken sky fairy vine as the foundation, he hid it in the anti-space gap near the Jun Chen world, avoiding the pursuit of many true immortals.


    It was only after the destruction of Junchen Realm that the passage to this small world was revealed.


    The position that this small world moved to later was located in the gap between the negative space and the positive space.


    The power contained in the jade talisman is not very powerful, but it is very cleverly displayed, which directly stimulates the space shock between the anti-space and the positive space, and makes the anti-space power sweep here.


    The power of the anti-space storm is far beyond the ordinary space storm, and it is a terrifying natural disaster that is enough to bury the immortals.


    The location of Junchen Immortal Venerable is at the center of the anti-space force outbreak, and it has endured the most powerful force.


    The space shock shattered the body of the Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine.


    Without the protection of the body of the broken sky fairy vine, the past projection of Jun Chen Xianzun was directly exposed to the ensuing anti-space storm.


    The light and shadow of the past projection flickered, and then the light became dimmer, like a candle in the wind, it seemed to be extinguished at any time.


    Meng Zhang and the others were far away, so they were not directly affected by the force of the spatial shock.


    But the aftermath still left them deeply traumatized.


    The most unfortunate is the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor. He was entangled by the vines released by the Void Pouring Immortal Vine.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took the road of proving the Dao with strength, and his cultivation was basically on top of a powerful body.


    His indestructible body of a true dragon was directly shattered into pieces.


    A golden dragon-shaped phantom finally escaped with the help of the shattering power of the real dragon''s body.


    During the shock just now, Meng Zhang and the others vomited blood and lost their footing.


    Seeing the anti-space storm hit, they didn''t care about anything else and ran away desperately, just to escape from here as quickly as possible.


    In their current state, once they are involved in the anti-space storm, they will definitely die.


    Although Jun Chen Xianzun lost the protection of the body of the broken sky fairy vine, he also lost its restraint.


    His past projection speed is not slow, and logically speaking, it should be enough to escape the anti-space storm.


    But for some reason, his movements paused, and then he was firmly attracted by the inexplicable attraction from the anti-space.


    Immediately afterwards, a terrifying anti-space storm swept in, directly submerging it, making it impossible to escape.


    When Meng Zhang tried to escape, he could not look around.


    Under such circumstances, his spiritual sense could not be too far away from the body at all, and it would not be able to detect it at all.


    It is still wonderful in his small world. In addition to suppressing the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian, he used the supernatural power of pupil technique to observe the surroundings through the small world.


    He saw the fate of Jun Chen Xianzun, which means that Meng Zhang also saw it.


    If it is an angel in good condition, it should be enough to deal with such an anti-space storm.


    Even if only the immortal soul is left, the possibility of escaping is very high.


    Jun Chen Xianzun, a person who used to be an immortal in the projection sky, is not a real immortal.


    It lacks the corresponding power, and there is no real fairy soul.


    At the beginning, he was able to compete with the ego-brained celestial demon by occupying the body of Broken Sky Immortal Vine.


    Now, the past projections exposed to the anti-space storm should not last too long.


    Meng Zhang and the others did not stop, they used every means to escape quickly.


    The surrounding environment is special, the space magic can''t be used, and the escape magic can''t be used, they can only fly at full speed by brute force.


    They quickly left the scope of the original small world and left the ruins of Junchen World...


    They didn''t dare to stop at all, they only knew to keep their heads down and fly forward.


    After a while, they had already left the ruins of Junchen Realm and left the swept range of the anti-space storm, and they stopped in embarrassment.


    At this time, they were surprised to find that the law of heaven and earth in the surrounding void no longer prevented them from leaving.


    It seems that shortly after the death of the ego demon, the changes he made to the laws of the surrounding void heaven and earth have become invalid.


    Before Zhenhai Zhenxian returned, the purpose should be to throw the jade talisman.


    At this time, Zhenhai Zhenxian and Tianlei Arhat had long since disappeared without a trace.


    Meng Zhang and the others just wanted to ask for details, but they couldn''t find the target.


    Meng Zhang and the others could only guess in their hearts.


    The jade talisman in Zhenhai Zhenxian''s hand should have been given by an expert, and it was specially designed to play a role in this special situation, and the target was undoubtedly Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Which master and Jun Chen Xianzun couldn''t get through, and how Zhenhai Zhenxian got this jade talisman, it is unknown.


    Meng Zhang guessed by himself that if there was no role for the jade talisman, if they and Jun Chen Xianzun fought to the death, the best result for their own side would be to lose both.


    If someone in your team escapes like Zhenhai Zhenxian, the result will only be worse.


    The anti-space storm caused by the jade talisman completely ended all this.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you book friend 20210614031549663 for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2633

    Meng Zhang and the others looked into the distance, and the location of the Junchen World ruins had become a strange place.


    The space there is chaotic like a pot of porridge. There are no normal rules of heaven and earth at all, and the colorful rays of light are constantly shining.


    Space is constantly exploding, tearing and merging.


    And then this process keeps repeating, over and over again.


    There is already connected with the anti-space, and it has become the meeting point of the positive space and the anti-space.


    From time to time, there will be an anti-space storm blowing through, setting off countless waves, stirring up the void farther away.


    Generally speaking, such places are dangerous places in the void.


    There may be opportunities to produce some rare treasures.


    More likely, it contains countless risks, so that the immortals will fall for it.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who escaped from death, have no interest in revisiting their old places.


    All they''re thinking about right now is to get as far away from there as possible and never come back.


    In addition to the risks of the place itself, there are some things behind this incident that make them wary.


    Immortal Junchen failed to attack the realm of Jinxian, and reborn with the projection of the past.


    As one of the witnesses of this incident, Meng Zhang discovered that there are many shady stories behind this incident, and there are still many unsolved mysteries.


    He has an intuition that this matter is not over yet, and there may be a lot of aftermath in the future.


    If nothing else, I have said that the golden immortals in Lingkong Xianjie do not want Jun Chen to become a golden immortal. The appearance of the jade talisman at the back directly led to the fall of Junchen immortal, so Meng Zhang Chilled.


    Although Meng Zhang did not communicate with other people, he believed that Sanshan Zhenxian and the others should have similar feelings to him.


    With their current strength, they did not dare to investigate the shady story behind this matter.


    But how to say, this matter is over for the time being, and everyone has escaped from death.


    So many true immortal-level powerhouses were involved in this matter, but in the end only a few were able to survive.


    Meng Zhang and the others all sighed in their hearts.


    Fortunately, everyone is a practitioner, and will not be a childish child.


    Besides, everyone doesn''t seem to have a deep friendship with each other.


    Not long ago, they were desperately fighting opponents, but in order to survive, they had to temporarily form a team.


    As for the feelings of sympathy and turning enemies into friends, they will not appear in the hearts of these cultivators who pay attention to the supremacy of interests.


    Now that everyone has finally escaped from life, it is not bad to not dwell on the grudges of the past.


    Since there is no need to stay here for a long time, everyone will soon go their separate ways.


    The Famine Demon God has long since disappeared silently.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor only had the dragon soul left, and he did not dare to appear in front of everyone.


    Hunling Zunshen and Sanshan Zhenxian greeted and left alone.


    After Sanshan Zhenxian said goodbye to Meng Zhang, they went to chase the team led by Jianjun Banxue.


    Meng Zhang and the others were seriously injured, and they were going to catch up with Taiyi Realm first, and then talk about other things after recuperating.


    When Meng Zhang and the others entered the Demon Realm, they ordered the Taiyi Realm to leave at full speed.


    There are no true immortal-level monks in the Taiyi world. Even if the monks above speed up and activate various magic circles, the speed of the Taiyi world is not very fast.


    Although it is possible to enhance the power of Taiyi Realm to advance by consuming the source of heaven and earth in the source sea.


    However, considering that the Taiyi Realm is a new world, and the source sea can still be weak, Niu Dawei, the acting head of the Taiyi Sect, is unwilling to dry up the pond to fish, and is unwilling to let the source sea wear out excessively.


    Meng Zhang and the others probably spent about half a year in the Demon Realm, and the Taiyi Realm did not fly too far during this time.


    Meng Zhang and Taiyijie have a special feeling.


    Even if it is far away in the void, he can clearly sense the position of Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and the others did not spend much time before they caught up with the Taiyi Realm, which was advancing rapidly.


    When they left the area near Junchen Realm, some self-cultivation forces sent teams to join Taiyi Realm.


    There were many floating cities in the Dark Alliance who took the initiative to join the Taiyi Realm and were accepted by Niu Dawei.


    In the current dark alliance, most of the floating cities have been invested in the Taiyi world, except for a small number of floating cities led by Fengqing Shangzun.


    Of course, by convention, these Dark Alliance cultivators are not subordinates of Taiyi Sect. They only temporarily obey the laws of Taiyi Sect and live in Taiyi Realm.


    In order to enhance the background of Taiyi Realm, Niu Dawei did not care too much.


    The Dark Alliance was originally a major force in the Lingkong Immortal Realm. As long as these Dark Alliance cultivators did not oppose the Taiyi Sect, they could maintain a relatively independent position in the Taiyi Realm.


    Some of those comprehension forces that originally followed Jianjun Banxue later turned to Taiyi Realm.


    After all, a stable world is obviously more attractive than a void battleship.


    Holy land sects such as the Snow Mountain Sect and the Kou Family probably have the idea of ??not putting eggs in one basket, for fear of the extinction of inheritance.


    They sent some branch cultivators to Taiyi Realm, which could be regarded as leaving some backers for the future.


    For those who take the initiative to seek refuge, as long as they are not malicious, Niu Dawei will almost always refuse.


    Niu Dawei ordered the high-level monks to drive the Taiyi Realm to accelerate, while slowly integrating the interior of the Taiyi Realm.


    When the Taiyi Realm was speeding up to escape the area near Junchen Realm, the Dragon Race territory, that is, the huge water ball, also accelerated not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    I don''t know if I don''t give up on Taiyi Realm, or if I have other ideas, the Dragon Clan Territory and Taiyi Realm are close to each other, and always keep a short distance.


    The team of Void Battleships led by Jianjun Banxue was also not far from Taiyi Realm.


    Everyone is a human monk, and the relationship is not bad, and they should take care of each other.


    Even if the Taiyi Sect and some holy land sects have had grudges, they will not care about the face of Jianjun Banxue at this time.


    After the army of those extraterritorial invaders were far away from the Junchen Realm, they fell into a split.


    Some returned to the big world to which they belonged, while others continued to wander near the army of human monks.


    Probably they thought that when the problem on the Demon Domain was resolved, there would still be a war between them and the human monks.


    Meng Zhang and the others swaggered back to Taiyi Realm.


    Seeing that the enemy''s true immortals returned safely, and the true immortal-level powerhouses of their own did not return for a long time, the army of foreign invaders immediately dispersed as birds and beasts, and fled in all directions.


    Meng Zhang and the others are not in good condition, so they have no intention to hunt down these guys.


    What''s more, the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God also escaped safely, who knows when they will emerge.


    After Meng Zhang simply said goodbye to Jianjun Banxue, he led the Taiyi Realm to part ways with her.


    The next destinations of the two sides are different, and there is no need to continue walking together.


    After Sanshan Zhenxian returned to the side of Jianjun Banxue, their safety was also guaranteed to a certain extent.

 Chapter 2634

    When Meng Zhang and the others returned safely, the Taiyi Realm was naturally rejoicing.


    In the vast void, there is no true immortal-level powerhouse sitting in the town, even with the Taiyi Realm as a support, everyone still won''t feel much sense of security.


    When Meng Zhang and the others returned safely, everyone had confidence.


    Meng Zhang and the others showed up in front of the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm. After making some explanations, they hurriedly entered the source sea.


    Tai Miao left Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space, and took the suppressed Qingyang Tianxian into the depths of the source sea.


    Next, in addition to healing, his main task is to slowly absorb and refine this distraction.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e were all busy using the special environment of Yuanhai to heal their wounds.


    Everyone is friends in adversity, Meng Zhang will not be stingy, let them use Yuanhai.


    After the fall of the Sea God and Bibo Water God, the bodies were collected by Taimiao and the others.


    They put the two corpses into the source sea and let the source sea slowly absorb them.


    Meng Zhang also suppressed a demon god in the dharma of heaven and earth.


    This demon god was suppressed by Meng Zhang just as he devoured the Canglang Holy Spirit of the Spirit Clan.


    Next, Meng Zhang will use the source sea to slowly refine it.


    After Xianyun Zhenxian was severely injured, Luna rescued him in time.


    It''s a pity that he was too seriously injured, Meng Zhang and the others were unable to save him, and he fell on the road.


    His body was also put into the Sea of ????Origin by Meng Zhang, which was regarded as the final contribution to the Taiyi Realm.


    Xianyun Zhenxian fell at the last moment, which was a big loss.


    This person was not originally a direct descendant of Taiyi Sect, but after being controlled by Meng Zhang, he had to temporarily serve for Taiyi Sect.


    Meng Zhang felt sorry for his loss, but not too sad.


    For a long time to come, Meng Zhang and the others will stay in the source sea, and generally will not go out.


    Meng Zhang has long considered the direction of Taiyi Realm''s next move.


    When Meng Zhang first shaped the Taiyi Realm, he intercepted part of the Junchen Realm and invested countless precious resources.


    Later, the monks of Taiyi Realm even ventured deep into the ruins of Junchen Realm and brought all kinds of fragments back to Taiyi Realm, so that they could be integrated into Taiyi Realm.


    Although it has been strengthened many times, the current Taiyi world is still not a complete big world.


    In the void, a complete big world has a special meaning.


    Not to mention anything else, cultivators who have completed their cultivation in the Void Returning Stage generally need to be promoted to True Immortals within the Great World.


    Meng Zhang himself was promoted because of chance.


    The other disciples of Taiyi Sect may not have the chance and luck like him.


    The number of Void Returning Powers in Taiyimen is increasing.


    It may not be long before there will be Taiyi disciples facing the problem of being promoted to true immortals.


    As the head of the Taiyi Sect, Meng Zhang couldn''t take care of himself and needed to consider these disciples and grandchildren.


    Meng Zhang didn''t need to worry about the problem of cultivation for the time being. What he needed to solve most was the problem of Taiyi Realm.


    He wants to upgrade the Taiyi Realm to a complete big world as soon as possible.


    To achieve this goal, a huge investment of resources is required.


    There has long been a legend in the Junchen Realm. When Junchen Xianzun created the Junchen Realm, he referred to the situation in the Shenchang Realm.


    After the creation, the Junchen Realm does have many similarities with the Shenchang Realm.


    Jun Chen Xianzun failed to hit the Jinxian realm in the past, and after relying on the past projection to be reborn, he cleaned up all the natural gods in the Jun Chen world.


    Among those born gods, such as the Moon God and the Strange Light Star God, were later reborn.


    In the long years, countless creatures have been born in the Junchen world.


    Among these creatures, indigenous gods slowly appeared.


    Without the influence of Junchen Xianzun, these indigenous gods established a Shinto civilization and began to rule the Junchen world.


    The indigenous gods of the Junchen world and the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world gradually had contacts and battles.


    This history continued until the cultivators from the Lingkong Xianjie invaded the Junchen Realm on a large scale.


    In Shenchang Realm, there are Taiyi Realm and various resources that the monks above need.


    Especially because of the many similarities between Junchen Realm and Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm should be able to make up for its own shortcomings by plundering the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    As a member of the foreign invaders, Shenchang Realm once invaded Junchen Realm on a large scale, and had a war with Taiyimen monks.


    The monks of Taiyi Realm themselves are the remnants of Junchen Realm, and now they come to the door, and they are also famous teachers.


    Although in essence, the Taiyi Realm''s next invasion of the Shenchang Realm will be a plunder of Chiguoguo, which can occupy the righteous name, at least it can boost the morale of one''s own side, and it will appear that one''s side is a teacher of justice .


    According to Meng Zhang''s explanation before entering Yuanhai, Taiyi Realm adjusted its forward direction and killed it towards Shenchang Realm.


    Of course, the Taiyi Realm is not escaping for life now, there is no need to accelerate forward, just use normal speed to move forward, which can greatly save resources.


    Taking advantage of the short period of time before arriving at Shenchang Realm, Niu Dawei could complete the integration of the upper and lower Taiyi Realm.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm should also take the opportunity to practice and prepare to attack the Shenchang Realm.


    Attacking a complete big world is the first time for the upper and lower Taiyi world.


    In this process, there will definitely be countless difficulties and challenges, and there will definitely be huge losses.


    The high-level leaders of Taiyi Realm know that this level must be crossed.


    Meng Zhang created the Taiyi Realm and let the Taiyi Realm wander in the void, so he took this day into consideration.


    From the moment the Taiyi Realm steps into the void, it will embark on a road of conquest and plunder.


    He chose Shenchang Realm as the time he spent in Shenchang Realm for a long time, and he was very clear about the strength of Shenchang Realm.


    In his opinion, the strength of the Ether B Realm is enough to win the Shenchang Realm.


    As for the loss, that is the price that Taiyi Realm and the monks above must pay for growth.


    When Meng Zhang was in retreat, the entire Taiyi Realm began to prepare for war.


    Niu Dawei united many cultivating forces headed by the Taiyi Sect, so that everyone began to accumulate various materials and train an army of monks...


    After several years of recuperation in the source sea, Meng Zhang slowly began to recover.


    After the injury stabilized, Meng Zhang began to clean up this harvest.


    In addition to the corpses of the suppressed Qingyang Heavenly Immortals, Demon Gods, and Aboriginal Gods, he also had a lot of other gains.


    At that time, he took advantage of the unpreparedness of the sky-breaking fairy vine and collected a lot of branches and fragments of the sky-breaking fairy vine.


    Especially after the Void Fragrant Vine was completely shattered by the spatial shock, he wanted to collect its shattered remains.


    During the collection process, he carefully checked and selected those that were not contaminated with demonic aura.


    Some are largely preserved, and some are still alive. He plans to focus on training them to see if they can support them.


    Those that have no vitality can also be used as ordinary spiritual materials for alchemy refining, or directly refining.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2635

    After all, Pokong Immortal Vine is an immortal-level immortal treasure. After being occupied by the past projection of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, it was also affected by its breath.


    It can be said that the plucking of the root hairs on the body of the broken sky fairy vine is a rare treasure of heaven and earth for ordinary cultivators.


    The pieces that Meng Zhang collected while taking advantage of the chaos were quite a fortune.


    Unfortunately, these branches are either too fragmented, or the level is too low...


    It is the backbone of the sky-breaking fairy vine that has a great help in promoting the true immortal to the heavenly immortal.


    In its heyday, the sky-breaking fairy vine took the initiative to split off some main branches close to the main trunk, which may have the same effect.


    And Meng Zhang''s collection of these has no effect on the promotion of the true immortal.


    It is precisely because of this that everyone did not fight desperately at that time.


    Guys with wealth and wealth like Zunling God and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor don''t even despise these rubbish at all.


    Meng Zhang had countless descendants to take care of, and a world to take care of, so he picked up the rubbish, exhausted all means, and even took risks to collect many pieces.


    After careful inspection and treatment, the remnants of these Void-Breaking Immortal Vine can be placed in the great library of the sect, or directly given to the younger disciples who are optimistic.


    A few relatively intact branches need to be taken seriously.


    Meng Zhang began to try to cultivate it in the source sea.


    In addition to harvesting many remnants of the Void-Breaking Immortal Vine, Meng Zhang also has another harvest.


    When the past projection of Jun Chen Xianzun was completely submerged by the storm from the anti-space, the storage space on his body was probably broken, and thousands of strange items were sprayed in all directions.


    Huge portions of these items were overwhelmed by anti-space storms, and only a few were captured by others.


    Meng Zhang was lucky, and risked a huge risk to take the shot in time, and succeeded in getting a slap-sized mirror fragment.


    After repeated investigations, Meng Zhang could not figure out the details of this mirror fragment, neither the material nor the refining method.


    His only gain is to sense that there is a strong residual atmosphere of Eternal Light on it.


    Among the Void Worlds, the treasures related to Eternal Light can be said to be the rarest.


    Meng Zhang had long coveted the treasure of Eternal Light possessed by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Jun Chen Xianzun did not elaborate on the situation of this treasure.


    Meng Zhang guessed that the treasure might be broken for some reason.


    When Jun Chen Xianzun fell, its fragments were scattered everywhere, and he got a piece by luck.


    Meng Zhang also once doubted whether this fragment would be manipulated by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    But he checked it carefully many times and found no problem.


    And Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has completely fallen this time.


    For the sake of prudence, Meng Zhang temporarily took this fragment with him to study it slowly.


    After experiencing many dangers in the Demon Realm this time, Meng Zhang seems to have gained little, but in fact he has gained a lot of benefits.


    He personally saw the powerhouses of the fairy level fight against each other, also participated in the battle, and got training.


    He saw many high-end methods, which greatly broadened his horizons.


    Meng Zhang believed that after his recovery from this injury, his cultivation and strength would definitely improve greatly.


    When Meng Zhang was in seclusion in the sea of ????sources, he was not completely oblivious to things outside the window.


    When Niu Dawei encounters important events, he will inform him from time to time.


    Taiyimen has always had a way to communicate with Jianjun Banxue.


    Although Taiyijie parted ways with the fleet led by Jianjun Banxue, Niu Dawei kept in regular contact with Jianjun Banxue.


    During the last contact, Jianjun Banxue told Niu Dawei that she had already contacted the team sent by Lingkong Xianjie to Junchen Realm.


    This time, Lingkong Xianjie sent a team of true immortals to come to Junchen Realm to deal with the aftermath.


    When this team was approaching the Dengtian star area, they accidentally encountered a team from a foreign star area.


    This team from the foreign star area is also composed of real immortal-level powerhouses, and the goal is also to reach the star area.


    The two teams met in the void, and for a series of reasons, a conflict occurred, and then the conflict escalated into a war.


    With the prestige of Lingkong Immortal Realm in the Void Realm, few people dare to confront it head-on.


    This team from a foreign star area, but they didn''t know what medicine they took wrong, so they insisted on entanglement with them.


    The two teams have been fighting for many years, and there has been no winner. They are still entangled on the edge of the Tiantian Star District.


    After Jianjun Banxue contacted the team, he briefly reported the situation in Junchen World.


    The team asked Jianjun Banxue to rush over to join them as soon as possible, and then report everything that happened in the Junchen world.


    Jianjun Banxue could not leave the fleet he led, so he could only urge the fleet to speed up and rush over as soon as possible.


    For the cultivators in the fleet, they were finally relieved to be able to contact the immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, thinking it was a good thing.


    When Niu Dawei reported this matter to Meng Zhang, he finally solved a question in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    He had already figured out a way to keep the Heavenly Immortal Relics in Junchen Realm, and the news that he could help True Immortals become Heavenly Immortals spread to the foreign star area.


    The true immortals in the foreign star area could not be unmoved, they should have set off long ago.


    But until Junchen World was destroyed, and so many things happened later, they never appeared.


    Meng Zhang was still puzzled by this, thinking that something happened to them or something.


    It seems calm in the void, but in fact there are countless dangers, and any accident may happen.


    Only now did Meng Zhang know that the team from the foreign star region collided with the team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the two were actually entangled like this.


    Meng Zhang, who has seen the end of Junchen Xianzun, knows the affairs of Junchen Realm, and there must be many high-level attention from Lingkong Xianjie.


    Although no angel has directly intervened in this matter so far, there are a lot of hands and feet that can be used indirectly.


    Meng Zhang believes that the encounter between the two teams of true immortals is not accidental, and most of them are secretly arranged by experts behind the scenes.


    The Taiyi Realm was far away from the Junchen Realm, and Meng Zhang didn''t want to go to this muddy water.


    No matter what the inside story behind the matter of Jun Chen Xianzun, or what kind of experts intervene, it has nothing to do with him for the time being.


    The Taiyi Realm will not be under the command of the Lingkong Xianjie, and Meng Zhang will try to avoid the immortals from the Lingkong Xianjie as much as possible.


    Staying connected in the void is not easy.


    As the distance increases, the connection between Taiyimen and Jianjun Banxue will become more and more difficult until it disappears completely.


    Between Meng Zhang and this old friend, we can only see each other in the future.


    As the Taiyi Realm is getting closer and closer to the Shenchang Realm, there is also movement on the Dragon Clan side.


    King Jinlong, the acting patriarch of the Dragon Clan, took the initiative to come to Taiyi Realm, first visited Niu Dawei, had a friendly conversation with him for a while, and then made a request to see Meng Zhang.


    Over the years, the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, the huge water polo, has been moving with the Taiyi Realm, and the distance between the two sides is not very far.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to book friend 160515154945428 for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2636

    Most of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s cultivation is on the flesh.


    At the beginning, his body was destroyed, and only the dragon soul escaped, his cultivation base was greatly damaged, and he no longer posed a threat to Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor should have returned to the Dragon Clan long ago.


    During this trip to the Demon Realm, the Dragon Clan suffered heavy losses.


    In addition to the great loss of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s cultivation base, the three true gods who were loyal to the Dragon Clan all perished.


    At least on the surface, except for the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who is in extremely poor condition, this dragon family has no real immortal-level powerhouse.


    If Meng Zhang is willing, he can lead the monks of Taiyi Realm to exterminate this dragon clan after the injury has healed.


    As a result, the overall strength of the dragon clan is strong, and there are many branches in the void and the world, which can be called a tyrant in the void.


    Meng Zhang will take the Taiyi Realm to hang out in the void in the future, there is really no need to take over the death feud with the Dragon Clan.


    Second, after all, the Dragon Clan has a profound background, who knows what kind of cards this Dragon Clan has.


    Meng Zhang''s extermination of this dragon clan does not have much benefit, but may incur huge losses.


    After careful consideration, Meng Zhang gave up the idea of ??taking the initiative to attack this dragon clan.


    He asked the monks of Taiyi Realm to maintain routine surveillance of the dragon territory and not to provoke the other party easily.


    King Jinlong took the initiative to visit, which was somewhat unexpected to Meng Zhang.


    After Niu Dawei passed it on, he almost immediately agreed to approach King Jinlong.


    Meng Zhang approached them in the Great Hall of Taiyimen.


    King Jinlong didn''t come to meet Meng Zhang alone, but brought along Mengzhang''s old acquaintance Ganglongwang, as well as Yulongwang, a rare female dragon king of the dragon family.


    King Jinlong is the acting patriarch of this dragon clan. The Dragon King of Swallowing Sea has been in seclusion for a long time, and all the affairs of this dragon clan are handled by King Jinlong.


    Ganglongwang and Yulongwang are both warriors of this dragon clan and have been in charge of external expeditions.


    After not seeing them for many years, the two Dragon Kings who had returned to the late stage of the virtual reality actually possessed the strength of the virtual immortal level.


    This kind of cultivation speed is already very fast by the standards of the Dragon Clan.


    At present, compared to Meng Zhang''s cultivation speed, it is not worth mentioning at all.


    After King Jinlong led his two men and Meng Zhang to the ceremony, he did not go around in circles and went straight to the topic.


    King Jinlong politely asked Meng Zhang whether Taiyi Realm was going to Shenchang Realm and was ready to launch an attack on Shenchang Realm.


    The direction of Taiyi Realm is no secret, and it has long been seen by the Dragon Clan.


    It is not difficult for the high-level dragon clan to judge the destination of Taiyi Realm.


    The relationship between Taiyi Realm and Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm going to Shenchang Realm will definitely not be for the purpose of friendship.


    Meng Zhang did not hide the target of Taiyi Realm''s next attack, and readily admitted it.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang''s attitude was good, King Jinlong tentatively asked, what is the ultimate goal of Taiyi Realm monks attacking Shenchang Realm?


    Are the monks of Taiyijie going to grab a lot and leave, or do they want to take root in Shenchangjie and move to Shenchangjie so that they can use Shenchangjie as their foundation in the future and create a foundation here?


    Meng Zhang concealed some thoughts of King Jinlong, so he did not hide it.


    Meng Zhang bluntly told that the Taiyi Realm will not stay in a certain place for a long time, but will always wander in the void.


    The purpose of Taiyijie monks attacking Shenchang Realm is to seize various resources, make up for the shortcomings of Taiyijie, strengthen Taiyijie, and let the monks above get supplies...


    Meng Zhang''s answer did not exceed King Jinlong''s expectations.


    He first complimented Meng Zhang a few words.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm to the road of Yunzhong City and roamed in the void, which shows that he has superb skills and tenacity.


    With the knowledge of the high-level dragon clan, it is natural that they are not unfamiliar with Yunzhong City.


    In fact, Yunzhong City, as a big world, is like a lone wolf, wandering around in the void and plundering everywhere. It can be said that it is famous and famous, and many monks in the big world are afraid.


    In the Void Myriad Realms, there were forces that imitated the Cloud City in the past.


    It''s a pity that not all the forces have the power of Yunzhong City to traverse the void.


    Most of the forces that imitated Yunzhongcheng were like tigers, but they didn''t end well in the end.


    Up to now, among all the worlds in the void, the City of Clouds is unique.


    There is only one Yunzhongcheng, and even if the other imitators survive by chance, the situation is far worse than that of Yunzhongcheng.


    After guessing that Meng Zhang was trying to imitate Yunzhong City, the senior officials of the Dragon Clan were neither optimistic about Meng Zhang nor Taiyijie.


    King Jinlong had the same thought, and even thought that Meng Zhang was ignorant.


    Of course, Meng Zhang has such a plan, which is actually very beneficial to the Dragon Clan''s plan.


    When King Jinlong visited Meng Zhang, he would not even express his true thoughts.


    He complimented Meng Zhang for a while before revealing his intentions.


    That huge water polo was created by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor using the resources and treasures of the Dragon Clan, as the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, allowing it to survive safely in the void.


    But the temporary territory is temporary after all, and there is not too strong defense in the void.


    The dragon clan still hopes to obtain a mature world as the territory of the clan.


    There are several big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, but they all have masters, and the master''s strength is not weak.


    King Jinlong said frankly that with the strength of their dragon clan, it is indeed impossible to conquer a big world alone.


    Now Meng Zhang leads the Taiyi Realm to attack the Shenchang Realm, and this dragon clan is willing to attach its tail and help him fight with all his strength.


    After defeating the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhanghui will lead the Taiyi Realm to leave, and this dragon clan will use the Shenchang Realm as a new habitat.


    As thanks to Meng Zhang, King Jinlong promised many benefits.


    Among them, what impresses Meng Zhang the most is that after the Dragon Clan has the Shenchang Realm, they are willing to give Meng Zhang the current temporary territory so that they can integrate into the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm is composed of plates cut from the Junchen Realm. The main part is the land, as well as the rivers and lakes on the land, and there are very few oceans.


    When Meng Zhang shaped the Taiyi Realm, he referred to the shape of the Junchen Realm.


    Whether it is the influence of past life memories or some thoughts in this life, Meng Zhang hopes that there will be more oceans in Taiyi Realm.


    If you can absorb that huge water ball, you can greatly increase the ocean area of ??Taiyijie.


    In addition, Meng Zhang can even peep into some of the mysteries of the dragon''s secret law.


    As for the other benefits promised by the Jinlong King, such as sending out some of the books collected by the Dragon Clan; giving away some of the Dragon Clan¡¯s wealth, including special resources carefully collected by the Dragon Clan; ...


    All these benefits are of great benefit to the Taiyi Realm, and they are very attractive to Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, the strength of this dragon family is strong, and the monks in the Taiyi world have also fully experienced it.


    With their help in the battle, the conquest of Shenchang Realm will definitely become smoother, and the losses of Taiyimen cultivators will also be reduced a lot.

 Chapter 2637

    Judging from the Jinlong King''s proposal alone, it is beneficial and harmless to the Taiyi Realm, and it has many benefits.


    Meng Zhang was already inclined to agree with his proposal, but he was not in a hurry to express his position.


    Meng Zhang still has some doubts about the dragon clan, and wants to know the true status of the Dragon Emperor.


    Moreover, judging from the current situation, it is obvious that the Dragon Clan needs the Taiyi Realm more.


    Meng Zhang can get more benefits by dragging the other party a little, and let the other party make more concessions.


    Meng Zhang gave King Jinlong an ambiguous answer, saying that the two sides need to negotiate the matter slowly.


    King Jinlong is not in a hurry and is willing to wait patiently.


    After King Jinlong and the others left, Meng Zhang summoned the middle and high-level officials to discuss the Dragon Clan''s proposal.


    When near the Junchen Realm, the army of the Dragon Clan once invaded the Taiyi Realm.


    The two sides fought fiercely, and both paid huge losses.


    A few high-level Taiyimen have always remembered the hatred with the Dragon Clan in their hearts, and their heads are temporarily unable to turn around, and they are unwilling to cooperate with the Dragon Clan.


    The more mature elders did not take it seriously.


    The battle between the Dragon Clan and the Taiyi Realm is a battle of interests, and there are many similar situations in the Cultivation Realm.


    Since it is a conflict of interests, in the face of greater interests, the grievances can be completely resolved.


    In the world of comprehension, the relationship between friend and foe is never fixed.


    It is very common to be an enemy today and a friend tomorrow.


    For Taiyi Realm, it is a good thing to have such a powerful ally as the Dragon Clan to attack Shenchang Realm together.


    Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm have been hostile for many years, and Junchen Realm is still very familiar with the intelligence of Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang stayed in Shenchang Realm for a long time. The Moon God possessed himself to worship the Moon Goddess and stayed in Shenchang Realm for thousands of years.


    Combining all aspects of information, Meng Zhang and the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm have a relatively clear understanding of the strength of Shenchang Realm.


    The Shenchang world is ruled by the indigenous gods, who established the primitive Shinto civilization.


    True gods, false gods, demigods, gods...


    The ruling level is clear, and the order is relatively strict.


    The history of Shenchang Realm is longer than that of Junchen Realm, and it has a deeper accumulation.


    Meng Zhang, an ordinary powerhouse in the Shenchang realm, didn''t care much, his opponents were the true gods of the Shenchang realm.


    There are many true gods in Shenchang Realm, and they are divided into many different camps on weekdays, and they often fight with each other.


    Of course, if the Taiyi Realm soldiers overwhelmed the realm and invaded the Shenchang Realm on a large scale, after feeling the crisis, the true gods of these different camps would definitely join hands and make a concerted effort to the outside world.


    Among the many true gods in Shenchang Realm, there are four most powerful and most famous ones.


    True God Rising Sun, True God Chongyue, God of Lava Vulcan and God of Azure Sea.


    These four true gods are all old-fashioned true gods, and they have almost the perfect cultivation of true gods.


    Of course, whether there are those old antiques who are hidden from the world and have little reputation, but Meng Zhang and Luna are not sure whether there are those old antiques in Shenchang Realm.


    When Shenchang Realm attacked Junchen Realm, the most active one was the True God Rising Sun.


    True God Rising Sun organized a large army, actively joined the camp of foreign invaders, and invaded the Junchen world many times.


    Most of the true gods of other camps in the Shenchang world still support the actions of the true god Shengyang, and actively provide various help.


    The subordinate of True God Shengyang once brought together the elites of all parties in the Shenchang world, and was regarded as a major force in the camp of foreign invaders.


    Of course, the army of the True God Rising Sun has long since fallen apart, and he himself has fallen into the hands of the Hunling Venerable God, and his life and death are unknown.


    Before Meng Zhang and the others entered the Demon Realm, the army of foreign invaders hurriedly evacuated.


    Many of the teams from Shenchang Realm should have returned to Shenchang Realm long ago.


    Suffering such a huge loss, Shenchang Realm must have suffered a great loss of strength, even broken bones.


    But in terms of the overall strength of Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm''s attack on it will definitely be a hard battle.


    The current speed of the Ether B Realm will be able to reach the Shenchang Realm in about two or three years.


    By that time, Meng Zhang and the others could basically recover from their injuries.


    The team of immortals sent by Lingkong Immortal Realm has reached the periphery of Dengtian Star District and is entangled with the team from the Alien Star District.


    If Jianjun Banxue brought the information about Heavenly Immortal Relics and Junchen Immortal Venerable, most of the visitors from the foreign star area would not want to continue to entangle.


    In order to break through to the chance of reaching the fairy realm, they can be bold and oppose the spirit sky fairy realm.


    Now the opportunity has disappeared, and their motivation to fight against the Lingkong Immortal Realm has also disappeared.


    With the style of Lingkong Xianjie, once you pull out your hands, in addition to investigating matters related to Junchen Realm, most of them will expand in the sky-climbing star area.


    Most of the big worlds in the Dengtian Star District could not resist the invasion of the Lingkong Immortal World.


    Meng Zhang was reluctant to meet the immortals of Lingkong Xianjie.


    He hoped to be able to make a quick decision, win the Shenchang Realm as soon as possible, seize everything he needed, and then quickly leave the Tiantianxing District.


    Most of the senior leaders of Taiyi Sect agreed with Meng Zhang and felt that it was necessary to cooperate with the Dragon Clan.


    However, there are still many high-level Taiyimen who have doubts about this, suspecting that the dragons have ulterior motives.


    In the end, Meng Zhang made the final decision and agreed to cooperate with the Dragon Clan in principle.


    Others were naturally persuaded.


    However, the specific details still need to negotiate slowly between the senior officials of Taiyi Sect and the Dragon Clan.


    At the same time, Taiyimen should also check carefully to see if the dragons have other thoughts.


    If the Dragon Clan has no good intentions towards Taiyi Realm, the cooperation will naturally stop there.


    After Meng Zhang''s explanation, he entered the Yuanhai retreat again.


    His time is very tight, and he must basically restore his combat power before reaching the Shenchang Realm.


    There are many true gods in Shenchang Realm. Although the combat power may not be as good as that of true immortals, they are of the same level as true immortals, so they cannot be too careless.


    At present, there are only a few people at the true immortal level in the Taiyi Realm.


    The reason why Meng Zhang dared to take the initiative to attack the Shenchang Realm was because he had confidence in the fighting power of himself and his colleagues.


    Even the weakest Fairy Yue''e, as long as the injury heals, can easily defeat ordinary true gods.


    After the moon god devoured the starlight left by the star god Qiguang, he obtained a reborn evolution with the help of Meng Zhang.


    Except for talking about the top true gods in Shenchang Realm, other true gods are not in her eyes.


    True immortals at the level of Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing have the confidence to defeat multiple true gods at the same time.


    It''s wonderful, if the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian is completely refined, the combat power is only stronger than Meng Zhang''s deity.


    Although Meng Zhang and the others were few in number, out of the contempt of the immortals for the true god, he had a great psychological advantage over the true god of the Shenchang Realm.


    Next, the monks from the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan had frequent contacts and had many exchanges.


    After many times of haggling and going back and forth, the two sides finally reached a cooperation agreement.


    In this process, the dragons have paid a lot and used various methods to prove their sincerity.

 Chapter 2638

    No matter from which point of view, the Dragons are full of sincerity and eagerness for this cooperation.


    In order to prove their sincerity, the Dragons are even willing to pay a lot of prices in advance.


    The Dragon Clan has transferred many classics to Taiyi Realm and sent many precious resources...


    In addition to letting the dragon kings under his command come forward to contact and communicate, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor also asked Meng Zhang to meet.


    Of course, although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor wanted to cooperate with Meng Zhang, he still kept a minimum of caution towards Meng Zhang.


    More likely, he is still a little embarrassed and unwilling to take the initiative to visit.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor did not take the initiative to enter the Taiyi Realm to visit Meng Zhang, but met him outside the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang still has some respect for the powerful Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    He did not hesitate to temporarily interrupt the retreat for this meeting.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor met not far from Taiyi Realm.


    The body of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was destroyed, leaving only the soul.


    When he met Meng Zhang, his soul was pinned on a treasure.


    Meng Zhang secretly observed that although the treasure could make the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor display a good combat power, the soul of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was obviously weakened.


    To be honest, if it wasn''t for the huge power of the Dragon Clan in the Void World, Meng Zhang would have thought about killing people and grabbing treasures.


    There are many branches of the Dragon Race in the Void World. There are countless ethnic groups and a huge number, almost all over the Void.


    On the surface, the many branches of the dragon family are independent of each other, and there are even fierce competitions and fights with each other.


    But in some ways, these branches can be linked together.


    If anyone really slaughtered the members of the dragon clan, they would definitely become the common enemy of the major branches of the dragon clan.


    The Taiyi Realm will roam the Void Realm next, and it will inevitably encounter other branches and ethnic groups of the Dragon Clan.


    This time, the cooperation between Taiyijie and the dragon branch under the Dragon Emperor of Swallowing Sea can be regarded as a good relationship.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect other branches of the dragon clan to regard Taiyijie as friends because of this, and only hoped that they would not easily become enemies with Taiyijie.


    Back then, the six true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm were powerful and had their own backgrounds. They still tolerated the existence of the Dragon Clan in the Junchen Realm and did not kill them.


    This is not because they are lenient, but because they are worried about the revenge of the dragon race.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor appeared in front of Meng Zhang so carelessly, and he also had the background of the dragon family as his support.


    What a proud existence the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is, but now he has fallen to the point of relying on his own background.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observations and guesses, the situation of the Dragon Emperor swallowing the sea should be very bad.


    In the Demon Realm, he not only lost his physical body, but his soul was also severely injured, and even his Shouyuan was affected.


    Therefore, he couldn''t wait to make arrangements, eager to find a habitat for the ethnic group under his command.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was a loser and was unwilling to show the slightest weakness in front of Meng Zhang.


    He solemnly promised that in the battle with Shenchang Realm, he would take the initiative to hunt down the true God of Shenchang Realm.


    It is naturally a good thing that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is willing to take action.


    With his strength, even if it is far inferior to the heyday, it is not something that ordinary true gods can resist.


    Meng Zhang ended the meeting with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and both parties were very satisfied with the meeting.


    Meng Zhang once again entered a state of retreat.


    The devil that he suppressed with the law of heaven and earth has long since been wiped out of all vitality.


    Together with the Canglang Holy Spirit, who had not yet been refined by this demon god, they were all placed in the source sea to slowly consume.


    Tai Miao''s process of refining Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction was not very smooth.


    After all, the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian is the essence of Tianxian, and it is very resilient.


    Even if it takes decades or even hundreds of years, it is difficult for it to be completely refined by its own strength alone.


    Tai Miao also knew that time was urgent, and he needed to regain his combat power as soon as possible so that he could participate in the next expedition against Shenchang Realm.


    Tai Miao had to put the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian into the source sea to drive the power of the source sea and accelerate its consumption.


    Of course, in this way, after the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian is refined, a large part of the benefits will fall into the source sea.


    In this regard, it is too wonderful to do anything.


    Fortunately, the meat was rotten in the pot, and finally there was no waste.


    The corpses of the true gods and true immortals that had been placed in the source sea before were refined and refined by the source sea, which brought great benefits to the source sea.


    The essence of Yuanhai is constantly strengthening, and the origin of heaven and earth is becoming more and more intense.


    If it weren''t for the supplements brought by these harvests, the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm would not be able to withstand consumption, and it would not be able to support Meng Zhang''s daily practice.


    In the source sea of ??Junchen Realm, precious resources such as Jade Purity Spiritual Machine will be regularly produced.


    Among Meng Zhang''s inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, there is the content of shaping the new world and continuously strengthening it.


    Meng Zhang led a group of subordinates to return to the void, and adjusted and transformed Yuanhai many times.


    With the continuous enhancement of the source of heaven and earth in the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm, precious resources including Yuqing Lingji will also be produced in it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, the senior leaders of Taiyi Sect would regularly collect some of these resources and put them in the sect''s great treasury.


    Of course, their collection has a strict plan, and they will never dry up and fish, and they will never damage the source sea.


    In addition to daily practice in the Sun Moon Blessed Land, the Void Returning Powers of the Taiyi Realm can also use the contribution points of the Taiyi Gate to exchange for the Yuqing Spiritual Machine.


    Due to the continuous enhancement of the origin of the world in the Taiyi world, the spiritual energy in many places in the Taiyi world has become stronger and stronger.


    The Sun Moon Blessed Land can support more Void Returning greats to practice.


    Many spiritual veins in the Taiyi world have been strengthened, and new spiritual veins often appear.


    So far, Taiyi Realm can barely support the cultivators above.


    Of course, it is far from enough to say how plentiful the resources are.


    Including many cultivators of the Taiyi Sect lineage, they had to go through fierce competition to obtain sufficient cultivation resources.


    In a peaceful state, ordinary creatures in the Taiyi Realm multiply very quickly.


    When the Junchen Realm was destroyed, Taiyimen accepted cultivators from all sides of the Junchen Realm, and also took the initiative to migrate a large number of mortals.


    As mortals prosper, live and work in peace and contentment, the number is increasing, and naturally more cultivators are born.


    In the current situation of the Ether B world, the growth rate of various resources is far behind the growth of the number of cultivators.


    As the master of Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang can accept the free competition within the cultivators, the strong eat the weak, and the survival of the fittest. .


    Whether it is to compete for more living space, obtain more cultivation resources, or consume more and more cultivators, Taiyi World must start expeditions and plunder as soon as possible.


    The invasion of the Taiyi Realm to the Shenchang Realm is already on the line and has to be launched.

 Chapter 2639

    The Taiyi Realm itself was torn from the Junchen Realm.


    If there is no plunder of the outside world, let alone the Taiyi world grow to this point, whether it can survive in the void is a problem.


    The future development direction defined by Meng Zhang to Taiyi was originally a road of foreign plunder.


    Of course, in addition to external plundering, there are many other ways of development in a world.


    Meng Zhang canonized many gods in Taiyi Realm.


    These gods usually absorb the power of belief of living beings and convert them into their own divine power.


    They consume divine power to transform and strengthen Taiyi Realm.


    They sort out the earth veins, purify the earth qi, and dredge the spiritual qi...


    These gods will also regularly form a formation to drive the earth and mountains around the Taiyi Realm, exhale and breathe, absorb all kinds of vitality in the void, and use it to water the Taiyi Realm.


    Void is not empty, there are weak vitality in many places.


    These vitality may seem trivial, but a large world can continue to absorb and devour these vitality, and the time span is calculated in ten thousand or even millions of years, and it can still play a significant role.


    Not to mention, there will be waves of vitality from time to time in the void, bringing more vitality.


    The high-level monks in the Taiyi world have all received the task.


    On the advance route of Taiyi Realm, meteorites and various fragments were found, and they would try to capture them and send them into Taiyi Realm.


    Sometimes, some lucky guys can even capture the complete small world.


    After these things are sent to the Taiyi Realm, they will be digested and absorbed and become nutrients for the entire world.


    In addition to practicing, Meng Zhang will also lead the high-level monks in the sect to continuously supplement and improve the magic array that almost spreads throughout the Taiyi Realm.


    When the Junchen Realm was destroyed, Meng Zhang and the disciples of the Taiyi Sect took the initiative and collected many fragments of the Nine Heavens.


    The high-level Taiyimen took these nine-day fragments as the foundation, and after refining them, they used them to arrange the defensive array that enveloped the Taiyi world.


    The establishment of a defense system like Jiutian over a big world is a secret of Lingkong Xianjie, and most of the worlds under Lingkong Xianjie have established similar systems.


    Stealing a teacher is not so easy.


    The senior leaders of Taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, could only slowly explore and study, hoping that one day, a brand-new Nine Heavens could be established over the Taiyi Realm.


    Just relying on driving the magic circle, the normal speed of Taiyi Realm in the void is not fast.


    Cultivators can also use space supernatural powers such as the Great Nudge to rush their way.


    But even if a number of true immortals join forces, it is difficult for such a big world to move in the void.


    Several true immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm drive the Taiyi Realm forward from time to time, so that the speed of the Taiyi Realm is barely satisfactory.


    Only after the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm has completely refined and absorbed the gains brought by Meng Zhang and the others from the Demon Realm, will the high-level officials of Taiyi Realm be willing to consume the source of heaven and earth in the source sea to drive the Taiyi Realm forward.


    No matter how the Taiyi Realm accelerated, the huge water polo kept following closely without falling behind, maintaining an almost fixed distance.


    It seems that there is still something in this temporary territory created by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    It has been nearly twenty years since he left near Junchen Realm.


    At the current speed of the Ether B Realm, it will take about two years to reach the Shenchang Realm.


    Although Meng Zhang is very familiar with the situation in Shenchang Realm, but after so many years, who knows what new changes will be made in Shenchang Realm.


    Investigating the Shenchang Realm is the most basic operation before a large-scale invasion.


    The Luna was the least injured, and has completely recovered, and is fully ready for battle.


    The moon god brought the goddess of worship to the moon, and a group of emptiness-returning powers sent by Taiyimen to form an investigation team.


    The Moon God and the others used the Great Teleportation of the Void, and soon came to the vicinity of Shenchang Realm.


    At this time, the temporary territories of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan were still advancing in the void.


    Luna led this team, bypassing Shenchang Realm''s external defenses and sneaking into Shenchang Realm.


    Many years ago, Junchen Realm was arranged in Shenchang Realm.


    The cultivators of the Junchen Realm have developed a lot of forces in the Shenchang Realm, secretly spying on the situation, and even carrying out sabotage operations.


    When Meng Zhang was in Shenchang Realm, he had personally experienced that these arrangements of cultivators in Junchen Realm were unreliable and not very useful.


    If you blindly believe in these arrangements, you will put yourself in danger.


    Of course, these arrangements are not without effect.


    After the Taiyi Realm invades the Shenchang Realm on a large scale and has an advantage, you can use these arrangements to temporarily rule the Shenchang Realm to facilitate the collection of various resources.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon had a high status in the Shenchang realm back then.


    With the help of her and Luna, this reconnaissance team soon achieved results, and notified the top leaders of Taiyi Realm with a secret method.


    In a world dominated by primitive and backward Shinto civilizations like Shenchangjie, social development has almost stagnated.


    Even if thousands of years have passed, the appearance of the entire world has not fundamentally changed.


    When Meng Zhang and the others were in Shenchang Realm, they released ancient beasts, causing great chaos.


    Later, as the true gods of Shenchang Realm took action one after another, these confusions were quickly quelled.


    Some of those ancient beasts were killed, and some were sealed...


    Of course, due to the casualties of some indigenous gods, there have been some small changes in the power structure of Shenchang Realm.


    In most parts of Shenchang Realm, the major forces remained stable.


    During the investigation process, Luna and the others learned a very important news.


    About ten years ago, True God Shengyang, who left Shenchang Realm for many years and went to fight in Junchen Realm, returned to Shenchang Realm safely.


    Shortly after returning to Shenchang Realm, True God Shengyang invited Hunling Venerable God to his own territory.


    The True God of Rising Sun vigorously promotes the belief in the God of Hunling on his own territory, and transfers many powers to the God of Hunling.


    With the full support of the True God Rising Sun, the envoys under Hunling Venerable God quickly took over most of its territory.


    The practice of Shengyang True God caused an uproar in the entire Shenchang world.


    It is no secret that Hunling Zunshen''s ambitions for Shenchang Realm have long aroused the vigilance of the true gods in Shenchang Realm.


    The true gods of the Shenchang Realm fought within each other, and when faced with foreign enemies, they were still reluctant to be united.


    Because they sensed the threat of the cultivators of the Junchen Realm, all the true gods supported the True God Rising Sun to attack the Junchen Realm.


    The true gods actively contributed, and even directly participated in the war.


    When the true god of rising sun is not in the realm of Shenchang, the true gods also tacitly agree not to infringe the territory of the true god of rising sun.


    In the past, although True God Rising Sun joined the camp of foreign invaders, he could be regarded as a comrade-in-arms with Venerable Hunling.


    But he always remembered the fundamental interests of Shenchang Realm, and resisted Hunling Zunshen''s ambition for Shenchang Realm with everyone.

 Chapter 2640

    The true gods of Shenchang Realm know that Hunling Zun has a profound background and unfathomable strength.


    They would not offend him head-on.


    On the surface, they were respectful and polite to him, but secretly they resisted, that is, they would not let the tentacles of the Hunling Venerable God reach the Shenchang Realm.


    Every time Hunling Zunshen and his subordinates come to Shenchang Realm, they can be warmly received beyond specifications.


    However, if Hunling Zunshen wants to establish a stronghold and develop his beliefs in Shenchang Realm, he will always encounter various accidents and ultimately fail completely.


    The former Hunling Venerable God did not want to directly tear his face with the true gods of Shenchang Realm.


    On the surface, the two sides are empty and condescending, but secretly there are many small movements.


    The final result is that under the united resistance of the true gods of Shenchang Realm, Hunling Zunshen''s raid on Shenchang Realm did not make much progress.


    Now, True God Shengyang, as the top true God of Shenchang Realm, took the initiative to bring wolves into the room and introduced Hunling Venerable God into Shenchang Realm.


    With the springboard of the True God Rising Sun, after opening a gap in his territory, the belief in the god of mixed spirits expanded rapidly in the Shenchang realm.


    The other true gods in the Shenchang world were completely confused.


    What happened to True God Shengyang? Could it be that the cultivators in Junchen Realm broke his brain and actually did something stupid.


    Didn''t he know that even with his strength and status in Shenchang Realm, he would become the public enemy of Shenchang Realm if he made such an action that was equivalent to betraying the Shenchang Realm.


    Facing the doubts of other true gods in the Shenchang world, the true god Shengyang also gave a plausible response.


    The Temple of the Gods is a powerful Shinto power in the Void and Myriad Realms. There are many gods in it, which represent the advanced and developed Shinto civilization.


    The Shenchang Realm has been born for so many years, and the true gods have dominated the Shenchang Realm for a long time.


    But in the entire Shenchang Realm, there are so many true gods, not even a single god was born.


    Hunling Zunshen came to Shenchang Realm with incomparable goodwill, to guide Shenchang Realm on a brighter path.


    The introduction of the true god of rising sun into the belief in the god of mixed spirits is to make a good relationship with the temple of heaven, to find a way to a higher level for everyone, to effectively strengthen the strength of the entire Shenchang world, and to improve the Shinto civilization of the Shenchang world.


    The statement of the true god of rising sun was sneered by other true gods, and he did not want to believe it at all.


    Many true gods have begun to doubt whether the true god Shengyang has been brainwashed by the gods.


    Taking 10,000 steps back, even if what the True God Shengyang said was true, the True Gods of the Shenchang Realm were not interested.


    The true gods have ruled the Shenchang Realm for many years, and they are very satisfied with the current situation and are unwilling to make any major changes.


    They do not have a firm desire to seek the Way, or even lack enough self-motivation.


    If they can easily be promoted to the gods, they will not refuse.


    But if they want to make changes and pay a huge price, they are reluctant.


    They stubbornly demanded that the status quo remain in the Shenchang world, and did not want any drastic changes.


    With their true god-level strength, it is enough to guarantee their own rule.


    True gods have a long life span, and few true gods are alive and dying.


    In the long years, the true gods have put more time and energy on enjoyment.


    They are simply unwilling to ask them to give up their current easy lives and take risks to seek the opportunity to be promoted to the gods.


    True God Shengyang took the initiative to introduce Hunling Venerable God, which is a big change that has not been seen in the Shenchang world for many years.


    Thinking of Hunling Zun''s ambition for the realm of Shenchang, many true gods are on high alert.


    Of course, at present, the belief in the god of mixed spirits is still limited to the realm of the true god of rising sun for the time being.


    The other true gods have neither excuses to interfere, nor are they willing to directly conflict with the true god of rising sun and even the god of mixed spirits.


    Therefore, the true gods of Shenchang Realm have maintained the status quo for the time being, and have not made any major moves.


    Of course, if the situation continues to develop, the true gods of Shenchang Realm will have to react.


    The practice of the true god of rising sun will first damage the interests of the native gods under his family.


    The power of belief that can be provided by the realm of the rising sun is limited.


    The Hunling Venerable God began to occupy the majority, and let the envoys under him expand aggressively, encroaching on the territories and interests of many indigenous gods.


    The realm of True God Rising Sun seems to be calm, but in fact, undercurrents have long been surging.


    The native gods under his command were very dissatisfied with him, and some of them had begun to secretly contact other true gods.


    Many true gods in the Shenchang Realm have begun to gather frequently, considering how to deal with and limit the mixed spirits.


    However, with their efficiency, there may not be any action in a short period of time.


    As one of the true gods standing at the top of Shenchang Realm, True God Shengyang is also a big boss.


    When Moon God was in the Demon Realm, he saw with his own eyes that True God Rising Sun fell into the hands of Venerable Hunling.


    It shouldn''t be difficult to completely control the True God Rising Sun by means of Hunling Venerable God.


    The current True God Rising Sun has long lost the power of autonomy and has become a puppet of the mixed spirit god.


    True God Rising Yang is nothing to worry about, but Hunling Venerable God is a big trouble.


    Meng Zhang also felt a little embarrassed after receiving the latest information from Luna.


    Meng Zhang had long known Hunling Zunshen''s ambitions for the realm of Shenchang.


    But I didn''t expect that Hunling Venerable God would start to act at this time.


    It seems that after he left the Demon Realm, he quickly recovered from the injury and completed the control of the True God Rising Sun.


    Hunling Zunshen, a guy with a brilliant inheritance, is different from the bunnies and gods in Shenchang Realm.


    True God Rising Sun, an indigenous god in the realm of celestial prosperity, may not be much different from the god of mixed spirits just in terms of cultivation realm.


    But in all aspects of magical powers, combat power, etc., the two sides are worlds apart.


    If you fight alone, the Hunling Venerable God can easily outperform the True God Rising Sun.


    No matter how powerful Hunling Zunshen is, Meng Zhang will not be afraid of him, and he is confident that he can deal with him.


    But the Temple of Heaven behind the Hunling Venerable God is a big problem.


    The power of the Temple of Heaven is not as huge as that of the Dragon Clan, and it is not so difficult to deal with, but it is also not an easy generation.


    What Meng Zhang worried about was that he beat the young and the old, cleaned up the mixed spirit, and then brought out his elders and the like.


    Back then, the cultivators of the Junchen Realm had a background in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    However, Meng Zhang would not be reconciled if he gave up his attempt on Shenchang Realm.


    After missing Shenchang Realm, it is difficult to find such a suitable target again.


    Meng Zhang also thought about whether he could join forces with Hunling Zunshen to carve up the interests of Shenchang Realm.


    But after careful consideration, he gave up this idea again.


    Hunling Zunshen has long regarded Shenchang Realm as something in his pocket and will not share it with others.


    A mere Shenchang Realm is not enough for the three forces to share.


    Meng Zhang wanted to plunder the Shenchang realm, and even extract the origin of the world from the Shenchang realm to strengthen the Taiyi realm.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you Shuyou Lingshang Qingquan for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2641

    Since the Dragon Clan has joined the action against the Shenchang Realm, it is also a trouble for the Dragon Clan to respect the gods. Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be embarrassed by himself.


    Meng Zhang contacted the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and wanted to hear his opinion.


    The two of them met again near Taiyi Realm.


    After a few simple greetings, Meng Zhang provided the latest information to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was born in the dragon family, didn''t care about the mere Temple of Heaven at all.


    Of course, he also understood Meng Zhang''s concerns.


    The Dragon Clan has a strong intelligence system and has a deep understanding of many forces in the void.


    Before the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor led the group to migrate to the Junchen Realm, he had heard of the Temple of Heaven and had a certain understanding of its behavior.


    The Temple of Heaven is indeed powerful, and its behavior is also more domineering.


    As the name suggests, the Temple of Heaven is an organization with multiple gods.


    In the Void World, the Temple of Heaven, as a representative of the Shinto power, has a prominent reputation and a high status.


    If you want to become a full member of the Temple of Heaven, you must at least have the realm of the gods.


    As long as the Hunling Venerable God is not promoted to Heavenly God, at most it is only a peripheral member of the Heavenly God Temple.


    As a peripheral member, if you want to get promoted, you must go through trials.


    Even if he has elders who are official members of the Temple of Heaven, they can at most provide him with some convenience, but they cannot change such rules.


    According to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s guess, the Hunling Zun God is trying to conquer the Shenchang Realm, and he should be completing some kind of test.


    If the Hunling Venerable God was defeated by Meng Zhang and the others and did not complete the test, the Temple of Heaven would generally not stand for it.


    Although there are many gods in the Temple of Heaven, they do not have the patience to be babysitters for the younger generation.


    If every junior is defeated by an enemy of the same rank outside, they have to find their elders, and no matter how many gods in the temple, they will be too busy.


    Besides, this time Taiyi Realm is acting with the Dragon Clan.


    Even if the elders of Hunling Venerable God wanted to bully the small afterward, they had to consider the face of the dragon family.


    Meng Zhang was inclined to continue the original plan in his heart, and was unwilling to retreat because of the mixed spirit and respect for the gods.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor easily persuaded him.


    Meng Zhang never imagined that there would be such benefits in joint action with the Dragon Clan.


    To a certain extent, it is borrowing the signboard of the dragon family.


    This time, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan jointly invaded the Shenchang Realm. Although the Dragon Clan refused to admit it publicly, it was actually the Taiyi Realm that dominated.


    The only true immortal-level combat power that the dragon clan can take out is the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s combat power is far inferior to its heyday.


    There are many true immortals in Taiyi Realm, and they are the main force to deal with the real gods in Shenchang Realm.


    The reason why the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor insisted on coming forward was only to strive for an equal cooperative position for the dragon race and to seek more post-war benefits.


    The dragons contributed their own signboards, which was of great benefit to both Meng Zhang and Taiyijie.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who suffers from false names.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan act together. Most people think that the Dragon Clan is the main one, and the Taiyi Realm is in a subordinate position.


    Let the Dragon Clan gain a false name, attract the possible hatred of the Temple of Heaven, and gain benefits from the Taiyi Realm, that is the best result.


    Due to the appearance of Hunling Venerable God, although the determination of both sides to attack Shenchang Realm remains unchanged, some strategic and tactical aspects will need to be adjusted.


    Meng Zhang and Swallowing Dragon Emperor just talked about the general direction, and the specific details will be discussed slowly by the men of both sides.


    Next, the two sides will strengthen communication and exchanges, and begin to form a joint command system to coordinate the operations of the two armies.


    After Meng Zhang ended his meeting with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he returned to Taiyi Realm.


    The various combat preparations in the Taiyi Realm were carried out smoothly.


    For attacking Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm cultivator did not have the slightest resistance, and his fighting spirit was high.


    At that time, Junchen Realm was besieged by the army of foreign invaders for many years, and all the human race cultivation forces had to join the battle and suffered greatly.


    The attack on Shenchang Realm was essentially a war of plundering resources, and the banner of revenge gave this war enough legitimacy.


    Don''t underestimate the name.


    Many times, high-level figures need to call on various monks to improve their morale.


    Even mercenary cultivators like to be famous and stand on the side of righteousness.


    The reconnaissance work of the Luna Organization is very good, and the information of various Shenchang realms is continuously transmitted back to the Taiyi realm.


    In view of the new situation of Hunling Venerable God, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm considered whether to adjust the battle plan.


    They hope to provoke a war between the gods of the mixed spirits and the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world.


    In this way, Taiyi Realm can not only benefit from the fisherman, but also if Hunling Zunshen is defeated by the native gods of Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm can also avoid direct conflict with Hunling Zunshen.


    However, how to do it is still very difficult.


    Meng Zhang hoped to conquer the Shenchang Realm as soon as possible, and after plundering the resources, he immediately left the Dengtian Star District.


    The dragon race also hopes to obtain a habitat as soon as possible so that the race can settle down.


    Both have the mind to make a quick decision and do not want to delay for too long.


    Meng Zhang finally ordered.


    Before the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan reach the Shenchang Realm, try to implement the plan to provoke the two sides and try to provoke the battle between the two sides.


    After the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan arrived in the Shenchang Realm, they immediately launched a full-scale attack on the Shenchang Realm.


    Luna and his team, who are currently in Shenchang Realm, will be the main force in the implementation of the plan.


    Meng Zhang''s injury has basically recovered.


    After this battle in the Demon Realm, he got a huge temper.


    The improvement of the cultivation base may not be very big, but the combat power has been greatly improved.


    As a comrade-in-arms who used to fight side by side, Gu Yue Ling Qing cultivated in Taiyi Realm and received great care from Meng Zhang.


    On behalf of the Gu Yue family, he continued to befriend Meng Zhang, and he was willing to help Meng Zhang attack the Shenchang Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm has gained so many benefits this time, and the entire world has been greatly strengthened.


    As the lord of the underworld in the Taiyi world, Taimiao has obtained great benefits from it.


    The stronger the Taiyi Realm, the stronger the Taiyi Realm he can invoke.


    If nothing else, the true immortal-level powerhouses in Taiyi Realm can restore all their combat power before reaching Shenchang Realm.


    After Luna, who was lurking in Shenchang Realm, received the order from Meng Zhang, he began to take active actions and tried every means to provoke the relationship between Hunling Venerable God and the native gods of Shenchang Realm.


    In fact, the relationship between the two sides is tense enough without external provocation.


    The native gods of Shenchang Realm did not like the outsider, Hunling Zunshen, and were full of vigilance against him.


    Revered God Hunling borrowed the power of the True God Rising Sun to achieve a goal that has never been achieved before. He has already extended his tentacles to the realm of Shenchang, and has begun to take root here.


    Indigenous gods are inherently extremely xenophobic groups.


    If it wasn''t for the strength and background of Hunling Venerable God, they would have taken action long ago.


    Hunling Venerable God is due to the great power of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm, so he has to be patient and slowly deploy, and infiltrate the Shenchang Realm bit by bit.

 Chapter 2642

    Those who are sober enough among the native gods of the Shenchang Realm know that the Hunling Venerable God will be the enemy of the Shenchang Realm.


    The Hunling Venerable God from the Temple of Heaven represents a more advanced, mainstream Shinto civilization in the void.


    Although the Shinto civilization in the Shenchang world was primitive and backward, it still laid a solid foundation for the rule of the gods.


    Compared with practitioners of other systems, Hunling Zunshen is a greater threat to Shenchang Realm.


    The Shinto system represented by Hunling Zunshen is easier to penetrate into the original system of Shenchang Realm, easier to be accepted by the creatures of Shenchang Realm, and easier to subvert the original ruling order of Shenchang Realm.


    The reason why the indigenous gods in the Shenchang realm have not yet taken action against the Hunling Zunshen is due to various scruples.


    There is no unified alliance among the many indigenous gods in the Shenchang world.


    On weekdays, the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm are divided into several camps, opposing each other and fighting each other.


    If there is a major event related to the entire Shenchang Realm, the leaders of several camps will gather together to discuss and discuss some solutions.


    If Hunling Venerable God directly invaded the Shenchang Realm, he would have been resisted and confronted by the indigenous gods.


    What he did this time was very clever, borrowing the name of True God Rising Sun.


    True God Shengyang is the leader of one camp. He is usually irritable and domineering, and other aboriginal gods are generally reluctant to provoke him easily.


    At the same time, True God Shengyang likes to pretend to be the leader of the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    He is the most active in matters concerning the entire Shenchang world.


    To put it nicely, it is called courage to serve, and to say it badly is to like to be a standout.


    Like when Shenchang Realm joined foreign invaders and attacked Junchen Realm together, he actively promoted it.


    Although many aboriginal gods in the Shenchang Realm hate the True God Rising Sun, in the face of the current situation, there are many inconveniences when there is no such person as the True God of the Sun.


    Many indigenous gods have recognized the huge threat posed by the mixed spirit gods.


    But now Hunling Venerable God has been bound to True God Rising Sun.


    To attack the God of Hunling is equivalent to starting a war with the True God of Rising Sun.


    This could easily evolve into a civil war in the Shenchang world, causing several major factions to be involved.


    The native gods of Shenchang Realm cast their fears on rats, but Luna, an outsider, has no such scruples.


    The Moon God is also a native god, and he understands their psychology very well.


    She is familiar with the situation in Shenchang Realm and knows what to do to muddy the water and intensify the situation.


    Hunling Zun God''s invasion of Shenchang Realm has detailed plans and steps.


    It''s not that he doesn''t want to do it overnight, but the aboriginal gods of Shenchang Realm are very powerful and very difficult to deal with.


    If he hadn''t captured the True God Rising Sun in the Demon Realm, he would not have been able to find a breakthrough so far.


    He hopes that through the true god of rising sun, he will first control the territory of the true god of rising sun, and then slowly eat away the surrounding gods.


    As the overlord of Shenchang Realm, the True God Rising Sun has a vast territory directly under his control.


    He has a lot of gods as assistants, and he has also assigned many aboriginal gods and gods to help manage those too remote territories.


    This time, the army led an expedition to the Junchen Realm, and the army suffered heavy casualties. The indigenous gods under the command of True God Shengyang suffered a lot, and the territories in many places were vacant and fell into a state of no owner.


    Hunling Zunshen also knows the principle of gradual progress.


    After his family''s beliefs were consolidated, he dispatched divine servants to control these unowned territories.


    Most of the servants under the command of God Hunling Zun have the same temperament as the lord. They are arrogant and domineering, and they despise the dirtbag gods in the Shenchang world.


    After they controlled those unowned territories, they also expanded around and invaded those owned territories.


    In this way, these divine servants clashed with the indigenous gods entrusted by the True God Rising Sun.


    Under normal circumstances, there is the true god of rising sun on it, and these indigenous gods should be afraid to speak out.


    Some daring or outrageous guys, at most, are connected in private, complaining and so on.


    But now with the secret intervention of the Moon God, the situation is very different.


    The conflict between the servants of Hunlingzun and the native gods intensified, and there were even battles in many places.


    Both sides fought with each other, with few casualties.


    After the True God Rising Sun learned the news, he completely stood on the side of the Hunling Venerable God and strongly suppressed these indigenous gods.


    These indigenous gods are based on the true god of rising sun, and they just hope to get his protection.


    True God Rising Sun stands on the side of outsiders, which is tantamount to betrayal of them.


    Under the proper secret provocation of the Moon God, these indigenous gods have deepened their dissatisfaction with the true god of rising sun, and the conflict with the servants of the gods and gods has intensified, resulting in more casualties.


    More and more native gods were killed and territories were seized...


    Originally, these were True God Shengyang''s own family affairs, and there was no reason for outsiders to intervene.


    However, some indigenous gods and gods who failed in the battle had to give up their own territory and ran to other real gods.


    These guys claim that the True God Rising Sun has long been under the control of the mixed spirit Venerable God, and is completely controlled by him.


    After Hunling Venerable God has controlled the territory of the True God Rising Sun, he will expand to the outside world, thereby conquering the entire Shenchang Realm.


    They managed to escape the clutches of Hunling Venerable God with great difficulty, and now exposing their conspiracy is to warn the other true gods of Shenchang Realm.


    Due to these guys'' active activities, jumping up and down, and spreading all kinds of rumors, it soon caused a storm in the Shenchang world.


    Many native gods were originally incomprehensible to the various actions of the true god of the rising sun, and this statement provides the best explanation.


    The practice of mixing spirits to honor the gods made many aboriginal gods shudder.


    Soon, a true god in Shenchang Realm responded.


    Tongshan Mountain God is the true god under the command of the true god Chongyue, whose territory borders the territory of the true god Shengyang, and there are many conflicts on weekdays.


    True God Chongyue is one of the oldest true gods in Shenchang Realm. He usually acts in a low-key manner and seldom cares about external affairs.


    As his subordinate, the character of Tongshan Mountain God is the opposite of his, domineering and arrogant.


    The mountain god Tongshan once greatly offended the true god of rising sun.


    If it wasn''t for the face of True God Chongyue, True God Shengyang would have killed him long ago.


    The mountain god Tongshan took the initiative to stand up this time, obviously because of the old grudge with the true god Shengyang.


    The crocodile god is the slave god of the blue sea god. Its territory is located near the sea, and it has tried many times to invade the land through the rivers connected to the ocean.


    His actions violated the interests of the True God Rising Sun, and he was attacked head-on by the indigenous gods under the True God of Rising Sun, resulting in huge losses.


    This time, the mountain god Tongshan and the crocodile god were the first to stand up, asking the true god Shengyang to prove his innocence, to prove that he was not controlled by the god of mixed spirits, and was still an independent god of the gods of the gods.


    With these two early birds, many aboriginal gods followed suit.


    On the realm of the rising sun god, many indigenous gods and gods are also doubtful, causing undercurrents to flow.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2643

    The two guys, Tongshan Mountain God and Big Mouth Crocodile God, are far from being on a par with the True God Shengyang in terms of strength and prestige.


    However, the True God Chongyue and the Azure Sea God behind them are the leaders of the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang Realm, and they each lead a large camp.


    They jumped out so quickly, people couldn''t help but wonder, this is the meaning of the camp behind them.


    And they are also well-known teachers, not to interfere with the internal affairs of the True God Rising Sun camp, but to worry that the True God of Rising Sun will be controlled by the foreign mixed spirits.


    With the appearance of the two true gods, Tongshan Mountain God and Big Mouth Crocodile God, the situation seems to be more and more unfavorable for Shengyang True God.


    True God Shengyang did not respond slowly, and quickly counterattacked.


    He attacked single-handedly, killing the two true gods separately, and beating them violently.


    True God Shengyang didn''t talk nonsense, he started directly.


    The realm of the two true gods was breached, and they managed to escape.


    For these two true gods with background, True God Rising Sun did not kill them all.


    Those ordinary aboriginal gods, including his subordinates, who dared to screech openly, he would ruthlessly take action and cleanse them with iron-blooded wrists.


    True God Rising Sun''s thunder method really shocked the Quartet at first, and temporarily stabilized the situation.


    He showed with practical actions that he was still the true god of rising sun, and was not controlled by the god of mixed spirits.


    The Moon God hiding in the dark could see clearly, no matter what the True God Shengyang did, as long as he continued to help the Hunling Venerable God infiltrate the Shenchang Realm, the True Gods in the Shenchang Realm would not be able to tolerate him.


    Even if he is one of the most powerful true gods in Shenchang Realm, he is far from being able to cover the sky with one hand.


    What Luna wants to do is to speed up the process and trigger a war as soon as possible.


    The Moon God has created a lot of incidents in secret, constantly provoking conflicts between the True God Rising Sun and other True Gods.


    Other true gods may also know that someone is secretly provoking, but they all took advantage of the situation and took advantage of the situation to stand against the true god of rising sun.


    Moreover, in the True God Rising Sun camp, there are more and more opponents of all kinds.


    Soon, the territory of True God Rising Sun became full of flames.


    More and more true gods are publicly speaking out against the rising sun god.


    After the Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan stood up to accuse the True God Shengyang, the situation in Shenchang Realm became clear.


    Except for the true god Chongyue who did not express his position, the strongest true gods in the Shenchang world have all fallen into infighting.


    The two camps of Azure Sea God and Lava True God joined forces to form a new camp.


    True God Chongyue himself did not come forward, but many of the indigenous gods under his command joined this camp.


    They claim that the True God Rising Sun must be examined by everyone to prove his innocence...


    For other true gods pressing step by step, the rising sun true god not to be outdone, mobilized the strength of his subordinates, and resolutely fought back.


    True God Rising Sun is also the leader of a faction.


    Although many of his native gods were suspicious of him, he was able to mobilize a powerful force when he ordered it.


    With the help of the True God Rising Sun, most of his subordinates did not dare to betray him easily before he failed.


    Next, there was no need for Luna to continue provoking, and fierce battles naturally occurred.


    The army of the Azure Sea God came from the sea, and the army of the Lava Vulcan approached from the land...


    True God Rising Sun dispatched troops to deal with it calmly.


    Although True God Rising Sun has lost a lot of power due to some internal problems, after receiving the support of Venerable God Hunling, he is still able to deal with two powerful enemies at the same time.


    After the official war broke out between the two sides, Luna asked his subordinates to stop their actions, so that they could hide.


    Originally, many true gods in Shenchang Realm wanted to try to avoid the outbreak of a large-scale civil war.


    However, with the spread of rumors about the true god of rising sun, and the true god of rising sun is becoming more and more rebellious, many true gods have changed their original thoughts, thinking about solving the problem of true god rising sun as soon as possible, to prevent chaos from spreading to the entire Shenchang world.


    Most of the true gods in the Shenchang world stood on the opposite side of the true god of rising sun and joined the hostile camp.


    The strength of True God Shengyang is far inferior to his opponents.


    Fortunately, True God Rising Sun has a strong personal combat power and can stabilize his position at a critical moment.


    Especially after Hunling Venerable God participated in the battle, it was simply unstoppable.


    Whenever there is weakness on the battlefield, Hunling Venerable God will appear in time to save the battle.


    Even the hot-tempered Lava Vulcan would not dare to fight alone with the Hunling Venerable God.


    It takes multiple true gods to join forces to barely block the mixed god.


    Of course, Venerable Hunling seems to be imposing and irresistible, but it is impossible to completely establish the victory by himself.


    After all, the enemy is too powerful, there are many true gods, and there are countless false gods and demigods.


    It is not easy for True God Rising Sun and Venerable Hunling to defend the existing territory.


    Of course, Hunling Zunshen was very dissatisfied with this situation.


    In his plan, he should not have started a full-scale war with the native gods of Shenchang Realm so early.


    Didn''t he use the True God Rising Sun to invade the Shenchang Realm just to avoid this situation?


    It is a pity that he underestimated the hostility and vigilance of the true gods in the Shenchang Realm towards him; secondly, he did not know that the Moon God was secretly provoking and instigating.


    Now that the matter has come, he has no other choice but to hold on until the end.


    He has invested almost all the power under his command into the Shenchang Realm, and he will not give up everything he has obtained, just run away like this.


    The Hunling Venerable God can only hope that the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm can''t support it first after paying huge losses.


    After all, his opponents are composed of various indigenous gods from the Shenchang world.


    These indigenous gods have had many conflicts and struggles with each other.


    When fighting against the wind, they can put aside their contradictions and reluctantly unite.


    The time has dragged on and the losses have been too great. Internal conflicts between them have erupted, and the trend of joining forces cannot be maintained.


    When Hunling Zunshen and Shengyang True God were guarding the territory, the aborigines gods of Shenchang Realm who were the attackers were also very dissatisfied with the battle situation.


    They have concentrated the power of most of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, but they have not been able to conquer it for a long time.


    At this time, they were almost certain that the rumors about the True God Rising Sun should be true.


    If True God Shengyang could really be independent, he would have negotiated and compromised with the enemy in accordance with the practice of Shenchang Realm.


    True God Rising Yang''s current stubborn approach is simply damaging the foundation of his own family, and he must ensure the interests of the mixed spirit respecting God.


    Originally, True God Rising Sun was controlled by Hunling Venerable God, it was just an excuse for them to intervene in this matter.


    Now that it is confirmed that the True God Rising Sun is really controlled by the Hunling Venerable God and has become a puppet, the situation is very different.


    This means that their real opponent is not True God Rising Sun, an old acquaintance who is also an aboriginal god, but the Crossing River Dragon, the God of Hunling.


    Not to mention the unfathomable strength of Hunling Venerable God itself, its background cannot but make the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm fear.

 Chapter 2644

    If True God Rising Sun can still maintain independence, he is taking the initiative to bring wolves into the room, and he is only in a cooperative relationship with Hunling Venerable God, then it will be better.


    Azure Sea God and the others can use the means of exchange of interests, coercion, inducement and other means to let True God Rising Sun stand in their own camp again.


    As long as the True God Shengyang is still awake, he should know that his foundation is in the realm of Shenchang, and what choices he should make.


    As long as there is no help from the True God Rising Sun, everyone can work together to expel the Hunling Zunshen from the Shenchang Realm.


    But judging from the current situation, Venerable God Hunling has already completely controlled True God Rising Sun and made him his puppet.


    This situation made the native gods of the Shenchang Realm terrified, for fear that they would suffer the same fate.


    Everyone is hostile and even hates the god of mixed spirits, but they are very afraid of their background.


    Hunling Venerable God controls the True God Rising Sun and invades the Shenchang Realm on a large scale. It is definitely not so easy to let go.


    He won''t quit unless he hurts Hunling Zunshen.


    It really hurt Hunling Zunshen, and he was afraid that his elders would interfere.


    Some indigenous gods who were not firm enough and timid, began to retreat.


    Anyway, Shenchang Realm is so big, it is not impossible to give up part of the site to Hunling Venerable God.


    Instead of taking a huge risk and beating the gods to death, it''s better to take a step back.


    Let the world of Shenchang restore peace and let everyone get rid of the war...


    Facing the different voices within their own faction, Azure Sea God and Lava Flame were very firm.


    God Hunling Zun must be expelled from Shenchang Realm, and he cannot be allowed to stay here.


    The embankment of a thousand miles was destroyed in the ant''s nest. If Hunling Venerable God really wanted to gain a firm foothold in the Shenchang Realm, his power would inevitably spread in all directions, eroding the foundation of the Shenchang Realm bit by bit.


    As for the background of Hunling Venerable God, they don''t care.


    Revered God Hunling came to the Dengtian Star District for so many years. First, he joined the foreign invader camp and fought against the Junchen Realm. Now he has invaded the Shenchang Realm. He has never seen the elders of his family come forward.


    Whether the power behind him can affect the Sky Climbing Star District is a question.


    Under the strong insistence of Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan, the battle with Hunling Venerable God continued and became more and more intense.


    During this process, Luna led his subordinates to hide aside, secretly collecting various situations.


    Many times, the Moon God personally dispatched to the battlefield to see the true fighting power of the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Especially the group of true gods in Shenchang Realm, their general practice methods, commonly used fighting methods, daily use of artifacts, what cards do they have...


    With this information, it will help Meng Zhang and the others to destroy these opponents in the future.


    After a period of perseverance, Hunling Venerable God found that this was not the way.


    Although he is not a master of strategy, he still understands the truth that if he stays for a long time, he will lose.


    Hunling Zun God organized a number of assault teams, took the initiative to attack, began to harass the enemy''s territory, and destroyed the enemy''s living force...


    The Azure Sea God and the others had to dispatch troops to intercept the mixed spirits everywhere.


    The war in Shenchang Realm spread quickly like this, and it affected more and more places.


    It is in this situation that the temporary territory of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race is getting closer and closer to the goal.


    Before long, the temporary territory of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan will appear near Shenchang Realm and be directly observed by the true gods of Shenchang Realm.


    The Shenchang Realm is different from the Junchen Realm. There is no institution like Tiangong that can organize and coordinate the power of the entire world, and there is no defensive means like Jiutian.


    As long as the Taiyi Realm enters a certain range, it can send an army of monks to directly launch an all-out attack on the Shenchang Realm.


    At this time, Meng Zhang received the latest information from Luna.


    Moon God hopes that Meng Zhang can slow down the pace of progress in Taiyi Realm, don''t get too close to Shenchang Realm for the time being, and give her more time.


    Luna wants to use this time to collect more information.


    Especially by taking advantage of the recent situation in Shenchang Realm, she has already noticed some deep secrets of Shenchang Realm.


    In addition, according to Luna''s investigation, the Azure Sea God and the others are planning a massive battle, trying to pass this battle to severely inflict heavy damage on the enemy.


    If this battle is successful, the Hunling Venerable God and the native gods of Shenchang Realm will definitely forge more blood feuds, and the strength of both sides will be severely weakened.


    Although Meng Zhang was in a hurry to launch a full-scale attack on Shenchang Realm, he was not a character who couldn''t listen to other people''s opinions.


    Luna''s opinion is obviously beneficial to Taiyi Realm, and it can greatly reduce the resistance encountered in the next attack. Meng Zhang has no reason not to accept it.


    Anyway, Taiyijie has been delayed on the road for so long, and he doesn''t care about delaying a little more time.


    Therefore, under the order of Meng Zhang, Taiyi Realm temporarily slowed down its progress.


    Taking advantage of this extra time, the monks in the Taiyi Realm seized the time to prepare for the war, and the organized army of monks conducted more drills.


    By this time, Meng Zhang and the others had already recovered all their fighting power.


    Although they knew that the ordinary true gods of Shenchang Realm were not their opponents, Meng Zhang and the others were not too careless.


    Based on the information passed by Luna, they began to think about how to deal with the true gods in Shenchang Realm next.


    When the Taiyi Realm slowed down, the temporary territory of the Dragon Race also slowed down.


    After this period of communication and running-in, the two sides also have a certain tacit understanding.


    The dragon clan didn''t rush over to question because of this, but chose to believe that Meng Zhang''s actions were justified.


    Since the two sides will be comrades-in-arms fighting together next, Meng Zhang did not hide it, and ordered the senior management to share the information passed by Luna to the Dragon Clan.


    Don''t look at the dragon clan, there is only a true immortal-level powerhouse, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Once he is powerful, let alone the native gods of Shenchang Realm are far from his opponents, even the gods of mixed spirits can''t stop him.


    During this period of time, the great battle of the Azure Sea God organization started smoothly.


    The scale of this war is unprecedented. Both sides have mobilized many indigenous gods to participate in the war.


    Although the Azure Sea God''s side gained some advantages on the scene and captured quite a few territories of the True God Rising Sun, they were far from reaching their goals.


    On the contrary, Hunling Zunshen organized many counterattacks in order to restore the decline on the battlefield.


    The war spread more widely, and more and more indigenous gods were involved in the war and were forced to stand in line.


    Fortunately, so far, apart from the indigenous gods under True God Rising Sun, there are no other indigenous gods on his side.


    Those indigenous gods who have joined the battle one after another are basically in the camp of the Azure Sea God.


    Although the results are constantly being obtained, the enemy seems to be fighting more and more, and the situation of Hunling Venerable God is getting worse and worse.


    Although it has not yet reached the point of being embattled on all sides, the territory of True God Rising Sun has been surrounded and continuously eroded.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to my old friend Lingshang Qingquan for your many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2645

    Hunling Zunshen has been planning for so many years, investing a lot of money, and is very unwilling to fail.


    The conquest of Shenchang Realm is related to the test of Tianshen Temple and his future, and he will never give up.


    However, almost all the native gods in the Shenchang world stood on his opposite, and the enemy was really powerful.


    And the war is getting more and more intense, and there is no possibility of easing at all.


    Unless he is willing to admit defeat and completely withdraw from Shenchang Realm, the offensive of the indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm will not stop.


    The Hunling Venerable God took out all his strength and struggled to support it until there was a problem within the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Hunling Venerable God did not wait for the desired result, but waited for a new spoiler.


    Taiyijie didn''t wait too long in the void before receiving the news from the Moon God.


    The time has come, it is time to launch an invasion of Shenchang Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Territory both accelerated.


    Two months later, Shenchang Realm was in sight.


    Among the native gods of the Shenchang Realm, a small number still likes to observe the void.


    The Taiyi Realm has not completely approached the Shenchang Realm, and it appeared within their observation range.


    With such a behemoth in the Taiyi Realm advancing rapidly, it is difficult to hide from the eyes and ears of the true gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    However, Shenchang Realm, which was in a full-scale civil war at this time, did not respond in time to this.


    Until the Taiyi Realm was close enough to the Shenchang Realm, it began to revolve around the Shenchang Realm, and the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm sent a team to investigate the situation.


    In fact, from the uninvited appearance of Taiyi Realm, without any communication in advance, you should be able to guess that the visitor is not good.


    Among the aboriginal gods of the Shenchang Realm who are caught in the war with the Hunling Venerable God, many people still have fantasies to see if they can communicate with these outsiders.


    Before the team sent by Shenchang Realm could approach Taiyi Realm, they were wiped out by Meng Zhang himself.


    It had reached the point where it was too much to see, Meng Zhang didn''t need to hide his purpose.


    The temporary territory of the Dragon Clan also followed from behind, running not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue''e, leading the army of monks that had been prepared, left Taiyi Realm and went directly to Shenchang Realm.


    On the Dragon Clan side, the acting patriarch Jinlong King personally led, dispatched a number of Dragon Kings, led the Dragon Clan army and the Sea Clan army, and cooperated with the Taiyi Realm monk army to kill the Shenchang Realm.


    Almost at the same time, an oath was spread all over the Shenchang world.


    The general content of the letter is that the native gods of the Shenchang Realm are cruel and vicious, committing all kinds of sins, and they are no longer worthy to continue to rule the Shenchang Realm.


    Hunling Zun Shen originally tried to set things right, lead the native gods of Shenchang Realm to the right path, and save the souls of Shenchang Realm.


    However, the native gods of Shenchang Realm did not know what to do, but instead besieged the gods.


    At the invitation of Hunling Zunshen, the monks from Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan came to Shenchang Realm to cooperate with Hunling Zunshen''s actions.


    In Shenchang Realm, the territory originally occupied by True God Rising Sun was the most fertile place on land.


    True God Chongyue is too low-key, and most of the territories occupied are relatively remote, far from the core position of Shenchang Realm.


    After the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Army were dispatched, the squad led by Luna no longer hides, and immediately appeared in public to cooperate and guide them to fight.


    According to the original plan, they chose a place far away from the realm of Rising Sun as their primary target.


    Without spending much effort, they occupied a vast territory as a forward base.


    When the overwhelming fleet of flying boats appeared in the sky of Shenchang Realm, many aboriginal gods lost their fighting spirit directly.


    This time, although only three true immortal-level combat powers were dispatched, even the weakest Fairy Yue''e among them was enough to easily take down the ordinary true gods of Shenchang Realm.


    In the Dengtian Star District, Junchen Realm is the base camp for human cultivators.


    Several big worlds have concentrated their forces and formed an army of foreign invaders. They have fought hard with the Junchen world for many years, and the losses have been extremely heavy. This shows that the human race in the Junchen world is strong.


    When the native gods of Shenchang Realm saw the army of cultivators appear, they directly regarded them as visitors from Junchen Realm.


    This view is not wrong to some extent.


    The Taiyi Realm was originally torn from the Junchen Realm, and the cultivators in it themselves came from the Junchen Realm.


    As for the fierce name of the dragon clan, it has long been spread throughout the void and myriad worlds.


    Even the dirtbag gods in the Shenchang world have heard of this for a long time.


    The combined attack of the Human Race Cultivator Army and the Dragon Race Army did indeed cause a huge threat and shock to the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    Many aboriginal gods were influenced by the scriptures, thinking that this was the backhand arranged by the Hunling Zunzi for themselves.


    Originally, the war between them and the Hunling Venerable God was barely regarded as a battle within Shinto.


    Hunling Zunshen, a shameless person, saw that he was at a disadvantage, and actually attracted human cultivators and dragons.


    Almost all the native gods of the current Shenchang Realm regard the later invaders as the accomplices of the Hunling Zunshen.


    The situation of Hunling Venerable God is also a bit awkward at this time.


    Originally, when he was at a disadvantage, the army of human cultivators and the army of dragons came.


    Meng Zhang just sent him a message not long ago, saying that he heard that the Hunling Venerable God was besieged in Shenchang Realm. Seeing that everyone fought side by side in the Demon Realm not long ago, he specially contacted the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor to come together. Shenchangjie helped him.


    Hunlingzun knew that Meng Zhang and the others had bad intentions, but there was no good way.


    After all, they are under the banner of helping themselves.


    Even some subordinates of the Hunling Zunshen who did not know the truth, and the subordinates of the true god Shengyang, believed Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Swallowing Sea led the army to Shenchang Realm, and they would definitely not retreat easily.


    Needless to say, they must have ambitions for Shenchang Realm, but they just don''t know how big their ambitions are.


    With the current situation of Hunling Revered God, there is no ability to expel them.


    But Shenchangjie was clearly the target he had been eyeing for a long time, and he absolutely did not want to let others get involved.


    If he can''t eat Shenchang Realm now, he can think about it in the long run. If Meng Zhang and Tunhai Dragon Emperor intervene, maybe they will eat Shenchang Realm completely.


    Hunling Zun thought for a long time before sending the envoy to visit Meng Zhang in Taiyi Realm.


    In any case, the Hunling Zunshen had attracted Taiyi Realm before, and had a good superficial friendship with him.


    He fought side by side with Meng Zhang and others in the Demon Realm, and he could be called a comrade-in-arms.


    The divine envoy sent by Hunling Zunshen successfully came to Taiyi Realm and met Meng Zhang successfully.


    Not to mention the red tape in the middle, the envoy thanked Mengzhang on behalf of Hunling Zunshen, and at the same time declined their kindness, saying that Hunling Zunshen can completely solve the problems of Shenchang Realm alone, without bothering Mengzhang and the others. .


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem to hear the envoy''s words, and kept saying that he would definitely help his old comrade-in-arms, and he would never watch him being bullied by the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2646

    Seeing Meng Zhang''s attitude, the envoy sighed, knowing that Hunling Zun was right in his guess, and Meng Zhang would not let it go.


    According to Hunling Zun''s instructions, the envoy began to test Meng Zhang, asking Meng Zhang''s true purpose.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be stupid, and kept saying that he was just here to help his old friend Hunling Zun and God.


    The envoy also tentatively offered some conditions to see if he could buy Meng Zhang.


    As an old-fashioned god, Hunling Zunshen has a deep background and still has a lot of accumulation.


    It would be best if Meng Zhang could withdraw from the Shenchang Realm by paying some treasures and the like.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take the words of the divine envoy at all, and just kept talking about his good intentions and his friendship with Hunling Zunshen.


    In the end, the envoy left Taiyi Realm in disappointment.


    Next, the envoy went to the temporary territory of the dragon family and wanted to visit the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon King was even more aggressive, and he didn''t even meet the divine envoy at all, so he directly let a Dragon King under his command send him away.


    The divine envoy returned to Shenchang Realm in a daze and reported everything to the Hunling Venerable God.


    Although it had been expected for a long time, after hearing about Meng Zhang''s attitude, the Hunling Zun was still furious.


    From the point of view of Hunling Zunshen, Meng Zhang and the others are despicable villains who want to take advantage of the danger of others and take advantage of the opportunity to seek benefits while they are under siege in Shenchang Realm.


    Anger turned into anger, but Hunling Zunshen had nothing to do with Mengzhang and the others.


    Not to mention his current situation, neither the Taiyi Realm nor the Dragon Clan are weaker than him.


    Of course, the Taiyi Realm and the army of the Dragon Clan entered the Shenchang Realm and expanded wildly, which indeed relieved the pressure faced by the Hunling Venerable God to a certain extent.


    The Hunling Venerable God can only hope that the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm can do a little bit of strength and can block the Taiyi Realm and the dragon army.


    If the opportunity is right, Zunling God hopes to negotiate with Meng Zhang and the others to reach some interest exchanges and ensure the spread of their beliefs in the Shenchang world.


    Although Hunling Venerable God has realized that he is unlikely to monopolize the Shenchang Realm. But I still have illusions in my heart, hoping that the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm can cause enough losses to Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, so that they have to retreat voluntarily.


    The initial actions of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan went very smoothly.


    In order to conquer the Shenchang Realm as soon as possible, neither the Taiyi Realm nor the Dragon Clan high-level officials have the idea of ??killing the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    The Moon God''s subordinates include goddesses such as the Moon Goddess, as well as subordinate gods such as the God of Death and the God of Wind.


    In the eyes of the native gods of the Shenchang Realm, they are not aliens, they are existences that can communicate.


    Luna has long publicly declared that the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm can keep everything as long as they surrender early and obey their orders.


    In the face of the powerful army of invaders, there were indeed many native gods in the Shenchang Realm who had to surrender.


    These surrenderers were neither reliable nor trusted by the invaders.


    However, with their cooperation, the intruder army faced much less trouble.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm began to use some of the arrangements left by the Junchen Realm in the early years.


    Many years ago, Junchen Realm secretly sent Fuxu Great Master to sneak into Shenchang Realm and secretly cultivate some cultivators among the indigenous creatures of Shenchang Realm.


    Most of the aboriginal creatures in Shenchang Realm are of average aptitude, not very suitable for the Taoist cultivation system, and do not have good cultivation conditions.


    Among them, most of the cultivators are mediocre, and there are few high-level cultivators.


    More importantly, the senior officials of the Junchen Realm did not trust these native cultivators of the Shenchang Realm, but only used them as cannon fodder to cause chaos for the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    I don''t know if these indigenous cultivators are strong enough, or if the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm deliberately release water.


    After so many years, the indigenous cultivators of Shenchang Realm have not gone extinct.


    In some places where the rule of the native gods was weak, there were times when the native cultivators flourished.


    In the eyes of the Taiyi Realm monks, these natives of the Shenchang Realm, whether they are white or black, are inferior creatures, and they will not be absorbed into the Taiyi Realm.


    Their greatest value at present is to form a maintenance council to help stabilize the situation in various places.


    Taiyi Realm is not interested in the land of Shenchang Realm, nor does it care about the future fate of indigenous creatures.


    When the Dragons rule the Shenchang Realm, these natives may become slaves or vassals of the Dragons.


    Aboriginal cultivators hidden in various places were quickly found out, or they showed up on their own initiative.


    In the face of the powerful army of Taiyi Realm cultivators, on the surface, they did not dare to resist at all, and they were very obedient.


    Among these indigenous cultivators, there are many secretly connected with the indigenous gods, and even the bait arranged by the indigenous gods to catch those cultivators who secretly infiltrated the Junchen world.


    Neither the Taiyi Realm nor the Dragon Clan have the patience to slowly identify them.


    They manage in a brutal way.


    Let them supervise each other and implement a joint system...


    After killing again and again, these indigenous cultivators are generally able to use it.


    At the very least, before the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan army showed their decline, they didn''t dare to play tricks in secret.


    Through a series of means, the occupied areas of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan in the Shenchang Realm were temporarily stabilized.


    In the face of the powerful Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan invading army, the true gods of the Shenchang Realm also gathered together and began to discuss.


    Just being a god of mixed spirits made them pay a huge loss, and they couldn''t attack for a long time.


    Now that Hunling Venerable God has powerful reinforcements, it becomes more difficult to deal with.


    Some previously suppressed opinions emerged again.


    Many aboriginal gods revisited the old stories, hoping to negotiate with Hunling Zunshen to see if the two sides can reach a compromise.


    The Shenchang Realm can give up some land and give up some interests to appease the Hunling Venerable God.


    Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan are still so stubborn.


    That is, he must not give in to the Hunling Venerable God, and he must be completely expelled from the Shenchang Realm.


    As camp leaders, they have the strongest strength and the highest prestige, and other true gods are powerless to oppose them.


    Since it is decided that the war will continue, the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm will have to show more power.


    In addition to continuing to attack the Hunling Venerable God, it is necessary to send enough force to resist the invading army of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    As a big world with a long history, Shenchangjie has a very deep heritage and accumulation.


    The indigenous gods who are currently participating in the war are far from all the forces in the Shenchang world.


    If nothing else, True God Chongyue has yet to appear.


    As the leader of a faction, one of the oldest gods in Shenchang Realm, he should be responsible for Shenchang Realm.


    Some indigenous true gods have requested to invite the true god Chongyue and let him come to the battlefield in person.


    In addition, in the vast Shenchang world, there are still many indigenous gods who are still watching.


    Now the enemy''s invasion is a major event related to the entire Shenchang Realm, and they can''t continue to sit idly by.

 Chapter 2647

    In the end, the true god gathering hosted by Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan reached an agreement.


    To organize a counterattack against the invaders as soon as possible and drive them out.


    The potential of Shenchangjie must be fully exploited, and all the native gods must be involved in the battle against the invaders.


    While the true gods in the Shenchang Realm are busy and mobilizing their power, his enemies are not idle.


    Although before the war, Meng Zhang tried to collect all the information of Shenchang Realm through various means.


    But Meng Zhang also knew that in a big world with a long history, there would definitely be some hidden powers and some hidden trump cards that no one knew about.


    The reason why he still launched the invasion of Shenchang Realm is because he has some basic judgments.


    The aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world, like the Junchen world, are divided into acquired gods and natural gods.


    The strength of the acquired gods is closely related to the number of believers, and the power of faith provided by believers.


    The acquired gods need enough territory to support their believers, and they need a large number of believers to provide the power of faith.


    Therefore, it is difficult for the acquired gods to be completely hidden.


    As long as you are patient enough, it is relatively easy to collect information about the acquired gods, such as their footsteps and origins.


    No matter which big world you are in, you will never say that an acquired god who was unknown before has suddenly become a top-level powerhouse.


    Or from some remote corner, a powerful and unknown acquired god suddenly appeared.


    As for the natural gods, if you don''t convert them into acquired gods, and you don''t take the initiative to absorb the power of belief, your strength will increase very slowly.


    The history of Shenchang Realm is much longer than that of Junchen Realm, and the indigenous gods established the ruling order much earlier.


    The native gods of the Shenchang Realm are far more corrupt than the native gods of the Junchen Realm.


    In fact, when the Junchen Realm was invaded by the cultivators, the Shinto civilization was developing normally, and the indigenous gods were still on the rise.


    And the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm, indulging in enjoyment and satisfied with the status quo, have long lost their self-motivation, and the development of the entire world has almost stagnated.


    Meng Zhang believes that in the current Shenchang world, there are probably not many natural gods who have a good enough temperament, can endure loneliness, and can resist not transforming into acquired gods.


    It is a well-known fact that there has never been an angel-level powerhouse born in the Dengtian Star District.


    The experience in the Demon Realm, especially the last scene of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen''s fall, let Meng Zhang know that everything in the Tianxing Star District may have already fallen into the eyes of some strong people.


    These powerhouses are at least Heavenly Immortals, and maybe even Golden Immortals, who have the ability to secretly dominate everything, so that top-level Heavenly Immortals like Jun Chen Xianzun will die with hatred.


    These powerhouses would never be willing to see Heavenly Immortal-level powerhouses born in other big worlds in the Climbing Star District, thus interfering with or even destroying their layout.


    As long as there are no gods in Shenchang Realm, no matter how strong the indigenous true gods are and how many trump cards they hide, Meng Zhang has the confidence to defeat them.


    After the army of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan gained a firm foothold in Shenchang Realm, they began to rapidly expand around.


    In the process, they recruited the native gods who voluntarily surrendered, as well as the cultivators among the natives as cannon fodder.


    From the information collected from various aspects, the native gods of Shenchang Realm are mobilizing their power and preparing to use them to defend against the Taiyi Realm and the dragon army.


    The top leaders of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan all know that there will be several large-scale main battles in the future before they can completely defeat the counterattack of the native gods of Shenchang Realm.


    When I was in the Demon Domain, I held the Heavenly Demon once said that Immortal Jun Chen had a secret arrangement in every big world in the Dengtian Star District.


    Broken Sky Immortal Vine later tried to activate these arrangements, connect various big worlds, and absorb the origins of each big world.


    Meng Zhang and the others took the initiative to take action under the persuasion of the ego-brained demon, sabotaging the plan of the Po Kong Immortal Vine.


    Meng Zhang and the others later found out that the ego demon had told many lies.


    After they communicated with Immortal Junchen, they discovered the truth and stood on Immortal Junchen''s side.


    Meng Zhang has his own thoughts on many things.


    He knew that the ego demon couldn''t lie about everything.


    Much of the information he provided to you must be true.


    Among them, Meng Zhang felt that the secret arrangements of Jun Chen Xianzun in various big worlds in the Dengtian Star District were very likely to be true.


    As a major world in the Dengtian Star District, Shenchang Realm should also have the layout left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    How did these secret arrangements work, and whether he could make use of them, these were questions that Meng Zhang had been thinking about before.


    When Luna led the investigation team to sneak into Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang made a special order to ask Luna to secretly inquire about relevant information.


    Luna did not disappoint Meng Zhang, and the work was done very well.


    After some careful investigation, she circled several places in Shenchang Realm, and it is very likely that there are secret arrangements left by Jun Chen Xianzun in it.


    Meng Zhang was very curious about everything that Immortal Jun Chen left behind.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knew that it would be dangerous to touch the things left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    However, if it can be handled properly, it will be of great benefit to the Taiyi Realm.


    If nothing else, quickly extracting the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm is not a simple matter.


    Only relying on the methods of Meng Zhang and others will not be too efficient.


    If the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen can help, then everyone can save a lot of effort.


    Jun Chen Xianzun has already completely fallen, and the planners behind the scenes should no longer pay attention to the Dengtian Star District.


    Meng Zhang also thought about it for a long time, and after weighing it repeatedly, he decided to look for the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    In the face of the powerful Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan army, Shenchang Realm has not yet started to fight back.


    It will take time to deploy troops in the Shenchang world, and it will also take time to mobilize the indigenous gods of the entire world.


    After occupying enough territory to build and cover the advance base, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Army also temporarily stopped their expansion, and first consolidated the vast land that had been occupied.


    The surrounding indigenous gods have either already evacuated, and those who cannot be evacuated have already strengthened their defenses.


    The power mobilized by the Azure Sea God and the Lava Vulcan is no problem to suppress the Hunling Venerable God, but they are unable to fight back against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Army.


    According to Meng Zhang''s judgment, there should be no large-scale battles in Shenchang Realm in a short period of time.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing and the others sit in the army, which is enough to deal with all kinds of problems.


    Meng Zhang let Tai Miao sit in Taiyi Realm, and he entered Shenchang Realm alone.


    The current Shenchang Realm has long been opened up by outsiders, and there are loopholes everywhere.


    Meng Zhang barely encountered any obstacles, entered the realm of Shenchang, and moved freely everywhere.


    Meng Zhang did not work on the Moon God and the others, but according to the information provided by the Moon God, he went to find the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen alone.


    The first target he chose was the depths of the ocean in the Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2648

    The oceans and seas of Shenchang Realm are all the territory of the blue sea god.


    Many years ago, headed by the Azure Sea God, a group of indigenous gods united, occupied the sea, and became a major camp in the Shenchang Realm.


    There are many sea tribes in the ocean, which provide the power of belief for the indigenous gods.


    Aboriginal gods also tamed many ferocious sea beasts as powerful tools to rule the ocean.


    It can be said that, except for some extremely dangerous places in the deepest ocean, almost all the oceans in Shenchang Realm are under the control of the indigenous gods.


    The time when Meng Zhang entered the ocean of Shenchang Realm was quite coincidental.


    Azure Sea God has long led a large group of indigenous gods out of the deep sea and into the offshore area, so as to contact the indigenous gods of all parties and besiege the mixed gods together.


    There must be a lot of left-behind forces in the ocean, but Meng Zhang didn''t take them seriously.


    Except for the top-level true gods such as Azure Sea God and Shengyang True God, ordinary true gods among the indigenous gods, once they encounter Meng Zhang, it is difficult to escape.


    After Meng Zhang entered the target area, he began to search carefully.


    Due to limited time, she did not conduct too careful exploration of several areas selected by Luna.


    She just based on various information, and then sensed it from a distance. She felt that the target area was suspicious, and reported the information to Meng Zhang.


    The area Meng Zhang is currently searching for is a vast ocean with only a few isolated islands on the sea.


    Meng Zhang could see the end almost at a glance, and there was nothing of value on the sea.


    Meng Zhang plunged headlong into the sea, dived continuously, and soon came to the bottom of the sea.


    This is the territory of a true god of the sea clan, and there are often patrols of the sea clan around.


    Because Meng Zhang did not deliberately hide his whereabouts, he was quickly targeted by a sea clan patrol team.


    Before this sea clan patrol team had time to move, Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and a huge force as heavy as a mountain pressed on them, directly crushing them all into powder.


    Meng Zhang found his target on the bottom of the sea almost unhindered.


    It was an endless sea of ??mountains, covered by a strong divine power.


    If it is a strong person with a sensitive enough sense, it can be noticed that its breath is very uncoordinated.


    In the strong aura of divine power, there is a faint aura of alien species that cannot be suppressed.


    Meng Zhang sighed. The Moon God was powerful enough, experienced enough, and sensitive enough, but after all, he was not a cultivator, and he had limited knowledge of everything related to immortality.


    That wisp of alien aura is indeed very similar to the aura related to cultivators, but the strength and quality are far from enough, and it is unlikely that it was left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Of course, the coming has already come, Meng Zhang will not turn around and leave, but will check thoroughly by the way.


    Before Meng Zhang approached the undersea mountain range, a group of sea clan with fish-headed body, driving all kinds of strange-shaped sea beasts, came to kill him.


    These sea tribes have long sensed Meng Zhang''s powerful aura.


    Even if they knew they were lost, they still rushed over with all their might.


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, the originally dark seabed suddenly became brighter, becoming like the day on land.


    The divine light of the sun and the moon shrouded all the targets easily.


    These sea clans, together with the sea beasts they controlled, quickly melted away, and the whole body melted and disappeared.


    Even if the aura of a Void Return-level powerhouse came out, they couldn''t stop Meng Zhang for a moment.


    Meng Zhang continued on almost unhindered.


    Suddenly, the undersea mountain range ahead shook violently, and a huge shark like a hill emerged from the ground, directly blocking Meng Zhang''s path.


    This gigantic shark was originally a sea beast without much rationality, and it roamed the sea for many years.


    Later, he was subdued by the blue sea god and became his capable thug.


    He has worked for the Azure Sea God for many years, which is considered as a lot of hard work.


    In order to strengthen the control of the oceans and seas of the Shenchang Realm, the Azure Sea God has promoted many indigenous gods and distributed them to various sea areas.


    This huge shark was transformed into a god very early, and with the support of the Azure Sea God, it occupied a vast territory and had countless believers.


    By now, this huge shark is an out-and-out true god, known as the Giant Shark God.


    Although the Azure Sea God went to the offshore sea, he was more at ease when he left behind a trusted guard like the Giant Shark God.


    The yin and yang map of heaven and earth, the law of heaven and earth above Meng Zhang''s head, turned gently, and an invisible giant force stopped the giant shark god.


    No matter how the Giant Shark God struggled, it was difficult to get rid of Meng Zhang''s suppression.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to deal with the giant shark god, but went directly to the front of the undersea mountain range.


    The Giant Shark God discovered some mystical things about this place many years ago.


    Although his divine domain was not here, he still did not hesitate to spend his divine power to build a palace here.


    When he''s not too busy, he likes to wander around this place and study its magic.


    After immobilizing the giant shark god, several groups of sea tribes came out to try to prevent Meng Zhang from approaching here.


    Meng Zhang easily wiped out these sea tribes.


    The giant shark god was really in a hurry, desperately trying to mobilize the divine power in his whole body, and struggling with all his means.


    The yin and yang diagram of Tai Chi above Meng Zhang''s head was beating gently, obviously under a lot of pressure.


    Two air currents, one black and one white, are mixed together, like a giant python, flexibly drilled to the level of the sea mountain range in front of them.


    The yin and yang qi kept stirring, not to mention overturning the mountains.


    The Giant Shark God discovered that this place had some strange auras, but he never forcibly surveyed it, but slowly sensed it.


    One is that the cultivation base is limited, and the other is that he does not want to destroy the surrounding environment, and is worried that he will make too much noise and attract other true gods around.


    Meng Zhang, however, did not have so many scruples, and immediately began to destroy the sea mountain range in front of him and forcibly excavated everything he wanted.


    After a while, after the yin and yang qi destroyed many mountains, a long fiery red river came to him.


    Meng Zhang calculated for a while with one hand, and scenes appeared in his mind.


    As a master of Tianjishu, Meng Zhang can use Tianjishu to calculate the past and future.


    The future is uncertain, and the calculation often requires a great price. Meng Zhang rarely predicts the future.


    The past is fixed and will not change.


    As long as the level of things involved is not too high, Meng Zhang can easily make calculations.


    Especially after he became a true immortal, he can basically ignore the price paid in the past.


    This long fiery red river is the earth fire element copper vein that has been bred for many years in the earth fire, and its formation is quite legendary.


    This earth fire element copper ore vein is of extremely high quality and can be used to refine the magic weapon used by the Void Returning Power.


    The most essential part of it can even be used to refine pseudo-immortal artifacts or even immortal artifacts.

 Chapter 2649

    Thousands of years ago, Junchen Realm sent two Void Returning Great Experts to sneak into the ocean of Shenchang Realm.


    They chose this place and built a large formation, trying to drill through the earth''s crust and draw out the underground poisonous fire, thereby destroying the surrounding sea area and hitting Shenchang Realm to a certain extent.


    The movement they made was so loud that it alarmed the surrounding native gods.


    Although their big formation was activated, it did not fully function.


    Before the underground poisonous fire emerged from the ground, it was forcibly suppressed by the indigenous gods.


    The two Void Returning Great Experts didn''t have time to escape, and finally died in the fire.


    After the war between Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm, similar offensive and defensive battles between the two sides occurred from time to time.


    Since there are no defensive facilities like Jiutian in Shenchang Realm, and the whole world is too big, it is impossible for even the true gods to fortify everywhere.


    Therefore, it is not too difficult for a cultivator from the Junchen Realm to sneak into the Shenchang Realm.


    These cultivators engaged in various sabotage activities in the Shenchang Realm, creating many large and small disasters.


    Originally, this place was just an ordinary battlefield.


    However, due to a series of misunderstandings, or a coincidence, this Dihuoyuan copper vein was formed.


    The aura of the two fallen Void Returning Powers and the destroyed great formation was preserved under special circumstances, and was sensed by the Moon God.


    Since the indigenous gods suppressed the underground poisonous fire here, there was a strong aura of divine power here, which also covered up the aura related to the cultivators, which greatly affected the perception of the moon god, and it was not so clear.


    Luna didn''t want to disturb the surrounding native gods, and didn''t personally investigate.


    She only knew that there was a faint cultivator atmosphere here, and it had a very long history.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came to the vicinity, he knew that this was not the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    He completely dug up the underground mountain range in front of him, and calculated everything related, and also harvested a copper vein of earth fire element, which is not a waste of time.


    The Jusha God has too little qualifications, and as a latecomer, he has a bad relationship with the surrounding indigenous gods.


    He didn''t know what happened here, but he sensed a strange aura, and out of curiosity, he began to investigate slowly.


    Meng Zhang put this ore vein of Earth Fire Element Copper into his mustard seed space to temporarily suppress it.


    When he returns to Taiyi Realm, he will settle it down to enhance the heritage of Taiyi Realm.


    The earth fire element copper ore vein entered his mustard seed space, and the power of the underground poisonous fire contained in it began to burn the surrounding space continuously.


    Meng Zhang was not surprised but delighted, this ore vein contained not the ordinary underground poisonous fire, but the ancient poisonous fire.


    This is a very valuable harvest for the immortals.


    Whether it is used to practice some special magical powers, or to strengthen the mustard seed space, it is very suitable.


    This sea area is in the core area of ??the blue sea god''s rule, and there are many aboriginal gods around it as their vassals, helping to manage the affairs of the sea area.


    Although the Azure Sea God took away a large part of the indigenous gods and went to the offshore to participate in the battle, the remaining forces around are still not weak.


    Meng Zhang had been delayed here for a long time, and there was such a big commotion that the surrounding aboriginal gods were disturbed and rushed here.


    Seeing the reinforcements coming, the giant shark god struggled even more intensely.


    The two qi of yin and yang quickly entangled in the body of the giant shark god, quickly consuming its protective power.


    It didn''t take long for his protective power to be exhausted.


    The yin and yang qi continued to operate and began to consume their flesh and blood.


    The giant shark god made a painful scream, and the huge body kept struggling and twisting.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to continue to delay here, and used the law of heaven and earth to suppress the giant shark god, and then slowly concocted it after returning.


    He rose to the surface and was about to leave here.


    At this time, many aboriginal gods and sea clans came from all directions, trying to trap Meng Zhang here.


    There are many enemies, but there are only two true gods among them.


    For the current Meng Zhang, enemies below the true god can basically be ignored.


    When a few ordinary true gods meet him, they are also delivered to the door.


    If it wasn''t for fear that the enemy''s reinforcements would continue to arrive, Meng Zhang didn''t need to leave in a hurry.


    Meng Zhang easily cut a path through the siege and left here smoothly.


    After seeing Meng Zhang''s ferocity, the group of men shouted and aggressively behind him, but they didn''t dare to really catch up.


    Meng Zhang returned to the site occupied by the invading army of Taiyi Realm, checked the construction of the advance base, handed over the captured giant shark god to Luna for disposal, and chatted with Luna.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang once again embarked on the path of search.


    Next, Meng Zhang went to three places successively, but did not find the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    These three places have their own uniqueness, and occasionally leak some strange aura.


    Luna had limited knowledge of cultivators, especially those of the immortal level, and could not judge the specific conditions of these three places.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s trips to these three places were not all in vain, and the harvest was still good.


    There is a place where special treasures have been bred deep in the ground, and the breath leaked out, which attracted the attention of the moon god.


    There is also a special treasure land that is naturally generated, which produces a somewhat similar effect to the blessed land, which can gather and purify the spiritual energy of heaven and earth in a large area.


    The Moon God thought it was something like a spirit gathering formation arranged by a cultivator.


    The treasure was taken away by Meng Zhang, and the location of the treasure was recorded by Meng Zhang. After the Shenchang Realm was completely conquered, the monks from the Taiyi Realm could be arranged to practice there.


    The last goal took Meng Zhang a lot of effort.


    There was originally a large volcano located in the territory of Lava Vulcan.


    A true god under the command of Lava Vulcan, transformed it into his own domain.


    When this true god was practicing in the void, he accidentally picked up a special meteorite.


    With his strength, he could not completely unravel the meteorite and penetrate into its interior.


    Therefore, he temporarily suppressed this meteorite in the domain of the gods and left it for later research.


    The aura of that meteorite was so powerful that not even the realm of the true gods could completely cover it up.


    According to the information of the Moon God, Meng Zhang came to the vicinity of the God''s Domain, and carefully sensed it.


    However, there is still a certain difference between this immortal family atmosphere and the aura of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    The Moon God couldn''t tell the difference, but Meng Zhang sensed it easily.


    Even so, Meng Zhang did not turn around and leave.


    He was very interested in this unfamiliar fairy family atmosphere and wanted to know more about it.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang swaggered into the realm of this true god.


    This true god did not follow the Lava Vulcan to the front line, but has been sitting in the realm of the gods.


    In the face of Meng Zhang''s arrogant intruder, he desperately resisted while asking for help from other indigenous gods.

 Chapter 2650

    This true god is also a fire god, who is good at manipulating the road of fire.


    Last time, the Giant Shark God took the initiative to leave his own divine domain and attacked recklessly, only to be easily captured by Meng Zhang.


    This Vulcan relies on God''s Domain to persevere and can exert stronger combat power.


    Ordinary true immortals are here, and it is difficult to break through their divine realm in a short period of time.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s actions seemed reckless and impulsive, but they were actually very calculated.


    He first sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and turned into a sky of wind and fire, firmly besieging the opponent''s god domain, completely isolating the inside and outside, and interrupting all contact with the outside world.


    The Vulcan desperately called other indigenous gods, but the information could not be transmitted at all.


    In desperation, he could only rely on his own strength and God''s Domain to fight against Meng Zhang.


    Taiyi Jinxian has rich experience in cutting down mountains and temples, and has defeated many powerful Shinto civilizations in the void.


    Meng Zhang accepted part of his inheritance, and also had actual combat experience against indigenous gods.


    Whether it''s digging the leylines, interrupting its support for the Divine Realm, or directly defacing the Divine Realm with secret methods, Meng Zhang''s movements are very skilled.


    From the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, Meng Zhang learned a lot of experience in dealing with Shinto.


    In particular, this primitive and backward indigenous god, even if he cultivated to the realm of the true god, still has many weaknesses that are difficult to get rid of.


    The reason why Meng Zhang dared to invade the Shenchang Realm on a large scale was that he didn''t care about the many true gods in the Shenchang Realm, and a large part of his confidence came from this.


    This time, when the army of monks from Taiyi Realm invaded Shenchang Realm, they also had to face the problem of attacking the realm of indigenous gods.


    If it is a cultivator in the Junchen world, in the face of such a situation, either dispatch a more powerful force and use brute force to forcibly crush it.


    Or send out an army of monks to surround them, attack slowly, and consume slowly.


    The most effective and cruelest method is to slaughter the believers of the indigenous gods and cut off the source of their beliefs.


    The monks in the Taiyi realm, especially the monks in the direct line of the Taiyimen, have been taught and instructed by Meng Zhang, and have many wonderful methods to deal with the realm of the gods.


    They refined some disposable instruments and treasures specially used to deface the gods, and easily broke the gods of the indigenous gods.


    Later, many aboriginal gods had to take the initiative to surrender when they saw that their biggest reliance on the realm of the gods was vulnerable in front of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang did not spend too much effort before he broke through the Divine Realm and refined the fire god alive.


    After he took the meteorite, he left in a hurry without careful study.


    Before the Vulcan fell, at the cost of his life, he finally let the distress signal break through the blockade of the wind and fire yin and yang fan and passed it out.


    Most of the areas ruled by the Lava Vulcan are places like the desert Gobi and volcanoes.


    The living environment here is harsh, and there are not many creatures.


    Of course, some special creatures born here, such as flame elves, lava giants, etc., are powerful and have various abilities.


    The distance between the various native gods is relatively far.


    Even if they received the call for help from the Vulcan, only a few indigenous gods could rush over in time.


    Meng Zhang, who had achieved his goal, did not stay here for long, and easily defeated the indigenous gods who blocked the way, and left generously.


    Meng Zhang made a cursory inspection and found that the power contained in the meteorite was strange and powerful.


    Even he needs to spend a certain amount of time and energy to get to the bottom of it.


    He temporarily put this matter aside and began to think about the last two suspected targets provided by Luna.


    A place in the deepest part of the ocean in the Shenchang Realm, a dangerous place that even the gods of the sea can''t get close to.


    Many years ago, the blue sea god listed it as a forbidden place in the sea, and the indigenous gods were not allowed to approach it easily.


    Another place is near the God Domain of Chongyue Mountain.


    As one of the oldest gods in the Shenchang world, the Chongyue Mountain God has always been low-key and mysterious.


    He rarely appeared in front of people, and he almost never asked about various affairs of Shenchang Realm.


    As long as his interests are not seriously violated, he is not even willing to deal with other gods.


    Even the gods under his command don''t know enough about him.


    In fact, many of the aboriginal gods under his command actively gathered under his command to negotiate with foreign countries under his banner, not a force he actively cultivated.


    Many times, when something happened to the native gods under his command, he didn''t bother to ask.


    The strength of True God Chongyue is unfathomable, and no one has ever known how strong he is.


    According to Meng Zhang''s long-established plan to conquer Shenchang Realm, as long as True God Chongyue doesn''t take the initiative to jump out, he can be put behind him and cleaned up slowly.


    Even, as long as the True God Chongyue maintains his original behavior, does not interfere with the actions of the Taiyi Realm, and obeys the real dragon clan''s rule over the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Tunhai can tolerate him and let him retain his original status. .


    Meng Zhang was a little hesitant to explore his territory now.


    Just when Meng Zhang hesitated, the situation in Shenchang Realm took a new turn.


    The two true gods, Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan, came forward as leaders and successfully mobilized the power of almost the entire Shenchang Realm.


    Even many native gods who like to live in seclusion and never ask about foreign affairs were persuaded by them and had to stand up against the invaders.


    Although True God Chongyue still did not show up, the indigenous gods in his camp actively responded to the call of Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan, and sent enough strength to join the army.


    Although he is dissatisfied with True God Chongyue, this is not the time to care about him.


    Moreover, almost all the subordinates of True God Chongyue were mobilized, and Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan were barely satisfied.


    Although the native gods of Shenchang Realm have various shortcomings, such as corruption, indulging in enjoyment, and not seeking progress...


    But most of them are not the kind of complete muddleheads, and they still have their own priorities.


    If foreign invaders are allowed to gain a firm foothold in Shenchang Realm and successfully subvert everything, they will never be able to continue to enjoy their original life.


    Even some people who are extremely selfish, or who can''t tell the difference between the serious and the serious, know how to act under the coercion of the Azure Sea God and the Lava Vulcan.


    After the Junchen Realm was occupied by the cultivators, the indigenous gods of the Junchen Realm were almost completely wiped out.


    A group of powerful true gods in the Shenchang Realm spread and publicized this in the entire Shenchang Realm many years ago.


    Their actions did have an effect, greatly arousing the hatred of the native gods in the Shenchang realm, and making them full of hatred for the cultivators in the Junchen realm.


    Later, True God Rising Sun was able to summon many indigenous gods from Shenchang Realm, organize a powerful force, and join the army of foreign invaders, which is also due to this.


    Now the army of cultivators has entered the Shenchang Realm, which once again aroused the fear and resistance in the hearts of the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to our old friend Feiyi for your many tips and support.

 Chapter 2651

    The fear of being destroyed and conquered by the cultivators made the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang realm explode with great power and fully mobilized their enthusiasm.


    Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan were able to complete the recruitment earlier than originally planned, and they had enough power in time.


    Even Meng Zhang did not expect that the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm could organize a large-scale counterattack so quickly.


    Although it was a bit unexpected, Meng Zhang would not have the slightest worry.


    He is full of confidence in the strength of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race after joining forces.


    As the war was imminent, Meng Zhang, as the master of Taiyi Realm, could not continue to delay outside, and returned directly to the advance base.


    After the Taiyi Realm monk army and the dragon army occupied this vast land, they each started large-scale construction.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm began to sort out the spiritual veins and built protective formations at some key points.


    Compared with Junchen Realm, Shenchang Realm can be regarded as a treasure land.


    The Junchen world was shaped by Junchen Immortal Venerable, and then forcibly provoked, essentially a stunted deformed child.


    Although after the cultivators entered the Junchen world, under the leadership of Tiangong, various monks collected various resources in the void and worked hard to strengthen the Junchen world, but there was no essential change.


    In the Junchen world, the spiritual energy and resources are limited, and the cultivators from all walks of life are fighting fiercely.


    In the entire Junchen world, even in the most resource-rich Middle-earth Continent, the best spiritual veins are not of high level, and it is very difficult to support the Primordial Spirit True Monarch.


    Some big sects with huge power and profound background can also build blessed land to support the high-level monks in the sect.


    Unfortunately, the threshold for building a blessed land is too high.


    The way to build a blessed land is rare, and the required resources are even more difficult to collect...


    In the entire Junchen world, there are very few comprehension forces with blessed land.


    As for those high-level monks with ordinary backgrounds, or those who came from loose cultivation, often they can only exchange for various cultivation resources by working for the Tiangong.


    In the Shenchang world with a long enough history, the whole big world has grown enough.


    The spiritual energy here is very strong, and the resources are very rich...


    The geomasters among the cultivators took action, dredged the leylines, cleaned up the spiritual energy, and without spending too much energy, they could sort out the high-level spiritual pulses.


    Not long after the Taiyi Realm cultivator came here, he sorted out several fourth-order spiritual veins, and established a fourth-order protective formation on it, which can also be used for the cultivation of Yuanshen Zhenjun.


    Wen Qiansuan, the geographer of Taiyi Sect, is leading people to sort out the fifth-order spiritual veins for the practice of the Void Returning Great Masters.


    The Shenchang Realm is so wealthy that the monks in the Taiyi Realm were pleasantly surprised.


    For Meng Zhang''s plan to expedition to the Shenchang world, everyone was finally completely convinced at this time.


    In fact, after the high-level officials of Junchen Realm knew the situation of Shenchang Realm, they had plans to expedition to Shenchang Realm and seize its resources.


    It is a pity that the six true immortals who were sleeping in the source sea, single-mindedly wanted to obtain the treasures of the heavenly immortals, and did not support the external expansion plan of the high-level Junchen world.


    After seeing the wealth of Shenchang Realm with his own eyes, Meng Zhang was a little concerned about whether he should move the monks from Taiyi Realm to Shenchang Realm and let everyone develop in Shenchang Realm.


    If nothing else, with a little bit of sorting out, Shenchang Realm will be able to sort out enough fifth-order spiritual veins to support the Void Returning Great Masters.


    However, after much thought, he gave up the idea.


    The immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm have arrived at the Dengtianxing District.


    With the consistent behavior of Lingkong Xianjie, the entire Dengtian Star District will be brought under its control.


    If the Dragon Clan occupies the Shenchang Realm, the Lingkong Immortal Realm may not be completely torn apart from the Dragon Clan.


    At most, it is to fight with the dragon clan to fight for some interests.


    But if Meng Zhang led the Taiyimen monks to stay here, I am afraid that they would be included in Lingkong Xianjie.


    Meng Zhang had long been fed up with the kind of being controlled by others and had to rely on the big forces, be humble and be a little boy, and be a little brother for others.


    He wants to lead the Taiyi Realm and fly freely in the void.


    In addition, because of the matter of Jun Chen Xianzun, Meng Zhang felt a little guilty and didn''t want to contact the high-level immortals of Lingkong Xianjie.


    After the combined army of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan laid down this vast territory, there was no slack in the slightest.


    The high-level officials on both sides knew that they would inevitably face a full-scale counterattack from Shenchang Realm, and a large-scale battle might break out at some point.


    During this period of time, the focus of the work of the two families has been on the preparation of armaments.


    Flying boats traveled between the Void and Shenchang Realm, sending more monks.


    After Meng Zhang came here, he went directly to sit in the army of monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    He did not interfere with the command of the people below, but was ready to fight at any time as a high-level combat force.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s arrival, the entire army was in high spirits and encouraged.


    Many monks who grew up after the rise of Taiyimen grew up listening to the legendary stories of Meng Zhang.


    In their minds, Meng Zhang is not a simple idol, but a pillar of the entire Taiyi Sect and the entire world.


    Whenever Meng Zhang is involved in a battle, his side must be invincible.


    When the monks of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan were preparing for war, the dispatch of troops of the native gods of Shenchang Realm was almost completed.


    According to the plan, the blue sea god led the army of the sea clan under his command to approach the territory of the true god of rising sun from the sea, causing huge pressure on it, so that he could not be distracted to support the cultivators and the army of the dragon clan.


    The Lava Vulcan led the army under his command, and with the newly recruited forces from other parts of Shenchang Realm, he pressed on from the land to the territory occupied by the cultivators and dragons.


    The Lava Vulcan tried to fight for a quick decision, and then turned around to support the Azure Sea God, and completely solve the mixed spirit god and the rising sun.


    Judging from the deployment of the native gods in the Shenchang Realm, they still haven''t figured out the situation.


    They actually believed Meng Zhang''s earlier dissemination, thinking that the cultivators and the dragons were attracted by the gods, and they belonged to a group.


    Therefore, when they formulate combat plans, they must take into account the strength of these three companies at the same time.


    In fact, the Hunling Venerable God hated Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor taking advantage of the situation.


    If the army of Shenchang Realm went to attack the coalition of monks from Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, he would only applaud.


    Even, in the case of spare power, he may help the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm.


    The native gods of Shenchang Realm are far from knowing themselves and their enemies, and they have made wrong judgments. Naturally, the battle plan is also full of omissions, and their strength is scattered in vain.


    If Azure Sea God ignores True God Rising Sun and Venerable Hunling God, and goes all out to help Lava Vulcan fight, he might still have some advantages.


    Now, relying solely on the concentrated power of Lava Vulcan, it seems to be invincible. When the real war begins, they will find that the enemy''s strength is beyond imagination.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are full of confidence in this battle.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan have not even begun to fully mobilize, and still retain a lot of power.

 Chapter 2652

    Shenchang Realm is not ignorant of the situation in Junchen Realm.


    Shenchang Realm once sent a large army to join foreign invaders and fought against Junchen Realm for a long time.


    Before Meng Zhang and the others entered the Demon Realm, the army of foreign invaders evacuated the area near Junchen Realm.


    The army of Shenchang Realm originally under the command of True God Shengyang also returned to Shenchang Realm one after another.


    In this army, in addition to the direct subordinates of True God Shengyang, there are many other forces from Shenchang Realm.


    They reported all kinds of information before and after the destruction of Junchen Realm to various indigenous gods.


    In the minds of the native gods of the Shenchang Realm, after the destruction of the Junchen Realm, these survivors who managed to escape, whether they were cultivators or the Dragon Clan, became the dogs of the family.


    Having lost their homes, they were easily bought by the Hunling Zunshen and came to attack Shenchang Realm.


    They definitely want to capture Shenchang Realm as their new shelter.


    This is a battle for the living space, and there is no room for compromise, only immortality.


    Lava Fire God and Azure Sea God, as the top true gods of Shenchang Realm, are each the leader of one camp, and are naturally responsible for the fate of the entire Shenchang Realm.


    In addition to their own efforts, they also actively called on the indigenous gods of the entire Shenchang world to come to the war.


    Coercion and temptation, calling in the name of righteousness, moving with affection...


    They exhausted almost every means to assemble the current army.


    Not to mention the blue sea god, there are more than ten true gods in the army of the lava fire god.


    As the top true god, Lava Vulcan is one of the most powerful true gods in the Shenchang world.


    He has had a discussion with True God Shengyang before, and his cultivation base and combat power are similar to the other party''s.


    When the Taiyi realm and the dragon army entered the Shenchang realm, the indigenous gods once organized active resistance, and several true gods participated in the battle.


    In the end, the native gods of Shenchang Realm were easily defeated and lost a large area of ??their territory.


    The Lava Vulcan and the Azure Sea God were besieging the realm of the Rising Sun God.


    The incident happened suddenly, and they didn''t have time to mobilize the army to help.


    However, Lava Vulcan and Azure Sea God both took the time to investigate.


    Lava Vulcan watched from afar the formation of the cultivators and the allied dragon army, focusing on the powerhouses of the same rank as him.


    Fairy Yue''e has nothing to do with it, the Moon God made him feel very difficult to deal with.


    As for Gu Yue Ling Qing, he collided with the other party''s aura.


    Although it seems to be evenly divided, he has not fallen to the disadvantage, but he knows that it is difficult for him to gain the upper hand in the real fight.


    Although most of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world are arrogant and arrogant, as one of the most outstanding leaders of the Shenchang world, the Lava Vulcan still has a clear understanding.


    He knew that a true immortal had an advantage over a true god almost naturally.


    When the army of foreign invaders fought against Junchen Realm, he collected the results of almost every battle.


    Not to mention top-level true immortals like Sanshan True Immortal, they are almost unmatched, and one person can fight against multiple True God-level powerhouses.


    Just like the three lions and Xuanxuan ancestors, the most common true immortal-level combat power, they can fight against ordinary true gods.


    Thinking of the many means Gu Yue Ling Qing might have, Lava Vulcan had a big headache.


    Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan have similar cultivation bases. After a trip, they also came to a similar conclusion.


    They clearly realized that in order to deal with powerful hostile True Immortals, in addition to concentrating multiple True Gods, taking advantage of their numbers, and fighting more against less, they must also fully tap the potential of Shenchang Realm and invite the top powerhouses in Shenchang Realm.


    To be honest, if it wasn''t for the fact that there were very few enemy true immortal-level powerhouses, Lava Vulcan would not necessarily dare to take the initiative to attack.


    In the army he convened, in addition to a number of ordinary true gods, there are two strong men who even he has to take seriously.


    One is the God of Tongguang River.


    Tongguang River is the widest and longest river in the Shenchang world.


    This big river runs through a large part of the Shenchang Realm, with countless tributaries, and countless creatures have multiplied.


    The Tongguang River God is only slightly inferior to the Azure Sea God in terms of personal strength and power.


    Azure Sea God, Lava Fire God, Shengyang True God, and Chongyue True God represent the four most powerful camps in the Shenchang world, and they are also the four recognized leaders of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world. They are the true gods of the first echelon of the Shenchang world.


    Tongguang Jiangshen, as the strongest in the second echelon, has always coveted the power and status of these four companies, and has tried to attack the first echelon position more than once.


    Now that something happened to True God Rising Sun, he thought it was the best opportunity, and he could take his place.


    Therefore, he was the most active in the quest for the True God Rising Sun.


    Not long ago, he led the army under his command to intimidate the territory of True God Rising Sun.


    Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan spent a lot of effort to persuade him to come to deal with the invading cultivators and dragons.


    They also gave a promise that as long as he performed well in the war, they would support him to replace the true god of the rising sun after the war.


    Tongguang Jiangshen was very motivated to participate in the war, and he almost mobilized the army under his command.


    Another god they respected by the Lava Vulcan is the true god of the rising sun.


    The True God of the Rising Sun is a rare natural god in the current Shenchang world.


    Most of the natural gods born in the history of Shenchang Realm have long been transformed into belief gods.


    A god like True God Rising Sun who refuses to absorb the power of faith and still insists on practicing with his own strength is already rare.


    True God of the Rising Sun, such a natural god, is generally self-sufficient and does not seek outsiders.


    Not to mention that there is no desire or desire for everything from the outside world, at least there is no need for believers, and there is no need for territory, and there is no reason to get involved in various disputes in the Shenchang world.


    True God Rising Sun and True God Chongyue are both rare hermits in the Shenchang world.


    Many years ago, it is said that the True God of Rising Sun and the True God of Rising Sun had a battle over the Great Dao, and the two sides fought a battle.


    True God Rising Sun''s combat power is only slightly worse than True God Rising Sun, but True God Rising Sun has many subordinates to help.


    True God Shengyang did not fight him alone, but dealt with him by any means.


    After the True God Rising Sun was defeated by the True God Rising Sun, he had to hide in the east of Shenchang Realm to avoid the pursuit of the True God Rising Sun.


    Fortunately, True God Rising Sun does not have any drag, he is lonely and has always been alone.


    He hides with all his heart, no matter how powerful the True God Shengyang is, there is no way to take him.


    He ran out of the hiding place this time because he heard that something happened to the true god Shengyang.


    He made a request to Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan, as long as they handed over the body to him after killing True God Rising Sun, he would let them dispatch and help them fight.


    Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan agreed to his request after a little thought.


    In addition to these two true gods, among the other true gods of the Lava Vulcan army, there are several people with great powers.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng and book friend 20220724112300866 for their reward and support.

 Chapter 2653

    It is with these powerful main forces that Lava Vulcan has the confidence to take the initiative to attack.


    The Lava Vulcan is battle-hardened and has a wealth of war experience.


    He commanded the army to fight, and he was still very methodical.


    Except for him and a few true gods such as Tongguang Jiangshen, most of the armies commanded by the indigenous gods have not undergone rigorous training, and they are not much stronger than the rabble.


    In a short period of time, Lava Vulcan has no way to bring together so many messy forces, let alone turn it into a well-organized and well-trained army.


    So, he divided the indigenous gods gathered this time into multiple paths, each heading towards the goal.


    The multi-channel indigenous gods maintain close contact, and the cronies of the Lava Vulcan are responsible for mediation and coordination, and are ready to support each other at any time.


    Meng Zhang sat in the army of cultivators and did not show up for the time being.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God, and Fairy Yue''e are not the direct descendants of the Taiyi Sect. They do not cooperate much with the Taiyi cultivators on weekdays, nor do they have strong commanding abilities.


    Specifically commanding the army of cultivators, it is still the senior leaders of Taiyi Sect, including Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple Niu Dawei.


    The dragon army did not rashly mix with the comprehension army, but kept a certain distance.


    King Jinlong, the acting patriarch of the Dragon Clan, personally went to the front to command the army.


    The army of the sea tribe as servants is distributed around the army of the dragon tribe.


    The army gathered by the native gods of the Shenchang Realm had a numerical advantage, and they came from all directions to kill the territory occupied by the Taiyi Realm monks and the dragon army.


    Taiyijie monks and the dragon army did not passively defend, but took the initiative to attack, trying to keep the enemy out of the country.


    They had just conquered the territory that they had just conquered, settled down soon, and did not want to let it be destroyed by the war.


    Taiyijie''s expedition to Shenchangjie this time has mobilized a very large force.


    The Vast Sea Dao League, headed by the Taiyi Sect, was the main force, and it also recruited many comprehension forces who later defected to the Taiyi world.


    The Taiyi Realm sent three void battleships to wander outside the Shenchang Realm.


    Because the Void Battleship is more suitable for use in the void, these three Void Battleships did not easily enter the Shenchang Realm, but served as a transfer station between the Shenchang Realm and the Taiyi Realm to transport personnel and materials.


    After the dark alliance of Junchen Realm split, some monks took the floating city to join Taiyi Realm.


    They also actively participated in this invasion of Shenchang Realm.


    At this time, in the Shenchang Realm, there were three floating cities as mobile fortresses to assist the army of monks in combat.


    After years of development, Taiyi Realm has accumulated a strong war potential.


    In addition to developing the production capacity of the Taiyi Sect, it also strives to support the members of the Vast Ocean Dao League, so that their production capacity can be transformed into the war potential of the Taiyi Realm.


    Before the Taiyi Realm invaded, it had made full preparations for war.


    Cultivators have basically undergone rigorous training and know how to cooperate in combat.


    The formations listed in the army shined brilliantly in the battle.


    Teams of flying boats quickly shuttled around the battlefield, ensuring that the army has strong mobility.


    The army has sufficient logistical support, and supplies such as medicinal pills and talismans can be replenished at any time.


    All kinds of puppets as cannon fodder can greatly reduce the casualties of the army.


    ...


    The Shenchang Realm was thinking of a quick battle, and all the indigenous gods rushed to the battlefield under the urging of the Lava Vulcan.


    On the periphery of the occupation area, the army of monks from the Taiyi Realm was divided into several branches, and they fought fiercely with various indigenous gods.


    King Jinlong led the army of the dragon and sea tribes and took the initiative to launch an attack on the gathering aboriginal gods.


    A fierce battle broke out, and casualties began to appear on both sides.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e were all swimming around the battlefield, ready to fight against the true god among the indigenous gods at any time.


    Meng Zhang was still in the rear, not in a hurry to go to the front.


    With his strength, he can appear in every corner of this area at any time.


    Although the indigenous gods wanted to fight quickly, they did not rashly start a war at the true god level.


    It is a conventional arrangement to let the army under your command test the enemy first and consume the strength of the enemy.


    Seeing that the enemy''s true god did not move for a long time, Meng Zhang, who was waiting a bit bored, actually still had the mind to study the meteorite that was just harvested.


    Even when this meteorite was suppressed by the real god''s realm, it could leak a hint of immortal family from time to time, which was sensed by Luna and Meng Zhang.


    At first, Meng Zhang guessed that it should be a treasure left by a certain immortal, and somehow it fell into the hands of the Vulcan.


    He cautiously began to test, unraveling the meteorite bit by bit.


    I don''t know what kind of Xianjia treasure is hidden in the meteorite, but it has a very strong power.


    Under the influence of its breath, the shell of the meteorite becomes indestructible and has strong resistance to various spells.


    The Vulcan used the power of God''s Domain to work hard for many years, but he could not solve this meteorite.


    First, he was worried about hurting the hidden treasure in the meteorite, so he didn''t dare to use too much force.


    Second, he is very unfamiliar with the methods of the Xianjia, and in the process of studying meteorites, there is no law at all.


    Not only was Meng Zhang''s cultivation far superior to that of the Vulcan, he also possessed insights and methods that he had never mastered.


    He released the yin and yang qi and quickly consumed the outer shell of the meteorite.


    He carefully studied the immortal family atmosphere on the meteorite and used special means to break it.


    The Vulcan spent hundreds of years without making any progress.


    And less than a month after the meteorite fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, it was easily untied by Meng Zhang.


    When everything inside the meteorite was exposed, Meng Zhang felt a little stunned.


    What was hidden inside the meteorite was not the Xianjia treasure that Meng Zhang had guessed, but an immortal.


    To be precise, it was the remains of a true immortal.


    That is a true immortal with immortal style, black hair and black beard, ruddy complexion, tall stature...


    This true immortal wore a robe at will, with a white belt tied around his waist, and the black hair on his head was tied up with a jade hairpin...


    These clothes are ordinary mortal objects.


    If it weren''t for the protection of the true immortal''s power, it would have already decayed.


    After this true immortal was untied from the meteorite and appeared in front of Meng Zhang, he did not move, there was no movement, and there was no vitality inside or outside of his body.


    Only the remaining true immortal aura on his body shows his cultivation realm before his death.


    Although the true immortal is known to be immortal, there are too many calamities between heaven and earth for the true immortal to fall.


    After many true immortals fall, their remains can remain immortal for thousands of years.


    After repeated inspections, Meng Zhang determined that this was the remains of a true immortal after his fall.


    As for the specific origins of this true immortal, Meng Zhang is unknown.


    Meng Zhang now regrets that he shouldn''t have refined the Vulcan so quickly.


    If you leave the other party alive, you might be able to ask how the other party got the meteorite.

 Chapter 2654

    After repeated inspections, Meng Zhang did not find anything wrong. This is the remains of a true immortal after the fall.


    And this true immortal is still very poor, and there is nothing of value left on him.


    The other party is in the same realm as his cultivation realm, and has already fallen. You can use the Heavenly Mystery Technique to calculate its origin, and it shouldn''t cost too much.


    The existence of a true immortal, whether alive or dead, Meng Zhang has seen a lot.


    To be honest, the remains of this true immortal were just an unexpected gain for Meng Zhang, and were not particularly important.


    Most of its final fate is thrown into the source sea of ??Taiyi world, and after being digested by the source sea, it is used to strengthen the origin of the world of Taiyi world.


    Meng Zhang spent all his energy to satisfy his curiosity.


    Meng Zhang was about to use the celestial secret technique to calculate, but suddenly there was an inexplicable feeling of panic in his heart.


    Meng Zhang was very familiar with this feeling. It was a whim, and his spiritual sense spontaneously warned him.


    If Meng Zhang continued and used the celestial technique to calculate the origin of the remains of this true immortal, there would most likely be unpredictable disasters.


    Meng Zhang trusted his spiritual sense very much, and he immediately stopped what he was doing.


    He has repeatedly checked, this is the remains of an ordinary true immortal, and there is nothing surprising, but why would his spiritual awareness be warned?


    Could it be that there is a problem with the origin of this true immortal, or there is a problem with its fall?


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a long time, but he couldn''t understand it.


    Now that Taiyi Realm and Shenchang Realm are still at war, Meng Zhang shouldn''t spend too much time on this matter.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put this matter aside.


    Out of basic vigilance, he did not dare to put the remains of this true immortal in his mustard seed space.


    He couldn''t bring it back to Taiyi Realm until he figured out the reason for the Spiritual Awareness''s warning.


    It won''t be long before Meng Zhang is going to fight the true god of Shenchang Realm, and he is not worried about leaving him alone in the advance base.


    Fortunately, after the Taiyi monks occupied this area, many camps were established here.


    These camps are useful and widely distributed.


    Meng Zhang chose a relatively remote camp.


    This camp was built on a ore vein, and the senior leaders of Taiyijie planned to transform it into a mining base after the war.


    Now that the war broke out, manpower was urgently needed everywhere, and only a few monks remained in the camp.


    Meng Zhang placed the remains of the true immortal in the camp, and set up restrictions to isolate the inside and outside.


    Meng Zhang also knew that if there was really a big problem with the remains of the true immortal, the temporary restriction he set up would be better than nothing, and would have little effect.


    He told the monks who stayed at the camp to watch over them carefully, and report them in time if there was any abnormal situation.


    After Meng Zhang left here, he began to pay attention to the progress of the war.


    It has been more than two months since the war began, from the initial small-scale contact battle to the current large-scale battles. The war is rapidly escalating, and the level is constantly improving.


    Up to now, the scene of fierce fighting between the two sides of the Void Return-level powerhouse is very common.


    During the war, Taiyi Realm also began to expose some weak links.


    In the past few years, among the cultivators of the Taiyi Sect lineage, there has been a continuous emergence of the power of returning to the virtual period.


    For the Void Returning Great Expert who can have a lifespan of nearly ten thousand years at most, the Taiyi Sect is still too young.


    The cultivation time of Taiyimen''s Void Returning Great Power is too short, most of them are cultivations in the early and middle stages of Void Return, and the Supreme Venerable in the later stage of Void Return is very rare.


    Not to mention the Hanhai Dao League.


    Later, those comprehension forces who took refuge in Taiyi Sect did not have many high-level monks who returned to the virtual world.


    The disciple of Fairy Yue''e, Taoist Void Immortal Moon Shadow, actually became one of the strongest among the true immortals in the Taiyi Realm.


    On the other hand, there are quite a few demigods in the Shenchang Realm who can compete with the virtual immortals.


    When encountering these demigods, the Taiyi Realm monks need to dispatch a number of Void Returning Powers to compete with them.


    In fact, Shenchang Realm has only a lot more Void Return-level powerhouses than Taiyi Realm''s Void Return Powers.


    The army of monks in the Taiyi Realm is well-trained and can form a battle against the enemy. It also has a variety of tactical methods and various warfare tools that can be used.


    In the previous battle, the monks of Taiyi Realm achieved a great advantage.


    The army of monks in the Taiyi Realm has won many times, causing great damage to the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    But when more and more Void Return-level powerhouses from both sides participated in the battle, Taiyi World began to reveal weaknesses.


    Cultivators, especially high-level ones, need enough time to break through the realm.


    Meng Zhang''s talent and such an opportunity are rare in ten thousand years.


    Even if Meng Zhang is already a true immortal, it is difficult to change the rules of cultivation, so that a group of imaginary immortals will be created in Taiyi Realm in a short period of time.


    In the face of the many demigods dispatched by Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm''s Void Returning Great Power is more and more difficult to resist.


    Seeing that the war situation began to develop in a direction that was not conducive to the Taiyi Realm monk army, the Dragon Clan extended a helping hand in time.


    Previously, the dragon army led by King Jinlong had only dispatched some small teams, and the main force involved in the battle was the army of the sea clan as servants.


    They fought equally against the army led by the native gods of the Shangshenchang Realm.


    When the demigods of Shenchang Realm began to participate in the battle, the dragon king of the digital immortal level also dispatched.


    Jinlong King, Ganglong King, Jade Dragon King...


    Not only did they have the cultivation realm of the immortal level, but their combat power far surpassed that of the powerhouses of the same level.


    Not to mention that one is worth ten, at least there is no big problem in dealing with several demigods.


    With the timely participation of the Dragon Kings, the weakness of our side in terms of high-end combat power has been made up, and the battle situation has developed in a direction that is beneficial to our side.


    At this point, the battle and the warm-up battle are coming to an end.


    The Shenchang Realm did not take the slightest advantage, but paid a lot of casualties.


    Seeing that the purpose of testing the other party and consuming the other party has not been achieved, the true gods among the indigenous gods have to take action in advance.


    When the true god among the indigenous gods moved, Fairy Yue''e was dispatched first.


    Fairy Yue''e easily repelled a true god.


    The indigenous gods dispatched more true gods, and Luna and Gu Yue Lingqing also shot.


    There are many true gods dispatched by Shenchang Realm this time, and there are quite a few strong men who are difficult to deal with.


    After all, Gu Yue Ling Qing and the others were at an absolute disadvantage in numbers, and they soon encountered a siege.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to shoot, his target was the leader of the other party, Lava Vulcan.


    Lava Vulcan did not move, and he continued to wait.


    Meng Zhang believed that with the methods of Gu Yue Ling Qing and the others, even if they were besieged by many True Gods, they would be at a disadvantage at best and would not be defeated so easily.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing and the others dealt with the hostile true gods, trying their best to hold them back.


    Meng Zhang is looking for an opportunity and is ready to attack Lava Vulcan at any time.


    Shoot people first, shoot horses, capture thieves first, capture the king, as long as you take down the Lava Vulcan, the battle will be completely secure.

 Chapter 2655

    Meng Zhang''s idea is good, but the development of the war situation will not completely follow his ideas.


    Since Meng Zhang has made great progress in cultivation, he has easily won the giant shark god not long after entering the Shenchang realm, and has easily broken through a god realm, refining a fire-type god. combat power.


    In fact, as the rulers of a large world with a long history, the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm still have certain strengths, and they are not so useless as they seem.


    At the very least, at the level of a true god, the Shenchang Realm will not be completely rubbed by the enemy.


    Lava Vulcan, as the leader of the army, also did not shoot easily.


    The attack this time was too hasty, and the lack of sufficient intelligence was not collected. In addition, the misjudgment of the situation put the Shenchang Realm side in a disadvantageous position from the beginning.


    However, as the war progressed, more and more power was invested in the Shenchang Realm, and its profound advantages began to slowly come into play.


    As the landlord of Shenchang Realm, when defending their homeland, the morale of the indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm is also sufficient.


    Not long after Moon God appeared, he was found by True God Rising Sun.


    The so-called lone yin does not grow, and the lone yang does not grow.


    The gods or monks who majored in the Great Sun Way, in addition to continuing to practice the Great Sun Way, can also try to absorb the power of the Yin Moon.


    This is the reason why the descendant of the true god Rising Sun, the son of Rihua, tried to devour and refine the goddess of worship of the moon.


    After the True God Rising Sun sensed the breath of the Moon God, there was an impulse in his heart to devour and refine the opponent.


    True God Rising Sun rushed towards the Moon God without waiting for Lava Vulcan''s order.


    After the Moon God devoured the remnants of the Qiguang Star God, he made up for the lack of cultivation, and the cultivation has returned to its heyday, and it has also laid a more solid foundation.


    The hot and domineering aura of True God Rising Sun made her feel disgusted in her heart.


    A round of scorching sun rose over the battlefield, unscrupulously releasing almost endless light and heat, domineering and insolent aura swept across the four directions.


    Almost at the same time, a bright moon rose, and it seemed that the soft moonlight was scattered in all directions, and then it fought fiercely with the scorching sun.


    The attributes of the two true gods are extreme, and they restrain each other.


    As soon as their battle began, it quickly entered a white-hot stage.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who was watching the battle from the side, looked up at the sky, and a majestic river appeared in the sky, and then rushed towards him with an indomitable momentum.


    Gu Yue Lingqing sneered disdainfully, and before she made a move, this bunch of people who didn''t know whether to live or die took the initiative to come to the door.


    I really thought that relying on the advantage of quantity, how much advantage can be taken.


    As a true immortal from Lingkong Immortal Realm, Gu Yue Lingqing was full of contempt for these indigenous gods.


    During the expansion process of Lingkong Xianjie, there are not many people who have conquered backward worlds such as Shenchangjie.


    As the direct descendant of the Gu Yue family, Gu Yue Ling Qing, the seed of the immortal, not only has a good cultivation, but also has an immortal weapon to protect her body.


    Holding a full moon scimitar, he slashed heavily at the river rushing in from the sky.


    The seemingly unshakable momentum of the rushing river stopped for a moment, and the front part of the river was actually torn apart alive.


    The God of Tongguang Jiang let out a roar full of rage.


    Although the offensive was thwarted, he had no intention of retreating.


    Two true gods appeared beside the big river, and they shot with all their strength, urging the river to rush forward.


    Tongguang Jiangshen has been in business for many years, and still has some capital.


    He dared to covet the status of the true god of rising sun, and he naturally had his backing.


    Facing the siege of the three true gods, Gu Yue Ling Qing''s face became serious.


    Soon, Gu Yue Lingqing, Tongguang Zhenshen and their two subordinates fell into a fierce battle.


    The indigenous true gods here in Shenchang Realm are not random, but have rules.


    Through the previous tentative encounters, Fairy Yue''e was considered to be the weakest link among the three true immortal-level opponents.


    After they separated their hands to entangle Moon God and Gu Yue Ling Qing, they would concentrate their efforts to surround and kill Fairy Yue''e, weakening the enemy step by step.


    The true fighting power of the true gods in Shenchang Realm really showed, and it still brought a huge pressure to Fairy Yue''e.


    Fairy Yue''e''s figure moved quickly around the battlefield and did not stay in a fixed place to fight the enemy recklessly.


    She rushed to the left and right, moving around, trying not to be surrounded by the true gods.


    According to the original plan, the Gods of Shenchang Realm who had been prepared for a long time surrounded her from all directions, slowly compressing her activity space.


    When she couldn''t avoid it, Fairy Yue''e had to fight head-to-head with the enemy.


    Although Fairy Yue''e is an old-fashioned true immortal, her strength is at the level of a true immortal.


    In the battle, even though the true immortal naturally had an advantage over the true god, she still slowly fell to the disadvantage in the face of the siege of many true gods.


    These indigenous true gods regard Fairy Yue''e as a weak link, and if they want to use it as a breakthrough, they naturally have to deal with her with all their might.


    "My Iceberg Beauty Wife"


    As time passed, Fairy Yue''e fell into a hard fight, and the support became more and more difficult.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing tried to help her in the past, but was firmly entangled by the Tongguang River God and the two true gods.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing finally realized that she still despised these opponents.


    It is not so easy for him to get out of the opponent''s hands.


    Soon after Luna and True God Rising Sun fought, they began to slowly gain the upper hand.


    Of course, the gap between the cultivation bases of the two sides is not too big. If you want to win the other side in a short period of time, Luna can''t do it at all.


    Seeing that the situation on Fairy Yue''e''s side was getting more and more dangerous, Luna originally planned to repel the opponent, and supported him in the past.


    But another indigenous true god participated in the battle, and together with the true god of the rising sun, she was firmly entangled.


    Both Moon God and Gu Yue Ling Qing were entangled, unable to support Fairy Yue''e, only Fairy Yue''e could support herself.


    Of course, Fairy Yue''e has not yet reached the point where the mountains and rivers are exhausted.


    Moon God and Gu Yue Ling Qing knew that Meng Zhang was hiding aside, and they did not rashly fight the enemy.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied with the current situation.


    He also knew that he still underestimated the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm.


    Of course he couldn''t just watch Fairy Yue''e fall into danger and ignore it.


    Meng Zhang still had a hole card in his hand, so he wasn''t too flustered.


    What he was thinking about at this moment was whether to take action himself or let Taimiao rush to Shenchang Realm.


    Shenchang Realm does not have defensive facilities like Jiutian, and in front of a true immortal-level powerhouse, it is basically equivalent to no defense.


    The space supernatural power mastered by Taimiao can be transmitted to Shenchang Realm in a short period of time.


    With too wonderful strength, it is not easy to deal with a few ordinary true gods.


    However, for the sake of prudence, Meng Zhang, who has experienced hundreds of battles, still hopes to keep some trump cards as much as possible, so that he can have more room for maneuvering.

 Chapter 2656

    Although Meng Zhang was not a good commander, he was very clear about keeping the reserve team as much as possible.


    Although he did not participate in the specific command of the army, as the master of the Taiyi world, he must control the overall situation and plan everything.


    He was thinking nervously about how to help Fairy Yue''e get out of the predicament while keeping more cards.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think about it for long, and his problem was solved by the Dragon Clan.


    This time, the Dragon Clan cooperated with Taiyi Realm to attack Shenchang Realm. From beginning to end, they have been very sincere.


    Whether it''s the preparation before the war or the cooperation after the war, the dragon''s performance is almost impeccable.


    For the monks in the Taiyi world, the dragons are the most powerful allies.


    On the current battlefield, the dragon army has also played an important role and has become a powerful aid to the army of monks in the Taiyi world.


    The digital dragon kings who participated in the battle on the Dragon Clan side, especially the Jinlong King at the immortal level, made up for a major shortcoming of the Taiyi monks.


    Even in the fierce battle, several dragon kings have been paying attention to the battle between the true immortals and the true gods here.


    Moon God and Gu Yue Ling Qing did not talk about it for the time being. The Dragon Kings could still see the situation where Fairy Yue''e was besieged by multiple True Gods.


    The character of the dragon family is extremely strong, and the several dragon kings are even more face-to-face.


    As the ally of the monks in the Taiyi Realm, the Dragon Clan attacked the Shenchang Realm together. Many high-level officials of the Dragon Clan were eager to compete and work hard.


    Anyone with a bit of brains knows that in the various battles in the cultivation world, the one that really determines the outcome of the final battle is the high-end battle, especially the battle between the top powerhouses.


    Since there is no suitable manpower on your own side, participating in the battle of the true god level makes all the dragon kings feel a little embarrassed on their faces.


    Although they knew the strength of Taiyi Realm and knew that Meng Zhang must have hidden means, they still wanted to play a greater role in this level of war.


    Although the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is still sitting in the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, he has been paying attention to the situation on the Shenchang Realm since the start of the war.


    The things that several dragon kings can see have already fallen into his eyes.


    When it comes to being strong and respectable, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is no worse than several dragon kings.


    The true immortals of Taiyi World are in a hard fight, and it is a good time for him to play.


    He wants to let the true immortals of Taiyi Realm know that the Dragon Race will not take advantage of them.


    In the battle to attack Shenchang Realm, the role of the dragon family is irreplaceable.


    Although for the sake of the future of his subordinates, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor suppressed his arrogant nature and lowered his stance to cooperate with Meng Zhang, but deep down in his heart, he never felt that the dragons would be inferior to these human cultivators.


    After the first battle in the Demon Domain that year, the body of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was destroyed, and only the severely injured dragon soul escaped.


    After the dragon soul returned to the temporary territory of the dragon clan, relying on the various heaven and earth treasures saved by the dragon clan, he received timely treatment and began to recover slowly.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor refined another dragon treasure and used it as his temporary body.


    After so many years of cultivation, his cultivation has recovered a lot.


    Although the combat power is still far inferior to its heyday, it shouldn''t be a big problem to deal with a mere gang of indigenous true gods.


    With the temperament of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, since he had the intention to take action, he immediately acted.


    I saw a huge dragon flying over the huge water polo, and then its figure flickered.


    The dragon''s body flickered several times in the void, and it easily crossed this not too short distance and entered the interior of Shenchang Realm.


    It was another space shuttle, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor appeared on the battlefield.


    The giant dragon''s huge dragon body, domineering and huge aura brought heavy pressure to many creatures on the battlefield.


    Some creatures with the lowest cultivation base and weak minds fell to the ground one after another, losing their ability to move.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t care about those worm-like creatures, but appeared directly in the middle of the battlefield where the indigenous True God besieged Fairy Yue''e.


    A long dragon whistle sounded, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor shot.


    One after another dragon breath spit out all around, and one after another dragon-shaped energy swept across the four directions...


    The indigenous true gods who were besieging Fairy Yue''e had to temporarily stop their original actions and parry the attack of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor first.


    The opponent retreated, and Fairy Yue''e breathed a sigh of relief.


    She breathed back a little bit, and she didn''t care about continuing to adjust her breath, so she joined the battle again and tried her best to cooperate with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have made great progress in their cultivation over the years, they ask themselves that they are still no match for the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor in his heyday.


    Even though the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor''s combat effectiveness has plummeted, it is still enough to be regarded by Meng Zhang as a formidable enemy.


    In fact, when Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up to fight the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he was arrogant and arrogant, and did not use the treasures hidden in the clan, and wanted to preserve a little more heritage for the clan.


    If he really spared no expense and came up with all kinds of treasured cards, even if Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined forces, they might not be able to resist.


    Later, the body was destroyed, and only after the dragon soul was left, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not use the treasured heritage.


    The strategy for the Shenchang Realm is a big plan in his heart, and it is related to the fate of the entire ethnic group.


    In order to conquer the Shenchang Realm, he did not hesitate to consume the heritage of the clan.


    According to his vision, the ethnic group under his command only needs to conquer the Shenchang Realm and take root here.


    With the accumulation of tens of thousands of years in the clan, it will not be long before a new dragon emperor can be cultivated in the clan.


    At that time, this ethnic group can be said to survive without worry and have a bright future.


    For this, his patriarch is willing to pay a huge price, even at the expense of sacrifice.


    If this war is won by one''s own side, it is best to win it cleanly, which will greatly speed up the raid on Shenchang Realm.


    Once the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who has a heart to express his power, is really unstoppable.


    The prestige of the Dragon Clan has long spread throughout the Void World.


    Even in the remote and backward world of Shenchang, many indigenous gods have long heard of the prestige of the Dragon Clan.


    When True God Shengyang mobilized the native gods of Shenchang Realm to join the army of foreign invaders and attacked Junchen Realm, the Dragon Clan had long since retreated to the depths of the ocean and confronted the human race comprehension who ruled Junchen Realm.


    Therefore, the army of foreign invaders did not fight against the dragon clan, but regarded it as an object that could be won.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm have not really seen the fighting power of the dragon clan.


    This time, the army of the dragon clan and the army of the Taiyi realm invaded the Shenchang realm together, and their fighting power was far superior to the army convened by the indigenous gods.


    In almost every level of battle, the strong dragons can easily gain the upper hand against the native gods.


    Only by playing more and less and taking advantage of numbers, the indigenous gods can barely block the dragon powerhouses.


    Compared with other dragon powerhouses, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is even more fierce.

 Chapter 2657

    Fairy Yue''e is also a veteran of hundreds of battles. Seeing how fierce the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is, she also knows how to make appropriate cooperation to make it perform better.


    There were bursts of moonlight around the body of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Under the blessing of her immortality, the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor''s combat power has risen to a higher level.


    Most of the true gods who fought against them were a little timid at the fierceness of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    But among the many true gods, there are also guys who consider themselves brave and do not believe in evil.


    Most of the true gods are in human form or close to it on weekdays for the convenience of doing things.


    When encountering a strong enemy, each will manifest a divine body.


    All true gods have different origins, their cultivation methods are even more different, and their gods are also very different.


    I saw a true god with two heads and four arms and a height of more than 100 feet, roaring and actively pounced on the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    With someone taking the lead, the rest of the true gods were also boosted by morale, and they all stood firm and began to fight back.


    A giant with a tiger''s head, like a hill, rushed towards the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor from another direction.


    Under enormous pressure, Fairy Yue''e temporarily resisted other true gods and created conditions for the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor to kill the target.


    When it comes to melee combat, that is what the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is best at.


    Although his current body is not as powerful as the original dragon body, it is equally fierce.


    With a waving of the dragon''s tail, the guy with the tiger''s head and the human body was swept away.


    He jumped up and headed towards the true god with two heads and four arms.


    The two of them collided and made a loud noise.


    The True God was hit and dizzy, and before he could react, he saw a pair of sharp claws waving towards him.


    When the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was dealing with these true gods, he still had a bit of self-confidence and was reluctant to make some too ugly actions.


    If he was willing to bite with all his strength at this time, he would have torn apart the body of this true god.


    Although it was only a sharp claw waving, the true god still resisted very hard.


    In just a moment, this true god lost half of his head, and his two arms were torn from the god''s body alive.


    The huge pain caused this True God to scream again and again, and his body twisted desperately.


    The true god who was swept away finally flew back in time.


    This guy with a tiger head and a human body actually tried to grab the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor by relying on his huge body.


    The unparalleled sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor roared and began to wrestle with this guy.


    This true god did not hold on for too long before being overwhelmed by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Despite his desperate struggles, it was to no avail.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who was holding him down, continued to exert his strength to crush this overly powerful guy alive.


    Seeing that the two true gods were about to die in the hands of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the other true gods finally broke through Fairy Yue''e''s interception and rushed over to attack the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Fairy Yue''e was knocked to the side, spitting out blood, and her whole body was surging.


    She was very sorry in her heart, if she could hold on a little longer, maybe the two true gods would fall into the hands of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    In the face of the onslaught of many true gods, even an arrogant person like the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would not dare to ignore it.


    He had to let go of two opponents who were about to lose their ability to fight back to deal with the attacks of other true gods.


    The two seriously injured true gods finally escaped under the desperate rescue of their companions.


    However, with their physical state, they may not be able to participate in the battle for a long time to come.


    Fairy Yue''e rested for a while, then came to join the battle and help the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Although these true gods are afraid of the fierceness of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they are not without the slightest resistance.


    They communicated a lot on weekdays, and they were still quite familiar with each other.


    Before the war, they also studied how to join forces to fight the enemy.


    Now, instead of rushing forward, they are holding their ground, playing steadily, and cooperating with each other.


    Even with the help of Fairy Yue''e, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor looked fierce and majestic, but in a short period of time, he couldn''t break through their battle.


    Especially with the lessons of the two companions, they became more careful and more cautious, so that the enemy had no chance to take advantage.


    At this time, except for the Lava Vulcan, almost all the indigenous true gods of Shenchang Realm participated in the war.


    They were divided into three battlefields, and they fought fiercely.


    In addition to the three battlefields of the true gods, the army mobilized by the native gods of Shenchang Realm fought against the army of invaders in many places.


    The army of monks from the Taiyi Realm formed multiple formations on the ground, relying on various defensive facilities constructed in advance to resist the enemy.


    Taiyi Realm dispatched a large number of flying boats,


    Under the leadership of the floating city, those powerful warships swam around the battlefield and acted as a mobile strike force.


    More flying boats move quickly, carrying monks under the orders of the commanders, which is convenient for rapid mobilization of troops.


    The army of the sea clan under the dragon clan lined up on the rivers and lakes on the occupied territory to assist the army of monks in the Taiyi world to defend.


    Under the leadership of the dragon kings, the dragon army took the initiative to attack and launched counterattacks against the indigenous army of Shenchang world many times.


    Both sides have fought for so long, and both have paid huge losses.


    In general, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition with sufficient preparations have more advantages and stronger stamina.


    Lava Vulcan has good eyesight, and quickly judged the general direction of the battle in the field.


    He waited for a long time, and the battle situation did not bring him any surprises.


    There is no way, until there is no more support, as long as this and the enemy are slowly exhausted, see who''s rear strength is weak and can''t support it first.


    With so many of his subordinates caught in a fierce battle, it is not good for him, the leader, to continue watching the play.


    I saw that the sky suddenly became red, the whole sky seemed to be on fire, and a large number of fire clouds flocked here.


    As soon as the Lava Vulcan moved, Meng Zhang immediately followed.


    If a top-level true god such as Lava Vulcan, if he takes part in the battle of the juniors regardless of his status, there is really no one in the Taiyi world who can stop him.


    Meng Zhang, holding the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, blocked Huoyun''s forward path.


    With a flick of the wind and fire yin and yang fan, the wildly burning flames in the sky immediately extinguished, and the fast-moving fire clouds immediately vanished...


    Above the earth, a giant composed of hot magma and flames strode towards this side.


    The flames were condensed into long spears by him, and he threw them heavily at Meng Zhang.


    The earth cracked open, and an almost endless amount of magma spewed out, rolling and moving continuously on the ground.


    The giant pointed at Meng Zhang with one hand.


    The surging magma gathered together like a river, sweeping towards Meng Zhang in the sky.


    ...


    Lava Vulcan had never dealt with Meng Zhang before, but the moment he saw Meng Zhang and sensed the breath of the other party, he knew that this was his enemy of life and death.

 Chapter 2658

    Although Meng Zhang psychologically despised the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, and he easily won two indigenous true gods not long ago, but when he really faced a top true god like Lava Vulcan, he would not be the slightest careless.


    With the improvement of his cultivation and the long-term sacrifice, the Fenghuo Yin-Yang Fan, a pseudo-immortal weapon, has been completely mastered by Meng Zhang, and it can exert its greatest power.


    Although the wind fire yin yang fan is only a pseudo-immortal weapon, it fits with Meng Zhang''s cultivation method and is very suitable for his cultivation.


    Even if it is replaced with another fairy weapon, it may not be able to exert such a great power.


    The wind howled in the sky, mixed with fire dragons, and collided with the long river of magma that swept in.


    The long river of magma was smashed abruptly and turned into countless splashes of magma.


    Those flaming spears thrown at Meng Zhang were melted by the power of wind and fire before they got close.


    The wind and fire descended from the sky and fell to the Lava Vulcan on the ground.


    In addition to driving the power of wind and fire, the wind-fire yin-yang fan can greatly increase the yin and yang-like Taoist magical powers and even the magical powers of immortality displayed by Meng Zhang.


    After years of hard work, the yin and yang two qi, the magical power of the door, was also promoted by Meng Zhang to the magical power of immortality.


    This is after Meng Zhang''s yin and yang wiped out the thunder, the Tai Chi yin and yang chart of the heaven and earth law above Meng Zhang''s head turned gently.


    A huge crimson crystal appeared in the hands of Lava Vulcan.


    Divine Dao is far inferior to Immortal Dao in the art of refining tools.


    In particular, the Shenchang world is still dominated by the backward primitive Shinto.


    Although the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm can create some magical weapons, they have not yet formed a certain system for creating high-level divine weapons.


    Many indigenous gods, including the True God, used very crude and primitive artifacts.


    Shenchang Realm is a big world with a history that is far longer than that of Junchen Realm, and countless treasures of heaven and earth have been born.


    In particular, some top-level heaven and earth treasures have never appeared in the Junchen world, and many cultivators have never heard of them.


    With the strength and status of Lava Vulcan, many rare top materials can naturally be collected.


    Even if his artifact refining technique is not worth mentioning, he can''t stand the material is really good enough, plus years of repeated tempering, continuous warming, he still has a few artifacts in his hand.


    This crimson crystal is made of the ten thousand year flame crystal deep in the ground as the main material.


    Because its attributes are in line with Lava Vulcan''s skills and foundation, it has been cultivated with its focus, and it already has the power of not weaker than ordinary fairy weapons.


    The Lava Fire God recited the incantation, and the crimson crystal turned into a hill, flew over the yin and yang, and suppressed it firmly.


    The yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang is one of the foundations of his practice, which he has cultivated through years of hard work.


    Although the two qi of yin and yang were constantly twisting and struggling, they could not escape the suppression of the hill for the time being.


    Meng Zhang has overestimated Lava Vulcan as much as possible, but he never thought that the other party''s background would be so deep.


    A true god''s combat power, in addition to his own strength, is also an important part of the artifact he possesses.


    The two true gods Meng Zhang met before were mediocre in strength, and even more sour.


    As the leader of a camp, Lava Vulcan has a lot of treasures in his hands.


    He took off a collar hanging from his neck and threw it heavily at Meng Zhang.


    The collar flew to the top of Meng Zhang''s head, and a strange force fixed the law of heaven and earth above Meng Zhang''s head.


    The rapid rotation of the collar was about to absorb Meng Zhang''s dharma of heaven and earth.


    Although he didn''t know how the collar would deal with his own dharma, Meng Zhang did not dare to let the enemy succeed.


    The dharma of heaven and earth is tied to his cultivation, and it condenses the most essential power in his spirit.


    If the law of heaven and earth is wrong, his practice foundation will be severely damaged.


    Meng Zhang sighed and threw out the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan in his hand.


    The wind and fire yin and yang fan turned into a fire dragon, surrounding the collar and fighting it fiercely.


    I don''t know when, the Lava Vulcan has a long flame knife in his hand.


    He soared into the sky, wielding a long flaming sword and beheading Meng Zhang.


    This flaming long knife is also an artifact that is enough to threaten the true immortal.


    Although Meng Zhang is a master of swordsmanship, he does not have a flying sword at the level of an immortal weapon.


    He displayed the Liangyi Tongtian Sword, condensed the immortal power of yin and yang attributes into sword energy, and fought fiercely with the Lava Vulcan.


    Soon after Meng Zhang set foot on the road of cultivation, he began to practice swordsmanship.


    He has obtained a lot of brilliant swordsmanship inheritance, and also used swordsmanship to meet many powerful enemies.


    Although he is not a sword cultivator, his sword skills are better than many sword cultivators.


    Facing the true god of Lava Vulcan, who has vast supernatural powers and a powerful artifact to protect himself, the pseudo-immortal weapon in his hand and the supernatural powers he displayed were all restrained by the enemy. Now he can only rely on his swordsmanship to slowly deal with the enemy. .


    A chain of black and white sword qi crisscrossed between the enemy and me, constantly attacking the huge body of the Lava Vulcan.


    The flame sword in the hands of the Lava Vulcan can turn the seemingly incomparably sharp sword gas into nothing with a single wave.


    Meng Zhang, relying on his advanced swordsmanship, did not confront him head-on, but avoided the front and looked for his weakness.


    Occasionally, a sword qi evaded the flaming sword of the Lava Vulcan, beheading him on top of his huge divine body, and immediately the flames shot everywhere, and the lava dripped...


    The powerful body of Lava Vulcan seems to be indestructible, but it cannot be slashed by the enemy''s sword energy.


    Meng Zhang''s every successful slash can bring him a certain amount of damage, and it can even make him feel the pain that pierces his heart.


    If such damage continues to accumulate, it is really possible to damage the root of Lava Vulcan.


    The Lava Vulcan had to parry or even evade Meng Zhang''s sword slash, which left enough room for Meng Zhang to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang''s figure kept flickering and moving in the air, and he waved his hand to cut out incomparably sharp sword qi.


    The flaming long knife in the hands of Lava Vulcan was not dancing without rules, but also displayed a clever knife technique.


    Although the Lava Vulcan relied on the help of the magic weapon, he temporarily had the upper hand.


    However, Meng Zhang is more skilled in swordsmanship and has more combat experience.


    From time to time, he can also display some Taoist magical powers to assist in combat.


    In addition, he, who has retained his trump card, has the confidence in his heart to fight with the Lava Vulcan leisurely.


    Judging from the battle scene, it is also difficult for the two sides to distinguish the winner within a period of time.


    In this way, the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm attacked this time, and there was a temporary stalemate between them and the invaders.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to my old friend Yijie Wensheng for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2659

    As Meng Zhang and Lava Vulcan began to fight, almost all the forces of both sides were thrown into the battlefield.


    Of course, whether in the Taiyi world or in the temporary territory of the dragon clan, both sides have reserved a certain amount of strength as a reserve team.


    The Shenchang Realm has a deep heritage and many indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang and the others came prepared for this invasion, and they cleverly used the name of the Hunling Venerable God to muddy the water.


    Although it seems that in a short period of time, there should be no more power in Shenchang Realm to devote to the battlefield here, but Meng Zhang is still reluctant to use Taimiao and other reserve forces to participate in the battle if it is not a last resort.


    No matter when and where, keep more trump cards, so that you can have enough spare energy to deal with unexpected changes.


    Including Meng Zhang and Lava Vulcan, the true immortal-level powerhouses on both sides were all caught up in the battle.


    Although both sides have their own advantages, they are still caught in a tussle.


    As for the armies dispatched by both sides, the battle will continue like this, and I don''t know how long it will last.


    Judging from the current battle situation, the two sides continue to consume, and the Taiyi world and the dragon clan should be able to persist longer and have the last laugh.


    On the side of Shenchang Realm, all the power that can be used is basically used.


    There are only very few people who cannot live in seclusion, such as True God Chongyue.


    Whether it is Azure Sea God or Lava True God, they can''t help him, let alone order him.


    Under the constant call of the Azure Sea God, many indigenous gods came one after another from all over the Shenchang Realm.


    But even if they are involved in the battle, it is difficult to affect the battle situation.


    Moreover, in addition to the invading Taiyi Realm and the dragon army, the native gods of the Shenchang Realm have to face other enemies.


    The blue sea god controller is a powerful force used to intimidate and monitor the true god of rising sun to prevent them from assisting the Taiyi world and the dragon army.


    Azure Sea God has not launched a full-scale attack on the realm of the rising sun for the time being, and he is still paying attention to the battle situation on the side of Lava Vulcan.


    Lava Vulcan did not destroy the enemy in a short period of time, but stalemate with the enemy, which greatly destroyed their original plan.


    But Azure Sea God had no other way, and couldn''t help Lava Vulcan.


    One step at a time, one step at a time.


    Since the Lava Vulcan was held back, the plan of the two sides to jointly attack the realm of the True God Rising Sun can only be postponed indefinitely.


    The Azure Sea God could only temporarily stand still and continue to wait for the opportunity.


    Fortunately, there is no change in True God Shengyang, so he doesn''t need to worry too much.


    In addition to Azure Sea God, Hunling Venerable God has also been paying attention to the battle situation over Lava Vulcan.


    In his heart, neither of them is a good thing. The more they die, the better. It is best to lose both and die cleanly.


    Now that Lava Vulcan encounters a strong enemy, and the enemy is at a standstill, the Azure Sea God doesn''t go to help, but instead stares at himself, making him feel angry and anxious.


    Hunling Venerable God also tried to communicate with Azure Sea God, trying to explain the previous misunderstanding.


    The Taiyi Realm and the dragon army did not invade the Shenchang Realm at his invitation.


    The two of them have long harbored evil intentions and have been planning for a long time. This time, they took the initiative to attack the Shenchang Realm, trying to take advantage of it and completely conquer the Shenchang Realm.


    The Hunling Venerable God sent messengers more than once to ask the Azure Sea God to convey his meaning.


    But these messengers either could not see the Azure Sea God, or everything they said was completely ignored by the Azure Sea God.


    Later, even though the messengers he sent were from the subordinates of the True God Shengyang, they were killed by the native gods of the Shenchang Realm, intentionally or unintentionally, before they reached the resident of the Azure Sea God.


    Hunling Zunshen previously secretly controlled the True God Rising Sun and penetrated into the realm of Shenchang, clearly hiding evil intentions and conspiracy.


    His behavior violated the taboo of the native gods of Shenchang Realm, and he also became the public enemy of the entire Shenchang Realm.


    In the entire Shenchang world, no one would believe every word he said.


    He wanted to explain the misunderstanding, tried to lead the misfortune to the east, and drew the attention of the native gods of Shenchang Realm to Meng Zhang.


    Even if the gods of Shenchang Realm did not see through his intentions, they would not let him easily succeed because of their instinctive precautions.


    No matter what Hunling Venerable God says or does, the Azure Sea God will not relax his surveillance of the realm of the True God Rising Sun.


    In a word, out of fear and precaution against the Hunling Venerable God, whatever he wants to do, the native gods of Shenchang Realm will do the opposite, and they will never let him succeed.


    Revered God Hunling finally put down his body and sincerely wanted to communicate with these indigenous gods.


    The grievances between them can be resolved later, and it is the most beneficial solution for everyone to resolve the two major confidants of the Taiyi World and the Dragon Clan first.


    However, the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm were so ignorant of the overall situation and had such an attitude towards themselves, which made him half-dead from anger.


    Qi to Qi, the problem still has to be solved as much as possible.


    Now the Lava Vulcan is leading the army to fight against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, and such a good opportunity may not come again in the future.


    When Hunling Venerable God was having a headache, the True God Shengyang, who had been controlled by him for a long time, discovered his troubles and took the initiative to ask Ying, hoping to help him communicate with the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    When he was in the Demon Realm back then, Venerable God Hunling took advantage of the chaos and took down the True God Rising Sun, and then used a secret technique to control it.


    Hunling Venerable God did not obliterate the consciousness of True God Rising Sun, and did not want him to become a simple puppet.


    He retains the consciousness of the true god of rising sun, so that he still has an independent personality and the ability to think independently.


    Of course, in this way, it becomes much more difficult to control the True God Rising Sun.


    No creature with an independent personality is willing to be enslaved by others forever.


    When he was just under control, the True God Rising Sun thought of many ways to try to get rid of the control of the mixed god.


    Hunling Zunshen controlled the body and soul of True God Rising Sun with a secret method, and could monitor his every move at all times.


    The resistance of the True God Rising Sun was easily crushed by him, and he was severely punished and brutally tortured.


    The True God Rising Yang looks arrogant and indomitable on weekdays, but after experiencing the various means of the mixed spirit and respecting the god, he still has to give in.


    Since then, True God Rising Yang has honestly served the Hunling Venerable God, daring not to have any second thoughts.


    After returning to Shenchang Realm with Venerable Hunling, even if he returned to his old nest, True God Shengyang still did not dare to show the slightest resistance.


    No matter how unreasonable the Hunling Venerable God is, the True God Rising Yang will obey it honestly.


    Even if Hunling Venerable God''s actions harmed his fundamental interests and destroyed the foundation he had built up through years of painstaking efforts, he would not dare to disobey the slightest.


    It seems that True God Rising Sun has been completely conquered by him, and he is willing to surrender everything honestly.


    Only then did the Hunling Venerable God have certain trust in the True God Rising Sun.


    Of course, even if Hunling Venerable God is confident in his means of control, he still has to keep a minimum of vigilance and will not completely trust the True God Rising Sun.

 Chapter 2660

    No matter what Hunling Venerable God thinks, True God Shengyang always shows a loyal look.


    Now that the Hunling Venerable God encountered a problem, he took the initiative to stand up and share his worries, and proposed that he represent the Hunling Venerable God to meet the Azure Sea God.


    Originally, it should be a good thing for his subordinates to actively share their worries.


    True God Rising Yang is so active, but it makes Zun Lingzun feel a little doubt.


    But he thought about it, his own means of controlling the true god of rising sun came from the secret legend of the Tianshen Temple, and there was absolutely no way for the indigenous gods in the backward places like Shenchang Realm to solve it.


    When needed, Hunling Venerable God can also closely monitor his every move through the prohibition within True God Rising Sun.


    Even if True God Shengyang is unwilling, so what, can he still escape from his palm?


    The life and death of True God Shengyang are all within his own thoughts.


    Hunling Venerable God had also considered before, whether he personally came forward to ask the Azure Sea God to explain some misunderstandings.


    But with the enmity of the blue sea god towards him, maybe the other party will take the opportunity to lead the native god to besiege him.


    Even if the Hunling Venerable God with many trump cards is besieged by many true gods, he can still escape.


    But why?


    Does it make sense to run for nothing and take unnecessary risks?


    However, if True God Shengyang was willing to go there willingly and personally persuade the Azure Sea God, then the situation would be very different.


    True God Rising Sun and Azure Sea God are both indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, and both are leaders of one camp.


    No matter how hostile the two sides are now, it shouldn''t be difficult to meet each other.


    If True God Rising Sun seriously explained the stakes, the Azure Sea God might really be persuaded.


    After thinking for a while, Venerable God Hunling obeyed the suggestion of True God Shengyang and asked him to persuade Azure Sea God.


    Not to mention turning an enemy into a friend with the blue sea god, at least let him know the truth clearly, the Taiyi world and the dragon army are not the same as the mixed spirit gods, they are the biggest threat to the gods and prosperous world.


    After True God Rising Sun set off, Venerable Hunling took advantage of the restriction in his body and began to monitor his every move.


    When the True God Shengyang went to meet the Azure Sea God, the battle on Meng Zhang''s side was in full swing.


    The battle went on for so long, and the two sides fought endlessly.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was not unacceptable to this situation.


    From the perspective of the scene, the losses of Taiyijie and the dragon army are obviously much smaller than those of the enemy.


    The battle at the true god level seems to be inexorable, but Meng Zhang and the others still have some advantages.


    For a long war of attrition, the situation seems to be more favorable to Meng Zhang and the others.


    However, some of the situation on the side of the Hunling Venerable God and the Azure Sea God has been passed on to him one after another.


    Luna had returned to the occupied territory long ago, actively preparing for the battle with Shenchang Realm.


    However, she had previously left behind many secret arrangements on the realm of the True God Rising Sun.


    She secretly placed some spies, and also bought and controlled some indigenous gods.


    After the True God Shengyang was controlled by the Hunling Zun God, he did not hesitate to cut off his brothers and feet and damage his foundation.


    Among the native gods under his command, many smart enough guys began to find their own way out.


    Mengzhang and Taiyijie do not exclude gods and gods.


    The many gods enshrined by Meng Zhang have long since become important pillars of the Shenchang world.


    Before the invasion of Shenchang Realm this time, Meng Zhang had formulated a strategy against the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm can absorb some indigenous gods from the Shenchang Realm through various means.


    There are many gods canonized by Meng Zhang in the Taiyi Realm, but except for a few exceptions such as Taimiao and Luna, most of the gods were mediocre in their lifetimes, and the canonization time was too short to cultivate and accumulate too strong strength.


    In addition to letting these gods grow slowly, properly absorbing some foreign gods that meet Meng Zhang''s requirements is an important supplement to the Taiyi world god system.


    As an old-fashioned true god, Luna has long been able to accept God.


    After being canonized by Meng Zhang, her ability in this area has been enhanced.


    With the increasing number of gods in the Taiyi world, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to pay attention to every god at all times, and there is no need for all gods to come from his canonization.


    Meng Zhang properly delegated power, and let Taimiao and Luna, who are trustworthy people, canonize some of the gods in his place, and carry out daily management.


    This time, the Moon God entered the Shenchang Realm, and he also had the idea of ??conferring Cong God and strengthening the strength of his subordinates.


    The indigenous gods under the True God Rising Sun are more and more dissatisfied with the True God Rising Sun.


    Some colluded with other aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world, and took refuge in the blue sea god, etc.


    There are also some who are either passive or active, and become the subordinates of the Moon God.


    Luna has established an intelligence system on the realm of Rising Sun, which can continuously obtain the latest information.


    It is not a big secret that the Hunling Venerable God sent the subordinates of the True God Shengyang to visit the Azure Sea God.


    At least among the indigenous gods under True God Shengyang, many well-informed people know about it.


    Among them, there were spies placed by Luna, who used the contact information taught by Luna to pass on this information.


    Although Meng Zhang and Luna were in the middle of the war, they were able to receive the information in time.


    The Hunling Zunshen actually tried to reconcile with the Azure Sea God, which was somewhat unexpected by Meng Zhang, but it was not unimaginable.


    Although he knew that it was unlikely that Hunling Venerable God and Azure Sea God would reach a reconciliation, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but be on guard.


    If the two sides reach a reconciliation, the life of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan will not be easy.


    With the level of grievances and mutual trust between them, it may be difficult to join forces against the enemy.


    But as long as the Azure Sea God can draw out his hands and provide massive reinforcements to the Lava Vulcan, it will have a major impact on the battle situation here.


    It seems that Meng Zhang can no longer continue to fight the enemy slowly, and needs to find a way to gain a decisive advantage as soon as possible.


    In various battlefields, Meng Zhang seemed to be driven to a disadvantage by the Lava Vulcan, but he was confident that he would defeat the opponent in a short period of time.


    The Lava Vulcan was pressing forward with a long flaming sword, Meng Zhang dodged left and right, parrying with his superb swordsmanship, and could launch a counterattack from time to time.


    With the intention to end the battle as soon as possible, many of Meng Zhang''s actions began to advance.


    Originally, it would be more beneficial for Meng Zhang to continue fighting and consume more of the opponent.


    Although Meng Zhang has not been promoted to a true immortal for a long time, he has been practicing in the Yuanhai of Taiyi Realm all the year round, helping Yuanhai to digest a lot of things such as the corpse of immortals.


    In this process, he has been strengthened by Yuanhai in all aspects.


    His immortal power is long and rich, and he is not afraid of protracted battles.


    When he was promoted to True Immortal, he left some hidden dangers because he was in a hurry.


    After years of practice, these hidden dangers were slowly made up, and he slowly re-consolidated his foundation.


    He is not afraid of fighting with the Lava Vulcan.


    Continue to delay, and he can force out more cards from the opponent.

 Chapter 2661

    By launching a counterattack earlier than originally planned, Meng Zhang would take a greater risk.


    Considering the overall situation, these risks are worth taking.


    The battle situation is ever-changing, and it is impossible for all situations to be predicted, and it is even more impossible for all things to develop according to their own ideas.


    In a battle of this level, no one dares to say that there is a 100% certainty of victory.


    All Meng Zhang can do is to do his best and leave no regrets.


    Meng Zhang began to exert his strength, trying to put more pressure on Lava Vulcan.


    The yin and yang qi, which had been temporarily suppressed by the artifact released by the opponent, began to agitate more violently, constantly impacting the artifact.


    The huge crystal like a hill began to tremble constantly, as if it could no longer suppress the long river formed by the yin and yang.


    The fire dragon formed by the wind and fire yin and yang fan became even more mad, and kept slamming the huge collar, as if to completely devour it.


    Seeing this, Lava Vulcan quickly recited a spell in his mouth, releasing more divine power to strengthen these two artifacts.


    The mountain-like crystal seemed to have taken a tonic, and it became thicker and more powerful, firmly suppressing the river of yin and yang.


    The collar suddenly shone brightly, and its momentum alone overwhelmed the fire dragon transformed by the wind, fire, yin and yang fan.


    The Lava Vulcan invoked a lot of divine power and quickly regained his superficial advantage over Meng Zhang.


    He was busy strengthening the two divine weapons, and inevitably he relaxed the direct oppression of Meng Zhang.


    The lava Vulcan suddenly shone brightly around him, and the sun and moon divine light shrouded him firmly.


    The sword energy from the Liangyi Tongtian Sword became even more fierce, and it was a bit crazy, and it kept beheading him.


    The Lava Vulcan roared, and his body was full of momentum.


    One after another flames spontaneously rose from him, burning out the divine light of the sun and the moon that fell towards him.


    The flaming long knife in his hand made several circles in a row, encircling all the sword qi that came in it, and making it vanish.


    Lava Vulcan fought for the initiative of the battlefield with Meng Zhang. He used up too much power in a short period of time, and he was distracted and multi-purpose. It was inevitable that he was not well cared for.


    Meng Zhang''s series of actions finally revealed a slight flaw in this mighty opponent.


    Meng Zhang seized this fleeting opportunity in time.


    Immortal power began to run fast, and a thunder flashed away in front of both sides.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder is the first immortal magic power that Meng Zhang mastered, and it is also his most powerful killer at present.


    The divine thunder came too fast, and the Lava Vulcan had no time to parry or evade, so he could only resist with his powerful divine body.


    The Lava Vulcan snorted, and the huge body flew out like this.


    For the suddenness of the attack, Meng Zhang hurriedly activated the magical power of immortal art before he had accumulated enough immortal power.


    The speed of this Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder is enough, but its power is not enough.


    In particular, the Lava Vulcan is also a true god, and his attributes are also dominated by the fire and earth among the five elements.


    The Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder has no special restraint effect on this attribute, but only exerts the power of the immortal magic power.


    If the Lava Vulcan was a demon god or something like that, with the power of Yin and Yang to destroy the evil spirits of the Divine Thunder, this blow alone would be enough to make him unable to eat and walk around.


    Meng Zhang never expected a sneak attack to completely eliminate the powerful enemy in front of him.


    Taking advantage of the chance that the Lava Vulcan was blasted out and his body temporarily lost control, Meng Zhang chased after his victory and casted several Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Lightnings in a row.


    Just like the Yin-Yang Destroying Divine Thunder that was cast just now, because of the pursuit of casting speed, these few Yin-Yang Destroying Divine Thunders lacked enough power.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s combat experience, at this time, attack speed was more important than attack power.


    It is to seize this rare opportunity, to launch attacks non-stop, to completely disrupt the enemy''s fighting rhythm with violent storms, so that it is too late to parry, let alone counterattack.


    Several thunderbolts flashed past, directly slamming into the huge body of the Lava Vulcan.


    The Lava Vulcan who was knocked out had no time to stabilize his body, and the enemy''s follow-up attack came like lightning.


    While twisting his body desperately, he tried to dodge the attack; at the same time, he urged defensive magic to strengthen his defense with all his strength.


    One after another flames spewed out of his body, turning into flame shields, spinning rapidly around his body.


    A thick layer of magma gushed out from his body and turned into an armor, which tightly wrapped his huge divine body.


    Among all dharmas, Lei Fa is known for its enormous power.


    Even if the power is insufficient, these thunderbolts still exerted great power and played their due role.


    The flame shield was vulnerable in front of Thunder and was easily shattered.


    The thick armor blocked it a little, and it was also smashed to pieces.


    The Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder, whose power has not been greatly reduced, heavily bombarded the huge body of the Lava Vulcan.


    The Lava Vulcan spurted out a mouthful of golden divine blood, and he was finally injured.


    Taking advantage of his illness and killing him, Meng Zhang continued to trigger the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder and kept bombarding the Lava Vulcan.


    The strength of Lava Vulcan is more than that, he also has some hidden cards.


    But he didn''t have time to show it at the moment.


    His fighting rhythm has been completely interrupted, he has completely fallen into Meng Zhang''s rhythm, and is almost completely held back by Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t have time to react otherwise, he could only be passively beaten, using his divine body to withstand the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Exterminating Divine Thunder.


    Fortunately, in order to pursue the attack speed, Meng Zhang lacked enough energy to exert the maximum power of this immortal art.


    Even with the strength of the Lava Vulcan Divine Body, if it was bombarded by the completely powerful Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder for so long, the Divine Body would have collapsed long ago.


    Even the Yin Yang Extermination Divine Thunder with incomplete power, bombarded so many times in a row, has greatly exceeded the limit of the Lava Vulcan.


    His huge divine body was constantly being blasted away in the air, and he kept spurting golden divine blood from his mouth...


    Lava Vulcan, who knew that he couldn''t continue like this, finally made a difficult decision.


    He took the initiative to bite the tip of his tongue and used a secret technique to stimulate the potential in his body.


    His act of self-mutilation finally won him a chance to breathe.


    The huge body of the Lava Vulcan suddenly radiated light, completely blocking the subsequent thunderbolts.


    Taking this opportunity, Lava Vulcan finally regained control of his body.


    However, his body was already extremely weak at this time, and he felt that it was difficult to continue fighting Meng Zhang.


    The hot-tempered, bold and rude Lava Vulcan is not as brave as he looks.


    He still takes his own life seriously, and is unwilling to take the risk of dying for this battle.


    In fact, the true gods of Shenchang Realm have a long life expectancy, and they can''t enjoy it all on weekdays. They really don''t have much courage to fight their enemies.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you book friends for your reward and support for the only solution to your worries.

 Chapter 2662

    He was severely injured and suffered serious wear and tear in all aspects. Lava Vulcan finally began to feel guilty and lost the courage to continue fighting.


    He stimulated his potential and was seriously injured. He managed to control his body and move freely.


    He didn''t have the courage to go all out, only to seize this opportunity to escape.


    This is a choice he made at a critical moment, and it is also a manifestation of his nature.


    The huge body of the Lava Vulcan shrank sharply, and soon became the size of an ordinary human.


    Against Meng Zhang''s attack, he turned around and was about to flee the battlefield.


    The mountain-like crystal that had suppressed the yin and yang qi flew back to his side and firmly protected him.


    Lava Vulcan''s cultivation is not much different from Meng Zhang, and there are many treasures on his body.


    He insisted on running away, and Meng Zhang had difficulty keeping him behind.


    The yin and yang extinction thunder that Meng Zhang sent slammed into the Lava Vulcan, but was blocked by the huge crystal like a hill above his head.


    The crystal kept shaking, blocking Meng Zhang''s attack almost unscathed.


    Relying on the cover of this artifact, Lava Vulcan successfully escaped from the battle and embarked on the road of escape.


    The collar that was fighting with the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan was under his control and was about to escape from the battle.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and the fire dragon transformed by the wind, fire, yin and yang fan firmly entangled him, making him unable to escape.


    Meng Zhang was unwilling to let the Lava Vulcan go, and wanted to achieve greater results.


    He followed the Lava Vulcan and flew out, constantly accelerating the flight speed.


    Meng Zhang felt a little regret in his heart.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder has long been promoted by him to an immortal magical power, but his investment in it is not enough, and he has not been able to exert greater power.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder, as the name suggests, needs to penetrate the true meaning of yin and yang and the true meaning of destruction, and comprehend the avenues of yin and yang and the avenues of destruction.


    The Yin-Yang Avenue was Meng Zhang''s major avenue, and he was very accomplished in it.


    However, Meng Zhang''s attainments on the Dao of Destruction were seriously insufficient.


    Meng Zhang has the deepest understanding of the Yin-Yang Dao and the Sun-Moon Dao. He is more inclined to the creation of Yin and Yang, and the sun and the moon nourish all beings.


    For its destructive side, he originally did not have a deep understanding.


    After Junchen Realm stepped into destruction, he witnessed the destruction and complete collapse of Junchen Realm, from which he understood the true meaning of destruction, and began to truly comprehend the power of the Dao of Destruction.


    After Taiyi Realm left the vicinity of Junchen Realm, he was really too busy.


    Not to mention other things, he has a lot of homework to do in terms of practice alone.


    Up to now, he has not been able to fully integrate the true meaning of destruction that he has understood into the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    In the battle just now, he did not exert the destructive power contained in the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    Meng Zhang knew his own problems and would review it after the battle.


    Now was not the time to reflect, he was busy chasing the Lava Vulcan.


    Seeing that Lava Vulcan could not take back the artifact in the form of a collar, he had to give it up.


    Artifacts that have been sacrificed and refined are indeed precious, but they are absolutely not as important as their own lives.


    He can''t care about anything else now, he only knows to run away with all his strength, trying to escape from Meng Zhang''s great enemy.


    The Lava Vulcan sometimes turned into a flame and streaked across the sky; sometimes it fell to the ground and escaped from the depths of the ground...


    Although the escaping technique of Shinto is generally not as ingenious as the escaping technique of immortality, due to the relationship between attributes, whether the Lava Vulcan displays the fire escape or the earth escape, the escape speed is very fast.


    The yin and yang qi flew to Meng Zhang''s side and wrapped Meng Zhang''s body.


    Meng Zhang manipulated the yin and yang and turned it into a black and white river. Whether it was in the sky or in the ground, he was chasing the Lava Vulcan.


    The accumulation of Lava Vulcan for many years is indeed extraordinary.


    Most of him have artifacts that help speed up.


    Even when he was not seriously injured, his speed was not affected, and he was really fast enough to escape.


    Although Meng Zhang couldn''t catch up with Lava Vulcan in a short period of time, he kept staring at the opponent and firmly locked the target''s aura, preventing him from escaping completely.


    In this way, the two of them chased and fled, and quickly left the battlefield.


    The Lava Vulcan was defeated by Meng Zhang, and then left everything behind, only to escape for his own life, but it happened in the public and was discovered by all the true gods.


    Lava Vulcan is no match for Meng Zhang, which can be said to be a problem of insufficient strength.


    However, as the supreme commander of this war, he just left the army and all the true god comrades in arms like this, and only knew how to run for his life, that would be too much.


    After the scene just now, the Lava Vulcan must have plummeted in prestige among the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    If he wants to order these indigenous gods in the future, I am afraid it will not be so smooth.


    Although Meng Zhang went to hunt down the Lava Vulcan, who knows when he will return.


    With the combat power he had shown before, when he returned to the battlefield, the true gods of Shenchang Realm who were present would not be able to please him.


    Even entire armies will be buried.


    It is not easy to assemble this army.


    The indigenous gods present already represented a large part of the power of the Shenchang world.


    If this power is lost, the native gods of Shenchang Realm will no longer be able to resist the invaders.


    Most of the native gods are selfish guys.


    Including some true gods, many indigenous gods were not very active in participating in this war.


    They only obeyed the orders of the Lava Fire God and the Azure Sea God, and they came to the war reluctantly.


    Even the native gods who really wanted to exorcise the invaders were not willing to sacrifice their lives for it.


    Seeing the Lava Vulcan escape, the morale of the remaining indigenous gods plummeted, and many members lost their fighting spirit.


    If this situation is allowed to continue, the indigenous gods will usher in an unprecedented fiasco, and this army may be wiped out.


    It was probably because the aboriginal gods were exhausted, and at a critical moment, heroes with enough responsibility emerged.


    Tongguang Jiangshen showed his leadership at this time, temporarily taking over the position of Lava Vulcan.


    Although many aboriginal gods were not convinced by him, in the current situation, even a fool knows that he can''t have an infighting.


    In addition to blocking Gu Yue Ling Qing with his two true gods, Tong Guang Jiang Shen also took over the command and began to give orders calmly.


    Judging from the current situation, the fighting spirit of our own side has been damaged and the battle situation is unfavorable. It is really not appropriate to continue fighting.


    The most urgent task now is to lead this army and withdraw from the battlefield safely.


    It is very difficult for any army to retreat, especially when it is about to retreat.


    If one fails, it will become a rout, leading to the collapse of the entire army.


    Fortunately, Tongguangjiang God is extremely capable and has a good command.


    Moreover, except for Meng Zhang and Lava Vulcan, in the battles in other directions, the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm did not show any signs of weakness.


    Relying on the large number of the native gods, they still have certain advantages in some places.

 Chapter 2663

    Most of the native gods of the Shenchang Realm present still know that the overall situation is the most important, and are willing to do their best to maintain the situation.


    And in this army, a large part of the power comes from Tongguang River God.


    In addition to Lava Vulcan''s subordinates, he has the most subordinates.


    It is true that Tongguang Jianghe dared to covet the status and power of the True God Rising Yang.


    His subordinates in the army strictly followed his orders.


    Even in some key positions, it took the initiative to replace the subordinates of Lava Vulcan, and played the role of the mainstay.


    Some indigenous true gods with a good view of the overall situation even took the initiative to help Tongguang River God.


    Under the leadership of the God of Tongguang River, the indigenous true gods did not retreat for the time being, and firmly blocked their opponents.


    The army formed by the indigenous gods in other directions began to retreat in an orderly manner.


    Seeing the enemy retreat, without the high-level order, the army of cultivators and the army of dragon and sea clan spontaneously launched a counterattack.


    Based on the situation in the field, the high-level officials judged that the enemy was really starting to retreat, and there was no conspiracy or tricks involved.


    Whether it is the Taiyi world or the high-level dragon clan, they all want to seize this rare opportunity to eliminate the enemy as much as possible, greatly weaken the indigenous gods, and facilitate future battles.


    With the orders issued one after another, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race began to launch a big counterattack.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang world are not completely greedy for life and fear of death.


    At the critical moment, there are still some brave enough guys who take the initiative to stay behind.


    The high-level leaders in charge of command, only the strong men broke their wrists, sacrificed and abandoned some of their men, and left them behind.


    Of course, as the battle situation became more and more unfavorable to one''s own side, there were more and more cases of escaping from the battle among the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    The subordinates of the big forces such as Lava Vulcan and Tongguang River God can still maintain a minimum order and carry out effective organization.


    Those scattered forces recruited from all over the Shenchang Realm quickly fell into chaos and began to collapse.


    Tongguang Jiangshen never thought that he could lead this army to retreat without paying any price.


    Those rabble were originally the goals he was ready to give up.


    What he has to do is to try his best to keep the main force of this army, especially the part with certain combat effectiveness and organization.


    The army that Lava Vulcan convened this time is really too many.


    Even if the Taiyi world and the dragon army did not encounter too strong resistance, they could slaughter the enemy arbitrarily, and it would be unrealistic to completely wipe out the main force of the enemy in a short period of time.


    Not to mention, the enemy''s resistance has never stopped, and those who escaped are not slow.


    In the face of the enemy''s full pursuit and killing, after paying a heavy price, the army of this indigenous god organization finally slowly withdrew from the battle.


    The main force of the army began to retreat into the rear base in an orderly manner, and then actively organized the defense.


    After a long period of chasing and killing, the exhausted Taiyi Realm and the dragon army suffered a lot, their state was very poor, and they really had no intention of attacking the fortress.


    They stopped in front of the enemy''s base and confronted the enemy at a distance.


    After the main force of the army was basically withdrawn, Tongguangjiang God began to lead the indigenous true gods out of the battle.


    During this process, Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, Gu Yue Lingqing and Moon God all pursued with all their strength, trying to destroy the enemy as much as possible.


    However, apart from injuring a few indigenous true gods, they did not achieve more results.


    After all, the number of indigenous true gods is too great, and the overall strength is actually above them.


    After Tongguangjiang God led the indigenous true gods to escape the battle safely, he returned to the base and joined the army.


    Seeing that the enemy is relying on the base to hold on, neither the senior leaders of Taiyijie nor the Dragon Race are willing to pay too much price to forcibly attack.


    In any case, they were the last victors in the previous battle, with a small victory, and the results were quite fruitful.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan stopped chasing and killing, and the battle was now over.


    As for Meng Zhang and Lava Vulcan, they chased and fled, and soon left the land.


    No matter what method the Lava Vulcan tried, he couldn''t get rid of Meng Zhang completely, and he was firmly staring at him.


    When beasts are injured, they often habitually return to their lair.


    Lava Vulcan retains a certain amount of staying power on his own territory.


    Although this force of staying behind will definitely not be able to do anything to the strong enemy Meng Zhang, as long as he escapes back to his own realm and gives full play to the power of the realm, he still has a certain degree of certainty that he can keep Meng Zhang out of the door.


    But if Meng Zhang chased him into his own territory, his territory would definitely be turned upside down by Meng Zhang and suffered heavy losses.


    Moreover, he did not want to be blocked by Meng Zhang in his own divine domain, completely losing his freedom of movement.


    In addition to his own nest, there are very few places in the entire Shenchang Realm that can block Meng Zhang, the archenemy.


    Lava Vulcan had previously shown greed for life, fear of death, selfishness, and no responsibility.


    But he still has a bottom line.


    Especially in front of the old opponent of the blue sea god, he is still very embarrassed.


    If Meng Zhang was brought to the Azure Sea God, he would not only lose face, but also very likely lead to an unfavorable situation there.


    He thought that the True God Chongyue had been living in seclusion and escaping his obligations, and he had the urge to lead Meng Zhang to the side of the True God Chongyue and let them fight.


    But after thinking about it carefully, he gave up this idea.


    True God Chongyue has always been mysterious and unpredictable, and no one knows what he is thinking about all day long.


    Even the Azure Sea God and Lava Fire God couldn''t read his mind.


    If the true God Chongyue sits and watches Meng Zhang chase and kill the Lava Vulcan at that time, and does not help him at all, the Lava Vulcan will have no choice but to take him.


    Even, it is not impossible for True God Chongyue to fall into the trap of Lava Vulcan.


    This old guy is acting too inexplicably and has no rules at all.


    Since his old nest, Azure Sea God and True God Chongyue have all been abandoned by him, he has to find another place.


    After all, he couldn''t keep running away like this.


    After a long time, he will always be caught up by Meng Zhang one day.


    Lava Vulcan was very unhappy with the outcome of this war.


    He felt that he was not inferior to Meng Zhang in terms of cultivation and combat power.


    In addition to the treasures and artifacts on his body, he should at least not be defeated against Meng Zhang.


    His defeat this time was completely accidental, which gave Meng Zhang an opportunity to take advantage.


    If they start all over again, the outcome between them is really hard to say.


    Although Lava Vulcan is far away from the battlefield, he does not know the follow-up situation for the time being.


    But he knew that with his defeat, his army would suffer heavy losses.


    If he doesn''t do something, he''ll be really hard to see in the future.


    After thinking for a long time, Lava Vulcan finally thought of a place.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you book friend Shimizu ddo for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2664

    In the Shenchang world, there are many natural and dangerous places.


    Especially in some extremely dangerous places, even if ordinary indigenous true gods enter them rashly, they are in danger of falling.


    The place that Lava Vulcan is thinking of now is a Jedi that even he is very afraid of and is unwilling to enter easily.


    For some reason, if Lava Vulcan enters this Jedi, his own safety can still be guaranteed, and at most he will suffer a little.


    If it is arranged properly, it can take full advantage of the favorable location to conduct an ambush on Meng Zhang.


    If he was lucky enough, he might be able to keep the great enemy Meng Zhang there.


    Lava Vulcan did not hesitate for too long, and soon made up his mind.


    Even if he pays a huge price and takes risks, he will defeat Meng Zhang, take revenge, and wash away the shame this powerful enemy has brought him.


    Lava Vulcan silently changed his direction and rushed towards his destination.


    After chasing him for so long, Meng Zhang has never been able to catch up with Lava Vulcan.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if he caught up with the opponent, it would be very difficult to completely kill the opponent.


    He was always chasing after him, and at first he was not willing to give up.


    Even if you can''t completely kill the opponent, you must hurt and weaken the opponent as much as possible.


    Pushing the opponent like a dog is a way of humiliating the enemy, which can greatly damage the dignity of the enemy.


    Second, he chased Lava Vulcan away from the battlefield, and also created opportunities for himself and the dragon army.


    Meng Zhang believed that neither the Taiyi Realm nor the Dragon Clan seniors were stupid, and they should all know to use the opportunity of the Lava Vulcan to retreat to launch a big counterattack against the army of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang also had some guesses about the possible escape direction of Lava Vulcan.


    Originally, Lava Vulcan fled to the direction of his lair, but just now he secretly changed his direction.


    There must be a problem in between.


    Meng Zhang pretended not to know this, and was still chasing after him.


    Meng Zhang wanted to see what kind of trump cards the Lava Vulcan could come up with that would be enough to threaten him.


    In this way, the two sides had their own thoughts, chased and fled, and slowly approached their destination without delaying for too long.


    During the pursuit, Meng Zhang had already raised his vigilance and always paid attention to the surrounding situation.


    This is a desolate and remote area, and no living creatures exist around it for a long time.


    There is a special kind of death energy in the surrounding heaven and earth vitality, which makes people feel cold and cold.


    The flame transformed by the Lava Vulcan fell from the air, fell to the ground, dived into the ground, and quickly fled forward.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, then manipulated the yin and yang to wrap himself around him, and followed after him.


    Since he had already decided to invade Shenchang Realm, he would sooner or later see all kinds of hidden powers in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang has great confidence in himself.


    There are no gods in Shenchang Realm, no matter how strong the enemy is, at least he should be able to retreat.


    Lava Vulcan and Meng Zhang quickly walked through the ground.


    The Lava Vulcan plunged headlong into a huge crypt, then suddenly stopped moving forward and turned to face Meng Zhang, who was chasing after him.


    Meng Zhang chased not far in front of Lava Vulcan, and stopped carelessly.


    Meng Zhang showed his body wrapped in yin and yang, and looked at each other with disdain.


    Yin and Yang are circling above his head, guarding him at all times.


    "Is this your destination?"


    "If you have any ambush, just light it up."


    "You don''t think that you will have the opportunity to sneak attack on this seat, right?"


    Meng Zhang looked very relaxed, as if the Lava Vulcan was already in his pocket.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude made him feel even more hatred in his heart.


    Lava Vulcan no longer hesitated, and with a thought, he secretly began to cast spells.


    Meng Zhang immediately sensed the yin energy around him, and faint fluctuations began to appear in the space.


    With Mengzhang''s experience and knowledge, he knew that this was the underworld connecting the world of Shenchang.


    Before attacking Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang had a special understanding of the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    The existence history of Shenchang Realm is far older than that of Junchen Realm, and the various rules of heaven and earth are more stable.


    It is difficult to interfere with each other between the underworld and the Yang world in the Shenchang realm.


    In Junchen Realm, after Yuanshen Zhenjun loses his physical body, he can let Yuanshen enter the underworld and transform into ghosts and gods.


    As for the power of returning to the void, as long as you are alive, it is difficult to enter the underworld.


    Once you forcefully enter, you will be immediately rejected by the rules of heaven and earth, attracting the blow of the power of heaven and earth.


    In the Shenchang world, almost all living creatures, including indigenous gods and gods, are almost unable to enter the underworld directly.


    And dead creatures, no matter how noble their status was and how powerful they were, their souls would enter the underworld after death.


    There are a few exceptions, and that is death in a place far away from the realm of Shenchang.


    In the legend, there is also the underworld in the void, which is called the underworld, like a long river, running through the entire void and all realms.


    And the underworld of each world is the tributary above this long river.


    The entry of the dead into the underworld is almost the iron law of the entire void, with only a few special exceptions.


    After the deceased in the Shenchang Realm entered the underworld, some directly entered the reincarnation, and some were transformed into ghosts and even ghosts of different strengths according to factors such as strength and luck in front of them.


    Of course, the real rulers of the underworld in the Shenchang world are the ghosts and gods born and raised in the underworld, mainly all kinds of natural ghosts and gods.


    Yin and Yang are separated, and no matter how powerful the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm are, it is difficult for them to directly enter the Yang Realm.


    In the original idea of ??Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Swallowing Sea, they should not have dealt with the ghosts and gods of the underworld in the Shenchang realm in the early stage of their invasion of the Shenchang realm.


    After they have swept away the indigenous gods in the world of Shenchang, they can slowly consider how to deal with the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    The dragons are not interested in the underworld in the Shenchang world, and they have no intention to pay attention to the affairs of the underworld.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, the dragon race, as a race of the void, no matter where it dies in the void, its spirit will enter the underworld.


    After the Dragon Clan occupied the Shenchang Realm and ruled the Yang World, as long as the ghosts and gods in the underworld didn''t jump out to make trouble, they generally didn''t bother to pay attention.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is to absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm and use it to strengthen the Taiyi Realm.


    Even if there is a place involving the underworld, it is after conquering the Yang World of the Shenchang Realm.


    It was a little bit beyond Meng Zhang''s expectations to come into contact with the power of the underworld in Shenchang Realm so early, but it wasn''t too bad.


    Meng Zhang can take the opportunity to see the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang realm, and spy on the foundation of the underworld.


    The huge cave that the Lava Vulcan led Meng Zhang into was a dangerous place in the Shenchang Realm¡ªthe Cathode Jedi.


    In a big world, there are always some special places with all kinds of mysteries.


    The Cathodic Jedi is one such place.


    The terrain here is very special. The ley lines are connected to the underworld, resulting in a very unstable spatial structure. Parts of the Yang world and the underworld overlap in this place.

 Chapter 2665

    The power of the underworld has been eroding the cathode Jedi for many years, making the yin here extremely rich, and even the rules of heaven and earth are slowly starting to change.


    Many years ago, some underworld ghosts discovered the passage to the cathode Jedi and came to the Yang world.


    In this place of the Cathode Jedi, ghosts can move freely.


    With the continuous erosion of the power of the underworld, coupled with some actions of the ghosts, the power of the underworld continues to spread around, and the scope of the cathode Jedi is constantly expanding.


    More and more ghosts came here from the underworld.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm still barely manage to rule over their own territory and its surrounding areas.


    The nearby native gods soon discovered the abnormal state here.


    Most of the ghosts in the underworld naturally hate living beings, and instinctively long for the flesh and blood of living beings.


    The ghosts among the Cathode Jedi are a great scourge around them.


    The surrounding native gods united and fought against the ghosts in the Cathode Jedi.


    The scale and level of the war gradually escalated, and many ghosts and gods of the underworld were involved.


    Later, many indigenous gods invited the Lava Vulcan together.


    After all, this is Yang Shi, and the gods of Yang Shi naturally have a huge advantage.


    Lava Vulcan led the indigenous gods to the final victory and sealed the cathode Jedi.


    During the battle with the ghosts and gods in the underworld, Lava Vulcan established contact with them and reached some agreements.


    Although the Cathode Jedi was sealed by the Lava Vulcan, due to some of his selfishness, the seal was not very tight, leaving some flaws.


    After the war, the surroundings became unsuitable for living creatures to survive, and a large area nearby was barren, becoming a forbidden place in the Shenchang Realm.


    The Lava Vulcan led Meng Zhang to this place in order to make a big counterattack with the help of the geographical advantage and the power of ghosts and gods.


    The seal set by the Lava Vulcan back then, he naturally left a back door, which can be easily bypassed, allowing the cathode Jedi to connect with the underworld again.


    According to the agreement he made with the ghosts and gods in the underworld, as long as he paid enough price, he could ask them to take action.


    In the current world of Shenchang, it is difficult for Lava Vulcan to find a more powerful helper than Meng Zhang.


    As an indigenous god of the Shenchang world, the Lava Vulcan has dealt a lot with the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    The strength of the underworld is unfathomable, even he can''t fully understand it.


    Just because he knew of ghosts and gods, there were quite a few that could threaten his existence.


    Although the purpose was revealed by Meng Zhang, the Lava Vulcan did not express anything.


    At this time, while guarding Meng Zhang, he began to summon the ghosts and gods of the underworld to descend.


    Meng Zhang did not interrupt the action of Lava Vulcan, and let him do what he did.


    Meng Zhang also wanted to see what the underworld ghosts and gods in Shenchang Realm were like.


    With the casting of Lava Vulcan, the surrounding rules of heaven and earth began to become disordered, and one after another sinister and powerful breath began to descend here.


    Meng Zhang came to Shenchang Realm many years ago.


    As a celestial master, he is very interested in the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang, and has sensed and detected it many times.


    The history of Shenchang Realm is far longer than that of Junchen Realm, and the rules of heaven and earth are stricter.


    Logically speaking, his Heavenly Dao consciousness should be stronger.


    In Meng Zhang''s induction, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was indeed stronger than that in Junchen Realm, but it was much slower.


    Although Tiandao consciousness, as a huge pan-consciousness of the big world, should have been slow to respond.


    However, compared to Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm, the gap between the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the two great worlds is also too great.


    If the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm is a slow tortoise, then the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is just grass and trees.


    Later, as Meng Zhang''s cultivation improved and his knowledge increased, he gradually understood many things.


    The state of Heavenly Dao consciousness in Shenchang Realm is the normal situation for most of the great worlds in the Void Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Junchen world was created by the old Junchen Immortal Venerable using a secret method.


    Perhaps, in the plan of Junchen Immortal Venerable, it is to make the consciousness of heaven in Junchen world more spiritual and wise, so as to become a good helper for him to control Junchen world.


    Meng Zhang and Jun Chen Xianzun have not been in contact for a long time, but he vaguely feels that Jun Chen Xianzun created the Junchen world. In addition to comprehending the road to breaking through Jinxian, he also has great expectations for it.


    The provocation of the innate gods of the Junchen world by the ego-brained demon destroyed the plan of Junchen Xianzun.


    The six true immortals from Lingkong Xianjie destroyed Junchen Realm together, which was a major blow to Junchen Xianzun.


    Let''s not mention these past events, just talk about the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will also instinctively repel foreign invaders.


    However, due to its slow response and insufficient spirituality, it is difficult to utilize its enormous power.


    Historically, the cultivators of the Junchen realm have penetrated the Shenchang realm many times, but they have not been rejected by the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm.


    Of course, this is also related to the lack of cultivation of those who have penetrated the Shenchang Realm.


    There are not even true immortals, and it is difficult for a group of Void Returning Great Experts to attract the attention of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Not long ago, the Hunling Venerable God first penetrated the Shenchang Realm, triggering a war with the indigenous gods.


    Later, the Taiyi Realm and the dragon army jointly invaded, and a war broke out with the participation of many true gods and true immortals.


    Such a high-level fierce battle should have attracted the attention of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm.


    However, it should take some time for the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm to notice this, to the time it responds and invokes the power of heaven and earth to repel and strike the invaders.


    Now, although Shenchang Realm has some rejections of foreign invaders, the power of rejection is not strong, and it hardly affects these invaders.


    Meng Zhang did not want to be like the six true immortals, completely destroying the consciousness of heaven in a big world.


    Meng Zhang still has some ideas on how to deceive, confuse, mislead and even use the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in a big world.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Shenchang realm this time, he has been looking for a breakthrough, trying to establish some kind of connection with the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang realm and exert influence on it.


    So far, Meng Zhang has made little progress.


    The power from the underworld invaded the cathode Jedi, and a ghost from the underworld is about to come.


    Crazy, brutal, bloodthirsty, and full of desire for destruction and destruction, thoughts rushed towards Meng Zhang like a tide.


    If it were replaced by a guy who was not determined enough, I am afraid that he would have been lost in such thoughts long ago.


    The ghosts and gods in the Shenchang realm are more irrational, primitive, and ignorant than their counterparts in the Junchen realm.


    This is the thought that floated in Meng Zhang''s mind when he sensed the thoughts sent out by these ghosts and gods.


    He was not frightened by these thoughts, but was keenly aware that perhaps, this was a great opportunity to establish a connection with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2666

    Meng Zhang''s brain was running fast, he soon came up with a plan, and was constantly improving it.


    Due to Meng Zhang''s deliberate indulgence, the ghosts and gods from the underworld came to the Yang world smoothly.


    The seal was lifted by the Lava Vulcan, and the rules of heaven and earth of the Cathode Jedi changed, making it suitable for the activities of these ghosts and gods from the underworld, so that they were no longer suppressed and repelled by the rules of the world.


    The three powerful ghosts and gods appeared almost at the same time.


    A ghost and horse headed person holding a long steel fork.


    There is also a ghostly figure looming, the body seems to be composed of countless twisted ghosts.


    The last ghost was disheveled and looked like an ordinary female ghost.


    With the complete appearance of the three ghosts and gods, the rules of heaven and earth of the cathode Jedi have become very close to the underworld.


    In the rich yin environment, the three ghosts and gods are like fish in water, and they can move freely without any restrictions.


    They freely and arrogantly released their own breath, and their interest was constantly rising.


    As a ghost from the underworld, the opportunity to come to the Yang world is very rare.


    Meng Zhang clearly felt that the environment here became extremely unfriendly to living people.


    The surrounding rules of heaven and earth are suppressing the vitality of life, and there is a strange power that is constantly eroding one''s own vitality.


    With the attributes of the Lava Vulcan, it should have been repelled by the cathode Jedi as well.


    I saw him take out a veil and gently drape it over his body.


    The breath of his body changed greatly, becoming a bit closer to the ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    After the three ghosts and gods appeared, they surrounded Meng Zhang.


    The flesh and blood of living people and the breath of immortals made them extremely hungry.


    They looked at Meng Zhang with greedy eyes, as if they would pounce on him at any time.


    The strength of these three ghosts and gods is far stronger than that of the real gods in the Shenchang realm.


    With the help of the favorable geographical location of the cathode Jedi, the three ghosts and gods joined forces, and even the Lava Vulcan was unwilling to fight recklessly, and only retreated.


    In the previous process of escaping, although the Lava Vulcan consumed a lot of money, he took the opportunity to swallow a lot of elixir.


    The indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm did not have a clever inheritance of alchemy, and the medicinal pills that could be used by the top true gods like Lava Vulcan were very rare.


    However, there are many high-level heaven and earth treasures in the Shenchang world.


    Taking many precious elixir directly can produce good results.


    As for wasteful medicinal properties, it was not considered by the rich and powerful Lava Vulcan.


    Up to now, Lava Vulcan has basically recovered from the injury, and most of the previous wear and tear has recovered.


    Lava Vulcan temporarily converts strength attributes with a treasured treasure.


    Of course, in this way, he can''t play the strength he should have.


    Lava Vulcan had a battle with Meng Zhang before. Although he was very unconvinced and lost in the end, he asked himself that he had seen through Meng Zhang''s details and understood his strength.


    The three ghosts and gods in the negative pole of the Jedi were enough to completely suppress Meng Zhang.


    With his help, Meng Zhang would lose half of his life even if he didn''t die.


    After the three ghosts and gods surrounded Meng Zhang, they did not rush into action, but tried their best to suppress their impulses.


    The ghost like an ordinary female ghost turned to look at the Lava Vulcan.


    Without waiting for her to speak, Lava Vulcan said very happily: "Please rest assured, the ghost girl, the things promised by this god will never be discounted in the slightest."


    The Lava Vulcan was not the horse-headed ghost who danced with a steel fork in his hands, so he rushed directly to Meng Zhang.


    The ghost god composed of countless ghosts turned into countless ghostly ghosts and surrounded Meng Zhang.


    The ghost god, who was called a ghost girl by the Lava Vulcan, let out a sharp scream from his mouth, and one after another piercing ghost howls entered Meng Zhang''s ears, almost causing his blood to tumble.


    Before the summoning, Lava Vulcan secretly reached an agreement with these three ghosts and gods.


    In addition to the promised sacrifice, he also promised that he would also help.


    He hated Meng Zhang deeply and was willing to deal with Meng Zhang himself.


    With the veil on his body, Lava Vulcan temporarily changed his attributes, and was very close to the ghosts and gods of the underworld in all aspects.


    Of course, using this treasure is not without cost.


    After the incident, he will definitely suffer a lot of pain, or even get seriously ill.


    However, for revenge, he was willing to bear these costs.


    The flames he released turned into spooky ghost fires that flooded Meng Zhang overwhelmingly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t fight back in a hurry, but he protected himself first.


    The two qi of yin and yang turned into a long river, firmly guarding the surroundings of his body.


    No matter what kind of attack, as long as it gets close to this long river, it will be quickly eliminated from the invisible.


    Shenchang Realm has strict rules of heaven and earth. The power of the underworld should not appear in the Yang world, and the ghosts and gods of the underworld should not come to the Yang world.


    The Cathodic Jedi is too special to be considered a loophole in this strict set of rules.


    Due to the combined power of the Lava Vulcan and the Ghosts of the Underworld, this loophole was expanded and exploited by them.


    If not in the negative Jedi, but in other places in the world of Shenchang, these three ghosts and gods from the underworld would not be able to penetrate the gap between yin and yang at all.


    Even if he was lucky enough to appear in the Yang World, it would soon lead to a spontaneous attack by the rules of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    Everything that is happening in the Cathode Jedi now goes against the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    It''s just that the huge and dull consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has not yet noticed this.


    What Meng Zhang had to do was to delay the time as much as possible, and make the noise as loud as possible, so that everything that happened here would fall into the eyes of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm.


    At that time, without Meng Zhang''s action, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will repel and suppress his opponents, and even impose Heavenly Punishment to kill these three ghosts and gods directly.

 Chapter 2667

    In fact, the actions of the Lava Vulcan that he thought were secret had already fallen into Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing, he can completely interrupt his plan before the Lava Vulcan communicates with the underworld and summons ghosts and gods.


    However, after a quick thought, Meng Zhang gave up his plan and let the Lava Vulcan act.


    Despite doing so, Meng Zhang will face the ghosts and gods from the underworld in the extremely unfavorable environment of the cathode Jedi, and take great risks.


    But after weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang felt that these risks were totally worth taking.


    There are many aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world, and there are many powerful people like Lava Vulcan.


    However, before launching a large-scale invasion of the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang had carefully calculated that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan would join forces, and even after some twists and turns, they would eventually become the winner.


    It is only a matter of time before indigenous gods like Lava Vulcan are completely wiped out.


    What really made Meng Zhang jealous was the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Because the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is too slow, so far it has not made a big response to the invaders from the outside world.


    But Meng Zhang knew that in the end, they had to face the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    If the Dragon Clan wants to settle down in the Shenchang Realm, they will sooner or later deal with the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang Realm.


    According to the assumptions of the top leaders of the Dragon Clan, even if they could not get the protection of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, at least they should not be suppressed and excluded by its full force.


    If Meng Zhang asked Taiyi Realm to absorb the origin of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, he would definitely be hostile to the consciousness of Heaven and Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang did not want to directly confront the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, and he was even less willing to directly destroy the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in a big world like the six true immortals in the Junchen Realm.


    The consciousness of heaven in every big world belongs to a special existence in the void, and is bellowed by the heaven in the void.


    If you destroy the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Great World and destroy the Great World, if there are too many times, you will be rejected by the Heavenly Dao of Void.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and other six real immortals were so unlucky later, in a series of experiences, except Zhenhai Zhenxian, the others were almost wiped out.


    Meng Zhang sometimes couldn''t help but wonder if it was because they killed the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm and destroyed this young big world, so that they were hostile to the Heavenly Dao of the Void, so their luck was low and they suffered a disaster.


    Meng Zhang will try his best to avoid direct confrontation with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and instead focus on misleading and confusing.


    He was a little unsure of how to start, but now he has a golden opportunity.


    The yin and yang of Shenchang Realm are orderly, and the gap between yin and yang is like an insurmountable moat.


    The true god of the yang world colluded with the ghosts and gods of the underworld, deceived the consciousness of heaven and destroyed the order of yin and yang.


    This is not Meng Zhang nonsense, but a real fact.


    Although Meng Zhang was an outsider, he worked hard to maintain the order of yin and yang in the Shenchang realm, not to let yin and yang become unbalanced, and to ensure the normal operation of the rules of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang is not a destroyer of the order of the Shenchang world, but a maintainer and repairer.


    He was willing to take odd risks to protect the Yang world of the god Changjie, for which he was besieged by the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    This is the truth that Meng Zhang intends to let the consciousness of the gods in the world of Shenchang sense.


    As long as the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm senses such a truth, Meng Zhang can not only easily solve the opponent in front of him, but also may be favored by the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Junchen Realm, he obtained the merits of the Heavenly Dao many times, was favored by the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Junchen Realm, and enjoyed many benefits.


    Even when he was at an extremely dangerous juncture, he was able to succeed in being promoted to a true immortal, and he benefited from it.


    Meng Zhang wanted to please the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang realm, and he didn''t expect anything else, but only wanted not to be hated and rejected by it, and not to be repelled and suppressed by the power of heaven and earth in Shenchang realm.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to solve the opponent in front of him at all, but tried his best to delay the battle until the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm reacted.


    The three ghost gods and the lava god of fire joined forces, and their overall strength was indeed above Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang did not seek to win and defended with all his might.


    Yin-yang and two qi, this immortal art, can attack and defend, and it has infinite wonderful uses.


    The yin and yang qi that Meng Zhang has collected and cultivated with great effort are extremely high-level, which can effectively defuse attacks of various attributes.


    The rich yin qi in the cathode Jedi was constantly consumed and refined by the yin and yang qi, and it couldn''t get close to Meng Zhang''s body at all, and naturally could not have any effect on Meng Zhang.


    These three ghosts and gods in the underworld seem to be aggressive and indomitable, but their attack attributes are single, and they are just restrained by the two qi of yin and yang.


    The yin and yang qi kept changing the environment around Meng Zhang''s body, affecting the rules of heaven and earth, preventing Meng Zhang from being suppressed and excluded.


    The three ghost gods and the lava fire god are not the kind of patient guys.


    Judging from the scene, they did gain the upper hand very quickly, forcing Meng Zhang to the point where he could only parry but not fight back.


    But after the initial rejoicing, they soon discovered that something was wrong.


    All of their attacks are neutralized by the yin and yang, and they can''t break the opponent''s defense at all, let alone hurt the opponent.


    The three ghosts and gods from the underworld were originally very narrow-minded people.


    They looked at Meng Zhang''s easy-going appearance, and always felt that Meng Zhang was laughing at them and protesting to them.


    They became furious, and the offensive became more violent and frantic.


    Winning Mengzhang is not only to agree to the conditions of Lava Vulcan, but they are also extremely eager for the living flesh and blood of immortals.


    It is an instinctive desire, and they are difficult and unwilling to fight.


    Their instincts were telling them that as long as they devoured the flesh and blood of the immortal Meng Zhang, they would gain countless benefits.


    Dabu''s delicious food is live in front of them, but they can''t eat it in their mouths.


    This made them extremely crazy, and even affected their sanity.


    Meng Zhangyi was not in a hurry to fight back, and he was not in a hurry to break through when he was at a disadvantage.


    Lava Vulcan asked himself, if he was in Meng Zhang''s situation, he would definitely run away from the Cathode Jedi without saying a word.


    Looking at Meng Zhang''s appearance, it is clear that he has to stick to the same place.


    Is he holding on to help, or is he planning something else?


    Although he didn''t know what Meng Zhang was thinking about, the Lava Vulcan instinctively felt that he couldn''t let Meng Zhang continue like this.


    Lava Vulcan began to try his best to strengthen his attack.


    The yin and yang two qi are indeed wonderful, and they just suppress the attacks of various yin attributes in terms of attributes.


    Lava Vulcan believes that he has seen through Meng Zhang''s strength and understands where his limits are.


    Just like a drop in the bucket, as long as the power of the yin attribute is strong enough, it can drop ten times with one force and break the defense of the yin and yang.


    With the crazy attacks of the three ghosts and gods and the lava fire god, Meng Zhang felt more and more difficult, and insisted more and more hard.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is really too dull, and it has not been noticed until now.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but complain a little in his heart.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to book friends 20211230180957780 for their many rewards and support.

 Chapter 2668

    Complaining in his heart turned into a complaint, Meng Zhang still faced the battle calmly and insisted with all his strength.


    He is indeed sticking to waiting for reinforcements, but the reinforcements he is waiting for are very unusual.


    Meng Zhang, who has been through hundreds of battles, has a wealth of battlefield experience. When the three ghosts and gods began to take action, and the Lava Vulcan took out the treasures that changed his attributes, he had already accurately measured the strength comparison between the two sides.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang is indeed unable to defeat the opponents of this lineup in the cathode Jedi.


    Unless he fights everything, fights to the death, and shows all his cards, he will have a slim chance of victory.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and status today, there is absolutely no need to go all out and fight the enemy easily.


    If he hadn''t planned long ago, Meng Zhang should have started to break through and escape at the beginning of the war if he had to wait for the attention of the consciousness of the gods in the world of Shenchang.


    Meng Zhang''s fighting style has become very conservative, he does not seek success but seeks no fault, and concentrates on defense with all his strength.


    Although this made him very passive and lost the opportunity to escape in time, it also greatly increased his defense and allowed him to last longer.


    The three ghost gods and the lava god of fire used almost all means to launch a fierce attack on Meng Zhang.


    However, relying on the protection of Yin and Yang, Meng Zhang resisted almost every attack of the enemy.


    The three crazy ghosts and gods have almost lost their minds. They seem to have forgotten everything and only know how to attack Meng Zhang desperately, trying to defeat him completely.


    Although this is a special place like the Cathode Jedi, the three ghosts and gods came to the Yang World only by seizing the opportunity.


    But generally speaking, they should not delay in the Yang World for too long.


    Ghosts and gods are incompatible with Yang Shi, and even with the protection of the cathode Jedi, their special aura will inevitably leak out.


    The Lava Vulcan had summoned ghosts and gods from the underworld before, but never let them stay in the Yang world for so long.


    Every time the three ghosts and gods stay in the Yang World for an extra moment, the possibility of being exposed to the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao will increase by one point.


    The three ghosts and gods put almost all their attention on Meng Zhang, and have long forgotten all kinds of scruples.


    Their greed and desire for the flesh and blood of immortals made them devote themselves to the attack.


    Although Lava Vulcan was also very angry, he was not carried away by his anger.


    He also knew that it would be very inappropriate for the three ghosts and gods to stay in the Yang World for too long.


    Moreover, looking at Meng Zhang''s appearance, he wondered if the other party had any conspiracy or tricks.


    However, he thought about it, the three ghosts and gods stayed in the Yang World for too long, it was their own problem, not forcing them.


    Even if this leads to some bad consequences, it should be the responsibility of these three ghosts and gods themselves.


    The lava fire god and the ghosts and gods in the underworld use each other.


    In the past, Lava Vulcan also suffered from these underworld ghosts, and suffered some losses.


    If these underworld ghosts and gods are in trouble, the Lava Vulcan will definitely have a schadenfreude.


    As for Meng Zhang''s possible calculations, after thinking about it, Lava Vulcan decided to ignore it for the time being.


    Lava Vulcan''s instinct to escape is so strong that even Meng Zhang can''t catch up with him.


    If the situation is not right, he can escape in time.


    In this way, the three ghost gods and the lava god of fire lost their chance to escape in time, and they continued to haunt Meng Zhang.


    Due to the blockade of the Cathodic Jedi, Meng Zhang temporarily lost most of his contact with the outside world.


    Of course, Lava Vulcan and the others tried to use the cathode Jedi to completely block Meng Zhang, but they were completely unsuccessful.


    Although it was very laborious and interfered a lot, Meng Zhang could still accurately sense how wonderful his incarnation was.


    The Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, which has been refined by him for a long time, still has some communication with him.


    It was also through the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan that Meng Zhang knew the situation on the battlefield over there.


    A grand war has basically come to an end.


    The enemy retreated, and the native true gods retreated.


    The artifact collar released by the Lava Vulcan lost the blessing of its owner, and it was too far away from the owner, so its power was greatly reduced, and it became very stupid.


    The wind fire yin and yang fan contains Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense, which is often used by Meng Zhang as an avatar outside the body.


    After all, Meng Zhang''s real incarnation is too wonderful, and he has long since become the master of the underworld of Taiyi Realm.


    The wind-fire yin-yang fan was like a living cultivator, defeating the weak artifact collar and capturing it.


    The true god-level artifact released by the Lava Vulcan is really extraordinary, and it needs the full force of the wind, fire, yin and yang fan to suppress it, so that it cannot be distracted.


    Although the divine artifact of the true god is difficult to use directly, it is not without the method of refining.


    Moreover, this artifact is very high-level, and the refining material is excellent.


    Even if it is directly dismantled as a refining material, or directly put into the source sea, it is a very good choice.


    After establishing contact with the pseudo-immortal artifact, the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief after learning about the situation behind him.


    His painstaking efforts were not in vain, and the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance seized this opportunity and won a big victory.


    Although the army of the indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm was not completely eliminated, it was a good start after all, and their own side began to gain the upper hand.


    Without any worries, Meng Zhang was even more handy in defense.


    During this process, Tai Miao sensed Meng Zhang''s situation even though she was far away from Taiyi Realm.


    With the relationship between Mengzhang and Taimiao, as long as Mengzhang needs, he can summon Taimiao at any time.


    Meng Zhang, who had already made a comprehensive plan, was not ready to let Tai Miao play in order to avoid unforeseen complications.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability and perseverance, he can temporarily block an enemy much stronger than him.


    The three ghost gods and the lava fire god joined forces to attack a real immortal.


    Such high-level battles are relatively rare in the Shenchang world.


    The movement from the fierce battle between the two sides is so great that it has long exceeded the shielding ability of the cathode Jedi.


    After persevering for a long time, Meng Zhang finally got the result he wanted.


    Beyond the Cathode Jedi, the sky was already clouded with thunder and thunder.


    After such a long time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm finally noticed this.


    The consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in a big world will instinctively maintain the normal order of the big world and ensure that the rules of heaven and earth are not destroyed.


    If only a small number of ghosts appeared in the Yang World on weekdays, the huge consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm might not care.


    But the current situation is indeed more serious.


    In any big world, the order of yin and yang is one of the basic orders.


    The serious consequences of the disorder of yin and yang can even endanger the foundation of the entire great world.


    The cathode Jedi is clearly located in the Yang world, but its attributes have become very close to the underworld, and it looks like a ghost on earth.


    Three true god-level ghosts and gods come to the Yang World, which is even more illegal.

 Chapter 2669

    No matter how dull the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was, after so long, he finally watched here and found these abnormal situations.


    The consciousness of heaven in the vast majority of the world is not the way of thinking of human beings, nor does it have emotions such as joy, anger, sadness and joy.


    What happened here has indeed seriously violated the rules of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, and it is a serious offense to the consciousness of Heaven and Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    However, the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm will not feel displeased or angry because of this, but just react instinctively, correct all abnormal situations, and make the operation of the rules of heaven and earth return to the right track.


    As for the culprit responsible for all these problems, they will be severely punished and pay the price they deserve.


    In the sky outside the Cathode Jedi, incomparably huge power is rapidly accumulating, electric snakes dance wildly, and thunder is dense...


    Meng Zhang has been waiting for the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to watch here, and has been paying attention to the surrounding situation.


    He was the first to sense the reaction of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, and finally completely relaxed in his heart.


    There was no mistake in his calculations, the plan was normal, and the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm responded as he expected.


    After Lava Vulcan was defeated by Meng Zhang, although he was very unconvinced, he did not dare to continue to despise Meng Zhang.


    When besieging Meng Zhang, in addition to carefully observing Meng Zhang''s every move, he also distracted from time to time to pay attention to the situation around him.


    He was a little worried, if Meng Zhang stayed here and held on, did he deliberately delay them, and then waited for reinforcements to arrive and wipe them out.


    Although the goal was basically achieved, and the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm had already paid attention to it, Meng Zhang remained calm and continued to control the yin and yang to defend.


    The Lava Vulcan didn''t find any clues in Meng Zhang, and he didn''t realize it until the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm began to mobilize the power of heaven and earth to correct the abnormal situation here.


    The Lava Vulcan is a natural god who was bred by heaven and earth a long time ago, and is favored by the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    After the natural gods are converted into belief gods, they often lose most of the favor of the consciousness of heaven.


    Although he believed in gods, the existence of Lava Fire God ensured the basic order of Shenchang Realm, and the rules of heaven and earth were not damaged.


    Probably in the eyes of Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, Lava Vulcan is still the guardian of order in Shenchang Realm.


    Cultivators tend to pay attention to obeying the heavens and responding to others on weekdays, such as the upper body, the heavenly mind, and the like.


    At the critical moment, cultivators must also dare to go against the sky.


    If you go along, you will become a human being, and if you go against it, you will become a fairy.


    When becoming an immortal and attaining the Tao, the cultivator must first accept the test of the Tao of Heaven and break through the restrictions of the Tao of Heaven, and only then can he be protected by the power of the world.


    A truly top-level cultivator never ignores the influence and role of Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    Heavenly Secret Masters such as Meng Zhang are able to skillfully utilize the power of Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    Ordinary celestial masters just peep at the celestial secrets and deduce the trajectory of the heavenly way.


    And if you want to become a Heavenly Secret Immortal Master, you must be able to use the Heavenly Secret to subtly promote or change the trajectory of the Heavenly Dao.


    Compared to a real Heavenly Secret Immortal Master, Meng Zhang was slightly lacking in the cultivation of Heavenly Secrets.


    But in terms of mind, hand, and will, Meng Zhang is already very close.


    Most of the indigenous true gods in Shenchang Realm are confused and don''t know how to use the power of Heavenly Dao Consciousness.


    They will only instinctively fear the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang, regard it as the supreme existence, and never dare to confront it head-on.


    The behavior of Lava Vulcan secretly doing some small actions and breaking the rules of heaven and earth made him very guilty.


    In the depths of his heart, there is a faint fear, for fear of being punished by the consciousness of the heavens and the realm of the gods.


    Now, as soon as he sensed that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm was watching here, it immediately aroused the fear in his heart and made him become chaotic.


    Needless to say, the reason why the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is watching here is because of what they have done.


    The power of heaven and earth that is accumulating outside is to be used to inflict heavenly punishment on them.


    At this time, the Lava Vulcan could still take care of continuing to attack Meng Zhang, and stood to the side in fright.


    The three ghosts and gods are all true god-level powerhouses, and their experience is also rich.


    With their keen senses, they should have already realized that something was wrong.


    But they, who had already fallen into madness, ignored the abnormal situation they sensed and kept attacking Meng Zhang.


    Of course, this also has a certain relationship with the closed place of the Cathode Jedi, which shields many movements from the outside world.


    The existence of ghosts and gods, even if the strength is not weaker than the true gods, is not as sensitive as the true gods in most cases.


    Looking at the lava Vulcan with no masters, Meng Zhang forcibly resisted his desire to make a sneak attack and take the opportunity to counterattack.


    Acting needs to be performed in a full set. Now that the matter has come to this point, let''s leave the Lava Vulcan to the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Accompanied by a loud noise, a thick thunder slashed at the location of the cathode Jedi.


    The thick rock on the ground was smashed into pieces, and the ground cracked open, revealing a deep crack, exposing the cathode Jedi deep underground to the outside world.


    The massive amount of Yin Qi accumulated in the cathode Jedi quickly leaked out, rushing towards the Quartet.


    At this time, the three ghosts and gods from the underworld were finally awakened and realized that something was wrong.


    Before they had time to react any more, several thunderbolts fell one after another.


    Unable to avoid them, they reluctantly took a defensive stance.


    Thunder struck them accurately and knocked them out.


    The big world of Shenchangjie is really profound, and the power of heaven and earth is so powerful.


    If it is in the former Junchen world, even if the consciousness of heaven and earth is hit by the power of heaven and earth, the powerhouse of the true god level can resist one or two.


    If it is a top-level true immortal, it can even compete with it head-on.


    However, in the realm of Shenchang, the three ghosts and gods who are far stronger than ordinary true gods are almost powerless to fight back when faced with the blow of the consciousness of heaven.


    Although a large part of the reason was that their main focus was on Meng Zhang, they were caught off guard, but it was enough to show the strength of the heaven and earth in the Shenchang Realm.


    If Meng Zhang had some ideas in the past, he wanted to try to confront the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm head-on.


    After seeing the scene in front of him, he completely extinguished these thoughts in his heart.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is too strong to confront it head-on, only secretly.


    When those few thunderbolts knocked away the three ghosts and gods, a little spilled power inevitably spread to Meng Zhang.


    Despite the protection of Yin and Yang, Meng Zhang still felt a slight tingling in his body.


    Although the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm is powerful, it is too clumsy and difficult to control the power of heaven and earth too finely.


    While observing the manifestations of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of the Tao of Heaven, Meng Zhang secretly collected all kinds of relevant information.

 Chapter 2670

    The goal of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was not Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was only affected by the aftermath of the thunder power.


    When the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm watched here, all the causes and consequences were seen through. The scene that fell into his eyes was just as Meng Zhang expected.


    The Lava Vulcan connected to the underworld, colluded with the ghosts and gods in the underworld, and helped the ghosts and gods of the underworld come to the Yang world, seriously destroying the interval between yin and yang, and greatly affecting the operation of the rules of heaven and earth.


    As the culprits, the Lava Vulcan and the three ghost gods will be severely punished.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is the same as the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Junchen Realm, with all kinds of incredible magical powers.


    As long as the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm looks at the place, everything that has happened here cannot escape its eyes.


    When Meng Zhang was in Junchen Realm, Junchen Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao was mostly suppressed and confused by six true immortals, resulting in greatly weakened abilities in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang himself seldom made acts against the sky, and most of the time he worked hard to establish the merits of the heavenly way, trying to get the favor of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Junchen world.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm was annihilated, some of the remaining consciousness merged into Taiyi Realm.


    As the founder of Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang can barely be regarded as the successor of Junchen Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    Later, together with Moon God, he refined the unwilling and resentful part of the remaining Heavenly Dao consciousness in Junchen Realm into a special curse.


    When they were in the Demon Realm, Taimiao and Moon God used the cursed thing to kill several true immortals, which was considered to be helping the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Junchen Realm to take revenge.


    After that, the remaining consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm was completely integrated with Taiyi Realm, completely losing its original independent will.


    Whether it is Meng Zhang''s inheritance, or his own insights and experiences, he has a deeper understanding of the consciousness of heaven.


    It is precisely because of this that he is able to grasp the consciousness of the heavenly way of calculating and misleading the Shenchang world.


    When the three ghosts and gods were knocked out, the Lava Vulcan finally reacted.


    No matter how much reverence he had in his heart for the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, he couldn''t just sit and wait for death.


    He began to think quickly in his heart, how to escape the catastrophe in front of him.


    As for the grievances with Meng Zhang, he had long since left them far away.


    After the three ghosts and gods were knocked out, the attack from the consciousness of the heavens did not stop, and a stronger power of heaven and earth was mobilized.


    Even the lawless ghosts and gods are still full of fear for the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    They dare to do some small moves behind their backs, and they will take advantage of some loopholes in the rules of heaven and earth, but they absolutely dare not confront the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang realm head-on.


    In particular, the ghost girl among the three ghosts and gods has a mysterious origin and a deep background. She knows many secrets of the Shenchang realm, and has a certain understanding of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm.


    She knew that with her own strength, she would never be able to resist the next attack.


    The only way for her to survive is to escape back to the underworld in time and be sheltered by the power of the underworld.


    For the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, let the situation here return to normal, and the three ghosts and gods have also been punished to a certain extent, so there is no need to kill them all and hunt them down to the end.


    As a huge pan-conscious body, the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in a big world has its multi-faceted nature, and there are also contradictions and differences within it.


    What appeared in front of Meng Zhang and the others now was the side that maintained the order of the Yang World in the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm.


    In order for a big world to function normally, both the yang world and the underworld must maintain a certain order.


    In the underworld of the gods and prosperous world, it is the other side of the consciousness of heaven that operates, ensuring the normal order of the underworld.


    The power of the underworld cannot easily invade the Yang world, and it is also a taboo for the power of the Yang world to invade the underworld.


    If the ghost girl and the others can successfully escape into the underworld, it is really possible to escape.


    Among the three ghosts and gods, the ghost girl may not have the strongest cultivation base, but the highest status.


    She dragged her severely injured body and began to open the passage between the Yang world and the underworld.


    She also gave a stern order to let the other two ghosts and gods help her.


    The other two ghosts are obviously not as sober as the ghost girl.


    The blow of the power of heaven and earth made them feel more painful and mad.


    However, the fear of the consciousness of heaven in the depths of their hearts made them unable to think of counterattack.


    They were very dissatisfied with the ghost girl, and they roared a few times like a demonstration.


    However, under the threat of the ghost girl, they still had to obey the order and help the ghost girl open the passage between the underworld and the yang world.


    After the power of heaven and earth gathered, the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm attacked the three ghosts and gods again.


    The Lava Vulcan had previously relied on the light veil on his body, barely concealing the surrounding rules of heaven and earth, and temporarily converted his attributes to be similar to ghosts and gods.


    This little trick can''t hide the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    When the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm watched here, he saw through everything about Lava Vulcan at a glance, and understood its role in today''s series of events.


    Meng Zhang also fell into the gaze of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang was very calm and did not hide his origins in vain.


    Of course, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm couldn''t see through everything about Meng Zhang, and could only see what Meng Zhang wanted him to see.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is conservative and xenophobic, and it should have excluded outsiders like Meng Zhang.


    However, what Meng Zhang had done before was indeed maintaining the normal order of the Shenchang Realm and trying to ensure that the order of yin and yang would not be destroyed.


    The way of heaven is selfless, and the way of heaven is fair.


    Heavenly Dao consciousness has no joy, anger, sorrow and joy, and does not act out of love or hate like humans do.


    Heavenly Dao consciousness operates according to fixed rules, and generally does not take the initiative to break the rules.


    Meng Zhang should be punished as a foreign invader.


    Actions that protect the world and maintain the rules of heaven and earth should be encouraged and rewarded.


    Only those who disrupt the order of the world and disrupt the rules of heaven and earth should be punished.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in a big world, when needed, will also absorb some external power to enhance the background of the world, increase the diversity of the power system, and strengthen the guardian power of the world...


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s performance, he is quite a bit like the guardian of the Shenchang Realm.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm hesitated for a while, and then did not care about Meng Zhang.


    He neither suppressed Meng Zhang, nor did he give down the merits of the heavenly way as a reward.


    However, he had noticed Meng Zhang and marked him.


    In the future, he will continue to pay attention to Meng Zhang and observe his behavior.


    If Meng Zhang''s existence is really beneficial to the Shenchang realm, and even makes great contributions to the Shenchang realm, the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang realm will naturally accept him slowly and regard him as a member of the Shenchang realm.


    Even, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm may accept the forces under the leadership of Meng Zhang.


    After hooking up with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm and getting its initial approval, Meng Zhang''s purpose of this calculation was basically achieved.


    As for the life and death of the three ghost gods and the lava god of fire, it is not so important.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to old friends Feiyi and Black Mamba 911 for their many tips and support.

 Chapter 2671

    Meng Zhang no longer cared about the life and death of the three ghosts and gods, but the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang would not let them go easily.


    The punishment brought down by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao is called Heavenly Punishment.


    The power of divine punishment varies, but no one wants to resist even the weakest divine punishment.


    A series of thunder and lightning slammed towards the three ghosts and gods.


    For the three ghosts and gods, the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang is merciless.


    For the Lava Vulcan, it does not mean to kill them all.


    No thunder and lightning fell to the Lava Vulcan, but he was struck by lightning, groaned in pain, and spurted blood from his mouth.


    The veil that transforms the power attribute he was wearing was turned into pieces, and his divine body was constantly shaking.


    The Lava Vulcan knew that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was still merciful to him.


    After all, he was born of a god, and he was the overlord of the Shenchang world.


    He has led many indigenous gods over the years, and, intentionally or unintentionally, has maintained the normal order of the Shenchang world.


    Over the years, he has neither credit nor hard work.


    He was punished for this mistake, but not put to death.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm gave him a small punishment and a big admonition, and let him go.


    The Lava Vulcan first kowtowed to the sky, then turned around and left here, daring not to stop.


    Meng Zhang looked at the back of Lava Vulcan leaving, suppressed the urge to shoot, and felt very regretful in his heart.


    When the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was paying attention to this place, he behaved very honestly and did not take the opportunity to kill Lava Vulcan.


    It is not suitable for extravagance now. The defeated general of Lava Vulcan can be saved and dealt with later.


    Meng Zhang can beat him once, and he can beat him countless times.


    The Lava Vulcan escaped on his own again, completely abandoning the three ghosts and gods.


    He doesn''t feel the slightest guilt in his heart, that''s how his heart is.


    The three ghosts and gods use each other with him, and no one owes anyone anything.


    Under the ingenious actions of the ghost girl, the other two ghosts and gods suffered the main attack.


    The mighty power of heaven and earth erupted in the form of thunder and lightning.


    The thunder is strong, and it has strong restraint against ghosts and ghosts.


    The two ghosts and gods did not persist for too long under the bombardment of the thunder, and they were completely wiped out.


    The ghost girl stimulated her final potential, suffered two blows, and finally successfully jumped into the passage leading to the underworld.


    It''s just a thin line, and the seriously injured ghost girl escaped this catastrophe.


    The ghost girl disappeared in the passage, and the passage began to close.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm hesitated for a while, let the ghost girl go, and did not continue to pursue.


    The ghosts and gods in the underworld are the maintainers of the order in the underworld, and they are an important part of the ecology of the Shenchang world.


    These ghosts and gods cannot be lacking in the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm has killed two ghosts and gods, which is enough to serve as a warning, so that other ghosts and gods in the underworld are afraid, and they will not dare to cross the boundary at will in the future.


    The thunder and lightning in the sky began to disappear, and the dark clouds began to dissipate.


    The Shenchang Realm is so vast, and there are many places that need the attention of Tiandao consciousness.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is too large and slow, and it is not easy to act once.


    From the beginning, Meng Zhang felt a huge pressure in his heart, making him almost breathless.


    Now, with the disappearance of this coercion, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm no longer continues to pay attention to this place.


    Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief and completely relaxed.


    This time, he not only achieved the main purpose, but also used a knife to kill people, destroyed two ghosts and gods, and severely injured the Lava Vulcan.


    Whether it is the ghost girl who escaped back to the underworld or the lava fire god who escaped long ago, with their state, I am afraid it will be difficult to recover in a short period of time.


    The ghosts and gods in the underworld are all the people who will get their revenge. This time, the ghost girl has formed a deep hatred with Meng Zhang.


    However, yin and yang are separated. Under normal circumstances, even if the ghost girl waits for thousands of years, she may not have the chance to return to the yang world and take revenge on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang originally planned to continue chasing the Lava Vulcan and completely eradicate the roots, but after thinking about it, he gave up the idea.


    Lava Vulcan is not a problem for the time being, let''s deal with the army he called first.


    Meng Zhang glanced around and saw that the special treasure land of the Cathode Jedi was hit by divine punishment and was severely damaged.


    This place doesn''t seem to have much value anymore.


    Meng Zhang left Negative Jedi and found a secluded place to adjust his breath.


    He defeated Lava Vulcan on the battlefield, chased all the way to the Cathode Jedi, and then struggled for so long under the siege of so many powerful enemies.


    Meng Zhang suffered great losses in all aspects, and his physical condition was very poor.


    He has to seize the time to recover so that he can plan the next step.


    Time was running out, and Meng Zhang did not hesitate to resort to some harmful self-mutilation secret techniques, in order to restore his combat effectiveness in the shortest possible time.


    He paid a lot of price to restore the state of his family in a short period of time.


    He did not continue to recuperate, and returned to the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance at the fastest speed.


    This time, he didn''t need to chase the Lava Vulcan on the road. He returned directly. After a few space transfers, he returned to the army.


    Meng Zhang did not elaborate on how he made use of the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang realm, but only said that the Lava Vulcan was severely injured and could not regain his combat power within a short period of time.


    Without the slightest delay, he ordered the armies of both sides to dispatch immediately to launch a full-scale attack on the army assembled by Lava Vulcan.


    After Lava Vulcan was defeated, a group of indigenous true gods headed by Tongguangjiang God managed to bring this army back to the camp.


    After returning to the camp, Tongguangjiang God temporarily replaced the command position of Lava Vulcan and continued to issue orders.


    Although some aboriginal true gods are dissatisfied, including the subordinates of Lava Vulcan, no one directly opposes Tongguangjiang God.


    Everyone is not a fool. Under such a bad situation, no matter what kind of thoughts Tongguangjiang God has, he is willing to take the initiative to stand up and shoulder the responsibility, which is very commendable.


    Whether it is an enemy or a friend, you should have some respect for him.


    The God of Tongguang Jiang ordered to strengthen the defense of the camp to prevent the enemy from chasing after victory.


    At the same time, Tongguang Jiangshen and Lava Vulcan''s subordinates worked together to contact Lava Vulcan and try to restore contact with him.


    However, since Lava Vulcan retreated from the battlefield, there has been no news and no response to other people''s contacts.


    Whether it is his trusted subordinates or other indigenous true gods such as Tongguangjiang God, they have never been able to contact him.


    Thinking of Meng Zhang''s relentless pursuit of Lava Vulcan, many people already have an ominous premonition in their hearts.


    Perhaps, the Lava Vulcan has been killed by Meng Zhang.


    The best result was that he was trapped by Meng Zhang and could not contact the outside world.


    The loss of the leader, Lava Vulcan, was a very serious blow to the army.


    The last defeat caused heavy losses to this army, and its morale was extremely low.


    Although Tongguang Jiangshen is very conceited, he does not dare to say that he can lead the army to overcome difficulties and reverse the crisis.

 Chapter 2672

    Lava Vulcan and Azure Sea God managed to assemble such a large army.


    If this army is lost here, there will be no more soldiers in the Shenchang Realm except for the army under the command of the Azure Sea God.


    At that time, the Azure Sea God must be alone, unable to resist the powerful invaders.


    The fall of Shenchang Realm will be inevitable, and all the native gods will suffer a catastrophe of life and death.


    Thinking of such serious consequences, the hearts of the native gods are very heavy.


    At this time, Tongguang Jiangshen didn''t care about his own face, and he didn''t even have the will to be brave.


    He directly contacted the Azure Sea God and asked the Azure Sea God for assistance.


    Although the Tongguang Jiangshen also knew that the blue sea god led the army to suppress the realm of the rising sun god, it was also very hard and laborious.


    But now he has no choice but to ask the Azure Sea God for help.


    When receiving the message of Tongguang Jiangshen''s request for help, Weilan Seagod was meeting with the visiting True God Rising Sun.


    Originally, the Azure Sea God didn''t want to meet the True God Rising Sun.


    In his opinion, from the moment when True God Rising Sun completely surrendered to Venerable Hunling, no matter whether he was really completely controlled by Venerable Hunling, as rumored, he lost his original status and became a Hunling Godly puppet.


    The Azure Sea God didn''t even want to see the Hunling Venerable God, let alone a puppet of the Hunling Venerable God.


    No matter how splendid the True God Rising Sun was in the past, since he has become the puppet of the Hunling Venerable God, don''t think about maintaining his previous status.


    However, as one of the oldest gods in the Shenchang world, the True God Shengyang has a prominent reputation, and his prestige spreads far and wide, and almost everyone in the Shenchang world does not know it.


    He has the courage to serve, and often considers himself the leader of the Shenchang world.


    Although this has attracted a lot of criticism for him and made him have many more enemies, it has also made him many more supporters.


    After all, no matter what, True God Rising Yang is considering the overall situation of the Shenchang Realm and has indeed solved a lot of problems.


    If nothing else, organizing an army to attack Junchen World is a thankless task.


    However, for the future of Shenchang Realm and to eliminate this threat, he still acted without hesitation.


    Although under the promotion of the Moon God, there are many rumors that are unfavorable to him, but he is still very prestigious among the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    The Azure Sea God couldn''t ignore the thoughts of so many indigenous gods, so he couldn''t be completely shut out and ignored.


    Azure Sea God reluctantly approached True God Rising Sun.


    After the two sides met, True God Shengyang didn''t talk nonsense and went straight to the topic.


    Hunling Zunshen has no ambitions for the realm of Shenchang, but only spreads beliefs on the realm of Shengyang True God.


    Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan are not fellow travelers of Hunling Zunshen, nor did they come to Shenchang Realm at the request of Hunling Zunshen.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan must completely conquer the Shenchang Realm and destroy all the indigenous gods.


    They lost the home of Junchen Realm and wanted to occupy Shenchang Realm.


    Hunling Venerable God is also not used to their actions.


    Zunling God is willing to stand together with the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm to fight against the invaders from Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan.


    ...


    True God Shengyang lowered his body and spoke in a eloquent and sincere manner.


    When the True God Rising Sun and the Venerable God Hunling met, the Venerable God Hunling closely monitored all the situation through the restriction he placed in the True God of the Sun, without missing any details.


    There is no problem with the performance of True God Rising Sun, it is simply perfect.


    Judging from his performance, he is indeed a loyal subordinate of the Hunling Zunshen, serving for the Hunling Zunzi wholeheartedly.


    Even with the most critical eyes, he could not find any flaws.


    The always suspicious Hunling Venerable God couldn''t help but think, could it be that he really completely conquered the True God Rising Sun?


    There were quite a few indigenous gods present, and many people were skeptical about the true god Rising Sun.


    More people, including the Azure Sea God, simply do not believe in the words of the True God Rising Sun.


    Originally, the Azure Sea God received the True God Rising Sun and had a dialogue with him.


    After True God Shengyang finished speaking, he was ready to end the conversation and drive True God Shengyang away.


    But at this time, Azure Sea God received the latest information from Tongguang River God and knew the situation on Tongguang River God.


    He didn''t care about the life and death of Tongguangjiang God, but he couldn''t ignore the survival of this army.


    Lava Vulcan is so unreliable, to escape on the battlefield, it is really beyond the imagination of Azure Sea God.


    Lava Vulcan and Azure Sea God are old rivals, and the two sides have been dealing with each other for many years.


    Most of the blame for the plight of the army this time should be attributed to Lava Vulcan.


    Even if Lava Vulcan is no match for Meng Zhang, he shouldn''t just run for his own life.


    He stayed where he was, and with the help of the cover of other indigenous true gods, he could probably continue to persevere.


    Taking 10,000 steps back, even if Meng Zhang could defeat him, he would not be able to completely kill him.


    He was too timid, too cherished, too selfish.


    Thinking that the overall situation of the Shenchang Realm might collapse completely, Seagod Wei Lan felt anxious and angry.


    He knows that now is not the time to complain and resent the Lava Vulcan, and he must find a way to solve the problem as soon as possible.


    Now the true god of rising sun came to the door, no matter if what he said was true or not, he showed the same attitude.


    That is, Venerable God Hunling does not want to continue to fight with the aboriginal gods such as Azure Sea God, and he hopes that the two sides will restore peace.


    The Azure Sea God knows that the Hunling Venerable God is trying to get a chance to breathe.


    When he has accumulated enough strength, when the time comes, he will definitely restart the war.


    However, the Azure Sea God also needs a breather now.


    He could only make peace with the Hunling Venerable God temporarily, and then he had the spare energy to take care of the Guangjiang God.


    Since both parties are interested in making peace, it will naturally be possible to reach a settlement soon.


    In order not to expose his own weakness, Azure Sea God''s attitude is still relatively tough.


    He seemed to be persuaded by True God Shengyang, believed his words, and was willing to make peace temporarily.


    But he put forward many harsh conditions and persecuted True God Shengyang.


    Hunling Zun has always kept in touch with the True God Rising Sun and gave instructions to the negotiation.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God really wants to end the current state of hostility, he cannot fully accept the excessive demands of the Azure Sea God.


    The Hunling Zunshen hated the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan who took advantage of the fire, and was full of fear for them.


    Considering the imminent threat of these two companies, Zunling God also made a lot of concessions.


    In the end, after some bargaining, Azure Sea God and True God Rising Sun reached an agreement.


    The two sides temporarily stopped the war, and the blue sea god took the initiative to withdraw his troops, and no longer continued to attack and oppress the territory of the true god of rising sun.


    In order to express the sincerity of peace, True God Rising Sun took the initiative to shrink his troops and gave up a lot of territory around the territory as a buffer zone for both sides.


    The true god of rising sun promises to limit the belief in the god of mixed spirits, and will not continue to expand around.


    ...

 Chapter 2673

    Since the peace negotiation was successfully reached, neither side had any intention of delaying, and acted quickly to ensure that the peace negotiation would be implemented.


    Neither side had the intention to continue fighting, nor did they take the opportunity to engage in ghosts or the like.


    Hunling Venerable God did not know that the army of the Lava Vulcan Organization was in trouble, nor did he know the situation of the Azure Sea God, so he made many concessions.


    Of course, if he knew this, he might be more afraid of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance, and maybe he would be more active in reconciling with the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    In the mind of Zunling God, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are no less enemies than the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    He wouldn''t believe Meng Zhang''s nonsense, thinking that they were really here to help him.


    In any case, the two sides have temporarily restored peace, and the Azure Sea God can take out his hands and deal with other things.


    While the Azure Sea God and the Rising Sun True God were making peace, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition launched an all-out attack on the current enemy.


    After the Tongguang Jiangshen was defeated, he actively organized a large army to strengthen the defense.


    Although the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world are far from comparable to the Taoist cultivators in terms of formation attainments.


    But they still have some tricks.


    Many aboriginal gods summoned their own projections of the divine domain to descend.


    These projections overlap and cooperate with each other, building an indestructible fortress.


    There was also a history of conquest among the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Many indigenous gods have rich fighting experience and are good at constructing defense lines.


    In the history of Shenchang Realm, there has never been an army of such a size, nor a war of such a scale.


    Despite the dedicated cooperation of the native gods, there were still many omissions.


    At the same time when the Taiyi Realm and the dragon army were dispatched, Meng Zhang brought Gu Yue Lingqing and other true immortal-level powerhouses directly above the camp of the native gods.


    Originally, according to the conventions of war, the two sides should be soldiers against soldiers and generals.


    High-level powerhouses generally do not deliberately kill low-level enemies.


    Although the Lava Vulcan had long since fled, there were many native gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    When facing Meng Zhang and the others, the indigenous true gods still have a numerical advantage.


    Tongguang Jiangshen led the group of indigenous true gods and participated in the battle wholeheartedly, at least able to resist Meng Zhang and the others for a long time.


    Although most of the indigenous true gods are willing to pay, they are willing to fight the enemy to the death.


    But there are still many people who are greedy for life and fear of death. When facing a powerful enemy, their hearts are filled with fear.


    Lava Vulcan has a very bad head.


    With his status and strength, he was able to escape, how could he ask other native gods?


    Meng Zhang was able to defeat the Lava Vulcan head-on, which shows that his strength is strong, and even the Guangjiang God does not want to fight him head-on.


    The team led by Meng Zhang soon had a war with the indigenous true gods.


    Although Meng Zhang''s fighting power has not recovered to its heyday, it is enough to sweep the Quartet.


    Soon after the war, an indigenous true god was injured by the wind, fire, yin and yang fan he sacrificed.


    This indigenous true god was probably terrified, and actually fled the battlefield directly.


    With a leader, many aboriginal true gods followed and fled.


    The Tongguang River God and a group of indigenous true gods worked hard to maintain the war situation, and the situation became worse.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue''e, etc., were even able to draw out their hands and attack the army camp below.


    In the face of a true immortal-level attack, the seemingly indestructible army camp was broken in a few moments, and there were gaps everywhere.


    The coalition forces of Taiyijie and Longzu rushed to the battlefield in time and launched a full-scale attack on the enemy camp.


    The demoralized army did not hold out for long before being completely defeated.


    The army began to collapse, and the native gods, gods, and believers fled like headless flies.


    The Lava Fire God and the Azure Sea God exerted their appeal, and it took a lot of effort to assemble the army, and it was defeated like this.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces pursued and killed with all their might, in order to completely wipe out the enemy.


    The most important in this army are the indigenous true gods.


    An indigenous true god is worth thousands of troops.


    The same is true for the army of cultivators.


    A high-level monk is far more important than many low-level monks.


    Seeing that the collapse of the army is irreversible, Tongguang Jiangshen only has a strong man to break his wrist, trying to retain the essence of the army.


    He led a group of indigenous true gods and fought and retreated, trying to bring everyone away from the battlefield safely.


    Meng Zhang led everyone in hot pursuit, and the ferocious offensive seemed to never stop.


    There are constant indigenous true gods being injured and slowly falling behind.


    Even a true god, in such a battle, once fell behind, lost the cover of his comrades, and faced the siege of Meng Zhang and other powerful enemies, he could not escape the end of his fall.


    Tongguang Jiangshen began to work hard, his injuries gradually increased, and more and more casualties appeared in the team.


    More importantly, the fighting spirit of these indigenous true gods has plummeted, and they have lost the confidence to continue fighting.


    Some aboriginal true gods couldn''t bear it anymore, abandoned the large army directly, and fled the battlefield alone.


    Meng Zhang and the others didn''t care about these guys. Their goal was to try to eliminate this team of indigenous true gods and the elites of indigenous true gods headed by the Tongguang River God.


    Tongguang Jiangshen, who was seriously injured, was unable to protect himself and could no longer continue to lead the team.


    This team is about to collapse, and many indigenous true gods are supported by one breath.


    He asked himself that he had done enough and had given enough.


    At the juncture of life and death, he chose to save his own life.


    Heaven and earth are big, and they are not as important as their own lives.


    He was about to take out his last trump card, drop his team, and flee the battlefield.


    At this critical moment, Azure Sea God finally arrived on the battlefield.


    After the truce with the Hunling Venerable God and everything was arranged, the Azure Sea God could finally leave temporarily.


    He also knew that the situation there was critical, and he didn''t have time to mobilize the army. He just brought a few cronies and rushed to the battlefield.


    When Azure Sea God and other indigenous true gods appeared over the battlefield, Tongguang River God finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    They finally waited for the rescue, and now they were saved.


    Meng Zhang and the others were on the verge of a formidable enemy and began to be on guard against the new enemy.


    If it was in a normal state, Meng Zhang asked himself if he could defeat the Azure Sea God just like the Lava Vulcan.


    But he, who had not fully recovered from the beginning, had just gone through a big battle and was in very poor condition.


    The loss of other comrades in the long battle is not small.


    However, Meng Zhang did not intend to retreat at all, instead he put down the opponent in front of him and shot directly at the blue sea god.


    After a few moves, Wei Lan Sea God and Meng Zhang knew that this was a very difficult enemy to deal with.


    Azure Sea God also has no intention of fighting for a long time.


    Our side failed this time, with heavy casualties, and the surviving indigenous true gods were also in extremely poor condition and could not be of much help.


    If Tongguangjiangshen and the others are forced to continue fighting, God knows how much fighting power they can still exert.


    Relying solely on the Azure Sea God and his few cronies, he was not sure of defeating the formidable enemy in front of him.

 Chapter 2674

    Azure Sea God had another scruple in his heart.


    He didn''t have the slightest trust in True God Rising Sun and Venerable God Hunling.


    Although the two sides have reached a peace agreement, everyone can basically follow it.


    But if the Azure Sea God has been away for a long time, and the Hunling Venerable God and the others are aware of the flaws, they are likely to take advantage of it and start a war again.


    Without the auspices of the Azure Sea God, just relying on the army that confronted them over there would not be able to resist a powerful enemy like them.


    Wei Lan Sea God didn''t want to delay here for a long time, Wuxin entangled with Meng Zhang and the others.


    The army below has completely collapsed, which is irreversible.


    Azure Sea God asked himself that he had no power to return to the sky, and he could only give up this army.


    However, the indigenous true gods headed by Tongguangjiang God have to try their best to save them.


    These indigenous true gods are the essence of the entire army, and they are the most high-end combat power.


    As long as these indigenous true gods are still there, they will spend some time and pay some price in the future to organize a large army again.


    Even if the army of the new organization is not as large as the army in front of it, it can play a role more or less.


    Azure Sea God ordered Tongguang River God and the others to move closer to him, and he and his subordinates actively provided cover.


    Despite Mengzhang and the others'' efforts to stop them, they were unable to interrupt the enemy''s actions.


    After the Azure Sea God merged with the Tongguang River God and the others, he led them to fight and retreat, trying to slowly get out of the battle.


    After Meng Zhang led his comrades in pursuit for a while, he had to give up.


    With the cover of the Azure Sea God, they have been unable to destroy the enemy in front of them.


    If we continue to fight, it will expose the fact that our side is somewhat strong from outside.


    If Meng Zhang and the others really want to continue to fight forcibly, even if they can achieve more results, they will pay a heavy price.


    It''s been a long time since they came to Japan, and the time is on Mengzhang''s side.


    When the state recovers in the future, with Yu Wei, who won today''s great victory, Meng Zhang and the others can start the battle again and defeat the enemy again.


    Azure Sea God successfully led the group of indigenous true gods out of the battle.


    They quickly left the battlefield, without stopping, and rushed directly to the blue sea god''s camp.


    Meng Zhang and the others came out of nowhere. First, they offered assistance to help their subordinates chase down the defeated enemy army. Then, they returned to the base and began to adjust their breaths, striving to return to their best state as soon as possible.


    As the leaders, the indigenous true gods fled the battlefield, which is equivalent to completely abandoning the army.


    After the entire army had completely collapsed, even if there were not weak forces left, it was impossible to organize effective resistance at all.


    Some fled in all directions; some knelt down and begged for mercy, voluntarily surrendering;


    The top leaders of Taiyi Realm are all Taoist cultivators, not bloodthirsty people.


    They recruited and surrendered, captured many prisoners, and accepted many surrenderers...


    Although Taiyi Realm will leave Shenchang Realm sooner or later, it is still much easier to do things with these local refugees.


    Some of these outstanding people, after being selected, can also be gradually incorporated into the Taiyi Realm system.


    The high-level dragon clan doesn''t care about the life and death of these ants.


    But these ants are not entirely useless.


    After the Dragon Clan completely conquered the Shenchang Realm, the Dragon Clan and its main vassal, the Sea Clan, will definitely use the ocean as their main habitat and center of domination.


    But the land of Shenchang Realm is so vast, it is impossible for the Dragon Clan to give up completely.


    In the Junchen world, the dragons have always coveted the mainland.


    The vast land is rich in resources; certain types of dragons are more suitable for living on the continent...


    Dragons need to establish effective rule on the continent.


    At that time, these ants can play an important role.


    Dragons can support them to establish puppet regimes and drive them at will...


    The high-level eyes of the Dragon Clan are still very long-term.


    Holding a similar idea, the dragon clan also captured many prisoners and the like.


    Seeing that the overall situation has been decided, there should be no real immortal-level battle next, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor left the battlefield and returned to the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan.


    Meng Zhang and the others were too lazy to intervene in the affairs of the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, and began to cultivate well.


    Although there was no suspense about the outcome of this battle after the Azure Sea God and the others retreated, the subsequent follow-up matters still took a lot of energy from the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    It took several months before the follow-up matters of this war were fully dealt with.


    After this war, the situation in Shenchang Realm became clearer.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition again showed their fangs, showing their irresistible strength.


    Part of the main force of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition forces temporarily rested, and the coalition forces divided many branch divisions and began to move towards the surrounding areas, attacking the city and expanding the land.


    After the army of Lava Vulcan was completely destroyed, for a long time, Shenchang Realm could not organize a strong enough army to resist the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    The senior leaders of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan should take advantage of this precious window period to expand all around.


    As the coalition forces went, the native gods who ruled everywhere either fled or looked down.


    Some of the partial divisions are not strong enough, and the indigenous gods really want to organize resistance, most of them can block the enemy without saying anything, and may even defeat the enemy.


    However, many indigenous gods have lost their fighting spirit and dare not resist the enemy''s army.


    They knew in their hearts that even if they temporarily blocked the enemy''s army, it would be meaningless.


    As long as the Shenchang Realm side has no ability to block the main force of the enemy army, their failure is only a matter of time.


    Many indigenous gods are unwilling or unable to give up their gods and followers.


    More and more native gods surrendered, and the alliance between Taiyijie and the Dragon Race became smoother.


    When Junchen Xianzun shaped the Junchen realm, he took the Shenchang realm as an important reference.


    Instead of copying the geography of Shenchang Realm, he refers to the system of Shenchang Realm, the rules of heaven and earth, etc.


    In fact, the geographical gap between Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm is still very large.


    There is only one huge continent in the Junchen world.


    This continent takes Middle-earth as its core and encompasses the vast land around it.


    The continent is surrounded by oceans on three sides and a barren land on the other.


    The area of ??the Junchen Realm continent and ocean is about six to four points.


    In addition to the large and small islands in the ocean, the land area accounts for up to 40%.


    Of course, there are many rivers and lakes and other water systems on the mainland.


    Shenchang Realm also has vast oceans and land, both of which are roughly the same size.


    The land of Shenchang Realm is mainly two continents, almost side by side, separated by a long strait.


    The two continents are one big and one small, and the area is several times different, and the situation is also very different in all aspects.


    When the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces invaded the Shenchang Realm, they took this smaller continent as their first target.

 Chapter 2675

    The larger continent is called the Eastern Continent, or Donglu for short.


    The territories of the True God Shengyang, the True God Chongyue, and the God of Tongguang River are all located on this continent.


    The smaller continent is called the Western Continent, or the Western Land for short.


    Lava Vulcans occupy a large part of this continent.


    The Western Continent is far more desolate than the Eastern Continent. There are fewer creatures living here, and the native gods who support it are far inferior.


    The Western Land is roughly divided into two parts.


    A larger part of the terrain is dominated by the desert Gobi, with some oases in the middle.


    In the depths of the desert Gobi, there are huge volcanoes.


    There is a real barren grass, the fire is rising, the magma is flowing...


    This part is the domain of the Lava Vulcan, controlled by him and the native gods under his command.


    Another smaller part, the terrain is dominated by grasslands and deserts, and there are many rivers and lakes in the middle. There are also many indigenous gods distributed here.


    Although these aboriginal gods bowed their heads to the Lava Vulcan in name, they actually went their separate ways.


    In the past, due to the support of the True God Rising Sun and the Azure Sea God, the indigenous gods in this area had strong autonomy and did not obey the Lava Vulcan very much.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, especially the various factions, have always been full of open and secret battles.


    Although Lava Vulcan has a hot temper, its desire to expand is not very strong.


    Lava Vulcan and its main subordinates prefer places like volcanic lava, and do not like places with too much water vapor.


    Due to the restraint of the True God Rising Sun and the Azure Sea God, the Lava Vulcan did not dominate the Western Land.


    This area does not have too powerful indigenous gods, nor does it belong to a certain faction.


    Before the invasion, according to the actual situation of Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang worked out a detailed invasion plan with the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    This area is the first target of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance.


    They successfully penetrated this area and established a forward base here.


    After this great victory, they expanded all around, and finally completely controlled this area.


    This area borders the territory of Lava Vulcan on one side and the sea on the other three sides.


    Some teams from the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces have reached the edge of the Lava Vulcan Territory, and some have reached the seaside...


    Next, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces rested while consolidating their rule over the occupied area.


    All indigenous gods and gods who dared to resist in this area have been eliminated.


    Others, whether they are sincere or not, at least not dare to resist the slightest on the surface.


    The Lava Vulcan finally organized an army with the help of the Azure Sea God, but was killed in the first battle.


    Lava Vulcan''s territory is now very empty, and there are not enough garrison troops.


    The blue sea god covered a group of indigenous true gods to retreat, and they retreated to the sea.


    Most of the army under the command of the Azure Sea God is at sea, and a small part occupies part of the Eastern Continent.


    Azure Sea God knew that the fall of the Western Land was inevitable.


    He is now incapable of organizing an army cross-sea expedition again to aid the Lava Vulcan.


    The Lava Vulcan can only seek more blessings from himself and protect his own territory by his own strength.


    After this battle, the Azure Sea God finally saw the power of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces, and almost regarded it as a threat no less than the god of mixed spirits.


    Although he still regards the Hunling Venerable God as the number one threat, the Azure Sea God had to devote more energy to pay attention to the west side.


    For him at this time, having made peace with the Hunling Venerable God earlier turned out to be a good thing.


    Azure Sea God is now not only unwilling to break the peace talks easily, but hopes that the peace between the two sides can continue to be maintained.


    If it weren''t for the extreme distrust of the Hunling Venerable God, the Blue Sea God really had the plan to join forces with him and deal with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance first.


    At present, the power is insufficient, and the Azure Sea God can only continue to accumulate power.


    He wants to drain every potential of Shenchang Realm, recruit more indigenous gods as soon as possible, and reorganize an army.


    Since the Lava Vulcan left the Cathode Jedi, he has not contacted the Azure Sea God at all.


    By now, many indigenous gods are unaware of their whereabouts.


    If a top true god like Lava Vulcan falls in Shenchang Realm, Azure Sea God will feel a little bit more or less.


    Azure Sea God did not sense his fall and knew that he was still alive.


    But he never contacted himself and didn''t know where to hide, which made him very annoyed.


    The performance of Lava Vulcan completely disappointed Azure Sea God.


    He no longer has any illusions about the Lava Vulcan.


    In this way, the Azure Sea God is somewhat alone.


    Although the indigenous gods of the second echelon, such as Tongguang River God and Rising Sun God, can barely replace the status of Lava Vulcan, they are much worse than Lava Vulcan in all aspects.


    If the Azure Sea God wants to fight and expel foreign enemies, he needs more assistance.


    Taking advantage of the rare peaceful time, the Azure Sea God worked hard to enhance his own strength.


    He tried his best to persuade True God Chongyue to join the war.


    As a veteran true god in the Shenchang world, he knows many secrets of the Shenchang world.


    He wanted to find a way to make the profound heritage of Shenchang Realm work.


    The results of the war on the west side were successively spread to the realm of True God Rising Sun.


    True God Rising Sun has done a good job in this peace negotiation, which has fully proved his loyalty and greatly satisfied the Hunling Venerable God.


    On the surface, Hunling Venerable God gave him more trust and let him be responsible for more affairs.


    After receiving the results of the war on the west side, the good mood of Hunling Venerable God was completely destroyed.


    Now it seems that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance have gained a firm foothold in the Shenchang Realm, completely showing their fangs.


    Hunling Zunshen knows the dangers of these two families, but it is impossible for them to organize a large army and labor expedition to directly deal with these two families when the blue sea god is eyeing them.


    Hunling Venerable God strengthened the surveillance on the west side, trying to grasp the latest trends of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces.


    At the same time, he also asked True God Rising Sun to come forward and contact the Azure Sea God again to see if the two sides could temporarily join forces to fight against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance.


    The Azure Sea God is extremely hostile to the Hunling Venerable God.


    In his mind, the existence of Hunling Venerable God is shaking the foundation of indigenous gods'' rule over the world of Shenchang, and it is a real confidant.


    But under the current circumstances, the Azure Sea God was simply unable to fight on two fronts.


    Azure Sea God hesitated in his heart, not clear about the next battle direction.


    He did not easily agree to the proposal of True God Rising Sun to join forces, nor did he refuse, but continued to keep in touch with the other party, dragging the other party all the time.


    In the current Shenchang world, the situation has roughly begun to become clear.


    Except for the reclusive guy like True God Chongyue, mainly three parties are fighting.


    Due to various reasons, the three parties have no intention of launching a war for the time being, and the Shenchang Realm has generally entered a short period of peace.

 Chapter 2676

    High-level officials of the three parties all know that the current state of peace is temporary and cannot last for a long time.


    They are all trying their best to prepare for the next war.


    Among the three parties, the one with the most active and strongest desire for aggression is undoubtedly the coalition of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    For this coalition, the next attack has two directions.


    The territory of the Lava Vulcan is currently the most empty time.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied army really want to muster Yu Yong, and they are very sure that they can go down in one battle.


    However, for the sake of prudence, the senior officials of the Taiyi world and the dragon clan did not rashly launch it.


    In particular, Meng Zhang and other true immortal-level combat power will take some time to cultivate.


    After Meng Zhang and the others have fully recovered, it is obviously more appropriate to launch a full-scale attack on the Lava Vulcan territory.


    When the Western Land is completely under control, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race Allied Forces can cross the strait, cross the sea, and attack the Eastern Land.


    Among the high-level dragon clan members, some members raised his attention to the top-level power of Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is the most powerful existence in Shenchang Realm.


    If the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm had the intelligence and thinking of a normal person, Meng Zhang would not dare to invade Shenchang Realm.


    He wants to take advantage of the flaws in Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao and slowly calculate it.


    In his eyes, the Lava Vulcan God and the Azure Sea God are already dead bones in the mound, which is nothing to worry about.


    The news that the True God Rising Sun and the Azure Sea God made peace, and even tried to join forces with them, was finally learned by the intelligence system arranged by the Moon God, and then spread to the high-level ears of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Hunling Zunshen is not a bunch of bum gods in Shenchang Realm.


    Regardless of his background, with his knowledge and strength, he is enough to become a strong enemy.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces invaded the Shenchang Realm under the banner of assisting the Hunling Zunshen, which did cause some confusion to the indigenous gods in the Shenchang realm, but they were never able to confuse the Hunling Zunshen.


    Meng Zhang never expected that this little trick would be able to work against the gods.


    However, it is a bit unexpected for many people to see the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan as the biggest enemies so quickly, and even join forces with the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Fortunately, the Azure Sea God is too afraid of the Hunling Venerable God, so far he has not agreed to join forces with him.


    If the three-way battle becomes two-on-one, it will be very unfavorable to the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Originally, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan planned to wipe out the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm first, and then slowly fight against the Hunling Venerable God.


    Now it seems that their original idea was too wishful thinking, and they have to start to adjust the order of the enemy.


    The power of the Hunling Venerable God is mainly on the territory of the True God Shengyang, and the territory of the True God of the Sun is far away in the East.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces cannot directly attack there for the time being.


    After some discussions, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan leaders reached a consensus on two points.


    The first is to find a way to sabotage the attempt of the Hunling Venerable God and the Azure Sea God to join forces, and they must not be allowed to stand together.


    The second is to delay the attack on the Lava Vulcan territory.


    If the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Tribe allied forces completely occupy the territory of the Lava Vulcan, it will definitely cause greater stimulation to the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    Perhaps driven by a sense of crisis, the Azure Sea God will speed up and merge with the Hunling Venerable God.

 Chapter 2677

    Meng Zhang knew for a long time that this attack on Shenchang Realm was to steal food from Hunling Venerable God, and sooner or later he would face this guy.


    The biggest disadvantage of the Hunling Zunshen side is that there are not as many true gods as the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    As long as the Hunling Venerable God can be solved, the forces it has established can be completely disintegrated without a war.


    When the Lava Vulcan led the army to kill, it was Meng Zhang who came to capture the thief first to capture the king, and directly defeated the Lava Vulcan, which completely established the victory.


    Meng Zhang wanted to repeat the old trick and find an opportunity to solve the Hunling Zunshen.


    It''s just that the Hunling Venerable God has been staying on the realm of the rising sun, and it is difficult to find a chance for him to be alone.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has not fully recovered yet, and needs a lot of time to cultivate.


    Meng Zhang suffered a huge loss this time, and he suffered a lot, but it was not all gain.


    The victory on the battlefield will not be mentioned for the time being. When the cathode was Jedi, the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm noticed Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang also took the opportunity to sense it.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm represents the operation of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, which is unattainable and vast...


    Although the contact time was very short, and Meng Zhang did not dare to wait and watch unscrupulously in order to avoid causing his resentment, he had benefited a lot from just secretly peeping at some things.


    The systems of Junchen Realm and Shenchang Realm are similar, and the way of heaven is very similar, but there are still many differences.


    Meng Zhang realized the operation of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, which can greatly deepen his accumulation.


    Although the cultivation of the true immortal stage is also divided into the early, middle and late stages, this is only the division of the cultivation realm, not the basis for judging the combat effectiveness.


    The special thing about the real immortal realm is that the combat power is not equal to the cultivation realm.


    Meng Zhang will soon be able to fight against those old-fashioned true immortals when he enters the realm of true immortals.


    It can be said that since he entered the real immortal realm, the cultivation realm of the enemies he faced was much higher than his realm, but most of them were not his opponents.


    Strong combat power is a good thing, but Meng Zhang will not ignore the improvement of the cultivation realm.


    True immortals have a long lifespan, and their cultivation realm improves very slowly. Meng Zhang is no exception in this regard.


    There are not many opportunities to speed up the real immortals to improve their cultivation realm.


    It is one of the best opportunities to get in touch with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in a big world and gain insight from it.


    While retreating to heal his wounds, Meng Zhang recalled from time to time the scene of contacting the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Among Meng Zhang''s comrades, Luna was the least injured and was the first to recover.


    When Meng Zhang entered the depths of the ocean last time, he captured the aboriginal true god, the Giant Shark God alive.


    Meng Zhang was busy looking for the arrangement of Jun Chen Xianzun at that time, and he didn''t have time to slowly tune this guy, so he temporarily placed him with the Moon God.


    As one of the oldest gods in the Junchen world, the Moon God has a deep understanding of the indigenous gods and is familiar with their habits and weaknesses.


    She herself also has a loyal and loyal follower, and she is also quite accomplished in the way of the emperor.


    The giant shark god, who came from a vicious beast, didn''t know the rules of ethics, and he didn''t have much intention to repay his gratitude.


    Although he was cultivated by the Azure Sea God, he was able to become a true god, but he was more in awe of the power of the Azure Sea God, rather than being grateful to him.


    The Moon God is also a powerful god, and Meng Zhang even defeated the Lava Vulcan, who is as famous as the Azure Sea God.


    It is the nature of most intelligent creatures to be greedy for life and fear of death.


    After a lot of tossing about the moon god, the giant shark god was convinced and finally willing to surrender.


    Of course, the Moon God would not just believe in the Giant Shark God. She had a clever means of restraint, but she did not use it easily. Instead, she brought the Giant Shark God to Meng Zhang.


    In Meng Zhang''s plan, there was originally a part to absorb the native gods of Shenchang Realm.


    The Giant Shark God is also a true God anyway, and his role is still very large.


    In front of Meng Zhang and the Moon God, the Giant Shark God did not dare to have any second thoughts, and willingly left his name on the jade book in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    If it is not busy on weekdays, to confer a true god, Meng Zhang will usually hold a grand ceremony.


    Now, Meng Zhang keeps everything simple, and soon completes it all, conferring the giant shark god as the god of Taiyi Realm.


    From then on, the life and death of the giant shark god was entirely in the hands of Meng Zhang, and he had to be driven by him.


    Meng Zhang arranged for the Moon God to be the superior of the Giant Shark God, responsible for commanding and managing it.


    The surrender of the giant shark god was really a coincidence.


    Previously, the Dragon Clan had already dispatched a large army of the Sea Clan under their command to march towards the ocean around the Western Land and expand aggressively.


    After occupying a large area of ??the sea area, the sea tribe army under the command of the dragon strongman fell into a stalemate with the indigenous gods in the nearby sea area.


    Meng Zhang, like the senior leaders of the Taiyi Realm, did not oppose the Dragon Clan''s expansion to the sea at this time, and respected the Dragon Clan''s pursuit of the ocean.


    At the same time, Taiyi Realm also needs to touch the ocean of Shenchang Realm to obtain some benefits of its own.


    The army of monks in Taiyijie is mainly used for land attack and defense, and the strength that can be used for sea expedition is limited.


    The monks originally from the South China Sea Alliance and the Xingluo Archipelago were good at sea combat, but they were not strong enough.


    Taiyimen once had a powerful aquarium as a vassal.


    Under the strong support of Taiyimen, after years of development, the power of this aquarium has grown rapidly.


    In addition, before the large-scale invasion of Shenchang Realm, the Dragon Clan also gave several Hai ethnic groups as gifts to Taiyimen.


    These Hai ethnic groups were accepted as vassals by Taiyimen, and they have always been honest.


    But whether it is the sea clan or the water clan, it is no problem for them to fight the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world, but when facing the dragon clan powerhouse, they do not have much courage to resist.


    Meng Zhang was ready to send forces to the sea at the right time.


    Although Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are allies, the interests that should be strived for should still be strived for as much as possible.


    The giant shark god who came from a fierce beast would not be afraid of dragons.


    The partial divisions that the Taiyi World was going to send to the sea lacked top-level combat power, and the addition of the giant shark god was just right.


    Before the Giant Shark God officially joins the Taiyi Realm camp, there is still one big thing to do.


    The domain of the giant shark god is located in the depths of the ocean, where there is his domain and his followers.


    After the giant shark god was captured by Meng Zhang, the surrounding indigenous gods continued to invade his territory and plunder his followers.


    If the news of him officially joining the Taiyi Realm spreads, the native gods of the Shenchang Realm will probably attack his realm directly.


    Since the Giant Shark God is now a member of his command, Meng Zhang, as the lord, still has to take his interests into consideration.


    Meng Zhang simply went out temporarily, brought the Moon God and the Giant Shark God, and went directly to the territory of the Giant Shark God.


    The territory of the giant shark god is located on the periphery of the area ruled by the blue sea god.


    Azure Sea God is now leading the army to station in the sea near the East Land, and the old nest is empty.


    And Meng Zhang and the others didn''t want to attack the blue sea god''s lair, they just helped the giant shark to migrate, and the resistance they encountered was not too big.

 Chapter 2678

    Without Meng Zhang''s action, the Moon God easily repelled the native gods who came to block him.


    There are many believers of the giant shark god, Meng Zhang spent a little time and put it into his mustard seed space.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the two qi of yin and yang, displayed the supernatural power of moving mountains and seas, and directly moved the divine domain of the giant shark god.


    Photographed by the power of Meng Zhang and the Moon God, the surrounding aboriginal gods did not dare to come forward to stop them.


    Meng Zhang and his entourage returned to the West Land unimpeded all the way.


    Meng Zhang temporarily placed the divine domain and believers of the giant shark god in the offshore waters near the Western Land.


    It will not be moved to Taiyi Realm until the war between Taiyi Realm and Shenchang Realm is over.


    Meng Zhang took the time to go back to Taiyi Realm, and put some of his gains in Shenchang Realm, such as the vein he collected last time, in Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm did not continue to move closer to Shenchang Realm, but stayed not far from Shenchang Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm has void battleships and numerous flying boats, which can be easily transported.


    The temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, the huge water polo, has also been staying not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang made some arrangements in Taiyi Realm and hurriedly returned to Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang''s injuries have not yet fully healed, and he still needs time to slowly recover.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the Moon God secretly went to the East Land.


    During this period of time, the True God Rising Sun followed the order of the Hunling Zun God, and has been actively improving the relationship with the Azure Sea God, trying to join forces with the other party to deal with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan together.


    The Azure Sea God has always regarded the Hunling Venerable God as the number one enemy, and now he feels the great threat of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Although he didn''t have the slightest trust in Hunling Venerable God, due to the efforts of True God Shengyang, he was still a little moved by the proposal of the two parties to join forces.


    If the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm and Hunling Venerable God join forces to defeat Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan first, and then the two sides will settle accounts slowly, it sounds pretty good.


    The reason why Meng Zhang ordered Luna to go to the East Land was because he received relevant information and tried to undermine the cooperation between the two sides.


    The Moon God sneaked into the East Land without disturbing the others.


    She had already made arrangements in Donglu and established an effective intelligence system.


    She secretly subdued some indigenous gods in the Shenchang world.


    She once created discord in the Temporal Department of the True Rising Sun camp, and also provoked conflicts between other indigenous gods and the True God of Rising Sun.


    This time, she tried to repeat the trick.


    Not long after, the situation in Donglu, which had begun to ease, became tense again.


    First, several indigenous gods under the command of True God Shengyang suddenly attacked the troops of the Azure Sea God, causing a lot of casualties.


    Before Wei Lan Sea God received the news, some of his subordinates launched a counterattack spontaneously, and began to take the initiative to attack the territory of True God Rising Sun.


    The peaceful relationship between the two sides is inherently fragile.


    Not long ago, the two sides were enemies in a life-and-death struggle, but now it is only a temporary truce.


    Although True God Rising Sun is working hard to improve the relationship between the two sides, the two sides are still on guard against each other, and many borders are still confronting each other, and the relationship has always been very tense.


    Luna secretly acted, and soon provoked a conflict between the two sides, which then led to battles of different scales.


    Azure Sea God was very angry at this situation at first, thinking that the true God of Shengyang did not believe what he said, and then quickly realized that the situation was not right.


    Before that, True God Rising Sun has been actively improving the relationship between the two parties, trying to join forces with himself.


    He really didn''t need to be secretive at this time.


    Azure Sea God guessed that this situation should be the personal behavior of a few subordinates on both sides.


    Although he knew that the source of the conflict between the two sides was not in the True God Rising Sun, the Azure Sea God was not prepared to let it go easily.


    He began to think about what kind of benefits he would use to extort from True God Rising Sun by taking advantage of this conflict.


    On the side of True God Rising Sun, at first there was an idea similar to that of the Azure Sea God.


    However, he did not have the idea of ??seeking benefits from it, but thinking about how to manage his subordinates and end the conflict between the two sides as soon as possible.


    Since the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan invaded the Shenchang Realm, the Hunling Zunshen has been on high alert.


    As for the two opponents, Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, because of his experience in the Demon Realm, he did not dare to be careless.


    After the conflict with the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm broke out again, the Hunling Venerable God was keenly aware that something was wrong.


    Not only did he send his trusted servants to investigate the matter, but he also personally took action on several occasions to quell the disputes between the two sides.


    In order to avoid exposure, Luna has been hiding his deeds and did not dare to take action lightly.


    She is meticulous, and she has a plan before she takes action.


    She left behind some of the aboriginal gods who created this conflict.


    After these indigenous gods were exposed, she dealt with them in time and completely separated the relationship between the two sides.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God did not obtain any evidence, but with some clues, he still determined that someone was working in secret and deliberately caused a conflict between himself and the Azure Sea God.


    Although there is no indication that this matter is related to Meng Zhang and the others, who else would be secretive besides them?


    Hunling Venerable God actively quelled the dispute, made a lot of concessions, and asked True God Rising Sun to explain to Weilan Sea God, exposing Meng Zhang and the others'' conspiracy to sow discord.


    The attitude and practice of Hunling Venerable God made the Azure Sea God very satisfied.


    Although there are still a lot of doubts in his heart, Azure Sea God still tends to improve his relationship with Hunling Venerable God.


    Luna''s actions this time not only did not play the expected role, but instead brought the Azure Sea God and Hunling Zun Shen closer.


    Luna was very dissatisfied with this situation, but there was no better way.


    When she reported to Meng Zhang, she took the initiative to plead guilty.


    Meng Zhang did not criticize the moon god.


    Whether it is the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm or the gods of mixed spirits, they are not easy opponents to deal with.


    Especially this guy, the Hunling Zunshen, Meng Zhang knew for a long time that he was very difficult to deal with.


    The little tricks that Luna used that could not get on the table could at most cause him some trouble, but in fact, it could not play a decisive role.


    What really determines the overall situation depends on the outcome on the battlefield.


    According to Luna''s observation, the confluence of Azure Sea God and Hunling Venerable God is unavoidable.


    Meng Zhang believed in the eyes of the moon god.


    In this case, there is no need to continue suppressing their own actions to conquer the entire Western Continent.


    After a long rest, the army of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan mobilized again, ready to launch a massive attack on the territory of Lava Vulcan.


    After another period of time, Gu Yue Lingqing''s injuries were completely healed, and he left the customs in the best condition.


    With Gu Yue Ling Qing lining up, the allied forces of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan finally set off.


    The army smashed into the territory of the Lava Vulcan in a mighty manner, vowing to wipe it out in one fell swoop.


    Meng Zhang and Fairy Yue''e have not fully recovered from their injuries.


    They continue to retreat and cultivate, unless they have to, they will not easily go out to participate in the war.

 Chapter 2679

    After the Lava Vulcan was defeated by Meng Zhang last time and fled the battlefield, the native gods of Shenchang Realm lost his news.


    The army he had finally assembled was almost wiped out by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition.


    The few survivors fled.


    The backbone of the army, a group of indigenous true gods, fled to the Azure Sea God.


    As for the fact that the Lava Vulcan plotted against Meng Zhang in the cathode Jedi, stealing chickens was not a loss of rice, but instead was punished by the consciousness of the gods of the gods.


    The prestige of Lava Vulcan plummeted, and many native gods were extremely disappointed in him.


    Many aboriginal gods who originally belonged to his camp, those who were able to migrate, tried their best to leave his territory.


    A large part of them have taken refuge in the Azure Sea God.


    Another part is trying to join the Chongyue True God camp.


    The indigenous gods who stayed in the Lava Vulcan territory also became frightened and restless.


    Only the direct subordinates of the Lava Vulcan remain loyal to him.


    This time, the strength and morale of the Lava Vulcan camp have plummeted.


    The allied forces of Taiyijie and the Dragon Clan, with the might of a great victory, marched into the territory of the Lava Vulcan in a mighty manner.


    Along the way, the indigenous gods had no fighting spirit and could hardly organize a decent resistance.


    Some fled directly, while more guys couldn''t abandon their own territory and believers, and had to surrender voluntarily.


    Without spending too much effort, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces swept the outer territories of the Lava Vulcan, recruited and surrendered all the way, and used various means to solve the various indigenous gods.


    Next, the coalition forces of Taiyijie and Dragon Race will enter the core territory of Lava Vulcan.


    The main forces stationed there are basically the direct subordinates of Lava Vulcan, far more than those vassal native gods.


    The Lava Giant, the Flame Elf and the Black Flint Man are the three most powerful races under the Lava Vulcan, and they are the basics for him to dominate one side.


    Compared with the human race, these races are naturally powerful and possess various magical talents.


    Taiyimen has always had a tradition of refining Taoist soldiers, and is good at making all kinds of Taoist soldiers.


    Compared with those Tao soldiers who are made with soldiers'' nests and whose intelligence is not high, the Tao soldiers refined by various powerful races have stronger intelligence and more potential.


    Meng Zhang asked Taiyijie to walk on the road of Yunzhongcheng, wandering around in the void, so naturally it was inevitable to fight around in the void.


    Dao soldiers are very powerful weapons in foreign expeditions.


    In this attack on Shenchang Realm, the Taiyimen monks used a lot of various Taoist soldiers, which greatly reduced the casualties of the monks in the door, and made a big splash on the battlefield.


    Before they entered the territory directly under the Lava Vulcan, the high-level Taiyimen caught the attention of these powerful races and tried to incorporate and support them as a new source of Taoist soldiers.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing was in charge of the formation, specifically dealing with the indigenous true gods.


    So far, not only the Lava Vulcan has not appeared, but even other indigenous true gods have not appeared.


    Gu Yue Lingqing disdain to bully the small, and has been watching around the battlefield.


    When Meng Zhang was in retreat, he also turned his attention to the territory of the Lava Vulcan from time to time.


    After the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces entered the Lava Vulcan territory, the advance speed was greatly slowed down.


    As a result, the upper echelons of the army became cautious and vigilant and were reluctant to rush in.


    Second, the resistance the army encountered began to grow stronger.


    Different from the ordinary natives of Shenchang Realm, the three directly subordinate races under Lava Vulcan showed extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    Especially the lava giant clan, the most powerful and the most difficult to deal with.


    Lava Vulcan himself is from a family of lava giants.


    In addition to being the leader of a faction, Lava Vulcan is also the patriarch of the Lava Giant Clan.


    The body of the lava giant is almost entirely composed of indestructible boulders and flowing magma.


    Its body is incomparably powerful and its divine power is infinite, and it can completely fight head-to-head with a real dragon.


    If it weren''t for the long-standing inheritance and great advantages in wisdom, ordinary real dragons would not necessarily be able to fight lava giants.


    As long as the lava giant is an adult, it has the power of the Yuanshen Zhenjun series.


    Among them, the outstanding elites have a power level that is not weaker than ordinary Void Returning Powers.


    Of course, the level of power is one thing, and the specific combat power is another.


    Among the many cultivation systems and many races, the Taoist cultivators of the human race are among the best.


    Cultivators from Taiyi Realm skillfully use various magical powers and spells to give full play to their own advantages, and are often able to defeat lava giants of the same level.


    The black flint and the flame elves are slightly inferior to the lava giants, but they are also very difficult to deal with.


    After a period of fierce fighting, many cultivators in the Taiyi world were keen to capture the flame elves.


    Fire elves are naturally good at controlling fire.


    After being tamed, it can be used as an assistant to an alchemist and an alchemist.


    Meng Zhang himself did not have racial prejudice, but often accepted other races with an inclusive attitude and regarded them as vassals and assistants of the human race.


    The Taiyi Realm invaded the Shenchang Realm and accepted these special races with vast magical powers, which was also a big gain.


    Meng Zhang did not urge the front line, but let the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces fight steadily and advance step by step.


    The terrain of Lava Vulcan''s territory is dominated by deserts, and there are volcanoes everywhere.


    Ordinary creatures, including mortals, are difficult to survive here.


    After exploration by the Taiyimen geographer, there are numerous ore veins here, producing a wide variety of precious minerals.


    Junchen Realm is a big young world, if a fruit was forcibly ripened by Immortal Junchen.


    The generation of various precious resources in the cultivation world, especially various minerals, takes a long time.


    Compared with Junchen Realm, Shenchang Realm is simply a treasure land full of treasures.


    The monks from Taiyi Realm have not been invading Shenchang Realm for a long time. The main force has been busy fighting, consolidating the victory, etc., and has not had time to conduct comprehensive statistics and large-scale development of the resources of Shenchang Realm.


    In many cases, discovering resources is more about the individual behaviors of cultivators.


    Even so, the various discoveries in Shenchang Realm are enough to amaze the cultivators.


    Originally, a small number of cultivators in private were quite critical of Meng Zhang''s hasty expedition to the Shenchang Realm.


    After seeing the richness of Shenchang Realm, all these private discussions and rhetoric disappeared without a trace.


    The morale of the cultivators was boosted, and they were full of the desire to attack.


    For now, this is a good thing.


    But when they are about to leave Shenchang Realm in the future, I am afraid that many cultivators will be reluctant to bear it.


    Taiyimen is the most powerful self-cultivation force in the Taiyi world, and it is also the leader of all self-cultivation forces.


    However, the Taiyi Sect is far from being able to make all the cultivation forces have no selfish thoughts and serve the Taiyi Sect wholeheartedly.


    In fact, after many high-level comprehension forces came to Shenchang Realm, they all had the idea of ??migrating their forces to Shenchang Realm and establishing a sect here.

 Chapter 2680

    Meng Zhang could see clearly the minds of these cultivators.


    Although he was unhappy, he also knew that this was human nature.


    Cultivators put interests first, and they cannot afford to be without profit. Pursuing interests has become the nature of cultivators, and Meng Zhang can''t change it.


    For the cultivators under his command, he cannot blindly pressure them.


    As for how to deal with this matter, Meng Zhang has not yet thought about it.


    If it is not handled properly, Taiyi Realm will lose a lot of cultivation forces and greatly reduce its strength.


    Fortunately, there is still a lot of time left for Meng Zhang. Before he completely conquers the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang does not have to rush to deal with these things.


    As the coalition forces of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan gradually penetrated into the direct territory of the Lava Vulcan, let alone the Taiyi Realm cultivator, even the rich and powerful Dragon Clan would be a little surprised by the wealth here.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm have rough methods for mining deposits, and the utilization efficiency is extremely low, which is completely wasteful.


    If it is replaced by cultivators from Taiyi Realm to develop here, they can unearth almost infinite wealth and support many high-level monks.


    Abundant resources and wealth have inspired the high fighting spirit of cultivators.


    Of course, due to the distraction of these resources, the speed at which the army of cultivators marched was also greatly affected.


    The top leaders of the Taiyi world are relatively tolerant of these cultivators who are fighting on the front line, and they are not strict in all aspects.


    After all, many of these cultivators are their disciples and grandchildren.


    A large part of the resources and wealth they seized will eventually fall into their hands.


    Meng Zhang also does not pay attention to these details.


    In fact, the army of cultivators slowed down their advance, leaving more time for Lava Vulcan''s subordinates to resist, but it was somewhat in line with his wishes.


    Under his orders, the Moon God strengthened the monitoring of the army commanded by the Azure Sea God, the territory of the True God Rising Sun.


    It would be great if these two families did not want to see the power of the Lava Vulcan be wiped out, but instead sent a large army of laborers to go on an expedition to the Western Land for rescue operations.


    Meng Zhang can concentrate the strength of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan, take advantage of the situation to wipe them all out, and clear all obstacles for the complete conquest of Shenchang Realm in the future.


    In fact, the indigenous gods who stayed in the Lava Vulcan territory did continue to ask for help from all parties in the Shenchang world.


    If it was before, not to mention the appeal of Lava Vulcan, his gang members are still a little thin in Shenchang Realm.


    However, he was regarded as the main culprit for the failure of the last war, and ruined the army of the Shenchang Realm indigenous god organization.


    In the entire Shenchang world, there are rumors that are unfavorable to him, and many aboriginal gods despise him very much.


    If these native gods were swapped for Lava Vulcans, their performance might have been worse.


    But that didn''t stop everyone from accusing him.


    The group of indigenous true gods headed by the Azure Sea God didn''t even mean to defend him.


    In addition, the Lava Vulcan has never appeared, and he is almost equivalent to the aboriginal god of the Shenchang Realm.


    Even the Lava Vulcan was in such a situation, and his subordinates were even more ignored.


    Whether it is the Azure Sea God or the Rising Sun True God, it is impossible to help the Lava Vulcan.


    Meng Zhang waited left and right. After waiting for a long time, the cultivators and the allied army of the dragon tribe were pressing closer, and they were about to enter the core ruled area of ??the Lava Vulcan, but they still did not wait for reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang could finally be sure that the Lava Vulcan was completely abandoned by the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Speaking of which, Lava Vulcan used to be the overlord of a party, the leader of many indigenous gods, but because he met Meng Zhang and made a wrong choice, he fell to this point.


    When the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the dragon tribe were pressing on each other, two indigenous true gods under the command of the Lava Vulcan tried to stop them.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing easily killed the two indigenous true gods.


    During this process, Lava Vulcan never showed up.


    Many people have begun to speculate that the Lava Vulcan has long since abandoned his territory?


    At this time, even the three most trusted races of the Lava Vulcan had their morale plummeted and lost their confidence.


    The monks of the Taiyi Realm took the opportunity to take the opportunity to use both soft and hard, and soon there were some results, including a lot of members belonging to these three major races.


    This guy, Lava Vulcan, doesn''t even care about his own nest, the foundation he has built so hard, and he doesn''t know where he went?


    Many aboriginal gods in Shenchang Realm thought that the Lava Vulcan had already fallen when he was chased by Meng Zhang last time.


    Of course Meng Zhang knew that the Lava Vulcan was still alive and well.


    If Lava Vulcan sticks to his own lair, or jumps out to organize resistance, even if Gu Yue Ling Qing can''t take him down, Meng Zhang will go out to deal with him.


    His whereabouts are now unknown, much beyond Meng Zhang''s expectations.


    Although Lava Vulcan has become a bereaved dog, Meng Zhang still feels that he is a threat, and it is best to find out and deal with it as soon as possible.


    Lava Vulcan, as a veteran god of Shenchang Realm, is very familiar with Shenchang Realm. He was looking for a place to hide, and it was not easy for outsiders to find it.


    Meng Zhang already had a good idea in his mind.


    Even if the Lava Vulcan risked a sharp drop in strength and an unstable Godhead, giving up his territory, giving up his believers, and giving up his divine domain...


    But as long as Meng Zhang broke into his realm, there was still a way to find his whereabouts by virtue of the connection with the thread of faith.


    When Meng Zhang was about to act, a sudden accident interrupted his plan.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was in retreat.


    Suddenly, he felt that an arrangement he had set earlier was touched.


    Previously, when Meng Zhang was looking for the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, he broke into the divine domain of the god of fire under the command of the god of lava, and excavated the remains of a true immortal.


    Meng Zhang brought back the body of this true immortal and studied it carefully, but found nothing.


    Due to the spiritual awareness in his heart, he was not able to further study the interior of the true immortal''s remains.


    Later, he was eager to participate in the battle with the native gods of Shenchang Realm, and temporarily placed the body of this true immortal in a secret place.


    In addition to the prohibition and guarding, a group of Taiyi Sect cultivators were also arranged to guard.


    This batch of Taiyi Sect disciples never dared to be slighted in the slightest by the explanation of their ancestors.


    Once there is any change there, they will immediately report to Meng Zhang.


    But now, Meng Zhang did not receive reports from these disciples, but sensed that the arrangement he left behind was touched.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much, but when his mind moved, he traveled through space and came to the secret place.


    This was originally a mine, but after being requisitioned by Meng Zhang, the connection with the outside world was cut off.


    Meng Zhang came to the outside of the mine, and his face couldn''t help changing color as soon as he swept away his spiritual thoughts.


    On the surface, there is nothing unusual here, everything is normal.


    The Taiyi Sect disciples who were guarding this place were safe and sound, and they were still performing their guard duties faithfully according to Meng Zhang''s orders.

 Chapter 2681

    The layout that Meng Zhang had left before also seemed to be intact, and there was no trace of being touched.


    The corpse of the true immortal who was imprisoned and imprisoned was still the same as what Meng Zhang saw some time ago, everything was the same as before, without any change.


    If it was replaced by another true immortal, even if the cultivation base and eyesight were stronger than Meng Zhang, most of them would not be able to find the problems here.


    Meng Zhang took a closer look and found nothing wrong.


    If you change someone, you may wonder if you have had an illusion before.


    Meng Zhang''s talent in formation prohibition is not too strong, but after all, he is already a true immortal, and the inheritance comes from Taiyi Jinxian. Even if the temporary prohibition is placed, there are many subtleties.


    The ban seems to be of average intensity, but there is something special about it.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the restriction he had placed before seemed to have no problems, but there was already some kind of force in secret that moved it.


    And when he got here, he found nothing unusual.


    That just goes to show how serious the problem here is.


    An opponent hidden in the dark is definitely not ordinary.


    Meng Zhang entered the mine directly.


    Seeing the arrival of the ancestor of the sect, the monks guarding here came to pay homage.


    Meng Zhang ignored them and went directly to the place where the body of the True Immortal was placed.


    Before Meng Zhang left, he drew a large circle and placed the body of this true immortal inside.


    Inside the circle, there is a stone platform made by hand, and the body of the true immortal is on the stone platform.


    Along that circle, is the ban set by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stood outside the circle, looking at the body of the true immortal, motionless, and remained silent for a long time.


    Those Taiyi disciples who were kneeling on the ground and paying homage to Meng Zhang were so nervous that they didn''t even dare to let out a sigh of relief.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who likes to put on airs.


    According to normal circumstances, when he enters here, when those disciples pay homage to worship, he will let those disciples waive the ceremony, and then go to their own way.


    Like this situation, these disciples have almost never encountered it.


    They were uneasy, not knowing what they had done wrong, whether they had inadvertently offended the patriarch.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang sighed and said to the body of the true immortal, "I was careless, but I asked for trouble and brought you back here."


    "Everything has been going well in these years, and this seat is inevitably slack, and has actually forgotten the sinister nature of the world of self-cultivation."


    "There is no such thing as blessing or misfortune, only people are called by themselves. This seat is really asking for trouble."


    ...


    Meng Zhang chatted for several words, but the body of the true immortal did not respond at all.


    The disciples who were kneeling on the side were curious and didn''t know who Meng Zhang was talking to.


    However, no matter how curious they were in their hearts, Meng Zhang didn''t speak, and they didn''t dare to look up at random.


    Meng Zhang turned around and glanced at the disciples in the door who were kneeling around him, his face full of grief and self-blame.


    "It''s all this seat''s fault, it''s this seat that has affected you all."


    "I hope you will have the opportunity to re-enter my Taiyi Sect in your next life."


    ...


    Among these disciples, the one with the highest level of cultivation and status is a True Monarch Yuanshen, whose master is Wen Qiansuan, an elder in the sect.


    As a direct disciple in the sect, he has always been highly valued by his elders, and he has also met Meng Zhang with his elders before.


    As far as he knew, Meng Zhang was not a sentimental character.


    Meng Zhang''s performance today is really inexplicable.


    He really couldn''t help it, and he didn''t care about the difference between high and low, and suddenly raised his head to look at Meng Zhang.


    In addition to the Primordial Spirit True Monarch, among the guarding disciples, there are several Jindan True Masters, and the others with the lowest cultivation realm are Foundation Establishment cultivators.


    This kind of power can be used as the main force among the vassal sects of Taiyi Sect.


    Even within the Taiyi Sect, such power can be used on its own in many cases.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the disciples one last time, as if to imprint their faces in his mind.


    Then he thought, and the power of wind and fire swept away, and these disciples were all burned to the ground without any response.


    He has been the head of Taiyi Sect for many years, and he has seen the scene where the disciples in the sect suffered heavy casualties more than once.


    But every time he saw casualties among the disciples in the sect, he would inevitably feel sad.


    He killed so many disciples with his own hands, and he felt very uncomfortable.


    Especially when these disciples end up like this, a large part of the responsibility rests on him.


    If he hadn''t brought back the body of the true immortal, this scene would not have happened.


    Watching the disciples in the sect turn to ashes, Meng Zhang suddenly turned around and faced the body of the true immortal, his face became unusually indifferent.


    In fact, after Meng Zhang discovered the source of the problem, the best choice was to pretend he didn''t know what was going on here.


    There is absolutely no need for him to expose the other party at this time, let alone confront the other party head-on.


    Taiyimen is now teaming up with the Dragon Clan to invade Shenchang Realm on a large scale, and it is really inappropriate to build more powerful enemies at this time.


    The guy on the opposite side has great plans, and he may not always be entangled with Taiyi Sect.


    Meng Zhang knew these truths in his heart, but he couldn''t help it.


    With so many Taiyi disciples dying in front of him, as the leader, he has the responsibility to seek justice for them.


    They have already become immortals and have attained the Tao, and it is really difficult for Meng Zhang to be as suffocated as when he was at the end of the year.


    He cultivated hard and kept climbing, didn''t he just want to be able to act according to his heart?


    Meng Zhang admits that since he stepped here, he has fallen into a very dangerous forbidden area.


    The enemy he will face today is definitely an existence that threatens his life.


    When he was in the Demon Realm, Meng Zhang fought over the distraction of Celestial Immortal Qingyang, and he was also hostile to Celestial Demon, and had conflicts with Immortal Junchen...


    Although the situation was special at the time, and he had other strong people to help him, he was still able to play an important role.


    After seeing the powerhouses at the level of gods, Meng Zhang''s eyes widened, and his fear of all kinds of powerhouses was greatly reduced.


    "When are you going to pretend?"


    "Could it be, do you think this seat is really a fool?"


    With a wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, the previous prohibition completely disappeared.


    Between him and the True Immortal''s remains, there is no longer any obstruction.


    "Why do you want to kill yourself, haven''t you been pretending to be confused?"


    With a long sigh, the body of the true immortal suddenly stood up and faced Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang discovered the body of the true immortal, he checked it repeatedly. There was no trace of life in the body, and the true immortal was too dead to die.


    Later, after he brought back the body of the true immortal, he wanted to go deep into the body of the true immortal and explore it carefully, but he had to dispel the idea because of the warning in his heart.


    Later, when the war with the native gods of Shenchang Realm broke out, he never cared to deal with the remains of this true immortal.

 Chapter 2682

    This time it was the restriction that he had set up that was triggered. When Meng Zhang came to check, he was very alert.


    If the guy in front of him kept hiding, Meng Zhang might not be able to see through his details.


    Not to mention that he touched the restraint, the leaked power still left traces, and it was only then that Meng Zhang discovered its true colors.


    In the Void World, there are many cultivation systems and many races.


    The relationship between the major races will not be mentioned for the time being, but only the major cultivation systems.


    Among them, the Taoist cultivation system is the most widely spread and the most powerful in the void.


    Daoist cultivators and demons are mortal enemies.


    Demon Dao is not only the enemy of Daoist cultivators, it is also hostile to Buddhism and Shinto.


    It can even be said that magic is the enemy of most living beings.


    Between Taoism and Buddhism, there is a dispute between Buddhism and Taoism.


    Taoism and Shinto also had fierce competition.


    Within the Daomen, the faction relationship is complex, there are many branches, and there are many battles between them.


    Meng Zhang grew up in the cultivation world, and was used to seeing all kinds of cruel battles in the cultivation world.


    There is a branch in Daomen, which is hostile to almost all other Daomen factions, and can be called the public enemy of Daomen.


    In many cases, the top officials of the Taoist sect hated him far more than the hatred of the devil.


    Even Taiyi Jinxian is very jealous of this branch.


    In the inheritance he left to Taiyimen, there was a brief introduction to this branch.


    This branch is called Dao thief by the upper echelons of Daomen.


    Dao thieves, Dao thieves.


    Maybe Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is not enough. He currently only inherits a small part of Taiyi Jinxian''s inheritance.


    In this part of the inheritance, there is no in-depth introduction to the details of the Dao thief.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, the cultivators he had come into contact with were not even at the level of true immortals, and he was not qualified to know about Dao thieves.


    In fact, the immortals in the Void Myriad Realms who know about Dao Thieves are often very secretive about the topic of Dao Thieves and rarely bring it up.


    Meng Zhang knew only a little about the situation of Dao thieves.


    But knowing this little bit of information made him full of vigilance against Dao thieves, and did not dare to be careless.


    Dao thieves are regarded as heretics by most of the Daoist factions, and they want to get rid of them quickly.


    Among its enemies, there are many Taoist masters with great powers.


    Not to mention Heavenly Immortals, from time to time Jinxian would come forward to organize the pursuit of Dao thieves.


    But Dao thieves have not only been active in the void, but also occasionally create disasters that are enough to harm the upper echelons of Dao Sect.


    From this, we can see the difficulty of Daoist thieves.


    Not to mention a true immortal like Meng Zhang who seems to have no background, even many powerful immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm are not willing to provoke Dao thieves easily.


    Of course, on the surface, all Taoist cultivators should be at odds with Taoist thieves, and they must be killed.


    Meng Zhang''s hatred for the Taoist thief in front of him stemmed from the Taiyi disciple who had just died.


    The seemingly ordinary body of the true immortal in front of him was occupied by a Dao thief at some point.


    Dao thieves have great powers, and are especially good at the secret method of hiding their whereabouts.


    Daomen high-level officials have organized many times to hunt down Dao thieves, but they have never been able to exterminate Dao thieves.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he hadn''t seen through the details of this true immortal''s body before, let alone the existence of a Dao thief.


    If this Taoist thief had been hiding his existence without any unnecessary actions, Meng Zhang would have been kept in the dark by now.


    The Taoist thief secretly released his power, as if he was sending some kind of information.


    He carefully bypassed the restriction, but still alarmed Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang was alert, his keen sense immediately played a role.


    According to the clues left by him, Meng Zhang, who has a lot of knowledge, finally confirmed the existence of this Taoist thief.


    I don''t know if this Dao thief was intentional or not, but the power he released easily infected the Taiyi Sect disciples who were guarding this place.


    Even if they were replaced by other true immortals, they would not be able to see the abnormality of these Taiyi disciples when they came to check.


    Meng Zhang only guessed at first, but after confirming the existence of Dao thieves, he finally discovered the anomaly hidden deep in the souls of these disciples.


    These disciples themselves do not know that they have been infected by the power released by the Dao thief.


    As long as the Taoist thief thought, he could easily drive these Taiyi disciples to act, making them more obedient than puppets.


    Immortals recognized that after being infected by the power of Taoist thieves, they were completely helpless.


    At the very least, a true immortal like Meng Zhang could do nothing about it.


    With Meng Zhang''s current ability, even if these disciples were imprisoned and isolated, they would not be able to stop the Dao thief from controlling them.


    Moreover, the Dao thief''s control over the cultivator seems to be contagious.


    In other big worlds, there have been such legends.


    The power of a certain Dao thief infected a cultivator, and then the cultivator became a new source of infection, constantly spreading the power from the Dao thief in the comprehension world, infecting more and more people. cultivator.


    In the end, not only the cultivators of the whole world, but even the great world itself, were infected by the power of Dao thieves.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t rescue these Taiyi disciples who were recruited, and he couldn''t helplessly watch them implicate other disciples.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had no choice but to strike down the killer to nip the threat in the bud.


    Killing so many Taiyi Sect disciples in one breath made Meng Zhang extremely heartbroken and hated the culprit extremely.


    After being exposed by Meng Zhang, the other party finally couldn''t sit still.


    I saw that the body of the true immortal slowly moved, from lying on the stone platform to standing.


    True immortals will cheat corpses, which is really scary.


    The corpse of the true immortal moved slowly and stiffly, slowly stretching its hands and feet, as if familiar with this brand new body.


    Although the high-level Daomen refused to admit it, the Daoist thief was still a member of the Daomen.


    It is said that many Dao thieves have great powers and do not have a fixed body shape.


    When Dao thieves are active, they generally like to steal the bodies of other practitioners.


    Among them, Daoist cultivators, especially the bodies of human cultivators, are the favorites of Dao thieves.


    The body of the true immortal brought back by Meng Zhang, at some point, became the body of a Taoist thief.


    Dao thieves who can operate in the void and myriad worlds are the weakest at the level of true immortals, and their combat power far exceeds that of ordinary true immortals.


    More importantly, there is a close connection between Dao thieves.


    Many times, offending a Dao thief will lead to revenge from a group of Dao thieves.


    This time, Meng Zhang paid a high price in order to be able to follow his heart and make his thoughts accessible.


    He didn''t care to think about what to do in the future, and wanted to solve the Taoist thief in front of him first.


    As for the possible consequences of this, he left them all behind.


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts moved, and the wind and fire yin and yang fan turned into a wind and fire that filled the sky, and rushed towards the Taoist thief in front of him.


    "Boy, your alertness and eyesight are good. It''s a little bit different from those trash true immortals."


    "With your ability, you are qualified to know the name of this seat."


    "Remember, boy, this seat is called Emptiness."


    ...


    The self-proclaimed emptiness thief spoke to Meng Zhang while fighting him.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the power of wind and fire provoked by the wind-fire yin-yang fan, which was very high-level, very close to the power of earth fire and feng shui that emerged at the beginning of the birth of the world.


    In previous battles, this was Meng Zhang''s trump card, and he had dealt with many powerful enemies for him.


    But this time, Meng Zhang''s trump card didn''t work.


    The emptiness was clearly standing in front of Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang could even sense its breath clearly.


    However, the power of wind and fire released by Meng Zhang seemed to be unable to see such an obvious target at all.


    A large piece of wind and fire has not approached the opponent, just like a headless fly, scurrying around.


    Guided by his spiritual sense, Meng Zhang forced the power of wind and fire to flock to the opponent in front of him.


    The swarming wind and fire swept away, wrapping the empty body and burning continuously.


    There was no joy in Meng Zhang''s face after he succeeded.


    In his induction, the wind and fire did not touch the emptiness at all.


    Emptiness is clearly there, but not here.


    The power of wind and fire is burning, it seems to be just a projection of him.


    This is not an ordinary space supernatural power, Meng Zhang did not sense any space fluctuations.


    This is an extremely clever secret technique, and a true immortal should not be qualified to practice such a secret technique.


    If Meng Zhang did not have the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian, he would not see the slightest clue.


    Emptiness, the body of the Taoist thief, is currently in a higher dimension.


    The existence of high latitudes has an overwhelming advantage over the existence of low latitudes.


    Meng Zhang was not only unable to attack the emptiness of high latitudes, but also unable to observe its specific location.


    The emptiness that Meng Zhang sees at present is just a projection of it at low latitudes.


    Kong Xing did not endure Meng Zhang''s attack in vain, he responded in a timely manner.


    Meng Zhang groaned, his body backed up again and again, and blood kept spurting out of his mouth.


    He had not fully recovered from the injury, but it was completely aggravated.


    The existence of low latitudes is almost one-way transparent in front of the existence of high latitudes.


    Attacks from high latitudes to low latitudes are dimensionality reduction attacks that are almost irresistible.


    Since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of cultivation, he has often encountered powerful enemies.


    After he advanced into a true immortal, he has fully experienced high-level power.


    When Meng Zhang faced a powerful enemy at the level of an immortal, he was not completely powerless to fight back.


    He is perfectly capable of dealing with it and looking for opportunities to fight back.


    But now, emptiness is obviously only a true immortal-level cultivation, but Meng Zhang has no way to resist.


    As soon as the fight started, Meng Zhang was at an absolute disadvantage.


    Even with Meng Zhangzhi''s strength, he couldn''t hold on for too long in a situation where he couldn''t fight back just by being beaten.


    Mastering the power of the dimension and using the advantage of the dimension to attack the enemy is a method that is difficult for ordinary angels to grasp.


    There are many legends about Dao thieves circulating among the immortals.


    Dao thieves have strange methods and often have incredible abilities.


    Mengzhang Mengzhang tried every means to resist, but all had little success.


    Meng Zhang''s injuries continued to worsen, and the battle situation was further deteriorating.


    Kong Xing, who had the upper hand, suddenly stopped attacking.


    He stretched his hands and feet and looked at himself carefully.


    "You kid is really annoying. I have finally found such a suitable body, and I need time to slowly control it. You are here to make trouble and disturb my business."


    "According to the previous temperament of this seat, not only will you be smashed into tens of thousands of pieces, but also your entire family will be wiped out."


    He spoke extremely vicious and vicious words, but in a complaining tone, as if this was just a trivial matter.


    This Taoist thief called emptiness has been revealing some important information intentionally or unintentionally during his contact with Meng Zhang.


    If you were someone else, you might not be able to hear the information at all.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s experience and some conjectures, a rough judgment has been made.


    The existence of Dao thieves is not only the enemy of Daomen.


    One of the things that Dao thieves like to do most is to lure Dao sect cultivators to betray their teachers or families and stir up civil strife within Dao sect.


    In addition, the title of Dao Thief can be recognized for another reason, that is, Dao Thieves like to sneak into some mature worlds and steal the power of the Dao of Heaven in these big worlds.


    If a big world has a consciousness of the Dao of Heaven, it will instinctively reject the existence of Dao thieves.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness is powerful and sensitive, and can easily see through the essence of things.


    Even if you have never been in contact with Dao thieves before, as long as you discover Dao thieves, Tiandao consciousness will feel a huge threat and perceive the danger of the other party to you.


    Therefore, it is not an easy task for a Dao thief to infiltrate a big world with a consciousness of the Dao of Heaven.


    Although Dao thieves are strong and have many strange methods, it is still difficult to compete head-on with the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in a big world.


    Therefore, if a Dao thief chooses a big world as a target, he often sneaks into it, trying not to disturb his consciousness of the Dao of Heaven.


    When the preparations are in place, the Dao thief will use all means to plot the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven, and constantly weaken it until it can be completely swallowed.


    This self-proclaimed emptiness thief probably managed to infiltrate the Shenchang Realm smoothly by occupying the body of this true immortal.


    As for the origin of this true immortal body, what is special about it, Meng Zhang is temporarily unable to know.


    Although Meng Zhang is not an opponent of emptiness for the time being, he knows how to pose a sufficient threat to him.


    Meng Zhang appeared calm on the surface, but in fact, he had already begun to secretly call out the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    The last contact with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm was a good start.


    Meng Zhang was remembered by the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to call out the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm, and he would not ignore it.


    Of course, since the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is too large and its response is slow, it is unknown when it will respond and respond to Meng Zhang''s call.


    Meng Zhang can only hope that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm can react as soon as possible, and turn his attention to this side before he is killed in battle.

 Chapter 2683

    Before the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm noticed this, Meng Zhang had to work hard to protect himself.


    Under his delicate control, the two qi of yin and yang turned into a layer of close-fitting armor, which tightly wrapped his body.


    Meng Zhang has greatly strengthened his own defense. Although he cannot completely block the enemy''s attack, he can greatly reduce the damage caused by the enemy''s attack.


    After the battle began, Meng Zhang had been passively beaten, but he had been secretly observing the enemy.


    The enemy seems to be strong and cannot be resisted, but if you look closely, you will find that it is not invulnerable.


    This self-proclaimed emptiness thief is indeed only a real immortal-level cultivation realm.


    True immortals have their own limits.


    The true immortal level has to forcibly display the power that the true immortal should have. Don''t you have to pay any price?


    No matter how bizarre the secret technique is, no matter how clever the inheritance of Dao Thief is, some basic laws of heaven and earth must be obeyed.


    What''s more, due to Meng Zhang''s unexpected appearance, his occupation of this true fairy body was interrupted.


    Let him have to take action in advance without completely controlling the body of this true immortal.


    The enemy in front of him dare not say that he is strong from the outside, but it is by no means so invincible as it appears.


    Although Meng Zhang has always been at a disadvantage, he is not at all disturbed.


    It was another two attacks that could not be avoided. Even with the protection of Yin and Yang, Meng Zhang''s injuries could not be avoided.


    No matter how badly Meng Zhang was hit, he did not interrupt his actions to call out the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    From the beginning of the war to the present, emptiness has been shown with ease.


    With an aloof stance, he seemed to be playing with Meng Zhang in the palm of his hand.


    Of course, only he himself knows what the actual state of emptiness is.


    Emptiness prevailed in the battle, leaving Meng Zhang almost without any resistance.


    At the same time, he sneered at Meng Zhang from time to time, as if he didn''t take Meng Zhang seriously at all.


    Meng Zhang remained calm and showed no signs of being provoked.


    He is waiting for the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm to pay attention here.


    At that time, it is time for him to cooperate with the Shenchang Realm Tiandao consciousness to counterattack.


    The emptiness manipulated the immortal body, and it was a bit jerky and inflexible at first.


    Over time, he became more and more comfortable with this body, and his movements began to become more flexible.


    The emptiness attacked for a while, and Meng Zhangdu gritted his teeth abruptly and persevered.


    Kong Xing suddenly stopped attacking, and said in a relaxed tone: "You are lucky, the old man still has important things to do today, and I don''t have time to slowly entangle with you. I will let you go today."


    Before he finished speaking, the figure of Kong Xing suddenly disappeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s face was ashen, and there was no joy in escaping from death.


    As long as the emptiness is delayed for a while, the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm will respond to Meng Zhang''s call and notice this place.


    At that time, it is time for Meng Zhang to fight back.


    It is no coincidence that emptiness left in time.


    The existence of Daoist thieves, as the public enemy of Daomen, has been chased and killed by many Daoist masters for many years. So far, they have not become extinct. Instead, they can jump out from time to time to make waves.


    It can be seen that Dao thieves do have specialties in escaping danger.


    This guy must have sensed danger and left immediately.


    The hateful part is that this guy is so clever that he can leave as soon as he wants to. Meng Zhang is simply unable to keep him.


    After the figure of Kong Xing disappeared, Meng Zhang still stood there, motionless, as if he was in a daze.


    After a while, a huge consciousness watched this place.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm finally responded to Meng Zhang''s call and looked here.


    It''s a pity that it was long overdue and could not leave the Taoist thief behind.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm would be a waste of time.


    He didn''t expect that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm would bring him a big surprise.


    An invisible force swept around, and an inexplicable fluctuation appeared.


    Dao thieves are not only the public enemies of Daoism, but also the great enemies of the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in all great worlds.


    Even if you have never seen the dangers of Dao thieves before, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm will still be instinctively hostile to Dao thieves.


    And judging from the reaction of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, it is not ignorant of Dao thieves.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t even help guessing whether the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm had contact with Dao thieves before.


    Meng Zhang hadn''t noticed that wave before, but at this time it appeared in front of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed that the fluctuating aura was very similar to the touched part of the ban imposed by his family.


    Meng Zhang judged according to various situations.


    The body of the immortal did not know when it was occupied by the Taoist thief emptiness.


    Emptiness is familiar with the body, trying to master it completely.


    On the other side, he used a special secret method to penetrate the ban imposed by Meng Zhang, and secretly spread some kind of information.


    Most of the information he sent out was to contact his companions and the like.


    In the process of his spellcasting, the unique power of the Dao thief leaked out, polluting the Taiyi disciples who were guarding around him.


    Meng Zhang was disturbed and came here, and only then did a series of things happen.


    Although the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not catch emptiness, it found some traces left by it.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is vast, and most of them have obtained a lot of important information from it.


    Meng Zhang could clearly feel that a sense of joy suddenly rose in the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and then he conveyed the meaning of admiration and encouragement to himself.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm quickly disappeared in Meng Zhang''s induction.


    I don''t know what kind of useful information it got.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get anything this time either.


    The appreciation and encouragement of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness to him is his greatest achievement.


    Although these things cannot work for the time being, they are beneficial to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    When it is really needed, it will be used to great effect.


    Because of today''s events, Dao Pi Kong Xing and Meng Zhang are considered to have taken over the deadly feud.


    Meng Zhang is not stubborn, and does not reject the use of other powers to deal with enemies.


    Judging from the performance of Dao Thief''s emptiness, he is still very afraid of the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm, and it can even be called a bit of fear.


    The matter here is over, Meng Zhang did not leave in a hurry, but reflected in his heart.


    The appearance of Dao thieves in Shenchang Realm is definitely a major event, which will affect the further invasion of Shenchang Realm by Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    How to deal with this sudden situation, Meng Zhang has to discuss with others slowly.


    Meng Zhang was also a little scared in his heart. If he had insisted on studying the inside of the real immortal''s body, he would have been caught off guard, and he would probably have been attacked by Dao thief emptiness and invaded the immortal body.


    Fortunately, his spiritual sense warned him in time, and he stopped the slightly reckless action.


    Later, he was restrained by the attack of the native gods of Shenchang Realm, and he avoided a lot of trouble.


    It was the Taiyi Sect disciples who guarded this place. It was a pity.

 Chapter 2684

    Meng Zhang secretly thought in his heart that he was very dangerous, and he was lucky enough to escape.


    Dao thieves have mastered many strange powers, and their real bodies are often invisible and difficult to observe.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation, if he is caught off guard and encounters a Dao thief''s plot, he is very likely to be recruited.


    In the former Dengtian Star District, although there have been constant wars all the year round, no trace of aisle thieves has ever been found.


    Now that the Junchen world has been destroyed and the armies of various great world organizations have been severely damaged, not only did the Dengtian Star District not return to calm, but there were many more incidents. This is really a bit strange.


    Meng Zhang did not know the purpose of the Dao thief sneaking into the Shenchang Realm, so he could only make a simple guess.


    With the way of doing things like a thief, most of them came to devour the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Taiyi Realm itself should not be the target of Dao thieves.


    From the perspective of Dao thieves, most of them also look down on the cultivation forces of the Taiyi world.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang is belittling himself, but that Daoist thieves, as the public enemy of Daoism, prefer to provoke those big Daomen forces on weekdays, and tend to do some great things that stir the void.


    Although Taiyimen has risen in the Junchen world for a long time, it was once a hegemony, but putting Taiyimen in the entire void is just a trivial emerging force.


    Not to mention Dao thieves, immortals with a little bit of strength probably don''t look down on this power.


    Dao thieves behave strangely and are very difficult to deal with.


    Now that Meng Zhang and Kong Xing are feuding, and Taiyi Realm is a Taoist cultivator force, the other party will inevitably deal with Taiyi Realm if there is a chance in the future.


    How did the Dao thief sneak into the Shenchang Realm, what was the plan, and how many Dao thieves were lurking in the Shenchang Realm...


    None of these Meng Zhang knew about it.


    The only thing Meng Zhang could judge was that among the Dao thieves who had sneaked into the Shenchang Realm this time, there should be no angels.


    If a Dao thief of the Heavenly Immortal level came here, he would be able to devour or kill the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm without having to go around in circles at all.


    Dao thief emptiness looks mysterious and mysterious, and he still dares not face the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang realm, which shows that the strength of Dao thieves who sneak into Shenchang realm is limited.


    Meng Zhang did not fight emptiness this time, and was not his opponent.


    However, Meng Zhang was not incapable of dealing with this powerful enemy.


    At the very least, Meng Zhang can summon the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm at any time.


    Especially after this experience, it should be easier for him to summon the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm in the future.


    Of course, Meng Zhang couldn''t pin all his hopes on the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    It is best to rely on your own strength to deal with Taoist thieves like emptiness.


    In this battle, Meng Zhang has been passively beaten.


    But after careful observation, he also made a lot of discoveries.


    In terms of cultivation realm and power level alone, emptiness is not necessarily stronger than Meng Zhang.


    He was able to completely suppress Meng Zhang, relying on the power of the secret technique, and he could place himself in a higher dimension and attack Meng Zhang in dimensionality reduction.


    Meng Zhang is not an immortal without foundation, but he is more experienced and experienced.


    With this lesson, he must calm down and study slowly, looking for a way to crack the enemy''s secret law.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength is limited, but he has many companions at the level of true immortals.


    The cultivation of these companions is not necessarily stronger than his, but they can provide him with some useful reference.


    The existence of Dao thieves is the greatest harm to Daoist cultivators. Like a plague, they can spread and infect their own power arbitrarily, polluting Daoist cultivators in a large area.


    From this aspect alone, many demon gods and even heavenly demons are far inferior to Dao thieves.


    The magic power of the magic way is not as hidden and difficult to deal with as the power of the thief.


    In the current Taiyi world, except for a few true immortal-level powerhouses, other people have almost no resistance to the Taoist thief of emptiness.


    Thinking of facing such a powerful enemy next, Meng Zhang''s mood became heavy.


    He never imagined that the invasion of a backward Shinto world like Shenchang Realm would have so many twists and turns.


    At this point, the Taiyi Realm is also difficult to ride a tiger, and it is impossible to give up the Shenchang Realm and fly away immediately.


    Tai Miao and Meng Zhang are in the same mind and have learned the latest information from Meng Zhang.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, Tai Miao will strengthen its defenses to prevent emptiness from sneaking into Taiyi Realm to cause trouble.


    Meng Zhang also quickly left here and rushed back to the army of cultivators.


    He informed the senior officials of Taiyimen about the nature of Dao thief Kong, and asked them to be careful in the future.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also knew that his reminder didn''t make much sense.


    A bunch of cultivators who are not even true immortals have no resistance at all in the face of true immortal-level Dao thieves.


    The objects that Meng Zhang really wanted to discuss were some fellow true immortals.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s notice, Luna hurriedly returned from the East to the West.


    Wandering around the frontline battlefield, Gu Yue Lingqing, the god of lava fire, also left the battlefield.


    The place where Meng Zhang called everyone to meet was the place where Fairy Yue''e retreated and cultivated.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang explained all the previous encounters without any nonsense.


    As a true god, Moon God doesn''t have any special feelings for Dao thieves.


    However, Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue''e immediately changed their expressions.


    Especially Fairy Yue''e, she couldn''t sit still almost immediately, looking like she wanted to escape from here immediately.


    One of the reasons why Dao thieves are the public enemies of Daomen is that they are too harmful to Daoist cultivators.


    Dao thieves often indiscriminately attack and pollute Daoist cultivators, subverting and exterminating all cultivating forces.


    Daomen immortals are their favorite hunting targets.


    For most Taoist immortals, Taoist thieves are their natural enemies.


    Some selfless Daoist masters have persistently pursued and killed Dao thieves for thousands of years, greatly reducing their living space and scope of activities.


    High-level comprehension worlds such as Lingkong Xianjie often either actively or passively participate in such pursuit activities.


    Due to the efforts of the various immortals in the Daomen, the Dao thieves were barely suppressed.


    At least those ordinary Dao thieves would not dare to sway unscrupulously in the void.


    Only the practitioners of Taoism can walk freely in the void.


    Fairy Yue''e is an old-fashioned true immortal. She was born in the Lingkong fairyland, and her knowledge is naturally extraordinary.


    Not to mention Gu Yue Ling Qing, the Gu Yue family is not only an old-fashioned Celestial Clan, but there has always been a Celestial Master in the clan.


    Of course they know what a Dao thief is, and they know more about the terrifying aspects of a Dao thief.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing''s cultivation base is higher, and he has more trump cards to save his life. Even if he encounters a Dao thief like Kong Xing, he can deal with it one or two times.


    Fairy Yue''e''s qualifications are very old, but her cultivation is very average.


    If she encounters emptiness, she is probably not immune.


    Meng Zhang comforted her, and her nervousness eased.


    Meng Zhang introduced the means of emptiness in detail, and discussed with everyone how to deal with and decipher it.

 Chapter 2685

    After listening to Meng Zhang''s introduction, everyone exclaimed from time to time, lamenting the strange and terrifying tactics of the thief.


    They had heated discussions, but had no clue as to how to deal with such means.


    Meng Zhang also never expected that everyone would find a way to deal with it in a short period of time.


    He said these things to make everyone take precautions in advance, so that they can be mentally prepared early.


    Next, including Meng Zhang, everyone will discuss strategies to meet the enemy.


    Meng Zhang''s last method to scare away the emptiness of the aisle is to call on the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm.


    Meng Zhang told everyone about this method.


    Of course, the other people are neither celestial masters, nor are they favored by the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    Even if they called out the consciousness of the heavenly way in Shenchang Realm in time, Meng Zhang couldn''t say when they would get a response.


    In general, even if they were prepared in advance, once Meng Zhang and the others encountered Dao Thief Kong, they would be very dangerous.


    Fortunately, according to Meng Zhang, the target of the Dao thief, at least the main target, is not the cultivator of the Taiyi Realm.


    Moreover, in order to avoid the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, Dao thieves will hide their tracks and will not easily show their faces.


    There are several true immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi world. Everyone is careful and takes care of each other. The situation is not as dangerous as imagined.


    Over the years, Fairy Yue''e and Taiyi Realm have become more and more involved.


    She has gained many benefits from Taiyi Realm.


    She herself also realized that with her own conditions, it is difficult to develop better in other places in the outside world.


    Although she is only an ordinary true immortal, like many cultivators, Fairy Yue''e still has no small ambitions for the path.


    If she wants to go further on the road, she cannot do without Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang''s support.


    Originally, when she heard that the Dao thief was staring at Shenchang Realm, Fairy Yue''e had the urge to flee here immediately.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s analysis and Meng Zhang''s intentional comfort, she calmed down completely and was able to clearly analyze the pros and cons.


    Continuing to stay in the Taiyi Realm will undoubtedly have more advantages than disadvantages.


    Don''t look at the Taoist thief only appearing in the Shenchang Realm, with its habit of disappearing, maybe the entire Dengtianxing District has become its activity area.


    Fairy Yue''e stayed in Shenchang Realm and could be taken care of by Meng Zhang and other companions.


    If you leave here rashly, once you encounter a Dao thief in the void, it will be really bad luck.


    Although Gu Yue Ling Qing was also very afraid of the existence of Dao thieves, he was not afraid of it.


    Even, he was a little curious in his heart, and wanted to meet the legendary Dao thief for a while.


    Meng Zhang stabilized the morale of the army and appeased the internal members.


    Although we haven''t found a way to decipher the secret method of Dao thief sky sex, we will continue to discuss and research.


    Meng Zhang''s original injuries were not completely healed.


    This time, the old injury has not healed, and the new injury has been added. The injury has made him in a very bad state.


    He dealt with the affairs of the Taiyi Realm, and he ignored the retreat and cultivation, so he forcibly suppressed the injury and rushed to the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are now comrades-in-arms fighting side by side, and Meng Zhang can''t hide the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor when the Dao thief appears in the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang successfully met the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and revealed his previous encounters.


    With the knowledge of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, of course, he knows the existence of Dao thieves.


    Dao thieves coming to Shenchang Realm will make their next actions more complicated, and maybe they will add a lot of resistance out of thin air.


    For Dao thieves, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor will treat them seriously, but they will not be as dreadful or even afraid as ordinary immortals.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor agreed with Meng Zhang that Dao thieves must have a huge plot when they came to Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang found signs that Dao Thief Kong Xing was in contact with the outside world, indicating that Kong Xing was likely to have companions.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor will order the Dragon Clan to strengthen their defenses, but the plan of the Dragon Clan and the Taiyi Realm to join forces to conquer the Shenchang Realm will not be affected.


    After Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor negotiated properly, they returned to the Shenchang Realm.


    He continued to retreat and cultivate, and strive to return to his best state as soon as possible.


    For the current Meng Zhang, Dao thieves are the real enemies.


    Whether it is the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world or the gods of mixed spirits, they must be ranked at the back.


    Meng Zhang ordered the army in front to speed up their action, strive to occupy the territory of Lava Vulcan as soon as possible, and completely conquer the entire Western Land.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing went to the battlefield again to guard against the appearance of the enemy''s true god.


    After Meng Zhang personally gave the order, the army in front did not dare to neglect, and immediately accelerated their actions in all aspects.


    Actions such as surveying mines and dividing up loot can all be put in the back.


    The priority now is to end the battle as soon as possible.


    In the ensuing battle, the Taiyi Realm and the dragon army marched forward in great strides, sweeping around unscrupulously.


    They didn''t make Meng Zhang wait long before they defeated the resistance forces on the Lava Vulcan Territory and completely occupied this vast territory.


    From beginning to end, the Lava Vulcan did not show up, but allowed the enemy to occupy its territory and seize its foundation.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing killed the two indigenous true gods, no other indigenous true gods jumped out and used their arms as chariots.


    The Lava Vulcan has never appeared, and even more indigenous true gods have not been sent out. Without the top combat power, the indigenous gods are really unable to resist the enemy''s army.


    The three most powerful races in the Lava Vulcan Territory are also losing streaks in consecutive battles and suffer heavy losses.


    After losing most of the high-level leaders, the remaining rational people of the three major races had to lead their subordinates to voluntarily surrender for the survival of the race.


    After the three major races were defeated and surrendered, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race allied forces removed the last resistance, like entering a no-man''s land, wantonly traversing the Lava Vulcan territory.


    The only regret is that when the army reached the location of the Lava Vulcan God Realm, the huge God Realm disappeared long ago.


    To be able to directly make the Divine Realm disappear without making too much noise, I am afraid that only the owner of the Divine Realm has such a skill.


    Lava Vulcan didn''t know when, but secretly moved his domain away.


    Lava Vulcan has not shown his face and has not spoken, and has also migrated to the realm of the gods, making Taiyijie lose the opportunity to cut weeds and roots.


    After Meng Zhang received the report from the front, he knew that Lava Vulcan was likely to become a big trouble in the future.


    Although the Lava Vulcan has long since disappeared, it is impossible for him to remove all the believers.


    Not to mention, among the three most powerful races in his territory, many members are his faithful followers.


    Especially among the lava giant clan, there are many guys who fanatically worship this patriarch.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing, he can use these believers to find the traces of the true God they believe in through the connection of the thread of faith.


    But after the Dao thief appeared, Meng Zhang had to face the real enemy of life and death, and all other enemies had to be temporarily postponed.

 Chapter 2686

    Even the Lord of Lava Vulcan voluntarily gave up his territory, and he could count on how strong the fighting spirit of other indigenous gods would be.


    Before long, the territory of the Lava Vulcan basically fell.


    The main part of the territory is controlled by the Taiyi Realm and the allied forces of the Dragon Clan.


    There are only a few marginal areas, and some weak resistance exists.


    After all, there are always some guys who don''t know what to do and don''t know about current affairs.


    Overall, the big picture is set.


    If there is no accident, neither the Taiyi world nor the dragon army need to fight.


    In addition to sending a small number of small troops to chase down the remaining enemies and eliminate the remaining resistance forces, the large army has ended the tense combat mission.


    Next, how to divide up the spoils and how to consolidate the rule is a matter for the two to discuss.


    Originally, according to Meng Zhang''s thoughts, the monks in the Taiyi realm would leave here sooner or later, and the monks in the Taiyi realm only temporarily settled in the Shenchang realm.


    However, many cultivation forces took a fancy to the superior conditions of Shenchang Realm and wanted to take root here.


    Some self-cultivation forces are already surveying the earth veins, looking for spiritual veins, and looking for places to build mountain gates.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time and made a new decision.


    He did not directly oppose the actions of these self-cultivation forces, but just let the top level of Taiyi Realm divide the territory currently occupied.


    The Dragon Clan wanted to take root in the Shenchang Realm completely.


    However, this time it is a joint operation between the two, and the Taiyi Realm has the right to share the final spoils.


    After annexing the territory of Lava Vulcan, almost the entire Western Continent fell into the hands of these invaders.


    The indigenous gods who originally ruled here either died or descended, and the original ruling order was completely overturned.


    The site that the Dragon Clan most wants is the ocean of Shenchang Realm.


    In terms of the distribution of land territories, the dragon family did not care about the cultivators in the Taiyi world.


    The two sides gave each other a bit of humility, and soon completed a simple distribution.


    The dragons started construction on their own territory.


    More and more sea clan and dragon clan have migrated from the temporary territory of dragon clan to Shenchang realm.


    The territory allocated by the Taiyi Realm is very vast, and there are more than enough cultivators to house the entire Taiyi Realm.


    After all, as a newly born world, Taiyi Realm is very immature in all aspects.


    If nothing else, its territory is very limited.


    Taiyimen is not only the supreme ruler of Taiyi Realm, but in this battle of invading Shenchang Realm, Taiyimen monks are the absolute main force and played a decisive role.


    If nothing else, currently only Taiyimen has the combat power of the true immortal level.


    It is these true immortal-level powerhouses who really decide the final outcome of the war.


    In terms of territorial distribution, the top leaders of Taiyimen are also very fair, and they are basically distributed according to their merits.


    Taiyi Gate naturally occupies the largest, best, and most resource-rich part.


    Other cultivation forces have their own benefits according to the size of their contributions.


    Although Meng Zhang had no intention of staying in Shenchang Realm forever, many monks at the bottom of Taiyi Sect liked this place very much.


    If Taiyimen wants to develop the resources of Shenchang Realm, it must first carry out some construction, build more bases and so on.


    As for the other cultivation forces in the Taiyi Realm, seeing that the conditions in the Shenchang Realm are better, they can''t wait to move the entire sect to the Shenchang Realm immediately.


    Since Meng Zhang did not publicly stop it, many cultivators really started to build mountain gates in Shenchang Realm.


    In the world of self-cultivation, the more long-standing and powerful self-cultivation forces, the more they understand the truth of the three caves of the cunning rabbit, and the more they know to leave enough back-hands to ensure that the inheritance will not be cut off.


    Meng Zhang now also has a new idea.


    Taiyi Realm really wants to leave here, but it can leave some monks in Shenchang Realm.


    Including Taiyimen, various cultivation forces can establish branches here and leave their inheritance, which is considered a successor.


    In fact, many powerful self-cultivation forces in the world of self-cultivation have established many branches, and many of them are in a similar situation.


    When he left the Junchen Realm, he was too hasty, and the Taiyi Realm lacked everything, whether it was manpower or material resources.


    In order to increase the strength of Taiyi Realm as soon as possible, Meng Zhang tried his best to rush the population of Junchen Realm and search for the resources of Junchen Realm.


    For all cultivators, as long as there are no obvious problems, the Taiyi Realm will almost accept all who come.


    Too many outsiders poured into Taiyi Realm in a short period of time, which has indeed caused a lot of problems.


    Although there are many good and bad cultivators, the quality is difficult to guarantee.


    Meng Zhang had long been intent on purging the Taiyi Realm and screening all the practitioners.


    However, he never had such a chance.


    Not to mention, those cultivators who were eliminated by him have left Taiyi Realm and have nowhere else to go.


    Is it really necessary to expel them all into the void?


    Now in the Taiyi Realm, those who were eliminated by Meng Zhang, those who were unwilling to stay in the Taiyi Realm, had a brand new home, and Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Sect had done their best.


    Meng Zhang hopes that after this purge, the cohesion of the Taiyi world can be improved.


    Those guys who don''t agree with his ideas and don''t want to wander in the void, he can let them go.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not let them go in vain.


    When Junchen Realm was destroyed, Meng Zhang took them in and let them stay in Taiyi Realm for so long.


    Next, they need to pay enough price to redeem themselves.


    They can mine all kinds of resources in Shenchang Realm and hand them over to Taiyimen.


    They will also join the army of monks organized by Taiyimen and continue to fight for Taiyimen.


    ...


    Those who are willing to stay in the Taiyi world will become Meng Zhang''s basic board and will be cultivated by him.


    Not long after the invasion of Shenchang Realm, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces won consecutive battles and completely occupied the Western Land.


    The entire Western Land will become the stronghold of Taiyi World monks and dragons.


    First, it is the problem of worrying about Dao thieves.


    Secondly, Azure Sea God and True God Rising Sun are not so easy to deal with.


    Especially the Hunling Venerable God, who was born in the Temple of Heaven, has many trump cards and is a powerful enemy.


    After completely occupying the Western Land, the Taiyi Realm monks and the dragons will have a long rest to solve some internal problems.


    In a short period of time, these two companies will not continue to expand in the Shenchang world.


    Of course, on the sea near the west land, the sea clan driven by the dragon clan, plus some cultivators from the Taiyi realm, are still fighting against the indigenous gods, striving to occupy more sea areas.


    After occupying the entire Western Continent, the nearby sea area has become the barrier and moat of the Western Continent. Of course, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan must try to control it as much as possible.


    Peace was slowly restored on the western land, and the war in the nearby waters continued.


    However, neither the monks of the Taiyi Realm nor the main force of the Dragon Clan participated in the battle.


    Except for the original native gods in these sea areas, the blue sea god did not send too many reinforcements.


    Obviously, in a short period of time, Azure Sea God did not intend to start a large-scale battle.

 Chapter 2687

    The combined forces of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan completely wiped out the power of the Lava Vulcan, occupying the entire Western Continent, which greatly shocked the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Many aboriginal gods began to change some of their original ideas, and regarded the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan as the greatest threat to the Shenchang Realm.


    Although the Azure Sea God still regards the Hunling Venerable God as the number one enemy, he no longer dares to ignore the threats posed by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    The Azure Sea God put down his arrogant attitude and used a more pragmatic attitude to deal with the relationship with the Hunling Venerable God.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are enemies, and the Hunling Zunshen is also an enemy. There is no need for the Shenchang Realm to fight against two enemies at the same time.


    Azure Poseidon can cooperate with one enemy and deal with the other first.


    Soon, Azure Sea God and Hunling Venerable God reached a new agreement.


    The two sides have always maintained a state of peace. When facing the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance, the two sides cooperated with each other to fight the enemy together...


    Luna had provoked conflicts between the two sides and deliberately created conflicts. Not only did it not work, but the Hunling Venerable God discovered traces of it.


    In order to avoid complete exposure, and in order to retain power and protect this hard-won intelligence system, Luna did not continue to act, but waited and collected all kinds of intelligence.


    Of course, although Azure Sea God and Hunling Venerable God have reached an agreement on cooperation, the level of trust between the two sides is not high.


    When it comes time to face the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces, no one can tell how much sincerity they can cooperate with.


    After Meng Zhang received the information from Luna, he didn''t care much.


    Whether it is the aboriginal god of Shenchang Realm or the god of mixed spirits, he has already put him in a secondary position.


    The biggest threat to the Taiyi world is always the Dao thief.


    All Taoist thieves have such a title because of the great harm they cause to Taoist cultivators.


    Taiyi Realm and Dao thieves have no grievances or enmity, and they are not the main target of Dao thieves.


    However, while the Dao thief has achieved the main goal, he would not mind destroying the Taiyi Realm and harming the cultivators of the Taiyi Realm.


    Dao thieves are natural enemies for Daoist cultivators.


    With the way of the Dao thief''s concealment, even if Meng Zhang knew that the Dao thief was hiding in the Shenchang Realm, he could do nothing about it, and it was difficult to discover his whereabouts.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang, but even the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm will motivate the power of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm to slowly search for the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    Even so, the Dao thief still did not show his tracks.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not completely abandon the original plan because of the existence of Dao thieves, and disrupt his own arrangements.


    The plans of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are still proceeding in an orderly manner.


    Meng Zhang took the time to heal his wounds, and from time to time he would discuss with everyone on how to deal with the secret techniques of Dao thieves.


    After the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces occupied the West Land, although the main force was resting and busy with construction, the Sea Clan army driven by the Dragon Clan, as well as the cultivating forces such as the Sea Spirit Sect, were all expanding in the waters near the West Land. Aboriginal gods fought fiercely.


    The Azure Sea God has been paying close attention to the movements of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    What he is most looking forward to in his heart is that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces will attack the East Land on a large scale.


    It is best for the gods to join the battle, and the two sides fight to the death, so that the indigenous gods of the Shenchang realm can take advantage of the fisherman.


    It would be a good thing to be able to force out the True God Chongyue, who has been living in seclusion.


    But looking at the movements of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, they did not intend to aggressively attack the Eastern Land, but instead expanded towards the surrounding seas.


    Although the waters near the Western Continent were not directly under the control of the Azure Sea God, it still touched his sensitive nerves.


    Will the enemy be satisfied after occupying the waters near the Western Land?


    For a long time, the ocean of Shenchang Realm has been ruled by the blue sea god.


    The Azure Sea God also regards the ocean as his own sanctuary, and absolutely does not allow other forces to intervene.


    In the past, the True God of Rising Sun, the God of Lava Vulcan, and other True Gods of the same name as him, whenever there was a hint of involvement in marine affairs, he would react violently and give them a head-on attack.


    It is absolutely not allowed for the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan to invade the ocean of the Shenchang Realm.


    Azure Sea God has long heard of the prestige of the Dragon Clan, and also knows that the Dragon Clan is the overlord of the ocean.


    Now even though the army of the vassal of the dragon tribe, the sea tribe, is expanding to the surrounding waters, he feels intolerable.


    In the long run, Hunling Zunshen poses the greatest threat to the indigenous gods in the Shenchang realm.


    The actions of the Dragon Clan touch upon the fundamental interests of the Azure Sea God.


    Compared with the interests of the whole world and his own interests, the blue sea god thinks clearly.


    He would rather let Hunling Venerable God invade the continent of Shenchang Realm and gain a firm foothold in Shenchang Realm, rather than letting the ocean be invaded by the Dragon Clan.


    When self-interest is involved, Azure Sea God''s thoughts and attitudes are changing.


    In fact, the dragon clan has no intention of marching into the ocean in a big way.


    The expansion of the Dragon Clan in the waters around the Western Land is more of an active defense strategy, expanding the defense line.


    The senior leaders of the Dragon Clan and the senior leaders of the Taiyi Realm have long agreed that they are only going to occupy the sea area near the West Land, and will not expand to the ocean for the time being.


    Neither the senior leaders of the Taiyi Realm nor the Dragon Clan would have imagined that the Azure Sea God would be so sensitive to ocean issues.


    Regarding the recent changes in the situation of Shenchang Realm, the Blue Sea God, who was originally the overlord of the Shenchang Realm, felt a sense of powerlessness from time to time.


    Originally, the four true gods jointly maintained the ruling order of Shenchang Realm, but now he is the only one left.


    True God Shengyang has become the puppet of the god of mixed spirits.


    As a veteran god of Shenchang Realm and one of the rulers of Shenchang Realm, Hunling Zunshen knows many secrets of Shenchang Realm, and knows that Shenchang Realm''s cards are definitely not only exposed.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is the supreme existence in Shenchang Realm, and it is the strongest trump card in Shenchang Realm.


    The Azure Sea God not only knows the existence of the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world, but can also communicate with it.


    Including the Azure Sea God, the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm are only the rulers of the Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is the real master of Shenchang Realm, and these indigenous gods are at best stewards.


    Of course, due to the lofty consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, they seldom take the initiative to contact the indigenous gods.


    Most of the time, these stewards are no different from their masters and possess all the powers of their masters.


    The Azure Sea God, who has been guarding the sky on behalf of the sky, has ruled the ocean of the Shenchang Realm for many years, and has long regarded himself as the master of the ocean.


    Now that foreign enemies are invading, the native gods of Shenchang Realm have suffered heavy casualties, and they are about to be unable to resist. The real master of Shenchang Realm should not sit idly by, right?


    However, the Shenchang Realm has been invaded for so long, and the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm has not responded, which really disappointed the Azure Sea God.

 Chapter 2688

    The Azure Sea God knew that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was slow to respond, and also knew its behavior.


    When the aboriginal gods such as the Azure Sea God ruled the Shenchang Realm, no matter how arrogant and lewd they were, how cruel and violent, how savage and backward...


    As long as they don''t do things that seriously damage the foundation of Shenchang Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm will not bother to ask them.


    In fact, only events such as the overturning of the rules of heaven and earth, such as the imbalance of yin and yang or even the destruction of the world, are worthy of the attention of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Shenchang Realm has a huge consciousness and slow response, and it is impossible to pay attention to everything in Shenchang Realm.


    Likewise, not every aboriginal god in the Shenchang realm can attract the attention of the consciousness of the gods in the Shenchang realm.


    Even for the ruler of Shenchang Realm like Azure Sea God, it would take a lot of trouble to establish a connection with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang was able to easily attract the attention of the Heavenly Dao consciousness in the Shenchang world, mainly because of his ability as a top celestial master.


    Heavenly Secret Masters peeping into the operation of Heavenly Secrets, often revealing the existence of Heavenly Secrets, were originally the focus of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in a big world.


    After Meng Zhang was marked by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, it was easier for him to attract his attention.


    Even the current Meng Zhang didn''t know how much the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang world paid attention to the appearance of the Taoist thief.


    Wei Lan Poseidon doesn''t know Meng Zhang''s experience, he just feels that with the current situation facing Shenchang Realm, especially when the ocean is facing the threat of the dragon race, it is difficult for him to deal with it alone.


    At this time, he needs to contact the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm and let the real master of Shenchang Realm come forward.


    When he thinks about it, as long as the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm takes action, all these foreign enemies are not worth mentioning.


    In fact, the divine power and power possessed by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm are far beyond the imagination of the blue sea god.


    When those big forces in the comprehension world encounter difficult enemies, they often beat the small ones and then the old ones.


    If low-level disciples can''t figure it out, they call someone a parent.


    Those forces with a long history and deep background, even the ancestors who can come to the Immortal Realm in love.


    The aboriginal gods of the Shenchang world are also like birds.


    The Azure Sea God has no ancestors to rely on, only the consciousness of heaven that summons the world of Shenchang.


    He secretly instructed his cronies to prepare a grand ceremony of offering sacrifices to the heavens.


    The aboriginal gods of Shenchang Realm hold grand sacrificial ceremonies every once in a while to sacrifice to heaven and earth.


    Whenever such a ceremony is held, it is the grandest festival in the Shenchang world.


    Of course, most of the time, such ceremonies do not get the attention and response of the consciousness of the gods of the gods and prosperous world.


    As one of the top true gods ruling the Shenchang Realm, the Azure Sea God, if he presides over such a ceremony, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm is very likely to respond.


    The Azure Sea God intentionally controlled the scale of the ceremony and did not want to make it known to everyone.


    He ordered a group of cronies to secretly prepare the ceremony without telling the others.


    As a result, the preparation work becomes very troublesome and takes a lot of time.


    Azure Sea God is not in a hurry, everything will come slowly.


    When the blue sea god was preparing for the ceremony of offering sacrifices to heaven and earth, Meng Zhang''s injuries had long since recovered.


    After recovering to the best state, Meng Zhang''s heart was settled, and he had more confidence to cope with various situations.


    Meng Zhang regards Dao thieves, especially the emptiness that hurts himself, as the enemy of life and death, and must be found and eliminated.


    He also knew that it was impossible to find its traces by conventional means.


    Even if Meng Zhang did not hesitate to pay a huge price and used the Heavenly Secret Technique to deduce it, it would be difficult to obtain results.


    It is not without reason that Dao thieves can become Daomen''s confidants.


    Even those legendary celestial masters could hardly rely on the celestial technique to calculate the whereabouts of the thief.


    When Meng Zhang was healing, he thought carefully about it.


    He carefully recalled the situation in which the consciousness of Tiandao in the Shenchang Realm watched himself and the Taoist thief on the empty battlefield.


    Although the Dao Thief escaped early, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm was completely empty, but the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm still gave Meng Zhang encouragement and praise.


    Judging from its performance, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is able to fully recognize the danger of Dao thieves and try to find it out.


    Meng Zhang himself used the Heavenly Mystery Technique, and even if he could connect to the Heavenly Dao of the Void, he would not be able to calculate the information related to the emptiness of the Dao Thief.


    But if in this process, you can get the help of the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world, that is another matter.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is still relatively strict in monitoring this world.


    Any place that is watched by the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, its past, present and even future, cannot escape its induction.


    Since Dao Thief Kong has taken great pains to infiltrate the Shenchang Realm, it will not leave easily before reaching its goal.


    As long as the emptiness of the Dao Thief remains in the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang, with the help of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, uses the Heavenly Mystery Technique to make calculations, and it is possible to discover the clues left by it.


    Dao thieves have secret techniques that can avoid the induction of Tiandao consciousness, and can also block the calculations of the celestial master.


    But if the two are combined, it is not so easy to deal with.


    In order to find out the whereabouts of the enemy, Meng Zhang is also willing to pay some price.


    After Meng Zhang thought about it, he immediately started to act.


    Meng Zhang first took advantage of his talent as a celestial master and began to summon the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm.


    Meng Zhang has long been marked by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, and has been praised by it.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was slow to respond and extremely busy, in the midst of their busy schedules, they were still willing to take a look at the place where Meng Zhang was.


    Meng Zhang waited for a long time, and finally came to the attention of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    After he sensed that a small part of his attention was shifted to his side, he immediately passed on his thoughts.


    Most of the Great World''s Heavenly Dao consciousness hates the Heavenly Secret Master, and hates the Heavenly Secret Master''s behavior of peeping at the operation of the Heavenly Secret.


    Of course, if the Heavenly Secret Master is willing to stand on the side of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness and serve the Heavenly Dao Consciousness, that is another matter.


    It is harmful to let the secret master wantonly peep at the secret, and it is not conducive to the normal operation of the world.


    But the balance of the two evils tends to be the lesser of the two. In comparison, the celestial master is only a disease of scabies, and the Taoist thief is a serious problem.


    The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven just hates the Master of Secrets, and it is an extreme hatred of the Taoist thief.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was too slow to respond, and after waiting for a long time, he reluctantly agreed to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    Next, Meng Zhang began to perform the Dayan Divine Calculation, peeping at the heavenly operation of the Shenchang Realm.


    Scene after scene, one message after another, quickly appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind, as if to burst his head alive.


    Although Meng Zhang had many similar experiences, he still felt very uncomfortable.


    He endured the discomfort and carefully analyzed these pictures and information.


    Almost all the information of Shenchang Realm is contained in the operation of heavenly secrets.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm cannot process all information accurately.


    In fact, due to its slow response and low level of intelligence, it simply cannot process such a large amount of information.


    Even if the Dao thief left some clues, it is easy to be ignored by them and turn a blind eye.


    Meng Zhang''s situation is very different.


    Meng Zhang has a strong information processing ability, but he cannot obtain so much detailed information.


    Meng Zhang now has the help of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness, which can be regarded as a shortcoming for each other.


    It took Meng Zhang a long time to find the information he needed in the vast sea of ??information.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had almost reached the limit he could bear.


    In order to allow Meng Zhang to find out the whereabouts of the Dao thief, the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchangjie took the initiative to release the shield, allowing him to watch the operation of the heavenly secret freely.


    It can be observed that there is a high threshold for the operation of the heavenly secret, and there will be no small price to pay.


    Even if the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm suppressed the instinctive reaction, it did not reject or attack Meng Zhang.


    But Mengzhang still has to bear huge pressure to resist the backlash.


    If it continues for too long, Meng Zhang will have to pay a huge price.


    Fortunately, the situation is not bad. He obtained the information he needed in time, and was able to immediately interrupt the Heavenly Secret Technique and no longer observe the operation of the Heavenly Secret.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm quickly turned its attention away from Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not feel the slightest relaxation.


    This time, he used the power of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang Realm to find the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    If his actions fail and live up to the expectations of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness, it will be difficult to summon Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness so smoothly next time.


    In this operation, Meng Zhang must be careful enough, and must not make the slightest mistake.


    When Meng Zhang used the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm to find the whereabouts of the Taoist thief, the blue sea god finally completed the preparations for the sacrifice to heaven.


    This time, the location of the sacrifice to heaven and earth was chosen in the depths of the sea far away from the Eastern Continent.


    There is a small isolated island, and almost no outsiders pass by on weekdays.


    On the island, there is a solemn and magnificent altar.


    On the altar, there are various offerings.


    Azure Sea God secretly came to the isolated island with a few cronies.


    After going through a series of procedures such as bathing, changing clothes, and calming the mind, the blue sea god led this group of cronies to start the sacrificial ceremony.


    The scale of the ceremony is small, but the process is very complicated.


    A group of aboriginal gods who were high and mighty on weekdays became extremely well-behaved at this time, and began to worship the heavens and the earth respectfully.


    The process of this ceremony, the rituals in the middle, it is more important to say that it is important.


    Through these, you can show your piety to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, and there is a certain chance to please the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    It doesn''t matter, even if there is no such complicated process, as long as the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm can be noticed here, the ceremony is considered a success.


    Ritual is not an end, but a means.


    For Meng Zhang, there is no need for these ceremonies, and they can connect with the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    And some indigenous gods have nothing to arouse the interest of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods and prosperous world.


    The Azure Sea God was born as a god, and later slowly transformed into a god of faith.


    The natural gods themselves are born by the clock of this world.


    Even after being converted into a god of faith, the Azure Sea God did not completely lose the favor of this world.


    The blue sea god rules the ocean, has the authority to control the sea and storms, and can dominate the life and death of marine creatures.


    His existence is conducive to the normal operation of the ocean and helps to maintain the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm.


    Although the Azure Sea God has many shortcomings, it still plays an important role in this regard.


    As one of the top true gods ruling the Shenchang Realm, the Azure Sea God will take the initiative to put out some disasters within the Shenchang Realm, quell those incidents that violate the rules of heaven and earth, and maintain a minimum order of heaven and earth...


    In Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness, Azure Sea God also left a name.


    Among the creatures that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm focuses on, there is the existence of the Azure Sea God.


    The azure sea god summons the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods and prosperous world, and its priority is still relatively high.


    Without letting the Azure Sea God wait too long, an incomparably vast and ethereal aura descended on the island.


    After sensing this breath, all the aboriginal gods, including the Azure Sea God, crawled on the ground, daring not to make the slightest movement.


    As the native creatures of Shenchang Realm, in the depths of their souls, they have a huge reverence for the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    It has almost become their instinct to respect the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods and prosperous world.


    Facing the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, they could hardly have any idea of ??resistance, they could only bow their heads and obey orders.


    After a while, the Azure Sea God, who had many similar experiences, calmed down the coercion he felt deep in his heart, and got used to the current situation a little.


    Wei Lan Seagod never thought that his action to summon the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm would be so smooth.


    He didn''t dare to let the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm wait for a long time.


    He reported the recent events such as Hunling Venerable God''s control of the True God Rising Sun, the secret invasion of Shenchang Realm, the invasion of Shenchang Realm by the Dragon Clan and Taiyi Realm, and the control of Xilu, all of which were reported to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Among them, he focused on the harm brought by the dragon family.


    Once the dragon race is allowed to control the ocean of Shenchang Realm, the entire world will suffer a disaster, and it will completely subvert the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm...


    He asked the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to lower its power to repel and attack these foreign invaders.


    He also asked the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm to send reinforcements to help him fight.


    After making a humbling request, the Azure Sea God waited patiently.


    He is waiting for the response of the consciousness of the gods and the realm of heaven, waiting for everything he has requested.


    Even if the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not fully satisfy his request, he only needed a little help from it, and it would be enough for the Azure Sea God to use up.


    Azure Sea God waited for a long time, but the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm still did not give any response.


    The Azure Sea God knew that the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm was slow to respond and would make him wait for a long time.


    But after waiting for so long, it still greatly exceeded his expectations.

 Chapter 2689

    Azure Sea God and his subordinates did not dare to have the slightest impatience, and were still waiting patiently, maintaining a humble mood.


    They were like stone statues, kneeling on the ground motionless, no matter how long the time passed, they would not move at all.


    After a long time, a message passed into Azure Sea God''s mind.


    After sensing this message from the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, the blue sea god''s face changed greatly, and his face was full of disbelief.


    If it weren''t for the profound awareness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, he was so afraid of it in his heart that he almost jumped up and questioned the other party.


    In the information received just now, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has a clear attitude.


    Not only was the Blue Sea God not allowed to attack the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, but the Blue Sea God was also required to cooperate with Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Meng Zhang is chasing down the great enemy who is endangering the realm of Shenchang, and he will never allow the blue sea god and the aboriginal gods to influence his actions.


    If Meng Zhang needed it, the Blue Sea God and the others would do their best to help.


    ...


    Azure Seagod couldn''t help but began to doubt in his heart whether he was in contact with the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm this time, or the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of another great world.


    Since the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces invaded the Shenchang Realm, they have killed and injured a large number of indigenous gods, which has greatly shaken the ruling order of the Shenchang Realm.


    Azure Sea God''s previous report may be somewhat addicting, but the general direction is correct.


    For intruders from other worlds, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm should instinctively reject them.


    But looking at the attitude of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heaven and Dao, Meng Zhang is almost regarded as a member of Shenchang Realm, and he has more trust in him, and the level of trust is still higher than that of Wei Lan Sea God.


    Azure Sea God really can''t figure it out.


    Are the immortals like Meng Zhang really capable of supernatural powers and can confuse the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang world?


    Also, what kind of enemy is it that makes the consciousness of the heavens in the world of Shenchang treat it so solemnly?


    If the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm was a living person, Wei Lan Sea God would think that the other party was confused.


    Heavenly Dao Consciousness is a pan-conscious body formed by the thoughts of the entire big world. It has a unique way of operation. It cannot be measured by the thinking of human beings or other creatures.


    Azure Sea God knew about these situations, but still felt a bit baffling.


    Azure Sea God felt really aggrieved and panicked in his heart.


    It is clear that Meng Zhang is a foreign invader, and his own family is the guardian of Shenchang Realm.


    He has guarded the Shenchang Realm and maintained the order of heaven and earth for many years. There is no credit or hard work, but looking at the consciousness of the divine realm, Meng Zhang is actually more important than himself.


    Under the turbulent mood of the blue sea god, he dared to question his usual awe of the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world.


    Logically speaking, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has a long lifespan calculated in ten thousand years or even one hundred thousand years and one million years, and its own response is very slow. It should have a good temper, and at least patience should be good.


    However, he was very impatient with his doubts about the Azure Sea God.


    An even greater coercion descended from the sky, pressing the Azure Sea God firmly to the ground.


    The rest of the indigenous gods were affected by the aftermath at this time, as if they were pressed down by the mountains, and their entire bodies were about to be pressed into the soil.


    As the native creatures of Shenchang Realm, they obviously lack the resistance to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and they have no desire to resist, so they can only bear it silently.


    All the aboriginal gods present seemed to feel the anger of the consciousness of the gods of the gods.


    In fact, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is high, and generally does not have various emotional changes like ordinary creatures.


    Most of the time, most of the time, it is very detached and indifferent to everything.


    The performance of Shenchangjie just now was not really angry, but a warning to the blue sea god, asking him to follow his own orders.


    Although there was still some dissatisfaction in his heart, the Azure Sea God did not dare to show the slightest.


    All he could do was bow his head honestly, and put on a submissive look.


    He is very clear in his heart that the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world has the supreme status.


    If he is detested by the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, if nothing else, the group of cronies around him may soon betray him.


    Wei Lan Poseidon didn''t know what method Meng Zhang used to please or confuse the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Since the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm has issued an order, at least on the surface, he cannot object, and can only obey.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not stay here for a long time, and soon disappeared completely.


    Sensing the disappearance of the enormous pressure, Azure Sea God and his subordinates breathed a sigh of relief.


    Wei Lan Poseidon did not dare to show his dissatisfaction with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and his heart was full of hatred and hatred for Meng Zhang.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm treated the Azure Sea God so rudely this time, because his behavior has always been like this, and secondly, he was very dissatisfied with him.


    The Taoist thief sneaked into the Shenchang Realm. If Meng Zhang hadn''t exposed it, who knows how long it would have been hidden.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm knows the great danger of thieves, and has regarded the Dao thief in Shenchang Realm as the biggest opponent, and can''t wait to destroy them immediately.


    For the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang realm, there is no essential difference whether Meng Zhang or the indigenous gods of the Shenchang realm rule the Shenchang realm.


    The indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm continued to rule the Shenchang Realm and used it more easily.


    Replacing Meng Zhang as the new ruler is equivalent to changing a housekeeper.


    However, the existence of Dao thieves is enough to threaten the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, and even cause the destruction of the world.


    In the past, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm allowed the native gods like the Azure Sea God to act, and did not intervene in their ruling process.


    Azure Sea God, these indigenous gods, as the guardians of Shenchang Realm, did not find that Dao thieves sneaked in, which is the biggest fault.


    The consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang realm is the real master of the Shenchang realm, and it is a very strict master.


    He wouldn''t reason with Azure Sea God and the others, let alone understand their difficulties.


    For him, he didn''t hand down a divine punishment because of the breach of duty by the Azure Sea God and the others, which was already magnanimous enough.


    When Meng Zhang used the Heavenly Mystery Technique to calculate the whereabouts of the Dao thief, he used the power of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to reveal his plan to the other party.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm does not allow anyone to destroy Meng Zhang''s actions.


    When necessary, the Azure Sea God and the others must put aside all their grievances and give Meng Zhang all-out help.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has scanned and searched the entire Shenchang Realm many times before, and has not found the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    He had high hopes for Meng Zhang.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is actually very realistic.


    Whoever has greater use value and who can help him, he will support whoever.

 Chapter 2690

    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is high, and he is really a bad master, and he will not understand the difficulties of his subordinates at all.


    The indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm are closed and conservative, most of them are bumpkins, they have little contact with the outside world, and they are ignorant.


    Most of the indigenous gods have never even heard of the title of Dao Thief, let alone the slightest understanding.


    Even if the rulers of the gods and prosperous world, such as the Azure Sea God, are the top true gods, they have had some communication with the outside world, and they don''t know much about Dao thieves. At most, they have heard a little.


    Even if a Dao thief stood in front of the Azure Sea God and the others, they might not be able to recognize it, nor would they be able to recognize the danger to the entire world.


    Not to mention that they did not receive any information in advance, even if they were prepared, with the situation of Shenchang Realm and their strength, they could not stop the thieves from sneaking in.


    The Vulcan, who was killed by Meng Zhang, brought the body of a true immortal back to Shenchang Realm, thinking that he had picked up a treasure.


    Meng Zhang was also deceived at first.


    Later, he was able to see through the existence of Dao thieves, and there was also a large part of coincidence.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will not understand these, nor will they care about the process.


    He only knew that the native gods of Shenchang Realm were incompetent, and actually let the Dao thief sneak in, and Meng Zhang discovered the existence of the Dao thief in time.


    If Meng Zhang can completely solve the problem of Dao thieves, he will not mind changing Shenchang Realm to a bright ruler.


    Due to the lack of information, the Azure Sea God didn''t know that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was very dissatisfied with the indigenous gods.


    Although Weilan Seagod did not dare to oppose the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm in person, he would never offer help to Meng Zhang.


    However, since the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is such an attitude, he cannot organize a large army to attack Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan.


    Even if the attitude of Tiandao consciousness in the Shenchang Realm spreads, the army under him will inevitably be detached, and it will be difficult for him to call on the indigenous gods of all parties to participate in the war.


    Azure Sea God glanced at the few subordinates beside him, forcibly suppressing the urge to kill and silence.


    These few cronies are not weak, they have always been loyal to him, they belong to his basics, and he cannot destroy the Great Wall by himself.


    Anyway, these subordinates didn''t know the specific information that Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness passed to them, but they only knew that Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness was dissatisfied with them.


    He solemnly warned these subordinates not to reveal what they saw today.


    After several of his subordinates agreed, he breathed a sigh of relief.


    Since the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not allow him to provoke Meng Zhang, he could only continue to wait and see.


    Of course, it would be best if he could provoke the Hunling Venerable God to take the initiative to send troops.


    Besides, on Meng Zhang''s side, although he didn''t know that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was like flipping a book, he also knew that he would never fail the other party''s expectations this time.


    Otherwise, you will lose the trust and support of the other party, and all your previous efforts will be in vain.


    When Meng Zhang used the Dayan Divine Calculation before, with the help of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, he watched the operation of the divine secret of the Shenchang Realm and found some clues.


    Pictures scrolled in his mind, and information was constantly checked by him...


    After spending a lot of time, he finally found the clearest clue.


    The long-disappeared Lava Vulcan seems to have had a secret indirect contact with the Dao thief.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm does not have the thinking ability like Meng Zhang, and the intelligence level is not high, and many times rely on instinct to act.


    Even if he puts those valuable information in front of him, he can''t handle it, and it is difficult to dig out useful clues from it.


    With Mengzhang''s observation and reasoning ability, he was able to find useful things from the seemingly ordinary and inconspicuous information.


    After the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces completely occupied the Lava Vulcan territory and unified the Western Land, Meng Zhang gave up his original plan because of the appearance of the Dao thief, and could not care about continuing to hunt down the Lava Vulcan.


    He didn''t even think that this guy, Lava Vulcan, could actually be related to Dao thief.


    Whether Lava Vulcan intentionally or unintentionally, as long as he has had contact with the Dao thief, it is worth Meng Zhang''s full investigation.


    As for how he got involved with the Dao thief, and what kind of collusion between the two sides, as long as he was found and taken down, Meng Zhang would naturally know the answer.


    The Lava Vulcan had long since left his own territory, moved away from the God''s Domain, and disappeared completely.


    He ruled here for many years, has countless believers, and left countless traces.


    These traces cannot be completely eliminated for a long period of time.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, the Taiyijie monks dispatched to arrest a group of devout followers of the Lava Fire God and sent them to Meng Zhang.


    Faith has a strong inertia, and it is very difficult to completely change it.


    Even if the Lava Vulcan gave up his territory and abandoned his followers, there were still many believers who continued to believe in him.


    Even now, there are still some priests who are secretly preaching, inspiring the confidence of the believers, strengthening their beliefs, and claiming that the Lava Vulcan has not given up the believers and territory, but is entangled by other things, and he will come back sooner or later.


    When the Lava Vulcan returns, the enemy will be eliminated, and the believers who are not firm enough will be punished.


    Those believers who are devout enough and persevere will receive countless rewards.


    ...


    Although the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world are conservative and backward, they are still somewhat capable of preaching and cultivating believers.


    One of the current tasks of the monks in the Taiyi world is to eradicate the beliefs of hostile gods with all their strength.


    They use various methods to arrest those believers who are still holding on.


    When the dragon clan discovered such believers, they were all executed.


    Cultivators who come from the Taoist sect still have to pay attention to the virtue of having a good life and the like.


    They will try to convert and destroy the beliefs of these believers, and use various methods to make them turn their backs on the gods they believe in.


    For those unrepentant guys, they did not kill them directly, but drove them to the mines to do hard labor, using the environment to slowly wipe out their beliefs.


    Only diehard elements such as priests can directly kill things.


    Now that Meng Zhang is in need, the Taiyi Sect cultivator quickly completed the task.


    The dozens of people who were sent to Meng Zhang were all devout followers of the Lava Fire God, and there were several priests among them, all of whom were real diehards.


    Most of them are lava giants, the same family as Lava Vulcan.


    Simple-minded creatures like lava giants are inherently stubborn, their heads are the same as granite, and they don''t know how to adapt.


    Once they believe in a certain god, they are often the most devout believers.


    It took a lot of effort for the Taiyi Sect cultivator to reluctantly include some guys with slightly more flexible minds. .


    As for making them completely surrender to Taiyi Sect and willingly become Taoist soldiers, there is still a long way to go.

 Chapter 2691

    On weekdays, Meng Zhang would restrain his immortal breath, and he looked similar to ordinary mortals, without any external coercion.


    Of course, those cultivators with sufficient sensing ability should know that Meng Zhang''s cultivation is unfathomable as long as they have a little sense of it.


    When these dozens of believers were brought before Meng Zhang, there were many people who didn''t know whether to live or die, staring at Meng Zhang with hatred and disobedience.


    Meng Zhang looked at the lava giants without saying a word of nonsense.


    When Meng Zhang thought about it, these lava giants collapsed to the ground, unable to move.


    Everything in their bodies appeared in Meng Zhang''s eyes in full detail.


    Almost every lava giant has a thin line in its body.


    One end of these thin lines is connected to their souls, and the other end extends into the air.


    This is the line of faith between believers and the gods they believe in.


    As long as the gods accept the beliefs of believers, absorb and utilize the power of belief, and believers, there will be a line of faith connection.


    The line of faith is invisible and intangible, but because of the power of some heaven and earth rules, it firmly connects the gods and believers, and is not bound and restricted by space.


    If the gods want to cut off such a thread of faith, they will inevitably be attacked by the power of faith.


    These lines of belief are not completely consistent, and their thickness and firmness are affected by the piety of believers.


    Judging from the state of these lines of faith, the lava giants in front of them are all devout followers of the Lava Fire God, and there are even mad believers.


    Meng Zhang''s eyes extended along these lines of belief, easily penetrating the space, and reaching his destination.


    Meng Zhang asked his disciples to deal with these believers. He took one step and started to travel through space.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a native of Shenchang Realm, he now shoulders the task of consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    He was not suppressed or excluded by the rules of the world of Shenchang Realm, and he could freely display all kinds of magical powers in Shenchang Realm.


    Due to the unfamiliarity of the road, he was slightly delayed on the road, and after a few space shuttles, he finally arrived at his destination.


    This is an isolated island far from the east and west.


    The Azure Sea God considers himself the ruler of the sea, and thinks that his rule also includes the islands on the sea.


    Except for the two large landmasses of the Western Land and the Eastern Land, the other areas in the Shenchang Realm are nominally ruled by the Azure Sea God.


    Of course, the actual situation is quite different.


    In addition to many remote sea areas, in the offshore areas of the East and West, there are many islands, especially those large islands, some of which are obedient to their yang and yin, and some simply do not obey their rule.


    Some islands are big enough to give birth to enough creatures to support a large number of powerful indigenous gods, and there is a bottom line to challenge the blue sea god.


    In the past, Lava Vulcan and Rising Sun True God, they also supported the indigenous gods on these islands behind their backs.


    Obviously, they also hope to see a flaw in the domination of the blue sea god over the ocean.


    Now, although both Lava Vulcan and True God Rising Sun are unable to support these indigenous gods, Azure Sea God is also unable to take care of these indigenous gods in a short period of time.


    This has led to an unprecedented pastime for the indigenous gods on many islands.


    The island that Meng Zhang came to is a big island, and it did not obey the rule of the Azure Sea God very much before.


    The indigenous gods on the island have a certain strength, and there is also the support of the Lava Vulcan in secret.


    Since it was too far away from the core ruling area of ??the Azure Sea God, he was too lazy to fight against it.


    Meng Zhang stood above the island and carefully observed the island.


    Most of the island is covered by dense forest, where many natives live.


    These natives worship a number of native gods, and there are many gods of native gods on the island.


    Meng Zhang fought Lava Vulcan, and he has long remembered its breath.


    The Kingdom of Lava Vulcan is hidden in the depths of a forest.


    Although he had used a secret technique and tried to cover up his breath, Meng Zhang could easily identify him.


    The indigenous gods on this island took in the Lava Vulcan and let it hide on the island.


    The Lava Vulcan gave up his territory, abandoned his followers, and lost a lot of sources of faith.


    Although there are still some die-hards who still believe in him, the number of these die-hard believers is constantly decreasing under the blow of Taiyijie monks and dragons.


    The number of believers placed in his kingdom of God is limited, and the power of faith provided is not enough to support a true god like him.


    He should be sitting on the mountain now, consuming the previous accumulation.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to wait a little longer, he may slowly weaken.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take the Lava Vulcan as an opponent at all, and was too lazy to wait for him to become weak.


    As for the indigenous gods on this island, he ignored them.


    Meng Zhang took one step and appeared in the depths of the forest, above the Kingdom of Lava Fire God.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word of nonsense, and shot directly.


    The endless rays of the sun and the moon shone down from the sky, and the thick trees in the forest quickly withered and vanished into nothingness.


    The soil and stones on the ground melted as quickly as snow in the sun, and the ban on hiding the kingdom of God was easily cracked, revealing the kingdom of the Lava God of Fire.


    A roar came out from the kingdom of God.


    "Don''t deceive people too much, this god has already left the West Land, why are you still chasing after him?"


    "If you really want to kill everything, this god will not let you feel better."


    ...


    Hearing the roar of the Lava Vulcan, Meng Zhang smiled disdainfully.


    The two qi of yin and yang descended from the sky like a long river, firmly surrounding the Divine Kingdom of Lava Vulcan.


    The yin and yang qi kept swimming and began to quickly consume this divine kingdom.


    Lava Vulcan was not Meng Zhang''s opponent.


    After he was punished by the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm last time, the injuries on his body have not yet healed.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm intentionally made him suffer a little and learn a lesson.


    Lava Vulcan was not Meng Zhang''s opponent, and was frightened by the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, and did not dare to return to the army at all.


    After the great defeat of the army, he knew that his territory must be the next target of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance.


    Knowing that he is powerless to resist, he has no intention of desperately trying.


    It took a lot of effort for him to secretly move the kingdom of God here.


    In order to avoid alarming Meng Zhang, a powerful enemy, he did not even care about his own followers.


    Lava Vulcan also knows the situation in Shenchang Realm, and knows that Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance have other enemies.


    He has already voluntarily given up his territory, his followers, and his strife. There should be no threat to the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    The current enemy of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan should be the Azure Sea God and the Hunling Venerable God. They really don''t need to twist themselves.


    If you really push a true god to a desperate situation, and let it fight back on the verge of death, its enemies will never be better off.

 Chapter 2692

    Lava Vulcan actively turned in, dodging the enemy''s edge to get a chance to breathe.


    If it wasn''t for the use of the secret technique to figure out that the Lava Vulcan was involved with the Dao thief, Meng Zhang really wouldn''t be in a hurry to hunt him down.


    Defeated dogs like Lava Vulcan are no longer enough.


    In the future, when you are free, you can pick him up at any time.


    Compared with Lava Vulcan, there are many more enemies that Meng Zhang can deal with.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang came with a mission this time, and the Lava Vulcan was doomed.


    Although Lava Vulcan''s injuries have not completely healed, it does not affect his performance very much, and his strength is generally well preserved.


    He is currently in the Kingdom of God and can rely on the power of the Kingdom of God to defend.


    This kingdom of God has been managed by him for many years, and the accumulation inside is very strong.


    Huge divine power, numerous divine servants...


    These all help strengthen the kingdom of God and are his confidence.


    With the help of the kingdom of God, Lava Vulcan asks himself that he can deal with even the strongest enemy.


    Not to mention, Lava Vulcan has a lot of helpers.


    There are many aboriginal gods on this island.


    They have all received the favor of Lava Vulcan before, and only relying on the secret support of Lava Vulcan can they maintain this semi-independent state, and they don''t have to completely obey the Azure Sea God.


    Favor is unreliable, but Yuwei, the lava god of fire, is still there.


    Lava Vulcan fled to this island and moved the kingdom of God over. They knew that Lava Vulcan suffered a defeat, but they were powerless and did not dare to stop Lava Vulcan.


    No matter how downhearted the Lava Vulcan is, his strength is far superior to them.


    They were afraid that the Lava Vulcan would take anger at their own house, and they have been servile to him, trying to please him.


    When Meng Zhang appeared, the Lava Vulcan had already notified the indigenous gods on the island and asked them to come to help in the battle.


    These indigenous gods did not dare to disobey, and rushed over from all directions.


    After Meng Zhang recovered from this injury, he felt that he had improved a lot in all aspects.


    Every hard battle, every serious injury... For him, it is a test.


    Especially after the fight against Dao thief Kong, Meng Zhang has been thinking about the opponent''s means and trying to improve his own supernatural powers.


    Back then, Meng Zhang faced the Lava Vulcan with a lot of cards, and he had to fight hard before he could win.


    Advanced artifact is not Chinese cabbage, not everywhere.


    The Shenchang world was originally conservative and backward, and there was no advanced forging and refining inheritance.


    The state of Lava Vulcan has not recovered to the best, and the lost artifacts cannot be replenished in time.


    In the heart of Lava Vulcan, there was even a fear of Meng Zhang.


    With this trade-off, Meng Zhang has an even greater advantage over Lava Vulcan.


    The wind fire yin and yang fan was sacrificed by Meng Zhang, turned into a wind and fire that filled the sky, and took the initiative to fly to the indigenous gods who came from all directions.


    Some of the weaker native gods were refined by the power of wind and fire as soon as they met.


    Some saw the opportunity quickly, and were able to return to the kingdom of God in time to hold on.


    ...


    Just relying on this wind and fire yin-yang fan, Meng Zhang completely solved the reinforcements of Lava Vulcan.


    The two qi of yin and yang quickly swim around the kingdom of God, constantly consuming its power and wiping out its defenses.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, he acted patiently and slowly.


    In the inheritance left by Taiyi Jinxian, there is rich content of cutting down mountains and temples and killing indigenous gods.


    The aboriginal gods in Shenchang Realm are reluctant to make progress, their various methods are primitive and backward, and they have not made any progress for many years.


    Meng Zhang let the two qi of yin and yang attack on the bright side, and he secretly used some means to target the Divine Kingdom in front of him.


    The Lava Vulcan believes that his own divine kingdom has a profound heritage and a strong defense. Even if Meng Zhang is far stronger than him, he can persist for a long time.


    Not to mention, the strength gap between him and Meng Zhang is not too big.


    In his opinion, Meng Zhang attacked for a while and found that he could not conquer the kingdom of God.


    Meng Zhang did not call for reinforcements, and he could never do anything to his kingdom of God alone.


    Although the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces have controlled the Western Land, it is far from the time to sit back and relax.


    Whether it is the Azure Sea God or the Hunling Venerable God, as long as they find an opportunity, they will launch an attack on the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance.


    As a senior member of the coalition, Meng Zhang could hardly be alone.


    Lava Vulcan not only underestimated Meng Zhang''s strength, but also misjudged the current situation.


    Before he knew it, the seemingly indestructible kingdom of Lava Vulcan suddenly appeared a lot of flaws.


    The yin and yang qi are like flowing river water, almost pervasive.


    Along these flaws, yin and yang invaded the interior of the kingdom of God, refining everything they encountered on the way.


    Until the kingdom of God was broken by the enemy, Lava Vulcan didn''t know what went wrong.


    He is a little hesitant now, wondering if he should abandon the kingdom of God and run away alone.


    Abandoning the kingdom of God means that he has abandoned his roots and lost years of accumulation.


    Without the power of divine power and belief accumulated in the kingdom of God, he would not only become extremely weak, but also face the danger of falling.


    When Lava Vulcan was hesitating, Meng Zhang easily penetrated the kingdom of God and appeared in front of him.


    The lava Vulcan screamed, and it was time to flee the kingdom of God and escape from here.


    Meng Zhang moved very fast and easily blocked his way.


    Lava Vulcan had to fight Meng Zhang fiercely.


    Being forced into a desperate situation, he rarely showed a bit of blood and put on a desperate posture.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be frightened by his desperate posture, and voluntarily retreated.


    Of course, the Lava Vulcan didn''t want to fight desperately, and he didn''t want to fall here.


    He thought that his plan was successful, and he would take the opportunity to escape.


    Meng Zhang suddenly released the Yin-Yang Destruction Divine Thunder, and a lightning strike struck him.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the momentum to rush over and started close combat with him.


    Originally, the body of the Lava Vulcan was a lava giant with a powerful body and should have stronger fighting ability than Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang was skilled in swordsmanship and experienced in fighting, but he was easily suppressed.


    When the yin and yang two qi rushed the Divine Kingdom of Lava Vulcan to pieces and completely lost the power to counterattack, he immediately joined the battle and began to besiege Lava Vulcan.


    In the end, Meng Zhang took a lot of effort to capture the Lava Vulcan after he was severely injured.


    The yin and yang qi completely devoured the kingdom of the lava god of fire, and then slowly refined and absorbed it.


    The indigenous gods on this island faced the wind and fire yin and yang fans, died and fled...


    Those who were lucky enough to escape the catastrophe immediately fled far away, and did not dare to approach here at all.


    This place is good, suitable for spellcasting, Meng Zhang doesn''t need to look elsewhere.


    Meng Zhang began to call out the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    First, he has to show his frankness and show that he did not frame Lava Vulcan, and he deserved it.


    Second, it is difficult for Meng Zhang to conduct a thorough soul search for Lava Vulcan alone.


    If he wants to avoid missing some key information, he needs the help of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2693

    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not make Meng Zhang wait long, and arrived here at an unprecedented speed, which shows that he attaches great importance to the Dao thief.


    In the face of the coming consciousness of the heavenly realm of Shenchang Realm, the Lava Vulcan almost broke his heart and lost all his thoughts of resistance.


    The native gods of this world, or the top true gods that are valued, are actually related to Dao thieves. This is simply an unprecedented betrayal.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm released stronger coercion and seemed to be provoked.


    In front of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao, Meng Zhang took out the divine soul of Lava Vulcan and started searching for the soul directly.


    The soul of Lava Vulcan instinctively began to resist and struggled desperately.


    A huge force fell directly on the soul of the Lava Vulcan, causing him to immediately lose all consciousness of resistance, and only obediently was searched by Meng Zhang.


    It is now equivalent to Meng Zhang and the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm teaming up to search for souls, and they shared the information they obtained.


    A picture, a piece of information...


    It quickly appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    A true god who has lived for tens of thousands of years has a very rich experience, and his soul contains almost endless information.


    If you change to a cultivator with insufficient cultivation, you will have been overwhelmed by such a massive amount of information.


    Meng Zhang can not only receive the information smoothly, but also deal with it in time.


    Meng Zhang knew what the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was most concerned about.


    His main energy is on the relationship between Lava Vulcan and Dao thief.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to handle intelligence is extremely strong.


    But within a short time, Meng Zhang found what he was looking for, and pointed it to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Not long ago, the Lava Vulcan had just moved his kingdom of God to this island, and Dao Thief Kong found him.


    Dao Thief Kong showed his powerful strength to Lava Vulcan, and claimed that he was Meng Zhang''s enemy.


    As long as Lava Vulcan does him a small favor, he can help Lava Vulcan deal with Meng Zhang.


    Lava Vulcan doesn''t know the details of the emptiness of Dao Pirates, and he doesn''t even know that he is the great enemy of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang Realm.


    Probably because the hatred of Meng Zhang had blinded his mind, Lava Vulcan easily believed in the thief emptiness.


    I don''t know from what source Dao Thieves learned that the Lava Vulcan had a close relationship with some ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    His request is to let the Lava Vulcan match up and help him connect with the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    When Meng Zhang was besieged last time, the Lava Fire God summoned the ghosts and gods of the underworld to come to help.


    In the end, he did not take down Meng Zhang, but instead let Meng Zhang attract the consciousness of the heavenly realm of Shenchang Realm, and with its power, he expelled the ghosts and gods from the underworld, causing the Lava Fire God to suffer greatly.


    The Lava Vulcan originally had some fears about contacting the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    However, under the persuasion of Taoist Kong, he finally agreed to help.


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved when he saw this. Dao thief emptiness is not just to persuade Lava Vulcan with his mouth, but maybe he secretly used some secret tricks to deceive people, which affected Lava Vulcan''s will.


    Although most places in the Shenchang world have clear separation of yin and yang, and the rules of heaven and earth are stable, the world of yang is too vast, and there are always some special places.


    It''s as if the Lava Vulcan used the cathode Jedi to figure out Meng Zhang last time.


    In places like the Cathode Jedi, there is more than one place in Shenchang Realm.


    Lava Vulcan, as the old-fashioned true god of Shenchang Realm, knows several similar places.


    The Lava Vulcan led the Taoist emptiness, went to a place, and summoned the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Then, Lava Vulcan just left, not knowing what happened next.


    The above is the information Meng Zhang learned about his sexual contact with Dao Thief Kong through Soul Search Lava Vulcan.


    Of course, Meng Zhang learned far more information from the soul of the Lava Vulcan, and there was a lot of precious content in it.


    Since the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm only cares about information related to Dao thieves, Meng Zhang is not too busy.


    Meng Zhang carefully wrote down the information that had nothing to do with Dao thieves, and he might be able to make use of it at some point.


    Not to mention anything else, this search for the soul of the Lava Vulcan gave Meng Zhang a lot of precious information about the Shenchang Realm, including many little-known secrets.


    In fact, the last time Meng Zhang used the Heavenly Mystery Technique for deduction, when the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm took the initiative to let him peep into the Heavenly Mystery, he obtained a lot of precious information from the operation of the Heavenly Mystery.


    Clues about Dao thieves are only a very small part of this information.


    Meng Zhang was acting as a fake to help the public, taking the opportunity to find Dao thieves to collect the needed information.


    If Meng Zhang used to look at Shenchang Realm, it was like looking at flowers in the fog, and he could only see some superficial conditions.


    Now, he is like a native who has been rooted in Shenchang Realm for tens of thousands of years, and has an in-depth understanding of many inside stories of Shenchang Realm.


    On the issue of dealing with Dao thieves, Meng Zhang and Shenchangjie''s consciousness of the Dao of Heaven are allies.


    Elsewhere, however, the two sides will have a huge conflict of interest.


    Don''t forget that Meng Zhang controlled the Taiyi Realm to invade the Shenchang Realm in order to seize the origin of the heaven and earth in the Shenchang Realm and make up for the insufficiency of the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm.


    If the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm knew Meng Zhang''s ultimate goal, it is estimated that they would have taken action against Meng Zhang long ago.


    Meng Zhang hid his purpose very well.


    He wants to continue to confuse and mislead the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, find its flaws and weaknesses, and find ways to weaken it.


    After the soul search was completed, the divine soul of Lava Vulcan immediately dissipated, and the divine body was collected by Meng Zhang.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not care about Meng Zhang''s small actions.


    Under his urging, Meng Zhang withdrew the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan, and without stopping here, rushed to the place where Lava Vulcan led Dao Thief Kong Xing.


    After Meng Zhang traveled through space twice, he arrived at his destination.


    This is an isolated island deep in the ocean.


    This isolated island is not small, but there is no grass on it, and almost no creatures live on it.


    This isolated island is full of black stones, revealing a cold and icy atmosphere.


    As soon as Meng Zhang came to the island, he felt a chilling breath.


    According to the memory of Lava Vulcan, Meng Zhang easily found an underground cave on the island.


    This underground cave is bottomless, and yin qi is constantly spewing out from it, as if it leads to the underworld.


    In fact, this is where the barrier between the underworld and the yang world is relatively weak.


    As long as a person with a little strength can open up the gap between yin and yang.


    In the memory of Lava Vulcan, the part related to the pirate sky ends here.


    What Dao Thief Kong Xing talked about with the ghosts and gods from the underworld, and where he went after that is unknown.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the cave in front of him, and there was no more action.


    Whether it is to open up the gap between Yin and Yang, or go directly to the underworld, it is not what he should do.


    The former destroys the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, and the latter will make him suffer greatly.

 Chapter 2694

    For Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang was an outsider after all.


    When he was in the Yang World, he had not been rejected too strongly.


    Later, after being recognized by the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, many aspects were treated the same as the natives of the Shenchang Realm, and basically they would not be excluded by the rules of heaven and earth.


    But the life of the Yang world, rushing into the underworld, will definitely touch the rules of the underworld and be suppressed and rejected.


    The higher the cultivation realm, the stronger the rejection and suppression will be.


    If a true immortal enters the underworld, it may directly lead to divine punishment.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, even the aboriginal gods of the Yang World of Shenchang World did not dare to enter the underworld rashly.


    Even if Meng Zhang had a way to fight the repulsive power of the underworld, he would not easily show it.


    At this time, in the eyes of Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness, he is an outsider who honestly obeys the rules, maintains the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, and is willing to integrate into Shenchang Realm.


    Since Meng Zhang began to search for the soul of the Lava Vulcan, the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm dropped a thought, and has been paying attention to Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang arrived here, this thought followed him.


    Judging from the current situation, it is very possible that Dao Thief Kong has entered the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    He doesn''t care about destroying the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang had a troubled look on his face, and seemed a little helpless.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was also unwilling to let Meng Zhang enter the underworld.


    As the creator and maintainer of the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, it would not be willing to see any behavior that violates the rules of heaven and earth.


    As a living being in the Yang world, Meng Zhang should not enter the underworld.


    Moreover, as a huge pan-conscious body, the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has the characteristics of one body and many sides.


    In the underworld, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang world will show another side, which is incompatible with the side of the Yang world.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm carefully scanned the surroundings.


    According to normal circumstances, everything that happens here cannot escape his attention.


    Probably because Dao Thief Kong has used some kind of secret technique, the information left in the past has been completely messed up.


    Even the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm cannot obtain anything of value.


    In this way, the clues obtained from Lava Vulcan are equivalent to interruption.


    Meng Zhang used the Heavenly Secret Technique to deduce the Heavenly Secrets only last time.


    Neither Meng Zhang himself nor the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm were willing to let him peep into the secrets again so easily.


    Meng Zhang''s investigation into the emptiness of Dao Thief seems to be unable to continue, but Meng Zhang has done his best, and the responsibility for such a result is not on him.


    Now is the time to employ people, and when it comes to investigating the emptiness of Dao thieves, Meng Zhang is obviously more reliable than the native gods in the Shenchang realm.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will contact the other side of the underworld, and let the ghosts and gods of the underworld investigate the matter.


    Most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld are rebellious.


    Many of these powerful guys are full of resentment towards heaven and earth, and are extremely disgusted and even hated the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang world.


    Even if the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm came forward, it would be difficult for the ghosts and gods to cooperate honestly.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm even suspected that Dao Thief emptiness sneaked into the underworld to provoke the ghosts and gods in the underworld to rebel and break the original order of the underworld.


    On this issue, Meng Zhang could not help for the time being.


    Of course, Taoist emptiness may also be a false shot, still lurking in the Yang World.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm gave Meng Zhang an order to continue his investigation in Yangshi to find the whereabouts of Taoist emptiness.


    When necessary, Meng Zhang can even mobilize the power of the Azure Sea God.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is still relatively strict with Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Of course, Meng Zhang could only obey orders respectfully.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm would provide him with such great help.


    He didn''t expect the Azure Sea God to cooperate with him honestly, but he was able to use the orders of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm to achieve some personal goals.


    After sensing that the thought that followed him disappeared, Meng Zhang also returned to the West Land.


    In addition to Lava Vulcan, Meng Zhang did have some other clues.


    Dao thieves are the great enemies of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang wants to get rid of them and then quickly.


    But from the current situation, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is obviously more afraid of Dao thieves.


    In this case, Meng Zhang has no need to rush to track down the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    If it really helps the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm to completely eliminate Dao thieves and lose its use value, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm may not continue to pay attention to Meng Zhang, an outsider.


    Not to mention the self-respect of raising pirates, Meng Zhang just needs to put a little water and don''t work so hard.


    The best result is to provoke a direct battle between the consciousness of the gods and the thieves of the gods, and make them both lose.


    As for how to arrange to achieve this goal, Meng Zhang still needs to think carefully.


    Now that the Azure Sea God has been warned by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, he will not take the initiative to launch an attack on the Western Land.


    Just seize this precious time to consolidate the rule of Taiyijie monks and dragons in the Western Land, so that both have enough time to build.


    Of course, no matter what, Dao thieves are still the number one threat, and they must not be taken lightly.


    Since Shenchangjie has given Meng Zhang great power, let him try his best to track down the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    In addition to tracking down the Dao thief, Meng Zhang must also make good use of this opportunity, give full play to his power, and seek benefits for himself and the Taiyi Realm.


    He wants to take the opportunity to implicate and even frame the native gods of Shenchang Realm and weaken those who are hostile to Taiyi Realm.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is slow to respond, it can see through many inside stories.


    How Meng Zhang needs to operate, so as not to reveal flaws, and to be able to hide from the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world, he still needs to arrange slowly.


    One person is short, and two are long. Meng Zhang himself is not good at this kind of conspiracy.


    He simply recruited several senior leaders of Taiyi Sect, preparing to let everyone return to Taiyi Realm together and discuss the matter slowly in a secret place.


    Meng Zhang had just returned to Taiyi Realm, and before he had time to discuss the matter, he was delayed by another matter.


    Not long ago, a large-scale demonic disaster broke out in Taiyi Realm.


    Since leaving Junchen Realm, Taiyi Realm has erupted from time to time in various scales of demonic disasters, which have never been completely eradicated.


    The reasons for this are manifold.


    When the Junchen Realm had not completely collapsed, the Taiyi Realm opened the door of convenience and absorbed many creatures from the Junchen Realm.


    Due to the urgency of time and the lack of manpower in Taiyi Realm at that time, there was no too detailed screening, which led to many hidden magic cultivators and monsters mixed in.


    These magic cultivators and monsters are making waves in the Taiyi world, and even colluding with foreign monsters, which is not a small disaster.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm have gone through many times of clearing and suppression, but they have not completely eradicated them.


    Many monsters and magic cultivators are good at hiding. When they see that the situation is not good, they will mix with other creatures and hide quietly.

 Chapter 2695

    When the limelight passes, the monks in the Taiyi world become slack, and those hidden demons and monsters will jump out to make waves again.


    The Taiyi Realm created by Meng Zhang is a new world, incomplete in many aspects.


    In order to strengthen the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang asked the Taiyi Realm monks to collect many fragments from the ruins of the Junchen Realm and transport them back to the Taiyi Realm to refine and absorb them.


    However, the ruins of Junchen Realm have long been turned into demon nests, which can breed all kinds of powerful monsters and even demons.


    Among these fragments, more or less contains some magical energy.


    Even careful selection cannot prevent this phenomenon.


    And the situation of the ether world at that time, the monks did not have time to choose carefully.


    The Taiyi Realm has a strong ability to absorb and refine foreign objects, and slowly absorb these fragments.


    It seems that the magic energy contained in the fragments has also been absorbed by refining, but it is inevitable that there will be fish that slip through the net.


    In particular, some special types of magical energy are extremely tough and indelible.


    Once deep into the Taiyi Realm, it is like a gangrene attached to the bones, entangled in the depths of the Taiyi Realm.


    In many secret places in the Taiyi world, demonic energy is constantly developing and growing, attracting demons and monsters.


    Demonic energy can also dye ordinary creatures and transform them into new monsters.


    When the demonic energy grows to a certain level, it will erupt on a large scale, causing a demonic disaster.


    In the past few years, the inheritance of the magic way has never been extinct in the Taiyi world. From time to time, there are creatures entering the devil, and new monsters and magic cultivators are born.


    Meng Zhang canonized many gods to protect the Taiyi Realm.


    Not only are there insufficient gods, but most of them are relatively immature.


    The power of these gods alone cannot protect every corner of the vast Taiyi world.


    After the initial state of emergency, Meng Zhang raised the threshold for canonizing gods and no longer arbitrarily canonized new gods.


    Unless it is a very excellent goal that meets his requirements in all aspects, he will be canonized as a god.


    Before the power of the gods spreads throughout the Taiyi Realm, the demonic disaster cannot be completely wiped out.


    Meng Zhang has long recognized this problem.


    He saw the outbreak of the demonic disaster as an opportunity to train the monks in the Taiyi world.


    The younger generation of monks who grew up in the Taiyi world lacked experience in fighting against the devil.


    He also does not expect to be able to completely solve the problem of the demonic disaster now, as long as the scope of the demonic disaster is controlled and prevented from spreading and causing too much harm.


    Originally, the general evil disaster that broke out in Taiyi Realm would be pacified soon, and Meng Zhang didn''t need to be too concerned.


    But this time, things are very different.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan formed a coalition, invaded the Junchen Realm on a large scale, and recruited a large part of the Taiyi Realm monks.


    As the war progressed, Taiyi Realm continued to send reinforcements.


    Especially after completely occupying the Western Continent of Shenchang Realm, many cultivation forces in Taiyi Realm have migrated to the Western Continent.


    Although there are still a certain number of left-behind cultivators in the Taiyi Realm, compared to the vast Taiyi Realm, the number of these cultivators is far from enough.


    The Taiyi Realm at this time is the time when the interior is the most empty.


    The demonic disaster broke out suddenly in several places, quickly spread and expanded, demonized many areas, and dyed many living beings...


    In order to quell the demonic disaster, the monks left behind in the Taiyi world moved around and were exhausted.


    The gods enshrined by Meng Zhang were barely able to hold their own territory and were unable to take the initiative to attack.


    Tai Miao has been sitting in the source sea.


    He is the last trump card in the Taiyi world and will not be used easily.


    Although Tai Miao has always been in the source sea, everything that happened in Taiyi Realm has not escaped his eyes.


    The demonic disaster that happened in Taiyi Realm seemed to be huge, and the monks in Taiyi Realm were in a hurry in a short period of time.


    But just relying on this level of demonic disaster, not only cannot subvert the Taiyi world, but also cannot shake the foundation of the Taiyi world.


    The monks and gods of Taiyi Realm are now more than self-preserving, enough to prevent the demonic disaster from continuing to expand.


    Whether it is to bring back some monks from Shenchang Realm, or to dispatch a large army from the underworld, this demonic disaster can be easily quelled.


    What Tai Miao is focusing on now is not the calamity itself, but the things behind the calamity.


    According to his observation, this demonic disaster can suddenly erupt and grow rapidly, and it is not just a problem within the Taiyi Realm.


    Outside the Taiyi Realm, most of the powerful demons are playing tricks.


    Tai Miao was tracking the traces of this demonic powerhouse, and Meng Zhang just came back.


    The threat of Dao thieves has not been lifted, and there are magic Dao powerhouses eyeing Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang dare not be careless.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help but wonder if the timing of the demonic disaster in Taiyi Realm was so coincidental, whether the powerful demons in the dark had colluded with Dao thieves.


    For Daomen, magic is an external enemy, and Daoist thieves are an internal problem.


    Dao thieves have always regarded themselves as real people of the Dao sect, thinking that other cultivators are fake Dao.


    Most of the time, Dao thieves look down on the magic way.


    When the time is right, Dao thieves will also have the act of slaying demons and slaying demons.


    Of course, if there is a need, it is not impossible for Dao thieves to collude with the Demon Dao.


    Taiyijie is Meng Zhang''s base camp. Since the enemy is eyeing his own base camp, Meng Zhang can only put other things aside first and take care of the rear.


    Together with Tai Miao, Meng Zhang carefully observed the situation of the demonic disaster, looking for clues.


    Meng Zhang had already grasped the magic power hidden in Taiyi Realm at this time.


    If he is willing to pay a little price and use the Heavenly Secret Technique to deduce it, it will not be difficult to find out and eliminate all the hidden forces of the devil''s way.


    However, he felt that this would be a cure for the symptoms rather than the root cause, so he never did it.


    Taiyi Realm has absorbed the corpses of Demon Gods and Great Demons, as well as the fragments of the Demon Nest in the ruins of Junchen Realm...


    The demonic energy has penetrated deep into the Taiyi Realm and is deeply ingrained.


    Even if Meng Zhang purifies the entire Taiyi Realm, it is difficult to completely eliminate the birth of demonic energy.


    From the current point of view, in order to strengthen the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang was unavoidably eager for quick success, which led to such consequences.


    But the situation of the Ether B world at that time, if you don''t work hard to strengthen it, you can''t accommodate and carry so many creatures at all, and you can''t move at high speed in the void.


    Everything has advantages and disadvantages, and there are good things that just enjoy the benefits without paying the price.


    Meng Zhang can only hope that as the Taiyi Realm grows and strengthens in the future, the Taiyi Realm itself can have enough purification ability to solve problems by itself.


    Meng Zhang will also enshrine more gods in the future.


    When these gods grow up and have enough ability, they can conduct comprehensive monitoring of Taiyi Realm and solve problems at any time.


    Before doing all this, both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao needed to work harder and could not avoid solving the problem themselves.


    After their observation, the powerhouses of the devil''s way who were secretly working were very hidden, and they acted very cautiously.


    The magic powerhouse did not directly enter the Taiyi Realm, but secretly dropped some items into the Taiyi Realm.


    These include some magic tools, the inheritance treasures of the magic way, the prototype of the magic nest...

 Chapter 2696

    These various magic items put into the Taiyi world have greatly strengthened the strength of the Taiyi world''s magic, and many powerful magicians and monsters have been born.


    Fortunately, among the monsters and magic cultivators currently appearing in the Taiyi world, there is no strong person who is too powerful.


    If there is a big demon, in order to prevent it from causing too much damage to the Taiyi world, Taimiao may have long been unable to resist.


    Among the monsters that have appeared, the strongest is a guy who barely has the strength to return to the void.


    Due to the lack of sufficient intelligence, this monster, which has no Void Return-level power and cannot fully exert itself, cannot be called a real big devil.


    The few returning masters who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm joined forces to attack, and they were killed in time without causing a catastrophe.


    Secretly infiltrating power into Taiyi Realm and throwing magic items is the usual method of magic powers.


    Like the Junchen Realm at the beginning, the demon gods could not directly enter the Junchen Realm, so they could only use similar means to cultivate strong demons within the Junchen Realm, causing demonic disasters, etc.


    Some demon gods also like to put their own thoughts into certain big worlds.


    If there is a suitable creature that can sense this ray of thought, it will be dyed by the demonic thought, obtain the power and inheritance in the demonic thought, and become a brand-new demonic cultivator.


    This is the origin of the inheritance of magic in many great worlds.


    If you are successful in magic cultivation, you will instinctively expand your power and attract more members.


    Demon cultivators will regularly hold sacrifices, offer sacrifices, communicate with the demon gods outside the sky, and pray for more power from them.


    And the devil will also gain many benefits in these sacrifices.


    In a similar situation, Meng Zhang had seen it in Junchen Realm, and he had also annihilated the forces that sacrificed to the demon gods.


    The demon powerhouse who secretly engaged in ghosts was very cautious, and did not rashly put his thoughts into the Taiyi world.


    At least, Tai Miao, as the guardian deity of Taiyi Realm, did not sense the coming of outside thoughts.


    According to Tai Miao''s speculation, that demonic powerhouse should know about the guardian power of Taiyi Realm, and that Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are both very powerful, so they are so cautious.


    If this demonic powerhouse rushes into the Taiyi Realm with magical thoughts, once Taimiao is captured, Taimiao can use it to attack it.


    Meng Zhang agreed with the wonderful judgment.


    However, in this way, it becomes more difficult for them to find out the powerhouses who are secretly engaging in ghosts.


    In the process of destroying the monsters, the monks in the Taiyi Realm also seized some magic items from outside the sky.


    Some of these items were directly destroyed, and some were sealed up...


    Soon after Meng Zhang''s order, several such items that were sealed were delivered to him.


    With the improvement of Meng Zhangtian''s secret skills, his ability to deduce the past and the future has been continuously strengthened.


    According to Tai Miao''s guess, the demon powerhouse behind the trouble is likely to be a demon god.


    Meng Zhang was not yet an immortal master, so it was difficult to predict the movements of the demon gods.


    If he is willing to pay a huge price to connect with the Void Heaven, it is possible to calculate the desired result.


    Of course Meng Zhang was unwilling to pay too much.


    He has another way to find out the origin of the other party.


    The past is doomed and cannot be changed, the future is uncertain, and there are countless possibilities.


    Deriving the past is far less difficult than deriving the future.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed several items, deeply sensed their aura, and performed a simple calculation using Dayan divine calculation.


    Although the other party had moved his hands and feet beforehand and tried to change his face, Meng Zhang still saw through the disguise and pointed directly at the other party''s essence.


    He sensed the true aura hidden by the other party.


    The breath gave him a special sense of familiarity.


    He recalled a little, and recalled the origin of this breath.


    The Demon God of Famine is actually him.


    When Immortal Venerable Jun Chen completely fell, and after the collapse of the Demon Domain, everyone went their separate ways.


    In the blink of an eye, decades have passed.


    During this time, Meng Zhang had never seen the Demon God of Famine.


    Meng Zhang had previously thought that this guy had probably left the Dengtian Star District.


    The team of immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm has arrived at Dengtianxing District.


    The Famine Demon God joined the army of foreign invaders and has been attacking the Junchen Realm for many years.


    After all, the Junchen Realm is also nominally a subordinate world of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Not to mention that the immortals and demons are incompatible, the immortals of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are just to show their majesty, and they should not let go of the calamity demon god.


    Unexpectedly, this guy not only did not escape from the sky-climbing star area, but actually came here to embarrass himself.


    The Famine Demon God had seen Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s strength in the Demon Realm, so he didn''t want to provoke them directly, but he did some little tricks behind his back.


    After Meng Zhang found out that the hidden enemy was the Demon God of Famine, he was relieved.


    No matter whether he is still too good, his strength is not under the Demon God of Famine.


    Relying on the Demon God of Famine alone can never help Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, flies hiding in the dark are really annoying, and it''s best to get rid of them as soon as possible.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan were still allies at this time, and there was a hidden enemy, the Demon God of Famine. Meng Zhang should have informed the Dragon King.


    It just so happened that Meng Zhang still had a lot of things to discuss with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang soon left the Taiyi Realm and went to the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan to visit the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Meng Zhang met the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor smoothly and told him basically everything that happened recently.


    A mere calamity devil, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not pay much attention to it.


    What the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is most concerned about is the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    Even if the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is in its heyday, it cannot compete head-on with the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    This time when the two joined forces, the reason why he willingly led Meng Zhang was because Meng Zhang had a way to deal with the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang told his thoughts to the Dragon Emperor Swallowing the Sea.


    He was going to use the Dao thief to let him and the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm break out into a fight.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor fully agrees with Meng Zhang''s plan and is willing to actively cooperate.


    In these days, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has been staying in the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan to cultivate.


    He probably also felt that he did too little and took advantage of Meng Zhang.


    He heard from Meng Zhang that the Devil God of Famine was hiding in the dark and secretly harming the Taiyi Realm, so he volunteered to find the Devil God of Famine.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the Demon God of Famine should not hide too far, and most of them are in the nearby void.


    When he was near the ruins of Junchen Realm back then, in order to win the trust of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the Demon God of Famine and other guys who had escaped from the Demon Domain, all of them had been inspected by him.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor used a dragon heritage treasure to illuminate them to make sure that they were not controlled by the demons.


    The dragon treasure left some marks on them in the process of illuminating them.


    Despite all these years, none of these imprints have completely disappeared.


    Not to mention those who have fallen, most of the marks on the Demon God of Famine are still there.


    Next, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor urged the dragon treasure and began to sense the mark on the Demon God of Famine.

 Chapter 2697

    The dragon heritage treasure that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor used was indeed powerful, and he himself did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    It didn''t take long before the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor sensed those marks and knew the current location of the Famine Demon God.


    Meng Zhang guessed correctly, the Famine Demon God is indeed not far from here, and is hidden in the nearby void.


    Meng Zhang had seen the Demon God of Famine take action, and he knew the difficulty.


    It is not difficult for Meng Zhang to defeat him, but it is not easy to take him down completely.


    It happened that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was very quiet and wanted to move his hands and feet.


    Meng Zhang notified Tai Miao again.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor left the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan and came to the void.


    According to the induction of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, in a meteorite belt not far from Shenchang Realm, it is the hiding place of the Demon God of Famine.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor hid their whereabouts and hurried towards the meteorite belt without a sound.


    The Famine Demon God really hid it tightly, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang had already come to the outside of the meteorite belt, and they had not found any trace of him.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor gently gestured to Meng Zhang and pointed out the location where the Famine Demon God was hiding.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who had been moving softly, suddenly burst out and jumped to the hideout of the Demon God of Famine.


    When Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor broke into this meteorite belt, they probably inspired some kind of alert mechanism, which alerted the calamity devil.


    Now that the enemy has broken into the meteorite belt, he must have found his trail.


    Although he didn''t know how he was exposed, the Famine Demon God responded immediately.


    He didn''t have any luck in his heart. As soon as the two sides chased and fled, they left the meteorite belt in the blink of an eye.


    Seeing that the black shadow was about to disappear into the void in the distance, the space in front of him was rippling, and Tai Miao suddenly appeared, blocking his path.


    He was about to change the direction of his escape, but Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor caught up in time and surrounded him.


    Facing the three powerhouses, the black shadow knew that he could not escape smoothly, so he simply stopped and showed his figure.


    Seeing the long-lost Demon God of Famine, Meng Zhang snorted coldly.


    "Where else can you escape from this seat?"


    The Famine Demon God smiled wryly.


    He did not rush to do it, but tried to convince the opponent in front of him.


    The main target of his persuasion was Meng Zhang, the head of the Taiyi Sect, the party this time.


    The calamity demon god acted very single, without sophistry, and immediately admitted that he was secretly working a ghost, causing the demonic disaster in Taiyi world.


    He solemnly apologized to Meng Zhang, and expressed his willingness to compensate for all losses in Taiyijie.


    The attitude of the Famine Demon God was unexpectedly unexpected by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not eager to kill the Demon God of Famine. He still had a lot of questions to ask him.


    Judging from the appearance of the Demon God of Famine, he should not refuse to answer Meng Zhang''s question.


    Meng Zhang ignored the apology of the Demon God of Famine and directly asked him why he was making trouble in the dark, why did he cause the demon disaster in the Taiyi Realm, and who was behind it?


    The Famine Demon God hesitated for a moment.


    Meng Zhang asked this question as soon as he came, indicating that he knew that there was an instigator behind the Demon God of Famine.


    The Famine Demon God felt that he didn''t need to keep it a secret from others, and he couldn''t hide it from Meng Zhang.


    After a little thought, he directly answered Meng Zhang''s question and gave a clear answer.


    Meng Zhang was slightly taken aback by the answer of the calamity devil.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that behind the instigation of the Famine Demon God, it should be a Dao thief.


    Unexpectedly, the answer given by the Demon God of Famine was actually the God of Hunling.


    The answer, while unexpected, is not entirely impossible.


    The Hunling Zunshen should hate Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor to death now, and have motives for revenge on them.


    Demons are also enemies of Shinto, and Demons and True Gods have always been enemies.


    But many times, Shinto practitioners will collude with demons for various reasons.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, the Temple of Heaven behind the Hunling Venerable God was involved in some rumors, and it was rumored that it had colluded with some demons.


    Regardless of whether these rumors are true or false, at least it shows that it is not unimaginable for a true god like Hunling Zunshen to collude with a demon god.


    Among the extraterritorial invaders who besieged Junchen Realm back then, the Demon God of Famine and the Revered God of Hunling were the backbone of them.


    They have dealt with each other before and have a basis for cooperation.


    In order to make the final confirmation, Meng Zhang quickly asked some questions.


    For example, why did the Famine Demon God not leave the Dengtian Star District, why did he appear near the Shenchang Realm, and how did he hook up with the Hunling Venerable God...


    The Demon God of Famine was very honest and answered Meng Zhang''s questions one by one.


    It turned out that the Famine Demon God participated in the siege of the Junchen Realm by the army of foreign invaders. He paid a lot and suffered a lot, but in the end he achieved nothing.


    He was unwilling to leave the Dengtian Star District in such a dismal manner.


    There are several big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, but there is no powerhouse at the level of the gods.


    For him, this is a good hunting ground.


    He noticed it when the Hunling Venerable God won the True God Rising Sun back then.


    He knew that Zun Lingzun would have plans for Shenchang Realm next.


    So, he also rushed to Shenchang Realm not long ago, wanting to take advantage of the opportunity.


    For the Famine Demon God, creating various famines in the big world is a very good way to practice.


    The more severe the famine, the deeper and wider the calamity, the more power he can gain from it.


    If Hunling Venerable God wants to seize the Shenchang Realm, he will inevitably start a war, and he will take the opportunity to create a famine.


    The Famine Demon God was cautious, and made a careful observation before sneaking into the Shenchang Realm.


    He never thought that the current situation in Shenchang Realm would be so complicated.


    He and Zun Lingzun once fought side by side, they were acquaintances, and they had a little friendship.


    He was alone and weak, so he secretly contacted the Hunling Venerable God.


    The Hunling Venerable God, who was feeling the lack of strength, very much welcomed the Famine Demon God.


    He hopes to form an alliance with the Famine Demon God to deal with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan together.


    Hunling Zunshen has been planning for many years and is determined to win the Shenchang Realm, so he is ready to fight against the Dragon Clan and the Taiyi Realm.


    The Famine Demon God just wants to seek benefits, and is not willing to easily establish a strong enemy.


    Of course, the Demon God of Famine did not refuse to win over the God of Hunling.


    Seeing that the Demon God of Famine was unwilling to confront Meng Zhang and the others head-on, Hunling Zun was a little helpless.


    He only had to pay enough price to buy the Famine Demon God and let him harass the Taiyi Realm.


    Chaos in Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang''s backyard caught fire, presumably will reduce investment in Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2698

    The Famine Demon God is indeed a cunning guy, but he is not the kind of person who is completely unbelievable.


    Since he has received the benefits given by the Hunling Venerable God, he still has to do something more or less.


    He didn''t want to confront Meng Zhang and the others head-on, so he secretly played tricks and caused a demonic disaster in Taiyi Realm.


    For him, it can be considered that he has completed the account of the Hunling Venerable God and is worthy of his efforts.


    And he didn''t expose himself, so he shouldn''t incur Meng Zhang''s revenge.


    The Demon God of Famine has taken advantage of opportunities to hide himself as much as possible.


    He never imagined that Meng Zhang would find out about him so quickly and lead people to surround him.


    He had no loyalty to the Hunling Venerable God, and as soon as he saw that he couldn''t get out, he betrayed him without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the cooperation of the Famine Demon God.


    Of course, he wouldn''t show mercy to the Demon God of Famine because of this, and he still had to do what he had to do.


    The Famine Demon God seemed to sense Meng Zhang''s killing intent.


    He answered Meng Zhang''s questions honestly before, not because he was so honest, but because he was buying time to do some small things.


    Meng Zhang, Tai Miao and Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor joined forces, enough to kill him on the spot, he didn''t even have a chance to escape.


    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards the devil has always been very decisive, and he will never show mercy.


    If the Famine Demon God wants to save his life, he has to show his real cards.


    "Sect Master Meng, and move slowly."


    While shouting, the Demon God of Famine showed his cards.


    I saw that the aura on the body of the Demon God of Famine changed, and a deep vortex seemed to appear in the body, and the end of the vortex was unpredictable.


    The Famine Demon God told Meng Zhang that he could sacrifice everything he had at any time and summon the thoughts of the demons to come.


    After experiencing the near-death experience in the Demon Realm, in order to avoid encountering similar predicaments again, the Demon God of Famine only practiced this magic secret technique not long ago.


    Heavenly Demons are just coming with their thoughts, but they are enough to pose a huge threat to ordinary true immortal-level powerhouses.


    Even a powerhouse at the level of an immortal would not be willing to offend the heavenly demon who would retaliate easily if it was unnecessary.


    Although the Famine Demon God didn''t explicitly say that he wanted to summon the Heavenly Demon, as long as it was a Heavenly Demon, Meng Zhang and the others did not dare to ignore it.


    Meng Zhang observed carefully, the Famine Demon God didn''t seem to be telling a lie.


    The magic secret technique he performed was also decent, and he should have the ability to communicate with demons.


    It is extremely unlikely that the Demon God of Famine is bluffing.


    If it was on weekdays, Meng Zhang might take a gamble.


    He concentrated on the powerhouses of the true immortal level in the Taiyi world. When everyone joined forces, they might not be afraid of the thoughts of an ordinary demon.


    But now, neither he nor the situation of Taiyijie can take such a risk.


    Meng Zhang wanted to kill the Famine Demon God, but he didn''t have to kill him now.


    After weighing the pros and cons, Meng Zhang decided to temporarily release the disaster demon.


    Moreover, although Meng Zhang was at odds with the devil''s way and would not cooperate with the devil, he could make use of the disaster devil.


    Although Meng Zhang already had the idea of ??giving in in his heart, he still refused to give in an inch on the surface, as if he was unwilling to let go of the Famine Demon God.


    In the end, the Famine Demon God had to take the initiative to make concessions and paid a huge price to get out of here.


    The Demon God of Famine is not that kind of brainless monster, but a scheming one who takes his own life very seriously.


    It is true that he gave up his life to pose a huge threat to Meng Zhang and the others, but what''s the point of that, it would only take advantage of the demon he sacrificed in vain.


    He won''t give up his life unless he is forced into a desperate situation.


    The conditions Meng Zhang offered seemed harsh, but they were better than killing him.


    After some bargaining and agreeing to many conditions to Meng Zhang, he was able to escape.


    Seeing the back of the Demon God of Disaster quickly disappearing into the void, Meng Zhang and the others left here.


    One of the prices paid by the Famine Demon God is to swear to the Heavenly Demon that he will never take the initiative to do anything to the monks of Taiyi Realm and the members of this dragon clan in the future.


    In this way, the Famine Demon God will be difficult to pose a threat to the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan in the next time.


    After Meng Zhang watched the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor return to the temporary dragon territory, he and Tai Miao returned to the Taiyi Realm.


    Without the calamity demons behind the scenes, the current calamity in Taiyi Realm has become a rootless tree and a sourceless water, and it will soon become powerless.


    Tai Miao summoned a group of congruent gods from the underworld and asked them to help the monks of Taiyi Realm to quell the evil disaster.


    The Taiyi world is not yet a complete big world, and the gap between yin and yang is not particularly tight.


    Taimiao is the lord of the underworld and one of the founders of the Taiyi world.


    He will not be rejected by the rules of heaven and earth in the yang world of the Taiyi world, and he can also bless the ghosts and gods in the underworld, so that they can move freely in the yang world.


    Seeing that the demonic disaster in Taiyi Realm began to subside slowly, Meng Zhang stopped paying attention to this matter.


    Next, Taimiao is still in the Taiyi world as a trump card.


    Meng Zhang discussed with a group of senior officials of Taiyi Sect, and discussed how to use the trust of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to seek benefits for Mengzhang and Taiyi Realm.


    After discussing for a while, Meng Zhang came up with a rough plan.


    He wants to take advantage of this rare opportunity to make full use of the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm to suppress his enemies in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang quickly acted.


    Meng Zhang returned to Shenchang Realm, and let Fairy Yue''e and Gu Yue Lingqing continue to sit in the west land. He was alone and rushed towards the east land.


    He did not enter the Eastern Land directly, but came to the sea near the Eastern Land.


    Here, the army under the command of the blue sea god established a temporary base at sea, forming a continuous large camp.


    On weekdays, the Azure Sea God and his native gods sit in the camp.


    Meng Zhang flew over the camp alone.


    Since he didn''t hide his deeds, the spies around the camp, the defenders in the camp, etc., had already discovered his movements.


    After fighting with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan for so long, the native gods of the Shenchang Realm still have some understanding of their enemies.


    Hunling Venerable God also took the initiative to reveal a lot of important information to the Azure Sea God side.


    The aboriginal gods of Shenchang Realm all know that the head of Taiyi Sect, the real immortal Meng Zhang, is one of the leaders of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang defeated Lava Vulcan in a head-to-head battle, which made him even more famous.


    The news of him killing the Lava Vulcan has not yet spread.


    In the camp, there were many native gods who had escaped from the Western Continent. They had seen Meng Zhang defeat the Lava Vulcan with their own eyes, and they had also seen Meng Zhang lead the army to a great victory.


    In the hearts of many aboriginal gods, Meng Zhang was already fearful.


    With the arrival of Meng Zhang, the entire camp was almost disturbed.


    A number of indigenous gods rushed over from all directions and surrounded Meng Zhang in the middle.


    Photographed by Meng Zhang''s prestige, these indigenous gods did not act rashly, but just stared at each other from a distance, observing from a distance.

 Chapter 2699

    Meng Zhang glanced at the large camp below, but did not pay any attention to the surrounding native gods.


    There are more and more indigenous gods around, many of them are true gods.


    In the eyes of these aboriginal gods, there are so many strong people on their own side, enough to take down the enemy in front of them.


    Thinking that their side has an absolute advantage, many aboriginal gods are eager to try, and want to take the initiative to attack Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang shouted very arrogantly as if he didn''t know his situation.


    "Blue Sea God, haven''t you brought your gang of shrimp soldiers and crab generals out to visit this seat?"


    Before Meng Zhang approached the camp, the Azure Sea God already knew of his arrival.


    If there was no warning from the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, Weilan Seagod would have led his men to besiege Meng Zhang and killed this great enemy here.


    As an indigenous god of Shenchang Realm, Wei Lan Seagod regards the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm as a supreme being, and dares not violate it in the slightest.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not allow him to attack Meng Zhang, so he did not dare to resist the order.


    Since he couldn''t help Meng Zhang, he simply hid in the camp, so that he could not see.


    But he had already voluntarily backed down and hid like a tortoise, but Meng Zhang still didn''t let him go.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm had already ordered him directly, asking him to cooperate fully with Meng Zhang.


    He couldn''t pretend that he didn''t hear Meng Zhang''s shouts, and he couldn''t ignore the orders of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness.


    At this time, in the heart of the blue sea god, he was really aggrieved and extremely angry.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm actually trusted Meng Zhang, a foreign invader, and refused to trust him, a native-born true god.


    Dissatisfaction with the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm secretly sprouted in his heart.


    Azure Sea God slowly flew over the camp and appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    His face was ashen, and he could feel an uncontrollable anger all over his body.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seem to notice the dissatisfaction of the blue sea god, and issued orders with a high-level attitude, as if he was ordering a pawn.


    "You should have known the will of God long ago."


    "God''s will cannot be violated, you must fully cooperate with this seat and destroy the great enemy who harmed Shenchang Realm."


    Azure Sea God said nothing, and couldn''t help roaring in his heart.


    "Isn''t it you who is the great enemy of the Shenchang Realm?"


    "God''s eyes are closed, but you are blinded by a traitor like you."


    Of course, Meng Zhang knew that the blue sea god was very dissatisfied, but he just liked the way the other party couldn''t help himself.


    "Blue Sea God, are you going to go against God''s will?"


    Meng Zhang shouted loudly and sternly questioned the Azure Sea God.


    Not only did he want to suppress the opponent''s arrogance, but he also wanted him to lose his majesty in public.


    Wei Lan Poseidon knew that Meng Zhang had bad intentions, but he really didn''t have the courage to go against the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    "Don''t dare."


    Azure Sea God reluctantly spit out two words from his mouth.


    When the Azure Sea God just appeared, the surrounding native gods had high hopes for him, thinking that he would lead everyone to deal with the arrogant man Meng Zhang and take him down completely.


    Who would have thought that in front of Meng Zhang, Wei Lan Sea God not only did not dare to take the initiative, but was yelled at by the other party, just like an angry little daughter-in-law.


    The weak performance of the Azure Sea God surprised everyone.


    The last time the Azure Sea God sacrificed to heaven and earth and communicated with the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world, only a few of his cronies knew about it.


    Under his strict orders, this humiliating matter has been kept strictly confidential without the slightest leakage.


    Most of the surrounding indigenous gods did not know the real reason why the Azure Sea God bowed his head.


    They also thought that the blue sea god lost his courage because of the failure of the west land, and did not dare to continue to fight against Meng Zhang.


    The Azure Sea God is the top true god of the Shenchang world, the idol and spiritual leader of countless indigenous gods.


    He behaved like this, and everyone was very disappointed in him.


    Many indigenous gods have other thoughts in their hearts and are unwilling to continue to obey the leadership of the Azure Sea God.


    After Meng Zhang suppressed the blue sea god and made the other party bow his head, he did not further humiliate the other party.


    His goal has almost been achieved, and everything is too much.


    Meng Zhang was not an aboriginal god in the Shenchang realm, so he could not understand their extreme awe and unconditional obedience to the consciousness of the gods and the realm of heaven.


    In his eyes, all intelligent creatures have their own emotions and thoughts and emotions.


    If he persecuted the Azure Sea God too much, the other party could not bear it, and the other party went out of his way and led his native gods to besiege him, it would be a big deal.


    Even if the Azure Sea God will be punished by the consciousness of the heavens and the realm of the gods, Meng Zhang has already suffered.


    Meng Zhang''s goal of suppressing the blue sea god has been achieved, and his prestige has plummeted.


    The indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm will probably remember this scene when they face Meng Zhang in the future.


    "Since you dare not resist the order, you must actively cooperate with this seat."


    "God''s reward and punishment are clear. If you make meritorious deeds, you will be rewarded in the future. But if you follow the yang and yin and violate the rules, you will not escape the punishment."


    After solemnly warning the blue sea god, Meng Zhang began to issue orders to let him lead the strong among the native gods and follow him.


    Meng Zhang knew all kinds of information about Shenchang Realm very well. He knew the well-known powerhouses on the side of the Azure Sea God, and he was also familiar with the situation in his camp.


    In order to avoid Weilan Seagod¡¯s false response to the story and unwilling to send a capable native god, Meng Zhang directly named him and asked Weilan Seagod to bring the native god he mentioned.


    Since the Azure Sea God has bowed his head, he has no intention of confronting him head-on, and can only obey orders obediently.


    Azure Sea God greeted Meng Zhang and returned to the camp to dispatch troops and masters.


    The Azure Sea God called all the well-known powerhouses mentioned by Meng Zhang to him.


    Facing their doubtful eyes, Azure Sea God had to explain patiently.


    He was telling the truth, talking about the last time he sacrificed to heaven and earth and communicated with the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang world.


    He said that an enemy from the outside world secretly invaded the Shenchang realm, posing a huge threat to the Shenchang realm, making the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm want to get rid of it quickly.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not know whether it was bewildered by Meng Zhang, or for some other reason, but they believed Meng Zhang easily, regarded Meng Zhang as a competent subordinate, and asked Meng Zhang to track down and kill the infiltrating enemy.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm not only forbids Weilan Sea God to attack Meng Zhang and his subordinates, but also wants Weilan Sea God to actively cooperate with Meng Zhang''s actions to kill the enemy who endangers Shenchang Realm.


    ...


    After the Azure Sea God finished speaking, several of his cronies who had been with him all along echoed his words.


    Everyone is the native gods of the Shenchang world, and they all probably know the existence of the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    Everyone also knows that the Azure Sea God will not lie about the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Everyone quickly understood the difficulties of the Azure Sea God, and they were willing to obey his dispatch.

 Chapter 2700

    The enemy of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is the public enemy of the whole world.


    No one can question and interfere with how the consciousness of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm behaves.


    Among the native gods present, there may be some people who are secretly dissatisfied with the consciousness of the gods and the realm of heaven, but at this time, no one dares to take the initiative to show it.


    No matter how dissatisfied or unwilling you are in your heart, you can at most sigh.


    Next, they still had to obey Meng Zhang''s orders and follow Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Wei Lan Poseidon tried to appease everyone, saying that the heavens are very careful, and there are clear rewards and punishments. Sooner or later, they will be able to see through Meng Zhang¡¯s true colors and will reward them as true loyal ministers.


    Azure Sea God handed over the affairs of the camp to a group of cronies, and led a group of indigenous gods to fly over the camp to meet Meng Zhang.


    Seeing that the blue sea god was honest and obedient, and really brought along a group of strong people among the native gods as he ordered, Meng Zhang nodded with satisfaction.


    The ones who followed behind the Azure Sea God were all the true gods among the indigenous gods.


    True gods such as Tongguangjiang God and Rising Sun True God are not necessarily weaker than ordinary True Immortals.


    Meng Zhang greeted him and took the lead, flying towards Donglu.


    Azure Sea God sighed helplessly, and led everyone to follow closely.


    Meng Zhang took such a team of strong men directly into the East Land, and then rushed towards the realm of the True God Rising Sun.


    A large number of true gods are so aggressive, flying at high speed without concealing their traces, and relevant news spread quickly.


    Since some time ago, the superficial relationship between Azure Sea God and Hunling Venerable God has been getting better and better.


    Both parties were aware of Meng Zhang''s threat, and both were willing to join forces.


    The two sides cleared up previous misunderstandings, strengthened the control of their opponents, and worked hard to maintain a state of peace.


    The two sides also made some general agreements, and agreed to deal with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance together at the right time.


    It is precisely because of the improvement in the relationship between the two parties that Meng Zhang and the others did not cause such a strong reaction from the True God Rising Sun.


    After they entered the realm of True God Rising Sun, the defending indigenous gods did not immediately make any moves.


    However, after all, it is such a strong team.


    Azure Sea God, Tongguang River God, etc. are all top true gods with great reputation.


    Their daily movements can often affect the situation in Shenchang Realm.


    When the indigenous gods defending in front recognized their identities and spread the news, the entire realm of True God Rising Sun began to boil.


    The team of the Azure Sea God and the others didn''t say hello in advance, so they rushed over in such an aggressive manner, and they really didn''t see much goodwill.


    But if the Azure Sea God wants to attack in a big way, he should assemble a large army under his command, instead of dispatching such a small number of people.


    Some indigenous gods under the command of True God Shengyang tried to stop the team of the Azure Sea God and asked them their intentions.


    But these aboriginal gods hadn''t had time to ask questions. Just as they were about to lean over, Meng Zhang waved his hand, and they were all thrown out.


    Although Meng Zhang did not kill the killer, they were still disgraced.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang''s heart is soft-hearted, it''s just that he doesn''t want to reveal his purpose easily when he hasn''t seen the righteous master.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength is unfathomable, and the team behind him is also composed of true gods.


    Their unceremonious style made other aboriginal gods dare not rush forward to stop them.


    Even if one or two true gods came forward, as long as they dared to stand in their way, they would be easily crushed.


    As a result, Meng Zhang took this team almost unimpeded all the way into the realm of the True God Rising Sun, rushing towards the core area.


    Meng Zhang''s behavior made Wei Lan Poseidon''s heart bewildered.


    Could it be that Meng Zhang wants them to fight against the Hunling Venerable God?


    The order of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is very clear. It is to let Azure Sea God assist Meng Zhang in destroying the great enemy who harmed Shenchang Realm, not to make him Meng Zhang''s thug.


    If Meng Zhang thought that he could let the Azure Sea God and the others go to fight with the Hunling Zunshen, then he made a mistake.


    Azure Sea God will not be used by Meng Zhang.


    The reason why the blue sea god is not attacking now is to wait for Meng Zhang to fully reveal his purpose.


    Even, the blue sea god has a new idea in his heart.


    When Mengzhang and Hunling Zunshen fought against each other, they refused to participate in the war on the pretext of Mengzhang''s fake public welfare, and asked Hunling Zunshen and the others to clean up Mengzhang.


    The Wei Lan Sea God, who had a ghost in his heart, secretly told his companions behind him to be patient for a while and not to stop Meng Zhang''s actions.


    With such a team, Meng Zhang broke into the core territory of True God Rising Sun, and the news had already reached True God Rising Sun and Venerable Hunling.


    The Hunling Venerable God was shocked, obviously he had already negotiated with the Azure Sea God and reached an agreement to deal with Meng Zhang together.


    In just a few days, how could the blue sea god violated the agreement and stood with Meng Zhang.


    With Hunling Zun''s understanding of the Azure Sea God, he has already realized the harm caused by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race, how could he make such an unwise choice.


    What kind of means did Meng Zhang use, coercion or bribe Wei Lan Poseidon?


    True God Shengyang knew a little more about Weilan Sea God. He said that Weilan Sea God might not be relying on Meng Zhang. There may be other reasons for him and Meng Zhang to come together.


    In any case, with such a powerful force coming over, Venerable God Hunling didn''t dare to be careless in the slightest.


    He ordered the indigenous gods under True God Rising Sun to be on full alert, ready to fight at any time.


    He also transferred all his direct subordinates to his side.


    Hunling Venerable God did not have the idea of ??intercepting halfway, and let the other party drive straight in.


    He sits in the main city of True God Rising Sun, and plans to take advantage of the geographical advantage here to confront the opponent.


    The main city of True God Rising Sun is the largest city in the entire Shenchang Realm. It was created by True God Rising Sun who invested countless resources, spent countless hard work, and worked hard for tens of thousands of years.


    The main city''s defense system is fully opened, and there are enough troops to defend, that is, in the face of the siege of the blue sea god''s army, it can last for a long time.


    Before Meng Zhang and the others arrived, the defense system of the main city was activated, large formations rose up, and the restrictions lit up.


    In addition to the troops stationed in the main city, a lot of power was temporarily drawn from the surrounding area.


    Meng Zhang and the others were moving fast, but not at full speed.


    If Meng Zhang really wanted to run thousands of miles to attack the main city of True God Rising Sun, he should move forward at full speed, not giving the opponent time to react, and not allowing the opponent time to strengthen their defenses.


    Meng Zhang led such a team forward at a high speed, more like a demonstration, as if to announce his arrival to everyone.


    Azure Sea God and the native gods behind him remained silent from beginning to end.


    Neither objections were raised, nor was it possible to remind Meng Zhang.


    They wanted to see what Meng Zhang was doing.


    They were not Meng Zhang''s loyal subordinates, they were just coerced.


    If Meng Zhang revealed his flaws, they would definitely not be polite.

 Chapter 2701

    Although Meng Zhang deliberately controlled the speed of the team''s advance, they didn''t spend too much time before they came to the sky above the main city of True God Rising Sun.


    This main city has long been ready for battle, ready for battle.


    The Hunling Venerable God stood above the main city with the True God Rising Sun, quietly watching Meng Zhang and the others approaching.


    Meng Zhang led the Azure Sea God and the others, and stopped opposite the Hunling Zunshen and the others.


    "Meng Zhang, it''s not enough that you invaded the Western Land, and now you have the idea of ????the Eastern Land. Do you really think that there is no one in our Shenchang Realm?"


    With a word from the true God Shengyang, Meng Zhang was placed on the opposite side of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm, trying to arouse everyone''s hearts of common enemies.


    He looked at the Azure Sea God and them.


    "Everyone, do you want to accompany this kid to fool around?"


    The Hunling Venerable God has not spoken, and let True God Rising Yang deal with it.


    Meng Zhang ignored the True God Shengyang, but gave a loud shout.


    "Hunling child, your conspiracy to collude with the devil''s way, to harm the Shenchang world, and to contaminate the whole world with devils, has been exposed."


    "You can honestly capture it, cooperate with everyone to clean up the devil''s way, eliminate the devil''s disaster, and still have a chance to live."


    "If you are obsessed with it, don''t blame me for being ruthless."


    Meng Zhang pointed at Hunling Zunshen with one finger and sternly accused.


    Hunling Venerable God felt inexplicable for a while, when did he collude with the devil to do such things.


    This guy Meng Zhang is slandering others, and he doesn''t know how to find a better excuse.


    Hunling Zunshen didn''t bother to argue with Meng Zhang, so he just cursed.


    "Blood-spitting lunatic, too lazy to talk to you."


    The Hunling Venerable God and the Famine Demon God had an agreement before. He didn''t think that this was colluding with the devil''s way. It was just that the two sides helped each other.


    Moreover, the Hunling Venerable God is well aware of the dangers of the devil''s way, and he has always been vigilant against the calamity devil.


    He would rather pay some price than let the Famine Demon God do some small actions on his own territory.


    He had already solemnly warned the Famine Demon God that he would not be allowed to riot in the Shenchang Realm.


    After True God Rising Sun was forced to take refuge in Hunling Venerable God, he has always been loyal.


    Hunling Zunshen felt that Meng Zhang''s slander was nonsense and was too lazy to refute it.


    The True God Rising Yang carefully defended the Hunling Venerable God.


    His purpose was not to persuade Meng Zhang, the slanderer, but to influence the onlookers, the Azure Sea God and others.


    "Meng Zhang, you are also the master of one party, how can you open up and make up right and wrong."


    "Why, if you can''t take advantage of it on the battlefield, you can only take advantage of it verbally."


    ...


    Meng Zhang ignored the True God Shengyang, and instead scolded the Hunling Venerable God directly.


    "As a true god, you actually colluded with the devil, you are simply a scum of the gods."


    "You can hide your tricks from other people, but you can''t hide from this seat."


    "Now, this seat will expose your disguise and let everyone know your true face."


    As Meng Zhang spoke, he urged a sharp sword qi to slash towards the main city below.


    The main city of True God Rising Sun is well-defended enough to resist True God-level attacks.


    However, in such a large main city, it is impossible for every place to have such a tight defense, and there are always some weak defenses.


    When the true god-level war really broke out, the true god of rising sun did not expect to be able to keep every corner of the main city.


    As long as the core area and key areas are intact, the main defense forces of the main city can continue to function.


    As for those remote areas that are less important, they are the victims.


    The sword qi that Meng Zhang slashed out easily broke through a thick layer of defense and slashed over a street on the edge of the main city.


    All kinds of buildings in the street, the restrictions on the buildings, etc., all vanished under the sword energy.


    The earth and stone on the street floor melted, revealing a huge hole.


    A thick magic energy spewed out from the entrance of the cave and rose into the sky.


    The defenders in the main city were quickly alerted and responded one after another.


    Whether it was the Hunling Venerable God''s side or the Azure Sea God''s side, they were all very surprised.


    With their knowledge, they quickly judged that it was a magic nest hidden underground.


    This is the main city of the True God Rising Sun, which was later controlled by the Hunling Venerable God.


    No matter what, these two gods should not have anything to do with magic.


    Wei Lan Sea God couldn''t help but think, could it be that Meng Zhang is not slandering, can the Hunling Venerable God really collude with the devil''s way?


    Hunling Venerable God is also an intruder from the outside world, and he has long been planning to attack the Shenchang Realm.


    If it is said that the god of mixed spirits colluded with the devil, the blue sea god is also willing to believe it.


    When the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm gave the order to the Azure Sea God, it did not clearly state that it was the Dao thief to be dealt with, but only said that it was the great enemy who harmed the Shenchang Realm.


    Demon powerhouses often infiltrate and corrode other great worlds, and are the public enemies of all great worlds.


    If a big world falls into the hands of demons, it will soon be completely demonized, and then fall quickly.


    For the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, being dyed by a demon is simply life as death.


    For Wei Lan Poseidon and the others, if the Hunling Zunshen really colluded with the Demon Dao and wanted to demonize the Shenchang Realm, then they should follow the orders of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm and cooperate with Meng Zhang to fight against the Hunling Zunzi and his subordinates. .


    However, Wei Lan Poseidon did not fully trust Meng Zhang.


    Seeing the sudden appearance of a magic nest in his main city, and being exposed by Meng Zhang on the spot, the True God Rising Sun eagerly said to the Azure Sea God and others: "Everyone, after a little thought, you should know that this is the trick of Meng Zhang boy. , everyone, don''t be fooled."


    True God Shengyang could not care about Meng Zhang''s accusations, but he could not let Wei Lan Sea God and the others stand on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Although the Azure Sea God and the others came here with Meng Zhang, their relationship was not close.


    According to the observation of True God Shengyang, the contradiction between them is not small, and there is no sincerity to join forces at all.


    Meng Zhang snorted disdainfully, and instead of arguing with True God Shengyang, he slashed out a few more sword qi.


    These sword qi all slashed into the inner area of ??the main city, and did not cause much damage to the main city, but revealed the hidden magic nest and magic stronghold.


    Seeing the demonic energy rising into the sky, Meng Zhang said decisively: "You have colluded with the demonic way, the evidence is conclusive, and I was caught by this monarch. Now I think I can still make a sophistry."


    True God Rising Sun has always had tight control over his main city. With so many things related to the Dao appearing in the main city, it is difficult for him to justify himself.


    Hunlingzun''s face was ashen, and he finally knew that Meng Zhang had come prepared this time.


    These days, he has been sitting in the main city, and everything that happens in the main city is under his nose.


    There was no sign in advance that the main city had been infiltrated by the magic way, and it was also used by Meng Zhang, and his heart was filled with anger.

 Chapter 2702

    "God''s disaster demon god, actually played such a trick secretly."


    Hunling Zun Shen cursed in his heart.


    If he encounters the Demon God of Calamity again, he must make the other party look good.


    Since he came to Shenchang Realm, he has only encountered such a powerful devil as the Demon God of Famine.


    Most of these situations in the main city are the work of the Devil God of Famine.


    Hunling Venerable God found that he had underestimated the Famine Demon God before, but he did not expect that the other party''s methods were so clever that he could actually play tricks under his own eyes.


    With the exposure of several demon nests and demonic strongholds, in addition to the strong demonic aura spreading everywhere, many demonic beasts rushed out of it and launched attacks in all directions.


    The defenders in the main city immediately dispatched and began to exterminate these monsters that were charging everywhere. , and also work hard to remove the demonic energy and prevent it from spreading everywhere.


    Meng Zhang came so cleverly, and he could accurately expose these magic strongholds and magic nests.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang and the Famine Demon God must have colluded.


    Originally, the Hunling Venerable God and the Famine Demon God reached an agreement and paid a considerable price to let him attack the Taiyi Realm and set Meng Zhang''s backyard on fire.


    This guy, the Demon God of Famine, who can''t believe his words, actually colluded with Meng Zhang in turn.


    The Hunling Venerable God hated the Famine Demon God in his heart.


    Before Meng Zhang made his move, he was actually a little nervous in his heart.


    The result is not bad, everything is as arranged by myself, which shows that the Famine Demon God has complied with the agreement.


    When he was in the void, as one of the conditions for letting go of the Famine Demon God, he was required to make an oath in the name of the Heavenly Demon that he would secretly engage in ghosts in the main city of the True God Rising Sun according to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, leaving the mixed spirit to honor the god. Traces of collusion.


    The calamity demon is really beautiful.


    At least on the surface, the True God Rising Yang is beyond words.


    As long as they are convinced that the Hunling Zunshen and the others have colluded with the devil''s way and tried to confuse the realm of the gods with the devil, then Meng Zhang can order the blue sea god and the others to take action.


    "What are you waiting for, don''t take action immediately to eradicate these scum who collude with the devil''s way."


    Meng Zhang began to urge Azure Sea God and the others to start.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang is considered a poor man.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s arrangement was not so perfect. He framed Hunling Zunshen and their plan with many flaws.


    Meng Zhang came here with the blue sea god and the others, just to play fast and slow, not to give the Hunling Venerable God a chance to clarify, and trigger a war between them.


    Both the Azure Sea God and the Hunling Venerable God are Meng Zhang''s enemies. Once they fight, no matter who wins and who loses, who lives and who dies, Meng Zhang likes to hear it.


    They''d better lose both and die, and that''s the best.


    While urging Azure Sea God and the others, Meng Zhang started directly.


    He sacrificed the wind and fire yin-yang fan, and endless wind and fire descended from the sky, sweeping away towards the Hunling Zunzi and Shengyang True God, and a large group of wind and fire fell to the main city below.


    The enraged Hunling Venerable God would not be afraid of Meng Zhang, he roared, manifested the body of a true god, and rushed towards Meng Zhang.


    While the True God Rising Sun ordered the main city below to start a defensive formation to block the attack of the wind and fire, he assisted the Hunling Venerable God to fight and attacked Meng Zhang from the side.


    Meng Zhang was a chicken thief. Seeing that the Blue Sea God and the others were deliberately delaying the battle, he took the initiative to lead the war into the past without immediately participating in the battle.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flickered, and he appeared in front of the Azure Sea God, leaving his back to the Azure Sea God.


    Wei Lan Sea God looked at Meng Zhang''s back, and couldn''t wait to take action immediately and kill this annoying guy on the spot.


    As soon as he remembered the warning from the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, he had to suppress the killing intent in his heart.


    Meng Zhang leaned back against the Azure Sea God, made two moves with the Hunling Venerable God, and then dodged away.


    Before the Hunling Venerable God could withdraw his strength, several golden rays of light blasted towards the Azure Sea God.


    A layer of sea-blue waves appeared beside the Azure Sea God, wiping out these attacks.


    Azure Sea God blocked the attack of Hunling Venerable God and did not rush to fight back.


    He has long seen through Meng Zhang''s purpose, and naturally he will not easily let Meng Zhang get his wish.


    Meng Zhang''s physique was flexible, secretly leading the attack of the Hunling Zunshen.


    He directed most of the attacks of the Hunling Venerable God to the indigenous true gods behind the Azure Sea God.


    Before the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan invaded the Shenchang Realm, the Azure Sea God and the Lava Vulcan joined forces to attack the Hunling Zunshen.


    Although the blue sea god was forced by the situation, he made peace with the god of mixed spirits.


    The two sides have worked hard to improve relations and have joined forces.


    However, in the blue sea god camp, there are still many indigenous gods who have always hated the gods.


    Not all indigenous gods can distinguish the situation and see the overall situation like the blue sea god.


    The Big Mouth Crocodile God is one of the first indigenous true gods to conflict with the true god of rising sun.


    His realm was broken by True God Shengyang, and he was taught a good lesson by True God Shengyang and was seriously injured.


    At that time, if it wasn''t for the True God Shengyang who was concerned about the Azure Sea God, he would have been killed long ago.


    He, who escaped from death, hated the True God Shengyang so much in his heart, and even hated the Hunling Venerable God.


    Azure Sea God and Hunling Venerable God made peace, and he was the most opposed indigenous true god.


    However, he could not go against the general trend, nor could he change the decision of the Azure Sea God.


    Now that he saw the attack of the Hunling Venerable God fall into the team, even though he knew that Meng Zhang was using it, he took the initiative to launch a counterattack.


    New hatred and old hatred made him a bit crazy, disregarding the stop of his companions, showing his huge real body, and swooping towards the true god Rising Sun.


    After all, the Big Mouth Crocodile God is a member of his own side. Even if the other companions are dissatisfied, they still have to help him in time.


    Due to the drive of the big-mouthed crocodile god, several of the indigenous true gods brought by the blue sea god had to take action and join the battle.


    If Wei Lan Sea God really cooperated with Meng Zhang fully, with the strength of this team alone, they would be able to easily defeat Venerable Hunling and True God Rising Sun.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God was angry, he did not lose his mind.


    He analyzed the current situation and found that Azure Sea God deliberately delayed.


    Logically speaking, in the face of this powerful team, he should take the initiative to retreat, retreat into the main city, rely on the main city''s defense system, concentrate the strength of many subordinates, and fight against the enemy.


    But Hunling Venerable God was worried, and as soon as he took the initiative to retreat, he gave Meng Zhangke the opportunity to let him have time to completely persuade Weilan Sea God, and the situation would not be good.


    At least now, the team led by Azure Sea God has not exerted much effort and is still trying to delay.


    But the Azure Sea God was not a trustworthy friend, and the Hunling Zunzi did not forget that the two of them were still hostile not long ago.


    It is not impossible for Azure Sea God and Meng Zhang to join forces.


    In order to avoid this worst situation, the Hunling Venerable God must try to entangle Meng Zhang so that he cannot convince the Azure Sea God.


    If he can take advantage of the chaos to injure Meng Zhang, then today''s crisis may be eased.

 Chapter 2703

    Although the Hunling Venerable God did not know that Meng Zhang borrowed the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm to issue orders to the Azure Sea God.


    But he found that the two sides were not true allies.


    When he thought about it, Meng Zhang might have used some kind of crooked method to coerce or confuse the Azure Sea God.


    Judging from the reaction of the Azure Sea God, although he was suppressed by Meng Zhang, he refused to give in to Meng Zhang completely.


    Since the two sides are not of the same mind, there is a place in the middle that can be used.


    If he can figure out the inside story, he will have a way to turn the blue sea god.


    The Hunling Venerable God has a close relationship with the Temple of Heaven, with a profound background and many means.


    He was even more arrogant and arrogant, and felt that a cultivator like Meng Zhang who came from the grass-roots was no match for him.


    Although it has not been publicly stated, Wei Lan Sea God has been secretly suppressing the desire of his subordinates to take action, preventing them from being involved in the battle between Meng Zhang and the Hunling Venerable God.


    Big Mouth Crocodile God didn''t know the big picture and didn''t obey his hints, which made him very annoyed.


    He also considered whether he should obey Meng Zhang''s intentions, and take this opportunity to join forces with Meng Zhang to completely eradicate Hunling Zunzun and Shengyang Zhenzhang, and then eliminate a family of powerful enemies.


    After all, Hunling Venerable God is also his enemy and a huge threat to Shenchang Realm.


    But after careful consideration, he gave up this plan.


    Because from the matter in front of him, he saw the huge threat posed by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang can use the means of framing to deal with the Hunling Venerable God today, and tomorrow he can use the same means to deal with the Azure Sea God and other indigenous gods.


    Wei Lan Sea God, who was still suspicious of Hunling Venerable God, after thinking about it, decided that Meng Zhang was framed.


    Meng Zhang probably did not expect that his actions were too forceful and had an effect that was too much.


    Meng Zhang also confuses the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, which is even more intolerable for the Azure Sea God.


    Meng Zhang was a greater threat to the Azure Sea God and the God of Prosperity than the Hunling Venerable God.


    The Azure Sea God was almost certain that Meng Zhang was using the trust of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang Realm to frame the Hunling Venerable God and force himself to participate in the war.


    Hunling Zunshen was also an enemy, but Meng Zhang couldn''t just kill him.


    As Meng Zhang fought against the Hunling Zunshen, he kept urging the Azure Sea God to take action.


    Only relying on the spontaneous participation of the Big Mouth Crocodile God and others, they can''t help the gods and the gods.


    Meng Zhang was worried that Ye Changmeng had many dreams and wanted a quick solution.


    Wei Lan Sea God had received the order of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness and must cooperate fully with Meng Zhang.


    He could not blatantly disobey Meng Zhang''s orders, and it would be unreasonable to delay for too long.


    He couldn''t let Meng Zhang catch his fault.


    If Meng Zhang complained in front of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness, he might end up in the same fate as Hunling Zunshen.


    After thinking about it for a while, the blue sea god finally made up his mind and began to summon the consciousness of the heavens of the gods.


    Since he has no way to break the game, he can only flip the table.


    Wei Lan Sea God didn''t believe that Meng Zhang had a way to blind the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm all the time.


    When the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm arrives, the deeds Meng Zhang has done in secret will surely be invisible.


    Under normal circumstances, in order to summon the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, the Azure Sea God needs to hold a grand sacrifice to the consciousness of heaven and earth, and it takes a lot of time.


    Whether these ceremonies or cumbersome procedures, the main purpose is to express respect for the consciousness of the gods and the realm of the gods, and to show the humility of the blue sea god.


    Other than that, it doesn''t really make much sense.


    What really attracted the attention of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was the Azure Sea God himself.


    As one of the top true gods ruling the Shenchang Realm, Wei Lan Sea God is the big housekeeper of the Shenchang Realm.


    He was originally the object of attention from time to time by the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Especially after the direct order was issued last time, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has obviously raised the priority level of its attention.


    At this time, the blue sea god emptied his mind, mobilized his divinity, and kept calling for the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was being entangled by the Hunling Venerable God, and he did not notice the movements of the Azure Sea God for a while.


    Hunling Zunshen''s personal combat power is strong enough to be invincible across the world of Shenchang.


    If he and Meng Zhang fight alone, Meng Zhang may not be able to gain the upper hand.


    As the top true god of Shenchang Realm, the True God Shengyang could almost compete head-on with Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang had the help of the Big Mouth Crocodile God and others, they were also Meng Zhang''s enemies, and only attacked the Hunling Venerable God out of hatred.


    They will neither help Meng Zhang nor cooperate with Meng Zhang.


    They played around there and it didn''t make much difference.


    The Hunling Venerable God was hardly disturbed, and he could attack Meng Zhang with all his strength.


    While the True God Shengyang blocked the Big Mouth Crocodile God and the others, he also had spare power to help the Hunling Zun God.


    Meng Zhang and Hunling Zunshen once had the experience of fighting side by side, and they were not strangers to each other.


    Hunling Zunshen is indeed worthy of being born in a great power, and he took out two artifacts, both of which have good power.


    The magic he displayed is very clever, and its power is not under the ordinary magic.


    Compared with the gods of the Shenchang Realm, his skills in using divine power are more brilliant, and his various methods are even more wonderful.


    If Meng Zhang still had the strength he had in the Demon Realm, he would probably not be able to fight against the Hunling Venerable God.


    His cultivation progress in these years has not been particularly fast, but his combat power has greatly improved.


    He and Hunling Zun were inextricably fighting. Even if there is True God Rising Sun making trouble, he has not fallen behind.


    At this time, in the main city of True God Rising Sun, several more demon nests were exposed.


    Many monsters that have been nurtured in the magic nest for a long time have long been unable to bear it.


    The main city has a large population, and the flesh and blood of the living make them hungry and thirsty.


    Countless monsters charged around the main city and fought against the blocking defenders.


    The demonic energy spreading everywhere even began to erode the defense system of the main city.


    Revered God Hunling and True God Rising Sun fought over the main city without asking for reinforcements from the rear.


    There is enough left-behind power in the main city, as long as it is activated, it should be enough to deal with the current chaos.


    Don''t look at the rise of demonic energy in the main city and the scurrying of demons, but without the intervention of high-level demons, especially if there are no demon-level powerhouses involved, the indigenous gods will spend the most effort and pay a little price, and sooner or later they will be able to get rid of them. fixed.


    The Famine Demon God was forced to agree to Meng Zhang, secretly sneaked into the main city to make trouble, and framed the Hunling Zunshen.


    He put a lot of effort into it, but he didn''t go all out.


    This slippery guy left here early after the arrangements were made.


    Afterwards, whether it was Hunling Zunshen who had the upper hand or Meng Zhang gaining the upper hand, he would not be polite to him.


    The Famine Demon God has great ambitions for the Shenchang Realm, but he will not give up.


    Hunling Zunshen and Mengzhang dog biting a dog was his favorite scene.


    The two of them consumed each other, which was equivalent to weakening his competitors.

 Chapter 2704

    Meng Zhang fought against such a big enemy as Hunling Zunshen. He didn''t dare to be careless or distracted, and ignored the secret actions of Azure Sea God.


    After all, it was the recent victory that made him underestimate the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    He ordered in the name of the consciousness of the heavenly path of Shenchang Realm, no matter how dissatisfied the blue sea god was, he was easily carried here by him.


    It all went smoothly, and he let his guard down a little.


    When he thought about it, the Azure Sea God would give in sooner or later.


    He did not expect that the blue sea god would secretly summon the consciousness of the heavens of the gods to come.


    When Meng Zhang sensed a vast and lofty aura appearing in the sky, it was too late to stop the Azure Sea God from moving.


    Meng Zhang secretly complained in his heart.


    He let the calamity demon to frame and frame the mixed spirit god, and he could only hide from ordinary aboriginal gods.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm is clearly discerning and can observe the past and present, which is not so easy to deceive.


    He can only pray secretly in his heart, even if the actions of the Demon God of Famine are seen through, he must not involve himself.


    After sensing the arrival of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang ignored that he was still fighting with Hunling Zunshen, and hurriedly sued the wicked first, and reported everything about Hunling Zunshen colluding with Demon God and trying to dye Shenchang Realm. The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm is known.


    As for how much the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm would believe, then Meng Zhang didn''t know.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm thought that the blue sea god and Meng Zhang cooperated to find out the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    He separated a thought and came here happily. After contacting the thought released by Meng Zhang, he casually glanced at the situation below.


    Demonic ways are extremely harmful to all big worlds, and Shenchang Realm is no exception.


    The Demon God is also the enemy of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang Realm.


    If it is on weekdays, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is willing to pay some attention to this.


    But now, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is being troubled by the infiltration of Dao thieves.


    Compared with the Dao thief he is investigating, the damage of the devil is controllable, and things related to the devil can be put aside for now.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was a little bit complaining about Meng Zhang and the others for making a fuss and disturbing themselves at will.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is slow to respond, and it takes most of the attention to maintain the normal operation of this world of Shenchang Realm on weekdays.


    Although it was the Azure Sea God who summoned the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, he even had the intention of blaming Meng Zhang.


    Of course, since he''s all here, he can''t pretend he didn''t see the magic invasion, and he''ll try his best to deal with it.


    The wicked Meng Zhang complained first, letting the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world preconceived, temporarily believed his words, and regarded Hunling Zunshen as a calamity.


    After sensing the arrival of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm, Wei Lan Poseidon adjusted his mood, and with an attitude of extreme piety and humility, respectfully reported to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Due to this procedure, his movements were much slower than Meng Zhang.


    The idea that contained rich information was passed on to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is watching the main city below, and has not had time to deal with the report of the Azure Sea God.


    After the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm descended, sensing its vast aura, Hunling Zun Shen involuntarily shortened his head, feeling a little dazed in his heart.


    He is also an invader from outside the sky and an enemy of Shenchang Realm.


    With the means he has mastered, if he is given enough time, he can, like Meng Zhang, slowly gain the approval of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, and even confuse and mislead the other party.


    But after he came to Shenchang Realm, before he had time to do these things, he was entangled by the things that followed.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm came at this time, and the scene below was too ugly, and it was difficult for him to get rid of the relationship in a short time.


    Everything that happened in the main city in the past has fallen into the eyes of the consciousness of the gods of the gods.


    The Demon God of Famine secretly sneaked into the main city, secretly built a demon nest here, and set up a stronghold...


    The Famine Demon God, who often creates disasters in various worlds, is still somewhat capable of how to deceive the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in various worlds.


    The face and aura of the Famine Demon God are not so clear, and it is difficult to trace.


    As for whether he was instructed, or whether the master of the main city secretly released water, it is temporarily impossible to see.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, who was trying to observe, received the thoughts of the Azure Sea God, and it was a little difficult to make a judgment about his accusation that Meng Zhang framed and framed the Hunling Zunshen.


    Meng Zhang had made contributions before, and he had high hopes for Meng Zhang.


    Due to the deception of the Famine Demon God, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm did not catch any evidence of Meng Zhang.


    However, although the Azure Sea God was recently blamed for his unfavorable performance, he was still trustworthy after ruling the Shenchang Realm for many years.


    For a while, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm didn''t know who to believe.


    After sensing the arrival of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, True God Shengyang''s face changed, and then he seemed to be crazy, and he pushed back the Big Mouth Crocodile God with all his strength, and slammed towards Meng Zhang.


    True God Shengyang suddenly became like a mad tiger, as if he was going to fight with himself, which surprised Meng Zhang.


    The Hunling Venerable God, who was fighting fiercely with Meng Zhang, thought that the True God Shengyang was expressing his loyalty to himself.


    True God Shengyang, who was rushing towards Meng Zhang frantically, gave him a few winks.


    I don''t know if it''s a blessing to the soul, or a ghost, and Meng Zhang, who is not so familiar with the true god Shengyang, suddenly understands what he means.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be provoked by the actions of the True God Shengyang. He shouted violently and pulled out a lot of strength. A violent air wave suddenly erupted, and the True God Shengyang was knocked out.


    With the power of Meng Zhang''s blow, True God Shengyang flew to a higher sky, and then suddenly exerted his strength, and flew to the side of the consciousness descended from Shenchang Realm.


    He didn''t care about anything else, and hurriedly complained and asked for help from the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    True God Rising Sun has long been completely controlled by Hunling Venerable God, and everything is completely involuntary.


    He has long realized that many true gods in Shenchang Realm cannot help him get rid of his control, and only the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm can help him.


    But for a long time, he has never had the opportunity to come into contact with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    His every move is under the surveillance of Hunling Venerable God.


    Whenever he changes a bit, Venerable Hunling only needs to activate the restraint in his body, and he can make his life worse than death and completely out of control.


    Even if he tried his best to summon the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, he couldn''t wait for the moment to come.


    True God Shengyang, as an ancient god, seems to be short-tempered, but when faced with adversity, he still knows how to suppress himself and wait for a turnaround.


    Now that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has arrived, for him, it is a good opportunity that he has been waiting for for many years.


    He fought everything to seize this opportunity to get rid of this situation where life is worse than death.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you old friend Feiyi for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2705

    True God Shengyang had already flown to the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and only after he complained and asked for help, did Zunling God discover his true purpose.


    The Hunling Zunshen was shocked and angry all of a sudden.


    True God Shengyang has been acting honestly before, and it seems that he has completely accepted his fate and completely surrendered to the god of mixed spirits.


    The Hunling Venerable God was very satisfied with this, and they all began to consider whether to promote the true god of rising sun as his own servant god, rather than simply use it as a puppet.


    If this is the case, it is still a very good choice for True God Rising Sun.


    At least from the outsiders'' point of view, these bastards and gods in the Shenchang world have a limited future, and it is far better to be a slave god by the side of the mixed god.


    Hunling Venerable God has a deep background, and there are strong people in the Temple of Heaven who are optimistic about him.


    This kind of thing that one person attains Dao and ascends to heaven does not only happen in Daomen.


    If Hunling Venerable God becomes a god one day, the subordinate gods under his command will also rise, and all aspects will be greatly improved.


    Of course, for True God Rising Sun, not to mention saying that he would rather be a chicken head than a phoenix tail, the humiliation he has suffered over the years makes him at odds with the gods.


    He has endured until now, and finally came to a critical moment, and it was the only chance to get out of trouble.


    With extreme humility, the True God Rising Yang reported to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    As a foreign intruder, Hunling Zunshen controlled him with despicable means, and secretly colluded with the devil''s way, trying to stain the entire Shenchang realm.


    So much content was condensed by True God Rising Sun in a short period of spiritual thoughts, and was thrown into the ray of consciousness of the heavenly way descended from Shenchang Realm.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm does not like foreign invaders like Hunling Zunshen, it is not necessarily intolerable.


    If Hunling Zunshen defeated the native gods of Shenchang Realm and entered the Shenchang Realm, he would hold a grand sacrificial ceremony to offer loyalty and willing surrender to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    After weighing the pros and cons, Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness will most likely accept him and make him the new bright master of Shenchang Realm.


    Anyway, for the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, it is just a change of housekeeper.


    Of course, if Hunling Venerable God is unwilling to surrender at that time, and if you want to truly occupy the Shenchang Realm, that is another matter.


    Although the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world is as conservative as the native gods, it is not that outsiders are not given opportunities.


    The more powerful the outsider, the more beneficial it is to become its slave.


    However, if outsiders hide their evil intentions, refuse to surrender or say nothing, and still need to dig the foundation of Shenchang Realm, then it will never be tolerated.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God didn''t know what the True God Rising Sun said, but judging from his posture, it was clear that he was against the water.


    There was a sense of humiliation deceived in the mind of Hunling Zunshen.


    In his rage, he didn''t think much about it, and immediately urged the prohibition in the body of True God Shengyang, so that his life would be worse than death, and he would suffer all kinds of pain.


    The body of True God Shengyang lost control and fell to the ground at once, his face full of pain.


    In Shenchang Realm, no matter how powerful the indigenous gods are, they are extremely humble in front of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and they dare not make the slightest overstep.


    Hunling Venerable God attacked True God Shengyang in front of him, which was clearly hitting him in the face.


    A gentle force wrapped the True God Rising Sun firmly.


    The powerful and gentle force rushed into the body of True God Rising Sun, washing away all kinds of restrictions in his body and soul.


    The carefully arranged prohibition was destroyed, and under the backlash, Hunling Venerable God spit out a mouthful of blood, feeling a little unstable.


    Originally, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was a little uncertain between Wei Lan Sea God and Meng Zhang, and he didn''t know who to believe.


    Alright now, the actions of True God Rising Yang are equal to increasing the weight of Meng Zhang''s side.


    Hunling Venerable God punished the True God Shengyang, and even angered the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    There was a sound of thunder in the sky, which was the anger of God.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is about to deliver the heavenly punishment to deal with the foreign invader who colluded with the devil''s way.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God was angry, he was far from losing his mind.


    He saw that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was angry, and he knew that he was incapable of fighting.


    He made a prompt decision, gave up everything in the main city, sacrificed an artifact to escape, and escaped here at the fastest speed.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm just dropped a thought, and the power of Heaven and Earth that can be mobilized is effective.


    If Hunling Zunshen resists hard, he can still hold on for a while.


    Even Meng Zhang''s did not expect that this usually very arrogant guy would run away in such a disheartened manner.


    A thunderbolt fell, smashing the artifacts that Hunling Venerable God had sacrificed, but the trace of Hunling Venerable God had completely disappeared.


    This wisp of Heavenly Dao consciousness in Shenchang Realm is neither unwilling nor unable to pursue and kill the Hunling Venerable God who escaped.


    Another number of lightning bolts fell into the main city, smashing the magic nest, magic stronghold and so on.


    The power of thunder and lightning spreads all around. Whether it is a strong magic energy or a massive amount of monsters, they all vanished under the power of thunder and lightning.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm easily purifies the main city below.


    The prohibition in the body of True God Rising Sun was destroyed, and the body of freedom was completely restored.


    This period of time under the control of the Hunling Venerable God has caused him to suffer a lot, and it has also given him a huge workout.


    If it was the former true god of rising sun, even if he was killed, he would not dare to lie to his face and deceive the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods and prosperous world.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is too confident, and it never occurred to me that the indigenous gods would dare to deceive themselves.


    True God Shengyang knelt down in the air, and kept kowtowing to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    From the true god of rising sun against the water, to the escape of the god of mixed spirits, the situation has changed too fast, and the blue sea god has no time to react.


    I hate the real God of Rising Sun, the god of mixed spirits. In order to get out of trouble, he did not hesitate to deceive the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods and prosperous world. This was beyond the expectations of the blue sea god.


    This also gave Wei Lan Seagod some thoughts that he had never dared to think about before.


    Isn''t the supreme consciousness of Heavenly Dao as omniscient and omnipotent as legend has it?


    Since he had a different heart, the first thing that Azure Sea God thought of was to protect himself.


    He immediately knelt down on the ground and pleaded guilty to the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, saying that he had been deceived by Hunling Zunshen before, and he was careless and believed the other party.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was furious and directly purified the main city below, leaving no clues available.


    At this time, the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm was unwilling to expend effort to continue investigating the matter, and he accepted the statement of Meng Zhang and True God Shengyang.


    The two of them had no contact on weekdays, and they were still hostile.


    Both of them agreed that it should be the truth.


    Although he was dissatisfied with the blue sea god, considering that he still has a great role, the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang did not punish him heavily, but only warned him.

 Chapter 2706

    For what Hunling Venerable God did, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was still angry.


    He directly ordered the aboriginal gods present, including Meng Zhang, to hunt down and kill the Hunling Venerable God.


    This guy who dared to offend him will no longer have a place in Shenchang Realm in the future.


    Of course, the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not forget the real event.


    This time, he directly issued a clear order that everyone present should go all out to track down the whereabouts of the Dao thief and try to eliminate them.


    Out of some dissatisfaction with Meng Zhang and the request of the Sea God of the Blue Sea, he gave the Sea God of the Sea the right to act freely, and he would not have to obey Meng Zhang''s orders in the future.


    This time, the indigenous gods finally knew the real goal of the consciousness of the gods in the realm of the gods, and accepted a new order.


    Next, they will do their best to track down the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    After not having to obey Meng Zhang, General Meng Zhang would no longer be able to drive them as before.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not introduce to everyone in detail what Dao thieves are, but only said that thieves are the public enemies of various great worlds, and they are a great threat to Shenchang Realm, and they must not be ignored.


    Of course, true gods with rich experience, such as True God Rising Sun, still know something about Dao thieves.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm came and went in a hurry, and it disappeared soon after explaining the business.


    After staring at Meng Zhang with hatred for a while, the Azure Sea God left here with a group of indigenous gods.


    True God Shengyang didn''t say anything to Meng Zhang, just exchanged glances.


    This time, the two of them deceived the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm together.


    But with their previous relationship, they won''t become friends because of it.


    Meng Zhang looked at the True God Rising Sun thoughtfully, thinking about whether there was something to use on the other side.


    Although the prohibition on True God Shengyang was lifted, in this process, although the consciousness of the gods and the realm of the gods had paid great attention, he still suffered some injuries.


    His current state is not very good, and it will take a long time to recover.


    During the time he was under the control of Hunling Venerable God, his territory, everything on it, was suffocated.


    The subordinates of Hunling Venerable God infiltrated almost every corner of the territory and mastered all important things.


    His original loyal subordinates were either intentionally consumed in the previous battle, or they were alienated from him...


    If True God Rising Sun wants to regain his status and get everything back on track, he needs to make huge efforts.


    Meng Zhang did not stay here for long and left soon.


    This time, due to the actions of the Azure Sea God, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was dissatisfied with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang lost part of his trust and lost the power to mobilize the blue sea god.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s purpose was still partially achieved.


    Although he didn''t get rid of the Hunling Venerable God completely, it made him lose everything he already had and became a bereaved dog.


    It is unlikely that Hunling Venerable God wants to once again encroach on the hegemony of Shenchang Realm.


    Originally, the best outcome Meng Zhang expected was for Wei Lan Sea God and his subordinates to fight with the Hunling Venerable God, and both sides had better lose both.


    It now seems that because he underestimated the Azure Sea God, he was careless and did not let this happen.


    Meng Zhang still expected the development of the next situation in Shenchang Realm.


    The Hunling Venerable God escaped, the True God Rising Sun regained his freedom, and the Azure Sea God had no reason to continue besieging Donglu.


    He was able to free up his hands and face the coalition forces of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Of course, due to the warning of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, Azure Sea God should not dare to take the initiative to provoke a battle.


    If True God Rising Yang wants to set things right and restore everything to the original, he will be severely damaged.


    This time, he stood on Meng Zhang''s side and slandered the god of mixed spirits together, and he had greatly offended the blue sea god.


    It may not be so easy for him to cooperate with Azure Sea God in the future.


    As an aboriginal god of Shenchang Realm, he is naturally hostile to foreign invaders like Meng Zhang.


    He knew Meng Zhang''s wolf ambitions, so he should not easily betray Shenchangjie and stand on Meng Zhang''s side.


    In a word, due to the spoilers of Dao thieves, the current forces in Shenchang Realm should not break out into a war for the time being.


    After this time, it became impossible for Meng Zhang to pretend to be a fox again and suppress the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang Realm in the name of chasing and killing Dao thieves.


    Meng Zhang finally took his mind back and focused on how to find the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    When he used the help of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness to perform calculations, he had glimpsed some secrets of Shenchang Realm, and he did have some clues.


    How to use these secrets and clues to make the Dao thief and Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of heaven fight is a question that Meng Zhang needs to think carefully.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the West Land, everything here went very smoothly.


    Taiyijie monks and dragons have invested great efforts to transform and build this place.


    Since there was no war in a short period of time, the main focus of both sides was also on the development of various resources.


    Even in the waters near the West Land, the situation is slowly easing.


    The sea clan driven by the dragon clan, as well as the monks from the Taiyi realm, expanded to a certain extent, and stopped enough, and did not continue to expand.


    The purpose of their expansion in the nearby waters this time is to cover the western land and add barriers and moats to the western land.


    Although the high-level dragon clan covets the sea of ??Shenchang Realm, they also know that now is not the time to expand.


    The dragons and the monks of Taiyi suspend the expansion of the sea, so that the indigenous gods in the surrounding seas breathe a sigh of relief.


    They are powerless to fight back, let alone retake the occupied territories. They can only establish new lines of defense and hold the current territories.


    Although the patrol teams and front-line troops of both sides, there will be some small conflicts from time to time, but the large-scale war has basically ended.


    After years of cultivation, Fairy Yue''e, who was the most injured, finally completely recovered from her injuries and returned to her best condition.


    After knowing the news of the Dao thief, she has not let up and is constantly researching countermeasures.


    Although Fairy Yue''e is an old-fashioned true immortal, her cultivation is mediocre and her fighting power is average.


    In addition, Dao Thieves have certain restraint for most cultivators, and have special means to deal with immortals.


    It really makes her unable to resist an enemy like Shangdao Thief Kongxin.


    She understood this herself, and never expected to defeat the Dao thief through head-to-head combat.


    Fairy Yue''e, like Meng Zhang, hopes to weaken and attack Dao thieves through the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Although the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is not very smart due to its own reasons, Meng Zhang also has a precedent for its successful use.


    But if anyone really regards the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm as a fool and thinks that they can fool at will, they will surely experience bitter fruit in the future.


    At the level of a true immortal, even though Fairy Yue''e''s cultivation is not outstanding, she still lacks the knowledge she should have.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2707

    Compared with Gu Yue Ling Qing, a true immortal from a noble family, Fairy Yue''e, who came from a loose cultivator and started from the bottom of a cultivator, has a richer experience.


    On many occasions, she was able to provide Meng Zhang with useful advice.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Western Continent, he called Fairy Yue''e and Gu Yue Lingqing together to discuss what to do next.


    According to the results of their analysis, although the power of the Dao thief is strange and powerful, it is still not as good as the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, and has no ability to confront it head-on.


    If the Dao thief really had the power to suppress the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, he would not have been sneaking to hide in the east long ago, but would have come to the door openly, killed the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, and devoured the origin of the Heaven and Earth in the Shenchang Realm.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm has only been able to find the whereabouts of the Dao thief temporarily, so that it has survived to this day.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang vaguely noticed that he was probably not pushed to a critical juncture. Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of the heavenly way was still reserved, and he didn''t go all out at all, and he still didn''t show his trump card.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose is not only to kill Dao thieves, but also to occupy Shenchang Realm.


    Especially after conquering the entire Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhanghui willfully extract the origin of the world from the Shenchang Realm and use it to strengthen the Taiyi Realm.


    At that time, if the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm still has enough power, it will be Meng Zhang''s great enemy.


    After Meng Zhang and the others discussed it, they felt that they still had to find a way to put pressure on Shenchang Realm and force out the last card of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    The more the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is exposed, the more Dao thieves can find opportunities to make sneak attacks.


    Of course, Meng Zhang managed to confuse the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm and was accepted by him.


    Therefore, not only Meng Zhang, but also those who have a clear relationship with Meng Zhang should not directly come forward and participate in such matters.


    Fairy Yue''e first thought of the Demon God of Famine.


    The Famine Demon God itself is very powerful, and its nature is to erode and magically dye various worlds.


    If the Famine Demon God is willing to engage in storms and rains in the Shenchang Realm, it will definitely attract the attention of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang was reluctant to cooperate with the Demon Dao. When he had to let the Famine Demon God go last time, using it to frame the Hunling Zun God was already the limit.


    Moreover, the Famine Demon God is not a fool, he will not make a head bird in vain.


    He had already fulfilled Meng Zhang''s orders, and it was difficult for Meng Zhang to use him again.


    The three discussed for a while, but could not find a suitable candidate.


    It was wonderful that he had always been in the same mind with Meng Zhang, and reminded him in time.


    When in Junchen Realm, a group of foreign ghosts sneaked into the underworld of Junchen Realm secretly, colluding with the Dali Dynasty, trying to accumulate strength in the underworld.


    The Dali Dynasty was besieged by the sects of the major holy places and completely wiped out.


    After the exposure of this group of extraterritorial ghosts, they were first suppressed by the rules of the Junchen world, and then Taimiao directly regarded them as targets in order to seize the hegemony of the underworld.


    The strongest among these extraterritorial ghosts are not at the level of returning to the virtual world, which indeed caused Taimiao some trouble.


    But trouble is just trouble, and it can be solved with just too much effort.


    These extraterritorial ghosts are good at hiding, especially good at building shelters in the underworld to hide, but they have not been killed by Tai Miao.


    Later, the Junchen world was destroyed, and the underworld naturally fell apart.


    Although the sanctuary they built was incomparably wonderful, it couldn''t withstand such a world-destroying disaster.


    At that time, it was so wonderful that an independent area was established with Youdu City as the core.


    While collecting the various fragments of the underworld, he and his subordinates worked hard to accommodate the aborigines of the underworld.


    Some foreign ghosts who are really desperate, do not want to fall, and have to escape to Taimiao territory.


    In order to strengthen the power of his subordinates, Tai Miao accepted these foreign ghosts.


    It is so wonderful to have the strength of a true god, and without spending too much effort, he has completely subdued these refugees.


    They were trained by Tai Miao to be honest, betrayed the original ethnic group, and became Tai Miao''s loyal subordinates.


    Among these extraterritorial ghost races, there are not even true god-level powerhouses, so it is too wonderful to use their combat power.


    However, the extraterritorial ghost clan has a long heritage, has a strong penetration ability, is good at sneaking into the underworld of various big worlds, and can quickly integrate into it.


    Therefore, Tai Miao organized it and prepared to use it as a special force.


    The situation on the side of Shenchang Realm now is suitable for using this strange soldier.


    The extraterritorial ghost race is famous in the Void World, or it is notorious.


    It is aggressive and often invades other great worlds.


    The extraterritorial ghost clan is huge and has many branches.


    The one who secretly invaded Junchen Realm back then was the weaker branch of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    According to the accounts of those extraterritorial ghosts who had taken refuge in too wonderful, their extraterritorial ghosts were originally wandering in the void far away from the star-climbing area.


    They act as scouts, looking for new targets for invasion.


    However, a sudden void storm swept them to the vicinity of Junchen Realm, away from the large army, and lost contact with the rear.


    Under the influence of ghosts and gods, they habitually launched an infiltration into the Junchen world and sneaked into the underworld.


    After that, there was a series of stories.


    After the destruction of Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang experienced the battle in the Demon Realm and witnessed the fall of Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    He knew that the water in the middle was very deep, and many experts were involved.


    Many things that happened in the Junchen world may be behind the handwriting of an expert.


    He and Taimiao have no intention to investigate everything behind this, as long as these foreign ghosts are loyal to Taimiao, that''s fine.


    It takes a thousand days to keep an army, and a moment to use it.


    Now is the time for these extraterrestrial ghosts to come into play.


    The so-called extraterritorial ghost race is not actually a fixed race, it can be regarded as a special family and sect.


    The origins of the original members of the extraterritorial ghost clan have long been ambiguous, and they are only known to be masters who practice the way of ghosts.


    Later, with the continuous expansion and growth of the extraterritorial ghost clan, ghosts, gods and ghosts in the underworld of various great worlds joined them one after another and became new members.


    These new members have undergone the transformation of special rituals and have a new cultivation method.


    Not only have their cultivation been greatly improved, but their essence is also very different from before.


    Generally speaking, they can be regarded as some kind of special ghost or ghost.


    When Meng Zhang used the Heavenly Secret Technique to calculate the whereabouts of the Dao Thief, he took the opportunity to peep into many secrets of the Shenchang Realm.


    His familiarity with Shenchang Realm has surpassed that of many old-fashioned indigenous true gods.


    He passed all the information he knew to Taimiao, and let Taimiao be in charge of commanding the actions of the extraterritorial ghosts.


    Meng Zhanghui pretended not to know about this matter and tried to distance himself from everything.


    The consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in a big world can be transformed into the most brilliant celestial master when needed, and can see everything that happens in this world from the operation of the celestial secret.

 Chapter 2708

    The situation of Tiandao consciousness in each big world is different, and the ability in this area is also different.


    According to Ju Mengzhang''s observations and speculations, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is not very good at this aspect.


    Of course, with its enormous strength and abundant origin, it is enough to crush ordinary Tian Ji division, and Meng Zhang will not be stupid enough to confront him head-on.


    A celestial master like Meng Zhang was good at covering and disturbing the celestial secret, so that he could escape the calculations of others.


    In the general confrontation of the secret art, it is far easier to defend than to attack.


    The consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm was originally slow to respond, and now the main focus is still on tracking down Dao thieves.


    After these extraterritorial ghosts sneak into the underworld, as long as they don''t make too much noise, they should not attract their attention.


    Because Meng Zhang used the Heavenly Mystery Technique to help them cover up the Heavenly Mystery, even if the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm reacted, it would be difficult to calculate their relationship with Meng Zhang in a short period of time.


    After everything was ready, Taimiao began to direct the actions of these extraterritorial ghosts.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, although Shenchang Realm was a big world with a long history and profound accumulation, there were still many internal problems.


    Among them, the most serious problem is that the underworld and the Yang world in the Shenchang world are very incompatible.


    There are many ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm. These ghosts and gods are numerous, and their overall strength is not under the native gods of the Yang world.


    Many ghosts and gods in the underworld coveted everything in the yang world and longed for the flesh and blood of living beings...


    Although the yin and yang of Shenchang Realm are closely spaced, it is inevitable that there will be some loopholes.


    Once the ghosts and gods of the underworld find these loopholes, they will build them into channels connecting the underworld and the Yang world, and invade the Yang world through these channels.


    The Cathode Jedi that Meng Zhang visited last time was one of them.


    A major responsibility of the native gods of the Shenchang Realm is to protect the Yang world and prevent the invasion from the underworld.


    In history, ghosts and gods from the underworld have invaded the Yang world many times, and there have been many fierce battles with the native gods of the Yang world.


    Although both sides paid a heavy price for this, such an invasion could never be completely stopped.


    The invasion of ghosts and gods in the underworld and the outbreak of wars left a lot of scars by Shenchang Realm.


    These scars become weak spots in the Yin-Yang separation.


    In addition to working hard to seal it, the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm will also do their best to protect some places where the situation is serious.


    The gap between yin and yang in Shenchang Realm is the weakest, and the place where the natural barrier is the weakest is located on the territory of True God Chongyue.


    True God Chongyue has always been in charge of the territory, and its main responsibility is to maintain the order of Yin and Yang and prevent ghosts and gods from causing disasters in the underworld.


    This is a big secret in the Shenchang world, and many indigenous true gods do not know it.


    Because the ghosts and gods of the underworld have not launched a large-scale intruder on the Yang world for many years, many indigenous gods are almost forgetting the threat from the underworld.


    Like Lava Fire God and Azure Sea God, they kept inviting True God Chongyue to join their army, but True God Chongyue kept ignoring them.


    Many aboriginal gods are quite critical of this.


    Knowing the inside story, Lava Vulcan and Azure Sea God are dissatisfied, and it is not good to criticize True God Chongyue on the surface.


    After all, the mission of the True God Chongyue was directly assigned by the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    Speaking of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang carefully recalled his contact with the other party.


    The consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the big world is often a huge pan-conscious body, with the characteristics of one body and many sides.


    Simply put, it can be seen as a split personality, or a guy with multiple personalities.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm in the yang world and in the underworld can almost be equated with different personalities of a person.


    According to Meng Zhang''s analysis from some clues, there seems to be a deep contradiction between these two personalities, and conflicts will break out from time to time.


    On the side of the underworld, the consciousness of the gods of the gods and prosperous worlds protects the ghosts and gods in the underworld, and pays more attention to their interests.


    Even the invasion of ghosts and gods in the underworld to the Yang World of Shenchang World may have its support behind it.


    On the side of the Yang World, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm pays more attention to the interests of the Yang World, and also pays more attention to the overall situation, and strives to maintain the Yin-Yang order in the Shenchang Realm.


    However, the side of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of the heavenly way in the underworld, as well as the ghosts and gods under its command, were greatly dissatisfied with this and thought it was unfair.


    If it can provoke and stimulate its contradictions, so that the different aspects of the consciousness of the gods and the prosperous world can collide, it will definitely greatly weaken its overall strength.


    Many things are easier said than done. Some of Meng Zhang''s plans are very good, but it is very difficult to actually realize them.


    Meng Zhang wrote down all these ideas and waited for the opportunity to implement them in the future.


    Among the inheritances that Meng Zhang accepted, many were introductions to the consciousness of heaven in various great worlds.


    The circumstances of each great world are different in various aspects, and the achievements of their Heavenly Dao consciousness are also completely different.


    According to legends, the consciousness of heaven in some great worlds has grown to a certain level, and after experiencing many hardships, they can incarnate as heavenly emperors, establish a heavenly court, and directly rule the great world.


    Such a consciousness of the Tao of Heaven not only possesses powerful strength, but also possesses profound wisdom.


    In contrast, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm is simply a beast without evolution.


    The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm seems invincible, but the more Meng Zhang analyzes, the more weak points he can find.


    If the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm knew that Meng Zhang had spied on so much valuable information, I am afraid that he would not have cooperated with Meng Zhang in the calculation of heavenly secrets when he was killed.


    Meng Zhang and the others discussed for a long time, and discussed some plans to make further use of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm in the future.


    Whether or not these plans work, it''s always a good idea to get ready.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, after Taimiao''s subordinate ghosts sneaked into the underworld, they slowly settled down, accumulated strength, and worked hard to make friends with the native ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    If the time is right, it is necessary to guide the ghosts and gods of the underworld to launch an invasion of the Yang world.


    In addition to containing the power of the indigenous gods of the Yang World, it is best to seriously disrupt the yin and yang order, shake the rules of heaven and earth in the Shenchang world, and put pressure on the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world as much as possible.


    The biggest problem of this group of extraterritorial ghosts is the lack of true god-level combat power.


    A group of ghost clans of the level of returning to the virtual, placed in the original Junchen world, can make waves and cause a lot of troubles.


    But this power is far from enough to be used in Shenchang Realm.


    Even if they were able to provoke a war between the underworld and the Yang world in the Shenchang world, they would probably be pacified soon.


    The wonderful plan is to use these extraterritorial ghosts to provoke the power originally possessed by the underworld of Shenchang Realm, and to confuse the ghosts and gods of the true god level to participate.


    In this regard, it is difficult for Meng Zhang to directly intervene.


    What he can do is still active in the Yang World of Shenchang Realm.


    Through peeping into the secrets last time, Meng Zhang already knew some of the weak links between Yin and Yang in the Yang world.


    He was going to check it out in person to see if there was anything that could be used.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you old friend kk Yurou for your reward and support.

 Chapter 2709

    Meng Zhang left Xilu soon, leaving Fairy Yue''e and Gu Yue Lingqing behind.


    Meng Zhang restrained his true immortal breath, concealed his tracks, and secretly came to Donglu again.


    This time, he did not go to the realm of True God Rising Sun.


    He just ordered to the Moon God who had been hiding in the Eastern Continent.


    If True God Rising Sun regains her strength and stabilizes her territory, she can look for opportunities to try to contact True God Rising Sun.


    Meng Zhang did not make any mandatory demands on the Moon God regarding this matter.


    The Moon God mainly focuses on preserving himself, and does not necessarily have to contact the True God Rising Sun.


    Meng Zhang believes that after being completely controlled by the mixed spirit, the original idea of ??the true god Rising Yang will be completely changed.


    In order to put the blame on the mixed spirit and respect the god, the true god of Shengyang did not hesitate to deceive the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods, which means that he values ??himself more, and is not unconditionally loyal to the consciousness of the gods of the gods.


    Since he and he are accomplices, there is a certain basis for cooperation.


    And anyone with a bit of foresight should know that with the invasion of Shenchang Realm by invaders all the way from outside the sky, the original order of Shenchang Realm has been greatly shaken.


    Next, the Shenchang world will inevitably undergo a major change that has not been seen in tens of thousands of years.


    It is not an easy thing to survive such a drastic change.


    If True God Rising Sun wants to keep his original position, he needs the help of allies.


    If nothing else, if Hunling Venerable God finds him again, he may not be able to resist it alone.


    Most of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm are mediocre in strength and can provide limited assistance.


    The power that he had worked so hard to build was under the control of Venerable Hunling for so many years, and even if he regained the dominance, his original subordinates might not be able to continue to trust him.


    As for the Azure Sea God, etc., after this fierce battle, True God Shengyang dare not trust them.


    Of course, True God Rising Sun does have a reason to cooperate with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance. The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan also need a powerful leading party, but whether he is really willing to cooperate, no one can be sure.


    Meng Zhang gently let go of this matter, and his main focus was still on the next itinerary.


    As the largest continent in the Shenchang world, Donglu is roughly divided into three parts.


    True God Rising Sun occupies the east, which is the most extensive and fertile territory in the Eastern Continent.


    Countless creatures were born in this territory, and many native gods were supported.


    In the west of the realm of the rising sun, most of the places are bordered by some neutral indigenous gods.


    These indigenous gods are far less powerful than True God Rising Sun, but they are not willing to become subordinates of True God Rising Sun.


    Most of them maintained a relatively independent status, and only nominally surrendered to True God Rising Sun.


    Others, such as Tongguang Jiangshen, can almost compete with the True God Shengyang.


    The Tongguang River is the largest and longest river in the Eastern Continent, and it flows through the most regions.


    As the master of this big river, Tongguang River God is not only powerful, but also has established a powerful force.


    There are many tributaries of the Tongguang River, and many of them have even penetrated into the territory of the True God Chongyue and the True God of Shengyang.


    The former is easy to say, but the latter has had many conflicts with Tongguang Jiangshen.


    True God Shengyang wanted to bring Tongguang River under control for a long time, but he couldn''t help Tongguang River God.


    The Tongguang River God gathered a group of indigenous gods and competed with the true god Shengyang for many years.


    True God Shengyang still has a part of his territory, and he directly contacts with True God Chongyue.


    Although the low-key True God Chongyue has always been indifferent, existences such as True God Shengyang still know how powerful it is and will not provoke him easily.


    The core territory of True God Chongyue is centered on the Lianyue Mountains.


    This is located in the western part of the East Continent. In addition to the valleys and small plains between the mountains, there is a large expanse of land on the periphery of the mountains.


    Generally speaking, the indigenous gods on the periphery of the Lianyue Mountains are the peripheral forces under the command of the True God Chongyue.


    Many of them are just under the banner of the True God Chongyue and have not accepted the management of the True God Chongyue.


    Inside the Lianyue Mountains is the core interest of the True God Chongyue, which is managed by his trusted aboriginal gods all the year round.


    Meng Zhang''s final destination this time was the depths of the Lianyue Mountains.


    However, he did not rush to the final destination, but in order, starting from the center of the East Land, observing all the way, and finally reaching the west.


    Although Meng Zhang had already collected a lot of information on Donglu through various channels, it was just that there was no need to do so now.


    Meng Zhang observed the trend of the Tongguang River, meditated on the shape of its landscape and the power it contained, and then left.


    Meng Zhang quickly passed through the outer territory of True God Chongyue and came to the front of the Lianyue Mountains.


    Meng Zhang had heard the name of the Lianyue Mountains for a long time, but it seemed that the Lianyue Mountains was an incomparably magnificent, long and gigantic mountain range.


    In the Junchen world where Meng Zhang was born and grew up, there is no mountain range that can compare to it.


    When Meng Zhang first saw the Lianyue Mountains, he noticed a bit of inconsistency.


    According to the rumors of many aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world, the Lianyue Mountains are not naturally generated.


    It was tens of thousands of years ago, when ghosts and gods from the underworld invaded the world of Shenchang.


    The breakthrough they chose was at the current location of the Lianyue Mountains.


    The true god Chongyue, who guards this place, mobilized many aboriginal gods to form a large army and fight against the invaders from the underworld.


    In the end, True God Chongyue became the final victor.


    After a series of wars, many ghosts and gods with the power to move mountains and even real gods took action during the wars, and it was by accident that today''s Lianyue Mountains were created.


    It is said that in some deep valleys in the Lianyue Mountains, there are still many relics of the war that year.


    Some rare places have strong yin, and there are even gaps leading to the underworld.


    Among the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang Realm, not many practice the way of ghosts.


    Inside and outside the Lianyue Mountains, most of these indigenous gods are concentrated.


    Of course, there are no ghost cultivators and demon cultivators in Shenchang Realm, and these places are considered quiet on weekdays.


    The Junchen Realm once sent strong men to infiltrate and sneak into the Shenchang Realm, spreading the cultivation techniques of the Cultivation Realm in the world, trying to cultivate local Cultivators.


    The cultivators in the Junchen Realm still have a bottom line, so as not to spread the inheritance of Demon Cultivation and Ghost Cultivation within the Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2710

    Meng Zhang had always been dubious about the origin of the Lianyue Mountains.


    Now that he saw the Lianyue Mountains with his own eyes and sensed it from a distance in the sky, he had some new ideas.


    The current form of the Lianyue Mountains may indeed be related to the war that year.


    However, some of the most central key parts of the Lianyue Mountains were carefully shaped by experts.


    If it is simply to shape terrain such as mountains and rivers, many aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world can do it.


    But in Meng Zhang''s eyes, the artificially shaped parts of the Lianyue Mountains are not simple, and they contain a lot of mysteries.


    Perhaps in the eyes of ordinary aboriginal gods in the Shenchang Realm, the Lianyue Mountains are nothing but magnificent.


    Even if there are some invisible places, most of them are caused by the invasion of ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang not only has eyesight and insight far beyond that of an ordinary real immortal, but he is also a celestial master with keen sense.


    He observed the Lianyue Mountains repeatedly, and there was a vague feeling of familiarity.


    What he felt familiar was not the Lianyue Mountains themselves, but the means of shaping their core.


    This is really nowhere to be found after breaking through the iron shoes. It took no effort to get it, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but mutter to himself.


    He has long known that in Shenchang Realm, there is a layout left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    When Luna sneaked into Shenchang Realm in advance to investigate, he paid special attention to this aspect.


    After Meng Zhang came to Shenchang Realm, according to the information provided by Moon God, he went to several places, but found that it was not the arrangement left by Junchen Realm.


    After that, he was busy with various affairs, and only temporarily gave up searching.


    He never thought that when he came to the Lianyue Mountains, his original intention was to investigate the true god of Chongyue, but he made such a discovery.


    After repeated observation, Meng Zhang was quite sure that the secret arrangement of Immortal Jun Chen''s stay in Shenchang Realm was in the Lianyue Mountains.


    In other words, the Lianyue Mountains themselves were his secret arrangement.


    Meng Zhang flew around the periphery of the Lianyue Mountains several times, repeatedly observed and thought about it, but he could not see the whole picture of the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, and did not know how to activate it.


    Now that he discovered the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, Meng Zhang disrupted the original plan and decided to spend more time and energy on this.


    Meng Zhang secretly wandered around the territory of True God Chongyue and nearby areas.


    He hides his identity and gathers intelligence through various means.


    He even secretly kidnapped several long-lived veteran native gods and interrogated them.


    In the end, he got a lot of information.


    The Lianyue Mountains themselves, as well as the surrounding terrain, have undergone many changes over the course of tens of thousands of years.


    Some of these changes are natural changes, vicissitudes of life, and some changes are caused by external forces, such as the invasion of ghosts and gods in the underworld, and the battle between the native gods and gods of the Yang world...


    Several peaks at the core of the Lianyue Mountains have not changed much.


    Especially after the True God Chongyue was seated here, he placed his Divine Realm in the middle of those peaks.


    With God''s Domain in charge, no matter how long these peaks have gone through, nothing will change.


    Unless True God Chongyue wants to make a change himself.


    After a long time, many aboriginal gods have almost forgotten these things, ignoring some special features of the Lianyue Mountains.


    When Meng Zhang interrogated these aboriginal gods, he had a definite purpose, constantly arousing their memories, and then obtained this information.


    Although he has obtained a lot of useful information, Meng Zhang still does not know the mystery of the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    Meng Zhang had already anticipated this situation.


    When Immortal Junchen left these arrangements back then, he was a top-level immortal who was qualified to attack Jinxian.


    And Meng Zhang is only a true immortal now, or a young true immortal. It is normal that he cannot see through these arrangements.


    What surprised Meng Zhang was the behavior of the True God Chongyue.


    It was definitely no coincidence that he chose to place God''s Domain in that position.


    Perhaps, he had discovered something long ago and tried to benefit from it.


    Meng Zhang had dealt with the Blue Sea God and the Sun God, who were as famous as the Chongyue True God, but the Lava Vulcan still died in his hands.


    But Meng Zhang would never look down on the True God Chongyue because of this.


    True God Chongyue may be the most low-key top true God in the Shenchang world, and his actions have always been mysterious.


    Most of the native gods in Shenchang Realm have only heard of his reputation and have never seen him with their own eyes.


    Even the Azure Sea God and the Rising Sun True God, etc., didn''t have much contact with him.


    Meng Zhang knew even less about him.


    Meng Zhang remembered that in the name of tracing the whereabouts of the Dao thief, he deduced the secret under the acquiescence of the consciousness of the gods of the gods, successfully spy on the secret, and obtained a lot of secret information of the gods.


    Among them, the situation about the true god Chongyue is not only very few, but most of them are superficial.


    Now that I am in the Lianyue Mountains, although I have not yet come into contact with the True God Chongyue, Meng Zhang has already passed some clues and found that this guy is not simple, and he underestimated the other party.


    True God Chongyue has been sitting on the ground for thousands of years, and he has just placed the realm of the gods in a key position.


    Although the Shendao system and the Immortal Dao system are very different, his cultivation realm is far from enough, and it is impossible to truly grasp the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    But he definitely gained something, and even gained a lot of benefits from it.


    Meng Zhang guessed that he had not been able to live in seclusion for so many years, and he should be studying the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    In this respect alone, he was already more than one step ahead of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang once had the urge to kill directly at the core of the Lianyue Mountains, forcibly break through the divine kingdom of Chongyue Mountain, take it down, and then carefully interrogate it.


    But Meng Zhang quickly put this impulse aside.


    Not to mention anything else, if True God Chongyue really benefits from the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, it is possible to break through the shackles of the indigenous True God, and his strength will be greatly improved.


    When the enemy''s situation was unknown and the enemy''s strength was unknown, Meng Zhang really couldn''t make a rash move.


    His biggest advantage now is that he has been hiding in the dark, and he has enough understanding and precautions about True God Chongyue.


    Before really confronting the True God Chongyue, it is best to test him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang couldn''t test it directly.


    True God Chongyue sits here, and his main responsibility is to prevent the invasion of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    If the gap between yin and yang is broken, and the ghosts and gods of the underworld invade, I am afraid he will have to stop it.


    Meng Zhang communicated with Tai Miao to understand the actions of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    Taimiao told Meng Zhang that the extraterritorial ghost clan had already begun to act, but it was not an overnight success to achieve results.


    Meng Zhang also knew that the ghost clan outside the realm had their own rules and regulations, and it was useless for him to be anxious.


    He gave up the original plan, returned directly to the West Land, and began to wait patiently.


    Both Taiyijie and the Dragon Clan are taking advantage of this rare peaceful time to work hard to build and speed up the development of the resources of the Western Land.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thank you to our old friend Feiyi for your many tips and support.

 Chapter 2711

    Tai Miao is always paying attention to the extraterritorial ghost clan he sent, and these extraterritorial ghost clan also try to keep in touch with him at any time.


    A complete big world, with the Yang world and the underworld, is like the positive and negative sides of a palm.


    The great world is exposed to the outside world, and the underworld is hidden on the other side.


    In this respect, Shenchang Realm is similar to most big worlds.


    Outsiders such as Meng Zhang usually descend directly to the Yang World.


    One of the racial characteristics possessed by the extraterritorial ghosts is that they can avoid the yang world of the big world and directly sneak into the underworld.


    Back then, the Junchen Realm had a strict defense system, and none of them could stop the secret infiltration of the ghosts from outside the realm.


    Shenchang Realm does not have a comprehensive monitoring and defense system. The biggest defensive force is the rules of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm.


    After the extraterritorial ghost clan took refuge in Taimiao, they were quickly subdued by Taimiao and became his loyal subordinates.


    Tai Miao did not treat them harshly, but treated them equally, like treating other subordinates, and provided them with excellent cultivation conditions and sufficient cultivation resources.


    After years of practice, the cultivation of these extraterritorial ghosts has grown considerably.


    Of course, the biggest regret is that there is no real god-level powerhouse that can be born.


    If it was in the Junchen Realm of the past, the ghosts of the aliens at the level of returning to the virtual world are enough to dominate the underworld and be invincible.


    If it weren''t for the suppression of the rules of heaven and earth, it could even rule the underworld completely.


    But in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, such strength is not enough, and you must be careful.


    As Tai Miao''s cultivation level improved, he also gained more magical powers and abilities.


    He sent a total of seven extraterritorial ghosts this time, headed by a ghost called Yin Jiu.


    These nine extraterritorial ghosts all have the strength of returning to the virtual level, and before leaving, Taimiao spent a lot of divine power and used magical powers to bless them.


    Under the leadership of Yin Jiu, the seven extraterritorial ghosts successfully sneaked into the underworld of Shenchang Realm not long after they left Taiyi Realm.


    Due to the low level of power in the underworld of Junchen, coupled with the destruction of the ancient ghosts and gods, the rules of the underworld will repel and suppress outsiders who return to the virtual level.


    There are far more than one true god-level ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, with higher levels of power and more perfect and stable rules of heaven and earth.


    The nine foreign ghosts of the Void Returning level did sense a strong repulsive force when they first sneaked into the underworld.


    After getting used to it for a while, they slowly got used to it.


    Whether it is the characteristics of the foreign ghosts themselves, or the wonderful blessings, they will help them adapt to the environment of the underworld in the Shenchang world.


    Their strength is generally intact, and they can move freely in the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    What they did, Meng Zhang did not have the time to keep an eye on their progress, and entrusted this matter to Tai Miao.


    Meng Zhang has been secretly investigating around the Lianyue Mountains for a long time, but he has never been able to obtain further information.


    He was intent on going deep into the core of the Lianyue Mountains, but he was worried that True God Chongyue would be disturbed.


    True God Chongyue has been sitting there, and has almost never left.


    If the purpose is exposed and the True God Chongyue is on guard, things will be even more difficult to handle.


    Meng Zhang carefully recalled the details of his contact with Immortal Jun Chen in the Demon Realm.


    According to the demon of the ego, Immortal Jun Chen has left secret arrangements in each big world in the Dengtian star area, so that when he needs it, he can directly extract the source of heaven and earth from each big world and use it to strengthen himself.


    Immortal Venerable Jun Chen did not deny this matter, and it was even less like I was lying.


    After leaving Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang took Taiyi Realm directly to Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang had never been to other big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, so he didn''t know the specifics.


    He had been in Shenchang Realm for so long before, and he had never found the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    He has now discovered the core location of the Lianyue Mountains, and deduced from various aspects that this is the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    But he neither entered it, nor did he get close to it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how these arrangements worked, let alone how to start them.


    True God Chongyue placed his kingdom of God there, and it was not too long, and he did not know what he had researched and how much benefit he had gained from it.


    Meng Zhang suddenly felt a move in his heart.


    If the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen is really as I said at the beginning, the main function is to extract the origin of heaven and earth in each big world.


    These arrangements in front of you should be no exception.


    If True God Chongyue has researched the role of these arrangements, what will he do?


    If he is completely loyal to the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, then he should find a way to destroy these arrangements.


    After all, once these arrangements are activated, they will fully extract the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, bringing a great threat to Shenchang Realm, and even destroying Shenchang Realm.


    Now that these arrangements are still in place, it means that True God Chongyue has either not researched its role, or has selfish intentions and other purposes.


    The origin of heaven and earth in a big world is an extremely precious wealth for practitioners of any system.


    For a true immortal like Meng Zhang, if he can unscrupulously absorb the origin of the world in a big world, then he doesn''t need other resources at all, and he can guarantee the rapid improvement of his cultivation base.


    For the existence of True God Chongyue, the origin of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm has a special meaning.


    Compared with the power of belief, this is a higher resource that is much better in every aspect.

 Chapter 2712

    For the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm, if they can absorb a large amount of the origins of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, they can not only quickly improve their cultivation realm, but also master more power of the rules of heaven and earth, and even control some authority between heaven and earth.


    Although it is said that most of the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world are not enterprising and just get by, but there are a few people who can refuse the opportunity to improve themselves.


    Meng Zhang came to Shenchang Realm over the years and had extensive contact with indigenous gods.


    The aboriginal gods are extremely in awe of the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, and dare not violate the slightest.


    But as long as they are intelligent creatures, they will have their own ideas and their own interests.


    The higher the cultivation level of the indigenous gods, the more obvious their performance in this regard.


    Lava Vulcan colluded with Dao thieves, which was actually a betrayal of the consciousness of the world of Shenchang, but he didn''t know it himself.


    For his own benefit, True God Shengyang can cooperate with Meng Zhang to deceive the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, the Azure Sea God was already dissatisfied with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Although he has not seen the true god Chongyue, Meng Zhang believes that he should also have selfish thoughts and will not obey the heavenly consciousness of the gods.


    Faced with the opportunity to fundamentally improve themselves and reshape themselves, how many people can refuse?


    To substantiate your judgment, you need to use some special methods.


    Meng Zhang left the territory of True God Chongyue and began to travel through space, arriving at the place separated by yin and yang.


    This is where the space barrier between the underworld and the yang world is located, and it is the place where the two worlds are connected.


    Meng Zhang did not attempt to enter the underworld, but just observed it here.


    When needed, he will also perform some simple deductions using the Heavenly Mystery Technique.


    In the underworld, the ghosts of Yin Jiu and other foreign ghosts, according to the wonderful order, look for some special places.


    After arriving at these special places, Tai Miao will descend on them with a ray of spiritual sense, and use secret techniques to carefully observe the surroundings.


    It was too wonderful to observe for a long time, and after making some discoveries, he withdrew his spiritual sense and passed the observation to Meng Zhang.


    After observing for a long time in the place separated by Yin and Yang, Meng Zhang left here and returned to the Yang World of Shenchang Realm.


    Next, he walked around in the Shenchang Realm, constantly observing the situation between heaven and earth, and peeping at the operation of heaven''s secrets from time to time.


    After doing this, Meng Zhang returned to the vicinity of the territory of True God Chongyue.


    He went deep into the ground, surveyed the leylines, and observed the direction of the earth''s air...


    It took him almost a year to finally find what he wanted to see.


    The source of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm is slowly and secretly losing.


    And these lost sources of heaven and earth have secretly flowed into the kingdom of God Chongyue True God.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is too large, and its response is too slow, and it does not realize all of this at all.


    This is like a strong man, if he feels slow, it is difficult to find a small bug lying on his body to suck blood.


    It seems that True God Chongyue not only discovered the role of Jun Chen''s arrangement, but also began to use it secretly.


    It''s just that he was concealed enough and careful enough, and so far he has not disturbed the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    A place with the strongest source of heaven and earth in a big world should be the source sea.


    The source sea of ??a big world should be hidden in the depths of the big world and generally not exposed.


    The source sea of ??the Junchen world is in a special situation because of the handwriting of several true immortals, revealing a channel to connect to the outside world.


    The source sea of ??Shenchang Realm is well hidden, and even a group of top true gods are not qualified to contact.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observations and guesses, the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is that there is a special way to connect the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.


    True God Chongyue used this arrangement to directly absorb the origin of heaven and earth from the source sea almost silently.


    In other parts of Shenchang Realm, whether it is the underworld or the yang world, there are no traces, which can reflect the constant loss of the source of heaven and earth.


    Chongyue Zhenshen is digging the foundation of Shenchang realm.


    If the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm finds out, I am afraid it will directly punish him and wipe him out.


    If Meng Zhang wholeheartedly pleases the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, he can now report True God Chongyue.


    No matter how sluggish the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is, after being reminded by Meng Zhang, if he observes carefully, he will definitely be able to discover the small movements of True God Chongyue.


    At that time, Meng Zhang, as a meritorious minister, will not only be able to win back the trust of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, but may also be rewarded.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang is not a dog wagging its tail and begging for pity, and will not covet bones thrown by others.


    From the time he planned to invade Shenchang Realm, he knew clearly that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm would be his great enemy.


    If it wasn''t for the accidental appearance of the Dao thief, he would have already begun to design the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven to deal with the Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm possessed incomparably powerful power, and Meng Zhang needed more helpers to be sure to fight against it.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to get in touch with the True God Chongyue, he still had to observe more.


    He needs to know how ambitious the True God Chongyue is, whether he is just going to take advantage of it and absorb some of the origins of the world, or whether he wants to go further.


    Meng Zhang is also not afraid that the True God Chongyue has absorbed too much of the origin of the world and will become intractable.


    Judging from the speed at which True God Chongyue absorbs the origin of the world, he has slowed down the speed as much as possible in order to ensure his secrecy.


    At this rate, even if he waits until the year of the monkey and the month of the horse, he may not be able to absorb the source of the world that makes his cultivation base qualitatively change.


    Meng Zhang has been paying attention to the movements of the True God Chongyue these days, but he has not relaxed his attention to other aspects.


    Whether it is on the west side or the Luna hidden in the east, they regularly report various situations to him.


    Needless to say on the west side, everything is as usual, the construction and development of Taiyijie monks and dragons are proceeding rapidly.


    A flying boat, including a void battleship, often travels between the Western Land and the Taiyi Realm and the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan.


    A large part of the resources mined in the Western Continent were directly shipped back to the Taiyi Realm.


    Whether it is the efficiency of mining resources or the speed of construction, the dragons are not as good as the monks in the Taiyi world.


    This can be regarded as a slight advantage of the cultivation civilization in front of the real dragon.


    Meng Zhang quickly put aside the information from the west side.


    The information passed by Luna attracted more attention from him.


    True God Shengyang did not know what secret technique he used, but he forcibly suppressed his injuries and recovered most of his combat power.


    Although he lost control of the territory some time ago, he did the opposite and made people lose their minds.


    But after all, he has ruled his own territory for ten thousand years. He has a deep foundation, and his rule is deeply rooted in the hearts of the people. He also has many hidden cards.


    With the support of a group of diehard loyalists, he quickly eliminated the subordinates of Venerable God Hunling and regained control of the main city.

 Chapter 2713

    When Hunling Venerable God faced the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, he only cared about saving his life, abandoned everything, and escaped from the realm of True God Rising Sun at the fastest speed.


    The Hunling Venerable God escaped, and the subordinates he left behind continued to rule the territory of the True God Rising Sun.


    Although Hunling Venerable God did not follow the gods, there were quite a few god attendants and god servants.


    They now occupy various key positions in the realm of True God Rising Sun.


    The original subordinates of True God Shengyang also took refuge in Hunling Venerable God for various reasons.


    Some follow the orders of the True God of Rising Sun; some are controlled by the secret method of the mixed spirit god;


    After True God Rising Sun regained control of the main city, he used the main city as a base and marched toward his own territory.


    The territory that originally belonged to True God Rising Sun actually resisted his rule, setting off waves of resistance.


    As for the servants and servants of Hunling Zun, there is nothing to say, and they are directly killed.


    For your original subordinates, you need to consider it as appropriate and deal with it according to the specific situation.


    According to the original temper of True God Shengyang, for the unfaithful, it would be wrong to kill and not let go.


    However, the experience of this period of time has greatly changed his character and learned a lot.


    Second, after the tossing of his territory some time ago, his vitality has been greatly damaged, and his subordinates have suffered countless losses.


    If he wants to maintain his original dominance, he must retain his strength as much as possible, and he cannot let his subordinates suffer too heavy losses.


    As a result, True God Rising Yang rarely showed a magnanimous side, and for those who set things right in time, let go of the past and accept it again.


    He is also willing to expend effort to help the controlled native gods to lift the ban on them.


    Why do you say that most of the native gods in the Shenchang world are short-sighted idiots?


    Many indigenous gods who originally belonged to True God Rising Yang actually regarded the magnanimity of True God Rising Sun as weakness.


    They thought that Shengyang Zhenner had gone through the tossing of this period of time, and his strength was not as good as before.


    These indigenous gods did not surrender obediently, but instead bargained with the True God Rising Sun in an attempt to obtain more benefits.


    True God Shengyang, who didn''t want to start killing people, patiently negotiated with these indigenous gods.


    In this way, True God Rising Sun has not fully regained control over the original territory.


    In addition, the subordinates of the Azure Sea God created some conflicts intentionally or unintentionally, and there was still a lot of trouble on the side of the True God Rising Sun.


    Originally, the Azure Sea God formed an alliance with the Preparatory and Hunling Venerable God to fight against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    True God Shengyang regained his freedom, and he stood on Meng Zhang''s side last time, so the situation has changed.


    Luna has been lurking in the Eastern Continent, and the main task is to collect information from various forces.


    Not only did she do her job well, but she also gained something else.


    With the unification of the Western Land by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces, its power shocked the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Especially when Meng Zhang brought the Blue Sea God and the others directly to the main city of the True God Shengyang last time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm was even more thunderous.


    Many indigenous gods who do not know the truth are in awe of Meng Zhang.


    Luna took advantage of this situation to win over and buy more indigenous gods, forming a certain underground force.


    If the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces enter the East Land in a large scale in the future, there will definitely be no shortage of leading parties.


    After Meng Zhang discovered the secret of the True God Chongyue, he has been thinking about how to use it.


    If this matter is exposed now, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm can eliminate the True God Chongyue without much effort, which is not in Meng Zhang''s interests.


    He hopes that True God Chongyue can bring more harm to Shenchang Realm, preferably to shake the foundation of Shenchang Realm and disrupt its rules of heaven and earth.


    But Meng Zhang had other concerns.


    If the time delay is too long, True God Chongyue will completely grasp the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    Maybe he will urge the release with all his strength, suck up the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, and let the whole world enter into destruction.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang thought that it would be better for him to take the risk of getting in touch with the True God Chongyue, and to find out the details, so that he could arrange the next action.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, turned into an ordinary monk, and flew from the air toward the core of the Lianyue Mountains.


    The reason why he didn''t let the body pass is because he was worried that after the secret exposure of True God Chongyue, he would jump over the wall and must keep himself.


    Regardless of the strength of True God Chongyue, if he can use the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen to launch an attack, then Meng Zhang may be difficult to resist.


    Meng Zhang''s actions became more and more organized.


    Unnecessary risks will not be taken on weekdays.


    Don''t hesitate when it''s time to work hard.


    The avatar of Meng Zhang, transformed by the wind and fire yin and yang fan, has not yet approached the core position of the Lianyue Mountains, and the aura of a strong man has risen from all over the territory of True God Chongyue.


    The power of True God Chongyue is roughly the same as the other three top true Gods in Shenchang Realm, and the gap is not very big.


    However, a large part of the Chongyue True God''s forces are indigenous gods who rely on him.


    They mainly rely on the prestige of the True God Chongyue, and they are not loyal to the True God Chongyue.


    There are not many direct descendants of True God Chongyue, but they are powerful enough.


    These direct lineages are mainly concentrated around the Lianyue Mountains, forming a solid line of defense.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar did not conceal his deeds and aura, and basically broke into this place swaggeringly.


    Several breaths quickly locked on Meng Zhang from a distance, and several indigenous true gods were watching Meng Zhang not far away.


    Meng Zhang, an outsider, has recently become famous in Shenchang Realm. The direct descendants of True God Chongyue seem to be ignorant of foreign affairs. In fact, they have been paying attention to the movements of Shenchang Realm, so they naturally recognized Meng Zhang very quickly.


    As a foreign invader, Meng Zhang was naturally the enemy of the native gods in the Shenchang world.


    But he was trusted and recognized by the consciousness of the gods of the gods and prosperous world, and was given a heavy responsibility by it, and his status was far above the ordinary indigenous gods.


    These aboriginal true gods were in shock, not knowing what Meng Zhang''s intentions were, and it was even more difficult to deal with them.


    Meng Zhang did not come to demonstrate this time, but to test the true god Chongyue.


    Before the result of the test, the enemies and friends on both sides are inexplicable, and there is no need to be so tense.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to release goodwill.


    He told the surrounding indigenous true gods that he was instructed to track down the Dao thieves who endangered the Shenchang realm, and that there were some things that needed to be discussed with the true god Chongyue in person.


    Although Meng Zhang did not clearly state whose order he received, the aboriginal true gods all knew that most of the people who could order him were the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world.


    Even if the top true gods like Azure Sea God, Lava Vulcan, and Chongyue True God visit, Chongyue True God can find excuses and avoid them.


    But Meng Zhang received the order of the consciousness of the heavens in the realm of Shenchang, can the true god Chongyue still avoid seeing it?


    These indigenous true gods did not dare to neglect, and while greeting Meng Zhang politely, they communicated to the true god Chongyue.

 Chapter 2714

    True God Chongyue, as the most low-key top true god in the Shenchang world, has always disliked foreign affairs, and he didn''t even take care of his territory.


    Especially in recent years, he has been in seclusion in the kingdom of God all the year round, and handed over all the affairs of the territory to his cronies.


    Among the native gods under him, only a few true gods are qualified to contact him.


    These indigenous true gods are not directly contacting him, but passing the information that needs to be reported to his kingdom of God.


    As for when True God Chongyue will respond, it is unclear.


    With any luck, he''ll be able to respond quickly.


    If you are unlucky, it is not unusual to wait ten or eight years.


    Anyway, in terms of the lifespan of a true god, ten or eight years is just a blink of an eye.


    Several indigenous true gods had no intention of embarrassing Meng Zhang, and they politely explained the situation to Meng Zhang.


    They were going to entertain Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang had no interest.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar flew to a place not far from the kingdom of God Chongyue True God, and waited patiently with several indigenous True Gods.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t want to wait here for ten or eight years, and he didn''t want to see True God Chongyue making excuses to not see him.


    Although it is only a clone, it also has the strength of a true immortal.


    The breath released by Meng Zhang''s avatar swayed and pointed to the realm of God Chongyue.


    This avatar spoke loudly on purpose.


    His tone sounded polite, but his meaning was firm.


    He emphasized that he had received the order of the consciousness of the gods of the gods, and the aboriginal gods of the gods should cooperate fully.


    If there is someone who refuses to cooperate, he will definitely report to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm afterwards.


    For Meng Zhang''s threat, several indigenous true gods were very helpless.


    Meng Zhang also knew that the few indigenous true gods in front of him could not be the masters, and his words were for the true god Chongyue.


    Probably because Meng Zhang''s threat took effect, or because the True God Chongyue just happened to be free.


    Without making Meng Zhang wait too long, news came from the kingdom of God Chongyue that he was willing to meet Meng Zhang.


    Anyway, this is a clone, and Meng Zhang is not afraid of danger.


    The avatar of Meng Zhang flew directly to the realm of God Chongyue.


    True God Chongyue opened the door of the kingdom of God and put the avatar of Meng Zhang in it.


    The other indigenous true gods did not receive the order of the true god Chongyue, so naturally it is not easy to follow.


    They continued to wait outside the kingdom of God.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s avatar entered the kingdom of God, he sensed that the scene in front of him was constantly changing, and the space was constantly moving.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar did not resist, and allowed the True God Chongyue to act.


    Of course, he didn''t do nothing, and secretly used his spiritual sense to quickly scan the kingdom of God.


    The Kingdom of God is the home of the gods, and it can effectively block all kinds of detection methods.


    Meng Zhang''s strength is not necessarily much stronger than that of True God Chongyue.


    Even if his detection methods are excellent, it is impossible to detect too many things in such a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang''s biggest discovery was that the real god Chongyue was very deserted in the kingdom of God.


    When he thought about it, a true god with the identity of Chongyue True God also ruled over a vast territory, and there should be many gods and servants in the kingdom of God for his use.


    However, according to Meng Zhang''s observation just now, the number of divine servants and servants in this divine kingdom is extremely rare, and they mainly operate outside the divine kingdom.


    When Meng Zhang was about to continue his in-depth observation, he had already been moved to his destination.


    This is a seemingly ordinary hall.


    The entire hall was enveloped by strong divine power, effectively isolating Meng Zhang''s various detection methods.


    In front of Meng Zhang, stood a tall stone statue.


    When the avatar of Meng Zhang came here, the stone statue seemed to wake up suddenly and became a living person.


    Obviously, Meng Zhang came here as a clone, and True God Chongyue did not let his deity come out to receive him.


    Of course, because within his own Divine Kingdom, even if it is an incarnation, it still has extremely strong strength.


    True God Chongyue sent this stone incarnation, which was considered a reciprocal reception.


    Seeing that it was difficult to detect more things around, Meng Zhang focused his attention on the incarnation of the True God Chongyue in front of him.


    Anyway, this time he came to test the attitude of True God Chongyue, and it didn''t make much difference whether he was facing the deity or the incarnation.


    True God Chongyue seemed to be angry, and let the avatar come out to receive Meng Zhang''s avatar.


    While sighing that the other party was cautious, Meng Zhang also faintly felt that there might be something shameful about the other party''s deity.


    The incarnation of True God Chongyue kept staring at Meng Zhang, looking up and down without saying a word.


    Among the top true gods in the Shenchang Realm, the Chongyue True God is the oldest and has the highest status.


    When Meng Zhang faced the Azure Sea God, the fox and tiger''s prestige, even if the old tricks were repeated, would not have any effect on the true god Chongyue.


    Because of the strong protest of the blue sea god, and the dissatisfaction with Meng Zhang in the last incident, the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang realm has long since taken back Meng Zhang''s power to mobilize the indigenous gods of the Shenchang realm.


    Perhaps, ordinary native gods did not know the truth, and they were unable to refuse Meng Zhang''s orders because of Meng Zhang''s aura.


    However, the true God Chongyue sits here and suppresses Yin and Yang for many years, which shows that he is trusted and valued by the consciousness of the gods and the realm of heaven.


    Compared with the blue sea god, he communicated more with the consciousness of the gods of the gods and prosperous world.


    Unless it is the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm that comes on its own initiative, no matter whether it is a native of the Shenchang Realm or an outsider, it is impossible to overwhelm him.


    He agreed to meet Meng Zhang, not because he was afraid of Meng Zhang, but to show his respect for the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world.


    After all, what Meng Zhang received was the order of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm.


    As the big housekeeper who is loyal to the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm and manages the realm of Shenchang on his behalf, he will still cooperate when it is time to cooperate.


    Meng Zhang also understands these things, and with other intentions, this incarnation politely walks and worships to see the true god Chongyue.


    It seems that the other party is not a bad guest, and True God Chongyue also shows a bit of mastery.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was a foreign invader after all, and True God Chongyue would not be too polite to him.


    The incarnation of True God Chongyue asked Meng Zhang indifferently, what achievements did he have in tracking down the whereabouts of the Dao thief, and where did he need his cooperation?


    The so-called tracking down of Dao thieves is just an excuse for Meng Zhang to ask for a meeting.


    His real purpose was to test the True God Chongyue.


    Meng Zhang did not directly answer the question of the True God Chongyue, but talked about it.


    Meng Zhang first praised the extraordinary weather and good governance of the territory of the real God Chongyue, and focused on the Lianyue Mountains, the core part of the territory.


    Then, as if inadvertently, he talked about the several peaks in the core part of the Lianyue Mountains. They were magnificent and contained wonderful power, as if they were not naturally generated, but shaped by the strong.


    With a curious look, Meng Zhang politely asked True God Chongyue for advice on the origins and mysteries of these peaks.

 Chapter 2715

    The incarnation of True God Chongyue is made of stone, there is no expression on his face, and there is no ups and downs in the tone of his speech.


    True God Chongyue did not directly answer Meng Zhang''s question, but gently diverted the topic.


    Meng Zhang smiled and looked very generous, as if he didn''t mean to get to the bottom of this issue.


    He said that he was from the Junchen world, and asked True God Chongyue if he had heard of the name Junchen Xianzun.


    True God Chongyue said nothing, leaving Meng Zhang to chatter.


    Meng Zhang''s long speeches, talking about the origin of the Junchen world, and how the Junchen Immortal Venerable who shaped the Junchen world is amazing...


    Now that the topic was brought up to Xianzun Junchen, Meng Zhang seemed to be more interested in talking.


    He said that Immortal Venerable Junchen has vast magical powers, and has left secret arrangements in every big world in the Dengtian Star District. He wonders if True God Chongyue has heard of it.


    The incarnation of True God Chongyue is really a stone man at this moment, silent and without any movement.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, he couldn''t see whether there was any emotional change in the heart of this avatar.


    True God Chongyue was so calm, almost indifferent, and did not surprise Meng Zhang.


    He used the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen to secretly extract the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, which was a great secret and related to his life.


    It is basically impossible for Meng Zhang to let him show his flaws by attacking him from the side.


    Meng Zhang suddenly went straight to the point, straight to the point.


    He said that these peaks at the core of the Lianyue Mountains seemed to be the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    When True God Chongyue heard these words, he finally had a little reaction.


    He said that Meng Zhang thought too much. He had been sitting here for ten thousand years, but he had never seen any arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    If Meng Zhang has nothing else to do, then he will see off the guest.


    Meng Zhang told the True God Chongyue sincerely that he did not have any malicious intentions and came here to seek cooperation.


    He can guarantee that he will never leak any secrets about Jun Chen Xianzun, and he can also cooperate with True God Chongyue on this matter.


    True God Chongyue didn''t seem to feel Meng Zhang''s good intentions, and acted as if he couldn''t understand what Meng Zhang was saying.


    He very rudely told Meng Zhang that he heard that Meng Zhang was tracking down the whereabouts of the Dao thief and needed his own cooperation before he left the border temporarily.


    Meng Zhang is now chattering around, saying some inexplicable words, obviously not related to Dao thieves.


    Could it be that Meng Zhang was deliberately deceiving and teasing him?


    True God Chongyue''s appearance of being confused and ignorant did make Meng Zhang feel a little angry.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar has been in circles with True God Chongyue for so long, just to avoid over-stimulating the other party and try to discuss this matter with the other party.


    True God Chongyue is cautious. He can understand that it is meaningless if the other party refuses to acknowledge the account.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar''s tone suddenly became severe.


    He said that he had long noticed that the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm was constantly being lost.


    After careful investigation, the problem lies nearby.


    He is going to summon the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm to come, to see where the problem is?


    As soon as Meng Zhang finished speaking, he felt that the surrounding environment had changed drastically.


    In the space where this clone is located, the divine power that was originally thick, seemed to be boiling at this time, and began to whistled and surged.


    One after another, the overwhelming pressure continued to squeeze towards Meng Zhang''s avatar.


    The stone incarnation of True God Chongyue had a bit of a grim look on his face, and the cruel killing intent could no longer be concealed.


    Meng Zhang, the avatar of the wind and fire yin-yang fan, also has the strength of a true immortal, and can easily surpass the ordinary indigenous true gods in the Shenchang world.


    But at this time, the great pressure brought by True God Chongyue made him feel like he would fall at any time.


    Due to being in the kingdom of God, the connection between Meng Zhang''s avatar and the deity became intermittent and vague.


    Even if the clone falls, the deity may not be able to understand the specific situation in time.


    Of course, if the avatar really loses contact, the deity is not a fool, and he naturally knows that the negotiation failed, and True God Chongyue played a poisonous hand.


    At that time, the two sides will have no room for relaxation, and only have to attack each other by means of their own means.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to go this far.


    This clone laughed instead under great pressure.


    "Brother Chongyue, you are a discerning person. You should know that the deity in front of you is not the deity of this seat, but a clone."


    "Even if you kill this clone, you won''t achieve the purpose of killing people, and you will only completely anger this seat."


    "This seat has already said that this seat is here with good intentions, why do you always not believe it?"


    Meng Zhang''s prudence was not wrong. He let a clone come here, and he was already in an invincible position.


    "You are talking nonsense, trying to blackmail this god, and you dare to say that you have good intentions."


    Although the surrounding pressure has not decreased and the situation has not changed, it is a good thing that True God Chongyue is willing to communicate.


    Meng Zhang found that a guy like True God Chongyue is a cheap man. The more kind you are, the more he thinks you are weak.


    If you don''t have the idea of ??having a good communication with him, and directly threaten him with the secrets you have, you may have achieved your goal long ago.


    The kingdom of God isolates the inside and outside, shielding from outside exploration.


    Even if the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm came here, it would be difficult to see through everything in a short period of time.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang''s avatar had no scruples, and directly opened up everything.


    "Brother Chongyue may not know that after the destruction of Junchen Realm, Junchen Immortal Venerable relied on the backhand left long ago to resurrect, and then fought against the demon of my grasping heaven. This seat and my fellow disciples were unfortunately involved in it."


    "It is precisely because of this opportunity that I have a certain understanding of the arrangement of Jun Chen Xianzun''s stay in the Dengtian Star District."


    "You can''t hide from this seat with that little action of yours."


    When Meng Zhang said this, his heart suddenly moved.


    There is still a big difference between Immortal Dao and Shinto Dao, and the arrangement left by a top-level immortal like Jun Chen Xianzun is definitely not simple.


    True God Chongyue was able to activate the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun, and maybe he also got other help.


    With such an idea in mind, Meng Zhang''s avatar decided to cheat.


    "Brother Chongyue, I have to say, you are so courageous. In order to activate the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, you really dare to collude with anyone."


    "But even if you don''t worry, it''s still the same sentence, this seat is not malicious."


    "If this seat is really scheming, you just need to summon the consciousness of the heavenly path of Shenchang Realm to come, do you still have a way to survive?"


    I don''t know if it was a threat from Meng Zhang, or was moved by Meng Zhang''s words, the boiling divine power around him eased a little, and the killing intent released by this stone incarnation also a little restrained.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar was also slightly relieved when he saw this.


    It seems that True God Chongyue doesn''t want to die, so he should be able to communicate.

 Chapter 2716

    This avatar of Meng Zhang entered the kingdom of the Chongyue True God. When trying to communicate with the other party, Meng Zhang''s deity was hidden in a cave on the periphery of the Lianyue Mountains.


    The two places are not too far apart, and the main body and the clone have always kept the information in sync.


    However, since the clone entered the kingdom of God, especially after True God Chongyue urges his divine power, the connection between the two has become intermittent and blurred.


    Meng Zhang was no longer able to keep pace with the clone, so he could only issue some general instructions to let the clone play freely.


    There was also a considerable delay in the information sent back from the clone.


    After some testing, the clone found that True God Chongyue might really have colluded with others in order to control the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    The deity of Meng Zhang began to think about who Fang Sheng was colluding with the True God Chongyue.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang suddenly raised his head and looked above the cave.


    "Sect Master Meng, don''t be nervous, I have no ill intentions."


    Before he finished speaking, the long-lost Taoist emptiness appeared above the cave.


    Dao thief emptiness suddenly appeared and just found where he was hiding, which was a bit weird.


    Meng Zhang suppressed the urge to shoot and looked at the other party coldly.


    "Sect Master Meng has good eyesight and can actually see through the secret of that idiot Chongyue."


    "However, hasn''t Meng Sect Master heard that the more secrets people know, the faster they die."


    "Do you think that sending a clone to Chongyue''s Divine Kingdom is foolproof and can hide the deity''s deeds?"


    Dao thief Kong Xing didn''t go around in circles with Meng Zhang, and went straight to the point.


    Meng Zhang suddenly realized that the true god Chongyue didn''t know how to hook up with the Taoist emptiness.


    Although he is called a Dao thief, Ke Kong sex is still an out-and-out Daoist monk.


    He would definitely be able to see through the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Dao thieves often have many strange methods, and in many cases they can even leapfrog challenges.


    It is not unimaginable that emptiness can help True God Chongyue activate the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    As for why he did it, that goes without saying.


    Collusion with a top-level true god like Shang Chongyue True God will definitely help him in his plans for Shenchang Realm.


    The emptiness of the Dao Thief appeared here silently, which was a deterrent to Meng Zhang.


    It is precisely because of this deterrence that he did not mean to kill Meng Zhang, but had other intentions.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar had made a public appearance and must have been discovered by him long ago.


    To use the clone to find the whereabouts of the deity, it is not difficult for the great magician.


    Meng Zhang himself knew a lot of tricks.


    Among them, the one that made him the most dreaded was the celestial calculation, the causal secret technique.


    Meng Zhang himself is an excellent celestial master, and he does not have the same kind of feeling in Taoist emptiness.


    The people who are best at causal secret techniques are Buddhist experts, and it is not that there are no similar secret techniques in Taoism.


    If Dao Pi Kong Xing was really good at causal secret techniques, Meng Zhang would have to pay special attention.


    "Fortunately, it was me who discovered Sect Leader Meng. I have never been hostile to Sect Leader Meng."


    "Sect Master Meng, in fact, we shouldn''t be enemies."


    "You and the Dragon Race joined forces to invade the Shenchang Realm, and your plans are not trivial. It just so happens that I am also a little interested in the Shenchang Realm. You and I should have a foundation for cooperation."


    The Taoist emptiness had infected a group of Taiyi disciples last time. Meng Zhang knew that they could not be saved, so he could only reluctantly execute them.


    As the head of a faction, he would never compromise with the murderer who killed his disciple.


    Because of this incident, Dao Thief Kong has long been on Meng Zhang''s must-kill list.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had been in the cultivation world for many years, starting from the bottom, and he did not lack the smoothness that a cultivation practitioner should have.


    When needed, he didn''t mind having a conversation with the other party first to get more information.


    Of course, even inquiring about news requires a bit of skill.


    "As a Taoist thief, you are a public enemy of Taoism. I don''t think this seat will cooperate with you."


    Meng Zhang rudely reprimanded the other party.


    Dao Thief Kong Xing couldn''t help laughing.


    "What kind of virtue is a Taoist cultivator, Sect Master Meng doesn''t know."


    "For all kinds of interests, murders and treasures, betrayal of the master''s sect, and brother-in-law cannibalism has never been a lot."


    "There are many practitioners who collude with Buddhism, Shinto, and even the devil''s way."


    "Master Meng is still too young, and there is no expert guidance behind him, so he doesn''t know some secrets about Taoism."


    "Sect Master Meng, how do you think we, the Dao thieves in your mouth, have continued to this day."


    "You must know that there are many immortals and even golden immortals among the immortals who have chased and killed us."


    "If there is no protection of the same level of power, how can we escape the pursuit?"


    "We so-called Dao thieves have many immortal friends."


    "We help each other and benefit each other."


    "If the head of Meng wants to, he can also be our friend."


    ...


    The words of Taoist emptiness really have a bit of a demagogic effect, not to mention the meaning of suppressing people with power.


    Although Meng Zhang did not know whether what he said was true or false, some problems did exist.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t been determined and had goals long ago, he might have been persuaded by him.


    "Sect Master Meng, many big sects and big families in the cultivation world, on the surface, shouted at us, but secretly cooperated with us and obtained countless benefits, which made the sect and family grow."


    ...


    Dao Pi Kong Xing seemed to know what Meng Zhang needed, and offered many benefits that made him feel very tempting.


    "Stop talking nonsense, you suddenly appeared here, is it because you want to help True God Chongyue kill people?"


    Meng Zhang didn''t take care of other things, and focused on the front.


    Dao thief Kong smiled arrogantly.


    "Sect Master Meng misunderstood, I have no such thoughts."


    "Meng Sect''s strength is extraordinary, and he can summon the consciousness of Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm at any time. I won''t make fun of myself."


    "It''s just that looking at Sect Leader Meng''s actions, he also has a bad heart for Shenchang Realm."


    "You discovered the secret of that old guy in Chongyue, but you didn''t report it to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm."


    "What, are you trying to blackmail him and get any benefits?"


    "Actually, Sect Leader Meng doesn''t need to be so troublesome. What kind of benefits do you want, just say hello, and I will naturally let him offer it."


    From the beginning to the end, Dao Thief Kong was very polite to Meng Zhang, and he was very sincere to win over him.


    Meng Zhang had a feeling that if he accepted the emptiness of Dao Thief, the other party would even be willing to sacrifice the interests of the True God Chongyue.


    Obviously, in the eyes of Taoist thieves, Meng Zhang is more valuable to win over.


    Meng Zhang is not an ignorant child, he has learned about aisle thieves from many sources.


    Dao thieves used various means to deceive cultivators, including many immortals, and let them use them for their own use, and finally there were too many cases of harming the entire comprehension world.


    Don''t look at the fact that Dao Thief Kong Xing is so affectionate with Meng Zhang that he almost treats him as one of his own. But when needed, he would destroy Meng Zhang without hesitation, making him irreversible.

 Chapter 2717

    Meng Zhang originally saw through the secret of the True God Chongyue this time, and wanted to establish contact with him and seek cooperation.


    He didn''t think in advance that the True God Chongyue had colluded with Taoist emptiness.


    The emptiness of the Dao thief appeared in front of Meng Zhang now, and Meng Zhang had long been tempted to kill him, but he knew that the emptiness of the Dao thief could not be overcome by himself.


    If the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm is summoned, it may not be able to leave the emptiness of Dao Thief.


    On the other hand, the True God Chongyue was most likely to be spared.


    This situation is not in the interests of Meng Zhang, nor in the interests of Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan joined forces to invade the Shenchang Realm this time, which is related to the future of the Taiyi Realm and the cultivation path of the monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang can''t act according to his own likes and dislikes, he must take the overall situation into consideration and strive for the best results.


    In the face of Dao thief Kong''s coercion, he naturally wouldn''t waver.


    Among the parties in the Shenchang world, the most powerful is the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has various flaws, it can easily defeat all opponents by virtue of its absolute strength advantage.


    Meng Zhang hoped that he could take advantage of the emptiness of Dao thieves to attack and weaken the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, so that he could take advantage of the fisherman.


    But Taoist emptiness is not a fool, so why should he act according to Meng Zhang''s ideas?


    Possibly in the heart of Dao Thief Kong Xing, there is a similar idea to Meng Zhang, wanting Meng Zhang to be cannon fodder, and to first bear the pressure of the consciousness of heaven in the realm of Shenchang.


    They are well aware of each other''s thoughts, and they are very clear about the current situation.


    In the final analysis, no matter what plans they have for Shenchang Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is a roadblock that they cannot get around.


    Dao Pirates chattered so much, and he didn''t expect Meng Zhang to be moved by just a few empty words.


    He just wanted to leave an idea in Meng Zhang''s heart so that he could accept joining forces with the Dao Thief.


    Don''t look at Meng Zhang''s remarks about the emptiness of the thief, but the moment he saw the emptiness of the thief, he didn''t rush to take action, so he could know some of his inclinations.


    Dao thief Kong Xing didn''t care about Meng Zhang''s attitude.


    He said very generously that in order to express his sincerity, True God Chongyue is willing to cooperate with Meng Zhang fully.


    If Meng Zhang needs anything in the future, even if he asks True God Chongyue, he will definitely try his best to help.


    Dao Thief Kong Xing just finished saying these words, Meng Zhang sensed the connection between himself and his clone, and it became smooth again.


    True God Chongyue released the blockade of divine power, allowing Meng Zhang''s avatar to regain his freedom.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar did not bother much, and after saying goodbye to True God Chongyue, he took the initiative to leave the other party''s kingdom of God.


    Meng Zhang had already understood at this time that in the relationship between the True God Chongyue and the emptiness of the Dao Thief, the latter was obviously in a dominant position.


    It doesn''t make much sense for him to discuss and negotiate with True God Chongyue.


    If you really want to succeed, you still have to look at the attitude of thief emptiness.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang directly let his avatar return to his side.


    Daothikong took the initiative to express his willingness to cooperate, but Meng Zhang did not respond directly.


    Dao thief Kong Xing didn''t seem to care about Meng Zhang''s attitude.


    He has said so much and is not ready to continue nonsense.


    He has been observing Meng Zhang''s reaction, and he believes that he has seen through a lot of things.


    "Sect Master Meng, this is all I have to say. You have to think carefully about how to go in the future."


    "I have already explained it to Chongyue. If you have something to ask him in the future, he will try his best to cooperate."


    "By the way, Sect Leader Meng doesn''t know yet. Chongyue is also a man with lofty aspirations and has his own plans for the Shenchang Realm."


    "If Sect Master Meng doesn''t hurry up and let him seize the opportunity, all his efforts will be in vain."


    After Dao Thief Kong said the last few words meaningfully, his figure disappeared directly in front of Meng Zhang.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight at this time, he couldn''t quite see the means he was using.


    After Dao Thief Kongxing left, Meng Zhang remained silent for a long time before slowly regaining his senses.


    This time, he probed into the secret of True God Chongyue, but unexpectedly led to the emptiness of Taoism.


    It is not difficult to confuse True God Chongyue by means of Taoist emptiness.


    Meng Zhang is not going to betray them now, but is looking for opportunities that he can take advantage of.


    Meng Zhang''s main purpose was to create pressure on the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, to attack and weaken it.


    In this matter, the Dao Thief Kong nature will mostly cooperate with him silently.


    Meng Zhang''s main action is still to be placed in the underworld.


    The extraterritorial ghosts under Tai Miao have sneaked into the underworld for a short time, but they have already made certain achievements.


    Through hard work, Yin Jiu was able to meet the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, one of the top ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Yin Jiu didn''t hide it, she directly showed her identity, and revealed the origin of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    He told the Lord of Wangui that the foreign ghosts were about to invade the Shenchang realm in a large scale, turning the Shenchang realm into a ghost realm.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was originally an aboriginal god of Yang Shi.


    Later, he was killed by the enemy, and after suffering all kinds of torture, the spirit fell into the underworld, and after a series of opportunities, he transformed into a ghost.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has worked hard in the underworld for many years, and not only ranks among the top ghosts and gods in the underworld, but also builds a huge strength and gathers countless ghosts and ghosts.


    During the years in the underworld, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has never forgotten the torture he suffered in the Yang world.


    The hatred for Yang Shisheng was an important driving force for him to come this far.


    Counter-attacking Yang Shi and slaughtering Yang Shi''s souls are his biggest obsession and his biggest dream.


    In the history of Shenchang Realm, the Lord of Wangui seized every opportunity to attack Yang Shi many times.


    His status in the underworld was similar to that of the True God Rising Yang in the Yang world.


    Although every attack ended in failure and he suffered heavy losses in all aspects, it still had a huge impact on Yang Shi.


    He was never discouraged by failure and never gave up his plan to attack Yang Shi.


    For the obsession in his heart, he was even willing to pay any price.


    The reason why Yin Jiu looked for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was because of him.


    Yin Jiu is a genuine foreign ghost.


    Before he set off, Meng Zhang, a top-level celestial master, covered the celestial secret for him to avoid the calculations of other celestial masters.


    After some tests, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts believed in his origin.


    Yin Jiu told the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts that foreign ghosts are inclusive, and all ghosts and gods are welcome to join.


    If the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is willing to cooperate with the actions of the extraterritorial ghost clan, they will subvert the Shenchang Realm together. When the matter is completed, he will not only be able to join the foreign ghost clan smoothly, but also get his due status and various rewards.


    Although Yin Jiu is an outsider, he and Wangui King are both ghosts and gods.


    The creatures of Yang Shi belong to the world of Shenchang, but they are the object of his extreme hatred.


    For the obsession in his heart, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts does not exclude cooperation with foreign ghosts.


    For him, turning the entire Shenchang Realm into a ghost realm was exactly what he wanted.

 Chapter 2718

    Yin Jiu did not spend too much effort, and persuaded the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to agree to cooperate with the foreign ghost clan to subvert the Shenchang Realm together.


    Although Yin Jiu''s cultivation base is a little lower, he only has the strength of returning to the virtual level.


    But as a scout and vanguard sent by a ghost clan from outside the realm, it is barely reasonable. Such strength can barely protect oneself in the underworld.


    The most important thing is his identity as an extraterritorial ghost, not just his strength.


    Most of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm, including the ghosts and gods in the underworld, are ignorant and ignorant buns.


    However, many ghosts and gods in the underworld have heard of the names of ghosts outside the realm.


    The alien ghosts invaded various worlds, sneaked into the underworld, and destroyed the order of yin and yang...


    The actions of the extraterritorial ghosts are in line with the wishes of many ghosts and ghosts.


    Yin Jiu represents the ghost clan outside the realm, connecting with each other in the underworld, attracting and bribing all kinds of ghosts and gods.


    Especially after hooking up with the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he received his full support, and his actions became smoother.


    The extraterritorial ghost clan is famous for its fierce reputation, and few of the big worlds that are targeted by it can survive.


    These ghosts and gods in the underworld have to turn to the ghost clan outside the realm, whether for self-protection or for further ambitions.


    The ghosts and gods of the level of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts came forward directly, and they gathered all the forces in the underworld.


    Yin Jiu was brave enough, and was eager to make a contribution. He actually made a lot of noise in the underworld by telling a big lie and pretending to be the messenger of the ghost clan from outside the realm.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was bewitched by him, and he was preparing to organize an army of ghosts and gods in the underworld to invade the Yang world once again.


    He has to act as the leading party and cooperate with the actions of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    In addition to the powerful forces under his command, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is also one of several giants in the underworld, and has extensive influence in the underworld.


    Once he comes forward, he will soon be able to organize a powerful army of ghosts and gods.


    The task of Yin Jiu entering the underworld is to provoke the ghosts and gods of the underworld, attack the Yang world in a big way, destroy the order of Yin and Yang, and shake the foundation of the gods and prosperous world.


    After getting the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he did not stop there, but continued to contact all ghosts and gods.


    With the active help and support of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, even the ghosts and gods of the true god level would not dare to embarrass him.


    As their momentum grew, even the other top ghosts and gods in the underworld were disturbed one after another.


    For example, the veteran giants in the underworld, and the ghost mothers and mothers-in-law who are as famous as the Lord of the Ghosts, all send messengers to contact Yinjiu to discuss various matters.


    In just a few short years, Yin Jiu was able to make such a big move in the underworld and achieve such a big achievement. After receiving the report, Tai Miao praised it.


    Yin Jiu''s side progressed so quickly, and Yang Shi''s cooperation should also be stepped up.


    When the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm invaded the Junchen Realm on a large scale, the digital immortals tried their best to provoke the infighting of the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld, causing them to lose almost everything.


    Later, Tai Miao entered the underworld and learned about it from the memories of some born ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang was very interested in this, and spent a lot of energy to understand its related information.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, those true immortals first joined forces to cast a vicious curse technique, cursing the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld, causing them to lose their sanity and become impulsive and irritable.


    Then, they used a secret method to create a bait and threw it into the underworld.


    This bait is in the sense of ghosts and gods in the underworld, and it is an artifact with magical powers that makes them yearn for it.


    In order to compete for this divine artifact, the ghosts and gods of the underworld, under the provocation of several true immortals, began to fight and began to kill each other in a tragic manner.


    In the end, it led to the annihilation and loss of all the natural ghosts and gods in the underworld of the Junchen world.


    Only after that, did the major comprehension forces in the Yang World of Junchen World continue to infiltrate the underworld.


    The refining method of this decoy artifact comes from the Sanyang Xianzong of the Lingkong Xianjie.


    At that time, the distraction of Qingyang Tianxian was captured and suppressed by Meng Zhang and the others, and then thrown into the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    After Tai Miao''s long-term efforts, Qingyang Tianxian''s distraction was slowly absorbed and refined by Yuanhai.


    During this process, some memories of Qingyang Tianxian, some cultivation methods, etc., were also extracted and became the spoils of Taimiao and Meng Zhang.


    Among them, there is some content about the decoy artifact.


    Although they didn''t get the complete refining method from Qingyang Tianxian Distraction, after knowing its principles and characteristics, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao supplemented the missing parts.


    Ghosts and gods are barely a branch of Shinto.


    Among the inheritances that Meng Zhang accepted, there were many ways to deal with Shinto.


    Referring to his own heritage, he worked hard with Taimiao and completely mastered the refining method of the decoy artifact.


    There are a lot of materials needed to refine this decoy artifact, among which there are many rare treasures.


    In particular, some special materials born in the underworld are rarely seen in the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang rummaged through Taiyimen''s inventory, but couldn''t find enough.


    Fortunately, they have entered the world of Shenchang, which is rich in land and resources.


    Meng Zhang personally led the team and traveled all over the Shenchang realm before collecting a lot of needed materials.


    The Taiyi world is very close to a complete big world, and it also has the underworld.


    When the world of Junchen was destroyed, Taimiao worked hard to collect fragments of the underworld, as well as various precious materials from the underworld.


    Although the underworld of the Taiyi world still has various flaws, under the wonderful management, it already has the atmosphere of the underworld of the Junchen world.


    With the help of the Taiyimen monks, the Taiyi world began to cultivate various unique resources.


    After Meng Zhang gathered all the materials, he and Taimiao refined together.


    This decoy artifact does not have very high requirements on the art of refining, and it mainly tests the refiner''s cultivation and manipulation methods.


    After a lot of hard work, this decoy artifact was finally successfully refined.


    The appearance of this decoy artifact is a black crown, and layers of breath like flowing water are constantly flowing on the surface of the crown.


    Although I already knew that this decoy artifact had its own appearance, the moment I saw the finished product, I had an urge to take it as my own.


    Even with too wonderful concentration, it is difficult to control this impulse.


    He is Meng Zhang''s incarnation outside the body, and he is a god canonized by Meng Zhang. Although he has not yet escaped the innate shackles of ghosts and gods, it is difficult to be confused by foreign objects.


    He behaves like this, which shows the great temptation of this decoy artifact to ghosts and gods.


    In order to test its power, Tai Miao specially recruited several ghosts and gods from the underworld of Taiyi Realm.


    These ghosts and gods are all loyal to Taimiao on weekdays, including his followers.


    When they saw this decoy artifact, they seemed to have forgotten everything and could not be independent at all, and immediately began to snatch it.


    It was too wonderful to suppress them, but it took a lot of effort to wake them up.


    Despite being too wonderfully informed of the details of this artifact, and too wonderfully comforted, they couldn''t help but stare at the crown with greedy eyes.

 Chapter 2719

    This decoy artifact itself does not have much effect. Its only function is to stimulate the deepest greed in the hearts of ghosts and gods in the underworld, so that they can''t help but take it as their own.


    In fact, after you get it, you will find that this divine artifact has its own appearance, and it does not benefit the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    It took Meng Zhanghe Taimiao a lot of time and energy to refine this decoy artifact.


    In the blink of an eye, it has been seven or eight years since Taimiao sent the extraterritorial ghost clan to sneak into the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    During this period of time, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has not forgotten to track down the Dao thief.


    Meng Zhang was given a mission by him, but he has not made progress, which has made him dissatisfied.


    Logically speaking, for the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, less than ten years is just a short moment, and it is not so anxious.


    But it was this kind of reaction, which made Meng Zhang couldn''t help but guess.


    It seems that regarding the Dao thief, Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness still keeps secrets from himself.


    There are still some unknown entanglements between it and the Dao thief.


    Meng Zhang was very curious about this in his heart, but he couldn''t find out for the time being.


    No matter how anxious the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was, Meng Zhang still acted according to the original plan.


    Dao thieves have rich experience in sneaking into the big world, and they are especially good at evading and confusing the consciousness of heaven.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is huge, but its response is slow. Without Meng Zhang''s help, it is basically impossible to find out the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    At this time, after the concatenation of Yin Jiu, a broad consensus has been formed in the underworld, and a large-scale attack on Yang Shi is to be launched.


    This action convened by the Lord of the Ghosts is very important to the Lord of the Ghosts.


    Most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld focused their attention on him.


    In particular, the top ghosts and gods who are as famous as him will decide the next step depending on the success or failure of his actions.


    If the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts moves smoothly and successfully enters the Yang World, then other top ghosts and gods will soon follow in time and launch further offensives against the Yang World.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, who was eager to enter the Yang World, began to become cautious at this time, and carefully selected the breakthrough.


    In terms of where to choose as a breakthrough point, the subordinates of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, as well as other ghosts and gods who are friendly forces, debated a lot and could never reach an agreement.


    The Lord Wangui is indecisive and very embarrassed, unable to make a choice in time.


    On Yang Shi''s side, Meng Zhang was also helping the Lord of Wangui to find a breakthrough.


    In the territory of True God Chongyue, there used to be a huge passage that connected the world of Yang and the underworld.


    This passage is half naturally generated and half created by the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Many years ago, after True God Chongyue led the indigenous gods to defeat the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld, he worked hard to seal this passage.


    Due to various restrictions, the seal is not complete.


    After the passage was sealed, yin qi still came out from time to time, eroding everything around it.


    One of the major tasks of True God Chongyue is to strengthen the seal at any time to prevent ghosts and gods from passing through the underworld.


    At the very beginning, True God Chongyue could still perform his duties faithfully and work hard to complete the task.


    In recent years, True God Chongyue has been in seclusion in the kingdom of God all the year round, and has handed over the task to his subordinates.


    Over time, his subordinates also began to become slack.


    There are more and more flaws in the seal, and many places are beginning to be unstable.


    Of course, if that''s all, it''s not a big problem.


    The existence of the seal is still enough to block the passage and block the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Even if there are occasional omissions, the indigenous gods under the command of True God Chongyue can make up for it in time.


    Originally, after discovering the secret of True God Chongyue, Meng Zhang sent a clone to contact the other party, in order to threaten the other party to weaken the seal at a critical moment, so that the ghosts and gods in the underworld could open the channel.


    However, after discovering that the True God Chongyue was related to the emptiness of the Dao thief, Meng Zhang gave up this idea and was unwilling to expose his purpose to the emptiness of the Dao thief.

 Chapter 2720

    Since the True God Chongyue took refuge in the emptiness of Dao Pirates, he became Meng Zhang''s enemy.


    Even if the two sides have a lot of places to cooperate, Meng Zhang can only give up this idea, let alone show mercy to his men.


    Meng Zhang conveyed an order to Yin Jiu through the wonderfulness, and made every effort to facilitate the army of ghosts and gods under the command of the Lord of Wangui to attack the channel guarded by the true god Chongyue.


    During this period of time, Yin Jiu was very prosperous in the underworld. He was very trusted by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and respected by many ghosts and gods.


    But in such a major event of commanding the army, he was always an outsider with limited right to speak.


    Even in many cases, some ghosts and gods will deliberately guard against him to prevent him from interfering in the internal affairs of the Wangui Kingdom.


    Meng Zhang will not give orders that cannot be completed, and will try to cooperate with him.


    Meng Zhang sneaked into the Lianyue Mountains again.


    According to the information he had previously obtained, with the help of Taoist emptiness, True God Chongyue mastered the method of using Junchen Immortal Venerable to leave arrangements.


    He has been hiding in the kingdom of God, secretly absorbing the origin of the world of Junchen.


    In all these years, he has almost never stepped out of the kingdom of God.


    The last time Meng Zhang''s avatar went to visit, he used his avatar to receive him.


    Taoist emptiness saw through Meng Zhang''s mind and knew that Meng Zhang would not betray True God Chongyue easily, but would use this secret to maximize its value.


    True God Chongyue was quite convinced of the emptiness of the Taoist thief, and he did not panic because Meng Zhang saw through the secret.


    In recent years, he has remained in the kingdom of God as always, ignoring foreign affairs.


    Without the supervision of the immediate boss, after a long time, even loyal subordinates will inevitably become slack.


    Due to the prestige and strength of the True God Chongyue, his subordinates dare not easily give birth to the idea of ??betrayal, but they cannot avoid cheating and cheating and doing things that harm the public and private.


    In fact, those peripheral subordinates of True God Chongyue, that is, a group of indigenous gods who nominally surrendered to him, have long participated in the disputes in the Shenchang world and threw themselves into the camp of the Azure Sea God.


    The core territory of True God Chongyue is as calm as ever.


    The quiet time has been too long, and many of his native gods have become arrogant and arrogant, and he feels that no one will dare to provoke True God Chongyue.


    The core territory of True God Chongyue looks extraordinary and heavily guarded, but when Meng Zhang sneaks into it, he will find that there are many flaws here.


    The indigenous gods who were supposed to guard the yin and yang channel have relaxed their vigilance because they have not had anything to do for many years, and many guys have long since given up their responsibilities.


    After Meng Zhang sneaked in, he realized that it was not as difficult as he imagined.


    With his ability, it is simply like entering no one''s land.


    As long as he doesn''t make too much noise, he won''t disturb the native gods here.


    Meng Zhang freely entered and exited the core territory of True God Chongyue, especially in the Lianyue Mountains, and he carefully checked it several times.


    He wrote down the terrain and defensive situation here, and let Taimiao tell Yin Jiu.


    The Lianyue Mountains meander and delineate many valleys.


    Among them, a mountain range like a long snake is bent into a ring, enclosing a large area of ??land.


    On this land, the gap between yin and yang is relatively weak, and the entrance of the former yin and yang passage is here.


    Meng Zhang silently sneaked into it, leaving no trace.


    The land is huge, with hills, plains, lakes...


    It is gloomy here, and almost no creatures can survive.


    Even with the existence of a seal, yin qi would inevitably leak out of the yin and yang channel.


    According to the defensive arrangement, there should be at least three or more indigenous true gods stationed here at all times, and there are a lot of false gods and demigods used to assist.


    Unfortunately, these indigenous gods living in the Yang World did not like the environment here.


    Anyway, True God Chongyue doesn''t ask about foreign affairs now, no one supervises them, and there has been no incident for so many years.


    The indigenous true gods stationed here are reduced to one.


    This indigenous true god also deliberately stayed away from the yin and yang passage, and most of the time he found a place to sleep.


    The upper beam is not right and the lower beam is crooked, the true gods are like this, and those false gods and demigods are even more unbearable.


    After Meng Zhang infiltrated here, only occasionally could he see a false god or demigod.


    Listless, they are just messing around, without the slightest vigilance.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a professional geographer, his basic skills in surveying terrain and geolines are not bad.


    He quickly walked from the surrounding leylines, and found the location of the Yin-Yang channel in the fluctuations of space.


    Meng Zhang came to the front of a seemingly inconspicuous hill, took a step, the space rippling like water waves, and his figure disappeared immediately.


    When Meng Zhang''s figure reappeared, he came to a gray space.


    In this space, there is no distinction between up and down, left and right, and there is a strong Yin Qi and Death Qi everywhere.


    This is the special space between Yin and Yang.


    The special passage connecting the underworld and the yang world must pass through this special space.


    No wonder the native gods outside are unwilling to station here.


    The thick yin and deadness here is more than just uncomfortable.


    If it is soaked in it for a long time, it will not only greatly damage the cultivation base, but also cause the vitality in the body to flow away, thereby losing lifespan.


    Meng Zhang''s body is temporarily unaffected by the surrounding environment.


    He, who majored in Yin-Yang Avenue, even quickly adapted to the surrounding environment, feeling like a duck in water.


    A big world is so vast, it is impossible for every place to be complete, and it is impossible for the rules of heaven and earth in every place to be completely normal.


    This place is where the rules of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm are distorted, resulting in an imbalance of yin and yang.


    The ghosts and gods of the underworld back then discovered this place, took advantage of the special features here, and worked together to open up a channel of yin and yang.


    After the ghosts and gods were defeated, this passage was sealed.


    The native gods who are not in the Yang World do not want to completely destroy the passage, so as to solve the problem once and for all.


    But the appearance of the channel, the main root cause is still related to the flaws in the rules of heaven and earth.


    If this passage is completely destroyed, it will definitely hit the rules of heaven and earth here, leading to a more serious problem of imbalance of the rules of heaven and earth.


    Of course, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm does not want to see such a situation appear.


    Back then, True God Chongyue joined a number of indigenous gods and set up a seal to temporarily cut off this passage.


    No matter how strong the seal is, the power will slowly weaken over time.


    The indigenous gods, who were supposed to maintain and reinforce the seal on a daily basis, were perfunctory and did not complete their work at all.


    After so many years, the power of the seal has become weaker and weaker, and it has become more and more difficult to completely cut off the yin and yang channels.


    The more and more thick yin qi leaked out from the underworld, and the rules of the underworld even began to affect the surrounding.

 Chapter 2721

    In the underworld, Yin Jiu had already received the order conveyed by Meng Zhang through Tai Miao.


    Since Meng Zhang wanted to use the place where the Chongyue True God was stationed as a breakthrough, and let the army under the Wangui Kingdom attack there first, then Yin Jiu had to make every effort to facilitate it.


    Yin Jiu himself is not easy to come forward, and it is not very useful to come forward.


    To make this happen, it takes some skill and detours.


    Yin Jiu took the initiative to suggest to the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts that since everyone has a lot of controversy about where to choose as a breakthrough, it is better to dispatch a number of ghosts and gods who are proficient in space avenues to go to the existing Yin and Yang channels to investigate on the spot.


    If you can find a suitable yin and yang channel from it, it is best.


    If it is not suitable, then only find a new channel of yin and yang.


    Yin Jiu''s suggestion was very reasonable, and the Lord Wangui quickly adopted it.


    It didn''t take long for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to send a number of trusted ghosts and gods to investigate everywhere.


    This yin and yang passage above the territory of True God Chongyue has encountered a large-scale invasion by the army of the underworld.


    It was the Lord Wangui who led the army to attack here.


    The Lord Wangui personally led a few of his subordinates to investigate, which was considered a revisit to the old place.


    During this period of time, Yin Jiu, who was quite favored in front of him, was also brought along by him.


    The connection between Yin Jiu and Tai Miao is very close and hidden, even the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is difficult to see through.


    After Yin Jiu set off with the Lord Wangui, Taimiao has been using secret methods to follow his movements and keep Meng Zhang informed.


    Meng Zhang sneaked into the vicinity of the Yin-Yang Passage from Yang Shi, and he hid himself without revealing any traces.


    The Lord Wangui took Yin Jiu and the others, and it didn''t take long before they came to the vicinity of the Yin and Yang passage leading to the territory of the True God Chongyue.


    Around the entrance of this passage, it is unobstructed and very wide, suitable for the passage of large armies.


    But on the other side of the exit, it was sealed by the indigenous gods of Yangshi.


    The Lord Wangui revisited his hometown after many years, and he sighed deeply in his heart.


    The scale of that war was huge back then, and both the underworld and the yang world paid a heavy price, and finally attracted the attention of the consciousness of the gods and the realm of heaven.


    In the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, the side in charge of the Yang world is very dissatisfied with the ghosts and gods headed by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    Fortunately, in the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, it is in charge of the underworld, thinking that these ghosts and gods are indispensable to the underworld, and have always protected them.


    Chaos broke out in the huge consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, as if it were a schizophrenic patient.


    Although the chaos lasted for a short time, it caused a lot of damage to the Shenchang Realm.


    Probably learned the lesson of this time, the different aspects of the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world will try to avoid direct conflict from now on.


    After the defeat of the Wangui King, he was seriously injured and it took many years to recover.


    He knew that the person guarding the opposite side was the True God Chongyue.


    True God Chongyue is not an easy master to deal with, and thinking of his failure back then, he felt that this place might be bad for him.


    In fact, in the minds of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he is more inclined to open up a new channel of yin and yang, which is more likely to have unexpected effects and is more conducive to seizing the opportunity at the beginning of the war.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had already passed Tai Miao and knew that Yin Jiu had followed the Lord Wangui to the opposite side of the Yin-Yang passage.


    The entrance and exit of the Yin-Yang Passage on the Yang World side should be guarded by indigenous gods around the clock on weekdays.


    But the environment here is too bad, the indigenous gods who are responsible for guarding work are far away, and occasionally come to check.


    Since there has been no change here for many years, the guards are more routine and generally do not check carefully.


    Meng Zhang came here without encountering any obstacles.


    Meng Zhang looked around, but there was no sign of the guarding indigenous gods coming.


    He took out the decoy artifact he had made with Taimiao.


    He gently pushed the divine tool, allowing its power to slowly penetrate toward the opposite side of the Yin-Yang channel.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not stay on the opposite side of the Yin-Yang passage for long, and he was about to lead his men to leave.


    Suddenly, he suddenly looked up into the air, his face full of surprise.


    An illusory crown loomed in the air ahead, exuding a special aura.


    Even with the concentration of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he was attracted by this crown and stared intently.


    The ghosts and gods behind him are even more unbearable.


    Including Yin Jiu, as soon as they discovered the crown, inexplicable greed arose in their hearts, and they could not wait to take the crown as their own immediately.


    The decoy artifact did not appear physically, and its aura alone could not hold back these ghosts and gods with profound cultivation.


    Finally, a ghost with the worst concentration could not bear it any longer, and regardless of the presence of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he immediately rushed towards the crown in front of him.


    "Bold."


    "presumptuous."


    ...


    Several other ghosts and gods shouted angrily, while also pounced on the crown.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is not only the most profound in cultivation, but also has the deepest concentration.


    He struggled to overcome that instinctual temptation and regained his sanity.


    He waved his hand, and in the eyes of other ghosts and gods, a gray mist enveloped the crown.


    The crown flickered a few times, then disappeared completely.


    "Look at the way you look, it''s just a vicious dog."


    "This is just an illusory scene. It''s not that there are real treasures there. You bastards, you can''t even tell the truth from the fake."


    Following the scolding of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the suppression of his aura, the other ghosts and gods calmed down and bowed their heads in shame in front of him.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts paused for a while before continuing: "I can''t blame you for your incompetence for this matter."


    "This treasure should be on the other side of the passage. For some reason, its power was stimulated, and the breath penetrated this side."


    "Even this seat, in front of the breath of this treasure, almost lost his temper."


    "This treasure is not simple. I don''t know why it fell on the opposite side of the passage."


    ...


    The Lord Wangui didn''t hide his thoughts in front of these cronies.


    Including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, all the ghosts and gods present have an intuition in their hearts, as long as they can get that treasure, it will definitely be of great benefit to them.


    The instinct of their ghosts and gods seems to be constantly urging them to seize this treasure.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was worried that he would scare the snake, so he alerted the other side of the passage, and then he forcibly suppressed the urge to shoot immediately.


    Under the prestige of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, the other ghosts and gods did not dare to act rashly, but they all showed an uncontrollable eagerness to move.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has an urge to immediately break the seal on the passage, go to the opposite side alone, and seize the treasure.


    It was difficult for him to resist this urge.

 Chapter 2722

    After all, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has a deep concentration, and he has not lost his mind yet, and he can still maintain sufficient sobriety.


    He began to think in his heart, what the hell is going on?


    The treasure with the crown crown is obviously very good for the ghosts and gods, so that he can''t stand the temptation and wants to possess it immediately.


    But why does the treasure appear on the opposite side of the yin and yang passage, and why does it permeate the breath of power?


    He displayed a secret technique, trying to look at the opposite side through the yin and yang channel.


    Although the seal on the opposite side was much looser than before, it was still strong enough.


    The main power of this seal is mostly concentrated on the side facing the underworld.


    Not only does it isolate the yin and yang channels, but it also prevents prying eyes from ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts can''t see clearly.


    It was only vaguely discovered that the crown seemed to have a special spirituality.


    It seems to be suppressed by some kind of force, and is struggling desperately, trying to get rid of the suppression.


    During the struggle, some breath and strength penetrated and slowly penetrated into the underworld.


    ...


    There are many things that the Lord of the Ghosts has not seen too clearly, and there are still many doubts.


    There is no way, after all, yin and yang are separated, and he can see that these things are not easy.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was a little suspicious.


    Is there an aboriginal god on the opposite side who deliberately arranged this treasure, trying to tempt the ghosts and gods of the underworld to grab it, and then snatch it all up.


    This treasure appeared too suddenly, it was indeed a bit like a trap, and the whole thing revealed a strong conspiracy atmosphere.


    However, if this is really a trap, what is the other party''s purpose?


    The aboriginal gods in the world of Shenchang Realm don''t look at the high-ranking, human-like and dog-like on weekdays.


    But they have always been full of fear and respect for the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Every time the ghosts and gods of the underworld invaded the Yang world, it was a huge disaster for the Yang world.


    The relationship between the native gods of the Yang World and the ghosts and gods of the underworld in the Shenchang world is like that of the Central Plains Dynasty and the warlike frontier nomads in the mortal world.


    Most of the time, it is the ghosts and gods of the underworld who take the initiative to invade the Yang world, and the native gods of the Yang world rarely provoke the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    As for the case of the Yang World invading the underworld, it has never happened.


    The Lord Wangui has too little information. After thinking about it for a while, he still can''t understand it.


    Among the many ghosts and gods in the underworld, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is a scheming and scheming person most of the time.


    But in him, there is still the kind of viciousness and arrogance unique to ghosts and gods.


    If you don''t understand it, just put it aside for now.


    For that treasure, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has the will to win it.


    He decided to change some of his original ideas, and was going to personally lead the army here to break the Yin-Yang channel and enter the Yang World directly.


    This approach is the most direct and often effective.


    No matter what kind of intrigues and tricks there are on the opposite side, he led the army to kill it and directly tore everything to shreds.


    Most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld often have strong psychological advantages when facing the native gods of the Yang world.


    Many ghosts and gods, including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, believe that if it weren''t for the partiality of the consciousness of the heavens in the realm of Shenchang, the ghosts and gods of the underworld would have defeated the native gods of the Yang world long ago.


    The Lord Wangui felt that as long as he was willing to pay the price, it would not be difficult to lead the army to break the Yin-Yang channel.


    After entering the Yang World, the first person to face is the True God Chongyue and his subordinates.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts asked himself if he could be invincible against this old opponent.


    Even if there is an accident, he can at least return to the underworld completely.


    Originally, the Lord Wangui wanted to open up a brand-new Yin-Yang channel because he wanted to take less risks and minimize losses.


    Now, for that treasure, he is willing to take huge risks and pay losses.


    Anyway, it was originally intended to attack Yang Shi, and choosing there as a breakthrough was not as important as imagined.


    After the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts made up his mind, he immediately took action.


    He left two ghosts and gods to guard here, and he rushed back immediately, leading the army to get here as soon as possible.


    When Yin Jiu was bewitching the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and other ghosts and gods, he had already said that the foreign ghosts were about to launch a large-scale invasion of the Shenchang Realm.


    The extraterritorial ghost clan has a way to contain the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world, they only need to deal with the indigenous gods of the Yang world.


    The Lord Wangui didn''t completely believe Yin Jiu''s words.


    But who cares, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts himself is the biggest fighting faction in the underworld, and what he has been pursuing tirelessly is to enter the world of Yang.


    For this, he is willing to pay a huge price.


    After the Lord Wangui left the other side, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    His action this time was very smooth and successfully achieved his goal.


    This decoy artifact has been improved by him and Taimiao, and it is far better than the one used by Ziyang Zhenxian and the others.


    Meng Zhang just used this decoy artifact to lure the ghosts and gods on the opposite side, and he also tried hard to hide himself and created various illusions.


    Since the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has already taken the bait, there is no need for him to stay here for a long time.


    In fact, if Meng Zhang wanted to, he could take advantage of the opportunity of the aboriginal gods'' lax defense to destroy or even completely destroy the seal in front of him.


    The main power of this seal is used to guard against the underworld, and the Yang world has more flaws.


    As soon as it comes, the army of ghosts and gods in the underworld cannot be allowed to enter the yang world so easily. It has to cause a little trouble for them and make them pay more casualties.


    Huge casualties can create more hatred.


    Second, if Meng Zhang really did this, it would be very difficult to hide from the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Now is not the time to completely turn against the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang still needs to continue to confuse and use each other.


    Meng Zhang quickly left here.


    He did not leave the territory of True God Chongyue, but instead came to the core of the Lianyue Mountains, wanting to investigate in depth the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    At the core of the Lianyue Mountains, several huge peaks formed a circle, as if they were pillars inserted into the sky.


    True God Chongyue moved his kingdom of God many years ago, and just placed it in the middle of these mountains.


    What he said to the outside world was to monitor the yin and yang passages nearby and do everything possible to prevent the intrusion of ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    The last time Meng Zhang asked his clone to come here, he did a rough reconnaissance of the kingdom of God and the surrounding area.


    True God Chongyue''s Divine Kingdom covers a large area, wrapping all the sites between these mountain peaks, and directly connecting these mountain peaks.


    Meng Zhang came to these peaks and stopped temporarily.


    Ahead is the realm of God Chongyue.


    A god''s kingdom of gods is the most critical place for gods, and gods control almost every corner of the kingdom of gods perfectly.


    If Meng Zhang sneaks in rashly, it is very likely that he will touch the sense of the kingdom of God, thereby alarming the True God Chongyue.

 Chapter 2723

    A true god of Chongyue alone, even if he discovers Mengzhang''s deeds, he can''t help Mengzhang.


    As long as Meng Zhang is not stupid enough to fall into the siege of many aboriginal true gods, he can come and go freely here.


    What he is really afraid of is the emptiness of Taoism hidden in the dark.


    Dao Thief Kong has vast supernatural powers, and if it cooperates with True God Chongyue, it has the ability to severely injure or even kill him.


    However, the whereabouts of this fellow Dao Thief Kong Xing is erratic. He has always been wandering around the Shenchang Realm, and he may not be nearby now.


    Especially after Meng Zhang met him in the neighborhood last time, don''t look at him as if he was trusting Meng Zhang, but with his suspicious nature, he would definitely not believe Meng Zhang.


    In case Meng Zhang was really desperate, taking advantage of his unpreparedness, and summoning the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm to come here, he would have to pay a heavy price even if he could escape.


    Therefore, he probably left here early.


    With the behavior of a thief, no one will be able to control his whereabouts.


    Of course, out of scruples about him, Meng Zhang would rather be cautious than take unnecessary risks.


    Meng Zhang would not infiltrate the real god Chongyue''s kingdom, that would be too dangerous.


    Last time Dao Thief Kong found him through his clone, and he won''t make the same mistake this time.


    Meng Zhang first carefully observed the surrounding terrain, surveyed the direction of the geology, and observed several mountain peaks from a distance...


    According to his observation, the core of the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is between several mountain peaks.


    And that place has long been wrapped up in the kingdom of God Chongyue True God.


    From the outside, you can''t see through the mystery of this arrangement, let alone control it.


    In Meng Zhang''s observation, the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm was slowly draining away, and then secretly flowed into the kingdom of God ahead.


    According to what I had said at the time, Immortal Jun Chen would soon be able to drain the origin of the world in every big world as long as he activated these arrangements.


    True God Chongyue used this arrangement to extract the source of heaven and earth very slowly.


    It is possible that he did this on purpose in order to hide the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm.


    It is also possible that he was limited in his ability and did not fully grasp the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    It is more likely that Dao Thief Kong Xing kept a hand on him and concealed some key things.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to leave this time, but was prepared to observe for a long time here.


    After a period of observation, he found that in the kingdom of God ahead, there is a vast consciousness, often wandering in the kingdom of God.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar had come into contact with the incarnation of the True God Chongyue, and he remembered its breath.


    This vast consciousness should belong to True God Chongyue.


    I don''t know why, the kingdom of God Chongyue didn''t wrap all those peaks in it, but just connected it together.


    Most of these peaks are still outside the kingdom of God.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, this should be the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, which conflicts with the Kingdom of God in some respects.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue would occasionally stick out of the kingdom of God and wrap around the peaks.


    At this time, the peaks would emit a faint glow, as if some kind of force had been touched.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue seems to have grown a little bit stronger after such an encounter.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he could see at a glance that this was some kind of special cultivation method.


    This kind of cultivation method must rely on the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun in order to proceed smoothly.


    Dao Thief Kong Xing specially reminded Meng Zhang last time that True God Chongyue has great ambitions and has a special plan for the realm of Shenchang.


    The thief emptiness will not aimlessly, he is exposing the secret of the true god Chongyue.


    After observing the practice of True God Chongyue for a while, Meng Zhang seemed to have a faint feeling.


    When Meng Zhang sneaked into the vicinity of the Chongyue True God Kingdom, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts in the underworld was not idle.


    He had been organizing an army for a long time, and all the preparations were almost completed.


    It''s just that the breakthrough has not been determined, and the army has not acted.


    Now, he has decided to launch an attack on the yin and yang channel guarded by True God Chongyue, and the army will soon set off.


    The elite army he personally led set out from his own territory, and along the way, ghosts and gods from all over the world joined his army.


    A team began to mobilize, advancing towards the Yin-Yang channel from all sides.


    The army led by the Lord of the Ghosts continued to grow along the way, constantly gathering reinforcements from all over the underworld.


    After a few months, the army he personally led arrived at its destination.


    The underworld in Shenchang Realm is too vast, and some places have only begun to mobilize, and some reinforcements have not had time to arrive here.


    At this time, many ghosts and gods are still gathering in various places and are coming from all directions.


    On weekdays, the ghosts and gods in the underworld have many disputes and fight endlessly, and even wars often break out.


    But once a ghost and gods shouted and led an army to attack the Yang world, the ghosts and gods in the entire underworld would immediately stop fighting and set their targets on the Yang world.


    They will support the attack of the army in various ways.


    Many ghosts and gods will join the army from far away.


    This time, it was a massive invasion by the Wangui Kingdom Organization.


    Among the ghosts and gods in the underworld, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts attacked Yang Shi the most frequently, and was most keen to attack Yang Shi.


    After the last defeat, the underworld had not organized a large-scale attack on the Yang world for a long time.


    After a long period of peace, the accumulated power erupted, the entire underworld began to boil, and the ghosts and gods seemed to fall into a frenzy.


    What''s more, there have long been rumors that foreign ghosts will launch a large-scale invasion of Shenchang Realm.


    The powerful foreign ghosts are the natural allies of ghosts and gods.


    The news spread by Yin Jiu greatly boosted the fighting spirit of the ghosts and gods.


    At this time, even those ghosts and gods who are hostile to the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts on weekdays will not jump out to make trouble, and will only hope that his actions will be successful.


    Top-level ghosts and gods such as ghost mothers and grandmothers who are cautious enough and at the same time ambitious, even if they will not join for the time being, are still watching, but they will also provide various assistance to the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The ghost mother-in-law did not lead the army to dispatch herself, but she did not prevent the ghosts and gods under her from joining the army of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts as a person.


    No need to mobilize, many fanatical ghosts and gods under her command went to join the army of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts early.


    Similar scenes are taking place in other top ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    It is the wish of all ghosts and gods in the underworld to launch a large-scale attack on Yang Shi, and it is the general trend.


    Even without the actions of Meng Zhang and Yin Jiu, when the peace lasted too long, the ghosts and gods of the underworld would still launch an all-out attack on Yang Shi.


    Even the side of Yang Shi, the director of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness in Shenchang Realm, could not stop this kind of action.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is in charge of the underworld side, and will only encourage and support this kind of action.


    The different aspects of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang Realm have different concepts and behaviors.

 Chapter 2724

    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is in charge of the underworld. I don''t know if it is affected by the rules of the underworld. His nature is very violent and bloodthirsty.


    His consistent point of view is that constant disputes, fierce battles and even wars are the way of evolution for the souls of the Shenchang world and the Shenchang world itself.


    A long-term peace will only make the native gods weak and unmotivated.


    On the other hand, the side of Yang Shi, who is in charge of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, does not agree with this view at all.


    Because of its strength, it dominates the rules of the world of Shenchang.


    He was unwilling to let the indigenous gods break out into a large-scale civil war, wasting their power in vain.


    There are disputes in the different aspects of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, but generally there will not be too fierce direct battles, and they are all fought through indirect means.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is in charge of the underworld. Not only does he practice his ideas in the underworld, but he also supports and encourages the ghosts and gods of the underworld to invade the Yang world and provoked a battle with the Yang world.


    Therefore, it is absolutely impossible for the ghosts and gods of the underworld in the Shenchang world to attack the Yang world on a large scale.


    After the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts gathered a certain amount of strength, he began to act.


    At this time, there are still many ghosts and gods coming from all directions.


    It is impossible for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to wait until all the ghosts and gods have arrived before starting to act.


    Anyway, the next battle with Yang Shi still needs more cannon fodder, and those ghosts and gods who come later will come in handy.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts gathered a group of powerful ghosts and gods.


    Wave after wave of powerful forces rushed towards the seal like a tide.


    The long-established, unmaintained seal activates spontaneously, unleashing its power to fend off the attacks of ghosts and gods.


    Huge forces began to clash inside the Yin-Yang channel, causing the entire channel to vibrate violently.


    The vibration is transmitted to the Yang world through the place where Yin and Yang are separated.


    On the land surrounded by the Lianyue Mountains, wave after wave of earthquakes erupted, and the entire earth trembled.


    No matter how slow the native gods stationed here are, they should have reacted at this time.


    With such a big movement, the seal must have been attacked.


    At the thought of the ghosts and gods in the underworld starting to attack the world of Yang, these indigenous gods who had enjoyed a peaceful life for too long were terrified and at a loss.


    Fortunately, not all native gods are so useless.


    Finally, some guys barely calmed down and reported to True God Chongyue while checking and strengthening the seal.


    When he received the news that the ghosts and gods in the underworld attacked the seal, True God Chongyue had just completed a routine practice.


    True God Chongyue is really unwilling to leave the kingdom of God.


    Using the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, his plan just came to a critical juncture, and it is really not appropriate to interrupt it casually.


    Logically speaking, when a major event such as the invasion of the underworld occurred, True God Chongyue should rush over to check the situation and decide how to deal with it.


    If the scale of the underworld invasion is not large, and it can be solved by the power he possesses alone, that''s okay to say.


    If there are too many ghosts and gods invading the underworld, he can''t resist it, so he will ask for help from other native gods in the Yang world.


    True God Chongyue hesitated for a while, but still did not leave the kingdom of God.


    He has many native gods under his command, and many of them are useful.


    True God Chongyue ordered all the native gods under his command to mobilize to guard the yin and yang passage.


    When Meng Zhang sneaked into the vicinity of the Yin-Yang tunnel, although he didn''t move the seal at all, he observed it directly, and had already seen through its operation, and he had also figured out how to crack it.


    The sealing technique displayed by the native gods of Shenchang Realm is primitive and crude, and the utilization efficiency of power is extremely low.


    Meng Zhang''s own accomplishments in the art of sealing are not shallow, and he does not despise such crude seals at all.


    The cracking method that Meng Zhang researched was passed on to Yin Jiu by Tai Miao.


    Yin Jiu actively suggested to the Lord of Wangui, and offered the skills to break the seal.


    The extraterritorial ghost clan is well-known, and the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is about to see its means.


    He and the ghosts and gods under him acted according to Yin Jiu''s advice, and soon achieved great results.


    The seal, which was originally lacking maintenance and had many flaws, experienced a number of breaches and began to crumble.


    The powerful power of the ghosts and gods was projected from the gap to the other side of the yin and yang channel.


    Yin Jiu''s advice was so effective that the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was amazed at the methods of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    He didn''t know that this was the crushing of the backward Shinto civilization by the cultivation civilization.


    Those indigenous gods who came to reinforce from all directions, just arrived, and their footing was unstable, they were attacked by the power projected by the ghosts and gods into the Yang World.


    The native gods are in a hurry to parry, and they have to work hard to repair and protect the seal.


    True God Chongyue, who has been staying in the kingdom of God, does not know what happened here.


    He was full of confidence in the seal that he had laid with his own hands.


    He didn''t know that the seal had not been effectively maintained for many years, and many problems had already occurred.


    He couldn''t imagine how much the cracking technique proposed by Meng Zhang would threaten the seal.


    Although True God Chongyue did not leave the kingdom of God, he thought he had made the correct response.


    Relying on the seal, the native gods under his command can at least hold it for a long time.


    After the specific battle situation on the front line came back, he would decide the next move.


    An unprecedented loud noise shook the territory of True God Chongyue, and the entire mountain range of Yueyue shook.


    The seal placed by True God Chongyue was completely broken.


    The ghosts and gods under the command of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts shouted excitedly, all of them looking like crazy.


    The start was so smooth, the Lord Wangui didn''t even think of it.


    Experienced in hundreds of battles, he did not hesitate at all, and immediately arranged for the ghosts and gods to pass through the Yin-Yang channel in an orderly manner, killing Xiangyang World at full speed.


    The yin and yang passages have limited traffic capacity. If there is no good organization, and the violent ghosts and gods are allowed to pass freely, I am afraid that they will be completely blocked soon.


    The experienced Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts deterred all the ghosts and gods, and made them act strictly according to their orders.


    A team of elite ghosts and gods first appeared on the land of Yang World through the Yin-Yang channel.


    The indigenous gods who just came over saw this scene and couldn''t help but feel a sense of despair in their hearts.


    True God Chongyue has always been low-key in Shenchang Realm, with few enemies, and almost no indigenous gods will take the initiative to provoke him.


    The indigenous gods under his command seem to be powerful, but they have been shunned for a long time and have no experience in fighting the enemy for many years.


    The ghosts and gods broke the seal so easily, beyond the imagination of all the native gods.


    The ghosts and gods came so quickly and easily appeared in the Yang World, which caught them off guard.


    A fierce battle broke out not far from the Yin-Yang Channel.

 Chapter 2725

    After breaking the seal, the ghosts and gods smoothly passed through the yin and yang channel. It seemed that the battle was going well, but the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts knew that it was not yet time to relax.


    After the ghosts and gods of the underworld enter the Yang world, they will be suppressed by the rules of the Yang world.


    In light cases, the combat power is greatly reduced, and in heavy cases, he is directly injured by the power of heaven and earth.


    After the ghosts and gods with higher cultivation base entered the Yang World, the more severe the suppression they were subjected to.


    Near the yin and yang passage, because it is close to the underworld, it has been affected by the yin qi and the rules of the underworld for a long time, and the ghosts and gods have not been suppressed too much.


    But once they leave here, move towards the surroundings and expand the attack range, they will definitely be suppressed more powerfully.


    The last time Meng Zhang was plotted by the Lava Vulcan in the Cathode Jedi and besieged by ghosts and gods in the underworld, it was because of the special environment of the Cathode Jedi, which blocked the suppression of the rules of the world.


    If the ghosts and gods in the underworld want to expand and conquer cities in the Yang world, it is impossible for them to stay in one place all the time.


    Generally speaking, there are two solutions to this problem.


    One is the side of the underworld that is in charge of the heavenly consciousness of the Shenchang world, and it actively provides shelter to these ghosts and gods, so that they are not suppressed by the rules of heaven and earth in the yang world.


    However, the conditions for this to occur are very harsh.


    Because this is likely to lead to a fight between different aspects of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    The other is that after the ghosts and gods of the underworld invaded the Yang world, they spent a lot of resources to build a special kind of sky.


    Within the cover of the sky, it can greatly reduce the suppression of the rules of the world.


    With the expansion of ghosts and gods in the Yang World, the sky curtains built will also expand.


    The shrouded area of ??the sky is so large that it can even create a vast world of ghosts and ghosts, turning the yang world into the underworld.


    The ghosts and gods who have now entered the Yang world must work hard to defend the Yin-Yang channel and cannot be driven back by the indigenous gods.


    On the other hand, under the siege of the enemy, they must build the sky curtain as soon as possible.


    Only by building the sky can the ghosts and gods have a foothold. This massive invasion of Yang Shi was considered a preliminary success.


    The ghosts and gods from the underworld and the indigenous gods under the command of the true god Chongyue sacrifice their lives here.


    These native gods, despite their shortcomings, have already missed opportunities.


    But at this time, they all had to suppress the fear of ghosts and gods in their hearts and began to work hard.


    Once the ghosts and gods have a firm foothold in the Yang World, and then expand, the territory of the true god Chongyue is the first to suffer, and these indigenous gods are the first victims.


    For their own territory, for their own kingdom of God, they must block the ghosts and gods here.


    The battle situation ahead was continuously spread by the indigenous gods to the kingdom of Chongyue Zhenshen.


    True God Chongyue knew that due to his carelessness, the ghosts and gods entered the world of Yang.


    If they are not stopped in time, the situation will soon deteriorate further.


    A stone giant left the kingdom of God Chongyue and strode towards the battlefield ahead.


    Meng Zhang, who had been observing in the dark, felt a little strange in his heart.


    At this point, True God Chongyue is still unwilling to leave the kingdom of God, and would rather let an avatar go to the front line.


    What secret is the True God Chongyue hiding, or what is wrong with his true body?


    For Meng Zhang, letting the ghosts and gods from the underworld win a glorious victory and completely occupy the territory of the True God Chongyue is the best result.


    In this way, not only will the vitality of the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm be greatly damaged, but also the yin and yang order of the Shenchang Realm will be greatly shaken.


    Meng Zhang was afraid of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, so he did not take action directly, but has been leading the matter secretly.


    Meng Zhang was very satisfied that the group of ghosts and gods headed by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was so powerful.


    Now that the real God Chongyue is not moving, he has dispatched his incarnation. I don''t know if the situation can be saved.


    The last thing Meng Zhang wanted to see was that the ghosts and gods in the underworld failed in their actions and were driven back to the underworld.


    He began to think about what kind of help he could offer them without revealing his situation.


    While Meng Zhang was thinking about it, the battle near the Yin-Yang Channel escalated again.


    Although some of the rules of heaven and earth near the yin and yang channel tend to be underworld, it is still the world of yang.


    Before the canopy is successfully built, not only ordinary ghosts and gods will be suppressed to a certain extent, but top ghosts and gods such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts will not be able to come.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts also knows that now has come to a critical moment, not the time to continue to retain his strength.


    It took a lot of effort for him to let one of his avatars pass through the Yin-Yang channel and appear in the Yang World.


    His incarnation was not stable enough, and the incarnation of True God Chongyue killed him.


    The two avatars immediately started a battle, and the battle was inextricable.


    As a number of indigenous true gods rushed to the battlefield, the offensive of the ghosts and gods was curbed.


    The ghosts and gods still haven''t been able to build the sky curtain in time.


    Without the cover of the sky, fighting in the Yang World, the ghosts and gods are too much against the trend.


    However, there are many ghosts and gods in the underworld, and seeing the opportunity to enter the Yang world, many ghosts and gods are extremely excited.


    Ghosts and gods poured out of the Yin-Yang channel continuously.


    Many ghosts and gods fell into a state of madness, desperately rushing to the enemy ahead, looking like they were going to die with the enemy.


    The crazy ghosts and gods make the indigenous gods feel extremely chilled.


    The ghosts and gods are not only not weak in combat, but also in large numbers, almost killing them all.


    If it weren''t for the limited capacity of the Yin-Yang channel, countless ghosts and gods would have drowned the indigenous gods long ago.


    Even if it has the advantage of the home court, and also has a steady stream of reinforcements, True God Chongyue is only able to block the offensive of the ghosts and gods, and is unable to drive them back to the underworld.


    The incarnation of True God Chongyue is not only powerful, but also has good eyesight, and quickly saw the situation on the field.


    In order to completely end this battle, the Yin-Yang channel must be destroyed and the reinforcements of the ghosts and gods must be cut off.


    However, after the yin and yang passage was occupied by ghosts and gods, the surroundings were full of ghosts and gods, and more ghosts and gods poured out from it.


    Under such circumstances, destroying the Yin-Yang channel would be a real challenge.


    True God Chongyue is not an incompetent person, he is quite skillful in fighting ghosts and gods in the underworld, and he has also made great contributions.


    If it weren''t for the fact that he was busy with his own affairs in the kingdom of God during these years and ignored the threat of the underworld, the current situation would never have arisen.


    When he just guarded here, he could be considered attentively, thinking seriously about how to face the threat from the underworld.


    In order to prevent this situation from happening today, he had made a lot of arrangements and arrangements.


    Now that the situation is critical, it is time to initiate these arrangements and arrangements.


    True God Chongyue, who is in the kingdom of God, worked hard to separate a part of his spirit and started to activate.


    His incarnation of the stone giant who was participating in the battle also actively began to cooperate after sensing the action of the deity.

 Chapter 2726

    I saw that the space on the periphery of the battlefield began to distort, and the rules of heaven and earth appeared in waves.


    Although the avatar of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not know what True God Chongyue was going to do, he had an instinctive ominous premonition.


    Before he had time to do anything, the arrangement of True God Chongyue began to be launched.


    The interval between Yin and Yang in this area is constantly fluctuating, and the space is shaking more and more severely.


    In the yin and yang passage, earthquakes occurred and began to vibrate violently, as if the whole passage would collapse at any time.


    The ghosts and gods guarding the yin and yang passage worked together to try to stabilize the passage.


    The forces of different attributes kept suppressing the vibration of the passage.


    They are of course very clear about the importance of the Yin-Yang channel.


    If the yin and yang passage is interrupted, the ghosts and gods in the underworld will not be able to advance to the yang world in a short period of time.


    Those ghosts and gods left in the Yang World will all be wiped out by the native gods.


    Although these ghosts and gods made all their efforts, they still could not stabilize this passage.


    It seems that there is an invisible big hand that is constantly shaking and shaking this passage.


    The Lord of Wangui discovered the plot of the True God Chongyue.


    The other party used some means to try to cut off this yin and yang channel.


    The real body of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts cannot come to the Yang World, and it is impossible to put too much power into the Yang World after a layer.


    His clone was fighting endlessly with the clone of True God Chongyue, and it was difficult to escape.


    At this time, the surrounding indigenous gods also received orders from the True God Chongyue, and desperately entangled the ghosts and gods who poured into the Yang World, so that they would not have the opportunity to interfere with the actions of the True God Chongyue.


    Although the ghosts and gods in the underworld did their best, after a stalemate for a while, they were still unable to stop the actions of True God Chongyue.


    Meng Zhang had long been hidden near the realm of God Chongyue, silently observing all the movements around him.


    After True God Chongyue started to move, he even tried his best to investigate.


    The bystander is clear, he not only saw clearly the means of Chongyue True God, but also discovered his secret.


    True God Chongyue should have had some secret arrangements near the Yin-Yang passage.


    Once an unexpected situation occurs and the situation gets out of control, he will activate these arrangements to completely destroy that yin and yang channel.


    Of course, because completely destroying the Yin-Yang channel would have serious consequences. He wouldn''t do it unless he had to.


    Judging from the current situation, if the Yin-Yang channel continues to exist, then the ghosts and gods from the underworld will enter the Yang world in an endless stream.


    The balance between the two evils tends to be the lesser, and True God Chongyue was forced to make this choice.


    He has left the arrangement for too long, and he has neglected to take care of it for so many years, and the arrangement is not as useful as he imagined.


    Coupled with the ghosts and gods headed by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, they poured their power into the Yang World at almost no cost, and did their best to stabilize the Yin-Yang channel.


    After True God Chongyue started the arrangement, the yin and yang channel was violently turbulent, but it was difficult to be completely destroyed for the time being.


    Of course, True God Chongyue knows that if these ghosts and gods are not stopped in time, there will be serious consequences.


    This time he not only seriously neglected his duty, but even his foundation was mortally threatened.


    In desperation, he had no choice but to take risks and use his hidden methods.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue rose from the kingdom of God, and then wrapped around the peaks left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    As soon as his consciousness moved, those mountain peaks also trembled, and the entire heaven and earth rules of the Lianyue Mountains were secretly changing.


    The native gods under his command are either fighting with ghosts or gods, or are rushing to the battlefield.


    Even if there are a few indigenous gods watching, they can''t see through his methods.


    Meng Zhang is not something that these earthbag gods can compare to.


    His eyesight and knowledge are definitely the top at the level of a true immortal.


    He watched the movements of True God Chongyue, and secretly praised "good method" in his heart.


    In the past, Meng Zhang had always looked down on the native gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Even the top true gods such as Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan are just a bunch of defeated dogs in his eyes.


    True God Chongyue was able to use the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen to secretly absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, without letting Meng Zhanggao look at him.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, he benefited from the help of Taoist emptiness.


    Sooner or later, he will become a puppet of Taoist emptiness.


    Meng Zhang could never have imagined that the True God Chongyue would have such determination and means.


    With the help of the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, he cultivated with some kind of secret method to continuously strengthen his consciousness.


    His ultimate goal is to wait for his consciousness to grow to a certain level, and use the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun to let his own consciousness replace the consciousness of the heavenly path of Shenchang Realm.


    At that time, he will incarnate the new consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    This is also some form of cohesion.


    For an indigenous true god like him, it is indeed an excellent choice.


    In the entire Dengtian Star District, there has never been an angel-level powerhouse born.


    In the world of Shenchang, there has never been a god of gods.


    This seems to be some kind of curse, and it seems that some mysterious force is exerting its influence.


    For the indigenous true gods of Shenchang Realm, even if their hearts are on the Dao, there is no way to move forward.


    Their achievements have been locked, and the true God is the pinnacle of cultivation, and there is no hope ahead.


    The practice of Chongyue Zhenshen is ingenious and new.


    If he can become the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, then he will surpass all true gods in terms of cultivation base and longevity.


    Even if the realm may still not be able to break through to the gods, it can definitely crush all the true gods in the Shenchang world.


    With such a strong foundation, it is possible for him to blaze a new path.


    For Meng Zhang, these foreign invaders, they can confuse and use the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang, but they cannot use the same means to deal with the true god Chongyue.


    At that time, Meng Zhang and the others can withdraw from the Shenchang Realm with hatred, which is the best result.


    Of course, according to Meng Zhang''s observation, the True God Chongyue still has a long way to go before replacing the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    His new path of cultivation has just begun.


    Even if he has only achieved a little on this road, he can exert great power.


    Now, he is like a pocket version of the consciousness of heaven and earth, trying to control the rules of heaven and earth around the Lianyue Mountains, mobilize the power of heaven and earth in Shenchang realm, and completely destroy that yin and yang channel.


    Those ghosts and gods in the underworld, let alone blocking his actions, can''t even understand the means he uses.


    As an indigenous god, the true god Chongyue actually wants to replace the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang. This is simply daring and deviant.


    As long as he shows a little sign, he will immediately incur divine punishment, and he will be smashed to slag by the consciousness of the gods of the gods.


    Meng Zhang, the enemy, couldn''t help but secretly sighed in admiration for such courage and such a disposition.


    Since True God Chongyue dared to embark on this path and had such a wicked plan, he would become the mortal enemy of the consciousness of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2727

    Due to the special situation of the Lianyue Mountains, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm generally does not pay attention to it.


    Although that yin and yang passage has long been sealed by True God Chongyue, the imbalance of yin and yang has always existed. For the consciousness of the heavenly path of Shenchang Realm, it is like a scar on his body, which makes him unwilling to face it.


    The arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen also has a certain interference effect on the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, causing many omissions in his induction and unable to perceive everything.


    Therefore, God Chongyue was helpless, so he dared to use a little means to take a risk.


    He felt that as long as he was not noticed by the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, the native gods would not be able to see through his methods, and he would not be in danger of being exposed.


    If he didn''t take the risk, but let the ghosts and gods from the underworld gain a firm foothold in the Yang World, their next step would be to expand all around, and his territory would definitely bear the brunt.


    True God Chongyue knew very well that the indigenous gods and Lianyue Mountains under his command alone could not stop the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    At that time, if the army of ghosts and gods kills him in front of the kingdom of God, will he have to give up everything and escape?


    In order to protect the kingdom of God, keep the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, and keep his further hope, he may still have to expose the means of pressing the bottom of the box, temporarily turning it into a pocket version of the consciousness of heaven and earth, urging the power of heaven and earth to fight the enemy .


    At that time, he is at greater risk of exposure.


    Because once the ghosts and gods from the underworld become a climate in the Yang world, they will definitely attract the attention of the consciousness of the gods and the prosperous world.


    Now, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm is busy tracking down the emptiness of Taoism, and secondly, True God Chongyue has guarded this place for many years, and has never made any mistakes, so he does not need to worry about it.


    Therefore, even if the great event of the army of ghosts and gods invading the world of Yang happened, the consciousness of the heavens in the world of Shenchang did not pay attention to this for the time being.


    As one of the oldest gods in the Shenchang world, the true god Chongyue has had many experiences in contact with the consciousness of the gods in the world of Shenchang, and is familiar with its behavior.


    He knew that there was not much time left for himself.


    If he can''t solve the invasion of ghosts and gods as soon as possible, the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm will soon notice this.


    At that time, despite the cover of the kingdom of God, his secrets cannot be hidden forever.


    True God Chongyue''s helpless choice made Meng Zhang, a bystander, discover his biggest secret.


    Meng Zhang remembered the last words Dao Pi Kong Xing said last time.


    Obviously, Dao Thief Kong Xing had already discovered the secret of True God Chongyue.


    Even if True God Chongyue embarked on such a path, it is very likely that the Taoist emptiness was secretly beguiling and guiding.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was preparing to summon the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    As long as the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm notices this, they can immediately discover the secret of True God Chongyue.


    At that time, the true God Chongyue will be wiped out under the punishment of heaven, and Meng Zhang may also be rewarded by the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    However, Meng Zhang gave up this idea after thinking for a while.


    Sooner or later, he will become the enemy of the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world, and his reward has no long-term meaning.


    True God Chongyue is far from strong enough, and he can''t even consume the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    From the day he embarked on this path, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm is a life-and-death competition, and the two cannot coexist.


    It is best to wait until True God Chongyue grows to a certain level and is strong enough before being exposed to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    At that time, it will be a situation where two tigers will fight each other and one will be injured.


    True God Chongyue will use his own sacrifices to consume and even severely damage the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang, so as to facilitate Mengzhang''s next actions.


    Meng Zhang believes that Dao Thief Kong should have the same idea.


    The True God of Chongyue cannot be exposed yet, and it will be more beneficial for Meng Zhang if he continues to exist.


    In order to keep the secret of True God Chongyue, Meng Zhang''s original plan had to make major adjustments.


    Originally, Meng Zhang planned to let the army of ghosts and gods enter the Yang World from here and shake the Yin-Yang order of the Shenchang World.


    To this end, he has made a lot of efforts and secretly done a lot of work.


    Now, in order to avoid the exposure of the secrets of the True God Chongyue, the army of ghosts and gods cannot kill from here to Yang Shi.


    This meant that Meng Zhang''s previous efforts were all in vain.


    I saw that as the consciousness of True God Chongyue continued to mobilize the power of heaven and earth to suppress it, the yin and yang channel shook more and more violently, as if it would collapse at any time.


    Suddenly, the power of heaven and earth that was constantly suppressing the yin and yang channel became chaotic, and then slowly disappeared.


    True God Chongyue''s consciousness that he was mobilizing the power of heaven and earth suddenly became very weak, and then he was taken back into the kingdom of God.


    After all this tossing, the yin and yang passage had many damaged parts, and it was almost said to be riddled with holes.


    However, it was not destroyed, but the traffic capacity has dropped a lot.


    Those ghosts and gods let out bursts of cheers. They thought it was their own efforts to finally defeat the enemy''s conspiracy and defend this vital passage.


    Meng Zhang, who had been watching from the side, saw it very clearly.


    I don''t know what went wrong with the True God Chongyue. Is it a problem with the practice of the exercises, or is the cultivation base insufficient and the consciousness is not strong enough?


    At a critical moment, his consciousness could not carry the powerful power of heaven and earth, and he had to forcibly stop the action.


    In this way, True God Chongyue must have been hurt, and he also lost the last chance to restore the situation.


    Sure enough, with the failure of the True God Chongyue, the morale of the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld rose again, and the morale of the indigenous gods in the Yang world plummeted.


    The incarnation of the stone giant sent by True God Chongyue, because of a problem with the deity, appeared to be weak, and was forced to the disadvantage by the incarnation of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The ghosts and gods of the underworld repaired the yin and yang passage while fully supporting the battle of the Yang world.


    After another fierce battle, the indigenous gods finally had to retreat, leaving the area next to the Yin-Yang Passage to the enemy.


    The army of ghosts and gods, who had finally won the victory, did not care to pursue the victory.


    They have to establish a line of defense, consolidate the results, and prevent the enemy from counterattacking.


    Most importantly, they must hurry up to build the canopy and prepare for the next big battle.


    The stone giant incarnation of True God Chongyue led a group of indigenous gods, and they were defeated in embarrassment.


    They were not willing to give up completely.


    They slowly stabilized their positions and gathered the reinforcements that were constantly arriving from all directions, preparing to launch a counterattack against the enemy.


    The performance of Chongyue True God made Meng Zhang very disappointed.


    He is very thoughtful and ambitious, but his cultivation is far behind.


    According to his current appearance, it takes the Year of the Monkey, the Horse and the Moon to be able to compete head-on with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang had to lower his expectations for the True God Chongyue.


    Maybe, he really has a limited future and can''t complete the task of consuming the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.

 Chapter 2728

    Meng Zhang was not ready to help the True God Chongyue secretly.


    First, judging from his performance just now, he doesn''t have that kind of value.


    He doesn''t seem capable of fulfilling his ambitions.


    It is almost impossible for him to replace the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Second, Meng Zhang changed his mind again, and was more inclined to let the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld disrupt the yang world and destroy the order of yin and yang.


    There is now a temporary silence in the battlefield.


    Both sides are accumulating strength and preparing for the next big battle.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to pay attention to the battle situation, but turned his attention to the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue has retreated into the kingdom of God, and his avatar is restrained by the war ahead. At this time, the attention to the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen is the weakest time.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity, sneaked forward secretly, and silently came to the front of the core peaks of the Lianyue Mountains.


    He chose a mountain and continued to go deeper.


    The divine kingdom of True God Chongyue is connected to these mountain peaks, and the divine power in the divine kingdom is released, forming layers of divine power barriers, involving these mountain peaks.


    These peaks are too tall and cover too much area.


    Even with the support of the Kingdom of God, the divine power of True God Chongyue is still limited, and the built divine power barrier is not strong enough.


    These divine power barriers cannot stop the forcible entry of the powerhouses at the level of true immortals, and can only play a role of delay and warning at most.


    Meng Zhang has accumulated very rich experience in dealing with native gods.


    In his eyes, these methods of True God Chongyue are like pediatrics.


    Meng Zhang easily bypassed these divine barriers without disturbing anyone.


    He slowed down the pace of progress and slowly walked from the foot of the mountain to the top of the mountain.


    Along the way, the warning facilities carefully arranged by True God Chongyue were ignored by him and did not play any role.


    On the surface, these peaks are not much different from ordinary peaks.


    The only thing that is a bit special is that the rocks that make up the mountain are particularly tough.


    After tens of thousands of years of wind, sun and various corrosion, the mountain remains largely intact.


    Although he deliberately slowed down the pace of progress, he soon reached the top of the mountain.


    Meng Zhang walked from the foot of the mountain to the top of the mountain, but he didn''t find anything too special. It looked like an ordinary mountain.


    He stood on the top of the mountain and looked down. The other side of the mountain was connected to the kingdom of God Chongyue.


    The size of the gods'' kingdom depends on the gods'' cultivation and accumulation.


    Even for an old-fashioned True God like Chongyue True God, the size of the Kingdom of God cannot expand without limit.


    The Kingdom of God occupies the middle of several mountain peaks, and all the peaks are connected, and the Kingdom of God is almost opened to the limit.


    The connection between the kingdom of God and these mountain peaks is not particularly stable.


    Jun Chen Xianzun and Meng Zhang are both immortals, and they mainly use immortal methods on weekdays.


    In the ruins of Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang had come into contact with Junchen Immortal Venerable and had a certain understanding of his methods.


    He stood on the top of the mountain and took a step forward, and his entire body fell rapidly downward.


    When he was about to fall on the mountainside, Meng Zhang''s eyes flashed and he entered a special space.


    The area of ??this special space is not large, and the four walls of the space are engraved with dense patterns, which are runes with different functions.


    On the ground of the space, a large array was set up.


    In the center of the great formation is a huge altar.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly in the air, carefully studying and comprehending everything in the space.


    The big formation here is not an ordinary magic formation, but an immortal formation that can only be set up by immortals.


    There are many formation masters in Taiyi Sect, but there is no formation master.


    Several immortals, including Meng Zhang, were mediocre in the formation.


    Meng Zhang looked at it for a while, then felt dizzy and his head felt heavy.


    He knew that with his current formation path cultivation base, it was far from enough to understand the mystery.


    Meng Zhang no longer tried to comprehend the arrangement here, but memorized it and prepared to go back and discuss it with the experts in the sect.


    If nothing else, these things were taken back by Meng Zhang, which is enough to raise the level of the formation in the door by a few grades.


    This great formation is usually closed and requires a special method to open it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observations and guesses, True God Chongyue has at most a little bit of fur, and he cannot exert the full power of the great formation at all.


    On the one hand, his own level is limited, on the other hand, it is estimated that Dao Pirate''s emptiness has reservations for him.


    Even Dao Thief Kong may not be able to completely control the great formation.


    Junchen Immortal Venerable is a top-level immortal who can attack Jinxian.


    No matter how vast the Taoist emptiness is, it is difficult to penetrate everything left by the other party.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of time and energy to memorize everything related to this great formation.


    Next, he left this mountain and went to other mountains.


    There are a total of eight peaks around, and the layout of each peak is roughly the same.


    The large formations in the eight special spaces are roughly the same, with only some subtle differences.


    Meng Zhang wrote down all the key points, and was ready to go back and take a closer look with everyone.


    If he can master the method of controlling these large formations, it will definitely be of great help to the next plan.


    The army of ghosts and gods under the command of the Lord Wangui moved extremely fast.


    When Meng Zhang was busy, they were not idle either.


    After they stabilized their positions, they built a special sky at the fastest speed.


    Under the shelter of the canopy, the suppression of ghosts and gods by the rules of Yangshitiandi has been greatly weakened, and ghosts and gods can move freely.


    Originally, the incarnation of True God Chongyue was going to lead the indigenous gods to launch a counterattack to drive the ghosts and gods back to the underworld.


    However, with the successful construction of the canopy, more and more ghosts and gods poured out from the underworld and expanded sharply around, and the incarnation of True God Chongyue had to change the original plan.


    They can no longer drive the enemy back to the underworld, and the enemy has a firm foothold in the Yang world.


    Although the native gods are reluctant to admit it, this is a fact that cannot be changed.


    Many indigenous gods began to blame each other and shirk their responsibilities.


    The incarnation of the True God Chongyue prevented these foolish actions.


    Under his orders, many aboriginal gods began to rely on the Lianyue Mountains to build defense lines and strengthen their defenses.


    Since it is no longer possible to drive the enemy back to the underworld, we can only try to suppress them in the Lianyue Mountains, so that they cannot cause trouble to other parts of the Yang World.


    Although he knew that it was difficult to do this, True God Chongyue had to use this as an excuse to try to organize the indigenous gods and prepare for defense.


    The area where the Yin-Yang Passage is located is almost completely surrounded by the Lianyue Mountains.


    In theory, it is still possible for the indigenous gods under True God Chongyue to take advantage of the terrain to suppress the army of ghosts and gods.

 Chapter 2729

    The peaks of the Lianyue Mountains form a ring, wrapping the area where the ghosts and gods of the underworld stand.


    True God Chongyue issued the most severe summoning order.


    Not only his direct descendants, but even those peripheral subordinates had to rush here as quickly as possible.


    Many indigenous gods rely on the Lianyue Mountains to construct a defense line and face the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    That ring-shaped area has been completely occupied by ghosts and gods.


    There are more ghosts and gods, which are constantly coming from the underworld.


    In addition to building the canopy, the ghosts and gods also began to build various useful facilities, preparing to use this place as a forward base.


    True God Chongyue did not evenly distribute his troops, but arranged the main force of the indigenous gods on the side where his kingdom of God was located.


    True God Chongyue is no longer the same as when he defeated the army of ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    At this time, his mind is full of selfish thoughts, all wanting to keep his own kingdom of God.


    As long as he can keep the kingdom of God, there is still hope for his avenues, and his ambitions can still be realized.


    For this reason, let alone his own territory, even if the entire Shenchang Realm falls, he doesn''t care.


    Although True God Chongyue tried his best to cover it up, his selfish behavior could not be concealed from discerning people.


    This is the case with the camp leaders, and the hearts of the people below are even more scattered.


    The master of the Wangui Kingdom has a very high level of military strategy and is a real handsome talent.


    If the ghosts and gods of the underworld acted according to their nature, they would have scattered and launched a scattered impact on the surrounding mountains.


    He is quite talented in governing the army, suppressing the impulses of ghosts and gods and letting them obey orders honestly.


    According to his original intention, the main army should launch an attack towards the location of the Chongyue True God Kingdom, face the difficulties, and completely defeat this great enemy.


    Yin Jiu persuaded him that now is not the time to be busy with revenge, and should focus on the overall situation.


    If the main force of the army of ghosts and gods kills the real God Chongyue in the direction of the kingdom of God, it is forcing the real God Chongyue to work hard, or the war will become a stalemate.


    If you avoid the enemy''s main force and expand in other directions, you can occupy a wider area of ??Yangshi land in a short period of time.


    On the vast Yangshi land, more canopies can be built.


    The greater the number of sky curtains, the stronger the shelter for ghosts and gods.


    If there are enough curtains to a certain extent, the area covered by the curtain can be turned into a ghost realm on earth, opening up more passages to the underworld.


    The Lord Wangui is not a stubborn person, and he also trusts Yin Jiu very much during this time, and is willing to listen to some reasonable advice.


    The deity of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has come to the Yang World through the Yin-Yang Channel.


    The shelter of the sky screen prevents him from being driven back to the underworld by the rules of the world, but he cannot leave the cover of the sky screen.


    After he came to Yang World, he did not find that seductive artifact around him.


    He needs to expand his search.


    In the direction of the Chongyue True God Divine Kingdom, he did not sense the breath of the divine weapon.


    On the contrary, it is deviating from the direction of Chongyue True God Divine Kingdom, as if there is such a faint breath.


    No matter from that aspect, Yin Jiu''s suggestion is very reasonable.


    Therefore, in addition to letting some ghosts and gods launch a diversionary attack in the direction of Chongyue Zhenshen Kingdom, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts gathered the main force of the army of ghosts and gods and launched a full-scale attack in the opposite direction.


    The flames of war soon flared up again.


    Soon after the war, the intentions of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts were revealed.


    True God Chongyue and his subordinates breathed a sigh of relief.


    They are powerless and unwilling to stop the army of ghosts and gods from attacking with full force in other directions.


    Soon, the army of ghosts and gods broke through the interception of the Lianyue Mountains and expanded to a wider area.


    At this time, the army of ghosts and gods is simply like a dragon entering the sea, unstoppable.


    True God Chongyue has concentrated most of the indigenous gods under his command to the front defense of his own kingdom.


    The rest of the Lianyue Mountains, most of his territory, were given up by him voluntarily.


    In addition, the true god Chongyue also sent messengers to ask for help from other indigenous gods in the world of Shenchang.


    Azure Sea God, True God Rising Sun, etc. all received his call for help.


    According to the tradition of Shenchang Realm, when the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld invades the world of Yang, the native gods of the world of Yang must abandon all contradictions and disputes, and immediately unite to resist the invasion of the army of ghosts and gods, and strive to drive them back to the underworld.


    However, after a series of incidents some time ago, the native gods in the world of Shenchang Realm have been greatly weakened.


    Faction leaders like Lava Vulcan were killed by foreign invaders like Meng Zhang.


    The blue sea god currently has the strongest power, but he has to do his best to guard against the Taiyi world and the allied army of the dragon clan. He is unwilling and cannot draw too much power.


    True God Rising Sun has just resumed his rule over the territory.


    In this chaos caused by the god of mixed spirits, the native gods under his command suffered heavy losses and their vitality was severely damaged.


    He seems to have regained his original dominance, but the interior of the territory is unstable and is in an unprecedented moment of weakness.


    In a short period of time, he could not mobilize too much power to support True God Chongyue.


    This is true even for faction leaders like Azure Sea God and True God Rising Sun, and the situation of other indigenous gods is not much better.


    Most of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm only provide formal help to the True God Chongyue, and the power sent is limited, and they are also slow.


    If it is said that when the ghosts and gods of the underworld first invaded, the true god Chongyue and his subordinates were negligent in their duties. After that, the deity of True God Chongyue refused to show up for a long time.


    The native gods under his command became alienated.


    Many indigenous gods even fled, fled back to their own kingdom of gods, or simply flew away.


    The power of True God Chongyue is rapidly weakening.


    Fortunately, the army led by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not fully attack the direction of his kingdom of God, otherwise he might not be able to resist.


    Logically speaking, the army of ghosts and gods in the underworld has entered the Yang world for so long, and there has been such a big commotion.


    But this time, for some unknown reason, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm has not descended on the Lianyue Mountains, but only issued orders to the qualified native gods of Shenchang Realm to let them fully resist the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    The order that True God Chongyue received was to fight to the death, defend the Lianyue Mountains at all costs, and prevent the army of ghosts and gods from expanding.


    The indigenous gods in other places have successively received orders to reinforce the Lianyue Mountains and resist the army of ghosts and gods.


    Even Meng Zhang suddenly had such an order in his mind.


    Although Meng Zhang did not directly confront the army of ghosts and gods, he spent a lot of means to divert the army of ghosts and gods away, so that they avoided the position of the real god Chongyue, which can be regarded as helping the real god Chongyue relieve a lot of pressure.

 Chapter 2730

    Meng Zhang did this, of course, not because of good intentions, or good intentions for the True God Chongyue.


    Yin Jiu''s advice to the Lord Wangui is what he meant.


    In the direction of staying away from the kingdom of Chongyue True God, he deliberately leaked the breath of the decoy artifact to lure the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and other ghosts and gods, in order to prevent him from attacking the kingdom of Chongyue True God now.


    Although True God Chongyue performed very poorly, he has already embarked on a road of no return that is hostile to the consciousness of the heavens and the Tao of Shenchang Realm. After all, it is still useful. It is best not to expose it so quickly.


    Meng Zhang''s goal was basically achieved.


    He no longer pays attention to the war here, and there is no need to continue to stay in the Lianyue Mountains for a long time.


    What Meng Zhang wanted to know most now was that the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm realized what was wrong.


    As a celestial master, Meng Zhang can perform secret techniques of celestial arithmetic, peep into the operation of the heavens, and check the state of consciousness of the heavens in the realm of Shenchang.


    However, in order to avoid encountering the backlash of Heavenly Dao, he always treats Heavenly Secret Art with great caution.


    It is generally not used unless necessary.


    As far as Meng Zhang knew, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was still trying its best to track down the whereabouts of the Dao thief.


    Previously, the information obtained by Meng Zhang Soul Soul Lava Vulcan showed that Dao Thief Kong had probably sneaked into the underworld.


    Meng Zhang himself could not directly enter the underworld of Shenchang Realm, and he did not know how the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm handled this matter.


    Later, Meng Zhang encountered Taoist emptiness near Chongyue Zhenshen Divine Kingdom, indicating that Taoist emptiness was just a false shot and did not enter the underworld.


    I wonder if the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm will be misled by this?


    After Meng Zhang left the Lianyue Mountains, he found a quiet place and tried to peek at the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    In his induction, the heavenly secrets of Shenchang Realm were chaotic, and the situation of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was even more vague.


    Meng Zhang has long been recognized by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and he is regarded as highly regarded.


    He is not going to change this until he completely breaks with the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm.


    He was worried about the hostility that would attract the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, so he just tried it and did not make further investigations.


    If he can''t figure out the situation of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang Realm, he can''t make plans for the next step.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang returned to the Western Land.


    The situation on the west side is the same as before he left, and there is no major change. The development of the monks in the Taiyi world and the dragon clan in the west is smooth.


    With two true immortals, Gu Yue Ling Qing and Yue E Fairy, there is no need to worry about the invasion of foreign enemies for the time being.


    Meng Zhang is ready to discuss with everyone and sort out his thoughts before deciding what to do next.


    After Luna received Meng Zhang''s notice, he also rushed back from Donglu.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor also sent down a thought and participated in the discussion organized by Meng Zhang.


    After some debate, except for Fairy Yue''e who stubbornly regards the emptiness of Dao Pirates as the biggest enemy, everyone else feels that the most powerful enemy at present is the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    They must find a way to weaken and suppress the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm as soon as possible.


    Of course, it would be the best situation if it could trigger a battle between the consciousness of the heavens and the emptiness of the Taoist in the Shenchang world.


    It is a pity that the treacherous nature of Taoism and emptiness will never act according to the wishes of the people.


    Maybe Dao Thief Kong also expects Meng Zhang and the others to first fight with the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    After discussion, everyone felt that it is not appropriate to act rashly at present, but should continue to wait and see.


    Of course, during this period of time, everyone can step up the cultivation of some targeted supernatural powers, and prepare to use them to deal with the consciousness of the heavens and the thieves of the gods.


    After Meng Zhang discussed with everyone, he began to retreat and practice again.


    When he was in retreat, he carefully recalled the inheritance he had acquired, and looked for ways to deal with the consciousness of the heavens and the thieves.


    Taiyi Jinxian, as a veteran Jinxian, has rich experience and has faced various enemies.


    He also participated in the pursuit of Dao thieves in his early years, and he also had experience in defeating the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the great world.


    The inheritance he left to the Taiyi Sect and passed on to Meng Zhang can be said to be all-encompassing and everything.


    Meng Zhang did find some of the content he wanted.


    But after careful study, he found that these contents were relatively superficial and of limited use to him.


    Meng Zhang did not get the entire inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, but only a small part of it.


    Since he shaped the Taiyi Realm, and in accordance with the concept of the Taiyi Jinxian, he canonized the gods and ruled in the Taiyi Realm, and he briefly sensed the thoughts of the Taiyi Jinxian.


    It was at that time that he was recognized by Taiyi Jinxian, and he truly became his successor.


    Taiyi Jinxian passed on a part of the profound inheritance to him at that time.


    Meng Zhang also knew the behavior of Taiyi Jinxian.


    In the future, he will slowly implement the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, and whenever he achieves major achievements, he can try to sense the idea of ??Taiyi Jinxian.


    If he can get the approval of Taiyi Jinxian, he can get more inheritance.


    Meng Zhang asked himself, since he obtained the inheritance last time, he has not achieved much, and even if he senses Taiyi Jinxian''s thoughts, he may not be able to gain more.


    If he wants to deal with the enemy he is about to face, he also needs to start from the existing inheritance and think about the solution by himself.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang is not alone, he also has a wonderful incarnation outside the body.


    As Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, who were canonized by Meng Zhang, every time they synchronize information, they will conduct in-depth communication and study various mysterious magical powers together.


    After a long period of hard work, they finally got some results.


    Even though Meng Zhang left the Lianyue Mountains, he still used various means to pay attention to the situation there.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not go to compete with True God Chongyue, but expanded in other directions.


    True God Chongyue was weak to protect himself, and even more powerless to stop the actions of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    Other indigenous gods in the Shenchang world were also unable to provide support in time.


    The army of ghosts and gods from the underworld almost swept across the Lianyue Mountains and the surrounding area.


    Now, with the exception of the realm of God Chongyue, God Chongyue has lost most of his territory.


    The army of ghosts and gods has built more than one canopy, and the area under control is getting bigger and bigger.


    If this trend continues, it won''t be long before such a vast area around it will be transformed into a ghost realm.


    At that time, the order of yin and yang will be seriously damaged, causing a huge impact on the surrounding rules of heaven and earth.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t believe it. With such a serious problem, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm could continue to be delayed.


    Meng Zhang, who was practicing, closely watched the situation over the Lianyue Mountains, waiting for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to succeed.


    As for the order issued by the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to support the true god Chongyue, he completely ignored it.


    Even if he is blamed by the consciousness of the gods of the gods in the future, he still has excuses to shirk.

 Chapter 2731

    In the blink of an eye, it has been several years since the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts led the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld to enter the Yang World.


    During this period of time, True God Chongyue and his subordinates could only watch the army of ghosts and gods expand everywhere, and they could not stop it at all.


    The huge army of ghosts and gods did not encounter strong resistance, and almost swept most of the territory of True God Chongyue.


    Only a small area where Chongyue True God Divine Kingdom is located is still reluctantly resisting.


    The continuous failures in these years have made the True God Chongyue almost fall into the point of betrayal and separation, with fewer and fewer subordinates.


    In the same sentence, the indigenous gods need the support of their territories and believers.


    With the continuous expansion of the army of ghosts and gods, more and more indigenous gods have lost their territories, and even the kingdom of God has fallen.


    A large number of indigenous gods were overwhelmed by the army of ghosts and gods.


    A small number of survivors also fled here far away, daring to face the army of ghosts and gods again.


    The support provided by the Azure Sea God and the Shengyang True God to the Chongyue True God is very weak, and it is more of a formality, and it is almost a false story.


    The strength of True God Chongyue is getting weaker and weaker, and it is more and more difficult to defend the remaining territories.


    As the army of ghosts and gods occupied more and more land, the ghosts and gods built a large number of sky screens in time.


    The many sky curtains are connected into one, not only can better shelter the ghosts and gods, let them have better activities in the Yang world, but also start to change the surrounding rules of heaven and earth, making the surrounding area more and more closer to the underworld.


    In the area occupied by ghosts and gods, it has long been dark and ghostly.


    If this momentum cannot be reversed, let the ghosts and gods continue. It won''t be long before that, maybe such a large area might actually become a real underworld.


    At that time, the separation between yin and yang will be completely destroyed, and the order of yin and yang will disappear, which will cause huge damage to the realm of Shenchang.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has not come, which makes the indigenous gods of Yangshi have many bad guesses.


    The ghosts and gods from the underworld were greatly encouraged and acted recklessly.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has invaded Yang World many times in history, but he has never achieved such great results. In comparison, the price paid is simply not worth mentioning.


    The prestige of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts in the underworld is growing, and it can be said to be at the height of the sky.


    Those ghosts and gods in the underworld who are cruel and sinister by nature are all convinced by them.


    Many ghosts and gods who had been on the sidelines until now are all ready to join the invasion of Yangshi.


    The ghosts and gods who opposed him in the past, such as ghost mothers and grandmothers, were generous in their words and appreciated them.


    ...


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is so complacent that he is somewhat inflated.


    He began to prepare to launch a full-scale attack on the kingdom of God Chongyue True God, completely put an end to this old opponent, and completely control the Lianyue Mountains and surrounding areas.


    After Yin Jiu knew about it, Haosheng advised him that he should wait a little longer, and only when the time is more mature can he take action against the True God Chongyue.


    Now rushing to do it, Chongyue Zhenshen''s dying counterattack will definitely cause heavy casualties to the army of ghosts and gods, and even hurt the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    This time the invasion of Yang World was so successful that the Lord of Wangui had more trust and attention to Yin Jiu.


    Originally, the army of ghosts and gods led by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts had already established a foothold in the Yang World. The army of ghosts from outside the realm that Yin Jiu spoke of had not yet appeared, and many ghosts and gods had already criticized Yin Jiu.


    Yin Jiu explained that there are many accidents in the void, and it is normal for the army of foreign ghosts to delay in the void.


    Lord Wangui not only believed Yin Jiu''s explanation, but also took the initiative to speak for him.


    The Lord Wangui now attaches great importance to Yin Jiu''s opinion.


    Since Yin Jiu asked him to wait for a while, then he would not be in a hurry to attack the kingdom of God Chongyue.


    Thanks to Yin Jiu''s secret help, Chongyue True God temporarily escaped.


    But there was not much time left for him.


    If he hasn''t made a leap forward in his cultivation, the day when the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts leads the army of ghosts and gods to kill him will be the time when his kingdom of God falls.


    It''s not that the indigenous gods of the world of Shenchang can''t see the crisis facing the true god Chongyue.


    But they couldn''t do much to help it for various reasons.


    Azure Sea God is very pessimistic about the next situation in Shenchang Realm.


    He is ready to give up the land of Shenchang Realm and shrink all his strength back to the sea.


    The sea is his home ground, and even if the land falls, he has a certain degree of confidence in defending the sea.


    It was not long before True God Rising Sun completed the integration of his territory, and he was far from recovering from the damage caused by Venerable Hunling.


    His sense of smell was very sharp, and he deeply felt a strong sense of crisis.


    If the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld completely occupied the territory of True God Chongyue, then he would be the next target.


    The ghosts and gods will inevitably take advantage of the situation to attack his territory, in order to completely control the entire Eastern Continent.


    Because of the tragic past controlled by Hunling Venerable God, he has changed a lot of his faults, such as arrogance, arrogance, self-will...


    He took the initiative to send messengers to contact Meng Zhang, trying to take care of each other with the monks and dragons of the Taiyi world.


    Although the monks of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are foreign invaders, judging from the current situation of Shenchang Realm, they are the only power that True God Rising Sun can use.


    True God Shengyang took the initiative to show his favor and ask for help, which was in line with Meng Zhang''s wishes.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the monks of Taiyi Realm actively contacted the True God Shengyang and began to discuss the specific details of the cooperation between the two parties.


    Regarding the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor have long reached an agreement, that is to fight and pull.


    Strike hard and hit those enemies with all your might.


    It is better to give up some benefits and pay some price, but also to win over those who take the initiative.


    If the True God Shengyang takes refuge in the past, then the power of the native gods of the Yang World of Shenchang Realm will be even weaker.


    How to negotiate, how to cooperate and other specific matters were handed over by Meng Zhang to his subordinates.


    During this time, he started to become busy again while practicing.


    The Shenchang realm, which has a longer history and a more complete development than the Junchen realm, has very rich resources.


    Not long after the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces invaded the Shenchang Realm, the time to fully develop the Western Land was even shorter, but in this way, both of them have gained endless benefits.


    With sufficient resources to support, the two have cultivated more strong people over the years.


    In the past in Junchen Realm, if high-level monks wanted to obtain the Jade Purity Spiritual Machine needed for their cultivation, they either took great risks to collect in the void, or occasionally flowed out a small amount from the source sea.


    Many times, these Yuqing spirits are not enough to be divided among the major holy land sects.


    Taiyijie cultivator just searched in the western land and the surrounding waters, and found the place where Yuqing Lingji was produced.


    Yuqing Lingji can not only be used to support the Void Returning Power, but also help Yuanshen Zhenjun break through the realm of cultivation.


    In the past few years, there have been several Sun God True Monarchs in Taiyi Realm, who have completed their cultivation and returned to Taiyi Realm to retreat.

 Chapter 2732

    At least for now, the high-level monks in the Taiyi world can still help each other.


    The Void Returning Great Experts have no jealousy towards the younger generation, and are willing to help the younger generation.


    It is much easier for these Sun God True Monarchs to break through to the Void Return Realm in Taiyi Realm than their predecessors in Junchen Realm.


    In the Taiyi world, there have been a few more Void Returning Great Experts over the years, and more Void Returning Great Experts are waiting to break through.


    But even so, Meng Zhang still felt that the Void Returning Powers of Taiyi Realm were not enough.


    There are actually a limited number of powerhouses at the true immortal level of Taiyi Sect.


    Just to deal with the native gods of Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing can still be crushed by their combat power.


    But next, the Dao thieves they have to deal with and the consciousness of the heavenly Dao in the Shenchang world are far stronger than them.


    Taiyi world needs more true immortals.


    But the practice of monks has its own rules.


    Even if Meng Zhang spares no expense and encourages the seedlings, it is impossible to conjure a new true immortal in a short period of time.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang had to rely more on those great powers who returned to the void.


    There are two common methods used by cultivators if they want to overcome the strong and challenge by leaps and bounds.


    One is the treasure that has been bestowed by the stronger.


    In this regard, Taiyijie should not think about it.


    The Taiyi Realm has a shallow background and lacks high-level treasures. Meng Zhang does not even have immortal artifacts in his hands.


    Another way is to take advantage of numbers and rely on formations to fight the enemy.


    Among the inheritance that Meng Zhang obtained, there are really several sets of high-level formations that can be used together.


    After discussing with everyone, Meng Zhang chose a formation called the Sun Moon Star Array.


    The Sun Moon Star Array is a formation with a low threshold but a high ceiling.


    In order to lay out a complete sun, moon and starlight array, not only many immortals are required to form the array, but also many high-level treasures, including immortal artifacts, are needed.


    The Taiyi Realm has limited capabilities and conditions, and can only deploy a low-profile version of the Sun Moon Star Array.


    According to the minimum requirements of the formation, returning to the void is fine.


    If the power of returning to the void is insufficient, the Yang God and even the Yuanshen True Monarch can barely make up the number.


    As for the high-level treasures and immortals that are required for the formation, there is really no such thing, and it can be omitted.


    Of course, after such a series of constant reductions, the power of the low-profile version of the Sun, Moon and Starlight Array is naturally far less powerful than the full version.


    You must know that the full version of the Sun Moon Star Array can be used for a great battle between immortals.


    Meng Zhang recruited most of the Void Returning Powers from the Taiyi Realm, so that he could barely make up the number of people needed for the formation.


    The materials needed for the array can be saved even more.


    Meng Zhang''s request for this great formation was that it could play a role in the battle of the True Immortals.


    Except for the vicinity of the Lianyue Mountains, other places in the Shenchang Realm have been peaceful for a long time.


    There has been no war on the west side for a long time.


    Meng Zhang was able to mobilize the needed Void Returning Powers and let them go to the Void to practice the formation not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    After a period of practice, Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the result.


    The effect of this low-profile version of the formation was much better than he expected.


    At the very least, it is not a big problem to confront the ordinary native gods of Shenchang Realm head-on.


    Since the Demon God of Disaster Famine was taught a lesson, the demonic power of Shenchang Realm lost foreign aid, and the demonic disaster was quickly pacified.


    Although this is only a temporary solution, once the hidden demons have accumulated enough power, the demonic disaster will definitely be set off again.


    But Shenchang Realm has finally restored peace temporarily, and there is no need to be restrained by too much power.


    Meng Zhang has long been canonized many gods in the Taiyi world.


    These gods have accumulated a lot of divine power in peacetime.


    These gods can also set up a large formation and give full play to the power of cooperation.


    Tai Miao, who has been sitting in Taiyi Realm all the time, also tries to make time to lead these gods to practice large formations.


    The gods set up a large array, and cooperated with the various facilities of the Taiyi Realm itself, which is also a strong force.


    At the Shenchang Realm, the True God Rising Sun and the Taiyi Realm cultivator reached an agreement and became allies, and finally had some confidence in their hearts.


    True God Shengyang is not a short-sighted person, nor is he indifferent to the situation of True God Chongyue.


    Although he did not know the purpose of True God Chongyue, he still discovered the difficult situation of True God Chongyue.


    It has become a foregone conclusion that the territory of True God Chongyue will fall completely.


    Even if the True God Rising Sun is now providing support to him at any cost, it will not play any role.


    The blue sea god''s thoughts of retreating to the sea became more and more obvious, and he didn''t want to get involved in the affairs of the mainland.


    A series of things that happened in these years made him disheartened and unwilling to continue to take responsibility, and he did not want to continue to be responsible for the overall situation of Shenchang Realm.


    Before being controlled by Hunling Venerable God, True God Rising Sun was originally the kind of character who likes to stand out and is very eventful.


    To put it nicely, it is called courage to serve and dare to take responsibility.


    In order to protect himself, the true God of Rising Yang, who has no way to retreat, decided to take active action now and prepare to defend against the army of ghosts and gods.


    On the one hand, he is trying to mobilize the power on the territory and form an army to fight against ghosts and gods.


    On the other hand, he actively contacted various indigenous gods in the world of Shenchang.


    The territory of Tongguangjiang God is located in the East Land, and he is also unwilling to give up the territory.


    The blue sea god wants to retreat to the sea, which makes Tongguangjiang god and many other native gods very dissatisfied.


    Now that the True God Rising Sun has got rid of the control of the Hunling Venerable God, he has resumed his previous style again, and he has to lead the fight against the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld, which has given new hope to many indigenous gods.


    Tongguang Jiangshen first contacted True God Shengyang secretly, and then had a big quarrel with Azure Sea God.


    In the end, he led a large group of men to break away from the blue sea god''s camp and returned to his own territory.


    Many native gods from the Eastern Continent followed suit and returned to the Eastern Continent.


    Azure Sea God did not forcibly stop them and let them leave freely.


    After the Tongguangjiang God returned to the Eastern Land, he summoned the surrounding gods and tried to build a new line of defense with the Tongguang River as the center to keep out the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    The Tongguang River God has the support of many indigenous gods.


    These native gods of the yang world are well aware of the dangers of ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    True God Chongyue leads a large camp in the Shenchang world and is the overlord of one party.


    But now, the camp under True God Chongyue has almost collapsed.


    The native gods under his command suffered heavy losses and ended tragically.


    The rabbit died and the fox sad, almost all the remaining native gods in the East Land were mobilized to prepare to resist the invasion of the army of ghosts and gods.


    True God Shengyang did not take into account the previous grievances and grievances with Tongguangjiang God, and began to provide him with all-out help.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance did not publicize the news of the alliance with the True God Rising Sun, nor did they provide substantial help for the time being.


    The senior officials of Taiyi Sect also explained to True God Shengyang Haosheng.


    True God Shengyang knew about Meng Zhang''s character and the reputation of Taiyimen, and knew that they had a good reputation.


    Since the two sides are now allies, they should not betray themselves.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    I would like to express my heartfelt thanks to the book friends Hourglass at the end of summer for their reward and support.

 Chapter 2733

    In addition to cultivating and leading the monks in the sect to practice large formations, Meng Zhang also actively read and inquired about the classics, looking for effective ways to fight against Dao thieves and Tiandao consciousness.


    In this regard, the Dragon Clan has helped a lot.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is arrogant and arrogant and has no sons, he also knows what kind of powerful enemy he will face next.


    Apart from him, the Dragon Clan couldn''t even bring out a true immortal-level powerhouse.


    For the battle of the true immortal level, the dragon family can play a limited role.


    Since the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor lost his physical body, his cultivation has fallen sharply, and he has not fully recovered yet.


    He is so strong that he also wants to make more contributions to the next battle.


    After some thought, he opened the Dragon Clan''s Book Collection Pavilion to Meng Zhang, allowing Meng Zhang to enter it and inquire about the required information.


    The Dragon Clan is one of the oldest races in the void, and there are more than one Golden Immortal-level powerhouse in the clan.


    As a huge organization, it has more advantages than individuals in collecting various books and materials.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is only one of the many branches of the Dragon Clan. It is not that kind of particularly powerful and important branch, it can only be said to be an ordinary branch.


    Everything he inherited from the ancestral land of the dragon family is very limited, just a trivial little bit in the inheritance of the dragon family.


    But even so, compared to other races, his branch of the dragon race is still known for being rich.


    The various classics treasured in the clan are still on top of the accumulation of Taiyi Realm.


    Although the Taiyi Gate after Meng Zhang''s reconstruction has a shallow background, it has accepted the Taiyi Gate heritage in its heyday, and also accepted part of the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian.


    After the destruction of Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang generously accepted many cultivation forces, and took the opportunity to extensively collect various useful resources, including various classics circulated in Junchen Realm.


    The foundation of the entire Taiyi world is still very insufficient, far from being comparable to those old-fashioned forces in the void.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor let Meng Zhang enter the Dragon Clan Bookstore this time, which is of great significance to Meng Zhang, and can greatly deepen his and the entire Taiyi Realm''s accumulation.


    From this point of view, the dragon clan also made full use of their racial advantages in their own way and made great contributions to conquering the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang studied the ancient books of the dragon tribe and gained many benefits.


    One of them is to find some effective ways to deal with Dao thieves and Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of the Dao of Heaven.


    Dragons are aggressive and powerful races in the void. They have very rich experience in invading the big world and defeating the consciousness of heaven in the big world.


    The Dragon Clan has a self-contained system of cultivation, and Meng Zhang, the secret method inherited from the Clan, cannot learn it, and many methods cannot be used.


    But he still found a universal method that can be used to deal with the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    Just like the living people have acupoints and meridians, most of the great worlds also have their own acupuncture points.


    These acupuncture points are the key to the big world, and they also have many wonderful functions.


    A large, underdeveloped young world like Junchen World is not yet obvious in this regard.


    In a mature world like Shenchangjie, it should already have a relatively complete system of acupoints.


    Specifically, some special leylines and spiritual caves.


    If practitioners can effectively use these leylines and spiritual acupuncture points, many benefits can be obtained.


    Such as speeding up the practice, tempering the body and soul, and practicing some special secret magic powers and the like.


    According to the records of the dragon race books, using special instruments to stimulate these earth veins and spiritual acupoints can have a great impact on the consciousness of heaven in the big world, and even directly damage its origin.


    After reading these records, Meng Zhang concentrated the power of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan and began to create such special instruments.


    Although due to the limited conditions in various aspects, only the low-end version of the magic weapon can be created, but according to Meng Zhang''s observation, it can still play a great role.


    Meng Zhang selected a group of the most outstanding geographers from the Taiyi Realm and asked them to go to the Shenchang Realm to survey the earth veins and find those special earth veins and spiritual caves according to the methods recorded in the Dragon Clan books.


    Under the leadership of Wen Qiansuan, the elder in the door, the Taiyi Realm geographer quickly began to act.


    After some twists and turns, they began to have some results, and discovered some acupoints in the Shenchang world one after another.


    Some of these ley lines and spiritual caves are hidden deep underground, some are hidden in some natural danger, and some are even guarded by fierce beasts and even indigenous gods...


    In order to ensure the safety of these geographers, Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin-yang fan and transformed into a clone, ready to attack and support them at any time.


    In order to avoid disturbing the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, even if these geomasters discovered those special earth veins and spiritual acupuncture points, they would not immediately deal with them in a special way, but recorded the location and reported it to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang sent his avatar out to verify every location.


    In the history of Shenchang Realm, there are also some lucky people who accidentally broke into these special leylines and spiritual caves and obtained various benefits.


    As long as it does not cause too much damage to these special earth veins and spiritual acupoints, the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world will generally not come in time.


    What''s more, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm now obviously does not know what is holding it back, and even the major event of the army of ghosts and gods invading the Yang World is not taken care of.


    This incarnation of Meng Zhang has the combat power of a true immortal, and often kills those guardians silently.


    Many times, these geographers from Taiyi Realm can complete the task without making a big noise.


    Meng Zhang often used his avatar to observe these special earth veins and spiritual acupoints in depth.


    In many mature worlds, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven will instinctively exercise and strengthen these so-called acupoints.


    Some sufficiently intelligent Heavenly Dao consciousness will gradually comprehend the special technique of breathing and breathing, and use these acupoints to breathe and absorb all kinds of messy vitality in the void.


    From time to time, it will also trigger waves of vitality in the void.


    Many special celestial phenomena in the void, including the tide of vitality, are often derived from this.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is slow to respond, far from being smart, and has not yet been able to comprehend the art of breathing and breathing.


    However, it attaches great importance to the acupuncture points on these bodies.


    Occasionally, it will instinctively urge it to absorb some vitality in the void.


    For the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, whether it is the native gods or outsiders like Meng Zhang, they are nothing but a bunch of bugs.


    It is unavoidable that bugs crawl on your body.


    As long as the worms are not too much, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm will not be too concerned.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, the geographers from Taiyi Realm kept discovering new special leylines and acupoints.


    With the cooperation of the dragon clan and the monks of the Taiyi world, the work of making special instruments went very smoothly.


    Soon, there were a lot of special instruments for the acupoints of Shenchang Realm, which were successfully made and secretly delivered to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2734

    Meng Zhang''s deity spends most of his time in retreat and practice, grasping new power quickly.


    Many times, he uses the avatar created by the wind and fire yin and yang fan to do things on his behalf.


    On this day, a group of geographers eagerly sent a message of help to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang used the temporary avatar formed by the wind and fire yin-yang fan to immediately start the space teleportation, and soon appeared in front of the group of earth masters.


    This group of geographers was led by Wen Qiansuan, and they were the strongest group among all geographers.


    The geographers of the Taiyi Realm initially only acted in the western land, searching for special ley lines and spiritual caves everywhere on the land.


    With the secret method of the dragon family as a reference, they are also proficient in this aspect, so they quickly achieved a lot of results.


    After this period of hard searching, they could no longer find a new target in the Western Land.


    So they started to work elsewhere.


    After they left the west land, they first searched the sea area around the west land.


    There are two continents in Shenchang Realm. After the Western Land, their goal is the Eastern Land.


    The sea area of ??Shenchang Realm is vast, but there are far fewer special leylines and spiritual caves in the sea than on land.


    Wen Qian calculated that after they were ready to search the surrounding waters of the West Continent, they would go to the East Continent first.


    After the land has been roughly dealt with, the search at sea will begin slowly.


    In the sea, especially in the depths of the sea, it is very difficult to search for such special leylines and spiritual caves, and it is difficult to achieve results.


    Wen Qian calculated that when they searched in the offshore area of ??the Western Continent, they didn''t have much hope at first, they just completed the task.


    It''s just that Wen Qiansuan''s habit of doing things is rigorous and thorough. After in-depth observation, they quickly made a huge discovery.


    They discovered a leyline deep in the sea, which should be a special acupuncture point in Shenchang Realm.


    Most importantly, Wen Qiansuan discovered that this leyline had been manipulated, leaving a very secret arrangement on it.


    With Wen Qiansuan''s cultivation and eyesight, he couldn''t see through the details of the arrangement.


    Knowing that this leyline is of great importance, Wen Qiansuan did not act rashly, but directly asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar, which was created by the fan of wind, fire, yin and yang, quickly appeared in front of Wen Qiansuan.


    According to Wen Qiansuan''s guidance, Meng Zhang''s clone looked into the depths of the seabed and observed it carefully.


    Wen Qian was not mistaken, this earth vein is indeed one of the acupoints in the Shenchang world.


    Moreover, this leyline was used very secretly by people.


    If it is replaced by the native gods of Shenchang Realm, or other true immortals, most of them will not see any clues.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, it didn''t take too long to discover that the hidden means applied on this leyline were very vicious.


    Once its arranger is activated, it can severely damage or even destroy this leyline, thereby hurting the consciousness of the heavenly path of Shenchang Realm.


    This method is very clever, secretive and vicious.


    Compared with the methods Meng Zhang learned from the ancient books of the dragon race, it was much more powerful.


    Of course, the dragon clan books that Meng Zhang came into contact with from the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor were only a trivial little bit of the dragon clan inheritance.


    The dragon clan must have more clever means, but Meng Zhang has no chance to come into contact with them.


    In any case, how many people can secretly arrange such a method without disturbing the consciousness of the gods in the Shenchang realm and without disturbing the aboriginal gods in the Shenchang realm?


    A smile appeared on Meng Zhang''s avatar''s face.


    The mysterious and unpredictable Dao thief was finally caught by himself.


    I have been thinking about what means the Dao thief will use to deal with the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    Now it seems that the Dao thief chose the acupoints of Shenchangjie as the target.


    This move directly pointed to the key point of Shenchang Realm.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t learned a similar method in the ancient books of the Dragon Clan, he might not have been able to discover it.


    The acupuncture points of Shenchang Realm are not limited to this one.


    If you want to severely damage the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world in a short period of time, it is best to start with multiple acupoints at the same time.


    Dao thieves are still very careful.


    Knowing that the monks of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan were strict with Xilu, they deliberately avoided Xilu and chose other places to start.


    If Wen Qian hadn''t been careful enough this time, Meng Zhang wouldn''t know when he would be able to catch the trail of the Dao thief.


    Meng Zhang instructed Wen Qian to count them and be more careful in the future.


    If a special arrangement is found in the earth veins and spiritual caves, it must not be easily touched. After Wen Qiansuan and the others must be sent away, Meng Zhang carefully observes and senses the arrangement left by the Dao thief through this clone.


    At the same time, a rough plan slowly began to take shape in his mind.


    Next, Wen Qian, under the cover of Meng Zhang''s avatar, secretly sneaked into the Eastern Continent and searched for new acupoints all over the Eastern Continent.


    It is easy to say that the territory of True God Rising Sun has infiltrated it long ago, and there have been many arrangements secretly.


    Although True God Rising Sun is now an ally, Meng Zhang will still carefully hide from him on these key issues.


    As for the territory of True God Chongyue, it has long been occupied by the army of ghosts and gods, and is shrouded in the sky.


    Even Meng Zhang could hardly sneak in silently, let alone Wen Qian who counted them.


    Fortunately, according to the records of the Dragon Clan Books, although it is said that the more acupoints they control, the better, but they don''t need to find every acupoint in the Shenchang Realm.


    Among these newly discovered acupoints, there are many secret arrangements left behind by Dao thieves.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar wrote down all of them, and after making the mark, he left directly.


    After discovering the secret arrangement of the Dao thief, Meng Zhang lowered his demands on Wen Qian to count them.


    It took about two or three years for Wen Qian to count them as geographers before they finished their work.


    In addition to studying how to deal with the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang has never let down his guard against the Dao thief, the archenemy.


    Tai Miao had previously sent a group of foreign ghosts to sneak into the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    The best of Yin Jiu Hun, headed by him, has become a trusted confidant of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The rest of the extraterritorial ghost clan are not idle either, they are all working hard in various ways.


    Some of them were mixed into some big forces, and they carefully collected all kinds of information.


    Some have attracted and subdued some ghosts and gods in the underworld, creating a small and powerful team.


    ...


    These extraterritorial ghosts will work hard to collect information on all aspects of the underworld and report to Taimiao on a regular basis.


    Tai Miao carefully screened the information and analyzed it together with Meng Zhang.


    Among them, there are several pieces of information that attracted great attention from Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    Some ghosts and gods in the underworld accidentally discovered scenes that were suspected of being bombarded by thunder in some remote areas.


    There are not many ghosts and gods in the underworld who practice thunder, and the ones who practice are mainly Yin thunder or ghost road thunder.


    And where it was found, there were obvious signs left after the thunderbolt bombardment, and it could be inferred that the thunderbolt that fell was extremely strong.


    It is almost impossible for ghosts and gods in the underworld to practice such thunder techniques.


    The biggest possibility is that this is the divine punishment that the divine consciousness of the Shenchang Realm has voluntarily lowered.

 Chapter 2735

    There are not many existences in the current Shenchang realm who are qualified to let the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang realm take the initiative to bring down the punishment.


    At the very least, those ghosts and gods in the underworld would not be stupid enough to provoke the consciousness of heaven in the gods and prosperous world in the underworld, angering them and punishing them.


    The side of Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness that dominates the underworld is at odds with the side that dominates the yang world, and there are many disputes.


    But no matter which aspect of Tiandao consciousness, they are fully aware of the dangers of Dao thieves and will not have any appeasement to them.


    Which side of the underworld is dominated by the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, even if he is a bastard, he will not tolerate Dao thieves.


    Meng Zhang had previously thought that the Dao thief had sneaked into the underworld just with a false shot, in order to confuse the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    Now it seems that the Dao thief has indeed sneaked into the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    Of course, according to Meng Zhang''s investigations over the years, there is more than one Dao thief who has sneaked into the Shenchang Realm.


    The biggest possibility is that these Dao thieves act separately and have their own purposes.


    The Dao thief who sneaked into the underworld didn''t know how to be discovered by the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm, and then he was hit by the heavenly punishment from it.


    Because the Shenchang Realm has the strongest awareness of the Tao of Heaven, Meng Zhang took it as his biggest goal. But for Dao thieves, he never relaxed his vigilance.


    In fact, for cultivators, Dao thieves are more terrifying in many cases.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to grasp the movements of the Dao thieves, but did not achieve much.


    At this time, the situation on the east side has undergone some new changes.


    The small area where Chongyue True God Divine Kingdom is located has long since become an island.


    Most of his territory has been occupied by the army of ghosts and gods.


    Because of Yin Jiu''s persuasion, he was worried that the True God Chongyue would fight back, so the Lord of Wangui did not rush to attack the Kingdom of God.


    In fact, most of the territory was lost, and most of the believers were also lost. The blow to True God Chongyue and his subordinates was far greater than expected.


    The few indigenous gods left by True God Chongyue are almost unable to support them.


    A god with strong accumulation such as True God Chongyue can still rely on accumulation to support after losing most of the source of the power of belief.


    Those indigenous gods whose roots are not as deep as his are starting to become weaker and weaker.


    If the few remaining native gods are lost, it will be difficult to rely on True God Chongyue alone.


    Many ghosts and gods from the underworld are not all subordinates of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    Especially after seeing that the battle situation in Yang World was progressing smoothly and the army of ghosts and gods was unstoppable, more and more ghosts and gods from the underworld flocked to Yang World.


    Those top-level ghosts and gods, who are as famous as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, have already begun their layout in the Yang World.


    In most of the territory of True God Chongyue, the rules of heaven and earth above became closer and closer to the underworld.


    Some powerful ghosts and gods in the underworld, in order not to be controlled by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, began to open more and more yin and yang channels on the territory of True God Chongyue.


    Since there is no one to block the world of Yang, and the gap between Yin and Yang is constantly weakening, it becomes easier and easier to open the channel of Yin and Yang.


    With more yin and yang passages, the army of ghosts and gods can pass more smoothly.


    In the current Yang world, there are many ghosts and gods from the underworld, and even the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts cannot completely control these ghosts and gods.


    Many impatient ghosts and gods began to attack the kingdom of Chongyue Zhenshen who was close at hand.


    Due to the lack of organization and the support of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, all these attacks failed, but they also caused great pressure on True God Chongyue.


    There are also many ghosts and gods who are not under the command of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts. They do not want to be controlled by him, so they simply leave the territory of True God Chongyue and expand in all directions.


    These ghosts and gods started from the territory of the true god Chongyue, and kept attacking the nearby indigenous gods.


    It didn''t take long for these ghosts and gods to enter the territory of Tongguangjiang God, and they began to fight with him.


    With the support of the true god Rising Sun, Tongguang Jiangshen did not flinch in the face of the attack of ghosts and gods, and was ready to give these ghosts and gods a head-on attack.


    So far, the harm caused by ghosts and gods from the underworld in the Yang world has surpassed all the invasions of ghosts and gods in the history of Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has not come forward for a long time, which makes many native gods in Shenchang Realm have an ominous hunch.


    At this time, the Moon God was active and attracted a lot of indigenous gods.


    These indigenous gods are not really loyal to the Taiyi world and the dragon clan, but seeing the situation deteriorate, they want to leave a way out for themselves.


    For the Moon God, having these natives to take refuge in, is conducive to the conquest of the Shenchang Realm by the monks of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, transformed into a clone, and came to Donglu again.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar came directly to the real God Chongyue outside the Divine Realm.


    The aboriginal gods who are trying their best to resist the invasion of ghosts and gods can no longer take care of guarding Meng Zhang''s clone.


    Several indigenous true gods who are most trusted by True God Chongyue have all seen Meng Zhang''s avatar.


    Meng Zhang''s avatar declared that he had no malicious intentions, but just wanted to see the true god Chongyue again.


    If conditions permit, he can provide some help to True God Chongyue to resist the army of ghosts and gods.


    All indigenous gods who have some brains should know that the true God of Chongyue is already gone.


    The fall of the Kingdom of God and the fall of the True God Chongyue is only a matter of time.


    These indigenous gods are either ignorantly loyal to the True God Chongyue, or they are bound too deeply with him and cannot be separated from him...


    They had to continue to stay here, doing futile resistance.


    At this time, any life-saving straw will be firmly grasped by them.


    These indigenous gods warmly received Meng Zhang and informed the True God Chongyue.


    However, the news from the real god Chongyue''s kingdom was that the real god Chongyue refused to meet Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang had expected this for a long time, and he did not express any dissatisfaction.


    On the contrary, the group of indigenous gods under the command of True God Chongyue finally couldn''t bear it anymore.


    Although Meng Zhang is an intruder, he has a strong strength in himself, and there are many powerful cultivators and dragon powerhouses under his command.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing to help, let alone defeat the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    At least helping to defend the nearby area, there is not much problem.


    The previous performances of True God Chongyue had already made him lose his heart.


    Now that the last life-saving straw has to be given up by him, at this time, even the most loyal subordinates will be very dissatisfied.


    Many dissatisfied indigenous gods gathered near the kingdom of God Chongyue Zhenshen and began to make a loud noise, venting their dissatisfaction in various ways.


    True God Chongyue also needs these indigenous gods to resist the attack of the army of ghosts and gods.


    In desperation, he only agreed to meet Meng Zhang in the kingdom of God.


    This avatar of Meng Zhang successfully entered his kingdom of God. Just like last time, in a hidden place in the kingdom of God, he saw the avatar of the stone giant Chongyue Zhenshen.


    True God Chongyue was very impatient at the beginning and asked Meng Zhang how he was going to help.


    His rude behavior showed that he didn''t believe Meng Zhang would help him at all.


    Meng Zhang really did not have a good heart, but on the surface he would not show any signs.

 Chapter 2736

    Meng Zhang didn''t talk to the True God Chongyue. As soon as he opened his mouth, he went straight to the point and went straight to the topic.


    He told True God Chongyue that he already knew his biggest secret.


    True God Chongyue, the incarnation of the stone giant, rarely showed a humanized expression on his face.


    His face was full of disdain, apparently thinking that Meng Zhang was bluffing, trying to get a head start and scare himself.


    But Meng Zhang''s next words made the disdain on his face disappear, and he became very shocked.


    Meng Zhang told him that he used the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen to secretly extract the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, which he knew for a long time.


    Of course, it''s not a big secret.


    His biggest secret is to try to seize the authority of the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang realm and turn it into a new heavenly way of Shenchang realm.


    When he heard this, Zhenshen Chongyue, the stone giant clone, was extremely shocked and had a murderous intent on Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, ancient gods such as True God Chongyue still have a kung fu for cultivating qi.


    Meng Zhang did not report the matter to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, but went to the door to negotiate with him, which means that the two sides still have talks, and Meng Zhang is mostly asking for himself.


    Although the situation is already so dangerous in the face of the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld, True God Chongyue still has a way back.


    But if one''s own secrets are exposed to the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, then all the back paths will have no effect.


    True God Chongyue tried his best to calm down, and through the mouth of the incarnation of the stone giant, asked Meng Zhang what he wanted and what his purpose was.


    Seeing that True God Chongyue recognized the situation so quickly, without futile sophistry, Meng Zhang was quite satisfied.


    The purpose of Meng Zhang''s visit to the True God Chongyue this time was to learn more about the Dao thief from the True God Chongyue.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observations and guesses, the collusion between the True God Chongyue and the Dao thief is very deep, and they have been connected a long time ago.


    Lava Vulcan was actually deceived and used by Dao thieves back then, and the situation is completely different.


    True God Chongyue, as one of the oldest aboriginal gods in Shenchang Realm, is above Lava Fire God in both strength and status.


    In contrast, True God Chongyue is more valuable to Dao thieves.


    Don''t look at Lava Vulcan and True God Chongyue as famous, but in Meng Zhang''s eyes, they are not much better than turkeys.


    However, the True God Chongyue has always been hidden deeply, and Meng Zhang was a little surprised by his ambition.


    Meng Zhang believed that the True God Chongyue was not completely used by Dao thieves, and he must have left behind.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his purpose, but exposed his collusion with the Dao Thief and asked him to tell everything related to the Dao Thief.


    Meng Zhang''s tone was gentle, and he did not directly threaten True God Chongyue.


    True God Chongyue did not dare to be careless because of this.


    He felt that in front of Meng Zhang, he was like a red fruit.


    Meng Zhang seemed to see through all his secrets.


    True God Chongyue did not know how Meng Zhang knew these secrets.


    At this point, escaping doesn''t help.


    True God Chongyue knew that he had to answer Meng Zhang''s question directly.


    Moreover, he did not dare to lie at will.


    God knows what other secrets Meng Zhang has mastered. Maybe Meng Zhang has already mastered the relevant information, and he is just asking for evidence from himself, or just testing himself.


    If Meng Zhang really angered him and asked him to summon the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, then True God Chongyue would really be doomed.


    True God Chongyue has a deep understanding of the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    He knew that compared with the invasion of the Yang World by the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm was even more intolerable to its own plans.


    The army of ghosts and gods from the underworld seems to be menacing and indomitable, but in the eyes of the consciousness of the gods and the realm of heaven, it is not much trouble.


    As long as it reacts, it can be resolved at any time.


    However, the plot of the True God Chongyue is to excavate the foundation of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm and completely replace it.


    No matter how slow the response of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is, they should know which is more important.


    Even, the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang can tolerate the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld to completely occupy the world of Yang, and it can never tolerate the true god Chongyue.


    True God Chongyue just thought about it for a while, and then he knew how to choose, which was the most beneficial to himself.


    He didn''t hide anything, and told Meng Zhang everything he knew about the Dao thief sneaking into the Shenchang Realm.


    It turned out that many years ago, a Taoist thief named Void sneaked into the Shenchang Realm.


    Among the many indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, the Taoist thief chose True God Chongyue as his partner.


    He saw at a glance that the True God Chongyue was a rare anomaly among the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world.


    He is not reconciled to the status quo, and has a strong self-motivation, but there is no way to move forward.


    At that time, True God Chongyue had just moved his kingdom of God next to the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, and studied it wholeheartedly.


    True God Chongyue has carefully studied and excavated the history of Shenchang Realm and even the entire Dengtian Star District.


    He knew that this was the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, and he knew that Immortal Venerable Jun Chen was extraordinary.


    Although Immortal Venerable Jun Chen belongs to the Immortal Dao, his cultivation realm far exceeds that of all the native gods in the Shenchang Realm.


    Even as long as he is willing, it is not difficult to kill the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    True God Chongyue tried to find his own way of breakthrough from the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    It''s a pity that he has been studying hard for many years, but he can''t get in.


    It was at this time that the Dao Thief came to the door and provided him with much-needed help.


    Although he knew that Dao Thief Kong Yu had no good intentions, and knew that the consequences of collaborating with Dao Thieves were serious, True God Chongyue accepted his help.


    With the free guidance of Dao Thief, True God Chongyue has mastered the means to activate the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, and can use it to secretly extract the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    The most important thing is that Dao Thief Void has pointed out a breakthrough path for True God Chongyue, so that he can see a brighter future.


    Of course, Dao thief spare time does not provide these help and guidance in vain.


    Through the True God Chongyue, he learned many secrets of the Shenchang world.


    With the help of True God Chongyue, he sneaked into the underworld.


    He also deserved to be unlucky when the thief was spared. When he returned from the underworld to the yang world, he accidentally disturbed the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world.


    For the Dao thief who sneaks into his own world and plots evil, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will not have the slightest mercy.


    The two sides fought a fierce battle.


    True God Chongyue witnessed the battle secretly by chance.


    This battle greatly shocked True God Chongyue, and it also strengthened his desire to seek the Way.


    Dao Thief Void is indeed of extraordinary strength, possessing all kinds of strange and unpredictable magical powers.


    But his cultivation realm is only at the level of a true immortal. In the face of the power of heaven and earth in a mature world, the power gap is too large, and no immortal magical power can make up for the gap.


    In the end, the Dao Thief was defeated in the battle and was suppressed by the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2737

    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is not because it does not want to kill Dao Thieves and completely solve this scourge.


    ;;;; But the Dao thief is extremely tough, and it is very difficult to completely kill it.


    ;;;;Secondly, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm covets the precious knowledge and power that Dao thieves have spared.


    ;;;;He has an instinctive sense that he can get what he needs for further evolution from the emptiness of Taoism.


    ;;;;He tried to slowly refine the pirate nature of Taoism, absorbing everything he needed from it.


    ;;;; In the battle between the consciousness of the heavens and the thief in the Shenchang world, the true god Chongyue knew that he was powerless to intervene, and only allowed the thief to be suppressed.


    ;;;;Fortunately, the Dao thief after being suppressed did not betray True God Chongyue, and the collusion between them was not revealed in the slightest.


    ;;;; After the Dao thief was suppressed, he did not accept his fate, but launched a struggle from time to time to try to break free from the suppression.


    ;;;; Every time the Dao thief struggles with all his strength, it takes a lot of effort from the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to suppress it again.


    ;;;; True God Chongyue doesn''t know the current situation of Dao Thief''s spare time, how much power he still has to struggle, and he doesn''t know the progress of the refinement of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang Realm.


    ;;;; Not long ago, the thief emptiness came to us.


    ;;;;The emptiness of the thief has always been linked to the emptiness of the thief, knowing that he infiltrated the Shenchang realm.


    ;;;; Emptiness becomes more cautious as the lessons of emptiness are learned.


    ;;;;He didn''t sneak into the Shenchang realm directly, but hid in a real fairy corpse, and then deliberately let a real god in the Shenchang realm pick it up.


    ;;;; If Meng Zhang hadn''t accidentally bumped into his tracks, he might have patiently kept it hidden.


    ;;;; Dao thief Kong Xing was not able to take Meng Zhang, and withdrew in time.


    ;;;; Then, he started walking around the Shenchang realm.


    ;;;; He deceived and used the Lava Vulcan, and also contacted the True God Chongyue.


    ;;;;He stayed in Chongyue Zhenshen for a period of time and learned in detail the details of the suppression of spare time.


    ;;;; It was also at that time that Meng Zhang came to visit the True God Chongyue and just bumped into it.


    ;;;; Shortly after Meng Zhang left here, he also left quickly.


    ;;;; True God Chongyue does not know the specific plan of Taoist emptiness.


    ;;;; The army of ghosts and gods invaded the Yang world on a large scale, and the consciousness of heaven in the gods and prosperous world was slow to respond.


    ;;;;According to the speculation of True God Chongyue, it is most likely that there is some action on the side of Dao Thief''s emptiness, which restrains the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm.


    ;;;; Dao thieves are spared, even in the process of repression, these years have not less caused confusion in the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang realm.


    ;;;;With the help of Dao Thief Kong, the disturbance will only be greater.


    ;;;; After listening to the remarks of the True God Chongyue, Meng Zhang solved a lot of doubts in his heart and gained a preliminary understanding of the situation of the Dao thief.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang had not guessed wrong before, there was more than one Taoist thief who had sneaked into the Shenchang realm.


    ;;;; He just didn''t know that Dao Thief Kong Yu was suppressed by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm long ago.


    ;;;; This also explains why, after Meng Zhang reported the thief emptiness to the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, the other party looked like a great enemy.


    ;;;;I don''t know what''s good about this place in Shenchangjie. The god of mixed spirits, the demon god of disaster, and the thief have all taken their fancy here.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    ;;;; He also repeatedly asked Chongyue Zhenshen several questions.


    ;;;; True God Chongyue is very cooperative, and he knows everything he knows and speaks.


    ;;;; Although True God Chongyue has gained many benefits from Dao Thief Void, he has always been deeply wary of him.


    ;;;;He not only worked hard to gather information about Dao thieves, but also kept trying to monitor the activities of the spare in the Shenchang realm.


    ;;;; Although the gains were not great, Meng Zhang still felt his unwillingness to be controlled by others.


    ;;;;Finally, Meng Zhang asked where the thieves were being suppressed.


    ;;;; God Chongyue does not know the exact location, but only a general area.


    ;;;;Because he was worried about disturbing the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, he did not dare to sneak in and investigate carefully.


    ;;;; After Meng Zhang got the answer from him, he was quite satisfied.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang did not come in vain this time, and obtained a lot of useful information from him.


    ;;;;Meng Zhang now feels that it may be more beneficial for him to let True God Chongyue persist for a longer time under the impact of the army of ghosts and gods.


    ;;;;He said before that he could provide some help to True God Chongyue, but he said it casually, but now he really has some thoughts in this regard.


    ;;;; For a while, he really couldn''t find a way to effectively help True God Chongyue.


    ;;;; After all, everyone now knows that the fall of Chongyue is imminent.


    ;;;;Even if the True God Shengyang, the God of Tongguang River, etc. have the idea of ????death and cold, they will not waste their power on the side of True God Chongyue.


    ;;;; No matter how much you put into it, you will eventually be completely overwhelmed by the army of ghosts and gods.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang is also unlikely to waste the power of Taiyijie monks and dragons here.


    ;;;;How to not consume his own strength, but also give some help to the true god Chongyue, Meng Zhang was thinking about this question until he left.


    ;;;; Since Meng Zhang got the information he wanted from the True God Chongyue, he would not embarrass him, and left there soon.


    ;;;; After leaving, the first thing Meng Zhang had to do was to find out the specific place where the Dao thieves were suppressed.


    ;;;;The known Dao thieves who have sneaked into the Shenchang realm already have both vacancy and emptiness, but I don''t know if there are others.


    ;;;; However, Dao thieves themselves are limited in number. Generally, they don''t put too much power into a big world like Shenchangjie.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang has never seen Dao Thief Avalanche, so he doesn''t know what his strength is.


    ;;;; As long as he has the same strength as Kong Xing, it is still possible for the two Dao thieves to join forces to completely subvert a big world like Shenchang Realm.


    ;;;; Of course, the current Shenchang world is being targeted by many forces, and the situation has become very complicated.


    ;;;; How the final outcome, no one can say now.


    ;;;;According to the information provided by the True God Chongyue, Meng Zhang left the East Land and came to the sea.


    ;;;; He has been flying towards the depths of the sea, without any stop on the way.


    ;;;; The blue sea god has always regarded himself as the ruler of the sea.


    ;;;; But because the sea area of ??Shenchang Realm is too vast, he cannot effectively control every sea area.


    ;;;;Especially in the deepest part of the sea, in the remote areas near the edge of the world, the Azure Sea God himself is not willing to approach it easily.


    ;;;; As for the other indigenous gods, it is even more impossible to approach them at will.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang experienced a lot of natural dangers along the way.


    ;;;; tsunamis, storms, space rifts¡­


    ;;;; These natural dangers, which are enough to easily bury the Void Returning Great Power, did not cause any trouble to him and could not slow down his pace.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang quickly arrived at his destination.


    ;;;; In front of him, a strange scene appeared.


    ;;;;The sea water broke away from the sea and hung upside down in the air, forming scenes of thick water walls.


    ;;;;The sea water in the water wall seems to be free from the shackles of gravity and flows from bottom to top.


    ;;;;Above the wall of water, there is a faint flash of thunder.


    ;;;;Between the water walls, strangely-shaped beasts are wandering back.


    ;;;;In the ancient times of Shenchang Realm, before the rise of indigenous gods, the rulers of Shenchang Realm were all kinds of ancient beasts.


    ;;;; These beasts seem to never be able to be enlightened and never have wisdom.


    ;;;;At that time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm began to form and had independent thoughts.


    ;;;; Rough, stupid, reckless beasts of ancient times, driven only by instinct, were quickly rejected by the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    ;;;;With the support of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm, the indigenous gods rose up.


    ;;;;Indigenous gods defeated the ancient beasts and killed them, or suppressed and sealed them...


    ;;;; Since then, the ancient beasts have disappeared in most parts of Shenchang Realm.


    ;;;; Ordinary beasts are far less powerful than their ancestors, and they are even subdued and driven by indigenous gods.


    ;;;;Before Meng Zhang became a true immortal, he had sneaked into the realm of Shenchang, and released the ancient beasts that were suppressed, causing chaos in the realm of the true god Shengyang.


    ;;;;What appeared in front of Meng Zhang was not an ordinary beast, but an out-and-out ancient beast.


    ;;;;According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the ancient beasts were so powerful that the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang was reluctant to completely exterminate them.


    ;;;;It should have some ancient beasts in some hidden places in Shenchang Realm.


    ;;;;Indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm are unable to subdue and breed ancient beasts.


    ;;;; The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, with its powerful power, should be able to subdue the ancient beasts.


    ;;;;Although the ancient beasts are too ferocious to be driven, there are still ways to use them.


    ;;;; It seems that now, the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm has trapped a group of ancient beasts in the sea area ahead.


    ;;;;There is no need to command these ancient beasts, as long as any creatures approach here, these ancient beasts will act on their instincts and shred them.


    ;;;;Meng Zhang carefully looked ahead, thinking of ways to sneak in.


    ;;;; This scene covers the water wall in front, which is a line of defense.


    ;;;; The ancient beasts that swim among them are the best guardians.


    ;;;; Most of the ancient beasts in the periphery are at the level of returning to the virtual.


    ;;;;The further you go to the inner layer, the stronger the ancient beasts are.


    ;;;; When it comes to the inner layer, there are more than one ancient beasts at the level of true immortals.


    ;;;; Although the ancient beasts are powerful, they have fatal weaknesses.


    ;;;; That is, the level of intelligence is too low to be called a fool.


    ;;;;The ancient beasts who fought with their physical talents and instincts were not able to master too many mysterious magical powers.


    ;;;;If it is a true immortal or even a true god of the same level, it is often possible to outmaneuver the ingenious and easily outperform the ancient beasts.


    ;;;; Of course, due to the rough skin and strong vitality of the ancient beasts, it is easier to beat them, and it is more difficult to kill them completely.


    ;;;;With Meng Zhang''s strength, it is not difficult even if he goes all the way and directly passes the many levels in front of him.


    ;;;; A few ancient beasts at the level of true immortals are not very powerful enemies in his eyes.


    ;;;; His biggest scruple is that he is worried that there will be too much movement, which will disturb the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    ;;;; True God Chongyue also secretly visited this place back then.


    ;;;;Because he was not sure that he could sneak through the difficulties ahead, he did not go further.


    ;;;; He just knew that the thief should be suppressed in the area ahead, and the specific situation is unknown.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang''s mind was spinning rapidly, thinking of ways to sneak in.


    ;;;; If the emptiness of Dao Thief is here, with the supernatural powers he showed, it would be too easy to sneak in.


    ;;;; His kind of supernatural power that transcends the current dimension and seems to be in the height dimension, can not be affected by the water wall in front, and will not alarm the ancient beasts guarding.


    ;;;;Meng Zhang does not use the unique magical powers of Dao thieves, he can only find another way.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang carefully observed the front and quickly deduced the spatial changes.


    ;;;;This is probably because it is located at the edge of the world, and the surrounding rules of heaven and earth are not very stable.


    ;;;;The sea water hangs upside down, which means that the rules of gravity are completely invalid.


    ;;;; There are space cracks everywhere, indicating that the space fluctuations are not small.


    ;;;; The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm took advantage of the unstable rules of heaven and earth and turned it into an insurmountable difficulty.


    ;;;; When it comes to the understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, and the use of the rules of Heaven and Earth, Taoist cultivators are second to none among the major cultivation systems.


    ;;;;Excellent Taoist cultivators are often able to skillfully use the rules of heaven and earth, often using techniques such as four or two to move a thousand jins, and use a little bit of weak force to pry the rules of heaven and earth in the entire area.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang has attached great importance to Taoism since the beginning of his practice.


    ;;;; After advancing to the true immortal level, he has never relaxed his comprehension and experience of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth.


    ;;;; His cultivation realm is not worth mentioning at the level of a true immortal.


    ;;;; But his combat power, his understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, and his control over the rules of Heaven and Earth are among the best among true immortals.


    ;;;; After observing and thinking for a long time, Meng Zhang thought he had mastered some laws.


    ;;;; He took a step forward and traveled through space to the front of a water wall.


    ;;;; There was a slight fluctuation in the space, and his figure quickly disappeared.


    ;;;; When his figure reappeared, he was already behind the water wall.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang''s figure did not stay in place at all, but disappeared in a flash, continuing to travel through space.


    ;;;; An ancient vicious beast that happened to fly by the side seemed to be aware of it, and looked vigilantly in the direction where Meng Zhang''s figure appeared just now, but because Meng Zhang''s movements were too fast, it didn''t get anything.


    ;;;;The surrounding space is too fragile, there are space cracks everywhere.


    ;;;; Every now and then, there will be bursts of space storms pouring out of it.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang must be extra careful when he travels through space.


    ;;;; A little too much force may tear the space or even completely shatter it.


    ;;;;At that time, a powerful space storm will probably erupt, completely submerging Meng Zhang.


    ;;;; If Meng Zhang is not careful, he will get lost in the turbulent flow of space.


    ;;;; Of course, for a true immortal like him, these dangers are not fatal.


    ;;;; The space storm can''t kill him, and the space turbulence is even less likely to trap him for a long time...


    ;;;; Again, all Meng Zhang''s actions must be silent, so as not to disturb the consciousness of the heavens in the world of Shenchang.


    ;;;; This is the place where the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm suppresses Dao thieves, and it must be regarded as a hidden place.


    ;;;;Mengzhang suddenly broke into it for no reason. Once he was discovered, he would probably think that Mengzhang was plotting something wrong and aroused hostility towards Mengzhang.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang has never been so careful before, it feels like walking on thin ice.


    ;;;; A few times, when he passed by several ancient beasts, these ancient beasts happened to be the kind of beings that are sensitive to spatial fluctuations.


    ;;;;These ancient beasts not only sensed abnormal spatial fluctuations, but also followed Meng Zhang''s footsteps into the space gap with their innate spatial supernatural powers.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang carefully avoided the tracking of these ancient beasts, and at the same time he had to divide his strength and try to stabilize the space gap that was about to collapse.


    ;;;; Meng Zhang felt that he was besieged by a group of true immortals, so he would not be so tired.


    ;;;; It seems that he hasn''t worked so hard since he entered the world of Shenchang.

 Chapter 2738

    Meng Zhang spent a lot of energy, and after a long delay, he got rid of the ancient beasts who were following him.


    Although these ancient beasts have amazing talents, their level of intelligence is really not high.


    Many times, they are controlled by animal instincts.


    They searched for a while in the space gap, but did not find any intruders.


    The rules of the nearby heaven and earth are not stable, and spatial fluctuations occur from time to time.


    These ancient beasts quickly lost their patience, thinking it was a spontaneous fluctuation of space.


    Seeing the ancient beast turn around and leave, Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief.


    These guys are not strong, but their vigilance is very high. Coupled with their powerful innate magical powers, it''s really not easy to get away with it.


    Next, Meng Zhang passed a lot of levels, encountered several dangers, and was almost exposed.


    Fortunately, he is not only strong enough, but also lucky.


    In the end, Meng Zhang successfully passed the peripheral barriers and entered the central area of ??the area.


    Meng Zhang stood behind a tall water wall, looking at the situation ahead through the block.


    The almost endless sea water flows back into the sky, forming a huge vortex in the sky.


    The center of the vortex is a roaring hurricane, and the surface is a layer of dazzling lightning...


    Meng Zhang recognized at almost a glance that this vortex was the place where the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm could suppress the Taoist thieves.


    In addition to Meng Zhang''s good eyesight, it was also because he came at a very good time.


    A fierce battle just came to an end.


    A black shadow dashed left and right in the vortex, charging around, trying to break through the seal of the vortex and escape to the outside.


    In addition to the power of the whirlpool itself, outside the whirlpool, in the higher sky, a vast consciousness is constantly wandering back.


    Needless to say, Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness has been paying attention here recently.


    That shadow is the thief vacant, trying to get rid of the repression.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not dare to be careless about this, and immediately turned its attention to the fact that the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld was plundering in the Yang world.


    The shadow seemed to become exhausted after repeated attempts to no avail, and its movements became slower and slower, giving it a feeling of powerlessness.


    Meng Zhang carefully concealed his figure and silently watched the conflict.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait too long, the black shadow that was sealed in the vortex seemed to finally stop moving and stopped all movements.


    At this time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm seized the opportunity to take action.


    A great power of heaven and earth descended from the sky and fell into the vortex.


    The shadow seemed to be fixed by some kind of force, unable to move at all.


    The huge vortex has also been repaired and strengthened again, like a cage, binding the Dao Thief firmly.


    The Dao thief''s spare attempt to escape the repression, like every previous attempt, ended in failure again.


    The Dao Thief was free to be honest, but the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm was not in a hurry to leave here, and was still constantly observing and monitoring him.


    After a while, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm slowly disappeared from here.


    Before it disappeared, four indigenous gods of different shapes descended from the sky, surrounded the huge vortex, and guarded it well.


    Shenchangjie has such a long history, and a large number of indigenous gods have naturally been born.


    Among these indigenous gods, not all of them are those who do not seek to make progress and live by it.


    There are a few indigenous gods, like the true god Chongyue, who have ambitions for the path and want to hit the realm above the true god.


    Of course, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm does not allow this to happen.


    If there are indigenous gods beyond the realm of the true gods, it will greatly shake the status of the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world, and even threaten its existence.


    In the Void Myriad Realms, things like killing and refining the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao occur from time to time.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang Realm can easily suppress the indigenous gods in the True God Realm.


    If you encounter a powerhouse with a higher realm, you may not be able to resist.


    Therefore, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm imposes various restrictions on the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm, and often suppresses those who are too excellent.


    After a long time, the keen people among the native true gods of Shenchang Realm gradually realized the malice of the consciousness of heaven.


    Instead of taking the risk of angering the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven and making breakthroughs with unknown success or failure, it is better to surrender to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven honestly and enjoy everything that the native gods should enjoy.


    Indigenous gods in the Shenchang world do not seek progress, are content with the status quo, and pursue a life of pleasure, which is largely derived from this.


    Of course, among the many native gods, there is always that kind of outlier.


    They are uneasy about the status quo, have high ambitions, and have higher pursuits.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will not directly kill these indigenous gods, but will take advantage of their unpreparedness and secretly take action when they are in retreat and practice, making them go crazy and lose their independent consciousness.


    Then, the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm instilled the power of heaven and earth into them and turned them into their own puppets.


    For these native gods, this is a kind of harmony.


    At the very least, they will always be with the consciousness of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm in the future.


    In the long years, no one knows how many such puppets have been created by the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    This is one of the biggest trump cards of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang just glanced at it from a distance and knew that the strength of the four true gods guarding this place should not be under the true gods such as the blue sea god.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm lingered here for a long time, repeatedly watching and watching, and finally left here reluctantly.


    The Shenchang Realm is an incomparably vast world, and many major events happen every day.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm has a heavy responsibility to maintain the normal operation of the entire big world. Most of the time, it is very busy and it is difficult to escape.


    Generally speaking, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm will not stay in a certain place for too long.


    It is quite rare that it has been delayed here for so long.


    After confirming that the suppressed Dao thief was powerless to continue struggling, and it was almost impossible to get rid of the suppression, the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm slowly disappeared.


    After it disappears, it is necessary to rely on the four guards to guard it.


    After some initial panic, the guards on the outer perimeter quickly regained their composure.


    After all, without the conscious or unintentional suppression of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, these ancient beasts would soon return to their nature.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose of this adventurous exploration has been achieved.


    He not only determined the specific location of the place of suppression, but also initially investigated the guards here.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would never take the initiative to rescue Dao Thief Kong.


    He began to think in his mind, how much value there is to be used for the emptiness of thieves that has been suppressed for so many years.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm turned its attention away from here. I don''t know when it will pay attention again?


    While Meng Zhang was thinking about it, he suddenly sensed a distant wall of water, followed by waves of subtle fluctuations.

 Chapter 2739

    When Meng Zhang was thinking about it, he suddenly moved in his heart and moved his eyes to the side.


    A faint wave of spiritual thoughts came out from a corner over there, crossed the front, deftly bypassed the seal above the vortex, and silently penetrated into it.


    With Meng Zhang''s sensitivity, he almost didn''t notice it.


    If it weren''t for the slight fluctuation when the spiritual sense penetrated into the seal in front, Meng Zhang would not have been disturbed.


    The purpose of that spiritual sense fluctuation should be to establish a connection with the sealed Dao Thief Void.


    In the current Shenchang Realm, who is willing to take a great risk, sneak into this place, and secretly contact the Taoist thief, I am afraid that only his companion is empty.


    Meng Zhang thought of this, and immediately sneaked over, trying to catch the trail of Dao Thief Kong.


    Meng Zhangke has never forgotten that Dao Thief Kong has also harmed the Taiyi Sect cultivator.


    Meng Zhang''s figure silently bypassed several water walls, and came to another direction under the cover of the terrain here.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the front is empty, and there seems to be no vision.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, he secretly used the supernatural power of childishness, and looked intently.


    Behind a huge water wall, there is a faint black spot mixed in the massive sea water.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t look for it with heart, I''m afraid he would ignore the past.


    Meng Zhang sensed it carefully and felt a little surprised.


    The one who secretly communicated with the Tao Thief Kong Yu in the seal was not the Tao Thief Kong Xing, but another old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, the Demon God of Famine.


    Last time in the void, Meng Zhang and the others caught the Famine Demon God and forced him to the corner.


    At first, Meng Zhang didn''t want to fight the calamity demon.


    Second, he forced the Famine Demon God to agree to some of his conditions.


    Meng Zhang let go of the demon god of disaster.


    The Famine Demon God also kept his promise and fulfilled Meng Zhang''s conditions.


    Among them, Meng Zhang was very satisfied with the fact that the Famine Demon God made a noise on the site of Hunling Zunshen and framed the blame.


    Since then, Meng Zhang has never found any trace of the Famine Demon God, but only guessed that he would not leave the Shenchang Realm easily.


    The Demon God of Famine is now here, clearly colluding with the Dao thief.


    Immortals and demons are incompatible, and Daoist thieves are the great enemies of Daoism. The two naturally have a good foundation for cooperation.


    In fact, many Daoist immortals simply classify Dao thieves as a major branch of the magic way.


    The Famine Demon God doesn''t know how to hook up with the Dao thief, and what kind of plot does he have?


    Meng Zhang did not easily alarm him, but just watched secretly from the sidelines, allowing him to communicate with the Dao Thief in his spare time.


    It didn''t take long for the Famine Demon God to complete his work.


    He didn''t intend to stay here for a long time, and immediately set foot on the way home.


    Facing the same situation as Meng Zhang, he had to sneak through these levels without disturbing the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchangjie.


    The cultivation base of the calamity devil is not under Meng Zhang.


    As a strong magician, he is very good at secret infiltration and other activities.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang also discovered that he had used a treasure that would help conceal his figure.


    Even so, the Famine Demon God still spent a lot of effort, far more laborious than Meng Zhang, and after a longer delay, he finally managed to pass the level ahead.


    After passing these levels, they quickly returned to normal waters.


    The Famine Demon God flew forward for a long time again, and also performed space shuttle many times in the middle.


    If there are stalkers or the like behind them, they may have been thrown off by him.


    When they reached a remote sea area, the Famine Demon God stopped.


    He took out a special communication tool, established contact with the distant place, and communicated for a long time.


    After the communication was completed, the Famine Demon God slowly put away the communication tool.


    Suddenly, the Famine Demon God turned his body and looked forward with vigilance on his face.


    Meng Zhang showed his stature generously.


    Just now, Meng Zhang had been secretly following the Demon God of Famine, monitoring his every move.


    No matter how cunning, how careful, and how many anti-stalking measures the Demon God of Famine was, he could not get rid of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not an ordinary stalker, he almost followed each other like a shadow.


    If it wasn''t for him showing his body on purpose, the Famine Demon God would not have found him so far.


    Seeing Meng Zhang, an old acquaintance, the face of the Demon God of Famine was very ugly.


    "Sect Master Meng, I have fulfilled my promise, you and I don''t owe each other, why have you been following me?"


    Meng Zhang''s expression was very relaxed, and he didn''t seem to care about the Demon God of Famine.


    "The grievance between this seat and you last time is settled."


    "But I have never said that I will never look for you again in the future."


    "You should know what a Dao thief is. Since you have colluded with a Dao thief, you should know that a Daoist cultivator will come to you at any time."


    Many Taoist cultivators, especially many immortals, hated Taoist thieves even more.


    They may turn a blind eye to the magic powers and do not invade each other.


    But once the traces of the Dao thief are found, they will be tracked to the death and will not die.


    Of course, the Famine Demon God knows these situations, and there is no futile sophistry.


    Meng Zhang had followed him all the time, but now that he suddenly appeared, he must have known about his dealings with the Dao thief.


    "Sect Master Meng, no matter how wide you are, it doesn''t matter what kind of friends I make."


    The Famine Demon God would not easily bow his head in front of Meng Zhang.


    He is also a powerful demon god after all. The demon god is the enemy of the real immortal, so there is no need for him to give Meng Zhang a good face.


    He was willing to communicate with Meng Zhang calmly, thinking that it was enough to give Meng Zhang face.


    "Of course I don''t care what kind of friends you have made."


    "As long as you will communicate with the Dao thief and their plots, all of them will be told one by one, this seat will not embarrass you, turn around and leave immediately."


    Meng Zhang really wanted to kill the calamity demon god, but he knew that now was not the time to slay demons and eliminate demons.


    There are more important things to do than to kill each other.


    "This is not a void, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is not here, and you don''t have the help of that wonderful true god."


    "Sect Master Meng, you are too confident."


    "Do you really think that you alone can threaten me?"


    The Demon God of Famine was really a little dissatisfied with the result of the last battle in the void.


    If it wasn''t for the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the others, Meng Zhang wouldn''t be able to catch him.


    If the calamity devil escaped with all his heart, Meng Zhang might not be able to keep him.


    But this is the world of Shenchang, and Meng Zhang has his own means to threaten him.


    "Didn''t Dao Thief Kong Xing tell you that the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven that summoned Shenchang Realm came to me last time, and he almost left him."


    "As a demon god, you are also a thorn in the flesh in the eyes of Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm."


    "Would you like me to see how Shenchang Realm will deal with you, the devil who secretly infiltrated, after the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm arrives."


    Meng Zhang said lightly and threatened.

 Chapter 2740

    After hearing Meng Zhang''s threat, the Demon God of Famine became very ugly.


    Every time he sneaked into Shenchang Realm, he had to carefully restrain his breath.


    The consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm is slow to respond, and his main attention is on the thief. He has been able to move freely and easily recently.


    Although the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm is just like the native gods, they are out-and-out bumpkins, but they are still clear about the dangers of the devil''s way.


    If the calamity demon god is entangled by Meng Zhang, and the consciousness of the heavenly way of the gods and prosperous world comes, it will be difficult for him to escape.


    The Demon God of Famine is undoubtedly a guy who is very knowledgeable about current affairs.


    Anyway, the relationship between him and the Dao thief is only mutual use, there is no need to guarantee each other''s loyalty.


    In fact, both Dao thieves and demon gods are extremely cunning and have no faith at all.


    When needed, they can be sold together with the door, not to mention this temporary partnership.


    The Demon God of Famine was submissive to Meng Zhang, at best it was just a little humiliating.


    This kind of face can''t be eaten as food.


    He just hesitated a little, and then revealed a lot of information to Meng Zhang.


    It turned out that when the Taoist emptiness struggled in the place of repression and attracted the consciousness of the heavenly Tao of Shenchang Realm, the Taoist thief sneaked into the underworld.


    "The Female President''s Almighty King"


    Dao thief had no time to contact Dao thief emptiness, so he asked the demon god of disaster to run over and pass on the information for them.


    The Famine Demon God is not so happy to explain, and there are many inaccuracies in his words.


    Meng Zhang pressed the question again and again, and only squeezed out a lot of information bit by bit.


    The last time Meng Zhang visited the True God Chongyue, the other party cooperated fully and answered honestly.


    In contrast, the attitude of the Famine Demon God made him feel very unhappy.


    Meng Zhang was about to continue beating him when he suddenly swayed and disappeared in place.


    While dodging quickly, he slashed towards the Demon God of Famine with a backhand sword energy.


    The Famine Demon God who was about to attack him had to parry this sword energy first, thus giving up the long-prepared sneak attack.


    While Meng Zhang tried to block the Famine Demon God, he set up the Wind Fire Yin-Yang Fan in time, and fanned it continuously behind him.


    The power of wind and fire surged wildly, just in time to meet the Hunling Venerable God who appeared behind him.


    Hunling Zunshen was blocked by the power of wind and fire, and he could not continue to chase and kill Meng Zhang for the time being.


    Meng Zhang never let his guard down when questioning the Demon God of Famine.


    Hunling Zun suddenly appeared and tried to attack him, but he responded in time.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God cooperated tacitly, but they did not expect Meng Zhang to respond so quickly.


    If it is in the void, the Famine Demon God will definitely cooperate with the Hunling Venerable God, and try to see if he can kill Meng Zhang.


    But here is Shenchang Realm, and he and Hunling Zunshen are both enemies recognized by Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    The Famine Demon God greeted the Hunling Venerable God and was about to leave.


    Hunling Zunshen hated Meng Zhang very much in his heart.


    This guy framed and framed him, making the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world wronged him, and making his years of hard work go to waste.


    Originally, he controlled the True God Rising Sun and used it as a breakthrough to penetrate into the realm of Shenchang, which was a good coup.


    True God Rising Sun took advantage of Meng Zhang''s attack to regain his freedom.


    With the addition of True God Rising Sun, the mortal enemy, that''s nothing.


    The loss of almost all the servants and servants of the gods is acceptable.


    But being hostile to the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm is an irreparable loss.


    This means that his years of planning for Shenchang Realm and his ambition to occupy Shenchang Realm are almost completely over.


    While respecting Meng Zhang as the enemy of life and death, the Hunling Zunshen also felt a little hopeless about the future.


    It was at this time that Dao Thief Kong Xing found him.


    Whether it was his extreme hatred for Meng Zhang or his unwillingness in his heart, he had no choice but to fight with the tiger, hoping that there would be some turning point in the future.


    It is precisely because of the guidance and help of the Taoist emptiness that he was able to escape the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm and lurked in the Shenchang Realm for a long time.


    This time, he received the news secretly delivered by the Demon God of Famine and came to respond.


    He shot with hatred and attacked Meng Zhang unsuccessfully.


    After being reminded by the Famine Demon God, he had to temporarily suppress the hatred in his heart and leave here first.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God covered each other, and soon got out of the battle and left here.


    Meng Zhang tried and couldn''t keep them.


    In the middle, Meng Zhang also had the idea of ??summoning the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm to come.


    But he thought and thought, but he still didn''t give up the idea.


    After a series of events, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm obviously did not trust Meng Zhang as much as before.


    If Meng Zhang found the trace of the Dao thief, it would be better to call him.


    If the Demon God of Calamity and the Venerable God of Hunling summon the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, even if the other party arrives in time, they will probably be dissatisfied with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang could clearly feel that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was currently putting all his thoughts on Dao Thieves, and obviously didn''t care much about other things.


    Seeing the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God leave, Meng Zhang was a little disappointed, but not depressed.


    The stinky fish and rotten shrimps like the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God are now mixed with Dao thieves, and they must be more vigilant in the future.


    Just now, the Demon God of Famine seemed to answer the question honestly, but he secretly invited the God of Hunling, which is really cunning.


    Meng Zhang now knows where the Dao Thief Kong Yu was suppressed, and the fact that Dao Zi Kong sneaked into the underworld by nature can also be confirmed with the information obtained before.


    How to act next, Meng Zhang''s thoughts have not yet been perfected.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a while, but left.


    He rushed to Donglu again and secretly came to the original territory of True God Chongyue.


    Dao thief''s spare movements have been suppressed, and the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm should be able to draw its hands.


    Ghosts and gods from the underworld invaded the yang world, so they shouldn''t really ignore it.


    Meng Zhang wanted to investigate the general situation from his reaction.


    Not long after Meng Zhang sneaked into the original territory of True God Chongyue, he found that there was already a lot of commotion here.


    The information that Yin Jiu reported to Tai Miao was also passed on to him in time.


    Not long ago, a large group of ancient beasts from nowhere suddenly descended from the sky and fell into the control area of ??the army of ghosts and gods.


    These ancient beasts were violent and ferocious, and as soon as they landed, they frantically launched attacks on all the targets around them.


    The sudden attack sent the army of ghosts and gods into chaos.


    The situation was stabilized only after the Lord Wangui came forward in time.


    While organizing an army of ghosts and gods to resist these ancient beasts, he drew strength from other directions in an attempt to surround and kill these ancient beasts.


    There are a large number of ghosts and gods from the underworld, but because everything went too smoothly some time ago, the overgrown ghosts and gods relaxed their vigilance and attacked in all directions at the same time. Now many ghosts and gods are distributed on the vast land.


    It is detected that your latest reading progress is "Sync to the latest? Turn off sync

 Chapter 2741

    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has a very high prestige among ghosts and gods, and is very appealing.


    He ordered many ghosts and gods to gather, and the ghosts and gods would not refuse, and basically obeyed the orders honestly.


    However, due to the current situation, too many ghosts and gods did not have time to rush back to the rear.


    Although several space passages between the underworld and the yang world have been opened up, the traffic capacity is still very limited.


    In a short period of time, too many ghosts and gods cannot be brought from the underworld to the yang world.


    This batch of ancient beasts can be considered to have seized a flaw in the army of ghosts and gods, and they wantonly destroy and slaughter behind them.


    They not only eliminated numerous ghosts and gods, but also posed a huge threat to key devices such as the canopy.


    Fortunately, the Lord Wangui led the personal guards in time to temporarily stop the offensive of these ancient beasts.


    In the fierce battle, the ghosts and gods suffered heavy losses, and even the sky was damaged.


    What the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is currently trying to do is to temporarily limit these ancient beasts to a certain range, and then wait until the ghosts and gods are concentrated before killing them one by one.


    Being able to release so many ancient beasts in time, it seems that the consciousness of the gods of the gods has begun to ask about the situation here.


    On the surface, Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness is a very clever trick.


    The ancient beasts that were cast were just at the weak point of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Its actions also give full play to the advantages of the ancient beasts, and maximize the combat effectiveness of this group of guys who are friends and foes.


    Now that the army of ghosts and gods has been devastated by the ancient beasts, and has almost been driven to the side of True God Chongyue, who has been in a desperate situation, he has gained a rare chance to breathe.


    The indigenous gods of the Eastern Continent, such as Tongguang River God and Shengyang True God, are also very happy about this situation.


    Meng Zhang saw something else in it.


    This is Yang Shi, the side of Yang Shi who is in charge of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm. It is reasonable to say that the power of heaven and earth should be directly lowered to forcibly crush these invading ghosts and gods.


    It did not shoot directly, but just lowered the ancient beast.


    No matter how fierce these ancient beasts are, they cannot completely solve the problem, and can only temporarily hold back the army of ghosts and gods.


    No matter what the reason, the fact that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm cannot directly lower its power indicates that there is a problem.


    It seems that the actions of the Dao thief in Shenchang Realm are not small, and it has already caused a huge impact on the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Originally, Meng Zhang always believed that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was the most powerful, and Dao thieves should have no way to take it.


    According to his original plan, it was to find a way to weaken the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, so that both it and the Dao thief would suffer.


    But now it seems that Meng Zhang underestimated the Dao thief before.


    It is also true that Dao thieves are good at sneaking into the worlds, stealing the origin of heaven and earth, and finally swallowing the consciousness of heaven and earth.


    Although the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm is strong, it does not master many magical powers and secrets like the cultivators, and cannot fully exert the power it possesses.


    If Dao thieves secretly cast targeted secret techniques, it is really possible that they have already caused considerable damage to the consciousness of the heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang didn''t know enough about the movements of the Dao thief, and he didn''t know what the Dao thief did.


    Meng Zhang''s figure soared into the sky, left Shenchang Realm directly, and came to the nearby void.


    He sat cross-legged here, silently watching the Shenchang Realm below, thinking carefully about whether he had made any omissions.


    Suddenly, he thought that the acupoints of Shenchang Realm, that is, those special earth veins and spiritual acupoints, are not only found in the Yang world, but also in the underworld.


    There are only a limited number of foreign ghosts sneaking into the underworld, and their cultivation is mediocre, and there is no special earth division.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang ordered the Taiyimen geographer to survey the earth''s veins in the Yang world, and when searching for the acupoints, he ignored the underworld, intentionally or unintentionally.


    Anyway, the masters of Taiyimen can''t enter the underworld, and they can''t do anything.


    From the existing intelligence analysis, Dao Thief Kong should have sneaked into the underworld, and it seems to have disturbed the side of the underworld in the consciousness of the gods of the gods, and was hit by the heavenly punishment.


    With the ability of Dao thief emptiness, it should not be so easy to be punished and killed by heaven.


    In terms of surveying the earth veins and finding the acupoints of Shenchang Realm, although there is only one person, Dao Thief is far stronger than all the earth masters of Taiyi Sect combined.


    First of all, he has a cultivation base of the true immortal level, and the Taiyi Sect ground master can only cultivate at the Void Return Stage at most.


    Second, this kind of method mastered by Meng Zhang came from the Dragon Clan, and it was a method that could be outflowed from the Dragon Clan. If you think about it, it would definitely not be considered brilliant among similar methods.


    And this kind of method mastered by Taoist emptiness is definitely far more powerful.


    I just don''t know, what kind of damage has been done to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm?


    If the Dao thief side can gain the absolute upper hand in the struggle against Shenchang Realm, then Meng Zhang will have to adjust the original plan.


    Then he shouldn''t think about weakening the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, but to find a way to strengthen it.


    The only known ones on the Taoist side are emptiness and vacancy, and their strengths are unfathomable.


    With the addition of the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God, the strength has increased greatly.


    On the other hand, Meng Zhang and the others might not be as powerful as the Dao thief.


    Meng Zhang thought about it for a long time and felt that there was indeed something wrong with his previous approach.


    He used to be too obsessed with details and didn''t think more about the overall situation, so that now he feels very passive.


    Next, a fierce battle will inevitably break out in Shenchang Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan have already entered the game, and there is absolutely no way to escape, and the high-level officials of both sides are not willing to escape.


    Meng Zhang had done a lot before, and tried every means to strengthen his combat effectiveness through various means.


    He believes that he has done almost what he should do.


    The secrets that should be understood, he has already learned a lot.


    Although he tried hard to track down the whereabouts of the thieves and check the arrangement of the thieves, he had never been able to see the whole picture.


    Instead of working hard, thinking hard, and continuing to spend energy in this area, it is better to keep calm and prepare for the battle.


    When it''s time to make a move, we will use our full strength.


    As for when to shoot and how to shoot, it depends on the state of Shenchang Realm.


    Standing in the void, Meng Zhang began to perform the technique of looking forward to the breath, watching the Shenchang Realm in front of him.


    As a celestial master, the technique of looking forward to qi is very clever, and not only can he see the most real side through all kinds of falsehoods.


    If he is willing to pay enough price, he can roughly see the past and future of a big world.


    On the surface, the world of Shenchang is still as vibrant and thriving as before, with strong roots and unfathomable power.


    Looking at such a vast world, Meng Zhang was deeply shocked every time.


    The war was imminent, Meng Zhang was unwilling to pay too much price, and did not want to make himself weak.


    He did not conduct in-depth deductions, and mainly used conventional means to wait and see, but he still saw some things that he had ignored before.


    It is detected that your latest reading progress is "Sync to the latest? Turn off sync

 Chapter 2742

    Almost all creatures in the world have their own atmosphere.


    Or strong enough to shake the world, or weak enough to be like a firefly.


    The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm can also be regarded as a special kind of creature, and it naturally has a weather.


    In addition, it does not understand the art of convergence, and its weather is obvious.


    Meng Zhangshi looked at the technique of qi, and what he was watching was not only the Shenchang Realm itself, but also the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    He wants to watch the weather of Tiandao consciousness in Shenchang Realm, peep at its past and present, and try to guess its future.


    Although every time he did this, it would bring him a lot of pressure and cause a lot of damage to him.


    But these pressures can still be endured, and this level of wear and tear can be recovered in time.


    The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm is a huge aggregate of pan-consciousness. In Meng Zhang''s eyes, it is a colorful and radiant behemoth.


    From the surface alone, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is still so powerful and imposing.


    However, Meng Zhang''s careful and in-depth observation can find that there are many chaotic places inside it.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is multi-faceted. The side in charge of the Yang world seems to be normal, but the side in charge of the underworld begins to reveal some weaknesses.


    It seems that Dao Thief emptiness sneaked into the underworld. Although he was hit by divine punishment, not only did he not lose his life, but he also dealt a big blow to the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    Although it is only the underworld side of Shenchang Realm who is in charge of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness being injured, it will affect the whole Heavenly Dao Consciousness sooner or later.


    Dao thief Kong Xing has already begun to attack the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    If Meng Zhang ignores it, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm may not be able to resist the attack of Dao thieves.


    After Meng Zhang saw everything he wanted to see, he finished casting the spell and began to sit cross-legged in the void, slowly recovering his vitality.


    He has seen through some of the Dao thieves'' plans, but he needs to think carefully about when to reveal these plans to the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Just as Meng Zhang was thinking quietly in the void, the war on the eastern land of Shenchang Realm became more and more intense.


    After stabilizing his position, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts began to assemble an army of ghosts and gods, and began to eliminate those raging ancient beasts.


    These ancient beasts do not have enough wisdom, and their attacks are completely incoherent, and they are completely out of temper.


    Although they caused a lot of damage to the army of ghosts and gods, they did not hurt the root cause.


    With the passage of time, in addition to the ghosts and gods transferred from various parties, more and more ghosts and gods came from the underworld to the yang world, and many of them were powerful ghosts and gods.


    The ghosts and gods of the underworld are more lethal than the native gods of the Yang world, and they have mastered more sinister and strange secret arts.


    Even the ancient beasts with strong vitality and difficult to be completely killed were surrounded and killed by ghosts and gods.


    There are also many ancient beasts that have been temporarily sealed by ghosts and gods.


    Wait until the empty hands are available, and then slowly concoct them.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts spent a lot of time and energy to quell the chaos caused by this ancient beast.


    Most of the ancient beasts were either killed or sealed, and only a small number of ancient beasts escaped the siege and are being chased by numerous ghosts and gods.


    As the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts completely gained a firm foothold in the Yang World and achieved fruitful results, some of the top ghosts and gods in the underworld who were still watching before, could no longer hold back and began to try to interfere in the Yang World.


    These top ghosts and gods came with the idea of ??picking peaches.


    Although they could not directly rob the loot of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, they would not obey the command of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    A true god-level ghost girl under the command of the ghost mother-in-law, and a true god-level bone puppet under the ghost bone son, both took a fancy to the area where the Chongyue True God Kingdom is located.


    After a heated argument, they decided to take the place together first, and then slowly discuss how to distribute the spoils.


    The ghost girl and the bone puppet each led an army of ghosts and gods, and they fought from different directions to the place where the true god Chongyue last stood.


    The ghost mother-in-law and the ghost bone son are the top-level ghosts and gods in the underworld that are as famous as the king of the ghosts. They fight a lot with each other on weekdays.


    Wan Guiguo can''t manage the subordinates of the ghost mother-in-law and the ghost bone son, and does not want to expose the discord within the ghosts and gods at this time.


    He let the ghost girl and the bone puppet attack the territory of True God Chongyue.


    The army of ghosts and gods led by these two quickly defeated the subordinates of True God Chongyue, all the way to a place not far from the kingdom of True God Chongyue.


    Many of the subordinates of True God Chongyue still count on Meng Zhang to help.


    Although Meng Zhang just said it casually last time, he was really regarded as a life-saving straw by many indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang, who originally wanted to help the True God Chongyue, had long since changed his mind and was unwilling to waste his power in vain.


    Without foreign reinforcements, the subordinates of True God Chongyue did not persist for too long before they completely collapsed.


    After the two armies of ghosts and gods joined forces, they began to join forces to attack the kingdom of God Chongyue Zhenshen.


    Because of cultivation, the true body of True God Chongyue is entering a rather strange state and cannot be moved lightly.


    His incarnation of the stone giant first led the army of indigenous gods and ghosts and gods under his command to fight fiercely.


    After the defeat, the native gods were almost completely lost, and the incarnation of the stone giant, who was seriously injured, also retreated into the kingdom of God.


    In order to keep his actions secret, True God Chongyue sent out most of the servants and servants in the kingdom of God many years ago.


    Although the kingdom of God has accumulated a lot of divine power and has solid defense facilities, its garrison force is seriously insufficient.


    True God Chongyue, such a cunning and cunning guy, made a way for himself many years ago.


    If there is an accident and the kingdom of God falls, then he will completely abandon the kingdom of God, burn his true body, and strengthen his consciousness with all his strength.


    Then, his consciousness would hide in the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, and use this place to hide.


    When the danger passes, his consciousness can still continue to cultivate and continue to absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    One day, maybe he will really be able to use his own consciousness to completely replace the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm and make himself a brand new Heavenly Dao.


    Of course, to do this, the minimum point is to not let the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm discover his plans.


    Fortunately, the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not know the reason, and did not pay attention to this film, but only cast a group of ancient beasts, trying to make it bear the firepower and attract attention.


    In this case, as long as True God Chongyue is hidden, it is unlikely that he will be exposed.


    Seeing the incarnation of the petrified giant fall, the kingdom of God could not hold on any longer. True God Chongyue began to burn his body and strengthen his consciousness.


    Suddenly, he was horrified to discover that inexplicable changes had taken place in his own kingdom of God.


    One after another powerful forces came from all directions in the kingdom of God, trying to bind his consciousness firmly.


    If consciousness is bound in the kingdom of God and cannot escape from here, then all his plans will be scrapped.


    To provide you with the fastest update of Xianlu, the head of the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2743

    The kingdom of gods should be the most private and reassuring existence of gods.


    In his own kingdom of gods, the true god Chongyue believes that he can control everything.


    But he didn''t know when his own kingdom of God was secretly manipulated.


    Is it the hands and feet of the real immortal Meng Zhang who entered the kingdom of God some time ago?


    True God Chongyue shook his head, Meng Zhang did not go deep into the kingdom of God, and he had been keeping an eye on it, he had no chance to do so.


    Most of the people who do all this in secret are Dao thieves.


    I just don''t know if it was done by Dao Thief Kong Yu in the early years, or Dao Thief Kong Xing did it later?


    Now that the situation is urgent, True God Chongyue has no time or mind to think about this issue slowly.


    Once his real body started to burn, it couldn''t stop.


    His consciousness is constantly growing.


    After struggling a few times, the power of the restraint began to shake.


    The means of restraining his consciousness would not last long.


    But during this period of time, his kingdom of God was about to fall.


    The army of ghosts and gods has broken the last defense of the kingdom of God, and his stone giant incarnation has just fallen.


    Once his real body started to burn, it was difficult to stop halfway.


    His kingdom of God has opened its doors to the army of ghosts and gods.


    If those powerful ghosts and gods rushed into the kingdom of God at this time, they came to his burning real body.


    Not only will his real body become his trophy, but even his bound consciousness is likely to be captured by ghosts and gods.


    You must know that many of the ghosts and gods from the underworld are good at manipulating spirits and are good at hunting all kinds of consciousness.


    Although his consciousness is strong and special enough, the situation is not right at the moment, and the ghosts and gods cannot be approached.


    True God Chongyue never wanted his consciousness to be captured by ghosts and gods.


    In desperation, True God Chongyue had to make an extremely painful decision.


    He must first block these ghosts and gods and prevent them from rushing into his own kingdom of God before talking about anything else.


    His avatar of the stone giant has fallen, and his real body is burning. Apart from exposing his biggest secret, he has no other way.


    Although his consciousness was temporarily bound, he could not escape from the kingdom of God.


    But by virtue of its characteristics of being close to the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world, many things can still be done.


    True God Chongyue thought, and the power of heaven and earth around the kingdom of God gathered quickly, and the sky immediately rolled with dark clouds and thunder.


    One after another, thunder and lightning quickly fell from the sky, frantically going towards the ghosts and gods who were about to rush into the kingdom of God.


    A ghost and god who had been flamboyant and mighty before, was shattered by terrifying thunder and lightning, and his body turned into blue smoke and disappeared.


    The follow-up ghosts and gods seemed to be intimidated by such a threat of heaven and earth, and they couldn''t care about continuing to rush to the kingdom of God.


    The ghost girl and the bone puppet were even more shocked.


    They sensed a familiar aura, as if the consciousness of the heavens in the realm of Shenchang had descended, and they had been punished by those who disrupted the order of yin and yang.


    In the past many years, although the large-scale invasion of the ghosts and gods of the underworld was rare, it was not uncommon for individual ghosts and gods to sneak into the sun.


    These ghosts and gods from the underworld, especially the more powerful ones, as long as the situation of smuggling into the Yang world is detected by the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, they will soon be hit by thunder.


    Those who are lucky can escape back to the underworld with their injuries, and those who are not lucky will be wiped out on the spot.


    The ghost girl and the bone puppet initially thought they were attacked by the consciousness of the gods of the gods, and they began to feel fear in their hearts.


    However, after receiving a few thunder and lightning attacks, they were surprised to find that the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm should not be so weak.


    Although they can''t resist the thunder of this level, they can at least persist for a long time, and it will not bring them that irresistible sense of despair.


    They were puzzled in their hearts, what went wrong with the consciousness of the heavenly way in Shenchang Realm, and how did it become weak?


    Although the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has been busy hunting down the emptiness of Taoism before, it is not completely ignorant of the invasion of the army of ghosts and gods into the world of Yang.


    The emptiness of Dao Thief is too slippery, and the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm can''t catch each other at all.


    Even in many cases, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is simply being played around by the opponent.


    Most of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm focused on chasing Dao thieves, but they still tried to focus a small part of their attention on the army of ghosts and gods.


    It also released a group of ancient beasts in an attempt to disrupt the army of ghosts and gods.


    After the defeat of the ancient beasts, when the kingdom of God Chongyue Zhenshen was about to fall, the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang paid more attention to this.


    It was also at this time that the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm felt a kind of breath of the same kind.


    Although the breath of this same kind is very weak, it is very close to the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world in essence.


    If it is allowed to grow and develop, it will become the biggest competitor of Tiandao consciousness in the Shenchang world.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm instinctively felt a huge threat.


    At this time, the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm couldn''t care about continuing to hunt down the emptiness of the Taoist thief, and turned its main attention to this side.


    Although the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is slow to respond most of the time, after sensing a threat, it will try to speed up the reaction speed.


    A vast consciousness began to descend.


    This vast consciousness just scanned the surroundings, and the cause and effect of this matter were all known.


    True God Chongyue, who is busy breaking free from the bondage and has to resist the army of ghosts and gods, can no longer hide his secrets after taking the initiative to expose it.


    After the indigenous gods established the ruling order in Shenchang Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has been secretly suppressing and restricting those top-level true gods, especially those who have a strong self-motivation and strive to break through the realm of cultivation.


    He never imagined that the True God Chongyue, who had always been trusted and valued by him, was also one of these True Gods.


    Moreover, the practice of Chongyue True God is more excessive than all such True Gods put together.


    True God Chongyue has been secretly absorbing the origin of heaven and earth in the world of Shenchang, which is equivalent to digging the corner of the consciousness of the Tao of God in the world of Shenchang.


    He practiced special secret techniques, constantly strengthened his consciousness, and strengthened his control over the heavens and the earth, in order to replace the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Shenchang world in the future. This is simply a rebellion.


    If it is said that a thief is an external enemy, then the True God Chongyue is an internal thief, a traitor, a traitor...


    Compared with external enemies, internal traitors are often more hated.


    At this time, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm put aside the pursuit of the Dao thief, and must first punish this daring, ignorant traitor.


    At this time, the consciousness of True God Chongyue had broken free from the shackles of the kingdom of God and completely recovered his freedom.


    But it was too late.


    Under the watchful eyes of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world, even if one abandons the kingdom of God and the true god, there is no way for this consciousness to escape.


    That is the real nowhere to go.


    To provide you with the fastest update of Xianlu, the head of the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2744

    True God Chongyue knew that he could not escape now, and he had to give his life to fight.


    With the huge gap between him and the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, his efforts are almost equivalent to a man''s arm.


    However, with his temperament, no matter what, he can''t sit still.


    Perhaps, desperately, there may be a silver lining.


    In addition, True God Chongyue knew that there was a problem in the kingdom of God just now, preventing his consciousness from escaping, and most of it was the handwriting of Dao thieves.


    Dao thieves can''t do this inexplicably, and there must be other actions next.


    If the Dao thief takes action against the consciousness of the Tao of God in the Shenchang Realm, the True God Chongyue may not have the chance to turn defeat into victory.


    Thinking of this, True God Chongyue inexplicably has a lot of courage.


    He forcibly resisted the huge pressure brought by the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world, concentrated all his strength, and fought against it with all his strength.


    The burning speed of True God Chongyue''s body accelerated, and all the power was put into that consciousness.


    He even ignited his own kingdom of God, burning everything and turning it into nutrients for a stronger consciousness.


    Even the real body can be given up, not to mention the mere Divine Kingdom.


    Dao thieves are in their own kingdom of gods, and they have done tricks without telling themselves, and the kingdom of gods is no longer a reliable private place.


    As the kingdom of God and the real body are transformed into nutrients, the consciousness of the true god Chongyue is growing rapidly, and he begins to compete with the consciousness of the heavens and the way of the gods in the world for control of the surrounding power of heaven and earth.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is out of anger.


    After the secret of True God Chongyue was exposed, he actually dared to resist.


    The consciousness transformed by True God Chongyue is not strong enough for the time being in the eyes of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, but it has great potential.


    If it is allowed to develop, it will be his greatest threat.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm encouraged the power to try to pacify the opponent in one fell swoop.


    When all this happened, Meng Zhang had come to a place close to Shenchang Realm and carefully observed everything that was happening inside Shenchang Realm.


    When the real God Chongyue was about to be breached, Meng Zhang also thought of helping out, and the real God Chongyue was still very useful.


    However, he resisted the urge to shoot and continued to wait and see.


    Sure enough, what happened next was beyond his expectations.


    When the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm came, he completely lost his intention to help.


    No matter how valuable the True God Chongyue was, it was not worthy of Meng Zhang to fight against the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang for him.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang has a similar guess to the true god Chongyue.


    True God Chongyue fell into a situation where he had to confront the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm head-on, and he was definitely inseparable from the handwriting of Dao Thieves.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue was just confronted with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shangshenchang Realm, and he was immediately defeated, almost collapsed at a touch.


    Just when the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was ready to go all out to completely destroy the enemy.


    True God Chongyue took out the last hand.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue began to urge the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen according to the instructions of the thief.


    Those seemingly unremarkable mountain peaks suddenly shined brightly, inexplicably produced a huge suction, and began to unscrupulously absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    In the past, in order to avoid disturbing the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, True God Chongyue did not dare to urge these arrangements, and could only let it run with the smallest force, and secretly absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm bit by bit.


    By now, True God Chongyue naturally no longer has any scruples.


    Massive sources of heaven and earth were drawn from the deepest part of Shenchang Realm.


    Part of it was used to strengthen the consciousness of True God Chongyue, and part of it was transformed into an invisible giant net, which suddenly went to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    If the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is a living person, I am afraid that it is already angry at this moment.


    The consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm regards the origin of heaven and earth in this world as private property, and absolutely refuses to share it with others.


    The origin of the heaven and earth of Shenchang Realm is its foundation, which can be almost equal to its vitality.


    Only with a strong source of heaven and earth can a big world give birth to the consciousness of heaven and earth.


    If the source of heaven and earth is lost in large quantities, the consciousness of heaven and earth will become weak, and even fall completely.


    True God Chongyue absorbs the origin of the heavens and the earth in the world of Shenchang, which is equivalent to sucking the blood of the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang.


    Not to mention blood sucking, he also used the blood he sucked to deal with his master.


    Under the anger, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm almost lost its mind.


    He didn''t care about the rest of Shenchang Realm, and began to allocate more power to deal with True God Chongyue.


    Those peaks began to vibrate violently and were almost bent under enormous pressure.


    Fortunately, Immortal Venerable Jun Chen spent a lot of thought when he left these arrangements.


    The arrangement he left behind was tough enough to withstand the heavy pressure of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue let out a whimper.


    The arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen was barely able to support it, but the consciousness of True God Chongyue was about to die.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue began to become blurred, and it was all driven by instinct to make the final resistance.


    Meng Zhang sighed with regret, if the Dao thief did not attack again, the consciousness of the Chongyue True God would be wiped out.


    It was at this time that Dao Thief emptiness finally took action.


    The Taoist emptiness has previously traveled in Tibet and secretly walked around the world of Shenchang.


    He performed secret techniques, deduced and searched for the acupoints of Shenchang Realm, and left a special arrangement inside.


    He did this in the Yang World first, then sneaked into the Underworld and did the same.


    His actions in the yang world were barely smooth, but he was not so lucky in the underworld.


    He left behind some acupoints in the underworld, but he was soon discovered by the heavenly consciousness of the underworld.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm in charge of the underworld is very decisive, directly mobilizing the power of heaven and earth, and punishing the emptiness of Dao thieves.


    After the Taoist emptiness resisted the punishment, in order to escape smoothly, he had to activate his backhand in advance to attack and destroy the acupoints of the underworld.


    Due to the lack of preparation, it did not cause too much damage to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    However, he still relied on these backhands to successfully escape the pursuit of the underworld side of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness Director, and escaped all the way back to the Yang World.


    Dao Thief Kong has always been paying attention to the situation in Shenchang Realm.


    In fact, according to his original plan, now is not the time to start with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    He still needs to continue to hide and make more preparations.


    But the situation in Shenchang Realm changed too fast.


    In particular, some of the arrangements he left in the acupuncture points of the Yangshi of Shenchang Realm were faintly touched.


    He was worried that if he didn''t make a move again, after being completely discovered by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, he would never have a chance to win again.


    When Meng Zhang sent a geographer to look for the acupoints of Shenchang Realm, a geographer discovered the arrangement left by the emptiness of Dao Thieves.


    Despite Meng Zhang''s repeated explanations, these arrangements must not be touched.


    However, these masters, who are not at the most cultivated in the Void Return Stage, still have omissions, which makes the secret arrangement left by Dao Thief Void feel weak.

 Chapter 2745

    Dao thief Kong Xing didn''t know where to hide in Shenchang Realm, and suddenly activated the arrangement left behind, frantically attacking the acupoints of Shenchang Realm.


    These acupoints in Shenchang Realm were hit, and the damage was directly transmitted to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Almost the entire Shenchang Realm trembled suddenly, and earthquakes occurred in many places.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm first felt great pain, and then felt weak.


    True God Chongyue, who had been forced into a desperate situation, was keenly aware of the changes in his opponent at this time.


    He knew that this was a Dao thief shot, and he also knew that this was his last chance.


    His divine kingdom and real body quickly burnt out, providing the last sustenance for his consciousness.


    He has established the kingdom of God for many years, has a large number of believers, and has accumulated a large amount of divine power in the kingdom of God.


    In addition, as one of the oldest aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world, he has rich accumulation.


    When the kingdom of God burned, all his collections and accumulations also burned.


    All of this has turned into the last nutrient, making the last supplement to his consciousness.


    His consciousness madly rushed towards the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, and began the final desperate fight.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was severely damaged, and before it could react, the consciousness of True God Chongyue, who did not know whether to live or die, was desperately entangled.


    If it was an enemy who could be eliminated with a little effort on weekdays, he was temporarily entangled at this time.


    Taking advantage of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao being completely entangled and unable to take care of him, Dao Thief Kong Xing brought his allies the Demon God of Famine and Hunling Venerable God, and secretly came to the place where Dao Thieves were suppressed.


    Dao Thief Kong Yu struggled desperately before, trying to get rid of the repression, which greatly attracted the attention of Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, and covered Dao Thief Kong''s sneaking into the underworld.


    Dao thief has been trapped for so many years, and he will struggle desperately almost every once in a while.


    Every time, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm only needs a little effort to suppress it again.


    After each struggle, the Dao Thief spends a long time to cultivate and slowly re-accumulate the strength of the struggle.


    According to normal circumstances, the Dao thief should be unable to struggle again in a short period of time after he struggles in his spare time.


    For a long time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm will devote part of its attention to monitoring the place of suppression at all times.


    Now, due to various factors, its attention has been diverted, and the land of repression is in an unprecedented state of emptiness.


    What surprised the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm even more was that Dao Thieves had always reserved their spare time, and every time they struggled and performed, there were many elements.


    He hides a part of his true power, ready to use it at a critical time.


    Now is the most critical time and the best time for him to get rid of the repression.


    The Taoist emptiness led the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God, secretly passed through the checkpoint outside, and came to the vacant place to suppress the Taoist thief.


    The four top true gods of the Shenchang realm have long been turned into puppets by the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm.


    Now, these four top true gods are guarding the vacant place to suppress Dao thieves.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God immediately confronted the four true god puppets according to Taoist emptiness''s instructions.


    After these four top true gods were turned into puppets, their power level did not drop, but they lost their self-awareness and could only fight by instinct, their strength was far from normal.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God were outnumbered, but quickly gained the upper hand.


    The thief''s emptiness immediately casts a spell to help the thief be free.


    The Dao thief used all his power in his spare time and began to try to get rid of the repression.


    I saw one after another colorful light attacking the huge vortex from the outside.


    Inside the vortex, violent vibrations are also taking place.


    As they worked together inside and out, everything went smoothly.


    After Meng Zhang discovered the place of repression, he not only kept its location firmly in his mind, but also went to investigate it himself.


    He is now in the void, carefully monitoring everything that happens in Shenchang Realm.


    In addition to the battle between the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm and the consciousness of True God Chongyue, the vacant place to suppress Dao thieves is his most concerned goal.


    The movement of the two guys, Dao Pi Kong Xing Xing Xing Xing Xing and Yu Yu with all their strength, was too loud, and they easily broke the outer barrier of the suppression place.


    At this time, they don''t have to worry about disturbing the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang sensed this power fluctuation, looked over carefully, and found their movements.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a while, whether he wanted to stop them.


    He now has two choices. One is to take advantage of the opportunity of Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness being severely damaged, release a special magic weapon made according to the secret method of the Dragon Clan, attack the acupoints of Shenchang Realm, and strive to completely solve this great enemy.


    The other is to help the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm to deal with Dao thieves.


    As for the idea of ??holding on and watching, Meng Zhang Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness seems to be the most powerful, and its power is enormous, but its intelligence is not high and it is not cunning enough.


    Meng Zhang has mastered many secret techniques, and has the Dragon Clan as an ally. If he misses this time, there will be ways to deal with this opponent slowly in the future.


    In contrast, Dao thieves are more cunning, have various methods, and are more difficult to deal with.


    Now that he had made a choice, Meng Zhang did not delay and acted immediately.


    He immediately entered Shenchang Realm from the void, and while trying to communicate the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, he performed space teleportation and teleported directly to the vicinity of the place of suppression.


    Meng Zhang had just started to act, and the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm also made more actions.


    It was found that the Dao Thief was spared and began to get rid of the suppression with all his strength, and the consciousness of the heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was also disturbed, and he regained a little calmness.


    Before the true God Chongyue was completely resolved, it was difficult for the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm to draw out too much power to use elsewhere.


    However, as the real ruler of Shenchang Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has many trump cards, and there are many methods available.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to jump out to make him feel satisfied.


    Almost at the same time, the blue sea god, the rising sun god, the Tongguang river god, and the rising sun god, the only four remaining strongest among the four gods of the gods of the gods, all sensed in their hearts the consciousness of the gods of the gods. Order.


    The order was so strong that they simply could not refuse.


    They must do their best to prevent the Dao thieves from getting out of trouble, otherwise, they are the public enemies of the Shenchang world and will be attacked by the consciousness of the gods of the world.


    Immediately afterwards, a huge force descended on them, trying to move them in space.

 Chapter 2746

    Although the Azure Sea God and the others were dissatisfied with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, they even began to harbor second thoughts.


    But at least so far, they have not dared to directly resist the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and it is difficult to refuse its direct orders.


    Especially this time the situation is urgent, the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm ordered with an unprecedented severe attitude, directly threatening the four of them.


    A similar situation has almost never happened in the history of Shenchang Realm, and they have never encountered it.


    They sensed the resolute will of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, and while they were greatly shocked, they could only obey the orders honestly.


    After sensing the powerful force of space shifting, they did not resist at all, but cooperated obediently.


    In the blink of an eye, they were teleported directly from all parts of Shenchang Realm to not far from Meng Zhang.


    It''s not that the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm doesn''t want to send more indigenous true gods to the past, but it can only draw so much power in a short period of time.


    In desperation, only the four strongest indigenous true gods were sent over.


    The attack and damage received by the acupoint orifice is continuous, and the injury is still aggravating.


    However, the consciousness of worshipping Zhenshen Yue seems to be completely crazy, and desperately entangles him.


    The consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm also knows that these acupoints in Shenchang Realm are a weakness of their own.


    It''s just that these acupoints are very secretive and extremely difficult to find.


    Ordinary immortals and demons from outside, may find one or two by chance, and it is almost impossible to find multiple acupoints.


    Second, he underestimated the secret technique of Dao thief.


    Dao thief''s secret method can not only find many acupoints, but also through these acupoints, causing huge damage to Shenchang Realm.


    Just a Taoist emptiness caused so much damage to the Shenchang Realm.


    If the Dao thief is free to get out of trouble, it will definitely bring more harm.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm cannot come to the past temporarily, it has done its best to prevent Dao thieves from getting out of trouble.


    Meng Zhang saw the blue sea god and the others being teleported, and he felt a little more confident in stopping the thief.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if he had the order of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, the Azure Sea God and others would not obey his command.


    Their own strength is not weak, even if they are fighting each other, they can exert a strong combat power.


    Meng Zhang just greeted True God Shengyang and flew forward.


    The barrier outside the place of suppression was completely destroyed by the power of the Dao thief casting spells in the aftermath of the battle just now.


    Facing such a powerful force, most of the ancient beasts were killed or severely injured.


    There are only a few ancient beasts with true god-level strength, which are largely intact.


    They also suffered a certain amount of damage.


    They angrily rushed to the battlefield in front of them, and they attacked both sides almost simultaneously.


    Whether it is the four puppets of the true gods guarding this place, or the demon gods of disaster, they have to allocate part of their strength to deal with these ancient beasts.


    As soon as Meng Zhang and the others entered the battlefield, they each killed their chosen opponents.


    Azure Sea God, Tongguang River God, and True God Rising Sun rushed towards the Demon God of Famine and the God of Hunling.


    Meng Zhang and the True God Sheng Yang attacked Dao Thief Kong Xing.


    It was too hard for Dao Thief Kong Xing to help Dao Thief Kong Yu get out of trouble while fighting against powerful enemies like Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang had sex with Dao Thief Kong the last time, the other party used Dao Thief''s inheritance secret technique, which made himself detached from the dimension he was in, as if he was in the height dimension.


    In this state, he can easily evade all Meng Zhang''s attacks, which is almost an invincible state.


    After the war, Meng Zhang, who suffered a small loss, discussed with his companions, and even went through the classics to find a way to crack such secret methods.


    Meng Zhang''s hard work over the years has not been in vain, and he already has a certain clue in his heart.


    He and True God Shengyang joined forces to fight against the enemy, attacking the emptiness of Dao Pirates together.


    Due to the fact that Dao Thief Kong was casting a spell, he couldn''t cast the secret spell like last time, and could only resist with his own strength.


    Apart from the strange secret techniques mastered by the thief, his cultivation realm is not much higher than that of Meng Zhang, and his combat power is at most slightly higher than that of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and True God Sheng Yang worked together to deal with him who couldn''t do his best, and soon gained the upper hand.


    There is not much fellowship between Dao thieves.


    The internal relationship between Dao thieves, even if it is not like the way of cultivating Gu, is often relatively dull.


    Dao thief emptiness and Dao thief vacancy are rare friendships.


    And this time, it is profitable to save the emptiness of the Taoist thief and plot the gods and prosperous world, which is why he is so active.


    However, he would never put himself in danger just to help the Dao thief get out of trouble.


    True God Rising Sun is nothing more than that, even if it is a top-level indigenous True God.


    However, the wind, fire, yin and yang fan that Meng Zhang sacrificed, and the yin and yang qi gushing out from the dharma of heaven and earth were all powerful tricks that could kill him.


    Dao Thief Kong sex used a very severe tone, and had the final communication with Dao Thief Kong Yu.


    He told the other party that he couldn''t hold on for long. If there is any way to change the situation, use it immediately.


    Otherwise, he will be ready to retreat.


    Dao thief emptiness was almost angered by Dao thief emptiness.


    At the most critical moment of getting out of trouble, the other party has the intention of retreating. Isn''t this a trick?


    Dao thief emptiness might as well not come, let oneself slowly accumulate strength and wait for better opportunities.


    But with this lesson, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm will definitely strengthen the guard and step up refining.


    It will become countless times more difficult for a Dao thief to escape from his predicament.


    Dao Thief Void did not argue with Dao Thief¡¯s emptiness, nor did he beg the other party to persevere.


    At this point, he had to make a huge sacrifice.


    Dao thief Kong Yu was about to break free from the suppression, but due to the timely arrival of enemy reinforcements, he had to make a decisive decision and immediately blew his own body.


    An unprecedented huge vibration came from the huge vortex, and the entire vortex was first stunned, and then torn apart alive.


    A phantom quickly flew out from the crack of the vortex.


    Not only did the thief empty the body, but the spirit that escaped was also severely damaged.


    Dao Thief Kong Xing saw the empty soul escape, and he would immediately leave the battle and leave here.


    Meng Zhang managed to catch the trace of the other party, how could he just let him go.


    With the assistance of True God Shengyang, Meng Zhang was almost at full power, entangled with the opponent.


    Dao thief emptiness lost a lot of power when it helped the spare escape.


    Meng Zhang and True God Shengyang attacked with all their might while he was being restrained, leaving several scars on his body.


    The wind and fire yin and yang fans produced by the wind and fire surrounded the road thief.


    The two qi of yin and yang that descended from the sky created a huge attraction, sucking it firmly and making it difficult for it to escape.

 Chapter 2747

    On the other side of the battlefield, the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God had already gained the upper hand.


    Several ancient beasts at the true god level suddenly disrupted the situation, which had a certain impact on both sides.


    The four true god puppets do not have enough intelligence, and many times they are foolish enough to fight with the ancient beasts.


    Not to mention consuming one''s own strength in vain, instead it attracted more ferocious attacks from the ancient beasts.


    This gave Hunling Venerable God and Famine Demon God more opportunities to take advantage of, allowing them to take a lot of advantage.


    When Azure Sea God and the others arrived to join the battle, the four True God puppets were already seriously injured.


    Azure Sea God and other three freshmen joined the battle in time.


    The four true god puppets controlled by the consciousness of the gods of the gods are not so stupid as to be indistinguishable between friends and foes.


    Azure Sea God and the others quickly reversed the situation and regained the upper hand.


    However, there is still a long way to go before the enemy can be completely taken down.


    The relationship between the Famine Demon God, the Hunling Venerable God, and the Dao Thief is just a relationship of mutual use.


    They can take a little risk for each other, but they will not go all out for each other.


    Seeing the arrival of the enemy reinforcements, they soon had the idea of ??retreating in their hearts.


    In the far east land, a huge battle is coming to an end.


    The consciousness of True God Chongyue, although it can motivate the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, but after all, the strength gap with the enemy is too big.


    The angered Shenchang Realm Tiandao consciousness vowed to completely destroy this consciousness.


    The original powerful consciousness of True God Chongyue was quickly weakened and shredded constantly.


    Up to now, this consciousness has only the weakest power left, just like a candle in the wind, which seems to be extinguished at any time.


    The two sides have been fighting for so long, and the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm has not only figured out the opponent''s bottom line, but also discovered the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    Tens of thousands of years ago, Junchen Xianzun once visited Shenchang Realm, observed this world in person, carefully understood its operation, and used it as a reference and blueprint for his own shaping of Junchen Realm.


    At that time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm had already formed, and it was strong enough to protect Shenchang Realm and expel or even destroy all invaders.


    However, after sensing the breath of Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm had no fighting spirit, and felt a deep fear.


    The breath revealed by Jun Chen Xianzun is far stronger than it, and has the power to easily destroy Shenchang Realm.


    Even after Immortal Venerable Jun Chen left for a long time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was still shocked.


    Immortal Jun Chen''s visit to Shenchang Realm this time has had a huge impact on the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is no longer complacent, and desires to become stronger.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm later supported the indigenous gods to replace the ancient beasts, which was largely affected by this incident.


    After Junchen Xianzun shaped the Junchen world, his whereabouts and whereabouts are unknown.


    Later, the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world communicated with the indigenous gods of the Junchen world, and there was the will of the heavenly consciousness of the Shenchang world in it.


    Later, True God Rising Sun organized an army, joined the army of foreign invaders, and besieged Junchen Realm together, which was also inspired by the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is very curious about everything about the powerhouse Jun Chen Xianzun.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm cannot leave Shenchang Realm, and can only use various means to let the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm to investigate the situation of Junchen Realm and test the depth of this world.


    Even after tens of thousands of years, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm still remembers the breath of Immortal Jun Chen.


    Just now, under the urging of the consciousness of True God Chongyue, those mountain peaks completely exposed all the details and became their most advantageous tools against the enemy.


    After sensing the familiar breath, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm quickly figured out all this.


    For tens of thousands of years, he has been chasing after everything left by Immortal Jun Chen, but he did not expect that in Shenchang Realm, there are secret arrangements left by the other party.


    It stands to reason that everything in the Shenchang world should not escape the attention of the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world.


    When Immortal Jun Chen left this arrangement, it blocked the movement of a large area, and easily concealed the attention of the consciousness of the gods of the gods.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm was out of fear of Junchen Immortal Venerable, and did not dare to stare at each other all the time.


    Since the level of cultivation is far beyond the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world, the arrangement left by Junchen Xianzun with the secret method makes the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world unable to sense.


    It was also a coincidence that True God Chongyue was able to discover this arrangement later.


    This layout has gone through tens of thousands of years of wind and frost, without any damage, and almost everything is as new.


    However, in the previous battle, in the face of the huge power of the divine consciousness of the gods, this arrangement inevitably suffered some damage.


    The surfaces of several mountain peaks were completely peeled off, and numerous scars appeared on the mountain bodies.


    In the struggle for the power of heaven and earth, the consciousness of Chongyue True God has long since failed.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm controls the incomparably huge power of heaven and earth, launches the Heavenly Punishment, and keeps falling towards these peaks.


    Since the two sides were vying to control the surrounding rules of heaven and earth, the surrounding rules of heaven and earth are very unstable at this moment.


    Huge space cracks appeared around, and bursts of space storms rushed out from inside.


    Apart from those few peaks, most of the Lianyue Mountains were destroyed.


    There are broken peaks everywhere, sunken earth...


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has begun to deliberately restrain its power, the surrounding is still rolling with thunder, lightning and thunder...


    Every now and then, a few bolts of lightning strike the peaks.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is almost furious.


    What he was looking for was actually hidden in the Shenchang Realm.


    True God Chongyue, a traitor, discovered this arrangement long ago, and not only concealed it, but also used it to deal with his master.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm had felt the power of Junchen Xianzun in the past, and hoped to find the opportunity to evolve himself from the things left by the other party.


    Until this time, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not know what happened after the destruction of Junchen Realm, let alone that Junchen Immortal Venerable was reborn with a secret method, and then completely perished.


    True God Shengyang, who participated in that battle at the beginning, was controlled by Venerable Hunling.


    After returning to Shenchang Realm, the controlled True God Rising Sun did not dare to easily contact the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    The other indigenous gods who returned to the Shenchang Realm early did not experience the battle in the Demon Realm, and they were not clear about what happened later.


    With the help of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, the True God Rising Sun has not been given the opportunity to report relevant information to the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm after being freed from the control of Hunling Venerable God.


    In the past few years, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has mainly focused on the pursuit of the emptiness of Taoist thieves, and has no time to communicate with the True God Shengyang and other indigenous True Gods.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm does not even know the cause and effect of Junchen Immortal Venerable.

 Chapter 2748

    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm has almost reached the extreme hatred for the True God Chongyue, and it is almost impossible to let him suffer from all kinds of pain.


    True God Chongyue''s last remaining consciousness hid in the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, relying on his strength to survive and hang his last breath.


    True God Chongyue has painstakingly researched this arrangement for so many years, and it is not that there is no result at all.


    Although Dao Thief Kong Yu had some reservations when he pointed him, and Dao Thief Kong Yu himself didn''t know much about this arrangement.


    But the True God Chongyue has gradually mastered a large part of the role of this arrangement with these pointers and years of painstaking research.


    In the past, in order to avoid disturbing the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, he did not fully activate various functions.


    When it comes to desperate, he will naturally not have the slightest reservation, but will urge this arrangement with all his strength.


    The eight peaks vibrated in unison, urging a very strong force to come out.


    True God Chongyue has at least stimulated nearly half of the power of this arrangement.


    If Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is here, he will use the power of this arrangement to suck up the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm at a very fast speed.


    True God Chongyue has no such ability, but just now he also caused a great threat to the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Up to now, the situation of the defeat of the True God Chongyue cannot be changed.


    His last remaining consciousness was just a last instinctive struggle under extreme unwillingness.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is a bit difficult.


    It is not difficult to destroy the last remaining consciousness of True God Chongyue, but he does not want to cause too much damage to the eight peaks.


    He also has to study the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen, trying to obtain some skills of Immortal Jun Chen.


    In the previous battles, these eight peaks have been severely damaged.


    These eight mountain peaks are still quickly absorbing the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, which is used to transform them into special powers, and constantly attack the consciousness of Heaven and Earth in Shenchang Realm.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm feels a little bit like throwing a rat.


    He began to operate the power of heaven and earth to prevent these eight peaks from absorbing the origin of heaven and earth of Shenchang Realm.


    Although it has greatly slowed down the speed of its absorption of the source of the world of Shenchang Realm, it still cannot be completely stopped.


    He can neither stop the operation of this arrangement, nor destroy the last bit of consciousness of True God Chongyue.


    However, fortunately, he has the absolute upper hand and can already draw more power.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm quickly thought of Meng Zhang.


    Immortal Junchen is a powerful immortal, and Meng Zhang is also a true immortal.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s previous performance, it is barely usable.


    Just relying on Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness alone, it is impossible to understand the mystery of this arrangement in a short period of time.


    If Meng Zhangken gave his full help, he might be able to speed up the solution of the problem.


    Thinking of this, the attention of Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness has once again shifted to the vacant place for overseas suppression of Dao thieves.


    At this time, it happened that the Dao thief had self-destructed his body and escaped the seal after being injured.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has suppressed Dao thieves for many years, just to refine and absorb them.


    Seeing that the Dao thief was about to escape, the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm immediately descended its main consciousness towards that direction.


    Anyway, the overall situation of the Lianyue Mountains has been decided, and it is only necessary to leave a small part of consciousness and continue to suppress the enemy.


    As for the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, you can also slowly comprehend it in the future.


    After the Dao Thief''s spirit was freed from the trap, he was about to escape immediately, when he suddenly felt that the surrounding space seemed to freeze, and fixed his spirit in the air, unable to move at all.


    Dao Thief Kong Yu is at the weakest moment, and even if he struggles with all his strength, he cannot get rid of the repressive means imposed by Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness using the power of heaven and earth.


    Dao Thief Kong Xing sensed that a vast consciousness was coming, and he was a little flustered in his heart.


    He didn''t care about anything else and was about to escape.


    Meng Zhang and the True God Shengyang entangled him with all their strength, making it difficult for him to escape.


    The Taoist emptiness has repeatedly escaped from the pursuit of the Taoist consciousness of the Shenchang Realm.


    But not only did he not look down on this opponent because of this, but he was full of vigilance against the enormous power he possessed.


    Every time he was able to escape successfully in the past, he saw the opportunity early and did not let the consciousness of the gods in the realm of Shenchang lock him.


    Now the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is coming, and logically speaking, it is his last chance to escape.


    But Meng Zhang and the True God Sheng Yang were too tightly entwined.


    Meng Zhang wanted to eliminate such a big enemy as Dao thieves, and True God Shengyang wanted to use this to please the consciousness of the Tao of God in the world of Shenchang.


    Dao Thief Kong scrambled a few times and displayed the secret technique of inheritance.


    I saw that the body of Taoist emptiness was clearly there, but it was in between, as if it had been separated from this world.


    When Meng Zhang saw it, he knew that the other party had used the means mastered by the two true gods of rising sun, which was not as good as Meng Zhang''s, and he was even more helpless to the emptiness of Dao thieves.


    Dao Thief Kong Xing was about to escape from here in such a state, but it was still a step too late, and the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm had already arrived.


    The two Dao thieves are the biggest enemies of the Heavenly Dao consciousness in Shenchang Realm, and they are also the targets that they will never let go of.


    While suppressing the emptiness of the Taoist thief, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm began to take action against the emptiness of the Taoist thief.


    Inexplicable fluctuations swept around Dao Thief Kong Xing.


    The Taoist emptiness can no longer maintain its previous state, as if it suddenly fell from a high dimension.


    Such means are far more clever and effective than the countermeasures prepared by Meng Zhang.


    Dao thief Kong is not giving up, and has to use other means to continue to escape.


    An even greater power of heaven and earth descended from the sky, as if the whole world was against him, and he was to be nailed here firmly.


    The consciousness of Heaven and Dao in Shenchang Realm is multi-faceted, and the side in charge of Yang Shi is undoubtedly the most powerful side.


    Can mobilize the most power, but still can''t mobilize all the power.


    After he discovered the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, he immediately communicated with the other parties.


    At this moment, the other aspects of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, including the side in charge of the underworld, despite being incompatible with it, still fully support it.


    As a result, Yang Shi''s side, who was in charge of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, suddenly had a surge in strength, and he could mobilize the power of almost the entire Shenchang Realm.


    The original injury was suppressed, and in addition to temporarily suppressing the arrangement of Junchen Immortal Venerable, it can also cast a powerful force here.


    Dao thief Kong Xing fully resisted this world that was hostile to him, and could not escape at all.


    Meng Zhang and True God Sheng Yang looked at each other, and immediately seized the opportunity to attack the archenemy while his illness was killing him.


    As the indigenous god of Shenchang Realm, the True God Shengyang has the will to express himself in front of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, and he is especially hard-working.


    The Dao Thief, who was completely suppressed, was powerless to dodge, and after a few hard hits, he was soon seriously injured.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has to absorb and refine this Dao thief, and will definitely not let Meng Zhang and True God Shengyang beat him to death.


    The attack of Meng Zhang and the true god Shengyang was stopped by the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    The emptiness of Dao Thief after being seriously injured was immediately suppressed by the power of heaven and earth.


    The cultivation base and strength of Taoist emptiness are far inferior to Taoist emptiness.


    After he was suppressed, he might not be able to hold on for too long if the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm wanted to refine and absorb it.


    He struggled desperately, but to no avail.


    In the distance, the Demon God of Calamity and the Venerable God of Hunling found out that the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm had descended, and they were all ready to flee early.


    However, although Wei Lan Sea God and the others were dissatisfied with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, they still wanted to perform well, and with the help of the four True God puppets, they were firmly entangled.


    Second, after the strength of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm skyrocketed, the speed of arrival was much faster than usual, and they had no time to escape.


    Since the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is an independent consciousness, it naturally has its own temperament.


    During these days, things were not going well, Dao thieves were in chaos everywhere, Shenchangjie was attacked, and the true god Chongyue betrayed...


    The Shenchang Realm Tiandao consciousness, which has accumulated full of anger, will not easily let go of these two enemies.


    Taking it down easily, in addition to venting, it is also eliminating foreign enemies.


    The huge power of heaven and earth poured in from all directions, like a cage, firmly imprisoning the Demon God of Famine and the God of Mixed Spirit.


    They showed their magical powers and struggled desperately, but they were unable to break free.


    The battlefield here, since the advent of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang Realm, has quickly divided the winner.


    The consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang Realm, which finally came, became the final winner.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm did not delay, and immediately began to move the space.


    In the face of the space-shifting power that enveloped him, Meng Zhang and a group of indigenous gods did not resist.


    They think that they have made a contribution this time, and the consciousness of heaven in the world of Shenchang should be rewarded for meritorious deeds.


    The so-called heaven is supreme, and heaven is selfless.


    If it is not good, they will obtain the merits of the heavenly way.


    Even Meng Zhang, who was preparing to turn his face against the consciousness of the God of Heaven in the future, did not doubt his intentions at this time.


    As for those who were trapped, they were unable to resist.


    The four True God puppets and a gang of beasts were left in place.


    Soon, a group of people was moved by the space above the eight peaks in the core of the Lianyue Mountains.


    Although the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm was distracted a lot in other places, it still saw through some of the mysteries of this arrangement.


    The eight peaks are each a formation, and together they form a large formation.


    This great formation has constructed a special space that continuously absorbs the origin of the heaven and earth of the Shenchang Realm.


    Although the Shenchang Realm has a strong accumulation, it cannot allow such a large loss of the source of heaven and earth.


    That special space must be blocked to stop its operation in order to prevent the loss of the source of heaven and earth.


    Without the supplement of the source of the world of Shenchang Realm, the eight peaks would soon lose most of their power and their power would plummet.


    At that time, the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm will be able to operate the power of heaven and earth, forcibly interrupt its operation, and then slowly study and comprehend it.


    The power of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is too vast, and it is not good at fine control itself.


    If you forcibly break that special space, it is very likely to hurt these eight peaks.


    So, he thought of a way he thought was ingenious.


    Meng Zhang and the others have just been moved here, and they haven''t seen the surrounding situation clearly. The same space-moving power fell on them, and they were all moved to that special space.


    Meng Zhang and the group of indigenous true gods received orders from the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world to break this special space with all their might, or to stop its operation, but they could not harm the eight peaks.


    If they succeed, they will be rewarded by the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm.


    The Famine Demon God and the Mixed Spirit Venerable God were also put into this space.


    They also received a similar order to fully cooperate with Meng Zhang and the others.


    If the task is successfully completed, they can be let go after the fact, but they will be expelled from the Shenchang Realm, and their lives will not be damaged.


    As for Dao Thief''s spare spirit, and Dao Thief''s emptiness, it is temporarily imprisoned in the sky.


    Meng Zhang just felt a flower before his eyes and came to a special space.


    This space is full of gray, filled with thick fog.


    From time to time, there are light spots and light strips passing through the space. These are the consciousness of the heavenly realm of the gods and prosperous world that has been absorbed.


    It took Meng Zhang a little effort to see through the surrounding fog, and found that there were eight giant pillars rising into the sky at the edge of the space.


    True God Shengyang and other indigenous true gods appeared not far from Mengzhang.


    After Meng Zhang and the others received the order from the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, they all cursed in their hearts.


    Even the last reward was not given, and a new task was assigned.


    Even the reward can be delinquent, which is too much.


    When Meng Zhang was in Junchen Realm, he came into contact with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm.


    Although the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Junchen Realm is far less mature and powerful than that of Shenchang Realm. Moreover, most of the power of the Heavenly Dao consciousness in the Junchen world was suppressed by several true immortals who were sleeping in the source sea.


    However, the operation of Tiandao consciousness in the Junchen world can indeed be called selfless and impartial.


    In contrast, the way of doing things of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm is not so open and aboveboard.


    Meng Zhang secretly reminded himself in his heart that he couldn''t copy past experience, and the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was not trustworthy.


    It seems that the principles of selflessness and fairness of the Tao of Heaven cannot be applied to the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    To put it nicely, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm is to act flexibly, to know how to act according to chance, and not to be bound by pedantic rules and regulations.


    To put it uglier, it is a villain who is selfish and only considers his own interests.


    While Meng Zhang and the others received the order, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm also gave them a brief introduction to the relevant information.


    Although Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness did not threaten them, if they could not complete the task, the end would not be very good.


    Among these people, Meng Zhang was the one who had the greatest hope in the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm.


    He hopes to use this method to force out all of Meng Zhang''s potential, and use his expertise in the Immortal Dao system to solve this problem.


    Under this circumstance, Meng Zhang couldn''t hold back any longer, and he had to go all out.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God were teleported to a place that was a little distance away from Meng Zhang and the others.

 Chapter 2749

    People are under the eaves and have to bow their heads.


    Since the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God have fallen into the hands of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, if you want to not sacrifice in vain, you can only obey the order.


    At the very least, they dare not resist the order on the surface and must cooperate fully.


    Meng Zhang had already carefully studied this arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    He once went deep into the interior of eight mountain peaks, drew all the magic circles inside, and took them back to study them carefully with everyone.


    The arrangement left by Immortal Junchen is very high-level, but it is not a special attack and defense facility.


    The purpose of his construction of this arrangement was to leave behind his back, and to quickly extract the source of heaven and earth from Shenchang Realm at a critical time to supplement himself.


    After Meng Zhang and many colleagues researched, they still gained a little bit.


    At the very least, his understanding of this arrangement exceeded that of True God Chongyue by a lot.


    In this special space, besides Meng Zhang, there are many true god-level powerhouses.


    As long as Meng Zhang takes the lead and everyone cooperates with one heart, it is not difficult to block the extraction of the source of the heaven and earth in the Shenchang realm and complete the tasks assigned by the consciousness of the heaven and the earth in the Shenchang realm.


    However, Meng Zhang had other thoughts and was unwilling to honestly follow the orders of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Now the emptiness and emptiness of the Taoist thief have been suppressed by the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the Dao thieves who sneaked into the Shenchang Realm should only be the two of them.


    Now that the Dao thief has been controlled, the next great enemy Meng Zhang has to deal with is the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    In fact, among the several forces in the Shenchang Realm, the Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of the Tao of Heaven as the landlord has always been the most powerful.


    Meng Zhang and the others have always regarded it as the biggest enemy and the target that needs to be eradicated first.


    Later, after careful consideration, I adjusted the target and decided to give priority to solving the Dao thief.


    Meng Zhang knew very well from the beginning to the end that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm was the great enemy of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, and it was the biggest obstacle for them to control the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang also discovered some mistakes of his own at this time.


    If the Dao thief has been hiding in the dark, the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm may not be able to solve it in time.


    Dao thieves have to deal with the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, and only secretly attack.


    Once facing the enemy head-on, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm can easily suppress two Dao thieves by virtue of its crushing power advantage.


    Meng Zhang also confirmed this.


    The idea that Meng Zhang and his colleagues had previously envisaged that the Dao thief and the consciousness of the heavenly Dao in the Shenchang world would suffer both sides had completely failed.


    They overestimated the abilities of Dao thieves and underestimated the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Next, only Meng Zhang and the others dealt with the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm alone.


    If they faced the enemy head on, Meng Zhang and the others would not have achieved much better results than the two Dao thieves.


    Although Meng Zhang had already made many secret arrangements, he still didn''t have much confidence.


    Now, if the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm wants to use Meng Zhang to stop the operation of this arrangement, the first thing Meng Zhang needs to look at is whether there is anything that can be used.


    Meng Zhang briefly discussed with several true gods, and then began to carefully observe the surrounding situation.


    Several other true gods also began to investigate and test the surrounding situation of this special space.


    Although the Demon God of Calamity and the Revered God of Hunling had to temporarily obey the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, they would not be too enthusiastic to help.


    They stood silently to one side, watching the others busy.


    After careful observation, Meng Zhang already had a general understanding of this special space by contacting the arrays of the eight mountain peaks he had written down before.


    The eight huge pillars around this special space are the manifestations of the magic circles on the eight peaks.


    These eight pillars support this special space, and their power penetrates into the depths of Shenchang Realm, and the source of heaven and earth that has been absorbed is continuously transmitted back to the eight mountain peaks.


    It is not too difficult to stop this special arrangement from absorbing the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang only needs to take everyone to carefully cut off the eight pillars, and at the same time control the power of the shot, and don''t let the power of the attack pass to the eight peaks, then it should be fine.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not take everyone to complete the task so easily, and he will also use this opportunity to harm the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world.


    Meng Zhang''s accomplishments in the way of formation are average, but he has had contact with the reborn Jun Chen Xianzun in the Demon Realm.


    He believes that he has a certain understanding of the person and methods of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Meng Zhang flew to all parts of the space, checked carefully, and knocked every now and then.


    He flew to the front of the eight pillars in turn, and gently shot the test.


    These eight huge pillars stand in the sky, and Meng Zhang stands in front of them, just like an ant.


    After careful consideration, Meng Zhang finally got something.


    He decided to take the plunge.


    Even if it fails, it will only cause a certain amount of damage to this special space at most.


    With his cultivation, even if this special space collapses, he can escape smoothly.


    The only trouble may be to face the furious Shenchang Realm Heavenly Dao Consciousness.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is ready to turn his face, and he is not so taboo about this matter.


    Meng Zhang called the Azure Sea God and the others over.


    He told everyone that he had figured out how to get the job done.


    In this special space, there are just seven powerhouses at this time.


    Everyone else is responsible for one pillar, and Meng Zhang is responsible for two. Everyone, according to the method taught by Meng Zhang, pours power into these eight pillars, and this special space can interrupt the absorption of the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    Azure Sea God and the others were unwilling to obey Meng Zhang''s arrangements.


    However, these bastard gods, they don''t understand the immortal methods here at all.


    If they want to complete the task given by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, whether they want to or not, they have to obey Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    They believe that everyone is now a grasshopper on a rope, and they are in a similar situation. Meng Zhang should not harm everyone.


    The Famine Demon God was born in the Demon Dao, has a deep understanding of the Immortal Dao, and is also very familiar with Meng Zhang.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, he vaguely felt that something was wrong, but he did not say it.


    He and Zun Lingzun had now fallen into the hands of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm, so they had to obey.


    He was not convinced in his heart, let alone believed in the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    In fact, as a Demon God, he wouldn''t trust anyone at all.


    Don''t look at how the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm sounds nice, there is a high possibility that the other party will turn his face and not recognize the person afterwards.


    The Famine Demon God knew that Meng Zhang and the Dragon Race joined forces to invade the Shenchang Realm, definitely not to be a dog for the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, but to completely control the world.


    And if you want to completely control the Shenchang realm, sooner or later, you will become the enemy of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm.


    Meng Zhang is now making some small moves, most of which are aimed at the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Only when Meng Zhang took action on the consciousness of the heavenly realm of Shenchang Realm would they have a chance.

 Chapter 2750

    The Demon God of Famine is now restrained by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, so he has to be honest.


    In fact, as a demon god, he has never been a guy who keeps himself safe.


    Creating famines in various worlds, harming the foundation of the world, and demonizing the world is what he is best at.


    On the surface, he obediently obeyed Meng Zhang''s arrangement, but he was actually ready to take action at any time.


    He is also observing this special space, thinking about its mysteries, and looking for opportunities to take advantage of it.


    Although Hunling Zunshen was born in the divine way, he has dealt with many immortals and is not ignorant of the methods of immortality.


    He deeply hated Meng Zhang and the Dragon Clan for invading the Shenchang Realm and ruining his own affairs.


    He had an in-depth understanding of Meng Zhang, and he also vaguely felt that Meng Zhang had bad intentions.


    However, he and the Famine Demon God had similar thoughts, and neither said a word.


    If Meng Zhang wanted to take the opportunity to make a mess, the first thing that couldn''t spare him was the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    Hunling Zunshen also hopes to see Meng Zhang conflict with the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm.


    Under the guidance of Meng Zhang, everyone quickly took their places.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin-yang fan and made it turn into a flame giant to take charge of a pillar.


    Under the command of Meng Zhang, everyone clicked and tapped the eight pillars according to the method taught by Meng Zhang, and injected their own strength into them according to a certain rhythm.


    At this time, on the surface, everyone made concerted efforts to complete the tasks assigned by the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm.


    At this time, on the side of Yang Shi, the head of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, its power almost enveloped the entire Lianyue Mountains, and the main body was located above the eight peaks.


    The last bit of consciousness of True God Chongyue hid in the depths of a mountain.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm was not in a hurry to take him down.


    There was no way for him to escape anyway.


    As long as he has mastered the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen, he will have time to slowly clean up him.


    In his eyes, the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen is far more important than a defeated dog.


    Dao thief''s spare spirit, Dao thief''s emptiness, is imprisoned in the air.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm mobilized the power of heaven and earth, manifesting lightning and flames, etc., constantly entangling them.


    For many years, the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has been trying to refine the Dao Thief''s spare space, absorbing all its power and knowledge.


    Because Dao Thief Kong Yu was too tenacious, he had been resisting with all his strength, but did not let the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm succeed.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm didn''t even think that with a little distraction, he almost let the Dao thief escape and escape.


    The Dao thief is now only left with the soul, and the effect after refining is likely to be greatly reduced.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm will not give him another chance.


    The resistance of the Taoist thief with only the soul remaining is greatly reduced, and the emptiness of the Taoist thief is far inferior to that of the free.


    Under the means of Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness, they were constantly weakened.


    If they continue to develop like this, they will eventually become the nutrients for the development and growth of the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    When the consciousness of the heavenly way in Shenchang Realm just came, the army of ghosts and gods besieging the real god kingdom of Chongyue immediately sensed it.


    In the face of such a terrifying atmosphere, these ghosts and gods, who had not been able to live before, immediately dispersed as birds and beasts, and escaped from here at the fastest speed.


    When these ghosts and gods fled, some did not forget to pass the news back to the rear.


    Not long after, the ghosts and gods headed by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and others came to the vicinity of the Lianyue Mountains.


    Sensing the breath of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, they all turned ashen, and even became confused.


    If the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm directly mobilizes the power of heaven and earth to attack them, even if they have the cover of the sky, they may not be able to support it.


    Don''t look at these ghosts and gods because of their previous victories, all of them are invincible.


    But the reverence for the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world has penetrated deep into their bones.


    On weekdays, many ghosts and gods in the underworld will look for flaws in the gap between yin and yang, and secretly sneak into the yang world to cause chaos.


    But once they are noticed by the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, there is only one way to go.


    Those who didn''t escape fast enough would be wiped out long ago.


    In the history of Shenchang Realm, the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld has invaded the Yangshi many times, occupied the vast territory of the Yangshi several times, defeated the native gods of the Yangshi, and gained a great advantage.


    But as long as the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm intervenes, the army of ghosts and gods cannot escape the result of defeat in the end.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others knew that they were powerless to resist the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    The only way for them is to hold the consciousness of sacrifice to heaven, and pray for the side of the underworld in charge of the heavenly consciousness of the gods and prosperous world to come.


    As long as the underworld side of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness Supervisor is willing to help, they can continue to gain a foothold in the Yang World.


    Even if they are defeated in the end, they can still retreat to the underworld, at least there is a way out.


    The Lord Wangui is a very decisive hero. Since he has made a decision, he immediately begins to execute it without hesitation.


    He began to gather ghosts and gods, build an altar, and begin the ritual of offering sacrifices to the heavens.


    This time, the army of ghosts and gods invaded Yangshi and occupied a vast territory.


    Many of the original creatures here were devoured by ghosts and gods.


    In particular, flesh and blood creatures are the favorite of ghosts and gods.


    The scene of eating the flesh and blood of living creatures is not uncommon in the surrounding.


    Because the surrounding is eroded by the rules of the underworld, the original rules of the world have changed greatly, there is a strong yin everywhere, and creatures such as plants and trees have died in large numbers.


    Those who can continue to survive are also swallowed by Yin Qi, changing their attributes and becoming ghosts.


    Of course, some far-sighted ghosts and gods deliberately kept some flesh and blood creatures and raised them temporarily.


    Now, these flesh-and-blood creatures are put to use for blood sacrifices to the underworld side of the gods, the heavenly consciousness of the Changjie.


    Not only the ghosts and gods who have entered the Yang world, such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, but also many ghosts and gods in the underworld are beginning the ritual of offering sacrifices to the heavens and the earth, praying that the consciousness of the gods and the prosperous world will be in charge of the underworld and come to the Yang world, or contain the side in charge of the Yang world.


    The Shenchang Realm Tiandao consciousness is in charge of Yang Shi''s side, and he doesn''t care about the actions of these little bugs.


    In addition to staring at Meng Zhang and the others, it was to step up refining the two Dao thieves.


    Something unexpected happened to the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and many other ghosts and gods.


    No matter what scale of sacrificial ceremonies they held or how devoutly they prayed, there was no response from the side of the underworld in charge of the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm.


    This situation is very abnormal.


    According to past experience, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm is in charge of the underworld, and has always encouraged and supported the ghosts and gods of the underworld to invade the Yang world.


    The larger the scale of the invasion, the more victories obtained and the more favored and even rewarded it will be.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, they have achieved great results this time, and they will continue to expand in the Yang world. More and more ghosts and gods in the underworld will participate in the war.


    With such a large-scale operation, Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness is in charge of the underworld, and should have taken the initiative to pay attention to it long ago.


    Their ritual of offering sacrifices to the sky should be able to get a response easily.

 Chapter 2751

    Why didn''t the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm govern the underworld side, why didn''t he respond?


    Is it its own problem, or has it abandoned everyone?


    Many ghosts and gods in the underworld were full of doubts and began to become uneasy.


    They didn''t know that, although there were many disputes and even battles between the side of the underworld in charge of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang world, and the side in charge of the yang world, they were basically the same in terms of strengthening themselves and finding opportunities for evolution.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm is in charge of the Yang World side, and what he is doing now is in the overall interest, and he is in charge of the Underworld side, and naturally he will not stop him.


    The side in charge of the underworld not only helped the side in charge of Yang Shi to mobilize the overall strength, but also paid attention to the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    He didn''t want to be disturbed by these uninteresting ghosts and spirits, and naturally he refused to answer their prayers.


    The prayer of a group of ants is not worth mentioning at all.


    The most important thing is your own evolution.


    The side of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness in charge of the underworld has always been bloodthirsty and cruel, cruel and vicious, and has a changeable temperament.


    Even unruly ghosts and gods are full of fear and it is difficult to guess their behavior.


    Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness Supervisor, the underworld side, has not responded, and many ghosts and gods in the underworld have become at a loss and do not know what to do next.


    Many ghosts and gods who entered the yang world even began to have the idea of ??retreating, wanting to return to the underworld.


    They thought that the consciousness of the gods of the gods and the prosperous world was in charge of the underworld, and they did not support their massive invasion of the yang world this time.


    The Lord Wangui looked at the direction of the Lianyue Mountains with a grim expression on his face, and his heart was really unwilling.


    The ghosts and gods in the underworld have accumulated strength for many years, and once they broke out, they achieved unprecedented results. He was really unwilling to give up.


    The Lord Wangui decided to wait and see again to see what was going on.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm will not care what these ants think in their hearts, but will continue to go their own way.


    In that special space, Meng Zhang instructed everyone to work together.


    After a while, the number of spots and bands of light passing through this space significantly decreased.


    This shows that this arrangement has greatly slowed down the speed of absorbing the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang''s method worked, all the indigenous true gods breathed a sigh of relief.


    The task is expected to be completed, and it seems that Meng Zhang is still reliable.


    The Shenchang Realm Heavenly Dao consciousness, who was refining the two Dao thieves, also found that Meng Zhang''s approach had played a role.


    Without enough source of heaven and earth to supplement, the light above the eight peaks obviously began to dim a lot.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has clearly felt that the operation of this arrangement has begun to weaken.


    Before the operation completely stopped, it began to try to suppress these eight peaks.


    Suddenly, the mutation happened again.


    The origin of the world of Shenchang Realm seems to be blowing out, and it pours into this special space very quickly.


    Dense light spots and light strips poured into the eight peaks at the fastest speed.


    The eight mountain peaks seemed to have been beaten with blood, and they were bright, giving birth to a powerful suction, trying to inhale the consciousness of the heavenly path of Shenchang Realm.


    Unprepared, Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao was pulled by this suction.


    He began to struggle desperately, but couldn''t break free for a while.


    Everyone else in that special space discovered that something was wrong.


    Azure Sea God shouted angrily at Meng Zhang, "What the hell are you doing?"


    But soon, he didn''t have the energy to blame Meng Zhang.


    Everyone was horrified to find that there were strong attractive forces on these pillars, and they were firmly attracted.


    The power in their bodies, whether it is divine power or magic power, or even life force, is quickly sucked away by these pillars.


    They struggled desperately, but it was difficult to break free from the huge attraction.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God had long guessed that Meng Zhang was plotting something wrong. They thought that Meng Zhang was targeting the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang Realm, so they kept watching silently.


    None of them thought that Meng Zhang would be so ruthless, killing everyone in one fell swoop.


    Even True God Rising Sun, an ally who had recently formed an alliance with Taiyimen, Meng Zhang also showed no mercy to him.


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, forming an alliance with the True God Rising Sun was an expedient measure, and the two sides only secretly reached a verbal covenant.


    This ally is not very reliable.


    Especially when it comes to the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shangshenchang Realm, it is even more impossible to count on the other party.


    One does not do two endlessly, Meng Zhang simply asks True God Shengyang to make the final contribution.


    In fact, the flame giants transformed by Meng Zhang and the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan were also absorbed by the pillars.


    However, due to Meng Zhang''s careful control, the speed at which they were absorbed was very slow and could not damage their roots.


    When Jun Chen Xianzun visited Shenchang Realm, he had already noticed the existence of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, but he was just too lazy to deal with it.


    If all the arrangements he left behind are activated, not only can they quickly absorb the origin of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, but they can also damage and absorb the consciousness of Heaven and Earth in Shenchang Realm.


    Originally, everything that was absorbed should be passed on to Immortal Jun Chen.


    But Immortal Venerable Jun Chen has long since fallen, and such a huge power has nowhere to go, only temporarily staying among the eight peaks.


    But at this time, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm wanted to suppress these eight mountain peaks, which naturally inspired its spontaneous counterattack.


    The last bit of consciousness left by True God Chongyue hid in a mountain, and was nourished by the source of heaven and earth absorbed for a while, the situation became much more stable, and he could survive for a while.


    True God Chongyue didn''t know Meng Zhang''s actions or what was going on outside, but only found that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm wanted to suppress these eight peaks.


    With his last strength, he began to inspire the self-defense system of the eight peaks with years of research into the arrangement.


    These eight mountain peaks vibrated in unison, bursting with tyrannical fluctuations, constantly impacting the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm, which was originally injured by the actions of the Dao thief, only temporarily suppressed the injury by borrowing the power of heaven and earth, but it did not really heal.


    Encountering such a ferocious attack at this moment, the suppressed injuries have exploded again.


    Another traitor, the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm immediately guessed that Meng Zhang was playing a ghost, and there was a burst of gnashing hatred.


    It has never trusted Meng Zhang, an outsider, and has always just used him.


    First, Meng Zhang was used to hunt down Dao thieves, and then Meng Zhang was used to stop the operation of this arrangement.


    If Meng Zhang has been working for him honestly and has shown enough value in use, it can also make Meng Zhang one of the managers of Shenchang Realm.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm has long been dissatisfied with the indigenous gods, and wants to change the management model of Shenchang Realm.


    If Meng Zhang is not loyal enough, or does not show enough value for use, then it will be absorbed and refined.

 Chapter 2752

    Meng Zhang''s senses have always been keen, and he has long noticed the malicious intentions of the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of most great worlds should operate according to certain rules, be impartial and impartial, and take the responsibility of maintaining the operation of the entire world.


    Especially when dealing with creatures in this world, there should be clear rewards and punishments.


    Although Meng Zhang is an outsider, he has not shown any harm to the Shenchang realm before, but he has contributed to the Shenchang realm.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm really shouldn''t harbor ill will towards such a hero.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm. What was the reason for these changes and became an outlier among many consciousnesses of the Dao of Heaven.


    Anyway, sooner or later, he will be hostile to it, so it is better to strike first.


    After entering this special space, Meng Zhang quickly gained something based on the information he had previously mastered and his keen sense.


    After he drew back the magic circles among the eight peaks earlier, all of you from the same sect discovered some of its mysteries after painstaking research and brainstorming.


    The method he taught everyone has hidden secrets.


    On the surface, it seems that this special space has slowed down the absorption of the source of the world of Shenchang Realm, but it is actually to accumulate power and explode.


    The power of this special space was stimulated by Meng Zhang, and all the eight peaks erupted.


    Not to mention the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is temporarily trapped, and it will continue to endure fatal attacks.


    The tyrannical fluctuations from the eight peaks swept through the air, and by the way, the invisible cage that imprisoned the two Dao thieves became loose.


    Dao Thief Void and Emptiness did not fully understand what was going on, but they knew that this was a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to get out of trouble.


    If you miss this time, who knows if there are other opportunities.


    The two imprisoned Dao thieves seemed to be exhausted for a long time.


    The special existence of Dao thieves can bring disaster to Daomen for many years, and it has continued to this day under the pursuit of many immortals.


    Dao thief vacancy and emptiness unanimously cast the secret technique, and began to inspire the last power.


    Especially the thief emptiness, the state at the moment is far better than the vacancy, and in order to get out of trouble, he would rather pay a huge price.


    Under the frenzied actions of self-harm, they finally began to break the cage.


    Dao thief Kong Yu had already lost his physical body, and only his soul remained.


    At this moment, his divine soul became very weak, as if it would dissipate at any time.


    The emptiness of Dao Pirates almost exhausted the power of this fleshly body.


    Fortunately, this is an invisible cage formed by the temporary mobilization of the power of heaven and earth by the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang world.


    If it was the cage where the Dao Thief was originally imprisoned, the two of them would not be able to break free so easily.


    Although the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm was temporarily forcibly absorbed by the eight peaks, it was not that there was no spare energy to do something else.


    He had planned to immediately attack Meng Zhang and take care of this anti-water guy.


    But the two Dao thieves broke free from the cage, and they were about to escape, which made him hesitate for a moment.


    Even if the two Dao thieves are completely absorbed and refined, the benefits obtained may not be as good as careful study of the arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    For everything about Jun Chen Xianzun, Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of heavenly Dao almost had an obsession.


    But the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen can''t escape here, and the two Dao thieves are fleeing now, and it will be difficult to find their traces in the future.


    If they leave Shenchang Realm, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm will have nothing to do with them.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm hesitated for a moment, and then made a choice.


    The power that was originally going to be used to attack Meng Zhang temporarily turned its direction and swept away towards the two Dao thieves.


    I saw lightning, thunder and light flashing in the sky, and there was a loud noise.


    After the violent collision, the strong fluctuations from it almost made the entire Lian Yue Mountains tremble.


    Finally, after paying a huge price, the two Dao thieves escaped completely by taking advantage of the opportunity of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness being entangled by eight mountain peaks.


    Although they managed to escape, they were seriously injured and had already damaged the foundation.


    Even the many secret techniques mastered by Dao thieves may be difficult to recover in a short period of time.


    The two Dao thieves fled, and the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm became even more angry.


    He wrestled with the eight peaks, trying to get rid of their absorption. While drawing strength again, he was ready to deal with Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was also very struggling.


    He used this special space to hold all the other gods firmly here.


    No matter how hard they struggled, they were temporarily unable to break free from the attraction of these pillars.


    Meng Zhang was also attracted by the pillar, but he still wanted to continue to stimulate the power of this special space.


    After the blue sea god and the others were sucked away by the pillars, they were passed on to the eight mountain peaks.


    The eight mountain peaks united to form a large array, which has been rapidly consuming the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    Azure Sea God and their powers were transmitted here, and they were also quickly consumed by the great formation.


    The great formation has been stimulated with almost all of its power, and is launching a fierce attack on the consciousness of the heavenly realm in Shenchang Realm.


    At this time, Meng Zhang couldn''t make up his mind to fight against the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    Even if he concentrated all the true immortal-level combat power of Taiyi Sect, he would not be able to confront the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm head-on.


    Fortunately, he had made adequate preparations for this confrontation a long time ago.


    When Meng Zhang entered the Shenchang Realm to participate in the war, everyone was ready to fight.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor secretly came to Shenchang Realm.


    Now, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor received Meng Zhang''s signal and immediately started to launch.


    Previously, Meng Zhang sent many disciples of Taiyi Sect to search for those special earth veins and spiritual acupoints in Shenchang Realm.


    After they are found, they will secretly leave arrangements outside the acupoints of the Shenchang Realm.


    According to the records of the dragon clan books, the dragon clan and the monks of the Taiyi realm have created many special instruments together.


    When it was time to launch, the Taiyi monks immediately launched these arrangements, attacking these acupoints with various means.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was even more moved, and those special instruments were drilled into these acupoints and began to be destroyed.


    This secret method of hurting the consciousness of heaven by attacking the acupoints of the big world is originally the inheritance of the dragon family.


    Although due to the limited conditions, it could not fully meet the requirements of the secret law, but it was launched under the auspices of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and it still played a big role.


    In addition to the Yang world, the underworld also launched almost at the same time.


    Those foreign ghosts who sneaked into the underworld, according to Meng Zhang''s order, also searched for the acupoints of Shenchang Realm in the underworld long ago.


    Although the number of acupoints found is far less than that of Yang Shi, it is worse than nothing.


    At this moment, if it is launched together with Yang Shi, it is still a bit of an increase.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm felt a sharp pain that penetrated deep into the bone marrow, and it immediately erupted everywhere in the body.


    Although it has always been slow to respond, it still reacts very quickly at this moment. This is a method similar to the secret method that Dao Thief Kong Xing used before, all of which hurt its consciousness by attacking the acupoints of Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2753

    Although the two methods are similar, the attack of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is more ferocious and more powerful.


    This is natural, it is hard to tell the difference between the secret technique of the dragon clan and the secret technique of the thief.


    There is only one person in the emptiness of Dao Thief, and he has to hide his tracks and avoid the pursuit of the consciousness of the heavenly Dao in the Shenchang world. Naturally, he cannot find too many acupoints and make too many arrangements.


    The Taiyimen and the Dragon Clan completely controlled a large piece of land in the Western Continent, as well as the surrounding sea areas.


    At least in these areas, the Taiyimen earth division can act in an open and honest way, and can also get the full assistance of the monks stationed there.


    After they entered the East Land, they did not reveal their purpose, and there was basically no problem walking on the realm of the rising sun.


    In fact, because the indigenous gods of the Eastern Land were busy defending the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld, they ignored many other things, allowing the Taiyimen to enter and leave their territory more freely.


    Regardless of whether the secret technique is superior or superior, the Taiyi Sect geographer has found more acupoints, which can naturally increase the power of the secret technique to a greater extent and threaten the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang Realm more.


    Many acupoints were attacked almost at the same time, and the special instruments of the dragon race kept moving in the acupoints, which caused great pressure on the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    As the saying goes, eating one cut grows one wiser, and the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm was only attacked by the Taoist emptiness with similar means not long ago. Logically speaking, he should be wary of this.


    However, its performance in actual combat is that it is completely defenseless, and there is no effective way to resist it.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm possesses enormous power and seems invincible.


    But in fact, it has a series of shortcomings such as slow response, low level of intelligence, and rigid work.


    From this aspect alone, it is far inferior to the average cultivator.


    More importantly, this kind of secret technique that directly attacks the acupoints of the Shenchang realm, thereby attacking the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang realm, is very difficult to resist.


    At the very least, there is no corresponding restraint technique for the consciousness of heaven in most great worlds.


    The most effective way is to strictly guard the acupoints of the big world from the very beginning, and do not allow outsiders to approach.


    However, most of the big worlds are extremely vast and there are many acupoints. It is very difficult to strictly defend them all.


    In any case, when the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Taiyimen monks began to attack these acupoints, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was quickly hit hard.


    The old injuries were not healed, and new injuries were added, and the originally suppressed injuries also erupted.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm can no longer take care of dealing with Meng Zhang.


    The consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm is multi-faceted, and all the different aspects are involved in a whole.


    This time, it is not only the side of the Shenchang Realm that is in charge of the Heavenly Dao consciousness, but the whole of the Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    The other aspects of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, such as the side in charge of the underworld, have abandoned the previous disputes at this time, and have mobilized their power to help the side in charge of the yang world.


    When faced with a common threat, the different aspects of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness share the same hatred, and unite together, almost all the forces of Shenchang Realm can be mobilized.


    It is a pity that the attack launched by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the Taiyimen cultivator this time was too targeted, and it just hit the soft underbelly of the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang world.


    The thunder and lightning rolling in the sky began to dissipate quickly.


    The Shenchang Realm Heavenly Dao Consciousness, which was heavily injured, was no longer able to flexibly control the power of heaven and earth.


    The attacks of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Taiyimen monks have not stopped, and the eight mountain peaks are also constantly launching violent attacks.


    In the face of the great pain, the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm began to become confused, and did not know which way to deal with the enemy first.


    The Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm is like a child who has never been hurt, and has no way to deal with the current situation.


    He began to struggle instinctively, resist instinctively.


    The power of heaven and earth around the Lianyue Mountains seemed to have lost control and became extremely violent.


    The tyrannical power of heaven and earth recklessly oppresses and squeezes the Lianyue Mountains.


    It was as if the Lianyue Mountains were blown by a hurricane, and at the same time, it seemed to be rubbed arbitrarily by Juli.


    A large section of the mountain range collapsed, and the peaks were flattened...


    Although those eight mountain peaks continue to extract the origin of the heavens and the earth from the Shenchang Realm, and also extract the power of a large group of true gods, in terms of absolute power, they are still far inferior to the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    With a loud explosion, many cracks and flaws appeared everywhere in the great formation jointly constructed by the eight peaks.


    The magic circles inside the eight peaks began to be destroyed.


    The eight peaks themselves are full of cracks, and they look like they will shatter at any time.


    The special space where Meng Zhang and the others were located was also affected by this.


    First, eight huge pillars suddenly collapsed, and then the entire space completely collapsed.


    Everyone, including Meng Zhang, was immediately involved in the space storm caused by the collapse of the space.


    Logically speaking, a space storm of this magnitude is not a fatal threat to a true immortal-level powerhouse, and at most it is a little trouble.


    In fact, the space storm inside the big world, unless there are special circumstances, such as connecting the anti-space and the like, generally cannot trap the true immortal-level powerhouse for a long time.


    Azure Sea God and several other indigenous true gods of the gods and prosperous world are themselves the weakest among this group of people.


    They were powerless to resist the crazy pumping of the pillars, and most of their strength was taken away, and they were at a time of weakness at the moment.


    Suddenly caught in the space storm, they couldn''t break free all of a sudden, only struggling in the storm.


    The situation of Hunling Venerable God and Calamity Demon God is much better than them.


    When they came to cast a secret technique just now, they slowed down the flow of power in their bodies.


    Second, their foundation is far stronger than that of a group of native gods.


    So they still retain a lot of power at the moment.


    If nothing unexpected happens, they should be able to get out of the space storm soon.


    As the culprit who caused the great change just now, Meng Zhang didn''t draw too much power away from the pillar.


    He still retains most of his fighting power at this time.


    He really wanted to take the opportunity to kill all the demon gods of disaster, but the biggest enemy, Shenchangjie, was still struggling desperately, so he couldn''t ignore it.


    Meng Zhang just hesitated, then recalled the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan and left here as quickly as possible.


    When Meng Zhang escaped from this special space and came to the sky above the eight mountain peaks, the desperate struggle of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao was about to come to an end.


    Jun Chen Xianzun left this arrangement for the purpose of absorbing the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm. It is a one-time use, and there is no plan to use it multiple times.


    Moreover, this arrangement is neither a defensive facility nor an attack facility. It has a single function, and its defensive power is naturally not very strong.


    Although the layout is ingenious and the level is extremely high, these eight peaks still have their limits.

 Chapter 2754

    Most of the power that finally erupted from the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell on the eight peaks.


    This finally exceeded its tolerance limit.


    Eight mountain peaks were broken and collapsed one after another, and the inner circle was completely destroyed.


    The last bit of consciousness of True God Chongyue, who was hiding in one of the mountain peaks, was completely obliterated by the violent power.


    After the final eruption, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell into an unprecedented weakness.


    At this time, Meng Zhang appeared outside.


    He did not directly attack the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, but joined the action of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    He transmits his power to those acupoints in the Shenchang Realm that have been discovered, and constantly attacks these acupoints, so as to achieve the purpose of hurting the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang has painstakingly studied the secret methods of the dragon clan, and the power of the shot is only slightly inferior to that of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    After another onslaught, an unprecedented whine sounded between the heavens and the earth in the entire Shenchang Realm.


    The huge whining sound spread to almost every corner of the world.


    In the sky, large tracts of blood rained down on the ground.


    At this time, almost all the souls of Shenchang Realm felt an inexplicable sadness, as if they had lost some of the most important things.


    Many aboriginal gods wept bitterly and burst into tears.


    This kind of situation in which the sky rains blood and the heaven and the earth share the same sorrow has never occurred in the interests of the gods and prosperous world.


    Some indigenous true gods with sufficient cultivation base and keen sense have already felt in their hearts that the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world has fallen.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who were enemies of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, felt an unprecedented ease at this time, and the heavy pressure that had enveloped their hearts completely disappeared.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm completely lost all reactions.


    The huge consciousness that was originally shrouded in the sky above the Lianyue Mountains has disappeared without a trace at this time.


    All the signs indicated that Meng Zhang and the others had achieved the goal of this battle, and completely wiped out the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t believe it, the consciousness of the heavenly way in the Shenchang world fell so easily.


    He was a little puzzled.


    Generally speaking, if the consciousness of Heavenly Dao is wiped out in a big world, there will be sins added to it, and it will even affect one''s own luck.


    At this time, he didn''t feel that way.


    He and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor repeatedly sensed that it was true that they could no longer sense the existence of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Although the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm is powerful, it is not proficient in the art of hiding.


    Maybe it was because of his own problems that Meng Zhang didn''t sense the consequences that he should have.


    In any case, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm disappeared in Shenchang Realm.


    After removing this mountain, Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor will completely occupy the Shenchang Realm and achieve their respective goals.


    Of course, in this process, they still have many enemies to face.


    The Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God escaped from the space storm early.


    They found that the consciousness of heaven in Shenchang Realm had fallen, and they had no time to be shocked, and escaped here as quickly as possible.


    They were not in a good state at the moment, and Meng Zhang obviously had murderous intentions towards them, so they didn''t dare to stay here for a long time.


    Wei Lan Sea God and the others took a step slower. When they finally escaped from the space storm, Meng Zhang had already reacted from the fall of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Luna, who had been hiding in the Eastern Continent, arrived here in time.


    Meng Zhang and Luna waited for the rabbit, and finally waited for them.


    Azure Sea God and the others have almost exhausted their strength, and their injuries are not light.


    Although they had an advantage in numbers, they soon fell behind after facing Mengzhang and the others.


    True God Shengyang kept scolding Meng Zhang for treachery and betrayal of his allies.


    Meng Zhang has no psychological pressure on this.


    True allies either have the same strength or need each other.


    What does True God Rising Sun have?


    He has lost all use value at this time.


    Meng Zhang had no friendship with him, and had only reached a verbal covenant with him through messengers before.


    If it was in a world dominated by immortality, and faced with the power of self-cultivation, Meng Zhang might have to pay attention to word of mouth.


    But this is the primitive and backward world of Shinto, and there is only an indigenous god, what place deserves Mengzhang''s special attention?


    Immortals and gods are hostile in many ways. Meng Zhang and the native gods of Shenchang Realm are enemies. Who will be faithful to the enemy?


    Meng Zhang had long wanted to absorb some of the native gods of the Shenchang world and let them join the god system of Taiyimen.


    But True God Rising Sun, a top-level True God who is used to being a hegemon, is definitely not suitable for inclusion in the system.


    Not to mention, he must be full of resentment towards Meng Zhang because of what happened before.


    To avoid trouble later, simply fix it now.


    After a fierce battle, True God Rising Sun and True God Rising Sun not only died in battle, but even their bodies fell into the hands of Moon God.


    Wei Lan Poseidon and Tongguang River God escaped with injuries, and Meng Zhang was chasing after him.


    The two sides chased and fled, and happened to bump into the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor who came to reinforce Meng Zhang.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is still qualified as an ally.


    His original strength was far inferior to his heyday. Previously, he used the dragon''s secret technique to attack the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang world, which was also a huge loss.


    However, he still insisted on coming to support Meng Zhang.


    When attacking the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm just now, it was not only the Dragon Emperor who swallowed the sea and Meng Zhang who contributed.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue''e have also studied the secret arts of the dragon clan.


    When the attack was launched, they mainly organized to attack the Shenchangjie Acupuncture Point located in the Western Land and the surrounding waters.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor descended directly to the Eastern Continent and attacked the acupuncture points distributed in the Eastern Continent.


    Even though the several ghost tribes from outside the realm in the underworld have summoned wonderful powers to bless them and attacked the acupoints with all their strength, their effect is limited, and at most it can be regarded as a strike.


    In general, the Taiyi world and the dragon clan have almost exhausted their top combat power this time.


    After the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor stopped the Azure Sea God and the Tongguang River God, they could no longer escape.


    After a fierce battle, the two indigenous true gods still fell.


    Killing two indigenous true gods can no longer bring Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor a great sense of accomplishment.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm have never been their worst enemies.


    For their next actions, the remaining native gods in Shenchang Realm are even less troublesome.


    What they really cared about were the two Dao thieves who had escaped before, the Demon God of Famine and the Revered God of Mixed Spirits.


    Especially the two Dao thieves, Meng Zhang had better find them out before they recovered from their injuries and regained their strength.


    Otherwise, they will be in great trouble.

 Chapter 2755

    Dao thieves are good at hiding. To find them is something that even the consciousness of the heavenly Dao in the Shenchang world has not done. For Meng Zhang, it is really a huge challenge.


    Of course, if they escaped from Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang wouldn''t have to worry about future troubles even though he couldn''t find them.


    After killing the escaped Weilan Sea God and Tongguang River God, Meng Zhang returned to the Lianyue Mountains and wanted to see how the arrangement was left by Immortal Jun Chen.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has its own dragon clan inheritance, and is not very interested in the things of immortality, so he soon returned to the temporary dragon clan territory to cultivate.


    Meng Zhang gathered Luna and looked at the arrangement left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Eight mountain peaks collapsed, and almost all the magic circles inside were destroyed. There is no value here.


    Anyway, the most important formation, Meng Zhang had already drawn it and brought it back to Taiyimen.


    With the fall of the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm, not only did various visions begin to appear throughout the Shenchang Realm, but the rules of heaven and earth were also greatly affected.


    Although it is said that the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang realm cannot be equated with the Shenchang realm itself, the two are closely related and have a profound influence on each other.


    If a person is used as a metaphor, the world of Shenchang is equivalent to a person''s body, and his consciousness of the Tao of Heaven is equivalent to his soul.


    Now that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has fallen, there will naturally be all kinds of huge changes in Shenchang Realm itself.


    Especially near the Lianyue Mountains, it is the place where the consciousness of Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm fell, and the mutation first began to appear here.


    The rules of heaven and earth began to become disordered, and the space became extremely unstable...


    This place was originally the Yang World, although the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld built a large number of sky screens nearby, it did not fundamentally change this.


    But now, the gap between Yin and Yang in this area has been completely broken.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld are rapidly infiltrating into the Yang world, turning this place into a ghost realm.


    Before long, this place will completely become a part of the underworld, and the rules of heaven and earth in the yang world will disappear.


    This is just the beginning.


    Over time, a similar situation will spread rapidly around.


    In the end, there will even be a situation where the heaven and the earth are out of order.


    Dao thieves and other great enemies flee, and Meng Zhang''s main energy will definitely be involved next.


    The West Lu is the base of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan in the Shenchang Realm, so they naturally have to take good care of the West Lu.


    As for the Donglu side, everyone has no time to take care of it for the time being.


    Wait until other things are dealt with before you have the energy to take care of this.


    For Taiyi Realm, anyway, the main purpose is to absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm, even if the world is turned upside down, it doesn''t matter.


    It''s just that the Dragon Clan will live in Shenchang Realm in the future. In order to take care of the interests of his allies, Meng Zhang has to restrain himself and be careful not to cause too much damage to Shenchang Realm.


    Moreover, if a great world is destroyed because of his actions, it will lead to more sins.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm and Shenchang Realm are not the same thing.


    Meng Zhang, the consciousness of the heavenly way of destroying the Shenchang Realm, can still accept it, but if the Shenchang Realm is completely destroyed, such consequences will be unbearable.


    Meng Zhang and Luna didn''t stay here for long, and they were about to return to the Western Land immediately.


    Because the surrounding space is extremely unstable, they encountered a lot of trouble when they cast the space shuttle.


    It took them quite a while to return to the West Land.


    During this period of time, the impact of the fall of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has been continuously intensifying, and it has spread to other parts of Shenchang Realm.


    Strong earthquakes broke out all over the Shenchang realm.


    The earth trembled, the ground collapsed, the mountains collapsed, the rivers shifted...


    The sea is full of unprecedented tsunamis, and crazy storms swept the Quartet...


    In other places, Mengzhang and the others can''t control it for the time being, but Xilu must not be chaotic.


    Meng Zhang, Moon God, Gu Yue Ling Qing, and Fairy Yue''e each led a group of high-level cultivators to various places in the Western Continent, trying their best to settle the earth''s veins and stabilize the rules of heaven and earth.


    Taiyi cultivators have a wealth of experience in this area.


    When the Junchen Realm was destroyed, they used the great formation on the Taiyimen territory to try to stabilize the territory.


    After the Junchen Realm was completely destroyed and the Taiyi Realm entered the void, they also did not relax.


    The Taiyi Realm, which migrates long distances in the void, also faces many similar problems.


    Although there is no help from the great formation now, the situation in Shenchang Realm is far less serious than that in Junchen Realm.


    After so many years of development, the monks in the Taiyi world have experienced a blowout in the number of high-level monks.


    Many high-level cultivators joined forces, which greatly stabilized Xilu.


    The powerhouses of the dragon clan were not idle either.


    They have already regarded Shenchang Realm as their habitat, and they will not allow the surrounding environment to be seriously damaged.


    Under the leadership of the dragon kings, many dragon powerhouses came to the waters near the West Land, formed a formation together, displayed the dragon''s ability to call the wind and call the rain, change the sky, and strive to resist the tsunami and calm the storm at sea.


    After all, the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is not the destruction of Shenchang Realm itself, and the turbulence of the whole world still has its limit.


    Thanks to the efforts of the monks of the Taiyi Realm and the powerhouses of the dragon race, at least the Western Land and its surrounding waters have not been greatly affected.


    Tai Miao, who stayed in Taiyi Realm, was not idle either.


    Tai Miao personally controlled Taiyi Realm and slowly approached Shenchang Realm.


    During this period of time, the gravitational force around Shenchang Realm experienced huge fluctuations.


    Taimiao spent a lot of effort to make Taiyi Realm move stably in a place close to Shenchang Realm.


    Near the Lianyue Mountains, the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun has been almost completely destroyed, and naturally he will not continue to absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    However, due to various previous influences, including the destruction caused by the war, the world is in a state of disorder, and many invisible wounds have appeared in Shenchang Realm, and the origin of heaven and earth begins to slowly spill out.


    With the passage of time, perhaps after the self-healing ability of Shenchang Realm itself comes into play, these wounds will slowly heal, and the loss of the source of heaven and earth will gradually stop.


    At this time, Taiyi Realm was very close to Shenchang Realm.


    Tai Miao urged the magic circle above Taiyi Realm to send out a special traction force, slowly absorbing these scattered sources of heaven and earth.


    There are not many origins in these worlds, and it is better to talk than nothing.


    After Meng Zhang has completely eliminated several great enemies, it will be time for them to show their talents and absorb the origin of the world of the Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has fallen, causing the native gods of Yangshi to be mourned and saddened.


    Those high-level ghosts and gods in the underworld also sensed the fall of the consciousness of the gods of the gods, and the news quickly spread throughout the underworld.


    Compared with the native gods of the yang world, these ghosts and gods in the underworld are more unruly and lawless.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Shenchang Realm is in charge of the underworld, and it has always been ruthless and extremely harsh towards the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Even if he sheltered the ghosts and gods, he would not get the slightest gratitude from the ghosts and gods.

 Chapter 2756

    The side of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness in charge of Yang World is regarded as a natural enemy by ghosts and gods.


    Therefore, the ghosts and gods in the underworld not only have no respect for and closeness to the consciousness of the heavenly way of Shenchang Realm, but they are also full of resentment in their hearts.


    In the past, the ghosts and gods in the underworld were captured by the strong consciousness of the heavenly way in the realm of Shenchang.


    Now, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has fallen, and they are equivalent to removing a mountain that is pressing on their heads.


    After the initial shock, they felt an unprecedented ease, as if all restraints had been removed.


    Without the suppression of the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Shenchang Realm, this group of ghosts and gods in the underworld, which was already lawless, was even more uncontrollable, and could act recklessly and do whatever they wanted.


    In addition, the heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm are out of order, and the rules of yin and yang are in chaos. In many places, it is beneficial to the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Soon, many ghosts and gods in the underworld strengthened their determination to invade the Yang world.


    Different from the past, this time without the suppression of the consciousness of the gods of the gods, they believed that their actions would be unstoppable.


    As for the aboriginal gods in the world of Shenchang World, they were not in their eyes at all.


    What''s more, after a series of incidents, the native gods of Yang World suffered heavy losses, their vitality was severely damaged, and even the leaders of the major factions were all wiped out.


    In fact, the indigenous gods in the world of Shenchang Realm have long been in a state of panic.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts originally led an army of ghosts and gods to occupy the territory of the true god Chongyue.


    Since the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm fell on the Lianyue Mountains, the Lianyue Mountains includes a large area around it, the rules of heaven and earth are extremely disordered, and the environment has become extremely harsh, even the ghosts and gods from the underworld cannot be accommodated here.


    After experiencing the initial panic, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts quickly calmed down and led the army of ghosts and gods to expand to the surrounding area.


    The territory of Tongguangjiang God bore the brunt of its expansion. Although preparations had been made for a long time, and a careful line of defense was built, it was still unable to resist the attack of the army of ghosts and gods, and it was quickly defeated.


    Behind the Tongguang River is the realm of the original rising sun god.


    The territory of the True God Rising Sun went through the tossing of the Hunling Venerable God, and then the chaos was put in order.


    After True God Shengyang fell, his territory fell into civil strife.


    If there is no accident, the army of ghosts and gods will soon be able to cross the Tongguang River, enter the territory of the true god of rising sun, and then quickly occupy it.


    At that time, the entire Eastern Land will fall into the hands of ghosts and gods, and they will be transformed into ghost realms on earth.


    Although Luna had already left Donglu, the intelligence system she left behind was still functioning normally.


    Moreover, Yin Jiu, who was beside the Lord Wangui, also regularly reported various information to Taimiao.


    All kinds of news from Donglu were quickly passed back to the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    After the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm fell, the scene of the sky falling and the earth sinking did not last long.


    Especially on the west side, with the efforts of the Taiyi monks and the dragon race, various abnormal states were quickly subsided.


    Of course, the many far-reaching effects caused by the fall of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, including some less obvious consequences, will not disappear so easily.


    After stabilizing the situation in the West Land, Meng Zhang and the others temporarily spared.


    Meng Zhang''s primary targets were the escaped Dao thieves and the calamity demon gods, but they didn''t have the slightest clue yet.


    The army of ghosts and gods is about to dominate the Eastern Land, and the Taiyi world and the dragon clan cannot ignore it.


    If the ghosts and gods really let the ghosts and gods transform the Eastern Land into a ghost realm on earth, it will definitely bring a series of bad consequences.


    With the virtues of ghosts and gods, they will definitely not be satisfied with stopping in the Eastern Land, and will expand to other parts of the Shenchang Realm.


    If there is no one to stop it, the final result is that the Yin and Yang of the entire Shenchang Realm will be out of order and become the underworld.


    The practice of these ghosts and gods is equivalent to competing with the dragons for living space.


    For the Dragon Clan, this is absolutely unacceptable.


    According to the opinions of the senior leaders of the Dragon Clan, the actions of the ghosts and gods must be stopped in time, and they cannot be allowed to grow bigger in the Yang World.


    Although the dragon clan is powerful, except for the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, there is no other true immortal-level combat power.


    Among the ghosts and gods from the underworld, there are many powerhouses at the level of true gods.


    In fact, after years of accumulation, the overall strength of the ghosts and gods of the underworld in the Shenchang world far exceeds that of the native gods in the Yang world.


    Because the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is in charge of the guidance and even persecution of the underworld, the ghosts and gods in the underworld often break out into cruel infighting.


    In the fierce and bloody battle, the ghosts and gods got enough exercise.


    Many ghosts and gods have rich combat experience, are brave and aggressive, and are very aggressive.


    In contrast, the native gods of the Yang World are indulged in pleasure, and their combat power is far less than that of ghosts and gods.


    In the past, if it wasn''t for the suppression of the Yang Shi side of the Heavenly Dao consciousness in the Shenchang Realm, the ghosts and gods in the underworld would have occupied Yang Shi long ago.


    Dragons traverse the void, and they do not lack experience in fighting ghosts and gods.


    It''s just that the Dragon Clan branch under the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor is still a little immature in all aspects and lacks strength.


    Whether it is the interests of the Taiyi Realm itself, or the obligation to be performed as an ally, the Taiyi Realm has to work with the Dragon Clan to try their best to stop the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    After the high-level discussions between Taiyijie and the Dragon Clan, they soon made a decision.


    Moon God and Fairy Yue''e will rush to the East Land at the fastest speed.


    They want to use the forces that Luna had established before, and the situation in the Eastern Continent to try their best to unite the remaining indigenous gods in the Eastern Continent, occupy a territory, and organize forces to fight against the army of ghosts and gods.


    Taiyijie monks and dragons will organize an army as soon as possible to prepare for the expedition to the Eastern Land.


    Of course, due to the disorder of the heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm, the situation is far from subsided. Between the east and west continents, the space is unstable in many places, and there are many natural dangers.


    Until the situation improves, the expedition army will not be dispatched easily, so as not to lose soldiers and generals in vain on the road.


    As more and more ghosts and gods come from the underworld to the yang world, the power of ghosts and gods is constantly growing.


    Yin Jiu has stayed by the side of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts for so long, and won his trust. He has obtained more information about the underworld, especially the top ghosts and gods in the underworld, powerful ghosts and gods, have a deeper understanding.


    As more and more information about ghosts and gods was transmitted back to the top leaders of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan, they all began to feel that they had previously ignored the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm and underestimated their threat.


    The aboriginal gods of Shenchang Realm Yangshi are not decent opponents at all, and they can be defeated without much effort.


    The situation of ghosts and gods in the underworld is very different. It can be called a strong enemy and requires a lot of effort.


    But now, because the whereabouts of Dao thieves and Famine Demon God are unknown, Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan need to be especially vigilant, which greatly involves the attention of top powerhouses such as Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2757

    Meng Zhang and the others spent a lot of effort and paid a lot of price, and they finally wiped out the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    They didn''t expect that their hard work would actually benefit the ghosts and gods in the underworld in vain.


    The ghosts and gods from the underworld took the opportunity to grow bigger and began to expand continuously in the Yang world.


    Meng Zhang and the others all had a sense of missteps in their hearts.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the others have discovered this problem now, and will naturally respond accordingly, so that the ghosts and gods will not succeed.


    The aboriginal gods of the Yang World of Shenchang Realm, not to mention that they are incompatible with the ghosts and gods of the underworld, are also deeply resentful.


    Not many native gods are willing to take refuge in ghosts and gods unless they are desperate.


    After Luna and Fairy Yue''e arrived in the East Land, they soon began to win over and incorporate the indigenous gods, and quickly formed a strong force.


    They used the original territory of True God Rising Sun as a base to recruit troops and expand.


    The East Land is vast, and the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld will not kill them for the time being.


    Moreover, the natural disasters that spread across most of the Shenchang Realm this time have also hindered the advance of the army of ghosts and gods, and they still have a lot of time to use.


    Meng Zhang tried to search all over the Shenchang Realm, looking for the whereabouts of the Dao thief and the disaster god.


    Originally, Meng Zhang didn''t hold out much hope for such a rough search, it was completely routine.


    What he didn''t expect was that he could easily find the target''s trace.


    The two largest continents in the Shenchang Realm are the East Land and the West Land, and then the ocean that covers the entire world.


    Above the ocean, there are many islands.


    To the south of Shenchangjie lies the largest island group in the world, the Southern Archipelago.


    The southern archipelago consists of multiple island chains with a large number of islands.


    The largest of these islands, although the land area is not comparable to the western land, the huge islands are still like a small continent, giving birth to countless creatures.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell, natural disasters broke out in most of Shenchang Realm.


    Fortunately, the scale and impact of these natural disasters are still limited, far from the kind of disasters that destroy the world.


    There are many islands above the sea that have been wiped out, engulfed by tsunamis and wind and waves.


    The southern archipelago is no exception, there are many such situations.


    In the beginning, the indigenous gods of the southern archipelago also worked hard to resist natural disasters and protect their own believers and the creatures on the territory.


    At this time, the Demon God of Famine came to the Southern Islands.


    When they were in the Lianyue Mountains, the Famine Demon God and the Hunling Venerable God just lost a lot of power, and they didn''t suffer much damage themselves.


    They saw the opportunity early, escaped fast enough, and retained a lot of vitality.


    The name of the Devil God of Famine, as the name suggests, is best at creating famines in various worlds.


    For him, this is a way of practice.


    The greater the famine and the wider the scope, the greater the benefit he gets from it.


    Even, he doesn''t need to create disasters by himself, he only needs to practice in some places where disasters continue, and he can get a lot of benefits.


    This time, the disaster that spread across most of the Shenchang Realm was mainly caused by the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    In that special space, the Demon God of Famine, like other true gods, was calculated by Meng Zhang, so that the pillars extracted a lot of power to supply the eight peaks, so that they could use it to attack the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    From this point of view, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm has fallen, and there is also a little bit of the credit of the Devil God of Famine.


    In the natural disasters that spread throughout most of the Shenchang Realm, the Famine Demon God still gained some benefits.


    If the calamity demon god can independently kill the consciousness of the gods and prosperous world, and create a natural disaster that is enough to destroy the gods and prosperous world, it may be able to break through the current realm of cultivation.


    The natural disaster in Shenchang Realm broke out, and the Famine Demon God was inexplicably excited.


    The Western Land was occupied by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, so he escaped from the Eastern Land. There are not many places where the Shenchang Realm can go.


    The Demon God of Famine took a fancy to the southern archipelago, and after recovering a little, he directly killed it.


    Taking advantage of the danger of natural disasters, the combat power of the Famine Demon God has greatly increased.


    Even if he is not in his prime, he still shows extraordinary powers.


    He echoes the natural disaster, constantly casting spells to strengthen the natural disaster, causing more damage, and he can also absorb more power from it.


    Island after island in the southern archipelago sank, and countless lives were killed in the natural disaster.


    Those creatures who were lucky enough to escape from the natural disaster have to face a more terrifying end.


    The Demon God of Famine has recklessly demonized these creatures, transforming them into all kinds of monsters, and becoming effective cannon fodder under his command.


    There are a large number of indigenous gods in the southern archipelago, and many of them are true gods.


    When Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan summoned the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm, a large part of the indigenous gods in the southern archipelago were called to go.


    After several wars, the indigenous gods who survived the wars returned to the southern archipelago one after another.


    In general, the number of indigenous gods in the southern islands is far lower than before, and is now in a very weak state.


    With the help of the power of natural disasters, the calamity devil continued to strengthen the natural disasters and harmed the southern archipelago, and was finally discovered by the indigenous gods of the southern archipelago.


    Ordinary aboriginal gods were demonized by the demon god of disaster in a few moments.


    The Aboriginal True God can have a few tricks with the Famine Demon God, but he is not his opponent.


    By the time the native gods of the southern islands began to unite, it was too late.


    The Famine Demon God has absorbed a huge amount of power from the natural disaster and restored most of his cultivation base.


    As more and more creatures, many of them native gods, are demonized by him, he can also gain power from them.


    He led a huge army of monsters to sweep across the southern archipelago, almost unstoppable.


    One island after another was breached by him, or directly torn apart by natural disasters.


    The southern archipelago has almost fallen, and only a few native gods are still lingering, barely holding on.


    The current demon god of disaster has dominated the southern archipelago, and he is still accumulating and strengthening his strength.


    After Meng Zhang left the Western Continent, he looked around, trying to watch the entire Shenchang Realm.


    When he looked towards the southern archipelago, the first thing he saw was the demonic energy rising into the sky, forming a thick dark cloud in the sky.


    If it continues like this, the southern archipelago will soon become a demonic realm.


    The Famine Demon God will take this as a foundation and expand in all directions until the entire Shenchang Realm is demonized.


    Not only the ghosts and gods from the underworld will take advantage of the loopholes, but this guy, the calamity devil, will also take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang originally thought that as a defeated general, the Demon God of Famine might have escaped from the Shenchang Realm.


    As a result, he not only did not escape, but instead expanded with great fanfare in the Shenchang realm.


    Among Meng Zhang''s enemy list, two escaped Dao thieves were at the forefront.


    However, since I can''t find any trace of the Dao thief for the time being, I''ll take the calamity devil first.

 Chapter 2758

    Moon God and Fairy Yue''e have already gone to the Western Land; the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has returned to the Dragon Clan''s territory to recuperate; Gu Yue Lingqing sits in the Eastern Land and should not be moved lightly; Tai Miao needs to sit in Taiyi Realm.


    Only Meng Zhang could deal with the Famine Demon God by himself.


    After being reminded by Meng Zhang, the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm, capable cultivators used the technique of looking forward to observe the situation on the southern archipelago.


    Meng Zhang is very sure of defeating the demon god of disaster, but he may not be able to kill the other party.


    The Hunling Zunshen and the two Dao thieves have yet to show up, and there is a possibility of ambush Meng Zhang together.


    Although Meng Zhang could summon Taimiao to help at any time, the manpower was still too thin.


    In particular, everyone knows the virtues of the strong in the magic way. Through the demonization of living beings, they will soon have a powerful army of cannon fodder.


    For the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm, if nothing else, at least the enemy''s army of cannon fodder should not consume too much of Meng Zhang''s strength.


    The monks of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are organizing a large army, ready to go to reinforce Donglu and fight against ghosts and gods.


    The two families still have to stay in the west, and there is not much power that can be drawn.


    In the end, the high-level officials of Taiyi World decided to let the giant shark god lead his army to assist Meng Zhang in the battle.


    The Giant Shark God was originally a fierce beast in the Shenchang Realm, but later he took refuge in the Azure Sea God and became an indigenous god.


    After being captured by Meng Zhang, in order to save his life, he had to surrender to Meng Zhang, put his name on the jade book, and became a member of the Taiyi world god system.


    At the level of the true god, the strength of the giant shark god is definitely not strong, not to mention the bottom.


    Not to mention comparing with the true immortals, I am afraid that even the puppets of the true immortal level made by Xiandao can''t compete.


    Fortunately, after he took refuge in Meng Zhang, he was still obedient and able to handle affairs.


    With his help, the monks from the Ocean Sect of the Shenchang Realm, and the army of the Sea Clan under the Dragon Clan, have fought for many years against the indigenous gods in the waters around the Western Land, and the results are not bad.


    Now draw out the forces stationed in the surrounding waters and let the giant shark god lead them to kill the southern archipelago together, which should greatly reduce the pressure on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang felt that the role of the Giant Shark God and his army was limited, but he could not refuse the kindness of the high-level monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    The giant shark god quickly organized a large army and set off towards the southern archipelago together.


    At their speed, it would take a long time to reach the southern archipelago.


    Meng Zhang also felt that his own true god-level combat power was still insufficient, and he should find a way to strengthen it as soon as possible.


    Although Meng Zhang asked himself that he had an advantage over the Demon God of Famine, he did not kill him directly.


    Taking advantage of the time now, Meng Zhang decided to strengthen his own strength before the war.


    He soon came to the place where the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm suppressed Dao thieves.


    The huge seal quickly dissipated after the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm fell.


    Originally, the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm had arranged many ancient beasts to guard here.


    Around the seal, it was guarded by puppets transformed by four top true gods.


    When Meng Zhang came here, the puppets that the four top true gods had transformed into had completely lost their vitality and had become four corpses that could no longer move.


    It seems that the fall of the consciousness of the heavenly way of the Shenchang Realm has caused them to fall completely.


    Meng Zhang originally planned to take down these four true god puppets, try to refine them, and turn them into his own power.


    It now appears that his idea has failed.


    Meng Zhang put away these four gods and prepared to bring them back to the Taiyi Realm, so that they could become the nutrients for the expansion of the Taiyi Realm.


    Around the place of suppression, there are also some ancient beasts swimming around, many of which are at the level of true gods.


    As the overlord who once ruled the Shenchang Realm, the combat effectiveness of the ancient beasts is still good.


    The indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm have no way to subdue these ancient beasts.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm suppresses these ancient beasts with powerful means, and can use them simply, but cannot drive them like an arm and a finger.


    In the world of comprehension, there are extremely clever ways of guarding beasts.


    At that time, among the holy land sects in the Junchen world, there was a family of beast-fighting sects.


    Among the comprehension forces absorbed by Taiyi Realm, there are sects that are good at fighting beasts, such as Beast King Mountain.


    Taiyimen itself also has a department specializing in beast control.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of energy to capture some ancient beasts, including several ancient beasts at the level of true gods.


    Meng Zhang was going to bring them back to Taiyi Realm and let the cultivators try to see if they could be subdued and domesticated.


    Of course, even if the cultivators were able to succeed in the end, they would not be useful in a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang left the place of suppression a little disappointed.


    Even if Meng Zhang was not in the Western Continent, he often kept in touch with the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm over there.


    They reported good news to Meng Zhang.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell, many aboriginal gods in the Yang World of Shenchang Realm were in chaos.


    Having lost their most powerful backers, they also lost a lot in natural disasters.


    The recent chaos in the Shenchang world has not completely blocked the spread of news from all parties.


    The actions of the Devil God of Famine in the southern archipelago, the tragic end of the southern archipelago, and the threat of the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld have made many indigenous gods feel that they are in danger and precarious.


    For a long time, the monks in the Taiyi realm have been fighting and pulling the indigenous gods of the Shenchang realm.


    In particular, the Moon God came forward as an indigenous god of the Junchen world, and has never stopped attracting the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance have proved their invincible power through victories over and over again, and they have the advantage of crushing the native gods.


    Although Taiyijie monks and dragons are outsiders, they are much easier to deal with than demons and ghosts.


    The wiser native gods have realized that their rule over the Shenchang world is unsustainable.


    Recently, more and more indigenous gods have taken refuge in the Taiyi Realm.


    Needless to say, on the Donglu side, facing the threat of the army of ghosts and gods, Luna''s actions to win over and recruit the indigenous gods went very smoothly.


    In the waters around the Western Land, many of the indigenous gods who originally fought against the sea clan army also began to take refuge in the monks of the Taiyi Realm.


    The number of surrounding enemies is reduced, which also allows the Giant Shark God to mobilize more power to go to the southern archipelago.


    In a farther place, all over the Shenchang Realm, there are indigenous gods who want to take refuge.


    In addition to the southern archipelago, there are many other islands above the vast sea.


    These islands have nurtured countless creatures and also supported many indigenous gods.


    In the depths of the sea, there are more indigenous gods.


    After the Azure Sea God was killed, the originally well-preserved army began to disintegrate slowly.


    Some indigenous gods took the initiative to join the Taiyi Realm.


    They also brought a lot of information about the Azure Sea God''s territory and his subordinates.


    This information is very useful, but the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are temporarily unable to extract the strength to occupy the territory of the Azure Sea God.

 Chapter 2759

    Aboriginal gods have formed a trend of taking refuge in the Taiyi Realm. There are many native gods who have taken refuge, and there are even native true gods.


    Meng Zhang was still feeling that his side lacked the combat power of the true god level. When such good news came, it was really a timely rain.


    However, until these indigenous gods completely gained Meng Zhang''s trust, Meng Zhang did not dare to send them to the battlefield rashly.


    It is also very simple to make Meng Zhang completely trust them.


    As long as they accept Meng Zhang''s canonization, put their names on the jade book, and join the Taiyi world god system, then Meng Zhang can completely trust them.


    It is a pity that the reason why these indigenous gods took refuge in the Taiyi Realm was also due to various threats and had to leave a way out for themselves. Naturally, there was no loyalty to the Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang.


    It is impossible for a guy like them to be completely loyal in a short period of time, and naturally they are not willing to be controlled by others.


    Under the current circumstances, it is not easy for Meng Zhang and the top leaders of Taiyi Realm to persecute these guys too much.


    Although the combat power of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world is not worth mentioning, there are so many indigenous gods that they are a force anyway, and there is really no need to push them to the opposite side.


    Anyway, it''s a long time to come to Japan, and there will be time to deal with them slowly in the future.


    In any case, so many indigenous gods took the initiative to take refuge, and it is indeed powerful, which is beneficial to the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan to completely occupy the Shenchang Realm.


    Since these indigenous gods are temporarily useless, it is still up to Meng Zhang to deal with the calamity demon god.


    The giant shark god led the army to dispatch and speed up the march again and again as soon as possible, but after all, it is not close to the southern archipelago, plus some problems caused by the recent natural disaster, it will take some time to reach the southern archipelago.


    Meng Zhang traveled alone, but soon came to the southern archipelago.


    He stood near the southern archipelago, carefully observing the situation there.


    The demonic clouds in the sky were rolling, and the demonic energy rising from the sky was connected into a group, and Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless.


    The thick magic energy turned into a mist, almost completely covering the southern archipelago.


    Inside the southern archipelago, it was almost pitch black without any light.


    In the fog, there are often bursts of ghosts crying and howling, which makes people terrified.


    In the fog, shadows are chaotic, and ghosts can be seen from time to time.


    It seems that the Demon God of Famine gave full play to the advantages of the magic way and turned the southern archipelago into an existence similar to that of a demon domain.


    In the Demon Realm, the Demon God of Famine has the advantage of being a home player, and also has an army of monsters under his command as cannon fodder.


    Meng Zhang did not rush into it rashly.


    Although he has many ways to subdue demons, if he falls into a siege in the demon realm, he will still be in danger.


    Meng Zhang looked around carefully.


    On the northwestern edge of the southern archipelago, there are several large islands shrouded in a golden divine light.


    The divine light was flickering constantly, fighting against the invading demonic energy, trying to prevent it from infiltrating the interior.


    It seems that Meng Zhang is not too late, the southern archipelago has not completely fallen, and there are still a few indigenous gods stubbornly resisting.


    Those big islands are still holding on to resistance, and they can be used as fulcrums for future counterattacks.


    Meng Zhang saw the direction and flew directly over.


    When Meng Zhang went to the southern archipelago, the situation on the east side was constantly changing.


    The army of ghosts and gods from the underworld continued to grow and marched extremely fast.


    After losing the Tongguang River God, the indigenous gods who had gathered near the Tongguang River were headless and chaotic inside.


    The Lord Wangui personally led the army to launch an assault, and the army composed of the indigenous gods was defeated.


    The army of ghosts and gods easily crossed the Tongguang River, and the line of defense that the indigenous gods had worked so hard to build barely played any role.


    There are many reasons why the native gods were defeated so quickly.


    The overall strength is not as good as the army of ghosts and gods, the morale is low, and the fighting spirit is insufficient...


    Of course, the most important point is that there is a lack of top-level true gods among the indigenous gods, and there is not enough power to block the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    When the reactionary attack of the Lord of the Ghosts took the lead, several of the indigenous true gods who tried to resist him were easily defeated by him.


    After the army of ghosts and gods led by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts defeated this army of indigenous gods, they quickly expanded around, trying to completely occupy the Tongguang River Basin.


    Yin Jiu was deeply trusted by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and followed him all the time.


    It is impossible for him to stop the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts from invading the Yang World, and it is even difficult to slow down its pace.


    He can only influence the thoughts of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts from the side, and buy more time for Luna and the others who are actively preparing for battle.


    After the war, the army of ghosts and gods under the command of the Lord Wangui was busy occupying the territory of Tongguang River.


    Many ghosts and gods who were not under the command of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts began to fight in groups towards the last resistance area of ??the Eastern Land, the original territory of the true god Rising Sun.


    True God Rising Sun has a vast territory and originally had many indigenous gods.


    It''s just that after much tossing, the indigenous gods here have suffered a great loss of vitality, their strength has plummeted, and their interiors are still very disunited.


    Moon God and Fairy Yue''e spent a lot of energy to control a core area of ??the real God Rising Sun''s territory.


    Under the pressure of the army of ghosts and gods, more and more indigenous gods had to take refuge in them.


    Luna organized an army of indigenous gods and began to actively construct defenses.


    Ghosts and gods basically do not need logistical supplies.


    Some powerful and hot-tempered ghosts and gods abandoned the large army and quickly entered the realm of the true god of rising sun.


    Although Fairy Yue''e is at the level of a true immortal, her cultivation and combat power are not outstanding.


    But she is an old-fashioned true immortal, she is well-informed and has many methods.


    In the world of comprehension, the means of driving and enslaving ghosts are not uncommon, and there are many ways to deal with ghosts.


    Even if Fairy Yue''e has not specialized in dealing with ghosts and gods, she can still have a great advantage against ghosts and gods in the gods and prosperous world by relying on some common methods in the cultivation world.


    The indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm lack contact with the outside world, Yelang is arrogant and ignorant, and he is an out-and-out god of earthen buns.


    The ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm are also not much better in this regard.


    These ghosts and gods from the underworld have rich experience in dealing with indigenous gods, but they have never fought against cultivators.


    Fairy Yue''e took the initiative to attack, and quickly eliminated many ghosts and gods who broke into the realm of Shengyang True God.


    Two true god-level ghosts and gods fought against her, but they were easily defeated by her and had to escape with injuries.


    Fairy Yue''e''s victory has boosted the morale of the indigenous gods in the realm of True God Rising Sun, and more and more indigenous gods have turned to them.


    On the side of the army of ghosts and gods, most of the ghosts and gods were photographed by Fairy Yue''e''s powerful fighting power. They had to temporarily stop outside the realm of True God Shengyang, and gave up the idea of ????quick fighting and occupying this place as soon as possible.


    Of course, there are still quite a few unwilling or unwilling ghosts and gods who break into the realm of the True God Rising Sun in a small-scale attack mode.

 Chapter 2760

    The indigenous gods in the realm of True God Shengyang are not as unbearable as Fairy Yue''e imagined.


    After being organized by the Moon God, although morale is still low, driven by the belief in defending his own territory and guarding his own believers, he still dares to fight ghosts and gods.


    After those little ghosts and gods who invaded the realm of the True God Rising Sun were blocked by the indigenous gods, Fairy Yue''e was able to take out her hands and be responsible for some more important things.


    Shortly after the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm fell and the indigenous true god was killed, the Moon God returned to the Western Continent.


    Meng Zhang intentionally gave in and left the divine bodies of the True God Rising Sun and the True God of Rising Sun to her.


    Although she quickly recovered from the consumption in the battle, she did not have much time to refine the bodies of True God Rising Sun and True God Rising Sun.


    The lonely yin does not grow, and the only yang does not grow. The True God Rising Sun was greedy for the Moon God and tried to refine the Moon God.


    Conversely, the Moon God can also strengthen himself by refining the True God Rising Sun, and the True God of Rising Sun with similar attributes to him, and achieve a huge breakthrough in cultivation.


    After coming to Donglu, Luna was extremely busy and had little free time.


    But she still races against time, and seizes every moment, refining and absorbing the divine body of True God Rising Sun whenever she has time.


    Although it was not a long time to start, she has already gained a lot of benefits from it, and her strength has improved significantly.


    If she is given enough time to completely refine True God Rising Sun and True God Rising Sun, her cultivation will definitely usher in a leap, and maybe she will be able to get the opportunity to break through True God.


    Since the moon god joined the god system of Taiyi world, it has become one of its important pillars.


    For the task of stopping the army of ghosts and gods this time, she will also do her best to complete it.


    As for Meng Zhang, he soon came to the outside of the big islands that were still resisting.


    In order to avoid misunderstandings, he did not rush into it, but first passed a piece of information to it.


    Then, Meng Zhang waited silently.


    Heavy demonic qi surrounded them from all directions, and wanted to block these big islands to death.


    The thick magic energy seems to have spirituality, expanding spontaneously and moving continuously.


    I don''t know if I sensed the existence of Meng Zhang, and the layers of demonic energy took shape, like monsters with all kinds of strangeness, rushing towards Meng Zhang with their fangs and claws.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go deep into the Demon Realm, just being cautious, it didn''t mean he was afraid of the Famine Demon God.


    In the sky, the divine light of the sun and the moon suddenly descended, directly shrouding the nearby demonic energy.


    Wherever the sun, moon and divine light went, the thick demonic energy quickly melted away like ice and snow.


    Meng Zhang did not hide his tracks when he came here.


    After another encounter like this, the Famine Demon God should know that he is here.


    Next, the surrounding demonic energy changed rapidly, and more demonic energy came from farther away.


    A layer of demonic energy was pressing towards Meng Zhang like a mountain.


    Meng Zhang''s experience in dealing with demons is so rich, he easily resolved these small tricks without even lifting his eyelids.


    I don''t know what the Famine Demon God was thinking, he didn''t rush out to fight Meng Zhang, but stayed in the Demon Realm all the time, manipulating the demonic energy from the air to harass Meng Zhang.


    The demonic energy kept changing, but Meng Zhang couldn''t help it. Instead, Meng Zhang purifies a blank area.


    After a while, Meng Zhang''s previous message returned to the reply.


    He did not continue to entangle with the demonic energy, and jumped into a large island below.


    Sensing the arrival of Meng Zhang, the golden light covering the entire big island took the initiative to make way for a gap.


    After Meng Zhang entered, the gap was quickly filled.


    As soon as Meng Zhang landed, several indigenous gods greeted him from the side.


    These indigenous gods are the masters of these big islands, and they are also the last force to guard these big islands.


    The big island at the foot of Meng Zhang is called Shadao, and the true god of Shadao is the owner of this big island.


    The true god of Shadao came to greet Meng Zhang in his real body.


    Aboriginal true gods and false gods of several other big islands came to meet Meng Zhang in incarnations.


    It''s not that they disrespect Meng Zhang, nor that they don''t trust Meng Zhang, but that their true bodies are all organizing defenses on their respective big islands to resist the invasion of demonic energy.


    Before the arrival of Meng Zhang, the indigenous gods of several other big islands were coming to Shadao in their incarnations to discuss with the true god of Shadao how to deal with the god of disaster.


    Among these aboriginal gods, it is obvious that the true god of Shadao is the main one, and it is also the meeting he convened.


    There are seven large islands around the sand island, among which there are three indigenous true gods, each occupying a large island.


    There are only a bunch of false gods and demigods on the other four big islands.


    These seven big islands formed an alliance, and among the many indigenous gods in the southern archipelago, it was a very strong party.


    The True God of Sand Island is the leader of this alliance.


    This alliance has always been alone, and the indigenous gods headed by True God Shadao only care about one-third of their own land.


    When the Azure Sea God and Lava Vulcan recruited the indigenous gods from all over the Shenchang Realm, the True God of Shadao found an excuse to evade the past, and it was considered to have escaped a trouble.


    When the Famine Demon God first started to riot in the southern archipelago, he realized that something was wrong.


    However, the true God of Shadao has always been a closed and conservative character, and he did not let him be the true God of Shadao. They have long admired the name of Meng Zhang, and knew that he was the enemy who invaded the Shenchang world and killed the indigenous gods.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to release goodwill to them just now.


    The indigenous gods headed by the true god of Shadao knew that Meng Zhang, as an intruder, must aim to occupy the Shenchang realm, and naturally could not tolerate the demonization of the Shenchang realm.


    The monks of the Taiyi Realm and the Moon God had previously attracted the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, and the True God of Shadao had also heard a little.


    Under the current situation, they have no other way to get out of the current predicament except to trust Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang stepped into the sand island, and the aboriginal gods received him respectfully.

 Chapter 2761

    Meng Zhang''s attitude towards the indigenous gods such as the True God of Shadao is still polite, and he does not have the kind of domineering attitude.


    After the two sides exchanged a few words, they quickly entered the topic.


    The True God of Shadao and the others had nowhere to go, and Meng Zhang''s arrival was undoubtedly a timely rain.


    In exchange for Meng Zhang''s help, they all expressed their intention to take refuge.


    Meng Zhang has always been very clear in his heart, not to mention that many of the native gods in the Shenchang realm are now taking refuge in the Taiyi realm and the dragon clan.


    But this is their expedient measure out of desperation.


    They have no loyalty to Taiyijie.


    When the situation improves, it is possible for these guys to change camps again.


    For Meng Zhang, if a large number of indigenous gods from Shenchang Realm can be absorbed into the Taiyi Realm god system, it will greatly strengthen the strength of Taiyi Realm.


    In particular, there are quite a few true gods among the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Although these indigenous true gods have mediocre cultivation and poor combat effectiveness, they are also genuine true gods, and their cultivation realm is there.


    The powerhouses of the true immortal level in the Taiyi world have always been insufficient.


    After these native true gods of Shenchang Realm join Taiyi Realm, they will greatly make up for Taiyi Realm''s shortcomings in this area through training and strengthening.


    Therefore, when dealing with these native gods who have come to take refuge, they need to be cautious.


    At the very least, they cannot be consumed as cannon fodder in an open and honest way.


    Meng Zhang still showed sincerity. He did not regard Shadao True God as his subordinates, nor did he mention much about their refuge in the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang said very generously that the calamity demons have demonized the southern archipelago, which is extremely sinful and far-reaching, and has become the public enemy of Shenchang Realm.


    He is willing to help the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm to fight against this demon and ensure that the situation in Shenchang Realm will not deteriorate further.


    True God Shadao and the others were very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement, at least on the surface.


    True God Shadao and the others have been able to persist until now, which shows that their strength is not weak.


    With their help, the pressure that Meng Zhang is about to face can be greatly shared.


    Meng Zhang soon discussed with the True God Shadao and the others on what to do next.


    Although Meng Zhang did not go deep into the Demon Realm, but after observing it outside for so long, plus the information provided by the True God of Shadao and the others, he had some guesses about the power of the Demon God of Disaster.


    Most of the indigenous gods in the southern archipelago, including several true gods, have been demonized by the calamity demon and become their puppets.


    These puppets are the high-end combat power of the Demon God of Famine.


    After many creatures in the southern archipelago were demonized, they transformed into an army of monsters.


    The number of monsters is huge, and it is very difficult to deal with.


    As for the Famine Demon God himself, he must have gained a lot of benefits in the process.


    Of course, as long as the Famine Demon God didn''t break through to the realm of a demon, Meng Zhang would not be afraid of him.


    It is not so easy for the Demon God to break through to the Heavenly Demon, and it is impossible for the Famine Demon God to break through with the previous actions.


    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, when the army led by the Giant Shark God arrived, they would officially launch an attack on the Famine Demon God.


    The army led by the giant shark god can block the army of monsters under the command of the god of disaster.


    The mission of True God Shadao and the group of indigenous gods is to block the top powerhouses under the command of the Demon God of Famine.


    The calamity demon god is Meng Zhang''s goal.


    As for now, Meng Zhang will help True God Shadao and the others guard these big islands and prevent them from being invaded by demonic energy.


    Regarding Meng Zhang''s arrangement, Shadao True God and the others have no opinion.


    Meng Zhang also had some guesses about the situation of the Famine Demon God.


    Even if the Famine Demon God uses the opportunity of natural disasters to increase its strength, it will not consume a small amount of energy to demonize such a vast area and so many creatures in one breath.


    Although after demonizing most of the southern archipelago, he will get feedback from it and increase his strength, but all this takes time.


    Even if the Demon God of Famine had fled from the Lianyue Mountains and went directly to the Southern Islands, it has been less than a year since then.


    Whether it is getting feedback from the demonization of the southern archipelago or rectifying the army of monsters under his command, it takes a lot of time.


    The current Famine Demon God may not be able to take out a shot to attack with all his strength.


    The True God of Shadao and the others have been able to support until now, and most of them have benefited from this.


    In any case, the situation in the southern archipelago is irreversible.


    What Meng Zhang wanted to do was to limit the damage caused by the Famine Demon God to the periphery of the southern archipelago.


    Next, as Meng Zhang guessed, the Demon God of Famine did not appear in front of him, but only manipulated the demonic energy in the demonic realm and kept invading the seven large islands.


    Even without Meng Zhang''s help, the True God Shadao and the others were able to withstand it for the time being.


    Meng Zhang occasionally made a few shots and helped them a lot.


    The divine light of the sun and the moon released by Meng Zhang could easily dispel the surrounding demonic energy and gain more space for these seven large islands.


    Meng Zhang contacted True God Shadao and the others, formulated a battle plan, and everything went smoothly.


    On the other side of the giant shark god, the situation is not very good.


    He led a huge army and slaughtered the southern archipelago in a mighty manner.


    But I don''t know if it was bad luck or what, they encountered a lot of trouble along the way.


    A sudden storm, a terrifying tsunami...


    Although the natural disasters caused by the fall of the consciousness of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm are slowly slowing down and fading, they still have a profound impact on many places in the Shenchang Realm.


    On the giant shark god''s marching route, there were many obstacles that only appeared.


    Such as the unpredictable underwater undercurrent, the natural danger at sea and so on.


    The Giant Shark God was the only true god in the army, so he became the nominal leader of the army.


    However, the source of this army is complicated. There are the army of the sea clan who only surrendered to the dragon clan, some indigenous gods who came to take refuge, and monks from the Taiyi world.


    Although the giant shark god accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and joined the god system of Taiyi world, after all, the time was short and he could not be completely convinced by everyone.


    Especially those monks in Taiyi Realm, who regarded him as an outsider, had their own backers, and were not very convinced of him.


    Due to some internal problems, plus the troubles encountered along the way, the army was moving very slowly, and losses occurred before it entered the battle.


    The reinforcements were late, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, and the True God of Shadao and the others couldn''t hold their breath.


    They urged Meng Zhang several times, hoping that the reinforcements would arrive here as soon as possible and join the attack on the Demon God of Famine.


    Meng Zhang did not hide it from them, and truthfully stated the problems faced by the reinforcements.


    Meng Zhang told them that the ghosts and gods in the East Land are in chaos, and the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan will also send their forces to calm down and save the indigenous gods in the East Land.


    Meng Zhang told them the original intention of these things, not to explain anything, but to explain that although the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan are outsiders, they have decided to take root in the Shenchang Realm, and will try to stabilize the situation in the Shenchang Realm and try to keep the indigenous gods. their interests.

 Chapter 2762

    Meng Zhang came to the southern archipelago, and still kept in touch with Luna, Gu Yue Lingqing, etc. to understand the situation in other directions.


    The True God of Shadao and the others have not yet joined the Taiyijie system, and it is inconvenient for them to know a lot of information.


    When Meng Zhang communicated with the outside world, he avoided them many times.


    In order to accommodate the distinguished guest Meng Zhang, the true god of Shadao found a place full of spiritual energy in the sand island, and temporarily built a magnificent palace.


    With the means of the true God, it is easy to do all this in a short period of time.


    The Shenchang Realm far exceeds the Junchen Realm in terms of quantity and quality of spiritual veins.


    However, there are no high-level cultivators in Shenchang Realm, and these spiritual veins have not been transformed and optimized.


    Aboriginal gods use spiritual veins very inefficiently.


    This palace is located on a spiritual vein that has not been combed, and the interior is filled with a slightly violent aura of heaven and earth.


    For the native gods, this was probably the best place they could find.


    Meng Zhang did not reject the kindness of the true God of Shadao.


    This level of heaven and earth aura, to him, is better than nothing.


    On weekdays, Meng Zhang stayed in this palace most of the time.


    Of course, before Meng Zhang moved into the palace, he must have done a careful inspection to confirm that there were no problems.


    After moving in, he temporarily opened up an area inside the palace and set up restrictions as a place to meditate and rest on weekdays.


    On this day, Meng Zhang had just completed his routine contact with the Moon God, and was about to observe the situation on the side of the Famine Demon God.


    Meng Zhang, who was sitting cross-legged on the ground, didn''t stand up yet, and the expression on his face changed slightly.


    He relied too much on his spiritual sense as a celestial master, and was not careful enough in his actions, and finally fell into the current situation.


    Whether it is the use of the Heavenly Mystery Technique for deduction, or the Spiritual Sense of the Heavenly Mystery Master, the reason why it can play a role is that it actively or passively senses the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the great world in which it is located, peeks into the operation of the Heavenly Dao, and thus obtains some information.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has fallen, and Heavenly Secrets have become chaotic. If the Heavenly Secret Master stayed in the Shenchang Realm, all aspects of his abilities would be greatly affected, and even completely malfunctioned.


    In this case, the celestial master often needs to pass through the higher level of the void heaven in order to peep into the celestial secret.


    Meng Zhang is already a very clever Heavenly Secret Master, but he is not a Heavenly Secret Immortal Master.


    In other words, his Heavenly Secret Technique level is far from keeping up with his cultivation level.


    It is not easy for him to sense the Void Heaven Dao, and he needs to pay a great price.


    Under normal circumstances, he would not easily sense the Void Heaven Dao.


    Because of the disorder of the heavenly secrets of Shenchang Realm, it greatly affected his spiritual sense as a heavenly secret master.


    The danger was already imminent, and Meng Zhang realized it.


    Just now, Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense swept the outside of the palace at random, and found that the surrounding area of ??the palace seemed to be a bottomless black hole, which made him feel extremely dangerous, his hair stood on end, and his heart trembled...


    Although his spiritual sense did not sense anything, he already had some guesses in his heart.


    Mostly, the old opponent of the Devil God of Famine has come to the vicinity of the palace and surrounded himself.


    With the strength of True God Shadao and the others, even if they can''t resist the Demon God of Famine, they won''t be like this, and there will be no movement at all.


    The only explanation is that the True God of Shadao and the others have already taken refuge in the Demon God of Famine.


    Even, they had already colluded with the Demon God of Famine, so they set up this trap against themselves.


    Meng Zhang regarded the Famine Demon God as an obstacle to conquering the realm of Shenchang, and the Famine Demon God regarded him as a great enemy.


    With the nature and strength of the Famine Demon God, there is indeed the capital to set this trap.


    Meng Zhang sighed. He was not lamenting his current situation, but lamenting the stupidity of True God Shadao and the others, and lamenting his own carelessness.


    In the world of comprehension, there is a clear understanding of the dangers of the magic way.


    Those who are truly sensible comprehension will never believe in magic powerhouses.


    Of course, the cultivators who colluded with the devil''s way in the comprehension world have never been cut off.


    In the hearts of these cultivators, they will never really trust the magic way, and they will never let their guard down.


    Because of the great harm of magic, it has almost become the public enemy of the void.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, who have the slightest brain, know that the demon gods cannot be trusted.


    True God Shadao, this bunch of bunnies and gods, are really idiots. They actually believe in the Devil God of Famine, and they are even more stupid to collude with the Devil God of Famine to ambush himself.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether to lament them for being ignorant or stupid.


    In addition, since the annihilation of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of the Tao of Heaven, Meng Zhang believed that the overall situation of Shenchang Realm had been settled, so he had some carelessness.


    In other words, since he entered Shenchang Realm, he has basically been smooth sailing, and it is inevitable that he underestimates all kinds of enemies.


    This experience is also a lesson.


    As soon as Meng Zhang thought about it, the entire palace was shattered into powder by the immortal power he released, and then floated around.


    I don''t know when, a large area of ??deep darkness enveloped the sky and the earth, enclosing the entire palace.


    The darkness was so thick that it was difficult to see through it with Meng Zhang''s eyesight.


    There was no movement in the darkness, no sound came out, only a chilling silence.


    It seems that the Famine Demon God really did not intend it temporarily, but has been planning it for a long time.


    The idiots of True God Shadao must have taken refuge with him long ago.


    These seven big islands can support so long in front of the Demon Domain, it should be to wait for Meng Zhang to take the bait.


    Back then, in the ruins of Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang had even seen the demon realm created by the ego-brained demon, not only penetrated deep into it, but also retreated completely.


    If the Famine Demon God wanted to rely on this means to deal with him, he would have underestimated him too much.


    Seeing Meng Zhang appear, the darkness around him immediately extended towards his body, completely wrapping him up.


    "The disaster boy, I haven''t seen you for a while, you are still hiding in this style, no different from a mouse."


    "Get out of here, let me see if you have made progress?"


    Meng Zhang cursed while casting Sun Moon Divine Light.


    Meng Zhang''s body immediately radiated light.


    The light brought by the sun and moon light not only dispelled the darkness flocking to Meng Zhang, but was also fighting back, trying to push back the darkness around him.


    Countless distorted shadows in the darkness rushed towards the light created by the divine light of the sun and the moon like moths to a flame.


    The Sun Moon Divine Light and the surrounding darkness began a fierce battle.


    For a while, you advance and I retreat, and for a while I retreat and you advance, and the two sides take turns to seize the upper hand...


    The Famine Demon God has not responded to Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang has not ridiculed further.


    Playing tricks is not his forte.


    The Famine Demon God took advantage of his carelessness and temporarily trapped him in a trap.


    Meng Zhang is about to break the game, break the trap, and fight back against the calamity demon.


    Meng Zhang began to carefully observe and analyze the darkness in front of him.

 Chapter 2763

    The darkness in front of him should be the Demon Realm created by the Famine Demon God, and it is the most powerful part of the Demon Realm.


    The True God of Shadao and the others are no longer simply collaborating with the Demon God of Famine.


    As long as the Famine Demon God is willing, he can use the Demon Domain to devour all these seven large islands at any time.


    The reason why he kept Shadao True God and the others until now is because they still have value.


    Once they lose their use value, being demonized by the Famine Demon is the only end.


    True God Shadao and the others'' stupidity caused a lot of trouble for the current Meng Zhang.


    So far, Meng Zhang and the Demon God of Famine have not made any big moves, but have just used some conventional means to test each other.


    After Meng Zhang released the divine light of the sun and the moon to block the invasion of the Demon Realm, he tried to see through the Demon Realm and find the flaws of the Famine Demon God.


    The Demon God of Famine was able to turn most of the southern archipelago into a demon domain in such a short period of time, and the demon domain is still so mysterious and unpredictable, which shows that its means are brilliant.


    As an old-fashioned Demon God, the Famine Demon God has vast magical powers and extraordinary secret techniques.


    When they invaded the Junchen Realm, the Famine Demon God was the great enemy faced by the cultivators.


    He gained a lot of benefits from the destruction of Junchen Realm.


    Last time in the void, strictly speaking, Meng Zhang was somewhat incompetent, and it was only by the power of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor that he could easily subdue the Famine Demon God.


    Now that he is facing the Demon God of Famine alone, it is also a test for him.


    In fact, the last time the Demon God of Famine played against Meng Zhang in the void, he had reservations and did not show all his cards.


    This time, he planned in advance, set traps, and came up with a lot of means to press the bottom of the box.


    He was able to construct the Demon Domain so quickly because he used a magic weapon that had been treasured for many years.


    This magic weapon can greatly strengthen the Demon Realm and accelerate the formation of the Demon Realm...


    After the Famine Demon God urged the Demon Domain to trap Meng Zhang, the first thing was to isolate the inside and outside, and cut off the connection between Meng Zhang and the outside world.


    Then it is to use various means to quickly consume Meng Zhang''s power, to consume him in the Demon Realm.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had already discovered that he could no longer communicate with the outside world by his conventional means.


    After some previous trials, the Famine Demon God knew that ordinary attack methods had limited effect on Meng Zhang, and he had to come up with some trump cards to put pressure on Meng Zhang.


    In the originally silent Demon Realm, there were bursts of roars.


    One after another thick blood-colored lightning appeared and disappeared in the darkness, and countless ghosts attacked Meng Zhang from all directions under the cover of darkness.


    Several streaks of blood-colored lightning flashed out of the darkness, causing the sun and moon light around Meng Zhang''s body to tremble.


    Multiple shadows took the opportunity to pounce on Meng Zhang.


    Before they got close, they appeared under the light of the sun and the moon, and then they were melted by the sun and the moon.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin-yang fan and turned it into a flame the size of a small mountain.


    The flames rushed directly into the darkness ahead, burning the shadows blocking the road to pieces.


    The raging flames seemed to be burning the deep darkness around them, obviously causing some damage to the Demon Domain.


    The Demon God of Famine has yet to show up, and has been hiding in the Demon Realm, but his response methods are not slow at all.


    He held up a pitch-black magic weapon.


    The shape of this magic weapon is a huge pillar.


    The pillar flew into the air, became bigger and bigger, and then suddenly pressed down toward the flames below.


    Soon, the wind fire yin yang fan and this magic weapon fought fiercely.


    Next, the Famine Demon God used the power of the Demon Domain many times to release many powerful magical powers, but Meng Zhang could not be helped.


    Meng Zhang began to show the yin and yang map of heaven and earth, and displayed the two qi of yin and yang.


    Under the blessing of heaven and earth, the two qi, like a dragon entering the sea, directly entered the Demon Realm, wantonly destroying everything in the Demon Realm.


    The Famine Demon God knew that Meng Zhang was difficult to deal with, so of course he would not pay attention to a fair fight.


    With the thought of the Demon God of Famine, five puppets of different shapes appeared around Meng Zhang.


    When the Demon God of Famine was enchanting the southern archipelago, he slaughtered all the indigenous gods here.


    Especially those indigenous true gods are his most important targets, and there are almost no fish that slip through the net.


    Some indigenous true gods were directly swallowed by him, and some blew themselves up in desperation...


    These five puppets are what he obtained after being demonized by various means.


    After these five indigenous true gods were demonized, they still retained their true god-level strength, but also added many new strange abilities.


    Most cultivation systems have their own formations.


    In this respect, the magic way is not necessarily much worse than the immortal way.


    The five puppets set up a five-magic fascination formation, surrounded Meng Zhang, and kept attacking.


    The Five Demons Confused Immortal Formation is a well-known formation in the magic way, which is specially used to deal with immortals.


    The Demon God of Famine was hidden in the Demon Realm, his body moved quickly, and he kept circling around Meng Zhang, trying to find his flaws.


    The Five Demons Confused Immortal Array created by five puppets alone can''t help Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang had to focus his attention on preventing disasters, and dealing with this magic circle seemed a bit difficult.


    Although the Famine Demon God has not yet taken action, he has basically achieved his goal, and has formed a great restraint effect on Meng Zhang.


    To be honest, even if there are only five indigenous true gods, they are not easy opponents to deal with.


    After their demonization, their strength did not decrease but increased, and they also had the help of the magic circle.


    Even if there is no Famine Demon God by his side, Meng Zhang would have to spend a lot of energy to fight against it.


    Now, Meng Zhang has slowly fallen to the disadvantage.


    The current situation seems to be very unfavorable for Mengzhang.


    The yin and yang that were originally in the Demon Realm were all summoned by Meng Zhang to protect him.


    The Famine Demon God didn''t care about it.


    He knew that Meng Zhang still had his hole cards to play.


    Although he has the upper hand, he still wants to gain more advantages.


    While looking for Meng Zhang''s flaws, the Famine Demon God secretly persuaded the true God of Shadao.


    When the Famine Demon God extended the Demon Domain to Shadao and surrounded Meng Zhang, the True God of Shadao and other indigenous gods had already avoided this place, and looked here with complicated eyes.


    The True God of Sand Island and the others are of course unwilling to submit to the Famine Demon God, let alone cooperate with him.


    But there is no way, the enemy is powerful, these indigenous gods are greedy for life and fear of death, and they are not willing to work hard, so they can only compromise with the enemy.


    As long as they make concessions to the enemy at the beginning, there is no turning back. They gradually fell into the calculations of the Famine Demon God.


    The True God of Sand Island and the others are still trying to remain independent, trying to remain neutral in this battle.


    True God Shadao knew that the combined forces of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan were powerful, and he really didn''t want to be enemies with them.


    The True God of Shadao had only promised to provide various conveniences for the Devil God of Famine, and he had never agreed to join the battle directly.

 Chapter 2764

    Meng Zhang scolded Shadao True God and the others as idiots, and he was not wrong.


    It can be said that it is the nature of life to be greedy for life and fear of death, but it is too stupid to be afraid of the head and tail.


    Don''t they know that when they betrayed Meng Zhang and cooperated with the Famine Demon God to set up a trap, they were already the mortal enemies of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance?


    With the scheming and means of the Famine Demon God, it is easy to play these idiots in the palm of his hand.


    The Famine Demon God persuaded the True God of Shadao and the others, asking them to cooperate with him to attack Meng Zhang.


    The True God of Shadao and the others faltered, constantly looking for excuses to evade.


    The Famine Demon God''s tone changed. It was no longer a warm persuasion, but a cold exposing the fact that they were unwilling to admit.


    They have now boarded the ship of the Famine Demon God, and there is no way out.


    If Meng Zhang is not taken down this time, Meng Zhang will never let them go in the future, and he will definitely take revenge.


    After some coercion and inducement by the Demon God of Famine, the True God of Shadao and the others had to give in.


    Of course, although they agreed to take action, they were still reluctant to face Meng Zhang directly.


    They still hope that Meng Zhang will die in the hands of the Famine Demon God.


    At this time, the true body of Shadao''s true god has long been hiding in his own kingdom of God, and he has always let an avatar walk outside, negotiating with the demon god of disaster.


    The other aboriginal gods do the same thing. The real body sticks to their respective kingdoms, and the incarnation is concentrated on the sand island to discuss with the true god of the sand island.


    After the True God of Shadao and other indigenous gods completed the communication, they began to shoot together.


    The multiple Divine Kingdoms on the seven large islands shone brightly and vibrated almost at the same time.


    A beam of light shot out from their respective kingdoms of God, merged in the air, turned into a huge island, and flew towards the battlefield here.


    The darkness that originally surrounded Meng Zhang took the initiative to open a passage and let the huge island fly in.


    This huge island collided directly with the heaven and earth above Meng Zhang''s head.


    Meng Zhang''s yin and yang map of heaven and earth was originally a blessing to Meng Zhang, strengthening the yin and yang qi he released.


    Now attacked, the Tai Chi Yin-Yang map turned quickly and took the initiative to meet this huge island.


    With a dull crashing sound, Tai Chi Yin Yang Tu and this huge island fought fiercely.


    The cooperation of several indigenous gods, even in normal times, can bring a lot of pressure to Meng Zhang, let alone now.


    Meng Zhang''s yin and yang map of heaven and earth was completely contained, and he was still at a disadvantage in the fierce battle.


    Without the blessing of the Tai Chi Yin-Yang Diagram, Meng Zhang''s momentum weakened, and the power of the celestial power of Yin-Yang Erqi plummeted.


    Meng Zhang, who was under siege, got even worse.


    He was surrounded by dangers under the siege of the Five Demons and Immortals, and only the power of parrying could not fight back.


    It seemed that perhaps the Famine Demon God could defeat Meng Zhang without taking any action.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be really unable to resist, and tried to break through and escape.


    But not to mention the yin and yang diagram of the heaven and earth law, Tai Chi, he was also trapped by the Five Demons Confused Immortal Formation.


    Meng Zhang clashed from left to right, not only did he fail to break through the encirclement, but he almost got hit several times.


    The Demon God of Famine, who was wandering around Meng Zhang in the Demon Realm, moved slower and slower.


    He had been accumulating strength with the help of Demon Realm before, and when he found Meng Zhang''s flaws, he would launch a thunderous strike to completely solve Meng Zhang.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell, the storm around the southern archipelago has not stopped, and the space has become very unstable.


    When besieging Meng Zhang, the Famine Demon God used the Demon Domain to disrupt the surrounding space and isolate the inside and outside.


    At this time, even if a true immortal came to rescue Meng Zhang, it would be difficult to come directly, and most would be temporarily blocked.


    There should be enough time for the Famine Demon God to take Meng Zhang.


    Regardless of the Famine Demon God who has been waiting for an opportunity, not to mention the false gods and demigods around Shadao, there are a full eight opponents of the true god level alone.


    Even if there is no siege from the Demon Realm and no restraint from the Demon God of Famine, once the eight true gods surround Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang will lose more and win less.


    Putting it in the entire Void World, Meng Zhang, who has an extraordinary inheritance, can be regarded as a strong man among the true immortals of Taoism.


    However, the time for him to become a true immortal is not long, and the accumulation in all aspects is not very sufficient.


    On weekdays, with his superb combat power, he can effectively cover up these shortcomings.


    But in the current situation, these shortcomings are beginning to be exposed one by one.


    After all, the current Meng Zhang is not a top-level true immortal that is invincible on the same level as Sanshan True Immortal.


    His combat power at this time is only a bit stronger than that of the few true immortals who were sleeping in the depths of the source sea of ??Junchen Realm.


    If those true immortals had fallen into such a situation, they would have perished long ago.


    Even though the situation was so critical, Meng Zhang still did not panic at all, and was still facing the enemy calmly.


    It seems that the trump card of the Famine Demon God, the main combat power that can be mobilized, should be almost taken out.


    This time, in order to ambush Meng Zhang, in order to ensure the suddenness, and the Demon Territory released by the Famine Demon God only occupied part of the sand island, he did not mobilize the army of monsters to fight.


    What he brought out was such a capable and powerful top team.


    Since Meng Zhang dared to go to the southern archipelago alone, he had something to rely on.


    In his vision, the worst situation facing his family is to be trapped in the Demon Domain and besieged by the army of monsters.


    Now his situation is a bit worse than the worst-case scenario.


    This is mainly because he did not expect that the indigenous gods left in the southern archipelago would be so stupid, and they would turn to the calamity devil.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, the Famine Demon God should have brought out all the true god-level combat power.


    It was also difficult for Meng Zhang to hold on any longer.


    As soon as he thought about it, he had been eyeing the Taiyi Realm all the time, and he immediately started to act.


    Tai Miao is both Meng Zhang''s external incarnation and his canonized god. The connection between the two is extremely close and cannot be blocked by a mere Demon Realm.


    Not to mention, when the Famine Demon God let Shadao True God and the others participate in the war, they temporarily let go of the Demon Realm, revealing flaws.


    Before this, Meng Zhang had not summoned Tai Miao to come, but was just waiting for the opportunity.


    At this moment, relying on the special connection between Tai Miao and Meng Zhang, he crossed the space, penetrated all the barriers of the outside world, and appeared directly above the Demon Realm created by the Demon God of Famine.


    When Meng Zhang just fell into the trap, he told Tai Miao to prepare.


    At the same time when Tai Miao came, almost all the gods in Taiyi Realm mobilized urgently, and listed large and small magic circles all over the Taiyi Realm.


    With Tai Miao''s order, these magic circles were activated one after another, and many gods injected their divine power into the magic circle, fully mobilizing the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, and quickly blessed Tai Miao.

 Chapter 2765

    When Meng Zhang first shaped the Taiyi Realm, he used a clever trick, not to create a world out of nothing, but to use a part of the Junchen Realm as the foundation.


    The main part of Taiyi Realm comes entirely from Junchen Realm.


    As a Taoist cultivator, Meng Zhang pursues the freedom of immortality, but he does not want to be bound by a certain world.


    Although Taiyi Realm can provide him with a lot of help and can bless him with powerful power, he is still unwilling to completely bind himself to Taiyi Realm.


    Taimiao, as a god, has no scruples in this regard.


    Tai Miao and Meng Zhang created the Taiyi Realm together. They have a special relationship with Meng Zhang and have long been recognized by the Taiyi Realm.


    Harmony with the Tao is a way of practice for the gods.


    Because Meng Zhang intends to release power, Tai Miao has become the real master of Taiyi Realm and can better use the power of Taiyi Realm.


    After so many years of strengthening in the Taiyi Realm, the power of heaven and earth has been continuously increasing.


    Now, Taiyi Realm is very close to Shenchang Realm.


    The power transmitted from Taiyi Realm to Taimiao did not attenuate much.


    Tai Miao knew the situation of the enemy and us from Meng Zhang long ago, and she had already made a plan.


    A huge vortex quickly formed behind Tai Miao''s head and began to spin rapidly.


    Tai Miao has spent most of these years in retreat and practice in the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm, and the speed of cultivation is even higher than that of the deity Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were to fight against each other, it would be hard to say whether the outcome would be won or lost.


    Many gods in Taiyi Realm lined up to mobilize their own divine power to strengthen Taijiu.


    Tai Miao was blessed by the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi realm, and at this time she almost incarnated into the consciousness of the heaven and the earth in the Taiyi realm.


    The Taiyi Realm is naturally far less powerful than the big worlds such as Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm, and its powers of heaven and earth are very limited.


    But the Taiyi Realm is an independent world that is very close to the big world after all, and its power of heaven and earth is still far beyond that of true immortals and true gods.


    After Taimiao came to this place, without any delay, he began to gather strength and launch an attack.


    The Demon God of Famine has always been eyeing Meng Zhang, and he has not relaxed his surveillance of the surroundings.


    When Tai Miao just appeared, he sensed the existence of the other party.


    If an ordinary true immortal or true god came to rescue Meng Zhang rashly, not only would he not succeed, but he would get himself in.


    The Demon God of Famine did not see through the real relationship between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, and he was a little surprised that Tai Miao appeared here so quickly.


    He underestimated the power of Taiyi, and he never thought that Taiyi could mobilize the power of Taiyi Realm.


    Before the Famine Demon God had time to attack Tai Miao, Tai Miao''s attack came first.


    A large piece of gray light fell from the sky, and all fell on the Demon Domain.


    The originally dark Demon Domain began to change color rapidly, was dyed gray, and then quickly disappeared.


    Not only living beings have the concept of life and death, everything in the world cannot escape the decline of life and death. Even the world itself is full of emptiness.


    It was too wonderful to mobilize the power of life and death and the Great Way of Reincarnation to deliver such a blow.


    The Famine Demon God spent a lot of effort to secretly extend a part of the Demon Domain to the Sand Island to besiege Meng Zhang without causing too much impact on the sand island.


    The power of a very good blow made this part of the Demon Realm disappear.


    There are also a small number of demons that escaped the attack, and like living creatures, they automatically withdrew from the sand island and retreated into the large demonic area of ??the southern archipelago.


    Don''t look at the small area of ??this demon domain, but it contains the essence and most of the power of the southern archipelago demon domain.


    In order to speed up the demonization of the southern archipelago, and in order to control the demon domain more flexibly, the Demon God of Famine did not hesitate to bind his demon soul to the demon domain.


    The Demon Realm was injured, and the Famine Demon God was also affected to a certain extent, and he couldn''t help shaking his body.


    After destroying part of the Demon Realm with one blow, the wonderful attack did not stop, followed by another blow.


    The huge vortex behind him spun rapidly, and fixed the huge island that was entangled with Meng Zhang''s laws of heaven and earth.


    Gray light constantly bombarded this huge island.


    The huge golden island first turned gray, and then completely collapsed.


    This huge island is formed by the true gods of Shadao and other indigenous true gods mobilizing their divine powers and condensing them together.


    On this huge island, not only their divine power, but also part of their minds are entrusted.


    The huge island was destroyed, and the indigenous gods such as True God Shadao vomited blood in their respective kingdoms of God, and suffered more or less trauma.


    When Tai Miao attacked the Demon Realm outside, Meng Zhang was not idle either.


    In the previous fierce battle, he had already seen through the reality of the Five Demons and Immortals that trapped him.


    If five true demons form a formation together, they can use the power of the formation flexibly.


    And the five demonized puppets of the true gods, despite being controlled by the demon gods of disaster, still show a rigid state from time to time.


    If it is against a normal opponent, it may not be anything.


    But Mengzhang has experienced hundreds of battles and is very experienced in combat, and he is best at finding fighter opportunities.


    When Tai Miao first destroyed the demon domain that trapped Meng Zhang, and then removed the joint attack of Shadao Zhen Shen and others, the Tai Chi Yin Yang Tu, which was originally entangled, immediately recovered its freedom.


    In addition to its own powerful combat power, Meng Zhang''s hard-worked dharma forms of heaven and earth have great blessings on him, which can greatly strengthen all his magical powers in Taoism.


    Especially the supernatural powers of yin and yang can rely on the yin and yang diagram of Tai Chi to obtain more powerful power.


    The yin and yang diagram of Tai Chi turned for a while, and Meng Zhang''s whole body suddenly rose.


    He waved his hands one after another, and the yin and yang extinction thunderbolts bombarded this five-magic-fascinating-immortal formation.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Lightning is an immortal magical power mastered by Meng Zhang. Not to mention its enormous power, it has a special restraint effect on monsters and the like.


    He had been holding back until now, just to wait for the best opportunity to fully exert the power of this immortal art.


    Several black-and-white lightning strikes hit the nodes where the Five Demons Confused Immortal Array operates.


    Accompanied by a roar, the operation of the Five Magic Immortal Array first stagnated, and then the entire array began to collapse.


    The five puppets that laid the magic circle were also hit hard.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the momentum to pursue, and several yin and yang extinction thunders blasted out, directly blasting at the five puppets.


    Seeing this, the Famine Demon God tried to stop Meng Zhang.


    Tai Miao exerted force one after another, and bursts of gray light were like raindrops, bombarding the Demon God of Famine.


    The Famine Demon God, who had only suffered so much, did not dare to underestimate the wonderful attack, and had to parry it with all his might, so he did not care about supporting the Five Demons Confused Immortal Array.


    True God Shadao and other indigenous gods were not willing to fight, and they were very reluctant to fight Meng Zhang to death.


    After Tai Miao showed up and easily defused their offensive, they were even less motivated to fight.

 Chapter 2766

    The indigenous gods of Shadao True God, like most of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world, have narrow vision, shallow knowledge, greedy for life and fear of death, cherishing their own bodies in the face of major events, and forgetting justice when they see small gains.


    They look forward and backward, worry a lot, always want to take advantage, but they don''t take the slightest responsibility.


    As long as they have a bit of courage, they all know that since they have broken with Meng Zhang, there is only one way to go to the dark, and they will do their best to help the calamity demon besiege and kill Meng Zhang.


    If they did this, even if they were enemies, Meng Zhang might think highly of them.


    However, they behaved like this, they were unwilling to exert too much effort when they besieged Meng Zhang, and they would retreat after the arrival of too wonderful.


    This is their way of defeat and the way to die.


    True God Shadao and other indigenous gods had previously promised the Famine Demon God to design Meng Zhang together. It was purely because the Famine Demon God was powerful. They thought they had to compromise, and they had made the right choice.


    Seeing the wind and turning the rudder is not only a common phenomenon in the cultivation world, but also the way of survival for the native gods in the Shenchang world.


    Now after the arrival of too wonderful, it has shown extremely powerful, simply terrifying combat power.


    Among these aboriginal gods, there are some guys who are considering whether to change their position and go to Meng Zhang.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang had not suffered any substantial damage before, and they did not let him suffer any losses.


    Meng Zhang should be able to understand that they had no choice but to deal with the calamity demon gods and snakes.


    They believed that Meng Zhang still needed their help if he wanted to gain a foothold in the southern archipelago.


    This group of indigenous gods did not have much fighting spirit in the first place. Now that there is an internal debate, they have no intention to do anything.


    Calamity Demon God and Taimiao are the same level of powerhouses, and there is not much difference in their own strengths.


    The Demon God of Famine has the blessing of the power of the Demon Domain, and Tai Miao has the blessing of all the gods of the Taiyi Realm and the Taiyi Realm itself, which is higher and lower, which can be seen at a glance.


    Tai Miao showed great power and completely pushed the Famine Demon God to a disadvantage.


    The embarrassed Demon God of Famine, while parrying the wonderful attack, urged the True God of Sand Island and the others to help.


    The Famine Demon God had previously exploited the weaknesses of these indigenous gods, so that they could manipulate and use them at will.


    Now, these indigenous gods are reluctant to participate in the war because of their weaknesses.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and sent out Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder one after another.


    Among the five True God puppets, two have been completely shattered.


    The three remaining bodies were crippled and severely injured, and they obviously couldn''t support them for long.


    Once Meng Zhang started to fight back, he reversed the situation and caused huge damage to the enemy.


    The Famine Demon God does not have the paranoid mentality of many Demon Gods.


    Seeing that the enemy is so powerful that nothing can be done, he has no intention of fighting to the death.


    He was trying to get out of the too good attack, looking for an opportunity to get out.


    In his heart, he hated the indigenous gods such as True God Shadao.


    The wonderful and terrifying power firmly locked the Famine Demon God, making it impossible for him to escape easily.


    The Famine Demon God felt a huge pressure in his heart.


    What he faced was not very good, as if it was a whole world.


    All the secret techniques he released were easily resolved by the enemy, and every attack of the enemy made him very uncomfortable.


    After another fierce battle, the Famine Demon God paid a huge price to break away from the battle and escaped back to the Demon Domain of the Southern Islands.


    The remaining three puppets were smashed to pieces by Meng Zhang, the magic weapon that entangled the wind and fire yin-yang fan was destroyed by Taimiao, and he himself suffered serious injuries.


    Seeing that the Demon God of Famine had escaped into the Demon Realm, Meng Zhang and the others hesitated for a while, and did not continue to pursue.


    Meng Zhang was surrounded by an ambush and then counterattacked. After a series of fierce battles, the time was not long, the loss was huge, and he almost hurt his vitality.


    Without a period of self-cultivation, he cannot fully recover.


    He was not in a good state at this time, and naturally he was unwilling to venture into the Demon Realm that the enemy had been operating for a period of time.


    Although five puppets at the level of true gods have been removed, the demon god of disaster has demonized so many creatures in the southern archipelago, and he still has a huge army of monsters.


    Meng Zhang''s current state is really not suitable for a protracted war of attrition.


    According to the standards of gods, most of the gods in Taiyi Realm are still very young, even immature.


    They have shallow foundations and limited power.


    Previously, it was wonderful to gather strength and support through the great formations all over the Taiyi Realm, but in a short period of time, their divine power was greatly depleted and their strength was not good.


    In terms of the strength of these young gods, it is indeed a huge pressure for them to join this kind of true god-level battle.


    After all, Taiyi Realm is a new world, and neither Meng Zhang nor Tai Miao are willing to consume their power too much.


    The Taiyi Realm is now at a time of rapid growth, and efforts should be made to strengthen it instead of consuming its power.


    Moreover, Tai Miao had allowed almost the entire Taiyi Realm''s power to bless her before, which also caused a lot of pressure on herself.


    Without the blessing of Taiyi Realm and many gods, Taimiao''s strength will drop sharply.


    Anyway, it''s a long time coming to Japan, so neither Meng Zhang nor Tai Miao need to take risks at this time.


    After they have completed their cultivation and regained their strength, there will be time to slowly clear up today''s account.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao took advantage of their special connection with the Taiyi Realm, and quickly left here and teleported back to the Taiyi Realm.


    Before leaving, Meng Zhang glanced at the direction of the real god Shadao and other divine kingdoms, his face full of murderous intent that could not be concealed.


    When they come back next time, it will be their death.


    At that time, Meng Zhang would not accept surrender, and would not have the slightest mercy.


    Although Meng Zhang has always wanted to absorb the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm to join the god system of Taiyi Realm.


    But Meng Zhang also has a standard, and will not accept all kinds of crooked melons and cracked dates.


    There are many aboriginal gods in the Shenchang world, and Meng Zhang has a lot of choices.


    He must get rid of the people who colluded with the God of Famine, such as the True God of Shadao.


    After Meng Zhang and Tai Miao returned to Taiyi Realm, they took the time to recuperate.


    The wonderful situation is far better than Meng Zhang, who has been staring at the southern archipelago.


    Before Meng Zhang left Shenchang Realm, he did not forget to give orders to the giant shark god.


    Meng Zhang ordered the army he led to slow down and not rush to approach the southern archipelago.


    When he returns to Shenchang Realm, he will take them to attack the southern archipelago.


    The Famine Demon God suffered a lot this time, and after returning to the Demon Realm, there was no movement for the time being.


    Seeing the Famine Demon God retreat, the group of True God Shadao thought that their threat had been temporarily eliminated, and they were still a little happy.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao left without paying attention to them, which made them very disappointed.


    They were also going to show their surrender to Meng Zhang, to please and curry favor with Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    They were a little nervous at first, but they quickly returned to their usual appearance.


    Their mentality and style of passing by makes them quickly forget the unease in their hearts.


    After a major war, the southern archipelago quickly regained its calm.

 Chapter 2767

    This time, Meng Zhang first stepped into the trap because of carelessness, and then summoned Tai Miao to fight back and won a victory.


    However, there was no joy in his heart.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm was wiped out, his main target of chasing and killing were two Dao thieves.


    After the ghosts and gods from the underworld caused chaos in the yang world, they attracted a large part of the attention of the monks in the Taiyi world.


    The Moon God and Fairy Yue''e who were dispatched now just barely stabilized the situation and began to organize defenses.


    If the army of ghosts and gods led by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts kills them in large numbers, they may not be able to resist.


    Not to mention, there are several top-level ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, and they are only stronger or weaker than the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts in every aspect.


    It is certain that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan will continue to invest their power in the East Land.


    Not to mention that the army of ghosts and gods should be completely driven back to the underworld, at least it should be limited to the Eastern Land and not allowed to continue to expand in the Yang World.


    Meng Zhang originally planned to solve the problem brought by the Famine Demon God as soon as possible.


    It is a pity that the Demon God of Famine not only demonized most of the southern archipelago, but also colluded with the True God of Sand Island to ambush him.


    Before that, Meng Zhang had experienced many hard battles, but he never summoned Tai Miao to come to Shenchang Realm.


    Even in the face of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm, Tai Miao didn''t make a move.


    Too wonderful is his trump card and the last reserve team.


    But he didn''t expect that this time Meng Zhang had to summon Tai Miao to come to help him out of the predicament.


    Although a victory was achieved, it did not completely solve the trouble of the Famine Demon God. Even the indigenous gods such as the True God of Shadao did not take care of it.


    Meng Zhang was upset, but he didn''t show it.


    With the help of the source sea of ??Taiyi World, he quickly recovered the power of loss.


    After the large-scale invasion of Shenchang Realm, many resources collected by Taiyi Realm monks in Shenchang Realm were sent back to Taiyi Realm to strengthen Taiyi Realm.


    Even the gods of many of the gods who were killed in the Shenchang Realm were sent to the Taiyi Realm and transformed into nutrients to strengthen the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm is slowly absorbing the origin of the heaven and earth in the Shenchang Realm, and its source sea is constantly growing.


    Meng Zhang occasionally absorbs the origin of the world in the source sea, and it will not have much impact on the Taiyi world.


    When Meng Zhang was cultivating, the situation in Shenchang Realm changed again.


    The many influences brought about by the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm are slowly fading away.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition that started from the Western Land finally arrived in the Eastern Land.


    With this reliable force as the team, Fairy Yue''e and Luna''s movements accelerated a lot.


    They almost occupied the main part of the original territory of True God Rising Sun, and they also recruited and absorbed many indigenous gods.


    Fairy Yue''e and Moon God have concentrated their forces, and have established a solid line of defense on the edge of the realm of True God Rising Sun.


    The brigade of the army of ghosts and gods led by the Lord of the Ghosts is coming.


    Some small-scale vanguard troops have come to the vicinity of the defense line, and there have been many large and small battles with the defenders defending here.


    To be honest, even with the reinforcements of the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan, Luna and Fairy Yue''e cannot resist the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts with their current strength alone.


    Meng Zhang could only ask Gu Yue Ling Qing, who was sitting in the East Land, and Tai Miao from Taiyi Realm, to be ready to support at any time.


    Once the war starts, Tai Miao and Gu Yue Ling Qing may have to rush to the front line to participate in the battle.


    In addition, there was a piece of bad news that reached the ears of the top leaders of the Taiyi world.


    The Hunling Venerable God fled the Lianyue Mountains together with the Famine Demon God.


    He didn''t stay with the Devil God of Calamity.


    After all, Zunling God Hunling is also a true god with a great background. He has been with the Demon God of Famine for a long time. With the virtues of the Demon God of Famine, he might find an opportunity to demonize him.


    The Hunling Venerable God left as soon as possible, not only did he escape from the tiger''s den, but he might even have the opportunity to cooperate with the Famine Demon God in the future.


    After the Hunling Venerable God and the Famine Demon God parted ways, they went directly to the depths of the sea in the Shenchang Realm.


    The Azure Sea God was originally the ruler of the oceans and seas of the Shenchang Realm.


    He built a luxurious and magnificent palace in the depths of the sea, and also entrusted many native gods to help him manage the vast sea.


    After the fall of the Azure Sea God, the dragons under him were headless and fell into chaos.


    The bunch of gods left by the blue sea god, the native gods who trusted him, split into several parties, and they fought for power and profit on weekdays.


    Azure Sea God originally and Lava Vulcan recruited most of the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm to form an army to fight against foreign invaders.


    First, the Lava Vulcan was defeated by Meng Zhang, and his army was defeated and almost lost.


    The army under the command of the blue sea god has suffered many toss, and the loss is not small.


    After the fall of the Blue Sea God, those who were recruited, the native gods from all over the Shenchang Realm scattered, and left the army one after another, leaving only the men of the Blue Sea God.


    After the division of Azure Sea God''s subordinates, it will become even less favorable.


    At this time, the Hunling Venerable God took advantage of the situation and came to the domain of the Azure Sea God.


    Hunling Venerable God had previously recovered his strength by relying on the treasures of the Temple of Heaven on his body.


    His strength is far stronger than the native gods of Shenchang Realm, and he has previously used True God Rising Sun to control a large area of ??Shenchang Realm, which can be regarded as accumulating rich experience.


    Hunling Zunshen repeated the old trick this time. First, he secretly controlled a son of the Azure Sea God to help him win the infighting, and then used it to control more of the Azure Sea God''s subordinates.


    After some tossing, the Hunling Venerable God replaced the Azure Sea God and controlled its palace and a large area.


    Now, Hunling Zun God is rising again in the ocean of Shenchang Realm, and there is a faint trend of hegemony.


    Although so many things have gone through, many changes have taken place in Shenchang Realm, but Hunling Zunshen still did not give up occupying Shenchang Realm and spread his beliefs.


    He avoided other places in Shenchang Realm, and came to the depths of the sea that had not been targeted by Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan for the time being, and he established another foundation.


    Of course, this foundation is far inferior to everything that was established on the realm of the rising sun.


    Many indigenous gods under the command of the Azure Sea God are not convinced by the mixed spirit god.


    Even those guys who were forcibly subdued were still not convinced.


    Not to mention that there are still many indigenous gods who either explicitly or implicitly oppose the Hunling Venerable God and cause him all kinds of trouble.


    The Hunling Venerable God still has a long way to go before he can completely grasp everything left by the Azure Sea God and stabilize the situation.


    Some of the subordinates of the Azure Sea God escaped from the depths of the sea, fled to the West Land, took refuge in the Taiyi Realm, and told the top officials of the Taiyi Realm what happened there.


    After such a serious failure, Hunling Zunshen can still regain his strength. It seems that he still has a bit of perseverance.


    He didn''t go anywhere else, stared at Shenchang Realm, and didn''t know what was good in Shenchang Realm.


    Was he stubborn or stupid, or both.

 Chapter 2768

    Hunling Zunshen has a profound background, extraordinary strength, and many trump cards.


    After he took root in the depths of the sea and established his foundation again, it was considered a threat, and Meng Zhang could not ignore it.


    However, Meng Zhang ranked the threat of Hunling Venerable God at the back.


    In his opinion, the threat of the god of mixed spirits is far less serious than that of the demon god of disaster and the ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    You can wait until the troubles in other areas are resolved, and then slowly clean up him.


    The purpose of the dragon tribe''s invasion of Shenchang Realm is to use this place as a new habitat.


    Compared with the Western Land, the ocean of Shenchang Realm is its real goal.


    As a Void race, the Dragon Race has a powerful intelligence system.


    Even if this is just an ordinary branch, it still has a deep understanding of the situation of the Void World.


    The senior members of the Dragon Clan have a better understanding of the foundation of the Temple of Heaven, and they know that it will be a trouble sooner or later.


    The senior officials of the Dragon Clan hoped to solve the trouble brought by the Hunling Venerable God as soon as possible and calm down the depths of the sea.


    Meng Zhang could not ignore the opinions of his allies.


    However, with the current situation of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, it is indeed difficult to draw more power in a short period of time.


    Since the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor lost his physical body in the Demon Realm, his strength has plummeted, and this new physical body seems to have many flaws.


    Although even in the face of allies, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not reveal all his roots.


    However, after observation, Meng Zhang found that it seemed that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor would be subject to certain restrictions.


    After destroying the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm last time, he has suffered a lot, and he has not recovered so far, so he is not suitable for the time being.


    Although the dragons are arrogant by nature, they are allies with Taiyi Realm at this time.


    The most important thing is that the Dragon Clan''s top-level combat power is insufficient, and many places seek the Taiyi Realm.


    Therefore, the senior members of the Dragon Clan acted very reasonable and did not force it, but simply raised the question of the mixed spirit respecting the gods.


    The top dragon clan members, including the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, all know that the biggest shortcoming of the dragon clan at present is the lack of true immortal-level combat power.


    In the Junchen world, after tens of thousands of years of accumulation, the dragon clan has accumulated a strong combat power, not to mention that there is more than one dragon king at the virtual immortal level.


    It is not an easy task for a dragon king of the virtual immortal level to become a dragon king of the true immortal level, and there are many barriers that are difficult to cross.


    Among them, for this dragon branch, the biggest difficulty is the lack of sufficient sources of heaven and earth.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor led the dragon clan to invade the Shenchang Realm on a large scale. In addition to occupying this place as a new habitat, he also wanted to plunder the origin of the Shenchang Realm.


    With the strong accumulation of Shenchang Realm, as long as the fish is not dry, it can continue to provide the source of heaven and earth.


    Originally, according to the agreement reached by Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, after the Shenchang Realm was completely pacified, the two parties carefully allocated the origin of the Shenchang Realm.


    Let''s see how to get what we need without seriously damaging the foundation of Shenchang Realm.


    Now that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon King has other thoughts, he wants the Dragon King of the virtual immortal level in the dragon family to absorb enough of the origin of the world and break through to the realm of the Dragon King as soon as possible.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not make any small moves behind his back, but notified Meng Zhang in advance.


    As a result, the Taiyi Realm had already begun to absorb a small amount of the source of heaven and earth scattered by the Shenchang Realm.


    Secondly, the dragon clan has more dragon emperors at the level of true immortals, which also helps to strengthen the strength of this small alliance.


    Meng Zhang raised no objection, and said that if the Dragon Clan needed him, he could help at any time.


    With Meng Zhang''s remarks, the senior officials of the Dragon Clan were ready to take action.


    This is also easier said than done.


    In order for the Dragon King of the virtual immortal level to absorb enough of the source of heaven and earth, he must enter the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.


    When Jun Chen Xianzun created Jun Chen Realm, he made reference to various kinds of Shenchang Realm, and the two are very similar in this respect.


    One of the main ways to enter the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm is to first enter the underworld, and then enter the deepest level of the underworld to open the channel leading to the source sea.


    As a creature of the yang world, it is not difficult for a dragon strong person to enter the underworld, but it is rare to move freely in the underworld.


    Although the consciousness of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm has fallen, the rules of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm have not completely failed.


    The underworld in the Shenchang world instinctively repells all beings from the Yang world.


    The rules of heaven and earth in the underworld will greatly weaken the intruding dragon powerhouse.


    The high-level dragon clan also knew that the ghosts and gods in the underworld of the Shenchang world were far more powerful than the native gods of the Yang world.


    It may not be so easy for a dragon strong man to break into the depths of the underworld.


    Apart from the path of the underworld, the other paths leading to the source sea are not clear.


    Among the nine heavens of Junchen Realm, there is a passage leading to the source sea, which is the arrangement that many true immortals have already made.


    There are neither Nine Heavens nor such passages in Shenchang Realm.


    The high-level dragons began to be in trouble.


    Some senior officials of the Dragon clan carefully observed and studied the underworld of Shenchang Realm, looking for its flaws.


    Some senior officials of the dragon race began to go through the dragon race books, trying to find a new way.


    Meng Zhang was also helpless in this regard and could not help much.


    Some high-level leaders in the Taiyi world are actively trying to find ways for their allies.


    Now the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld is invading the Yang world, and there will be a war with the Taiyi world and the dragon alliance.


    If the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance can bring more pressure to the ghosts and gods, attracting the ghosts and gods to provide continuous support from the underworld, it will definitely help the dragons to break into the underworld.


    The idea is good, but if there is no more support, it will be difficult for the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance in the Western Continent to even block the army of ghosts and gods, let alone exert strong pressure on it.


    Meng Zhang felt that he still had to solve the problem of the Famine Demon God as soon as possible, so that he could free up his hands to deal with problems in other directions.


    When Meng Zhang was cultivating, a mixed army led by the Giant Shark God had arrived not far from the southern archipelago.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, they temporarily stopped the pace of progress, and stood still, waiting for Meng Zhang''s arrival.


    Relying on this large army alone, it is impossible to deal with the Demon God of Famine.


    When Meng Zhang was recuperating, he had been paying attention to the greatness of the southern archipelago, and brought another bad news.


    The Famine Demon God suffered a lot of damage last time, and lost five puppets at the level of true gods.


    In order to make up for the loss, he even paid attention to True God Shadao and the others.


    If the Famine Demon God can demonize the True God of Sand Island and bring the islands under their control into the Demon Domain, it will not only speed up the recovery, but also re-refine the puppets of the True God level.


    At that time, the Famine Demon God who has been replenished will have the capital to fight against Meng Zhang and the others.


    The Famine Demon God first tried to plot the true God of Shadao and the others.


    True God Shadao and other indigenous gods are stupid, but they are not defenseless against the devil.


    In fact, the last time they took refuge in the Famine Demon God, it was out of fear of the Famine Demon God.

 Chapter 2769

    The True God of Shadao and the others had sufficient precautions, and the conspiracy of the Demon God of Famine was unsuccessful.


    I thought it would be easy to take down these idiots, but it would still fail.


    The old-fashioned Demon God of Famine gave up the idea of ??continuing the sneak attack and began to launch a storm.


    He mobilized the Demon Domain, wantonly spreading the Demon Domain, and the Demon Domain kept rushing towards the seven big islands, trying to forcibly devour the sand island and other islands.


    The True God of Shadao and the others are afraid of the Famine Demon God, but they are not ready to capture them.


    They were forced to the corner by the Famine Demon God, and they fought back and joined forces to fight against them.


    The Demon God of Disaster who has not fully recovered, even with the help of the power of the Demon Domain, it is difficult to take Shadao for a while, and they are in a stalemate with the True God of Shadao.


    Tai Miao in Taiyi Realm discovered the situation over there.


    He knew that, regardless of the true God of Shadao, they are now on the offensive and defensive, and they have a lot to do with the calamity devil.


    But in fact, because the gap between the two sides is too large, they will fail soon after they support.


    Too wonderful to let the calamity devil succeed.


    Although Meng Zhang has not fully recovered, he feels that he has the strength to fight.


    He and Tai Miao came to the sky over Sand Island again.


    At this time, the Demon Territory controlled by the Demon God of Famine has surrounded all the seven large islands.


    As if the darkness was so thick that it could not be dissolved, it kept rushing towards these seven big islands.


    The aboriginal gods on the seven big islands sat in their respective kingdoms of God, mobilized their divine power, and formed layers of divine power shields to cover all the seven islands.


    The power of the Demon Realm kept depleting the divine shield, and the divine shield became thinner and thinner.


    The three indigenous true gods including Shadao True God are okay, and the rest of the indigenous gods have obviously felt that their divine power has been consumed too much, and they are about to be unable to support them.


    As long as the Demon Domain breaks through the shield of divine power, it will soon be able to completely submerge these seven islands, leaving all the indigenous gods with no way to escape.


    True God Shadao and the others begged for mercy while trying to resist the attack of the Demon God of Famine.


    They expressed their willingness to surrender to the Demon God of Famine, and they would deal with Meng Zhang together with him...


    The Famine Demon God was completely indifferent to the begging of these guys.


    A group of subordinates with different intentions, how can a puppet be so reliable.


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao came to this place, they did not hide their tracks.


    They came with great momentum, and they had no fear, and they wanted to solve this trouble completely.


    Looking at the situation below, the two of them did not hesitate at all, and immediately started to do it.


    The Tai Chi Yin-Yang map above Meng Zhang''s head turned, and the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder struck down one after another.


    A thunderbolt blasted past, and it was easy to clear a large area of ??Demon Realm.


    With the explosion of the divine thunder, the Demon Realm and everything in it were destroyed.


    Tai Miao did not mobilize the gods of Taiyi Realm this time.


    Many gods consumed too much last time, and have not fully recovered yet, and are still in the process of recuperating.


    Even if Tai Miao does not have the help of the gods of Taiyi Realm, she can mobilize the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm at will.


    What''s more, his own combat power is not weaker than those of the top true gods.


    One after another, gray rays of light shot towards the Demon Realm below, constantly reducing the coverage area of ??the Demon Realm.


    Under Meng Zhang''s and Tai Miao''s joint attack, the demonic realm surrounding the sand island was quickly cleared away, revealing the scene on the sand island.


    Although the Demon Domain was unable to break through the sand island, wisps of demonic energy penetrated into it, causing great damage to the sand island.


    The natives on the sand island have almost no resistance to the magic energy.


    Under the influence of demonic energy, many aborigines were in disarray and fell into a frenzy.


    Sand Island is full of crazy natives running around.


    They seemed to be crazy, attacking everything around them frantically, and attacking each other.


    All the indigenous gods in the sand island, including the true god of the sand island, are working together to maintain the divine shield that protects the sand island, so they really have no time to be distracted.


    The gods who help the indigenous gods to rule the sand island on weekdays have to resist the invasion of demonic energy while trying to quell the internal riots.


    Later, many gods were demonized and joined the rioting team.


    By the time Meng Zhang and the others came here, more than half of the natives on the sand island had been demonized.


    These natives are believers and the foundation of the native gods.


    After losing so many believers all at once, the power of faith gained by the indigenous gods was greatly reduced, and they were about to make ends meet.


    Many indigenous gods continue to forcibly support them by relying on the divine power accumulated in the kingdom of God.


    Among the seven large islands, the situation on Sand Island is not the worst.


    On some islands, demonic creatures are rampant, and they have already begun to attack the kingdom of the indigenous gods.


    As soon as the Demon Domain dissipated, the True God Shadao immediately sensed Meng Zhang and the others'' arrival.


    Shadao Zhenshen couldn''t care about anything else, and immediately shouted to Meng Zhang and Tai Miao for help.


    He kept expressing his intention to take refuge, willing to surrender to Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang was already immune to such a plea, and would not take it seriously at all.


    On the contrary, as soon as he saw the real God of Shadao and their kingdom of God, he remembered the last time he was ambushed.


    A group of stupid native gods actually used their trust to betray themselves.


    As soon as he remembered this incident, Meng Zhang felt that his face was completely lost.


    Now it is not as good as before, Meng Zhang is not only the head of Taiyi Sect, but also the master of a big world, and his face is still more valuable.


    His heart was on fire, and he didn''t care about anything else. Facing the Divine Kingdom of the True God of Shadao below, it was an immortal magic power of yin and yang to destroy the gods and thunder.


    I saw a flash of lightning, and the kingdom of Shadao was caught.


    The divine power shield outside the kingdom of God was directly shattered, and countless cracks appeared on the kingdom of God, as if it would shatter at any time.


    There seemed to be a big earthquake inside the kingdom of God, and it began to shake violently.


    True God Shadao was unstable and almost fell.


    This is not over yet, Meng Zhang is a few yin and yang extinction thunder, directly shattering the kingdom of Shadao true god.


    Aboriginal gods like True God of Shadao are far inferior to True Immortals in every aspect.


    He initially tried to use the power of the kingdom of God to compete with Meng Zhang, and then found an opportunity to negotiate with Meng Zhang.


    However, Meng Zhang''s offensive came too fast and violently, and he directly broke the kingdom of God and removed his greatest support.


    When Meng Zhang attacked the true god of Shadao, it was too wonderful to let the calamity devil take advantage.


    He mobilized the blessing of the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm, and kept bombarding the Demon Realm of the Famine Demon God, making him powerless to take care of him.


    After discovering the arrival of Meng Zhanghe and Taimiao, the Demon God of Famine knew that his idea of ??breaking Shadao and other big islands was in vain.


    He was quite straightforward, and after a little probing, he found that Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were imposing, so he didn''t bother much.


    Under his control, the Demon Territory began to shrink rapidly, no longer encircling the seven large islands, but returning to the original area.


    In order to deal with Meng Zhang''s next attack, the Famine Demon God needs to shrink the Demon Realm, concentrate his strength, and make more preparations.

 Chapter 2770

    The Famine Demon God knew that Meng Zhang and the others were powerful, but he was unwilling to give up the Demon Realm, so he fled in such a dismal manner.


    He has already failed twice in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Once in the void, he had to bow his head to Meng Zhang and compromise.


    The other time was in the Lianyue Mountains, and after suffering a big loss, he and the Hunling Venerable God fled in embarrassment.


    He captured the southern archipelago, which he regarded as a wonderful trick.


    He demonized the Southern Islands in order to use it as a foundation to demonize the entire Shenchang Realm.


    In order to speed up the formation of the Demon Domain, he placed a treasured magic weapon in the center of the Demon Domain.


    Once this magic weapon is established, it cannot be moved easily.


    There is everything he has painstakingly managed in the Demon Domain, and he is really unwilling to give up easily.


    The Famine Demon God is also very clear about the situation in the Shenchang Realm.


    The ghosts and gods from the underworld are expanding wildly in the Eastern Continent, containing a lot of power from the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Hunling Zunshen had previously reached a mutual assistance agreement with the Famine Demon God to deal with the coalition forces of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan together.


    It''s just that Venerable God Hunling is far away in the depths of the ocean, and he can''t quench his thirst from a distance.


    However, the situation in Shenchang Realm is complicated and changeable, and it is impossible for Meng Zhang and Tai Miao to stay here forever.


    Relying on the Demon Domain, the Famine Demon God can hold on for a long time.


    When the situation in Shenchang Realm deteriorated and Meng Zhang and the others were forced to leave, it would be an opportunity for the Demon God of Famine.


    The calamity demon god who made up his mind began to actively prepare for the defense in the demon domain.


    He mobilized the army of monsters he had transformed before to help him protect the Demon Domain.


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao left the Taiyi Realm, the giant shark god also received Meng Zhang''s order and began to lead the army to kill the southern archipelago.


    After this period of running-in, the giant shark god has gained enough right to speak in this army with the strength of the true god.


    In addition, this was an order issued by Meng Zhang himself, and no one dared to openly disobey.


    The army that was not far from the southern archipelago could soon reach its goal.


    After the Famine Demon God returned to the Demon Realm, there was no power to stop Meng Zhang from taking revenge and washing away the previous shame.


    True God Shadao had lost a large part of his strength in the previous battle with the Demon God of Famine.


    After losing most of the believers, he kept mobilizing the divine power of the kingdom of God, making the kingdom of God almost run out of oil.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s attack, Shadao True God didn''t hold on for long, and died together with the Kingdom of God.


    Although Shadao seems to have resisted the attack of the Demon Domain, the magical energy infiltrated in secret has not only demonized many natives, but also caused huge pollution to this land.


    Under the control of Meng Zhang, the divine light of the sun and the moon landed on the sand island, turning the creatures on it and the island itself into nothingness.


    The native gods on other islands were frightened when they saw the fate of Shadao.


    While begging Meng Zhang for mercy, they tried to concentrate their efforts and prepared to resist.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined forces to easily kill all the indigenous gods, not even the creatures on these big islands.


    Anyway, many creatures have been demonized, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have no time to slowly identify them, and they will not expend effort to save them.


    Looking at the empty islands below, it was too wonderful to make a big move to generate infinite power, pulling up all these islands, letting them rise into the air, and keep rising.


    When these islands rose to a sufficient height, under the wonderful control, they turned into huge meteorites, carrying flaming flames, and fell towards the demon domain below.


    After destroying the indigenous gods of these islands, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao did not rest, and they attacked the Demon Realm controlled by the Famine Demon God while the iron was hot.


    Seen from a distance, this Demon Realm is a large mass of black fog.


    Several huge meteorites fell in an unstoppable manner, and the Famine Demon God immediately responded.


    In the Demon Realm, huge dark palms appeared, stretched out into the air, and grabbed these meteorites.


    These giant hands are very agile, and they grabbed all the meteorites in one fell swoop.


    The meteorite was castrated, and it was firmly wrapped up by these giant hands.


    Taimiao gave a light drink, and a few meteorites suddenly exploded.


    Not only did these giant hands blew into pieces, but the aftermath of the explosion also fell to the Demon Realm below, stirring up a circle of ripples on it.


    After destroying the native gods such as the True God of Shadao, Meng Zhang let out a bad breath, and his thoughts became a lot more accessible.


    Of course, the biggest goal is the Demon God of Famine, and now is far from the time to relax.


    Meng Zhang flew across from Tai Miao, and the two of them were facing each other from a distance, each showing their magical powers, and together they attacked the Demon Realm below.


    As long as he didn''t fall into the Demon Realm, the Famine Demon God couldn''t take advantage of the home court.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao stood not far from the Demon Realm and kept casting spells to attack.


    The Demon God of Famine has manipulated the Demon Domain many times, trying to wrap Meng Zhang and Tai Miao inside.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were very clever, and avoided them nimbly every time.


    The Sun Moon Divine Light and Yin Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder released by Meng Zhang are not only powerful, but also have a special restraint effect on the Demon Realm.


    Tai Miao mobilized the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, and the whole person seemed to be transformed into the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world.


    Between his every move, a terrifying giant force was born, constantly blasting towards the Demon Realm below.


    The Famine Demon God controlled the Demon Domain to fight against Meng Zhang and the others, but they couldn''t show the slightest advantage.


    The huge Demon Domain is relatively fixed and difficult to move on a large scale.


    Attacks from the Demon Realm were difficult to target Meng Zhang and the others.


    With the strength of Meng Zhang and the others, it is not a big problem to have a few head-to-head attacks with the Demon Domain.


    The battle continued for quite a while, and the Famine Demon God slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    The color of the Demon Domain became more and more dim, the movements became more and more sluggish, and the strength was obviously greatly weakened.


    At this time, the Famine Demon God also understood that he couldn''t control the Demon Realm, and pulled Meng Zhang and the others into it.


    He had to shrink his strength again and passively defend.


    Just defending and not attacking is equivalent to slow suicide.


    Such a large area of ??demons could not be taken away, let alone avoided from Meng Zhang''s attacks.


    Under the constant blows of Meng Zhang and the others, the Demon Realm was continuously weakened, and it was only a matter of time before the distance was completely shattered.


    The Famine Demon God came up with various methods, trying to delay the time and slow down Meng Zhang''s offensive.


    Following his order, groups of strange monsters were killed from the Demon Realm and rushed towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    Obviously, he was going to use his army of monsters to entangle Meng Zhang and the others.


    When Meng Zhang and the others attacked the Demon Realm, the mixed army led by the Giant Shark God also came very close to the Demon Realm.


    This army is divided into several parts according to the origin of the race, and they are arrayed on the sea surface, far away from the Demon Realm.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao just waved a few tricks and wiped out a large group of monsters.

 Chapter 2771

    Thousands of years ago, the Demon God of Famine joined the army of foreign invaders and launched an attack on Junchen Realm.


    Even a top-level True God like Sanshan True Immortal dare not underestimate this guy.


    After several true immortals woke up from the source sea, he caused a lot of damage to several true immortals.


    Such a veteran demon god must have accumulated a lot of money and a lot of trump cards.


    Before completely killing him, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao did not dare to be careless.


    Who knows if this old guy has a secret hand to turn the situation around.


    They don''t want to spend too much energy on the army of monsters, so as not to give the demon god of disaster an opportunity to take advantage.


    At this time, the giant shark god led this army to come here from a long distance, and it came into play.


    With the order of the giant shark god, several formations formed by the army slaughtered the army of monsters.


    The Famine Demon God originally wanted to use the monster army to consume Meng Zhang and the others, so naturally he was not willing to fail.


    A part of the army of monsters rushed out of the demon domain and came to the surface of the sea. Before forming a battle, they rushed to the army led by the giant shark god.


    Another part of the monster army continued to flock to Meng Zhang and the others.


    After the Demon God of Famine occupied the southern archipelago, he demonized almost all the creatures here.


    Among them, the indigenous gods are the objects of his focus.


    Five indigenous true gods were made into puppets by him, and Meng Zhang destroyed the last war.


    After those less powerful native gods turned into monsters, they became the commanders of the large and small army of monsters.


    Among these indigenous gods, there are many powerhouses who return to the virtual level, and there are also many false gods and demigods.


    After they were demonized, they became fierce and mighty, and their combat effectiveness was greatly improved.


    The aboriginal gods, who were originally weak in combat power and weak in fighting spirit, turned into monsters, and actually became particularly fierce.


    If you fall under the siege of this army of monsters, even an ordinary True Immortal or True God will suffer huge losses and it will be difficult to escape.


    The giant shark god stood in front of the army and actively blocked the strong ones in the army of monsters.


    The great formation set up by the monks of Taiyi Realm played the role of the mainstay, directly blocking the main attack direction of the monster army.


    Among the sea clan army, there are some dragon clan powerhouses as overseers.


    These dragon powerhouses are arrogant and arrogant, and they never forget to be competitive at all times.


    Seeing that the monks in the Taiyi Realm were arrogant, they also urged the army of the sea clan to dispatch and kill the army of monsters.


    The large formation deployed by the sea clan army drove many sea beasts, riding the wind and waves, with great power.


    A group of indigenous gods who were originally in the waters around the Western Land, either actively or passively, took refuge in the coalition of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    This time, the Giant Shark God led an army to expedition to the southern archipelago, and this part of the indigenous gods also formed an army to accompany him.


    They did not dare to disobey Meng Zhang''s orders, but they also wanted to show their loyalty to Meng Zhang.


    The army they formed was also lined up on the sea.


    But when it comes to the real war, this army will not dare to confront the monster army head-on. I only dare to play Taiping Quan next to me and squeeze soft persimmons.


    The fighting spirit of these indigenous gods is average, and they can''t show any fighting power.


    Meng Zhang and the Giant Shark God didn''t have any more expectations for them, so they were left to their own devices.


    With their help this time, they can strengthen their own momentum, and they can more or less share the pressure from the army of monsters.


    The strength of the army led by the Giant Shark God is limited. Even if it is led by the True God of the Giant Shark God, it cannot easily repel the army of monsters in front of him. Instead, it falls into a fierce battle with it.


    After separating a part of the power to entangle the giant shark god and his army, there are enough monsters under the calamity devil to kill Meng Zhang and Taimiao.


    This time, Meng Zhang prepared a lot of means in advance in order to completely destroy the calamity demon god.


    He took out a jade book and flipped it gently.


    On each page of the jade book, there is a taboo of a god in the world of Shenchang.


    Behind the name taboo, the phantom of the god can be seen faintly flickering.


    All gods enshrined by Meng Zhang must leave their names on this jade book.


    Among the names left behind, not only was his divine power imbued, but also his divine soul imprint.


    Meng Zhang can summon the incarnation of the divine power and even the deity of these gods just by urging the jade book.


    Following Meng Zhang''s actions, a phantom of a god named Shen Changjie appeared beside Meng Zhang.


    These gods are not the deity here, but the incarnation of divine power manifested by the power of the jade book in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    Their strength depends on the strength contained in this jade book.


    This jade book is the foundation of the god system of Taiyi Realm. Many years ago, Meng Zhang collected all kinds of heaven and earth treasures and refined it.


    This jade book is a growing treasure, which can be gradually strengthened as Meng Zhang''s cultivation level improves, and more treasures of heaven and earth can be continuously invested in it.


    Since the successful refining, Meng Zhang has strengthened this jade book many times.


    Whether it is the harvest in the ruins of Junchen Realm or the harvest after coming to Shenchang Realm, a large part of the investment has been invested in this jade book.


    Although this jade book has not yet reached the level of a fairy, it has far surpassed most of the magic weapons, at least it is a fake fairy.


    The incarnations of gods summoned from the jade book, with varying strengths, formed a formation and blocked the army of monsters rushing towards Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    The gods of the Shenchang Realm suffered huge losses in the last war, and many of them have not fully recovered yet, and are still in the process of self-cultivation.


    When Meng Zhang used the jade book to summon their divine incarnation, they all felt it.


    Now the Taiyi Realm is very close to the Shenchang Realm, and the power of the gods can be put on the Shenchang Realm.


    Although the deities of these gods were not dispatched in person, they tried their best to mobilize their divine power and bet it on the incarnation of divine power summoned by Meng Zhang.


    After being blessed by the gods, these incarnations of divine power become stronger and more spiritual.


    They fought in formation and killed the monster army inextricably.


    The gods in the Taiyi world god system may not have rich combat experience, but they are proficient in various magic circles and are good at cooperation.


    The combat power of a single god is average, and after multiple gods have set up a battle, they can give full play to the power of joining forces.


    These avatars also share many of the attributes of the deity.


    The formations they formed in the air powerfully blocked the onslaught of the monster army.


    Tai Miao saw these incarnations of divine power and the army of monsters fighting inextricably, waving their hands again and again.


    One after another, the power of heaven and earth from Taiyi Realm was blessed on these divine power incarnations, which greatly strengthened their strength.


    This time, this group of divine power incarnations became extremely fierce as if they had been beaten with blood.


    Led by Taimiao and Luna''s avatars, these avatars started to fight back.


    The multiple formations they formed divided the monster army and surrounded them and destroyed them separately.


    The Demon God of Famine has continuously sent an army of monsters, but they cannot shake the formation formed by these incarnations of divine power.

 Chapter 2772

    The Demon God of Famine has demonized all the creatures in the southern archipelago, and the army of monsters that has been transformed is large in number, but there is no organization.


    In fact, this is a common problem with many monster armies.


    The monster army is easy to come by, but it is difficult to organize and train.


    Most of the monster army obtained by demonized creatures have similar problems.


    To solve this problem, in addition to investing more resources, it also takes a lot of time to carry out strict control and training.


    It was obvious that Meng Zhang called the door shortly after the Demon of Famine demonized the southern archipelago and did not give him any more time.


    In the magic way, only those big forces with multiple demons and even demons have the capital to have a well-trained army of monsters.


    Such an army of monsters is qualified to traverse the void.


    Due to the lack of training and organization, the shortcomings of this army of monsters are still obvious.


    If it is replaced by an opponent like the native gods of Shenchang Realm, the army of monsters may crush it all the way, and it can easily scare off the opponent.


    Not to mention the army led by the Giant Shark God, but to mention the incarnations of these divine powers summoned by Meng Zhang.


    They have no emotions such as fear, but only know to strictly follow Meng Zhang''s orders.


    In the face of these incarnations of divine power, the force of the monster army''s life-and-death rush, meaningless life and death, can''t scare people at all.


    When the armies are fighting, when the strength of the two sides is not too far apart, the degree of organization and training is the key to determining the outcome.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were unwilling to spend too much on these monsters, they could use their magical powers from time to time, and occasionally play Taiping Boxing, there was no problem.


    After a fierce battle, the army formed by the incarnation of divine power summoned by Meng Zhang not only eliminated the army of rushing monsters, but also launched a counterattack and took the initiative to kill into the Demon Realm.


    The creatures in the southern archipelago are not endless, and the army of monsters transformed by the Famine Demon God is also limited.


    After so many fierce battles and heavy casualties, the Famine Demon God seemed to have exhausted all his troops and could no longer send out any more monster army.


    Most of the existing monster army is fighting with the army led by the giant shark god.


    The incarnations of divine power summoned by Meng Zhang rushed into the Demon Realm in groups, and were soon wiped out by the Demon Realm''s power.


    Meng Zhang prevented more incarnations of divine power from rushing to die in vain.


    It seems that there is still a strong power in the Demon Domain.


    Without the interference of the monster army, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao continued their original actions and began to attack the Demon Domain again and again.


    The previous scene was repeated again.


    The Famine Demon God hid in the Demon Realm and used the Demon Realm to parry Meng Zhang''s attacks.


    The Famine Demon God knew very well in his heart that if he escaped from the protection of the Demon Domain and flew outside, he would definitely not be an opponent if he faced Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teaming up.


    The most sensible choice at present is to give up the Demon Domain and escape as soon as possible.


    But the Famine Demon God always felt a little unwilling in his heart.


    One is that he is reluctant to give up the Demon Domain, and the other is that he is full of resentment towards Meng Zhang.


    He always thought about delaying a little longer, maybe the situation would change in the next moment.


    Although the Demon God of Famine is far more sensible than most demon gods and less paranoid, as a demon god, it is inevitable that he has a series of inherent shortcomings of the demon powerhouse and is easily influenced by emotions.


    The Famine Demon God, who has always known advance and retreat, also got into the horns at this time and began to deceive himself.


    This was probably his doom, and he was blinded by inexplicable emotions.


    Under the blows of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, the power of the Demon Domain continued to weaken, and the area covered by it was getting smaller and smaller.


    The Famine Demon God also has the intention of shrinking the envelope and trying to concentrate his strength as much as possible.


    After another long-lasting battle, the Demon Territory was compressed onto the original main island of the southern archipelago.


    The place that was originally covered by the Demon Realm turned into nothingness under the blows of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    At this time, the Demon God of Famine finally realized that, if things go on like this, the complete destruction of the Demon Realm is unavoidable.


    He had demonized the entire southern archipelago so quickly before, and it had a price to completely transform it into a demon domain without much effort.


    The price is that he has been deeply bound to the Demon Domain. If he wants to leave the Demon Domain and escape at this time, he will definitely suffer a lot of damage under the backlash.


    He had already seen the strength of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, and he had also seen their aura of swearing and slaughtering them.


    If he was seriously injured, he really didn''t have a great chance of escaping their pursuit.


    After repeated consideration by the Famine Demon God, the unwillingness and resentment in his heart finally helped him make his final determination, and let him make the last sacrifice, instead of embarking on the road of escape with unknown life and death.


    The Demon God of Famine quickly recited the magic spell in his mouth, and with the help of the power of a magic weapon, the body of the demon was actively dispersed and dispersed into almost the entire Demon Realm.


    The vicious and strange sound of the curse came out from the Demon Domain, resounding between the heavens and the earth.


    When the nearby creatures heard the sound of the spell, they immediately felt restless, restless, and became restless.


    Those with a weaker cultivation base will even be enchanted by this.


    Fortunately, the spell didn''t last long before it disappeared.


    Hearing the sound of the curse, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao knew that the Famine Demon God was going to die.


    They speeded up their attacks, constantly bombarding the Demon Realm below.


    The area of ??the Demon Realm has shrunk dramatically again, but at this time, the Demon God of Famine has also completed the casting.


    The current calamity demon god has completely merged with the demon domain.


    I saw that the huge demon domain twisted for a while, and then it broke away from the sea and turned into an incomparably huge giant.


    This giant is full of countless tentacles.


    These tentacles are constantly twisting and flapping, looking very strange.


    After the Famine Demon God and the Demon Domain merged into one, they became a very special monster.


    This monster not only possesses the huge system and power of the Demon Domain, but also possesses the consciousness of the Demon God of Famine.


    Facing the terrifying monsters they had never seen before, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had no fear.


    Taimiao showed the body of ghosts and gods, and under the blessing of the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi world, it continued to grow.


    Soon, Tai Miao turned into a huge ghost that was only one head shorter than the monster in front of him.


    Tai Miao roared and rushed towards the monster in front of her.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and the endless power of wind and fire rushed to the monsters in front.


    His body was constantly swimming around the monsters, constantly attacking, and it was wonderful to cooperate in time.


    After Tai Miao approached the monster, there was a fierce attack.


    Tai Miao has very rich experience in this kind of close combat and close combat.


    The yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang turned into thick ropes, trying to bind the monster in front of him firmly.


    The yin and yang extinction divine thunder, the sun and the moon divine light and other supernatural powers are constantly bombarding the huge monsters.

 Chapter 2773

    The huge monster transformed by the Famine Demon God kept waving its tentacles to resist the various magical powers that Meng Zhang sent out.


    At the same time, this huge monster has to fight Tai Miao closely.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were in the same mind and cooperated seamlessly, bringing their combat effectiveness to the extreme.


    Taimiao knew that it was a critical moment, and she didn''t care about saving, and wanted to mobilize the power of Taiyi Realm.


    Under the blessing of the huge power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, he can constantly block the huge monsters transformed by the calamity devil, and he still has the upper hand in the head-to-head battle.


    Under the attack of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, the huge monster transformed by the Famine Demon God began to slowly fall off all parts of his body, and then disappeared quickly.


    The body of the monster transformed by the Demon God of Famine is constantly getting smaller, and its strength is getting weaker and weaker.


    It was only at this time that the Demon God of Famine came to his senses, and felt that he should not fight with Meng Zhang and the others, and he should not be so clinging.


    He just made the wrong decision just because he was carried away by anger and unwillingness.


    He didn''t even understand why he was so smudged.


    Even if he abandoned the Demon Territory early and escaped, it would not be more dangerous than it is now.


    Even if everything is lost, it will take a long time to make up for it in the future.


    He wanted to run away now.


    Unfortunately, because of the secret technique he performed before, his demon body has been integrated into the demon realm, and the demon soul has also taken root in the demon realm.


    Dragging such a huge body, he really couldn''t escape.


    This was an earth-shattering war, protracted and wide-ranging, and the southern archipelago and the surrounding areas were thrown into chaos.


    In the end, the huge monster transformed by the Demon God of Famine was torn apart bit by bit by Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, and then completely ground.


    The old-fashioned Demon God, the Demon God of Famine, just fell down completely.


    If the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm is still there, and if it behaves normally, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao will be rewarded with the merits of the Tao of Heaven for destroying such a powerful monster.


    After the war, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were very tired.


    Tai Miao returned directly to Taiyi Realm. Meng Zhang dragged his tired body and joined the giant shark god in their battle.


    After the Famine Demon God fell, the army of monsters that were fighting with the Giant Shark God first became extremely crazy, and then suddenly fell into chaos.


    Meng Zhang helped the giant shark god and the others to destroy most of the high-level monsters in this monster army.


    Then Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi Realm, leaving the giant shark god and the others to continue fighting.


    In the end, this army of monsters was defeated, most of the monsters were eliminated, and only a small number of monsters escaped.


    The giant shark god left part of his strength to continue to hunt down monsters and purify the nearby waters. He himself led the army on the way back.


    Meng Zhang, who had not fully recovered from the beginning, went through a hard battle with the Devil God of Famine. Not only was he at a loss, but he also suffered some serious injuries.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao began to retreat, hoping to recover from their injuries as soon as possible. After all, there are still a lot of troubles waiting for them in Shenchang Realm.


    In Donglu, the army of ghosts and gods led by the Lord Wangui finally crossed the territory of the god Tongguangjiang and killed the territory of the true god Shengyang.


    Moon God and Fairy Yue''e united most of the power in the realm of True God Rising Sun. Together with the reinforcements from the Taiyi Realm and the Allied Forces of the Dragon Clan, a strong line of defense was constructed and began to block the attack of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The army of ghosts and gods led by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was almost invincible, easily breaking through several lines of defense, killing Moon God and Fairy Yue''e step by step.


    Especially the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is too powerful, and Moon God and Fairy Yue''e can''t resist him at all.


    At a critical moment, it was Gu Yue Lingqing who left the Western Continent and came to the Eastern Continent in person.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, an outstanding descendant of the Gu Yue Clan, was regarded as a young immortal cultivated by many senior clan leaders as a seed of immortals. As soon as he joined the battle, he showed extremely strong fighting power.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing not only blocked the fierce Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts on the frontal battlefield, but also had the extra power to strengthen his own defense line.


    King Wangui is not a blindly reckless guy. Seeing that the enemy''s reinforcements are gathering, there are many strong ones, and he can''t gain the upper hand, so he gave up his thoughts of making a quick decision and quickly occupying the Eastern Continent.


    While rectifying the army and continuing to fight with the enemy, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts began to wait for reinforcements from the underworld.


    After the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, it caused huge influence and damage to the entire Shenchang Realm.


    In addition to the Yang World in Shenchang Realm, there have also been various natural disasters in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, causing heavy losses to the ghosts here.


    The underworld in the Shenchang world is far less stable than the Yang world, and the ghosts and gods in the underworld have no intention to stabilize the earth and reduce the harm caused by natural disasters.


    Many ghosts and gods who could not survive in the underworld joined the team that invaded the Yang world.


    Not to mention, the Yang World of Shenchang Realm has a fatal attraction to the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    The top-level ghosts and gods in Shenchang Realm, who are as famous as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, have already set off and may reach the Yang World at any time.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is ready to have a good discussion with these ghosts and gods after they arrive in the Yang World.


    Now on the east side, the intensity of the war has been greatly reduced, and Luna and the others have held the current line of defense. Gained respite.


    But when the top ghosts and gods in the underworld arrive, they may not be able to resist, and they need more reinforcements from Meng Zhang.


    2k


    After the giant shark god ended the battle in the southern archipelago, he returned to the western land and sat here instead of Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Meng Zhang did not have much power at his disposal.


    When it really came to a critical moment, it was only him and Taimiao who had to be on the top.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor can be regarded as a powerful ally, his main thoughts at the moment are all spent on entering the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm as soon as possible.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and the top leaders of the Dragon Clan already had some clues after going through the classics and thinking a lot.


    The Dragon Clan had already sent a large army to the Eastern Land to fight, and Meng Zhang couldn''t ask for more.


    Meng Zhang''s old rival, Hunling Zunshen, has had a very good life recently.


    Taking advantage of the time when both the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan had no time to be distracted, he took advantage of the situation and controlled the original territory of the Azure Sea God.


    This time, he learned the lesson of the rebellion of the rising sun god and strengthened his control over the native gods.


    He is now working to reorganize the territory and control the native gods.


    By the time he is completely on his feet, size is also a problem.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t even care about dealing with him.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan have already established a firm foothold in the Western Continent, and they are doing great construction and construction here.


    Donglu became the underworld army of ghosts and gods invading the Yang world because he was betrayed by the true gods of Shadao and the others. He fully saw the shortcomings of the native gods in the Shenchang world and no longer had too many illusions about them.

 Chapter 2774

    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm are a bunch of guys who are fearful of power and not virtuous.


    Meng Zhang is ready to change the original Huairou policy.


    When he fully recovers and frees up his hands, he will begin to deal with the native gods of the Shenchang Realm who took the initiative to take refuge.


    If he is sincere, he will accept it generously.


    The guy who sees the wind, he will try to change the other side.


    Bad guys, he''ll get rid of them completely.


    ...


    In short, only the guy who accepts his canonization and leaves his name on the jade book can join the god system of Taiyi Realm and become a part of Taiyi Realm.


    In the future world of Shenchang, it is either an enemy or a friend, and it is impossible for these indigenous gods to be at each other''s ends.


    Of course, it is not easy to achieve this goal, and Meng Zhang will need to work hard in the future.


    After so many years of development in Taiyi Realm, the conditions in all aspects are getting better and better.


    After the Taiyimen monks gained a firm foothold in Shenchang Realm, they kept collecting various resources from Shenchang Realm and sent them back to Taiyi Realm.


    Among these resources, a large part is used to strengthen Taiyi Realm.


    Some of the great powers of the Taiyimen who returned to the virtual world, under the guidance of the geographers, moved the spiritual veins of the Shenchang realm to the Taiyi realm.


    These spiritual veins, which have grown wildly in the Shenchang world for many years, are full of spiritual energy and have a solid foundation.


    After these spiritual veins took root in Taiyi Realm, Taiyimen monks carried out careful transformation and maintenance.


    The aura of Taiyi World becomes more and more abundant, which can greatly nourish the world itself.


    Most of the origins of heaven and earth scattered from Shenchang Realm are drawn by the magic circle above Taiyi Realm, and then absorbed by Taiyi Realm.


    The number of sources of heaven and earth scattered from the Shenchang Realm is limited, but with the accumulation of time, the little things add up, and the Taiyi Realm is constantly nourished.


    It is a pity that the impact of the fall of the consciousness of the heavenly way in Shenchang Realm is constantly weakening.


    Shenchang Realm itself will slowly make up for all kinds of damage on the body.


    With the passage of time, the source of heaven and earth overflowing from Shenchang Realm will only become less and less, and finally come to an end.


    Meng Zhang had already made plans.


    After removing all the hidden dangers and completely conquering the Shenchang Realm, he will directly absorb a part of the origin of the world from the source sea of ??the Shenchang Realm and use it to upgrade the Taiyi Realm into a complete big world.


    The current conditions of Taiyi Realm are actually quite good.


    The Taiyi Realm can not only support many cultivators, but also provide for the cultivation of immortals like Meng Zhang.


    Considering that they will be able to get supplements from Shenchang Realm soon, Meng Zhang and Taimiao are willing to consume some of the origin of Taiyi Realm in order to recover as soon as possible.


    As long as the superior cultivation conditions are guaranteed and sufficient resources are provided, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have not hurt the root cause, and their recovery speed is still very fast.


    Tai Miao was one step ahead of Meng Zhang and completely recovered to her best state.


    However, because of the recent situation in the East Land of Shenchang Realm, Taimiao turned his attention to that side and was ready to send reinforcements at any time.


    Just recently, the top ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm finally stopped watching and decided to invade the Yang World.


    The ghost mother-in-law, the ghost bone son, and the Sanjue ghosts and gods all led their army of ghosts and gods to the Yang World one after another.


    These three ghosts and gods are almost not under the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts in terms of their personal strength or their power in the underworld.


    Especially the ghost mother-in-law, who can be called the oldest ghost and god in the underworld, and even the master of ten thousand ghosts, who is as famous as him, does not know the details.


    The ghost mother-in-law is recognized as the strongest person in the underworld.


    The ghost girls under her command are also notoriously difficult to deal with in the underworld.


    After these three ghosts and gods led their army of ghosts and gods to Yangshi, the situation in Donglu would change.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts played a key role as the top-level ghosts and gods who first invaded the Yang World.


    He thinks he is the one who made the most of what he is today.


    As a pioneer, he not only occupied the main part of the territory of the True God Chongyue, but also occupied the Tongguang River area, and now he wants to seize the territory of the True God Rising Sun.


    It can be said that most of the Eastern Land has already fallen under his control and has become his territory.


    Previously, among the ghosts and gods who had entered the Yang World, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was the most powerful, and none of the other ghosts and gods could compete with him.


    The ghosts and gods sent by the ghost mother-in-law and the others can at most occupy a corner of the land that the lord of the ghosts can''t despise.


    Of course, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts also knows that the overall situation is the most important thing, and he knows that he still needs the power of these ghosts and gods.


    Therefore, he allowed these ghosts and gods to temporarily take shelter on his own territory.


    At the same time, he also aggressively recruited and took in those scattered ghosts and gods who did not belong to the major forces.


    Those ghosts and gods who came from big forces are considered to be relying on people.


    They have the intention to seize new territory, but the results are not great.


    After the ghost mother-in-law and other three ghosts and gods led the army to Yangshi, they began to argue with the Lord of Wangui for the territory of Donglu.


    They believe that the previous action of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to invade the Yang World was supported by almost the entire underworld, and they also made great efforts in the middle, and finally succeeded.


    They sent ghosts and gods to fight and invested resources to build the canopy...


    The territory laid by the Lord of the Ghost Kingdom should have their share.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts believes that he has worked hard and has made great contributions, and has made the most prominent contribution to the great cause of invading Yangshi.


    Everything he currently owns has been earned by him, and he deserves it.


    As soon as the ghost mother and mother-in-law came to Yangshi, it was too much to say thank you for his contribution, but to compete with him for territory.


    Most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld are extremely possessive and very narrow-minded.


    Although the King of Ten Thousand Ghosts is in a better situation, he still has some problems in this regard.


    The behavior of the ghost mother and mother-in-law was too deceiving in his eyes.


    The ghost mother-in-law and the others ignored the objection of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, and directly pulled the army of ghosts and gods under their command to the territory of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    In fact, at this time in the Eastern Land, apart from the territory of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the territory controlled by the Luna and the others, there seems to be no other place that can accommodate such a powerful army of ghosts and gods.


    Yin Jiu and the others, these foreign ghosts, took refuge in the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts early and became his subordinates.


    Yin Jiu became the confidant of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts because of his flexible mind and ability to do things.


    When the ghost mother and mother-in-law were accusing the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, they did not forget to attack Yin Jiu and the others.


    When Yin Jiu went to the underworld back then, she was the messenger of the ghost clan outside the realm.


    He represented the foreign ghost clan and the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm to cooperate, and also said that the army of the foreign ghost clan was about to invade the Shenchang realm on a large scale and fight with the ghosts and gods of the underworld.


    Back then, the army of ghosts and gods in the underworld invaded the Yang world rashly, and it was also instigated by it.


    But now, the promised army of foreign ghosts has disappeared at all.


    Could it be that there are only Yin Jiu and the others in the so-called extraterritorial ghost army?


    Yin Jiu is simply deceiving everyone, and obviously has bad intentions.

 Chapter 2775

    The ghost bone boy accused Yin Jiu of the extraterritorial ghost clan, saying that they had evil intentions and deliberately depleted the power of the ghosts and gods in the Shenchang realm.


    He also said that if the foreign ghosts invaded the Shenchang world on a large scale, they would become the enemies of the local ghosts and gods...


    In fact, these accusations against Yin Jiu are all grounds, and the real target is still the Lord of Wangui.


    Of course, the Lord Wangui knows this, and he has to protect Yin Jiu for the sake of his own face.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not forget an inch, and quarreled with the ghost mother and mother-in-law.


    For a while, due to the disputes between several top ghosts and gods, the army of ghosts and gods was temporarily unable to continue to attack the line of defense constructed by Luna and the others.


    Yin Jiu has sneaked into the camp of ghosts and gods in Shenchang Realm for so many years, and has long had a clear understanding of it.


    Don''t look at the ten thousand ghost kings and the others, as if they are ready to strike at any time, but this is just a gesture.


    These ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm are far more discerning, ambitious, and understand the overall situation than the native gods in the Yang world.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others are now arguing endlessly, but the interests of all parties have not yet been negotiated.


    Yang Shi still has such a vast land waiting for them to conquer, they will not fight infighting at this time.


    At the very least, they won''t start a civil war until they completely conquer Yangshi.


    The ghosts and gods of Shenchang Realm are not people who don''t hear things out of the window. They have long known that Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race allied forces have invaded Shenchang Realm.


    On the Donglu side, they have already fought against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces.


    In particular, Gu Yue Ling Qing, the true immortal who blocked the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, was able to gain the upper hand in the head-to-head battle.


    The ghosts and gods of Shenchang Realm know what kind of enemies they have to face.


    Since the invasion of Yang Shi, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, it has been smooth sailing.


    After being blocked by Gu Yue Ling Qing and the others, they knew that they would not be able to conquer the East Continent by relying on their own strength.


    He needs the help of ghosts and gods such as ghost mothers and mothers.


    Ghosts and gods such as ghost mothers and mothers also need to join forces with the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    According to Yin Jiu''s guess, when the Wangui King and the others negotiate the profit distribution plan and reach a compromise, they will join forces to attack the territory occupied by Luna and the others.


    It won''t be too long before this day.


    After receiving the information reported by Yin Jiu, Tai Miao began to do more war preparations.


    If there are no other accidents, the main force of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance will all rush to the East Land.


    Taiyijie is also recruiting more monks to form a new army, ready to go to the eastern land of Shenchangjie at any time.


    The last time Meng Zhang was in the Lianyue Mountains, he faced the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm and witnessed its fall with his own eyes.


    Among them, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor played the most important role, and Meng Zhang and the others also contributed a lot.


    During this process, Meng Zhang had a lot of insights.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao shared these insights and benefited a lot from them.


    These insights are of special significance to Taimiao.


    According to the development route planned by Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, Tai Miao will gradually upgrade from the lord of the underworld in the Taiyi realm to the master of the entire Taiyi realm, which can be called the master of the world.


    In the end, he will become a being similar to the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Taiyi Realm, replacing Meng Zhang to rule the entire Taiyi Realm.


    Whether it is a true immortal or a true god, in addition to accumulating strength step by step and improving cultivation, it also requires various insights to enhance their understanding of their own path.


    After coming to Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang participated in several battles and was injured several times.


    After each wound is healed, his cultivation will be improved, and his combat power will be greatly increased.


    Wonderful is a similar situation.


    Especially from the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, Taimiao gained more benefits.


    It is so wonderful now that it is improving the control of the power of the heaven and earth in the Taiyi world.


    Shortly after Taimiao returned to its heyday, Meng Zhang also recovered quickly and made progress in all aspects.


    Seeing that the situation on the west side was getting more and more serious, Meng Zhang was going to put the Dao thief aside first, concentrate all his strength, and defeat the army of ghosts and gods first.


    After all, it has been so long, and there has been no emptiness and free whereabouts.


    Maybe, they have already escaped from Shenchang Realm.


    When they escaped, they were in a very bad state.


    It is very obvious that the Shenchang Realm is now the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    The two Dao thieves, the Demon God of Famine, and the others could at most cause some trouble for Meng Zhang and the others, and it would be difficult to completely reverse the situation.


    If they were a little more interesting, they should know that it is the best policy.


    Anyway, the void is so big, and some big worlds have become their new targets, and they don''t have to stay in the Shenchang world to die.


    Otherwise, the Famine Demon God is their example.


    The whereabouts of the Dao thieves have never been found. No matter how much he fears them, Meng Zhang must first take into account the overall situation of the Shenchang Realm.


    After Meng Zhang made up his mind, he took the initiative to contact the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    If the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor can make a move, then it will be more certain to defeat the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    What Meng Zhang didn''t expect was that after he contacted the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he hadn''t opened his mouth to talk about his arrangements, so the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took the initiative to ask him for help.


    It turned out that after the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and a group of high-level Dragon Clan officials went through the Dragon Clan classics, they found a way to directly reach the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.


    They will build a special magic circle where the space rules of Shenchang Realm are weak, break the space barrier of Shenchang Realm, and directly reach the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.


    This action is of great importance, and it is related to the cultivation of the dragon emperor of the next generation of the dragon clan. Even the arrogant and arrogant senior dragon clan dare not be careless.


    They calculated carefully and prepared carefully.


    Not long ago, everything was ready.


    In order to be prudent and avoid unexpected situations, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was about to pull his face down and ask Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to contact him at this time, and he just took the opportunity to express his request.


    In the cooperation with the Dragon Clan, both Meng Zhang and Taiyijie have benefited a lot.


    Especially in the last battle to annihilate the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was the most important.


    Meng Zhang has always respected the ally of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Now the other party rarely pulls his face down for help, and he really can''t refuse.


    After thinking about it over and over again, Meng Zhang felt that the situation on the Donglu side could still be maintained.


    Even if ghosts and gods such as ghost mother and mother-in-law join the army of ghosts and gods and attack in a big way, Tai Miao can provide reinforcements in time to keep their foothold in the Eastern Continent.


    Thinking about it in Meng Zhang, although it is difficult to enter the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm, it is not necessarily dangerous.


    As long as they reach the source sea and let the virtual immortals of the dragon clan absorb enough of the source of the world, they will soon be able to gain a brand new true immortal-level combat power.


    You must know that with the talent of the dragon race, the combat power often exceeds the powerhouses of other races and systems of the same level.


    After thinking about it clearly, Meng Zhang agreed to the request of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, ready to help them open the passage to the source sea and escort the dragon powerhouse to the source sea.

 Chapter 2776

    Coincidentally, the place where the senior officials of the Dragon Clan chose to construct the magic circle was the cathode Jedi that Meng Zhang had visited.


    When Meng Zhang chased and killed the Lava Vulcan to arrive here, the Lava Vulcan used the special connection between this place and the underworld to summon familiar ghosts and gods from the underworld to try to surround Meng Zhang.


    Unexpectedly, Meng Zhang was able to summon the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm and easily kill them.


    At the beginning, after the consciousness of the heavens and the Tao of Shenchang Realm drove away the ghosts and gods from the underworld, this place was sealed.


    With the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, the power of the seal disappeared, and this place was exposed.


    After a careful search and repeated selection, the senior Dragon Clan chose this place.


    The distance between here and the underworld is very thin, and a certain connection is maintained between the two.


    The rules of the underworld have a great influence here, and the breath of the underworld is constantly infiltrating here.


    Even if it was washed away by the thunder of the gods, which was brought in by the consciousness of the heavens in the Shenchang realm a few years ago, it didn''t take long for the place to be filled with the yin that infiltrated from the underworld.


    There must be more than this place in Shenchang Realm.


    If the monks of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan completely occupied the Shenchang Realm, they would be the ones to maintain the Shenchang Realm in the future. They should deal with these places from time to time to ensure that the Yin-Yang gap in the Shenchang Realm continued to function.


    The strong dragons look here because the space barrier here is weak, and it has a deep connection with the underworld and the sun...


    When Meng Zhang arrived at the Yedi Jedi, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor had already led a group of dragon powerhouses to arrive here early.


    The Cathodic Jedi has been transformed beyond recognition, and there are traces of re-engineering everywhere.


    The cathode Jedi were all dug up, and various array patterns were painted everywhere.


    A huge circle, covering almost the entire cathode Jedi.


    The circle has been completely constructed, and has been checked and rechecked, ready to be activated at any time.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming here, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor led several dragon kings to greet him enthusiastically.


    After some chat, the two sides entered the topic.


    This method of reaching the source sea, this magic circle, all came from the ancient books treasured by the dragon clan.


    However, this dragon clan is very immature, and has not had the experience of completely occupying a big world before, nor has it used this kind of magic circle, nor has the experience of entering the source sea.


    Of course, there can be no problem with the ancient books of the dragon race.


    It''s just that after Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor exchanged a few words, the two sides went straight to the topic.


    Meng Zhang and Swallowing Dragon Emperor are old acquaintances. As soon as the other party spoke, he knew the other party''s biggest concern.


    Meng Zhang comforted the other party a few words, saying that he would do his best to help and ensure that the dragon kings arrived at the source sea safely.


    The promise given by Meng Zhang is still a bit weighty.


    Since Meng Zhang agreed to help, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not continue to delay time, but ordered to activate the magic circle immediately.


    A group of strong dragons surrounded the magic circle and began to chant incantations and input mana into the magic circle.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang stood in the center of the formation, and behind them were King Jinlong and King Sulong.


    King Jinlong and King Sulong are both veteran dragon kings of this dragon clan.


    Many years before the destruction of Junchen Realm, they already possessed the strength of the immortal level.


    Their cultivation at the Dragon King stage has already been completed, and they are only one step away from stepping into the realm of the Dragon King.


    However, due to the lack of sufficient sources of heaven and earth, it has never been able to take this step.


    Before the destruction of Junchen Realm, Yuanhai was occupied by several true immortals, and the origin of heaven and earth was their ban.


    Even their disciples and grandchildren are not qualified to absorb them, let alone these dragons.


    Now that he came to Shenchang Realm and had the opportunity to enter the source sea, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor chose these two dragon kings directly.


    King Jinlong has served as the acting patriarch of this dragon clan all the year round, and has been dealing with various daily affairs.


    He did not delay cultivation because of handling various common affairs, and his cultivation was always at the top of this dragon clan.


    King Sulong is the great elder of this dragon clan, regardless of his qualifications and cultivation, he is still above the King of Jinlong.


    The two of them got this opportunity, which is what everyone expected.


    After the magic circle was activated, the surrounding space began to vibrate violently.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor carefully sensed for a moment and found the weakest part of the space.


    He patted the front with a single palm, and a long space crack appeared in front of him.


    It is not an easy task to reach the deepest source sea in the world from Yang Shi.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Sovereign seems to be lightly written, but it actually consumes a lot of power, and he is not easy.


    Behind him, King Jinlong and King Sulong shot together to let the new space channel go directly to the source sea.


    Seeing that this space channel is very unstable, as if it will collapse at any time, Meng Zhang, who is proficient in space rules, uses one hand to stabilize the space channel temporarily.


    After the Sea Swallowing Dragon King greeted him, he flew into the space passage with King Sulong and King Jinlong.


    Meng Zhang stepped into the space passage behind them.


    Not long after their figures disappeared in place, the space crack quickly disappeared.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon King and the two Dragon Kings, as well as Meng Zhang, are not shallow in the space avenue, and they all have very rich experience in shuttle space.


    Especially for Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang, as long as they didn''t enter the anti-space, it would be difficult for ordinary space shuttles to threaten their lives.


    They penetrated the layers of space, passed through the space storms, and escaped from the space turbulence...


    In their eyes, the surrounding scene is changing rapidly.


    They left the yang world, and various scenes of the underworld passed quickly in their eyes...


    After a lot of tossing, they spent a lot of effort and solved a lot of trouble.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor both felt a bit struggling. Even though the Sea Swallowing Dragon King looked after them, the Su Long King and the Jinlong King were still embarrassed.


    Finally, they entered a colorful, twisting passage.


    When they flew out of this passage, they immediately felt that everything around them became so thick that they almost felt suffocated.


    Seeing the source of heaven and earth that was so thick and almost condensed into a liquid, everyone knew that they had successfully reached the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2777

    King Jinlong and King Sulong came to the long-awaited Yuanhai, not busy practicing, but first carefully observe the surroundings.


    Meng Zhang knew that for the Dragon Clan to break through from the Dragon King to the Dragon King, a large amount of the origin of the universe was needed.


    As for how to use these sources of heaven and earth to make breakthroughs, that is the secret of the dragon clan, and Meng Zhang, an outsider, naturally does not know.


    In fact, the process of the dragon powerhouse breaking through from the Dragon King to the Dragon King is to use the secret method to stimulate the origin of the world, and conduct a thorough washing and tempering of his true dragon body and dragon soul.


    In this process, it is very dangerous, and there are many difficulties.


    However, the consumption of the source of heaven and earth is not as big as imagined.


    Many times, the origin of heaven and earth is just an introduction.


    Meng Zhang and the others are still in the outer layer of the Yuanhai.


    The source sea of ??Shenchang Realm is far wider than that of Junchen Realm, and the source of heaven and earth in it is thicker and purer.


    The cultivation of the two dragon kings this time is very important to them and this dragon clan.


    Not only they attach great importance to it, but the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor also pays great attention.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor will help them choose the most suitable place for them to make a breakthrough.


    After successfully arriving at the source sea, Meng Zhang''s mission was completed.


    There should be no danger in the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm, and it should be enough to have the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign Protector.


    After the fall of the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, it also had a great impact on Yuanhai.


    There were waves in the source sea, and there were traces of the storm everywhere.


    Meng Zhang was also carefully observing Yuanhai.


    After completely conquering the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhanghui will extract enough of the origin of the world from the source sea to expand the Taiyi Realm.


    In the void, it is not easy to give birth to a big world.


    It is even more difficult for the Great World to grow to the level of Shenchang Realm.


    As a Taoist cultivator, Meng Zhang will try his best to follow Taoist laws in his daily life.


    Generally speaking, he will not inexplicably damage or even destroy a big world.


    If the Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm is not an enemy, he will not kill it at will.


    The Shenchang Realm is very valuable, and Meng Zhang will not cause too serious damage to it.


    What''s more, the Shenchang Realm was the chosen habitat for this dragon clan, and Meng Zhang couldn''t even fish out of the water.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang seriously felt the origin of heaven and earth in the source sea, and at the same time thought about how to meet the needs of Taiyi Realm while causing as little damage to Shenchang Realm as possible.


    When Meng Zhang was sensing the situation in Yuanhai, he suddenly sensed a change from afar.


    In the depths of the source sea, which is very far away from them, separated by several levels, there are waves of special fluctuations, as if there is a huge force vibrating violently and fighting fiercely.


    How could there be such a movement in the Sea of ????Origin where no one was supposed to be active?


    After being reminded by Meng Zhang, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor also discovered this situation.


    The source sea is related to the foundation of a big world, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, who has long regarded Shenchang Realm as something in his pocket, is obviously more concerned about this.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon King put down their original movements and rushed towards the place where the movement came with the two Dragon Kings.


    Moving in the source sea is not easy.


    Yuanhai has a strong ability to devour and transform, and can easily transform and absorb foreign objects.


    And there are various dangers in many places in the source sea.


    Such as a sudden storm, even the Void Returning Great Master can be easily blown away.


    ...


    When Meng Zhang was in the Junchen Realm, he had the experience of entering the source sea to hunt down the enemy.


    At that time, he was still the power of returning to the void, and he encountered a lot of dangers in the source sea.


    Compared with the source sea of ??Junchen realm, the source sea of ??Shenchang realm is much stronger in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang and the others could feel a powerful force almost all the time, constantly eroding them, trying to refine and absorb them.


    Meng Zhang is not what it used to be.


    As a true immortal, in the general big world, it is rare to encounter natural dangers that make oneself fall.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon King had to take care of the two Dragon Kings, his movements were not affected much.


    After they crossed a very long distance in the source sea, they finally came to the place where the abnormal movement came.


    The long-lost Dao thief Kong Yu and Kong Xing are fighting endlessly with a giant.


    When Dao Thief Kongyu escaped from the Lianyue Mountains last time, not only did he lose his physical body, but even his soul was severely injured.


    Dao Pirate''s emptiness is much better than spare, but he is also seriously injured.


    But now, although they have not fully recovered, and the Dao thief has not obtained a new body, their situation has improved a lot, and a large part of their combat power has been restored.


    The giant who was fighting with them seemed to be made of some kind of special liquid.


    If you observe further, you will find that the special liquid that constitutes the giant''s body is clearly the origin of the heaven and earth that is extremely rich.


    Yuanhai, as the name suggests, is the place where the origin of the world gathers.


    The source of the gathered world is too rich, like a liquid, forming a vast ocean.


    That giant''s body should be the purest and most dense source of heaven and earth in the source sea.


    Meng Zhang also sensed a very familiar aura from the giant.


    Dao thief vacancy and emptiness are the enemies Meng Zhang is most wary of.


    After so long without finding any trace of them, Meng Zhang thought they had escaped from Shenchang Realm.


    Unexpectedly, not only did they not escape from Shenchang Realm, but they also did not know how to come to the depths of Yuanhai and fight with this nameless giant.


    All around, there are traces of their battles everywhere.


    It looked like they were fighting really hard.


    When Meng Zhang and the others arrived here, they naturally alerted both sides of the battle.


    But the battle between them has reached a critical moment, and no one can tell the spirit to pay attention to Meng Zhang and the others.


    Neither Meng Zhang nor the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor were in a hurry.


    What Meng Zhang thought about was how to completely solve this problem without leaving any future troubles.


    Although it is said that the enemy of the enemy is a friend, this strange giant made Meng Zhang feel a vague sense of unease.


    He won''t rush to do it until he finds out the details of this giant.


    If this giant really threatened him, he would not be merciful just because he was the enemy of the Dao thief.


    The two Dao thieves were entangled with the power of this giant and could not be separated at all.


    Dao thieves were originally the public enemies of Daoist cultivators, not to mention the fact that thief Kong Xing and Meng Zhang still had old accounts that had not been settled.


    Dao thief Kong Xing found out that Meng Zhang had arrived, and then he tightened and then relaxed.


    It is true that Dao thieves are the public enemies of Daomen, but among Daomen cultivators, there are also many who secretly collude with Dao thieves.


    "The First Minister of the Ming Dynasty"


    Dao thieves can continue to this day, a big reason is that they have been protected by some immortals inside Daomen.


    Almost every time the Daomen organizes a large-scale encirclement and suppression of Daoist thieves, there will always be immortals inside the Daomen to inform and even directly drag their feet.


    Taoist emptiness and emptiness have the experience of tempting Taoist cultivators and dragging them into the water.

 Chapter 2778

    Dao thieves, as the enemies inside the Daomen, often know more about cultivators than the powerful ones, and know how to find the weaknesses of cultivators.


    Cultivators put their interests first. As long as they have enough interests, Dao Thief Kong Xing believes that they will turn enemies into friends with Meng Zhang.


    The Meng Zhang in the emptiness of Taoism is not the kind of old Taoist antique.


    As the head of a faction, Meng Zhang led the rise of Taiyi Realm, but he did not compromise with the enemy.


    He is flexible in his approach, and like other cultivators, his bottom line should be very low.


    For the benefit of himself and the sect, he must let go of some past grievances.


    What''s more, he has special reasons to persuade Meng Zhang.


    Dao thief Kong Xing and Yu Yu joined forces to face this strange giant, and they were fighting inextricably, and no one could escape from the battle.


    Dao Thief Kong managed to focus some of his attention on Meng Zhang and the others, and used it to communicate with Meng Zhang.


    "Sect Master Meng, I haven''t seen you for a long time, but your style is still the same."


    Dao Pi Kong Xing greeted Meng Zhang in a frivolous tone, his attitude and the other two were already dying in his eyes, and there was no need to communicate with the dead.


    Dao Pikong Xing didn''t care about Meng Zhang''s attitude, and continued to say hello to the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Judging from his relaxed appearance, it seems that he is not under pressure from his opponent at all, and he seems to be able to handle this battle with ease.


    Dragons and Dao thieves have no grudges.


    At least the dragon clan where the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor belongs has no grievances or enmity with Dao thieves.


    However, now he is an ally of Meng Zhang.


    An ally''s enemy is his enemy, and if an ally is involved in a fight, he cannot stay out of it.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor remained silent, waiting for Meng Zhang''s decision.


    "Sect Master Meng, you and I really have no reason to be hostile."


    "Meng Zhang doesn''t seem to have a very strong division. Do you know how a true immortal can break through to a heavenly immortal?"


    "Do you need a clever inheritance?"


    "All of this, I can offer you."


    ...


    Meng Zhang, who inherited the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, was not at all moved by the temptation of Taoist emptiness.


    Dao thief emptiness took these out, and it was just to test Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t react, and he didn''t care.


    He really persuaded Meng Zhang''s trump card, yet to come.


    "Sect Master Meng, do you know the origin of this giant in front of us?"


    The question of the emptiness of Taoism is exactly what Meng Zhang is concerned about.


    After coming to Shenchang Realm for so long, Meng Zhang thought that he had already understood the situation in Shenchang Realm.


    Whether it is a native of Shenchang Realm or a foreign powerhouse, he already understands it very well.


    But now, in the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm, a strange giant appeared, and he was indeed a little surprised.


    Although Dao Thief Avalanche and Kong Xing were not as strong as they were in their heydays, this giant was outnumbered and could entangle them, which showed his extraordinary strength.


    Such a strong man cannot possibly emerge from the stone, and must have its origin.


    "Sect Master Meng, do you think everything is all right when you killed the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm last time?"


    "Do you know that a hundred-footed worm is dead but not stiff."


    "The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the Shenchang Realm is so huge and so ancient, how could it be completely killed by you so easily."


    Dao thief Kong''s words successfully attracted the attention of Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor who swallowed the sea.


    The last time he was in the Lianyue Mountains, Meng Zhang had a feeling that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm had fallen too easily.


    Afterwards, he had doubts in his mind.


    However, judging from the series of changes in Shenchang Realm since then, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm has indeed fallen.


    It is impossible for Dao Thief Kong Xing to mention this matter inexplicably, and he will not think that Meng Zhang can be fooled by empty words alone.


    Why did he suddenly mention this matter, could it be...


    Meng Zhang set his eyes on the giant.


    This giant is about ten feet tall, like a moving hill.


    Not only is he composed of the purest source of heaven and earth, but he can also easily drive the source of heaven and earth around him to use it for him.


    Under his control, the power of heaven and earth in this area turned into a powerful weapon against the two Dao thieves.


    Thinking of the familiar aura he sensed from his body, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but change his face.


    He had been watching Meng Zhang''s emptiness, saw his reaction, and spoke directly.


    "That''s right, this giant is the backhand left by the consciousness of the gods of the gods."


    "Many years ago, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm split part of the core consciousness of the main body and hid it in the deepest part of the source sea."


    "After so many years of nourishment from Yuanhai, this part of consciousness has grown to what you see in front of you."


    Dao thief empty words confirmed Meng Zhang''s guess.


    In this case, there is no need for him to lie.


    Meng Zhang''s own judgment also proved that what Taoist emptiness said was true.


    In the world of self-cultivation, there are many strong people who will leave behind some backhands to ensure that they can be reborn after their fall.


    Meng Zhang had seen a lot of similar situations.


    What impressed him most was the deeds of Jun Chen Xianzun who created the Jun Chen world.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is not a self-cultivator, nor does he master all kinds of supernatural powers and secrets in the realm of self-cultivation.


    However, it has existed for tens of thousands of years and has experienced a lot, witnessing the change of Shenchang Realm from the beast civilization to the Shinto civilization.


    To say that he has no trump cards at all would be unreasonable.


    It is not impossible for him to develop a similar secret technique.


    Splitting off a part of consciousness and separating it from the body consciousness is similar to the way a cultivator refines Meng Zhang, but he did not forget what twists and turns he experienced when he killed the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, and how difficult it was.


    In addition to relying on the Dragon Clan''s secret technique and making preparations in advance, he also took advantage of the special arrangement of Jun Chen Xianzun staying in Shenchang Realm.


    The arrangement left by Immortal Jun Chen has been destroyed, and the special instruments that have been refined to attack the acupoints of Shenchang Realm are almost exhausted.


    Now, if they face the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm again, Meng Zhang and the others may have no choice but to escape.


    The strength and means they possessed by Meng Zhang were no longer enough to fight against the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and the others don''t need to face the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world in its heyday.


    According to the description of the emptiness of the thief, Meng Zhang''s observation, the giant in front of him, that is, a small part of the consciousness split from the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm, does not seem to be invincible.


    They seem to have been fighting for a long time.


    This giant has not won two Dao thieves so far, which shows that its ability has a limit.

 Chapter 2779

    Since this giant is the backhand left by the consciousness of the gods and the realm of the gods, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to let him go, and it is even more impossible to turn enemies into friends with him.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not be in a hurry.


    Now that the two Dao thieves and the giant are at a standstill, it is time to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight.


    It would be better if both sides would suffer and let Meng Zhang take advantage of the fisherman.


    Meng Zhang ignored the thief emptiness, but silently watched their battle.


    Without being able to persuade Meng Zhang to help, Dao Pi Kong Xing was not disappointed.


    He also never expected Meng Zhang to be of much help.


    As long as Meng Zhang doesn''t stand on the enemy''s side and shoot at him, the situation is not bad.


    Dao thief Kong Xing said these words, the main purpose is to temporarily stabilize Meng Zhang and buy more time for himself.


    Meng Zhang originally regarded the two Dao thieves as his biggest enemies, but now that he knew the details of the giant, he was a little hesitant in his heart.


    The giant watched the exchange between Dao Thief Kong Xing and Meng Zhang, but said nothing.


    I don''t know if this giant is lacking in intelligence or because of his personality.


    He just stepped up his attack and firmly entangled the two Dao thieves.


    Meng Zhang can''t fully expect both sides to suffer.


    The two sides are not fools, and it is impossible to fight to the point of losing both sides under the circumstance of a strong enemy looking around, so that bystanders can take a big advantage in vain.


    Meng Zhang began to think about how to deal with these two enemies if he started.


    That giant looks very powerful, but its strength is far less than the heyday of the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world.


    According to Taoist emptiness, it is only a part of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness split, and it is regarded as a late move, and naturally it will not possess the full power of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness.


    Even so, it was still enough to suppress the two Dao thieves.


    This can only show how powerful the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm used to be, and it is only a part of the consciousness that has been split, and it has such a powerful force.


    Meng Zhang carefully recalled the scene when the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor didn''t think that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm had split into a part of consciousness.


    Second, they are not proficient in the supernatural powers of causality and destiny.


    If they were proficient in such magical powers, they could have eliminated them all based on the causal relationship between the main body of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao consciousness and the part that split out.


    For an enemy whose realm is not as good as his own, Meng Zhang can easily destroy his resurrection backhand by virtue of the crushing of his cultivation realm.


    It''s a pity that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is not lower than Meng Zhang and the others in terms of realm.


    While observing the battle situation, Meng Zhang thought about what kind of means to use to completely kill the enemy in front of him.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang did not act immediately, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not move for the time being.


    There was such an accident in the source sea, and the two dragon kings could not cultivate immediately, and could only wait silently.


    After Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor discussed, they made a decision. The two sides in the battle will show their flaws first, and they will attack whoever first, and strive to eliminate one side first.


    Meng Zhang wouldn''t be led by the emptiness of Taoism.


    The giant and the two Dao thieves should have been fighting for a long time, and both sides showed a bit of fatigue.


    On the surface, the giant did not mean to win over Meng Zhang and the others, but secretly sent a message to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a while before accepting the content of this thought.


    The content here is very complicated, mainly about the origin of the giant and the grievances between the two Dao thieves.


    Dao thief Kong Xing did not lie, this giant was indeed split from the consciousness of Tiandao in Shenchang Realm, but he did not tell all the details.


    It turned out that thousands of years ago, Dao thieves secretly infiltrated the Shenchang Realm in their spare time.


    The Dao thief used some kind of secret technique in his spare time, polluting the consciousness of the heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, trying to turn it into a puppet.


    The consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is far sharper than Dao thief''s idle imagination, and he is aware of the other party''s conspiracy and calculations.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm caught the Dao thief in time and suppressed it after a big battle.


    However, the pollution that the Dao thief had previously imposed had penetrated into the core part of the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm, and it could not be driven out by its power alone.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of Shenchang Realm thought of a way and took the initiative to breed a seed of consciousness.


    This newly born seed has not been polluted in any way, and it is not completely connected with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm.


    This seed grows slowly in the source sea.


    If the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm cannot expel the pollution, after the seed grows, it will completely replace it.


    After arranging this move, Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness worked hard to expel the pollution, while trying to obtain a way to expel the pollution from the free space of the Dao thief in the suppression.


    Due to the influence of pollution, the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm cannot maintain the state of selflessness and justice of the Tao of Heaven, and has some strange distracting thoughts.


    This seed slowly grew up in the source sea, possessed its own independent consciousness, and grew into the giant in front of Meng Zhang and the others, which was not the same as the original consciousness of the heavenly realm in the Shenchang world.


    For this giant, the original consciousness of the gods and heavens of the gods has been completely polluted, and it has become a scourge of the gods.


    Meng Zhang wiped out the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm, and this giant was freed and had a brighter future.


    Therefore, this giant will not hold a grudge against Meng Zhang because of the fact that Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of heaven was killed.


    On the contrary, he is still somewhat grateful to Meng Zhang.


    He hoped that Meng Zhang would not be blinded by the previous grievances and wonder who is the real enemy.


    The two Dao thieves have done a great deal of misfortune, and they have been plotting for a long time in the realm of gods and prosperity, and they have no peace of mind for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang thought about the contents of this consciousness carefully, and seemed to sense the sincerity of the giant.


    Out of instinctive alert, Meng Zhang was still dubious, not fully convinced.


    Perhaps, this giant did not lie, what he said was true, he had no hostility towards Meng Zhang, and he had no intention of taking revenge.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang would not reduce his defenses because of this.


    Whether it was the two Dao thieves or the giant, they were trying to convince Meng Zhang not to attack them.


    Meng Zhang determined some things from the information they took the initiative to disclose.


    No matter how sweet they said, Meng Zhang firmly remembered one thing, both of them were his own enemies.


    Meng Zhang would not be fooled by their words.


    Especially the giant, no matter what he said was true or not, Meng Zhang would kill him to the death, and he would never show mercy.


    In addition to preventing the other party''s revenge, Meng Zhang absolutely does not allow a new consciousness of the Tao of Heaven to appear in Shenchang Realm.


    Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang have similar ideas.


    The Dragon Clan regards the Shenchang Realm as a new habitat, and will not accept that there is still a high consciousness of heaven above their heads.

 Chapter 2780

    Seeing that Meng Zhang had not made any new moves, the giant and the Taoist thief might have thought that he had persuaded Meng Zhang.


    Of course, even if Meng Zhang did not intervene in the battle for the time being, they would not relax their vigilance against Meng Zhang.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon King was unwilling to delay the cultivation of the two Dragon Kings, and wanted to solve the troubles here as soon as possible, so that the two Dragon Kings could use the origin of the source sea to become the Dragon King as soon as possible.


    The two Dao thieves and the giant were fighting endlessly in the Yuanhai, which was more or less a kind of harm to Yuanhai.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has long regarded Shenchang Realm as his own territory, and he definitely does not want the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm to be damaged.


    Although Meng Zhang entered the sea of ??origin, the connection between him and Taimiao was not interrupted.


    The situation in Donglu is getting more and more tense.


    The Lord Wangui and the mother-in-law of ghosts may reach a compromise at any time.


    After they reach a compromise, they will definitely join hands to sweep the remaining areas of the Eastern Continent, completely defeat Luna and the others, and completely occupy the entire Eastern Continent.


    "I Have a Scroll of Ghosts and Gods"


    If the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others join forces to attack, even if it is too wonderful to reinforce in time, they can at most stabilize their positions.


    If you want to completely defeat the army of ghosts and gods, you still need the help of Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    In addition, these armies of ghosts and gods have built numerous canopies in the East Land, and are doing their best to transform the East Road into the underworld.


    If the time delay is too long, Donglu will suffer irreparable damage, and even affect the entire Yangshi of Shenchang Realm.


    Now that the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has fallen, maintaining the order of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm and ensuring the balance of Yin and Yang has become the responsibility of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang.


    In a word, neither Meng Zhang nor the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor should stay in the source sea for too long.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor discussed in secret and settled on a rough battle plan.


    Next, Meng Zhang secretly sent a message to the giant.


    Meng Zhang told the other party that if the other party didn''t resent him because of the fall of the consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world, then the two of them could cooperate.


    As a Taoist immortal, it is Meng Zhang''s duty to eradicate the great enemy of Taoism.


    Dao thief Kong Xing once harmed the disciples of Taiyi Sect, and took over a bloody feud with Meng Zhang.


    The giant secretly communicated with Meng Zhang in this way.


    He repeatedly assured that the fallen consciousness of the heavenly realm of Shenchang Realm was not the same thing as him, and he did not have any hostility towards Meng Zhang.


    After the two sides cooperate to kill the Dao thief, they can share everything in Shenchang Realm together.


    Even if Meng Zhang wanted to become the ruler of Shenchang Realm, he would fully support him.


    The top priority now is to get rid of these two pesky Dao thieves.


    After Meng Zhang and the giant secretly communicated for a while, the two sides, each with their own ghosts, reached a cooperation agreement.


    The giant seemed to really believe Meng Zhang and was willing to act according to Meng Zhang''s plan.


    Soon, the giant started to act according to Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    A huge vortex appeared in the source sea, including both sides in the battle.


    The giant was located on the side of the whirlpool, using the huge attraction generated by the whirlpool to firmly attract the thief''s emptiness and emptiness.


    Dao thief vacancy and emptiness are located on the other side of the vortex, bearing the huge power in the vortex.


    They were completely entangled by the giant, unable to break free from this vortex.


    Dao Thief Kong instinctively felt that something was wrong.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor were staring at him. That giant should try his best to preserve his strength. There is no need to do so with all his strength.


    After Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor appeared, Dao Pirate Kong Xing soon realized that today''s battle would not be able to get his wish.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell, Dao Thief Void and Kong Xing fled the Lianyue Mountains in time.


    The two Dao thieves used the inheritance secret method to directly cross the space barrier and came to the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.


    While they wantonly absorb the origin of the world in the source sea, they strive to restore their cultivation.


    On the other side, prepare to cast spells to control Yuanhai, thereby affecting the entire Shenchang Realm.


    As long as they control the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm and restore their full strength, they can continue to deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Even, it is not impossible to exclude the power of Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan from Taiyi Realm.


    They thought that the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm had fallen, and there was no one to stop them.


    Not long after they entered the source sea, before they fully recovered their strength, they encountered the giant.


    This giant may indeed be a different individual from Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness, but it has accepted a large part of the memory of Shenchang Realm''s Heavenly Dao Consciousness.


    What the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm hated the most before was the thief empty space.


    This giant has been bred and grown in the source sea for many years, and has long regarded the source sea as his lair.


    In the face of foreign intruders, there is a deep hostility.


    Coupled with this emotional influence, when I found that the Dao thief was free, I immediately felt that the enemy met and was extremely jealous.


    So, a war broke out immediately.


    The giant wanted to guard his lair, avenge the snow, and get rid of the threat posed by the Dao thief.


    With the eyes of two Dao thieves, they quickly saw through the origin of this giant.


    This giant has the potential to grow into a new consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in the realm of Shenchang.


    Both thieves wanted to take it down.


    Whether it is to make a puppet into a puppet and help it become the new consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world, or to cultivate it like a pig, and then swallow it completely, it is a good choice.


    The two sides fought endlessly in the source sea, and the outcome was indistinguishable. When Meng Zhang and the others entered the source sea and found them, their battle continued.


    After the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm fell, the memory before its fall was passed on to this giant.


    The giant recognized at a glance Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the culprits who led to the fall of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm.


    This giant is obviously calmer and more rational than the Tiandao consciousness of Shenchang Realm.


    Although he hated Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor very much, he did not rush to turn against them, but instead actively befriended them and sought to cooperate with them.


    The giant and the two Dao thieves were fighting, neither of them would believe each other, and they couldn''t stop for the time being.


    If there is no external intervention, who knows how long their battle will continue.


    Although he temporarily gained the upper hand and seemed to be entangled with two Dao thieves, the giant had always had a faint sense of unease in his heart.


    This sense of unease stems from the fear and vigilance of Dao thieves, worrying that the other party will suddenly come up with a trump card to make a comeback.


    The giant could think of joining forces with Meng Zhang and the others to deal with the two Dao thieves first, which shows that he still has a certain scheming.


    At the very least, he will analyze the situation and weigh the pros and cons.


    Now, the giant has fulfilled Meng Zhang''s request, entangled the two Dao thieves firmly, and let them reveal their flaws.


    Next, it''s up to Meng Zhang, it''s time for him to show the sincerity of cooperation with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.

 Chapter 2781

    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not disappoint the giant, they seized the opportunity and shot in time.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flickered, and he appeared on top of Dao Zi Kong Xing''s head.


    With his hands waving, a series of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunders blasted towards the emptiness.


    Dao Pirates, who was restrained by the giant, had difficulty dodging, so he could only defend against Meng Zhang''s attack head-on.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder is a supernatural power of Meng Zhang''s trump card, and its power is terrifying.


    Dao thief Kong, who was in poor condition, took a few hits in a row, and then he started to get hurt, and there was a feeling of being unable to withstand it.


    At the same time as Meng Zhang started, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor appeared not far from Dao Thief Kong Yu.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor opened his mouth wide, and a domineering dragon breath was sprayed directly at the opponent.


    The Dao thief''s spare body was destroyed, and only his soul remained, and his strength was far inferior to that of the heyday.


    He was in the same situation as emptiness, being held back by the giant, unable to move freely.


    He tried his best to parry the sea-swallowing Dragon Emperor''s attack, and he didn''t dare to let the dragon''s breath contaminate his soul.


    After the giant saw Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor take action, he also stepped up his restraint on the two Dao thieves.


    Although they have different positions, they all have the same goal at this time, which is to completely kill the two Dao thieves.


    The two Dao thieves were far from recovering their full strength. After fighting with the giant for so long, the loss was even greater.


    Dao thief Kong Xing originally thought that Meng Zhang had been stabilized by himself.


    Meng Zhang and the others killed the Heavenly Dao consciousness of Shenchang Realm, so they should be especially wary of that giant.


    He never thought that the two sides would be able to let go of their previous grievances.


    I don''t know when they got together.


    Dao thief vacancy and emptiness were restrained by the giant, and many supernatural powers and secrets were difficult to perform, resulting in their inability to exert their abilities at all.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor took the shot very well and directly suppressed them.


    After a hard fight, Dao Thief Kong Yu couldn''t hold on at all.


    The dragon breath that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor spit out directly hit his soul.


    His soul burned in the strange flame, and the shrill screams spread all around.


    Soon, he will have no life.


    His soul was almost burned out, and his breath completely disappeared.


    Dao thief emptiness persisted longer than vacancy, but it did not change his destiny.


    Not long after Dao Thief Void fell, he followed in the footsteps of this senior.


    His body was shattered by the Yin-Yang Destruction Divine Thunder released by Meng Zhang, and then quickly absorbed by Yuanhai.


    His divine soul tried to use a secret technique to escape, but was slapped away by the giant''s palm, and then became the nourishment of Yuanhai.


    When Dao Pi Kong died, Meng Zhang and the giant attacked each other almost simultaneously.


    Meng Zhang never believed the other party, let alone let down his guard.


    His plan with the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was to destroy the two Dao thieves first, and then kill the giant, which was considered a complete eradication of the grass.


    The giant also did not have a good heart for Meng Zhang.


    He thought that he could paralyze Meng Zhang, use Meng Zhang to kill two Dao thieves, and then deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    The two sides attacked each other almost at the same time, and their attacks just collided.


    The wind, fire, yin and yang fan that Meng Zhang sacrificed, turned into a fire dragon, and collided with the giant''s palms several times.


    After Meng Zhang fought the giant, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor also immediately joined the battle.


    He showed the true body of the giant dragon, fell down beside the giant, and launched a fierce close combat with it.


    That giant is good at manipulating the power of the heavens and the earth around him, making it amazing.


    Its fleshly body condensed from the origin of heaven and earth is also extremely powerful, and it is almost immune to most spell attacks.


    Compared with the dragon real body of the Sea Swallowing Dragon King, except for the brute force, it is almost a complete victory in other aspects.


    Of course, this is also because the original dragon body of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was destroyed in the Demon Realm. Now this new body, which has been transformed with the dragon''s secret treasure, is far from his original body.


    This is the source sea, and it is the place where the origin of the heaven and earth in the Shenchang world is most concentrated.


    Playing here, the Giants have home field advantage.


    When the two Dao thieves faced this opponent, many supernatural powers and secrets could not be used at all.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor faced this enemy and felt constrained and suppressed almost everywhere.


    They joined hands and fought each other for a while, and fell completely to the disadvantage.


    King Jinlong and King Sulong were not qualified to participate in such a battle, and they had long avoided this place under the orders of the Sea Swallowing Dragon King.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor were both supernatural powers and used almost all means.


    In the end, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor dared to work hard.


    He didn''t hesitate to use his life to use the means of losing both sides to stimulate all the potential of the dragon''s real body.


    He slammed down on the giant, relying on the brute force of the dragon''s real body to forcibly entangle him.


    The bodies of the two sides were violently colliding and scrambling, their strength was rapidly being consumed, and the wounds on their bodies were increasing...


    Meng Zhang also began to work hard.


    He used the opportunity that the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor desperately seized to display the secret technique that stimulated his potential, and his immortal power skyrocketed.


    The Tai Chi Yin-Yang diagram above his head slammed into the top of the enemy''s head, trying to restrain him.


    One after another, Yin and Yang Extinction Divine Thunder slammed into each other as if they didn''t want money.


    The two qi of yin and yang have long since turned into a noose, firmly binding the enemy''s body.


    In the end, the giant was finally smashed to pieces by Meng Zhang and the others.


    Sensing the loss of the enemy''s vitality, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    He was so exhausted that it was almost difficult for him to keep a foothold in the source sea.


    His immortal body and immortal soul were severely injured, and his immortal power was almost exhausted.


    The situation is even worse for the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The brand new body he created with the Dragon Clan''s secret treasure collapsed again.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign is powerless to reshape his body, leaving only the Dragon Soul after the heavy damage.


    Fortunately, just after the battle was over, King Sulong and King Jinlong rushed over to help the Sea-Swallowing Dragon King heal, temporarily stabilizing his extremely poor dragon soul.


    The two Dragon Kings took the Sea-Swallowing Dragon King, Meng Zhang struggled to move, and together they found a safer place in the source sea.


    The origin of heaven and earth here is relatively calm, and there is no other danger. The ubiquitous erosive force in the source sea is also relatively weak here.


    After settling in the place, they began to work hard to restore themselves.


    There is no alchemy immortal master in Taiyi world, and naturally it is impossible to refine elixir.


    Meng Zhang took out a lot of medicinal pills.


    These high-level medicinal pills, which are very useful to the Void Returning Great Master, are better than nothing to him.


    After barely stabilizing his injuries, Meng Zhang began to use the surrounding world to heal his injuries.


    The enemy has been resolved, no outsiders have entered the source sea, and it is quiet enough here.


    The strong origin of heaven and earth is a rare medicine for Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2782

    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was severely injured this time, almost lost most of his life, and his foundation almost collapsed.


    He knew that not only would it be difficult for him to create a new body, but his cultivation would not be able to return to its heyday.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor did not say that the road was completely destroyed, but the situation was not much better.


    Unless there is a great miracle, his achievements in practice in this life will stop there.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was tenacious, and he didn''t feel sorry for himself because of it.


    With the help of the two dragon kings, after his spirit stabilized a little, he, like Meng Zhang, actively used the source of the world around him to start healing.


    The source of heaven and earth in a big world is a far higher-level and more cherished resource than Yuqing Lingji.


    This is the Sea of ????Origin, and the source of the surrounding heaven and earth is so dense that it condenses into essence.


    Even for many true immortals, being able to practice in the source sea is a very luxurious thing.


    With enough resources, the healing process of Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was relatively smooth.


    After the Sea Swallowing Dragon King temporarily stabilized his injuries, he let the two Dragon Kings practice in the source sea and seize the time to break through.


    He and Meng Zhang are not in good condition, but they can still protect the law for them.


    Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang have repeatedly confirmed that there are no other enemies in the source sea, and there is no other danger here.


    King Sulong and King Jinlong knew that the opportunity was rare, and they were not hypocritical.


    They began to adjust their state, ready to start breaking through.


    Even if this dragon clan becomes the master of Shenchang Realm in the future, it will be difficult for the dragon kings in the clan to arbitrarily absorb the origin of the world of Shenchang Realm.


    As for their own habitat, the high-level dragons will naturally not dry up and fish.


    King Jinlong and King Sulong have made great contributions to the Dragon Clan, and due to the special circumstances, they can directly enter the Sea of ????Origin to make breakthroughs.


    After the situation stabilizes, other dragon kings will not have such a good chance.


    They will line up in order to enter the source sea to practice in accordance with the rules set by the senior leaders of the dragon race, in order not to cause too much pressure on the source sea.


    This time, I solved the two biggest enemies in a row - the two Dao thieves and the part of Shenchang Realm''s Tiandao consciousness.


    Next, the only trouble is the army of ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    Although the army of ghosts and gods seems to be powerful, it has brought tremendous pressure to the Taiyi world and the dragon coalition in the East Land, but in the hearts of Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor who swallow the sea, as long as they can free up their hands, they will be able to defeat them sooner or later.


    The enemies that involved Meng Zhang''s energy, such as Dao thieves, calamity demon gods, etc., have all been eliminated.


    Meng Zhang can put more energy into dealing with the army of ghosts and gods.


    Swallowing the Sea Dragon Emperor and Meng Zhang have similar thoughts, thinking that the overall situation of Shenchang Realm has been decided.


    He has now begun to think about some arrangements after completely occupying the Shenchang Realm.


    Sooner or later, Meng Zhang will take the Taiyi Realm away from here, and the Shenchang Realm will be guarded by the Dragon Clan in the future.


    The void is vast and there are many worlds, but it is not easy to find a big world that is suitable for the habitat of the dragon race.


    For the brand-new habitat of Shenchang Realm, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor still attaches great importance to it.


    Although Meng Zhang''s injuries were very serious, he did not damage the foundation, and the immortal body and immortal soul were still largely intact.


    They entered the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm in person this time, only to discover that the origin of the heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm is far more powerful than imagined.


    Since Shenchang Jieyuanhai has such a good foundation, they can absorb and refine the sources of heaven and earth around them with peace of mind.


    With a sufficient supply of resources, Meng Zhang''s injury improved rapidly.


    It is estimated that it will not be long before he can fully recover.


    The process of King Jinlong and King Sulong breaking through the Dragon Emperor was also relatively smooth.


    They passed through several difficulties safely, and began to cast secret techniques, mobilizing the surrounding world to wash their bodies and souls, and shape a brand new dragon incarnation.


    The moment when their brand-new dragon real body is completely formed, is when they become the Dragon Emperor.


    Whether it is the two Dao thieves or the giant, they are rare opponents.


    Meng Zhang was seriously injured in the battle and benefited a lot.


    He took advantage of the opportunity of healing to carefully understand the gains and losses in the battle, and gained a lot of new insights.


    There may not be a major breakthrough in his cultivation in a short period of time, but his combat power can be improved a lot.


    What''s more, his cultivation has been steadily improving without interruption.


    Cultivation at the true immortal stage is originally a step-by-step improvement in cultivation, and there are few shortcuts.


    Meng Zhang''s stable healing career was interrupted not long after.


    It was too wonderful to hear the news that the latest situation in Donglu was very bad.


    There is an urgent need for reinforcements over there, especially reinforcements from a top-level combat force like Meng Zhang.


    Not long after Meng Zhang and the others entered the source sea, the top ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, all reached a consensus.


    The land of the Shenchang World and Yangshi is incomparably vast, and only a small part of it has fallen into the hands of the army of ghosts and gods.


    There is absolutely no need for them to fight and fight endlessly because of the current land.


    This will only drain their power in vain, and give Yang Shi''s enemies a chance to take advantage.


    They should unite and continue to expand to capture more land in Yangshi.


    ...


    Now that everyone has a consensus, it will be easy to handle.


    These ghosts and gods in the underworld, regardless of their level of cultivation, have coveted the land of the yang world, and the flesh and blood of living beings for many years.


    Now that Shenchang Realm has undergone great changes, they have the opportunity to enter the Yang World, and they must not miss it.


    Their previous battle was nothing but a battle of interests.


    In the face of the greater good, these battles can be put on hold for the time being.


    After some intense haggling, a compromise was finally reached.


    The Lord Wangui has a good overall view and has made a lot of concessions on his own initiative.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law also accepted it as soon as they saw it, and did not persecute too much.


    What they want is the attitude of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, and they don''t really want to push the other party into a corner.


    Except for a small number of core areas, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has completely opened up the land occupied in Yangshi, and all ghosts and gods are welcome to settle in.


    He also took the initiative to separate some territories and flesh and blood creatures as gifts to the three ghosts and gods with the same name as him, the ghost mother-in-law, the ghost bone son, and the Sanjue ghosts and gods.


    The army of ghosts and gods in the underworld, especially the direct army, soon came to the Yang world.


    The Lord of Wangui and the mother-in-law of the ghosts reached a cooperation agreement and decided to join forces to conquer the Yangshi.


    They worked out a rough loot distribution plan, and had arrangements and plans for joint operations.


    It didn''t take long for the four top-level ghosts and gods, including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, to join forces and form a large-scale coalition army.


    The four top-level ghosts and gods personally dispatched and led the army to kill the line of defense built by Luna and the others.


    Although Luna and the others had long been waiting for them, they had made various preparations in advance.


    However, in the face of such a powerful enemy, not long after the war, they soon showed a decline.

 Chapter 2783

    When the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the ghost mother-in-law were arguing, Luna and the others took the time to prepare for the battle and did almost everything they could.


    Most of the original indigenous gods above the realm of the rising sun god fell to the moon god and joined the preparations for the battle.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition are the main force, and the native gods are assisted by the side. Coupled with the fact that they are in a defensive state, it seems that the advantage is still very large.


    Among the cultivators and members of the Dragon Clan in the Taiyi Realm, many have practiced secret techniques and magic circles specially designed to deal with ghosts and gods.


    Yin Jiu has been under the command of the Wangui Kingdom for many years, and has been deeply trusted by him.


    The Ghost Bone Young Master and others used Yin Jiu as the pretext to attack the Lord of Wangui.


    After they reached a compromise, the matter was not brought up again.


    Yin Jiu found some excuses and explained it to the Lord Wangui.


    There is a long way to go in the void, and there are unpredictable crises at any time.


    The forces in the Dengtian Star District are complex, and there have been many wars before.


    The army of the extraterritorial ghost clan encountered some accidents on the road, so it was completely possible that they were delayed.


    After entering the Shenchang Realm, Yin Jiu and the others, these foreign ghosts, also inexplicably lost contact with the rear army.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is just out of a face problem, and it is impossible to blame Yin Jiu at this time.


    In fact, Young Master Ghost Bone and the others blamed Yin Jiu, but instead aroused his competitive spirit.


    Yin Jiu and the others are still trusted by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, and they have been passing on information to Tai Miao.


    With the detailed information from the inside of the army of ghosts and gods, and the monks of Taiyi Realm monitor the movements of the army of ghosts and gods at all times.


    Therefore, before the army of ghosts and gods launched an all-out attack, Luna and the others were well prepared and could respond in time.


    Even so, when the army of ghosts and gods launched an attack, the long-prepared defense line of Luna and the others was still under enormous pressure.


    The army of ghosts and gods is not only huge in number, but also has many strong ones.


    If nothing else, the number of ghosts and gods at the level of true gods far exceeds that of true gods and true immortals.


    Moreover, these ghosts and gods from the underworld have rich fighting experience, high fighting spirit, and their fighting power far exceeds that of the native gods of the same rank.


    The army formed by the native gods of the Yang World is not vulnerable in the face of the army of ghosts and gods, and it will not last long.


    Many Taiyi cultivators and dragons have practiced secret techniques and magic circles specially to deal with ghosts and gods.


    Not to mention, among the major races and various cultivation systems, the cultivators and the dragon race are among the best in combat power.


    The practitioners of the Taiyi Realm and the strong dragons have more fighting power than ghosts and gods.


    But the huge number gap between the two sides, especially the number of powerhouses at the true god level, is too great.


    The advantages possessed by the Taiyi Realm cultivators and the Dragon Clan powerhouses were quickly overshadowed by the enemy.


    The long-established defense line of Luna and the others soon began to shake, and the enemy would break through at any time.


    They have killed and wounded many ghosts and gods, but their own losses are also not light.


    After gaining the upper hand, the leaders of the army of ghosts and gods took action one after another, trying to break the enemy''s line of defense as soon as possible.


    Gu Yue Lingqing faced off against the old rival Wangui King, Moon God and Ghost Bone Young Master got into a fierce fight, and Fairy Yue''e barely blocked Sanjue Ghost God...


    Seeing the danger of the war over there, it was too wonderful to arrive in time.


    Tai Miao confronted the strongest ghost mother-in-law among the enemy ghosts and gods.


    Tai Miao originally thought that she could easily defeat the ghost mother and mother-in-law, and then had enough power to support the battle in other directions.


    But after the real fight with the ghost mother-in-law, he realized that this opponent is very difficult to deal with, and he is indeed the oldest ghost in the underworld.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law have a deep cultivation base, and all kinds of strange secret methods emerge in an endless stream.


    Tai Miao managed to gain the upper hand in the battle, but she didn''t have much energy to distract him.


    Not only does the ghost mother-in-law surpass all ghosts and gods in her own combat power, but the group of ghost girls under her are also extremely cruel.


    Among these ghost girls, there is no lack of true god-level powerhouses.


    They took the lead in the battle, killing the bastards of the native gods.


    After Gu Yue Ling Qing blocked the Wangui King, she still had some strength to help everyone stabilize their defenses.


    But this time, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts also took out the ability to press the bottom of the box, and entangled Gu Yue Ling Qing with all his strength, so that he could not distinguish too much strength.


    The Moon God was at a disadvantage in the battle with Young Master Ghost Bone, but he was able to support it.


    After Fairy Yue''e and Sanjue ghosts and gods fought for a long time, they gradually showed a downward trend and could no longer support them.


    Except for them, the group of indigenous true gods are basically no opponents in front of ghosts and gods of the same level, not to mention that the number of ghosts and gods at the level of true gods exceeds them.


    After a fierce battle, the lines of defense that Luna and the others had worked so hard to build were broken through everywhere.


    "The Guard is Here"


    It was too wonderful to find that the situation was not good, and ordered the army to retreat in time.


    Tai Miao worked hard, not only suppressed the ghost mother-in-law, but also actively covered the retreat of the army.


    The coalition army composed of monks from the Taiyi world and the dragon clan can still fight and retreat, lose without chaos, and their formations are generally intact.


    But the gang of native gods who came over to take refuge in, they were all over the place, all of them just escaping for their lives.


    The more they wanted to escape, the more they could not escape the pursuit of ghosts and gods.


    It was wonderful that they spent a lot of effort to get rid of their respective opponents, and covered the army to withdraw from the battle.


    After the war, the cultivators of Taiyi Realm and the alliance of the Dragon Clan quickly regained their strength and gained the strength to fight again.


    As for the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, they suffered heavy casualties, their morale plummeted, and they no longer had the will to fight.


    After the army of ghosts and gods broke through the defense line, after a short rest, they continued to march forward.


    Seeing that the enemy was strong, it was too wonderful that they had to lead the army to retreat step by step and resist.


    At the same time, Tai Miao also asked Meng Zhang for help.


    Meng Zhang has been in the source sea for a long time.


    Although he has not recovered to his best state, the situation is inexorable, and Meng Zhang can no longer ignore the war in the outside world.


    This time, he followed the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor into the Yuanhai, and Meng Zhang learned the secret techniques of the dragon race to open the Yuanhai channel.


    These so-called secret techniques are not the core inheritance of the dragon family, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor doesn''t care too much.


    Leaving the source sea is far easier than entering the source sea.


    The situation of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has stabilized. With him protecting the Dharma, King Jinlong and King Sulong''s cultivation is also relatively smooth, and there is no need for Meng Zhang for the time being.


    After Meng Zhang and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor explained the situation, they left the source sea directly.


    After leaving Yuanhai, Meng Zhang did not go directly to Donglu, but flew to the outer layer of Shenchang Realm, looking at Donglu from a very high place, observing the military appearance and movements of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Looking at the outer layer of Shenchang Realm, most of the East Land has become pitch black, and it seems to be covered by a layer of black barrier.


    Meng Zhang knew that the ghosts and gods in the underworld had built so many canopies that this kind of spectacle appeared.


    The canopy can not only effectively shield the heaven and earth rules of the yang world from repelling and harming ghosts and gods, but also slowly change the surrounding heaven and earth rules and make them move closer to the underworld.

 Chapter 2784

    If these sky curtains are allowed to exist without any treatment, over time, the area covered by them will slowly change to the underworld, or even fall directly into the underworld, becoming a brand new area of ??the underworld.


    Under the shroud of the sky, the ghosts and gods can exert their full strength in the Yang World and march forward unscrupulously.


    In those places that were first occupied, because they had been shrouded in the sky for a long time, the rules of heaven and earth had undergone tremendous changes, and all aspects were more and more like the underworld.


    In these places, the traces of Yang Shi are becoming more and more dazzling.


    The ghosts and gods from the underworld will get more bonuses, they will be blessed by the power of the sky, and they will have stronger self-healing ability...


    Now every time these ghosts and gods occupy a place, they are not in a hurry to expand, but first of all to build the sky tent, which is to consolidate their foundation.


    With the cover of the sky, they can move forward steadily.


    With the advance of the army of ghosts and gods, more and more sky screens appeared on the earth.


    Numerous sky curtains are connected into pieces, blessing each other, and the coverage is getting wider and wider.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that the speed of the ghosts and gods building the sky would be so fast.


    He found that he had overlooked a problem before.


    That is, the underworld of Shenchang Realm also has abundant resources.


    The native gods of the Shenchang realm have always regarded the underworld as a barren place.


    But this so-called barren land is only barren compared to Yang Shi.


    The Shenchang Realm has been born for a long time and has a strong foundation. Even the most barren underworld has accumulated rich resources over the long years.


    At the very least, compared to Junchen Realm, the underworld in Shenchang Realm is much richer.


    Even if the ghosts and gods do not have the same management methods as cultivators, the exploitation and utilization of these resources are very rough.


    But the sheer number of resources can cover up these shortcomings.


    It is with the constant resource support of the underworld that the ghosts and gods can build many sky screens.


    When launching an attack forward and fighting against Luna and the others, in fact, the main force of the army of ghosts and gods was located on the edge of the area covered by the sky.


    The bonuses they get are not too many, they can only be said to be playing normally.


    Even so, the displayed combat power has amazed many people on the side.


    According to Meng Zhang''s speculation, even if the army of ghosts and gods that came to attack was defeated, it should be more difficult to push back.


    Because once the battle is unfavorable, the army of ghosts and gods retreats into the depths of the sky to defend, and they will get more blessings and have more powerful combat power.


    It seems that due to the previous neglect, the ghosts and gods have become a serious problem.


    The number of ghosts and gods that have entered the Yang World now far exceeds the strength that can be concentrated on their own side.


    In this way, ghosts and gods continue to come from the underworld to the yang world and join the army of ghosts and gods.


    The source of ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm is not complicated.


    There are many natural ghosts and gods; there are ghosts and gods transformed from ghosts in the underworld; there are indigenous gods and ordinary creatures in the yang world, ghosts and gods transformed for various reasons...


    There is not much difference between these ghosts and gods.


    This situation is very different from the Junchen world.


    The underworld in the Junchen world was originally born with ghosts and gods ruling over everything.


    However, due to the actions of several real immortals, the natural ghosts and gods were almost completely wiped out.


    Afterwards, in order to occupy the underworld, several true immortals spread the secret method of transforming cultivators into acquired ghosts and gods in Junchen Realm.


    More and more ghosts and gods have entered the underworld, but they have never been able to completely rule the underworld.


    In the underworld of Shenchang Realm, there are many strong people among the natural ghosts and gods, and among the ghosts and gods who have been transformed from the day after tomorrow, there are also strong people.


    Like the master of ten thousand ghosts who is in the limelight today, he is the acquired ghosts and gods from the world of Yang.


    Its power in the underworld far exceeds that of ordinary natural ghosts and gods, and it has also become a hegemon.


    In addition to the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, Meng Zhang was not very clear about the details of other top-level ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Even if there is an undercover named Yin Jiu, the foundations of other top ghosts and gods are their own secrets, which will not be easily revealed.


    Although our side has been defeated and retreated, in the battle, we still gradually discovered some situations of the enemy''s top ghosts and gods.


    According to Taimiao and Luna, their opponents, the ghost mother-in-law and the ghost bone son, should be born ghosts and gods.


    Fairy Yue''e was in the process of fighting against Sanjue ghosts and gods, and found that some of the other party''s supernatural powers and secrets were obviously born out of the methods of cultivators.


    Among the four top-level ghosts and gods, Sanjue ghosts and gods are the youngest and the last to ascend.


    As far as Yin Jiu Tan heard, there are some rumors in the underworld, saying that the three absolute ghosts and gods are not only from the Yang world, but also not native to the Shenchang world.


    Meng Zhang boldly guessed that Sanjue ghosts and gods were transformed from outsiders?


    Of course, even if Sanjue ghosts and gods were transformed from outsiders, Meng Zhang would not have unrealistic fantasies about them, nor would he feel kind.


    In most cases, after the original living creatures are transformed into ghosts and ghosts, their personalities will change greatly, as if they have changed, they will become more sinister and murderous.


    When the cultivators who were popular in the Junchen world were transformed into the secret techniques of acquired ghosts and gods, such drawbacks could not be avoided.


    It''s wonderful because of some wonderful opportunities and special abilities that can help the ghosts and gods under his command get rid of this problem.


    Even if the foundation of the enemy is discovered, it is still very difficult to completely solve these enemies.


    Compared with several top ghosts and gods in the Yang World of Shenchang Realm, these top ghosts and gods in the underworld have a deeper cultivation base and a much higher combat power.


    In particular, the ghost mother-in-law can be regarded as a formidable enemy.


    When Taimiao fought with her, in fact, both sides had reservations, and they did not easily fight with all their strength.


    According to Tai Miao''s guess, even if he fully mobilized the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm, he would not have enough confidence to kill the opponent.


    "Every time the army of ghosts and gods of all realms occupied an area, it temporarily stopped to build a large number of sky curtains, which gave Tai Miao a chance to breathe.


    Tai Miao has communicated with Luna and the others many times about the situation of the enemy and us.


    While observing the situation in Donglu, Meng Zhang was thinking of ways to defeat the enemy.


    In Shenchang Realm, in addition to Meng Zhang and the other side and the underworld camp, there are also Hunling Venerable Gods who are now seizing the opportunity to speed up their actions to expand their own power.


    With his efforts, there are indeed some scattered indigenous gods in the Shenchang world who have taken refuge in the past one after another.

 Chapter 2785

    Almost all practitioners have various obsessions in their hearts.


    Among them, the deepest obsessions are often difficult to clear.


    Such obsessions have pros and cons.


    It can not only provide motivation for practitioners to make progress, but also confuse practitioners'' minds and make them take irrational actions.


    Demon powerhouses have the deepest obsessions, and they can also transform obsessions into new powers.


    Cultivators are most particular about their xinxing, and they have all kinds of methods to suppress obsessions.


    Shinto practitioners like Hunling Zunshen are also prone to obsessions and are affected by obsessions.


    Hunling Zunshen has been planning the Shenchang Realm for a long time, and regards it as an opportunity for him to break through to the realm of the gods.


    He is deeply obsessed with Shenchang Realm, and he has no means like a cultivator to suppress his obsession.


    Driven by the obsession in his heart, even if he knew that the situation was not good, the chance of his own control of the Shenchang Realm was very slim, but he would not give up.


    After experiencing the failure in the realm of Shengyang True God, fleeing the Lianyue Mountains in embarrassment did not make him depressed.


    He stayed in Shenchang Realm and refused to leave, and he invested more capital.


    Although he is not yet an official member of the Temple of Heaven, he is closely related to some big figures in the Temple of Heaven, and is the object of its focus.


    The Temple of Heaven is powerful and has a strong foundation, but the void is vast, and there are many places that need the attention of the Temple of Heaven.


    In many places, the power of the Temple of Heaven is difficult to balance.


    Dengtian Star District was originally located at the edge of the void, and it has long been regarded as its own sphere of influence by Lingkong Xianjie. It is naturally difficult for the Tianshen Temple to interfere with everything here.


    Hunling Zunshen also came here as an individual to find the opportunity to break through, and he was guided by some masters.


    "Heaven Comes"


    After Junchen Realm was completely destroyed and Junchen Immortal Venerable completely fell, Hunling Venerable God had no use value for the experts who influenced the Climbing Star District behind the scenes.


    Hunling Venerable God did not notice this change, and insisted on staying in the Dengtian star area.


    According to some of the rules set by the Temple of Heaven, Venerable God Hunling can contact the Temple of Heaven to get some help when he needs it most.


    This is one of the most important trump cards of Hunling Zunshen, and it should have been used at critical moments of life and death.


    He believes that Shenchang Realm is related to his own path, and it is worth paying enough price for it.


    He built an altar, used a secret method to contact the Temple of Heaven, and sought help according to the rules.


    The Tianshen Temple may not be optimistic about the plan of Hunling Venerable God.


    But the Temple of Heaven still followed the rules, ripped apart the space, and sent the assistance he needed most to Venerable Hunling in Shenchang Realm.


    It is precisely with this kind of help that Revered God Hunling can completely control the inheritance left by the Azure Sea God in a short period of time.


    Of course, this kind of assistance from the Temple of Heaven only happened once.


    Unless Hunling Venerable God becomes a god in the future and reaches the threshold of becoming a full member of the temple, he can contact the temple again.


    Hunling Zunshen clearly sees the current situation in Shenchang Realm. Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan are the biggest obstacles to his control of Shenchang Realm, and also his biggest enemy.


    Meng Zhang killed the demon god of disaster and famine in time, and the god of mixed spirits was too late to rescue and lost a partner who could be united.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God is still expanding his power at sea and stabilizing his own side, he can always observe all parts of the Shenchang Realm through various means.


    In addition to monitoring the movements on the west side, what he pays most attention to is the east side.


    Logically speaking, the ghosts and gods from the underworld are also his great enemies.


    But under the current circumstances, he felt that he should join forces with the ghosts and gods to deal with Meng Zhang and the others first.


    Seeing that the power of the ghosts and gods on the East Land continued to expand, and they were about to fight against the moon gods, he sent messengers to the ghosts and gods in time.


    After some twists and turns, the messenger sent by Hunling Venerable God to the East Continent finally saw the top of the army of ghosts and gods, but he did not get the attention of the other party.


    The arrogant and arrogant high-level ghosts and gods think that they are invincible in the world, enough to sweep the Yangshi, and they don''t need Yangshi''s allies at all.


    The power of the Hunling Venerable God is their next target and will be eliminated by them sooner or later.


    Many ferocious ghosts and gods would even swallow the messengers he sent in the past without even ignoring the minimum rules that the two countries should not fight against each other.


    Anyway, for these ghosts and gods, the living beings in the Yang world, including the indigenous gods, are the blood food they long for.


    Fortunately, in the end, it was the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts who spoke and spared these messengers.


    This is not the kindness and kindness of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    He came from the Yang world, and after being transformed into a ghost in the underworld, he was full of deep hatred for the creatures of the Yang world.


    In particular, the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world are the objects he hates the most.


    At first, he was still somewhat apprehensive about the gods with deep backgrounds.


    He is well-informed, and he is not as arrogant and indomitable as other ghosts and gods.


    Second, he, who has always been far-sighted, feels that the current situation in Shenchang Realm is not completely clear, and there is no certain time when Hunling Venerable God will be of value.


    He is prudent in his work, and he is unwilling to somehow become a mortal enemy with Hunling Zunshen.


    At the very least, there is no need to rush into enmity with the Hunling Venerable God before completely unifying the Eastern Land.


    Of course, most of the upper echelons of the army of ghosts and gods do not look down on the gods, and they have no intention of getting along with them at all.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts also left everyone to drive away the messenger sent by the Hunling Zunshen.


    The messenger sent by the Hunling Zunshen left Donglu in embarrassment and brought the attitude of the high-level ghosts and gods back to the Hunling Zunshen.


    Hunling Zunshen was very angry in his heart, and kept scolding these ghosts and gods who didn''t know what to do.


    The dignified mixed spirits and gods have lowered their posture and took the initiative to come to the door to help.


    These ghosts and gods ignored his good intentions and humiliated him.


    If it wasn''t for the situation, Venerable God Hunling couldn''t wait to send his teacher to Donglu directly and kill these ghosts and gods to scum.


    However, scolding and scolding, he not only can''t help these ghosts and gods, but also provides help to them when needed.


    It''s not that Hunling Venerable God is being cheap, but that he is willing to pay almost any price to deal with the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan.


    After that, Hunling Zunshen continued to pay attention to the situation on the east side, especially the attack of the army of ghosts and gods.


    The army of ghosts and gods defeated the Taiyi world and the allied army of the dragon tribe and broke through their hard-built defense line.


    The current situation is that the army of ghosts and gods has won victories again and again, pressing on the enemy step by step, and seeing the final victory and completely occupying the entire Eastern Continent.


    In this case, ghosts and gods don''t even need to mix spirits to honor gods.


    Many ghosts and gods have even begun to consider, after occupying the entire Eastern Continent, whether to continue to cross the ocean and attack the Western Continent first, or go to the depths of the sea first and completely control the entire ocean.


    A series of victories made the ghosts and gods even more arrogant.


    Many high-level ghosts and gods believe that it is only a matter of time before they dominate the Yang World and control the entire Shenchang Realm.

 Chapter 2786

    The so-called insiders are fans, bystanders are clear, and the high-level ghosts and gods who think they have the absolute upper hand, can''t help but ignore some problems.


    First of all, although the coalition army formed by the monks of the Taiyi world and the dragon clan continued to retreat, the main force was not lost, and the formation did not collapse.


    The strength lost by this coalition is actually very limited, and it has continued to receive reinforcements from the western side.


    Although a large area of ??territory has been lost, the main combat power of the coalition is still there and can counterattack at any time.


    It was the army formed by the native gods who really suffered heavy losses.


    For many senior officials of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, they never believed in the indigenous gods, but only regarded them as cannon fodder.


    Although the army composed of indigenous gods has been defeated many times, it has eliminated a lot of ghosts and gods, which can be regarded as playing some role.


    The power that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan put into the East Land is not all of their strength.


    In the Western Land, Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan retained enough power to stay behind.


    In the temporary territory of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, there is also a certain force left behind.


    At the most important time, the leaders of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Tunhai, have yet to show up.


    Although Hunling Zunshen was very dissatisfied with Meng Zhang, he could not deny the fact that he had been defeated by Meng Zhang.


    As for the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he knew the powerful mixed spirit god of the dragon race, and his heart was full of fear.


    Although the Temple of Heaven is a powerful force in the void, it can be called a hegemon.


    But compared with the entire dragon clan, they are far from each other.


    Fortunately, it was only one of the branches of the Dragon Clan that reached Shenchang Realm, and it was the younger and weaker branch.


    If the well-known and powerful branches of the Dragon Clan appeared in the Shenchang Realm, the Hunling Venerable God would have run far away.


    Hunling Zunshen thinks he has seen through the crisis that the army of ghosts and gods is about to face.


    Regardless of the fact that the army of ghosts and gods is constantly winning and moving forward, as long as Meng Zhang and the Dragon Emperor Tunhai lead the army, most of them will not be able to resist, and they will be in danger of defeat.


    At that time, it will be the opportunity for the mixed spirit to honor the god.


    He will appear as a savior, help the army of ghosts and gods, and defeat Meng Zhang and the others.


    Of course, before that, he would let the army of ghosts and gods, the Taiyi world and the allied army of the dragon tribe consume each other, and everyone would shed their blood.


    Regardless of the fact that the interior is not completely stable, the Hunling Zun God began to recruit the indigenous gods under his command and formed a large army, ready to go to the Eastern Land at any time.


    After Meng Zhang carefully analyzed the strength of both sides, he felt that his own strength was still insufficient.


    In order to minimize the losses of one''s own side, it is best to convene a lot of indigenous gods, and let the army formed by them consume more of the strength of the army of ghosts and gods.


    In particular, the cultivators of the direct line of Taiyimen are not easy to cultivate. Even if they are given various exercises, there is no need to make them sacrifice too much in such a war.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang ordered the senior officials of Taiyi Realm on the west side to mobilize the indigenous gods and form a team to reinforce the east side.


    Some time ago, many indigenous gods took the initiative to take refuge in.


    Especially after the southern archipelago was demonized by the calamity demon, and after Meng Zhang destroyed the southern archipelago and killed the calamity demon, many indigenous gods felt precarious.


    They all hope to find a backer and gain some support.


    Among the current Shenchang Realm, the most powerful is the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance, and the other is the Ghosts and Gods Army.


    As long as it is a living being in the Yang world, it will instinctively not want to be in the company of ghosts and gods.


    Unless there is really no choice, the indigenous gods will not take refuge in ghosts and gods.


    After Hunling Venerable God received the power of the Azure Sea God, although there was a bit of weather, it was not widely recognized, and there were not many indigenous gods who took refuge in the past.


    After the monks of Taiyi Realm entered the Shenchang Realm, they have been attracting the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Luna, who was also born as an indigenous god, played a big role in it.


    Now, most of the remaining indigenous gods in the Shenchang realm have expressed their surrender to the Taiyi realm.


    In order to show their sincerity, some indigenous gods even left their original territory and took the initiative to rush to the Western Land to surrender.


    The high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm have always been very lenient and gave good treatment to the native gods who came to take refuge.


    Including Meng Zhang and the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm, they did not want to completely consume these indigenous gods as cannon fodder, but they just hoped that they would fulfill their vassal duties and cooperate with the Taiyi Realm monks to fight.


    Previously, when Meng Zhang dealt with the calamity demon gods, he was worried that these newly recruited indigenous gods would be uneasy, so he did not dispatch them.


    Now, the army of ghosts and gods is approaching step by step, not to mention the Taiyi Realm, but to raise their own Shenchang Realm, and for their own interests, the indigenous gods should actively participate in the war.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang and the senior officials of Taiyi Realm overestimated the integrity of these indigenous gods.


    Many indigenous gods have looked for various excuses, rejected the call of monks from Taiyi Realm, and are unwilling to go to the East Land to fight ghosts and gods.


    The indigenous gods who were far away from the Western Land were even more deaf and dumb, as if they had not received the order of the monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    Even among the native gods who took the initiative to go to the Western Land to join the Taiyi Realm and have already enjoyed a lot of benefits, there are many guys who are obsessed with yin and yin, and use all means to delay.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm coerced and lured, and tried their best to organize some indigenous gods.


    The morale of these indigenous gods is low, and the mood of war weariness and avoidance is obvious.


    Before reaching the East Land, this group of indigenous gods is this kind of virtue.


    When they are really sent to the battlefield, how much role they can play, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm have no confidence at all.


    After Meng Zhang received a report from the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm stationed in the western land, he was almost annoyed to death.


    He knew that the indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm were mostly waste materials, but he didn''t expect that the waste would be so wasteful.


    In fact, most of the people who really became popular among the native gods of Shenchang Realm were lost in previous battles, and many died in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    The rest are a bunch of crooked melons and jujubes who are greedy for life and fear of death.


    It is precisely because of this that they have been able to escape several wars and have survived until now.


    Meng Zhang felt that he had been too soft on these indigenous gods before, which made them delusional, thinking that he could perfunctory the high-level Taiyi realm just like the blue sea god and the others before.


    Meng Zhang secretly made a decision in his heart. When he pulled out his hand, he would use iron and blood to carry out a cleanup on the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm.


    During the period when the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm recruited the indigenous gods, the situation on the Donglu side further deteriorated.


    The army of ghosts and gods marched forward steadily, and after a little resistance from their own army, they only retreated.


    Although the high-level officials of their own side had the intention to preserve their strength, it was too demoralizing to keep losing like this.


    If they retreat like this, they will soon have no way to retreat, only to be driven into the sea by the army of ghosts and gods.

 Chapter 2787

    The land controlled by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan in Donglu is not much left.


    The army of ghosts and gods advanced there, and the tent of heaven was built there.


    Under the shroud of the sky, the rules of heaven and earth in Yangshi are greatly affected.


    The army of ghosts and gods can exert its full strength, and the creatures of the Yang Dynasty, whether they are cultivators, dragons or indigenous gods, will be suppressed to a certain extent.


    Under this trade-off, the gap between the enemy and us will only get bigger.


    Looking from the outer layer of Shenchang Realm, most of the East Land has become pitch black, and the thick darkness has spread from the earth to the sky, making people involuntarily feel chills.


    Both Taiyijie and the Dragon Clan executives felt that they could not continue to retreat.


    The rear has no depth, and the room for maneuver is getting smaller and smaller.


    Both high-level officials felt that it was time for a counterattack to break the enemy''s offensive and stabilize their own positions.


    Meng Zhang felt that now was not a good time to start a war.


    After this period of observation, he felt that the key to defeating the army of ghosts and gods was to find a way to clear the endless sky.


    Although he has not yet tried to test, he already feels that the sky is not so easy to clear.


    The more the sky curtains are connected together and echoed with each other, they become an existence similar to the Nine Heavens of the Junchen Realm.


    Of course, Tianmu is definitely not as magical as Jiutian, and it is not so powerful.


    But Tianmu''s defense is very strong.


    And once attacked, those ghosts and gods will definitely not sit idly by, and will definitely guard them with all their strength.


    Meng Zhang even vaguely felt that most of the strong among ghosts and gods would cultivate a method to cooperate with the sky.


    In the previous battle with the Ghosts and Gods Army, the Ghosts and Gods Army was the attacker and took the initiative to attack their own defense lines. The battles often took place on the edge of the coverage area of ??the sky curtain, and the sky curtain had not fully shown its power.


    If you don''t clear the sky curtain first, and rashly launch a counter-offensive, once you enter the depths of the sky curtain, you will definitely be suppressed by more from the sky curtain.


    Due to various factors, Meng Zhang did not want to launch a counterattack at this time.


    But the situation in Donglu has developed to this point, and many things are beyond his control.


    Many high-level officials from the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan went to the front line to participate in the battle, and they were naturally familiar with the situation on the front line.


    Meng Zhang still believed in their judgment.


    Since they said they had to fight back, Meng Zhang had to prepare to take action even if his own side was not well prepared.


    Although the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition have been defeated, their strength is still there and their organization is not chaotic.


    After the high-level order to counterattack, the coalition forces immediately took action.


    The retreating coalition forces stopped their retreat and found a suitable place to start forming an array.


    The monks from the Taiyi Realm formed huge formations, next to groups of dragon powerhouses.


    As for the native gods, because of the heavy casualties and low morale, except for a few strong people who could persevere, the others basically fled.


    The Moon God has always been in charge of managing the native gods of the Shenchang Realm who have taken refuge in them.


    She can''t take the time to deal with these guys who are escaping, and can only temporarily let them escape.


    Of course, in her heart, these guys had already been sentenced to death.


    Seeing that the enemy army stopped and was ready to fight again, the forwards of the army of ghosts and gods also began to slow down their progress, waiting for the arrival of the follow-up army.


    During this period of time, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition, who had been retreating, always avoided large-scale battles, and only blocked the enemy in a small area.


    For the higher-ups of the army of ghosts and gods, it is actually good news that the enemy stops and prepares to fight again with their own side.


    They also hope that through a major battle, the main force of the enemy will be completely wiped out, and the last obstacle to be taken over the entire Eastern Continent will be cleared.


    Soon, the main force of the army of ghosts and gods lined up on the opposite side.


    The two sides who have fought many times are familiar with each other.


    At the beginning of the battle, it was still the old way of fighting against generals and soldiers.


    The top-level ghosts and gods such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, the ghost mother-in-law, etc., flew high into the sky and killed Gu Yue Lingqing and the others.


    During this time, Tai Miao did not return to Taiyi Realm and stayed in the coalition.


    As the strongest in the coalition, he became the leader of course.


    Tai Miao took the initiative to confront the strongest ghost mother-in-law in the enemy, and the others waited to find their opponents to fight.


    The armies of the two sides below rushed forward, and the two armies soon started a fierce battle.


    After a series of battles some time ago, only a small number of the indigenous gods who took refuge in the Taiyi Realm remained.


    Without enough cannon fodder, most of the time, the Taiyi Realm cultivator and the Dragon Clan powerhouse will directly fill the gap.


    The biggest problem is that there are only a few indigenous true gods who stay and continue to fight.


    At the level of True God, the gap between the enemy and us is too great.


    The Void Returning Powerhouses of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan formed a formation, and relying on the power of the magic formation, they could barely block some of the true god-level powerhouses among the ghosts and gods.


    But they bear a lot of pressure, and they only have the power to fight back, and no one knows how long they can hold on.


    More importantly, the army of ghosts and gods has an absolute numerical advantage.


    Even if the army of ghosts and gods divides their troops to occupy the surrounding area, the number of ghosts and gods currently participating in the war far exceeds that of the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the dragon tribe.


    Soon after the battle began, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces fell to the disadvantage, and the battles began to shake, and there was a danger of collapse at any time.


    Without the cover of the battle, the monks of the Taiyi Realm and the powerhouses of the dragon race faced the powerhouses of ghosts and gods, and they could only end up being slaughtered.


    At a critical juncture, Meng Zhang, who had been prepared for a long time, made his move.


    Meng Zhang did not join the battle between the top powerhouses over there. Instead, he took action against the army of ghosts and gods, and was somewhat suspected of bullying the small.


    He flipped through the jade book in his hand, and a projection of divine power descended from the sky, directly killing the camp of the army of ghosts and gods.


    All the gods enshrined in the Taiyi Realm have their names on the jade book.


    When Meng Zhang used the jade book to summon their divine power projections, their deities in the Taiyi Realm also actively cooperated, throwing power and consciousness into these divine power projections.


    When destroying the Demon God of Famine, Jade Book consumed a lot of energy that had been saved for many years.


    When Meng Zhang was in the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm, he supplemented the jade book with abundant sources of heaven and earth.


    Not only has all the losses recovered, but there has been progress.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, turned into a fire dragon, and took the lead, leading these divine projections to charge forward.


    The projections of divine power summoned by Meng Zhang were almost equivalent to the gods of the Taiyi Realm, and under the cover of Meng Zhang, they directly entered the camp of the army of ghosts and gods.


    In particular, the fire dragon transformed by the wind and fire yin and yang fan was incomparably mighty, and it burned countless ghosts and gods wherever it passed.


    Even the ghosts and gods of the true god level are difficult to block this fire dragon.


    Immediately following the projection of divine power after the fire dragon, he took advantage of the situation to expand the victory, trying to completely tear the enemy''s formation apart.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2788

    Before the war, Meng Zhang had thought about it carefully.


    Whether it is at the true god level or below the true god level, there is a huge gap between the enemy and us.


    Even if Meng Zhang joined the battle, he would not be able to change the situation in a short period of time.


    Moreover, with the power to guard the Western Land and the power to stay in the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang didn''t want to take all the time.


    He likes to keep his backers in his work, and he is used to keeping some reserve teams as much as possible during the war to prevent accidents.


    In order to get the results as soon as possible and give his side an advantage, Meng Zhang could only lower his face, bully the small, and try to kill the army of ghosts and gods, especially the powerhouses at the level of true gods.


    At the same time that the fire dragon transformed by the wind and fire yin-yang fan led the projection of divine power into the army of ghosts and gods, Meng Zhang also shot at the true god level powerhouses in the army of ghosts and gods.


    The yin and yang qi swept away, and easily involved a true god-level ghost who was attacking the cultivation circle.


    To seize the time to kill the strong enemy, Meng Zhang also did not care to retain his strength.


    He pinpointed a ghost at the level of a true god, and he slammed the yin and yang extinction god Lei Meng all the way.


    With Meng Zhang''s combat power at this time, he can defeat the opponent without spending too much effort, not to mention instant kills.


    Of course, after cultivating to the level of a true god, there is more or less a life-saving trump card. If you want to kill him completely, you still have to spend a little bit of effort.


    Meng Zhang is now equal to the superiors against the inferiors, giving full play to the advantages of the cultivation base, and specifically looking for the ghosts and gods of the true god level to start.


    He roamed freely in the army of ghosts and gods, killing wantonly.


    Meng Zhang''s arrogant behavior quickly fell into the eyes of ghost mothers and mothers.


    In the eyes of the top ghosts and gods such as the Lord of the Ghosts, Meng Zhang''s approach is a bit bad.


    Although there is a life-and-death struggle between the enemy and us, there is no need to pay attention to the face, but when the cultivation base has reached their level, it is still a bit of a tacit understanding of each other.


    Regardless of his identity, Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to slaughter ghosts and gods recklessly, arousing the anger of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others.


    The ghost mother-in-law was entangled in Taimiao and couldn''t get out easily.


    Facing Gu Yue Ling Qing, the King of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not dare to be easily distracted.


    It was the time when the Moon God and the Ghost Bone Master faced each other and were inextricably fighting.


    Only Sanjue ghosts and gods have a great advantage over Fairy Yue''e, and they have already gained the upper hand.


    Although he knew that Meng Zhang was difficult to deal with, Sanjue ghosts and spirits had an obligation to block him.


    Although Fairy Yue''e was entangled with all her might, she was easily freed from the battle by Sanjue ghosts and gods.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods killed Meng Zhang. Fairy Yue''e was about to chase after her and continue to entangle her. Several true god-level ghosts and gods rushed from the side and blocked her.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods killed Meng Zhang at the fastest speed.


    Although he knew that he would not kill for a long time, Meng Zhang was very disappointed that the enemy could react so quickly.


    Of course, in such a short period of time, Meng Zhang''s raid achieved good results.


    A true god-level ghost was killed by the Yin-Yang Extermination Thunder, and a true-god-level ghost was trapped by the yin and yang qi, and was in danger of falling at any time.


    There were also two true god-level ghosts and gods who tried to stop him and were injured by him.


    The origin of Sanjue ghosts and gods is mysterious, and many ghosts and gods in the underworld only know that he is from the yang world.


    The name of his three unique skills means that his spells are one of the best, his formation is one of the best, and his swordsmanship is also one of his best.


    He is proficient in a variety of secret arts with different functions, some of which are very mysterious and powerful.


    It is said that in terms of the number of secret techniques he is proficient in, he can be regarded as one of the ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    As soon as the expert reaches out his hand, he will know if there is any. Sanjue Ghosts and Gods really lives up to their reputation, and they show a deep swordsmanship as soon as they make a move.


    Meng Zhang came to Shenchang Realm for so long, but still two long swords pierced and killed in the air, showing the brilliant swordsmanship of both sides.


    When Meng Zhang was fighting swords with Sanjue ghosts and gods, he still continued to attack other ghosts and gods.


    In addition to killing a few ghosts and gods of the level of returning to the virtual, the ghost and god trapped in the yin and yang, the situation is getting worse.


    Meng Zhang cares so much that he can be distracted when facing himself, making Sanjue ghosts and gods feel humiliated.


    In Shenchang Realm, there are not many masters who are proficient in swordsmanship.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods have used swordsmanship to traverse the underworld for many years, and they are almost invincible, and they feel a bit lonely as a master.


    Meeting Meng Zhang is a rare opportunity for a general to meet a talented person and a chess opponent.


    But this opponent was so arrogant that Sanjue ghosts and gods couldn''t help but give birth to a burst of anger.


    Seeing that swordsmanship alone can''t help the opponent, the ghosts and gods of Sanjue don''t care about fighting swords with the opponent, and start to display another skill.


    He quickly recited the incantation in his mouth, and various spells poured down towards Meng Zhang like a downpour.


    At the level of True God, these spells alone are not particularly powerful. When dealing with enemies of the same rank, it has a limited effect.


    But so many spells bombarded the past in a short period of time, forming an out-and-out spell storm.


    Some of these spells play a role in diversion; some weaken the opponent; some directly bombard the opponent...


    For a time, visions appeared around Meng Zhang, filled with traces of various spells.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation level today, he is already immune to most spell attacks.


    However, the cultivation realm of Sanjue Ghosts and Spirits was only higher than or not lower than Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang did not dare to ignore the spells he cast.


    Don''t look at Meng Zhang''s advanced swordsmanship, but he is also a law cultivator, and all kinds of supernatural powers and secrets are his most powerful means.


    The number of spells mastered by Sanjue Ghosts and Gods made Meng Zhang somewhat admired.


    With the long lifespan of the true god, it is still not easy to master so many spells and cultivate them to perfection.


    Meng Zhang does not have so many spells, but the spells he focuses on have been cultivated to a very high level by him.


    These are also two different paths of Dharma practice, the distinction between specialization and erudition.


    The divine light of the sun and the moon lit up around Meng Zhang''s body. No matter what kind of spell, as long as it entered the range of the divine light of the sun and the moon, it would be easily eliminated.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2789

    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods will use their swordsmanship and magic to the fullest, but Meng Zhang still can''t help it.


    Because there is no prior preparation and no geographical advantage, it seems that it is difficult for him to exert another unique power.


    But since Sanjue Ghosts and Gods are the underworld, in addition to the deity of Sanjue Ghosts and Gods, there are also four temporary incarnations.


    The five Sanjue ghosts and gods set up a magic circle and exerted their force together. The space around Meng Zhang shook violently, and more spells filled the space around him.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was finally unable to continue to distract him.


    He withdrew his yin and yang energy a little unwillingly, and danced around his body for a while, blocking all the incoming spells.


    Although the ghost and god who had been trapped by the yin and yang qi before was seriously injured, he somehow saved his life, and now he is finally free.


    He fled the battlefield very embarrassed.


    In the distance, the fire dragon transformed by the wind and fire yin-yang fan was blocked by two true god-level ghosts and gods, unable to continue advancing.


    Without the leadership of the fire dragon, the group of divine incarnations were also surrounded by numerous ghosts and gods, unable to rampage.


    The chaos they brought was quickly quelled, and a projection of divine power was besieged and killed.


    Meng Zhang''s long-prepared counterattack this time seemed to be blocked by the army of ghosts and gods relying on the absolute numerical advantage.


    Of course, the Three Absolutes Ghosts and Gods, despite all their means, still can''t get the slightest advantage.


    After fighting with him for so long, Meng Zhang gradually became interested in the origin of this guy.


    In essence, the ghosts and gods in the underworld of the Shenchang world, like the indigenous gods in the Yang world, are a group of buns.


    Of course, the environment in the underworld is harsh, coupled with the guidance of the gods and gods in the underworld, the ghosts and gods in the underworld are aggressive and fight with each other endlessly.


    In this environment, the fighting power of the ghosts and gods in the underworld is obviously much higher than that of the native gods in the Yang world.


    But in the final analysis, the ghosts and gods in the underworld still do not have a brilliant inheritance, including ghost mothers and mothers, whether their cultivation techniques or combat secrets are relatively crude.


    The reason why the ghost mother and mother-in-law can fight Taimiao back and forth depends largely on her solid foundation.


    And Sanjue ghosts and spirits gave Meng Zhang the feeling that he was facing a disciple from a great practice.


    It has a brilliant inheritance, good knowledge, and rich experience in fighting with cultivators...


    Everything about Sanjue ghosts and gods should not appear on a bunker ghosts and gods.


    Although there have long been rumors in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, that the Sanjue ghosts and gods are from the Yang world. But its exact origin, no one can tell.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking, if he could know his true origin, it might be useful.


    When Meng Zhang was entangled by the ghosts and gods of Sanjue, the battle between the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the dragon tribe and the army of ghosts and gods did not stop, and it was still in full swing.


    Meng Zhang''s influence did not last long.


    Although he tried hard to contain the army of ghosts and gods, the army of ghosts and gods still retained a large part of its fighting power.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces took a breath, and they were about to face the powerful impact of the ghost army again.


    Although Meng Zhang was temporarily entangled by Sanjue ghosts and spirits, he did not ignore the surrounding battle situation.


    Just as he had expected before the battle, the time for this counterattack was not ripe, and the preparations on his side were not sufficient.


    Although Meng Zhang and Tai Miao still have some cards they haven''t played yet, from the current situation alone, their situation is not very good.


    Meng Zhang sighed, this counterattack was a last resort. Even if you can''t win, you can''t continue to lose.


    The yin and yang taiji map of heaven and earth above Meng Zhang''s head turned for a while, and the four temporary incarnations formed by the three ghosts and gods were immobilized by one after another of invisible terrifying forces.


    Although the deity of Sanjue Ghosts and Gods can still move freely, but the four temporary incarnations are immobilized, and the magic circle he set up naturally cannot function.


    The two qi of yin and yang swept away like a long river toward the three absolute ghosts and gods, so that they had to deal with it with all their strength.


    Another yin and yang extinction god Lei Meng blasted out, not only easily shattering the four temporary incarnations of the Sanjue ghosts and gods, but also causing the Sanjue ghosts and gods to retreat again and again.


    As soon as Meng Zhang started to show his power, the top-level ghosts and gods of Sanjue Ghosts were unable to resist and completely fell into the disadvantage.


    In the underworld of Shenchang Realm, Sanjue ghosts and gods are notoriously arrogant.


    Although he had heard about Meng Zhang''s name from various sources, and had seen Meng Zhang''s strength with his own eyes, he still insisted on fighting Meng Zhang alone and not letting other ghosts and gods help.


    Although he was obviously no match for Meng Zhang, he still had no intention of asking other ghosts and gods for help.


    These ghosts and gods from the underworld know the temperament of Sanjue ghosts and gods.


    When he didn''t speak, no one dared to take the initiative to help him even though he knew he was at a disadvantage.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang suddenly had a murderous intention in his heart.


    If Sanjue ghosts and gods can''t get the help of other ghosts and gods, then he will definitely seize this opportunity, and even if he can''t kill the opponent, he will also inflict heavy damage on him.


    The top ghosts and gods in the underworld are constantly fighting on weekdays, and there was only a dispute some time ago, but once they decide to join forces to invade the world of Yang, they still know that they are united.


    In particular, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has a very good overall view.


    With the order of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, who was fighting with Gu Yue Ling Qing, two true god-level ghosts and gods stopped attacking the great formation set up by the monks of Taiyi Realm, and turned to deal with Meng Zhang.


    Although unwilling in his heart, Sanjue ghosts and gods still did not refuse the help of these two ghosts and gods.


    Especially since the other party is still the subordinate of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he has no reason to attack.


    With the help of two true god-level ghosts and gods, Sanjue ghosts and gods finally stabilized their positions.


    These two true god-level ghosts and gods encountered Meng Zhang on weekdays, and Meng Zhang could easily kill them.


    Now they cooperate with Sanjue ghosts and gods, but they cause Meng Zhang a lot of trouble.


    With one enemy and three, Meng Zhang did not show weakness, and he repeatedly attacked, and he was still able to suppress the opponent.


    Seeing that the situation of the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan had not been fundamentally improved, Meng Zhang waved his hand, and the yin and yang two qi, which he had cultivated for many years, immediately flew out and turned into a big river, blocking the front of the allied army, temporarily blocking it. The impact of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang ignored the enemy in front of him and continued to be distracted, Sanjue ghosts and gods became more and more angry.


    He joined forces with two ghosts and gods and attacked again and again.


    Meng Zhang lost the cover of yin and yang, and could no longer maintain continuous suppression of the enemy, and began to become a little passive.


    However, even so, it is still a very difficult thing for the Sanjue Ghosts and Gods to gain the upper hand.


    As for defeating or even killing Meng Zhang, that was even more out of reach.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2790

    In a farther place, Fairy Yue''e, who was originally entangled in the three absolute ghosts and gods, is now free and requires several true god-level ghosts and gods to entangle her.


    Although Fairy Yue''e is among the true immortals, she is not outstanding in all aspects, but she is an old-fashioned true immortal.


    Knowing that she was going to fight against the army of ghosts and gods, she made a lot of preparations in advance.


    Cultivation specializing in restraining ghosts and gods, refining some one-time special instruments and the like.


    These preparations have now played a great role, causing a lot of damage to the ghosts and gods.


    She faced several true god-level ghosts and gods. Seeing that it was difficult to kill the opponent for the time being, she did not fight the opponent recklessly, but adopted the way of fighting.


    Her figure flashed quickly in the air, almost walking away with a single blow, never fighting with each other.


    In addition to fighting with these ghosts and gods, she can occasionally draw out her hands and kill the army of ghosts and gods.


    Although she was restrained, she could not attack the army of ghosts and gods recklessly.


    However, harassment from time to time still has some adverse effects on the army of ghosts and gods.


    When Gu Yue Lingqing fought against the Lord Wangui, he could cast some spells from time to time to support the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan.


    Relying on the assistance of their own top-level combat power, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition seem to be crumbling, and they will not be able to hold on at any time, but they have been able to stabilize their positions and have not fallen into collapse.


    Several of the indigenous true gods who took refuge in the Moon God saw that they had stabilized the battle situation, and they also had a lot of fighting spirit and tried their best to block the enemy.


    After all, not all indigenous gods are timid waste.


    Some indigenous gods still hope to keep their homeland, and are unwilling to escape from the Eastern Land just like that.


    As long as there is a little sign of blocking the army of ghosts and gods, they are still willing to contribute.


    Under this situation, the offensive of the army of ghosts and gods was temporarily stopped.


    Many times, the army of ghosts and gods could break through the enemy''s defense, but the enemy still persisted, causing them to pay a lot of casualties.


    For a time, the two sides were caught in a tussle, and no one knew when the winner would be decided.


    Although the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was very dissatisfied with the situation, he remained calm.


    He is a very good commander and knows how to choose according to the development of the battle.


    He secretly communicated with the ghost mother-in-law and the ghost bone boy.


    Although the ghost mother and mother-in-law were unwilling, they were still persuaded by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    It didn''t take long for this army of ghosts and gods to stop attacking and prepare to withdraw from the battlefield.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts thought very clearly that if the war continued, no one knew how many casualties they would have to pay.


    Even if he wins in the end, the price paid will be unacceptable to the Lord of the Ghosts.


    With the ruthless nature of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he would not cherish the lives of ghosts and gods.


    But he knew that the enemy still had strong power in the Western Land, and the Taiyi Realm was eyeing tigers outside the Shenchang Realm.


    Even if the enemy''s army is defeated this time, there are still many tough battles to be fought in order to completely dominate the Shenchang Realm.


    If the army of ghosts and gods has too many casualties, it will definitely affect the next battle.


    Therefore, for the purpose of preserving strength, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts decided to temporarily truce, and wait until the next time to choose a better way to defeat the enemy army with fewer casualties.


    Among the four top ghosts and gods, Lord Wangui has the strongest command ability, and his planning ability has long been recognized by everyone.


    This time, four top-level ghosts and gods joined forces to form an army of ghosts and gods to invade Yangshi. Although no one said it explicitly, in fact, everyone was willing to listen to the opinions of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and regarded him as the supreme commander of the army of ghosts and gods.


    After the ghost mother and mother-in-law were persuaded by him, the war began to come to an end.


    The army of ghosts and gods already had a huge advantage, and it was still in an offensive state before.


    They are now retreating voluntarily, the formation is not chaotic at all, and there is no opportunity for the enemy to take advantage of it.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces had endured tremendous pressure before, and they persisted very hard. At this time, there was no power to fight back.


    The enemy army took the initiative to withdraw, and the coalition forces could not help but breathe a sigh of relief, and everyone had no intention of continuing to fight.


    This war was not meant to be launched by Meng Zhang, and the preparations before the war were not sufficient.


    Now the two sides have temporarily stopped fighting, which is also in line with his wishes.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods retreated unwillingly.


    Meng Zhang did not continue to pursue.


    The army of ghosts and gods got out of the battle in an orderly manner, and soon left the battlefield.


    The army of ghosts and gods, who had disengaged from the enemy army, did not go too far.


    Under the leadership of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, the army of ghosts and gods set up camp not far away, and fell into a confrontation with the enemy army.


    The distance between the two sides is so close that the next war can be launched at any time.


    Previously, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition had been retreating.


    Although the high-level officials of both sides know that they are taking the initiative to retreat and preserve their strength.


    But seeing the enemy''s army pressing forward at every step, it was still very demoralizing.


    And the number of failures is more, the loss of one''s own side is not too small.


    Now that the enemy has finally been defeated, it is considered a victory. The high-level officials of both sides are relieved, and many Taiyi monks and dragon members feel a little joyful.


    For Meng Zhang, this counterattack was not successful and far from reaching its goal.


    However, he had already been psychologically prepared, and his side had stabilized the current front, so this result is not unacceptable.


    Next, the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces began to rectify the team in preparation for the next war.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao also have to find a way to increase their combat power.


    If the enemy attacks again next time, with sufficient preparation, it will not be so easy to be repelled.


    After the army of ghosts and gods retreated, they also began to take turns to rest and prepare for the next war.


    The reason why the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts persuaded the mother-in-law and mother-in-law of the ghosts is that there is still a lot of potential in the underworld to be tapped, and more ghosts and gods can be recruited to come to the world to fight.


    The Lord of Wangui and his subordinates were the vanguards of the invasion of the Yang World, and they were the first to enter the Yang World.


    In addition, there are some scattered ghosts and gods who have heard the news and joined the army.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell, they realized that there was no more repression on their heads, and the ghost mother and mother-in-law led their army into the world of Yang, and formed a coalition with the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The underworld of the Shenchang world is as vast as the Yang world.


    In addition to the four top powers such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, there are many ghosts and gods of different sizes, and there are more scattered ghosts and gods.


    Although most ghosts and gods want to enter the yang world, there are always some who are satisfied with the life in the underworld and are unwilling to enter the yang world.


    And there are many ghosts and gods who are unwilling to be cannon fodder, or unwilling to be driven by top ghosts and gods.


    In addition, there are some ghosts and gods who are full of vigilance against the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and they are worried that they will take the opportunity to annex them.


    There are still many ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2791

    The top ghosts and gods such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts invaded the Yang World this time, completely controlled the Yang World, and then dominated the mind of the Shenchang World, which was unprecedentedly firm.


    After all, this is a change that has never happened in the history of Shenchang World.


    Such major events as the fall of the consciousness of the heavens and the Dao in the Shenchang realm have never happened.


    In the past so many years, the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of Shenchang Realm has been completely suppressing them.


    Now that they have finally lost the suppression of their heads, how could they not seize this opportunity.


    It''s not just about their ambitions, it''s about their path.


    You must know that in a relatively mature and well-founded big world like Shenchangjie, even if the current consciousness of the Tao of Heaven has fallen, after a long period of time, a new consciousness of the Tao of Heaven will slowly be born.


    Of course, the newly born consciousness of the Tao of Heaven and the original consciousness of the Tao of Heaven will not have much connection, as if they are two completely different people.


    If the top-level ghosts and gods such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts really dominate the Shenchang Realm and realize this problem, they can do some tricks in the process of the birth of the new consciousness of heaven.


    Not to mention that instead, let yourself become the new consciousness of heaven in the Shenchang world, which can also gain many benefits.


    After practicing to the realm of ghost mothers and grandmothers, under normal circumstances, they are almost unable to enter the Shenchang realm.


    Even without the suppression of Shenchang Realm''s consciousness of Heavenly Dao, it would still be very difficult for them to find a way to make progress.


    After the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm fell, these top ghosts and gods instinctively wanted to control Shenchang Realm.


    This may be a flash of inspiration, or it may be a blessing to the soul.


    They have a hunch in the dark that if they want to break through the current realm of cultivation, they must start from completely controlling the realm of Shenchang.


    Therefore, these top-level ghosts and gods will let go of the original disputes, make concessions with each other, and work together to expand in the Shenchang Realm.


    Almost all cultivators, no matter what race or system, no matter how unsatisfactory or motivated they are, deep down in their hearts, they still have a little desire for a higher cultivation realm.


    What''s more, the top ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm can cultivate to the point where they have grown up in the harsh environment of the underworld, and their hearts toward the Tao are still relatively firm.


    What supports them in occupying the Shenchang Realm is not only the ambition brought by the desire for power, but also the temptation of a higher cultivation realm.


    Therefore, they are very firm in their expansion in Yang World and will never give up halfway.


    A slight setback this time will not shake their hearts for expansion.


    They temporarily truce, just to allow more time to concentrate more ghosts and gods.


    The four top ghosts and gods jointly issued a summoning order, recruiting the ghosts and gods who stayed in the underworld to go to the Yang World to fight.


    Except for the ghosts and gods who stay in the underworld to collect resources and replenish logistics consumption, all ghosts and gods are not allowed to stay in the underworld.


    Before that, most of the ghosts and gods who joined the army of ghosts and gods came forward.


    Now, whether you like it or not, you must come to Yangshi, you must join the army.


    Even those alien ghosts and gods who do not want to participate in the war and do not like to fight will not be able to escape the call this time.


    In order to ensure the execution of the summoning order, the four top ghosts and gods all sent messengers to form a recruiting team and went to the underworld to supervise the execution.


    Of course, the underworld is vast, and there are bound to be some who escaped the summons.


    But under such a high-intensity recruitment, at least most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld can be recruited.


    Especially those little-known ghosts and gods, it is basically difficult to escape the summons.


    If all goes well, now the army of ghosts and gods in Yang Shi will usher in a surge in numbers.


    With more cannon fodder, powerful enemies such as Meng Zhang can be greatly consumed.


    The arrogant people, such as the ghost mother-in-law and the Sanjue ghosts and gods, had to admit that Meng Zhang and Taimiao were stronger than them.


    To deal with such a powerful enemy, the only way is to use ghost sea tactics and use enough cannon fodder to consume them and drown them.


    In order to ensure that the enemy army can be completely defeated in the next war, especially to leave a strong enemy like Meng Zhang, the Lord of Wangui did not rush to do it, but set aside enough time to strengthen the army of ghosts and gods under his command. .


    In order to guarantee that they will hit Meng Zhang and other powerful enemies, they would rather spend more time preparing.


    Likewise, this also gave Meng Zhang and the others enough time to prepare for the battle.


    Meng Zhang and the others carefully observed and studied the canopy, thinking hard about how to crack it.


    Meng Zhang also planned that in the next battle, he would use all his trump cards and use all his strength to deal an unprecedented blow to the enemy, and decide the outcome of the battle in one go.


    On the west side, in addition to recruiting monks from Taiyi Realm and members of the Dragon Clan as much as possible, it is also necessary to try to win over the native gods who have come to join their army.


    This time, in addition to leaving part of the sea clan army to guard the western land, the Taiyi world and the dragon clan alliance will almost all come out.


    In the Taiyi world, in addition to continuing to recruit cultivators from all walks of life, all the gods must be prepared to participate in the war.


    After this period of cultivation, the gods of the Taiyi Realm enshrined by Meng Zhang basically recovered their strength.


    Leaving the Taiyi Realm to fight, the strength of these gods will be greatly reduced.


    True gods such as Taimiao and Luna may not be affected very much, but other gods, especially the relatively low-level gods, will be greatly affected.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, as the masters of Taiyi Realm, are actively looking for ways to solve this problem.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God stayed in the depths of the sea, he sent his cronies to the East Land to observe the latest situation here.


    The result of the last war, Hunling Venerable God also quickly knew.


    Although he was still angry with the ghosts and gods in his heart, out of hatred for Meng Zhang and the others, Hunling Zunshen decided to continue contacting the ghosts and gods.


    He sent messengers again to contact the higher-ups of the army of ghosts and gods.


    After Hunling Zunshen wanted to come, and after the last setback, the higher-ups of the army of ghosts and gods should have fully seen the strength of Meng Zhang and the others.


    If they want to completely defeat a powerful enemy like Meng Zhang, they need stronger foreign aid.


    The messengers sent by the Hunling Zunshen were not treated kindly by the ghosts and gods.


    If it weren''t for some rational ghosts and gods to stop them, maybe those murderous and bloodthirsty ghosts and gods would have swallowed these messengers alive.


    It took a lot of energy for these messengers to see the top of the army of ghosts and gods.


    They didn''t even see the faces of the four top ghosts and gods, only some ordinary high-level leaders.


    Some high-level ghosts and gods thought that Hunling Venerable God sent these messengers to mock and ridicule them, thus showing how clever and foresight they were.


    Some angry high-level ghosts and gods will take these messengers to vent.


    Fortunately, although the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not personally receive these messengers, he has been paying attention to this matter.


    He dispatched his men just in time to stop these impulsive ghosts and make sure the communication went smoothly.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2792

    The same as the result last time, no matter how sincere the messengers sent by the Hunling Zunshen are, how they express their goodwill... The high-level officials of the army of ghosts and gods still rudely rejected the proposal of the two sides to join forces.


    There are very few high-level ghosts and gods who feel that they can first agree to the request of the Hunling Zunshen to join forces, and then use the Hunling Zunshen''s subordinates as cannon fodder, and send all of them to the battlefield to consume the enemy''s power, which can be regarded as killing two birds with one stone.


    Such a reasonable and reasonable idea has little support among the upper echelons of the army of ghosts and gods.


    The hatred for the living beings in the Yang World is almost carved into the bones of these ghosts and gods.


    They feel that they have a great advantage over the enemy, and their strength is enough to sweep the entire Shenchang Realm. They do not need to ally with the living creatures of the Yang World.


    They are currently on strike for the time being, but they are just concentrating more power in order to strike the enemy better next time.


    If Hunling Zunshen continues to stay in Shenchang Realm, it will be their next goal.


    The arrogant ghosts and gods are not even willing to cooperate with the mixed spirits, let alone the real cooperation.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is also somewhat helpless towards this mentality that is common among ghosts and gods.


    In fact, he himself has this mentality, but he can suppress it when necessary.


    Many of these ghosts and gods in the underworld are controlled by their nature, and it is difficult to get rid of them.


    Even if the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is a top-level ghost and god, the leader of these ghosts and gods, he doesn''t want to go against their will too much.


    You must know that the ghosts and gods are rebellious, brutal and arrogant by nature, and being able to subdue so many ghosts and gods, form them into an army, and train them is enough to give the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts a headache.


    As a superior, in addition to coercion and inducement, he cannot blindly suppress the ghosts and gods under his command.


    Sometimes, it is still necessary to follow their wishes and meet some of their non-excessive requirements.


    This is the right way to rule the army of ghosts and gods.


    Due to the care of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, the messenger sent by the Hunling Venerable God did not suffer any harm, but just like the last time, they were humiliated and left Donglu in embarrassment.


    After receiving the reports from these messengers, the Hunling Venerable God was again incompetent and furious.


    Apart from scolding these ghosts and gods for not knowing what to do and what to do, he has no other way.


    Originally, Hunling Zunshen planned to communicate with these ghosts and gods in advance, so that everyone could deal with a powerful enemy like Meng Zhang together.


    Well, since these ghosts and gods are so arrogant, it is only after they and Meng Zhang and the others are both defeated that it is time for the gods and gods to come forward.


    Of course, although there is no covenant with ghosts and gods, Hunling Zunshen is still preparing for the battle.


    He worked hard to mobilize all his strength, prepare for battle, and join the battle in time when the battle situation changes, and kill Meng Zhang first.


    It would be nice if the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces, as well as the army of ghosts and gods, could be captured in one go.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the others didn''t know that Zunling God wanted to join the battle in the East Land, and they were ready to attack the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces.


    Since they tried their best to mobilize all the forces and prepare to participate in the next battle in Donglu, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces have relaxed their surveillance on the Hunling Venerable God.


    Moreover, Hunling Zunshen''s movements are very hidden.


    Although he was trying his best to recruit the army under his command, he did not send them directly to the Eastern Land, but just let them gather near his palace.


    The praying mantis catches the cicada, and the oriole is behind, and the god Hunling has made up his mind to be the oriole.


    As for whether it will succeed, it is up to him to have the final say.


    After research and discussion, Meng Zhang and the others already had some clues about how to clear the sky.


    However, after repeated calculations, they all felt that their own strength was seriously insufficient.


    Especially at the level of true immortals, they are too far from the ghosts and gods.


    Luna was actively running, trying to win over more indigenous true gods to join him in the war.


    But she tried her best, with little success.


    Meng Zhang really couldn''t figure out how the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm could be so short-sighted, and what were they thinking in their hearts.


    If the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces are defeated, Meng Zhang and the others really have nothing to do. They can leave the Shenchang Realm directly, give up everything here, and flee into the void.


    Maybe the next road will be very difficult and there will be more challenges, but they still have a way out.


    However, these indigenous gods in the Shenchang Realm have no way out at all.


    They have nowhere else to go except Shenchang Realm.


    Even if they were able to escape into the void, their territory and followers would be difficult to take away.


    Even if these are not said, with the survival ability of these indigenous gods, it is difficult to gain a foothold in the void.


    Although he had long held no expectations for the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm, these guys still made Meng Zhang angry every time.


    Meng Zhang ignored these guys for the time being, and slowly cleaned them up when he was free.


    Meng Zhang began to think about whether to invite the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor to take action.


    The last time he left Yuanhai, Meng Zhang had already noticed that the situation of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor was so bad that it had seriously damaged the foundation.


    Even after so long, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor could not recover.


    Even whether the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor can recover in the future is still unknown.


    In the current state of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, even if he is forced to take action, he may not be able to exert much combat power.


    Instead, letting him take a risk will only bring him danger.


    Over the years, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has performed very well in all aspects as an ally.


    In the few battles he personally participated in, he did not hold back, and he made all-out shots and played a key role.


    Unless he really had no choice, Meng Zhang really didn''t want to disturb him in retreat for healing.


    Meng Zhang and Yueshen, they racked their brains and thought hard about how to improve their combat power, especially the combat power of the true god level, but there was still no gain.


    Meng Zhangdu began to think about whether he really had to prepare to retreat.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally received good news.


    The two dragon kings who followed the Sea-Swallowing Dragon King into the source sea last time, Jinlong King and Sulong King, after this period of tempering, finally broke through the realm of the virtual immortal dragon king and became the Dragon King.


    From then on, they will be called Jinlonghuang and Sulonghuang.


    The two newly promoted Dragon Sovereigns, shortly after the breakthrough, stabilized their cultivation realm a little, and then used the Dragon Clan Secret Technique to contact the outside world, and learned about the latest battle situation in Donglu.


    The Ganglong King and the Yulong King commanded the dragon army on the front line, participated in the battle in person, and were very familiar with all aspects of the situation.


    Meng Zhang did not hide from them his plans for the next step, battle plans, and problems faced by his side.


    Gangwanglong and Yulongwang did not want to disturb the cultivation of Jinlonghuang and Sulonghuang.


    But now that they have successfully broken through, and inquired about the situation as the patriarch and the great elder, it is difficult for them to hide it.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2793

    Most of the high-level dragon clan members are arrogant and arrogant. Since this time it is sincere to form an alliance with the Taiyi monks, it is natural to want to show something.


    Don''t say anything about being competitive, at least the performance can''t be much worse than that of allies.


    In the previous battles, apart from the participation of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, in the battles of the true immortal level, the dragons had basically made no achievements.


    Emperor Sulong and Emperor Jinlong were not very satisfied with this, and felt that their self-esteem was not satisfied.


    Now, King Ganglong and King Yulong told them about the latest battle situation.


    After they heard that a group of ghosts and gods actually forced their side to retreat and couldn''t resist, they already had anger in their hearts.


    When did the dignified and true dragon clan bully even a group of bastards and ghosts?


    The biggest weakness of their own is the lack of true immortal-level combat power.


    Emperor Sulong and King Jinlong should have continued to retreat at this time, so that they could consolidate their new cultivation realm.


    In this situation, they can''t stay out of it.


    They have since remodeled the body of a serious dragon, and they are just using the ghosts and gods as enemies that are easier to deal with.


    After obtaining the consent of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, the Sulong Emperor and the Jinlong Emperor soon left the source sea and were ready to go to the Eastern Land to participate in the war.


    It is not a big problem to leave Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor alone and continue to retreat in the source sea to heal his wounds.


    Meng Zhang was overjoyed when he learned from King Ganglong that Emperor Sulong and Emperor Jinlong were about to come to support him.


    Among all the worlds in the void, the dragons are notoriously powerful races.


    Even if Sulong Emperor and Jinlong Emperor have just broken through, it is no problem to deal with ordinary true god-level ghosts and gods.


    With the help of these two newly promoted Dragon Emperor, Meng Zhang had a lot more confidence in the next battle.


    Meng Zhang told Emperor Sulong and Emperor Jinlong not to show up early and hide for the time being.


    After the war, appear as a surprise soldier.


    Although Jinlonghuang and Sulonghuang were already powerful at the level of true immortals, they still recognized Meng Zhang''s orders.


    For them, Meng Zhang was a true immortal senior, and his cultivation was enough to convince them.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns assisted in the battle, which was a pleasant surprise.


    Meng Zhang and the others are also actively preparing for the battle.


    Luna seized the time to refine the divine bodies of True God Rising Sun and True God of Rising Sun, and gained a lot of benefits from it.


    Gu Yue Lingqing smuggled from Lingkong Xianjie to Junchen Realm, went through a lot, and later joined Taiyi Realm to work for Meng Zhang.


    His cultivation has also improved a lot, and he has gradually exerted the power of the Gu Yue family''s family-inherited magical powers.


    Before taking refuge in Meng Zhang, Fairy Yue''e''s cultivation progressed slowly.


    From escaping from Junchen Realm to returning to Junchen Realm, there has been little progress in thousands of years.


    After joining Meng Zhang, she read many books of Taiyi Realm, got advice from Meng Zhang, and communicated with Gu Yue Ling Qing, all of which benefited her a lot.


    Although Meng Zhang did not teach her the fundamental inheritance of Taiyi Sect, many of the slightly peripheral inheritances were enough to make up for the shortcomings of her loose cultivator background.


    Taimiao knew that the next battle was very crucial, and no longer had any reservations, and began to coordinate with the entire Taiyi Realm in order to better use the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    On the side of the ghosts and gods, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others are willing to spend more time and concentrate more power in order to ensure that they can defeat the enemy with one blow.


    Whether it is to go to the underworld to recruit more ghosts and gods to fight, or to search the vast underworld and urge all kinds of ghosts and gods to join the army, it takes a lot of time.


    With Yin Jiu and the others tipping off the news internally, Meng Zhang and the others grasped the movements of the army of ghosts and gods, and were able to make more appropriate arrangements.


    Since the enemy is not in a hurry to launch a full-scale attack, Meng Zhang and the others will not take the initiative.


    Meng Zhang was able to make a trip back to the Western Land to deal with the native gods who took the initiative to take refuge.


    Meng Zhangqiang resisted the urge to clean up all these indigenous gods, and with patience, he recruited a lot of indigenous gods through a series of methods such as coercion and inducement.


    These indigenous gods were almost pressed by Meng Zhang to go to the Eastern Land.


    Many indigenous gods were formed into armies in preparation for the next great battle.


    Of course, among so many indigenous gods, not all are waste, and there are also a few available.


    Meng Zhang also didn''t expect these native gods to play a big role, as long as they could attract the enemy''s attention a little when needed.


    Time passed slowly like this, and the preparations for both sides went relatively smoothly.


    On the side of the army of ghosts and gods, most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld have been called to come to the world.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, all the forces that can be concentrated have been concentrated as much as possible.


    Finally, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others felt that there was no need to wait any longer, and decided to start the war again.


    Although the army of ghosts and gods is numerous, its organization and discipline are very poor.


    To be able to train so many ghosts and gods into an army has already made the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and others exhausted.


    As more ghosts and gods join in, the army of ghosts and gods becomes more chaotic as it grows larger.


    In fact, if it is an ordinary enemy, the army of ghosts and gods swarms up and can easily crush it by virtue of its numerical advantage.


    However, in previous battles, in the face of the highly organized and trained Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition, the Ghosts and Gods Army did not give full play to their numerical superiority.


    On the contrary, they paid more losses because of the scattered formations, and missed a lot of opportunities because they could not enforce the ban.


    Now the number of ghosts and gods has become larger, and while the strength has been greatly enhanced, there are also more problems with ineffective command.


    It took a long time for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to get the army to move, arrange a rough formation, and begin to advance forward.


    Before the army of ghosts and gods was dispatched, Meng Zhang and the others had already received the news.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces, which have received reinforcements, have long been ready for battle.


    On the front is the formation listed by the army of monks in Taiyi Realm.


    Although the army of ghosts and gods looks very scattered, its overall strength far exceeds its opponents.


    The Lord Wangui, who is proficient in military formations, just observed a little and found that the opponent''s right wing was the biggest weakness.


    As long as you break through the army of the demoralized indigenous gods, you can shake the entire front of the enemy, leading to the complete collapse of the enemy army.


    The four top-level ghosts and gods, the Lord of Wangui, the mother-in-law of ghosts, the ghosts of Sanjue, and the son of ghost bones, came to the front line to command and led the army to kill the enemy camp.


    The two sides have fought many times, and there has never been a need for communication.


    Now to fight again, for the army of ghosts and gods, it only needs to move forward.


    Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Ling Qing, Fairy Yue''e and Moon God flew over their army.


    The cultivator army of Taiyi Realm was led by Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, and the dragon army, led by King Ganglong and Yulong, took the initiative to go forward to meet the enemy''s sudden advance.


    The army of indigenous gods on the right flank hesitated for a while, and then moved a beat slower, causing the movement of the entire army to be a little out of line.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2794

    Having learned the lesson from the last time, the Lord of Wangui and the others will not let Meng Zhang use the method of the upper sire against the lower sire again to attack his own army and cause casualties arbitrarily.


    The four top-level ghosts and gods, including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, directly killed Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang and the other four did not separate, but fought together, cooperated with each other, and joined forces to share the enemy''s pressure.


    Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e formed a simple four-image formation, and the four formed a solid battle group.


    The ghost mother and the mother-in-law think that their overall strength is far superior to Meng Zhang and the others, so they have no scruples.


    The four top-level ghosts and gods, the Lord of Wangui, the mother-in-law of ghosts, the ghosts of Sanjue, and the young master of ghost bones, came from all directions, and the battle group that surrounded Meng Zhang was a fierce attack.


    Meng Zhang and the others did their best to block the enemy''s advance.


    Suddenly, there was a rumbling sound in the sky, and the two sides fell into a fierce battle.


    When Meng Zhang and the others began to fight, the armies of the two sides below also began to fight.


    The army of ghosts and gods swarmed up, and immediately made the Taiyi world and the alliance of the dragon tribe feel a huge pressure.


    As the commander-in-chief, Lord Wangui made a battle plan before he personally participated in the war, and let several cronies take charge of commanding the army.


    The army of ghosts and gods divided a part of its forces to suppress the army of monks in the Taiyi world and the alliance of dragons.


    More ghosts and gods, led by a group of true god-level ghosts and gods, rushed directly to the army of the indigenous gods next to them.


    This is the enemy''s weakness that the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has long been optimistic about.


    As soon as the war started, the main force of the army of ghosts and gods went straight to this weakness, trying to defeat this army of indigenous gods in one fell swoop.


    This army of indigenous gods has gathered a lot of indigenous gods, many of which are true indigenous gods, and they also look decent.


    If it was in the civil war of the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm, maybe it would be able to survive for a while.


    However, in the face of the full impact of the army of ghosts and gods, the weakness of this army of indigenous gods and gods was soon exposed.


    Many indigenous gods do not have the will to fight, let alone the courage to persevere to the end, especially when the strength gap between the enemy and us is obviously too large.


    Although some of the indigenous gods fought actively and managed to maintain it, the army of the indigenous gods did not hold on for too long before being dispersed by the enemy.


    Speaking of which, the indigenous gods of the Yang World of Shenchang World and the ghosts and gods of the underworld are the deadly rivals.


    The two sides have been hostile for many years, and have already accumulated a deep hatred.


    The ferocious ghosts and gods swarmed up, smashed into the enemy army, and wanted to kill these indigenous gods.


    Some indigenous gods are still resisting, and more indigenous gods have begun to retreat.


    The spirits of the ghosts and gods were high, and the desire to kill was thoroughly aroused by the poor performance of the enemy.


    They try to chase down the enemy and kill with all their might...


    The army of monks and dragons in the Taiyi Realm next to them tried to divide their strength to support the indigenous gods, but the army of ghosts and gods they faced increased the pressure, leaving them no time to care.


    If it continues like this, it won''t be long before the army of ghosts and gods can completely defeat the army of indigenous gods, and then flank the army of monks and dragons from the Taiyi Realm and wipe them out.


    In the high sky, the formation formed by Meng Zhang and the others only temporarily resisted the enemy''s attack.


    Fairy Yue''e, who was the weakest in cultivation, was able to persevere under the care of Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    The Moon God''s cultivation base is also diligent, and can maintain his position unshakable.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others attacked with all their might, but within a short period of time, they were unable to break the enemy''s formation.


    When they saw the battle below, their own side had an absolute advantage, so they were not in a hurry and were willing to spend it with Meng Zhang and the others slowly.


    The powerful enemy Tai Miao didn''t show up in time this time, which made them a little concerned, but they couldn''t say how much they were afraid.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law did not relax their monitoring of the surroundings even in the fierce battle. It was almost impossible to raid them.


    There are many ghosts and gods at the level of true gods below, and if you come up to a few, you can entangle Taimiao.


    In fact, the number of true god-level ghosts and gods far exceeds that of indigenous true gods, which is also one of the reasons for the rapid collapse of the army of indigenous gods.


    The army of monks in the Taiyi world and the army of dragons are well-trained, and they also have the help of the formation.


    But what about this, if a few ghosts and gods of the true god level come casually, they can suppress them to the death, making them almost unstoppable.


    The war was going on at the height of its intensity, and it was wonderful not to be idle.


    At this time, Tai Miao was in the Taiyi Realm.


    All the gods in the Taiyi world were mobilized.


    They took their respective positions, and under Tai Miao''s command, they began to mobilize the magic circles that spread over almost the entire Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm started slowly, then accelerated, and slammed into the Shenchang Realm.


    I saw that from the void, a behemoth flew, pointing fiercely at the realm of Shenchang.


    If the collision is successful at this time, the Taiyi Realm will not escape complete destruction, and the Shenchang Realm will be hit hard as never before, which is equivalent to a lose-lose outcome.


    It has not reached the point where the mountains and rivers are exhausted, and Tai Miao will not really perish with the enemy.


    This time, he wanted to use the power of Taiyi Realm to destroy the canopy built by ghosts and gods, instead of directly hitting Shenchang Realm itself.


    Such a behemoth of Taiyi Realm is rapidly approaching Shenchang Realm, which will naturally trigger various visions.


    In many places in Shenchang Realm, huge earthquakes and tsunamis were set off...


    Ghosts and gods at this level like the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts are very sensitive to changes in the entire world.


    Even in the fierce battle, they soon discovered that Taiyi Realm was colliding with Shenchang Realm.


    Soon, other ghosts and indigenous gods also discovered that something was wrong.


    Many indigenous gods thought that the natural disaster that would destroy the world was about to come, and they were all scared and pale and panicked.


    Even the brutal and arrogant ghosts and gods were stunned at this time.


    If Taiyi Realm really hits Shenchang Realm, Shenchang Realm itself may not be completely destroyed, but the creatures above, including indigenous gods and ghosts and gods, will not be spared.


    With the rapid approach of Taiyi World, strange and powerful forces filled the space between these two worlds.


    Young Master Guigu shouted at Meng Zhang and the others, "Are you crazy, do you really want to lose both?"


    Sanjue Guishen vaguely felt that the situation was not right, but did not find the problem.


    Taiyi Realm is much smaller than Shenchang Realm, and it is impossible to cover the entire Shenchang Realm.


    The direction of impact that Tai Miao chose happened to be the east land of Shenchang Realm.


    Moreover, he had already made arrangements within the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm area facing the impact direction is mainly the Gobi and the desert.


    When Meng Zhang and the others formed the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Gate Territory, that is, the northern part of the Junchen Realm, was the core.


    Among them, including the barren land in the north. Right next to it, there are Death Sand Sea and Endless Sand Sea.


    To provide you with the fastest update of "Master Xianlu" by the great god Shushan swordsman, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!

 Chapter 2795

    Looking at it from a high altitude, the entire Taiyi Realm seems to be an irregular huge canvas. The canvas is mostly land, with only a small amount of ocean.


    There are mountains, lakes, forests, grasslands, deserts and Gobi on the land... The original barren land in the north of Junchen Realm is really barren, with almost no spiritual energy, and the living environment is extremely harsh, and almost no creatures survive here.


    The Dark Alliance is still secretly creating a magic nest here, cultivating a large number of monsters. Later, the Taiyi Sect cultivators swept away the monsters and purified the place, but they were not able to change the harsh environment here.


    After the Junchen Realm collapsed and the Taiyi Realm entered the void, Meng Zhang tried his best to strengthen the Taiyi Realm. Especially by plundering Shenchang Realm, many resources were obtained.


    The Taiyi Realm continues to grow, the conditions in all aspects continue to improve, and the spiritual energy is more abundant... However, there is still no essential change in the barren land.


    The upper and lower Taiyi Realm is also unwilling to invest resources here. In a region as vast as the world, it is naturally impossible for every region to develop in a balanced way.


    The barren land of Junchen Realm has become an integral part of Taiyi Realm, and it is still barren land. Taiyi Realm is a new world. After the shaping is completed, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are still constantly transforming and improving.


    The area where the barren land is located is a prominent sharp corner on the entire Taiyi realm.


    After so many years of transformation, the Dead Sand Sea and the Endless Sand Sea next to the barren land, the number of oases has continued to increase, and more and more creatures can be accommodated.


    Of course, in general, these two places are still not particularly good places. In Taiyi Realm, there are many places where conditions are far better than these two places.


    In the endless sand sea, especially the death sand sea, there is basically no major cultivation force, and the number of cultivators here is also very limited.


    Before this action, Tai Miao initiated the Taiyi World stay-behind cultivators and carried out a large-scale relocation of these two places.


    Whether it is mortals or cultivators, they try to stay away from these two areas. And the entire Taiyi Realm has also been reinforced once again.


    Now, looking at it from the void, the Taiyi Realm hits the eastern land of the Shenchang Realm with a sharp horn.


    After all, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is ambitious, and he quickly reacted from the extreme shock. Judging from the situation of both sides, there is no need for Taiyi Realm to lose both sides with ghosts and gods.


    Taking 10,000 steps back, as a foreign invader, even if the battle is defeated, the Taiyi Realm cultivator and the Dragon Clan are the big deal to evacuate the Shenchang Realm, and there is no disaster.


    The Taiyi Realm is now colliding with the Shenchang Realm, clearly because it has other plans. The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts quickly thought of something, and couldn''t help shouting loudly: "Everyone be careful, their goal is the sky..." While reminding others, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was going to stop the wonderful action.


    After being reminded by the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, the ghost mother and mother-in-law immediately woke up, and they were about to leave the battle immediately.


    Meng Zhang and the four of them naturally couldn''t let them go easily, they had to work hard to entangle them here. The ghost mother and the mother-in-law were originally the one who was besieging, and they were in an advantageous position. It was not difficult to get out of the battle.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the ghost mother-in-law were the first to leave the battle and flew towards the void. Sanjue Ghost God and Ghost Bone Young Master followed closely behind.


    Meng Zhang and the other four also flew over to continue to entangle them. A long time ago, Meng Zhang put the Taiyi Realm as close as possible to the Shenchang Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm has always been operating very close to the Shenchang Realm. The two worlds have interacted with each other for a long time, and there have been many special signs.


    However, it wasn''t long enough. In addition, the monks in the Taiyi realm worked hard to stabilize the Taiyi realm, and the indigenous gods in the Shenchang realm had the task of regulating the heavens and the earth, so such an impact was not particularly obvious.


    Tai Miao and many gods in the Taiyi Realm worked together to activate the magic circle on the Taiyi Realm, and even did not hesitate to consume the source of heaven and earth in the source sea.


    The Taiyi Realm is advancing very fast. If it wasn''t for the Taiyi Realm gods and the left-behind monks who worked hard to stabilize the whole world, maybe the earth in some places would crack.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others reacted very quickly, but they still didn''t have time to stop the collision. The sharp corner of Taiyi Realm, which is the area where the barren land is located, slammed into the sky above the Eastern Land.


    The ghosts and gods spent a lot of money, and the sky that has been painstakingly built has spread over most of the Eastern Continent, which is almost equivalent to a layer of barrier in the Eastern Continent.


    The canopy itself is extremely sturdy and has a strong defense. The sky is extremely important for the ghosts and gods of the underworld to operate in the Yang world.


    If there is no cover of the sky, let alone organize an army of ghosts and gods to fight around, every time the ghosts and gods stay in the Yang World, they will continue to be rejected and weakened.


    Although the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has fallen, the disorder of yin and yang has become more and more serious in Donglu, and the rejection and suppression of ghosts and gods by Yangshi has been weakening.


    But so far, most of the rules of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm have remained normal. The rules of heaven and earth in the yang world will still instinctively reject the ghosts and gods from the underworld.


    Thanks to the existence of Tianmu, the ghosts and gods will not only not lose their strength in the Yang World, but will receive some blessings.


    The thoughtful Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has long considered that the sky is a weakness of his side, and it is also a big target that is difficult to hide.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has arranged many ghosts and gods, many of which are at the level of true gods, dedicated to guarding the sky.


    Even when the war was the most intense, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not select these ghosts and gods. The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has only one order for them, and that is to fully protect the integrity of the sky.


    These ghosts and gods used the prohibition of the canopy itself, coupled with their own strength, to turn it into an indestructible line of defense.


    Even if a few ordinary true immortals shoot, it is difficult to break the sky. When Tianmu encounters an attack, as long as they persist for a while, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others will definitely go to reinforce them immediately.


    Under normal circumstances, Meng Zhang and the others would not be able to break the sky in a short period of time, no matter how concentrated their strength was.


    No one thought that Meng Zhang would let Tai Miao control the Taiyi Realm directly into the sky. This is a blow that breaks the boat and sinks the boat, and it is also a powerful blow.


    The Taiyi Realm is like a battleship from the void, and the sharp corner where the barren land is located is the ramming angle of the battleship.


    Seeing the fierce collision of Taiyi Realm, the ghosts and gods guarding the sky were very vigilant, and they acted spontaneously without any orders.


    Originally, they were distributed all over the sky, some on the ground, some in the sky, close to the sky... They desperately input mana, and tried their best to activate the prohibition of the sky itself, trying to create a more powerful defense. Come.


    A thick layer of smoke came out from the sky, as if it was covered with a coat.

 Chapter 2796

    It''s a pity that this layer of coat, which seems to be not weak in defense, did not play a big role. The thick fog that could have easily blocked True God-level attacks was easily pierced by the sharp corners of Taiyi Realm.


    I saw that after the huge sharp horn easily pierced the thick black mist, there was almost no pause, and it directly hit the main body of the sky.


    At this moment, with a roar, almost the entire Shenchang Realm and Taiyi Realm began to shake violently. The sharp corner of Taiyi Realm, where the barren land was located, collapsed directly and turned into Countless fragments disappeared quickly.


    Although only a corner of Taiyi Realm hit the sky, Tai Miao almost blessed the entire Taiyi Realm''s power on it, and urged it together with many gods.


    The huge sky curtain has almost covered most of the East Continent, and a big hole burst out at the part that was hit.


    The terrifying power extends around the sky, constantly destroying the entire sky. The sky curtain is like a huge piece of glass, with countless small cracks and cracks appearing on it, and then the cracks continue to expand and grow.


    There was another series of explosions, and various parts of the sky curtain began to explode and shatter. Large pieces of the sky curtain fell from the sky, and fell to the land of the East Continent like raindrops.


    Those ghosts and gods who were originally guarding the heavens and the earth and were working hard to protect and bless the sky were all struck by lightning, and they were hit hard like never before.


    A famous ghost fell from the sky along with the fragments of the sky curtain, and a famous ghost fell to the ground... In the collision between Taiyi Realm and Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm did not directly hit the body of Shenchang Realm, but its other A corner collided with the sky, almost perfectly achieving Meng Zhang''s purpose.


    The sky was hit hard, and even its foundations began to shake and collapse. Of course, this collision had a great impact on both Taiyi Realm and Shenchang Realm.


    The sky screen built by ghosts and gods is rooted in the earth of Shenchang Realm, and it can almost be regarded as a part of Shenchang Realm.


    The force of the impact was transmitted to the Shenchang realm, causing huge earthquakes, tsunamis and other natural disasters in all parts of the Shenchang realm.


    In particular, the Eastern Continent bore the brunt of the unprecedented earthquake, which spread across almost the entire Eastern Continent, the mountains collapsed, and the ground cracked... Even the warring ghosts and gods and the Taiyi Realm Dragon Clan allied forces were unsteady in the quake, and the formation began. Scattered.


    The armies of both sides were affected by this, and the situation on the battlefield became abrupt. This impact also caused Taiyi Realm to suffer a lot.


    The barren land directly collapsed and disappeared, and the adjacent Dead Sand Sea directly broke into many fragments and fell off the Taiyi Realm.


    A little farther in the endless sand sea, where Meng Zhang and Taiyimen had risen, a big earthquake broke out.


    There are huge bottomless cracks on the ground, and large swathes of collapse in many places... The Jiuqu River area, Yuantu Prairie, etc., have been greatly affected.


    When the Taiyi Realm was first formed, Meng Zhang followed the secret technique left by the Taiyi Jinxian, and together with the Taiyi Realm disciples, he built a magic circle that spread almost all over the Taiyi Realm.


    In the process of the expansion of Taiyi Realm, the magic circle also continued to expand. Many magic circles with different functions form a whole, which plays a very important role in Taiyi Realm.


    These magic circles have a strong defensive power and can be used to resist the invasion of foreign enemies. The magic circle can promote the Taiyi world to advance in the void... It is very important and the most important task of the magic circle is to maintain the stability of the entire Taiyi world.


    After the collision, the left-behind monks in Taiyi Realm quickly returned to normal, and began to push the magic circle with all their strength, trying to stabilize the entire Taiyi Realm.


    Many gods in Taimiao and Taiyi Realm, at this time, are fulfilling the duties of the gods, working hard to stabilize the earth pulse, regulating the spiritual energy of heaven and earth, and ensuring the stability of Taiyi Realm.


    Under their series of efforts, the vibration above Taiyi Realm began to slowly disappear. When it is completely out of the battle, the damage of Taiyi Realm will be slowly repaired, such as the cracked earth, etc., will begin to heal.


    This impact not only nearly destroyed the sky, but also caused heavy casualties to the ghosts and gods guarding the sky. Meng Zhang''s use of Taiyijie as a weapon this time seems to be ingenious, but it is actually a last resort.


    In addition, he could no longer find a powerful enough means to destroy the sky. Now that the strategic purpose has been achieved, it is natural that the Taiyi Realm will not continue to be in danger.


    It''s wonderful that they are trying to stabilize the Taiyi Realm while driving the Taiyi Realm away from the collision. The ghost mother and mother-in-law tried to prevent the collision from happening, but they were one step too late.


    The shock wave generated by the impact spreads around. Not only did it set off an unprecedented storm in Donglu, but it also slightly blocked the steps of the ghost mother and mother.


    By the time they got to the site of the impact, everything that should have happened had already happened. Seeing that the sky curtain began to collapse and fall off, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and Sanjue Ghosts and Gods hesitated, and immediately went over to try to repair them.


    The angry ghost mother and mother-in-law didn''t care so much, and madly rushed to Taiyi Realm. At this time, Young Master Ghost Bone was in a daze because of his extreme shock.


    The ghost mother-in-law seems to have lost her mind and wants to take Taiyijie as the object of venting. Several huge and ferocious ghost heads flew out from the hands of the ghost mother-in-law and roared towards Taiyi Realm.


    Although Tai Miao needs to be distracted, he is in the Taiyi Realm, and he has the absolute advantage of being at home, and can fully mobilize and utilize the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    Several gray-black rays of light shot out from Tai Miao''s hands, smashing those ghost heads into pieces. The power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm turned into an invisible cage, trying to imprison the ghost mother and mother-in-law.


    The ghost mother-in-law is equivalent to fighting against the entire Taiyi Realm by herself. If it wasn''t for the fact that Taiyi Realm had just experienced a violent collision, the power used to imprison her at this time was insufficient, and she would have to suffer a big loss.


    Even so, she spent a lot of effort to break free from the invisible confinement. At this time, Meng Zhang and the others had already caught up.


    Of course, they wouldn''t let the ghost mother and mother-in-law attack Taiyi Realm recklessly, and they immediately shot at her. The dazed Young Master Ghost Bone finally reacted and joined the battle.


    At this time, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and Sanjue Ghosts and Gods, who were farther away, finally realized that the sky curtain had been fundamentally damaged, and it was difficult to repair it.


    Even if they go all out and use all means, it is difficult to slow down the speed of the sky''s collapse. The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts absolutely cannot accept this fact.


    Without the cover of the sky, it is difficult for the army of ghosts and gods to continue to stand in Yangshi.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts can''t take care of the ongoing fierce battle. He hopes to temporarily get out of the battle, and then concentrate all the power of ghosts and gods to repair the sky.

 Chapter 2797

    In fact, not only the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, but any sensible ghosts and gods should know that Tianmu is the foundation for them to invade the world of Shenchang World.


    Now, due to Meng Zhang''s unexpected movements, the sky has been severely damaged and has become shaky.


    Compared with the gains and losses of Tianmu, the victory or defeat of a war, the losses of some ghosts and gods are all trivial matters.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts quickly communicated with the ghost mother-in-law and the others secretly, revealing his thoughts.


    Although the ghost mother and mother-in-law are still exposed, they also know that what the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts said makes sense.


    Therefore, the ghost mother and mother-in-law have no fighting spirit, and they all want to get out of the battle.


    It doesn''t matter if they lose this time, and it''s okay to pay some losses. The key is to keep the sky.


    The sky screen has just been hit hard, and many consequences have not yet fully manifested at this time.


    If nothing else, the surrounding rules of heaven and earth have not been reversed, and the ghosts and gods have not yet begun to be repelled.


    For the sake of safety, Meng Zhang hoped to wait for a while, until the sky curtain completely failed and Yang Shi''s rules of heaven and earth were restored.


    By that time, ghosts and gods will be severely weakened.


    If we start the war again, our casualties will be greatly reduced.


    In addition, now the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition are facing the impact of the army of ghosts and gods, and they are almost unable to hold on.


    Meng Zhang would never allow his own army to be injured fundamentally.


    If the ghost mother and mother-in-law take the initiative to retreat, Meng Zhang and the others will return to help their army in time.


    At that time, not only will he be able to save his own army, but he may also inflict heavy damage on the army of ghosts and gods.


    Maybe the ghost mother-in-law and the others also knew Meng Zhang''s thoughts, so they didn''t back off at will.


    While they continued to fight with Meng Zhang and the others, they ordered the army of ghosts and gods who were fighting to retreat first.


    On the other side of the battlefield, the army of ghosts and gods, which was already in the absolute upper hand, was temporarily halted because the Taiyi Realm hit the sky just now.


    But they recovered quickly and continued to attack the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    At this time, the army of ghosts and gods received an order from the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, asking them to retreat quickly and take the initiative to leave the battle.


    Ghosts and gods are inherently cruel, impulsive, rebellious...


    Several top-level ghosts and gods managed to compile the ghosts and gods into an army, but they could not change their nature at all.


    The army of ghosts and gods is not an army that is forbidden, and many times it is difficult for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to command the entire army like an arm.


    Now that our own advantage is so obvious, many ghosts and gods who have fought with real fire are fierce and unwilling to retreat easily.


    After receiving the order, some ghosts and gods began to prepare to leave the battle; some ghosts and gods rushed towards the enemy even more frantically...


    For a while, some chaos began to appear within the army of ghosts and gods.


    After Taiyi Realm hit the sky, there were many large and small gaps in the sky soon.


    In many places, the canopy has fallen off in large pieces.


    Ever since the canopy was established, the sky in Donglu has become pitch black.


    The sky is constantly expanding, and the influence of the sky is getting bigger and bigger.


    The place where Taiyi Realm hit the sky was carefully chosen, and it was almost exactly in the center of the sky.


    The countless fragments that fell from the sky, like meteorites, constantly bombarded the ground below.


    The many ghosts and gods arranged in the rear suffered heavy losses in such bombardment.


    After the canopy collapsed, the shielding power in the sky disappeared the fastest.


    One after another sunlight, along the gaps in the sky, shot towards the earth.


    The sky that had been pitch black began to appear bright.


    Sunlight is the natural enemy of ghosts, especially for low-level ghosts.


    Among the huge army of ghosts and gods, it is impossible for all of them to be high-level ghosts and gods, and there are many low-level ghosts as servants.


    The ghosts that were at ease under the sky suddenly faced the sunlight falling from the sky, and they were burned to pieces.


    Even those high-level ghosts and gods still instinctively feel uncomfortable in the face of the blazing sunlight.


    The place where the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the dragon tribe fought against the army of ghosts and gods was originally located on the edge of the coverage area of ??the sky.


    The canopy was hit hard, and its effects first appeared on its edges.


    The rules of heaven and earth affected by the sky screen changed rapidly here, and the rules of heaven and earth of Yang Shi itself once again prevailed.


    Many low-level ghosts and gods have felt that they have been greatly restricted, and this world seems to be rejecting them...


    The four of Meng Zhang formed a battle group, and they were still fighting endlessly with the four ghosts and gods.


    Neither side wanted to continue fighting here, but they had to fight endlessly.


    If the ghost mother-in-law and the others retreated directly and ignored Meng Zhang and the others, then Meng Zhang and the others would definitely attack the army of ghosts and gods that were fighting in front of them.


    Without the restraint of the same power, that army of ghosts and gods could not resist Meng Zhang''s attack.


    They can accept casualties in the army of ghosts and gods, but they don''t want to see the entire army of ghosts and gods collapse completely.


    While the battles in various battlefields in the Eastern Continent continued, the Hunling Venerable God had been paying attention.


    Hunling Venerable God has long been lurking near the battlefield, waiting for both sides to suffer.


    At first, when the army of ghosts and gods began to gain the upper hand, he was in a good mood.


    If he doesn''t need to take action, the army of ghosts and gods can completely defeat the Taiyi world and the alliance of dragons, and that is the best result.


    But the subsequent series of changes came too quickly.


    He never imagined that Meng Zhang would have such a big hand to directly let the Taiyi Realm hit the sky, almost abolishing the biggest support of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Hunling Venerable God knows that the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others must have no fighting spirit at this moment.


    Hunling Zunshen still has some understanding of the canopy built by ghosts and gods.


    After all, apart from the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan, the ghosts and gods are also his imaginary enemies.


    If the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan fail completely, then he and the ghosts and gods will compete for the hegemony of the Shenchang Realm.


    Hunling Zunshen also considered how to deal with the army of ghosts and gods.


    His idea is highly consistent with Meng Zhang, that is, the first thing to do is to destroy the sky and get rid of the biggest support of the army of ghosts and gods.


    However, after thinking hard for so long, he still hadn''t thought of a way to get rid of the canopy.


    Meng Zhang''s approach is really unique, making it difficult for Hunling Zunshen to imitate.


    The Taiyi World has severely damaged the sky this time, and it should be difficult for the ghosts and gods to repair it with the estimation of the mixed spirits respecting the gods.


    Hunling Zunshen still has a good understanding of the strengths of both sides.


    Meng Zhang and the others were only stronger than the enemy in terms of top-level combat power.


    Even before the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor made a move, Meng Zhang and the others were able to entangle the top ghosts and gods.


    Meng Zhang and the others have the biggest gap between them and the enemy, in fact, the level below the true immortal.


    In the battle of cultivators, it was the top powerhouses who really decided the final outcome.


    Not to mention, if you lose the cover of the sky, the strength of the top powerhouses in the army of ghosts and gods will be greatly reduced.


    According to Hunling Zunshen''s estimation, if no other forces intervene, the complete defeat of the army of ghosts and gods is only a matter of time.

 Chapter 2798

    As the saying goes, the bystanders are clear, the insiders are obsessed, and the Hunling Zunshen considers himself as a bystander and can see the situation here most clearly.


    After Tianmu was severely damaged, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others had no will to fight, and it was only a matter of time before the army of ghosts and gods on the battlefield would be defeated.


    Missing this time, the army of ghosts and gods will only become more and more passive, weaker and weaker, and finally be completely defeated by the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the dragon tribe.


    In the future, it is a question whether the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others can organize an attack of this scale.


    Hunling Zunshen can clearly see that in addition to the advantage of the ghosts and gods on the front line, the ghosts and gods left behind have suffered heavy losses.


    The advantage of the front-line ghosts and gods army, I don''t know how long it will last.


    This battle can be called a turning point in the battle between the army of ghosts and gods and the allied forces of Taiyi and the Dragon Clan.


    Hunling Zun Shen felt that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance could not easily win a big victory.


    From the beginning to the end, he regarded Meng Zhang and the others as his worst enemies, and it was not just because of hatred.


    Even after the rise of ghosts and gods, showing a huge threat, he still did not change this idea.


    Previously, the army of ghosts and gods seemed to have been on the offensive, in a strong position, and had been suppressing the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    After today, the offensive and defensive trend will definitely change.


    After thinking about it for a while, Hunling Venerable God made up his mind.


    He had to make an immediate move to break the advantage that Meng Zhang and the others finally gained.


    Not to mention the complete elimination of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance, at least to damage its foundation, so that it will not be able to turn the tide in the future.


    Top powerhouses are indeed important.


    A few top powerhouses alone cannot occupy a big world.


    As long as they can destroy the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan, Meng Zhang and the others will be difficult to control in the future, and even the current territory will be difficult to continue to control.


    After Hunling Venerable God made up his mind, he immediately took action.


    He flew to the rear of the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan, and threw an arch-shaped artifact to the ground.


    After this artifact landed, it immediately turned into a huge portal. Behind the portal, it is directly connected to the depths of the sea.


    The Hunling Venerable God contacted the Temple of Heaven this time and asked for help.


    In the Temple of Heaven, he was optimistic about his senior, and he did not hesitate to cast a spell to tear the space, and sent a lot of support to him.


    This space artifact is one of the supports sent over.


    Hunling Venerable God has almost controlled the power of the original Azure Sea God.


    He had previously been recruiting the indigenous gods into an army.


    The army, controlled by his cronies, has been waiting for orders behind this portal.


    Hunling Zun God sacrificed the artifact and opened the space channel.


    The army of indigenous gods, who had been waiting for a long time, immediately filed out from behind the portal.


    This space artifact can be regarded as an artifact of great strategic significance, which can easily transmit armies across great distances.


    The army of indigenous gods under the command of the Azure Sea God is one of the few elites in the Shenchang world.


    Even though it has been weakened many times, after falling into the hands of the Hunling Venerable God, and after several cleanings, the strength is not as good as before, but it still has a strong combat power.


    As a true god from the Temple of Heaven, Hunling Zunshen has many methods that Mengzhang and the others cannot reach in controlling the indigenous gods.


    He learned the lessons of his failure in the realm of the rising sun, strengthened the means of control, and paid more.


    Originally, all the indigenous true gods under the command of the blue sea god, many important false gods and demigods, were banned by him.


    Kill the chickens to warn the monkeys, let the indigenous true gods experience the pain of not being able to survive and not be able to die when the ban occurs, and promise to give more benefits...


    Through a series of means, Hunlingzun God controlled these indigenous gods very well.


    At the very least, these indigenous gods would never dare to blatantly disobey his orders.


    Of course, the morale of the army composed of these indigenous gods cannot be too high.


    In this regard, Hunling Zunshen also has a way to improve.


    Among the support sent from the Temple of Heaven this time, there is also an army of servants.


    This is the subordinate of a certain god in the temple of gods.


    This army of god servants is not large in number, but the quality is extremely high, and all of them are elites.


    The weakest servants in the army are all at the Void Return level, led by three true god-level servants.


    The Temple of Heaven is also worth the money.


    If it weren''t for the fact that several gods were optimistic about Hunling Venerable God, he would not have received such support.


    Some gods with less qualifications and not good at business management can''t come up with such an army of servants of gods.


    Hunling Zun God divided this army of servants into two.


    Some of them were mixed into the army of the native gods under their command, and they acted as the backbone and even the supervisor, enhancing their control over the army of the native gods and strengthening their combat effectiveness.


    Another part is concentrated and used as an assault force for critical moments.


    After the arch-shaped artifact fell to the ground, the portal formed was extremely huge and had a strong ability to pass through.


    It didn''t take long for the forwards of the army to arrive, and they lined up in front of the arch to cover the arrival of the subsequent army.


    Many more native gods emerged from the portal to join the battle ahead.


    Seeing the well-trained and forbidden appearance of the army, the Hunling Zunshen nodded with satisfaction.


    This time, he is going to be a oriole and teach the enemy a lesson he will never forget.


    In addition to Hunling Venerable God, there were two dragon emperors, Jinlong Huang and Sulong Huang, who were watching the battle secretly near Donglu.


    They had already arrived in the East Land, but they were just lurking according to Meng Zhang''s orders, ready to be used as a surprise soldier or a reserve team.


    They had not discovered the deeds of Hunling Revered God before.


    When Hunling Zun appeared in the rear of Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan, sacrificed artifacts, transformed into space portals, and mobilized the army under his command, the noise was so great that it was difficult for the two Dragon Sovereigns not to notice.


    Hunling Zunshen, the hostile true god, appeared here sneakily, and secretly dispatched troops, the purpose of which did not need to be guessed.


    Originally, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces were already at a disadvantage, and they were almost unable to support it.


    If it wasn''t for the Taiyi Realm hitting the sky, resulting in a series of consequences, maybe the coalition forces would have collapsed.


    By this time, the situation of the coalition forces had not fundamentally improved.


    If Hunling Venerable God led the army to launch a surprise attack from behind at this time, the entire coalition might be wiped out.


    The Dragon Clan sent almost all the elites to join the battle this time.


    If all is lost here, this dragon clan will lose its future.


    This is absolutely not allowed by Emperor Sulong and Emperor Jinlong.


    They must block the Hunling Venerable God and his army, and hold the rear of their own army.


    They didn''t have time to wait for Meng Zhang''s order, they just informed Meng Zhang, and they rushed towards the army under the command of Hunling Zun.


    I saw the space in front of the Hunling Venerable God twisted for a while, and two huge real dragons jumped out without a word of nonsense, and launched an attack directly.

 Chapter 2799

    The two Dragon Sovereign and Hunling Venerable God are well hidden, and have never discovered each other''s deeds before.


    In order to launch a surprise attack behind the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance, Hunling Venerable God took the initiative to show up and was exposed first.


    In order to stop him, the two Dragon Sovereigns had to show up and strike first.


    Along with the terrifying Longwei, two huge figures appeared in the sky.


    Seeing two unfamiliar Dragon Sovereigns suddenly come out, the Hunling Venerable God was startled at first, and then reacted quickly, and was about to stop them.


    Hunling Zunshen is relatively familiar with this branch of the dragon family from the Junchen world.


    He knew that this branch of the dragon clan was not strong, and the only true immortal-level powerhouse in the clan was the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Of course, Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign is powerful enough that one person is worth more than ordinary True Immortals or True Gods.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor in his heyday was capable of defeating several top true immortals alone.


    The group of true immortals who conquered Junchen Realm at the beginning took a lot of effort to defeat him.


    Although the Hunling Venerable God is very confident in his own strength, he also knows that he is not the opponent of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    After the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor lost his physical body in the Demon Domain, his strength was not as strong as before.


    After everyone came to Shenchang Realm, Hunling Venerable God also noticed this situation.


    He has always been very vigilant about the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor in his heart.


    When he attacked the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance from behind this time, he thought that there would be external forces to stop him.


    But he did not expect that what he was waiting for was not the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign, but two unfamiliar Dragon Sovereigns.


    A streak of divine light shot out from the body of Hunling Venerable God, and it was about to block the way of the two Dragon Sovereigns.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns did not hold back as soon as they shot, and directly manifested the body of a true dragon.


    This is the strongest fighting form of the dragon clan, especially after becoming the Dragon Emperor, their true dragon body is even more amazing.


    Both Dragon Sovereigns are battle-hardened, and they didn''t get carried away without becoming Dragon Sovereigns.


    The Temple of Heaven is not worth mentioning in front of the entire Dragon Race, but for their branch, it is an existence that cannot be ignored.


    They are no strangers to the god of mixed spirits from the Temple of Heaven, and they know that this guy is very difficult to deal with.


    Their purpose is not to compete with the Hunling Venerable God for a while, but to defeat the army in front of them.


    Su Longhuang''s huge body of a real dragon twisted for a while, and he was about to block the Hunling Venerable God alone.


    The Jinlong Emperor, who cooperated with him tacitly, had to get rid of the interception of the mixed spirit and attack the army that was gathering.


    Hunling Zun sensed that the breath of the two dragon emperors was not stable, and guessed that they should have broken through soon.


    If the two Dragon Sovereigns attacked him together, he would not necessarily be at a disadvantage with one enemy and two.


    He saw through the purpose of the two Dragon Sovereigns at a glance, but he couldn''t completely ignore the attack of the Su Dragon Sovereign.


    Hunling Zun''s divine power surged, manifesting a tall divine body, and a pair of golden palms danced quickly, forcing Sulong Emperor to retreat again and again.


    After receiving the report from the two dragon emperors, Meng Zhang quickly looked behind his army.


    With his eyesight, he could see the situation over there at a glance.


    Meng Zhang''s heart was tense, but he still missed a trick, actually ignoring the threat posed by the god of mixed spirits.


    If Hunling Zunshen sneaked into the vicinity of the battlefield alone, Meng Zhang''s hole cards would be enough to adapt.


    However, Meng Zhang did not expect that Venerable Hunling would be able to bring an army from the depths of the sea to the East Land in one breath.


    Just a brief glance, Meng Zhang found that this army was not weak, and it was very difficult to deal with.


    Needless to say, Hunling Venerable God has been planning for a long time, just waiting for this opportunity to launch it.


    Meng Zhang greeted him, and led Luna and other companions to slowly retreat, and retreated after the battle, retreating toward his own army.


    Meng Zhang hoped that after they joined his army, they could help them stabilize their positions and resist unexpected attacks.


    Tai Miao, who was in sympathy with Meng Zhang, also discovered the situation here.


    Tai Miao let the gods of Taiyi Realm and the monks who stayed behind continue to control Taiyi Realm to retreat, and his family came directly to Zunling God.


    It was so wonderful that it was very timely, and it seemed that Emperor Sulong was about to be unable to resist the God of Hunling.


    Tai Miao immediately took action and took over the Sulong Emperor to block the Hunling Venerable God.


    Su Long Huang was able to get out and help Jin Long Huang deal with the army.


    Just now, Emperor Jinlong rushed towards that army, and was blocked by several true gods.


    Even the Dragon Sovereign, who has just broken through, is much stronger than the average True God.


    However, the number of enemy true gods was quite large, and they immediately surrounded Jinlong Emperor, making it difficult for Jinlong Emperor to escape.


    At this time, the Dragon Emperor suddenly flew over the army, and a dragon breath spit out, burning the rows of indigenous gods to pieces, leaving a large blank in the army below.


    When the aboriginal gods of Shenchang Realm faced the two Dragon Emperors, their auras dropped a bit out of thin air, they seemed timid, and their morale was very low.


    Fortunately, the assistance that Hunling Venerable God received from the Temple of Heaven¡ªthat army of servants of God was not afraid of the momentum of the Dragon Emperor.


    In particular, the three headed true god-level servants dared to take the initiative.


    In addition to leading the elite army of god servants to besiege the two dragon emperors, they also urged those indigenous gods, especially the indigenous true gods, to join the siege.


    When Hunling Venerable God fought Taimiao, he was also persecuting the native gods under him.


    The indigenous gods who were controlled by people had to join the battle one after another.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns saw that there were too many enemies, especially true god-level opponents, and they really wanted to exert their full power to defeat them easily.


    Hunling Zunshen and Taimiao are fighting fiercely, and they have no worries.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns gave full play to their speed advantages and fought with the enemy.


    They try to avoid fighting with the enemy, and almost always leave with a single blow.


    They took the initiative to avoid the enemies of the true god level, but launched an attack on the army of indigenous gods, trying to completely disrupt the army.


    The true gods under Hunling Zun were a little tired of chasing and blocking the two Dragon Sovereigns.


    It was so wonderful in its heyday, and its strength was similar to that of Meng Zhang, enough to defeat the Hunling Venerable God.


    Before controlling the Taiyi Realm to hit the sky, although the main mobilization was the power of the Taiyi Realm itself, Taimiao was also at a huge loss.


    Of course, he did not seek to defeat the Hunling Venerable God, but only wanted to entangle the opponent so that he could not stop the movements of the two Dragon Emperors.


    Due to the constant disturbance of the two Dragon Sovereigns, the formation of the army began to be impacted, and chaos occurred in many places.


    However, this did not prevent the follow-up army under the Lord Hunling from arriving here.


    The army was still pouring out of the portal, and then worked hard to form a team, which seemed to be a neat formation.


    Although the front of the army was partially killed by the two dragon emperors, they still resisted their attack and tried their best to advance.


    It''s not far from the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces, and it only takes a shock to get behind them.

 Chapter 2800

    The Hunling Venerable God has not wasted any time in these years. He unified the forces of the Azure Sea God, and with the assistance from the Temple of Heaven, he created this powerful army in front of him.


    This is the last power he has, and of course it will be used on the blade. Although the two Dragon Sovereigns blocked it with all their strength, the army still tried to eliminate the interference and marched forward slowly and firmly.


    Hunling Venerable God saw the situation very clearly and never forgot his main purpose. The goal of this army is not the two Dragon Sovereigns, but to defeat the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition not far ahead.


    The three true god-level god servants led a group of indigenous true gods, which was enough to block the two dragon emperors. In the distance, Meng Zhang and the others were retreating step by step, fighting and retreating, retreating towards their own army camp.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others have also noticed the movements of the Hunling Venerable God. Hunling Zunshen had previously sent messengers to visit the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others, trying to join forces with the army of ghosts and gods.


    Although the higher-ups of the army of ghosts and gods rejected the request for cooperation, and drove away the messenger of the gods.


    But they all knew the position and attitude of Hunling Zunshen, and knew that he and Meng Zhang were in an antagonistic relationship.


    Now due to the heavy damage to the sky, the army of ghosts and gods is very passive, and the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has retreated. Hunling Venerable God was able to ignore the previous suspicion and lead the army to come in time to launch an attack on the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied army.


    His actions are very helpful to the army of ghosts and gods, which is an unexpected reinforcement. Of course, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts will not be moved because of the performance of the mixed spirits respecting the gods.


    Although Hunling Zunshen has fully demonstrated his sincerity with his actions, the suspicious high-level ghosts and gods still do not trust him.


    beqege. But no matter what, as long as you have some eyesight, you will know that there is a rare opportunity in front of you.


    After experiencing the heavy losses of Tianmu''s heavy damage, the army of ghosts and gods still has the absolute upper hand, firmly suppressing the Taiyi world and the alliance of dragons.


    Although the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts had already ordered the army of ghosts and gods to retreat voluntarily. Part of the army of ghosts and gods did retreat as ordered, but more of the army of ghosts and gods fought out of their temper and were not willing to leave the battle at all.


    As a result, the army of ghosts and gods had some confusion, but it still had an absolute advantage, which made the Taiyi world and the dragon clan alliance almost unable to resist.


    At this time, it only takes an additional force from the army of ghosts and gods to destroy the enemy''s resistance and completely defeat the enemy army.


    Even the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, they don''t have to do anything, let everything remain as it is, and when the army under the command of the Hunling Zun slays, the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan will collapse.


    But when he thought that the sky was badly damaged and needed to be repaired urgently, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not have much intention to fight.


    He always remembered that the sky is the foundation of the army of ghosts and gods. If the sky curtain cannot be repaired and is completely destroyed, then even if the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Race allied forces are defeated and the immediate victory is won, it will not make much sense.


    The army of ghosts and gods without the cover of the sky can still have some fighting power in the Yang World? For ghosts and gods, all the gods in the Yang world are enemies.


    Meng Zhang and the others were great enemies, and the Hunling Zunzi were also not friends. If this time with the mixed spirit Zunshen side to defeat the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition, the next development will also be very unfavorable to the ghosts and gods army.


    At that time, I am afraid it is the mixed spirit that has the greatest advantage. For the ghosts and gods, it''s just a change of main enemy, and the disadvantage of their own side has not changed in the slightest.


    Because of the heavy damage to the sky, the Lord Wangui really hated Meng Zhang and the others. He wanted to kill all the creatures in the Taiyi Realm and completely crush the Taiyi Realm.


    However, as a rare and rational person among the high-level ghosts and gods, he has always been known for his view of the overall situation, but he cannot temporarily endure the killing and hatred in his heart.


    It is conceivable that in order to repair the sky, the ghosts and gods will pay a lot of prices and make huge sacrifices.


    Although the number of ghosts and gods is huge, there is no need to continue to sacrifice in vain on the battlefield. It would be better to let the army of ghosts and gods retreat temporarily, preserve their strength, and let Hunling Zunshen and Meng Zhang and the others bite dogs and kill each other.


    After this period of time, the impact of Tianmu''s heavy damage has begun to show. The core area covered by the sky may be in better condition, but the edge area it covers has become more and more unfavorable for ghosts and gods to survive.


    And the coverage of the sky curtain began to subside. The ghosts and gods who were originally in the marginal area also began to feel the suppression and blow of the Yangshitiandi rules on their own.


    More and more ghosts and gods instinctively do not want to stay here, and want to return to the inside of the sky.


    Although there is no change on the surface, in fact, the offensive of the ghosts and gods against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance has begun to weaken.


    Because the Wangui King and the others were not determined to fight, Meng Zhang led his three companions to successfully escape the battle and returned to the sky above his own army.


    Under the persuasion of the Lord of the Thousand Ghosts, the ghost mother and mother-in-law did not chase after them and let Meng Zhang and the others retreat.


    Meng Zhang and the others did not rashly attack the army of ghosts and gods, but confronted the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts from a distance to guard against their attacks.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others stood above the army of ghosts and gods, and forcibly ordered the army of ghosts and gods to leave the battle and retreat in time.


    The four top-level ghosts and gods were personally present to supervise.


    Many ghosts and gods began to leave the battle unwillingly. Some of the ghosts and gods who had killed their red eyes and almost lost their minds were also pulled back by other ghosts and gods.


    The influence of the rules of the world and the world also made the ghosts and gods who were addicted to fighting slowly wake up, and instinctively wanted to leave here.


    The Lord Wangui and the others were monitoring Meng Zhang and the others while supervising the retreat of their army. Except for some of the ghosts and gods who continued to fight to cover the retreat of their own army, most of the ghosts and gods began to retreat.


    The pressure on the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces was greatly reduced, and they were finally able to relax. However, they were only relieved for a moment.


    As the army of ghosts and gods retreated, more and more monks from the Taiyi realm and the strong dragons ended the battle and got out of contact with the enemy.


    Under the orders of Meng Zhang and the others, these temporarily withdrawn members of their own side lined up at the rear of the army, ready to meet the attack of the army under the command of God Hunling Zun.


    The evacuation of the army of ghosts and gods was so obvious that there was no cover up at all. The Hunling Venerable God, who was fighting Taimiao, never relaxed his attention to the surrounding situation.


    Seeing that the situation is good, it is about to launch a fatal blow against the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance, but the Ghosts and Gods army retreated at this time.


    Hunlingzun was so angry that he almost jumped up. He was deliberate, disregarding his past grudges, and came to help these ghosts and gods with sincerity, but they tricked him in turn. This is really a pig teammate.

 Chapter 2801

    If it weren''t for the fierce battle with Taimiao, the Hunling Venerable God would have wanted to rush to the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and them to see if their brains were broken.


    If you miss this opportunity, there will never be a better time next time.


    This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity, perhaps the last chance to defeat the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    Hunling Zunshen has done many capricious things before, and he does have the intention to use the army of ghosts and gods.


    But this time, commanding the army to participate in the war is indeed helping the army of ghosts and gods, and it is also paying for the victory over the Taiyi world and the allied army of the dragon tribe.


    It was rare for him to do a favor with kindness and kindness, but he was betrayed by ghosts and spirits like the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The army of ghosts and gods began to retreat, and the god of mixed spirits began to be embarrassed.


    This time, he showed almost all his cards and exposed himself, and Meng Zhang would definitely not let him go after the fact.


    The army under his command has already begun to attack, and it is difficult to stop it.


    The Hunling Venerable God was still fighting with Taimiao. Although the two Dragon Sovereigns did their best, they were unable to block all the enemies.


    This army of indigenous gods is huge in number and extraordinary in strength.


    After a group of god servants restrained the two dragon emperors, a part of the army of indigenous gods had rushed to the Taiyi world and the alliance of the dragon tribe.


    Only after leaving the battle with the army of ghosts and gods, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition, which have not yet fully adjusted, will soon face the impact of a new enemy.


    The formation that was finally reorganized began to shake, and the coalition members who were drawn from the front to the rear began to suffer casualties.


    Because they were facing off against ghosts and gods such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, Meng Zhang and the others could not escape immediately.


    Although the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others wanted to get the army of ghosts and gods out of the battle in time, they went back to repair the sky.


    But at this time, they don''t have to do anything, just standing in the air like this can create huge pressure on Meng Zhang and the others, making them unable to take into account the attacks they encounter behind them.


    For this kind of benefit without cost, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others do not reject it.


    The Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the dragon tribe did not dare to transfer all their strength to the rear, and still had to set aside some strength to supervise the retreating army of ghosts and gods.


    Although this army of ghosts and gods retreats, it is unlikely to kill a carbine, but the minimum precautions are still necessary.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces had to retain a certain amount of strength to guard against the army of ghosts and gods, and the forces they had deployed did not return to defense in time, and the situation in the rear suddenly became dangerous.


    If the army of the native gods is allowed to break through its own defense line, the Taiyi world and the dragon coalition who are attacked behind will inevitably suffer heavy losses.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang didn''t care about anything else, and immediately set up the wind and fire yin and yang fan, turning it into a sea of ??fire, blocking the direction of the army of the indigenous gods.


    Seeing Meng Zhang distracted, the ghost mother and mother-in-law hesitated for a while, but in the end, under the persuasion of the Lord of the Ghosts, there was no extravagance.


    Hunling Venerable God, who was still hesitating at first, saw that ghosts and gods repeatedly missed opportunities and knew that they really had no intention of fighting.


    Hunling Zunshen originally had the intention of desperate and desperate, but the approach of the army of ghosts and gods made him lose his determination to continue fighting.


    Without the restraint of the army of ghosts and gods, he would face Meng Zhang and the others alone.


    Hunling Venerable God still has self-knowledge, knowing that the strength gap between the enemy and us is too great.


    Hunling Venerable God cursed the short-sighted ghosts and gods in his heart, and prepared to start retreating.


    After a period of confrontation between the Wangui King and Meng Zhang, although they were still very unwilling, they hurried back to repair the sky.


    Seeing that the army of ghosts and gods has basically left the battle with the enemy, they did not continue to stay here.


    The Sanjue Ghosts and Gods, who are the most proficient in formation techniques, and the ghost mother-in-law, who has the deepest research on Tianmu, go back first to see how the situation of Tianmu is going.


    The Lord Wangui and Young Master Guigu continued to stay to cover the army of ghosts and gods.


    On the other hand, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing also stayed to confront them, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e were able to escape, and immediately went to help their army.


    The army of indigenous gods, led by a group of indigenous true gods, finally broke through the sea of ??fire in front of them, and was immediately blocked by Moon God and Fairy Yue''e.


    The Hunling Venerable God just hesitated for a while, and the situation changed again.


    He knew very well in his heart that if he didn''t retreat, he might not be able to leave.


    Hunling Zun Shen immediately issued an order.


    The army of indigenous gods that had already killed the enemy camp continued to stay there, and the subsequent army would immediately turn around and withdraw into the portal.


    He also knows that doing so is equivalent to giving up the front of the army, and the army will inevitably suffer heavy losses.


    But no matter how heavy the loss is, it is better than the entire army being wiped out.


    Under his orders, the army of the native gods began to retreat quickly.


    The keen Luna and Fairy Yue''e immediately noticed the enemy''s movements.


    They tried to entangle the enemy with all their strength and prevent the enemy from withdrawing smoothly.


    The sea of ????fire turned by the wind and fire yin and yang fans flew directly into the army of the indigenous gods, cutting off the entire army and blocking a large part of the enemy''s army.


    After a long battle, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces were exhausted and lacking in fighting spirit, but at this time, under the leadership of the high-level leaders, they still mustered up their courage and launched a counterattack against the enemy.


    This time, the offensive and defensive trend was suddenly reversed.


    Hunling Venerable God managed to gather such an army of indigenous gods. This is his capital for hegemony of the gods, and he can''t lose all of it here.


    He used all his strength and played all his cards, trying to cover the retreat of this army.


    Originally, it was too wonderful to fight with the Hunling Venerable God because of the excessive loss before, and he wanted to stop the other party, but he was powerless.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns were also blocked by a group of god servants, unable to attack this army of indigenous gods with all their strength.


    This army of indigenous gods moved quickly, and a large part of the army behind them quickly withdrew into the portal.


    Moon God and Fairy Yue''e led their own army to intercept them, but they could only intercept those parts that had already fallen into battle.


    The Hunling Venerable God is very decisive at this moment, and he also has the determination of a strong man to break his wrist.


    He sacrificed the vanguard and part of the main force of the army of the native gods, so that most of the army retreated back to the portal in time.


    After the army of ghosts and gods was all evacuated, the King of the Ghosts and the Ghost Bone Master also left, and Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing also pulled out their hands.


    Seeing Meng Zhang, who was about to rush over to intercept his own army, who were still in the fierce battle, Hunling Zun clenched his teeth and took back the arch-shaped artifact in time.


    Venerable Hunling left everything in the battlefield and escaped from here at the fastest speed.


    Meng Zhang looked at the distant back of Hunling Zunshen, and thought for a while, but did not pursue him.


    At present, the biggest enemy of our side is the army of ghosts and gods, and the mixed spirits can be left to deal with them slowly in the future.


    Moreover, this part of the army of indigenous gods left by the Hunling Venerable God is also the result of his own victory.

 Chapter 2802

    Hunling Venerable God retreated, and the part of the army of indigenous gods that remained on the battlefield was equivalent to being abandoned by him.


    This part of the indigenous gods was isolated and helpless, and the morale quickly became extremely low.


    Except for a small number of god servants who are the backbone of the battle, the rest of the indigenous gods have lost all their fighting spirit and are unwilling to continue fighting at all.


    Although in the previous battle, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces suffered a lot of losses and consumed too much power, they still tried their best to mobilize their troops and join in the pursuit of the enemy.


    The army left by the enemy quickly collapsed, the formation was scattered, and there was not much resistance.


    In this kind of battle of chasing down the remaining enemy, there will be no casualties on one''s own side, but they can achieve good results, which is completely beating the underdogs.


    Forced to let go of Hunling Zunshen due to the situation, the anger still remained in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    This time the situation is really dangerous. The strong enemy in front is still there, and the backyard starts to catch fire again. Under the enemy''s belly and back, our army almost collapsed.


    He calculated for a long time beforehand, and finally used the Taiyi Realm as a weapon, which severely damaged the sky and gave his side a huge advantage.


    However, Venerable Hunling suddenly appeared and launched a surprise attack from behind, which almost made him lose all his previous efforts and failed completely.


    Fortunately, there was a problem with the cooperation between the ghosts and gods army and the mixed spirits.


    Looking back now, the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance all have lingering fears.


    In order to vent his anger, Meng Zhang joined the pursuit of the native gods below regardless of his identity.


    Meng Zhang and the others made a move, and these aboriginal gods were even more hopeless.


    The indigenous gods who were abandoned by the Hunling Venerable God were almost wiped out, and none of them escaped.


    The battle was soon over.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance immediately began to rest, hoping to restore their combat effectiveness as soon as possible.


    Tai Miao returned to Taiyi Realm to cultivate.


    Under the control of the gods, after the Taiyi Realm left the Shenchang Realm for a certain distance, it stopped and began to run around the Shenchang Realm.


    After Hunling Zun Shen escaped from the Eastern Land, he fled back to the depths of the sea in a dreary state.


    It wasn''t long before he took control of the Azure Sea God''s territory, and his rule was not yet stable.


    Forcing troops to join the war this time, there are already many undercurrents of opposition on the territory.


    He did not succeed this time, suffered a heavy defeat, and left part of his army to escape.


    When the news comes back, there is still a lot of trouble.


    He must rush back to stabilize the territory as soon as possible and quell those dissatisfaction.


    When the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces were resting, Meng Zhang and the others were not idle either.


    The higher-ups of the army of ghosts and gods will definitely try their best to repair the sky, but Meng Zhang will not be watching.


    Even though he knew that the Tianmu had been damaged so badly, it would be very difficult to repair it, but for the sake of safety, Meng Zhang still had to observe carefully and carefully evaluate the specific condition of the Tianmo.


    Luna, Gu Yue Lingqing, and the others reorganized their defenses to prevent the enemy from attacking.


    Meng Zhang flew high into the sky and carefully observed the current situation of the sky from the edge of Shenchang Realm.


    The sky that had already shrouded most of the Eastern Continent had a huge void where it was hit.


    This void is thousands of miles in diameter, and the remaining power of the sky is about to completely disappear.


    The sun shines from this void to the ground below, dispelling the original darkness.


    Ordinary ghosts can no longer be accommodated in this area.


    Although those high-level ghosts and gods can resist the sun''s rays and resist the exclusion of the rules of the world, they still feel uncomfortable.


    If you stay for a long time, there will be some damage to the body more or less.


    There is such a big gap in the sky, even if the ghosts and gods are powerful, it will be difficult to repair in a short period of time.


    In addition to the direct impact, other parts of the canopy were also severely damaged by the impact.


    The construction process of the canopy is actually that the ghosts and gods, on the earth of the yang world, according to a special method, prop up one by one specially refined pillars of different sizes.


    These pillars are inserted straight into the clouds, and then stretched out like umbrellas, distributing thick special curtains high in the sky.


    These curtains are connected into pieces, and the magic circle and prohibition above start to operate, producing special power, and it becomes a complete sky curtain.


    At the place where the impact occurred, most of the curtains were destroyed, and most of the pillars rooted on the ground collapsed.


    Elsewhere, the curtains cracked and fell off.


    Until the end of the war, there were still many places where the curtains kept falling off.


    The pillars on the ground were hit hard, and countless damaged and even collapsed.


    The sky was hit hard, and its original function began to weaken and even disappear.


    Even if the distance is very far, Meng Zhang can still clearly sense that in many places in the East Land, the rules of the world of Yang Shi have begun to play a role again.


    In order to build this sky, the ghosts and gods invested countless resources and spent a lot of time.


    Ever since he led the army of ghosts and gods to invade Yangshi, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has been building the sky with all his strength, and for this reason even delayed the pace of expansion towards the surrounding area.


    Even the other ghosts and gods in the underworld who are in conflict with him provide him with support and help him build the sky.


    After the four top ghosts and gods reached an agreement and tried to control the Yang World with all their strength, almost the entire force of the underworld was invested in this, and they devoted all their efforts to the construction of the sky.


    The resources accumulated for many years by the ghosts and gods in the underworld are continuously sent to the Yang world, and countless ghosts and gods are driven to work hard day and night...


    The construction of the current canopy has almost consumed the accumulation of thousands of years in the underworld.


    If you want to restart the stove and build such a magnificent sky again, in a short period of time, the underworld will not be able to provide enough resources.


    After the evaluation of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, they found that the sky was severely damaged, and the situation was still deteriorating.


    Not to mention repairing the canopy, they are a little powerless to prevent the situation of the canopy from continuing to deteriorate.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others hated Taimiao, the initiator, in their hearts, but they didn''t have time to take revenge on him.


    They almost mobilized the entire army of ghosts and gods, and devoted themselves to repairing the sky.


    Soon, the resources from the underworld began to be consumed at a massive rate.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others also ordered to continue collecting resources in the underworld to speed up the mining of resource points everywhere.


    Anyway, the underworld is vast and vast, and as long as there is enough time, it is still possible to make up enough resources to use.


    The current canopy is not completely damaged, and many places are still well preserved.


    Even if there are many wounded places, it is still functioning.


    Although the repair process was difficult, thanks to the efforts of the Wangui King and the others, the sky curtain was repaired in time, and the situation began to improve.


    Meng Zhang observed the movements of the ghosts and gods in time, as well as the repair progress of the sky curtain.


    Of course, he couldn''t let the ghosts and gods mend the sky smoothly.

 Chapter 2803

    The Taiyi Realm is of great significance to Meng Zhang. It is his foundation, it is related to his path of seeking the Tao, and it is also the home and shelter of countless monks.


    The last time he was willing to take a risk and gamble, and used Taiyi Realm as a weapon, he was also forced to have no other way.


    He didn''t want to do it again, and he didn''t want to put the Taiyi Realm in danger again.


    Moreover, even if he controls the Taiyi Realm to hit the sky again, the higher-ups of the Ghosts and Gods Army will definitely stop it with all their strength after having learned the lesson last time.


    In this way, not only the chance of success is not high, but also the Taiyi Realm will be placed in an extremely dangerous situation.


    Therefore, it is almost impossible for Meng Zhang to repeat the same trick.


    If you want to destroy and destroy the enemy''s sky, you have to find another way.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, the army of ghosts and gods is doing all they can to repair the sky, and there is no time for him for the time being.


    Top-level ghosts and gods such as the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts have to preside over the restoration work, and basically do not have much energy to put on other things.


    Meng Zhang also considered whether to send out the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition to launch a counterattack against the ghosts and gods army.


    But after careful consideration, he gave up the idea.


    Now is not the right time to start a full-scale counterattack.


    As a result, the remaining sky curtain continues to shelter the army of ghosts and gods. The rules of heaven and earth in the Yang World have not been fully restored. The combat effectiveness of the army of ghosts and gods is still very strong, and its overall strength is far higher than that of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance.


    Second, although the Hunling Venerable God was defeated this time, his strength still exists, and he is still a very difficult guy.


    If he jumped out to make trouble when Taiyijie and the Dragon Clan allied forces launched a counterattack, then his side must be very passive.


    After discussing with several fellow Daoists, Meng Zhang decided to send a team of true immortal-level powerhouses to harass the army of ghosts and gods, preventing them from repairing the canopy smoothly.


    At the same time, it is necessary to unify the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world.


    Get rid of those who appear to take refuge, but actually have ulterior motives.


    Absorb those valuable native gods, join your own camp, and strengthen your own strength.


    After Meng Zhang and the others discussed it properly, they immediately began to act.


    Including Meng Zhang, the true immortal-level powerhouses owned by oneself formed a team and took turns to harass the army of ghosts and gods.


    They did not confront the strong men in the army of ghosts and gods head-on, but left with a single blow, continuing to destroy the sky and affecting the enemy''s repair work.


    Not to mention Meng Zhanghe Taimiao, like Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna, their strength is enough to deal with the enemy''s top powerhouse. As long as you don''t fall into an ambush, you can basically do it as you go.


    After being harassed many times, the high-level officials of the army of ghosts and gods were very annoying and greatly affected the repair work of the canopy.


    Especially after Tai Miao finished her cultivation, she took the initiative to join the harassing team, which caused even greater damage to the sky.


    Because of their own top powerhouses leading the team, some indigenous true gods who came over to take refuge also dared to follow suit.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces were taking a rest while they were on guard, guarding against the attack of the army of ghosts and gods.


    On Donglu''s side, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e occupied the territory of the True God Rising Sun earlier and recruited many of the subordinates of the True God of Rising Sun.


    First, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e are powerful; second, because of the threat of the army of ghosts and gods, most of the remaining native gods in the East Land have taken refuge in them.


    After many battles with the army of ghosts and gods, these indigenous gods lost a part, and many gave up everything and fled the Eastern Land.


    Meng Zhang and Luna took time to select the remaining indigenous gods.


    Those who were favored by Meng Zhang and who were also willing to join the Taiyi Realm''s native gods accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and left their names on the jade book.


    After the situation stabilizes, Meng Zhang will move all their divine kingdom and believers to Taiyi Realm.


    There were still many aboriginal gods who could not leave their homeland and were unwilling to leave Shenchang Realm. Meng Zhang did not embarrass them.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, when the war in Shenchang Realm is over, after Taiyi Realm leaves Shenchang Realm, a part of Taiyi Sect cultivators will be left in Shenchang Realm, and a branch of Taiyi Sect will be established here, which is also considered to be for Zongmen. Survival left behind a move.


    In addition, many cultivators in the Taiyi Realm are unwilling to continue wandering in the void, and if they want to take root in the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang will not force it.


    There are no true immortals among these Taiyi monks who stay in Shenchang World, and they lack high-end combat power.


    Meng Zhang would make the native gods of the Shenchang Realm who came to take refuge, swear allegiance to these cultivators and serve them.


    In the future, the monks in Taiyi Realm who stayed in Shenchang Realm can be regarded as having a certain amount of support.


    For the indigenous gods of the Shenchang world, Meng Zhang will no longer hold back, nor will he give them the opportunity to be half-hearted and wait and see.


    No matter what choice the indigenous gods make, in the next time, they must accept the conscription of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance to prove their loyalty.


    Anyone who is unwilling to accept Meng Zhang''s arrangement, and those who violate the law, will be eliminated by Meng Zhang by means of thunder.


    With the strength of Meng Zhang and Luna, they can easily crush the resistance of all the native gods.


    Under their coercion and temptation, everything went very smoothly.


    The indigenous gods who stayed in the Eastern Land basically accepted Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    Those who are unwilling to accept the arrangement, if they see the opportunity early and escape from Donglu early, they can temporarily save their lives.


    Those who didn''t escape fast enough were eliminated by Meng Zhang and Luna''s hot hands, and the gods were sent back to Taiyi Realm, which became the nourishment to nourish the world.


    Without outside interference, Meng Zhang and Luna quickly completed the cleanup of the indigenous gods in the Eastern Land.


    This time, these remaining indigenous gods are barely available.


    Whether they are willing or not, at least they dare not disobey Meng Zhang''s orders.


    These remaining indigenous gods were reorganized into an army to serve as the auxiliary of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    Everything went well on the east side, Meng Zhang and Luna rushed back to the west side, and started to clean up the indigenous gods on the west side.


    In addition to the two continents, the East Land and the West Land, the Shenchang Realm is mainly the sea.


    Above the sea, there are countless large and small islands.


    On many islands, there are indigenous gods.


    The islands are too scattered, and the native gods are widely distributed.


    Before that, many aboriginal gods took the initiative to join the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance because of the changes in the situation in the Shenchang Realm.


    Of course, this kind of refuge is mainly limited to words, not sincerity.


    The last time when the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm recruited these indigenous gods and asked them to go to the Western Land to participate in the war, it was very difficult.


    Many native gods looked for excuses to delay or even refuse.


    What''s more, they simply ignored the call-up order.


    Even those who responded to the call-up order, there were many who acted in disobedience, and sent some subordinates with low combat effectiveness to deal with them at will.


    It can be said that there are very few people who sincerely join the Taiyi Realm, actively respond to the call-up order, and honestly go to the Western Land to participate in the war.

 Chapter 2804

    Previously, Meng Zhang had accumulated a lot of anger in his heart because of the various actions of these indigenous gods.


    He has long made up his mind that when he pulls out his hands, he will definitely carry out a comprehensive purge of these indigenous gods and completely unify their power.


    Now is a good time for Meng Zhang to do it.


    The army of ghosts and gods has been severely damaged because of the sky, and temporarily does not care about continuing to expand in the Eastern Continent, but sticks to the original territory.


    After Hunling Zun Shen escaped back to the depths of the sea, this failure caused some internal problems.


    Even if he completely solved the internal problems, without the cooperation of the army of ghosts and gods, he would not dare to arbitrarily attack the Taiyi world and the allied army of the dragon tribe.


    Meng Zhang had enough time, and the Moon God cooperated.


    He also called in some Taiyi Sect''s Void Returning Great Experts to attack.


    With the cleanup experience in the East Land, his action to unify the native gods of the West Land went very smoothly, and he quickly achieved his goal.


    Next, he started from the sea area around the Western Continent, and then slowly extended outwards to clean up the remaining indigenous gods in the Yang World of Shenchang Realm.


    The consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm has been falling for a long time, the influence of Shenchang Realm has gradually subsided, and the rules of heaven and earth in all parts of Shenchang Realm have begun to return to normal.


    Among them, the space rules returned to normal, which facilitated Meng Zhang and Luna to travel through space.


    No matter if they are thousands of miles apart, they can get there quickly as soon as their minds move.


    Although the indigenous gods are widely distributed in the Shenchang realm, and many are trying to hide, they cannot escape the pursuit of Mengzhang and Luna.


    With the previous lessons, Meng Zhang knew that there were not many people among the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world.


    If these guys are willing to obey honestly, they can still be used as slaves.


    If he had a different intention, Meng Zhang would never show mercy.


    Meng Zhang and Luna spent a lot of time, traveled thousands of miles, and traveled almost all over the Shenchang Realm, before they completely completed the clean-up and integration of the indigenous gods.


    Most of the indigenous gods in the world of Shenchang have completely lost their autonomy.


    In the face of the powerful Meng Zhang and the Moon God, many indigenous gods completely gave up their resistance and had to obey honestly.


    There are really unscrupulous guys, and they were also eliminated by hot hands.


    There were also a small number of people who saw the opportunity early and knew that the situation was not good, but were really unwilling to fully rely on Meng Zhang, and had to flee to the depths of the sea.


    In addition to taking refuge in Hunling Venerable God, the only way to survive is to flee to the extremely remote and barbaric seas.


    After Meng Zhang completed the integration of the indigenous gods, he recruited them again.


    This time, the well-behaved indigenous gods were honest and obedient, and did not dare to play tricks again.


    After counting, including the giant shark god who had surrendered long ago, Meng Zhang accepted a total of eight indigenous true gods.


    Among them, five indigenous true gods are going to move to Taiyi Realm, and three will continue to stay in Shenchang Realm.


    No matter what arrangement they accept, in the next time, they will obey Meng Zhang and cooperate with the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance to fight.


    With the full support of eight indigenous true gods, the gap with the army of ghosts and gods in terms of top combat power has been greatly reduced.


    As for the indigenous gods below the true god level, the number is even more.


    These indigenous gods are concentrated, and after a certain training, they are a usable force.


    The indigenous gods who obeyed Mengzhang rushed to Donglu one after another, accepted the wonderful arrangement, and prepared to fight against the army of ghosts and gods.


    After uniting the power of the native gods of the Shenchang realm this time, our own strength has greatly increased.


    In the current Shenchang Realm, in addition to the army of ghosts and gods that continue to occupy most of the Eastern Continent, there is also the enemy of the Hunling Zunshen in the depths of the sea.


    While Meng Zhang and Luna were busy reuniting the indigenous gods, Taimiao and the harassment they organized did not stop for almost a moment.


    In the beginning, Zhenxian teamed up to destroy the canopy and interrupt the repair work.


    Later, the impact of the severely damaged Tianmo began to decrease, and its coverage began to shrink.


    Especially in the edge area covered by the sky, the rules of the world of Yang Shi began to recover faster.


    The top leaders of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance began to organize some capable small teams to take the initiative to attack the ghosts and gods in the marginal areas.


    These ghosts and gods are greatly restricted due to the lack of the cover of the sky.


    In the face of the attacking team, it was almost a blow.


    In order to reduce unnecessary losses, the army of ghosts and gods began to actively shrink, leaving many areas that the sky can no longer cover.


    After receiving follow-up support and enough rest, the strength of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces recovered quickly.


    They began to advance steadily, pressing step by step, taking over the area left behind by the retreat of the ghosts and gods.


    In addition, those small and capable teams will also go a little deeper into the area occupied by the ghosts and gods, launch sneak attacks on the scattered ghosts and gods, and try to destroy the sky.


    During this period of time, the four top-level ghosts and gods, including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, gathered a large group of ghosts and gods at the level of true gods, and worked hard to repair the most severely damaged areas of the sky.


    Because of the temporary lack of sufficient resources, many times, these ghosts and gods need to consume more of their own divine power to repair and stabilize the sky.


    The sky is still falling, and the gap is increasing.


    Sometimes, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts has to release his divine power and let it be thrown into the air to form a new layer of barriers to temporarily shelter the army of ghosts and gods below.


    As a result, they are often pinned down.


    If a team of true immortal-level powerhouses attacked, they would try their best to stop it.


    Because the destructive power of true immortal-level powerhouses is too great, they cannot be allowed to destroy them arbitrarily.


    But for the team composed of enemies below the true immortal level, they have no time to take care of it, and can only let the army of ghosts and gods under their command deal with it.


    Due to the rapid expansion of the army of ghosts and gods some time ago, it occupied a too vast area.


    Although the number of ghosts and gods is huge, it is difficult to take into account such a vast area.


    The army of ghosts and gods has divided a large part of its strength, and has been closely guarded in various places, and has also arranged intensive patrol teams.


    Even so, the area occupied by the army of ghosts and gods still has many loopholes in defense.


    After the eight native true gods who surrendered to Mengzhang arrived in the East Land one after another, the confidence of the senior leaders of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan greatly increased.


    They organized more teams to harass the area occupied by the army of ghosts and gods.


    Under the leadership of Taimiao, the eight indigenous true gods had good morale and were barely usable.


    They can help contain some of the true god-level powerhouses in the army of ghosts and gods, and reduce the pressure on their own side.


    More and more teams of monks from the Taiyi Realm and members of the dragon family are looking for loopholes in the enemy''s defenses and sneaking into the enemy-occupied areas to carry out various sabotage activities.


    Later, even the monks of the Yuanshen stage and even the Jindan stage, under the cover of the Void Returning Great Expert and even the True Immortal, dared to sneak into the enemy-occupied area.

 Chapter 2805

    On the surface, the situation is getting better and better for the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance.


    The army of ghosts and gods kept shrinking, giving up more and more occupied areas.


    Although the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan did not dare to rashly advance, it is always a good thing that the enemy begins to give in.


    As the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces continued to organize teams to harass the army of ghosts and gods, they not only killed and injured many ghosts and gods, but also continued to cause damage to the sky.


    Of course, because the army of ghosts and gods guarded very tightly, especially the key areas of the sky.


    The strength of the harassing team is uneven, and many times it cannot cause too much damage to the sky.


    For Meng Zhang, even if it only causes a little bit of damage every time, it is very meaningful to accumulate bit by bit over time.


    Although his own side has begun to take the initiative, Meng Zhang has not taken it lightly, and has repeatedly warned the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm to be cautious and must not rashly advance.


    The strength of the army of ghosts and gods at this time is still higher than that of the Taiyi world and the alliance of the dragon tribe.


    The performance of the army of ghosts and gods at the moment is largely an initiative to show weakness.


    If you take it lightly and give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of, you may be counterattacked by the army of ghosts and gods.


    The current situation is good.


    They do not take the initiative to seek a decisive battle with the enemy, and focus on small-scale harassment, constantly weakening the enemy.


    The time to launch a large-scale attack has not yet come, and Meng Zhang still has a lot of preparations to do.


    Since the situation in Donglu was relatively stable, Meng Zhang''s eyes turned to the depths of the sea.


    The trouble of Hunling Venerable God will be resolved sooner or later.


    Before the decisive battle with the army of ghosts and gods, you can first solve the mixed spirit and respect the gods, you can remove your worries, and allow yourself to concentrate on dealing with the biggest enemy.


    Meng Zhang has never despised the army of ghosts and gods, especially the top ghosts and gods, because of the advantages he had obtained before.


    They seem to be passive at present, but with their scheming and means, they will not accept this situation all the time.


    Maybe they are planning some counterattacks now.


    Meng Zhang must not delay for too long in solving the mixed spirits and respect the gods. He must fight quickly, and not let the army of ghosts and gods take advantage of it.


    After the Hunling Venerable God took control of the Azure Sea God''s territory, although Meng Zhang was temporarily unable to take care of it, he was always trying to find a way to investigate the situation.


    The indigenous gods of the Shenchang realm are all in a closed circle.


    Even among the indigenous gods of the opposing camps, there are many private exchanges.


    There are many indigenous gods who have taken refuge in the Taiyi Realm, and some of them have some contacts with the subordinates of the original Azure Sea God.


    Through these indigenous gods, Meng Zhang contacted the subordinates of the Azure Sea God, and inquired about the information on the Hunling Zunshen.


    The time that Hunling Venerable God controlled the power of the Azure Sea God was still too short.


    Although he was very skilled, he spent a lot of time and energy to subdue and control Azure Sea God''s original subordinates.


    But among these indigenous gods, there are still many people who are secretly dissatisfied with him.


    In particular, Hunling Venerable God''s methods are vicious, eliminating many indigenous gods who disobeyed him, and making many enemies.


    Although no indigenous gods dared to stand up against him, they didn''t mind secretly communicating with outsiders and selling out some news about the gods.


    Through various means, Meng Zhang learned a lot about the current situation of Hunling Zunshen.


    Since his last defeat from the Eastern Land, many native gods were very dissatisfied with him because he abandoned part of the army of native gods and let them sacrifice in vain.


    The territory that had stabilized before began to flow again.


    The Hunling Zun God temporarily disbanded the army of the indigenous gods, and the main force was scattered throughout the territory to calm the chaos and restore stability.


    The Hunling Venerable God himself still sits in the palace of the Azure Sea God.


    Now, by his side, he is guarded by his most trusted servant army.


    Meng Zhang secretly left the East Land, dived into the depths of the sea, and went to the vicinity of the palace to conduct a personal investigation.


    He felt that the opportunity was rare, and it was the time to launch a surprise attack on the Hunling Venerable God.


    Meng Zhang alone might not be able to guarantee a one-hit kill.


    He temporarily called some support forces from Donglu.


    Seeing the opportunity, Meng Zhang immediately started to act without hesitation.


    Meng Zhang flew into the air, descended from the sky, and rushed directly to the palace deep in the sea.


    This is a group of palaces carefully built by the blue sea god.


    In the depths of the sea, more than 10,000 feet deep, there are many tall and magnificent palaces.


    Outside the palace complex, a team of indigenous gods patrolled day and night.


    The palace complex was covered by a large formation.


    Each separate area has independent prohibitions and magic circles.


    A team of indigenous gods guarded this area and constructed a solid line of defense.


    In the core area of ??the palace complex, it is the residence of the god of mixed spirits.


    The Divine Kingdom of Hunling Zunshen is within the sphere of influence of the Temple of Heaven.


    Without the burden of the kingdom of God, he can freely roam in the void, advancing and retreating freely in various worlds.


    After entering the palace built by the azure sea god, the god of mixed spirits strengthened the defense here and made significant adjustments to the original system.


    He summoned the projection of his own kingdom of God and let it cover the core area of ??the palace complex.


    In this area, he has the blessing of the Divine Kingdom projection, and is always in the best state, and can exert the most powerful strength.


    After returning from Donglu, he was also a little worried about Meng Zhang''s revenge, so he strengthened his defense.


    In addition to some conventional measures, he also let three true god-level servants lead the army of servants and have been stationed in the core area.


    Hunling Venerable God also hesitated, whether to give up here and temporarily avoid Meng Zhang''s edge.


    But after repeated consideration, he was still reluctant to give up this piece of business that he had finally acquired.


    He had fantasies in his heart, thinking that Meng Zhang and the others would not be able to draw enough strength to retaliate against him for the time being in the face of a powerful army of ghosts and gods.


    Hunling Venerable God itself is not weak, and his subordinates are also very strong.


    Taking the initiative to attack the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan may not have enough strength.


    However, the defense of their own nest has a convenient location, and unless the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces are dispatched, it will be difficult for them to enter.


    I was reluctant to bear these jars and jars, and I was lucky enough to let the Hunling Zunshen sit here all the time.


    If Hunling Venerable God hides for a long time, Meng Zhang can''t find him for a while, and he may not be busy cleaning him.


    The Hunling Venerable God stayed in one place, which was convenient for Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took out the ultimate move as soon as he shot, and did not intend to slowly entangle with the enemy.


    He sacrificed the wind and fire yin-yang fan, turned into a raging flame and wrapped himself, and slammed into the palace group below.


    Before Meng Zhang launched this raid, there was no warning, it was too sudden.


    The defenders in the palace group below did not receive an early warning, and were almost completely defenseless.


    Although Venerable Hunling ordered them to strengthen their vigilance, but after a long time, there has been no enemy coming, and they will inevitably become slack.

 Chapter 2806

    The indigenous gods stationed in the palace group had no time to react, but the great formation guarding the palace responded spontaneously after sensing the threat.


    A layer of blue light curtain rose quickly and immediately enveloped the entire palace complex.


    The backwardness of the indigenous gods in the Shenchang world is all-round, including all aspects of practice, formation, and prohibition.


    When the Azure Sea God built this palace complex, he tried to make it his own lair.


    However, due to the limited level, the built defense formation was just like that, wasting a lot of precious resources.


    After Hunling Venerable God controlled this place, due to lack of time and limited resources, he did not push it all over again. He could only make some adjustments and optimizations to the original defense system, and strive to strengthen the defense.


    In general, the defensive formation of this palace group has not changed in essence.


    After Meng Zhang entered the realm of Shenchang, he experienced many battles, and his cultivation and combat power continued to grow.


    This level of defense system is not in his eyes at all.


    Meng Zhang, who was enveloped in the raging flames, slammed into the defensive formation below.


    He hit the light curtain, paused for a moment, then smashed it directly and broke into the interior of the palace group.


    The entire palace group vibrated violently, and the restrictions everywhere collapsed, and the defensive formation was easily broken by Meng Zhang.


    The flaming flames spread rapidly in all directions.


    Whether it is the surrounding buildings or the native gods stationed there, as soon as they are contaminated by flames, they will immediately turn to ashes.


    The formations and restrictions within the palace complex were even more powerless against Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang did not stop outside the palace complex, nor did he bother to entangle with those indigenous gods.


    He pointed directly at the target and directly hit the core area of ??the palace complex.


    Three true god-level god servants led the army of god servants to be stationed here, and their vigilance has always been very high, and they have never relaxed their guard.


    When Meng Zhang came in, they immediately set up their battles and were about to fight.


    The space in front of them was distorted, and a thick space crack appeared.


    The huge dragon bodies of Sulong Emperor and Jinlong Emperor jumped out from inside.


    Although the two Dragon Sovereigns had only just broken through, considering that they were fighting in the sea and their home ground, they could give full play to all kinds of supernatural powers here, so Meng Zhang chose them as support.


    Besides, the sea in Shenchang Realm was originally the main habitat chosen by the dragon race.


    The habitat of one''s own family still has to be captured by one''s own family.


    As soon as the two Dragon Sovereigns appeared, they immediately rushed towards the army of divine servants in front.


    In the depths of the sea, they are true dragons returning to the sea, far more powerful than when they are on land.


    The army of god servants was caught in a fierce battle with the two dragon emperors, and there was no time for him to care.


    It''s been a long time since they fought in the sea to the fullest. The two Dragon Sovereigns let out bursts of roars, which were hard to hide.


    Since the former Azure Sea God is the master of the ocean, most of the native gods under his command are naturally sea gods, living in the sea all year round.


    Among them, the original bodies of many indigenous gods are creatures such as giant beasts in the sea. ¡­


    Shenchang Realm has never been born with a dragon, nor has a dragon ever visited.


    The ancient beasts that once ruled the Shenchang world are the most recognized beasts in the Shenchang world.


    Most of these indigenous gods have never seen dragons before, especially dragons at the level of dragon emperors.


    The long howls of the two dragon emperors entered their ears, and they seemed to be facing a natural enemy, and a burst of instinctual fear arose in their hearts.


    Many indigenous gods with insufficient cultivation fell to the ground one after another.


    Most of these indigenous gods stationed here are not completely convinced by the gods, let alone loyal.


    In the face of the pressure brought by the two Dragon Sovereigns, they took advantage of the situation to stop going for reinforcements.


    On the contrary, the army of servants of the gods has been carefully cultivated and trained by the gods in the temple of gods.


    Not only loyal enough, but also very resistant in all aspects.


    The long howls of the two dragon emperors, which contained special power, did not frighten them.


    They withstood the dragon power of the two Dragon Emperors, and they formed a neat army formation without giving in.


    When the two dragon emperors and the army of god servants were in a fierce fight, Meng Zhang came to the outside of the palace of the Lord Hunling.


    The Hunling Venerable God has long been waiting in earnest.


    He stared at Meng Zhang with hateful eyes, and roared almost gnashing his teeth.


    "Boy Mengzhang, how dare you come to the door, you''re really courting death."


    Outside the palace, a golden light shrouded.


    A huge city can be vaguely seen in the light, and there are countless creatures living in the city...


    This is the manifestation of the Hunling Venerable God projecting his own kingdom of God to this place.


    Meng Zhang, who had saved his mind for quick battles and quick determinations, immediately started without a word of nonsense.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a long river and descended from the sky, surrounding the palace.


    The long river of black and white continuously impacted and slammed the palace, causing the surrounding golden rays of light to fluctuate constantly.


    The raging flames of the wind and fire yin and yang fans suddenly condensed into an incomparably tall giant.


    The giant jumped onto the long river of yin and yang, and faced the palace in front of it with a fierce punch and kick.


    All the subordinates of the Hunling Venerable God were isolated from the outside, unable to provide reinforcements here.


    Now, it is up to the Hunling Zunshen to fight against Meng Zhang.


    Hunling Venerable God did not leave the coverage of the Divine Kingdom projection, but instigated divine power, manipulated the Divine Kingdom projection, and fought against Meng Zhang.


    The projection of the kingdom of God showed its strong defensive power, temporarily resisting the attacks of Yin-Yang Erqi and Wind-Fire Yin-Yang Fan.


    Neither the yin-yang two qi nor the wind-fire yin-yang fan can directly break the kingdom of God, and can only constantly kill it.


    An old-fashioned true god like Hunling Zunshen is almost at the top of the true god.


    Deep down in his heart, he did not feel that he would be weaker than Meng Zhang.


    The reason why he is afraid of Meng Zhang is mainly because he is afraid that the other party has many fellow Taoists at the level of true immortals to help him.


    In particular, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign is an existence that makes him unwilling to confront him head-on.


    Now Meng Zhang came here alone, and in his opinion, he was really over the top.


    If it was in his own real kingdom of gods, the Hunling Venerable God would not take Meng Zhang in his eyes at all.


    Now even if it is just the projection of the divine kingdom that he summoned here, he also asks himself that he has a great advantage.


    He is going to defeat Meng Zhang here today, so that the other party can see how powerful he is.


    Although it is only a projection of the kingdom of God, its ability is not simple, not only for defense.


    The golden rays of light outside the Divine Kingdom Projection quickly gathered together, and after a twist, turned into a tall giant.


    The giant took the initiative to pounce on the flame giant and scuffled violently with it.


    Without the cooperation of the wind, fire, yin and yang fans, the speed of yin and yang to consume the projection of the kingdom of God is greatly reduced.

 Chapter 2807

    Hunling Venerable God sat in the projection of the kingdom of God, and while manipulating the projection of the kingdom of God to resist the consumption of yin and yang, he exerted various magical powers and took the initiative to attack Meng Zhang.


    This is the depths of the sea. Many years ago, Azure Sea God used the special environment here to build it into a place similar to an independent space.


    This area does not have to bear the huge pressure of the seabed, as if it is on land.


    The indigenous gods and many creatures under the command of the blue sea god live here on weekdays.


    I saw thunder flashing in the air, electric snakes dancing wildly, and countless golden rays of light turned into various weapons, bombarding Meng Zhang together.


    There seemed to be an invisible barrier around Meng Zhang''s body, easily blocking all attacks.


    Meng Zhang did not call for more helpers this time, and chose to fight the God of Chaos alone because of his own considerations.


    First, facing the army of ghosts and gods on the east side, the pressure is very high, it is not appropriate to draw too much power, and enough defensive power must be left.


    Secondly, Meng Zhang also wanted to use this battle to test his latest cultivation and combat effectiveness, and regard it as a training for himself.


    The divine light of the sun and the moon lit up with Meng Zhang''s body as the center, which offset each other with the divine power bombarded by the Hunling Zunshen.


    After the Azure Sea God was killed, the kingdom of God that he stayed here remained basically intact.


    No matter how powerful the kingdom of God that has lost its master is, there will be many flaws.


    The Hunling Venerable God took advantage of the void and occupied the kingdom of God.


    Revered God Hunling refined this kingdom of God as the foundation to carry the projection of his own kingdom of God.


    Although it is not located in his own kingdom of God, Hunling Venerable God can still get a lot of blessings, which is also an important foundation for him to be confident that he can defeat Meng Zhang.


    This time, Meng Zhang did not use the power of Taiyi Realm, nor did he get too wonderful help, but to rely on his own strength to defeat the god of chaos alone.


    The space above the palace in front was torn apart by Meng Zhang''s immortal power, and waves of violent space storms swept in, as if the entire palace would be completely torn apart.


    The golden light above the palace rippled and began to be weakened continuously.


    Hunling Zunshen''s full-strength shot not only failed to suppress Meng Zhang, but attracted a more vicious counterattack from him.


    In addition to the support of an army of divine servants, Zunling God Hunling asked for help from the Temple of Heaven this time. He was also given two artifacts.


    An artifact is the arch-shaped space artifact, which has great strategic significance and can quickly mobilize troops across long distances.


    The other is an artifact used for attack, a divine sword bestowed by a god.


    There are many kinds of artifacts under the Shinto system, all kinds of strange, good and bad.


    Generally speaking, as long as an item is endowed with divine power by a god, it can be called an artifact.


    Ordinary artifacts naturally cannot enter the vision of Hunling Venerable God, nor can they play a role in such a battle.


    At the very least, only the artifacts created by the true gods and even the gods can pose a threat to Meng Zhang.


    In contrast, there are also many magical tools in the cultivation world, but the fairy tools used by immortals are very rare.


    The gods can create artifacts for a small price. ¡­


    And there are very few immortals who can refine immortal artifacts.


    Meng Zhangdu can be regarded as the strongest among the true immortals. He doesn''t even have an immortal weapon in his hand, he only has a fake immortal weapon, Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan.


    Of course, this is not a flaw in the Immortal Dao system.


    But for the immortals, most foreign objects have little effect. Only immortals or pseudo-immortals have enough value.


    Most of the artifacts in Shinto are not worth mentioning in the eyes of immortals.


    There are a lot of artifacts on Hunling Venerable God, but there are very few that can be used in this level of battle.


    To kill Meng Zhang, I am afraid that only the divine sword bestowed by the gods can do it.


    Using the body of a true god to drive the divine artifact given by the gods, even a top-level true god like the god of mixed spirits, has to pay some price.


    The battle didn''t start long, but it was extremely intense.


    Both Hunling Zunshen and Meng Zhang have displayed a lot of magical powers, fully demonstrating their powerful fighting power.


    Hunling Venerable God knew that it was basically impossible to kill Meng Zhang by conventional means, and he had to come up with a trump card.


    He raised the divine sword and stabbed heavily at his divine body.


    The Divine Sword easily pierced his chest, and the divine blood spurted out was completely absorbed by the Divine Sword.


    This self-harm, Hunling Zunshen at least lost half his life.


    The Divine Sword was activated, and immediately disappeared from the hands of the Hunling Venerable God.


    When the divine sword appeared again, it came to the top of Meng Zhang''s head and was about to pierce into his body.


    The attack was so strange and sudden that Meng Zhang didn''t have time to parry.


    If Meng Zhang was hit this time, he would be seriously injured if he didn''t die.


    At that time, his action to challenge the Hunling Venerable God alone will inevitably fail, and he will have to summon Tai Miao to come to the rescue.


    At this moment, an aurora shot out from Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space, just in front of the divine sword.


    After Junchen Immortal Venerable was completely killed, the anti-space turbulence that erupted completely engulfed the ruins of Junchen World.


    Before fleeing, Meng Zhang boldly searched and obtained a lot.


    Among them, a slap-sized mirror fragment filled with the aura of cosmic light was the most important to him.


    Although he could neither understand the mystery of this mirror fragment nor use it, but out of some intuition, he attached great importance to it.


    On the way from Taiyi Realm to Shenchang Realm, he took this mirror fragment into the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm, using the source of heaven and earth to warm it, and at the same time refining it with his own immortal power.


    After so many years, the shattered mirror shard has stabilized and stopped collapsing.


    Meng Zhang discovered that this mirror fragment had a special power that was slowly and firmly repairing itself.


    Of course, at this rate of recovery, I am afraid that it will not be able to fully recover after thousands of years.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, and there was no other better way to fix it.


    He spent so many years refining this mirror with immortal energy, but he has not made much progress.


    After entering the Shenchang Realm, he placed the mirror fragment in the mustard seed space and let it recover slowly and spontaneously.


    This piece of mirror, which had been sitting quietly in Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space before, without any movement, didn''t know what it was sensing this time, but unexpectedly jumped out and helped Meng Zhang block the divine sword.


    This divine sword is very spiritual. When he was about to pierce Meng Zhang''s body, he suddenly sensed the breath of the mirror fragment, as if he had encountered a natural enemy, and suddenly stopped.


    A shimmer of light shot out from the fragment of the mirror and fell on the Divine Sword.


    This divine sword can carry the divine power of the gods, and its material is very extraordinary.


    The divine power contained in it is far stronger than that of ordinary real immortals.


    The shimmering light from the fragments of the mirror seems inconspicuous, but it has a very terrifying power.

 Chapter 2808

    I saw that seemingly faint gleam of light fell directly on the Divine Sword.


    A burst of divine light lit up on the Divine Sword, trying to block the glimmer of light.


    That gleam of light was like a monster, greedily swallowing up all the divine power.


    With a faint roar, the divine power contained in the divine sword was quickly devoured.


    Losing the blessing of the divine power, the divine sword lost all its radiance and spirituality. It fell powerlessly from the air and was caught by Meng Zhang.


    After the mirror fragment absorbed the divine power, the original crack was repaired, and the mirror body seemed to expand a little bit.


    After doing all this, the mirror shard flew back to Meng Zhang''s mustard seed space and fell into silence again.


    Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief as if he had received an amnesty.


    The God Hunling could use this divine sword to launch such a bizarre attack, which greatly exceeded his expectations.


    When the power of the gods was approaching, he was indeed a bit terrified.


    For so many years, he had never understood how to use the mirror fragment, and what kind of mystery it contained.


    This time, the mirror fragment actually flew out to help him.


    Of course, the main purpose of this mirror fragment should be to absorb the divine power contained in this divine sword, and the rescue of Meng Zhang was just an incidental.


    Meng Zhang looked at the divine sword in his hand.


    Its material is very extraordinary, and the forging method is also clever enough.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a sword cultivator, he has a superb swordsmanship.


    With the improvement of his cultivation, ordinary flying swords are no longer worthy of him, and he has never found a suitable flying sword.


    The foundation of this divine sword is good, maybe it can be refined again to create a flying sword that can be used.


    It was still fighting now, so Meng Zhang couldn''t think about it, he put away the divine sword and continued to fight.


    The Divine Sword was unsuccessful, and was captured by Meng Zhang.


    The owner of this divine sword is a very important god in the Temple of Heaven, with a lofty status and vast supernatural powers.


    He just lent this divine sword to Venerable God Hunling for the time being, but he didn''t say it was given to him.


    Thinking of the consequences of losing this divine sword, Zun Lingzun was in a state of confusion and fear.


    Soon, he can no longer worry about the future.


    It is also indecent to come and go. The Hunling Venerable God used his trump card to kill Meng Zhang and failed, so Meng Zhang naturally wanted to pay back.


    Meng Zhang mobilized the immortal power of his whole body and began to display the immortal technique at the bottom of the pressure box, the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    I saw the lightning flashing in the sky, and it was easy to disperse the thunder and lightning that the mixed spirit Venerable God had previously used his divine power to create, gathering more powerful lightning, and bombarding the kingdom of God below.


    At this time, Venerable God Hunling has not recovered from the previous blow.


    The divine weapon bestowed by the gods did not work at all, and was cracked by Meng Zhang, which left him puzzled, and he still couldn''t believe it.


    In order to sacrifice this divine weapon, he did not hesitate to mutilate himself, causing considerable damage to the divine body, and the loss of divine power has never been recovered.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder fell on the projection of the Divine Kingdom, blasting away the divine light, causing the entire palace to shake. ¡­


    Hunling Zunshen quickly restrained his mind and resisted Meng Zhang''s attack with all his strength.


    In the distance, the indigenous gods did not dare to approach at will, relying on the army of servants to resist the attack of the two dragon emperors.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns who showed the true body of giant dragons were extremely mighty.


    These specially trained divine servants are extremely brave and not afraid of death. No matter how heavy the casualties, they will fight to the death and resist the two Dragon Sovereigns with all their strength.


    Hunling Zunshen was not in a good state at this time, and in the battle with Meng Zhang, he began to fall behind.


    He looked at the cowering native gods in the distance, and his heart was full of rage.


    He urged the restrictions on these indigenous gods and asked them to come for reinforcements immediately.


    Although the native gods were extremely reluctant, they were controlled by the ban and could not disobey the orders of the gods.


    Despite all the delays, these native gods kept approaching the battlefield.


    Before Meng Zhang could react, the two Dragon Sovereigns began to use their means.


    The sea water in the surrounding area boiled and rolled violently, and the stability of this area was destroyed.


    There were bursts of violent shattering sounds all around, and countless seawater from the outside poured into this area crazily, setting off waves of tidal waves.


    The unstoppable tide swept the native gods who had no intention of resisting them, and also smashed the formation of the army of servants of the gods.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns took advantage of the situation and took out the killer weapon at the bottom of the box, and started killing these servants.


    Revered God Hunling controls the projection of the kingdom of God, resisting the bombardment of Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder.


    However, his counterattack was weak and did not pose any threat to Meng Zhang at all.


    After a while, he began to feel weak and unable to support himself because of the injury.


    It was another fierce bombardment, and the wounds on the body of Hunling Zun were affected, and the blood of the gods flowed out again.


    Hunling Zun God felt the shock of his body, like being struck by lightning.


    The projection of the kingdom of God, which had been consumed for a long time by the two qi of yin and yang, was finally smashed by the thunder of yin and yang.


    As soon as the Divine Kingdom projection was broken, the Hunling Venerable God, who was connected to his mind, was hit hard again, and he also lost his greatest reliance.


    The two qi of yin and yang took advantage of the emptiness to enter, and the divine power overflowing after the projection of the Divine Kingdom was shattered, as well as the shattered palace was wrapped in it and began to be digested and absorbed quickly.


    Hunling Venerable God forcibly escaped from the projection of the kingdom of God, soaring into the sky, trying to escape from here.


    He rushed out against the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Destruction Divine Thunder, but was stopped by Meng Zhang.


    The sharp sword transformed by the Divine Ability Liangyi Tongtian Sword is a ruthless beheading against the Hunling Venerable God.


    In the end, the severely wounded Hunling Zunshen did not escape, but was beheaded by Meng Zhang.


    Including the divine body, everything on him became Meng Zhang''s trophy.


    At the moment when his divine body lost all vitality, a bit of aura escaped from his divine body, and then disappeared quickly, making Meng Zhang unable to stop it.


    Meng Zhang looked at the direction where the aura disappeared, and his face was very ugly.


    Hunling Zunshen is not a bum god in the Shenchang world, but a top-level true god who was born in the Temple of Heaven, has a brilliant inheritance, and is familiar with many supernatural powers and secrets.


    Meng Zhang did not destroy his kingdom of God, and his true spirit was not destroyed.


    This means that he is likely to be reborn in his own kingdom of God in the future.


    Meng Zhang secretly regretted that he did not have the magical powers of causality and space, and there was no way to eliminate the roots.


    If Hunling Reverence God is reborn in the future, he will definitely find a way to avenge Xuehen.


    Forging such a life-and-death enemy will be somewhat troublesome in the future.


    Of course, the trouble will come later.


    Maybe Meng Zhang''s cultivation realm will break through again when the Hunling Zunshen comes to him in the future.

 Chapter 2809

    Although it was a pity not to be able to kill the Hunling Venerable God, it was not a big deal.


    Meng Zhang will not be afraid of him now, nor will he be afraid of him in the future.


    Meng Zhang was able to kill him once, and he could kill him again later.


    If he dared to come to the door again, he would just give it away in vain.


    The god Hunling Zun left behind this divine body, which will be brought back to Taiyi Realm by Meng Zhang and become the nourishment of Yuanhai.


    The items on his body, after being cleaned, will also be properly disposed of.


    The yin and yang are like a greedy dragon, projecting the broken palace and the kingdom of God, among which are the remains of the kingdom of the Azure Sea God, all of which have been swallowed up.


    The Yin-Yang Erqi is actually a great supernatural power with a higher intention and closer to the root than the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    It''s just that Meng Zhang once got the Thunder Seed by chance, which was used to strengthen and enhance the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    The Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder was first upgraded to an immortal magic power, and its power far surpassed that of the Yin and Yang Qi.


    As more materials are swallowed by yin and yang, it will evolve itself.


    Before long, the two qi of yin and yang will become a more powerful supernatural power than the yin and yang extinction thunder, which greatly enhances Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness.


    Hunling Venerable God has fallen, and the restraint he placed in the bodies of those indigenous gods has not been urged by anyone, so naturally it can no longer continue to function.


    These indigenous gods were temporarily freed, and they no longer had to be controlled by others, so they were naturally unwilling to join the battle at hand.


    In particular, the Hunling Zun was killed by Meng Zhang, and these indigenous gods fled in fright.


    Meng Zhang did not care about the indigenous gods, but helped the two dragon emperors to destroy the army of god servants.


    This army of servants of the gods still maintained a strong fighting spirit after the fall of the Hunling Zunshen, and continued to fight to the death with the two dragon emperors.


    After Meng Zhang joined the battle, this army of servants was quickly and completely wiped out.


    After Meng Zhang and the two Dragon Sovereigns searched around for a while, they left here and returned to the East Land.


    The forces left behind by the Azure Sea God have lost the leader of the Hunling Venerable God, and most of them will fall into chaos.


    When it recovers, the war on the East Land should be almost over.


    Without the leadership of the Hunling Venerable God, the indigenous gods in these seas will soon become a mass of loose sand, and it will no longer be a problem.


    In the entire Shenchang Realm now, except for Donglu, there are no hostile forces anymore.


    Next, Meng Zhang will concentrate all his strength and solve the problem of the army of ghosts and gods wholeheartedly.


    When Meng Zhang went to deal with the mixed spirit and respected god, the army of ghosts and gods also organized several counterattacks of different scales.


    The top leaders of the Ghost Army did not seek to completely defeat the enemy, but only wanted to kill the enemy in large numbers, prevent the enemy from further damage to the sky, and ensure the smooth progress of their repair work.


    However, because Yin Jiu''s gang of traitors secretly tipped off the information, almost every time the army of ghosts and gods takes action, they can obtain information.


    Although their own troops are insufficient, they can mobilize in time and accurately block the direction of the enemy''s counterattack.


    Almost every counterattack organized by the army of ghosts and gods happens to collide with the army of its own that has been prepared and ready to fight.


    After a fierce battle, both sides suffered losses, the attempt of the army of ghosts and gods was thwarted, and the situation in Donglu remained the same.


    Although the army of ghosts and gods is huge in number and can withstand huge losses, this counterattack has hardly played any role.


    After a long time, the top level of the army of ghosts and gods is not willing to pay losses in vain.


    When it is more important, to repair the sky, it also needs enough ghosts and gods.


    The army of ghosts and gods greatly slowed down the frequency of launching counterattacks, and then slowly stopped.


    According to the latest information from Yin Jiu, the top officials of the Ghost Army are preparing for a large-scale operation.


    It is said that if this operation is successful, the situation of Tianmu will be greatly improved, and the situation of the army of ghosts and gods will be fundamentally changed.


    As for the specific details of this operation, Yin Jiu is still trying to find out.


    After receiving the news, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance also sent more spies to strengthen the monitoring of the movements of the ghosts and gods.


    After Meng Zhang and the two Dragon Sovereigns returned to the Eastern Land, except for taking turns to harass the enemy, he basically stayed in the Taiyi Realm for the rest of the time.


    Meng Zhang and the two Dragon Sovereigns benefited a lot from this battle against the Hunling Zunshen.


    They divided up the rich spoils, mainly the accumulation of the Azure Sea God over the years.


    The things that Hunling Venerable God had on him basically fell into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Except for the divine sword that lost its power and the arch-shaped space artifact, the rest of the spoils were put into the Taiyimen warehouse.


    These two trophies are of great use, and Meng Zhang plans to re-refine them into magical tools and even immortal tools that can be used by cultivators.


    Generally speaking, if you want to refine an immortal weapon, you need at least a true immortal-level refining immortal master.


    However, some special inheritance techniques allow practitioners to refine some special fairy weapons.


    Meng Zhang''s art of refining tools was mediocre.


    Among the inheritances he acquired, there was the content of refining special immortal weapons to complement the cultivation techniques.


    Anyway, after becoming a true immortal, he has a long life span, and he can slowly improve the level of the art of refining.


    Even if it is impossible to become an Immortal Item Refining Master, as long as the level of Item Refining Technique reaches a certain level, these special Immortal Items can be refined.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang, as the head of the Taiyi Sect and the master of the Taiyi Realm, has many cultivators for him to drive.


    The work of collecting resources, collecting materials, processing materials and even making embryos can be handed over to the disciples in the sect.


    Taiyi Sect currently has no Item Refining Master, but some simple preparations before refining the Immortal Item can still be handled by the Item Refining Masters in the sect.


    The pseudo-immortal tool Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan in Meng Zhang''s hand was of great help to him.


    A real fairy, very helpful to the real fairy.


    To refine the fairy weapon is also a very tedious and difficult job.


    Meng Zhang is now actively preparing, and he does not know when he will be able to start refining.


    In addition to preparing for the refining of immortal weapons, Meng Zhang is also actively improving his cultivation and strengthening various magical powers.


    Yin-Yang Erqi used to be his most powerful magical power.


    After Yin-Yang Destroyer Divine Thunder was promoted to Immortal Magical Power, it became his trump card at the bottom of the box.


    Over the years, he has been actively promoting the yin and yang qi.


    Yin and Yang can be improved by devouring various powers and special materials.


    The palace where the Hunling Venerable God lived was originally the divine kingdom of the Azure Sea God.


    After being occupied by him, it was fundamentally transformed and used as a carrier to summon the projection of his own kingdom of God.


    To this end, he invested countless precious resources.


    Now, all of these are cheaper than Meng Zhang, and he is absorbed by the yin and yang qi.


    The two qi of yin and yang are already at the critical point of breakthrough.


    After taking a big tonic this time, it was refined and strengthened by Meng Zhang again.


    Soon after, the two qi of yin and yang were successfully promoted by Meng Zhang to the supernatural power of Xianshu.

 Chapter 2810

    The Yin-Yang Destroyer Divine Thunder is just powerful enough in explosive and lethal power, but it is not as magical as the Yin-Yang two qi.


    On the rankings of immortal magic powers, the two qi of yin and yang are still above the thunder of yin and yang of extinction.


    Yin and Yang Qi is a great supernatural power that integrates offense and defense and has wider application.


    Of course, Meng Zhang never forgot to enhance the power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    Over the years, the power of Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder has also been continuously strengthened with his cultivation, and has played a key role in all battles.


    Meng Zhang''s rest time in Taiyi Realm was not long this time, but the improvement in combat power was huge.


    Judging from the combat effectiveness of the top ghosts and gods in the underworld, Meng Zhang was confident enough to defeat them.


    When the army of ghosts and gods was busy repairing the sky, the Taiyi Realm and the alliance of the dragon tribe were not idle.


    In addition to organizing the harassment, destroying the repair work of the ghosts and gods, and killing ghosts and gods as much as possible, it is to continuously strengthen their own combat power and actively prepare for the next war.


    After Meng Zhang''s rectification, the native gods under his command concentrated their main forces and gathered in the Eastern Land.


    After these indigenous gods were formed into an army, they were trained and strengthened by monks in the Taiyi world.


    Now the situation in Shenchang Realm is very clear.


    The Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan almost controlled most of the Shenchang Realm, and only Donglu still had the army of ghosts and gods.


    In the depths of the sea, it originally belonged to the sphere of influence of the Azure Sea God. Although it has not yet fallen into the hands of the coalition forces, after losing the two leaders of the Azure Sea God and the Hunling God, the indigenous gods there fell into a large-scale infighting.


    Among the indigenous gods who are dissatisfied with each other, so far there has not been a new leader who can convince the crowd.


    The situation over there is chaotic, and it is impossible for the indigenous gods to form a joint force.


    Anyone with a discerning eye knows that it is only a matter of time before the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance completely control the entire Shenchang Realm.


    Those indigenous gods who either actively or passively took refuge in Meng Zhang felt that they were on the right boat at this time.


    Under the coercion and enticement of the high-level coalition forces, their morale was slowly agitated.


    Whether it was out of expectation for the future, or because of the means of the high-level coalition forces, the newly trained army of indigenous gods and gods had more vitality, at least no longer escaping the battle with the army of ghosts and gods.


    With the reinforcement of such a large army of indigenous gods, the combat effectiveness of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition has greatly increased.


    Even if it is to fight against the army of ghosts and gods on the frontal battlefield, it is completely worth a try.


    Many of the magic weapons and spells specially refined by Taiyi Realm to restrain ghosts and gods have played an important role in previous battles.


    Taiyijie monks are caught in the busy refining work, actively replenishing the consumption of previous battles and adding more reserves.


    When the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces were actively preparing for the battle, the army of ghosts and gods was not idle.


    Through in-depth exploration, Yin Jiu and the others finally learned about the latest action plan of the top brass of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Yin Jiu also participated in this operation because of the trust of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The army of ghosts and gods does not only build the canopy after entering the Yang World.


    In the territory of some great forces in the underworld, facilities similar to the sky are also built.


    Even in the underworld, these sky curtains can still provide various blessings to the ghosts and gods under the shroud.


    However, there are some differences between these facilities and the sky of Yang Shi.


    These facilities will only selectively bless certain ghosts and gods, mainly the ghosts and gods of the major forces.


    On the other hand, the sky in the Yang World will bless all the ghosts and gods.


    These differences are not fundamental and can be adjusted entirely.


    The plan of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is to dismantle all the similar facilities in the underworld, and then send them to Yangshi to repair the sky in the Yangshi.


    With these ready-made facilities, the canopy of the Yang World can be repaired in the shortest time, and the army of ghosts and gods can be restored to its best state.


    In order to avoid being destroyed by the enemy, all these dismantled facilities will be re-refined in the underworld, so that they will be able to function as soon as they enter the Yang world.


    Among the ghosts and gods, the Sanjue ghosts and gods, who are best at magic formations, took the initiative to enter the underworld and take full responsibility for this work.


    These facilities are the foundation of the ghosts and gods of all parties. They are located in their core territory and are their most powerful defense facilities.


    Even if the leaders of the ghosts and gods of all parties knew the overall situation, they would still feel very reluctant to dismantle the facilities that they had spent countless efforts and worked so hard to operate for many years.


    Some smaller-scale ghosts and gods even regarded it as a conspiracy of several top ghosts and gods, thinking that they would take the opportunity to annex their own forces.


    Although they did not dare to resist openly, they secretly took many measures to delay.


    The Lord Wangui took the lead in dismantling such facilities on his own territory, and played a very good leading role.


    However, this work still did not go well in the underworld, and a lot of time was wasted in vain.


    After several top ghosts and gods have successively donated such facilities on their own territory, they are also coercive and enticing to other ghosts and gods, and this work has been accelerated.


    According to estimates after Yinjiu''s investigation, it will still take some time for Sanjue ghosts and gods to complete this work.


    This period of time is the preparation time for Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan.


    Originally, after receiving the information from Yin Jiu, there were many people at the top of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces who proposed to immediately launch a full-scale attack on the ghosts and gods army. You can gain a great advantage.


    After careful consideration, Meng Zhang rejected the proposal.


    Although Yang Shi''s current canopy is severely damaged, it is still functioning, and is still giving shelter and blessing to the army of ghosts and gods.


    Since the power of the sky screen has not recovered yet, the rules of the world of Yang Shi have begun to work slowly.


    But it still takes a lot of time for Yang Shi''s rules of heaven and earth to give ghosts and gods enough damage.


    The preparations of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition are far from enough.


    At the very least, you should make full use of the remaining time and try to rectify the army of indigenous gods, so that they can play a greater role in the next battle.


    In addition, after Meng Zhang communicated with Tai Miao, he discussed with Luna and formulated a battle plan.


    When the ghosts and gods brought everything needed to repair the canopy to the Yang World and prepared to use it to repair the canopy, Meng Zhang would take action in time to destroy the enemy''s repair work and strive to completely destroy the canopy.


    As long as the sky screen is completely useless, let alone the army of ghosts and gods, even the top ghosts and gods will be greatly affected, and the combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced.


    At that time, Meng Zhang and the others will not even be required to take action. The exclusion of Yangshitiandi''s rules alone will be enough for them to drink a pot.


    Meng Zhang has been in Shenchang Realm for a long time.


    He has a vague intuition that Shenchang Realm is not a place to stay for a long time, and he should find a way to leave as soon as possible.

 Chapter 2811

    Meng Zhang decided to follow his intuition and was not going to stay in the Shenchang Realm for a long time. He wants to end everything in Shenchang Realm as soon as possible, and then step into the void again.


    He hoped to be able to determine the outcome in one battle, completely defeat the army of ghosts and gods, smash its main force, and completely establish the next situation in the Shenchang Realm.


    As for the rest of the finishing work, it can be left to the Dragon Clan. As the rulers of Shenchang Realm in the future, it should be their duty to maintain the order of Shenchang Realm and suppress ghosts and gods in the underworld, and they are also capable of doing this.


    According to Yin Jiu''s report, the top officials of the army of ghosts and gods will make big moves soon, and he doesn''t need to wait too long.


    Romance Before the war started, Meng Zhang tried his best to strengthen his combat effectiveness. After the fall of the Junchen Immortal Venerable, the mirror fragments obtained from the ruins of the Junchen Realm had some gratifying changes after absorbing the divine power contained in the divine sword last time.


    Before that, Meng Zhang couldn''t understand the mystery at all. No matter how he stimulated refining, this fragment did not give him any response.


    Now, Meng Zhang continued to stimulate with immortal power, and there were some weak reactions. Although it is still a long way from understanding the mystery, and temporarily unable to obtain combat power from it, this is a welcome change after all.


    Meng Zhang found that after absorbing the divine power, the mirror fragment was slowly and spontaneously recovering.


    For the current Meng Zhang, the level of power of the gods and gods is unattainable. Moreover, the divine power contained in that divine sword was not bestowed by ordinary gods.


    In addition to carefully searching for such powers in the future, Meng Zhang can only use his own immortal power to slowly nurture him.


    The real immortal Meng Zhang''s immortal power is definitely far inferior to the divine power of the gods.


    The divine power absorbed this time seems to be an introduction, which inspired the subsequent changes of the mirror fragment.


    After that, the mirror fragment absorbed Meng Zhang''s immortal power faster. It was not until he began to prepare for the battle with the army of ghosts and gods that Meng Zhang temporarily stopped the release of his immortal power and put his mind on the battle first.


    Due to the existence of traitors such as Yin Jiu, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces almost know everything about the every move of the army of ghosts and gods.


    When Sanjue ghosts and gods finished their work in the underworld and were about to go to Yangshi to repair the sky, Meng Zhang, who received the news, knew that it was time to attack the ghosts and gods army.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces have long been ready for battle and have concentrated almost all their forces. Even the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, whose injuries had not yet recovered, temporarily left the source sea of ??Shenchang Realm.


    In his current state, it is indeed not suitable for him to fight desperately on the battlefield. Probably also know that this is the last battle to decide the fate of Shenchang Realm, and the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor will not be absent no matter what.


    Under the persuasion of Emperor Jinlong and Emperor Sulong, he promised that he would not directly participate in the battle, and would only use his own experience to give them some guidance during the battle, at most by casting spells to bless the dragons.


    In the waiting and anticipation of everyone, the day of the decisive battle has come. On this day, according to the agreement with other top-level ghosts and gods, Sanjue ghosts and gods led several true god-level ghosts and gods, carrying everything needed to repair the sky, from the underworld to the Yang world.


    He was probably worried that Ye Changmeng had too many dreams. After arriving in Yang Shi, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods started to act immediately without any delay.


    These top-level ghosts and gods are also worried about being destroyed by the enemy, and they have done a lot of preventive work in advance. The time when Sanjue ghosts and gods shot is strictly confidential, and most ghosts and gods do not know.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others also made preparations early to protect the Dharma for the three absolute ghosts and gods. I saw Sanjue ghosts and gods carefully took out a few curtain-like treasures and threw them into the sky.


    He and the few ghosts and gods behind him exercised their power with all their strength, and the curtains began to grow rapidly in the air, and they were about to cover the original sky.


    This is the final result obtained by Sanjue Ghosts and Gods, after they worked hard in the underworld, searched for all facilities similar to the sky screen, spent a lot of time and resources, and carefully refined them.


    As long as these curtain-shaped treasures are successfully combined with the canopy, the canopy can be quickly repaired and various functions can be slowly restored.


    During this time, the adverse consequences of the severe shattering of the canopy were manifesting one by one. The coverage of the sky is constantly shrinking, and the protection and blessing of ghosts and gods is getting weaker and weaker.


    Yang Shi''s rules of heaven and earth, which were originally suppressed, seem to have started a counter-offensive, but there is a tendency to overwhelm the sky.


    The activities of ghosts and gods in Yang World are more and more restricted. Most of the time, ghosts and gods had to retreat towards the core area covered by the sky, giving more and more territory to the enemy.


    The higher-ups of the army of ghosts and gods didn''t want to do this either. However, in the face of the exclusion of the rules of the world, ghosts and gods, especially low-level ghosts and gods, will instinctively step back and avoid them.


    Now, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods are finally going to completely reverse the previous passive situation. Seeing that the curtains were about to be successfully merged with the sky, the faces of the ghosts and gods who were on guard couldn''t help showing joy.


    At this moment, along with a few shocking dragon roars, Emperor Sulong and Emperor Jinlong killed him from a distance. The dragon roar of the real dragon has a great suppressing effect on ghosts and gods.


    Many ghosts and gods with weaker cultivation felt that their minds were taken away, and they could hardly move. The ghost mother-in-law made a few unpleasant ghost calls like Ye Xiao''s, temporarily suppressing the dragon''s roar.


    The ghosts and gods have long been waiting for it, and have made various preparations. A group of true god-level ghosts and gods took the initiative to pounce on the two dragon emperors, trying to block them.


    Along with the long whistling sound, Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God and Fairy Yue''e appeared one by one from the sky and came to kill them.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law gave a strange cry, and took the ghosts and gods such as the ghost bones and other true gods to greet them. Although preparations were made in advance, the appearance of the enemy at this time still surprised the ghosts and gods.


    The timing of the enemy''s appearance was too coincidental. Could it be that the secrets of our side have been leaked? Many ghosts and gods, including the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, have similar questions in their hearts.


    Before the canopy was completely repaired, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others had been avoiding a full-scale war with the enemy. Seeing that the repair of the sky was imminent, the enemy seized the opportunity to launch an attack, just hitting the soft underbelly of the ghosts and gods.


    The extremely powerful Sanjue Ghosts and Gods are trying their best to repair the sky with several subordinates, and they really can''t be distracted.


    At this time, it is entirely up to other ghosts and gods to cover his actions and prevent the repair work from being damaged. The enemies that appeared one after another restrained most of the ghosts and gods and attracted their main attention.


    Meng Zhang, who had been lurking nearby for a long time, suddenly appeared, not far from the place where the curtains merged with the sky.


    Meng Zhang didn''t say a word of nonsense, and immediately started to shoot. One by one, the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder slammed frantically towards the curtains and the sky.

 Chapter 2812

    Meng Zhang suddenly appeared there, attacking with all his strength, wantonly destroying the actions of Sanjue ghosts and gods, it was like entering a realm where no one could stop him.


    The curtain-like treasure, after being hit by the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder one after another, shattered abruptly.


    The Yin-Yang Destroyer Divine Thunder is still the most explosive and direct power among the immortal magical powers that Meng Zhang has mastered.


    The aftermath of the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder bombarded the sky, which had been hit hard.


    This action to repair the sky, the high-level ghosts and gods have been planning for a long time, and almost all the resources have been used.


    This is what they thought of before, the only way to repair the sky curtain as soon as possible.


    If they fail this time, they will not be able to obtain enough resources to repair the canopy for a long time.


    Those were used to repair the facilities in the form of sky curtains, but the accumulation of tens of thousands of years in the underworld was the foundation of the forces of all parties.


    This operation to repair the sky curtain must not be allowed to fail, it can only be successful and cannot fail.


    Seeing Meng Zhang bombarding the sky with all his might, wantonly destroying the restoration process, the Lord of Wangui was so angry that he burst into anger.


    He roared angrily and rushed towards Meng Zhang recklessly.


    Before he could get out, he was stopped by a sudden flash of Tai Miao.


    It was a wonderful and easy shot, and he blocked Wangui Kingdom with ease.


    The strength of Tai Miao is only stronger than that of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    In the face of such a powerful enemy, there is a slight risk that the Kingdom of Ten Thousand Ghosts will fall.


    He didn''t do his best to deal with Tai Miao, and he was temporarily unable to stop Meng Zhang.


    At this time, a roar resounded in the sky.


    Those true gods who had taken refuge in Meng Zhang before also attacked the army of ghosts and gods.


    In order to prevent this indigenous true god from rushing into the army of ghosts and gods, many ghosts and gods at the level of true gods took the initiative to meet them and fought fiercely.


    In the far horizon, there was a thunderous sound of killing, and the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition finally dispatched and launched a counterattack against the army of ghosts and gods.


    The army of ghosts and gods stationed in various places responded one after another, and began to fight with the attacking army.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm set up a position and moved forward with a crushing attack.


    The strong dragons are charging recklessly in the sky and the ground, venting their killing intent and anger willfully.


    Although the army of the gods was assisted in combat, it was still aggressively rushing forward, and its performance far exceeded Meng Zhang''s expectations.


    The enemy army came with all their strength and completely contained the army of ghosts and gods.


    At this time, true gods and other powerful ghosts and gods cannot escape, and even the entire army of ghosts and gods must deal with the powerful enemy with all their strength.


    Meng Zhang, who was unstoppable, almost used all his powers to destroy the repair work of the sky at the fastest speed)


    The wind and fire yin and yang fan was sacrificed, turned into a raging flame, attached to the sky, and burned and burned desperately.


    If the momentum of Yin Yang Extermination Divine Thunder is earth-shattering, it is an attack on the bright side.


    The yin and yang qi that silently fell on the sky, eroding and consuming it constantly, attacked from the dark side.


    Attacks are bright and dark, and the combination of odd and positive. Meng Zhang''s shot is very strategic, not blindly relying on brute force.


    The last time Taiyi controlled Taiyi to hit the sky, it could completely destroy it, which shows its tenacity.


    Although Meng Zhang''s strength is extraordinary, it is still impossible to completely destroy the sky in a short period of time by relying on his own strength.


    When Meng Zhang launched the attack, Xu''s ghosts and gods stationed in the sky had already actively moved, fully stimulated the sky''s defense, poured their own divine power into it, and used it to strengthen its power.


    The sky screen itself is a huge magic circle, with so many ghosts and gods stationed there, and preside over the magic circle, the power of the magic circle will soon begin to show.


    Although many ghosts and gods stationed in various places of Tianmu had to temporarily confront passively with the killing of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance, Tianmu still showed great resilience.


    Even if the sky is heavily damaged, it can still emit a very strong defense.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s main purpose was not to completely destroy the sky.


    This time he launched an attack (this chapter is not over!)


    Reminder: In order to prevent incomplete content acquisition and out-of-order text, please do not use the browser (App) reading mode.


    The attack is to completely destroy the enemy''s action to restore the sky, and further damage to the sky is just incidental.


    The focus of his attack was the curtain-shaped treasures released by Sanjue Ghosts and Gods.


    These treasures do not have the strong defensive power of the sky, and there are not enough ghosts to control them.


    The continuous yin and yang extinction god thunder bombarded it, and these treasures began to be quickly destroyed.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods, who are doing all their repair work, are both hated and angry.


    He could not escape temporarily, and could only watch Meng Zhang act recklessly.


    Every time a treasure is destroyed, the Sanjue ghosts and gods connected with it will be hit once.


    He complained in his heart that the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others had fulfilled their duty of protecting the Dharma, and Meng Zhang was able to easily destroy the repair work.


    In the end, when the last treasure was destroyed by Meng Zhang, it meant that the next operation to repair the sky was a complete failure.


    Even the Sanjue ghosts and gods, who had been hit many times, couldn''t help but spit out a few mouthfuls of divine blood under the anger in their hearts.


    After completely destroying the enemy''s repair operation, Meng Zhang was still not satisfied, and the sky was constantly bombarding.


    The sky curtain, which has been severely damaged and has not been effectively repaired so far, seems to be extinguished at any time like a candle in the wind under the thunder of Yin and Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    As pieces of debris fell off the sky, the damage to the sky was deepening.


    Those ghosts and gods stationed in various places in the sky fell from all over the sky like they were struck by lightning.


    The Yin-Yang Destruction Thunder is not only powerful, but also has a special restraint effect on ghosts and yin qi.


    Meng Zhangxiu has cultivated this immortal art to the point of perfection for many years.)


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder can be as strong as yang, and it is incomparably mighty.


    It can also be yin to soft, moisturizing things silently.


    At the same time as the fierce thunder of the sky bombarded the sky, the feminine Yin entered the sky silently, breaking everything in it secretly.


    Coupled with the burning of the power of wind and fire, and the consumption of yin and yang, Tianmu can be said to be attacked by internal and external enemies, and suffered a strong blow.


    When the repair work of Sanjue ghosts and gods was completely destroyed, the other ghosts and gods were greatly disappointed and angry.


    Of course, this patchwork failed, and next time.


    Although it will take a long time to raise enough resources.


    But as far as ghosts and gods are concerned, especially those who are at the level of true gods, they can totally afford to wait.


    Therefore, their anger is anger, but it is far from despair.


    Only Sanjue ghosts and spirits have superb eyesight and can see through Meng''s movements.


    If it is said that the last impact of Taiyi Realm was to destroy the sky with strong force from the outside world. That Meng Zhang''s action at this time was to secretly destroy the foundation and internal structure of the curtain.


    Chapter 2812 Destruction

 Chapter 2813

    If Meng Zhang succeeds, the canopy will no longer be repaired, and it will be damaged rapidly.


    When Sanjue Ghosts and Gods realized this, he decided that he could not let Mengzhang continue no matter what.


    The sky is there, and the hope of the army of ghosts and gods is still there.


    Without the cover of the sky, the army of ghosts and gods would have to secretly retreat to the underworld.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance have completely established a firm foothold in the Shenchang Realm, and they will no longer have any opponents in the Yang World.


    With the lessons of this ghost and god invasion, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces will definitely guard against it in the future, and do their best to prevent the invasion from the underworld.


    Even if the army of ghosts and gods invaded again, it would be impossible to achieve such results.


    That means that from now on, the ghosts and gods will be stubbornly suppressed in the underworld, and will no longer be able to plot the yang world.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods, while reporting their thoughts to other top ghosts and gods, ignored their injuries and killed Meng Zhang in an attempt to stop him from moving.


    Several true god-level ghosts and gods behind Sanjue ghosts and gods were also injured because their treasures were destroyed before.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods have taken the lead in charging, and they naturally dare not keep up with their full strength.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, who was blocked by too wonderful, also started desperately, trying to break through the too wonderful interception.


    The ghost mother-in-law and ghost bone son, who were facing the enemy in front, also tried to get rid of their opponents after receiving the news of Sanjue ghosts and gods, and came to stop Meng Zhang.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law had great powers, so she got rid of Gu Yue Ling Qing''s pursuit in time and killed Meng Zhang.


    Young Master Ghost Bone was weaker, and was firmly entangled by the Moon God.


    The Sanjue ghosts and gods and their subordinates who had rushed towards Meng Zhang were stopped by Taimiao, who had enough energy.


    The figure of the ghost mother and mother-in-law flashed not far from Meng Zhang, too wonderful to be able to stop it.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law are the most senior and the strongest among the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm. Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless, so he had to relax his attack on Tianmu and deal with this powerful enemy first.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who was chasing after him, saw that Meng Zhang was still able to deal with it, so he first helped Tai Miao deal with the enemy who besieged him.


    Everywhere under the veil of the sky, battles broke out.


    At this time, in many places under the shroud of the sky, Yang Shi''s rules of heaven and earth have prevailed.


    The ghosts and gods were suppressed by the rules of the world, and their strength was greatly reduced.


    Even if the situation is the best, that is, the rules of the world and the power of the sky are the same, the ghosts and gods will not be weakened, and there will be no additional blessings.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Alliance have received a lot of support, but even with the addition of the army of indigenous gods, the overall strength is still quite different from the army of ghosts and gods.


    But they concentrated their strength and attacked the core of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Although the army of ghosts and gods has shrunk again and again, it still occupies a large area.


    Previously, the army of ghosts and gods had divided a lot of forces to guard all parts of this area and prevent the infiltration and harassment of enemy troops.


    Now suddenly encountering a full-scale attack by the enemy, the army of ghosts and gods scattered all over the place strives to gather towards the main battlefield.


    The scattered forces of the army of ghosts and gods are difficult to gather together in a short period of time.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces wanted to use this period of time to try their best to kill the enemy''s main force and weaken its advantage.


    As Meng Zhang succeeded in the sneak attack, the damage to the canopy continued to deepen, the morale of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces were boosted, and the attack became more and more fierce.


    On the contrary, without the blessing of the power of the sky, the combat effectiveness of the army of ghosts and gods began to weaken, and the morale gradually declined.


    Although Meng Zhang and the ghost mother-in-law were caught in a fight, not only did he appear to be able to handle it with ease, he could occasionally attack the sky.


    Meng Zhang took the time to make one or two shots that did limited damage to the sky, but he succeeded in arousing the deepest anger of the ghost mother and mother-in-law.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law kept screaming and screaming, pounced on Meng Zhang as if she were crazy.


    In the face of such a powerful enemy as the ghost mother-in-law, Meng Zhang couldn''t be too careless.


    Not only did he stop sending out the Yin-Yang Exterminating Divine Thunder to bombard the sky, but he also took back the yin and yang qi.


    Only the raging flames of the wind and fire yin and yang fans are still burning the sky.


    After being promoted to immortal magic, the yin and yang qi was still surrounded by ghosts and ghosts, and countless ghosts were looming, and they shot at Meng Zhang together.


    The two qi of yin and yang swim freely in the air, and these ghosts are easily involved in it, and then completely digested.


    In the distance, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods, Gu Yue Ling Qing and Tai Miao were fighting endlessly.


    Despite the help of several true god-level ghosts and gods, Sanjue ghosts and gods still do not have the upper hand.


    After the ghost bone boy was entangled by the moon god, he slowly fell to the disadvantage.


    Fairy Yue''e still has the upper hand against several ghosts and gods at the level of true gods.


    After the two Dragon Sovereigns entered the army of ghosts and gods, they were simply unstoppable, stirring up the battle of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor had said before the war that he would not directly participate in the war, but seeing the outbreak of the war, many strong men on both sides of the enemy and both sides participated in the war one after another, and he couldn''t sit still.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor has not recovered from his injuries and is in extremely poor condition, he is still not something that ordinary true gods can resist.


    He thought for a moment, then hid his figure and flew to the vicinity of the original Lianyue Mountains.


    This is the place where the army of ghosts and gods first invaded Yangshi. It was originally the base camp of the army of ghosts and gods in Yangshi.


    However, the main force of the army of ghosts and gods is far away from here, and the area close to the Tongguang River is fighting fiercely with the enemy. There are not many ghosts and gods left here.


    Back then, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts forcibly opened the Yin-Yang channel here, allowing the army of ghosts and gods to flood into the Yang World.


    Later, the ghosts and gods of the underworld built more yin and yang channels.


    Although these yin and yang channels are widely distributed, more than half of the yin and yang channels are concentrated here, and the traffic capacity is very strong.


    As the effect of the canopy is getting weaker and weaker, it is not only unable to prevent the intrusion of foreign beings, but also basically loses its warning function.


    The figure of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor moved quickly in this area, flashing constantly.


    Every time he flashed out, he would destroy a yin and yang channel.


    These acquired yin and yang passages are not natural things at first, and they can''t be said to be strong.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Sovereign is not only powerful, but also has deep attainments on the Space Avenue.


    The yin and yang passage was destroyed, and the space collapsed with great movement, and many of the ghosts and gods stationed there quickly reacted.


    The ghosts and gods stationed here are preparing to go to the front battlefield for support.


    At this time, they found that the Yin-Yang channel had been destroyed, and they were so frightened that they tried to stop the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor''s actions.


    These yin and yang passages are not only the passage for the army of ghosts and gods to invade the Yang world, but also their retreat when the war situation is unfavorable.


    Now, the resources collected from the underworld are being continuously sent to the Yang world through these channels, supporting the logistics of the army of ghosts and gods.


    Even, from time to time, the underworld can recruit some brand-new ghosts and gods and send them to the Yang world to fight.

 Chapter 2814

    These ghosts and gods who stayed behind did their best to protect the yin and yang passage, but they fell into the calculation of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    How rich is the battle experience of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Making noises and disrupting the enemy... These are common methods on the battlefield.


    He attacked the yin and yang passage with all his might, cleverly mobilizing the ghosts and spirits left behind, making them chaotic and unable to take care of each other.


    When these ghosts and gods were busy guarding the yin and yang passage, the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor took the opportunity to kill and kill these ghosts and gods.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor also considered that in the future, when the Dragon Clan became the masters of the Shenchang Realm, these ghosts and gods in the underworld would still be a huge trouble.


    This time, he put down his body and worked hard to kill ghosts and gods, just out of consideration for the future of this dragon clan, to help it alleviate future troubles.


    Although the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is in a very poor state, his combat effectiveness is still very strong.


    And with his experience and experience, he has mastered many secret techniques for restraining and killing ghosts and gods.


    In a short period of time, not only a large number of yin and yang channels were destroyed, but also countless ghosts and gods were killed by him.


    The news of the attack in the rear quickly reached the ears of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    At this time, they were completely caught up in the battle with the powerful enemy, and they couldn''t care about it at all.


    Due to the increasing damage to the sky, the shelter that can be provided to the army of ghosts and gods is getting less and less.


    The recovery speed of Yang Shi''s rules of heaven and earth exceeded everyone''s expectations, putting a lot of pressure on the ghosts and gods, and greatly reducing the combat effectiveness of the ghosts and gods army.


    In many places, the army of ghosts and gods has suffered defeat.


    Defensive lines were broken everywhere; formations began to collapse; teams of ghosts and gods were killed and scattered...


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces had the upper hand, and they pursued and pursued the victory, striving to expand their advantages.


    Although more ghosts and gods poured in from all directions, trying to support the main force of the ghost army, it still didn''t work.


    On the one hand, there were more damages in various parts of the sky, and the ghosts and gods stationed in various places needed more energy to maintain, and were temporarily restrained.


    On the other hand, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition, which had been retreating step by step before, had experienced many defeats and finally gained the upper hand.


    King Wangui and the others were entangled by a powerful enemy like Gu Yue Ling Qing, and they also began to slowly fall to the disadvantage.


    The ghost mother-in-law rushed over aggressively, but was firmly suppressed by Meng Zhang.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s appearance that he didn''t seem to be putting much effort into it, the ghost mother-in-law, who was already very angry, couldn''t wait to fight Meng Zhang immediately.


    She stared at Meng Zhang with eyes full of resentment and hatred, and the rhythm of the strange cry in her mouth changed, becoming deeper and more powerful.


    I saw that the space around Meng Zhang was distorted, and six ghost girls at the level of true gods tore through the space and appeared directly here.


    These six ghost girls were carefully cultivated and supported by ghost mothers and mothers in the past long years.


    These six ghost girls are loyal to her and are her most powerful subordinates and cronies.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law can become the most difficult ghosts and gods in the underworld. In addition to their own strength, these six ghost girls are also the key.


    These six ghost girls help her control the huge forces under her command and conquer enemies everywhere for her.


    Few other ghosts and gods in the underworld knew that these six ghost girls had other meanings to her.


    When encountering a powerful enemy that cannot be dealt with, no matter how far the six ghost girls are, she can immediately summon the six ghost girls to her side, form a magic circle with them, and join forces to defend against the enemy.


    After the six ghost girls appeared, they immediately turned into thousands of ghost images together with the ghost mother and mother-in-law, and surrounded Meng Zhang layer by layer.


    Indigenous gods in the Shenchang realm and ghosts and gods in the underworld have little merit in formation.


    However, there are always exceptions.


    The ghost mother and mother-in-law have lived in the underworld for a long time, comprehending the rules of heaven and earth in the underworld all year round.


    From time to time, she is able to communicate with the side of the underworld that is in charge of the heavenly consciousness of the Shenchang realm.


    After paying a huge price and offering generous sacrifices, I can occasionally get some pointers.


    After years of painstaking research, she has developed a method for cultivating ghost girls, as well as a secret technique to join forces with them.


    Meng Zhang is a powerful enemy that the ghost mother-in-law has never encountered.


    Meng Zhang ruined the important affairs of the ghosts and gods, and was still the leader of the enemy.


    The best way to turn the situation around now is to defeat or even kill the enemy leader.


    Although the ghost mother and mother-in-law appear to be very crazy many times, in fact, she has always seen the situation very clearly, and knows that she is thinking of the overall situation.


    She took out the biggest trump card.


    Ghost mothers and grandmothers are top-level ghosts and gods themselves, and at the level of true gods, they are the strongest group.


    In addition to the six ghost girls who cooperated with her tacitly, all of a sudden they showed extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    Of course, the six ghost girls were originally located in various places in the army of ghosts and gods, helping the army of ghosts and gods to defend against enemies from all sides.


    Now that they suddenly disappeared from the army of ghosts and gods, it must have an adverse effect on the battle situation.


    If it is not good, it will lead to the failure of the army of ghosts and gods.


    However, the ghost mother and mother-in-law at this time can no longer take care of this.


    All she had in mind was to defeat Meng Zhang with all her might.


    Since he came to Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang has encountered many powerful enemies and experienced many hard battles.


    Although the power displayed by the ghost mother and mother-in-law at this moment was strong, she could not suppress Meng Zhang.


    The wind and fire yin-yang fan that was attacking the sky flew back around his body, turning into a fire dragon and dancing around constantly.


    As the yin and yang chart of the heaven and earth dharma phase on the top of the head rotates gently, the yin and yang qi descends from the sky like a long river, trying to involve all the enemies in it.


    From time to time, Meng Zhang blasted the ghost mother-in-law with a Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    Amid the rolling thunder that made the ghosts and gods tremble with fear, the ghost mother and mother-in-law were slammed back again and again.


    ...


    Before launching a full-scale counterattack, in order to avoid attracting the vigilance of the enemy, the Taiyi Realm has been operating away from the Shenchang Realm.


    After the start of the war, the gods of Taiyi Realm fully drove the magic circle above Taiyi Realm, so that Taiyi Realm quickly moved towards Shenchang Realm.


    Even if they don''t control the Taiyi Realm to hit the Shenchang Realm again, as the Taiyi Realm gets closer and closer to the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang and Taimiao can still get more benefits.


    When Taiyi Realm and Shenchang Realm are not far away, Meng Zhang and Taimiao can use the power of Heaven and Earth in Taiyi Realm to fight against the enemy.


    Although Meng Zhang is the shaper of Taiyi Realm, he is an immortal after all, and the power of Taiyi Realm that he can call is limited.


    The god Tai Miao seems to have become the incarnation of the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Taiyi Realm, and can manipulate and utilize the power of the Taiyi Realm arbitrarily.


    Although the power Meng Zhang can use is limited, it still has great meaning to him.


    Faced with the trump card of the ghost mother and mother-in-law pressing the bottom of the box, Meng Zhang had no need to retain his strength, and began to go all out, using all the means at his disposal.

 Chapter 2815

    Meng Zhang, who was blessed by the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, showed great power and skillfully displayed various magical powers.


    In particular, the yin and yang qi, which had only been promoted to immortal magic powers, shined brilliantly in this battle.


    The long river formed by the two qi of yin and yang is vast and almost unstoppable. It easily dispels the alliance of the ghost mother-in-law and the six ghost girls, making it impossible for them to use the secret techniques they have cultivated for many years.


    Several ghost girls who couldn''t dodge were involved in Changhe and began to encounter many disasters.


    The long river formed by yin and yang seems to be a labyrinth, and it seems to have a great attraction.


    The ghost girl who was involved in it clashed left and right, and tried all means, but could not escape from it.


    After a period of struggle, these ghost girls slowly lost their strength to resist, were completely engulfed by this long river, and became their nourishment.


    The ghost mother-in-law is connected with these ghost women and can sense their life and death.


    The ghost girl who had been cultivated for many years fell under Meng Zhang''s hands, and the ghost mother-in-law was shocked, almost completely crazy.


    On the battlefield, always speak with strength.


    No matter how angry or crazy the ghost mother and mother-in-law was, she could not close the gap in strength between her and Meng Zhang.


    As the battle progressed, the six ghost girls were killed by Meng Zhang one by one, and the crazy ghost mother-in-law was completely suppressed by him.


    As the war progressed, Sanjue ghosts and gods slowly woke up from their initial anger.


    During the battle, he has been paying attention to the movements around him.


    In terms of top combat power, the enemy has already occupied a great advantage.


    Due to the heavy damage to the sky, the army of ghosts and gods was greatly weakened and could no longer resist the enemy army.


    Emergency news kept coming from the rear, and the yin and yang passages were constantly being destroyed.


    After thinking about it for a long time, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods secretly communicated with the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts can be regarded as the most tactical among the ghosts and gods in the underworld, and has the most overall vision.


    He found out that the situation was not good earlier than Sanjue Ghosts and Gods.


    After some deliberation, they decided to retreat temporarily, first withdrawing the army to the vicinity of the Lianyue Mountains.


    As a result, there are the most yin and yang channels there.


    When it is really impossible, they can safely lead the army back to the underworld and save their own lives and the main force of the army.


    Second, when the army of ghosts and gods retreats, you can temporarily avoid the edge of the enemy.


    Tianmu has been hit hard, and its coverage has been shrinking. Not to mention, the power of shelter for the army of ghosts and gods is also constantly weakening.


    The army of ghosts and gods retreated back to the Lianyue Mountains, and tried to compress the territory they occupied.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods can try to adjust the sky screen, actively reduce its coverage, and see if the remaining power of the sky screen can be reduced to a small area to see if it can enhance the protection of the ghost army.


    After Sanjue Ghosts and Ten Thousand Ghosts had negotiated properly, they began to arrange their retreat.


    The army of ghosts and gods was originally far less trained than the enemy army.


    In the past, it used brute force to suppress the enemy army.


    Now the war situation is unfavorable, the various shortcomings of the army of ghosts and gods have begun to be exposed, and certain chaos has appeared in many places.


    With the retreat order of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, the chaos in the army of ghosts and gods intensified, and the battle lines in many places were completely collapsed.


    For these situations, Wangui King and Sanjue Ghosts and Gods had long expected.


    Their response is to cover their own army to retreat after the ghosts and gods of the true god level are responsible for the break.


    What the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the Sanjue Ghosts and Gods did not expect was that the army of ghosts and gods, which had always been smooth sailing, would collapse so quickly after encountering major setbacks.


    Of course, a large part of this factor was because the sky was severely damaged, both physically and psychologically, giving the army of ghosts and gods a major blow.


    In particular, the Sanjue ghosts and gods'' previous operation to repair the sky screen failed completely, which made many ghosts and gods despair of the prospect of war.


    In the subsequent wars, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces showed far stronger combat power than before.


    Before the start of the war, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan had allocated almost all the available power to reinforce the Eastern Land.


    Both sides opened their own treasure houses and fully armed this army, almost all the means of pressing the bottom of the box were used.


    In addition, after the indigenous gods were reorganized and formed into an army, they exerted far stronger power than imagined.


    In previous battles, Luna had organized many indigenous gods to fight as a servant army.


    Most of those native gods were demoralized and their will to fight was not firm.


    On the battlefield, when these indigenous gods faced the army of ghosts and gods, they were tied and almost vulnerable.


    But this time the situation has fundamentally changed from the past.


    Meng Zhang had previously rectified the indigenous gods, killed chickens to warn monkeys, and killed many dishonest guys.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan also have more time to train the indigenous gods through various means such as coercion and inducement.


    Whether it is a monk in the Taiyi world or a dragon race, they all have rich means and experience in training their servants.


    It''s just that the army of ghosts and gods attacked too quickly in the past, and Luna didn''t get enough time, so these methods were useless.


    In order to repair the sky, the high-level officials of the army of ghosts and gods delayed too much time, so that the enemy was fully prepared.


    Now, the top leaders of the army of ghosts and gods are about to experience all kinds of bitter fruits because of their own missteps.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor made trouble near the Lianyue Mountains, and powerfully mobilized the powerhouses in the army of ghosts and gods.


    When several true god-level ghosts and gods were drawn from other directions to intercept him, he directly teleported away and came to the place where the battle was most intense.


    Originally, in terms of top-level combat power, Meng Zhang and the others already had a certain advantage.


    Meng Zhang suppressed the ghost mother and mother-in-law; Sanjue Ghosts and Ten Thousand Ghosts were the main enemies of Taimiao and Gu Yue Lingqing, and the ghost bone boy was forced to a disadvantage by the Moon God...


    The ghosts and gods must dispatch a number of true god-level ghosts and gods to help their top ghosts and gods fight.


    This time, Meng Zhang dispatched eight indigenous true gods to participate in the battle, which has greatly narrowed the number gap between the two sides in the level of true gods, allowing their top combat power to be free to play.


    A series of strategic and tactical mistakes made the army of ghosts and gods scattered.


    The Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor had suffered a lot before, and the injuries on his body tended to increase.


    Although he was very strong, he still did not insist on being reckless.


    He did not directly participate in the battle, but used the dragon clan secret technique to bless the two dragon emperors, Su Long Huang and Jin Long Huang.


    The Dragon Sovereign who swallowed the sea dragged his severely injured body to the battlefield, which made both Dragon Sovereigns feel a little guilty.


    After being blessed by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, they became very crazy.


    The two Dragon Sovereigns were rushing wildly on the battlefield, and even the ghosts and gods of the true god level could not resist them.


    They collided recklessly in the army of ghosts and gods, kept breathing dragon breath, and killed a large number of ghosts and gods...

 Chapter 2816

    No matter those top-level ghosts and gods, or the whole army of ghosts and gods, they can no longer resist the enemy.


    The army of ghosts and gods is basically in a state of chaos, and the command is almost completely out of order.


    Many ghosts and gods began to flee for their lives, and many people who lost their minds continued to fight to the death.


    The formation collapsed completely, losing all the ghosts and gods of the organization, and it was even more unable to resist the enemy.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others were originally going to cover the retreat of their army, but in the face of the support of the enemy''s strong men, they also resisted very hard.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao both knew that this was probably the final decisive battle, and they no longer held back, but went all out.


    It is especially wonderful, at this moment, it seems to incarnate into the consciousness of heaven and earth in Taiyi world, arbitrarily mobilizing and running the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi world.


    Anyway, it''s the final battle. It doesn''t matter if you spend a little extravagance.


    After the war, the loss of Taiyi Realm will be replenished in time.


    After a fierce battle, the lunar nerve has already wounded Young Master Ghost Bone, and he will be killed in a short time.


    Among the four top ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm, the Ghost Bone Young Master was originally the weakest.


    Moreover, he was usually cunning and lacked that kind of unyielding backbone.


    Seeing that the situation was really bad, after he tried his best to block an attack from the Moon God, he simply ran away neatly.


    The direction of his escape was the Lord Wangui and the others, and he also hoped to get help from the Lord Wangui.


    The Moon God was chasing after him, with a posture that insisted on beheading him.


    As soon as Young Master Ghost Bone escaped to a place not far from the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, he was caught up by the Moon God and had to fall into a fierce fight again.


    Even those top-level ghosts and gods are beginning to be precarious, not to mention the ordinary members of the army of ghosts and gods.


    The army of ghosts and gods finally collapsed completely. Countless ghosts and gods lost their fighting spirit and only fled for the road. Among them, there were many ghosts and gods at the level of true gods.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces pursued it, vowing to destroy the main force of this army of ghosts and gods.


    From the beginning of the battle, when the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces attacked the army of ghosts and gods, they did not forget to attack the sky.


    In the vast area, the sky screen has many pillars that are inserted directly into the earth.


    Wherever the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan go, after defeating the army of ghosts and gods, they will also destroy these pillars.


    This battle is mainly unfolded within the shrouded range of the sky, and those powerhouses who are fighting in the air will also guide their attacks to fall on the sky, intentionally or unintentionally.


    These attacks may not seem like much on their own, but when accumulated quickly, the damage is considerable.


    Meng Zhang had caused a lot of damage to Tianmu before.


    When Tai Miao manipulated the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm to fight against the enemy, she also did not forget to bombard the sky by the way.


    ...


    Although the sky screen is strong and tenacious, its endurance also has a limit.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods have long pinned their spiritual thoughts on the sky, so that they can keep an eye on the situation of the sky at any time, and also help to repair the sky.


    The work of repairing the canopy has completely failed, but his attention to the canopy has not diminished.


    After the heavy damage, the sky was like a string that was tensed to the extreme, and finally broke in the face of the continuous attack.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods felt the shock of their spiritual thoughts, and they couldn''t help but feel a sense of despair in their hearts.


    The foundation of the canopy is completely ruined, and it can no longer be repaired.


    Next, the sky will collapse completely at a faster speed, and will no longer be able to give shelter to the ghosts and gods.


    Including the three absolute ghosts and gods, all the plans and plans of the high-level ghosts and gods army have all been put into practice.


    After the initial panic, Sanjue Ghosts quickly calmed down.


    He knew that there was no point in continuing to persevere.


    The only thing to do now is to escape from here as soon as possible and try to save my own life.


    As for anything else, it''s out of the question.


    Among so many ghosts and gods in the underworld, Sanjue ghosts and gods have always been optimistic about the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, and have also actively made friends with him.


    Before escaping for his life, he did not forget to notify the Lord of Wangui.


    Originally, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts also hoped that the army of ghosts and gods would retreat step by step, fight and retreat, and retain their strength as much as possible.


    He could never have imagined that the army of ghosts and gods, which was invincible not long ago, would be defeated so quickly.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was filled with grief and indignation, and he was desperate, and he would rather die in battle than retreat here.


    Fortunately, Sanjue ghosts and gods saw that his expression was wrong just now, and secretly persuaded him a few words.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts only had a fever in his head, and he had the thought of not retreating.


    After calming down, he thought of an important thing, and there was a little hope in his heart.


    Now, Sanjue ghosts and gods persuade him to abandon everything and run away.


    With his temperament, he would never agree to it.


    But seeing the situation at this point, it was irreversible, and he had other thoughts in his mind, and he also thought of cherishing his life.


    After some struggles in his heart, the King of Ten Thousand Ghosts was finally persuaded by Sanjue Ghosts and Gods.


    After they communicated in secret, they immediately started.


    The Lord Wangui and Sanjue Ghosts and Gods all put on a desperate gesture, as if they were going to perish with Taimiao and the others.


    Seeing that victory is imminent, they are naturally unwilling to pay too much.


    Not to mention that they perished together, and they felt that it was not worth it even if they suffered a slightly heavier injury.


    It was wonderful that they backed down a little, and Sanjue Ghosts and Gods of Ten Thousand Ghosts immediately seized the opportunity and got out of the battle in time.


    The ghost bones not far away, as well as a group of true god-level ghosts and gods who cooperated with them in the battle, were all stunned.


    They never imagined that the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others would escape like this, which is not like their behavior at all.


    Wonderful, they hesitated for a while, instead of chasing the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others, they dealt with the ghosts and gods left on the battlefield first.


    The overall situation has been decided, even if the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others escape, it is not enough to worry about.


    Instead of expending a lot of energy to hunt them down, it is better to clean up these ghosts and gods left on the battlefield first, to determine the outcome of the battle, and to reduce the casualties of the army in the next battle.


    It was so wonderful that they calmed down and began to besiege the abandoned Ghost Bone Young Master and a group of true god-level ghosts and gods.


    The escape of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts caused their morale to be low.


    Originally, the strength gap between the two sides was very large, and they, who had no will to fight, just wanted to escape, and they were even less able to resist.


    It didn''t take much effort, and the ghost bones and the other ghosts and gods left behind were all killed by Taimiao, and none of them slipped through the net.


    Tai Miao, Gu Yue Ling Qing, and Moon God level powerhouses are free to use their hands, and the army of ghosts and gods will be in trouble.


    This is the battlefield of the war between the two armies, there is no need to pay attention to any identity or the like.


    It''s wonderful that they have launched a massacre against the army of ghosts and gods, wantonly killing those ghosts and gods who escaped.


    Countless ghosts and gods were killed by them, and the army of ghosts and gods that had already collapsed had almost become lambs to be slaughtered.

 Chapter 2817

    It''s wonderful that they also gave priority to killing the ghosts and gods of the true god level at first, and tried their best to reduce the high-end combat power of the enemy.


    Later, the army of ghosts and gods was too chaotic, and there were ghosts and gods running for their lives everywhere. They didn''t bother to distinguish them. They launched indiscriminate large-scale attacks directly, reducing the number of ghosts and gods in large areas.


    Up to now, the army of ghosts and gods has truly been defeated like a mountain.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces recklessly pursued and killed the enemy army, striving to cause greater damage, and laying the foundation for a thorough solution to the problem of ghosts and gods in the future.


    Every time a group of ghosts and gods is killed now, it will reduce the resistance that one will face when marching in the future.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods of Ten Thousand Ghosts left everything behind and fled back to the Lianyue Mountains in one breath.


    When they got here, they stopped temporarily.


    After the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor left, the ghosts and gods who stayed nearby were temporarily able to withdraw their hands.


    In addition to continuing to take care of the yin and yang channel, several true god-level ghosts and gods also tried to organize teams to support the army of ghosts and gods ahead.


    Bad news kept coming from the front, and these ghosts and gods began to hesitate.


    While they were hesitating, they finally had a backbone when they saw the Lord of the Thousand Ghosts and the Sanjue Ghosts and Gods coming here.


    The Lianyue Mountains were the first areas occupied by the army of ghosts and gods in Yangshi, and the foundation was best built here.


    As a forward base for the expansion of other areas of Xiangyang World, the Lord of Wangui has spent a lot of money here.


    The sky curtains in other places are rapidly collapsing, and the sky curtains here can still play some role temporarily, giving some shelter to the ghosts and gods.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts is going to organize the ghosts and gods here, and then find a way to accommodate the defeated soldiers on the front line, and use the foundation here to temporarily construct a line of defense.


    The yin and yang passages here have been destroyed a lot by the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, but many still continue to function.


    Reinforcements from the underworld are still arriving in the Yang world.


    King Wangui and Sanjue Guishen defended with all their strength, and they might be able to resist the enemy''s offensive and persist for a while.


    Now that the offensive and defensive situation has changed, our own side is not completely powerless to resist.


    Back then, when Yin Jiu and other foreign ghosts sneaked into the underworld, they were under the banner of the headquarters of the foreign ghosts.


    Yin Jiu kept saying that the ghosts from outside the territory were about to invade the Shenchang Realm on a large scale, and only then did he persuade the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to invade the Yang World.


    Later, although the foreign ghost clan was late, because the actions in Yang Shi were very smooth, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts did not pay much attention to this matter.


    He believed Yin Jiu''s explanation, and most of the extraterritorial ghost army had an accident in the void, so it was delayed.


    He was even a little bit happy in his heart.


    If the army of the foreign ghosts arrives in the Shenchang Realm early, although it will be beneficial to eliminate the indigenous gods of the Yang World, it will also share more benefits.


    In the end, it might be the gang of ghosts and gods like the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts who shared the world of Shenchang with the ghosts from outside the realm.


    If they waited until the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others completely controlled the Shenchang Realm, and the army of the ghost tribes from outside the territory arrived, then the situation would be completely different.


    The foreign ghost clan is very powerful, and the local ghosts and gods like the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts will not easily enmity with them.


    If the extraterritorial ghosts want to benefit from the Shenchang Realm, they must pass the Wangui King and them to obtain sufficient benefits.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts even considered that if the extraterritorial ghost clan gave them excellent conditions to keep these native ghosts and gods very independent, they could consider joining the extraterritorial ghost clan and become one of its branches.


    Previously, the Wangui King and the others expanded smoothly in Yangshi, and it was the time when the spring breeze was complacent.


    The extraterritorial ghost army that Yin Jiu mentioned has never appeared, and the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts can''t help but wonder if they will reach the Shenchang Realm.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts also put aside the matter of the foreign ghost clan for the time being, and focused on the matter at hand first.


    Now, the army of ghosts and gods has suffered an unprecedented defeat, the loss is extremely heavy, and it is about to be unable to hold on in the Yang world.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts suddenly remembered the matter of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    He is now like a man who is about to drown, and can''t wait to grab every life-saving straw.


    At this time, he regarded the foreign ghost army as the last straw.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts decided to defend here with Sanjue Ghosts and Gods with all their strength, waiting for the arrival of the extraterritorial ghost army.


    When the extraterritorial ghost army reached Shenchang Realm, it was time for them to counterattack the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance.


    While the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was having such a beautiful dream, the oldest mother-in-law in the underworld of the Shenchang Realm finally perished under Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles and has grown rapidly, dare not say that he is invincible at the level of true immortals, at least he is one of the top powerhouses.


    Compared with the Sanshan Zhenxian and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he may be slightly inferior.


    But against ghosts and gods like the ghost mother and mother-in-law, his advantage is too great.


    Although the ghost mother-in-law has a profound cultivation base, she is only a ghost at the true god level after all. She has not completely gotten rid of the identity of ghosts, and also has some inherent weaknesses of ghosts.


    The sky near the battlefield collapsed completely and lost the shelter of the sky. She was suppressed by the rules of the world, and her strength was affected to a certain extent.


    Taiyi Realm reached a place not far from Shenchang Realm and began to operate stably.


    Meng Zhang can freely invoke the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm.


    Under this situation, the strength gap between the two sides is even greater.


    After the Lord Wangui and Sanjue ghosts and gods escaped and the Ghost Bone Young Master was put to death, it was wonderful that there was no strong person among the ghosts and gods who could contain them.


    It was great to be free. Although he did not directly participate in the battle between Meng Zhang and the ghost mother-in-law, he could lend his strength to Meng Zhang at a critical moment.


    This is a war between races, not a fair duel. Meng Zhang doesn''t mind using external forces.


    Strictly speaking, Tai Miao is both Meng Zhang''s external incarnation and his canonized god, so it''s not really an unrelated outsider.


    In short, in such a battle, Meng Zhang will use all means to strengthen himself and attack the enemy.


    In the final analysis, the ghost mother and mother-in-law are still bunnies and ghosts in the Shenchang world in essence, with limited means and insufficient eyesight and insight.


    In the face of Meng Zhang''s endless magical means, he was finally defeated.


    Furious, the ghost mother-in-law did not run away, but tried to stay where she was and Meng Zhang desperately wanted to die with him.


    In the end, her plan failed.


    Meng Zhang paid a certain price, including some serious injuries, and finally executed the ghost mother and mother-in-law.


    There is a certain connection and induction between these top ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    When the ghost mother and mother-in-law were slaughtered, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, who had fled to the rear, sensed it in time.


    There was a deep feeling of sadness in his heart.


    He began to lose confidence in whether the defense line he was about to establish could last until the arrival of the extraterritorial ghost army.


    What prevented him from fleeing back to the underworld immediately was the firm obsession in his heart.

 Chapter 2818

    The ghost mother-in-law and the ghost bone son are very different, both in terms of combat power and power, they are superior to each other, and can be called the most important pillar of the underworld.


    The fall of the Ghost Bone Young Master was barely within the acceptable range of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, and the fall of the ghost mother and mother-in-law made him feel alarmed.


    At this moment, he was able to continue to persevere here because of his deep hatred for the living beings in Yang Shi, and his unwillingness to give up.


    He seemed to be a little stunned in his heart, and put all his hopes on the imaginary army of foreign ghosts.


    In order to gain the support of Sanjue ghosts and gods, he revealed his thoughts and details.


    After listening to this, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods fell into silence for a while, and then told a ruthless truth.


    He first asked Wangui King, where his cronies Yin Jiu went.


    The question of Sanjue ghosts and spirits made the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts silent for a while, and felt something wrong in his heart.


    In fact, Yin Jiu, the undercover agents who broke into the army of ghosts and gods, tried to sneak away from the battlefield soon after the war, and took the initiative to cut off all contact with the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    If the undercover were killed by his own army, that would be a big joke.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods hesitated for a moment, and took the initiative to reveal their origins.


    It turns out that Sanjue ghosts and gods are not only not the native ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang world, nor are they born in Shenchang world.


    He came from the far side of the void and was a member of the extraterritorial ghost clan.


    The extraterritorial ghost clan is a name for it by the outside world, they just call themselves ghost clan.


    There are many factions in the ghost clan, and the internal struggle is fierce.


    Thousands of years ago, a team of ghosts encountered an inexplicable void storm in the void and suddenly disappeared.


    In the void, there are countless similar things, and this incident was nothing.


    After a routine investigation, the ghost clan executives found that this void storm did not appear to be naturally generated, and was probably man-made.


    The great supernatural powers in the ghost clan faintly discovered some of the circumstances behind the incident, and found that the clues pointed to the sky-climbing star area.


    Dengtianxing District has long been under the command of Lingkong Xianjie.


    The ghost clan is an extremely arrogant force in the void, but they are not willing to easily become the enemy of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    However, if the ghost clan didn''t show any performance at all, and flinched when they found out that the matter was related to the spiritual world, it would be too much prestige for others and destroy their own ambition.


    What''s more, there are some arrogant and lawless people among the high-level ghost clan, and they are really not afraid of Lingkong Xianjie.


    In order to appease the internal emotions and give an explanation to the top and bottom, the senior members of the ghost clan sent Sanjue ghosts and gods to go to the Dengtian star area to investigate the matter.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods took on such an unfortunate task because they lost in the internal struggle and greatly offended the senior members of the clan.


    Some senior members of the clan regarded him as an abandoned son and wanted to put him to death.


    The Sanjue ghosts and gods who could not escape the mission had to come to the Dengtian Star District.


    He was very smart and tried to understand the situation.


    He knew that the high-level ghost clan didn''t really want to investigate this matter, and their eyes would not keep staring at the Dengtian Star District.


    He did not approach Junchen Realm, but secretly found an opportunity to hide his deeds, came to Shenchang Realm, sneaked into it, mixed into the underworld, and became a ghost in the underworld.


    In this way, he gradually became one of the top four ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    As for the tasks assigned by the top of the ghost clan, he had already left them behind.


    A few years ago, Yin Jiu, a group of ghosts who had taken refuge in Taiyi Realm, entered the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    After all these years, Sanjue ghosts and gods have long since changed their faces and completely integrated into the underworld of Shenchang Realm.


    He didn''t know that Yin Jiu and the others were undercover agents from the Taiyi Realm, and thought they were spies from the Ghost Race.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods who have ghosts in their hearts dare not recognize Yinjiu and the others.


    Of course, secretly, he has been paying attention to Yin Jiu and them.


    He, who is familiar with the behavior of the ghost clan, thinks that Yin Jiu and the others have a problem.


    In particular, the army of ghosts in Yinjiu''s mouth had never reached the Shenchang Realm, which made him suspicious.


    With the ability of the ghost army, even if there is an accident in the void, there will be no news.


    The ghost race is a race that traverses the void and is good at invading other big worlds.


    If the ghost clan has decided to invade the Shenchang Realm, there will definitely be various signs in advance.


    These signs may be missed by others, but they will never be concealed from the Sanjue ghosts and gods.


    He couldn''t help but begin to doubt Yin Jiu''s identity.


    Is Yin Jiu, like him, who escaped from the ghost clan?


    You know, because the internal struggles of the ghost race are too cruel, traitors flee from time to time.


    Of course, the high-level ghost clan will definitely pursue and kill these traitors with all their might and deal with them in the cruelest way.


    If this is the case, then what Yin Jiu said about the ghost army is completely nonsense.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods originally wanted to investigate this matter, but then because of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces, they have been too busy and couldn''t find time at all.


    Because this matter is related to his own origin, he is not willing to fake someone else''s hand.


    After this defeat, he thought carefully on the way to escape, the timing of the enemy''s surprise attack was too coincidental, and it just hit their weakness.


    The members of the army of ghosts and gods are basically ghosts and gods born and raised in the underworld, and they have almost no contact with the outside world.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Alliance are outsiders, and it should be difficult to inquire about the internal intelligence of the Ghost Army.


    Yin Jiu had been tipping off the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied army before, and it was impossible not to leave a trace.


    After thinking about it, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods made a bold assumption that Yin Jiu was an undercover agent sent by the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan alliance.


    As for how the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan reined in the members of the Ghost Clan for their own use, it is still unknown for the time being.


    If Yin Jiu was really an undercover agent, then everything he said was a lie, and the ghost army that the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was looking forward to would never appear.


    After listening to what Sanjue Ghosts and Gods said, and contacting Yin Jiu, who had been with him before, but suddenly disappeared and could never be contacted, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts had basically believed his presumption in his heart.


    Even if this matter has not been completely determined, the current situation makes them have to plan for the worst.


    The imaginary ghost army will not appear, so it is meaningless for the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and the others to continue to stand here.


    If they really waited for Meng Zhang and the others to kill here, then it would not be easy for them to escape.


    After all illusions were broken, the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts had to accept the reality.


    Relying on the power of ghosts and gods alone, it is difficult to stay in the Yang World.


    Although the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts was extremely unwilling, he still had to prepare to escape back to the underworld.


    However, Sanjue Ghosts and Gods had an even bolder proposal, letting the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts escape the Shenchang Realm with him and go to the void.


    The reason why he disclosed his origins and so on just now was to convince the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts to accept this proposal.

 Chapter 2819

    The reason why Sanjue ghosts and gods want to leave Shenchang Realm, which has been hidden for thousands of years, also has its own reasons.


    Based on the current situation in Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces are about to completely control Yang Shi.


    Even, whether they will take advantage of the situation to counterattack the underworld, maybe.


    After the failure of the ghosts and gods in the underworld, their strength has been greatly reduced, let alone staying in the Yang world, it is very likely that they will not be able to keep the underworld.


    Once the Taiyi Realm and the allied army of the Dragon Clan entered the underworld, there would be no place for Sanjue Ghosts and Gods and the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    What''s more, even if the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition did not invade the underworld, there would be no future for them to stay in the underworld.


    The means of the ether world and the dragon clan will definitely control the Yang world very tightly in the future, so that the ghosts and gods in the underworld will never have the opportunity to invade the Yang world.


    In addition, the appearance of members of the ghost clan such as Yin Jiu gave Sanjue ghosts and gods a sense of crisis.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Spirits has not completed the task for these years, and has not contacted the top of the ghost clan.


    Strictly speaking, it is equivalent to betraying the ghost clan.


    No one at the top of the ghost clan would speak for him, instead he had enemies.


    With his ability, it is not easy to be discovered by hiding in Shenchang Realm after a makeover.


    If Yin Jiu et al really betrayed the ghost clan and joined the Taiyi world and the dragon clan, then sooner or later, the ghost clan would be chased and killed.


    With Yin Jiu''s ability, they may not be able to eliminate the traces left.


    At that time, if the high-level ghost clan traces all the way to Shenchang Realm, he may be implicated.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods have been in the underworld for so many years, and they have dealt with many ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    Among them, he is most optimistic about the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    Whether it is character or strength, there are merits.


    In particular, the strategies and tactics of the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts are still above him.


    Sanjue ghosts and gods have had the experience of wandering in the void, and knowing whether there is a companion to take care of them is completely two different things.


    He hopes to enter the void with the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts, and maybe he can start a new career in the future.


    Sanjue Ghosts and Gods did not spend too much effort to persuade the Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts himself knows that they have no future at all if they continue to stay in the Shenchang Realm.


    This invasion of the Yang world has almost exhausted the potential of the underworld.


    If the news of the Wangui King and Sanjue ghosts and gods leaving the army and fleeing from battle spreads, they will lose their prestige and be cast aside by many ghosts and gods.


    The Lord of Ten Thousand Ghosts and Sanjue Ghosts and Gods are both decisive people.


    They have a huge foundation in the underworld and have great power.


    Now, they abandoned them all and went to the void to find a new way out.


    Most of the ghosts and gods in the underworld of Shenchang Realm do not have a kingdom of gods.


    As a ghost and god born and bred in the Shenchang realm, the Lord of Wangui has a deep bond with the Shenchang realm. @ Essence\/Book Pavilion*First update~~


    He paid a lot of price and his vitality was severely damaged, and he finally broke this bond with great difficulty.


    Fortunately, after the consciousness of the Tao of Heaven in Shenchang Realm fell, Shenchang Realm''s involvement with indigenous gods and ghosts and gods has also become much weaker.


    If the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm is still there, Wangui Kingdom mainly wants to break away from Shenchang Realm completely, and has to overcome many difficulties.


    After the Wangui King finished his work, he cleaned up with Sanjue Ghosts and Gods hastily, and left the Shenchang Realm directly and stepped into the void.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the others were still chasing down the army of ghosts and gods with all their strength.


    After the Lord Wangui and Sanjue ghosts and gods left, the remaining army of ghosts and gods had no leader and completely lost their support.


    Everything that happened next was so logical.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces pushed all the way, constantly regaining lost ground.


    The main force of the army of ghosts and gods was completely lost, and the remaining remnants were defeated all the way.


    First retreated to the Lianyue Mountains, and then simply retreated directly to the underworld.


    Soon, ghosts and gods will no longer be seen in the entire East Continent.


    The sky, which was on the verge of collapse, was also completely destroyed, and could no longer affect the rules of heaven and earth in the Yang World.


    Of course, it will take a long time for Yang Shi''s rules of heaven and earth to completely return to normal.


    Especially in the area that was previously occupied by the army of ghosts and gods and covered by the sky, if you want to fully restore vitality, then. (This chapter is not over!)


    It will take longer.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan''s joint invasion of the Shenchang Realm was basically a success.


    The rest of the work of sweeping away the remaining indigenous gods in various places and pacifying the entire Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang can safely leave it to the Dragon Clan.


    With the current strength of this dragon clan, it can completely control the Shenchang Realm.


    The cooperation between the two parties has been completely successful, and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has also begun to fulfill the promise made before.


    All members of this dragon clan, including the vassal sea clan, all migrated to Shenchang Realm.


    The previous temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, the huge water polo, was completely integrated into the Taiyi Realm under the joint spell cast by Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    This time, the geographical situation of Taiyi Realm has changed greatly.


    On the periphery of Taiyi Realm is a vast ocean.


    In the ocean, some sea tribes live.


    These Hai tribes are basically gifts from the Dragon tribe to keep their promises to Meng Zhang.


    In the ocean, there are many large and small islands.


    On many islands, there are cultivation forces taking root.


    In the center of the ocean, it is the only continent in the Taiyi world.


    The main cultivation forces, including Taiyimen, all use the mainland as their mountain gate.


    On the mainland, there are rivers and rivers, and there are aquatic tribes who are vassals of Taiyimen.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor was very generous. When he gave Meng Zhang the temporary territory of the Dragon Clan, he did not empty the resources in it.


    The Taiyi Realm has obtained many unique resources of the dragon race.


    Especially in the ocean, there are many areas where the dragons used to breed and cultivate special spiritual plants and spiritual beasts.


    In the depths of the seabed, there are some special veins.


    These gains have greatly filled the treasure trove of resources in the Taiyi Realm.


    At present, the Shenchang Realm, the East Land and the West Land have basically returned to peace.


    Next, the dragon tribe''s expedition to the ocean will not encounter any resistance.


    Those indigenous gods who had taken refuge in the Taiyi Sect and were willing to move to the Taiyi Realm, with the help of Meng Zhang, moved the kingdom of God, believers and even the territory to the Taiyi Realm.


    In the current Shenchang Realm, you can see Taiyi Realm monks and indigenous gods everywhere, working together to move mountains, mountains, rivers, spiritual veins, mineral veins... and move them all. to Taiyi Realm.


    In the Taiyi Realm, both the ocean and the land area are rapidly expanding.


    More and more creatures were migrated to Taiyi Realm, which greatly increased its diversity.


    Shenchang Realm is vast and extremely rich in products.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm is all dispatched, with the help of the indigenous gods, it is impossible to empty the Shenchang Realm in a short period of time.


    The five indigenous true gods joined the god system of Taiyi Realm, which greatly enhanced the combat power of Taiyi Realm, especially to make up for the lack of top-level combat power.


    The addition of those ordinary indigenous gods also strengthened the foundation and accumulation of the gods system in the Taiyi world. .


    Chapter 2819 The overall situation has been decided

 Chapter 2820

    For Meng Zhang, the main purpose of this invasion of Shenchang Realm, and the most important work, is going smoothly.


    The dragons built a large formation that directly connected to the source sea, so that Meng Zhang and the others could cast a spell to extract the origin of the world from the source sea and use it to strengthen the Taiyi world.


    The abundant source of heaven and earth in Shenchang Realm was sent into the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm, and it was quickly transformed.


    The source sea of ??Taiyi Realm has expanded rapidly, and the origin of heaven and earth has become more and more dense...


    In the previous battles, the bodies of indigenous gods, beasts and even ghosts that Meng Zhang and the others had harvested were all sent into the source sea.


    The source sea, which is constantly strengthening in the Taiyi world, begins to digest and absorb these nutrients more quickly to strengthen its own source.


    The dragon clan is generous enough, and Meng Zhang will not be able to make an inch.


    He knew that no matter how careful he was, this act of wantonly extracting the origins of the Shenchang Realm would still affect the foundation of the Shenchang Realm.


    When the source of heaven and earth obtained from Shenchang Realm could meet the needs of Taiyi Realm''s evolution, he took the initiative to stop the action and continued to extract without insatiable greed.


    These injuries to the foundation of Shenchang Realm can slowly recover on their own in the years to come.


    Moreover, among the secret techniques of the dragon race, there is also a way of repairing and conditioning the world, which can speed up the repair of damage.


    In short, Meng Zhang achieved the main goal, and the Dragon Clan did not have any dissatisfaction.


    Next, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up to once again use the inheritance secret technique from Taiyi Jinxian to refine and strengthen Taiyi Realm.


    The flaws of Taiyi World were finally completely filled, and it became a complete big world.


    From then on, the cultivators of Taiyi Realm can be promoted to True Immortals in Taiyi Realm after the cultivation realm of imaginary immortals is complete.


    The complete big world of Taiyijie will give them the shelter they deserve and block the extraterrestrial demons who come to block the way.


    This also means that as long as various conditions are met, Taiyi Realm can cultivate a new true immortal belonging to this world.


    Of course, although the current Taiyi world is already a complete big world, it is still very immature, let alone talking about its background.


    Not to mention compared to Shenchang Realm, even the former Junchen Realm is far behind.


    After completing the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang did not continue to ask for it from the Shenchang Realm.


    According to his plan, Taiyi Realm will soon leave Shenchang Realm and enter the void again.


    In the void, the monks of Taiyi Realm will collect and even plunder resources from all over the world, and slowly continue to strengthen this young big world.


    Many cultivation forces in Taiyi Realm hope to stay in Shenchang Realm and develop here.


    Meng Zhang did not embarrass them either, as long as they paid a certain price, they could satisfy their demands.


    One of them is that these self-cultivation forces who leave the Taiyi Realm must copy their own inheritance, the classics in the door, etc., and keep them in the Taiyi Realm.


    Many self-cultivation forces simply left a branch in the Taiyi world, which was regarded as a move to ensure the inheritance of the sect.


    If something goes wrong with the sect in Shenchang Realm, its inheritance will not be completely cut off.


    The top comprehension forces in Taiyi Realm, including many traditional allies of Taiyi Sect, such as Huanglian Sect, Qiaoshou Sect, Hailing Sect, Guanghan Palace, etc., still remain in Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, they will also leave some branches in Shenchang Realm, which can be regarded as spreading branches and leaves. @ Essence\/Book Pavilion*First update~~


    Even the Taiyi Sect itself has left some monks and mortals in the Shenchang Realm, allowing them to establish a new branch.


    Taiyijie imitated the legendary city of Yunzhong and embarked on a wandering road to the void, which made many members of the dragon family who like challenges yearn for it.


    After some deliberation, the high-level dragon clan sent a part of the dragon clan headed by the Jade Dragon King to let them enter the Taiyi Realm and wander in the void with the Taiyi Realm.


    On weekdays, these dragons have independent territories in the sea and develop on their own, and Taiyimen will not intervene in their internal affairs.


    When encountering foreign enemies, they will cooperate with Taiyi monks to fight.


    Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor happily reached a new agreement.


    For Meng Zhang, this is a good thing to enhance the power of Taiyi Realm.


    . (This chapter is not over!)


    For the dragon clan headed by the Jade Dragon King, this is a path full of challenges and conducive to their own evolution. @ Essence\/Book Pavilion*First update~~


    The truly powerful dragon race should be the Void race, which can move freely in the Void, rather than being trapped in a certain world.


    It is a pity that among the current dragon clan, many members have lost this idea.


    An army of dragons that went on an expedition to the depths of the sea, while destroying and conquering the indigenous gods there, chased all the way to the edge of the world of Shenchang Realm, harvested a lot of high-quality space spar, and gave it as a gift. Taiyi world.


    In the process of strengthening the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao mobilized the monks and gods of the Taiyi Realm to arrange more magic circles all over the Taiyi Realm.


    With these space spar-based resources, they arranged a large-scale moving circle on the Taiyi Realm.


    The current strong source of heaven and earth in the Ether B world can also fully support the daily operation of the mobile magic circle.


    In the future, as long as you enter the open space in the void, the entire Taiyi Realm can rely on the movement of the magic circle, like a cultivator to carry out the big movement of the void.


    This will greatly enhance the mobility of Taiyi Realm and speed up its migration.


    Previously, it took too much time for Taiyi Realm to reach Shenchang Realm from the destroyed Junchen Realm.


    You must know that this is still the distance between Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm is not too far away, and they both belong to the Sky Climbing Star District.


    In the future, the wandering void in the Taiyi world will definitely travel between different star regions.


    The void is vast and boundless, and the great void movement was originally a commonly used way to travel in the void.


    The Great Void Movement, a method of using space rules to move, is far superior to conventional means of movement in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang and the upper and lower Taiyi Realm are now busy strengthening the Taiyi Realm and have not bothered about the actions of the Dragon Clan.


    Although the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor spent most of the time in retreat to heal his injuries, under the leadership of the two Dragon Emperors, Su Longhuang and Jinlonghuang, their actions in Shenchang Realm can be said to be all smooth.


    The threat of ghosts and gods from the underworld has been completely eliminated, and the indigenous gods of the Yang world are powerless to resist the army of dragons...


    The remaining indigenous gods in the Shenchang world will either be eliminated or they will take refuge early...


    After the Dragon Clan completely controlled the Shenchang Realm, they began to enter the depths of the sea in large numbers, transforming it into its main habitat in the Shenchang Realm.


    Now, even without Meng Zhang and Taiyijie monks, the Dragon Clan can rule the Shenchang Realm alone.


    Those cultivators who left from Taiyi Realm are also in Shenchang Realm, mainly on the west side, who have established sects and established branches and scattered leaves.


    The covenant between Meng Zhang and the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor has been fully reached.


    Meng Zhang felt that it was no longer necessary to continue to stay in Shenchang Realm.


    His spiritual sense has long reminded him to leave Shenchang Realm as soon as possible. .


    Chapter 2820 World Completion

 Chapter 2821

    Now that everything is ready, Meng Zhang and the others, after saying goodbye to their comrades-in-arms such as the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, chose an auspicious day to control the Taiyi Realm to leave the Shenchang Realm and embark on a new journey.


    As for those cultivators who stayed in the Shenchang Realm, they would develop on their own in the future.


    Many cultivators reluctantly bid farewell to their peers, not knowing whether their choice was right or wrong.


    Although many cultivators were left in Shenchang Realm, the strength of Taiyi Realm was not affected.


    On the contrary, because of the participation of many native gods in the Shenchang realm, the combat effectiveness of the Taiyi realm has greatly increased.


    However, in order to help these indigenous gods cut off the bond between the gods and the world of Shenchang, so that they can be completely free, Meng Zhang and others paid a high price.


    A big difference between gods and immortals is that gods will be greatly bound by the original world, and it is difficult to completely escape.


    In the current Taiyi world, the Taiyi family is still the only one, with absolute strength.


    The traditional allies of Taiyi Sect, such as Huanglian Sect, Hailing Sect, and Guanghan Palace, all have the power of returning to the void, but there is no true immortal.


    After this strengthening of Taiyi Realm, the level and number of spiritual veins have greatly increased.


    Many spiritual veins migrated from Shenchang Realm, after conditioning, took root in Taiyi Realm.


    At present, the Taiyi Realm already has the fourth-order spiritual veins, which can fully support the cultivators of the Yuanshen Zhenjun level.


    Of course, if you want to support the cultivators of the emptiness-returning power level, you still need a blessed land.


    The Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyi Gate is still the only blessed land in Taiyi Realm.


    After many upgrades, the blessed land of the sun and the moon has various functions, rich production and abundant spiritual energy.


    In addition to supporting the Void Returning Great Power of Taiyi Sect, it can also be opened to the Void Returning Great Expert who befriends the sect.


    With the support of Fairy Yue''e, Guanghan Palace is ready to build a blessed land.


    Guanghan Palace made great efforts in the battle of invading Shenchang Realm this time, and also gained a lot.


    After all these harvests are digested, it should be enough to build a blessed land.


    In fact, those comprehension forces with the power of returning to the void in the Taiyi world are actively collecting resources to prepare for the construction of the blessed land.


    In this regard, Taiyimen senior management is still very supportive.


    The increase in the blessed land of a great world is also very beneficial to the great world itself.


    Ordinary blessed land cannot accommodate true immortals to practice.


    The true gods possessed by the Taiyi Realm mainly absorb and refine the power of belief, and do not have high requirements for spiritual veins.


    Even the true gods spend most of their time cultivating within their own kingdom of gods.


    Even if it is too wonderful, a lot of time is spent in the underworld of Taiyi Realm.


    Their consumption of the source of heaven and earth is not very large.


    Meng Zhang and several other true immortals stayed in the source sea most of the time, absorbing the origin of the heaven and earth in the source sea.


    For true immortals, ordinary resources simply cannot meet the needs of daily practice.


    Even Yuqing Lingji and the like are not the main resources for the cultivation of true immortals, and they are mostly used for emergencies.


    The origin of heaven and earth in the great world is one of the best and highest quality cultivation resources.


    After the Taiyi world grows into a complete big world, the source of heaven and earth that is consumed will be replenished spontaneously.


    The true immortals must pay attention to the speed of consuming the source of heaven and earth, not to dry up the pond and to fish, and not to damage the foundation of the Taiyi world.


    In addition to the origins of heaven and earth in each big world, there are many top-level resources in the void, which can be used to support the cultivation needs of the true immortals.


    However, such resources are not only rare, but also generally very difficult to collect.


    The Taiyi Realm does not just hurry forward in the void, but pays attention to the surrounding situation and collects the required resources.


    As the ruler of Taiyi Realm, Taiyimen''s ruling method is also constantly changing.


    In the Junchen world, Taiyimen established the Vast Sea Dao League, which included all the vassals and all the self-cultivation forces who had taken refuge in it.


    Taiyimen borrowed the organization of the Vast Ocean Dao League, united many cultivation forces, and established rule over the vast area. Error free update@


    After the destruction of Junchen Realm, Taiyimen, as the shaper of Taiyi Realm, is the well-deserved ruler of the whole big world.


    . (This chapter is not over!)


    As a high-ranking ruler, you should try your best to remain neutral.


    At least on the surface, Taiyimen must act justly and treat all cultivation forces equally.


    Meng Zhang adheres to the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, and hopes that the major cultivation forces in the Taiyi world will flourish, and a hundred flowers will bloom, so that all kinds of inheritances can shine.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang ordered the dissolution of the Hanhai Dao League.


    Whether it is the original members of the Vast Ocean Dao League, or the self-cultivation forces that joined later, at least on the surface, they can develop fairly in the Taiyi world.


    Of course, when Taiyi Sect is doing enough superficial work to become an impartial ruler, those dark methods in secret are not humane.


    In the current Taiyi world, there is no shortage of cultivators at the level of returning to the void.


    However, due to the lack of cultivation time, most of the Void Returning Powers possessed by the Taiyi Realm are cultivations in the early and middle stages of Void Returning.


    Meng Zhang''s eldest disciple, Niu Dawei, is an out-and-out genius, and he has been cultivated by Meng Zhang again.


    Meng Zhang''s second disciple, An Xiaoran, and third disciple, An Muran, were both in the middle of the advanced stage of returning to the virtual world.


    Therefore, although the current Taiyi world has been able to protect the virtual immortals for promotion, the Taiyi sect has no virtual immortals to be promoted.


    On the contrary, Fairy Yue''e''s direct disciple, Daoist Yueying, had long since returned to the Void Stage and completed his cultivation and advanced to Void Immortal.


    After the battle in Shenchang Realm, the conditions for her promotion to True Immortal are almost ripe.


    For Meng Zhang, the current Taiyi world still lacks true immortals, and he also supports the promotion of Daoist Moon Shadow.


    Under the full cultivation of Fairy Yue''e, Taoist Moon Shadow began to break through the retreat not long ago.


    Stimulated by Daoist Moon Shadow, the descendants of Taiyi Sect''s Void Returners all speeded up their practice.


    Cultivation is not something that happens overnight, especially becoming an immortal, becoming a true immortal, and going through countless hardships and challenges.


    In the current situation of Taiyimen, Gu Yuelingqing and Fairy Yue''e are both guest ministers of Taiyimen.


    Taimiao and Luna are the pillars of the system of gods.


    After the five indigenous true gods from Shenchang Realm joined the gods system, the senior monks of Taiyi Sect could summon them at a certain price and ask them for help when needed.


    As a new world, Taiyi Realm does not have too complicated internal contradictions.


    Especially this time, a lot of resources have been plundered from the Shenchang Realm, which can be consumed by the major cultivation forces for a long time.


    Occasional demonic disasters have a very limited scope of influence, and the existing forces in the Taiyi world can easily suppress them. .


    Chapter 2821 A new journey

 Chapter 2822

    Meng Zhang woke up from a long meditation.


    During this meditation, he sensed Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual thoughts again and obtained a lot of useful information.


    Taiyi Jinxian has been suppressed by several true immortals for countless years, but it has never died.


    From time to time, the divine thoughts he released can penetrate the seal and travel through the void and the world.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how much arrangement Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual sense had made and how much inheritance he had left.


    The Taiyi Sect where he is located is fundamentally derived from the Taiyi Jinxian.


    Due to various reasons, the founder of Taiyi Gate had limited cultivation achievements and could not truly inherit the concept and inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian.


    In the Junchen world, Taiyimen once had a moment of rise, but soon disappeared.


    In Meng Zhang''s generation, he not only reinvigorated Taiyi Sect and achieved unprecedented great achievements, but also communicated with Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual thoughts and became its true successor.


    Every time he touches the divine sense of Taiyi Jinxian, Meng Zhang can get countless benefits from it.


    Unfortunately, this kind of thing is completely out of his control.


    Every time he communicated with Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual sense, it was when he entered into meditation, and his own spiritual sense spontaneously had a response to it.


    According to Meng Zhang''s guess, when he has achieved certain achievements and further practiced the concept of Taiyi Jinxian, he will have the opportunity to sense the other party''s spiritual thoughts.


    This time, in addition to gaining more practice exercises and practice experience, Meng Zhang also further strengthened the content of Taiyi Realm.


    After the destruction of Junchen Realm, the nine days of Junchen Realm have long been broken into countless pieces.


    At that time, Meng Zhang ordered the monks of Taiyi Realm to work hard to collect these fragments.


    He hopes to use these fragments as a foundation to establish a system similar to Jiutian in Taiyi Realm.


    However, on the one hand, the resources are seriously insufficient, and on the other hand, he has limited understanding of Jiutian, let alone how to build it, so he did not build it for a long time.


    Now, among the information he obtained from Taiyi Jinxian, there is what he needs.


    Of course, the content passed down by Taiyi Jinxian is not exactly the same as the construction method of Jiutian.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm is one of the most powerful immortal worlds in the void, and Jiutian has almost become its signature.


    Almost every big world subordinate to Lingkong Xianjie has nine heavens as a barrier to the world.


    Whenever a new big world is incorporated into the Lingkong Xianjie system, the Lingkong Xianjie will send out a world to build nine days in this big world.


    The Junchen world where Meng Zhang was born was no exception.


    Whether it is the true immortals sleeping in the source sea, or the high-level leaders of Tiangong such as Jianjun Banxue, they are all managers of Junchen Realm. They know how to control and maintain Jiutian, but they do not have the ability to build Jiutian.


    The system passed down by Taiyi Jinxian is to divide the three realms in the Taiyi realm - the heaven, the earth and the human realm.


    Needless to say, the Human World is the world where cultivators and mortals currently live, which is the main body of the Taiyi World.


    And the world is the world built with the underworld as the main body.


    The Taiyi Realm has established a relatively complete Netherworld system using the fragments of the underworld relocated from the Junchen Realm.


    As for the heavenly realm, it is an existence similar to the Nine Heavens.


    If you want to build a heaven in the Taiyi world, it is almost necessary to start from scratch.


    Meng Zhang did not expect to be able to achieve it overnight, but started from building the foundation and built it step by step.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation and understanding at this time, he would not completely copy the construction method passed down by Taiyi Jinxian.


    He tried to incorporate something new by referring to the nine days he had personally experienced.


    He collected the fragments of those nine days, purified and re-refined them, and prepared them to be used in the construction of the heaven.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao began to instruct the Taiyi Sect disciples to start their preparations in addition to their daily practice.


    In addition to the happy event of sensing Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual sense again, Taiyi Realm also encountered another great thing.


    After the Taiyi Realm left the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang began to urge the moving circle on the Taiyi Realm to make the entire Taiyi Realm move the void.


    The initial attempt was very successful, and the Void Teleportation started smoothly.


    For the sake of safety, and in order to reduce consumption, every time the Void is moved, it is reserved, and it is not moved too far away.


    Moreover, after each big shift in the void, as long as there is no emergency, the Taiyi Realm will be given a certain period of rest as much as possible to re-accumulate strength.


    In short, Taiyi Realm, as a new big world, has limited accumulation and insufficient background, and cannot withstand too much toss.


    After another big shift in the void, the Taiyi Realm moved to the vicinity of a light belt in the void.


    Meng Zhang discovered the existence of this light band before launching the Great Evacuation of the Void.


    He moved the Taiyi Realm over to check it out.


    This kind of light band is a common special sight in the void, and sometimes it contains some high-level resources.


    I don''t know if it''s Meng Zhang''s luck, or the Taiyi Realm''s luck is strong.


    After moving to the vicinity of the light belt, Fairy Yue''e went to investigate and found that there are very rich high-level resources in the light belt.


    Just a preliminary investigation, a large number of jade clear spirits, celestial spar, aurora pure and so on were found inside.


    Even, Fairy Yue''e vaguely discovered a small amount of Void Origin Crystal.


    Even for true immortals, Void Source Crystals are very rare resources, which help them to improve their cultivation.


    There are certain big worlds in the void, and many big worlds have masters.


    It is difficult for those true immortals who have no foundation and average strength to absorb the origin of the world.


    In order to ensure their daily practice needs, they often enter the void and collect resources including void source crystals.


    If there is really a certain Void Source Crystal in this light belt, it will be a great thing for the true immortals of Taiyi Realm.


    It is not too far from Shenchang Realm, but the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm have not been able to develop the resources inside.


    I don''t know if they didn''t discover this light belt, or did they think that the Shenchang world was rich in resources and did not ask for it?


    "Devouring the Starry Sky: Sign In to God"


    If such a resource point existed near Junchen Realm, it would have been under the control of cultivators long ago.


    The indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm are too closed and conservative, but they are cheaper than the monks in Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, it is not easy to collect the resources inside.


    After repeated investigations, Fairy Yue''e found that in order to safely enter the outer layer of this light belt, at least the Void Return Power must be dispatched.


    And to enter the core area of ??this light belt, she felt a bit difficult.


    Meng Zhang''s purpose for letting Taiyi Realm enter the void is to gather and plunder resources from all over the void.


    Now that I have discovered a rare high-end resource, I will not let it go easily.


    The Taiyi Realm slowed down its progress and slowly moved around.


    The monks in the Taiyi world were organized and went to the light belt to collect resources.

 Chapter 2823

    In this band of light, there are many natural traps and hidden dangers.


    Such as the light shining in the light belt, it has a strong lethality and can easily destroy various spells.


    The ubiquitous gravitational traps can easily bury the powerful.


    The aurora that passed by like a meteor made even Meng Zhang feel a little troublesome.


    Although he wanted to get on the road as soon as possible, Meng Zhang had to be patient and start work.


    Meng Zhang and other true immortal-level powerhouses took their time and went to this light belt in turn.


    The high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm organized a team of Void Returning Great Experts, who took turns entering this light belt at the back.


    This is also a good thing for these Void Returners.


    It is not only an exercise for one''s own family, but also resources can be exchanged for Taiyi Sect''s good deeds or self-use.


    The Taiyi Realm originated from the Junchen Realm. Although Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance of the Taiyi Jinxian, he was deeply influenced by the cultivation system of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    A long time ago, he imitated the system of Lingkong Xianjie and built a special space at the core of Taiyi Realm.


    When the Sun God True Monarch of Taiyi Realm breaks through the Void Return Period, he can leave his own Sun God brand in this special space.


    After that, if these Void Returning Great Experts accidentally fall, they can be reborn with the help of this Yang God brand.


    Although it will cost a lot of resources for this, for these Void Returners, it is equivalent to an extra life, which is still very cost-effective.


    Meng Zhang would not be as stingy as the true immortals of the Junchen world, and would not be willing to spend resources to revive those fallen Void Returning Powers.


    He has long formulated complete regulations, stipulating the price that the Void Returning Powers must pay in order to be reborn when they fall under different circumstances.


    Although there are many dangers in the light belt ahead, many Void Returners are still not afraid.


    They accepted the task from Meng Zhang, the head of Taiyi Sect, to collect resources. Even if they fell, they could get some extra discounts when they were resurrected.


    Although they have gone through a lot of difficulties, the monks of Taiyi Realm explored the light belt and collected resources, and the process was generally smooth.


    Since the Taiyi Realm stepped into the void again, Meng Zhang has been quite busy.


    In addition to the original various things, there is another major event recently, that is, Daoist Moon Shadow is ready to attack the real immortal realm.


    When the virtual immortal breaks through to the true immortal, there will be extraterritorial demons coming to block the way.


    In this case, outsiders can''t help at all, and they rely on the cultivator''s own strength to resist.


    Of course, when you are in the big world, you can use the power of the world to weaken the extraterritorial demons who come to block the way.


    The Taiyi Realm is already a complete big world, and it should be able to provide some shelter for Daoist Moon Shadow.


    This is after the completion of Taiyi Realm. Although he can''t help Daoist Moon Shadow to fight the extraterritorial demons who came to block the way, he can always pay attention to the whole process.


    What he is most worried about is that the completed Taiyi Realm still has invisible defects, which cannot weaken the extraterritorial demons who come to block the way.


    When Daoist Moon Shadow finished all the preparations and resolutely started to attack the real immortal, Meng Zhang put down other affairs at hand and paid full attention to this matter.


    Fairy Yue''e, as the master of Taoist Moon Shadow, naturally pays more attention to this matter.


    Fairy Yue''e, as a veteran true immortal, with average cultivation and mediocre combat power, has one advantage, that is, she is very good at teaching disciples.


    Taoist Moon Shadow inherited her mantle and has been cultivated by her for many years.


    Daoist Yueying is also very good, and almost never disappoints his master.


    Not only has she made great achievements in cultivation, but she is also loyal to her master and has gone through a lot of tests.


    The place where Taoist Moon Shadow retreated was the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyi Sect.


    In today''s Sun Moon Blessed Land, all the monks in it basically stopped their cultivation temporarily.


    Inside and outside the blessed land, there are many comrades who are guardians of the Taoist Moon Shadow.


    Many Void Returners are very concerned about the success or failure of Daoist Moon Shadow.


    If Daoist Moon Shadow successfully broke through to the realm of true immortals, it would prove that there are no major flaws in Taiyi Realm.


    If she failed because she didn''t get the protection of Taiyi Realm, then not only would all the Void Returning Great Masters be disappointed, but Meng Zhang would also have a headache.


    When the Taoist Moon Shadow began to attack the true immortal, other outsiders could not intervene.


    In the induction of Meng Zhang and the others, a ghost suddenly entered the Sun and Moon Blessed Land and appeared beside the Taoist Moon Shadow.


    At this time, Daoist Moon Shadow was only one step away from the realm of true immortals.


    Her aura continued to rise, and her cultivation realm was infinitely close to that of a true immortal.


    If she were to face the true immortal at this time, she would be able to make a few moves.


    If it is against an ordinary true god, it can even compete with him in a short period of time.


    The internal system of the extraterritorial demons is very complex, and the number is extremely large.


    Even those true immortals who often deal with extraterritorial demons are unlikely to recognize the origin of too many extraterritorial demons.


    The extraterrestrial demon that appeared in front of Taoist Yueying, let alone Meng Zhang, even the well-informed Fairy Yue''e felt very unfamiliar and could not recognize it at all.


    Generally speaking, the extraterritorial demons who came to block the way at this time are basically the strength of the true immortal level.


    If it was a one-on-one fair fight, the Moon Shadow Taoist would probably not be able to fight the extraterritorial demon in front of him.


    However, Daoist Moon Shadow is now located inside the Taiyi Realm.


    As a complete big world, in the face of the invading extraterritorial demon, the power of the world in Taiyi Realm started to operate spontaneously according to a certain law, repelling and suppressing this extraterritorial demon.


    This extraterritorial demon is obviously weakened by the power of the world, and it is difficult to maintain the combat power of the true immortal level.


    The Taiyi Realm is indeed a complete big world, and it can help the virtual immortal to become a true immortal, which makes Meng Zhang slightly relieved.


    "The Star Wants To Retire"


    Of course, now is not the time to be completely reassured.


    Even if this extraterritorial demon is weakened by the power of the world, Taoist Moon Shadow still has to rely on his own ability to defeat him alone.


    Although Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t help at this time, they all provided help to Daoist Moon Shadow to the best of their ability.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Fairy Yue''e and Meng Zhang all had the experience of repelling the extraterrestrial demons who came to block the way.


    Especially Meng Zhang, who was not protected by the power of the world at first, but faced the extraterritorial demons who were not weakened.


    Although he used a trick, he still relied on his own strength to repel the extraterritorial demons.


    Despite having the experience taught by the seniors and having done enough preparations, Daoist Moon Shadow''s battle against the extraterritorial demons is still very hard.


    When Taoist Moon Shadow used all his strength and finally fought off the extraterritorial demons who came to block the way, everyone breathed a sigh of relief.


    Next, Daoist Moon Shadow became an immortal and was promoted to a true immortal.


    From now on, she will be called Moon Shadow Fairy or Moon Shadow True Fairy.

 Chapter 2824

    Many female immortals prefer the title of fairy, and Daoist Moon Shadow is no exception.


    Since then, Fairy Moon Shadow is her official name.


    Fairy Moon Shadow''s promotion to True Immortal has made a good start for all Taiyi monks, and will inspire and inspire countless younger monks.


    Since the Taiyi Realm can protect her from being promoted successfully, the main obstacle that hinders the Taiyi Realm monks from becoming immortals in the future is their own cultivation situation.


    This is because most cultivators are happy and quiet, but all cultivators will not refuse to participate in such a celebration.


    Of course, not all cultivators are eligible to participate in the celebration.


    Celebrations will be held all over the Taiyi world, and the main venue is the Taiyi Gate Mountain Gate.


    Fairy Moon Shadow, who has been promoted to True Immortal, will officially meet with you here, and then open a forum to communicate with you.


    Then, she will return to Guanghan Palace to sit in town.


    After all, she is not only the disciple of Fairy Yue''e, but also the master of Fairy Guanghan, the master of Guanghan Palace.


    In addition to continuing to serve as the guest of the Taiyi Sect, her main energy in the future may be on the Guanghan Palace.


    Recently, the entire Taiyi world has been enveloped in a festive atmosphere.


    There are many high-level monks who hope to have the opportunity to communicate with Fairy Moon Shadow and get her guidance.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue''e are both old-fashioned true immortals, but they did not become immortals in the Taiyi Realm, and their growth experience is too far away.


    As the lord of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang''s cultivation and growth experience are so legendary that even those well-known Tianjiao in the cultivation realm can''t imitate him.


    Fairy Moon Shadow is a disciple that Fairy Yue''e accepted when she was in Junchen Realm. Let''s not mention her experience in Junchen Realm. After joining Taiyi Realm, her growth process is not a secret.


    As the Taiyi world born from her, there must be fierce competition among the many cultivation forces in the Taiyi world, but they rarely meet each other.


    Large-scale wars between self-cultivation forces are absolutely not allowed.


    Meng Zhang allowed healthy competition among the major cultivation forces in the Taiyi world, but never allowed them to kill each other.


    The power possessed by the Taiyi Realm will all be used in foreign expeditions.


    Because of the demonstration of the top leaders of the Taiyi world, the exchanges between the cultivators of the Taiyi world are very frequent.


    In addition to their own secret biography, many cultivators are also willing to share their cultivation experience and practice experience with fellow practitioners.


    Fairy Moon Shadow became a true fairy, and once again set off a large-scale exchange activity in Taiyi Realm.


    Affected by this, Taiyijie monks'' exploration and development of that light belt has temporarily slowed down.


    In addition, the top leaders of Taiyi Sect, who are the main force of the monks in the Taiyi Realm, have not been free since they left the Shenchang Realm.


    This time, I have gained too much from Shenchang Realm, and it will take a long time to digest it slowly.


    The monks of the Taiyimen Imperial Beast Hall captured many brand-new beasts from Shenchang Realm, especially many rare beasts.


    The monks of Taiyimen Yu Beast Hall are domesticating and breeding these fierce beasts, hoping to use them for Taiyimen.


    Many indigenous creatures in Shenchang Realm were either forced or voluntarily joined the Taiyi Sect.


    Such special races as lava giants, flame elves and black flint people have extraordinary talents and unique magical powers. After being tamed, they are very useful to Taiyimen monks.


    The senior officials of Taiyimen also tried to refine and train these special races into special Dao soldiers.


    In addition to fighting on the battlefield, these Dao soldiers can also play a role in other aspects.


    For example, many flame elves were domesticated by Taiyimen Qitang cultivators to assist them in refining.


    Some soldiers with strong survivability can go to dangerous places to explore.


    ...


    For various reasons, the senior leaders of the Taiyi Realm have slowed down the exploration and development of the light belt, and Meng Zhang is also difficult to urge.


    It is impossible for Meng Zhang himself to spend all his time and energy on that strip of light.


    Taiyijie temporarily stayed around and did not move further.


    This light belt flickered and was very dazzling in the dark void, and could be found from far away.


    It is even more eye-catching that such a huge world of Taiyi Realm is running near this light belt.


    In the vast void, there are wanderers and explorers almost all the time.


    After the Taiyi Realm stayed here for a long time, it finally attracted a group of explorers.


    A group of explorers cast the Void Teleportation and moved to the vicinity of this light belt from a long distance.


    The true immortals and true gods of Taiyimen are still very alert.


    The void is full of dangers, and powerful enemies are almost everywhere.


    All true immortal-level powerhouses will take turns to be vigilant to prevent accidents such as surprise attacks.


    From time to time, these powerhouses will take the initiative to leave Taiyi Realm and patrol the peripheral areas.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao occasionally drive the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm to scan the surrounding void.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm, because the Heaven Realm has not yet been established, facing the lack of defense in the void, Meng Zhang and the others need to pay more attention.


    These explorers from far away discovered Taiyi Realm at a glance.


    They did not hide their tracks and flew directly towards Taiyi Realm.


    The fluctuation of the Great Void Movement came from a nearby place, which had already alarmed the top powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm.


    After Meng Zhang felt it carefully, he quickly relaxed.


    It was not strangers, but a bunch of old friends.


    Meng Zhang flew away from Taiyi Realm and took the initiative to go forward to meet these old friends.


    It didn''t take long for the two sides to meet over the Taiyi Realm.


    Among the visitors, the leader was the long-lost Junchen World Heavenly Palace chief Fan Xuejianjun.


    After not seeing him for many years, Jianjun Banxue finally broke through the restrictions, and the cultivation base that has been stagnant for many years has undergone tremendous changes, and he has successfully entered the realm of immortals.


    The body of Sword Master Banxue is an artifact spirit. Due to innate shackles, he has stayed in the virtual fairy realm for many years, and his cultivation has never been able to break through.


    She consulted experts in the past, and after receiving guidance, she took the initiative to go to Junchen Realm to seek the opportunity to break through to the true immortal.


    She served as the head of the Tiangong in Junchen Realm, and managed Junchen Realm on behalf of Lingkong Xianjie. She was regarded as the supreme ruler of Junchen Realm.

 Chapter 2825

    Jianjun Banxue has been in the Junchen Realm for many years, defending against foreign invaders from all walks of life, and helping the major sects of the Holy Land stabilize the Junchen Realm internally.


    The founders of those holy land sects made a promise to her before they entered the source sea of ??Junchen Realm and fell asleep.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know what they promised, he guessed that it was mostly related to helping Jianjun Banxue become a true immortal.


    No matter what, Jianjun Banxue is the representative of Lingkong Xianjie in Junchen Realm, not a puppet of Holy Land Sect.


    Between her and the Holy Land Sect, there is both struggle and cooperation.


    She has been in the Junchen world for thousands of years, and it can be said that she has worked hard and paid a lot.


    But until the real immortals woke up and the Junchen world was destroyed, she didn''t get the chance to be promoted to the real immortal.


    The destruction of Junchen Realm actually harmed the interests of Lingkong Immortal Realm. It is difficult to shirk the responsibility of Jianjun with Xuejian.


    In the end, Jianjun Banxue had to secretly leave the ruined Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang remembered the last time he parted with Jianjun Banxue, everything seemed like yesterday.


    After not seeing him for many years, Jianjun Banxue finally fulfilled his wish and became a true immortal. Meng Zhang was also happy for this old friend.


    When Jianjun Banxue met Meng Zhang here, he sighed in his heart.


    She embarked on the path of cultivation very early. When she became a virtual immortal, even the patriarch of Taiyi Sect had not been born, let alone Meng Zhang.


    When she was in Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang was her subordinate and junior.


    However, Meng Zhang came to the fore, rushing ahead of her to become an immortal.


    A few years ago, she managed to become a true immortal.


    Reuniting with Meng Zhang here, because Meng Zhang did not hide his aura, she sensed a little and found that Meng Zhang''s cultivation had improved greatly, and his aura was no weaker than those of the old-fashioned true immortals.


    Behind Jianjun Banxue, there are several Void Returning Powers.


    Among them, there are also acquaintances of Meng Zhang.


    The clansmen of the Daoist Ancient Capital, the deputy head of the Tiangong Palace, and the Daoist Gu Chen and Gu Lu, who had a good relationship with Meng Zhang, were standing behind Jianjun Banxue.


    After not seeing him for many years, the cultivation base of Gu Chen Shang Zun''s return to the virtual period has been completed, and it is time to call Gu Chen virtual immortal.


    Daoist Gu Lu and Meng Zhang have a deeper friendship, and have had an adventure together in the world of Shenchang.


    Daoist Gulu has also made great progress in cultivation, and has entered the late stage of returning to the virtual world, so he can be called the Supreme Gulu.


    When Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue were chatting, they did not forget to greet these two old acquaintances.


    Although Meng Zhang, who has long been a true immortal, has no pretence, they dare not be rude, and their attitude is very respectful.


    Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue exchanged a few words, and then took the initiative to talk about their respective experiences over the years.


    It turned out that after Jianjun Banxue separated from Meng Zhang and the others, he led the cultivators who had escaped from the Junchen Realm and rushed all the way to the edge of the Dengtian Star District.


    Their team hadn''t left the Junchen Realm too far, and the Sanshan Zhenxian and Zhenhai Zhenxian behind them caught up with them.


    It was from the mouth of Sanshan Zhenxian that Jianjun Banxue knew what happened in the ruins of Junchen Realm later.


    Sanshan Zhenxian was seriously injured and has been following the team.


    Not long after, they encountered a team from Lingkong Xianjie.


    When Junchen Realm was destroyed, Lingkong Immortal Realm felt something.


    According to the agreement many years ago, Lingkong Xianjie sent a team to deal with the aftermath to the Dengtian Star District.


    In the team, in addition to the official messengers representing Lingkong Xianjie, there are also some real immortals sent by the cultivation forces under Lingkong Xianjie.


    Due to a sudden anti-space storm, it swept the anti-space around the Dengtian star area, completely disrupting the surrounding space rules.


    This team cannot be directly teleported to the interior of the Tiantian star area.


    They teleported to a place not far from the Dengtian Star District, and then rushed towards the Dengtian Star District.


    At the edge of the Sky Climbing Star District, this team encountered the True Immortal team from the Alien Star District.


    The power of self-cultivation in the foreign star region is mainly from the refuge teams in the Four-pointed star region.


    Back then, when Yunzhong City was approaching the Four-pointed Star Region, they had to move to the Alien Star Region.


    Meng Zhang, who once wandered in the void, experienced this migration process himself.


    In fact, the inheritance of the Immortal Dao in the Four-pointed Star District has its origins in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Strictly speaking, the inheritance of the Immortal Dao in the Four-pointed Star Region is barely a branch of the Lingkong Immortal World.


    The team sent by the Lingkong Immortal Realm to take care of the aftermath of the Junchen Realm has long regarded the entire Dengtianxing District as their own ban.


    These guys who appeared out of nowhere touched their sensitive nerves and thought they were here to snatch benefits from themselves.


    So, these arrogant guys arrogantly scolded these four-pointed star area guys and told them to get out.


    Originally, with the prestige of Lingkong Immortal Realm, these true immortal-level powerhouses in the Four-pointed Star District would never dare to confront them.


    However, these guys from the Four-pointed Star Region seem to have taken the wrong medicine. They say that Junchen Realm has the opportunity to become a fairy, and they will not give in an inch.


    In particular, among the visitors of these four-pointed star districts, there are not only the true immortals of Taoism, but also the Arhats of Buddhism, and the great Confucians of the level of true immortals.


    These powerhouses outside the Taoist system don''t buy the face of Lingkong Xianjie very much.


    The gangsters in the Four-pointed Star District successfully angered the team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The two sides disagreed and started a fierce battle.


    Originally, this team from Lingkong Immortal Realm had angels in charge.


    However, when they were just teleported to the vicinity of the Dengtian Star District, the Heavenly Immortals in the team had something to leave, and let this team of True Immortals rush to Junchen Realm first.


    Without the immortals in charge, the true immortals from various forces in the team are not united because of the original contradictions, and even pull each other''s hind legs at critical moments.


    And the team from the Four Pointed Star Region was probably driven by greed. The members worked together and had a high fighting spirit.


    The team from Lingkong Immortal Realm is not united within the team, the members are wary of each other, and they are not willing to pay the price to defeat the enemy.


    In this way, the two teams, all composed of true immortals, fell into a tussle at the edge of the Dengtian Star District.


    By the time Jianjun Banxue and the others arrived there, neither side had yet decided the winner.


    It''s just that the previous battle has caused huge losses to the team from the Four Pointed Star Region, and it is almost impossible to support it.


    Seeing that the enemy has been supported, and the well-known Sanshan Zhenxian is also in the supporting team, the team from the Four-pointed Star District has to retreat voluntarily.


    Sanshan True Immortal is almost the first powerhouse among the True Immortals of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although the serious injury had not healed at the time, the team in the Four Pointed Star Region could not figure out his details and were unwilling to confront him head-on.


    The team in the Four Pointed Star District retreated, and Jianjun Banxue and the others joined the team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm and communicated information to each other.


    Sanshan Zhenxian told everything that happened in the Demon Realm, especially after Jun Chenxian respected the life before and after his death, this team from Lingkong Immortal Realm actually had a state of shirk and was not willing to approach Junchen. ruins of the world.

 Chapter 2826

    Anyone with some brains, after listening to Sanshan Zhenxian''s remarks, should know that Jun Chenxian respected and fell again after being reborn. There are many doubts in this matter, and it is very involved.


    These true immortals from the major cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm are not groundless guys.


    The matter of Jun Chen Xianzun, a top-level immortal trying to attack Jin Xian, was widely circulated in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, involving many big figures and many important interests.


    The angels in the team are not there, these true immortals lack confidence, and naturally do not want to rush into the muddy waters of the Junchen world.


    If they really cause any trouble, not only will they suffer, but the forces behind them will also suffer.


    Of course, these true immortals wouldn''t say that it was because they were timid that they didn''t dare to go to the ruins of Junchen Realm, but they wanted to find another excuse to avoid it.


    At the beginning, Junchen Xianzun shaped the Junchen world, and the real immortals from the Lingkong fairyland conquered the Junchen world and incorporated it into the territory of the Lingkong fairyland.


    According to the behavior of Lingkong Xianjie, not only Junchen Realm, but also the Dengtian Star District where Junchen Realm is located should be their own sphere of influence.


    If it weren''t for the few true immortals who conquered Junchen Realm, they would have no plans. According to the general procedure, the true immortals sent by Lingkong Immortal Realm would take Junchen Realm as their starting point and conquer all the big worlds in the Dengtian Star Zone. Complete the control of the Dengtian star area.


    Just because of the selfish thoughts of several true immortals, and of course there may be other experts intervening behind them, Junchen Realm cut off the connection with Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Several true immortals fell into a deep sleep in the source sea, and lost the support from Lingkong Immortal Realm. At most, Junchen Realm could barely protect itself and lost the ability to continue to expand.


    The major worlds in the Tiantian Star District can be considered to have temporarily escaped disaster.


    In order not to go directly to the ruins of Junchen Realm, this team of true immortals from Lingkong Xianjie simply repeated the old story, saying that the entire Dengtian Star District should be brought under the control of Lingkong Xianjie.


    They didn''t just talk, they quickly made corresponding plans.


    In addition to the destroyed Junchen Realm, there are also the Shenchang Realm ruled by indigenous gods, the Hualing Realm ruled by the Spirit Race, the Fearless Realm ruled by the barbarians, and the Ten Thousand Demon Realm ruled by the Demon Race. @*~~


    This group of true immortals chose the fearless world ruled by the barbarians as their first attack target.


    There are many true immortals in this team, and there is no shortage of top combat power.


    Among the fleets brought by Jianjun Banxue are all cultivators from Junchen Realm, who can just form a large army for the true immortals to drive.


    Jianjun Banxue is only a false immortal, and he is also guilty of guilt, so he cannot oppose the proposals of these true immortals.


    Sanshan True Immortal and Zhenhai True Immortal, who were seriously injured, were not willing to reject these True Immortals.


    As a result, an army of cultivators, led by a number of true immortals, slaughtered the fearless world in a mighty manner.


    The barbarians of the Fearless Realm had previously sent a strong force to join the army of foreign invaders to attack the Junchen Realm together.


    During the years of war, the barbarians suffered heavy losses.


    Especially after the destruction of Junchen Realm, Junchen Immortal Venerable''s treasure chest was opened, and the true immortal-level powerhouses in the army of foreign invaders were almost lost.


    The barbarians from the Dreadnought are no exception.


    In the end, only a portion of the barbarian army was able to return to the Dreadnought.


    After so many years of attacking the Junchen Realm, the Fearless Realm has hardly achieved anything, but has greatly damaged its own vitality and strength.


    Facing the sudden attack of the army of cultivators, the barbarians of the fearless world resisted desperately, but soon fell into a disadvantage.


    As the head of the Tiangong of Junchen Realm, Jianjun Banxue, no matter how the Junchen Realm is destroyed, what is the inside story, she has to bear some guilt for losing such a big world.


    First of all, because the angels in the Lingkong Xianjie team are not there, it is not easy for others to make their own decisions.


    Secondly, it is also because she has a deep background and has an expert behind her, and those true immortals are not willing to offend people easily.


    Therefore, even after the reunion, no one took the initiative to bring up the matter of condemning her.


    No one else mentions it, but Jianjun Banxue has not forgotten his guilt.


    She is arrogant and arrogant, and she doesn''t want to bother her supporters too much.


    Probably holding on to atonement.


    With the mentality, Jianjun Banxue took the lead and took the initiative to lead his team into the fearless world.


    This action has made her wish for many years to come true.


    She gained some opportunities in the fearless world and possessed the capital to hit the real immortal realm.


    She acted decisively, without hesitation, immediately began to impact the real immortal realm in the fearless world.


    The Fearless Realm, like all big worlds, will instinctively weaken the extraterrestrial demons from outside.


    Jianjun Banxue, who has accumulated a lot of experience, really succeeded in the impact.


    Jianjun Banxue has become a true immortal, and his voice in the team has greatly increased.


    The Fearless World is not strong enough to resist this menacing invading army.


    The top barbarians had to ask for help from other big worlds.


    However, other great worlds also suffered heavy losses in the war of invading Junchen Realm, and so far they have not recovered their vitality.


    Although they have the mentality of losing their lips and teeth, they are still unwilling to easily become enemies with the team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although Junchen Realm is a subordinate of Lingkong Immortal Realm, it is fundamentally different from Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After the Junchen Realm cut off the connection with the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it was scattered abroad and had no backers. Only under the instigation of certain forces did the army of foreign invaders dare to invade.


    To say that it is the enemy of Lingkong Xianjie, these big worlds that constitute foreign invaders absolutely dare not.


    Some of the high-level clear-headed people in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm may have guessed that their own world will be the next target of this army of cultivators.


    However, due to the fluke mentality that prevails among the high-level people, the high-level people have never been able to make up their minds to take the initiative. _o_m


    With no reinforcements outside, and insufficient strength inside, the Fearless Realm was conquered by the cultivators without incident.


    The main force of the barbarians was wiped out, and only a few remnants of the defeated army fled, wandering everywhere, lingering on.


    After taking the Fearless Realm, the army of cultivators needs to rest, and the true immortals also need time to plunder various benefits.


    The history of the fearless world is far longer than that of the Junchen world, with deeper background and accumulation.


    There are very rich resources here, many of which are coveted by even true immortals.


    Moreover, it is a very complicated thing to completely control a big world.


    Fortunately, Lingkong Xianjie has a very rich experience in foreign expeditions.


    There are detailed tutorials circulating inside of how to occupy and control a large world.


    The successful invasion and the elimination of the resisting indigenous forces are only the first step, and there are many steps to follow to establish and stabilize a new rule.


    The true immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm, together with the army of cultivators from Junchen Realm, were temporarily stationed in Fearless Realm.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and Zhenhai Zhenxian took the opportunity to start retreat to heal their injuries, hoping to recover as soon as possible. .

 Chapter 2827

    Jianjun Banxue has to consolidate himself to break through the realm of true immortals.


    With a profound inheritance, she only needs to practice step by step.


    After consolidating the real immortal realm, Jianjun Banxue''s status has risen, and he can communicate with the real immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm on an equal footing.


    At the very least, they can''t ignore Jianjun Banxue''s opinion as they did before.


    Those cultivators who escaped from Junchen Realm were brought here by Jianjun Banxue.


    As the chief administrator of the Tiangong, Jianjun Banxue has always believed that he has an obligation to these cultivators.


    Most of them have long been accustomed to the leadership of Jianjun Banxue, and are not ready to make much changes now.


    After Jianjun Banxue is promoted to True Immortal, he can better control these cultivators.


    Those true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm lack manpower and are inconvenient to do things.


    These cultivators from the Junchen Realm have Fan Xue Jianjun as their backing, and they can also benefit from the hands of those true immortals.


    When Jianjun Banxue talked about these experiences, Meng Zhang occasionally asked a few questions.


    Meng Zhang asked about his old friend, the Taoist priest in the ancient capital.


    The Taoist of the ancient capital is the deputy chief of the Tiangong, and he is the most capable subordinate of Jianjun Banxue, and he has always been loyal to him.


    Taoists in the ancient capital have been immortals for many years, and they think that they already have the strength to impact real immortals.


    When he was in Junchen Realm, because the rules of heaven and earth in the whole world were changed by the founders of the major holy land sects, he could never be promoted to true immortal.


    Therefore, he has always been hostile to the major sects of the Holy Land, and has become an ally with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has cooperated with him many times and established a good friendship.


    After not seeing him for many years, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but care about his old friend.


    Hearing Meng Zhang mention the Taoist of the ancient capital, Jianjun Banxue and Shangzun Gu Chen suddenly turned dark.


    It turned out that shortly after occupying the Shenchang Realm, the Taoists of the ancient capital began to retreat and break through the realm of immortals.


    During the breakthrough process, the extraterritorial demons who came to block the way came on time.


    Although the extraterritorial demon has been weakened by the power of the world of the fearless world, the Taoist people of the ancient capital have not fought against this extraterritorial demon, and unfortunately were swallowed by it.


    Generally speaking, even if it is to leave various resurrection powers in advance, including leaving the Yang God brand in the depths of the world as in Junchen Realm.


    Once devoured by extraterrestrial demons, all means of resurrection will not work, and will never be resurrected again.


    After listening to Jianjun Banxue''s words, Meng Zhang''s mood became depressed.


    A veteran of the ancient capital, a virtual immortal, must have made all kinds of preparations before breaking through, but the breakthrough still failed and he fell completely.


    Meng Zhang was also secretly vigilant in his heart, not to mention that Taiyi Realm had been completed and became a complete big world, and Fairy Moon Shadow had only become a true immortal not long ago.


    But the process of breaking through from a virtual immortal to a true immortal is still very dangerous, and it is almost impossible to die.


    Meng Zhang had to let the younger monks in the Taiyi Realm learn from such a lesson.


    Especially those virtuosity returning greats, don''t underestimate the difficulty of breaking through to the true immortal if you don''t see Fairy Moon Shadow''s success.


    Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue were silent for a moment, then recalled some Taoists in the ancient capital before continuing their conversation.


    After conquering the fearless world, the greedy true immortals were not satisfied.


    Tianxian, who was originally the leader of the team, has disappeared for a long time, and they are not willing to sit and waste time in vain.


    In a complete big world, there are too many things worthy of the true immortals'' coveting.


    Not to mention anything else, the source crystals condensed from the strong source of heaven and earth in the source sea of ??the great world are to true immortals, just as spirit stones are to ordinary cultivators.


    Not only can it meet the needs of daily practice, but it is also a currency in circulation, a rare wealth.


    Of course, they can''t plunder the origin of the Fearless World too wantonly, especially can''t hurt its foundation.


    The upper levels of Lingkong Immortal Realm have other arrangements for the Dengtianxing District.


    In Dengtianxing District, there are more big worlds waiting for them to conquer.


    According to several true immortals, the origins of the demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm are suspicious, and they are vaguely related to some major forces in the demon clan.


    They temporarily released the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, and then prepared to conquer the Hualing Realm ruled by the Spirit Race or the Shenchang Realm ruled by the indigenous gods.


    After the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces occupied the Shenchang Realm, some indigenous gods fled the world in a hurry.


    There are a few indigenous gods because of their special way of practice, they are not hindered by the kingdom of God and believers, and their actions are relatively free.


    Especially after the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao of the Shenchang Realm fell, it became much easier for the indigenous gods to completely cut off the connection with the Shenchang Realm and completely break away from this big world.


    These indigenous gods who escaped from the Shenchang realm reached other great worlds that had been allied with the Shenchang realm, and spread the news of the fall of the Shenchang realm.


    Some indigenous gods also tried to ask for reinforcements from other big worlds, hoping to subdue the Shenchang realm and drive away the Taiyi realm and the combined army of the dragon tribe.


    Since those true immortals want to conquer the entire Dengtian star area, they still pay more attention to intelligence work.


    Jianjun Banxue and his cultivators are natives of the Dengtian Star District, so they were given the task of collecting various intelligence information.


    The status quo of Shenchang Realm is also known by the true immortals.


    For the dragon clan that shakes the void and all worlds, even Lingkong Xianjie dare not ignore it.


    The dragon branch that occupied Shenchang Realm once occupied the sea of ??Junchen Realm for a long time, and cultivators of Junchen Realm knew a little about it.


    The immortals of Lingkong Immortal Realm are not afraid to fight with this dragon clan, but they are not good at bullying the small, let alone killing them all.


    The Taiyi cultivator who occupied the Shenchang realm with the dragons was from the Junchen realm and was considered by the true immortals to be the subordinates of the Lingkong fairyland, and should obey the Lingkong fairyland unconditionally.


    This team from Lingkong Immortal Realm has very complicated members.


    The Tianxian who led the team was officially dispatched by the Lingkong Immortal Realm and possessed supreme authority, but he never returned.


    Most of the true immortals in the team are members of the major cultivation forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm who were temporarily recruited.


    Among them, some have a certain relationship with the ancestors of the holy land sects in the Junchen world.


    Except for the Zhenhai Zhenxian, all the founders of the holy land sect in the Junchen world have all fallen.


    In Zhenhai Zhenxian''s mouth, he will never hear any good words about Taiyimen and Mengzhang.


    Especially the true immortal from Sanyang Xianzong, after knowing what happened after the destruction of Junchen Realm, was full of hostility towards Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    Sanyang Xianzong Qingyang Tianxian''s avatar was hidden in Ziyang Zhenxian''s body, and was destroyed by Meng Zhang and the others.


    No matter who is right or wrong, no matter what the reason is, the account of the destruction of the Qingyang Tianxian clone was put on Meng Zhang''s head, and the Sanyang Xianzong also became the big enemy of Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    Most of those true immortals had bad intentions towards Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    The true immortals of Sanyang Xianzong even started some vicious plans.


    Even those neutral true immortals would not offend so many immortals of the same rank for the irrelevant Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 2828

    When the Junchen Realm was destroyed, Meng Zhang shaped the Taiyi Realm and led many cultivators to escape the Junchen Realm and enter the void.


    The true immortals of the Sanyang Xianzong, because of this, made up a crime for Meng Zhang and put on a hat.


    They said that Meng Zhang and Taiyimen wanted to betray Lingkong Xianjie and were unwilling to obey Lingkong Xianjie''s orders...


    To be honest, their statement is not out of nothing. Meng Zhang did have this idea when he sent the entire Taiyi Realm to the void.


    He is not ready to continue to be subservient, and wants to develop independently.


    The true immortals of the Sanyang Xianzong are also considered to be fighting righteously.


    They have already begun to propose to take down the traitor Meng Zhang and deprive the Taiyi Sect of everything.


    In the eyes of many true immortals, Meng Zhang and Taiyijie have become a piece of fat.


    Jianjun Banxue was very dissatisfied with Sanyang Xianzong''s practice of public revenge for private revenge.


    However, Sanshan Zhenxian, who has a huge right to speak, is in retreat to heal her injuries. As a new real immortal, she has limited right to speak.


    In addition, she didn''t want to be too stiff with these true immortals with deep backgrounds.


    It is true that she and Meng Zhang are old friends and have had a pleasant cooperation.


    But the friendship between them has a limit, and it''s not worth the huge price she pays.


    Of course, after all, she was with Meng Zhang''s friend, so it''s not good to do nothing.


    So, she took the initiative to ask for orders and came to Shenchang Realm for investigation, so as to facilitate the next action.


    Jianjun Banxue led a group of his men from the Huixu period to leave the Fearless Realm and go to the Shenchang Realm.


    They were lucky, they found Taiyijie on the way, and they were able to communicate with Meng Zhang and tip him off.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Jianjun Banxue was very frank and bluntly stated her situation.


    If Meng Zhang fought against the real immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, she would at best remain neutral in secret.


    If the gang of true immortals ordered those cultivators from Junchen Realm to attack Taiyi Realm, Jianjun Banxue could not stop them publicly.


    Meng Zhang could understand Jianjun Banxue, and would not blame her for that.


    No matter how good old friends are, they all have their own positions and difficulties.


    What''s more, the relationship between them is far from the level of giving everything for each other.


    In any case, Meng Zhang recognized the kindness of Jianjun Banxue this time.


    Meng Zhang has encountered countless enemies and challenges in his cultivation so far, and he has overcome them one by one, and he believes this time is no exception.


    After so many years of development, Taiyimen has long been able to deal with various foreign enemies.


    Jianjun Banxue also emphasized that the official attitude of Lingkong Xianjie towards Meng Zhang has not yet been determined.


    The true immortals of Sanyang Xianzong have inspired many fellows, under the banner of Lingkong Xianjie, but they cannot truly represent Lingkong Xianjie.


    What really decided the official stance of Lingkong Xianjie was the disappearing leading angel.


    Of course, including Jianjun Banxue, for the time being, no one can stop the reckless actions of this gang of true immortals.


    Jianjun Banxue''s remarks gave Meng Zhang a reassurance.


    Not long after he conquered Shenchang Realm, he experienced many battles at the level of true immortals. Meng Zhang''s combat power has improved tremendously, and the overall strength of Taiyi Realm has greatly increased.


    How powerful is the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, in terms of strength alone, it surpasses almost all the powerhouses of the true immortal level.


    But what happened to him, he was not killed by Meng Zhang and the others.


    Although Meng Zhang and the others used some tricks and tactics, victory is victory.


    Even Meng Zhang, the consciousness of Heavenly Dao in Shenchang Realm, is not afraid, how can he be afraid of a bunch of true immortals?


    Unless it was an immortal, Meng Zhang would not be frightened by these guys under the banner of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Of course, it''s best if you can avoid conflict with them.


    Meng Zhang remembered that when he was in Shenchang Realm, his spiritual sense reminded him to leave Shenchang Realm as soon as possible. Could this be the reason?


    The Taiyi Realm has left the Shenchang Realm and entered the void.


    It is not so easy for those true immortals to catch Taiyijie.


    Meng Zhang also had some guesses about the disappearance of the angels in that team.


    Although Jun Chen Xianzun has fallen, there are many doubts left.


    Everything about him is very involved, and even ordinary angels may not be willing to investigate.


    Combined with the information provided by Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang thought and thought, and had a certain confidence in his heart.


    In addition to reporting the news to Meng Zhang, Jianjun Banxue also inquired about the relevant information of Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang joined the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan to conquer the Shenchang Realm, picked up what he could say, and explained the current situation of the Shenchang Realm.


    This branch of the dragon family led by the Dragon King of Swallowing Sea regards the Shenchang Realm as a new habitat.


    No matter in name or in essence, Shenchang Realm is their territory.


    Those cultivators who stayed in Shenchang Realm had limited influence on Shenchang Realm.


    At least nominally, they are attached to this dragon clan.


    Of course, this dragon clan will not specifically control them, nor will it embarrass them inexplicably.


    These cultivators are not brainless guys, and they have already been reminded by the top leaders of Taiyi Sect.


    As long as they straighten their positions, stay on land honestly, and don''t provoke the dragon clan, they can survive and develop freely in the Shenchang world.


    After careful calculation, it was not long for Meng Zhang to be promoted to a true immortal.


    Shenchang Realm and Junchen Realm have been hostile for many years, and they are not ignorant of the strength of Shenchang Realm with Xue Jianjun.


    Even the Junchen Realm in its heyday may not be able to surpass the Shenchang Realm.


    Despite joining forces with the Dragon Clan, Meng Zhang was able to lead the Taiyi Realm to conquer the Shenchang Realm, which was beyond the expectations of Jianjun Banxue.


    Jianjun Banxue would sometimes reflect on himself, had he underestimated Meng Zhang''s strength and growth rate?


    Jianjun Banxue has also heard about the legendary Cloud City.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm into the void and followed the example of Yunzhongcheng, which made her very admire.


    If it were those shallow guys, they might even laugh at Meng Zhang for being overly self-sufficient.


    Jianjun Banxue still knew about Meng Zhang.


    He conquered the Shenchang Realm, which is considered a success. Now Meng Zhang has led his men to leave the Shenchang Realm, and the Shenchang Realm is completely ruled by the Dragon Clan.


    Whether the true immortals from Lingkong Xianjie are willing to be enemies with the Dragon Clan, or whether they will attack Shenchang Realm, Ban Xue Jianjun can''t say.


    She will bring back the information she has inquired and let them decide.


    As for the movements and traces of Meng Zhang and Taiyijie, she will try her best to hide them.


    Anyway, the void is vast, and it is normal for her and Taiyijie to miss it.


    The people with whom Jianjun Banxue took him were all his cronies, and after the explanation was clear, they would not leak the news at will.


    Meng Zhang and Jianjun Banxue talked for a long time, and they basically achieved their goals, so they said goodbye a bit reluctantly.


    Although he already knew the status quo of Shenchang Realm from Meng Zhang, he had already arrived here, and Jianjun Banxue would continue to move forward and go to Shenchang Realm to investigate in person.

 Chapter 2829

    After parting with Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi Realm.


    He called Gu Yue Lingqing, Fairy Yue''e and other true immortal friends together, and informed them of the information obtained from Sword Master Banxue.


    Fairy Yue''e was born as a loose cultivator in Lingkong Immortal Realm, and naturally had an almost instinctive fear of the official power of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    On the other hand, her direct disciple, Fairy Moon Shadow, is a bit like a newborn calf who is not afraid of tigers.


    However, she was everything that happened in the ruins of Junchen World, and he was a witness.


    The avatar of Qingyang Tianxian is possessed by the younger generation Ziyang Zhenxian, colluding with the ego demon, to take down all the people present.


    Meng Zhang and the others are just to protect themselves.


    Moreover, there were quite a few survivors of that incident. They just stared at Meng Zhang, and they were clearly bullying the soft and afraid of the hard.


    If nothing else, why didn''t they go to the trouble of Sanshan Zhenxian?


    That''s not because Sanshan Zhenxian is too strong and has a wide range of contacts.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian had already colluded with them.


    In addition, Zhenhai Zhenxian finally took out a jade talisman inexplicably and completely wiped out the rebirth of Jun Chen Xianzun, which made them even more confused.


    The Gu Yue family behind Gu Yue Ling Qing has always been low-key and unwilling to cause trouble easily, but this does not mean that the Gu Yue family will be afraid of the mere Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    After all the calculations, Meng Zhangyi has no background, and the second is a new true immortal. When he killed the Qingyang Tianxian clone, he played a leading role.


    Fairy Yue''e was regarded as Meng Zhang''s subordinate.


    The Qingyang Tianxian clone was destroyed, and the senior officials of Sanyang Xianzong consciously lost their face.


    Whether it was for the sake of face or just to vent, they could only stare at Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang was talking with Jianjun Banxue, Jianjun Banxue had hints.


    Now Gu Yue Ling Qing has pointed this out even more.


    Meng Zhang, who had already speculated on this for a long time, was not surprised.


    The world of comprehension is like this bird, bullying the weak and fearing the hard, the weak and the strong prey on the weak, whoever is stronger has reason, and it all relies on fists to speak...


    Not to mention ordinary cultivators, even immortals cannot avoid these routines.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing was instructed by experts to sneak into Jun Chen Realm to find the opportunity to break through the gods.


    Until the destruction of Junchen Realm and following Taiyi Realm into the void for so many years, he never encountered such an opportunity.


    However, he was not in a hurry, but patiently followed Meng Zhang through the void.


    Many years ago, the Gu Yue family headquarters in Lingkong Xianjie was optimistic about the founder of Taiyi Sect.


    Later, he made a big bet on Meng Zhang. ¡­


    First of all, Gu Yue Lingqing was looking after Meng Zhang, who was favored by the Gu family. Second, she also thought it was interesting to follow Meng Zhang through the void. Maybe her chance was in it.


    This time the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan combined forces to conquer the Shenchang Realm. As a guest of the Taiyi Sect, Gu Yue Lingqing personally participated in many battles.


    He also got a lot of benefits from it.


    He is now also on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Although he is unwilling to offend Sanyang Immortal Sect, if the other party comes to him, he will not back down, but will actively fight with him.


    Fairy Yue''e, who was born in loose cultivation, had no other chance, her cultivation achievement in this life would have already reached the limit.


    She joined the Taiyi Realm as a guest minister, benefiting a lot and would not leave easily.


    Meng Zhang''s repeated defeats against powerful enemies in the Shenchang Realm made her more and more convinced of him, and she was willing to be loyal to the Taiyi Sect.


    Fairy Moon Shadow is Fairy Yue''e''s disciple, and naturally she is in the same position.


    Not to mention Taimiao and Luna.


    There are also those indigenous true gods in the Shenchang realm who later took refuge in the Taiyi realm, accepted the canonization of Meng Zhang, and left their names on the jade book, and their life and death were entirely in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even bother to call them for this meeting.


    The few true immortal-level powerhouses participating in the discussion are the current core strengths of the Taiyi world.


    Everyone quickly unified their positions.


    If the true immortals of Sanyang Xianzong really encouraged the true immortal team to attack, then only soldiers would come to block the water and cover up, and everyone would never back down.


    Seeing that everyone was firmly on his side, Meng Zhang felt very relieved.


    From Jianjun Banxue, he knew the approximate strength of the enemy.


    The leader of the team is Tianxian, but he has not appeared so far, and he may not become the enemy of Taiyi Realm.


    There are less than twenty true immortals in the team, with different strengths, and it is impossible for all of them to participate in the battle.


    Some of them have to be stationed in the fearless world before conquering, and some of them are not necessarily willing to be the enemy of Meng Zhang...


    Jianjun Banxue has already stated her attitude that she will not go into this muddy water.


    Sanshan Zhenxian is retreating to heal his injuries, and he doesn''t know when he will recover.


    With the character of Sanshan Zhenxian, he will not take the initiative to be the enemy of Meng Zhang.


    As for the cultivators below the level of true immortals, they are mainly those who escaped from the Junchen world.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has left many cultivators in the Shenchang Realm, the overall strength has not decreased but increased.


    A lot of new blood has been absorbed from the Shenchang Realm, especially those indigenous gods who have taken refuge in them. After receiving the canonization of Mengzhang, they have become a reliable force after training.


    The Taiyi Realm cultivators who have undergone many bloody battles will definitely not be weaker than these defeated soldiers from the Junchen Realm.


    There are also many vassal races under the cultivators of the Taiyi Realm.


    Sea clan, aqua clan, barbarian clan, lava giant...


    The dragons led by the Jade Dragon King are guests in the Taiyi Realm, and they can also assist the Taiyi Realm cultivators to fight when needed.


    The monks in Taiyi Realm experienced the victory of Shenchang Realm not long ago, and their morale was at a high time.


    In addition, if the enemy invades, it will be a war to defend the homeland, and the self-confidence will definitely be high.


    In this way, the overall strength of Taiyi Realm is not necessarily weaker than the enemy.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of the gang of true immortals, and dared to fight against them, and was confident of winning.


    Of course, although he wasn''t afraid of those true immortals, there was no need to entangle with them.


    Next, Meng Zhang ordered the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm to speed up the exploration and development of this light belt, end everything here as soon as possible, and leave as soon as possible.


    Not to mention the vast void, that is, the area of ??the Climbing Star District is very large.


    Meng Zhang believed that as long as it wasn''t too unlucky, the Taiyi Realm would not necessarily run into those true immortals.


    If you leave the Dengtianxing District, then the sky will be high enough for the birds to fly, and the sea is wide for the fish to leap.


    Sanyang Xianzong Mountain Gate and the main forces are located in Lingkong Xianjie, and the forces sent here are limited.

 Chapter 2830

    It is inferred from common sense that as long as the Taiyi Realm leaves the Dengtian Star District, it will be difficult for the true immortals of Sanyang Xianzong to continue to pursue, and should not be entangled.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing became a guest of the Taiyi Sect, he talked a lot about the situation in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In the immortal world as powerful as Lingkong Xianjie, it still cannot avoid internal struggles.


    In many cases, these internal struggles are fierce.


    Sanyang Xianzong is not without enemies in Lingkong Xianjie.


    If there are not too important interests, Sanyang Xianzong should not spend too much thought on Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang wanted to leave the Dengtian Star District as soon as possible, he would not be too anxious, especially if he could not ignore the resources in front of him.


    The void is vast and boundless. Meng Zhang had the experience of wandering in the void, and he was not ignorant of the conditions around the star area.


    The Sky Climbing Star area is already a very remote area within the currently known void.


    After leaving the Sky Climbing Star Area, there is no other star area in a large area around it.


    Generally speaking, the main resource origins in the void are located inside and not far from each star area.


    It is also by virtue of these resources that the cultivation forces in each star area can develop.


    Most of the voids outside the major star regions are truly nothingness.


    Occasionally there are some things, often all kinds of natural dangers in the void.


    There are many dangerous places in the void, and the level is very high.


    Not to mention true immortals, even if they are heavenly immortals, once they fall into these dangerous places, they are in danger of falling.


    Not to mention, since a big world like Taiyi World is wandering in the void, Meng Zhang needs to take care of more places.


    After conquering the Shenchang Realm, the Taiyi Realm gained a great deal, made up for the original flaws, and became a complete big world.


    But because Shenchang Realm has become the domain of the Dragon Clan, Meng Zhang and the others are very restrained in their actions, and they have not plundered everything in Shenchang Realm too much.


    Artificial worlds like Taiyijie are already quite different from the worlds that are naturally generated in the void.


    Not long after the birth of Taiyi World, the accumulation and background were seriously insufficient, and the quantity and types of resources produced were very limited.


    Especially those treasures of heaven and earth that need a long time to be nurtured, there are almost no Taiyi world.


    Many high-level resources transplanted and relocated from other worlds are far from mature.


    The Taiyi Realm''s ability to be self-sufficient is limited, and it is difficult to support more and more monks in the whole world by relying on its own production.


    These shortcomings cannot be changed overnight.


    What Meng Zhang can do, besides waiting for the natural growth of Taiyi Realm, is to try to plunder all the resource points he encounters, and gradually strengthen Taiyi Realm.


    Therefore, unless there is a real crisis, he will not give up the resource points on the road.


    Moreover, according to his estimation, after leaving the Climbing Star Area, Taiyi Realm may not have enough resources to replenish for a long time.


    Sufficient resources must be stored before leaving the Ascension Star Zone.


    While speeding up the exploitation of the resources in the light belt ahead, Taiyi World has also started some preparations for the war.


    After the battle in Shenchang Realm, the Taiyi Realm cultivator took a long rest.


    Many monks have become a little slack.


    Entering the dangerous and unpredictable void now, maybe when the danger will come.


    Taiyi monks, especially high-level monks, must be more vigilant.


    Meng Zhang himself, in addition to helping to explore and develop the light belt ahead, also often thinks about how to improve his cultivation and combat power.


    The cultivation of true immortals at this stage is mainly to gradually strengthen the accumulation step by step.


    Meng Zhang did not rush to improve his cultivation in a hurry, but practiced steadily and steadily.


    When he broke through to the real immortal realm, he was not well-prepared, earlier than expected, and he took advantage of it, so he left a lot of shortcomings.


    After he entered the realm of true immortals, he would slowly make up for these shortcomings.


    Fortunately, the various levels of cultivation in the True Immortal Realm are not necessarily related to combat power.


    In terms of cultivation level, Meng Zhang was not outstanding in the realm of real immortals.


    But when it comes to combat power, he is not weaker than those old-fashioned true immortals.


    Considering that if we start a war this time, the enemies we will encounter will be true immortals from the major cultivating forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so Meng Zhang can''t take it carelessly.


    His main combat experience in the Shenchang Realm was obtained from fighting with indigenous gods and ghosts and gods.


    Compared with Shinto practitioners, immortal practitioners often have certain advantages.


    Especially in the backward and closed world of Shenchang Realm, a bunch of bunnies and gods, in the Shinto system, almost all exist at the bottom.


    Meng Zhang''s easy victory over them didn''t mean much, and he couldn''t be too proud because of this.


    And cultivators, especially those from places like Lingkong Xianjie, who have cultivated to the level of true immortals, often have vast supernatural powers, a variety of means, and maybe even powerful immortal weapons to protect themselves.


    According to Meng Zhang''s understanding, the battle between true immortals is compared to supernatural means, immortal artifacts and treasures.


    He accepted the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, and he believed that his magical powers were not weak.


    Of course, because the time for him to be promoted to a true immortal is too short, he has only two magical powers of immortality for the time being.


    Fortunately, Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder and Yin-Yang Erqi are both top-ranked immortal magical powers, with huge power and infinite magical effects, which are enough to deal with many situations.


    In a short period of time, it is also difficult for him to master the new magical powers, so he can only improve the potential of the existing magical powers as much as possible.


    As for immortals and treasures, that was Meng Zhang''s weakness.


    The only thing in his hands that he could get his hands on was the pseudo-immortal artifact called Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan.


    Of course, the power of the wind fire yin and yang fan is not necessarily weaker than some immortals, and among the true immortals, immortals are relatively rare, far from being able to achieve one.


    In name, the Wind Fire Yin Yang Fan was not owned by Meng Zhang, but was temporarily lent to him by the Gu Yue family.


    After Meng Zhang thoroughly refined the wind fire yin yang fan, the more he used it, the more comfortable it became, and he was not going to return this pseudo-immortal artifact to the Gu Yue family.


    The big deal, in the future, I will compensate the Gu Yue family in other ways.


    He, who majored in Yin-Yang Dao, began to think about how to improve this pseudo-immortal artifact and turn it into a real immortal artifact.


    He already had some clues in his brain, but found that he lacked some of the necessary treasures.


    Meng Zhang once seized a divine sword in the hands of Hunling Zunshen.


    The divine power attached to this divine sword was sucked away by the small mirror, leaving only an empty shell.


    Meng Zhang had already discovered that the material of the divine sword here was extraordinary, and he planned to use this as a basis to try to refine a flying sword at the level of an immortal weapon.


    It''s just that until now, he hasn''t had time to do it.


    From the hands of the indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang and other monks in Taiyi Realm seized many artifacts.


    These artifacts are of different levels, and many of them are artifacts used by true gods.


    After re-refining and transformation, some artifacts can be used by cultivators, but they are far from the power and magic of immortal artifacts.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2831

    Meng Zhang checked again and again, and found that his family was too small.


    There is no way, how can his accumulation by himself be compared with the accumulation of other generations.


    Moreover, they have a huge power, a long history, and a big family. How many years has it been since the rise of Taiyimen?


    After doing some inventory, Meng Zhang finally took the broken mirror into his hands and studied it carefully.


    Since this small mirror absorbed the divine power of the gods last time, it has slowly started to recover on its own.


    After that, although Meng Zhang did not provide him with tonics at the level of divine power again, he still tried to provide him with various nutrients.


    He has always taken the time to nourish it with his own immortal power, and has almost never cut it off.


    In addition, from time to time, he also invests some natural and earth treasures such as source crystals collected from the source sea.


    It has been many years, and the broken little mirror has recovered a lot, and slowly began to reveal its true face.


    Only then did Meng Zhang realize that he had mistaken the shape of this treasure from the very beginning.


    This treasure appears to be in the form of a broken mirror, with one side extremely smooth.


    Now it looks more like part of a disk.


    On the broken disc, there is a strong atmosphere of cosmic light flowing.


    Meng Zhang tried to penetrate Divine Sense into it, but was quickly swallowed up by it and received no feedback.


    Meng Zhang knew that this broken disc was a high-level treasure, and it had begun to recover slowly.


    He does not seek to refine it completely, but only needs to be able to mobilize part of its power, which is enough to exert great power.


    His hard work for so many years has not been in vain, and he already feels that the time for him to realize the mystery of this treasure is getting closer and closer.


    In the next time, in addition to speeding up the exploration and development of the light belt ahead, Meng Zhang focused his energy on researching this broken disk.


    After several months, the light belt in front has almost been explored, and the Taiyi Realm is speeding up the collection and development of various resources.


    The harvest in the past few months is far greater than expected.


    With these gains, it can help support high-level monks and greatly reduce the burden of Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang''s enlightenment finally had a lot of clues.


    On this day, as usual, he first used his own immortal power to moisten the broken disc, and then released his spiritual sense to slowly observe and stimulate it.


    Suddenly, the fragment of the disc that had not moved all the time seemed to resonate with Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense, and it jumped violently all of a sudden.


    This disc fragment was suspended in front of Meng Zhang, as if it was about to break free from Meng Zhang''s control and flew away.


    Meng Zhang kept releasing immortal power, trying to calm the sudden vibration of the disc fragment.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength, he couldn''t suppress the vibration of the disc fragments.


    Meng Zhang was now in the secret room of the Sun Moon Blessed Land.


    With the violent vibration of the disc fragments, the entire Sun Moon Blessed Land has a tendency to vibrate.


    The Sun and Moon Blessed Land is the fundamental center of Taiyi Sect, and Meng Zhang is worried that it will be damaged.


    With a flick of his figure, he left the Sun and Moon Blessed Land and appeared above the Taiyi Realm.


    At this time, the vibration of the disc fragment seemed to have reached a certain limit, and scenes suddenly appeared in Meng Zhang''s mind.


    In the void, a large swath of thick dust enveloped a vast area.


    In this area, there are still fierce space storms blowing constantly.


    This is not an ordinary space storm, but a storm from anti-space.


    On the periphery of this area, there are unfathomable space cracks everywhere, and damaged space channels leading to nowhere...


    Seeing this familiar scene, Meng Zhang quickly reacted.


    Isn''t this the scene of the ruins of their Junchen world?


    When Immortal Venerable Junchen completely fell and the ruins of Junchen Realm were submerged by the anti-space storm, Meng Zhang and the others left there as quickly as possible.


    Among the ruins of Junchen Realm, there were originally countless wreckage of Junchen Realm, as well as countless monsters that appeared after the destruction of the Great World. Those wreckages have long been turned into monster nests by the monsters...


    In the middle of the ruins of Junchen Realm, is the independent space opened by Junchen Immortal Venerable at the beginning, that is, the place where people imagined treasures, which was later transformed by the ego-governing demon into a demon domain.


    A huge storm that swept through the positive space and the negative space destroyed and drowned it all.


    Everything in the ruins of Junchen World has all turned into dust.


    When Meng Zhang fled there, he took the sheep by the hand and tried to grab some booty.


    Among them, the disc fragment in front of him was thrown into his hands at that time.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that after so many years, the anti-space storm that drowned the ruins of Junchen Realm had not completely subsided.


    With its residual power, it is still enough to easily drown ordinary true immortals.


    Of course, the disc did not instill these images into Meng Zhang''s mind inexplicably.


    It seemed that he had been summoned by some kind, and several bright rays of light flew out from the location where the ruins of Junchen Realm were originally located.


    These rays of light penetrated the thick dust, got rid of the space storm, crossed countless space cracks, and completely left the area.


    Those few rays of light flashed across the void, almost in a flash.


    It didn''t take long for these rays of light to appear in the sky above Taiyi Realm.


    The disc fragment in front of Meng Zhang suddenly broke free from his control, flew into the distance, merged with the rays of light, turned into a huge spot of light, and flew back to Meng Zhang again.


    After a twist of this huge light spot, it returned to its normal state.


    This is a broken disc, not much bigger than a palm, about one-sixth the size of a normal disc.


    Bursts of mysterious light like water waves rippled inside and outside the disc.


    Meng Zhang has been nourishing himself with immortal power over the years, and he has continued to invest in spiritual thoughts, and now he has finally received a reward.


    There is an inexplicable connection between him and this incomplete disc.


    He made a move with one hand, and the mutilated disc fell into his hands.


    "The Universe Disc."


    The name and part of the origin of this treasure suddenly appeared in his mind.


    The complete universe disc is a top-level fairy treasure.


    The so-called fairy treasures are treasures with a higher level than fairy tools.


    Generally speaking, at least one must have the cultivation realm of an immortal in order to refine and control immortal treasures.


    The Eternal Disc is not only a top-level immortal treasure, but also an extremely rare immortal treasure of the Eternal Light system.


    As long as you sacrifice the universe disc, you can drive the power of the universe light and peep into the long river of time.


    The past is called the universe, and the four directions are called the universe.


    The universe includes space, time, matter and everything else.


    The entire void is part of the universe.


    The so-called power of cosmic light is the power that can affect time.


    Among the three thousand avenues, the time avenue is one of the most original avenues.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2832

    Time, space and matter are the foundations of the universe.


    Among them, the avenues of yin and yang and the five elements are the basis for the formation of matter.


    Of the foundations that make up the universe, time is the most stable.


    Space can be changed and matter can be transformed more easily, but time is unwavering and almost always moves according to its own laws.


    Some great supernatural powers, including the heavenly secret masters with high status in the cultivation world, can peep into the long river of time and know the past and the future, but they cannot change the time.


    The long river of time runs through the past, present and future.


    The present and the past may change, but the past is constant.


    Even the legendary Jinxian Daojun cannot change the past.


    The power of Eternal Light comes from the long river of time, which is a concrete manifestation of it.


    In the entire Void World, the magical powers and treasures related to time are the rarest and most precious.


    Even many old-fashioned immortals are very unfamiliar with the power of time.


    Whenever such a treasure appears, it will often attract many strong scrambles.


    Of course, this does not mean that if you master the magical power of time, you can be invincible in the world, and you can do everything.


    In those days, Jun Chen Xianzun held treasures such as the CD-ROM, and he still inevitably fell.


    For Meng Zhang at this time, if he can master this treasure, he can increase the means of fighting the enemy and have a new trump card.


    It would be even better if we could draw parallels and comprehend the avenue of cosmic light, and even the power of time.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin-Yang Dao, but he did not exclude the opportunity to comprehend other Dao.


    Although it is impossible for him to completely master the three thousand avenues, and even the number of avenues that he can comprehend is very limited, he has always believed that many avenues complement each other, and comprehension of other avenues will help him progress on the Yin-Yang Dao.


    After the fragments of the universe disc recovered to a certain extent on their own, they resonated with the remaining fragments in the ruins of Junchen World, attracted them, and then completely fused together.


    Now the disc is still seriously incomplete, but Meng Zhang can already relate to it.


    After his spiritual sense penetrated into it, he would no longer be completely swallowed by it, but would receive some responses.


    Meng Zhang held the incomplete universe disc in the palm of his right hand and slowly sensed it.


    The power of cosmic light flowing on the cosmic disc has recorded many things that happened in the past.


    Of course, due to the incompleteness of the CD-ROM, the information left in it is also seriously missing.


    Scene after scene, information one after another, quickly poured into Meng Zhang''s mind.


    The CD-ROM of the Universe is an ancient fairy treasure, and its origin can no longer be tested.


    Before I don''t know how many thousands of years ago, the Zhou disc fell into the hands of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    At that time, the CD-ROM of the universe was still a complete immortal treasure, with a power that even Immortal Venerable Jun Chen could not match.


    Jun Chen Xianzun is not majoring in the avenues of Eternal Light, and he did not have the magical means of time.


    Over the years, he has comprehended the universe disc, and has gained a lot. With the help of the power of the universe disc, he can use the magical powers related to time.


    Before he hit the Golden Immortal Realm, he left the Zhou CD-ROM to the Broken Sky Immortal Vine, who was loyal to him.


    The Sky-Breaking Immortal Vine is also an immortal treasure. Although it is not as powerful as the Universe Disc, it has a unique spirituality, giving birth to its own consciousness, and it is almost an independent creature.


    After Immortal Junchen failed to attack Jinxian, Pokong Immortal Vine started his backhand according to Immortal Junchen''s previous explanation.


    What happened after that was known to Meng Zhang for a long time.


    According to the teachings of Immortal Jun Chen, Po Kong Xian Veng started the CD-ROM, entered the long river of time, and summoned the past projection of Immortal Jun Chen, which was regarded as a new life for Immortal Jun Chen.


    The price paid was that the spirituality of the Void-breaking Immortal Vine completely dissipated, leaving only an empty shell that was severely damaged.


    The CD-ROM was also shattered, losing almost all of its power.


    After being reborn, Jun Chen Xianzun was approached by his old enemy, the Ego-god Demon, before he had time to repair the universe disc.


    He didn''t have much power to pull the disc, he could only let it recover slowly on its own.


    After the reborn Jun Chen Xianzun completely fell, the Zhou CD-ROM fell into the anti-space storm and was damaged and broken again.


    Among them, the most important and best preserved fragment fell into Meng Zhang''s hands by chance.


    Among the information that Meng Zhang learned, in addition to part of the experience of this CD-ROM, there were also some things that he had experienced when he was with Jun Chen Xianzun.


    This information is too complicated and chaotic, and the lack thereof is serious, so Meng Zhang needs to think and sort out slowly.


    The most urgent thing for him now is to master the method of activating the cosmic disc, and it is best to be able to master some means of cosmic light.


    After careful study, Meng Zhang mastered some relatively superficial means of application.


    As a Heavenly Mystery Master, he could have used the Heavenly Mystery Technique to peep at the Heavenly Mysteries and deduce the past and the future.


    Now that the Eternal Disc is in hand, he can barely activate the power of Eternal Light remaining on it, and he can observe the past and future in an area without using the Heavenly Secret Technique.


    He tried to comprehend the power of Eternal Light, and found that his stagnant Tianjishu cultivation base had loosened, and he had gained a lot of benefits from it.


    It seems that by peeping at the long river of time, it can also promote the growth of the secret art.


    In addition, he can use this incomplete Cosmic Disc to temporarily change the speed of time passing in a small area.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to True Immortal, he still had an extremely long life span.


    But his time has always been very tight, and new enemies and challenges are constantly approaching him, making him feel exhausted sometimes.


    He can use the power of the universe disc to slow down the passage of time around him, so that he has more time to comprehend the practice books and understand the truth between heaven and earth.


    Of course, this method cannot speed up his overall cultivation speed.


    Because cultivation is not only about comprehending something, but also absorbing all kinds of resources, adjusting physical and mental state, strengthening immortal soul and immortal power, etc.


    Just slowing down the passage of time won''t do the latter.


    For the same reason, he cannot speed up the growth of some heavenly treasures and earthly treasures by accelerating the passage of time.


    Because Tiancai Dibao has to slowly absorb the essence of heaven, earth, sun and moon in the long years of growth, and accept the watering and baptism of various forces between heaven and earth.


    Just a long period of time can not give birth to the treasures of heaven and earth.


    Anyway, it''s always a good thing that Meng Zhang has begun to master the use of this incomplete CD-ROM.


    For one thing, the CD-ROM of this universe is seriously incomplete, and its residual strength is limited.


    Second, Meng Zhang had just begun to comprehend it, and had not yet had a deeper sense of it.


    If these problems are solved, he can get more from this fairy treasure.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2833

    Repairing a CD-ROM is bound to be a long and difficult process.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation realm and the resources he can obtain, it is impossible to completely repair this universe disc.


    Of course, if it is a complete universe disc, with Meng Zhang''s current cultivation realm, it will not be able to exert its full power at all, at most it can be stimulated a little.


    Although the CD-ROM can be repaired by itself, the speed is very slow.


    According to his guess, the reason why the fragments of the universe disc in Meng Zhang''s hands were able to undergo such a big change was that he absorbed the power of the gods from the divine sword of Hunling Venerable God last time.


    That is definitely not the power of ordinary gods, maybe it comes from the power of top gods, and the power attribute is very special, most of which is related to the power of Eternal Light.


    The universe disc in Meng Zhang''s hand absorbed the power of that god, and he formed a deep cause and effect with that god.


    In the future, Meng Zhang may inevitably face this god.


    Meng Zhangdu felt a bit of a headache at the thought of provoking such a great enemy.


    Fortunately, the main sphere of influence of the Tianshen Temple is far away from the Dengtian Star District, and the other party should not come to the door in a short time.


    After comprehending the incomplete universe disc, Meng Zhang devoted more time to it.


    He did not return to the secret room of retreat, but continued to meditate in the void above the Taiyi Realm.


    In places Meng Zhang did not find, new troubles have come.


    Those true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm did not sit idle after conquering the Fearless Realm.


    In addition to plundering the various resources of the Dreadnought World, they are each busy.


    After Sanshan Zhenxian and Zhenhai Zhenxian escaped from the ruins of Junchen Realm, they brought them a lot of information about Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Although Jun Chen Xian''s body of respect for life has fallen, and the ruins of Jun Chen world have also been submerged by the anti-space storm, they still did not approach there rashly for the sake of safety.


    Jun Chen Xianzun broke through Jinxian in those days, which involved several major forces in Lingkong Xianjie. There were many transactions and battles behind this, and even the Jinxians who dominated Lingkong Xianjie were involved.


    This group of true immortals was afraid that they would rush to the ruins of Junchen Realm and cause some trouble and ruin the plans of some big men.


    They will not go to the ruins of Junchen Realm under the leadership of Tianxian until the leader Tianxian returns to the team to deal with various aftermaths.


    Anyway, when the time comes, there will be Tianxian in front, and they don''t have to face the trouble.


    Some of the true immortals in the team could not help but speculate whether the leader of the team did not want to approach the ruins of Junchen Realm easily, so they deliberately avoided it.


    Of course, although they did not dare to approach the ruins of Junchen World at will, many true immortals could not hide their curiosity.


    For various purposes and from time to time through various means, they observe the ruins of Junchen World.


    When the fragments of the CD-ROM left in the ruins of Junchen Realm were pulled and flew out by the incomplete CD-ROM in Meng Zhang''s hands, there was a lot of noise.


    Several dazzling rays of light crossed the void at an extremely fast speed, and then quickly disappeared.


    Among the true immortals in the team, someone happened to discover this scene.


    From the surface situation alone, it seems that there is a treasure in the ruins of Junchen World that actively flew out.


    There is a high possibility that these treasures are related to Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    Junchen Immortal is the most top-level immortal, and the treasures he left behind are irresistible temptations for many true immortals.


    At the beginning, several true immortals went on an expedition to the Junchen Realm, and after conquering the Junchen Realm, they cut off the connection with the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Its main purpose is to get the chance to break through from Junchen Realm to Heavenly Immortal.


    Afterwards, everyone found out that this opportunity was the Void-Breaking Fairy Vine.


    Using the sky-breaking fairy vine to break through to the gods will leave a lot of hidden dangers, which will affect future practice.


    For those true immortals with great future and lofty aspirations, it is not desirable.


    But for those true immortals who cannot break through to the gods by normal means, or those who have been stuck in the true immortal realm for too long, this is a shortcut.


    Although according to the news brought back by Sanshan Zhenxian and Zhenhai Zhenxian, the treasure that can help Zhenxian break through to heaven has already been completely broken, but who knows if Junchen Immortal has left other treasures?


    Soon, the three disturbed true immortals followed the trail left by these rays of light and quickly chased after them.


    They dare not approach the Junchen World Ruins, but these rays of light are obviously far away from the Junchen World Ruins.


    Even if there are some possible risks, it cannot stop their greed.


    These rays of light were too fast, and soon disappeared completely, leaving few traces.


    These three true immortals have been busy in the void for a long time, and they spent a lot of effort before they slowly caught up from behind.


    The three true immortals are Xuanyang True Immortal from Sanyang Xianzong, Tianguang True Immortal from Guantian Pavilion, and Daqi True Immortal from Sanyang Xianzong.


    Ziyang Zhenxian, the founder of the Ziyang Sect, the former holy land sect in the Junchen world, is a disciple of the Sanyang Xianzong.


    At the beginning, the reason why he came to Junchen Realm was not only to pursue the opportunity to break through the Heavenly Immortal, but also to receive the order of the Qingyang Heavenly Immortal.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian joined the official team of Lingkong Xianjie to deal with the aftermath of Junchen Realm, and also received the order of Qingyang Tianxian.


    He needs to investigate the situation of Jun Chen Xianzun to see if he has completely fallen, and what is left after his fall...


    He got relevant news from Sanshan Zhenxian and Zhenhai Zhenxian, and he believed that he could barely meet, and he was unwilling to take the risk of going deep into the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Guantian Pavilion is a major force in Lingkong Xianjie. Almost all the big worlds under Lingkong Xianjie have branches of Guantian Pavilion.


    The Guantian Pavilion has a deep background and has a close relationship with the official Lingkong Xianjie.


    In many cases, the officials of Lingkong Xianjie will give some tasks of monitoring the subordinate great world to Guantian Pavilion monks.


    Junchen World has always been a big world subordinate to Lingkong Xianjie, and it has been completely destroyed. The official of Lingkong Xianjie can''t ignore it.


    Tianguang Zhenxian of Guantian Pavilion has the responsibility to investigate this matter.


    Therefore, he is also the most vigilant, and has been closely monitoring the situation in all parts of the Dengtian Star District, especially near the Junchen Realm.


    As for the true immortal of the great artifact who came from a loose cultivator, he is a famous artifact refining immortal master in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Generally speaking, high-level alchemists and alchemists are often carefully cultivated by major cultivation forces.


    Item refining masters among the loose cultivators are very rare, and their status is also very special.


    Daqi Zhenxian has a far-reaching reputation and has extensive contacts.


    He is preparing to refine a special fairy weapon.


    He searched for many years in Lingkong Immortal Realm, and used many personal connections, but could not find one of the key materials.


    The Dengtian Star District is a recently discovered star district, and it has not completely fallen into the control of Lingkong Xianjie, nor has it been searched by various immortals.


    So Daqi Zhenxian joined the team this time, and came here to try his luck to see if he could find the materials he needed.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2834

    After conquering the fearless world, the real immortal of the great artifact gained a lot in the fearless world, but did not find the required materials.


    He suspects that the materials he needs may be related to Junchen Realm, so he has always been paying attention to the movements over the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    The immortal artifact he was going to refine was of great significance, and he was willing to pay a heavy price for it.


    However, he would not let go of any clues about the required materials.


    Although he knew that the few rays of light were unlikely to be the required materials, he still had to check it himself.


    After those few rays of light flew away from the ruins of Junchen Realm, the three true immortals chased after them from different directions.


    They encountered each other on the road, and under their own scruples, they temporarily formed an alliance to pursue the whereabouts of those few rays of light together.


    At least until they catch up with those few rays of light and figure out their details, they will not easily turn their faces.


    They followed the trails left by the few rays of light, and finally came to the vicinity of Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm is such a big target, and naturally it can''t escape their eyes.


    The few rays of light disappeared nearby.


    There is a very high possibility that the disappearance of those rays of light is related to the Taiyi Realm.


    After meeting with Jianjun Banxue and the others, information about Mengzhang and Taiyijie also entered the ears of the true immortals in the team.


    Even though Jianjun Ban Xue was reluctant to reveal too many details about Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm, some of the cultivators under her command were cultivators who wanted to please the true immortals.


    When Xuanyang Zhenxian left Lingkong Immortal Realm, Qingyang Tianxian''s clone hadn''t fallen yet.


    Due to a huge anti-space storm that erupted near the Dengtian Star District, not only could they not be directly teleported into the Dengtian Star District, but after entering the Dengtian Star District, they also temporarily lost the ability to contact the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    At least Xuanyang Zhenxian is temporarily unable to contact the mountain gate of Sanyang Xianzong.


    Qingyang Tianxian avatar was possessed by Ziyang Zhenxian and fell in the Demon Realm, among which Meng Zhang made great efforts.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian told him this news.


    As for whether the deity of Qingyang Tianxian in the Sanyang Xianzong Mountain Gate knows, he also does not know for the time being.


    Before the Junchen Realm was destroyed, the sects of the Holy Land, including Zhenhai Hall, were the great enemies of Taiyi Sect.


    Of course, Zhenhai Zhenxian, who is determined to break through to the realm of immortals, may not care much about the grievances of his disciples and grandchildren.


    The Junchen world has been destroyed, and the competition for interests among those sects has become irrelevant.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian had a plan for a long time and paid a huge price for it. He slept in the source sea of ??Junchen Realm for thousands of years, just to get the treasure left by Junchen Immortal.


    Everything that happened later was like a big joke with him.


    Under extreme anger and disappointment, he took out his anger at Meng Zhang, who had performed extraordinary in the Demon Realm.


    Therefore, he said a lot of bad things about Meng Zhang in front of other true immortals, which affected many true immortals'' perception of Meng Zhang.


    The Ziyang Sect of the Junchen Realm is a branch of the Sanyang Xianzong. It has been hostile to the Taiyi Sect for many years, and there have been many battles of life and death.


    Under normal circumstances, Xuanyang True Immortal would not care too much about the life and death of these branches, and would not anger such True Immortals like Meng Zhang.


    But because of the avatar of Qingyang Tianxian, Xuanyang Zhenxian must show his attitude.


    Guantian Pavilion is located in various branches of the world, just like countless tentacles, monitoring the various worlds and practicing the concept of Guantian Pavilion.


    For each branch, Guantiange headquarters is very concerned about it.


    The branch of Guantian Pavilion in Junchen Realm was destroyed by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang must pay for this.


    Among the three true immortals who had chased here, two were hostile to Meng Zhang, and only Daqi Zhenxian had a neutral attitude.


    The reason why this team from Lingkong Xianjie made some unfavorable decisions to Meng Zhang was also because of the promotion and persuasion of Guantian Pavilion and Sanyang Xianzong Zhenxian.


    Even if there was no such thing as light, they would not let Meng Zhang go.


    Now, Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian flew to Taiyi Realm carelessly, making no secret of their aura and their malice.


    Lingkong Xianjie is one of the most immortal forces in the Void Realm. The cultivation civilization is extremely developed, and immortals are emerging one after another.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian, who grew up in Lingkong Immortal Realm, couldn''t look down on a country bumpkin like Meng Zhang at all.


    Despite Zhenhai Zhenxian''s previous reminder, when they want to come, what kind of splendid inheritance can a closed and backward rural place like Junchen Realm have?


    It is said that the Taiyi Realm Patriarch was a down-and-out guy who couldn''t get along in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang passed away and was lucky enough to be promoted to a true immortal, but what is the background?


    The two true immortals with an inexplicable superior mentality did not take Meng Zhang in their eyes at all.


    On the other hand, a real immortal who came from a loose cultivator, is used to seeing the scorching coldness of the world of self-cultivation, and his mind is very peaceful.


    Meng Zhang, who was sitting cross-legged in the void above Taiyi Realm, had already spotted a visitor from afar.


    When Jianjun Banxue communicated with Meng Zhang last time, he focused on the true immortals in the team, especially the ones who were most hostile to Meng Zhang.


    Looking at each other''s undisguised appearance, Meng Zhang recognized their identities.


    Because of Jianjun Banxue''s previous reminder, Meng Zhang thought that they were coming for him and Taiyi Realm.


    Just don''t know who gave them the courage, the three real immortals dared to go to Taiyi Realm to be wild.


    Meng Zhang''s body that was sitting cross-legged disappeared and appeared in front of the three true immortals.


    "The front is where Taiyi Realm is, and guests are invited to stop."


    Although the opponent is an enemy, and most of them will inevitably fight in the future, Meng Zhang still showed a minimum of tolerance.


    The three real immortals also learned some information about Meng Zhang from Zhenhai Zhenxian.


    "Are you Meng Zhang?"


    "You are young, but you have no respect in front of your seniors."


    "I heard that the Junchen world was destroyed because of your nonsense."


    Xuanyang Zhenxian spoke in a thorny way, and as soon as he came up, he put his hat on Meng Zhang.


    Qingyang Tianxian is one of the founders of Sanyang Xianzong. Even if he just dispatched a clone and destroyed it in Meng Zhang''s hands, it would be a matter of humiliation for the whole Sanyang Xianzong. Xuanyang Zhenxian is naturally hard to mention. And this matter, so we have to organize other charges.


    In his eyes, the fall of Qingyang Tianxian clone was due to the special environment, and it must be the conspiracy of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    Jun Chen Xianzun used the hand of Meng Zhang to sneak attack on the clone of Qingyang Tianxian, but it was not that Meng Zhang really had the strength to destroy the Qingyang Tianxian clone.


    Although the attitude of Xuanyang Zhenxian had been expected for a long time, Meng Zhang was still angered by the condescending and bloody attitude of the other party.


    "The Guantian Pavilion monitors all the worlds, and it is the power given by the ancestors of Jinxian who rule the Lingkong Immortal World."


    "Meng Zhang, you are so daring and dare to destroy the Guantian Pavilion in Junchen Realm, do you know what the crime is?"


    Tianguang Zhenxian from Guantian Pavilion even scolded Meng Zhang mercilessly.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2835

    Daqi Zhenxian deliberately opened the distance from Xuanyang Zhenxian and the others, and was a few steps behind.


    When Xuanyang Zhenxian and the others scolded Meng Zhang, he didn''t say a word.


    He came from a loose cultivator, and in the past, he was not less angered by those powerful monks.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian''s attitude towards Meng Zhang made him very dissatisfied, and he felt a bit empathy.


    More importantly, he and Meng Zhang had no grudges in the past and no grudges in the past. He came here purely for the refining materials.


    If Meng Zhang really had clues about the ingredients he needed, they could have a good discussion.


    Artifact refiners in the cultivation world are generally not poor.


    In particular, a master craftsman such as Daqi Zhenxian is extremely skilled in crafting.


    He is also very rich on hand, whether it is source crystal or all kinds of heaven and earth treasures, there will be no shortage.


    He is willing to pay enough price for the refining materials he needs.


    For the wise alchemists and alchemists, many cultivators often buy a little face and take over a good fate.


    The real immortal of great weapons is not the kind of person who takes things by chance, especially when facing monks of the same rank, he is more willing to deal fairly.


    He believed that if Meng Zhang really had the refining materials he needed, he could obtain them by trading.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian clearly came with malice, to trigger a fight with Meng Zhang.


    Daqi Zhenxian thought of this and retreated a little further. He didn''t want to be involved in the battle between them inexplicably.


    Daqi Zhenxian is not willing to easily become an enemy of Meng Zhang, nor is he willing to offend Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian who have a deep background.


    At this time, he naturally did not want to contact Meng Zhang rashly, so he could only temporarily stay out of it.


    "Loose cultivators are loose cultivators, the mud lake is not on the wall, timid and afraid..."


    When Xuanyang Zhenxian saw Daqi Zhenxian''s appearance, he couldn''t help but murmured a few words.


    Of course, although he is arrogant and arrogant based on his background, he is not a fool at all. He knows that before Meng Zhang is resolved, he should not be extravagant, and he should not be the enemy of Daqi Zhenxian.


    Daqi Zhenxian pretended not to hear Xuanyang Zhenxian''s words, and retreated into the distance without saying a word.


    Meng Zhang had heard of Daqi Zhenxian from Jianjun Banxue and knew his character.


    It seems that Daqi Zhenxian is temporarily neutral.


    Although it''s not necessarily scary to be a real immortal, one less enemy is always a good thing.


    Moreover, after hearing that Daqi Zhenxian was a rare artifact refining immortal master, Meng Zhang had some thoughts in his heart.


    Meng Zhang gestured with his eyes, greeted the Daqi Zhenxian in the distance, and then turned his attention back to Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian.


    He was too lazy to talk to these two guys, so he spoke rudely.


    "If you want to fight, fight, if you don''t dare to do it, roll away."


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian used their power to suppress people, not only did not frighten Meng Zhang, but attracted Meng Zhang''s scolding.


    They know that in order to solve this guy, it is not enough to rely on words alone.


    Although Meng Zhang''s base camp, Taiyi World, was not far away, Meng Zhang could get support at any time, but Xuanyang Zhenxian shot without hesitation.


    He held up a huge mirror, and endless hot rays of light shot towards Meng Zhang.


    After Xuanyang Zhenxian became a real immortal, he paid a lot of money and asked the immortal artifact refiner in the door to tailor this immortal artifact dazzling sun mirror for him.


    This dazzling sunglasses can cooperate with his major practice, and enhance the power of his major avenues and common magical powers.


    This is also the advantage of the big sect cultivator.


    They have more resources than those helpless scattered cultivators.


    Many true immortals do not even have an ordinary immortal artifact. These true immortals who came from powerful forces already possess the most suitable immortal artifact.


    Meng Zhang has not been promoted to True Immortal for a long time, but he already has a wealth of combat experience.


    What kind of big scene has not been seen before, a mere dazzling real immortal, has not been taken into account by him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even set up the wind and fire yin and yang fan, but just displayed the magic power of yin and yang, and he fought with Xuanyang Zhenxian in a lively manner.


    I saw that the yin and yang were like a long river, traversing the void, not only blocked all the attacks of Xuanyang Zhenxian, but also swept towards him.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian tried his best to urge the dazzling sun mirror in his hand, and the endless rays of light bombarded past like raindrops, trying to block the yin and yang.


    When he really started, Xuanyang Zhenxian realized what a big mistake he had made.


    Meng Zhang is not a soft persimmon, but a rare hard bone.


    Meng Zhang hadn''t shown much ability yet, but he just acted casually, and he showed a good fighting ability.


    He had a relaxed look on his face, and he was clearly at ease with this kind of battle.


    And Xuanyang Zhenxian shot almost with all his strength, and finally blocked Meng Zhang''s attack.


    At the beginning of the battle, Xuanyang Zhenxian was very difficult, and he felt a little bit in a hurry.


    In addition to suppressing Xuanyang Zhenxian, Meng Zhang also focused a large part of his attention on Tianguang Zhenxian.


    For these immortals who came from great powers, he never overestimated their character, thinking that the other party would honestly fight him fairly.


    Although the real fairy did not show hostility, Meng Zhang also did not let down his guard, and still kept a certain amount of vigilance.


    Sure enough, seeing that Xuanyang Zhenxian was obviously not Meng Zhang''s opponent, Tianguang Zhenxian couldn''t hold back.


    His combat power is similar to that of Xuanyang Zhenxian.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian was no match for Meng Zhang, but if he went up, the result was similar.


    It was beyond their expectations that Meng Zhang, who was despised by them, was so troublesome.


    More importantly, if they are defeated by a bum like Meng Zhang, what will their face be?


    Tianguang Zhenxian secretly notified Xuanyang Zhenxian and started to take action.


    He silently raised a fairy sword and beheaded Meng Zhang.


    This is clearly an outright sneak attack.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian, who had been prepared for a long time, displayed several magical powers in a row, fully cooperating with Tianguang Zhenxian''s sneak attack.


    Meng Zhang didn''t accuse them, he knew that mouth guns were useless.


    The yin and yang fan, which had been prepared to guard against him, fought fiercely with the immortal sword that came over.


    Tianguang Zhenxian''s swordsmanship skills are really average, but the immortal weapons he sacrificed are really powerful.


    This fairy sword does not rely on the master''s swordsmanship to win.


    This fairy sword is more similar to the magic sword used by Fa Xiu, which contains many powerful magical powers.


    The immortal sword kept wandering in the air, and magical powers shot out from the sword...


    Although the wind fire yin and yang fan is a fake fairy, it is not necessarily inferior to some ordinary fairy weapons in terms of power.


    But the fake fairy is a fake fairy after all, and there is still a certain gap between the material and the characteristics of the real fairy.


    After the wind and fire yin-yang fan and the immortal sword fought for a while, the power of wind and fire on the body began to become dark.


    Seeing the immortal sword''s achievements, Tianguang Zhenxian, who thought he had the upper hand, pushed the immortal sword even harder.

 Chapter 2836

    In terms of cultivation level, Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian, the two old-fashioned real immortals, outperformed Meng Zhang by a lot.


    Fortunately, the real immortal realm is a special cultivation realm.


    In this realm, the level of cultivation and combat power are not strictly corresponding.


    Of course, the higher the level of cultivation, the deeper the cultivation, which has a great bonus to combat power.


    However, in the realm of true immortals, what determines the battle strength is more of the magical means of cultivation, and foreign objects such as fairy weapons also have a great influence.


    Meng Zhang is indeed inferior to the two opponents in terms of immortal artifacts.


    But what he accepted was the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, and when it came to various magical means, it was only stronger or weaker than the two opponents.


    Whether it is Sanyang Xianzong or Guantian Pavilion, they are only Tianxian sects, and the strongest in the door is Tianxian.


    The inheritance of the two sects, at most, is only at the level of immortals.


    Guantian Pavilion is much stronger than Sanyang Xianzong. It has a close relationship with a certain Jinxian in Lingkong Xianjie and has received a lot of care from him.


    After all, the Tiange Pavilion is not the direct line of this Jinxian, and has not obtained its true inheritance.


    What''s more, Taiyi Jinxian is not an ordinary Jinxian, but a strong one among Jinxian.


    Even if Meng Zhang didn''t get all the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian, he could use it to deal with the scene in front of him, it was completely enough.


    Meng Zhang''s image of the yin and yang of heaven and earth, the dharma phase, appeared above his head.


    As the Tai Chi Yin-Yang Chart rotates gently, the scale of the Yin-Yang two qi skyrockets.


    Like a long river, the yin and yang qi split off a tributary and flowed to the vicinity of the wind and fire yin and yang fan.


    The wind and fire yin-yang fan supported by the two qi of yin and yang rose in momentum, and the endless wind and fire spread rapidly, wrapping the fairy sword released by Tianguang Zhenxian layer by layer.


    Tianguang Zhenxian exerted several more magical powers, but failed to break through the protection of yin and yang.


    Meng Zhang not only blocked their attacks, but also fought back from time to time.


    Meng Zhang had one enemy against two, and he still had more than enough strength.


    He couldn''t help but wonder in his heart, did the two opponents have any conspiracy or tricks, did they hide their strength?


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang thinks too much.


    Meng Zhang knew that he was strong, but he never thought that he would be so strong.


    The two old-fashioned true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, who were born in a great power, are far from his opponents.


    Since the battle, Meng Zhang has gradually gained the upper hand, but he has never been able to kill him.


    As a result, he always felt that the two opponents should have some hidden cards.


    Before forcing their hole cards out, they should still have reservations.


    Second, in any case, Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian are both members of the official team sent by Lingkong Xianjie.


    Although Meng Zhang has begun to break away from the control of Lingkong Xianjie, there is still no need to turn against Lingkong Xianjie. He is not willing to provoke the officials of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Of course, this is also related to the fact that Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian have not shown enough threats so far.


    They are arrogant and arrogant, but that''s annoying at best.


    They are neither Meng Zhang''s opponents nor Taiyi Realm.


    Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian, who were at a disadvantage in the battle, found out sadly that even if the two of them joined forces, they were not Meng Zhang''s opponents.


    The thought of their previous contempt for Meng Zhang made them very angry.


    They wouldn''t reflect on their mistakes, they would only think that Meng Zhang was too cunning and had deliberately hidden his strength before.


    They couldn''t help but speculate in their hearts, why is Meng Zhang so powerful?


    Could it be that the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun left in the Jun Chen world was obtained by Meng Zhang?


    Yep, that''s how it should be. they thought to themselves.


    Otherwise, it is impossible to explain the source of Meng Zhangyi''s super combat power.


    There is nothing wrong with a true immortal appearing in a remote rural area like Junchen World, but it is very abnormal to have a true immortal with such superb combat power and many supernatural powers.


    These magical means did not fall from the sky, and Meng Zhang must have an unknown inheritance.


    The founder of the mountain on the bright side of Taiyi Sect is just a loose cultivator who is unwilling, and he is a true lord of the primordial spirit until his death.


    Thinking of the origin of Junchen world, Meng Zhang got the inheritance of Junchen Immortal Venerable, that is the only reasonable explanation.


    Immortal Junchen is a top-level immortal who is qualified to attack the realm of Jinxian, and even many immortals can''t help but covet the legacy he left behind.


    The Qingyang Tianxian of Sanyang Xianzong intervened in the affairs of Junchen Realm, and he had this idea.


    In fact, if it weren''t for the open and secret struggle of the top leaders of Lingkong Xianjie, and the efforts of some high-level officials to stop it, I am afraid that some immortals would have come to Junchen Realm long ago.


    The reason why only a group of true immortals came to Junchen Realm back then was the result of the compromise of all parties.


    Thinking that Meng Zhang had obtained the inheritance left by Immortal Jun Chen, that he would have such fighting power, True Immortal Tianguang and True Immortal Xuanyang had a reasonable explanation for their failure and were able to accept it calmly.


    They were extremely jealous of Meng Zhang.


    They can''t wait to immediately take away the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun that Meng Zhang got.


    Of course, they just thought about it.


    Although they still have some life-saving cards that they haven''t displayed yet, from the perspective of the scene, they have become more and more passive.


    What''s more, they can have trump cards, doesn''t Meng Zhang have a hidden trump card?


    Since Meng Zhang had obtained the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun, he could not be regarded as a country bumpkin.


    Although they were reluctant, they had to admit that Meng Zhang was likely to have a more brilliant inheritance than what they had learned.


    Since he can''t fight Meng Zhang now, he can only retreat temporarily, and slowly find a way to deal with him in the future.


    In that true immortal team, they have many friends and can get a lot of help.


    Even, when necessary, they are willing to share the gains of Meng Zhang with other true immortals, as long as they can get the most of it.


    Facing the temptation of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable''s legacy, there should be few true immortals in the team who can resist it.


    Jun Chen Xianzun made many enemies in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and many enemies hold a grudge against him to this day.


    If it can be realized that Meng Zhang is the successor of Jun Chen Xianzun, I am afraid that many immortals will not be able to tolerate him.


    Of course, sending relevant news back to Lingkong Immortal Realm is the last resort, and they will not use it easily.


    "Meng Zhang, if you honestly hand over the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun, you might be able to save a little life."


    Xuanyang Zhenxian started drinking at Meng Zhang.


    It''s really inexplicable, when did I get the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun?


    Meng Zhang thought to himself.


    Of course, if he took the risk and picked up the broken pieces in the anti-space storm, it would be counted. The broken pieces of the broken vines and the incomplete CD-ROM should all come from the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun.


    However, Meng Zhang faintly felt that what Xuanyang Zhenxian said should not be these.


    "Meng Zhang, do you think that you can practice the magic powers left by Immortal Jun Chen, and you can run wild for a while with the ability of a three-legged cat?"


    Xuanyang Zhenxian continued to shout.

 Chapter 2837

    Meng Zhang finally understood at this time. It turned out that the other party thought that he had obtained the inheritance left by Jun Chen Xianzun, and that he had practiced the magic power and magic power that he left behind, so that he had the ability today.


    Meng Zhang really couldn''t explain this misunderstanding.


    Could it be that he told the other party that what he inherited was not the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun, but the inheritance of Taiyi Jinxian?


    Although he knew that the other party''s misunderstanding would definitely bring him a lot of trouble, Meng Zhang had no way to explain it, and he didn''t bother to explain to the two opponents at this time.


    Meng Zhang snorted coldly, said nothing, and silently stepped up his offensive.


    Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian, who had already fallen to the disadvantage, now began to feel unstoppable.


    They thought they knew the details of Meng Zhang, but also felt that there was no point in continuing to fight.


    After they return to the Fearless Realm and persuade the other true immortals in the team, they can make a comeback and seize the inheritance of Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    When they kill here next time, Meng Zhang will never think of blocking it so easily.


    Although Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian are slowly falling behind, the situation is not too bad.


    Meng Zhang did not want to kill for a while, they were able to get rid of the battle and quickly left here.


    Looking at the backs of the two true immortals hurriedly fleeing, Meng Zhang fell into deep thought.


    From the beginning to the end, the Daji Zhenxian, who had been watching the battle, naturally heard their conversation and guessed what Xuanyang Zhenxian was thinking.


    To tell the truth, it must be a lie to say that the real immortal of the great artifact has no coveted heart for the legacy left by the immortal Jun Chen.


    However, as a bystander, he was more calm, not sure that the inheritance of Jun Chen Xianzun must have fallen into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    When it was more important, he was more eager for the refining materials he needed than the ethereal inheritance of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable.


    When Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian retreated, Daqi Zhenxian also retreated.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had just repelled the two old-fashioned true immortals of the great forces, and he was in full swing.


    He didn''t know enough about Meng Zhang, and was worried that Meng Zhang would take the opportunity to put forward some excessive conditions.


    Moreover, people from Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian are definitely not open-minded.


    If he went to trade with Meng Zhang at this time, he might be held grudges by them afterwards.


    At least on the surface, he had better advance and retreat together with the two true immortals.


    He is not afraid of the two true immortals, but he is not willing to make enemies for no reason.


    The big real immortal swayed and left here with the two real immortals.


    Along the way, he also spent a lot of words explaining why he did not join the battle.


    Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian accepted his explanation, thinking that he was clearly timid and afraid to provoke Meng Zhang.


    Although they looked down on the real immortals because of this, they didn''t delve into the things he just watched from the sidelines.


    When Meng Zhang fought the two true immortals, there was a lot of movement, and the powerhouses in the Taiyi world were already alarmed.


    The Moon God and others were very confident in Meng Zhang, and even if they were one against two, they felt that Meng Zhang would not be defeated.


    On the one hand, they urged the Taiyi Realm to stay away from the battlefield as much as possible to avoid being affected by the aftermath of the battle. On the other hand, they also restrained the monks in the Taiyi Realm not to get too close to the battlefield.


    The capable monks in the Taiyi world basically watched the battle from a safe enough distance.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was worried that the enemy still had reinforcements, so he took the initiative to leave Taiyi Realm and circled around to observe carefully.


    Not long after he left Taiyi Realm, a sudden sound transmission entered his ears.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing is no stranger to the owner of the voice.


    He didn''t even think that he would meet this senior here.


    He stood quietly in the void, listening carefully to the voice transmission of the other party.


    After the voice transmission of the dialogue was completed, he disappeared without waiting for him to react.


    Gu Yue Lingqing couldn''t help but slandered in his heart, why do these seniors like to play tricks and look mysterious and unpredictable?


    This senior master has a very high status in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and also has some connections with the Gu Yue family.


    Not to mention Gu Yue Ling Qing, even the ancient ancestor of the ancient Yue family would not easily refuse the request of the other party.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing thought about it for a long time before returning to Taiyi Realm, ready to discuss it with Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang had already repelled the opponent and returned to Taiyi Realm.


    Fairy Yue''e and Luna have been waiting for a long time.


    Meng Zhang talked to them about everything that happened before.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who returned to Taiyi Realm, also joined the conversation.


    Hearing that Xuanyang Zhenxian and the others misunderstood Meng Zhang''s inheritance of Junchen Immortal Venerable, everyone knew that this matter was not over.


    Originally, Xuanyang Zhenxian and the others were very hostile to Meng Zhang.


    Especially the fact that Qingyang Tianxian''s clone was executed, almost made Xuanyang Zhenxian become Meng Zhang''s mortal enemy.


    Now that there is such a big temptation as the inheritance of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, this matter is even more difficult to end.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian will definitely entangle Meng Zhang in the future.


    Even, they will convince the other true immortals in the team to use the inheritance of Jun Chen Immortal Venerable as bait to encourage everyone to be enemies with Meng Zhang.


    Of course, after so many years of getting along with Meng Zhang, experiencing countless battles, and even defeating Daoist thieves, everyone is full of confidence in Meng Zhang, and will not be afraid of facing many true immortals.


    Even Fairy Yue''e, who has always been the most cautious, even a bit timid, will not worry about the enemy she is about to face.


    Her disciple, Fairy Moon Shadow, was even more eager to try.


    After she was promoted to the true immortal, she has not participated in the battle between the powerhouses of the same rank, but has only learned from the seniors in the Taiyi world. She really wants to test what she has learned through actual combat.


    After Meng Zhang finished speaking, everyone opened their mouths and made suggestions.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was silent for a while before speaking.


    He didn''t hide it from everyone, and honestly told what happened to him just now.


    Just now, a senior immortal he knew sent a voice transmission to him, hoping that he would persuade Meng Zhang to take the initiative to challenge the team of true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and try not to let them complete the conquest of the Dengtian Star District.


    Regardless of success or failure, Meng Zhang just needs to entangle those guys for as long as possible.


    After the completion of the matter, he will naturally have a gift of thanks.


    He also promised that once Meng Zhang participated in this matter, he could guarantee that no power at the level of the gods would intervene, and the battle would be limited to the level of the real gods.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing did not disclose his name and origin due to the instructions of this senior immortal.


    It''s just that this senior immortal has vast magical powers and a deep background, and even the ancient ancestor of the ancient moon family would bow his head in front of him.


    Gu Yue Lingqing persuaded Meng Zhang bitterly that it is best to follow the instructions of this senior immortal and forge a good relationship with him. This will have many benefits for Meng Zhang and the entire Taiyi Realm.


    [Recommended, Yeguo reading and chasing books is really easy to use, download it here and you can try it. ¡¿


    Once Meng Zhang gets the care of this senior immortal, he doesn''t have to worry about a direct attack from the official Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The new version of the mobile station upgrades the address: , data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 Chapter 2838

    Although Gu Yue Ling Qing did not reveal the name and origin of this senior immortal, everything he said was full of sincerity.


    Meng Zhang, who has been with Gu Yue Ling Qing for so long and has received a lot of help from him, also believes that the other party will not frame him.


    What Gu Yue Ling Qing is doing now is indeed for the good of Meng Zhang and for the future of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although Meng Zhang did not know who the senior immortal who brought up this matter was, the senior immortal who could make the ancient ancestors of the Gu Yue family bow their heads were at least gods, and they were not ordinary gods.


    Thinking of the origin of Junchen World and everything that happened after its destruction, Meng Zhang vaguely guessed that this senior immortal was mostly related to Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Immortal Junchen is really an amazing immortal.


    It has been so long since it was reborn after the fall and fell again, and the immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm are still afraid of it, and there are so many follow-up beginnings and endings.


    Meng Zhang did not know the origin of this senior immortal, nor did he know his intentions.


    But the other party''s proposal suits him very well.


    Even without this senior immortal''s proposal, Meng Zhang and Tianguang Zhenxian are already enemies.


    Moreover, Gu Yue Ling Qing also vouched for this senior immortal, repeatedly saying that the other party was not malicious.


    Meng Zhang knew that even if he wanted to avoid him, he still couldn''t avoid the trouble left by Immortal Venerable Jun Chen.


    As a native Junchen monk, he naturally bears the karma left by Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    He even suspected that he was able to obtain the treasure of the universe disc, which was probably due to causality.


    Even though it is a incomplete CD-ROM, Meng Zhang will not give up easily, and naturally he cannot escape the entanglement of cause and effect.


    Since there is no way to escape, it is better to take the initiative to deal with it. This is Meng Zhang''s character.


    Moreover, it should be a good thing to have the senior immortals to take care of as Gu Yue Lingqing said.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who does not know good or bad, and will not refuse help from the outside world.


    Anyway, they have to be hostile to Tianguang Zhenxian and the others, so it is better to accept the proposal of this senior immortal.


    This time, Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian swaggered at the door, which filled Meng Zhang''s heart with anger.


    Since the other party looked down on Meng Zhang and Taiyijie and dared to take the initiative to call on them, Meng Zhang would not only be satisfied with self-protection, but also actively counterattack.


    Why can''t Meng Zhang take the initiative to attack when the opponent is only allowed to come to provoke him?


    Next, Meng Zhang will not only prevent them from conquering the Dengtian Star District, but will also take the initiative to attack, and even does not rule out taking the initiative to attack the Fearless Realm controlled by them.


    Anyway, with the promise of the senior immortal, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about the intervention of the immortal-level powerhouse.


    And since this senior immortal took the initiative to propose, even if Meng Zhang killed and injured some of the true immortals in that team, he should have covered Meng Zhang''s back.


    After a simple thought, Meng Zhang told Gu Yue Ling Qing that he accepted the proposal of the senior immortal.


    Everyone has no opinion on this.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing also breathed a sigh of relief.


    He told Meng Zhang that he would not regret today''s decision.


    The kindness of that senior immortal was very precious and completely worthy of Meng Zhang''s efforts.


    When he contacts the Gu Yue Family Headquarters in Lingkong Immortal Realm, he will urge the family to give more assistance to Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    Now that it has been decided to fight against the team from Lingkong Immortal Realm, everyone began to discuss specific battle plans.


    Although Meng Zhang would not be afraid of these enemies, out of prudence, it is best to strengthen his own combat strength and find ways to weaken the enemy.


    These true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm will conquer the entire Dengtian Star Region next, and the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the Hualing Realm and even the Shenchang Realm will be their next goals.


    Wan Yaojie and Hualing Realm once organized forces, joined the army of foreign invaders, and besieged Junchen Realm many times.


    As a cultivator of the Junchen world, Meng Zhang has fought against these foreign invaders many times.


    However, once the enemy, when the situation requires it, may not be able to become a friend.


    The Junchen Realm has long been destroyed, and sooner or later Meng Zhang will take the Taiyi Realm away from the Dengtian Star District.


    There is no fundamental conflict between the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the Spirit Transformation Realm, and the Taiyi Realm, and there is no conflict of interests.


    With the strength of the Myriad Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm, facing the true immortal team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it must not be easy.


    At this time, Meng Zhang proposed to form an alliance with them and fight against the true immortal team together. It was impossible for them not to be moved.


    Although everyone will not believe each other, it is impossible to cooperate wholeheartedly.


    But in the face of a common enemy, they always have a lot to do with each other.


    As for Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang and the others left there.


    Although after conquering the Shenchang Realm, the covenant between the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan has been reached, and the cooperation between the two sides is almost over.


    However, the relationship between the two parties is very good, and they can cooperate again when needed.


    Don''t forget, the Jade Dragon King in this dragon clan also led many clansmen to follow the Taiyi Realm.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor will never give up their newly acquired habitat, Shenchang Realm.


    If those true immortals insist on conquering the Shenchang Realm, they will become enemies with this dragon clan.


    From Jianjun Banxue, Meng Zhang had a more detailed understanding of the situation of the True Immortal team.


    If the True Immortal team wants to conquer the entire Dengtian Star District, it will inevitably become the public enemy of the Dengtian Star District.


    Everyone summed it up, as long as the Wan Yao Realm, the Hualing Realm, the Shenchang Realm and the Taiyi Realm join forces, it will not only be enough to block the opponent''s attack, but also completely defeat the opponent.


    It is no problem to subdue the Fearless Realm and drive them out of the Dengtian Star District.


    If Meng Zhang was a little more ruthless, he could even begin to design and annihilate this team of true immortals.


    Of course, despite the support of the senior immortal, Meng Zhang did have the intention to kill Tianguang Zhenxian and the others, but Meng Zhang was not ready to kill.


    It''s one thing to defeat that team of true immortals, and it''s another thing to kill the opponent unscrupulously.


    There is no need to make too many enemies in the immature Taiyi Realm.


    Since enemies such as Sanyang Xianzong and Guantian Pavilion have already formed a relationship, they must fight each other to the end.


    But other comprehension forces, then there is no need to forge a deadly revenge.


    Although Meng Zhang had long thought of breaking away from Lingkong Xianjie, he couldn''t make the scene too ugly, so that the official Lingkong Xianjie could not come down from the stage.


    [Recommended, Yeguo reading and chasing books is really easy to use, download yeguoyuedu here. You can try it soon. ¡¿


    In his opinion, it would be perfectly fine for several factions to join forces to defeat the True Immortal team, expel it from the Sky Climbing Star District, and kill some guys such as Hyun Yang True Immortal.


    Everyone agrees with Meng Zhang''s opinion.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing especially thanked Meng Zhang.


    Although he joined the Taiyi Realm in his personal capacity to help Meng Zhang fight externally.


    But if they really wantonly slaughter those true immortals, and greatly offend many comprehension forces and even the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it will eventually affect the Gu Yue family.


    Those who have suffered a loss will not tell you the truth that one person does things and one person is responsible.

 Chapter 2839

    As the old-fashioned Celestial Clan in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Gu Yue Family is not without reliance.


    With the strength and heritage of the Gu Yue family, it may be enough to deal with these troubles.


    But as a member of the family, having enjoyed the various benefits brought by the family, and having received the meticulous cultivation of the family, it can''t add trouble to the family.


    The Gu Yue family located in Lingkong Immortal Realm is Gu Yue Lingqing''s strong backing, which also makes him have a lot of scruples.


    Fortunately, with the support of the senior immortal this time, Gu Yue Lingqing can put aside all kinds of scruples and fully participate in the next battle.


    If not, he would probably persuade Meng Zhang to adopt more peaceful means to deal with this matter.


    Although Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian insisted on making Meng Zhang their enemies, but there are so many real immortals in this team, not all of them are Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing can help Meng Zhang to persuade and win over some of them, try to divide and disintegrate that team, and reduce the number of enemies they will face.


    However, now that the senior immortal had ordered him, Meng Zhang also had the determination to fight to the end, so he didn''t need to be so troublesome, it was just right to be tough with that team.


    Anyway, most cultivators are the ones who don''t cry without seeing the coffin, including the immortals.


    Waiting until you really hit that team might actually help you talk to them.


    In fact, until this time, Gu Yue Ling Qing was not ready to completely defeat that team of true immortals.


    Anyway, that senior immortal just asked Meng Zhang and the others to entangle their opponents and prevent them from conquering the Dengtian Star District.


    On the other hand, Meng Zhang did not consider the various entanglements of interests in Lingkong Immortal Realm, and he was determined to defeat the enemy and raised his eyebrows.


    Although there is a bit of disagreement on the final goal, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Ling Qing at this time are mainly concerned about how to deal with the enemy.


    After everyone discussed it properly, they immediately began to act.


    The Spirit Race they want to do in the Spirit Transformation World has always been closed and conservative, and is full of vigilance against all external forces, especially those who hate cultivators.


    The spiritual race is powerful, but it also has many flaws.


    In the entire Void World, it is rare to see Spirit Races above the level of Heavenly Immortals.


    Among the spiritual clan of the Spirit Transformation World, the strongest among them is the Holy Spirit of the true immortal level.


    The most common among the spirit races is the spirit of the five elements, and then there are the extended wind spirits, thunder spirits, and the like.


    There are even some spirits that have escaped their master''s control


    The Spiritual Race itself is a precious resource.


    Especially the high-level Spirit Race, it is the best material for alchemy and alchemy.


    Various forces and various cultivation systems have the habit of capturing the Spiritual Race.


    Among them, Taoist cultivators and demon monks have done the most excessively.


    In the Dengtian Star District, because of the existence of the public enemy of the Junchen Realm cultivators, all the big worlds actively sent forces to form foreign invaders to besiege the Junchen Realm together.


    Therefore, the Spirit Race of the Spirit Transformation Realm did not become lost, and did not encounter open rounds by other forces.


    Of course, the hostile Junchen Realm cultivators openly captured the Spirit Race, not to mention the forces of other great worlds, and they did not seldom play tricks in secret, secretly capturing some lonely Spirit Race.


    The senior leaders of the Spirit Race were well aware of this situation and were very angry, but they were powerless to change it.


    The Eldar are simply a tragic race.


    It is not easy to deal with the Eldar who are full of wariness and hostility towards the outside world.


    Meng Zhang sent Luna, and after many considerations, he felt that she was the most suitable.


    Gu Yue Lingqing took the initiative to ask Ying, and asked to send an envoy to the Wan Yao Realm to try to reach a cooperation agreement with the demon clan.


    As Meng Zhang deepened his understanding of the Void and Myriad Realms, he also learned a lot of information about the demon clan.


    There is more than one Myriad Demon Realm in the void.


    Many demon powerhouses like to name the world they live in as the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    The real, earliest, recognized Ten Thousand Demon Realm, located at the core of the Void Ten Thousand Realm, has long since been completely destroyed along with the primitive demon race.


    The demons that exist in the Void and Myriad Realms are all descendants of the primitive demons.


    It is said that the age when the primitive demon clan survived was the heyday of the demon clan.


    At that time, the Monster Race was the ruler of the Void World, not the Human Race.


    Even the Taoist cultivators will be overwhelmed by the demon clan.


    Countless years ago, a catastrophe that swept through almost the entire Void and Myriad Realms destroyed the primitive demon clan and Myriad Demon Realm together.


    Although the current demon clan is still one of the dominant races in the void, it is one of the main races, but it is far inferior to the heyday in all aspects.


    Perhaps it is with nostalgia for the heyday of the demon clan, or perhaps it is simply because the name Wan Yaojie is domineering enough...


    Anyway, as long as the demon clan controls a brand new world, there is a high chance that the upper echelons of the demon clan will name it Wan Yaojie.


    Although this would bring a lot of inconvenience, it was easy to cause confusion even within the demon clan, and the senior demon clan still enjoyed it.


    Not long after Junchen Xianzun created Junchen Realm, a group of demon powerhouses wandering in the void came to Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    In the original Ten Thousand Monster Realm, there were only some savage and ignorant local monsters.


    These monster powerhouses have transformed the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, making it more suitable for the survival of the monsters.


    They also enlightened the local monsters of the Wan Yaojie, and cultivated many brand-new monsters.


    In the cultivation of the demon clan, bloodline inheritance often plays a key role.


    There is a good ancestor, and the blood flowing in his body is advanced enough, far surpassing the efforts of the day after tomorrow.


    The top level of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, like the Dragon Clan who used to be in the Junchen Realm, are basically foreign demon powerhouses and their descendants.


    The local monsters were enlightened, possessed wisdom, and passed down the cultivation methods of various monsters.


    However, due to innate limitations, only a few monsters with powerful bloodlines can grow into top-level monsters.


    Let''s go and try it. ¡¿


    Most of the monsters can become the middle tier of the monster clan, and they are already in the sky.


    More, as the lower level of the demon clan, the cannon fodder and blood food for the upper level.


    The situation of Wan Yaojie is very common in the Void and Wanjie, and it is one of the main methods for the monster clan to expand their power.


    As far as Gu Yue Ling Qing knew, the most powerful demon god in the Myriad Demon Realm had a very complicated origin.


    Even those true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm have certain scruples about them.


    If there is no accident, even if these true immortals conquer the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, they will not kill them all.


    In the entire Void World, there are many battlefields where Taoist cultivators and monsters fight.


    In addition to the fact that the two forces really have a bloody feud, or they really want to fight to the death, otherwise, there are still many unspoken rules in the battle between the two sides.


    For those low-level cannon fodder, the strong without background, can kill freely without any scruples.


    For those with extraordinary backgrounds and great backgrounds, they generally do not deliberately kill them all.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2840

    In fact, let alone between Daoist cultivators and demon clans, there are many other cultivation systems, powerhouses of other races, when they fight with each other, most of the time there are some unspoken rules.


    No matter what kind of cultivator, except for a few special cases, most of them still want to live forever.


    If you want to see for a long time, it is not advisable to make too many enemies, especially those that are too powerful.


    Just like the immortals of Lingkong Xianjie, they can follow the orders of the senior leaders of Lingkong Xianjie, go all over to fight for the interests of Lingkong Xianjie, and participate in various battles.


    But these are public affairs and unavoidable.


    They will not cause some inconvenience to themselves for the sake of business.


    They can conquer the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, but they are not willing to kill all the demon gods with great background.


    Hit the little ones and provoke the old ones.


    If you really killed those people with deep backgrounds, what should the elders of the family come to do?


    The high level of Lingkong Xianjie can protect you for a while, can it protect you for the rest of your life?


    Most of the other party can''t break into Lingkong Immortal Realm, but can you hide in Lingkong Immortal Realm for the rest of your life and not go to other places in the void?


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who had a family background, had already told Meng Zhang about these unspoken rules.


    When Meng Zhang was wandering in the void in his early years, he had already heard about it.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing knew that the demon god of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm had always been arrogant and arrogant because of his extraordinary background.


    If someone else comes to the door, you may not be able to get their attention.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing is also a son of an aristocratic family, so the other party should not ignore it.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing set off for Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Meng Zhang asked Fairy Yue''e to go to Shenchang Realm.


    It is the easiest to go to Shenchang Realm, Taiyi Realm and Dragon Clan were comrades-in-arms not long ago.


    Fairy Yue''e''s main task is to explain to the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor the latest situation in the Star Dengtian District and reach an agreement with the Dragon Clan for continued cooperation.


    After sending the messengers, Meng Zhang continued to stay in Taiyi Realm, while leading his disciples to speed up the development of the light belt area ahead, while waiting for their response.


    This light belt is very vast, with complex terrain and numerous resources.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao took turns taking turns, greatly speeding up the exploration.


    With the smooth progress of development, various resources have been continuously sent back to Taiyi Realm.


    During the break, Meng Zhang urged the incomplete universe disc to slow down the flow of time around him.


    He used this time to comprehend various classics in the sect.


    Meng Zhang''s time to become a true immortal was too short, and after that, he was very busy, and he rarely had time to calm down and slowly study and comprehend various classics.


    On the surface, studying and comprehending various Taoist classics did not directly help his cultivation, much less directly improve his combat effectiveness.


    But in fact, studying and comprehending these classics will help him comprehend the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth and consolidate his foundation.


    After he has more insight into the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, he can use it for various related magical powers.


    When needed, it can better run the power of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth.


    After Xuanyang Zhenxian and the others were defeated last time, they never came back, which made Meng Zhang less harassed.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was not planning to stay here for long.


    If the resources of that light belt are exhausted, he will drive Taiyijie to leave here as soon as possible.


    One of the great advantages of Taiyi Realm over the enemy is that it can move freely in the void.


    Even if you don''t leave the Dengtian Star District, there are enough places for Taiyi Realm to hide.


    It was not an easy task for the True Immortal team from Lingkong Immortal Realm to find the Taiyi Realm who had deliberately hidden in the vast Dengtian Star District without special guidance.


    Although Taiyi Realm itself has a very strong defense, Meng Zhang is still not ready to let Taiyi Realm face the enemy''s attack.


    These true immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm have many means, who knows if they have magical powers that can hurt Taiyi Realm.


    As long as the Taiyi Realm is hidden and there is no worries, Meng Zhang can deal with the enemy at ease.


    When the resources of the light belt were about to be exhausted, the messengers sent by Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm one after another.


    The first to come back was Gu Yue Ling Qing, who brought back good news.


    When the True Immortal team from Lingkong Immortal Realm organized the expedition against the Fearless Realm, the barbarians of the Fearless Realm once asked for help from the Myriad Demon Realm and the Hualing Realm.


    Not to mention that everyone used to organize an army of extraterritorial invaders together and invaded the ally of Junchen Realm together, just from the point of view of death, neither the Ten Thousand Demon Realm nor the Spirit Transformation Realm should ignore this.


    However, in the previous battle of invading Junchen World, both of them suffered heavy losses and could not be recovered within a short period of time.


    Coupled with some internal problems caused by this, the movements of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm have slowed down a lot.


    By the time they began to organize reinforcements, the Fearless had fallen.


    The speed of the team from Lingkong Immortal Realm was so fast and its combat effectiveness was so strong that both Ten Thousand Demon Realm and Hualing Realm were amazed.


    They know that their family is likely to be the next target.


    Especially after the news of the fall of Shenchang Realm came, the two companies strengthened contact, actively prepared for the war, and made every effort to prepare for the invasion.


    [To tell the truth, I have recently updated, switched sources, and read aloud tones, yeguoyuedu. Android and Apple can be used. ¡¿


    Gu Yue Lingqing visited Ten Thousand Demon Realm at this time, and it was the right time to go.


    Although Meng Zhang and other cultivators had grievances with the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the allied forces of Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan invaded the Shenchang Realm, which made the demon gods in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm even more worried.


    But in the face of a powerful enemy from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, everyone really needs to join hands and help each other.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, who had a clear identity, was treated seriously by the demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    He instigated a three-inch tongue, carefully stated all kinds of powerful relationships, and finally dispelled the doubts of the demon gods.


    Of course, it is impossible for the demon gods to believe in Taiyi Realm just because of a few words.


    On behalf of Taiyi Realm, Gu Yue Ling Qing reached a rough cooperation agreement with them.


    When facing the true immortals of Lingkong Xianjie, the two sides can join forces conditionally.


    What made Gu Yue Ling Qing overjoyed was that in the Myriad Demon Realm, in addition to the demon clan, there was also a Buddhist power.


    Meng Zhang is no stranger to this Buddhist power. He once visited him as the envoy of the Supreme Heavenly Thunder.


    This is a Buddhist wandering team from outside the Dengtian Star District.


    After they wandered to the Dengtian Star District, they joined the army of foreign invaders to besiege the Junchen Realm together.


    Fang Tianlei, the vice president of the Heavenly Palace in Junchen Realm, was subdued by Buddhism, betrayed the cultivators in Junchen Realm, and became Tianlei Arhat.


    After the destruction of Junchen Realm and the complete fall of Junchen Immortal Venerable, Tianlei Arhat, who finally escaped from heaven, led the remaining Buddhist team and escaped far from the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    After the remnants of the defeated soldiers led by Tianlei Luohan converged with the large group behind, the Buddhist team did not leave the Dengtian Star District and flew away, but hooked up with the demon clan of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    The demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm set out an area in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm for this Buddhist team to temporarily station.

 Chapter 2841

    The relationship between Buddhism and the demon clan is very complicated and cannot be described in a single word.


    Buddhism and Yaozu are sometimes hostile and sometimes allies.


    Buddhism has once subdued many powerful monsters and transformed them into Buddhist guardians.


    There are also many strong monsters, for various reasons, including seeking a breakthrough, or in order to avoid disaster, they took the initiative to invest in Buddhism.


    Some high-level demon clan leaders regard these demon clan powerhouses who have taken refuge in Buddhism as traitors, and hate Buddhism for accepting traitors and digging the corners of the demon clan.


    There are also some high-level demon clan, who use these demon clan powerhouses who have invested in Buddhism as a link for cooperation between the two parties, secretly hooking up with Buddhist high-level officials.


    ...


    There is a foundation for the cooperation between the demon clan and Buddhism.


    The cooperation between the demon clan of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and this Buddhist team is not considered to be deviant, but it is in line with a trend in the relationship between the two parties.


    In today''s Void World, the battle between Buddhism and Taoism is far more intense than the battle between the demon clan and Buddhism.


    The demon clan of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and this Buddhist team need each other and use each other.


    After everything in Junchen World was over, this Buddhist team wanted to find a habitat in the Dengtian Star District.


    The demon clan of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm wanted to win over the Buddhist powerhouses, make up for their previous losses, and ensure that their combat power would not drop sharply.


    The two sides hit it off and soon reached a cooperation agreement.


    If the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm invaded the Ten Thousand Demon Realm on a large scale, according to the agreement between the two parties, this Buddhist team will definitely help.


    The senior members of this Buddhist team have also participated in the dispute between Buddhism and Taoism, and have always been hostile to Taoist cultivators.


    Previously, they actively participated in the alliance of foreign invaders and fought against the cultivators in the Junchen world. A big reason was that their Taoist sect hated the cultivators.


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s mission to Wan Yaojie this time, not only achieved the goal of cooperating with the demon clan, but also learned that there is a Buddhist team on his side, which is an unexpected joy.


    Although Gu Yue Ling Qing also hated these bald donkeys, he did not exclude them from joining his side.


    After Luna reached the Spirit Transformation Realm, relying on its unique affinity, it took a lot of effort to gain the initial trust of the senior leaders of the Spirit Race.


    The Spiritual Race is especially afraid of the immortal team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and it can even be called fear.


    With the running of the moon god, and the fact that they are allies with Wan Yaojie, the Spirit Race has also reached a preliminary cooperation agreement with Taiyi Realm.


    Both Moon God and Gu Yue Ling Qing brought back good news.


    Fairy Yue''e, who everyone thought would never be a problem, had some problems.


    It turned out that Jianjun Banxue arrived at Shenchang Realm one step before Fairy Yue''e arrived at Shenchang Realm, and met with the Dragon Clan senior officials such as the Dragon King of Swallowing Sea.


    Jianjun Banxue told them about all kinds of powerful relationships for the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    The senior leaders of Lingkong Immortal Realm have already decided to bring the entire Dengtian Star District under control, and the True Immortal team has already captured the Fearless Realm first.


    Next, the power of Lingkong Xianjie will continue to attack other big worlds in the Dengtian Star District.


    The dragon branch occupying the Shenchang Realm can block an attack, but can it also block the continuous attacks from the Lingkong Immortal Realm?


    Don''t forget, the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor is just an insignificant branch under the huge dragon family.


    They can''t represent the entire Dragon Clan, and the Dragon Clan Headquarters will not start a war with Lingkong Immortal Realm for their branch.


    Of course, Lingkong Immortal Realm is not willing to go too far, and it also needs to take into account the face and interests of the Dragon Clan.


    Jianjun Banxue proposed a plan on behalf of Lingkong Xianjie.


    This branch of the dragon race that occupies the Shenchang Realm only needs to obey the Lingkong Xianjie nominally, pay some tributes symbolically, and occasionally perform some obligations as a subordinate, then it can continue to maintain a relatively independent status.


    In fact, there are many great worlds under the command of Lingkong Xianjie, and not all the big worlds are directly governed by Lingkong Xianjie.


    Due to various reasons, many great worlds can maintain a relatively independent status, and Lingkong Xianjie generally does not interfere with its internal affairs.


    This team from Lingkong Immortal Realm is still limited in strength due to the absence of the leader of the team.


    They want to control the entire Dengtian star area as soon as possible, and are unwilling to let the true immortals suffer too many casualties.


    If the problem of Shenchang Realm can be solved by peaceful means, it will be good for everyone.


    With the temper of the Dragon Clan, once they forcibly attack the Shenchang Realm, there will inevitably be no small casualties on both sides.


    The dragons have always protected their shortcomings, and everyone is reluctant to inexplicably bear the karma for killing the dragons.


    Of course, if the Sea Swallowing Dragon Sovereign and the others really don''t know what to do, they have no choice but to forcibly attack.


    In any case, they gave a not bad choice, and they will have an explanation in the future.


    With the temper of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he is unwilling to be subservient to others, and he is very unwilling to accept the conditions offered by Jianjun Banxue.


    But he is not alone, he has to take into account the ethnic group under his command.


    As the leader of this dragon branch, he is not willing to let the dragon members get involved in a war that is bound to lose, and he is even more unwilling to watch them die.


    After some debate, the senior officials of the Dragon Clan accepted the kindness of Jianjun Banxue.


    Of course, the specific terms were finally determined after some intense bargaining.


    In the end, this branch of the dragon family headed by the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor surrendered to the Lingkong Xianjie in name.


    This means that those true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm have taken a big step forward in conquering the entire Ascension Star Region.


    When Fairy Yue''e arrived in Shenchang Realm, this matter was over, and Jianjun Banxue and the others had already left Shenchang Realm.


    The Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor personally came forward to receive Fairy Yue''e and explained the specific situation to her.


    In this regard, Fairy Yue''e, who came a step late, was helpless.


    This dragon tribe used to be comrades-in-arms with Taiyijie and had the experience of fighting side by side.


    But the interests of the ethnic group are obviously higher than that of comrade-in-arms.


    The only thing that the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor can promise is that if the Taiyi Realm goes to war with the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, this dragon clan will try to remain neutral.


    Even if those true immortals wanted to recruit the power of Shenchang Realm to join the war, he would try to evade them as much as possible.


    As for anything else, you can''t count on it.


    Fairy Yue''e didn''t stay in Shenchang Realm for too long, so she brought the bad news back to Taiyi Realm.


    This news was really unexpected.


    As a result, there is one less allies originally expected.


    Fortunately, the situation is not the worst, at least that Dragon Clan remained neutral.


    Meng Zhang can also understand the choice of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    If he was in the position of the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor, he would probably make the same choice.


    The last time we met, the old friend Banxue Jianjun also had reservations about Meng Zhang.


    After all, she always belonged to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Many times, she is involuntarily and must obey the orders of Lingkong Xianjie.


    Meng Zhang can only hope that in the future, the two sides will not go to the step of confrontation.

 Chapter 2842

    After discussion, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm believed that even without the participation of Shenchang Realm, their own strength still had a certain advantage over the enemy.


    Their original plans remain largely unchanged.


    The development of the light strip ahead has come to an end.


    When the resources inside are exhausted, everyone will control Taiyijie and leave here as soon as possible, looking for a hidden place to hide temporarily.


    Taiyimen has long since unified all the sects that are good at manufacturing, and has a very strong manufacturing power.


    Taiyi Realm already has a huge team of flying boats, as well as Void Battleships that can traverse the void.


    The Void Battleships originally manufactured by Taiyimen were rebuilt using some Void Battleship wrecks.


    After Junchen World was destroyed and entered the void, Taiyi World gained a lot of resources.


    Especially after conquering the Shenchang Realm, the Taiyi Realm gained even more enormously.


    The Taiyi Gate Magic Hall, which was built full-time, has long since begun to build a brand-new Void Battleship according to the map and method given by Meng Zhang.


    Many of the original high-level flying boats in Taiyimen, including warships, have been specially refitted and can travel and fight in the void.


    The senior leaders of the Taiyi World are preparing to use these void battleships and flying boats to organize a brand new fleet.


    This fleet will carry the monk army of Taiyi Realm, leave Taiyi Realm, and participate in the next battle.


    This fleet will be more mobile and flexible than the huge Taiyi Realm.


    The various preparations for the Taiyi Realm are being carried out in an orderly manner.


    Meng Zhangjing was very thoughtful and wanted to personally investigate the enemy''s movements and find out the enemy''s true strength.


    When I met with Jianjun Banxue last time, the other party revealed a lot of useful information.


    But considering Jianjun Banxue''s position, she must have reservations.


    The war is imminent, and we need more and more detailed information.


    According to Jianjun Banxue, most of the true immortals in that team were temporarily stationed in the Fearless Realm.


    These true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm have vast magical powers, and various means emerge one after another.


    If it is replaced by other people in the Taiyi world to investigate, it may not be able to hide the eyes and ears of those true immortals.


    Although Meng Zhang had limited knowledge of the situation in the Fearless Realm, referring to the situation in the Shenchang Realm, the barbarians had been rooted in the Fearless Realm for many years, with huge forces and many strong people.


    Even if they fail in the war and are occupied by the enemy, the Dreadnought Realm will not necessarily be completely wiped out.


    Maybe, there are barbarian powerhouses hiding now and planning a counterattack against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang will go deep into the fearless world and check it out for himself.


    If the barbarian has hidden remaining power, he will try to activate it and let it make trouble behind the enemy.


    After Meng Zhang told his thoughts to the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm, he left the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang was still very familiar with the situation inside the Dengtian Star District.


    The high-level cultivators of the Junchen Realm have long drawn the star map of the Ascension Star District, indicating the main coordinates of each big world.


    Meng Zhang himself also had the experience of wandering in the Dengtianxing District.


    The Fearless Realm was originally a large world located on the edge of the Sky Climbing Star District.


    Later, the barbarians of this big world rose up, established effective rule, and named the whole big world...


    The native-born barbarians in the Fearless Realm are similar to the native gods in the Shenchang Realm. They are the same closed and conservative, the same ignorant and backward...


    After years of development, these barbarians continue to grow and have a strong strength.


    Among the barbarians, there are barbarian gods and totems of the same level as true immortals.


    The barbarians sent a team to join the army of foreign invaders and fought against the Junchen world for many years.


    Back then, the dark alliance of Junchen Realm also colluded with these barbarians, and they had a lot of shady deeds together.


    Speaking of which, Meng Zhang''s successful promotion to True Immortal was also related to these activities.


    After Meng Zhang left the Taiyi Realm, he used the Great Void Teleportation to quickly shuttle in the void.


    On the way to the Fearless Realm, he also went around in a circle, passing by the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Although he didn''t go deep into these two big worlds and just looked at it from a distance, Meng Zhang still saw a lot of things.


    Among the big worlds in the Sky Climbing Star Region, except for the destroyed Junchen Realm, which has Nine Heavens, none of the other big worlds have the kind of defense system that covers the entire big world.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan Allied Forces raided the Shenchang Realm at the beginning, and Jianjun Banxue and the others raided the Fearless Realm. They all benefited from this, and they were able to seize the opportunity and directly enter the big world.


    A defense system like Jiutian can be regarded as a relatively effective defense system in the entire Void World.


    The Ten Thousand Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm could not develop such a defensive system in a short period of time. After learning the lessons of the fall of the Fearless Realm, both of them tried to strengthen their defenses.


    Demon God and Holy Spirit-level powerhouses have used various secret techniques of vigilance.


    A patrol team is constantly patrolling outside the two great worlds.


    ...


    These two big worlds do not expect to build a strong external defense system, but only hope that there will be an early warning time.


    When the enemy army kills them in large numbers, they can react in time, so they don''t get caught off guard.


    Meng Zhang nodded in satisfaction when he saw that the two great worlds looked like they were facing great enemies.


    With the strength of these two families, as long as they are prepared in advance, it is not so easy to be successfully raided by the enemy.


    If the enemy launches an attack rashly and misses a single hit, Taiyijie can provide reinforcements in time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t spend too long in the void before he arrived near the Fearless Realm.


    Meng Zhang looked at it from a distance, there was no defense system outside the Fearless World, and there was no fixed patrol team.


    It was not long after they captured the Fearless Realm. In such a short period of time, it was impossible for the opponent to build a defensive system like Jiutian in the Fearless Realm.


    However, the defense of the Fearless Realm was so lax, which was somewhat unexpected by Meng Zhang.


    I don''t know if these true immortals are too arrogant and ignorant of the enemies of the entire Ascension Star Region, or they are habitually negligent.


    In any case, it is a good thing that the enemy''s defense is lax.


    If the inside of the Fearless Realm is loose like this, Meng Zhang will start to consider whether to concentrate all his forces and launch an active attack on the Fearless Realm.


    Meng Zhang took one step and came to the outer layer of the fearless world.


    After hesitating for a while, he continued to go deeper and entered the interior of the fearless world.


    According to Jianjun Ban Xue, after the Fearless Realm was captured, all the true immortals in that team entered the Fearless Realm and plundered all kinds of resources within the Fearless Realm.


    These True Immortals rarely leave the Fearless Realm.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and a few other real immortals left the Fearless Realm and entered the void in order to better observe the situation over the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    They will not tell Jianjun Banxue about their actions.


    During the process of infiltrating the Fearless World, Meng Zhang also made special observations to see if there were any true immortals wandering outside.


    He did not encounter any accidents and entered the Fearless World very smoothly.

 Chapter 2843

    When Meng Zhang''s figure appeared high in the sky somewhere in the Fearless Realm, it seemed as if an invisible string had been touched.


    He, who has always been sensitive enough, quickly discovered that something was wrong.


    He felt that he was still a little careless.


    He never thought that the enemy would have such a means, and the defense was actually loose on the outside and tight on the inside.


    From the outside, the Fearless Realm''s defenses were so lax that they were simply defenseless.


    But when I entered it, I found that its defenses were exceptionally tight.


    He didn''t react any more, the surrounding space was distorted, and three figures appeared not far away.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to escape.


    Since the enemy has already taken the initiative to show up, he does not reject playing with the enemy.


    With his strength, as long as he is not caught in the siege of many true immortals, even if he is defeated, there should not be much problem in escaping.


    Appearing among the three figures not far away, there is Sanshan Zhenxian, an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang.


    Although the other two had never dealt with each other before, he had already heard of each other from Jianjun Banxue.


    A middle-aged man dressed in a brocade robe and a high crown is the official Fengyuan True Immortal from the Lingkong Immortal Realm in this True Immortal team.


    In most of the great worlds subordinate to Lingkong Xianjie, there is an organization called Tiangong, which manages each big world on behalf of Lingkong Xianjie.


    In the core world of Lingkong Xianjie, there is also a Tiangong.


    This Heavenly Palace is the superior of all Heavenly Palaces, the true manager of the entire Lingkong Xianjie, and the official representative of the Lingkong Xianjie.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian came from this heavenly palace.


    In this team, apart from the angels who disappeared temporarily, Fengyuan Zhenxian has the highest status.


    In the absence of Tianxian, he is in charge of all affairs of the team and has the power to issue orders.


    Of course, because many of the true immortals in this team are from different major forces, the internal situation of the team is complicated.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian generally does not act arbitrarily.


    When doing things, he will listen carefully to the opinions of other true immortals, and he will only start to act after he has obtained the support of most of the true immortals.


    The last of the three was a tall old man with silver beard and silver hair, and a helmet and armor, giving people a feeling of mighty and chilling.


    [In other words, the best app for reading aloud and listening to books at present, Yeguo Reading, install the latest version on .yeguoyuedu. ¡¿


    This old man, known as the Silver Top Immortal General, was originally a Taoist soldier specially trained by the Lingkong Immortal Realm and used for external expeditions.


    Yindingxian will be brave and resourceful, able to fight well, and has made illustrious military exploits in many foreign expeditions.


    Especially after he was promoted to become a true immortal, he has the ability to stand on his own.


    Lingkong Xianjie officially dispatched the silver-topped immortal generals this time, mainly to conquer the big worlds in the Dengtian Star District.


    In this team, Yinding Immortal will be regarded as the most capable thug in the hands of Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    The silver top immortal general has a standard immortal weapon called the net, which is specially given to him by the official Lingkong immortal world.


    The immortal weapon net has a single function, and its defense and attack power are not worth mentioning. The biggest function is to be used for warning.


    When the Yinding Immortal will use a special technique to open the net of the immortal weapon, it will turn into an invisible big net, covering the entire fearless world.


    When Meng Zhang sneaked into the Fearless Realm, he was careless and touched this invisible net, and immediately alerted the Yinding Immortal Generals who were waiting for them.


    Yindingxian immediately cast their spatial supernatural powers and teleported them to Meng Zhang.


    If necessary, the Yinding Immortal General can also use the secret method to mobilize the immortal weapon net to besiege Meng Zhang.


    They all knew Meng Zhang from various aspects before.


    Yindingxian will always pay attention to the principles of the art of war of knowing oneself and not being imperiled in a hundred battles, and has collected various information on the powerhouses in the Taiyi world.


    Unlike Xuanyang Zhenxian, the arrogant and arrogant sect monks, he has never despised Meng Zhang.


    After arriving at the Dengtian Star District, the Yinding Immortal General has communicated with Zhenhai Zhenxian and Sanshan Zhenxian.


    Among them, they talked about Meng Zhang.


    Even if Zhenhai Zhenxian was an enemy, it was difficult to conceal Meng Zhang''s outstanding performance in the Demon Realm.


    Sanshan Zhenxian even believed that Meng Zhang played a key role in their escape.


    Due to the vigorous promotion of Sanyang Immortal Sect and Guantian Pavilion True Immortal, this team of True Immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm is full of hostility towards Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    Even if Jianjun Banxue and Zhenxian Sanshan tried their best to explain to Meng Zhang, they could not alleviate it.


    A few days ago, Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian even preached in the team that Meng Zhang not only led the monks from Taiyi Realm to escape from Lingkong Immortal Realm, but also colluded with hostile forces such as Wan Yaojie, trying to prevent them from unifying the Tianxing District. action.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian, the leader of the team, also had a bad influence on Meng Zhang.


    As a true immortal from the Junchen world, even if the Junchen world is destroyed, he can''t forget his roots. Remember that the Lingkong Immortal World is the heaven above.


    When they came to Dengtian Star District, they had already contacted Jianjun Banxue.


    Jianjun Banxue led the cultivators under his command to join them, but Meng Zhang ran to another place.


    Some time ago, Jianjun Banxue met Meng Zhang in the void.


    If Meng Zhang is a little bit loyal to Lingkong Xianjie, he should come over in time to join the team and obey Fengyuan Zhenxian''s orders.


    Meng Zhang has been avoiding them, clearly because there is a ghost in his heart.


    The current Fengyuan Zhenxian has regarded Meng Zhang as a traitor.


    He was ready to catch the traitor when he was free.


    The silver top immortal will be the number one thug in the team, and it is also his responsibility to catch the traitor.


    He carefully studied Meng Zhang''s information and knew that this guy was not easy to deal with.


    Now, Meng Zhang sneaked into the fearless world and touched the vigilance of the Yinding Immortal General.


    After Yindingxian found out that the infiltrator was Meng Zhang, he immediately called Shangfengyuan Zhenxian and the others to come here and surrounded Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was arrested for a crime, and his ill intentions were once again proved.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian looked at Meng Zhang with disgust, and scolded him with dignity.


    "Bold Meng Zhang, how dare you sneak in here."


    "If you don''t hurry up and capture it, let''s wait and see."


    Meng Zhang looked at Fengyuan Zhenxian like that, and knew that there was no need to say anything to him, and he was even more disdainful to explain anything in a low voice.


    Fengyuan True Immortals had this attitude, and Meng Zhang was completely disappointed with this True Immortal team.


    Meng Zhang was originally going to sneak into the Fearless Realm to investigate secretly. Since it has been exposed, there is no need to stay here for a long time.


    Meng Zhang''s figure flashed and he was about to leave here, but Immortal General Yinding immediately blocked his way.


    The battle-hardened Yinding Immortal General closely watched Meng Zhang''s every move, without the slightest slack.


    Since Meng Zhang dared to sneak in here alone, he was not going to let him go.


    The silver-topped immortal will hold a long-handled warhammer-style immortal weapon and shake it gently in the air.


    The space around Meng Zhang shook violently, and his attempt to use space teleportation to leave here failed.


    As an immortal general who specializes in fighting in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Yinding Immortal General has several immortal weapons with different functions.

 Chapter 2844

    In Lingkong Immortal Realm, let alone immortals who came from loose cultivation, even those disciples of sects, children of aristocratic families, and after becoming true immortals, it is difficult to guarantee that they can own a fairy.


    On the silver top immortal general, there are several immortal artifacts with different functions.


    Although these immortal artifacts are basically the official standard immortal artifacts of Lingkong Xianjie, they belong to the road goods, and are far inferior to those tailor-made immortal artifacts in all aspects.


    But the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm can take out these immortal weapons and use them to arm the immortal generals under their command, which shows their wealth.


    The official Lingkong Xianjie not only has the ability to refine immortal artifacts, but also can collect all kinds of materials needed.


    There are many kinds of immortal artifacts made by it, and the magic is endless.


    As soon as the Yinding Immortal General made his move, he urged the immortal weapon like a long-handled warhammer, preventing Meng Zhang from using space teleportation to escape.


    The set of heavy armor on his body began to shine in various colors.


    This is also a fairy.


    Not only has a very strong defense, but also can give various blessings to the Yinding Immortal General.


    Meng Zhang''s mind moved, and the yin and yang qi swept away like a long river toward the Yinding Immortal General.


    The Yinding Immortal will not dodge or evade, swinging the long-handled warhammer, as if to smash the long river in front of him into pieces.


    A series of loud noises spread throughout the sky, and the surrounding space was constantly shaking.


    Yinding Immortal will be an old-fashioned true immortal, whose cultivation level is only stronger than Meng Zhang.


    As the official soldier of Lingkong Immortal Realm, he has practiced many secret magic powers and received special training from the top level of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The combat power he showed at the moment was no weaker than Meng Zhang.


    A token flew to the top of the silver-topped immortal general, and the surrounding space shook more and more strongly.


    A white light flew out from the token and landed behind the Yinding Immortal General, and turned into thirty-six Taoist soldiers with different looks and helmets.


    The weakest of these Dao soldiers are the strength of the virtual return stage, and the strong have the strength of the virtual immortal level.


    This is a Taoist soldier that Yindingxian will use the resources given by the official Lingkong Xianjie, spend a lot of hard work, and painstakingly refine.


    Used on the battlefield, this Taoist soldier is almost invincible and unstoppable.


    This Dao soldier cooperates with him to fight, which can greatly improve his combat effectiveness.


    There are many ways to cooperate with this Taoist soldier.


    Now, he is using a very simple one, using Taoist soldiers to temporarily increase his strength.


    An invisible bond that connects the Yinding Immortal General with the Taoist soldiers behind him.


    After receiving the blessing of many Taoist soldiers behind him, the imposing manner of Yinding Immortal General rose steadily.


    When the aura almost reached its limit, the Yinding Immortal General shouted loudly, waved the long-handled warhammer vigorously, and smashed it towards Meng Zhang fiercely.


    The yin and yang, like a long river, shrank rapidly and fell back into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    The two qi of yin and yang changed rapidly in Meng Zhang''s hands, turning into various strange shapes.


    For a while, it turned into a long-handled warhammer similar to that of the opponent; for a while it turned into a horse training;


    Meng Zhang''s manipulation of yin and yang has long been superb.


    The yin and yang, which have changed into various forms, collided and fought with the enemy''s long-handled warhammer.


    Despite being blessed by Taoist soldiers, Yinding Immortal General still couldn''t overpower Meng Zhang.


    However, Yindingxian will sacrifice the immortal artifact net and turn it into a huge magic circle, temporarily confining Meng Zhang to a fixed range.


    Only after Meng Zhang and Yinding Immortals got started, did they realize the strength of each other, and knew that they still underestimated this team of true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm can cultivate such a true immortal who specializes in fighting and has a strong fighting ability, which shows that it has a profound background.


    Thinking about it too, Lingkong Xianjie is a top immortal force led by Jin Xian.


    Meng Zhang just got some inheritances from Taiyi Jinxian Divine Sense from the sky, and he has today''s achievements.


    The forces established by the golden immortals of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and their carefully cultivated subordinates, are of course not easy ones.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know which of the Taiyi Jinxian and the Jinxian of Lingkong Xianjie were stronger or weaker.


    Judging from the information he knows about Lingkong Xianjie alone, to be able to establish such a top-level immortal power, most of the golden immortals in Lingkong Xianjie are those who are far-sighted and ambitious.


    A silver-topped immortal general is so difficult to deal with, but I don''t know how many immortal generals there are in Lingkong Immortal Realm, and what is the style of the strong above immortal generals?


    After Meng Zhang and Yinding Xianjian fought for a while, although neither of them made any efforts, they both had reservations, but they also recognized the difficulty of the other side.


    If they are allowed to fight fairly, it should be difficult to tell the winner in a short period of time.


    Both sides have exerted a lot of magical powers, and they have made great movements in the sky.


    Meng Zhang had already been exposed, the infiltration mission was considered a failure, and there was no point in continuing to stay here for a long time.


    He has no intention of fighting, and wants to get out of the fight as soon as possible, but it is difficult to do so.


    Yindingxian will wrap him tightly, but Fengyuan Zhenxian has been staring at him even though he hasn''t made a move yet.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian''s momentum was soaring, and the divine sense he released kept trying to lock Meng Zhang.


    Once Meng Zhang is locked by it, he will probably usher in a thunderous blow immediately.


    For Meng Zhang, Fengyuan Zhenxian made him feel like a man on his back, and he had to put a lot of thought into guarding against him.


    On the contrary, Sanshan Zhenxian was standing in the high sky in the distance with his hands behind his back.


    In the battle of Jun Chen Xianzun''s complete fall, Sanshan Zhenxian was seriously injured and has been fundamentally injured.


    He had been recuperating in the Fearless World for so long, and he was far from healed.


    Because of the experience of fighting side by side with Meng Zhang, Sanshan Zhenxian is very optimistic about Meng Zhang and is unwilling to take action against him.


    Whether it is the official Lingkong Xianjie, or those big comprehension forces, Sanshan Zhenxian has no good feelings.


    Because of some mistakes in his early years, his cultivation has been imprisoned at the level of true immortals.


    Although he has excellent combat power and is known as the first powerhouse among the true immortals, these cannot hide the loss in his heart.


    He has a lofty pursuit of the road, and is not content to stop at the realm of immortals.


    In order to break through the confinement on his body, he tried every means in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but he couldn''t solve it.


    He has also pulled his face down to ask for help everywhere, but there is no way for him to ask for help.


    This made him know that many immortals were unwilling to see him break through to the realm of immortals.


    Several true immortals who conquered the Junchen world, and their supporters, promised him that they could help him break through his own imprisonment.


    He has only been in the Junchen world for thousands of years, trying to resist enemies from all sides.


    But until the Junchen world was broken and almost all the true immortals fell, no one came to fulfill the original promise.


    [To tell the truth, I have recently updated, switched sources, and read aloud tones, and .yeguoyuedu can be used for both Android and Apple. ¡¿


    Zhenhai Zhenxian, the only surviving true immortal among the group of true immortals, faced his questioning and pushed back.


    At that time, the high-level officials of Sanyang Xianzong had promised him.


    He found Xuanyang Zhenxian, but the other party kept shirking the blame, showing no sincerity to solve the problem.

 Chapter 2845

    The belief that now supports Sanshan Zhenxian, so that it does not occur, is that after returning to Lingkong Immortal Realm, the immortal who made the promise at the beginning will fulfill his promise and help him break through the imprisonment on his body.


    Of course, because of the attitudes of Zhenhai Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian, he already had a bad premonition in his heart.


    In this state of mind, he had no intention of attacking Meng Zhang, his former comrade-in-arms.


    Anyway, everyone knows that his serious injury has not healed, and he also has reasons to be lazy.


    Although Sanshan Zhenxian would not take action, at this time, in order to avoid suspicion, he would not release goodwill to Meng Zhang.


    He made an appearance of staying out of the way, and Meng Zhang still needed to guard against him.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and Yinding Immortal General continued.


    The strength of the Yinding Immortal General was similar to that of Meng Zhang. With the help of immortal weapons and Taoist soldiers, his combat effectiveness was greatly increased.


    In particular, the Taoist soldiers behind him set up a magic circle. In addition to directly blessing him, the magic circle also produced more changes and began to try to weaken Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness.


    With the strong support of Meng Zhang, Taiyimen itself is good at refining various Taoist soldiers.


    One of the most important functions of Meng Zhang''s natal instrument, the Yin-Yang Gourd, is to turn the accumulated Yin-Yang Qi into a special Taoist soldier.


    Many years ago, Meng Zhang''s natal magic weapon was broken, and he absorbed the pure yin and yang energy.


    Whether it is the Taoist soldiers refined by Taiyimen or the Taoist soldiers transformed by the Yin-Yang Gourd, they are far inferior to the Taoist soldiers behind the Yinding Immortal General in every aspect.


    This is the background of the great forces in the void.


    In the external battles of Lingkong Xianjie, these Dao soldiers can often play an important role.


    If Taiyimen wants to catch up with the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they don''t know how many difficulties they have to overcome.


    If it was at another time, without external interference, Meng Zhang still had a heart and a good fight with Yinding Immortal General, and had a good experience of the Taoist soldiers cultivated in Lingkong Xianjie.


    But in the current situation, as long as he relaxes a little, Fengyuan Zhenxian will launch a thunderous strike on him.


    Meng Zhang did not complain that it was an unfair fight.


    The nature of this battle is an outpost of war between the two armies, not a friendly discussion.


    When the two armies are at war, in order to win, of course, they will do everything they can.


    In addition to the real immortals who were already present, as Meng Zhang and the silver-topped immortal generals fought, they made more and more noises, and more real immortals in the fearless world were disturbed.


    Meng Zhang had already discovered that there were several black dots flying towards here in the distance.


    They are all hostile true immortals, and they are about to arrive on the battlefield.


    If they waited for them to join the siege, it would be even more difficult for Meng Zhang to escape.


    Since the beginning of the battle, Meng Zhang has also been looking for an opportunity to escape.


    I saw Yindingxian transform the long-handled war hammer in his hand into a hammer shadow in the sky, like mountains, covering Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to continue entanglement, and would rather pay a little price to escape from here as soon as possible.


    The two qi of yin and yang turned into a layer of shield, covering Meng Zhang''s entire body tightly.


    Meng Zhang''s body sprang out like lightning, trying to pass through the gaps between the mountains.


    Meng Zhang''s body shook violently, and he was hit several times in a short period of time.


    The yin and yang qi kept shaking, dissolving all the attacks.


    Yindingxian''s attacking skills were outstanding, and some of his power penetrated into the shield formed by the yin and yang, and Meng Zhang had to endure it abruptly.


    Fighting with a small injury, Meng Zhang escaped from the attack of the Yinding Immortal General.


    He soared into the sky and kept climbing towards the heights, trying to escape from the fearless world.


    Yindingxian radiated light from the fairy armor on his body, which made his movement speed a lot faster.


    Yindingxian will follow Meng Zhang closely, making him unable to escape.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian, who had long expected Meng Zhang''s actions, flickered, blocking Meng Zhang''s way forward.


    Even Sanshan Zhenxian, who had been watching the play, had to cooperate with the acting and make an appearance of helping to intercept Meng Zhang.


    Because the surrounding space was blocked by the Yinding Immortal General, Meng Zhang was unable to teleport in space for a short period of time, and could only leave here by moving at high speed.


    Now that there are interceptions in front and chasing troops behind, the situation seems to be very bad.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was about to collide with Fengyuan Zhenxian who was blocking him in front of him, his entire body did not pause at all, turning into a ray of light, like a shooting star falling from the sky, piercing the sky and falling down so quickly.


    Meng Zhang changed direction temporarily, and the speed was too fast, neither Yinding Xianjiang nor Fengyuan Zhen Xian thought of it, and their movements couldn''t help but slow down a beat.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang did not flee outside the Fearless Realm, but fled into the Fearless Realm, Yinding Xianjian and Fengyuan Zhenxian secretly scolded Meng Zhang for being cunning, and immediately chased after him.


    The true immortals who were rushing towards here from a distance also began to change their direction of progress, and launched a siege to block Meng Zhang.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang took the initiative by taking a step forward.


    A stream of light quickly fell from the sky, making it impossible for the true immortals behind to catch up.


    The streamer light transformed by Meng Zhang quickly fell on the earth.


    After the streamer landed, there was almost no movement, just like water droplets, it easily integrated into the earth.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin-Yang Dao and was extremely proficient in the Five Elements Escapism.


    Because of his background, he is especially good at the art of earth escape.


    With the improvement of his cultivation realm, the time for him to escape for his life became less and less, but he never relaxed his practice of escape technique.


    He used the Earth Escape Technique, traversing the ground quickly, and soon disappeared completely.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian brought several real immortals to the place where Mengzhang was buried.


    They were unwilling to give up on this, and they also used the art of earth escape and continued to pursue Meng Zhang.


    The Yinding Immortal General in the sky did not chase after Meng Zhang after seeing Meng Zhang landing.


    He set up a net of immortal weapons in the sky, and an invisible giant net completely wrapped the fearless world.


    No matter what method Meng Zhang uses to escape the Fearless Realm, it will touch the snare.


    At that time, the Yinding Immortal will not only use the power of the net to slow his pace, but also join forces with other true immortals to surround and kill him.


    The Fearless Realm is extremely vast, much wider than the Junchen Realm.


    When Meng Zhang entered the Fearless Realm, it was like a drop of water fell into the ocean.


    He deliberately hid, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others wanted to find him, it was like finding a needle in a haystack.


    In the Junchen Realm back then, even if the Void Returning Great Master made a big fight, it could cause a certain amount of damage to it.


    The Fearless Realm is a big world that is far stronger than Junchen Realm and has a stronger carrying capacity.


    But there is still a limit to the endurance of the fearless world.


    If multiple true immortals start a war within the Fearless World, it will also cause great harm to the Fearless World.


    Previously, in the battle to conquer the Fearless Realm, this group of true immortals fighting the barbarian gods had already caused a lot of damage to the Fearless Realm.


    Fortunately, the battle did not last long, and the damage was not particularly serious.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2846

    From the day the Fearless Realm was captured, it officially fell under the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although the Heavenly Palace has not been built in the Fearless Realm, and the Lingkong Xianjie has not established an effective rule here, the Fearless Realm is already a subordinate of the Lingkong Xianjie.


    Under such circumstances, the True Immortals headed by Fengyuan True Immortal must not only work hard to repair the damage that the Fearless Realm had suffered before, but also do their best to protect the Fearless Realm and avoid causing more damage to it.


    Perhaps, it won''t be long before the construction and development of the Fearless Realm will be organized in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, just like the Junchen Realm in the past, turning this place into a world for cultivators.


    Meng Zhang sneaked into the fearless world, which made Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others have many scruples.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others have a lot of search methods, but they are not easy to use.


    After Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others escaped into the ground, Meng Zhang had long since disappeared.


    In desperation, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others had to find another way.


    Fortunately, the Yinding Immortal General had already blocked the entire Fearless Realm with a net of immortal weapons, so it was impossible for Meng Zhang to escape the Fearless Realm silently.


    Next, Fengyuan Zhenxian will mobilize all the real immortals in the fearless world to start a carpet-like search of the entire fearless world, leaving Meng Zhang with no place to live.


    Although this is not efficient and will take a lot of time, it is the most secure.


    As for Meng Zhang, after he escaped into the depths of the ground, he quickly left that area.


    Although Meng Zhang had never been to the fearless world, he still knew a lot about the fearless world.


    Most of the Fearless Realm is land, with only a few small oceans, which are divided and surrounded by land.


    On land, there are not many rivers and lakes.


    The more terrain here is the vast Gobi Desert, endless tall mountains, broad plateaus...


    After conquering the Fearless Realm, the True Immortals led the army of cultivators to conduct a rough search of the Fearless Realm.


    Its main purpose is to chase down the remnants of the enemy, to find hidden barbarian powerhouses, and to find barbarian refuges.


    According to common sense, as long as it is an intelligent creature, it will generally build some hidden shelters to resist various natural and man-made disasters.


    The barbarians have ruled the Dreadnought for many years, almost never encountering external challenges.


    Although the various tribes of the barbarians have fought endlessly all year round.


    But under the control of the barbarian gods, this kind of war has many restrictions.


    Most of the barbarian high-level people did not seem to have thought that the Fearless Realm would fall into the hands of foreign enemies.


    The sanctuaries built by the various tribes of the barbarians can allow the surviving tribes to avoid the civil war between the barbarians, but they cannot escape the search of the cultivators.


    Over the years, some hidden shelters, independent spaces and even small worlds built by the strong barbarians have been discovered and cracked by the cultivators.


    The closed and backward barbarian civilization is far less numerous than the cultivators in this regard.


    Those barbarians thought they were hidden refuges, and they couldn''t escape the detection methods of the cultivators.


    The captured barbarians were either executed directly; or they became servants of the cultivators...


    The barbarians, who are naturally strong and have powerful vitality, still have a great effect.


    It can be used as a hard labor in mining; it can undertake a lot of hard work; it can even be refined into a Taoist soldier...


    For these cultivators who have entered the fearless world, the barbarians have become a kind of wealth.


    Not long ago, it was a bereaved dog that escaped from the Junchen world. Now it is under the command of all the true immortals. These cultivators can not only destroy the lair of the enemy for many years, but also obtain many resources.


    Many cultivators have already begun to take refuge in the true immortals, and have gradually left the command of Jianjun Banxue.


    These true immortals came here from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, just when they were short of subordinates.


    The cultivators who came to take refuge in it just happened to be convenient for them.


    After years of searching, to this day, there are still a few fish that slip through the net in the Dreadnought world.


    Originally, including many true immortals, most of the cultivators were not busy searching the fearless world, but turned their attention to other things.


    The development and collection of various resources in the fearless world is what everyone cares about most.


    Now Meng Zhang has sneaked into the Fearless Realm. Under the organization of the true immortals, the cultivators have once again started a large-scale search for the Fearless Realm.


    Fengyuan Zhensen limited the use of search methods that would cause significant damage to the Dreadnought.


    Cultivators can only use some stupid methods to search the entire Fearless Realm bit by bit.


    Fortunately, everyone is in no hurry and has enough patience to take it slow.


    The true immortals divided the Fearless Realm into several areas, each showing their magical powers, looking for clues left by Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang was temporarily safe, he began to reflect.


    The successful capture of Shenchang Realm seems to have made him a bit arrogant.


    This time, he seriously underestimated the strength of the enemy and rashly entered the enemy''s lair, putting himself in a very unfavorable situation.


    He secretly observed the enemy''s search process.


    It won''t take long for the enemy to search the entire Dreadnought world, leaving him with nowhere to hide.


    Because of the Yinding Immortal General''s means, it was also difficult for him to escape the Fearless Realm silently.


    Once the enemy is alerted, he will soon be under siege.


    Even if he was besieged by this gang of true immortals with his cultivation base and combat power at this time, he would still be in danger of falling.


    Meng Zhang hid in the dark and secretly felt the breath of the hostile real immortal.


    Jianjun Banxue''s introduction to these true immortals was too rough.


    Because Meng Zhang easily defeated the relationship between Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian, he couldn''t help but underestimate this group of real immortals.


    Now that he felt it for himself, he realized that the strength of this group of true immortals was beyond imagination.


    Fengyuan True Immortal is a strong enemy, the Silver Top Immortal will be very difficult to deal with, and there are many powerful True Immortals in the team...


    Meng Zhang needs to leave the Fearless Realm as soon as possible, return to the Taiyi Realm, and adjust the original battle plan according to the latest known enemy strength.


    According to Meng Zhang''s latest estimates, relying on the strength of Taiyi Realm alone, it is no longer the enemy''s opponent.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was even a little remorseful in his heart.


    You shouldn''t be mad at yourself.


    If the resources in front of Taiyi Realm are mined, and Taiyi Realm is urged to leave the Sky Climbing Star Area, there will be no more troublesome things, and you will not put yourself in danger.


    Of course, Meng Zhang was far from being cornered.


    The connection between him and Tai Miu was not severed.


    Although there are still many distractions in between because of the distance, it may be difficult for them to keep the information in sync, but there is no problem in passing the message.


    When it was really impossible to escape, Meng Zhangda could let Tai Miao lead the army of monks from Taiyi Realm to attack the Fearless Realm on a large scale, creating a chance for him to escape.


    Of course, unless it is really desperate, Meng Zhang will not do this.


    Because doing so will cause huge losses in Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang pondered for a long time, but couldn''t figure out a way to safely leave the Fearless Realm by relying on his own strength.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2847

    When Meng Zhang was temporarily trapped in the Fearless Realm, the Taiyi Realm was full of happy events.


    When the Moon God was in the Shenchang Realm last time, he obtained the divine bodies of the True God Rising Sun and the True God of the Rising Sun.


    The strength attributes of these two true gods and her own strength attributes complement each other.


    If she thoroughly refines these two divine bodies and gains their power, she can gain many benefits, strengthen their cultivation, and even lay the foundation for attacking the gods.


    After leaving Shenchang Realm, she devoted herself to refining the two divine bodies.


    Meng Zhang passed on part of the inheritance from Taiyi Jinxian to the Moon God.


    Luna not only obtained a lot of brilliant Shinto cultivation methods, but also read various classics of Taiyimen, which deepened his understanding of the Great Way of Heaven and Earth.


    She improved her original practice and practiced more magical powers.


    Those means of strengthening the canonization of the gods and helping them in their cultivation, Meng Zhang also slowly used the moon god.


    The Moon God''s cultivation base is progressing very fast, not only has it recovered its strength in its heyday, but it has also surpassed it by a lot.


    In addition to her practice, she still has spare energy to help her followers in the Junchen world - the god of death and the god of wind.


    The god of death and the god of wind also accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization a long time ago and joined the system of gods in the Taiyi world.


    They have a brand-new cultivation method, a sufficient supply of resources, and a large number of believers...


    Meng Zhang still arranged them under the command of Luna.


    In the process of attacking Shenchang Realm, they made great contributions and gained many benefits.


    As the original indigenous gods of the Junchen world, their strength was only one step away from the true gods.


    After migrating from Junchen Realm to Taiyi Realm, after a lot of experiences, under the care of the Moon God, they finally succeeded in being promoted to True God.


    This time, plus the five native gods of Shenchang Realm who came to take refuge, there are nine true gods in Taiyi Realm.


    Tai Miao and Luna are in special circumstances, and their strength far exceeds the other seven true gods.


    The seven true gods are all ordinary true gods, and there is not much outstanding.


    When they are in and near Taiyi Realm, they can also get the blessing of Taiyi Realm.


    If they are far away from Taiyi Realm, their strength is very average, far from being a true immortal of the same level.


    Of course, no matter what, the true God is the true God, the realm is real and not false, and it still has many functions.


    Two true gods were added all at once, and the accumulation of Taiyi Realm deepened.


    In addition, the resources of the light belt in front of Taiyi Realm have finally been exhausted.


    The Taiyi Realm has gained a lot, and it can be regarded as liberation, and you can leave here directly.


    If he hadn''t accepted the arrangement of the senior immortal Gu Yue Lingqing said, Meng Zhang really wanted Taiyi Realm to leave the Dengtian Star District directly.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t go back at this time, so as not to offend the other party.


    Tai Miao, who sits in Taiyi Realm, got the latest information from Meng Zhang and knew that he had underestimated the enemy before.


    If you want to continue to fight against the enemy and have a greater chance of victory, you cannot rely on the power of Taiyi Realm alone.


    Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Hualing Realm and Taiyi Realm can no longer continue to fight on their own as before, and must strengthen cooperation and work together.


    If these three companies want to strengthen cooperation, it involves a problem of mutual trust.


    Taiyijie must spend more effort, do more work, and cooperate with the other two to gain more trust from them.


    Taimiao urged Taiyijie to leave the original location, and was going to find a hidden place to hide temporarily in the Dengtianxing District.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Moon God once again sent envoys to the Myriad Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm to inform them of the latest information and try to establish more cooperation.


    Meng Zhang, who was trapped in the Fearless World, also needed to leave as soon as possible.


    He couldn''t think of a way for the time being, so he began to use the Heavenly Secret Technique to make calculations.


    After obtaining the incomplete CD-ROM, Meng Zhang''s celestial secret technique progressed rapidly.


    Although he has not yet been able to become a Heavenly Secret Immortal Master, he is not far behind.


    Meng Zhang found a safe place in the depths of the ground, and began to cast Dayan Shen.


    To perform the Heavenly Mystery Technique, it is generally necessary to connect the Heavenly Dao consciousness of each big world, or the higher-level Void Heavenly Dao.


    Meng Zhang did not directly connect to the Heavenly Dao of the Void, but first tried to connect the Heavenly Dao consciousness of the Fearless Realm.


    The history of the fearless world is far less than that of the Shenchang world, and it does not have such a profound background.


    The Heavenly Dao consciousness of the fearless world has not been fully formed, there is no independent thinking ability, nor enough intelligence, and even the instinctive reaction is very weak.


    This is also the reason why the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm easily conquer the Fearless Realm.


    The Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Fearless Realm, which has not yet been fully formed, does not know how to actively reject and suppress these foreign invaders.


    Of course, if it is a rare intruder with obvious maliciousness and great harm, it will still trigger an instinctive counterattack by the power of the world.


    When these true immortals invaded the Fearless Realm, they moved quickly and attacked fiercely, but they were not just rude and mindless.


    Not only did they not take the initiative to attack the incompletely formed Heavenly Dao Consciousness of the Fearless World, but they used various means to appease it and avoid causing it too strong stimulation.


    When the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan allied forces invaded the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang still had to spend a lot of thought, trying his best to calculate the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao in the Shenchang Realm, and also made use of the arrangement left by Jun Chen Xianzun.


    But this group of true immortals is not so troublesome, and they have not encountered resistance from the fearless world itself.


    Of course, the rudimentary rudimentary consciousness of Heavenly Dao in the Fearless Realm also facilitated Meng Zhang at this time.


    Meng Zhang quickly connected to a vast but hazy consciousness.


    He worked hard to establish a communication channel with this consciousness, trying to spy on its trajectory and get the information he needed.


    This consciousness is not formed, and it is impossible to communicate with Meng Zhang. The information Meng Zhang obtains from it is also chaotic and unclear.


    The advantage is that Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about being attacked too strongly.


    Although this consciousness resisted Meng Zhang instinctively and was unwilling to let Meng Zhang see its trajectory, Meng Zhang calmed down and slowly and carefully observed, and still began to gain something.


    Meng Zhang''s practice of Dayan Divine Calculation is indeed an incomparably brilliant celestial technique, capable of discovering some valuable things from the chaotic information.


    After a long time, Meng Zhang stopped the deduction.


    He wiped a trace of blood from the corner of his mouth.


    This time, he did not pay a huge price for the deduction of the secret, but only suffered a slight injury. Such a price is completely acceptable.


    Although he did not derive a specific way to get out of trouble from it, he got some guidance.


    Meng Zhang quickly walked through the ground according to the guidance in the dark.


    He did not rush in a certain direction, but turned around underground, circling east and west, as if going around in circles.


    After a while, he dived into a magma river underground and quietly looked ahead.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2848

    In the depths of the Fearless Realm, hot magma flows.


    The extremely poisonous earth lung poisonous fire and poisonous smoke filled it.


    Ordinary cultivators and barbarians are powerless to enter here.


    True immortals like Meng Zhang do not like to stay here for a long time.


    In the flowing magma, there are countless sand and gravel floating and sinking.


    The object Meng Zhang focused on was a seemingly ordinary dust.


    After the Fearless Realm was occupied by the True Immortals, the remnants of the barbarians had no place to hide.


    Even the most central source sea of ??the fearless world is controlled by the true immortals.


    In order to compete for the source crystal in the source sea, these true immortals also had a lot of conflicts.


    If you over-collect the source crystals in the source sea, it will greatly damage the origin of the world of fearless world.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian, who represented the Lingkong Immortal Realm, had the full support of the silver-topped immortal general, and barely suppressed the other real immortals.


    He let the seriously injured Sanshan Zhenxian sit in Yuanhai.


    Once come Sanshan Zhenxian can use the environment of Yuanhai to heal.


    Second, let the illustrious Sanshan True Immortals prevent other True Immortals from wanton collection of source crystals.


    The various secret strongholds of the barbarians in Shenchang Realm, such as independent spaces and even small worlds, cannot escape the pursuit of cultivators.


    Even if there are one or two survivors, it will be a matter of time before they are discovered and captured by the cultivators.


    Meng Zhang used the guidance he obtained from the incompletely formed consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in the Fearless Realm to find the tiny dust in front of him.


    This dust looks no different from other dust in the ground.


    The only thing that is a bit special may be that the dust is not fixed in one place, but is constantly swimming along the underground magma river, constantly changing its position.


    The world is hidden in a grain of sand.


    The so-called mustard sumer, nothing more than that.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, with just a little attention, he could easily see through the details of that grain of sand.


    In that grain of sand, there is an independent space.


    Needless to say, in that independent space, most of the things hidden in it were related to the barbarians.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that a barbarian strong man, who has always been rough and liked to use brute force, could actually have such subtle and small means.


    He remembered when he was in the Junchen world.


    Before the indigenous gods of the Junchen world were defeated by the invading cultivators, the Hidden Secret Palace was built to hide some treasures.


    Hidden Mystery Mansion swims along the earth''s veins underground, which is very difficult to catch.


    Compared with the Hidden Mystery Mansion, the sand and dust in front of him are obviously more hidden.


    If it is said that this is the last refuge of the barbarians, then Meng Zhang basically has no doubts.


    As long as the luck is not too bad, those true immortals who invaded the fearless world will be difficult to find here.


    Moreover, the true immortals who easily conquered the fearless world do not need to pay the price and use the Heavenly Secret Technique to deduce.


    However, now that Meng Zhang has discovered this place, he will not let it go easily.


    Meng Zhang is not coveting the treasures of the barbarians, but according to the guidance in the dark, there may be clues that can help him get out of trouble.


    He observed it carefully, then stepped out.


    The next moment, Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared by the magma river and entered the inside of that grain of sand.


    Inside the sand here, there is a small independent space.


    Meng Zhang appeared in the air, glanced at it lightly, and took everything in this independent space into his eyes.


    The height of this space is no more than 100 zhang, and the interior is only ten miles in radius.


    In this space, there are scattered groups of barbarians.


    There are basically no old people among these barbarians, they are all young adults and young children, and the total number does not exceed ten thousand people.


    This independent space is small and the production is limited, so it should be difficult to feed too many people.


    Meng Zhang was about to make further observations. The barbarians living inside had already discovered the intruder.


    This independent space is the holy place of all barbarians and the last refuge of barbarians.


    After the fall of the Fearless Realm, the various refuges of the barbarians were discovered and broken by the cultivators one by one.


    This most hidden sanctuary is the last hope of the barbarians and the last place where the bloodlines of the barbarians are inherited.


    The internal guards are very vigilant and have been closely guarding this place.


    As soon as they found out there was a foreign intruder, the barbarian powerhouse quickly reacted.


    Several barbarian masters at the level of returning to the virtual world rushed towards this side from all directions, and more than a dozen barbarian kings at the primordial level were quickly gathering...


    Meng Zhang''s thoughts moved, and a coercion belonging to the true immortals was released, suppressing all these barbarian kings and barbarian masters, making them unable to move.


    Meng Zhang has found that this independent space is not particularly strong.


    If a true immortal-level powerhouse like him goes all out, it will cause huge pressure on him, and even break him directly.


    He hasn''t found the clues he needs to get out of trouble, and naturally he has to work hard to keep this space intact.


    Moreover, the true immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm are searching for his whereabouts everywhere.


    In the entire fearless world, there is not much safe place to be found.


    If he makes too much noise here, once those true immortals are disturbed, it will be very bad.


    Meng Zhang had just suppressed these barbarian powerhouses, and with a roar, a barbarian god descended from the sky and rushed towards him.


    Meng Zhang sighed.


    To be honest, he has no ill will towards these barbarians, he is just looking for clues to escape.


    To a certain extent, these barbarians are still friends of the Taiyi Realm.


    If possible, Meng Zhang is willing to give some help to these barbarians, which can help them continue the bloodline inheritance.


    However, as soon as the strong barbarians in this independent space found Meng Zhang, they would rush over like a mad dog, and they had to fight him desperately.


    Meng Zhang can understand their situation and thoughts, but he will not condone them.


    Before the barbarian god came over, the two qi of yin and yang turned into a long river and descended from the sky, easily suppressing the barbarian god.


    No matter how desperately this savage god struggled, he could never break free from the suppression of Yin and Yang.


    Meng Zhang and this savage god belonged to the same level of powerhouse, but due to the different cultivation systems and differences in their cultivation, their combat power was simply worlds apart.


    [In other words, currently the best app for reading and listening to books, Yeguo Reading, yeguoyuedu. Install the latest version. ¡¿


    This barbarian god is a young barbarian god who has only become a god not long ago.


    When facing Meng Zhang, he once again felt a familiar sense of despair.


    Not long ago, a true immortal from Lingkong Immortal Realm led an army of cultivators into the Fearless Realm.


    Those savage gods, as well as totems of the Holy Spirit level, are obviously facing opponents of the same level, but they are vulnerable.


    The true immortals from Lingkong Xianjie defeated them easily.


    Repeated defeats, repeated retreats, made a deep sense of frustration shrouded in the hearts of the barbarians.


    Even the barbarian gods have a sense of powerlessness, sensing the end of their own complete defeat.


    In a very short period of time, the top barbarians did not have time to make too many arrangements. They could only use some of the original arrangements to try to hide the barbarian juniors and retain the last hope.

 Chapter 2849

    This barbarian god was given an important task because he was young and had a long life span. He entered this barbarian holy land to protect the last bloodline of the barbarians and avoid the complete extinction of the barbarians.


    He led these barbarians to live here for some time.


    Although he had never hoped that such peaceful days would last forever, the fact that the foreign invaders entered here so quickly was far beyond his expectations.


    This savage god had already discovered at this time that there was only one intruder, but he easily defeated him, making him unable to fight back.


    After suppressing the barbarian god, no strong man among the barbarians rushed to Meng Zhang again.


    While Meng Zhang continued to observe the situation here, he passed his thoughts to this savage god through the method of mind transmission.


    Although Meng Zhang is also a true immortal from outside, he is not a companion with those true immortals who occupy the fearless world, but an enemy.


    Meng Zhang entered here with no ill will, to help them, to find a way to deal with the true immortals occupying the fearless world...


    Probably feeling Meng Zhang''s sincerity, the barbarian god stopped struggling.


    Of course, it is also possible that he found that no matter how hard he struggled, he could not break free from the suppression of Yin and Yang.


    After observation, Meng Zhang discovered a huge altar at the core of this independent space.


    This huge altar was carved from a single piece of mountain rock, and it was wrapped with a thick blood-colored light.


    Above the altar, a golden copper coin and a crescent machete were fighting with each other and were at a standstill.


    Meng Zhang did not care about the copper coin and the crescent knife, but first carefully observed the altar itself.


    In addition to relying on his own eyesight to observe, Meng Zhang secretly motivated the incomplete universe disc to find useful information from the past.


    The main body of the altar, the huge rock, was actually the remains of a totem.


    This totem was a powerhouse at the Holy Spirit level in its heyday, no weaker than an ordinary True God.


    Later, in an external war, the totem almost fell, leaving only the wreckage and the weak consciousness in the wreckage.


    The barbarian powerhouses transformed the remains of the totem into a huge altar.


    In addition to the numerous barbarians worshiping them day and night to provide them with the power of faith, they also conduct blood sacrifices from time to time, offering blood food to them in an attempt to restore their power.


    As for this independent space where the altar is placed, it is the holy place for all barbarians.


    Although the barbarians of the Dreadnought Realm are divided into many tribes, they fight endlessly all year round.


    But these tribes all share a common ancestor.


    This independent space is the birthplace of the earliest wild god in the fearless world.


    Barbarian gods are different from ordinary true gods. They mainly cultivate the body, not the soul.


    The barbarian god pays attention to the great power attributed to himself, instead of wasting power to build the kingdom of God, but to use all the power to strengthen the flesh.


    In the history of the fearless world, most of the wreckage of the barbarian gods and holy spirit-level totems that fell completely for various reasons were placed in this space.


    After a long period of time, these wrecks slowly merged with this space.


    Many years ago, a huge space crack suddenly appeared in the sky above the fearless world. This copper coin and this crescent machete drilled out of the space crack together, fighting each other endlessly.


    The huge movement alarmed the strong man of the barbarian race.


    The barbarian strong man was greedy for the two treasures and tried to take them as his own.


    But even the barbarian gods can''t completely conquer these two spiritual treasures.


    In desperation, several barbarian gods shot together, trapped these two treasures, and placed them on this altar.


    First, the two treasures were trapped by the power of the altar.


    Secondly, it is also an attempt to contaminate and weaken these two treasures through the power of blood sacrifice.


    For so many years, these two treasures have been trapped on the altar, but they have never been weakened by various means.


    Now, when Meng Zhang came here, he recognized the details of these two treasures.


    That golden copper coin is a top-level fairy artifact, and it already possesses a strong spirituality.


    Daomen immortals'' fairy weapons are naturally not something that ordinary gods can conquer.


    That crescent machete is an artifact of slaughter, and its power is very close to the level of a god.


    I don''t know what kind of grievances this fairy weapon and this divine weapon have, but they have been fighting endlessly.


    If they hadn''t fought each other and were holding back most of their power, this altar might not be able to trap them.


    In the battle of the true immortal level, a powerful immortal weapon can often play a very crucial role.


    Meng Zhang has practiced so far, but he has not yet obtained a fairy weapon for combat.


    Although the Zhou CD-ROM is an immortal treasure, most of it is missing, and it is mainly used for assistance.


    Meng Zhang looked at everything in the space and had a preliminary idea in his heart.


    Tian Ji guided him to come here, looking for an opportunity to escape, but encountered these things.


    Could it be that he can use these things to repel the enemy who besieged him?


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, and then acted according to his own ideas.


    In the depths of this altar, there is still a faint residual consciousness, and Meng Zhang communicated with it first.


    Meng Zhang kept releasing goodwill, trying to establish a connection with the residual consciousness of this altar.


    In the beginning, the residual consciousness of the altar was very wary of Meng Zhang and was unwilling to contact Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, and slowly passed on all the information about the current situation of the Fearless Realm and the encounters of the barbarians.


    The body of this altar is a totem that has been worshipped by countless barbarians for many years, and its fate is closely related to barbarians.


    Over the years, the reason why the residual consciousness of this altar has not completely fallen, and it has been able to maintain it, is the power of faith provided by countless barbarians to nourish it, as well as blood sacrifices from time to time.


    After the fall of the Fearless Realm, with the help of the barbarian gods, this altar cut off all connections with the outside world and cut off the line of faith with the barbarian believers.


    This not only hurt the vitality of this altar, but also made it lose the source of the power of belief.


    This independent space is actually not too suitable for survival.


    Even the barbarians with strong physique and tenacious vitality can only survive in it.


    The resources in this independent space are limited and cannot support too many barbarians.


    At present, more than 10,000 barbarians have reached the carrying limit of this independent space.


    However, the power of faith provided by the more than 10,000 barbarians not only failed to restore the altar slowly, but also failed to maintain its original state.


    The state of this altar has been slowly deteriorating since it cut off contact with outside believers.


    In addition, the immortal artifact and the divine artifact must be imprisoned, and the consumption of it will be even greater.


    If the situation does not change, the consciousness within this altar will soon be completely dead.


    For this consequence, neither the altar itself nor the barbarian gods sitting here can change it.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2850

    The residual consciousness in the altar probably also knew its own destiny, and has already begun to accept it.


    The only thing that makes him uneasy is the future and destiny of the barbarians.


    Most of the totems in the fearless world have been enshrined by the barbarians for many years, and their fate is closely related to the barbarians.


    The residual consciousness in this altar is especially concerned about the future of the barbarians and the inheritance of the barbarians.


    If there is no accident, this independent space will either be found by the immortals who have captured the Fearless World, or it will slowly die out in the long years.


    The fate of the barbarians in the fearless world is either complete extinction, the bloodline is cut off, or they are forever reduced to the servants of the cultivators.


    ...


    Meng Zhang revealed such a cruel fate to the other party.


    Although the residual consciousness in the altar is very weak, it is not completely smeared, and it is sensible, knowing that Meng Zhang is not lying.


    Meng Zhang promised that as long as the other party is willing to assist him, he can move all the barbarians in this independent space to the Taiyi Realm, allowing them to thrive and grow there.


    Meng Zhang was basically able to treat aliens who surrendered to him fairly.


    In the Taiyi world, the human race is the mainstream, but there are also many alien races.


    The Shui Clan from the Junchen Realm, the Sea Clan originally under the Dragon Clan...


    The Fearless Realm once sent barbarian tribes to invade the Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang eliminated the invaders and also subdued some barbarian tribes.


    As the vassals of Taiyimen, these barbarian tribes have received strong support from Taiyimen and developed very well in Taiyi realm.


    All the aliens living in Taiyi World can basically live and work in peace and contentment.


    If the barbarians of this independent space migrate to Taiyi Realm, they will have a brand new future.


    Meng Zhang patiently persuaded the residual consciousness of this altar and gave a very sincere promise.


    Later, he even released the barbarian god who was suppressed by the yin and yang, and let him communicate with the residual consciousness in the altar.


    After a long period of time, the young savage god and the residual consciousness in the altar were finally persuaded by Meng Zhang and willing to cooperate fully with Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang must also do his best to ensure the survival of these barbarians.


    The two sides quickly reached an agreement, clarifying each other''s responsibilities and obligations.


    Next, with the help of the residual consciousness of the altar, Meng Zhang began to understand the fairy artifact and the divine artifact in depth.


    The altar is the core of this independent space, and with the help of the power of the entire independent space, it is barely able to suppress the fairy and divine artifacts.


    Meng Zhang infiltrated his breath above the altar.


    Probably sensed the familiar aura of immortals, making that immortal artifact feel friendly, it did not reject Meng Zhang''s aura.


    On the contrary, the artifact became a little restless.


    Meng Zhang took out the jade book and summoned a wonderful projection of divine power.


    The strength of the divine projection is far inferior to the deity.


    Meng Zhang was able to summon all the divine projections of the canonized gods through this jade book, but only the divine projections that were too wonderful could barely maintain the level of a true god.


    Wonderful, this divine power projection released the breath of the true god, and slowly communicated with that artifact.


    Meng Zhang was very patient and communicated slowly.


    After a while, Meng Zhang managed to communicate successfully and got the initial approval of the copper coin.


    This copper coin is a very rare immortal artifact with a very high level, and it is about to be promoted to immortal treasure.


    Of course, if this copper coin is promoted to a fairy treasure, then I am afraid that only the gods can get its approval.


    This copper coin has a strong spirituality, but after all, it is not an intelligent creature, and its intelligence level is not high, so it was temporarily subdued by Meng Zhang.


    This copper coin is a rare fairy artifact called Mie Yun copper coin.


    Its main function is to cut off the opponent''s luck.


    If a person''s luck is high, he will have good luck and good luck.


    If your luck is low, you will be unlucky, and you will even get stuck in your teeth when you drink water.


    ...


    Meng Zhang soon realized the role of this fairy weapon in the battle of the real fairy.


    True immortals are also known as immortals of longevity. In theory, they are immortal and will not die from the depletion of life essence.


    But true immortals will encounter all kinds of calamities.


    If these dooms are not overcome, the true immortal will also perish.


    Calamity is divided into calamity and human calamity.


    The human calamity is mainly related to the various causes and effects caused by the true immortals.


    Therefore, some true immortals will stay behind all year round in order to avoid provoking cause and effect, and do not ask about foreign affairs.


    The calamity is mainly related to the luck of the true immortal.


    If the true immortal''s luck is too low, the calamity may be imminent.


    If the true immortal survives for too long, the luck will slowly wear away.


    If a true immortal wants to destroy the big world and the like, it will also damage his luck.


    Of course, if the true immortal is rewarded by the merits of the heavenly way, the luck will be enhanced.


    ...


    The function of this piece of luck-killing copper coins to reduce luck is very vicious for those old-fashioned true immortals who are about to face catastrophe.


    When Meng Zhang initially received the approval of the immortal artifact destroying the copper coins, the wonderful incarnation of divine power also finished communicating with the artifact.


    This artifact is a slaughtering artifact called the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword.


    It condenses the power of Taiyin, revealing the power of killing.


    In fact, it should be the Moon God who matches the attributes of the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword.


    It is a pity that Moon God''s divine projection strength level is insufficient, and it is difficult to motivate this slaughtering artifact.


    The Mie Yun Copper Coin and the Taiyin Slaughter Sword have strong spirituality, but they have no corresponding memory.


    They can''t remember their own history.


    From the moment they can remember, they have been fighting non-stop because of the battle between the gods and the gods.


    They accidentally tore the space during the battle, and shuttled to the vicinity of the Fearless Realm through the space crack.


    Even if they were trapped on this altar by the barbarian gods, they were still fighting instinctively.


    Many immortal artifacts and artifacts with spirituality will instinctively desire to have their masters.


    It''s a pity that the barbarian gods in the fearless world are neither true gods nor immortals, so they will be rejected by their instincts.


    The spirituality of the Mie Yun Copper Coin and the Taiyin Slaughter Sword made them a little tired of the long-lasting battle that seemed to never end.


    Their spirituality also longs for change.


    The Copper Coin of Destruction is a top-level immortal weapon, and Meng Zhang''s current strength is difficult to completely refine it.


    It''s just that he is eager to change, Meng Zhang is the only true immortal he has met in the long years, and he initially recognized him and is willing to be driven by him.


    In the years to come, with the improvement of his own strength, Meng Zhang had to communicate with him slowly, so that he could be refined by Haosheng so that he could exert his full power.


    The situation of the Taiyin Slaughter Sword is similar to that of the Copper Coin.


    If the power of the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword reaches its limit, even the gods dare not ignore its slaughtering power.


    Meng Zhang was lucky this time, and he also took advantage of it, and only initially mastered the copper coins and the slaying sword of Taiyin.


    After he and the wonderful divine power projection became familiar with this fairy weapon and the power of this divine weapon, he began to prepare for escaping from the fearless world.


    82 Chinese Network

 Chapter 2851

    Meng Zhang stayed in this mustard seed space for a long time, and after he completely achieved his goal, he left with the savage god.


    Meng Zhang and the barbarian god appeared by the magma river.


    That savage god was called Shaandi, and he became a savage god not long before the Fearless Realm fell.


    He had already agreed with Meng Zhang that when he returned to Taiyi Realm, he would accept Meng Zhang''s canonization and join the god system of Taiyi Realm.


    Strictly speaking, there is a big difference between barbarian gods, true gods, and indigenous gods.


    Fortunately, the canonization system Meng Zhang learned from Taiyi Jinxian is very powerful. True gods, indigenous gods, ghosts and gods, and even the spirits of cultivators can all be canonized.


    Barbarian God is no exception, and can completely accept canonization.


    The barbarian god stood not far behind Meng Zhang.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, he took the altar out of the independent space, shrunk it many times, and temporarily held it on the palm of his hand.


    Standing by the magma river, Meng Zhang pointed with one hand, and the grain of sand was collected by him.


    He will bring this independent space back to Taiyi Realm, and let the barbarians in it take root in Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang asked the barbarian Shadi to wait here temporarily. He secretly left the ground and went to investigate the movements of the enemy outside.


    After so many days, the defense of this group of true immortals did not relax at all. They also vigorously strengthened their search for the fearless world, vowing to find the hidden Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed from a distance, the enemy''s defense was very tight, and there were almost no holes left to exploit.


    It seemed that, as Meng Zhang had expected before, he had to force his way out of the Fearless Realm.


    Of course, even if it is a forcible raid, you still need to pay attention to some skills.


    Meng Zhang returned to the original underground and explained his plan to the barbarian god.


    Then, Meng Zhang took the barbarian god to shake the ground, left the underground together, and came outside.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, the barbarian god threw the altar held in his palm into the air.


    The altar kept getting bigger in the air, and soon returned to its original shape, it was simply a huge mountain.


    Such a huge mountain, with an unstoppable momentum, rushed into the sky with incomparable ferocity, and the movement was extremely large, which naturally alarmed the cultivators in this area.


    Even those high-level cultivators did not dare to rush to block them, and could only pin their hopes on the true immortals.


    A few lights and shadows crossed the sky, and the real immortals in the distance were coming.


    They have seen the movement of the mountain.


    They have two guesses.


    Meng Zhang was hiding inside the mountain, trying to use the cover of the mountain to forcibly break through.


    Or, this is Meng Zhangsheng''s way of attacking the east and west, using this menacing mountain to attract their attention, and his family escaped from the fearless world from other places.


    Under the strict arrangement of Fengyuan Zhenxian, almost all the real immortals in the fearless world have already made preparations.


    They abandoned their contradictions and decided to deal with Meng Zhang first.


    They assisted each other and cooperated closely, leaving no opportunity for Meng Zhang.


    In particular, the immortal weapon net that the Yinding Immortal General raised almost cut off the possibility of Meng Zhang sneaking out of the fearless world.


    No matter what means Meng Zhang used to escape from the Fearless Realm, he would be blocked by them.


    Once Meng Zhang is blocked, he will soon face the besieging and killing of many true immortals.


    Meng Zhang had already realized his situation and made corresponding arrangements.


    The impact of the mountain was very fast. Before the immortals in the distance arrived, they rushed into the sky and slammed into the immortal weapon net arranged by the Yinding Immortal General.


    The residual consciousness in this altar knows that its own demise is inevitable.


    Before he completely perishes, he will finally take revenge on those true immortals who invaded the fearless world, and strive to give them a major blow.


    Meng Zhang fulfilled his wish, which also helped Meng Zhang get out of trouble.


    When the altar collided with the net of immortal artifact, the residual consciousness inside detonated all the remaining power in the altar.


    There was a bang, and a huge sound resounded through the entire sky and spread in all directions.


    It seems that the whole sky shook a few times, and the originally invisible fairy net was forced to appear. A huge net covered with the sky and densely packed was revealed.


    At this moment, a gap as large as a hill appeared on the giant net.


    Countless golden and blood-colored rays of light are spreading in all directions along the giant net.


    These are the power of faith and blood sacrifice wrapped around the altar.


    These powers are extremely poisonous poisons to true immortals.


    The Yinding Immortal will have thoroughly refined the Immortal Artifact Net and connected it with his mind.


    When the Immortal Artifact Net was dealt a huge blow and was damaged, the silver-topped immortal general, who was the master, also suffered a huge impact.


    These rapidly spreading forces are not only defacing the immortal artifact, but also trying to poison the silver-topped immortal general.


    The Yinding Immortal will release one after another of immortal light, and is doing all he can to purify these extremely poisonous forces.


    He was temporarily restrained.


    The residual consciousness in the altar, when it completely died out, was also considered to have fulfilled its wish to take revenge on these true immortals who invaded the fearless world.


    Shortly after throwing the altar, Meng Zhang jumped up with the barbarian god, soared into the sky, and flew at full speed in the direction of the altar''s explosion.


    After the Immortal Artifact Net was blasted out, many true immortals from the Fearless Realm teleported to this place in an attempt to block Meng Zhang.


    Now Meng Zhang is rushing for time, and he must escape the Fearless Realm before these true immortals stop him, in order to escape the fate of being besieged.


    Fortunately, these true immortals are not united.


    Some, such as Xuanyang Zhenxian, regarded Meng Zhang as the enemy of life and death, and had to put him to death.


    Some are like Daqizhenxian, with a neutral attitude and are not willing to form a deadly feud with Taiyi Realm.


    There are also Sanshan Zhenxian and the like, who simply do not want to go into this muddy water.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian, who has been paying attention to the overall situation, was the first to send over, followed by Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others deliberately delayed it.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was about to collide with Fengyuan Zhenxian, the wonderful projection of divine power immediately appeared, and he fully sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughter Sword, and struck Fengyuan Zhenxian with an extremely ferocious blow.


    Tai Miao, this divine power projection, barely has the strength of a true god, but the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword in his hand is an extremely vicious slaughtering artifact.


    Even a top-level true immortal like Fengyuan True Immortal would not dare to be careless in the face of a slaughtering artifact like the Taiyin Slaughter Sword.


    Meng Zhang has been trapped in the fearless world, and there are many real immortals to deal with him, so there is no need to take risks at this time.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian held this cautious thought and took the initiative to stop to parry the slash of the Taiyin Slaughter Sword.


    After the wonderful divine power projection issued this blow, the body quickly dissipated.


    Before his body completely dissipated, he flew back to the jade book in Meng Zhang''s body with the Taiyin Slaughter Sword.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2852

    Tai Miao, this divine power projection has the strength of a true god, but after sacrificing the Taiyin Slaughter Sword to deliver a blow, due to the excessive consumption, it was unable to launch an attack again, but it quickly began to dissipate.


    In order to completely refine the Taiyin Slaughter Sword and fully exert its power, ordinary top-level true gods may not be able to do it.


    Of course, the power of such a blow is not to be underestimated, and it is enough to severely damage an ordinary True Immortal.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian stopped moving forward, endured the blow abruptly, and was temporarily blocked in place.


    Meng Zhang and the Earth-shaking Barbarian God accelerated again, and they passed Fengyuan Zhenxian all at once.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian who followed Fengyuan Zhenxian were originally Meng Zhang''s defeated generals, and they had no confidence to stop Meng Zhang.


    They crossed Fengyuan Zhenxian who was parked in place, and rushed to Meng Zhang and the others.


    The yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang swept toward them like a long river.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian were blocked by yin and yang, so they could only watch Meng Zhang escape.


    They knew they were invincible and were unwilling to rush up to fight Meng Zhang recklessly.


    Moreover, there are still real immortals blocking Meng Zhang ahead, so they don''t need to fight Meng Zhang recklessly here.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian glanced at Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian a little dissatisfied, and didn''t say much.


    Meng Zhang and the others had already rushed out of the siege of the Immortal Artifact Net, and Sanshan Zhenxian and other talents came over slowly.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian is also not good at blaming them.


    Sanshan Zhenxian and the others had a good reason for being late.


    The Fearless World is boundless, and they need to prevent Meng Zhang from breaking through and escaping from elsewhere.


    Don''t look at Meng Zhang making a lot of noise here, but it is very likely that he is making noises.


    Only when Meng Zhang fully shows up can he determine the direction of his breakthrough.


    They determined that Meng Zhang was really breaking through in this direction, so they temporarily relaxed the monitoring of other areas and sent them directly, so they took a step slower.


    Meng Zhang took the barbaric gods and rushed out of the siege of the net of immortal weapons. Seeing that they were about to leave the fearless world, Zhenhai Zhenxian, who had been missing for a long time, blocked their way.


    When Zhenhai Zhenxian left the ruins of Junchen Realm, his injuries were not serious.


    He took a piece of jade talisman that he didn''t know where he got it, and completely wiped out the reborn Jun Chen Immortal Venerable, making everyone amazed.


    He didn''t take the initiative to reveal the secret. Others knew that this matter was very deep, and it was not easy to ask.


    Together with Sanshan Zhenxian and the others, he joined the real immortal team from Lingkong Xianjie.


    After that, he recovered from his injuries and participated in the battle to conquer the Dreadnought.


    It is also a top-level true immortal, but the difference in combat power is still very large.


    He is only one step away from becoming an Immortal, and his cultivation level is only not weaker than that of Fengyuan True Immortal, but his combat power is much higher than his counterpart.


    He had worked hard at the beginning and had been sleeping in the source sea of ??Junchen Realm for thousands of years, just to break through the chance of being an immortal.


    In the end, the opportunity he imagined was completely lost.


    While extremely disappointed, he also took out his anger at Meng Zhang, a true immortal who was born in the Junchen world.


    After he joined Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others, he didn''t say anything bad about Meng Zhang.


    Together with Xuanyang Zhenxian and the others, he actively encouraged everyone to deal with Mengzhang and Taiyijie.


    This time, after Meng Zhang was trapped in the Fearless Realm, he followed Fengyuan Zhenxian''s arrangement.


    Some of the true immortals were ambushed inside the Fearless Realm, preventing Meng Zhang from escaping the Fearless Realm.


    The other part of the true immortals is lying in ambush outside the fearless world.


    If Meng Zhenjun was lucky enough to escape the Fearless Realm, they would be responsible for blocking Meng Zhang.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian was the most active in intercepting Meng Zhang.


    He asked himself that his own strength was enough to suppress Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang broke through the blockade of the Immortal Artifact Net, he was cruising on the periphery of the Fearless Realm, and he quickly teleported over, just blocking Meng Zhang and the others.


    If it was on weekdays, Meng Zhang would not mind having a good discussion with a top-level True Immortal like Zhenhai True Immortal.


    But he was running for his life now, and he didn''t dare to be entangled by the enemy at all.


    All the magical powers he mastered were unable to repel top-level true immortals like Zhenhai Zhenxian all at once.


    Without the slightest hesitation, he sacrificed the copper coins he had just bought.


    Meng Zhang has not completely refined this fairy weapon, but has only received its preliminary approval.


    Now that it is fully urged, it can only exert part of the power of this top-level immortal weapon.


    I saw a yellow light quickly passing over Zhenhai Zhenxian''s body.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian was not hit or hurt in any way, he even thought that Meng Zhang was bluffing and wanted to deter him.


    Suddenly, Zhenhai Zhenxian, who was about to continue to intercept Meng Zhang, felt a huge sense of crisis, which made him shudder, and his whole body could not help but tremble.


    When the cultivation base has reached the level of a true immortal, even if they have never practiced the secret art, many of them have some abilities similar to those of a whim, and they will have a special induction in a crisis.


    Although he didn''t know what happened, Zhenhai Zhenxian instinctively felt that the situation was not good.


    He couldn''t care about continuing to block Meng Zhang, and was about to carefully examine what was wrong with him.


    Before he had time to make more moves, the True Immortal Tribulation suddenly came to him.


    He should be unlucky.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian has been a real immortal for many years, and there are many causes and effects, and his luck has begun to decline.


    Back then, the reason why he went to Junchen Realm desperately to seek the opportunity to break through Heavenly Immortal was because he sensed that his own catastrophe might be coming soon.


    As long as he can become an immortal, the catastrophe that the true immortal needs to face will naturally not find him again.


    Unfortunately, not only did he fail to get the chance to break through the Heavenly Immortals, but on the contrary, he took the initiative to destroy the Junchen Realm, killing a lot of his own luck.


    If he can observe his own luck, he will find that his luck is already in the canopy.


    If he hides honestly, avoids karma, and tries his best to cover up his aura, he might delay it for a while.


    But he just wanted to come out and make trouble with Meng Zhang.


    What''s more unfortunate is that Meng Zhang only got the copper coins, but this wisp of luck was the last straw that broke the camel''s back, which made Zhenhai Zhenxian''s luck almost drop to the extreme.


    He, who was not far from the catastrophe, finally ushered in the catastrophe some time earlier.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian''s catastrophe came, not only himself, but all the nearby real immortals quickly sensed it.


    For the true immortals who have a long lifespan and almost never die from exhaustion, the most feared and least willing to see is the true immortal robbery.


    The True Immortal Heavenly Tribulation is not descended from the consciousness of a single Great World Heavenly Dao, but a calamity directly descended from the Void Heavenly Dao.


    For every True Immortal, the True Immortal Heavenly Tribulation is a life-and-death juncture.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2853

    The Heavenly Tribulation that descends from the Void Heavenly Dao specifically for the true immortals, has many characteristics.


    If it is stronger and stronger, the higher the cultivation level of the true immortal, the stronger the combat power, and the formidable power of the calamity that descends will also increase accordingly.


    In a word, Heavenly Tribulation also has the characteristic that the stronger it is, the stronger it is.


    No matter what kind of true immortal you are, how deep your background is, and how strong your strength is, anyway, every time you cross a calamity, it is equivalent to a trip to the gate of hell, and there is absolutely no such thing as an easy one.


    Moreover, true immortals can only rely on their own strength to survive the catastrophe.


    If other true immortals try to intervene, or even just get too close and leak their breath, they may be affected by the power of the catastrophe.


    Even Heavenly Immortals and Golden Immortals cannot help True Immortals overcome the tribulation.


    At the moment when he sensed the coming of his own catastrophe, Zhenhai Xuxian knew that his doom was imminent, and he was basically dying.


    Like all intelligent creatures, Zhenhai Zhenxian is not willing to sit still and wait for death in vain.


    Even if he knew that he could not survive the catastrophe, he would still make an instinctive struggle.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian no longer cared about intercepting Meng Zhang, and kept casting spells in the void, stacking layers of defense for herself...


    Although Meng Zhang has never experienced the true immortal catastrophe, he has never seen the scene of its coming.


    But as a true immortal, he seemed to sense a natural enemy at the moment, and his body shuddered instinctively.


    He never thought that the effect of destroying copper coins would be so good.


    He just exerted a little bit of power, cut off a ray of luck on the other side, and actually made the other side''s calamity imminent.


    Meng Zhang took the savage god to shake the ground and avoided it far away, so as not to be affected by the power of the catastrophe.


    Those who came from all directions and were preparing to intercept Meng Zhang, the real immortals of the Lingkong Xianjie, found that Zhenhai Zhenxian''s calamity had come, and they also stopped their progress and avoided the nearby area.


    They are also worried about being affected by the power of the catastrophe.


    Some of the true immortals who came later sighed that Zhenhai Xuxian was too unlucky, and actually encountered a catastrophe when intercepting the enemy.


    Even if he successfully survives the catastrophe, his vitality will inevitably be severely damaged.


    At that time, let alone pursue Meng Zhang and the others, it would be difficult to protect themselves.


    Fortunately, this is outside the fearless world, and there are many friendly troops around.


    If he can successfully survive the catastrophe, he will not lack the care of his fellows.


    The few real immortals who came early saw Meng Zhang and Zhenhai Zhenxian fighting from a distance.


    They had an unbelievable, but very terrifying guess in their hearts.


    Could it be that Meng Zhang has some kind of supernatural power that can trigger the calamity of a true immortal?


    In the realm of self-cultivation, strange secrets and magical powers emerge in an endless stream, although they have never seen or heard of it before, what means can trigger the opponent''s true immortal calamity.


    But if someone really used a similar method, they would be able to figure it out.


    Although the possibility of Meng Zhang having similar means is very small, Zhenhai Zhenxian is more likely to cause the catastrophe because of his own reasons.


    After all, the timing of the coming of the catastrophe is really difficult to accurately predict.


    Whether you are in retreat or fighting against the enemy, the catastrophe will not wait for you to be free before it will come.


    But if you are not afraid of anything, you are afraid of 10,000. If Meng Zhang really has such means, then he is simply the nemesis of the true immortals.


    Most of the true immortals with long life spans cherish their lives, and will not easily fight with people to death.


    This group of true immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm is no exception.


    It is one thing to besiege Meng Zhang with a large number of people on his own side, but it is another thing to risk his life and fight Meng Zhang desperately.


    If Meng Zhang really has the ability to cause a true immortal catastrophe, it means that Meng Zhang has the ability to kill them.


    All of a sudden, many true immortals became more jealous of Meng Zhang, and had no intention to pursue Meng Zhang at all.


    At this time, including Meng Zhang, the attention of all the true immortals on both sides of the enemy and the enemy was on Zhenhai Zhenxian who was about to transcend the calamity.


    Although we know that this possibility is small and does not exist, everyone still hopes to learn something from Zhenhai Zhenxian who is about to transcend the calamity, which will help his family to transcend the calamity in the future.


    The calamity encountered by each true immortal is different.


    Some are huge, earth-shattering, and the scene is huge.


    Some are almost silent, coming and going like the wind, just targeting the robbers themselves.


    ...


    Now the catastrophe that has come to Zhenhai Zhenxian''s head is a very popular thunder catastrophe.


    The popular catastrophe does not mean that the difficulty of passing through will be reduced by a little bit.


    I saw a sudden bright light in the originally dark void, and a few lightning bolts struck Zhenhai Zhenxian almost silently.


    The reason why Zhenhai Zhenxian went to Junchen Realm and planned the relic left by Junchen Xianzun was because he could not break through to Tianxian with his own strength, and the real immortal catastrophe was about to come. He believed that he had not successfully survived the catastrophe. grasp.


    After so many years, his cultivation base and combat power have basically not improved much.


    On the contrary, because of the failure of thousands of years of planning, the blow he encountered in the ruins of Junchen Realm caused his will to suffer a severe setback.


    Even after so many years, his mentality has not adjusted.


    In the face of catastrophe, ambition is far more important than strength.


    It can be said that Zhenhai Zhenxian at this time is the most unsuitable time for tribulation and the worst mentality.


    Heavenly robbery hates it at this point.


    It always likes to take advantage of it and find you when you are the weakest.


    In the face of Heavenly Tribulation, Zhenhai Zhenxian didn''t hold on for too long.


    After a while, he was shattered by those few lightning bolts, and even the immortal body and immortal soul disappeared into powder.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian, a well-known old-fashioned real fairy in Lingkong Xianjie, who once conquered Junchen Realm, has completely fallen.


    The hearts of a large group of true immortals who are on the sidelines will inevitably feel the same feeling of pity for each other, and the feeling of grief in the death of a rabbit and a fox.


    Zhenhai Zhenxian''s today may be their tomorrow.


    Heavenly robbery is difficult for almost every true immortal to escape, and sooner or later it will come to the door.


    Among the true immortals present, Meng Zhang was probably the youngest, and he didn''t feel very deeply about it.


    He quickly reacted, and immediately fled here with a savage shock.


    After entering the void, without external interference, Meng Zhang could freely perform the Great Void Shift, and soon left the Fearless Realm.


    Because Zhenhai Zhenxian fell under the calamity, many real immortals had no intention of chasing Meng Zhang.


    A small number of true immortals raised a question whether Meng Zhang had the means to trigger the calamity of true immortals.


    This made many true immortals confused and unwilling to go to work with Meng Zhang before getting a clear answer.


    Based on the knowledge of Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others, they all felt that Meng Zhang was unlikely to have such means.


    However, they cannot be 100% sure, nor can they convince others in a short period of time.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi Realm safely and smoothly without being chased and killed.


    After returning to Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang couldn''t take a rest. He first placed the mote of barbarians in Taiyi Realm, and then told all about his latest experience, especially about the true strength of the enemy. to the top of the Taiyi Realm.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2854

    Previously, Meng Zhang only informed everyone of the latest information through Tai Miao''s mouth.


    Most of the senior leaders of the Taiyi world did not know about the relationship between Meng Zhang and Taimiao.


    They may still be skeptical about some of the claims that are too wonderful.


    Now that Meng Zhang appeared in person, everyone completely believed and accepted the fact that the enemy''s true strength far surpassed their own.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Moon God had long been dispatched to the Myriad Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm under a wonderful arrangement.


    When Meng Zhang was away, Tai Miao often presided over important events on his behalf.


    The senior leaders of the Taiyi world, including his eldest disciple Niu Dawei, can handle all kinds of daily affairs.


    To deal with the powerhouses of the true immortal level, it is often necessary to show up too well.


    After some consideration, Meng Zhang used the connection between Jade Book and the Moon God to use the teleportation technique to directly contact the Moon God.


    Fortunately, the Moon God had not yet entered the Spirit Transformation World at this time.


    Moreover, the two sides are located in the same star area, and the distance is not too far. Their connection is very smooth, and they can freely transfer items.


    Meng Zhang gave her the divine weapon Taiyin Slaughtering Sword for her to use.


    This artifact can only exert its greatest power in the hands of Luna.


    Anyway, Luna had already accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and left his name on the jade book, and his loyalty was still guaranteed.


    As soon as the Taiyin Slaughter Sword sensed the breath of the Moon God, there was a sense of excitement, which was completely different from when it faced Meng Zhang before.


    The Moon God held the Taiyin Slaughter Sword, and a wonderful feeling floated in his heart, as if he had a brand new power.


    Next, Luna will work hard to refine this artifact and strive to form combat power as soon as possible.


    The Taiyin Slaughtering Sword is a slaughtering artifact that is close to the level of the gods. As long as the Moon God completely controls it, it can threaten the powerhouses such as Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang fulfilled his promise and consecrated the barbarian Shakdi as the new god of the Taiyi Realm.


    This time, there is another true god-level powerhouse in the Taiyi world again.


    There are ten true gods, and in many worlds, they can completely support the shelf of a family of gods.


    While Meng Zhang was cultivating in the Taiyi Realm, he continued to communicate with Mieyun Copper Coin to deepen its refining level.


    This time, he was able to easily escape from the Fearless Realm, and he did a great job in destroying the copper coins.


    Of course, it was largely accidental that the copper coins of Murdering Yun shaved off a ray of luck from Zhenhai Zhenxian, causing his catastrophe to come.


    Such a situation is difficult to repeat.


    Those true immortals who guessed that Meng Zhang had the means to trigger the calamity of the true immortals can quickly determine that they are just a false alarm after they really get to grips with him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t overestimate the effect of exterminating copper coins because of his previous experience, nor did he think it was of little significance.


    In fact, cutting off the enemy''s luck is a very sinister method.


    Cultivators, including immortals, will cause many problems if their luck is low.


    The luck has dropped to the extreme, causing a catastrophe, which is an extreme situation.


    Low luck to a certain extent will make people very unlucky, and often encounter troubles inexplicably.


    In battle, strength plays a major role, but luck is also very important.


    According to Meng Zhang''s idea, it is best for the Wan Yao Realm, Hualing Realm, and Taiyi Realm to send their main troops to form a coalition to attack the Fearless Realm first, in order to gain the initiative and increase their chances of winning.


    He hoped that Gu Yue Lingqing from Ten Thousand Demon Realm and Moon God from Spirit Transformation Realm could bring back good news as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, and after a period of cultivation, he waited for the news that the Moon God used the technique of long-distance communication.


    Unfortunately, this is not good news, but rather bad news.


    The group of true immortals from Lingkong Xianjie organized an army of cultivators and launched a massive attack directly on the Hualing Realm.


    Meng Zhang did not expect that facing the enemies of the three great worlds, the weaker ones would actually take the initiative to attack.


    Calculated from the time, not long after he escaped from the fearless world, the gang of true immortals began to act.


    Meng Zhang had to admit that the opponent''s actions were very decisive and the decision was very correct.


    If they waited quietly in the Fearless Realm, they would likely be besieged by three enemies.


    They launched an attack on the spirit world first. If all goes well, it is really possible to defeat each of the three enemies.


    Meng Zhang certainly did not allow this to happen.


    Luna, who was on a mission to the Spirit Transformation World, immediately joined the battle and fully assisted the Spirit Race against the enemy.


    At this time, the Spirit Race of the Spirit Transformation Realm had already turned to the Myriad Demon Realm for help.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how Wan Yaojie would react and whether they could send reinforcements in time.


    He contacted Gu Yue Lingqing, who was on an envoy to the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, and asked him to urge the Ten Thousand Demon Realm to send reinforcements in time to reinforce the spirit realm as soon as possible.


    Taiyijie has already begun to actively prepare for battle, and the army of cultivators can be dispatched at any time.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was going to hide the Taiyi Realm and send a fleet of cultivators to participate in the battle.


    But after this failed investigation of the Fearless World, he knew that he had underestimated the strength of the enemy before.


    Taiyi Realm itself is a solid war fortress.


    There are only four true immortals in Taiyi Realm, but there are ten true gods canonized by Meng Zhang.


    In terms of true immortal-level combat power, there is a huge gap between Taiyi Realm and Fearless Realm.


    Most of the true gods possessed by the Taiyi world are mediocre, but they are at the same level as true immortals.


    If a war breaks out with hostile true immortals, these true gods must make full use of them.


    These true gods can only exert their strongest fighting power when they are in the Taiyi world.


    The gap between them and the enemy''s true immortals is too great.


    In order to make up for this gap, at least one must fight near the Taiyi Realm.


    Only with the blessing of the Heaven and Earth Power of Taiyi Realm can their combat effectiveness be greatly improved.


    Of course, relying on the power of Taiyi Realm alone is definitely not the opponent of the true immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm needs to work closely with the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and the Hualing Realm.


    In order to use all his strength and maximize his own true god''s combat power, Meng Zhang decided to drive the Taiyi Realm to the Spiritual Transformation Realm for support.


    According to the information sent back by the Moon God, the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm were attacking fiercely and fiercely.


    Not long after the Hualing World and the enemy fought, they fell to the disadvantage and had to retreat step by step, returning to the interior of the Hualing World.


    All strongholds outside the Spirit Transformation World had to be temporarily abandoned.


    Luna had already joined the army of the Spiritual Race in the Spiritualizing World, and together with them, they were relying on the Spiritualizing World to defend.


    If there is no reinforcements, judging from the strength gap between the two sides, it will be a matter of time before the spiritual world will fall.


    The military situation in front was urgent, and it was not too late. Meng Zhang and Tai Miao immediately urged Taiyi Realm to start action.


    The magic circle spread over almost the entire Taiyi Realm began to activate, and the Taiyi Realm began to move the void, and quickly crossed a long distance in the void, rushing towards the direction of the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Thanks to my old friend Shiqu Jinkui for his many rewards and support.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2855

    The original location of Taiyi Realm is a long distance away from Spirit Transformation Realm.


    In order to get to the destination as soon as possible, Taiyi Realm consumed the power it had accumulated before, and used it to activate the magic circle above and launch the Great Evacuation of the Void.


    Knowing that the situation is urgent, now is not the time to be stingy, Meng Zhang even put some source crystals into the magic circle as a supplement.


    This is still Meng Zhang''s place is not far from the Spirit Transformation Realm, and there will be at most three big shifts in the void, and the Taiyi Realm will be able to reach the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Considering that the entire Taiyi Realm will enter the battlefield in the future, plus some problems found in the Great Evacuation of the Void, it is best for the Taiyi Realm to temporarily strengthen it.


    The gods of Taiyi Realm and the monks acted together.


    The Taiyi Realm has long reserved sufficient materials, which can be used to repair the magic circle and strengthen the world.


    At this time, several lights and shadows appeared in the void not far from Taiyi Realm, and soon came to the sky above Taiyi Realm.


    This is a team of true immortals from the fearless world. There are five true immortals in the team. Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian who have played against Meng Zhang are in the team.


    The leader of this team is Zhao Yuzhenxian.


    He was also born in the official Lingkong Xianjie and was the deputy of Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    After the five true immortals came to the sky above the Taiyi Realm, they couldn''t help but immediately began to perform various magical powers and secrets, which was a blast against the Taiyi Realm.


    All kinds of magical powers were bombarded like raindrops, and the momentum looked very terrifying.


    The great formation that spread over almost the entire Taiyi Realm began to activate, and the Taiyi Realm cultivators who had been stationed in various places in the Taiyi Realm started the formation in time to block the various attacks that fell.


    All the gods are sitting in their own gods, calling on the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world, and guarding the Taiyi world with all their might.


    Almost the entire Taiyi world was shaking violently, and the protective formation was obviously unable to support it for too long.


    Meng Zhang appeared over the Taiyi Realm with Fairy Yue''e, Taoist Yueying and several true gods.


    While blocking these attacks to Taiyi Realm, they launched an attack on these five true immortals.


    Even if Gu Yue Lingqing and Moon God are not in the Taiyi Realm, the current strength of the Taiyi Realm cannot be shaken by these five true immortals.


    Especially Meng Zhang, his combat power was no worse than those of the top true immortals. Among the five true immortals on the other side, no one was his opponent.


    Meng Zhang was extremely brave in the battle, taking the initiative to withstand various attacks and smashing into the enemy''s formation.


    The two qi of yin and yang rush through the void, and the thunder of yin and yang destroys the gods from time to time...


    Including Zhao Yuzhenxian, none of the enemy''s five Zhenxian can block Meng Zhang alone.


    After the five of them formed a formation, they could compete with Meng Zhang, but the other powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm rushed up, and soon they were unable to withstand it and retreated again and again.


    Although the enemy''s five true immortals were defeated, their formation was not chaotic.


    They covered each other and fought and retreated, even Meng Zhang couldn''t find a chance to disrupt their formation.


    Meng Zhang and the others quickly drove the enemy away from the Taiyi Realm.


    In the fierce battle, Meng Zhang has been trying to kill the enemy''s true immortals, but he has never found a chance.


    Seeing that the distance from Taiyi Realm was getting farther and farther, and the enemy had never revealed any flaws, Meng Zhang knew that destroying the enemy was definitely not something that could be done in a short period of time.


    The Spiritual Transformation World is still being attacked by the enemy, and no one knows how long the Spiritual Race will be able to hold on.


    Meng Zhang Wuxin continued to entangle with these true immortals.


    After driving them away from Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi Realm with his men.


    When Meng Zhang and the others chased away the enemy, the Taiyi Realm was not idle. The work of repairing and strengthening the Taiyi Realm had been completed.


    All the gods quickly returned to their positions, guarding the Taiyi Realm and preventing accidents during the great displacement of the void.


    Just when Meng Zhang was about to control the Taiyi Realm again to carry out a great void shift, Zhao Yuzhenxian and the others killed him from a distance.


    Meng Zhang had to stop his original action.


    Neither the individual nor the entire big world can be disturbed during the Great Evacuation of the Void.


    Especially in a big world like Taiyi Realm, if there is a problem when the void is moved, the whole big world may disintegrate.


    Looking at the appearance of the enemy, he would definitely not just watch Taiyijie move away like this.


    Meng Zhang sighed helplessly, and led a group of men to kill again.


    This time, the five true immortals of the enemy had no intention of fighting with Meng Zhang at all, and they almost left at the touch of a button.


    Obviously, after the test just now, they knew that they were not opponents of Meng Zhang and the others, and they were unwilling to continue fighting against Meng Zhang and the others.


    These five true immortals formed a small formation, which was flexible and would not be entangled by Meng Zhang and the others.


    Fairy Yue''e behind Meng Zhang and the others are far from Meng Zhang''s strength, and it is difficult to cooperate closely with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang alone could not break the enemy''s formation in one fell swoop.


    These five true immortals did not fight Meng Zhang at all, and when they saw Meng Zhang coming, they covered each other and retreated.


    Except for Fairy Yue''e who could barely catch up with them, Fairy Moon Shadow and the True Gods were all left far behind.


    The five true immortals cooperated with each other, covered each other, and retreated far away again.


    Meng Zhang was able to catch up with them, but he couldn''t break their battle, and he couldn''t help them.


    This time, Meng Zhang drove them farther away.


    Meng Zhang, who sensed the enemy''s intentions, did not have the slightest hint of joy on his face.


    Meng Zhang stopped the pursuit and returned to Taiyi Realm with his men.


    Sure enough, when Meng Zhang and the others were about to mobilize the Taiyi Realm to carry out the Great Evacuation of the Void again, the enemy came from a distance and stopped the Taiyi Realm''s actions.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2856

    This time, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm saw through the enemy''s intentions.


    The enemy is to entangle Taiyi Realm and prevent Taiyi Realm from supporting the Spirit Transformation Realm that is being attacked.


    These five true immortals could not cause too much damage to Taiyi Realm, but they were like insects, staring at Taiyi Realm tightly.


    Whenever the Taiyi Realm was about to move the void, they jumped out and made trouble.


    Whenever Meng Zhang led his men out, they would quickly retreat under cover of each other.


    Only Meng Zhang was able to catch up with them, the others were always one step behind.


    Meng Zhang was not only unable to break their battles alone, but also difficult to entangle them for a long time.


    Once, after Meng Zhang caught up with them alone, they actually fought back and tried to surround Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang was strong enough to block the siege of five true immortals in a short period of time.


    The enemy was also a wise man, and seeing that he was powerless to surround and kill Meng Zhang, he stopped trying.


    In this way, the enemy kept repeating similar actions, over and over again, so that Taiyi Realm could never smoothly carry out the Great Evacuation of the Void.


    The enemy''s candy tactic, although a bit rogue, is really effective.


    Originally, there is a certain risk in Taiyi Realm''s long-distance movement of the void.


    If the enemy is interfered and destroyed in this process, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    In desperation, Meng Zhang could only urge Taiyijie to fly forward directly in the void.


    As a result, the speed of Taiyi Realm''s progress has been greatly reduced, and no one knows when they will be able to rush to the Spirit Transformation Realm for reinforcements.


    Although according to the information sent back by the Moon God, the situation on the side of the Spirit Transformation World has stabilized, and the Spirit Race powerhouses have blocked the incoming army of cultivators from the Spirit Transformation World.


    However, judging from the enemy''s fierce offensive and superb use of troops, the enemy still has extra strength, and can strengthen the offensive against the spirit world at any time.


    Meng Zhang was still uneasy about the situation in the Spirit Transformation World.


    If the Spiritual Transformation Realm is captured, the Spiritual Race is defeated, and the strength of one''s own side is greatly damaged, it is difficult to rely on the Taiyi Realm and the Ten Thousand Demon Realm alone.


    In addition to speeding up the formation of the Taiyi Realm and accelerating the advance of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang was also trying to find a way to break the situation.


    He came up with a lot of ways to deal with the True Immortal team led by Zhao Yu.


    Show the enemy''s weakness, lure the enemy into the depths, forcibly assault, and relentlessly pursue...


    Meng Zhang tried almost every means, but nothing worked.


    Meng Zhang was worried about the situation in the spirit world, and he was also unwilling to relax on the Taiyi world.


    He was worried that Fengyuan Zhenxian secretly arranged power to lurk near Taiyijie.


    If Meng Zhang led his subordinates to chase after Zhao Yu''s true immortal team and stayed away from the Taiyi Realm, the enemy was likely to take advantage of the situation and attack the Taiyi Realm.


    Although Tai Miao has been stationed in the Taiyi Realm, no matter how the situation outside changes, she has not left half a step.


    But Meng Zhang was still very worried.


    There are many monks and mortals in the Taiyi Realm, and he needs to be guarded.


    He was a little too concerned about Taiyi Realm and began to affect its judgment.


    In the case of unable to perform the great teleportation of the void, the speed of the Taiyi Realm in the void is limited.


    First, the power of the dynamic array on the Taiyi Realm is limited. Meng Zhang and the others have to guard against foreign enemies and cannot drive the Taiyi Realm forward wholeheartedly.


    Second, if the Taiyi Realm moves too fast in the void, the whole world will start to vibrate, which will greatly affect the internal stability.


    The speed of the Taiyi Realm is actually not too slow, but from the scale of measuring the distance in the void, the Taiyi Realm is like a snail crawling.


    Meng Zhang began to worry in his heart, and began to consider whether it would be great to dispatch the last reserve team and launch a desperate attack on the enemy to completely break the current situation.


    Even if he is determined to do so, in order to achieve victory, he needs to wait for a good time.


    Several days later, Meng Zhang saw an opportunity and was about to attack with all his strength when a sudden bad news disrupted his plan.


    After the Wan Yaojie received a request for help from the Spirit Transformation Realm, they actively prepared to start reinforcements.


    Even without Gu Yue Ling Qing''s supervision, after the Fearless Realm fell, the Myriad Demon Realm would never allow the Spirit Transformation Realm to fall.


    In a hurry, Wan Yaojie dispatched a lot of strong monsters, plus some Buddhist experts, to form a temporary army, and hurriedly set off.


    This was only after Gu Yue Lingqing, who was dispatched, contacted Meng Zhang, and learned the latest situation of the enemy. She was also shocked and had the same idea as Meng Zhang.


    Now the demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm have taken the initiative to ask for more cooperation, which is exactly what they want.


    As a result, Gu Yue Ling Qing temporarily stayed in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, while waiting for the army of the demon clan to gather, while discussing with the demon gods about strengthening cooperation between the two sides.


    It was precisely because of this incident that Gu Yue Ling Qing avoided a catastrophe.


    The vanguard army sent by the demon clan unexpectedly encountered an ambush organized by Fengyuan Zhenxian on their way to the Spirit Transformation World.


    A number of true immortals shot together to cut off the connection between the vanguard army and the rear, making it impossible for it to ask for help, and then trapped it and slowly besieged it.


    These true immortals fully demonstrated their superb tactical level and superb combat effectiveness, and soon slaughtered this unprepared vanguard army.


    The true immortal leader, Fengyuan Zhenxian, personally took action and used various supernatural powers and secret techniques to trap the enemy.


    General Yindingxian led his pro-channel soldiers to charge first, and the enemy''s formation was dispersed at once.


    Sanshan Zhenxian, who was originally recuperating in the depths of the source sea of ??the Fearless Realm, also participated in the battle this time, killing the demon god headed by the enemy with his own hands.


    Jianjun Banxue, who had just been promoted to the true immortal, fully demonstrated the combat effectiveness of the sword immortal, and he was reckless in the enemy camp, killing him.


    ...


    In a word, the ambush team led by Zhenxian Fengyuan far surpassed this vanguard army.


    Intentionally killing without intention, under the ambush and sneak attack, he almost wiped out the enemy army and achieved a brilliant victory.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2857

    In this vanguard army, there is a demon god, relying on his life-saving trump card, he finally broke out of the siege and was lucky enough to save his life.


    After the demon god escaped from the battlefield, he immediately used a secret technique to contact the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and reported the experience of the vanguard army to the demon god behind.


    The demon gods sitting in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm fell into a huge shock.


    They felt disbelief at first, and then developed a deep fear of the enemy.


    The experience of the vanguard army shows that while the enemy is aggressively attacking the spirit world, there is still enough power to set up an ambush to surround and kill the reinforcements sent by the demon clan.


    Under such circumstances, in order to avoid repeating the same mistakes, the demon gods ordered the follow-up army to suspend its dispatch and first stand by in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Some high-level demon clan leaders are even worried that after the enemy has eliminated the vanguard army, they will pursue the victory and continue to attack the world of ten thousand demons.


    With the strength shown by the enemy, it is a great threat to the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Not only did they not agree to send reinforcements to support the spirit realm, but they also left all their forces behind to strengthen the defense of the ten thousand demon realm.


    The demon gods who used to be kind-hearted towards Gu Yue Ling Qing had a big change in their attitudes at this time.


    They became distrustful of Taiyi Realm, because Taiyi Realm was also a human race cultivator force.


    They questioned Gu Yue Lingqing, where was the Taiyi Realm when the Spirit Transformation Realm was besieged and the Pioneer Army of the Demon Race was besieged and killed?


    Why didn''t Meng Zhang seize this opportunity to reinforce the spirit world in time?


    ...


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing believed that Meng Zhang did not deliberately avoid the battle, in the face of the demon gods'' accusations, he tried his best to defend himself, and at the same time contacted Meng Zhang in time and informed him of the latest situation.


    After such an encounter, the relationship between Taiyi Realm and Wan Yaojie was greatly affected, and the demon gods had a lot of misunderstandings about Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention the Taiyi Realm and Wan Yaojie have strengthened cooperation, and it is difficult to maintain the original relationship.


    After receiving the news from Gu Yue Ling Qing, Meng Zhang also secretly complained.


    Due to the confusion of the enemy, the Taiyi Realm was slowed down.


    He can be considered to have figured out Zhao Yuzhenxian''s purpose.


    They delayed the progress of the Taiyi Realm, not only to prevent the Taiyi Realm from being able to reinforce the Spiritual Realm in time, but also to create a gap between the Taiyi Realm and the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    The guy who made this plan is not only resourceful, but also familiar with the relationship between Taiyi Realm and Ten Thousand Demon Realm, understands the psychology of high-level people on both sides, and can use it flexibly.


    Of course, although the enemy''s plan was ingenious, and he just felt a huge victory, it was not without flaws.


    After discussing with fellow Daoists, Meng Zhang discovered a problem.


    Meng Zhang once went to the Fearless Realm for investigation, although the investigation was forced to be interrupted in advance due to the exposure of the action. But he still saw the top powerhouses of the enemy such as Fengyuan Zhenxian and Yindingxian General, and had a certain understanding of the enemy''s real combat power.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, even if the enemy gave up the defense of the Fearless Realm and used all its strength to attack, facing the three enemies, their strength would still be insufficient.


    The true immortal team that dragged the Taiyi world has a full five true immortals, and its strength is not weak.


    According to the information from Gu Yue Ling Qing, when they were besieging the vanguard army of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Feng Yuan Zhenxian even dispatched the main force of his subordinates, almost going all out.


    The power of the enemy is limited, so the power used to attack the spirit world is insufficient.


    Meng Zhang boldly guessed that perhaps the enemy''s aggressive attack on the Spiritual World was just bluffing.


    Even if the enemy dispatched the main force at the beginning, it should be withdrawn quickly in the follow-up, leaving only a small part of the force as a side division to deter and hold back the army of the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation World.


    When talking with Jianjun Banxue, due to the different positions of the two sides, Jianjun Banxue must have reservations about what he said.


    She introduced the names and origins of the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, which were of little use.


    Later, because Meng Zhang underestimated the strength of the enemy, he went directly to the Fearless Realm to investigate, and was almost trapped.


    After reflection, Meng Zhang said that what Jianjun Banxue said should be true, and there was not much to hide. The main problem was that he easily defeated Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian because of his victory in Shenchang Realm. , so become blindly optimistic.


    When Meng Zhang broke through the Fearless Realm, he also felt the strength of the enemy.


    His estimate of the enemy''s strength now should be almost inseparable.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian has limited strength, and he has achieved the current results by relying on flexible use of troops and operating his strength to the limit.


    But in this way, there is a big flaw in the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    After thinking about it for a while, Meng Zhang contacted Luna in time and gave her instructions.


    On the other side of the Spirit Transformation World, the enemy''s strength is seriously insufficient, but it is just an appearance.


    The Moon God should persuade the top leaders of the Spiritual Transformation World to seize the opportunity in time to launch a major counterattack, striving to severely damage or even destroy the enemy''s partial teachers who remained in the Spiritualizing World, so that the situation can be opened up.


    In addition to instructing the Moon God, Meng Zhang also began to think about how to set up a situation to deal with the five true immortals who had been entangled.


    Since the main force of the enemy has gone to the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, it is impossible to have more power hidden near the Taiyi Realm, looking for opportunities to plot against the Taiyi Realm.


    Throwing away all his scruples, Meng Zhang had a way to deal with the five true immortals alone.


    Meng Zhang waited for the five true immortals to reveal their flaws, while waiting for the response from the Moon God.


    After a long time, the Moon God sent back a message that greatly disappointed Meng Zhang.


    The higher-ups of the Spiritual Transformation Realm did not believe Meng Zhang''s judgment at all, and believed that the enemy''s main force was outside the Spiritual Transformation Realm.


    The enemy did not attack the Spirit Transformation World in a large scale, but it was a means to try to induce the Spirit Transformation World to relax its guard.


    In a word, the top level of the Spirit Transformation Realm is now determined to pay attention to guarding the Spirit Transformation Realm, and they are unwilling to take the initiative to attack.


    Meng Zhang was enraged half to death by this news.


    From his point of view, the top level of the Spirit Transformation Realm is a bunch of rubbish, who have long been frightened by the enemy.


    It was obvious that the once-in-a-lifetime fighter opportunity was right in front of them, but they couldn''t grasp it at all.


    If you miss this opportunity, I am afraid you will never find such a great opportunity in the future.


    The Moon God probably also felt that the top level of the Spirit Transformation Realm was too conservative.


    However, she still defended a few words for the senior management of the Spirit Transformation World.


    Among the enemies, there are true immortals who are good at formations. When a formation map is unfolded, thousands of troops will be transformed into thousands of horses, and they will be directly forced to the outside of the spiritual world.


    In the previous battles, many experts in the spiritual world have suffered from the enemy''s formation.


    Many high-level Spirit Race leaders who fell into the enemy''s formation were unable to escape and eventually fell.


    Even Luna couldn''t find a way to decipher the enemy''s array in a short period of time.


    The top level of the Spirit Transformation World could not crack the enemy formation for the time being, so it would not make much sense to launch a counterattack.


    Meng Zhang scoffed at the statement of the Moon God.


    It is clearly the incompetence of the high-level spiritual transformation world, and there is no need to defend them.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2858

    Meng Zhang himself is not a master of formations, but he is not ignorant of formations and the like.


    As the head of a faction, he has experienced many battles in the process of leading the rise of Taiyi Realm, and he has dealt with various large formations, formations and the like.


    Among the cultivators of the Taiyi Sect, only Meng Zhang is a true immortal, so it is impossible to have a formation immortal master.


    However, there are many experts in Taiyi Sect who are proficient in formation techniques.


    For example, Wen Qiansuan, the elder of the older generation of Taiyi Sect, is only in the stage of returning to the virtual world, but some knowledge on the way of formation can make old-fashioned true immortals such as Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue¡¯e marvel. endlessly.


    Meng Zhang usually does not have any experts who have the best formation skills with them, especially when he has a high-level formation map, he can indeed be outnumbered.


    With a map in hand, it is worth thousands of troops and can trap many powerful enemies.


    But the formation is not omnipotent, and the power of the formation is also limited.


    Even if the Immortal Master of the Formation used the pattern to set up the Immortal Formation, he would not be able to hold on to the attacks of many powerhouses of the same rank sooner or later.


    According to the Moon God, the remaining power in the Spirit Transformation World is not weak, and there are several powerhouses at the level of true immortals.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, if they swarmed up and launched a counterattack, it was basically impossible for the enemy to rely on the formation to block them.


    Since Luna couldn''t convince the senior management of Spirit Transformation Realm, Meng Zhang had no choice but to watch the great opportunity and miss it in vain.


    The top level of the Spirit Transformation World is really a bunch of pig teammates.


    But at this time, Meng Zhang not only could not give up the pig teammates, but also overcame all kinds of difficulties and actively rushed over to help them.


    Meng Zhang temporarily let go of the matters in the Hualing Realm and began to prepare to deal with the five entangled true immortals.


    Before the action, Meng Zhang carefully observed the surroundings of Taiyi Realm again and confirmed that there was no enemy ambush.


    Of course, if the enemy really has enough power to design Taiyi Realm while taking into account other battlefields, and can hide these powers in places that Meng Zhang can''t find, then Meng Zhang can only recognize it. .


    Meng Zhang believed that he would not be so unlucky, and the enemy would not have such a powerful force.


    After Meng Zhang and the others were ready, they began to act.


    One after another tyrannical power fluctuations emanated from the Taiyi Realm, causing the surrounding space to vibrate violently.


    It seems that the entire Taiyi Realm is about to move the void again.


    Zhao Yuzhenxian and the others have seen this kind of scene a lot.


    In the previous battles, they obstructed and destroyed the enemy''s actions many times, making it impossible for the Taiyi Realm to smoothly carry out the Great Evacuation of the Void.


    The enemy has failed so many times, yet he still does not give up. He is really stubborn.


    The famous Meng Zhang is also very poor, and there is no other way to do it?


    Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian chatted and laughed while they acted.


    They followed the team with ease, and flew close to Taiyi Realm at high speed, preparing to destroy the great teleportation of the void.


    They have succeeded many times, and they are not worried about encountering accidents at all.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao suddenly appeared in front of them.


    Tai Miao was Meng Zhang''s trump card and the last reserve team.


    However, after he thought about it again and again, in order to win, it is best not to hold back.


    Moreover, the wonderful existence, it is estimated that it has long been hidden from the hostile true immortals.


    After the group of true immortals from Lingkong Xianjie joined the cultivators from Junchen Realm, they should have already inquired about Meng Zhang and Taiyimen.


    Zhao Yuzhenxian and the others had fully seen Meng Zhang''s strength in the previous battles.


    If they were fighting alone, none of the five of them would be Meng Zhang''s opponent.


    Only by forming a formation, relying on the help of the formation and concentrating everyone''s strength, can they block the mighty Meng Zhang.


    As long as the battle is not broken, they are not afraid of being besieged by the enemy.


    Even if the battle situation is unfavorable, they can fight and retreat, and successfully withdraw from the battlefield.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, they knew that Meng Zhang was going to fight back.


    They kept their battles unchanged, and while concentrating their strength against Meng Zhang, they cast spells to shake the surrounding space, preventing Taiyi Realm from making a great void shift.


    The Great Void Movement utilizes the power of anti-space, which is very dangerous and cannot tolerate the slightest carelessness.


    In the process of Taiyi Realm, even a little disturbance may lead to extremely bad consequences.


    Therefore, as soon as the surrounding space was sensed to be disordered, the true gods in the Taiyi Realm who presided over the Great Evacuation of the Void had to temporarily stop their movements.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao stood opposite each other in the air, and at the same time stimulated the power, and together they sent out the Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    The strength of the wonderful is almost the same as the top true god.


    In terms of cultivation level alone, he was much stronger than Meng Zhang.


    Although Tai Miao passed the canonization of Meng Zhang, it became one of the foundations of the god system of Taiyi Realm.


    But in essence, whether he is a divine body or a divine soul, he is still an uncompromising ghost in the underworld.


    He has been practicing and growing in the underworld, and he is better at using the power of the underworld.


    Meng Zhang is a true immortal in the yang world, and Tai Miao is a ghost in the underworld.


    One yin and one yang two mysterious forces gathered between them, collided with each other, entangled with each other, forming a vortex.


    A bolt of lightning flew out of the vortex and smashed into the formation of five enemy true immortals at once.


    The gap between the true immortals and the true immortals is huge, and the combat power is even more different.


    Such as Meng Zhang, a powerhouse among true immortals, can easily defeat or even kill ordinary true immortals.


    For example, the Yinding Immortal, a true immortal who is particularly good at fighting, has no pressure against three or five ordinary true immortals.


    Meng Zhang teamed up with Tai Miao back then, and with all his means, he was barely able to draw a tie with the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    If the battle situation repeats itself, with their current strength, they are very confident that they can defeat the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor.


    Even in the face of Sanshan True Immortal, who is known as the strongest True Immortal, they have the confidence to fight against it.


    They are now joining forces again, and together they send out a Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    There was a burst of noise in the void, and Zhao Yuzhenxian''s five-member battle was suddenly broken.


    Before they could regroup, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao rushed over, not giving them a chance to regroup at all.


    Taimiao found Zhao Yuzhenxian and forced him to a disadvantage in a few moments.


    It is very close to Taiyi Realm, and it is Taimiao''s home court, which is suitable for him to give full play.


    Meng Zhang met Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian.


    He was one to two, and he still seemed extremely relaxed.


    The other two true immortals were about to take action. Fairy Yue''e and Fairy Yueying, master and apprentice, arrived here in time and fought them hard.


    The Taiyi Realm is almost at hand, and there are many true gods stationed on it.


    It was the handwriting of these true gods who just urged the magic circle on the Taiyi Realm to try to activate the great movement of the void.


    Now, some true gods continue to stay in Taiyi Realm and continue to preside over the great formation above.


    Some of the true gods came over aggressively, trying to help Meng Zhang and the others to destroy the enemy.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2859

    Not long after accepting the canonization of Meng Zhang, the feud with these true immortals was as deep as the sea.


    Zhao Yuzhenxian''s five-member formation was broken, which meant that they lost their greatest reliance.


    Before they could regroup, they were caught up in the melee.


    Comparing the strengths of the two sides, if they fight against each other, their defeat is only a matter of time.


    Including Zhao Yuzhenxian, all five of them knew this truth.


    So, seeing the failure of their efforts to regroup, they prepared to leave the battle and flee the battlefield.


    After all, Zhao Yuzhenxian is the leader of the team, and he represents the official of Lingkong Xianjie. At the critical moment, he showed a bit of responsibility.


    After he stayed behind, the rest of the cover team evacuated.


    Although Meng Zhang had long made up his mind to kill these true immortals, he still had to choose who to kill.


    Such as Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian, he will never be soft-hearted.


    But Zhao Yuzhenxian is also an official member of Lingkong Xianjie, so Meng Zhang can''t help but be concerned.


    He wants Taiyi Realm to be freed from the jurisdiction of Lingkong Immortal Realm, but he does not want to take over the blood feud with the official Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    While Meng Zhang hesitated, the enemy had already begun to retreat.


    Meng Zhang gritted his teeth, if this time he easily let the enemy go, it would mean that his efforts this time were in vain.


    If the enemy has learned the lesson of this time, it will be even harder to deal with them in the future.


    Meng Zhang asked Tai Miao to entangle Zhao Yuzhen, and he led Fairy Yue''e and the others to chase after the enemy.


    Xuanyang Zhenxian and Tianguang Zhenxian didn''t escape far before they were caught up by Meng Zhang.


    They had to stop and continue to fight Meng Zhang.


    Fairy Yue''e and the others chased after the other enemies.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed Feng Huo Yin Yang Fan and Mie Yun Copper Coin successively, almost doing his best to keep these two opponents behind.


    After a fierce fight, Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian not only suffered serious injuries, but also lost a lot of luck.


    Although they had already fallen to the disadvantage, Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian were not too flustered.


    In the previous battle, after many trials, they had confirmed that Meng Zhang did not have the ability to cause the opponent''s true immortal calamity.


    Since the greatest scruples towards the enemy have been removed, and they are far from despairing, there is no need to panic.


    Zhao Yuzhenxian took a few heavy blows and finally got rid of the wonderful entanglement.


    If he hadn''t been too merciful, he would have suffered more injuries than he is now.


    Although he almost lost half his life, he still struggled to fly to the battlefield on Meng Zhang''s side.


    Before Tai Miao caught up, he tried his best to help Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian get out of trouble.


    These three true immortals had extraordinary backgrounds, and they had a lot of life-saving cards.


    Especially the last immortal talisman released by Zhao Yuzhenxian was so powerful that both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had to retreat temporarily.


    Zhao Yuzhenxian and the other three finally got out of the battle and fled the battlefield.


    Of course, they paid a very heavy price.


    All three were seriously injured, especially Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian, who almost injured the foundation, and I am afraid that the injury will be difficult to heal.


    On the other side, Fairy Yue''e and the others also inflicted heavy damage on the enemy.


    However, after chasing a distance away from Taiyi Realm, the strength of the true gods in the team began to decrease, and the enemy finally got rid of the pursuit and escaped.


    This time, although it was not able to kill the enemy, it caused a lot of damage to the team.


    With their current situation, there is no one in ten combat power, and they should be powerless to stop Taiyijie.


    Even if they return to the Fearless Realm to retreat and heal their wounds, I am afraid it will take a long time to fully heal.


    Sure enough, in the next time, no matter what Meng Zhang and the others did with Taiyijie, the team led by Zhao Yuzhenxian never appeared.


    Meng Zhang and the others can safely urge the array on the Taiyi Realm to make the Taiyi Realm move the void.


    As in the plan, after the three big voids, Taiyi Realm came to a place not far from the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    On the periphery of the Spiritual Transformation World, a vast forest surrounds the Spiritual Transformation World.


    In the forest, a large army of elites can be seen indistinctly.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he could see through it at a glance, and everything surrounding the Spiritual Transformation World was transformed by a pattern.


    Among the True Immortal team from Lingkong Immortal Realm, there is a True Immortal from the Ge family, a big family in Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This true immortal is called Ge Jinglei, a rare magic formation immortal in the cultivation world.


    The Ge family was originally a well-known Celestial Family in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and it was also a well-known family of Arrays.


    The family is powerful in all directions with the way of formation, and is good at cultivating formation masters at all levels.


    Whether it is the strength of the family or the background, the Ge family is only stronger than the Gu Yue family.


    Ge Jinglei is an immortal master of magic formations in the entire Ge family, and is highly valued by the ancestors of the family.


    After he came to Lingkong Immortal Realm with the team this time, he made a lot of credit.


    He has a picture of an immortal array in his hand, which can manifest an immortal array called Lin Haibingfeng.


    When attacking the Fearless Realm, he transformed into a fairy formation, trapped a number of strong barbarians including the barbarian gods, and then killed them one by one.


    The barbarian army smashed their heads and blood in front of the immortal formation of Lin Haibingfeng, and suffered heavy casualties.


    In the process of capturing the Fearless Realm, Ge Jinglei easily found the flaw in the barbarian defense and used the formation to break it.


    This time, after Fengyuan Zhenxian made a plan to feign the transformation of the spirit world, Ge Jinglei was mainly responsible for the implementation.


    He led a branch of divisions to raid the outskirts of the Spirit Transformation World. With the blessing of the Immortal Array, his own strength increased greatly, as if a thousand troops were coming.


    They easily defeated the guarding forces outside the Spirit Transformation World and completely compressed the Spirit Race within the Spirit Transformation World.


    Then, Ge Jinglei used the immortal formation of Lin Haibingfeng to surround the Hualing World.


    In fact, including Ge Jinglei, there are only three true immortals in this immortal formation, and a few monks who originally belonged to the holy land sect of the Junchen world.


    However, with the blessing of the Immortal Formation, their power has greatly increased, and their momentum is even more terrifying.


    From the perspective of the top spirits of the Spiritual Transformation World, there are many true immortals outside the Spiritual Transformation World, and the enemy is aggressive and can attack the interior of the Spiritual Transformation World at any time.


    Although Luna didn''t see the details of the enemy clearly, after coming into contact with the immortal formation, he had always been suspicious of the enemy''s true power.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s instructions, she suddenly realized that the enemy was bluffing.


    As long as the spiritual army of the Spirit Transformation World dispatches the main force and attacks with all their strength, it is very possible to break the immortal formation.


    It''s a pity that the incompetent senior leaders of the Spiritual Race were so frightened that they didn''t dare to take the initiative to attack.


    Luna couldn''t convince the senior leaders of the Spirit Race, and she didn''t dare to attack the Immortal Formation at will.


    Therefore, the Moon God could only wait in the Spirit Transformation World unwillingly.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2860

    During the communication with Meng Zhang, Luna learned the overall layout of the enemy from Meng Zhang.


    The enemy''s actions were smooth, the layout was successfully realized, and his own side was defeated step by step, but could not counterattack, which made Luna feel depressed.


    He clearly knew the enemy''s purpose and knew how to counteract it, but because of the pig teammates of the Spirit Race, they could only sit back and watch the enemy do whatever they wanted, which was really infuriating.


    Originally the most aggressive among the Spirit Race, the one who had been in charge of the Spirit Race''s external affairs was a Holy Spirit-level wind spirit.


    It is a pity that this Fengling joined the team of foreign invaders earlier, and after attacking Junchen Realm, it completely fell.


    If this wind spirit is still in charge, the spirits of the spirit world will not retreat so passively.


    The current senior leaders of the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation World are several spirits of the Five Elements at the level of the Holy Spirit.


    They are conservative and cowardly...


    If it''s nothing in peacetime, they can''t bear the heavy responsibility of leading the Eldar at this time of crisis when the enemy is approaching.


    As far as the Moon God knows, the true supreme ruler of the Spiritual Transformation World Spirit Race seems to be an artifact of an immortal artifact.


    But this artifact spirit can''t be in seclusion all the year round, no matter what the moon god thinks, he can''t see the other party.


    The helpless Luna could only wait silently.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang didn''t make her wait long, so he solved the troubles he encountered on the way, and successfully came to the vicinity of the Spirit Transformation World.


    The Spirit Transformation World is a huge world, and the immortal formation of Lin Haibingfeng did not completely surround this big world, and it also revealed many gaps.


    This allowed Luna not only to establish a smooth connection with Meng Zhang, but also to pass through these gaps.


    Now that he was near the Spirit Transformation World, Meng Zhang, who was a little impatient at first, calmed down completely.


    He didn''t rush Taiyijie to lean over, but stopped at a distance from the enemy''s formation.


    He and fellow Daoists stood above the Taiyi Realm and carefully observed the immortal formation in front of him.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian is very strategic, and Yindingxian will use his troops to perfection.


    After Meng Zhang escaped from the Fearless Realm, they disregarded the impact of Zhenhai Zhenxian''s fall in the catastrophe, and used almost all the power at hand to act at the fastest speed.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others are familiar with the strength of the enemy and have made corresponding arrangements.


    True Immortal Ge Jinglei flicked a shot here and trapped the Spirit Transformation World.


    And apart from the formation map of Lin Haibingfeng, the strength of this passerby is not as good as intercepting Meng Zhang''s team.


    Arranging a team of five true immortals to obstruct Taiyijie''s actions shows the importance he attaches to Meng Zhang.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others ambushed their main force between the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    This move not only greatly damaged the strength of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, but also made the three families of Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Hualing Realm, and Taiyi Realm distrust and even suspect each other.


    Meng Zhang had already guessed the enemy''s plan and was dealing with it with all his strength.


    Because the top level of the Spiritual Transformation World was too incompetent, the enemy''s plan was successfully carried out.


    Relying on the strength of Taiyi Realm alone, it is absolutely impossible to resist the main force of the enemy.


    What Meng Zhang has to do now is to break the immortal formation in front of him as soon as possible.


    As a result, it can alert the senior leaders of the Spiritual Race in the spirit world and restore their fighting spirit.


    Second, only when Taiyi Realm and Hualing Realm join forces can they have the strength to compete with the enemy''s main force.


    Meng Zhang and his colleagues have carefully analyzed that after the successful encirclement of the point, the main force led by Fengyuan Zhenxian has two choices.


    One option is to take advantage of the momentum to press the Ten Thousand Demon Realm. Whether it is to directly attack the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, or to surround and coerce the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, it can play a big role.


    Meng Zhanghe Tai Miao''s excellent performance broke the enemy''s interception on the way.


    Taiyi Realm has arrived near the Spirit Transformation Realm, and can support the Spirit Transformation Realm at any time.


    When the immortal formation in front of you is broken, the Spirit Transformation Realm and Taiyi Realm can successfully join forces.


    After Meng Zhang and the others observed it, although they had not seen all the details of the immortal formation in front of them, they had already gained a little.


    Meng Zhang didn''t want to wait any longer.


    Although he didn''t know the mystery of this fairy formation, he knew some basic truths.


    No matter how clever the Immortal Formation is, there are certain rules in its operation, and its endurance is also limited.


    They are numerous and powerful, and there are many strong people. They can completely break the skill with their strength, and use their absolute strength to forcibly break the immortal formation in front of them.


    Meng Zhang brought Taimiao, Fairy Yue''e, Fairy Moon Shadow, Barbarian God Shake the Earth, and Giant Shark God together to kill the immortal formation in front.


    Seeing so many true immortal-level powerhouses come over, the immortal formation transformed by Lin Haibing Fengtu immediately started to run quickly.


    I saw that the huge forest seemed to come alive, and a huge tree man began to stand up to respond to the enemy, and armies lined up in the forest to face the enemy.


    In this immortal formation, apart from the true immortal Ge Jinglei, the other two true immortal-level powerhouses are not living people, but two puppets of the true immortal level.


    These two puppets have the power of a true immortal, but they do not have the corresponding wisdom and various means.


    Its true combat power is not as good as that of an ordinary True Immortal.


    Of course, this level of power can still be used to run the Immortal Formation.


    In addition, there are some monks from the sects of the major holy places in the immortal formation, who are responsible for checking the gaps in the formation, or using the power of the immortal formation to fight against the enemy.


    Not to mention the destruction of the Junchen world, even the ancestors of their own true immortals fell one by one.


    These holy land sect monks who have become bereaved dogs urgently need to find a backer.


    These survivors from the Junchen world are actively approaching the true immortals, and they are dedicated to serving them.


    The strength of these monks from the sects of the major holy places is not weak. They are hidden in the immortal formation. Using the power of the upper immortal formation, ordinary true gods cannot ignore them.


    Seeing that the immortal formation in front of him began to change, Meng Zhang led the team at hand, chose a direction and rushed towards the immortal formation.


    After learning that the Taiyi Realm had arrived, Luna contacted Meng Zhang, and agreed to cooperate with each other inside and outside, and join forces to break the formation.


    Luna once again begged to see the top leaders of the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation World, trying to convince them to attack the enemy Immortal Formation together.


    This time, with the reinforcements brought by Meng Zhang, they are not alone, they should have the courage to take the initiative to attack.


    However, after hesitating for a while, a group of senior leaders of the Spirit Race rejected Luna''s proposal again and decided to continue to stay in the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2861

    The angry and anxious Luna had no choice but to attack from the Spirit Transformation Realm alone, preparing to fight with Meng Zhang and the others outside.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the others had already started to charge.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and flew at the front of the team.


    Before he got close to the big formation, he kept sending out Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder.


    After years of cultivation by Meng Zhang, the power of this immortal art has been brought into full play by him.


    One after another, the divine thunder bombarded the immortal array in front, causing waves of violent ripples.


    The entire immortal formation began to vibrate, the vast forest inside kept shaking, and the armies that appeared and disappeared from time to time became more blurred...


    Meng Zhang knew that the main enemy force led by Zhenxian Fengyuan was quickly rushing here.


    He must completely break this fairy formation before the enemy arrives here.


    In order to break the formation as soon as possible, it is necessary to take the approach of combining the inside and the outside.


    This array map itself is a fairy, and it is not an ordinary fairy.


    The immortal array formed by the array map is enough to temporarily block many true immortals.


    The Yin-Yang Extermination Divine Thunder issued by Meng Zhang broke several gaps in the outer periphery of the Immortal Array, and the radiance continued to shine in the Immortal Array, quickly covering these gaps.


    Tai Miao led Fairy Yue''e and others to fly to a gap that had just been repaired, and they worked together to break the gap again.


    Without waiting for the gap to be repaired again, Tai Miao led everyone to swarm up from the gap and rushed into the interior of the Immortal Array.


    Ge Jinglei had previously released the formation map and transformed into the Immortal Formation Lin Haibingfeng, and he himself entered the Immortal Formation to preside over everything inside.


    Among the methods used by the Immortal Array to respond to the enemy, there was originally a part that lured the enemy deep into the formation, put the enemy into the formation, and then used the power of the formation to destroy it.


    If Meng Zhang and the others refused to enter the Immortal Formation and kept attacking from the outside, it would be more or less trouble.


    Since the enemy dared to rush into the Immortal Formation, it would facilitate Ge Jinglei''s performance.


    Under his urging, the Immortal Formation changed again.


    It was wonderful that they had just entered the interior of the Immortal Formation, and they felt that the world was spinning, and the surrounding scene was constantly changing.


    Soon, they were divided and surrounded by the power of the Immortal Formation in various places of the Immortal Formation.


    Huge forests fell from the sky, and they were completely trapped.


    A group of soldiers and horses shuttled freely in the forest, rushing towards them.


    It''s wonderful that they have to fight each other and deal with the enemy''s attack separately.


    Seeing how wonderful they were temporarily trapped by the Immortal Formation, Meng Zhang did not panic and continued to act according to the original plan.


    The Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder continued to blast towards the Immortal Formation.


    The two qi of yin and yang are like a long river, sweeping in a mighty manner, and they begin to continuously impact this immortal formation.


    The Moon God, who flew out of the Spirit Transformation Realm, jumped and jumped onto the waves of this long river, taking advantage of the momentum to rush towards the immortal formation in front of him.


    The long river of yin and yang qi kept scouring this immortal formation, consuming its power.


    The Moon God moves downstream, constantly attacking all parts of the Immortal Array.


    Tai Miao, who were temporarily trapped inside the Immortal Array, did not sit idle. They kept fighting with the enemy troops that came over, trying to break the forest that surrounded them.


    The troops and horses in the Immortal Array are all transformed by the power of the formation, and there are not really so many troops and horses.


    The sect monks of the major holy places in the immortal formation can use the power of the formation to take advantage of the cover of these soldiers and horses to wait for the opportunity to sneak attack on the trapped enemy.


    One after another, gray rays of light shot out from Tai Miao and fell on the trees surrounding him.


    The trees in the forest soon lost their vitality and began to wither and fall.


    There were gaps in the originally airtight forest.


    Although these forests are transformed by the power of the Immortal Formation, they still have to follow some basic rules.


    In the face of the force of death, the vigorous forest could not last long.


    Those soldiers and horses that haunt the forest, as long as they are wiped by these gray rays of light, they will immediately disappear.


    A few monks from the Holy Land Sect were hidden among these soldiers and horses, and they also lost their lives.


    Tai Miao quickly got rid of the siege of the forest.


    He did not leave in a hurry, but observed and sensed the flaws of the fairy formation inside.


    Fairy Ru Yue''e and the others are still fighting against everything that the fairy formation has transformed into.


    Regardless of whether it is a forest or a soldier, although it is transformed by an immortal formation, it does not mean that it has no lethality.


    Fairy Yue''e and Fairy Moon Shadow were still fighting vigorously with everything around them, and they saw that they were about to break out soon.


    There is a big difference between the strengths of Shaanji and Ju Shark God, and so far there is no hope of getting out of trouble.


    Tai Miao soon discovered a flaw in the Immortal Array.


    He manifested the body of ghosts and gods, and there was a blast at the flaw.


    The moon god came to the flaw by the impact of the long river formed by the yin and yang qi.


    She used her divine power and sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughter Sword.


    She has not had time to carry out in-depth refining of this artifact not long after she started it.


    When she was in the spirit transformation world, she took the time to refine it, and she was able to exert its power initially.


    I saw the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword lightly slashed towards the front, and a gap was cut out of the immortal formation.


    The Moon God brought the Taiyin God-Slaughter Sword into the interior of the Immortal Array from the gap.


    Tai Miao, together with Moon God, wantonly destroyed the interior of the Immortal Array, constantly attacking the interior of the Immortal Array.


    Ge Jinglei, who presided over the Immortal Array, controlled the power of the Immortal Array and kept attacking them.


    The two true immortal-level puppets who originally assisted Ge Jinglei in presiding over the immortal formation had to kill Taimiao and them, trying to use the power of the immortal formation to entangle them.


    Meng Zhang kept attacking the Immortal Formation outside, holding back most of Ge Jinglei''s attention.


    A large part of the power of the Immortal Formation was consumed in blocking Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Meng Zhang''s movements are very slow, but every movement has the ability to almost destroy the world.


    These attacks fell on the Immortal Formation, which brought great pressure to Ge Jinglei.


    There are powerful enemies outside the Immortal Formation, and there are more powerful enemies inside.


    Ge Jinglei, who was constantly distracted by his care, soon began to be in a hurry, and it was difficult to take care of the inside and outside of the Immortal Formation.


    The two real immortal-level puppets seem to be very powerful, but after all, they are not real people and lack sufficient fighting wisdom.


    On the contrary, their opponent is a guy who has been through a lot of battles and has long been premeditated.


    It didn''t take long for a puppet to be shattered by Tai Miao''s punch, and the wreckage became his trophy.


    Another puppet at the level of a true immortal persisted for a while, but in the end, it did not escape its fate, and was still beheaded by the Moon God with the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword.


    Having lost the help of two real immortal-level puppets, the real immortal Ge Jinglei was in a bit of a hurry and felt that it was difficult to control the entire immortal formation.


    As for the monks of the Holy Land Sect, despite the cover of the power of the Immortal Array, they were quickly eliminated by their opponents.


    Ge Jinglei, who had previously trapped the Spiritual Transformation World Spirit Race, had completed his mission perfectly.


    The array map in hand will still be of great use in the future, and there is no need to break it here.


    His defeat this time was not a crime of war, and there was no need to fight them to the death of Meng Zhang.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2862

    Seeing the unfavorable situation of the battle, the immortal formation is about to be broken, and Ge Jinglei, who presides over the formation, has lost his fighting spirit and has no intention of continuing to fight.


    Taking advantage of the fact that Ge Jinglei was still able to move freely, he flew out of the immortal formation and flew to a place far away from Meng Zhang.


    With Ge Jinglei''s rapid casting, the immortal formation quickly disappeared, turning into a formation map and falling into his hands.


    Tai Miao and other powerhouses who had entered the fairy formation before were thrown out of the formation.


    Ge Jinglei looked at the several gaps on the map with distress.


    Although he has worked hard to maintain it and put it away in time, the array still takes some damage.


    In the next battle, this array map will also play a great role.


    Ge Jinglei, who had put away the array, took a deep look at Meng Zhang in the distance, and quickly fled from here.


    When the map was put away, Meng Zhang also stopped attacking.


    Looking at the back of Ge Jinglei who was escaping quickly, Meng Zhang had no intention of chasing him.


    Meng Zhang has already cleared the siege of Hualing Realm, and the next step is to join forces with the army of the Spiritual Race in Hualing Realm.


    After the two sides meet, they must discuss how to proceed in the next battle.


    Meng Zhang was extremely disappointed by the actions of the senior leaders of the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation World.


    If they don''t make changes, Meng Zhang can only give up the idea of ??joining forces with them, get out of the battle directly, and urge Taiyi Realm to leave the Dengtian Star District.


    As for the life and death of the Spirit Transformation Realm and the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Meng Zhang couldn''t care about it.


    After the Immortal Formation surrounding the Spirit Transformation World was broken, Taiyi World moved forward quickly and moved to a place not far from the Spirit Transformation World.


    Knowing that the senior leaders of the Spirit Race have always been suspicious, Meng Zhang asked Taiyijie to temporarily stop at this position and stop moving forward.


    Meng Zhang asked everyone to guard the Taiyi Realm. Under the guidance of the Moon God, he flew towards the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Although the high-level Spirit Race members in the Spirit Transformation World have never dared to come out and participate in the war, they have never relaxed their attention to the surrounding situation.


    Taiyi Realm took the initiative to come to help, and Moon God took the initiative to attack. It didn''t take much time for them to break the siege of the Immortal Formation on the Hualing Realm.


    This made some senior members of the Spirit Race feel a little awkward.


    However, more senior members of the Spiritual Race did not care about it.


    Luna and Meng Zhang had just entered the Spirit Transformation Realm when they met a group of senior leaders of the Spirit Race who came to greet them.


    The senior leaders of the Spirit Clan were full of praise for Meng Zhang, and they kept thanking him for his support.


    Meng Zhang disliked these hypocritical guys.


    However, considering that he will have to join forces with them to fight the enemy, he endured his temper and dealt with them.


    The two sides were polite for a long time, and said countless boring nonsense, and then went to the spirit world together.


    The spirit race has ruled the spirit world for many years, multiplying and growing here.


    The main members of the Eldar are the spirits of the five elements.


    Due to their respective natures, the Five Elements Spiritual Race likes completely different living environments.


    Even if you practice to the level of the Holy Spirit, you still can''t get rid of this nature.


    Just like fire spirits living in magma, they don''t like cold and cold environments; water spirits often live in rivers, lakes and even the sea...


    On top of the tallest mountain range in the Spirit Transformation World, various branches of the Spirit Race have worked together to build magnificent palaces here as the common headquarters of the Spirit Race.


    On weekdays, the senior leaders of the spiritual clan of the major branches are stationed here in turn, and are responsible for the daily affairs of the spiritual clan.


    After being invaded some time ago, almost all the senior leaders of the Spirit Race gathered in this palace to discuss countermeasures together.


    They went to meet Meng Zhang and the other senior leaders of the Spiritual Race and welcomed them into the palace.


    Next, the senior leaders of the Spirit Clan held a grand banquet and received Meng Zhang and the others very warmly.


    All kinds of special products of the spirit world, including many rare treasures produced by the spirit clan, are used to entertain guests.


    Such as real water essence, mysterious wind essence, pregnant spirit fire seeds, etc.


    Even a well-informed true immortal like Meng Zhang was a little amazed at the generosity of the top of the Spiritual Race.


    These special products and rare treasures are very helpful to his practice.


    The spirits were so enthusiastic, Meng Zhang''s dissatisfaction eased a little.


    Meng Zhang has always disliked all kinds of red tape, especially when the enemy''s main force is about to arrive, it is not appropriate to waste too much time on these things.


    Meng Zhang finally dealt with these tedious hospitality etiquette, and quickly entered the topic.


    He needs to know the plans of the senior leaders of the Spirit Race, whether the senior leaders of the Spirit Race have the determination to fight the enemy to the end, and more importantly, whether the senior leaders of the Spirit Race have sincerity in joining forces with the Taiyi Realm to fight the enemy.


    If the senior leaders of the Spirit Race really want to join forces with the Taiyi World, then how the two sides will cooperate in the next battle must be agreed in advance.


    The situation of fearing and avoiding war like today is absolutely not allowed to happen again.


    Every time Meng Zhang talked about business, he was deliberately distracted by the senior leaders of the Spirit Race.


    The other party was concerned about him, deliberately saying a lot of nonsense.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that this was a pretentious gesture by the senior leaders of the Spirit Race to gain the initiative for the future cooperation between the two parties.


    But after several repetitions, Meng Zhang finally realized that the senior members of the Spiritual Race were not willing to talk about this topic at all.


    Meng Zhang wondered in his heart what the top leaders of the Spirit Race were thinking. The enemy had already invaded the city, so why didn''t they care about business?


    Could it be that these senior members of the Spirit Race really do not need the help of the Taiyi Realm, and are unwilling to join forces with the Taiyi Realm?


    Luna had been dealing with Spirit Transformation Realm for a period of time and had some understanding of the overall strength of the Spirit Race.


    In the previous battle, this group of Spirit Races also behaved very badly. They easily lost their periphery and were surrounded by the enemy''s partial divisions in the Spirit Transformation World.


    With the strength of the Spiritual Race, it is absolutely impossible to resist Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    Meng Zhang believed that the senior leaders of the Spirit Clan should also know this.


    From Meng Zhang''s point of view, if these senior leaders of the Spirit Race refused the help of the Taiyi Realm, they would be courting death at all.


    Meng Zhang was made more and more impatient by the unclear attitude of the senior leaders of the Spirit Race.


    Finally, a Holy Spirit who was born in Huo Ling, with a wrong sentence, was caught by Meng Zhang and scolded.


    This fire spirit was hot-tempered, and he couldn''t resist Meng Zhang''s rebuke.


    Regardless of their manners, both sides yelled at each other.


    There were other Holy Spirits beside him who wanted to persuade him, but because of Meng Zhang''s indiscriminate rebuke, he got involved in the scolding battle.


    In the end, it was the Moon God and the other two Holy Spirits who spent a lot of effort to persuade them to separate them temporarily.


    After experiencing such a scene, the banquet naturally could not continue, and only broke up unhappily.


    After all, Meng Zhang came to reinforce the spirit world, and he just made great efforts to relieve the enemy''s siege of the spirit world.


    Despite some unpleasant experiences, the senior leaders of the Spirit Race did not lose their bearing, and still warmly invited Meng Zhang to stay as a guest.


    After this period of buffering, Meng Zhang probably also calmed down and did not reject the kindness of the spiritual clan''s top management.


    After the banquet was over, Meng Zhang and the Moon God were led to a nearby palace to settle down.


    (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 2863

    It wasn''t until this time that the Moon God had arrived, and Meng Zhang''s face returned to normal, and he told the Moon God what he really thought.


    Meng Zhang felt that the attitude of the senior leaders of the Spirit Race was very abnormal, and they must be doing something behind their backs.


    The Moon God and the top of the Spirit Race have long been in contact and know some of their internal conditions.


    After thinking for a while, she spoke her mind.


    The senior members of the Spiritual Race they had met at the banquet before were not the real masters of the Spiritual Transformation World, but only the leaders of the Spiritual Race on the surface, responsible for the daily affairs of the Spiritual Transformation World.


    The true master of the Spirit Transformation World has been behind closed doors for many years, rarely interfering in external affairs.


    Even if the Spirit Transformation Realm encountered a crisis recently and faced the siege of the real immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, this master has never appeared.


    If Meng Zhang wanted to know the true attitude of the Spirit Race, he needed to interview the true ruler.


    The Moon God has long wanted to visit the true master of the Spirit Race, but has never been able to get the chance.


    The top level of the Spiritual Race, who is currently in charge of the affairs of the Spirit Transformation World, has long rejected the request of the Moon God.


    In order to maintain the relationship with the high-level Spirit Race, the Moon God should not openly violate the will of the other party.


    Meng Zhang is not as old as Luna''s fraction, but his experience is countless times more than hers.


    It was only the first time he came into contact with the senior leaders of the Spirit Race that Meng Zhang was acutely aware that something was wrong.


    The current situation is that the strength of Fengyuan Zhenxian''s men has surpassed Taiyijie.


    Taiyijie must get foreign aid in order to compete with it.


    Meng Zhang felt a little regretful at this time.


    Because of the aggressive attitude of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, he chose to come to the Spiritual Transformation Realm to help the Spiritual Race out of the siege and try to unite with them.


    However, judging from the results, the situation on the side of the Spirit Transformation World was very strange, and the senior leaders of the Spirit Race made Meng Zhang feel uneasy at all.


    If he had known that the Spirit Transformation Realm was like this, Meng Zhang should have controlled the Taiyi Realm to go to the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Although the Ten Thousand Demon Realm does not trust the Taiyi Realm, at least they still have the determination to fight against Fengyuan Zhenxian and others.


    However, it has already come, and it is too late to regret it now.


    Meng Zhang put aside all other thoughts and focused on the current problem.


    Luna was out of curiosity first, and secondly, she also had an instinct to collect information. After she came to the Spirit Transformation World, she still had some information about the whereabouts of the real master of the Spirit Transformation World through some side-by-side attacks.


    As far as the Moon God knows, the true master of the Spirit Transformation World lives in seclusion in the depths of the source sea of ??the Spirit Transformation World all the year round.


    According to legends, the origin of this ruler is the artifact spirit of an immortal artifact.


    I don''t know how many years ago, this tool spirit escaped the control of the original owner and came to the spirit world.


    This Artifact Spirit possesses the strength of a true god, and easily became the leader of the Spiritual Clan of the Spiritualizing World, completely controlling the Spiritualizing World.


    Although he has not shown up for many years, the spirit clan still respects this artifact like a god.


    Among the Spirit Race, there have always been legends related to it.


    The information Luna provided was too sketchy, but for Meng Zhang, it was almost enough.


    After negotiating with Luna, Meng Zhang began to act.


    Silently, Meng Zhang''s figure disappeared from the palace.


    Luna majored in the Great Yin Dao and was also very proficient in illusion.


    She whispered a few incantations, and a phantom that was exactly the same as Meng Zhang''s, with no difference in breath, appeared in front of her.


    Luna believed that, as long as he didn''t really do it, the senior leaders of the Spirit Race alone should not be able to see through this illusion.


    Luna sat opposite this phantom, as if they were having a long conversation in the palace.


    Meng Zhang himself had already left the palace complex.


    The level of the Spiritual Race above the prohibition of the formation method is not even comparable to the indigenous gods of the Shenchang Realm.


    Those high-level Spirit Race leaders at the Holy Spirit level have no strength to see through Meng Zhang''s deeds.


    Meng Zhang left this tall mountain and found a remote place far away.


    Meng Zhang first set up a phantom array to cover the situation here.


    Then, he set up a special magic circle.


    This magic circle originally came from the dragon branch of the Sea-Swallowing Dragon Emperor, and it could directly allow Meng Zhang to reach the source sea of ??the Spiritual Transformation World.


    Taiyi Sect has not yet had an Immortal Master of Formation, so naturally it is impossible to fully understand the mystery of this formation.


    However, Meng Zhang painted a tiger according to the cat, and he simply laid down the magic circle according to the teachings of the dragon clan, and made some simple applications. There is still no big problem.


    Before Meng Zhang came to the Spirit Transformation Realm, he never thought that he would need to go to the Yuanhai by himself.


    However, he has been carrying a variety of materials with him.


    Anyway, his mustard space is wide enough to accommodate many supplies.


    He spent a lot of precious materials to complete this magic circle.


    Meng Zhang took out the jade book and summoned a wonderful projection of divine power.


    The wonderful projection of divine power stood in the center of the circle according to his instructions, and successfully activated the circle.


    Soon, a huge vortex appeared above the magic circle.


    Meng Zhang''s figure immediately jumped into the whirlpool.


    After a while, the scene in front of Meng Zhang kept changing, and finally he entered the sea of ??origin.


    The existence time of the big world of the Spirit Transformation World is probably the shortest among the several big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, except for the Junchen World.


    Not only has the Spirit Transformation World not had time to give birth to the will of heaven and earth, but even the origin of heaven and earth in the Sea of ????Origin is very thin.


    Meng Zhang has been to the source sea of ??Shenchang realm, and he has also entered the source sea of ??Junchen realm.


    The source sea of ??the Spirit Transformation Realm seems to be incomparable even to the Junchen Realm.


    Meng Zhang was very puzzled by this.


    The number of Holy Spirit-level powerhouses supported by the Spirit Transformation World is limited, and the consumption of the Holy Spirit on the origin of heaven and earth is far less than that of ordinary True Immortals.


    The source sea of ??the Spirit Transformation World should not be what it is now, a stunted appearance.


    Meng Zhang sensed the thin source of heaven and earth around him, and involuntarily began to guess.


    Could it be that the senior members of the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation World have any projects that require a lot of consumption of the source of the world, so that the source sea is almost exhausted?


    Meng Zhang began to probe in the source sea while making unnecessary guesses in his mind.


    After observation, Meng Zhang discovered that the source sea of ??the spirit world was not born like this.


    The source sea of ??the spirit world once occupied a very vast space and possessed a very strong source of heaven and earth.


    However, I don''t know what happened later, the source of the world of the spirit world was consumed in large quantities, and even the source sea began to dry up and shrink.


    Judging from the traces left around, it doesn''t look like it has experienced a large-scale battle in the source sea.


    For a true immortal like Meng Zhang, a source sea like the Spiritual Transformation World does not pose much of a threat to him at all.


    Even the most dangerous place among them was just a little troublesome for him.


    Meng Zhang quickly finished exploring the outer parts of the Yuanhai, and found nothing of value.


    Meng Zhang still has no idea of ??turning his face with the senior leaders of the Spirit Race.


    Luna cannot delay and hide for a long time.


    He must rush back in time before Luna''s illusion can be seen through.


    With this thought in mind, Meng Zhang couldn''t help speeding up the investigation.


    His figure shuttled in the source sea extremely fast, and quickly sensed everything around him.


    Soon after, Meng Zhang went deep into the core area of ??Yuanhai.


    Suddenly, Meng Zhang, who was aware of it, suddenly stopped moving forward, and cast a spell to hide his figure.


    Then, Meng Zhang slowly sneaked forward.


    After a while, Meng Zhang stopped sneaking.


    In front, a middle-aged man radiating green light was firmly locked by several thick chains.


    One end of these chains was locked on the middle-aged man, and the other end was connected to four tall stone tablets.


    Opposite the middle-aged man, a beautiful and graceful female fairy was sitting cross-legged in the air.


    The middle-aged man glared at the female fairy opposite, with unwilling anger in his eyes.


    The female fairy had a face full of indifference, and did not pay attention to the other party''s anger at all.


    Meng Zhang, who was hiding in the dark, was very secretive and was never discovered by this man and woman.


    Meng Zhang just observed it for a while, which revealed the true identity of the man and the woman.


    These men and women are all Immortal Item Spirits, and they all have the strength of a True Immortal.


    Among the legends circulated in the spirit-transforming world, only the artifact spirit of an immortal artifact came to the spirit-transforming world.


    I don''t know what happened to the artifact spirit of another fairy artifact that appeared here.


    Judging from the situation on the field, the two artifact spirits clearly turned their faces into enemies.


    The female spirit imprisoned the male spirit at some point, obviously gaining the upper hand in the dispute.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the specific identities of the two parties, let alone who was right or wrong, so he didn''t make a rash move, but continued to hide in the dark to observe.


    While Meng Zhang was observing, the female spirit spoke up.


    "Fellow Daoist Hualing, you and I have known each other and have supported each other for more than 10,000 years. It''s not easy to get to where we are today."


    "Why don''t you believe me at all?"


    The male **ling, the soul-transforming fellow Daoist in the female **ling''s mouth, snorted heavily.


    "Sixiang, you bitch, are you still qualified to call me Taoist friend?"


    "Is this how you treat fellow Daoists?"


    "You betrayed your fellow Taoist for the promise of returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm?"


    The female **ling, the four elephants in the male **ling''s mouth, sighed helplessly.


    "Fellow Daoist Hualing, your misunderstanding and hostility towards Lingkong Xianjie are too deep."


    "Do you know that in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are also true immortals such as me who have achieved Item Spirit achievements, and will not be discriminated against and hostile to."


    "Lingkong Xianjie has always been very inclusive. No matter what origin, as long as you become a true immortal, you can have a place."


    "If I want to continue to be at ease in the void and myriad worlds, and if I want to go further on the road of cultivation, then I need to hold a group, and even more need a backing."


    ...


    Meng Zhang listened to it for a long time, and probably figured out some things.


    He knew before that, according to the spiritual path of spiritual cultivation, to cultivate to the level of the Holy Spirit is equivalent to the true immortal of the Immortal Dao system and the true God of the Shinto system.


    Of course, the vast majority of Holy Spirits, whether in terms of supernatural abilities or combat power, are not as good as true immortals of the same level.


    Such as the spiritual tools and magic weapons used by Taoist monks, they have a strong spirituality and can give birth to spiritual weapons.


    If these artifact spirits can grow up and pass the test of the Sun God Thunder Tribulation, they can practice according to the Taoist practice system just like the human race cultivators.


    For example, the Void Cauldron owned by the Taiyi Sect in its heyday, the artifact spirit Void Kongzi bred out is an old senior in the sect, who has cultivated to the Void Returning Stage long ago.


    There is also Ban Xue Jianjun, the head of the Tiangong in the Junchen Realm, who is also born in the artifact spirit, and finally succeeded in becoming a true immortal.


    There is another situation, that is, some fairy artifacts will also give birth to artifact spirits by chance.


    As long as the artifact spirit of the fairy is born, it is the existence of the true fairy level.


    Of course, his supernatural abilities, combat power, etc., would be very different.


    A strong guy can even easily defeat an ordinary True Immortal, and a weak one can''t even beat an ordinary True God.


    There are many options for spiritual practice.


    Strictly speaking, artifact spirits are also a large branch of the spirit race.


    They can choose the spiritual path of spiritual clan and easily transform into the Holy Spirit.


    You can also take the Shinto practice route and gather the power of faith to confer a god.


    There are even cases of falling into the devil''s way and becoming a devil.


    In more cases, it is to follow the path of immortal cultivation and become a true immortal.


    Although it is the most difficult to become a true immortal, it can be used as an artifact spirit of an immortal weapon, and there are many conveniences.


    Generally speaking, most of the spirits of immortal artifacts can successfully become true immortals as long as they are willing.


    Of course, the Taoist cultivation system is in the void of the world today, and this is also because these spirits have grown up around cultivators.


    They were originally from the spiritual tools and magic weapons used by Taoist cultivators. At the beginning of the birth of spiritual wisdom, they were deeply influenced by the Taoist self-cultivation system.


    Meng Zhang believed that if it was an artifact spirit born from a magic tool, or an artifact spirit born from an artifact, most of them would follow the cultivation route of the magic way and the divine way.


    That soul-transforming fellow Taoist is an artifact of an immortal artifact called a spirit-transforming bottle.


    It stands to reason that with his background, he should follow the path of immortal cultivation.


    However, he chose the spiritual clan''s cultivation route and became a holy spirit, which is also an anomaly.


    And the artifact spirit called Sixiang, an immortal artifact called Sixiang Stele, embarked on the path of immortality and became a true immortal.


    Hualing and Sixiang are old friends with tens of thousands of years of friendship.


    They have shared weal and woe, and have gone through many hardships, obstacles and trials together, and finally came to the Dengtian Star District and this big world.


    Although they chose different spiritual paths, it did not affect their friendship and trust in the slightest.


    They worked together and fought side by side, and they worked hard for many years to create the foundation of the spiritual world.

 Chapter 2864

    From the dialogue between the Spirit of the Spiritual Transformation Bottle and the Spirit of the Four Elephant Monument, it can be known that the name of the big world of the Spiritual Transformation World all comes from the name of the Spiritual Transformation Bottle.


    It can be said that without the spirit transformation bottle, there would be no spirit transformation world today.


    After the rise of the spirit clan in the spirit-transforming world, the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle could not be closed all year round, and spent most of the time in the source sea.


    On weekdays, the Qi Ling of the Four Elephants Monument is always in charge outside.


    Back then, the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument let the spirit clan join the ranks of invaders from outside the territory and attack the Junchen Realm together, which already made the spirit of Hualingping very dissatisfied.


    It''s been so long, and the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle is still brooding, so this matter should be questioned by the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument.


    After the team of real immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm came to the Dengtian star area, they somehow contacted the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument.


    Qi Ling of the Four Elephant Monument has always wanted to lead the spirit clan from the Hualing Realm to seek refuge in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but was resolutely opposed by Qi Ling of the Hualing Bottle.


    Because the device spirit of the Four Elephant Monument presides over various major affairs in the spirit world all the year round, it has a very strong authority among the high-level spirit clan.


    She persuaded many high-ranking spirit clans by relying on her three-inch tongue and the means of coercion and lure.


    Immortal Fengyuan''s methods are also very good.


    He also hit and pulled the spirit race in the spirit world, with sticks and carrots.


    On the one hand, it is attracted by the weapon spirit of the Four Elephant Monument, and on the other hand, it shows a strong combat power to deter it.


    Up to now, many of the high-level spirit clan in the spirit world have stood by the side of the four-element stele, hoping to seek refuge in the spirit world, get more benefits, and save their own lives.


    Immortal Fengyuan led an army of monks to conquer the fearless world, easily wiped out the high-level barbarians, and almost wiped out the barbarians in the fearless world.


    Of course, the spirit race in the spirit world was greatly shocked, and they were unwilling to suffer the same fate.


    Some high-level members of the spirit clan who were unwilling to surrender were also temporarily suppressed by the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele.


    Of course, even though he wanted to surrender to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, anyone with a little brain knew that he could not surrender unconditionally.


    Many senior leaders of the Spirit Race are bargaining with Immortal Fengyuan, trying to get better terms of surrender.


    When Meng Zhang heard these contents, the doubts in his heart were finally solved.


    No wonder the senior leaders of the Spirit Clan acted so useless before, avoiding war wholeheartedly.


    It turned out that people wanted to surrender a long time ago, so naturally they had no intention of fighting.


    The reason why they are still persisting there is that the conditions have not been negotiated.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm to break through the barriers to reinforce the Spirit Transformation Realm, and he himself came to the Spirit Transformation Realm to visit the high-level spirit clan, but at this moment he learned the inside story.


    All of a sudden, raging anger ignited in his heart.


    The upper echelon of the Spirit Race was no longer just playing tricks on him, but had very bad intentions.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t personally entered Yuanhai to investigate, he might have been kept in the dark when the Taiyi Realm was betrayed by the Spiritual Clan of the Transforming Spirit Realm.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s understanding of Fengyuan Zhenxian, if the timing is right, he will definitely use the spiritual clan of the Hualing Realm to plot against the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang shuddered at the thought of facing the main force led by Zhenxian Fengyuan and his allies, the spirit clan of the Hualing world, stabbing him in the back.


    At this time, he had an impulse in his heart to immediately give up everything in the Spirit Transformation Realm, and return to the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible, urging the Taiyi Realm to leave here as soon as possible.


    But in Meng Zhang''s heart, there was a feeling of unwillingness.


    Judging from the current situation, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling firmly disagreed with taking refuge in the Ling Kong Immortal Realm, so Sixiang Bei Qi Ling ignored his friendship for many years and imprisoned him here to prevent him from messing up.


    If the true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm arrive at the Spirit Transformation Realm, the Spirit Transformation Bottle may also fall into the opponent''s hands.


    At that time, its fate will be hard to say.


    Meng Zhang felt that even if he wanted to escape from here, it would not be in vain to take advantage of Sixiangbei and other high-level spirit clan officials.


    Their behavior is tantamount to betraying the Taiyi world, and they must not be easily forgiven.


    If he wanted to add obstacles to the Four Elephants Monument, the most ready-made method was to release the spirit transformation bottle that he had imprisoned.


    While watching, Meng Zhang also roughly estimated the strength comparison between the two sides.


    As long as the opponent is not a celestial being and his cultivation is still at the level of a true immortal, no matter how powerful the opponent is, Meng Zhang dares to meet him.


    Although the artifact spirit of the Four Elephant Monument has long been a true immortal, and the Immortal Artifact Four Elephant Monument must be very powerful, Meng Zhang will not have the slightest scruples.


    Meng Zhang quickly made up his mind and secretly looked for an opportunity to do it.


    Meng Zhang will not be stupid enough to fight fairly with his opponent, but will defeat his opponent by any means.


    The Spirit of Hualingping Ping and the Spirit of Sixiangbei had been arguing for a while, but no one could convince the other, and both sides were a little tired.


    Qi Ling of Hualingping Bottle was probably tired of cursing, and after a while of cursing, he took the initiative to shut up.


    After a while, he started yelling at the Sixiangbei Qiling again.


    In the recent period of time, Sixiangbei has been scolded countless times by Hua Lingping, and she is almost used to it.


    But this time, Hua Lingping Bottle and Artifact scolded him very harshly, and he began to struggle desperately.


    The strength of Hua Lingping Ping is no longer inferior to that of the Four Elephants Monument. This time, the Four Elephants Monument was also a surprise attack, and it was finally suppressed.


    Ever since Qi Ling of Hualingping Bottle was suppressed, it was no longer his figure that silently appeared behind the Qi Ling of the Four Elephant Monument, and with a single hand shake, several yin and yang extermination gods thundered out violently.


    Meng Zhang took out his trump card as soon as he made a move, and he didn''t mean to show mercy at all.


    The Spirit of the Four Elephant Monument reacted in time, turned around and took the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder.


    She backed away from the shock, her whole body was almost trembling.


    The weapon spirit of the Four Elephant Monument has been a true immortal for many years, and it can be regarded as a veteran true immortal, and its strength is much better than that of ordinary true immortals.


    However, compared with Meng Zhang, his combat effectiveness is still far behind.


    The Four Elephant Monument Artifact is well-informed and has seen many powerful people at the level of real immortals. She herself is also a person who has experienced many battles.


    Just as soon as she played against Meng Zhang, she knew that she was not Meng Zhang''s opponent.


    The spirit of the Four Elephants Monument did not escape immediately, she had other cards.


    I saw that the four huge stone tablets that locked the Spirit of the Transforming Spirit Bottle suddenly began to shake violently.


    These four stone tablets are the body of the Immortal Artifact Four Elephant Tablet, which possesses extremely powerful power.


    The Four Elephant Stele Artifact is no match for Meng Zhang, so of course we have to use the power of the Immortal Artifact.


    She can fully display the power of this fairy weapon.

 Chapter 2865

    The so-called four images are earth fire feng shui.


    As the name suggests, the Four Elephant Monument is an immortal device that can drive the power of earth, fire and feng shui.


    The four original forces of earth, fire, feng shui surged out from the four stone tablets respectively.


    Earth Fire Feng Shui is the most original force that makes up a big world.


    If you want to shape a big world, you need to refine the power of earth, fire, feng shui.


    The power of wind and fire driven by the pseudo-immortal artifact Fenghuo Yinyang fan in Meng Zhang''s hand is very close to the original power of the great world.


    Of course, one of the main reasons why the Fenghuo Yinyang Fan is still a pseudo-celestial weapon is that the power of wind and fire it manifests is not entirely the original power of earth fire and feng shui.


    Meng Zhang also tried to master and refine the power of Earth Fire Feng Shui, but because he majored in the Yin-Yang Dao, he never succeeded.


    Now, the weapon spirit of the Four Elephants Monument has allowed him to experience such power for himself.


    The power of earth, fire, feng shui quickly rushed to Meng Zhang not far away, either refining the power of other attributes here, or driving it away completely.


    Meng Zhang suddenly felt that he had lost the use of the power of the surrounding heaven and earth, and was unable to mobilize the power of the heaven and earth avenue.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, a mysterious power was released from his body, which counteracted the power of earth fire, geomantic omen and water.


    Immediately afterwards, the yin and yang qi flew out of Meng Zhang''s body, turned into a pair of horses in the air, and fought fiercely with the power of earth, fire, feng shui.


    The two kinds of power are extremely high-level, have extraordinary origins, and are extremely powerful. It is impossible to tell the winner in a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang continued to cast the yin and yang extinction thunder, constantly bombarding the spirit of the four elephant monument.


    The body of the Four Elephant Monument distractedly attacked Meng Zhang, and was at loggerheads with the yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang, which made the trapped Spirit of Hualing Bottle see the advantage.


    After he became the Holy Spirit, in addition to improving his level of cultivation, he also mastered some supernatural powers one after another.


    Even in the trapped situation, seeing the opportunity to escape, he began to use these supernatural means.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Stele can''t just let him out of trouble.


    The Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling would rather put himself under greater pressure and threats in the battle with Meng Zhang. They must firmly restrain the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    The body of the Four Elephant Monument suddenly shone brightly, strengthening the suppression of the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle.


    Facing a formidable enemy like Meng Zhang, the Four Elephant Monument Spirit dared to be distracted and use it for other purposes. It was really asking for death.


    Meng Zhang began to show his supernatural powers, using all means, and did not give the spirit of the Sixiang Monument a chance to breathe.


    The insidious sword energy quickly blended into the surrounding environment.


    After absorbing the origin of heaven and earth in the source sea, these sword qi became stronger and more fierce.


    Waves of sword energy silently attacked the whole body of the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit.


    Before the sword energy erupted, the Four Elephant Tablet Tool Spirit reacted in time.


    She resisted many sword qi, consumed a lot of power, and began to show her flaws.


    Meng Zhang took the opportunity to speed up the speed of casting the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder.


    Although he has already become a true immortal, the weapon spirit of the Four Elephant Monument still hasn''t completely got rid of some of its own limitations and flaws.


    All spirits, no matter the lowest level of Yin spirits, weird and unpredictable demon spirits, or weapon spirits with different attributes, all have some scruples about the most masculine and masculine power of thunder and lightning.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was instinctively afraid of the power of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder.


    After repeatedly resisting the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument began to be injured.


    She knew she couldn''t go on like this.


    If Lei, the God of Yin-Yang Extinction, was allowed to continue his bombardment, sooner or later her body would be blown apart.


    At this time, because the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele was restrained by Meng Zhang, the body of the Four Elephant Stele, that is, the four stone steles, was at loggerheads with the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    The spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle has been imprisoned here by the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument for a long time.


    He tried his best, but couldn''t get out of the prison.


    If the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation Realm completely surrendered to the Spirit Sky Immortal Realm, and Master Fengyuan came to the Spirit Transformation Realm, then the Spirit Transformation Bottle would definitely fall into their hands.


    In order to get rid of the control of the immortal, Hua Lingping paid a huge price and spent countless hours.


    In any case, even if the body and spirit are completely destroyed, he is unwilling to fall into the hands of the immortal again and be controlled by the immortal.


    Especially the group of true immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he knows their nature very well, and he will never associate with them.


    Now, because of Meng Zhang''s sneak attack, it brought him a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.


    If he misses this time, he may never find such a good opportunity again.


    The Artifact Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle kept stimulating itself, trying to unleash every bit of its potential.


    He has tried his best and played almost all his hole cards.


    He struggled desperately, constantly exerting pressure on the four stone tablets.


    Outside the source sea of ??the Spirit Transformation Realm, in the extreme depths of the ground, there was also a huge vibration at this time.


    The body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was suppressed at that place by the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele.


    There is a special connection between the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and its main body, no matter how far apart it is.


    Now, in addition to trying his best to get rid of the suppression of the Four Elephant Stele, the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle is also trying to summon his own body.


    The body of the spirit transformation bottle also has extremely powerful power.


    Back then, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument made a sneak attack and restrained the Spirit Transformation Bottle, and with great difficulty, the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was stripped from its body.


    She suppressed the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the main body in different places, just to prevent the two from cooperating with each other and find a chance to get out of trouble.


    Now, due to the all-out call of the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle, the body of the spirit-transforming bottle is responding to the spirit of the spirit.


    Sensing the constant shaking of the restriction imposed on the body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was a little flustered.


    When Meng Zhang just made a move, she had already recognized him.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Monument has always been very concerned about the situation inside the Dengtian star area.


    She is not very clear about Meng Zhang''s performance in the ruins of the Junchen Realm.


    But the news that the Taiyi Realm and the Dragon Clan coalition forces conquered the Shenchang Realm, and Meng Zhang displayed his supernatural power, had already reached her ears.


    Although the Spiritual Race in the Transforming Spirit Realm has not completely surrendered to Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others, the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit who has been pushing this matter has been secretly connected with them.


    The fact that Meng Zhang broke into the Fearless Realm and escaped under the siege of many real immortals shocked her a little.


    Facing a powerful enemy like Shang Mengzhang, if you are not careful, you may fall.


    Meng Zhang''s offensive was fierce, not because of his false reputation, which made the spirit of Sixiang Beiqi not care about anything else.


    She avoided Meng Zhang''s attack, bypassed the blockade of yin and yang, and plunged into the body of the Four Elephant Stele.


    The four steles seemed to come alive all of a sudden. They shook off the chains on their bodies and surrounded them from different directions, enclosing Meng Zhang in the middle.


    In order to deal with a powerful enemy like Meng Zhang with all its strength, Sixiangbei had to relax its suppression of the Spirit of Hualing Bottle.


    Brilliant rays of light continuously gushed out from the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle, breaking and melting all the chains that locked him.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, the spirit of Hualingping Pingqi, who had been imprisoned for a long time, finally escaped and regained his freedom.

 Chapter 2866

    Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling, who had just escaped from trouble, did not go to help Meng Zhang fight.


    Meng Zhang is also a true immortal, he will not easily trust a true immortal, even though the other party helped him just now.


    He even suspected that Meng Zhang had ulterior motives in attacking the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument.


    He strengthened the strength of summoning his own body.


    As long as he merges with the main body, his strength will increase greatly, and he will have more power to deal with various complicated situations.


    Meng Zhang was surrounded by the Four Elephants Stele, and the power of Earth Fire, Feng Shui coming from all directions wanted to completely refine him.


    Under his control, the two qi of yin and yang firmly protected him, fighting endlessly with the forces of earth, fire, wind and fire.


    After the spirit of the Four Elephant Tablet and the main body were combined into one, the four stone tablets showed even stronger power.


    Moreover, now the Four Elephant Monument body does not need to suppress the spirit of the spirit bottle, and can attack Meng Zhang with all its strength.


    Meng Zhang never backed down in the face of powerful enemies, and constantly displayed various magical methods.


    Several yin and yang extinction thunders broke through the interception of the earth, fire, feng shui, and directly bombarded the main body of the four-element stele.


    The body of the Immortal Artifact of the Four Elephants Monument is naturally extremely strong, and can withstand the attacks of various immortal arts and supernatural powers.


    However, it was also difficult for him to be bombarded by several yin and yang extermination god thunders.


    The fight between Meng Zhang and the Four Elephant Monument became more and more intense, causing waves of storms in Yuanhai, and the aftermath of the battle almost spread throughout the entire Yuanhai, making Yuanhai start to shake.


    The violent shaking of the source sea also had a huge impact on the spiritual world, and many places in the spiritual world began to vibrate violently.


    Some high-level spirit clan members with keen senses have already noticed that something is wrong, and there may be something wrong with Yuanhai.


    Although the device spirit of the Four Elephants Monument had bewitched a large part of the high-level spirit clan before, her suppression of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was still kept strictly confidential.


    Many high-ranking spirit clans support her to take refuge in the spirit world, but they don''t necessarily support her attacking the spirit bottle.


    Therefore, the Four Elephant Monument had previously secretly plotted against the Spiritual Vase and suppressed it.


    After she succeeded, she also specifically ordered that no member of the Spirit Race be allowed to enter Yuanhai.


    In the situation where the spirit of the Hualing bottle was suppressed and unable to speak out, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was the most authoritative and powerful high-level person in the spirit clan of the Hualing world.


    Therefore, even if a small number of high-ranking spirits guessed that there might be something going on in Yuanhai, they dared not enter Yuanhai at will because of the order of the Four Elephant Tablet Artifact Spirit.


    More high-level spirits have not found the root of the problem so far, and they are still investigating everywhere in the spirit world to see where the problem happened. Why is the earth shaking endlessly?


    After the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was fused with the main body, its strength increased greatly, but Meng Zhang was still helpless.


    The two sides fought inextricably, and even Meng Zhang slowly began to gain the upper hand.


    At this time, after calling continuously, the Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle finally made the body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle burst out with all its power.


    Deep in the ground of the Spirit Transformation Realm, where the body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was originally suppressed, an unprecedented earthquake suddenly broke out.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle turned into a rainbow of light, breaking through the restriction and blockade of the Four Elephants Stele, and like a volcanic eruption, it rushed out from the depths of the ground and rushed to the sky.


    Followed by countless magma and flames, gushing out from the gap penetrated by the Spirit Transformation Bottle, triggering an unprecedented volcanic eruption.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle vibrated violently in the sky, breaking through the space between Yuanhai and the outside world, piercing through the space barrier, and entering into Yuanhai.


    With a single move by Qi Ling, the spirit-transforming bottle flew into his hand automatically.


    The Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle merged with the main body, its strength increased greatly, and it became more confident in its heart.


    The spirit-transforming bottle is really extraordinary. Its body can break through the ban and suppression of the true immortal level, and it can also directly enter the source sea of ??the spirit-transforming world along the special connection between the body and the spirit of the weapon.


    The Four Elephants Monument has been attacking Meng Zhang for a long time, and after the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit got out of trouble, they reunited with the main body. She knew that there was nothing she could do, and it was pointless to stay for a long time.


    If there was a delay, until all the Spirit Transformation Bottles joined the battle, it would be difficult for her to leave.


    The Four Elephants Monument shook, and a space vortex appeared in the sky.


    The four stone tablets were thrown into the space vortex immediately, and disappeared without a trace.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have the time to chase her, he still had a lot of doubts in his heart, and he needed the spirit of the spirit bottle to help him answer them.


    But at this time, the Spirit of Hualing Bottle controlled the Spirit of Hualing Bottle, trying to calm down the storm in the source sea, and to restore calm here as soon as possible, naturally there was no time for others.


    Meng Zhang didn''t disturb the movement of the spirit of the spirit bottle, and waited silently on the side.


    The storm in Yuanhai subsided slowly, but the damage he suffered did not recover so quickly.


    As the most critical and core place in a big world, Yuanhai should not have been a battlefield in the first place.


    For example, Meng Zhang and Sixiangbei fought in Yuanhai before. It didn''t take long, but the damage caused to Yuanhai was not small, and it took a lot of time to recover.


    After Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling finished all this, Meng Zhang took the initiative to salute him and introduce himself.


    Judging from the previous conversations between Hualingping Pingqiling and Sixiangbei Qiling, Hualingpingpingqiling is firmly opposed to seeking refuge in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Immortal Fengyuan and the others will sooner or later dominate the entire Dengtian Star District, and the Spirit Transformation Realm will never escape their clutches.


    The Spirit of Transformation Bottle and Artifact is unwilling to take refuge, so it is naturally their enemy.


    It is estimated that it won''t be long before Hua Lingping will face the team of real immortals from the spirit world.


    Although Meng Zhang no longer trusts the high-level spirit clan in the spirit world, even if the enemy''s enemy is not a friend, there is still room for cooperation.


    Meng Zhang told the current situation in the Dengtian star area, the enemy''s movements, Taiyi Realm''s coming to reinforce the Hualing Realm, the attitude of the spirit clan''s high-level executives in the Hualing Realm, etc., all told Hualing Bottle Qiling.


    During this process, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling didn''t say a word, and quietly listened to Meng Zhang''s narration.


    After Meng Zhang finished speaking, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling spoke slowly.


    Although he has always disliked immortals and has no trust in immortals at all, after all, Meng Zhang just helped him out of trouble just now, so he doesn''t like to speak harshly to each other.


    Meng Zhang''s narration is very sincere, fully explaining the problems faced by the spiritual transformation world, and also expressing his willingness to cooperate.


    The Spirit of Hualing Bottle has survived for a long time and has experienced many experiences.


    But over the years, he has basically kept his heart, and his personality has not changed much.


    Generally speaking, he is still a relatively simple character who doesn''t like to cause trouble and hates all kinds of troubles.


    He is neither aggressive nor harmful.


    Although he hates immortals, he will not provoke immortals for no reason.


    Although he still had some doubts in his heart, he basically believed what Meng Zhang said.


    He never thought that during the time he was suppressed, the situation would develop so quickly, and the situation in the spirit world would become so dangerous.

 Chapter 2867

    Although Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling has a relatively simple personality at times, he is not a fool.


    On the contrary, the long life span brought him considerable wisdom.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t lied, then the current situation facing the spirit world would be very dangerous.


    There are powerful enemies from the spirit world outside, and because of the spirit of the Four Elephants Stele internally, the upper echelons of the spirit clan have no fighting spirit and want to surrender.


    The Spirit of Hualing Bottle knows the virtues of the true immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and is absolutely unwilling to take refuge in them.


    The spirit race in the spirit world will not end well if they seek refuge in the past.


    The members of the spirit clan themselves are very precious materials for cultivators.


    Alchemy, refining, and formation all need to consume these materials.


    If the Spiritual Races from the Transforming Spirit Realm take refuge in the Spiritual Space and Immortal Realm, those high-level Spirit Races at the Holy Spirit level may be fine for the time being, and may gain many benefits in a short time.


    But after a long time, they will gradually be controlled by the immortals and become their puppets.


    As for those low-level spirit races, I am afraid that they can only let the meat of the cultivators become pure consumables.


    For this kind of situation, Hua Lingping is absolutely unwilling to see it.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s story, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling didn''t talk about the current situation, but talked to him about things many years ago.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle was forged by a true immortal and continuously strengthened by it.


    About 10,000 years ago, the spiritual wisdom was born in the Hualing bottle, and the spirit of the weapon was born.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle is a special immortal artifact, not for fighting.


    The main function of the spirit transformation bottle is to enlighten the spirit race.


    For example, a piece of material full of spirituality can give birth to spiritual wisdom and become a brand new spiritual race after being enlightened by the spiritual transformation bottle.


    The owner of the Spirit Transformation Bottle used this function of the Spirit Transformation Bottle to enlighten many Spirit Races one after another.


    In various markets in the cultivation world, spirit races at all levels are relatively in short supply commodities, which can be exchanged for a large amount of resources.


    The owner of the spirit transformation bottle completely regarded the enlightened spirit race as an item.


    Sell ??them when resources are needed; consume them as materials when refining weapons; refine them into Dao soldiers and use them as cannon fodder in battles; use them as servants, and even swallow them directly when you are in a bad mood; When practicing certain fairy arts and supernatural powers, absorb and refine them...


    In a word, the spirit race is not regarded as intelligent beings by this immortal at all, and their fate is extremely tragic.


    Probably something hurts its kind, and the Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact is very sympathetic to the fate of these spirit races.


    The soul of the spirit bottle is full of emotions, and has a special feeling for the spirit race that he has enlightened.


    What the fairy did made him very angry, but he had no way to resist.


    This immortal is not a good-tempered existence, and he has suffered a lot in his hands.


    Hua Lingping Ping Qi tried his best, but he couldn''t get rid of this fairy''s control.


    The spirits of Hualingpingpingqi began to feel hopeless, thinking that such miserable days would never see an end.


    Until one day, an enemy of this immortal came to his door.


    The enemy of this immortal is also a true immortal, and like him, they all come from the fairy world of the spirit sky.


    The two true immortals had a sworn hatred, and a life-and-death battle broke out as soon as they met.


    The fairy artifact in the hands of another true fairy is the Four Elephant Stele.


    The Four Elephants Monument also possesses a weapon spirit, and is also dissatisfied with its master.


    What happened next, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling did not go into details, but only talked about the final result.


    The two true immortals fell, Hualingping Bottle and Sixiangbei fled together, and fled to the Dengtian star area.


    They came to the later Spirit Transformation World and settled down here.


    Hua Lingping has always regarded himself as a spirit clan, and he is unwilling to embark on other paths of cultivation.


    The spirit world is an undeveloped primitive world, rich in resources, and countless kinds of spiritual things.


    The Spiritual Transformation Bottle has spent a lot of effort to attune those spiritual objects with profound foundations.


    The earliest batch of spirit races in the spirit world basically originated from the enlightenment of the spirit bottle.


    With the help of these spirit clans, the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the Four Elephant Monument have carried out a large-scale transformation of the entire Spirit Transformation World.


    The spirit world not only becomes more suitable for the survival of the spirit race, but also helps to give birth to a new spirit race.


    With the passage of time, more and more spirit races were born in the spirit world.


    Many powerhouses have emerged from these spirit clans, making the spirit clans of the Transforming Spirit Realm a powerful force in the Ascension to Heaven star region.


    When enlightening the spirit clan back then, the spirit transformation bottle was consumed too much, which hurt the vitality.


    The source sea of ??the Spirit Transformation Realm is also excessively depleted and almost exhausted.


    For so many years, the Spirit Transformation Bottle has been staying in the source sea of ??the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    While recuperating and recovering vitality; at the same time repairing the source sea of ??the spirit world.


    After years of hard work, he himself has fully recovered, and Yuanhai, the world of spirit transformation, has also seen a bit of rejuvenation.


    Since the spirit-transforming bottle has been waiting in the source sea for a long time, the affairs of the spirit clan in the spirit-transforming world are basically presided over by the Four Elephant Monument.


    Including the fact that the spirit clan from the Hualing Realm joined the army of foreign invaders and besieged the Junchen Realm together.


    Hua Lingping occasionally contacted the Four Elephant Monument and a few high-level spirit clansmen to learn something about the outside world from them.


    He later heard about the siege of the Junchen Realm, and although he was dissatisfied, he did not publicly object.


    Until some time ago, the real immortal from the Lingkong Immortal Realm arrived in the Dengtian star area, and somehow contacted the Four Elephant Monument.


    The Four Elephants Monument persuaded the high-ranking spirit clan to take refuge in the spirit world, which alarmed the spirit transformation bottle.


    Everything that happened after that is what Meng Zhang knows.


    Hualingping objected to seek refuge in the Lingkong fairyland, and was suppressed by the Four Elephant Monument, cutting off contact with the outside world.


    Now that the spirit-transforming bottle has regained its freedom, it is natural that the spirits of the spirit-transforming world will not be allowed to seek refuge in the spirit world.


    There is also a reason why Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling is so frank in front of Meng Zhang.


    Although the earliest spirit clans in the spirit world were all enlightened by the spirit bottle.


    But for many years, the Four Elephants Monument has been in charge of everything in the Hualing World.


    The Spirit Transformation Vase was enshrined by countless spirit clans, but he had no real power. Many high-ranking spirit clans respected him but not respected him.


    Even the pure-minded Eldar know how to fight for power and profit.


    In the face of rights and interests, the high-level spirit clan will not obey their creators.


    The Four Elephant Monument has many supporters among the high-level spirit clan.


    Many senior leaders of the Spiritual Clan couldn''t see through the true colors of the true immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they only thought of the benefits of taking refuge in the past, and did not foresee the bad consequences.


    Even if the Spirit Transformation Bottle appears now, it may not be able to regain control of the spirit race in the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    One could do it wrong, before the enemy arrived, the spirit clan in the spirit world fell into a civil war.


    The spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle is unwilling to meet the spirit clan of the spirit-transforming world.


    He has great ambitions, and he has made great ambitions.


    For so many years, he has been working hard to realize his ambitions, and he doesn''t bother with all kinds of intrigues, power struggles, and dog-fighting.

 Chapter 2868

    In the Ascending Sky Star District, the Spirit Race of the Spirit Transformation Realm controlled a big world, and they were regarded as overlords, able to sit on an equal footing with the rulers of other big worlds.


    But in the entire Void and Myriad Realms, the Spirit Race is a small race, very weak, and is often regarded as prey by other races.


    The reason for this is of course related to strength.


    Among the vast majority of branches of the spirit clan, the most powerful is the holy spirit at the level of a true fairy.


    Celestial spirit races are extremely rare.


    As for the Spirit Race of the Golden Immortal level, that is unheard of.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle Qi Ling knew that the reason why the Spirit Race was so weak was because they lacked real strong men.


    The origin of the spirit race is complex and there are many types, such as the spirit of the five elements, the spirit of the wind, the spirit of thunder, the spirit of equipment and so on.


    The practice system of the Spirit Race is too crude, lacks high-end content, and has no common practice path.


    The great wish made by the spirit of the spirit bottle device is related to this.


    After he became the Holy Spirit, he vowed to create a practice path suitable for most of the spirit race, so that more high-level powerhouses would emerge among the spirit race.


    Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling has a firm determination and will, and has indeed devoted almost all of his heart and soul to this end.


    Unfortunately, his plan did not go well.


    The practice methods he researched can only be used to cultivate low-level spirit race.


    It is not very helpful for cultivating high-level spirit race.


    He himself worked behind closed doors in the sea of ??origin, cultivating hard for many years, and his cultivation has remained at the holy spirit level of the true immortal level, and he could not see the road leading to the level of the heavenly immortal.


    Hua Lingping is a simple-minded guy.


    He was still relatively wary of Meng Zhang.


    After communicating with Meng Zhang, he began to let his guard down slowly.


    He started from the history of his own family and the Four Elephant Monument, all the way to the present day of the Spirit Transformation World.


    Meng Zhang is a very good listener, patiently listening to the narration of Hualingpingpingqiling, which fully satisfies his desire to confide.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling talked more and more vigorously, and the more he looked at Meng Zhang, the more pleasing to the eye.


    Later, he confessed all the things that he was not going to tell Meng Zhang.


    Although he wasn''t very optimistic about Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling''s ambition, Meng Zhang was still full of admiration for it.


    Not to mention his determination and will, just his ability to make such an ambition is enough to show his character.


    Meng Zhang Meng Zhang patiently persuaded him slowly.


    If he now gives up the power to regain the spirit clan because he does not want the spirit clan to have a civil war, then the spirit clan in the transformation spirit world will be lost forever.


    In order to change the fate of the spirit race in the spirit world, it is necessary to set things right as soon as possible and regain their control.


    As for the losses and sacrifices that occur during this process, they are completely acceptable.


    For the greater good, for the future of the entire race, it is entirely worth sacrificing a few high-ranking Eldar.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit can no longer hesitate.


    Every moment he delays here, it will be more difficult to regain control of the Spirit Race, and the casualties of the Spirit Race may be even heavier.


    These truths don''t need to be reminded by Meng Zhang, the Qi Ling of the Spirit Transformation Bottle can figure it out by himself.


    The reason why he is hesitant and has not made up his mind is because of his character.


    Meng Zhang''s persuasion helped him make up his mind.


    He absolutely cannot hand over the fate of the entire spirit race in the spirit world to the hands of the Four Elephants Monument.


    Thinking of this old friend who parted ways with him, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling felt extremely sad.


    The two parties have known each other for tens of thousands of years, had the experience of living and dying together, and came to the world of transforming spirits together, and created a foundation through hardships.


    But because of different philosophies and different ideas, they eventually embarked on the road of hostility.


    Four Elephant Monument took the initiative to attack him before and suppressed him, which made him even more angry.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling decided to act immediately.


    He wanted to rush back to the headquarters of the Spiritual Clan in the Transforming Spirit Realm immediately, persuade the high-level leaders of the Spiritual Clan, and regain the highest power of the Spiritual Clan.


    Meng Zhang and Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling had a brief discussion, and then teleported away from Yuanhai through the magic circle set up earlier.


    When Meng Zhang and the Spirit of Transformation Bottle appeared in the center of the magic circle together, besides the wonderful projection of divine power, there was also the Moon God who had been waiting for a long time.


    It turned out that not long ago, the Sixiang Monument, which hadn''t been seen for a long time, returned to the Spirit Clan headquarters angrily.


    Because for many years, the spirits of the spirit transformation bottle have lived in seclusion in the source sea of ??the spirit transformation world, and the spirits of the four elephant monuments have come forward to preside over major events in the spirit transformation world.


    Therefore, the Moon God thought that the real ruler of the Spirit Transformation Realm was the Artifact Spirit of the Immortal Artifact Four Elephant Stele.


    She thought that Meng Zhang had missed meeting Qi Ling of the Immortal Four Elephant Monument, and she was about to visit the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument.


    Fortunately, among the high-level spirit clan, not all of them are loyal subordinates of the Four Elephant Monument.


    Some senior leaders of the Spirit Race have criticized the practice of the Four Elephant Monument, and the performance of the senior leaders of the Spirit Race.


    Especially for taking the initiative to take refuge in the spirit world, there are still some voices of opposition among the senior leaders of the spirit clan.


    Some high-ranking spirit clans don''t believe in the spirit world; some high-ranking spirit clans don''t want to lose the power they have...


    Previously, the senior leaders of the Spiritual Clan had concealed this matter in front of Luna and Meng Zhang. Firstly, the Spiritual Clan had not yet made up their minds; secondly, they were unwilling to turn against Meng Zhang and the others.


    In any case, the Taiyi Realm really wanted to form an alliance with the Spirit Transformation Realm, and Meng Zhang and the others did indeed come to help the Spirit Race.


    As soon as the Four Elephant Monument returned to the headquarters of the Spirit Clan, regardless of some voices of opposition, it was necessary to speed up, let the spirits of the Transforming Spirit Realm directly join the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm, and attack the Moon God who was in the palace.


    An upper echelon of the Spirit Race who had dealt with the Moon God privately tipped her off and secretly told her about it.


    Luna doesn''t know the specific strength of the Four Elephants Monument, but she definitely doesn''t want to start a war with the spirit clan''s headquarters and the top of the spirit clan.


    She secretly left the palace where she lived, contacted Taimiao''s divine power projection, and ran here to join him, waiting for Meng Zhang to return from the sea of ??origin.


    Because she was worried about disturbing Meng Zhang and because of some interference from Yuan Hai, she did not contact Meng Zhang in a hurry.

 Chapter 2869

    After the two parties met, they quickly exchanged information.


    After learning about the situation at the headquarters of the Spirit Clan from the mouth of the Moon God, the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was obviously more anxious.


    If the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument controls all the high-ranking spirit clans in the Hualing Realm, it will be considered that he is powerless.


    Fortunately, according to the information provided by Luna, not all the senior leaders of the spirit clan are convinced by the spirit of the four-element stele.


    Some high-ranking spirit clans who objected to taking refuge in the spirit world, only dared to openly resist because of the strength and status of the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele.


    At this time, it is necessary to make a timely move before the overall situation is settled, and put things right.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling also knew that relying on his own strength alone may not be able to restore the situation.


    The Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the Spirit of the Four Elephant Monument are at the same level of power, but the Spirit Transformation Bottle is not a fairy weapon used in battle.


    Not to mention, the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument now has the support of most of the high-level spirit clan.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling was very anxious at this time, and did not want to wait any longer.


    He also took the initiative to invite Meng Zhang to help.


    Meng Zhang had no choice but to act with him.


    The too wonderful projection of divine power had consumed a lot of power to drive the magic circle that went directly to the source sea, but at this time it was directly taken back into the jade book by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, and Luna rushed to the spirit clan headquarters in the Hua Ling Realm together.


    Before the action, Meng Zhang also notified Taimiao, asking him to order the Taiyi world to prepare for battle.


    If the action of transforming the spirit bottle device spirit is not smooth, then the power of the Taiyi world will be needed to intervene.


    Of course, before getting his permission, Meng Zhang would not easily let the masters of the Taiyi Realm enter the Spirit Transformation Realm in order to show his sincerity.


    The three of them teleported directly to the mountains where the Eldar headquarters is located.


    The palaces in front shone with colorful lights, obviously various restrictions had been opened.


    Among these restrictions, there is the magic circle restriction that blocks space transmission.


    The three of Meng Zhang and the others were unwilling to directly confront the ban, so they did not forcefully teleport to the inside of the palace.


    After the Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling returned to the headquarters of the Spirit Clan, he also guessed that the Hualing Bottle Qi Ling would come back to compete with him for power.


    The Hualingping Bottle inspired Meng Zhang from the Hualingjie Realm to collude with the magic way, and mastered the magic way to deceive people''s hearts. He secretly confused people''s hearts and confused the spirit of the Hualingping Bottle.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling was too honest, and easily believed in Meng Zhang, and was used by Meng Zhang.


    ...


    The Four Elephant Monument Qiling believes that with these rumors as a foundation, when the real confrontation with Shanghualingping Pingling Qiling, the high-level spirit clan will have a reason to take action against him, and will not feel restrained.


    The spirit of Hualingping bottle has lived in seclusion in Yuanhai all the year round, and rarely comes to the headquarters of the spirit clan.


    Looking at the palaces in front of him, his expression became a little complicated.


    After hesitating for a moment, he suddenly started drinking violently.


    "Sixiang, you bitch, you colluded with the spirit world, betrayed me in the spirit world, and let those true immortals enslave us and the spirit race."


    ...


    Although the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit is a little simple, it is not a fool, and it also knows the principle of stealing people first.


    On the way to fight for the control of the Spirit Race, he has lost the opportunity and is more than one step behind the Four Elephant Monument.


    Who knows what method the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit used to confuse the high-level spirit clan?


    And who knows, how many trustworthy people are there in the upper echelon of the spirit clan?


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling expressed his position during the binge drinking, trying to get help from the upper echelons of the spirit clan.


    All those high-ranking spirit clans who are unwilling to take refuge in the spirit world are his allies.


    Moreover, if Ling''an, the weapon of the Four Elephant Monument, was charged with crimes, then she could be dealt with confidently.


    With the roar of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, the palaces in front of them were startled.


    Groups of Eldar poked their heads out from the palace complex to carefully examine the situation outside.


    The first batch of Spirit Clans in the Spirit Transformation Realm were all enlightened by Spirit Transformation Bottles, and a large part of them grew up and became today''s high-ranking Spirit Clans.


    Even if they are far apart, after they sense the aura of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, they will basically instinctively feel a sense of intimacy.


    They knew that this was the arrival of the Spirit Transformation Bottle in person, not a fake.


    Some senior leaders of the spirit clan had made up their minds long ago to follow the Four Elephant Monument and seek refuge in the spirit world. Facing the spirit transformation bottle at this time, they inevitably felt guilty and even wavered.


    Only some determined guys tried their best to get rid of this feeling.


    They have already made a decision, and they will not change it because of the arrival of the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    Even if the Transforming Spirit Bottle is their shaper, they can never imagine controlling their fate.


    Cultivators are only interested in profit, and everything that puts profit first, including family affection and blood relationship, can be put aside for it.


    This is not the case for many high-level spirit clansmen.


    They feel that taking refuge in the spirit world will bring a bright future.


    And the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit was completely confused by Lao Hu, so he tried to stop them.


    How powerful the spirit world is, it is far beyond what a mere spirit world can resist.


    If you are as obsessed as the Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle, you will be completely crushed sooner or later.


    For the sake of their own future and their own lives, even betraying the shaper of Hua Lingping, he would not hesitate to do so.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact acted aboveboard, when it enlightened and shaped these spirit races, it did not leave behind any behind-the-scenes.


    He has no intention of completely controlling these Eldar, let alone claiming to be the master of their destiny.


    He hopes that the spirit race can live freely in the spirit world and develop independently.


    ...


    Transforming Spirit Vase has lofty aspirations and is dedicated to these spirit races.


    But now, many high-ranking spirit clan leaders have made up their minds to betray him for their own benefit and future.


    Although there is a large part of the factor in this, it is because of the bewitching spirit of the Four Elephant Stele.


    But if these high-ranking spirit clansmen were really determined to transform the spirit bottle, they wouldn''t be so easily persuaded.


    Among these races in the Ascension Star Region, the Eldar are often regarded as simple-minded and simple-minded races.


    But as long as they are intelligent beings, they will have a selfish side.


    Especially the spirit race who can cultivate to a high level is smarter and more agile than the ordinary spirit race, and it is easier to consider their own interests.


    Although the Spirit Transformation Vase has a high prestige among the spirit clan, it still cannot respond to everyone at this time.


    His violent shouting reached the ears of almost all the spirit clans nearby, and almost all the high-level spirit clan leaders were alarmed by him.


    But all the high-level spirit clan did not respond to him immediately.


    Even those senior spirit clan leaders who were dissatisfied with the Four Elephant Monument did not act rashly.


    Many senior leaders of the Spirit Race maintained a wait-and-see attitude.

 Chapter 2870

    The high-level spirit clan didn''t have any obvious reaction to the arrival of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, but the Spirit of the Four Elephant Monument came forward directly.


    The spirit of the Four Elephants Monument flew over the palace complex and spoke in a regretful tone.


    "Old friend Hualing, you are always so honest and simple, why can''t you learn to be smart?"


    "I told you a long time ago that this son of Meng Zhang has a vicious mind and hidden evil intentions. He came here to enslave the spirit race. Why are you still bewitched by him and sided with him?"


    "Old friend, wake up now and turn around in time, it''s not too late."


    ...


    Hearing the upside-down words of the Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling, Hua Lingping Qi Lingqi laughed.


    He was not the kind of person with outstanding eloquence, nor was he good at communicating with others.


    His verbal skills are far inferior to those of the Four Elephant Monuments, and he can''t tell the other party at all.


    It had been a while since he showed up, but no high-ranking Eldar clan publicly stood up to support him, which made him very disappointed and even chilled.


    Of course, with his stubborn character, he won''t back down just yet.


    Even, the more this is the case, the more he wants to fight to the end.


    Transforming spirit bottle Qi Ling sighed, looked around, and said something to those high-level spirit clans who hadn''t shown their heads.


    "What is going on here, who is right and who is wrong, I think you all know very well, and I am too lazy to say more."


    "Next, you decide which side you want to stand on."


    Before the words were finished, the Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle held the Spirit Transformation Bottle and rushed towards the Spirit of the Four Elephant Monument.


    How could the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument be afraid of this defeated general?


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle has miraculous functions, especially the special function of invigorating the spirit race, which makes those true immortals from the spirit sky and fairy world covet it.


    When she secretly contacted those real immortals before, they had specially told him not to damage the Spirit Transformation Bottle, and it was best to capture it alive and take it whole.


    The Four Elephant Monument and its owner originally came from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    She was dissatisfied with her master back then, so she colluded with the spirit transformation bottle and betrayed their respective masters, leading to their downfall.


    Afterwards, in order to avoid being chased and killed, she and Hua Lingping wandered in the void, and wandered all the way to the Dengtian star area.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Stele is following the path of immortality.


    Especially after becoming a true immortal, she looks down on the spirit race from the bottom of her heart.


    Born as a Qiling, even if she becomes a true immortal, her practice is still far from smooth.


    If she wants to go further on the road to immortality, she still needs a lot of things.


    Neither the Spirit Transformation World nor the entire Ascension to Heaven star area could satisfy her needs.


    Back then, in order to curry favor with a senior from the Immortal Dao, she did not hesitate to let the spirit clan of the Hualing Realm join the army of foreign invaders and besiege the Junchen Realm together.


    During this process, the spirit clan of the spirit-transforming world paid a huge loss, but she didn''t care at all.


    It''s a pity that she didn''t get much benefit until the Junchen Realm was destroyed.


    Not long ago, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others secretly contacted her.


    As long as she leads the spirit clan of the spirit world to seek refuge in the past, she can return to the spirit world.


    As for her past grievances and entanglements with some immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Immortal Fengyuan can help her resolve them.


    Qi Ling of the Four Elephants Monument has long understood that if he wants to go further on the road to immortality, he has only one way to return to the fairyland of Lingkong.


    Only in the fairy world of the spirit sky can you have the resources you need, the inheritance you need...


    She had long wanted to return to the fairy world of the spirit space, and after getting the promise of Fengyuan Zhenxian, she threw away all her scruples.


    In order to return to the Lingkong fairyland smoothly, and in order to have a backer after returning to the Lingkong fairyland, she needs to complete the task assigned by Fengyuan Zhenxian with all her strength.


    For this reason, she did not hesitate to betray and betray her old friend Hua Lingping.


    Even if the two parties have known each other for more than 10,000 years, have lived and died together, shared joys and sorrows, in front of Dao, all of these can be discarded.


    As for the foundation of the spirit-transforming world that they opened up together, it is not worth mentioning.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Stele is well aware of the power of the spirit world.


    The mere spirit race in the spirit world, in front of the spirit world, is just a group of small country thieves.


    Going to the past early, there is still a way to survive.


    If you really want to be obsessed with your obsession and act like a chariot with the arms of a praying man, then there is only one dead end.


    In her opinion, what she did was also for the benefit of these spirit clans, so that they would have a better future.


    Since Spirit Transformation Vase is being targeted by Immortal Fengyuan, the only way out is to take the initiative to seek refuge and work for him.


    This guy Hualingping couldn''t understand his family''s good intentions, and instead went against him everywhere, which made the spirit of Sixiangbei Qi a little bit annoyed.


    Seeing the spirit of Hualingping bottle rushing towards him, the spirit of Sixiangbei controlled the Sixiangbei to surround it, vowing to take it down again.


    The spirits of the Four Elephants Monument and the Spirit of the Transforming Bottle fought fiercely there, and all the spirits did not participate in their battle, but watched silently from the sidelines.


    Feeling somewhat disheartened, Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool was unwilling to say anything more, but Moon God still had to work hard to win over the top leaders of the Spirit Clan.


    From Meng Zhang, she has learned everything that happened in Yuanhai.


    Moon God has been dealing with high-level spirit clansmen in the spirit world for a while, and is familiar with many high-level spirit clansmen.


    She called out the names of these high-ranking spirit clan leaders, and told the story of the Four Elephant Monument''s surprise attack on the Spirit Transformation Bottle and its suppression in Yuanhai.


    There was some kind of grievance between the spirit clan of Hualing Realm and the Taiyi Realm who was born in Junchen Realm, but it was resolved by Moon God long ago.


    The amiable Moon God spent a lot of time in the spirit world, made many friends, and gained the recognition and trust of many high-level spirit clansmen.


    Those high-ranking spirit clan leaders who secretly tipped her off to remind her to escape in time are a clear proof.


    Regarding everything that the Moon God said, many high-ranking spirit clansmen were skeptical, and some of them were related to the previous movement in the spirit world, and they basically believed it in their hearts.


    Even for many high-ranking spirit clans who want to take refuge in the spirit world, it is a bit too much to conspire to transform the spirit bottle and imprison them and suppress them.


    Some senior leaders of the spirit clan even looked at the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument with doubtful eyes, doubting its intentions.


    The spirit of Sixiangbei Qi, who is fighting fiercely with Hualingping Bottle Qiling, has enough energy to take care of other directions.


    After hearing Luna''s words, she was obviously angry.


    She quickly gave an order to the high-ranking Eldar who were watching the battle, asking them to take down the nonsense and blood-spitting Moon God.


    Among the high-level spirit clan, there are quite a few guys who are determined to work for the Four Elephant Monument.


    They are the basic board of the Four Elephants Monument, and they are also the biggest help for her to control the spirit race in the spirit world.


    After hearing her order, several high-ranking Eldar immediately took action.


    To deal with opponents of the level of Luna, ordinary high-level spirits can''t play much role, and the Holy Spirit of the true god level must be used to fight.


    The three fire spirits, gold spirits, and earth spirits of the holy spirit level all attacked the moon god together.


    While resisting the attack of the three holy spirits, the Moon God continued to reveal the true face of the Four Elephant Stele with his non-stop verbal.

 Chapter 2871

    Luna faced three opponents of the same level, one against three, and did not lose the slightest bit, especially with the spare power to expose the sinister intentions of the Four Elephants Monument.


    Meng Zhang hadn''t made a move yet, watching the battle of Luna and the others, he was very disappointed with the fighting power of the Spirit Clan.


    From the performance of these three holy spirits in the battle, we can see how unbearable the fighting power of the spirit clan is.


    No wonder there are a lot of capitulation factions among the upper echelons of the Eldar clan.


    Among the several big worlds in the Ascending Sky Star District, excluding the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the Four Elephant Monument, the Spirit Race in the Spirit Transformation Realm should be the weakest.


    When Meng Zhang fought against foreign invaders before, he also fought against the Spirit Race.


    He also thought that those Spirit Races themselves were just cannon fodder, and the situation at the Spirit Race Headquarters should be different.


    But now, he came to the headquarters of the Spirit Clan and saw with his own eyes the true strength of the top leaders of the Spirit Clan.


    Among the high-level spirit clan, there are many holy spirits who have reached the level of true immortals and true gods, but their combat effectiveness is really suspicious.


    Meng Zhang can easily suppress a holy spirit as long as he makes a move.


    The fighting power of the Spirit Race is so weak, even if they form an alliance with the Taiyi Realm, it will have very limited effect in the face of powerful enemies such as Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang lowered his expectations for the fighting power of the Spirit Race, and became less enthusiastic about cooperating with the Spirit Race.


    In fact, there is also a reason for the weak combat effectiveness of the spirit race in the spirit world.


    The Spiritual Race in the Transforming Spirit Realm neither had a brilliant inheritance, nor did they receive much guidance.


    After the spiritual transformation bottle enlightened many spirit clans, these spirit clans basically practiced according to their instincts.


    Transforming spirit bottle has been retreating in Yuanhai all the year round, and rarely shows up, so naturally, he can''t care about giving advice to the spiritual people on their cultivation.


    He has painstakingly studied for many years, and the cultivation methods he researched are suitable for many spirit races with different attributes, but they are not of high level, and have limited effect on high-level spirit races who have cultivated to a certain level.


    The Four Elephant Monument, which presides over major events in the spirit world, even if it occasionally points out the cultivation of some high-level spirit clans, it will not be very sincere, let alone teach them much real skills.


    Because the spirit race itself is a kind of precious material, it is often coveted by practitioners of other races and systems, so the spirit race has always been cautious and very closed. Even high-level spirit races rarely leave the spirit world.


    Those Eldar who joined the army of extraterritorial invaders are also closely grouped and have little contact with other races.


    Lack of communication with the outside world, the eyesight and insight of the spirit race in the spirit world are effective, and they don''t get much benefit in practice.


    The vast majority of the Eldar races lack combat experience, and the main combat experience is from competition among the same races, and there is little experience in fighting other races.


    The Shinto practice system is far superior to that of the Spirit Race, and the Moon God is a strong one among the true gods, especially with rich combat experience.


    Shortly after the battle between the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit and the Hualing Bottle Artifact Spirit began, they slowly gained the upper hand.


    The Four Elephant Monument surrounded the spirit of the Hualing Bottle from all directions, continuously compressing its range of activities, and putting more and more pressure on it.


    Sixiangbei and Hualingping have been together for many years, and they are very clear about their strength, and have experience in defeating each other.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Monument is capable of fighting old friends with ease, and still has the energy to look around.


    Seeing that the Moon God easily resisted the three holy spirits without saying a word, and kept accusing and insulting herself, she became more and more angry.


    The three Holy Spirits who attacked the Moon God were all loyal followers of the Four Elephants Monument, obeying almost all of her orders unconditionally.


    With the order of the Four Elephant Monument Tool Spirit, the three holy spirits will immediately attack.


    Since the three holy spirits can''t do anything to the moon god, let''s continue to increase the size.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Monument continued to order the other holy spirits watching the battle, asking them to stop the moon god from talking nonsense as soon as possible.


    Since joining the army of foreign invaders many years ago and beginning to invade the Junchen Realm, the spirit clan in the Transforming Spirit Realm has continued to suffer losses.


    Especially in the series of events before and after the destruction of the Junchen Realm, the spirit clan of the Hualing Realm lost several holy spirits in a row near the Junchen Realm.


    In addition to the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the Four Elephant Monument, there are less than ten holy spirits left in the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    After the three holy spirits and the moon god started a fierce battle, the remaining holy spirits were unwilling to join the battle.


    Aside from one or two Holy Spirits whose heart is in the Spirit Transformation Bottle, the other Holy Spirits are only willing to join the Four Elephants Monument in taking refuge in the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm, rather than obeying all her orders unconditionally.


    To be able to cultivate to the level of the Holy Spirit, no matter how simple-minded a guy is, it is impossible for him to be completely brainless.


    Except for a few loyalists, those holy spirits who are devoted to the Four Elephants Monument have no doubts about her actions.


    Hua Lingping has come in person to oppose the Four Elephant Monument.


    Although Spirit Transformation Vase seems to be at a disadvantage at the moment, many Holy Spirits are still unwilling to easily stand in line before they really decide the winner.


    Luna showed great fighting power, and Meng Zhang has yet to make a move.


    Even if it is the holy spirit, if he joins the battle rashly, he may be in danger of falling.


    Most of the holy spirits present, faced with the complicated situation, had the mind to protect themselves wisely.


    Facing the order of the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit, they all pretended to be deaf and dumb, as if they didn''t hear it.


    Seeing this, the Four Elephant Stele Spirit became more and more annoyed, but he had no good way to think of it.


    In the final analysis, it is still necessary for her to show overwhelming strength and completely shock everyone before she can continue to lead the spirit clan in the spirit world.


    If it was changed to the spirit transformation bottle and won the battle, maybe these holy spirits would take the initiative to fall to him again.


    After thinking clearly about these reasons, the Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling stepped up to take down the Spirit Transformation Bottle Qi Ling as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang has been watching with cold eyes, constantly analyzing the situation.


    The fighting power of the spirit race in the spirit world is not good, especially the high-level spirit race is too stretched, which reduces his expectation of cooperating with the spirit race.


    However, Meng Zhang was very interested in the situation of the high-level spirit clan and their relationship with the Four Elephant Monument.


    From the looks of it, the top leaders of the Spirit Clan did not completely fall to the Four Elephants Monument. The relationship between them was more complicated and full of intrigue.


    The situation of the Spirit Race is far better than I imagined.


    In any case, there are a lot of spirit clans in the spirit world, and the spirit clan army is not without any fighting power.


    If multiple holy spirits join the battlefield, they can more or less play a role.


    And if you want to help Hualing Bottle Qiling completely control the spirit clan in the Hualing Realm, you must first get rid of the Sixiangbei.


    After a period of fierce fighting, the Four Elephant Monument spirit controlled the Four Elephant Monument, displaying a lot of supernatural powers and secret techniques, which completely pushed the spirit of Hualingping Ping to the disadvantage.


    All the means of transforming spirit bottles and weapons were used, but they still couldn''t turn the situation around.


    The Four Elephant Monument, which had victorious experience, was about to take him down again.


    Of course, Meng Zhang couldn''t just sit back and watch Hua Lingping being defeated and taken down.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s figure flickered, he avoided the surveillance of many bystanders and appeared near the battlefield of the Four Elephant Monument and the Spiritual Transformation Bottle, and was about to intervene in the battle between them.


    The Four Elephant Monument and the Spiritual Transformation Bottle are both old-timers in the spiritual race of the Spiritual Transformation Realm, the pioneers of this foundation in the Spirit Transformation Realm, and the leaders in the minds of countless spiritual races.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2872

    In the minds of most of the high-ranking spirit clans in the Spirit Transformation Realm, the battle between the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit and the Four Elephant Monument Tool Spirit is a family affair of the Spirit Clan and an internal affair of the Spirit Transformation Realm, and no one else has the right to interfere.


    No matter who wins or loses, it has nothing to do with outsiders.


    No matter how actively Meng Zhang tries to befriend the spirit clan of the Hualing world, even if he does successfully form an alliance with the spirit clan of the Hualing world, he will always be an outsider.


    The upper echelons of the Eldar clan are the most closed and conservative. Blindly xenophobic.


    Only the Spirit Race can handle the family affairs of the Spirit Race.


    If an outsider like Meng Zhang tried to intervene, it would be disrespectful to the entire spirit race.


    Therefore, before Meng Zhang could make a move, the Holy Spirit tried to stop him.


    A towering giant tree blocked Meng Zhang''s way, with countless branches covering the sky and the earth, as if to completely wrap Meng Zhang.


    Thunder rumbled in the sky, and lightning bolts rolled rapidly...


    A wood spirit and a thunder spirit attacked almost at the same time, to prevent him from interfering with the battle between the spirit of the four-element stele and the spirit of the bottle.


    Ever since he came to the Spirit Transformation Realm, Meng Zhang devoted himself to befriending the Spirit Race, but he put on a hot face and a cold ass, which made him accumulate a lot of anger.


    Considering the overall situation is the most important, he has been patient.


    Now these two unrepentant guys actually dared to take the initiative to attack him, which finally aroused his anger.


    For the face of Hua Lingping, Meng Zhang will not take their lives, but he will not let them go easily.


    The mere two holy spirits, not to mention defeating Meng Zhang, are not even qualified to stop Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang not only wants to beat them, but also wants to win beautifully.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the wind and fire yin and yang fan, and unleashed almost endless power of wind and fire.


    Heavy winds and fires descended from the sky, almost everywhere, and surrounded the wood spirit standing in front.


    Facing the scorching force of wind and fire, those branches that were dancing arrogantly before withered one after another, and the remaining branches shrank back desperately.


    The power of wind and fire kept rushing towards the body of the wood spirit, forcing it to deal with it with all its strength.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a pair of horses and rushed up to the sky, trapping the thunder and lightning transformed by the thunder spirit.


    The thunder spirit''s driving force, rushing from left to right, couldn''t break through the siege of yin and yang.


    As soon as Meng Zhang made a move, he showed extremely strong fighting power, and easily suppressed the two holy spirits.


    There are less than half of the remaining holy spirits, and one or two of them are supporters of the spirit transformation bottle.


    It''s just that the Four Elephant Monument had a great spiritual power before, so they hid their own thoughts and positions, and dared not express their opinions at will.


    Now the spirit of Hualingping Ping has returned, and is fighting endlessly with the spirit of Sixiangbei.


    Especially the two helpers brought back by Hualingpingpingqiling, they are really amazing.


    Meng Zhang and Luna are just two people, but they can easily suppress more than half of the top combat power of the Spirit Race.


    The holy spirits who have not made a move are not staunch supporters of the spirit of the four-element stele.


    They saw how powerful Meng Zhang and Moon God were, and with the persuasion of Hua Lingping supporters, they remained neutral for the time being and were unwilling to make any further moves.


    After Meng Zhang easily suppressed the two holy spirits, he still had the energy to help transform the spirit bottle.


    Several sword qi appeared out of nowhere in the air, and slashed towards the four stone tablets surrounding the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle.


    The sharp sword energy slashed on the body of the Four Elephant Stele, causing waves of ripples, and then cut through the outer protective light shield.


    Originally, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument, which had almost completely controlled the high-level spirit clan, did not expect the situation to change so quickly.


    Relying on their strong fighting power, Meng Zhang and Luna turned the situation around in a few strokes.


    The Hualingpingpingqiling, who was originally at a disadvantage, slowly got rid of his passiveness after Meng Zhang helped.


    If those holy spirits who hadn''t made a move swarmed up and joined the battle together, they might completely block Meng Zhang and the others, and even suppress them in turn.


    It''s a pity that these holy spirits are not loyal enough to the Four Elephant Monument.


    They are not willing to take the risk to make chestnuts out of the fire for the Four Elephants Monument.


    As the instigator of most of the high-level spirit clan, Hua Lingping Bottle still has a certain reputation after all.


    His supreme prestige within the spirit clan, with the help of Meng Zhang''s powerful fighting power, finally turned into a real influence.


    The remaining holy spirits who did not make a move waited and watched with a neutral attitude, waiting for them to decide the winner.


    This situation is much better than the best result that Meng Zhang and Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling predicted.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help laughing in his heart, these holy spirits who didn''t take action thought they were wise and safe, but in fact they were extremely stupid.


    They think they are neutral, they will not help each other, and they will not offend either.


    In fact, after the Hualingpingping Pingling and the Sixiangbeiqiling really decide the winner, the winner will not believe them, and the loser will resent them.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling finally broke through the suppression and siege of the Four Elephant Stele, which in turn forced it to a disadvantage.


    Knowing that this battle is of great importance, he is not too pedantic and will not demand a fair fight with his opponent.


    Although Qi Ling of Hua Ling Ping hated Sixiang Bei Qi Ling, he didn''t have the intention of killing each other completely, and didn''t want to kill each other completely.


    After gaining the upper hand, he thought of his friendship over the years, his heart softened, and he began to persuade the other party.


    As long as the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument no longer seeks refuge in the spirit world, everything in the past can be forgotten.


    He doesn''t even care about the fact that the Four Elephant Monument Spirit attacked him and suppressed him.


    The two sides have been fighting for so long, and the Four Elephant Monument Qiling knows that with the help of Meng Zhang and the others, the Hualingping Pingling Qiling may really be about to make a comeback.


    The Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling was unwilling, but had no other good plan.


    Now Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling is soft-handed, trying to persuade her, giving her some hope of turning the situation around.


    While showing the appearance of being persuaded by the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle, she was secretly accumulating strength, ready to make a sneak attack.


    Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling was pure-hearted, and didn''t realize that her words were duplicity, but thought that her persuasion had played a role.


    The true thoughts of Qi Ling on the Sixiang Monument could be hidden from Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, but not from Meng Zhang.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang secretly scolded Hua Lingping Qi Ling for being stupid.


    At this time, he is still merciful and still has illusions about the enemy.


    If it weren''t for the need for the spirit of the spirit bottle to come forward to unify the power of the spirit world, Meng Zhang would not want to be with such an idiot at all.


    Meng Zhang did not immediately expose the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele.


    He wants to use the next performance of the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit to wake up the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    In addition, Meng Zhang is also looking for opportunities, looking for opportunities to kill the spirit of the Sixiang stele with one blow.


    When the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument fought against the Spirit of the Transforming Bottle, it did not fully fit into the main body.


    Although this does not add much to the power of the main body, it can give full play to the magical power of the spirit itself.


    Don''t forget, the device spirit of the Four Elephants Monument is an out-and-out true immortal.


    She lacked almost none of the skills and means that a real fairy should have.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2873

    The sinister Sixiangbei Qiling was about to plot to transform the spirit bottle Qiling, but he didn''t expect that Meng Zhang had already set his sights on her.


    The Four Elephant Tablet Tool Spirit recalled four stone tablets and let them surround him to resist Meng Zhang''s sword attack.


    She deliberately showed weakness, which made Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling relax her guard.


    Seeing that the Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling wanted to give in, Qi Ling slowed down his attack and was going to continue persuading her.


    For the group of spirits in the spirit world, it is the best result for the two of them, the spirit bottle and the four elephant monument, to abandon their previous suspicions and turn their enemies into friends.


    They are extremely looking forward to the two pioneers of the spiritual world reaching an agreement and continuing to lead them to overcome difficulties.


    The Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling performed well, and seemed to want to bow his head to Qi Ling of the Hualing Bottle, but he couldn''t hold back his face.


    Seeing this, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling softened his heart, recalled the happy past of the two of them, and couldn''t help but relax his vigilance.


    Not only did he stop attacking, but he also revealed his flaws.


    The spirit of the Four Elephants Monument, which had been waiting for this moment for a long time, suddenly broke out.


    I saw that she drove the body of the four-element stele, and activated the fairy magic to run the four-element, and the power of earth, fire, feng shui frantically rushed towards the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle.


    Caught off guard, Qi Ling could only use the body of the spirit bottle to block himself in a hurry.


    Seeing that the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was about to be persuaded to bow his head in the next moment, he didn''t expect that the other party would suddenly turn his face and attack him despicably.


    He was extremely disappointed and extremely sad.


    The body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle helped him block a large part of the power of the earth fire and feng shui, but a large part of the power of the earth fire and feng shui still penetrated the defense and directly hurt his spirit body.


    The Spirit of Hualing Bottle screamed, and backed up again and again, constantly resisting the erosion of the power of earth, fire, and geomantic omen.


    After the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument successfully attacked, Meng Zhang seized the opportunity to make a move before he had time to make any more moves.


    A sudden yin and yang extinction thunder struck the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument very quickly.


    Before she had any further reactions, the thunder of the Yin-Yang Extinction God pierced through her body-protecting fairy art and bombarded her spirit body.


    Meng Zhang has practiced painstakingly on the celestial art of yin and yang to exterminate the divine thunder for many years, and he has already cultivated it to the point of proficiency.


    The combination of hardness and softness, and the combination of yin and yang, Shenlei is not only from the yang to the rigid like the ordinary thunder method, but also from the yin to the soft.


    Although the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument has long been a true immortal, after receiving such a blow, he immediately felt a burst of feminine power sneaking into his body, and then suddenly burst out with incomparably fierce power.


    The spirit body of the Four Elephant Stele Artifact Spirit was almost torn to pieces.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Stele screamed, and the spirit directly fell into the body of the Four Elephant Stele, using the power of the body to nourish it.


    After the fusion of the spirit body and the main body, the Four Elephant Monument gained some respite.


    Those four extremely sturdy stone tablets are the main body of the Four Elephant Tablet, which can withstand various attacks.


    The Immortal Artifact of Four Elephants Monument is extremely powerful, it integrates offense and defense, and has many wonderful functions.


    The Four Elephant Monument has no owner now, so Meng Zhang coveted it.


    He wanted to take down the Four Elephant Stele, he could refine it himself, or he could give it to other strong men in the sect.


    Previously, because he was worried about touching the sensitive nerves of the spirit bottle, Meng Zhang couldn''t show it even if he wanted to seize the Four Elephant Stele. ....


    Now Sixiang Monument makes a surprise attack on Hualingping, thanks to Meng Zhang''s rescue.


    Not only did Meng Zhang save him again, but he also completely despaired of the Sixiang Monument.


    Next, how Meng Zhang will deal with the Four Elephant Monument, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling is hard to say anything.


    As the saying goes, the mantis catches the cicada, and the oriole follows.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument is the mantis, and he is the oriole.


    But in the field, Meng Zhang is not the only one who wants to be an oriole.


    Just as Meng Zhang defeated the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele and was about to continue to suppress it, a sudden change happened again.


    A figure silently appeared behind Meng Zhang, and the power of space spread out one after another


    , Meng Zhang''s original position immediately cracked several thick space cracks.


    Although the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument had already colluded with Fengyuan Zhenxian, he expressed his willingness to take refuge in the past.


    But Immortal Fengyuan didn''t completely trust her.


    Of course, if the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument really cooperates wholeheartedly with Immortal Fengyuan, then Immortal Fengyuan can seize the entire Spirit Transformation Realm without any effort.


    Immortal Fengyuan secretly sent scouts to the spirit world.


    This scout is the official Pokong True Immortal who belongs to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    True Immortal Pokong majored in the Dao of Space, and could flexibly use the power of the Dao of Space.


    He is good at sneaking in for investigation, and even better at sneak attack and assassination.


    He is one of the secret assassins under the official command of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    As an assassin, his cultivation level may not be very high, but his combat power, especially the one that bursts out in a short period of time, must be very powerful.


    Assassins tend not to fight the enemy head-on, but prefer to attack from behind.


    The Pokong Immortal, who has rich experience in assassination, has wounded and even killed opponents with stronger cultivation levels than him many times.


    Ever since he came to the Spirit Transformation Realm, True Immortal Pokong followed the orders of True Immortal Fengyuan to lurk secretly, avoiding everyone''s eyes and ears.


    His main task is to monitor everything in the spirit world, to ensure the smooth operation of the Four Elephant Stele, and to successfully lead the spirit clan of the spirit world to seek refuge in the past.


    Po Kongxian really relied on the use of the power of the space avenue to successfully lurk in the spirit world, and did not contact the outside world rashly.


    Everything that the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit has experienced has fallen into his eyes.


    Originally, if the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument went well and controlled the entire Spirit Transformation Realm, he would not need his help.


    However, a series of changes happened later, which caused many accidents out of thin air to the originally smooth operation.


    As a bystander, Pokong Zhenxian saw the situation very clearly.


    The one who disrupted the situation and changed the situation was Meng Zhang.


    As long as Meng Zhang is removed, everything will soon be back on track.


    As a scout and assassin, Pokong Zhenxian has always acted very cautiously.


    He had heard of Meng Zhang''s reputation and knew that the opponent was powerful.


    Before he was fully sure, he would not attack and kill Meng Zhang at will.


    He has been hiding in the dark, without revealing the slightest trace.


    He is proficient in lurking and hides himself very well.


    Meng Zhang, who put his main focus on the enemy in front of him, unexpectedly did not have the most powerful ultimate move, the seldom-used trump card, the immortal technique, the supernatural power, and the empty technique.


    He mobilized the power of the avenue of space, manipulated the rules of space, and wantonly distorted and tore apart the space near Meng Zhang''s body, creating space cracks one after another.


    Meng Zhang''s body was immediately restrained, not only unable to travel through the space to leave, but also too late to avoid it.


    A huge force capable of tearing apart space was about to fall on him. .


    Shushan Swordsman reminds you: remember to bookmark¡¾¡¿www..com after reading it, next time I will update it so that you can continue reading, looking forward to the exciting continuation! You can also use the mobile version: wap..com, you can read freely anytime, anywhere....

 Chapter 2874

    Meng Zhang fought against the two holy spirits before, and completely suppressed them with his superb strength, leaving them almost in a state of being temporarily suppressed.


    Later, he helped Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling to deal with Si Xiang Bei Qi Ling, not to mention, he also seized the opponent''s flaws, severely injured the opponent in one fell swoop, and was about to take it down.


    Even if Meng Zhang is so powerful, he spent a lot of energy for it, almost showing his full strength.


    His attention was almost entirely on the Four Elephant Stele Artifact Spirit, so much so that he ignored the hidden Pokong Immortal.


    Pokong Zhenxian is probably the strongest assassin Meng Zhang has ever seen.


    His sudden sneak attack did seriously threaten Meng Zhang.


    His sneak attack came too fast, and Meng Zhang didn''t have much time to react.


    If he succeeds in the sneak attack, Meng Zhang will be seriously injured if he does not die. Let alone take down the Four Elephant Monument, it may be difficult to even escape.


    At such a dangerous moment, Meng Zhang, who has experienced various tests, was not at all disturbed, and his heart was clear.


    The enemy''s accomplishments on the space avenue are far superior to his.


    The enemy used the power of the space avenue so superbly that it almost blocked all his dodging space, and he seemed to have to forcefully withstand the long-prepared blow of the enemy.


    In any case, the enemy''s purpose cannot be allowed to succeed.


    Meng Zhang seized the short reaction time and gently activated the incomplete Zhou disc.


    The flow of time around Meng Zhang''s body suddenly slowed down, but his thinking speed was not affected at all.


    Meng Zhang carefully sensed the changes in the rules of the surrounding space, and quickly looked for the rules.


    As a result of Pokong Zhenxian''s shot, Meng Zhang''s body was covered with space cracks, like spider webs, trapping him firmly.


    If he acted rashly, once he touched these spider webs, not only would he suffer considerable damage, but he would also be firmly trapped.


    At that time, the situation will only get worse for him who is imprisoned by the power of space.


    In fact, Meng Zhang''s attainments on the space avenue are not low.


    Although it can''t be compared with a guy like Pokong Zhenxian who majors in and specializes in space avenues, he understands many space magical powers and methods.


    With the help of the incomplete Zhou disc, he slowed down the time around his body, giving himself more time to comprehend the Dao and think about countermeasures.


    He found a safe dodge route from the chaotic, dense, and seemingly irregular space cracks around him.


    The power of the cosmic disc disappeared quickly, and its influence did not last long.


    As soon as the time around his body returned to normal, Meng Zhang seized the last chance to act.


    I saw Meng Zhang''s body moving quickly through the cobweb-like cracks in space along some kind of weird route.


    There were many times when his body was about to touch those cracks in space, but he deviated by a line, allowing him to narrowly avoid them.


    In many seemingly unavoidable situations, Meng Zhang created an extremely narrow escape path for himself by using the ingenious distorted space of his immortal power.


    In such a short moment, Meng Zhang passed through the space crack that restricted his actions.


    True Immortal Pokong''s long-prepared sneak attack also missed the target and landed in the empty space.


    Meng Zhang avoided the sneak attack he had prepared for a long time under the seemingly impossible situation, which surprised Pokong Zhenxian, and even couldn''t believe it.


    Having experienced many battles, he had a good mentality and did not let the shock in his heart affect his actions.


    Missing a hit, fleeing thousands of miles away, waiting for the next opportunity, is the general style of assassins.


    But Pokong Zhenxian was very unconvinced.


    And he felt that he still had a chance.


    It must have been very difficult for Meng Zhang to avoid this blow in such a mess.


    He had suffered a lot in the previous battles, so he had to seize the opportunity to strike again before he recovered, and he must be hit hard.


    The figure of Pokong Zhenxian quickly flashed in front of Meng Zhang, and the force of twisting and tearing space enveloped Meng Zhang''s body again.


    Meng Zhang was prepared this time. Although he hadn''t recovered yet, he finally had the strength to resist.


    Although the yin and yang qi that has been cultivated for many years are now being used to siege and suppress that thunder spirit, Meng Zhang can still freely use the power of the yin and yang avenue.


    The power of yin and yang surged in front of him, barely holding the distorted space.


    He finally blocked the enemy''s attack, looking very embarrassed.


    Don''t forget, Meng Zhang is not the only one present.


    Luna is Meng Zhang''s old comrade-in-arms. He has cooperated with Meng Zhang for many years and has a deep understanding.


    When Pokong Zhenxian suddenly appeared and attacked Meng Zhang, neither Meng Zhang nor she reacted.


    When Meng Zhang was dealing with the enemy, Luna finally had enough time to react.


    Although Luna faced the three holy spirits alone, she, who was stronger, always had the upper hand.


    If she hadn''t considered that she would have to unite with the spirit clans of the spirit world, she would have started killing a long time ago.


    With one against three, she still has the strength to spare.


    Since the moon god surrendered to Meng Zhang and accepted his canonization, Meng Zhang became her lord.


    Seeing the lord in distress, this made Moon God very angry.


    She mobilized in anger, and easily pushed back the three fighting holy spirits.


    She, who already had the absolute upper hand, came and left as soon as she said she wanted to.


    With a flash of her figure, she rushed towards Pokong True Immortal.


    On the other side, with the help of Meng Zhang, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling did not let the Sixiang Bei Qi Ling succeed in plotting.


    He was ashamed and indignant as he escaped by chance, and the feeling of being deceived deeply hurt him.


    He didn''t care about anything else at the moment, he went crazy and killed towards the Four Elephant Stele.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was severely injured by Meng Zhang''s yin and yang extermination god thunder, and finally escaped by merging with the main body.


    Facing the frenzied attack of the intact Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact, she quickly fell into a disadvantage.


    The three Holy Spirits who fought against the Moon God were originally loyalists of the Four Elephants Monument Spirit, and they were devoted to her with all their hearts.


    Seeing that the moon god retreated, they hesitated for a moment.


    They were very afraid of the Moon God in their hearts, seeing the situation on the side of the Four Elephant Monument was not good, they actually killed them all at once, and wanted to help the Four Elephant Monument to deal with the enemy.


    Now, those holy spirits who had been neutral and watched the battle quit.


    In any case, the Spirit Transformation Bottle is their attunement and shaper.


    In any case, they should not actively attack it.


    These guys are simply rebellious and rebellious.


    Instigated by the loyalists of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, several neutral Holy Spirits flew over, trying to prevent the three Holy Spirits from joining the battle between the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the Four Elephant Monument.


    This time, a large group of Holy Spirits fell into chaos.


    After receiving the help of the moon god, Meng Zhang finally recovered.


    Although a part of the force had to be allocated to suppress the two holy spirits, Meng Zhang still showed extremely strong combat effectiveness and cooperated tacitly with the moon god.


    Now, it was the turn of Pokong Zhenxian to become uncomfortable.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2875

    When it comes to fighting head-on, Pokong Zhenxian is no match for either Meng Zhang or Moon God.


    Although Meng Zhang and Luna are not in the best condition, but the two teamed up, the strength is still far superior to him.


    Just a moment after the battle started, Pokong Zhenxian realized his mistake.


    He deeply realized that he could no longer entangle with the enemy.


    If you don''t think of a way to get out, I''m afraid you''ll never be able to leave.


    Next, True Immortal Pokong tried his best to escape.


    He majored in space avenue, and he was good at space travel and the like.


    He struggled to get the knife from the Moon God before he left the battlefield, flew into the sky, and got the opportunity to use space teleportation.


    After the Four Elephant Stele was severely damaged by Meng Zhang, he was unwilling to stay here for a long time.


    Taking advantage of the chaotic battle of the holy spirits, she managed to avoid the entanglement of the spirit of the spirit transformation bottle.


    Although she didn''t know that Pokong True Immortal had been lurking in the Spirit Transformation Realm, she did know his identity, and she also had some vague guesses about his actions.


    She quickly flew to the side of True Immortal Pokong, and was about to escape with him, hoping to take care of her.


    In any case, the Four Elephant Monument is a powerful immortal artifact.


    Among the group of true immortals from the spirit world, there are not a few who covet the Four Elephant Monument.


    Although Sixiangbei fled like this, it was tantamount to giving up everything in the spirit world, and also destroyed Fengyuan Zhenxian''s plan.


    In the future, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others will have to rely on their own strength to forcibly conquer the spirit world.


    However, the value of the Four Elephant Monument itself can slightly make up for the loss of Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    Thinking of the Pokong True Immortal here, he did not reject the Four Elephant Monument, but took her to perform space teleportation together, and the figures of both parties quickly disappeared in the air.


    Since leaving Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang has not been in danger for many years.


    He has been going smoothly for a long time, but today he was almost succeeded in a surprise attack by the True Immortal Pokong.


    In any case, he will not let these two guys go easily.


    Meng Zhang let go of the two suppressed holy spirits, took back the Yin-Yang Qi and the Wind-Fire Yin-Yang Fan, followed closely the traces left by them, and also started to travel through space, trying to catch up with them.


    The Moon God stayed here according to Meng Zhang''s order to help the Hualing Bottle and Qiling stabilize the situation in the Hualing World.


    The culprit of the Four Elephant Monument has already escaped, and the Spirit Transformation Bottle is the most powerful, most prestigious and the highest in the Spirit Transformation World.


    With the help of the Moon God, the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit should be able to suppress those dissatisfied Tool Spirits.


    Don''t forget, those holy spirits are not monolithic, they have different internal positions, and there are many disputes.


    Without the Four Elephants Stele to take the lead, it would be difficult for them to unite, and naturally they would not be able to resist the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    After Pokong Zhenxian took the Four Elephant Stele to perform space teleportation, it was inevitable to leave a trail, which was used by Meng Zhang.


    If it is the True Immortal of Breaking the Sky in its heyday, not only will it not leave such an obvious space trajectory, but it can also shuttle freely between the positive and negative spaces, and it is very likely to escape Meng Zhang''s pursuit.


    But just now he was slashed by the Moon God''s Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, and the evil consequences began to be manifested quickly.


    When fighting against the three holy spirits, Luna was merciful and didn''t intend to kill, so he didn''t use the great killing weapon of the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword.


    When attacking the True Immortal Pokong, the Moon God shot with hatred, wanting to get rid of it and then quickly.


    Even though it has not been able to fully display the full power of this killing artifact so far, the killing power unleashed by the Moon God still caused huge damage to True Immortal Pokong.


    True Immortal Pokong, who was proficient in the way of assassination, felt that it was becoming more and more difficult to suppress the killing power in his body, and his injuries were getting worse.


    As a major in the space avenue, traveling through space should have been as easy as instinct for him.


    But now, he feels more and more strenuous, and the speed of the shuttle is also rapidly slowing down.


    According to his estimation, it won''t be long before he and Sixiangbei will be overtaken by Meng Zhang, who is chasing after him.


    From the moment the Four Elephants Monument escaped from the Spirit Transformation Realm, her use value was greatly reduced.


    She is no longer able to lead the spirit clan from the spirit world to join them.


    As a leading party, she can play a very limited role.


    Her greatest value is to be refined by the real immortals in the team as a fairy weapon.


    And all of these are nothing compared to the life of Pokong Zhenxian.


    It would be very difficult for True Immortal Pokong to escape alone, let alone bring such an oil bottle with him.


    For the sake of his own life, Pokong Zhenxian decided to abandon the Four Elephant Monument without hesitation.


    In order to allow himself to escape smoothly, he decided to ask Sixiangbei to make some contributions.


    The Four Elephants Monument had no idea of ??the vicious thoughts of Pokong Zhenxian.


    The four stone tablets followed closely behind True Immortal Pokong, and they were brought by him to travel through the space together for long-distance space transmission.


    After Pokong Zhenxian was ready, he started to launch without hesitation.


    I saw the power of space around his body distorted for a while, and the Four Elephant Stele caught off guard was thrown out by a huge force, just in the direction of Meng Zhang.


    And the figure of True Immortal Pokong disappeared quickly, and was about to teleport away from here.


    Meng Zhang saw through True Immortal Pokong''s purpose at a glance, and quickly made a decision.


    He could only choose one of the two goals of Pokong True Immortal and Four Elephant Monument.


    He pursued True Immortal Pokong closely, even if he finally caught up with him and killed him, the harvest would be the same.


    What''s more, with the status of Pokong True Immortal, there may be some hidden cards that can be used to save his life.


    Even though he no longer cared about taking on blood feuds with these true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he was also unwilling to let himself be completely driven by hatred.


    And taking the Four Elephant Monument will allow him to add a powerful fairy weapon, which can greatly improve his combat effectiveness, and can completely solve the future troubles in the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Meng Zhang immediately chose the Four Elephant Monument as the target.


    Of course, he didn''t let Pokong Zhenxian escape.


    The Mieyun copper coin was sacrificed by him, and a yellow light shot across it quickly.


    True Immortal Pokong, who was in a hurry to escape, didn''t see through the viciousness of this move, and decided to forcibly withstand the attack, absolutely not interrupting the process of teleportation.


    The yellow light successfully swept across True Immortal Pokong''s body, as if he hadn''t been attacked at all, it didn''t hurt or itch.


    But inexplicably, a huge sense of fear emerged in his heart, as if he had lost something very important.


    The space teleportation he used still continued, and his figure completely disappeared in place.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about the Pokong True Immortal who had teleported away, and rushed directly to the abandoned Four Elephant Stele.


    At this moment, Sixiangbei has not recovered from the feeling of being abandoned and betrayed, and she is still very stunned.


    She thinks that she is very important to Fengyuan Zhenxian, and the other party cannot do without her.


    Without my own help, those true immortals from the spirit world would have to pay a huge price to completely conquer the spirit world.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2876

    Before the Four Elephants Monument had any more reactions, the yin and yang qi turned into a long river and swept over.


    I saw four stone tablets rushing left and right in this long river, floating and sinking, but they still couldn''t get out of the long river.


    In order to completely capture the Four Elephant Stele, Meng Zhang didn''t want to cause too much damage to the body of the Four Elephant Stele.


    After he manipulated the yin and yang to trap the Four Elephant Monument, he began to slowly infiltrate and wear it down, trying to destroy the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument and completely drain its spirituality.


    In the future, you can use Xianli to nourish it slowly and refine it again.


    After all these are completed, there will be an extra powerful immortal artifact in his hand.


    Meng Zhang sat cross-legged in the void, patiently manipulating the yin and yang qi to firmly trap the Sixiang stele, dissolving all his resistance.


    The spirit of the Four Elephant Monument hides inside the body of the Four Elephant Monument, thinking that it has an indestructible layer of defense, which should last for a long time.


    But it didn''t take too long, the power of yin and yang showed its most yin and soft side, cleverly bypassed the defense of the Four Elephant Monument body, and secretly penetrated into the interior of the Four Elephant Monument.


    As soon as the insidious power of Yin and Yang came into contact with the weapon spirit of the Four Elephant Monument, it began to quickly infect and consume it.


    The Four Elephant Monument Tool Spirit first contended with it for a while, but seeing that it couldn''t resist, it began to hide XZ inside the Four Elephant Monument body, trying to escape the power of yin and yang.


    However, although the interior of the Four Elephant Monument is self-contained, it is not infinite, and the space for her to hide and hide is limited.


    The body of the Four Elephant Monument has been completely surrounded by yin and yang, and she dare not take the risk of leaving the shelter of the body.


    It didn''t take too long, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was severely worn down by the two qi of yin and yang, and the spirituality was greatly damaged, and there were bursts of painful screams.


    Seeing that there was no way to escape, and there was no way to escape, the Four Elephant Monument Qi Ling began to beg Meng Zhang for mercy loudly. She was willing to take refuge in Meng Zhang and serve Meng Zhang wholeheartedly in the future.


    In order to impress Meng Zhang, she promised many benefits.


    She has been in the void for a long time, and has rich experience and insight.


    She once followed a powerful true immortal and learned countless brilliant inheritances.


    With her help, Meng Zhang can easily refine the Four Elephant Stele and let it exert its full power.


    She still has a back hand in the spirit world, and she can help Meng Zhang control the spirit clan in the spirit world.


    ...


    In order to survive, Sixiangbei Qiling said a lot of true and false words, just to make Meng Zhang''s men show mercy and save her life.


    She felt that she was of great use value and could help Meng Zhang in many ways.


    Among the information she knew about Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang, who had no foundation and backing, should not be able to refuse her temptation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t feel anything about the words of the spirit of Sixiang Beiqi, and was not moved at all.


    If you want to fully grasp the immortal weapon of the Four Elephant Monument without leaving any future troubles, you must completely kill its spirit.


    Meng Zhang knew that the spirits of the Four Elephant Monuments once colluded with the spirits of the Hualingping Ping and betrayed their respective masters together.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t care who is right or wrong, no matter how sinful their masters are, no matter how good their reasons for betrayal are.


    Since the opponent can betray his master once, he may betray the new master again.


    As a true immortal, Meng Zhang absolutely does not want to see the betrayal of the immortal artifacts around him.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang wanted to kill the weapon spirit of the Four Elephant Monument, completely obliterate its spirituality, and make it like a blank sheet of paper, so that it would be convenient for him to refine it again.


    As for some damage to the body of the Four Elephant Stele during this process, it is completely acceptable.


    Meng Zhang finally understood at this time, no wonder many immortals don''t like to let their own fairy artifacts give birth to artifacts.


    With the help of Artifact Spirit, one can better control the Immortal Artifact and play its role more fully.


    Although the real immortal''s control over the immortal weapon spirit is extremely strict, it is not without flaws.


    The vast majority of weapon spirits are loyal to their masters, and although it is extremely rare, such things as betrayal of fairy weapon spirits do not exist.


    No matter how strict the control is, under special circumstances, there are loopholes to exploit.


    For the time being, Meng Zhang didn''t think about the affairs of Taiyi Realm and Hualing Realm. He emptied his mind and devoted himself wholeheartedly to the work in front of him.


    The power of yin and yang manifests the most yin and soft side, which continuously penetrates into the body of the four-element stele.


    The insidious power constantly wears down the spiritual body of the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirit.


    There is also a part of the power that suddenly becomes masculine and strong, constantly forcibly impacting its spirit body.


    The spirit of Sixiang Beiqi begged Meng Zhang for mercy, but it didn''t work.


    When most of her spirit body was consumed, she finally knew how determined Meng Zhang was to kill her.


    She threw away all the illusions, kept cursing Meng Zhang, insulting him viciously...


    Meng Zhang ignored all these, and devoted himself to killing the power of the spirit of the four elephant monuments.


    After sitting quietly in the void for more than two months, Meng Zhang finally finished the work at hand.


    The artifact spirit of the Four Elephant Monument was completely exterminated without leaving a trace.


    The yin and yang qi eroded and devoured part of the power of his spiritual body, and it was strengthened again.


    There were a lot of scars on the body of the Four Elephant Stele, and the light became much dimmer, obviously suffering serious injuries.


    Meng Zhang was concerned about the situation on the other side of the spirit world, and he didn''t have time to refine it slowly, so he put it away for the time being.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, and after confirming that there was nothing missing, he set off on his way home.


    When Meng Zhang devoted himself to refining the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele, he was not completely closed, and still had news exchanges with the outside world.


    After Meng Zhang chased Pokong Zhenxian and Sixiang Monument out of Hualing Realm, with the help of Moon God, Hualingping Bottle quickly stabilized the situation in Hualing Realm.


    Among the spirit clan in the spirit world, there were only three die-hard holy spirits with four elephant steles, unwilling to surrender, and fled the spirit world after losing the battle.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle has always had a special feeling for the Spirit Race that he has enlightened, he has tolerated them repeatedly, forgave them again and again, and is unwilling to hurt them.


    Due to the insistence of Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, Luna did not kill the three fleeing Holy Spirits, but allowed them to escape safely.


    Among the remaining holy spirits, the diehard Hualing bottle played a very important role, constantly persuading other holy spirits.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle is the instigator and shaper of these creatures, and should have been the supreme existence in the Spirit Transformation World.


    These holy spirits have no obstacles in their hearts to change their original positions and take refuge in the spirit bottle.


    Some quick-witted guys even took the initiative to apologize to the spirit of Hualingping, saying that they had made mistakes because they were bewitched by the spirit of the four-element stele.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling was very magnanimous, and did not pursue their past responsibilities and positions.


    The upper echelons of the Spiritual Clan in the Spirit Transformation Realm surrendered first, and they all took refuge in the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    Next, it will be a matter of course for Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling to regain control of the entire spirit clan and become the ruler of the Hualing world again.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2877

    After receiving the news from Luna, Meng Zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Although Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling is incompetent, he is always swayed by those boring feelings and seems indecisive, but he is not a complete waste after all, this time he more or less played its due role.


    After Hualingping Bottle Qiling took back the control of the Spiritual Race in the Hualing Realm, he made clear his position.


    He is at odds with those true immortals from the spirit world, and he will never join them.


    If the enemy dares to attack the spirit world, he will lead everyone to fight to the end.


    Meng Zhang and Luna from the Taiyi Realm helped a lot this time, and the Taiyi Realm proved itself to be a reliable ally.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling decided to formally form an alliance with the Taiyi Realm to deepen the cooperation between the two great worlds.


    When facing the true immortal from the spirit world, the two great worlds will wholeheartedly fight side by side.


    When the Four Elephant Monument Artifact Spirits were in charge of the Spiritual Clan in the Transforming Spirit Realm, most of the high-ranking members of the Spirit Clan tended to seek refuge in the Spiritual Space and Immortal Realm.


    A small number of high-level officials who were unwilling could not express any opposition.


    The current action of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit is tantamount to completely negating all the previous plans of the high-level spirit clan in the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling thinks that he is trying to set things right, for the sake of the future of the spirit clan.


    Anyway, now that the Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact is very powerful, even if other high-ranking spirit clan members have objections, they will not say it openly.


    For the middle and lower classes of the Eldar, they have no say in these issues.


    The upper echelons of the Spirit Race were planning to take refuge in the Spiritual Sky and Immortal Realm, but they were only discussing it internally.


    For the sake of secrecy, the matter was not publicized.


    At least on the surface, the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm sent true immortals to actively invade the Spiritual Transformation Realm, and easily wiped out its peripheral defense forces. They are out-and-out enemies.


    The spirit of Hualing Bottle and Artifact preached to fight against those real immortals, and asked the spirit clan in the Hualing world to actively prepare for the battle. It won the support of most of the spirit clan and did not encounter any resistance.


    Under the leadership of the Hualing Bottle Qiling, the spirit clan of the Hualing Realm changed from the previous style of procrastination and two-headedness, and began to show the edge of daring to fight.


    During this period of time, Luna remained in the Spirit Transformation Realm, representing Meng Zhang in charge of forming an alliance with the Spirit Transformation Realm, coordinating the details of the next joint operations between the two parties, and so on.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Hualing Realm, he first went to meet with the Hualing Bottle Qiling.


    They talked for a long time this time, introducing each other the specific situation of their respective big worlds.


    Without Meng Zhang''s help this time, the Spirit of Hualingping Bottle and Qiling might still be suppressed, let alone regain the leadership of the spirit clan in the Hualing Realm.


    Although Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling has a great prejudice against immortals, he can basically distinguish between grievances and grievances, and treat things and not people.


    After he returned to the headquarters of the Spirit Race, he learned about Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang''s further information through various channels.


    Back then, the spirit clan of the Hualing Realm joined the army of foreign invaders and invaded the Junchen Realm together.


    Although the Spirit of Transformation Bottle and Artifact hates immortals, it is not enough to attack cultivators for no reason.


    He has always been against the attack on the Junchen Realm.


    It''s just that he was concerned about the face of the spirit of the Four Elephants Monument, and it was easy for foreign invaders to join and difficult to withdraw. He, who has always been indifferent to foreign affairs, did not force the spirit clan army to withdraw.


    In other words, the fact that Taiyi Realm cultivators were basically born in the Junchen Realm has no effect on him.


    The grievances and grievances between Junchen Realm and Hualing Realm will not affect his current thinking.


    Meng Zhang fought against the group of true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and personally led the Taiyi Realm to reinforce the Hualing Realm, and he remembered all of them in his heart.


    In front of Meng Zhang, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling was also able to be honest with each other, and said a lot of what was in his heart.


    Don''t look at Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling''s very tough attitude, vowing to fight against the true immortals of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to the end, in fact, like the Four Elephant Monument, he knows the power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others are just a small team sent by the Lingkong Immortal Realm, their strength is limited, and only the Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact can compete with them.


    Among other things, if one of the many immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm came to the Dengtian Star District, it would be enough to sweep all the big worlds here.


    The reason why the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit had to carry it to the end was because he knew very well the tragic end that the members of the Spirit Clan would face after taking refuge in the Spirit Sky Immortal Realm.


    No matter how nice Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others are saying now, and how many promises they have made to the Four Elephant Stele Artifact Spirits, in the end, the members of the Spirit Race will inevitably become various materials.


    Rather than becoming various materials in the hands of cultivators, it is better to fight to the death.


    In order to frighten the high-level spirit clan in the spirit world, the spirit of the Four Elephant Monument introduced the strength of Fengyuan Zhenxian''s subordinates in an emphatic way.


    After communicating with Meng Zhang, Qiling of Hualingping Ping, found that there must be many exaggerations in the words of Qiling of the Four Elephant Stele, but the strength of Fengyuan Zhenxian is indeed not weaker than that of Taiyi Realm and Hualing Realm. team up.


    It will be a big test for both the Taiyi Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm if they want to resist the next attack of Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    In order to appease Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling and strengthen his confidence in the enemy, Meng Zhang revealed some news.


    Meng Zhang said that this fight with Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others was related to the internal struggle in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    A senior immortal once promised that no power above the level of a true immortal would intervene in the battle of the Ascension Star District.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling felt much better.


    He thought that behind Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm, there were stronger senior immortals backing them up, so he dared to confront Zhenxian Fengyuan and the others.


    However, despite this, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling still has a clear understanding, knowing that the resistance power in the Dengtian Star District cannot always fight against the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Such a powerful immortal world as the Lingkong Immortal World will not allow the Dengtian Star District to drift outside of its own rule forever.


    If the higher-ups of Lingkong Immortal Realm set their sights on the Dengtian star area, then all the resistance forces here will be easily disintegrated.


    Even if the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle has the heart to fight to the death, he is unwilling to see the spirit clan in the spirit-transforming world completely extinct.


    Now, he is about to arrange a retreat for the spirit race in the spirit world.


    The spirit race is not an ordinary creature, their vitality is far stronger than races like the human race, and they can adapt to various harsh living environments.


    If the Spirit Transformation Realm falls, some high-ranking spirit clansmen will lead the spirit clan to escape into the void, where they will find a place to settle down again.


    There are countless dangers in the void. These spirit races who fled into the void are very likely to be wiped out and completely extinct.


    Therefore, Hua Ling Bottle Qi Ling also made many other arrangements.


    Some spirit races who are good at hiding will find hidden places in the spirit world to hide after the fall of the spirit world.


    Those immortals from the spirit world, even if they occupy the spirit world, it is impossible to completely control every corner of the spirit world.


    In the Junchen Realm back then, on the surface it was the world of cultivators, but secretly there were many alien races hidden.

 Chapter 2878

    In the Junchen Realm back then, despite the repeated raids by the cultivators, demon cultivators, ghost cultivators, alien races, and descendants of gods almost never became extinct.


    This has something to do with the special situation in Junchen Realm, and it is also related to the infighting in the realm of comprehension.


    The Ascending Sky Star District is a remote area to the Lingkong Immortal World, even if it is fully under its rule, its rule will not be too strict.


    There are many internal battles in Lingkong Immortal World, and scenes of power struggle, intrigue, and mutual calculation appear from time to time.


    Based on the understanding of the spirits of the spirit-transforming bottle and the rule of the spirit world, a small number of spirits hide themselves in remote places in the spirit world, and it is possible to escape the eyes and ears of the practitioners and linger on.


    Of course, in this way, there would be no development for the Spirit Race.


    These Eldar races are precarious and may be extinct at any time.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling still has great ambitions, and has made great ambitions before.


    He wants to let the spirit race under his command develop well, and create a new cultivation system for the spirit race.


    To do this, the Spirit Race must have a peaceful environment like the Spirit Transformation Realm, so that they can thrive safely.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling had an in-depth understanding of the specific situation in the Taiyi Realm, and asked Meng Zhang and Moon God a lot of questions, and went to the Taiyi Realm to investigate in person.


    With the experience and knowledge of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, of course, he knows that the Taiyi Realm is imitating the legendary Cloud City, wandering in the void, and plundering all the way.


    Although compared to the legendary Yunzhong City, the Taiyi Realm at this time is so weak that it is not worth mentioning.


    From the side of the Taiyi Realm, the Kehua Lingping Bottle Tool Spirit sensed the vitality and experienced the fighting spirit of the monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    Not long after contacting Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang left a good impression on him.


    The most important thing is that the leaders of the Taiyi Realm are practitioners, but there is room for other races to live.


    Barbarian, Shui, Sea, Shenchang Realm Aboriginals and even Dragon Clan can all live and work in Taiyi Realm, multiply and thrive, and get fair treatment from the top of Taiyi Realm.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm did not completely regard these alien races as cannon fodder and slaves, but let them retain a relatively independent status and have opportunities to grow and develop.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi world did not discriminate against these aliens, but gave them a lot of help.


    ...


    After seeing all these scenes with his own eyes, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling finally made up his mind after some careful consideration.


    He tentatively asked Meng Zhang what kind of treatment he would receive if some spirits from the Hualing Realm migrated to the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang saw through the mind of Hualingping Pingqiling at a glance.


    Even if the spirit race is not used as materials, its role is very great.


    Earth spirits can help cultivators prospect and mine; wood spirits can help cultivators manage spiritual fields and elixir gardens; fire spirits can help cultivators make alchemy and weapon refining; stone spirits can help cultivators recuperate earth veins; water spirits can help cultivators purify source of water...


    In a word, if a large number of Spirit Races join the Taiyi Realm, it will greatly improve the environment in all aspects of the Taiyi Realm and make the Taiyi Realm a better world.


    Meng Zhang very much welcomes the migration of the spiritual race from the Hualing Realm to the Taiyi Realm.


    He made a very sincere promise that if the spirits from the Hualing Realm moved to the Taiyi Realm, they would be treated fairly by him without any discrimination.


    He has always treated the major ethnic groups under his command equally, giving them almost the same opportunities for development.


    The Taiyi Realm will do its best to protect the spirit race and prevent them from becoming materials for cultivators.


    Of course, this kind of protection from the Taiyi Realm is not free.


    The Eldar need to work for the Taiyi Realm and work for the Taiyi Realm in every way.


    When needed, the Spirit Race also needs to help the Taiyi Realm resist foreign enemies.


    The conditions given by Meng Zhang are not generous, but they highlight fairness.


    Rights and obligations are equal.


    If Meng Zhang offered too good a condition, saying that he would put the Spirit Race above the major races in the Taiyi Realm, then the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit would immediately end the conversation, and would not talk about this topic in the future.


    Everything Meng Zhang promised is very simple, without those fancy things, but it fully demonstrates his sincerity.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling was moved by Meng Zhang''s attitude and decided to trust him once.


    Anyway, when the spirit world is captured by the true immortals of the spirit world, how will the fate of the spirit clan be better, and what choice can they have?


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling and Meng Zhang bargained for a while, and reached a final agreement to allow Taiyi Realm to take in some spirits.


    With Meng Zhang''s commitment to bear the burden, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling can barely rest assured.


    Next, Meng Zhang first marked out several vast areas in the Taiyi Realm as the habitat of the spirit race.


    There are many kinds of spirit races, and their requirements for the living environment are also varied.


    Among the areas drawn by Meng Zhang, there are volcanoes, forests, lakes, and deserts...


    These different areas meet the survival needs of different types of spirit race as much as possible.


    Transforming Spirit Bottles and Artifact Spirits asked some high-level spirit clans to come forward and organize some of the spirit clans to migrate to the Taiyi Realm.


    Especially those spirit races with the lowest level and poor survivability are the priority targets for migration.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm actively helped the spirit clan to migrate, and on the other hand, they actively resettled the migrated spirit clan.


    The Taiyi Realm issued a new order, establishing the status of these spirit races, and affirming the official protection of the Taiyi Realm.


    In the Taiyi Realm, there is an independent area for the spirit race to thrive.


    There is no problem at all for some eligible spirit races to enter other areas of Taiyi Realm and live together with other races.


    In return for taking in these spirit clans, the high-ranking spirit clan gave a lot of resources to the Taiyi Realm, including many precious resources unique to the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    After discussing with the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang presented two Void Battleships to the Spirit Race.


    The civilization established by the Spirit Race in the Spirit Transformation Realm is far inferior to the civilization of the cultivators, not even the civilization of the Shinto.


    The Spirit Race can still rely on talent in refining weapons, but their level in building warships is very average.


    The Spirit Race has no ability to build void warships, they can only build some ordinary airships, warships and the like.


    Only creations such as void battleships can allow creatures to have a temporary habitat in the void, where they can multiply.


    Knowing that the Junchen Realm was about to be destroyed, Meng Zhang actively collected void warships, preparing to send Taiyimen monks and mortals under his rule to the warships and let them enter the void.


    With the two void battleships presented by Meng Zhang, it can help migrate some spirit races to the void.


    This can be regarded as another escape route arranged by the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit for the spirit clan in the Spirit Transformation World.


    Although it is said in the book of war that one should not consider victory, one should consider defeat first, but the enemy has not yet arrived, and the war has not yet begun, and the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit has begun to arrange retreat for the Spirit Race, and it is a bit of a stretch to plan for the defeat. It''s so demoralizing.


    Fortunately, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling didn''t just want to escape, but decided to fight the enemy first.

 Chapter 2879

    Although from a rational point of view, Hualingping Bottle Qiling knew that sooner or later the Hualing Realm would be captured by the immortals of the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm.


    But emotionally speaking, he was reluctant to leave the spirit world, and always had some fantasies that he shouldn''t have.


    He wants to stick to the Spirit Transformation Realm as much as possible, and he will not give up the Spirit Transformation Realm until the last moment.


    Being able to stay in the spirit world for as long as possible will benefit both him and the spirit race.


    He has more time to arrange a retreat for the Eldar, and preserve their vitality as much as possible.


    He ordered the spirit race to speed up the mining of various resources in the spirit world, especially those unique and precious resources.


    Since the Spirit Transformation Realm will be lost sooner or later, then the spirit clan should not think about the long-term future, and meet the current needs first.


    Later, not only the Spirit Race, but even the Taiyi Realm dispatched many monks and even alien races to help the Spirit Transformation Realm to mine resources.


    In order to speed up mining and collect as many resources as possible in a short period of time, they even resorted to destructive mining methods.


    Meng Zhang told Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling that a senior immortal entrusted the Taiyi Realm to delay the time for the true immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to unify their ascension to the star area.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling is willing to help Meng Zhang in this regard, so he actively organizes the spirit clan army to prepare for the upcoming battle.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling believed in Meng Zhang, and if he could benefit from that senior immortal, he would not forget him as an ally.


    The preparations for the Taiyi Realm also did not relax.


    Although a lot of cultivators were sent to the Hualing Realm to mine resources, the Taiyi Realm still organized a huge army of cultivators to conduct joint exercises with the Spirit Clan army.


    Meng Zhang did not hide the fate of the Four Elephant Stele.


    Although Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling felt very sad and regretful, he did not anger Meng Zhang because of this, but attributed his end to the temptation and bewitchment of Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    Although he didn''t elaborate on the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle, Meng Zhang could feel that it had a great relationship with the spirit world, and he had a special prejudice against the true immortals from the spirit world.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling resolutely refused to surrender to Feng Yuan Zhenxian, which was actually beneficial to Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Meng Zhang also had some worries in his heart.


    At this time, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling was strong enough, and with the help of Meng Zhang and others, he was able to overwhelm the high-level spirit clan.


    If Fengyuan Zhenxian and his troops approached the city and the battle situation was unfavorable, the spirit clan''s interior might not be so stable.


    In addition to reminding the spirit of the spirit bottle, Meng Zhang also ordered the Taiyi world to strengthen its defenses.


    Calculating based on time, Fengyuan Zhenxian should have led an army of cultivators to the Spirit Transformation Realm long ago.


    But until the Spirit Transformation Realm stabilized and prepared for battle with the Taiyi Realm, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others hadn''t been seen for a long time, which made Meng Zhang a little confused.


    Of course, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others couldn''t be kind enough to give Meng Zhang and the others enough time to prepare for the battle.


    Meng Zhang began to speculate, did they have some kind of conspiracy, or their goal was not to transform the spirit world, but turned around and went to raid the Wan Yao world again?


    Judging from the level of Fengyuan Zhenxian''s military use, this possibility is not impossible.


    After Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling took back the control of Hua Ling Realm, Meng Zhang contacted Gu Yue Lingqing in time to inform him of the situation here.


    After learning about the series of changes in the Spirit Transformation Realm from Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing also sighed endlessly.


    Fortunately, the final result was not bad. After the chaos was brought to order, the spirits of the Hualing world returned to their own camp.


    Gu Yue Lingqing selectively reported the latest news received from Meng Zhang to the top management of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    I heard that Meng Zhang did not avoid wars, but led the Taiyi Realm to the Spirit Transformation Realm to help the Spirit Transformation Bottle eliminate the traitor''s Four Elephant Monument and stabilize the situation in the Spirit Transformation Realm. a little.


    Although they didn''t fully accept Gu Yue Lingqing''s explanation, at least they didn''t regard the Taiyi Realm as an enemy, but regarded it as an unreliable ally.


    Because of being ambushed last time, Wan Yaojie still didn''t intend to take the initiative to attack.


    The Ten Thousand Monsters Realm stepped up their defenses and waited for it, but they never waited for the army of cultivators led by Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang delivered the latest news and his own guesses.


    Gu Yue Lingqing urged Wan Yaojie to expand the scope of investigation, and she also left Wan Yaojie herself, and searched the surroundings carefully, but found no trace of Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    Could it be that Immortal Fengyuan and the others just disappeared, or hid them on purpose?


    What calculations do they have, and what kind of combat strategy do they have?


    The enemy''s whereabouts were unknown, making Meng Zhang inexplicably puzzled.


    In fact, the situation of Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others is not as complicated as Meng Zhang imagined.


    After ambushing the vanguard sent by Wan Yaojie to Hualing Realm for reinforcements, Fengyuan Zhenxian knew that Wan Yaojie would definitely strengthen its vigilance.


    Sure enough, subsequent investigations confirmed his guess.


    Facing the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, which is ready for a big battle, if Fengyuan Zhenxian leads an army to attack forcefully, even if he wins in the end, he will pay a huge price in casualties.


    Don''t forget, besides the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, there are also the Spirit Transformation Realm and the Taiyi Realm watching over it.


    For the Four Elephants Monument, Fengyuan Zhenxian didn''t really believe it.


    Shinsen Toyohara, who is good at using troops, doesn''t like to fight dull battles, but prefers to win by surprise.


    He is going to deal with the Spirit Transformation Realm and the Taiyi Realm first.


    Due to the existence of the Four Elephant Monument, it would be difficult for the Hualing Realm to cooperate tacitly with the Taiyi Realm, which gave him every opportunity to break through.


    After the Hualing Realm and Taiyi Realm are eliminated, Fengyuan Zhenxian will concentrate his strength and focus on dealing with the Wan Yao Realm with all his strength.


    Soldiers are extremely fast, and after a little rest, Fengyuan Zhenxian led a group of Zhenxians to carry out a super long-distance space teleportation, preparing to rush directly to the spirit world.


    And the army of cultivators under him followed the fleet and slowly caught up behind.


    This group of true immortals was not dragged down by the army of cultivators, and they came and went like the wind, extremely swiftly.


    However, the team of real immortals led by Fengyuan Zhenxian was really unlucky.


    When they were carrying out the Void Teleportation, they encountered an anti-space storm and were almost completely trapped.


    If they hadn''t encountered this anti-space storm and had rushed to the Spirit Transformation Realm directly according to the original plan, it would be Meng Zhang who was chasing and killing the Pokong True Immortal and the Four Elephant Monument at that time, and the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Qi Ling hadn''t taken back the Spirit Transformation Realm time of control.


    That was also the time when the Spirit Transformation Realm was weakest and the Taiyi Realm was not strong enough.


    If Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others arrived in time, the situation might be completely different.


    The Spirit Transformation Realm can''t organize an effective defense, the holy spirits with different ideas have no intention of fighting, and the Taiyi Realm can''t stand alone...


    But it was this sudden space storm that completely bankrupted Fengyuan Zhenxian''s surprise attack plan.


    The team of real immortals led by Fengyuan Zhenxian was late.

 Chapter 2880

    By the time Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others escaped from the space storm and returned to the positive space, a period of time had passed, and the situation on the other side of the spirit world was quite different.


    Many real immortals in the team lamented that their team was unlucky.


    The anti-space is mysterious and unpredictable, and anti-space storms occur from time to time, and it is difficult for even the gods to figure out all the rules in it.


    Although encountering an anti-space storm this time was a bit unexpected, it wasn''t too difficult to accept.


    And everyone was only trapped for a while, and there were no casualties in the team, so the situation was not too bad.


    Only a few people, such as Fengyuan Zhenxian who knew the inside story of the Dengtian Star District, felt that the anti-space storm came too coincidentally, and the situation was faintly wrong.


    After escaping from the anti-space storm, for the sake of prudence, Immortal Fengyuan ordered the team to temporarily stop and not to rush to the spirit world.


    At the same time, he sent a message to the army of cultivators under his command to stop and rest on the way.


    To be honest, from the beginning to the end, Fengyuan Zhenxian did not regard the group of natives in the Dengtian star area as his opponent.


    Their team from the spirit world is powerful enough to defeat these country bumpkins.


    What worries him is someone else.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others temporarily suspended their actions, allowing Hualing Pingqi Ling and Meng Zhang to have enough time to make various preparations.


    The accident that Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others encountered this time can also be said to have another inside story.


    The Pokong True Immortal who escaped from Meng Zhang''s hand was purely unlucky.


    When he was escaping, Meng Zhang sacrificed a part of his luck to destroy the copper coins.


    He hadn''t felt the consequences yet.


    But his luck began to decline, which soon made him suffer.


    The Pokong True Immortal majored in the Dao of Space, teleportation through space, and large teleportation in the void have become instinctive, and there are almost no accidents.


    However, during a great teleportation in the void after he escaped from Mengzhang, an accident happened.


    Void teleportation is the power of cultivators to operate the space avenue, shuttle between positive and negative spaces, and carry out long-distance teleportation spells.


    This spell has been developed for many years, and it has become very mature. Even a cultivator in the primordial spirit stage can perform it.


    Of course, when performing the Void Teleport, there are very few accidents.


    True Immortal Pokong was so unlucky that he encountered a rare accident this time. While traveling through the anti-space, he accidentally fell into a dangerous place in the anti-space.


    Practitioners of all major races and systems have almost never stopped exploring anti-space, but this exploration seems to never end.


    Even the powerhouses at the level of celestial beings will be in danger in the anti-space from time to time.


    True Immortal Pokong had bad luck this time, and fell into a dangerous place in anti-space.


    He spent a lot of energy and paid a huge price to finally get out of trouble.


    After he got out of trouble, he was seriously injured, his foundation was severely damaged, and it was almost impossible to recover completely.


    He finally got in touch with Fengyuan Zhenxian, and was rescued by him, who took him back to join him.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian didn''t know that Pokong Zhenxian had a problem when he was performing the Void Teleport because his luck was cut off by the Miyun copper coin, and his luck was too bad.


    He contacted the matter that they were trapped by the anti-space storm before, and guessed that someone was playing tricks behind them to prevent them from conquering the entire Ascension Star District.


    As for who is behind the scenes, Fengyuan Zhenxian has long guessed.


    Those who can play with their group of true immortals are naturally not ordinary immortals.


    True Immortal Fengyuan knew that everything that had happened in the Dengtian star area in recent years was related to some struggles within the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Ever since their team of true immortals left the Lingkong Immortal Realm and set off for the Dengtian Star District, there have been constant accidents.


    Encountering an anti-space storm on the way, they could not be directly transmitted to the Dengtian star area, so that they were delayed for too much time on the way, until the Junchen Realm was completely destroyed, and the reborn Junchen Xianzun completely fell, and they came to the Dengtian star area. The edge of the star area.


    As for their encounter with the team of true immortals from a foreign star area, it was actually mainly written by Meng Zhang, and there were many coincidences in the middle, but this was also regarded by the true immortal Fengyuan as the handwriting of the person behind the scenes.


    Later, the Celestial Immortal in the team left, which caused their team to behave badly, let alone.


    Now, they are carrying out the Void Teleport normally, but they will also encounter accidents, which makes Immortal Fengyuan very angry.


    He knew that those immortals who were deployed in the Dengtian Star District and used the Junchen Realm to fight were all people with great supernatural powers and profound backgrounds.


    If it was not a last resort, he would not offend these immortals, let alone get involved in this muddy water.


    But since he was selected by the high-level executives of the Lingkong Immortal Realm this time, as the official representative of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, to come to the Dengtian Star District to deal with various aftermath matters, then he cannot avoid these troubles.


    In the absence of Tianxian in the team, he is the leader of the team, representing the official majesty of the spirit world.


    These behind-the-scenes immortals have been playing tricks in secret one after another, affecting the team''s plan and hindering the official actions of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Immortal Fengyuan is unwilling to cause trouble, but he is not a person who is afraid of trouble.


    He is not an ordinary true immortal, not a generation without heels.


    Behind him, there are also strong supporters.


    This time, he is completely reasonable, and he is not afraid of other people''s opinions.


    The spiritual world, a fairy world with a long history and awe-inspiring void, has its own laws in its internal operation.


    No matter how powerful an immortal is, or how profound his background is, he cannot easily violate the rules of the spirit world.


    Even if some supernatural beings play tricks behind the scenes and engage in some opportunistic tricks, they must not be put on the table.


    Immortal Fengyuan didn''t believe it anymore, those guys who are just a star in the sky, and those guys behind the scenes, can really resist the majesty of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    He wanted to report directly to the Headquarters of Lingkong Immortal Realm and bring the matter to heaven.


    Since coming to the Dengtian Star District, because it is too far away from the headquarters of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it is difficult for even real immortals to establish a smooth connection with the headquarters of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Not to mention, from time to time there will be a burst of anti-space storms outside the Ascension Star District, which greatly hinders the connection with the Lingkong Immortal World.


    More importantly, Fengyuan Zhenxian is not the real leader of this team, but only temporarily acting as the commander when the team leader Tianxian is away.


    If he bypassed the leader angel and directly contacted the headquarters of Lingkong Immortal Realm, it would appear to be disrespectful to the leader angel.


    If it was on weekdays, Fengyuan Zhenxian, who handled things with restraint, would never want to offend the team leader Tianxian easily.


    But at this time, under the mixed anger, he aroused the rebellious psychology in his heart, thinking that the team leader Tianxian was deliberately avoiding trouble.


    Since the leader Tianxian deliberately gave up his responsibilities, then don''t blame yourself for being disrespectful.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2881

    As a real fairy with a great background, Fengyuan Zhenxian naturally has a way to bypass all kinds of restrictions and directly contact the headquarters of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After he made up his mind to sue, he acted quickly.


    He avoided the others and found a secluded place in the void.


    He first took a bath and changed his clothes to clear his mind, so that his whole body and mind were in an ethereal and peaceful state.


    Then he began to burn incense and pray.


    He took out a piece of spiritual incense full of immortal energy, put it in front of him and lit it according to a special technique, injecting his own unique immortal power.


    He prayed devoutly to this spiritual incense.


    I saw the smoke of Lingxiang rising into the air, manifesting billowing fairy clouds.


    After a long time, Fengyuan Zhenxian, who was praying quietly, finally felt something.


    He immediately fell to the ground, and after saluting respectfully, he told all about what happened to him after he left the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In the end, he even made it clear.


    Due to some senior immortals playing tricks behind his back, he was unable to complete the tasks on his shoulders, and was unable to bring the entire Dengtian Star District under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After the report, Fengyuan Zhenxian calmed down and waited silently.


    After a while, a majestic voice appeared in his mind.


    "I know everything you said, and I will report this matter to the ancestors. You just need to wait for the good news."


    After the voice disappeared, the connection between Fengyuan Zhenxian and the headquarter of Lingkong Immortal Realm ended.


    After getting the promise he wanted, Immortal Fengyuan was determined.


    After that, he led his monks back to the Fearless Realm, without any action, just waiting silently.


    Many Zhenxians in the team were very dissatisfied, and urged Fengyuan Zhenxian to act as soon as possible, not to give the enemy a chance to breathe.


    Especially Tianguang Zhenxian of Guantian Pavilion and Xuanyang Zhenxian of Sanyang Xianzong thought that Meng Zhang had received the inheritance of Junchen Xianzun and wanted to seize it.


    They participated in the battle this time and intercepted the Taiyi Realm on the way. They were severely injured by Meng Zhang, which almost affected the foundation of their practice.


    The new enmity combined with the old enmity made them hate Meng Zhang to the extreme, and they wished to attack the Taiyi Realm immediately.


    True Immortal Fengyuan, who had the bottom of his heart, ignored the urging of his subordinates, let alone explained anything to them.


    Immortal Fengyuan didn''t have to wait long, and he waited for the result he wanted.


    A huge idea came to the Ascending Sky Star Area.


    Ordinary practitioners are simply not qualified to feel and contact such a vast idea, and they have no idea of ??what is happening.


    The powerhouses at the level of true immortals felt it, but they didn''t know what was going on.


    Only this group of true immortals from the fairy world of the spirit space were shocked, and their whole body and mind were shocked, and they recovered after a long time.


    Some quick-witted guys, associating with Fengyuan Zhenxian''s previous reaction, have already guessed what is going on in their hearts.


    At this time, all the angels near the Ascending Sky star area sensed this idea very clearly.


    There is supreme majesty in this idea, and these angels are not allowed to resist at all.


    Celestial Immortal is considered number one in the Void Myriad Realms, enough to dominate one side.


    But at this moment, while sensing this idea, apart from obeying obediently, these angels have no idea of ??resistance at all in their minds.


    This vast idea didn''t stay in the Ascending Sky Star Area, it came quickly and disappeared quickly.


    After conveying his will, this vast idea disappeared without a trace, as if it had never appeared before.


    However, the consequences of the appearance of this idea completely changed the trend of the Ascension Star District, and dominated the fate of countless strong people, with extremely far-reaching influence.


    When that thought descended on the Ascension Star Region, ecstasy enveloped the body and mind of Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    He knew that his prayer had taken effect and he had obtained the desired result.


    Immortal Fengyuan did not act immediately, but continued to wait in the Fearless Realm.


    Only this time, the true immortals in the team no longer dared to come and urge him to act immediately.


    The shock brought about by that great idea descending on the Ascension to Heaven Star Region has not completely disappeared from the hearts of these true immortals.


    When that great idea came to Dengtian star area, Meng Zhang, who was a master of celestial secrets, was faintly aware of it with his own keen spiritual sense.


    Although he didn''t know what was going on, an ominous premonition suddenly appeared in his heart, and then a huge sense of crisis enveloped his heart.


    Meng Zhang knew that this was his spiritual sense warning that great danger was about to befall him.


    But Meng Zhang is still not sure where the danger comes from.


    His biggest enemy right now is the team led by Shinsen Toyohara.


    But the power he has here is not weak, enough to contend with it.


    Taking a ten-thousand-step back, even if he loses in the end, he still has great confidence that he can lead the Taiyi Realm to escape from the Dengtian Star District.


    Although he didn''t know what kind of danger it would be, Meng Zhang absolutely didn''t dare to underestimate it in the slightest.


    His spiritual warnings have always been very accurate and have saved him many times.


    Since the Ascension Star District is about to become very dangerous, then simply give up everything here and escape from the Ascension Star District as soon as possible.


    Anyway, there is no endless blood feud between him and Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    As for the covenant with the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm, that''s all out of the question.


    At most, Meng Zhang would notify them in time before fleeing the Dengtian star area.


    Anyway, they were not that kind of hard-core allies in the first place, the degree of trust between them was limited, and the constraints of the covenant were not very strong.


    The only thing that gave Meng Zhang a headache was that he violated the orders of the senior immortal, and failed to continue to stop Zhenxian Fengyuan and the others.


    However, compared with the safety of one''s own family, it seems acceptable to offend a strange senior immortal.


    The reason why Meng Zhang was planning to escape from the Dengtian star area was because of helplessness.


    Of course, even though Meng Zhang already wanted to escape from the Dengtian star area, he could not act so quickly.


    There is still a lot of involvement in the spirit world.


    Recently, in order to win over the Taiyi Realm, the Spirit of Transformation Bottle has almost opened up all the resources of the Spirit Transformation Realm to it.


    The Spirit Race not only allowed the Taiyi Realm monks to go to the Transforming Spirit Realm to mine various resources, but also provided all kinds of convenience and help as much as possible.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm enjoyed it so much that they were reluctant to leave the Spirit Transformation Realm, wishing that such a good thing could last forever.


    With Meng Zhang''s supreme prestige in the Taiyi world, he can forcibly subdue all the monks and force them to leave immediately.


    However, Meng Zhang didn''t want to be too unkind, so he decided to give everyone a little more time.


    The spiritual sense warns that the crisis is about to come, but it doesn''t necessarily come immediately, there should be some time to react.


    Moreover, the crisis cannot appear out of thin air, and most of it is related to the current enemies of Taiyi Realm.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2882

    Meng Zhang is quite familiar with Fengyuan Zhenxian and their strength.


    Even if these enemies are suddenly strengthened and all killed in the Spirit Transformation Realm, the Taiyi Realm is not completely defenseless, and the power of the Spirit Transformation Realm can also help delay it for a while.


    A little delay, it shouldn''t have much impact.


    Not long after that great idea disappeared, Gu Yue Lingqing who was on the Ten Thousand Monster Realm''s side suddenly received a mysterious message.


    After receiving this message, he found an excuse to bid farewell to the demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, hurriedly left the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, and returned to the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible.


    After returning to the Taiyi Realm, he called Meng Zhang without any delay, and they left the Taiyi Realm together and came to the nearby void.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t say what was going on, but seeing his anxious and serious look, Meng Zhang''s heart tightened, and without a word of nonsense, he followed him.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing brought Meng Zhang to a secluded place in the nearby void, he stopped soon.


    As soon as they stopped, they felt a blur in front of them. An old man with an ordinary appearance, a weathered face, and rough hands and feet, who looked like an ordinary old farmer, appeared in front of them.


    Seeing this old man, Gu Yue Lingqing almost instinctively began to pay respects.


    "The junior pays homage to Juechen Xianzun."


    Although Meng Zhang is the so-called Immortal Venerable, it is a respectful title for those heavenly immortals who are the most top-notch and have the opportunity to hit the Golden Immortal Realm.


    In the long history of the Dengtian Star District, apart from the Junchen Immortal Venerable who created the Junchen Realm, there has not even been an ordinary Heavenly Immortal level powerhouse.


    Meng Zhang has seen the ego demon, the Qingyang celestial god, and the reborn body of the Junchen celestial being in the ruins of the Junchen world. These are far inferior to the real fairy in front of him in every respect.


    Juechen Xianzun''s attitude is very kind, and he doesn''t have the posture of a high-ranking senior immortal.


    He casually motioned for Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing to excuse him, and exchanged a few words with Meng Zhang before getting to the point.


    First of all, Immortal Juechen expressed his apology to Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing.


    Previously, he asked Meng Zhang to help through Gu Yue Lingqing, delaying the progress of Feng Yuan Zhenxian and the others to unify the Tianxing District, and tried to entangle with them.


    He had made a promise at the time that no power at the level of a celestial being would intervene in disputes in the Ascension to Heaven Star District.


    But now, due to some force majeure factors, the development of the situation in the Ascension Star District has exceeded his expectations, and he is no longer able to control the situation in the Dengtian Star District.


    Firstly, Meng Zhang was dissatisfied with the hostility of those true immortals from Lingkong Immortal Realm towards himself and Taiyi Realm, and secondly, he believed in the promise of Juechen Immortal Venerable, so he confronted Fengyuan True Immortal and the others head-on.


    Now hearing the words of Juechen Immortal Venerable, Meng Zhang felt a chill in his heart.


    Before Meng Zhang had any reaction, Gu Yue Lingqing started to shout.


    Previously, Meng Zhang didn''t know that it was Juechen Xianzun who came forward to persuade Gu Yue Lingqing, he completely believed Gu Yue Lingqing''s words.


    For Gu Yue Lingqing, a top celestial being like Juechen Xianzun was an existence that the entire Gu Yue family could not afford to offend.


    The Heavenly Immortal Ancestor of the Gu Yue Family had dealt with the Immortal Junchen and had benefited from it. He also heard the family ancestor talk about the character of the Immortal Juechen, so he believed in the promise of the Immortal Juechen.


    Now if the gods of the Lingkong Immortal Realm intervene in the battle with the Taiyi Realm because Juechen Immortal Venerable cannot fulfill his promise, then the Taiyi Realm will definitely be in catastrophe.


    Hearing Gu Yue Lingqing''s yelling, Immortal Juechen glanced at him, and he immediately shut up involuntarily.


    Juechen Xianzun then slowly explained the cause and effect of this incident to Meng Zhang and the others.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable did not rely on his cultivation and identity to bully Meng Zhang and the others, nor did he pretend to be mysterious. Instead, he introduced all the causes and effects of this matter from beginning to end in detail.


    This time, he talked for a long time at once.


    The original cause and effect of this incident also started with the time when Junchen Xianzun was preparing to attack the Golden Immortal Realm.


    Junchen Xianzun was born as a casual cultivator, became famous in the spirit world, and has many like-minded friends.


    Among these friends, Juechen Immortal Venerable is his life-and-death acquaintance, and has won his trust the most.


    Before hitting the Golden Immortal Realm, Junchen Xianzun entrusted his funeral to all his friends.


    In order to successfully promote to the Golden Immortal, in addition to one''s own practice, one must also be influenced by other Golden Immortals.


    Among the golden immortals who rule the fairy world of Lingkong, not everyone is willing to see Junchen Xianzun successfully promoted.


    Although Junchen Immortal Venerable was born in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he has always been outside the official Lingkong Immortal Realm, and his relationship with Tiangong, who rules the Lingkong Immortal Realm, is definitely not friendly.


    Some golden immortals may not want to see new golden immortals appear and share power; or they may simply not like Junchen Xianzun.


    Fortunately, most of the golden immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm, at least on the surface, still have to take care of the overall situation of Immortal Dao.


    In today''s Void Myriad Realms, Immortal Dao is no different from the most powerful force.


    But for a long time, Xiandao has faced challenges from other forces.


    The battle between Buddhism and Taoism, the battle between immortals and demons, the battle between Taoists and demon clans...


    As one of the mainstays of the immortal forces, Lingkong Immortal World has always been at the forefront of these struggles.


    Those who can really decide the situation in the Void and Myriad Realms are actually the powerhouses of the Golden Immortal level from all forces.


    Every extra golden fairy can greatly strengthen the power of the spirit world, which is of great significance to the whole power of the fairy world.


    Except for very few special cases, at least on the surface, the Golden Immortals will not destroy the younger generation at will to attack the Golden Immortal Realm.


    Therefore, under the attention of all the golden immortals in the Lingkong fairyland, Junchen Xianzun was able to go to the Dengtian star area smoothly, and began to attack the golden immortals without any interference.


    It''s a pity that Junchen Xianzun failed to attack Jinxian in the end, and fell away.


    Junchen Xianzun, who failed to attack the golden immortals, is of no value to the golden immortals in the spiritual world.


    Even if he left a resurrected backhand and could regain his life, there is no possibility of attacking Jinxian anymore.


    All the golden immortals have lost interest in these, and no longer pay attention to everything in the Dengtian star area.


    After the fall of Junchen Xianzun, many forces will enter the Dengtian star area.


    One is to seize the inheritance of Junchen Xianzun.


    Secondly, it is to destroy the means of resurrection that Junchen Xianzun may have left behind.


    Even among those friends who were entrusted by Jun Chenxian to deal with the future, there were disagreements.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable was not as cultivated as he is today at that time, and he was not titled Immortal Venerable, just an ordinary Celestial Immortal.


    He was powerless to stop this from happening.


    The only thing he can do is to run around, contact some immortals who sympathize with Junchen Xianzun, and try to restrain those forces entering the Dengtian star area.

 Chapter 2883

    Juechen Immortal Venerable simply cared about his friends, and didn''t care whether Junchen Immortal Venerable could successfully attack the Golden Immortal.


    Junchen Xianzun lost value to those golden immortals, but Juechen Xianzun did not completely give up on him.


    After Juechen Immortal Venerable''s unremitting efforts and the help of some forces, those forces that were about to enter the Ascending Sky Star Region had no choice but to reach a compromise with them and made some promises.


    This is the origin of the situation in the Dengtian Star District and the Junchen Realm later.


    Of course, there have been many twists and turns in the middle.


    Even if a promise is made, many guys will not keep it honestly, but try their best to bypass it.


    Ziyang Zhenxian and many other true immortals conquered Junchen Realm and established a cultivation civilization.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm settled in, established the Tiangong, and laid it down for nine days.


    The Junchen Realm suddenly lost contact with the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    ...


    In short, the changes in the situation in the Junchen Realm over the years, and the battles behind it, can all involve the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Juechen Xianzun said frankly that even though everyone has agreed that the heavenly immortals are not allowed to directly interfere with the situation in the Dengtian star area, everyone can always find a way to play some side effects.


    For example, Ziyang Zhenxian and the others became the actual rulers of Junchen Realm with the support of Sanyang Xianzong.


    Heavenly Immortals who do not deal with Sanyang Immortal Sect will confuse the demon gods to go to the Ascending Sky Star District and create the foundation of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Then, the big worlds in the Dengtian star area united to form a coalition of foreign invaders, and continuously attacked the Junchen world.


    If the army of invaders from outside the territory were really allowed to invade the Junchen Realm early, then Ziyang Zhenxian''s plan would have gone bankrupt long ago.


    Juechen Xianzun''s words answered many questions that Meng Zhang, a cultivator in Junchen Realm, had before.


    Meng Zhang has long suspected that the big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, different races and cultivation systems, how they overcome their differences and unite to besiege the Junchen Realm together.


    It turned out that there was a heavenly immortal who made a secret move, which led to all this.


    Of course, that Heavenly Immortal who shot secretly was also really bold.


    In any case, Junchen Realm is nominally a big world under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Secretly instigating hostile forces such as the Yaozu and Buddhism to attack the Junchen Realm, wouldn''t that violate the official taboo of the Lingkong Immortal Realm?


    Seeing that Juechen Xianzun did not elaborate on the meaning of the reason, Meng Zhang could only suppress his curiosity and did not ask any more questions.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable has made great progress in cultivation and status in recent years, and has a greater right to speak in many aspects.


    Although he has been staying in the fairy world of Lingkong, he still knows everything about the Junchen world through various means.


    When necessary, he will also take action secretly to prevent the Lingkong Immortal Realm from interfering with the Junchen Realm.


    For example, after the Junchen Realm was destroyed, the Lingkong Immortal Realm received the news, and soon sent Qulan Tianxian to lead a team of real immortals to the Dengtian Star District to deal with the aftermath.


    In order to prevent this team from reaching the Ascension Star Area and affecting the resurrection of Junchen Immortal Venerable, Juechen Immortal Venerable created an anti-space storm on their way, preventing them from directly teleporting to the Ascension Star Area, which slowed them down. itinerary.


    At the same time, Juechen Immortal Venerable sent an incarnation outside his body, and came to the Dengtian star area first.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang couldn''t care less about etiquette, and couldn''t help raising his head to look carefully at the opposite Immortal Juechen.


    Is the Juechen Immortal Venerable in front of me really just an external incarnation?


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he couldn''t see through the opponent''s background at all.


    No matter what method he used to observe, he was just an ordinary old farmer in front of him, and there was nothing unusual in terms of strength or aura.


    Immortal Juechen didn''t say anything about Meng Zhang''s impolite behavior.


    Meng Zhang reacted quickly, stopped his rude behavior, and continued to listen to the other party''s narration honestly.


    Immortal Juechen already knew about Meng Zhang and the others'' experiences in the ruins of the Junchen Realm.


    He was quite relieved that Junchen Xianzun used his past body to resurrect.


    Although the past body is illusory in essence, after the resurrection, Junchen Xianzun''s path was cut off, and he couldn''t even restore his previous cultivation base, but at least he left a thought.


    After that, Meng Zhang and the others got involved in the war, and there was nothing to say.


    However, the Qingyang Celestial Immortal of the Sanyang Immortal Sect made arrangements early and entrusted one of his distractions in Ziyang Zhenxian''s body, which is a bit of a bad rule.


    Moreover, before the destruction of the Junchen Realm, the Baiyang Celestial Immortal of the Sanyang Immortal Sect sent a clone to lurk outside the Dengtian star area.


    In the end, Baiyang Tianxian avatar gave Zhenhai Zhenhai a jade talisman containing immortal magic powers, and asked him to use the jade talisman to completely destroy the past body of Junchen Xianzun, which greatly angered Juechen Xianzun.


    The incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable who ran to hunt down the incarnation of Baiyang Tianxian, but got the help of Qulan Tianxian.


    Because just when Qulan Tianxian led the team to the vicinity of Dengtian star area, the incarnation of Juechen Xianzun led Qulan Tianxian away, and used some means to temporarily trap him.


    The strength of the team without Qulan Tianxian was greatly reduced, and they were at a stalemate with the team from the foreign star area. They fought for a long time and delayed a lot of time.


    Qulan Tianxian, as the official representative of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, is not a person without roots, and he is not very afraid of Juechen Immortal Venerable.


    After she got out of trouble, she didn''t care about returning to the team, so she came angrily to trouble the incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable.


    Therefore, the incarnations of Qulan Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian joined forces to fight against the incarnation of Junchen Xianzun.


    Although Juechen Immortal Venerable is already a top celestial being, he is still subject to many constraints and cannot do whatever he wants.


    At the very least, even if his external avatar had enough strength, he would definitely not be able to kill Qulan Tianxian.


    What''s more, his incarnation outside the body may not be able to beat Qulan Tianxian.


    What he can do is to entangle the avatars of Qulan Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian outside the Dengtian star area, so that they cannot escape.


    However, in order to vent the anger in his heart and make the thoughts in his heart clear, he decided to make trouble for the team led by Qulan Tianxian.


    That''s why he later asked Gu Yue Lingqing to entrust Meng Zhang to prevent Fengyuan Zhenxian and them from unifying the sky star area.


    If Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others are hindered in their actions and are unable to bring the entire Dengtian star area under the rule of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, then Qulan Tianxian, the team leader, will not only lose face, but will also lose face on the official side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm. lose point.


    In addition, Juechen Xianzun, the incarnation outside the body, secretly set a small trap at the ruins of the Junchen Realm.


    If the true immortals under Qulan Tianxian approached rashly, although they would not die, they would inevitably suffer some hardships.


    Fortunately, the true immortals in that team are smart enough, or have some understanding of the disputes behind Junchen Realm in advance.


    They were unwilling to get involved in the open and secret struggles of several heavenly immortals rashly, and they didn''t approach the ruins of the Junchen Realm rashly, and they didn''t let the traps set by the avatar of Juechen Immortal Venerable take effect.

 Chapter 2884

    Some time ago, the external incarnation of Juechen Xianzun had been entangled with the clones of Qulan Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian on the edge of the Dengtian star area.


    The incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable not only tightly entangles the two opponents, but also has the spare energy to pay attention to the situation inside the Dengtian star area.


    It is a good decision for Meng Zhang to unite Hualing Realm and Ten Thousand Monster Realm to fight Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    As long as these three families can join forces wholeheartedly, their strength will definitely be higher than that of the enemy, and they may be able to teach Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others a lesson.


    Of course, these three companies will definitely not be able to join forces wholeheartedly.


    In the battle between these three families and Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others, both sides can be regarded as winning or losing.


    Both the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm suffered a lot, while Meng Zhang won several small victories.


    After Hualingping regained the leadership of Hualing Realm and formed an alliance with Taiyi Realm, the situation should have been tilted towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    But at this moment, a higher-level power interfered with the situation in the Dengtian star area.


    The incarnation of Juechen Xianzun has been warned not to continue to pester Qulan Tianxian, let alone continue to cause trouble in the Dengtian star area.


    The warning came from the upper echelon of Lingkong Immortal Realm, Juechen Immortal Venerable did not dare to disobey.


    Once Immortal Juechen withdraws from this matter and no longer helps Meng Zhang and the others, what they will face next is Celestial Qulan who has nothing to offer.


    The Qulan Celestial Immortal is not an ordinary Celestial Immortal, but a well-known and powerful Celestial Immortal in the Lingkong Immortal Realm. It is definitely not something that Meng Zhang and other true immortals can resist.


    In fact, not to mention the Qulan Celestial Immortal, even an ordinary Celestial Immortal would be enough to sweep the entire Ascension to Heaven Star District.


    Even if it was an incarnation of a fairy, Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t resist it.


    When he said this, Juechen Immortal Venerable looked a little embarrassed.


    After all, if it weren''t for his promise, even though Meng Zhang was dissatisfied, he would not have fought against Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others at will.


    Maybe, Meng Zhang has already left the Dengtian star area with the Taiyi Realm.


    But it was precisely because of the backing of Juechen Xianzun that Meng Zhang dared to stay and fight with Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    After listening to Juechen Xianzun''s words, Meng Zhang''s face turned pale all of a sudden, and he was terrified in his heart.


    He finally knew where his previous spiritual warning came from.


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s expression was also very ugly, and she felt that she was sorry for Meng Zhang.


    If this brings Meng Zhang a fatal disaster, then he will feel even more guilty.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had also heard about the name of Qulan Tianxian for a long time.


    If the other party attacked the Taiyi Realm directly, the Gu Yue family''s signature would not be able to protect him.


    After all, Meng Zhang is also a person who has experienced all kinds of turmoil, and soon calmed down.


    Although it was Meng Zhang who looked at Juechen Xianzun to see what he had to say.


    Seeing Meng Zhang''s appearance, Gu Yue Lingqing looked at Immortal Juechen with the same expectation.


    Juechen Xianzun secretly praised Meng Zhang''s reaction before continuing.


    First of all, Juechen Immortal Venerable must obey the orders from the higher-ups of the Lingkong Immortal Realm this time, and it is impossible to be smart, play some small tricks, and play some side effects.


    It was a game played only between strong players of the same level.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable faced an existence that even he could not resist this time.


    He couldn''t, and didn''t dare to have any small thoughts, he had to follow them honestly.


    Hearing this, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing looked at each other, with a faint guess in their hearts.


    This time the matter is really big. Could it be that even Jin Xian from Lingkong Immortal Realm is paying attention to this place?


    Next, Juechen Immortal Venerable said his arrangement.


    It was indeed at his instigation that Meng Zhang and the others fought head-on with Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    If he allowed Meng Zhang and the others to be robbed without any indication from his family, then he would not be able to pass the test in his heart, and he would never be able to make his thoughts clear in the future.


    Although Qulan Tianxian was very annoyed with Juechen Xianzun before, but after she calmed down, she should also know that it is not good for her family to really have an enmity with Juechen Xianzun.


    In fact, for immortals like Juechen Immortal Venerable who are expected to advance to Golden Immortal, it''s too late for everyone to make friends.


    If it wasn''t for the unresolved hatred, who would easily make him an enemy?


    Even other disciples of Jinxian are willing to buy him some face in most cases.


    Immortal Juechen stopped entanglement with Qulan Tianxian and the others immediately after receiving the warning.


    Considering the situation of Meng Zhang and the others, Juechen Immortal Venerable secretly made a deal with Qu Lan Tianxian and reached some agreements.


    Next, Meng Zhang will take the Taiyi Realm to leave the Dengtian star area as soon as possible.


    During this process, Qu Lan Tianxian will not directly attack Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, Fengyuan Zhenxian and their shots will not be subject to any restrictions.


    If they took action to destroy the Taiyi Realm, then no one would have anything to say.


    Sanyang Xianzong and Juechen Xianzun have a deep hatred, and they will not give up easily.


    It''s just that Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, which was targeted by Juechen Xianxian before, has suffered serious injuries and its strength has been greatly affected.


    Baiyang Tianxian is an old and cunning guy, and he will not let his clone be in danger at will.


    The avatar of Qingyang Celestial Immortal fell before, and Meng Zhang played the main role.


    Before he was fully sure, he would not easily attack Meng Zhang.


    For Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm, the most dangerous thing is the journey away from the Dengtian star area.


    As long as he leaves the Ascending Sky Star Area, the Juechen Immortal Venerable will no longer be subject to any restrictions, and he can do whatever he wants.


    What Meng Zhang and the others have to do is to leave the Dengtian star area as soon as possible under the surveillance and attack of powerful enemies.


    Although Juechen Xianzun could not completely solve the problems facing Meng Zhang and the others, he at least solved the biggest danger.


    Without Qulan Tianxian''s intervention, Meng Zhang''s vitality has greatly increased.


    After talking about the cause and effect of this matter, Immortal Juechen explained a few more words to Meng Zhang and the others, and left in a hurry.


    After being warned, Juechen Immortal Venerable did not dare to stay in the Dengtian star area for a long time, and had to leave here as quickly as possible.


    Next, he was going to clear the trap he had set in the ruins of the Junchen Realm, and then he would leave the Ascension to Heaven star area completely, and would no longer interfere with anything here.


    After bidding farewell to Juechen Xianzun, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing also rushed back to the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible.


    Meng Zhang let Tai Miao urge the Taiyi Realm to start moving, and at the same time issued an order in the most stern tone, asking all the Taiyi Realm monks in the Spirit Transformation Realm to immediately give up everything they were doing and rush back to Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible. The second realm, along with the Taiyi realm, left the Dengtian star area.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even go to meet with Hualing Pingqiling, but just sent him a message across the air to give him a general explanation of the latest situation.

 Chapter 2885

    If Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling is smart enough, after receiving Meng Zhang''s summons, he should immediately drop everything and escape from the Dengtian star area as quickly as possible.


    If he is really so decisive, maybe he still has a chance.


    As long as there is a slight delay, he may be lost forever.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang was also seriously thinking about whether the incarnation of Juechen Xianzun told the whole truth in the previous conversation, and whether he had reservations.


    If what Immortal Juechen said is true, then after Immortal Junchen''s past body has completely fallen, there will be no conflict of interest between him and the Dengtian Star District.


    Everything he did afterwards, whether it was revenge or anger, was in essence nothing more than a struggle between emotions.


    Immortals who can cultivate to his level will not be easily confused by the battle of spirit.


    According to common sense, he will not pay too much for the battle of spirits, and will not be too entangled in it.


    In fact, since he sent an incarnation outside the body at this time, it is not the deity who came here, which is enough to explain many problems.


    He will never go against Jinxian''s will because of this matter, and he will not even make Jinxian feel the slightest displeasure.


    Next, Juechen Xianzun really can''t count on it, and everything depends on himself.


    Under Meng Zhang''s urging, the power circle above the Taiyi Realm started to activate, and the Taiyi Realm was about to start moving.


    In the eyes of monks in the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang has the supreme majesty.


    Although he was reluctant to give up the rich resources of the Spirit Transformation Realm, and even though he might have some dissatisfaction in his heart, no monk in the Taiyi Realm dared to resist Meng Zhang''s strict orders.


    The Taiyi Realm monks who were originally in the Spirit Transformation Realm immediately rushed back to the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible.


    Many monks gave up the resources they were about to get very regretfully, and looked around the world of transforming spirits reluctantly.


    Not long after Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling received Meng Zhang''s summons, he came to the Taiyi Realm in person.


    Not long after everyone formally formed an alliance, Meng Zhang couldn''t stay behind closed doors.


    He let Tai Miao and many gods of the Taiyi Realm control the movement of the Taiyi Realm, and at the same time strengthen the defense of the Taiyi Realm.


    He came to the sky above the Taiyi Realm, and saw the anxious Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact Spirit.


    As soon as he saw Meng Zhang, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling ignored the red tape and got straight to the point.


    After being subpoenaed by Meng Zhang, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling knew that the situation was serious.


    If the angels of the Lingkong Immortal Realm intervened in this matter so quickly, there would be no possibility of resistance from their own side, and their original arrangements would be in vain.


    Previously, Meng Zhang presented two void warships to the spirit race in the spirit world.


    The higher-ups of the spirit clan have also made preparations long ago, moving some of the spirit clan to the void battleship, ready to leave the spirit world at any time.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle immediately ordered the two void warships to set off, leaving the Spirit Transformation Realm and the Ascending Sky Star Area as quickly as possible.


    The carrying capacity of the two void battleships is limited, and they can only hold a small part of the Eldar.


    Prior to this, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling had arranged for a part of the spirit clan to start migrating to the Taiyi Realm.


    But firstly, the time is limited, and secondly, the critical moment has not yet been reached, so there are not many Spirit Races who have migrated there.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling came to meet Meng Zhang now, hoping to persuade Meng Zhang to let the Taiyi Realm stay a little longer, and let more spirits migrate to the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang was very embarrassed by the request of the spirit of the spirit bottle.


    The two sides reached a covenant not long ago, and they will work together to fight against Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    Meng Zhang is going to give up everything in the Dengtian star area now, and let the Taiyi world run away, which is indeed a bit unkind.


    But there is no way, the general trend is like this, and Meng Zhang can''t go against it.


    Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling saw Meng Zhang in a dilemma, and had also learned what Juechen Immortal Venerable said from Meng Zhang before.


    He tentatively suggested to Meng Zhang that since Juechen Xianzun had secretly reached an agreement with Qulan Tianxian, Qulan Tianxian would not directly attack Taiyi Realm, then Taiyi Realm only needs to face Fengyuan Zhenxian and them, Meng Why don''t Zhang let Taiyi Realm stay longer.


    During this period of time, the Spirit of Hualing Bottle will lead all the power of the spirit clan in the Hualing Realm to help the Taiyi Realm fight against Fengyuan Zhenxian and them.


    Hearing the words of Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, Meng Zhang smiled wryly.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit are already so old, why are they still so naive?


    Qulan Tianxian is willing to reach an agreement with Juechen Immortal Venerable not to attack the Taiyi Realm directly, because he wants to take care of the other party''s face.


    Juechen Xianzun also believes that he is not an idiot, if he insists on grasping this point, he will stay in the Dengtian star area.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t know how to be interesting and didn''t give Qu Lan Tianxian face, the other party would have plenty of ways to deal with himself and the Taiyi Realm.


    Among other things, a fairy like Qulan Tianxian has the ability to change the laws of heaven and earth in an area.


    She really doesn''t need to attack the Taiyi Realm, she just needs to change the laws of the surrounding world to make it extremely unfavorable to the Taiyi Realm monks, then Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others can easily eliminate the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    The reason why she didn''t play around and took advantage of the loopholes was because she didn''t want to offend Immortal Juechen.


    Now that she has already bought the face of Juechen Xianzun, she will not pretend to be clever and self-defeating.


    Meng Zhang quickly explained to Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, explaining his difficulties.


    Looking at the miserable appearance of the spirit of Hualing bottle, and seeing many Taiyi realm monks rushing from Hualing realm to Taiyi realm, Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, and said something.


    In a big world like the Taiyi Realm, if you want to teleport through the void, you will generally try to stay as far away from another big world as possible to avoid being disturbed by it.


    The Taiyi Realm is very close to the Spirit Transformation Realm, and is orbiting the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm needs to be far enough away from the Spirit Transformation Realm in order to carry out the Void Teleportation.


    Before that, the Taiyi Realm could only move in the normal way.


    In the process of Taiyi Realm leaving the Ascending Sky star area, it is very likely that it will be intercepted by powerful enemies.


    All the powerhouses in the Taiyi world need to save their strength as much as possible in order to deal with the next battle.


    The main force for the movement of the Taiyi Realm should be provided by the power circle above as much as possible, instead of letting the strong ones spend too much power to drive it.


    For the consideration of the overall stability of the Taiyi Realm, after the power circle on the Taiyi Realm is activated, it will generally accelerate slowly, and will not let the Taiyi Realm move at high speed all at once.


    Therefore, it will take some time for the Taiyi Realm to completely move away from the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Although the spirit world does not have the ability to build void battleships, there are quite a few ordinary flying boats and warships.


    Of these, many move fast enough.


    In addition, there are quite a few members of the spirit clan who have the ability to fly.


    High-ranking members of the Spirit Race, especially those Holy Spirits, can take away a large number of Spirit Race in a short period of time as long as they make a move.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling understood Meng Zhang''s meaning and immediately started to act.


    Afterwards, scenes of fleeing almost appeared in the entire spirit world.

 Chapter 2886

    When Meng Zhang was talking to the Spirit of Hualing Bottle, most of the Taiyi Realm monks had already returned to the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, if there are those unlucky ones who can''t come back in time, or who are reluctant to leave so soon, then they can only ask for luck.


    The Taiyi Realm began to move forward slowly, slowly accelerated, moving away from the Spirit Transformation Realm bit by bit.


    Numerous flying boats and warships took off from the Spirit Transformation Realm at once, carrying many Spirit Races, and rushed to the Taiyi Realm at the fastest speed.


    The Taiyi Realm opened the door of convenience, helping these airships and warships to land, and helping to accept those spirit races.


    Many Spirit Races with the ability to fly desperately flew to the Taiyi Realm, just hoping to reach their destination before their power was exhausted.


    A group of high-ranking spirit clan headed by Hualingping Ping Qiling, especially the several holy spirits, also showed their magical powers and went all out to move the members of the spirit clan to the Taiyi realm.


    As for the various resources in the spirit world, all kinds of bottles and cans, they can''t be taken care of at all.


    All of a sudden, the entire spirit world is a scene before the doomsday.


    Although Meng Zhang gave the Spiritual Race in the Transforming Spirit Realm a chance, most of the Spirit Race in the Transforming Spirit Realm are doomed to be unable to escape.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to stay here for too long, but urged the Taiyi Realm to stay away according to the normal procedure.


    The most, the most, is to provide a little convenience to the spirit race in the spirit world.


    Taiyi Realm began to speed up slowly, getting farther and farther away from Hualing Realm.


    At this time, those spirit races who are still in the Spirit Transformation Realm can no longer catch up with the Taiyi Realm by relying on their own strength alone.


    The spirit-transforming spirit bottle brought a group of high-level Holy Spirit tribes to migrate the spirit tribe, but in such a short period of time, it was impossible to gather the spirit tribes that had spread almost throughout the spirit-transforming world.


    They don''t have the supernatural means like immortals, and the efficiency of relocating the spirit clan is not high.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang and the others don''t want to help, but since Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, he ordered the Taiyi Realm to prepare for the battle with all their strength.


    Without the deterrence of Juechen Xianzun, Qulan Tianxian''s subordinates can attack Taiyi Realm with all their strength without any scruples.


    Meng Zhang and many real immortals in that team have formed a deep hatred, and they will never let Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm leave easily.


    Those true immortals may launch a surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm at any time.


    Meng Zhang and the others dare not relax, and must strengthen their guard to prevent surprise attacks.


    After Hua Lingping Ping Qi moved a group of spirit clans to the Taiyi Realm, he looked at Meng Zhang standing above the Taiyi Realm, and was about to intercede, asking Meng Zhang to slow down the progress of the Taiyi Realm, and give more Eldar a moment.


    He just flew to Meng Zhang''s side, and Meng Zhang, who had already guessed his intention, shook his head lightly, and didn''t even give him a chance to speak.


    The spirit of Hua Ling Ping Qi was considering how to speak and how to persuade Meng Zhang. At this moment, a beam of light lit up in the distant void, and it quickly approached here.


    Before Meng Zhang and Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling realized what was going on, the beam of light crossed a long distance and accurately landed on the Hua Ling Realm.


    That beam of light turned into infinite light, covering almost half of the spiritual world.


    The entire spirit world was shaking violently, and a large number of spirits died in an instant, without even a little reaction.


    Two holy spirits were unlucky, and they were migrating to the spirit world at this time, and they were not far from where the beam of light landed.


    The power of this beam of light was so terrifying that even the Holy Spirit, who was at the same level as the True Immortal, had no resistance at all and was directly killed by it.


    Now, those spirit races who are still in the spirit world have suffered countless casualties, and their morale has completely collapsed.


    Ever since the spirit-transformation bottle tool spirit regained control of the spirit-transformation world, even if there was some dissatisfaction and dissatisfaction in his heart, at least on the surface, including all the remaining holy spirits, the high-level spirit clan completely obeyed him.


    After he got the latest news from Meng Zhang, he ordered the Spiritual Race in the Spirit Transformation Realm to start migrating.


    Although many high-ranking spirit clansmen complained, they did not jump out to oppose him.


    He asked a group of high-ranking members of the Holy Spirit Race to help move the Spirit Race, and these guys were also obedient.


    But after this blow to the Spirit Transformation Realm, the majesty of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit disappeared, and the upper echelons of the Spirit Clan fell into a great panic.


    When the attack came, many high-level officials from Taiyi Realm and Hualing Realm witnessed what happened.


    Sending out such a terrifying blow from a distant place has far surpassed the means of a true immortal.


    The Taiyi world is fine up and down, and they can barely maintain their composure.


    On the other side of the Spirit Transformation Realm, after the huge shock, those high-ranking spirit clan members immediately went mad and fled from the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    But any capable spirit race would not dare to stay in the spirit world.


    Some senior leaders of the spirit clan, including a few holy spirits, didn''t even listen to the order to transform the spirit bottle and tool spirit, and directly gave up everything and fled towards the depths of the void at full speed.


    With the knowledge of the Spirit Transformation Bottle Artifact, of course he knew that the attack just now was an attack at the level of a fairy.


    If there is a fairy to deal with the spirit world, then the spirit world will not have any resistance.


    Now, the entire spirit race in the spirit world has collapsed.


    Sensing the terrifying power of that blow, Meng Zhang guessed in his heart.


    Needless to say, it was Qulan Tianxian who sent out this blow.


    Her purpose is to warn herself that she must take the Taiyi Realm and leave the Ascending Sky Star Region immediately.


    Prior to this, due to the entanglement of Juechen Xianzun, Qulan Tianxian had already wasted a lot of time.


    According to the routine procedure, when she brought the team of real immortals to the Ascending Sky Star District, she should quickly clear all the big worlds in the Dengtian Star District, and bring the entire Dengtian Star District under the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm as quickly as possible.


    The Junchen Realm has been destroyed, which is a great loss.


    There are several other big worlds in the Kedengtian star area, and a ruling order should be established on them as soon as possible, and they should be included in the system of the spirit world.


    For Juechen Xianzun''s sake, Qulan Tianxian will not take action against the Taiyi Realm himself.


    But Taiyi Realm has been procrastinating there, which must have made her very dissatisfied.


    Her attack was a warning to Meng Zhang and the entire Taiyi Realm, and it was also disintegrating the spirit clan''s will to resist in the Spirit Realm.


    It is conceivable that the army of monks under the command of Zhenxian Fengyuan will easily conquer the entire spirit world.


    Meng Zhang was also frightened by Qulan Tianxian''s methods.


    He ordered Taiyi Realm to speed up and stay away from Hualing Realm as soon as possible.


    Once the Taiyi Realm reaches a suitable position, it is necessary to start the Void Teleportation and escape from the Dengtian star area as quickly as possible.


    The work of migrating the Eldar from the spirit world must stop.


    Those spirit races who haven''t had time to leave the spirit world can only ask for more blessings.


    Meng Zhang is not a saint who saves the suffering, and cannot save all the spirit race.


    He glanced at the spirit transformation bottle in front of him, ready to persuade him.


    If he doesn''t listen to persuasion, then Meng Zhang has nothing to do.


    Meng Zhang has done everything he can, and now he has to ensure the survival of the Taiyi world.

 Chapter 2887

    Without Meng Zhang''s persuasion, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling accepted the reality.


    He was probably frightened by the blow just now, and he really understood that neither he nor Meng Zhang could do anything about the fate of the spirit world.


    The only thing he can do is probably to try to save his own life.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling didn''t say much, his face was full of a very lonely expression.


    Meng Zhang understood this quite well and didn''t say much.


    When the last batch of Spirit Race descended to the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm was far enough away from the Transforming Spirit Realm to carry out the Void Teleportation.


    Meng Zhang and the others also landed on the surface of the Taiyi Realm, and a light curtain quickly enveloped the entire Taiyi Realm.


    Accompanied by a burst of strong spatial fluctuations, the Taiyi Realm successfully carried out a large void teleportation.


    In order to ensure the overall stability of the Taiyi Realm and prevent the magic circle from being overloaded, every time after the Void Teleportation, it will try to stay for a period of time to allow all aspects to recover.


    Moreover, although he is running for his life now, Tai Miao still has some reservations. He did not allow the Taiyi Realm to run at its limit, and the distance of the Void Teleportation is limited.


    Meng Zhang made a rough calculation. According to the current speed, at least ten more void teleports are needed before the Taiyi Realm can leave the Ascending Sky Star Area.


    Meng Zhang was a little hesitant, whether he wanted to give full play to the potential of Taiyi Realm and challenge its limits.


    In order to strengthen the Taiyi Realm, everyone in the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, has put in countless efforts.


    After searching the Shenchang Realm fiercely, the Taiyi Realm became a complete big world.


    The Taiyi world is currently growing at a high speed. If it is seriously injured, it will not only break the growth process, but it will be difficult to make up for it in the future.


    Taiyi Realm is everyone''s home, and Meng Zhang has deep feelings for it, and doesn''t want to see it hurt.


    When Meng Zhang was hesitating, the Taiyi Realm had finished its rest, and now it started. Meng Zhang didn''t have to hesitate, he didn''t have to choose, he had only one way to go.


    The Taiyi Realm popped out heavily from the anti-space and returned to the positive space.


    The surrounding space is shaking irregularly and violently, in order to prevent the Taiyi Realm from carrying out another large void teleportation.


    Now, the Taiyi Realm can only move slowly in the void in a conventional way.


    Not far from Taiyi Realm, Immortal Yinding will lead a group of Taoist soldiers to form an array.


    He had long ago set up a net of immortal artifacts, and performed the technique of space confinement, preventing the great teleportation of the Taiyi Realm from the void.


    A group of true immortals stared at the Taiyi Realm from a distance, and they might kill them at any time.


    After being severely injured by Meng Zhang, Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian, etc., who could not recover within a short period of time, after the return of Qulan Tianxian, received their treatment, at least the injuries have been suppressed, and they can continue to attack , but also preserved most of its combat effectiveness.


    They thought they had the backing of Qu Lan Tianxian, and out of hatred for Meng Zhang, they took the initiative to join the team to intercept the Taiyi Realm.


    After Qulan Tianxian took action, the spirit race in the spirit world has basically been disintegrated.


    The army of cultivators under the command of Fengyuan Zhenxian can easily occupy the spirit world.


    In the Ascending Sky Star Region, the remaining hostile forces are the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and the Taiyi Realm.


    The branch of the Dragon Clan occupying the Shenchang Realm reached an agreement with Fengyuan Zhenxian early on, and they sincerely submit to the Lingkong Fairy Realm in name.


    Even after the return of Qulan Tianxian, Fengyuan Zhenxian is not prepared to violate the agreement.


    Qulan Tianxian wanted to give Zhenxian Fengyuan a bit of face, and secondly, he was also unwilling to easily enmity with the Dragon Clan.


    Shenchang Realm continues to maintain the status quo.


    Because of the agreement between Qulan Tianxian and Juechen Xianzun, he will not directly attack Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others took action to hunt down Taiyi Realm, so she could not interfere.


    After Qulan Tianxian took the last shot, he is now going to continue to attack the Wan Yaojie.


    Don''t look at the gathering of so many powerful demon gods in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, with the help of Buddhist power, they are all vulnerable in front of the gods.


    Taiyi Realm moved quickly, and did not stay near the Spirit Transformation Realm for too long. It carried out a large void teleport early in an attempt to escape from the Dengtian star area.


    In Fengyuan Zhenxian''s eyes, the monks of the Taiyi Realm came from the Junchen Realm, and should have been subordinates of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The behavior of the Taiyi Realm is tantamount to betraying the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In addition, among the true immortals under his command, many people are very hostile to the Taiyi Realm for various purposes.


    All of a sudden, Taiyi Realm became the target that this team of true immortals wanted to get rid of quickly.


    Of course, in addition to destroying the Taiyi Realm, Fengyuan Zhenxian also wanted to conquer the Ten Thousand Demon Realm as soon as possible.


    He bypassed Qulan Tianxian and reported directly to the headquarters of Lingkong Immortal Realm, which caused Jinxian to intervene in the Dengtian star area.


    Juechen Xianzun was solemnly warned, and Qulan Tianxian also got some heads.


    After Celestial Qulan returned, she seemed to have the same attitude towards Immortal Fengyuan on the surface, but in reality, only Immortal Fengyuan felt it slowly.


    Qulan Tianxian used to look at the background of Fengyuan Zhenxian, and he still had the posture of an elder in front of him.


    Now, Qulan Tianxian is just a simple boss, and all dealings are business-like.


    Qulan Tianxian wants to bring the entire Dengtian star area under the control of the Lingkong fairyland in the shortest possible time.


    She is not interested in hunting down Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm''s escape from the Dengtian star area, on the contrary, will help her complete the task as soon as possible.


    Qulan Tianxian insisted on conquering the Ten Thousand Demon Realm first after attacking the Hualing Realm, and Fengyuan Zhenxian had no choice.


    The identity and status of Qulan Tianxian is far above that of Fengyuan Zhenxian, and he will not be under his command and control.


    Qulan Tianxian would not openly oppose Fengyuan Zhenxian''s plan, but he insisted on acting according to his own wishes.


    Without the help of Celestial Immortal Qulan, even if Immortal Fengyuan could finally conquer the entire Ascension to Heaven star area, it would take countless painstaking efforts and a lot of time.


    Although everyone has the same goal, the celestial being is always a celestial being, and indeed has willful power.


    Therefore, Fengyuan Zhenxian had to give up his original plan and take the initiative to cooperate with her in order to consider the overall situation and the identity of Qulan Tianxian.


    Qulan Tianxian is now going to attack the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    It is conceivable that after she made a move, the resistance of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm would be wiped out, and the monks under the command of Master Fengyuan could easily occupy the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian is unwilling to let go of Taiyi Realm.


    So, he had to divide his troops.


    He personally led a part of the troops to follow Qulan Tianxian, and occupied the Ten Thousand Demon Realm after Qulan Tianxian made a move.


    Yindingxian will lead another part of the troops to intercept the Taiyi Realm, so that the Taiyi Realm cannot easily escape from the Dengtian star area.

 Chapter 2888

    When Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm to escape, the team under Fengyuan Zhenxian was still resting in the Fearless Realm.


    It wasn''t long before Celestial Qulan joined them, and she had just conveyed the latest order to everyone, bringing the Dengtian Star District into the ruling system of the Lingkong Immortal Realm as quickly as possible.


    The Fearless Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm are far away, but this did not prevent Qulan Tianxian from making a move.


    As long as she is willing, the entire Ascension Star District is within her attack range.


    If she hadn''t reached an agreement with Juechen Xianzun, she who was located in the Fearless Realm could easily destroy the Taiyi Realm from the air.


    She shot against the spirit world from a distance, showing great power.


    Although Fengyuan Zhenxian and his subordinates don''t know the specific results of the battle yet, they can predict the power of their shots.


    Soon, they confirmed the results of Qulan Tianxian''s battle through various detection methods.


    This time, the monks under the command of Fengyuan Zhenxian were greatly encouraged, and their morale was unprecedentedly high.


    There is still a long distance between the fearless world and the spiritual world.


    The army of monks under the command of Immortal Fengyuan is basically survivors from the Junchen Realm, even with the help of the Void Battleship, they will not be able to rush over in a short time.


    Therefore, the Yinding Immortal General had to lead the team, leading some real immortals to rush over to delay the speed of the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the Taoist soldiers under the command of Immortal Yinding, they were directly brought over by him.


    A group of true immortals are not dragged down by a large army, and the speed is still very fast.


    The speed of Taiyi Realm''s large void teleportation, and the distance traveled by each teleportation, are far inferior to ordinary true immortals.


    Yindingxian caught them up to the Taiyi Realm quickly, and locked the surrounding space to prevent the Taiyi Realm from carrying out the great void teleportation.


    Immortal Yinding has fought against Meng Zhang and knows that the other party is difficult to deal with.


    He led his men to form an array not far from Taiyi Realm.


    He did not launch an attack hastily, but observed silently, waiting for the follow-up reinforcements to arrive.


    Not to mention Qulan Tianxian, even after Fengyuan Zhenxian led the main force to arrive, it was enough to defeat the Taiyi Realm.


    As soon as it was impossible to carry out the great void teleportation, Meng Zhang still ordered that the Taiyi Realm move in a conventional way, and quickly rushed out of the Dengtian star area.


    At this time, Meng Zhang felt a little regretful. He was too indecisive and soft-hearted before, which delayed a lot of time.


    Even if there is no delay at all, the Taiyi Realm may not have time to escape from the Dengtian star area.


    However, if he acted at full speed early, he would be one step closer to escaping from the Ascension to Heaven Star Zone.


    The Taiyi world has been preparing for the battle with all its strength, and the army of monks has also undergone long-term drills.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the enemy''s lineup. The enemies are basically real immortals. Ordinary monks are of little use in the next battle, and they still have to rely on their own strong men to take action.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Fairy Yue''e, Fairy Yueying and Moon God all came to the sky above the Taiyi Realm, ready to attack at any time.


    There are many gods in the god system of the Taiyi Realm, and there are already many true gods.


    Only when they are inside the Taiyi Realm, or not far from the Taiyi Realm, can they exert their full strength.


    Moreover, the strength of these true gods is far inferior to the true immortals on the opposite side.


    The gods of the Taiyi Realm began to line up. On the one hand, they were ready to attack at any time, and on the other hand, they were ready to defend.


    The high-ranking monks of the Taiyi Realm took action one after another, forming formations on the surface of the Taiyi Realm, echoing the original defense system of the Taiyi Realm.


    Many spirit clans from the Hualing Realm hurriedly migrated to the Taiyi Realm, and followed the Taiyi Realm on the road to escape.


    Most of the Eldar are still in a state of disarray, not fully settled.


    However, those high-level spirit races have already reacted and can join the battle at any time.


    For so many years that the Four Elephant Monument Qiling has presided over the affairs of the Hualing World, it is not without any contribution.


    She selected elite Eldar members and organized a powerful Eldar army.


    This army of Eldar has been trained to fight in the void.


    After Qi Ling of the Four Elephants Monument escaped, the spirit of Hualing Ping, who regained the dominance of the Hualing Realm, also gained command of this army.


    Not long ago, this spirit clan army was practicing together with the Taiyi Realm monk army.


    After the previous turmoil, most members of this spirit clan army fled to Taiyi Realm.


    As long as the senior leaders of the Spirit Race are not fools, they should understand by now that the Spirit Race is already on the same boat as the monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    Some high-level spirit clansmen are working hard to organize the spirit clan army, preparing to cooperate with the monks of the Taiyi world to fight.


    The spirit of the spirit bottle also found the enemy in the distance.


    He knew in his heart that in a battle at the level of a true immortal, the only ones who could really play a role on his side were those at the level of the holy spirit.


    There were originally a lot of strong people at the Holy Spirit level in the spirit world.


    After the spirit of Sixiangbei escaped from the spirit world, the three holy spirits who were loyal to her left.


    After Qulan Celestial Immortal made a move, some Holy Spirits were unlucky and fell, and some were frightened and fled immediately desperately.


    Now only one water spirit and one wood spirit-level holy spirit followed the spirit of the bottle and came to Taiyi Realm.


    The spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle called the two holy spirits, ready to help in the battle at any time.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that if he only relied on conventional methods to move, even in the Year of the Monkey, the Taiyi Realm would never want to leave the Dengtian star area.


    The only way to move long distances in the void is to carry out the void teleportation.


    The surrounding void has been imprisoned by the enemy''s spell.


    The enemy''s confinement must be broken, so that the Taiyi Realm can carry out the void teleportation again.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian and other strong people have not yet arrived here, and only a part of the real immortals appeared around the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the knot between Qulan Tianxian and Fengyuan Zhenxian, let alone what happened to this team of true immortals from the spirit world.


    But he was keenly aware that the main purpose of the enemies around the Taiyi Realm should be to delay the movement speed of the Taiyi Realm.


    After the follow-up reinforcements arrived, it was time for them to attack Taiyi Realm together.


    Even if Qulan Tianxian would not directly attack Taiyi Realm, Taiyi Realm also has no reinforcements from Ten Thousand Monster Realm, and the original helpers, the Spirit Race, suffered heavy losses.


    Meng Zhang and other Taiyi Realm executives have already calculated the strength comparison between the two sides.


    If Fengyuan Zhenxian led his main force to attack the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm should not be able to resist it.


    No need to think too much, Meng Zhang and the others knew what they were going to do.


    They must defeat the enemy in front of them, let the Taiyi Realm carry out the void teleportation, and escape the Dengtian Star District in time before the main force led by Fengyuan Zhenxian arrives.


    Meng Zhang and the others had a brief discussion, and without delay, they immediately launched an attack.


    Meng Zhang took the lead, attacked first, and killed the Yinding Immortal General there.


    Soldier against soldier, general against general, Yindingxian will be the strongest of the enemy and the leader of this small team.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and the others also charged towards the surrounding enemies.


    Even if you can''t kill them, you have to repel them and drive them away as much as possible so that they can''t interfere with the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 2889

    Facing Meng Zhang who was approaching aggressively, Immortal Yinding was not afraid, and took the initiative to meet him.


    After the Taoist soldiers behind him line up, they can gather all their power in one place to bless and strengthen the Immortal General Yinding, and they can also weaken Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not now, in the void, they can have a good fight without any scruples, and the real winner will be determined.


    The yin and yang energy turned into a long river, rushing towards the Yinding Immortal General.


    The wind, fire, yin and yang fan transformed into a sky-filled wind and fire, which rushed directly to the Taoist soldiers behind him.


    ...


    Although Meng Zhang killed the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele and won this high-level fairy weapon, he still has no time to refine it.


    It is not an easy task to control a high-level immortal artifact such as the Four Elephant Monument.


    From the level of cultivation alone, the spirit of the Four Elephant Stele is still above Meng Zhang.


    The power level of the Four Elephant Monument also surpassed Meng Zhang''s current cultivation level.


    It is destined to be a long process for Meng Zhang to refine the Four Elephants Stele.


    Now, he is just using Xianli to slowly warm it up, trying to repair the damage it suffered before.


    Meng Zhang has long-term arrangements for this fairy artifact, and he is unwilling to forcibly envoy it at this time, so as not to damage its foundation.


    The only fairy weapon that Meng Zhang can use is the Mieyun copper coin.


    Destroying copper coins to secretly cut people''s luck is vicious and covert, but it is by no means invincible.


    For one thing, Meng Zhang''s cultivation base was limited, and he didn''t have a deep level of refining Mieyun copper coins, and his methods of imperial emissary were blunt, and he couldn''t perform many moves.


    Second, cutting off other people''s luck, leading to their low luck, and thus bad luck is a process, and it doesn''t happen overnight.


    Like Zhenhai Zhenxian before, he faced the threat of catastrophe thousands of years ago, and he has been trying to avoid it.


    Later, he also directly participated in the destruction of the Junchen Realm. His crimes were so serious that the catastrophe was imminent, and Meng Zhang only took advantage of it with a quick kick.


    The situation of Pokong Zhenxian is similar, and his luck has long been low.


    If it was replaced by the Silver Top Immortal General, it would not have such a good effect.


    The Immortal Silver Top is now in the prime of his luck, and he can completely withstand the wear and tear.


    Even if a lot of luck is consumed, it will be difficult to produce bad results in a short period of time.


    Thirdly, General Yinding has very rich combat experience and has always been very vigilant against Meng Zhang.


    When fleeing from the Fearless Realm, Meng Zhang used Mieyun copper coins to cut off the last ray of luck of Zhenhai True Immortal, which led to his catastrophe. Many True Immortals have been suspicious of this for a long time.


    The keen Yindingxian will not be confused by superficial phenomena, but will study Meng Zhang''s methods in depth.


    Although he still hasn''t figured out the details of the extermination of copper coins, he already has some guesses.


    Not long after the start of the war, Meng Zhang directly sacrificed the Mieyun copper coins, arousing a burst of Mieyun''s light, but was dodged by the Yinding Immortal who had been on guard for a long time.


    Seeing this scene, Meng Zhang didn''t continue to waste his strength, but used other means to fight fiercely with General Yinding.


    The Yinding Immortal General, a true immortal who specializes in fighting, is actually not inferior to Meng Zhang in terms of his mastery of immortal techniques and combat experience.


    His cultivation level is much stronger than Meng Zhang''s, and his background and accumulation are deeper.


    Facing such a strong enemy, Meng Zhang had to deal with it very hard, and he couldn''t think of winning or losing in a short time.


    Now that Meng Zhang and Yindingxian are in a fight, it depends on the battle elsewhere.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God and the others have already been mobilized, and the spirit of Hualingping Pingqi also brought two holy spirits to help. For example, powerful canonized gods such as the giant shark god and the wild god Shaking the Earth are also actively participating in the battle.


    Only Tai Miao still sits in the Taiyi Realm, which is regarded as the last reserve team.


    The number of true immortals brought by Yindingxian this time is limited, facing the swarming Taiyi Realm powerhouses, he really seemed somewhat unable to resist.


    The vanguard team led by General Yinding was not intended to compete with the strong in the Taiyi Realm. The main purpose was to delay the speed of the Taiyi Realm as much as possible so that it could not leave the Ascending Sky Star Area within a certain period of time.


    The experienced General Yinding had anticipated various situations before the battle and made corresponding arrangements.


    The true immortals in the team are not fools, they have to fight head-on with the strong ones in the Taiyi world at this time.


    They scattered in the surrounding void, fighting with the Taiyi Realm powerhouses who had killed them, trying to delay the time as much as possible.


    Some real immortals launched a surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm, as if they wanted to wreak havoc on the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, their purpose is to distract the powerhouses of the Taiyi Realm, and they have to take into account the safety of the Taiyi Realm.


    Even though they knew the purpose of these true immortals, the gods and monks who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm did not dare to be careless.


    Although Taiyi Realm is already a complete big world, it still cannot be said how stable it is.


    Even the Junchen Realm back then couldn''t withstand the tossing of real immortals, let alone the Taiyi Realm at this time.


    Ordinary true immortals casually send out a few regular attacks and land on the Taiyi Realm, which is a series of natural disasters with huge destruction.


    As the defensive side, the Taiyi Realm must avoid being directly attacked by the true immortals.


    Many gods conferred by Meng Zhang before played an important role at this time.


    Including several true gods, many gods mobilized their divine power, tried their best to open their own gods, and defended the surface of Taiyi Realm with all their strength.


    There are many magic circles on the Taiyi Realm, and many practitioners have already settled there.


    These cultivators tried their best to activate the magic circle, and tried their best to stabilize the Taiyi Realm.


    A large group of monks from the Taiyi Realm set up a star array in the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    Void return power is the main force in the formation, and the worst ones to join the formation are Golden Core cultivators.


    Relying on the strength of the large formation, many monks are barely able to cast magic powers at the level of true immortals.


    The individual hostile true immortals who passed through the strong Taiyi Realm and broke into the sky above the Taiyi Realm had to rely on the star array to intercept them.


    These true immortals will not get entangled with the Star Dou Great Formation, they will pass through the Great Formation at the fastest speed, and directly attack the Taiyi Realm.


    It is at this time that the magic circle and God''s Domain above the Taiyi Realm come into play.


    After a fierce fight, the strong men of the Taiyi Realm chased a group of true immortals in the void, and occasionally a few enemy true immortals broke into the sky above the Taiyi Realm, and it was too late to cause any damage to the Taiyi Realm.


    In such a large world as the Taiyi Realm, it is difficult to carry out strict defense, and it is difficult to take care of many places.


    However, due to years of accumulation and careful arrangements of the Taiyi Realm, the defense of the entire Great World is impenetrable, and it seems that there is no opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Of course, due to the fact that the true immortals themselves are not weak and they have adopted a strategy of fighting, the Taiyi Realm seems to have gained a bit of the upper hand, but they can''t help the other side at all.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2890

    The Taiyi Realm is still advancing in the void in a conventional way, and it seems that the speed is not slow, but it is of little significance for moving in the void.


    Meng Zhang knew very well in his heart that the enemy''s space blockade must be broken as soon as possible, so that the Taiyi Realm can carry out the great void teleportation.


    He and Immortal Yinding fought inextricably, and it was impossible to tell the winner in a short time, so naturally it was difficult to get away from him.


    Immortal General Yinding didn''t expect to be able to beat Meng Zhang, he just needed to delay enough time until Zhenxian Fengyuan and the others arrived.


    Of course, General Yinding didn''t blindly defend passively during the battle, but was both offensive and defensive, as if trying to gain the initiative.


    Based on his combat experience, he certainly knows the truth that if you defend for a long time, you will lose.


    He tried his best to gain the initiative in the battle, and competed with Meng Zhang without showing any weakness.


    Meng Zhang and Immortal Yinding fought very fiercely, and the aftermath of the battle spread widely. When others saw their battle, they dared not approach the battlefield easily.


    The void around the Taiyi Realm is a mess, with battlefields everywhere and chasing opponents everywhere.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing is not a weapon cultivator, she has practiced the art of conceiving a device that weapon cultivators often practice.


    Many years ago, he incorporated the embryo of a fairy artifact into the fairy soul, and slowly nourished and strengthened it with fairy power.


    In the meantime, he continued to invest various natural and earthly treasures into it.


    Logically speaking, although immortal artifacts are relatively rare among ordinary true immortals, with Gu Yuelingqing''s family background and strength, he is fully qualified to obtain an immortal artifact.


    But with a high heart and arrogance, he doesn''t look down on ordinary fairy artifacts at all, and insists on pursuing immortal artifacts that satisfy him in all aspects.


    Later, by a coincidence, he practiced the art of impregnation, putting the embryo of a fairy artifact into his body, and slowly upgrading it.


    After so many years, this fairy artifact is far from perfect, and naturally it has not yet come to life.


    The last time Juechen Immortal Venerable met Gu Yue Lingqing, he was entrusted to persuade Meng Zhang to lead the Taiyi Realm monks to stop Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    Although Juechen Immortal Venerable is just an incarnation outside the body and came to the Dengtian Star Area, he still behaves like his own.


    The incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable saw through the problems Gu Yue Lingqing was facing at a glance, and directly offered help, which was regarded as an advance payment.


    With the help of Juechen Xianzun''s external incarnation, Gu Yueling Qing''s speed of conceiving the immortal artifact was greatly accelerated.


    Just after returning from the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, this fairy artifact was finally conceived and ready to be used.


    Now, Gu Yue Lingqing is going to test the power of this fairy weapon on the enemy.


    His opponent is Feng Yuan Zhenxian''s deputy Zhao Yuzhenxian.


    Zhenxian Zhao Yu led a group of real immortals to intercept the Taiyi Realm last time, after being severely injured by Meng Zhang.


    He later got the help of the returned Qulan Celestial Immortal, and he healed his injuries ahead of time and recovered all his cultivation.


    Zhao Yuzhen, who came from the official Ling Kong Immortal Realm, has many means and his cultivation skills are not weak, so he is a very difficult opponent.


    Originally, Gu Yue Lingqing was also unwilling to form an enmity with Zhao Yuzhenxian.


    But the current situation is such that Gu Yue Lingqing must use his trump card to help the Taiyi Realm get out of the predicament.


    He circulated the immortal power in his body, and a triangular flag appeared above his head.


    The command flag waved gently, and Immortal Zhao Yu immediately felt pressure like a mountain coming from all directions, constantly squeezing and squeezing his body.


    True Immortal Zhao Yu mobilized his immortal power and constantly used his supernatural powers to compete with him.


    After the two sides stalemate for a while, Zhao Yuzhen finally couldn''t hold on anymore.


    He doesn''t have the intention of going all out, and he doesn''t want to fight each other forever.


    As soon as he felt that he couldn''t resist anymore, Immortal Zhao Yu tried his best to get rid of the battle and fled far away.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing followed closely behind, constantly urging this freshly baked fairy weapon, constantly compressing and squeezing the range of activities of Zhao Yuzhen.


    On the other side, Fairy Yue''e and Fairy Yueying, her disciple, chased after Immortal Xuanyang.


    If it is the True Immortal Xuan Yang in its heyday, even if it is one against two, it will not be at a disadvantage.


    Fairy Yue''e''s combat effectiveness is mediocre, Fairy Yueying has a limited time to be promoted to a real fairy, and she is still a little immature in many aspects.


    But after Xuanyang Zhenxian was seriously injured by Meng Zhang last time, his strength was greatly reduced.


    Even after being rescued by Qulan Tianxian, the injury was only temporarily stabilized, and the situation improved a lot, but it was far from a complete recovery.


    The combat power he displayed was limited, and he couldn''t beat these two women.


    He was very angry, but there was nothing he could do.


    If he is a little negligent, maybe he will be injured by his opponent.


    But no matter what, Fairy Yue''e is a veteran true fairy with rich experience, and she doesn''t lack all the means she should have.


    On the other side, True Immortal Tianguang, who was in a similar situation to Immortal Xuanyang, was also at a disadvantage by the Moon God.


    He displayed the magical power of escapism, constantly dealing with the moon god in the void.


    Even though he could only fight with the Moon God, he still entangled the Moon God, making it difficult for him to escape.


    There are also two weaker true immortals who are also fighting with the strong in the Taiyi world, so that they cannot be distracted.


    Tai Miao has been sitting in the Taiyi Realm, and has not left half a step.


    He has been paying attention to the battlefield, carefully analyzing the situation, and looking for opportunities.


    After the battle went on for a long time, it seemed that Meng Zhang and the others could not do anything to the enemy, and the situation would continue like this, Tai Miao finally discovered the enemy''s weakness.


    After careful investigation and confirming that it was not a trap set by the enemy, but a real flaw, he did not continue to wait, but took action immediately.


    With a flash of Tai Miao''s figure, she appeared in the void in front of the Taiyi Realm.


    Before the battle with Meng Zhang, the Immortal General Yinding set up a net of immortal artifacts and laid a simple restriction, confining the surrounding space, preventing the Taiyi Realm from escaping into the anti-space, and making it impossible for the Taiyi Realm to carry out large void teleportation .


    The Immortal Artifact Snare has the function of invisibility, and the Yinding Immortal General is clever, so it is really difficult for ordinary true Immortals to discover the core of their body.


    Tai Miao just appeared next to the target, and before he could make a move, a giant like a hill suddenly appeared beside him, pounced towards him.


    This is a real fairy-level puppet, specially used to protect the fairy net.


    With the background and strength of the spiritual world, he has long had the ability to make puppets of the real fairy level.


    These puppets played a very important role in foreign wars.


    Some real immortals with connections and abilities in the Lingkong Immortal Realm will also obtain some such puppets from various channels, which can be regarded as a very useful helper.


    When Sanshan Zhenxian came to Junchen Realm, he brought such a puppet with him, and it really played a big role later.


    When his puppet was destroyed by foreign invaders during the war, he still regretted it.


    As one of the immortal generals in charge of foreign wars in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Silver Top Immortal General has such a puppet at the level of a true immortal in his standard equipment.


    Thanks to the old friend kk fish meat for the reward and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2891

    Facing the seemingly powerful puppet, Tai Miao was unmoved at all.


    For him, it''s best to deal with such a guy who has a level of strength but no corresponding combat wisdom.


    Tai Miao easily avoided the opponent''s attack, and with a backhand wave, a gust of wind blew past the puppet''s body.


    The body of this puppet is made of precious materials such as ten thousand-year-old cold iron and thousand-year-old fine gold, and the surface of the body is covered with various formations and runes.


    Many magical spells are difficult to break through its defenses.


    Invulnerability to swords and guns, and invulnerability to water and fire are just the minimum abilities.


    This puppet is not only powerful in attack, but also indestructible in defense.


    Even if ordinary true immortals can defeat this puppet, it will be difficult to completely destroy it.


    After the seemingly weak breeze blew over the puppet, the puppet''s body shone with light, all kinds of protective spells were quickly broken, and a breath of decay and decay emanated from the puppet.


    This puppet was still struggling desperately, and was killing Tai Miao in vain.


    But not too long later, this puppet at the level of a real fairy turned into a pile of scrap metal.


    Without the impediment of the puppet at the level of a true fairy, Tai Miao was able to face the flaws of the fairy trap.


    Tai Miao''s attainments in the avenue of space are not low, and with a thought, the fairy net that was originally hidden in the void revealed its true body and began to vibrate violently.


    The Immortal General Yinding, who was fighting fiercely with Meng Zhang, never let go of his attention to his surroundings.


    Although he has never fought against Tai Miao, he can tell at a glance that the other party is not easy to deal with.


    Sure enough, Tai Miao quickly found the flaw in the fairy net and launched an attack on it.


    The net of fairy artifacts is still very useful for Immortal General Yinding, but it cannot be destroyed in Taimiao''s hands.


    Immortal Yinding moved his mind, and the fairy net immediately shrank into a ball and flew back into his hand.


    Without the obstruction of the fairy net, the Taiyi Realm can carry out the great teleportation of the void again.


    Tai Miao''s top priority is to urge the Taiyi Realm to leave the Dengtian star area as soon as possible.


    He flew back to the surface of the Taiyi Realm to cover the next move of the Taiyi Realm.


    The gods who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm began to urge the Taiyi Realm to prepare for the great teleportation of the void.


    Some of the own gods who were chasing the enemy, such as the giant shark god, gave up chasing the enemy one after another, flew back to the surface of the Taiyi Realm, and entered the power coverage of the Taiyi Realm.


    Accompanied by bursts of violent spatial fluctuations, the Taiyi Realm directly entered the anti-space.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Yue Shen and the others had already gained the upper hand in the battle with the enemy.


    Those who have mastered the initiative can leave as soon as they say, coming and going freely.


    They soon followed the Taiyi Realm into the anti-space, covering the Taiyi Realm to complete this great void shift.


    If it was on weekdays, Meng Zhang would be very interested in fighting an opponent like General Yindingxian.


    But now, with heavy responsibilities on his shoulders, he quickly got rid of the opponent in front of him and jumped into the anti-space.


    The Taiyi Realm quickly shuttled through the anti-space, Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing and the others covered the outer perimeter of the Taiyi Realm, and Tai Miao and others defended inside the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, the Yinding Immortals and the others couldn''t just watch the Taiyi Realm perform the Void Teleportation so easily, and then successfully leave the Dengtian Star District.


    Immortal Yinding led a group of real immortals and jumped into the anti-space, chasing and killing him in the direction of Taiyi Realm.


    When Meng Zhang and the others saw the enemy chasing them, they immediately showed their magical powers and tried their best to intercept the enemy and prevent them from approaching the Taiyi Realm.


    The two sides fought fiercely again.


    This is a dangerous anti-space, even a group of true immortals are cautious here, not daring to be careless.


    Both sides are very constrained and feel a bit constrained.


    Although the Taoist soldiers behind the Yinding Immortal General did not have the cultivation level of a real immortal, they were connected together by a special magic circle, almost forming a whole.


    They followed closely behind General Yinding, and kept providing various blessings to General Yinding.


    The power of the Silver Top Immortal General is endless, and it seems that it has never been exhausted.


    After all, Meng Zhang''s accumulation is still shallow, and his ability in protracted warfare is not as good as that of the opponent.


    However, if you want to exhaust Meng Zhang''s strength, it will not be possible to do it in a short time.


    While fighting against General Yinding, Meng Zhang carefully looked for his flaws.


    The small triangular flag above Gu Yue Lingqing''s head moved automatically without wind, and terrifying forces surged on the surface of the Taiyi Realm, forcibly repelling the enemies who tried to rush over one by one.


    After the Taiyi Realm traveled through the anti-space for a period of time, it reached a certain limit and could no longer stay in the anti-space.


    Accompanied by bursts of violent spatial vibrations, the Taiyi Realm left the anti-space and shuttled back into the positive space.


    Even in such a short period of time, the Taiyi Realm has crossed a long distance, and it is getting closer to leaving the Ascension Star District completely.


    Every time you enter the anti-space, it will be a kind of harm to Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm needs to stay in the positive space for a longer time to cultivate and adjust.


    Meng Zhang and the others also followed the Taiyi Realm back to the positive space.


    The pursuers who were following them pursued closely, but were blocked by them, unable to get too close to the Taiyi Realm.


    During this process, Immortal General Yinding tried several times to set up a net of immortal artifacts to completely block the space and prevent the Taiyi Realm from carrying out the great void teleportation, but they were all destroyed by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was prepared, and had seen his methods before, so naturally he would not let him succeed again.


    Yindingxian will feel a bit frustrated that his shots are ineffective.


    Because of Meng Zhang''s strong defense, the Taiyi Realm can successfully carry out the void teleportation, which means that their operation failed.


    Immortal Yinding will not be able to accept the result of failure, and Immortal Tianguang and the others are absolutely unwilling to let Taiyijie and Meng Zhang go.


    Yindingxian will concentrate the power at hand and launch a forcible surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    Not only were they repelled by Meng Zhang and the others, many of them also lost their lottery.


    Now, Yindingxian will know that if there is no other reinforcements, it may be difficult for them to stay in Taiyi Realm.


    Despite this, the Immortal General Yinding still tried his best to organize the attack, resolutely not letting the Taiyi Realm leave the Dengtian star area easily.


    After the Taiyi Realm recovered, it started the Void Teleport again under the cover of Meng Zhang and the others.


    Immortal Yinding led a group of real immortals, and chased into the anti-space again.


    In the battle to cover the Taiyi Realm, Hualingping Pingqiling and the two holy spirits under him all shot with all their strength, actively cooperating with Meng Zhang and the others.


    In addition to its main function of enlightening the spirit clan, the spirit transformation bottle also has many practical functions.


    The spirit of the spirit bottle is also a veteran holy spirit, and it can fully display its fighting power by sacrificing its body with all its strength.


    The body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle can actively emit bursts of spiritual light.


    The strong on one''s side who are illuminated by the aura will receive various beneficial blessings.


    If the injury is healed, the power consumed will start to recover at a faster rate...


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2892

    Meng Zhang and the others covered the Taiyi Realm, shuttled through the anti-space, and fought fiercely with Yinding Immortal during the process.


    The Taiyi Realm traveled through the anti-space for a while, and returned to the positive space again.


    Meng Zhang and the others followed Taiyi Realm closely, preventing Taiyi Realm from getting out of their cover.


    Due to the urgency of the situation and the urgent pursuit of the enemy, the Taiyi Realm accelerated the speed of the large void teleportation, and the distance of each teleportation was extended as much as possible.


    Although this will put more pressure on the Taiyi Realm, and scars may have appeared inside the Taiyi Realm, but reducing the stay time inside the Dengtian star area is obviously more important for the Taiyi Realm at this time. important.


    Meng Zhang made a rough estimate. Perhaps, the Taiyi Realm could leave the Ascension to Heaven Star Region earlier than expected without having to perform more than ten void teleportations.


    After Meng Zhang and the others covered the Taiyi Realm and moved a certain distance in the void, the Taiyi Realm made a space jump again, preparing to jump into the anti-space in one fell swoop.


    An invisible barrier blocked the front of Taiyi Realm.


    Tai Miao, although they have already found out that something is wrong, it is too late for Taiyi Realm to stop.


    Tai Miao and the others violently shot, trying to break this invisible barrier, while asking the gods stationed in the Taiyi Realm to work hard to stabilize the Taiyi Realm.


    Thanks to Tai Miao''s efforts, this invisible barrier was broken in time, and the Taiyi Realm did not bump into it.


    However, the aftermath of the shattering of this barrier still caused some shocks to the Taiyi Realm, which stopped the progress of the Taiyi Realm, and many places began to vibrate.


    What''s more troublesome is that a huge array rushed over from the front, and then quickly became countless times larger, enclosing the entire Taiyi Realm in it.


    Once the array encircled the Taiyi Realm, countless dense forests immediately appeared around it.


    Thousands of troops and horses can be vaguely seen in the forest, and it seems that they are about to attack the Taiyi Realm at any time.


    Ge Jinglei, the master of formation under Zhenxian Fengyuan, had already chased after him with Lin Haibing Fengtu.


    He didn''t join the battle hastily, but kept hiding and looking for opportunities.


    Finally, he waited for a good opportunity.


    Ge Jinglei sacrificed the formation diagram Lin Haibingfeng diagram in time, and formed a huge fairy formation, enclosing the entire Taiyi Realm inside.


    For the Taiyi Realm temporarily trapped in the Immortal Formation, it became very difficult to even move freely, let alone the Void Teleportation.


    Ge Jinglei entered the fairy formation, and immediately began to preside over the formation, urging the power of the fairy formation with all his strength.


    The Yinding Immortal will take the opportunity to offer a net of immortal artifacts and turn it into an extremely huge net. With the help of the immortal array, it will surround the entire Taiyi Realm, which is an extra layer of insurance.


    Under Ge Jinglei''s arrangement, Yindingxian led them into the fairy formation from various aspects, and under the unity of the fairy formation, they were ready to attack together.


    When Meng Zhang first rescued the Hualing Realm, he fought against Ge Jinglei.


    At that time, Ge Jinglei had no intention of fighting, and he didn''t want to damage the map of Lin Haibingfeng, which could lay down the fairy formation in his hand, so he voluntarily withdrew without further entanglement with Meng Zhang and the others.


    This time, Immortal Fengyuan issued a death order, asking him to do his best to trap the Taiyi Realm and prevent him from escaping from the Dengtian Star District.


    Ge Jinglei succeeded in ambush and trapped the Taiyi Realm in the fairy formation, occupying a great advantage for a while.


    With the help of the fairy array, the group of true immortals who were not Meng Zhang''s opponents will become even more difficult to deal with.


    After a little communication between Meng Zhang and the others, without delay, they began to attack the immortal formation that trapped the Taiyi Realm with all their strength.


    Ge Jinglei constantly changed the fairy formation, displaying various changes, showing the terrifying power of the fairy formation.


    With the blessing of the power of the fairy formation, the Yinding fairy greatly increased their strength and morale.


    Although the main force led by Zhenxian Fengyuan has not yet arrived, these true immortals who came first are enough to cause huge troubles for Meng Zhang and the others.


    Although Fengyuan Zhenxian and Qulan Tianxian already have some conflicts, their interests are the same in terms of conquering the entire Ascension to Heaven star area as soon as possible.


    Immortal Fengyuan led a fleet of cultivators under his command and rushed directly to the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm.


    Qulan Tianxian accompanied the fleet.


    A small team led by Immortal General Yinding and Zhenxian Zhao Yu came to intercept the Taiyi Realm and prevent it from leaving the Dengtian star area.


    In addition, Fengyuan Zhenxian also sent a partial teacher to the spirit world.


    This partial division was led by Ge Jinglei, who used the formation map Lin Haibing and Fengfeng map in his hand to lead a small team of comprehension practitioners.


    After Qulan Tianxian''s attack, all the capable spirit clans in the spirit world basically left the spirit world.


    Only those low-level Spirit Races who really had no way to leave had to resign themselves to their fate and stay in the Spirit Transformation Realm to wait for death.


    This partial division took over the Spirit Transformation Realm almost effortlessly.


    After occupying the Spirit Transformation Realm, Ge Jinglei, who was in charge of this partial division, accepted the latest order from Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    He left behind a team of cultivators under his command to station in the Hualing Realm, and he chased after the footprints left by the Yinding Immortal, trying to help them intercept the Taiyi Realm.


    Because Yindingxian blocked them, Taiyijie was delayed on the road for a long time, but Ge Jinglei caught up in time.


    At this time, only the Ten Thousand Monster Realm has not surrendered in the entire Ascension to Heaven Star District.


    The demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm may seem rough and ruthless, but they are not fools.


    When the team led by Fengyuan Zhenxian entered the Ascending Sky Star Area, they knew that the crisis was coming.


    If Qulan Celestial Immortal returned, they still had a glimmer of fantasy, hoping that the infighting in the Lingkong Immortal Realm could prevent Fengyuan Zhenxian from conquering the Dengtian Star District.


    After Qulan Tianxian and Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others joined up and attacked the spirit world mercilessly, all the demon gods came to their senses.


    Qulan Celestial Immortal''s blow to Hualing Realm made a lot of noise, and almost all the real immortal-level powerhouses in the Ascension to Heaven star area felt it.


    If these strong men react in time, they can also use various magical powers to observe and sense for themselves.


    Even the most arrogant and crazy demon gods dare not say that they can stop Qulan Tianxian.


    The high-ranking members of the demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm are not fools, they will not participate in a battle that must be lost, and they will not stay in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and wait to die.


    After Qulan Tianxian made a move, the high-ranking members of the demon tribe in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm began to prepare to run away.


    Many demon gods in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm are outsiders, not natives of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    Even though they have lived in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm for thousands of years and already have an inseparable concern here, when it is necessary, they still have to give up here.


    There are several demon gods in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm who have a lot of history.


    Thousands of years ago, they came to the Dengtian Star District, entered the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, transformed the world, enlightened and guided the monsters in this world, and only then did the later Ten Thousand Demon Realm monster clans come into being.


    They brought the extraordinary inheritance of the Yaozu, and established the Yaozu civilization here.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2893

    The civilization of the Yaozu includes the brilliant inheritance methods; the ruling system of the Yaozu; the production capacity of the Yaozu and so on.


    The Yaozu of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm can create good creations such as void battleships.


    After thousands of years of hard work, the Wan Yao Realm has many warships of different levels.


    Although they suffered heavy losses when attacking the Junchen Realm, the high-level Yaozu has always paid attention to the replenishment of battleships.


    Especially after Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others entered the Ascension Star District, considering the high-level monster clan in the back road, they accelerated various preparations and made every effort to build more warships.


    At this time, the Ten Thousand Monster Realm has more than a dozen void warships and hundreds of ordinary warships, enough to form a powerful fleet.


    After discovering Qulan Tianxian''s attack, the demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm immediately began to order the members of the demon clan to escape from the Ten Thousand Demon Realm as quickly as possible.


    The Ten Thousand Monster Realm, like the Spirit Transformation Realm, presents a scene where the doomsday is approaching and the monster races are scrambling to escape.


    There are so many monster clans in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, and of course it is impossible for all the monster clans to escape.


    Those battleships have limited carrying capacity, and they have to load enough supplies. The monster races that can be carried are only a small part of the monster races in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    A powerful high-level demon clan and its descendants; extraordinary talent, great potential, and a descendant who is favored by the high-level demon clan...


    These are priority boarding.


    Under the auspices of the demon gods, the demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm began their great escape.


    When Fengyuan Zhenxian led the army of cultivators to kill, many monster warships had already left the world of ten thousand monsters.


    The bald heads of the Buddhist sect were mixed in the demon clan fleet and left the Ten Thousand Demon Realm early.


    Among the many demon gods in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the Giant Whale Demon God is the leader.


    The body of the giant whale demon god is a giant void whale, which is an alien species with extremely powerful bloodlines.


    The Giant Whale Demon God came from a huge clan whose ancestor was a famous sky demon.


    The giant whale demon god is not only powerful in itself, but also relies on having an ancestor of the sky demon, he has always been extremely rampant and rampant.


    Thousands of years ago, the Giant Whale Demon God was bewitched by an immortal, and led a group of men to the Dengtian Star District, creating the foundation of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Then, he came forward to contact the big worlds in the Dengtian star area, organized an army of foreign invaders, and launched attacks on the Junchen world non-stop.


    If only Zhenxian Fengyuan led his men, he would have the confidence to fight him to the end.


    But when Qulan Tianxian came forward, he had to back down.


    No matter how arrogant he was, he would not dare to confront Qu Lan Tianxian head-on.


    Although he was very reluctant to give up the foundation of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, and his heart was filled with extreme unwillingness, but in the face of the absolute power gap, he could only retreat dejectedly.


    Watching the monster warships speeding away from the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, the Giant Whale Demon God standing in the void near the Ten Thousand Monster Realm felt extremely depressed.


    Seeing the fleet of cultivators approaching in the distance, the Giant Whale Demon God let out a roar, and then manifested his real body.


    It was a giant whale over ten thousand feet long, like a floating continent.


    The giant whale opened its mouth wide, and many spiritual veins, rivers, mountains, mineral deposits, etc. of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm were swallowed by him one after another.


    In his body, there is a huge independent space, enough to accommodate these foreign objects.


    In fact, as long as the giant whale demon god is willing, he can even suck all the monster races and even monsters in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm into the independent space in his body.


    It''s just that, to him, those low-level monster races and monsters are worthless.


    Instead of wasting time on these wastes, it is better to bring more resources.


    Moreover, it is one thing that the independent space in his body can accommodate many monster races, but there are not enough resources to support them for a long time.


    Bringing these resources, to the new world, there is also a certain foundation, and you can start over.


    The huge size of the Giant Whale Demon God is extremely oppressive, and the supernatural powers he displayed are even more terrifying, easily deterring the fleet of cultivators.


    The Cultivator Fleet slowed down, and Fengyuan Zhenxian and others hurried forward.


    The Giant Whale Demon God did not conflict with Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others, but swung his body and left here directly.


    Prior to this, the demon gods had already led many warships to leave the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Immortal Fengyuan looked at the retreating back of the giant whale demon god, hesitated for a moment, and instead of pursuing it, he led an army of cultivators to the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Qulan Tianxian, who had been following the army, watched the scene coldly without speaking.


    She has dealt with the ancestor of the sky demon of the giant whale demon family, and knows that he is a difficult opponent.


    With her own identity, she is unwilling to let go of her figure and take action against the younger generation.


    For Fengyuan Zhenxian, the most urgent task is to occupy the Ten Thousand Demon Realm as soon as possible.


    Ten Thousand Monsters Realm is the last big world in the Ascension to Heaven Star District.


    As long as he controlled the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, he would have completed his mission and brought the entire Ascension to Heaven Star District under the control of the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm.


    In the Myriad Monster Realm at this time, there are still many high-level monster clans and battleships that have not had time to leave.


    They have been abandoned by the giant whale demon god.


    With their morale collapsed, they had little resistance against the army of cultivators who came to kill them.


    The Wan Yao Realm suffered huge losses after the torment of the giant whale demon god just now, and suffered a lot of damage.


    Since the giant whale demon god led the main force of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm to flee without a fight, Zhenxian Fengyuan saved a lot of effort.


    The true immortals he brought here basically did not participate in the battle.


    Next, Immortal Fengyuan will stay in the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm for a period of time to handle various affairs.


    The latest news he received was that the Taiyi Realm had been trapped by the Immortal Array set up by the Immortal Formation Master Ge Jinglei and could not escape.


    When he finished handling the affairs of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and rushed over, it happened to encircle and annihilate the Taiyi Realm together.


    On the other side, Meng Zhang and the others were trapped in the Linhai Bingfeng formation, and they were already in a hard fight.


    The fairy formation is the fairy formation, and Ge Jinglei, who put aside all scruples, tried his best to urge the power of the fairy formation, plus his own real immortal in the formation, which brought tremendous pressure to Meng Zhang and the others.


    There are no formation masters in the Taiyi Realm, such as Wen Qiansuan, the formation masters are far behind Ge Jinglei in formation attainments.


    It was difficult for Meng Zhang and the others to find out the operation rules of this fairy array, and they couldn''t find its flaws at all.


    They didn''t have any ingenious methods, they could only force their way into the formation, trying to break through the fairy formation by brute force.


    When Meng Zhang''s forces faced the enemy, they could not occupy an absolute advantage.


    With the support of the Immortal Formation, the Yinding Immortals can give full play to all their combat power, making them extremely difficult to deal with.


    Not only did they use the power of the fairy formation to trap Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang, they also used the power of the fairy formation to attack the Taiyi Realm from time to time.


    Thick giant trees, huge meteorites...


    One after another, they fell from the sky and hit the Taiyi Realm.


    The defensive magic circle above the Taiyi Realm was fully fired, constantly bombarding these incoming foreign objects, but they couldn''t miss them all.


    From time to time, some giant trees and meteorites hit the magic circle, causing waves of ripples.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2894

    Under the continuous attacks, the Taiyi Realm was under tremendous pressure.


    Not only was the magic circle worn down a lot, there were many gaps, even the domains of many gods began to suffer damage.


    Tai Miao left a group of true gods to lead the gods of the Taiyi Realm, and left the Taiyi Realm to attack this fairy formation with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Generally speaking, an ordinary fairy array, under the control of a real fairy, is enough to withstand many real immortals of the same level.


    This fairy formation is one of the inheritance of the Ge family, and it is much stronger than the general Dalu goods.


    A veteran true immortal like Ge Jinglei has a very high level of cultivation, deep accumulation, and not weak combat effectiveness.


    Even without the help of the power of the fairy array, Meng Zhang would need to spend a lot of effort to defeat him.


    After he set up the fairy formation, it was like being in the home court, and he could display his abilities wantonly.


    This is where the difficulty of the Immortal Formation Master lies.


    Not to mention, after Immortal Yinding put them into the formation, they complemented the formation even more.


    The power of the fairy array has a strong blessing for them. They can make up for the flaws of the fairy array and help guard those places that are not working well.


    Inside the Immortal Formation are dense forests everywhere.


    The countless towering giant trees in the forest seemed to have spirituality, and they took the initiative to kill the enemies who broke through the formation.


    There are even thousands of troops hidden in the forest, and once they find the right time, they will launch waves of attacks on the enemy.


    The soldiers and horses transformed by the power of these immortal formations are not only powerful, but also fearless of death and casualties.


    Meng Zhang and the others originally wanted to gather together, take care of each other, and cooperate with each other.


    But after the power of the fairy array was activated, the rules of space changed drastically, and mazes appeared in the forest, dividing and surrounding Meng Zhang and him.


    Yindingxian moved them freely in the fairy formation, displaying various abilities at will.


    There is a special connection between the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit and the Spirit Race that he has enlightened.


    He and the two holy spirits have been gathered together and have not been separated.


    The body of the Spirit Transformation Vase turned into a huge vase, which firmly guarded them.


    Fairy Yue''e and Fairy Yueying share the same mind as their master and apprentice, and they have not been separated by the power of the formation, but have always joined forces to fight against the enemy.


    They shuttled non-stop in the forest, while resisting the impact of thousands of troops, while looking for a way out.


    The Moon God gathered the true gods such as the Giant Shark God and the Man God Shaking the Earth, and set up a simple formation to take care of each other.


    Meng Zhang, Tai Miao and Gu Yue Lingqing were all divided and surrounded.


    Fortunately, they are strong enough to meet various challenges.


    Many gods who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm, including a group of true gods headed by them, became the main force defending the Taiyi Realm.


    Many high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Realm have set up the Star Array on the surface of the Taiyi Realm. Although they are constantly being squeezed by the immortal formation, they can still function normally.


    The Star Dou Formation is an incomplete fairy formation.


    The conditions of the Taiyi Realm are limited now, and it is impossible to arrange a complete fairy formation.


    If the star array is in a complete state, it will definitely be able to compete with Lin Haibingfeng''s immortal array.


    Including Ge Jinglei, who was setting up the formation, and General Yinding, they were not in a hurry at all.


    They are very satisfied if they can trap Taiyi Jie and Meng Zhang.


    They don''t need to take risks, as long as they trap the enemy and delay here, when the reinforcements led by Fengyuan Zhenxian arrive, the enemy will have only one way to perish.


    Moreover, Ge Jinglei and Immortal General Yinding did not blindly defend. They also used the power of the fairy array to attack the enemy non-stop, creating pressure on the enemy.


    Immortal Tianguang and Immortal Xuanyang felt a little bit dissatisfied.


    If they can now use the power of the fairy formation to kill Meng Zhang and the others, and directly enter the Taiyi Realm, they might be able to seize Meng Zhang''s inheritance and obtain the legacy left by Junchen Xianzun.


    There are not many true immortals present in the spirit world, and the leader, Fengyuan Zhenxian, is not there. They have a great say in the distribution of spoils.


    But if Immortal Fengyuan and the others arrive, even if they have captured a huge amount of spoils, they will be speechless about how to distribute them.


    Of course, even though True Immortal Tianguang and True Immortal Xuanyang had other ideas, they would not be so stupid as to destroy their current advantage.


    Although they are unwilling, they have to admit that it is not an easy task to rely on their current strength to defeat Meng Zhang and the others.


    It is not easy for the true immortals of the spiritual world in the fairy formation.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who were trapped in the fairy formation, have not been idle, and have been using various means to attack the fairy formation.


    This fairy array was also under enormous pressure.


    If there is not enough strength to contend with it, Meng Zhang and the others are really likely to break this fairy formation.


    This group of true immortals from the fairy world of the spirit sky wants to help the fairy formation to share the pressure and ensure the normal operation of the fairy formation.


    They also attack Meng Zhang and the others from time to time to distract them so that they cannot attack the fairy formation with all their strength.


    In a word, both sides are now in a stalemate.


    With the help of the Immortal Formation, the Yinding Immortal had a little upper hand, but it was not enough to turn it into a chance of victory.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that the situation was critical, and his side could not be trapped here forever.


    However, he and Taimiao used various methods, almost showing their supernatural powers, but they were still unable to break through the fairy formation.


    Every time they consume part of the power of the fairy formation, the fairy formation can recover quickly.


    Every time they cause some damage to the fairy formation, the fairy formation can be repaired automatically.


    ...


    Although it seems that he has always been at a disadvantage, Meng Zhang believes that he is still somewhat sure of victory if the stalemate really lasts to the end.


    But the current situation prevents him from staying here for a long time, and he must break through this fairy formation as soon as possible.


    While making a move, Meng Zhang kept thinking about how to break the situation in his mind.


    Just when the two sides were at a stalemate, a red light flew over from a distance, and soon came outside the fairy formation.


    The person who came was Daqi True Immortal who also came from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Immortal Daqi yelled at Ge Jinglei from afar.


    It turned out that Fengyuan Zhenxian was still staying in the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm. In order to prevent the Taiyi Realm from escaping, he first sent several real immortals over to strengthen his own strength and ensure everything was safe.


    Daqi Zhenxian has a quick temper and doesn''t want to hurry along with his companions.


    He speeded up, left his companion behind, and arrived here first.


    Everyone was old acquaintances, so Immortal Ge Jinglei didn''t have the slightest suspicion, so he opened an entrance and let Immortal Daqi fly into the fairy formation.


    After Daqi Zhenxian entered the fairy formation, he moved and fought in the fairy formation just like everyone else, following Ge Jinglei''s instructions.


    After just entering the fairy formation, Daqi Zhenxian began to complain.


    He said that his family is tied up in the fairy formation, and it is difficult to display all their abilities.


    The operation of the fairy array was too rigid, which prevented him from displaying his supernatural powers.


    Ge Jinglei frowned, ignoring True Immortal Daqi.


    In any case, it was impossible for him to stop the operation of the fairy formation at will just because of Daqi True Immortal''s few complaints.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2895

    Seeing that Immortal Ge Jinglei, who presided over the fairy formation, ignored him, Immortal Daqi spoke more and more vigorously.


    In order to make it easier for everyone to cooperate and to give various orders, Zhenxian Ge Jinglei used the power of the fairy array to envelop everyone so that everyone can talk freely.


    Now, Daqi True Immortal is taking advantage of this convenience, wantonly talking nonsense.


    He said for a while that Immortal Ge Jinglei''s orders came too slowly, and he couldn''t keep up with the operation of the immortal formation.


    After a while, he said that Immortal Ge Jinglei''s tactics were too conservative.


    The enemy is now divided and surrounded, which is a great time to defeat them individually.


    Immortal Ge Jinglei and the others flinched and let go of fighter opportunities time and time again.


    ...


    Immortal Daqi kept chattering there, which annoyed Immortal Ge Jinglei.


    Since when did Daqi True Immortal become only lip service?


    He didn''t have a deep friendship with Daqi Zhenxian, and his understanding of him was limited, so he didn''t expect him to hate him so much.


    Many things are easier said than done.


    Immortal Ge Jinglei had already had the idea of ??defeating Meng Zhang and the others, and had tried it more than once.


    Although Meng Zhang and the others have been separated and are in many different battlefields, each has a powerful force.


    The number of true immortals on our side is limited, and under the condition of ensuring the normal operation of the immortal formation, we cannot temporarily mobilize too much combat power.


    The combat power that was finally mobilized was unable to kill the enemy with one blow, and instead fell into a struggle with the enemy.


    Although Meng Zhang and the others have been divided and surrounded, they can still keep in touch and cooperate to a certain extent.


    If a certain battlefield encounters too much pressure, they will explode with all their strength in other battlefields, creating even greater pressure on this fairy formation.


    In order to ensure the normal operation of the fairy formation, they had to weaken their attacks and protect the fairy formation first.


    After all, trapping Taiyi Jie and Meng Zhang is their main purpose, and there is no need to take too many risks.


    And to solve Meng Zhang and the others, we can wait until Fengyuan Zhenxian leads the main force to arrive.


    That moment is not far away.


    After several unsuccessful attempts, Ge Jinglei decided to adopt a more conservative strategy.


    Now Daqi Zhenxian is so ignorant and thinks he is clever, which makes Ge Jinglei feel even more disgusted.


    Since True Immortal Daqi is so reckless, Ge Jinglei decided to make him suffer.


    Anyway, this guy was born as a casual cultivator with no background, and Ge Jinglei was not afraid of offending him.


    Ge Jinglei manipulated the transformation of the fairy array, moved the space, and moved the Daqi True Immortal to the place where Meng Zhang was trapped.


    At the same time, he also intentionally withdrew the power of the immortal array that enveloped Daqi True Immortal, cutting off his connection with everyone.


    Meng Zhang is the master of the Taiyi Realm, and he has fully demonstrated his powerful combat power in the previous battles, which is just suitable for frustrating the spirit of the Daqi True Immortal and making him suffer.


    Of course, on the surface, Ge Jinglei also said that he was meeting the requirements of Daqi Zhenxian and helping him defeat the enemies one by one.


    Since Daqi True Immortal is so eloquent, he probably wouldn''t mind making a demonstration for everyone.


    Such a demonstration begins with the elimination of Meng Zhang first.


    True Immortal Daqi was obviously stunned for a moment, he just had a taste of his mouth, and never thought that Ge Jinglei would come to such a trick.


    Meng Zhang was originally trapped in a dense forest, and had to face the impact of thousands of troops from time to time.


    In fact, with Meng Zhang''s strength, he could have forcibly broken the blockade of this forest.


    What''s more, he and Taimiao are in the same mind, and they can meet together at any time.


    However, before there was an effective way to break the fairy formation, Meng Zhang did not act rashly, but took a conservative approach.


    Even if he breaks the blockade of the forest in front of him, Ge Jinglei will easily transform into more forests to continue to trap him.


    During the siege, Meng Zhang had been attacked many times by these true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Seeing the Daqi True Immortal appearing in front of him, Meng Zhang didn''t hesitate at all, and immediately started to attack.


    Daqi True Immortal, as a master of refining immortals, has many successful experiences in refining immortal weapons, so naturally he will not lack fairy weapons.


    He held up a jade bottle, from which sprayed almost endless white mist, soon covering the surrounding space completely.


    Meng Zhang used Yin and Yang to protect himself, and Bai Wu couldn''t get close to him at all.


    But the surrounding space was filled with thick white mist, which not only obscured his five senses and divine sense, but also impenetrable many investigative supernatural powers.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang, but even the Immortal Ge Jinglei who presides over the Immortal Formation outside, couldn''t perceive everything in the white mist.


    It seems that the probing power of this fairy array has been completely blocked by the white mist.


    Although Ge Jinglei didn''t like the True Immortal Great Artifact, he had to admit that this Immortal Artifact Refiner still had some tricks.


    The white mist rolled in front of Meng Zhang, and Daqi Zhenxian came towards Meng Zhang wrapped in waves of white mist.


    Just as Meng Zhang was about to make a move, Daqi Zhenxian gave him a secret wink.


    Meng Zhang nimbly stopped the attacking action, but did not stop casting spells, but launched an attack towards the surroundings.


    A white mist shot towards Meng Zhang like a sharp arrow.


    As soon as the fairy power released by Meng Zhang came into contact with it, a lot of information was transmitted to his mind.


    This fairy array was laid by the real fairy Ge Jinglei, and he has absolute control over it.


    Under normal circumstances, everything that happened in the fairy formation would never be hidden from his eyes and ears.


    Daqi Zhenxian knew this fairy formation very well, and his methods were clever, so he was able to establish a connection with Meng Zhang secretly.


    After the two parties established contact, True Immortal Daqi went directly to the topic without the slightest delay.


    It turned out that Daqi True Immortal accompanied the team to the Ascending Sky Star District this time to find a key material for the promotion of his own natal Immortal Artifact.


    An Immortal Artifact Refiner like him practices the secret method of Artifact Cultivation.


    Most of his cultivation is based on the immortal artifact of his life.


    With the continuous strengthening of the natal immortal weapon, his cultivation base is also constantly increasing.


    If he wants to advance to the realm of celestial beings, his natal immortal weapon must first be promoted.


    It''s about his path, and all his energies are focused on it.


    He has been in the Ascension Star District for some time, but he has never found any clues of the required materials.


    Some time ago, he decided to venture to the ruins of the Junchen Realm.


    Generally speaking, when a big world is born and destroyed, there will be many rare treasures of heaven and earth.


    Sometimes, those who don''t know the goods, including some real immortals, will miss these treasures.


    Other true immortals are concerned about the cause and effect here, and are unwilling to approach the ruins of the Junchen Realm rashly without the leadership of an immortal.


    Daqi True Immortal is willing to take huge risks for the sake of his natal Immortal Artifact, and he is not afraid of being involved in some karma.


    When Daqi Zhenxian went to the ruins of Junchen Realm, he happened to meet the incarnation of Juechen Xianzun.

 Chapter 2896

    At that time, the incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable was dispelling the trap that his family had set up in the ruins of Junchen Realm.


    Then, he will completely leave the Ascension to Heaven star area, and never look back.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable and Daqi True Immortal were both from casual cultivator backgrounds, and they had some contacts in the past.


    Daqi Zhenxian has always been full of respect for this senior.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable who was born as a casual cultivator, if he meets some outstanding talents among the casual cultivators, and when he is in a good mood, he will occasionally give them pointers.


    Among the many casual cultivators in the Lingkong Immortal World, Juechen Immortal Venerable has a high prestige and is the idol of countless people.


    The Daqi True Immortal had received some pointers from him.


    The two met outside the ruins of the Junchen Realm. Daqi Zhenxian didn''t hide his intentions at all, and told the senior clearly.


    Originally, the incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable, who had already released the trap, was about to leave here, but he met Daqi True Immortal by chance, and the other party took the initiative to explain his purpose.


    Although Juechen Immortal Venerable is a top heavenly immortal, he has a specialization in art, and he is indeed not as good as Daqi True Immortal in the art of refining weapons.


    However, he is well-informed and experienced, and he really knows the whereabouts of the materials needed by Daqi True Immortal.


    Originally, Juechen Immortal Venerable had been warned by the will of the Golden Immortal, and he no longer dared to interfere in the affairs of the Ascension to Heaven Star District.


    He has always been a man of pride and promise, but he has always felt very embarrassed about being forced to give up Meng Zhang.


    It''s just that Jinxian''s will cannot be violated, and he dare not even do small tricks.


    However, now Daqi True Immortal took the initiative to come to the door, he just pointed out some content about the refining materials, so it shouldn''t matter.


    Juechen Xianzun told Daqi Zhenxian that Meng Zhang, the lord of the Taiyi Realm, had a top-level immortal artifact called the Four Elephant Stele.


    If a true immortal who majored in the Yin-Yang Dao and practiced the superb Yin-Yang Kung Fu method took the initiative and performed a special secret method, at a sufficient price and in a short period of time, the most original earth fire in the Four Elephants Stele could be destroyed. The power of wind and fire is extracted and transformed into the materials needed by Daqi True Immortal.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable was also very generous, and taught this secret method to Daqi True Immortal.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable had such a personality when he was in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    For the juniors he is optimistic about, he will often give advice generously.


    What he is doing now is not abrupt, and it is very reasonable.


    After pointing out Daqi True Immortal, Juechen Immortal Venerable no longer had the slightest nostalgia for this place, and left directly.


    After listening to Juechen Xianzun''s guidance, Daqi Zhenxian fell into deep thought.


    He was smart enough, of course he guessed some meanings that Immortal Juechen didn''t say clearly.


    Still the same sentence, the promotion of the natal fairy is related to his path, and he is willing to pay any price for it.


    Things like colluding with Meng Zhang are nothing compared to that.


    Even if it is to betray the Lingkong fairyland for this, he will not hesitate.


    Immortal Daqi didn''t stay in the ruins of the Junchen Realm for too long before being called back by Immortal Fengyuan.


    As soon as he returned to the Fearless Realm, he witnessed Qu Lan Tianxian''s attack with his own eyes.


    Since then, Daqi Zhenxian has been following the large army led by Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    He was on the way, still thinking about how to contact Meng Zhang, and how to get Meng Zhang to help him willingly.


    He also knew the news that Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm were intercepted and besieged.


    The icing on the cake is not as good as giving charcoal in the snow.


    Daqi Zhenxian keenly realized that this was the best opportunity.


    So, Daqi Zhenxian found an excuse to voluntarily leave the main force, and according to the information left by Ge Jinglei, he rushed towards the place where Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm were trapped.


    In front of Meng Zhang, True Immortal Daqi didn''t hide anything, and revealed his purpose.


    After a little thought, Meng Zhang agreed to help Daqi Zhenxian.


    He was having a headache on how to break the fairy formation in front of him, and the help of Daqi Zhenxian came at the right time.


    If the Four Elephant Monument, a top-notch celestial artifact, loses too much of the power of Earth Fire, Wind and Fire, it will definitely be greatly affected, and it may fall from the celestial artifact.


    But compared with the fate of the entire Taiyi world, any immortal artifact is nothing worth mentioning.


    Both Meng Zhang and Daqi Zhenxian knew that Daqi Zhenxian came under the guidance of Juechen Xianzun. As long as they reached an agreement, for the sake of Juechen Xianzun, they would not regret it afterwards.


    In order to win the trust of True Immortal Daqi and let him cooperate wholeheartedly, Meng Zhang is also willing to show enough sincerity first.


    I saw Meng Zhang offering sacrifices to the stele of the four images of the immortal weapon, and then went to fight towards the real immortal Daqi.


    It''s a pity that due to Meng Zhang''s lack of strength, he hadn''t sacrificed and refined this fairy weapon beforehand, so he couldn''t exert its due power at all, and even couldn''t control it well.


    The Great Artifact True Immortal directly took away the control of this immortal artifact by virtue of its brilliant manipulation methods.


    After acquiring the Four Elephant Monument, Daqi Zhenxian has a deeper understanding of Meng Zhang''s style of work and trusts him even more.


    In such a closed environment, Meng Zhang didn''t carelessly, but took the initiative to act with him, which shows that he is cautious.


    Working with such a person, Daqi Zhenxian can rest assured.


    As a brilliant craftsman, he must also have a deep study of magic circles and restraints.


    The fairy formation of Linhai Bingfeng is not considered to be such a brilliant fairy formation in the entire Lingkong fairyland, and it is not considered to be such a secret inheritance.


    Not only the formation family like the Ge family, but also some other practice forces have inheritance.


    The array map of the fairy array is also a special magic weapon.


    During the refining process, both the Immortal Formation Master and the Immortal Artifact Refiner are required to work together.


    There are quite a few small circles among various special professions, including the craftsmen, who often trade materials, exchange information, and so on.


    True Immortal Daqi has come into contact with some fairy formation diagrams before, among which there is information about Lin Haibing''s peak formation.


    After Ge Jinglei used the formation map to lay out the fairy formation, it has been operating in the usual way without any additional changes.


    Ge Jinglei has the unique arrogance of a magician.


    There is no formation master among the opponents, so he is inevitably somewhat careless.


    In his eyes, it is enough to trap Meng Zhang and the others without any other changes.


    Daqi True Immortal had observed carefully before entering the formation.


    After entering the formation, the reason why he purposely babbled and made an annoying appearance was not only trying to offend Ge Jinglei, but also taking the opportunity to observe the operation of the fairy formation.


    The narrow-minded Ge Jinglei really got angry, and sent him to Meng Zhang as he wished, allowing him to secretly establish contact with Meng Zhang.


    Previously, he secretly used his own knowledge to calculate, and had discovered some flaws in this fairy formation.


    He told Meng Zhang all his discoveries, and when Meng Zhang launched it, he would cooperate secretly.


    After receiving the guidance of Daqi Zhenxian, Meng Zhang began to communicate with Taimiao secretly, discussing how to break the fairy formation.


    With the help of Daqi True Immortal, they also have enough strength, and soon discussed how to act.

 Chapter 2897

    The last time Meng Zhang rescued the Spiritualization Realm, he encountered the fairy formation set up by Ge Jinglei, and relied on his absolute strength to forcibly break it.


    Ge Jinglei, who was forced to flee at that time, will make a comeback only after he has made sufficient preparations.


    This time, in the fairy formation, there were many real fairy guards such as the silver-capped fairy general, who made up for their biggest weakness, and were able to trap Meng Zhang and the others.


    Before Daqi Daqi arrived here, Meng Zhang began to think about ways to break the formation.


    Although I have never thought of a safe way, it is not nothing.


    With the information provided by Daqi Zhenxian, Meng Zhang and the others finally had enough confidence.


    After Meng Zhang and Daqi Zhenxian finished communicating, they immediately separated and kept their distance.


    Ge Jinglei, who was presiding over the fairy formation outside, was blinded by Daqi True Immortal''s methods. After a long time, he was still a little anxious.


    He has suffered in Meng Zhang''s hands, and he knows how powerful he is.


    The situation inside is unknown, and under the carelessness of the Daqi, if it is lost in Meng Zhang''s hands, it will be troublesome.


    Although Ge Jinglei was very annoyed with Daqi True Immortal, he didn''t want to see him being murdered at the hands of Meng Zhang.


    In any case, both sides are comrades-in-arms on the same boat.


    When facing a common enemy, we should try our best to cooperate.


    Ge Jinglei was about to unleash a new change in the immortal formation, and when he tried to see the situation inside clearly, Daqi Zhenxian''s shielding method finally failed.


    I don''t know whether he put it away on his own initiative or was broken by Meng Zhang. The situation inside clearly appeared in Ge Jinglei''s eyes.


    I saw Meng Zhang showing his supernatural power, making the real immortal retreat continuously.


    Immortal Daqi obviously couldn''t resist anymore, while parrying Meng Zhang''s attack, he looked for a way to escape.


    Seeing this, Ge Jinglei felt secretly refreshed, Daqi Zhenxian, a guy who can only play tricks, finally suffered a lot.


    Ge Jinglei still attaches great importance to the overall situation. Seeing that his goal has almost been achieved, there is no need to continue to embarrass the true immortal Daqi.


    He also didn''t want to offend too much an artifact refiner like Daqi True Immortal.


    Who knows when, he will ask for something from the other party.


    Ge Jinglei''s manipulation of the formation changed, Daqi Zhenxian felt the space in front of him change, and he had left the forest where Meng Zhang was originally trapped, and returned to a safe position in the formation.


    Probably because he lost face, Immortal Daqi became much quieter after that, and stopped talking nonsense.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were connected with each other, and they quickly completed the message delivery.


    In fact, all the gods canonized by Meng Zhang have a special connection with Meng Zhang.


    As long as the distance is not too far, even if they are divided and surrounded by the fairy formation, they can maintain a certain connection between them.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yue E were not members of the god system of the Taiyi Realm, as veteran true immortals, they had many means, and after spending some effort, they were able to exchange news with Meng Zhang.


    The strategy to break the formation discussed by Meng Zhang and Tai Miao was quickly conveyed to everyone, and everyone made preparations in secret.


    Soon, Meng Zhang and the others waited for a good opportunity.


    Ge Jinglei adjusted the operation of the fairy formation again according to the inherent laws, allowing it to produce a new change.


    When the fairy array changed, there was a slight pause in the connection of power.


    Meng Zhang only discovered this little loophole after he was reminded by Daqi Zhenxian.


    The first ones to do it were the monks who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm.


    The high-ranking monks of the Taiyi Realm set up a large star array in the sky above the Taiyi Realm, and they have been contending with this fairy formation for a long time.


    Wen Qianjuan, who presided over the big formation, gave an order, and everyone worked together to activate the hidden killer moves of the big formation, which exploded with unprecedented lethality.


    I saw many monks in the formation moving like stars, and each star almost shot out a bright starlight.


    These starlights condensed together and turned into many thick rays of light, shooting towards all directions of the fairy formation.


    The light curtains that acted as barriers in the fairy formation were broken, and gaps were exposed everywhere.


    In this Star Dou Great Formation, there is not even a single true immortal, and the strongest is nothing but Void Returning Power.


    But relying on the power of the great formation, many monks joined forces, and unexpectedly exploded with a power far exceeding that of ordinary true immortals.


    Ge Jinglei had never taken this group of juniors seriously before.


    He thought that in order to threaten this fairy formation, at least one must have the cultivation base of a real fairy.


    The formation formed by those juniors seems to be good, but they can barely protect themselves.


    The sudden eruption of the Star Dou formation proved that Ge Jinglei had misjudged before, and underestimated the formation and the Taiyi Realm monks in the formation.


    Countless forests were generated out of thin air, making up for the gap that just appeared in time.


    It''s a pity that the formation is a very clever formation, and the cultivators who support the formation are too low.


    If a real immortal who is proficient in formation presides over the large formation, maybe it can really compete with Lin Haibingfeng''s fairy formation.


    After the explosion of the Star Dou Formation, many gods in the Taiyi Realm exerted their strength together, urging the Taiyi Realm to move, and slammed forward fiercely.


    This time, Ge Jinglei finally changed color.


    During the battle to conquer the Shenchang Realm, Tai Miao once manipulated the Taiyi Realm to hit the sky curtain set by the ghosts and gods, and severely damaged it.


    In such a big world as the Taiyi Realm, when it hits violently, its power is terrifying.


    Of course, in order to avoid causing too much damage to the Taiyi world, Meng Zhang generally would not use this trick lightly.


    Now, the impact launched by the Taiyi Realm is just a bluff.


    Regarding the impact of a big world, Ge Jinglei did not dare to be careless in the slightest.


    He thought it was Meng Zhang and the others who had been unable to break through the formation for a long time, so they jumped over the wall in a hurry, so they used this move to fight desperately.


    As long as this blow is blocked, Meng Zhang''s plot can be shattered and their offensive can be completely defeated.


    After that, Meng Zhang and the others might be helpless.


    After being reminded by Ge Jinglei, all the true immortals in the fairy formation, from Immortal General Yinding down, all raised their vigilance and injected more immortal power into the fairy formation.


    Forests appeared out of thin air around the Taiyi Realm, and countless thick vines flew out of the forests, trying to firmly grasp the Taiyi Realm.


    A group of soldiers and horses rushed out of the forest, trying their best to contain the remaining forces in the Taiyi Realm.


    All of a sudden, Ge Jinglei''s main attention was focused on Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao seized the opportunity to activate, and under the guidance of their breath, although they were already divided and surrounded, the immortal power released by each other immediately resonated and began to erupt.


    The fairy power released by Meng Zhang turned into a long white river, broke through the blockade of the forest, and flew over the forest.


    At this time, the long black river transformed by Tai Miao also flew over.


    The two long rivers, one black and one white, immediately entangled together, coordinated and pushed each other, and together they turned into a huge black and white vortex.


    The vortex began to rotate rhythmically, erupting with terrifying power.

 Chapter 2898

    The huge black and white vortex is almost unstoppable, easily sweeping away everything around.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing, Yue E Fairy, Moon God and other allies who were divided and surrounded all received sudden assistance.


    The forests that surrounded them were easily broken and torn, leaving many gaps.


    With the help of these forces, Gu Yue Ling Qing, Fairy Yue E, Moon God and others escaped from their predicament one after another, and soon gathered not far from Meng Zhang.


    Under Meng Zhang''s command and coordination, everyone showed their magical powers and stormed all over the fairy formation.


    After getting out of trouble, Tai Miao appeared beside Meng Zhang in a flash.


    In addition to lending a large part of his strength to Meng Zhang for him to use his ultimate move, he was also using secret techniques to attack the flaws in the fairy formation.


    Their strengths are connected and can be borrowed from each other at any time.


    Following everyone''s actions, forests were torn apart and shattered; soldiers and horses were directly reduced to nothing...


    Meng Zhang and the others chose to launch a counterattack at this time, which happened to catch Ge Jinglei by surprise.


    Ge Jinglei mobilized the power of the fairy array to suppress the Taiyi Realm before, but he was unable to mobilize his power back for the time being.


    Originally, when the fairy array was operating normally, the mobilization of power should be very smooth, and such problems should not occur.


    But because Meng Zhang and the others had a good timing for their counterattack, they just caught the flaw in the operation of the fairy formation, and many attacks hit the nodes of the fairy formation''s operation, causing the fairy formation to stagnate involuntarily.


    Previously, Ge Jinglei only used the routine changes of the fairy formation, and did not perform more subtle changes, which made Daqi Zhenxian discover the flaw so quickly and told Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the others knew that the opportunity was rare, so they shot without reservation, hoping to break the fairy formation as soon as possible.


    As some nodes of the fairy formation were destroyed, more flaws were exposed in the fairy formation.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who got rid of the situation of being divided and encircled, gathered together, and together, they burst out with a force that even Ge Jinglei felt a little scared.


    He frantically moved the Immortal Formation, and moved the Yinding Immortal General and other real immortals not far away from Meng Zhang and the others.


    Without Ge Jinglei''s order, Immortal Yinding took the initiative to kill Meng Zhang and the others, trying to prevent Meng Zhang and the others from destroying the fairy formation.


    The yin and yang extinction thunder released by Meng Zhang continuously bombarded every node of the fairy formation, and the yin and yang qi turned into a long river and rolled towards the silver-capped fairy general.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Yue E Fairy had their own opponents, and they immediately fell into a fierce battle.


    Ge Jinglei had to block Meng Zhang''s attack and give the fairy formation time to adjust before everything could return to normal.


    Because Meng Zhang''s timing was too good and their tactics were appropriate, they seized the flaw in the operation of the fairy formation and had already taken a certain lead.


    As for whether this initiative can be converted into victory, it depends on the next battle.


    At this time, on the side of the Taiyi Realm, as Ge Jinglei mobilized more power to stop Meng Zhang and the others, the power to stop the Taiyi Realm here became much weaker.


    Whether it is Meng Zhang, or Niu Dawei and Wen Qiansuan who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm, they are all veterans.


    They can flexibly use various tactical means, and will not rigidly stick to one layer of unchanging plans.


    As the chief disciple of the sect, Niu Dawei is not the highest among those left behind in the Taiyi Realm, but he has the power to make decisions on the fly.


    As soon as he gave an order, the entire Taiyi world immediately began to cooperate.


    The large star array moved quickly on the surface of the Taiyi Realm, covering the actions of the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm suddenly accelerated again, and the action that was originally a bluff immediately turned into a real attack.


    After the fairy array was laid out, many nodes were fixed and it was difficult to move.


    The accelerating Taiyi Realm accurately hit many nodes, either severely injuring them, or crashing them directly.


    The entire Taiyi world was shaking violently, and it was obviously affected to a certain extent.


    Compared with the results obtained, this damage is completely acceptable.


    Ge Jinglei couldn''t let the Taiyi Realm continue to hit the nodes inside the Immortal Formation.


    He used the power of the fairy array to distort the space around the Taiyi Realm, temporarily trapping the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm not only restrained a lot of the power of the fairy formation, but also caused a lot of damage to the fairy formation.


    The Daqi True Immortal, who was supposed to cooperate with the Yinding Immortal to fight them, secretly made trouble, causing the Immortal Formation to suffer greater damage and reveal greater flaws.


    Immortal array was injured one after another, greatly weakening their blessing power to Yinding Immortal.


    Moon God seized the opportunity to sacrifice the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, and severely wounded Xuanyang True Immortal.


    Immortal Xuanyang screamed and wanted to run away, Taoist Yueying took the opportunity to make a move, and crescent-shaped shadows entangled him from behind.


    After some entanglement, True Immortal Xuanyang who was seriously injured was grabbed by Manshen.


    The barbarian enemies who have a deep hatred with this group of true immortals from the spirit world, even after accepting Meng Zhang''s canonization, have never forgotten the bloody feud between the two sides.


    He threw himself at True Immortal Xuanyang without hesitation, exchanged injuries for injuries, and completely tore Immortal Xuanyang to pieces at the cost of his own serious injuries.


    Tai Miao used the power of reincarnation of life and death on the incomplete soul of Xuan Yang Zhenxian.


    True Immortal Xuan Yang originally had an incarnation outside his body, and he has been following in the team of Immortal Fengyuan.


    After the deity falls, this incarnation outside the body can be used as his backhand for resurrection.


    The power of life and death samsara entangled his immortal soul, and spread to his external avatar along the connection between the deity and the external avatar, completely taking away its vitality, and completely losing the revival of Xuanyang True Immortal possible.


    This is a new method developed by Tai Miao after further comprehension of the Dao of Reincarnation of Life and Death. It is specially used to destroy the enemy''s resurrected backhand, and send the enemy''s spirit and soul into reincarnation.


    Compared with the Avenue of Karma, the effect of the Avenue of Reincarnation in this respect is also very significant.


    While completely killing Xuanyang Immortal, Tai Miao manipulated the power of the Dao of Life and Death, and kept attacking the Taoist soldiers behind the Yinding Immortal General.


    These Taoist soldiers are not as good as true immortals, and they can only participate in this level of battle by connecting their breaths into one body.


    Their vitality quickly disappeared, and they soon turned into corpses.


    Before the Yinding Immortal had time to feel distressed, Meng Zhang''s more violent offensive was imminent.


    Losing the blessing of Taoist soldiers who have been painstakingly cultivated for many years, the combat effectiveness of the Silver Top Immortal General is greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang''s main goal has never been the Silver Top Immortal General.


    General Yinding retreated again and again, and could no longer stop Meng Zhang''s movements.


    Accompanied by a series of huge explosions, too many nodes of the fairy formation were destroyed, causing the fairy formation to begin to collapse.


    Lin Haibing Fengtu, as the core of the fairy formation, was also implicated by the collapse of the fairy formation.


    Before Ge Jinglei could put away the formation, the formation suddenly shattered.


    At this point, the fairy formation he had set up using Lin Haibingfeng''s map finally collapsed completely.

 Chapter 2899

    The seemingly indestructible fairy formation collapsed so quickly, which greatly exceeded the expectations of both the enemy and us.


    Meng Zhang and the others, who have achieved their goal, still have a lot of troubles in the future.


    The fairy array collapsed, and the inner space also collapsed.


    In order to avoid being hurt by the collapsing power of the fairy formation, the group of true immortals from the fairy world of the spirit space quickly fled from the enveloping range of the fairy formation without thinking about anything else.


    As the formation master who set up the fairy formation, Ge Jinglei felt as if struck by lightning at the moment when the formation map was destroyed and the fairy formation completely collapsed.


    Fortunately, Immortal Zhao Yu didn''t just run away by himself, and when he was running for his life, he also gave him a hand, so he didn''t get lost in the fairy formation.


    Seeing the group of true immortals from the spirit world fleeing one after another, Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t care less about chasing and killing them.


    The Taiyi Realm is also located inside the Immortal Formation, so it will definitely be affected by the collapse of the Immortal Formation.


    Meng Zhang greeted, and everyone returned to the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible.


    Meng Zhang and the others came to the sky above the Taiyi Realm, and immediately cast spells to prevent the destruction of the Taiyi Realm by the Immortal Formation.


    Previously, Ge Jinglei used the power of the fairy array to distort the space around the Taiyi Realm, the original intention was to trap the Taiyi Realm.


    Fortunately, the distorted space just protected the Taiyi Realm and helped it block the collapse of the fairy array. With this layer of space barrier, most of the power of the fairy array''s collapse was blocked.


    After all, the Taiyi Realm is a vast world, and it looks like a big piece in the void.


    Meng Zhang and the others have limited manpower, so it is inevitable that there are places that cannot be taken care of.


    From time to time, some fragments of the fairy array fell into the Taiyi Realm through their obstruction.


    At this time, it is necessary to rely on the defense of Taiyi Realm itself to resist.


    The gods of the Taiyi Realm have spread over almost the entire Taiyi Realm''s magic circle, and they have played a major role one after another.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle, the Artifact Spirit and the two Holy Spirits did not play much role in the previous battle.


    The main reason is that the true immortals who fought against them were familiar with the methods of the spirit race, and used a lot of targeted secret methods, which happened to restrain them.


    The Taiyi Realm has taken in many Spirit Races, and protecting the Taiyi Realm is protecting these Spirit Races.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling understands this truth, and is also working hard to protect the Taiyi Realm.


    The body of the spirit-transforming bottle turned into the size of a continent, and it swam over the Taiyi Realm, blocking many attacks.


    The process of the collapse of the fairy array did not last long and ended.


    Under the protection of Meng Zhang and the others, Taiyi Realm did not suffer much damage.


    Before the aftermath of the collapse of the fairy array completely disappeared, Meng Zhang ordered the gods stationed in the Taiyi Realm to exert their strength and control the Taiyi Realm to leave here.


    The Taiyi Realm moved rapidly in the void under the bursts of space storms.


    Only in a place where the space is relatively stable can the Taiyi Realm be able to move through the void.


    In the battle just now, the group of true immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm suffered heavy losses.


    Of course, they won''t back down just yet.


    With heavy responsibilities on their shoulders, they must continue to stop the progress of the Taiyi Realm.


    Without the help of the fairy array, they will have to rely on their own strength.


    Even a group of seriously injured guys tried their best to stabilize their injuries and prepare to continue to fight.


    Immortal Yinding lost the Taoist soldiers who had painstakingly cultivated for many years, and felt extremely heartbroken, and hated Tai Miao deeply.


    After losing the fairy formation, the command power returned to the silver-capped fairy general.


    To be honest, General Yindingxian is more suitable as a commander than Ge Jinglei no matter from that aspect.


    However, Ge Jinglei is an immortal master of formations, and only he can give full play to the power of the formations.


    If General Yinding was in command just now, there might not have been so many mistakes.


    Immortal Yinding led all the true immortals to launch a surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm under the cover of the aftermath of the collapse of the Immortal Formation.


    Meng Zhang and the others had never let down their vigilance, and Daqi Zhenxian secretly tipped off the news, and the Yinding Immortal had their actions completely controlled by Meng Zhang and the others.


    The assault organized by General Yinding happened to step into the trap prepared by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang and the others not only attacked aggressively, but also made full use of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    In a fierce battle, Tianguang Zhenxian completely fell, Yindingxian will be severely injured...


    The assault organized by General Yinding ended in failure.


    Of course, they are not without a little victory.


    During the fierce battle, Zhao Yuzhen seized the opportunity to wound a Holy Spirit.


    He tried to take advantage of the victory to pursue and destroy the holy spirit completely, but he did not expect to anger the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle, and was hit hard several times by the huge body of the spirit-transforming bottle.


    Gu Yue Lingqing took the opportunity to attack and injured him.


    Meng Zhang and the others have the Taiyi Realm as their backing, which is very convenient.


    The injured strong can return to the Taiyi Realm in time, get the protection of the Taiyi Realm, and can be treated in time.


    After repelling the enemy, Meng Zhang and the others did not pursue, but continued to cover the Taiyi Realm and move quickly in the void.


    Immortal Yinding will be severely injured, and Immortal Zhao Yuzhen, who is of similar status to him, will also be seriously injured.


    The team lost a lot, and the dragons had no leader, so they were unable to continue to attack.


    Without the interference of the enemy, the Taiyi Realm quickly carried out a large void teleportation and left here far away.


    After being besieged by the Immortal Formation, Meng Zhang also knew that he should not worry too much when fleeing for his life, and must try his best to tap the potential of the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm took a huge risk and fully used the Void Teleportation to extend the teleportation distance as much as possible and speed up the teleportation.


    The Yinding Fairy was unable to interfere with Meng Zhang and the others, but he was unwilling to give up.


    Including the Daqi True Immortal, several true immortals in better condition have been hanging tightly behind the Taiyi Realm, preventing the Taiyi Realm from getting out of their sight.


    After several failed attempts to thwart them, they didn''t make any easy moves.


    Immortal Yinding would not care about the Haikou they boasted before, and hurriedly asked Zhenxian Fengyuan for help, hoping that Immortal Fengyuan could rush here as soon as possible to prevent Taiyi Realm from escaping in time.


    After the Giant Whale Demon God led the demon clans in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm to completely wipe out the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, some real immortals under Fengyuan Zhenxian proposed to chase after and destroy these demon clans.


    Firstly, because of the disputes between the Taoist sect and the Yaozu, many true immortals really hated the Yaozu, and wished to kill all the Yaozu they saw.


    Secondly, the Giant Whale Demon Gods have occupied the Ten Thousand Demon Realm for tens of thousands of years and searched it wantonly. Who knows how much wealth they have accumulated and how many treasures they have harvested.


    Immortal Fengyuan wants to control the Ten Thousand Demon Realm as soon as possible, and then hunt down the Taiyi Realm, so he gave up chasing and killing the Giant Whale Demon God and the others.


    Of course, his reluctance to become a mortal enemy with the giant whale demon god with a deep background is also one of the reasons.


    Immortal Fengyuan led an army of cultivators into the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm, and there was still a lot of work to do in the aftermath.


    From now on, the Ten Thousand Demon Realm will be the property of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so of course it must be protected and properly handled as much as possible.

 Chapter 2900

    The situation in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and the Spirit Transformation Realm is quite different.


    After Qulan Celestial Immortal''s blow in the Spirit Transformation Realm, the high-level spirits basically fled in a hurry, and the remaining low-level spirits were also frightened, and they didn''t have the courage to resist at all.


    True Immortal Ge Jinglei brought along a group of practitioners at will, and he could easily conquer the Spirit Transformation Realm.


    Not all the high-level monsters in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm have escaped, especially those high-level monsters who are not intelligent enough, and there are still many left behind.


    Whether it is a monster clan or a monster beast, there are many outlaws among them.


    When they face a desperate situation, they may fall into a frenzy and act like crazy.


    True Immortal Fengyuan is not afraid that they have the power to stop the army of cultivators.


    They have this power, which is not worth mentioning in his eyes.


    The only thing he was worried about was that when these monster races and monsters went crazy, they caused too much damage to the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and consumed too many resources.


    If there is no accident, after the entire Dengtian Star District is included in the Lingkong Immortal World system, Fengyuan Zhenxian will be responsible for ruling one or even several big worlds here.


    How well these great worlds are managed and how many resources they can provide... all relate to his evaluation at the top of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In addition, as a ruler, he can gain many benefits from it, and he can make countless profits reasonably and legally.


    No matter from which point of view, he is unwilling to suffer too much damage.


    Therefore, Immortal Fengyuan spent a lot of time and energy to command and wipe out the remnants of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, and strive to ensure the integrity of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    As for during this process, everyone took the opportunity to search for all kinds of resources in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, that''s what they should have meant.


    Ge Jinglei and the others reported earlier that the Taiyi Realm had been completely trapped, and the Taiyi Realm could not escape at all.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian knew the power of Lin Haibing Fengtu and believed them.


    When Immortal Yinding delivered their latest report, Immortal Fengyuan was happily receiving everything from the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    After learning that Meng Zhang and the others broke the fairy formation and escaped with the Taiyi Realm, Immortal Fengyuan was furious.


    He was unwilling to let the Taiyi Realm go, so he hurriedly summoned all the true immortals under him.


    At this time, in the name of chasing and killing the remnants of the enemy, these true immortals have been scattered all over the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm, wantonly searching for various resources here.


    Originally, Fengyuan Zhenxian also let these guys take advantage according to the usual practice.


    Among mortals, there is a saying that being an official for thousands of miles is only for money, and the same is true for the high-ranking immortals.


    These true immortals from different backgrounds worked hard to join this team, worked hard to come to the Dengtian star area, and participated in several battles. In addition to the good deeds provided by the official Lingkong fairyland, they just wanted to seek various benefits.


    If Immortal Fengyuan wanted to drive them better, he couldn''t let them go hungry.


    When Immortal Fengyuan ordered them to be summoned, it was the time when they were happily searching.


    No one will be willing to give up the wealth they have acquired.


    According to the usual practice, Immortal Fengyuan should give them more time to search for benefits.


    Now it is Fengyuan Zhenxian who violates the rules first. Although they dare not openly resist the order, there are many behaviors that violate the rules.


    They found all kinds of excuses to delay the time.


    Tianguang Zhenxian and Xuanyang Zhenxian believed that Meng Zhang had obtained the inheritance of Junchen Xianzun.


    In order to monopolize the benefits, they did not publicize this matter.


    Sanxiu Daqi Zhenxian was warned by them afterwards, and he also promised to keep the matter strictly confidential.


    They have fallen.


    Without their efforts to instigate hostility towards Taiyijie and Meng Zhang in the team, other true immortals may not be willing to pester Meng Zhang.


    Chasing and killing the Taiyi Realm is a task issued by Fengyuan Zhenxian in his official capacity, and the search for resources is to gain benefits for himself.


    In the end which thing is more important, it goes without saying?


    There are a few shrewd true immortals who have discovered the delicate relationship between Qulan Tianxian and Fengyuan Zhenxian, and there is a tendency to be at odds with one another.


    They didn''t want to get involved in the grievances between them, but they were able to use this to delay the time as much as possible.


    Qu Lan Tianxian has no interest in chasing and killing the Taiyi Realm.


    She told Zhenxian Fengyuan clearly that after the Ten Thousand Monster Realm was captured by the cultivators, her mission was almost completed.


    From now on, she will stay in the Ascension Star District and guard this place well.


    The attitude of Qulan Tianxian inspired many true immortals who were unwilling to be troublesome.


    True Immortal Fengyuan coerces and lures, and often has to use the official name of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to overwhelm others, and finally gathers these true immortals scattered in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    At this time, time has passed for a long time.


    He left the army of cultivators in the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm, and led this team of true immortals to embark on the journey of chasing and killing the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the morale of this team is not high, after entering the void, they are still able to obey orders.


    Meng Zhang put great pressure on the Taiyi world, worked hard to tap its potential, and let it advance at full speed at the risk of disintegration.


    In the end, the Taiyi Realm carried out a total of seven large void teleports, and completely left the Ascension to Heaven star area.


    Daqi Zhenxian and the others, who had been following behind, witnessed with their own eyes that the Taiyi Realm, under the escort of Meng Zhang and the others, moved away from the scope of the Dengtian star area.


    At this time, Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others joined the seriously injured Yinding Immortal, and then they caught up from behind.


    Meng Zhang has completely left the Dengtian star area with the Taiyi Realm, should he continue to pursue it?


    Fengyuan Zhenxian felt a little embarrassed.


    From his heart, he hates traitors like Meng Zhang very much, and thinks that his betrayal of the Lingkong Immortal Realm is a treason and must be punished.


    Not to mention, the grievances and grievances between the two sides in the previous fights.


    But after recovering the entire Ascension to Heaven star area, he will be responsible for guarding the Ascension to Heaven star area and bringing it into the system of the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm.


    The spirit world is not without enemies in the void, and the void is not a place of peace.


    He led the main force to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, which would lead to emptiness inside the Dengtian star area.


    If something goes wrong because of this, he, who is responsible for guarding the soil, will definitely be questioned by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    He had already offended Qulan Tianxian by leapfrogging his superiors to appeal.


    Qulan Tianxian has never been a big-hearted person.


    He couldn''t trust Qulan Tianxian, and worried that Qulan Tianxian would trip him up secretly.


    To be on the safe side, he had to stay in the Ascending Sky star area, and handle every subsequent matter by himself.


    In addition, he was agitated by righteous indignation before, and sued Juechen Immortal Venerable to the upper echelons of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable was warned by Jinxian''s will, and left the Dengtian star area long ago.


    But if he has any arrangements outside the Ascending Sky Star Area, it seems that he has not violated Jinxian''s order.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable has great supernatural powers, and he has countless means to count Fengyuan Zhenxian outside the Dengtian star area.


    After thinking about it for a long time, Fengyuan Zhenxian decided to temporarily let the Taiyi world go.


    His next main focus is still on the interior of the Ascension to Heaven star area.


    Of course, he was still very unwilling.


    Maybe after all the problems in the Ascension Star District are resolved, he can continue to hunt down the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 2901

    Fengyuan Zhenxian has a wealth of experience and knows that he will be busy next time.


    Conquering and occupying the big worlds in the Dengtian star area is just that if you reveal your whereabouts while tracking, you may be besieged and killed by monks from the Taiyi world.


    Originally, Fengyuan Zhenxian thought that no one would be willing to accept such a drudgery.


    True Immortal Daqi took the initiative to stand up, and it was like doing him a big favor.


    Suspicious, he was a little skeptical about Daqi True Immortal.


    True Immortal Daqi is not wanting nothing, but wants True Immortal Fengyuan to remember this favor.


    After this task is completed, Fengyuan Zhenxian must use the official power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to help him collect a few refining materials.


    It''s no secret that the Daqi True Immortal has been collecting materials to upgrade the Natal Immortal Artifact.


    Some guys who are at odds with Daqi Zhenxian have been secretly obstructing this matter.


    Immortal Fengyuan immediately agreed to the condition proposed by Immortal Daqi.


    He also promised a lot of extra benefits.


    As long as Daqi Zhenxian can keep a close eye on the Taiyi Realm and not miss the target, it will be fine.


    For the other true immortals, Daqi Zhenxian took the initiative to take over the drudgery, which was considered a big favor to everyone.


    Soon, Daqi Zhenxian left the main force and followed the progress of the Taiyi Realm.


    Immortal Fengyuan was very unwilling to lead everyone back to the interior of the Dengtian star area.


    After getting far enough away from the Ascension Star District, the Taiyi Realm slowed down its progress.


    In the previous several ultra-long-distance void teleports, the Taiyi Realm was under tremendous pressure.


    The entire Taiyi Realm was shaking violently, cracks appeared everywhere on the ground, as if the whole world would disintegrate at any moment.


    Although the gods worked hard to stabilize the world, and the magic circles all over the Taiyi Realm were also working, the Taiyi Realm still suffered a lot of damage.


    The Taiyi Realm is the foundation of everyone''s life, and there must be no problems.


    After the Taiyi Realm slowed down, Meng Zhang took everyone to repair the scars and restore the damage suffered by the Taiyi Realm.


    Now that he has left the Dengtian star area and is temporarily out of danger, Meng Zhang needs to think carefully about the next step for the Taiyi world.


    Of course, the top leaders of the Taiyi world have not let down their vigilance.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable once told Meng Zhang that the Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone would not let the Taiyi Realm go easily.


    Not long ago, the monks of the Taiyi Realm killed Xuanyang Zhenxian of the Sanyang Immortal Sect, and their hatred with the Sanyang Immortal Sect deepened.


    If the Baiyang celestial deity came, even though there were many real immortals in the Taiyi Realm, they would still be absolutely irresistible.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and the others only need to face a clone of Baiyang Tianxian.


    Moreover, this avatar was severely injured by Juechen Immortal Venerable''s incarnation not long ago.


    When he was in the ruins of the Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang once exterminated a clone of the Qingyang Celestial Immortal with the help of everyone.


    Although it was a coincidence at the time, it fully demonstrated that there was no insurmountable gap between the avatar of the celestial being and the real one.


    There are so many real immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi world, and they are completely confident in fighting against the clone of Baiyang Tianxian.


    Daqi Zhenxian quickly caught up with the Taiyi Realm.


    He didn''t rush into the Taiyi Realm to join Meng Zhang and the others, but followed closely behind.


    As an Immortal Artifact Refiner who was born as a casual cultivator, he is not only careful enough, but also has enough patience.


    He carefully observes his surroundings.


    Although the Daqi True Immortal is willing to pay all the price in order to improve the natal magic weapon, including betraying the spirit world. But if he is not forced to, he is still unwilling to openly betray the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    His previous communication with Meng Zhang was secret enough, and his secret help has never been exposed.


    In fact, even Meng Zhang admitted that it might be more helpful for the Taiyi Realm if Daqi Zhenxian did not reveal his position and secretly stood by Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    True Immortal Daqi looked around to make sure that he was not being targeted by anyone, and that no one was secretly watching him.


    Seeing that the Taiyi Realm in front slowed down, many monks came in and out of the Taiyi Realm, Daqi Zhenxian was still observing secretly, and did not approach rashly.


    Because of the huge harvest in the spirit world before, the Taiyi world is not short of resources for the time being.


    In the process of repairing the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and the others are still working hard to strengthen the various magic circles on the Taiyi Realm.


    For many monks in the Taiyi Realm, fierce battles are the best chance to improve themselves.


    After leaving Shenchang Realm, more high-level monks emerged in Taiyi Realm.


    In the recent series of battles, the battle level was extremely high, and the basic mountains were all fought by the strong of the real immortal level.


    While many high-level monks in the Taiyi world were greatly shocked, they also benefited a lot from it.


    In particular, the high-ranking monks set up a star formation, participated in the confrontation at the level of a true fairy, and fully experienced and experienced the power of a real fairy, which made many high-ranking monks feel deeply.


    Originally, the monks in the Taiyi Realm didn''t have enough time to practice, their knowledge was shallow, and there were not many powerful Void Returning abilities, and most of them were monks in the early and middle stages of Void Returning.


    Now, some high-level Void-returning monks are slowly emerging in the Taiyi Realm.


    Especially being favored by Meng Zhang, he has been trained by the Taiyi Sect to return to the virtual world, and they are not far from the virtual fairyland.


    The Taiyi Realm is now a complete big world, which is enough to protect the virtual immortals and promote them to the real immortals.


    For Taiyi Realm, there are never too many real immortals.

 Chapter 2902

    If you want to wander in the void, the cultivation base of the real immortal level is the minimum condition.


    Void return powers and the like have a limited range of movement in the void, and often act as pawns or even cannon fodder actively or passively.


    Not to mention actively participating in the battle in the void, it is to let the whole world survive in the void. The number and strength of the true immortals currently possessed by the Taiyi Realm are slightly insufficient.


    To compete with all forces in the void, the cultivation base of the real immortal level is far from enough.


    In addition to working hard to cultivate more real immortals, Meng Zhang is also actively improving his cultivation.


    If he can become a fairy, as long as he doesn''t commit suicide, the void is so big that he can go to many places.


    How difficult it is for a true immortal to break through to a heavenly immortal.


    Those true immortals who conquered Junchen Realm back then were all top true immortals who were excellent in all aspects.


    In order to break through the chance of the celestial beings, they planned hard and waited for thousands of years in the Junchen Realm.


    In the end, they were still in vain.


    Considering the average age of true immortals, Meng Zhang is still too young.


    He still needs a long time to accumulate and improve.


    Although Fairy Yue''e and Gu Yue Lingqing are old-fashioned true immortals, they still can''t see the way to break through to the heavenly immortals, and they are still far away from the realm of heavenly immortals.


    On the other hand, the Moon God who practiced the divine way, after slowly refining the bodies of the True Sun God and the True God Rising Sun, the road to the God of Heaven was already faintly visible.


    Especially after comprehending many divine Taoist classics provided by Meng Zhang, her cultivation has become more and more profound.


    Maybe, before Meng Zhang and the others break through to the heavenly immortals, she will be promoted to the heavenly gods first.


    For Meng Zhang and the entire Taiyi world, having one more god is of great significance.


    The Moon God, who has long been canonized by Meng Zhang and has excellent conduct, has no problem with loyalty.


    Luna did not hide his practice progress.


    Of course, her cultivation level is much higher than Taimiao''s, and without using the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, her combat power is at most equal to Taimiao''s.


    Both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have increased their investment in Luna, and many resources are tilted towards her.


    Whether or not there are gods in charge is completely different for Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm was moving very slowly at this time, almost standing still.


    Among the inheritance Meng Zhang received from Taiyi Jinxian, there is a complete content of transforming and strengthening the world.


    Of course, although Taiyi Golden Immortal is powerful, he is not omnipotent.


    The Lingkong fairyland is also ruled by Jinxian.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation and knowledge, it is impossible to judge who is stronger and who is weaker.


    But the system of Lingkong Immortal World has many merits.


    Especially for most cultivators, the law of the spirit world is more beneficial to them.


    Meng Zhang, who was born in the Junchen Realm, and many monks in the Taiyi Realm, strictly speaking, can be regarded as part of the system of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to absorb and utilize the advantages of the Lingkong Immortal System.


    He opened up a special independent space in the depths of the Taiyi Realm early on, for the Yangshen Zhenjun to leave the Yangshen brand when he breaks through the Void Returning Power.


    In this regard, the Taiyi Realm is the same as all the big worlds under the Junchen Realm and the Lingkong Immortal Realm. After the Void Returning Powers fall, they have a chance to be resurrected by using the brand of the Yang God they left behind.


    When the Junchen Realm Jiutian collapsed, Meng Zhang collected many fragments of Jiutian.


    Of course, Meng Zhang didn''t know the method of building the Nine Heavens in various big worlds in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    He can only use these nine-day fragments to try to build a special defense system over the Taiyi Realm according to his own understanding and comprehension of his colleagues.


    After so many years of hard work, after investing a lot of resources one after another, the Taiyi world has already gained a lot.


    Taking advantage of this opportunity to repair the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and the others raised some Nine Heaven fragments into the air and let them float over the Taiyi Realm, forming some simple formations.


    During this process, Meng Zhang also integrated a lot of inheritance from Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Some Magical Artifacts and Formation Maps refined by special means were distributed over the Taiyi Realm and joined the new defense system.


    Now the outer layer of the Taiyi Realm finally has a simple defensive barrier.


    This layer of defensive barrier can echo and cooperate with the defensive circle inside the Taiyi Realm.


    While Meng Zhang and the others were working hard, Daqi Zhenxian had been watching from a distance.


    Although I can''t figure out all the hidden mysteries for the time being, Daqi Zhenxian still has a lot of insights.


    He discovered some problems from the perspective of an immortal craftsman.


    After waiting in the void for so long, no sign of anything bad has been found, and the True Immortal Daqi is basically relieved.


    His secret collusion with Meng Zhang has not been exposed yet, so no one should be spying on him.


    Daqi Zhenxian is preparing to go to the Taiyi Realm to have a good exchange with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Before he left, a secret message entered his mind.


    Immortal Daqi froze, and looked behind him.


    A tall old man with a red face appeared in his eyes.


    True Immortal Daqi forcibly suppressed the surprise in his heart, turned around, and saluted the old man respectfully.


    The deity of Baiyang Celestial Immortal stays in the gate of Sanyang Immortal Sect all the year round, and only occasionally goes out when major events happen.


    On weekdays, he would send this avatar to walk outside to deal with some affairs of Sanyang Xianzong.


    True Immortal Daqi had some dealings with the immortals of Sanyang Immortal Sect, and he also knew the old man in front of him.


    This old man is a clone of Baiyang Tianxian, who just greeted him proactively.


    The avatar of Baiyang Tianxian came to Dengtian star area secretly.


    He violated the agreement with Juechen Immortal Venerable a long time ago, just because he wanted to kill Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Previously, he was the one who bestowed a precious jade talisman to Zhenhai Zhenhai, allowing him to use the magical powers contained in it to completely kill the past body of Junchen Xianzun.


    This also caused this clone to be chased and killed by Juechen Xianzun''s external incarnation, and suffered huge irreparable damage.


    The incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable had already returned to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but he turned his anger on Taiyi Realm.


    Moreover, like True Immortal Xuanyang, he suspected that the Taiyi Realm had received the inheritance left by Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    Even if he didn''t get the inheritance of Junchen Xianzun, he would not allow it to continue to be passed on.


    Because he was seriously injured, he was cautious by nature, so he didn''t attack Taiyi Realm directly.


    He was worried that Juechen Immortal Venerable had left some secret arrangement in the Taiyi Realm, which was specially used to plot against him.


    He is not willing to lose this precious clone.


    For a celestial being at the level of the Baiyang celestial being, it is impossible for the immortal soul to split infinitely.


    This means that the avatars he can have are limited.


    The avatars with ordinary cultivation bases are of little use to him, and only the avatars at the level of immortals can be of great help.

 Chapter 2903

    Originally, when they were inside the Dengtian Star District, Fengyuan Zhenxian and others took action against the Taiyi Realm, and they didn''t need Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar to do it himself.


    It''s a pity that Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others are too incompetent to take down the Taiyi Realm and let them leave the Dengtian Star District.


    Fortunately, he has other means to deal with Taiyi Realm.


    After the Giant Whale Demon God led the demon clan from the Ten Thousand Demon Realm to leave the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, he didn''t dare to stay in the Dengtian star area and left directly.


    Losing the long-occupied world of Ten Thousand Monsters, this team will have to find another home in the void.


    Although the void is vast and boundless, most of the large worlds suitable for living within the known area already have owners.


    Thousands of years ago, the Giant Whale Demon God led a group of subordinates to the Dengtian Star District and created the foundation of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, which can be regarded as a self-reliant family.


    Although this is a relationship instigated by the immortal, but he also has this need.


    Being a descendant of the Sky Demon and being born into a powerful force of the Demon Clan does not mean that he can live the life of the second generation ancestor without any worries.


    The struggle within the monster clan is brutal and fierce, and it is common for blood relatives to kill each other or even devour each other.


    Most of the monster races don''t pay attention to human ethics like the human race. Many monster races only superficially imitate the human race and pretend to be human.


    Investigate its inside, or the law of the jungle, cruel fights.


    The giant whale demon god has already left the family and set up his own family outside, so it is impossible to escape back in such a gloomy manner.


    His status and power in the family have long been replaced by others, and there is no room for him in the family.


    The monster clan fleet under his command seems to be huge in number, but only a small part of them are void battleships.


    There is an independent space inside the void battleship, which can provide a small habitat and support some monster races.


    Most of the fleet is still ordinary warships.


    These battleships cannot travel in the void for a long time and need external supplies.


    The monster races carried by these warships also cannot survive for a long time, and need suitable habitats.


    The giant whale demon god will not cherish the lives of his demon clan, but he will not give up this fleet easily.


    This fleet and the demon clan inside are his important capital, which will help him to make a comeback and start a new foundation.


    The most urgent need of the giant whale demon god is to find a foothold in the void, settle down the demon clan under him, and let them regroup.


    At this time, Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar came to the door.


    Although Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar has not been to the Taiyi Realm in person, he knows the situation of the Taiyi Realm very well.


    He simply scoffed at Taiyi Realm''s imitation of Yunzhong City.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal, with his level of cultivation and status, knew a little about the situation in Yunzhong City.


    Not to mention true immortals inside Yunzhong City, there are a lot of heavenly immortals.


    Relying on its powerful strength, Yunzhong City is rampant in the void, almost unstoppable.


    Even a person like Baiyang Tianxian, if they encounter Yunzhongcheng, they will hide away and dare not provoke them easily.


    A mere Taiyi Realm, without even a celestial being, has to imitate Yunzhongcheng, it is really beyond self-control, it makes people laugh.


    Of course, it is one thing for people in Taiyi Realm to be arrogant, but Taiyi Realm, as a complete big world, is still very valuable.


    If it weren''t for all kinds of scruples, Baiyang Tianxian would directly seize this big world and make it a branch of Sanyang Xianzong.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar told the giant whale demon god about the general situation of the Taiyi Realm, and at the same time revealed his family''s hostility towards the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, the giant whale demon god is not a fool, and soon understood the vicious attempt of Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar to kill people with a knife.


    However, if the Taiyi Realm really had the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar as good as it said, it would just meet the needs of the Giant Whale Demon God.


    Taiyi Realm had sent Gu Yue Lingqing to the Ten Thousand Monster Realm to form an alliance with the Ten Thousand Monster Realm to fight against Fengyuan Zhenxian and the others.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing would not reveal the secrets of the Taiyi Realm, in order to strengthen the other party''s confidence in forming an alliance and show his sincerity, he still introduced the situation of the Taiyi Realm more or less.


    Although the high-ranking members of the Yao clan in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm are rude and domineering, they are not fools. They also use various means to learn about various information about the Taiyi Realm.


    After comparing these information with the information provided by Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar, the Giant Whale Demon God quickly judged that Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar was not lying.


    Even though he knew that he was being used by Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, the giant whale demon god still became greedy for the Taiyi Realm.


    For him, the Taiyi Realm just meets his recent needs, so he can take it over by force.


    According to the information he has, the overall strength of the Taiyi Realm is indeed not as good as that of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    Although after a lot of tossing, the demon clan of the Wan Yao Realm has been seriously injured, but they still have enough confidence to win the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the previous alliance between the two sides, that will not constitute any obstacle.


    The Yaozu and the human cultivators are hostile to each other. The previous alliance between the two parties was just a stopgap measure, and no one would really trust the other.


    The Giant Whale Demon God has always said one thing among the demon clans in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm. He decided to seize the Taiyi Realm, and the other demon gods naturally had to obey.


    Some demon gods reminded the giant whale demon gods to be careful of Baiyang Tianxian reaping the benefits of the fisherman.


    As long as you are not a fool, you will know that the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar has no good intentions.


    Naturally, the Giant Whale Demon God will not relax its guard against it.


    If the deity of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal is here, the Giant Whale Demon God will of course hide as far away as possible.


    But this is just a clone, and it is obviously not in the right condition, and the injuries on his body are almost uncontrollable.


    As a descendant of the sky demon, the giant whale demon god has his own powerful cards.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar left satisfied after seeing the giant whale monster move.


    Soon, the Giant Whale Demon God ordered the entire fleet to turn to pursue the Taiyi Realm.


    After the Monster Race fleet left the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, it left the Ascension Star District from another direction.


    According to the latest information provided by the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar, the direction of the Taiyi Realm is almost in the opposite direction.


    The Yaozu fleet did not dare to return to the Tiantian star area, so it had to circle a large circle outside the Dengtian star area in order to catch up with the progress of the Taiyi Realm.


    There are a large number of battleships in this fleet, and the speed of advancement varies.


    Encumbered by the slower warships, the forward speed of the entire fleet was limited.


    The avatar of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal can use some methods that only the Celestial Immortal can do.


    He has been monitoring the movements of the Taiyi Realm, even if it is far away, he has not let it escape from the surveillance.


    Although he left the Yaozu fleet, he still sent messages to him from time to time, informing him of the latest developments in the Taiyi world.


    After the Taiyi Realm left the Ascension Star District, in order to repair and strengthen it, it had to slow down its progress.


    With the guidance of Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, the monster clan fleet under the command of the giant whale demon god slowly caught up from behind.

 Chapter 2904

    During this time, Daqi Zhenxian has been hiding in the dark to observe the situation in Taiyi Realm.


    Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar had discovered Daqi True Immortal long ago, and guessed its apparent purpose.


    True Immortal Fengyuan stopped chasing and killing the Taiyi Realm, but still sent Immortal Daqi to follow behind to monitor, its purpose is self-evident.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone is quite dissatisfied with Fengyuan Zhenxian''s actions, but both sides are allies in dealing with the Taiyi Realm''s issues.


    Baiyang Tianxian has always been very scheming, and likes to keep a hand in many things.


    If the demon clan in the Wan Yao Realm can''t do anything to the Taiyi Realm, I''m afraid it will still be necessary for Fengyuan Zhenxian to take action.


    Tianxian Baiyang took the initiative to appear in front of Zhenxian Daqi, just to have a good communication with the other party, to see how much power Zhenxian Fengyuan will invest in Taiyi Realm.


    After exchanging a few pleasantries between Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar and Daqi Zhenxian, they got to the point.


    When I heard that Fengyuan Zhenxian would continue to hunt down the Taiyi Realm after he would completely incorporate the Dengtian Star District into the Lingkong Immortal Realm system, the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar felt a burst of impatience.


    Who knew that Immortal Fengyuan would have to wait until the Year of the Monkey to complete this job.


    He told True Immortal Daqi of his calculations and the movements of the demon clans in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm.


    Since Fengyuan Zhenxian is unwilling to accept the Taiyi Realm, the next step is a good opportunity to make a move.


    He hoped that Daqi Zhenxian would contact Fengyuan Zhenxian and persuade the other party well. After the war between the Yaozu in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm and the Taiyi Realm, he would send a team to lurk nearby and decide the next move depending on the battle situation between the two sides.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar had dealt with Fengyuan Zhenxian before, and had some unpleasant experiences.


    Depending on his family background, Fengyuan Zhenxian may not buy the account of Baiyang Tianxian avatar.


    In order to successfully persuade True Immortal Fengyuan and avoid unnecessary conflicts, the avatar Baiyang Celestial Immortal persuaded True Immortal Daqi to come forward.


    When he heard that the demon clan from the Ten Thousand Demon Realm was about to attack the Taiyi Realm, Daqi Zhenxian was startled, forcibly suppressed the emotions in his heart, and continued to collude with Baiyang Tianxian.


    He readily agreed to the request of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone.


    Of course, if you promise to promise, he will never persuade Fengyuan Zhenxian to take action against Taiyi Realm now.


    Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar was very satisfied when he saw that he had convinced Daqi True Immortal.


    He told the other party that after the demon clan from the Wan Yao Realm captured the Taiyi Realm, he would come forward to take some benefits and then share them with Daqi Zhenxian.


    True Immortal Daqi was thankful on the surface, but in his heart he couldn''t help but sneer.


    After watching the back of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar disappear in the distance, Daqi Zhenxian rushed towards the Taiyi Realm.


    He pretended to be close to investigate the situation in the Taiyi Realm, and after getting close to a certain distance, he secretly cast a spell to contact Meng Zhang.


    Since he hooked up with Meng Zhang last time, he and Meng Zhang have established reliable contact information.


    Soon, Daqi Zhenxian successfully established contact with Meng Zhang.


    True Immortal Daqi told Meng Zhang everything that the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar had said.


    Meng Zhang was equally astonished that the demon clan of Wan Yao Realm wanted to attack Taiyi Realm.


    This is really an unexpected enemy.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had stayed in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm for a period of time, and was very clear about the strength of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    The Giant Whale Demon God who commands the Ten Thousand Demon Realm is powerful, even surpassing Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    There are many demon gods under his command, and there is also a powerful army of demon clans.


    For the Taiyi Realm, the demon clan of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm is indeed a formidable enemy.


    Of course, Taiyi Realm also has many advantages.


    Needless to say that the Taiyi Realm is powerful, the outside world lacks sufficient understanding of the gods within the Taiyi Realm system.


    Most of these gods were handbooked by Meng Zhang himself. Only a few senior officials in the Taiyi Realm knew how many true gods there were and how powerful they were.


    These gods rarely leave the Taiyi Realm. Even if the Taiyi Realm is invaded, they basically stay in the Taiyi Realm to take charge of the guards. Many gods have not even directly participated in the battle.


    Many of the true gods among these gods are indigenous gods from the Shenchang Realm, and their cultivation and combat effectiveness are at the bottom of the true god level.


    However, after joining the god system of the Taiyi Realm, they can still display their strength in the home game of the Taiyi Realm.


    These gods in the Taiyi world system are an important trump card in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    The Taiyi Realm that has just been repaired and strengthened is not suitable for immediate Void Teleportation, it is best to rest for a while.


    Originally, Meng Zhang didn''t have much interest in this meaningless battle.


    But since the status quo of the Taiyi world is like this, this battle cannot be avoided.


    After Daqi Zhenxian reported the information and discussed some things with Meng Zhang, he left secretly.


    Meng Zhang summoned the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, informed them of the information brought by Daqi Zhenxian, and discussed countermeasures with everyone.


    The demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm is an out-and-out formidable enemy, and the clone of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal hiding behind the scenes cannot be underestimated.


    Most of the high-level people in the Taiyi Realm did not have much fear, but were full of fighting spirit.


    Many people even proposed to take the initiative to attack and wipe out the demon clan fleet of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm and seize everything it possesses.


    With the development and growth of the Taiyi Realm, after going through battles, all the way to the current high level of the Taiyi Realm, the spirit has also become much higher, and began to look down on the enemies that will be faced next with a condescending gaze.


    However, after some discussion, Meng Zhang still made a decision.


    Taiyi Realm still relies on Taiyi Realm for defense first, slowly consumes the enemy''s strength, and then looks for opportunities to counterattack.


    With the advantage of fighting at home in the Taiyi world, you can better display your own strength and greatly reduce your own casualties.


    In addition, pretending not to know about the attack by the demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm helps to protect the source of the news.


    After Meng Zhang made his decision, Taiyi Realm started to act immediately.


    After leaving the Dengtian star area, Taiyi Realm breathed a sigh of relief, and many monks became slack.


    During this period of time, everyone was busy repairing and strengthening the Taiyi Realm, and they were even a little bit tired.


    Fortunately, Daqi Zhenxian secretly tipped off the news.


    If they were caught off guard by the sudden attack of the demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm at this time, then the Taiyi Realm might suffer a big loss.


    Meng Zhang declared to the Taiyi Realm that since the repair of the Taiyi Realm has been completed, after some strengthening, and a set of defense system has been initially established, the next step is to check the defense system of the Taiyi Realm through actual combat exercises .


    When the Taiyi Realm was in the Ascension Star District, they would conduct actual combat drills from time to time, and everyone was almost used to it.


    Since Meng Zhang and other high-level officials in the Taiyi world attach great importance to it and often participate in it in person, everyone does not dare to be careless about the actual combat drill, and basically takes it seriously.


    After careful inspection of the magic circle above the Taiyi Realm, it began to try to activate it.


    The gods of the Taiyi Realm began to operate the domain of the gods, mobilizing the power of heaven and earth.


    The Taiyi Realm sent a team of monks and began to line up over the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 2905

    The demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm is very powerful, but the monks in the Taiyi Realm rely on the Taiyi Realm to fight and have a great advantage.


    There are many demon gods in the Wan Yao Realm, and their strength is not weak, and there are more strong ones in the Taiyi Realm.


    Among the demon gods in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the most difficult to deal with is undoubtedly the leader, the giant whale demon god.


    Gu Yue Lingqing wasn''t sure that he could beat the opponent, but he could still fight the opponent.


    Moon God''s cultivation has improved rapidly, especially after receiving the Taiyin Slaughter Sword bestowed by Meng Zhang, his combat effectiveness is not inferior to that of Gu Yue Lingqing.


    Both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s combat effectiveness were much stronger than Gu Yue Ling Qing''s.


    Especially when the two teamed up, the fighting power that erupted was terrifying.


    After Meng Zhang and the others carefully compared the strengths of the two sides, they found that the biggest difficulty was how to deal with the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar has been hiding in the dark and is very cautious, but if the demon clan in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm is defeated, he is very likely to make a move.


    Taking advantage of the time left, Meng Zhang carefully searched for the method of defeating the strong with the weak from the inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Meng Zhang established the foundation of Taiyi Realm, began to practice the concept of Taiyi Golden Immortal, and achieved some preliminary results.


    He had sensed Taiyi Golden Immortal''s spiritual thoughts twice, and obtained a lot of inheritance.


    Taiyi Golden Immortal''s divine sense of traveling the void, when contacting Meng Zhang, there was no nonsense, and no other communication, just imparting various inheritances to him.


    Meng Zhang himself guessed that the original Taiyi Sect was just an inheritance left by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, and its members were not even disciples of the outer sect.


    The current him, at least has entered the hall, has obtained the true inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, and can be regarded as a formal disciple.


    The inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal is all-encompassing and profound.


    Until now, Meng Zhang has not finished sorting it out.


    The content that has been sorted out was recorded by Meng Zhang himself, and placed in the Sutra Pavilion in Taiyi Realm for the disciples in the sect to read.


    Every time he organizes and studies these inheritances, he can gain new gains.


    He was not disappointed this time either, and soon had some clues about how to deal with the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar.


    When Taiyi Realm was preparing for battle urgently, under the guidance of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar, the fleet of the Yaozu from the Ten Thousand Monster Realm finally caught up from behind.


    In order for this fleet to arrive as soon as possible, not only the demon gods of the Ten Thousand Demon Realm put in a lot of effort, but even the avatar of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal spent a lot of effort.


    Not only did he provide guidance, but occasionally he would personally cast spells to help those lagging warships catch up.


    He thought that there was a Daqi True Immortal observing near the Taiyi Realm, so he relaxed his attention to the Taiyi Realm a little bit.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone was seriously injured by Juechen Immortal Venerable, and its injury could hardly be healed by its own strength alone.


    If it wasn''t really unwilling to let the Taiyi Realm go, and it was confirmed that there were only real immortals in the Taiyi Realm, he would have wanted to return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm as soon as possible, and let the deity help heal his injuries.


    He is now forcibly suppressing the injury, which will not affect his actions for the time being.


    He tried to avoid taking part in the battle himself, and mainly watched from the sidelines.


    The main fleet of the Yaozu in the Wan Yao Realm is not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    Yaozu also has a secret technique similar to Void Teleportation.


    It only takes one big teleport to the void to catch up and launch a surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the giant whale demon god is arrogant and arrogant, he still retains the necessary caution when fighting against enemies of the same level.


    He personally led several demon gods, broke away from the main force, and approached Taiyi Realm secretly.


    He had to personally investigate the specific situation in the Taiyi Realm before deciding on the next battle strategy.


    The giant whale demon god and the others moved to a place some distance away from the Taiyi Realm, then hid their figures and whereabouts, and approached the Taiyi Realm secretly.


    After Daqi Zhenxian informed Meng Zhang, he has been hiding near the Taiyi Realm, secretly monitoring the surrounding situation.


    Although Meng Zhang advised him not to reveal his position easily, he would still help the Taiyi Realm without hesitation when needed.


    If it was just a simple transaction with Meng Zhang before.


    Later, he communicated secretly with Meng Zhang twice, which made him feel that Meng Zhang''s character was very suitable for him.


    He has seen Meng Zhang make a move with his own eyes, and has experienced the powerful combat power possessed by the Taiyi Realm.


    He didn''t feel that Taiyi Realm imitated Yunzhongcheng as self-sufficient, but he was very optimistic about the future of Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang.


    He instinctively felt that it would be of great benefit to him in the future to make friends with Meng Zhang and try his best to accept good karma.


    The Giant Whale Demon God and the others secretly approached the Taiyi Realm, and their thought-secret actions had long since fallen into the eyes of the True Immortal Daqi.


    It was not yet the time to make a move, Daqi Zhenxian allowed them to act, but secretly notified Meng Zhang.


    In fact, after learning that the monsters from the Wan Yao Realm were about to attack, Tai Miao began to secretly use the power of the Taiyi Realm to carefully monitor all movements around the Taiyi Realm.


    Even if there is no tip-off from the Daqi True Immortal, the whereabouts of the Giant Whale Demon God and the others cannot escape Tai Miao''s eyes.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm were told that the demon gods were approaching the Taiyi Realm, and they didn''t take any action before Meng Zhang gave the order.


    The Giant Whale Demon God and the others watched secretly for a while not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    It seems that the Taiyi world is conducting some kind of exercise.


    As the exercise progressed, the Taiyi Realm raised its alert, and many defense facilities were activated.


    The Giant Whale Demon God is a daring guy, often very decisive.


    No one knows when the exercise in the Taiyi Realm will end, and the Giant Whale Demon God doesn''t want to wait too long.


    The most important thing is that because of this exercise in the Taiyi Realm, the monks are all ready to fight and have begun to line up over the Taiyi Realm.


    The giant whale demon god made up his mind almost immediately.


    A surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm must be launched immediately, and the monks in the Taiyi Realm cannot be left to prepare for battle.


    The giant whale demon god ordered the large troops following him to move to the vicinity of the Taiyi Realm immediately and launch a full-scale attack on the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible.


    On the other side, he personally led the demon gods behind him to attack.


    He wants to capture the Taiyi Realm, and he must avoid causing too much damage to the Taiyi Realm during the battle. It is best to capture the entire Taiyi Realm intact.


    He has not forgotten that there is also a clone of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal with malicious intentions, hiding in the dark and watching covetously.


    He must use fast to fight slow, and make a quick decision to defeat the monks of the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible.


    Then, he had more energy to use to guard against the Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar.


    Following the long howl of the giant whale demon god, terrifying sound waves swept towards the Taiyi Realm.


    A wild bull like a hill, with a pair of horns on its head, launched a ferocious charge towards the Taiyi Realm.


    The almost endless Gengjin Qi condensed in the void, and then turned into countless strange weapons, falling towards the Taiyi Realm like raindrops.


    Bursts of incomparably violent, hurricanes that almost swept everything emerged out of thin air, and blew towards the Taiyi Realm from all directions.


    ...

 Chapter 2906

    The giant whale demon god led the demon gods behind him to launch a sudden attack on the Taiyi Realm, hoping to break the preparation process of the Taiyi Realm monks and inflict as much damage as possible.


    He wanted to disrupt the position of the monks in the Taiyi Realm and create opportunities for the large forces behind to attack in an all-round way.


    As soon as the demon gods started to attack, wave after wave of attacks continued to rush towards the Taiyi Realm.


    Ever since they learned of the news of the attack from the monster tribes in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, headed by Meng Zhang, have been waiting in full force for a long time and have made various preparations.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a huge river and crossed in front of the Taiyi Realm, blocking many attacks.


    The ferocious sound wave stopped in front of Jiang He and was completely blocked.


    Countless weapons fell into this river and were quickly melted away.


    As soon as the hurricanes approached, they disappeared automatically.


    The rampant bull rushed into the river, lost its direction immediately, and was immediately trapped.


    ...


    It is very difficult to resist many demon gods with one''s own strength, even with Meng Zhang''s ability.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is not the only true immortal in Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God and the others shot at the surrounding demon gods.


    Last time, the Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle brought two holy spirits with him. He put in a lot of effort to break through the fairy formation, and was recognized and respected by the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm.


    During this period of time, the spirits of the Hualingping Bottle and Artifact have been trying their best to resettle the spirits staying in the Taiyi Realm.


    During this process, he received the full assistance of the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    The Spirit Race from the Spirit Transformation Realm has settled down in the Taiyi Realm, and everything is going well.


    At least so far, Taiyi Realm is fully qualified as the home of the spirit race.


    In the absence of a better place to go, most of the spirit clan, including the high-level spirit clan, settled down in Taiyi boundary with peace of mind.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has become the homeland of the spirit race, the spirits of the spirit-transforming bottle are also obliged to protect this homeland.


    This time the monster clan from the Ten Thousand Monster Realm came to attack, and the spirit of Hualingping Ping also led the high-level spirit clan to actively fight against it, and there was no meaning of preserving strength.


    The senior leaders of the spirit clan, such as Hualingpingpingqiling, are so simple, or so aware of current affairs, that the senior officials of Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, are very happy.


    The addition of this spirit clan to the Taiyi Realm has greatly strengthened the power of the Taiyi Realm, not to mention that the Spirit Clan can also bring a lot of additional help.


    In fact, for a big world, it is very good for the whole big world to have some Eldar living here.


    After the start of the war, Taimiao took command of the Taiyi Realm and did not make a move easily.


    Among the gods in the Taiyi Realm, only a few true gods accompanied the Moon God in battle, and most of the gods still stayed in the Taiyi Realm.


    After Meng Zhang fought with everyone, he quickly contained the offensive of the demon gods.


    The Giant Whale Demon God and the others never imagined that Taiyi Realm would react so quickly, not to mention that there would be so many strong people.


    A fierce battle broke out between the two sides outside the Taiyi Realm.


    At this time, there was a wave of space fluctuations not far from the Taiyi Realm, and warships jumped out of the anti-space one after another.


    Before these warships stopped completely, they rushed towards the Taiyi Realm at full speed according to the orders of the demon gods. ....


    Among these battleships are a group of void battleships, which serve as the vanguard and main force of the fleet, followed by many ordinary battleships.


    Numerous warships bypassed the battlefield between demon gods and real immortals, and headed towards Taiyi Realm from other directions.


    One after another warships took off from the Taiyi Realm, actively meeting the incoming enemy warships.


    Some fierce demon lords and demon kings voluntarily left the battleship, and fiercely rushed towards Taiyi Realm.


    Niu Dawei led the high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Realm, and set up a star formation in the sky above the Taiyi Realm to stop these monster clans that were rushing.


    The defensive array on the surface of the Taiyi Realm started to activate. In addition to raising various defensive barriers, it also began to actively bombard the void.


    The gods began to urge their own gods to protect the Taiyi Realm


    At the same time, it also launched a counterattack against the monster race that attacked in the void.


    It is especially worth mentioning that the high-level Taiyi Realm used the broken nine-day fragments of the Junchen Realm to build a defense system over the Taiyi Realm, which played a huge role in this battle.


    The nine-day fragments collected by the monks of the Taiyi Realm are limited, and the imitated nine-day fragments of the Taiyi Realm are far inferior to the original ones, and the number is not large.


    The defense system constructed with this as the core cannot cover the entire Taiyi world at all.


    These fragments, together with some special instruments made by the monks of the Taiyi Gate, together form a large movable defensive formation, which has been moving freely over the Taiyi Realm.


    Facing the attack of the monster clan, this large defensive formation took the initiative to move to the direction of the monster clan''s attack.


    After the Yaozu warships approached the Taiyi Realm, they all started to launch, shooting out colorful beams of light, fireballs and the like.


    These offensives were blocked by this brand new defensive circle over the Taiyi Realm.


    There are also many institutional creations such as giant cannons, wind and thunder ballistas, and thunder and fire cannons installed in the Taiyi Realm.


    With a sufficient supply of spirit stones and even spirit crystals, these mechanism creations exploded with extremely powerful firepower.


    More and more monster warships moved to the vicinity of the Taiyi Realm, and then quickly flew over to join the siege of the Taiyi Realm.


    The number of battleships owned by the Taiyi Realm is not as large as that of the Yaozu, but with the defense facilities of the Taiyi Realm as a backing, the Yaozu warships are still blocked from the Taiyi Realm, making it difficult for them to directly attack the inside of the Taiyi Realm.


    Groups of high-level monster races jumped out of the battleships, formed various battle formations in the void, and fiercely charged towards the star formation that blocked them.


    The star formation began to change rapidly, absorbing the power of the stars in the void, and blessing them to the monks in the formation.


    Niu Dawei and other monks in charge of the large formation, with the help of the power of the large formation, stopped all the incoming monsters and caused a lot of damage to them.


    In the other direction where the Yaozu battleship appeared, there were waves of more violent spatial fluctuations.


    Several Buddhist towers appeared from the void, and behind them were a group of Buddhist warships of different styles.


    A group of Buddhist disciples headed by Tianlei Arhat had long gone to the Ten Thousand Demon Realm to join the Yaozu, and helped them.


    When the Yaozu left the Ten Thousand Demon Realm, Tianlei Arhat also left early with the Buddhist disciples.


    Compared with the monster race, the immortals in the spiritual world are even less willing to see the bald donkeys of Buddhism.


    The battle between Buddhism and Taoism is one of the mainstream battles in the void and worlds today.


    As one of the top forces in the Taoist sect, Lingkong Immortal Realm naturally has to be on the front line of battles in many cases, and has naturally formed many grievances with Buddhist forces.


    Tianlei Arhat was originally Tianlei Xuxian, the deputy director of the Tiangong in the Junchen Realm.


    It was precisely because of his betrayal that the Heavenly Palace in the Junchen Realm fell prematurely.


    So far, Banxue Jianjun, the head of the Tiangong in the Junchen Realm, has hated him to the bone.


    If these Buddhist disciples fall into the hands of Immortal Fengyuan and the others, they will be considered lucky if they can die quickly. .


    Shushan Swordsman

 Chapter 2907

    Tianlei Luohan and other high-level Buddhists saw the opportunity early and had self-knowledge.


    Before all the Monster Race fleet left the Ten Thousand Monster Realm, they left ahead of schedule.


    After that, this Buddhist force has been following the Yaozu fleet in the void, saying it is cooperation, and it is more of a shelter for the Yaozu.


    The Buddhism and the Monster Race have always had a special relationship. This Buddhist power and this Monster Race have been colluding for so long, and the two sides have a certain degree of mutual trust.


    From the heart of Tianlei Arhat, he is not willing to take the initiative to attack the Taiyi Realm.


    It''s not because he Gu Nian and Meng Zhang and other monks in the Taiyi Realm are deeply in love with each other, but because he is not optimistic about the future of this battle.


    Firstly, the Taiyi Realm is powerful, and the outcome of both sides is hard to decide.


    Secondly, even if they win, they probably won''t be able to take much advantage, and it is very likely that Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar will benefit.


    If those true immortals from the spirit world came after them, the situation would be even worse.


    However, Tianlei Luohan doesn''t have much say in this mixed team.


    With the nature of the giant whale demon god, he is willing to accept these Buddhist disciples. In addition to hoping to strengthen the overall combat power of the team, he also has some good ties with Buddhism.


    In his eyes, these Buddhist disciples obeyed his orders honestly and acted as his thugs, and they were not qualified to make irresponsible remarks on his decisions.


    People under the eaves had to bow their heads. If Tianlei Arhat wanted to hang out in this team, he had to obey the orders of the giant whale demon god.


    Anyway, Tianlei Arhat is also a monk halfway, not a direct descendant of Buddhism.


    These Buddhist disciples were not cultivated by him, and had little to do with him.


    In order to please the giant whale demon god, he didn''t mind sacrificing some Buddhist disciples.


    After the Yaozu fleet joined the battle, the Buddhist fleet followed suit.


    Those tall towers are the void battleships of Buddhism, leading a group of ordinary warships of different shapes, covering the attack of the monster fleet from the side.


    After all, Taiyimen has a short history and insufficient accumulation. The number and quality of warships it owns are far from being able to compete with the Yaozu fleet.


    The warships of the Taiyi Realm did not dare to attack at will, and could only rely on the Taiyi Realm for defensive operations.


    Several huge floating cities moved to the front of the Monster Race fleet, and bombarded the Monster Race fleet with all their strength.


    When Taoist Shushan and others led part of the dark alliance forces into the Taiyi Realm, they also brought several floating cities of the dark alliance.


    Under the acquiescence and monitoring of the high-level Taiyi Realm, the dark alliance has re-established a certain force in the Taiyi Realm.


    The dark alliance branch in the Taiyi Realm is also a part of the Taiyi Realm, and when the Taiyi Realm is invaded by foreign enemies, it also needs to participate in the defense.


    The floating cities of these dark alliances have extremely strong defenses and ferocious firepower, like firepower strongholds, which played a very important role in the battle.


    A burst of dragon chant came from inside the Taiyi Realm, and the Jade Dragon King led a group of real dragons to join the battle.


    Since this dragon clan inhabits the Taiyi Realm, it is natural that they are responsible for guarding the land.


    In the Void Myriad Worlds, there has always been a rumor that the Dragon Clan is actually a branch of the Monster Clan, but they later betrayed the Monster Clan and established themselves in the void.


    Many Yaozu believed this rumor and hated the traitors of the Longzu. ....


    The Dragon Clan scoffed at such rumors, and didn''t even bother to distinguish them.


    As for the real relationship between the two, because the age is too long, I am afraid that only those old guys from both sides can make it clear.


    In most cases, when the dragon clan faces the monster clan, they will not be too polite.


    Among the monster clans, high-level monster clans often have blood pressure on low-rank monster clans.


    The blood power of the Dragon Clan is very powerful, enough to suppress many races in the void.


    When facing the Dragon Clan, most of the Monster Clan will feel suppressed by the bloodline.


    The Jade Dragon King led these dragon clans into the battle, which immediately played a big role.


    Low-level monks in the Taiyi world cannot directly participate in the battle.


    Either stay in the Taiyi Realm to stimulate and maintain the magic circle on the surface of the Taiyi Realm; or enter various warships and use the power of the battleships to participate in the battle...


    The Giant Whale Demon God is determined to win the Taiyi Realm.


    He personally took action, leading all the demon gods to fight against the powerhouses of the Taiyi Realm such as Meng Zhang.


    The Yaozu fleet also accepted his death order, and captured the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible without any casualties.


    The battlefield between the demon gods and the real immortals has not yet been decided. The battle of the demon clan fleets attacking the Taiyi world will soon become extremely bloody.


    Soon after the fighting began, casualties began to be seen on both sides.


    Especially for the Yaozu side, the casualties soon became extremely heavy.


    One after another, the monster warships caught fire in the air and began to crash...


    A strong man from the Monster Race was either killed by the Star Dou Formation, or by the defensive means of the Taiyi Realm...


    At this time, the benefits of playing at home are reflected.


    If the warships on the side of the Taiyi Realm are severely damaged, they can quickly land inside the Taiyi Realm under various covers for emergency repairs, etc.


    Injured Taiyi Realm monks can also be replaced in time and return to Taiyi Realm for treatment.


    After all, the Taiyi Realm is a complete big world with abundant reserves, which can provide continuous resources for the battlefield.


    Among other things, there are many spiritual veins in the Taiyi Realm, and the spiritual energy will almost never be exhausted.


    As long as the aura is not exhausted, the magic circle above the Taiyi Realm can continue to operate.


    The Buddhist disciples who participated in the war soon suffered huge casualties.


    These Buddhist disciples are as brave as the Yaozu, and they rush forward regardless of casualties.


    Tianlei Arhat is very cunning, instead of participating in the battle between the real fairy and the demon god, he circled around and rushed directly to the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course he knew that Taiyi Realm must still have cards that hadn''t been revealed.


    He didn''t expect himself to be able to capture the Taiyi Realm, but he just hoped that he could deal some blows to the Taiyi Realm and be able to explain the past in front of the Giant Whale Demon God.


    He just flew over the sky of Taiyi Realm, and without too much effort, the three true gods canonized by Meng Zhang soared into the sky and surrounded him.


    These three true gods were originally the indigenous gods of Shenchang Realm.


    After leaving God''s Domain, their combat power is basically at the bottom among true gods.


    But after accepting Meng Zhang''s canonization and joining the god system of the Taiyi Realm, they can get the blessings of the Taiyi Realm and use the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm to fight near the Taiyi Realm.


    For these gods who joined the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang did not treat them badly.


    In addition to ensuring sufficient supply of resources, the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyimen was also opened to them, so that they could read some classics of Taiyimen and learn some Shinto practice content.


    Even for those guys who don''t seek to make progress and just muddle along, Meng Zhang will urge them to practice from time to time.


    When they are free, Tai Miao and Luna will teach these gods how to practice.


    In the Taiyi Realm, there will be various exchanges between gods, gods and real immortals from time to time, and hands-on exchanges are inevitable. .


    Shushan Swordsman

 Chapter 2908

    After leaving the Shenchang Realm for so many years, the cultivation base of these gods has improved greatly, and their combat effectiveness has improved significantly.


    Tianlei Luohan''s promotion time is limited, and his foundation is not strong.


    He turned to Buddhism for his own way, but he did not gain the trust of the top Buddhists.


    Especially after being promoted to Arhat, he has never received a higher level of inheritance from Buddhism.


    His practice in the Arhat realm was not particularly smooth.


    Tianlei Arhat was facing the three true gods at this time, and they were fighting each other inextricably, and were temporarily entangled.


    Of course, this is also because Tianlei Luohan did not have a desperate heart, and secretly retained a certain amount of strength.


    Tianlei Arhat led the Buddhist army to participate in the battle, and did not cause too much pressure on the Taiyi world.


    The Taiyi Realm relied on the Taiyi Realm to fight up and down, and firmly blocked the enemy from the Taiyi Realm.


    The Yaozu army and the Buddhist disciples joined forces, but they have been unable to break through the defense of the Taiyi Realm, and the high-level officials of both sides are very annoyed.


    The giant whale demon god treated his subordinate demon clan cruelly. Not only did the monster clan army fail to enter the Taiyi Realm as planned, but they were in a faintly disadvantaged situation. The high-ranking monster clan leaders who were in charge of commanding felt that the giant whale demon god might react. Terrified.


    Under the pressure of a huge sense of fear, many monster races became beastly, lost their minds, and broke out like wild animals.


    The monster army, which was already fearless of death, became even more violent, causing greater pressure on the Taiyi world.


    The Taiyi Realm has many hole cards and has retained a lot of strength. The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm have confidence in their hearts and calmly deal with the enemy''s attack.


    The fighting became bloodier, with casualties on both sides beginning to mount.


    In addition to many cultivators in the Taiyi Realm, there are also those vassal races participating in the war. They cooperate with each other tacitly and can exert extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    With Taiyi Realm as a support, the casualties of the defender are far smaller than that of the enemy.


    When the giant whale demon god led the monster clan fleet to abandon the Ten Thousand Monster World, the number of monster clans that could be taken away was limited. There is still a large part of the monster race left in the Ten Thousand Monster Realm.


    This monster army and the Buddhist army joined forces, and the number is far more than that of the monks in the Taiyi world, but the strength may not be much stronger.


    At this time, the outside of the Taiyi Realm has turned into a huge millstone, which constantly wears away the flesh and blood of the monster clan and Buddhist disciples.


    When Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing and others were in the Taiyi Realm, they often discussed each other and knew each other very well.


    Now, Meng Zhang and the others put up a simple formation, and with mutual cooperation, they firmly blocked the giant whale demon god and others.


    As a descendant of the sky demon, the giant whale demon god has always been arrogant and arrogant.


    In the entire Taiyi Realm, probably only Gu Yue Lingqing, who was born in the Tianxian family, could be looked up to by him.


    Including Meng Zhang, other powerhouses at the level of true immortals in the Taiyi Realm were not considered by him at all.


    Unexpectedly, when he really got started, he discovered the difficulty of the enemy.


    If he knew that the Taiyi Realm still had a hole card like Tai Miao, he would be even more surprised.


    At first, Meng Zhang didn''t really want to fight to the death with the giant whale monster.


    He wanted to show his formidable strength, so that the giant whale monster retreated in the face of difficulties.


    But after the war between the two sides, he found that the monster army led by the giant whale demon god was much weaker than expected.


    As for the Taiyi Realm, whether they are cultivators or other races, after so many years of development and growth, they have displayed combat effectiveness beyond their expectations on the battlefield.


    That being the case, Meng Zhang is not going to let the other party go easily.


    Even if the opponent cannot be completely wiped out, enough damage must be given to the opponent. The giant whale demon god of the province has been staring at the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm, which has just left the Dengtian star area, has sufficient resources in all aspects.


    But the void is vast and boundless, and it contains countless risks.


    No one knows when the Taiyi Realm will be replenished again.


    Reserve resources can never be too much.


    The giant whale demon god wants to seize the Taiyi Realm, so don''t blame the Taiyi Realm for plundering this demon clan.


    When this group of monsters left the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm, although they were in a hurry, they still brought thousands of years of accumulation with them.


    Not to mention, the flesh body of the monster clan, especially the high-level monster clan, is an important resource in itself.


    Around the Taiyi Realm, monster clans continued to die in battle, and their bodies were scattered in all directions.


    All kinds of mechanism creations dispatched from the Taiyi Realm, such as mechanism puppets and domesticated spirit beasts, all shine on the battlefield.


    When he was in Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang asked the monks of the Taiyimen Beast Hall to capture many fierce beasts.


    So far, Taiyimen has not been able to tame those ancient fierce beasts.


    However, many ordinary ferocious beasts have been tamed and can be sent to the battlefield.


    These ferocious beasts are really a match for the beastly beasts, and the monster clan that is undoubtedly the same as the monsters.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Vase sacrificed its own body, turned it into a huge jade bottle, and swept around the battlefield.


    As a top-level fairy weapon, the Spirit Transformation Bottle is indestructible and can almost withstand attacks at the level of a fairy.


    The fighting power of the spirit-transforming bottle and the spirit is average, but it gives full play to the advantages of the body and shows a strong fighting power.


    The huge spirit transformation bottle not only protected the two holy spirits, but also provided cover for other comrades in arms.


    No matter how fierce the attack was, or the impact of the demon gods showing their original shape, they could not break the huge spirit transformation bottle.


    The demon god team led by the giant whale demon god was blocked by Meng Zhang and the others, and the allied forces of the demon clan and Buddhist sect also stopped outside the Taiyi realm.


    The giant whale demon god in the battle has been paying attention to the movement around him.


    This situation made him very dissatisfied and eager to change.


    Perhaps, if he had known that the Taiyi Realm was so difficult, he might not have launched an all-out attack on the Taiyi Realm so easily.


    The giant whale demon suppressed the faint regret in his heart, but aroused his ferocity instead.


    There is no turning back when you open the bow. Since you have already taken the initiative to attack, you must not retreat easily.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm cannot be captured this time, we must try our best to cause huge damage and losses to it.


    The giant whale monster let out a long howl, showing its original shape.


    It was a giant void whale that looked like a continent.


    The giant void whale living in the void, its huge size alone is enough to make it a tyrant in the void.


    Not to mention that the Void Whale still has many powerful supernatural powers, and its physical body is also extremely powerful.


    I saw that huge Void Whale gently swinging its tail, sweeping towards the surroundings with a huge force, pushing the surrounding enemies away forcibly.


    The giant whale demon god rallied his strength and slammed into the Taiyi Realm.


    After being unable to attack for a long time, he also gave up the idea of ??keeping the Taiyi world as intact as possible.


    With the huge body of the giant whale demon god, as long as it hits the Taiyi Realm, it will undoubtedly be a natural disaster, and it may knock the entire Taiyi Realm to pieces.


    The giant whale demon god wants to rely on his powerful body to smash all the defenses of the Taiyi Realm, clearing the way for the monster clan and Buddhist army to attack.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2909

    The original form manifested by the giant whale demon god continuously releases an indescribable power outward, which makes many powerhouses of the same level win their hearts.


    Not to mention gods like the giant shark god in Meng Zhang''s team, even the newly promoted true immortals like Taoist Moon Shadow were overwhelmed by the giant whale demon god, and didn''t dare to rush up to block the opponent for a while.


    Gu Yue Lingqing fought hard with the giant whale demon god, but was forcibly knocked away by him.


    After repelling the two demon gods in front of him, Meng Zhang prepared to personally block the giant whale demon god.


    Although the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle is not very powerful in combat, it is almost invincible with the protection of the body of the spirit-transforming bottle.


    Known and experienced, he can easily see through the enemy''s intentions.


    Others can''t avoid the giant whale demon god, but he manipulated the body of the spirit transformation bottle to hit the opponent fiercely.


    The giant whale demon god who was launching an assault on the Taiyi Realm, its huge body bumped into a huge jade bottle.


    The jade bottle was knocked into the air, and the spirit of Hualing Ping, as the controller, also felt a shock all over his body, and almost lost his footing.


    The giant whale demon god was knocked dizzy, and his huge body paused in the void.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and appeared not far from the giant whale demon god.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a huge rope, which immediately entangled the giant whale demon god.


    The giant whale monster struggled desperately, but couldn''t break free from the yin and yang for the time being.


    Meng Zhang released several yin and yang extinction thunders one after another, hitting the giant whale demon god, causing him to scream in pain.


    Very early on, the giant whale demon god has thick skin and thick flesh, so he can resist it for the time being.


    As a famous race in the void, the Void Whale has naturally been studied in depth by the great forces in the Dao Sect.


    The Void Whale is huge in size, its body is indestructible, and its body is self-contained, but there are still flaws.


    With the improvement of the realm of cultivation, the giant void whale will also instinctively cover up these flaws.


    It''s just that the inherent defects of certain races are not so easy to make up for.


    Meng Zhang stared firmly at the giant void whale in front of him, using the incomplete cosmic disc to slow down the flow of time around his body.


    He seized this fleeting time and began to quickly calculate the opponent''s flaws.


    Soon, Meng Zhang had a harvest.


    He couldn''t make an immediate move at this time, so he could only order secretly to the Moon God.


    Moon God, who cooperated tacitly with Meng Zhang, had already forced back the demon god he was facing, and was ready to support other directions at any time.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, her body flashed, and she appeared not far from the giant whale demon god.


    She raised the Taiyin Slaughter Sword with all her strength, and slashed down on the huge body of the giant whale demon god.


    During this period of time, apart from daily practice, Luna devoted most of his time and energy to refining the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword.


    Probably because the compatibility with this artifact is too good. Although her cultivation level is not enough and her time is limited, she still achieved great results.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, she knew that the opportunity was rare, so she almost made a move with all her strength, arousing the power of the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword at any cost.


    At least half of the power of this killing artifact was aroused by her.


    The Taiyin Slaughtering Sword accurately hit a point on the tail of the giant whale demon god. ....


    This seems to be just an ordinary place, and it doesn''t seem to be a serious problem.


    But after being hit by the knife at this point, the huge body of the giant whale demon god began to tremble continuously.


    There is an independent small world in the void giant whale.


    This small world needs to communicate with the outside world from time to time.


    This place where the small world connects with the big world is the biggest weakness of the Void Whale.


    In order to protect this vital point, the giant void whales have thought of many ways.


    This vital point is heavily guarded and never exposed.


    The vital points were compressed into a tiny point, and they were still swimming quickly on the huge body.


    ...


    With the cultivation base of the giant whale demon god, most of the real


    Xiandu couldn''t find his vital point at all.


    Based on the information he knew, Meng Zhang calculated the path of his vital movement on the spot, and asked Luna to make a timely move.


    Not only was the attack from the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword unstoppable, but the killing power was so strong that it directly broke through the protection and wounded its vitals.


    The vitals were injured, and the Giant Whale Demon God was severely injured immediately.


    The small world in his body was broken, and his vitality was rapidly passing away.


    Seeing that the giant whale demon god was seriously injured, his demon gods rushed over from all directions immediately, desperately trying to rescue him.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Moon God, and Fairy Yue''e led a group of true gods, and tried their best to stop these demon gods.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle and the Artifact Spirit kept urging the huge jade bottle, blocking the attack route of many demon gods.


    Meng Zhang, who has the strongest combat power among the crowd, seized the opportunity and kept attacking the giant whale demon god, vowing to take it down.


    Capture the thief first and capture the king first. If the giant whale demon god can be captured, the Taiyi Realm will be able to defeat or even eliminate this army of monster clans at the lowest cost.


    Knowing this very well, Meng Zhang almost desperately took out all his hole cards.


    Not only did he display his supernatural powers, but he also continuously borrowed strength from Tai Miao who was in charge of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang took a huge risk and flew towards the vital point of the giant whale demon god, crashing headlong into the small world inside it.


    Meng Zhang wreaked havoc inside, constantly consuming the vitality and vitality of the giant whale demon god.


    The giant whale demon god was furious and struggling desperately.


    In the end, he probably also sensed the crisis of falling, first he kept threatening Meng Zhang, and even moved out his own ancestor of the sky demon.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang could not be frightened, he began to desperately beg for mercy.


    If it was another true immortal, he might drive him away because of the background of the giant whale demon god, and he would not want to kill him.


    As the successor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, Meng Zhang became more and more motivated after he was promoted to a true immortal.


    Most of the demon gods are narrow-minded and must take revenge. This time, the giant whale demon god has been hit hard like never before. If he let him go hastily, he would not dare not be grateful, but would hold a grudge.


    Showing mercy to the demon god is just asking for trouble.


    So what about the ancestor of the sky demon, he is not a strong man who has not passed the level of a fairy.


    He also fought against the Heavenly Demon, and even killed the clone of the Heavenly Immortal.


    The void is extremely vast, and the Taiyi Realm wanders in the void without a fixed foothold.


    Even if Tian Yao wanted to take revenge on Meng Zhang, he had to find the Taiyi Realm first.


    What''s more, with Meng Zhang''s current practice speed, it might not be long before he has the ability to fight against the sky demon.


    At that time, it may not be clear who will clean up who.


    The daring Meng Zhang, disregarding the background of the giant whale demon god, did not hesitate to kill him.


    The demon god under his command was blocked by Gu Yue Lingqing and the others, and the giant whale demon god without foreign aid was caught by Meng Zhang and attacked continuously.


    After a while, Meng Zhang with a somewhat tired face flew away from the huge body of the giant whale demon god.


    The huge body of the giant whale demon god has lost the breath of life.


    In Meng Zhang''s hand, he held a ball of light that kept struggling. It was a small world that was forcibly stripped from the body of the giant whale demon god. .


    Shushan Swordsman

 Chapter 2910

    The giant void whale is full of treasures, especially the giant void whale of the demon god level. Its corpse is placed in the fairyland of the spirit space and is the object of competition by many immortals.


    Among them, the small world inside the giant void whale is the most precious.


    This small world can be used to refine top-level space treasures, and it can also be used as the foundation of a blessed land to support a cultivation force...


    This small world in the body of the giant whale demon god is filled with all kinds of treasures from the world of ten thousand demons, and there are many demon clans living in it...


    Meng Zhang has no time to clean it up slowly, so he can only deal with it later.


    Although the battle time just now was very short, he wasted a lot by fighting with all his might.


    After all, even if they had the upper hand, it would not be an easy task to kill such a strong man as the Giant Whale Demon God.


    While forcibly suppressing this small world, he quickly recovered.


    The demon gods who had seen the giant whale demon god trapped and rushed over like lunatics were stunned when they saw the giant whale demon god being killed by Meng Zhang.


    Some of the demon gods born in the Ten Thousand Demon Realm quickly lost their momentum and lost their fighting spirit.


    Even the giant whale demon god has been killed, what reason and strength do they have to continue fighting with the enemy?


    With the body of a demon god, he can go to many places in the void.


    At most, it is just wandering and suffering, and life is not as comfortable as following the monster army.


    But if you continue to fight here, you are really in danger of falling.


    There are also some demon gods, who are old people who have followed the giant whale demon god for many years, and most of them were born under the elders of the giant whale demon god.


    The giant whale demon god fell here, and as subordinates, they must bear a great responsibility.


    According to the practice of the monster clan, the elders of the giant whale demon god will definitely not spare them lightly.


    Maybe, they all have the disaster of killing themselves.


    This part of the demon god quickly reacted after the initial huge shock.


    They became fiercer and became even crazier, desperately killing Meng Zhang.


    They have the desire to make atonement for their sins, but they also have a dizzy side.


    These demon gods who did not want to die and continued to attack were only a few, and they were quickly stopped by Gu Yue Lingqing and the others.


    The other demon gods who had lost their fighting spirit all left the battle and fled into the distance.


    The demon god team split up, and the remaining demon gods were limited. Gu Yue Lingqing and the others were greatly relieved. Not only did they block these demon gods, they were able to counterattack in time.


    A corpse as huge as the giant whale demon god just lay quietly in the void.


    In the monster clan fleet that stormed Taiyi Realm in the distance, many monster clans saw it.


    Now that the giant whale demon god who is the leader has fallen, the morale of the monster clan army has naturally plummeted, and many monster clans have become at a loss.


    Seeing the stagnation of the opponent''s offensive, Taiyi Realm naturally seized the opportunity to fight back, trying to kill these monster races.


    Ever since the monster army started to attack the Taiyi Realm, Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar has been hiding in the dark and watching.


    He didn''t even think that this monster clan was so useless, and was defeated by the Taiyi Realm so quickly.


    Although he didn''t expect this monster clan to be able to defeat the Taiyi Realm, at least he could fight with the Taiyi Realm for a long time, greatly consuming the strength of the Taiyi Realm.


    Speaking of which, the rapid defeat of this demon clan has something to do with the aggressive advance of the giant whale demon god.


    If he continued to stay in the demon god''s team and fight under the cover of his subordinates, even if Meng Zhang figured out where his flaws were, he might not be able to fall so easily.


    Once the giant whale demon god fell, the entire army of demon clan, including those demon gods, was soon on the verge of collapse.


    Baiyang Tianxian knew in his heart that this monster army could no longer pose a threat to the Taiyi Realm.


    He spent a lot of thought, finally persuaded the giant whale demon god, and spent a lot of effort to let this army of monster clan catch up to Taiyi Realm.


    It now appears that everything he did was for naught.


    Baiyang Tianxian has always been good at calculating, and this clone has also inherited some of the personality and habits of the deity.


    The failure of this calculation made this clone extremely unwilling.


    He had talked with Daqi Zhenxian before, and asked when Fengyuan Zhenxian would send people to attack Taiyi Realm.


    Daqi Zhenxian told Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar that although he spent a lot of effort to persuade Fengyuan Zhenxian, the other party was still unwilling to be distracted, but spent all his thoughts on the Dengtian star area.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar was very dissatisfied with this, but couldn''t say anything.


    He even wondered whether Daqi Zhenxian didn''t report to Fengyuan Zhenxian at all.


    But after thinking about it, for Daqi Zhenxian, reporting to Fengyuan Zhenxian is just a trivial matter, and he has no reason to offend himself for it.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar never expected that the Daqi True Immortal would have colluded with Meng Zhang long ago, so how could it be possible to do something that would endanger the Taiyi Realm.


    Seeing that the Taiyi Realm will win another big victory, the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar gets angrier the more he looks at it.


    He was seriously wounded when he came, and he has not recovered so far.


    The second reason is that they are worried that the methods left by Juechen Immortal Venerable are hidden in the Taiyi Realm.


    That''s why, he has never directly attacked the Taiyi Realm, but instigated the demon clan of the Ten Thousand Monster Realm to attack.


    The monster clan of the Wan Yao Realm failed this time, far from forcing out the trump card of the Taiyi Realm, let alone causing any harm to the Taiyi Realm.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar has not stopped thinking during this period of time, reflecting on whether there are any omissions in himself.


    Juechen Xianzun was warned by Jinxian''s will, and hurriedly left the Dengtian star area.


    He and Meng Zhang were neither related nor related, but just used Meng Zhang to deal with Fengyuan Zhenxian to vent his dissatisfaction.


    Juechen Xianzun would never delay the trip for Meng Zhang, let alone go against Jin Xian''s will.


    Therefore, it is unlikely that Juechen Xianzun will have a follower in Taiyi Realm.


    The more Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone thought about it, the more reasonable it became.


    After today''s victory, Taiyi Realm can be said to have returned to the sea.


    Apart from the Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar, he couldn''t find any other power to use as cannon fodder.


    The Sanyang Immortal Sect is very powerful in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, with countless strong men, they can easily pull up an army of monks.


    However, the Lingkong Immortal Realm is very far away from here, and the anti-space storm around the Dengtian star area has not subsided yet.


    For a long time to come, it will be difficult for the monks of Sanyang Xianzong to come here.


    After the Taiyi Realm escaped far away, it would be even more difficult to catch up.


    After thinking about it, the Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone was still unwilling to let the Taiyi Realm go, let alone continue to wait.


    If he doesn''t make a move once, he is really not reconciled.


    In the end, he decided to try it himself, and at the same time, he was ready to escape.


    If he missed a hit, he immediately fled away.


    He also asked Daqi Zhenxian to cooperate with him well.


    He promised a lot of benefits to win over the other party.


    He believed that the Daqi True Immortal who was born as a casual cultivator must hope to gain the friendship of the Sanyang Immortal Sect.

 Chapter 2911

    True Immortal Daqi probably wanted to use this to please Baiyang Tianxian, of course he agreed to cooperate with Baiyang Tianxian''s actions.


    The avatar of Baiyang Celestial Immortal was very satisfied with Daqi True Immortal''s sense of taste.


    When he was about to contact the deity, he focused on this guy.


    No matter the Baiyang Celestial Immortal or the Sanyang Immortal Sect, they all need some casual cultivators to drive them.


    True Immortal Daqi is also an Immortal Artifact Refiner, so he is very useful. Letting him be the Elder Keqing of the Sanyang Immortal Sect in the future will be regarded as a compliment to him.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar saw that the demon gods who continued to attack had been completely suppressed, and the demon army was about to retreat, so he didn''t want to wait any longer.


    Anyway, the battle between the two sides is not over yet, and he can still take advantage of the current situation.


    If you wait until the monster army is completely defeated and the Taiyi Realm has nothing to fight, this heavily injured clone may not be able to fight against so many real immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar was very decisive, since he decided to make a move, there was no delay, and he started to act when he saw the right time.


    I saw the avatar of Baiyang Celestial Immortal flashing near the battlefield where everyone in the Taiyi Realm was fighting against the demon god.


    He pointed with one hand and pointed at Meng Zhang from a distance.


    At the same time, a small round of daylight rose behind him and hit the Taiyi Realm fiercely.


    After Meng Zhang killed the giant whale demon god, he knew that his side''s victory was assured, but he never let down his vigilance.


    On the surface, Daqi Zhenxian agreed to the request of Baiyang Tianxian''s doppelganger, but actually notified Meng Zhang secretly.


    Facing the blow from the Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone, Meng Zhang, who had been prepared for a long time, flickered and hid behind the huge corpse of the giant whale demon god.


    Even though the giant whale demon god has fallen, its body is still indestructible.


    When Meng Zhang killed him, he took advantage of his flaws, sneaked into the small world inside his body, and forcibly took away his vitality.


    The body of the giant whale demon god not only remained intact, but was also used by Meng Zhang again.


    The power of the finger that Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar seemingly randomly pointed out should not be underestimated.


    Because Meng Zhang dodged in time, this finger landed on the corpse of the giant whale demon god.


    A big hole burst out of the indestructible body of the giant whale demon god, and flesh and blood flew everywhere.


    Taking advantage of this delay, Meng Zhang moved quickly again, completely avoiding the blow from the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar.


    Seeing a round of daylight crashing into the Taiyi Realm, the Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle instinctively felt that something was wrong, and could not allow the Taiyi Realm to be hit.


    He sacrificed the body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle almost without thinking, and blocked the impact route of that round of daylight.


    The two collided heavily, and the power fluctuations erupted caused the surrounding void to tremble endlessly.


    The body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was knocked out heavily, and countless dense cracks appeared on the originally indestructible bottle, which looked like it would break anytime.


    The power of this round of daylight is extremely terrifying. Not only did it seriously damage the body of the spirit-transforming bottle, but it also transmitted the lethality to the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle.


    As if struck by lightning, the Spirit Transformation Bottle fell to the ground, losing consciousness all of a sudden.


    His originally condensed body of the holy spirit, which was as solid as it is, has a tendency to collapse.


    Both the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle and the main body have suffered unprecedented damage, and are on the verge of falling.


    The two holy spirits hurried over to support him and tried their best to help him.


    This time, the Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle almost put his life out of his way, blocking most of the power of that round of daylight.


    In any case, he is worthy of Taiyi Realm, and also worthy of Meng Zhang''s life-saving grace.


    Because of the blocking of the spirit of the spirit bottle, the power of that round of day was greatly weakened, and the speed also slowed down a lot.


    When the day was about to approach the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm had enough time to react.


    Tai Miao joined forces with many gods in the Taiyi Realm to mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and finally destroyed this round of daylight.


    It is conceivable that if there is no contribution of the spirit of the spirit bottle. It''s too wonderful that they may not be able to block this blow.


    It''s not a good habit to just take a beating and not fight back.


    After blocking this blow, Tai Miao''s gigantic body of ghosts and gods appeared in front of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar.


    Many gods in the Taiyi Realm, including those true gods, although they have not left the Taiyi Realm, they still continuously send divine power to Taimiao.


    Under the blessing of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao''s body of ghosts and gods is almost unprecedentedly powerful.


    Even though he was facing the celestial clone, Tai Miao still launched a strong attack without fear.


    A streak of off-white light shot towards Baiyang Tianxian distractedly, and the thick force of death wanted to cover him completely.


    At the same time as Tai Miao shot, Meng Zhang also temporarily suppressed the giant whale demon god Xiaotiandi, and flew over to join forces with Tai Miao to fight against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang, whose strength has recovered a lot, joined forces with Tai Miao, it is not as simple as one plus one equals two.


    The two cooperated tacitly, as if they were one person.


    They shot with all their strength, as if they insisted on keeping the enemy behind.


    After the blow just now, the avatar of Baiyang Celestial Immortal, who had suffered a lot, should have left immediately.


    But Tai Miao made a timely move and entangled him tightly.


    When Meng Zhang rushed over, he couldn''t escape for a while.


    Although Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar is not in good condition, his heart is still very high.


    Originally he missed a hit and was about to retreat, but was aroused by the aggressive Tai Miao.


    He didn''t even bother to think about whether Juechen Immortal Venerable had left behind in the Taiyi Realm, but instead made a move with all his strength, vowing to kill the lifeless Tai Miao.


    When Meng Zhang joined the battle, there was another person on his must-kill list.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao Ben are one, and they cooperate naturally and incomparably tacitly.


    Their power attributes are one yin and one yang, and they properly display the power of the yin and yang avenue.


    In the middle is also mixed with the power of the Great Way of Life and Death, the supernatural power of the Sun and Moon Great Way, and so on.


    Even if the state is really bad, the Celestial clone possesses the power of a Celestial Immortal, and in terms of strength alone, it is enough to crush two opponents.


    As soon as the war started, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao fell into a disadvantage.


    The other true immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi world all have their own missions at this time, and it is difficult for them to come and help.


    Some of the desperate demon gods left behind were limited in number, but they still restrained Gu Yue Lingqing and the others.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao will not just let their opponents go, even if they are at a disadvantage, they will not back down.


    The two of them are not so easy to kill.


    When the other battlefields were decided, Gu Yue Lingqing and other strong men came to reinforce them. At that time, it will be the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar who will be anxious.


    This celestial avatar, which has already suffered heavy injuries, may not be able to block the continuous siege of many real immortal-level powerhouses.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar also knew this, so he tried his best to make a quick decision.


    Even if you can''t kill Tai Miao and Meng Zhang quickly, you must force them back as soon as possible to prevent them from continuing to entangle you.


    At this time, Daqi True Immortal, who had made an appointment with Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, showed up on his own initiative and came to help in time.

 Chapter 2912

    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar and Daqi True Immortal had long agreed to use it as a backup.


    He didn''t even think that Daqi Zhenxian would be so savvy that he would take the initiative to help without pulling his face to ask for help.


    He had a better impression of Daqi True Immortal in his heart.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao stood together, and the power of yin and yang attributes formed a huge vortex in the air, locking the avatar of Baiyang Tianxian firmly.


    Yin and Yang Two Qi, Yin and Yang Extinction God Thunder, Liangyi Tongtian Sword, Cycle of Life and Death, Death Ray...


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao almost showed their magical powers and firepower.


    Although the Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone easily blocked these attacks, it was also restrained a lot of strength, and it was difficult to launch a fatal offensive against Meng Zhang and Tai Miao for the time being.


    Daqi True Immortal is not an ordinary True Immortal, but a top-level True Immortal who is not far from hitting the Heavenly Immortal Realm.


    Not to mention combat power, but his cultivation and accumulation are far above Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar quickly ordered him to help him contain Meng Zhang and Tai Miao so that he could use his hands free to perform the killing move.


    True Immortal Daqi agreed without hesitation.


    I saw a tall furnace tripod flying out of Daqi Zhenxian''s body, and it became extremely huge above his head.


    This is the Heavenly Fire Furnace, the natal immortal weapon of Daqi True Immortal.


    As an instrument cultivator, most of his cultivation is on this immortal artifact.


    Most of the immortal magic powers he used also used this natal fairy weapon.


    The huge Heavenly Fire Furnace flew in front of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal clone, blocking all the attacks from Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    Taking advantage of this short period of time, another round of daylight condensed and formed above the head of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal, ready to bombard it at any time.


    At this moment, Immortal Daqi shook his sleeve, and a small purple flame shot towards Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar.


    This purple flame is the Ziji Tianhuo, the immortal magic power that Daqi Zhenxian is best at.


    The tinder of Ziji Tianhuo is usually raised in the Tianhuo Furnace, which is one of the core parts of the Tianhuo Furnace.


    Ziji Tianhuo not only had a warning sign in his heart, but when he realized that something was wrong, it was already too late to parry and defend.


    This Ziji Heavenly Flame may seem ordinary, but it is actually terrifyingly powerful, almost melting everything.


    Ziji Tianhuo easily pierced through the body-protecting supernatural power of Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, and accurately hit the back of his heart.


    That round of daylight collapsed, and the supernatural powers backfired.


    Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar was hit hard again immediately.


    Before he had time to react more, a more vicious attack was imminent.


    The attack that was blocked by the Tianhuo Furnace before suddenly appeared in front of him and bombarded him fiercely.


    It turned out that the Tianhuo Furnace did not forcibly resist the attacks of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao just now, but with their cooperation, temporarily stored these attacks, and now they all erupted.


    The avatar of Baiyang Celestial Immortal, who was flustered by this series of attacks, was almost completely dazed.


    The huge skyfire furnace hit him fiercely, and he had no time to dodge.


    The Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar spurted blood wildly, and flew out heavily.


    Taking advantage of his illness to kill him, Meng Zhang, Tai Miao and Daqi Zhenxian chased him and beat him to death. Don''t give him the slightest chance to breathe.


    This avatar of Baiyang Celestial Immortal possessed the power of a Celestial Immortal, but before it could fully unleash it, it completely lost its initiative.


    After a burst of indiscriminate bombardment, Meng Zhang and the others finally completely wiped out the clone of Baiyang Tianxian.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and the others were completely relieved, knowing that the overall situation had been settled.


    In other battlefields, the remaining demon gods have been firmly suppressed by Gu Yue Lingqing and the others, and the appearance of defeat has become extremely obvious.


    As for the Yaozu army and the Buddhist army farther away, the offensive was blocked, and chaos began to appear, and many warships turned around and fled.


    The Taiyi Realm, which had been focusing on defense before, immediately launched a counterattack without hesitation.


    The general situation is like this, and the defeat of the enemy is true.


    They must seize the opportunity to counterattack and kill the enemy as much as possible.


    In addition to the factors of revenge and avoiding future troubles, this also has a relationship with robbing resources.


    Although this monster clan fleet left Ten Thousand Monster Realm in a hurry, it still carried a lot of precious resources.


    Even the corpses of the Yaozu are a good resource.


    In the battles in the realm of comprehension, including battles in the void, the primary factor that really determines the battle between the two sides is the battle between the leaders of the two sides.


    Due to the fall of the giant whale demon god, the morale of the demon clan army plummeted, and the battle line was shaken.


    At first, it was just some battle groups who were defeated and fled, and then the decline spread to the entire monster army.


    The so-called defeat was like a mountain, and the monster army soon began to retreat across the board.


    Originally, the strength of this monster army might not be weaker than that of the monk army in Taiyi Realm.


    If you continue to fight, you can last for a long time.


    If you can have a brilliant command and strict military discipline, you may be able to retreat steadily and keep your main force.


    It''s a pity that once this monster army starts to retreat, the whole army will be in chaos, with many monsters scrambling to escape.


    The Yaozu army failed completely this time.


    The demon god who is the top combat power either escapes or is about to be defeated.


    The Yaozu army collapsed across the board, and the situation could no longer be recovered.


    The situation of the Buddhist army assisting in combat is similar to that of the Yaozu army.


    The Buddhist disciples are better organized, and they can barely maintain a neat formation at the beginning.


    However, affected by the collapse of the Yaozu army, the Buddhist army was also completely chaotic.


    After Meng Zhang and the others exterminated the clone of Baiyang Celestial Immortal, all three of them were seriously worn out, physically and mentally exhausted.


    However, the war is not over yet, and it is not time for them to be lazy.


    Now that Daqi True Immortal has revealed his identity this time and took the initiative to attack Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, he no longer hides, and directly stands on the side of the Taiyi Realm openly, killing the demon gods.


    Of course, no one can tell how long it will take for what Daqi Daqi did today to spread to Baiyang Tianxian and Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    The void is vast and boundless, and there are all kinds of disturbances.


    If the distance between Mengzhang and Taimiao is too far, it will be difficult to keep in touch all the time.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, it took a while to communicate with Tai Miao and synchronize the information of both parties.


    What is the situation between Baiyang Tianxian''s main body and the clone, Meng Zhang does not know for the time being.


    Maybe Baiyang Celestial Immortal has great supernatural powers, and now he already knows what Daqi True Immortal is doing.


    Perhaps the avatar of Baiyang Tianxian didn''t have time to communicate with the deity, and didn''t tell the deity what happened before and after his fall.

 Chapter 2913

    As for Fengyuan Zhenxian, the situation is even more difficult to say.


    Perhaps, he will soon be able to learn what happened here from these defeated Buddhist disciples and monster races.


    Perhaps, these Buddhist disciples and Yaozu will be completely lost in the void in the future, and will never have contact with the Dengtian star area, so that he has not been able to get the corresponding news.


    However, no matter what, for the sake of prudence, Immortal Daqi cannot return to Immortal Fengyuan.


    From now on, Daqi True Immortal must focus on guarding against Baiyang Heavenly Immortal and prevent it from retaliation.


    Next, the Taiyi Realm counterattacked aggressively and attacked with all their strength.


    Those demon gods who didn''t know how to live or die were basically killed, most of the demon clan fleet was wiped out, and the Buddhism also suffered heavy losses.


    On the other hand, Tianlei Luohan was lucky, he found out that something was wrong early and slipped away in time.


    After Tai Miao left Taiyi Realm to deal with Baiyang Celestial Immortal''s avatar, the remaining true gods in Taiyi Realm were limited in strength and couldn''t keep him at all.


    However, Tianlei Arhat''s voluntary escape also greatly reduced the resistance faced by the Taiyi Realm''s counterattack army.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao suffered a lot in the previous battle, and this place is not too far from the Dengtian star area.


    After experiencing this attack, Meng Zhang didn''t want to stay here for too long, and wanted to leave as soon as possible, the farther away from the Dengtian star area the better.


    Although the Baiyang Celestial Immortal avatar seemed to have no worries after being exterminated, Meng Zhang was still worried about encountering unexpected enemies.


    After Daqi Zhenxian took action this time, he simply ignored the mission assigned by Fengyuan Zhenxian and settled in the Taiyi Realm directly.


    After the great battle, the monks of the Taiyi Realm were busy cleaning up the battlefield and counting all kinds of spoils.


    This battle didn''t last long, but Taiyi Realm''s side gained a lot.


    Most of the Yaozu fleet was lost, and many warships were destroyed and captured.


    These battleships are equipped with a large amount of resources, many of which are unique to the Ten Thousand Monsters Realm.


    The Taiyi monks were probably used to being poor, and they kept the battlefield very clean.


    The wreckage of the battleship, the corpse of the demon clan...


    All of these were not let go, and they were all brought back to the Taiyi Realm.


    During this battle, the Taiyi Realm was not harmed.


    After the battlefield was cleared, Taiyi Realm moved on.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm are already very proficient in counting the loot after the war and rewarding meritorious deeds.


    There is no need to alarm Meng Zhang, they will handle these things properly.


    For the true immortal Daqi who stayed in the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang gave him the same treatment as Gu Yue Lingqing, and regarded him as the top guest official in the Taiyi Realm.


    For the Taiyi world, this battle has gained a lot and lost very little.


    In addition to the brave fighting of the monks in the Taiyi world, the major vassal races that actively participated in the war also played a big role.


    In addition to capturing many monster clans during the battle, there were also many monster clans living among the captured void battleships, and they all fell into the hands of monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    This battle can be regarded as a microcosm of the war between Taoism and Yaozu.


    Regarding how to deal with these captured monster races, there are also many practices within the Taoist sect to follow.


    You can kill all these monsters and use their corpses as materials; you can also degrade them into slaves and drive them to do various kinds of labor...


    Taiyi Realm also has its own way of dealing with this aspect.


    According to Meng Zhang''s will, all monster races that have developed a certain amount of wisdom will be executed.


    Only those ignorant monsters can survive to be domesticated and driven by monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    If there is no accident, this will become the principle for Taiyi Realm monks to treat Yaozu in the future.


    Meng Zhang, who returned to the Taiyi Realm, was also sorting out the spoils this time while recuperating.


    The body of the demon god-level giant void whale is undoubtedly the biggest trophy.


    The corpse of this giant void whale couldn''t even be put into the space for storing magical artifacts and mustard seeds.


    In the end, the high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Realm forged a number of strong chains, one to lock the body of the giant void whale, and the other to fix it in the Taiyi Realm.


    When the Taiyi Realm moves, it drags the corpse of the giant void whale to move.


    Then, the Taiyi Realm dispatched a large number of monks, seized the time, slowly dismembered their bodies, and transported them back to the Taiyi Realm in batches.


    Of course, since the corpse of the Void Whale is indestructible and very difficult to destroy, the Taiyi Realm had to send out experts at the level of real immortals to deal with its corpse step by step.


    As you can imagine, this will take a lot of time.


    The most precious thing on this giant void whale is its small inner world.


    Meng Zhang took out all the demon clan and supplies in Xiaotiandi and handed them over to the monks of Taiyimen for disposal.


    For this small world, Meng Zhang has special arrangements.


    The last time he sensed the Taiyi Golden Immortal''s spiritual thoughts and obtained some of its inheritance, Meng Zhang obtained some content about the cultivation of immortals.


    Although he is only a true immortal at present, and he is still a relatively immature true immortal, but Meng Zhang never regards a true immortal as the end of his practice.


    For him, he would be able to break through to the realm of a celestial being in the future.


    Once the cultivation level of the Celestial Immortal reaches the realm, he can refine the cave.


    Of course, since the method of refining the cave is rare, and consumes a huge amount of natural materials and earth treasures, there are only a very small number of celestial beings who can refine the cave.


    Whether you have a cave or not is an important watershed for celestial beings.


    The cave has infinite magical uses, and the immortals who own the cave have huge advantages in all aspects.


    Meng Zhang only knows a thing or two about how the immortals refine the cave.


    At present, he neither has that kind of cultivation, nor does he have that kind of material resources to refine the cave.


    However, he has always been far-sighted in his practice, and when conditions permit, he can make relevant preparations early.


    It is a rare opportunity to capture the small world of the demon god-level giant void whale this time.


    He already has his own carefully refined mustard space in his body, and he has been strengthening it all the time.


    He is determined to find a way to integrate this small world into his mustard seed space, which can be used as the foundation for refining the cave in the future.


    In addition, he had inherited a treasure called the Qiankun Pillar from the ancestors of the Taiyi Gate in his early years.


    This treasure is the embryonic form of the treasure of the cave, and it has a powerful space attribute.


    Back then, Meng Zhang had insufficient cultivation and shallow knowledge, so he did not discover the true connotation of this treasure.


    He put the Qiankun Pillar into the blessed land of the sun and the moon as an important support for the blessed land.


    Now that he has greatly improved both in terms of cultivation and vision, he can study this treasure in depth and gain more from it.


    I also don''t know how the seniors of the Taiyi Sect got the prototype of this cave-heaven treasure.


    No one can really explain the various chances, adventures, etc. in the realm of comprehension.


    Many immortals and true god-level powerhouses have been buried in the void.


    But sometimes, those who have returned to the void or even the soul level, if they are lucky, they can also get good results.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2914

    The Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit has made great efforts in this battle.


    Especially when facing the avatar of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal, if he hadn''t used the Spirit Transformation Bottle body to forcibly block the opponent''s thunder strike, the Taiyi Realm would have been greatly damaged.


    As a result, the body of the spirit-transforming bottle was seriously injured, and the body of the holy spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle almost collapsed.


    Before the battle was over, the Spirit of Hualing Bottle fell into a coma.


    If it weren''t for the two holy spirits to save him with all their strength, he might be in danger of falling.


    For such a great hero, Meng Zhang certainly would not treat him badly.


    After returning to Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang teamed up with Tai Miao, Moon God and others to rescue him with all his strength, and managed to stabilize his spirit body.


    Afterwards, the Spirit of the Transforming Spirit Bottle can only slowly warm up and restore its spirit body through a long period of slumber.


    In the Taiyi Realm, the territory of the spirit clan has been divided, and the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle is placed in the territory of the spirit clan, and is taken care of by the high-level spirit clan.


    The Daqi True Immortal who stayed in the Taiyi Realm did not urge Meng Zhang to fulfill his promise, but began to meditate patiently.


    Now that he has left the Dengtian Star District, the Taiyi Realm''s next step needs to be decided by the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang.


    The Taiyi Realm is an immature big world, with very few materials produced by itself.


    In fact, the Taiyi Realm monks have been spending materials to strengthen the Taiyi Realm and deepen its foundation.


    Only after a long period of time and years of training can the Taiyi Realm produce enough materials.


    The resources consumed by the Taiyi Realm monks and the major vassal races are all taken from outside.


    There are harvests from before and after the shattering of the Junchen Realm, and captures from previous wars. The most important income comes from the conquest and plunder of the Shenchang Realm.


    Judging from the current consumption situation of the etheric world alone, the various resources stored can be used for a long time.


    But people have no long-term considerations, and they must have near-term worries. It is not enough to just go in and out.


    All high-level Taiyi people with a long-term vision must start to consider how to open source and how to obtain more resources from the outside world.


    Although the void is vast and boundless, most of the places in the void are nothingness without any resources.


    In a world as big as the Taiyi Realm, with so many cultivators supported, the daily consumption of resources can be called massive.


    Some resource points occasionally found in the void are far from enough to meet the needs of the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi world has developed rapidly in recent years, with a large number of high-level monks emerging, and the consumption of resources is getting faster and faster.


    Among the local monks in the Taiyi Realm, apart from Meng Zhang, only Fairy Moon Shadow is a newly promoted true immortal.


    Fairy Moon Shadow, who has just been promoted, consumes many times more resources than before.


    It can be predicted that in the near future, the Taiyi Realm will gradually cultivate new true immortals.


    The resources consumed by true immortals are simply not comparable to that of ordinary practitioners.


    Among the many cultivation systems, the resources consumed by Daoist True Immortals are among the best.


    For Meng Zhang, the master of the Taiyi Realm, it is impossible to prevent the Taiyi Realm from producing new true immortals.


    In fact, in order to deal with all kinds of dangers and challenges in the void, the Taiyi Realm needs more true immortals.


    More true immortals means greater consumption.


    The Taiyi Realm must find new sources of resources before the resources are exhausted.


    Meng Zhang once wandered in the void, and had some experiences in the void.


    It''s a pity that he was limited to cultivation at that time, the area of ??real activities was limited, and he didn''t know much about the void.


    The Ascending Sky Star District and its surrounding areas are all remote areas located in the Void Myriad Realms.


    Even the experienced Gu Yue Lingqing and Daqi Zhenxian didn''t know much about it.


    In fact, their main areas of activity in the past were all areas controlled by the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the areas adjacent to it, and so on.


    After leaving the Ascension Star District, where to get enough resources and supplies is really a problem.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while


    After that, I felt that there was still only one way to go to the foreign star area.


    He had stayed in a foreign star area for a while, and he knew that it had not been fully developed by practitioners, and that it was rich in various resources.


    Other than the alien star area, everyone can''t think of any other place.


    Of course, the foreign land star area now has an owner.


    Migrants from the four-pointed star area have long occupied the foreign star area.


    A few years ago, Meng Zhang also used the celestial relics as bait to lure the real immortal-level powerhouses in the Four-pointed star area to go to the Ascension Star area.


    They fought a battle with the real immortal team from the spirit world, which greatly delayed their pace.


    In the end, although they were repulsed, they retreated safely without any loss.


    If the Taiyi Realm breaks into the foreign star area, it will face these strong men.


    Although Meng Zhang has long defined the development path for Taiyi, let him follow the example of Yunzhongcheng, wandering in the void, and plundering the resources of other big worlds.


    However, the strength of the Taiyi Realm is far inferior to that of Yunzhong City, and the Taiyi Realm monks headed by Meng Zhang are not as arrogant and brutal as the monks of Yunzhong City.


    In many cases, Meng Zhang is still willing to reason and be kind to others.


    Anyway, for those guys in the four-pointed star region, the foreign star region is just a temporary refuge for them, and they will return to the four-pointed star region sooner or later.


    Meng Zhang''s requirements are not high, he just supplies in the foreign star area and asks the monks of the Taiyi Realm to collect some resources.


    Meng Zhang has no hostility towards them, nor does he want to fight them.


    Taiyi Realm can conduct fair transactions with them, and can give them some compensation.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang had a good idea, everyone knew that the situation would never be so simple when the real thing came to an end.


    Those guys in the four-pointed star area are not so easy to talk to, let alone give in easily.


    Most of the battles between the comprehension worlds are resource struggles.


    If Taiyi Realm wants to achieve its goal, in addition to showing its strong strength to deter the opponent, it may break out a big battle with the opponent.


    Now the Taiyi Realm is still far away from the Alien Star Region, and there is still a long time before reaching there.


    Taiyi Realm needs to improve their cultivation during this period of time and prepare for the big battle.


    Meng Zhang had stayed in the four-pointed star region back then, and had contact with some high-level officials of big forces.


    He still has a good understanding of the strength of the four-pointed star area on the bright side.


    If the Taiyi Realm can develop according to the plan, it will be fully capable of fighting when it reaches the alien star area.


    After leaving the Dengtian star area far enough, the Taiyi world did not rush on the way like fleeing from a refugee.


    Taiyi Realm slowed down its progress.


    From time to time, monks from the Taiyi Realm leave the Taiyi Realm, search around, trying to find some resource points, etc.


    Most of the time, everyone returns with nothing and disappointment.


    Occasionally a little harvest, although not a big supplement, can be more or less helpful.


    This prolongs the time for the Taiyi Realm to reach its destination, and also leaves more time for the Taiyi Realm to practice and grow.

 Chapter 2915

    Since the last battle with the Yaozu, the next journey of the Taiyi Realm has been almost smooth, and there have been no accidents.


    After Meng Zhangkong made his move, he had time to fulfill his promise to Daqi Zhenxian.


    In order to show his sincerity, he had already handed over the Immortal Artifact of the Four Elephants Monument to Daqi True Immortal.


    Daqi Zhenxian taught Meng Zhang how to extract the essence of the power of earth, fire, wind and fire from the four-element stele.


    After Meng Zhang adjusted his state, he started to do it.


    The method handed down from Juechen Immortal Venerable was really effective, and the power of earth, fire, wind and fire that formed the foundation of the Four Elephants Stele was slowly extracted.


    Daqi Zhenxian, as a craftsman, tried his best to help Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin-Yang Dao, and his practice skills are extremely brilliant.


    The powerful celestial power of yin and yang attributes tightly wraps the extracted power of earth, fire, feng shui.


    Immortal Daqi sacrificed his natal artifact in time, the Heavenly Fire Furnace, and sucked all these powers into it.


    Meng Zhang worked hard for almost ten years before completing this work.


    The Four Elephants Monument, a top-notch immortal artifact, experienced such an experience, its vitality was severely damaged, its foundation was damaged, and it almost fell from the immortal artifact level.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about refining this fairy weapon anymore, so he could only put it into the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm to warm it up slowly.


    Daqi Zhenxian, who had achieved his goal, was very grateful to Meng Zhang.


    Although it was a fair deal, he had already paid enough in advance.


    However, he, who wanted to make friends with Meng Zhang, did not regard it as a transaction, but hoped to regard it as mutual assistance between friends.


    Meng Zhang understood Daqi True Immortal''s intentions, and was willing to befriend such a valuable craftsman.


    True Immortal Daqi did not rush to leave the Taiyi Realm, but stayed temporarily.


    In addition to communicating with colleagues like Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing, etc., he also holds Fa conferences and lectures from time to time.


    During this process, he gave a lot of advice to the Taiyi Sect refiner who came to ask for advice.


    Although he won''t easily leak his core inheritance, but with his current skill in refining, just a few casual pointers are enough to benefit the refining masters in Taiyi Realm a lot.


    Not to mention, Daqi Zhenxian was very caring in instructing the craftsmen in the Taiyi Realm.


    He gave a lot of targeted guidance on the situation of Taiyimen Qitang.


    Daqi True Immortal has stayed in the Taiyi Realm for these years, and the refining level of the entire Taiyi Sect has ushered in a rapid improvement.


    The inheritance that Meng Zhang obtained from Taiyi Golden Immortal is all-encompassing, and naturally there is no lack of content about the art of refining weapons.


    But among the current Taiyi Sect, not to mention there are no Immortal Artifact Refiners, there are not many Grand Artifact Refiners.


    The refiners of the Taiyi Gate usually learn these inheritances by themselves and explore by themselves.


    And many key pointers from Daqi True Immortal can solve many doubts in their hearts, and let them see the level of refining weapons in the spirit world.


    Everyone in the Taiyi world is very grateful for Daqi Zhenxian''s help in this regard.


    In terms of exchanges on practice, both sides have gained a lot of benefits.


    After all, Daqi True Immortal was born as a casual cultivator. Although he has acquired some brilliant inheritances, it is still not comparable to the perfect cultivation system of Dazongmen.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was born in a family of celestial beings, and his family has a self-contained system of inheritance, at least allowing the clansmen to fully cultivate to the realm of celestial beings.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, the inheritance from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, just showing the tip of the iceberg, can make everyone in the same circle amazed.


    Everyone didn''t reveal their core inheritance, but those things that can be displayed are very valuable.


    Daqi True Immortal is also in the process of communicating, making up for many shortcomings, and the road to the realm of the Celestial Immortal is clearer.


    Later, after Meng Zhang and Daqi Zhenxian became closer, he also generously asked Daqi Zhenxian for help.


    He took out enough rewards and asked True Immortal Daqi to help him refine the immortal weapon.


    The quasi-immortal artifact that the Gu Yue family temporarily lent to Meng Zhang, the Fenghuo Yin-Yang Fan, has been used by Meng Zhang for many years. To make up for the Gu Yue family.


    The Fenghuo Yinyang Fan has the potential to become an immortal artifact, and it is only one step away from a real immortal artifact.


    After years of preparation, Meng Zhang has already collected all kinds of treasures of heaven, material and earth to improve the wind and fire yin and yang fan.


    It''s just that there has never been an immortal master of refining in the Taiyi world, so it was impossible to refine it again.


    Daqi Zhenxian very readily agreed to help this time.


    After choosing a day, he opened the furnace himself, offering sacrifices to the Heavenly Fire Furnace, the celestial weapon of his destiny.


    In the process of re-refining the wind-fire yin-yang fan, Meng Zhang needs the help of the celestial power of the yin-yang attribute.


    Daqi Zhenxian is quite generous, allowing other people to watch his refining process.


    The high-ranking craftsmen of Taiyi Sect came to learn and learn from it one after another.


    Due to adequate preparations and all the required materials, Daqi Zhenxian fully demonstrated his brilliant art of refining, and successfully promoted the Fenghuofenghuo Yin-Yang Fan to a real fairy weapon.


    Afterwards, Meng Zhang needs to refine this fairy weapon again to fully exert its power.


    Although Meng Zhang is not a sword cultivator, his unpredictable sword skills are not weaker than ordinary sword cultivators.


    He has used swordsmanship to fight powerful enemies from all sides.


    Ever since he became a true immortal, he urgently needs a flying sword of the immortal level to be able to display his sword skills.


    In the battle to conquer the Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang once faced the Hunling God with extraordinary history.


    God Hun Ling begged for a divine sword from the Temple of Heaven where he was born.


    The supernatural power contained in this divine sword was so powerful that it once posed a great threat to Meng Zhang.


    Later, the divine power in this divine sword was absorbed by the incomplete Zhou CD-ROM, and after the defeat of Hun Ling Zun Shen, the divine sword was captured by Meng Zhang.


    This divine sword is made of extraordinary materials, and after being re-refined, it has the potential to become a fairy weapon.


    However, the refiners in the Taiyi world do not have the ability to refine it.


    Now that Daqi True Immortal is here, he will not bother the two masters.


    After refining the Fenghuo Yinyang Fan, Daqi Zhenxian rested for a while.


    After his condition was completely recovered, he began to refine the divine sword again.


    In the past few years, the Taiyi Realm plundered wantonly in the Ascending Sky Star Region, and obtained many resources from the Shenchang Realm, Ten Thousand Monster Realm, Hualing Realm, Junchen Realm, and Fearless Realm.


    In order to refine this divine sword again, Meng Zhang invested years of painstaking accumulation almost at any cost.


    In the end, this divine sword was successfully re-refined by the Daqi True Immortal, and it became a flying sword of the immortal level.


    Daqi Zhenxian asked Meng Zhang to name the fairy sword.


    Fu Zhi''s heart, Meng Zhang remembered the grievances between himself and Sanyang Xianzong, and named this flying sword Zhanyang Sword.


    One day, he will use his sword to kill all the immortals of the Sanyang Immortal Sect and break through their mountain gates.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2916

    After Daqi Zhenxian completed Meng Zhang''s commission, he was about to leave the Taiyi Realm.


    After all, he is a lone cultivator, not a monk who really belongs to the Taiyi Sect.


    In the fairy world of Ling Kong, some powerful forces with the level of heavenly immortals tried to recruit him, but he refused.


    This time he obtained the key material - the power of earth fire and feng shui that constitutes the origin of the world, and he can upgrade his own natal fairy weapon, the heaven fire furnace.


    Of course, this is just his wish to break into the realm of the celestial beings. On the day of goodbye, everyone can achieve their goals.


    From the time Daqi Zhenxian came to Taiyi Realm to leaving, there were almost eighty years in between.


    For high-level monks, eighty years is not worth mentioning at all.


    But for the Taiyi Realm monks who are on the rise, eighty years is enough for them to accomplish many things.


    The body of the giant void whale had been decomposed by the monks of the Taiyi Realm long ago.


    Many of the materials of the corpse are the raw materials of high-quality refining equipment.


    In addition to being used for making spiritual food and refining elixirs, flesh and blood have many magical uses.


    After the huge skeleton is decomposed, it can be used as the main body of refining the void battleship.


    ...


    Especially after the guidance of Daqi Zhenxian, the overall refining level of the Taiyi Realm has been greatly improved, and the monks of the Taiyi Realm can make better use of the corpse of this giant void whale.


    A large part of the material such as the outer skin and bones of this void giant whale was used to improve the defense system on the periphery of the Taiyi Realm.


    With the original nine-day shards as the core, and later refined components as supplements, the outer defense system of the Taiyi Realm has begun to take shape.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm have a complete inheritance of exercises and sufficient resources.


    Previously, when he was in the Ascension to Heaven Star District, he participated in many battles, which was a rare exercise for monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    They have seen the power of comprehension practitioners from the celestial world, and have fought against powerful practitioners of different cultivation systems and races.


    They accepted the test during the war, tested what they had learned, and checked and filled in the gaps after the war to improve themselves.


    In these years, the number of high-level monks in the Taiyi Realm once again ushered in a blowout.


    The mortals in the Taiyi Realm have multiplied from generation to generation, and their number has increased many times.


    Only enough mortals can produce enough monks.


    A large number of ordinary monks are the foundation of a sect.


    The number of monks in the Taiyi Realm has increased dramatically, ensuring an endless supply of high-level monks.


    The original high-level monks in Taiyi Realm have made great strides forward.


    Whether it is the monks of the direct line of the Taiyi sect or other vassal forces, they have cultivated many great abilities to return to the void.


    When ascending the sky star area, the Taiyi Realm was still dominated by monks in the early and middle stages of returning to the void, and there were few high-level monks returning to the void.


    After leaving the Ascending Sky Star District, the Taiyi Realm slowly made up for these shortcomings, and more high-level Void-Returning monks began to emerge.


    For example, Meng Zhang''s big disciple Niu Dawei, etc., successively promoted to the late stage of returning to the void, and became the backbone of the sect below the true immortal.


    Yang Xueyi, Wen Qiansuan, the elders of the sect, and Meng Zhang''s old friend Xu Mengying, etc., were even promoted to Xu Xian.


    Especially Yang Xueyi, who has always been the most favored by Meng Zhang, after being promoted to Xu Xian, her practice speed still does not decrease.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, she will most likely become the Taiyi Realm following her. The Taiyi Realm has a lot of true gods.


    True gods such as Tai Miao and Luna have a fighting power that surpasses many true immortals.


    When other true gods rely on the Taiyi Realm to fight, they can also fight against hostile true gods.


    If you can have a numerical advantage, you are really not afraid of being hostile to the real immortal.


    But the biggest shortcoming of the true god of the Taiyi Realm is that only when he is inside and near the Taiyi Realm can he display his strongest combat effectiveness.


    If they are too far away from the Taiyi Realm, their combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced.


    It is impossible for the Taiyi world to carry out defensive operations forever, and there are times when it will take the initiative to attack.


    At this time, the advantage of the real immortal is reflected.


    Why is the Daoist cultivation system the strongest among all realms of the void.


    One of the major factors is that Taoist practitioners can adapt to various environments and fight freely in various worlds.


    Although the Taiyi Realm urgently needs more true immortals, there is no rush to cultivate true immortals, let alone accomplish it overnight.


    Meng Zhang didn''t urge the Xuxians in the door, let alone put pressure on them.


    The Hualingping Pingqiling, who was seriously injured and sleeping back then, has started to improve after years of training.


    Occasionally he was able to wake up from a deep sleep and temporarily regain consciousness.


    Taking advantage of these times, he will give some explanations about various affairs of the Spirit Race.


    The current Spirit Race has basically surrendered to Meng Zhang and can be driven by him.


    Although the Spirit Race is not subject to many restrictions like the gods of the Taiyi Realm, the fighting power of the Spirit Race is average, and the only two holy spirits are useless.


    It will take a long time for the Spirit of Transformation Bottle Tool to fully recover.


    There is also a cultivator who was born as a Qiling in Taiyi Gate, that is the old senior in the sect, Xu Kongzi, the Qiling of the Void Cauldron.


    Xu Kongzi did not embark on the spiritual cultivation route, but practiced according to the Taoist cultivation system.


    After he survived the Yangshen Thunder Tribulation, he got rid of some innate restrictions of Qi Ling and could practice like a human race.


    After years of painstaking practice, he was promoted to the realm of Xuxian not long ago.


    If he wants to go one step further and become a true immortal, he will have to face the same problem that Banxue Jianjun faced back then.


    Cultivators who are born as Qiling have special difficulties and great obstacles in order to become true immortals.


    Because the Four Elephant Monument itself is an immortal artifact, it is not too difficult for its artifact spirit to become a true immortal.


    The void tripod is far inferior to the immortal weapon, and it is extremely difficult for the void son to become a true immortal.


    Back then, in order to seek the opportunity to become a true immortal, Banxue Jianjun did not hesitate to leave the fairy world of Lingkong and go to the world of Junchen.


    After going through a lot during this period, she got a chance in the fearless world and became a true immortal.


    Although Meng Zhang has a very good friendship with Banxuejianjun, Banxuejianjun didn''t explain in too much detail how he became a real immortal back then, but just mentioned it in one sentence.


    Thinking about it, let alone just friends, even if they are relatives of the same sect, they will not easily reveal the secrets about their own practice.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2917

    It has been less than a hundred years since the Taiyi Realm left the Dengtian star area, and the movement speed of the Taiyi Realm is far slower than that of ordinary true immortals.


    In fact, even many void-returning powers can move faster in the void than the Taiyi Realm.


    After all, in such a big world as the Taiyi Realm, there are many restrictions on performing void teleportation, both the distance of each movement and the frequency of movement are relatively low.


    What''s more, after leaving the Dengtian star area, Meng Zhang deliberately slowed down the progress of the Taiyi world.


    Meng Zhang had thought about it, and wanted to go back to the Dengtian star area alone, and ask Banxue Jianjun how she solved the problem of being promoted to a true immortal.


    Anyway, at his speed, in just a few years, he will be able to go back and forth and catch up with the Taiyi Realm.


    However, after careful consideration, he gave up on this idea.


    For one thing, the situation inside the Ascension Star Area is unknown.


    If the Lingkong Immortal Realm had already established a firm rule in the Ascending Heaven star area, then the place would be very dangerous for him.


    And people''s hearts are unpredictable, he is not sure that Banxue Jianjun will help him.


    Secondly, the Taiyi Realm is the head of the Taiyi Sect and the master of the Taiyi Realm, but he can''t do everything and take care of every Taiyi Sect monk like a nanny.


    If Xu Kongzi wanted to break through to the Realm Realm, he had to rely mainly on himself.


    Anyway, he was born as a weapon spirit, and his lifespan is much longer than the Void Returning Power of the human race. He still has enough time to work hard slowly and look for breakthrough opportunities.


    The Taiyi Realm continued to move towards the foreign star area, and Meng Zhang also had enough time to practice in seclusion and sort out what he had learned.


    In these years, his combat strength has not improved very much, after all, he is already considered a rare strong among true immortals.


    However, in the case of sufficient resources, his cultivation speed is extremely fast, which has completely made up for the shortcomings left by the forced attack on the real immortal back then, and has also consolidated the foundation and deepened the accumulation.


    He has already surpassed the realm of the early stage of true immortality, entered the middle stage of true immortality, and may enter the late stage of true immortality in a short time.


    Although the situation in the realm of true immortals is special, the realm of cultivation and combat power are not completely equal. However, a higher level of cultivation will still bring many benefits.


    Now Meng Zhang has three complete celestial artifacts on his body.


    The Fenghuo Yinyang Fan and Immortal Sword Zhanyang, which were promoted to Immortal Artifacts, were quickly refined by him, and he could fully exert their power.


    The level of Mieyun copper coins is too high, and Meng Zhang has so far refined it to a mediocre level.


    The Four Elephant Monument was too badly damaged, it has been warmed in the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm for many years, and the recovery is very slow.


    The universe disc is too incomplete, although Meng Zhang has refined most of it, the power that can be exerted is very limited.


    Not to mention the foreign objects such as fairy artifacts, Meng Zhang himself has mastered more and more supernatural powers.


    Some of the supernatural powers he originally practiced were gradually promoted to immortal skills by him.


    Liangyi Tongtian Sword and Sun Moon Divine Light, these are the two celestial arts and supernatural powers that he has only successfully promoted not long ago.


    These two kinds of fairy arts are extremely powerful and infinitely useful.


    Although its power is not as powerful as the Yin-Yang Extermination God Thunder and Yin-Yang Qi, it can enrich Meng Zhang''s tactics and make his combat methods more diverse.


    During a retreat practice, Meng Zhang finally made a huge breakthrough in his Tianji technique, which was worthy of his cultivation.


    Meng Zhang, who was successfully promoted to Master of Heaven''s Mystery, possessed a more powerful deduction ability, and could peek deeper into the various mysteries in the void.


    He can deduce some irrelevant and low-level things, and he can do it at will without paying any price.


    Of course, when deriving those high-level things, he still needs to pay a sufficient price.


    Even after becoming a master of celestial secrets, Meng Zhang still strictly adheres to various taboos of masters of celestial secrets.


    One of the most critical ones is that you can''t use the secret technique at will, and you can''t peep at the secrets unscrupulously.


    In any case, after being promoted to Tianji Immortal Master, Meng Zhang''s survivability has greatly increased, and he can deal with everything in the void more calmly.


    Even in the fairy world of Lingkong, Tianji immortal masters are relatively rare.


    The reason why the Gu Yue family has been able to stand in the spirit world for many years is that it ranks among the best among many celestial families.


    One of the key factors is that the Gu Yue family can maintain the inheritance of the family''s Tianji Immortal Master.


    If Meng Zhang went to the Lingkong Immortal Realm at this time and showed his identity as the Immortal Master of Tianji, he would definitely be welcomed and recruited by many powerful forces.


    Sects of this level, such as the Sanyang Immortal Sect, would even send celestial beings to invite them to join.


    Even the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm will offer a lot of money to recruit him.


    Whether it''s the grievances between sects like Meng Zhang and Sanyang Xianzong, or the betrayal of the Lingkong fairyland, not to mention that it can be completely erased, at least everything is negotiable.


    Of course, Meng Zhang, who has finally gained an independent status, will definitely not want to be inferior to others again.


    Moreover, if some celestial masters in the comprehension world have no knowledge of people, or if they are too unlucky to be completely controlled by some powerful forces, they may not end well.


    According to the practice of Tianji masters, Meng Zhang kept the identity of his own Tianji masters strictly confidential.


    So far, only a few people in the Taiyi world have guessed his identity as a master of celestial secrets.


    In the blink of an eye, it has been almost two hundred years since the Taiyi Realm left the Dengtian Star District.


    If we continue to advance at this speed, we will almost reach the alien star area in another two hundred years.


    The itinerary is almost halfway through, and the Taiyi Realm has completely recovered from the last battle, and its abilities in all aspects have been greatly strengthened.


    Meng Zhang is quite familiar with the star road between the Ascending Sky Star Area and the Foreign Land Star Area.


    When he returned to the Dengtian star region from a foreign star region, he mainly relied on the special induction between his family and Tai Miao who was located in Junchen Realm.


    After a trip, I naturally have experience.


    After returning to the Junchen Realm, he kept firmly in mind the location of the foreign star area in the void, and later sent Xu Kongzi there.


    Of course, there are still many differences between a person traveling long distances in the void and traveling long distances in a big world.


    The void seems to be vast and boundless, but when it comes to certain special areas, the paths that can pass through are limited.


    In the seemingly peaceful void, one does not know how much danger is hidden.


    In order to avoid these dangers and to facilitate traveling through the void, someone made a star map.


    Based on the situation that Meng Zhang has grasped at this time, it is possible to roughly draw a star map between the Alien Star District and the Dengtian Star District.


    In between, there are areas that a single person can easily pass through, but a large world cannot.


    Taiyi Realm has too many goals and is not as flexible as a single player.


    Risks that can be easily avoided by a single person are difficult to avoid in the Taiyi Realm.


    Problems that can be handled by a single person pose a great risk to the Taiyi world.


    Therefore, the advancement of the Taiyi Realm cannot completely copy the path that Meng Zhang and Xu Kongzi have traveled, and many adjustments must be made.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2918

    Anyway, Meng Zhang has long firmly remembered the position of the alien star region in the void, and the Taiyi Realm will not get lost anyway, and will reach its destination sooner or later.


    For the sake of prudence, Meng Zhang will not let Taiyi Realm embark on a completely unfamiliar route.


    In general, Meng Zhang will focus on the route he has traveled, and let the Taiyi Realm try to follow this route as much as possible.


    Only when encountering the kind of situation that has to be detoured, will the Taiyi Realm be detoured.


    Even if it is a detour, it will not deviate too far from the original route, and will return to the original route as soon as possible.


    In this way, the Taiyi Realm did not encounter any danger along the way.


    The time wasted because of the detour is basically not worth mentioning.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the Dengtian star area from the alien star area last time, he would occasionally find some resource points on the way.


    At that time, he was eager to go home, and he didn''t care about collecting these resource points.


    Now when those resource points are discovered again, the Taiyi Realm is not in a hurry, so Meng Zhang will ask the Taiyi Realm monks to collect resources as much as possible.


    Even if the harvest is not big, that''s nothing, as long as there is a harvest, it is a good thing.


    Collecting resources in the void itself is also a kind of training for monks.


    Over the years, the Taiyi Realm has been advancing in the void, and the situation inside the Taiyi Realm has always been very peaceful.


    The cultivators of the major comprehension forces still live and practice as before.


    The mortals under the rule of the cultivators and the major races that are vassals can basically live and work in peace and prosperity.


    There is a big difference between the Taiyi Realm''s way of governing mortals and the usual way in the Cultivation Realm.


    Cultivators in the Taiyi Realm were taught by Meng Zhang, and they were kind to mortals.


    Although a cultivator is superior, he cannot treat ordinary people as worthless.


    When getting along with mortals, you have to be bound by various rules.


    Especially the killing of mortals for no reason is absolutely not allowed.


    Once a cultivator violates the taboo, regardless of his background and status, he will be severely punished.


    ...


    Meng Zhang restrained the cultivators so much not only to maintain the face of the orthodox sect, but because of his heart.


    In his eyes, unfettered practitioners are no different from beasts.


    When in Junchen Realm, Taiyimen monks would take the initiative to help rule the mortals.


    Such as flying clouds and rain in times of drought, beheading monsters that threaten mortals, and so on.


    In the Taiyi world, the monks here still continued this fine tradition.


    There is another special feature of Taiyi Realm, that is, there are many gods canonized by Meng Zhang.


    These gods rely on the power of belief of mortals, so they naturally want to protect the environment and the people, and ensure that mortals can reproduce smoothly.


    These gods maintain the normal operation of the world of Taiyi Realm and monitor various situations in the world.


    In these years, the Taiyi Realm has been enjoying good weather and good weather, the world is full of grain and crops, and ordinary people live and work in peace and contentment, mainly because of this.


    Under Meng Zhang''s instructions, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm have formulated various laws and regulations, so that practitioners and gods can live in peace and live in peace.


    Of course, they also have a side of monitoring and competing with each other.


    How the great world of Taiyi Realm will develop, and the relationship between practitioners and gods, etc., still have a lot of room for further research and improvement.


    Meng Zhang inherited the concept of Taiyi Golden Immortal, and he himself deeply agrees with it.


    In the process of practicing these ideas, it is not to copy them all, but also to make some adjustments according to the actual situation and Meng Zhang''s own wishes.


    In addition to the human race, there are other races living in the Taiyi world.


    These races, as vassals of the human race, can basically be treated fairly by the higher-ups of the Taiyi Realm.


    In the stable environment of the Taiyi Realm, these races developed rapidly and multiplied many clansmen.


    Among all races, powerful practitioners are constantly emerging, and there are even strong ones at the Void Return level.


    Generally speaking, these races are very obedient to the upper echelons of the Taiyi Realm and can be used by them.


    These races are becoming stronger and stronger, and they are also enhancing the overall strength of the Taiyi Realm.


    The Dragon Clan and the Spirit Clan retain a semi-independent status in the Taiyi Realm.


    The leader of the spirit clan, Hua Lingping, the bottle tool spirit, has not yet fully recovered, and the affairs of the clan are generally handled by the two holy spirits.


    The Spirit Race has completely settled down in the Taiyi Realm, and has smoothly integrated into the environment of the Taiyi Realm.


    Many cultivators in the Taiyi Realm paid a lot of money to hire the Spirit Race to work for them.


    These spirit races have played a great role in improving the surrounding environment, refining alchemy, farming and mining.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang kept his promise and that the situation of the Spirit Clan in the Taiyi Realm was all right, the senior leaders of the Spirit Clan were completely relieved.


    The Spirit Transformation Realm suffered a catastrophe, and the spirit clan scattered, and the spirit clan that migrated to the Taiyi Realm finally came to the right place.


    This part of the dragon clan who migrated to the Taiyi Realm participated in several wars in the Taiyi Realm.


    Wandering and fighting in the void should be the mainstream growth path of the Dragon Clan.


    Many members of the dragon clan have been tempered in the war, and they have gained huge gains in all aspects.


    The reason why Meng Zhang agreed to take in these dragons back then was not only to befriend the dragons, but also to use their fighting power.


    Compared with the time when they were dormant in the sea of ??Junchen Realm, the dragon clan who came to Taiyi Realm seems to grow faster.


    The Jade Dragon King, the leader of the dragon clan in the Taiyi Realm, has already cultivated to the level of Xu Xian, and entered the ranks of the top dragon kings.


    If she wants to grow from a dragon king at the virtual fairy level to a dragon king at the real fairy level, one of the essential steps is to enter the source sea of ??the big world and use the abundant heaven and earth origin there to refine herself.


    The source sea in the Taiyi Realm should be able to meet the needs of the Jade Dragon King, and the origin of the heaven and earth there can also withstand consumption.


    But Meng Zhang is the master of the Taiyi Realm, and has absolute dominance over the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang will not let Yulong achieve his goal easily.


    How to allocate resources in the Taiyi world, especially how to allocate those top-level resources, has long had mature rules and regulations.


    If the Jade Dragon King wants to enter the source sea practice which is the core of the Taiyi Realm, he must make a large enough contribution.


    The Jade Dragon King and his dragon clan have made a lot of contributions in previous battles.


    But on the one hand, these credits have already been rewarded accordingly; on the other hand, these credits are not enough to exchange for her opportunity to enter Yuanhai to practice.


    The Jade Dragon King and his dragon clan must be more proactive in serving the Taiyi Realm, and strive to make sufficient contributions as soon as possible.


    This is actually Meng Zhang''s conspiracy. I hope that during this process, these dragons can better integrate into the Taiyi Realm, and finally become a part of the Taiyi Realm.


    Most of the dragon clan in the void respect the order of the dragon clan''s ancestral land, and they are all members of the dragon clan.


    But there are still some dragons who are recruited by different forces to work for them.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect this dragon clan to openly abandon their ancestral land, but only hoped that they could become his loyal subordinates and be fully used by him.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2919

    The core of a big world is Yuanhai.


    If Yuan Hai wanted to grow stronger, apart from slowly accumulating for thousands of years, he had to plunder from the outside world. The most convenient way is to directly plunder the origin of heaven and earth in other great worlds.


    Last time, the Taiyi Realm plundered the origin of the heaven and earth of the Shenchang Realm to complete the source sea and become a complete big world.


    Since leaving the Ascension Star District, he has never encountered any big worlds along the way, so naturally there is no way to loot them.


    And a few hundred years is far from enough for Yuanhai of the Taiyi Realm to grow.


    Therefore, after leaving Shenchang Realm, the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm has been in a state of consumption.


    The source sea of ??Taiyi Realm also provides source crystals and the origin of heaven and earth, which are used to support several true immortals.


    Although Tai Miao has always been meticulous in budgeting, it is difficult to change the situation that Tai Yi Jie Yuan Hai cannot make ends meet.


    Meng Zhang set a threshold for entering Yuanhai practice, and Jade Dragon King also expressed his understanding.


    In at most another two hundred years, the Taiyi Realm will be able to reach the Alien Star District.


    Although Meng Zhang is unwilling to go to war, a big battle is definitely unavoidable.


    No one will hand over resources in vain and share benefits with others.


    The Jade Dragon King will fight for the opportunity to enter Yuanhai to practice on the battlefield.


    Before that, she would seize the time, continue to practice, and prepare for a breakthrough.


    The Taiyi world continued to advance according to Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    Soon, the Taiyi Realm will enter a region of abnormal gravity.


    If a small number of practitioners pass here, they can get rid of the abnormal gravitational force around them with a little effort.


    But such a big target in Taiyi Realm, once it is caught by gravity, it might be dragged to an unknown area and face inexplicable risks.


    On weekdays, they are all the gods canonized by Meng Zhang, and together with the senior monks of the Taiyi Sect, they take turns controlling the progress of the Taiyi Realm.


    When they encountered problems, they would ask Meng Zhang and Tai Miao for advice.


    This time is no exception.


    After a little thought, Meng Zhang let the Taiyi Realm bypass the front area.


    The Taiyi world continued to move forward according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    After making a big circle, the monk in charge of external observation in the Taiyi Realm found a large meteorite belt on the side of the advancing route.


    This kind of meteorite belt that appears in the void often means resources.


    Generally speaking, Taiyi Realm will try to collect various resources encountered along the way as much as possible.


    This meteorite belt is not too far away, so it won''t take too much time.


    Soon, Void Returning Da Neng set off in a team to investigate.


    If it is confirmed that there is no danger in the meteorite belt, the monks of the Taiyi Realm will develop it as soon as possible.


    In the past, Taiyi Realm has encountered this kind of meteorite belt several times.


    If you are lucky enough, you will find useful minerals and even spiritual veins inside.


    If you are unlucky, you may only be able to harvest some stones.


    In fact, even if the meteorite belt is full of stones, it is not worthless to the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm is such a big world, and earth and rocks are its main components.


    A large amount of earth and rock from the outside world, which helps to expand the world.


    The team that went to investigate this time was led by Meng Zhang''s third disciple, An Moran.


    In addition to the Void Returning Power of Taiyi Sect, there are also monks from Huanglian Sect and Hailing Sect in the team.


    For similar investigative activities, monks from Taiyi Realm have rich experience, and have already summed up a set of effective procedures.


    This meteorite belt is not big, and An Moran and the others quickly flew around it.


    After careful sensing, it was confirmed that there was no abnormality inside, and they flew in while covering each other.


    They checked the interior of the meteorite belt, and there was a dead silence inside, without any living beings, let alone any hidden dangers.


    This is an ordinary meteorite belt, and there is neither danger nor precious resources in it.


    The monks in the team were slightly disappointed.


    According to the usual practice, it is time to send out the monks from the Taiyi Realm to transport all the meteorite belt back to the Taiyi Realm by using flying boats.


    An Moran presides over the work of the Taiyimen dark hall all the year round, and is cautious and meticulous.


    The experience of working in the dark all year round made him become overly careful many times.


    Although he had confirmed that there was no problem around this meteorite belt, he checked again and again.


    His cultivation has reached the top level of the mid-stage Void Return, and he is only one step away from entering the late Void Return Stage.


    The others in the team were not as good as he was, and they knew his identity and character, so it was impossible for them to interfere with his actions.


    Originally, An Moran was just out of habit, acting according to a fixed pattern.


    However, after repeated inspections, he discovered a slight abnormality.


    He used all his skills to make further inspections carefully.


    But he never found any more, and the vision he discovered just now disappeared without a trace.


    If it was another monk, they might ignore it, or even take it as their own illusion.


    But An Moran''s mind is extremely delicate, and she will not miss any visions.


    He greeted the rest of the team, told what he had just discovered, and asked them to examine the surroundings carefully with him.


    As Meng Zhang''s direct disciple, An Moran was able to easily command most of the monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    The void-returning powers in the team might think that An Muran was making a big fuss, but they didn''t dare to openly disobey his orders.


    An Moran led everyone, exhausted all means, but found nothing new.


    After delaying for so long, although the others didn''t say it clearly, they all thought that An Muran was being overly careful, and seemed to be making trouble out of nothing.


    An Moran was still not reconciled, and still led everyone to continue the inspection.


    No matter what you think in your heart, everyone still obediently obeys his orders.


    After a while, the female cultivator from the Yellow Lotus Sect felt some incongruity around her.


    However, she couldn''t tell where it was out of harmony.


    This female cultivator is a descendant of Xu Mengying, the saint of Huanglian Sect. She is also proficient in illusion and has a keen intuition.


    She hesitated for a while before telling An Muran how she felt, for fear that it was her own illusion.


    An Muran did not ignore her feelings.


    He guessed that there must be something abnormal here, but it was hidden too deep, and they couldn''t find it with their strength.


    Since they can''t solve it with their strength, what should we do?


    Of course, it is to call the parents and ask for help from the rear.


    This is the biggest advantage of the powerful monks.


    At any time, there is a backer behind you.


    When encountering a problem that cannot be solved, you can shake people at any time.


    The Taiyi world still attaches great importance to An Moran''s request for help.


    Soon, Fairy Moon Shadow and Moon God flew over together.


    They flew outside the meteorite belt, and An Moran and the others hurried over to meet them.


    An Moran is a person who knows how to advance and retreat, and he will never be rude to a strong person at the level of a true fairy just because of his master''s relationship.


    After listening to An Muran''s report, Taoist Yueying and the others carefully checked the situation inside and outside the meteorite belt.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2920

    Even with the ability of Fairy Moon Shadow, she couldn''t see anything abnormal around her at a glance.


    She did not doubt An Muran''s words, and she had heard the name of Meng Zhang''s third disciple for a long time.


    Seeing Fairy Moon Shadow''s big hand, there was an almost infinite attraction, and everything in this meteorite belt was sucked into her mustard space.


    In fact, to collect similar meteorite belts in the void, you only need to dispatch real immortals or true gods, and the whole thing will become extremely simple.


    With just a few gestures, they can move mountains and seas, and move continents.


    The Taiyi Realm, like other practice forces, still has to dispatch monks to collect various resources step by step. For this reason, they do not hesitate to waste time and energy. In addition to training the monks, the most important reason is that no matter which practice is The forces are all low-level monks serving high-level monks, working hard for various trivial matters, not the other way around.


    If you need to dispatch real immortals even for such a trivial matter as collecting resources, then why do you need other monks?


    The real immortal''s time is precious, so you can''t waste it on such things at will.


    It''s okay to do it occasionally, but no real immortal would be willing to do it for a long time.


    This time, it was An Muran who encountered something he couldn''t solve, so he could easily invite Fairy Moon Shadow and the others.


    Try it with someone else.


    True immortals and true gods who have no airs are not so easy to dispatch.


    This meteorite belt disappeared, and the surrounding space became empty and nothingness.


    Moon Shadow Fairy hasn''t made any further moves yet, the veteran true god Luna has already made a discovery.


    Generally speaking, true immortals are stronger than true gods in all aspects.


    But specific to the individual, the situation is different.


    A top true god like Moon God not only far surpasses Fairy Yueying in strength, even her master Fairy Yue''e can''t match her.


    Luna stared at a place in front of him, and an invisible force swept across it lightly.


    The empty space immediately rippled like water waves, and a few small bubbles were looming in it.


    Now, not to mention Luna and the others, even everyone present found out what was going on.


    In the void around the meteorite belt, there are actually several independent small worlds hidden.


    The big world is often called the Great Thousand World, and the Small World is naturally the Small Thousand World.


    The so-called star regions in the void are often composed of one or more large worlds.


    In addition, there are more small worlds in the star sector.


    Most of these small worlds are attached to the big worlds, and many of them exist independently in the void.


    Coupled with meteorite belts, stardust belts, various resource points, various minerals, etc., a complete star area is formed.


    This place does not belong to any star region, but there are some independent small worlds. This kind of situation is relatively rare.


    Compared with ordinary meteorite belts, small worlds are more valuable resources.


    When the former Junchen Realm was still there, Tiangong would regularly organize void-returning powers to search for unknown independent small worlds around Junchen Realm, and then use the large formation in Tiangong to capture them.


    Some small worlds are suitable for fine development, step by step development and utilization of various resources inside.


    Some void-returning powers will use the small world to refine magic tools and some creations.


    Some cultivating forces will place the small world in their own mountain gates and build it as a special building or the like.


    ...


    No matter what kind of small world it is, as long as it is captured by the big world, no matter where it is placed in the big world, it will help strengthen the background of the big world.


    Among them, the most brutal treatment method is to smash the small world and throw it directly into the source sea, and let the source sea absorb it as nourishment to strengthen the source sea.


    Although this processing method can directly strengthen Yuan Hai, it has not fully developed and utilized the small world.


    As the world created by the Junchen Immortal, the Junchen Realm has insufficient foundation, and the origin of the heaven and earth in the source sea is not sufficient.


    Several true immortals have been sleeping in Yuan Hai, which is a great burden for Yuan Hai.


    Therefore, most of the small worlds captured by the monks in the Junchen Realm were directly digested and absorbed by Yuanhai.


    The current Taiyi Realm faces similar problems to the Junchen Realm back then.


    The background of the Taiyi Realm and the situation of Yuanhai are far inferior to the former Junchen Realm.


    After finally discovering some independent small worlds in the void, how to deal with them needs to be carefully thought out by the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm.


    Before that, Moon Shadow Fairy and the others need to investigate the relevant situation clearly.


    What is the origin of these small worlds, are there hidden traps and dangers, and how valuable are they?


    Among other things, these small worlds are so concealed that there is something wrong with them.


    The magic of nature can bring this about, and that''s for the best.


    If all of this is man-made, then the situation is more complicated.


    Next, Fairy Moon Shadow and Moon God will do their best to check the situation of these small worlds carefully.


    There are nine small worlds that look like bubbles.


    Among them, the largest one is no longer an ordinary small world, and its level can be called the middle thousand world.


    The middle thousand world is between the complete big world and the small world, and already has many characteristics that only the big world has.


    In terms of internal size alone, this Zhongqian World is even slightly larger than the current Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, it is not only the size that determines the level of a world, but also its origin, carrying capacity, and integrity of the rules of heaven and earth...


    The reason why the Zhongqian World is not as complete as the Great World is that it is generally unable to give birth to powerful people at the level of true immortals.


    For a virtual immortal to break through to the realm of a true immortal, he needs the protection of a complete big world.


    If you want to give birth to a true god, only a complete big world has such a foundation.


    Like Tai Miao back then, he was also a true god who was promoted in the Junchen Realm before the Junchen Realm was completely destroyed.


    Like the two subordinate gods of the moon god, they were promoted to true gods only after Taiyi Realm became a complete big world.


    There is only a middle-thousand world in front of me, which means that there will be no local true god-level powerhouses, and there will be no threat to the Taiyi world.


    Both Fairy Moon Shadow and Moon God breathed a sigh of relief.


    The eight small thousand worlds surround the middle thousand world, forming a stable system.


    After careful inspection, neither the Moon Shadow Fairy nor the Moon God found any traces of acquired man-made, and both felt that everything here was naturally generated.


    They not only explored the outside of several worlds, but also used secret techniques to go deep into the inside of the world, and observed the situation inside, but found no trace of the intervention of the power of the real immortal level.


    In addition, inside and outside these worlds, including all surrounding spaces, there are no hidden traps or dangers.


    In this case, there is nothing more to say.


    They led An Moran and the others back to the Taiyi Realm, and told Niu Dawei and others who were in charge of the daily affairs of the Taiyi Realm what they had discovered.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2921

    Next, there is no need to work for them, and Niu Dawei and others will naturally organize Taiyi Realm monks to develop and utilize those small worlds.


    According to the existing information, the Taiyi Realm can at most dispatch a group of Void Returning Powers to deal with various situations.


    In fact, Taiyimen and its allies are not inexperienced in such actions to conquer and develop various small worlds.


    Before Meng Zhang advanced to the void return stage, in order to befriend the great masters of the void return, such as Granny Qiansi and the old man Yinhu, he once sent monks from the Taiyi sect and the allied sect to work for him.


    The main content of effectiveness is to help conquer those small worlds discovered by them, so that they can control and use them.


    The rules of heaven and earth in each small world are often very imperfect, and the carrying capacity is very limited.


    Not to mention the great ability to return to the void, even if a slightly stronger monk breaks into this small world by force, it will cause it to collapse.


    Moon Shadow Fairy and Luna have confirmed that the carrying capacity of the small worlds discovered this time is also very weak.


    Even if a Jindan stage monk enters those eight small worlds, it will put enormous pressure on the entire world, which may lead to its collapse.


    To be on the safe side, it''s best to send monks from the Foundation Establishment Stage and Qi Refining Stage to enter it.


    The carrying capacity of that middle thousand world is much stronger, and it can carry monks in the primordial spirit stage.


    If Da Neng can perfectly restrain his own aura during the return to void period, he can barely enter it, but he can''t make a full shot.


    Otherwise, it will be suppressed by the whole world, and it may cause huge damage to the whole world.


    In fact, the carrying capacity of this mid-thousand world is already very good.


    Back then, the Junchen Realm couldn''t afford the damage caused by the great battle between the Void Returning Powers.


    Moon Shadow Fairy and Moon God just confirmed that there are no traps set by real fairy-level powerhouses in these worlds, and there is no great danger.


    As for the specific information inside, it still needs the Taiyi Realm monks to check it out.


    After some discussions among the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, they began to take action.


    Meng Zhang''s second disciple, An Xiaoran, has been in retreat for some time ago, preparing for the advanced stage of returning to the void.


    After retreating for a long time, she was a little quiet and anxious.


    And in many cases, blindly retreating is not the best way to break through the threshold of practice.


    Take a walk outside and do some activities, maybe you can get some inspiration.


    As An Xiaoran, he still has a great say in the Taiyi world''s senior management.


    Soon, the Taiyi Realm executives made a decision.


    The Taiyi Realm temporarily stopped advancing and was operating in the nearby area.


    Brother and sister An Xiaoran and An Moran came to the front line in person to preside over the development of these small worlds.


    Niu Dawei and others are sitting in Taiyi Realm, ready to support at any time.


    An Moran was the first to act. He led several Void Returning Powers to the vicinity of those small worlds to monitor them.


    An Xiaoran personally recruited monks from all walks of life in the Taiyi world, and selected suitable monks to participate in this operation.


    The level of monks selected this time is very comprehensive, from the Qi refining stage to the Void Returning stage.


    Of course, those who really enter those small worlds are the monks who are below the Void Return Stage.


    It didn''t take much time for the selected monks to leave the Taiyi Realm and arrive at their destination under the leadership of An Xiaoran on several warships.


    Those eight small worlds are located on the periphery, and the environment inside is not suitable for ordinary people to survive.


    Some small worlds bred some strange creatures.


    These creatures seem to be still in the stage of primitive ignorance, basically acting according to instinct.


    As for the middle-thousand world at the core, the creatures in it have not weak wisdom, and have even developed a certain civilization.


    It is rare to encounter such small worlds and mid-thousand worlds in the void.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm are not going to break it into Yuanhai violently, but are going to control it thoroughly first, investigate all the conditions inside, and finally deal with it properly.


    In order to completely control these worlds, it is necessary to send enough monks to go deep inside, and most of them will have conflicts or even wars with the local creatures.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm have gone through many battles, and there will be fear of such low-level battles.


    The high-level leaders who were in charge of the matter were all veterans, and they quickly made arrangements and ordered the low-level monks to start action.


    A middle world is the core, and eight small worlds are distributed around it, forming a special system.


    Because of the uncanny workmanship of nature, this naturally generated system has been hidden in the void until now discovered by monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm is going to start with the eight small worlds on the periphery, and gradually control the entire system.


    Battleships began to approach those small worlds cautiously.


    There is no need to use void warships for this operation, just dispatch ordinary warships.


    These small worlds are relatively fragile and have low carrying capacity.


    Taiyi Realm monks must restrain their strength, so as not to accidentally burst these small worlds.


    The battleships approaching those small worlds slowly began to dock with the small worlds.


    From the appearance alone, these small worlds look like bubbles, slightly larger in size than the void battleships built by the Taiyi Realm.


    Those battleships are like bugs attached to the air bubbles, firmly fixing themselves.


    The Taiyi Realm monks in the battleship began to use space secrets to open the passage to the small world without causing too much damage to the small world.


    Those small worlds trembled slightly, revealing small gaps one by one.


    The Taiyi Realm monks who were already ready to attack in the battleship quickly dispatched and entered various small worlds along these gaps.


    These Taiyi Realm monks basically form a team to attack, and it is often one or several foundation-building stage monks leading a group of Qi-refining stage monks.


    After these monks entered these small worlds, they had to carefully investigate the various situations inside, including whether there were enemies, how strong the enemies were, what resources they had, how the resources were distributed, and so on.


    After investigating the situation inside the small world, the Taiyi monks who entered it will eliminate possible enemies.


    When necessary, Taiyi Realm will send reinforcements later.


    After the inside of the small world is completely cleared, they will build various magic circles inside the small world, mine various resources inside, and so on.


    The Taiyi Realm monks who entered the small world generally had relatively smooth contact with the outside world, and soon began to spread various information.


    Among the eight small worlds, six small worlds were completely dead inside, and there were no natives.


    The other two small worlds only have some monsters formed by earth energy and spiritual energy.


    The environment inside the eight small worlds is very harsh.


    If the cultivators hadn''t made sufficient preparations before entering, it would be difficult to survive inside.


    Some small worlds are completely nothingness; some are filled with all kinds of miasma poisonous gas; some are a sea of ??flames...


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2922

    It didn''t take too much time for the monks in the Taiyi Realm to settle the eight small worlds around them.


    The six small worlds without natives were quickly completely controlled by them.


    The cultivators set up magic circles inside, which established a deep connection between these six small worlds and the Taiyi Realm.


    Next, as long as there are high-level monks launching a large traction formation on the side of the Taiyi Realm, these six small worlds can be forcibly pulled over.


    It is a pity that the resources in these six small worlds are limited, the level is not high, and there is not much development value.


    Of course, the small world itself is a valuable resource.


    Not long after discovering these small worlds, some high-level comprehension forces in the Taiyi Realm began to think about how to obtain these small worlds when distributing the spoils later, and transform them into secret realms belonging to their own forces.


    The Taiyi Gate has many secret realms in both the underworld and the yang world of the Taiyi Realm, including some trial sites, many of which are open to other cultivation forces in the Taiyi Realm.


    As long as they are Taiyi Realm monks with innocent backgrounds, they can enter these secret realms to practice after paying a sufficient price.


    However, borrowing another family''s secret realm is not as convenient as one''s own.


    If conditions permit, all major cultivation forces want to have their own secret realms.


    The basis of the secret realm is an independent small world.


    Taiyi Realm is an immature big world, and not many small worlds have been bred yet.


    If these small worlds can be obtained, whether it is transformed into a trial site, or a elixir garden, or even simply used as a warehouse, it is a good choice.


    Some high-level monks can even directly use these small worlds to refine space treasures and the like.


    The upper echelons of the Taiyi Realm have always distinguished rewards and punishments, and rewards are based on meritorious deeds.


    In order to gain more voice in distributing the loot, the major cultivation forces in the Taiyi world have sent many monks to actively participate in this operation.


    After An Xiaoran''s selection, only elite monks could participate in the operation.


    Even minor repairs in the lowest level of Qi refining period have some extraordinary features.


    There are no natives in these six small worlds, but because of the harsh environment, there are some natural dangers.


    While completely controlling these six small worlds, some unlucky Qi Refining Stage monks fell.


    If the earthen pot is not separated from the well, the general will inevitably die in battle.


    Now that he has embarked on the road of cultivation, he will definitely face all kinds of dangers.


    It is common to actively participate in missions and die during missions.


    For the senior leaders of the Taiyi Realm who have been fighting for a long time, this little loss is not worth mentioning at all.


    The two small worlds with natives are a little more troublesome.


    In an unfamiliar environment, and an environment that is not conducive to the survival of low-level cultivators, it is a challenge for the cultivators who enter it to fight against those natives.


    Fortunately, these cultivators are elites selected from thousands of people. Not only are they stronger than ordinary monks of the same level, but they also have many methods and strong combat effectiveness.


    After paying some casualties, these two small worlds were completely conquered.


    An Xiaoran and the Void Returning Powers have been watching and waiting outside.


    Among the void-returning powers present, some are from cultivation forces outside the Taiyi Sect.


    These comprehension forces are not as rich and powerful as the Taiyi Sect, nor are they so profound...


    The natives in these two small worlds are of little value in the eyes of Taiyimen monks, but some cultivation forces are very greedy.


    If these natives can be domesticated, they can be used to refine Dao soldiers, and they can be enslaved...


    Most of the natives in these two small worlds have been wiped out, but as long as the environment of the small worlds remains unchanged, new natives can continue to be born.


    Some void-returning powers have already begun to think about how to exchange for these natives.


    In the Taiyi Realm under the control of the Taiyi Sect, there are many comprehension forces and constant disputes, but no large-scale battles will break out, and peace is generally maintained.


    Those common fights in the world of comprehension, such as killing people to seize treasures, fighting for resources, etc., are not completely eliminated in the world of Taiyi, at least they are very rare, and generally they will not appear in the open.


    When faced with the resources they wanted, these Void Returning Powers first thought of not snatching them, but how to exchange them.


    From this point alone, the atmosphere in the entire cultivation world is still very upright, and the years of hard work of the senior monks of the Taiyi Sect headed by Meng Zhang have not been in vain.


    After controlling the eight small worlds on the periphery, the monks from the Taiyi Realm began to attack the middle thousand world at the core.


    It can be seen from this that there is no arrogance in the monks of the Taiyi Realm. Even in the face of weak enemies, he will not be careless.


    This Zhongqian world has a higher level, more perfect rules of heaven and earth, stronger carrying capacity, and stronger natives in it.


    Correspondingly, the Taiyi Realm has to mobilize more powerful forces to conquer this world.


    As foreign invaders, the monks in Taiyi Realm''s ultimate goal is to conquer this world and completely bring it under control.


    As long as the natives in this world have a little bit of intelligence and blood, they will not let foreign invaders conquer them.


    They have a natural hostile relationship with foreign invaders.


    The Taiyi Realm monks have never expected to easily control the world through peaceful means.


    War is inevitable.


    This mid-thousand world is more stable, and it is necessary to return to the void to make a move outside in order to open up the space channel without destroying the stability of the world.


    An Xiaoran, who hadn''t done anything for a long time, felt itchy and decided to do it himself.


    She flew near that middle thousand world.


    From the outside, this Zhongqian world is three or four times larger than the void battleship built by the Taiyi world.


    According to Moon Shadow Fairy''s previous observations, the space inside the world is larger, and its area is almost equivalent to the current Taiyi Realm.


    In this world, the sky, ocean, and continents are all very complete, and the area of ??the continents and oceans is about four or six.


    An Xiaoran''s major is not the avenue of space, but as a powerful Void Returner, she needs to be proficient in a lot of space mysteries.


    A towering giant tree rose behind her, and almost endless flames wrapped around the tree...


    Several branches that seemed to be made of flames stretched out gently, entangled on the world in front of them, burning the outer layer of the world continuously...


    It didn''t take long for An Xiaoran to successfully open a space passage.


    She didn''t show any joy, but frowned slightly.


    The defense of this middle world is stronger than I imagined, and the whole world is fiercely resisting me.


    Perhaps, the next action will not be as easy as imagined.


    Sure enough, the next development was just as she had guessed, with many twists and turns.


    The team of monks from the Taiyi Realm quickly broke into the Zhongqian World along the space channel she opened.


    The team of Taiyi Realm monks who had just broken into that world, were full of confidence and had made adequate preparations, were hit head-on by the enemy, and huge casualties soon appeared.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2923

    The natives in this middle world have established a certain degree of civilization and have their own unique practice system.


    Although this primitive and crude practice system is far from being comparable to the Daoist cultivation system, since a system has been formed, there are still some merits.


    From the perspective of the human race, the natives in this world are a group of strange monsters and ghosts.


    An octopus face with wriggling tentacles, three or four arms...


    The cultivators among these aborigines practiced strange and bloody secret arts. They had many tricks to increase their strength and harm the enemy through self-mutilation, and they even played self-destruct at every turn.


    When cultivators encounter such an enemy for the first time, they will inevitably feel a little uncomfortable.


    Of course, these natives themselves are not the biggest problem, this world is.


    This world is extremely repulsive to outsiders. As soon as practitioners enter this world, they will feel as if a mountain is pressing down on them, and they will be oppressed and bound by an invisible force.


    The air that the natives breathe is extremely poisonous to practitioners.


    When cultivators enter this world, they must hold their breath and use internal breathing instead of external breathing.


    There is almost no spiritual energy in the world, and the vitality between heaven and earth cannot be mobilized at all.


    Cultivators cannot mobilize the vitality of the heavens and the earth, and the spells they cast can only be driven by their own true energy, and their power is naturally weakened a lot.


    Unable to absorb spiritual energy from the outside world, cultivators can only rely on the spiritual stones and elixir they carry for supplies, which greatly affects their durability.


    Even the magical weapons such as flying swords they sacrificed could not fly normally.


    The world seems to be full of invisible corrosive forces, and the mechanism creations will completely fail and be damaged in a short time.


    Many Taoist soldiers became confused and even completely lost control.


    ...


    These unfavorable factors are a fatal blow to the cultivators.


    There are also wise men among the natives.


    When An Xiaoran forcibly opened the space channel leading to this world, the whole world shook, and the strong natives felt it.


    The wise men among the aborigines predicted that alien invaders were about to invade the world, and discovered the location of the space passage.


    In the face of the invasion of foreign enemies, the natives who had been fighting among themselves quickly united.


    The high-level natives dispatched troops and generals to form a large army, laying an ambush near the space passage, and waiting for it.


    The void-returning powers who had just entered this world were not careless. The team of monks they sent was not weak, and the team was well-matched.


    because it is

 Chapter 2924

    In addition to cultivators, An Xiaoran also recruited many strong men from vassal races to participate in the operation.


    In particular, the barbarians who are physically strong, powerful, and proficient in melee combat have almost become the main force in the follow-up.


    In a world where the power of spells cannot be exerted, and the creation of magic tools and mechanisms is limited, fighting with physical strength seems to be a last resort.


    The reason why there are different types of practitioners in the Daoist cultivation system is largely to adapt to battles in different environments.


    The so-called Three Thousand Ways, each of which has a chance to become enlightened through comprehension and practice.


    Physical training, sword training, law training...


    Different cultivators have their own advantages and disadvantages.


    Adapting measures to local conditions and giving full play to the advantages of different types of cultivators is the minimum quality of command.


    The Taiyi Sect was originally a sect based on Dharma cultivation, the head of the sect, Meng Zhang, and most of the senior members of the sect were Dharma practitioners.


    During the rise of Taiyimen, many hostile cultivation forces were eliminated, and many inheritances of different systems were collected.


    With the support of the head of the sect, Meng Zhang, the Taiyi sect also intentionally cultivated and developed practitioners of other systems.


    In addition to the Taiyi Sect, there are many other practice sects in the Taiyi Realm.


    Some of these practice sects specialize in sword repair and body repair.


    In addition to vigorously recruiting various comprehension forces, Meng Zhang also accepted many vassal races.


    Maybe he didn''t consider it so far-reaching at the beginning, but as time passed, various benefits gradually emerged.


    The actions hosted by An Xiaoran were not going well, and the news quickly spread back to the Taiyi Realm.


    An Xiaoran didn''t make any mistakes, and her status was special. The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm didn''t have the idea of ??changing generals, but continued to increase investment and give her continuous support.


    The Taiyi Realm has sent more practitioners and strong men of vassal races.


    The war in the Middle Thousand World is still going on.


    Progress in Taiyi Realm is slow, but casualties are getting bigger and bigger.


    A number of void-returning powers have opened up multiple space channels, and the cultivators have attacked in multiple ways, advancing side by side, and have penetrated into the interior of the world.


    The resistance of the indigenous people not only did not stop, but became more and more intense.


    Many indigenous powerhouses fought with the posture of dying together, even if they died, they would have to be put on the back.


    In many parts of this world, all kinds of monsters and monsters have been awakened to join the battle against alien invaders.


    When Fairy Moon Shadow was observing outside the world before, she had neglected to find so many enemies hidden in the world.


    For fear of blowing up the world, the Void Returning powers cannot enter this world to fight, and at most they can only dispatch the powerhouses of the Yuanshen Zhenjun level.


    There are many Void Returning Powers and even True Immortal level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm, but it is difficult to give full play to this advantage.


    An Xiaoran was also furious, no matter how much the price was paid, all resistance forces must be completely wiped out.


    The Taiyi Realm continued to send new reinforcements, and one team after another entered the Zhongqian World.


    After Moon Shadow Fairy and Moon God returned to the Taiyi Realm, they did not continue to pay attention to the situation here, but continued to retreat and practice.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm thought they could handle the matter well, and did not report the matter to Meng Zhang in time.


    They just sorted out some important things in the door regularly, and passed them to Meng Zhang''s retreat, and slowly looked through them when Meng Zhang was free.


    The true immortals in the Taiyi Realm are all busy with their own cultivation and don''t bother to ask about trivial matters.


    Tai Miao, who has been sitting in the underworld of the Taiyi Realm, occasionally looks at the situation outside the Taiyi Realm.


    Recently, he had a faint feeling that something was wrong with the underworld.


    Taiyi world monks and vassal races all suffered heavy casualties in that middle thousand world, and a large number of people died in battle.


    Logically speaking, the souls of these war dead should return to the underworld of the Taiyi Realm soon.


    As the lord of the underworld, Tai Miao knows every major event in the underworld like the back of his hand.


    The soul of living beings, especially intelligent beings like humans, is one of the important foundations of the underworld.


    In the recent period of time, there have not been a large number of souls entering the underworld.


    It doesn''t feel right and it doesn''t take long to find out exactly what''s going on.


    Those Taiyi Realm monks and members of vassal races who died in battle in that middle thousand world, their souls did not return to the underworld of Taiyi Realm, but were trapped by that world.


    If the souls of a small number of war dead were trapped by the enemy''s secret technique, it could be said to be a normal situation.


    Almost all the spirits have not been able to escape from that world, then the situation is very serious.


    Generally speaking, after the death of creatures in various great worlds, if the place of death is not too far away, their souls will quickly return to each great world.


    It''s like a human cultivator in the Junchen Realm, as long as he falls in and around the Ascending Sky Star Area, his soul will soon return to the underworld of the Junchen Realm.


    Ordinary small worlds and mid-thousand worlds are not capable of trapping the souls of outsiders.


    In every complete big world, there are two opposite worlds, the underworld and the yang world.


    Enlarged to the entire void, there is also a yang world and a yin world.


    The nether world is the entire underworld of emptiness.


    If the nether world is regarded as an incomparably wide river, then the underworlds of each great world are different tributaries of this river.


    There is a mysterious connection between the main stream and the tributaries of the great river.


    Even though Tai Miao is already the lord of the underworld in the Taiyi Realm, he has not yet penetrated the mystery in the middle.


    The netherworld is one of the highest-level worlds in the void world, and the main part has countless dangers.


    Even the stream of true immortals and gods, once strayed into it, they can only drift with the tide, life and death cannot be independent.


    The rules of the netherworld are also the strictest and firmest rules in the void.


    The underworld of the great worlds is affected in many ways by it.


    The rules of life and death, the rules of reincarnation, etc., are one of the underlying rules that constitute the underworld of each great world.


    After the creatures in various great worlds die, their spirits will basically enter the underworld.


    Either reincarnation within this world, or the subject who enters the netherworld along a mysterious channel, reincarnates within a larger scope.


    At least Meng Zhang and Tai Miao at this time cannot change such basic rules.


    That Zhongqian World is very close to the Taiyi Realm, but it can affect the rules of the underworld in the Taiyi Realm and destroy the belonging of the soul, which is very abnormal.


    There must have been omissions in the previous investigations of Fairy Moon Shadow and Moon God.


    It is a wonderful vocation to maintain the normal operation of the underworld.


    So many souls are imprisoned outside the Taiyi Realm, too wonderful to just sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang, who was connected with Tai Miao, soon found out about it.


    Meng Zhang immediately became interested in that Zhongqian world.


    Meng Zhang told Tai Miao to be safe and not to be impatient, so he went to check it out himself.


    Meng Zhang first contacted Niu Dawei and inquired about the latest progress in conquering the Middle Thousand World.


    Then he took one step, left Taiyi Realm, and came not far from An Xiaoran.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2925

    Meng Zhang did not hide his whereabouts, but appeared swaggeringly.


    Seeing the sudden appearance of the master whom he hadn''t seen for a long time, An Xiaoran was startled, and hurriedly paid respects.


    She still wondered a little bit in her heart, whether the progress of the host event this time did not go well, which made Master feel impatient.


    Including An Moran, the Void Returning Powers nearby all hurried over to see Meng Zhang.


    Looking at his personal disciple, Meng Zhang still sighed a little in his heart.


    High-level monks like them, even in the same world, rarely see each other when they are free on weekdays.


    Once they retreat, they may spend the entire life of ordinary people.


    If unfortunately, the time is staggered, it means that we will not see each other for a long time.


    Even if a disciple visits his master routinely, it is probably only once in decades or even hundreds of years.


    Meng Zhang has always been unassuming. After exchanging pleasantries with everyone, he asked about the conquest of the middle thousand world in front of him.


    After listening to An Xiaoran''s report, Meng Zhang didn''t say much.


    Conquering this middle thousand world is a matter of time, the question is just how much time will be spent and how much loss will be paid.


    What he really cared about was the fact that the souls of the war dead were trapped in this middle world.


    An Xiaoran and his group of void-returning powers have been watching from outside the world, and they don''t know many things happening inside the world.


    Even the latest progress of the war needs to be reported to them from the front.


    The battle has been going on for a long time, and the monks participating in the battle have undergone several rotations.


    In that world, due to being rejected by the world itself, after a cultivator is injured, his recovery speed is extremely slow, and he cannot recover for a long time.


    Those monks who were seriously injured had to be sent out of that world and sent outside the world for treatment.


    Some monks who have been fighting on the front line for too long and are exhausted will leave the world regularly to rest outside.


    Meng Zhang asked An Xiaoran to call several such monks and ask them various questions in person.


    Meng Zhang did not enter this world himself, and wanted to know the personal feelings and discoveries of these monks.


    These monks looked very nervous in front of Meng Zhang.


    They answered every question of Meng Zhang in detail.


    After asking questions, Meng Zhang healed their injuries before sending them away.


    From these monks, Meng Zhang did not obtain valuable information.


    When these monks were in that world, they spent most of their time fighting hard, struggling to survive, and they really had no energy left to care about other things.


    Meng Zhang was not disappointed either.


    The reason why he asked everyone was just a result of his consistent cautious style, and it was also a routine investigation procedure.


    To really find out the truth of the matter, he still needs to work hard on his own.


    Meng Zhang went around the Zhongqian World a few times by himself.


    During this process, he exhausted all kinds of investigation methods, but found no abnormalities.


    If you want to explore further, you need to enter the world.


    This world can''t even bear the power of returning to the void, let alone a true fairy like Meng Zhang.


    For the result of no harvest, Meng Zhang had already expected it.


    Previously, Fairy Moon Shadow and Moon God had repeatedly checked and left after confirming that there was no problem.


    Fairy Moon Shadow can also be said to be a real fairy who has just been promoted, and she is relatively immature in all aspects.


    Luna is a veteran true god, regardless of strength and knowledge, he is very good.


    Especially after she recovered all her memories, she was completely an old antique with a history of tens of thousands of years.


    Even Luna didn''t find any abnormalities, which only showed that the problem was hidden very deeply.


    Using conventional methods, even with Meng Zhang''s strength, it is difficult to find out what''s wrong.


    Since Meng Zhang took the initiative to investigate, he naturally had his hole cards.


    On the surface, Meng Zhang remained calm and continued to circle around, but secretly began to perform the secret technique.


    As a master of celestial secrets, his celestial secrets technique has been substantially improved compared to before, which is enough to deduce many secrets that could not be deduced before.


    But this time Meng Zhang just started deriving, and encountered huge resistance.


    There seems to be an invisible force in the dark, preventing him from further deduction.


    It seems that there is a huge force warning him that if he continues, he will suffer a strong backlash, and it may hurt the foundation.


    Meng Zhang quickly stopped using the secret technique.


    He has known for a long time that there are risks in performing the secret technique, so he must act according to his ability and know how to advance and retreat.


    He didn''t even think that after he was promoted to Tianji Immortal Master, if he knew that the matter was related to a high-level powerhouse and didn''t like Meng Zhang who offended others, he might stop reasoning and then stop attacking the world. Let''s withdraw the comprehension team from that world first.


    It is even possible that he directly ordered Taiyi Realm to leave here as soon as possible.


    After going through so much, even Meng Zhang, the avatar of the Celestial Immortal, has been wiped out, and his courage has grown stronger.


    Even if this middle-thousand world is related to top powerhouses, the world itself is not that powerful.


    Not to mention confronting a true immortal like Meng Zhang, even resisting the current invaders is very difficult.


    Although Meng Zhang cannot directly enter this world, he has too many means to influence it.


    Of course, Meng Zhang would not act rashly before finding out the real details of this world.


    Since it is impossible to use the secret technique to directly deduce it, Meng Zhang has to change some methods to investigate.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, the incomplete Zhou disc appeared in front of him.


    After years of hard work refining and communicating, Meng Zhang has been able to exert a large part of the ability of this incomplete fairy treasure.


    Due to the serious incompleteness of the fairy treasure, the retained function is relatively weak.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has tried his best to restore it, but with little success.


    He lacks the corresponding method, let alone the required materials.


    In the end, he still only hoped that this fairy treasure could repair itself, and his family just used fairy power to warm it up.


    Of course, if this fairy treasure is really repaired, not to mention completely repaired, most of it will be repaired. With Meng Zhang''s cultivation level at this time, it is estimated that it will be difficult to envoy it.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation base, he is just able to use this incomplete fairy treasure.


    As Meng Zhang slowly cast the spell, beams of faint light were released from the incomplete Zhou disc, and the surrounding area was closely scanned again and again.


    After being swept by the power of the cosmic disc, the surrounding space began to ripple, and scenes from the past appeared.


    Meng Zhang used the power of Zhou CD-ROM this time to figure out what happened here in the past many years.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2926

    The scenes that appeared in front of Meng Zhang, only he can see, are all things that happened in the nearby area in the past.


    These scenes are like a revolving lantern, changing and moving quickly.


    Due to the lack of a lot of key information, and many broken parts in the scenes that appeared, Meng Zhang was not able to figure out all the situations.


    However, the past situation manifested by the power of the Cosmic Disc, together with some of his bold guesses, gave him a certain understanding of what happened here in the past.


    Long, long ago, a god fell, and its corpse was scattered in the nearby area.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know the origin and specific strength of this god.


    In the picture that appeared, the body of the god was so huge that it looked like a continent, at least one-third the size of the current Taiyi Realm.


    Although he didn''t face the god in person, but only saw his corpse through the power of the Zhou disc, Meng Zhang still felt a huge sense of oppression.


    This god should be a god, and it is not an ordinary god. I am afraid that the realm of cultivation is not far from the main god.


    The main god is an existence of the same level as Jinxian.


    Even if he fell, his corpse would not be accessible to a true immortal like Meng Zhang.


    The cultivation realm of the god of heaven far exceeds that of Meng Zhang at this time, but after his fall, his body can no longer have the strength of his life, and it is still within the range of Meng Zhang''s handling.


    The power of the incomplete cosmic disk has a limit, and the past scenes that can be traced back are naturally limited.


    It is impossible to backtrack indefinitely, and it is even more impossible to display everything in detail.


    Like the origin of this god, how did it fall, and how did the corpse end up here...


    This information has not been traced back from the CD-ROM.


    The farthest past that Zhou CD-ROM traced back, that is, after this god corpse wandered here, was about 10,000 years ago.


    As for everything that happened in the more distant past, it exceeded the limit of the power of the universe disc.


    Afterwards, there are many gaps in the picture traced back from the universe disc.


    Meng Zhang also boldly guessed that an expert found this divine corpse here.


    A corpse of a god is simply a priceless treasure to most practitioners.


    Meng Zhang didn''t think much of it, so he thought of many ways to use it.


    For Shinto practitioners, it is simply a matter of desperation to get it.


    Among other things, there are currently many gods in Taiyi Realm, including many true gods.


    If they can make full use of this god corpse, they will all get countless benefits.


    Even, the god system of the entire Taiyi Realm can use this to take it to a higher level and achieve a huge leap in strength.


    The expert who found this divine corpse did not let it go.


    He didn''t know what kind of means he used to create a unique system by using this corpse.


    The main body of the god corpse turned into the middle thousand world, and the eight small worlds around it should be transformed by special power.


    The method used by this expert is not the method of the immortal way, let alone the method of the divine way, and it is sufficiently clever and concealed.


    The previous Moon Shadow Fairy and Moon God, as well as Meng Zhang at this time, have not been able to discover the mystery and mystery.


    Why this expert created such a system, and what kind of function such a system has, Meng Zhang is still unknown for the time being.


    He was amazed at the opponent''s technique.


    He thinks he is well-informed, but judging from the pictures displayed on the Zhou CD-ROM, this special system has existed for more than 10,000 years.


    During this time, no one has been nearby, and no one has discovered the secret.


    Even the expert who created this system has never appeared again.


    I don''t know if he forgot the layout here, or gave it up.


    Perhaps, the expert who created this system has already fallen into the void.


    Meng Zhang took back the Zhou disc and thought carefully about the information he had just obtained.


    At this time, he was very embarrassed.


    He coveted this divine corpse very much and wanted to take it as his own.


    If it can be used, not only the god system of the Taiyi Realm will benefit a lot, but the Taiyi Realm itself will also benefit a lot.


    However, Meng Zhang worried about being involved in some cause and effect.


    Among other things, if the expert who created this system finds out that Meng Zhang has taken away the god''s corpse, he will definitely not let it go.


    Meng Zhang is unwilling to make enemies for no reason, let alone provoke such mysterious and powerful enemies.


    In a dilemma, Meng Zhang finally decided to tell everyone the situation here, and let everyone decide what to do together.


    Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, and called the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, and interrupted the retreat of Gu Yue Lingqing and Fairy Yueying.


    After everyone gathered, Meng Zhang told everyone all his discoveries and conjectures.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, there was almost no debate among the people. Most of them felt that this god corpse should be seized and brought back to the Taiyi Realm.


    If God can''t take it, you will be blamed instead.


    Faced with the opportunities and benefits brought to your door, how can you let it go for nothing.


    In the world of comprehension, in order to compete for benefits, there are countless incidents of killing each other and seizing treasures.


    They didn''t do anything bad, they just collected a treasure they picked up on the way, so there was nothing they couldn''t do.


    As for Meng Zhang worried that the expert would come to his door, everyone was not very worried.


    That expert has not appeared for more than 10,000 years, who knows what happened to him?


    Even if there is nothing wrong with him, who knows if he still cares about the layout here?


    Besides, the Taiyi Realm is not fixed here. After capturing the god corpse, the Taiyi Realm will immediately flee away.


    After some years, the Taiyi Realm has already gone far.


    The next step in the Taiyi Realm is to go to the foreign star area, and even Meng Zhang has not decided on the subsequent itinerary.


    The longer the time drags on, the less likely it is to find Taiyi Realm.


    If that expert didn''t show up for another ten thousand years, maybe Meng Zhang and the others would have already appeared among the gods and gods, and it would be even less likely that they would be afraid of trouble to come to the door.


    Like Gu Yue Lingqing, who is only living in the Taiyi Realm temporarily, and will definitely return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the future.


    He really doesn''t care much about possible troubles in the future.


    In fact, Meng Zhang had already expected everyone''s reaction.


    He was also inclined to seize this divine corpse.


    Now that everyone has almost reached an agreement, Meng Zhang has nothing to hesitate.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 2927

    Before seeing the details of this Zhongqian world, the senior officials of the Taiyi world thought that it could be controlled by conventional methods.


    Now that I know there is no mystery in it, the original plan may be useless.


    Meng Zhang called a group of experts at the level of real immortals, and they came to the outside of the Zhongqian world together, and everyone observed carefully.


    Even though Meng Zhang has pointed out the true origin of this middle-thousand world, everyone still cannot see through its roots.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2928

    Among these one-time instruments, many are one-time artifacts refined by the true gods of the Taiyi Realm.


    Due to the particularity of the artifacts, these artifacts blessed by the true gods can almost explode with a power that is infinitely close to the level of the true gods.


    Considering the lack of cultivation of the Yuanshen Zhenjun who stayed behind, these talismans and one-time instruments have been specially processed, and they can be activated without too strong external force, and then burst out with full power on their own.


    These talismans "The Immortal Head of the Gate" are currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2929

    Meng Zhang and the others, the true immortals and true gods, did not directly enter the continent ahead.


    Meng Zhang sent an army of monks from the Taiyi Realm to let them enter that continent.


    The strongest of this army of monks is only in the Void Return Stage, so it shouldn''t be easy to stimulate the final strength of the corpse of the god.


    Moreover, the monsters that appeared on that continent were all transformed by the remaining divine power of the god, and were driven by his remaining resentment.


    Kill all these monsters. "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2930

    Sometimes, Meng Zhang will also think about the cause and effect of the whole thing, and reorganize everything that happened in his heart.


    Detour from the Taiyi Realm, found the meteorite belt, and then became aware of that special system.


    At first, Fairy Moon Shadow and the others just thought they had discovered a few ordinary small worlds, and the Taiyi Realm monks conquered the middle thousand worlds as usual.


    Until the soul of the monk who died in battle was trapped in this mid-thousand world, Tai Miao realized something was wrong. the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2931

    The four real immortals who came from a distance were stunned for a moment when they saw what happened here, and then flew to a place not far from Meng Zhang and the others.


    They didn''t care about the Taiyi Realm army that was fighting on that continent, but looked at Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang and his group of true immortals and true gods gathered here, and they were clearly the ones in charge.


    Some of the four true immortals reprimanded them unceremoniously.


    "Where are you from, well, "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2932

    Although Fairy Yue''e felt a little afraid because the other party moved out the so-called Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, she even felt remorse in her heart, thinking that she shouldn''t have come to this muddy water because of greed.


    But after Meng Zhang gave the order, she habitually put aside all redundant thoughts and honestly joined the battle.


    She followed Meng Zhang and experienced many things. She has seen the reborn body of Junchen Xianzun, the ego demon, the clone of Qingyang Tianxian, etc. All dangers "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2933

    Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm are in the void, and they have no reputation at all.


    Their prestige is currently limited to the Ascension to Heaven star area.


    Hearing Meng Zhang''s name and surname, Xin Dazun was slightly taken aback.


    He also has never heard of the names of Taiyijie and Mengzhang, and he doesn''t know their background.


    However, the opponent''s subordinates were able to block the four brothers of the He family, and even touch the divine body of the god Gai Rang, so they should not be ordinary people.


    Taiyi world is so big "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2934

    The timing of this Shinto fleet''s attack was very coincidental, and it was the time when the Taiyi Realm''s remaining forces were weakest.


    The Shinto Fleet not only temporarily suppressed the left-behind fleet of the Taiyi Realm, but also had enough power to cover its own army to fly to that continent.


    Under the cover of their own warships, this Shinto army quickly landed on the mainland.


    This continent is extremely repulsive to outsiders, especially those who are cultivators.


    For the Shinto army, they are very tolerant.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2935

    A battleship jumped out of the anti-space and appeared in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    The appearance of this warship is exquisite, small and cute, and the color of the appearance is actually a rare pink, which is really full of girls'' hearts.


    The pink battleship stayed in place, and the three fairies flew out of the battleship, and soon flew in front of Meng Zhang and the others.


    They first glanced around in confusion, and then seemed to recognize the four He family brothers.


    "I have never been able to "The Road to the Master" is currently playing, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2936

    Meng Zhang is the master of such a big world. I don''t know what kind of means he used to move such a big world here. It''s really unpredictable.


    Fairy Hongyu secretly increased her evaluation of Meng Zhang, not daring to underestimate him in the slightest.


    The scene was complicated and the situation was unclear. Although the three female fairies of Yuzhen Sect spoke arrogantly, they were not fools and did not act rashly.


    Meng Zhang is not clear about the situation of the surrounding void. He intends to read "The Road to the Head of the Gate" from the Red Jade Fairy. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2937

    No matter how confident the three daughters of Fairy Hongyu were in their own strength, they would never dare to say that they could easily defeat the other three parties and monopolize the corpse of the god Gai Rang.


    Not to mention that God Xin Da was alone, the four brothers of the He family were not sure of victory, let alone the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, no matter what, they will never give up easily.


    Since the body of the god Gai Rang appeared on the site of the Yuzhen Sect, it should naturally belong to the Yuzhen Sect. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2938

    Faced with such a complicated situation, Meng Zhang was also not at ease.


    Among these four, the strength of the Taiyi Realm is undoubtedly the strongest.


    The strength that Taiyi Realm has shown alone is enough to compete with the other three.


    If the hidden Taimiao waits for the strong to dispatch, it will not be difficult to defeat or even kill the other three.


    Meng Zhang didn''t order decisively before, and directly attacked these three families, but waited until they arrived here one after another,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2939

    The four He family brothers have been observing the surrounding situation vigilantly.


    Judging from the current situation, God Sindar seems to be the weakest party.


    But their four brothers had dealt with God Xin Da Zun, and they knew that this guy had a deep scheming mind, and he often likes to keep his hands behind him when doing things.


    Maybe, there are other true gods hidden in that pyramid.


    Not to mention, in terms of personal strength alone, none of the four He family brothers may be playing "The Road to the Head of the Gate" in their hands. Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get it the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2940

    The four brothers of the He family retained a large part of their strength and did not make a full attack.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and the four of them also had reservations, because now is not the time to fight desperately with each other.


    Fairy Hongyu fought with the two true gods under God Xin Dazun, and Gu Yuelingqing and the four He family brothers fought inextricably.


    Neither of the two battlefields has started a real fight, and all parties have a strong sense of coping.


    How different is this situation from the first?


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2941

    The five true gods shot out one after another, turning out rays of divine power, temporarily blocking the coming sword Zhanyang.


    This is the Immortal Sword Zhanyang, which was refined by the master of the refining master and the master of the true immortal. After being completely refined by Meng Zhang, it is being hit by hand. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2942

    God Xinda''s unceremonious accusations and scolding of Moon God earlier made Moon God angry.


    Perhaps this is just a casual remark to God Sindar.


    But to Luna, it was a great shame and humiliation.


    If it weren''t for Meng Zhang''s suppression, she would have had an attack long ago.


    The vast majority of goddesses are not big-hearted people.


    Moon God is not the kind of person who will take revenge, but he will not easily let offenders who offend him.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2943

    When it comes to complaining, who wouldn''t?


    When it comes to acting skills, the four brothers of the He family are no worse than Xin Dazun.


    With the origin and character of the God of Sinda, even if he bowed his head to ask for help, he would not be too humble.


    The four brothers of the He family seemed to have done their best, but they really didn''t have any extra strength, and they kept complaining to God Xin Dazun.


    They didn''t say they wouldn''t help, they just said they would try their best.


    As for how to try your best, it''s not good that "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2944

    Originally, according to Dao Thief Kongxing''s plan, after the true deity fell, he would be reborn slowly in the external body until he was completely resurrected.


    At that time, this external avatar will fully possess the consciousness of the deity and become the new deity.


    That thieves and emptiness can be regarded as reborn.


    It''s a pity that people are not as good as heaven.


    The way of life and death is one of the most important laws of heaven.


    Resurrected after the fall, I am playing "Leader''s Immortal Road", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2945

    The most ideal situation in the mind of this externalized body and mind is that when the Taiyi Realm seized the body of the god Gai Rang, he became a public enemy and was jointly attacked by various people.


    The people from all walks of life who were lured here by all means are not weak, and they will never give up the corpse of the god Gai Rang.


    Facing the siege of powerful men from all walks of life, the Taiyi Realm must be overwhelmed, and Meng Zhang will inevitably show his flaws.


    At that time, "The Road to the Master" is being played by the incarnation outside the body, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2946

    Fairy Yuxi and Fairy Ruizhen, as Meng Zhang''s temporary comrades-in-arms, fought with him, and felt his strength the most.


    They couldn''t help but wonder in their hearts, what kind of origin is such a powerful Meng Zhang?


    He said that he was from the Lingkong fairyland, so he shouldn''t be lying, so which faction does he belong to in the Lingkong fairyland?


    To be able to cultivate such a true immortal, its inheritance must be extraordinary, and its background is absolutely extraordinary.


    Although Yuzhenjiao is in the void, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2947

    Fairy Yuxi and Fairy Ruizhen both complained to Meng Zhang, why such a powerful enemy suddenly came out.


    The originally smooth battle situation has changed unexpectedly.


    Fortunately, these two female fairies still had a minimum of integrity, they didn''t run away from battle, let alone betrayed others before the battle.


    At the beginning, they also helped Meng Zhang resist the attack of the fairy formation.


    Dao Thief Kongxing''s external incarnation is manipulating this fairy array towards the Taiyi Realm to hit "The Road to the Head of the Gate". Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2948

    Although the avatar outside the body seemed to show a lot of sincerity, it failed to win the trust of the four brothers of the He family.


    They are veterans who have experienced many years in the realm of comprehension. They think they are well-informed, and they have never seen any kind of conspiracy.


    The way the opponent appeared was full of malice.


    The other party claimed that it was only aimed at Meng Zhang, who knows what the other party is thinking?


    Once the seeds of doubt are planted, they are very difficult to remove.


    Dao Thief Kong''s "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2949

    Although he was very reluctant, the external incarnation of Dao Thief Kongxing still had to draw a large part of the power he was planning to use against Meng Zhang to prevent the impact of the Taiyi Realm on the Immortal Formation.


    I saw almost endless starlight erupting from the fairy formation, and a roll in the air would involve the entire Taiyi Realm.


    If the Taiyi Realm is trapped by the opposite fairy formation, it will definitely fall into a passive state.


    Whether it is Tai Mio who directs the overall situation,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2950

    Dao Thief Kong Xing, the incarnation outside the body, is still very greedy for life and afraid of death, and he is not willing to fight his opponent easily.


    If he hadn''t been driven by Taoist Kong Xing''s obsession and resentment before he died, he would definitely not seek revenge from a strong man like Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s ability to kill Taoist emptiness shows his extraordinary strength.


    He was worried that Meng Zhang had some kind of means to kill him, and he could hurt himself by finding someone to cover his back before he died, so he never let the four real fairy puppets "The Road to the Master" be hit by him, please wait a moment, the content After updating, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2951

    Previously, Meng Zhang had been in a passive state of being suppressed, and most of his energy was spent on defense, and he had no spare energy to fight back.


    He didn''t even have the time to perform such magical powers as the Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder.


    Now once he is out of trouble, he has the feeling of entering the sea.


    Tai Miao gathered all the gods of the Taiyi Realm to drive the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm together, turned into a huge god, and forcibly broke into the inside of the fairy formation in front.


    Dao Thief Kongxing''s body "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2952

    At this time, it was not a question of whether the incarnation would let Meng Zhang go, but whether Meng Zhang would let him go.


    After more gaps were broken in the Heavenly Gang and Dixie Palace Formation, Tai Miao continued to lead the gods to control the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and continued to deal more and more fierce blows to it.


    A series of berserk forces poured into the fairy formation from these gaps, carrying out all kinds of destruction wantonly.


    Hundreds of palaces are moving fast, and some of them are playing "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2953

    Fairy Hongyu''s exclamation was so loud that it reached the ears of everyone present.


    The real immortal whom she called Wu Zhi showed a gentle smile, and said softly: "This fellow Taoist, you must have misunderstood the person, I don''t know what Wu Zhi is."


    Fairy Hongyu''s face changed, she didn''t believe that she would admit her mistake at all.


    Immortal Wu Zhizhen is a casual cultivator who is often active in the nearby area, and has always been very fond of Yuzhen Sect.


    For this kind of licking dog that comes to your door,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2954

    Not to mention that there are so many people in the Taiyi Realm, just the three female immortals of the Yuzhen Sect, the four He family brothers and the others have no way to silence them.


    Given their backgrounds, they must have cards to save their lives.


    Even before the fall, there must be a way to pass relevant information back to the door.


    They have dealt with monks from great powers a lot, and they are well aware of the background of these great powers, and they know that they have many cards in their cards.


    Since it is impossible to kill and silence, in order to clear the relationship, the four brothers of the He family have only one choice.


    "Bold dao thief, dare to show up in public."


    "Do you think that a mere fairy array can catch me all in one go?"


    ...


    Following bursts of shouting and cursing, the four brothers of the He family began to attack the immortal array.


    They put out a lot of strength, each showed their magical powers, and kept attacking the fairy formation around.


    They looked like they were at odds with the Taoist thieves behind the scenes, and they started the performance very hard.


    Meng Zhang just glanced at them and stopped paying attention to them.


    Their attack on the fairy formation is just a gesture, there are too many elements of acting, and it will not cause too much pressure on the fairy formation.


    However, the four brothers of the He family turned against each other before the battle, which was a major blow to the thief behind the scenes.


    After Meng Zhang discovered that Wu Zhi Zhenxian was a puppet controlled by Taoist thieves, he continued to attack the four real immortal puppets.


    A true fairy puppet completely controlled by Taoist thieves is almost like a cultivator who has been demonized, and they cannot be saved.


    Killing them completely is a kindness to them.


    The four real fairy puppets continued to besiege Meng Zhang unaffected by other things.


    Meng Zhang fought with them inextricably, relying on his celestial weapons and celestial arts.


    Strictly speaking, the Taoist emptiness, the incarnation outside the body, can also be regarded as a member of the Taoist.


    Even if he fulfills the Dao thief''s obsession with emptiness and becomes a complete living being, he still has to continue the Dao thief''s path of practice.


    Meng Zhang and the three female fairies taught by Yuzhen did not wrong him either.


    This incarnation originally had the illusion of persuading the four brothers of the He family to join.


    Not only are all illusions shattered now, but the four brothers of the He family have also taken the opposite side.


    It is no longer possible for him to get help from other places, and he can only rely on his own strength to fight against the enemy.


    Tai Miao, like Meng Zhang, thought that the man behind the scenes was a Taoist thief.


    When he was in Shenchang Realm, Meng Zhang had already killed the Taoist thief, and now he doesn''t care about the other party''s identity.


    The other party secretly designed and planned to assassinate him. His intentions are really sinister, and he must not be allowed to escape.


    Tai Miao led the group of gods under him to continue exerting their strength.


    All the gods in the Taiyi world system are supporting this battle in various ways.


    The power of heaven and earth poured into it from the gap in the fairy formation, destroying it wantonly and venting it at will.


    Tai Miao and the others used the power of heaven and earth to transform the huge gods, which had long been surrounded by hundreds of palaces.


    With Tai Miao''s thought, this huge god suddenly exploded.


    The extremely ferocious explosion force easily destroyed dozens of palaces.


    The rest of the palace was also blown up and down by the explosion, making a mess.


    The power of the explosion caused huge damage inside the fairy formation, making the whole fairy formation unstable.


    The one hundred and eight palaces are the most important part of this palace formation of the evil star of heaven and earth, and they can be called the foundation of this fairy formation.


    Now a large part of the palace has been destroyed, and the rest are seriously damaged, and the entire Immortal Formation has been severely damaged.


    Tai Miao handed over the matter of manipulating the Taiyi Realm to fight against the enemy to the gods under him.


    He took a step forward and came to the outside of the fairy formation in front of him.


    Looking at the riddled fairy formation, he hesitated for a moment, then stepped into it and started to break through.


    The gods of the Taiyi Realm continued to manipulate the power of heaven and earth to attack the fairy formation, and there was no spare power inside the fairy formation to stop Taimiao.


    Tai Miao progressed smoothly inside the fairy formation, and soon came to Meng Zhang''s side by virtue of the special induction with Meng Zhang.


    With Tai Miao''s help, Meng Zhang destroyed two palaces again, and severely injured two real fairy puppets.


    However, Meng Zhang didn''t let Tai Miao help here all the time.


    Now there are flaws everywhere in the Heavenly Palace and Dixie Palace formation, and there are loopholes everywhere, which can no longer cover Meng Zhang''s perception.


    With his keen perception, Meng Zhang faintly felt where the eyes of the fairy formation were.


    The Taoist thief has not shown up so far, and the most likely place for him to hide should be the eye of this fairy formation.


    Meng Zhang stayed and continued to deal with the four real fairy puppets, and Tai Miao rushed towards the eye of the fairy formation following the guidance of Meng Zhang''s induction.


    The inside of the fairy array has become a complete mess.


    The avatar outside the body is still mobilizing the remaining power of the fairy formation, and continues to resist the attack of the Taiyi Realm.


    Under the full attack of Fairy Hongyu and the three female fairies, the two subordinate gods of God Xinda were finally killed by them.


    After making some adjustments, they went to help Gu Yue Lingqing and the others deal with the five true gods.


    With the addition of these three female fairies, Gu Yue Lingqing and the others'' pressure was greatly reduced, and they began to gain the upper hand.


    The successive changes in the situation were far beyond the expectations of God Sindar.


    He watched helplessly as his Cong Shen was killed, but he couldn''t help at all.


    He knew that he had really fallen this time, and there was a high possibility that he would die here.


    At the juncture of life and death, he finally woke up from his extreme greed for the corpse of the god Gai Rang.


    In order to save his life, he began to think about how to escape from here.


    It''s a pity that it was too late to think of running away at this time.


    The four brothers of the He family, who were just acting on the sidelines, saw the sudden change in the situation, and began to think about the god Xinda.


    The other party came from an extraordinary background, so he must have hidden a lot of wealth.


    Taking a shot at the Sindar gods would also help show their position.


    Of course, most of them didn''t dare to kill God Xinda directly, they just wanted to take down the opponent and gain benefits.


    This fairy formation is already crumbling, and the four brothers of the He family will not benefit from continuing to attack it.


    After a brief discussion, they killed God Xinda together.


    Although he had known for a long time that these four guys were unreliable, and it was expedient to form an alliance with them, but they didn''t say anything before, and now they are killing themselves, and the god Xinda really couldn''t hide his anger.


    The Moon God, who originally fought against God Sinda, vented a lot of anger in his heart after such a long battle.


    She didn''t want to be with such bastards as the four brothers of the He family, so she took the initiative to retreat and let the four brothers of the He family fight directly with God Xin Dazun.


    ¡¿


    Although a little surprised that Luna took the initiative to retreat, the four brothers of the He family didn''t care much.


    With the strength of the four of them, it is enough to trap God Xinda here.


    The enraged God Xinda didn''t take care of the Moon God, but roared and rushed towards the four He family brothers, and a fierce battle broke out between the two sides immediately.


    Luna temporarily freed his hands and carefully observed the surrounding situation.


    Under Meng Zhang''s guidance, Tai Miao quickly passed through various obstacles in the fairy formation and entered the eyes of the fairy formation.

 2955

    Ì«ÃîÒ»ÕÆÅijö£¬¾ÍºÃÏñÅÄËéÒ»Ãæ¾µ×ÓÒ»Ñù£¬½«Ç°·½¿Õµ´µ´µÄ¿Õ¼äÅĵķÛË飬¶³öÁ˺ó·½Ò»×ù¹ãÙóµÄºþ²´¡£


    Õâ×ùºþ²´Í¸Â¶³öÒ»ÖÖÆ®ÃìÓÆÔ¶µÄÆøÏ¢£¬ÈÃÈËÐÄ¿õÉñâù¡¢ÐÄÉúÏòÍù¡£


    Ì«ÃîµÄ¸ÐÓ¦ÄÜÁ¦ËäÈ»²»ÈçÃÏÕ£¬¿ÉҲʮ·ÖÃôÈñ¡£


    ÃÏÕº͵ÀÔô½»¹ýÊÖ£¬¶ÔÆäÆøÏ¢»¹ÊDZȽÏÊìϤµÄ¡£


    Ì«ÃîÏÖÔÚ¾ÍÒþÔ¼¸ÐÓ¦µ½£¬Õâ×ùºþ²´Òþ²ØÆðÀ´µÄÆøÏ¢¡£


    ¼ÈÈ»Õâ×ùºþ²´³öÏÖÔÚÕâÀ¿Ï¶¨ºÍµÀÔôÓйأ¬ÄǾÍûÓÐÎÞ¹¼µÄ˵·¨¡£


    ÕâÀïÊÇÏÉÕóµÄÕóÑÛ£¬Ì«Ãî²»¸Ò´óÒâ¡£


    ËûÏÔ»¯³ö¹íÉñÖ®Éí£¬¶Ô×ÅÄÇ×ùºþ²´Ò»È­ºä¹ýÈ¥¡£


    ÔÚÎâÖ¾ÕæÏɱ©Â¶Éí·Ý£¬Á¬´ø×ÅÕâ¾ßÉíÍ⻯ÉíÒ²¿ªÊ¼±©Â¶µÄʱºò£¬ËûÐÄÖоÍÓÐÁËÈ¥Òâ¡£


    µÈµ½Ì«ÃܲٿØÌ«ÒÒ½çµÄÌìµØÖ®Á¦Í»È»±¬·¢£¬ÖØ´´ÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬ÕóµÄʱºò£¬ËûÐÄÖеÄÍËÒâ¾Í¸ü¼Ó¼á¾öÁË¡£


    ¿Éϧ£¬µÀÔô¿ÕÐÔÄǼ«¶È²»¸ÊµÄÖ´ÄһֱÀÎÀεÄѹÖÆסËû£¬Ó°Ïì×ÅËûµÄÐж¯¡£


    Õâ¾ßÉíÍ⻯ÉíÈ«Á¦ºÍµÀÔô¿ÕÐÔµÄÖ´ÄîÕù¶·£¬ÏëÒª¶á»ØÉíÌåµÄ×ÔÖ÷Ȩ¡£


    ÁíÍ⣬Ëû´ËÇ°Õ¹¿ªÕâÕÅÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬Í¼£¬²¼ÏÂÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬ÕóµÄʱºò£¬ÎªÁ˾¡¿ÉÄܵķ¢»ÓÕâ×ùÏÉÕóµÄÍþÁ¦£¬Ëû¼û×ÔÉí»¯×÷ºþ²´£¬Ö÷¶¯³ÉΪÁËÏÉÕóµÄÕóÑÛ¡£


    ÕâÖÖÈ¡Çɵİ취£¬ÈÃËû¿ÉÒÔÓµÓÐÁÙʱ½Ó½üÕóµÀÏÉʦµÄÄÜÁ¦£¬·¢»Ó³öÕâ×ùÏÉÕó´ó²¿·ÖÁ¦Á¿À´¡£


    ¿ÉÊÇÕâÑùÒ»À´£¬ËûÒ²Êܵ½ÁËÏÉÕóµÄÇ£ÖÆ£¬·Ç³£ÄÑÒÔ´ÓÏÉÕóÖ®ÖÐÍÑÉíÁË¡£


    Èç¹ûÊÇƽÈÕÀËû»¨·ÑÉÏÒ»µãʱ¼äºÍ¾«Á¦£¬¾Í¿ÉÒÔ°ÚÍÑÏÉÕóµÄÇ£ÖÆ£¬½«ÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬Í¼ÊÕÆðÀ´¡£


    ¿ÉÊÇÄ¿Ç°µÄÇé¿öÏ£¬Ëû¾Í²»¿ÉÄÜÓÐÕâÑùµÄ»ú»áÁË¡£


    Ì«Ãîºä³öÄÇһȭЯ´øןÕÛÂÎޱȵÄÈ­·ç£¬·Â·ðÒªÒ»»÷½«Õâ×ùºþ²´»÷ËéÒ»°ã¡£


    Ò»µÀµÀË®ÀË´Óºþ²´Ö®ÉÏÉýÌÚÆðÀ´£¬Ó­×ÅÌ«Ãîϯ¾í¶øÈ¥¡£


    Ì«ÃʼչÏÖ³öÖÖÖÖÉñͨ£¬ÓëÆ伤¶·ÆðÀ´¡£


    Õâ¾ßÉíÍ⻯ÉíËù»¯µÄºþ²´ºÍÌ«Ãս£¬¾Í¹Ë²»ÉϲٿØÕâ×ùÏÉÕóÁË¡£


    ʧȥÁ˲ٿØÕߣ¬Õâ×ùÏÉÕó±äµÃÊ®·ÖµÄ±¿×¾½©Ó²£¬ÊµÁ¦´ó¼õ¡£


    ²Ù¿ØÌ«ÒÒ½çµÄÖîλÉñÃ÷ûÓзŹýÕâ¸ö»ú»á£¬¼°Ê±¼ÓÇ¿Á˶ÔÏÉÕóµÄ¹¥»÷¡£


    Õâ¾ßÉíÍ⻯Éí½èÖú²»Á˶àÉÙÏÉÕóµÄÁ¦Á¿£¬Ö÷Òª¿¿±¾ÉíʵÁ¦ºÍÌ«Ãս¡£


    ËûÏ൱ÓÚ±»ÔÝʱÀ§ÔÚÁËÏÉÕóÖ®ÖУ¬Òƶ¯²»µÃ£¬Ö»ÄÜÔÚÔ­µØ±»¶¯°¤´ò¡£


    Ì«ÃîµÄÐÞΪ½ø²½ËÙ¶ÈÔ¶ÔÚÃÏÕÂÖ®ÉÏ¡£


    µ¥ÒÔÐÞΪ¾³½ç¶øÂÛ£¬ËûÔÚÕæÉñ¾³½çµÄÐÞΪÒѾ­¾àÀëÔ²Âú²»Ô¶£¬±ÈÆðÔÂÉñÒ²Ö»ÊÇÒ»²½Ö®²î¶øÒÑ¡£


    ˵µ½Õ½¶·Á¦£¬¾ÍËã²»½èÖúÌ«ÒÒ½çµÄÌìµØÖ®Á¦£¬Ëû±¾ÉíµÄÕ½¶·Á¦Ò²ºÍÃÏÕ²¶à¡£


    ËûÐÞÁ¶µÄÉñÊõ£¬ÍþÁ¦²»ÔÚÃÏÕµÄÏÉÊõÉñ֮ͨÏ¡£


    ËûºÍÃÏÕÂ×î´óµÄÇø±ð£¬¾ÍÊÇÃÏÕÂÓµÓм¸¼þÀ÷º¦µÄÏÉÆ÷£¬±ÈËûÊÖÍ·µÄÉñÆ÷¸üΪÀ÷º¦¡£


    ËûÔÚÌ«ÒÒ½çÒõ¼äÕâô¶àÄ꣬³ä·ÖÀûÓÃÒõ¼äµÄ¸÷ÖÖ×ÊÔ´£¬¼ÓÉ϶ÔÍâÂÓ¶áµÄÊÕ»ñ£¬ËûÒ²¿ªÊ¼Á¶ÖƳöÁËÕæÉñ¼¶±ðµÄÉñÆ÷¡£


    ÑÛ¼û¶ÔÊÖʵÁ¦¸ßÇ¿£¬ËûºÁ²»ÓÌÔ¥µÄ¼ÀÆðÁËÉñÆ÷¡£


    ÉúËÀÂÖ»ØÕâÑùµÄÌìµØ´óµÀ£¬ÊǼ«Îª¸ßÉîµÄ´óµÀ£¬Ò²ÊÇÒ»¸öÊÀ½ç×îΪÖØÒªµÄ¸ù»ùÖ®Ò»¡£


    Õâ¾ßÉíÍ⻯Éí¾¡¹Ü»¹²»ÊÇÍêÕûµÄÉúÁ飬¿ÉÈÔÈ»ÓÐ×ÅÍúÊ¢µÄÉúÃüÁ¦¡£


    Ì«ÃîÊ©Õ¹³öÄæתÉúËÀµÄÉñͨ£¬²»¶Ï°þ¶áÆäÉúÃü£¬ÏûºÄÆäÔªÆø¡£


    Õâ¾ßÉíÍ⻯ÉíºÜ¿ì¾ÍÂäµ½ÁËÏ·磬´¦ÓÚÊ®·Ö±»¶¯µÄ״̬¡£


    ÔÚÁíÍâÒ»±ß£¬ÄÇËÄÃûÕæÏÉ¿þÀÜʧȥÁËÏÉÕóÖ®Á¦µÄ¼Ó³Ö£¬Ö»ÄÜÒÀ¿¿±¾ÉíʵÁ¦ºÍÃÏÕ½»Õ½¡£


    Ô­±¾£¬ËÄÃûÕæÏÉÈ«Á¦³öÊÖ£¬»¹ÊÇÄܹ»ºÍÃÏÕ¼ÌÐøÏà³ÖÒ»¶Îʱ¼äµÄ¡£


    ÔÚÒ»ÅÔ¹ÛÕ½µÄÔÂÉñ£¬¿´×¼»ú»á£¬Í»È»³öÊÖ£¬´òÆÆÁËÕâËÄÃûÕæÏÉ¿þÀܵÄÁªÊÖ£¬ÈÃËûÃǶ³öÁË´óÆÆÕÀ¡£


    ÃÏÕÂץס»ú»á£¬³Ëʤ׷»÷£¬ºÜ¿ì¾Í½«ÕâËÄÃûÕæÏÉ¿þÀÜһһնɱÁË¡£


    ÔÚÃÏÕ³¹µ×»÷ɱËûÃǵÄʱºò£¬ËûÃÇÔÚÉúÃüµÄ×îºóÒ»¿Ì£¬ÕæÁé·Â·ð²úÉúÁËһ˲¼äµÄÇåÐÑ¡£


    Ò»µÀµÀ¸Ð¼¤µÄÇéÐ÷£¬Á¬´ø×ÅһЩ˵²»ÇåµÀ²»Ã÷µÄÎÞÐÎÖ®ÎÂäµ½ÁËÃÏÕµÄÉíÉÏ¡£


    ºÃºÃµÄÏÉÈË£¬±»µÀÔô¿ØÖÆ£¬³ÉΪ¿þÀÜ£¬ÈÎÓÉÆäÇýʹ£¬ÕâÊǶàôʹ¿àµÄÊÂÇé¡£


    ÔÚËûÃÇÉúÇ°£¬ËûÃÇÎÞ·¨½âÍÑ£¬Ò²ÎÞ·¨ÐÑÎò¡£


    ÔÚÕâÒ»¿Ì£¬ÃÏÕ½«ËûÃdz¹µ×Öïɱ£¬ÊÇÈÃËûÃÇ»ñµÃÁËÓÀÔ¶µÄ½âÍÑ¡£


    ÑÛ¼û×ÅËÄÃûÕæÏÉ¿þÀܳ¹µ×»¯×÷»Ò¾¡Ïûʧ£¬ÃÏÕÂÈ̲»×¡Ì¾ÁËÒ»¿ÚÆø¡£


    ËäÈ»ÒÔÇ°²¢²»ÈÏʶÕâËÄÃûÕæÏÉ£¬¿ÉÊÇͬΪÕæÏɵÄÒ»Ô±£¬ÃÏÕ¶ÔËûÃÇ»¹ÊÇÓм¸·ÖͬÇéµÄ¡£


    ÃÏÕÂÇå³þµÄ¸ÐÓ¦µ½ÁËËûÃÇ×îºóµÄ¸Ð¼¤Ö®Çé¡£


    ÏÖÔÚսʻ¹Ã»ÓÐÍêÈ«½áÊø£¬ÃÏÕ»¹ÓÐÐí¶àÊÂÇéÒª×ö£¬À´²»¼°½øÐÐ×ÐϸµÄÕûÀí¡£


    ÃÏÕÂÏò×ÅÌ«ÃîµÄ·½Ïò¸ÏÈ¥£¬ËûÒª°ïÖúÌ«Ãî³¹µ×ÖïɱÄÇÃûµÀÔô¡£


    ÔÂÉñ¼ÌÐøÁôÔÚÕâÀÅÔ¹ÛÕâÀïµÄÕ½¶·¡£


    ÃÏÕºܿì¾Í¸Ïµ½ÁËÌ«ÃîºÍ¶ÔÊÖµÄÕ½³¡¡£


    Á½ÈËÁªÊÖ֮ϣ¬Õ½¶·µÄ½á¹ûÒѾ­Ã»ÓÐÈκÎÐüÄîÁË¡£


    µÀÔô¿ÕÐÔµÄÉíÍ⻯Éí±»³¹µ×Ãðɱ¡£


    ËûÄÇÓɸ÷ÖÖÌì²ÄµØ±¦Ôì¾ÍµÄÇûÌ壬³ÉΪÁËÃÏÕÂËûÃǵÄÕ½ÀûÆ·¡£


    ÃÏÕ´óÊÖÒ»»Ó£¬¾Í½«Õâ×ùÆÆËé²»¿°µÄºþ²´£¬ÊÕÈëÁ˽æ×Ó¿Õ¼äÖ®ÖС£


    ÕóÑÛ±»ÆÆ£¬Õâ×ùÏÉÕóµÄÍþÁ¦µøµ½Á˹ȵס£


    ÃÏÕºÍÌ«ÃîÔÚÏÉÕóÄÚ²¿³öÊÖ£¬Ì«ÒÒ½çÖîλÉñÃ÷²Ù¿ØÌ«ÒÒ½çÔÚÍâÃæ¹¥»÷¡£


    ÀïÓ¦ÍâºÏ֮ϣ¬Õâ×ùÏÉÕó±»³¹µ×´òÆÆ£¬Ñ¸ËÙ±ÀÀ£ÁË¡£


    ÏÉÕó±ÀÀ££¬ÀïÃæµÄ¿Õ¼äÒ»ÕóÎÉÂÒ£¬Ò²Ê§È¥Á˶ÔÀïÃæËùÓÐÈ˵ÄÊø¸¿Ö®Á¦¡£


    ½è×Å¿Õ¼äµÄ¼«¶ÈÎÉÂÒ£¬ÐÁ´ï×ðÉñ¼°ÄÇÎå×ðÕæÉñ¼°Ê±ÌøÈë¿Õ¼ä·ç±©Ö®ÖУ¬ÏëÒª½è´ËÍÑÉí¡£


    ËûÃǵĶÔÊÖÔÚºóÃæ½ô×·²»Éá¡£


    ËûÃǺܿì¾ÍÍÑÀëÁËÏÉÕ󣬳öÏÖÔÚÁËÍâÃæµÄÐé¿ÕÖ®ÖС£


    ÏÉÕó±ÀÀ£Ö®ºó£¬ÃÏÕºÍÌ«ÃîÔٴγöÊÖ£¬ÍâÃæµÄÌ«ÒÒ½çÒ²¼°Ê±·¢Á¦£¬ÔÝʱÎÈסÁËÕýÔÚ±ÀÀ£µÄÏÉÕó¡£


    ÃÏÕºÍÌ«ÃîÌøµ½ÏÉÕóÖ®Í⣬һÆð·¢Á¦£¬½«Ò»ÕÅÆÆÆÆÀÃÀõÄÏÉÕóÕóͼÊÕÁËÆðÀ´¡£


    ´ó¼ÒÈ¥¿ì¿ÉÒÔÊÔÊÔ°É¡£¡¿


    ÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬ÕóÊDzã´Î¼«¸ßµÄÏÉÕó£¬ÕâÕÅÏÉÕóͼÊÇÒ»¼þÖÁ±¦¡£


    ¼´±ãÆäÆäÊÜËðÑÏÖØ£¬¿ÉÄÜÔÙÒ²ÎÞ·¨½è´Ë²¼ÏÂÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬ÕóÁË£¬¿ÉÈÔÈ»ÓÐמ޴óµÄ¼ÛÖµ¡£


    ͨ¹ýÕâÕÅÏÉÕóͼ£¬Ì«ÒÒ½çÈÕºóÓÐÁËÕóµÀÏÉʦ£¬¿ÉÒÔÑо¿Ñ§Ï°£¬ÄËÖÁÁìÎòµ½ÌìØÉ·Ðǹ¬ÕóÕâ×ùÏÉÕó¡£


    Á¶ÖÆÕóͼµÄ¸÷ÖÖÌì²ÄµØ±¦²»ËµÁË£¬µ¥ÊÇÕóͼ֮ÖÐÄýÁ·µÄÌìØÉ·Ö®Æø¾Í¼ÛÖµ²»·Æ¡£

 Chapter 2956

    In this battle, Meng Zhang and the others were not without danger, and it was not easy to win.


    If Dao Thief Kongxing''s external incarnation succeeded in all his calculations and nothing unexpected happened, the situation of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm would be in danger.


    Fortunately, a series of blunders, the main reason is that the Taiyi Realm is not what it used to be, and it has a powerful strength that no one can imagine, and finally won.


    Although the battle was not completely over, Gu Yue Lingqing and the others were still chasing and killing the remnants of the enemy.


    But with the development of the war situation so far, basically the overall situation has been decided, and there will be no changes.


    As the winners, Meng Zhang and the others are about to receive all kinds of spoils.


    Among other things, the formation map of the Heavenly Gang and Dixie Star Palace alone is worth the effort this time.


    Meng Zhang obtained the inheritance of the Star Dou Formation from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, and passed it on to the disciples of the Taiyi Sect.


    Many high-ranking monks of Taiyi Sect have practiced and practiced this large formation together, and have already grasped a little bit of superficiality.


    It is these superficial features that have played a major role in many wars.


    Also from the Immortal Formation of the Avenue of Stars, the Heavenly Gang Dixie Star Palace Formation is a beneficial supplement to the Star Dou Formation.


    If the monks of Taiyimen can comprehend this fairy formation, their overall strength will usher in another leap.


    While Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were busy collecting the formation map of the evil star palace formation in Tiangang, the others were not idle either.


    Taking advantage of the collapse of the fairy array and the chaos of the space, God Xinda jumped into the space storm, and then appeared in the void in the distance.


    After the four He family brothers chased for a while, they didn''t have much desire to continue chasing.


    They didn''t plan to kill the God of Sinda, they just wanted to grab a little advantage.


    God Xinda didn''t know their thoughts, and was worried about falling into their siege.


    At the juncture of life and death, God Xinda didn''t even care about taking the body of Gairang, the god of heaven.


    The consequences of the collapse of such a powerful fairy array are very serious.


    The anti-space in a large area around it was affected, and waves of anti-space storms began to blow inside.


    Install the latest version. ¡¿


    Even for true immortals and true gods, using anti-space to travel through space at this time is a very dangerous thing.


    After weighing the pros and cons, God Sindar took the risk of jumping into the anti-space.


    Rather than being besieged by many true immortals, it is better to try your luck in the anti-space.


    The four brothers of the He family made a gesture of chasing him, and after chasing him for a certain distance, they stopped on their own initiative.


    The four brothers are not willing to take risks at this time.


    Seeing that the four brothers stopped chasing, God Sinda also broke away from the anti-space storm and jumped out of the anti-space.


    In the short period of time just now, he has already expended a lot of energy and looked very embarrassed.


    Just as he jumped out of the anti-space, his foothold was unstable, when a sharp saber light slashed towards him ferociously.


    Luna''s accomplishments on the space avenue are much better than that of Sinda.


    This kind of space collapse, leading to the outbreak of anti-space storms, she has also experienced many times.


    Now Meng Zhang and the others have completely destroyed the fairy formation and killed the Taoist thieves who were behind the scenes.


    Then the moon god can put all his thoughts on hunting down and killing the god Xinda.


    God Sinda had offended her a long time ago, and she would never let him go easily.


    She did not follow closely behind Zun Xinda like the four brothers of the He family.


    She carefully observed the surroundings, analyzed the laws of anti-space storms, followed the trajectory of God Xinda''s actions, and used her attainments on the space avenue to walk ahead of him.


    When God Xinda jumped out of the anti-space and returned to the void, the Moon God who came here first, immediately sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughter Sword with all his strength, and launched a fatal blow.


    Caught off guard, God Xinda encountered this assault in a very poor state.


    He tried to parry it, but he still couldn''t block the power of the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword.


    There was a long wound on his chest, and divine blood spattered.


    To make matters worse, the ferocity and killing power contained in the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword all invaded through his wounds and went straight to the vital points of his body.


    While trying to stabilize the injury, the god Xinda raised his sword and fought fiercely with the moon god.


    The lethality of Taiyin Slaughtering God Knife is too terrifying, not only beyond the expectation of God Xinda, but also gave Moon God a huge surprise.


    The God Sinda, who was injured by the Taiyin Slaughter Sword, continued to lose blood, and the injury could not be stabilized, but became heavier.


    After a lot of fighting, Moon God finally paid a high price and beheaded God Xinda on the spot.


    The faces of the four He family brothers who had witnessed all this were ashen, and their eyes seemed to burst into anger.


    They chased God Sindar just for show, but Moon God suddenly intervened in the sneak attack, and finally killed God Sindar.


    If word of what happened here spread, the four brothers of the He family would be regarded as the accomplices of the Moon God.


    The Sindar god is not a character without heels.


    He has a profound background and an extraordinary background, and is valued by many Shinto seniors.


    Not to mention the four brothers of the He family, even if the three female fairies of the Yuzhen Sect caught him, they might not necessarily kill him directly.


    Now that God Sinda is dead, the Shinto seniors behind him will certainly not sit idly by.


    As the direct murderer of the Sindar God, Luna is the target of their revenge.


    The four He family brothers also couldn''t escape.


    Generally speaking, like those gods with the Kingdom of God, if they have made enough preparations in advance, there is a high possibility that they will be resurrected in the Kingdom of God after their fall.


    Shinto is not as good as Immortal in many respects, but in this regard, at least a true god has almost one more life than a true immortal.


    When Meng Zhang beheaded his old opponent, the Hunling Zunshen of the Tianshen Temple in the Shenchang Realm, he guessed that the opponent was likely to be resurrected in the Kingdom of God.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang''s cultivation base was limited, and he was unable to spread his power to the opponent''s kingdom of God.


    Things are very different now.


    As an ancient god, Luna is quite accomplished in the way of cause and effect.


    More importantly, the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword she used was too fierce, and its killing power had spread along the body and soul of the god Sinda to the kingdom of God, completely cutting off its foundation and returning it to the world. He successfully destroyed his kingdom of God.


    In other words, even with the help of the gods, it is impossible for him to be resurrected in his own kingdom of God.


    Such a method of killing and killing without leaving any room will definitely greatly anger the masters of the divine way behind him.


    If the four brothers of the He family knew this, they would have already been so frightened that they would have been restless.


    They were terrified just because they were involved in the Moon God''s killing of God Sindar.


    Now that Meng Zhang and the others have freed up their hands, they are not friends of the four He family brothers.


    The four brothers of the He family were worried that Meng Zhangji hated what happened just now, and wanted to kill them all.


    They didn''t dare to stay here for long, so they ran away.

 Chapter 2957

    The four brothers of the He family saw the opportunity early and escaped in time.


    If they continue to stay here, it is really possible to kill them all when Meng Zhangkong makes a move.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has a reputation for righteousness. If he insists that they colluded with Taoist thieves, he is eradicating Taoist thieves and their accomplices.


    In this place, no one will call the shots for them.


    Meng Zhang is not the type to kill recklessly, but when it''s time to kill, he will never be soft.


    The four He family brothers escaped here in time, so they escaped a catastrophe.


    When the Moon God beheaded the God of Sindar, other places continued to pursue and kill him.


    Those five true gods came to reinforce him at the invitation of God Xinda.


    Before they figured out what was going on, they fell into a fierce battle and fell into a disadvantageous situation.


    The fairy formation collapsed, and the enemy gained the upper hand...


    These five guys are not newcomers to the battlefield, but veterans of many battles.


    There are many cunning guys among them.


    They are not slaves of the god Sindar, they just come to help.


    Regardless of success or failure, God Sinda must express something afterwards, and must thank them well.


    Now that the situation is corrupt, no one will sacrifice himself for others.


    Then everyone can only take care of their own, and fly separately when the disaster is imminent.


    The five true gods also took advantage of the collapse of the fairy array and the chaos of the space to escape.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and the four of them followed closely behind.


    They did not achieve any results in the previous battles, and the pursuit of victory is an opportunity to make up for it.


    The three female fairies of Yuzhen Sect also wanted to take the opportunity to cut off the wings of Shinto and weaken its strength.


    The five true gods had no intention of fighting, they just wanted to run for their lives, and they couldn''t show much strength at all.


    After a fierce pursuit, three more true gods were beheaded, and only two true gods were wounded and escaped.


    After the chase was over, everyone returned to the nearby void, including the three female fairies of Yuzhen Sect.


    Install the latest version. ¡¿


    With the efforts of Meng Zhang and the others, the surrounding anti-space storm subsided a lot, and did not continue to spread towards the surroundings.


    Just now when the true immortals fought against the true gods, the monks of the Taiyi Realm on the mainland where the body of the god Gai Rang was transformed have not been idle, and kept following Meng Zhang¡¯s previous instructions, while going deep into the depths of the mainland, while establishing Various arrays.


    Now that the war is over, everything should come to an end.


    After the battle just now, the three female fairies of Yuzhen Sect have become much more sober, and no longer treat Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie with a superior attitude.


    In their eyes, Meng Zhang must have come from a great power in the world of Lingkong and Immortal, and he has practiced a very brilliant inheritance.


    Meng Zhang''s own strength is unfathomable, and Taiyi Realm has extremely powerful combat power.


    If Meng Zhang had evil intentions, it was really possible to kill the three female fairies on the spot.


    If Meng Zhang has a backer in the Lingkong fairyland, then he really doesn''t need to care about the backgrounds of the three female fairies.


    Immortal formations at the level of the Heavenly Palace and Dixie Star Palace Formation, in the Yuzhen Sect, are all important weapons of the sect and should not be used easily.


    The famous monks have many shortcomings, but they also have many advantages.


    The biggest advantage is that they have extraordinary eyesight and know enough to know the goods.


    Meng Zhang''s fighting power in the battle and the magic powers he displayed can all show that his inheritance is strong.


    The ability of the Taiyi Realm to break through such a fairy formation as the Heavenly Gang Dixie Star Palace Formation shows that it is even stronger.


    Now that they have recognized the gap and recognized Meng Zhang''s extraordinaryness, their original plan does not apply.


    They don''t want to drive Meng Zhang, let alone take advantage of Meng Zhang.


    The three female fairies still have enough self-knowledge.


    Especially the Red Jade Fairy, she is not the kind of little fairy who doesn''t understand things and understands that the overall situation is the most important thing. Knowing how to advance and retreat, knowing what to gain and what to lose...


    Now, the three female fairies get along with Meng Zhang with an equal attitude, and discuss the next thing carefully.


    Meng Zhang didn''t intend to kill anyone.


    The other party came from a famous sect, and he didn''t have any great evil, nor was he hostile to him, nor did he harm the Taiyi Realm, so there was really no way to kill him.


    More importantly, the purpose of traveling through the void in the Taiyi Realm is to support wars and conquer all directions, but there is no need to make enemies everywhere and make life difficult for everyone.


    Yuzhen Sect is a comprehension force within the Taoist sect, and there is no need for the Taiyi Realm to become enemies with it for no reason.


    Meng Zhang flew to the front of the three female fairies and flattered them all.


    The Taoists colluded with God Xin Dazun to plot against the cultivators in the Taiyi Realm.


    Yuzhen taught the three female fairies to help each other when they saw the injustice.


    They exposed the conspiracy of Taoist thief and God Xinda, helped Meng Zhang, and saved the Taiyi Realm.


    ...


    With a few words, Meng Zhang put all the credit for defeating the Taoist thief on the three female fairies.


    The pyramid-shaped Shinto creation that God Xinda was riding on before, was attacked by Tai Miao when he attacked the Taiyi Realm, and Tai Miao took the lives of all the creatures inside.


    The pyramid is unmanned and has remained in the nearby void.


    Meng Zhang captured him and gave it to the three fairies as a favor.


    This pyramid is very powerful and has various magical functions. It is a good trophy.


    If the three female fairies bring them back to Yuzhen Sect, it will not only be a proof of their military exploits, but they can also use this to label the god Xinda Zun belongs to, saying that they are colluding with Taoist thieves.


    It is the same thing for the sect of Immortal Dao to compete with the forces of Shinto.


    The high-level bosses of both sides are used to it, and they are generally too lazy to interfere.


    But if the Shinto forces colluded with Taoist thieves, the situation would be quite different.


    If it is not done well, this Shinto force will become the public enemy of the Taoist sect and be attacked by many powerful Taoist sects.


    Fairy Hongyu turned her head quickly, and soon thought of how to profit from it and how to attack the divine forces.


    Even if she fails to fully achieve her goal in the end, it can help improve the current situation of Yuzhen Sect.


    Yuzhen Sect is a group of sects dominated by female cultivators.


    Don''t think that the relationship between female nuns will be so gentle.


    In fact, there was also a fierce battle among these women.


    Even compared to the male cultivator-dominated sect, there are more bullshit inside the Yuzhen Sect.


    Red Jade Fairy and the others also need to make contributions to the Zongmen and get the affirmation and rewards from the Zongmen Heavenly Immortals.


    The corpse of the god Gai Rang is of limited value to Yuzhen Sect.


    Yuzhen Sect is a big sect with celestial beings, and the corpses of celestial gods are nothing serious.


    Fairy Hongyu and the others participated in this battle before, the main purpose was to prevent God Xinda from succeeding.


    Meng Zhang is an immortal from the fairy world of Ling Kong, and he has no grievances or enmities with Yuzhen Sect, so there is no harm in getting the body of the god Gai Rang.


    Fairy Hongyu understood Meng Zhang''s intentions, and also thought of the benefits she could get from this incident.


    Compared with the corpse of the god Gai Rang, it is obviously more important to realize the fact that the god Xin Dazun colluded with the Taoists.


    If they can succeed, then they have made extraordinary achievements for the sect.


    Even if they fail to do their best, it is still a good attempt, and the Zongmen''s high-level will not lose sight of their efforts.

 Chapter 2958

    Meng Zhang handed over the credit for defeating the Dao thief to Fairy Hongyu and the others, which would help them gain the favor of some Taoist seniors at certain times.


    After all, there are many senior masters in the Taoist sect who hate Taoist thieves and want to kill them.


    Many major comprehension forces have also issued high rewards to encourage comprehension practitioners to hunt down Taoist thieves.


    For Meng Zhang, it is not yet possible to take advantage of this matter.


    Fairy Hongyu and the others can use the power of the sect to turn it into real benefits.


    Fairy Hongyu and the three daughters thought about it, and Fairy Hongyu, who was dominant among the three, made the first decision.


    What Meng Zhang did was actually make a deal with them.


    The Taiyi Realm obtained the body of the god Gai Rang, and the reputation of killing Taoist thieves belonged to them.


    Such a result is barely acceptable to them.


    If they refused to accept the deal and insisted on fighting with Meng Zhang, they might not get any benefits.


    Fairy Hongyu reluctantly agreed to Meng Zhang''s deal.


    The two sides negotiated, and a dispute was temporarily eliminated in the invisible.


    Now that the war was over, there was no point in staying here, so Fairy Hongyu and the others left with the captured pyramid.


    They originally came to investigate the abnormal situation here.


    Thinking about it now, the so-called abnormal situation should be arranged by the Taoist thieves, the purpose is to lure them here.


    They exposed the collusion between Taoist thief and God Xinda, and they will not only be able to do business, but also have greater gains when they go back.


    Seeing the Void Battleship that the three daughters of Fairy Hongyu entered and left quickly, Meng Zhang couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief.


    It is also a good thing for him that the three women are so knowledgeable, and it saves a lot of trouble.


    After the three girls left, the Taiyi Realm could focus on disposing of the corpse of the god Gai Rang wholeheartedly.


    A group of Void-returning powers from the Taiyi Realm led a team of monks to go deep into the depths of that continent, and slowly reached its core position¡ªthat is, where its original heart was.


    Meng Zhang has a deep understanding of the gods.


    Before and after conquering Shenchang Realm, he had studied many things related to gods in depth.


    Even the gods still have the common characteristics of many gods.


    On the surface, the remaining resentment and divine power of the god Gai Rang had been turned into various monsters and wiped out.


    But its heart turned into an existence similar to Yuan Hai, hiding its last bit of power.


    This group of Taiyi Realm monks who are not even true immortals did not trigger their last remaining power.


    This power may have to sense the arrival of the immortal before launching the final counterattack.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, these Taiyi monks arranged magic circles around them and inserted various special magic weapons to temporarily seal the opponent''s last remaining power.


    During this process, Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing and Yue Shen have been watching all this outside the mainland.


    These Taiyi Realm monks finished their work, and Meng Zhang and the others were completely relieved.


    The corpse of the god Gai Rang finally lost its last strength of resistance.


    The cautious Meng Zhang and the others finally confirmed this after careful probing over and over again.


    You can''t blame Meng Zhang and the others for being too careful. You can''t be too careful about everything left by the gods.


    After all, the power of the gods is enough to crush real immortals like them, and if they have any backup left, they are enough to pose a fatal threat to Meng Zhang and the others.


    It''s not a bad thing for Meng Zhang and the others to be cautious, but it''s just a little more time delay.


    In the end, Meng Zhang and the others cast spells together, causing the various magic circles on that continent to resonate with the Taiyi Realm.


    All the true gods who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm exerted their strength together, urging the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and slowly moved that continent from a distance.


    This huge continent fell to the side of the Taiyi Realm, and slowly began to merge with the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm originally had only one continent, surrounded by oceans and many islands.


    This continent and the original continent of the Taiyi Realm face each other across the sea, and have become a part of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and the others all know that the Taiyi Realm, which has just expanded, is not very stable yet.


    This newly harvested continent is far from fully integrated into the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang had a faint feeling in his heart that the continent was far from being as simple as it seemed, and there must be a bigger secret hidden in it.


    The four brothers of the He family competed for this continent, and God Xin Da was even more determined to win it, so there must be something strange about it.


    Both Android and Apple are available. ¡¿


    On the contrary, the three female fairies of Yuzhen Sect may really not know the secrets contained in it, otherwise they would not give up this continent so easily.


    Maybe, Qianyuan Xianzun left some arrangements on this continent.


    Previously, for the sake of safety, Meng Zhang and other powerhouses at the immortal level did not enter this continent, only monks who had returned to the Void stage and below were allowed to enter it.


    Their cultivation base and vision are very limited, and the time is very tight, so it is normal for them not to discover all the secrets inside.


    Now this continent has become a part of the Taiyi Realm, and there is enough time for the top officials of the Taiyi Realm to explore it.


    Of course, for the sake of caution, the first to explore are monks below the level of true immortals.


    It is not suitable to stay here for a long time. After the Taiyi Realm took over the continent, Tai Miao personally controlled the Taiyi Realm and left here quickly.


    This continent that has not fully integrated into the Taiyi Realm is a big burden, which greatly slows down the progress of the Taiyi Realm.


    In the process of advancing, in order to ensure that the current Taiyi Realm will not disintegrate and this continent will not break away from the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and the others have been cautiously vigilant.


    Although there was this small episode in the middle, Meng Zhang did not intend to change the direction of progress, and the Taiyi Realm was still moving towards the foreign star area.


    However, it may take more time than originally planned for the Taiyi Realm to reach its destination.


    Anyway, the high-level Taiyi Realm is not in a hurry, just let the Taiyi Realm move forward slowly.


    Some Taiyi Realm executives also suggested to Meng Zhang whether to temporarily change the direction of progress and rush to the area near the Yuzhen Sect to get in touch with it.


    When Meng Zhang talked with the three female fairies of Yuzhen Sect before, he also learned about the situation in the nearby area and knew the general location of Yuzhen Sect.


    Meng Zhang himself has considered this matter.


    There are many reasons why he is unwilling to contact Yuzhen Sect at this time.


    For Lingkong Immortal Realm, Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm are traitors.


    The three daughters of the Red Jade Fairy hadn''t discovered this before, so it''s possible that the senior members of the Yuzhen Sect wouldn''t have known about it.


    From what Fairy Hongyu and the others said, Meng Zhang knew that the Lingkong Immortal World had a great relationship with Yuzhen Sect.


    The most important thing is that Yuzhen Sect is a big sect with celestial beings, and has the strength to easily crush the Taiyi Realm.


    Once they enter the sphere of influence of Yuzhen Sect, the fate of Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang will not be independent.

 Chapter 2959

    The friends and enemies of the Yuzhen Sect Heavenly Immortals are unknown.


    Tianxian''s will is unpredictable, who knows how the other party will deal with Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie.


    What Meng Zhang dislikes the most is the feeling that his fate is involuntary.


    The reason why he wanted to break away from the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and take the Taiyi Realm into the void was because he was unwilling to be subservient to others, let alone continue to be controlled by others.


    Perhaps, one day, he will have the strength to compete head-on with the Celestial Immortal, and he will come here again to learn about Yuzhen Sect for a while.


    When the Taiyi Realm left the nearby area, the surrounding conditions were normal, and no accidents happened.


    In order to ensure the stability of the whole world, Tai Miao or Meng Zhang personally controls the advancement of Taiyi Realm in many cases.


    Having an extra continent is indeed a big burden.


    However, after slowly getting used to it, the Taiyi Realm began to teleport into the void again.


    Although Tai Miao and Meng Zhang, who are the controllers, will have more difficulty when performing the Void Teleportation, and the teleportation distance will be shortened a lot.


    But everything is slowly getting better.


    Moreover, the ability of the Taiyi Realm to perform void teleportation is equivalent to restoring the mobility in the void.


    With an extra continent, the total area of ??the Taiyi Realm has greatly increased.


    If you wait until this continent is completely digested, the creatures on the Taiyi Realm will have more living space.


    The original continent of Taiyi Realm was named Central Continent by Meng Zhang.


    The newly harvested continent is still named after the god Gai Rang, and is called the Gai Rang Continent.


    Between the two continents is the original ocean and islands of the Taiyi Realm.


    Gaiyang Continent is also a continent dominated by land, with some areas on it being rivers and lakes.


    On the edge of the continent, there is a small amount of ocean.


    The current Taiyi Realm is mainly composed of two continents, and the proportion of oceans is extremely low.


    Of course, the current ocean area of ??the Taiyi Realm is still sufficient to support the Dragon Clan and vassal Sea Clan living here.


    When the Gaiyang Continent was just attracted to the Taiyi Realm, the entire continent was very unstable.


    Large and small earthquakes are erupting all over the continent, and there are also volcanic eruptions in many places...


    Things like mountain collapses, land shifts, and rivers drying up often happen.


    Previously, among the many magic circles arranged on Gai Rang Continent, the Taiyi Realm had the function of stabilizing the structure of the continent.


    But in the face of such a large-scale power of heaven and earth, the functions of these magic circles are effective.


    Most of the magic circles were destroyed by the turmoil in the mainland.


    Fortunately, when Gai Rang Continent was drawn into the Taiyi Realm, all the Taiyi Realm monks on it evacuated early, so no casualties were caused.


    The gods of the Taiyi Realm came to Gai Rang Continent in turn, and tried every means to calm down the riots in the entire continent.


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are free, they will also come to stabilize this continent.


    They did not hesitate to use the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm to forcibly suppress the violent vibration of this continent.


    It took hundreds of years for this continent to slowly stop shaking and become stable.


    After this period of time, the Taiyi Realm''s traction on this continent has become stronger, and it has almost locked it firmly.


    Seeing that the Gaiyang Continent has begun to stabilize, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm are ready to start exploring and developing it.


    Many high-level executives have also invested more energy here.


    Originally, there were many monsters transformed from the divine power and vitality of the God of Gairang on Gairang Continent.


    During the Taiyi Realm''s conquest of the Gaiyang Continent, these monsters were almost wiped out.


    Only a very small part is hidden in various secret places on the continent.


    The vitality of these monsters is really tenacious. After so many tosses, they have not been exterminated.


    After the Taiyi Realm monks withdrew from Gai Rang Continent, they jumped out of the dark to move around again.


    Meng Zhang guessed right before that the remaining divine power of Gai Rang Heavenly God has not been exhausted.


    The original Taiyi Realm monks'' seal on Gai Rang''s heart began to loosen amidst the shocks.


    Let''s go and give it a try. ¡¿


    The large earthquakes that affected the entire Gairon Continent caused the overall structure of the Gairon Continent to loosen, and many previously hidden forces leaked out.


    These forces have gone through a complicated transformation, and they have started to generate many creatures all over the continent.


    These creatures are all strange and different in shape, and they are born with powerful power.


    In some parts of the mainland, because of the strong yin energy, an existence similar to the ghost domain has even formed, and many ghosts have been bred.


    Meng Zhang did not forget that the reason why this continent attracted Tai Miao''s attention at the beginning was because of the special power contained in it, which imprisoned the souls of the Taiyi soldiers who died in battle on it.


    It is also because of this that the true face of this continent has been exposed.


    According to Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s guess later, it was because the god Gai Rang had mastered the priesthood related to death before his fall.


    Bringing the souls of those who died in battle back to the underworld of the Taiyi Realm is a wonderful vocation.


    Since the Gaiyang Continent fell into the Taiyi Realm, the top Taiyi Realm executives, including Meng Zhang, have been keeping a close eye on it, often conducting close observations outside the mainland.


    The various changes that took place in Gai Rang Continent did not escape the eyes of Meng Zhang and the others.


    In the previous process of conquering the Gaiyang Continent, due to the rush of time, many places in the continent were left untouched, and many hidden secrets were not revealed.


    The god Gai Rang is really not an ordinary god.


    After falling for many years, such a strong power with complex attributes is still hidden in his body.


    From this, Meng Zhang even wondered whether there were any secrets hidden in the careful arrangement of Qianyuan Immortal Venerable after he killed Gai Rang, the god of heaven.


    This time Meng Zhang abducted the loot that originally belonged to Qianyuan Xianzun. It would be a lie to say that he was not worried at all.


    But facing the temptation of the corpse of the god Gai Rang, no one in the Taiyi Realm, especially the gods, could give up easily.


    Meng Zhang finally made a decision after weighing the pros and cons repeatedly.


    Especially in the end, Meng Zhang and the others discovered that the reason for this incident came from the secret layout of the Taoist thieves, so Meng Zhang took the Gai Rang Continent with peace of mind.


    If Qianyuan Xianzun came to him because of this in the future, Meng Zhang could also push the matter to the Taoist thief.


    Inside the Taoist sect, as long as it involves Taoist thieves, there is no small matter.


    This matter is obviously the Taoist thief using Qianyuan Xianzun''s arrangement to plot against Meng Zhang.


    No matter how arrogant and unreasonable Qianyuan Xianzun is, he cannot ignore this point.


    Of course, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about Qianyuan Xianzun for the time being.


    It is imperative to thoroughly explore the Gaiyang Continent and fully discover its hidden secrets.


    For the sake of safety, the true immortals and true gods of the Taiyi Realm are still watching the situation outside Gai Rang Continent, allowing the powerful below the true immortals to enter first.

 Chapter 2960

    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the major cultivation forces and vassal races in the Taiyi Realm began to select elites, form teams, and enter the Gaiyang Continent to explore.


    Now that the Gaiyang Continent has begun to integrate into the Taiyi Realm, these exploration teams have enough time to carefully explore the entire continent and find out everything that is wrong.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are dispatched in turn, leading a group of gods from the Taiyi Realm, mobilizing the power of the heaven and earth avenue in the Taiyi Realm, starting from the periphery of that continent, slowly infecting its laws of heaven and earth, bit by bit. It makes changes.


    If Meng Zhang and the others succeed in the end, then the heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi Realm will completely cover the Gairang Continent, completely changing the original heaven and earth rules of the Gairang Continent, and making the Gairang Continent truly a part of the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, such work must be protracted, and the time consumed is often calculated in thousands or even tens of thousands of years.


    Meng Zhang''s remaining lifespan is still very long, so he is not in a hurry at all, and some are patiently and slowly proceeding with this matter.


    Since the Gaiyang Continent has fallen into the Taiyi Realm, it cannot escape being infected by the Taiyi Realm''s Great Way of Heaven and Earth.


    Meng Zhang and the others are just taking advantage of the situation to speed up the process.


    At the very beginning, Meng Zhang and the others did not encounter much resistance.


    The heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi Realm smoothly spread to the outer area of ??Gai Rang Continent, and then slowly penetrated into the interior.


    At this time, it began to encounter strong resistance.


    The original rules of heaven and earth in Gaiyang Continent began to struggle violently, and they had a fierce confrontation with the rules of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    At the edge of the Gai Rang continent, various phenomena of heaven and earth began to appear.


    Sometimes the sky is sunny and windy; sometimes dark clouds roll, then lightning flashes and thunder rumbles; sometimes a hurricane strikes and seems to sweep everything...


    Needless to say, scenes like this go on for a long time.


    For a long time afterwards, many high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Realm either observed closely or looked at each other across the sea, carefully observing and comprehending the confrontation of different laws of heaven and earth, from which they felt the power of the great way of heaven and earth.


    The Taiyi Realm is progressing smoothly towards the goal. For a long time, the scenery outside has not changed much.


    Trekking in the Void is just that.


    During the journey of hundreds or even thousands of years, the scenery in the void is almost unchanged.


    Because the void is too vast, it seems that there is no progress at all.


    There are very few high-level people in the Taiyi world who are sad and sad.


    Everyone seized the rare free time and worked hard to practice.


    Among the junior monks in the Taiyi Realm, more and more monks have entered the late stage of returning to the void or even the perfect state of returning to the void.


    These are true fairy seeds.


    If they can grow up smoothly, many true immortals will be born in Taiyi Realm in a long time to come.


    As for Meng Zhang himself, his cultivation has steadily improved.


    According to his own estimates, at least before the consummation of the Realm Realm, he should not encounter any bottlenecks.


    The various resources that the Taiyi world can currently provide are relatively sufficient.


    As for the inheritance of skills, there is no shortage of monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    Among the inheritance that Meng Zhang obtained from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, those parts that are not too core have been disclosed to fellow Taoists.


    Fairy Yue''e, who was originally mediocre in combat effectiveness, has greatly improved her combat effectiveness after practicing new skills and supernatural powers.


    Fairy Yue''e was originally a veteran true immortal, but she was born as a casual cultivator and lacked brilliant skills and supernatural powers.


    Since she became the guest secretary of the Taiyi Sect, she has been actively serving the Taiyi Sect, and has made great contributions to many foreign expeditions.


    Meng Zhang saw all this in his eyes, so naturally he would not treat her badly.


    In addition to the supply of various cultivation resources, it also gave her the opportunity to read the secret classics of Taiyimen.


    This is also the biggest motivation for Fairy Yue''e to play for Taiyi Gate.


    In the eyes of ordinary cultivators, Fairy Yue''e is a true immortal.


    But among the group of true immortals, everything about her is so mediocre, and she is almost at the bottom of every aspect.


    For a real fairy like her, let alone a shocking fairy, her daily life would not be too easy.


    Taking refuge in the Taiyi Sect and becoming a guest minister of the Taiyi Sect was probably the most correct decision she had made in her life.


    In these years, she has almost completely changed.


    Now, she can barely occupy a place among the many true immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Her direct disciple, Fairy Yueying, is also a guest of the Taiyi Sect, and she also gained a lot of benefits from it.


    The future of Fairy Moon Shadow looks brighter than that of her master.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, on the other hand, has also gained many benefits since she became the guest minister of the Taiyi Sect, but she has never been able to get the chance to be promoted to the Heavenly Immortal.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was not in a hurry.


    With his temperament, if he is convinced of one thing, he will stick to it to the end.


    He felt that if he followed the Taiyi Realm through the void and found a chance to be promoted to a heavenly immortal, then he would persevere.


    As a veteran true immortal, his cultivation level is higher than Meng Zhang''s, but his combat effectiveness is similar to Meng Zhang''s.


    After these years of combat experience, he was convinced by Meng Zhang and willingly accepted the other party''s command.


    This time, the experience of breaking through the Heavenly Gang and Dixie Star Palace Formation set up by the Taoist bandits made Meng Zhang and Tai Miao understand the best way to use the gods in the Taiyi Realm.


    Except for a few gods such as Luna, most of the gods in the Taiyi world have limited combat power.


    These gods in the Taiyi Realm system can only display their strongest combat effectiveness within the Taiyi Realm.


    That being the case, in the future battles, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao will try their best to let these gods stay in the Taiyi Realm and rely on the Taiyi Realm to fight.


    They mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and they can turn the Taiyi Realm into an extremely terrifying tool of war.


    The Taiyi Realm''s top management has almost never stopped strengthening and improving the Taiyi Realm.


    In addition to following the plan provided by Meng Zhang, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm will also have new creations.


    Especially with the increase of gods in the Taiyi Realm, in addition to the methods of immortality, many divine methods are also used.


    Many gods rooted their divine kingdoms in the Taiyi Realm, making it an important node in the Taiyi Realm, and perfectly integrated into the Taiyi Realm''s divine kingdom system.


    Under Meng Zhang''s arrangement, some true gods raised their own divine kingdoms one after another, allowing them to rise above the Taiyi Realm and become part of the outer defense system of the Taiyi Realm.


    In the past, the outer defense system of the Taiyi Realm was just using the Nine Heavens fragments of the Junchen Realm, the fake Nine Heavens.


    Not to mention rudimentary, there are almost flaws everywhere.


    The kingdoms of these true gods are like huge fortresses in the sky, responding to each other and cooperating with each other, so that the outer defense system of the Taiyi Realm has really taken shape and has a very strong defense force.

 Chapter 2961

    Among the many true gods in the Taiyi Realm, apart from the Moon God, the main ones are the native true gods from the Shenchang Realm.


    With the development of the Taiyi world, one after another gods have been promoted to true gods.


    For example, the two original slave gods of the moon god, the god of death and the god of wind, have been promoted to true gods one after another.


    Not long ago, the most devout believer of the Moon God, her most trusted Moon Goddess, also succeeded in being promoted to the True God.


    The Goddess of Worshiping the Moon used to follow the Moon God through calamities, and has always been the most fanatical and loyal to the Moon God.


    As the Moon God accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and joined the Taiyi Realm''s god system, she also became a member of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the Taiyi Realm already has quite a few true gods, Meng Zhang never dislikes too many true gods under his command.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon was originally a descendant of a god, and has been fully cultivated by the moon god.


    She herself has excellent aptitude, and her cultivation skills are not bad.


    After being promoted to a true god, her combat power is obviously much stronger than that of the native true gods in Shenchang Realm.


    Meng Zhang also has great expectations for the Moon Goddess.


    The Taiyi Realm is obviously a big immortal force, but the number of true immortals is very limited, and often it has to rely on a large group of true gods to fight.


    Although most of the true gods have to be inside the Taiyi Realm, preferably within their own kingdom of God, in order to exert their strongest combat effectiveness.


    However, a top true god like Moon God can still fight like a true immortal, free from the Taiyi Realm, and still display the fighting power it should have.


    Taiyi Realm cannot always be a defensive operation.


    Next, once the Taiyi Realm reaches the destination foreign star area, it may be inevitable to take the initiative to attack.


    Meng Zhang needs more true gods, who can display enough fighting power outside the Taiyi realm.


    Although the goddess of worshiping the moon is a new true god, her combat power is not weak, and she has many characteristics of the moon god.


    In addition to Luna, Meng Zhang also focused on cultivating it.


    Of course, for the Taiyi Realm, it is still necessary to have more real immortals, which is what a great power in the Immortal Dao should look like.


    Meng Zhang has been strictly performing the duties of the head of the Taiyi Sect, and often finds time to guide the monks in the sect, especially the cultivation of those true immortal seeds.


    The history of Taiyi Gate''s revival and departure from the shattered Junchen Realm is actually not that long.


    In the world of comprehension, not to mention true immortals, even Void Returning Powers can have a lifespan of thousands or even nearly ten thousand years.


    In comparison, the Taiyi Sect is still very immature, and the monks in the Sect also need more time to grow.


    Of course, there is no shortage of talented disciples among such a powerful force as the Taiyi Sect.


    The so-called genius is to spend less time on practice, but can achieve greater results.


    Not long after Meng Zhang succeeded the head of the Taiyi Realm, he recruited many outstanding disciples for the sect.


    For example, Yang Xueyi, Wen Qiansuan, the elders of the Taiyi Sect, etc., are all figures who joined the Taiyi Sect in the early days and have been accompanying the growth of the Taiyi Sect.


    They have extraordinary talents and have always been the focus of Meng Zhang''s training.


    The resources that Meng Zhang poured into them were even higher than that of Niu Dawei, a personal disciple.


    After all, they got started far before Niu Dawei, practiced longer, traveled farther on the road of practice, and got closer to the realm of true immortals.


    Both Yang Xueyi and Wen Qiansuan have become virtual immortals long ago, and have been preparing to break through to real immortals.


    They have a brilliant inheritance, experience left by their predecessors, and rich resources, and they are relatively smooth when preparing for promotion.


    After the Taiyi Realm ended the battle with the Taoist thieves, Yang Xueyi was the first to retreat, and began to prepare to break through the real immortal.


    Yang Xueyi is one of the direct monks of the Taiyi Sect, except for Meng Zhang, although Meng Zhang does not treat them differently on the surface, but deep down, Meng Zhang still attaches more importance to the direct line monks of the Taiyi Sect.


    From the day Yang Xueyi started to retreat, Meng Zhang observed her retreat from time to time.


    Although the secret room of her retreat is covered with formations and restrictions, which can prevent outsiders from entering, Meng Zhang can still sense her breath relatively clearly.


    At the beginning of retreat, Yang Xueyi''s aura was relatively stable, her cultivation base was growing steadily, and her state began to become perfect.


    After nearly two hundred years, her aura suddenly began to rise steadily, and the sky over the place of retreat was even more abrupt and turbulent.


    Meng Zhang, who was casting spells outside the Gai Rang Continent, saw this scene and knew that this was Yang Xueyi''s promotion to a true immortal.


    Without the slightest hesitation, he immediately gave up his original action, took a step, and came to the outside of Yang Xueyi''s retreat, observed carefully, and waited anxiously.


    He also knew that once Yang Xueyi started to formally attack the real immortal, she would have to rely on herself, and basically no one else could help her.


    But he still couldn''t hide the concern and anxiety in his heart, he insisted on coming to see with his own eyes, but trying to hit the real immortal was a risky thing, and no one dared to say that it could be 100% successful.


    In the history of the cultivation world, among those peerless arrogances who believed that they would be able to become true immortals, there were also many losers.


    Even the descendants of celestial immortals or even golden immortals must take risks.


    Under Meng Zhang''s close attention, Yang Xueyi went very smoothly at first, successfully crossing the checkpoints one after another.


    For this situation, Meng Zhang was not surprised.


    With Yang Xueyi''s talent and foundation, and the preparations she made in advance, if she couldn''t even break through these barriers, it would be a joke.


    As time passed, Yang Xueyi faced more and more difficult challenges, and the process of becoming a real fairy began to come to an end.


    After going through many difficulties, she finally entered the last link and faced the last test.


    An extraterritorial heavenly demon with the level of a real fairy descended from far away to prevent Yang Xueyi from becoming enlightened.


    Now, Yang Xueyi wants to defeat this extraterritorial demon alone, and no one can directly help her.


    The battlefield where they fought was located in an independent space above Yang Xueyi''s retreat.


    Due to the obscuration of certain rules, even Meng Zhang couldn''t see many details of the battle clearly.


    It is a big event for Yang Xueyi to break through the real fairy.


    Currently there are only a few true immortals in the Taiyi world, and everyone is very concerned about the success or failure of this junior, Yang Xueyi.


    Many true gods are also very interested in Yang Xueyi''s breaking through the true immortality.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and the others came to Meng Zhang''s side one after another, watching and waiting with him.


    In farther places, there are still many true gods watching.


    About half a month later, the sky above Yang Xueyi''s closed-door retreat suddenly disappeared, and the aura of the extraterrestrial demon disappeared completely, but her aura suddenly changed, becoming more ethereal, lofty and haunting.

 Chapter 2962

    Seeing this scene, everyone present, regardless of the gods, knew clearly that Yang Xueyi had been promoted successfully, and the Taiyi Realm had once again added a true immortal.


    Not long after, a female fairy with fluttering white clothes and extraordinary bearing appeared in front of everyone.


    Seeing Yang Xueyi''s appearance, Meng Zhang''s face was full of ecstasy.


    The significance of Yang Xueyi''s promotion to a true immortal is not trivial.


    She is a direct monk of the Taiyi Sect, and has accompanied the Taiyi Sect to grow up all the way, and is Meng Zhang''s most trusted close comrade-in-arms.


    After Meng Zhang, a new true immortal appeared in the Taiyi Gate, which meant that there were successors in the Taiyi Gate.


    Yang Xueyi, who has just been promoted to the realm of true immortals, still needs to continue to retreat, consolidate her current cultivation level, and master some methods that only true immortals can have.


    She showed up just to tell everyone that she was safe.


    Soon, after a brief greeting to Meng Zhang, she entered the retreat again and continued to practice.


    The fairy gods gathered around quickly dispersed.


    The news of Yang Xueyi''s success in being promoted to a true immortal quickly spread in all directions, spreading to the entire Taiyi Realm.


    The entire Taiyi world began to rejoice.


    After Yang Xueyi continued to retreat for a period of time, she exited the retreat smoothly.


    Afterwards, everything will be in accordance with the practice of the cultivation world, holding a grand ascension ceremony for her, and holding one after another dharma conference.


    The entire Taiyi world has been lively for more than ten years, and these tedious things are slowly coming to an end.


    Yang Xueyi is not an ordinary true fairy, she is also proficient in the way of making talismans, and is a very brilliant master of making talismans.


    In the way of making talismans, she not only has the brilliant inheritance from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, but also recruits the elders of hundreds of schools.


    For example, Xianyun Zhenxian of Liuyun Sect was controlled by Meng Zhang for a period of time.


    At that time, Yang Xueyi learned and comprehended the fairy talisman drawn by Immortal Liuyun, and learned from Immortal Xianyun the unique way of making talismans.


    After being promoted to a true immortal, Yang Xueyi spent a little time busy with various mundane affairs, and then began to practice in seclusion again.


    In addition to practicing fairy arts and supernatural powers this time, she will continue to practice the way of talisman making, and strive to become a talisman making fairy as soon as possible.


    For a sect, the Talisman Immortal Master is a strategic power, and plays an extremely important role in all aspects.


    Not long after Yang Xueyi started retreating again, another veteran of the Taiyi Sect, Wen Qiansuan, the true immortal seed who was also favored by Meng Zhang, finally succeeded in being promoted to a true immortal.


    Its promotion process was obviously more dangerous and difficult than that of Yang Xueyi, which worried all the bystanders.


    Fortunately, Wen Qiansuan was promoted successfully in the end, and the tragedy did not happen.


    After Wen Qianjuan was successfully promoted to a true immortal, he received almost the same treatment as Yang Xueyi.


    Yang Xueyi used to be in charge of her own affairs, held great power in her family, and had a lot of friends inside and outside her family.


    Compared with Yang Xueyi, Wen Qianjuan is much more introverted. She doesn''t like all kinds of red tape and doesn''t want to be disturbed by mundane affairs.


    Not long after finishing the Ascension Ceremony hastily, he began to retreat again.


    True immortals always have some eccentricities of one kind or another, which everyone takes for granted.


    People like Wen Qianjuan are just a little introverted and closed, so it''s not a big deal at all.


    Wen Qian can be regarded as the leading master of formation in the entire Taiyi world.


    He has been obsessed with formations for many years, and he almost delayed the improvement of his cultivation level because of this.


    The Taiyi Realm not only has the inheritance of formations from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, but also absorbs the essence of many foreign formations, and has collected many classics of formations.


    Needless to say, shortly after Meng Zhang seized the formation map of the Tiangang Dixie Star Palace, he handed it over to Wen Qiansuan for research.


    In the past, Wen Qianjuan was limited by his lack of cultivation, and it was difficult to fully comprehend the mystery of the Immortal Formation.


    Now that he has been promoted to a true immortal, he can''t wait to start comprehending the inheritance of the immortal array.


    If Wen Qiansuan can successfully become the Immortal Master of Formation Dao, then the Immortal Formation currently owned by Taiyi Sect can slowly display its true power.


    For Taiyi Sect, the Immortal Master of Formation Dao has a unique strategic significance.


    In a short period of more than two hundred years, two true immortals were born in the Taiyi Realm, and the entire Taiyi Realm was greatly encouraged and their morale soared.


    The successful promotion of the seniors has greatly encouraged the high-level monks in the Taiyi realm, especially those who are qualified to attack the realm of true immortals.


    The journey of the Taiyi Realm to the foreign star area was generally relatively smooth.


    After experiencing the design of the Taoist thief last time, there were basically no accidents along the way.


    Along the way, the void was empty, and not even a few meteorites could be seen.


    Every once in a while, the powerhouses of the Taiyi Realm will form a team, temporarily leave the Taiyi Realm, and conduct a careful search around the Taiyi Realm.


    Both Android and Apple are available. ¡¿


    First, if outsiders approach the Taiyi Realm, they can find out in advance, which can be regarded as an early warning.


    Second, they tried to collect some resources in the void.


    Thirdly, this kind of searching and exploring in the void is also a kind of experience for them.


    Of course, these powerhouses basically ran for nothing, and they have never gained anything.


    At first, those who rarely wander in the void will feel new and interesting.


    After a long time, there is an unchanging scenery in the eyes, and there is no gain after working hard for a long time, which will inevitably make people feel bored.


    Fortunately, everyone is a high-level monk, and they can understand the purpose of training, and they can hold back the impatience in their hearts every time, and complete the task seriously.


    If it was before collecting the Gaiyang Continent, the movement speed of the Ether Realm should have almost reached the alien star area.


    Because the Gaiyang Continent has not yet fully integrated into the Taiyi Realm, it has greatly slowed down the progress of the Taiyi Realm.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, if the current speed of the Taiyi Realm remains unchanged, it will take at least two or three hundred years to reach the alien star area.


    Fortunately, everyone in the Taiyi world is not in a hurry, and there is no shortage of resources in the Taiyi world.


    More sailing time means that the Taiyi Realm can accumulate stronger strength and make more adequate preparations for the big battle.


    For countless ordinary people in the Taiyi world, as well as many low-level monks, there is no need to think about this issue at all.


    A few hundred years is enough for mortals to reproduce for several generations.


    Cultivators have not broken through the golden core period, and their lifespan has not been hundreds of years.


    For the vast majority of low-level cultivators in the Taiyi Realm, they will never see the foreign star area.


    As the head of the Taiyi Sect and the leader of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang has long stopped directly intervening in the daily affairs of the Taiyi Realm, but he still listens to reports from the middle and high-level officials of the sect from time to time.


    In general, after the war between the Taiyi Realm and the Daoist Bandit ended, everything went smoothly, and it entered a high-speed development again.


    On the contrary, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, when using the rules of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm to erode the Gai Rang Continent, began to encounter huge resistance, and the progress of things became more and more difficult.

 Chapter 2963

    After Meng Zhang and Tai Miao used the rules of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm to erode the periphery of Gai Rang Continent, they began to slowly penetrate into the interior of Gai Rang Continent.


    The Gaiyang Continent began to struggle and resist violently.


    Two completely different rules of heaven and earth began a fierce confrontation in the Gairang continent.


    This attracted many Taiyi Realm powerhouses to watch.


    As time went by, the advantages of Mengzhang and Taimiao began to increase, and the erosion of the heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi Realm on the Gailang Continent became more and more obvious.


    Naturally, the counterattack from Gaiyang Continent became more and more intense.


    Those teams who ventured into Gaiyang Continent began to experience the two worlds of ice and fire.


    Sometimes, they will be suppressed by the powerful repulsive force of Gaelang Continent.


    Sometimes, this exclusion and oppression will suddenly disappear, making them much easier.


    Gai Rang Continent''s fierce instinctive counterattack had long been expected by Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    They were not in a hurry, and they continued to infect it according to the original rhythm, constantly urging the rules of heaven and earth in the Taiyi world.


    What Meng Zhang and Tai Miao didn''t expect was that in addition to the obvious counterattack in Gai Rang Continent, a new counterattack method was secretly launched in many places in the Taiyi Realm.


    On this day, a gorgeous second-order flying boat quickly flew into the death sand sea in the north of Junchen Realm.


    The Death Sand Sea is an endless sand sea in the Longxing Land next to the Taiyi Gate.


    After the rise of the Taiyi Realm, even though the Zongmen''s headquarters had been relocated to other places, the middle and senior management of the sect did not give up their attention to their homeland.


    Especially some senior veterans have a special yearning for the endless sand sea.


    After the Taiyi Gate had enough ability, they encouraged the Taiyi Gate to transform the endless sand sea.


    Among the elders who grew up with the Taiyi Gate from the endless sand sea, many of them grew into high-ranking monks.


    These high-level monks have the ability to move mountains and seas.


    They only need to spend a little effort to greatly change the appearance of the endless sand sea.


    Among other things, Yang Xueyi and Wen Qiansuan, the two newly promoted true immortals of the Taiyi Sect, both had the experience of living in the endless sand sea.


    As long as they are willing, they can completely change the endless sand sea with a light blow.


    After many years of development, most of the Gobi desert in the endless sea of ??sand has disappeared.


    A small part of the remaining Gobi desert is more to commemorate the history of Zongmen.


    Many places that were originally deserts and Gobi have become grasslands, forests, rivers and lakes.


    Many mortals multiplied here, forming villages, towns, cities and even countries.


    The death sand sea is next to the endless sand sea. The original environment was even worse, and it was almost impossible for creatures to survive there.


    When the monks of Taiyimen transformed the endless sand sea, they did not forget the neighbor''s death sand sea, so they transformed it.


    The current death sand sea has long since changed from a restricted area of ??life to a country where ordinary people live and work in peace and contentment.


    However, because of their special commemorative significance, the place names of Endless Sand Sea and Death Sand Sea have been preserved.


    In these two places, Taiyi Gate has retained some branches.


    Many comprehension forces that joined the Hanhai Dao League in the early years and took refuge in Taiyimen all came from the endless sand sea.


    Even after the mountain gate was moved, it still retained a certain amount of power in the ancestral land.


    The airship that entered the death sand sea from the endless sand sea has obvious signs of the Taiyi Realm on it, and the airship is also a standard airship commonly used by the Taiyi Sect.


    On the deck of the flying boat, a handsome young man stood out among a group of people.


    The group of people around him guarded him like stars accompanying the moon, and the words of flattery and flattery almost never stopped.


    The name of this young son is Yang Shunyao, he is an inner disciple of the Taiyi Sect and a member of the Yang family, a big cultivator.


    That''s right, this Yang family is the Yang family where Yang Xueyi was born.


    Before entering the Taiyi Gate, Yang Xueyi was a family monk of the Yang family.


    The Yang family was originally a dilapidated cultivator family, and it was a good move to seek refuge in the Taiyi Sect.


    With the rise of the Taiyi Sect step by step, the Yang family also grew stronger and stronger, becoming one of the few big families in the Taiyi world.


    From Mengzhang down, Taiyimen, including Yang Xueyi, Wen Qiansuan and other high-level officials, all know that the interests of the sect are the most important, and they will not let the interests of the family affect the interests of the sect.


    Although Meng Zhang will not deliberately suppress the family power in the Taiyi Sect, the strict rules and regulations of the Taiyi Sect are enough to limit the excessive expansion of the family power.


    Of course, the family power in the Taiyi Gate cannot be banned, and there is no need to ban it.


    Like Meng Zhang, who was born in the Meng family, and Yang Xueyi, who was born in the Yang family.


    Even if they don''t deliberately take care of them, but in terms of their face, these families can get great convenience in many ways, and thus get huge development.


    ¡¿


    Zongmen has many family forces, and there are disputes and cooperation among them.


    The master-student forces outside the family and the family forces are not all competition, but there is me in you, and you in me.


    For the healthy competition within the sect, most of the sect''s senior officials are supportive.


    The style of the Taiyi Sect has always been very upright, and the laws of the sect are strict.


    It is absolutely impossible to rely on the power of the family to dominate the sect and do whatever they want.


    The vast majority of disciples from major cultivation families have also been taught by their elders since they were young, and they are deeply gracious to the sect, knowing that the interests of the sect are above the interests of the family.


    The cultivation families of the major vassals also know to send the most outstanding disciples in the family to be trained in the sect early.


    Once these disciples formally entered the Taiyi Sect, they would lose their status as members of the original family.


    Unless you are old and have no hope of progress and give up the path of practice, you can return to the family.


    It has to be admitted that those disciples from big families have great advantages in many aspects because they have the care of the elders in the sect.


    Those disciples from poor families, if they are good enough, will also be cultivated by the elders in the family, and have the power to compete with the disciples of the family.


    Yang Shunyao joined the Taiyi Gate since he was a child, and succeeded in establishing the foundation early on. Now he is a monk in the late stage of foundation establishment.


    It is true that the Yang family is a big family, but the family has a big business and a lot of people.


    Yang Shunyao is not only facing a lot of competition within the sect, but also within the family.


    If his cultivation base wants to continue to improve, he needs more merits.


    Fundamentals will not fall from the sky, he needs to take the initiative to fight for them.


    Now, he is on the way to complete the mission of the sect, working hard to obtain the good deeds of the sect.


    With lofty aspirations, he began to make various preparations for the alchemy early on.


    Formation of alchemy is an important threshold on the road of comprehension, and a major test for low-level cultivators.


    Even the disciples of the Taiyi Sect, among the members of the Yang family, there are still a large number of cultivators who will never stop outside the Jindanqi Sect.


    The Taiyi Sect does not lack the exercises and unique resources needed for cultivators to form alchemy, but they only need enough good deeds to exchange for them.

 Chapter 2964

    With Yang Shunyao''s cultivation and status, there is no shortage of followers inside and outside the sect.


    This time he went to the death sand sea to complete the mission of the sect openly and aboveboard.


    Before coming to the Endless Sand Sea, the relevant information was passed to the ears of the local comprehension forces.


    When he passed through the endless sea of ??sand, some disciples from local cultivation forces took the initiative to join him and became his new follower.


    First, he needs the cooperation of these local monks in some matters, so that he can do things conveniently.


    Secondly, the Endless Sand Sea is the place where Taiyimen''s dragon thrives, and many high-level officials of Taiyimen have always been nostalgic for the old days.


    Who knew that these seemingly unremarkable local comprehension forces, the ancestors could have a relationship with which high-ranking Taiyi Sect?


    As a cultivator from a family background, Yang Shunyao has always been good at dancing and will not easily do evil to others.


    He accepted these temporary followers, and everyone was happy.


    Yang Shunyao led a group of followers, and shortly after the flying boat entered the death sand sea, he came to the outside of a vast forest.


    The sea of ??dead sand, which was originally barren and deserted, has undergone major changes over the years. Not only have many grasslands, lakes and other areas suitable for human survival, but also unprecedentedly huge forests have appeared.


    According to the laws of the Taiyi world, mortals and cultivators have never interfered with each other.


    Mortal society is generally managed by mortals themselves, and practitioners will not easily interfere with its internal affairs.


    Of course, mortals are the foundation of a cultivator, and a cultivator must protect mortals, so naturally there is no intersection between the two.


    If mortals are disturbed by extraordinary power, such as a few scum of cultivators doing evil in mortal society, and demonic cultivators hidden in mortal society, etc.


    This kind of thing needs to be dispatched by cultivators to clean it up.


    It''s a bit strange to say that there are so many true immortals and true gods guarding Taiyi Realm, and the entire world is limited in size, so it has always been under relatively strict monitoring.


    However, the demonic cultivators and monsters in the Taiyi world cannot be completely eradicated.


    Ordinary cultivators don''t know that this situation has something to do with the origin of Taiyi Realm.


    When leaving the broken Junchen Realm, the Taiyi Realm absorbed too many fragments of the Junchen Realm, many of which had been seriously demonized.


    ¡¿


    To some extent, the devilish energy has penetrated deep into the foundation of Taiyi Realm.


    After so many years of purification, none of the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm has been able to completely solve this problem.


    Every once in a while, magic cultivators and monsters will always appear in some places in the Taiyi world.


    Fortunately, the levels of these monsters and monsters are often not high, and they will be eliminated by various cultivators before they can cause too much damage.


    This actually gave these cultivators a chance to practice, and also allowed them to exchange for good deeds of the sect.


    In addition, if there are serious natural disasters in the mortal society, there will also be officials who are responsible for contacting the practitioners, and invite the practitioners to help the mortals solve these disasters.


    The major comprehension forces also send cultivators to mortal society from time to time to help them spread clouds and rain, and quell disasters.


    Yang Shunyao''s visit to the sea of ??death this time was attracted by the notification of ordinary officials.


    In the forest ahead, there lived a barbarian tribe.


    This barbarian tribe also had some contacts with mortals from the outside world on weekdays, and occasionally did business.


    After a mortal caravan entered the territory of the barbarians, its experienced leader keenly discovered that the barbarians secretly believed in evil gods.


    As a businessman, you should not be troublesome just to pursue profit.


    Taiyi Realm has always been strict with the gods.


    Only the gods who have accepted the canonization of Meng Zhang and joined the system of Taiyi Realm are righteous gods and can accept sacrifices and beliefs.


    Other than that, they are all evil gods, and everyone can punish them.


    For the monitoring of mortal beliefs, the Taiyi Realm has always been relatively strict.


    Most of the gods need the power of faith.


    The vast Taiyi Realm is divided into many areas by the high-level, and the gods can only develop believers within their own areas.


    Of course, due to the migration of mortals, the spread and spread of beliefs is also unavoidable.


    Generally speaking, as long as it does not lead to too serious consequences, such as infringing on the belief areas of other gods, causing conflicts between gods, etc., Taiyimen will not interfere at will, but only monitor it.


    In the case of barbarians, it is even more special.


    Due to blood and tradition, most of the barbarians believe in barbarian gods, and only a very small number of barbarians will convert to other gods.


    Among the current barbarians, in addition to the barbarian God Shaking the Earth from the Fearless Realm, there is also a true god promoted from the local barbarians of the Taiyi Realm.


    Due to their birth, the Man Gods are often brave and good at fighting, and they often take the initiative to attack.


    They also believe in gods. In comparison, the native gods in Shenchang Realm are simply waste.


    It''s okay for them to rely on the Taiyi Realm to fight, but if they leave the Taiyi Realm, their fighting will will be greatly reduced.


    Therefore, the upper echelons of the Taiyi Realm naturally valued the Man God more.


    The two barbarian gods have always protected their weaknesses and dislike outsiders interfering in the internal affairs of the barbarians.


    In the family of the leader of that mortal caravan, someone once married a barbarian.


    Therefore, he knew a thing or two about the beliefs of the barbarians, and knew that what this barbarians believed in was not the orthodox barbarian gods, let alone the righteous gods that mortals believed in.


    Due to the care of cultivators, there are special laws in mortal society that encourage mortals to report the beliefs of evil gods that are secretly spread.


    Shortly after the leader of this mortal caravan left the forest, he ran to the nearby government to report.


    The mortal government did not dare to neglect matters involving the belief of evil gods. In addition to secretly investigating, they also notified the nearby cultivation forces in time.


    The nearby comprehension force is a small family, which can be regarded as an early vassal of the Taiyi Sect.


    After the death sand sea was transformed, it was arranged here by the senior officials of Taiyimen.


    After a preliminary investigation, the cultivators sent by this family found that what the mortal reported was true.


    However, when dealing with it in detail, the top family members became very cautious.


    When Taiyimen was still in Junchen Realm, it accepted many barbarians.


    After so many years of reproduction, these barbarians have become an important member of the Taiyi Realm.


    Because of their talents, the barbarians have always been closely related to the practitioners, and they are highly valued by them.


    Taiyi Sect still has a tradition of selecting outstanding barbarian members and training them as Taoist soldiers.


    The ancestors of the barbarians living here were captives captured by Taiyimen monks.


    They helped Taiyimen monks open up and cultivate spiritual fields, mine mineral deposits... and made a lot of contributions.


    Later, they atoned for their crimes and were completely tamed by the monks of Taiyimen.


    A high-ranking Taiyi Sect monk set them free, and arranged them in this forest, allowing them to thrive.


    Since this barbarian tribe is related to the monks of the Taiyi Gate, the monks of this family dare not deal with it without authorization. They can only hand over the conflict and report the matter directly to the Taiyi Gate.

 Chapter 2965

    After Taiyimen received the report, they handed it over to Shuwutang as a task for release as usual.


    This kind of task related to evil gods often rewards a lot of good deeds.


    Although the local cultivator family didn''t clean it up in time, they roughly figured out the strength of the evil god, and attached its information to the report to Taiyimen.


    Yang Shunyao''s recent preparations for the alchemy were at a time when he lacked good deeds.


    The elders of his family who worked in the General Affairs Hall made it easy for him to obtain this rewarding and not too difficult task.


    An errand is a good job, but it must be done beautifully.


    Yang Shunyao, who accepted the task, got ready and set off in a hurry.


    In the middle, apart from a short stop in the endless sand sea and taking in a group of followers, there was no delay on the road.


    He came outside the forest and joined the monks of the local family who had been waiting here for a long time.


    The monk sent by the local family is not only a guide, but also wants to get some benefits by the way.


    Yang Shunyao, who has always been tactful, naturally accepted this.


    The forest is deep and leafy, and there are towering giant trees everywhere. It is not convenient for the flying boat to enter it, and it is too noisy.


    Yang Shunyao took everyone out of the flying boat and walked into the forest.


    Their next experience, spread among mortals, can completely adapt a sad and legendary story.


    According to the information provided by the local comprehension family, this evil god barely has the foundation-building stage.


    In fact, it is very reluctant to call it an evil spirit, at best it is a stronger evil spirit.


    Generally speaking, such evil gods are usually spiritual creatures in the wild, including refined flowers, plants, trees, birds, animals, and even ghosts.


    They often have no inheritance, and all their practice depends on their own groping.


    They may have some innate supernatural powers, but most of them rely on instinct to fight.


    According to the law that most of the same level of immortal practitioners are stronger than divine practitioners, sending out a random monk at the foundation stage should be able to deal with this so-called evil god.


    Both Android and Apple are available. ¡¿


    It is even possible to send out a team of late-stage practitioners who cooperate with each other and equip them with suitable talismans and magic weapons to destroy this evil god.


    Because of some sophistication reasons, the local cultivation family reported it to the Taiyi Gate, which is completely making a fuss out of a molehill.


    Taiyi Sect sent out a late-stage foundation-building monk like Yang Shunyao, so it would be a complete overkill.


    Among the more than ten attendants behind Yang Shunyao, most of them are monks in the foundation period.


    As the children of the local comprehension forces in Endless Sand Sea, they not only have their own uniqueness, but also have some trump cards bestowed by the elders of the family.


    The local comprehension family also sent two senior monks from the Foundation Establishment Period.


    Yang Shunyao had expected the enemy to be lenient as much as possible.


    With such a lineup, he thought he could completely crush the enemy.


    Even if the enemy is an evil god at the golden core level, they still have the power to fight.


    These cultivators concealed their whereabouts and sneaked into the forest, trying to go directly to the habitat of the barbarian tribe and catch the evil god they enshrined.


    The first step of their plan worked.


    When they arrived at the habitat of the barbarian tribe, the barbarian tribe was holding a grand ceremony to sacrifice to the evil god.


    This barbarian tribe is just a small tribe, with a maximum of more than a thousand people.


    Excluding the old, the weak, women and children, there are very limited strong warriors in the clan.


    The strongest warriors in the clan are only at the level of the refining stage, and the patriarch and the high priest are barely at the level of the foundation stage.


    Now that they were caught on the spot, there was nothing to say.


    Yang Shunyao and others started immediately.


    Having been smashed face-to-face to sacrifice to the evil god, the top brass of this barbarian clan was furious at first, and then became crazy.


    The patriarch led the warriors in the clan, and rushed towards the attacking cultivators frantically.


    The barbarian warriors who were supposed to be defeated at the first touch were not only brave and fearless, fighting desperately, but also received the blessing of the evil god, greatly increasing their strength.


    The team composed of nearly 20 foundation-building monks failed to kill the enemy''s team all at once.


    A small number of cultivators with little combat experience even accidentally got injured.


    Yang Shunyao was greatly surprised by this, and secretly raised his evaluation of the evil god.


    No matter what, in this level of battle, he couldn''t let the followers behind him suffer casualties.


    As a monk from a big family, he is relatively wealthy.


    With a wave of his hand, he released a lot of mechanism puppets.


    The puppets of these organs are only weak in the Qi refining stage, and the strong ones are in the foundation building stage.


    In order to reduce casualties during the war, Taiyimen monks have always liked to use mechanism puppets as cannon fodder in various battles.


    Taiyimen Shengongtang''s level of refining various mechanism creations has been constantly improving.


    Up to now, not to mention the direct monks of the Taiyi Sect, even those vassal forces who have made good friends with the Taiyi Sect can obtain many institutional creations from the Taiyi Sect.


    Yang Shunyao''s followers also have a bit of family background.


    They released all kinds of talismans one after another, attracting spirit beasts and so on.


    This comprehension team lost a lot of supplies and took a lot of effort to kill the enemy team.


    According to the usual practice, with such a large number of casualties in this barbarian tribe, the tribe should have lost their fighting spirit and fled in all directions.


    But this barbarian tribe seems to have been brainwashed, and they will fight to the death without retreating, vowing to fight the invaders to the end.


    The evil god finally showed up.


    This evil god looks like a tall tree man, and his level of cultivation is not much different from that of Yang Shunyao.


    But the fighting power displayed by this evil god is very clever.


    His shots were extremely powerful, and he displayed many strange magical powers and secret techniques.


    Even a disciple of a great sect like Yang Shunyao has never seen some of these supernatural powers and secret techniques.


    You must know that Taiyi Sect not only has a brilliant Shinto inheritance and has established a unique Shinto system, but also has ancient true gods like the Moon God under its command.


    When it comes to the understanding of the divine way, among the many immortal forces, the Taiyi sect is probably among the best.


    The evil god in front of him almost overturned some of Yang Shunyao''s understanding of the divine way.


    The opponent is really too strong. If he fights alone, Yang Shunyao may not be able to fight against him.


    Yang Shunyao, who has always been proud, has confidence in his own strength, but in order to win, he still has to rely on the strength of his companions.


    Anyway, this is the task of eliminating heresy and evil gods, not a fair engagement in the cultivation world.


    After the evil god took action, the remaining barbarian warriors became even crazier.


    They seem to have been stimulated to their full potential, burning their lives, and their combat effectiveness has been greatly improved.


    Especially the patriarchs and high priests who were barely at the level of the foundation establishment stage, after their combat effectiveness has improved, they have posed a great threat to many foundation establishment stage practitioners.


    Yang Shunyao had to take out a hole card.


    The talisman given by the elders of the family can allow him to unleash the lethality of the golden core period in one blow.

 Chapter 2966

    Something that surprised Yang Shunyao happened again.


    This blow injured the evil god, but far from ending the battle, it brought even greater changes.


    After the evil god was wounded, he became extremely crazy, and his offensive was so fierce that even Yang Shunyao had to retreat temporarily.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of Yang Shunyao''s retreat, the evil god actually wantonly absorbed the surrounding believers and devoured them all alive.


    After absorbing the flesh and blood of a large number of believers, the breath of the evil god suddenly increased, and he suddenly possessed the power of the Golden Core level.


    This evil god is not an idiot who only has the level of strength but doesn''t know how to use it.


    He can use the soaring power to activate even more fierce secret magic powers.


    If this team of comprehensionists faced an ordinary golden core level god, they might still be able to fight with it.


    Now facing this mysterious evil god, casualties soon appeared in the team.


    The evil god was so ferocious, and everyone couldn''t avoid it, so they had to start desperately.


    Everyone in the team took out their last cards to save their lives.


    Among them, Yang Shunyao really deserves to be from the Yang family, and he has the most powerful last card.


    An elder in the family who was optimistic about him once helped him make a contract with a ghost in the underworld.


    When needed, as long as he paid a sufficient price, he could summon this clone of ghost and god to the mortal world.


    If it was still in the Junchen Realm, there were either hidden traps in this kind of contract, or there were many restrictions...


    The ghosts and gods of the underworld and the cultivators of the yang world have always entered into contracts for the purpose of gaining benefits.


    Many ghosts and gods even have malicious intentions and secretly plot against the practitioners who signed the contract.


    After the rise of Taimiao and the establishment of order in the underworld, the monks of Taiyimen obtained a great convenience. They could sign contracts with the ghosts and gods under Taimiao''s command and avoid many traps.


    After the Taiyi Realm broke away from the Junchen Realm and Tai Miao became the Lord of the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm, the monks of the Taiyi Sect entered into a contract with the ghosts and gods of the underworld, basically they would not encounter any dangerous schemes.


    For example, Yang Shunyao, a mere foundation-building monk, even with the help of his elders, was able to make a fair contract with ghosts and gods of the Yuanshen level, which was something that he never dared to think about before.


    The ghost quickly responded to Yang Shunyao''s call, and sent a golden core clone to Yangshi.


    The avatar at the Jindan level has the combat awareness and experience at the level of the deity.


    After a great battle, both the avatar and the evil god were wounded, and both died.


    Originally thought it was just an ordinary summoning, but encountered a strange and powerful enemy, and even lost a golden core-level clone, the ghost was very annoyed.


    Among the older generation of monks of the Yang family, many people entered the underworld due to various reasons and became ghosts and gods.


    The reason why this ghost was willing to sign a contract with Yang Shunyao, a junior, was mainly because of the face of the Yang family.


    He didn''t want to vent to Yang Shunyao, a junior, but he vented to the senior members of the Yang family.


    Yang Shunyao finally eliminated the evil god and completed the task.


    But the price he paid was so high that he wanted to cry without tears.


    Not to mention the loss of foreign objects, nearly half of the team casualties, it is really difficult for him to explain to the elders of these monks.


    Yang Shunyao vented his anger on the local cultivators, accusing them of providing false information, misleading himself and the sect.


    The local comprehension family also lost a monk in the foundation period, and they are feeling distressed.


    They felt aggrieved by Yang Shunyao''s accusation.


    Who would have thought that an evil god hidden among the barbarian tribes would be so weird and powerful.


    The sudden loss of so many outstanding disciples from cultivation forces caused a great disturbance in both the Endless Sand Sea and the Death Sand Sea.


    Coupled with some movements from the other side of the underworld, soon some high-ranking monks of the Taiyi Gate were alarmed.


    Two Yuanshen Zhenjun from Taiyi Gate came to the scene and conducted a careful inspection.


    Combined with Yang Shunyao''s statement, everyone felt strange.


    If it is a wild god born naturally, there is absolutely no such ability.


    Judging from the performance of this evil god, he definitely has a very brilliant inheritance.


    Could it be that some Shinto forces secretly infiltrated into the Taiyi Realm, creating chaos inside by this means?


    Both Android and Apple are available. ¡¿


    What happened to Yang Shunyao was just the beginning.


    After that, many similar incidents happened one after another in many places of Taiyi Gate.


    In addition, on the edge of the Central Continent, in the direction close to the Gairang Continent, there are quite a few cultivators who suddenly became obsessed when they were cultivating.


    If one or two similar incidents occur one by one, it can be said to be a coincidence, and if there are many incidents in a row, almost on a large scale, then there is definitely something wrong with it.


    First, the Void Returning Power of Taiyi Sect was alarmed and began to investigate the matter.


    They worked hard, but they didn''t find the problem behind it.


    Taiyi Sect is still a relatively young sect, and the bureaucratic habits in the sect are not so serious.


    Since it was a problem that even Void Returning Power could not solve, it was quickly reported to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang took action himself, and asked Tai Miao for help, so he gradually figured out the truth of the matter.


    When he and Tai Miao used the rules of heaven and earth of the Taiyi Realm to erode the Gairang Continent, Gairang Continent not only counterattacked on the surface, but also secretly used its own rules of heaven and earth to erode the Taiyi Realm.


    It was as if those inexplicable and sudden wild gods were born from some spiritual creatures who sensed the rules of heaven and earth in Gai Rang Continent.


    Those comprehensionists who have gone mad are mainly due to the influence of the heaven and earth rules of the Gaiyang Continent.


    Gai Rang Dalu''s methods are very covert, and it has been hidden from the eyes and ears of Meng Zhang and others.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi Realm has a deep foundation and the rules of heaven and earth are stable, so it didn''t make any big troubles.


    Meng Zhang made a very important discovery.


    Previously, both he and Tai Miao believed that the resistance and counterattack of the Gairang Continent was just an instinctive reaction.


    Now it seems that Gai Rang Continent can use such a concealed method, which shows that it has a certain spirituality.


    A continent with spirituality and even simple thinking sounds a bit scary, but it won''t surprise Meng Zhang and the others too much.


    This continent was originally transformed from the corpse of the god Gai Rang, so it is not surprising that there are various mysteries.


    Meng Zhang is most concerned about the spirituality of this continent, will it have the consciousness and memory of the god Gai Rang during his lifetime?


    Now that they know that these recent events in the Taiyi Realm are related to Gai Rang Continent, Meng Zhang and the others will soon have a solution.


    Mengzhang is in the yang world, and Taimiao is in the underworld, mobilizing the heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi world together to drive away the hidden erosion of the heaven and earth rules in the Gai Rang Continent.


    The high-level Taiyi Realm dispatched a large number of monks to conduct a large-scale search, trying to find and destroy all the wild gods.


    On the edge of the Central Continent, the rules of heaven and earth facing Gai Ron Continent have also been adjusted to get rid of the influence of Ga Ron Continent.

 Chapter 2967

    The first thing Mengzhang and Taimiao used were various defensive methods.


    After defending the Central Continent well and getting rid of the adverse influence from Gai Zong Continent, we can talk about other things.


    In addition to passive defense, they also began to take the initiative to attack when it was actually appropriate.


    They allocated more time and energy to manipulating the rules of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm and continuously eroding Gaiyang Continent.


    All the gods in the Taiyi world were mobilized and joined Meng Zhang and Tai Miao in their actions.


    As the gods in the Taiyi Realm system, they have many conveniences in controlling the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    The huge power of heaven and earth rushed to Gai Rang Continent wave after wave like a tide, arousing Gai Rang Continent''s fierce resistance.


    Although Meng Zhang and the others still haven''t directly entered the Gai Rang Continent, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm have mobilized more powerful forces and launched a comprehensive exploration of the Gai Rang Continent.


    From the powerhouses of the Void Return Stage to the little monks of the Foundation Establishment Stage, either forming a team or dispatching alone, they came to the Gaiyang Continent almost continuously.


    They want to search almost every corner of the Gairon Continent to find out the hidden secrets.


    For this reason, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm offered high rewards and used massive resources to drive these explorers.


    Although Meng Zhang and his group of true immortals and true gods have not entered Gai Rang Continent for the time being, the spiritual thoughts they released almost filled the high altitude of Gai Rang Continent, and they repeatedly scanned carefully.


    There are too many explorers who have entered the Goeron Continent, and they have almost searched the entire surface of the Goeron Continent.


    Many people naturally think that the secrets of the Gairon Continent are hidden deep in the earth.


    A monk who is proficient in earth dungeon, the earth spirit clan in the spirit clan...


    The explorers went deep into the depths of the Gaiyang Continent, constantly probing and searching.


    Of course, Gaiyang Continent is so vast, it is impossible to completely complete this work in a short time.


    Moreover, during the process of exploration, outsiders like them often clashed with various creatures born in the Gaiyang Continent, and even fierce battles broke out.


    Gaiyang Continent is now part of the Taiyi Realm.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm no longer carried out a comprehensive clean-up of all the indigenous creatures in the Gaiyang Continent as before.


    They want to keep some of it for research purposes.


    If it has enough value, it can even be slowly integrated into the Taiyi Realm system.


    The original source of power of Gai Rang Continent, Meng Zhang and the others agreed that it was the place where the heart of the Gai Rang Heavenly God used to be. It had been found and sealed by the monks of the Taiyi Realm long ago.


    After the Gaiyang Continent was absorbed by the Taiyi Realm, the seal slowly loosened, and a lot of power overflowed from inside and outside, causing various abnormalities in the Gaiyang Continent.


    For this place, the monks of the Taiyi Realm will naturally not ignore it.


    Several Void Returning Powers from the Taiyi Realm approached that place, trying to seal it up again.


    However, because the overflowing power was too strong, an existence similar to the tide of vitality was formed around, and these void-returning powers could not be directly approached.


    They can only approach there slowly from a distance.


    Along the way, they also have to deal with various monsters transformed by those overflowing forces.


    In a short time, that place cannot be sealed.


    Originally, after Meng Zhang knew about this, he planned to send more forces to seal the place.


    However, with the infiltration of the heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi Realm into Gai Rang Continent, he has a better understanding of Gai Rang Continent.


    Meng Zhang found that his previous judgment should have been wrong. The place that was suspected to be the heart of Gai Rang Tianshen should not be the source of power for this continent.


    Let''s go and give it a try. ¡¿


    Somewhere on this continent, more secrets and more powerful forces should be hidden.


    As for where this place is, Meng Zhang has no idea yet.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang is not in a hurry, he can look for it slowly.


    As more and more explorers entered the Gaelon Continent, the exploration of the Gaelon Continent continued to deepen.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual thoughts began to sweep over Gai Rang Continent, and they also used the heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi Realm to make various tentative behaviors.


    In the blink of an eye, decades have passed.


    After being promoted to a real immortal, Yang Xueyi continued to retreat, but Wen Qiansuan got out of the closed door first.


    Wen Qiansuan did not succeed in becoming an Immortal Master of Formation Dao.


    He felt that he still had many deficiencies in the way of formation, and these problems could not be solved by retreating and practicing hard.


    After he left the customs, he came to the sky above the Taiyi Realm, gathered a group of monks, and directed them to practice various formations.


    Of course, if you want to practice the Star Dou Great Formation, you need to mobilize most of the high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Sect.


    In the peaceful state on weekdays, Wen Qiansuan was too embarrassed to go to war for his own affairs.


    In addition to his disciples and grandchildren, the monks he summoned were mainly monks in the school.


    He also issued a task through the General Affairs Hall in the door, and attracted many monks to cooperate with the drill.


    I heard that if there is a chance to serve under Wen Qiansuan, the newly promoted true immortal in the sect, even if there is no reward for good deeds, there will be a lot of monks scrambling to come.


    They thought very well, they could take this opportunity to get acquainted with the real immortal seniors in the sect, and they might even get their advice.


    Wen Qianjuan''s subordinates summoned quite a few monks, but it was still not enough to arrange a relatively complete star array, so they could only arrange a simplified version of the array.


    Wen Qiansuan directed everyone to set up the formation, practiced different changes in the formation, and added some new things from time to time.


    He has studied the formation diagram of the evil star palace formation for many years, and it can be regarded as a little gain.


    The picture of the seriously damaged immortal formation has not been repaired so far.


    He commanded a group of monks to set up a simplified version of the Heavenly Gang and Dixie Star Palace Formation, and competed against the Star Dou Formation.


    The two fairy formations are to run the Avenue of Stars and use the power of the stars.


    All of a sudden, the stars in the sky above the Taiyi Realm flickered.


    Sometimes the stars are so bright that all parts of Taiyi Realm are as bright as day for many days in a row.


    Sometimes the sky over the Taiyi Realm was pitch black, and the various parts of the Taiyi Realm ushered in continuous nights for many days.


    ...


    Many creatures in Taiyi Realm, including mortals from all over the world, fell into a state of great panic.


    The monks from all over the Taiyi world cooperated with the government and spent some effort to appease these mortals.


    Fortunately, for so many years, wars broke out in the sky over the Taiyi Realm many times, and various visions would appear from time to time.


    Among the legends left by many mortal ancestors for generations, there are many relevant contents.


    For cultivators with a long lifespan, they have gradually become accustomed to various visions in the sky.


    For mortals, it is just one more legend to be left to future generations.


    In the process of rehearsing the formation, Wen Qianjuan combined some of his previous comprehensions and had new thoughts.


    From time to time, he would fall into deep thought, as if he had gained something.


    He began to understand more changes in the formation, allowing the formation to evolve into new functions.

 Chapter 2968

    When Wen Qianjuan directed the monks of the Taiyi Gate to practice formations, in addition to allowing himself to comprehend the way of formations, he also inadvertently made new discoveries.


    On this day, under Wen Qiansuan''s command, many monks arranged a simplified version of the Star Dou Array, which started to operate as usual.


    Most of the high-level monks of the Taiyi Gate have the experience of joining this formation, and they are already very familiar with this formation.


    The monks who participated in the formation this time passed through "The Road to the Head of the Immortal" and were currently playing, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2969

    Meng Zhang wants to catch all four He family brothers this time, and make sure nothing goes wrong.


    After everyone discussed it, they had a general direction.


    Since the four brothers of the He family came for the Gai Rang Continent, they had to start from the Gai Rang Continent.


    Gaiyang Continent is the best bait to lure them into taking the bait.


    The reason why they didn''t dare to break into the Taiyi Realm directly and enter the Gaiyang Continent is because the Taiyi Realm is powerful and there are so many strong people that "The Road to the Master" is in hand. Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, Please refresh the page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2970

    Although the four He family brothers had a long lifespan and were patient enough, they were still unwilling to wait any longer.


    The timing is so good, it may be the only one.


    If the Taiyi Realm cannot escape this catastrophe and is swallowed by the black hole, there will be no next chance.


    The four brothers seem to act impulsively, but they are actually very cautious, and will not easily let themselves fall into danger.


    The reason why they were hit by Taoist Kong Xing''s external incarnation "Leading the Immortal Road" at the beginning, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2971

    Before the four He family brothers could completely get rid of Tai Miao''s entanglement, Meng Zhang had already rushed to the battlefield again.


    The flying sword cuts the sun, and the wind and fire yin and yang fan are sacrificed by Meng Zhang, and fly towards the four brothers of the He family.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a long river and descended from the sky.


    ...


    Before the action, there were some debates among the top leaders of the Taiyi world.


    After they deliberately showed their flaws and lured the four brothers of the He family into the Taiyi Realm, when should they close the net? Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2972

    Battles in the void, especially large-scale battles, often have to borrow from the surrounding environment.


    Special celestial phenomena such as black holes, if used properly, can often play an important role, and even have a final effect.


    The so-called geographical advantage is also very important in the Void War.


    The four brothers of the He family have never been here before, so naturally they don''t know the specific situation here, and they don''t know that the black hole hidden here is so special.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2973

    After escaping a long enough distance and confirming that they are completely safe, the exhausted Meng Zhang and the others have the energy to clean up the chaotic Taiyi Realm.


    Although it was acting in order to cooperate with Meng Zhang''s battle plan before, the Taiyi Realm was indeed caught in the attractive range of the black hole, and was almost completely captured by the black hole.


    When the Taiyi Realm fell into the direction of the black hole step by step, everyone in the Taiyi Realm fell into a huge panic.


    The plan is that "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2974

    Meng Zhang and the others slowed down their soul search for the boss of the He family, so that his immortal soul could have some respite.


    The four brothers of the He family died at the hands of Meng Zhang and the others, and the immortal soul of the boss of the He family was also full of extreme resentment towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    Its fairy soul is extremely resistant to Meng Zhang''s soul search, and almost always wants to explode.


    This broken fairy soul still has value, Meng Zhang can''t let it dissipate, he still has to work hard to keep it.


    Since it is not available from "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait for a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2975

    Seeing that the spirit clan gradually merged into the Taiyi Realm and became a part of the Taiyi Realm, Hualing Ping Qiling naturally gradually returned to the Taiyi Realm and began to have a sense of belonging.


    The Spirit of Hualing Bottle has already proved his loyalty.


    In the previous battles, he did exert a lot of strength.


    Especially when he forcibly took the blow from Baiyang Tianxian''s avatar, it can be said to be a very crucial contribution.


    Meng Zhang also slowly felt relieved of the spirit of Hualingping Ping, and began to trust him more.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2976

    With the blessing of the power of heaven and earth from the Taiyi Realm provided by Meng Zhang, Xu Mengying''s strength has been rising steadily, and her momentum is almost like a real fairy.


    With more powerful power, she can use some means that she could not use before.


    While Xu Mengying was working hard, a bright moon appeared over Gai Rang Continent.


    As the true god, Luna, he didn''t step into Gai Ron Continent easily, but observed carefully from outside Ga Ron Continent.


    Among the fields she is involved in, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2977

    In the air bubble space where Meng Zhang''s consciousness is located, there is a huge stone monument standing upright.


    On the stone tablet, engraved with four large characters lingering in the spirit of the immortals - Dazai Qianyuan.


    If Meng Zhang and the others guessed correctly, this stele should have been left by Qianyuan Immortal Venerable.


    Meng Zhang is a true immortal, and Xu Mengying is a virtual immortal.


    They are all strong men who can stand on their own. They have experienced many battles and faced various dangerous situations.


    They just mean that "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2978

    The factions of many golden immortals in the Immortal Dao belong to different factions, and they may also fight endlessly on weekdays.


    When facing foreign enemies, there is a high possibility that they will unite.


    Immortal Dao and Divine Dao, and even the battle between the major forces in the void, have some unspoken rules.


    If the main god of the Shinto really dared to break the rules, the golden immortals of the Immortal Dao would never sit idly by.


    Meng Zhang guessed that even if the main god behind the god Gai Rang had his eyes on him, such a little "Leader of Immortal Head" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2979

    Meng Zhang''s heart tightened first, and then he smiled freely, disapproving of his suspiciousness.


    He himself is a master of celestial secrets, and he is also an immortal master of celestial secrets. He is not weak in celestial secrets, and he is well aware of the pros, cons and limitations of the deduction of celestial secrets.


    The deduction of Tianji Technique is not omnipotent, and it is impossible to omit everything.


    Even with his today''s attainments in celestial art, it is absolutely impossible to completely calculate what will happen tens of thousands of years later. Refresh the page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2980

    Taiyi Jinxian, the biggest backer behind Meng Zhang, is still sealed by many Jinxians.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know where it was sealed, let alone its specific state.


    Not only was he unable to provide more assistance to Meng Zhang, he might even implicate Meng Zhang in the future.


    Now Meng Zhang doesn''t know the realm of the golden fairy, nor does he know the specific process of becoming a golden fairy.


    He just guessed that Qianyuan Xianzun seemed to be very likely to become a golden fairy.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2981

    The Star Thief Group that Meng Zhang had encountered before was average in strength, not that powerful.


    Meng Zhang will not underestimate all the Star Thief Group because of this.


    Many legendary star bandits conquered cities and lands in the void, plundered many big worlds, and fought many powerful enemies with hard steel, leaving those big forces helpless.


    Whether it is Immortal Dao, Shinto or other races and cultivation systems, there are many forces that have suffered from star robbers.


    In the void, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" has been playing, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2982

    Just when Mu Xingtong began to feel hopeless and helpless, Yang Xueyi and the others secretly came to the alien star area.


    After Yang Xueyi and the others entered the foreign land star area, they immediately discovered that a war was breaking out here.


    This level, this scale, and such a brutal battle shocked them all.


    They did not dare to expose at will, and tried their best to hide their whereabouts, trying to avoid both sides of the war.


    They took an opportunity to use "The Road to the Head of the Gate" provided by Meng Zhang. Please wait for a while. After the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2983

    Meng Zhang stayed in the four-pointed star area for a while at the beginning, and later moved to the foreign star area with the brigade.


    He is relatively clear about the original power distribution of the four-pointed star area.


    When he left the alien star region, all the migrants in the four-pointed star region hadn''t settled down yet.


    Although he doesn''t know the latest distribution of forces in the foreign star area, but referring to the situation in the four-pointed star area, he can guess a good or bad guess.


    Later, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2984

    For example, the ancestor of the Liuyun Sacred Sect, True Immortal Liuyun, is extremely eager for the opportunity to break through the heavenly immortal, and is willing to pay a huge price for it.


    This is not only for power and profit, but also for their own avenue.


    The Falling Star Sword Sect, like the Flowing Cloud Sacred Sect, had never cultivated a Celestial Immortal.


    Like the ancestor Liuyun, the real immortal in the door lacked a clear way to break through.


    The active participation of other practice forces is more to drag Qing Xuzong back.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2985

    Generally speaking, in order to avoid disturbing monks like him who went out to investigate, the Taiyi Realm would not take the initiative to contact them, but wait until they are free, and then slowly report to the Taiyi Realm.


    The situation is special now, Meng Zhang broke the convention, used the secret technique of long-distance communication, and took the initiative to contact Gu Yue Lingqing.


    The communication between the two parties was not smooth, and it took Meng Zhang a lot of time to successfully contact Gu Yue Lingqing.


    The communication between the two parties is also intermittent.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2986

    Meng Zhang discovered the enemy''s whereabouts in time, and he stopped the loss as soon as possible.


    Fairy Moon Shadow has always acted cautiously, and the enemy is able to sneak all the way here, which is still somewhat capable.


    The few people on the opposite side were forced to show their whereabouts by Meng Zhang, and they looked a little angry.


    However, they were obviously very afraid of Meng Zhang and did not attack immediately.


    Meng Zhang showed impressive strength while understating it.


    Meng Zhang and the others are currently playing "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2987

    The so-called knowing yourself and knowing yourself will never end in a hundred battles. The biggest problem in Taiyi Realm now is that you don''t know your enemy, and you don''t know the true strength of Blood Cloud Pirates.


    The information provided by Gu Yue Lingqing only said that the Blood Cloud Pirates were organized by a group of real immortals, and there were no immortals inside.


    As for its specific strength, no one knows.


    In the tentative battle just now, Blood Cloud Pirates did not show all their strength, but reserved a lot.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2988

    This small team is united on the surface, but in fact there must be intrigue inside.


    Based on the information, Meng Zhang guessed the other party''s mind, and secretly thought about whether there was anything he could use.


    After introducing each other, the visitors from foreign star regions still didn''t know enough about Meng Zhang''s side.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void and staying in the four-pointed star area and the foreign star area, he was still an inconspicuous little person, and he was not qualified to compete with these real "Leading the Immortal Master". Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, Please refresh the page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2989

    When it comes to playing dumb, Meng Zhang is a seasoned veteran.


    He pretended not to know the relationship between the Blood Cloud Pirates and Qingxu Sect and other cultivation forces, and acted like a warm-hearted and righteous person.


    Meng Zhang kept saying that the Blood Cloud Pirates and the Black Flag Star Pirates were in the same group. When he dealt with the Blood Cloud Pirates, he was dealing with the Black Flag Star Pirates, and he was helping Qing Xuzong and the others.


    True Immortal Qingjing opened her mouth to speak several times, but she didn''t know what to say.


    Qing Xuzong''s "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2990

    Although Qingjing Zhenxian knew that Meng Zhang''s words were provocative, he was still inevitably touched by them.


    In the four-pointed star area, the struggle between Taoism and Confucianism was a sensitive issue.


    The relationship between Qingxu Sect, the head of the Taoist forces in the Four-pointed Star Region, and Siming Sect, the strongest Confucian sect, is very delicate.


    The two sides are not only the biggest competitors, but also need each other when facing foreign enemies.


    Even if the two parties cooperate to fight against foreign enemies, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2991

    As long as Meng Zhang is willing to talk, it means that he has no intention of going to war, and that he has scruples about Qing Xuzong and other major practice forces.


    Now that the Alien Star Region is in a war, it would undoubtedly be a great thing if we could spend a little resources to solve the problems in the Taiyi Realm.


    Next, the one who is the best at this type of negotiation among the crowd, the God of Tongcai from the Qianbao Chamber of Commerce, came forward to negotiate with Meng Zhang.


    Faced with Meng Zhang''s unceremonious lion''s mouth, Tongcai Zhenshen''s calm and calm "Leader of the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2992

    Until the situation in the foreign star area is clear, the Taiyi world will not show its attitude, let alone join the war rashly.


    Taking advantage of the current peaceful time, Meng Zhang seized the time to help Dayai Qianyuan Monument to kill the flames on the body of the god Gai Rang.


    For him, this is a rare training.


    His cultivation base has improved rapidly, and his foundation has been polished more and more solidly.


    After Meng Zhang entered the Realm of True Immortals, his practice speed has not been slow.


    In the world of comprehension, "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2993

    After Meng Zhang received Gu Yue Lingqing''s call for help, he was shocked.


    A true immortal like Gu Yue Lingqing, who was born in the Celestial Immortal family, has a deep accumulation and a lot of cards.


    Even if Meng Zhang met him, he didn''t dare to say that he could push him to a desperate situation.


    Not only did the enemy defeat him, but they were also able to chase him down, chasing and killing him all the way, which showed his strength.


    With Gu Yue Lingqing''s arrogance, it''s not that there is no other way to get out, so she won''t rush to ask Meng Zhang for help.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2994

    This blow has the aura of the legendary Buddhist supernatural power holding the Buddha kingdom.


    Of course, if it is really a Buddhist supernatural power like the Buddha Kingdom in the palm, then Meng Zhang and the three of them are absolutely unable to resist.


    This strike can''t even be called the embryonic form of the Buddha Kingdom in the palm, at best it has learned a little bit.


    In fact, this arhat has witnessed the elders displaying the supernatural powers of the Buddha in the palm of his own eyes at close range, so he realized a little bit of superficiality. , after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2995

    Rescuing Gu Yue Lingqing is a major event, and it is also the purpose of Meng Zhang and the others here.


    Although Meng Zhang felt sorry for Neng Luohan''s escape, at least they achieved their goal and rescued Gu Yue Lingqing in time.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing reunited with Luna and the others, there would be no problem with self-protection.


    They were all relieved that Arhat retreated on his own initiative.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was seriously injured, she was just fighting with strength before.


    The current version of "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2996

    According to Gu Yuelingqing''s thoughts, he could only wish to tell the Qingxu Sect and other cultivation forces about Fa Huazong''s conspiracy immediately, and let them fight Fa Huazong to death.


    After Meng Zhang listened to his report, he thought more deeply.


    A large sect like the Fahua Sect is extremely powerful. Once it directly intervenes in the battles in foreign star regions, neither the Qingxu Sect and other local cultivation forces nor outsiders like the Taiyi Realm will be absolutely unable to resist.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2997

    First of all, Fa Huazong is definitely an enemy.


    The Taiyi Realm monks are unwilling to take the side of the Fahuazong, and the Fahuazong will not let the Taiyi Realm achieve its goal.


    The Black Flag Star Bandit Group is a pawn of the Fa Huazong, and is naturally an enemy.


    There is no way for the Taiyi Realm to turn enemies into friends with the Black Flag Star Bandits.


    The Blood Cloud Pirates were invited by Qingxu Sect and other cultivation forces, but under the current circumstances, it is difficult to distinguish friend from foe.


    The monks in the Taiyi world are not willing to hook up with "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2998

    Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask for a mission, and others could not object.


    That''s it, the matter was settled.


    Before going to Qing Xuzong as an envoy, Meng Zhang had to make preparations.


    Although he and Tai Miao''s fighting power is enough to handle most scenes, he still wants to make more preparations.


    He came to Daya Qianyuan Monument.


    After their joint cooperation some time ago, the flame remaining on the body of the god Gai Rang has become "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update !


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 2999

    Time is urgent, there is no time to pay attention to any red tape, and although the place looks empty, it cannot completely ensure safety and privacy.


    Meng Zhang didn''t bother to exchange greetings with the Pure Immortal, and went directly to the topic.


    With a few simple words, he introduced the general situation to Qingjing Zhenxian.


    The secret team of the Fahuazong secretly entered the foreign star area. The true immortal of the Taiyi Realm accidentally discovered his whereabouts, and was chased and killed by the opponent all the way, and was almost killed by him. After updating, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3000

    The situation of the Qingxu Sect can be regarded as a branch of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Since Qing Xuzong had already left the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he would not think about going back.


    Good horses don''t turn their backs. Qing Xuzong is now in charge of his own house, so uncomfortable, why bother to live under others again.


    Of course, if Qing Xuzong really had no way out, it would be difficult to say what he would do.


    Although the senior officials of Qingxu Sect are unwilling to admit it, in fact, it is precisely because Qingxu''s "Leader of the Immortal Head" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3001

    Now that Taiyi Realm and Qingxu Sect have become allies, if they want to jointly deal with the powerful enemy Fahua Sect, both parties should be more honest and share more information.


    Since Taiyi Realm has accepted Mu Xingtong and Xingyun Sword Sect, they must have some understanding of the internal situation in the foreign world.


    Now that Qing Xuzong has confirmed that they are allies, the next step is to identify whether other cultivation forces are enemies or friends.


    According to Meng Zhang¡¯s intelligence and internal analysis from the Taiyi Realm, "Leading the Immortal Head" is currently being developed, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3002

    Since the real immortals of Qingde are so straightforward, Meng Zhang will naturally not be hypocritical.


    He has seen a lot of the style of the so-called righteous forces, and he is used to it.


    Anyway, there are no outsiders here, and there are many big forces colluding with the star robbers, and there is no shortage of the Qingxu sect.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Blood Cloud Pirates, two foreign forces, have joined the Qing Xuzong, and then the Black Flag Star Bandit Group will follow.


    The Black Flag Star Pirate Group is the most powerful enemy of the Qingxu Sect and other cultivation forces. "The Immortal Head of the Gate" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3003

    The senior officials of Qingxuzong were going to let Cui Jin and his army go.


    Next, the Qing Xuzong high-level will send people to negotiate with it.


    If Cui Jin can guarantee that he will no longer be an enemy of Qingxuzong and others, and take the initiative to break away from the Black Flag Star Bandit Group, then Qingxuzong can let go of the road and let him leave the foreign land.


    Even, if Cui Jin didn''t want to leave the big world of a foreign land, and wanted to establish a sect and set up a family here, then the Qingxu Sect would also strongly support it.


    Anyway, "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3004

    Qing Xuzong solved the problem of the Black Flag Star Pirates, and Blood Cloud Pirates and Taiyi Jie stood by his side.


    Even if the most extreme situation occurs, and the other seven cultivation forces all turn to the Fahua Sect, the Qingxu Sect will still be able to fight, and maybe it will last for a long time.


    Fa Huazong definitely didn''t want to delay too long when planning to plan for a foreign star region.


    Qing Xuzong''s proposal to make an appointment to fight is actually a way to make a quick decision.


    Even if Qing Xuzong doesn''t have Mengzhang, "Leader of the Immortal Head" is currently playing, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3005

    Meng Zhang''s practice has been carried out step by step, and his cultivation level is also steadily improving.


    It is relatively difficult to achieve a huge breakthrough in a short period of time.


    Meng Zhang has lofty aspirations, and has never regarded the realm of true immortality as the end of his practice.


    If you want to break through to a higher realm, you must lay a solid foundation for your practice. You can''t rush for quick success, let alone adopt some practice methods that have great hidden dangers in order to seek quick success.


    Well, "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3006

    That special flame seemed to know that the last moment was coming, and was unwilling to accept its own fate.


    I saw that the flame that was about to be completely extinguished suddenly expanded and turned into a big fireball, which seemed to continue to erupt.


    Before Meng Zhang could react, Daya Qianyuan Monument shook heavily, and a bright ray of light descended from the sky, covering the big fireball firmly.


    Seeing this, Meng Zhang quickly stepped up his efforts, one after another, the immortal power was stimulated, and the non-stop "Leading the Immortal Road" is being hit by hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update !


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3007

    The origin of these seemingly gray and inconspicuous air masses is not simple.


    After Tianshen Gai Rang was killed by Xianzun Qianyuan, firstly, it was due to the change of his body itself, and secondly, it may also be the influence exerted by Xianzun Qianyuan. His body turned into a huge continent, which is now Taiyuan. Gaiyang Continent of B Realm.


    A continent is born in the void, even if it is not a complete big world, it still has the appearance of opening up the world and evolving the world.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3008

    This time, Meng Zhang has obtained great benefits, it can be said that he has obtained many gains beyond expectations.


    He was in a good mood, but when he thought that these harvests basically benefited from the Great Qianyuan Monument, his mood changed a bit.


    Is the situation he is facing today, and everything he has gained, within the calculation of Qianyuan Immortal Venerable?


    Xianzun Qianyuan doesn''t need to deduce all the information, he just needs to feel it, and he can naturally make the corresponding "The Immortal Road of the Head" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again, that is Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3009

    An incomparably dazzling light emitted from the inside of the foreign world, quickly penetrated the barrier of the world, spread into the void, and spread in all directions.


    This ray of light is too dazzling, even in the position where the Taiyi Realm is located, you can still see its eruption relatively clearly.


    Looking at it from a distance, it seems that the entire foreign world has been ignited.


    After this bright light, almost the entire foreign world was violently shaken,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3010

    Meng Zhang, who had been on his way, never stopped thinking.


    For Fahuazong, the biggest obstacle to conquering foreign star regions, the first enemy to deal with should undoubtedly be Qingxuzong.


    But Fa Huazong did not attack Qingxuzong alone this time, but directly launched a terrifying attack on the entire foreign land world.


    Meng Zhang and Qingde Zhenxian have carefully studied before, which of the major cultivation forces in the foreign land world are inclined to Fahua''s "Leading to the Immortal" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh again page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3011

    When Meng Zhang was in the Junchen Realm, the Taiyi Realm had wiped out many cultivation forces, and he was also used to seeing all kinds of tragedies.


    The Taiyi Realm also aggressively invaded the Shenchang Realm and wiped out the power of the indigenous gods.


    But the miserable scene in front of him still moved him a little.


    It is conceivable that a natural disaster suddenly occurred in a continent that was originally good.


    Cultivators and mortals have encountered extermination before they can react. "The Road to the Master" is being hit, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3012

    Meng Zhang watched Dafang Bodhisattva chasing Qing Mingxian away, and was about to take the opportunity to leave here.


    As for why Qingxu Sect suffered such calamities, what kind of secrets Qing Mingxian was hiding, and why he was pursued by Dafang Bodhisattva, Meng Zhang didn''t know anything about it, and couldn''t care less to explore it.


    Seeing Qing Mingxian fleeing faster and faster, almost disappearing, Dafang Bodhisattva was not in a hurry, but smiled gently.


    He is holding up a "Leading the Immortal Head" in his hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3013

    After learning that the Ascension Star District had the opportunity to break through to the realm of the Celestial Immortals, Qing Xuzong and other cultivation forces sent teams there, but the interior of the Alien Star District was empty and was invaded by the Black Flag Star Bandit Group.


    According to Qing Mingxian''s subsequent analysis, it wasn''t just that someone inside the major cultivation forces in the foreign land big world tipped off the news, there were also traitors among the high-ranking monks of the Qingxu Sect.


    Later, due to Meng Zhang¡¯s tip-off, Qingxuzong confirmed that there was Fahuazong¡¯s "Leading the Immortal Head" behind the incident. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update !


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3014

    Despite the opposing positions of the two sides, Meng Zhang somewhat admired the decisiveness of this bald donkey.


    Because he made the right choice and chose the best tactic when he needed it.


    For this reason, he did not hesitate to contaminate a huge cause and effect.


    Dafang Bodhisattva sneaks into Qingxu Blessed Land, the most important place in Qingxu Sect, by himself, and has to face Qingming Immortal and a lot of real immortals.


    Even if Qing Mingxian is not in good condition due to his unhealed injuries, he is still a real fairy at any rate.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3015

    In the battle between those big forces, it is unavoidable to widely use Tianji Master or even Tianji Immortal Master.


    Many big forces have either cultivated available celestial masters themselves; or they can pay a price to turn to skilled celestial masters when needed.


    Of course, in regular battles, because of the extremely high level of monks on both sides, or the confrontation between the celestial masters, the celestial masters seldom play a direct role.


    However, if it appears that "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait for a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3016

    Meng Zhangke has never forgotten that as the inheritor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, how much benefit he enjoys now, and how much karma he will bear in the future.


    What he has learned now mainly comes from the inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Taiyi Golden Immortal was defeated in the battle with other Golden Immortals and has been sealed up to this day.


    In the future, even if he won''t face those golden fairies directly, he will probably face their disciples and grandchildren.


    Relying solely on the things obtained from the Taiyi Golden Immortal,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3017

    Qing Mingxian pretended to be missing and hid in the depths of the mountain gate for so long, but she couldn''t completely hide it from Dafang Bodhisattva.


    Although Qing Mingxian never left home, Qingxu Sect, as a major sect, has always been very concerned about the situation of the outside world, and spent a lot of effort in collecting all kinds of information.


    It is said that in recent years, the Fahua Sect, which has been entangled with the comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm, suffered several big losses and failed to take advantage of it. It''s being played by hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3018

    After Dafang Bodhisattva was trapped, he was surprised at first, and then panicked.


    He tried all kinds of means and supernatural powers, but after he couldn''t get out of the predicament, he slowly began to calm down.


    If he hadn''t fallen into this magical power of immortality, Dafang Bodhisattva would have enough confidence to take down Qingming Immortal.


    Whether it is the Buddhist supernatural powers he has practiced or the Buddhist artifacts in his hands, he has a huge advantage, which is enough to easily suppress his opponents.


    pity,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3019

    Meng Zhang keeps in touch with Tai Miao.


    He has already let Tai Miao know what Qing Tianxian told him, and his own judgment.


    Tai Miao convened the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm and shared the information with them.


    Everyone agrees with Meng Zhang''s judgment and basically agrees with his decision.


    In fact, some militant people in the upper echelon of Taiyi Realm have long been eager to take part in the wars in foreign star areas and strive for credit for themselves. Refresh the page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3020

    If it is the Qingxu Sect in full bloom, it is natural that these three forces will not be afraid of joining forces.


    But the Qingxu Sect has lost most of its monks now, and it has to face the powerful enemy of the Fahua Sect. It really has no spare power to deal with these three forces.


    Fortunately, Qing Xuzong is not fighting alone, he also has allies.


    The monks of the Qingxu Sect have already fallen into a fierce battle with the enemy, and it is difficult to separate hands.


    Meng Zhang is the most relaxed at this time, able to advance and retreat freely.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3021

    For Liuyun Shengzong and Luoxingjianzong, no matter how difficult Taiyi Realm is to deal with, it should be weaker than Qingxuzong.


    As the leader of the major cultivation forces, Qing Xuzong has suppressed them for many years, leaving them with a deep psychological shadow.


    Don''t look at Qingxuzong''s current look of being in a mess and about to be unable to hold on, but who knows how many hidden cards Qingxuzong still has, and how many brand new combat powers Qingxuzong can bring out.


    As we all know, the Celestial Immortal of Qing Xuzong is currently playing "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3022

    The attitude of Xiji Temple is the most surprising.


    Xiji Temple and Fahua Sect are both Buddhist sects, so logically speaking, they should be allies naturally.


    If Fahua Sect wants to expand the sphere of influence of Buddhism, Xiji Temple should fully support it.


    The Fahua Sect and the Qingxu Sect have already started a war, and Xiji Temple is still neutral, which is too unexpected.


    For Fahuazong, Xiji Temple still refuses to deal with Qingxuzong, which is simply a betrayal.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3023

    When the Siming Sect really waged a full-scale war with these cultivation forces, the battle was fierce, but the progress of the war was far slower than everyone imagined.


    The fact that Siming Sect has completely joined Fahua Sect and attacked Qingxu Sect together has won the approval of most senior sects. There are only a few opponents within the sect, and there is nothing to stir up trouble.


    However, on the point of preserving strength as much as possible and avoiding the brutal bloody battle with Qing Xuzong first, many high-level officials are very supportive.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3024

    In terms of the number of monks alone, the Falling Star Sword Sect is at the bottom of the eight major cultivation forces.


    The reason why the Fallen Star Sword Sect was able to compete with other cultivation forces was due to the unique ruthlessness of the sword cultivator and the strong combat power of the sword cultivator.


    The sword cultivators of the Falling Star Sword Sect have always been rebellious and domineering, offending many people.


    In disputes with other cultivation forces, Falling Star Sword Sect took the initiative most of the time.


    Falling Star Sword Sect is currently playing "Leader of Immortal Head", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3025

    In the eyes of the monks of the Falling Star Sword Sect, Tai Miao was so fierce and irresistible.


    The Sword Immortal and Flagship who had been specially going to deal with him, not only failed to stop him at all, but were forced to a disadvantage by him.


    Tai Miao was hardly affected by them, but continued to show off his might and deal a fierce blow to the entire fleet.


    When Tai Miao and the others were in action, the Taiyi Realm was not idle, and kept following them closely.


    Since "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3026

    For Mu Xingtong, the battle with Xing Wuji had a special meaning.


    Except for the grievances between Xinghe Jianzong and Luoxing Jianzong. As a pure swordsman, she has infinite pursuit of swordsmanship.


    Fighting a sword fairy now, if she can survive the battle, it will be of great benefit to her future practice.


    This is a battle between two armies, not a one-on-one battle. In order to win, you can do whatever you can. Jade Dragon King does not reject the fact that "Leading the Immortal Head" is being fought with an allied army. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page. Get the latest updates now!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3027

    The area of ??the foreign land star area is still limited, and the Taiyi world is also relatively eye-catching.


    Liuyun Shengzong spent a little time, but still found the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    At this time, more than two days have passed since the Fleet of the Falling Star Sword Sect suffered a disastrous defeat.


    The wreckage around the battlefield was basically absorbed by the Taiyi Realm, and the battlefield was cleaned too cleanly.


    The various power fluctuations left by the previous war also began to subside slowly.


    Although you still have "The Road to the Master" in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3028

    The strength of the fleet of Liuyun Shengzong is actually slightly inferior to that of Luoxing Jianzong''s fleet.


    Although the Taiyi Realm was still the final winner this time, it was obviously more difficult in the battle and paid more losses.


    This also made the Taiyi Realm executives realize that there are indeed many difficulties in confronting a well-prepared enemy head-on.


    The result of this war is far worse than the previous one.


    After the fleet of Liuyun Sacred Sect was defeated, there are many remnants of "Leader of Immortal Head" that are currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3029

    Although Meng Zhang is very reluctant to admit it, judging from the results of the last battle, Liao Neng Luohan''s fighting power is superior to him.


    After completely solving the problem of the corpse of the god Gai Rang, Meng Zhang has greatly improved both in cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    Facing a strong enemy, he chose to take the initiative and attack first.


    Liao Neng Luohan is also a man who has experienced many battles. Although he has enough confidence to defeat Meng Zhang, he will not be too careless.


    Since the last battle, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3030

    Not to mention the powerhouses from all sides who have joined the battle, those senior leaders of the major cultivation forces who are watching are very concerned about the battle between Meng Zhang and Neng Arhat.


    The three families of the Siming Sect have already turned to the Fa Hua Sect''s practice forces. Although they hope that the Fa Hua Sect will suffer losses, they still hope that Neng Luohan can defeat Meng Zhang as soon as possible and join the battle against Qingxu Sect as soon as possible.


    Xiji Temple and other cultivation forces that have remained neutral up to now hope that Meng Zhang can persist for a longer time.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3031

    The performance of Blood Cloud Pirates in this battle has already taken Meng Zhang by surprise.


    The style of the Star Thief Group has always been to bully the weak and fear the hard.


    In the face of weakness, he is extremely brave.


    When facing a strong enemy, turn into Rufeng.


    This time the Qingxu Sect was obviously in a bad situation, and the Fahua Sect was so powerful, but the Blood Cloud Pirates joined in without hesitation, and have been fighting bloody battles with the armies of the three sects until now.


    Even if there is already a lot of "The Road to the Master" being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3032

    As the saying goes, don''t hit someone in the face.


    The skin of Neng Arhat''s golden body was damaged, not to mention the damage he received, it also made him lose all face and majesty in the public.


    To be slapped in the face in public, or in the true sense, is a shame and humiliation for anyone, let alone an existence like him.


    The unprecedented sense of humiliation made Neng Luohan''s heart burn with anger.


    Many onlookers watching the battle in secret almost couldn''t help exclaiming that "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3033

    Simingzong''s high-level leaders quickly reached an agreement and ruled out other thoughts.


    With an order, Simingzong''s army first rushed to Taiyi Realm.


    While the Siming Sect''s high-level officials were mobilizing, they were also urging the Falling Star Sword Sect and the Liuyun Sacred Sect to follow suit.


    The army of the Falling Star Sword Sect hesitated for a moment, followed by the army of the Siming Sect, and rushed towards the Taiyi Realm.


    On the contrary, the army of Liuyun Shengzong took a little longer to catch up with them.


    Taiyi Realm will soon announce that "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3034

    Although Houde Academy and other four practice forces remained neutral, they also played a role, effectively restraining Simingzong and the others.


    Simingzong and others had to keep a certain amount of defensive force in the mountain gate out of basic precautions, which undoubtedly greatly reduced the pressure faced by the Taiyi Realm.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, he naturally refused to let Neng Arhat go easily, entangled him with all his strength, and continued to attack him fiercely.


    As long as Neng Luohan tried his best, it was difficult to escape.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3035

    The Falling Star Sword Sect was busy saving itself and hastily withdrew almost all of its power from the Void Battlefield, which undoubtedly ruined the Fahua Sect''s major event.


    For the Falling Star Sword Sect, the mountain gate is the foundation.


    You can''t ignore your own life and death for the sake of the Fa Huazong''s plan.


    If the mountain gate fell, the Falling Star Sword Sect would almost be wiped out.


    Even if these large armies in the void can be preserved until after the war, without the foundation, what future is there for the sect?


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3036

    It is not a simple matter to retreat in front of the battle when the battle is fierce.


    As comrades-in-arms, the armies of Siming Sect and Liuyun Sacred Sect did not cover the retreat of Falling Star Sword Sect''s army well.


    On the contrary, due to the grievances in the hearts of its top leaders, they intentionally or unintentionally created obstacles and troubles for its retreat.


    When the army of the Falling Star Sword Sect finally withdrew from the battle, there were already a lot of casualties.


    The army of the Fallen Star Sword Sect is not in the hands of "Leader of the Immortal Head", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3037

    There is not much time left for Meng Zhang, and the effect of deterrence is limited, and it is impossible to deter the enemy forever.


    The remaining strength of Meng Zhang himself could not support him to continue to fight hard for a long time.


    Meng Zhang must make a quick decision and solve Neng Luohan as soon as possible.


    Supported until now, even Arhat is almost exhausted.


    His golden body was badly damaged, with deep scars almost everywhere.


    All his Buddhist artifacts have been destroyed. "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3038

    Before Simingzong''s army withdrew, Liuyun Shengzong''s army had already withdrawn.


    The army of Liuyun Shengzong did not encounter too many obstacles, and returned to the gate of Liuyun Shengzong smoothly, and successfully merged with the remaining forces.


    With a flash of his figure, Meng Zhang returned to the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm was consumed in the previous battle, Meng Zhang still received timely replenishment of the power of heaven and earth, and quickly resumed most of the battle. Wait for a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3039

    Originally, Patriarch Liuyun chose to join Fa Huazong, although it was mainly for his own way, but it was not completely without consideration of the future situation.


    In his opinion, it is highly possible for the Fa Huazong to successfully enter the Great World of a foreign land.


    Qing Xuzong probably could not escape the end of defeat this time.


    It''s just that if the Fahua Sect takes control of the foreign world, it will definitely seriously damage the interests of the Liuyun Sacred Sect.


    In order to break through to the realm of celestial beings, he no longer cares about the fact that "The Road to the Master" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3040

    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm did not expect to reach an agreement with the major practice forces and let them stand on their side through a single visit.


    They mainly want to test the real ideas of all parties and see if there is any place for cooperation.


    If the two sides really can''t reach an agreement, then Taiyi Realm can only make early preparations to be its enemy.


    Thanks to Tuo Mengzhang''s great display of power just now, the envoys secretly sent by the Taiyi Realm visited the major practice forces relatively smoothly.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3041

    Whether starting from their own path or considering the future of the sect, the celestial beings of Qingxu Sect are extremely eager to become golden immortals.


    Back then, the Qingxu Sect was just an ordinary sect in the Lingkong Immortal World.


    By chance, the seniors in the door got clues to the secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian, and explored it desperately.


    Relying on the initial gains, the Qingxu Sect was able to rise in the Lingkong Immortal Realm and become the famous Celestial Immortal Sect. Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3042

    Although the real immortal can only enter the outer layer of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm even if he holds the token.


    But this already has a fatal attraction to the vast majority of true immortals in the cultivation world.


    As for gradually penetrating into the depths of the secret realm, one would need the power of a celestial being.


    The deeper you go into the secret realm, the greater the danger.


    Even angels holding tokens will face great danger.


    Those heavenly immortals who disappeared from Qing Xuzong are the best "Leader of Immortal Head" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3043

    When he was in the Junchen Realm, because he couldn''t enter Yuanhai to practice, the entire dragon clan had only one dragon emperor, the Tunhai Dragon Emperor.


    The entire ethnic group must rely on the protection of the Dragon King.


    After the Sea Swallowing Dragon Emperor united with the Taiyi Realm to conquer the Shenchang Realm, some dragons migrated to the Taiyi Realm, hoping to follow the Taiyi Realm to fight in all directions and gain more opportunities for growth.


    These dragons who migrated to the Taiyi Realm formed a brand new group.


    However, since "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently under development, please wait for a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3044

    Qingming Immortal and Dafang Bodhisattva are entangled with each other, and they have a relatively clear understanding of each other''s situation.


    Dafang Bodhisattva has already been able to estimate the time when the Qing Dynasty Immortal''s lifespan will be exhausted.


    At the moment when the celestial immortal life is exhausted in the Qing Dynasty, the celestial powers and supernatural powers of heaven and earth will spontaneously stop, and it is also the time for him to get out of trouble.


    He had been waiting for this moment for a long time.


    When this moment is approaching, his heart is full of anticipation, and at the same time, "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3045

    Dafang Bodhisattva pointed with one hand, and an invisible force shot out, hitting the target directly.


    The projection of divine power released by Tai Miao froze all over his body, and then seemed to be a little shorter, and his whole body became incomparably decayed.


    Dafang Bodhisattva''s face became even more ugly.


    On weekdays, let alone a projection of divine power, even if the deity of the ghost god is here, he can easily kill it.


    His original blow should have easily hit "The Immortal Head of the Gate" in his hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3046

    If Dafang Bodhisattva is allowed to get out of trouble and regain his freedom, he has many ways to slowly make up for his weaknesses and repair his losses.


    However, he who was trapped at this moment, because of his poor state, even though he had thousands of supernatural powers and dharma, he couldn''t use it at all, so he could only bear the blow passively.


    Meng Zhang and the others'' methods were very vicious, and they just aimed at his biggest weakness at present, directly consuming his vitality and longevity.


    The golden body of Dafang Bodhisattva is currently being played in "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3047

    Seeing the defeat of Dafang Bodhisattva, those powerful Fahua sects who were rushing to reinforce with all their might were almost stunned.


    After a little hesitation, they took the initiative to retreat, never daring to continue rushing towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    Even the strong men who were fighting with Yang Xueyi and the others voluntarily left the battle.


    Meng Zhang and the others can even kill Dafang Bodhisattva, didn''t a group of arhats take the initiative to die in the past?


    Of course, they are playing "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3048

    Not to mention the Qingxu Sect whose vitality is seriously injured and whose status is about to be lost, even the Qingxu Sect in its heyday would not dare to agree to Taiyi Realm to do this rashly.


    Absorbing the origin of heaven and earth from the great world of a foreign land and harming the entire great world is tantamount to damaging the interests of all the cultivation forces.


    It is true that Qing Xuzong was the strongest among the major cultivation forces back then, but he did not easily overwhelm all the cultivation forces, and had to win the support of other cultivation forces for many things.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3049

    Of course, the ones who can benefit the most from the legacy of the celestial beings are true immortals like Patriarch Liuyun.


    The so-called celestial heritage produced by Buddhist masters has different shapes and functions.


    But there is one thing in common, that is, they all need to use the fairy body left after the fall of the fairy.


    Most Taoist monks still pay more attention to their own stinky skin.


    In fact, there are not many intelligent beings who are willing to have their corpses hit by someone else''s hand. Please wait for a while, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3050

    In the past, Qingxu Sect, as the strongest one among the eight cultivation forces, was once resisted by several other schools.


    Taiyi Realm must not follow in the footsteps of Qing Xuzong.


    The Taiyi Realm needs to find allies to divide and disintegrate the cultivation forces in the foreign world in order to profit from it.


    Because of the big disagreement among the top leaders of the Taiyi world, Meng Zhang did not make a quick decision on the next move, but stayed on the sidelines for the time being.


    There is no extra "Leader of Immortal Head" in the Taiyi world for the time being, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3051

    The eight major cultivation forces united again, obviously under strong external pressure.


    As for those who brought them great pressure, part of the credit was due to the Taiyi Realm.


    Before Qing Xuzong made such a big move, he did not communicate with the Taiyi Realm at all, obviously abandoning the Taiyi Realm as an ally.


    The rest of the practice forces are definitely not as friendly to Taiyi Realm as they appear on the surface.


    It''s ridiculous that the senior executives of the Taiyi world were paralyzed by the actions of the major practice forces before. "The Road to the Master" is being hit by hand. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3052

    Last time, the team from the Fa Hua Sect came too fast, and Dafang Bodhisattva''s actions were very sudden, and none of the top leaders of the major cultivation forces were able to react in time.


    After the previous battle, the top leaders of the major cultivation forces have taken precautions, and they should be able to find some ways to contain the Fa Huazong.


    At the very least, they will try to avoid the Bodhisattva sent by the Fahua Sect to crush and attack.


    In contrast, the Taiyi Realm has no foundation and backing, and instead appears to be weak.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3053

    Patriarch Liuyun didn''t know what Meng Zhang was thinking, and naturally he didn''t know that he had become the opponent''s target.


    In order to stabilize the opponent, Niu Dawei said something under Meng Zhang''s instruction.


    Meng Zhang was not interested in the Heavenly Immortal Legacy of Fahuazong.


    As long as Patriarch Liuyun can pay enough, Meng Zhang can exchange with him.


    Ancestor Liuyun humbly pursued for so long, isn''t it just for this celestial heritage? "The Road to the Master" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3054

    With the strength of Meng Zhang and Tai Miao at this time, with their joint efforts, I am afraid that only the power of the heavenly level can defeat them head-on.


    No matter how strong Ancestor Liuyun is, he cannot be their opponent.


    After a fierce battle, Patriarch Liuyun was suppressed by Meng Zhang and the others as no surprise.


    Meng Zhang brought Patriarch Liuyun back to the Taiyi Realm, and after preparing to squeeze out all its value, let him become the nutrient of Yuanhai.


    Among other things, although Patriarch Liuyun is playing "The Road to the Master" before, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3055

    Meng Zhang chose the four-pointed star area as the next target of Taiyi Realm, which can be said to kill two birds with one stone.


    It can not only avenge Qingxuzong''s betrayal, but also help the development of Taiyi Realm.


    The distance between the four-pointed star area and the alien star area is very far.


    The last time Meng Zhang traveled between the two places, he also passed through the wormhole passage.


    Now he only has a faint sense of the position of the four-pointed star area, and has not personally passed through the void.


    Now leading Taiyijie Zaixu "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3056

    The Taiyi Gate itself has the Royal Beast Hall, which has been cultivating and domesticating various spirit beasts and monsters for many years.


    Needless to say, monsters are completely tools for cultivators.


    As for spirit beasts, their status is completely different, they are subordinates and even friends of cultivators.


    Back then in the Junchen Realm, some spirit beasts, including King Huipeng, took refuge in the Taiyi Gate.


    Taiyimen''s attitude towards spirit beasts is relatively open, and they will not deliberately limit and shackle their strength.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3057

    Mu Xingtong is not only a genius swordsman, but also an excellent leader.


    When she was in the big world in a foreign land, she faced complicated situations, and with limited resources, she was able to develop Galaxy Sword Sect very well.


    Later, when she was deliberately consumed by Liuyun Shengzong, she could also work hard to keep the last seed of Xinghe Jianzong.


    After coming to the Taiyi Realm, with the support of Meng Zhang and the senior officials of the Taiyi Sect, under her leadership, Xinghe Jianzong''s release "The Road to the Master of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please Refresh the page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3058

    Time flies, in the blink of an eye, it has been almost five hundred years since the Taiyi Realm left the foreign star area.


    When leaving the foreign star area, the vigilant Taiyi Realm executives, under the leadership of Meng Zhang, carefully observed behind them to make sure that there were no stalkers following them.


    Meng Zhang also led everyone to cast spells many times to disturb the traces left by the Taiyi Realm after passing through the void, and calm down the space fluctuations generated after the great teleportation of the void was performed.


    After a series of troubles, "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3059

    As a defender, Meng Zhang paid a far smaller price than the attacker.


    Moreover, as the master of Taiyi Realm, Taiyi Realm can help share some of the price he needs to pay.


    But no matter what, Meng Zhang still needs to pay some price for this kind of high-level confrontation with Tianjishu, which will cause him a lot of damage.


    It is of course a great thing to be able to end this kind of Tianjishu confrontation.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that this Taoist "Leader of the Immortal" is currently playing, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3060

    Among all the star bandit groups in the Void Myriad Realms, the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group is a prestigious existence at the top.


    The top combat power of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group is a number of powerful experts at the level of immortals.


    The Wild Hunter bandits have been raging in the void for many years, doing a lot of evil, and committing heinous crimes.


    There have been many big forces who have organized the siege of the Wild Hunt bandit group, but they returned in vain. On the contrary, many forces were retaliated by them and suffered a lot of blows.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3061

    Amid the enemy''s continuous attacks, the Taiyi Realm side began to experience various losses.


    Some defense facilities were destroyed, and soldiers of all races who participated in the battle began to suffer casualties.


    Of course, so far, the enemy has not hurt the vitality of the Taiyi Realm, let alone shake the foundation of the Taiyi Realm.


    Except for being a little caught off guard when encountering the surprise attack at first, the experienced Taiyi Realm side quickly reacted.


    Zaidu "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3062

    The real dragon clan is huge and numerous.


    Many true dragons left the clan, parted ways with them, and looked for their own future.


    Some joined the Taoist sect and became so-called fairy dragons.


    Some devoted themselves to Buddhism and became the guardians of Buddhism.


    Some were enlightened by the great Confucianists of the Confucian sect and willingly became members of the Confucian sect.


    Some devoted themselves to Shinto and became so-called dragons.


    Some even take the initiative to become demons and become so-called magic dragons. "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3063

    The evil dragon is the public enemy of the dragon clan, but it is also a member of the real dragon, so it naturally has many characteristics of the real dragon.


    The physical body is strong, the defense is extremely strong, and the vitality is strong...


    The Moon God has used the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword to perfection, and the terrifying killing power is almost unstoppable by the strong at the same level.


    The power of killing not only hurts the target''s physical body, but also its mind.


    Even with the tenacious will of this evil dragon, he was hit by the Taiyin Slaughter Sword "The Road to the Master", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3064

    Due to the huge difference between the Shinto practice system and the Immortal practice system, under normal circumstances, it is difficult for a true god to exert the true power of an immortal weapon.


    At this time, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing were in charge; secondly, after many years in the Taiyi Realm, Moon God and Tai Miao knew enough about the methods of immortality, and their own strength was strong enough.


    Especially Tai Miao, as Meng Zhang''s external incarnation, he can use Meng Zhang''s power to display many supernatural powers that only true immortals can have.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3065

    At this moment, Luna turned into a ruthless killer.


    She sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, giving full play to its powerful killing power.


    She doesn''t take many shots, but she can achieve brilliant results every time.


    As long as a blade of light flashed among the enemies, a strong man at the level of a real fairy would be cut, and he would be seriously injured if he did not die.


    In addition to that evil dragon, there are no less than ten real immortals in this base, not to mention people who are currently hitting "The Road to the Master". Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3066

    The members of the Star Thief Group who were still outside the base were too busy to take care of themselves, and they had no spare energy to help French Arhat.


    He didn''t last long, and he came to the end.


    The mutated Arhat''s golden body was first cut through by the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, and it was directly broken into two pieces.


    Then Meng Zhang released a bombardment of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder, blasting it into pieces, completely cutting off its vitality.


    In the end, even the fragments of the golden body disappeared into the earth fire feng shui.


    4 "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3067

    After the Taiyi Realm left this dust belt, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao drove the Taiyi Realm without delay, allowing it to perform a large void teleport, away from this place.


    The Taiyi Realm has carried out many void teleportation in a short period of time, and it is very far away from the dust belt.


    After Meng Zhang and the others brought the star core back to the Taiyi Realm and settled it, the Taiyi Realm became heavier and required more power to move.


    In a short period of time, the Great Teleportation of the Void has been performed several times in a row. "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3068

    After the heavens are fully formed, the kingdoms of the true gods will be fed back by the heavens.


    At that time, both themselves and the Kingdom of God will benefit greatly.


    This also helps to enhance their status in the god system of the Taiyi Realm.


    In the future, the gods of the Taiyi Realm will also be divided into three parts.


    In addition to dividing according to their priesthood, this will also refer to their own wishes, as well as their usual performance. Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3069

    There are many types of immortals, and sword immortals are a special kind among them.


    It''s not that sword immortals must be much stronger than ordinary true immortals, but that sword immortals come from sword cultivators, and most of them act like sharp swords, showing their sharpness and murderous aura.


    Sword repairers generally dare to fight and fight hard, and fight first in every battle.


    In large-scale battles in the comprehension world, sword cultivators often play the role of scouts and vanguards.


    At the critical moment, an excellent sword repair team can often be hit by "Leader of the Immortal Head". Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3070

    After Niu Dawei was promoted to a true immortal, not to mention his status as the head disciple of the Taiyi Sect, his own cultivation level alone was enough to be on an equal footing with those true immortals and true gods.


    At the critical moment, his true immortality can allow him to give full play to his status advantages, allowing him to have enough authority to command the Taiyi world.


    With the birth of true immortals one after another in the Taiyi world, the appearance of a new true immortal is not as sensational as before.


    Ke Niu''s "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3071

    Meng Zhang stood high above the Taiyi Realm, his face was livid, and his expression was somewhat haggard.


    Standing beside him are other true immortals and true gods in the Taiyi Realm.


    Most of them are already exhausted, with more or less injuries on their bodies.


    Behind Meng Zhang and the others is a team of capable monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    They are ready and ready to continue fighting.


    The team is full of elite monks from the Taiyi world, but many people are struggling with "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3072

    If Mu Xingtong can''t recover, it will be a huge loss for the entire Taiyi world, and many plans of the Taiyi world''s senior management will be completely defeated.


    The sword cultivator of the Taiyi Realm was almost vulnerable to the sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect. It was only because of the timely actions of other true immortals and true gods that they managed to hold their ground and did not completely collapse.


    The morale of the sword cultivators of the Taiyi Realm plummeted, and they no longer had the courage to confront the sword cultivators of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Inexplicably, I was hit by the Sirius Sword "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3073

    Wen Qiansuan, who is an Immortal Master of Formation Dao, naturally has more than this ability.


    Meng Zhang asked him to command the Star Dou Formation to meet the enemy''s impact first, which naturally made sense.


    I saw Wen Qiansuan sacrificed the formation map of the evil star palace of Tiangang, and the force of the evil star of Tiangang erupted, and clouds of stardust shrouded the sword repair team rushing towards the surroundings.


    After Wen Qianjuan was promoted to the Immortal Master of Formation Dao, he not only has the ability to refine ordinary Immortal Formation Maps, but also can repair them. Refresh the page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3074

    Many brilliant sword cultivators are proficient in the art of sword escape.


    The technique of sword escape does not belong to the five elements, so it is difficult to carry out targeted restraint.


    Sword cultivators rely on the technique of sword escape, just like nimble assassins, they can escape thousands of miles away without a single hit, and can attack and defend freely.


    The technique of sword escape is not only an escape technique for escaping, but also an attack technique.


    Tai Miao led a group of gods to mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and all the sword repair teams around the Taiyi Realm are currently hitting "Leading the Immortal Head". Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page again. Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3075

    Since external forces can''t help much, Luna can only rely on her own strength.


    After Moon God made some simple confessions, he entered the depths of his own kingdom of God and fell into a deep sleep.


    She wants to fully stimulate her final potential in the deep sleep, not only to get rid of the foreign sword energy, but also to try to obtain a new breakthrough.


    As for when she will wake up and what state she will be in after waking up, no one can say.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3076

    When we were in the foreign land last time, the Taiyi Realm did not get enough supplies as originally planned.


    Although there have been some unexpected gains since then, the Taiyi world has gradually begun to tighten its resources.


    Now with some extra gains, some embarrassing situations in the Taiyi world have been greatly alleviated.


    If there is no unexpected massive consumption, the various resources of the Taiyi Realm are enough for the Taiyi Realm to persist in the four-pointed star area.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3077

    After Xu Kongzi was promoted to a true immortal, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling ended a long period of retreat.


    Last time when Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm to fight against the clone of the Baiyang Celestial Immortal, the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle manifested itself, and took the initiative to block his full blow.


    The body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle was severely damaged, almost completely shattered, and the spirit of the weapon was almost on the verge of collapse.


    Later, with the help of Meng Zhang, the spirit of Hualingping Pingqi finally stabilized.


    Afterwards, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3078

    Luna, who was originally injured by the sword energy of the celestial level, had to retreat to death in order to get rid of the sword qi, but this time, she not only completely expelled the sword qi, but also deeply felt the power of the celestial level from it.


    This provided a great help for her to break through to the realm of the gods.


    After expelling the sword energy, she did not rush out of the gate, but struck while the iron was hot, launching an impact towards the realm of the gods.


    Originally, she had been trapped in the bottleneck of the realm of gods for many years,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3079

    After having a premonition in his heart, Meng Zhang wanted to rush to the Four-pointed star area as soon as possible.


    The moon god was promoted to the god of heaven, Meng Zhang had greater confidence, and the Taiyi world had more adaptability.


    Even if there are some unexpected situations in the four-pointed star area, such as the appearance of enemies at the level of celestial beings, the moon god can still resist them.


    Even though the Moon God has only recently been promoted to the Heavenly God, his combat effectiveness is not necessarily inferior to that of ordinary Heavenly Immortals.


    The Taiyi realm with three distinct realms,


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3080

    Xu Kongzi was the right candidate for investigation, and Meng Zhang did not refuse his offer.


    As a veteran true fairy, Fairy Yue''e has rich experience and knowledge.


    Mu Xingtong, the only sword fairy in the Taiyi world, also volunteered.


    Sword Immortal is the best scout and a very suitable candidate for scouting.


    The three of them formed a reconnaissance team, and soon set off to the four-pointed star area to conduct reconnaissance.


    At this moment in the Taiyi world, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3081

    Xu Kongzi and the others have participated in battles in foreign star regions, and have more or less contact with all parties involved in the war.


    The void battleships they found in the four-pointed star area, judging from their flags, belong to the eight major cultivation forces.


    Needless to say, these are the eight major cultivation forces in the foreign land star area. Before the Taiyi world arrived here, they returned to the four-pointed star area.


    As for the cultivation forces that fought against them, they were quickly recognized by Xu Kongzi and the others.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3082

    If you follow the normal way to travel in the void, it will take a long time to return to the four-pointed star area.


    Long-distance migration in the void is very risky and accidents are inevitable.


    The eight major cultivation forces are unwilling to accept this labor-intensive and costly migration method.


    Since it was the wormhole channel opened by Qingxuzong when he came, it is best to go back in the same way.


    This is already the case in the foreign land world. Qingxu Zonggao''s "The Immortal Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3083

    Cloud City only exploited those resources that are easy to exploit, and did not carry out destructive mining.


    More importantly, when absorbing the origin of the Qingxu Great World, Yunzhongcheng obviously showed mercy, and did not seriously damage its foundation.


    The cultivation forces of the Shuangfeng star area and the practice force of the Qingxu sect almost reached the four-pointed star area.


    After a period of time, both sides have roughly figured out the current situation of the four-pointed star area.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3084

    As for the situation on the side of the Twin Peaks star region, it exceeded Meng Zhang''s expectations.


    Practitioners in the Twin Peaks Star Region have been able to maintain a stalemate with the Four-Pointed Star Region for many years because there is not much difference in strength between the two sides.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, he stayed in the Shuangfeng star area for a while.


    Even though he was only a Void Returning cultivator back then, not even a true immortal, he still knew a lot about the Twin Peaks Star Region.


    The Shuangfeng star area has never cultivated a strong person of the level of a fairy. "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3085

    Huang Feng Tianxian stared at the direction of the Taiyi Realm from a distance, thinking quickly in his heart.


    There is only one token for entering and exiting the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Several other celestial beings are still fighting against the bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect in the foreign star area, and he is the only celestial being here. This is really a god-sent opportunity.


    But now he is confronting the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, it is not easy to escape.


    More importantly, when Luna sent out the message just now, he generously revealed that he was playing "The Road to the Master". Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest content. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3086

    The position and attitude of Wang Xuefeng, a great Confucian of Mingxinhui, is very important to the current situation.


    After entering the four-pointed star area, Meng Zhang has been maintaining communication with the high-level Taiyi world.


    When encountering embarrassing problems, everyone discusses and solves them together.


    When Meng Zhang was living in the void, he was hired by Mingxinhui and worked for it for a period of time.


    Mingxin will cultivate a great Confucian at the level of a fairy, which is far beyond his expectations, but "The Road to the Master" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3087

    Of course, although the Taiyi Realm is under strict monitoring, there will still be some magic inheritance from time to time, some practitioners will be tempted to become demons, and monsters will be born...


    Not to mention the Taiyi Realm, even the Great World under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm cannot avoid this situation.


    Meng Zhang has long understood the reasons for such situations.


    There are a lot of demon powerhouses in the void, and they often spread them all over the void like a net. "The Road to the Master" is in hand. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page again. Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3088

    Whether it was Yang Xueyi and the others who came to the front line in person, or Meng Zhang and the others who were watching the battle from the rear, they all found that the Demon Nest still retained some strength.


    It is a routine operation for rational practitioners to keep a certain number of reserves in a battle of this scale.


    But the opponent is not a rational practitioner, but an army of crazy and chaotic monsters.


    Now that this situation has appeared, it shows that the monster army has a clear command.


    From the looks of it, it is not easy to breed a demon god in this demon nest, he should have enough reason and a good tactical level.


    More importantly, these demon gods who are in charge of command have a strong control over the monster army, and can forcibly suppress the bloodthirsty and warlike instincts of the monsters behind.


    According to the performance of the enemy, Meng Zhang and other high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm raised their evaluation of the enemy and became more cautious.


    Whether it is the Confucian Wang Xuefeng or the Moon God, they have repeatedly sensed that there are no heavenly demons in this demon nest, and the strongest demon gods are true immortals.


    In the Taiyi world, there is a moon god who has become a god of heaven, but the moon god is the strongest combat force in the Taiyi world, and generally he will not make a move easily.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, if there is no accident, Luna will not directly participate in the battle to attack the devil''s nest.


    The cultivation level of a demon god is similar to that of a true immortal or a true god, but the secret methods of the demonic way are unpredictable, and its combat power must not be underestimated.


    Most of the true gods in the Taiyi world are not opponents of demon gods.


    Those true immortals with weaker combat power have no advantage against demon gods.


    The fleet sent by the Taiyi Realm has been fighting the monster army for some time.


    While achieving great results, Taiyi Realm also began to suffer a lot of casualties.


    The monsters in the monster army are all kinds of strange things and have different abilities.


    The strongest monsters can compete with real immortals.


    Some monsters are as big as mountains, bigger than void battleships.


    Some monsters are as small as mustard seeds, and their movements are so strange that it is difficult to find their existence.


    ...


    I saw a huge monster waving its flexible tentacles, entangled a void battleship that couldn''t avoid it, and then ruthlessly strangled it.


    Accompanied by a bang, the void battleship with the combat power of returning to the void was strangled and exploded.


    Most of the cultivators in the Void Battleship were lost in one fell swoop.


    Some Yuanshen Zhenjun and Jindan Daoist who had the ability to survive in the void finally escaped from the battleship, and were soon overwhelmed by the monsters coming from all around.


    As for those low-level crew members, they were not even qualified to escape from the battleship, so they were buried with the battleship.


    Void Returning Da Neng, who commanded the battleship, jumped out of the exploding battleship, and was immediately entangled by this huge monster.


    On the other side, a huge fish-like monster appeared next to a void battleship with a flash of its huge body.


    Before the Void Battleship had time to react, it was swallowed by this huge monster.


    All the monks in the battleship, from the Void Returner to the little Qi Refining monk, have become the food of the monsters.


    Probably the behavior of this monster was too arrogant, which angered Yang Xueyi who commanded the fleet.


    While resisting the attack of a demon god, Yang Xueyi drew a talisman in the air, and a talisman made of various colors of light appeared in the sky above the huge monster.


    The power of gold, wood, water, fire, earth and five elements in the talisman flowed and fell directly on the monster, and the monster''s body was completely destroyed immediately.


    After some void battleships were destroyed by monsters, a cultivator flew out of the battleships, either relying on the wreckage of the battleships to continue to resist, or flying to other void battleships.


    According to the battlefield regulations, there are special warships in the fleet, which shuttle on the battlefield and try to search and rescue their own crew members.


    Because this is a battle against an army of monsters, many of these rescued crew members cannot immediately join the battle, especially those with poor cultivation.


    They need to go through a careful inspection to confirm that they are not infected by magic energy before they can be freed.


    Some extremely small monsters often sneak up on some crew members waiting for rescue.


    When they were rescued, these monsters controlled the bodies of the crew members, violently attacked the monks who rescued them.


    Fortunately, the monks in the Taiyi Realm have rich experience in fighting monsters, and they have already planned for these situations, so they did not suffer too much loss.


    While the Taiyi Realm''s fleet is constantly reducing its personnel, it is also causing more and more damage to the monster army.


    Especially in terms of top-level combat power, the demon gods in the monster army are much worse than the true immortals in the Taiyi world.


    Seeing that the Taiyi Realm began to attack the Demon Nest as agreed, the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng nodded in satisfaction.


    He stared at Huang Feng Tianxian in front of him to prevent the other party from messing up.


    Huang Feng Tianxian sensed the other party''s movements, and snorted coldly with disdain.


    In any case, he is a Daoist Heavenly Immortal, and he is incompatible with the Demonic Dao.


    He is still happy to see the Taiyi Realm''s action to eliminate the devil''s nest.


    As for his desire to seize the token in Meng Zhang''s hand, that''s another matter.


    The fighting power displayed by the Taiyi Realm is a bit interesting, but relying on these alone, it will definitely not be able to stop Huang Feng Tianxian.


    The only Moon God who made Huang Feng Tianxian a little scrupulous has never made a move, and he can''t see through the opponent''s depth for the time being.


    However, because of the overall advantage of the Celestial Immortal over the Celestial God, once the two sides start a war, he still has the confidence to defeat the Celestial God, at most it will only take a little extra effort.


    What he was really embarrassed about was how to get rid of the restraint of the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng.


    Meng Zhang and the others can clearly sense that some demon gods have been sitting in the demon nest and have not participated in the battle.


    Probably because of the orders of these demon gods, there are still many monsters waiting outside and inside the demon lair.


    Although most monsters are extremely crazy, they still dare not easily disobey the orders of higher-level monsters.


    The Taiyi Realm also retains a strong force, and there is no intention of overwhelming the whole army.


    The Demon Nest only mobilized some monsters, and it gradually became unable to withstand the fleet led by Yang Xueyi.


    After the two sides fought fiercely for a long time, the monster army that was at a disadvantage did not receive support from the rear, but began to retreat slowly.


    After Yang Xueyi led the fleet to pursue the victory for a while, she stopped the pursuit in time because she was worried about the enemy''s backhand.


    After retreating a long distance, the retreating monster army lined up again, and also received some support and supplements from the rear Demon Nest.


    The Taiyi Realm began to clean up the battlefield, clean up the wounded, clean up the monsters that did not retreat in time, etc.


    Whether it is the loss of warships or the casualties of personnel, many high-level officials in the Taiyi world feel heartbroken.


    But even the most benevolent high-level executives would not think that the fleet should not be allowed to participate in the battle.


    The fleet built by the Taiyi Realm with countless resources is to be used in foreign wars.


    Regardless of their identity and background, most Taiyi monks have to accept training on the battlefield.

 Chapter 3089

    If even this level of intensity of battle is unbearable, how will the monks of Taiyi Realm face the challenges in the future, and how can they go further on the road of practice?


    Those injured and damaged battleships, as well as injured monks, etc., all returned to the Taiyi Realm in time under the cover of their own strong men.


    The Taiyi Realm sent a reserve force to join the fleet led by Yang Xueyi, replenishing its combat power in time.


    After enough rest, Yang Xueyi led the fleet to charge forward again.


    After experiencing the temptations of the previous battles, the upper echelons of the monster army probably also know the combat effectiveness of the Taiyi Realm.


    Those demon gods with keen senses can also feel that there are many powerful people hidden in the Taiyi Realm.


    After comparing the strength of the enemy and ourselves, as long as those demon gods have not lost their minds, they should know the difference between strength and weakness.


    The army of monsters lined up outside the magic nest, laying down layers of defenses, and began to resist the enemy fleet step by step.


    The army of monsters who always advocated offense would take the initiative to take the initiative, which greatly exceeded the expectations of the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    According to common sense, after the army of monsters sensed the breath of a nearby cultivator, they would immediately pounce on them regardless of life or death.


    It is not difficult for a high-level demon god to command an army of monsters, but it is relatively rare to achieve such a prohibition.


    Yang Xueyi and the others heightened their vigilance, but they did not stop moving forward.


    The Taiyi Fleet also did not swarm up, but started to slowly attack the defense line of the monster army step by step.


    There are many corpses of monsters left on the battlefield.


    Especially the corpses of those high-level monsters, the magic energy rises, and they have extremely strong pollution.


    Meng Zhang didn''t let ordinary Taiyi monks carry these corpses.


    He dispatched with Niu Dawei, cast a spell to send these monster corpses back to the Taiyi Realm, and then sent them to the depths of the Taiyi Realm, allowing them to be digested.


    Regarding the behavior of Meng Zhang and Niu Dawei, the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and Huang Feng Tianxian didn''t care.


    For the real immortal, there is already a way to get rid of the devilish energy on the corpse of the monster, and make various use of the corpse of the monster.


    It''s just that, on this kind of thing, the real immortal usually spends a lot of effort, but the harvest is not big, and the cost performance is very low.


    What Meng Zhang and the others did shows that the Taiyi Realm is really too poor and resources are too scarce, even the corpses of monsters are not spared, and they must find ways to use them.


    Huang Feng Tianxian sneered disdainfully.


    Even if it is a true immortal, if it handles so many monster corpses in a short period of time, it will consume a lot, and even hurt its vitality.


    However, monster corpses piled up for a long time, and if they were not disposed of in time, there would be various bad consequences.


    For example, the accumulation of strong magic energy caused some catastrophes, or the birth of more powerful monsters.


    He wished that the Taiyi Realm would spend more effort and consume more combat power on the Demon Nest.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng felt that it was a good thing for the Taiyi Realm to eliminate the Demon Nest, and he could not personally help, so he could consider asking his subordinates to provide some resources.


    In fact, if the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area help, it will definitely speed up the speed of Taiyi Realm''s elimination of the demon nest.


    But the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star region are now focusing their energy on guarding against the native practitioners in the Four-pointed star region.


    Not all the top practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area are as jealous as the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, and they want to get rid of the devil''s nest quickly.


    Many high-level officials are unwilling to expend their own power to clear the demon nest, and they are even less willing to affect the confrontation between their own side and the native practitioners in the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Practitioners from the Twin Peaks star area invaded the Four-pointed star area on a large scale this time, and many high-level officials did not intend to completely occupy the Four-pointed star area.


    Especially when the native cultivators in the four-pointed star region actually invited the heavenly immortals to sit in charge, it was even more difficult to deal with.


    Many high-level officials in the Twin Peaks Star District are unwilling to die here, and they just want to take advantage of the danger and seize the resources of the Four-pointed Star District as much as possible.


    Since they wanted to grab something and leave, they would not think about the future of the four-pointed star region.


    Since the devil''s nest is located in the four-pointed star area, it should be a problem for the native practitioners in the four-pointed star area. They don''t need to help the enemy clear the trouble.


    It would be even better if that devil''s nest could greatly consume the strength of the native practitioners in the four-pointed star region.


    There are many cultivation forces in the Twin Peaks star area, and the internal situation is very complicated.


    Mingxinhui has become one of the masters of the Shuangfeng star area because of having a great scholar at the level of a fairy, but after all, he has not been in charge for a short time.


    Mingxinhui cannot subdue all the cultivation forces in the Shuangfeng star area, and it is far from being able to speak clearly.


    Even the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng couldn''t command the various cultivators in the Shuangfeng star area like his arms and fingers.


    He directed everyone to fight against the native cultivators in the Four-pointed Star District and plunder the resources of the Four-pointed Star District. That was in everyone''s interest, and everyone would actively obey.


    But if he asked the practitioners in the Twin Peaks Star Region to do thankless things and make sacrifices for nothing, then even if they dared not openly oppose him, they would defy him and use various methods to delay his orders.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng knew the twists and turns, but he didn''t have a good solution for the time being.


    Seeing that the Taiyi Realm fleet suffered casualties in the battle to eliminate the devil''s nest, but he was unable to provide any help, which made him feel indebted to the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm took the initiative to attack the Devil''s Nest this time, not only won the favor of the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, but also gained resources, and also trained the team, which can be said to kill three birds with one stone.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm were not in a hurry, and let the fleet ahead slowly advance.


    They regarded this as a large-scale actual combat training.


    The monks in the Taiyi world started a general mobilization.


    The mobilized army of monks did not go into battle all at once, but went to the front line for reinforcements in turn.


    The monks in front will also return to the rear to rest in turn.


    Through such rounds of battles, the monks of the Taiyi Realm gradually accumulated a wealth of combat experience.


    It is also the first time for Taiyi Realm monks to take the initiative to attack a huge demon nest and destroy it from scratch.


    During this process, all kinds of difficulties and challenges encountered must be solved by monks from the Taiyi Realm. This is a very valuable experience.


    The Taiyi Realm fleet once again broke through a line of defense of the monster army.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of the monster army to reorganize the defense line in the rear, Taiyi Realm also made adjustments.


    The monks in the rear went to the front line for rotation, and Niu Dawei also replaced Yang Xueyi as the commander of the fleet.


    Although there are many true gods in the Taiyi world, considering that the demon gods have a strong pollution power to the true gods, and the cultivation of the true gods is far inferior to that of the real gods, and their resistance to pollution is insufficient, most of the true gods in the Taiyi world have no direct contact with them. Go to the front line to fight.


    The few true gods who directly participated in the battle, such as the barbarian gods who shook the ground, were all extremely tenacious and extremely resistant to evil.


    There are still not enough true immortals in Taiyi Realm.


    Yang Xueyi gave up her command position, and did not return to the Taiyi Realm for rest.


    Letting Niu Dawei take over the command is a kind of exercise for him.

 Chapter 3090

    After sensing the malice from Huangfeng Celestial Immortal, Meng Zhang understood that the biggest enemy of the Taiyi Realm was not the demon nest in front of him, but the Celestial Immortal invited by Qingxuzong.


    If it wasn''t for some support, the Taiyi Realm urgently needed the resources of the Four-Corner Star Region, and Meng Zhang would not be willing to easily confront these angels.


    While attacking the Devil''s Nest, the Taiyi Realm will try to preserve its strength to deal with the next troubles.


    In the ensuing battle, the Taiyi Realm launched a round of battles to minimize their own casualties and allow the participating monks to rest as much as possible.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi world have been paying attention to this battle, and make some adjustments at any time according to the situation on the battlefield ahead.


    Those relatively young participating monks in the Taiyi Realm gradually adapted to fighting the monster army in the void, and accumulated more combat experience.


    The monks produced in the Taiyi Realm at the rear are also adjusted in time according to the situation ahead to produce more targeted items.


    For example, modify and strengthen the void warship in time, create more mechanism creations for monsters, and so on.


    After so many years of development in the Taiyi world, the production system has been quite complete, capable of producing various targeted war resources.


    In addition to the pre-war reserves, the production monks are also working overtime to replenish various consumption in time.


    The Taiyi fleet is fighting in the front, and the rear has always ensured that they can get enough supplies in time.


    In the front, the commander of the fleet will also adjust the tactics in time.


    After about half a month of fighting, the loss rate of Taiyi Realm began to slow down.


    Although the corpses of monsters recovered from the battlefield have not been completely digested by the Taiyi Realm, they are more or less a supplement to the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and other Taiyi Realm executives knew that the little supplement obtained by eliminating the monster army alone was not enough for the current consumption of the fleet, let alone solve the problems of Taiyi Realm.


    If the Taiyi world wants to obtain more supplies, it still needs to find a way from the four-pointed star area.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm is only on the edge of the four-pointed star area, far from entering the core area.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has begun to wipe out the demon nests, Meng Zhang and other Taiyi Realm executives are also considering how to speak to the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and get some supplies from the Four-Corner Star Region.


    Before Meng Zhang and the others could think up their words, the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng had already expressed something.


    A mission sent by Mingxinhui came to Taiyi Realm to visit.


    Because Wang Xuefeng greeted the Moon God in advance, this mission entered the Taiyi Realm smoothly, and was warmly welcomed by the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although Wang Xuefeng has a good impression of Taiyi Realm''s actions, he will not lose the basic precautions.


    After all, no matter how you say it, the Taiyi Realm is also an outside force.


    As for the high-level members of Mingxinhui, they are even more wary of the sudden emergence of Taiyi Realm.


    The Shuangfeng star region has now sent a strong force into the four-pointed star region, and is fighting with the indigenous cultivation forces in the four-pointed star region.


    If the seemingly neutral Taiyi Realm is actually a helper of the Four-pointed star area and suddenly attacks the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area, then the situation will be bad.


    The mission sent by Mingxinhui is to test out the true position and intention of Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang did not show up, so Niu Dawei, who had returned from the front line, received the mission.


    When communicating with the other party, Niu Dawei seems to be very frank.


    He told the envoys of the Mingxin Society that the Taiyi Realm had been wandering in the void.


    More than 2,000 years ago, when the Taiyi Realm passed through the Alien Star Area, at the request of the Qingxu Sect, it helped the Qingxu Sect and other cultivation forces fight against the Fahua Sect and saved the Alien Star Area.


    But afterwards, Qing Xuzong and other cultivation forces were ungrateful and dishonest, they did not repay the Taiyi Realm as promised before, and were full of hostility towards the Taiyi Realm.


    As a last resort, the Taiyi Realm left the foreign star area, and it took a long time to arrive at the four-pointed star area.


    The Taiyi Realm monks are not greedy, they just want to get back what originally belonged to them from the Four-pointed Star Area.


    ...


    Niu Dawei tried to show through this narration that Taiyijie and Mingxinhui are enemies rather than friends, and that everyone has a common enemy.


    The envoys of the Mingxinhui did not easily believe Niu Dawei''s words.


    Taking a step back, even if what Niu Dawei said is true, there is still a competitive relationship between the Taiyi Realm, which covets the resources of the Four-Corner Star Region, and the Mingxin Society.


    Of course, after all, the Taiyi Realm is a practice force with gods in charge, and the envoys of Mingxinhui will not easily become enemies of the Taiyi Realm.


    The envoys of Mingxinhui were very friendly in appearance, as if they were in the same hatred as the Taiyi world.


    They also sent a batch of cultivation resources, saying it was a gift from the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, to thank the Taiyi Realm for taking the initiative to attack the Demon Nest.


    The Great Confucianism at the level of the Celestial Immortal is quite bold.


    This resource can be consumed by the fleet in front of Taiyi Realm for a period of time.


    This mission did not leave the Taiyi Realm in a hurry, but stayed in the Taiyi Realm temporarily to carefully observe the various situations in the Taiyi Realm.


    Anyone with a discerning eye can understand Taiyi Realm''s behavior of imitating Yunzhongcheng.


    The Shuangfeng Star District was not directly invaded and plundered by the Cloud City City like the Four-Pointed Star District, but the last time the Cloud City City invaded the Four-pointed Star District, it still brought great panic and a lot of losses to the Twin Peaks Star District.


    The upper echelons of the Shuangfeng star area hastily closed the wormhole channel connecting the four-pointed star area, and then opened the wormhole again, but it took a lot of hands and feet.


    Many Mingxinhui monks instinctively dislike the Taiyi Realm, and more people secretly ridicule the Taiyi Realm for being self-indulgent and imitating.


    This time Mingxin will take the initiative to express a friendly attitude, which is largely an instruction from the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng.


    No matter what the members of the mission think in their hearts, since they have accepted the mission of the mission, they must fulfill their duties with due diligence.


    In the plans of Meng Zhang and other high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm, the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area are the allies that must be won as much as possible.


    Taiyi Realm entertained the envoys of Mingxin Society well, and tried their best to meet their reasonable demands.


    The envoys of the Mingxin Society tried their best to find out the details of the Taiyi Realm, and some people volunteered to go to the battlefield where the demon''s nest was attacked, and to observe the fighting situation there.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, the Taiyi Realm is not a closed world, and sooner or later it must be opened to outside forces, allowing non-malicious foreign monks to visit.


    As the strength of Meng Zhang and the entire Taiyi Realm continued to improve, the top leaders of the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, became more confident.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm generously opened up many areas of the Taiyi Realm to the envoys of the Mingxin Society, and showed them some of the situation in the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, the real secrets and vital points of the Taiyi world will definitely be kept secret as much as possible.


    The things revealed by the Taiyi Realm are enough to amaze the envoys of the Mingxin Society.


    The Taiyi Realm''s method of dividing the three realms and canonizing gods, outsiders can figure out the mystery in a short time.


    After the formation of the heavenly world of the Taiyi Realm, it looks like it does not have some of the characteristics of the big world under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.

 Chapter 3091

    In a short period of time, the envoys of Mingxin will not be able to see some deep-level things in the Taiyi world, but only some easy-to-see things.


    The Taiyi Realm has many Taoist cultivation forces, not to mention, there are also many other races and other cultivation systems.


    The famous real dragon clan in the void will actually leave a clan in the Taiyi Realm.


    The barbarian, spirit, and water tribes can all be treated fairly and develop well in Taiyi Realm.


    This shows that the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm are very generous.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has hidden a part of its strength, the strength it has demonstrated still amazes the Mingxin Mission.


    Mingxinhui was originally just an ordinary Confucian faction at the level of true immortals. It was regarded as the upper class in the Shuangfeng star area, but it was not the top class.


    Whether it is the number of real immortal level powerhouses or the overall strength, Mingxinhui is not like the Taiyi world at that time.


    Mingxinhui was able to become a top power in the Shuangfeng star area, mainly because the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng was promoted to a strong man at the level of a fairy.


    Wang Xuefeng''s promotion time is too short, coupled with personality factors, for the time being, he has not unscrupulously squeezed and exploited other cultivation forces in the Shuangfeng star area.


    Although he has won a lot of benefits for Mingxinhui, Mingxinhui has not had time to transform all these interests into its own strength.


    There are still gods in the Taiyi world, and the top combat power is not necessarily worse than Ming Xinhui.


    After some envoys went to the front line to inspect the Taiyi Realm''s attack on the Demon''s Nest, they had a deeper feeling for the Taiyi Realm''s strength.


    Whether it''s the combat power of those true immortals in Taiyi Realm, or the powerful fleet, they are all forces that Mingxinhui cannot ignore.


    Of course, the entire Shuangfeng star region is not limited to the Mingxinhui, a practice force.


    Except for the Great Confucianist Wang Xuefeng, the overall strength of the Mingxin Society is still not the main force in the Shuangfeng star area.


    The strength of a family in the etheric world alone is certainly unable to fight against all the cultivation forces in the twin peaks star area.


    During the mission''s visit to the Taiyi Realm, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm continued to show their favor to it, showing the grievances between themselves and Qingxuzong.


    Slowly, many envoys began to believe in Taiyi Realm.


    Since the two sides have a common enemy, there should be a basis for cooperation.


    Since the Taiyi Realm has such a powerful force, if it can help the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area defeat the native practitioners in the Four-pointed star area, then it is normal for them to share some of the benefits of the Four-pointed star area.


    Most of the upper echelons of the Twin Peaks Star District have no intention of completely occupying the Four-Pointed Star District.


    Especially after the native cultivators in the four-pointed star region invited the Celestial Immortal to sit in charge, they didn''t have enough confidence to completely defeat this old opponent.


    Anyway, the cultivators in the Shuangfeng star area also had the idea of ??grabbing and leaving, so it seems that it is not a bad thing to have an extra companion during the robbery.


    The Taiyi Realm took the initiative to undertake the task of eradicating the devil''s nest, and the Confucians of Mingxinhui saw with their own eyes that it was not perfunctory, but was really fighting hard, which made them feel good about it.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm continued to show goodwill to the other party, and it began to receive results.


    Many people in the Mingxin Mission have tended to form an alliance with the Taiyi Realm to jointly fight against the indigenous practitioners in the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Of course, there are other cultivation forces in the Shuangfeng star area, and the Mingxin Society cannot make a single decision on such a major matter.


    After staying in Taiyi Realm for a period of time, the mission left satisfied.


    Before leaving, Daru, who led the team, promised Niu Dawei that Mingxin would work hard to promote an alliance between the Twin Peaks Star Area and the Taiyi Realm, and fight against the Four-Corner Star Area together.


    As for the specific details, it will be discussed in detail in the future.


    Seeing that the goal was basically achieved, the Taiyi Realm executives were quite satisfied.


    The visit of the Mingxin Mission is not all good news for the Taiyi world.


    Now the aboriginal cultivators in the four-pointed star region are fighting the invaders in the twin peaks star region.


    The natives of the four-pointed star region have been using various means to monitor every move of their opponents.


    Although the mission sent by Mingxinhui deliberately concealed its whereabouts, due to the large number of people in the mission and the uneven level of cultivation, it was still targeted by the highly vigilant indigenous practitioners in the four-pointed star region.


    An Arhat from Xiji Temple secretly followed the mission and tracked it all the way.


    A long distance away, this Arhat discovered the existence of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although there was no direct conflict between the Taiyi Realm and the Xiji Temple back then, and it maintained a superficially friendly relationship with the eight major cultivation forces in the Alien Star District, the sudden appearance of the Taiyi Realm in the Four-pointed Star District was very suspicious of intentions.


    After the Fahua Sect team invaded the alien star area again, Xiji Temple is also a Buddhist sect, so it is not easy to directly confront the Fahua Sect.


    Anyway, the situation in the foreign land world was bad enough, and Xiji Temple simply withdrew its main force back to the Four-pointed Star Region early on.


    Among the eight major cultivation forces, Xiji Temple currently has the strongest power in the Four-pointed star area, and is one of the main forces to resist the invaders in the Twin Peaks star area.


    If the four-pointed star area is defeated, the Xiji Temple will definitely suffer the greatest loss, and its foundation will be damaged.


    This Arhat didn''t dare to neglect, and hastily sent back the news that the Taiyi Realm appeared in the Four-pointed Star Area.


    He not only spread the news to the four-pointed star area, but also directly sent it back to the foreign star area.


    Now, the news that Huang Feng Tianxian tried to keep it secret spread so easily.


    Meng Zhang and other Taiyi Realm executives did not expect the news of Taiyi Realm''s entry into the Four-pointed Star Region to be kept secret forever.


    Celestial Immortal Huang Feng sensed the existence of the Taiyi Realm long ago, but the native practitioners in the Sijiao star region have not changed at all, and their intentions can also be guessed.


    The Taiyi Realm''s battle to attack the Devil''s Nest caused a lot of commotion, and sooner or later it would alarm the native practitioners in the Four-pointed Star Region.


    However, it was not a good thing for Meng Zhang and the others that Taiyi Realm was completely exposed so quickly.


    It would be much better if the Taiyi Realm and the cultivation forces in the Shuangfeng star area formed an alliance before facing those angels.


    On the other side of the alien star area, the news that the arhat sent back was quickly known to several heavenly immortals.


    The news that the Taiyi world appeared in the four-pointed star area was transmitted by the Arhat of the Xiji Temple, not from Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Even the arhats in Xiji Temple could find out, but Tianxian Huangfeng pretended to be confused there, and his intentions were very suspicious.


    These angels can''t wait to leave everything in the foreign star area and rush to the four-pointed star area as quickly as possible.


    But because of the promise they made before, they had to temporarily shelter the Qingxu Sect, and now they are entangled with the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect.


    After the last big battle, and with the presence of several heavenly immortals, the cultivation forces in the foreign star area did not dare to openly join the Fahua Sect.


    However, with the ability of Fa Huazong, there is still an internal response in the star area of ????the foreign land, and he can timely know all kinds of information about the cultivation forces in the star area of ????the foreign land.


    Several Bodhisattvas in the team have long known the news that Qingxuzong has mastered the secret realm of the Golden Immortal, and they are also full of greed for the legacy left by Purdue Golden Immortal.


    Thank you book friend 2021030110412045556 for your reward and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3092

    Several bodhisattvas in the team, thinking of Dafang Bodhisattva''s insistence on pushing the Dharma Huazong to invade the foreign star area, immediately guessed its intention.


    They scolded the selfish and generous Bodhisattva in their hearts.


    If Dafang Bodhisattva thought more about the sect at the beginning and shared this news with everyone, the Fahua Sect would have overwhelmed the Qingxu Sect long ago and forced out all the news about the Pudu Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    You must know that the Fahua Sect is an old Buddhist sect, and its biggest regret is that there is no Buddha in its sect.


    Although Fahuazong has the support of the Buddha, it is not its own Buddha after all, so it will not be too concerned about Fahuazong.


    If the Fa Hua Sect can give birth to a Buddha, then the Fa Hua Sect will immediately become one of the top sects of Buddhism.


    For the Bodhisattvas of the Fa Hua Sect, from the moment they heard the news, they were determined to obtain the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    They all made up their minds that they must ruthlessly persecute Qing Xuzong and squeeze out all the news about the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang had the news of entering and exiting the secret realm, and Qing Xuzong only told a few angels in secret.


    Of course, the angels will not leak this news casually.


    None of the other cultivation forces in the foreign land star area knew about this, let alone the Fa Huazong.


    The current main goal of Fahuazong is still on Qingxuzong.


    In the hearts of the heavenly immortals, they had long wanted to leave the foreign star area and immediately rushed to the four-pointed star area.


    They couldn''t break their promise, so they simply asked Qing Xuzong to leave the foreign world as soon as possible and return to the Four-pointed Star Region as soon as possible.


    As long as Qingxuzong leaves the foreign star area, it will be difficult for Fahuazong to catch up in a short time.


    As a few heavenly immortals, they can do whatever they think of, and they don''t need to care about the mood of Qingxuzong''s senior officials.


    Soon, several celestial beings began to put pressure on the Qing Xuzong''s senior management to let them move as soon as possible.


    Even though the Qingxu sect''s senior management had long wanted to return to the four-pointed star area, they definitely did not want to be so urgent.


    On the other side of the four-pointed star area, it is now encountering the attack of practitioners from the twin peaks star area.


    The number of monks sent by the Qingxu Sect to the Four-pointed Star Region is not very large.


    Now on the side of the four-pointed star area, there are more monks from sects such as Xiji Temple.


    According to the thinking of the Qingxu sect''s senior management, the best time for the main force of the Qingxu sect to return to the four-pointed star area is after Xiji Temple and the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area consume each other and suffer huge losses.


    Besides, although the foreign land world has suffered two heavy losses and has become very unstable, it has not collapsed after all.


    There are still many resources in the foreign world, and Qing Xuzong still has many benefits here.


    Before the main force of the Qingxu Sect leaves here, they will definitely search for it.


    Even after the main force of Qingxu Sect leaves, Qingxu Sect will still retain a certain amount of power here and continue to develop the resources here.


    There is no such thing as resources, no practice force will have too much.


    Facing the persecution of several heavenly immortals, the senior officials of Qingxuzong were very dissatisfied.


    The reason why the Qingxu sect''s senior officials were able to get the protection of these heavenly immortals instead of being enslaved by them was because the several heavenly immortals made promises for the news of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Secondly, several angels restrain each other.


    Thirdly, several celestial beings were born in the world of Lingkong and Immortal, and they regarded themselves as righteous, so they still had to take some face into account.

 Chapter 3093

    Now the three Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect were eager to question the high-level officials of the Qingxu Sect, and they couldn''t care less about other things. They began to intensify their attacks and put more pressure on the three heavenly immortals.


    The enemy started to exert their strength, and the three angels were naturally not to be outdone, and also put in more strength.


    Even if they don''t have much fighting spirit, they can''t let the enemy suppress them.


    After Huang Feng Tianxian went to the four-pointed star area, the Tianxian side lost the number advantage.


    Celestial Immortals and Bodhisattvas are three against three, with equal numbers and little difference in strength.


    After the two sides began to fight fiercely, it was difficult to tell the winner in a short time.


    The three bodhisattvas had no time to clone themselves, so they had to send their men to destroy the wormhole passage.


    This wormhole connecting the four-pointed star area and the foreign star area was built using a special fairy artifact called a star gate.


    Stargate is a very high-end space fairy, specially used to build wormhole passages in the void.


    Generally speaking, even the lowest-level star gates require the power of an immortal to drive them.


    The reason why Qing Tianxian, who was seriously injured back then, was able to drive the star gate was because of the help of many true immortals from Qingxu Sect.


    Celestial Immortals can use star gates to leave imprints at different locations in the void, and then build wormhole passages to connect these different locations.


    The higher the level of the star gate, the stronger the strength of the angels it controls, and the more it is able to communicate over long distances.


    Wormhole passages established through stargates are temporary.


    The length of time it lasts depends on the power invested by the angels.


    This wormhole channel was jointly opened by several angels, and with the power they put in, the channel can last for a long time.


    In addition, Huangfeng Tianxian in the four-pointed star area also allocated part of his power to guard the wormhole passage.


    This is also one of the reasons why, as a veteran Celestial Immortal, he was in a stalemate with Wang Xuefeng, a newly promoted Great Confucian of the Celestial Immortal rank.


    Knowing the importance of this wormhole passage, the Qing Xuzong and other eight major cultivation forces sent a strong enough force to protect it.


    Wormhole passages generally cannot be too close to the big world, and must keep a certain distance from it.


    Around the passage of the wormhole, there are fleets of the eight major cultivation forces, and there are also many powerhouses of the immortal level.


    The team of Fa Huazong launched several fierce attacks on this place, but they were still unable to get close.


    Seeing that Fa Huazong stepped up its offensive, many cultivation forces ignored other things and accelerated their migration speed.


    Due to the limited traffic capacity of the wormhole channel in a short period of time, it will take some time for them to transfer all to the four-pointed star area.


    The three bodhisattvas were also a little anxious when they saw the enemy speeding up and fleeing.


    Not only did they intensify their attacks on the three angels, they also tried to split their forces and attack the wormhole passage.


    Due to the efforts of the three angels to stop them, most of their attacks fell through.


    However, offense is far more active than defense.


    Although they couldn''t attack the wormhole channel directly, they still exerted some interference on it.


    I saw that the wormhole channel began to shake and became somewhat unstable.


    On the other side of the four-pointed star area, Huangfeng Tianxian soon noticed that he had to allocate more power to guard the wormhole passage.


    When the Arhat of the Xiji Temple sent back the news that the Taiyi Realm appeared in the Four-pointed Star Area, he knew that his plan had failed.


    Heavenly Immortal Huang Feng was able to come to this point as a casual cultivator and become a well-known angel in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so he is naturally not a stupid person.


    He quickly thought of what the three angels would think when they knew what he had done.


    He began to reflect on his behavior in his heart.


    He was blinded by greed before, so he did such a stupid behavior.


    He was already entangled by the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, and there were gods in the Taiyi Realm, so he couldn''t snatch the token from Meng Zhang to enter and leave the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    It is simply impossible for him to try to swallow the token alone.


    The best way is to cooperate with the rest of the celestial beings and work together to defeat the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and the celestial gods of the Taiyi Realm in order to achieve the goal.


    According to the information provided by the senior officials of Qing Xuzong, this token does not limit the number of people who can use it, and it allows multiple people to enter and exit the Golden Immortal Secret Realm together.


    Huangfeng Tianxian began to think about how to get the three angels to the Four-pointed Star Region as soon as possible.


    After the four heavenly immortals came to the foreign land star area, although they mainly protected the Qingxu sect, other cultivation forces actively showed their favor to them, and many practitioners wanted to join them and work for them.


    Even without Tianxian Huang Feng taking the initiative to speak, he has a bunch of practitioners from all sides under his command.


    He has no disciples, and he doesn''t mind having a group of temporary subordinates.


    With his ability, he quickly screened out a few reliable guys to use as cronies.


    As for other defectors, he did not refuse either.


    After thinking about it for a while, he called two newly accepted cronies and asked them to go back to the foreign star area and bring one of his letters to the three angels.


    After this letter, he took the initiative to express his apology, and also expressed his willingness to join hands with the three angels to share the token in Meng Zhang''s hand afterwards.


    Watching the two subordinates enter the wormhole passage with their letters, Tianxian Huang Feng breathed a sigh of relief.


    Huang Feng Tianxian realized his mistake and began to change his original approach. Meng Zhang and other high-level officials in Taiyi Realm also began to adjust their original plan.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was planning to join hands with practitioners from the Shuangfeng star area to fight against Qing Xuzong and others, and seize the resources of the Four-pointed star area.


    According to the information obtained by Xu Kongzi and the others from the captives, Qing Xuzong invited a total of four heavenly immortals this time.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t know how many immortal-level powerhouses there were in the Shuangfeng star region, according to his judgment, the number would not be too many, at most one or two.


    Although the native cultivators in the four-pointed star region have been severely weakened, due to the relationship between the four angels, their strength is still higher than that of the twin peaks star region.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi world to join the side of the Shuangfeng star area, which can be regarded as a combination of the weak and the weak to fight against the strongest.


    Of course, Meng Zhang is also full of wariness towards the Twin Peaks star area.


    After sensing Huang Feng Tianxian''s malice towards him, he quickly guessed the opponent''s target.


    Meng Zhang absolutely refused to hand over the tokens for entering and exiting the secret realm of the Golden Immortal, and those angels became his worst enemies.


    Originally, Meng Zhang was planning to formally form an alliance with the Shuangfeng star area before taking action against Huang Feng Tianxian.


    Luna noticed the shaking of the wormhole passage, and told Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhang speculated that the battle in the foreign star area must have become more intense.


    He immediately and keenly sensed that this was a rare opportunity.


    If the three angels over there are all entangled by their opponents, there will be no extra power to maintain the wormhole passage, and they will not be able to reach the Twin Peaks star area in a short time.


    Then the Taiyi Realm can seize this precious opportunity to deal with Huangfeng Tianxian first, weaken the enemy''s strength, and try to destroy the wormhole passage.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3094

    If he wanted to take the initiative to attack Huangfeng Tianxian, only the Moon God in the Taiyi Realm could take on such an important task.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, Luna quickly communicated with the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, expressing his willingness to join hands with him to deal with Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Although through this period of communication, the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng''s impression of the Taiyi Realm has improved a lot, and his wariness against it has also weakened a lot, and he no longer regards it as an enemy that breaks in unexpectedly.


    However, for such a major matter as joining forces with the Taiyi Realm, he can''t make the decision by himself, and needs to discuss it with other people in the Shuangfeng star area.


    Wang Xuefeng himself was not that kind of decisive person, so he didn''t easily agree to the request of Moon God to join forces.


    Moon God is a very decisive person. Seeing that Wang Xuefeng was still hesitating, he decided to take action, making it difficult for the other party to refuse.


    In any case, the Shuangfeng star region and the Four-pointed star region are old rivals for many years. The practitioners in the Shuangfeng star region are now taking advantage of the danger and are plundering the Four-pointed star region. The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and Huang Feng Tianxian are enemies rather than friends.


    The Moon God left the Taiyi Realm, and in the blink of an eye, he crossed a considerable distance and appeared not far from Wang Xuefeng and Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Immortal Huang Feng, who was confronting Wang Xuefeng, immediately raised his guard when he saw the moon god coming.


    Moon God didn''t say a word of nonsense, so he sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughter Sword and slashed at Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Even though he had already prepared enough for the arrival of the Moon God, Huang Feng Tianxian was a little surprised that the Moon God did not even say hello and just shot directly.


    After all, everyone is a strong person at the level of a celestial being, placed in the void, and they can barely be regarded as dignified figures.


    At their level, it is not easy to fight to the death with the strong of the same level.


    The knife that Moon God slashed out had a deep killing intent, and it was clear that he wanted to fight for life and death with Huang Feng Tianxian.


    Heavenly Immortal Huang Feng could clearly feel that Moon God was a recently promoted God, and his cultivation was still a bit immature.


    Not to mention, the opponent is clearly a god of faith, and only within the Kingdom of God can he exert his strongest strength.


    She is far away from the Kingdom of God, and she takes the initiative to attack herself, which is too disrespectful to herself.


    With a wave of Tianxian Huangfeng''s sleeve, he blocked the knife that came to kill him.


    Wang Xuefeng was still hesitating whether to join forces with Luna.


    As soon as Moon God came over, he took the initiative to attack Huang Feng Tianxian.


    No matter what, Wang Xuefeng will not stand by Huang Feng Tianxian.


    With his temperament and personality, it is not easy to hide and stand by and let the moon god and the powerful enemy fight fiercely.


    In any case, Moon God''s initiative to attack Huang Feng Tianxian was doing him a favor.


    Now that the matter has come to this point, Wang Xuefeng quickly put aside other thoughts, and joined hands with Moon God to attack Huang Feng Tianxian.


    Tianxian Huang Feng didn''t know the twists and turns in the middle, but he had discovered that Luna and Wang Xuefeng were communicating in secret, thinking that they had already discussed and joined forces.


    Wang Xuefeng was also promoted not long ago, and many Taoist cultivators are stronger than Confucian cultivators of the same level.


    If Tianxian Huangfeng hadn''t allocated his strength to guard the wormhole passage before, he might have been able to repel Wang Xuefeng long ago.


    Facing Wang Xuefeng and Moon God''s alliance now, he wasn''t too afraid, and began to use various magical powers and secret techniques to fight them.


    I saw Wang Xuefeng holding a volume of golden bamboo slips, and huge golden characters flew out of the bamboo slips, hitting towards Huang Feng Tianxian like a mountain.


    There were bursts of deserted moonlight around Luna''s body, and it continued to spread to the surroundings.


    Under the cover of the moonlight, the moon god seemed to be fully integrated into the moonlight, and quickly attacked Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Huang Feng Tianxian danced a pair of big sleeves quickly, forming layers of blue barriers, blocking all the opponent''s attacks.


    Blue light feathers shot towards Luna and Wang Xuefeng from all directions.


    Huang Feng Tianxian, who has dispersed a lot of strength, is one against two, obviously weaker than the two opponents.


    However, it is generally difficult for a strong player whose cultivation level has reached their level to tell the winner in a short period of time.


    Especially since Huang Feng Tianxian intentionally delayed the time, it was even more difficult for his two opponents to end the battle in a short time.


    If the three celestial beings from the foreign land star area rush over, then Luna and the others will definitely not be able to resist.


    Both Luna and Wang Xuefeng understood his thoughts.


    Wang Xuefeng didn''t care much about this, but Moon God would never allow him to achieve his goal so easily.


    At this time, the huge wormhole channel shook again.


    Obviously, even if the three bodhisattvas entangled their opponents in the alien star area, they still stepped up their offensive against the wormhole channel.


    Even if the three Bodhisattvas only allocated a part of their power and managed to get past the interception of the three angels, for the real immortal-level powerhouses and fleets guarding the wormhole passage, they have no good way to resist this level of power at all. .


    Tianxian Huangfeng cursed secretly that the guards in the foreign star area are trash, but had to strengthen the power to guard the wormhole passage.


    With the power of Huangfeng Tianxian injected into the channel, not only the shaking of the channel on this side disappeared, but also the channel on the other side of the alien star area became stronger.


    Seeing Huang Feng Tianxian''s movements, the experienced Moon God immediately changed his tactics.


    She no longer attacked Huang Feng Tianxian directly, but swung the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, turned around and killed towards the wormhole passage not far away.


    Huangfeng Tianxian didn''t dare to let the moon god do what she wanted, so she quickly cast a spell to block her.


    The figure of the Moon God sprinted left and right in the void, trying to get rid of Huang Feng Tianxian''s interception with all his strength.


    Although Wang Xuefeng joined the siege passively, he still did his part and put pressure on Huang Feng Tianxian.


    He saw through Moon God''s intentions at a glance, and immediately actively cooperated to help her hold Huang Feng Tianxian.


    Although Luna was temporarily unable to break through Huangfeng Tianxian''s interception, her attacks still fell on the wormhole passage from time to time.


    Tianxian Huang Feng had to guard the passage of the wormhole and deal with two strong men of the same rank, so he soon felt he was losing sight of the other, and began to show his flaws.


    Again, offense is always more active than defense.


    In order to protect the wormhole channel, Tianxian Huang Feng must disperse his forces, not to mention, he is also very passive in tactics.


    Previously, Wang Xuefeng was not strong enough and could not take advantage of the opponent''s weakness.


    Now that he is teaming up with Luna, even if he can''t win the opponent in a short time, he can still give full play to his own advantages, making it difficult for the opponent to take care of both.


    Soon, Huang Feng Tianxian fell into a very embarrassing situation.


    Seeing the enemy''s decline, Luna and Wang Xuefeng stepped up their offensive.


    For Wang Xuefeng, defeating Huang Feng Tianxian as soon as possible is a good thing no matter what.


    As long as Tianxian Huangfeng is defeated, the native practitioners in the Four-pointed Star District will no longer be able to guard the Four-pointed Star District, and there is only one way to die.


    At that time, practitioners in the Twin Peaks Star Area can plunder the Four-Pointed Star Area without any restraint.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3095

    As long as the practitioners in the Twin Peaks Star Region take root in the Four-Pointed Star Region, it will not be so easy to drive them away.


    Even, if the native cultivators in the Four-pointed Star District did not invite enough immortal-level powerhouses, they would not be able to subdue the Four-pointed Star District at all.


    The twin peaks star area and the four-pointed star area have been fighting for many years, and its practitioners have long coveted the four-pointed star area.


    Even after the plunder of Yunzhongcheng, the four-pointed star area is still a treasure land worth fighting for by the practitioners of the Twin Peaks star area.


    As long as Huangfeng Tianxian is defeated and the wormhole passage is destroyed, the dream of practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area can be achieved for many years. The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng became more active.


    Perhaps, with the help of the power of the Moon God now, it may cause some future troubles in the future, but seeing the opportunity that he has been waiting for for many years, Wang Xuefeng can''t care about anything else.


    Wang Xuefeng put out more strength to fight.


    Despite his instinctive defense against the Moon God, he was unable to devote himself to the battle with all his might.


    But the combined power he and Moon God put in was already stronger than Tianxian Huangfeng, not weaker.


    Moon God grasped Huang Feng Tianxian''s weakness, targeted it, and slowly began to take the initiative.


    There were violent shocks in the void, and countless bright rays of light erupted.


    The forces of the two sides are constantly colliding fiercely, and the aftermath of the collision is constantly spreading to the surroundings.


    The place where they fought was not very far from the wormhole passage, and the aftermath of the battle would naturally have an impact on the wormhole passage.


    In particular, the light of the knife that the moon god sends out from time to time, although its power was weakened by half of Huangfeng Tianxian, but it fell near the wormhole passage, even if it did not directly hit the target, it still had a huge impact on the passage.


    The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng''s righteousness, which has been cultivated for many years, is like a mighty river, traversing the void, trying to completely separate Huangfeng Tianxian from the wormhole passage.


    Of course, Huang Feng Tianxian couldn''t let the channel through which the reinforcements passed be destroyed by the Moon God.


    While resisting the impact of Haoran''s righteousness, he tried his best to block the moon god.


    In his heart, he cursed those three angels who were still in the alien star area.


    They couldn''t even stop a few bald donkeys, allowing their power to continuously impact the wormhole passage.


    Moreover, the three of them should have received their letter a long time ago, why are they still procrastinating there, why didn''t they rush over to support themselves as soon as possible?


    Tianxian Huang Feng greatly underestimated the three Bodhisattvas of the Fahua School.


    The three angels were entangled by their opponents, and it was difficult to escape in a short time, and they couldn''t spare too much power to guard the wormhole passage.


    Although Luna and Wang Xuefeng are such big targets in the Taiyi Realm, it is difficult to escape his pursuit in the void.


    He didn''t believe that Luna would join hands with Wang Xuefeng forever.


    Luna and Wang Xuefeng will always part one day.


    When the time comes, it will be the day when he goes to the Taiyi Realm to snatch the token.


    The knife that Luna cut through the wormhole passage helped him make up his final decision.


    Immortal Huang Feng withdrew the power to guard the wormhole passage, dodged their attacks, and disappeared from the battlefield with a dodge.


    When the figure of Huang Feng Tianxian reappeared, it was already at the edge of the four-pointed star area.


    He didn''t mean to stop at all, and continued to retreat towards the distance.


    Huang Feng Tianxian retreated so cleanly that both Moon God and Wang Xuefeng were slightly taken aback.


    Neither of them had any intention of chasing Huang Feng Tianxian.


    Regardless of whether they can catch up with each other, without the containment of the wormhole passage, even if they join forces, it will be difficult to completely keep each other.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3096

    Huangfeng Tianxian took the initiative to retreat, and the huge wormhole channel lost its most powerful guardian.


    Without the slightest hesitation, Luna immediately launched an all-out attack on him.


    I saw first a crescent moon rising above the wormhole passage and falling towards it, then a dazzling light flashed, and accompanied by extremely violent spatial vibrations, the wormhole passage completely disappeared.


    The three celestial beings in the alien star area didn''t have much defense against this at all.


    They only think that they have blocked the main offensive of the three Bodhisattvas, and that the little bit of power leaked in the past should not be able to cause fundamental damage to the wormhole passage with the power of Huangfeng Tianxian in the four-pointed star area to guard it.


    Huang Feng Tianxian didn''t communicate with them at all before retreating voluntarily.


    The wormhole channel was suddenly destroyed, and they didn''t have much preparation in advance.


    The wormhole channel was destroyed due to external attacks, and the destruction method was very rough. Even the star gate that established the wormhole channel was severely damaged.


    The star gate was damaged, and the three angels could no longer use the star gate to establish a wormhole channel in a short time.


    In this way, the practice forces such as Qingxu Sect could not move to the Four-Corner Star Region quickly, so they had to stay in the Foreign Star Region.


    In order to fulfill their promise to protect Qingxuzong, the three heavenly immortals had to continue to fight the three bodhisattvas endlessly.


    The three bodhisattvas saw that the wormhole channel was destroyed, and they didn''t care who did it. They immediately stepped up their attack on the three angels, and wanted to keep them all in the foreign star area.


    When the wormhole passage was destroyed, there were still many void warships from foreign star regions shuttling through it.


    Almost all of these void battleships were destroyed, and even the practitioners near the wormhole passage were basically lost.


    With the destruction of the wormhole channel, a huge space gap appeared in both the foreign land star area and the four-pointed star area, and a powerful space storm roared and wreaked havoc inside.


    The void warships and practitioners in the foreign star area hurriedly avoided.


    In the four-pointed star area, Luna doesn''t have to worry about this level of space storm.


    She took the initiative to attack this time, and did not leave Huang Feng Tianxian behind, but destroyed the wormhole passage, which is considered to have completed more than half of the task.


    Whether Huang Feng, who has already been defeated, dares to come back, and when he will come back, then no one can say.


    Seeing Huang Feng''s defeat and the destruction of the wormhole passage, the morale of the indigenous practitioners who stayed in the four-pointed star area plummeted. Many people were at a loss and fell into extreme anxiety.


    With the identity and conduct of the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, it is not possible to bully the small with the big.


    The morale-boosting cultivators in the Twin Peaks star area took the opportunity to launch a large-scale attack, and immediately gained an absolute advantage and achieved huge results.


    The indigenous cultivators in the Four-pointed star region were retreating steadily, and the cultivators in the Twin Peaks star region pressed forward step by step, occupying more territory.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng is a kind person.


    He felt that the Taiyi Realm first helped to attack the Demon Nest, and the Moon God helped repel Huangfeng Tianxian, so he should show something to the Taiyi Realm more or less.


    Taiyi Realm broke into the four-pointed star area, it must be for the resources here.


    The upper echelons of the Twin Peaks star area will not allow the Taiyi Realm to gain a foothold here, but they can allow it to mine some resources.


    Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng saw that the Taiyi Realm had not invaded the demon nest for a long time, and he was still fighting fiercely with the monsters outside the demon nest.


    He was going to personally take action to directly destroy this devil''s nest and completely eliminate a scourge.


    At this time, there was another visitor from the Twin Peaks Star Area, and entered the Four-Pointed Star Area through the wormhole channel connecting the Four-Pointed Star Area and the Twin Peaks Star Area.


    The person who came was none other than Qian Ren Tian Wang, another Celestial-level powerhouse in the Shuangfeng star area.


    Thousand Blade City was originally one of the most powerful cultivation sects in the Twin Peaks Star Region.


    As a military sect, the monks of Thousand Blade City are basically brave and skilled soldiers, and they are used to dealing with various affairs with battlefield thinking.


    As a military monk, Qian Ren Tian Wang is one of the best in the Shuangfeng star area, with extremely strong combat effectiveness and rich practical experience.


    Back then, when Yunzhong City invaded the Four-Corner Star Area on a large scale, the immortal-level powerhouses in the Twin Peaks Star Area tried their best to seal off the natural wormhole passage connecting the two star areas.


    But it''s not a 100% guarantee.


    No one knows how the supernatural monks of Yunzhongcheng will open up the closed wormhole passage.


    Many of the practitioners in the panicked Twin Peaks star area fled the Twin Peaks star area.


    Thousand Blade City and Mingxinhui, the big sects rooted in the Shuangfeng star area, are not so easy to withdraw.


    In order to prevent the Yunzhong City practitioners from killing them, they desperately improved their combat effectiveness. Exhausted all kinds of methods, willing to take big risks.


    After experiencing a very risky opportunity, Qianren City Qianren Heavenly King, Mingxin Society Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and another monk finally succeeded in breaking through to the level of immortals.


    With the three powerful immortals sitting in the Shuangfeng star area, people''s hearts immediately became much more stable.


    Even if it can''t resist the invading Cloud City. The three celestial-level powerhouses can also lead everyone to wander the void and find a new home.


    The good news is that for some unknown reason, Yunshang City never got through the closed wormhole passage.


    After looting the four-pointed star area, Cloud City finally left.


    Although the wormhole passages in the Twin Peaks Star Area and the Four-Pointed Star Area have been closed, the practitioners in the Twin Peaks Star Area still spent a huge price, trying their best to detect the movement of the Four-Pointed Star Area.


    After confirming that Yunzhong City had completely left and would not return, the Celestial-level powerhouses in the Shuangfeng star area opened up the wormhole channel again, allowing practitioners to kill them in large numbers.


    Previously, the Heavenly King Qian Ren still had important matters to deal with in the Shuangfeng star area, so he just asked the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng to lead the team.


    Now, the affairs of the Shuangfeng star area are almost handled, and after receiving the news from the high-level officials of the Mingxin Society, they know that the Taiyi world has broken into the four-pointed star area.


    The Thousand Blade Heavenly King rushed over quickly.


    I saw a mighty giant with a helmet and armor and a blood-colored cloak, appearing directly beside the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng.


    Among the information obtained by Xu Kongzi and the others from previous investigations, there are some brief introductions about the Thousand Blade Heavenly King.


    Knowing that this person was not of Yi''s generation, Moon God dared not be careless, and took the initiative to salute and greet him.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang ignored Luna, just glanced at her coldly, and then communicated with Wang Xuefeng.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang''s fighting ability is much stronger than Wang Xuefeng''s, he kills decisively, possesses excellent vision and judgment.


    But Wang Xuefeng acted a bit indecisive, not tough enough.


    Therefore, when dealing with the outside world, it is often Qian Ren Tian Wang who makes the decision, and Wang Xuefeng can at most provide some reference opinions.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang is very decisive, so far he has not let the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area suffer, but has won a lot of benefits for everyone.


    This time, the cultivators in the Twin Peaks star area reached the Four-pointed star area so quickly, it was the result of his perseverance.

 Chapter 3097

    The strength of Thousand Blade City is much stronger than that of Mingxinhui, and it is one of the most powerful forces in the Shuangfeng star region.


    Especially the military monks in Qianblade City are brave and good at fighting, and they are very difficult to deal with on the battlefield.


    Among the cultivation forces in the Twin Peaks Star Region, basically none dared to easily provoke Thousand Blade City.


    When fighting abroad, Thousand Blade City is also the main force in the battle, and has made great contributions to the entire star region.


    In addition, Qian Ren Tian Wang is stronger than Wang Xuefeng, and his character is not tough, so Wang Xuefeng will generally not oppose him directly.


    Just now, the Heavenly King Qianren told Wang Xuefeng that the cultivators of the Taiyi Realm are villains who took advantage of the fire and wanted to take advantage of the special situation in the Four-pointed Star Region to make money.


    Everything they did was to confuse Wang Xuefeng and gain the trust of the Shuangfeng star region.


    The four-pointed star region is the target of the Twin Peaks star region, and everything here belongs to the monks in the Twin Peaks star region.


    This place has only been searched and plundered by Yunzhong City, and the few remaining resources are difficult to mine, and they may not be able to meet the needs of monks in the Twin Peaks star area.


    Practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area do not need Taiyi Realm monks, it is best to let the Taiyi Realm go away as soon as possible.


    The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng is a kind person, and he thinks such an approach is unethical.


    The Taiyi Realm is helping to exterminate the Demon Nest, and the Moon God has just helped him drive away Huang Feng Tianxian.


    The Thousand Blade Heavenly King dismissed this.


    As long as he rushed over, it would be easy to defeat Huang Feng Tianxian.


    As for the devil''s nest, they can destroy it with just a single blow.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and Qian Ren Tian Wang have known each other for many years, and they know that the other party is not only stubborn, but also very stubborn.


    Especially after he became a strong man at the level of a fairy, he became more self-willed.


    Wang Xuefeng sighed, he didn''t want to conflict with Qianren Tianwang in front of outsiders, and he didn''t want to offend him for outsiders from Taiyi Realm.


    This time, I can only feel sorry for Taiyi Realm.


    Wang Xuefeng felt very sorry, and planned to personally compensate the Taiyi Realm in the future and send some resources there.


    In addition to the gifts sent by the Mingxin Mission, he was bleeding profusely.


    As a newly-promoted Celestial-level powerhouse, he himself was in urgent need of cultivation resources, and his hands were not easy.


    He treated Taiyi Realm like this, and asked himself that he was being benevolent and righteous.


    I was a little embarrassed to face Wang Xuefeng, the moon god, and was thinking about how to word it so that the other party would leave voluntarily.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang didn''t think so much, and directly opened his mouth to the Moon God.


    His tone was very rude, and he immediately started to chase people away, telling Luna to leave the Taiyi Realm immediately with the Taiyi Realm, and he was never allowed to come back.


    King Qianren didn''t know much about the internal organizational structure of the Taiyi Realm.


    He believes that since the Moon Goddess is the only god in the Taiyi Realm, she should be the master of the Taiyi Realm.


    After hearing what Qian Ren Tian Wang said, Luna looked over with unbelievable eyes.


    Although the Taiyi Realm did have ulterior motives and came here for the resources of the Four-Corner Star Region, but Qian Ren Tianwang''s attitude, calling her around was really too much, he was simply arrogant and regarded the Taiyi Realm as nothing.


    Originally, Luna wanted to argue a few words, but feeling the determination in the other party''s tone, she didn''t continue to speak, but glanced at Wang Xuefeng.


    The very embarrassed Wang Xuefeng returned a helpless look, and he softly persuaded the Moon God to leave with the Taiyi Realm, there was no need to conflict with the Thousand Blade Heavenly King.


    In Luna''s heart, Wang Xuefeng turned his face and refused to recognize anyone.


    The two of them sang together, one pretending to be black and the other red, thinking that by doing so they would get rid of her and the Taiyi Realm.


    Moon God forcibly suppressed his anger, and instead of attacking immediately, he secretly contacted Meng Zhang.


    As the god enshrined by Meng Zhang, her relationship with Meng Zhang is very smooth.


    After hearing the report from the Moon God, Meng Zhang was also furious.


    The other party is clearly bullying others, and doesn''t take the whole Taiyi world seriously.


    After entering the Four-pointed star area, Meng Zhang tried his best to befriend the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area, and always wanted to impress the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng.


    Looking at it now, his previous efforts and the sacrifices made by the monks in the Taiyi Realm had almost no effect at all.


    If he had known that the other party had such an attitude, he should not have changed his plan and asked Luna to help drive away Huang Feng Tianxian and destroy the wormhole passage.


    Perhaps it would be the best result for the practitioners in the Twin Peaks Star Region and the Four-Pointed Star Region to be at loggerheads.


    Now Huangfeng Celestial Immortal has already run away, and the Celestial Immortals in the foreign star area can''t get through for the time being, so the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area can only rely on the Taiyi Realm to fight hard.


    Meng Zhang ordered Niu Dawei and the others to get out of the battle with the monster army as quickly as possible, and immediately led the fleet back to the Taiyi Realm.


    On the other hand, he asked Luna to return to the Taiyi Realm immediately, so there was no need to continue to entangle with the unreasonable guy.


    Moon God, who received Meng Zhang''s order, took a deep look at Qianren Tianwang and Wang Xuefeng, and returned to the Taiyi Realm without saying a word.


    "You''re smart."


    Qian Ren Tian Wang looked at the back of Moon God leaving, and snorted coldly with disdain.


    He simply doesn''t pay attention to a newly promoted god in the district.


    He didn''t take advantage of the opportunity when the other party left the Kingdom of God and his strength plummeted to attack the other party, he had already let the other party go.


    Luna soon returned to the Taiyi Realm, and the fleet sent by the Taiyi Realm also broke away from the battle and came back one after another.


    The ferocious and warlike army of monsters, after seeing the Taiyi Realm fleet retreat, did not continue to rush towards them frantically, but let the enemy leave easily.


    Meng Zhang looked at the movement on the other side of the Demon Nest, and related to the previous actions of the Demon God who controlled the Demon Nest, most of them were delaying time, and he had an ominous premonition in his heart.


    However, at this time, the Qianren Heavenly King and the others are the great enemies of the Taiyi Realm, and Meng Zhang can no longer care about the Devil''s Nest.


    As a Taoist immortal, Meng Zhang and the Demonic Dao are at odds with each other, and he is willing to do some things within his power when the time is right, such as killing the powerful Demonic Dao, destroying the Demonic Nest and so on.


    However, as the head of the Taiyi Sect and the master of the Taiyi Realm, his greatest responsibility lies with the Taiyi Sect and the Taiyi Realm.


    For this reason, he can put everything else aside.


    The Taiyi Realm fleet all returned to the Taiyi Realm and began to rest.


    The Taiyi Realm did not leave here in a hurry, but continued to wait for a while not too far from the Demon Nest.


    Considering the upcoming battle, both Meng Zhang and Luna are taking the time to adjust their status.


    After a while, they were almost adjusted, and the Taiyi Realm actually opened directly towards the interior of the four-pointed star area.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang waited for a while, already a little impatient.


    Considering that it would take some time for the monks in the Taiyi Realm to get out of contact with the monster army, he waited patiently.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi Realm did not leave, but swaggered towards the interior of the four-pointed star area.

 Chapter 3098

    Qian Rentian Wang laughed angrily.


    I kindly let them go, but they don''t appreciate it.


    Their tolerance was regarded as weakness by them.


    I was still too kind, too generous.


    Since the enemy is dead or alive, he will not show mercy.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang has long known about the strength of the Taiyi Realm, and he is not ignorant.


    He admitted that the overall strength of Taiyi Realm is indeed not bad.


    The top combat power "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3099

    Meng Zhang once killed the Celestial Immortal Distraction.


    Although it was a trick and he got help from outside forces, it also showed his boldness and his fearlessness towards higher level powerhouses.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng is here, and his strength is naturally not comparable to that of a mere celestial avatar.


    Meng Zhang has experience in fighting against celestial-level forces, and he is very skillful in dealing with them.


    Wang Xuefeng used almost all his strength, but he still couldn''t easily defeat Meng Zhang and Tai Miao. He had to play "The Road to the Master" in his hand. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest content. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3100

    When Huang Feng Tianxian retreated before, he never left the four-pointed star area at all.


    He has always kept the token in Meng Zhang''s hand in his heart, and he will not retreat easily.


    Based on his experience, after he retreated, the relationship between the Taiyi Realm and the Shuangfeng star area may not be so harmonious.


    The practice world is full of intrigues and conflicts of interest. Allies at one moment may become enemies at any moment the next.


    The "Leader of the Master" in Taiyi Realm and Shuangfeng star area is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3101

    Tai Miao saw that the realm of the gods was close in front of him, but because he was caught in a fierce battle, he couldn''t retreat and break through immediately.


    He was very anxious, but there was nothing he could do.


    He could only forcefully suppress his emotions, and focus all his attention and energy on the battle in front of him.


    Facing a powerful enemy that was a level higher than him, he really didn''t dare to distract him at will.


    For Tai Miao, the risk of making a breakthrough is too great. He has not had much success in "Leading the Immortal Head", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3102

    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng did not ignore the sudden feeling in their hearts.


    With the existence of their level of cultivation, this feeling will not appear inexplicably.


    Even if they have never practiced any celestial secret spells, they, who are strong at the level of celestial beings, will have more or less connections with the void and heaven in the dark.


    The feeling just now is called a whim, and it can be regarded as the information overflowing from the unconsciousness of the Void and Heavenly Dao.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3103

    Heavenly Demon is by no means a stupid and confused monster, but an existence with extremely high intelligence.


    Most of the heavenly demons are cunning and good at playing all kinds of conspiracies and tricks.


    The Heavenly Demon in the Devil''s Lair was born in the wreckage of the Ash World, so he called himself the Gray Earth Demon.


    There are many mysteries in the birth of Huitu Tianmo. Even he himself can''t believe his smooth birth.


    Huitu Tianmo was not born out of thin air. "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3104

    After listening to Meng Zhang''s persuasion, Gu Yue Lingqing quickly adjusted her mentality and began to retreat.


    The two top-level combat powers have made breakthroughs in seclusion. Although there are still enough true god-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm, their strength is still affected to a certain extent.


    The Taiyi world began to move rapidly.


    Except for a few people such as Meng Zhang, most of the high-level people in the Taiyi Realm still feel that the demon has brought about a crisis, but the crisis is not unsolvable.


    There is only one celestial demon, and "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3105

    Luanxi Tianma changed the laws of heaven and earth in the four-pointed star area, restricting all living beings to leave, including Moon God and Thousand Blade Heavenly King.


    All of them were pale and in a bad mood.


    They took the Huitu Demon as a target and tried to destroy it.


    Unexpectedly, before they had time to make a move, they were targeted by the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, and instead became their targets.


    In the eyes of Luanxi Heavenly Demon, they are all rare and precious prey.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3106

    After Huitu Heavenly Demon and Luanxi Heavenly Demon teamed up, their aura was like a rainbow, overwhelming their opponents in one fell swoop.


    The four of Luna and the others teamed up to show off their magical powers, but it was difficult for them to gain any advantage.


    This is still when the Huitu Heavenly Demon and the Luanxi Heavenly Demon have their own ulterior motives, guard against each other, and retain a lot of strength.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon summoned the Luanxi Heavenly Demon to come over, it was a helpless choice out of necessity.


    His fear of the Luanxi Tianmo in his heart is "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3107

    The monks of the Taiyi Realm, who had known the details of the foreign world through various information, flew to those resource points such as mineral deposits in various places.


    For how to quickly exploit various resources, the Taiyi Realm has already prepared various plans and preparations.


    The various mechanisms created by the Taiyi Realm are not only used in the battlefield, but can also be used in the production field.


    Mining mines, digging spiritual fields, planting elixir, etc., often use various organs and creations. "The Road to the Master" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3108

    On the Caiyun Great World side, due to the efforts of the monks from the Taiyi Realm, it didn''t take much effort for the partial masters to resist the monster army.


    Almost no monsters can enter the colorful cloud world.


    The frantic mining of various resources by the monks in the Taiyi Realm has not been affected in any way.


    The other three families stationed in Caiyun Great World are mainly combat monks.


    They lack production monks, not enough manpower, and they don''t have too much urgency. They are eager to mine "The Road to the Master". Please wait for a while. After the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update. !


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3109

    Although he knew that the Luanxi Heavenly Demon was a huge disaster and the root of the crisis, but with Meng Zhang''s current strength, there was nothing he could do about it.


    Not to mention that he was going to attack Luanxi Tianmo, as long as he got close to the opponent to a certain distance and let the opponent notice him, he might be infected by the opponent''s demon.


    The ability of Luanxi Tianmo is too weird.


    As long as ordinary practitioners see him, they will be demonized by him.


    True immortals like Meng Zhang can''t carefully feel that "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3110

Tai Miao is currently playing, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3111

    Both the Huitu Heavenly Demon and the Luanxi Heavenly Demon felt a bit of pity for themselves, and were not willing to fight their opponents desperately.


    They are on guard against each other, and they are all worried that if they are seriously injured in the battle, they will become the prey of their comrades.


    After practicing, a strong demon of the level of Tianma is not the kind of rough, stupid and reckless monster.


    When they need it, they can suppress their own nature and maintain enough reason.


    Many celestial demons are thinking deeply about "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3112

    As a military practitioner, Qian Ren Tian Wang has high fighting spirit and dares to take the initiative even in the face of an opponent stronger than himself.


    If it is not a last resort, he will not give up easily.


    The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng''s true heart is at odds with the Heavenly Demon.


    The Moon God also hated the Heavenly Demon very much, so he dared to attack.


    Only Tianxian Huang Feng was passively involved in this battle and was always thinking of ways to escape.


    Regardless of their hearts, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3113

    The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng is not a selfish person, he understands the principle of putting the overall situation first.


    Since joining the war, he has been actively cooperating with everyone.


    Even though Luna and Huangfeng Tianxian were his opponents before, he still fought with them, without any intention of holding back.


    Luanxi Tianma''s scheming is far deeper than Huitu Tianma''s, and his rude and arrogant appearance is just an illusion.


    Luanxi Tianma and his good at the way of magic dyeing.


    His magic dye "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3114

    Huang Feng Tianxian was originally invaded by the power of magic dye, and his whole body became a bit muddled.


    Facing the onslaught of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, he almost just reacted instinctively, but in fact he was not able to make a correct response.


    When the two thick tentacles entangled him, even though he was still struggling desperately, it was all in vain.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon didn''t intend to kill him.


    A fairy fell into the hand, but "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3115

    Such a simple mind-attacking strategy of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon will of course not have any effect on the Huitu Heavenly Demon.


    There has been silence in the entire devil''s nest, without the slightest reaction.


    Luanxi Tianmo was not in a hurry at all, and kept teasing Huitu Tianmo like a cat playing with a mouse.


    Of course, he was by no means as negligent and indifferent as he appeared on the surface.


    He has already concentrated a large part of his power on the Devil''s Nest, and is ready to launch a thunderbolt against it at any time. "The Road to the Master" is being hit, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3116

    To deal with such a formidable enemy as Luanxitianmo, it''s too wonderful to be too pedantic to tell him any rules.


    He will use all means to attack this great enemy in order to injure him severely.


    Tai Miao launched a sneak attack and achieved a good result in one fell swoop.


    He didn''t dare to relax in the slightest.


    This is just the beginning, and the real battle is yet to come.


    Tai Miao hastened to activate the two accompanying artifacts.


    The grayish-white light from the treasure book of life and death wiped out the numerous tentacles of the Luanxi Tianmo, directly exposing the huge meat ball that was originally wrapped by the tentacles.


    More gray-white rays of light shot towards the huge meat ball.


    No matter how powerful the Luanxi Heavenly Demon is, it is still a member of thousands of creatures, but it is a very special and strange creature.


    The power of the treasure book of life and death is directed at the root, and it is necessary to use the power of the avenue of life and death to directly deprive him of all vitality.


    Feeling the continuous loss of life in his own family, Luanxi Tianmo became angry.


    He was just distracted for a while, and focused on Huitu Tianmo''s side. Just for a short while, he gave the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    Tai Miao launched a sneak attack, he discovered it a step too late, and did not react in time.


    In such a short time, Tai Miao succeeded, causing him a lot of losses.


    He had fought many opponents for more than 20 years before, and he had never suffered such a loss.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon let out a roar, and focused his attention on Taimiao.


    Countless tentacles danced and twisted crazily, rushing towards Tai Miao from all directions.


    A series of invisible fluctuations kept sweeping towards Tai Miao.


    Thousands of phantoms rushed towards Tai Miao crazily, accompanied by howling ghosts and gods.


    The invisible and traceless power of magic dye kept invading Tai Miao''s body and mind.


    ...


    Tai Miao mobilized the power of the treasure of life and death to resolve these attacks one by one invisible, and counterattacked in time.


    Luanxi Tianma''s best magic power, after Tai Miao had enough defenses, did not play a big role.


    Tai Miao is the incarnation of Meng Zhang outside the body, and he is connected with Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang is unable to directly participate in such a battle, he can provide some assistance in the rear.


    He gathers the power of many gods in the Taiyi Realm, mobilizes the power of the heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and performs various exorcism secrets, which can help Taimiao resist the erosion of the power of demon dye.


    Seeing Tai Miao''s reinforcement arrive, even though Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng didn''t know him well, they also knew that the other party was a friend rather than an enemy.


    They know that only by cooperating too well and repelling the Luanxi Heavenly Demon can they gain life.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng tried their best to suppress the power of magic dye in their bodies, and launched an attack on Luan Xi Tian Demon with all their strength.


    After all, they are also strong at the level of celestial beings, and the Luanxi Tianmo can''t ignore them, and more or less must allocate part of their strength to resist their attacks.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon continued to suppress the Demon Nest, but had no more power to attack it.


    His main strength has been used to deal with Tai Miao.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort, and the jade book in front of him finally changed.


    The name left by the moon god suddenly shone generously, completely driving away the strange black that was eroding it.


    This means that with the help of Meng Zhang, the Moon God finally completely expelled the power of magic dye in his body, and his body and mind returned to normal.


    Now, Luna can display its full combat power.


    When she fought against Huang Feng Tianxian, even though she was still at a disadvantage, she could at least block him completely, preventing him from easily assisting Luanxi Tianma.


    Facing such a powerful enemy as Luanxi Tianmo, Tai Miao dared not have the slightest reservation.


    His figure twisted and changed, turning into a giant wearing a crown and a bright yellow robe.


    Tai Miao, who revealed the body of ghosts and gods, in addition to continuing to activate the treasure book of life and death, also showed more magical powers.


    From a long distance away, Tai Miao''s huge fist waved and hit the huge meat ball fiercely.


    A series of invisible giant forces vibrated in the void, and all tentacles that stood in the way were interrupted or even shattered.


    Huge fist marks appeared on the huge fleshy ball body of Luanxi Tianmo.


    These injuries looked serious, but they were actually just flesh wounds, and did not hurt the root of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon at all.


    Tai Miao''s most powerful means are the treasure book of life and death and the gate of reincarnation.


    The Treasure of Life and Death constantly deprives the vitality of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon and depletes its vitality.


    The Gate of Reincarnation continuously devours the souls that have been devoured and demonized by the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, and sends them into reincarnation.


    The power of reincarnation that comes with the gate of reincarnation is so powerful that it actually purifies these demonized souls again and again.


    Luanxi Tianmo took out more methods to deal with Tai Miao.


    In terms of absolute power, Tai Miao still has a long way to go from Luanxi Tianma.


    But Tai Miao not only resisted all the attacks of Luanxi Tianmo, but also counterattacked, causing considerable damage to it.


    Apart from the fact that Tai Miao''s own combat power is much stronger than many monks of the same level, his two companion artifacts played an important role, almost directly targeting the weakness of Luanxi Tianmo.


    Tai Miao and Luanxi Tianmo fought vigorously, without any sign of flinching.


    Luanxi Tianma focused on Tai Miao, so he had to relax his focus on other aspects.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Great Confucian King Xue Feng were fine, their counterattack power was limited, at most they could restrain the Chaos Breathing Demon, but they couldn''t do any effective damage to it.


    The Demon Nest, which had been the main target of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon before, began to change silently.


    I saw the huge devil''s nest twisting and turning, and black smoke sprang out from every corner like spirit snakes, stirring up the black cloud that had originally surrounded the devil''s nest.


    The Luanxi Tianma no longer cared about continuing to suppress the Demon Nest.


    As long as the devil''s nest does not attack his body, he can temporarily tolerate its existence.


    When Luanxi Heavenly Demon focused his attention on Tai Miao, Tai Miao also felt strong pressure.


    The Taiyi Realm is too far away from his position, and he can neither mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, nor can he directly mobilize the power of the gods.


    He can only rely on his own strength to fight against such a powerful enemy as Luanxi Tianmo.


    Tai Miao is a character with strong ability to resist pressure, and the more he fights, the more courageous he becomes.


    The greater the pressure exerted by the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, the more it can arouse his fighting spirit.


    He faced the Luanxi Heavenly Demon directly, without any intention of backing down, and confronted him head-on, and he was still able to hold on to the wind for the time being.


    Meng Zhang, who was in the Taiyi Realm, learned about the situation on the battlefield from Tai Miao, and he was still a little worried.


    It seems that even if Tai Miao advances to the rank of god, he still cannot completely defeat the Luanxi Tianmo.


    Meng Zhang was thinking quickly, what kind of help could he provide Tai Miao?


    Tai Miao must have the ability to break the game as soon as possible.


    If the delay is long, who knows what will change?


    At the very least, based on the balance of power between the two sides, it is not suitable for a protracted war.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3117

    When Meng Zhang was thinking hard about countermeasures, the force he was looking forward to to break the situation began to play a role.


    Although the power to break the game does not come from him and Tai Miao, as long as it can cause damage to the Luanxi Tianmo, that''s fine.


    I saw that huge devil''s lair shrinking one by one, just like a living person breathing in and out, and then a thick blood-colored beam of light shot out from it, shooting at the restless demon.


    The Luanxi Tianmo seems powerful, but it is not omnipotent, and the power it possesses is limited.


    Taking care of one thing and losing another, he relaxed his defense against the Demon Nest, and now he has finally tasted the pain.


    Prior to this, the Huitu Heavenly Demon had been hiding in the devil''s nest, not even daring to show his face, and was firmly suppressed by the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    Luanxi Tianmo had already seen through the general strength of Huitu Tianmo, and felt that he had an absolute advantage over him.


    He never imagined that Huitu Heavenly Demon could launch an attack of this magnitude, and he was caught off guard and couldn''t block it in time.


    The thick blood-colored light beam directly penetrated the huge meat ball body of Luanxi Tianmo, leaving a big gap in it.


    After Huitu Heavenly Demon returned to the devil''s lair, he began to concentrate his strength desperately, preparing to fight desperately with Chaos Breathing Heavenly Demon.


    All the monsters in the devil''s nest were forcibly swallowed by him, and he forcibly extracted a lot of the original power of the devil''s nest.


    When the Luanxi Heavenly Demon attacked the Demon Nest earlier, he tried his best to parry, and was not in a hurry to fight back.


    He wants to save the few counterattacks until the end and use them in the most critical places.


    He didn''t wait in vain, Tai Miao''s unexpected appearance changed the situation once again.


    Huitu Tianmo was keenly aware that this might be his last chance to fight back.


    He had already expelled the power of magic dye in his body and adjusted his body to the best condition.


    He did not hesitate to consume the origin of the demon nest, and stimulate all the potential of his own demon body, just to launch a counterattack against the restless demon.


    exist

 Chapter 3118

    Seeing Luanxi Heavenly Demon and Huangfeng Heavenly Immortal escape one after another, Wang Xuefeng and Qianren Heavenly King heaved a sigh of relief.


    They had suffered a lot during the battle, and they were almost powerless to fight anymore.


    They feel terribly weak at home.


    Just because the Luanxi Heavenly Demon has escaped doesn''t mean everything is over.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others have not forgotten that before the appearance of Luan Xi Tian Demon, they were fighting with Moon God.


    The two sides have become enemies and are regarded as enemies.


    In addition, the Huitu Heavenly Demon and the Demon Nest did not just disappear.


    They tried their best, looked at Luna and Tai Miao, not to be outdone, and left here like this.


    Tai Miao was able to see through their external strength but now is not the time to deal with them.


    Firstly, Taimiao and Luna were both in poor condition after the previous hard fight.


    Tai Miao, who joined the battle at the end, did not fight for a long time, but he played all his cards and consumed a lot of money.


    Secondly, although the Luanxi Tianmo retreated after being seriously injured, he was not eliminated after all.


    Especially his demonized puppet, Huangfeng Tianxian, is basically intact.


    If he makes a comeback in the future, he may have to rely on the power of Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon was severely injured this time, and it really hurt the foundation.


    Before that, he forcibly changed the laws of the world in the four-pointed star area, making it impossible for all creatures to leave here.


    After he was injured and escaped, many high-level monks clearly felt that the originally changed laws of heaven and earth quickly returned to normal.


    It seems that he has been unable to maintain this change.


    This means that any monk who wants to leave the four-pointed star area can leave here.


    Luanxi Tianma was seriously injured and escaped. After Huitu Tianma was seriously injured, he hid in the badly damaged demon lair and stayed behind closed doors.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xue Feng hurriedly went back to heal their wounds, they couldn''t take care of dealing with Hui Tu Tian Demon for the time being.


    Both Tai Miao and Luna are seriously worn out, and they also need to recover as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to ask them to exterminate the Huitu Demon.


    It''s not because Huitu Tianma once cooperated with Tai Miao to attack Luanxi Tianma, but it''s still useful to keep him.


    After the previous battle, the Huitu Heavenly Demon had formed a deep hatred with the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    As a Heavenly Demon, he should have a better understanding of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, and maybe he has a special induction or something.


    If the Luanxi Heavenly Demon makes a comeback in the future, maybe he will have to rely on him for warning.


    In addition, Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng are still alive and well, it is too wonderful for them to go and exterminate Huitu Tianmo with confidence.


    Although they are unlikely to risk the world''s disgrace and cooperate with the Huitu Demon to attack them, it is still very possible for them to make a profit.


    Anyway, the Huitu Heavenly Demon is hiding in the devil''s lair and cannot come out, so there is no harm for the time being.


    The high-level practitioners from the Twin Peaks star area have been paying attention to the battle between Qian Ren Tian Wang and them.


    Judging from the scene, even if the Heavenly Demon side was defeated and fled, their side was considered to have won.


    The practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area quickly organized a counterattack against the monster army.


    The Taiyi Realm is no exception.


    The army of monsters did not have the backing of the Huitu Sky Demon, and even lost the supplement from the Demon Nest. It was the weakest time.


    No matter how much the human monks fight within, when facing the army of monsters, they can barely achieve the same hatred.


    The monster army is always a threat, and it is very annoying. It is very easy to pollute the environment and defile various resources.


    Everyone wants to get rid of the monster army first, and then compete for resources.


    Once the human monks began to counterattack aggressively, the army of monsters would soon be overwhelmed.


    After Tai Miao and Luna returned to the Taiyi Realm to rest, Meng Zhang also began to retreat and practice again, preparing to break through to the Celestial Realm.


    The high-level people in charge of the affairs of the Taiyi Realm basically acted according to the arrangements left by him before retreating.


    The Taiyi Realm dispatched a powerful fleet, and the powerhouses at the level of real immortals quickly wiped out the monster army near the Caiyun Great World.


    It is worth mentioning that the monks of the Falling Star Sword Sect and the Flowing Cloud Sacred Sect who were originally stationed in the Caiyun Great World quickly fled here and outside the Four-pointed Star District after the law of heaven and earth in the Four-pointed Star District returned to normal.


    Although the cultivators in the four-pointed star area are landlords, but they don''t have angels in charge now, how can they compete with the other two parties?


    Even if the powerhouses at the celestial level disdain to make a move, their strength is not as good as the other two.


    The first task of the monks in the Taiyi Realm is to seize resources, and they did not waste time chasing and killing them.


    Not only the monks of the Falling Star Sword Sect and the Liuyun Sacred Sect, but also the monks of other cultivation forces in the Four-Corner Star Area. When the monks in the Twin Peaks Star Area counterattacked the army of monsters, many clever people quickly put everything down and fled in a hurry. here.


    The cultivators in the Shuangfeng star area were busy counterattacking the monster army, and they didn''t care about chasing and killing them.


    As for the few ignorant native monks in the four-pointed star area, when the monks in the twin peaks star area free their hands, they will have to be wiped out.


    Most of the monster army is dead-brained, staying there and fighting the enemy to the death without retreating.


    The army of these monsters was basically wiped out.


    A few clever high-level monsters tried to escape back to the demon lair, but the gray earth demon closed the demon lair tightly and refused to accept them at all.


    If they try to force their way in, they will be attacked by the Demon Nest.


    In the end, these high-level monsters fled in all directions, and their whereabouts are unknown.


    After chasing and killing the practitioners in the Twin Peaks region for a while, they still returned to the big worlds.


    After these changes, in the current four-pointed star area, there are only practitioners from the Taiyi Realm and the Twin Peaks star area.


    The high-level leaders of both sides have their own scruples, and neither intends to start a war rashly.


    On the surface, the top combat strength of the two sides is almost the same, each with two immortal-level powerhouses.


    The practitioners from the Shuangfeng star area who came to the four-pointed star area are not sure of defeating the Taiyi Realm.


    After a series of changes just now, both sides want to retain enough strength to respond.


    In particular, many high-level practitioners in the Twin Peaks star region have a lot of doubts about whether they can completely occupy the place of the Four-pointed star region.


    If there is another change like the one just now, it will be too much trouble.


    More monks in the Twin Peaks star area began to rush away, and seized the time to plunder the resources of the Four-pointed star area as much as possible.


    The four big worlds inside the four-pointed star region all have enough background, even after the plunder of Cloud City City before, they still have many valuable resources.


    In a short period of time, relying solely on the strength of the monks in the Twin Peaks star area, it is impossible to plunder all of this place.


    The conflict between the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area and the Taiyi Realm is not irreconcilable, there is no need to give in to each other, and there is no need to start a meaningless battle.


    Soon, the cultivators in the Shuangfeng star area stationed in Caiyun Great World also voluntarily withdrew.


    The upper echelons of the Twin Peaks star region took the initiative to take a step back.


    The monks in the Twin Peaks star area concentrated their energy on mining the resources of the other three great worlds, allowing the Taiyi Realm to enjoy the colorful cloud world exclusively.


    The Caiyun Great World has a lot of resources, which can be exploited by the Taiyi Realm for a long time. There is no need for the Taiyi Realm to compete for other great worlds now.

 Chapter 3119

    Next, the entire four-pointed star area temporarily maintained a stable situation, and both sides were busy mining various resources here.


    The upper echelons of the Twin Peaks star area felt that the Taiyi Realm had the right to have an equal dialogue with them, and they also began to contact them.


    Previously, when Wang Xuefeng and Qianren Tianwang fought against Luna and the others, there were no casualties on both sides, and there was no death feud.


    Although Moon God held a lot of anger in his heart, he would not be at odds with the other party just for a little leisure.


    Although the relationship between the two parties has not returned to the past, there is no need to continue to be enemies, and there is no need to be so tense.


    After some high-level contacts between the two sides, the relationship between the two sides has eased a lot.


    The high-level executives of both parties even organized several transactions to exchange needed resources with each other.


    After so many years of strengthening, Taiyi Realm, as a mature big world, has bred a lot of resources in a long time, including some rare natural treasures, spiritual objects with special functions, etc.


    Caiyun Great World itself also produces some special resources that other great worlds do not have.


    As a powerful star area that has confronted the four-pointed star area for many years, the Twin Peaks star area is very rich in resources.


    Not to mention, the monks in the Twin Peaks star area have already invaded the interior of the Four-pointed star area and started to exploit the resources here.


    The exchange of resources between the two parties can be regarded as checking for leaks and filling vacancies, and each takes what it needs.


    The trade fair organized by the high-level officials of both sides not only actively participated in the official forces of both sides, but also many monks from both sides frequently traded in private.


    Before Meng Zhang retreated, he found that the sense of crisis in his heart was greatly relieved, but it did not completely disappear.


    He knew in his heart that the matter in the four-pointed star area was not over yet, and there were still troubles to come.


    If it wasn''t for Taiyi Realm''s urgent need to replenish various resources, he really didn''t want to stay here for a long time.


    In addition to taking the time to retreat and strive to become a celestial being as soon as possible, before retreating, he also told the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm to collect various resources at the fastest speed, and leave the Four-pointed Star Region immediately after achieving the goal.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm accelerated the exploitation of resources in the Caiyun Great World.


    In many cases, they even carried out destructive mining regardless of the consequences, and did not hesitate to cause some damage to the entire big world.


    There are many monks in the Taiyi world, countless powerful people from all races, and various tools.


    Once the Taiyi Realm forcibly exploits the resources of the Caiyun Great World, within a short period of time, there will be a huge harvest.


    However, the monks in the Taiyi Realm soon encountered a problem.


    When Yunzhongcheng occupied the four-pointed star area, in addition to wantonly plundering the resources of each big world, it also forcibly absorbed the origin of the four big worlds.


    Before the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in these four great worlds was fully formed, there were many sects at the level of true immortals stationed there.


    Of course, these sects at the level of true immortals don''t want to have a sense of heaven on their heads, restricting them everywhere.


    In the void, there are many popular methods to deal with similar problems.


    Although he did not dare to directly destroy the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven that has not been fully formed, but a number of powerhouses at the level of true immortals performed secret techniques together to prevent the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven from forming, making it muddled and confused.


    Therefore, apart from occasional instinctive reactions, the consciousness of heaven in these four great worlds does not have much ability to interfere with what happens inside the world.


    Of course, even the fully formed consciousness of the Dao of Heaven cannot stop the actions of the monks in Yunzhongcheng.


    The monks in Yunzhong City wantonly absorbed the origin of heaven and earth from the four great worlds, and easily suppressed the instinctive resistance of the unformed consciousness of the Dao of Heaven.


    The Qingxu Great World implements the law and system of the Lingkong Immortal Realm. If the monks of Yunzhongcheng wanted to give the Lingkong Immortal Realm a little bit of trouble, they were merciful and left enough of the origin of the world without causing too much damage to Yuanhai.


    But the other three big worlds, including Caiyun Great World, did not have such good luck.


    After being forcibly absorbed by the monks in Yunzhongcheng, the source seas of these three great worlds were greatly weakened, almost collapsed, and the source of the world was seriously depleted.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm originally wanted to absorb the origin of the heaven and earth from the Caiyun Great World to supplement the source of the Taiyi Realm.


    But after carefully checking the situation in Caiyun Great World, it was difficult for them to make a move.


    If they continue to absorb the heaven and earth origin of Caiyun Great World regardless of the consequences, it will definitely lead to the decline of Caiyun Great World again, or even a complete collapse.


    The monks in the Taiyi world are not people in the way of magic, so they really don''t want to bear the karma of destroying a big world.


    The few true immortal-level powerhouses sent by the Taiyi Realm didn''t even dare to stay in the source sea of ??Caiyun Great World for a long time, for fear that their coercion would cause huge damage to the source sea.


    The Taiyi world needs a lot of resources, and the origin of the world is the most needed.


    During the previous transaction with the monks in the Shuangfeng Star Area, the Taiyi Realm tried to find a lot of information.


    Xu Kongzi is still wandering between the big worlds in the Four-pointed Star Region, carrying out various investigative work.


    Although the current situation between the two sides has eased, neither side has relaxed their vigilance, and still maintains a certain degree of vigilance in secret.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm soon knew that if they wanted to absorb enough of the origin of heaven and earth, they had to go to the Qingxu Great World.


    The Qingxu Great World was originally the one with the deepest and richest heritage among the four great worlds in the Four-Corner Star Region.


    Coupled with the mercy of the monks in Yunzhong City, the situation here is the best.


    After the monks in the Twin Peaks star region invaded the Four-pointed star region on a large scale, they aimed their main target at this place.


    Previously, this world was the focus of contention between the monks in the Twin Peaks star area and the native monks in the Four-pointed star area.


    After completely occupying this big world, the Twin Peaks star region retains the most troops here, using it as the main resource collection place.


    The Shuangfeng star area will definitely not allow Taiyi Realm monks to enter the Qingxu Great World.


    The high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm couldn''t come up with enough resources to exchange such a precious thing as the origin of the world.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to absorb the origin of the heaven and earth of the Qingxu Great World, it can only grab it from the monks in the Shuangfeng star area, and a war will definitely break out between the two sides.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm were very hesitant.


    It''s not that they don''t think it''s easy to turn their faces, and it''s not that they are afraid of each other, but that Meng Zhang has confessed before retreating, telling them not to start a war easily.


    Once the war starts, it will contain the main forces of the Taiyi Realm, not to mention affecting the collection of resources by the monks of the Taiyi Realm, and it is difficult for the monks of the Taiyi Realm to escape from the battle.


    It is very important for Meng Zhang to break through the celestial realm in retreat this time.


    Basically, he was close to closed doors, voluntarily cutting off all contact with the outside world.


    There is no major matter related to the survival of the Taiyi world, and it is not good for them to disturb his retreat.


    After deliberation, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm decided to wait and see for a while.


    Anyway, now they can still obtain various resources from Caiyun Great World continuously.


    The large number of corpses of monsters collected before is enough for Taiyi Realm Yuanhai to digest for a while.

 Chapter 3120

    Time flies, in the blink of an eye, it has been three years since Luanxi Heavenly Demon escaped.


    The peaceful state between practitioners in the Taiyi Realm and the Shuangfeng star area has also been maintained for such a long time.


    The Taiyi Realm has successfully exploited the resources of the Caiyun Great World, but there has been no proper way to absorb the origin of heaven and earth in the source sea.


    More and more high-ranking officials in the Taiyi Realm are inclined to start a war with the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area and forcibly seize the Qingxu Great World.


    Since stepping into the void, the Taiyi Realm has been almost invincible, which has made the Taiyi Realm monks high-spirited and made many high-level officials become impetuous and even arrogant.


    There are now two gods in the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing, who are retreating to break through the realm of celestial beings.


    Almost every moment, they consume a large amount of the origin of the heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    Those monster corpses, as well as many other resources, are limited to supplement after being digested by the Taiyi Realm Yuanhai.


    The source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm has already begun to be overwhelmed.


    The Taiyi Realm is where all monks live and work, and it is closely related to everyone.


    If the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm can''t support it, there will be big problems in the whole world.


    Niu Dawei, acting as the head of the Taiyi Realm, vaguely knew the relationship between Meng Zhang and Taimiao.


    He went to see Tai Miao and wanted to hear Tai Miao''s opinion.


    But this time is too good to be distracted.


    When fighting Luanxi Tianma before, Taimiao Yushi accompanied the artifact, the Gate of Reincarnation, and sent countless demonized souls imprisoned in the body of Luanxi Tianma into reincarnation.


    The so-called sending them into reincarnation is mainly sending them to the underworld, not the underworld of the Taiyi realm.


    The size of the underworld in the ether world, if so many demonized souls poured into it at once, it would not be stained by demons, at least it would be turned upside down.


    The underworld traverses the entire void, colludes with all worlds, is extremely vast, and has an extremely deep foundation. It is not a big problem to accommodate mere demonized souls.


    Due to the power of the gate of reincarnation, most of these demonized souls will directly enter the reincarnation after being sent to the underworld.


    Only a small number may stay in the underworld for various reasons.


    These demonized souls are the important foundation of the body of the Heavenly Demon of Luanxi Heavenly Demon. Its demonic energy is extremely thick, and it also has extremely powerful magic dyeing power.


    The underworld can easily withstand it without any influence, and as an artifact to send it into reincarnation, the gate of reincarnation has been contaminated with countless demonic energy during this process, and has been deeply infected by the power of demonic contamination.


    When Tai Miao returned to the Taiyi Realm to rest, she also seized the time to get rid of the power of demon contamination and purify the gate of reincarnation.


    This is his accompanying artifact, if it is really stained by magic, it will even implicate his body.


    Tai Miao didn''t dare to be careless in the slightest, and almost put all her energy on this matter.


    Tai Miao can''t get out of seclusion in the underworld, and Niu Dawei can''t easily disturb him.


    After the moon god was promoted to the god of heaven and became the celestial master of the Taiyi realm, he also possessed a very special status.


    She rested in the Taiyi Realm for a period of time, and after recovering her strength, she left the Taiyi Realm and started to cruise around the edge of the Four-pointed Star Region.


    She first went to check the situation of the demon nest.


    The gray earth demon has been hiding in the devil''s nest and cannot come out. There is no movement in the devil''s nest, as if there is nothing in it.


    The Moon God was alone, but he didn''t dare to easily break into the demon lair where the demon was sitting.


    She observed around for a while, then went around the Qingxu Great World.


    After Luanxi Heavenly Demon fled, Qianren Tianwang and Wang Xuefeng did not return to the Shuangfeng star area, but went to Qingxu Great World to sit in command.


    They couldn''t retreat in the Qingxu Great World, but their powerful aura shot straight into the sky, announcing their existence with great force.


    Judging by Luna''s deduction, they seem to be a bit strong in doing so.


    Most of them are still retreating to heal their injuries and recover their strength.


    Moon God didn''t want to be their enemy for the time being, so he didn''t test their reality.


    Luna checked carefully. The cultivators in the Shuangfeng star area are busy collecting various resources, and there is no sign of mobilizing to start a war with the Taiyi world.


    Then, she patrolled along the edge of the four-pointed star area.


    She also left the four-pointed star area several times, and went deep into other areas of the void to conduct careful investigation.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon left the four-pointed star area with severe injuries, but the Moon God never relaxed his vigilance against it.


    She has personally experienced the power and terror of this enemy, and regards it as the enemy of life and death.


    For a celestial demon like Luanxi celestial demon, the best way to heal injuries and restore strength is to demonize and devour a large number of living beings.


    In a large area around the four-pointed star area, there is nothingness, there is no big world, and there are basically no creatures.


    This is a good thing, so that the Luanxi Heavenly Demon cannot recover its strength quickly.


    But this is also a bad thing, and it will make Luanxi Tianmo turn his attention back to the four-pointed star area.


    Not to mention, the vast majority of heavenly demons have the virtue of vengeance.


    He was severely injured by many powerful people in the Four-pointed Star Region. He will never let it go, and will definitely do everything possible to find ways to get revenge.


    After the Luanxi Tianmo was severely injured, its combat strength was nonexistent, but the Moon God and the others dared not be careless about it.


    Even without mentioning the abilities of Luanxi Heavenly Demon itself, Huangfeng Heavenly Immortal after being demonized and controlled by him is very difficult to deal with.


    Huang Feng Tianxian''s strength is not weak, after being demonized, his strength will not decrease but increase.


    If Luna fights him alone, it is likely not his opponent.


    The reason why Luna spends time cruising around the four-pointed star area is mainly to prevent them from breaking into the four-pointed star area suddenly.


    With their strength, they only need to make a turn in the four-pointed star area, and countless creatures will be robbed and become their supplements.


    Luna spent a lot of time investigating the area around the four-pointed star area, but found no trace of them.


    Although he had been mentally prepared for a long time, Luna was still very disappointed.


    If they could be found earlier, the Moon God could call Tai Miao, persuade Wang Xuefeng and Qian Ren Tian Wang, and start besieging them again.


    It''s a pity that their ability to hide their whereabouts is so strong that Luna didn''t find any clues.


    Luna was not in a hurry to return to the Taiyi Realm, and was still cruising around the edge of the four-pointed star area.


    She hoped that when Luanxi Tianma and the others acted, she could

 Chapter 3121

    When the high-level Taiyi community gathered to discuss, Niu Dawei made the final decision and expressed his opinion.


    The Taiyi world will maintain the status quo for the time being, and don''t provoke the monks in the Shuangfeng star area.


    As for how to replenish the origin of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang will make the decision after he leaves the customs.


    Although Yuanhai in the Taiyi Realm is under tremendous pressure, it can still maintain it for the time being.


    The monks in the Taiyi world have accelerated the speed of mining various resources.


    The high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Realm went all out and visited almost all corners of the Caiyun Great World.


    They strive to collect special resources that can be transformed into the origin of the world and strengthen the source sea.


    After their unremitting efforts, they still have some gains to some extent, which can supplement the consumption of the source of the world in the Taiyi world and relieve the pressure on Yuanhai.


    In the blink of an eye, several years have passed.


    Tai Miao spent a lot of energy, and finally got rid of the demonic power contaminated on the gate of reincarnation, and completely purified it.


    In this process, Tai Miao''s cultivation base has undergone a tempering, and all aspects have been greatly improved.


    Since then, Tai Miao has been staying in the practice of Taiyi Realm, protecting the Dharma for Meng Zhang who is retreating and attacking the realm of celestial beings.


    In order to devote himself to the impact of the heavenly realm, Meng Zhang took the initiative to cut off all contact with the outside world. Even Tai Miao''s incarnation outside the body is temporarily difficult to sense Meng Zhang''s specific situation, but only vaguely perceives that he is undergoing a huge transformation.


    Although Meng Zhang broke through the realm of immortality in retreat this time, although he was a little hasty, the preparation work was very sufficient, and he also fully met all the necessary conditions.


    The realm of true immortality is completed, the foundation is solid, the comprehension of Dao Zang is in place, the comprehension of the Dao of heaven and earth is deep enough, the practice of advanced skills, and the mastery of various keys to break through the realm of immortality...


    In a word, everything is ready for Meng Zhang to break through the realm of celestial beings, and he only owes the east wind.


    When he broke through to the Realm Realm, due to the situation, he had to break through ahead of time, leaving a lot of hidden dangers, which were solved after a lot of effort.


    Having learned enough lessons, he will never repeat the same mistakes.


    He has been patient, slowly perfecting his cultivation, laying a solid foundation step by step.


    Even when the Taiyi Realm urgently needed the power of the immortals, he did not rush to break through, but silently endured and persevered.


    After Luanxi Heavenly Demon escaped with heavy injuries, he knew that this matter had not been completely resolved, and there were still many troubles in the four-pointed star area.


    But he didn''t care about these, but keenly grasped this precious window period, and began to retreat without hesitation before new troubles came.


    The process of Meng Zhang''s retreat practice was basically smooth sailing.


    Even if there were some twists and turns and some hurdles in the middle, he broke through them one by one.


    Compared with true immortals, promotion to the realm of heavenly immortals is a complete sublimation of life, and will usher in a complete transformation.


    Meng Zhang first replenished the five qi in his abdomen, and then began to condense the top three flowers.


    During this process, Meng Zhang consumed all kinds of resources prepared in advance, and kept extracting a large amount of the origin of heaven and earth from the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    After realizing the drastic changes in Yuanhai in the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao first stopped the routine practice to avoid putting more pressure on Yuanhai.


    Next, all the powerhouses at the level of true immortals in the Taiyi Realm temporarily stopped their daily practice and interrupted their actions of absorbing the origin of the heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, who is in retreat, has not yet entered the stage of absorbing a large amount of the origin of the world, and has not put more pressure on Yuan Hai for the time being.


    Niu Dawei and other Taiyi Realm executives looked at the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm with some concern, wondering whether it could support Meng Zhang''s breakthrough.


    If the situation is not right, Niu Dawei and the others are ready to absorb the origin of the world of Caiyun Great World desperately.


    Even if the source sea of ??Caiyun Great World collapses and the whole world is completely destroyed, they must guarantee Meng Zhang''s cultivation needs.


    Thinking of the importance of Meng Zhang''s achievement as a fairy, they will willingly bear the cause and effect of destroying the world.


    Niu Dawei regretted it a bit at this time, he should have launched an attack on the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area earlier.


    Even if the Qingxu Great World cannot be captured, if a surprise attack is launched, the possibility of capturing the other two great worlds is still very high.


    If they ignore the consequences and forcibly absorb the origin of the heavens and the earth from the other two great worlds to strengthen the Taiyi Realm, then the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm will become more abundant, and they may not have to worry so much today.


    There is no regret medicine in the world, and Niu Dawei and the others can''t do more. They can only pray silently, hoping that Meng Zhang will make a breakthrough.


    When Meng Zhang breaks through the realm of immortals and enters a critical moment, the situation in the four-pointed star area will usher in new changes.


    When Luna and Wang Xuefeng teamed up before, Huangfeng Tianxian took the initiative to retreat, making the wormhole passages in the Four-pointed Star Area and the Foreign Land Star Area unprotected.


    Moon God seized the opportunity and sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword to completely destroy the wormhole passage.


    This wormhole channel was not formed naturally, but was forged by several celestial beings using the power of the fairy artifact star gate.


    The wormhole channel was destroyed, and the fairy artifact star gate was also backlashed. It received a lot of damage, and it was temporarily unable to open the wormhole channel again.


    The abacus of the three angels who stayed in the Dengtian star area fell through like this.


    The Qing Xu Sect and other sects could not leave the foreign star area in time, so they could only continue to fight with the three Bodhisattvas of the Fa Hua Sect.


    After fighting for a while, the three angels felt that they could not go on like this.


    Tianxian Huang Feng stayed in the four-pointed star area, and might have already captured the token in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    Everyone came together for the secret realm of Purdue Golden Immortal, but in the end, Tianxian Huangfeng was cheaper. Of course, other people could not accept this result.


    So, despite the reluctance in their hearts, the three heavenly immortals had to compromise with the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua School.


    They took the initiative to make peace with each other, and asked the senior officials of Qingxuzong to tell the three Bodhisattvas of Fahuazong all the information about the secret place left by Pudu Jinxian.


    The Qingxu sect needed the protection of the three heavenly immortals, and was powerless to resist their will.


    At the very beginning, under the suggestion of the three heavenly immortals, the senior officials of Qingxuzong tried to conceal the information about the keepsake, but only revealed other information about the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    However, the three Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect quickly discovered some flaws and forced out all the information.


    When they found out that Meng Zhang, who had the token, had arrived in the Four-Corner Star Region, while Huang Feng, who was harboring evil intentions, was still there, the three bodhisattvas, like the three gods, were a little anxious.


    In their thinking, Meng Zhang would never be able to resist Huang Feng Tianxian, and the token would definitely fall into Huang Feng Tianxian''s hands.


    They subconsciously ignored the danger in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and almost forgot the Celestial Immortal who Qing Xuzong had lost for this reason, but they were only worried that the Huangfeng Celestial Immortal who took the first step would monopolize all the benefits in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Thank you old friend kk fish meat for your many rewards and support.

 Chapter 3122

    Under the orders of the three Bodhisattvas, the Dharma Huazong team stopped their attack on the foreign world, and the two sides made peace temporarily.


    After the peace talks, the two sides reached an agreement to go to the Four-pointed Star Area together to snatch the token from Huangfeng Tianxian, and then they all went together to the secret place left by Pudu Jinxian.


    After that, the three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas set off directly to the four-pointed star area.


    The three bodhisattvas left, and the remaining members of the Dharma Huazong team continued to stay in the foreign star area.


    The Qingxu Sect and other sects have temporarily recovered their safety, and their high-level officials are very dissatisfied with this situation, but there is nothing they can do.


    Qingxu Sect and other sects are temporarily unable to return to the Four-Corner Star Area, so they can only continue to wait in the Alien Star Area.


    Seeing the severely injured big world in a foreign land, all practitioners want to cry but have no tears.


    The foreign star area is very far away from the four-pointed star area, and it took one or two thousand years for the Taiyi Realm to reach there.


    For Bodhisattvas and celestial beings, it would not take ten years under normal circumstances to go all out.


    It''s just that these bodhisattvas and celestial beings were unlucky. When passing through a dust belt on the road, they first encountered a team of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves.


    The style of the Wild Hunt Thieves has always been brutal and cruel, even the gods dare to rob.


    It just so happens that in this team, there are several strong men at the level of celestial beings.


    When the Taiyi Realm passed by here, it wiped out a sub-group of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    The high-level members of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group don''t care much about the life and death of the branch members.


    It''s just that, if the members of his own family were killed, if he didn''t come forward to take revenge, others might think that he was weak and deceitful.


    Afterwards, the Wild Hunt Thieves sent many members to the vicinity of the incident, and many of them were immortal-level powerhouses.


    It''s a pity that the Taiyi Realm has been away from here for a long time, and Meng Zhang and the others cast spells to cover up their tracks.


    The strong men of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit searched the nearby void for a long time, but they did not find the whereabouts of their enemies.


    This aroused the anger of many high-level members of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    For a long time after that, from time to time, teams from the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group came to this place to investigate.


    As soon as this mixed team of Bodhisattvas and celestial beings entered the dust belt, they were discovered by members of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves.


    Taoism and Buddhism have always been at odds, and mixed teams of celestial beings and bodhisattvas are relatively rare in the void.


    The strong members of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group have not found an enemy for so long, and they have become a bit irritable.


    Members of the Wild Hunt bandit stopped the angels and bodhisattvas and tried to interrogate them.


    Those three celestial beings were born in the spirit world, and they would not be afraid of the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group.


    The three bodhisattvas were born in the Dharma Huazong, and they also have a lot of support.


    When the two sides disagreed, a war broke out.


    Not to mention the defeat of the Wild Hunting Thieves, there were also considerable losses.


    If it wasn''t for the fact that they didn''t want to cause trouble, the three heavenly immortals really wanted to kill all of these star robbers.


    After this battle, this mixed team of celestial beings and bodhisattvas continued on the road.


    Afterwards, the strong men of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit entangled them many times, but were repelled by them.


    This team was busy going to the four-pointed star area, and didn''t want to waste time entangled with them, so they accelerated their progress and got rid of them.


    The accident happened halfway this time, which delayed them a lot of time.


    This is not over yet, this mixed team not long after getting rid of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, encountered the Sword Immortal of the Sirius Sword Sect on the way.


    After a team of sword cultivators from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was wiped out by the Taiyi Realm, a strong man was sent to investigate afterwards.


    For these big sects, it is a basic operation to beat the small ones and provoke the old ones.


    Isn''t one of the main purposes of monks establishing sects to keep warm and take care of each other?


    Having lost several sword immortals at the level of true immortals in a row, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect sent out sword immortals at the level of heavenly immortals this time, and there were more than one of them.


    Like the Wild Hunt Star Pirates, the Sword Immortals of the Sirius Sword Sect have not been able to discover the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    After discovering this mixed team of celestial beings and bodhisattvas, the Sword Immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect became suspicious, and of course they wanted to stop them for careful interrogation.


    Of course, there is a large part of the reason for this, and the sword fairies deliberately caused trouble in order to vent their anger.


    For the sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, no matter the three heavenly immortals or the three bodhisattvas, they are all very afraid.


    It is true that the three celestial beings were born in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but they are not official members of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, nor do they have a strong background behind them, nor do they have the support of a strong sect or sect.


    For the sword lunatic of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the Bodhisattva of the Fahua Sect is not willing to offend easily.


    They originally wanted to be patient as much as possible, trying not to tear faces with each other.


    But the weaker they acted and the more they backed down, the more arrogant they made the opponent.


    The sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is used to being domineering, and when facing the weak, he has always acted like a bully, bullying wantonly.


    At any rate, there are a bunch of gods and bodhisattvas in the team. Even if you don''t want to face, you can''t let others push your nose on your face. You still need a minimum of dignity.


    A fierce battle broke out unexpectedly.


    The sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is indeed powerful, and his fighting power is very strong.


    Even though there are not many sword immortals at the level of heavenly immortals, they still easily gained the upper hand.


    The three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas are just a temporary team, and they were opponents who fought each other not long ago.


    They don''t trust each other very much, and it is even more impossible for them to unite wholeheartedly against the enemy.


    And the sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect have clever tactics, tacit cooperation, and high fighting spirit...


    After a fierce battle, this mixed team of celestial beings and bodhisattvas unexpectedly fell to the disadvantage.


    Seeing that this was not going to work, they had to take out more hole cards and put in more strength to force the opponent back temporarily.


    The Sword Immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect would not give up so easily.


    After that, the mixed team continued on the road, followed closely by the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Once they show any slack, they will be attacked by the sword fairies.


    Along the way, they didn''t get any rest at all, and suffered a lot.


    Not only were they delayed on the road for a long time, they also suffered some injuries to some extent.


    They paid a high price to finally get rid of the pursuit of the sword fairies.


    Even, whether they really got rid of the pursuit of the sword fairies completely, they are not completely sure.


    When they came to the edge of the four-pointed star area, they looked in a state of distress, and almost everyone was injured.


    Luna, who was patrolling the edge of the four-pointed star area, easily spotted this team.


    When Xu Kongzi and the others sneaked into the four-pointed star area to investigate, they obtained information about the alien star area from the captured monks in the four-pointed star area.


    Moon God and other high-ranking officials in the Taiyi Realm had already learned general information about the images of the three celestial beings and the three Bodhisattvas from these information.


    After Tianxian Huang Feng became malicious towards Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang also told Yueshen and others about the relevant information.


    Luna recognized the origin of this team at a glance, and quickly guessed their purpose.

 Chapter 3123

    Of course, Luna alone cannot stop this team.


    If she escaped slowly, she might be surrounded and killed by the opponent.


    She turned around without hesitation and left, returning to the interior of the four-pointed star area.


    She hesitated halfway, and took the initiative to notify the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area.


    Of course, she would not say that this mixed team came to seize the token in Meng Zhang''s hands, but that they were the backers and protectors behind the native practitioners in the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Luna quickly returned to the Taiyi Realm and joined Taimiao.


    After receiving the notice from the Moon God, the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area responded immediately.


    After these years of cultivation, Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng not only completely expelled the power of demon dye in their bodies, but also recovered all their strength.


    Now that they heard that the backers behind the native cultivators in the Four-pointed Star Region had arrived, they immediately left the Qingxu Great World.


    The current four-pointed star area has been divided up by practitioners from the Twin Peaks star area and the Taiyi Realm.


    Everyone is a foreign invader, and they are not willing to give up the loot easily.


    Although Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others fought with Luna before, the relationship between the two parties has eased over the years, and now they still face a common enemy.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng took the initiative to extend an invitation to the Taiyi Realm.


    Soon, Tai Miao and Moon God left the Taiyi Realm, and joined Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others in the void.


    They flew to the edge of the four-pointed star area together, and confronted the mixed team from a distance.


    After this mixed team came to the edge of the four-pointed star area, they didn''t go deep right away.


    While resting, they explored the situation inside the four-pointed star area.


    With the power of an immortal-level powerhouse, it is not too difficult to investigate an ordinary star area without external interference.


    The three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas each showed their supernatural powers, performed a few secret investigation techniques, and quickly figured out the general situation of the four-pointed star area.


    They didn''t find any trace of Huangfeng Tianxian, but the Taiyi Realm was still there, they were very puzzled?


    Where did Tianxian Huang Feng go, and was he able to take the token from Meng Zhang?


    If Meng Zhang bowed his head in front of him and handed over the token, would he have gone away with the token?


    Four immortal-level powerhouses formed a team, showed hostility, and confronted them at a distance.


    The three celestial beings learned of the existence of the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng from the information sent by Huang Feng celestial being.


    But they didn''t know the strange military monk and the two gods.


    By the way, there is actually a demon nest at the edge of the four-pointed star area.


    Although the devil''s lair looked dilapidated, they didn''t dare to be careless.


    They can clearly sense that there is a demon in the demon nest.


    The demons are the public enemies of all races in the void.


    According to common sense, those four strong men at the level of celestial beings should have joined forces to destroy the demon nest and kill the demons.


    However, they allowed this devil''s lair to exist and did not attack the demon.


    Are they powerless, or are they in collusion with that demon?


    It is true that all the major cultivation forces in the void are hostile to the Demonic Way, but there are countless guys who secretly collude with the Demonic Way, and many of them are so-called righteous masters with good looks.


    If this Heavenly Demon is in the same group as those four Heavenly Immortal-level powerhouses, then the enemy''s strength must be reassessed.


    This temporary team composed of celestial beings and bodhisattvas was full of internal contradictions.


    After experiencing twists and turns on the road, their relationship not only did not get better, but worsened.


    Especially when they were chased by the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Sword Immortal in the end, they all wished that the other party would be dragged back so that they could rush to the Sijiao star area in time.


    Although they didn''t tear their faces apart, let alone framed each other blatantly, there were many small tricks between them.


    There are countless acts of secretly dragging each other''s back, trying to make the other side prevent disasters for themselves.


    Everyone is well aware of these, but they just haven''t happened.


    When they finally got rid of the pursuit of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Sword Immortal, they all felt somewhat disbelieving in their hearts.


    They even suspected that the Sword Immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect gave up their pursuit because they were tired of playing, or because they had other important matters, rather than being repelled by their joint efforts.


    After finally coming to the four-pointed star area, their conflicts did not erupt immediately, but they, who had their own ghosts, came up with new ideas.


    The reason why they can still join together temporarily is because of the unknown situation and the common goal of Huang Feng Tianxian.


    Under such circumstances, if they are allowed to fight together, even if they have an advantage in numbers, they may not be able to defeat Qian Ren Tian Wang and others.


    Looking at Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others who were staring at the front, they did not act hastily, but wanted to find out the specific situation as soon as possible before deciding on the next move.


    And at about this time, Meng Zhang''s practice finally entered a critical moment, facing a huge hurdle.


    When Meng Zhang broke through to the Realm of Immortal Realm, due to the laws of heaven, an extraterrestrial demon called Rosh descended an incarnation to try to prevent him from becoming immortal.


    Luo Shi is a true demon, a special member of the extraterrestrial demons.


    The way of magic and the way of immortality have always been at odds with each other, and there are often wars between them.


    The special existence of true demons seems to be born specifically to prevent practitioners from becoming immortals, and can be called the sworn enemy of practitioners who are interested in immortality.


    There are also some masters of Taoism who claim that the real devil is just a test sent by the way of heaven to practitioners.


    Practitioners who are good enough and qualified to become immortals can pass this test.


    Moreover, how to deal with this kind of test depends on the practitioner''s own ability, and there are many methods and the like.


    When the virtual immortal is promoted to a true immortal, a true demon of the same level as a true immortal will follow the hidden laws of heaven and descend an avatar to prevent him from becoming an immortal.


    This avatar generally has the strength of a real fairy.


    Therefore, when a virtual immortal is promoted to a true immortal, he will use the cover of the power of the world in a big world to suppress the opponent''s strength to a level similar to his own.


    It is extremely rare for a virtual immortal to be directly promoted to a true immortal in the void, almost non-existent.


    Meng Zhang was promoted to a true immortal back then and was not located in the Great World, but it was also a coincidence that he tried to weaken the opponent''s strength.


    The real demon Rosh, who failed to prevent Meng Zhang from becoming a Taoist, has always been obsessed with this and feels aggrieved.


    Meng Zhang and the real demon Luo Shi who prevented him from becoming enlightened were destined to be entangled.


    Afterwards, the real demon Luo Shi always wanted to find Meng Zhang and understand the cause and effect, but he never had a chance.


    True Demon Rosh was not in a hurry at all.


    Because as long as Meng Zhang is self-motivated, wants to go to the next level, and tries to break through the realm of immortality, then he will never miss it with Meng Zhang, and there will definitely be a chance to meet.


    If Meng Zhang is not self-motivated enough and takes the Realm of Immortal Realm as the end point of his practice, he will fall into calamity sooner or later.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3124

    Now, Meng Zhang has entered a necessary stage to break through the realm of celestial beings, and needs to face the real demon Rosh who has descended in his real body.


    This is something that the laws of heaven have already preordained.


    The laws of heaven at this level cannot be changed even by Jinxian.


    Luo Shi is an ancient true demon. Long before Meng Zhang was born, he was already well-known among the demon tribes outside the territory.


    ¡¿


    In the long years, he has accumulated powerful strength and mastered countless secret techniques.


    He has long been one of the top true demons, and he is only one step away from becoming a demon.


    If he can defeat Meng Zhang this time and successfully prevent Meng Zhang from becoming a celestial immortal, then he can be promoted to a celestial demon.


    Regardless of the members of the immortal way or the magic way, when it comes to their own practice and their own future, they will pay special attention to it, at all costs.


    When Meng Zhang began to break through the realm of the celestial beings, he entered a closed and independent space with the real demon Rosh because of the hidden laws of heaven.


    No matter how great the supernatural power is, outsiders cannot enter this space.


    They can only rely on their own strength to decide whether to win or lose.


    Of course, the closure of this space is only one-way, and it is not difficult for them to leave inside.


    For Meng Zhang, if he did not defeat the opponent and left this special space first, it would mean that he had failed to break through the realm of immortality this time.


    In the future, it will become more difficult to break through the realm of immortality again.


    For True Demon Rosh, he would not suffer any harm if he voluntarily left here, but it would only make him lose a chance to be promoted to Heavenly Demon.


    In the magic way, the competition among the extraterrestrial demons is extremely fierce.


    It is common for demons outside the territory to devour each other.


    If the real demon Rosh misses this opportunity, who knows when he will be promoted to the heavenly demon.


    During this period of time, maybe things will change again.


    Therefore, he will try his best to defeat Meng Zhang, even if he pays a huge price.


    Meng Zhang, who was originally retreating in the secret room, suddenly appeared in this special space, facing the real demon Rosh.


    Sensing the familiar aura of the opponent, Meng Zhang quickly remembered the opponent.


    He was able to defeat the opponent''s external incarnation back then, and now he can defeat the opponent''s deity.


    Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles, habitually checked his physical condition before going to war.


    He is now in its prime, both in terms of cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    The only regret is that all his immortal artifacts, including the incomplete Immortal Treasure Universe disc, were left outside due to the influence of space and were not brought here.


    This means that he cannot use external force, and can only rely on his own strength to defeat the opponent.


    Not being able to use the fairy weapon not only greatly reduced Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness, but also made him a little unaccustomed to it.


    When Meng Zhang was thinking about how to make a move, the real demon Rosh, who was not far in front of him, started to make a move first.


    Although the real demon Rosh had sufficient confidence in himself, when he actually made a move, he was still not careless in the slightest.


    He sacrificed a magic weapon in the shape of a chain, which transformed into a sky full of nebula, and surrounded Meng Zhang''s surroundings.


    A black magic sword flew out from behind him, directly beheading Meng Zhang.


    True Demon Luo Shi is also proficient in swordsmanship, and is a well-known master of swordsmanship in the Demonic Way.


    There are professional sword repairers like Sword Immortal in Immortal Dao, and there are similar existences in Demon Dao, which are called Sword Demons.


    The real demon Luo Shi is not a professional sword demon, but he is proficient in many sword demon methods, and has a much stronger swordsmanship than many sword demons.


    With a thought, the real demon Luo Shi turned into a giant like a hill.


    This giant has three heads and six faces, and each of its eight arms holds different weapons.


    This is his true demon body, and also his strongest fighting form.


    He chanted spells in his mouth and began to cast various spells.


    As soon as he started to do it, he displayed a number of special skills.


    In fact, this is just his routine method when facing a strong enemy. He still has a lot of hidden trump cards and trump cards, and he is looking for opportunities to use them.


    Facing such a fierce opponent, Meng Zhang''s face remained unchanged.


    He showed the Tai Chi Yin-Yang Diagram of Heaven, Earth, and Dharma above his head, and began to fight the enemy with all his strength.


    A stream of black and white mixed air fell from the Tai Chi Yin-Yang Diagram and turned into a black and white sword in the air.


    The fairy sword Zhanyang was not by his side, so Meng Zhang casted the supernatural power Liangyi Tongtian Sword, manifested a sword, and fought with the demon sword that had come over.


    Meng Zhang also had arrogance in his heart.


    Since the enemy dared to show his swordsmanship in front of him, he would use swordsmanship to defeat him.


    The sun and moon divine light shined brightly, shining towards the surrounding nebula, trying to completely purify it.


    The yin and yang qi are like a nimble horse, directly rolling towards the opponent''s true demon body.


    ...


    Meng Zhang not only wants to defeat his opponent, but also wins beautifully. It is best to kill the opponent on the spot.


    When Juechen Immortal Venerable became an immortal, he encountered the obstacles of the true demon''s ego.


    When he broke through to the realm of celestial beings, even though he defeated the true demon ego, he failed to keep the opponent behind.


    The true devil and ego entangled Juechen Xianzun endlessly, and almost became his lifelong enemy.


    When the true demon self-attachment becomes the heavenly demon, the harm will be even greater.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable once thought that his own cultivation base had left the ego demon far away, and the other party was no longer to be feared.


    But when he failed to attack the Golden Immortal Realm and was reborn with his past body, and was in the weakest state, the ego demon came to him again relying on the induction in the dark.


    If there is no hindrance from the ego-attached heavenly demon, even if Juechen Immortal Venerable cannot be completely reborn, but relying on the body of the past, he can still linger for a long time. Maybe he will meet the great opportunity and get a real rebirth.


    It can be said that Juechen Immortal Venerable fell completely in the end, and all traces left behind were destroyed, and the ego played a huge role.


    Meng Zhang witnessed the final fate of Juechen Immortal Venerable with his own eyes, so he naturally had to learn a lesson.


    If the real demon Rosh escapes this time, there will always be such an opponent hiding in the dark in the future, even if Meng Zhang can''t be hurt, it will be very bad for the Taiyi Realm monks.


    Meng Zhang, who was determined to kill, did not have any reservations, and displayed a series of murderous moves with a murderous look.


    When Meng Zhang had a life-and-death fight with the real demon Rosh in that enclosed special space, the outside situation changed again.


    The three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas have the same goal, facing the common enemy, this mixed team can be maintained for the time being.


    They have no intention of destroying the Devil''s Nest now, nor are they interested in the grievances between the Four-pointed Star Area and the Twin Peaks Star Area.


    The three heavenly immortals only promised to protect the Qingxu Sect, but they did not say that they would take over all the grievances and entanglements of the Qingxu Sect, let alone help it eliminate all kinds of enemies.


    What they are most concerned about now is the whereabouts of the token in Meng Zhang''s hand, and whether Tianxian Huang Feng got it or not.

 Chapter 3125

    The team composed of three angels and three bodhisattvas, while confronting the team formed by Qian Rentian Wang, tried their best to find out what happened here.


    The number of enemies is more, and the gods and bodhisattvas are relatively powerful existences.


    When the Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng faced Huang Feng Tianxian before, even if the opponent dispersed his strength to maintain the wormhole passage, he still couldn''t take advantage of the slightest.


    ¡¿


    Therefore, even the warrior monk Qian Ren Tian Wang, who has always been militant, has no intention of taking the initiative.


    Luna hesitated a little.


    She wanted to take the first shot and involve Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others in the battle.


    However, they have fewer numbers and do not have an advantage in combat effectiveness. If they start a war rashly, the possibility of defeat is very high.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon helped them when they were dealing with the Luanxi Heavenly Demon before.


    Now if the two sides go to war, he will just sit back and watch the tigers fight.


    Maybe, he will also secretly look for opportunities to secretly plot against both parties.


    Don''t forget, the Huitu Heavenly Demon is also a Heavenly Demon, and the harm it can bring may not be less than that of the Chaotic Breathing Demon.


    Even in the midst of the battle, Luna and the others had to pay a certain amount of attention to carefully release the Huitu Sky Demon.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng both wanted to maintain the status quo for the time being, if Luna made a move rashly, the intention of provocation would be too obvious.


    Luna hesitated, it was too wonderful and there was no better way.


    The two teams continued to confront each other in the void, and both sides maintained a strange silence.


    The three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas still have many methods.


    Two incarnations of the immortal level, a tamed spirit beast, and a puppet...


    These things were released by them, sneaked away from here, and spread out in all directions.


    Things of this level are not very useful in battles at the level of immortals, but they can be used to inquire about news, but they are completely sufficient.


    After the indigenous practitioners in the four-pointed star area escaped, they did not leave. Many of them wandered back not far from the four-pointed star area.


    As native cultivators of the four-pointed star region, they are familiar with the surrounding conditions of the four-pointed star region.


    They almost all know that there are no decent resources in the large area of ??void around the four-pointed star area.


    After leaving the four-pointed star area completely, there may only be a few powerful immortals and a few void warships who have accumulated a lot of money, who can return to the foreign star area or find other supply points in the void.


    Most of the remaining monks will probably die in the void after exhausting their resources.


    The practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area did not catch up and kill them all, which made many of them have illusions.


    There are still three angels in the foreign star area, and the major cultivation forces are still very powerful.


    Perhaps, it won''t be long before they can counterattack the four-pointed star sector and regain their former homeland.


    Many indigenous cultivators in the four-pointed star area not only wandered around, but also boldly sneaked into the edge of the four-pointed star area from time to time to observe the situation inside.


    The avatars and spirit beasts sent by the three celestial beings and the three Bodhisattvas soon encountered these practitioners.


    With a little bit of trickery, they learned everything that happened before from them.


    When the Moon God and the others fought against the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, even the powerhouses at the level of real immortals did not dare to approach the battlefield.


    However, after the battle is over, they still have a way to know the result of the battle.


    After Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others went back, they basically told the senior practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area what happened during the battle.


    In order to boost morale and tout their own top powerhouses, they processed and modified these situations to a certain extent, and then widely publicized them among practitioners from all walks of life.


    Although the native cultivators in the four-pointed star region were the defeated side, they were still able to learn some news about the enemy through various means.


    After some twists and turns, the three celestial beings and the three Bodhisattvas had a general understanding of what had happened in the four-pointed star area before.


    Not only did Tianxian Huangfeng fail to capture the token in Meng Zhang''s hands, but he was demonized by Luanxi Tianma in the end, which made them all feel embarrassed.


    Not long ago, they thought that the other party was playing tricks in order to monopolize the token in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    The other party''s fate made them feel a bit sad.


    They did not personally participate in the previous battles, and everything was hearsay.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon is so powerful that it sounds like a legend.


    They didn''t know how badly the Luanxi Heavenly Demon was hurt.


    But since the other party can take the initiative to withdraw, it means that they still retain a certain amount of strength.


    After all these years, they also don''t know the extent to which the other party''s injury has recovered.


    Considering that the other party still had puppets like Huang Feng Tianxian in their hands, they all secretly increased their vigilance and became cautiously vigilant.


    They really don''t want to face such a terrifying opponent as Luanxi Tianmo, and they don''t want to get involved in the battle for no reason.


    But out of desire for the token in Meng Zhang''s hand, they won''t just leave before they achieve their goal.


    There are two gods in the Taiyi Realm, and Qianren Tianwang and Wang Xuefeng as comrades in arms, it is more difficult to deal with than Huangfeng Tianxian alone.


    Of course, they don''t have to fight each other recklessly.


    After a brief discussion, they quickly came up with a countermeasure.


    Among the three Bodhisattvas, Dayu Bodhisattva is the most eloquent and eloquent among the Bodhisattvas of the Dharma Hua School. He is well-known as a diplomatic expert.


    He stepped forward and took the initiative to negotiate with the opposite team from a long distance away.


    Seeing the action on the other side, both Luna and Tai Miao felt bad.


    They want to forcibly interrupt each other and prevent each other from expressing.


    It''s better to involve everyone in the battle so that everyone can''t keep the peace.


    As for the consequences of this, they can''t take care of it for the time being.


    But the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng moved one step faster than them.


    The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng always likes to learn from famous teachers, to be courteous first and then to fight. Even if he wants to fight with the opponent, it is best to negotiate with the other party in advance.


    Seeing that the other party seemed to have something to say, he naturally stepped forward.


    Luna and Tai Miao also wanted to borrow the power of Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others, so naturally they couldn''t make it too obvious.


    They stopped moving and exchanged glances helplessly.


    Luna even felt somewhat regretful, she shouldn''t have hesitated for so long just now.


    The articulate Dayu Bodhisattva explained their intentions clearly in a few words.


    They don''t care about the grievances between the native practitioners of the Four-pointed star region and the practitioners of the Twin Peaks star region, and they are not interested in everything in the Four-pointed star region.


    They have no intention of being enemies with others, they just want Meng Zhang to hand over the token in his hand.


    After hearing Bodhisattva Dayu''s words, Wang Xuefeng and Qianren Tianwang really began to hesitate.


    They don''t have a deep friendship with the Taiyi world, and they only join forces with each other temporarily in order to preserve the interests they have obtained.


    Since the other party promised not to harm their interests, they have no reason to stand with Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 3126

    Especially the opponent''s lineup is so strong, even the warrior monk Qian Ren Tianwang wants to avoid fighting with the opponent.


    Seeing that Wang Xuefeng and the others were obviously moved, Dayu Bodhisattva immediately began to persuade Moon God and the others.


    Dayu Bodhisattva said that they had no malice towards the Taiyi Realm, but just wanted to use the token in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    After they are used up, they will naturally be returned to Zhao, and Meng Zhang can continue to use them.


    They can also know that "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3127

    Meng Zhang has a deep foundation and unfathomable heritage.


    He should be steady and steady, slowly testing with True Demon Rosh, slowly consuming, is the safest way to win.


    Apart from the previous experience of fighting Meng Zhang with the incarnation of the real demon Rosh, he actually doesn''t know much about Meng Zhang.


    In his opinion, Meng Zhang should be the kind of authentic Taoist monk, with a brilliant inheritance, practicing according to the traditional way...


    In the middle of the battle, Meng Zhang should also be playing "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3128

    Meng Zhang''s opponent was a half-man, half-horse god descendant holding a spear.


    When he was in the Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang had experience in fighting the descendants of the gods.


    The Junchen Realm was cleaned by the immortals thousands of years ago, not only the indigenous gods were almost lost, but even the descendants of the gods were almost wiped out.


    After the human monks ruled the Junchen Realm, the descendants of the gods representing the indigenous power of the Junchen Realm were even more targeted for hunting and suppression.


    The truly powerful god-born suffered heavy casualties, and it was almost rare to see them.


    The few remnants who escaped by chance are just a bunch of crooked melons and cracked dates, and they can''t be hidden.


    When Meng Zhang was a monk in the Yuanshen stage, he encountered a group of hidden descendants of the gods.


    This group of descendants of the gods was no match for Meng Zhang, so they had to flee in a hurry, and Meng Zhang took away the small world he had been running for many years.


    After the clean-up operation of the Junchen Realm organized by Banxue Jianjun, it is said that many descendants of the gods were shocked, and many of them were strong.


    It''s a pity that Meng Zhang was busy with the war in the West Sea and didn''t have the opportunity to meet the real strong among the descendants of the gods.


    Today, the descendant of Shenchang Realm who came to kill him made up for his regrets.


    The Shenchang Realm and the Junchen Realm originally had many similarities. The indigenous gods and descendants of the two worlds had a lot in common.


    The half-man, half-horse guy in front of Meng Zhang not only has the strength of returning to the void, but also has a strong bloody aura on his body, which can kill countless people at first glance.


    In Shenchang Realm, which has not been cleansed by immortals, the indigenous forces remain intact.


    Most of those indigenous gods are driven by nature, and their desires are particularly strong. Among them, there are many cruel, violent, cruel and murderous people.


    After the Shenchang Realm, there are still many indigenous gods who still retain the bad habit of large-scale blood sacrifices.


    This not only makes the comprehensionists in the Junchen Realm uncomfortable, but even the Hunling Gods, who are temporary allies, look down on these ignorant and barbaric people.


    Gods like Hun Ling Zunshen claim to have inherited the advanced Shinto civilization and are a higher existence among the gods.


    Unlike the ignorant indigenous gods, Hunling Zunshen deeply understands the dangers of blood sacrifice.


    If it is not a last resort, he will never let the believers hold blood sacrifices easily.


    And the guy in front of Meng Zhang has a special aura, obviously the guy who has participated in many large-scale blood sacrifices.


    Void-returning-level descendants are also considered number one in the Shenchang world, and they are often powerful generals under the command of the indigenous gods.


    They participate in the blood sacrifice, and they can also share some benefits from the gods.


    Among the classics of Tiangong, there are some records of experience left by the great powers who sneaked into the Shenchang Realm secretly.


    It records a lot of information about the customs of the Shenchang world, the distribution of forces, and the like.


    Among them, there are many depictions of blood sacrifice scenes.


    Among these descriptions, these blood sacrifice scenes are extremely bloody and extremely cruel...


    It''s just a group of demons dancing wildly, and the atmosphere is smoky.


    This kind of behavior is almost no different from the way of magic.


    Human monks can completely treat these guys as demons and ghosts.


    Anyone who has participated in the blood sacrifice will leave a special bloody aura that cannot be erased.


    Meng Zhang is not a saint who rescues the suffering, he can''t even save the suffering beings in the Junchen Realm, let alone the beings in the distant Shenchang Realm.


    But he has a minimum view of right and wrong, and has a certain bottom line in his actions.


    For this kind of guy who has killed living beings and participated in the blood sacrifice, whenever he has the opportunity, Meng Zhang will try his best to kill him, which can be regarded as doing justice for the heavens.


    Once Meng Zhang made a move to kill, he immediately exploded with powerful fighting power.


    On the way of swordsmanship, Meng Zhang himself has extraordinary talent. And he himself is full of enthusiasm for kendo.


    He even felt that if he didn''t have a brilliant sword cultivator inheritance, maybe he would become a real sword cultivator.


    Not long after embarking on the road of comprehension, he began to practice swordsmanship.


    On his long journey of practice, he has practiced many powerful and extraordinary sword formulas.


    He has a lot of experience in fighting enemies with swordsmanship and beheading powerful enemies.


    Last time, Mr. Ban Xuejian taught Meng Zhang a sword of stealth killing.


    Meng Zhang not only fully comprehended this brilliant killing sword, but also had a glimpse of the leopard, and felt a bit of Banxue Jianjun''s profound swordsmanship from it.


    Originally, after Meng Zhang entered the stage of returning to the void, due to the lack of corresponding sword art practice, his swordsmanship attainments could not keep up with his progress in cultivation.


    After he comprehended the Hidden Killing Sword, his swordsmanship attainments improved greatly.


    In addition, the magic weapon in his hand is the flying sword Chiyin Jiansha, so he pays more attention to fighting the enemy with swordsmanship.


    Facing an opponent of the same level this time, he urged Chiyin Sword Sha to fully demonstrate his superb swordsmanship.


    He wanted to use the opponent in front of him as a touchstone, to try out his sword skills that he had just made a breakthrough in.


    This centaur descendant is not an easy person.


    Although the spear in his hand was crudely refined, its essence was extraordinary. After experiencing many blood sacrifices and baptisms, there is a special ferocious aura.


    The spear in his hand swung violently in the air, and a depraved, filthy, and ominous atmosphere enveloped Meng Zhang like this.


    Two yin and yang qi, one black and one white, rose above Meng Zhang''s head, dissolving these auras into the invisible.


    The seemingly dazzling sword light is full of unpredictable murderous intent.


    On the other side, Ba Wudi unleashed the imperial-level Ba Fist, and fought another Void-Returning-level divine descendant.


    Chunyu Zhongda displayed a brilliant thunder technique, which attracted thunder and lightning all over the sky, and kept bombarding the subordinates behind the two descendants of the gods.


    It is not without reason that the two descendants of the gods brought so many subordinates to attack together.


    They each lead many subordinates to form formations, which can greatly enhance their own combat effectiveness.


    When needed, these subordinates can be cannon fodder that consumes the enemy''s strength, or shields that block enemy attacks...


    The descendants of gods who claim to be descendants of gods basically do not regard themselves as ordinary creatures.


    They are indifferent by nature, they are high above the ground, and they don''t cherish the lives of the natives of Shenchang Realm at all.


    The two evenly matched battlefields had yet to be decided, but Chunyu Zhongda was the first to win the battle.


    Under the bombardment of thunder all over the sky, the subordinates of the two descendants of the gods suffered heavy losses.


    The two descendants of the gods led their men to attack this time, which was premeditated.


    Not long ago, they discovered that the human stronghold here lacked the protection of human monks.


    After successive battles, it was no secret that the side of the human monks who had suffered heavy losses began to shrink their defenses.


    Intruders from all walks of life have long been aware of this.


    The two descendants of the gods originally took advantage of the gap, planning to break into the loopholes in the defense line of the human monks.


    If no one stands in their way, they will go all the way. At the same time, conveniently destroy the human strongholds encountered on the road.


    Every time a human stronghold is destroyed, it can be considered as a resource consumption of the human race.


    If they are blocked by human monks, they have tested the reality of the enemy.


    The three of Meng Zhang and the others were sent to this stronghold with the intention of filling the gap in the defense line.


    Two descendants of the gods led a large group of troops to kill them, and ran into them.

 Chapter 3129

    While blocking the opponent''s attack, Dinghu Tianxian also launched an attack.


    A small cauldron flew out from above his head, grew in the wind, turned into a giant cauldron, and crushed towards Meng Zhang.


    The water on the surface of the giant tripod is shining, and the huge waves roaring faintly can be seen inside, and there are thousands of rays of light shooting out from the tripod...


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to the Heavenly Immortal, he didn''t need to practice again, and the power of the original fairy art was greatly increased, and almost the essence changed.


    Yin Yang II "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3130

    There are many Bodhisattvas of the Fahuazong, and they are powerful, and there is a Buddha behind them.


    If Meng Zhang wanted to truly threaten the survival of Fa Huazong, unless he became a golden immortal.


    Regardless of Meng Zhang''s strong potential, he looks promising.


    But if it was said that he could become a golden immortal, most of the people present would not believe it.


    The gap between heavenly immortals and golden immortals is greater than the gap between true immortals and heavenly immortals.


    There have been many gods like Meng Zhang in the void, and there are even better figures than him.


    Among so many outstanding celestial beings, how many of them can become golden celestial beings?


    Not to mention being promoted to a heavenly immortal, it is extremely difficult for Meng Zhang to achieve the achievements of Junchen Xianzun back then.


    Meng Zhang himself is full of confidence in himself, and has never regarded the realm of heaven as the end of his practice.


    But everyone is not so optimistic about him.


    Meng Zhang glanced at the people in front of him, and roughly guessed their thoughts.


    The strength he showed before made them fearful, but he still didn''t completely deter them.


    Meng Zhang is about to choose a new target, teach him a good lesson, and put more pressure on everyone.


    Suddenly, he turned his head to look not far away, let out a soft drink, and a sword qi slammed over with the sound of thunder.


    The void that was originally empty in front of him seemed to be split in half, revealing the hidden target.


    A figure couldn''t dodge in time, but received the sword energy forcefully, and was forced to take a step back, completely revealing its figure.


    "Fellow Daoist Huang Feng."


    Cai Ming Tianxian, who was standing next to Dinghu Tianxian, screamed in surprise, and then seemed to remember something.


    When the three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas were collecting information before, they already knew that the Huang Feng celestial being was infected by the chaos-breathing demon.


    None of them thought that Huang Feng Tianxian would actually hide in the dark.


    I just don''t know how long this guy has been here?


    In the eyes of everyone, Huang Feng Tianxian still has that fairy-like, graceful and unrestrained posture, showing no signs of being tainted by demons at all.


    But everyone present knew that this was just an appearance.


    Celestial Immortal Cai Ming and Celestial Huang Feng were both from casual cultivator backgrounds, after leaving the Lingkong Immortal Realm at the request of the Qingxu Sect, there were faint signs of forming a group.


    They have a lot of contacts on weekdays and have a good relationship.


    Tianxian Cai Ming yelled at him: "Fellow Daoist Huang Feng, are you really controlled by the demon?"


    With a gentle smile on his face, Tianxian Huang Feng replied softly: "Daoist Cai Ming, do you think I am controlled by a demon?"


    "I''m fine, don''t listen to the rumors spread by others."


    After hearing what Huang Feng said, not only was Cai Ming not persuaded by him, but he sighed helplessly.


    Even with his eyesight, at a cursory glance, he couldn''t find any abnormalities in Huang Feng Tianxian''s body.


    However, after making preparations in advance and observing carefully, he still found something amiss.


    The other party is the same angel as himself, and was a companion not long ago.


    After not seeing each other for a while, the other party actually ended up in such a fate, and he inevitably felt the sad fate of the rabbit dying and the fox in his heart.


    For a while, he couldn''t care about Meng Zhang''s side anymore, but was very afraid of the method of calming the sky demon.


    Dinghu Tianxian and Ma Yuan Tianxian looked at Huangfeng Tianxian warily.


    Especially Ma Yuan Tianxian, who could not conceal the killing intent faintly on his face.


    Before Ma Yuan Tianxian was promoted to Tianxian, he once founded a cultivating family and had countless descendants of blood relatives.


    The forces of magic are almost omnipresent in the void, and even the great world under the command of the Lingkong fairyland will inevitably be infiltrated by it.


    The cultivating family established by Ma Yuan Tianxian was once attacked by a strong man of the demonic way. Countless members of the clan were robbed, and even he himself almost fell.


    Since then, he has been very hostile to the powerful demonic powers, and often kills monsters and demonic cultivators everywhere.


    Especially after he was promoted to Celestial Immortal, he made great efforts to exterminate the power of the Demonic Dao.


    The three bodhisattvas were also very vigilant.


    The relationship between Buddhism and magic is very complicated.


    The master of Buddhism, who has always been known as the vastness of Buddhism and the universal salvation of all living beings, has indeed converted and subdued many strong men of the demonic way, and transformed them into Buddhist guardians.


    However, there are also many eminent monks in Buddhism who have become demons for various reasons, causing a lot of losses to Buddhism.


    Because Tianxian Huang Feng was forced out of his tracks by Meng Zhang, the situation in the arena changed again.


    Huang Feng Tianxian appeared here, but where is the Luanxi Tianma behind him?


    The Great Confucian King Xuefeng and the Thousand Blade Heavenly King have both personally fought against the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, and they have personally experienced each other''s terrifying power.


    When they defeated the Luanxi Heavenly Demon back then, there were many tricks.


    If the same scene happened again, the Luanxi Heavenly Demon who had prepared himself might not be defeated so easily.


    Less than ten years have passed since that battle. Could it be that the Luanxi Heavenly Demon has recovered?


    Even though they knew that the Luanxi Heavenly Demon would not recover so easily, they did not dare to take it lightly.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng flew over from a distance, trying to ease the current situation, trying to get everyone to take a break from fighting.


    If when Meng Zhang and the others were fighting their opponents, Luanxi Tianma came with a yellow sparrow behind them, then everyone might be robbed.


    The Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng persuaded everyone earnestly, constantly emphasizing the horror of the Heavenly Demon that is resting in disorder.


    After seeing Huang Feng Tianxian with their own eyes, the three celestial beings had some changes in their minds.


    Even if the Dinghu Celestial Immortal, who had always put on airs and was unwilling to be defeated by Meng Zhang, now has the steps given by Wang Xuefeng, he has no intention of continuing to entangle with Meng Zhang.


    Without the help of the three celestial beings, relying on the three bodhisattvas alone, there is no certainty that they can defeat Meng Zhang and the others.


    Soon, everyone started to die down, and there was no intention of continuing to fight for the time being.


    Seeing that the other party was persuaded, Wang Xuefeng breathed a sigh of relief.


    Persuading everyone is only the first step. It is best to take advantage of the presence of so many celestial level powerhouses to completely get rid of the scourge of the chaos.


    Although they came from different backgrounds, none of the immortal-level powerhouses present had a good impression of the magic way, and were even full of hostility and hatred.


    Although they couldn''t turn enemies into friends right away, they all regarded the Luanxi Heavenly Demon as the greatest danger, and they were determined to eradicate it first.


    Luanxi Tianmo didn''t show up, so let''s take Huangfeng Tianxian first.


    Huang Feng Tianxian''s IQ was not affected after being demon-tained.


    When Wang Xuefeng was persuading everyone, he first opened his mouth to provoke, trying to provoke everyone to continue fighting.


    As long as you are not a fool, you will not let such an obvious sowing of dissension succeed.


    Seeing that the provocation didn''t work, Huang Feng Tianxian was not disappointed, he still had a smile on his face.


    However, he took the initiative to retreat a lot, and distanced himself from everyone.


    And everyone was still in a confrontation before, so they couldn''t stop him for the time being.


    When everyone was persuaded by the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng, Tianxian Huang Feng had retreated to a safe distance.


    As long as everyone tried to besiege him, he would immediately turn around and run away.

 Chapter 3131

    Everyone is strong at the same level, it is not easy to catch up with Huang Feng Tianxian who is running away with all his strength.


    Meng Zhang, Wang Xuefeng and the others still have a lot of concerns here, it is impossible to put everything down and only focus on chasing him.


    Moreover, some people are indeed hostile to Luanxi Tianmo, but they are unwilling to put in too much effort to destroy the opponent.


    Everyone has different ideas, and it is impossible to work together.


    They just wanted to besiege Huang Feng Tianxian, but they moved a little slower, and the other party started to run away, and ran farther and farther, almost entering the edge of the four-pointed star area.


    It is absolutely safe to escape to such a long distance.


    Everyone had to stop their original actions.


    Tianxian Huang Feng stopped his escape and used secret techniques to observe everyone''s movements.


    Tianxian Huang Feng can observe everyone, and everyone can naturally find him.


    Great Confucian Wang Xuefeng sighed helplessly, but didn''t want to say anything more.


    Although Tianxian Huangfeng retreated temporarily, the threat of the Luanxi Tianma has not been eliminated.


    Of course, this common enemy retreated, and some people had other thoughts.


    Dayu Bodhisattva did not give up on the token in Meng Zhang''s hands, and began to persuade Meng Zhang again to let him share the token with everyone, and everyone went to the secret place left by the Pudu Golden Immortal.


    Unexpectedly, after thinking about it for a while, Meng Zhang agreed without hesitation.


    This time, it greatly exceeded the expectations of everyone present.


    These angels and bodhisattvas felt very depressed.


    Knowing that Meng Zhang is so easy to talk, why did they attack the Taiyi Realm aggressively before, why did they regard the Taiyi Realm as an enemy?


    Meng Zhang agreed to the other party so easily, of course it was after careful consideration, let alone being afraid of these people.


    According to the information obtained from Qing Xuzong, there are many dangers in the secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian.


    Even with a token, it cannot guarantee 100% safety for intruders.


    Qing Xuzong had several heavenly immortals back then, and they have always held tokens.


    However, in the process of exploring the secret realm of the Golden Immortal, they fell one after another, leaving only a single seedling of the Qing Immortal Immortal, which led to the continuous decline of the Qingxu Sect.


    Meng Zhang is alone, and it is impossible for him to be stronger than the few heavenly immortals of Qingxu Sect.


    Most of the dangers they encountered, Meng Zhang would also encounter.


    They all fell in the secret realm, could Meng Zhang please them?


    Meng Zhang has a clear understanding of himself, and he will never overestimate himself, let alone fool him.


    According to his original plan, he would not organize the exploration of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm until he became a senior celestial being and the Taiyi Realm had many celestial-level powerhouses.


    Now this group of angels and bodhisattvas came up on their own initiative, they just happened to be cannon fodder sent to their door.


    This is an opportunity for him to advance his plan to explore the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Meng Zhang needs their strength to help him find his way.


    Meng Zhang did not agree to their request before, but took the initiative to attack Dinghu Tianxian, in order to show his strength and strive for the dominance of future cooperation.


    He used his actions to clearly explain that he did not share tokens with them because he was afraid of them, but for mutual assistance and mutual benefit, in order to better explore the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    After Meng Zhang expressed his attitude, the situation completely eased.


    At least on the surface, these gods and bodhisattvas have no hostility towards him anymore.


    Dayu Bodhisattva thanked him loudly and kept praising his high moral integrity.


    Everyone felt that Meng Zhang''s approach was just right and beneficial to everyone.


    The information that everyone has learned from Qingxuzong shows that the Golden Immortal Secret Realm is full of dangers that can make the immortals fall.


    They didn''t even enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and they didn''t even know what treasures were inside, so it was really meaningless to fight here.


    Previously, there were only two gods in the Taiyi Realm, and Meng Zhang was only a true immortal. Of course, they could bully the Taiyi Realm and force Meng Zhang.


    Now that Meng Zhang has become a fairy on an equal footing with them, he is of course qualified to cooperate with them and share the spoils with them.


    Everyone said something, and I quickly reached a rough agreement.


    Meng Zhang took the token and led everyone to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Let''s all work together to explore the secret world together.


    As for how to distribute the harvest inside, it depends on the strength of each person.


    After exploring the secret realm, if someone is dissatisfied with the harvest distribution, everyone will fight according to their own abilities.


    This is in line with the practice of the practice world, and no one has any opinions.


    After the talk, everyone will set off to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    However, Meng Zhang raised another condition.


    He was worried that after he left, the Luanxi Heavenly Demon would take advantage of it, harm the Four-pointed Star Area, and threaten the Taiyi Realm.


    Therefore, he hopes that everyone will help to find out and destroy the Luanxi Tianmo before going to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    According to Meng Zhang''s inference, Luanxi Tianma should not leave the Four-pointed Star Region too far.


    The combination of so many celestial-level powerhouses present is enough to kill the Luanxi Tianmo who has not recovered from his serious injuries.


    Everyone was a little hesitant about Meng Zhang''s request.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng had already decided not to get involved in the matter of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and Meng Zhang''s request was exactly in line with their wishes.


    They took the initiative to express their willingness to act as the vanguard and do their best to deal with the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    When everyone was still hesitating, Ma Yuan Tianxian first agreed to Meng Zhang''s request.


    With him taking the lead in agreeing, the three angels quickly reached an agreement.


    The three Bodhisattvas did not want to be isolated, but had to join in.


    Of course, it''s unknown how much effort they will put in to wipe out the Chaotic Heavenly Demon.


    However, although everyone agreed to help eliminate the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, many people were unwilling to stay here for too long.


    Dayu Bodhisattva has something to say first.


    They will stay here for about half a year at most.


    When the time is up, Meng Zhang must go with them to the secret place left by Pudu Jinxian no matter whether he finds Luanxi Tianmo or not.


    Meng Zhang already had some ideas about how to find Luanxi Tianmo.


    He agreed to Dayu Bodhisattva''s request without hesitation.


    But Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others felt that Meng Zhang was a bit rash.


    In this way, Meng Zhang spent a lot of talking and turned his original enemy into a friend.


    He and this group of gods and bodhisattvas became temporary teammates.


    In the world of comprehension, the rapid transformation of the relationship between the enemy and the friend is very common. Everyone has long been used to it, and no one thinks there is anything unnatural.


    Everyone quickly discussed the plan to encircle and suppress the chaos and demons.


    In order to prevent everyone from disturbing the heavenly demons and stealing the house when everyone leaves the four-pointed star area, the great Confucian Wang Xuefeng and Tai Miao will stay, and the others will attack together.


    Meng Zhang took the lead and led the crowd to set off.


    They rushed towards where Huang Feng Tianxian was.


    Huang Feng Tianxian has been monitoring their movements.


    Seeing everyone dispatched together, he roughly guessed their purpose.


    Huang Feng Tianxian turned around and left without hesitation.


    If he ran too slowly and was surrounded by the crowd, he would have no choice but to die.


    When Meng Zhang led the crowd to the edge of the four-pointed star area, Tianxian Huang Feng had long since fled without a trace.

 Chapter 3132

    Meng Zhang pointed to the devil''s nest in the distance, and proposed to destroy the devil''s nest simply.


    One is for everyone to practice their hands and get acquainted with the power of the demon.


    Secondly, it is also the prestige of killing demons.


    Regardless of whether the Huitu Heavenly Demon and the Luanxi Heavenly Demon are friends or foes, he is always a member of the Demonic Way, and naturally he is also a target to be eliminated.


    The existence of the devil''s nest is even more harmful.


    All the people present are so-called orthodox monks, at least on the surface, they are at odds with the demonic way.


    During their long practice career, they have done a lot of things to slay demons and demons.


    With so many celestial-level powerhouses present, it is not difficult to wipe out a mere demon nest or a seriously injured celestial demon.


    It is estimated that it doesn''t take much effort from everyone, you punch, I kick, maybe the target can be eliminated.


    Everyone has no opinion on this kind of benefit without cost.


    So, Meng Zhang led everyone to kill the devil''s nest aggressively.


    Huitu Tianmo has always been very vigilant.


    After the team composed of three celestial beings and three bodhisattvas entered the four-pointed star area, he has been closely monitoring their movements.


    He once helped Thousand Blade Heavenly King and the others deal with Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    But he would never naively think that he would become friends with them because of this.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and the others approaching the devil''s nest, the Huitu demon resolutely gave up on the devil''s nest and ran away alone.


    Seeing the Huitu Heavenly Demon disappear in a flash of light, Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t catch up.


    Even if there is no sky demon in the demon nest, after a period of time, monsters will be bred automatically.


    Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t catch up with the Huitu Sky Demon, so they destroyed the demon''s nest first.


    Meng Zhang intentionally showed his combat power, and directly released Yin and Yang Qi.


    The yin and yang qi descended mightily, directly enveloping the entire devil''s nest.


    Generally speaking, even if it is a strong person at the level of a fairy, if they want to destroy the devil''s nest, they will shoot from a distance, cast supernatural powers and spells to bombard them, and try to avoid their own contact with the breath of the devil''s nest.


    The yin and yang qi are like a huge grinding disc, turning quickly, and it didn''t take too much time to completely grind the entire devil''s nest.


    The ground magic nest is transformed into mottled vitality, which is then absorbed by the two yin and yang qi.


    At first, everyone thought that Meng Zhang, as a newly promoted celestial being, had little experience.


    He rashly released yin and yang energy to destroy the devil''s nest, and he might be contaminated by the devil''s energy.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang solved the devil''s nest beautifully and turned it into the nourishment of yin and yang, and he was not troubled by the devil at all, everyone raised his evaluation again.


    Everyone didn''t waste any time here in the devil''s nest, and they completely solved this trouble.


    Next, Meng Zhang took everyone on a journey to find the whereabouts of Luanxi Tianmo.


    They are going to search along the edge of the four-pointed star area first, and then slowly extend, expanding the search area little by little.


    With so many powerful experts at the level of celestial beings launching a blanket search, many hiding methods are useless.


    Thousand Blade Heavenly King and Moon God have experience in fighting Luanxi Heavenly Demon and have a certain understanding of it.


    People like Luanxi Tianmo, who have a strong and domineering aura and act rudely, are generally not too good at hiding their whereabouts.


    Judging from the search situation in front of everyone, unless it is the kind of immortal-level powerhouse who is particularly good at hiding his whereabouts, it is difficult to escape their search.


    Meng Zhang promised to solve the problem within half a year.


    Everyone gave him so much time, so there is no need to worry.


    Anyway, when the time is up, Dayu Bodhisattva and the others will not continue to accompany them no matter whether they find Luanxi Tianma or not.


    Since Meng Zhang dared to propose such a time point, he was naturally sure.


    He had just succeeded in being promoted to the Celestial Immortal, so he left the retreat and fought against the Dinghu Celestial Immortal.


    Before he was promoted to Heaven, he teamed up with Tai Miao, and he had strength close to the level of Heavenly Immortal, and he had fought head-on with the powerhouse of Heavenly Immortal level.


    He has long been familiar with the power of the heavenly level.


    During the battle, he quickly adapted to the new level of cultivation, and slowly showed his due abilities.


    In addition to the mystic powers used in combat, he also mastered many auxiliary mystic powers.


    After being promoted to Celestial Immortal, these mysterious magical powers have also undergone tremendous changes.


    From the end of the battle until now, he has been secretly checking and experimenting with these mystical powers to adapt to new changes.


    Meng Zhang is a celestial master who is proficient in the art of celestial calculation.


    The target level he can calculate is closely related to his own cultivation.


    After he was promoted to the Heavenly Immortal Realm, he could use normal means to calculate the secrets of the sky, and calculate the powerhouses of the same level as himself without paying too much.


    According to Meng Zhang''s own estimate, if he used the secret technique to calculate the whereabouts of Luanxi Tianmo, he would be very likely to succeed, and he could afford the price.


    Meng Zhang led everyone to search together in order to conceal his identity as the Immortal Master of Tianji.


    In this process, he influences everyone''s course of action by leading the search operation.


    After a while, he planned to use the secret technique to calculate the whereabouts of Luanxi Tianmo.


    When the calculation has a result, he will lead everyone directly to his hiding place.


    In order not to appear too sudden, Meng Zhang decided to accompany everyone in acting.


    He promised to only stay here for half a year.


    Then he only needs to find Luanxi Tianmo within half a year.


    Once the battle to encircle and suppress the Luanxi Heavenly Demon begins, even if half a year has passed, will everyone still take the initiative to stop the battle?


    Many people in this team are determined to eradicate the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, and they are still doing their best, searching more carefully, without any obvious omissions.


    As long as the Luanxi Heavenly Demon is within their search range, it should be exposed.


    After searching fruitlessly at the edge of the four-pointed star area, everyone began to slowly extend the search range to the void beyond the four-pointed star area.


    In the blink of an eye, more than three months have passed.


    Meng Zhang felt that the play was almost done, so he was about to start using the secret technique to make calculations.


    With his current attainments in Tianji art, even if he calculates in full view, others will generally not be able to see through his methods.


    As soon as Meng Zhang started to run the Heaven''s Mystery Art, before he made a formal calculation, the spiritual sense in his heart was touched.


    Following the guidance of his spiritual sense, he looked thoughtfully at the void in the distance.


    With the improvement of his cultivation level and the continuous improvement of Tianji technique, while his spiritual sense became more acute, he also possessed more miraculous features.


    In the past, usually before a crisis came, or when he was about to encounter some opportunity, his spiritual sense would actively warn or be passively touched.


    Now, as long as he is thinking and trying to know something, the spiritual sense will give him some guidance.


    Of course, what he wants to know can''t be too high level, too secretive and complicated.


    The guidance given to him by his spiritual sense is only a general direction, and generally not too detailed.

 Chapter 3133

    Since Lingjue took the initiative to give guidance, Meng Zhang didn''t have to expend effort to actively perform the secret technique.


    He looked at this position repeatedly, but found nothing unusual.


    He has always had strong confidence in the guidance of his own spiritual sense.


    He greeted everyone, and flew in that direction on his own initiative.


    There are so many secret techniques in the practice world, and there are countless methods for searching and probing.


    Everyone thought that Meng Zhang was going to perform some kind of probing secret technique, so they didn''t think it was strange.


    Although everyone''s understanding of Meng Zhang is limited, as a newly promoted celestial being, Meng Zhang can repel old-fashioned celestial beings like Dinghu celestial beings, which shows that he must have a brilliant inheritance and practice superior skills.


    It is very normal that he has mastered some very clever, unknown, and even unknown secret techniques.


    After Meng Zhang flew some distance in that direction, he finally found something.


    From farther away, violent power fluctuations came.


    This kind of power fluctuation seems to be cast by the demon.


    Once he found the target, Meng Zhang would not rush up alone.


    Relying on his own strength alone, he is not sure enough to completely exterminate the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    Meng Zhang hurriedly informed everyone that he had discovered something.


    After everyone came near him, he took everyone to fly in that direction.


    It didn''t take long for the target to appear in the eyes of everyone.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon, who had just escaped from the Four-pointed Star Region not long ago, was in a very distressed situation and was in a very dangerous situation.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon, whom I haven''t seen for a long time, has obviously recovered a lot.


    He was still in the form of a huge meat ball with writhing tentacles all over it.


    But that meat ball is many times smaller than when it first appeared in the four-pointed star area, and it is less than one-tenth of its heyday.


    The tentacles on the meat ball are also much less, and the power is not as good as before.


    From the looks of it, the Luanxi Heavenly Demon has not yet recovered from the heavy damage it suffered back then, and its strength is far from what it was in its heyday.


    For this, Qian Ren Tian Wang and Luna God had already expected it.


    Everyone didn''t expect that Huitu Tianmo would fall into such a situation.


    I saw that the Huitu Heavenly Demon still maintained its human form, and was being tightly entangled by the many tentacles released by the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon struggled desperately and exhausted all means, but couldn''t break free from these tentacles.


    Moreover, as time passed, more and more tentacles entangled him, entangled him more and more tightly.


    Back then, when Tai Miao and the others fought against the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, the Huitu Heavenly Demon burned all its potential and launched a desperate attack, sneaking up on Luanxi Tianma from behind.


    The Luanxi Tianmo, who was caught off guard, suffered a big loss because of this.


    The angry Chaos Heavenly Demon counterattacked in anger, not only severely damaged the Demon''s Nest, but also hurt the foundation of the Huitu Heavenly Demon.


    After the war, the Huitu demon has been hiding in the devil''s nest and licking his wounds.


    For the strong in the magic way, the best healing elixir is all kinds of creatures.


    The seriously injured Huitu Heavenly Demon has no ability to harm the four-pointed star area, and does not dare to leave the devil''s nest easily.


    He has cultivated in the devil''s nest for many years, and his injuries are still very heavy, and his combat effectiveness is far from recovered.


    When Meng Zhang and the others rushed towards the devil''s nest, Huitu Tianmo hurriedly gave up the devil''s nest and fled.


    Worried about Meng Zhang''s pursuit, he did not hesitate to stimulate his potential and used the technique of blood escape to escape.


    This allowed him to successfully escape from Meng Zhang and his group''s eyes, but made the injury that had improved a little bit worse again.


    According to Huitu Tianmo''s plan, after escaping from the four-pointed star area, he will find a place to slowly heal his injuries.


    Anyway, considering the long lifespan of the demon, he has enough time to cultivate.


    In such a long time before, he has not left the four-pointed star area, and has been staying in the devil''s nest, and he has his own ideas.


    At first, he knew that he had already become the target of Luanxi Tianma.


    The Luanxi Tianmo should have been hiding in the nearby void after he was seriously injured and escaped from the four-pointed star area.


    Didn''t you see that his demonized puppet Huangfeng Tianxian sneaked into the Four-pointed Star Region?


    He must be looking for a flaw, trying to devour and demonize the creatures in the four-pointed star area.


    He was worried that he would be unlucky, and that after escaping from the four-pointed star area, he would encounter the Luanxi Tianma.


    Secondly, the Huitu Heavenly Demon saw with his own eyes that in the Four-Cornered Star Region, many immortal-level powerhouses came from different camps, and there were many conflicts among them.


    He had fantasies in his heart, hoping that a war would break out between them, and it would be best for both of them to lose.


    If he could devour a seriously injured immortal-level powerhouse, it would be better than devouring thousands of living beings, and it would greatly help heal his injuries.


    It''s a pity that the good things in Huitu Tianmo''s fantasy didn''t happen, and he had to escape from the Four-pointed Star Region in a panic.


    What was even more unlucky was that after escaping from the four-pointed star area, what he was most worried about happened. He was actually stopped by the Luanxi Tianmo.


    After Luanxi Tianmo was backstabbed by Huitu Tianmo, he hated this guy to death.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon, whom he looked down upon and regarded as incompetent, had caused him too much harm.


    While counterattacking, he secretly left a hidden mark on Huitu Tianmo.


    Although the Huitu Heavenly Demon expelled the magic dye power that the Luanxi Heavenly Demon had secretly implanted in his body, he never found this mark.


    This imprint did not directly harm him, it was hidden too deep.


    In these years, even though Luanxi Tianmo has left the four-pointed star area, he has been paying attention to the movements there.


    According to his order, Tianxian Huang Feng has been hiding his whereabouts, secretly monitoring the four-pointed star area, looking for usable loopholes.


    He also often pays attention to the imprint he left on Huitu Tianmo''s body, and firmly grasps his whereabouts.


    Because the blood escape technique caused too much damage to the body, after escaping from the four-pointed star area and getting rid of Meng Zhang and the others, Huitu Tianmo lowered his escape light and resumed his normal way of traveling.


    Luanxi Tianmo had already mastered his course of action based on the movement trajectory of that imprint.


    Luanxi Tianmo set up an ambush in front of his action route, hiding his whereabouts.


    When the Huitu Heavenly Demon passed by here, the Luanxi Heavenly Demon suddenly rose into trouble and trapped the other party all at once.


    The strength of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon was far superior to that of the Huitu Heavenly Demon.


    Even though both of them were seriously injured, Luanxi Tianmo was still much stronger than his opponent.


    In addition, he attacked suddenly, so he took the initiative from the beginning.


    After the Luanxi Heavenly Demon trapped the Huitu Heavenly Demon, he tried hard to devour him.


    Devouring a Heavenly Demon will definitely help him heal his injuries and restore his combat effectiveness.


    After the Huitu demon was trapped, he soon knew the fate that awaited him.


    Extremely unwilling, he exhausted all methods, shot with all his strength, and struggled desperately, but nothing helped, and he was still unable to escape from the current situation.


    If Meng Zhang and the others hadn''t arrived here in time, he must have been devoured by the Chaotic Heavenly Demon.


    After the Luanxi Tianmo devoured such a large tonic, his injuries improved and his strength recovered, so it would become even more difficult to deal with.

 Chapter 3134

    Guided by his spiritual sense, Meng Zhang quickly came here and bumped into them.


    Meng Zhang is also very satisfied with the magic of his spiritual sense.


    However, if you think about it carefully, even if you don''t have spiritual guidance, if he leads everyone to search the surrounding void slowly, sooner or later they will be able to find this place.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon was trapped by the Luanxi Heavenly Demon and struggled desperately. The two sides fought fiercely, and the movement was so loud that it could be sensed from a distance.


    The spiritual sense allowed Meng Zhang to discover them in advance, saving a lot of time, but it didn''t come out of nothing.


    Meng Zhang and the group of people behind him were all people with good eyesight. They could see the situation in the field clearly at a glance, and knew that the battle between the two heavenly demons had reached a critical moment.


    Of course, they wouldn''t wait until the two heavenly demons were victorious before taking action.


    With Meng Zhang''s greeting, everyone will take advantage of the emptiness and take the opportunity to attack the two heavenly demons.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon has already gained the absolute upper hand, seeing that the Huitu Heavenly Demon will be completely devoured in a short time, he is really reluctant to give up halfway at this time.


    Under his control, Huangfeng Tianxian desperately blocked the crowd and tried his best to cover his actions.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon seized the short amount of time and devoured the Huitu Heavenly Demon with all its strength.


    I saw countless tentacles dancing quickly, rolling towards the body of Huitu Tianmo non-stop.


    The tentacles that had been attached to Huitu Tianmo''s body suddenly produced a strong suction force, continuously absorbing everything in his body.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon felt the flesh and blood in his body, the devilish energy that he had cultivated for many years, etc., being continuously drawn out by the tentacles.


    He knew that the situation was urgent, so he struggled and resisted desperately, never letting the other party succeed easily.


    As long as he delays until Meng Zhang and the others start attacking Luanxi Tianmo, he will have a chance of survival.


    Unwilling to be the food of Luanxi Tianma, the Huitu Demon began the final desperate struggle.


    Huangfeng Tianxian''s cultivation base and combat effectiveness not only did not weaken after being demon-stained, but strengthened a lot.


    He was completely under the control of the Luanxi Tianma, regardless of his own safety, and challenged many powerhouses of the same level alone.


    He used all his magical powers to try to drag this group of people.


    Meng Zhang and the others are all veterans, so they don''t know the purpose of Tianxian Huang Feng.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Moon God led a group of celestial bodhisattvas, who easily restrained Huang Feng celestial being.


    They surrounded Huangfeng Celestial Immortals, each showed their magical powers, and used various means to continuously attack, making it impossible for him to escape.


    Meng Zhang led the others and flew to a place not far from the Luanxi Tianma, and directly attacked it.


    The Luanxi Tianmo danced countless tentacles, trying to resist Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Under his control, Huangfeng Tianxian seemed to be crazy, only defending but not attacking, trying his best to break through the encirclement of Qianren Tianwang and the others.


    Faced with Huang Feng Tianxian''s desperate style of play, Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others were unwilling to suffer from both sides.


    Especially the two bodhisattvas kept retreating, making a gap.


    Huang Feng Tianxian took the opportunity to break out from the gap.


    Tianxian Huangfeng, who successfully broke through, did not escape, but went crazy and killed Meng Zhang and the others, trying to stop their attack on Luanxi Tianma.


    Dinghu Tianxian and Ma Yuan Tianxian shouted angrily, and stepped forward to block Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Dinghu Celestial Immortal was already stronger than Huang Feng Celestial Immortal, with the help of Ma Yuan Celestial Immortal who was no weaker than Huang Feng Celestial Immortal.


    But facing the crazy Huang Feng Tianxian, they didn''t have any upper hand for a while.


    Fortunately, Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others quickly caught up from behind after Huang Feng Tianxian broke through.


    Originally, Heavenly King Qian Ren thought Huang Feng Tianxian was already meat on the chopping board, so he was unwilling to fight desperately with him, and adopted a more conservative fighting method.


    Huang Feng Tianxian took the opportunity to escape from his hands, which made him feel angry and ashamed.


    As a military monk, he has his own arrogance and blood.


    With his fighting spirit aroused, he took the lead and charged at Huang Feng Tianxian bravely.


    Facing Huang Feng Tianxian''s selfless attacking style, he did not dodge or evade, and took the initiative to fight with it.


    After a few rounds, he was seriously injured.


    Huang Feng Tianxian faced the siege of many people and was more seriously injured than him.


    Encouraged by Qianren Tianwang, Moon God and Dinghu Tianxian all became more brave, and they did not hesitate to exchange injuries with Huangfeng Tianxian.


    Huang Feng Tianxian, who was originally insane, was finally restrained again in the face of everyone''s full attack, unable to move a lot for the time being.


    On the other side, both Meng Zhang and Dayu Bodhisattva are attacking the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    Dayu Bodhisattva, like the other two Bodhisattvas, is a bit out of work, and many times it is a fictional story.


    Only Meng Zhang was the main force in attacking Luanxi Tianma, and took on the main offensive task.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to take care of Dayu Bodhisattva, let alone criticize him.


    Even without the help of others, relying on Meng Zhang alone, he dared to confront the wounded Luanxi Tianmo head-on.


    The sky-filled sword energy transformed by the Liangyi Tongtian Sword chopped off thick tentacles one by one.


    The force of wind and fire spreading rapidly in the void continuously burned the body of Luanxi Tianmo, and even hurt Huitu Tianmo.


    Accompanied by bursts of thunder, the Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder blasted from all directions, covering the Luanxi Heavenly Demon and the Huitu Heavenly Demon within the attack range.


    ...


    Meng Zhang was only the main attacker, which made the Luanxi Tianmo embarrassed and felt overwhelmed.


    Luanxi Tianma had to concentrate all his strength, and even relaxed the devouring of Huitu Tianma, and spent more energy on resisting Meng Zhang''s attack.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon wanted to take the opportunity to break free from the control of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, but he was still unable to succeed.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon entangled him tightly, and would not let go no matter what.


    Regarding the strength of Luanxi Tianma, although Meng Zhang had expected it long ago, after personally confronting the opponent, he was still very emotional.


    The Luanxi Heavenly Demon, who was seriously injured, had none of his strength, and was still in such a passive form, he could still temporarily block his attack.


    If it was the Luanxi Heavenly Demon in its heyday, Meng Zhang might not have dared to fight him alone.


    Meng Zhangcai encountered such a powerful enemy not long after he was promoted to Tianxian.


    This severely dampened the arrogance in his heart.


    Immediately, a stronger fighting spirit was aroused in Meng Zhang''s heart.


    The Immortal Art and Divine Abilities Liangyi Tongtian Sword directly manifested a fairy sword, and slashed at the Luanxi Heavenly Demon fiercely with an indomitable momentum.


    The Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder erupted more frequently, and the bombardment was more ferocious.


    The yin and yang qi had previously ground the demon nest and consumed it into various kinds of vitality. It seemed that they had absorbed all of them, but they hadn''t been digested completely, and it would take a certain amount of time to completely absorb and refine them. to strengthen oneself.


    Meng Zhang, who was going to mobilize the yin and yang qi, made some calculations. Anyway, the enemy is already a turtle in the urn, so there is no need for him to let the yin and yang qi be damaged.


    With a thought in his heart, a scorching sun and a full moon lined up in the sky, completely covering the huge body of Luanxi Tianmo.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3135

    The sun and the moon were juxtaposed in the sky, and the scorching sun and the cold moonlight fused together, casting on the huge body of Luanxi Tianmo.


    Under the light of the sun and the moon, the tentacles quickly withered and melted, and the surface of the huge meat ball began to fall off continuously...


    When Meng Zhang fought against Dinghu Tianxian before, in order to shock everyone, he did not use the fairy weapon, but relied on his own magical powers to fight against the enemy.


    After he was promoted to Celestial Immortal, most of the immortal weapons in his body could no longer keep up with his growth rate.


    Immortal artifacts such as flying swords cutting yang, wind fire yin and yang fans, etc., are not as powerful as he casually strikes after being sacrificed.


    These fairy artifacts should either be given to disciples in the future, or find ways to strengthen them.


    He is not an Immortal Artifact Refiner, except for a few special Immortal Artifacts related to cultivation techniques, he is unable to refine an Immortal Artifact from scratch.


    However, many fairy artifacts have the characteristic of being able to grow.


    As long as he is willing to spend time and invest enough resources, he can slowly increase the power of the fairy weapon in his hand, allowing it to slowly catch up with his own cultivation.


    At this time, among the immortal artifacts in his hands, there are some that can be effective immediately.


    In the past, it took a few true immortals to work together to activate the full power of the Four Elephants Monument.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang exerted his strength lightly, and he fully exerted the power of the Four Elephants Stele.


    There was a churning in the void, and the earth, fire, and feng shui emerged, rushing towards the Luanxi Tianmo from all directions.


    Seeing that Tianxian Huang Feng was completely suppressed and could no longer get out of trouble, Tianxian Cai Ming probably didn''t want to see his old friend''s final fate, so he flew to the battlefield here.


    While attacking the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, he did not forget to taunt Dayu Bodhisattva.


    Dayu Bodhisattva was very thick-skinned, he couldn''t hear his ridicule, and he was still paddling there.


    The so-called subjugation of demons by these Buddhist Bodhisattvas is to subdue or convert the powerful demons into Buddhist Dharma protectors.


    Looking at the current posture, Meng Zhang and the others are determined to kill the demon in front of them.


    Since they can''t take advantage of it, Bodhisattva Dayu and the others are not very willing to contribute.


    They agreed to join Meng Zhang to fight against the devil before, but it was only a superficial agreement.


    They also needed Meng Zhang to lead them to the secret place left by Bodhisattva Golden Immortal, so they were naturally unwilling to disobey Meng Zhang easily.


    Fortunately, these bodhisattvas can''t be counted on, but the three angels are still doing their best.


    Although Cai Ming Tianxian did not go all out, but had some reservations, he still showed most of his combat power and launched a fierce attack.


    Groups of flames exploded on the huge meat ball, making bursts of explosions.


    Bursts of clear light fell, leaving scars on the fleshy ball.


    Cai Ming Tianxian did not have a very brilliant inheritance, and most of the supernatural powers and secret arts he practiced were from the common people.


    The Jiangmo Qingguang, which is widely circulated in the Taoist sect, has been practiced by him to the point of perfection, which can cause considerable damage to the Luanxi Tianma.


    Luanxi Tianmo''s accumulation is too strong, and he has too many cards.


    He, who had been seriously injured long ago, was still stubbornly resisting, still trying to resist Meng Zhang''s attack.


    Luanxi Tianmo is not a person of unknown form, and he doesn''t want to get entangled with Meng Zhang and the others here.


    After he trapped the Huitu Demon, his family also had a heavy burden.


    He tried several times to disengage from the fight and escape from here.


    But with the Huitu Heavenly Demon, he couldn''t get rid of Meng Zhang''s pursuit at all.


    His flying speed was greatly slowed down, and Meng Zhang and the others could easily catch up with him.


    He wanted to use the Void Teleportation to escape through the space.


    But the Huitu demon never stopped struggling, which made his spellcasting difficult.


    Every time Meng Zhang sees that he has a tendency to break open the space, he will imprison the surrounding space in time.


    If the Luanxi Heavenly Demon is in its heyday, or without the drag of the Huitu Heavenly Demon, it can still forcefully break through the space by brute force.


    It''s a pity that he is currently in poor condition, and he is reluctant to give up the prey he has already obtained, so he has to be trapped by Meng Zhang and the others.


    Cai Ming Tianxian is not the main force in the battle, but he can also assist Meng Zhang from the side, which plays a great role in restraining him.


    On the other side of the battlefield, Huang Feng Tianxian, who had been completely trapped and completely lost the initiative, faced the siege of many powerhouses of the same level, even if he risked his life, it would be in vain.


    Especially Qian Ren Tian Wang dared to fight him desperately, and his momentum was not weak at all.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang''s cultivation base and combat effectiveness are not as good as his, but he has the help of many comrades in arms.


    Encouraged by the Thousand Blade Heavenly King, the Moon God sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, an artifact of killing, and took the initiative to attack many times.


    The Dinghu Celestial Immortal, who has always been strong, has no intention of giving in.


    Ma Yuan Tianxian, who hated the powerful demons to the bone, attacked fiercely and mercilessly.


    The two Bodhisattvas paddling aside did not help much in the fight.


    After Moran, Huang Feng Tianxian was extremely crazy and fought desperately.


    But the huge gap in strength cannot be resolved by desperate efforts.


    He didn''t hold on for too long, and he was turned into a powder by everyone, and his soul was completely wiped out.


    This is also a kind of relief for him who is infected by the devil.


    After dealing with Huang Feng Tianxian, without the slightest delay, everyone immediately rushed towards Luanxi Tianma.


    Losing Huangfeng Tianxian, Luanxi Tianma no longer has the means to contain the opponent.


    At this time, he finally woke up from his greed and gave up all unrealistic fantasies.


    Prey is rare, but your own life is more important.


    If he really wants to be surrounded by so many powerful men at the level of celestial beings, it will be difficult for him to escape in his current state.


    He wanted to let the Huitu Demon go, get rid of this burden, and escape before being besieged by everyone.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon, who had been trapped by him for a long time, had become crazy after struggling for so long.


    One by one, the tentacles that had been entangled with him relaxed actively.


    But he didn''t intend to take the opportunity to get out of trouble, instead he desperately grabbed these tentacles, as if he wanted to entangle them tightly.


    The angry Luanxi Heavenly Demon let out a roar before Huitu Heavenly Demon woke up.


    In order to escape as soon as possible, Luanxi Tianmo made a greater sacrifice.


    Tentacles fell off the meat ball one after another, and the free meat ball rolled flexibly in the air, trying to get out of the battle.


    Meng Zhang and Cai Ming Tianxian chased him closely.


    The other celestial-level powerhouses also speeded up, and surrounded them from all directions, trying to completely surround the Luanxi Tianmo, preventing him from having a chance to escape.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon, who finally got out of trouble, took the opportunity to escape.


    Now the Luanxi Tianmo has attracted Meng Zhang''s main attention, and when they free their hands, he will have no chance to escape.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon, who was already seriously injured, almost used up the potential in his body before using the Blood Escape, and was trapped by the Chaotic Breathing Demon for so long, he was already very weak.


    He couldn''t even use space magical powers like Void Teleportation anymore, so he could only fly and move in the void with difficulty.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3136

    Huitu Heavenly Demon is in the weakest state ever, and its helpless appearance fell into the eyes of Dayu Bodhisattva.


    Dayu Bodhisattva''s heart moved, and he thought of taking advantage of it.


    If one can subdue a celestial demon as a Dharma protector, it will bring various benefits.


    He greeted the two fellow disciples, and the three bodhisattvas with malicious intentions chased after Huitu Demon.


    The Huitu Demon moved too slowly to dodge, and was easily surrounded by the three Bodhisattvas.


    "Amitabha, the benefactor has committed many evils, and his sins are serious. Why don''t you put down the butcher knife and take refuge in my Buddha."


    The benevolent and kind-hearted Bodhisattva Dayu first proclaimed the Buddha''s name, and then began to persuade the Huitu Demon to take refuge.


    Huitu Tianmo is not an ignorant person, and he knows the terrible methods of these bald donkeys.


    The Dharma protectors that Buddhism so-called surrendered actually planted restrictions in those Dharma protectors, forcing them to be loyal to Buddhism.


    As long as these Dharma protectors have a little rebellious mind, they will touch the restriction and make them suffer all kinds of pain, making life worse than death.


    The so-called degrees of Buddhism in Buddhism are even more vicious.


    That is to completely wash away the original thought and reason of the person being saved, and turn him into a fanatical believer in Buddhism.


    On the surface, after being saved, he generally maintains his physical and mental integrity, but in fact, he has become a puppet of Buddhism, no longer an independent creature.


    From Huitu Tianmo''s point of view, the Buddhist hypocrites are not fundamentally different from the demon way.


    The so-called degree of transformation, like magic dyeing, is a very vicious method.


    Demonic powerhouses always pursue physical and mental freedom, and the Huitu Heavenly Demon is even more unwilling to become a puppet of Buddhism.


    Even though he was surrounded by the three Bodhisattvas, even in an extremely poor state, he still resisted desperately, trying to escape the encirclement of the three Bodhisattvas.


    Seeing that Huitu Heavenly Demon refused to take refuge obediently, and actually resisted, the two bodhisattvas shouted angrily.


    "The sea of ??bitterness is boundless, if you turn your head and stay on the shore, put down the butcher''s knife and become a Buddha immediately."


    The three bodhisattvas worked together to cast a spell, releasing a golden halo, which encircled the Huitu Heavenly Demon and firmly trapped it.


    Huitu Heavenly Demon struggled desperately, but couldn''t shake the halo in the slightest.


    Instead, the halo became tighter and tighter, completely restraining him.


    For the existence of Heavenly Demons at this level, it is very difficult to control them only by prohibition.


    Even if he restrains it for a while, he will not continue to think of ways to break free in the future.


    In order to solve the problem once and for all, Dayu Bodhisattva decided to save Huitu Demon here.


    The three Bodhisattvas sat cross-legged in the void and chanted scriptures loudly together.


    Behind them, the Buddha''s light shines brightly, with a solemn appearance.


    Streams of golden Buddha light continuously fell on Huitu Tianmo''s body, quickly infecting him.


    The sound of the grand Buddhist scriptures continuously poured into Huitu Tianmo''s ears and began to invade his heart.


    No matter whether he closed all his senses or closed his mind, he could not stop the power of Buddhist scriptures from penetrating into his body and mind.


    Accompanied by the continuous sound of chanting sutras, his face was full of pain at first, and he kept struggling, then his face became dazed and confused, and finally he became completely numb and lost all clarity.


    The Heavenly Demon is cunning and fickle, Dafang Bodhisattva and the others all have rich experience in transformation, and they will not let down their vigilance just because of Huitu Heavenly Demon''s current appearance.


    They didn''t care about Huitu Demon''s current state, and continued to chant scriptures and cast spells...


    Huitu Demon''s current state is half real and half fake.


    He saw the reaction of the three bodhisattvas, and knew that he had not been able to hide it from them.


    As long as the three Bodhisattvas don''t relax and continue to cast spells, it will be a matter of time before the Huitu Demon will be saved.


    He tried to make a final resistance, but quickly lost control of his body and mind, and his mind was completely lost.


    While Dayu Bodhisattva and the others were busy picking up leaks, Meng Zhang and the others had already surrounded the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    With so many strong men at the level of celestial beings attacking together, the momentum is earth-shattering, and the power is enough to suppress all the resistance of the Luanxi Tianmo.


    The Chaos Breathing Demon was trapped, and its range of actions was limited to a very small area.


    Countless magical powers of immortality bombarded him like raindrops.


    Unavoidable, he can only resist with his strong defense.


    In just a moment, all his resistance was crushed.


    Luanxi Heavenly Demon didn''t last long, and was killed on the spot.


    Everyone knows that such a powerful Heavenly Demon has tenacious vitality, and there may be some resurrected successors.


    They continued to bombard him, killing his corpse into slag.


    The Moon God, who has mastered the karma-like magic, even carefully checked the line of karma to see if this demon had an incarnation outside his body.


    In fact, those who are best at causal mystical powers and mysteries should be Buddhists.


    Just looking at the performance of the three Bodhisattvas, they are not very enthusiastic about killing the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    Meng Zhang and the others were also unwilling to lower their profile and ask them for help.


    Fortunately, after Luna''s inspection, all the lines of cause and effect belonging to the Luanxi Heavenly Demon are disappearing, indicating that he did not leave behind the resurrection, or the resurrection did not take effect.


    In short, no matter how you say it, the complete fall of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon is a great thing.


    Meng Zhang and the others completely exterminated the Luanxi Heavenly Demon. After finishing their work, the ceremony for the three Bodhisattvas to transform the Ash Earth Demon is not over yet.


    Everyone could not understand the behavior of the three Bodhisattvas.


    While they were busy killing the Luanxi Heavenly Demon and working hard, these three Bodhisattvas were taking advantage of it.


    Although people in Buddhism often talk about such things as incomparably lofty, it seems that the power of Buddhism''s degree of transformation has saved many common people.


    But those present are all powerful people at the level of immortals, no one is a fool, and they all know the essence of degreeization.


    Especially Ma Yuan Tianxian, who hated the strong demons, wished to drive all the strong demons to death.


    Originally, the Huitu Heavenly Demon was their next target, but in the end he became the so-called Buddhist protector. How could he be convinced?


    It''s just that the Dharma Huazong is so powerful that no one wants to tear themselves apart with the three bodhisattvas over such a trivial matter.


    Except for Ma Yuan Tianxian who couldn''t help but sneer a few words, the others didn''t say much.


    Meng Zhang had long promised to go with everyone to the secret place left by the Pudu Golden Immortal. Now it is not easy to leave the three Bodhisattvas and wait in the distance with everyone.


    As the three bodhisattvas cast spells, more and more golden Buddha light fell on Huitu Tianmo''s body and slowly merged into his body.


    Huitu Tianmo''s body, which was originally gray mixed with blood, began to slowly change color, and finally turned yellow.


    His face was blank, without any expression, and his eyes were even duller.


    With the disappearance of the voice of the last chanting of the Buddhist scriptures, the work of the three Bodhisattvas has temporarily come to an end.


    The Huitu demon has completely lost its autonomy, its mind has been completely lost, and it is completely powerless to resist their orders.


    This is just the first step in scaling.


    In the future, they will continue to cast spells on it and instill various Buddhist scriptures in it.

 Chapter 3137

    Heavenly Demon''s mind is tenacious, even if he is confused for a while, he can easily return to normal.


    Most celestial demons are masters of mind manipulation, proficient in various means of magic dyeing.


    Many celestial demons can secretly invade the hearts of other powerful people, and infect them without knowing it.


    Therefore, Heavenly Demon has a strong resistance to similar methods.


    Don''t look at the three Bodhisattvas who have initially transformed the Huitu Demon, but the matter is far from over.


    For a long time to come, they will cast spells from time to time, and continue to intensify the Huitu Demon.


    If there is a little slack, Huitu Tianmo will break free from their control, and even turn back.


    The three bodhisattvas all have rich experience in salvation, but they are all next. It is time for Meng Zhang to fulfill his promise and take them to the secret place left by the Pudu Golden Immortal.


    Of course Meng Zhang will keep his promise.


    However, he said that he would go back to the Taiyi Realm first, explain some things before going on the road.


    In addition, everyone spent a lot of money in the previous battle.


    It is a very dangerous thing to explore the secret place left by Pudu Jinxian.


    It is best for everyone to take a break and adjust to the best state before starting.


    After the previous joint fight against the enemy, the three immortals and Meng Zhang became much closer.


    They and Meng Zhang are both Taoist celestial beings, and Meng Zhang has a lot to do with the fairy world where they were born.


    When the three celestial beings left Lingkong Immortal Realm at the invitation of Qingxuzong, they also asked about Qingxuzong''s experience in the foreign star area and heard the name Meng Zhang.


    After hearing that Meng Zhang was related to the Lingkong Immortal World, they spent a little effort to find out information about Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang came from a powerful force in the spirit world, they would not easily provoke them.


    Back then, Zhenxian Fengyuan led an official team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm to restore control of the Dengtian star area. After finishing all kinds of affairs, he began to deal with the problems left by Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang has fled into the void with the Taiyi Realm, far away from the Dengtian star area.


    It is impossible for Fengyuan Zhenxian to abandon everything in the Dengtian Star District to chase and kill Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    He tried to announce that Meng Zhang was a traitor in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and he was going to be hunted down by the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials.


    But Mr. Ban Xuejian disagreed with this.


    After being promoted to True Immortal, Banxue Jianjun resumed contact with Lingkong Immortal Realm, and contacted his old master again.


    Sword Lord Banxue, who consciously has support, will not obey Fengyuan Zhenxian, let alone let him do whatever he wants.


    In addition, there were some problems in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the actions of Fengyuan Zhenxian were not smooth.


    Although he declared that Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm monks were traitors, he could not use the official power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to hunt them down.


    He could only use the influence of his master''s sect to call on monks from all sides in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to hunt down Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    As long as the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm do not come forward, Meng Zhang will not be regarded as a complete break with the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the entanglements with Fengyuan Zhenxian and others are only personal grievances.


    If Meng Zhang is still a true immortal and does not show a strong background, the three heavenly immortals certainly don''t mind killing him and befriend Fengyuan Zhenxian''s teacher.


    True Immortal Fengyuan himself is nothing, but his sect is still very powerful.


    However, Meng Zhang has been promoted to a god, and there are gods to help him, so the three gods have to reconsider.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to a fairy, he showed great strength, which shows that he has a brilliant inheritance.


    At the beginning, the dispute in Dengtian Star District involved many immortals, and it is said that Juechen Immortal Venerable even intervened in it.


    The three angels had new guesses about Meng Zhang''s background.


    Of course, they will not actively make friends with Meng Zhang because of this.


    They are unwilling to get involved in the entanglement between Meng Zhang and the forces behind Fengyuan Zhenxian.


    In this place far away from the celestial realm, for the sake of exploring the secret realm of Jinxian, they don''t mind expressing some kindness to Meng Zhang, at least to maintain a harmonious relationship on the surface.


    There was a lot of estrangement between the three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas.


    Don''t forget, they fought for a long time in the foreign star area.


    For the token in Meng Zhang''s hand, they temporarily teamed up with each other.


    Everyone crossed the long distance together and came to the four-pointed star area.


    The twists and turns on the road not only did not make them close comrades-in-arms, but instead made them more wary of each other.


    Now, Meng Zhang approached the three heavenly immortals and became a group on the surface, forming two small groups with the three Bodhisattvas from the Fahua sect.


    Seeing that the three bodhisattvas successfully saved the demon from the gray earth, the three gods hated and envied in their hearts.


    Meng Zhang had a vague guess, and was not optimistic about the actions of the three bodhisattvas.


    After the dust world completely collapsed, a demon nest was born on top of its ruins. There is nothing to say about this, it is a very normal thing.


    According to many experts in the Taiyi Realm approaching for investigation many times before, and according to theoretical calculations recorded in relevant classics, the birth time of this demon nest is only a few hundred years old.


    Whether it is the scale of this devil''s nest or the time of birth, it is not enough to give birth to a demon.


    But this devil''s lair gave birth to the Huitu demon, and everything happened right under the noses of Meng Zhang and the others.


    Previously busy dealing with threats from all sides, Meng Zhang didn''t have time to think carefully.


    Now that the crisis is over, he has enough time and thought to think about it.


    He felt faintly in his heart that this matter was not as simple as it seemed, and there must be another mystery behind it.


    If Meng Zhang knew that Huitu Tianmo also had many doubts about the birth of his family, and if he suspected that there was another shady behind it, he would be more sure of his guess and feeling.

 Chapter 3138

    Meng Zhang is not a resourceful person, but because of his relationship with the Immortal Master of Tianji, he has a delicate mind and will notice some things that others ignore.


    In addition, he has a keen sense of intuition, and his intuition has always been very good. He can always pinpoint the key points and discover some hidden inside stories.


    He felt that the birth of the Huitu Demon was very abnormal, and there must be another mystery behind it.


    As the party involved, Huitu Tianmo is not simple, and there may be some troubles hidden in him.


    The three bodhisattvas don''t know the cause and effect, but only see some superficial phenomena, and take advantage of the danger of people to save them.


    Their momentary greed might bring them huge troubles.


    Of course Meng Zhang would not kindly remind them.


    He even wished the three bald donkeys bad luck with the intention of watching a show.


    Meng Zhang took everyone back to the four-pointed star area.


    Meng Zhang and Moon God returned directly to the Taiyi Realm, while the three celestial beings and three bodhisattvas rested in the void.


    During the time Meng Zhang left, everything in the Taiyi world was normal.


    Gu Yue Lingqing started retreating to attack the realm of celestial beings before Meng Zhang retreated.


    Now Meng Zhang has successfully become a fairy, and he has not yet left the customs.


    In this regard, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm did not feel anxious.


    The time it takes to hit the celestial realm is not fixed.


    The short ones take hundreds of years, and the long ones take thousands of years.


    Meng Zhang only took a few decades, which is really rare.


    Meng Zhang left Luna and Tai Miao to stay guard, and Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng would also stay in the Sijiao star area. The two sides take care of each other and can handle many situations.


    Meng Zhang personally went to Qingxu Great World to discuss with Wang Xuefeng and Qianren Tianwang.


    A strong man like Meng Zhang made them have to make concessions.


    Not long ago, when we eliminated the scourge of Luanxi Tianma, we mainly relied on Meng Zhang''s power.


    Meng Zhang cast spells in the Qingxu Great World, and extracted part of the origin of heaven and earth from its source sea.


    Meng Zhang is very measured in his work. After extracting part of the origin of heaven and earth, it will not have much impact on the world of Qingxu.


    The three celestial beings who originally protected the Qingxu Sect are about to go to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm with Meng Zhang. The Qingxu Sect and other cultivation forces stay in the foreign star area and cannot return to the Four-pointed Star Area for the time being.


    Even if those cultivation forces spent a long time returning to the Four-pointed star region, they couldn''t help the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star region with Qian Rentianwang and Wang Xuefeng sitting in charge.


    If nothing else happened, practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area should be able to occupy the Four-pointed star area for a long time and carry out long-term operations here.


    Meng Zhang also made a promise that the monks of the Taiyi Realm would not stay in the Four-pointed Star Region for a long time.


    When he returns from the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, he will leave with the Taiyi Realm.


    In this way, the four-pointed star area became exclusive to practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area.


    That being the case, Wang Xuefeng and the others are also willing to pay some price to dismiss the Taiyi Realm.


    In the long run, practitioners in the Twin Peaks star region will benefit.


    After all, the Qingxu Great World has a strong foundation, and Yunzhongcheng''s men were lenient at the beginning, so it didn''t hurt much.


    These origins of heaven and earth extracted by Meng Zhang can be slowly restored over a long period of time.


    The immortal-level powerhouses have a long lifespan, and there are enemies in the Shuangfeng star area, and they will face many challenges.


    Make friends with a strong man like Meng Zhang and form a good relationship, maybe you can use it in the future.


    Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, and directly injected the extracted source of heaven and earth into the source sea.


    Yuan Hai was replenished, and the situation eased temporarily.


    The senior officials in the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, knew that the situation had not been completely resolved.


    Meng Zhang confessed to the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm to wait patiently for his return, and not to easily make enemies with the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area.


    When he returns, he will think of a way.


    Since the Taiyi Realm follows the example of Cloud City, after the Taiyi Realm leaves the Four-Corner Star Region, it can still look for other targets, collect and plunder various resources.


    As for how to arrange it, we will tell at that time.


    Meng Zhang took a short rest in Taiyi Realm, arranged various things, and left.


    With Meng Zhang absent, the Taiyi Realm also lost a huge burden, and the resources can be consumed for a longer period of time.


    After Meng Zhang joined the three angels and three bodhisattvas, they left the four-pointed star area together.


    After this period of rest, their state has almost adjusted.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was alone and did not bring the two gods with him, they felt more at ease about Meng Zhang.


    The secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian is not very far from the four-pointed star area.


    After the Qing Xuzong left the Lingkong Immortal Realm and moved to the Sijiao Star District, the senior leaders of the sect had explored the Golden Immortal Secret Realm many times.


    All the relevant information mastered by Qing Xuzong, including the experience of the senior immortals exploring the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, has long been known to everyone.


    After everyone set off on the road together, they rushed towards the direction of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    On the way, Meng Zhang actively made friends with the three angels.


    Back then when he was in the alien star area, Meng Zhang formed an alliance with the Qingxu Sect to fight against the Fahua Sect''s invading team.


    He defeated the famous genius monk of Fahuazong, who was expected to advance to Bodhisattva, and caused him to commit suicide.


    Dafang Bodhisattva was seriously injured in the battle with Qingming Immortal, and then fell at the hands of Meng Zhang.


    It can be said that there has long been a blood feud between Fa Huazong and Meng Zhang.


    It is impossible for Bodhisattva Dayu and the others not to know about these situations.


    But after they and the three angels came to the four-pointed star area, they didn''t get entangled in the hatred of the past at all. All they did was to get the token of entering the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Although they threatened the Taiyi Realm with the three heavenly immortals, after Meng Zhang was promoted to heavenly immortal and expressed his willingness to cooperate, they did not continue to entangle.


    It was surprising that they were so magnanimous, so easy to talk to.


    In the secret realm left by Purdue Golden Immortal, you may be able to find clues to promote Buddha and Golden Immortal.


    For such an opportunity, the hatred of the same family is not worth mentioning at all.


    With the ethos of the practice world, for the sake of one''s own way, what kind of bloody feud cannot be put aside?


    Meng Zhang believed that the three Bodhisattvas would not easily turn against him until they explored the golden fairyland and found what they wanted.


    But when they achieve their goal, most of them will settle the old and new accounts with Meng Zhang.


    These bald donkeys of the Fa Huazong are not big-hearted people.


    In addition, the situation of Meng Zhang and the three celestial beings approaching each other cannot be hidden from the three Bodhisattvas at all.


    Meng Zhang and the three angels stood aside, and their strength had surpassed the three bodhisattvas.


    They can still be so calm, which shows that they must rely on others.


    The power of the Fahua Sect is huge and its strength is unfathomable. Meng Zhang doesn''t know what kind of cards it has, and how many Bodhisattvas it has.


    The news about the secret realm left by the Purdue Golden Immortal has spread within a certain range. No matter how selfish and distracting the three Bodhisattvas are, it is difficult for the three Bodhisattvas to hide it from the sect.


    Under such circumstances, their correct course of action should be to secretly contact the sect and seek support from the sect.

 Chapter 3139

    Meng Zhang speculated that at this time, the Fa Hua Sect might have sent more bodhisattvas to them.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang has no good way to deal with it except to secretly strengthen his guard.


    Fortunately, the token of entering the Golden Immortal Secret Realm is in his hands, and he still has some initiative.


    Compared with seeking revenge on Meng Zhang, the Golden Immortal Secret Realm should be more attractive to the senior leaders of the Fa Huazong.


    Back then, the Qingxu Sect had several heavenly immortals, but they still fell into the sand in the golden fairy secret realm.


    This shows that in the face of the secret realm left by Jinxian, no matter how many immortal-level powerhouses there are, they dare not say that they can enter and exit at will.


    It is said that Fahuazong is backed by Buddha.


    The Fahua School might be able to take out the treasures bestowed by the Buddha and the like.


    But just to be on the safe side, in order to reduce losses as much as possible, Fa Huazong had better be able to use the token in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    On the way to the destination, Meng Zhang remained calm on the surface, but secretly he kept speculating about various situations he might encounter and thinking about ways to deal with them.


    Meng Zhang and his team finally arrived near their destination after spending more than five years on the road.


    The area in front of them is a famous dangerous place in the nearby void, which is full of natural dangers enough to bury the gods and bodhisattvas.


    In the center of that area, there is a huge black hole, releasing a terrifying attraction to the surroundings all the time.


    At the distance where Meng Zhang and the others are, they can sense its powerful attraction.


    In front of them, there are countless worlds.


    There are countless small worlds, many medium worlds, and many large worlds.


    Some of these worlds have entered the end of their lives and are about to begin to collapse.


    Some are in the prime of life, it is time to grow up.


    Some have just been born and are waiting to be fed.


    ...


    No matter what stage of life these worlds are in, or what size worlds they are, their fate is pretty much sealed.


    For a long period of time in the future, they will keep sliding towards that black hole, and finally be completely swallowed by it.


    Among the countless worlds in this area, some worlds have already given birth to creatures.


    Among these creatures, there are many beings with wisdom, strong strength, and long lifespan.


    Those who are smart enough among them should have known their fate long ago.


    If they completely exhausted their lifespan and died before being completely swallowed by the black hole, that would be nothing.


    But if their lifespan is long enough, they will only be in extreme pain and helplessness, watching their family and the world they live in being slowly swallowed by the black hole.


    Even celestial beings and bodhisattvas are unable to resist the gravitational force in the depths of the black hole, and dare not go too deep, and only dare to move in the peripheral area.


    In addition to the powerful attraction of the black hole, countless dangers are hidden in the nearby worlds, large and small.


    A star beast passed by nearby, and was unlucky enough to be caught by the black hole''s attraction.


    They tried their best, but they couldn''t get rid of the attraction, and they were sliding into the abyss step by step.


    Unwilling to accept such a fate, they became extremely insane, and they would frantically attack and pull all living creatures nearby, and they would be dragged behind if they died.


    In those worlds that are about to be destroyed, all kinds of monsters will be born, and they are extremely aggressive.


    The powerful creatures bred in the surrounding world, because of extreme despair and pain, will mutate, easily bewitched, or become some more terrifying monsters.


    The most frightening thing is that a small number of big worlds already have their own consciousness and know their own fate.


    Extreme unwillingness, extreme pain and despair will distort their consciousness and cause them to undergo various mutations.


    ...


    If outsiders enter here rashly, it is easy to incur various attacks.


    Even if they can block all kinds of enemies, once they fall too deep in the battle and are completely captured by the gravity of the black hole, they will inevitably fall into the abyss.


    Meng Zhang and his team stopped far away and observed the area ahead by various means.


    When the senior immortals of the Qingxu sect first came here, they felt the despair and unwillingness that pervaded a vast area.


    There was once a soft-hearted angel who wanted to save her, but soon gave up helplessly.


    With his strength, it is difficult to protect himself in this area, let alone save all living beings.


    I am afraid that even if the golden immortal or the Buddha came, it would be a difficult job to save all living beings here.


    There used to be a true immortal of the Qingxu sect who stayed in the nearby area for a long time, infected by these despair and unwilling emotions, and finally got mad and fell into the devil''s way.


    From then on, the Qingxu sect forbade the true immortals from approaching this area casually, and only allowed the immortals to explore.


    According to the observed results, combined with the information obtained from Qing Xuzong, everyone''s faces became serious.


    Regardless of whether they are immortals or bodhisattvas, they all have a certain status in the void and myriad realms.


    But once they entered the area ahead, they would face the crisis of falling, just like ordinary creatures.


    Of course, they have all come here, so it is naturally impossible to stop here.


    If there is no accident, in their situation, they will not be able to advance to the realm of Jinxian and Buddha.


    They have been able to come to this day, and their hearts to seek Tao are still very firm.


    For most practitioners, they will keep moving forward and pursue endlessly.


    For their own way, no matter how dangerous the front is, they have to make a breakthrough.


    Meng Zhang has the inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, and in the eyes of others, he may not need the opportunity in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    He practiced according to the guidance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, and it seemed that he could also advance to the Golden Immortal Realm.


    Although Meng Zhang has not yet obtained the inheritance of impacting the Golden Immortal Realm, he already has a general understanding of it.


    The practice path of every golden immortal in the Taoist sect cannot be copied.


    No matter how extraordinary Meng Zhang''s talent is, how firm his Dao heart is, how carefully Taiyi Jinxian guides him...


    None of this guarantees that he will be able to advance to the Golden Immortal Realm.


    He must refer to the practice of other golden immortals, he must accept the strengths of a hundred schools of thought, and he must walk out of his own unique path of practice...


    The practice of Purdue Golden Immortal has important reference significance for him, and it will help him move towards the realm of Golden Immortal in the future.


    In addition, Taiyi Golden Immortal was defeated in the battle with his opponent at the same level, and was trapped and suppressed.


    As the descendant of Taiyi Golden Immortal, Meng Zhang will inevitably face these opponents in the future.


    He needs a power different from Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Apart from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, the only Golden Immortal-level power that Meng Zhang may have come into contact with at present should be in the secret realm left by the Pudu Golden Immortal.


    Although the time was much earlier than he had expected, his cultivation base was still much worse, and the preparations were not sufficient, but Meng Zhang still hoped that this exploration would be rewarding.

 Chapter 3140

    After everyone stays here for a while, they will continue to move forward according to the original plan and enter the special area ahead.


    But Dayu Bodhisattva said that the Huitu Demon, who was originally saved by them, suddenly had some changes, and his mind was recovering.


    In order to avoid future troubles, they hoped to stay here for a little longer and cast spells again to stabilize the state of Huitu Demon.


    After the preliminary transformation of the gray earth demon, the three bodhisattvas had already made similar actions several times, and they were delayed for some time on the way.


    The three angels were slightly dissatisfied with this, and the angels of Dinghu ridiculed it several times.


    Dayu Bodhisattva resigned himself to it, with a thick skin, as if he didn''t hear the other party''s ridicule.


    Considering that they will explore the Golden Immortal Secret Realm together in the future, and there may be time for cooperation, Dinghu Tianxian doesn''t have much to say.


    Now they have reached the gate, and the three bodhisattvas are doing the same thing again.


    The three celestial beings were dissatisfied, but they didn''t say much, and they didn''t suspect anything.


    Meng Zhang became suspicious.


    This is not because Meng Zhang is suspicious, but because the timing is too coincidental.


    Meng Zhang remained calm on the surface, but secretly observed his surroundings carefully.


    As usual, Dayu Bodhisattva released the gray earth demon from the mustard space, and the three Bodhisattvas cast spells together to transform it again.


    Meng Zhang observed repeatedly until Dayu Bodhisattva and the others finished their work, but they didn''t find anything amiss.


    Although nothing was found, Meng Zhang still did not relax his vigilance.


    The three Bodhisattvas delayed for a while before finishing their work.


    When they finished their degrees, Dinghu Tianxian couldn''t wait to urge everyone to go on the road.


    The senior immortals of Qingxuzong have visited the Golden Immortal Secret Realm many times, leaving rich information for future generations.


    Meng Zhang and his team didn''t mean to be unconventional, and kept advancing along the route of the Qingxu sect''s heavenly immortals.


    They were not advancing fast, and they were carefully observing as they advanced.


    The situation in this area is constantly changing, and the previous experience is not very applicable.


    Almost every once in a while, a world or a group of creatures are sucked into the black hole.


    Many worlds around instinctively resist the attraction of the black hole, but they still slide unstoppably towards the black hole.


    The positions of these worlds are changing all the time.


    Over time, the surrounding terrain will change beyond recognition.


    The original safe route may become dangerous.


    The original dead end may also be brightened.


    ...


    In general, the more one enters the inner layer of this area, the closer one gets to the black hole, the greater the danger.


    When the senior immortals of the Qing Xuzong discovered this area, they were surprised by the weirdness of the situation here.


    At the beginning, they didn''t even know whether there were black holes first, or so many worlds were born first.


    Later, with the deepening of exploration, especially the in-depth observation and inference of the immortals, the senior immortals of the Qingxu sect understood some truths.


    This was originally a region rich in resources and with many worlds.


    If there is no accident, a powerful race will be bred here, and a prosperous civilization will be born...


    But one day, an irresistible natural disaster came.


    A black hole suddenly appeared in the center of this area, sucking all the worlds firmly.


    Some worlds that are closer and smaller are the first to be sucked into them by black holes.


    While the powerful attraction of the black hole is pulling these worlds, it is also constantly absorbing everything in the void.


    The creatures in the void, and even the vitality in the void, are all drawn by the black hole and constantly poured into it.


    The void in a large area around it has become a void in the true sense.


    Without the watering of vitality in the void, without the supplement of dust and meteorites in the void, the development of each world has come to a standstill.


    In some worlds where the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven was born, even if they have the consciousness to resist the black hole, all resistance actions become futile because the power of the world is far from enough.


    Meng Zhang and the others entered the periphery of this area relatively smoothly.


    The situation here is fine, as long as ordinary true immortals are careful enough, they can enter here safely.


    As they moved deeper into the inner region, the situation became more and more dangerous.


    From time to time, there are some crazy monsters, huge monsters and the like around, launching suicide attacks on them.


    Meng Zhang and the others can easily repel or even kill these enemies.


    What they really have to beware of is the terrifying attraction of black holes.


    The attraction of the black hole is not very regular, not to mention changing almost all the time, and it seems to have a special spirituality, which can automatically lock the target.


    Meng Zhang and the others need to keep moving frequently to prevent being locked by the gravity of the black hole.


    While observing the actual situation around them, everyone compared the information provided by Qing Xuzong.


    There is a big gap between the information provided by Qing Xuzong and the actual situation.


    It''s not that Qing Xuzong is playing tricks, but that the situation here is changing too fast.


    The last Celestial Immortal of Qingxu Sect is Qingming Immortal, and it has been thousands of years since he entered here.


    The situation here is changing almost every moment, and over time, the surrounding area will of course change beyond recognition.


    Everyone was a little horrified to find that the gravitational force of the black hole is constantly increasing, and the scope of influence is getting wider and wider.


    Everything in this special area, including the various worlds, and even the void itself, is shrinking towards the location of the black hole.


    Meng Zhang and the others have entered this special area not a short distance away.


    Tens of thousands of years ago, the senior true immortals of the Qingxu Sect were able to enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm by activating the token at the location where Meng Zhang and the others were.


    However, due to the constant shrinkage of the space over the past tens of thousands of years, Meng Zhang and the others need to continue to go deep for a long distance before they can activate the token.


    And if you continue to go deeper, the danger will become greater and greater, and it will be a great challenge for the gods and Bodhisattvas.


    Meng Zhang and the others hesitated for a while, and continued to move forward against the huge suction force of the black hole.


    This time on the road, they became more strenuous and encountered many dangers that were difficult to ignore.


    On the route of Meng Zhang and the others, a big world appeared.


    The doomsday has already come inside this big world, it has destroyed all living beings and caused the whole world to start to collapse.


    ¡¿


    From the outside, it looked like this big world was constantly burning, turning dark red all over, exuding a decaying and destroying aura.


    As the big world gradually collapsed, Meng Zhang and the others could clearly sense that a demonic nest had begun to breed inside the big world.


    If it was found somewhere else outside that there was a magic nest breeding, Meng Zhang would spend some effort to destroy it easily.


    In this special area, there is no need to be so troublesome.


    The devil''s nest born on the ruins of the world cannot escape the fate of being swallowed by the black hole.


    Be it the ruins of the world or the devil''s nest, no matter what else, sooner or later it will be the food in the belly of the black hole.

 Chapter 3141

    Since entering this special area, everyone has basically discussed and moved forward along the way.


    Although Meng Zhang held the key token, he was not the leader of the team and could not order other people in the team.


    If he has any suggestions, he must seek the consent of other people, and everyone discusses it.


    The three celestial beings and the three bodhisattvas may not be as good as Meng Zhang in terms of cultivation and fighting power, but they are much older than Meng Zhang. They have been wandering in the void for many years and have rich experience in all aspects.


    When encountering some situations on the road, they can often put forward some valuable opinions.


    Seeing the great world that was being destroyed in front of us, Bodhisattva Dayu suggested that everyone take a short detour and stay away from this great world to avoid possible troubles.


    Who knows what terrifying monsters will be born in a big world that is stepping into destruction.


    With their strength, even if they can deal with it, there is no need to waste their energy here.


    They still have a long way to go, and they have to face many challenges.


    What Bodhisattva Dayu said was very reasonable, and no one objected to it.


    As soon as he took the lead, he made a small circle, deviated from the original route, and continued to move forward.


    The formation of the team changes from time to time, and there is no rule as to who must be the vanguard and who must be the rear.


    Everyone adjusts their positions according to the situation on the way forward, personal wishes, etc.


    To be fair, almost everyone will have their turn to scout.


    Dayu Bodhisattva led the way without appearing obtrusive.


    Meng Zhang and the others followed one after another, advancing along his route.


    Dayu Bodhisattva led everyone into an area with abnormal gravity, and everyone''s perception of the outside world was greatly affected.


    When they managed to get out of that area and the induction returned to normal, before they knew it, four Bodhisattvas were surrounding them from four directions.


    Dayu Bodhisattva and two fellow disciples immediately left the original team and joined the encircling circle, completely surrounding Meng Zhang and the three angels.


    Needless to say, these four bodhisattvas who just appeared are all bald donkeys of the Dharma Hua School.


    There are seven bodhisattvas, almost twice as many as Meng Zhang and the others.


    Although Meng Zhang had long been wary of Fahuazong, he never thought that they would set up the encirclement here and launch it so early.


    Dinghu Tianxian and the others looked at the seven Bodhisattvas with gloomy faces, feeling betrayed.


    Dayu Bodhisattva began his speech about opening a lotus flower in his mouth.


    He told Dinghu Tianxian and the others that Fahuazong came this time for their enemy, Meng Zhang, and had no intention of being their enemy.


    Meng Zhang committed a heinous crime. He once killed many monks of the Fahua Sect, including the promising Arhat and the Bodhisattva who can be called the pillar of the sect.


    Fahuazong and Mengzhang have serious karma and must be terminated.


    And Dinghu Tianxian and the others have no grievances or enmities with Fa Huazong, and have nothing to do with this matter.


    As long as Dinghu Tianxian and the others don''t intervene in this matter, Fa Huazong will open the way and let them leave here.


    ...


    The three Dinghu Tianxians were not fools, and they saw through the Fa Huazong''s intentions at a glance.


    It is an excuse to settle the cause and effect with Meng Zhang, and their purpose is to seize the token in Meng Zhang''s hand.


    Dayu Bodhisattva and these bald donkeys really have deep thoughts.


    When the power was not dominant before, they pretended not to know the grievances between Meng Zhang and Fa Huazong, and agreed to explore the Golden Immortal Secret Realm with Meng Zhang.


    Secretly, they must have contacted the sect and summoned reinforcements.


    Thinking that before entering this area, Dayu Bodhisattva and the others deliberately delayed the time, waiting for the reinforcements to enter this area in advance to ambush.


    It was Dayu Bodhisattva who took the initiative to lead the way just now, and brought everyone into the encirclement.


    The three Dinghu Tianxians hated their teeth itchingly.


    The bald donkeys of Fahuazong are so greedy that they want to eat alone, they simply treat them as nothing.


    Of course, judging from the scene, Fa Huazong does indeed have a great advantage.


    The reason why Bodhisattva Dayu took the initiative to speak was also to divide Meng Zhang and Dinghu Tianxian.


    Even though Fa Huazong seems to have a great advantage, the tokens in Meng Zhang''s hands are of great importance. In order to ensure nothing goes wrong, they would rather let Dinghu Tianxian and the others go first.


    If it was on weekdays, maybe Fa Huazong would be inclined to wipe out Dinghu Tianxian and the others.


    Anyway, Buddhism and Taoism are not friends, and Fahuazong and Lingkong Immortal World have long had grievances.


    But now, Meng Zhang is their main target.


    Dinghu Tianxian and the others certainly didn''t have a deep friendship with Meng Zhang, but they just didn''t want to give up the opportunity to enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    In the past, even if there was no token, a strong person at the level of a celestial being could forcefully enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    But in these years, this special area has undergone tremendous changes and has become more dangerous.


    If there is no token, Dinghu Tianxian and the others need to go deeper into this area, even to the edge of the black hole, in order to enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    For them, this is also extremely dangerous, and they may fall at any time.


    Dinghu Tianxian and the three of them fell into silence and did not respond immediately.


    Dayu Bodhisattva continued to persuade them patiently, his tone was as gentle as ever.


    On the other hand, the other bodhisattvas already looked ready to move, as if they would strike at any moment.


    In addition to persuading Dinghu Tianxian and the others to stay out of the matter, Dayu Bodhisattva also persuaded Meng Zhang to hand over the token in exchange for Fa Huazong''s forgiveness.


    The other bodhisattvas even started to threaten with murderous intent.


    Meng Zhang, who was the target of Fahuazong, had been watching the situation.


    He knew in his heart that Fa Huazong should be determined to win this time.


    Even if he handed over the token, the other party would not let him go.


    Sending out seven Bodhisattvas in one breath is also a big move for a sect like the Fahua Sect.


    From the perspective of breath alone, the strength of the four later Bodhisattvas may not be much stronger than Dayu Bodhisattvas.


    If he was fighting alone with his own strength, Meng Zhang would not be afraid of any bodhisattva present.


    But the opponent is not only superior in number, but also has the power hidden in the two bodhisattvas, which stimulates Meng Zhang''s spiritual perception to a certain extent.


    Meng Zhang guessed that most of the treasures bestowed by the Buddha were hidden on the other party''s body, which touched his spiritual sense.


    In this way, even if Dinghu Tianxian and the others were on Meng Zhang''s side, they would not be opponents of the other side.


    Although Meng Zhang accepted the inheritance from the Taiyi Golden Immortal, he did not receive the powerful treasure bestowed by the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Given the origins of Dinghu Celestial Immortals and the others, it is even more unlikely that they have any hole cards that can compete with the treasures bestowed by the Buddha.


    ¡¿


    Dinghu Tianxian and the others are unreliable, Meng Zhang can only rely on himself.


    When he just entered the encirclement and found that the situation was wrong, Meng Zhang had already seen the situation clearly and began to think about ways to get out.


    There is not much time left for him.


    If Dinghu Celestial Immortal and the others backed down, he would definitely not be able to resist the siege of all seven Bodhisattvas by relying on his own strength.

 Chapter 3142

    The seven Bodhisattvas of the Fahua School are all powerful and experienced.


    The encirclement they set up was very tight, with almost no flaws.


    If Dinghu Tianxian and the others didn''t make a move, it would be very difficult to break out of the encirclement by relying on Meng Zhang alone.


    Even though Dinghu Tianxian and the others knew they were invincible, but because of their unwillingness, they still had certain illusions and hoped that things would change, so they kept silent, delaying time intentionally or unintentionally.


    Fearing a change, it is impossible for Fa Huazong to allow them to continue to delay.


    If they are really ignorant, the seven Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect will take them down together, but it''s just a little extra effort.


    Dayu Bodhisattva, who was always gentle, began to speak harshly, obviously losing patience.


    Because the situation in this area is too special, the terrain conditions here are too harsh and too changeable, it is difficult for the seven Bodhisattvas to form formations and the like.


    If they were in other places outside, they would not have talked with Dinghu Tianxian for so long.


    They directly set up the Buddhist formation and enchantment, which can easily trap the opponent completely, and then slowly solve it.


    Here, they can only maintain a simple joint trend.


    Previously, Dayu Bodhisattva and the others took advantage of the opportunity of turning the dust into the heavenly demon, and deliberately delayed the time before allowing the four Bodhisattvas to enter this area in advance.


    They searched for a long time before they found the place where they set up an ambush.


    This place is not very favorable, but it is already their best choice.


    As time goes by, the gravitational force of the black hole is constantly changing, and the surrounding terrain is also changing, and it may affect their encirclement at any time.


    Dayu Bodhisattva issued an ultimatum to the three Dinghu Tianxians and issued a stern warning.


    If the three of them don''t get out of the way, they will clean up with them.


    Tianxian Cai Ming was the first to compromise, and Tianxian Ma Yuan gave up with a helpless sigh.


    Dinghu Tianxian endured the huge sense of shame in his heart, and obeyed the arrangement of Dayu Bodhisattva.


    The three immortals had no choice but to swear to the sky in humiliation that as long as they left the encirclement, they would never take the initiative to attack the Bodhisattvas, but would leave here as soon as possible.


    Before becoming an immortal, the so-called Dao oath made by a cultivator is often an oath to the Dao of Heaven in the great world where they live.


    After becoming immortals, the ways of heaven in many great worlds can no longer restrain them.


    Many true immortals can even directly confront the Dao of the Great World.


    As for the Celestial Immortal, it can easily destroy a big world.


    How can the heavenly way of the ordinary great world restrain them?


    The heavenly way of the void runs through all realms of the void and possesses supreme power.


    True immortals can sense the existence of the sky and the sky, and are in awe of its mighty power.


    Even angels generally dare not confront them head-on.


    Therefore, the oath made by the immortals to the Void Heavenly Dao has enough binding force, and they dare not violate it easily.


    After Dinghu Tianxian and the others completed their oath, Dayu Bodhisattva was initially relieved.


    The encirclement made a small opening, allowing the three angels to leave.


    During this process, in order to prevent Meng Zhang from taking the opportunity to break out and escape, the seven Bodhisattvas especially stepped up their guard.


    Contrary to everyone''s expectations, Meng Zhang had no intention of taking the opportunity to break through.


    Meng Zhang actually took the initiative to let go of this best opportunity, and just stayed there quietly.


    Dayu Bodhisattva didn''t know whether he was too stupid or too dull.


    Did he think that with his own strength, he could face the seven Bodhisattvas head-on?


    Although Dayu Bodhisattva and the others have an absolute advantage, it is not without any difficulties.


    They had better capture Meng Zhang alive and force him to hand over his token.


    If Meng Zhang is accidentally killed, his seed space will be shattered, and the token is likely to be lost in the turbulent space.


    If they want to find it out, they will spend a lot of effort not to mention, and there is a very small probability of missing it.


    If Meng Zhang is willing to take the initiative to hand over the token, they can even let him go temporarily.


    The so-called hatred, the so-called cause and effect, are nothing compared to the secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian.


    As for Meng Zhang taking the initiative to destroy the token, they were not very worried.


    The token left by Jinxian is not something that a newly promoted celestial being can easily destroy.


    The senior officials of the Fa Hua Sect have a deep understanding of the Purdue Golden Immortal.


    The Purdue Golden Immortal of Taoism and the Purdue Buddha of Buddhism are both the same person, which can be regarded as one body with two sides.


    Purdue Buddha has disappeared in the void for a long time, but he has not left any inheritance.


    Purdue Buddha practiced both Buddhism and Taoism, gained the strengths of both schools, and opened up a brand-new practice route.


    As a pioneering figure, Purdue Buddha has the intention to spread the practice method and carry it forward.


    The motivation and purpose of his creation of this new practice route is to fight against Buddhism and Taoism, and let its inheritance spread throughout the universe.


    However, due to some unknown reason, Purdue Buddha disappeared with his practice method.


    According to the speculation of the senior officials of the Fa Hua Sect, the inheritance of Purdue Buddha is mostly hidden in that secret place.


    The senior officials of the Fa Hua Sect do not have the same ambitions as Purdue Buddha, and they do not pay much attention to the inheritance of immortality left by him.


    What they urgently need is the method of Purdue Buddha to become a Buddha.


    Almost every bodhisattva of Buddhism pursues becoming a Buddha.


    The senior officials of the Fahua Sect have a great obsession with making a Buddha appear in the sect.


    The seven Bodhisattvas began to cast spells, trying to imprison Meng Zhang first.


    Dayu Bodhisattva continued to persuade Meng Zhang to hand over the token on his own initiative.


    The vast Buddhist true power quickly filled the space within the encirclement, freezing the space itself.


    Meng Zhang tried it lightly. Just as his celestial power was released from his body, he was forcibly squeezed back by the true power of Buddhism around his body.


    With the strength of his fairy body, it was difficult to break free, and he couldn''t even move a little bit.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was restrained without any resistance, Dayu Bodhisattva felt a little surprised.


    In his opinion, it should be Meng Zhang''s all-out attack and a few tricks with them, and then being unable to resist and being restrained by them is the normal situation.


    ¡¿


    Could it be that Meng Zhang''s current reaction is because he knew he was invincible and gave up resistance on his own initiative?


    Now that Meng Zhang has been restrained, Dayu Bodhisattva is too lazy to waste time talking.


    The true power of Buddhism he released condensed into a big hand, which was about to grab Meng Zhang and force him to hand over the token.


    Whether it is torture to extract a confession or brainwashing and control, Buddhism has very advanced methods, which are not weaker than the magic way.


    Seeing that the big hand was about to grab him, Meng Zhang smiled instead of anger, showing no resistance at all.


    Dayu Bodhisattva saw Meng Zhang''s expression and had a bad premonition in his heart.


    Before he could take a closer look, the mutation happened.


    As if the earth was shaking and the mountains were shaking, the surrounding space shook violently, and even the seven Bodhisattvas felt unstable.

 Chapter 3143

    When the change happened, Meng Zhang had already been imprisoned, and his every move was under the supervision of the Bodhisattvas.


    He didn''t appear to have any abnormal movements on the surface, and he didn''t directly cast magical powers to induce mutations.


    The seven Bodhisattvas have been on high alert all the time, because they are worried that Meng Zhang will show his trump card.


    Even so, the sudden change almost disrupted their formation.


    Their foothold is unstable, and they need to spend more energy to maintain the siege of Mengzhang.


    The sudden berserk force swept across a large area around them, breaking through their imprisonment of Meng Zhang.


    Even the giant hand formed by Dayu Bodhisattva with the true power of Buddhism was washed away.


    Most bodhisattvas can still remain calm in the face of sudden changes.


    While stabilizing their bodies, they searched for the source of the mutation; at the same time, they strengthened the monitoring of Meng Zhang to prevent him from taking advantage of the chaos to break out.


    The Great Enlightenment Bodhisattva is the youngest, and the time to become a Bodhisattva is not long.


    He hasn''t had much experience in participating in battles at the level of immortals, so this time he will go out with his fellow disciples and take on the heavy responsibility of snatching the tokens.


    Due to some experiences in his early years, he was extremely hostile to Taoist cultivators, and harbored deep malice towards a group of angels including Meng Zhang.


    He has always insisted on striking out with heavy blows, and completely eliminated Dinghu Tianxian and the others here.


    However, the other more senior bodhisattvas, out of prudence, temporarily let Dinghu Tianxian and the others go.


    Although he is not good at arguing with his fellow disciples, his thoughts have not changed.


    He believed that Dinghu Tianxian and the others would definitely not be willing to give up at this point, and would definitely play some tricks behind the scenes to sabotage their actions.


    When the mutation happened, Dinghu Tianxian and the others had just left the encirclement, and hadn''t had time to get away from here.


    When the Great Enlightenment Bodhisattva reacts, everything is irreversible.


    Although the three Dinghu celestial beings had received the promise of Dayu Bodhisattva, they did not trust each other credulously.


    They are not as strong as others, and they have no choice but to retreat.


    They were worried that these bald donkeys had other means and would continue to plot against them. They were always cautious and never let down their vigilance.


    As soon as Dawu Bodhisattva made a move, they reacted.


    Dinghu Tianxian held the vajra pestle condensed by the opponent with one hand, and Ma Yuan Tianxian and Cai Ming Tianxian jointly smashed it into pieces.


    Tianxian Cai Ming couldn''t help but cursed.


    "The bald donkey is so despicable that he sneaked up on him from behind."


    Ma Yuan Tianxian said something coldly.


    "I have said long ago that these bald donkeys have always broken their promises, and their promises are simply unreliable."


    Although the bald donkeys of Fa Huazong have done countless nasty things, but this time, Ma Yuan Tianxian really wronged them.


    This time it was the personal behavior of Dawu Bodhisattva, and it was purely his own misjudgment. The other Bodhisattvas were not willing to cause trouble at this time.


    If it wasn''t for their lack of reaction, they would have stopped the Great Enlightenment Bodhisattva''s actions long ago.


    Dawu Bodhisattva attacked the three Dinghu Tianxians at the same time this time, not only did not have any effect, but it broke the previous agreement between the two parties.


    This time, the oath made by the three Dinghu celestial beings was also broken.


    They don''t need to continue to keep their vows, and they are free to attack the Bodhisattvas of the Fahuazong.


    Dinghu Tianxian and the others are not that kind of weak and incompetent people.


    They had to make concessions because of the large gap in strength between the enemy and us.


    Now that the opponent is still attacking unrelentingly, they certainly have a reason to fight back.


    The three Dinghu Celestial Immortals shot out one after another, and one after another, their magical powers fell into the encirclement of the seven Bodhisattvas.


    In fact, they are not without discovering the problem.


    If the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect really wanted to sneak attack them, it would not be such a painless attack, let alone the Dawu Bodhisattva alone.


    In the middle, there must be misunderstandings.


    It''s just that the three Dinghu Tianxians were very unwilling to accept the previous compromises and concessions.


    They have never forgotten the existence of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm in their hearts.


    Now that the other party is taking the initiative to break the agreement so that they can act without being bound by the oath, of course they must seize the opportunity and make use of it.


    Moreover, they have now escaped from each other''s encirclement, so even if there is a disharmony, they can retreat in time.


    If luck is good enough to disrupt the plans of the Fa Huazong gang, they might still have a chance to get their hands on the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    The three celestial beings acted unceremoniously from the outside, and indeed they put a lot of pressure on this group of bodhisattvas, and there was a faint tendency to break through their encirclement.


    At this time, the three angels were not their greatest enemies.


    The enemy they need to face directly, the culprit who caused the previous mutation, finally appeared.


    Not too far from here, there is a big world that is on the verge of destruction.


    Previously, Dayu Bodhisattva deliberately took a detour and led Meng Zhang and the others into the encirclement on the grounds of avoiding this big world and avoiding trouble.


    Although that was an excuse Dayu Bodhisattva was looking for for his own purpose, a world that is entering destruction would indeed bring a lot of trouble.


    When bypassing this big world, Meng Zhang used his keen perception to sense it carefully.


    This big world has already bred the consciousness of heaven.


    Because the big world is about to be completely destroyed, the consciousness of the way of heaven, who is unwilling to perish, has become extremely crazy and extremely unwilling, and has already completely fallen into the way of magic, becoming an extremely terrifying monster.


    ¡¿


    If it was outside, Meng Zhang might have taken action long ago to completely eradicate this monster, lest it harm the common people.


    But here, no matter how terrifying the monster is, it will eventually be swallowed by the black hole.


    This monster has a fatal weakness.


    That is he cannot escape the shackles of that great world.


    After the Great World is completely destroyed, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness will either be destroyed along with the Great World, or find a way to transform into the consciousness of the Devil''s Nest.


    Meng Zhang is very familiar with this situation because he has the inheritance of Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Originally, he didn''t want to have anything to do with this monster at all.


    But when he accidentally stepped into an ambush and was surrounded by seven Bodhisattvas, there were no reinforcements outside, and his own strength was not enough to break through, so this monster became the only power he could borrow.

 Chapter 3144

    When the seven Bodhisattvas surrounded Meng Zhang, they did not attack immediately, but let Dayu Bodhisattva persuade first, dismantling the opponent''s resistance step by step.


    It would be best if Meng Zhang was intimidated and willing to hand over the token for entering and exiting the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    This gave Meng Zhang enough time to react.


    The consciousness of heaven in that great world was extremely unwilling to accept the fate of extinction, and almost kept asking for help from the outside world.


    After it became enchanted, its huge magical thoughts were released and spread to a large area around it.


    If ordinary true immortal Arhats came nearby, they might be infected by their demon thoughts, slowly fall into demonism, and finally be controlled by the demonized consciousness of heaven.


    These celestial bodhisattvas are well aware of the dangers of evil thoughts, so of course they will not be easily infected.


    When they passed by, they each showed their magical powers and took the initiative to isolate themselves from the invasion of demonic thoughts.


    With their cultivation base, as long as they don''t kill themselves, they won''t be harmed by evil thoughts at all.


    When Meng Zhang was surrounded, he knew that there was no way out but to take a risk.


    He secretly released his divine thoughts, secretly extended towards the direction of the big world, and took the initiative to sense the magical thoughts.


    The magic thought, which was eager to capture the target, and Meng Zhang''s spiritual thought hit it off, and they immediately induced each other.


    Meng Zhang used this to convey a message.


    In this message, he taught the demonized Heavenly Dao consciousness how to get out of the current predicament.


    The consciousness of the Dao of Heaven is limited by the restrictions of the Great World, so it is impossible to leave this special area.


    According to the method taught by Meng Zhang, the demonized consciousness of heaven can actively cut off the connection with the big world.


    Of course, a large part of the power of the consciousness of heaven comes from the great world itself, and the great world is its body.


    Without the body, the consciousness of heaven will lose its power greatly.


    Moreover, pure consciousness basically cannot escape from this special area.


    Whether it is the terrifying attraction of the black hole or the various natural dangers in this special area, they are all mortal dangers to the pure consciousness of the Dao of Heaven.


    Meng Zhang, who has always been helpful, provided him with a feasible idea.


    After the consciousness of the way of heaven is separated from the big world, you can take away a bodhisattva and drive the body of the bodhisattva to leave here.


    Although this special area is very dangerous, the fact that Meng Zhang and the others can come here means that the Celestial Immortal Bodhisattva will not be trapped here.


    What the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven in that great world is obsessed with is to get rid of the doomed fate.


    With no hope in sight for a long time, it has begun to despair.


    The message from Meng Zhang has become his last hope, and he will not let it go anyway.


    Of course, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness has the unique cunning and ferocity of monsters.


    He will not trust Meng Zhang''s words, let alone act completely according to Meng Zhang''s arrangement.


    He wants to capture Meng Zhang and squeeze out all the knowledge Meng Zhang knows.


    Meng Zhang suggested that he seize the Bodhisattva.


    Bodhisattvas and celestial beings are at the same level. If he seizes the body of a celestial being like Mengzhang, he can also achieve his goal.


    Even angels and bodhisattvas have a consciousness that is no greater than the consciousness of heaven in a big world. As long as they are invaded into their bodies, there is a possibility of being taken away by them.


    Of course, in ordinary big worlds, the level of awareness of the way of heaven is not enough, and the strength is not enough. If they fight head-on, they will generally not be able to defeat the gods and bodhisattvas.


    The sense of heaven in this big world is already very strong, and its strength has greatly increased after becoming a demon.


    With the help of the power of the entire Great World, it may not be impossible to compete with the Celestial Bodhisattva.


    The consciousness of heaven in that big world waited slowly without any patience, and started to act almost as soon as it made up its mind.


    I saw a huge black shadow appearing in the sky above the big world.


    Although the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven cannot completely break away from the shackles of the Great World, it can extend its power beyond the Great World, and even temporarily project consciousness to a place not far from the Great World.


    The whole big world was shaking violently, and then began to move slowly, heading towards where Meng Zhang and the others were.


    Of course, with its tortoise-like speed, who knows how long it will take to reach its destination.


    The laws of heaven and earth in this special area are chaotic, and it is difficult for immortals to borrow the power of heaven and earth.


    Such an environment is conducive to the display of monsters.


    The demonized consciousness of the Dao of Heaven draws the remaining original power of the Great World regardless of the consequences.


    Accompanied by the violent changes in the sky above the Great World, the majestic original power transformed into various strange forms and swept towards Meng Zhang and the others.


    There are many celestial bodhisattvas here, and the demonized consciousness of heaven knows that it cannot control the situation by itself.


    In this special area, there are a large number of terrifying monsters and monsters, and many of them can rival the existence of celestial gods and bodhisattvas.


    After being demonized, the consciousness of heaven began to actively call the surrounding monsters and various monsters.


    He used the original power of this great world and the great world itself as bait to lure them here to join the war.


    On weekdays, there are many monsters and monsters around, staring at this big world, trying to swallow it up.


    The demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness uses the power of the entire Great World to contend with these coveters, making it impossible for them to succeed.


    The big world is its foundation, where it can be left to be touched by other existences.


    This situation lasted for a long time, and when the demonized consciousness of the Dao of Heaven was about to come to a dead end, Meng Zhang gave him hope.


    Regardless of whether Meng Zhang has reservations or what his intentions are, the path Meng Zhang provided seems to be very feasible, and it is the only way to help him get out of trouble.


    He has no other choice and no more time, so he can only choose to trust Meng Zhang temporarily.


    Of course, he will do his best to capture Meng Zhang and ensure that there are no reservations or omissions in the information he provides.


    Since sooner or later, the connection with the big world must be severed, and the big world should be completely abandoned, then the waste should be used to let the big world play its final value.


    The origin of the world, which was originally regarded as the root of life by the demonized consciousness of heaven, is now being swayed at will.


    The whole big world has become his tool.


    The original power gushing out from the great world initiated the attack. If the Dawu Bodhisattva hadn''t rushed to attack Dinghu Tianxian and the others, but the monsters that appeared one after another would finally make it difficult for the seven Bodhisattvas to deal with it easily.


    In this area, there have been many monsters and monsters floating around.


    The strongest group among them is strong enough to fight against the Celestial Bodhisattva.

 Chapter 3145

    Of course, no matter how powerful they are, they are all trapped here for various reasons, and will be swallowed by the black hole sooner or later.


    Some are confined to a small area by some special circumstances and cannot move freely.


    Some are too large to completely escape the attraction of black holes.


    ...


    When this group of angels and bodhisattvas entered this special area, they disturbed many monsters and monsters.


    This group of celestial beings and bodhisattvas seems to be a group with a strong lineup, but the relationship between these monsters and monsters is originally a life-and-death competition, and it is difficult to work together as one.


    Except for some guys who have no brains and lost all reason, other guys who know how powerful they are, did not attack this foreign team at will.


    Those monsters and monsters who took the initiative to attack had already been wiped out by Meng Zhang and the others, which greatly shocked the newcomers.


    The four bodhisattvas entered this special area in advance, and they also first frightened the nearby monsters and the like, and then used the terrain conditions to set up an ambush.


    Those monsters who have suffered a lot dare not come to harass them.


    Although they have seen the power of these monsters and monsters, but these celestial gods and bodhisattvas all feel that they can handle it, at most it will delay a little time and effort.


    Now, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness, not only shot with all his strength, but also summoned many monsters and monsters around.


    This group of celestial beings and bodhisattvas are caught in internal fighting, and the number of monsters and monsters has an advantage, so they naturally dare to take the initiative to attack.


    Some monsters and monsters lured by the demonized consciousness of heaven began to lose their minds and become crazy in this frenzied atmosphere.


    A monster with a strange shape and a mouth full of sharp mouths rushed over and rushed directly to the ambush circle set up by the seven Bodhisattvas.


    Bodhisattvas couldn''t ignore monsters of this level, and had to allocate part of their strength to repel them.


    A huge meteorite flew towards this side.


    Only after rushing to a place not far from the bodhisattvas did he show his true colors.


    This is a star beast whose whole body is made of special stones. With a flick of its body, countless small meteorites are ejected towards this side.


    All the gods and bodhisattvas are within its attack range.


    Due to the abnormal gravitational force in this special area, the gods and bodhisattvas dare not use space shuttle supernatural powers at will.


    But a crazy monster actually insisted on displaying the supernatural powers of space teleportation, not to mention, it has not been torn apart by gravity.


    However, there was a slight error in the transmission destination of this monster.


    It was supposed to be teleported outside the encirclement, but it suddenly appeared inside the encirclement, not far from Meng Zhang.


    These bodhisattvas managed to surround Meng Zhang with great difficulty. Of course, we must be careful to prevent Meng Zhang from escaping in the chaos and prevent accidents in the encirclement.


    Seeing other existences appearing inside the encirclement, they almost instinctively launched a fierce attack.


    A series of Buddhist magical powers bombarded the monster''s huge body, blasting it into serious injuries.


    The consciousness of the Dao of the Great World that is about to be destroyed is constantly controlling the Great World to move to this side.


    This big world has been trapped in this special area for an unknown number of years, and its consciousness of heaven has been sensing and observing the surrounding gravitational changes.


    The terrifying gravitational force emitted by the black hole is always changing, but it is not without any rules.


    The demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness has already summed up some rules, but has never had a chance to use them.


    Now, in order to get there as soon as possible and capture Meng Zhang, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness wantonly stimulates the original power of the Great World, making the traveling Great World advance along an irregular route.


    It is this seemingly weird travel route that can echo the gravitational changes of the black hole.


    The big world, which was moving slowly, suddenly accelerated sharply, like a bolt of lightning, and soon passed through a long distance, and appeared not far from Meng Zhang and the others.


    Once it gets close to a certain level, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness can make better use of the power of the Great World to launch more ferocious attacks on the opponent.


    A series of pitch-black lightning bolts twisted and danced in the air, bombarding the encirclement.


    A group of monsters, huge star beasts, appeared nearby, and launched an impact towards this side.


    Meng Zhang avoided these shocks because he was surrounded by seven Bodhisattvas.


    The encirclement that originally trapped him has now become his protection net.


    The attacks launched by these monsters and star beasts seemed ferocious, and some of them had powers at the level of angels, but because they were too scattered and unorganized, the real threat was limited.


    However, neither the Seven Bodhisattvas nor the three Dinghu Celestial Immortals could completely ignore these attacks.


    They must allocate a large part of their strength to deal with these harassments.


    Although Meng Zhang is relatively safe for the time being, he cannot stay in the encirclement forever.


    When the seven Bodhisattvas repel the surrounding enemies and free their hands, he will definitely lose.


    The reason why Meng Zhang took the risk of being polluted by demonic thoughts to contact the demonized consciousness of heaven was to create chaos and give himself a chance to escape.


    Judging from the scene, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness has indeed created a big scene and caused huge chaos.


    However, the formation of the seven Bodhisattvas has not been chaotic, and they have firmly established their positions, and they have not relaxed their encirclement of Meng Zhang at all.


    It is still difficult for Meng Zhang to break out.


    Meng Zhang sighed, and secretly took out the Mieyun copper coins.


    This fairy weapon seems to have no direct attack power, but it has a very mysterious effect.


    This special celestial artifact can cut off one''s luck, and collect part of the cut off luck.


    As time goes by, the Mieyun copper coin itself will also condense luck.


    In many foreign battles in the past, as long as he had the opportunity, Meng Zhang would secretly sacrifice this fairy artifact and secretly cut off the enemy''s luck.


    After so many years of accumulation, the luck accumulated in the Miyun copper coins can barely affect the heavenly immortals.


    Meng Zhang secretly cast a spell to extract these luck and use it to bless himself.


    He suddenly became lucky.


    Such a practice is not without its drawbacks.


    The ebb and flow of luck, ups and downs, is the natural way of heaven.


    Meng Zhang used the secret method to forcibly improve his luck, and it must not last long.


    It is impossible for his luck to be high all the time.


    After a certain period of time, his luck will drop rapidly, much lower than usual.


    Although Meng Zhang has a way to deal with it, there will still be a lot of trouble at that time.


    But now, for the sake of emergency, he can''t take care of some troubles and troubles in the future.


    After being surrounded, Meng Zhang has been observing carefully and probing carefully, trying to find flaws and loopholes in the encirclement.


    The seven Bodhisattvas regarded trapping Meng Zhang as a top priority, and they never let up in the slightest.


    They would rather bear all kinds of shocks and pressures, or even get injured themselves, and try to keep the encirclement intact.

 Chapter 3146

    Although no loopholes and flaws in the encirclement could be found, Meng Zhang was not discouraged.


    He believed that this encirclement must have weak links.


    Especially when there is chaos around, it is impossible for the encirclement to be unaffected.


    Meng Zhang kept accumulating strength, waiting for a good opportunity to make a move.


    He only has one chance to break through, and he must not waste it lightly.


    The Bodhisattvas of Fahua Sect and Dinghu Tianxian are all the targets of the surrounding monsters and monsters.


    Most monsters and monsters attack in a large area regardless of whether they are friends or foes.


    The three Dinghu Tianxians were unwilling to confront these monsters and monsters head-on.


    They begin to move their bodies, maneuver around, and actively avoid enemy attacks.


    Of course, they haven''t encountered any danger yet, and the pressure they are under is not too great.


    While dealing with external attacks, they did not forget to attack the encirclement circle set up by the Bodhisattvas of the Fahuazong.


    From time to time, a celestial magic power bombards the past, creating huge movements around.


    After the seven Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect set up an encirclement circle, they could not move easily, and could only forcibly withstand attacks from all directions.


    The demonized Tiandao consciousness desperately wanted to capture Meng Zhang, so naturally he had to attack the encirclement with all his strength.


    Driven by it, most of the surrounding monsters and monsters are desperately attacking the Bodhisattvas of the Dharma Huazong.


    The seven Bodhisattvas come from the same sect, and they almost have the same mind, cooperate with each other tacitly, and have a special joint technique, which can give full play to all the strengths of everyone.


    Among these monsters and monsters, there are many who can send out attacks at the level of immortals.


    But so what?


    They only have the level of power, and most of the methods of application come from instinct, which is really too rough.


    The Fahua Sect is a well-known sect in the void and myriad realms. The sect has a superior inheritance and possesses various Buddhist and magical powers.


    This group of bodhisattvas are all high-ranking members of the Fa Hua Sect, representing the strongest combat power in the sect.


    They have cultivated well and have rich combat experience, so they can deal with the current situation with ease.


    Sometimes, they flicked a thousand catties in fours and twos, and with very little effort, they repelled the monsters.


    Sometimes, they attack head-on, crushing monsters one by one with an unstoppable momentum.


    ...


    Fortunately, after most of the monsters fell into a frenzy, they became fearless of life and death, and they would not be easily frightened by them.


    And the three Dinghu Tianxians often harass them, which is also a big restraint on them.


    The seven Bodhisattvas responded calmly and calmly to the attacks from all directions.


    They have always reserved spare power to guard against and suppress Meng Zhang.


    If there were no accidents, Meng Zhang might not have been able to find a chance to break through.


    I don''t know if it was because of Meng Zhang''s high luck, or because these bald donkeys were too unlucky, the accident still happened.


    After the Huitu demon was saved, it has been kept in the mustard space of Dayu Bodhisattva.


    Along the way, Dayu Bodhisattva and the others cast spells many times to save him. Although it meant delaying time, it was indeed necessary.


    After being demonized, the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven controls the power of the entire great world, launching a series of onslaughts, but they cannot shake the position of the seven Bodhisattvas.


    Seeing the hope of getting out of trouble, but being blocked by the enemy all the time, the extremely angry consciousness of heaven became a little crazy.


    The terrifying demonic thoughts released by it, like a rushing frenzy, kept rushing towards the seven Bodhisattvas.


    The seven Bodhisattvas keep their minds tight and keep the evil thoughts out.


    Although the magic thought could not directly shake the seven Bodhisattvas, it played some unexpected roles.


    With a strong penetrating power, it can be said that the pervasive magic thought penetrated into the mustard space of Dayu Bodhisattva without knowing it.


    Dayu Bodhisattva''s mustard seed space is an independent space separated by his spellcasting, and it is attached to his golden body on weekdays.


    There is enough space in the mustard space to store a lot of items, and it can also store living things.


    Even if other things in the mustard space are polluted by evil thoughts, they are nothing.


    Afterwards, Dayu Bodhisattva can purify it with Dharma with a little effort.


    But the Huitu Heavenly Demon, who is so immortal and has lost his self-awareness, is also in the mustard space at this time.


    The evil thoughts that penetrated into the mustard space poured into Huitu Tianmo''s body like ten thousand streams returning to the clan.


    In terms of the strength of the demonic thoughts alone, the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness is far above the Huitu Heavenly Demon.


    The powerful magic thought immediately awakened the long-lost mind of the Huitu Heavenly Demon.


    The sober Huitu Tianmo quickly understood his situation.


    Huitu Tianmo also has arrogance, and would rather die than be converted by a Bodhisattva and become a puppet of Buddhism.


    After this period of cultivation, although his injuries were far from healed, he still recovered part of his strength.


    In order to escape from birth and regain freedom, Huitu Heavenly Demon desperately absorbs the infiltrated magic thoughts.


    Even if there will be many future troubles, he can''t take care of them.


    The huge evil thoughts of the demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness continuously penetrated into the mustard seed space of Dayu Bodhisattva, and became the tonic for Huitu Heavenly Demon to restore his cultivation base.


    Before Dayu Bodhisattva realized that the situation was wrong, the Huitu Heavenly Demon finally made trouble.


    As the saying goes, a fortress is easiest to breach from within.


    In Dayu Bodhisattva''s seemingly indestructible mustard space, most of the defensive forces are external and not internal.


    After the Huitu Demon was initially transformed, Dayu Bodhisattva and the others strengthened it many times.


    In their eyes, the Huitu Demon has long since lost the power to resist and is no longer a threat.


    Their subsequent multi-degree transformation is to strengthen their control and completely transform them into puppets of Buddhism.


    However, due to a strange accident, Huitu Tianmo unexpectedly woke up, not to mention, and recovered a lot of strength.


    He knew he couldn''t wait forever, so he took a chance and made a move.


    He performed the method of disintegrating the demon, stimulating the last potential in the demon body and demon soul.


    Before being converted, Huitu Tianmo had stimulated his own potential many times, and he was almost exhausted.


    He originally thought that even if he tried his best this time, he wouldn''t be able to arouse too much strength.


    But to his surprise, he didn''t expend too much effort, and he aroused a powerful force.


    He turned into a ray of light and slammed into the edge of the mustard space.


    Dayu Bodhisattva seemed to hear the sound of space breaking.


    His mustard space immediately shattered, and a stream of light emerged from beside him.


    The frantic space storm tore his golden body frantically, and the streamer slammed into his body fiercely.


    Mustard''s space shattered, which had already caused serious damage to his golden body.


    Caught off guard, he was first hit by the streamer and fell down.


    The subsequent space storm tore off large pieces of golden powder on his golden body, causing him continuous damage.


    For a while, Dayu Bodhisattva lost most of his fighting power.

 Chapter 3147

    The encirclement encircled by the seven Bodhisattvas was originally one, but now that there is a problem with Bodhisattva Dayu, a loophole immediately appeared in the encirclement.


    The other bodhisattvas reacted quickly and shot immediately.


    They not only need to rescue the same family, but also immediately fill in the loopholes in the encirclement.


    A Bodhisattva not far away from Dayu Bodhisattva immediately calmed down the space storm that was tearing his golden body with one hand.


    Another bodhisattva shouted loudly, and a golden circle of light imprisoned the stream of light transformed by the gray earth demon.


    ¡¿


    The rest of the bodhisattvas were keeping an eye on Meng Zhang''s situation while resisting the impact from the surroundings.


    At this moment, the space around the bodhisattvas was distorted, and countless shadows gushed out like a tide, rushing towards them frantically.


    The golden bodies of several Bodhisattvas radiated light one after another.


    Under the strong light, these shadows melted like lit candles.


    A huge star beast danced non-stop not far away, and the surrounding gravitational force was distorted again, causing irregular fluctuations.


    This group of bodhisattvas felt chaotic forces from the front, back, left, and right, pulling them for a while, squeezing them for a while...


    A group of monsters frantically used space teleportation and teleported towards the encirclement.


    The unlucky guy completely disappeared during the teleportation, either torn into pieces by space, or squeezed into meat paste by gravity...


    But there are also guys who are lucky enough to successfully teleport to the side of the encirclement, or even inside the encirclement.


    They frantically launched indiscriminate attacks around them.


    The sudden appearance of these monsters finally succeeded in disrupting the encirclement.


    One after another unexpected situations magnified the loopholes in the encirclement.


    If it is a normal day, it only takes a little time for a few bodhisattvas to calm the chaos and restore the encirclement to normal.


    But the surrounding situation was too chaotic, and there were three celestial beings constantly making troubles, which added a lot of trouble to the bodhisattvas.


    Meng Zhang''s long-awaited opportunity to break out finally appeared.


    Meng Zhang sacrificed the Four Elephant Monument, and the majestic power of earth, fire, feng shui sprayed around, as if it was going to explode the encirclement.


    Under the cover of the power of earth, fire, wind and fire, the yin and yang qi turned into a long river and rushed towards one direction.


    Meng Zhang stood on this long river and launched an impact along with the long river.


    The majestic power of earth, fire, feng shui did restrain most of the distracted bodhisattvas, preventing them from making correct responses in time.


    The long river formed by the yin and yang energy forcefully broke through a gap above the encirclement, carrying Meng Zhang through the encirclement.


    A bodhisattva closest to him flickered and was about to block Meng Zhang in front.


    The sword energy transformed by the Liangyi Tongtian Sword slashed towards him, so the Bodhisattva had to stop temporarily and resist the sword energy first.


    Several yin and yang extinction thunders were released, and the few bodhisattvas who were trying to stop Meng Zhang were unable to stand firmly and had difficulty moving forward.


    Among the seven Bodhisattvas, Dayu Bodhisattva appeared on weekdays, and it seemed that he had the highest status.


    In fact, this is only because Dayu Bodhisattva has been in charge of the foreign affairs of the Dharma Huazong for many years, and is familiar with the situation of the major practice forces in the void and myriad worlds, and is good at dealing with people.


    Among the seven bodhisattvas, the real leader is Dazhi Bodhisattva.


    Not only is he the strongest in cultivation, but he also has one of the most important trump cards of the Fa Hua Sect - a Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha.


    As long as he urges this Buddhist artifact with all his strength, he can unleash a blow that is infinitely close to the Buddha''s shot.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva, who was temporarily held back by the monster, looked at Meng Zhang''s retreating back, and squeezed a rosary in his hand fiercely, with a very tangled expression on his face.


    This Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha is one of the treasures of the Fahua Sect to suppress luck. He has kept it by his side for many years and has been able to benefit from it, so he is really reluctant to waste it here.


    Moreover, once the power of the Buddhist artifact is activated, Meng Zhang will definitely not be able to resist it, and there is only one way to die.


    The purpose of the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua School is to catch Meng Zhang and force him to hand over the token.


    If Meng Zhang is dead, it will be troublesome to find the token.


    The surrounding space is so chaotic, with bad luck, the token may even be lost directly in the turbulent flow of space.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had protruded from the encirclement, Dinghu Tianxian and the others stepped up their efforts to entangle these bodhisattvas and prevent them from blocking Meng Zhang.


    When Dazhi Bodhisattva hesitated, the best time to stop Meng Zhang disappeared.


    Meng Zhang quickly left their direct attack range, and his back almost disappeared completely.


    Dawu Bodhisattva saw the biggest target fleeing, regardless of his superiority or inferiority, he gave Dazhi Bodhisattva a hard look, and let out a heavy snort.


    The Buddhist vessel was given to the Dharma Flower Sect by the Buddha. Dazhi Bodhisattva has been in charge of it for many years, and he really regards it as his own.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang escaped from the attack range, Dazhi Bodhisattva breathed a sigh of relief.


    As the leader in charge of the power of the Dharma Huazong, he has much more considerations than ordinary high-level officials.


    Fahuazong has made many enemies in the void.


    Among other things, the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm with Golden Immortals sitting in charge, has long been disliked by the Fa Hua Sect.


    It is true that Dharma Huazong has the backing of Buddha.


    But the Buddha is not a member of the Dharma Huazong, so it is impossible to be there whenever he is called, and it is impossible to take care of the Dharma Huazong all the time.


    The Fa Huazong must have enough hole cards to deal with powerful enemies from all sides and survive in the void.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva is of course eager to obtain the treasures in the secret realm left by the Pudu Golden Immortal.


    But he also had to consider that if he didn''t gain enough in the secret realm and wasted the hole cards in his hand, the situation of Fahuazong would become very difficult.


    Although the rest of the bodhisattvas did not have the same obvious actions as Dawu Bodhisattva, they were more or less dissatisfied with Dazhi Bodhisattva in their hearts.


    Dawu Bodhisattva didn''t wait for Dazhi Bodhisattva''s order, directly drove away the surrounding monsters, and chased after Meng Zhang.


    The two Bodhisattvas followed closely behind Dawu Bodhisattva, and they did not let go of Meng Zhang.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon, who was originally trapped by a golden circle of light, suddenly exploded with even more powerful force and directly smashed through the circle of light.


    Seeing the light transformed by the Huitu Heavenly Demon quickly disappear into the distance, the bodhisattvas had long since ignored him and allowed him to escape.


    The demonized Heavenly Dao consciousness tried to stop Meng Zhang, but after Meng Zhang rushed out of the encirclement, he avoided the direction he was in and fled in another direction.


    The demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness previously used some laws of black hole gravity to make that big world just launch a quick assault.


    After that, in a short time, this big world can only move slowly.


    Limited by the great world itself, the demonized consciousness of the Dao of Heaven could not catch up with Meng Zhang who was rapidly leaving, so he could only move in that direction in vain.


    Dinghu Tianxian and the others chased after Meng Zhang while blocking the group of Bodhisattvas after Meng Zhang broke through.


    Several Bodhisattvas glared at the troublesome Dinghu Celestial Immortals, wishing they could fly away with one palm.


    However, they were too busy chasing Meng Zhang to take care of each other for the time being.

 Chapter 3148

    It is impossible for almost all major forces to have no contradictions at all.


    For a sect with a long history like the Fahua Sect, there are many internal disputes.


    Factional disputes, old and new disputes, conflicts of interests...


    As a group of bodhisattvas at the highest level of the sect, they are harmonious on the surface, but there are various conflicts and disputes inside.


    Fortunately, everyone is more considerate of the overall situation, and can achieve unity and cooperation when dealing with the outside world.


    A large part of Dawu Bodhisattva''s previous performance was the true inner thoughts, feeling sorry for letting Meng Zhang go, and part of it was an excuse to express dissatisfaction with Dazhi Bodhisattva.


    Of course, their main goal at present is to capture Meng Zhang and take away the token in his hands. For the time being, there will be no internal fighting, and the conflict can be suppressed.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva and the others quickly got rid of the entanglement of the surrounding monsters, followed behind the same door, and continued to chase Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang successfully broke through, he put away the yin and yang energy, turned into a streamer, moved left and right in the void, and fled quickly.


    Due to the special situation in this area, especially trying to get rid of the gravity of the black hole, it is difficult for everyone to keep moving in a straight line most of the time, and Meng Zhang, who is running away, is no exception.


    If it is outside, with Meng Zhang''s cultivation base, it is not difficult to completely get rid of the pursuers.


    However, due to the environmental restrictions here, the speed at which he can escape is limited, and the pursuers behind him are keeping a close eye on him, and they are still approaching.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed the surrounding situation.


    The complex environment around him not only prevented him from speeding up and escaping, but also helped him evade the enemy''s pursuit.


    He turned left and right, running around like a headless chicken, but in fact he was trying to use the complex environment around him to confuse and even completely shake off the pursuers behind him.


    The two fastest bodhisattvas were about to catch up with Meng Zhang.


    However, due to Meng Zhang''s sudden acceleration and deceleration from time to time, the escape route was too variable. Not only did they fail to catch up with each other, but they almost lost it several times.


    This special area is really too vast, and its area is much larger than many star regions.


    Whether it is the Ascension Star District where Meng Zhang was born, the Alien Star District that he passed through, or the Four-pointed Star District where the Taiyi Realm is now, they are far less vast than this area.


    If Meng Zhang was really out of sight completely, with the help of the complicated environmental conditions here, it is really possible for him to completely get rid of the pursuers behind him.


    The group of bodhisattvas of Fa Huazong began to use some secret methods at all costs, just to keep a close eye on Meng Zhang.


    The three Dinghu Tianxians had actively helped Meng Zhang get out of trouble.


    After Meng Zhang broke away from the encirclement, they also kept a close eye on Meng Zhang.


    They never gave up their greed for the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Tianxian Cai Ming secretly sent voice to Meng Zhang, trying to persuade him to continue to cooperate with them.


    Their previous agreement can continue, and everyone will explore the Golden Immortal Secret Realm together.


    Although the three Dinghu Tianxians had no choice but to give in so easily, they betrayed Meng Zhang, which made him very dissatisfied.


    Of course, the Fahua sect is powerful, and Meng Zhang needs the help of his allies in order to better deal with it.


    While maintaining communication with them, Meng Zhang was thinking about how to use them.


    It''s best to let Dinghu Tianxian and the others form an endless feud with Fa Huazong, so that they can really stand by his side.


    The seven Bodhisattvas join forces and are placed in the void and all realms. They are not a weak force.


    Although they cannot be said to be able to sweep across this area, they can advance and retreat freely in most places and are invincible.


    Meng Zhang was alone, and he had to deal with all kinds of dangers around him, and he also had to deal with the pursuit of powerful enemies. It was indeed very difficult.


    In particular, the terrifying gravitational force produced by that huge black hole is not very regular, which caused Meng Zhang a lot of trouble.


    The seven Bodhisattvas cooperated tacitly and kept outflanking Meng Zhang far away, preventing him from disappearing completely.


    All the information that Meng Zhang knew about the secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian came from Qingxuzong.


    In this regard, the three Dinghu celestial beings and the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect are in the same situation as him.


    In these years, the situation in this special area has changed a lot, and they need to constantly check the known information and adjust their direction.


    Although Meng Zhang was alone, he was sensitive.


    Moreover, his state of high luck has not disappeared, and his luck has always been good.


    During his escape, he avoided particularly dangerous places intentionally or unintentionally several times.


    Despite being weak, Meng Zhang didn''t just run away blindly.


    He was always looking for an opportunity to fight back, and he wanted to teach the enemy a hard lesson, so that they would not dare to chase him recklessly.


    Although the escape route is twisted and changeable, generally speaking, Meng Zhang is still going deep into the location of the black hole, and is constantly approaching the terrifying black hole.


    This is also the only route he must pass to enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    As the gravitational force of the black hole continued to intensify, the spiritual thoughts released by Meng Zhang were greatly affected and severely distorted.


    He almost lost his sense of direction, his various perceptions were seriously dislocated, and he almost ran in the wrong direction several times.


    Even Meng Zhang is like this, the situation of others will only be more serious.


    After a change of direction, Meng Zhang appeared above a floating continent.


    This continent is somewhat larger than the Central Continent of the Taiyi Realm, and its surface is covered with thick rocks.


    The seven Bodhisattvas performed a secret technique to connect each other and move almost simultaneously to avoid all kinds of external interference.


    With a flash of their figures, they left Dinghu Tianxian and the three behind and came to a place very close to Meng Zhang.


    They began to use various secret techniques in an attempt to keep Meng Zhang.


    The three Dinghu Tianxians at the back hesitated for a moment.


    They wanted to attack these bodhisattvas, lest Meng Zhang be surrounded by them again.


    But they were also worried that after Meng Zhang got rid of the pursuit, they would never be able to catch up with each other again.


    At this moment, the floating continent unexpectedly shook heavily like a living thing, and countless boulders shot out in all directions.


    A gigantic giant beast''s head emerged from the front of the mainland, and with its mouth wide open, it created an almost endless attraction, trying to swallow Meng Zhang and the pursuers.


    The three Dinghu Celestial Immortals, who were a little further away, could see clearly that it was a star beast about the size of the Floating Continent.


    The so-called floating continent is just its outer shell.


    Due to the distorted divine sense, everyone did not stop the progress of Dinghu Tianxian and the three.


    They, who were far away, tried their best to resist the attraction released by the giant beast.


    This star beast is not only huge in size, but the aura it reveals is extremely majestic, showing its unfathomable power.


    ¡¿

 Chapter 3149

    This star beast is the famous star-swallowing beast in the void, with the goal of devouring stars.


    Of course, the vast majority of star devouring beasts have no chance to devour stars and can only be replaced by other things.


    The star devouring beast wanders in the void, devouring almost everything it encounters.


    In particular, all kinds of worlds, large and small, have become their favorite targets.


    From this point alone, the Star Devouring Beast has become the public enemy of many creatures in the void.


    This star-swallowing beast has been in the void for many years, has encountered the siege of various powerful people, and has successfully swallowed many worlds.


    The star swallowing beast is born to be extremely tyrannical.


    As he grows older, his body size continues to expand and his strength continues to improve.


    After it reaches adulthood, it will often have the strength of a fairy level.


    In terms of the intensity of strength alone, powerhouses of the same level are generally inferior to him.


    Back then, when this star-swallowing beast was criss-crossing the void, ordinary gods and bodhisattvas did not dare to confront it head-on.


    It''s a pity that this guy was unlucky. When he happened to pass by the periphery of this area, he was captured by the gravity of the black hole.


    Because of its huge size, despite its incomparable strength, it can always break free from the gravitational pull of the black hole.


    Over the years, this star devouring beast has slid irresistibly towards the black hole, getting closer and closer to being devoured.


    Naturally, this star-eating beast refused to accept such a fate, and fought against the gravity of the black hole countless times.


    Every confrontation ended in failure, not to mention, it also made him exhausted and seriously injured.


    He was recuperating when he suddenly sensed Meng Zhang''s approach.


    This is a real tonic. If they are completely devoured, they may be able to gain the power to escape the gravity of the black hole.


    Meng Zhang and his group of cunning human beings were plotted against by a crude star-eating beast due to environmental constraints.


    Both Meng Zhang and the seven Bodhisattvas were targeted by the Devouring Star Beast.


    Meng Zhang was lucky, and the target was smaller and not his main target.


    The seven statues are connected with the aura of the Bodhisattva who came out of the same sect, and they are integrated into one body, and they are regarded as a whole and the main target by the swallowing star beast.


    Several ferocious Buddhist big handprints bombarded the huge body of the swallowing star beast, leaving several deep marks.


    The body of the swallowing star beast is not flesh and blood, but countless metals and stones condensed by special methods, and its defense is extremely powerful.


    Animals are animals, they have great strength, and they can only fight with instinct and experience, far from mastering many practical secret techniques like human monks.


    The seven bodhisattvas are connected with each other, not only can confront the star-swallowing beast head-on, but also quickly suppress it.


    Meng Zhang was the first to break free from the gravitational shackles of the Devouring Star Beast, but he was not in a hurry to escape.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of the seven Bodhisattvas working together to suppress the Star Swallowing Beast, he suddenly appeared not far behind Dawu Bodhisattva.


    The yin and yang qi were swung by him like a ponytail, and hit Dawu Bodhisattva hard.


    Dawu Bodhisattva screamed, and the golden body was covered with large and small cracks.


    Due to the timely rescue of other Bodhisattvas, Meng Zhang was unable to take advantage of the victory to pursue the attack, allowing the seriously injured Dawu Bodhisattva to escape a catastrophe.


    Meng Zhang didn''t get entangled with the other Bodhisattvas, so he wanted to take advantage of the chance that they were restrained by the Star Swallowing Beast to escape.


    Dawu Bodhisattva was wounded by Meng Zhang in full view, making other Bodhisattvas anxious and angry.


    If Meng Zhang is out of their sight, the situation in this area is so complicated, it will be difficult for them to trap Meng Zhang again.


    As the leader, Dazhi Bodhisattva sighed helplessly, and sacrificed the rosary beads that had been with him for many years in great pain.


    This Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha is the most lethal trump card of the Fahua Sect, and it has the power to easily kill ordinary celestial beings.


    The Great Enlightenment Bodhisattva was severely injured, and Meng Zhang had a tendency to escape completely. If the Great Aspiration Bodhisattva did not make a decisive decision, the other disciples would not just be dissatisfied.


    The Buddhist artifacts bestowed by the Buddha are important, but the secret realm left behind by Purdue Buddha is equally important, and the unity of the high-level sects cannot be ignored.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva had to kill Meng Zhang before he could escape.


    Even if it takes countless energy to search for tokens from the turbulence of space afterward, that''s nothing to worry about.


    The seemingly inconspicuous ordinary rosary immediately turned into a huge swastika and appeared on top of Meng Zhang''s head.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense frenziedly warned him that once he was hit by the swastika symbol, he could not escape the end of extinction.


    With Meng Zhang''s moving speed, it is absolutely impossible to avoid this attack.


    Although the star swallowing beast has been suppressed by the seven bodhisattvas, its powerful attraction has not disappeared.


    With a thought, Meng Zhang no longer resisted its powerful attraction, but followed its attraction and slid towards the giant mouth of the star swallowing beast at full speed.


    In the blink of an eye, the Star Swallowing Beast sucked it into its body with Meng Zhang''s active cooperation.


    With the powerful digestion ability of the Star Swallowing Beast, it won''t take long for Meng Zhang to be completely digested.


    The swastika followed Meng Zhang and charged towards the star swallowing beast''s mouth.


    The star swallowing beast felt the coming of the power capable of killing itself, and instinctively closed its giant mouth to strengthen its defense.


    The original owner of this Buddhist vessel is not Dazhi Bodhisattva, and he has no ability to refine it, so he can only use it simply.


    His way of using it is too rough, and his manipulation is far from flexible.


    Meng Zhang disappeared into the mouth of the Star Devouring Beast. The swastika hesitated for a moment, and seemed to regard the Star Devouring Beast as Meng Zhang''s shell, and directly blasted at the Star Devouring Beast.


    There was no earth-shattering movement, no abnormal phenomenon, and the swastika just disappeared.


    Then disappeared, as well as the huge, seemingly indestructible body of the Star Devouring Beast.


    The floating continent completely disappeared, leaving only the insignificant Meng Zhang standing in the air in embarrassment.


    It was rare for him to have a feeling of fear in his heart.


    If the Star Swallowing Beast hadn''t blocked the disaster for him just now, he would have been the one who disappeared.


    Almost at the same time that the Star Devouring Beast was wiped out, a small star fell into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    The powerful enemy looked around, but Meng Zhang didn''t care to take a closer look, and immediately started to run away again.


    When the swastika fell, the seven Bodhisattvas, who knew its terrifying power, all avoided it.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang escaped this catastrophe and ran away again, they immediately chased after him.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva was very depressed, and sacrificed the Buddhist artifact that was the trump card of the sect, but still did not leave the Mengzhang.


    This cunning guy actually used the star swallowing beast to prevent disasters.


    Meng Zhang, who started to run away again, was much slower than before.


    He hid in the body of the star swallowing beast just now, and let the star swallowing beast bear most of the power of the Buddha vessel.


    But after the Buddha Artifact destroyed the Star Swallowing Beast, the remaining power fell on Meng Zhang, which still broke his protective powers and caused him a lot of injuries.


    ¡¿


    The three Dinghu Tianxians also chased Meng Zhang from another direction.


    Meng Zhang hadn''t escaped very far, and he was about to be overtaken by two teams of people.

 Chapter 3150

    At the most dangerous time, Meng Zhang finally came to the target area and could use the token in his hand.


    Originally, in the outer part of this special area, within the range that real immortals can enter, this token can be activated to open the passage to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    However, due to the influence of the black hole''s gravitational force, the space is constantly shrinking, and Meng Zhangcai has to take great risks to enter the inner region.


    Once entering the area where the Golden Immortal Secret Realm can be opened, the jade tablet began to shrink continuously.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put away the star that was too late to take a closer look, and took the jade card in his hand.


    With his immortal power injected into it, the jade tablet was activated.


    I saw a white light shooting out of the jade tablet, expanding in front, and then turning into a huge portal.


    With one leap, Meng Zhang jumped into the portal and escaped from the pursuit of the crowd.


    The Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect, as well as the three Dinghu Celestial Immortals, all hesitated for a moment, and then jumped into this portal one after another.


    The secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian was originally the goal of their adventure, and they would never pass through it.


    Now that the portal into the secret realm has appeared, they will of course enter it as soon as possible.


    It''s been a while since I came to this area, and everyone has figured out something more or less.


    The contraction of space due to the black hole intensifies over time.


    Originally, according to the information provided by Qing Xuzong, even if there is no token, there is a way to forcibly enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    But time has changed, and things that were originally simple have become extremely difficult.


    They can still enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm here.


    In a few days, the entrance to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm might appear near the black hole.


    At that time, relying on a group of celestial gods and bodhisattvas alone, even if they got the token, they might not dare to approach the entrance.


    If you miss this time, the opportunity may not be there.


    As soon as Meng Zhang stepped into the portal, he felt dizzy and dizzy.


    By the time he returned to normal, he was already in the middle of a huge square.


    He simply sensed it, and his face changed slightly.


    His whole body was bound invisibly, and his cultivation was severely suppressed.


    The surrounding space is indestructible, he can''t break it at all, and naturally he can''t use magical powers such as space shuttle.


    He couldn''t fly high into the sky, he could only move on the ground, and his movement speed was much slower.


    He tried to use the escaping technique, but he couldn''t even perform the most commonly used earth escaping technique.


    The secret realm left by Pudu Golden Immortal naturally contains its unique power and even will, and it is not surprising that it suppresses the immortal.


    There are similar descriptions in the information provided by Qing Xuzong.


    Meng Zhang quickly adapted to the environment here, chose a direction, and began to move forward.


    In addition to exploring the secret realm and obtaining the possible treasures of the Golden Immortal, he also had to use the special environment in the secret realm to divide the pursuers behind him, severely injuring them or even completely destroying them.


    A powerful force like Fahuazong is far beyond what the current Taiyi world can handle.


    If Meng Zhang can use the Golden Immortal Secret Realm to weaken his strength, it can greatly reduce the pressure that the Taiyi Realm will face in the future.


    The seven Bodhisattvas joined together, entered the Golden Immortal Secret Realm together, and landed in the same place.


    The three Dinghu Tianxians were not separated either.


    However, because they entered here a little later than Meng Zhang, they temporarily kept a certain distance from Meng Zhang.


    After the three Dinghu Tianxians entered, the portal began to shrink continuously.


    Suddenly, two sword lights flew from a distance and directly plunged into the portal.


    These two sword lights were transformed by two brothers, Mour Ning and Mo An, two sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Dayu Bodhisattva and Dinghu Celestial Immortal, on their way to the Sijiao star area, encountered people from the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group and the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Because of the death of their fellow disciples, they vented their anger on others and approached them indiscriminately.


    After a fierce battle, Dayu Bodhisattva and Dinghu Tianxian finally got rid of their opponents.


    Among them, the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect had been chasing them.


    Even the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, who must take revenge, did not have the intention of killing them all after recognizing their origins.


    The strength of Fa Huazong is not inferior to that of Tianlang Jianzong.


    The so-called sword lunatic is just a character design, not a real lunatic.


    It is impossible for the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect to have an all-out war with the Fa Hua Sect rashly.


    Some Sword Immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect felt that since they had already taught their opponents a lesson, there was no need to chase after them.


    Moreover, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect team that was wiped out was definitely not the hands of Dayu Bodhisattva and Dinghu Tianxian.


    Although they looked unreasonable, the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect were not fools, they had their own ability to judge.


    The other sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect gave up their pursuit, only Mo Ning and Mo An were still unwilling.


    Although the two of them have strengths that surpass those of ordinary celestial beings, they are single and weak, and it is impossible for them to win so many strong men of the same level.


    They have been secretly following Dayu Bodhisattva and the others all the way to the present.


    Firstly, among the eliminated team were their disciples and direct descendants.


    Secondly, they are very interested in this mixed team of celestial beings and Bodhisattvas, and want to figure out its intentions.


    They concealed it very well. Not only did they never reveal their whereabouts, but they also used some means to figure out what happened after they arrived in the four-pointed star area.


    For them, the secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian still has a lot of temptation.


    When they were in the four-pointed star area, through various intelligence analysis, they locked the suspects who eliminated the sword cultivator team of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect on the monks of the Taiyi Realm.


    ¡¿


    The two of them passed the relevant information back to the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, and at the same time secretly followed Meng Zhang and the others.


    Now, Meng Zhang and the others have entered the Golden Immortal Secret Realm one after another, and they followed behind.


    Now, it was equivalent to four different teams entering the Golden Immortal Secret Realm and landing in different places in the Secret Realm.


    Except for Meng Zhang who is alone, the other teams have more than one person, and teammates can take care of each other.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that the pursuers behind him were Mo brothers from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    As a new Celestial Immortal, he is very confident in his fighting power.


    As long as he can separate the bodhisattvas of the Fa Huazong, he can defeat them one by one.


    The three Dinghu Tianxians are not his mortal enemies, but the ones he wants to strive for.


    According to the information obtained from Qing Xuzong, there are many dangers inside the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and there are many dangers that can lead to the fall of the immortals.


    Several senior immortals of the Qingxu Sect fell inside, so Meng Zhang dared not ignore such a bloody lesson.


    As Meng Zhang moved forward cautiously, the terrain along the way was constantly changing.


    He quickly left the huge square and entered a forest.

 Chapter 3151

    In the blink of an eye, it has been many days since Meng Zhang entered this secret realm.


    What happened to him in the past few days, what he saw and heard on the way, did not match the information provided by Qing Xuzong at all.


    He has hardly encountered any danger, but has been on his way.


    Along the way, the terrain was changeable and there were many obstacles, all of which were overcome by him one by one.


    He also faced some tests.


    These tests seemed to be harsh, not only tested his cultivation base, Dao heart, will and talent, but also made him have to show his kung fu at the bottom of the box.


    But after some hard work, he passed these tests safely.


    As for the dangers that can make the heavenly immortal fall, he has basically never seen it before.


    Originally, Meng Zhang thought that if he passed these tests, he would gain more or less.


    But since he entered the secret realm until now, he has not obtained anything of value.


    The treasures, inheritance of skills, etc. that he imagined were all gone.


    Meng Zhang even had a faint feeling that this secret place didn''t seem to welcome him very much.


    He felt confused for a while, and then realized something.


    The spiritual thoughts released by Meng Zhang were severely suppressed, and it was impossible to detect too far away.


    He felt that this secret realm was almost endless, as if there was no end in sight.


    With the means of a golden fairy, even if this secret realm is bigger than a star area, it is not a strange thing.


    The information provided by Qing Xuzong is completely inconsistent with Meng Zhang''s experience in the secret realm.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought that the information provided by Qing Xuzong was wrong.


    But after thinking about it, the information was obtained through his repeated inquiries, and it was impossible for the Qing Xuzong to deceive him with such a superficial means.


    Since the intelligence can''t be used, he can only look for one direction and keep moving forward to see where the edge of this secret realm is.


    All the obstacles encountered on the road, including various natural dangers, and even some formations, he tried his best to pass directly, and resolutely did not make detours.


    These obstacles seem to have been suppressed in a certain way, and they did not show too much power, let alone the lethality that is enough to kill the gods.


    Meng Zhang tried his best to pass these obstacles slowly.


    In this way, after Meng Zhang advanced in the secret realm for a period of time, the change he was expecting finally happened.


    An old man who was neither a monk nor a Taoist, his face was covered with wrinkles, and his whole body exuded vicissitudes of life, suddenly appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang was not too surprised by the appearance of this old man.


    With his cultivation at this time, he couldn''t even see through the opponent''s depth.


    He bowed respectfully to the other party.


    "Junior Taiyi Sect Meng Zhang, I have met senior."


    The old man sighed.


    "Little friend, why are you so stubborn?"


    "Taiyi Gate, Taiyi Gate, it really has something to do with Senior Taiyi."


    "The old man has already sensed that you should be the descendant of Senior Taiyi."


    "Senior Taiyi''s Taoism is profound and unpredictable, and his cultivation is far above this old man. As the inheritor of Senior Taiyi, how can you still look down on something so low-ranking as this old man?"


    Meng Zhang first smiled without saying a word, and then asked respectfully after a while.


    "Could it be that you are the legendary Purdue senior?"


    The old man shook his head.


    "The old man is just a ray of distraction that the deity left in this secret place back then."


    Even if the other party claimed that it was just a ray of distraction left by Pudu Jinxian, Meng Zhang still didn''t dare to be rude in the slightest.


    Even if it''s just a ray of distraction left by Jinxian, he still has unpredictable supernatural powers, and his ability is far above that of a fairy like Meng Zhang.


    When Meng Zhang was only a true immortal, he had seen the power of the distraction of the gods and knew the gap between the great realms.


    Meng Zhang is still very interested in the legendary Pudu Jinxian.


    Needless to say, the legendary life of Purdue Golden Immortal, what was behind his sudden disappearance, and where is he now.


    Meng Zhang tentatively asked a few words.


    The distracted Pudu Golden Immortal politely but firmly refused to answer these questions.


    Meng Zhang was a little disappointed that his curiosity was not satisfied.


    But this is not his main purpose.


    He could see that the other party didn''t welcome him, but he still pestered the other party with a shameless face.


    It has been many years since Meng Zhang led the rise of the Taiyi world, and he has not lowered his figure and stalked him like he did when he was a low-level monk.


    The old man sighed helplessly again.


    "Little friend, do you know that the karma in Senior Tai Yi''s body, I really dare not touch it."


    "This secret realm left behind by the old man''s deity is to pass a series of tests to select suitable successors."


    "Since you are the inheritor of Senior Taiyi, it is naturally impossible to accept the inheritance of this deity."


    The other party''s words had long been expected by Meng Zhang.


    He originally had some fantasies, but what happened after entering this secret realm made him have to give up those unrealistic fantasies.


    Taiyi Jinxian is a senior Jinxian, and the karma on his body is so great that Pudu Jinxian avoids it for fear of being too late.


    With this ray of distraction, he never dared to hand over the inheritance of the Pudu Golden Immortal to Meng Zhang.


    But Meng Zhanglai has already come, so why is he willing to return empty-handed.


    Ever since he obtained the inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, the Pudu Golden Immortal was so distracted, but he could guess that a younger Jinxian like the Pudu Golden Immortal should not be as good as an ancient golden immortal like the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    ¡¿


    It is said that since Meng Zhang became the successor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, although he has obtained many benefits, such as profound inheritance, etc., he has never directly obtained benefits or even bullied others by virtue of his status as the successor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    This is because he has never voluntarily exposed this identity. All the strong men he has encountered so far have not been able to recognize his inheritance due to limitations of cultivation and background, vision and experience.


    When ascending the star area, many people even mistakenly believed that what he obtained was the inheritance left by Junchen Xianzun.


    As for relying solely on the title of Taiyimen, without other information, it is difficult to associate it with Taiyi Jinxian.


    After all, similar names in the void are too common.


    Like the distraction of the Purdue Golden Immortal in front of me, those who have enough vision and insight are rare in the void.


    At least Meng Zhang has not encountered a similar situation before.

 Chapter 3152

    To be honest, it took so much thought and encountered so many dangers to finally enter this secret realm, and Meng Zhang was not willing to return empty-handed.


    Even if he goes against Pudu Jinxian''s will, or even offends the opponent, he will not back down easily.


    Anyway, with Taiyi Jinxian as the big backer behind me, I am not afraid that the other party will do something excessive.


    Of course, Meng Zhang can''t go too far.


    He was just pretending to be a tiger, and he didn''t have the strength to face Jinxian directly.


    This ray of distraction made it clear that he would not give him the inheritance of the Pudu Golden Immortal, nor would he teach him the skills of immortality and the like.


    That being the case, Meng Zhang didn''t insist on these things, so he thought about other things.


    Anything leaked from the Golden Immortal Secret Realm is enough for a newly promoted immortal like him to enjoy.


    In the past, Meng Zhang had never bullied others in the name of Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Now, he has no other choice.


    The other party was obviously very afraid of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, so he had no choice but to take advantage of the reputation of this patriarch.


    Meng Zhang pretended not to understand the other party''s rejection of him, but directly complained about his suffering.


    In order to obtain tokens and enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, he has gone through many hard battles and sacrificed a lot. Even the life-saving cards handed down by his ancestors have been exhausted.


    If he went back after finding nothing in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, he would really have no face to face his disciples, let alone face his patriarch.


    Listening to Meng Zhang''s narration, the old man''s face turned green and white.


    Of course he understood what Meng Zhang meant.


    If possible, he wished to kick Meng Zhang out and not have any relationship with him.


    But he only found out the identity of the other party after Meng Zhang entered here.


    As the host of this secret realm, he can control many things in the secret realm.


    However, the creator of this secret realm is Pudu Jinxian himself.


    The purpose of creating a secret realm is to pass the test and find an heir.


    This secret realm operates according to certain laws, and everything serves the final purpose.


    Even the distraction of Pudu Golden Immortal must abide by the rules and cannot be forcibly changed.


    His autonomy is limited, and he can only change some things that don''t involve fundamental things to a certain extent.


    Such as delaying the time to enter the formal test, slightly changing the order of the test levels...


    Now that Meng Zhang has entered here, he is of course qualified to accept the test and strive to become the successor of Pudu Jinxian.


    ¡¿


    The test in the secret realm is very harsh, and most of the gods and bodhisattvas cannot pass it successfully.


    But since Meng Zhang is the inheritor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, he naturally has something extraordinary.


    If Meng Zhang passed the test and took over the inheritance of the Pudu Golden Immortal, it would only involve the Pudu Golden Immortal in the cause and effect of the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Such karma is too heavy, most of the golden immortals and Buddhas in the void are avoiding it, and the Pudu golden immortals dare not provoke it.


    As the host of the secret realm, this ray of distraction cannot do whatever he wants.


    In the case that Meng Zhang did not make a mistake, he could not directly expel Meng Zhang.


    He had previously used his authority to change the scene and let Meng Zhang avoid the main test hurdle, just to buy time and let him think about how to deal with it.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had already passed some relatively simple tests in advance and was about to enter the real test level, he had to take the initiative to show up.


    If Meng Zhang is allowed to enter the formal test of accepting the inheritance, then he will not be able to forcibly interrupt it.


    After everyone entered the secret realm, he observed closely in secret.


    Through these observations, he also had a rough understanding of Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is the kind of strong-willed character who will not back down easily.


    He has the background of Taiyi Golden Immortal, and he doesn''t need to be afraid of Pudu Golden Immortal.


    On the contrary, even if the Purdue Golden Immortal is here, he must abide by the rules of the cultivation world, and he must not use the big to bully the small, or use power to overwhelm others.


    He thought about it carefully, and knew that if he didn''t pay some price, he would never want to send Meng Zhang away.


    Of course, he can''t give Meng Zhang benefits in vain.


    It is best for the two parties not to owe each other, and to end this cause and effect.


    He took the initiative to speak and proposed conditions to Meng Zhang.


    Pudu Jinxian has always hated sword cultivators extremely, and absolutely does not want his inheritance to fall into the hands of sword cultivators.


    Now two Sword Immortals have entered here.


    Although they passed the test and had little hope of obtaining the inheritance of the Purdue Golden Immortal, it was best to expel them just in case.


    So far, none of the entrants has entered the formal test, and Pudu Jinxian can still do some tricks with his distraction.


    He will change the scene so that Meng Zhang and the two sword celestial beings are in the same scene, and Meng Zhang will defeat them and drive them out.


    In addition, there are seven Bodhisattvas of the Fahua School who also entered here.


    The Buddha behind Fahuazong had grievances with Pudu Jinxian, and Pudu Jinxian would also not like the disciples of Fahuazong.


    He hoped that Meng Zhang could defeat the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect and disqualify them from receiving inheritance.


    If Meng Zhang can successfully complete these tasks, he will be rewarded handsomely.


    Meng Zhang knew that the Bodhisattva of Fahuazong and Dinghu Tianxian entered here after him, but he didn''t know that there were two sword immortals behind him.


    On the way here, Dinghu Tianxian and Meng Zhang talked about the experience of their mixed team along the way.


    Meng Zhang was a little amused when he heard that their mixed team had clashed with the Wild Hunt Thieves and the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortal.


    They are unlucky guys, and they have been implicated by Taiyi Realm.


    Now that he heard that there was a sword fairy following behind, Meng Zhang immediately thought of the sword fairy of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Meng Zhang secretly scolded Dinghu Tianxian and Dayu Bodhisattva in his heart for attracting the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    The other party must be a strong man at the level of a fairy, and he was able to follow all the way and hide it from everyone including Meng Zhang, which shows his extraordinary skills.


    Thinking that these two sword celestial beings had been to the four-pointed star area, and the Taiyi world must have been exposed, Meng Zhang felt a little worried.


    Fortunately, there are Tai Miao and Luna sitting in Taiyi Realm, so they should be able to deal with ordinary troubles.


    Pudu Jinxian''s distraction proposal is exactly in line with Meng Zhang''s intention.


    It can not only deal with enemies, but also gain benefits.


    Of course, Meng Zhang will not agree to the other party easily, and the necessary bargaining is still necessary.


    In addition, the opponent has a large number of people, and Meng Zhang is alone, so he must not fall into the siege.


    Meng Zhang and Pudu Jinxian discussed for a while with this ray of distraction, including bargaining, seeking extra help, and so on.


    The other party was anxious to send Meng Zhang away, so he didn''t make any more entanglements, but made many concessions.


    It didn''t take long before they reached an agreement.


    After Meng Zhang completes the task and gets the reward, he will voluntarily give up the opportunity to accept the test and leave this secret place.


    Meng Zhang will not fight so many opponents at the same time.


    This ray of Pudu Jinxian''s distraction will change the scene, making Meng Zhang fight the opponent one-on-one every time.

 Chapter 3153

    After every battle of Meng Zhang, the Pudu Golden Immortal''s distraction would use the power of the secret realm to irrigate him and restore his state to the best.


    Of course, Meng Zhang must win every battle.


    If Meng Zhang fails a game, he will be expelled from the secret realm.


    Such trading conditions are still very harsh for a new celestial being like Meng Zhang.


    His opponents are all those who have been promoted to the level of immortals for many years and have experienced many battles.


    However, in the eyes of Pudu Jinxian, Meng Zhang, who is the descendant of Taiyi Jinxian, should have such strength.


    If he can''t do this, it means that he, the descendant of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, is just showing off and won''t be taken too seriously by the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    If so, he will not give Meng Zhang too much face, let alone allow him to get too many benefits.


    Meng Zhang himself is still very confident.


    He has a deep understanding of the realm of celestial beings.


    Only in this realm can the gap between the inheritance of the Golden Immortal level and other low-level inheritances be truly reflected.


    The stronger the accumulation in the realm of true immortals, the higher one will stand after advancing to the rank of immortal.


    Meng Zhang, who has just advanced to the rank of Celestial Immortal, is able to overwhelm an old-fashioned Celestial Immortal like Dinghu Celestial.


    In the days that followed, his cultivation continued to improve, and his combat effectiveness continued to improve.


    Although the Fahua Sect is a well-known sect in all realms of space, it has not been able to cultivate Buddhas, which shows that its inheritance is not too outstanding.


    The Buddha behind them did not regard them as direct descendants.


    Occasionally pointing out the senior monks of the Fahuazong is not bad, but they will not teach the core inheritance at all.


    The situation of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is similar to that of the Fa Hua Sect.


    No matter how powerful the Sword Immortal is, he must abide by the Basic Law.


    In today''s cultivation world, sword cultivators are able to control one side, but they are far from being able to do whatever they want.


    The mainstream in the practice world is Dharma practitioners like Meng Zhang, and most of the top figures are also Dharma practitioners.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang about Pudu Jinxian''s distraction, he immediately started to do it.


    Meng Zhang only felt a flash in front of his eyes, and he appeared in the sky above a prairie.


    At this time, all the restraints he was subject to were lifted, and his cultivation was restored to the best state.


    Not far in front of him, standing in the air is the sword fairy Mourning of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    After Sword Immortal Mourning entered this secret realm, he explored it with fellow sect Mo An.


    They have gone through some simple tests, but they have been spinning around in a fixed area without any gains.


    Just now, he and his fellow student Mo An were separated by some mysterious force, and he entered this prairie alone.


    Sword cultivators always like to attack aggressively, and Mourning is no exception.


    Seeing Meng Zhang appearing, he didn''t intend to communicate with the other party at all, and directly sacrificed Feifei''s sword and shot away.


    He didn''t want to kill Meng Zhang, but wanted to take Meng Zhang down and ask him what he knew about this secret realm.


    Now that the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was determined to be the enemy, Meng Zhang would not talk nonsense to him either.


    Almost at the same time as the opponent made a move, he also launched an attack, which was an attack against an attack.


    Meng Zhang displayed his immortal skills and supernatural powers, the Liangyi Tongtian Sword, displayed his superb swordsmanship, and started a battle with a genuine sword fairy like Mourning.


    A mere Faxiu dared to use swordsmanship in front of his own family.


    Mourning looked at Meng Zhang disdainfully, and unleashed all kinds of fierce swordsmanship.


    After a fierce battle between the two sides for a long time, Meng Zhang began to slowly lose the wind.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart, the swordsmanship he was proud of was indeed not as good as those professional swordsmen.


    When he was in the Realm of Immortal Realm, he could overwhelm many monks of the same level with his swordsmanship.


    In the realm of celestial beings, swordsmanship is not enough.


    It was too short a time for him to be promoted to Tianxian, and he had not had time to improve and strengthen his original swordsmanship.


    Meng Zhang is not a stubborn person. Seeing that he is no match for his opponent in swordsmanship, he will naturally display his special skills, such as various spells.


    In order to escape from the encirclement of the Bodhisattvas of the Fahuazong, Meng Zhang used the celestial artifact to forcibly increase his luck.


    In that complicated environment, he was lucky, and he was always able to get some opportunities by accident.


    After he successfully broke through, his luck began to slowly decline.


    After he entered the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, his luck was at a low ebb.


    In fact, if he can enter the formal test before the ray of distraction left by the Purdue Golden Immortal discovers his origin, he is very likely to obtain the secret skills and so on that the Purdue Golden Immortal has inherited.


    It''s a pity that he was too unlucky, as soon as he entered this secret realm, the other party saw through the origin.


    After going through some ups and downs, his luck returned to normal, that is, it was a bit better than neither good nor bad.


    A fairy like him has a legendary experience, and his luck is much higher than that of ordinary monks and even a large part of immortals.


    The combat environment and conditions provided by Pudu Jinxian''s distraction are very fair and do not favor any side.


    The one-on-one duel between Meng Zhang and Sword Immortal Mourning depends entirely on their own abilities.


    This is not only that he wants to win, but also win thoroughly.


    Considering that the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect should have discovered the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang wanted to kill the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect as much as possible to greatly weaken its power.


    The current Taiyi Realm, like the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Fahua Sect, is a cultivating force at the level of a fairy.


    It''s just that the foundation of the Taiyi Realm is too shallow, not to mention the overall strength, there is a big gap with these two at the level of the Celestial Immortals alone.


    Not to mention the two gods, Tai Miao and Luna, Meng Zhang, a newly promoted celestial being, is far from being able to crush the two celestial-level powerhouses.


    The Heavenly Immortal level powerhouses in the Taiyi world may not be as good as these two.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang will not let go of every opportunity to weaken the strength of these two companies.


    After Meng Zhang displayed all kinds of magic powers, he quickly reversed the situation and in turn suppressed the sword fairy Mourning.


    Although the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is a veteran Celestial Sect, there is no Golden Immortal backing behind it, let alone a Golden Immortal level background.


    Brothers Mo Ning and Mo An are not particularly outstanding among the many sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    They have the strength that a fairy-level sword fairy should have, but they don''t have excess combat power.


    As the battle progressed, Meng Zhang, as planned, used Yin and Yang to suppress the opponent, and then kept sending out Yin and Yang extinction thunder, constantly weakening and hurting the opponent.


    In the end, the sword fairy Mourning was blasted to pieces, completely wiped out.


    Meng Zhang, who had won this match, was moved to the original scene by Pudu Jinxian''s distraction.


    Waves of great power descended from the sky and quickly poured into his body.


    Meng Zhang did not resist the external force, but took the initiative to absorb it and quickly refine it.

 Chapter 3154

    Meng Zhang''s celestial power consumed in the battle just now, and even his depleted mind, etc., are rapidly recovering.


    With the help of the power descended from this secret realm, Meng Zhang was almost baptized.


    From the inside to the outside, the whole body and mind quickly returned to their best condition.


    Pudu Jinxian''s distraction was somewhat unexpected to Meng Zhang''s method.


    It is not surprising that Meng Zhang can defeat his opponent, but his method is so cruel, so easy to kill, directly killing the opponent, it is really unexpected to him.


    He just wanted Meng Zhang to defeat his opponent, and he had an excuse to give Meng Zhang some benefits. The two sides did not owe each other, and did not have too much cause and effect.


    Meng Zhang only needs to defeat his opponent, and he can kick the loser out of the secret realm.


    From Meng Zhang''s behavior, we can see a bit of this person''s heart.


    Pudu Jinxian himself is not a good man or a believer, and the formal test links he left behind are all dangerous and unpredictable, enough to make a strong man at the level of a fairy fall.


    This ray of distraction is affected by the deity, and it is also not a kind-hearted person.


    In his eyes, Meng Zhang has an extraordinary background, and he is ruthless and ruthless, which makes him a little more jealous of him out of thin air.


    Although the Purdue Golden Immortal himself is absolutely unwilling to get involved in the karma of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, there is no need to fight against Meng Zhang.


    He began to think about whether he wanted to give Meng Zhang more benefits so that he would not resent Purdue Immortal Venerable.


    Although he was thinking about things in his heart, he did not delay doing business.


    With his casting, Meng Zhang entered the battlefield again.


    This time, Meng Zhang entered a vast stone forest, and the enemy he faced was Mo An, another sword fairy of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Below this battlefield is an unfathomable abyss, and there are spiers of towering stones everywhere, just like a stone forest.


    If the strong of the celestial level fight with all their strength, they can severely damage or even destroy most of the big world.


    Such a battlefield, such a scene, can be destroyed by ordinary angels.


    This ray of Purdue Golden Immortal''s distraction uses the power of the secret realm to strengthen everything on the battlefield, allowing it to bear the impact of the power of a fairy.


    If some scenes are destroyed by too strong external force, they can also be repaired in time.


    No matter how earth-shattering Meng Zhang and the others fight inside, they will not break the battlefield and spread to other places in the secret realm.


    The moment he saw Meng Zhang on the opposite side, Sword Immortal Mo An knew that his fellow disciple and brother Mourning died at his hands.


    This is a special induction between the senior monks of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    He seemed to see Mourning''s unwilling resentment wrapped around Meng Zhang''s body, whining non-stop.


    No matter what method the opponent used, being able to kill Mourning, who was not much different from his strength, was enough to show the strength of the opponent.


    Mo An regards Meng Zhang as a life-and-death enemy, and he will fight with all his strength as soon as the battle starts, not daring to relax in the slightest.


    Sensing a strong murderous intent, Meng Zhang also shot mercilessly.


    This time, Meng Zhang did not use swordsmanship to fight with the opponent, but displayed all kinds of supernatural powers as soon as he made a move. A series of fairy arts and supernatural powers bombarded the opponent like a violent storm.


    After a head-on collision, Meng Zhang had the upper hand as expected.


    Mo An turned into a sword light, and moved between the stone forests, trying to take advantage of the sword fairy''s strong mobility, start a swimming battle with the opponent, slowly consume the opponent, and find the opponent''s flaws.


    Because their battlefield is within the secret space, the space here is far more stable than the outside world, and the rules of space are not easily shaken, so many space-type magical powers are restricted.


    Without using space-like supernatural powers, Meng Zhang really can''t match the opponent''s sword escape technique with pure movement speed.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry, he first guarded the door and protected himself tightly, and then cast various large-scale attack spells to slowly limit the opponent''s movement range.


    ¡¿


    No matter how the sword light transformed by Mo An changes, it cannot reach Meng Zhang''s side, let alone break through Meng Zhang''s defense.


    Instead, he was driven away by Meng Zhang''s fairy art, and his range of activities became smaller and smaller.


    In the end, Meng Zhang confined his opponent to a square inch, and then released Yin and Yang Qi to surround the sword light, constantly consuming it.


    Sword Immortal Mo An''s fate was even worse than that of his fellow disciple Mo Ning.


    He and everything on his body, including the Flying Sword of Fate, were ground into fine powder by Yin and Yang, and then blended into it.


    The yin and yang qi seem to have been greatly improved after taking a big tonic.


    Fighting against strong players of the same level, even if you win in the end, it is difficult to get decent spoils.


    A strong person at the level of a fairy is not the captain of the transportation team. When dealing with them, you can''t hold back, and it is difficult to keep everything on them.


    Before dying, most strong people will instinctively destroy the mustard space and the like, and they will never take advantage of the enemy.


    When Meng Zhang used the yin and yang extinction thunder to kill the sword fairy Mourning into scum, everything on him was destroyed.


    Killing the Sword Immortal Mo An this time, the yin and yang energy has been strengthened, so it is not nothing.


    After the battle, Meng Zhang was teleported back to Pudu Jinxian Distraction, and once again received the power of the secret realm.


    Meng Zhang recovered quickly.


    He killed two sword immortals of the same level one after another, but he didn''t feel tired. Instead, he felt unspeakable excitement in his heart, and his fighting spirit became more and more high.


    Next, Meng Zhang was distracted by Pudu Jinxian and sent to a new battlefield to face a new enemy.


    This time, he was going to challenge the seven Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect one by one.


    Meng Zhang regards such a battle as a training for himself.


    It is still short time for him to be promoted to Heavenly Immortal, what he lacks is this kind of actual combat experience.


    Every time he fights with a strong person of the same level, especially this unreserved life-and-death battle, he benefits a lot.


    Meng Zhang has begun to get used to this level of fighting.


    His combat effectiveness has been continuously improved during actual combat.


    When Meng Zhang confronted the Bodhisattva of Great Strength and Bodhisattva of Great Aspiration, Meng Zhang''s spiritual awareness alerted him, and he sensed a strong threat from them.


    Afterwards, in the chase and fleeing battle, Dazhi Bodhisattva displayed the Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha, almost causing Meng Zhang to fall.


    Meng Zhang hid in the star-swallowing beast in time, and let the star-swallowing beast bear the main power of the blow instead of him, and only managed to save his life.


    Meng Zhang really saw the top ultimate move hidden in Fahuazong.


    Fortunately, Dazhi Bodhisattva only has such a Buddhist vessel, so Meng Zhang can continue to deal with it.


    With the previous experience, Meng Zhang can almost be sure that the Bodhisattva of Great Strength must also have the trump card bestowed by the Buddha.


    Although he felt a little guilty, Meng Zhang started a war with him without hesitation.

 Chapter 3155

    The reason why Meng Zhang dared to confront Dali Bodhisattva head-on was because of his own ideas.


    Dali Bodhisattva''s cultivation base is mediocre, and his combat effectiveness is not outstanding.


    His only hole card that can threaten Meng Zhang is that he has a Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha on his body.


    But this is the secret realm of Pudu Jinxian, which will suppress the power of other powerhouses of the same rank.


    Even if the Vigorous Bodhisattva used that Buddhist vessel, its power would definitely be greatly limited.


    Besides, Pudu Jinxian''s distraction allowed Meng Zhang to fight fairly with his opponents, and he would not allow power beyond the level of a fairy to disrupt the balance.


    As soon as the Great Bodhisattva appeared in front of Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang took the initiative to launch a strong attack.


    After the two sides fought back and forth for a while, Bodhisattva Dali fell into a disadvantage.


    Although he was very reluctant to part with it, Bodhisattva Vigorously sacrificed the magic weapon given by the Buddha when he had no other way.


    This Buddhist vessel is a statue of Buddha.


    After sacrificing it, you can communicate with that Buddha and guide its power to the battlefield.


    A power beyond the level of a fairy can easily crush a strong person at the level of a fairy.


    If it was in other places outside, Meng Zhang might really have no way to resist the power of this Buddhist artifact.


    But this is the secret realm left by the Pudu Golden Immortal, and the foundation of the secret realm is the power of the same level as the Buddha.


    The secret realm will instinctively reject other powers of the same level.


    This Buddhist artifact failed to contact the Buddha, and naturally it was even more unable to attract its power to come here.


    As the final trump card, the Buddhist vessel did not play any role, and Bodhisattva Dali finally began to feel flustered.


    His own cultivation realm and combat power are much worse than Meng Zhang''s.


    It took Meng Zhang a lot of effort to kill him completely.


    Dali Bodhisattva''s lethality is not as good as the two sword immortals of the Mo family, but his defense is very strong, and his life-saving skills are also very clever.


    Meng Zhang also tried his best to break his tortoise shell.


    After Dali Bodhisattva was killed by Meng Zhang, his mustard seed space was shattered, and everything stored in it disappeared in the turbulence of space.


    The Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha withstood all kinds of attacks by Meng Zhang, and experienced the devastation of the turbulent flow of space, without any damage.


    Pudu Jinxian''s distraction took the initiative to take it away after the battle.


    Meng Zhang has no opinion on this, he has no suitable way to deal with this hot potato.


    He is not stupid enough to think that he can refine and use this Buddhist artifact.


    If he is really so stupid and communicates with this Buddhist artifact outside the secret realm, maybe the mighty power of the Buddha will come down directly and kill him into scum.


    After finishing the battle and getting enough rest, Meng Zhang started the next battle.


    Strong men of the same level appeared one after another, and every battle was not easy, and Meng Zhang fell into the wheel battle.


    This battle is not only a temper for Meng Zhang, but also a test for him.


    If it weren''t for the empowerment of the power of the secret realm after each battle, he would definitely not be able to last for so long.


    In fact, although after each battle, he can recover in time and be able to restore himself to his best condition.


    But after so many times, he still felt tired.


    This kind of continuous wheel battle is also a great burden on his will.


    After a great battle, Meng Zhang faced Dazhi Bodhisattva.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva is the strongest and the leader of the seven Bodhisattvas.


    Within Fa Huazong, he is also an absolute high-level figure, one of the best.


    Even though the buddhist artifacts used as trump cards have been consumed outside, but in terms of his own combat power alone, he is still the number one formidable enemy Meng Zhang has encountered.


    After the two fought hard for a long time, not only did Meng Zhang not gain the slightest advantage, on the contrary, he tended to lose the upper hand.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva''s cultivation realm is much stronger than him, and Meng Zhang relies on the more advanced Jinxian inheritance to exert a fighting power that is not weaker than the opponent.


    Dazhi Bodhisattva, as the leader of the Fahua Sect, wears several Bodhisattva-level Buddhist artifacts on his body.


    Although the power of these Buddhist utensils is far inferior to that given by the Buddha, they can be used infinitely, and each has its own magic.


    Meng Zhang, who was determined to win, took the initiative to attack, and even adopted a style of play that hurt both sides.


    He became even more unscrupulous when he thought that even if he was seriously injured and his vitality was seriously injured, he could recover in time in the battle.


    In the end, Meng Zhang finally killed Dazhi Bodhisattva at the cost of unprecedented serious injuries.


    When Meng Zhang returned to Pudu Jinxian Distraction, he was almost unable to stand still.


    The reduction of Jinxian-level strength easily dispelled the remaining external force in Meng Zhang''s body and healed his injury.


    Pudu Jinxian''s face was very distracted.


    He is not a resourceful person, and it is also an expedient measure to reach an agreement with Meng Zhang before.


    He didn''t even think that Meng Zhang could take advantage of such a loophole that wasn''t a loophole.


    After thinking about it for a while, he acquiesced to Meng Zhang''s behavior for the sake of Taiyi Jinxian and did not make any adjustments.


    Anyway, these strong men who died had nothing to do with him, they all died in Meng Zhang''s hands.


    The main cause and effect in this regard is naturally Meng Zhang.


    The most important thing is that Pudu Golden Immortal is unwilling to get involved in the cause and effect of Taiyi Golden Immortal, but he can form a good relationship with Meng Zhang.


    He doesn''t expect Meng Zhang to repay him in the future, but he just hopes that if Meng Zhang succeeds in his cultivation, he will not become his enemy, let alone speak ill of him in front of Taiyi Jinxian.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s performance, he deserves it.


    Next, Meng Zhang continued to fight against the bodhisattvas of Fahuazong.


    After gaining the experience of fighting Dazhi Bodhisattva, Meng Zhang almost let himself go completely.


    He adopted the tactics of losing both sides many times, and launched a fierce attack on these Bodhisattvas without fear of death.


    There is great terror between life and death. Even the bodhisattvas who claim to be indifferent to life and death, it is difficult to maintain their original calm when facing the crisis of life and death.


    After each war, Meng Zhang will suffer heavy injuries.


    The immortal power is exhausted, the immortal body is damaged, and the immortal soul is shaken...


    At the most dangerous time, every bone in the body was almost crushed; every inch of flesh and blood was constantly torn by the true power of Buddhism...


    But no matter how many injuries he suffered and how bad the situation was, as long as he returned to Pudu Jinxian Distraction and received the empowerment of the power of the secret realm, Meng Zhang would soon be resurrected with full blood and become a lively hero again.


    In this way, relying on his strong fighting power, his indomitable will to fight, the empowerment of the power of the secret realm, etc., Meng Zhang finally completed the distraction deal with Pudu Jinxian.


    In the second half of the battle, Pudu Jinxian was already able to guess such a result with his distraction.


    He let Meng Zhang play on his own, but he turned his attention to other aspects.


    He let the three Dinghu Tianxians enter the formal test.


    Although it was unlikely that the three of Dinghu Tianxian would pass the test, he followed the procedure meticulously.


    As for the life and death of the three of them, he didn''t care much.

 Chapter 3156

    The two sword immortals from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the seven Bodhisattvas from the Fahua Sect, and a total of nine strongmen at the same level as Meng Zhang were all defeated by him, and none of them survived.


    With so many immortal-level powerhouses, they are a force that cannot be ignored in the void, enough to support an old sect of the immortal level.


    Meng Zhang had killed so many opponents, and he couldn''t help feeling a little proud in his heart.


    On the surface, he was still as calm as ever, calmly talking to Pudu Jinxian distractedly.


    Meng Zhang''s killing intent was so strong and his killing intent was so intense, it made him feel more and more that it was a correct choice not to fight against the other party.


    Even if it costs some precious resources for this, it is completely acceptable.


    Now that Meng Zhang has completed the task, he will naturally not renege on his debt.


    Pudu Jinxian''s ray of distraction gave Meng Zhang a ball of light that had been prepared a long time ago.


    This ball of light is a middle-thousand world, which stores the things he promised Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t clean it carefully, but just glanced at it roughly.


    There are a lot of purple and blue inspirations, strong origin of heaven and earth, many rare treasures of heaven and earth...


    Apart from this ball of light, Meng Zhang did not gain nothing in the previous continuous battles.


    For example, Yin and Yang have refined and absorbed several opponents.


    After some opponents died in battle, the mustard space was shattered, and there were a few items inside that were not destroyed in the space storm, and he collected them in time.


    What is especially worth mentioning is that Dayu Bodhisattva, who has great eloquence and has dealt with Meng Zhang many times, does not look at his calm appearance on weekdays, but when it comes to life and death, he reveals his nature of greed for life and fear of death up.


    Seeing that he was no match for Meng Zhang, he took the initiative to beg for mercy from Meng Zhang.


    Begging for mercy failed, after being defeated by Meng Zhang, he was worried about offending Meng Zhang, so he didn''t destroy his mustard space in time.


    In the end, Meng Zhang not only suppressed him, but also completely captured his mustard space.


    Dayu Bodhisattva, who was suppressed by Yin and Yang Qi, did not live long, and was finally refined alive by Meng Zhang.


    Everything he has has become Meng Zhang''s spoils of war.


    The distracted deal between Meng Zhang and Pudu Jinxian was completed.


    As for the fate of the three immortals in Dinghu, Meng Zhang didn''t care.


    Although Pudu Jinxian''s distraction treated them fairly, allowing them to accept the test in the secret realm.


    But judging from their situation, the chances of them passing the test are very slim.


    Of course, after passing some levels, they can get some benefits.


    As long as you are careful enough and don''t be too greedy, you still have a chance to leave this secret realm alive.


    After completing the transaction, Pudu Jinxian was distracted, obviously unwilling to let Meng Zhang stay in the secret realm for a long time.


    Meng Zhang felt dizzy for a while, and was kicked out of the secret realm.


    The token that was originally in his hands was also taken away by the other party.


    He checked and found that there was nothing wrong with the things he obtained in the secret realm, and then he started to move out of this special area.


    Not long ago, a large group of people entered here.


    Now, only Meng Zhang left.


    Along the way, in addition to overcoming the gravity of the black hole, he also has to overcome various obstacles.


    All the demons, ghosts, star beasts, monsters, etc. that had been intimidated before all rushed over after sensing Meng Zhang''s existence.


    Meng Zhang is alone, without the cover of his teammates, it is not easy to deal with these guys blocking the way.


    He fought and walked, leaving here quickly.


    The demonized Heavenly Dao Consciousness lost Meng Zhang''s whereabouts before, and when he was venting crazily, he suddenly found Meng Zhang''s figure and immediately urged the Great World to kill him.


    Meng Zhang, who had just killed a monster at the level of a fairy, had no time to retreat and was entangled by this big world.


    After defeating nine opponents of the same level in a row in the secret realm, Meng Zhang benefited a lot and got great training.


    Although he is still a newly promoted celestial being, he is already able to compete with many old celestial beings.


    Every time he exhausted his celestial power, he would be replenished with the power of the secret realm.


    This not only restored his lost strength, but also directly improved his cultivation.


    The multiple empowerments of the power of the secret realm helped him save a lot of resources and greatly strengthened his background.


    The current Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness can be said to have been greatly improved compared to before entering the secret realm.


    This big world that was on the verge of destruction was powerless to stop him.


    The demonized consciousness of heaven regards Meng Zhang as the only hope to help him get out of trouble, even if he knows that Meng Zhang is difficult to deal with, he rushes towards him frantically.


    Meng Zhang had previously fooled and used the other party to help him escape from the encirclement of the seven Bodhisattvas.


    He will not be merciful because of this.


    In his opinion, the best way to be grateful to the other party is to smash them into powder.


    Meng Zhang thought so and did the same.


    The celestial powers of yin and yang exterminate the divine thunder to blow out the demonized consciousness of heaven, and the two qi of yin and yang will grind to pieces the great world that has entered destruction.


    This is not a place to stay for a long time. After solving the opponent blocking the way, Meng Zhang continued on the road.


    Meng Zhang''s powerful combat power, constantly eliminating powerful opponents, finally produced enough shocking power.


    After this, his journey appeared to be relatively smooth, without encountering many obstacles.


    When he completely got rid of the attraction of the black hole and left that area completely, he finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    He found a place in the void to recover slowly while reflecting on his trip to the secret realm.


    There were many accidents during this trip to the secret realm, and many crises were encountered along the way.


    The biggest crisis comes from the Fa Huazong.


    He underestimated the means of the bodhisattvas of the Fahuazong and ignored their threats.


    Fortunately, the final result was not bad. He killed all the seven Bodhisattvas, which can be regarded as revenge.


    Although all this happened in a secret realm, the news of his killing of the seven Bodhisattvas will not be leaked.


    However, if seven Bodhisattvas have fallen, the Fahua Sect will definitely feel it, and will definitely investigate everything at all costs.


    After killing so many Bodhisattvas in one breath, Meng Zhang could faintly feel that his body was entangled with some vague aura.


    This was transformed by the resentment of the seven Bodhisattvas before they died, and it was also caused by the secret method of Buddhism.


    Once he appeared in front of the Buddhist masters, it is estimated that he would have exposed the situation that he wantonly slaughtered the Buddhist masters.


    It was only a matter of time before Fa Huazong tracked him down.


    Fa Huazong, who suffered heavy losses, would most likely label him as an enemy of Buddhism.


    The act of killing so many Bodhisattvas is indeed qualified to be called the Buddha''s enemy.


    As for whether he will become a real public enemy of Buddhism and be hunted down by many powerful Buddhists, it is still hard to say.


    This depends on the efforts of the top leaders of the Fahua Sect, and it is also related to the situation within the Buddhist sect.


    Meng Zhang will not bow to Buddhism, let alone interfere with the internal situation of Buddhism.


    The soldiers came to block the water and the soil, and he was not afraid of revenge from the Fahua Sect, nor was he afraid of being chased and killed by the strong Buddhists.

 Chapter 3157

    Daomen has always been strong, and it is the number one force in the Void Myriad Realms.


    As a Daoist immortal, even if Meng Zhang didn''t mention his status as the successor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, he generally didn''t have to worry that the Buddha on the other side of the Buddhist sect would bully the small with the big.


    Unless he directly exterminated the Fa Hua Sect and cut off its inheritance, the Buddha would not directly attack him.


    Pudu Jinxian''s distraction recognized Meng Zhang''s origin this time, and also reminded him.


    With the improvement of the realm of cultivation, the level of strong people he came into contact with was getting higher and higher.


    Jinxian, Buddha and the like are likely to recognize his origin through his exercises and the like.


    Some people may be as distracted as Pudu Golden Immortal, unwilling to provoke Taiyi Golden Immortal, unwilling to be contaminated with karma, and keep him at a respectful distance.


    If those guys who had grievances with Taiyi Golden Immortal recognized him, his result would not be very good.


    Before being promoted to Jinxian, he had to hide his identity as much as possible.


    Relying on his own strength alone, he can''t do this, and he can''t hide it from Jinxian and Buddha.


    After he was about to return to the Taiyi Realm, he took the initiative to sense the divine thoughts of the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    He believed that with his current cultivation, he should be able to attract enough attention from the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    The suppressed Taiyi Golden Immortal can travel to myriad worlds and make wind and rain, so there should be a way to solve Meng Zhang''s problem.


    Meng Zhang''s main purpose of entering the secret realm this time has not been achieved, and he has not been able to obtain the inheritance of the skills left by Pudu Jinxian, and there will be no such opportunity in the future.


    Judging from Pudu Jinxian''s distracted attitude, it is impossible for him to get help from the opponent to fight against Taiyi Jinxian''s enemy.


    If Meng Zhang wants to get the help he needs, he has to find another way.


    Of course, it is also very good for Meng Zhang to gain from the secret realm.


    He didn''t stay outside for too long, and after recovering, he embarked on the return journey back to the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Taiyi Realm is still waiting for him in the four-pointed star area.


    He did not forget that because of being followed by the two sword immortals of the Mo family brothers, the matter of Taiyi Realm''s elimination of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect''s sword cultivator team had probably been exposed.


    If the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect moved fast enough, they might have already sent someone to take revenge on the Taiyi Realm.


    There is still a long distance from the four-pointed star area.


    He has already sensed the existence of Taimiao and Taiyi Realm by imitation, but he has not been able to synchronize information with Taimiao.


    No matter what happened to him in the secret realm, or the situation in the Taiyi Realm, they didn''t know each other.


    Worried about the situation in the Taiyi Realm in his heart, he didn''t delay on the road, and almost rushed on the road at the fastest speed.


    Halfway through the journey, he finally established contact with Tai Miao and synchronized the information.


    Not long ago, a subgroup of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group swaggered into the four-pointed star area.


    This sub-group is much stronger than the sub-group that was wiped out by the monks of the Taiyi Realm last time, and there are even strong men at the level of immortals sitting in it.


    After this sub-group entered the four-pointed star area, it launched a full-scale attack on the Taiyi Realm located near the Caiyun Great World.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is notorious and vicious in the void. Qian Ren Tian Wang and Da Confucian King Xue Feng led the practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area to stand by and raise their vigilance to the highest level.


    Probably because they didn''t want to cause extra problems, the high-level members of the branch of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates took the initiative to speak to Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Wild Hunting Star Pirates have a deep blood feud. They came here for revenge this time, and they will only target the Taiyi Realm and will not actively attack other people.


    If Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others are sensible, after the Taiyi Realm is wiped out, they will automatically retreat and will not touch any grass or tree in the Four-pointed Star Area.


    But if Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others don''t know what to do, don''t blame them for being ruthless and destroying them all.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng did not hesitate for too long, they took the initiative to take the side of the Taiyi Realm, and led the monks from the Shuangfeng star area to join the battle.


    The top brass of the Wild Hunt Thieves is notoriously brazen and has no credibility at all.


    All of what they said is more likely to be a tactic to delay the attack, in order to defeat the Taiyi Realm and the Shuangfeng star area.


    If the Wild Hunting Star Thieves were allowed to destroy the Taiyi Realm, then after the Taiyi Realm was destroyed, the power of the Twin Peaks Star Region alone would not be able to resist the opponent.


    The other party''s stabbing attitude didn''t put Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others in their eyes at all.


    As a military monk, the Thousand Blade Heavenly King still lacked the arrogance and bloodiness that he should have.


    He who was irritated by the other party, if he didn''t vent it, his thoughts would not be clear.


    The great Confucian Wang Xuefeng is a kind man, full of sense of justice.


    One is the hatred of the Wild Hunting Star Bandits.


    The second is to attach importance to the temporary ally relationship with the Taiyi world.


    It is precisely because of Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng''s active participation in the battle that Taiyi Realm can persist.


    The attacking Wild Hunt star bandit army divided part of its strength to stop the monks in the Shuangfeng star area led by Qian Rentian Wang and Wang Xuefeng, and the rest of the strength was used to besiege the Taiyi Realm.


    After the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group entered the four-pointed star area, the high-level Taiyi Realm, who had been on high alert, discovered the opponent in advance.


    Facing a powerful enemy, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm quickly recalled all the monks who had gone out, and took the initiative to shrink the line of defense.


    The Taiyi Realm monks set up a large formation, relying on the Taiyi Realm to carry out defensive operations.


    Although the strength is much worse than the opponent, it can still barely resist the opponent.


    The mixed team formed by Meng Zhang and the others went to explore the secret realm, and they would come back sooner or later.


    Even if the rest of the team does not help, Meng Zhang alone can turn the tide of the battle.


    The strong confidence in Meng Zhang made the Taiyi world fight with fighting spirit.


    After so many years of development, even without Meng Zhang, the Taiyi Realm is in the Void and Ten Thousand Realms, and it can be regarded as a force that cannot be underestimated.


    Not to mention the two gods, Tai Miao and Luna, there are a large number of powerhouses at the level of true immortals, and they have become the backbone of the Taiyi world.


    In addition to Taoist cultivators, practitioners of other systems and races have gradually become popular.


    The Jade Dragon Emperor discovered the existence of the evil dragon during the last battle with the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group.


    The Wild Hunt Star Thieves actually dared to take in the public enemy of the Dragon Clan, which aroused her wrath.


    As the Dragon Emperor, she is qualified to contact the ancestral land of the dragon clan after paying enough price.


    When she directly contacted the ancestral land of the Dragon Clan for the first time, in addition to reporting the situation of herself and the Dragon Clan under her command, she also reported information about the evil dragon and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    Regardless of the fact that the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group has many strong men at the level of celestial beings and has a not-so-weak background, they have been in the void for many years, and it seems that no one can control them.


    But as long as the ancestor of the dragon clan is willing, it can be easily crushed completely.


    In fact, even those powerhouses at the Golden Immortal level are not willing to easily provoke the difficult ancestral land of the Dragon Clan.


    The reaction from the ancestral land of the dragon clan was a bit beyond the expectations of the Jade Dragon Emperor.


    Apart from routinely instructing the Jade Dragon Emperor to practice, teaching him the more advanced secret dragon skills, and bestowing some precious treasures, he didn''t care about the relationship between the Wild Hunting Star Thieves and the evil dragon.

 Chapter 3158

    Perhaps, what the Jade Dragon Emperor thought was a major event, in the eyes of the Dragon Clan''s ancestral land, it was not worth mentioning at all, and he didn''t bother to ask.


    Perhaps, the mere Wild Hunt star bandit group is not yet qualified to be looked up to by the ancestral land of the dragon clan.


    ...


    Although he found these excuses in his heart, the Jade Dragon Emperor still felt uncomfortable.


    Even though she is a female dragon, and she is famously sensible in the ethnic group she was born in, but she still cannot avoid the dragon''s domineering and vindictive character.


    If the Wild Hunt Star Bandits dared to take in the evil dragon, they would have to pay the price.


    The ancestor of the dragon clan didn''t bother to ask, but as a member of the dragon clan, she couldn''t ignore this matter.


    She even regarded it as a test for herself by the ancestral land of the Dragon Clan.


    She has followed the Taiyi Realm with her group of people for many years, but she has not had the opportunity to track down the whereabouts of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves.


    Unexpectedly, this gang of star thieves actually came to kill them on their own initiative.


    Faced with such a god-given opportunity, the Jade Dragon Emperor would not let it go easily.


    Since she was promoted to the Dragon Emperor, relying on the talent of the dragon clan and her own extraordinaryness, her cultivation base has been rapidly improved, and her combat effectiveness has improved greatly.


    She led a group of strong dragon clan to take the initiative to attack, entered the incoming enemy team, and achieved considerable results.


    Under the command of Wen Qiansuan, many practitioners in the Taiyi Realm set up a star array and stood in the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    Among the army of the Wild Hunting Thieves Group, there are four strong men at the level of celestial beings.


    The ones attacking Taiyi Realm were a sky demon and a sky dragon, they were temporarily blocked by Taimiao and Moon God, and the two sides fought earth-shatteringly.


    Among them, this heavenly dragon is also an evil dragon, and I don''t know what the relationship is with the evil dragon at the level of a true fairy who was killed last time.


    As soon as the Jade Dragon Emperor saw this evil dragon, he was furious. Unfortunately, the strength gap between the two sides was too great, and she couldn''t even get close to the other side.


    The celestial dragon seemed to have sensed the killing intent of the Jade Dragon Emperor, but just looked at her coldly from a distance, and the Jade Dragon Emperor felt chills all over his body, and almost couldn''t help shivering.


    Fortunately, the Moon God came out in time, sacrificed the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, and beheaded him, blocking his gaze.


    Facing opponents of the same rank, the Tianlong didn''t dare to be careless, and fought the Moon God with all his strength.


    Tai Miao easily blocked the sky demon, preventing it from approaching the Taiyi Realm.


    The Jade Dragon Emperor quickly got out of that uncomfortable state, feeling extremely ashamed of his previous reaction.


    She couldn''t do anything to that Heavenly Dragon, so she could only vent her anger on the other members of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, and killed them frantically.


    The Dragon Clan itself is a powerful race in the Void Myriad Realms, and its fighting power is extremely powerful.


    As the public enemy of the dragon clan, the evil dragon is far stronger than the ordinary dragon clan.


    Even if Moon God could borrow the power of heaven and earth from the Taiyi Realm, after fighting for a while, he began to feel obviously invincible.


    Tai Miao was particularly capable of dealing with the sky demon, and took the initiative to help the Moon God share the pressure.


    The two cooperated tacitly, and with Taiyi Realm as the backing, they barely stabilized their position.


    A celestial god and a celestial celestial being lead a partial division, blocking Qian Ren Tian Wang and Great Confucian King Xue Feng who were reinforcing Taiyi Realm.


    The army of practitioners in the Twin Peaks star region they led could not shake the opponent''s formation at all.


    Of course, without their containment and the distraction of the Wild Hunting Bandits, the Taiyi Realm would have been overwhelmed.


    Meng Zhang fully thought that it would be the sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect who came to the Taiyi Realm first, but he did not expect that it was the revenge army of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group who came to kill him first.


    After going through many battles in the secret realm, he has fully seen the strength of the heavenly-level strongmen from the sect, and he is full of confidence in himself.


    No matter who the opponent is, since he dares to attack the Taiyi Realm, he will not show mercy.


    This time, there were no Bodhisattvas of the Fahuazong deliberately delaying time, so he was able to travel at full speed.


    On the way back to the four-pointed star area, he did not encounter any obstacles.


    Not long after, he returned to the four-pointed star area.


    When the two armies are at war, Meng Zhang will not abide by any rules, let alone his identity.


    Before he entered the four-pointed star area, he restrained his breath, hid his whereabouts, and approached the battlefield secretly.


    He first went to rescue Taiyi Realm.


    After he entered the vicinity of the battlefield, the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group that was attacking the Taiyi Realm was still unaware of it.


    After the enemy''s attack for so long, the decline of the Taiyi Realm has become apparent.


    That Heavenly Demon''s strength is average, just at the level of an ordinary powerhouse of the same level, so he was easily suppressed by Tai Miao.


    But that Heavenly Dragon is too powerful.


    The Moon Goddess is also a Goddess who has experienced hundreds of battles and tempered from countless fights, but she has little power to fight back in front of this Heavenly Dragon.


    Most of the time, the killing moves she puts out with all her heart can''t even hurt the opponent''s fur.


    On the contrary, just a casual blow from that Tianlong might seriously injure her.


    The power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm blessed on her body could not allow her to confront her opponent head-on, so she could only choose to swim and fight to delay time.


    If it wasn''t for Tai Miao''s many timely assistance, she would have been defeated long ago.


    The strength of the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves is obviously much stronger than that of the Taiyi Realm.


    The monks of the Taiyi Realm have the advantage of the home field, so they can only take a defensive position.


    Although they killed and wounded many enemies, they consumed a lot of energy, and it was becoming more and more difficult to stop the enemy''s pressing step by step.


    If Meng Zhang can''t return in time, the situation in Taiyi Realm may not be easy to say.


    Capture the thief first, and capture the king first. Since the Tianlong is the strongest, Meng Zhang will make it his primary goal.


    Meng Zhang silently appeared not far behind the opponent.


    The Immortal Art and Divine Abilities Liangyi Tongtian Sword descended from the sky, and directly slashed at the opponent''s huge real dragon body.


    Being able to fight against the real dragons for many years and escape almost endless pursuits, almost every evil dragon is a person who has experienced hundreds of battles, and has already honed his incomparably keen battlefield intuition in countless bloody fights.


    When the sneak attack was imminent, the Tianlong reacted in time.


    The huge dragon claw grabbed the sky suddenly, and blocked the Liangyi Tongtian sword in time.


    The extremely fierce, almost indestructible sword energy left a lot of scars on the dragon claw, but it was far from enough to cut off the dragon claw.


    ¡¿


    Although it was only a trivial trauma, it still aroused the anger of the sky dragon.


    He swung the dragon claw angrily, forcing the Moon God back again and again, unable to get close to him at all.


    Before launching the sneak attack, Meng Zhang secretly contacted Tai Miao and Luna, asking them to cooperate with him in fighting.


    But before Luna could play a role, he was easily forced back by the opponent.


    Since Meng Zhang launched a sneak attack that had been planned for a long time, he naturally wouldn''t just do it like this.


    Accompanied by the display of the divine power of yin and yang extermination, countless thunder balls bombarded from all directions.


    The heavenly dragon roared angrily, swung its tail, and there was a huge force colliding violently with these thunder balls.


    Thunderballs exploded nearby, but they couldn''t hurt him at all.

 Chapter 3159

    This celestial dragon seemed to be mighty, but whether it was forcing back the moon god or resisting Meng Zhang''s sneak attack, it took a lot of effort, and it felt a little unsustainable.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang''s best celestial powers, yin and yang, descended from the sky in a mighty manner, covering his huge dragon body firmly.


    The huge pressure brought by the two qi of yin and yang made it impossible for this supernatural dragon to parry easily.


    It was as if a whole world was carried on his body, and it was difficult for the dragon body to move, and it was difficult to fly and move.


    The surrounding space seemed to be frozen, and he couldn''t use supernatural powers such as space shuttle to get out of trouble.


    Seeing that he couldn''t dodge in time, his fighting spirit and anger were aroused instead.


    Accompanied by a roar, this gigantic sky dragon soared into the sky and slammed into the yin and yang qi above its head.


    As if the sky was falling apart, the entire void was shaken.


    I saw that the Yin and Yang Qi, which were originally extremely thick, were slightly stopped by the top, and the downward trend was temporarily stopped.


    The heavenly dragon was beaten to the point of bleeding, and its broken scales were thrown around.


    A scale of a heavenly dragon, even if it is extremely broken, is a treasure that countless monks can''t ask for.


    Of course, on such a fierce battlefield, even Meng Zhang, who has always been budget-conscious, can''t take care of collecting these spoils.


    Perhaps, compared with those corner materials, the dragon body of this dragon is the real priceless treasure.


    The opponent''s real dragon body is too strong, it is almost indestructible, and the fairy weapon that Meng Zhang has used before basically can''t hurt the opponent.


    The body alone can resist his immortal magic powers, such an opponent does not mention the Buddhist artifacts he owns. If the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect fight alone, they are really no match for this Tianlong.


    The stronger the opponent, the more able to inspire Meng Zhang''s fighting spirit.


    With a thought in mind, Meng Zhang sacrificed the celestial artifact of Dayu Qianyuan Monument.


    Meng Zhang didn''t directly use this fairy weapon to attack the enemy, but used it to strengthen his own technique of derivation.


    Compared with real immortals, heavenly immortals have improved in all aspects.


    In the Realm of True Immortals, the price that Meng Zhang was unwilling to pay would not be taken seriously now.


    As long as a Heavenly Immortal Master of Secrets does not deduce things that involve too much and is too high-level, he can use the technique of derivation of secrets as a general hole card in battle.


    Some of the price paid for this is not necessarily much greater than the loss of a battle of the same rank.


    Meng Zhang performed the secret technique, his mind was clear, and he could see clearly all the movements and intentions of the enemy.


    Whenever the celestial dragon makes a move, before it starts, Meng Zhang can take the initiative and respond in time.


    Next, the Tianlong began to feel depressed.


    The enemy, like a prophet, saw through all his intentions and interrupted all his actions.


    Whenever he was about to cast a powerful supernatural power, the enemy would interfere in time, making him fail to cast the spell.


    Relying on his strong physical body, he wanted to jump over to fight the enemy hand-to-hand, but the enemy could see through his movements, making him extremely passive.


    It didn''t take long for Meng Zhang to gain the upper hand and completely suppressed the dragon.


    Of course, the opponent is too strong, and it will take a lot of effort for Meng Zhang to achieve a real victory, severely injure or even kill the opponent.


    Moon God didn''t join the battle on Meng Zhang''s side, but went to help Tai Miao and deal with the sky demon together.


    This sky demon was originally suppressed by the power of heaven and earth from the Taiyi Realm, the Taimiao Imperial Envoy.


    With the addition of Luna, a powerful opponent, the defeat was soon revealed.


    The army of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves has been unable to attack the Taiyi Realm for a long time, and the top combat power has also begun to show signs of decline.


    Anyone with a discerning eye will know that the revenge of the Wild Hunting Bandits has failed this time.


    If you continue to entangle, not only will there be no benefit, but you will pay a greater loss, and you may even suffer a big defeat.


    Most of the members of the Star Thief Group are the kind of people who bully the soft and fear the hard.


    The reason why the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is so fierce is because of its strength, and because of the cruel methods of the upper echelons.


    Seeing the unfavorable situation of the battle, the sky demon soon had the intention of retreating.


    On the far side, a side division of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves and the army of practitioners in the Twin Peaks sector were in an inextricable fight.


    As the leaders, Tianxian and Tianshen had a certain advantage in the battle, but there was still a long way to go before defeating Qianren Tianwang and Wang Xuefeng.


    Several high-level executives quickly exchanged opinions, and they all felt that it was meaningless to continue fighting, and it was better to retreat first and wait for the next opportunity.


    What appeared in the four-pointed star area was far from all the power of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves, but just a temporarily entangled army.


    Before coming to the four-pointed star area, the high-level officials of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates had already prepared as much as possible for the enemy and prepared a very rich force.


    After all, the sub-group that was wiped out was only a true fairy-level force, and their enemies should be limited in strength.


    This time, four strong men at the level of celestial beings were dispatched, and the strength of the army was countless times stronger than that of the eliminated sub-group.


    But from the beginning of the battle, several high-level officials felt that the judgment before the battle was wrong, and that their own side still underestimated the enemy.


    Now, the enemy''s reinforcements have arrived, and the enemy''s strength has surpassed them.


    But it doesn''t matter, retreat first this time.


    When the Wild Hunting Star Thieves attack next time, they will concentrate more powerful forces and must crush all enemies.


    The division that blocked the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area began to evacuate first.


    The Celestial Immortal and the Celestial God already had the upper hand in the battle, and they could organize a retreat without too much effort.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng were afraid of each other''s strength, and had no intention of fighting each other to the death.


    Seeing that the enemy started to retreat, they did not pursue with all their strength, but hung far behind the opponent to prevent them from going to reinforce the Taiyi Realm.


    Due to the restraint of Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng, this partial division cannot fully reinforce the battlefield on the other side of the Taiyi Realm.


    They felt that it was not very interesting to join the main force of the army, so they simply retreated outside the four-pointed star area.


    The army of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, which was attacking the Taiyi Realm with all its strength, also began to slowly withdraw from the battle and began to evacuate.


    As the attackers, their retreat was relatively smooth.


    The Taiyi Realm, which was on the defensive in the previous battle and had suffered huge losses, was unable to organize an effective pursuit for a while.

 Chapter 3160

    The sky demon was suppressed by Tai Miao and Moon God, and it was difficult to escape for a while.


    As for the Tianlong, he tended to be trapped by Meng Zhang.


    Of course, it is not easy for Meng Zhang and the others to keep each other completely.


    It was a special case that Meng Zhang was able to kill so many opponents of the same level in one go in the secret realm.


    The secret realm itself restricts the opponent''s many means of escape.


    And here is the endless void, even if the opponent is suppressed, if he is willing to pay the price, he may not have a chance to escape.


    Especially the Tianlong, which can be called the strongest opponent Meng Zhang has ever encountered since he was promoted to the Heavenly Immortal.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t experienced the training of the secret realm, and his strength had improved greatly compared to before, he might not be able to beat the opponent.


    Regardless of his identity, he launched a sneak attack, but he only had a certain advantage, barely trapped the opponent, and failed to win the opponent for the time being.


    Ever since the war with the branch of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, Meng Zhang had expected the situation today.


    Since the two sides are already mortal enemies, it is natural to use all their strength to attack and weaken each other.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng could not count on it.


    They''ve done enough.


    If they hadn''t helped contain part of the enemy''s power before, the Taiyi Realm might have already fallen.


    After all, this is not their war, and it is not fair for them to pay too much to fight their opponents to the death.


    Of course, this is also because they have illusions in their hearts, and they are unwilling to unite with the Wild Hunting Star Bandits for a death feud.


    It''s a pity that with the style of the Wild Hunting Thieves, after going through this experience, they will definitely not let them go easily in the future.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao communicated briefly, and soon made up their minds, this time they must beat the Wild Hunter Bandits.


    Assholes like Star Thief, only by beating them up and letting them know how powerful they are, will they not continue to haunt the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the complete elimination of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, the current Taiyi Realm simply cannot do it.


    Meng Zhang began to stimulate his own potential and came up with more means.


    He started to run the Heaven and Earth Avenue, trying to change the laws of heaven and earth near the body of the Tianlong.


    The law of heaven and earth is a higher level existence than the law of heaven and earth.


    Generally speaking, a strong person at the level of a fairy has the ability to distort or even change the laws of heaven and earth.


    As for what kind of laws of heaven and earth to change, the scope involved, the duration, etc., it all depends on each person''s attainments on the heaven and earth avenue.


    Like the Luanxi Tianmo who invaded the four-pointed star area at the beginning, it can change the laws of the world on a large scale.


    And such as Qian Ren Tian Wang, Wang Xuefeng and even Moon God, are relatively lacking in this aspect.


    At the very least, it is still difficult for them to profit by changing the laws of the world in actual combat.


    Meng Zhangyi is too wonderful to share his understanding of the Great Dao of Heaven and Earth, and has accumulated a lot in this regard.


    Second, he has gone through the training of fighting in the secret realm, and also received the infusion of power in the secret realm.


    Even though the distraction of Purdue Golden Immortal didn''t want to get too involved with Meng Zhang, for fear of being involved in the karma of Taiyi Golden Immortal, he didn''t want to offend Meng Zhang either.


    He was very optimistic about Meng Zhang, and bought it intentionally or unintentionally, which was considered a good relationship.


    That secret realm was created by Pudu Jinxian himself, and it is full of the power he left behind.


    Meng Zhang was instilled with the power from Jinxian, not only for recovery, but also for deepening his own foundation.


    Many other benefits, he only slowly realized after leaving the secret realm.


    The battle with that Heavenly Dragon now is a test of what he has gained in the secret realm.


    He shot with all his strength, digging deep into the potential in his body, and naturally slowly discovered the mystery of the power that was poured into his body at the beginning.


    ¡¿


    These powers are not only extremely high-level, but also contain traces of extremely profound Dao rhymes, revealing to him the innumerable truths between heaven and earth, the operation of the great way of heaven and earth, and so on.


    During the battle, Meng Zhang deepened his understanding of it and was able to apply it in actual combat.


    The Tianlong immediately sensed a great change around his body.


    The power of Yin-Yang Dao is flooding all around, and the power of other Dao is repelled.


    The power of Yin-Yang Dao is rapidly infecting his indestructible dragon body.


    The scales all over the dragon''s body began to turn gray. He felt hot and cold, and the dragon''s body seemed to be melting rapidly.


    When the celestial immortal and the celestial god were evacuating, they passed Qi with the celestial demon and celestial dragon.


    They took the initiative to retreat, leading Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng away.


    That Heavenly Dragon doesn''t need the cover of others, relying on its own strength, it can get out of the battle.


    He can even provide a certain amount of cover to his Sky Demon companion not far away.


    But now, because Meng Zhang broke out with extremely strong fighting power and used unexpected methods, he began to feel overwhelmed.


    The power of the Yin-Yang Dao that filled the surroundings dispelled the power of the real dragon he had condensed, greatly weakening the defense of the dragon body.


    The yin and yang qi and the yin and yang extermination god thunder rushed in, causing his head to bleed and his body covered in scars.


    What''s even more frightening is that the power of the Yin-Yang Dao is constantly invading his body, consuming his vitality and damaging his foundation.


    Although the Tianlong was very unconvinced, he had to start to find a way to escape.


    The huge dragon''s body trembled for a while, and while eliminating many abnormal states, countless scales shot towards the surroundings.


    The sharpness of each scale is better than many flying swords, and its strength is as heavy as a mountain, almost invincible.


    The Liangyi Tongtian Sword was shattered, and the condensed yin and yang extinction thunders were detonated, and the yin and yang energy became riddled with holes, almost disturbing the shape...


    With the power of this blow, the Tianlong finally forced Meng Zhang back, and took the opportunity to escape by himself.


    The huge dragon body was extremely flexible, and after a few swings, it completely disappeared into the void.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, instead of chasing the sky dragon, he helped Tai Miao and the others deal with the sky demon.


    This sky demon didn''t even think that the situation was good, but in a blink of an eye, he was abandoned by his comrades.


    Three opponents of the same level besieged him, and Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were far stronger than him.


    After a fierce battle, this sky demon was captured, and then Tai Miao personally suppressed it in the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    The other powerful members of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group who had fled to the distance, after seeing the sky dragon voluntarily fleeing, they also sped up and fled here one after another, with no intention of staying to rescue their companions.


    The Taiyi Realm finally organized a large-scale counterattack, and wiped out many enemies who hadn''t had time to evacuate.


    After a frenzied pursuit, the pursuit reached the edge of the four-pointed star area, and the army of monks from the Taiyi Realm reluctantly stopped their pursuit.


    This subgroup of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves suffered countless casualties, and their vitality was severely damaged. All the remaining members withdrew from the four-pointed star area.

 Chapter 3161

    Although Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng didn''t pursue with all their strength, their very existence was a kind of deterrent to the enemy, greatly restraining the enemy''s strength.


    Including the previous help, this big favor, the senior officials of the Taiyi world, including Meng Zhang, must recognize it.


    The Taiyi world has no position to blame them.


    Defeating the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves has achieved good results. Meng Zhang has no idea of ??pursuing the victory for the time being.


    Taiyi Realm cleaned up the battlefield and carried out various aftermath work.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, and took the initiative to visit Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng.


    Seeing that the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group retreated, they also led the army to retreat.


    Although Meng Zhang is a newly promoted Celestial Immortal, his fighting power is far superior to Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others.


    The phenomenon of seniority ranking is everywhere in the practice world.


    But in the end, the truth is that the strong are respected.


    After the two sides met, Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng were very polite to Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention trying to please, at least not wanting to offend.


    They were still faintly thankful that although there had been conflicts with the Taiyi Realm, after so many twists and turns, the two sides were still allies for the time being.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of villain who turns his face and denies others when he succeeds.


    He sincerely thanked Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others for holding back the enemy...


    Seeing that the atmosphere was almost brewing, Meng Zhang began to get down to business.


    The Taiyi Realm and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, the Sirius Sword Sect, and the Fa Hua Sect all had blood feuds.


    The army of the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group was defeated today, but with its cruel and tyrannical style of vengeance, it will definitely not stop there.


    It is estimated that it will not be long before the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group will send out more powerful forces to make a comeback and enter the four-pointed star area.


    At that time, even if Meng Zhang and Qian Ren Tian Wang join forces, they will probably not be able to resist.


    In addition, the brigades of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Fahua Sect will also arrive here soon.


    Maybe, the armies of these two families have already set off and are on their way here.


    Meng Zhang said frankly that the Taiyi world will not stay here and wait for death.


    The Taiyi Realm will soon leave the four-pointed star area, temporarily avoiding the sharp edge of the enemy.


    With the behavior of these three families, even if the Qianren Heavenly King and the others draw a clear line with the Taiyi Realm, or even turn against each other directly, they will not let the Qianren Heavenly King and the others go.


    They will sweep the four-pointed star area, plunder and even destroy everything here.


    Even, they will follow the wormhole passage and kill all the way to the Twin Peaks star area.


    After hearing Meng Zhang''s words, both Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng felt very aggrieved.


    Forget it, they suffered an innocent disaster this time, and they were completely implicated by the Taiyi Realm.


    They must have complaints, even hatred, towards the Taiyi Realm in their hearts, but so what?


    Blaming the Taiyi Realm and being an enemy of the Taiyi Realm will not solve the problems they are currently facing.


    With the current strength shown by the etheric world, even if they turn against the etheric world, they will not have any upper hand.


    If the high-level people in the Taiyi Realm were a little bit darker, and they didn''t care about the friendship between the two sides before, and attacked them directly, they probably wouldn''t be able to resist.


    Meng Zhang also felt embarrassed for hurting them.


    He took the initiative to promise that he would definitely show something in the future and would not let them lose in vain.


    After careful deliberation and Meng Zhang''s patient persuasion, Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng had to make a final decision.


    Practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area must give up the four-pointed star area that they finally obtained, and return to the Twin Peaks star area as soon as possible with the resources looted during this period.


    After the last team has withdrawn, Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others will cast a spell to close the wormhole channel connecting the two star areas, temporarily cutting off the connection with the four-pointed star area.


    ¡¿


    After persuading Qian Rentian Wang and the others, Meng Zhang also quickly returned to the Taiyi Realm, and asked the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm to recall the monks who were away, and prepared to leave here.


    The Taiyi Realm has been in Caiyun Great World for so long, and has gained a lot.


    Although everyone is reluctant to part and wants to continue collecting resources here, the situation no longer allows it.


    Compared with the Twin Peaks star region, the situation in the Taiyi Realm is even more difficult.


    The wormhole channel connecting the twin peaks star area and the four-pointed star area cannot allow a large world like the Taiyi Realm to pass through. The Taiyi Realm can only trek through the void.


    Migrating in the void has a long journey, and it is not easy for the Taiyi Realm to escape the pursuit of the three chasing soldiers.


    Under Meng Zhang''s urging, the Taiyi Realm moved quickly up and down, dealt with various affairs in a short period of time, and began to leave the vicinity of Caiyun Great World.


    Compared with the monks in the Taiyi Realm, the Shuangfeng star area is even more reluctant to part with the four-pointed star area that was so hard to get.


    As old enemies of the four-pointed star region for many years, they finally occupied the enemy''s lair, but now they have to leave immediately, which is really embarrassing for them.


    Although the four-pointed star area has been plundered by Cloud City, as long as it is managed seriously, it is very likely to return to its heyday after a long period of time.


    In fact, with Qian Ren Tian Wang and the others promoted to the level of immortals, the original resources of the Shuangfeng star area have been difficult to support them.


    They must expand outward, find and seize more resources.


    Although the current four-pointed star area has fallen, it is still not much worse than the Twin Peaks star area in all aspects.


    Especially the Qingxu Great World can be used as the foundation of the Celestial Immortal Sect.


    The Taiyi Realm started to move, and Meng Zhang stood above the Taiyi Realm, looking at the great world of Qingxu in the distance.


    Back then, he still wanted to seize this world, using the imprint of the Yang God left by the high-ranking monks of the Qingxu Sect in the depths of the world, to make good use of the high-level Qingxu Sect.


    Not only to take revenge on Qing Xuzong, but also to gain as much benefit as possible.


    Now that he has been promoted to Tianxian, Qingxuzong is not worth mentioning in his eyes.


    Some of the original plans were also left behind by him.


    In any case, what the Qingxu Sect implemented in the Qingxu Great World was the system of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Even Yunzhong City wanted to buy the face of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and without destroying that system, Meng Zhang would not easily offend the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    He will not destroy that system, let alone do anything to the Qingxu Great World.


    As for Qing Xuzong, he is no longer qualified to be the opponent of Taiyi Realm.


    If they meet in the future, how to deal with each other will depend on Meng Zhang''s mood.


    Practitioners in the Twin Peaks star area, including many high-level people, are still procrastinating and hesitant because they are not willing to give up here.


    Many monks are still collecting various resources, and have no intention of leaving at all.


    Qian Ren Tian Wang and Wang Xuefeng didn''t know what to think, and their wrists were not tough enough, so they didn''t give death orders to the monks below.


    Meng Zhang has no right to interfere in the internal affairs of the Twin Peaks sector.


    All he could do was done.


    If the practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area were caught by those three families because they did not retreat in time, and thus suffered doom, there was nothing Meng Zhang could do.


    At most, he would feel regret and pity, but he would definitely not get involved in Taiyi Realm because of this.

 Chapter 3162

    After Taiyi Realm left Caiyun Great World, it didn''t immediately speed up.


    Next, from which direction the Taiyi Realm left the four-pointed star area, where will it go, and how will it get rid of the pursuers...


    All of this requires Meng Zhang and the others to think carefully.


    Prior to this, there was a shortage of the origin of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm.


    To support more and more high-ranking monks, the attrition in several wars has put a lot of pressure on the whole world.


    If this problem is not resolved in time, the whole world may collapse.


    Tai Miao personally suppressed the captured sky demon in the depths of Yuanhai in order to refine it and let it become the nutrient of Yuanhai.


    The nutrients provided by a sky demon can temporarily alleviate the plight of the Taiyi Realm, and it will be consumed by the Taiyi Realm for a long time.


    Of course, it is not a matter of overnight to completely refine this sky demon.


    Meng Zhang took out the gift of Pudu Jinxian''s distraction.


    He experienced many battles in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and it was not easy for him to gain these gains.


    A ball of light flew out of Meng Zhang''s hands, and voluntarily attached itself to the blessed land of the sun and the moon in the mountain gate of the Taiyi Realm.


    This Zhongqian world itself is very valuable. It can strengthen the Sun Moon Blessed Land and increase the foundation of the Taiyi Realm.


    In this middle thousand world, many precious resources are stored.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, streams of thick sources of heaven and earth flew out of it, turned into long rivers, and plunged into the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    In the current Taiyi Realm, there are three powerhouses at the level of celestial beings. Gu Yue Lingqing, who is in retreat, is also attacking the celestial beings. They have a huge demand for resources, and this does not include other practitioners in the Taiyi Realm.


    After the source of these heaven and earth is absorbed by Yuan Hai, it cannot fundamentally solve the problems of the Taiyi Realm, but it can greatly strengthen Yuan Hai, allowing it to support more and stronger monks.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, with these origins of heaven and earth, the Taiyi Realm should be able to persist until reaching the next big world.


    Practitioners in the Taiyi Realm have reached the level of true immortals, and they can enter the source sea for daily practice.


    They used the origin of the world to cultivate, and while saving a lot of resources, they also put a lot of pressure on Yuan Hai.


    At the level of a fairy, almost every breath can cause violent fluctuations in Yuanhai.


    When Meng Zhang broke through to the realm of celestial beings, many purple and green ideas descended from the void.


    For the vast majority of powerhouses at the level of celestial beings, Ziqing Lingji is an excellent cultivation resource.


    Many celestial beings are reluctant to use Ziqing inspiration in their daily practice.


    In this middle thousand world, there are also many Ziqing inspirations.


    The distraction of the Pudu Golden Immortal is smart enough to know what the angels need most.


    With these Ziqing inspirations, it was enough for Meng Zhang and the others to use them for a long time.


    In addition, in this middle thousand world, there are also some rare treasures of heaven and earth, which can be used for alchemy and refining equipment.


    Just leaking something from the golden fairy''s fingers, it surpassed the accumulation of many Tianxian sects over the years, and benefited the entire Taiyi world a lot.


    Although Pudu Jinxian didn''t want to have too much involvement with Taiyi Jinxian''s distraction, he had to accept this favor for Meng Zhang.


    As a large number of sources of heaven and earth poured into the source sea of ??the Taiyi Realm, the source sea that was about to dry up became full again, and the whole big world stabilized.


    Meng Zhang convened the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm, mainly a group of real immortal-level powerhouses, to discuss how to get rid of the following pursuers as soon as possible.


    After the army of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates was defeated, they retreated outside the four-pointed star area.


    This army is no longer enough to worry about.


    The only thing that makes people afraid are the angels and gods who command the army.


    The evil dragon fled after being defeated by Meng Zhang, and was seriously injured, so he might not dare to come and pester him again.


    But the enemy''s celestial beings and gods are in good condition, and they have been monitoring the Taiyi Realm from afar.


    With them watching from behind, the Taiyi Realm couldn''t cover up what happened next.


    It is impossible to get rid of them at the speed of the ether world.


    Meng Zhang is sure that he can defeat them.


    But after they have seen Meng Zhang''s fighting power, they will definitely not fight Meng Zhang recklessly.


    They don''t need to fight Meng Zhang, as long as they keep avoiding Meng Zhang, others will not be able to threaten them.


    In a chasing battle with an opponent of the same level in the void, even with the help of Luna and Tai Miao, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to catch up with the opponent in a short time, severely injure or even kill him.


    The three of Meng Zhang and the others were able to take down the sky demon before, firstly because the other party was too close to Taiyi Realm and was entangled by Taimiao; secondly, it was also a bit of luck.


    Now that the other party has learned the previous lesson, as long as Meng Zhang moves, they will definitely start to escape.


    With the high-level style of the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group, it is impossible to threaten the other party with the lives of its members.


    Even if the entire army is lost, they probably won''t blink an eye.


    The senior leaders of the Taiyi world discussed for a long time, but they couldn''t find a way to kill the opponent in a short time.


    Meng Zhang had a faint premonition in his heart that a powerful enemy was approaching here, and there was not much time left for the Taiyi Realm to escape.


    As for the option of staying in the four-pointed star area and fighting the enemy recklessly, it was never in Meng Zhang''s choice.


    Both the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and the Sirius Sword Sect have double-digit Celestial-level powerhouses.


    No matter how strong Meng Zhang is, he cannot resist multiple strong men of the same level at the same time.


    Especially the Dharma Huazong with a long history and profound background, even if it loses the seven Bodhisattvas, its strength still exceeds that of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and the Sirius Sword Sect.


    The loss of seven Bodhisattvas in one breath is definitely a major event that shakes the entire sect.


    Everything that happened in the secret realm was shielded by the power of the Golden Immortal level. Fahuazong could only follow the existing clues to trace all the way to the four-pointed star area.


    After leaving the four-pointed star area, Meng Zhang has no clear goal so far.


    In any case, the four-pointed star area is not a place to stay for a long time, it is best to leave here first.


    Since everyone can''t come up with a good solution, only Meng Zhang can do it arbitrarily.


    He secretly performed the technique of derivation from the secrets of heaven, and soon got the result of the deduction.


    The area outside the four-pointed star area was completely dark in his senses, revealing heavy pressure and hiding sinister murderous intentions.


    Even with the strength currently possessed by the Taiyi Realm, as long as one wrong step is taken, they will be in a desperate situation and encounter irreversible doom.


    Meng Zhang was slightly startled.


    Although he knew that the Taiyi Realm would face huge challenges and encounter countless troubles, the dangerous road ahead still exceeded his expectations.


    He continued to deduce that he wanted to find a way out for the Taiyi Realm from the extremely dangerous environment.


    Probably because the deduction involved the power of a high position, it was very difficult for Meng Zhang to deduce it.


    At the very least, he knew that there would be a number of immortal-level powerhouses, either directly or indirectly, who were about to contact and conflict with the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 3163

    As the inference progressed, Meng Zhang began to feel more and more strenuous.


    He knew in his heart that this was mostly because there were too many strong men at the level of celestial beings who were already paying attention to the Taiyi Realm, and began to have various entanglements and causes and effects with the Taiyi Realm.


    Among these strong men, many of them are even stronger than him.


    With Meng Zhang''s current combat power, he has no problem dealing with ordinary celestial beings.


    Considering the huge advantages of the Daoist practice system, he is completely capable of surpassing ordinary gods, bodhisattvas, and sky demons.


    Of course, the road to practice in the realm of immortality is a long road.


    On this road, the levels are complicated, there are many thresholds, and the gap in strength is huge.


    Taking the cultivation realm of Taoist celestial beings as an example, it can be roughly divided into three small realms.


    Especially after being tempered in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, he can already be called a strong man in this realm, and his strength is only stronger than that of many veteran celestial beings.


    Now it is estimated that only those Mahayana celestial beings from the Golden Immortal Sect can beat Meng Zhang.


    There is a huge gap in all aspects between the immortals in different small realms.


    This gap is even bigger than the gap between true immortals and heavenly immortals.


    Other cultivation systems, at this level, are roughly the same.


    The higher the level of cultivation, the harder it is for a guy to show his face outside at will.


    It hasn''t been long since Meng Zhang was promoted to Heavenly Immortal, but he has already seen many strong men of the same level from different backgrounds and different systems.


    Fortunately, there is no essential difference between these guys and him, and Meng Zhang, whose strength is still in the realm of celestial beings, feels a little anxious.


    He did not hesitate to invest a greater price and expend more effort to calculate the escape route of the Taiyi Realm.


    I don''t know if it''s because there is no unparalleled path, or because of his cultivation of the secret art.


    After some difficult deduction, he finally got a satisfactory result.


    Soon, Taiyi Realm set off in a fixed direction according to Meng Zhang''s instructions.


    Meng Zhang himself, on the other hand, hastened to retreat and tried his best to recover the energy he had spent before.


    After the army of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit was defeated, it took the initiative to disperse into several parts, and has been wandering outside the four-pointed star area.


    The strong men in the army have been monitoring the movements of the Taiyi Realm through various methods.


    As soon as the Taiyi Realm started to move, many strong people knew it very quickly.


    Under the watchful eyes of everyone, the Taiyi Realm moved at a high speed, and soon left the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Originally, there was a small team of the Wild Hunting Thieves, which happened to block the advance route of the Taiyi Realm.


    When the huge Taiyi Realm approached, this small team quickly avoided it, not daring to have any contact with the Taiyi Realm.


    In the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, many strong men, most of whom are at the level of real immortals, secretly dispersed and stared at the Taiyi Realm from a distance to ensure that the Taiyi Realm did not leave their sight.


    A celestial immortal and a celestial god left the army and locked the Taiyi Realm from afar.


    After the Taiyi Realm left the four-pointed star area, it did not flee at full speed, but moved forward slowly at an unhurried speed.


    What Meng Zhang deduced before is not only the most beneficial direction for the Taiyi world, but also the best speed that the Taiyi world should maintain.


    In the four-pointed star area, Qianren Tianwang and Wang Xuefeng looked at the back of Taiyi Realm going away, feeling very complicated.


    They believed that Meng Zhang would not deceive them, and staying in the four-pointed star area was probably a bad luck.


    But because of the persuasion of a group of monks below, they couldn''t help but have fantasies.


    Perhaps, leaving the Taiyi Realm in the four-pointed star area will attract all the enemies.


    If the main forces of the three factions, including the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, chase after the Taiyi Realm, then the four-point star area will be safe for the time being.


    They didn''t want the Taiyi Realm to be unlucky, but they were too reluctant to part with everything in the Four-pointed Star Region.


    They know that Taiyi Realm is powerful.


    If the three forces go all out to pursue Taiyi Realm, it will probably take a long time to completely solve it.


    Perhaps, they can take advantage of this precious time to collect various resources in the four-pointed star area as much as possible.


    Under the orders of Heavenly King Qian Ren and Wang Xuefeng, many practitioners in the Shuangfeng star area have already started to retreat.


    But there are still many practitioners, with their tacit consent of turning a blind eye and closing one eye, still staying in the four-pointed star area, trying their best to collect various resources.


    When Meng Zhang was practicing in seclusion, he finally had time to clean up what he had gained from his previous visit to the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Many spoils of war were sorted out by him, and the temporarily unusable things were sent to the Great Treasury of Taiyi Gate.


    At that time, there was a star-swallowing beast who protected him from disaster, and was killed by the Buddhist artifact given by the Buddha, and it was almost completely wiped out.


    After the star-swallowing beast fell, a cloud of starlight took the initiative to throw into Meng Zhang''s hands.


    Now after Meng Zhang''s careful inspection, it is finally confirmed that this cluster of starlight is the descendant of the Star Swallowing Beast.


    Among the many star beasts, the star swallowing beast is a very special kind of existence.


    The Star Swallowing Beast is not a creature of flesh and blood, its core is highly condensed star essence, and its outer shell is extremely hard earth, stone, metal and the like.


    The inheritance method of the swallowing star beast is very special, and the conditions for the birth of its descendants are very harsh.


    What Meng Zhang met at the beginning was a star-swallowing beast in its prime.


    This star devouring beast was completely destroyed from the core to the outer shell.


    At the last moment of its life, it finally gave birth to a descendant.


    After a series of mistakes, this offspring fell into the hands of Meng Zhang.


    The star-swallowing beast is born with very powerful power, and almost all the star-swallowing beasts in their prime have the power of a fairy.


    If this descendant can be tamed and cultivated well, the Taiyi world will have a great power.

 Chapter 3164

    If it were a fairy from a small family, let alone taming and cultivating the descendants of the Star Swallowing Beast, it would probably be difficult to recognize its origin.


    The inheritance classics left by Taiyi Golden Immortal not only help future generations to practice, but also enrich the knowledge of future generations.


    There are many aspects involved in the classics, which can comprehensively enhance the foundation of a sect.


    Regarding how to tame and cultivate the star devouring beast, you can also find the answer from the classics.


    Of course, if you want to completely tame the Star Swallowing Beast, even the little guy who hasn''t fully formed is still a big test for Meng Zhang.


    ¡¿


    Considering the strong combat power of the Star Devouring Beast as an adult, Meng Zhang is willing to spend some energy on it.


    According to the records in the classics, he slowly penetrated his divine sense into the core of the starlight, and then left his own brand in it with a secret method.


    One after another, the mysterious runes were formed, and Meng Zhang was considered an initial success.


    It''s just that this star swallowing beast is not even a cub at present, it can only be said to be a mass of spirit, and it has not even begun to form.


    Meng Zhang himself naturally doesn''t have so much time and energy to take care of this little thing slowly.


    After years of development, the Taiyi Gate Beast Hall has been able to cultivate all kinds of spirit beasts, fierce beasts and even star beasts.


    Now there are many spirit beasts of Void Return level, working for Taiyi Sect.


    The existence of such a high-end star-swallowing beast has never been touched by the monks of the Taiyimen Yushoutang before.


    The Royal Beast Hall sent the best monks to take good care of it according to the records in the classics.


    As the name suggests, the Star Devouring Beast aims to devour the stars and strengthen itself.


    Such a small group of spirits naturally does not have the ability to devour stars, and it is impossible for the monks of Taiyimen to provide stars for them to devour.


    These monks chose a towering mountain peak among the Taiyimen Mountain Gate, built a special altar on it, and arranged a special magic circle.


    The group of spirits was placed in the altar.


    The magic circle was activated, and a large amount of starlight fell on the altar across a long distance for the group of spirits to absorb.


    For this group of spirits, the light of the stars is the best food at present.


    With a large amount of devouring starlight, this group of spirits gradually stabilized and began to enter the growth stage.


    The progress of the Taiyi Realm at this time is not fast, and many monks can freely move around the Taiyi Realm.


    It was Meng Zhang''s order to take care of and cultivate the Star Swallowing Beast, so it naturally received the full support of the Taiyi Sect and the pouring of resources from all sides.


    Wen Qiansuan personally led a group of Taiyi sect monks up into the sky, set up a star array, pulled the starlight from far away, and let it fall on the mountain peak.


    The group of spirits absorbed the falling starlight hungrily, as if it would never be filled.


    After Meng Zhang''s initial curiosity was satisfied, he put his energy on other things.


    It will take a long time and a lot of resources for this star swallowing beast to take shape.


    As for its useful combat power, it is estimated that most Taiyimen monks will never see that day.


    The Taiyi Realm is neither fast nor slow, advancing at a fixed speed, and the followers behind can easily keep up.


    Not long after, the Tianlong who was wounded by Meng Zhang loomed not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    The name of this celestial dragon is Ao Zifei, and he has a special status in the Wild Hunter Thieves Group, and he can be regarded as one of the few high-level officials.


    Within the True Dragon Clan, different ethnic groups and different families have different statuses.


    What determines its status is naturally its strength.


    The strength of members of the True Dragon Clan is largely related to blood.


    The surname Ao has a special meaning within the Dragon Clan.


    The Ao surname is the top family within the Dragon Clan, equivalent to the king within the Dragon Clan.


    Members of the True Dragon Clan are naturally powerful and gifted.


    You don''t even need to practice, as you grow older, you can automatically grow into a strong person.


    But the realm of the Dragon Emperor, that is, the level of a true immortal, is also a difficult threshold for most members of the Dragon Clan.


    Even the so-called geniuses need to practice hard and consume countless time and resources to become the Dragon King.


    As for the core members of the Ao clan with pure blood, as long as they enter the prime of life, they can basically possess the strength of a true immortal.


    Ao Zi is not a fairy, he regards it as a great shame and humiliation, and must take revenge.


    He knew that he couldn''t beat Meng Zhang now, but he was unwilling to let him go.


    According to the information he collected, Taiyi Realm is Meng Zhang''s biggest drag.


    He kept staring at Taiyi Realm from a distance, not letting it out of his sight.


    He had already contacted the Headquarters of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, asking them to send stronger reinforcements to destroy Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm.


    The reason why the Wild Hunting Star Pirates roam the void is that many big forces are unwilling to provoke them. One of the main reasons is that they will never let go of enemies who hurt their own side, no matter what kind of origin the opponent is.


    After the branch of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group was wiped out by the Taiyi Realm, the head group was furious and sent a number of strong men to track down the murderer.


    Although there had been misunderstandings and conflicts with Dinghu Tianxian and their mixed team before, it did not prevent the strong members of the headquarters from tracking down the real murderer.


    During this process, the Wild Hunting Star Pirates had contact with the Sirius Sword Sect, and the two quickly confirmed that they had a common enemy.


    The two have had a lot of dealings before, and the two sides have similar tastes and have cooperated before.


    This time, they joined forces again to track down the common enemy.


    Not long ago, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortal who was following Dinghu Celestial Immortal and the others came to the Four-Pointed Star Region and found out everything that happened.


    While the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect passed the news back to the sect, it also shared it with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    Soon, the Wild Hunter Thieves mobilized a large army to form a temporary sub-group, and aggressively attacked the four-pointed star area, only to have the following scene.


    Ao Zifei and the others kept their eyes on the Taiyi Realm, waiting for the reinforcements from the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group and the revenge team of the Sirius Sword Sect.


    They underestimated the strength of the Taiyi Realm before, and the army they sent was insufficient and failed.


    After learning the lesson, the Wild Hunt Star Pirates Group will definitely not make the same mistake, and will definitely send a strong enough reinforcement.


    Ao Zifei and the others were a little puzzled that the Taiyi Realm didn''t run for their lives in a hurry, but advanced so leisurely.

 Chapter 3165

    Could it be that the Taiyi Realm still has some hidden strength, so it is not afraid of the follow-up reinforcements from the Wild Hunting Star Thieves?


    Or, they are too arrogant, they don''t know how to live or die, thinking that they are facing all the horses of the Wild Hunt Star Thieves?


    ...


    Ao Zifei and the others couldn''t figure out the intentions of the Taiyi Realm, nor could they figure out all the trump cards of the Taiyi Realm.


    But they have absolute confidence in the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, and believe that the group can destroy the Taiyi Realm.


    Having suffered a lot, they have learned their lesson. Before the reinforcements from the main regiment arrive, they will not take the initiative to fight against the strong ones from the Taiyi Realm, but just stare at the Taiyi Realm from a distance.


    If the strong men from the Taiyi Realm drove and chased them down, they would have already been prepared to escape.


    The void is vast, and they will not be easily overtaken by monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    Unless the Taiyi Realm shows stronger strength, they will not be able to kill them easily.


    As long as they don''t encounter fatal danger, they will stick to the Taiyi Realm like brown sugar.


    ¡¿


    Judging from the current situation, their operation is very smooth.


    The senior officials of Taiyi Realm are very clear about the current situation.


    Many high-level officials suggested that the Taiyi world should move forward at the fastest speed and try to get rid of the opponent.


    But after Meng Zhang gave the order, he began to retreat and recuperate, and it was difficult for even a true immortal to see him.


    The acting head, Niu Dawei, carried out Meng Zhang''s orders to the letter without any deviation.


    Many people felt puzzled and dissatisfied, but they still didn''t have the courage to oppose Meng Zhang''s order.


    Regardless of Meng Zhang''s great achievements in the past, when he came back this time, he showed great power and demonstrated superb strength, solved the plight of the Taiyi Realm, and defeated the powerful enemies who besieged the Taiyi Realm.


    Most people in the Taiyi world have blind confidence in Meng Zhang and will obey every order of Meng Zhang.


    The Taiyi Realm didn''t panic at all, as if it was parading in the void.


    Not long after, Ao Zifei and the others waited for the sword repair team that had been lost before, and the strongest in the team was only a sword fairy at the level of a true fairy.


    Although they valued the Taiyi Realm, they did not regard it as a real enemy.


    The main purpose of them joining forces with the Wild Hunting Star Thieves is to find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible, rather than thinking that relying on the power of one family alone cannot deal with the Taiyi Realm.


    Not long ago, the two brothers of the Mo family who had been secretly following Meng Zhang and the others suddenly shattered the fate tablet enshrined in the sect.


    The high-ranking members of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect didn''t notice any signs beforehand, and they used secret methods to search afterwards, and even used the Tianji Immortal Master enshrined by the sect, but they couldn''t find out what happened.


    However, considering that the two brothers of the Mo family had an accident while following Meng Zhang and the others, Meng Zhang naturally bore the greatest suspicion.


    The two brothers of the Mo family were killed by Meng Zhang in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, so naturally no information would be leaked.


    With the unexplained demise of two sword celestial beings at the level of heavenly celestial beings, the top brass of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect will certainly not let it go.


    Because the members of Meng Zhang''s team are complex, mainly because the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect are too eye-catching.


    The senior management of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is actively contacting the Fahua Sect to confirm the whereabouts and purpose of the Bodhisattva in the team.


    If Fa Huazong and Taiyi Realm colluded together, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect would have to act cautiously.


    Of course, the sword cultivators of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect are also narrow-minded and will take revenge.


    Even Huazong couldn''t stop their revenge when their fellow disciples were killed.


    With the arrival of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect''s sword repair team, Ao Zifei was a little eager to launch another tentative attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    However, he checked his physical condition again and confirmed that he hadn''t fully recovered and could not exert all his fighting power.


    He had to continue to endure and seize the time to heal his injuries.


    The sword cultivator team of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect also didn''t intend to act hastily, but just followed far behind the Taiyi Realm.


    According to the information shared by Ao Zifei before, only Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi Realm and joined the battle.


    His original teammates Dinghu Tianxian and the Bodhisattvas of Fahuazong disappeared.


    Where are these people now, and what happened when they explored the secret place left by Pudu Jinxian?


    If all the members of this team were on Meng Zhang''s side, then the enemy''s strength would be too strong.


    With their current strength alone, they are no match for the enemy at all.


    The two leading swordsmen decided to continue waiting.


    They are waiting for more and stronger reinforcements in the future, and they are also waiting for the results of negotiations between the top of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Fahua Sect.


    As time goes by, Taiyi Realm is still advancing at a fixed speed and direction.


    Two more teams from the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and the Sirius Sword Sect arrived nearby.


    They gathered together and followed Taiyi Realm all the time, but did not take any major actions.


    The Taiyi world has been paying attention to the enemy''s movements.


    The Moon God, who was in the heaven, used a secret method to detect that the enemies in the rear were getting stronger and stronger, and she was a little nervous.


    With the current strength of the enemy, it is completely possible to launch an attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    But the enemy is still waiting, waiting for more reinforcements to arrive.


    When the enemy completes the arrangement, I am afraid that they will form an encirclement circle for Taiyi Realm, and then launch a thunderous blow, making it difficult for Taiyi Realm to parry.


    As the moon god, Meng Zhang can naturally be contacted at any time.


    After she contacted Meng Zhang, she proposed to launch an active attack, not to completely destroy the opponent, but at least to break the enemy''s arrangement and try to kill the enemy as much as possible.


    Meng Zhang rejected the proposal almost without thinking.


    If he were to launch an active attack, he wouldn''t have waited until now.


    Among the enemies, the strong ones at the level of celestial beings will definitely have a way to cling to the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    If you can''t completely annihilate the strongest among the enemies, there is no point in launching a counterattack.


    Meng Zhang asked Luna to continue to wait, waiting for a turning point.

 Chapter 3166

    Since the enemies following behind did not restrain their aura, they appeared almost blatantly. Not to mention the Moon God, even other high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm had discovered its existence, and they were already very clear about the dangerous situation they were facing.


    Although everyone''s confidence in Meng Zhang remained undiminished, many Taiyi monks began to feel nervous and uneasy as more powerful people appeared behind.


    At this time, some monk teams also appeared in front of Taiyi Realm.


    At first, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm thought that the enemy had set up an ambush in front, preparing to flank the Taiyi Realm back and forth.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm began to increase their vigilance, and Meng Zhang, who was alarmed, also left the retreat and flew over the Taiyi Realm.


    He looked ahead carefully and recognized the origins of the monks in front of him.


    These monks are not strangers, but indigenous monks from the four-pointed star region.


    At that time, many monks from the major cultivation forces in the foreign world returned to the four-pointed star area through the wormhole passage, and they just bumped into the monks in the Shuangfeng star area who invaded on a large scale.


    Later, the Taiyi Realm also came to the four-pointed star area, not to mention, Luna also destroyed the wormhole passage.


    After a series of twists and turns, these monks suffered heavy losses, and the rest fled the four-pointed star area in a hurry.


    Neither the practitioners in the Shuangfeng Star Area nor the Taiyi Realm could care about these bereaved dogs and let them escape.


    It''s not very far from the four-pointed star area. After so long, they are still in this area.


    Are these guys poor at escaping, or are they reluctant to leave the four-pointed star region too far?


    With the power currently possessed by the etheric world, there is no need to care about these guys at all.


    Meng Zhang was about to let everyone relax a bit, but if he felt it, he glanced at the monks again.


    These monks seemed to have nothing unusual, they just moved in the void normally, but Meng Zhang found out something was wrong immediately after he observed deeply.


    After being promoted to Tianxian, Meng Zhang''s abilities in all aspects have been comprehensively improved.


    Now he can see through at a glance, things that he couldn''t find no matter how deeply he looked before.


    The state of these monks is wrong. They seem to be the same as before, but they have actually been demonized and turned into another kind of creature.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about the life and death of these guys.


    Even if you are very hostile to the way of magic, now is not the time to slay demons.


    Originally, he planned to leave these guys alone.


    But with a thought in his heart, when he used the secret technique to deduce it before, he deduced that the Taiyi Realm moved in this direction, and there was only a glimmer of life.


    However, it has been a while since the Taiyi Realm left the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Apart from the increasing number of pursuers and the gathering of powerful enemies, the situation has remained unchanged.


    Many high-level officials in the Taiyi world didn''t say anything, but they were already feeling nervous and confused.


    Because of years of experience, Meng Zhang has deep confidence in his own Tianji technique.


    In order to derive this result, he paid a considerable price, and the lost vitality has not yet fully recovered.


    The demonized monks in front seemed to be the only abnormalities.


    Although Tianjishu deduces that this is the only way to survive, Meng Zhang can''t just sit around and do nothing.


    The response that should be given and the efforts that should be made must not be less at all.


    Since no other abnormalities have been found so far, those monks in front cannot be easily let go.


    Meng Zhang was also a little curious in his heart, these monks were demonized by some powerful magician.


    I remember that when these monks escaped from the four-pointed star area, their strength was not considered weak, and the leaders were a group of strong men at the level of true immortals.


    When, near the four-pointed star area, a mysterious magic powerhouse appeared?


    Could it be that the ghost of the Luanxi Heavenly Demon is still lingering, and there are still remnants of evil left behind?


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation base and status today, he doesn''t need to do everything himself.


    Considering that the pursuers from the rear were staring at him, he didn''t send out the ordinary Taiyi Realm powerhouses, but asked Luna to go there.


    After receiving the order, the Moon God left the Heaven Realm, took a step forward, and came to the front of the Taiyi Realm, very close to the monks.


    Luna''s powers of observation are not as keen as Meng Zhang''s.


    However, with Meng Zhang''s warning in advance, she quickly discovered the abnormality of these monks.


    Demonic Dao can be called the public enemy of the Void and Myriad Realms.


    The gods, especially the native gods, are one of the favorite targets of the mages.


    The Moon God, who was born in Junchen Realm, experienced the evil disaster caused by the ego demon shortly after his birth, and has an instinctive aversion to the evil ways.


    She followed the Taiyi Realm into the void, promoted to the gods all the way, and also experienced battles with powerful demons.


    There is no cure for these demonized monks.


    Moon God felt a little pity in his heart, but he would never show mercy.


    With a thought in her mind, one after another cold flames were born out of thin air, burning on these monks, and then quickly spread to the surroundings.


    These monks, regardless of their level of cultivation, had no power to fight back, and were easily burned to ashes by the flames....


    Moonfire is the signature divine art of the Moon God. In addition to its great power, it also has a very strong purification power.


    When these monks were burned to nothing, in the induction of the moon god, faint black air appeared from the deepest part of their bodies, struggling and writhing under the burning of the moon fire.


    Luna''s face changed slightly, these demonic energy were not only very stubborn, but also extremely high level.


    Could it be that they were demonized by the heavenly demon?


    When did another Heavenly Demon come to this area?


    Luna had seen the terrifying power of the Luanxi Tianmo back then.


    It was not easy to defeat it with the cooperation of many immortal-level powerhouses.


    Moon God didn''t dare to be careless in the slightest, and began to go all out, trying to find out who was behind the demonization of these monks as soon as possible.


    As gods, they will more or less have some attainments on the road of cause and effect.


    Of course, Luna majored in Taiyin Avenue, and Karma Avenue was her primary minor.


    After years of painstaking practice, she has attained very deep knowledge on the Dao of Karma, and she is almost close to some Buddhist Bodhisattvas.


    In her divine eyes, those seemingly isolated black demonic energy are connected by lines of cause and effect.


    This shows that these demonic energy all come from the same master.


    Under the burning of the moonfire, these demonic qi were purified one by one.


    According to the guidance of the line of cause and effect, all these demonic energy point to the same direction.


    Luna and Meng Zhang greeted each other and searched in this direction.


    Although Meng Zhang continued to sit in Taiyi Realm, he was ready to dispatch at any time to support Luna.


    A heavenly god like Moon God would not have any advantage against ordinary heavenly demons.


    There are only three immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm, and the Moon God must not allow any mistakes.


    If it weren''t for the consideration that these monks might be related to the clues to get out of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang would not have allowed the Moon God to provoke the hidden Heavenly Demon at this time.

 Chapter 3167

    Guided by the line of cause and effect, Luna began to move rapidly, getting farther and farther away from the Taiyi Realm.


    After Meng Zhang canonized the moon god as the god of the Taiyi world system through the jade canon, he had a mysterious connection with the moon god and could keep in touch with him.


    Tai Miao, who was originally in Yuanhai, was also called out by Meng Zhang.


    During this period of time, Tai Miao used the power of Yuan Hai to repeatedly kill the vitality of the sky demon, constantly depleting its vitality.


    Up to now, the sky demon has lost all resistance, is dying, and has almost no response to the outside world.


    Tai Miao let a group of true gods use the power of Yuan Hai to continue to kill and weaken its vitality, and he can escape temporarily.


    With Tai Miao''s help, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to stay in the Taiyi Realm all the time, and can be dispatched at any time.


    Although the chasing soldiers in the rear haven''t moved at all, the immortal-level combat power on the side of the Taiyi Realm has left one after another. If they want to test and try to attack the Taiyi Realm, then the Taiyi Realm must have angels Level strong, come out to organize defense and resistance.


    Besides, on the side of Luna, she made another discovery not long after she was dispatched.


    She once again found a pair of monks wandering back and forth in the void.


    Like the monks before them, they looked normal on the surface, but in fact they had been completely demonized and hopelessly inside.


    Luna continued to move forward with the original method of disposal without any delay.


    Following the guidance of the line of cause and effect, she went around the area in front of the Taiyi Realm, and found several teams of demonized monks, as well as several void battleships.


    If these void battleships are cleaned and purified, they may still be able to continue to be used.


    Luna was too lazy to waste time on it, and directly burned it with moonfire.


    Anyway, the Taiyi Realm has long had the ability to build void battleships, and there is no shortage of ordinary void battleships.


    It can be seen that the heavenly demon who demonizes these monks should be very cautious.


    The other party not only tried hard to cover up his whereabouts, but also cast spells to cover up all clues.


    The line of cause and effect is a very special existence, and it is very difficult to completely cover it up.


    Luna keeps in touch with Meng Zhang at any time, and can get advice from Meng Zhang from time to time.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have any achievements in the Dao of Cause and Effect, but he has a lot of experience in investigating subtle clues and chasing down the strong men of the Demon Dao, and he has mastered many unique skills.


    Luna spent another period of time, and finally made a different discovery.


    A group of demonized monks was besieging a group of normal monks.


    The two parties to the war were both indigenous cultivation forces from the Four-pointed Star Region, and many of them were from the same sect.


    A great Confucian at the level of a true immortal of the Houde Academy is leading a group of disciples to resist the enemy''s siege.


    Among the enemies who besieged them were the True Immortal Sword Immortals of the Falling Star Sword Sect, and the Arhats of the Xiji Temple...


    After these monks are demonized, they can display their original supernatural powers, and their strength is only stronger than before.


    ¡¿


    If there were no accidents, these monks from the Houde Academy would not last long.


    After they are defeated by their opponents, they probably cannot escape the fate of being demonized.


    Luna observed for a while, and then shot directly.


    The moonfire all over the sky surrounded those demonized monks.


    The power of the god level is completely irresistible to them.


    No matter how they struggled or fled, they could not escape the fate of being burned.


    Moon God waved lightly, and captured the besieged monks in front of him.


    After some simple interrogation, Luna roughly figured out what happened here.


    After these indigenous practitioners from the four-pointed star region escaped from the four-pointed star region, they fell into a daze.


    Regarding the next step, there are many different opinions not only among different practice forces, but also within each practice force.


    Without the connection of the wormhole channel, it would take a long journey to return to the foreign world.


    The void is vast, and there are countless dangers. Even if there is a group of strong men at the level of real immortals leading the team, it is impossible to say that they will be able to return safely.


    Besides, after experiencing a series of great changes, the situation in the foreign land world is very bad, and it has become more and more difficult to support so many monks.


    After they return to the foreign land and the big world, they may not be able to find a place to live.


    In the surrounding area, apart from the four-pointed star area, there is no other place where they can get enough supplies.


    Just do nothing, stay in the void, and wait until the resources they carry are exhausted, waiting for them is also a dead end.


    Some quick-witted guys want to return to the Four-pointed Star Region, seek refuge in the Twin Peaks Star Region, or seek refuge in the Taiyi Realm.


    In the face of survival, all sects and grievances must be put aside.


    Some stubborn guys want to entangle a group of companions, and they simply turn into bandits, and they operate in the nearby area, robbing those monks or merchant ships who are alone or lacking in strength.


    Everyone is arguing endlessly, and there is no unified opinion.


    After some internal strife, many monks parted ways and scattered in a large area around them.


    Of course, because these monks have various origins, they are disconnected and still have contact from time to time.


    Not long ago, this great Confucianist discovered that many monks around him suddenly lost contact.


    Some of the monks he met who were considered friends suddenly turned their faces and attacked him like crazy.


    Confucian monks have always attached great importance to the cultivation of xinxing, and they have many secret methods to see the xinxing. They are good at discovering the flaws in the hearts of the enemy and us, so that they can ensure the stability of their own xinxing.


    Many strong Confucianists will practice awe-inspiring righteousness.


    Haoran righteousness has a strong resistance to the power of magic dye.


    The Confucian soon discovered that these monks had been demonized, and they were trying to demonize themselves.


    He couldn''t fight these guys and had to run around.


    During this process, he gathered some monks who had not been demonized to form a team to avoid the pursuit of the demonized monks together.


    According to his observation and feelings, most of the monks who escaped from the four-pointed star area have been demonized or simply disappeared.


    Those who can still remain normal are only a few.


    If they hadn''t met the Moon God, they would have fallen into the hands of the enemy sooner or later.


    Luna confirmed that these monks were not lying, and also confirmed that they were not demonized.


    Luna temporarily suppressed them in the mustard space, and dealt with them slowly later.


    She continued to search around, encountering several similar situations along the way.


    The monks she rescued later were also dealt with in the same way as before.


    It is worth mentioning that among the monks she rescued, there were also those who were demonized.


    At some point, these guys sneaked into the ranks of normal monks.


    Of course, Luna, who had been on guard for a long time, would not be fooled by these guys.

 Chapter 3168

    The demonized monks were all burned to death, and the normal monks were temporarily suppressed and imprisoned for later disposal.


    Luna delayed a lot of time to deal with the various monks he encountered.


    She carefully combed the lines of cause and effect on these monks, not letting go of any trace left by the demon.


    She had a feeling that she was getting closer and closer to that demon.


    During this process, apart from Luna carefully sorting out the lines of cause and effect, Meng Zhang would also use the secret technique to deduce when encountering certain difficulties.


    Because most of the clues have already been grasped, and only a few nodes need to be deduced, Meng Zhang''s consumption is not large.


    The opponent did not show too much resistance to his derivation of the secret technique.


    From this, Meng Zhang judged that this Heavenly Demon''s cultivation was limited, so he might not be stronger than the Moon God.


    With the help of Meng Zhang, Luna finally found the target.


    Luna came to a void that seemed to have nothing.


    There was nothingness around, and there didn''t seem to be any abnormalities here.


    Knowing that the target he was chasing was a Heavenly Demon, the Moon God did not dare to be careless in the slightest, and was already ready to attack with all his might.


    She raised the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword in her hand and waved it forward lightly, as if cutting through a curtain, revealing the hidden space behind.


    Accompanied by a helpless sigh, the long-lost Huitu Demon appeared in a bit of a panic.


    Moon God didn''t even think that what he was looking for was actually Huitu Tianmo, an old acquaintance.


    I don''t know whether it''s luck or misfortune for Huitu Tianmo. What happened to him during this period is quite legendary.


    When Meng Zhang and the others searched for the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, he finally got rid of the pursuit of several Bodhisattvas and fled into a complex area.


    Originally, when he got rid of the pursuit of several bodhisattvas, he had already burned his potential, and almost aroused all the power in the demon soul.


    In that complex area, there are various dangers.


    Aside from other things, it is already difficult for him, who is almost exhausted, to get rid of the gravity of the black hole.


    He didn''t want to be swallowed by the black hole just like that, and almost instinctively performed the technique of disintegrating the demon again.


    What he never expected was that he squeezed enough power from the depths of the demon soul again to help him escape from that area.


    He was already full of doubts about the process of his own birth.


    He thought he was familiar with everything in his demon soul, but at this moment he felt very strange to it.


    He felt as if there were a pair of big hands secretly manipulating everything about him.


    One''s own life and death, actions, etc., have long been involuntary.


    After escaping from that area, he was exhausted and urgently needed to recuperate and supplement.


    No matter what conspiracy is behind this, you must restore your own strength before you can deal with it.


    The fastest way for Heavenly Demon to recover its strength is to devour other creatures, especially powerful intelligent creatures.


    In the vast void around, only the nearest four-pointed star area has enough intelligent creatures.


    Although he knew that the four-pointed star area was guarded by a strong person at the level of a fairy, but he had no choice but to go to the four-pointed star area to find supplies.


    Anyway, he made up his mind to act in secret, and would never conflict with those powerful men at the level of immortals.


    If a heavenly demon is really sneaky, as long as the movement is not too big, it will not be so easy to expose.


    Huitu Tianma probably had a lucky moment this time.


    He has not yet entered the four-pointed star area, and he found a suitable target at a certain distance from the four-pointed star area.


    Those practitioners who escaped from the four-pointed star area unfortunately bumped into him.


    He, who was seriously injured and severely injured, did not act in an open and honest manner, but secretly struck.


    He first recovered some power by secretly demonizing some monks.


    As a demon, by demonizing other practitioners, you can gain many benefits.


    The strongest practitioners in this group are only at the level of true immortals, and they are still torn apart, unable to stop the demon hiding in the dark.


    Some practitioners were directly devoured by him as a tonic; some practitioners were demonized by him and made available to him...


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon is very cautious, knowing that there are entities in the four-pointed star area that could threaten him.


    He found a place nearby to hide and began to heal and recuperate.


    The cultivators who had been demonized by him attacked everywhere to hunt down those who escaped before.


    The more demonized practitioners, the greater the benefits he can obtain.


    With his vitality seriously injured, he needs to devour more practitioners to replenish his vitality.


    If it wasn''t for the movement of Taiyi Realm to this side, Meng Zhang found out that those practitioners were not in the right state, and I am afraid that the group of practitioners who escaped from the four-pointed star area would eventually be wiped out.


    Huitu Tianmo thinks that he has hidden enough.


    Even if someone finds out that the situation here is wrong, at most they can track down the monk who was demonized by him, and he cannot be found at all.


    When the Moon God sliced ??through his hiding place, exposing him, he cried out inwardly that he was unlucky, and hurriedly searched for a way out.


    Seeing that the enemy he was looking for was Huitu Sky Demon, Moon God breathed a sigh of relief.


    She has fought Huitu Tianmo before, and knows the opponent''s strength.


    If it was a powerful demon like Luanxi Tianmo, she would run away without turning around, at least she would not dare to make a random move.


    The breath of Huitu Tianmo''s body fluctuated, obviously in a very bad state.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, he told Luna and other high-level officials about his general experience.


    The Moon God knew that the Huitu Heavenly Demon had been severely injured before.


    Even after demonizing and devouring so many monks, he couldn''t fully recover.


    Moon God will not show mercy to his subordinates just because the other party has cooperated with him in the battle against Luanxi Tianmo.


    In her eyes, all demons deserve to be killed.


    Huitu Tianmo hadn''t figured out a way to get out, and with the cold moonlight, the murderous saber aura had already killed him.


    If it was the Huitu Heavenly Demon in its heyday, of course it would not be afraid of the Moon God.


    But at this time, he has no strength in his body, and he is unable to perform many secret techniques.


    The violent saber energy easily destroyed the hiding place he created, and the extremely cold killing intent came straight to his demon soul.


    ¡¿


    Luna originally had mediocre attainments on the Avenue of Slaughter.


    Since she got the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, refined it, and comprehended it day and night, she has made great progress on the Avenue of Slaughter.


    With the help of the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, the power she can use on the Avenue of Slaughter even exceeds her attainments on the Avenue of Karma.


    Although most of her power on the Avenue of Slaughter relies on this artifact of killing, it is her skill to be able to fully exert these powers.


    Several demonized puppets suddenly appeared beside Huitu Tianmo.


    These demonized puppets were carefully selected by him from the previous harvest, carefully cultivated, and prepared to be refined into special guardians.

 Chapter 3169

    No matter how reluctant he was, in the face of the critical moment of life and death, Huitu Tianmo didn''t care about anything else, and released these demonized puppets first, hoping to help him prevent disasters.


    It''s a pity that these demonized puppets were originally only at the level of real immortals. He lacked both time and resources, and he hadn''t had time to completely refine and strengthen them.


    Even though these demonized puppets have great potential, they can at best serve as cannon fodder in a battle of the immortal level.


    Under the ravages of the berserk saber energy, these demonized puppets were all reduced to powder.


    Huitu Tianmo didn''t care about these losses.


    The saber energy coming to kill him head-on was a huge test for him.


    Hard-receiving the constant stream of saber energy, it almost exhausted all the power of Huitu Tianmo.


    The vitality he had worked so hard to recover before was rapidly being consumed.


    After the seemingly mild and harmless moonlight fell on his demon body, wisps of green smoke began to emit from the demon body, and he suffered serious injuries soon.


    The Huitu demon had no intention of fighting, and tried to escape from the battlefield as soon as possible.


    The Moon God wielded the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword, cutting out a series of fierce saber aura.


    One after another divine spells enveloped the Huitu Demon within, continuously bombarding it, blocking all its escape routes.


    The Moon God can be said to have the upper hand against the Huitu Sky Demon who is in extremely poor condition.


    The most important thing she needs to pay attention to is not to let the opponent have a chance to escape, but to keep the opponent behind.


    After being canonized by Meng Zhang as a member of the Taiyi Realm God System, she has a close relationship with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang sits in the Taiyi Realm and has not left yet, and there is still some distance to the battlefield.


    But he can see, hear... and even sense everything on the battlefield through Luna''s various senses.


    When needed, Luna can also borrow Meng Zhang''s power.


    Meng Zhang can use the body of the moon god to cast down the magical powers of immortality.


    Although I haven''t found any relationship between Huitu Tianmo and Taiyi Realm''s escape, since I have already met the other party, I will simply get rid of him.


    Regarding the Demon Dao, Meng Zhang''s position has always been to kill them all, and he will never join forces with them.


    When the Moon God fought against the Huitu Heavenly Demon, the Taiyi Realm was still moving in the original direction at the original speed.


    If this trend is followed, the Taiyi Realm will reach the battlefield between the Moon God and the Huitu Sky Demon in about a month.


    Behind the Taiyi Realm, more and more powerful people from all sides are following.


    The senior management of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was very efficient, and they quickly contacted the headquarters of the Fa Hua Sect.


    Both parties are well-known sects in the Void Myriad Realms, and they have dealt with each other before.


    The life cards enshrined in the sect of the seven Bodhisattvas were suddenly inexplicably broken, which meant that they had all fallen.


    Such a big loss has already hurt the vitality of Fa Huazong.


    The higher-ups of the Fa Huazong put everything aside and investigated this matter first.


    Dayu Bodhisattva and the others had already reported the Golden Immortal Secret Realm to the headquarters of the Fa Hua Sect.


    After the headquarters of Fahuazong sent reinforcements, it has been paying close attention to this matter and keeping abreast of its progress.


    Due to the long distance from the headquarters and the need to deal with Meng Zhang and the others, it was difficult for Bodhisattva Dayu and the others to keep information synchronized with the sect at all times.


    After they entered that special area, their connection with the sect was greatly disturbed and almost completely cut off.


    As for the seven Bodhisattvas being killed by Meng Zhang one by one in the secret realm, due to the cover of the power left by the Pudu Golden Immortal, no news was leaked.


    The news of Meng Zhang''s return to the Four-Pointed Star Region was passed on to the Sirius Sword Sect by the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, who had lost the two celestial-level sword celestial beings, the Mo family brothers, contacted the Fahua Sect to ask about their relationship with Meng Zhang.


    When the two parties initially communicated, there were some unpleasantnesses.


    However, both parties are sects of the same level after all, and their high-level leaders will not be arrogant.


    After some twists and turns, the high-level executives of the two sides successfully communicated and thought they had figured out the general situation.


    Meng Zhang, Dinghu Tianxian, the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect, and the Mo family brothers of the Sirius Sword Sect entered the secret realm left by the Pudu Golden Immortal.


    The situation of the three Dinghu Tianxians is hard to say, anyway, there is no news about them yet.


    So far, Meng Zhang seems to be the only one who escaped safely from the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    The Mo family brothers and the seven Bodhisattvas have all fallen.


    It is possible that they were killed by an ambush in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and it is more likely that Meng Zhang used the arrangement in the Secret Realm to entrap them secretly.


    These two blood debts were all recorded on Meng Zhang''s head.


    This is not just to vent their anger, but because these two families covet Meng Zhang''s harvest from the secret realm.


    Meng Zhang left the secret realm safely, so he won''t get nothing, right?


    Even if he really found nothing, he should have valuable relevant information.


    Especially for Fahuazong, the secret realm left by a senior who practiced both Buddhism and Taoism like Pudu Jinxian has an irresistible attraction.


    After some discussion, the top leaders of the two sects decided to send more forces to take Meng Zhang down first.


    Many experts of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Fahua Sect did not stay in the sect all the time, but traveled or performed missions in the void and myriad realms.


    After previous failures, in order to ensure nothing goes wrong, both sides decided to gather enough strength before attacking Meng Zhang.


    Including the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group, the follow-up reinforcements of the three families came from all directions, and came behind the Taiyi Realm in a steady stream.


    Among them, a Bodhisattva of the Fahua Sect was originally active in a place not too far away. After receiving the summons from the sect, he immediately rushed here as quickly as possible.


    Meng Zhang killed the seven Bodhisattvas in one breath, and the karma and resentment entangled in his body could not be concealed at all.


    At this time, he did not hide in the depths of the Taiyi Realm, but stood above the Taiyi Realm to observe the surrounding situation.


    The Bodhisattva of the Fa Huazong saw the dense lines of cause and effect on Meng Zhang''s body from a long distance, and the resentment that soared into the sky...


    Through the secret technique of Fa Huazong, he quickly confirmed that the seven Bodhisattvas all died in the hands of Meng Zhang.


    The senior officials of the Fahua Sect never thought that Meng Zhang would have the strength to kill the seven Bodhisattvas head-on.


    Most of them thought that Meng Zhang at most used the arrangement in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm to harm the seven Bodhisattvas.


    In the final analysis, the main reason for the downfall of the seven Bodhisattvas should be the various dangers in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    But now it seems that Meng Zhang is the biggest murderer who directly killed the seven Bodhisattvas.


    The Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect following the Taiyi Realm had already performed a similar secret technique and judged that the main reason for the downfall of the Mo family brothers was Meng Zhang.


    Relevant information was quickly sent back to the headquarters of the Fahua Sect and the Sirius Sword Sect, and was shared with the Headquarters of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    Now, the senior management of the three families overestimated Meng Zhang''s strength and regarded him as an unprecedented enemy.

 Chapter 3170

    The top leaders of these three families didn''t know what happened in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, let alone that Meng Zhang got the chance to fight the seven Bodhisattvas.


    They thought that even if Meng Zhang didn''t face seven Bodhisattvas at the same time, he could at least defeat the combination of three or four Bodhisattvas.


    Killing seven Bodhisattvas and two Sword Immortals at the level of Heavenly Immortals in one go, this kind of strength is really too terrifying.


    Even if Meng Zhang borrowed some arrangements from the secret realm, but he was able to kill so many opponents, his own strength must have played a major role.


    The top leaders of the three factions were all shocked.


    Although they would not be intimidated and retreat, but they did not dare to act rashly.


    At this time, the information Tianlong Ao Zifei sent back to the headquarters played a big role.


    Although he was defeated by Meng Zhang and was seriously injured, he was able to confirm that Meng Zhang was not only a celestial immortal, but also a real dragon.


    He said that Meng Zhang is a Mahayana celestial being, so Meng Zhang should have no more hidden strength.


    Perhaps, Meng Zhang mainly killed so many Bodhisattvas with the help of the arrangement in the secret realm, and his own strength is not so terrifying.


    With this kind of thinking, the top leaders of the three forces dared to continue to entangle with Meng Zhang.


    However, for the sake of prudence, the three forces decided to make more adequate preparations before attacking the Taiyi Realm.


    On the side of the Fahua Sect, they were determined to win the secret realm before, and they had already let Dazhi Bodhisattva and the others bring the most precious hole card in the sect.


    There is nothing to consume the Buddhist artifacts given by the Buddha in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    It is normal for the power left by Pudu Jinxian in the secret realm to offset the power of other Buddhas.


    But if the Buddhist utensils bestowed by the Buddha were used on Meng Zhang and none of them could do anything to Meng Zhang, it would be too terrifying.


    This shows that Meng Zhang has a hidden powerful hole card, which is enough to resist the Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha.


    Of course, the higher-ups of the Fahua Sect still tend to believe that the Buddhist artifact bestowed by the Buddha should have been offset by the power of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and has nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    After such a long investigation, everyone has already figured out the general origin of Meng Zhang.


    The Taiyi Realm, like the Qingxu Sect, was unable to gain a foothold in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so they left voluntarily.


    If Meng Zhang really had the backing of Jinxian, he could stay in the Lingkong fairyland to develop, and there was no need to let the Taiyi realm wander in the void.


    To put it nicely, it is to imitate Yunzhong City, but in fact it is just a lost dog.


    Some senior members of the Fa Hua Sect were still worried, and they even suggested that they should stop pestering Meng Zhang at all.


    Anyway, they already knew the approximate location of the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, so they might as well spend all their energy on continuing to explore the Golden Fairy Secret Realm.


    However, this opinion did not gain the upper hand within the sect.


    A total of seven Bodhisattvas fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, just ignore them and let Meng Zhang go, how will the Fahua Sect gain a foothold in the void and myriad realms in the future, and will the powerful people in the sect be alienated from the sect because of this?


    The most important thing is that Meng Zhang is only on the other side, and the Moon God has completely pushed the Huitu Demon to a disadvantage.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon tried to escape from the battle many times, but was stopped by the Moon God in time.


    He was covered in scars and his vitality was seriously depleted, and he couldn''t hold on for too long.


    Although Huitu Tianmo was very anxious, he was not completely desperate.


    He has encountered similar fatal experiences more than once.


    In the past, whenever he felt that he was exhausted and unable to do anything, he would use the technique of disintegrating the demon, and continue to squeeze his demon soul to stimulate his final potential.


    ¡¿


    His demon soul, which seemed to have been severely injured and severely injured, seemed to have no limit forever.


    Every time he squeezed his demon soul, the demon soul seemed to be on the verge of collapse and would dissipate at any time.


    But his demon soul has always been strong, but it has not collapsed, and it can provide him with more power to help him get out of danger.


    Huitu Tianmo has long known that the state of his own demon soul is not right.


    Everything about him, including the demon soul, has probably fallen into the control of the mysterious strong man.


    Even, even his birth was the work of a mysterious strongman.


    However, he had checked repeatedly before, but he couldn''t find any abnormalities in his demon soul.


    He was powerless to explore the hidden secrets behind it.


    He is not that kind of crazy monster, and he still cherishes his own life very much.


    No matter what secrets are hidden in his demon soul, he will try his best to survive by whatever means.


    Although he couldn''t figure out the secret hidden in his demon soul, it didn''t prevent him from using it as a life-saving straw at a critical moment.


    Performing the technique of disintegrating the demon is an extremely painful experience for a demon like him, and he is unwilling to try it lightly.


    Almost driven to a desperate situation, he had no other choice, and reluctantly performed the technique of disintegrating the demon again.


    The secret technique was successfully performed, and he soon experienced great pain.


    He sensed that his demon soul seemed to be torn into countless pieces.


    Some fragments were burned by flames; some fragments were cut into pieces; some fragments were squeezed repeatedly...


    Heavenly Demons are good at inflicting pain and can also endure it.


    Even though he had had similar experiences more than once, he still couldn''t adapt to such pain.


    As he endured bitterly, he desperately squeezed more power out of the demon soul.


    Luna, who was fighting him, quickly sensed that something was wrong with him.


    In such a poor state, he can still burst out with such strength.


    Sure enough, every demon should not be underestimated.


    Moon God believed that he had dealt so much with the Huitu Heavenly Demon, and had figured out his details.


    He has clearly been pushed to the point of desperation, on the verge of extinction, but unexpectedly he has the strength to fight to the death.


    Although I was a little surprised in my heart, it didn''t affect Luna''s performance.


    She will never be careless towards such a formidable enemy as Tianmo.


    In order to ensure that the Huitu Heavenly Demon could be completely left behind, the Moon God no longer had the slightest reservation, and went all out to attack.


    A bright moon rises, covering the Huitu Demon firmly, making it inevitable.


    The endless moonlight kept falling, making the Huitu Heavenly Demon overwhelmed.


    The saber energy slashed out by the Taiyin Slaughtering Sword was unstoppable, strong and feminine at the same time, disintegrating all the resistance of Huitu Tianmo with a few strokes.

 Chapter 3171

    The bit of power that Huitu Tianmo finally squeezed out from the depths of the demon soul was consumed while resisting the ultimate move of the Moon God before it played a big role.


    He tried to use the secret technique again to continue to squeeze his demon soul, but it was too late.


    His demon body, which had already been severely injured, quickly collapsed completely under the ravages of the saber energy.


    The demon''s body collapsed, and he almost lost all resistance, not to mention the demon soul hidden in it.


    The demon soul of Huitu Tianmo is a cloud of black smoke, which is twisting and changing violently almost every moment.


    Cutting the weeds requires eradicating the roots. If it is only to destroy the demon body and let the demon soul escape, it is not enough to say that the gray earth demon still has a chance to reshape the demon body and completely recover.


    Several half-moon-shaped knife lights flew out from the Taiyin Slaughtering God Knife, and combined together, they firmly trapped the fast-moving demon soul of the Huitu Demon.


    The light of the knife and the light of the moon continued to invade his demon soul, and it seemed that it would be completely destroyed soon, ending the cause and effect.


    Huitu Tianmo sensed that his own demon soul was rapidly weakening, and his origin was constantly being lost, but he was powerless.


    When his demon soul was about to be exhausted, the deepest purple light hidden in it was revealed.


    Moon God has been paying attention to all the changes in Huitu Sky Demon Soul.


    She had long felt that the situation of Huitu Tianmo was wrong.


    The unnaturalness hidden deep in Huitu Tianmo''s soul quickly fell into her eyes and aroused her curiosity.


    A blade of light flew out, about to sweep away that point of purple light.


    The purple light suddenly swelled very spiritually, and it actually canceled out the light of the knife from the Moon God.


    This time, Luna became more interested.


    Although that purple light appeared in the depths of Huitu Sky Demon''s demon soul, its aura was righteous but not evil, and it was incompatible with the demonic aura.


    No matter what mysteries are hidden in it, you can never escape her palm.


    Just as Luna was preparing to continue his attack, a space portal opened not far away.


    An old man wearing a loose robe and wearing an e-guanbo belt came out of the portal lightly.


    With a wave of his big sleeve, the light of the sword that had trapped Huitu Sky Demon''s soul was easily disintegrated like this.


    Huitu Tianmo''s demon soul, including the purple light, was automatically thrown into his sleeve.


    "The Huitu Heavenly Demon actually has an accomplice?"


    Luna was very surprised.


    However, no matter who the other party is, if he wants to save the Huitu Heavenly Demon from her hands, he will never succeed.


    Moon God swung the Taiyin Slaughter Saber, and countless saber qi slashed at the old man.


    Seeing that the Huitu Heavenly Demon was about to be wiped out completely, but someone came out out of nowhere to disrupt the situation, she was very annoyed.


    Since she is the accomplice of the Huitu Heavenly Demon, she deserves to die, and she doesn''t have to show mercy.


    The old man waved his sleeve again, and completely canceled out the saber energy from the Moon God.


    He didn''t just defend but not attack, he took out a jade-colored brush with his right hand, and drew a circle heavily in the air.


    Moon God felt as if he was trapped in a prison, no matter how hard he struggled, he couldn''t get out of this square inch.


    After the old man restrained Luna, he prepared to leave without further entanglement.


    There was a violent vibration in the void, and the space portal for him to come here collapsed like this.


    "What a beautiful Confucian supernatural power, this trick is the true story of your Spring and Autumn Academy, right?"


    "I don''t know the name of this great Confucianist, what position does he occupy in the Spring and Autumn Academy?"


    Meng Zhang asked loudly while destroying the opponent''s retreat.


    When the Moon God was dealing with the Huitu Demon, Meng Zhang had been closely monitoring the movement here, and he didn''t even care about the pursuers behind him.


    He wasn''t without the slightest hesitation, and immediately descended to Moon God''s side through the special relationship between his family and Moon God.


    If it was another monk, Meng Zhang might not be able to recognize its origin at a glance.


    But the old man in front of him has too obvious features.


    In the Spring and Autumn Academy, one of the most powerful forces in the Confucianism Sect, a sub-sage with the rank of Jinxian sits in charge.


    Meng Zhang is also the inheritor of Taiyi Golden Immortal after all, and he has a certain understanding of the famous Golden Immortal-level powerhouses in the Void and Myriad Realms, as well as the sect forces left behind by them.


    Among the many forces in the Void Myriad Realms, Confucianism is considered to be among the best, second only to a few forces such as Taoism and Buddhism.


    The Spring and Autumn Academy has a supreme status within the Confucianism Sect, and is one of the leaders of many branches within the Confucianism Sect.


    With such a force, the disciples among them, and any monks with some knowledge, dare not underestimate it in the slightest.


    Among the classics handed down by Taiyi Golden Immortal, there are detailed records about the Spring and Autumn Academy, including the sub-sages it possesses, the main skills it inherits, and the typical atmosphere of the great Confucianism in the palace...


    Don''t look at the old man''s understatement before, as if he didn''t use much effort.


    After all, the moon god is also a god of heaven who is not weak.


    If he wanted to save the Huitu Heavenly Demon from the hands of the Moon God, he had to show some real abilities, and he couldn''t even hide his strength.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he could easily see through the origin of the other party.


    Meng Zhang first cut off the opponent''s escape route so that he could not easily leave, and then broke the opponent''s origin to let the opponent understand that his identity had been exposed.


    At the same time, the yin and yang qi circled around the position of the moon god, breaking the famous Confucian magical powers and making the ground a prison, allowing the moon god to regain his freedom.


    Being easily trapped by the other party made Luna very angry.


    This kind of anger even overwhelmed her fear of the prestige of the Spring and Autumn Academy.


    With a flash of his figure, Luna appeared behind the old man.


    She and Meng Zhang were one in front of the other, sandwiching each other so that he could not escape easily.


    She understood Meng Zhang''s thoughts and cooperated with him tacitly.


    The space portal was destroyed, and the old man could not leave easily.


    Being exposed by Meng Zhang changed his face even more.


    "Interesting, interesting, the Confucianism of the Spring and Autumn Academy actually colluded with the Heavenly Demon. If this is spread, I don''t know what impact it will have. What will others think?"


    The other party didn''t respond, but Meng Zhang didn''t stop talking.


    The old man''s face became even uglier.


    As the leader of the Confucian school, the Spring and Autumn Academy held the highest reputation in the palace, and they valued their reputation more than the sky.


    Even if he is a great Confucian at the level of a fairy, once he does something that insults the reputation of the academy, the sub-sage in the palace will not forgive him lightly.

 Chapter 3172

    The great Confucians in the Spring and Autumn Academy are the most particular about face, and they value it more than anything else.


    According to the general atmosphere of the Spring and Autumn Academy, there may be hypocrites among the great Confucians, but there will be no real villains.


    The old man was seen through by Meng Zhang, and he immediately felt murderous in his heart.


    The Huitu Demon was indeed not born naturally, but an experiment conducted by a certain important figure in the Spring and Autumn Academy.


    No matter what the purpose and heart of this great man is, it is a very taboo thing to take the initiative to give birth to a demon.


    Once exposed, the senior officials of the school will definitely punish him.


    This old man is a great Confucian at the level of a fairy, named Xu Deyi, and he is quite well-known in the academy.


    He was entrusted by the big figures in the academy to closely monitor the growth and changes of Huitu Tianmo, and record its various states.


    The Great Confucian Xu Deyi instinctively loathed the Huitu Demon, and was very unwilling to do such a thing in secret.


    It''s a pity that even with his identity and cultivation, there are times when he can''t help himself.


    Everything related to the Huitu demon must be kept strictly confidential, and it must not be reminiscent of Chunqiu Xuegong.


    If the news leaked out and caused a big commotion, the big man behind him might pass the test, but he would either be severely punished by the senior officials of the academy, or be silenced by murder.


    In short, he will definitely not end well.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s shouting and questioning, he didn''t say a word, showing no intention of responding.


    The brush in his hand swiped heavily in the air, and the space around Meng Zhang immediately collapsed, creating a powerful space storm that was about to swallow him completely.


    The yin-yang-taiji diagram above Meng Zhang''s head turned slightly, easily suppressing the changes in the surrounding space, and dispelling all the offensives invisibly.


    The yin and yang qi swept towards each other...


    The Moon God, who had been on fire for a long time, swung the Taiyin Slaughter Sword and slashed towards the opponent.


    The two sides quickly played against each other for several rounds, testing out the depth of each other''s cultivation.


    The Great Confucian Xu Deyi is also only equivalent to a celestial being. If he is dealing with other strong men, he may still beat the other party relying on the brilliant inheritance of the Golden Immortal Sect.


    However, Meng Zhang is also the inheritor of the Golden Immortal, and the skills and secret techniques he practiced are only stronger than him, not weaker.


    Luna''s combat effectiveness was greatly reduced, but he was still under a lot of pressure by assisting Meng Zhang in the fight.


    Xu Deyi soon discovered that he did not have the ability to kill people.


    Moreover, judging from the exercises performed by Meng Zhang, he is by no means a wild monk with no background, and he should have a brilliant inheritance behind him.


    When Meng Zhang displayed the Great Qianyuan Stele and tried to suppress Xu Deyi, his face changed drastically again.


    He recognized the Dayu Qianyuan stele, and thought that Meng Zhang had something to do with Qianyuan Xianzun.


    Qianyuan Xianzun has a good reputation in the void, and the golden signboard of Tianxian Qianyuan Xianzun is still very credible.


    With the behavior of the Spring and Autumn Academy, once similar rumors spread wildly, in order to prove his innocence, an investigation will definitely be carried out, and the person involved, Xu Deyi, will inevitably be interrogated at that time.


    The great scholar Xu Deyi is willing to pay any price to avoid this kind of thing from happening.


    Since you can''t fight the opponent, and you have no way to kill and silence, then you can only have a good talk with the opponent.


    Xu Deyi took the initiative to express his willingness to stop.


    Meng Zhang exposed the other party''s identity, but also to threaten the other party, and did not mean to kill the other party.


    Soon, the two sides stopped fighting and exchanged names.


    At the beginning, Xu Deyi put on the airs of a great Confucian in the Spring and Autumn Academy, and found an excuse to try to get this matter over.


    How could Meng Zhang take his set?


    Meng Zhang said clearly that he has been paying attention to the situation of Huitu Tianmo for a long time.


    Before Huitu Demon was promoted to Demon, he closely monitored the Demon Lair.


    He just discovered the power of righteousness contained in Huitu Tianmo''s demon soul, so he pursued him closely. If he wanted to find out who was in the righteous way, he would risk the world''s displeasure by cultivating and giving birth to the demon in secret.


    Compared with the general act of colluding with demons, the crime of cultivating and giving birth to demons is much more serious.


    Among the forces of righteous practice, there are indeed many sects who will secretly collude with the devil to seek benefits.


    But this kind of behavior is not visible at first, and it must not be put in the open.


    Secondly, it is one thing to collude with demons, but the consequences of cultivating and giving birth to demons are too serious.


    Although Taoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism all have forces colluding with the Demonic Way, they definitely do not include Confucianism leaders like Chunqiu Academy.


    Meng Zhang said frankly that he never thought that in the end, it was Xu Deyi who came forward to save Huitu Demon.


    Once this matter gets out, the reputation of the Spring and Autumn Academy will definitely be damaged, and Xu Deyi, the person involved, may not end well.


    Meng Zhang put on a heartbroken look, feeling very sorry for the Spring and Autumn Academy.


    Xu Deyi secretly scolded Meng Zhang for putting on airs, but on the surface he tried to dissuade Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that he had long left behind on the Huitu Demon, and his main purpose was to find ways to contain and kill more demons by studying the Huitu Demon.


    He did this without selfishness, it was to deal with the Demonic Dao.


    Meng Zhang didn''t believe Xu Deyi''s explanation at all, let alone cared.


    He had judged a long time ago that with Xu Deyi''s strength, he should not be able to cultivate Huitu Tianmo.


    Behind him, there must be big shots, he is just an errand runner.


    No matter what purpose the Great Confucianists in the Spring and Autumn Academy gave birth to and cultivated the Huitu Demon, as long as the news spreads, it will inevitably cause huge disturbances.


    On weekdays, Meng Zhang would not be willing to get involved in such turmoil, let alone offend the big shots in the Spring and Autumn Academy.


    However, the situation Taiyi Realm is currently facing is very dangerous, and with his strength, he cannot help Taiyi Realm get out of trouble.


    Since Tianji Technique deduces that his vitality is here, he will hold on to it tightly.


    In fact, when Meng Zhang saw through Xu Deyi''s identity, he roughly guessed why the Tianji Technique had such a result.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk nonsense with Xu Deyi, let alone listen to his sophistry.


    He just said that he would leak everything related to Huitu Demon, including his recent observations and discoveries, and let it spread throughout the void.


    Xu Deyi could feel the firmness in Meng Zhang''s tone, and he was sure that his threat was real.


    The Spring and Autumn Academy has always been a big attraction, and there are many people who don''t like it, and there are many enemies.


    As long as it is related to the Spring and Autumn Academy, even rumors that are speculative will be spread quickly.


    Many people don''t care whether the rumors are true or not, they just want to see Chunqiu Academy make a fool of themselves.

 Chapter 3173

    Speaking of which, the great scholar Xu Deyi was quite unlucky.


    He was cultivating well in the academy, but he was arrested and went to such a remote place to monitor Huitu Tianmo.


    He is completely unwilling to this kind of drudgery.


    Dissatisfaction is dissatisfaction, but he has no way to refuse, and he has to work hard to complete the errand.


    In order to ensure the secrecy of his whereabouts and to save trouble, he did not stay near the Huitu Heavenly Demon all the time and closely monitored it.


    Anyway, he can sense the mystery in the deepest part of Huitu Sky Demon''s soul through the secret method, so as to know its state and changes.


    Therefore, intentionally or unintentionally, he stayed away from the four-pointed star area that gave birth to the gray earth demon.


    In the meantime, he was delayed for a long time because he had to go to a distant place because of a personal matter.


    The Huitu Heavenly Demon was hunted down and suppressed by the Bodhisattvas of the Fa Huazong. He missed all these things.


    Fortunately, the Huitu Heavenly Demon was not completely converted by the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect because of the mystery in the deepest part of the demon soul.


    Later, because of a coincidence, he got rid of the opponent''s control and escaped all the way.


    Afterwards, the great scholar Xu Deyi was taken aback.


    Although due to various restrictions, he cannot directly contact the Huitu Demon. Not as a last resort, he must not show up.


    But he no longer dared to stay too far away from the other party.


    He has been cruising not too far away from the Huitu Heavenly Demon, closely monitoring everything.


    In the meantime, Huitu Tianma demonized and devoured the indigenous practitioners in the four-pointed star area. He also saw it, but he pretended not to know it, and he didn''t mean to interfere.


    After the Moon God traced all the way here, killed the Huitu Heavenly Demon almost completely, and discovered the mystery in the deepest part of his demon soul, he had no choice but to show up to take away the things hidden in the deepest part of his demon soul.


    It''s a pity that he was only focused on monitoring the battle between Huitu Tianmo and Moon God, and didn''t notice Meng Zhang''s existence.


    Now, he has been entangled by Meng Zhang and Moon God, and he can''t get rid of it easily.


    After the truce between the two sides, Meng Zhang seemed polite, but there was not much threat in his words.


    He even uttered wild words that he wanted to take him down, send him back to the Spring and Autumn Academy, and hand it over to the senior management of the Academy.


    Although Xu Deyi felt that Meng Zhang did not win his own strength, but was just bullying each other. But once this kind of thing really happened, it would be slapping Chunqiu Academy directly in the face.


    For a Taoist celestial being like Meng Zhang, he would definitely like to see the Confucian leader make a fool of himself.


    Xu Deyi had tried it before, and it was very difficult for him to escape like this.


    Meng Zhang and Luna teamed up, not to mention taking him down, but they could keep pestering him so that he couldn''t escape.


    The big man behind him has already told him that everything about Huitu Tianmo must be kept strictly confidential, and no one can contact the Spring and Autumn Academy.


    Although Meng Zhang seemed aggressive, with a righteous speech, he insisted on holding on to this matter.


    But the great Confucianist Xu Deyi deeply knows the virtues of cultivators.


    Even if you become a celestial being, you still can''t change the habit of being unprofitable.


    Meng Zhang held on to him, not because he really wanted to uphold justice, because he really wanted to keep Chunqiu Academy from coming to power, but because he wanted to seek benefits.


    If it was normal, he would definitely not accept Meng Zhang''s blackmail.


    But now, when there is no other way, he is willing to pay some price to keep Meng Zhang a secret and settle the matter as soon as possible.


    Although he had made up his mind to bleed, Xu Deyi didn''t show it easily, but slowly tested Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t want to spoil Meng Zhang''s appetite and pay a price he couldn''t afford.


    A grassroots monk like Meng Zhang who grew up from the bottom, even if he is a fairy, can disregard his face and pull down his identity when needed.


    ¡¿


    He put on a greedy and rascal face, and the lion opened his mouth wide, making many conditions that the other party would definitely not agree to.


    Meng Zhang asked all over the sky, Xu Deyi must pay back the money on the spot.


    In his heart, he has already breathed a sigh of relief.


    Since Meng Zhang is willing to negotiate and bid, there is a possibility of a peaceful solution to this matter.


    As long as this matter can be suppressed and the news is not leaked, then it is easy to say anything.


    The actions of the great Confucian Xu Deyi this time, he had to hide it from the senior officials of the Spring and Autumn Academy, and it was totally shameful.


    If it was any other situation, he would have summoned his fellow disciples in the academy to besiege and kill Meng Zhang.


    He originally had trusted accomplices, but for a while, it was difficult to find the other party, let alone summon the other party here.


    After some bargaining, Xu Deyi found that he still underestimated the other party.


    Meng Zhang is simply insatiable, and his appetite is astonishingly large.


    Even if he emptied his family, he couldn''t meet one percent of Meng Zhang''s requirements.


    Xu Deyi forcibly held back the anger in his heart and continued to negotiate with Meng Zhang.


    Unconsciously, his tone and posture have been lowered, without the arrogance that a disciple of the Spring and Autumn Academy should have.


    Seeing that the fire was almost ready, Meng Zhangcai gave up the conditions that had been used as a cover up before, and put forward his real request.


    He told Xu Deyi that he had many enemies at the level of celestial beings.


    These enemies have been chasing and killing him in every possible way, chasing him relentlessly, causing him a lot of trouble.


    He hoped to find an opportunity to trap all these enemies.


    He didn''t want to completely wipe out these enemies, he just wanted to make them suffer and kill enough time for them.


    There is still a long distance from the Taiyi Realm. Before that, Xu Deyi had put all his thoughts on monitoring Huitu Tianmo.


    Therefore, he didn''t know that the Taiyi Realm was being pursued by many powerful pursuers, let alone that the Taiyi Realm was in a very dangerous situation.


    Relying on Xu Deyi''s own strength alone cannot help Meng Zhang at all.


    He might not even be able to fight against Meng Zhang, how could he trap many enemies who made Meng Zhang helpless?


    As a monk from the Golden Immortal Sect, its advantages are manifested at this time.


    Xu Deyi could find an excuse, pay some price, and ask his fellow disciples for help.


    Xu Deyi asked about Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    A group of star thieves were originally the targets of the Spring and Autumn Academy.


    Buddhist sects like the Fahua Sect do not have a good relationship with Confucianism.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect belongs to the Taoist sect, and the sword immortals in the sect have always hated ghosts and gods.


    ...


    As long as there are no sects related to the Spring and Autumn Academy among them, then Xu Deyi can make a move without any pressure.


    Although there must be inaccuracies in Meng Zhang''s words, in order to settle the matter as soon as possible, Xu Deyi is willing to make huge concessions.


    It didn''t take long for the two sides to reach an agreement.


    Meng Zhang and Xu Deyi solemnly swore in front of the void and heaven that they would absolutely abide by the agreement.


    According to the agreement, Xu Deyi will find enough helpers in the shortest possible time.


    Meng Zhang would lure those old opponents to one place, and then Xu Deyi and the others made a move to trap all these guys.


    Xu Deyi promised that as long as no monks from the Golden Immortal Sect intervene, he can trap those guys for more than three years.

 Chapter 3174

    If Xu Deyi fulfills his promise, then Meng Zhang can guarantee that everything about Huitu Demon will be strictly kept secret, and he will never divulge a word.


    Swearing an oath to the void and heaven has a strong binding force on both sides of the oath.


    After the two parties reached an agreement and took the oath, they had a preliminary trust and could talk about cooperation.


    Meng Zhangcai introduced the situation in Taiyi Realm to Xu Deyi.


    At this time, Xu Deyi realized that he was eager for success before, and suffered a big loss, which made Meng Zhang cheap for nothing.


    Judging from the fact that Taiyi Gate is currently being pursued by many strong men, it is impossible for Meng Zhang to keep entangled with him forever.


    In any case, Xu Deyi has achieved his goal if he can settle this matter and ensure that relevant information will not be leaked.


    Although he didn''t know the specific origin of Meng Zhang''s master, Xu Deyi analyzed various signs and concluded that Meng Zhang should have a brilliant inheritance and a deep background.


    Before finding out all the details of Meng Zhang, Xu Deyi will hardly have the idea of ??killing people in the future.


    Xu Deyi didn''t waste time on purpose, and quickly left with the special light from the deepest part of Huitu Tianmo''s soul.


    According to what he said, one of his disciples happened to be active not far from here.


    He will invite this colleague as soon as possible to help solve the predicament of Taiyi Realm.


    Now that Xu Deyi has made the oath, Meng Zhang has no choice but to trust him.


    After watching him leave, Meng Zhang returned to Taiyi Realm with Moon God.


    On the way, the two had to delay for some time to take in some escaped native monks from the Four-pointed Star Region.


    It is worth mentioning that after the Huitu Heavenly Demon''s body was destroyed and the demon soul was almost exhausted, those monks who were demonized by him also died suddenly.


    Meng Zhang and Luna returned to the Taiyi Realm safely.


    During the time they left, the situation in Taiyi Realm remained the same as before.


    More and more pursuers followed behind, but none rushed forward to attack.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, everything in the Taiyi Realm remained unchanged and continued to advance in the original direction and speed.


    Many indigenous monks in the four-pointed star region were suppressed in the moon god''s mustard space.


    After careful identification, after confirming that they were not demonized, they were released.


    After consulting Meng Zhang''s opinion, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm offered these monks two options.


    Originally, out of fellowship, helping each other in the void was the proper meaning.


    However, with the current voyage of the etheric world, it is basically impossible to return to the four-pointed star area.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm returned to the Four-pointed star region in the future, it would have already been occupied by monks from the Twin Peaks star region.


    The next goal of the Taiyi Realm is also unlikely to pass through the alien star area.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm is facing the pursuit of powerful enemies, it is impossible to move arbitrarily in the void.


    If they really don''t want to stay in the Taiyi Realm and insist on leaving, the Taiyi Realm can only let them go.


    However, it is impossible for the Taiyi Realm to send them where they want to go, so they can only choose a place to put them down at random.


    As for their future fate, Taiyi Realm is powerless to intervene.


    These practice forces provided by the Taiyi Realm not only come from Taoism, but also from other practice systems and even other races.


    Maintaining the diversity of practice forces is very beneficial to the development of Taiyi Realm.


    The indigenous practice forces in the Four-pointed Star Region are relatively complete and have a strong inheritance.


    If these practitioners can integrate into the Taiyi Realm, it is best to start anew in the Taiyi Realm and establish a sect, which will greatly help to strengthen the overall strength of the Taiyi Realm.


    After dealing with the affairs of these practitioners, Luna put all his thoughts on the pursuers behind the Taiyi Realm.


    After such a long time, the three cultivation forces have already reached a compromise and formulated a cooperation agreement.


    The powerhouses of the three factions are rushing here from all directions to join the team chasing the Taiyi Realm.


    Among them, there are almost double digits in the powerhouses of the Celestial Level.


    Although they are all angels, the next battle will definitely not be a fair one.


    If so many monks rushed forward, Meng Zhang, who was at the same level of practice as them, would probably not be able to resist.


    There are currently only three immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi Realm, and they may not be as good as the enemy.


    If it weren''t for the strict order of the three high-level officials, these powerhouses in front would have rushed to the Taiyi Realm long ago.


    Although they tried to overestimate Meng Zhang''s strength and origin.


    However, as the information collected about Meng Zhang increased, their doubts also increased, and they felt that Meng Zhang might not be as powerful as they imagined, let alone the origin they had guessed.


    Although the powerhouses of the three families have not yet launched an attack, various preparations for the attack have already begun.


    Most of these immortal-level powerhouses were originally high-level leaders of their respective sects, and they had a great say in various matters.


    They tried more and more eagerly, wanting to attack Taiyi Realm.


    Their will and wishes cannot always be ignored by the upper echelons of the three forces.


    After such a long period of observation, coupled with the collected information, the Taiyi Realm is probably not as powerful as they imagined before.


    The high-level leaders of the three forces quickly reached an agreement and decided to fight against the Taiyi Realm again, trying to conquer the Taiyi Realm in one go.

 Chapter 3175

    Meng Zhang put his hope of getting out of the Taiyi Realm on the great Confucian Xu Deyi.


    He believed that the other party, as a disciple of the Golden Immortal Sect like the Spring and Autumn Academy, must have extraordinary means.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang didn''t suspect the other party.


    However, his spiritual sense never gave any warning, indicating that the other party should be reliable.


    The pursuers behind the Taiyi Realm have already begun to designate a battle plan, and are preparing to launch an attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    The great scholar Xu Deyi did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    Xu Deyi is not a villainous person.


    Although due to factional struggles within the Spring and Autumn Academy, he sometimes had to make some choices against his will, and most of the time he couldn''t help himself.


    But in general, this person still has the style of a Confucian monk.


    Most of the time, he can be called a gentleman of integrity who keeps his word.


    When he was persecuted by Meng Zhang, he really wanted to kill someone to silence him.


    In the end, the two sides settled the matter peacefully, and the result was in line with his inclinations and likes and dislikes.


    He is not the kind of person who is cruel and easy to kill, nor is he willing to kill for no reason.


    Since he promised to help the Taiyi Realm out of trouble, he will try his best to do this well.


    Regardless of the previous unhappiness between the two parties, he is still willing to make friends with a monk with an extraordinary background like Meng Zhang.


    As the leader of the Confucian school, the Spring and Autumn Academy is a well-known powerful force in the void, and its disciples are far from being able to do whatever they want.


    On the contrary, because of the fierce competition within it, a great Confucianist like Xu Deyi also needs to obtain strong support from outside the sect.


    He thought that Meng Zhang should have a background of Jinxian level, so he was qualified to sit on an equal footing with him, and even be his friend.


    This time he helped the Taiyi Realm out of trouble, he must do it beautifully, so that Meng Zhang can see his ability and connections.


    When everyone in the Taiyi world was extremely anxious about the situation before them, and even the Moon God felt uneasy about Xu Deyi, he finally started to contact Meng Zhang.


    He informed Meng Zhang of his location and the latest situation through the contact information agreed upon by both parties.


    After breaking up with Meng Zhang last time, he left as quickly as possible, and at a huge cost, he asked a fellow student to help.


    His fellow student is named Cheng Yi, who is a celestial being. Meng Zhang has never dealt with the great Confucian Cheng Yi before, so he doesn''t know how strong he is.


    Since Xu Deyi chose to believe him, Meng Zhang naturally had no objection.


    After a quick exchange between the two sides, a rough plan of action was drawn up.


    The key to the success of this plan lies mainly in the great scholar Cheng Yi.


    Next, according to the plan they made, Meng Zhang began to urge the Taiyi Realm to speed up.


    The Taiyi Realm accelerated forward suddenly, and many pursuers who were not strong enough were almost thrown off.


    Those powerhouses at the level of celestial beings are still firmly following the Taiyi Realm.


    After having enough companions, these strong men became more and more courageous, and dared to approach the Taiyi Realm openly.


    In order to deal with the Taiyi Realm, the three forces specially sent principals from their respective headquarters to fully preside over the attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    Possessing the Celestial Immortal Yuan Yu The Celestial Immortal is one of the most powerful men in the Wild Hunting Thieves Group. Even Patriarch Mo Han and Dharma Bodhisattva fear him very much.


    Of course, these three angels, because they overestimated Meng Zhang''s strength before, all three of them were cautious and did not dare to have the slightest carelessness towards Taiyi Realm.


    After the Taiyi Realm began to speed up, it did not affect those strong men at the level of immortals to continue to follow.


    But the three armies in the rear, especially those monks with insufficient strength, were slowly thrown aside.


    The three Dharma Bodhisattvas appeared not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    Behind them are more than a dozen strong men with the strength of the first realm of heavenly immortals.


    In the back, there are more powerhouses at the level of real immortals.


    According to the arrangements of the Great Virtue Bodhisattva and the others, they will lead the immortal-level powerhouses to launch an assault on the Taiyi Realm, trying to defeat the Taiyi Realm in one fell swoop.


    The army in the rear is used to deal with the aftermath and clean up the battlefield, and they will not be needed in the next big battle.


    The Great Virtue Bodhisattva and his group were not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    They almost used the Void Teleportation together, preparing to descend to the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    They easily shuttled through the space, and their eyes were blurred, but they did not reach their destination as imagined, but instead entered a gray and mysterious space.


    Not far away in the void, Xu Deyi was standing respectfully behind a middle-aged Confucian scholar.


    This middle-aged Confucian scholar is Cheng Yi, a great Confucianist who he hired at a huge price.


    I saw the great Confucian scholar Cheng Yi wearing a green shirt, wearing a square scarf, holding a small blue-gray flag in his hand, and his face was full of pride.


    The seemingly inconspicuous small flag in his hand is the famous treasure of the formation in the Spring and Autumn Academy - Qimen Mizong Banner.


    This array treasure is a large-scale war treasure, specially used for the attack between sects.


    Cheng Yi, as a well-known master of formation in the Spring and Autumn Academy, is in charge of this important treasure for the sect on weekdays.


    When necessary, he will be on the front line of the Zongmen''s foreign conquest.


    This heavy treasure is also the reason why Cheng Yi dared to block many pursuers behind the Taiyi Realm with his outnumbered enemies and his own strength.


    Originally, he had been waiting for the opportunity to trap all the powerful enemies at the level of immortals.


    He didn''t even expect that the enemy would cooperate so much and fall into the enveloping range of the Qimen Mizong Banner together.


    Firstly, it was because these strong men were unprepared in advance, and they did not expect that there would be strong men from the Spring and Autumn Academy waiting for an opportunity to make a move.


    Secondly, they lack experience in dealing with such treasures.


    After being recruited, they did not make timely and correct responses.


    The great Confucian Cheng Yi kept urging the little flag in his hand according to the sect''s secret method.


    The gray mist produced by the Qimen Mizong Banner became thicker, trapping the opponent firmly.


    He quickly waved the small flag, and the area covered by the mist expanded rapidly, covering the group of real immortal-level powerhouses behind who couldn''t react in time.

 Chapter 3176

    The Great Confucian Cheng Yi relied on the Qimen Mizong Banner in his hand to trap all the powerful people of the three factions at the level of immortals, and most of the strong men at the level of true immortals.


    These trapped guys just feel that they have fallen into a mysterious gray space, and they can''t sense the existence outside the space at all.


    From the time when they were trapped, some people wanted to break this mysterious space and get out of it.


    Several strong men at the level of celestial beings showed their magical powers and used various methods to constantly test the surrounding situation and attack this mysterious space.


    The treasure of Qimen Mizong Banner is a large-scale war treasure of the Spring and Autumn Academy, used for large-scale battles between sects.


    Just relying on a few ordinary celestial-level powerhouses can''t shake it at all.


    The ancestor Mo Han, the Great Virtue Bodhisattva and Yuan Yu Tianxian, who are the leaders, are not only the gods'' methods for the great Confucian Cheng Yi, but he admires and envies him very much.


    As expected, he was a monk from the Spring and Autumn Academy of the Golden Immortal Sect, and his cards were really strong.


    Now that Cheng Yi and the others had trapped the enemy, Meng Zhang immediately urged the Taiyi Realm to advance at full speed and get out of here as quickly as possible.


    The void is vast, and the high-level leaders have not yet reached an agreement on the next step of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang deduced it by using the secret technique, and got a simple reminder.


    So, he let Taiyi Realm move forward in the direction suggested by Tianji Technique.


    All the strong men at the level of immortals and most of the strong men at the level of real immortals among the pursuers in the rear have been temporarily trapped.


    Logically speaking, the remaining guys should be intimidated.


    But there are still some guys who are not alive, regardless of what happened to the same door, trying to continue to follow the Taiyi world.


    Meng Zhang asked Tai Miao and Moon God to push the Taiyi Realm forward, and he flew away from the Taiyi Realm.


    With his current cultivation base, he can easily spot the pursuers behind Taiyi Realm.


    He flew over immediately, slaughtered them, and wiped them all out easily.


    Without the resistance of monks of the same rank, these pursuers would be vulnerable.


    If you want to escape Meng Zhang''s pursuit and play guerrilla warfare with Meng Zhang, you must be at least as strong as him.


    These powerhouses, who are at most no more than true immortals, continue to follow behind the Taiyi Realm, but they are dying in vain.


    Meng Zhang''s cruel methods frightened the pursuers in the rear, and they dared not continue to follow the Taiyi Realm anymore.


    The only thing they can do is to wait for their leader to get out of trouble before they can decide what to do.


    Meng Zhang searched repeatedly behind Taiyi Realm and returned to Taiyi Realm only after confirming that there were no pursuers.


    The speed of the Taiyi Realm has been raised to the limit, and the movement speed is no longer slower than that of ordinary true immortal level powerhouses.


    The Taiyi Realm has carried out many void teleportation.


    Every time the void moves, it can make the Taiyi Realm move a very long distance in the void.


    After each void teleportation, Meng Zhang will cast spells in time to calm the turmoil in the space and wipe away all traces left behind.


    Meng Zhang previously asked Xu Deyi to find a way to entangle the enemy for three years.


    In fact, he left a lot of leeway.


    According to his estimation, it only takes one or two years for the Taiyi Realm to completely get rid of the pursuers behind them, so that they can''t find any traces left behind.


    As for why Meng Zhang didn''t ask Xu Deyi to help eliminate all the pursuers, it was because he knew where the opponent''s bottom line was.


    Even if Xu Deyi invites Cheng Yi to help, he will not be able to wipe out all the pursuers, and he is not willing to forge a bloody feud with the Fa Huazong and other three sects.


    Even monks from the Golden Immortal Sect can''t wantonly kill disciples from lower-level cultivation sects.


    There are certain unspoken rules for high-ranking monks to act in the void.


    If Xu Deyi violated these unspoken rules indifferently, he might not be able to move forward in the future.


    Xu Deyi was as reliable as Meng Zhang guessed.


    He invited this helper, which is really reliable.


    Cheng Yi relied on the Qimen Mizong Banner in his hand to firmly trap so many opponents, not letting them have the slightest chance to escape.


    It has been more than two years since the fast-moving Taiyi Realm got rid of the pursuers.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what happened behind him, or whether the enemy was out of trouble.


    Anyway, no pursuers have caught up until now, and the Taiyi Realm should be almost safe.


    To be on the safe side, Taiyi Realm did not stop advancing immediately.


    The Taiyi Realm continued to move forward. While erasing the traces left by the Taiyi Realm along the way, Meng Zhang also cast a spell to cover up the secrets of the sky, making the Taiyi Realm out of the scope of the master of the secret.


    More than two years have passed, and there is still no strong person to catch up.


    Cheng Yi is really powerful, he is worthy of being a great Confucian of the Golden Immortal Sect.


    After advancing at full speed for so long, the Taiyi Realm was under tremendous pressure.


    Cracks began to appear in some relatively fragile places, showing a tendency to collapse and disintegrate.


    The Taiyi Realm did not stop, but greatly reduced its speed.


    Moving forward at the current speed, the pressure on the Taiyi Realm has indeed become bearable.


    The monks of the Taiyi Realm started to dispatch, repairing the places that were about to collapse, and strengthening those places that were under great pressure...


    Meng Zhang guessed that the Taiyi Realm should have completely got rid of the pursuers behind them.

 Chapter 3177

    After the Taiyi Realm slowed down, it advanced in the void for about five years.


    During this period, the Taiyi Realm has not been intercepted, and there are no pursuers from behind to catch up.


    Now, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm can finally be sure that they should have successfully escaped the pursuit of those three forces.


    Although they don''t know how the battle is going in the rear, at least the great Confucian scholars Cheng Yi and Xu Deyi have successfully fulfilled their promise.


    Meng Zhang knew that this time it was with the help of Cheng Yi, a great Confucian in the Spring and Autumn Academy, that the Taiyi Realm got rid of the pursuers, and there was no loss.


    If you are targeted by similar enemies next time, I am afraid it will not be so easy to escape.


    The escape experience of the Taiyi Realm made many monks, including Meng Zhang, feel a great sense of humiliation in their hearts.


    Many people secretly vowed in their hearts that the next time they meet this group of enemies, it will be the time for revenge.


    The advancement speed of the Taiyi Realm further slowed down, and continued to advance at the speed that saves the most resources and consumes the least amount of money.


    This speed is already much faster than many void warships.


    Life in the Taiyi world also began to return to normal.


    The Taiyi Realm has lowered its alert level, and many high-ranking monks have focused their energy back on their practice.


    Tai Miao went to Yuanhai again, using the power of Yuanhai to completely refine the sky demon captured last time.


    The Moon God returned to the heavens, entered his own divine kingdom, and began to practice in seclusion.


    The many battles some time ago made her realize her own shortcomings and benefited her a lot.


    She wants to slowly absorb these gains during the retreat, and continue to improve her strength.


    Meng Zhang also entered the closed room.


    The daily affairs of the Taiyi world are handled by Niu Dawei and other high-level officials.


    A group of true gods and immortals took turns controlling Taiyi Realm to move forward.


    Since there is no new goal for the time being, the direction of Taiyi Realm has not changed, and it is still advancing in the direction derived by Meng Zhang before.


    The operation of all aspects of the Taiyi world has begun to resume.


    Although the Taiyi Realm does not lack resources for the time being, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm still follow the usual practice to organize various monks to leave the Taiyi Realm in turn to explore the void near the Taiyi Realm.


    In addition to trying to obtain resources, they also conduct guards and investigations outside the Taiyi Realm.


    Most of the places in the void are empty and empty.


    These Taiyi Realm monks have worked hard for a long time, and most of the time they get nothing.


    Many monks soon began to feel bored after the freshness of entering the void for the first time.


    For these monks, this is also a kind of mental exercise.


    Due to the special situation, the Taiyi Realm has been moving at high speed in the void, and monks generally do not leave the Taiyi Realm too far, lest they be thrown off by the Taiyi Realm.


    This limits their range of motion and limits their harvest.


    Meng Zhang has long been aware of this problem and began to look for a solution.


    Speaking of which, Meng Zhang''s experience some time ago, including several battles, has given him a lot of gains.


    Especially in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, Pudu Jinxian''s distraction deliberately bought him a favor, which gave him a lot of benefits.


    With these benefits, the Taiyi Realm temporarily stabilized, and Yuanhai was replenished.


    For a long time, senior monks including him will not be short of cultivation resources.


    In the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, he was force-fed several times and received a powerful supplement of strength.


    The level of these powers is extremely high, allowing him to obtain a lot of benefits, and will not leave any future troubles.


    Meng Zhang will repeatedly temper the power that enters the body, and dig deeper to discover more mysteries.


    In addition to practicing, Meng Zhang devoted a lot of energy to paying attention to the unformed star-swallowing beast.


    The monks of the Taiyi Gate were organized and often set up a large star array over the Taiyi Realm, trying their best to condense the starlight from all over the void.


    These starlights with different attributes are equivalent to a big tonic, which greatly promoted the formation of the star swallowing beast.


    Meng Zhang releases immortal power from time to time to warm him up.


    Every once in a while, he would release his own divine sense, go deep into the depths of the starlight, strengthen the imprint left before, and deepen his control over it.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, some natural materials and earthly treasures in the Taiyi Realm''s treasury were picked out.


    These treasures of heaven, material and earth all have the attribute of stars, and the sect can''t use them for the time being.


    These treasures of heaven and earth were put on the altar one by one and absorbed by the starlight one by one.


    Because of sufficient resources to support, and the careful care of Taiyimen monks including Meng Zhang, the cluster of stars took shape very quickly.


    After more than ten years, the starlight was completely condensed into a beastly light cluster.


    This animal-shaped light group is only the size of a person, but the aura contained inside is extremely strong.


    At this point, the descendants left by the killed Star Devouring Beast can be regarded as truly surviving and become a Star Devouring Beast cub.


    Although it is only a cub, in terms of strength alone, it has surpassed most of the Golden Core stage monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    Next, the cub will continue to grow, and its demand for resources will also increase.


    This beast-shaped light cluster is the core part of the star swallowing beast in the future.


    This cub still needs to devour all kinds of spiritual things to condense its own body, which is a huge shell.


    This cub already has not weak intelligence, has begun to accept the inheritance of his ancestors, and knows how to take the initiative to practice.


    Now that this cub already has a certain strength, it can''t just ask for it blindly.


    In the future, Taiyi Sect will have dedicated monks who will take this cub to travel and practice in the Taiyi Realm, looking for and collecting various resources.


    When the time is right, they will take him into the void to explore and collect various resources.


    It''s not that the Taiyi Realm lacks the resources to cultivate young animals, let alone being stingy, but that the sect''s law is like this.


    Zongmen encourages disciples to be self-reliant and hopes that they will get more exercise.


    As a member of the Taiyi Sect, the Star Swallowing Beast cub must abide by the Taiyi Sect''s rules.


    Of course, due to their special status, the star-swallowing beast cubs will definitely not be treated the same as ordinary monks.


    Where care is due, care will be given.


    Meng Zhang and many senior officials of Taiyi Sect have high hopes for this star-swallowing beast cub.


    You know, the giant beast that gave birth to this star swallowing beast cub has the strength of a fairy.


    If it wasn''t for his bad luck and being trapped by the gravity of the black hole, he might have grown into a tyrant in the void.


    At that time, the Bodhisattva of the Fahua School used the magic weapon given by the Buddha to kill him.


    If this star swallowing beast cub can grow up, as long as it has the strength of its predecessors, it can become a great help to the Taiyi world.


    The Taiyi Realm is very powerful, and there are three people with combat power at the level of immortals.


    But the enemies of Taiyi Realm are even stronger.


    Taiyi Realm is growing very fast, and the enemies it faces are getting stronger and stronger.


    The Taiyi world has always been extremely thirsty for top-level combat power.

 Chapter 3178

    In the blink of an eye, more than sixty years have passed since the Taiyi Realm escaped from the pursuit of the three forces.


    In the past sixty years, the Taiyi world has once again embarked on the fast track of rapid development.


    The number of mortals has been growing rapidly, basically unaffected by the outside world.


    Only when the base of mortals is large can more practitioners be born.


    Of course, the substantial increase in the number of cultivators will place a greater burden on the entire world.


    The Taiyi Realm is not a peaceful and pure land outside the world, and there are also various disputes.


    Struggles within the realm of comprehension, demon disasters that erupt from time to time, small-scale conflicts between various races...


    These can greatly consume the number of practitioners.


    Due to the existence of the top sects such as the Taiyi Sect, the battles inside and outside the cultivation world are suppressed within a certain range, and basically there will be no catastrophe that affects the entire cultivation world.


    The struggle within the Taiyi Realm has instead become a kind of training for the practitioners.


    In addition to the human race, there are many other races in the Taiyi Realm.


    Most of these alien races, such as barbarians, monsters, aquatic tribes, sea tribes, etc., have integrated into the Taiyi Realm.


    The Dragon Clan and the Spirit Clan retain a relatively independent status, but they will still obey the will of the high-level Taiyi Realm.


    Among the major races, there will always be some rebellious people who are unwilling to submit to the rule of the human race.


    These rebels secretly carried out rebellion activities, which caused some troubles for the senior leaders of Taiyi Realm.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, never thought that all the internal struggles in the Taiyi Realm would subside.


    In fact, the struggle within the world helps to keep the monks from all sides aggressive.


    In addition, creatures of all races in the Taiyi Realm, regardless of monks and mortals, have the opportunity to sense the demonic thoughts spreading in the void, and thus be infected with demons, becoming demon cultivators and monsters.


    Many magic powerhouses expand their magic power in the void through this method of casting a wide net.


    Not to mention a new world like the Taiyi Realm, even the big worlds with a long history under the Lingkong Immortal Realm cannot avoid similar situations.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm cannot prevent this situation, they can only control it as much as possible so that it will not cause too much harm to the entire world.


    Generally speaking, the number of high-level monks in the Taiyi world is growing rapidly, and there are many so-called Tianjiao among them.


    After years of hard work and accumulation, the Void Returning Powers and even the True Immortals in the Taiyi Realm have ushered in a blowout, and the number has increased greatly.


    Especially within the Taiyi Sect, which is the leader of the Taiyi Realm, a true immortal can be born almost every once in a while.


    Meng Zhang''s second disciples, An Xiaoran and An Moran, became true immortals successively.


    Especially An Xiaoran, who is one of the most famous alchemy masters in the sect.


    Not long after she was promoted to a true immortal, she successfully became an alchemy immortal.


    Having an alchemy master is of great significance to a sect.


    Among the inheritance left by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, there are many prescriptions for elixir.


    As long as there is a sufficient supply of resources, she can continuously refine the elixir.


    Meng Zhang''s old friends Luoye Taoist and Jueying Taoist teacher and apprentice were also promoted to true immortals some time ago.


    Although they have a deep friendship with Meng Zhang and have received great help from Meng Zhang, they have no intention of breaking away from the dark alliance.


    On the contrary, after being promoted to True Immortal, they can contact the Dark Alliance headquarters in Lingkong Immortal Realm through the secret method of the Dark Alliance.


    There has always been a branch of the Dark Alliance in the Taiyi world.


    Even when they were in the Junchen Realm, the Taiyi Gate broke with the Dark Alliance, and a war broke out.


    However, there are complex factions within the Dark Alliance, and the senior officials of the Taiyi Sect have no intention of completely eliminating all Dark Alliance forces.


    For so many years, the dark alliance branch of the Taiyi Realm, as the strongest force in the dark side of the cultivation world, has done many things that violate the laws of the Taiyi Sect secretly, but it has never violated the taboos of the Taiyi Sect, and has not crossed the bottom line.


    For the senior Taiyimen, it is also necessary for forces like the Dark Alliance to exist to accommodate the shady parts of the entire cultivation world.


    Taoist Fallen Leaf and Taoist Jueying, no, they should be called True Immortal Fallen Leaf and True Immortal Jueying now.


    After they were promoted to true immortals, they contacted the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, obtained more inheritance, and some secret instructions, and intentionally or unintentionally expanded the sphere of influence of the Dark Alliance branch.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has broken away from the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm, it has a deep connection with the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm after all.


    Among the testimonials of the Taiyi Realm, the testaments handed down by the Taiyi Golden Immortal are the main testimonials, which also incorporate some of the advantages of the testaments of the Spiritual Space and Immortal Realm.


    Due to some special reason, in almost every big world under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are dark alliance forces.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm do not want to offend the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm too much, and are willing to retain some traditions of the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm.


    As long as the dark alliance branch of the Taiyi Realm does not affect the rule of the Taiyi Sect and does not overturn the structure of the Taiyi Realm, then the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm can tolerate the existence of the Dark Alliance.


    Another old friend of Meng Zhang''s, Xu Mengying, a saintess of the Huang Lian Sect, was promoted to a true immortal long ago.


    The Yellow Lotus Sect has long since become one of the most powerful forces in the Taiyi world.


    This shows the heart of the Taiyi Sect, and it also allows more comprehension forces and more comprehensionists to return to their hearts.


    All remaining will of Gai Rang God was destroyed by Meng Zhang and Daya Qianyuan Stele.


    The Gaiyang Continent began to fully integrate into the Taiyi Realm and became an important part of the entire world.


    After that, more indigenous gods were inexplicably born among the creatures of all races in the Taiyi Realm.


    As the major races began to immigrate to Gai Rang Continent, some of them inexplicably obtained the inheritance of the divine way and embarked on the road of spiritual practice.


    Gai Rang Celestial God is indeed not an ordinary Celestial God. Even though he has completely fallen for many years, his influence is still so far-reaching.


    As long as those indigenous gods don''t do evil, engage in blood sacrifices and the like, the upper echelons of the Taiyi world can barely tolerate their existence.


    Anyway, these indigenous gods mainly appeared on the fringes of the Taiyi Realm, away from the ruling core of the cultivators.


    For some of these outstanding indigenous gods, the Taiyi Realm executives will absorb them into the Taiyi Realm''s god system.


    Many gods in the god system have the power to canonize their servants and servants, and they are also willing to expand their power.


    As for those Shinto practitioners, as long as they do not violate the laws and regulations of the Taiyi Realm, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm will not deliberately target them.


    The ethos of the Taiyi world has always been open and inclusive, able to accommodate different races and different cultivation systems.


    In fact, after the indigenous practitioners from the four-pointed star region settled in Taiyi Realm, there were more Confucian sects, Buddhist sects, etc. in Taiyi Realm.


    It''s really nothing if there are more Shinto practitioners.


    A major practice route for Shinto practitioners is to gain power through belief and worship of gods.


    There are many gods in the god system of Taiyi Realm, which can be worshiped by these Shinto practitioners.


    Even, as long as they are not worshiping evil gods and hostile gods in the Taiyi world, but they worship some other gods, the relevant parties will turn a blind eye.

 Chapter 3179

    Another major practice route for Shinto practitioners is not to believe in or worship other gods, but to be their own gods.


    Such a route is incomparable. As the supreme leader of the Taiyi Realm, he also has to take care of some thoughts of Taoist cultivators, and more importantly, he has to take care of the balance of all forces.


    This problem has been solved since the continuous birth of true immortals among those cultivators who have accumulated a lot of knowledge.


    Old problems are solved, and new problems arise.


    The number of true immortals and true gods in the Taiyi Realm is increasing, but the number of heavenly immortals has not increased for a long time.


    True immortals like Niu Dawei, who are favored by Meng Zhang, are still far away from the realm of heavenly immortals.


    The oldest true immortal in Taiyi Realm should be Fairy Yue''e.


    But as an ordinary true immortal, she is too mediocre in all aspects.


    Even after taking refuge in the Taiyi Realm, she gained many benefits, but there is still no sign of breaking through to the Celestial Immortal Realm.


    Fairy Yue''e is like this, and other true immortals are farther away from the realm of heavenly immortals.


    Even the so-called Tianjiao in the comprehension world must abide by the rules of practice, and it takes time to accumulate and hone.


    Rapid breakthroughs like Meng Zhang''s are extremely rare.


    In fact, although Meng Zhang is not very old, he has many opportunities, the hardships he has experienced, and the merits he has obtained are very rich.


    Although he desperately hopes that there will be more heavenly immortals in Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang knows that such things cannot be rushed.


    The only thing he can do is to try his best to provide more suitable conditions for the younger generation of true immortals and help them grow.


    Speaking of celestial beings, Gu Yue Lingqing, who is highly expected by the Taiyi world, has been in seclusion and broke through to celestial beings for many years.


    At the very beginning, many people paid attention to his situation.


    As he has not successfully broken through and has been retreating, everyone has gradually turned their attention to other things.


    In fact, those high-ranking monks who have enough insight should know that breaking through the realm of immortals is a long-term task.


    Even if the breakthrough is fully prepared in advance and has sufficient confidence, it may still take hundreds or even thousands of years to break through.


    At that time, Meng Zhang had only retreated for decades, and he successfully achieved the realm of heaven and immortality, which is really rare in the world of comprehension.


    With the passage of time, the threat of Fahuazong and other sects to Taiyi Realm gradually receded.


    The void is vast, and it is not easy for them to find the Taiyi Realm that has been moving at high speed without clear guidance.


    During this period of time, the Taiyi Realm has been wandering in the void of nothingness, and has not had any contact with the outside world.


    Along the way, the monks in the Taiyi Realm actively organized explorations, but nothing was gained.


    Although the Taiyi Realm''s current resources are sufficient and can support many immortals for a long time, but people have immediate worries without long-term considerations.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has stepped into the void and embarked on the road of fighting to support wars and plundering externally, it should always remain aggressive and ensure that it can obtain supplies from the outside world every once in a while.


    Although the Taiyi Realm is a complete big world, it can already produce more and more resources, including many rare natural treasures.


    However, there are countless spiritual creatures in the cultivation world, and there are still many resources that the Taiyi world cannot produce by itself.


    Especially after An Xiaoran became an alchemy master and began to refine elixir, many Taiyimen''s spiritual objects in stock were rapidly consumed.


    Many immortals in the Taiyi Realm have never heard of or seen the materials recorded on some alchemy recipes.


    The lack of materials has become an important factor restricting the performance of alchemist An Xiaoran.


    The Taiyi Realm cannot always hide in remote and uninhabited places, and needs to maintain regular contact with the outside world.


    Even if this contact is fraught with all kinds of dangers, it must be maintained.


    Meng Zhang has successively obtained many star maps, recording the distribution of various worlds and forces in the void.


    The last time he used the secret technique to deduce the advance route for the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm was out of the threat. In the following journey, Taiyi Realm did not gain anything.


    Astronomy is not omnipotent.


    Even though Meng Zhang is already a celestial being and can easily withstand most of the backlash after performing the Tianji surgery, he is still reluctant to use the Tianji technique at will.


    The derivation results of Tianji Technique are often chaotic and changeable, and most of the time it is not very clear, it is just a simple guide, and it is even very vague.


    For a Tianji immortal master like Meng Zhang, when using the Tianji technique to deduce, even if the derivation is only some simple questions, there will occasionally be situations where the derivation fails to result, or the result is too simplistic.


    Of course, if he doesn''t want to, he won''t hesitate at all when he needs to use the secret technique to deduce it.


    Generally speaking, the more relevant information you have before using the secret technique to deduce, the more accurate the derivation result will be, and the less price you need to pay.


    Meng Zhang carefully studied these star maps, looking for the next target in them.


    After choosing the target, he will use the secret technique to deduce the good and bad.


    While Meng Zhang was busy, auspicious clouds, celestial music fluttering, and golden flowers falling from the sky suddenly appeared in the sky of Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang, who had already had a similar experience, was overjoyed.


    This is another true immortal from the Taiyi Realm who has broken through to the Heavenly Immortal Realm.


    Gu Yue Lingqing is the only one who is retreating and breaking through the realm of celestial beings in Taiyi Realm.


    Next, the experience that Meng Zhang had had was repeated on Gu Yue Lingqing.


    However, it is probably because the inheritance of practice is not as good as Meng Zhang, and the accumulation is not as good as Meng Zhang.


    Although he successfully broke through to the realm of immortals, he didn''t get as many benefits as Meng Zhang, and his cultivation base and strength were far behind Meng Zhang''s back then.


    In any case, Gu Yue Lingqing''s achievement as an immortal is a success, and it is a great joy for the entire Taiyi world.


    There was too much movement when he broke through to the realm of celestial beings, and soon almost the entire Taiyi realm was alarmed.


    Because he retreated and broke through for too long, many Taiyi Realm executives almost forgot that he was still breaking through.

 Chapter 3180

    A situation like Gu Yue Lingqing''s is the norm in the cultivation world.


    Not all immortals can advance by leaps and bounds like Meng Zhang, and get promoted quickly all the way.


    In fact, the time it took for Gu Yue Lingqing to break through to the realm of celestial beings in retreat was much shorter than the average time spent by most celestial beings in the cultivation world.


    His cultivation base and strength after breaking through are also above the average level of the heavenly immortals who have just broken through.


    Compared with many senior angels of the Gu Yue family, his situation in all aspects is much better.


    Previously, Gu Yue Lingqing had been concentrating on seclusion without distraction, breaking through wholeheartedly, knowing nothing about the outside world.


    In order to avoid disturbing him, Meng Zhang sealed off his retreat in the depths of the Taiyi Realm, basically completely isolated from the outside world.


    When he retreated back then, the Taiyi Realm was still in the Four-pointed Star Region.


    Now that they have successfully broken through, the Taiyi Realm is already far away from the Four-pointed Star District.


    Gu Yue Lingqing dealt with some follow-up matters after the breakthrough, and then took the initiative to come to see Meng Zhang.


    They haven''t seen each other for many years, and they don''t feel strange.


    The life time of ordinary monks is but a short moment to them.


    Before Meng Zhang embarked on the road of cultivation, Gu Yue Lingqing was already a veteran true immortal.


    Meng Zhang became an immortal one step ahead of him, and he also expected it.


    But the incomparably vast aura revealed by Meng Zhang made him a little surprised.


    Meng Zhang''s solid foundation and profound cultivation far exceeded his expectations.


    Speaking of it, Meng Zhang was only a hundred or two hundred years before him to become a fairy.


    This little time is nothing to ordinary high-level monks, not to mention heavenly immortals.


    But Meng Zhang has already opened a big distance from him in terms of cultivation.


    In addition to Meng Zhang gaining more benefits when he broke through the realm of immortality, his practice in the realm of immortality should also be extremely smooth and progress rapidly.


    After the two chatted, Gu Yue Lingqing knew everything that happened to Taiyi Realm when he was retreating.


    He felt very embarrassed that the Taiyi world was in urgent need of immortal-level combat power, but he couldn''t help at all.


    Following the actions of Taiyi Realm for many years, and with such rich experience in the void, he has long regarded Taiyi Realm as his three forces, the Wild Hunting Star Pirates Group, Fa Huazong, and Sirius Sword Sect. It was an existence that the Gu Yue family did not dare to provoke easily.


    If the disputes with these three forces are only limited to the level of true immortals, there is still a possibility of resolution.


    Once the dispute rises to the level of a fairy, it is basically impossible to resolve it.


    Especially for the Fa Hua Sect, Meng Zhang killed so many Bodhisattvas in one go, and the entire sect was seriously injured.


    There is an endless blood feud between Fa Huazong and Taiyi Realm.


    Apart from continuing to serve the Taiyi Realm with her own strength, Gu Yue Lingqing couldn''t do much.


    According to tradition, the person in charge of the Gu Yue family is the Immortal Master Tianji.


    Even if he became a celestial being, after returning to the family, at most he would improve his status and have greater power, but he could not become the real principal, and naturally he would not be able to use the power of the family to help the Taiyi Realm.


    However, the Gu Yue family invested in Meng Zhang many years ago and invested a lot of capital.


    Now that Meng Zhang has grown up, it proves that the Gu Yue family''s investment was not in vain.


    He has known Meng Zhang for many years and knows that Meng Zhang is a person who knows how to repay his kindness.


    Although the Gu Yue family will not intervene in the struggle between the Taiyi Realm and other celestial forces, they can provide some help to the Taiyi Realm.


    Don''t look at the fact that the Taiyi Realm has also become a cultivating force at the level of immortals.


    But compared to the old Celestial family like the Gu Yue family, there is still a big gap in all aspects.


    A celestial family with a long history of tens of thousands of years, its accumulation is unfathomable, and it may be able to provide some unexpected surprises.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had some ideas about the problems that the Taiyi world was facing, and Meng Zhang''s next goal.


    However, he planned to communicate with Meng Zhang slowly after contacting the family.


    Gu Yue Lingqing is two other people in the Taiyi Realm excluding Meng Zhang who lecture on scriptures and methods, and compete with each other...


    Needless to say, Gu Yue Lingqing, who has just become a celestial being, needs the guidance of a senior celestial being, and also needs to adapt to the power of a celestial being.


    The communication with Meng Zhang has gained a lot and saved a lot of time for self-exploration.


    It''s true that the Gu Yue family is an old cultivating family. The family naturally has the inheritance of the heavenly level, the experience and perception of the senior heavenly immortals, and so on.


    However, the opportunity to communicate with such a powerful angel as Meng Zhang is still very precious.


    The celestial beings of the Gu Yue family are not known for their combat prowess themselves.


    At least, although Tianxian Mengzhang would not teach him the core inheritance of his family, but the inheritance from the Golden Immortal, only revealing a little superficiality, is enough for Gu Yue Lingqing to use up.


    Don''t look at Meng Zhang as just a new and tender celestial being, but he already has rich combat experience and many sophisticated methods.


    He could easily defeat or even kill Gu Yue Lingqing, but he would not underestimate him because of this.


    Almost every fairy has its own uniqueness.


    Communicating with more celestial beings and gaining more experience is of great significance to Meng Zhang''s future practice.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had communicated with Meng Zhang for more than half a year before he ended the exchange with some reluctance and returned to the place of retreat.


    He will continue to retreat for a period of time to absorb the gains after communicating with Meng Zhang.


    Because of Gu Yue Lingqing''s opinion, Meng Zhang did not rush to choose the next target of the Taiyi Realm, but had to wait for a while.


    Gu Yue Lingqing left the seclusion after two years of retreat.


    He began to adjust his state, burned incense and bathed, calmed his mind, and prepared to contact the headquarters of the Gu Yue family in Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Originally, after he broke through to the realm of celestial beings, for a celestial being like him, his own cultivation should be the most important thing.


    Although contacting the family headquarters is a major event, it must be placed at the back.

 Chapter 3181

    There are many celestial families and sects in the celestial world.


    Among them, the Gu Yue family can be regarded as a well-known family with many peculiarities.


    According to the tradition, the headquarters of the Gu Yue family will send family members to the big worlds under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, especially those newly conquered big worlds, and ask them to establish a branch of the family there.


    Even, the Gu Yue family will send out branches of the family to the big world beyond the rule of the Ling Kong fairy world.


    Among these family branches, the strong ones are only at the Void Returning level, and the weak ones are only at the Golden Core level.


    The branches of the Gu Yue family in each big world need to develop on their own after leaving the family headquarters.


    In the same big world, the Gu Yue family will establish many different branches.


    There are both cooperative and competitive relationships among these branches.


    When all the branches in the same big world are unified, and the family power has developed to a certain extent, the patriarch can contact the family headquarters in the Lingkong Immortal Realm according to the ancestral secret method.


    The family headquarters will provide more help to these branches so that they can develop better.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was not born in the family headquarters, but a branch of one of the big worlds.


    After this branch contacted the family headquarters, he was successfully promoted to the Void Return Stage, and was valued by the family headquarters before being sent to the family headquarters for further training.


    For the family headquarters, he is not from the direct line.


    Of course, although the Gu Yue family also had internal struggles, there were no conflicts that could not be resolved between the direct line and the major branches.


    The upper echelons of the family can generally treat all outstanding juniors equally.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing was promoted to True Immortal, she had a place in the family headquarters and could participate in many confidential matters of the family.


    Many years ago, the family''s Immortal Master Tianji deduced that after a few years, a catastrophe would come and the family would be wiped out.


    In order to successfully survive the catastrophe and allow the family to survive, relying on the strength of the Gu Yue family alone is far from enough, and they need to rely on external forces.


    On the one hand, the Gu Yue family has formed a lot of good relationships in the cultivation world, and has attracted and befriended many powerful cultivation forces and immortals.


    On the other hand, the Gu Yue family vigorously helped and cultivated rising stars in the cultivation world.


    Even, he did not hesitate to use the method of casting a wide net to invest everywhere.


    Back then, the Tianji master of the Gu Yue family used the Tianji technique to deduce the founder of the Taiyi Gate, which was very likely to be useful for the Gu Yue family to overcome the catastrophe.


    Therefore, the Gu Yue family invested in him to a certain extent.


    In fact, there are many monks who were derived by the Gu Yue family''s secret masters, and there are many monks who are similar to the founder of the Taiyi Gate.


    It is impossible for the deduction of Tianji technique to be so accurate, and it is far from accurate.


    Gu Yue''s family cast a wide net to invest, and most of the time it was wasted.


    The monks who invested fell early, died without a burial place, and lost their children and grandchildren... all are normal.


    It is rare that a sect is opened up like the founder of the Taiyi Gate and passed on all the time.


    Although the founding ancestor of the Taiyi Realm had long since fallen, the sect also suffered two catastrophes and was on the verge of complete extinction.


    Fortunately, Taiyi Sect never perishes, Taiyi Sect not only survived strong, but also has a rejuvenation master like Meng Zhang, who has developed the sect to an unprecedented level.


    After the Gu Yue family branch of the Taiyi Realm contacted the family headquarters, the family headquarters began to increase investment in Meng Zhang.


    Gu Yue Lingqing came to the Taiyi Realm secretly, not only for his own needs, but also for the purpose of further observing Meng Zhang for the family.


    After getting along for many years, he kept raising his evaluation of Meng Zhang.


    In particular, Meng Zhang''s achievement as a celestial being greatly increased its value, making it the most cost-effective investment made by the Gu Yue family.


    The senior members of the Gu Yue family basically believed in the deduction results of the family''s Tianji Immortal Master.


    In order for the family to survive the catastrophe and survive, they are willing to pay any price.


    Meng Zhang is now a celestial being, and his future is immeasurable.


    Perhaps, Meng Zhang is the key to helping the Gu Yue family survive the catastrophe in the future.


    Of course, Meng Zhang''s achievement as an immortal shows that he has made great progress and has a bright future, but the Gu Yue family itself does not lack angels.


    One has been cultivated by the Gu Yue family for many years, and his loyalty to the family is still very high.


    He believes that helping Meng Zhang is helping the family.


    This kind of ultra-long-distance communication across countless star regions in the void is costly, and there will be many interferences in the middle.


    After contacting the family headquarters, Gu Yue Lingqing hurriedly reported the main things without caring about the small talk.


    The experience of Taiyi Realm over the years, Meng Zhang''s growth, his achievement as an immortal, and the problems facing Taiyi Realm...


    Having stayed in the Taiyi world for so many years, and being trusted by Meng Zhang, he has always held a high position. He has learned many secrets of the Taiyi world.


    He must be loyal to the family, but he must not be sorry for Meng Zhang''s trust.


    He will not take the initiative to reveal various secrets of the Taiyi Realm to the family.


    He pretended not to know many things that the family didn''t ask.


    Of course, the specific development of the Taiyi world and the current real power are related to the next step of the family headquarters, so he tried his best to make an accurate report.


    The elders at the family headquarters who were in contact with Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t care about the details of the Taiyi Realm, but mainly cared about the growth of the Taiyimen monks headed by Meng Zhang.


    Since Meng Zhang has become an immortal, he is qualified to be an ally of the Gu Yue family.


    Regardless of how he will grow in the future and whether he can help the Gu Yue family survive the catastrophe, the current strength of the Taiyi Realm alone deserves to be taken seriously by the Gu Yue family.


    The Gu Yue family is willing to make friends with a promising fairy like Meng Zhang.


    Of course, Taiyi Realm was in a special situation after all, it had voluntarily left the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and offended many powerful forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, such as the Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    The Gu Yue family, who have always paid attention to being kind to others, will not openly form an alliance with the Taiyi Realm, nor will they openly help the Taiyi Realm to deal with those enemies.


    This is not because the Gu Yue family is afraid of Sanyang Xianzong and other forces, but because the family has always handled things.

 Chapter 3182

    Fa Huazong itself is hostile to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and has fought many times with the forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    But the Gu Yue family has never sent a strong person to deal with the Fahua sect in the name of the family.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group was hunted down by many great worlds, and the Gu Yue Family would never hunt down such a powerful star thief.


    Gu Yue''s family would not take the initiative to provoke a sword cultivator sect like the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect who must retaliate.


    The behavior of the Gu Yue family is like this, and it will not change because of the Taiyi Realm.


    When hearing all this from the family elders, Gu Yue Lingqing was not surprised at all.


    Of course, since Meng Zhang has shown greater value, the Gu Yue family can''t be stingy and will continue to invest more in him.


    With the qualities shown by Meng Zhang, as long as he does not fall midway, but keeps growing, he will become a great help to the Gu Yue family.


    After hearing Gu Yue Lingqing''s report, the elders of the family headquarters praised him greatly.


    Even in a big family like the Gu Yue family, the number of celestial beings is very rare.


    Every extra fairy is of great significance to the family.


    It is even more remarkable that Gu Yue Lingqing became a celestial being outside the family.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has become an immortal, and his status within the family will usher in a huge upgrade.


    If he returns to the family now, he will definitely be promoted to one of the most core executives in the family.


    He is not in a hurry to return to the family now, and the reward that should be given to him will not be discounted in the slightest.


    The cultivation skills of the immortal stage, the more advanced fairy arts and supernatural powers, the family''s core classics, etc., were all passed on to Gu Yue Lingqing through this special contact method.


    When Gu Yue Lingqing reported, she emphasized the needs of Taiyi Realm.


    Before he contacted the family headquarters, he specifically asked many true immortals in the Taiyi world to understand their various needs.


    Not only is the Gu Yue family''s accumulation much stronger than that of the Taiyi Realm, but it is also located in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, which is extremely rich in resources, and has many means to obtain those precious spiritual objects that the Taiyi Realm needs.


    Once the big library of the Gu Yue family headquarters is opened, it can basically meet the spiritual needs of the Taiyi world.


    For those spiritual things that really don''t exist, the Gu Yue family can also trade with other spiritual forces in the spiritual world.


    After getting the list of required spiritual objects from Gu Yue Lingqing newspaper, the attitude of the senior management of Gu Yue family was to be satisfied as much as possible.


    As long as it is not too rare or too precious, it can be given to Taiyi Realm, which can be regarded as the next investment.


    Soon, the rewards given to Gu Yue Lingqing by the senior management of the Gu Yue family, including the investment in the Taiyi Gate, were passed on through a special space channel.


    The generosity of the family was somewhat beyond Gu Yue Lingqing''s expectations.


    This shows that the family attaches great importance to Mengzhang and the Taiyi world, and it also shows that the senior members of the family are full of deep fear of the coming disaster, so they have to grasp every straw.


    Gu Yue Lingqing put away the things that the family rewarded her.


    Among them are some precious spiritual objects and elixir, the resources needed for his next practice, etc.


    The things that the family headquarters gave to the Taiyi Realm were not only large in number, but also of extraordinary quality.


    Not only are there finished elixir with a wide range of functions, but there are also many materials for refining elixir, which can be used by An Xiaoran for a long time.


    Many precious resources that the Taiyi world does not have have just solved the urgent needs of the Taiyi world.


    In addition, considering that the Taiyi Realm currently does not have an immortal craftsman and cannot refine immortal artifacts, the family headquarters also sent several fake immortal artifacts and immortal artifacts.


    Even though these immortal artifacts and pseudo-immortal artifacts are only common goods, at least they have solved the problem of whether they are available or not, and they can be equipped by the true immortals of the Taiyi Realm.


    In a battle at the level of a true immortal, whether or not an immortal weapon is equipped has a great impact on the combat effectiveness.


    Regarding the current situation in the Taiyi world, the family headquarters also got a full understanding from Gu Yue Lingqing.


    The Gu Yue family will not directly help Taiyi Realm to deal with enemies such as Fahuazong, they can only rely on Taiyi Realm to solve the problem by themselves.


    With these supporting materials, it must be able to help the Taiyi Realm solve many problems and effectively enhance the combat effectiveness of the Taiyi Realm.


    For the next destination of the Taiyi world, the family headquarters also has a good suggestion.


    The senior members of the Gu Yue family did not easily comment on Taiyi Realm''s imitation of Yunzhong City.


    Since the Taiyi Realm wants to wander in the void and support wars with wars, the senior management of the Gu Yue family will provide it with a good place, which can be regarded as part of its investment.


    Gu Yue Lingqing pondered for a while after listening to the family''s top management''s suggestion. Although she was not very satisfied, she had to admit that this was a very suitable goal for the Taiyi Realm.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing reported to the family headquarters, the family headquarters also briefed him on the recent situation in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the latest information on the Void Myriad Realm, and so on.


    After the two parties completed all the exchanges and all the materials sent were in place, the two parties said goodbye and ended the contact.


    Gu Yue Lingqing counted all the supplies, and handed over the gift from the family headquarters to the Taiyi Gate to the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm.


    He was about to go to Meng Zhang to discuss with him the next goal of the Taiyi Realm, but Meng Zhang was in retreat and could not see guests for the time being.


    He had to leave temporarily, go back and wait.


    Anyway, the Taiyi world is still moving in the original direction, and it will not change until it receives further orders from Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was undergoing a critical retreat.


    He was not doing it for his own cultivation, but for sensing the thoughts of Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    After finishing communicating with Gu Yue Lingqing, he began to actively prepare.


    Needless to say, programs such as fasting, bathing, and calming down.


    When Gu Yue Lingqing was retreating, Meng Zhang also released his spiritual thoughts and began to use secret techniques, trying to sense the thoughts of Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    ¡¿


    After the Taiyi Golden Immortal was defeated in the battle, he was suppressed and imprisoned by several golden immortals.


    But he still tenaciously passed his divine sense through the place of suppression, wandering through the void...


    By chance, the founder of Taiyi Sect sensed his divine sense, and obtained some superficial inheritances, which led to the later Taiyi Sect.


    After Meng Zhang grew up, he also sensed his spiritual thoughts and obtained many inheritances.


    I don''t know if Taiyi Jinxian''s imaginary tour of the void is purely for the purpose of finding the inheritor, or for another purpose.


    Meng Zhang could see very clearly that since he had accepted the inheritance of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, he would naturally inherit the karma of the Taiyi Golden Immortal in the future.


    Although he doesn''t know who his enemies are, he often feels great pressure when he thinks that these golden immortals can suppress the Taiyi golden immortal.


    However, since he has become the inheritor of Taiyi Golden Immortal, there is no room for regret.


    In addition to accelerating his own growth, Meng Zhang also hopes to obtain more superior inheritance from Taiyi Golden Immortal.

 Chapter 3183

    As the inheritor of Taiyi Golden Immortal, Meng Zhang inherited not only his cultivation methods, but also his ideas and thoughts.


    Meng Zhang generally agrees with Taiyi Jinxian''s concept of dividing the three realms.


    Meng Zhang practiced himself and shaped the Taiyi world according to the concept of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, not just for the sake of echoing and pleasing the other party, but also has his own considerations.


    If the ideas of the two parties really disagree, even if Meng Zhang succumbs temporarily for the sake of inheritance, "The Road to the Master" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3184

    These three companies are all veteran forces at the level of immortals, with profound backgrounds and mastered many secret methods that are not known to the public.


    Generally speaking, in order to discover some unknown secrets, in addition to various conventional methods, those powerful forces can also invite Tianji Master or even Tianji Xianshi to deduce it.


    Meng Zhang himself is a very brilliant master of celestial secrets, and he has also been promoted to the realm of celestial immortals.


    Among the three forces, there is no existence that is particularly good at deriving the secrets of heaven.


    In their network, there is no strong enough Celestial Master.


    Without knowing the identity of Meng Zhang Tianji Immortal Master, if they act rashly and let Tianji Master take the initiative to deduce the whereabouts of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm, not only will it be futile, but the counterattack of Tianji Technique will also kill those Tianji Masters life.


    For almost any practice force, the secret master is a very precious existence, and it is definitely not cannon fodder that can be consumed at will.


    Among the void and myriad worlds, it should be very rare for the Tianji Immortal Master who wants to completely suppress Meng Zhang in terms of Tianji Technique.


    Tianji masters are basically very cautious people, and there will be no such reckless and ignorant idiots.


    Those three forces may have their own secret masters, and they may have invited the secret masters to try to deduce the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    As long as those celestial masters have some brains, they just need to sense it carefully in advance, and they will know that this matter is not something they can interfere with.


    If the way of inferring the secrets of heaven does not work, then there is another way, which is to use the power of the Dao of Karma.


    Meng Zhang has a lot of karma with these three forces, and the karma with Fa Huazong is especially deep.


    Fahuazong has a profound background and has a wide range of contacts within Buddhism.


    What Buddhist masters are best at is the Dao of Karma.


    Now, it is the power of Buddhist masters to run the Dao of Karma, using the deep causality between Meng Zhang and Fa Huazong to try to find Meng Zhang''s whereabouts.


    The line of cause and effect on Meng Zhang''s body vibrated more and more violently.


    In the dark, there is a powerful force that is constantly pulling Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang knew that if the causal connection with Fa Huazong could not be cut off in time, the enemy would not only be able to find this place along the lines of cause and effect, but even use these lines of cause and effect to hurt himself.


    Meng Zhang''s attainments on the Dao of Karma are really mediocre. Being able to see these lines of cause and effect, as well as the mystery behind them, is his limit.


    Fortunately, according to his induction, the ones who use the Dao of Karma to deal with him now are some gods. He is not proficient in the power of the Dao of Karma, so he can only use the power of other Dao to fight against the enemy.


    After a little thought, he came up with a countermeasure.


    Above his head, the Tai Chi Yin-Yang Diagram of Heaven, Earth, Dharma, and Tai Chi emerged, and the power of the Yin-Yang Dao filled the secret room of his retreat.


    Yin and Yang are the original avenues that make up a world, and their levels are extremely high.


    Under the suppression of the Yin-Yang Dao, the vibration of the line of cause and effect in his body became much more relaxed.


    He took out the broken Immortal Treasure Universe disc.


    After years of painstaking repairs, although this fairy treasure is still a long way from being completely restored, Meng Zhang can already exert some of its power.


    Especially with Meng Zhang''s promotion to Heavenly Immortal, he can already control this broken fairy treasure freely.


    Under his envoy, the cosmic disc rotated slightly, covering the lines of cause and effect, changing the passage of time.


    Because of the influence of the power of Zhou Guang, those Buddhist masters who used the power of cause and effect to forcibly connect with Meng Zhang are connected to Meng Zhang who was many years ago.


    What they learned was Meng Zhang''s location many years ago, which has nothing to do with the present.


    Although the enemy''s actions were temporarily prevented, Meng Zhang did not relax in the slightest.


    The Great Qianyuan Stele floated above Meng Zhang''s head.


    Even if he has been promoted to a fairy, this fairy weapon that allows him to show his power in the real fairy realm can still play a great role.


    Apart from helping Meng Zhang perform the Heavenly Secret Technique, this fairy artifact has many other magical functions.


    Daya Qianyuan Monument shook slightly, and the phantom of the line of cause and effect connected to Meng Zhang began to move towards it.


    The cause and effect of Meng Zhang and Fa Huazong, the cause and effect of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, and the cause and effect of the Sirius Sword Sect...


    In this way, it was temporarily connected to the Dayu Qianyuan Monument.


    Those Buddhist masters who want to use the line of cause and effect to make articles in the future will be directly directed to the Great Qianyuan Monument.


    The Great Qianyuan Monument in Meng Zhang''s hands is a replica made by Qianyuan Immortal Venerable by using his magical powers, replicating many of the abilities of the Immortal Treasure Great Qianyuan Monument he possessed.


    Maybe, those Buddhist masters will have a causal connection with Qianyuan Xianzun.


    Qianyuan Xianzun is a celestial being. A trick like this can''t confuse the enemy forever, but it can buy enough time for Meng Zhang.


    The causal connection between Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Xianzun has become stronger, and he may cause a lot of trouble in the future.


    After doing all this, Meng Zhang repeatedly tested and observed, and found that what he did should be enough to confuse the enemy for a long time.


    At this time, he was completely relieved.


    This time it was just a small crisis, and it was a wake-up call for myself.


    Fortunately, the opponents are not the enemies of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, but a group of Bodhisattvas.


    Of course, he will not despise the enemy because of this, but will firmly remember this matter.


    This is still since he embarked on the road of practice. After that, the vibration of the line of karma in Meng Zhang''s body weakened.


    Many of the forces that followed the line of cause and effect were misled by his previous methods and led to other directions.


    Since the enemy couldn''t find him for the time being, Meng Zhang put this matter aside for the time being and started to continue his business.


    Meng Zhang has been busy for a while and waited for a long time, but he still can''t establish contact with Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual sense.


    I don''t know what''s wrong with the Taiyi Golden Immortal, is even the divine sense that is released is restricted?

 Chapter 3185

    Meng Zhang continued to wait for Taiyi Jinxian''s response, and had no intention of leaving the closed room for the time being.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing was busy with her own affairs, Meng Zhang didn''t leave the customs, so he didn''t want to disturb her rashly.


    He already has some ideas about the Taiyi Realm''s next goal.


    He originally planned to discuss with Meng Zhang first, but now that Meng Zhang is still retreating, he planned to communicate with other senior officials in the Taiyi Realm first.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing, who was born in the Tianxian family, did not have that kind of domineering posture, but he has always been proud and arrogant, and he does not have many friends in the Taiyi world.


    He has a lot of contacts on weekdays, but only a few of the top monks in the Taiyi world.


    Since the Moon God returned to the Heaven Realm, as before, she handed over the daily affairs to the Moon Goddess and other subordinate gods to take care of them.


    She seldom interferes with foreign affairs, and is basically practicing in closed doors.


    Out of respect, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm headed by Niu Da will take the initiative to communicate with her and ask for her opinions on some important matters.


    She was too lazy to ask about these things, and rarely responded directly.


    There are now many monks in various systems in the Taiyi world, and naturally there are many factions.


    Although the Moon Goddess will not show up, the Moon Goddesses under her command often use her name to fight for various benefits for her line of gods.


    Especially after the formation of the heavenly world in the Taiyi realm, and after the moon god was canonized as the lord of the heavenly world by Meng Zhang, the interests involved in worshiping the moon goddess became even greater and more complicated.


    As the lord of the underworld, Tai Miao also has a very strong force under his command, and is also a major faction in the Taiyi Realm.


    Although Tai Miao himself will not participate in the shitty things of fighting for power and profit, the ghosts and gods under his command will inevitably participate in some conflicts of interest.


    Especially among the ghosts and gods under Tai Miao''s command, many of them were transformed from the original Taiyimen monks, and they are closely related to Taiyimen, so the involvement is even greater.


    In the current Taiyi Realm, Taoist cultivators are headed by the Taiyi Sect, and there are many open and secret struggles among the major practice sects and aristocratic families below.


    Many gods are not willing to be subservient to cultivators all the time.


    There are also many disputes among the major races.


    With Meng Zhang''s suppression, all disputes will not affect the interests of the Taiyi world, and will be easily suppressed.


    However, as Meng Zhang''s cultivation level increased, he became less and less involved in various affairs of the Taiyi world.


    Even with the title of head of the Taiyi Sect, he has rarely participated in the internal management of the Taiyi Sect.


    Many senior executives of the Taiyi Sect feel that there are many internal hidden dangers in the Taiyi Sect.


    If Meng Zhang leaves the Taiyi Realm one day, most of these hidden dangers will explode.


    Therefore, the practice forces of the entire Taiyi world, the spheres of influence of the major races, etc. need to be reorganized.


    And to preside over this sorting out, only Niu Dawei, the head disciple, is qualified.


    After Niu Dawei listened to the suggestions of these Taiyimen high-level officials, he was still thinking about what to do.


    After the relevant news spread, there were many debates inside and outside the Taiyi Gate.


    Gu Yue Lingqing originally planned to find a few familiar real immortals, so as to discuss the next target of Taiyi Realm.


    ¡¿


    However, many powerhouses at the level of true immortals in the Taiyi world are starting to argue endlessly.


    Many true immortals may not be willing to participate in these disputes.


    But they have disciples, nephews and so on.


    Some controversy started from the bottom, and then slowly spread to them.


    Even if they don''t fight for themselves, they have to fight for their disciples.


    Seeing these true immortals arguing endlessly over some stupid matters, Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t bother to discuss with them anymore.


    As the dispute widened, a number of other contradictions were also brought up.


    The Taiyi Realm has been in the Void for so many years, although the laws and regulations are strict, the distribution of resources is as fair as possible.


    But there are only so many resources in total, and priority should be given to high-level monks, promising genius disciples, and the like.


    Due to various reasons, many monks have no way to advance, and they have never been able to step into the threshold of high-level monks.


    Besides, no matter how fair the distribution system is, it is impossible to achieve true complete fairness.


    Many people among the low-level monks and among the high-level monks felt that it was unfair.


    All kinds of dissatisfaction, even resentment, began to accumulate among the monks inside and outside the Taiyi Gate.


    Although there are many gods and races in the Taiyi Realm, human cultivators are always the mainstream and the masters of the entire world.


    There is so much dissatisfaction and resentment among human cultivators, let alone other cultivators.


    Regarding this situation, of course the senior officials of Taiyimen, including Niu Dawei, knew about it a long time ago, and they already had ideas for solving it.


    The Taiyi Realm must continue to conquer and expand abroad, seize more resources, and ease and transfer various internal conflicts.


    However, they haven''t found a good target yet.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has gotten rid of the pursuit of the Fahuazong and other three forces, they will definitely not let it go.


    In these years, the Taiyi Realm has been navigating in the void, and has not rashly contacted other cultivation forces, let alone entered those star regions with masters.


    The void is vast, but in many cases, the message is transmitted very quickly.


    Even though the Taiyi Realm has been sailing in the void for so many years, the distance from the Four-pointed star area is limited, and most of them have not left the range of activities of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group and other forces.


    Once the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm are exposed and the news spreads, the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and other forces may soon follow the news to catch up.


    If the Taiyi Realm launches a war with the outside world, once it is entangled by the enemy, the situation will be even more dangerous.


    Meng Zhang let the Taiyi Realm step into the void and embarked on the road of supporting war with war, which would have helped alleviate internal problems.


    But no one thought that Meng Zhang was too capable of causing trouble, and Taiyi Realm was too capable of making enemies, so they would be targeted by so many powerful enemies.


    During this period of time, Niu Dawei and other high-level officials in the Taiyi world repeatedly studied the various star charts at hand, just to choose the next goal.


    In these years, Tai Miao spent most of his time in Yuanhai except for occasionally sitting in the underworld.


    The sky demon that was suppressed in Yuanhai before has begun to be absorbed and refined by Yuanhai.


    Some instinctive resistance left in his sky demon body was suppressed one by one by him with the power of the source sea.


    A sky demon was absorbed and refined by Yuan Hai, and Yuan Hai had taken a great tonic.


    Aside from Tai Miao and other four celestial-level powerhouses, the resources transformed by this celestial demon alone can support many monks in the Taiyi world for a while.


    Tai Miao and the others are the biggest burden for the Tai Yi world at present.


    The consumption of one angel is worth thousands of ordinary monks.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has been promoted to Celestial Immortal, not to mention other things, just maintaining daily practice is a huge burden for the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the family gave him a lot of resources when he contacted the headquarters of the Gu Yue family, but as a guest minister of the Taiyi Realm, he fought for the Taiyi Realm, so the Taiyi Realm could not treat him badly, and the sacrifices he deserved must be paid for. lack.

 Chapter 3188

    These words gave Meng Zhang a new understanding of the supernatural powers of Jinxian.


    Of course, although Meng Zhang couldn''t directly tell the names and titles of those enemies, the divine sense of Taiyi Jinxian faintly hinted at it.


    When Meng Zhang becomes more knowledgeable in the future, and knows and understands more information about the level of Jinxian, he can guess it himself.


    Moreover, which forces in the void are enemies, which forces are neutral, and which forces can make friends with each other.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3190

    What Meng Zhang and Tai Miao need to think about most now is how to make the Taiyi Realm pay the least price and get the most victory.


    After discussing for a long time, none of them could think of a good way before they really saw the specific situation of the underworld.


    Because Tai Miao is too important, it is best not to act rashly, let alone enter the underworld rashly.


    Once Tai Miao is in danger in the underworld, not to mention the loss of Meng Zhang, at least the Taiyi Realm will lose the direct interference in the underworld. , to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3191

    What Gu Yue Lingqing said just caught Meng Zhang''s mind.


    He proposed to use the Hengling star area as the next target of the Taiyi Realm, which is very suitable from all aspects.


    In fact, it was not Gu Yue Lingqing''s idea to choose the Hengling star area, but Gu Yue''s family headquarters carefully selected it for the Taiyi world after hearing about the situation in the Taiyi world.


    Although the Gu Yue family must have some selfish intentions, among them there may be "The Road to the Head of the Gate" that is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3192

    Many demon gods and even celestial demons will release demonic thoughts into the void at will like fishing in the sea, luring creatures to become demons.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm has a strict defense system, it still cannot completely prevent this kind of thing.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi Realm has been moving at a high speed. Even if the magic cultivator hidden inside finally sensed the magic thought and contacted the Demon God, it might not be able to tell the location of the Taiyi Realm.


    It will take a lot of time for the demon god to get the feedback from the magic thought. "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3194

    Taiyi sect cultivators join in the exploration of the underworld, in addition to enhancing their own combat effectiveness, there is another benefit.


    After years of development, the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm has cultivated many versatile ghosts and gods, and has very strong production and management capabilities.


    They can mine all kinds of mineral deposits, arrange arrays, refine medicine pills, and create ghost weapons...


    But generally speaking, the production and management capabilities of the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm are far inferior to those of the cultivators in the Yang Dynasty. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3195

    There are more true gods in the Yang world of the Taiyi world, and there are also some good fighters, such as the barbarian gods who are brave and good at fighting and have the courage to attack.


    However, due to differences in attributes, if gods of the yang world like them enter the underworld rashly, they will be rejected and suppressed by the world itself.


    The number of talismans made by Tai Miao is limited, and they are not omnipotent. Their effectiveness is temporarily difficult to protect the powerhouses of the yang world at the level of true gods.


    Those true gods of the underworld, even though the avatars sent out are far inferior to the deity, but "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3197

    As Meng Zhang''s personal disciple, Niu Dawei certainly has some privileges.


    When Meng Zhang can''t retreat, if there is something important, he can contact Meng Zhang directly.


    After receiving the report from Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang thought for a while, and agreed to make the Shenen Star District the next target of the Taiyi Realm.


    According to the current progress speed of the Taiyi Realm, it will take about a hundred years to reach the Shenen star area.


    Taiyi Realm can start preparations for the expedition. "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3186

    According to the rules, the various treasures of heaven and earth that Gu Yue Lingqing handed over to Taiyi Sect should also be converted into corresponding good deeds of the sect.


    He can use these good deeds of the sect to make various exchanges within the sect.


    Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t know that Meng Zhang was the inheritor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, but after many years in the Taiyi Sect, he had some vague guesses about the background of the Taiyi Sect, thinking that the Taiyi Sect might have obtained some precious inheritance, or simply Behind him is the support of powerful senior heavenly immortals and even immortals.


    Although the core inheritance of Taiyi Sect will not be open to Gu Yue Lingqing, with his authority, he can still exchange many precious classics for


    Even for the old Celestial family like the Gu Yue family, the classics collected are not of that high level.


    Even if it is a very ordinary practice book, because the author''s position is high enough, or there are annotations by high-level immortals, it can be of great value.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has worked for the Taiyi Sect for many years, even though she is not a direct member of the Taiyi Sect, she still maintains her loyalty to the Taiyi Sect and will not leak its various secrets at will.


    He kept some guesses about the Taiyi Sect in his heart, and he didn''t even take the initiative to disclose it when he contacted the family headquarters.


    Seeing that Tai Miao, like Meng Zhang, basically couldn''t retreat, he stopped thinking about communicating with the other party and continued to wait for Meng Zhang to leave the customs.


    Anyway, for Tianxian, the most indispensable thing is time.


    Meng Zhang, who was in retreat, almost cut off all contact with the outside world, and concentrated on dealing with the matter at hand.


    In addition to waiting for the response of Taiyi Jinxian''s divine thoughts, he also often pays attention to the lines of cause and effect on his body, guarding against the Bodhisattvas of the Fahua Sect to deduce his whereabouts from this.


    He knew in his heart that all the measures he had taken seemed to be effective, but they were only expedient measures.


    He couldn''t completely cut off the line of cause and effect on his body, so he couldn''t stop the opponent''s repeated investigations.


    It is said that Fahuazong is backed by Buddha.


    Not to mention the Buddha''s action, but a celestial being who has profound attainments in the Dao of Karma. At this time, he especially hoped that the divine thoughts of the Taiyi Golden Immortal could respond to him as soon as possible.


    Taiyi Golden Immortal body has been trapped for many years, and most of the wisps of God''s will have limited ability.


    Meng Zhang didn''t expect him to help him directly, but only hoped that he could teach him the corresponding secret method, so that he could completely shield the line of cause and effect in his body.


    On this day, Meng Zhang was practicing meditation routinely, when suddenly a huge sense of crisis came to his heart again.


    This was a whim, and it was also a warning from his spiritual sense.


    Almost at the same time when he sensed the sense of crisis, his whole body and mind were overwhelmed by great panic, and he was almost so frightened that he couldn''t move, he was in a daze.


    Compared with the last time when the master of Buddhism of Fa Huazong made a move, this time the sense of crisis was stronger, and the shock it brought him was almost unprecedented.


    Meng Zhang''s thinking was almost frozen.


    He turned his thoughts with difficulty, trying to figure out what was going on.


    Could it be that Fa Huazong really asked the Buddha to help?


    As for it, it is just the blood feud of a few Bodhisattvas, and it is not a disaster of extermination. Is the Buddha really so worthless, so he will do it if he says he can do it?


    Even in such a critical situation, Meng Zhang couldn''t help complaining in his heart.


    If the Buddha really made a move, Meng Zhang and the entire Taiyi world would be powerless to stop them, and could only obediently wait for the disaster to come.


    Unwilling to be caught without a fight, Meng Zhang tried to calm down, trying to find the source of the sense of crisis.


    Before that, he transferred all the causal lines between himself and Fa Huazong, Wild Hunting Star Pirates Group, and Sirius Sword Sect to the Dazai Qianyuan Monument.


    Now, there is no movement between these three families and his line of cause and effect.


    This shows that it was not these three companies that made the move against him, and it should be other factors that caused the crisis.


    Meng Zhang''s spiritual sense has always been sharp, far surpassing other celestial masters.


    This has something to do with his own talent, and it is also related to the secret technique he practiced.


    The source of this crisis was at a very high level, but his spiritual sense still reacted in time and warned him.


    Meng Zhang is also a celestial being after all, and has the status of a celestial master of celestial secrets.


    While being overwhelmed, he still resisted instinctively.


    With his current state, he can''t take the initiative to use the secret technique to deduce it.


    But not to mention the instinctive operation of Tianjishu, the Immortal Artifact Dazai Qianyuan Monument that can assist Tianjishu was also activated.


    The light on the Dazai Qianyuan Stele flickered rapidly, and it seemed to be actively protecting the lord.


    Some kind of power in the dark seems to be irritated by the movement of Daya Qianyuan Monument.


    Meng Zhang just felt a thunder in his ears, and the Great Qianyuan Monument suddenly burst and turned into countless fragments.


    Logically speaking, the Dazai Qianyuan Stele is infinitely wonderful, especially since it can strengthen Meng Zhang''s celestial art, Meng Zhang should refine it thoroughly, and even treat it as a natal fairy.


    Because this great Qianyuan stele is a replica of the immortal treasure that Qianyuan Xianzun carried with him, Meng Zhang was more or less wary of it, and did not put too much spiritual thought on it.


    Now, Dayu Qianyuan Monument was destroyed, and Meng Zhang spurted a mouthful of blood. The injury was serious, but the original source was far from being injured.


    Losing the cover of the Great Qianyuan Monument, Meng Zhang was about to be completely exposed to unknown enemies.


    At that time, due to the huge gap in the level of cultivation between the two sides, Meng Zhang and even the entire Taiyi world will be completely destroyed.


    At this moment, Meng Zhang seemed to feel a breeze blowing by his side, the space in front of him changed drastically, and then time seemed to be frozen.


    I don''t know how long it took before Meng Zhang felt that everything was back to normal.


    The great sense of crisis seemed to have disappeared, and the shocked body and mind returned to normal...


    Just when Meng Zhang felt a little bewildered, a sigh came into his ears.


    "The old man is late..."


    In Meng Zhang''s mind, a Taoist figure suddenly appeared.


    The Taoist''s face and figure were covered by a mysterious force, and Meng Zhang couldn''t see the details clearly.


    But he knew instinctively that the image of this Taoist was the image of the Supreme One Golden Immortal.


    The Taiyi Golden Immortal has long been suppressed, so it is naturally impossible to suddenly appear here. This Taoist should be transformed by his divine thoughts.


    The Taoist looked at Meng Zhang from a distance.


    "The enemy is chasing him in a hurry. The old man has limited time, so we can''t delay too long."


    Before the words fell, the Taoist pointed out to Meng Zhang, and then Meng Zhang''s mind suddenly flooded with a lot of information.


    The amount of information was too large, and Meng Zhang''s head froze for a while, and it took him a while to react and clarify the information one by one.


    Meng Zhang''s feeling was correct, the Taoist image that appeared in his mind was transformed by a ray of divine thought from the Supreme One Golden Immortal.


    The power of Jinxian is beyond his imagination, a ray of divine thought can travel the myriad worlds and do many incredible things.

 Chapter 3187

    In the past, Taiyi Jinxian always had reservations about Meng Zhang, and did not explain many things clearly to him.


    Now, it is probably because Meng Zhang has been promoted to Tianxian, and his value has greatly increased, or as he said, he came a step late, so he is a bit embarrassed.


    Therefore, the information he brought to Meng Zhang this time was very detailed.


    The body of the Taiyi Golden Immortal was suppressed by the enemy, and a ray of spiritual thought managed to escape from the trap, wandering around the heavens and worlds, and completing various layouts.


    His enemies are not fools, they know how powerful he is, and never let go of his attention.


    Even after he was suppressed, his enemies were closely monitoring him.


    Taiyi Golden Immortal''s movements were very subtle, and he was always very careful with that ray of divine sense.


    However, that ray of divine sense was still discovered by the enemy.


    During these years, his enemies have also released their divine thoughts, chasing him in all the heavens and worlds, trying to wipe out his ray of spiritual thoughts.


    At the same time, his enemies began to use various means to find and calculate his various layouts in the heavens and worlds, and then destroyed them one by one.


    The founder of the Taiyi Gate was originally just a trick left behind by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, and he didn''t pay much attention to it.


    It was only after Meng Zhang led the rise of Taiyimen that it attracted a little attention.


    Later, with the continuous improvement of Meng Zhangxiu''s realm, especially when he practiced the concept of Taiyi Golden Immortal in Taiyi Realm, Taiyi Golden Immortal''s evaluation of him continued to rise, and he paid more and more attention to him.


    Meng Zhang began to be regarded as a true disciple by Taiyi Jinxian, and he received more and more inheritance.


    When those enemies started to destroy Taiyi Golden Immortal''s layout, he was also actively trying to deal with it.


    A single ray of divine sense cannot directly confront those enemies.


    He also doesn''t need to directly confront those enemies, he just wants to keep his own layout.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to heaven, he felt something.


    A celestial being is one of the descendants of Jinxian, who is number one in size and has the status he deserves.


    He will try his best to keep Meng Zhang and prevent him from being exposed to the eyes of the enemy.


    The current Meng Zhang has not fully grown up, and he is simply unable to resist his enemies.


    However, the potential shown by Meng Zhang is astonishing, fully worthy of his increased investment.


    So, he asked for a treasure from an old friend, and planned to use it on Meng Zhang.


    As long as there is the protection of this treasure, Meng Zhang''s karma and trajectory in the void will be covered and kept away from the sight of his enemies.


    As long as Meng Zhang does not appear directly in front of his enemies, his identity will not be revealed.


    His enemies are all existences of the same level as him, and they will not easily walk around outside. The possibility of Meng Zhang meeting them is very slim.


    Earlier, when Meng Zhang used the secret method to contact Taiyi Golden Immortal''s spiritual thoughts, the ray of Taiyi Golden Immortal''s spiritual thoughts was entangled with the enemy, so it didn''t come for a long time.


    When he finally arrived, the enemy also chased after him.


    While the enemy is entangled with his ray of divine sense, he still has the strength to attack Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s reaction was not slow. Daya Qianyuan Monument took the initiative to protect the lord, so he resisted the enemy''s pursuit a little bit, kept his information, and did not let the enemy know his specific situation.


    Taiyi Golden Immortal''s spiritual thoughts came in time, and used the secret treasure to cover up the cause and effect of Meng Zhang and his family, and covered up the trajectory left by Meng Zhang in the void and heaven, so that Meng Zhang temporarily got rid of the enemy''s pursuit.


    There is also a reason why Taiyi Jinxian said that he was one step late.


    Although Meng Zhang''s detailed information has not been disclosed, the enemy knows of Meng Zhang''s existence, and will definitely find ways to intensify the investigation and try to kill Meng Zhang in the future.


    The enemy of Taiyi Golden Immortal not only has a very high level of cultivation, but also has a huge influence. He can easily mobilize countless disciples and grandchildren to hunt down and kill Meng Zhang.


    The void is vast, there are many comprehension forces, and there are countless angels.


    But as long as he is willing to invest resources and time, Meng Zhang will be traced sooner or later.


    There is not much time left for Meng Zhang to grow up.


    Meng Zhang must grow up in time before being approached by the enemy in order to be able to deal with it.


    There are not many things that Taiyi Golden Immortal can do with his divine sense.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had almost sorted out the information, the Taoist in his mind pointed with one hand, and a green lotus flew out of the air, landed on his body, then merged into his body, and disappeared quickly.


    This green lotus is a treasure that Taiyi Jinxian borrowed from his old friend.


    Originally, with the protection of this treasure, Meng Zhang would basically not reveal his identity.


    But before that, the enemy had already sensed Meng Zhang''s existence, Taiyi Jinxian had to use this treasure in order to help Meng Zhang get rid of the enemy.


    Now that the enemy knows the existence of Meng Zhang and this treasure, they will naturally find a way to crack it.


    Don''t underestimate Jinxian''s means. It is only a matter of time before the enemy bypasses the protection of this treasure and finds Meng Zhang directly.


    Taiyi Jinxian''s subsequent reminder greatly increased Meng Zhang''s sense of urgency.


    Of course, this green lotus integrated into his body also brought him great benefits.


    From then on, all methods aimed at him, such as deduction of secrets and pursuit of cause and effect, will basically be blocked by this green lotus.


    On the side of Fahuazong, it is no longer possible to use the thread of cause and effect to find his whereabouts.


    Even if Fa Huazong really invited the Buddha, that green lotus could last for a long time.


    Even, if the Buddha is more sensible, he should know that the backside of that green lotus is not simple, and it is not worth fighting for the mere Fa Huazong and Daomen Jinxian.


    Meng Zhang knew that this green lotus could provide him with a covering effect for a period of time, which should be the greatest help of Taiyi Golden Immortal to him.


    With limited time, Meng Zhang didn''t care about nonsense, and directly made a request to the other party, hoping to obtain more inheritance.


    Meng Zhang''s promotion to Heaven is more worthy of his cultivation, so he will naturally not be stingy about inheriting it.


    This ray of divine sense came on this adventure, and it originally meant to teach Meng Zhang more classics.


    Flying flowers flew out of the Taoist and fell into Meng Zhang''s mind.


    Every flying flower is a precious tome, which contains not only the profound inheritance, but also many secret stories from the heavens and the world.


    Now Meng Zhang is qualified to know these secrets and participate in some major events in the heavens and worlds.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have time to take a closer look, so he just scanned it roughly.


    Issues such as his practice skills in the realm of celestial beings have been preliminarily resolved in these classics.


    Meng Zhang is in a good mood, and he doesn''t feel too sad about some losses caused by the previous crisis.


    He seized the time and continued to ask the other party, who would the Taiyi Golden Immortal have enemies, and how he should guard against them in the future.


    The Taoist did not directly answer Meng Zhang''s question this time.


    According to what he said, even though Meng Zhang is now protected by that green lotus, if he knows the origins of the names of those enemies, he will inevitably think about them and repeat them in his heart.


    After a long time, those enemies will probably feel it.

 Chapter 3189

    The underworld runs through almost all the underworlds of the big world, and is related to the reincarnation of the entire heavens and worlds, which has extremely great significance.


    No matter it is the top forces such as Taoism or Buddhism, they have been eyeing the underworld all the time, trying to control the underworld.


    There are many precious resources in the underworld, many of which are unique to it.


    Especially reincarnation, related to the final fate of the soul.


    Buddhism has a long-term plan for the underworld.


    Buddhism is going to establish an effective rule in the underworld to completely control the resources here, especially to control reincarnation.


    If the Buddhist sect is allowed to achieve its goal, after the Buddhist monks fall, the souls that enter the underworld will receive additional care.


    Those souls with extraordinary aptitude and talent in the underworld, after being reincarnated, will be reborn in the big world controlled by Buddhism and become the new blood of Buddhism.


    Although Fomen tried its best to keep it secret, the relevant information was quickly leaked.


    Other forces in the void, of course, do not allow Buddhism to monopolize reincarnation.


    Especially the most powerful Taoist sect in the Void Myriad Realms, on the one hand, they laughed at the Buddhist sect''s overreach, and on the other hand, they tried their best to prevent the Buddhist sect''s actions.


    Taoist and Demonic Sects are great enemies, and they have distracted a lot of energy, so it is difficult to deal with Buddhism with all their strength.


    Moreover, although Taoism is incompatible with Buddhism in the matter of the underworld, it also has a lot of cooperation with Buddhism in other matters.


    This is also a microcosm of the relationship between those top forces in the void.


    There are both struggles and cooperation among the top powers, and they are entangled with each other.


    Many cultivation forces subordinate to the Taoist sect, under the call of the high-level Taoist sect, tried their best to send their forces to the underworld to prevent the actions of the Buddhist sect and establish their own forces.


    Of course, Buddhism did not give an inch, and started a battle with Taoism in the underworld.


    Other forces also fished in troubled waters, sending many forces into the underworld to seize various benefits.


    In addition, there are powerful natives in the underworld, and the relationship with outsiders is also very complicated.


    Many places in the underworld have already become a mess.


    The forces of all parties are fighting endlessly, and the melee has never stopped.


    In order to encourage the comprehension forces under the Taoist sect to actively participate in the battle of the underworld, some big figures at the top of the Taoist sect offered many generous rewards.


    Daomen''s comprehension forces blocked Buddhism in the underworld and established their own forces, which received strong support from Taoist senior officials.


    Before contacting the Taiyi Golden Immortal in retreat, Meng Zhang was thinking about the next step in the Taiyi Realm.


    When he learned about the current situation in the Underworld from the classics bestowed by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, he had the idea of ??involving the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang''s external incarnation, Taimiao, is the Lord of the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm. He is a god-level ghost and god who is best at fighting in the underworld.


    There are huge differences between the underworld and the underworld of various great worlds, but they also have many things in common.


    The underworld also instinctively rejects the living, and is more suitable for the survival of ghosts and ghosts...


    Tai Miao can lead the army of ghosts and gods into the underworld to fight against the Buddhist forces.


    Train the team, obtain precious resources, and get rewards from the great figures of the Taoist sect...


    These are all attractive gains.


    The underworld has a lot to do with it. The golden immortals of Taoism, the Buddha of Buddhism, the Lord of the Last Dharma of the Demon Sect, and the sub-sages of Confucianism all have layouts in it.


    If Tai Miao performs well, he is likely to be valued and even appreciated by the Taoist Golden Immortal.


    Obtaining the support of Taoist Golden Immortal is related to Meng Zhang''s future plans, and he is willing to pay for it.


    Of course, Tai Miao''s participation in the struggle for hegemony in the underworld will definitely involve huge risks and huge losses.


    The level of the underworld is much higher than the underworld of each big world, and it is full of many risks.


    Even if a strong person at the level of a fairy enters it rashly, there is a danger of falling.


    Even if Tai Miao adapts to the environment of the underworld, he is an outsider after all, and will face various challenges after entering the underworld.


    In addition, the army of ghosts and gods accumulated over the years in the Taiyi Realm, once entering the Underworld to fight, I am afraid that they will soon suffer heavy casualties.


    After Meng Zhang communicated with Tai Miao, he quickly made up his mind that no matter how great the risk would be, the Taiyi Realm must participate in the battle of the Underworld.


    Although the body of the Taiyi Golden Immortal has been suppressed by the enemy all the time, its ray of divine sense travels through the void all the year round and is able to learn a lot of the latest information.


    In the classics he gave to Meng Zhang, the information about all aspects of the Void and Myriad Realms recorded is not outdated, and it is of great reference value for Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Now, all major forces in the void are paying more and more attention to the battle in the underworld.


    Most of the cultivation forces that are qualified to participate in this kind of battle will actively participate in it.


    Many cultivation forces became famous in the struggle for hegemony in the underworld and obtained various benefits.


    Of course, there were also quite a few cultivation forces who suffered disastrous defeats and quietly left after paying a heavy price.


    This did not deter latecomers, and new players continued to appear in the underworld.


    In Taoism, Buddhism, etc., whether they are qualified to participate in the underworld hegemony, and how many achievements they have achieved have become important criteria for evaluating a practice power.


    Take the inside of the Taoist sect as an example, only the comprehension forces that have participated in the struggle for hegemony in the underworld can be regarded as influent, and can be regarded seriously by the senior officials of the Taoist sect.


    If one obtains brilliant results in the battle for hegemony in the underworld, one will get many benefits in all aspects.


    Now that Meng Zhang and Tai Miao have decided to participate in the underworld hegemony, the next step is the details of how to participate.


    ¡¿


    Tai Miao has ruled the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm for many years, and has long managed it like an iron bucket.


    After so many years of accumulation, the strength of the army of ghosts and ghosts in the underworld of the Taiyi Realm looks pretty good.


    Of course, since the cultivation speed of ghosts and ghosts is much slower than that of human monks, the Underworld of Taiyi Realm has always lacked top-level combat power.


    It''s so wonderful that it is because of special circumstances that he can become a god so quickly.


    Among the ghosts and gods under Tai Miao''s command, there are very few true gods.


    The most respected and trusted subordinate gods are still only at the level of returning to the void.


    After the Taiyi Realm conquered the Shenchang Realm, it absorbed many indigenous gods from the Shenchang Realm.


    These indigenous gods accepted Meng Zhang''s canonization and joined the Taiyi Realm''s god system, and have been loyally serving the Taiyi Realm.


    Among them, some indigenous gods whose attributes are closer to and suitable for the underworld were assigned to the underworld and became Tai Miao''s subordinates.


    Although this seems to have strengthened the power of the underworld, these indigenous gods have limited fighting power.


    Even the indigenous gods at the true god level are not very good at fighting.


    The problem in the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm now is that there are too few ghosts and gods at the level of true gods, and there is a gap in their strength.


    Moreover, given the vastness of the underworld and the strength of all parties involved in the struggle for hegemony, after the army of ghosts and gods and ghosts organized by the underworld of the Taiyi Realm enters it, it may be easily submerged, and even a bubble will not pop up.

 Chapter 3193

    The ghosts and gods in the team sacrificed the formation plate and added a lot of other materials, so they barely set up a large formation with the formation plate as the core at the place they selected.


    Among these ghosts and gods, there are no Immortal Masters of Array Dao, but there are many carefully selected Masters of Array Dao among them.


    Although they can''t refine such a high-level array, they can barely use the ready-made ones.


    Based on Wen Qiansuan''s meticulously refined array, they could barely set up a fairy array of the lowest level.


    After the big formation was opened, the defense power here was greatly increased, and all the ghosts and gods were determined.


    Under the cover of the formation, they established a camp, which was regarded as a temporary advance base.


    Next, they will use this base as their backing to intensify their exploration of the surrounding area and try to explore further afield.


    During the following exploration process, the team began to encounter native ghosts in the underworld, as well as some natural dangers and traps.


    Tai Miao and their luck are good, the place where the gate of reincarnation is opened is an extremely remote area in the underworld, and there are no too powerful ghosts nearby.


    After one battle after another, after paying a certain amount of losses, this team defeated the enemies they encountered and slowly controlled the nearby area.


    Seeing that the situation around that area began to stabilize, and there was no more danger for the time being, Tai Miao once again passed through the gate of reincarnation and sent more reinforcements to the underworld.


    Among the reinforcements sent this time, there are both ghosts and ghosts.


    The leader of the army is the Void-returning level powerhouse, and among the members, there are many guys at the Primordial Spirit level, Golden Core level, and even Foundation Establishment level.


    Among the members of this army, in addition to those who are good at fighting, there are also many guys who are good at mining and construction.


    The purpose of this army is not only to fight against the enemy, but also to build bases and expand the area of ??control of one''s own side.


    This army entered the underworld safely, and soon began to get busy.


    So far, Tai Miao''s teams sent to the underworld are mainly ghosts and ghosts.


    As the native creatures of the underworld, they will not be weakened after arriving in the underworld.


    And after a period of adaptation, they will quickly get used to the environment of the underworld, and move around there like ducks in water.


    One of the main methods of daily practice for ghosts and ghosts in the underworld is to actively absorb yin qi of various attributes.


    The concentration of yin energy in the underworld of each great world must be far inferior to the underworld that runs through the heavens and worlds.


    The place where Tai Miao opened the gate of reincarnation is a backcountry in the underworld, and the conditions in all aspects are very poor.


    But even so, the concentration of Yin Qi here is still far higher than that of the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm.


    Those ghosts and ghosts who come to the underworld eagerly absorb the rich Yin Qi here and slowly refine it.


    You know, when they were in the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm, they didn''t have such good conditions for cultivation.


    Many ghosts and ghosts can only barely guarantee the daily practice needs, and they cannot get a sufficient supply of Yin Qi at all.


    These guys who have tasted the sweetness are very nostalgic for the underworld, and they don''t care about the various dangers that exist here.


    Compared with the underworlds of the other worlds, the underworld is indeed a treasure land with a very high level.


    Perhaps a very ordinary stone in the underworld, taken back to the underworld, can become a material for refining ghost weapons.


    Some ghosts and gods who are good at prospecting soon discovered many precious minerals in the surrounding desert.


    These minerals may not be considered anything in the underworld, but to these ghosts and gods, they are rare wealth.


    The purpose of the subsequent army entering the underworld is not only to fight, but also to shoulder the tasks of construction and production.


    They took local materials, used materials from the underworld to arrange more magic circles, built more camps, and began to build some ghost weapons and the like...


    Some guys who are lucky enough have also discovered some spiritual objects that can be called natural treasures.


    This team didn''t have the ability to deal with these spirits. In order not to waste them, they sent these spirits back to the underworld of the Taiyi Realm through the gate of reincarnation.


    Not long after they started exploring the underworld, they had these gains. The Taiyi Realm Underworld executives were very happy, and they all felt that it was an extremely wise decision for Tai Miao to order to participate in the underworld hegemony.


    They have suggested to Tai Miao that they will continue to intensify their exploration of the underworld and send more forces into the underworld as soon as possible.


    Tai Miao was not affected by them, and still followed the original plan, sending teams into the underworld step by step, maintaining a relatively stable rhythm.


    In order to strengthen the dispatched power, Tai Miao dispatched an avatar of true god-level divine power, and accompanied the follow-up team into the underworld.


    Not long after this divine power incarnation entered the underworld, it played a very important role.


    The underworld is indeed a very high-level world, and there are indeed strong people like clouds.


    Even in such a remote place, there will always be ghosts at the level of true gods passing by.


    Among the ghost and god teams sent by the Taiyi Realm, the strongest are just a bunch of Void Returning guys.


    After they set up their formation, they could barely block the ghosts of the true god level.


    The ghosts they encountered had no true god-level strength, but they could only fight by instinct, and they couldn''t exert the true god-level combat power at all.


    After Tai Miao''s incarnation of divine power came here, such ghosts were quickly cleaned up.


    This incarnation of divine power is only at the level of a true god, but it has the fighting consciousness of a god like Tai Miao.


    As long as it is not besieged by ghosts at the level of gods, or many ghosts at the level of true gods, this avatar of divine power should be sufficient to deal with various situations.


    Due to the special relationship between the Taiyi Gate and the ghosts and gods of the underworld, and after the exploration of the underworld began, Tai Miao did not keep the high-level officials of the underworld deliberately secret.


    Soon, Taiyimen knew about Taimiao''s actions.


    Exploring the underworld is also a very tempting thing for many Taiyi sect cultivators.


    The environment of the underworld is suitable for cultivators to practice some special exercises.


    Some special spiritual objects produced in the underworld can be used in alchemy and refining equipment.


    ...


    Some Taiyi sect cultivators expressed their desire to enter the underworld to explore through various channels.


    The power of the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm is limited. If you want to participate in the struggle for hegemony in the Underworld, you must mobilize the power of the Yangshi.


    Both Tai Miao and Meng Zhang had made arrangements to send out the strong men from the yang world to fight in the underworld when necessary.


    However, in Tai Miao''s prediction, Taiyi sect cultivators shouldn''t intervene in this matter so quickly.


    Many ghosts and gods in the underworld were originally disciples of Taiyimen.


    Facing the request of their fellow disciples and juniors, it is really difficult for them to refuse.


    Since these guys are so eager to enter the underworld, Tai Miao thought about it and agreed.


    Of course, not all cultivators can enter the underworld.


    Cultivators of the Taiyi Gate have to go through screening and meet some basic conditions before they can enter the underworld through the gate of reincarnation through the underworld.

 Chapter 3196

    Hualingpingping Qiling took the initiative to mention the Tianshen Temple and the Shenen star area, and the meaning was already obvious. He hoped that the Taiyi Realm would take it as a target and plunder it well.


    He also admitted that his family had some grievances with the Temple of Heaven, and hoped to see the Temple of Heaven attacked.


    To directly deal with the Temple of Heaven, the current Taiyi Realm is powerless.


    However, it was more than enough to plunder the star regions under its command.


    Of course, he mentioned this matter, not entirely out of selfishness.


    In his opinion, the Divine Grace Star District under the control of the Temple of Heaven is a very good target.


    As the name suggests, the Temple of Heaven is an organization jointly established by a group of gods.


    All official members of the organization are gods.


    With such a large organization, there are many territories under its command, and there are various affairs. It is naturally impossible for the gods to work hard to deal with various chores.


    Therefore, almost every god in the Temple of Heaven has a lot of true gods, servants, demigods, etc., who help them with various chores and work for them.


    The Divine Favor star area is located on the edge of the area ruled by the Temple of Heaven, far away from the core area ruled by it.


    On weekdays, there are at most one or two gods sitting in the Shenen star area.


    Moreover, these two gods stay behind closed doors all year round, and their subordinates handle various daily affairs.


    Since the Taiyi Realm followed the example of Yunzhongcheng and embarked on the road of breaking through the void, it would inevitably fight and plunder everywhere like Yunzhongcheng.


    The number of monks in the Taiyi world is increasing day by day, and the strong are emerging in large numbers. The demand for cultivation resources is increasing day by day.


    The Taiyi world has experienced the shortage of various expenses due to insufficient resources.


    In the current Taiyi Realm, because of Meng Zhang''s harvest in the Golden Immortal Secret Realm, and some support from the Gu Yue family headquarters, there is no shortage of resources for the time being, and they are relatively well-off in all aspects.


    But still the same sentence, people without long-term worries must have near-term worries.


    Taiyi Realm''s demand for resources is almost endless.


    The resources currently stored are not enough for the Taiyi Realm to be self-sufficient for a long time.


    The Taiyi Realm must constantly plunder resources from the outside world to meet its own needs.


    In addition, Meng Zhang is the shaper of the Taiyi world and the supreme leader, but he is not the nanny of the Taiyi world.


    According to the practice of cultivators, the Taiyi Realm should support Meng Zhang, and the Taiyi Realm should serve Meng Zhang, not the other way around.


    It is impossible for the Taiyi world to rely on the resources obtained by Meng Zhang forever.


    The Spirit of Hualing Bottle wants to teach the Temple of Heaven a lesson, but relying on his own and even the power of the spirit clan alone may never be able to do so.


    He proposed to target the Divine Enlightenment Star Area, which is considered both public and private.


    It can not only let out a bad breath, but also make the Taiyi world gain something.


    Ever since the Taiyi Realm got rid of the pursuit of the three Fahuazong forces, it has been sailing alone in the void for so long, and has been far away from densely populated places.


    On this road, although the monks of the Taiyi Realm tried their best to explore, they have not gained much.


    Most people in the top ranks of Taiyi Realm have a strong desire to expand and plunder.


    They are well aware of the specific situation of the Taiyi Realm, and they know that the Taiyi Realm has long been inseparable from external plunder.


    Many people are very quiet and want to move, and they have long been ready to move, wanting to go to war.


    According to the information provided by the spirit of the spirit bottle, the divine grace sector is a good target.


    As for the enmity with the Tianshen Temple, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm didn''t care much.


    When the Taiyi Realm was still in the Ascending Sky Star District, it had fought with the Hunling God of the Temple of Heaven.


    Although Hunling Zunshen is only a true god, he is valued by the seniors in the Temple of Heaven, and he is cultivated with emphasis.


    At the last moment of that year, he also used a secret method to contact the Temple of Heaven and asked for a high-level artifact.


    Although he was still beheaded in the end, according to Meng Zhang''s guess afterwards, he should have a way to be reborn in the Kingdom of God.


    His Kingdom of God is not in the Ascending Sky Star Region, and Meng Zhang can''t kill the grass.


    Meng Zhang has long been promoted to a heavenly immortal, a mere true god, and he doesn''t even have the qualifications to be his enemy.


    However, because of this history, there has been a moderate rift between Taiyi Realm and Tianshen Temple.


    The Temple of Heaven is an old force in the void, and the Taiyi Realm is a new force at the level of immortals.


    The strength of the Temple of Heaven should be above the Taiyi Realm, but the Taiyi Realm also has the power to fight, and many high-level officials are not afraid of it.


    Some prudent higher-ups still have some doubts about plundering the Divine Grace Sector.


    The Taiyi Realm has formed a blood feud with the Fa Huazong and other three major forces, and it is sensible to provoke the Temple of Heaven?


    The small entanglement between the two parties before will not lead to a full-scale war between the two parties.


    But if the Taiyi Realm wantonly plunders the Divine Favor Star Area, the Temple will definitely not let it go that day.


    Regarding the doubts of these people, most of the senior officials in the Taiyi world did not take them seriously.


    Since the Taiyi Realm has stepped into the void, it is always necessary to choose some forces to plunder.


    If the current Taiyi Realm plunders those true god-level powers, firstly, the level of the enemy is not enough, and it may not be enough to get enough gains; A high-level powerhouse who is accustomed to the behavior of the Taiyi world.


    Of course, the most important thing is that the Taiyi Realm is going to the Hengling star area now, and the direction of progress is roughly fixed, and the target cannot be chosen arbitrarily, and the available targets are limited.


    If the Taiyi Realm does not deflect its course, the Shenen star area on the way forward is the most suitable target.


    If Taiyi Realm is as arrogant as Yunzhongcheng, wandering around in the void wantonly, of course you can choose a suitable target at will.


    There is another meaning, the senior officials of the Taiyi world did not express it clearly, but everyone understands it.


    After all, the Taiyi Realm is a big world ruled by Taoist cultivators.


    Generally speaking, unless it is absolutely necessary, the Taiyi Realm should not take the initiative to attack the area ruled by other Taoist cultivators.


    In contrast, attacking the magic sect forces is something that all Taoist cultivation forces are happy to see.


    Without the magic sect forces, it is a good choice to attack the Buddhist forces and the Shinto forces.


    Although Shinto is not the main enemy of the Taoist sect, Taoist cultivators have done a lot of things to destroy mountains, temples, and gods.


    If the Taiyi Realm attacks the Temple of Heavenly God, it can at least prove to the comrades that he is not the kind of guy who only knows how to mess around.


    ¡¿


    The struggle within the Taoist sect is fierce, and the Taiyi Realm is enemies with some Taoist sects.


    However, if the Taiyi Realm focuses on Taoist infighting, it will be looked down upon by many seniors.


    The Taiyi world will actively attack the cultivation forces of other systems, and will win the favor of some senior immortals.


    After careful deliberation, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm chose the divine favor star area proposed by Hualingpingping Qiling as the next target for plundering.


    Even if the Presbyterian Council of the Taiyi Realm reached an agreement on such a major matter of foreign conquest, it is not easy to act arbitrarily.


    If they really attack the Shenen star area, they will probably have to rely on Meng Zhang''s powerful combat power.


    The results of this meeting of elders include the specific progress of the meeting and various opinions from everyone.


    After being sorted out, Niu Dawei reported to Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 3198

    According to Taiyimen''s thinking, the stronger the combat effectiveness of the Taoist soldiers sent to the underworld, the better.


    Of course, Dao soldiers who are too powerful are far beyond the refining ability of Taiyimen.


    Dao soldiers at the level of gods don''t need to think too much for the time being, the ability of the Yiyi gate must not be refined at present.


    Dao soldiers of the true god level can work hard.


    In the battle for hegemony in the underworld, the powerhouses of the true god level should be regarded as the main force.


    Void return level or even Yuanshen level powerhouses can be used as cannon fodder.


    Due to the special environment of the underworld, there are also special requirements for the attributes of Dao soldiers.


    Ghosts and ghosts are most suitable for the underworld, which is the field that Tai Miao is good at, and Taiyi Sect can''t get involved.


    Tai Miao sometimes doubts whether the extraterrestrial ghost race, a race created after birth, was born to fight for hegemony in the underworld.


    After a heated discussion at the Taiyi Gate, they felt that among all kinds of Taoist soldiers, creations of institutions received the least rejection in the underworld.


    Taiyi Realm has a long history of creating organs and creations, and has also made extraordinary achievements.


    In the many battles in the past, the Taiyi Gate used many mechanism creations, which played a huge role and effectively reduced the casualties of the monks in the gate.


    However, zooming in on the void and myriad realms, the Taiyi Sect''s accomplishments in mechanism skills are not considered high.


    Mechanism is in the void, and it is not the mainstream of practice.


    The vast majority of practitioners, including practitioners of all major systems, just use it as a useful tool.


    Even many strong people regard it as heresy.


    It is very rare to rely on mechanical techniques to become enlightened.


    In the void, there are some sects and families who are good at mechanism techniques, such as the Momen, the Gongshu family, etc.


    At the beginning, Meng Zhang obtained the map of refining void warships from a monk of the Gongshu family, and brought them back to Taiyimen, so that Taiyimen had the ability to build void warships on their own.


    The Void Battleship refined according to that map is a common product, and there is nothing outstanding about it.


    On the contrary, after years of hard work, the institutional monks of the Taiyi Gate have absorbed the advantages of the captured void battleships and refined some unique void battleships.


    The Taiyi Realm currently has no access to the Momen and the Gongshu family, and is temporarily unable to obtain classics on mechanism techniques from there.


    Although Taiyi Jinxian has great supernatural powers, he is not omnipotent.


    Among the classics he left behind, the content about organ skills is also mediocre, not so brilliant.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even have much confidence in the ability of the monks of the Taiyi Gate mechanism to refine a true god-level mechanism creation by himself.


    Moreover, in order to adapt to the environment of the underworld, this type of mechanism creation needs to be specially strengthened in many aspects.


    Since the monks in the door have such ambitions, Meng Zhang still needs to do more to encourage them, and will definitely not dampen their confidence.


    Apart from asking Zongmen to provide them with all the resources they need, Meng Zhang has no intention of urging them.


    In his opinion, even if they are temporarily unable to refine the creations of the true god level, after research, there should be no problem in refining the creations of various Void Return and Primordial Spirit levels.


    The creations of Taiyimen''s organs are originally diverse, with different shapes and rich functions...


    In addition to being used for frontal combat, mechanism creations also have many other functions.


    It can be used for defense and guarding, mining, medicine gathering, building...


    In addition to pinning his hopes on the achievements of the organization monks, Meng Zhang also began to think of other ways to enhance his high-end combat power in the underworld.


    According to the guidance of the star map, the Taiyi Realm drove directly to the Divine Grace Star Area.


    More than three years later, Gu Yue Lingqing successfully arrived at the Shenen star area.


    He sneaked into the God''s Grace sector secretly without revealing his whereabouts.


    After careful investigation, he roughly figured out the situation in the Shenen star area.


    He reported the information he has obtained so far to the Taiyi Realm through the secret method of ultra-long-distance communication.


    There are three big worlds in the divine favor star area.


    The three great worlds have long fallen into the hands of the Temple of Heaven, and have undergone some transformation and development.


    The original intelligent creatures in these three great worlds were either extinct or transformed into devout believers of the gods.


    These three big worlds are rich in resources, and the Temple of Heaven has invested heavily in developing their resources.


    In the center of the divine favor star area, there is a huge man-made wormhole.


    Although I haven''t been able to personally contact and observe it closely, according to Gu Yue Lingqing''s guess, this man-made wormhole should be connected to the core ruling area of ??the Temple of Heaven.


    Every once in a while, a fleet filled with various supplies will enter this man-made wormhole.


    Soon after, the empty fleet will come out of the artificial wormhole again.


    Needless to say, this man-made wormhole was built by the Temple of Heaven for the convenience of transporting various resources.


    This situation is not grasped by the Spirit of Hualing Bottle.


    The Taiyi Realm didn''t suspect the Spirit Transformation Bottle, they all believed that this wormhole was created by the Temple of Heaven after he left the Divine Grace Star District.


    Creating an artificial wormhole is very difficult and expensive.


    The current Taiyi Realm is far from having such an ability.


    Back then, the Qingxu sect used the special fairy artifact of Xianmen to create temporary wormhole passages.


    According to Gu Yue Lingqing''s observation, the man-made wormholes in the Shenen star area are at least semi-permanent.


    From this, it can be seen that the Temple of Heaven attaches great importance to the Divine Grace Star Area.


    Artificial wormholes can be used to transport supplies, and naturally they can also be used for reinforcements to pass through when needed.


    With this man-made wormhole, once the Shennen star area encounters an irresistible and powerful enemy invasion, the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven will be able to provide timely support.


    The current Taiyi Realm does not have the ability to confront the main force of the Temple of Heaven.


    Harassing the weak points of the Temple of Heaven and taking advantage of it is probably the limit of what the Taiyi Realm can do.


    After knowing the existence of man-made wormholes, many high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm thought of retreating, and proposed to give up this plunder and let the Taiyi Realm bypass the Shenen star area far away.


    On the contrary, after further investigation, Gu Yue Lingqing felt that she still had a chance and was unwilling to give up.


    The high-level executives of the Temple of Heaven also knew the importance of the man-made wormhole.


    Next to the man-made wormhole, there is a huge palace as a defense facility.


    In this palace, there is a god stationed all year round.


    In fact, this palace is the core of the Heavenly God Temple''s rule in the Divine Grace Star Area.


    Most of the high-rises of the Tianshen Temple in the Shenen Star District, the main combat power is concentrated in this palace.


    On weekdays, this palace issues orders and rules over the three great worlds and everything in the Divine Favor Star Region.


    According to Gu Yue Lingqing''s thinking, since this palace is so important, as long as it is destroyed, it is tantamount to destroying the center of the Tianshen Temple in the Shenen Star District, and other aspects will soon be paralyzed.


    While destroying the palace, attacking the wormhole channel and destroying it can temporarily stop the reinforcements from the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven.

 Chapter 3199

    As long as the Tianshen Temple can''t provide timely support, the strength of the Shenen star area alone is far from being able to withstand the Taiyi Realm''s massive attack.


    According to Gu Yue Lingqing''s investigation, there are only two gods guarding the Shenen star area on weekdays.


    A god guards the palace all year round and is responsible for protecting the man-made wormhole.


    Another god, sits in another movable palace, and takes turns stationing in the three big worlds to strengthen the rule of the temple.


    Gu Yue Lingqing just observed briefly, and found that the resources of the three big worlds are very rich.


    The Temple of Heaven has opened up many mines, spiritual fields, and medicine gardens in the three big worlds...


    Not to mention, some rare natural treasures can often be harvested in the three great worlds.


    According to Gu Yue Lingqing''s preliminary statistics, the income from these three great worlds alone is enough to maintain an ordinary Celestial Sect.


    In fact, the ability of the gods to develop and utilize various resources is far inferior to that of Taoist cultivators.


    The gods probably only have the ability to surpass Taoist immortals in terms of using believers and using the power of faith.


    If you switch to Daoist cultivators to manage these three big worlds, your income will be even more lucrative.


    If the Taiyi Realm can completely control these three big worlds, for a long time, there will be no need to worry about the immortals in the support gate.


    Considering the actual situation in the Taiyi Realm, it is impossible to stay in the Shenen star area for a long time, so you can only grab it and leave.


    But even so, Taiyi Realm can obtain unprecedented huge gains.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has been in the Taiyi Sect for many years, and has almost regarded herself as a member of the Taiyi Sect.


    Most of the time, he would put himself in the shoes of Taiyimen and consider the interests of Taiyimen.


    He finally came to the conclusion that attacking the Divine Grace sector would definitely face huge risks, but the rewards would also be huge.


    As long as the tactics are appropriate, the Taiyi Realm has a great possibility of victory, and the loss is completely acceptable.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing reported to the Taiyi Realm, she did not leave the Shenen Star Area in a hurry, but continued to do more in-depth investigation here.


    After receiving his report, some disputes arose among the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    There are always some high-level people who are more stable and hope that the most important thing is to act safely.


    But there are more high-level, more adventurous.


    In particular, Gu Yue Lingqing''s description of the resources in the Shenen star area made most of the Taiyi Realm''s senior management very tempted.


    Once this opportunity is missed, who knows when the Taiyi Realm will receive supplies next time.


    After the Taiyi Realm entered the Hengling star area, it might soon enter the battle.


    During the battle, resources are consumed extremely quickly, and the current inventory of Taiyi Realm may not be able to last for a long time.


    Considering various situations, the richer the accumulation of Taiyi Realm, the better.


    In all kinds of battles in the realm of comprehension, there has never been a saying that one must win.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm have experienced many battles and experienced many arduous tests, and they have no fear of difficulties in the face of powerful enemies.


    As the acting head of the Taiyi Sect, Niu Dawei considered the issue more far-reaching.


    The Taiyi Realm can''t always fight with the wind, and when it''s time to gnaw hard bones, it can''t back down.


    Judging from his experience, the chances of winning this battle against the Taiyi Realm are very high.


    The key to this battle is to cut off the reinforcements from the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven.


    As long as there are no external reinforcements, relying solely on the power of the Divine Grace Star Area will definitely not be able to withstand the army of the Taiyi Realm.


    After a heated debate, the Taiyi Realm Elders'' Council reached a consensus and decided to still target the Divine Grace Sector.


    Tai Miao is currently paying attention to the underworld wholeheartedly, and has no spare time to ask about other things.


    Luna has always disliked participating in various meetings and decision-making, and always obeyed Meng Zhang''s orders.


    Since Meng Zhang entrusted the battle to Niu Dawei and other younger disciples, he chose to trust them and did not interfere with their decision-making.


    Based on the information passed back by Gu Yue Lingqing, Taiyi Realm is making various pre-war preparations.


    In the Shenen star area, although there are two gods sitting in charge.


    But basically they will not leave their own palace, let alone patrol around in the star area.


    The defense within the Shenen star area still looks very tight.


    A patrol team patrols inside and outside the star area from time to time.


    ...


    Of course, these conventional methods couldn''t prevent Gu Yue Lingqing at all, and basically had no effect on his actions.


    Niu Dawei decided to send a team of real immortals to the Shenen star area to cooperate with Gu Yue Lingqing''s actions and prepare for the next large-scale invasion.


    As long as they don''t get close to the palaces where the two gods sit, this team should be able to hide their tracks well.


    Knowing Niu Dawei''s plan, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling volunteered to join the advance team.


    Although the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle is not very good at fighting, its cultivation base is strong, and it has the cultivation base realm of a top true immortal.


    More importantly, he has a wealth of experience and knowledge. He has also stayed in the Shenen Star District and is familiar with the situation there.


    Maybe, after he revisited his old place, he could provide Gu Yue Lingqing with some new inspiration.


    Among the sent teams, headed by Yang Xueyi, included sword fairy Mu Xingtong and other strong men.


    It is worth mentioning that Meng Zhang''s third disciple An Moran and his old friend Jue Ying also joined the team.


    An Moran has been in charge of the Taiyimen Dark Hall for many years, and is good at infiltrating and gathering intelligence.


    Jue Ying, who was born in the Dark Alliance, is proficient in sneaking and assassination, and is a very high-end assassin in the cultivation world.


    After years of development and accumulation in the Taiyi Realm, there was a blowout in the number of true immortals a few years ago.


    Now, the number of true immortals in Taiyi Realm has entered a stage of steady growth.


    The number of true immortals in the entire Taiyi world is almost approaching the number of true gods.


    Many high-ranking monks lamented that the current Taiyi Realm is the real Daoist force, and it has the atmosphere of the Celestial Sect.


    Compared with true gods, true immortals have too many advantages.


    With the guidance of their predecessors, these younger generations of true immortals adapted to the realm of true immortals without any effort, and smoothly possessed the skills that true immortals should have. Their cultivation improved rapidly and their combat effectiveness increased rapidly.


    One of the biggest flaws in the Taiyi world at present is that there is no immortal weapon refining master, and it is impossible to refine immortal weapons for the real immortals in the sect on a large scale.


    The Taiyi Realm has accumulated over the years, and has a lot of fairy artifacts.


    After Meng Zhang''s cultivation was improved, he put some unused immortal artifacts into the gate''s big warehouse for the real immortals to use.


    Some true immortals have special cultivation techniques, and they can refine some special accompanying immortal weapons and the like.


    In addition, with Yang Xueyi, the immortal talisman maker, he can refine a large number of immortal talismans, making up for the lack of immortal weapons of some real immortals.


    Among the team led by Yang Xueyi, there are almost ten real immortal level powerhouses.


    After they were ready, they started to set off and headed for the divine favor star area.


    This is not a weak force. If it can successfully lurk in the divine grace sector and explode at a critical moment, it may affect the final outcome.

 Chapter 3200

    Gu Yue Ling Qinglu passed more information back to the Taiyi Realm one after another.


    The palace where the two gods are usually stationed can move freely.


    Their divine kingdoms are also in these two palaces.


    In other words, these two palaces are their kingdom of God.


    These two palaces are like two mobile fortresses, serving as the defensive fulcrum of the divine grace sector.


    He began to summarize some of the rules of defense within the Divine Grace Sector.


    Logically speaking, the patrol team on the Divine Grace Star Area should maintain irregular patrols, and the patrol route should change at any time.


    However, the Shenen Star District has been under the rule of the Temple of Heaven for many years. Although there has been some turmoil, the rule of the Temple of Heaven cannot be shaken, and the overall situation remains generally stable.


    The days of Taiping have passed for a long time, and everyone is a little slack.


    There will be loopholes in the original tight defense, patrols are often just a formality, many true gods are too lazy to move, and many tasks that should be participated in by them are all done by their subordinates...


    Follow the example above, the ones at the top are like this, and the people below will naturally follow suit.


    The patrol teams inside and outside the Shenen star area basically wandered along a fixed route at a fixed time.


    This provided many opportunities for Yang Xueyi to lead the team to infiltrate.


    On the side of Taiyi Realm, according to the information provided by Gu Yue Lingqing, the battle plan is constantly being adjusted.


    Originally, everyone was planning to let the Taiyi Realm directly attack the Shenen Star District.


    But Taiyi Realm''s goal is too big, and the speed of action is not very fast.


    Before approaching the Divine Grace Star Area, the Taiyi Realm might have been exposed.


    Moreover, if the Taiyi Realm evacuated after a delay in the Shenen star area, it might slow down the speed of evacuation, and it would be too late to get rid of the follow-up pursuers.


    The previous experience of being chased by three sects including Fa Huazong left a heavy shadow in the hearts of many elders in Taiyi Realm.


    If a similar history happens again, the Taiyi world may not be so lucky.


    When the time comes, where can I find the bully from the Spring and Autumn Academy for help.


    Therefore, after discussion, everyone decided that the Taiyi Realm itself will not participate in the action against the Shenen star area, but will continue to move towards the Hengling star area.


    Niu Dawei will organize a powerful fleet and sneak close to the Divine Grace sector.


    After the team that infiltrated in the early stage destroyed the man-made wormhole, the fleet entered the divine grace sector.


    With an unstoppable momentum, the fleet should not be able to defeat the powerhouses stationed in the Temple of Heaven in a short time.


    Next, the monks of the Taiyi Realm will plunder all kinds of resources in the Shenen Star District with all their strength.


    After everyone returned with a full load, the fleet slowly chased after the Taiyi Realm.


    Although doing so maintains a strong degree of mobility, it greatly reduces the strength of one''s own side participating in the battle.


    You must know that the many true gods in the Taiyi Realm will not leave the Kingdom of God easily.


    Most of these true gods have mediocre combat effectiveness. When fighting abroad, they always sit in the Kingdom of God and use the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm to fight against the enemy.


    Not to mention, Taiyi Realm itself is an extremely strong fortress with extremely powerful force.


    Removing one''s greatest reliance and relying solely on the mobile fleet to participate in the invasion of the God''s Grace sector is tantamount to binding one''s own hands and feet.


    However, considering the specific situation, Niu Dawei''s plan was approved by everyone after a heated debate.


    It is impossible for the Taiyi Realm to come out with all their strength this time, and will choose the elite to fight.


    While discussing the battle plan at the Taiyi Realm Elders'' Association, the small team led by Yang Xueyi was about to reach the Shenen star area.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has been staying in the Shenen star area, always monitoring the movement of the guarding forces of the Temple of Heaven.


    He discovered that within the divine grace sector, it was not that there was no resistance at all.


    It''s just that the rule of the Temple of Heaven is too strict here, and the guarding force is too strong, and those who resist can''t make any waves at all.


    When he was in the Dengtian Star District, Meng Zhang had studied the rule of the Shenchang Realm in depth, and recorded it for the reference of his disciples.


    Although Shenchang Realm is a Shinto world, it is ruled by many gods.


    However, its Shinto civilization was primitive and backward, and the indigenous gods were far behind the times.


    Compared with the popular Shinto civilization in the void, the indigenous gods in Shenchang Realm are a group of out-and-out barbarians.


    Not to mention, these indigenous gods were divided into several camps to fight endlessly.


    Within the various camps, there are often infighting.


    The cultivators of the Junchen Realm often infiltrate power into the Shenchang Realm to carry out various damages.


    The power of the Ether Realm can easily enter the Shenchang Realm, and defeat it after a big battle.


    However, the situation in the current Divine Favor Star Region is fundamentally different.


    The ruler here is only the Temple of Heaven.


    There is also internal fighting in the Temple of Heaven, but it is limited to a certain range and will not affect the overall situation at all.


    The Tianshen Temple''s rule in the Shenen star area is strict and ruthless, and it penetrates into every corner of the three big worlds.


    According to Qi Ling of Hua Lingping, the three big worlds in the Shenen Star District have long had a civilization of practice.


    However, due to the large-scale invasion of the Temple of Heaven, the original practice civilization was shattered, and the practitioners were killed and injured.


    Countless creatures were killed or injured in the three great worlds, and the remaining intelligent creatures were transformed into believers of the Temple of Heaven.


    Even though the Temple of Heaven can be called an advanced Shinto civilization, it still uses various methods of fooling the people to rule the intelligent beings under its rule.


    These intelligent beings have been brainwashed since they were young, so they don''t know what to do, and dedicate everything to the so-called gods.


    The so-called intelligent creatures basically have independent will.


    No matter how severe the methods of brainwashing and fooling the people are, it will not prevent the birth of rebels.


    Some of the legacy left by the practice civilization that was wiped out before fell into the hands of some lucky rebels, giving them seemingly not weak strength.


    It''s a pity that in the heyday of the practice civilization back then, they were far from the opponent of the Temple of Heaven, not to mention some of the remnants of its legacy.


    In the face of the absolute power gap, the so-called will to resist, the so-called death rather than surrender... is a complete joke.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has rich experience and has seen some similar situations.


    In the three big worlds of the Shenen Star District, only obedient citizens of the Temple of Heaven can be honest.


    Fools who don¡¯t read or listen, and pretend to know nothing, are actually the happiest.


    Those awakened rebels, who couldn''t even be called a cart with a mantis arm, ended up miserable.


    The Temple of Heaven''s treatment of rebels has always been brutal.


    The movement of the temple of the gods launched a large-scale massacre, easily slaughtering countless intelligent creatures.


    Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling was very concerned about the situation of the three big worlds, and privately cast a spell to contact Gu Yue Lingqing and ask for various details.


    When Gu Yue Lingqing told him what he saw and heard, he often fell into a long silence.


    As the leader of the team, Yang Xueyi was keenly aware that the closer she was to the Shenen star area, the more wrong the spirit of the spirit transformation bottle was.

 Chapter 3201

    Yang Xueyi knew that the Spirit of Hualing Bottle had a history in the Shenen Star District.


    Because she was worried that his past history and emotions would affect the next action, Yang Xueyi, as the leader of the team, had a special talk with him.


    Yang Xueyi is an absolute junior in front of Hualingpingpingqiling.


    She is not as old as a fraction of the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    However, since Yang Xueyi is the leader of this team, she naturally has the majesty and power that a leader should have.


    Taiyi Realm has always had strict military discipline and laws.


    Yang Xueyi was one of the strongest in the Taiyi sect long ago, and almost followed the rise of the Taiyi sect.


    She has been alone many times, commanding the army to fight abroad.


    As a junior true immortal, in front of the old senior Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, her aura faintly overwhelmed him.


    Since he has already invested in Taiyi Realm, Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling has no second thoughts.


    After the spirit clan under his command moved to the Taiyi Realm, they were treated well, and they had already settled down completely and integrated into the Taiyi Realm.


    Facing Yang Xueyi, he didn''t intend to fight against her, let alone rely on the old to sell the old.


    He told Yang Xueyi that he had settled in the Shenen Star District in his early years.


    At that time, the Divine Favor Star District was also called the Yunlan Star District, and it was a confident, open, and friendly star district.


    This star region has its own cultivation civilization, and actively absorbs the advantages of other cultivation civilizations, and treats visitors from all over the world in a friendly manner.


    The Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit used to enlighten the spirit race here.


    He and the spirit clan under his command coexist peacefully with other races in the Misty Cloud Star Region, and they live and work in peace and contentment here.


    It''s a pity that all the good times ended with the massive invasion of the Temple of Heaven.


    The Yunlan star area was defeated, and the spirit clan under Hualingping Qiling was completely wiped out, only he fled in a panic.


    Whenever he thinks about everything in those years, he always feels very sad.


    As a lucky survivor, he always felt sorry for those comrades who fought side by side back then.


    Originally, he had already buried this past event deeply in his heart.


    However, when the divine grace star area appeared on the route of Taiyi Realm, the unwillingness in my heart finally broke out.


    Yang Xueyi never imagined that the obsession in Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling''s heart would be so deep.


    If it wasn''t for his pure nature and simple mind, maybe this would become the seed of his obsession.


    Because of the proposal of transforming the spirit into the bottle, the Taiyi Realm is about to launch a large-scale attack on the Divine Grace Star Area.


    Yang Xueyi has the style of a general, she has always been calm and calm, she likes to make plans before acting, and especially hates battles caused by emotional influence.


    According to her temperament, this large-scale invasion of the Divine Grace Star Area is not the time, and it should be put on hold for the time being.


    However, everything is ready now, as if an arrow is on the string and has to be launched.


    Even with her authority in the Taiyi world, she couldn''t stop all of this.


    The only thing she can do is to do her own thing well and make sure everything is correct.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling told the whole story of the past very honestly, and promised again and again that it would definitely not affect the next battle.


    Yang Xueyi finally chose to believe him and still let him stay in the team.


    However, Yang Xueyi directly cast a spell to contact Meng Zhang, and told him all this, including some of her worries.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take Yang Xueyi''s worries seriously.


    People always have selfish distractions, which cannot be avoided.


    The spirit of Hualingping bottle is not even a direct descendant of the Taiyi world, so it is normal to have some other thoughts.


    As long as he didn''t deliberately conceal and deliberately mislead the Taiyi Realm''s high-level, then it''s nothing.


    Even without the instigation of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit, most people in the Taiyi Realm would have the idea of ??plundering after knowing the situation in the Divine Grace Star Area.


    There will be many similar looting operations in the future.


    This time, Meng Zhang will personally take action against the large-scale invasion of the Shenen star area, which should be sufficient to deal with various unexpected situations.


    In these years, Meng Zhang''s practice has never been relaxed.


    With sufficient resources and superb cultivation techniques, his cultivation went very smoothly.


    After Celestial Immortal Gu Yue Lingqing first discovered that there were rebels in the three worlds in the Shenen star region, she also considered whether she should secretly support these rebels and add chaos to the Temple of Heaven.


    But after careful observation, he gave up this idea.


    These rebels are too weak to pose a real threat to the Temple of Heaven.


    The reason why they can survive is all because the top management of the Temple of Heaven is lenient.


    This is not the kindness of the higher-ups of the Temple of Heaven, but they are regarded as some small challenges to test young Shinto practitioners and low-level servants.


    At the same time, in the propaganda of the Temple of Heaven, they are portrayed as extremely ferocious demons, used to intimidate less devout believers and cover up some of their own evil deeds.


    Originally, due to extreme disappointment, Gu Yue Lingqing no longer cared about these rebels.


    But because of the attitude of the spirit of the spirit bottle, he couldn''t help but observe secretly again.


    Although Gu Yue Lingqing has become a celestial being, she still maintains enough respect for the old man Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling.


    He was also faintly aware of the other party''s special emotions.


    Since Hua Lingping Bottle Qi Ling cares about these rebels, he is going to collect more relevant information to appease this old senior.


    The bystanders knew that as an outsider, Gu Yue Lingqing was not bound by those prejudices, and slowly discovered some things that were ignored by the members of the Temple of Heaven.


    He once sneaked into a big world where there is no god sitting in it for the time being.


    The original sense of heaven in these three great worlds was slowly wiped out by secret methods under the long-term rule of the Temple of Heaven.


    Without the consciousness of the Dao of Heaven, the Great World itself no longer rejects outsiders.


    With Gu Yue Lingqing''s ability, he easily took in everything that happened in this big world.


    The gods of the Temple of Heaven are too proud and too busy, neither have the mind nor enough time to observe everything in the world.


    They knew the existence of the rebels from beginning to end, but they didn''t take it seriously.


    They didn''t even bother to ask about these trivial matters, leaving it to their subordinate gods and servants to deal with.


    Since the rebels still have value, no one has the intention of killing them all.


    They will only pay attention to these rebels when needed, and they will not pay much attention to them on weekdays.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.

 Chapter 3202

    The rebels in these three great worlds are basically not worth mentioning.


    Most of them have neither the corresponding strength nor the mind to resist.


    Most of them were furious for a while, resisted impulsively, and then were easily crushed.


    In many cases, the ruler of the Temple of Heaven will deliberately leave some rebels for other purposes.


    In theory, every move of these rebels should be under the control of the members of the Temple of Heaven.


    Some relatively large-scale rebels may even have traitors arranged by the Temple of Heaven.


    The Temple of Heaven has rich experience in ruling, and can handle affairs about the rebels with ease.


    It is precisely because of the rich experience that many members don''t take it seriously, and there are many slacks.


    Gu Yue Lingqing originally just wanted to collect some information, and at the same time see if there were some guys who weren''t that bad.


    He didn''t expect these rebels to have much influence on the rule of the Temple of Heaven.


    For one thing, it can be used to appease the Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    Second, after the Taiyi Realm defeats the ruling power of the Temple of Heaven in the future, these rebels can be used to lead the way and help the Taiyi Realm monks collect various resources, greatly saving their time.


    Watching these rebels is like looking for gold in the sand.


    Everything in sight was trash, even traitors, so Gu Yue Lingqing couldn''t help but sigh.


    The hard work paid off, and before he was completely disappointed, he finally found something unusual.


    There are a very small number of rebels who have never contacted other rebel teams and have always been alone.


    They seem to have acquired some superficial methods of practice and possessed some weak power from the heritage of the extinct practice civilization.


    This situation was not surprising at first,


    Sometimes, the rulers of the Temple of Heaven will deliberately use or even concoct some of the legacy of the previous practice civilization, so that some rebels can gain strength through so-called adventures.


    The purpose of doing this is like raising pigs.


    The rebels are too weak and have no strength at all. How can they play the role of testing the younger generations.


    The rebels that Gu Yue Lingqing discovered were different.


    They will meditate in a special way, concentrating their minds, and seem to have a secret connection with a certain existence in the void.


    At first, Gu Yue Lingqing thought that these guys were existences similar to demon cultivators.


    Many demon gods and heavenly demons in the void often release demonic thoughts and spread practice methods in various big worlds.


    These practices are the bait.


    Once these magical thoughts are sensed, the living beings will be demonized and embark on the road of magic cultivation.


    If the demon cultivators want to gain more practice secrets and power, they must use blood sacrifices and other means to please the demon gods, so that they can interact with them again.


    After careful observation, Gu Yue Lingqing overturned her initial guess.


    These guys are not magic cultivators, they don''t have any magic energy on them, and they don''t show signs of practicing magic skills.


    Thinking about it, the gods are very easily possessed by demons, and the Temple of Heaven must strictly guard against the power of demons.


    If there were traces of magic cultivators in these three great worlds, the members of the Temple of Heaven would never dare to be so slack.


    These rebels practiced the methods of a practiced civilization that has perished.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle once introduced to everyone the original cultivation civilization in the Shenen Star District.


    The practice civilization here is a kind of civilization that mixes different systems and has unique characteristics.


    Its practice method mixes the original shamanism, believes that all things have spirits, worships all spirits, especially the so-called Changshengtian; it also mixes some primitive and superficial concepts of Taoism and Buddhism; it also mixes some indigenous gods specialty¡­¡­


    Such practitioners are called spiritual practitioners.


    The so-called spiritual practice here has nothing to do with the spirit race.


    It is the most important spiritual practice for this kind of practitioners. By stimulating the deepest power of the soul, they can develop a special kind of spiritual power.


    Spiritual practice is very talented, and it is extremely difficult to get started, and the process of practice is often very arduous.


    There are many ascetic monks in spiritual practice, tempering themselves through various ascetic methods.


    Due to the high entry threshold for spiritual practice, there are not many spiritual practices.


    Moreover, in the initial stage of spiritual practice, it will not have too much power.


    Therefore, there is also a body repairer who specializes in physical training, as a guardian warrior, responsible for protecting and serving spiritual cultivation.


    Spiritual and physical training, as the cornerstones of practitioners, has built a unique civilization of practice.


    Of course, due to the open and inclusive atmosphere of the Cloud and Misty Star Region, it also attracted many practitioners from other systems to settle here.


    The local practice civilization has also absorbed a lot of valuable things from other practice systems.


    Generally speaking, the Misty Cloud Star District was originally a very dynamic place, and its cultivation system was unique and had great potential.


    Later, the large-scale invasion of the Temple of Heaven destroyed all this by violence.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has seen this kind of situation where the weak prey on the strong and conquer each other in the void.


    At first, the Yunlan Star District was not strong enough to resist the Temple of Heaven.


    Second, there is no background.


    Its practice system is too unique, and has nothing to do with the mainstream practice system in the void, so naturally it cannot get the protection of big forces.


    If the cultivation system of the Daoist sect occupies the mainstream here, even if it does not belong to any major power of the Daoist sect, the Tianshen Temple would not dare to act so recklessly.


    The common method is to support some agents and secretly infiltrate and get involved through indirect means.


    After the Tianshen Temple occupied this place, bloody cleansing was carried out on the spiritual practitioners again and again.


    If it is possible for physical cultivation to survive, then spiritual cultivation is basically extinct.


    Later, those who got the inheritance of spiritual practice from their predecessors and embarked on the road of spiritual cultivation did not receive the essence of spiritual cultivation.


    And the guys that Gu Yue Lingqing focused on observing were genuine spiritual practitioners.


    They seem to be no different from ordinary people.


    But after in-depth observation, you will find that their willpower is extremely firm, and they secretly possess powerful spiritual power.


    They will settle down in secret places from time to time, as if they are using their spiritual power to communicate with the existence in the dark.


    Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t disturb them, but just observed silently.


    He tried to follow the psychic power released by them, secretly pursued, and found the object of their communication.


    Their spiritual power is not worth mentioning in Gu Yue Lingqing''s eyes, but it is very secretive, without any sign of being exposed.


    Gu Yue Ling Qing is also a celestial being after all, but it is difficult to trace the spiritual power released by them.


    Their spiritual strength is very weak, but it has the miraculous effect of pulling a thousand catties. It seems that they have attracted some kind of power in the dark, making them secretly leave the big world and go deep into the void.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was surprised to find that although the consciousness of the Dao of the Great World had been wiped out long ago, there was still some residual power, protecting and helping these spiritual practitioners in the dark.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3203

    Gu Yue Lingqing secretly followed their spiritual power and entered the void, but found no new target.


    This made him very surprised, and at the same time, he strengthened his vigilance.


    To be able to escape his secret pursuit, the other party is very extraordinary, maybe it is an existence of the same level as him.


    In the void, could it be that there is still a hidden power that is paying attention to the divine grace sector?


    What kind of impact will this have on the next large-scale invasion of Taiyi Realm?


    Is this beneficial or detrimental to the struggle between the Taiyi Realm and the Temple of Heaven?


    ...


    The Taiyi Realm''s invasion of the God''s Grace Star Area seems to be imminent, and preparations have been made.


    But at this time, such an accident happened.


    As the earliest information provider, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling must have a responsibility.


    However, he has been away from the Shenen Star District for many years, so it is understandable that he is not familiar with the situation here.


    Both Gu Yue Lingqing and Yang Xueyi have questioned him, and he really has no bad intentions.


    Out of prudent consideration, we must first figure out the issue of the Divine Favor Sector.


    Fortunately, it will take decades for the Taiyi Realm to reach the Shenen star area, and there is still enough time for Gu Yue Lingqing to investigate.


    While Gu Yue Lingqing continued to monitor those spiritual practitioners, he intensified his search for the surrounding void.


    The team led by Yang Xueyi was not affected in any way, and still rushed to the Shenen Star District according to the original plan.


    After hearing the news from Gu Yue Lingqing, Meng Zhang was very interested in his discovery.


    The original practice system of the Shenen Star District was destroyed by the Temple of Heaven many years ago.


    However, after thousands of years, the Divine Grace Star District secretly hides something that even Gu Yue Lingqing can''t figure out, which shows that there is something mysterious about it.


    Maybe, this has something to do with the original mainstream practice system in the Divine Grace Sector.


    When Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling proposed to choose the Divine Grace Star Region as his target, he had specially compiled a document, which contained all the information he knew about the Divine Grace Star Region.


    Among them, there is an introduction to spiritual practice.


    Of course, Meng Zhang had read this material long ago.


    This information seems to be detailed, but there is not much introduction to spiritual practice.


    Perhaps it is true that Hualingping Pingling has limited knowledge about spiritual cultivation, or it may be that he is unwilling to divulge too much information about spiritual cultivation.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling and the spirit clan under his command are not subordinates of the Taiyi Realm.


    They joined the Taiyi Realm in a relatively independent capacity, and they still maintain a certain degree of autonomy.


    The reason why Meng Zhang was willing to accept the Hualingping Pingling and Lingzu under such loose conditions back then also had many considerations.


    At that time, the Taiyi Realm had only left the Junchen Realm not long ago, and it was far from being as powerful as it is today.


    Meng Zhang is just a newly promoted true immortal, and the number of true immortals under his command is very small.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle is almost at the top level of true immortals. There are also two holy spirits in the clan, who are also strong at the level of true immortals.


    Even if the fighting power of the spirit race is not as good as that of a cultivator, the realm of cultivation is not fake, and one more strong person at the level of a true immortal will be of great benefit to the Taiyi Realm.


    Not to mention, the Spirit Race is barely considered a powerful group.


    Not to mention its combat effectiveness, its existence is of great benefit to the entire world.


    The spirit race can naturally help gather spiritual energy.


    Water spirits help moisten the earth; wood spirits help plants grow; earth spirits help generate mineral deposits...


    In a word, joining the Taiyi Realm of the Spirit Race is a matter of great benefit and no harm, and it is something that the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, can''t wait for.


    Meng Zhang, as the master of Taiyi Realm, also has many schemes as a superior.


    He thought he had seen through the pure hearts of Hualingpingping, Qiling and other high-ranking spirit clansmen.


    After the entire spiritual clan moved to the Taiyi Realm, they would gradually integrate into it, and gradually they could no longer separate.


    Facts have proved that Meng Zhang''s original idea was not wrong.


    After so many years, the Spirit Race has already become a member of the Taiyi Realm.


    The vast majority of the spirit race, especially the newborn spirit race, have already regarded the Taiyi Realm as their home.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling regards the spirit clan more important than his own life, and has no reason to betray the Taiyi world.


    He once risked his life to resist the attack of a powerful enemy for Meng Zhang, and he proved his loyalty with his life.


    If it''s just some changes in the Shenen star area, although Meng Zhang attaches great importance to it, he may not personally intervene.


    He believed that Gu Yue Lingqing could handle these things well.


    However, since the matter involved the spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, and possibly even the entire spirit clan, Meng Zhang decided to intervene as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang first secretly observed the situation of the spirit race in the Taiyi Realm.


    The major settlements of the Spirit Race, especially the headquarters of the Spirit Race, were the focus of his observations.


    Whether it is an ordinary spirit race or a holy spirit at the level of a true fairy, there is no abnormality.


    For so many years, the way of life and practice system of the Spirit Race have not changed much.


    In fact, when the Spirit Race had just migrated to the Taiyi Realm, although the senior officials of the Taiyi Gate seemed to warmly welcome them and regard them as a family, in fact, they secretly arranged for high-ranking monks to monitor them.


    Meng Zhang''s third disciple, An Moran, who is in charge of the dark hall, took full charge of this work.


    Regarding this, Meng Zhang pretended not to know and didn''t ask at all.


    As time went by, the Spirit Race didn''t have any problems, but gradually merged into the Taiyi Realm, and the surveillance was gradually lifted.


    Today, the Spirit Race has become an important member of the Taiyi Realm, and has won the trust of the Taiyi Realm''s senior management.


    As a result of Meng Zhang''s observation, no abnormalities were found.


    This also made him breathe a sigh of relief.


    If there is a change in the spirit race, it will be a great loss to the Taiyi world, and it will even lead to chaos in the entire Great World.


    Since there is no problem with the spirit race in the Taiyi Realm, the next target of Meng Zhang''s inspection is the Divine Grace Star Area.


    After explaining to Niu Dawei, Meng Zhang left the Taiyi Realm and went to the Shenen Star District.


    Although Meng Zhang set off later than Yang Xueyi and the others, he arrived at the Shenen star area one step ahead.


    He also hid his whereabouts, sneaked into the Shenen star area secretly, and joined Gu Yue Lingqing.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming in person, Gu Yue Lingqing knew that he attached great importance to this matter.


    Among them, there may be another hidden meaning, that is, he feels that he cannot solve this problem alone with his own strength.


    Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t feel slighted.


    Because he spent so long time, he did not solve this problem.


    Even, he didn''t even find a clue to solve the problem.


    The only situation he knew was that those spiritual practitioners were protected to a certain extent by the remaining fragments of will in the great world, and they seemed to be secretly communicating with certain existences in the void.


    He also thought about whether to take these spiritual practitioners down and interrogate them by various means.


    However, since these spiritual practitioners were protected by the remaining will fragments of the Great World, once he made a move, it was very likely that they would startle the snake.


    At that time, not only the forces behind those spiritual practitioners will be alarmed, but also the Heavenly Temple that rules here may be alarmed.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3204

    The overall strength of the Temple of Heaven is far above the Taiyi Realm.


    The reason why the Taiyi Realm executives dared to attack the Shenen Star District was because they did their mental calculations and unintentionally launched a surprise attack on the unpreparedness of the Temple of Heaven.


    The Shenen star area is far away from the core ruling area of ??the Temple of Heaven, and its defense force is limited on weekdays.


    However, if the Heavenly God Temple was alarmed early, prepared in advance, and strengthened the defense of the Divine Grace Star Area in time, it would be difficult for the Taiyi Realm to succeed.


    To make matters worse, the Tianshen Temple continuously sent reinforcements, entangled the Taiyi Realm, and plunged it into a cruel war of attrition.


    Of course Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t want to see this happen.


    He was under the control of the mouse, and many methods were not easy to use.


    Those few spiritual practitioners were shady, and he also didn''t dare to reveal their whereabouts.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing and Meng Zhang met, they felt relieved.


    Over the years, Meng Zhang has dealt with various powerful enemies and faced many difficult problems.


    He can properly solve them one by one.


    In Gu Yue Lingqing''s mind, Meng Zhang seemed to be more reliable than the elders of the Gu Yue family.


    After listening to Gu Yue Lingqing''s face-to-face report, Meng Zhang observed it himself, and had a general idea in his mind.


    He felt that Gu Yue Lingqing did not solve the problem in time, not because he was not capable enough, but because he worried too much.


    He always wanted to solve the problem quietly, and he must not disturb the Temple of Heaven or affect this operation.


    Although he is not the commander-in-chief of this operation, but this is after he was promoted to Heavenly Immortal, and the Taiyi Realm does not have to plunder the Divine Grace Star Area.


    He has experienced the difficult times in the Taiyi world, and he can survive when resources are scarce, let alone now.


    The upper echelons of the Taiyi Realm eagerly want to plunder the Divine Grace Star Area.


    With Meng Zhang''s supreme majesty, he can forcibly persuade the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm to give up this operation, not afraid of their dissatisfaction.


    The Taiyi Realm is still not a short distance away from the Shenen Star District.


    Once there is a change in the divine grace star area, Taiyi Realm can also turn away in time.


    Meng Zhang, who had confidence in his heart, saw the current situation clearly before Gu Yue Lingqing, and analyzed it for him.


    These three big worlds were originally mature big worlds with their own will, which is the so-called consciousness of heaven.


    When the Heavenly God Temple invaded here, it used means to kill the consciousness of heaven in the three great worlds.


    The so-called centipede is dead but not stiff, and the existence of such a huge consciousness of heaven is not so easy to completely fall.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Junchen Realm, he experienced the consciousness of the heavenly way of many real immortals joining forces to kill the Junchen Realm.


    After the consciousness of heaven in the Junchen Realm fell, its residual power still existed for many years.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, these three big worlds are more mature than the Junchen Realm, and have richer backgrounds.


    Of course, the means of the Temple of Heaven must have far surpassed those of many true immortals.


    It''s just that if the Temple of Heaven wants to kill the consciousness of the Dao of the three great worlds, but also keep these three great worlds from perishing, it is a bit tied.


    As a celestial being, Meng Zhang can roughly guess the limit of the power of ordinary celestial beings.


    For the higher-ups of the Temple of Heaven, it is not an easy task to keep these three great worlds intact.


    If the great world is destroyed because of the destruction of the consciousness of heaven, what is the point of their invasion?


    The method used by the Temple of Heaven to kill the consciousness of the three great worlds is relatively mild, using water-grinding techniques.


    They went deep into the interior of the three great worlds, where they carried out large-scale construction and built many temples, temples, large formations, and so on.


    Under the combination of inside and outside, all the gods shot together, and barely killed the consciousness of heaven in the three big worlds slowly.


    Of course, the main consciousness of the three great worlds has been wiped out, but there are still many fragments of consciousness remaining.


    Naturally, it is impossible for the Temple of Heaven not to know about this situation.


    Their various arrangements in the three great worlds will continue to obliterate these fragments of consciousness over a long period of time.


    Not long after Meng Zhang came to the Shenen star area, he discovered many such actions.


    When multiple temples are built, they are arranged according to special orientations, which can coordinate with each other and combine their own power.


    Countless believers prayed day and night, accumulating massive power of faith over a long period of time.


    The servants of the gods in the temple guided these powers of faith to slowly wipe away a fragment of consciousness in a special way.


    It is especially worth mentioning that these believers are all native creatures bred by the Great World itself, and their abandonment and rejection have done great damage to the fragments of the consciousness of Heaven.


    Many fragments of Heavenly Dao consciousness are not willing to be completely destroyed, and will instinctively resist.


    The three great worlds have been completely controlled by the Temple of Heaven, and there are still many gods suppressing them. It is difficult for fragments of the consciousness of heaven to use the power of the great worlds, and what they can do is limited.


    Some fragments of consciousness would cause some natural disasters from time to time, not only failed to shake the rule of the Temple of Heaven, but were used by it to intimidate the indigenous creatures and strengthen their beliefs.


    Some fragments of consciousness will arouse the resistance consciousness of the indigenous creatures, leading to the birth of the rebel organization.


    However, most of the rebel organizations in these three great worlds are actually pigs raised by the Temple of Heaven.


    Those fragments of consciousness will only waste power in vain, but make the enemy cheaper.


    Over time, the fragments of consciousness will cut off their support for the rebels, ignoring their existence.


    ...


    Without the intervention of external forces, it is only a matter of time before these fragments of consciousness are completely wiped out.


    In fact, the higher-ups of the Temple of Heaven no longer regard these fragments of consciousness as much of a threat.


    Except that the members stationed in the three great worlds will continue to weaken and obliterate these fragments of consciousness by casting spells in accordance with the usual practice, the upper echelon of the Temple of Heaven has seldom asked about these things.


    It is very special and rare for the few spiritual practitioners who were targeted by Gu Yue Lingqing to still be protected by fragments of the consciousness of heaven, and even borrow their weakening power.


    They are not pigs raised by the Temple of Heaven, but real rebels.


    After many years, the real rebels have not been completely wiped out, and they can still carry out secret activities secretly, and there must be supporters behind them.


    Otherwise, even if the members of the Temple of Heaven were negligent, they would not have survived until now.


    Why do the heavenly consciousness fragments of the three great worlds believe in them, and why are they willing to protect them?


    You know, even a complete consciousness of the way of heaven may not have a high IQ, let alone fragments of consciousness?


    Maybe, inside these fragments of consciousness, the consciousness is vague, hazy, and muddled...


    Needless to say, this is mostly due to the supporters behind them.


    And the existence that they communicate with secretly, hidden in the void, is mostly the supporters behind them.


    It is not difficult to guess the identity of the supporters behind them.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3205

    Those who support these rebels behind their backs are either enthusiastic passers-by, who don''t see the Temple of Heaven bullying the weak and destroying other civilizations, so they draw their swords to help when they see injustice.


    Such enthusiastic passers-by dare not say that there are no such people, at least they are rare in the void.


    The more common situation in the void is that each person sweeps the snow in front of the door, and don''t care about others'' roofs.


    When others are in trouble, they can be regarded as good people if they don''t fall into trouble and take advantage of the fire to rob.


    Without enough benefits and benefits, Meng Zhang asked himself that he couldn''t do it against such a powerful force as the Temple of Heaven.


    After so many years in the practice world, Meng Zhang has never seen anything.


    He thinks he has a very high moral bottom line, and he is very demeanor of a Taoist immortal.


    If the supporters are not pure passers-by, then they are probably the enemies of the Temple of Heaven.


    For a powerful force with a long history like the Temple of Heaven, it is normal for enemies to be all over the world.


    Considering that he can obtain the protection of fragments after the shattered consciousness of the three great worlds, that can greatly reduce the scope of suspicion.


    That''s right, Meng Zhang speculated that the supporters behind these spiritual cultivation were also the existence they had been secretly communicating with, and most of them were the remnants of the original cultivation civilization of these three great worlds.


    Back then, the Tianshen Temple invaded massively, the local cultivators in the Yunlan star area were defeated, and the cultivating civilization perished.


    But even the outsider Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling can escape, and it is normal for other survivors to escape.


    Thousands of years have passed, and the survivors who were successful in cultivation and came back to avenge their revenge are the best material for legends.


    Although these are Meng Zhang''s conjectures, they are well-founded, and as a celestial master, he has a keen sense of intuition, and his intuition is very accurate.


    He believed that this should be the case, and this was also approved by Gu Yue Lingqing.


    Since the supporters behind these spiritual cultivation are the remnants of the past, they and the Taiyi world have a common enemy, and the two sides have a basis for cooperation.


    With the help of these people, the Taiyi Realm''s confidence in defeating the Temple of Heaven will increase greatly.


    Of course, there are still some small problems in the middle.


    The Taiyi Realm is not going to confront the main force of the Temple of Heaven, but to plunder the Divine Grace Star Area.


    Not to mention those remnants taking revenge on the Heavenly God Temple, if they want to recover the Shenen Star District, there will be a conflict with the Taiyi Realm.


    They regard the Divine Favor Star Region as their home, and most of them don''t want to see the Taiyi Realm wantonly looting here.


    The two sides have no contact before, lack of understanding, and it is difficult to quickly gain mutual trust.


    In order to be on the safe side and avoid unnecessary conflicts, Meng Zhang decided to wait until Yang Xueyi and the others arrived, carefully inquired about the spirit of the Hualing bottle, and had a certain understanding of the original local practitioners here before slowly thinking about contacting them.


    Following Gu Yue Lingqing''s steps, Meng Zhang secretly observed those spiritual practitioners, trying to find out the existence they wanted to communicate with.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation base is much stronger than Gu Yue Ling Qing''s, his senses are much sharper, and he has mastered more secret techniques.


    When those spiritual practitioners sat in meditation and released their spiritual power, he followed their strengthened spiritual power and searched in the void.


    He is indeed much better than Gu Yue Lingqing in every aspect.


    After spending a little time, he discovered some clues.


    There is no need to alarm these remnants, let alone break out conflicts with them.


    Meng Zhang did not pursue further, but waited together with Gu Yue Lingqing in the Shenen star area.


    While waiting, they repeatedly observed the defense system of the Temple of Heaven here, looking for various weaknesses.


    As long as Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing attack together, they can completely destroy the man-made wormhole and cut off the support from the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven before the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven can react.


    As for the two gods guarding the Shenen star area, even if they sit in the Kingdom of God, Meng Zhang is sure to defeat them.


    The only variable now is the remnants of the previous generation''s practice civilization who hid in the dark.


    To be honest, including Meng Zhang, many senior officials in Taiyi Realm sympathized with their experience.


    However, sympathy belongs to sympathy, and interests belong to interests. As the high-level executives of a large power, everyone naturally has to consider the interests of the power and put the gains and losses of the power in the first place.


    After Meng Zhang and the others waited for more than three years, they finally received the news that Yang Xueyi and the others were about to arrive.


    Their small team basically advanced at full speed along the way, with almost no pauses or delays on the way.


    Especially after learning that Meng Zhang had arrived in the Shenen star area first, everyone had an inexplicable sense of urgency.


    When she arrived at a place not far from the Shenen star area, Yang Xueyi contacted Meng Zhang through a secret method.


    After this period of time, Meng Zhang has already made the Shenen Star District and the surrounding environment clear.


    He let Gu Yue Lingqing continue to stand by in the Shenen Star Area, and he took the initiative to leave the Shenen Star Area to join Yang Xueyi and the others.


    Outside the Shenen star area, Meng Zhang successfully received the team led by Yang Xueyi.


    After exchanging a few simple greetings with everyone, Meng Zhang found the spirit of the spirit bottle.


    With a few strokes, he isolated an independent space in the void for him to have a secret conversation with the Spirit Transformation Bottle Qi Ling.


    Meng Zhang didn''t take the initiative to mention his latest discovery in the Shenen star area, let alone that he had discovered clues to the remnants of the previous generation''s practice civilization.


    He first chatted with Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, and then pretended to casually mention the matter of the cultivation civilization of the previous generation.


    He first asked some unimportant things such as the customs of the cultivation civilization of the previous generation, and then slowly got to the point, asking about the practice of spiritual practice. There were those outstanding and well-known figures in the spiritual practice back then...


    At the beginning, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling actively echoed Meng Zhang and tried to answer his questions. Later, he began to answer irrelevant questions, trying to drag the topic further and further away.


    The attitude of Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling changed Meng Zhang''s expression.


    The other party has joined Taiyi Realm for so many years and participated in so many secrets of Taiyi Realm, so he is already a member of Taiyi Realm.


    No matter how deep the friendship was back then, no matter how unforgettable the friendship, it is all over.


    What he should be concerned about right now is his status in the Taiyi Realm and the situation of the Spirit Race...


    With his experience and brains, why is he still unable to correct his attitude?


    If it is said that spiritual practice is a secret, and he, an outsider, does not know, then it is justified.


    But why did he know nothing about the well-known spiritual practice back then?


    According to what he said, he had stayed in the Yunlan star area for a long time, had a wide range of friends, and made good friends with the local cultivation forces.


    It''s not that he doesn''t know the answer to the question, but deliberately conceals it.


    Although he has a semi-independent position in the Taiyi world, Meng Zhang is tolerant enough for him.


    But is his attitude worthy of Meng Zhang''s tolerance?


    Meng Zhang''s heart moved. Before that, no one doubted his loyalty to Taiyi Realm.


    Even Meng Zhang himself has a lot of trust in him.


    If he had a problem, it would be too unexpected.


    Special thanks to my old friend, you are very rich for your many large rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3206

    It was only then that Meng Zhang discovered that there was a loophole that had been ignored by everyone all the time, and that was the thinking and attitude of transforming the spirit bottle and the spirit.


    Including Meng Zhang, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm never doubted his loyalty.


    However, his recent performances don''t seem to stand on the standpoint of Taiyi Realm.


    Is this his original intention, or is there another mystery?


    In the cultivation world, there are too many ways to distort other people''s minds.


    What Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling said and did may not be his true intention.


    Meng Zhang remained calm on the surface, and when Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling was unprepared, he flicked it casually.


    Immediately, the Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle became muddled and lost all consciousness.


    There is a world of difference in cultivation between them. With mental calculations and unintentional calculations, the Spirit of the Spirit Transformation Bottle had no resistance, and was easily taken down by Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang''s huge spiritual thoughts fell on him, carefully searching every corner inside and outside his body.


    After hesitating for a moment, he started a more detailed search again.


    This time, his strength was even greater, even if he caused some damage to the Spirit of Hualing Bottle, he would not hesitate to do so.


    His spiritual thoughts began to penetrate deep into the spiritual body of the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit.


    The body of the spirit-transforming bottle is the top-level immortal artifact, the spirit-transforming bottle.


    Most of the time on weekdays, his ontological spirit bottle is in the spirit clan headquarters in Taiyi Realm.


    In addition to absorbing the power of the earth veins to nourish oneself, the spirit transformation bottle will release some spiritual liquid from time to time, which is used to enlighten new spirit races.


    This is also a major reason for the continuous increase in the number of members of the Taiyi World Spirit Race.


    This time accompanied by Yang Xueyi, the Spirit of Hualingping Ping did not take the body with him, but sent out the spirit body.


    His spiritual body has long been condensed like the real body, and it has gone through a lot of tempering, so it is not necessarily weaker than the fairy body of an ordinary real fairy.


    Inside the spirit body is the core of its soul.


    Meng Zhang''s divine sense scanned the depths of his heart repeatedly, and after many times, he finally found some clues.


    A faintly visible seed, at some point, took root deep in the soul of Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling.


    This seed is somewhere between being and not being.


    On weekdays, it is difficult to find its trace even if it is a strong person at the level of a celestial being.


    When this seed begins to affect the soul of Hualingpingpingqiling, it will show some undetectable traces.


    It took Meng Zhang a lot of effort to discover this clue.


    If the gods of the Tianshen Temple were here, even if the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle was completely crushed, they might not be able to find this seed.


    The bold Meng Zhang, who is a man of high art, discovered the problem, and immediately let his divine sense approach the seed without any scruples.


    The moment his divine sense came into contact with that seed, his divine sense was aroused, and his eyes became colorful, and countless scenes were switching rapidly...


    Meng Zhang didn''t resist, allowing his own divine sense to be guided by the opponent''s power.


    After a while, Meng Zhang came to a strange space.


    This space is so vast that there is no end in sight.


    The sky is full of dense dots of light.


    At the foot of Meng Zhang is the boundless sea.


    The sea water is clear and bright, falling from the sky, and rising into the sky again...


    Not far in front of Meng Zhang, there was a hazy figure.


    The figure bowed slightly to Meng Zhang, and an ethereal voice full of emptiness sounded.


    "I''ve met head Meng."


    "I still underestimated the head of Meng. I didn''t expect us to meet so soon."


    Coming to this place, listening to the other party''s words, Meng Zhang has roughly guessed what happened.


    "Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling is an honest person. I don''t know when, your Excellency planted a seed deep in his heart?"


    "It is said that when he was in the Yunlan Star District, he had many friends."


    "He never dreamed that he would be plotted against by his good friend."


    What Meng Zhang wants to know most is how many secrets the other party has learned about the Taiyi Realm through the seeds deep in his heart.


    Of course, he knew it well, and he wasn''t particularly worried. He just wanted to know about it for the sake of prudence.


    After all, the Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle is not a direct monk of the Taiyi Sect, and has not participated in too many secrets of the Taiyi Sect.


    Besides, he is an alien spirit race after all, not a human race, nor a Daoist cultivator, so many senior Taiyimen inevitably have estrangement from him.


    Especially Meng Zhang''s most important secret, that he is the inheritor of the Taiyi Golden Immortal, even the senior officials of the Taiyi Sect don''t know about it, let alone the outsider Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling.


    "Sect Master Meng misunderstood. The method used by the old man to stay on the old friends was not malicious. He just wanted to know their safety and whereabouts, and whether they escaped the pursuit of the Temple of Heaven."


    "As for the secrets of the Taiyi world, I will not inquire at will."


    The figure on the opposite side seemed to be familiar with Meng Zhang''s thoughts, and began to answer Meng Zhang''s concerns.


    It turned out that when the Tianshen Temple invaded the Yunlan star area on a large scale, the local practitioners could not resist it and suffered heavy casualties.


    In order to preserve their strength and wait for a comeback, a group of high-level spiritual practitioners, together with trusted allies such as the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit, broke through and escaped together.


    Before breaking through, the female cultivator in front of me planted spiritual seeds deep in everyone''s hearts.


    Through the spiritual seeds, she can know everyone''s safety and whereabouts, and coordinate everyone''s actions.


    After a hard fight, a few lucky ones like Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling succeeded in breaking through.


    After they escaped from the Cloud and Misty Star Region, the seeds deep in their hearts fell into a deep sleep.


    The seed fell into a deep sleep, and she gradually lost contact with everyone.


    It wasn''t until hundreds of years ago, when she was preparing to launch a counterattack against the Temple of Heaven and try to retake the Yunlan star area, that she began to cast spells to awaken those sleeping seeds.


    She wanted to use this to get in touch with the lucky ones who escaped by chance, get their help, and deal with the Temple of Heaven together.


    For some guys who were not too far away, the seeds deep in their hearts were quickly awakened and established a connection with her.


    The Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle was only awakened by her when the Taiyi Realm sailed towards the Yunlan star area decades ago.


    Once the seed is awakened, she can sense everything that the Spirit of the Transformation Bottle Artifact encounters.


    She knew that the Spirit of the Transforming Spirit Bottle was in the Taiyi Realm, and she also knew the general situation of the Taiyi Realm.


    She has no malice towards the Taiyi Realm, her real enemy is the Temple of Heaven.


    It is impossible for her to become an enemy with the Taiyi Realm without revenge.


    ...


    The other party''s tone was gentle, and he explained everything in detail, so that people could not feel disgusted.


    From the moment he first came into contact with the other party, Meng Zhang knew that the other party was a top master proficient in spiritual power.


    This is the so-called spiritual practice, and the attainments on the spiritual path are so deep.


    The special space he is currently in is the spiritual space formed by the condensed spiritual power.

 Chapter 3207

    The spiritual avenue is not a particularly unpopular avenue in the cultivation world, and there are still some practitioners who practice it.


    Xu Mengying, a good friend of Mengzhang''s Huang Lian Sect saint, is majoring in the Dao of the Spirit.


    He and Xu Mengying often exchange practice experience, so he also has a deep understanding of the spiritual way.


    From what he saw, Xu Mengying''s attainments and methods on the spiritual path were far inferior to the person in front of him.


    Even, because spiritual practice is specialized in the spiritual way, there are many methods that are difficult for practitioners to achieve.


    In fact, Buddhist monks may all be better than Taoist cultivators on the spiritual avenue.


    Just talking about the use of spiritual power, Xu Mengying has a big gap compared with the other party.


    Meng Zhang can already confirm at this time that the opponent is a strong man at the level of a fairy.


    Relying on the strangeness of the spiritual power of the other party, I was a little bit confused about the details.


    Meng Zhang was dubious about what the other party said just now.


    He can sense the sincerity of the other party, and the other party has no hostility towards Taiyi Realm.


    But he was not sure whether this was the other party''s true intentions, or a disguise made by using spiritual power.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to change his somewhat aggressive attitude, and deliberately eased the atmosphere to facilitate the next communication between the two parties.


    "I don''t know how to call you, what is your status in the Yunlan Star District back then?"


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to ask, but the other party responded politely.


    "The old man comes from the Chrysalis lineage of spiritual cultivation, you can call the old man the master of Dieyou Mountain."


    "When the Yunlan Star District did not fall, I was the head of the Chrysalis lineage, one of the three major factions of spiritual cultivation."


    "After the accidents of the past, the spiritual cultivation of the same generation and similar strength as the old man was almost lost, leaving only me, a useless old man, to die."


    This guy who called himself the Lord of Dieyou Mountain kept his posture very low and was very polite to Meng Zhang.


    She is very frank, almost answering every question, and seems to have nothing to hide.


    She even told Meng Zhang that after awakening the spiritual seeds in the spirit of the spirit bottle, she had no intention of controlling the spirit of the spirit bottle, let alone spying on the secrets of the Taiyi world.


    It was indeed his own idea that the spirit of Hualingpingping proposed Taiyi Realm to attack the Shenen star area, and it was not influenced by any outsiders.


    She and Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling are old friends for many years, and they will never take advantage of each other.


    The reason why she kept the spiritual seed from the other party was because they were about to make a big move, and she didn''t want to cause any misunderstanding.


    Meng Zhang always felt that there were quite a lot of incomplete and untrue things in the other party''s words.


    Of course, he will not rashly regard the other party as an enemy.


    If the other party is really an aboriginal cultivator in the Yunlan star region, then he will have a sworn hatred with the Temple of Heaven.


    An enemy''s enemy is not necessarily a friend, but there is no need to easily treat him as an enemy.


    Probably feeling Meng Zhang''s somewhat resistant attitude, Dieyou Shanzhu communicated with him patiently and slowly improved the relationship between the two parties.


    She admitted frankly that she did know something about the Taiyi Realm through the spirit transformation of the spirit bottle.


    But she doesn''t intend to be an enemy of Taiyi Realm, let alone spread such information.


    The spirit of Hualingping bottle suggested that the Taiyi Realm attack the Shenen star area.


    She was very pleased to see that Taiyi Realm had already started to take action.


    Since the two sides have a common enemy, there are naturally many places where they can cooperate.


    Dieyou Shanzhu even proposed a rough cooperation agreement.


    The two sides joined forces to defeat the Temple of Heaven and regain the Yunlan star area.


    Afterwards, Dieyou Shanzhu promised to give a reward that would satisfy the Taiyi world.


    What the other party said really moved Meng Zhang a little.


    Dieyou Mountain Lord and the others want to defeat the Temple of Heaven and regain their hometown.


    At the same time, their sneaky actions also showed their lack of strength.


    If they had sufficient strength, they would have already started to act.


    They probably couldn''t fight the Temple of Heaven head-on, so they have been hiding until now.


    In addition, they may indeed be using the power of the Taiyi Realm to deal with the Temple of Heaven.


    As for how to use it, that''s already mentioned.


    They can work together with the Taiyi world and cooperate sincerely.


    You can also use the Taiyi Realm to treat it as cannon fodder and let it consume the power of the Temple of Heaven.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, although the other party was not trustworthy. But judging from the current situation, if the other party wants to use the Taiyi Realm, he can also use the other party.


    Meng Zhang pretended to be very interested in the cooperation and began to ask for some details.


    He wanted to know what role Dieyou Mountain Lord''s strength could play.


    Dieyou Mountain Master seemed unsuspecting, revealing many secrets.


    The spirit cultivators in the Yunlan star area suffered heavy losses in the great war that year, almost all of their elites were lost.


    After so many years, the strength has not returned to its heyday.


    The Dieyou Mountain Lord barely had the strength of a god level back then.


    After escaping from serious injuries, after years of hard training, she can easily defeat ordinary gods.


    Hundreds of years ago, she started planning to take back the Yunlan star area.


    After years of peace, the members of the Temple of Heaven who ruled the Yunlan Star District have slacked off a lot.


    The battle plan she specified is similar to the plan on the side of the Taiyi Realm.


    The atmosphere between the two parties that are both starting seems to be getting more and more harmonious.


    The vigilance in Meng Zhang''s heart did not weaken at all.


    There must be many things Dieyou Mountain Master didn''t tell himself.


    Regarding her strength, she must have reservations and concealed a lot of cards.


    There must be many things in her plan that she doesn''t know.


    Among other things, even if the man-made wormhole is destroyed and the Yunlan star area is temporarily restored, what will happen next?


    The Taiyi Realm can just walk away. Are these spiritual groups willing to give up their hard-won homeland?


    If they are reluctant to leave and continue to stick to the Yunlan star area, they will only repeat the same mistakes.


    The Temple of Heaven was able to conquer the Yunlan star area and completely conquer it.


    After so many years, the Tianshen Temple can repeat the old tricks and let history repeat itself.


    In the hands of Dieyou Shanzhu, there must be a support that he does not know, and he asks himself that he can resist the ensuing revenge from the Temple of Heaven.


    Because of the relationship between the Spirit Transformation Bottle and the Artifact Spirit, the overall strength of the Taiyi Realm should be exposed.


    At the very least, the four Heavenly Immortals currently possessed by the Taiyi Realm are no longer a secret to Dieyou Shanzhu.


    She should know that it is impossible for the Taiyi Realm to stay in the Yunlan star area forever, and it is difficult to borrow the four immortal-level powerhouses of the Taiyi Realm forever.

 Chapter 3208

    Dieyou Shanzhu has reservations about his own strength and hole cards, and Meng Zhang can understand.


    After all, the first contact between the two parties did not mean much mutual trust.


    But since the other party refuses to be sincere, Meng Zhang will naturally increase his guard secretly.


    Apart from this point, in other respects, Dieyou Shanzhu performed well.


    She offered to cooperate with the two companies, and the conditions offered were also very good.


    Without the intervention of Dieyou Shanzhu, the power of the Taiyi Realm alone would be able to occupy the Shenen Star District and carry out wanton plundering.


    But now that the Dieyou Mountain Lord has appeared, and he is the original owner of the Shenen Star Area, naturally he cannot be thrown away.


    Meng Zhang repeatedly weighed and felt that it is not appropriate to turn against the other party now, it is better to agree to the other party first.


    In any case, both sides regarded the Temple of Heaven as their goal.


    The Taiyi Realm can cooperate with the opponent, but it is impossible to stay in the Yunlan star area and help the opponent resist the Temple of Heaven.


    No matter whose hands the Yunlan star area falls into in the end, after the matter is completed, the Taiyi world will just grab it and leave.


    Leaving Dieyou Shanzhu and others to attract the main attention of the Temple of Heaven is also conducive to the Taiyi Realm''s escape.


    After some thought, Meng Zhang agreed to Dieyou Shanzhu''s cooperation proposal.


    However, before the two parties start to cooperate, there is still a problem to be solved, that is, the seeds left in the heart of Hualing Bottle Qiling.


    Although the Dieyou Mountain Master has repeatedly stated that this seed is harmless, and she has no intention of using it to plot against the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang will not trust her.


    As long as there is this seed deep in the heart of Hua Lingping Ping Qi, it is a hidden danger.


    Die You Shanzhu proposed to awaken the consciousness of the spirit of the spirit bottle, and talk to him after explaining the whole thing.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang did not object.


    Previously, Meng Zhang had easily captured the spirit of the Hualing bottle and made him fall into a coma before he began to carefully examine the depths of his mind.


    Now, with a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, the consciousness of the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle was drawn into this space.


    Meng Zhang showed his hand intentionally or unintentionally, telling the other party that although this is a space she created with spiritual power, he can also bring people in and out at will.


    The newly awakened consciousness of the Spirit Transformation Bottle and Artifact Spirit is still somewhat lost once it enters this place.


    Soon, he saw the Dieyou Mountain Lord whom he hadn''t seen for many years, and immediately became very excited.


    The two sides exchanged a lot, and each told about the experiences of many years after the farewell and so on.


    Meng Zhang stood quietly by the side without making a sound, letting them talk about the old days.


    After the two of them talked intensely for a long time, they slowly got to the point.


    Dieyou Shanzhu took the initiative to talk about the seeds planted in the heart of Hualing Pingqiling back then.


    It seems that Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling has absolute trust in her and doesn''t care about this matter at all.


    But when the other party mentioned that she sensed some things about him in the Taiyi world through the seeds deep in Hualingping''s heart, and after she inadvertently learned some information about the Taiyi realm, Hualingping''s expression changed. Finally became serious.


    The Lord Dieyou Mountain talked about the upcoming cooperation with the Taiyi Realm to deal with the Temple of Heaven and recover the Divine Grace Star Area.


    The spirit of Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling looked a little better now.


    ...


    In the end, Dieyou Shanzhu said that Meng Zhang hoped that she would remove the seeds deep in Hua Lingping''s spirit, and asked him what he thought.


    Hua Lingping Ping Qi Ling was full of embarrassment, and fell into a long silence.


    Although he has a simple mind and doesn''t have any calculations on weekdays, he is not a fool after all, and he has already understood the whole thing.


    If he allows the seeds deep in his heart to exist, he will never gain Meng Zhang''s trust.


    Don''t look at what Dieyou Shanzhu said is nice, who knows what she will do with the seeds deep in the heart of the soul of the spirit bottle.


    Control the spirit of the spirit bottle to cause chaos in the Taiyi world, and listen to all kinds of information in the Taiyi world...


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling absolutely trusts her old friend, and believes that she will never do this.


    However, Meng Zhang, as the master of the Taiyi Realm, would not trust Dieyou Mountain Master, an outsider.


    But if the seeds deep in the heart are completely cleared, it means that Hualing Bottle Qiling and old friends have drawn a clear line, and they are no longer a family.


    Those years in the Yunlan star area were the most beautiful time in Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling''s life. The friendship with old friends such as Dieyou Shanzhu is what he cherishes the most...


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling fell into an unprecedented dilemma, and really didn''t want to make a choice.


    Neither Dieyou Shanzhu nor Meng Zhang made a sound when he was thinking about it, nor did they intend to put pressure on him, they just waited silently.


    But it was precisely this that made it even more difficult for him to make a choice.


    After a long period of silence, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling finally made a difficult choice.


    No matter how good the past was, it was just the past.


    He established the Eldar under his command over thousands of years.


    He grew up with this spirit clan and experienced countless winds and rains.


    He is the creator of this branch of Eldar, and also a member of it.


    Most of the high-ranking members of this spirit clan were enlightened by him.


    Even those naturally generated spirit races were basically grown up by him.


    That kind of feeling is tantamount to the feeling of parents looking at their children.


    In his mind, he regards this spirit race as extremely important, even surpassing his own life.


    Back then, for the sake of the future of this spirit clan, he did not hesitate to break up with his old friend Sixiang Beiqi who had been with him through life and death for many years.


    This spirit clan has migrated to the Taiyi Realm for many years and has become a part of the Taiyi Realm.


    If they leave the Taiyi Realm, where will this spirit clan go, and how will they survive in the void?


    The environment in the void is so dangerous that even those old Celestial Sects are walking on thin ice, not to mention a small and weak spirit clan.


    Between the ethnic group and old friends, between the past and the present, he finally made a choice.


    Hualing Pingqiling asked Dieyou Shanzhu to remove the seeds deep in his heart.


    Regarding his choice, Dieyou Shanzhu didn''t question him at all, but comforted him a few words, saying that we will still be friends in the future.


    Without any effort, she took back the seeds deep in the heart of the Spirit Transformation Bottle.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling didn''t say much, but knew that the relationship between the two parties could never go back to the past.


    The choice of the Spirit Transformation Bottle Tool Spirit did not affect the cooperation between Meng Zhang and Dieyou Shanzhu.


    The master of Dieyou Mountain told Meng Zhang that although the Yunlan star area has been ruled by the Temple of Heaven for many years, and the indigenous people have been repeatedly brainwashed generation after generation, the fire of resistance has never disappeared.


    Her psychic power has already sneaked into the Yunlan star area, connecting with the hearts of those real rebels.


    She knew about Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing''s actions in the Yunlan star area.


    She also exchanged contact information with Meng Zhang.


    After some discussion, she and Meng Zhang formulated a preliminary battle plan.


    Next, the two sides will actively prepare for this.


    Once activated, it is necessary to cut off the connection between the Yunlan star area and the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven in the shortest possible time.


    The combined strength of the two can easily wipe out the members of the Temple of Heaven occupying the Divine Grace Star Area.

 Chapter 3209

    After talking about this, the Dieyou Mountain Lord took the initiative to bid farewell to Meng Zhang and the others.


    She had to prepare for the next big battle, and also contacted the rebels among the natives of the Shenen sector.


    Meng Zhang''s consciousness withdrew from this spiritual space and returned to his body.


    After repeated inspections of the Mengzhang he made, it was confirmed that there was no sequelae left in his body.


    After doing all this, Meng Zhang explained to Hualing Pingqiling that he didn''t trust him, but that he didn''t trust Dieyou Shanzhu.


    Regarding this, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling expressed his understanding.


    Meng Zhang has always been very cautious in doing things.


    He also secretly notified Tai Miao who stayed behind in the Taiyi Realm, and asked him to check the spirit clan members of the Taiyi Realm in detail again to see if there was anything abnormal in their bodies.


    Some masters of manipulating psychic power can make psychic power spread rapidly like a plague, and can infect countless creatures in a short period of time.


    If Dieyou Shanzhu had previously spread the special spiritual power by transforming the seeds deep in the soul of the spirit bottle device, it is very likely that the high-level Taiyi Realm did not notice it.


    After Tai Miao received Meng Zhang''s notice, she temporarily put down what she was doing and began to examine the souls of the members of the Spirit Race.


    There are many spirit clan members in the Taiyi Realm, and it seems that it will take a long time for Tai Miao to examine the depths of their hearts one by one.


    In fact, Tai Miao has a tricky way.


    Tai Miao''s authority in Taiyi Realm is second only to Meng Zhang.


    He can freely mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, just like the consciousness of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, allowing the power of heaven and earth to silently invade the depths of the souls of all spirit races to check and scan them.


    Taiyi Realm has long been a complete big world. After years of continuous development and improvement, its level is not low, and its wonderful use of the power of heaven and earth has become more and more extraordinary.


    At the very least, the means of spiritual cultivation at the level of an immortal cannot be fooled by the power of heaven and earth controlled by Tai Miao.


    Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling first confessed to Meng Zhang, saying that he had concealed something from the other party before.


    He actually knew the seed deep in his heart, but he never regarded it as a kind of harm.


    When they were in the Cloud and Mist Star District, the most trustworthy ones among them outsiders would be planted by the good spirits.


    [The problem of slow update of the new chapter finally has a solution on the app that can change the source, download it here


    With the seeds deep in their hearts, they can be regarded as officially becoming a member of the local cultivators in the Yunlan Star District and completely integrated into this big family.


    They communicate with each other through seeds, sense each other''s situation, and cooperate with each other in battle...


    After the Yunlan star area was captured by the Temple of Heaven and the survivors fled in all directions, the seeds in the depths of their hearts automatically fell into silence.


    After a long time, he almost forgot its existence.


    He absolutely did not expect that Dieyou Mountain Lord would secretly awaken the seeds deep in his heart before, and sense a lot of information about the Taiyi Realm through it.


    As soon as he made it clear to Meng Zhang that he was always a member of the Taiyi Realm and would always put the interests of the Taiyi Realm first.


    After experiencing such an experience, Meng Zhang''s trust in the Spirit of Hualing Bottle must have been greatly reduced.


    Of course, the Spirit Race is an important member of the Taiyi Realm, and he still needs to win over.


    As for the future, it depends on his performance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t blame Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling, but comforted him.


    Afterwards, Meng Zhang personally led the team led by Yang Xueyi and sneaked into the Shenen star area.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had already been summoned by Meng Zhang, and she no longer continued to monitor those spiritual practitioners.


    The existence of those spiritual cultivators secretly communicating is probably the Dieyou Mountain Lord and his accomplices.


    There are many indigenous peoples in the three big worlds in the Shenen star area, but in the eyes of Gu Yue Lingqing, even if all these indigenous people stand on the side of Dieyou Mountain Lord, it will be useless.


    What''s more, there are very few real rebels among them.


    In the Taiyi Realm, after repeated inspections by Tai Miao, not only the spirit race, but also those races and monks who have close contacts with the spirit race, have no abnormalities in their hearts.


    It seems that Dieyou Mountain Master did not attack Taiyi Realm.


    Regardless of whether she really has no ill intentions towards the Taiyi Realm, or she is trying to avoid agitating others, as long as there is no trouble in her old Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang will breathe a sigh of relief.


    The current progress speed of the etheric world is still decades away from the divine favor star area.


    According to Meng Zhang''s original plan, they would not launch a surprise attack until the Taiyi Realm''s fleet arrived not far from the Shenen star area.


    After they destroy the man-made wormhole and entangle the two gods, the Taiyi Realm''s fleet can enter the God''s Grace star area in a large scale, wipe out the members of the Temple of Heaven, and temporarily occupy the entire star area.


    But when communicating with Dieyou Shanzhu, she suggested to activate it as soon as possible, so as not to have long nights and dreams, and things would change.


    She told Meng Zhang that she and the forces under her command had been infiltrating into the Shenen sector for many years. Not only did she develop real rebels in the three great worlds, but she also found out all the information here.


    Originally, she was somewhat worried that her own strength would not be enough to destroy the man-made wormhole in the Temple of Heaven in a short time.


    That''s why she has been waiting and watching, waiting for a better time.


    Now Taiyi Realm has entered the game, with the help of powerful men such as Meng Zhang.


    Among other things, on the side of the Shenen star area, the joint strength of the two of them has already gained an absolute upper hand.


    As long as the man-made wormhole can be destroyed in time, so that the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven has no time to reinforce, then there will be no problem with victory.


    Meng Zhang also felt that what she said made sense.


    In the current Shenen star area, not to mention others, he and Gu Yue Lingqing alone can beat the two guarding gods.


    Not to mention there is Dieyou Mountain Master hiding aside.


    It is worth mentioning that when Gu Yue Lingqing learned of the existence of Dieyou Mountain Lord from Meng Zhang, he spent a lot of energy and checked repeatedly in and around the Shenen star area, but he did not find the other party''s whereabouts.


    Regardless of his abilities, Gu Yue Lingqing did not dare to underestimate him just because of his ability to hide.


    Gu Yue Lingqing had never dealt with such a powerful spiritual cultivator before, and was not familiar with its methods.


    Whether it was the reminder from Meng Zhang or his own thoughts, he was full of wariness towards the Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    Although Meng Zhang only met Dieyou Shanzhu in the spiritual space, he had a feeling for his strength. There is also speculation about how it hid.


    Dieyou Mountain Lord claimed that he could easily defeat ordinary gods, so he should not have lied.


    It is even more difficult to guard against its elusive and ethereal deeds.


    With the two joining forces, as long as there are no accidents, it should not be difficult to recover the Shenen star area.


    As for whether the opponent will turn his face after the battle, Meng Zhang believes that when the opponent faces the old enemy of the Temple of Heaven, as long as he is a little rational, he should not be an enemy of the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 3210

    The only problem now is that the Taiyi Realm''s fleet will not be able to reach the Divine Grace sector within a short period of time.


    With an absolute advantage in top-level combat power, even without the Taiyi Realm fleet, it should not be difficult for Meng Zhang and the others to eliminate the members of the Heavenly Temple in the Shenen Star District.


    It''s just that if the monks in the Taiyi Realm can''t arrive in time, there will be a lack of manpower to mine and plunder various resources.


    It''s impossible to let immortals like Meng Zhang and the others do these trivial things.


    The meaning of the existence of the cultivators under the command of the immortals is to serve the immortals and handle all kinds of mundane affairs that the immortals are too lazy to do.


    Of course, this problem is not a big problem.


    At most, after recovering the Yunlan star area, Meng Zhang and the others stayed there for a while, waiting for the arrival of the fleet from the Taiyi Realm.


    In fact, the Taiyi Realm has already formed a fleet to expedition to the Yunlan star area, but it has not yet set off.


    Following Meng Zhang''s order, the Taiyi Realm Expeditionary Fleet, under the personal leadership of Niu Dawei, left the Taiyi Realm and sailed to the Shenen star area.


    The moon god also sits in the fleet to ensure that the fleet has the protection of the gods.


    Taimiao stays in the Taiyi world, optimistic about his old nest.


    After separating from Meng Zhang last time, the Dieyou Mountain Lord didn''t make Meng Zhang wait too long.


    Soon, she sent a message that she was ready to act.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing met the Dieyou Mountain Lord in a secluded corner inside the Shenen star area.


    Yang Xueyi and other real immortals are also ready to fight.


    According to the plan, Meng Zhang and the others'' primary goal is the man-made wormhole located in the center of the Shenen star area.


    On weekdays, a huge palace stays outside the exit of the wormhole.


    This palace is the official member of the Temple of Heaven, where the kingdom of the Iron Wall God is located.


    Ever since he came to the Shenen star area and shouldered the responsibility of guarding the man-made wormhole, he has almost never left the kingdom of God, and has been guarding it conscientiously.


    The gods sit in the Kingdom of God and can give full play to all their combat power.


    Borrowing the power of the kingdom of God, he can even resist opponents who are much stronger than himself.


    When Meng Zhang was discussing the battle plan with Dieyou Mountain Lord, he also thought about whether to use some tactics to create chaos in different places on the God''s Enstar, and try to attract the attention of the Tiebi God.


    Even if you can''t attract his real body to descend, try to force him to dispatch his avatar to disperse his power.


    But after some thinking, Meng Zhang gave up this idea.


    Instead of spending all your time on those flashy things, it''s better to put all your energy on the opponent''s kingdom of God.


    The more important reason is that with their current strength, they can attack directly, and there is no need to play some tricks.


    Meng Zhang, Gu Yue Lingqing, and Die You Shanzhu secretly lurk to a place not far from the God''s Kingdom of Iron Wall God.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has been in the Shenen star area for so long, and has figured out many operating rules of the members of the Temple of Heaven.


    They didn''t wait too long, and a fleet full of various supplies arrived outside the palace where the Iron Wall God was sitting.


    On weekdays, the entire palace is strictly closed, and few people enter or leave.


    The primary goal of Meng Zhang and the others was not the palace, but the man-made wormhole.


    Most of the time, powerful divine power will be released from that palace, covering the entrance of the wormhole.


    Even with Gu Yue Ling Qing''s ability, he couldn''t pass through this layer of divine power silently and figure out the specific situation of the man-made wormhole.


    However, after a long period of observation, he discovered that when a fleet enters and exits from the wormhole passage, the divine power barrier will take the initiative to get out of the way, exposing the wormhole entrance.


    Originally, this was an obvious flaw, and the Temple of Heaven also had a way to deal with it.


    At this time, the kingdom of the gods of the iron wall is on full alert, and the true gods stationed from the three great worlds will come here to strengthen the defense here.


    However, the Shenen Star District has been peaceful for a long time, and the defenses in all aspects have long been relaxed.


    Fleets loaded with various supplies frequently entered and exited the man-made wormholes, and the true gods stationed in the three big worlds had long been too lazy to move.


    The factions inside the Temple of Heaven are complex and there are many internal struggles.


    Even if the god of the iron wall is a real god, it is difficult to command the true gods of different factions.


    He has always been rigorous in his work, and he doesn''t like the slack approach of these true gods, but these true gods have their own backgrounds, and they are backed by different gods.


    If he forcibly punished these true gods, he would inevitably offend the gods behind them.


    He didn''t want to offend his peers for such a trivial matter, so he didn''t bother to ask about these trivial matters.


    As the palace took the initiative to put away the divine power barrier, the man-made wormhole lost its greatest protection.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing took a step forward and appeared not far from the man-made wormhole.


    With a single wave of Meng Zhang''s hand, the fleet full of supplies was taken into his mustard space without any resistance.


    Gu Yue Lingqing lightly waved a small flag in her hand, and infinite power was born out of thin air, coming from all directions, violently squeezing the man-made wormhole.


    In the void, there are many types of wormholes.


    Some permanent natural wormholes are indeed indestructible, and even ordinary angels are hard to shake.


    The man-made wormhole in front of me is naturally not so strong.


    I saw that following Gu Yue Lingqing''s spellcasting, the man-made wormhole began to shake violently, becoming distorted and deformed.


    At the same time that Gu Yue Lingqing and Meng Zhang appeared, the Tiebi God, who had been sitting in the Kingdom of God, had already reacted.


    Tiebi Tianshen is rigorous and meticulous in his work.


    No matter how busy he was, whenever a fleet entered or exited the man-made wormhole, he would devote part of his attention to the whole process.


    The sudden appearance of two strong men here was obviously a result of bad intentions.


    Immediately, he thought of his own responsibility to protect the man-made wormhole with all his strength.


    Just when he was about to mobilize the divine power of the Kingdom of God to cover the man-made wormhole, a faint layer of mist appeared out of thin air, and at some point it had already enveloped the entire palace.


    This layer of weird mist almost blocked all the senses of the Iron Wall God, making him unaware of what was happening outside.


    As soon as the divine power released from the Kingdom of God entered this layer of mist, it was inexplicably swallowed up.


    At this time, all the attention of the Iron Wall God has been put on the current situation.


    It seems that the enemy''s sneak attack this time is well prepared and has seized their own flaws.


    The huge palace shook violently, and the violent divine power was like a hurricane blowing past, about to blow away the surrounding fog.


    A small butterfly flew over the palace, layers of dazzling gravel shook off the butterfly''s body, and sprinkled towards the palace below.


    This layer of dazzling gravel has the effect of stagnating and disrupting the movement of divine power.


    The originally violent storm of divine power suddenly became chaotic, and the direction it blew through kept changing.


    Most of the power of the divine power storm canceled each other out, and the strange layers of mist could not be blown away in time.

 Chapter 3211

    An extremely tall phantom of a giant wearing a golden armored stomach suddenly appeared above the palace.


    The giant waved its angry fist and slammed it fiercely at the butterfly.


    The butterfly flew nimbly, gently avoiding the giant''s attack.


    While avoiding it, she continued to fight back.


    The Tiebi God was entangled by these methods of Dieyou Mountain Lord, and failed to shield the artificial wormhole again in time.


    Without his divine protection, the defense of the man-made wormhole was greatly reduced.


    Under Gu Yue Lingqing''s actions, the man-made wormhole began to twist and deform, and it seemed that it would be destroyed soon.


    Suddenly, a hunchbacked old man appeared at the entrance of the man-made wormhole.


    His stature skyrocketed suddenly, and he had the power to stand upright, and he immediately fixed the artificial wormhole that had begun to distort and deform, so that it would not change again.


    This is the incarnation of a god.


    The deity of this god is usually in charge of guarding the other end of this man-made wormhole.


    When the man-made wormhole was attacked by outsiders, the deity stabilized the wormhole channel from the other end and sent an avatar here to investigate the situation.


    The territory ruled by the Temple of Heaven is not small.


    In order to facilitate the rule, the high-level officials of the Temple of Heaven have built man-made wormholes on many important territories.


    One end of the artificial wormhole is located in those territories, and the other end is located in the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven.


    Although there are many gods in the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven, these gods have their own important affairs, and it is impossible to guard these man-made wormholes all the time.


    Generally speaking, even if these man-made wormholes are attacked from outside, the attacks will come from the other side of the territory.


    If the enemy has already killed the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven, then these artificial wormholes will become less important.


    Therefore, although there are many man-made wormholes, there are only a few gods who take turns guarding the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven.


    This time, the god who is in charge of guarding the wormhole passage at the headquarters of the temple of the gods is very strong.


    Just sending out an avatar temporarily stabilized the situation.


    Gu Yue Lingqing continued to intensify his attack on the man-made wormhole, and at the same time released several celestial techniques, blasting at the hunchbacked old man, who was the incarnation of the god.


    I saw that the hunchbacked old man easily dispelled Gu Yue Lingqing''s magical powers, and also worked hard to stabilize the man-made wormhole.


    If Gu Yue Lingqing was given enough time, he would most likely be able to defeat the opponent and destroy the man-made wormhole.


    But now, what he lacks the most is time.


    If the time is delayed for a long time, and more gods at the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven react, it will be impossible to continue destroying the wormhole passage.


    Fortunately, Gu Yue Lingqing was not fighting alone.


    While suppressing the fleet that was transporting supplies, Meng Zhang was still observing the battle situation on the Dieyou Mountain Lord''s side.


    Although the two sides are temporary allies, he doesn''t trust this mysterious guy.


    He hoped to observe the opponent''s battle more, trying to see through all the reality of the opponent.


    Seeing that Gu Yue Lingqing''s actions were hindered, he immediately stepped in to help.


    He has not forgotten that destroying the man-made wormhole is the top priority, which is related to the success or failure of this operation.


    Several sharp sword qi slashed past, and the hunchbacked old man was originally the incarnation of a god, but he would rather die than retreat, and forcibly took Meng Zhang''s Liangyi Tongtian sword.


    Apparently, the god on the opposite side knew that the situation was urgent, and desperately lost the incarnation to guard the man-made wormhole.


    There were a few scars on his body first, and then his figure became a bit unreal.


    The blow failed, and Meng Zhang felt the opponent''s difficulty, and he couldn''t help feeling a sense of urgency in his heart.


    Accompanied by the rumbling thunder, the thunder of the Yin-Yang Extinction God bombarded the past overwhelmingly. At the same time as it bombarded the old man, it also continuously bombarded the man-made wormhole.


    After Meng Zhang joined the battle, Gu Yue Lingqing continued to exert her strength.


    The hunchbacked old man was severely injured by the thunder of the Yin-Yang Extermination God, and all his limbs became mutilated.


    The man-made wormhole was first blasted a few gaps by the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder, and then an invisible huge force squeezed it and directly burst it.


    The entrance and exit of the man-made wormhole collapsed, and then was flooded by the violent anti-space storm.


    The figure of the hunchbacked old man was completely engulfed by the anti-space storm and disappeared.


    Both Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing took the initiative to avoid being involved in the anti-space storm.


    The man-made wormhole was destroyed, and the connection between the Divine Favor Star District and the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven was temporarily interrupted, and their primary task was achieved.


    They were about to clean up the members of the Temple of Heaven sitting here, when suddenly a violent roar came from the anti-space storm.


    I saw a pair of giant hands struggling to get out of the anti-space storm, trying to enter the interior of the divine favor star area.


    Meng Zhang was a little surprised, which god from the Temple of Heaven is so brave, he dared to act against the anti-space storm, and wanted to shuttle over directly.


    In fact, with the destruction of the man-made wormhole, waves of crazy storms were set off in the anti-space of the entire Shenen star area and even the surrounding areas.


    Such a storm is enough to engulf an ordinary god.


    As long as the high-level people of the Temple of Heaven are sensible enough, they should stay away from them


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether he should say that the god opposite was too brave or too reckless.


    You must know that the original location of the artificial wormhole is the place where the anti-space storm is the most intense and violent.


    To forcibly shuttle over against the anti-space storm, what is needed is not only strength, but also enough courage, or a little bit of madness.


    If it were Meng Zhang himself, he would never do this.


    Surprise is surprise, Meng Zhang will never sit back and watch the other party succeed.


    Another wave of yin and yang extermination god thunder bombarded those giant hands.


    Although due to the influence of the anti-space storm, many of these Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunders were swallowed up, but most of them still fell on the target.


    A roar that seemed to be extremely angry sounded, and Meng Zhang could clearly feel the unwillingness and fury in it.


    Those giant hands disappeared in the anti-space storm, and they failed to successfully shuttle here.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing took a closer look and confirmed that no enemy had taken the initiative to pass through the anti-space storm before they cared about other aspects.


    No matter how slack or careless the members of the Temple of Heaven are, the unprecedented occurrence of an attack on a man-made wormhole is enough to alarm them.


    The man-made wormhole was destroyed before the members of the Temple of Heaven who were scattered all over the Shenen Star District could come to reinforce them.


    Now, everyone knows that there is a lot of trouble.


    Many guys with more flexible minds already have a premonition that disaster is imminent.


    Another god who originally sat in a big world also controlled a huge palace, left that big world, and rushed towards the man-made wormhole.


    The speed of the palace was very fast, but there was still no time to reach it before the man-made wormhole was destroyed.

 Chapter 3212

    Although there are a little twists and turns in the middle, the final result is still very good.


    After successfully destroying the man-made wormhole, Meng Zhang and the others have completed the main task.


    The Tianshen Temple can''t support the Shenen Star District for the time being, so it''s Meng Zhang''s turn to close the door and beat the dogs.


    It shouldn''t be difficult to wipe out the remnants of the enemy and occupy the Divine Grace Star Area.


    The Tiebi God controls the Kingdom of God, and is still entangled with the Lord Dieyou Mountain.


    The destruction of the artificial wormhole meant his serious dereliction of duty.


    Whether it was the accountability of the high-level officials of the Temple of God after the incident, or his self-esteem, it made him very sad.


    He was so furious that he seemed to have vented all his anger on Dieyou Mountain Master, attacking him frantically.


    Jinbi Tianshen is another god who sits in the Shenen star area.


    He manipulated the Kingdom of God to rescue him, but he was a step too late.


    Almost dazzled by his anger, he continued to manipulate the Kingdom of God to kill Meng Zhang and the others.


    Farther away, a true god is rushing here.


    In the three great worlds, the army of servants under the command of the Temple of Heaven is gathering, ready to attack at any time.


    Like a hill, the huge golden palace rolled over towards Meng Zhang like a meteorite.


    The Jinbi God is just an ordinary God, whose strength is weaker than that of the Iron Wall God.


    He manipulated his own kingdom of God to attack, with extraordinary power and impact.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a long river and stopped in front of the palace, and the black and white river water invaded the palace.


    Meng Zhang easily trapped Jinbi Tianshen and his Kingdom of God, and then began to suppress and even refine it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t need Gu Yue Lingqing''s help, he took the initiative to meet the true gods flying over.


    Some of these true gods are real bodies attacking, and some are just incarnations sent out.


    Most of the kingdoms of the true gods are not convenient to move.


    The true body of a true god generally does not leave the Kingdom of God easily.


    The Temple of Heaven represents the mainstream Shinto civilization in the void.


    The high-level executives of the Temple of Heaven are ambitious and want to develop the Temple of Heaven into a major god system in the Void Shinto.


    The kingdom of the gods in the temple of the gods can basically move freely.


    Every time the Temple of Heaven goes out to fight, the Kingdom of Gods, the most powerful mobile fortress, will attack with the army.


    Most of the divine kingdoms of the true gods are located in the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven.


    This not only guarantees the safety of these divine kingdoms, but also is an important means for the Temple of Heaven to restrain the true gods under its command.


    When necessary, the higher-ups of the Temple of Heaven will forcefully order the true gods to go out in person.


    If many true gods left behind in advance, even if they fell outside, they could slowly be reborn in the kingdom of God.


    Of course, after the rebirth, the cultivation base will drop sharply, and the rebirth will consume a lot of resources and other disadvantages, which cannot be avoided.


    Looking at the true gods rushing over from all directions, Gu Yue Lingqing had a disdainful smile all over her face.


    Before he was promoted to a fairy, he didn''t think much of a true god of the same level.


    After being promoted to Heavenly Immortal, in his eyes, the group of true gods in front of him are nothing but big bugs.


    One after another, the true gods approached quickly.


    Before they had time to attack Gu Yue Lingqing, their bodies seemed to be oppressed by some invisible force, and their entire godly bodies began to burst.


    A real god and an incarnation that exploded and died in front of him frightened the comrades who flew over one after another from behind.


    Some turned around and ran away; some stopped and fell into a huge conflict; some mantises were like carts, continuing to madly kill Gu Yue Lingqing...


    Gu Yue Lingqing seemed very relaxed, and began to wantonly kill these true gods.


    These true gods who came over aggressively for reinforcements fell in his hands one after another, with little power to fight back.


    Jinbi Tianshen, who was trapped by yin and yang, also fell into absolute passivity.


    All his attack methods were easily resolved by Meng Zhang.


    A few counterattacks by Meng Zhang can shake the seemingly indestructible palace.


    If no accident happened, it would only be a matter of time before Jinbi Tianshen was taken down by Meng Zhang.


    On the other side, the Dieyou Mountain Lord turned into a spirit butterfly, and freely shuttled around the opponent''s kingdom of God, so angry that the Tiebi God became even more angry.


    Meng Zhang glanced around, the overall situation has been settled.


    The top-level combat power of the Temple of Heaven cannot be used here, and the true god who is the backbone has suffered heavy losses.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to clean up the opponent''s low-level members, while Gu Yue Lingqing was very interested in chasing and killing the true god.


    It will take some time for the Taiyi Realm''s fleet to arrive here.


    The low-level monks in the Tianshen Temple are still of high quality, and their combat effectiveness is not weak.


    Seeing that the active attack could no longer defeat the opponent, the members of the Temple of Heaven in the three great worlds retreated to their lairs one after another, and tried their best to strengthen various defense facilities.


    Didn''t Dieyou Shanzhu say before that after she left the Shenen star area, she cultivated a usable force?


    Now, it is time for this force to appear on the stage and be used to wipe out the remnants of the enemy.


    Meng Zhang didn''t urge the other party, but the other party should know what to do.


    Dieyou Shanzhu looked at Meng Zhang meaningfully, as if he heard Meng Zhang''s heartfelt voice.


    In the void, thousands of butterflies suddenly appeared, and the number was still increasing.


    These butterflies flapped their wings and danced in the void.


    These butterflies dance gracefully, as if carrying a dreamlike power.


    Layers of fluorescent dust fell from these butterflies, spreading rapidly in the void.


    Wherever the dust passed, ripples were set off in the void.


    The surrounding void began to ripple, and countless dreamlike colorful lights began to shine.


    At first, Meng Zhang thought it was a method used by Dieyou Mountain Lord to deal with the enemy.


    But with the increase in the number of these butterflies and the expansion of their range of activities, even Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing, who were not close to Dieyou Mountain Lord, were surrounded.


    Meng Zhang, who had never let down his guard against Dieyou Mountain Lord, immediately became vigilant.


    When Meng Zhang and the others were fighting the hostile gods, Yang Xueyi led the small team and approached a big world.


    Originally, the mission of this team was to assist in the destruction of man-made wormholes.


    But with Dieyou Mountain Master''s cooperation, they are no longer needed.


    They also save it and can do other things.


    Yang Xueyi decided to lead this small team into the interior of a big world and temporarily occupy it.


    In addition to facilitating the subsequent plundering of the resources of the Great World, this can also be used to bargain with Dieyou Mountain Master and the others, and to obtain more benefits by taking the opportunity to return the Great World.


    Most of the true gods had taken the initiative to go to the void before, trying to protect the man-made wormhole.


    After they were massacred by Gu Yue Lingqing, they all wanted to run back to the place where they were originally stationed, ready to stand firm and wait for help.


    The small team led by Yang Xueyi took the initiative to meet those true gods who wanted to return to this big world, and firmly intercepted them in the void.


    If these guys can be wiped out outside, then there is no need to forcibly attack the garrison they are guarding.

 Chapter 3213

    Outside a large world, a fierce interception battle broke out.


    The few true gods and incarnations who managed to escape from Gu Yue Lingqing''s hands fell into the siege of Yang Xueyi and the others.


    They resisted the enemy''s attack in a panic, obviously they couldn''t last for too long.


    If there were no accidents, Meng Zhang and the others should have no problem helping Dieyou Mountain Lord to recover the Shenen star area this time.


    But things in the world rarely go exactly as people wish.


    Even a powerful celestial being like Meng Zhang is far from being able to achieve what he wants.


    In many cases, the more unwilling to see accidents happen, the more inevitable accidents will be.


    Although the butterflies hadn''t taken the initiative to attack Meng Zhang, Meng Zhang was already devoting a lot of energy to it as if he was facing a formidable enemy.


    Jinbi Tianshen''s strength is mediocre, but with the Kingdom of God as his support, it is not so easy to solve.


    Meng Zhang''s suppression of the other party was at a critical moment, and he didn''t want to distract him, and he was very unwilling to make accidents happen.


    After those true gods were scared away by Gu Yue Lingqing, he was temporarily free.


    He received Meng Zhang''s order to test out what Dieyou Shanzhu was going to do after making such a big commotion.


    If it is only to deal with the Iron Wall God, it seems that there is no need to affect such a large range.


    Now that the other party has not made a clear hostile gesture, and the two sides have not yet turned their faces, Gu Yue Lingqing is still more polite.


    "Fellow Daoist Dieyou, I don''t know what kind of secret technique you want to perform?"


    "There''s no need to go to great lengths to deal with a mere god of iron wall."


    "If you are incapable, I am willing to help."


    Hearing Gu Yue Lingqing''s inquiry, a gentle smile appeared on Dieyou Mountain Master''s face.


    At this time, the almost endless butterflies are almost covering the surrounding void.


    Even not far from Gu Yue Ling Qing, there were groups of butterflies dancing non-stop, spraying sparkling dust.


    The movements of these butterflies paused first, and then a distorted human face appeared on the head.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was the first to discover the changes in these butterflies.


    With his concentration, even a butterfly with a human face can''t move him.


    He just pretended to be mysterious to Dieyou Mountain Master, and he didn''t like to respond positively to himself.


    On the other side, Meng Zhang had an ominous premonition in his heart.


    When he was about to explore it, a sudden change happened.


    Almost endless bright light filled the entire void, seemingly covering the entire Divine Favor Star Region.


    Before Meng Zhang and the others had time to react, they found that the surrounding scene had changed drastically, as if they had been transferred to another space.


    Meng Zhang and the others seemed to be in a sea, and the colorful sea water trapped them firmly.


    There are colorful light bands in all directions, constantly fluttering.


    After Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing''s initial surprise, he quickly realized that he had a vague guess about the enemy''s methods.


    He just couldn''t figure out why the Dieyou Mountain Master turned his face and made a move at this time.


    The two sides obviously have a common enemy, and it should be that cooperation will benefit both.


    If the other party turned his face like this, wouldn''t it be in vain to benefit the Temple of Heaven?


    That''s right, Meng Zhang never considered other possibilities in his heart, he was sure from the very beginning that it was Dieyou Mountain Master who used his means to attack them.


    Jinbi Tianshen, who was originally trapped by Meng Zhang with Yin and Yang Qi, has disappeared in front of him.


    The yin and yang qi that lost their target flew back to Meng Zhang''s side.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, he could no longer see the surrounding situation clearly.


    In his induction, Gu Yue Lingqing''s position also began to become awkward.


    The Dieyou Mountain Lord didn''t simply transfer them to this strange space, but started attacking them a long time ago.


    Meng Zhang felt a series of strange forces constantly invading his soul.


    He couldn''t help feeling dizzy for a while, and his consciousness began to become muddled...


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s situation is much worse than Meng Zhang''s.


    Not only could he no longer sense Meng Zhang''s position, but everything around him began to become vague and chaotic.


    His divine sense couldn''t be released too far, so he could only wander around and temporarily protect the place not far away.


    In fact, not only Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing, but all the intelligent beings in the entire Shenen star region, regardless of enemy or race, have fallen into this special space, falling into the space of Gu Yue and Gu Yue. Ling Qing was in a similar situation.


    Although Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing had long been on high alert against Dieyou Mountain Lord, they still fell into the opponent''s scheme.


    It''s not just that the other party has great scheming, but the other party''s methods are even more weird and unpredictable.


    When Dieyou Shanzhu made a sudden attack, and Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing were trapped, the fleet led by Niu Dawei, the Taiyi Realm, was attacked by a powerful enemy.


    After Niu Dawei led the fleet to leave the Taiyi Realm, he rushed towards the Shenen star area at full speed.


    As the strongest in the fleet, Luna has always been by Niu Dawei''s side, sitting in command of the flagship of the fleet.


    I don''t know when it started, layers of strange black fog surrounded from all directions, covering the entire fleet.


    As the fleet moved rapidly in the void, the mist also moved along, showing no sign of being shaken off.


    Due to the occlusion of the fog, the fleet not only lost contact with the outside world, but also blocked its sense of surroundings.


    Luna was the first to sense that something was wrong.


    She greeted Niu Dawei and left the flagship.


    Luna appeared above the fleet, looking at the strange fog all around.


    Even she couldn''t see through the depth of the fog at a glance, but felt a deep malice from it.


    Soon, Niu Dawei and several other real immortals appeared beside Moon God, also looking at the surrounding fog.


    Ridges of cold moonlight were released from the hands of the Moon God, and scattered towards the surrounding mist.


    Wherever the moonlight went, the fog receded rapidly, but it didn''t dissipate completely.


    Luna suddenly felt a chill in his heart, as if a mortal was being targeted by a beast.

 Chapter 3214

    After the cold moonlight emitted by the Moon God pushed the surrounding fog back for a while, the fog seemed to have been strengthened, and instead of retreating, it began to fight with the moonlight.


    The two sides were at a stalemate, and soon fell into a tug of war.


    Due to the occlusion of the fog, Luna''s induction was greatly affected, and it was unable to sense things beyond the far range.


    Niu Dawei and the others did not act hastily, but ordered the fleet to move closer, and put out a relatively dense "Leading the Immortal Head" in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3215

    Meng Zhang didn''t know yet that the fleet led by Niu Dawei and the Taiyi Realm had been raided by the enemy.


    Even if he knew, there was nothing he could do now, he could only take care of himself first.


    When he was first pulled into this special space, he was still a little passive.


    However, he quickly adapted to the environment here and resisted the invisible invading force.


    It felt very familiar to him here.


    Not long ago, he was playing in "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3216

    Qinglian is helpful to comprehend the magic of the law of heaven and earth, and it can be used in this place and at this time.


    Meng Zhang had been familiar with and adapted to the environment here before, but this was far from enough.


    Only by fully comprehending and mastering the brand-new laws of heaven and earth here can he display his real combat effectiveness.


    The speed at which celestial beings comprehend the laws of heaven and earth varies from fast to slow.


    A battle method commonly used by high-ranking immortals is to compete for speed that changes the laws of the world.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3217

    Dieyou Mountain Lord drew many powerful enemies into the sea of ??mind in one breath.


    With her strength, she definitely couldn''t defeat so many enemies in one go.


    She used the sea of ??mind to separate so many enemies, and prepared to defeat them one by one.


    The strongest Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing are not her primary targets.


    Starting from personal feelings, the members of the Temple of Heaven are the only ones.


    The Tiebi God and Jinbi God are trapped here now, using their abilities to the fullest. "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3224

    Meng Zhang forcibly distorted and changed the laws of heaven and earth in the sea of ??mind. In addition to freeing himself from the oppression of the sea of ??mind, he also tried to suppress the other party in turn.


    Earth-shaking changes took place in the sea of ??mind, which caught Dieyou Shanzhu off guard.


    She could clearly feel that it was becoming more and more difficult for her to grasp the power of the sea of ??mind.


    Her original greatest reliance was becoming her burden.


    The sea of ??mind is no longer for her to use, and "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3227

    When Meng Zhang led the fleet to leave the Shenen star area, he did not forget to cast spells to disrupt the various traces left by the fleet and deceive the secrets of the fleet''s information.


    More than a year after Meng Zhang led the fleet to leave the Shenen Star District, a huge vortex suddenly appeared in the Shenen Star District.


    After the huge vortex stabilized, a large group of gods flew out from it, and began to carefully inspect everything in the divine grace sector.


    Soon, the status quo of the Shenen star area will fall into "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3218

    This sky demon-level fog demon is not as rough and stupid as other monsters, not only has a lot of wisdom, but also has a strong tactical level.


    Under the cover of the dense fog, the group of monsters under the fog demon came from all directions, putting a lot of pressure on Niu Dawei and the others.


    He fought fiercely with the moon god, trying to demonize the god of heaven.


    The moon god has been the god of the sky for some time.


    She has long been a qualified god and has accumulated rich combat experience.


    When she was in the four-pointed star area, she had rich experience in fighting the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    Although the monster in front of him is strong, it is far inferior to the Luanxi Heavenly Demon.


    Not only was she able to resist the opponent, she was also secretly looking for an opportunity to counterattack.


    Niu Dawei commanded the fleet to put up a defensive formation to keep the incoming monsters out, killing and injuring them continuously.


    As long as the formation is not chaotic, he can control the loss of the fleet within a certain range.


    If there is no other force to help, relying on these monsters alone, it is impossible to defeat this powerful fleet.


    On the other side of the Taiyi Realm, the battle was equally fierce.


    There are so many incarnations of the demonized Lei Ling, it''s too wonderful to besiege them together.


    Tai Miao showed the body of ghosts and gods, and fought with these opponents inextricably.


    He still has reservations so far, and has not fully mobilized the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    He is waiting for the moment to make a move.


    He is not satisfied with just defeating the opponent, but wants to completely leave the opponent behind.


    It is not difficult for him to defeat the opponent in front of him. If he wants to kill him, he must wait patiently for the opportunity.


    The demonized Leiling group seemed aggressive and unfriendly, but they were still unable to do anything to the defense system of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the Taiyi Realm sent a main fleet, the forces left behind were greatly weakened.


    But Taiyi Realm itself is a huge war fortress with extremely strong attack and defense capabilities.


    Not to mention, many true gods sit in Taiyi Realm and can give full play to their power.


    After the defense system of the Taiyi Realm was fully activated, it not only blocked the enemy''s attack with ease, but also organized counterattacks many times, inflicting great damage on the enemy.


    Most of these demonized Lei Lings are muddled and fearless, so there is no need to worry about morale for the time being.


    If it were replaced by an army of another race, it would have already collapsed due to such huge casualties.


    Whether it is the fleet sent by the Taiyi Realm or the Taiyi Realm itself, except for the fact that they were a little surprised and passive when they first encountered a surprise attack.


    After this period of adjustment, the monks in the Taiyi Realm in both places will start to fight back.


    At this time, Meng Zhang, who was trapped in the sea of ??mind, did not know the situation outside for the time being.


    He had to deal with the Dieyou Mountain Master in front of him before he could take care of other things.


    Dieyou Shanzhu himself is a strong person at the level of a fairy, and with the help of two god puppets, he is not easy to deal with.


    Although Meng Zhang has analyzed the laws of heaven and earth in the sea of ??mind and can use the power here, he still has limited knowledge about the means of spiritual practice.


    Before the other party started to attack, Meng Zhang had brought together the spiritual power of all the people in the team, as if everyone had become a whole.


    Suddenly, the huge face made of sea water in front of him shattered and disappeared so quickly.


    The face disappeared, revealing the figure of a woman.


    Judging from the aura revealed by it, this is the Dieyou Mountain Lord, maybe it is still the real body.


    The woman''s face is very strange, half black as ink, half completely normal.


    Two completely different faces seemed to be still fighting fiercely.


    The completely normal face over there seemed to have temporarily gained the upper hand after a hard fight.


    The whole demeanor of Dieyou Shanzhu completely changed, as if he had changed into a different person.


    Meng Zhangzheng felt a little strange that the Dieyou Mountain Lord in front of him was going to take the initiative to communicate with him.


    Both sides are already tearing their skins apart and ready to make a move. What''s the use of communicating at this time?


    Despite his doubts, Meng Zhang acquiesced to the other party''s actions.


    "Sect Master Meng, I have limited time, so let''s make a long story short and get straight to the point."


    She took the initiative to release a divine thought towards Meng Zhang.


    This spiritual thought seemed harmless, Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment, and then began to accept the information in the divine thought.


    It turned out that the Dieyou mountain master in front of him was not completely independent, or he was almost completely controlled by the enemy.


    After the defeat of Dieyou Mountain Lord and other spirit cultivators, they left behind a lot of followers and fled the Yunlan star area in a hurry.


    In order to avenge the Tianshen Temple and regain the Yunlan star area, the Lingxiu headed by Dieyou Shanzhu and others frantically pursued a more powerful force, and paid all the price for it.


    Spirituality majors in spiritual power and specializes in spiritual avenues.


    Except for some Buddhist eminent monks who have similar practice methods, the inner demons in the magic way are the most proficient in this way.


    The Dieyou Mountain Lord and others were fascinated by the powerful power, which gave the heart demon an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    During a routine practice, a heart demon at the level of a heavenly demon suddenly descended and took advantage of their weakness.


    Almost all spiritual practices have been recruited.


    Except for Dieyou Mountain Lord who was not completely fallen, the other spiritual cultivators were all taken advantage of by this heart demon and turned into puppets.


    After that, the Dieyou Mountain Lord never gave in and tried his best to resist.


    Unfortunately, she retreated steadily, and the situation got worse.


    Most of the time, the one who controls Dieyou Mountain Lord is the heart demon behind the scenes.


    Only at certain times can Dieyou Mountain Master try his best to regain his autonomy.


    As time went on, she spent less and less time awake, and it became more and more difficult to regain control of her body.


    The control method of the inner demon is the most concealed among the many demon powerhouses.


    Master Dieyou Shan, who was controlled by the heart demon, seemed to be normal, without the slightest abnormality.


    Meng Zhang didn''t find anything wrong when he came into contact with Dieyou Mountain Master before.


    The heart demon who controlled Dieyou Mountain Lord had a big plan, and he was not only satisfied with controlling a group of spiritual practitioners.


    It is the deepest obsession in Dieyou Mountain Master''s heart to defeat the Temple of Heaven and conquer the Yunlan star area.


    The reason why the inner demon can control her is largely because of her obsession.


    Dieyou Mountain mainly wants to subdue the Yunlan star area, and the heart demon also wants to demonize more intelligent beings.


    In many cases, the heart demon will follow the obsession of Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    Many years ago, Dieyou Mountain Master started the layout in the Yunlan star area, preparing to regain it.


    The Dieyou Mountain Lord controlled by the heart demon looks almost exactly the same as before.


    Even Dieyou Mountain Lord himself, most of the time, doesn''t know that he has been controlled.


    She thought that everything she did was due to her own will.


    Most of the time, that heart demon would not interfere with her actions, let alone directly control her brutally.


    The method he uses the most is to exert a subtle influence on the situation and make the best use of the situation, so that Dieyou Mountain Master will automatically walk on the path arranged by him without knowing it.

 Chapter 3219

    The sinking of Dieyou Mountain Lord is getting deeper and deeper, and the time to stay awake is getting less and less.


    If there is no accident, including Dieyou Mountain Master, all the intelligent beings in the entire Shenen star area will eventually fall under the control of that heart demon.


    Some time ago, the Taiyi Realm, which was heading towards the Shenen star area, was close to a certain extent.


    Many years ago, the Dieyou Mountain Master planted a seed in the heart of Hualing Ping Qiling.


    After the defeat in the first battle, everyone fled the Yunlan star area in embarrassment, and fled in all directions, with different purposes, and the distance between each other became farther and farther.


    When the distance reaches a certain level, the Mountain Master Dieyou will lose his sense of these spiritual seeds.


    These spiritual seeds will also automatically enter a deep sleep, waiting to be awakened next time.


    When the Taiyi Realm began to approach the Divine Grace Star Area, it was rare for Dieyou Mountain Lord to stay awake, and managed to temporarily regain control of himself from the inner demon.


    Not long after, she sensed the existence of the seeds deep in the soul of Hualing Bottle Qiling.


    She knew that without outside help, this state would not last long and that she would soon fall under the clutches of her demons again.


    Through the spiritual seed, she knew the state of the Spirit Transformation Bottle, and through him, she learned some information about the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the Spirit of Transforming Spirit Bottle does not know the deep secrets of the Taiyi Realm, it is very familiar with many superficial information.


    There are two celestial beings in Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang has a long relationship with Juechen Immortal Venerable, and he has also received treasures left by Qianyuan Immortal Venerable.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was born in the Gu Yue family, a family of celestial beings in the spirit world.


    The two gods, Taimiao and Luna, are not weak.


    The Taiyi Realm has once defeated the mighty Luanxi Heavenly Demon and Huitu Heavenly Demon.


    ...


    When people are in despair, they will instinctively grab every straw, and Dieyou Shanzhu is no exception.


    She secretly influenced the Spirit of Hualing Bottle and Artifact, and induced the Taiyi Realm to come to plunder the Divine Grace Star Area.


    As long as they enter the Shenen star area, the gods and gods of the Taiyi realm will inevitably conflict with the demons.


    At that time, Dieyou Mountain Lord may seize the opportunity to regain his freedom.


    Because she was worried that Meng Zhang and the others would not want to be enemies with the demons, she concealed her own existence and the whole story of the incident.


    Since then, she has tried her best to keep this matter secret, but she has controlled most of her inner demons, and she still knows about it.


    What she didn''t expect was that the heart demon was not worried about Meng Zhang and the others at all, but was more active in trying to lure Meng Zhang and the others into the Divine Grace Star Area.


    For every strong man in the way of magic, if he could demonize a celestial being, that would definitely be a dream.


    When Gu Yue Lingqing entered the Shenen star area to investigate, the heart demon had already discovered him.


    But he didn''t act rashly, but tried to lure a bigger target.


    Afterwards, when the team of real immortals led by Meng Zhang and Yang Xueyi entered the Shenen star area, he started to launch.


    In the current Shenen star area, there are two heavenly immortals, two gods, many true immortals and true gods, and countless intelligent beings.


    With so much gain in one breath, the heart demon will probably be overwhelmed, and it will take a long time to digest it.


    Taking advantage of the heart demon''s slack in controlling the Tiebi and Jinbi gods, Dieyou Shanzhu had the opportunity to temporarily regain consciousness and report to Meng Zhang.


    There is a lot of information contained in the short divine thoughts she released.


    The whole story, the purpose and means of that heart demon...


    If Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t defeat their opponents, they would also fall under the control of that heart demon.


    At the end of the message, Master Dieyoushan was full of deep guilt towards Meng Zhang and the others, especially the spirit of Hualingping Pingqi, and sincerely expressed his apology.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even think that he had taken all precautions and thought he was careful enough, but he still fell into the enemy''s calculations.


    Whether it is Dieyou Mountain Lord or the heart demon, they are all deeply scheming people.


    They tried their best to attract Meng Zhang and the others, and put them in the current extremely unfavorable situation.


    The only thing that didn''t frustrate Meng Zhang too much was that the heart demon had too big a picture, and he always had the idea of ??playing a long line to catch big fish.


    Therefore, he did not demonize the spiritual bottle spirit through the spiritual seed, let alone demonize the spirit clan members of the Taiyi Realm through him.


    Yes, the spirit of the spirit-transforming bottle was inspected by Meng Zhang himself, and the seeds deep in the soul have been removed, without any trace of being demonized.


    On the other side of the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao Imperial Envoy Taiyi Realm''s power of heaven and earth repeatedly scanned and confirmed that no future troubles were left on all the members of the Spirit Race.


    Not long after Dieyou Shanzhu finished communicating with Meng Zhang, he lost control of his family again.


    The black air on one side of her face quickly spread to the other half of her face.


    Her entire face first became pitch black, extremely hideous, and then quickly returned to normal.


    At this time, the Dieyou Mountain Master showed no signs of being controlled by the demons at all, he was an out-and-out spirit cultivator with a pure aura.


    But the words that came out of his mouth made Meng Zhang and the others feel chills.


    "You don''t think what the old man said just now is true?"


    "Look carefully at the old body. Is there any sign of being stained by demons all over the old body?"


    "Look at this sea of ??mind again. It is so pure and powerful. Maybe you can find the slightest bit of magic energy?"


    Butterfly Mountain Lord''s tone is still so gentle.


    Indeed, as she said, even with Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he couldn''t see any signs of demon stains on him and her at this moment.


    If it were someone else, I''m afraid that the scene of Dieyou Mountain Lord just now was an illusion of his own.


    Meng Zhang has fought many times against powerful demonic powers before, and has seen many secret methods and methods of demonic Taoism.


    But with such a weird scene in front of him, he still wondered what Dieyou Shanzhu was going to do, why did he say such a thing, why didn''t she do it directly?


    No matter how beautiful Dieyou Shanzhu''s words are, what kind of difficulties she has, and her actions, she has become Meng Zhang''s enemy.


    She has the home court advantage, and there are two controlled gods to help, but she has been talking there, and has not taken the initiative to attack.


    She doesn''t think that a few words can make her win, does she?


    What kind of bullshit strategy is this?


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang''s heart moved, and he turned his attention to the team members behind Yang Xueyi.


    People with firm minds like Yang Xueyi and An Moran are fine, but people with relatively simple minds like Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling have doubts all over their faces, and their hearts have begun to waver involuntarily.

 Chapter 3220

    Although he still doesn''t know the truth of the whole matter, and temporarily doesn''t know the real situation of Dieyou Shanzhu, but Meng Zhang has already guessed the general purpose of the other party''s previous actions.


    Die You Shanzhu''s inconsistent performance, no matter whether it was intentional or not, no matter what is behind it, has already made everyone, including Meng Zhang, start to have doubts.


    Doubts in my heart will shake my mind and make me want to know the truth more urgently...


    On weekdays, these mentality changes are nothing, very normal.


    But where Meng Zhang and the others are now is the ocean of soul.


    The enemy in front of them is a top master who is proficient in spiritual power.


    Meng Zhang and the others are determined people, how can they not be taken advantage of by them.


    But the soul-transforming bottle spirit in the team, a fire spirit of the Holy Spirit level...


    But because of the wavering of the mind, the mind began to be affected by the hidden power in the sea of ??mind.


    The power of the mind is indeed extremely concealed, and it is pervasive.


    If Meng Zhang didn''t find out in time, when they were deeply affected, they would become a burden in the team and greatly implicate everyone.


    They may even be secretly controlled by the enemy and become internal troubles of the team.


    However, since it was discovered in time now, Meng Zhang naturally has a way to deal with it.


    The spiritual halo surrounding everyone suddenly swelled and then shrank suddenly, and the main force swept through their hearts.


    The power that was invading into the depths of their hearts was immediately expelled, and they also reacted and immediately stepped up their guard.


    This guy in front of him is so powerful, just a few words almost caused an accident within the team.


    Meng Zhang and others deepened their vigilance again.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang had cracked her trick, Master Dieyou Shan didn''t say much, just chuckled lightly.


    Soon, the violent wind and waves in the ocean of mind crazily hit Meng Zhang and the others.


    The Iron Wall God and Jinbi God manifested huge bodies of gods and attacked Meng Zhang and the others.


    The spiritual power of everyone in this team was stimulated for Meng Zhang to use.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, the halo of the mind expanded to the surroundings, blocking all the violent winds and waves.


    Gu Yue Lingqing just didn''t master the laws of heaven and earth here before, and didn''t master the key to using spiritual power, so she couldn''t exert the strength she should have and was always passive.


    After getting Meng Zhang''s guidance, he began to solve these problems quickly.


    Now he has been able to display not weak strength.


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s spiritual power turned into two immortal generals, fighting with two gods.


    The two gods were not good at spiritual power. After being transformed into puppets by Dieyou Mountain Lord, the depths of their hearts were almost dead.


    The spiritual power they are displaying now is far from worthy of their cultivation realm, and is much stronger than ordinary true gods.


    Gu Yue Lingqing used one against two, fought back and forth with them, and did not lose the wind in the slightest.


    Meng Zhang''s side is where the real pressure is.


    It seems that Dieyou Shanzhu hasn''t made a full attack yet, but the power to control the sea of ??mind hits, so Meng Zhang has to gather the mind power of the whole team to barely compete with it.


    The colorful light bands in the sea of ??mind are like meteors, falling towards Meng Zhang and the others continuously.


    Although Meng Zhang has adapted to the environment here, he can skillfully use his spiritual power to fight against the enemy.


    But the relevant secret arts he mastered are definitely not as diverse as his opponents, and his similar combat experience is far from being rich.


    He didn''t use those too fancy methods, but gathered the spiritual power of everyone and turned it into a huge spiritual halo.


    No matter what attack method the enemy uses, this mental aura can resist it through some simple changes.


    This is the enemy''s home field, Meng Zhang did not launch a counterattack hastily.


    On the surface, he only defends but does not attack, but secretly he has other plans.


    The power of Dieyou Mountain Master to control the sea of ??mind continuously launched attacks, setting off many stormy waves, and the situation around Meng Zhang and the others continued to change.


    Psychic power changes in thousands, forms are impermanent, and attack methods are even more diverse.


    But Meng Zhang manipulated the spiritual aura to keep out all attacks, and defended very tightly.


    No matter how the enemy''s attacks are ever-changing, he is as stable as a rock and will not be shaken at all.


    Dieyou Shanzhu didn''t seem to be in a hurry, so he slowly started fighting with Meng Zhang.


    Probably in her opinion, if a protracted battle is fought, the advantage is on her side.


    The sea of ??mind is majestic and vast, and its power is almost endless.


    Indeed, she controlled the sea of ??mind and had already trapped Meng Zhang and the others here.


    She can use more powerful spiritual power to slowly consume and weaken Meng Zhang and the others.


    In addition to normal attacks, she also does not forget the strategy of attacking the heart, and from time to time it is a long speech.


    "Meng head, I wonder how long you can hold on?"


    "By the way, you don''t know yet, your home Taiyi Realm has already been attacked."


    "More than 2,000 years ago, the old man subdued a celestial-level mist demon, and also controlled a celestial-level Thunder Spirit."


    "Now, one of them is going to chat with your precious big disciple, and the other is going to visit your old lair, Taiyi Realm."


    "These two guys have never been very smart, and they wiped out people all over the house at every turn. It''s really too rough."


    ...


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether what the other party said was true or not.


    Based on his experience, every word the other party said was unbelievable.


    But the other party said that they had sent monsters at the level of celestial beings to attack Taiyi Realm and Niu Dawei, so they couldn''t be completely ignored.


    The sea of ??mind blocked the connection between Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, and he didn''t know whether the current Taiyi Jie and Niu Dawei had been attacked.


    However, before setting off to the Divine Grace Star Area, he had already made careful arrangements as much as possible.


    No matter what happened in the rear, he was powerless to ask now.


    He can only hope that the monks in the rear can overcome the difficulties with their own strength.


    Meng Zhang still has great confidence in the monks of Taiyimen.


    Of course Meng Zhang knew that the purpose of the other party''s words was to influence his mind.


    He completely put aside his worries about the rear, and focused all his attention on the battle in front of him.


    I saw that huge spiritual halo kept turning, unloading all the offensives.


    The light emitted by the spiritual aura has the effect of calming the mind.


    It fell on Yang Xueyi and the others, making them more concentrated and less likely to be influenced by outside forces.


    The so-called one move is popular all over the world, and Meng Zhang relied on such a seemingly simple move to deal with powerful opponents.


    At the beginning, Dieyou Shanzhu laughed at Meng Zhang''s monotonous methods and not many tricks.


    But with the passage of time, she has fully seen how difficult Meng Zhang is.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3221

    No matter what method Dieyou Shanzhu uses, how her offensive changes, Meng Zhang can resist it.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be struggling to hold on, as if he couldn''t hold on for too long.


    But since the start of the war, Meng Zhang has been persisting, and has never shown any signs of real defeat.


    Dieyou Shanzhu couldn''t help wondering, where is Meng Zhang''s limit? Can he keep defending like this forever?


    Of course, Dieyou Mountain Lord is not in a hurry.


    Under the current circumstances, it seems impossible for Meng Zhang to have reinforcements.


    She will keep fighting with Meng Zhang until Meng Zhang can''t resist.


    The confrontation in the sea of ??hearts continued like this, and it seemed that there would never be a sign of ending.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know what was going on in the rear, so he could only hope that the monks of the Taiyi Gate could deal with various problems.


    The senior officials of Taiyi Gate were also unaware of Meng Zhang''s current situation.


    The vast majority of Taiyimen''s high-ranking officials are full of almost blind confidence in Meng Zhang.


    Although they couldn''t get in touch with Meng Zhang, they felt that nothing would happen to Meng Zhang.


    They believed that the loss of contact with Meng Zhang was temporary.


    Perhaps, it won''t be long before Meng Zhang will take the initiative to contact them and explain his latest experience.


    Facing the enemies who took the opportunity to kill, no matter whether it was Niu Dawei''s side or the Taiyi Realm''s side, they could block them.


    Both sides hope that before Meng Zhang can restore contact with them, their respective enemies will be completely resolved.


    A group of mere monsters don''t need to labor Mengzhang''s big fight at all, they can solve it by themselves.


    The first change in the battle situation was on the side of the Taiyi Realm.


    Tai Miao has the same rich combat experience and insights as Meng Zhang.


    As a god, he was unable to use many methods of the gods when he lost his connection with Meng Zhang.


    Among the classics handed down by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, there is a brilliant inheritance of the divine way.


    Tai Miao not only practiced these Shinto classics, but also made breakthroughs and innovations.


    He has mastered many supernatural powers and secret techniques, and he does not lack the means to subdue demons.


    The demonized Lei Ling turned into four incarnations to besiege Tai Miao together.


    These four incarnations are all god-level powerhouses, and it seems that each of them can confront Tai Miao head-on.


    The four incarnations teamed up to surround Tai Miao, and it seemed that they had gained a certain upper hand.


    What Tai Miao was really afraid of was not these four incarnations.


    With his current strength, it is not difficult to win against ordinary gods, not to mention instant kills.


    If not for other scruples, he would have already dealt with the opponent in front of him.


    While pretending to fight the four incarnations with all his strength, he secretly searched for the real body of the demonized thunder spirit.


    After this period of observation, he already had some clues.


    In order to avoid alarming the enemy, it is not easy for him to make a direct move.


    He secretly issued an order to the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the upper echelons of the Taiyi Realm basically didn''t know the true relationship between Tai Miao and Meng Zhang, they knew that Meng Zhang held Tai Miao very highly.


    On weekdays, Meng Zhang explained a lot, constantly emphasizing Tai Miao''s special status in the Taiyi world.


    Therefore, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm basically obeyed Tai Miao''s words.


    As for the gods of the Taiyi Realm''s god system, except for the Moon God who can barely be on an equal footing with Tai Miao, the status of the other gods is far inferior to him, and most of the gods regard him as a well-deserved leader.


    Several thick beams of light shot out from the surface of Taiyi Realm and shot into the thick thundercloud.


    This is one of the methods used by the Taiyi Realm to kill and injure the demonized Leiling group, and it is also a routine counterattack method by the Taiyi Realm.


    With this level of beam of light, ordinary true gods dare not take a head-on blow.


    In the thick thundercloud, several big gaps immediately appeared.


    These gaps were quickly filled by thunderclouds in the distance.


    Several true gods sitting in the Taiyi Realm controlled the Kingdom of God, and turned into several faint phantoms of the Kingdom of God in the air, crashing heavily into the dense thunderclouds in the sky.


    Under the impact, the thick thundercloud dispersed into pieces, and many places became much sparser.


    ...


    The Taiyi Realm''s offensive successfully probed out the reality in the thunder cloud.


    It was wonderful to observe carefully in secret, and soon found what I wanted.


    Now that the target has been determined, the long-awaited wait is too wonderful, no longer waiting, just see an opportunity and make a move.


    Under his control, the mighty force of heaven and earth surged from the Taiyi Realm, and temporarily suppressed the four avatars surrounding him.


    Tai Miao was able to temporarily escape from the siege of the four incarnations.


    The Treasure of Life and Death appeared above his head, shooting a thick gray beam of light towards the thunder cloud.


    The demonized Lei Ling who has been hiding with the help of the vast thunder cloud never thought that Tai Miao would see through his true body so quickly and so easily.


    Caught off guard, he couldn''t dodge in time, so he had to stretch out his arms and take the blow from the treasure of life and death.


    Even if Lei Ling at the level of a god is completely demonized, he is still a member of the living beings.


    The Treasure Book of Life and Death is designed to deprive living beings of their vitality and make them go from life to death.


    The thunder light wrapped around Demonized Lei Ling''s arms quickly extinguished, and the gray light spread along his arms and quickly spread towards his body.


    The demonized Lei Ling, who was deprived of most of his vitality in an instant, let out a painful scream.


    He struggled and resisted desperately, but what he received was a more ferocious attack from Tai Miao.


    Tai Miao, blessed with the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, is so fierce and irresistible.


    In just a short while, this god-level Lei Ling was robbed of all vitality by Tai Miao.


    Even the lifeless corpse has become Tai Miao''s spoils of war.


    The deity was destroyed, and the incarnations of the four deities who had finally broken free from the suppression of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm immediately became much more sluggish.


    Tai Miao took advantage of the victory to pursue and soon suppressed all four incarnations.


    Losing their leader at the level of a god, the demonized thunder spirit group in the sky above the Taiyi Realm immediately fell into a leaderless situation.


    The remaining demonized thunder spirits at the level of true gods were not convinced by each other, and at the critical moment they went their separate ways and did not reach an agreement at all.


    The Taiyi Realm immediately took the opportunity to launch a full-scale counterattack.


    With the complete dissipation of the thunderclouds in the sky, this Leiling group was almost wiped out by the Taiyi Realm''s counterattack.


    After a great battle, the Taiyi Realm paid a certain amount of losses, but the results were even more substantial.


    Since the demonized thunder spirit of the god level and below, a large number of demonized thunder spirits have been killed, leaving corpses all over the Taiyi world.


    After the corpse of the demonized Lei Ling has been purified, it is a rare and high-quality material, whether it is refining weapons to make talismans, making mechanism creations, etc.


    Although there are many spirit clans in the Taiyi Realm, they are part of the Taiyi Realm, and practitioners from all sides in the Taiyi Realm are not good at making use of their bodies.


    This group of demonized thunder spirits were enemies who came to their door on their own initiative, so everyone didn''t have so many scruples.

 Chapter 3222

    The body of the spirit race has infinite magical uses, not to mention that Lei Ling is a relatively rare special spirit race, and its body has more wonderful uses.


    Although it is a bit troublesome to purify and demonize Thunder Spirit, many monks in Taiyi Realm have rich similar experience.


    In the inheritance of Taiyi Sect, there are many secret methods of subduing demons, and there are many ways to purify demons.


    When Taiyimen was still in the Junchen Realm, it had cleaned up the evil disasters and purified the residues of the evil disasters.


    This time, this god-level demonized Lei Ling led the group to attack, not only did not cause too much damage to the Taiyi Realm, but he and his subordinates became the spoils of the Taiyi Realm.


    After the victory in the war, Tai Miao returned to the Taiyi Realm, trying to get in touch with Meng Zhang and the others while taking the time to recover.


    Meng Zhang and others were trapped in the sea of ??mind, and all external connections were cut off.


    The fleet led by Niu Dawei has long been surrounded by god-level fog demons and their groups, and has also lost contact with the outside world.


    The fog demon and the moon god fought fiercely, and the group under his command continued to attack the fleet led by Niu Dawei.


    Niu Dawei''s command was determined, and all the enemies were blocked from his own defensive circle.


    While the fleet killed the enemy in large numbers, it had already had a chance to launch a counterattack.


    But Niu Dawei ordered the fleet to stabilize, continue defensive operations, and continue to consume the enemy''s strength.


    The reason why he did this was because he knew very well that the final factors that determine the battle in front of him are not his own fleet and the enemy''s ethnic group, but the two god-level powerhouses, Moon God and Fog Demon.


    This god-level fog demon manifested a magical fog that filled the sky, surrounding the entire enemy fleet.


    This vast fog not only surrounded the enemy fleet and cut off its connection with the outside world, but also greatly strengthened the combat effectiveness of the fog monster and its subordinate groups.


    This magic fog is equivalent to a huge domain.


    Although Luna fought the enemy in a disadvantageous situation, after some battles, she not only got used to the enemy''s various methods, but also figured out many details about the enemy.


    I saw a bright moon rising, and the almost endless moonlight lit up, easily dispelling the surrounding fog.


    The shape of the fog demon is ever-changing, and it is undergoing complex changes at any time.


    As soon as it was illuminated by the moonlight, its movements froze temporarily.


    A writhing mist seemed to be frozen by the moonlight.


    The Taiyin Slaughtering Sword turned into a crescent moon, and quickly circled around the cloud of mist.


    There was an extremely shrill scream in the void, and the fog demon at the level of a god was killed by the moon god on the spot.


    Luna was able to kill opponents of the same level so easily, which was beyond the imagination of both the enemy and us.


    One must know that monsters of the level of demons and even demons have a great advantage over ordinary gods.


    When the Moon God fought against the Luanxi Heavenly Demon, he was always passive and suffered a lot.


    She has worked hard for many years and devoted herself to hard work, and now she finally sees the fruits of her years of practice.


    The god-level mist demon was killed by the moon god, and the group of dragons under his command had no leader, and became the target of wanton killing by monks in the Taiyi realm.


    Following Niu Dawei''s order, the entire fleet launched a full-scale counterattack, and soon wiped out this monster group completely.


    Next, the entire fleet began to rest on the spot,


    Breaking through the siege of fog, this fleet resumed its connection with the Taiyi Realm.


    However, neither Taiyi Realm nor Moon God can contact Meng Zhang for the time being.


    Fortunately, everyone has confidence in Meng Zhang and is not very worried about him.


    After some rest, Niu Dawei decided to follow the original plan and continue to lead the fleet to the Shenen Star District.


    No matter what happened in the Shenen star area or what happened to Meng Zhang, they had to go there to know what happened there.


    With Luna sitting in command, Tai Miao is relatively at ease about the safety of the fleet.


    He solemnly reminded Luna to keep in touch with him at any time.


    Once things go wrong, immediately cast a spell to summon him to descend.


    Tai Miao and Luna are both top members of the Taiyi Realm''s god system.


    One is the lord of the underworld, and the other is the lord of the heavens, and there is a special connection between them.


    They can call each other down when needed.


    Although it can''t appear instantly, at least it can save a lot of time on the road, allowing them to join forces to fight against the enemy quickly.


    Moon God kept Tai Miao''s instructions in mind, and followed Niu Dawei to continue leading the fleet towards the God''s Grace Star Area.


    On the other side of the Shenen star area, the Dieyou mountain master inspired the spiritual power of all intelligent creatures in the entire star area, forming a vast spiritual sea, and Meng Zhang and the others were trapped in it for a while.


    The two sides have been fighting for so long, and she seems to have the upper hand, but she has never been able to gain a decisive advantage.


    Meng Zhang seems to have been using his spiritual aura to passively defend, but he secretly has other calculations.


    As long as he starts to counterattack, there will be no chance for the opponent to resist.


    At first, Meng Zhang was quite amazed at the scheming and strength of Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    He originally thought that his family might be defeated this time.


    After fighting for so long, the strength of Dieyou Mountain Lord made him a little disappointed.


    It is true that Dieyou Mountain Lord is a spiritual cultivator at the level of an immortal, and his combat power surpasses many ordinary immortals.


    She also mobilized the power of the sea of ??mind, seemingly unstoppable.


    However, Meng Zhang found that the opponent''s combat power was still limited to the gods. As for her subordinates, they could really be used. The only ones who participated in this level of battle were the two gods who were controlled by her not long ago.


    In the ocean of mind, after becoming puppets, the Iron Wall God and Jinbi God were severely restricted and could not exert any power at all.


    The two gods teamed up, but they couldn''t even fight against Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    Meng Zhang sometimes wonders in his heart, the other party is also the master of the spiritual lineage of a large star area, why there are no other strong men under his command.


    If she could dispatch a few god-level powerhouses at this time, Meng Zhang and the others might not be able to support them.


    Dieyou Shanzhu said that she was bewitched by the demon in her heart, and then she fell into the way of demon and was controlled by him.


    Although he was dubious about what she said, Meng Zhang still did not relax his vigilance, and kept guarding against the appearance of the inner demon she said.


    Meng Zhang is not absolutely sure that he can fight against the inner demon that can infect Dieyou Shanzhu.


    He had already made preparations to retreat.


    Once the opponent appears and finds that he is incapable of fighting, he will find a way to retreat as soon as possible.


    In order to guard against this heart demon, he also secretly kept a lot of power and hole cards.


    But the two sides have been fighting for so long, and the inner demon that Dieyou Shanzhu said has never shown up.


    Is this demon caught up in other things?

 Chapter 3223

    In a place like the sea of ??mind, the heart demon has countless supernatural powers.


    Not to mention Meng Zhang, even the more powerful celestial beings will take the initiative to back away and will not use their own weaknesses to attack the enemy''s strengths.


    Even if Meng Zhang is not afraid of demons, there is really no need to fight on the opponent''s home court.


    Judging by Dieyou Mountain Lord''s appearance, it doesn''t seem like he is preserving his strength.


    She manipulated the ocean of her mind to produce various changes, and she obviously didn''t hold back much.


    The demon she said was delayed, which made Meng Zhang have other thoughts in his mind.


    Dieyou Shanzhu originally thought that his family had the home court advantage and could easily suppress or even defeat the opponent in front of him.


    According to the information she obtained from Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling earlier, Meng Zhang majored in the Yin-Yang Dao, and was not good at the power of the Spiritual Dao.


    But after such a long time, she has expended a lot of strength, but she still can''t win the opponent.


    The other party is far tougher than imagined, it is really difficult to deal with.


    She felt a little regretful at this moment.


    Before that, she thought she was enough to beat Meng Zhang and the others, so she sent two of her men to attack the fleet sent by the Taiyi Realm and the Taiyi Realm respectively.


    These two subordinates are both god-level powerhouses, and they also have powerful ethnic groups under their command.


    Since being subdued by her, these two subordinates have been invincible and helped her defeat many enemies.


    Generally speaking, ordinary gods are no match for these two monsters.


    If the two subordinates succeed quickly enough, she can also use this to disturb Meng Zhang''s mind.


    But these two subordinates have been away for so long, and no news has come back for a long time.


    Being in the sea of ??mind, the power of the sea of ??mind also shields her from contact with the outside world, making it impossible for her to actively contact the two monsters.


    But according to her previous instructions, after the two monsters are obtained, they should take the initiative to send back a message, so that the Yunlan Star District can feel it.


    You must know that among her subordinates, there are still people who have been staying outside the sea of ????the mind and are responsible for the connection with the Quartet.


    If there is important news coming back, these subordinates will take the initiative to enter the ocean of mind and report to her.


    It has been a long time since no subordinates entered the sea of ??mind to report to her, and she couldn''t figure out the situation of the two monsters she sent.


    If he had been a little more cautious at the beginning, and hadn''t taken the initiative to send these two monsters, let them stay in the Yunlan star area to help him deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Maybe by this time, she has won and completely controlled Meng Zhang and the others.


    There is no medicine for regret in the world, so Dieyou Shanzhu temporarily put aside these bad negative emotions, and focused on the enemy in front of him.


    In any case, she is stronger than the enemy, and now she has been gaining the upper hand.


    She concentrated, stabilized her position, grasped the existing advantages, and continued to attack Meng Zhang and the others.


    After repeated thinking, Meng Zhang put aside his scruples about the so-called inner demons, and first tried his best to solve the immediate problem.


    As long as he breaks the sea of ??mind in front of him and beats the Dieyou Mountain Lord, even if the demon arrives in time, he will have enough power to deal with it.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was still fighting endlessly with the two gods, and it seemed that there was no way to tell the winner in a short time.


    The Dieyou Mountain Master on the opposite side seems to have no more means, and he looks a little out of his wits.


    Seeing the right moment, Meng Zhang launched a long-prepared full-scale counterattack.


    The sea of ??mind, which has always been turbulent, seems to have been stimulated more violently. The sea water is tumbling crazily, as if it is about to boil.


    Those colorful bands of light in the spiritual sea were originally transformed by the spiritual power of the strong in the divine grace sector.


    At this moment, these bands of light began to twist and change violently, and some bands of light even began to go out.


    The sea of ??mind is the biggest reliance of Die You Shanzhu.


    If she confronts head-on, without the power of the sea of ??mind, she, a spiritual cultivator at the level of a fairy, may not be able to fight against a powerful fairy like Meng Zhang.


    Whenever there is a change in the sea of ??mind, she pays close attention to it.


    She can be 100% sure that the change in the sea of ??mind was not caused by her.


    But when it comes to the fact that the opponent in front of her can cause such a large-scale change in the sea of ??mind, she is a little bit skeptical.


    The bewildered Dieyou Mountain Master hesitated for a moment, and the matter got out of hand.


    Not to mention the more intense changes in the sea of ??mind, the sea water around Meng Zhang and the others seemed to evaporate all of a sudden.


    Meng Zhang had previously analyzed the laws of heaven and earth in this world with the help of Qinglian in the depths of the fairy soul.


    He has already figured out the details of this spiritual ocean, and he can already distort and change its laws of heaven and earth.


    It''s just that he has always been tempted but not sent out before, only relying on his spiritual power to fight against Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    He and the members of this team have strong enough spiritual power. Although he lacks the supernatural power and means to use spiritual power, he can protect himself and the team with a simple spiritual aura.


    However, spiritual power is not Meng Zhang''s forte, and his accomplishments in spiritual avenue are not worth mentioning.


    If he wants to fight back, if he wants to defeat his opponent, he still has to rely on other means.


    Originally, due to the oppression of the ocean of mind, everyone was unable to use other methods and could only use their mind power to fight against the enemy.


    Just now, Meng Zhang saw the right moment and forcibly distorted and changed the laws of the surrounding world.


    The law of heaven and earth has undergone a fundamental change, and the suppression of Meng Zhang by the ocean of mind has spontaneously disappeared.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was able to use other methods and almost recovered all his combat power.


    The yin and yang qi descended from the sky mightily, galloping wantonly in the sea of ??mind, stirring up the already chaotic sea of ??mind into a pot of porridge.


    The Immortal Art and Divine Ability Liangyi Tongtian Sword transformed into a black and white divine sword, and slashed towards Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    The divine light of the sun and the moon shines in the ocean of the mind, dispelling the sea water transformed by the power of the mind.


    ...


    When Meng Zhang recovered all his combat power and was able to attack Dieyou Mountain Lord with all his strength, Gu Yue Lingqing also got rid of the oppression of the sea of ??mind, and was able to display all kinds of fairy arts and supernatural powers.


    In the kingdom of the Iron Wall God and the Golden God, there are many believers, and the power of faith is almost inexhaustible.


    Because he was worried that too much power of faith would pollute the sea of ??mind, Lord Dieyou let the two gods leave the kingdom of God and enter the sea of ??mind alone.


    Originally, they were evenly matched against Gu Yue Lingqing, but soon they began to feel unable to resist the opponent who had recovered all their combat power and was almost fully fired.


    Dieyou Shanzhu had noticed their situation a long time ago, but now facing Meng Zhang''s counterattack, she has already begun to be overwhelmed.


    She turned into a spirit butterfly, roaming freely in the sea of ??mind, avoiding the attack of the immortal sword with supernatural powers.


    Sometimes when it is really unavoidable, a phantom of a mountain will appear behind her, colliding with the black and white sword that was beheaded, offsetting its lethality.

 Chapter 3225

    The huge black humanoid phantom that manifested behind Dieyou Mountain Lord had looked invincible and unstoppable before, forcing Meng Zhang to be somewhat overwhelmed.


    When Meng Zhang no longer retained his strength and started a full-scale counterattack, he suffered heavy losses soon.


    The sea of ??mind around Dieyou Shanzhu was reduced to nothingness under the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder, which temporarily blocked her process of demonizing the sea of ??mind.


    The laws of heaven and earth around her body are changing rapidly.


    She tried her best to stop it, constantly using her understanding of the laws of heaven and earth to contend against it.


    It''s a pity that after she was controlled by the inner demon many years ago, her comprehension of the laws of heaven and earth slowed down greatly.


    Under Meng Zhang''s threat before, she took the initiative to completely fall into the devil''s way. It seemed that her strength had greatly increased, but she did not enhance her understanding of the laws of heaven and earth.


    In these years, with the help of that green lotus, Meng Zhang has made great progress in understanding the laws of heaven and earth.


    Not to mention, among the truly brilliant inheritance, the comprehension of the laws of heaven and earth is extremely important.


    And the Golden Immortal inheritance he accepted is undoubtedly one of the most brilliant inheritances in the Void Myriad Realms.


    Soon, in this battle of twisting and changing the laws of heaven and earth, Meng Zhang gained the absolute upper hand.


    The laws of heaven and earth around Dieyou Shanzhu became extremely repulsive and suppressed the magic way, as if the whole world was against her.


    At this moment, she seemed to have become a barbarian who had no energy but didn''t know how to use it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have to resist the seemingly irresistible ferocious attack she sent out.


    Because the attack hadn''t landed on him, he deviated far away.


    The magic and secret techniques she used will always fail or become invalid due to inexplicable reasons.


    Originally, the supernatural powers that she could display with a wave of her hand always encountered some inexplicable obstacles, which made it impossible for her to display the supernatural powers smoothly.


    And Meng Zhang''s supernatural powers of subjugating demons always made her unavoidable and unstoppable.


    Almost every demon subduing supernatural power can cause great weakening or even damage to her.


    The huge black humanoid phantom behind her seemed to be restrained, as if she couldn''t stretch her hands and feet.


    ...


    The law of heaven and earth after being distorted and changed by Meng Zhang turned this place into Meng Zhang''s home field, putting Dieyou Shanzhu in an extremely disadvantageous state.


    In fact, similar methods of fighting will gradually become mainstream as Meng Zhangxiu''s realm improves.


    Heavenly immortals who have no strength and do not understand the laws of heaven and earth cannot become strong among monks of the same realm.


    Master Dieyou Mountain discovered his disadvantaged situation, but he couldn''t change it at all.


    She tried all means, but in vain.


    Several bolts of lightning struck the phantom figure behind Dieyou Shanzhu.


    A dazzling flame ignited from its body, and then spread rapidly.


    Dieyou Mountain Master tried his best, but he couldn''t extinguish the raging flames.


    As the black phantom of the human figure behind her burned out, her vitality was seriously injured, and she obviously began to become weak.


    Meng Zhang took advantage of the victory and pursued, vowing to kill her completely.


    Yang Xueyi and other true immortals do not have the strength to participate in this level of battle.


    After Meng Zhang changed the laws of heaven and earth here, their spiritual power could no longer provide direct help to Meng Zhang.


    But that doesn''t mean they''re useless.


    According to Meng Zhang''s instructions, they took advantage of the opportunity of Dieyou Mountain Lord being trapped by Meng Zhang to arouse the most powerful power in the depths of their hearts, turning them into dazzling lights of the soul, sweeping repeatedly in the sea of ????the soul.


    Meng Zhang is preparing early.


    He has already controlled Dieyou Mountain Master within a square inch, and it is only a matter of time before he is completely exterminated.


    In order to prevent the other party from hiding other magical methods in the sea of ??mind, he asked Yang Xueyi and the others to search repeatedly with the light of mind.


    There is a special reason why Dieyou Mountain Lord did not fully demonize the entire sea of ??mind before, but let it remain as it is.


    For one thing, if the creatures in the entire star area are demonized because of this, it will cause too much commotion, and it is very likely to attract experts from all walks of life who will act on behalf of the sky and slay demons and demons.


    Second, she has been accumulating strength.


    When she has accumulated enough power, she will go through a special ceremony to complete the demonization of the sea of ??mind and the entire star area.


    At that time, she can use this to communicate with the Lord of the Last Dharma, and can also greatly improve her own cultivation realm.


    Whether her cultivation level has been greatly improved, or she has the support of the Lord of the Dead, she can proudly face enemies below the level of the Golden Immortal.


    According to her original plan, after controlling the members of the Tianshen Temple in this star area, as well as Meng Zhang and others through the sea of ??mind, her savings are almost enough, and she can choose the opportunity to hold the ceremony.


    It''s a pity that she successfully achieved the first half of her goal, but encountered an accident when facing Meng Zhang and the others.


    Meng Zhangzhi''s strength was beyond her expectation, and he was even more powerful and capable.


    The strength shown by Meng Zhang far surpassed that of the ordinary Dieyou Mountain Lord. He felt that he was being suppressed more and more, and the accumulated injuries on his body were constantly deepening.


    The yin and yang qi hovering above her head are constantly draining her vitality.


    The yin and yang energy that fell on her one after another continued to hurt her even more.


    Butterfly Mountain Master began to feel hopeless and became crazy.


    But it didn''t help her get out of the current situation at all.


    Her form is constantly changing, constantly changing between human form and Psylocke form.


    The phantom of a mountain peak behind her had just appeared before it was shattered by the huge external pressure.


    Finally, she let out a helpless sigh and returned to her human form.


    All the vitality in her body, the inner demons and others, were all wiped out in the battle just now.


    Her body lay down limply.


    At the last moment of her life, she briefly got rid of the control of her inner demons and temporarily regained her true sobriety.


    Her eyes seemed to be able to speak, and she looked at Meng Zhang with a different look.


    Meng Zhang understood her eyes.


    Meng Zhang could clearly feel that the other party was hanging on his last breath, and he might fall into a deep sleep at any time.


    Based on Meng Zhang''s induction and experience, he knew that the other party did not cheat, nor did he have the strength to cheat.


    When a person is about to die, his words are also good.


    At the last moment of her life, she was extremely unwilling and seemed to have an explanation to Meng Zhang.


    Although the two sides were still rivals before, Meng Zhang didn''t have too much hatred for her.


    Meng Zhang still had some sympathy for what happened to him.


    He put away all his offensives long ago.


    With a flash of his figure, he appeared not far from her, wanting to hear her last words.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3226

    Facing Meng Zhang who appeared by his side, Master Dieyou Shan seized the last opportunity and spoke to him at a very fast speed.


    Listening to Dieyou Shanzhu''s narration of the last moments of his life, Meng Zhang''s expression couldn''t help but keep changing.


    His spiritual sense told her that Dieyou Mountain Lord didn''t have any malicious intentions, and he was really confessing his funeral.


    Bewitched by the inner demons for so many years, Dieyou Shanzhu''s original heart has always been muddled, and what she showed to the outside was not herself.


    However, deep in her heart, there is always an obsession.


    This is what she cares about the most, and it is also the root cause of her obsession.


    With her last breath left, she could only tell Meng Zhang about these things.


    After thinking for a moment, Meng Zhang agreed to her request.


    It wasn''t that Meng Zhang''s mother had a heart attack and sympathized with the other party, but that the other party offered him a condition that he couldn''t refuse.


    Seeing Meng Zhang nodding, Dieyou Shanzhu finally closed his eyes completely and swallowed his last breath.


    With the death of Dieyou Mountain Lord, the two gods controlled by her before suddenly lost all vitality and turned into two corpses.


    Gu Yue Lingqing lost her opponent all of a sudden.


    With a thought in his mind, Meng Zhang took Yang Xueyi and the others away from this sea of ??mind and returned to the original void.


    Without the support and control of Dieyou Shanzhu, this sea of ??mind will slowly disappear as time goes by.


    After repeated inspections by Yang Xueyi and the others, Meng Zhang also observed it at the end, and found that there were no other hidden means inside.


    In the void, two huge palaces quietly floated not far from Meng Zhang and the others.


    The masters of the two palaces are dead.


    The god servants and believers inside were already infected by demons the moment the two gods were controlled by Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    In addition, most of the members of the Temple of Heaven stationed in the Shenen star area were previously demonized by the Lord of Dieyou Mountain.


    With the complete death of Dieyou Mountain Master, they all lost all vitality and turned into cold corpses.


    In order to build a spiritual sea, especially to continuously stimulate the power of the spiritual sea to attack Meng Zhang and the others, Dieyou Mountain Lord did not hesitate to use secret methods to stimulate the spiritual power of many intelligent creatures in the Shenen star area.


    Now, a large part of the intelligent beings in the divine grace star area have died due to mental exhaustion.


    After getting rid of the biggest enemy Dieyou Shanzhu, what is left is all kinds of aftermath work.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing led Yang Xueyi''s team to repeatedly search inside the Shenen star area.


    They were looking for the remaining monsters and demon cultivators, as well as the remaining members of the Temple of Heaven.


    The Dieyou Mountain Lord originally arranged a lot of subordinates in the Shenen star area.


    But in order to completely control these subordinates, she has long used secret techniques to connect their lives to her body.


    With her death, these subordinates also lost their lives.


    The two angels Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing let go of their spiritual thoughts and searched the Divine Grace Star Area thoroughly.


    All the members of the Temple of Heaven who had any weight were quickly eliminated by them.


    As for the intelligent beings inside the three great worlds, whether they truly or falsely believed in the Temple of Heaven, and the peripheral members of the Temple of Heaven, they didn''t bother to deal with it.


    After spending a lot of time and energy, Meng Zhang and the others finally completely wiped out the Shenen star area, basically eliminating the influence caused by Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    Now, the Shenen star area belongs to Meng Zhang and the others for the time being.


    Of course, before the masters sent by the headquarters of the Temple of Heaven arrive here, there will not be much time left for them.


    When he just got out of the sea of ??mind, Meng Zhang cast a spell to contact Tai Miao and Luna, and told them everything that happened here.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, the Taiyi Realm drove along the original route, bypassing the Shenen star area and continuing to advance.


    The fleet led by Niu Dawei accelerated to the Shenen star area.


    Meng Zhang used the jade book conferring the moon god to perform the summoning technique, and it didn''t take much time to summon the moon god to the divine favor star area.


    When Dieyou Shanzhu was bewitched by the demon, the agreement she made with Meng Zhang naturally didn''t count.


    Meng Zhang doesn''t need to think about anything else, he can dispose of the three big worlds in the Shenen star area at will.


    Since the Tianshen Temple will come back sooner or later, Meng Zhang doesn''t plan to stay here for a long time, so he will naturally take a grab and leave.


    Meng Zhang first suppressed the bodies of the two gods and the Kingdom of God.


    As for other true gods, such as the divine body and the kingdom of God, they will naturally be handed over to Yang Xueyi and the other true immortals.


    Then, Meng Zhang, Moon God and Gu Yue Lingqing entered the depths of the source sea of ??the three great worlds respectively.


    They cast spells in the sea of ??origin, wantonly plundering the origin of heaven and earth here.


    Although they will not completely drain the source seas of these three great worlds, they can imitate Yunzhongcheng''s method of dealing with the four-pointed star area.


    While Meng Zhang and the others were busy, Niu Dawei finally led the fleet to the Shenen star area.


    The Taiyi Realm monks in the fleet joined the plundering of the three great worlds with almost no rest.


    In order to obtain the greatest harvest in the shortest time, they even adopted destructive mining methods, plundering various resources recklessly.


    As for the intelligent creatures of the three great worlds, they have no ability to stop them at all.


    The members of the Temple of Heaven were wiped out, and the subordinates of the Dieyou Mountain Master died. Even the so-called strong among the local intelligent creatures died mostly due to mental exhaustion.


    The indigenous creatures of these three great worlds lost their ruling class and fell into great chaos.


    The Taiyi monks took the opportunity to forcibly enslave many indigenous creatures, forcing them to help plunder various resources.


    Meng Zhang and the others have been in the depths of the source sea of ??the three great worlds for nearly ten years.


    The source seas of the three great worlds are almost exhausted.


    Meng Zhang and the others will not completely drain Yuanhai, let alone destroy the three big worlds, they still have some leeway.


    However, after their plunder, the three originally profound and promising great worlds were severely weakened, and they were even inferior to many nascent great worlds.


    If the follow-up cannot be handled properly, these three great worlds may even fall to the level of the middle thousand worlds.


    It is worth mentioning that some fragments of the consciousness of heaven in the three great worlds also completely disappeared during this process.


    In the future, even if the Temple of Heaven returns to the Divine Grace sector, the situation of the three great worlds will make this sector worthless.


    Meng Zhang has been strictly counting the time.


    Feeling that there is not much time left, the Tianshen Temple should be reconnected to the Shenen star area soon. After reaching the destination, he left Yuanhai and returned to the void.


    As soon as he gave an order, the Taiyi Realm monks who were busy plundering the resources of the three great worlds returned to the fleet one after another, ready to leave here.


    Although many people are still unsatisfied, even many true immortals feel very unwilling.


    But no one dared to disobey Meng Zhang''s order.


    After reorganizing the team, Meng Zhang personally led the fleet to leave the Shenen star area, leaving a mess for the Tianshen Temple who was about to return here.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3228

    The Temple of Heaven has exhausted almost all means to find out the details of the enemy and search for its whereabouts.


    A large organization like the Temple of Heaven has a long history, a wide range of contacts, and a profound foundation...


    In the organization, the deduction of celestial secrets, the connection of the line of cause and effect...


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang himself is an immortal master of celestial secrets, and he has a strong resistance to such methods.


    The green lotus in the depths of his immortal soul alone could easily solve the problems he was facing.


    How can a group of celestial beings and gods be able to penetrate the treasures that can help him cover the calculations of the golden celestial beings.


    For Meng Zhang, all the efforts made by the Tianshen Temple at a huge cost are just like a breeze, and there is no trouble at all.


    This time, the Taiyi Realm has absorbed the origins of the three great worlds, and has been greatly improved in all aspects.


    The Junchen Realm, where Meng Zhang was born, and the other great worlds in the Dengtian Star District, can hardly compare with the Taiyi Realm at this time.


    Meng Zhang has never been to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so he doesn''t know what''s going on there.


    In terms of the big worlds he has been to, there are very few that can compare with the Taiyi world at this time.


    Taiyi Realm produces various high-level resources stably, and can easily support many high-level monks.


    The output of Yuqing Lingji is very high, enough for the powerhouse of the real fairy level to use.


    Although the Taiyi Realm is still unable to produce Ziqing inspiration, its majestic sea of ??origin and abundant origin of heaven and earth can be used by the powerful at the level of celestial beings.


    The level of the Taiyi world has improved, and the person who directly benefits the most is Meng Zhang, the shaper of the Taiyi world.


    When he stayed in the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm was able to feed back power to him almost all the time, which greatly promoted his practice.


    Tai Miao and Luna are the Lords of the underworld and the Lords of Heaven in the Taiyi Realm, and they also benefited a lot from it.


    Tai Miao''s personal strength has greatly increased, and the Kingdom of God in the underworld has continued to grow and gained more magic.


    After discussing with Meng Zhang, Tai Miao left an incarnation of divine power to sit in the underworld, and the deity directly entered the underworld.


    To participate in the battle of the underworld, sooner or later, one must invest in a god-level powerhouse.


    The sooner Tai Miao passes, the more time he will have to adapt to the environment there.


    Tai Miao also has a heart of bravery and diligence, and is unwilling to stay in the safe kingdom of God all the time.


    Only by personally participating in high-level battles can the deity make greater progress.


    Meng Zhang was worried that Tai Miao would fall into the underworld, causing too heavy a loss.


    But after thinking about it, I still agreed to the wonderful adventure.


    As an immortal, he also participated in many thrilling battles.


    In addition, Tai Miao, as a god, as long as the Kingdom of God is still there, even if he falls, he can be reborn after paying a sufficient price.


    Now the accumulation of the Taiyi world can afford such a price.


    Tai Miao''s deity entered the underworld, which greatly strengthened the power there.


    On the side of the Taiyi Realm, whether it is the underworld or the yang world, they are constantly increasing their investment in the underworld.


    Luna was originally quite accomplished on the Avenue of Death.


    The avenue of Taiyin and the avenue of death are deeply related.


    In order to promote Taiyin Avenue, which she majored in, she also studied other avenues concurrently, hoping to play a role in promoting by analogy.


    She also has a deep interest in exploring and conquering the underworld.


    There are so many mysteries in the underworld, even if you are not a celestial being or god who majors in death and reincarnation, you can get a lot of benefits from it.


    The moon god created an incarnation of a true god level based on his own comprehension of the avenue of death.


    This incarnation led a group of her subordinates into the underworld together.


    Tai Miao will regularly open the gate of reincarnation to receive reinforcements from the Taiyi Realm, and at the same time send some harvest from the Underworld back to the Taiyi Realm.


    He also uses his divine power to create special runes.


    Visitors from the yang world of the Taiyi world, as long as they wear these talismans, they will be protected to a certain extent, and will not be too repelled and suppressed by the underworld.


    The incarnation of the Moon God does not need the protection of such a talisman, but many of her subordinates do.


    Luna and Tai Miao cooperated in the underworld to open up a larger living space together.


    There are no other foreign enemies in the traveling Taiyi Realm, and a large part of its high-level attention is devoted to the Underworld.


    Many high-ranking monks are eager to try, wanting to venture into the underworld.


    Now Taiyi Realm seems to have mobilized a very powerful force, but for the entire Underworld, it is simply a drop in the ocean.


    Too wonderful, what they occupy is just a very remote corner of the underworld.


    Even so, they paid a lot.


    Up to now, their territory is still frequently attacked by various ghosts, and large-scale bloody battles have almost never stopped.


    Tai Miao has a comprehensive plan for the underworld.


    He carefully explored the surrounding area, expanding bit by bit...


    The high-level monks on the side of the Taiyi Realm don''t just succeed in entering the Underworld.


    Tai Miao has precise calculations and arrangements for the power invested in the Taiyi Realm.


    Before attracting the attention of the real powerhouses in the underworld, it is still necessary to keep a low profile and not be too special.


    Tai Miao needs more time, Gou is slowly developing in the corner.


    Up to now, the power of the Taiyi Realm into the underworld is still dominated by the ghosts and ghosts of the underworld, and the number of monks from the yang world is very small.


    Because of the careful cover-up from the beginning, in the eyes of some local forces in the underworld, this is a new force of ghosts and ghosts.


    Because the underworld is connected to the underworld of the heavens and myriad worlds, ghosts and ghosts from various underworlds enter the underworld from time to time for various reasons.


    In addition, there are countless ghosts and ghosts in the underworld itself, and they are born almost all the time.


    There are as many small forces as Tai Miao in the underworld, and there is nothing surprising about them spinning up and down.


    Every once in a while, many similar forces are born.


    Almost at the same time, many similar forces died out.

 Chapter 3229

    On the main battlefield of the underworld hegemony, there are many gods,


    Among the many forces in the underworld, at least one under the command of the gods can barely be considered stable.


    Without the power of the gods to sit in the town, it might just be established today and be destroyed tomorrow.


    Of course, even if there is the power of the gods sitting in charge, it doesn''t mean that it can exist for a long time.


    However, in the never-ending fierce battle in the underworld, the ability to survive is slightly stronger.


    At least it won''t die just because some big shot sneezes, or some guy passing by slaps him casually.


    In fact, even with the power of the gods, if you are unlucky, your lifespan will not last long.


    In any case, in the underworld, whether or not a certain power has a god sitting in command is a threshold.


    Only such forces are qualified to interact with other forces, to be taken seriously by the powerhouses of all parties, and to be eligible to participate in many activities in the underworld.


    When Tai Miao himself first came to the underworld, he didn''t want to take the initiative to expose, but also wanted to keep a low profile, hiding for a while before talking.


    But it didn''t take long for the base established by his subordinates to encounter a serious crisis.


    Tai Miao himself had to take action himself to resolve this crisis.


    He also discovered that ghost powers at the level of gods are nothing in the underworld.


    The foundation established by the Taiyi Realm in the Underworld is simply insignificant. As long as it is not too special, it will generally not attract too much attention.


    Even, Tai Miao''s hands and feet can be more relaxed.


    In the current underworld, let alone a celestial being like him, although the underworld is far more dangerous than the Junchen world back then, Tai Miao still has the confidence to make a career here.


    He led his subordinates through hard work, and after a long time of hard work and paid a lot of money, he already owned a small foundation.


    His subordinates'' gains in the underworld can not only be used by their own family, but also began to feed back to the Taiyi world.


    Tai Miao''s external avatar is extremely capable in all aspects and has an independent personality.


    Except for some major events, Meng Zhang no longer has anything to do with the daily affairs of the underworld.


    After he let Tai Miao take full charge of the conquest and development of the underworld, he didn''t ask much about the affairs there.


    Meng Zhang''s main energy now is still on his own cultivation.


    Facing more and more powerful enemies from all walks of life, he felt more and more that his progress in this aspect far surpassed that of most Meng Zhang, who always likes to plan ahead and make preparations in advance.


    In practice, it is no exception.


    At the very least, the Heavenly Immortal, the Taiyi Realm can provide many needed resources.


    Especially those low-level resources that are needed in large quantities can be collected by your hands, which can greatly save your time.


    When Meng Zhang was a monk in the Void Return Stage, he had obtained a special magic weapon called the Qiankun Pillar from the treasures of the senior monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    At that time, his knowledge was limited, but he only knew that this was the prototype of the Dongtian magic weapon, which could be promoted to the Dongtian magic weapon, which would help shape the cave sky.


    As for more things, he didn''t know.


    He doesn''t even know what the magic weapon of the cave is.


    At that time, he didn''t know what the cave meant to the immortals, and he didn''t even know about the cultivation of the immortals.


    He found that this magic weapon had the property of space, so he put it deep in the Sun and Moon Blessed Land in the Taiyi Realm to help stabilize the Sun and Moon Blessed Land.


    Since then, this treasure has been placed in the depths of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, and has never been moved.


    As his cultivation level deepened, he found that he could not see through this magic weapon more and more.


    Only when he became an immortal, promoted from a true immortal to a heavenly immortal, could he clearly see the essence of this magic weapon.


    He couldn''t figure it out, the Taiyi Sect seniors back then were mere Void Returning cultivators, how could He De can obtain this kind of treasure that is of great significance to the gods.


    After he became a fairy, he checked this special magic weapon repeatedly to confirm that there were no hidden traps in it.


    When he got the inheritance from the Taiyi Golden Immortal last time and understood the cultivation of the second realm of the Celestial Immortal, he immediately thought of this treasure.


    This treasure is the prototype of the genuine magic weapon of the cave, which will help him practice in the second realm of the immortal.


    It will be of great help to him in shaping the Heavenly Immortal Cave in the future.

 Chapter 3230

    When the celestial beings shape the cave, they often use a cave artifact as the core and the foundation of the cave.


    On this basis, various materials are continuously added by performing secret techniques, and the cave is gradually perfected.


    The Qiankun Pillar is the rudimentary form of the refined Dongtian Magical Artifact. After repeated inspections by Meng Zhang, it was confirmed that it was well preserved.


    This treasure that was obtained by accident in the past can be regarded as solving a key problem for Meng Zhang''s future practice.


    Although it is far from the time to shape the cave, Meng Zhang has already begun to study and become familiar with this magic weapon slowly, making preparations for the future.


    Time passed quickly while Meng Zhang was busy.


    In the blink of an eye, it has been nearly thirty years since Meng Zhang left the Shenen Star District.


    In just thirty years, for a celestial being like him, it was just a moment in his life.


    In the past thirty years, Taiyi Realm has not encountered any obstacles, and has been traveling smoothly in the void.


    Now, the destination is not far away.


    Not far ahead is the Lingju star area that Meng Zhang is going to this time.


    Back then, the master of Dieyou Mountain had too much obsession in his heart, and he never forgot to take revenge on the Temple of Heaven and subdue the Yunlan star area.


    Those spiritual companions who escaped with her from the Cloud and Misty Star District were lucky enough to find the Spiritual Dwelling Star District without a master in the void.


    The Lingju star area is not as good as the Yunlan star area in all aspects, but as a place for spiritual practitioners to live, there is still no problem.


    Many spiritual practitioners are tired of fighting with the Temple of Heaven, and many people even fear the power of the Temple of Heaven.


    In the void, there are constant battles, and there are countless things similar to the Yunlan Star District being captured by the Temple of Heaven.


    Many spiritualities have accepted reality.


    Rather than go to the Temple of Heaven to fight to the death and accept the uncertain result, it is better to settle down in the Lingju star area and slowly recover its strength.


    The Dieyou Mountain Master regarded the behavior of these spiritual companions as betrayal, reprimanded them for forgetting their roots, and then parted ways with them.


    Before that, because of the extreme pursuit of power by Dieyou Shanzhu, and for this purpose, there was already a deep rift between him and those spiritual companions.


    Master Die Youshan left angrily, which was regarded as breaking away from the original system.


    After that, she was bewitched by the inner demons, and she became confused all the time, and she didn''t know much about the situation in the Lingju star area.


    She finally regained consciousness at the last moment of her life, and asked Meng Zhang to bring her family''s inheritance treasure back to the Lingju star area.


    This time, the Taiyi Realm didn''t come to rob the door, so there was no need to act in a sneaky way.


    The Taiyi Realm swaggered forward like this, and came to the door openly.


    On the way, Meng Zhang took the time to comprehend the spiritual inheritance of Dieyou Mountain Lord''s lineage, and shared it with many senior officials in the Taiyi Realm.


    Everyone is already a person or god in the immortal way, and it is impossible to change the practice system and completely transform it into spiritual practice.


    However, through comprehension of the inheritance left by Dieyou Mountain Lord, everyone has opened their eyes and benefited a lot.


    Everyone is very interested in the upcoming contact with ****.


    In the anticipation of everyone, the Lingju Star District slowly appeared in front of the Taiyi Realm.


    In order to avoid misunderstanding, before the Taiyi Realm officially entered the Lingju star area, Meng Zhang was going to send an envoy to the Lingju star area to inform the spiritual practitioners over there.


    Before Taiyi Realm had time to take action, new changes occurred.


    A group of thick dark clouds emerged from nowhere, and rushed towards the Taiyi Realm.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm are all veterans, and there are many enemies in the Taiyi Realm.


    Even during normal driving, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm never let down their vigilance.


    The team conducting daily patrols over the Taiyi Realm found that something was wrong and immediately alerted the Taiyi Realm to the inside.


    In the Heaven Realm, the first line of defense in the Taiyi Realm, many gods have already been alarmed.


    The goddess of worshiping the moon led a group of subordinates to carefully observe the dark clouds, and soon discovered their true colors.


    What kind of dark cloud is that? It is clearly a terrifying group formed by countless insect swarms gathered together.


    Countless bugs are connected together, covering the sky and covering the ground, almost completely covering the surrounding void.


    Taiyi Realm quickly recognized the origin of the other party.


    These bugs are the notorious buggers of the void.


    The most powerful race in the void is undoubtedly the human race.


    But there are still many powerful alien races running around in the void.


    Among all alien races, Zerg ranks in the forefront in terms of difficulty.


    The Zerg roam the void in groups of groups.


    Everything encountered by the Zerg will be devoured if they are not strong enough.


    Practitioners of various races and systems, warships traveling in the void, various creatures, each world itself...


    These are all the targets of the Zerg devouring.


    The Zerg are the enemies of the Void.


    Once the traces of the Zerg are found, they will often be surrounded and suppressed by all forces.


    Zerg will become more powerful by devouring.


    Even if it is the most ordinary Zerg, as long as it has enough resources for it to devour, sooner or later it will grow into an existence that can threaten the Celestial Sect.


    Taiyi Realm has never encountered Zerg before, and lacks experience in dealing with it.


    However, the high-level people in the Taiyi world have basically heard of the vicious reputation of the Zerg.


    The rumors about the Zerg race can be said to be known to everyone in the void.


    Of course, rumors may be true or false, and cannot be used as intelligence against the enemy.


    Since the Taiyi Realm stepped into the void, it has collected a lot of information related to the void through various channels, including the content of the various races of the void.


    Even people like Taiyi Jinxian recorded a lot of information about the Zerg race in the classics left behind.


    Looking at the Zerg race that was rapidly approaching the Taiyi Realm in the distance, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm were not shocked.


    Niu Dawei began to issue combat orders to the Taiyi Realm in an orderly manner as the acting head of the Taiyi Sect.


    Various defense systems in the Taiyi world began to open.


    Wen Qiansuan led many Taiyi sect monks, relying on the heavens, and set up a star formation.


    Zerg flies extremely fast.


    It didn''t take much time from when they were discovered by Taiyi Realm to when they flew close to Taiyi Realm.


    As soon as the star formation was deployed, the vanguard of the Zerg rushed forward.


    A violent collision happened immediately.


    In the battle of the void, the Zerg often make the enemy feel desperate with almost endless numbers.


    In terms of numbers alone, not to mention the follow-up Zergs, the Zergs that have already participated in the war have far exceeded the monks of all parties in the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, it is not so easy for the Zerg to defeat the Taiyi Realm by relying on their numerical superiority.


    Just came into contact with the Zerg, and there were no casualties in the Taiyi Realm, and a large number of Zerg were lost.

 Chapter 3231

    Among the Zerg team fighting towards the Taiyi Realm, there are thousands of members of different shapes.


    The big Zerg races are like mountains, with thick skin and thick flesh, boundless divine power, rushing on the battlefield.


    The small Zerg are like dust, hard to see with the naked eye, almost pervasive.


    Many Zergs have their own innate supernatural powers, which can often play a great role in battle.


    ...


    The Taiyi Realm actively organized defenses based on the information they had already obtained, and responded calmly and calmly when some were lost.


    Every ray of starlight emitted from the star array can harvest a large number of Zerg lives.


    The void warships on the side of the Taiyi Realm lined up above the Taiyi Realm, and cooperated with the forts inside the Taiyi Realm, etc., and started bombarding the thick clouds formed by the Zerg.


    After each bombardment, multiple large and small gaps will appear above the thick cloud layer.


    Countless Zerg rushed in one after another, quickly filling these gaps, and then encountered fierce shelling again.


    The high-level monks on the side of the Taiyi Realm, including some true immortals and true gods, began to consciously eliminate the strong and backbone of the Zerg army to reduce the pressure on their own defense lines.


    In a Zerg race, there is often a queen mother as the supreme leader.


    Under the empress, there are several insect kings as high-level officials, assisting the empress to lead the entire group.


    Under the Zerg King, there are high-level Zergs of all levels as the backbone.


    Before the Zerg attack, Meng Zhang was alarmed.


    A strong man like him is often the finale, and he does not easily enter the battle.


    He knew in his heart that in order to completely wipe out a Zerg race, the first thing to do was to wipe out its mother emperor.


    As long as the empress is still there, no matter how many Zergs are eliminated, as long as there are enough resources, the empress can quickly replenish them.


    Meng Zhanghao''s powerful divine sense quickly swept across the Zerg outside the Taiyi Realm.


    Zerg has many abilities.


    Among them, many special Zerg races, especially the empress, often possess powerful spiritual power.


    The Zerg swarmed in groups, jamming together seemingly at random.


    In fact, it is a natural formation with many magical effects, and it is not necessarily inferior to some formations of practitioners.


    Countless Zerg vibrate their wings together, forming a special barrier that isolates various foreign probing spells.


    Even the divine thoughts released by Meng Zhang have encountered many obstacles, and there is a feeling that it is difficult to move forward.


    Meng Zhang was about to put in more effort to forcefully break through these obstacles.


    At this time, two other divine senses at the same level as him rose from the Taiyi Realm and swept towards the Zerg.


    This is when Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna started to investigate the swarm.


    As a monk from a big family, Gu Yue Lingqing is well-informed and experienced.


    When he was traveling in the void, he encountered Zerg races and fought.


    Now, while telling his previous experience of fighting the Zerg to the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, he tried to find out the root of the Zerg in front of him.


    Luna had never encountered Zerg before, so she was very curious.


    Two more divine senses of the celestial level swept in, and the shielding method of the swarm was not enough.


    Meng Zhang didn''t continue to exert his strength, but just cooperated with Gu Yue Lingqing and the others.


    Soon, the three divine senses flitted through the swarm of insects, clearly investigating the situation inside.


    The swarm of insects in front of them seemed to be huge in number, and their strength was indeed not weak.


    Meng Zhang and the others did not find any trace of the Zerg mother queen, but they found two insect kings at the level of heavenly immortals.


    When these two worm kings were swept by Meng Zhang''s spiritual thoughts, they also discovered Meng Zhang''s existence.


    They used their spiritual power angrily, and had a collision with Meng Zhang and his spiritual thoughts.


    Naturally, there was no suspense in the result, and the two insect kings suffered a small loss.


    The aftermath of their collision caused a big explosion among the swarm, and wiped out many swarms.


    Since there is no trace of the empress in this swarm, the empress must be hiding somewhere else.


    Meng Zhang''s divine sense continued to scan the surrounding void, trying to find out the whereabouts of the empress.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Yue Shen kept a close eye on the two insect kings, ready to strike at any time.


    Although everyone has the same level, their combat effectiveness varies greatly.


    Even if the two bug kings concentrate the power of the bug swarm, they are probably not their opponents.


    The two insect kings hesitated for a moment, then led the swarm to retreat.


    After receiving the order from the Insect King, the insect swarm that was madly attacking the Taiyi Realm immediately desperately quit the battle and quickly retreated.


    Niu Dawei and others led the monks from the Taiyi Realm to take the opportunity to counterattack, trying to kill and injure the enemy in large numbers.


    Generally speaking, the greatest casualties in a battle often occur when one side retreats.


    But although most of these bugs are not very intelligent, or even have no intelligence, they are very organized.


    Even though they were retreating, the swarm''s team was not chaotic at all, and they cooperated closely with each other.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Yue Shen didn''t attack directly, Niu Dawei and the others had little success in chasing and killing them.


    Seeing this huge swarm of insects disappear in the distance, the chasing monks from the Taiyi Realm began to return to the Taiyi Realm.


    Both Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna obeyed Meng Zhang''s orders.


    It is true that the Zerg race is the public enemy of the Void Myriad Realms, and Meng Zhang does have the intention of eradicating this Zerg race.


    But now that the enemy''s situation is unclear, it''s not the time for our side to press on with all our strength.


    The insect king is already at the level of a fairy, and the queen mother will only be stronger.


    Of course, no matter how strong the Queen Mother is, she can''t be at the level of the Golden Immortal. Before even the Celestial Immortal has confirmed the true strength of this Zerg, Meng Zhang will not rashly launch a full-scale war.


    As the master of the Taiyi Realm, he is responsible for the Taiyi Realm.


    This Zerg appeared so close to the Lingju star area, what happened to the Lingju star area?


    Logically speaking, if the spiritual vigilance of the Lingju star area is high enough, the nearby area is already their daily patrol area.


    But Taiyi Realm has been here for so long, and has never encountered any spiritual practice.


    If the Lingju Star District has fallen and completely fell into the hands of the Zerg, then Meng Zhang will lead the Taiyi Realm out of here as soon as possible.


    Fulfilling the promise is of course important, but it is definitely not as important as the safety of the Taiyi Realm.


    Conquer a star area, where the resources are enough for the swarm to grow to the point where the Taiyi Realm is hard to resist.


    What Meng Zhang can do is to spread the news of this Zerg after leaving here, and attract powerful people from all sides to organize the encirclement and suppression together.


    Meng Zhang did not retreat hastily.


    If the Lingju star area has not fallen, and this Zerg has not had time to grow stronger by devouring the resources of the entire star area, then there is still room for redemption.


    Meng Zhang also hoped that this Zerg could be wiped out in time when it was not strong enough, so as not to give it a chance to grow.


    The key to the problem now is to confirm the real situation in the Lingju star area ahead.

 Chapter 3232

    The situation in the Lingju star area ahead is unknown, and the risk is unpredictable. Meng Zhang is worried about other people, so he decides to go there himself to investigate.


    Before leaving, he told the Taiyi Realm executives to make two-handed preparations.


    On the one hand, it is to strengthen combat readiness and be ready for war at any time.


    On the other hand, if things go wrong, be prepared to run away at any time.


    Meng Zhang performed the Void Teleportation, and soon arrived in the Lingju star area.


    After Meng Zhang set off, the Moon God was in charge of strengthening the defense of the Taiyi Realm, and Gu Yue Lingqing left the Taiyi Realm to patrol the surroundings to prevent Zerg''s surprise attack.


    As soon as Meng Zhang arrived at the outskirts of the Lingju star area, he witnessed a big battle.


    Countless Zerg races rushed from all directions, madly rushing into the interior of the Lingju star area.


    At the edge of the Lingju star area, there should have been a tight line of defense before.


    Now, this line of defense has been lost, and the Zerg army has entered the interior of the Lingju star area.


    Most of the Zerg continued to pursue the spiritual cultivators, while a small number of Zerg frantically devoured the various wreckage left by that line of defense.


    Meng Zhang carefully observed the situation inside the Lingju star area.


    There are two big worlds in the Lingju star area.


    According to Dieyou Mountain Lord''s previous statement, these two big worlds are occupied by spiritual cultivation and have become their bases.


    Between the two big worlds is the battlefield of Zerg and Lingxiu.


    Back then, there were many spiritual cultivators in the Yunlan star area, mainly composed of four branches.


    The chrysalis lineage headed by Dieyou Mountain Lord.


    There are also Feiyu pulse, Xinzhao pulse and Zuowang pulse.


    The spiritual practice of these four branches represents the mainstream of spiritual practice in the void and myriad worlds.


    Although the number of spiritual cultivation is small, it is relatively rare in the void, but it can be enlarged to the scale of ten thousand realms, and it still has a certain scale.


    The original Yunlan Star District is one of the famous spiritual cultivation strongholds in the Void Myriad Realms.


    The overall strength of these spiritual practices is not strong, but inheritance is not easy.


    It is very rare to be able to gather the inheritance of the four major branches of spiritual cultivation in one star area.


    It took a lot of effort and cost a lot for the Temple of Heaven to defeat them and seize the Yunlan star area.


    The Temple of Heaven has operated the Cloud and Misty Star District for thousands of years, and the gains it has gained are not enough to make up for the losses of that year.


    This is also one of the reasons why the high-level executives of the Temple of Heaven were furious after the Yunlan star area was looted by Meng Zhang and the others.


    The inheritance of the four branches of spiritual practice has its own characteristics and is infinitely mysterious.


    Meng Zhang and other Taiyi Realm executives realized the inheritance of Chrysalis lineage, and felt that they benefited a lot.


    Now, in the face of the extremely vicious Zerg army, these spirits have exploded with extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    The void between the two great worlds is the main battlefield of the war between spirituality and the Zerg army.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he could see the significance of this battle at a glance.


    If this battle fails, the spiritual cultivators will be completely against the trend in the void battlefield, and will have to retreat to the two big worlds, and will be in an extremely passive situation.


    At that time, the two big worlds will be completely separated by the Zerg army, and it will only be a matter of time before each of them is broken.


    This battle is so important, the spiritual cultivators naturally go all out and will not back down easily.


    However, judging from the situation on the battlefield, the spiritual cultivators were clearly at a disadvantage.


    Although Meng Zhang did not see the beginning of the war, he was still able to deduce the whole process based on the current situation.


    After the spiritual practitioners moved to the Lingju star area, they did not let Nanshan go. Instead, they learned the lessons from the previous failure in the Yunlan star area and actively strengthened the defense of the Lingju star area.


    The line of defense they established outside the Lingju star area is a clear proof.


    Unfortunately, the sudden Zerg army is too powerful.


    The Zerg army was almost unstoppable, broke through the defense line outside the Lingju star area in one fell swoop, and directly entered the interior of the Lingju star area.


    The spiritual cultivators retreated steadily, and it was almost impossible to retreat.


    If this battle fails, the ending waiting for them can be imagined.


    Meng Zhang took a closer look. Although the situation of the spiritual practitioners was bad, it was not hopeless.


    Three immortal-level spirit cultivators led numerous spirit cultivators to line up in the void, still fighting endlessly with the Zerg army.


    The mother queen of the Zerg race still did not show up, and the four insect kings at the level of angels were leading an almost endless army of Zerg races to attack the spirit cultivators.


    Counting the Zerg army that attacked the Taiyi Realm before, there are already six insect kings at the level of heavenly immortals alone.


    Fortunately, two insect kings were outside the Lingju star area and did not participate in the attack on the Lingju star area.


    Otherwise, spiritual practitioners should not be able to support it now.


    Judging from the top-level combat power, the three spiritual cultivators could barely block the four insect kings when the queen mother did not show up and no more insect kings appeared.


    But the Zerg army is too powerful, and the spiritual practitioners below are almost unable to resist it.


    Although the spiritual practitioners in the Lingju star area can barely maintain the situation, the situation is very fragile.


    Whether it is the appearance of the Zerg Mother Queen, or other Zerg Kings leading the army, they can easily break the current situation and put the spiritual practitioners at an absolute disadvantage.


    According to Meng Zhang''s induction, including those two big worlds, in the entire Lingju star area, it seems that there are no other spiritual cultivators at the level of celestial beings.


    Meng Zhang thought about it, if the Zerg side didn''t have too much hidden strength, the Taiyi Realm and the spirit cultivators in the Lingju Star District joined forces, this battle would still be very interesting.


    Although Meng Zhang is not often a chivalrous person, but when the conditions permit, he is still willing to do some good deeds.


    The Zerg race is the public enemy of the Void and Myriad Realms, which is extremely harmful and sinful.


    If such a Zerg army could be wiped out, he would be more willing.


    Now that he had made up his mind, Meng Zhang acted immediately.


    While contacting the Taiyi Realm, he let the Taiyi Realm continue to speed up, trying to enter the Lingju star area to join him as soon as possible.


    On the other hand, he decided to help now, so that the spiritual practitioners in the Lingju star area will not retreat too quickly.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hide his whereabouts, and just swaggered into the battlefield.


    The spiritual cultivators on the battlefield have long been surrounded by the Zerg army.


    The encirclement has many layers, and almost every layer is airtight.


    In terms of numbers alone, spiritual cultivators are not as good as a fraction of the Zerg army.


    Meng Zhang had just arrived near the battlefield, and in front of him was a thick encirclement formed by countless Zerg troops.


    In order to establish his prestige, and to show his strength to the spiritual practitioners and strengthen their confidence in continuing to resist, Meng Zhang made a killer move as soon as he made a move.


    A series of yin and yang extermination god thunder bombarded out, and several huge gaps immediately appeared in the extremely thick encirclement.


    Although countless Zergs were wiped out because of this, more Zergs immediately rushed over to fill the gap, allowing the encirclement to quickly return to its original state.


    That''s not counting, more Zergs rushed towards Meng Zhang crazily.


    The four celestial-level worm kings didn''t move, and they wanted to stop Meng Zhang by relying on these zerg army alone.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3233

    The incomparably dazzling sun and moon divine light lit up in the pitch-black void.


    The Zerg under the light of the sun, moon and gods melted like snow under the scorching sun.


    Meng Zhang kept moving forward, seemingly unaffected by the interception of the Zerg army.


    As he continued to advance, countless Zerg armies were wiped out.


    The vast majority of low-level Zerg do not have enough wisdom and only know to obey orders blindly.


    Even the high-level Zerg with good wisdom still cannot disobey the orders of the high-level clan.


    Even if the Zerg army is sent to die like moths to a flame, the Zerg army will be happy.


    From this perspective, the Zerg is one of the best sources of soldiers in the void.


    Fearless, powerful, and almost endless in number, it''s no wonder the Zerg army is so irresistible.


    After a sufficient number of Zerg troops line up, they can even challenge the weak against the strong and step up the challenge.


    The Zerg army is strong enough, and Meng Zhang is even stronger.


    The Zerg army in formation may be able to temporarily block ordinary gods and even angels, but it will definitely not be able to stop the current Meng Zhang.


    He rushed into the battle alone, advancing so slowly, blocking everything on the road ahead and turning them into dust.


    No matter whether it is the formation of the Zerg army, or the combination of the strongest in the Zerg army, they can''t stop him at all.


    Among the instincts of almost all living beings, there is a side of greed for life and fear of death, seeking advantages and avoiding disadvantages.


    Even for the fearless Zerg army, after paying too many casualties, many Zergs, especially some high-level Zergs, almost instinctively become hesitant and shrink back, unwilling to take the initiative to die.


    Of course, the will of the ethnic group cannot be violated, and there are still a large army of Zerg who risk their lives and rush towards Meng Zhang, becoming the ghost of Meng Zhang.


    The four insect kings at the level of celestial beings had noticed Meng Zhang a long time ago.


    They are teaming up to attack three immortal-level spirit cultivators. The battle is at a critical moment, and it is difficult for them to be distracted.


    They originally thought that relying on the almost endless number of the Zerg army, they should be able to stop the opponent a little bit and buy them more time.


    But they didn''t expect that Meng Zhang would be so strong.


    Seeing that the Zerg army was about to be crushed by Meng Zhang, the four Zerg Kings had no choice but to end the battle with the three Celestial Spiritualists as soon as possible in order to avoid being attacked.


    The four insect kings gathered the power of the insect swarm, and they had a certain upper hand in the battle.


    They quickly broke away from the battle with their opponents and were able to face Meng Zhang with their hands free.


    It is not brave or foolhardy that Meng Zhang entered the battle alone.


    He has been observing the situation on the battlefield and making adjustments at any time.


    The spiritual cultivation of the three immortals is too useless to let the enemy get away so easily.


    Could it be that they are still preserving their strength at this time?


    If the three celestial-level spirit cultivators were a little bit more powerful and entangled the four insect kings tightly, when they joined the battle, they would most likely be able to severely injure the insect kings, and even leave one or two heads behind.


    Now, the four Zerg Kings are leading the Zerg army to stand ready, even Meng Zhang is not willing to continue to forcibly break through.


    Meng Zhang adjusted his direction slightly, instead of rushing directly to the four insect kings, he headed towards the formation of the spiritual practitioners.


    In any case, it is not too late to deal with the Zerg army slowly after contacting these spiritual cultivators, gaining their trust, and reaching a joint agreement.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was so fierce, the four insect kings took the initiative to shrink the formation of the army, and did not try their best to intercept the opponent.


    Single-handedly, without much effort, Meng Zhang broke through the interception of the Zerg army and passed through its encirclement of the spiritual cultivators.


    Seeing Meng Zhang appearing, the spiritual practitioners were not overjoyed, nor were there many surprises after being saved.


    Many spiritual practitioners even looked at Meng Zhang with vigilant eyes.


    An enemy of an enemy is not necessarily a friend.


    Meng Zhang''s attack on the Zerg army seemed to show goodwill, but he did not win the trust of the spiritual practitioners.


    Spiritual cultivators have always been wary of alien monks.


    The experience of being deprived of their hometown by the Tianshen Temple made many spiritual practitioners become extraordinarily xenophobic and vigilant.


    Although the Zerg army has always been going straight and rushing, it doesn''t mean that the Zerg won''t play tricks.


    The situation in the Lingju star area has reached the most critical moment, and the three celestial-level spiritual cultivators are walking on thin ice, unable to bear any mistakes.


    Before they figure out Meng Zhang''s origin, they will not easily let down their vigilance.


    After experiencing everything in the Yunlan star area, Hualingpingping Qiling found that the good memories of the year had changed.


    Although he would not resent his old friend because of this, he still broke some insistence and took the initiative to tell Meng Zhang about the spiritual practice in the Yunlan star area.


    Meng Zhang knew that these spiritual cultivators were suspicious and xenophobic, and it was not easy to win their trust.


    Fortunately, since he had already decided to join forces with this group of spiritual practitioners, he had already made preparations.


    Regardless of the eye-catching Zerg army around him, he politely bowed to the three immortal-level spirit cultivators.


    "Meng Zhang has met fellow Taoists."


    "This seat is entrusted by Dieyou Mountain Lord to return the treasure of the Chrysalis lineage."


    ...


    Now is not the time to chat, time is limited, Meng Zhang did not elaborate on the situation of Dieyou Shanzhu, but simply stated his intention for coming.


    Although Dieyou Shanzhu had fallen out with this group of spiritual cultivators long ago, the two parties parted ways for many years.


    But no matter what, she is always the master of the chrysalis lineage, and has a special status in spiritual cultivation.


    Some high-level spiritual practitioners once had a deep friendship with her.


    The two sides just have different ideas and have no personal grievances.


    On the contrary, because they hadn''t heard from this old friend for many years, and now they suddenly heard Meng Zhang mention it, they were all moved in their hearts, and their hearts were filled with longing for the old friend.


    As for the high-level spiritual practitioners belonging to the Chrysalis lineage in the spiritual cultivation team, many people immediately became excited when they heard Meng Zhang''s words.


    Although Dieyou Shanzhu passed on the identity of the master of Diechrysalis lineage to his disciples when he left.


    However, in the minds of many spiritual cultivators of the Chrysalis lineage, Dieyou Shanzhu is still the master of the Chrysalis lineage, their respected and beloved senior teacher.


    Not to mention these emotional things, when Meng Zhang talked about returning the treasure of the Chrysalis lineage, the eyes of several high-level spiritual cultivators of the Chrysalis lineage shone with brilliance, and they almost couldn''t bear it anymore, and ran directly to Meng Zhang to question up.


    You know, since the Dieyou Mountain Lord left, there has been no spiritual cultivation of the chrysalis level born in the Chrysalis lineage.


    Although the four branches are equal and help each other, they seem like a family, but within them, there are still many contradictions and even disputes.


    There is no spirit cultivator at the level of a fairy, and the spirit cultivator of Chrysalis seems to be a head shorter than the spiritual cultivators of the other three veins.


    Although the spiritual cultivation of the other three veins would not openly oppress them, they also lost a lot of benefits and suffered a lot of embarrassment.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your reward and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3234

    There are many reasons why there have been no spiritual cultivators at the level of celestial beings in the chrysalis lineage.


    Among them, many high-level spiritual cultivators believe that it is because when Dieyou Mountain Lord left, he took away the treasures of inheritance, so that the descendants who are qualified to hit the level of immortals lack the assistance of treasures, not to mention the inheritance. little problem.


    As long as the inheritance treasure can be retrieved and this defect can be made up, there is a high possibility that a spiritual cultivator at the level of a fairy will be born among them.


    You know, even though the chrysalis lineage seems to be in a state of desperation, there is still no shortage of celestial seeds.


    In these years, the spiritual cultivation of the Dichrysalis lineage has spent a lot of time and energy to find the Dieyou Mountain Master and try to find the inheritance treasure.


    However, although Dieyou Shanzhu was bewitched by his own demons, he was more or less rational, deliberately avoiding the younger generations, not letting them find him, so as not to hurt them.


    After Dieyou Mountain Master consciously improved his cultivation and returned to the Yunlan star area, it will be even more impossible for those spiritual practitioners who are afraid of the Temple of Heaven to find her whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang loudly announced his intentions, which made many spiritual cultivators of the Chrysalis line couldn''t hide their excitement.


    Could it be that the Dieyou Mountain Lord already knew about their plight, and he was embarrassed to come back, so he asked someone to bring back the inheritance treasure?


    If it wasn''t for the fact that the encirclement of the Zerg army hadn''t been disbanded, and the battle was still going on, many spirit cultivators from the Chrysalis lineage might have rushed to Meng Zhang and asked them carefully.


    Since Dieyou Shanzhu left and the Dichrysalis branch lost its spiritual cultivation at the level of a fairy, its right to speak among the four branches has greatly declined.


    Now, there are other three major branches of heavenly level spiritual cultivators sitting in the arena, and it is not the turn of the Chrysalis branch spiritual cultivators to move around.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s words, although the three celestial spirit cultivators did not fully believe in him, they had more or less trust in him.


    Meng Zhang was keenly aware of the change in the atmosphere in the field.


    In order to further gain the trust of the other party, Meng Zhang does not mind doing more things.


    "Now is not the time to chat. We will talk in detail after we defeat the enemies in front of us."


    Before the words fell, Meng Zhang took the lead and took the initiative to kill the army of insects not far away.


    Previously, the four insect kings managed to get out of the battle, but did not retreat immediately.


    They led the Zerg army to watch from the sidelines, and continued to maintain the encirclement of the spiritual cultivators, ready to deal with Meng Zhang''s impact.


    When Meng Zhang broke into the formation, they even took the initiative to shrink their troops and give way to the route, allowing Meng Zhang to easily join the group of spiritual practitioners.


    Although the vast majority of Zerg give people the feeling of being brutal and arrogant, they act straightforwardly.


    But at the level of the insect king, especially when facing strong enemies of the same level, he will still be more cautious.


    The four insect kings gathered their army together to prevent their forces from being too scattered and being defeated by Meng Zhang one by one.


    While Meng Zhang was talking with the spiritual practitioners, the four insect kings and a group of high-level insect races quickly analyzed Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness and looked for its weaknesses.


    Unfortunately, Meng Zhang took the initiative to launch an attack before they could come up with any results from their analysis.


    The four worm kings led the zerg army to form a formation, and they broke out with extremely strong fighting power, blocking Meng Zhang''s various magical powers and secret techniques.


    The situation at this moment is quite different from before.


    With the Zerg army led by the Zerg King, the combat effectiveness has risen several levels.


    Although Meng Zhang was still able to kill and wound the Zerg, it became very difficult to break through the formation on his own.


    The spiritual practitioners on the side hesitated for a while.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was genuinely attacking the Zerg army, and it didn''t look like a fake, they felt that it was not good to continue watching.


    Although Meng Zhang''s identity is not yet known, since Meng Zhang was entrusted by Dieyou Mountain Lord, he should not be an enemy.


    They had been suppressed and beaten by the Zerg army, and they were about to be overwhelmed.


    It is a pity that a helper finally came, but the opportunity was missed because of their distrust.


    In fact, if it hadn''t been for Meng Zhang''s sudden appearance, many high-level spiritual cultivators had already begun to consider whether to abandon the Lingju star area and embark on the road of escape again, seeing the situation was not good.


    Anyway, they escaped once in the Cloud and Mist Star Area, and now they are just repeating the old trick.


    However, in this way, the loss will be extremely heavy.


    Moreover, if you want to find such a good habitat again in the future, you may not have such good luck.


    Among so many spiritual cultivations, the three spiritual cultivations at the level of immortals are the real masters.


    After a brief discussion, they decided that they could not continue to sit idly by and should cooperate with Meng Zhang in fighting.


    Under their leadership, the formation of the originally surrounded spiritual cultivation team twisted and changed quickly.


    Although Lingxiu majored in spiritual power, it didn''t mean that they didn''t have other means to fight the enemy.


    In fact, their psychic powers are changeable and their mysteries are numerous.


    In battle, in addition to directly using spiritual power to attack the enemy, they can also use spiritual power to manipulate the vitality of the world, and even distort the rules of the world, causing many strange magical effects.


    The reason why Dieyou Shanzhu pulled Meng Zhang into the sea of ??mind as soon as she came up was because other methods she mastered had no effect on Meng Zhang.


    The formation formed by spiritual cultivators is extremely powerful, and their strength can be fully mobilized.


    I saw waves of vitality surging in the void, and countless types of vitality rushed towards the Zerg army fiercely like tides.


    The tight formation of the Zerg army is like a series of dams. Although they have paid a lot of losses, they still block the impact of the tide and maintain the integrity of the formation.


    The Zerg army led by the four Zerg Kings had been suppressing the spiritual cultivators before.


    Because of Meng Zhang, a sudden spoiler, the battle situation has undergone new changes.


    In the hearts of the four insect kings, they are still very sure about this battle.


    The four insect kings were about to lead the Zerg army to launch a counterattack, but they received some kind of information all of a sudden.


    Although full of reluctance, they still had to organize a large army to retreat.


    Seeing that the Zerg army was about to retreat, Meng Zhang was preparing to pursue the victory.


    If it was in the Taiyi Realm, the army of monks in the Taiyi Realm would have started to cooperate with Meng Zhang to fight back.


    But Meng Zhang is not familiar with these spiritual practitioners, and the cooperation between the two parties is far from tacit understanding.


    To Meng Zhang''s surprise, this group of spiritual cultivators seemed content to repel the Zerg army, and had no intention of chasing after the victory.


    Meng Zhang tried to chase him down, but gave up helplessly.


    Without the cooperation of this group of spiritual cultivators, he would not be able to keep such a huge army of Zerg on his own.


    If he chased after him rashly alone, if the enemy counterattacked, he might surround himself in turn.


    Although he was very confident in his heart, knowing that the enemy couldn''t trap him, there was no need to take risks.


    The Zerg army came fast, and the speed of retreating was not slow.


    Watching the Zerg army retreat quickly, and Lingxiu''s side broke away from the battle, Meng Zhangcai flew to them and continued the previous communication with them.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3235

    Although he was dissatisfied with the attitude of these spiritual cultivators in his heart, Meng Zhang didn''t express anything on the surface.


    If you want to completely wipe out this swarm of insects, you will probably have to rely on the power of spiritual practitioners.


    Seeing the retreat of the Zerg army, Meng Zhang came to the front of the formation of the spiritual cultivators, and was about to continue the previous conversation with them.


    Although there is not much class gap among spiritual practitioners, many times internally they do not pay much attention to superiority and inferiority.


    But since the spiritual strength is high, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3236

    To gain the initial trust of these spiritual practitioners so quickly, in addition to Meng Zhang''s own words, the spirit of the spirit bottle mentioned by him also played a big role.


    Meng Zhang briefly introduced the situation in the Taiyi Realm, and mentioned that he had taken in the spirit clan headed by the Spirit of Hualing Bottle and Qiling.


    Back then when he was in the Yunlan Star District, Hua Ling Ping Qi Ling made a lot of friends, and he was friends with many high-level spiritual practitioners.


    Due to the characteristics of the Eldar, many spiritual practitioners are willing to be close to the Eldar.


    Hearing the news of the old man, Elder Die Bian and even Layman Burning Heart were a little excited.


    They believed that Meng Zhang was sincere in helping them deal with the Zerg.


    The only question now is whether the strength of Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm can help them defeat the Zerg.


    This group of spiritual cultivators are not the kind of aggressive people, they have always been relatively peaceful, and they don''t like to participate in various disputes.


    When the Temple of Heaven aggressively attacked the Yunlan star area, their loss and defeat left a heavy shadow on them.


    They still don''t know that there is already an army of Zerg outside the Lingju star area, which has fought a battle with the Taiyi Realm.


    The Zerg army that entered the Lingju star area this time alone made them feel overwhelmed.


    The Zerg are notorious in the void, and spiritualists know about them.


    The strongest mother queen in this Zerg army has not yet appeared, and the biggest threat has not yet appeared.


    Although Meng Zhang showed not weak combat effectiveness, they didn''t know the strength of the Taiyi Realm, let alone whether they could defeat the Zerg army including the Queen Mother with the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang''s proposal is that the two sides join forces and take the initiative to attack to completely wipe out this Zerg.


    It''s okay if you win, but once you lose, the consequences will be too bad.


    The Zerg army is much larger than the army of the Temple of Heaven, and can easily surround the entire Lingju star area.


    If it is not good for them to destroy the Zerg, it will be difficult to retreat.


    The Layman Fenxin who talked with Meng Zhang and the others were not like those timid spiritual cultivators who had long thought of abandoning the Lingju star area and fleeing.


    But they bear the lives of many spiritual practitioners, so they have to think carefully.


    They must consider the pros and cons of the matter, taking into account the various circumstances.


    Meng Zhang''s proposal was not answered immediately, which made him slander these spiritual practitioners endlessly.


    He was already dissatisfied with the performance of these spiritual mothers-in-law before.


    If he had known that this group of spiritual cultivators were so unhappy in doing things, he really shouldn''t have come here to help.


    However, the coming has already come, and it is useless to regret it.


    Moreover, the Taiyi Realm has already rushed here, so it is hard for him to give up.


    Meng Zhang provoked them a few words intentionally or unintentionally, and also pointed out the strength of them.


    If they can''t respond in time and give the Zerg army more time to deploy, it will be very unfavorable whether it is fighting or retreating.


    In the current situation, whichever side makes the first move will take the initiative.


    Elder Caidie is grateful to Meng Zhang for bringing back the treasures of the Chrysalis lineage.


    However, he disagreed with Meng Zhang''s instigation of the two to join forces to wipe out the Zerg army.


    She has always acted conservatively and has a deep aversion to adventure.


    Facing the powerful army of Zerg, she has long suggested that everyone evacuate the Lingju star area as soon as possible.


    Where there is life, there is hope.


    As long as their spiritual practice is still there, sooner or later they will be able to find another place in the void to rebuild their home.


    Spiritual cultivation is not suitable, there is really no need to sacrifice in vain here.


    She saw that Layman Burning Heart and the others were really thinking about Meng Zhang''s proposal, and felt moved by Meng Zhang''s persuasion, so she couldn''t help but refute it.


    As we all know, the most powerful of a Zerg race is the empress.


    As long as the mother emperor survives, this Zerg race will not perish.


    The empress is unfathomable, once she shows up, they will definitely not be able to resist.


    ...


    Elder Caidie said a lot, just to persuade Layman Burning Heart and the others to lead everyone to evacuate as soon as possible.


    Although the Chrysalis lineage is still one of the four major branches of spiritual cultivation, but there is no spiritual cultivation at the level of a fairy, and the right to speak has plummeted, and it is about to fall out of the decision-making circle of spiritual cultivation.


    Hearing Elder Caidie''s words, Meng Zhang was about to refute, but found that the three spiritual cultivators at the level of immortals, including Lay Burning Heart, had strange expressions, as if they had something to say.


    Layman Fenxin was making eye contact with his two companions, but when he met Meng Zhang''s gaze, he felt a little embarrassed.


    He hesitated for a moment, and with the consent of one of the two companions, he told Meng Zhang some secrets.


    It turned out that the main purpose of this Zerg army''s large-scale invasion of the Lingju star area was not to compete for territory and resources, but to come for a treasure.


    He did not elaborate on what the treasure was.


    It''s just that this Zerg is bound to get this treasure.


    As long as no treasure is obtained, this Zerg will keep chasing them to the ends of the earth.


    Ancestor Feiyu also added a few words, detailing what happened.


    Some time ago, the queen mother of this Zerg race did not come, but she used her powerful spiritual power to go deep into the Lingju star area and came into contact with the three of them.


    The Zerg Empress threatened them to hand over the treasure, but they naturally refused.


    The psychic powers of the two sides launched a secret confrontation.


    The three of them outnumbered the few, and managed to temporarily repel the spiritual power of the Zerg Mother Queen.


    During this contact, the two sides found out some information about each other.


    The reason why the Zerg Queen didn''t come in person was because she was currently fighting with a great enemy.


    Although that archenemy was not his opponent, he restrained a large part of her strength and slowed her down.


    Through this contact, the Zerg Empress confirmed that the treasure was in the hands of Layman Fenxin and the others, and tested their strength.


    Next, the four worm kings led the zerg army to attack in a large scale, forcing the spirit cultivators to a disadvantage.


    Elder Caidie and Elder Diebian couldn''t help but change color after hearing these words.


    They have known for a long time that because of the lack of spiritual cultivation at the level of immortals, their lineage has been unable to enter the circle of Layman Burning Heart and the others.


    But on such a big matter, the three Laymen Fenxin still kept it from them, which is a bit too much.


    Since this Zerg army didn''t come here to compete for the Spiritual Ju star area, it is meaningless for Elder Caidie to suggest that the spiritual cultivators go away.


    She originally wanted to ask, what kind of treasure is it that the Zerg mother emperor is bound to get?


    Can they hand over this treasure in exchange for the withdrawal of the Zerg army?


    But when the words reached her lips, she swallowed them back into her stomach.


    Just now, she really recognized the status of herself and others.


    She and her fellow disciples are not even qualified to participate in decision-making for such a major matter that concerns the life and death of all spiritual practitioners.


    Those who can really make the decisions are the three Laymen Burning Heart.


    Don''t look at their benevolent and kind elders on weekdays, but when they really make up their minds, no one else can defy them.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3237

    When Layman Fenxin mentioned the so-called treasures, Meng Zhang didn''t feel the slightest wave in his heart.


    As the descendant of Taiyi Golden Immortal, with his inheritance, his vision has long been raised very high.


    He may not pay attention to the treasures that ordinary angels fight for.


    To make him lose his face and fight for it regardless of his status and morality, at least the treasure of the level of the Immortal Venerable.


    This group of spiritual cultivation is mediocre, and their luck is not very good. There may be something extraordinary "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3238

    According to Meng Zhang''s plan, it is best to destroy the Zerg army led by the six Zerg kings before the Zerg mother emperor arrives here.


    In this way, they can concentrate on dealing with the strongest Zerg empress in the subsequent battles.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm and spiritual cultivators have joined forces, it is entirely possible to complete Meng Zhang''s plan.


    The Taiyi Realm took the lead.


    One after another, the void warships left the Taiyi Realm and moved forward, forming a loose formation in front of the Taiyi Realm, speeding forward.


    After the Zerg in front came into range, the Void Battleships opened fire without hesitation.


    The ferocious firepower created gaps in the Zerg army.


    There were also many long-range attacking units in the Zerg army, and they immediately launched a counterattack, fighting the opponent vigorously.


    Taiyi Realm quickly caught up from behind and joined the battle.


    These void battleships take the etheric world as their support and center, and keep bombarding the Zerg army.


    Taiyi Realm is more like a huge fortress, with extremely fierce firepower.


    After each large-scale fire, it can disperse or even eliminate a Zerg team.


    The spiritual cultivators still kept their word and did not let Taiyi Realm participate in the battle alone.


    They don''t seem to know how to preserve their strength and steal and play tricks, but honestly put their main force into the battle.


    I saw the spiritual cultivators formed a special formation, moving towards the Zerg army, and at the same time began to stimulate their spiritual power.


    The spiritual power like the tide pushes the vitality in the void, and even distorts the rules of heaven and earth in the void.


    Countless Zergs exploded and died before they had contact with the spiritual practitioners.


    Layman Burning Heart, the three celestial-level spiritual cultivators, have been staying in the spiritual cultivating team, controlling and guiding the gathered power of all spiritual cultivators.


    The six insect kings each lead their personal guards and serve as the nodes of the entire army of insects, gathering countless forces of the insects to fight against the enemy.


    The Moon God temporarily stays in the Heaven Realm of the Taiyi Realm, coordinating and controlling the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and blessing the monks from all sides of the Taiyi Realm participating in the war.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing led an elite team of monks to attack the Zerg army head-on, trying to get inside.


    To deal with the Zerg army, the beheading tactic is a good choice.


    As long as the six worm kings are eliminated, the entire zerg army will probably fall into huge chaos.


    Compared with starting from the periphery, slowly clearing the wings of the Zerg army, and stepping into the army step by step, this tactic can tell the winner faster.


    Of course, if he didn''t have absolute confidence in his own strength, he wouldn''t dare to use such a tactic easily.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing took the lead, and each used their own means to kill the Zerg army in front, which kept retreating, almost shaking the formation of the entire army.


    An Moran, Jade Dragon King, Mu Xingtong and other real immortal-level powerhouses guarded Meng Zhang''s two wings and continued to expand their battle results.


    The number of such a small team is less than double digits, but it is extremely ferocious. It is like an extremely sharp knife, easily entering the Zerg army, and has the posture to kill the entire army.


    If they can''t be stopped in time, maybe they will shake the entire Zerg army.


    The two insect kings led the personal guards and took the initiative to intercept them.


    The yin and yang qi turned into a long river and rushed straight, easily dissipating the guards led by the two insect kings, and made the two insect kings have to retreat again and again.


    Meng Zhang showed great power and showed extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    The two insect kings at the level of immortals, together with their personal guards, had almost no power to fight back in front of him, and could only be passively beaten.


    A celestial-level insect king, with the help of the personal guards.


    Logically speaking, the combat power should be about the same as that of ordinary angels.


    But the two insect kings were completely suppressed by Meng Zhang, and they continued to bear his fierce blows.


    Another worm king came to help with his personal guards, but Gu Yue Lingqing easily stopped him.


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s combat power was also stronger than that of ordinary celestial beings.


    He was probably inspired by Meng Zhang, and he was so brave that he beat the worm king back steadily.


    Although there are still three-headed insect kings, they can''t be separated now and must take charge of the entire Zerg army.


    Otherwise, whether it is the onslaught from the second world or the impact from the spiritual cultivators, it is possible to defeat the entire Zerg army.


    The three worm kings had to lead an army to fight against two enemies, and they could not directly help their companions deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    The only thing they can do is to mobilize more Zerg army to besiege Meng Zhang and the others.


    There is no Zerg army led by the insect king himself at the level of an immortal. In front of Meng Zhang and the others, they just came to die purely.


    Anyway, the Zerg army is large in number, and it seems that they can afford this kind of loss.


    Several insect kings were still a little bit aggrieved before, and felt that they should not retreat in front of the interface between Meng Zhang and Taiyi.


    Before the war, they even had the idea of ??winning.


    Now that they have seen the powerful strength of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie, their mentality has changed again.


    They didn''t want to defeat Meng Zhang and the others, they just wanted to delay the time until the Zerg Mother Queen came to reinforce them.


    Since Meng Zhang chose the beheading tactic, he was naturally unwilling to entangle the enemy slowly, but wanted to make a quick decision as much as possible.


    After a long river of yin and yang energy collided and twisted in the void, it temporarily separated the two insect kings he was facing from the other army of insect races.


    The two insect kings had an ominous premonition in their hearts.


    They led the guards to join forces, huddled together to keep warm, and fought against the mighty Meng Zhang together.


    Meng Zhang broke away from the small team he led, and crashed into the guards of the two insect kings.


    Countless fierce sword qi swam around Meng Zhang''s body.


    All Zerg members who tried to get close to his body, no matter how high or low they were, were smashed to pieces by the sword energy.


    The remaining personal guards of the two Zerg Kings gathered together, at least thousands of Zerg members, including many powerful high-level Zerg.


    But in front of Meng Zhang, they were like chickens and dogs, completely vulnerable.


    Meng Xianting walked like a stroll, facing countless broken limbs and broken bodies of the Zerg, and approached the two Zerg Kings step by step.


    The two worm kings gathered the strength of their personal guards and issued a series of strange secret techniques, which were easily resolved by Meng Zhang before they got close.


    Although the Zerg race has many powerful secret arts with different functions, it is obviously not a wise choice to fight Meng Zhang, a magician.


    Meng Zhang continued to show his power against the spells of the two insect kings.


    It didn''t take long for the two insect king''s personal guards to be slaughtered.


    You must know that the members of the Zerg King''s personal guards are all carefully selected from thousands of Zerg strongmen, and they have extremely strong abilities.


    Among them, there is no lack of powerhouses at the level of true immortals.


    The captain of the personal guard is looking forward to being by the side of the insect king, being impregnated with his power, and greatly improving in all aspects.


    After the insect king gathers the power of the personal guards, it can greatly improve its own strength.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3239

    The two insect kings who led the guards and joined forces to fight against the enemy are not necessarily weaker than the two ordinary angels.


    And being in the Zerg army, they have the advantage of home court.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing led an elite team to enter the formation and carried out beheading tactics, which received the full cooperation of the Taiyi world and the spiritual cultivation team.


    The two families shared and restrained the main force of the Zerg army, so that Meng Zhang and the others could easily enter the formation and succeed.


    If the team led by Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing were allowed to do whatever they wanted within the Zerg army camp, the entire army might collapse.


    The three insect kings successively led their personal guards to stop Meng Zhang.


    But instead of achieving the goal, he put himself in danger.


    Although they were in the Zerg army, surrounded by companions not far away, it seemed that they could get reinforcements and care at any time, but the two Zerg kings had to face Meng Zhang alone.


    Even for them who are not afraid of death, there is a chill in their hearts.


    Meng Zhang''s seemingly rough actions are actually carefully designed.


    He managed to form such a favorable situation, so of course he should make good use of it.


    The yin and yang extermination god thunders turned into huge thunder nets, completely surrounding the two insect kings.


    The suddenly distorted laws of heaven and earth dissolved their various means of defense and resistance, and caused them to be injured quickly.


    They struggled to sustain themselves under the bombardment of the divine thunder, and their injuries continued to worsen.


    It was probably stimulated by the injury of the two insect kings, and the surrounding army of insect race rushed towards them like crazy, trying to rescue them.


    The long river formed by the two yin and yang qi does not change much, but it is indestructible and very resilient. It successfully keeps all the Zerg army out and prevents them from advancing an inch.


    The other worm king was also restrained by Gu Yue Lingqing, unable to protect himself, unable to rescue his companions at all.


    Seemingly sensing the crisis of their companions, the three Zerg Kings who were commanding and controlling the Zerg army also became anxious.


    It''s a pity that at this time, Taiyi Realm and spiritual cultivators also stepped up their offensive, making them unable to support their companions.


    If you don''t count the combat power of the immortal level, the overall combat power of this Zerg army should be higher than both the Taiyi world and the spirit cultivators.


    But it was the disparity in top-level combat power, coupled with Meng Zhang''s swift offensive, that disrupted the rhythm of the Zerg army and made it passive.


    The two worm kings dragged their scarred bodies, and finally withstood the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder.


    Meng Zhang knew that the opportunity was rare, if he wanted to completely kill the two insect kings, he had to seize the opportunity in front of him.


    The surrounding void surged, and all other laws of heaven and earth were repelled, and this place became dominated by the law of yin and yang.


    The power of all yin and yang magic powers has been greatly improved.


    All other types of spells were suppressed.


    The two insect kings withstood the bombardment of a wave of yin and yang extermination god thunder, and more fierce thunder nets rushed over again.


    Even the two insect kings, who were extremely fierce and always belligerent, let out weak laments.


    Soon, the aura on them became more ferocious, and their strength began to skyrocket.


    Meng Zhang sensed a strange will coming.


    The mother queen of this Zerg clan sensed the crisis of the fall of the two Zerg kings.


    Although theoretically speaking, the most important thing for the entire Zerg race is the Queen Mother.


    As long as the Queen Mother is safe, even if the entire Zerg Race is wiped out, the Queen Mother can rebuild the Zerg Race.


    Of course, this rebuilding doesn''t come without a price.


    It takes a lot of time, a lot of resources, and countless painstaking efforts of the empress...


    The two insect kings at the level of immortals are definitely not wealth that can be easily discarded for the empress.


    Therefore, even though the Empress Dowager was separated by a long distance, a ray of will still descended with great power.


    With the blessing of the Queen Mother''s power, the two insect kings who had already started to get tired regained their spirits and summoned up their remaining strength to continue to contend with Meng Zhang.


    The wisp of will that descended from the mother queen of the Zerg race began to investigate Meng Zhang unscrupulously.


    From this wisp of will, Meng Zhang sensed the meaning of being aloof, ignoring everything, and treating everything in the world as worthless.


    This kind of will is even more terrifying than the will of some heavenly demons.


    This wisp of will needed more actions, but was directly expelled by Meng Zhang who changed the laws of heaven and earth.


    The will of the mother queen to come disappeared, but the power she carried remained, and was blessed to the two insect kings.


    Meng Zhang temporarily put aside other thoughts, and continued to attack the two insect kings with all his strength, trying to kill them as soon as possible.


    The Queen Mother blessed them with great power, but it didn''t play much role in the battle.


    Meng Zhang directly manipulated the laws of heaven and earth to launch an attack.


    The two insect kings suddenly felt hot and cold. One side of the body is cold, the other side is hot...


    This state lasted for a short time, and their extremely thick, hill-like carapace suddenly shattered.


    You must know that the insect king''s carapace is almost indestructible, and it can directly resist the bombardment of many fairy-level spells.


    An ordinary fairy-level flying sword might not even leave a mark on it.


    The insect king''s carapace is very popular in the refining market, and it is one of the best main materials for refining defensive fairy weapons.


    Meng Zhang used a lot of energy to crush it with the power of the law of heaven and earth.


    Without the protection of the carapace, the defense of the two insect kings was greatly reduced.


    The Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder kept blasting towards the core of their huge bodies.


    The rest of the Zerg Kings and the surrounding Zerg army frantically launched rescue efforts, but it was completely in vain.


    The so-called centipede is dead but not stiff. It took Meng Zhang a lot of effort to completely end the lives of the two insect kings.


    In a frontal battle, killing two insect kings of the Celestial level in one go is a record worth boasting about.


    From this battle, Meng Zhang has gained a lot.


    The biggest one is that he personally experienced that the two worm kings are so powerful that they can rely on their talents to distort the laws of heaven and earth...


    But their comprehension of the Dao of Heaven and Earth is still far behind.


    They lack a deep understanding of the laws of heaven and earth, and they just use them instinctively, which is not a skill at all.


    Their use of the laws of heaven and earth is not worthy of their cultivation.


    Meng Zhang distorted and changed the laws of heaven and earth, just hitting their vital points, which can be regarded as a clever break.


    The two insect kings were killed by Meng Zhang just like that, and the other insect kings felt unbelievable.


    The originally aggressive Zerg army also lost momentum, and there was a lot of chaos inside.


    Meng Zhang was considered to have severely damaged this Zerg army.


    He put away the remains of the two bug kings.


    While taking the time to restore the previous consumption, he continued to manipulate the Yin and Yang Qi to disrupt the formation of the Zerg army.


    An angry will descended upon the Zerg army.


    The Zerg Queen sensed the fall of the two Zerg Kings.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3240

    It is not easy to train a worm king at the level of a fairy.


    Suddenly, two insect kings of the Celestial level were killed. For this Zerg, it was a very heavy loss.


    As the leader of the Zerg, the Empress immediately became furious.


    It''s a pity that this queen mother is still in a very far away place, entangled with the enemy.


    Her real body cannot come here for the time being, only her thoughts can come quickly.


    She can sense everything that happens here through the Zerg army present, and can also control all the Zerg present.


    Several huge Zerg burst suddenly and turned into a pool of flesh and blood.


    Their strong bodies could not withstand the power of the empress.


    The angry empress vented intentionally or unintentionally, blasting off several high-level Zerg in one go.


    Meng Zhang was not afraid of the anger of the mother emperor, but deliberately made a provocative gesture.


    He aggressively charged and killed among the Zerg army, making the Zerg mother feel that he had nothing to fear.


    The mother queen of the Zerg race, who should have been further angered, lost her will all of a sudden, and did not show any other signs, as if she had calmed down.


    The empress herself is extremely indifferent, and doesn''t take the lives of her subordinates seriously.


    Her anger just now was because of the loss of her own wealth.


    Facing Meng Zhang''s deliberate provocation, she responded calmly instead.


    Since the mother emperor of Zerg didn''t pay attention to him, Meng Zhang killed the Zerg army even more arrogantly.


    Losing two celestial-level insect kings at once, the strength of the severely injured Zerg army plummeted.


    Meng Zhang is ready to make persistent efforts and continue to kill the insect king.


    The worm king who was entangled with Gu Yue Lingqing, saw Meng Zhang approaching aggressively, immediately took the initiative to retreat, retreated into the zerg army, and used the huge number of zerg army to cover himself.


    Gu Yue Lingqing chased and killed him for a while, but failed. Instead, he watched helplessly as the opponent disappeared into the depths of the Zerg army.


    Gu Yue Lingqing killed the surrounding Zerg army as if venting, killing a large area of ??Zerg in one go.


    The Zerg army was too numerous. Even if Gu Yue Lingqing killed them wantonly, it would take a long time to consume enough of them.


    The remaining Zerg Kings didn''t dare to confront Meng Zhang, nor did they dare to stop Gu Yue Lingqing at will. They only dared to let the Zerg army rush towards them in an endless stream, trying to stop them by consuming the Zerg''s lives.


    The huge Zerg army seemed to be thick barriers, temporarily blocking the impact of Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing.


    It seemed that the remaining insect kings no longer cared about the formation of the entire army, and no matter how much they lost, they were unwilling to face Meng Zhang and the others.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the others would not be polite, rampaging and killing wantonly among the formation of the Zerg army.


    Anyway, the Zerg race is a foreign race, and they don''t belong to the mainstream practice system of Void. Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t have any scruples, so they killed them.


    But after a while, countless Zergs died in their hands.


    Many high-level Zerg with sufficient intelligence felt scared and flinched.


    On the contrary, those low-level Zerg with no intelligence still rushed over like moths to a flame.


    Among the Zerg army, rulers such as Queen Mother and Zerg King have absolute control over the lower Zerg.


    No matter how unwilling those high-level Zerg were, they couldn''t resist the orders from above, so they could only continue rushing to die.


    After the formation of the Zerg army was disrupted by Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing, the Taiyi Realm monks and spiritual cultivators seized the opportunity and launched a fierce attack.


    The spiritual practitioners may still be a little reserved, and their attack methods are not fierce enough.


    The huge Taiyi Realm came out more and more from its own fleet, and directly crushed the formation of the Zerg army.


    The Taiyi Realm has not yet approached completely, and its huge size has brought enormous pressure, making the Zerg army begin to waver.


    The ferocious firepower sprayed from above quickly harvested the lives of the Zerg.


    The remaining four insect kings seemed to have accepted this result, and continued to hide behind even if they lost the entire army.


    The price to be paid to create a celestial-level insect king is enough to create a huge army.


    Of course Meng Zhang knew the importance of top combat power.


    After he eliminated the two insect kings, he didn''t intend to stop there, trying to kill more insect kings.


    But the other four insect kings didn''t know whether they had become smarter, or they had been instructed by the queen mother, they kept hiding from Meng Zhang, and used the huge army of insect race to pester him, but they didn''t fight him head-on.


    Meng Zhang spent a lot of effort several times to kill the formation of the Zerg army, but the four Zerg kings immediately led the guards and moved quickly.


    Meng Zhang wanted to continue chasing, but was entangled for a while by the army of Zerg who threw his life away.


    When he finally got rid of the entanglement and chased after him again, the opponent began to shift again.


    During the transfer process of the four insect kings, the control and blessing of the army under their command was greatly weakened, resulting in more losses for the entire army.


    If this was another race, the army of other cultivation systems might have already been shaken and dissatisfied.


    But the Zerg army is like a machine without emotion, it will only silently accept the orders of the mother emperor, and dare not disobey in the slightest.


    Meng Zhang chased and killed the insect king several times but failed, so he had discovered the other party''s intentions.


    The other party has been delaying time.


    Needless to say, their purpose of delaying time was to wait for the arrival of the Zerg Queen.


    Now, it''s a race against time.


    If Meng Zhang can wipe them all out before the Zerg mother queen arrives here, then Meng Zhang and the others will be in a very proactive situation.


    If they succeed in delaying time, not only can they save their lives, but they might even be able to trap Meng Zhang in turn.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the monks in the Taiyi Realm gave a crazy look and attacked the Zerg army frantically.


    Teams of high-ranking monks and void warships launched a fierce attack on the Zerg army.


    The spiritual cultivators are also using their own means to actively cooperate with the Taiyi Realm to fight.


    The originally neat formation of the Zerg army has begun to become messy.


    Once the formation became messy and the Zerg army lost its organization, its combat effectiveness plummeted, and it became the target of wanton slaughter by monks.


    Without the cover of the Zerg army, the four Zerg kings were quickly exposed to Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing kept exerting their strength, as if they wanted to catch up with the four insect kings.


    Finally, a worm king failed to transfer and was blocked by Meng Zhang.


    He still had a bit of courage, seeing that there was no hope of escape, he led the guards and launched a desperate charge towards Meng Zhang.


    The result was of course no surprise.


    Gu Yue Lingqing helped Meng Zhang block the Zerg army that came to reinforce him, allowing Meng Zhang to deal with the Zerg King wholeheartedly.


    Even though the other three worm kings fully mobilized the zerg army to support them, this worm king was still killed by Meng Zhang.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3241

    As another celestial-level worm king was killed by Meng Zhang, bursts of anger came from the zerg army.


    This is another worm king, giving birth to the feeling of sorrow for the death of a rabbit and a fox.


    Most of the time, the insect king at the level of a fairy has enough wisdom to understand everything that happens.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about resting, and was going to strike while the iron was hot, and found several insect kings again, and killed them completely.


    At this time, the mutation finally happened.


    I saw a large area of ??Zerg, arranged in a complex and huge pattern.


    Following bursts of mysterious low-pitched chants from the Zerg army, countless Zergs suddenly exploded, and their entire bodies turned into a puddle of flesh and blood.


    These flesh and blood gathered together and all flowed into that huge pattern.


    The pattern was supplemented with enough flesh and blood, and it immediately spun quickly.


    Soon, that huge pattern turned into a huge portal.


    More Zerg burst and turned into countless flesh and blood, which seemed to be some kind of power, making them start to move slowly.


    A crack slowly appeared in the huge portal.


    Cold, bloodthirsty, angry... and other breaths quickly came out from the portal.


    More and more Zerg members exploded and turned into flesh and blood, which became a stronger driving force to push this portal.


    When the portal appeared, Meng Zhang had an ominous premonition, and instinctively wanted to rush over to stop it from operating.


    However, countless Zerg armies rushed over one after another, dragging his pace with their lives.


    Even the insect kings who were moving quickly to avoid his pursuit did not continue to move, but guarded the portal with all their strength to ensure that it would not be damaged and could be opened smoothly.


    Meng Zhang had just killed a group of cannon fodder and wounded a bug king who was blocking his way.


    Before he got close to the portal, a powerful repelling force blocked him.


    With such a slight delay, he lost his best chance.


    I saw that the door was completely opened, revealing the scene behind the door.


    Behind the portal, there was an empty void at first, and then a huge insect appeared there, trying to come here through the portal.


    Judging from the aura on its body, this huge insect is probably the queen mother of this Zerg race.


    If the real body of a queen mother descends, everyone present will be in trouble.


    It''s a pity that the arrival of the empress is already unstoppable.


    The huge bug wasn''t slow, but rather swift.


    She stretched out a pair of insect feet and pulled the huge door, and squeezed her huge body over.


    The real body of the Zerg Mother Queen had just arrived, and the entire Zerg army seemed to have received some invisible stimulus, and its momentum suddenly rose, even its shape changed.


    The main part of the Zerg Queen''s body came over, but the other parts of her huge body remained there.


    The huge body twisted slightly, and immediately gave birth to terrifying power.


    There are several huge tentacles on her body, as if pulling something, desperately moving towards this side.


    Meng Zhang was going to interrupt his action, but after thinking about it for a while, the main part of the other party''s body has come here, so it doesn''t make much sense for him to make a move at this time.


    Accompanied by violent shocks, the huge tentacles protruding from the Queen Mother forcibly pulled a hill-like palace from the gate to this side.


    The palace was struggling non-stop, but it was not only tightly entangled by tentacles, but also suppressed by the Queen Mother''s secret method, and it was still unable to break free.


    According to Meng Zhang''s observation, the other side of that portal is a void that is very far away from here.


    The Zerg Empress probably opened the space portal forcefully in order to quickly reinforce the Zerg army here, crossed a long distance, and came directly here.


    And the palace that has been trapped by him is probably his enemy.


    At such a critical juncture, the empress refused to let go of this arch enemy. It seemed that the hatred between the two parties was very deep.


    Another reason why Meng Zhang didn''t interrupt his actions was that he wanted him to forcibly pull the palace over.


    As soon as the Zerg Empress appeared, she began to release her powerful aura unscrupulously.


    After feeling its breath, Meng Zhang, who has always been calm, couldn''t help but change his face.


    Judging from the strength of power alone, this Zerg Queen Mother is almost like a fairy. This Zerg Mother Queen is a powerful enemy that Meng Zhang has never encountered.


    Relying on his own strength, it is very likely that he will not be able to defeat the opponent.


    Although the palace was restrained by it, it still restrained part of the Queen Mother''s power more or less.


    After the Zerg Mother Queen pulled the palace over, the huge portal quickly disappeared.


    The empress''s whole body was covered with dense compound eyes, and she glanced around lightly. All the monks present felt shuddering and numb.


    Although the Queen Mother was observing all the monks around her, her focus was on Meng Zhang from the very beginning.


    The Queen Mother is indifferent, but she holds grudges very much.


    Meng Zhangzhu killed three insect kings at the level of heavenly immortals, causing unprecedented losses to this group.


    He was even more arrogant before, provoking face-to-face, and he was already on the empress'' must-kill list.


    The Empress opened her mouth wide, and spit out countless light spots.


    These light spots turned into a brand new Zerg army in the void, and it was led by two insect kings at the level of angels.


    The original Zerg army that was on the verge of collapse, after the arrival of the Queen Mother, its morale was boosted, it got stronger blessings, and began to stabilize its position.


    This new Zerg army immediately rushed to the battlefield, joined the battle, and joined hands with the original Zerg army.


    The two Zerg armies came from the same ethnic group, so they were originally one.


    Under the leadership of a total of five insect kings, the entire army cooperated tacitly, formed a strict formation, and exploded with extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    The Taiyi Realm and spiritual cultivators were once again caught in a bitter battle.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about anything else.


    He was being targeted by the Zerg mother emperor, and he had no time to care about him at the moment.


    The Zerg Queen did not join the Zerg army, but was in an empty void not far away.


    Facing an unprecedentedly powerful enemy, Meng Zhang had no intention of evading.


    He took a step forward, and his figure appeared in front of the empress.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to Heavenly Immortal, he encountered many opponents of the same rank.


    Among them, the strongest is probably the Luanxi Heavenly Demon who had just been promoted back then.


    In the end, many gods and immortals joined forces to completely kill this powerful enemy.


    Compared with the empress who is facing today, the Luanxi Heavenly Demon back then is a world of difference in terms of strength alone.


    Meng Zhang knew that this time he was going to face a severe test.


    In the current situation, unless he is willing to abandon the Taiyi Realm, abandon the disciples and escape.


    Otherwise, he had no choice but to confront the opponent head-on.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3242

    The Empress Dowager, who had no feelings, unscrupulously exposed her inevitable murderous intent when facing Meng Zhang.


    Although part of the power was restrained by that palace, and part of the power was allocated to support the Zerg army, she still had the advantage of crushing Meng Zhang when she faced Meng Zhang.


    The mother queen of the Zerg race took a light breath, and then suddenly sprayed in the direction where Meng Zhang was.


    While the empress was swallowing, it aroused a vast void. "The Road to the Master" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3243

    Tai Miao''s combat strength should be used in key places, and now is not the time for him to appear on the stage.


    Meng Zhang continued to deal with the Zerg Queen. In addition to looking for more weaknesses of the other party, he was still trying to contact the trapped palace.


    The palace seemed to be trapped, but being able to persist for so long under the hands of the Queen Mother showed its extraordinary strength.


    Perhaps, just need a little chance, the monks in this palace will be able to get out of trouble and become his great help. Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3246

    Even in such an unfavorable situation, the body was constantly being attacked, and the injuries on the body continued to aggravate, the empress still did not forget to fight back.


    She didn''t defend passively, nor did she intend to run away immediately. The tyrannical force continued to press down on several enemies, as if fighting to the end.


    The vitality of the Zerg mother queen is really tyrannical. After suffering such a heavy injury, she can still continue to be alive and kicking, and she can fight back. She can still have such fighting power that Meng Zhang has "Leading the Immortal Head" in hand. Please wait a moment, the content will be updated , please refresh the page again to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3249

    Although a long time ago, Meng Zhang, who has always been good at planning for a rainy day, has already started to hit the gods in the future, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3251

    The opening of the cave, but the stronger the cave opened by the immortal, the greater the pressure he needs to bear in the process.


    This is also a contradiction for many angels.


    When opening up the cave, I hope that the stronger the cave, the better.


    But the cave is too powerful, and the pressure brought by "Xiangmen Xianlu" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3244

    Meng Zhang was unwilling to obey the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and led the Taiyi Realm to break away from him early.


    But he didn''t want to become enemies with Lingkong Immortal World, and he still hoped that the two sides could maintain a normal and peaceful relationship.


    In addition, he has used the prestige of the Lingkong fairyland more than once to gain benefits.


    With the deepening of his experience and knowledge, he has a deeper understanding of the official handling methods of Lingkong Immortal World.


    He knew that the official style of the Lingkong Immortal Realm was gentle, and it was somewhat of a Taoist style of governing by doing nothing. He shouldn''t care much about the behavior of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    As long as Meng Zhang doesn''t openly fight against the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he probably won''t be punished by the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials.


    But he has a lot of enemies in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and he is worried that these enemies will cause trouble.


    Although he also has friends such as Banxue Jianjun and Gu Yue''s family, who help him overtly or secretly.


    However, if he wanted to completely resolve the entanglement with the Lingkong Immortal Realm and avoid getting into trouble with the authorities, it would be best to establish friendship with a Golden Immortal Sect like Wuliang Tianzong.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang not only wants to defeat the Empress this time, save Liang Yu Tianxian, but it is best to help him completely solve the Empress.


    Under the onslaught of the Queen Mother, Meng Zhang dodged from left to right and blocked from left to right, looking a bit embarrassed.


    The Queen Mother didn''t know that Meng Zhang had already established contact with Liang Yu Tianxian, let alone that Meng Zhang still kept Tai Miao''s trump card.


    She felt that she had suppressed Meng Zhang and that victory was in sight.


    She is not satisfied with just defeating Meng Zhang, she has to completely kill Meng Zhang and devour him to barely make up for the loss this time.


    A large part of her attention now is on preventing Meng Zhang from escaping.


    In a battle of the immortal level, it is not difficult to defeat the opponent, but it is not so easy to completely keep the opponent behind.


    The queen mother seems to be rough and domineering, but in fact she is delicate and scheming.


    Like a spider, she began to weave a web slowly, slowly laying out the layout.


    When Meng Zhang, the prey, was completely trapped, it was when she exploded.


    Except around Meng Zhang, the laws of heaven and earth in the void in a larger area are slowly changing.


    The empress forcibly sealed off the space, cutting off the possibility of Meng Zhang using space teleportation to escape.


    In the previous battles, Meng Zhang was unable to cast Blink because the space was blocked, so he had to rely on his own speed to dodge the opponent''s attack.


    Empress Dowager''s intention to seal off a larger area is naturally self-evident.


    In addition, she forcibly distorted the laws of heaven and earth, causing the five elements to become disordered, making it impossible for Meng Zhang to perform various escape techniques such as the five elements escape technique.


    Although Meng Zhang is not specialized in physical training, he is skilled at flying away and moves extremely fast.


    In fact, in order to avoid close combat with the enemy, most dharma practitioners will practice special methods of dodging and moving.


    It''s not that Meng Zhang doesn''t have the power of melee combat, but he has always disliked melee combat.


    Especially when facing an enemy like the Empress, he dared not fight him in close combat.


    He found that the opponent''s huge power was getting stronger and stronger, and he was constantly compressing his dodging space.


    If this situation doesn''t change, it won''t be long before he can''t avoid it and has to fight head-on with his opponent.


    The absolute power displayed by the empress is so strong, how dare Meng Zhang fight her head on.


    So far, the mother emperor has been the main attacker, and Meng Zhang has hardly hurt her at all.


    Whether it is the fierce sword energy transformed by the Liangyi Tongtian Sword, or the celestial magic powers such as the Yin-Yang Extermination God Thunder, they can only help him resist and parry the opponent''s attack, but they cannot harm the opponent at all.


    As the battle progressed, the empress felt that she had a chance to win, and the trap she wove was getting tighter and tighter.


    Before long, she will be able to completely trap Meng Zhang here.


    In the distance, the Taiyi Realm and spiritual cultivators joined hands and were fighting an inextricable battle with the Zerg army.


    The Zerg army had suffered great losses before, and was later supplemented by the empress.


    The combined forces of Taiyi Realm and Lingxiu are far inferior to the army of Zerg.


    However, due to the gap in top-level combat power, they not only stabilized their positions, but were also able to kill and injure the enemy in large numbers.


    The two sides seemed to be in a stalemate, but the Lingxiu and Taiyi worlds suffered little losses, while the Zerg army suffered huge losses almost all the time.


    There is probably no big problem for a celestial-level insect king to fight against an ordinary god.


    But their opponents, who seem to be at the same level as them, are much stronger than them.


    Layman Burning Heart and the other three spiritual cultivators at the level of immortals, their combat effectiveness is probably at the level of ordinary immortals.


    If it is a one-on-one battle, they are only stronger than the gang of insect kings.


    Gu Yue Lingqing has practiced with the Taiyi Realm for many years, and her current combat effectiveness is far greater than that of the Zerg army. Seeing that the Zerg army suffered heavy losses, she couldn''t help speeding up her persecution of Meng Zhang.


    The Zerg army she lost was her capital in the void, so she couldn''t just lose it for nothing.


    The mother queen of the Zerg tribe thought she was weaving to trap Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang was setting up a trap secretly.


    He quietly changed the operation of the laws of the surrounding world, but did not activate it immediately.


    Because the empress''s actions covered up his movement, it has not been exposed yet.


    Faced with the increasingly fierce offensive of the empress, Meng Zhang almost lost all his strength to fight back, his body turned into a streamer, dashing left and right in the surrounding void, dodging around.


    Since the surrounding space has been imprisoned by the empress, he can''t escape too far.


    At this moment, he was like a bug caught in a snare, struggling in vain.


    The empress is accumulating strength and preparing for the final blow to Meng Zhang.


    As if sensing the crisis, the streamer that Meng Zhang turned into moved faster, but he still couldn''t escape the snare.


    At this time, a beam of light flew out from the Taiyi Realm, and flew towards Meng Zhang''s battlefield at high speed.


    The empress casually glanced at the other party, not caring, it was just an ordinary god.


    She has experienced many battles, and she has long been on guard against Meng Zhang''s hole cards.


    Now probably because he knew he was cornered, Meng Zhang had to use all his strength and exposed all his trump cards.


    The empress had long been on guard against this, and she didn''t take an ordinary god in her eyes at all.


    Because the space around the battlefield is blocked, no matter how anxious the god is, he can only fly over, and cannot directly cross the space.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3245

    Needless to say, the god who is flying towards the mother emperor is just too wonderful.


    However, at this time, Tai Miao deliberately restrained part of her aura, and what she showed was not her real strength.


    As soon as he flew into the battlefield, the Queen Mother''s huge insect feet slapped against the void in front of him, and he immediately felt that the originally flat void suddenly became undulating, and countless invisible rugged mountains seemed to appear in front of him.


    Caught off guard, Tai Miao''s body twisted and swayed, almost falling down.


    While temporarily blocking Tai Miao, the empress finally launched the final attack.


    A huge vortex appeared in the sky above her head, and the huge attraction was released, pulling Meng Zhang''s body firmly.


    Meng Zhang wanted to avoid it, but his room for movement was limited, and he couldn''t escape the attractive range of this huge vortex at all.


    He struggled desperately, but he couldn''t compete with such a terrifying attraction.


    The flowing light transformed by Meng Zhang disappeared, revealing his figure, which was irresistibly sliding towards the huge vortex.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was finally completely trapped and was about to solve this difficult opponent, the Zerg mother couldn''t help but breathe a sigh of relief.


    In order to rescue Meng Zhang, Tai Miao forcibly broke through various obstacles, trying to fly directly to interrupt the spell of the Queen Mother.


    The empress had to allocate more power to him to temporarily suppress him.


    Meng Zhang knew that once he was swallowed by that huge vortex, it would be truly doomed.


    The preparatory work he had done before had already been completed.


    The most critical time is when he fights back.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang was about to be sucked into the huge vortex, he finally started to fight back.


    The space around the huge vortex collapsed suddenly, and even the huge vortex paused suddenly, and then began to bear the damage of the force of the space collapse.


    This huge vortex is transformed by the tyrannical power of the empress, and it is connected with her mind.


    The sudden change not only made her tyrannical power almost out of control, but also put enormous pressure on her.


    The huge vortex was injured, and the attractive force released was greatly reduced. Meng Zhang stabilized his figure and was able to continue casting spells calmly.


    The surrounding space was originally blocked and imprisoned by the empress.


    Meng Zhang''s previous preparation was launched, and the surrounding space law was forcibly destroyed, and even the space began to collapse rapidly.


    The space around the empress suddenly shattered, and countless space cracks appeared.


    Several space cracks appeared directly where her body was.


    Fortunately, her seemingly huge body was flexible enough to avoid it in time, so she was not chopped into pieces by the space crack, but there were a few more wounds on her body.


    Violent space storms spurt out from these space cracks, and their lethality is far stronger than that of ordinary fairy weapons.


    The space storm coming from all directions makes it inevitable, and it can only resist with the indestructible carapace.


    The palace that was originally tightly entangled by several tentacles also began to struggle violently at this time.


    The battle situation that was originally thought to be a sure thing, unexpectedly appeared such a variable.


    The Queen Mother knew that she had underestimated Meng Zhang.


    The unfavorable battle situation, on the contrary, inspired its unyielding nature.


    Not only did she have no intention of retreating temporarily, but she wanted to fight back with all her strength.


    The huge vortex disintegrated on its own initiative, causing serious injuries to the Queen Mother, but it also made the main pressure on her disappear.


    With a twist of her huge body, the potential in her body was stimulated, and she wanted to forcibly suppress the rioting space around her.


    She has discovered what Meng Zhang has done to the laws of the surrounding world.


    She fights against it with her tyrannical strength, trying to reverse the changed laws of heaven and earth.


    A few huge tentacles exerted force suddenly, tightening the palace even more, as if it was about to burst it in the next moment.


    A ray of light escaped from the palace and flew not far from the Queen Mother, revealing the figure of Liang Yu''s celestial being.


    Liang Yu Tianxian who was trapped in the palace did not want to escape, but to seize the opportunity to fight back.


    The other immortals in that palace worked hard to support the palace and resist the pressure of the empress.


    Tianxian Liang Yu crushed a jade tablet in his hand and launched a final counterattack.


    Countless huge fist marks appeared in the void, bombarding the Queen Mother from all directions.


    After sending out this blow, Tianxian Liang Yu felt weak for a while, almost unable to continue to gain a foothold in the void.


    He has done everything he can, and the rest is left to Meng Zhang and the others.


    His counterattack was powerful.


    Although the empress tried her best to intercept it, she was still hit by multiple fist marks.


    On her indestructible carapace, there were many cracks.


    Sure enough, he was from the Jinxian Sect, and he still has such a powerful trump card.


    Meng Zhang sighed in his heart, and stepped up his follow-up offensive.


    The laws of heaven and earth around the empress have undergone earth-shaking changes, earth fire, feng shui surged, and the collapse of space was unstoppable.


    Her attempt to stabilize the space with brute force failed.


    Meng Zhang''s application of the laws of heaven and earth is far above her.


    The power of earth, fire, feng shui and the power of space collapse caused too much pressure on her, making her overwhelmed.


    At this moment, she couldn''t care about anything else, and tried her best to parry all kinds of attacks from all directions.


    Tai Miao, who was originally dismissed by her, no longer suppressed her breath at this time, and began to explode with all her strength.


    Countless gray-white beams of light shot out from Tai Miao''s palm, and continuously fell towards the huge body of the empress.


    The tentacles that entangled the palace were the first to be attacked, and soon became lifeless and began to wither.


    The palace struggled suddenly, and finally broke free.


    The palace did not flee in a panic, but joined the counterattack.


    Waves of wind, thunder, and fire dragons shot out from the palace, continuously bombarding the empress.


    As the life-saving treasure of Liang Yu Tianxian, this palace not only has extremely strong defense power, but also has strong attack power.


    It''s just that when facing the empress alone before, these attacks didn''t have much effect, Liang Yu Tianxian and the others didn''t waste their energy in vain.


    Now, the situation has turned around. The immortals in the palace forcibly suppressed their injuries and controlled the palace to fight back with all their strength.


    They knew in their hearts that if they did not take the opportunity to severely injure the Queen Mother, even if they fled immediately, they would not be able to escape very far, and most likely they would be caught up by the enemy.


    Taimiao hangs the life-and-death treasure mirror, the companion artifact, above Taimiao''s head, constantly manipulating the law of life and death to attack the enemy.


    No matter how tyrannical the empress is, she is also a member of the living beings.


    The power of the law of life and death forcibly plundered her vitality, causing death to entangle her body.


    The originally indestructible carapace lost its vitality one after another, shattered and cracked, and fell off her body.


    Without the protection of the carapace, the most vulnerable part of her body was exposed to the eyes of the enemy, and immediately attracted all kinds of ferocious attacks.


    Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder, Liangyi Tongtian Sword...


    The fairy magic power that could have been blocked by her has now become a deadly threat.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3247

    For the Jinxian sect like Wuliang Tianzong, exterminating the Zerg and maintaining the order and stability of the void is one of the daily tasks.


    Many years ago, Liang Yu Tianxian accepted the task of exterminating this Zerg.


    This mission is of great significance to him, and it is a test for him by the high-level sect.


    If he can successfully complete the task, in addition to being rewarded by the Zongmen''s senior management, he will also enter the seed list and receive the Zongmen''s key cultivation.


    This Zerg was very powerful and extremely difficult to deal with, and the Zongmen did not give him more help.


    In addition to relying on his own strength, he also fully explored his own contacts and invited friends to help him.


    In these years, he has repeatedly entangled monks from all walks of life to attack this Zerg army, but he has not been able to achieve decent results.


    This Zerg tribe has not only become a stumbling block on his path of practice, but is about to become his inner demon.


    This time recently, he took out all his capital and paid countless favors, and finally entangled a powerful fleet to attack this Zerg.


    But he never expected that after a period of time without contact, the strength of this Zerg would increase greatly, far beyond what he could deal with.


    After a great battle, the fleet he managed to assemble was completely wiped out, and the monks suffered heavy losses.


    He and a group of remaining monks hid in that palace and managed to temporarily save their lives.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and the others fought against the Zerg and saved them.


    For Meng Zhang''s life-saving grace, Liang Yu Tianxian and his friends are very grateful.


    Meng Zhang not only saved their lives this time, but also saved Liang Yu''s path to immortality.


    Of course, in this battle, the spiritual cultivators in the Lingju star area also played a huge role, and Liang Yu Tianxian will not forget this favor either.


    He has always been good at making friends, without the arrogance of the disciples of the Jinxian Sect, he is very enthusiastic to make friends with Meng Zhang and Layman Fenxin.


    Liang Yu Tianxian and the others were seriously injured and their vitality was severely damaged. Now they are just trying to force their spirits.


    Layman Burning Heart and the others warmly invited them to be guests in the Lingju star area to heal their wounds.


    In addition, they also invited their comrades in the Taiyi world to stay, and everyone had a good exchange.


    Anyway, they were not in a hurry, so Meng Zhang and the others readily agreed.


    Although spiritual cultivators are conservative and xenophobic, they are still more enthusiastic about comrades who fight side by side.


    Layman Burning Heart and the others enthusiastically provided good conditions for Tianxian Liang Yu and the others to retreat and heal their wounds.


    Many Taiyi monks are also curious about spiritual practice and are willing to communicate with them.


    After everyone cleaned up the battlefield, the Taiyi Realm temporarily stayed inside the Lingju star area to facilitate communication and exchanges between the two sides.


    After everyone settled down, the three Layman Burning Heart brought Meng Zhang to a secret place alone.


    If it wasn''t for Meng Zhang''s help this time, the spiritual cultivators in the Lingju star area would probably be doomed.


    Layman Fenxin, who is in the same line of heart, Patriarch Yule, who is not in the lineage of Yu, and Wangxingshanren, who is in the lineage of Zuo Wang, reached an agreement after discussion.


    They put the treasure that the Zerg mother emperor was bound to get, and put it in front of Meng Zhang.


    This treasure is a hill surrounded by purple air and glowing all over.


    With Meng Zhang''s eyesight, he recognized at a glance that this is the rare treasure of heaven and earth, the Zixiao Primordial Stone in the void.


    After settling in the Lingju star area, the three laymen, Burning Heart, often used their psychic powers to scan the inside and outside of the star area.


    During a routine scan, their psychic power resonated with the anti-space, and the Zixiao Primordial Stone was pulled out from the anti-space.


    They also knew this Zixiao primordial stone and knew it was extremely precious, but they didn''t know how to use it.


    They explore and try again and again.


    During an attempt, they aroused the aura of the Zixiao Primordial Stone and let it spread out of the Lingju star area.


    From time to time, the Zerg empress released huge spiritual power to scan the void in a large area in order to find a suitable target to conquer.


    Coincidentally, his spiritual power came into contact with the breath of Zixiao Primordial Stone and discovered the existence of the Lingju star area.


    The Zixiao Primordial Stone is of great significance to the evolution of the Zerg Mother Queen, and the Lingju Star District is a good target for conquest.


    If Tianxian Liang Yu hadn''t just led the fleet to attack the Zerg mother queen, she would have committed suicide in the Lingju star area.


    Desperate for Zixiao Primordial Stone, she sent an army led by the Insect King to the Lingju star area, and only then did the story follow.


    Although they didn''t know how to use this Zixiao primordial stone, the three Laymen Fenxin instinctively felt that it was of great significance to their path, and they were determined not to give it up.


    This time, he almost suffered a catastrophe because of Meng Zhang''s help.


    They admired Meng Zhang''s ability very much, and they also had a certain degree of trust in his character.


    After deliberation, they didn''t know how to use this Zixiao primordial stone anyway, so instead of continuing to make useless attempts, they might as well share it with Meng Zhang.


    This time the attempt was unsuccessful, and instead attracted the mother queen of the Zerg race, but it made them terrified even now.


    After hearing what they said, Meng Zhang didn''t know what to say about their luck.


    To easily obtain a rare treasure like the Zixiao Primordial Stone, but to attract a formidable enemy like the Zerg Mother Queen, is really a blessing in disguise.


    Meng Zhang knew the magical effect of Zixiao primordial stone, so of course he was very tempted by it.


    If it was replaced by another angel here, maybe he would have already thought of killing people to seize treasures.


    With Meng Zhang''s behavior style, no matter how tempted he is, he would not bother to do so.


    Layman Fenxin and the others guessed correctly, Meng Zhang did know how to use this Zixiao primordial stone.


    Zixiao primordial stone has many magical uses.


    For the strong at the celestial level, it can strengthen the foundation, deepen the background, and complete their cultivation.


    For example, if Meng Zhang refines enough Zixiao primordial stones at this time, the heavenly immortals will share the treasures with Meng Zhang, and Meng Zhang will not be stingy.


    Meng Zhang taught them how to absorb and refine this Zixiao primordial stone.


    Next, after Meng Zhang explained what happened in the Taiyi Realm, he retreated with Layman Burning Heart and the others in a secret place.


    Layman Burning Heart and the others followed Meng Zhang''s teachings and absorbed and refined this Zixiao Yuanshi together with Meng Zhang.


    Although the Zixiao Primordial Stone has other magical uses, the best way to deal with it at this time is to use it directly to improve one''s own cultivation like they do.


    Thanks to book friend 20221124192405436 and book friend 20230405220558039 for their many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3248

    As long as you have the right method, refining and absorbing the Zixiao primordial stone is not too difficult.


    With the comprehension and foundation of Layman Fenxin and the others, they quickly mastered the method taught by Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang also absorbed a little more than a quarter of the Zixiao Primordial Stone.


    He hasn''t completely digested it yet, but the effect it brings has allowed his cultivation to improve rapidly. Tianxian has the help of the green lotus in the depths of the fairy soul, and he has a great advantage in comprehending the Dao of Heaven and Earth.


    His use of the laws of heaven and earth has long surpassed that of the heavenly immortal. Meng Zhang also deeply realized once again how precious the inheritance of the golden immortal that he has become accustomed to is.


    Layman Burning Heart and the others are not spiritual cultivation without foundation, they also have a brilliant inheritance.


    But when it comes to the depth and breadth of the inheritance, it is far inferior to the inheritance left by the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    The method of refining and absorbing Zixiao Yuanshi is very rare, and it can only be recorded in the classics left by people like Taiyi Jinxian.


    The three of them, Meng Zhang and Layman Burning Heart, truly achieved a win-win situation this time.


    Shortly after completing the absorption of Zixiao Primordial Stone, Meng Zhang and the others left the level.


    Layman Burning Heart and the others will spend a lot of time in the future to fully digest the benefits they have obtained this time.


    After this period of cultivation and healing, Liang Yu Tianxian and the others'' injuries have stabilized.


    Although they were still far from a complete recovery, they were unwilling to wait any longer.


    Having finally completed such a difficult task, Tianxian Liang Yu hurriedly returned to the sect to take his order.


    Losing so many friends, classmates, and juniors this time, it is very troublesome to deal with the aftermath.


    Most of these people went out with him because they trusted him.


    Although he had fulfilled his long-cherished wish for many years, Tianxian Liang Yu was not at all relaxed.


    He didn''t even know how he would face those relatives and friends after he went back.


    After he, Meng Zhang, Layman Burning Heart and the others exchanged the way to contact them in the future, they said goodbye directly, and led their companions to leave the Lingju star area.


    Not long after Liang Yu Tianxian and the others left, Meng Zhang also bid farewell to Layman Burning Heart and the others, and led the Taiyi Realm to embark on the journey again.


    Under the watchful eyes of Layman Fenxin and the others, the Taiyi Realm slowly left the Lingju star area and headed for the distant Hengling star area.


    This time the Taiyi Realm made a big detour and came to the Lingju star area. Although it took a lot of time, many monks gained a lot.


    In the battle with the Zerg army, the Taiyi Realm lost a lot of monks, but it also trained everyone again.


    Zerg is a well-known tyrannical race in the void. Many Zerg corpses are of great value and can provide a lot of precious materials.


    Even though several companies distributed the corpses of the Zerg army, it was still an unprecedented huge harvest for the Taiyi world.


    Among other things, the corpses of those celestial-level insect kings are enough for Taiyi Realm to digest for a long time.


    Harvesting so many precious materials at once, some of the production monks in the Taiyi world will be busy in the next time.


    Alchemy, refining tools, making talismans, creating mechanism creations...


    The materials provided by the corpses of the Zerg can basically come in handy.


    The biggest regret of the Taiyi world is that it has not yet cultivated an immortal weapon refiner, and it has not been able to refine immortal weapons on a large scale.


    However, the large supply of elixirs and talismans will be of great help to the monks.


    The monks of Taiyimen Beastmaster Hall have been cultivating high-level spirit beasts.


    Those ancient ferocious beasts that were captured in Shenchang Realm a long time ago have been slowly domesticated recently.


    After the Zerg flesh is processed, it can be used to feed those ancient fierce beasts, which will help improve their strength.


    Even the unusable parts of the Zerg corpses will eventually be thrown into the source sea deep in the Taiyi Realm for the source sea to digest and absorb.


    In fact, more than one corpse of the insect king had been thrown into Yuanhai long ago.


    In terms of distributing the mother''s corpse, Taiyi Realm got the big head.


    As for how to use it, the Taiyi Realm doesn''t have enough capacity yet, so it can only be temporarily stored in the Zongmen''s treasury.


    How to deal with the chores of the loot, naturally there is no need to labor Mengzhang.


    At most, Tai Miao entered Yuanhai to speed up Yuanhai''s digestion of the corpse of the insect king.


    Meng Zhang''s main energy is still on his own cultivation.


    He is an immortal (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3250 Open up the cave

    To some extent, the underworld has become an important channel for the exchange of resources among those distant worlds in the void.


    Many times, special materials that cannot be found in the Yang world can be easily found in the underworld.


    Meng Zhang had already handed over the list of materials he needed to all the monks in the Taiyi world.


    He also offered a high reward to encourage everyone to actively collect these materials.


    Of course, due to the lack of channels for foreign transactions, there has been little success.


    Tai Miao and his men never forgot to collect materials for Meng Zhang in various trading places in the underworld.


    Don''t tell me, they haven''t been involved in the underworld trade for a long time, but they have achieved very good results. From time to time, they can collect some materials that are not available in the Taiyi world.


    The void is vast and boundless, and all kinds of environments are strange.


    Many special materials can only grow under extreme environments.


    No matter how powerful the big world is, it is impossible to have all the special materials.


    With the window of the Underworld, the Taiyi Realm can trade with monks from various places in the Void Myriad Realm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even think that when he let Tai Miao participate in the battle in the underworld, he could get such a harvest.


    Later, many high-level monks in the Taiyi Realm asked familiar ghosts and gods to collect some special materials they needed in the Underworld.


    There are extremely fierce battles among the various forces in the underworld, but there is also an extremely strong demand for transactions.


    Among the various forces in the underworld, many forces that specialize in trading have naturally appeared.


    Later, many well-known large chambers of commerce in the void world expanded aggressively in the underworld.


    The underworld is divided into many levels, vast and boundless.


    However, there are relatively limited places in the underworld that are truly safe and suitable for transactions between various forces.


    Tai Miao has the entire Taiyi Realm as a support, and the resources he has are also very considerable.


    After gradually getting familiar with the various trading rules of the underworld, many things are too wonderful to be handed over to the ghosts and gods under his command, and he will only appear at some critical moments.


    As the transactions in the Underworld have stabilized, the Taiyi Realm has a channel to obtain scarce resources, which has helped many high-level practitioners solve major problems.


    Even some key materials needed by Meng Zhang to shape the cave, Tai Miao also obtained through trading.


    During this period of time, Meng Zhang has been making preparations for shaping the cave.


    Now the main materials are finally collected.


    Although some auxiliary materials are still lacking, this does not affect Meng Zhang''s shaping of the cave.


    He can shape the main framework of the cave first, and then slowly complete it.


    In fact, Tianxian first sacrificed the Qiankun Pillar that he had refined a long time ago.


    The Qiankun Pillar, which was originally the size of a palm, flew into the air and turned into a towering giant pillar.


    Meng Zhang released his own heaven and earth dharma - Tai Chi Yin and Yang Diagram.


    The huge Tai Chi Yin-Yang diagram landed on the top of this towering column and began to rotate slowly.


    Two Yin-Yang fish, one black and one white, danced lightly, and the power of the Yin-Yang Dao began to descend.


    Meng Zhang moved his hands flexibly, arousing the power of the Qiankun Pillar.


    One of the main reasons why the Qiankun Pillar could become the prototype of the Heavenly Cave Artifact is that it is a space treasure in itself, with a stable and independent space inside.


    I saw a huge gap in the space behind the Qiankun Pillar, revealing a large independent space inside.


    In the future, this independent space will become a part of Meng Zhang''s cave.


    When each celestial being shapes the cave, he wants the cave to be as wide as possible, but also as stable as possible, and the various rules of heaven and earth are as perfect as possible.


    Meng Zhang was somewhat dissatisfied with the independent space that came with the Qiankun Pillar.


    He started to operate the law of space, and forcibly cut a large piece from the nearby void.


    This broken void fell into the space gap behind the Qiankun Pillar, and quickly merged with the independent space inside.


    With a casual move by Meng Zhang, the Four Elephant Monument flew out, urging the power of earth, fire, feng shui in the void.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation base, he no longer needs this fairy weapon to assist in fighting.


    However, in order to save as much energy as possible, he still uses this fairy weapon again, using its power to gather the power of earth fire, feng shui.


    During the last battle against the mother queen of the Zerg race, Meng Zhang''s yin and yang qi were severely damaged.


    After absorbing a large amount of Zerg flesh and blood, after a long period of warming, the yin and yang qi not only fully recovered, but also greatly improved again.


    The independent space behind the Qiankun Pillar has undergone some fusion and transformation, turning into a mass of chaos.


    Meng Zhang recited the mantra, and countless yin and yang extinction thunders condensed in the air.


    He has long been able to instantly cast this fairy magic power at will, and now he is chanting the spell to gather more powerful power so that it can be used to the extreme.


    A huge thunder ball fell from the sky and slammed heavily onto the chaos.


    Chaos was split by the yin and yang extinction god thunder and turned into clear and turbid qi.


    The clean air rises and turns into the sky, and the turbid air sinks and turns into the earth. This is a scene of opening up the world.


    The heaven and earth opened up, and the heaven and earth avenue began to appear.


    In many cases, the cave created by the immortals is not a normal world, and the environment is often quite extreme.


    The laws of heaven and earth and various environments in the cave are often the embodiment of the Dao practiced by the immortals.


    Meng Zhang majored in Yin-Yang Dao, and the rules of Yin-Yang became the main rules of this newly opened world.


    The Qi of Yin and Yang wandered around in the world, manifesting various visions.


    From time to time, lightning flashes and thunder thunders in the sky, which is the power of the yin and yang extermination god thunder.


    A pair of black and white divine swords danced around in the sky, which is the manifestation of the power of the Liangyi Tongtian Sword.


    The sun and moon divine light entered this newly opened world, and then manifested a big sun and a bright moon.


    The big sun and the bright moon chase each other, and the hot sun and the cold moonlight sometimes separate and sometimes gather together.


    ...


    The fairy cave is not only the foundation of his practice, but also the strongest means to fight against the enemy in the future.


    Meng Zhang poured all kinds of fairy arts, supernatural powers and secret arts he practiced into the cave.


    All kinds of materials, including many rare treasures of heaven and earth, have become part of the cave after being thrown into the cave according to certain rules.


    According to his understanding of the Dao of Heaven and Earth, he began to change the laws of the surrounding heaven and earth, and shaped this cave according to his own mind.


    He moved his hands deftly, like weaving a net, carefully arranging various rules of heaven and earth.


    After an unknown period of time, Dongcai began to stabilize slowly.


    The cave has already begun to take shape.


    In the future, with the growth of Meng Zhang''s cultivation base, the deepening of his understanding of the Dao of Heaven and Earth will naturally be strengthened gradually.


    Of course, investing more precious materials in the future is also a way to strengthen the cave.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3252

    It has been many years since Meng Zhang obtained this broken CD-ROM of Immortal Treasure Universe.


    In these years, he has been doing his best to restore this fairy treasure, and the investment in various aspects is not insignificant.


    But on the one hand, Zhouguang-like materials are too rare and scarce; on the other hand, he is not majoring in the Zhouguang Dao, and he has very few corresponding means.


    So after so many years, this fairy treasure is still in dilapidated condition, and has not fundamentally improved.


    The power of Zhouguang is really incomparably mysterious and infinitely useful.


    Whether it is used for daily cultivation or for combat, it can play a great role.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, as an immortal master of celestial secrets, can use celestial secrets to deduce the past, present, and future.


    Zhouguang Avenue is helpful for his deduction and can be used as an important reference.


    Originally, Meng Zhang knew nothing about Zhouguang Dao. After obtaining the Zhouguang CD, he often studied it, and he also had a lot of attainments in Zhouguang Dao.


    He gave all the other immortal artifacts to his younger disciples, and left the Zhou CD-ROM alone, in the hope that he could concentrate on researching this immortal artifact and try to restore it completely as soon as possible.


    The development of the Taiyi world has long been on the right track, and Meng Zhang doesn''t need to spend too much energy.


    The various races and cultivators of the Taiyi world can basically live in peace, and there will be no major conflicts.


    Even if there are some contradictions and fights, they are limited to a certain range.


    The last time the Zerg army was defeated, the many trophies obtained greatly eased many contradictions within the Taiyi Realm.


    As a constantly growing big world, Taiyi Realm can provide enough living space for everyone and avoid many internal frictions.


    Taiyi Gate''s position as the ruler of Taiyi Realm is becoming increasingly stable and unshakable.


    The Taiyi Gate is now able to stably cultivate true immortals, and the number of true immortals continues to grow.


    People like Wen Qianjuan and Yang Xueyi, who are contemporaries of Meng Zhang, have been promoted to true immortals early on, and are climbing towards the realm of heavenly immortals.


    Niu Dawei, An Xiaoran, and An Moran were Meng Zhang''s direct disciples, and it was almost a matter of course that they were promoted to true immortals.


    In addition to the disciples, Meng Zhang''s disciples and grandchildren, and even the younger generations, are constantly giving birth to true immortals.


    Taiyi Sect is a quite ancient and upright sect. Its interior has always been respectful and orderly, and it pays attention to ethics.


    The realm of cultivation is not linked to the seniority in the sect.


    The realm of cultivation is the realm, and the seniority is the seniority.


    Of course, because the realm of cultivation is related to the monk''s longevity.


    Those monks of the older generation, if they have not been able to improve their cultivation level, they will inevitably die when their lifespan arrives.


    Outside the Taiyi Gate, some of Meng Zhang''s old friends, such as Xu Mengying from the Huanglian Sect, and the master and apprentice of the Fallen Leaf Immortal, were promoted to true immortals early on.


    Taiyi Sect had taken in disciples of some practice sects in the four-pointed star area, such as Liuyun Shengzong, Xiji Temple, Luoxingjianzong, etc.


    These sects originally had a number of true immortals sitting in their towns, and there was no shortage of true immortal-level inheritance among the sects.


    After these disciples re-founded their sects in the Taiyi Realm, there is actually a tendency to rise again.


    Meng Zhang has always been broad-minded and has no views on sects.


    He can accommodate alien races such as barbarians and spirit races, as well as monks and sects of various cultivation systems.


    Even if it is a Buddhist sect like Xiji Temple, as long as it abides by the rules of the Taiyi Realm and works for the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang and other senior officials of the Taiyi Realm will not discriminate against them.


    In the current Taiyi Realm, a practice world with rich sources of influence and brilliant activities has long been established.


    The Gaiyang Continent was later incorporated into the Taiyi Realm.


    The Gai Rang Continent was transformed from the corpse of the Gai Rang God, and has always been extremely against the rules of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    It took Meng Zhang and the others a lot of effort to fully integrate him into the Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyimen has been actively organizing monks from all walks of life to develop Gaiyang Continent, and has also carried out large-scale immigration to it.


    The resources of the Gailon Continent are far less abundant than those of the Central Continent, and many places can even be called barren.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to Heaven, he had a deeper understanding of this continent.


    Gai Rang Celestial God back then, before entering the underworld, Tai Miao spent a large part of his energy on the Gai Rang Continent.


    Now Tai Miao mainly stays in the underworld, and it is Luna who organizes many gods to study Gai Rang Continent together.


    They gradually discovered that the Gairang Continent is not as barren as it seems, but actually hides very rich resources.


    Every part of Gai Rang''s body, the flesh and blood have been transformed, and some rare divine resources will appear.


    Meng Zhang and Moon God led a group of true immortals and gods to slowly transform Gai Rang Continent, making many places more suitable for cultivators to live in.


    Due to the influence of the heaven and earth rules of the Taiyi Realm, the Gaiyang Continent is also slowly changing, and the attributes in all aspects are moving closer to the original attributes of the Taiyi Realm.


    In many places, resources suitable for cultivators began to grow automatically.


    Although after Gai Rang''s demise fell, the body underwent countless re-evolutions before the Gai Rang Continent came into being.


    But Meng Zhang, Moon God and the others, through a lot of hard work, were still able to vaguely see some of the mysteries of their divine body back then.


    In particular, Meng Zhang also used the universe disc from time to time to reverse the time, trying to explore the power that this divine body possessed in the past.


    It''s a pity that the Zhou CD-ROM was too damaged, and Meng Zhang''s attainments on the Zhou Guang Avenue were limited.


    Although he did not achieve much results, Meng Zhang seemed to have found a direction to struggle.


    He devoted more time and energy to comprehend it on Zhouguang Avenue.


    He set a small goal for himself, which is to restore the universe disc as much as possible, and then use it to pry into more mysteries about this divine body.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has been driving at high speed, a group of high-ranking monks led by real immortals still leave the Taiyi Realm by turns from time to time to conduct various explorations in the surrounding void.


    Although no decent gains have been made, the effect of training the high-ranking monks in the Taiyi Realm is very good.


    Many newly promoted high-ranking monks gradually became familiar with the void through this method, and gradually got used to moving, exploring, and fighting in the void...


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3253

    Since leaving the Lingju Star District, the Taiyi Realm''s journey along the way can be said to be smooth sailing, basically without encountering any obstacles.


    Meng Zhang and the others were able to practice and deal with various things without distraction.


    After more than a hundred years, the Taiyi Realm is finally about to reach its destination, the Hengling Star District.


    At this time, the number of passengers on this route began to increase.


    Near the Taiyi Realm, many void warships began to appear.


    These void battleships have different shapes and origins.


    According to the information provided by the Gu Yue family, many cultivation forces in Lingkong Immortal Realm have developed the Hengling star area, and many powerful forces in the void have come to join in the fun.


    The forces of all parties are intertwined, and everyone calls friends and friends, and more and more monks come here.


    When he was in the Lingju star area, Liang Yu Tianxian told Meng Zhang that the scale of the war in the Hengling star area was constantly expanding, and things were getting more and more involved.


    Even sects like Wuliang Tianzong have invested a lot of power there.


    You must know that the Wuliang Tianzong belongs to the top power in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the founder of the mountain is one of the golden immortals who rule the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The end of Wuliang Tianzong is almost equivalent to the attack of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Correspondingly, the forces that dare to continue to entangle in the Hengling star area, even if they are not as good as the Wuliang Tianzong, at least have the confidence to deal with it.


    Now, the Wuliang Tianzong has stepped forward and called on all the cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to go to the Hengling star area.


    This is only one step away from the official launch of an all-out war in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The appeal of Wuliang Tianzong is far from that of the practice forces such as the Gu Yue family.


    Many comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm actively responded to the call and went to the Hengling star area to participate in the war.


    Of course, its opponents will not be idle, and will try their best to increase their troops.


    The void battleships discovered along the way in the Taiyi Realm may be future comrades in arms or future opponents.


    The Taiyi Realm doesn''t have many friends in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so they didn''t take the initiative to say hello to these passing void battleships.


    Many void warships also discovered the existence of Taiyi Realm.


    Such a behemoth in the Taiyi Realm is still very eye-catching, and has attracted the attention of many passers-by.


    The breath of heavenly immortals and gods faintly lingers inside the Taiyi Realm, and when the enemy and friends are not separated, these passers-by have no intention of greeting the Taiyi Realm.


    All kinds of divine thoughts and probing spells fell towards the Taiyi Realm, and they were easily bounced away before they approached.


    As for peeping from a distance, the Taiyi Realm can''t control it.


    Although there are void warships from various forces along the way, there should be a tacit understanding among all parties. Before reaching the Hengling star area, no one made any rash moves.


    The Hengling star region is an incomparably huge star region, much larger than all the star regions Meng Zhang has ever been to.


    All parties involved in the war valued the resources of this star area, and were unwilling to destroy this star area easily.


    Although the battle between the parties is fierce, there is still some tacit understanding.


    The top powerhouses of all parties temporarily stayed outside the star area and did not rush into the interior.


    On the edge of the Hengling star area, the Lingkong Immortal Realm, like other forces, has established a temporary headquarters base to receive reinforcements from the rear.


    When Tianxian Liang Yu told Meng Zhang that the fighting in the Hengling star area became more intense and escalated, Meng Zhang hesitated a little whether to continue to the Hengling star area according to the original plan.


    Especially after he was promoted to the Celestial Immortal Taiyi Realm and participated in the battle in the Hengling Star Area under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he would be able to use the power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm with integrity in the future.


    Meng Zhang has experienced many things in the world of self-cultivation, and the biggest sigh is that the background is really important.


    Taiyi Jinxian is Meng Zhang''s real backer, but he is rarely seen.


    In the secret realm left by Pudu Jinxian back then, this background brought him great benefits.


    The relationship between the Taiyi Realm and the Lingkong Immortal Realm has brought a lot of convenience to the Taiyi Realm.


    Since the great backer of Taiyi Golden Immortal cannot be exposed, it is best to have the background of the spirit world as a cover.


    Regardless of the fact that there are many forces involved in the war in the Hengling Star Region, the Lingkong Immortal Realm has always been the most powerful one among them, and also the one with the greatest chance of winning.


    After the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm made up their minds to participate in the battle in the Hengling star area, they were also mentally prepared to pay a certain amount of casualties.


    According to the information guidance provided by Liang Yu Tianxian, Meng Zhang commanded the Taiyi Realm to follow a fixed route and came to a void not far from the Hengling star area.


    In the void, an area shone with various colors of light.


    Huge fairy mountains are suspended in the void, and huge palaces are operating regularly...


    Numerous void warships, countless cultivators... came and went in and out of that area, shuttling around.


    Those who secretly followed the Taiyi Realm, if they belonged to forces hostile to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they would naturally not dare to approach this place.


    In order to avoid misunderstanding, Meng Zhang let the Taiyi Realm stay where it was, and he and Gu Yue Lingqing flew towards the area ahead.


    Although the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have not formally participated in the dispute in the Hengling star area, many monks belonging to the official Lingkong Immortal Realm have come.


    Together with the disciples of Wuliang Tianzong, they are responsible for managing the reinforcements from all sides of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Since this is a temporary headquarters base, the surrounding layout is decent.


    In addition to various defensive facilities, teams of patrols wandered around.


    Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t hide their aura, just flew over in such a swaggering manner.


    In the fairy world of Lingkong, I dare not say that there are as many real immortals as dogs, and the streets are full of immortals, but two immortals are really nothing.


    Of course, for these patrolling monks, they will not be too rude.


    The patrol team is dominated by true immortals, and they don''t know the origins of the two immortals, so they will not offend others rashly.


    Besides, as long as they are immortals from formal sects, they all have a minimum quality. On such occasions, no matter how unbearable the inside is, it is still necessary to maintain sufficient bearing on the surface.


    Soon some patrolling real immortals took the initiative to greet Meng Zhang and the others, saluting and greeting them.


    Thanks to old friend Tianshuzi 1, book friend 20190317215922426 and book friend 20221124192405436 for their many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3254

    Meng Zhang is not an arrogant person, but he dare not rely on the cultivation base of a celestial being to do his best here.


    He and Gu Yue Lingqing politely returned the gift to each other, and reported their family history.


    Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang are actually not well-known in the Spiritual Space and Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm onto the road of Yunzhongcheng, breaking away from the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The news has long been spread by some people in the spirit world.


    Some people ridiculed him for being overwhelmed, while others admired him a little...


    Later, Zhenxian Fengyuan, who had an extraordinary background, tried to get Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm to be wanted by the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm, but was stopped by some other forces.


    The forces that can wrestle with Immortal Fengyuan are naturally not ordinary forces.


    At this time, some interested people began to pay attention to Taiyi Jie and Meng Zhang.


    As for Gu Yue Lingqing, it was nothing in itself, but the Gu Yue family behind it was well-known in the spirit world, and was one of the first forces to launch a battle for the Hengling star area.


    In addition to giving his name and surname, Meng Zhang also specifically mentioned that he was invited by Tianxian Liang Yu, a friend of Wuliang Tianzong.


    Hearing the name of Wuliang Tianzong, the true immortals in the patrol team became more polite, even humbled.


    Soon, two real immortals left the patrol team and led Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing towards a fairy mountain.


    On the way, the two true immortals enthusiastically introduced them to various situations here.


    Wuliang Tianzong is the leader of this battle, and the Gu Yue family and other forces are supporting it.


    As for the specific battle arrangements, it was decided together by the immortals sent by Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although there are no golden immortals here in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to participate in the battle, there are many forces dispatched and many immortals who come.


    Being able to compete with the spirit world, the enemy will naturally not be too weak.


    Among the enemies, there are gods of the Earth Mother Goddess.


    Meng Zhang has a little understanding of the Goddess of the Earth Mother.


    Gai Rang Deity is the top deity from the mother god system.


    The main god of the Earth Mother Goddess, the Earth Mother, is an existence that can compete with the Golden Immortal.


    When Qianyuan Xianzun beheaded Gai Rang God, it involved the struggle between the Golden Immortal and the Earth Mother behind him.


    Later, Meng Zhang accepted the benefits of Qianyuan Immortal Venerable and completely wiped out the last vitality of Gai Rang Tianshen, so he had formed a great cause and effect with the Earth Mother God.


    This matter has advantages and disadvantages for Meng Zhang.


    Forged a good relationship with Qianyuan Xianzun, and the benefits given to him by Qianyuan Xianzun did help him overcome many difficulties.


    It will definitely not be easy to be an enemy of the Earth Mother God Department.


    Now that he came to the Hengling star area, due to the involvement of cause and effect, he would inevitably have a war with the enemies of the Earth Mother God system in the future.


    Fortunately, he has the spirit world as the background this time, so he doesn''t have to worry about revenge from the main god for the time being.


    In addition to the Goddess of the Earth Mother, there are also many Buddhist sects headed by the Tiantai Sect and the True Buddha Sect who participated in the battle in the Hengling star area.


    Both Tiantai Sect and True Buddha Sect are Buddhist sects with Buddha in charge, and their influence is far higher than that of Fahua Sect that Meng Zhang offended at the beginning.


    The Confucian School Haoran Academy also participated in the battle for the Hengling star area early.


    Haoran Academy has Yasheng in command, who can also wrestle with Jinxian.


    The Yaozu army under the command of a demon saint of the Yaozu has already occupied a place in the Hengling star area.


    Even, You Xianzun has discovered the figure of a descendant of a certain Dharma Lord of the Demonic Dao.


    ...


    Among so many forces participating in the competition for the Hengling star area, Lingkong Immortal Realm is the strongest one on the surface, and the rest of them will naturally unite to fight against it.


    Of course, among the other forces, there are also many contradictions and constant struggles.


    Although they have the potential to unite, it is impossible for them to work together, and they have done a lot of things to secretly hinder each other.


    There are many forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and there are internal conflicts, but under the suppression of the Wuliang Tianzong and the official forces, the enemy is present, and no one dares to fight among themselves.


    Compared with the enemy, the Lingkong Immortal Realm is obviously more united.


    After hearing this introduction, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing couldn''t help feeling ups and downs in their hearts.


    Although they had already made some psychological preparations, the battle in the Hengling star area was so big and involved so much, it was far beyond their expectations.


    It is true that Jinxian is the top existence in the void, but the main god of Shinto, the Buddha of Buddhism, the demon saint of the demon clan, the sub-sage of Confucianism, and the last dharma master of the evil way...


    These existences can all compete with Jinxian.


    If a direct confrontation breaks out between them, maybe in an instant, the entire Hengling star region will be reduced to ashes.


    Little people like them who participated in the war were not even qualified to serve as cannon fodder, so they would be completely crushed.


    Both Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing secretly prayed in their hearts that the war in the Hengling star area must not continue to escalate to the point where Jin Xian would directly intervene.


    One of the real immortals pointed to the fairy mountain in front of him, and spoke in a very envious tone.


    The owner of that fairy mountain is Lanshi Xianzun of Wuliang Tianzong, and he is also one of the principals who fully presided over the battle.


    Naturally, these two true immortals are not qualified to take Meng Zhang and the others directly to visit the Lanshi Immortal.


    On weekdays, a group of disciples and grandchildren of Immortal Lanshi are in charge of all kinds of chores.


    And Celestial Immortal Liang Yu is the disciple and grandson of Immortal Lanshi.


    The two real immortals took Meng Zhang and the others to the outside of the fairy mountain, had a brief conversation with the knowledgeable guests who welcomed the guests, and introduced Meng Zhang and the others about their origins.


    The well-known guest immediately became very enthusiastic when he heard Meng Zhang''s name.


    He sent away the two real immortals who led the way, and directly led Meng Zhang and the others into the interior of the fairy mountain.


    This well-known guest is just a true immortal, and he treats Meng Zhang and the others with the etiquette he treats his elders.


    He also told them that Tianxian Liang Yu had already told him that he must treat his friend Meng Zhang well.


    There are fairy formations guarding inside and outside the fairy mountain, so Meng Zhang can''t unscrupulously use his magical powers to observe the details of the fairy formation.


    He just saw the surrounding clouds and mists, and the fairy air fluttering...


    After following the Zhike who led the way around a few times, they came to the outside of a large hall.


    The intellectual asked Meng Zhang and the others to wait here for a while, and he went in to report directly.


    After a while, a tall old man came out with the intellectual.


    The old man dismissed the intellectual casually before talking to Meng Zhang and the others.


    This old man is Tianxian Zhang Han, brother of Tianxian Liang Yu.


    Some time ago, Liang Yu Tianxian successfully completed the task and returned to the division.


    After he knew that Zhang Han and Tianxian were going to the Lingju star area, he told them that his friend Meng Zhang was about to lead his men to the Lingju star area to join the battle.


    Meng Zhang has been kind to him for saving his life, and I hope that all fellow disciples will take good care of him within the scope of their ability.


    Tianxian Liang Yu has a lot of friends inside and outside the Wuliang Tianzong, and he is very popular and has many friends.


    When he went to crusade against the mother queen of the Zerg race, he was able to pull out a fleet of not weak by relying on his own connections without directly relying on the power of the sect, and he also invited many immortals to help in the battle, which can be seen as ordinary.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3255

    Everyone readily agreed to Liang Yu Tianxian''s request.


    This was nothing more than a trivial matter, and it was just to sell him a face.


    Within Wuliang Tianzong, at least on the surface, the relationship between most of the disciples is still very harmonious.


    The people that Liang Yu Tianxian entrusted to him were naturally friendly with him, and they valued fellowship.


    Although Liang Yu Tianxian just patted his chest to promise that he would definitely arrange a good job for the Taiyi world.


    For Meng Zhang, the risk is low, the return is high, and not directly involved in the brutal war of attrition is an out-and-out good job.


    Next, Tianxian Zhang Han enthusiastically invited Meng Zhang and the others to be guests in this fairy mountain, and Meng Zhang and the others readily agreed.


    Tianxian Liang Yu was still staying in the division, and Tianxian Zhang Han entertained Meng Zhang and the others on his behalf.


    He held several banquets in succession, and invited many disciples of Wuliang Tianzong, and some monks who had friendship with him besides Wuliang Tianzong.


    At these banquets, Tianxian Zhang Han introduced Meng Zhang and the others to everyone, saying that they were his friends and benefactors of Tianxian Liang Yu.


    In the future, Meng Zhang and the others will hang out in the Hengling star area, and I hope everyone will take care of them.


    Needless to say, the disciples of the Wuliang Tianzong had a happy chat with Meng Zhang and the others at the banquet.


    Those monks other than Wuliang Tianzong were even more enthusiastic about Meng Zhang, and they even had a tendency to fawn on him.


    Meng Zhang knew that they were all looking at Liang Yu Tianxian''s face, so they were so enthusiastic about him.


    He has always been cautious and not arrogant.


    In addition to introducing friends to Meng Zhang and the others through the banquet, Tianxian Zhang Han also arranged for some immortals of the Immeasurable Heavenly Venerate to exchange ideas with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Needless to say, Gu Yue Ling Qing was just a little stronger than ordinary celestial beings.


    In the eyes of the monks of the Wuliang Tianzong, the Gu Yue family he was born in was just that, not that great.


    Of course, because the Gu Yue family is rich in celestial masters, especially the celestial masters, many powerful forces are willing to make friends with them, and they may turn to them for help at some point.


    Wuliang Tianzun has had some contacts with the Gu Yue family, and the disciples are also willing to make friends with the monks of the Gu Yue family.


    As for Meng Zhang, his background in the Taiyi Sect is not worth mentioning, but the cultivation and strength he displayed surprised everyone.


    Those disciples of Wuliang Tianzong, especially those heavenly immortals, don''t look very polite to Meng Zhang and others on the surface, but only they know what they think in their hearts.


    As monks of the Golden Immortal Sect, they have inherited brilliant classics, have a powerful teacher, and have received formal training... Naturally, there is a sense of arrogance in them.


    The education they received and their own self-cultivation allowed them to hide their arrogance well.


    But deep down in their hearts, they really looked down on Meng Zhang''s cultivation and combat effectiveness.


    Although there are some rumors in the fairy world of Lingkong, it is said that Meng Zhang has received the inheritance left by Junchen Xianzun, and he can be regarded as his heir, and he has also been guided by Juechen Xianzun...


    But so what, there is more than one Immortal Venerable of Wuliang Tianzong.


    The inheritance accepted by the monks in the sect was left by the ancestor Wuliang Jinxian.


    After they competed with Meng Zhang, they were all amazed and had to accept the fact that Meng Zhang was far stronger than themselves.


    No matter where the strong are, they will be respected enough.


    In addition, Meng Zhang is not arrogant just because he wins in the sparring.


    His attitude has always been kind, and he will point out a few words from time to time.


    In the communication with everyone, he was also very generous, did not hide his secrets, and shared a lot of his understanding of the Dao of Heaven and Earth, his views on combat, and so on.


    In Meng Zhang''s few words, he reveals his far-sighted vision.


    His performance in the discussion and communication shows that his inheritance is not simple.


    He seemed to point out a few words to everyone casually, but they all aroused everyone''s deep thinking and benefited some people a lot.


    Some disciples of Wuliang Tianzong with extraordinary knowledge began to suspect that this is the level of Junchen Xianzun''s successor?


    A mere Immortal Master Junchen, plus Immortal Juechen at most, cannot cultivate such a character.


    Although many people have guessed that there is another secret behind Meng Zhang, no one is entangled with it.


    In the cultivation world, many people have their own secrets.


    They often have a hostile attitude towards outsiders'' prying.


    No matter how curious people are, it is impossible to explore every secret.


    The monks of Wuliang Tianzong expressed enough respect to Meng Zhang, and did not delve into the secret behind his cultivation.


    During these days of staying in Xianshan, Meng Zhang gradually made friends with many immortals from the Wuliang Tianzong.


    Even the disciples of the Golden Immortal Sect are willing to make friends with some strong people outside the Sect, maybe they will be able to use them at any time.


    The last time Tianxian Liang Yu crusade against the mother queen of the Zerg race, he invited many strong men from outside the sect.


    Many immortals got along well with Meng Zhang, and promised to visit Taiyi Realm in the future and make more Taiyi Realm monks.


    The monks of the Gu Yue family are known for being good at dancing, and Gu Yue Lingqing is no exception.


    He also took advantage of this opportunity to actively make friends from all over the world.


    In many cases, he would not hesitate to condescend to make friends with real immortals or even lower-level cultivators.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3256

    As for those monks other than Wuliang Tianzong, they are more willing to make friends with Meng Zhang and the others. Meng Zhang sincerely invited everyone to visit the Taiyi Realm, and many people readily agreed.


    Although Wuliang Tianzong is a Jinxian sect with a great family and great career, but there are many internal disciples, and the consumption is also great.


    Even when Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing from the Jinxian sect were making friends, Tianxian Zhang Han was not idle. He made full use of his status of dealing with common affairs, actively participated in the arrangement of all parties participating in the war, mobilized his personal connections, and found a good job for Taiyi Realm.


    Within the vast scope of the Hengling star area, there are countless precious resources, including strips of mineral deposits, natural medicine gardens... There are also several places where the purple green inspiration needed for the cultivation of heavenly immortals is produced.


    You must know that when Meng Zhang advanced to the realm of heavenly immortals, he had received the purple blue inspiration given by the Void Heavenly Dao.


    He has always regarded it as a treasure, and he is not willing to use it in daily practice. After a few chances, he got more Ziqing inspirations, so he could use them at will.


    In fact, for most of the immortals in the void, they couldn''t get enough Ziqing inspiration for their cultivation.


    Many celestial beings occasionally get some purple green ideas, and they are absolutely reluctant to use them in their daily practice, and they will only use them at critical moments when they break through the threshold of practice.


    In the Hengling star area, there are quite a few resources similar to or even surpassing Ziqing''s inspiration. If a big power can control the Hengling star area, it will most likely be able to rise with its rich resources.


    For Lingkong Immortal World, the resources here cannot be easily given up. The forces participating in the competition for the Hengling star area are for the purpose of seizing resources, not for fighting.


    The vast area of ??the Hengling Star Region is divided into blocks. The area of ??each area is roughly the same, but the resources inside are very different.


    In resource-rich areas, the competition will be very fierce. Of course, if a certain force has completely controlled a certain area and gained a firm foothold, no matter how unwilling other forces are, they will generally not continue to entangle, but will seize other areas.


    Anyway, the Hengling star area is big enough, and the resources inside are too rich, so it is not afraid that it will be divided up by everyone in a short time.


    Zhang Han''s mission for the Taiyi Realm is to guard an area that has been controlled by the Lingkong Fairy Realm for many years.


    This area has always had a stable output of resources, so there is no need to worry about running out of resources in a short period of time. After the monks from the Taiyi Realm entered that area, their main task was to increase the scale of resource mining.


    Most of the mined resources must be handed over, and Taiyi Realm will divide them according to the output. In addition, in the process of mining resources, as long as the monks of the Taiyi Realm don''t go too far, do some tricks secretly, and enrich their own pockets, generally there will be no problems.


    Other forces have basically acquiesced that this area has fallen under the control of the Taiyi Realm, and will not continue to launch large-scale competition.


    Of course, it is unavoidable for some small groups to harass and plunder here. Especially those who are not under the control of the big forces and have a high degree of freedom, often launch raids on some resource mining areas, grab them and leave.


    These are the things that the Taiyi world needs to focus on in the future. Zhang Han Tianxian is very thoughtful and takes good care of Taiyi Realm.


    Sitting in such an area, Taiyi Realm''s income will definitely not be small. The intensity of the battle will not be too high, which is in line with the desire of the high-level Taiyi Realm to train the monks, but they don''t want the monks to suffer too many casualties.


    Meng Zhang is of course very grateful to Zhang Han Tianxian. He will not take the other person''s care for granted.


    The other party took care of the Taiyi Realm for the sake of fellow Liang Yu Tianxian, and Meng Zhang also had to show something else.


    He just doesn''t like to do these things of soliciting relationships and running around in private, it''s not that he doesn''t know how to do them.


    Now, for the benefit of the entire Taiyi world, he does not reject doing some nasty things. Under the recommendation of Zhang Han Tianxian, Meng Zhang prepared many generous gifts, went to visit the relevant monks in charge of this matter, and thoroughly finalized his arrangements for the Taiyi Realm.


    For Zhang Han Tianxian, of course, he not only thanked him verbally, but also paid a lot. The resources accumulated by the Taiyi Realm over the years were donated by Meng Zhang, and they were rewarded generously.


    Gu Yue Lingqing also took active actions, running for the affairs of Taiyi Realm. After everything was finalized, Meng Zhang and Gu Yue Lingqing returned to the Taiyi Realm satisfied.


    After returning to the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang took out the map given by Tianxian Zhang Han, followed the map, and ordered the Taiyi Realm to drive towards a corner of the Hengling star area.


    Once you enter the Hengling star area, you will enter a war zone, and you may be attacked by the enemy at any time. Taiyi Realm has been waiting in full force for a long time and is ready for battle.


    The area that the Taiyi Realm is currently driving has long been under the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm for many years, and it is considered a relatively safe rear area.


    Except for small groups of enemies that missed the front from time to time, they generally would not be attacked on a large scale.


    Not long after driving through this area, the Taiyi Realm arrived at its destination. This area divided on the star map is a large triangle shape, which contains several vast meteorite belts, numerous middle and small thousand worlds, and many mineral deposits.


    After completely controlling this area, the official monks of Lingkong Immortal World arranged for a sect called Feihulou to temporarily manage it.


    Feihulou is also a Celestial Immortal sect, its strength is not weak, but the number of disciples sent to Hengling star area is not too many.


    Due to the lack of manpower, Feihulou has never had time to exploit the resources here, but only focused on mining the most precious resources.


    In order to speed up the mining, Feihulou transferred more disciples from the Lingkong Immortal Realm at the fastest speed, and at the same time recruited monks from all sides, mainly casual cultivators.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm is very far away from the Hengling Star District, and Feihu Tower lacks the means of quick maneuvering, and it will take some time to welcome more disciples.

 Chapter 3257

    The casual cultivators who are willing to take huge risks to come to the Hengling star area are either fantasizing about getting rich in a day, or have unrealistic expectations of their own income...


    The conditions offered by Feihu Tower are not attractive to them.


    Feihulou was reluctant to pay too much, and naturally couldn''t recruit enough casual practitioners to work in the mine within a short period of time.


    In fact, many monks of the Wuliang Tianzong who were in charge had long been dissatisfied with the fact that the area occupied by the Feihu Tower had been unable to produce more and better resources.


    They don''t understand each other''s difficulties, they just blame the other party for their incompetence, and use this as an excuse to attack.


    This time Zhang Han Tianxian successfully let Taiyi Realm represent Feihulou, which is a manifestation of this kind of dissatisfaction.


    Of course, Feihulou was able to manage this area at the very beginning, and it was also somewhat capable.


    The head of Feihu Tower has a good relationship with some official monks in Lingkong Immortal World, and they have contacts from time to time.


    Feihulou and Sanyang Xianzong have been hard-core allies for many years.


    Speaking of Sanyang Xianzong, Meng Zhang is no stranger at all.


    When he was still in the Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang had grievances with the Ziyang Sacred Sect founded by the disciples of the Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    Later, the clones of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian of Sanyang Xianzong fell into his hands.


    Meng Zhang and Sanyang Xianzong formed such a big relationship, but because of the erratic movements of the Taiyi Realm, the other party was unable to retaliate.


    Up to now, Meng Zhang is not afraid even if he is facing the Sanyang Immortal Sect head-on.


    Meng Zhang has Gu Yue Lingqing by his side, and he has long been familiar with some information about the Ling Kong Immortal World.


    The Gu Yue family is also famous for being well-informed and well-informed in the spirit world.


    When Heavenly Immortal Zhang Han was assigned an errand by the Taiyi Realm, he also made some important relationships clear in advance.


    As one of the top forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Wuliang Tianzong is also restricted by official power.


    The war in the Hengling star area involves great interests, and there are also many disputes within the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The battle in the Hengling star area was first started by the Gu Yue family and other forces.


    But later it was discovered that the Hengling star area was too rich, and more and more cultivation forces were involved.


    When Wuliang Tianzong intervened, the Gu Yue family basically lost the right to speak, and could only obey orders in silence.


    Originally, when Gu Yue Lingqing contacted the Gu Yue family, the family asked him to persuade the Taiyi Realm to go to the Hengling star area.


    Now the Gu Yue family has no control over many things.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang got into the relationship with Wuliang Tianzong later, and had a better way out.


    Gu Yue Lingqing didn''t bother to go back to the family to help, and still followed Taiyi Realm to act together.


    It didn''t take too long for Taiyi Realm to arrive at the designated area.


    At the edge of this area, there is a huge building that is very eye-catching.


    One after another void battleships came and went in and out of the building, appearing extremely busy.


    The Feihu Tower should have received the latest arrangement long ago, knowing that the Taiyi Realm is about to come to replace them.


    But looking at the posture of Feihu Tower, it seems that everything is as usual, and there is no intention of leaving at all.


    Meng Zhang knew that some monks in Wuliang Tianzong were very dissatisfied with being restricted by the official power of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    If it wasn''t for the intervention of the official power of Lingkong Immortal Realm this time, everything here would have been left to Wuliang Tianzong to do as he pleases.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm clearly wanted to grab benefits from the Hengling star area, but they refused to show a bright and upright sign.


    Its top executives explained that it is not appropriate to easily trigger an all-out war with major external forces.


    After all, forces such as the Goddess of the Earth Mother and the Tiantai Sect not only have the power to counter the Golden Immortal, but at critical moments, they may be able to attract stronger forces from Shinto and Buddhism.


    There are several golden immortals sitting in the fairyland of Lingkong, and their power is extremely huge, and they are countless powerful forces in the void.


    But there is still a long way to go before dominating the void and doing whatever they want.


    In recent years, the situation in the void has become more and more tense, and various disputes have intensified.


    Once the affairs in the Hengling star area are not handled properly, it will turn into an all-out war between Taoism, Buddhism, and Shinto, which is something that no one wants to see.


    Although the senior officials of Wuliang Tianzong accepted this explanation, they were still dissatisfied with the official senior officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    These guys just came here to pick up cheap and gain benefits, and basically made no contribution to the war.


    They also don''t have a good impression of the forces that have a relationship with these guys.


    This time, Wuliang Tianzong seized the basket of Feihu Tower and let Taiyi Realm replace it, and it also meant to compete with those guys.


    Meng Zhang has no friendship with the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm, and he greatly offended Fengyuan Zhenxian who represented the official forces.


    Although thousands of years have passed, for the immortals, this time is not enough for them to forget their grievances.


    Since it was not easy to connect with the Wuliang Tianzong through Liang Yu''s relationship with the Celestial Immortal, Meng Zhang naturally had to stand firm and completely stand on the side of the Wuliang Tianzong without hesitation.


    Although the Taiyi Realm was used by the Wuliang Tianzong this time, it is not worth mentioning at all compared to the benefits that will be obtained next.


    Meng Zhang just stood over the Taiyi Realm and observed the area in front of him, and he sensed the incomparably rich resources contained in it.


    A mere friendship and a mere gift can''t be exchanged for such a big benefit.


    Liang Yu Tianxian''s favor was just an introduction, which gave him a chance to get closer to the Wuliang Tianzong.


    If you want to get more, you have to do more.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, Luna flew away from the Taiyi Realm and flew to a place not far from the building in front, and shouted loudly: "This place is under the management of the Taiyi Realm now, so hurry up and get out of here."


    People in the immortal way often have an inexplicable psychological advantage over people in the divine way.


    In most cases, a fairy of the same level will be slightly stronger than a god.


    Of course, the Moon God unscrupulously released the breath of the God of Heaven, ordinary true immortals would not dare to confront him head-on.


    Two celestial beings flew out from the huge building.


    One of the leaders, an old man, refuted Luna unceremoniously.


    "This is the territory of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the Lingkong Immortal Realm is the power of the Immortal Dao. Where did you come from, Maoshen, to dare to offend the Immortal Dao?"


    Seeing that the other party was talking about the identity of the moon god, and the real master had already appeared, Meng Zhang flew over swaggeringly.


    "She is my guardian deity in Taiyi Realm, and she is under the command of Immortal Dao."


    "Stop talking nonsense, Taiyi Realm is in charge of everything here. You bastards are useless, so hurry up and get out."


    The two celestial beings on the opposite side are the two Supreme Elders of Feihu Tower, Celestial Immortal Huang Bi and Celestial Fei Xiao.


    As the principals of Feihu Tower here, they are responsible for handling various internal and external affairs.


    They knew that guarding this place was a lucrative job, and the sect spent a lot of effort to get it.


    On weekdays, they are very respectful to the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and they make offerings regularly in order to keep this fat job.

 Chapter 3258

    A few days ago, Wuliang Tianzong found an excuse to attack, deprived Feihulou of the authority to manage this place, and replaced it with Taiyi Realm to manage this place.


    As their backing, the official immortals of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, caught off guard, did not compete with the Immeasurable Heavenly Sect immortals who had been plotting for a long time.


    In the end, Wuliang Tianzong ignored their strong opposition and forcibly passed this resolution.


    When Feihulou received the decision, their backer hinted at them a few words.


    Although the Taiyi Realm was ordered to take over here, if the monks in the Taiyi Realm were not capable enough and made major mistakes, it meant that Wuliang Tianzong''s decision was reckless and should be corrected.


    Tianxian Huangbi and Tianxian Fei Xiao understood the hint and knew that they had become pawns and were pushed out to fight Taiyi Realm.


    They have heard a little about the reputation of the Taiyi world.


    If the Taiyi Realm was that famous and powerful force, most of them would retreat.


    However, the latest information they obtained about the Taiyi Realm was still the situation when the Taiyi Realm left the Dengtian star area.


    Back then, the Taiyi Realm was only a power at the level of a true immortal, and it would take a lot of trouble to deal with a god who was distracted.


    Even if the Taiyi world has developed rapidly in recent years, it is the limit to be able to cultivate one or two ordinary immortals.


    Based on a miscalculation of the enemy, they made a wrong decision and decided to be tough here and Taiyi.


    It is best to stimulate the monks in the Taiyi Realm to fight, and then repel them beautifully.


    If the strength of the Taiyi Realm is not even as good as Feihu Tower, then what qualifications do they have to take over here? What is the ability to resist the attack of the outside world?


    Celestial Immortal Huang Bi and Celestial Fei Xiao stood still, ignoring the order to let them leave, but waited here for the Taiyi Realm to arrive.


    Taiyi Realm arrived soon as expected.


    But the strength of the Taiyi Realm seems to be stronger than they expected.


    A god is very powerful at first glance.


    The immortal features of the Gu Yue family are relatively obvious, so they can be easily recognized.


    As for the rightful master, Meng Zhang, it made them feel even more unpredictable.


    They had a faint premonition in their hearts, maybe they had guessed wrong, the other party was not a connection with no strength, but a real stubble.


    The opponent''s Heavenly Immortal-level powerhouses had the upper hand, Huang Bi Tianxian and Fei Xiao Tianxian hesitated, not daring to act hastily.


    Meng Zhang didn''t have the patience to deal with them slowly.


    Every extra moment of delay here will waste a moment of time for collecting resources in the Taiyi Realm.


    "Since you want to disobey the order, then I can only obey the order and temporarily replace Tianzong to enforce the law."


    While talking, Meng Zhang flipped his palm and slapped the two angels from afar.


    As soon as Meng Zhang made a move, the expressions of the two angels immediately changed drastically.


    Immortals who were born in the fairy world of the spirit space are generally not too poor in knowledge.


    Even if they have never eaten pork, at least they have seen pigs run.


    "Is this the power of the cave?"


    To be able to display the power of the cave, it is at least because he not only tests his brand-new combat power by the way, but also wins beautifully and deters those who have evil intentions.


    The strong ones at the Jinxian level did not directly participate in the battle, and the strongest ones who appeared in the battle in the Hengling star area were at the immortal level.


    The Immortal Venerable is a Celestial Immortal, but with the power of the cave, it should not be a problem to defeat the two opponents in front of him.


    After discovering Meng Zhang''s true strength, Celestial Immortal Huang Bi and Celestial Fei Xiao had no fighting spirit, so they had to flee here quickly.


    But Meng Zhang has already shot, how could he give them a chance to escape.


    Celestial Immortal Huang Bi and Celestial Fei Xiao felt as if the space around their bodies had solidified, locking them tightly so that they could not escape.


    In the sky, an unprecedented force pressed down on them.


    They can''t escape, they can only face the enemy head-on.


    They showed their magical powers and used all their means to temporarily block the huge attacking force.


    They bear the ultimate pressure, as if they are carrying a continent or even a big world on their backs.


    Their bodies trembled slightly, and soon they couldn''t hold on anymore.


    The cave in Meng Zhang''s body moved gently, and the powerful power accumulated in the cave burst out.


    With a light turn of Meng Zhang''s single palm, the huge pressure in the sky disappeared immediately, and an almost endless attraction was born instead.


    Immortal Huang Bi and Celestial Fei Xiao were caught off guard, unable to resist such a powerful attraction, they were directly sucked into Meng Zhang''s cave.


    Meng Zhang''s cave was shaped by himself, and every place in it has his breath and strength.


    He is the creator god of the cave, who can control the operation of the cave at will, and all the rules of heaven and earth in it will change according to his will.


    After Celestial Immortal Huang Bi and Celestial Fei Xiao were sucked into Meng Zhang''s cave, they didn''t resist for long before being suppressed by the power of the cave.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing, he can easily refine them and destroy them physically and spiritually.


    Although there are some contradictions and struggles within the Lingkong Immortal World, everything has a limit.


    Meng Zhang took refuge in Wuliang Tianzong, taught Feihulou a lesson for them, and slapped the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm behind him, but he couldn''t do things too much.


    The superficial unity within the Lingkong Immortal Realm must be maintained, and it cannot be completely torn apart.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm is a Daoist comprehension force, and has always followed the Taoist style, so Meng Zhang can''t be too cruel.


    Not only could Meng Zhang not harm the two captives, he had to protect them and send them back at the right time.


    The two of them were suppressed in Meng Zhang''s cave and left to Meng Zhang''s disposal, so there was no worry about their safety for the time being.


    According to the rules of the Lingkong Immortal World, Meng Zhang and the others are not good at bullying the small.


    After all, no matter what, the contradiction between Taiyi Realm and Feihu Tower is an internal contradiction, and everyone must have a certain bottom line in doing things.


    On the way here, Taiyi Realm began to actively prepare for the battle.


    At this moment, the response from Taiyi Realm was very quick.


    Many monks flew out of the Taiyi Realm. Niu Dawei and other real immortals led an army of monks, and they were quickly approaching the huge building in the distance.


    The huge building immediately fell into chaos inside and outside.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3259

    The two leading celestial beings were suppressed by Meng Zhang, and all the monks in Feihulou fell into a situation of leaderless dragons.


    Although they couldn''t understand the previous battle and Meng Zhang''s methods, it was certain that the two Supreme Elders on their side would fall into the enemy''s hands.


    Meng Zhang and the others may disdain to bully the small with the big, but no one can guarantee that they will not make a move.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability to easily suppress the two celestial beings, everything here can be reduced to dust with a single flip of the palm.


    The army of monks led by Niu Dawei outflanked them from a distance.


    A real immortal declared loudly.


    They were ordered by Wuliang Tianzong to take over here.


    To resist them is to disobey the order of Wuliang Tianzong.


    ...


    Although Meng Zhang and the others didn''t attack directly, their terrifying aura was released wantonly and landed on the huge building, shocking the monks inside and outside.


    Including a group of true immortals, everyone is frightened and has no fighting spirit.


    If the attack was from a demon or a monster, they might still have the idea of ??fighting to the end.


    Because they have no other choice but to fight hard.


    Even if they die in battle, they are not willing to fall into the hands of the devil.


    However, Meng Zhang and the others are Taoist monks who also came from the world of Lingkong and Immortal, and they claim to have come here under the order of Wuliang Tianzong.


    Many people in the upper echelons of Feihulou knew that Wuliang Tianzong had just issued an order not long ago.


    They dared to resist before because the two leading angels thought they could resist the Taiyi Realm.


    If the Taiyi Realm can''t take them down and make things worse, they have the official support of the Lingkong Immortal Realm behind them, and the Taiyi Realm will be ashamed.


    But in the current situation, the Taiyi Realm is not only justified, but also has an absolute upper hand. It doesn''t make much sense for them to continue to resist.


    Many smarter monks have already thought that if they were captured without a fight, according to the rules of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it would be really difficult for the Taiyi Realm to continue to attack them.


    But if they continue to resist, it will give the monks in the Taiyi Realm an excuse to make use of the problem. Maybe they will secretly kill the monks in the Feihu Tower.


    Under the leadership of some clear-headed high-level officials in Feihulou, the disciples of Feihulou gave up their resistance one after another, and were captured without a fight.


    The opponent directly surrendered so quickly, which disappointed many monks in the Taiyi Realm who wanted to fight hard.


    The punch they had prepared for a long time hit the empty space. Their idea of ??taking the opportunity to kill and plunder has no chance to be realized.


    However, the other party has already surrendered, and we are all monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so they can''t go too far.


    Soon, Taiyi Realm sent many monks to imprison the other monks who were restrained.


    Another group of monks quickly entered the huge building and controlled every vital point.


    Void warships have also fallen into the control of monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    ...


    A small number of hard-headed guys wanted to resist, but were easily suppressed by monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    Seeing the Taiyi Realm monks control the situation so quickly, Meng Zhang was both happy and somewhat disappointed.


    If the monk in Feihulou is really stubborn, it will give him an excuse to wipe out all the monks here.


    Not to mention massacres, at least the cultivation of most monks must be abolished.


    But the opponent surrendered so quickly, so many methods from the Taiyi Realm were useless.


    Of course, it is also beneficial for the opponent to surrender quickly, which facilitates the Taiyi Realm to quickly control the situation here.


    For Meng Zhang, it should be more important to control this area as quickly as possible and complete the orders of Wuliang Tianzong.


    Moreover, although the opponent voluntarily surrendered, the monks of the Taiyi Realm cannot go too far, but some small actions are still unavoidable.


    For example, the various materials stored here in the Feihu Building, including the large warehouse in that building, the materials carried by the Void Battleship, etc., at least the Taiyi Realm can take the opportunity to swallow most of them.


    Although a large part of this will be used to enshrine the Wuliang Tianzong, it is still completely worthwhile for the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the personal belongings of the captured monks, the Taiyi Realm monks who were in charge of guarding them had their own means to plunder them.


    Even for the sake of the official spirit of Lingkong Immortal Realm, if they are not scoured, at least they will be seriously injured.


    During this process, some dark monks of the Taiyi Sect can take the opportunity to develop some eyeliner and the like.


    For those enemy monks with extraordinary talents and great prospects, they can attack secretly and leave hidden dangers in their bodies.


    Afterwards, even if the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm wanted to stand up for the monks of Feihulou, the Taiyi Realm would be able to respond plausibly.


    The monks of Feihulou rebelled against the order issued by Wuliang Tianzong, which led to a small-scale battle between the two sides.


    During the battle, it is very common for supplies to be lost and monks to be injured.


    After disintegrating all the resistance of the enemy, the Taiyi monks quickly took over the area.


    The Taiyi Realm drove directly to the side of this area as a fortress to defend it.


    According to the map provided by Wuliang Tianzong, the monks of the Taiyi Realm controlled various key points in this area, established various defensive facilities, and arranged a line of defense.


    The map provided by Wuliang Tianzong was too rough. In addition to interrogating the monks of Feihulou, the monks of the Taiyi Realm also checked around to complete the map.


    Meng Zhang believes that there must be many people secretly watching the actions of the Taiyi Realm.


    Therefore, all actions in the Taiyi Realm are placed in the clear, well-regulated, so that people can''t jump out of the thorns on the surface.


    There are many monks in the Taiyi Realm, and many of them are those with great supernatural powers.


    For similar tasks, monks from the Taiyi Realm have rich experience, and those who are familiar with it will start to act.


    Even some fast-moving teams have just occupied this place and started to prepare for the collection of resources.


    This area is extremely rich in various resources, and even after the extensive mining by the monks of Feihulou during this period, they are far from exhausted.


    Meng Zhang and other Taiyi Realm executives made a preliminary estimate. If there is no accident, the resources here are enough for the Taiyi Realm monks to mine for a long time.


    Of course, the Taiyi Realm is just a escrow, and the real masters here are the officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Most of the resources collected by Taiyi Realm must be handed in on their own initiative and regularly.


    It''s just that, as the main handlers, monks from the Taiyi Realm have many opportunities to help them.


    The Taiyi Realm is protected by countless Heavenly Sects, so as long as you don''t do too much, you should be able to pass the test easily.


    Although it has long been known that the Wuliang Tianzong and other forces must be secretly observing the situation here.


    But Meng Zhang still reported the latest situation to Wuliang Tianzong in time, and sent some of the seized resources over.


    Among other things, Taiyi Realm''s attitude is very correct.


    Moreover, Meng Zhang and others are very capable, and within such a short period of time, they almost perfectly completed the order issued by Wuliang Tianzong.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3260

    Immeasurable Heavenly Sect soon got a reply, highly appreciating Taiyi Realm''s approach, and very satisfied with its attitude.


    Meng Zhang knows how to measure and how to advance and retreat. He not only fulfilled the orders issued by the Wuliang Tianzong, but also did not break the rules of the Lingkong Immortal Realm. He did things very beautifully.


    The monks of Feihulou are so useless, the official monks of Lingkong Immortal Realm are greatly disappointed, and there is nothing they can do.


    Soon after, Tianxian Zhang Han, Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, came here accompanied by Tianxian Pan Feng, who represented the official of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    They are here to deal with the dispute between Taiyi Realm and Feihu Tower, and by the way thoroughly confirm the management rights of Taiyi Realm to this area.


    Pan Feng Tianxian brought a group of followers to check the situation here in the name of the official of Lingkong Immortal Realm, and investigate what happened between Taiyi Realm and Feihu Tower.


    With the protection of Zhang Han Tianxian, Meng Zhang and the others did their work very well, so that Pan Feng Tianxian could not find an excuse to attack.


    He turned around in a circle, but he really couldn''t catch the loopholes on the side of Taiyi Realm.


    In desperation, he could only give up reluctantly.


    Meng Zhang knew that if he offended this guy, he would definitely look for opportunities to embarrass Taiyi Realm in the future.


    But at least this hurdle is temporarily over.


    Moreover, taking refuge in Wuliang Tianzong and gaining a lot of benefits, one has to pay a price.


    Pan Feng Tianxian is one of the backers behind Feihulou.


    All along, Feihulou has always treated him with respect and respect, and regularly gave generous gifts to him.


    Feihulou didn''t control this area for a long time, and most of the gains it gained actually fell into the hands of him and his companions.


    Feihulou expected him to be the master for them, but because of the restraint of Wuliang Tianzong, he couldn''t force Feihulou to stand up for them.


    This made him very angry, and he began to hate Taiyi Jie and Meng Zhang.


    At the same time, he couldn''t help scolding the monks in Feihulou for being useless.


    After all, Feihu Tower is also an established Celestial Immortal Sect in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but it can''t even deal with the mere rise of the Taiyi Realm.


    Dissatisfaction is dissatisfaction, and he can''t ignore the monks of Feihulou.


    Under his strong request, the Taiyi Realm handed over all the captured Feihulou monks, the captured huge building, and numerous void battleships.


    Of course, there was a lot of loss in the previous battles, and there was no way around it.


    Regarding this, he didn''t bother to ask, anyway, it was Feihu Tower that lost.


    Those immortals from Feihulou who had regained their freedom ran to Pan Feng and cried in front of the immortal, but he scolded him.


    This group of incompetent things made him lose face, and when he had nowhere to vent his anger, how could he show good face to these guys.


    After finishing the handover, Pan Feng Tianxian left here angrily.


    The person who handed over to Taiyi Realm and confessed various ideas and matters was Tianxian Zhang Han of Wuliang Tianzong.


    Next, Taiyi Realm will be responsible for direct management and development of this area, and Wuliang Tianzong will be responsible for supervision.


    Taiyi Realm is directly responsible to Wuliang Tianzong, and all the resources handed in are sent to Wuliang Tianzong''s residence.


    This time, he took a large profit from the official monks of Lingkong Immortal Realm, and also made Pan Feng Tianxian, an old opponent, lose face. Zhang Han Tianxian is in a good mood, and his attitude towards Meng Zhang is even better.


    Meng Zhang was still a little bit worried about whether Pan Feng would continue to entangle with the Taiyi Realm in the name of the official name of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Zhang Han Tianxian assured him that such a thing would not happen.


    At the very least, Pan Feng Tianxian will not continue to entangle in this area.


    You must know that the Hengling star area is very vast, and there are many other areas like this one.


    From the perspective of the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it is not worth entangled with the Wuliang Tianzong for this.


    If they made a mistake this time, they would readily admit it.


    They can find it elsewhere, there is no need to cling to this place.


    Besides, the foreign enemies facing Lingkong Immortal World are not weak at present, and everyone''s main energy is still on dealing with foreign enemies.


    The official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will at most criticize the Taiyi Realm, but it will not affect the overall situation.


    With Zhang Han''s guarantee, Meng Zhang breathed a sigh of relief.


    Not long after, Tianxian Zhang Han left with a generous gift from Meng Zhang.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm began to make a comprehensive plan for this area.


    In this area, it is not without enemies.


    From time to time, some powerful star beasts can be found, and there may even be a large number of star beast groups.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to develop the resources here, it must encircle and suppress these star beasts.


    Of course, fighting the star beasts is not in vain.


    Star beasts are good loot in their own right.


    Needless to say, the corpse of the star beast can provide a lot of precious materials.


    The monks of Taiyimen Beastmaster Hall already have the ability to tame star beast cubs and adult star beasts.


    For a long time, cultivating and domesticating all kinds of spirit beasts, fierce beasts and even star beasts has been an important way for the Taiyi Sect to strengthen its own strength.


    Fighting star beasts in the void is a good way to train monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    When mining various resources, you will also encounter some difficulties.


    Some resource extraction conditions are harsh, and some special methods must be used.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi Gate has a well-established inheritance, and the cultivators in the gate can find ways to mine even rare and troublesome resources by consulting the classics.


    Those forces that are hostile to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, although acquiescing to the Lingkong Immortal Realm''s control of this area, will not organize an army to compete.


    However, in order to distract the monks in the spiritual world and slow down their mining speed, some harassment will be organized from time to time.


    As for the robbers who came to rob, there were even more of them.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to completely deter the opponent and reduce the number of enemy attacks, it must show sufficient combat effectiveness.


    The Taiyi Realm executives carefully set up a line of defense around this area, established defensive strongholds one by one, and teams of patrolling monks patrolled regularly.


    As long as there is an enemy invasion, the defense system they set up will play a role, warning in advance, delaying the enemy''s actions, and waiting for their own large forces to encircle and suppress.


    Of course, there is only a thousand days to be a thief, but there is no one to prevent a thousand days from a thief.


    The enemy''s invasion and harassment will definitely not be eliminated, and the monks in the Taiyi Realm must be mentally prepared.


    Apart from paying attention to it for a period of time at the beginning, Meng Zhang soon put his main energy on his own cultivation.


    He just became a fairy

 Chapter 3261

    Taiyi Realm was busy up and down, but top monks like Meng Zhang were idle instead.


    Seeing that the situation in the Taiyi Realm had stabilized, Gu Yue Lingqing also left temporarily to meet the monks stationed here by the Gu Yue family, and visit relatives, friends, and old friends by the way.


    When he left Gu Yue''s family back then, he was just a true immortal and could not enter the upper echelons of the family.


    Now that he is promoted to an immortal, he has a place at the top of the family.


    As one''s cultivation level increases, one''s status and treatment will naturally also increase, which is a common practice in the cultivation world.


    Although he couldn''t return to the family headquarters for the time being, his things couldn''t get away.


    Of course, for a Tianji master family like the Gu Yue family, Tianji Xianshi is the real core of the family.


    Even if Gu Yue Lingqing became a celestial being, she would not be able to enter the core of the family.


    As the first large family to initiate the development of the Hengling star area, the Gu Yue family has invested a lot here.


    The family sent several angels early on, led a large army here, and established the earliest base.


    Even though Wuliang Tianzong intervened in the war later and became the leader, he did not embezzle the interests of the Gu Yue family, but instead helped it expand.


    The Gu Yue family also continued to expand their investment, constantly sending more forces here.


    The Gu Yue family has a huge base here, controls several resource-rich areas, and actively participates in the battle on the frontal battlefield...


    A Celestial Immortal''s strength is still very important to the Gu Yue family at this time.


    Some elders of the Gu Yue family persuaded Gu Yue Lingqing to stay and help the family fight.


    Back then, Gu Yue Lingqing left her family and smuggled to the Junchen Realm in order to obtain the resources to break through to the realm of the Celestial Immortals.


    Now that he has achieved his goal, he should return to the family and serve the family.


    However, after thinking about it, he decided to stay in Taiyi Realm for the time being.


    The Taiyi Realm participated in the battle in the Hengling star area, and the plan was not small, and it was very likely that they would encounter their former enemies, so it was the right time to employ people.


    The senior members of the Gu Yue family did not interfere with his decision.


    Originally, when the Gu Yue family invested in Taiyimen, it was because they were optimistic about Taiyimen, and hoped that when the family faced catastrophe in the future, they would get help from Taiyimen.


    Now that the Taiyi Gate has grown up and developed to such an extent, doesn''t it just show that the family''s senior management had a long-term vision at the beginning, and the investment was not in vain.


    In order to prevent the original investment from being in vain and continue to make friends with the Taiyi Sect, the Gu Yue family is willing to give more help to the Taiyi Sect.


    The current Taiyi Gate deserves more resources from the Gu Yue family.


    Under the recommendation of Gu Yue Lingqing, Meng Zhang came to the base of the Gu Yue family in person with generous gifts, and paid a visit here.


    During the visit, Meng Zhang and the senior members of the Gu Yue family had a pleasant conversation and had a comprehensive exchange.


    The two sides reached a number of cooperation agreements.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm is already qualified to live on an equal footing with the Gu Yue family.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has not formally formed an alliance with the Gu Yue family, it can enjoy the treatment only available to many allies.


    The two sides can conduct fair transactions and share a lot of information, and their respective monks will increase their exchanges...


    The Gu Yue family has a special status in the Lingkong Immortal Realm and has a wide range of friends, so they are valued by the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials.


    The senior members of the Gu Yue family promised Meng Zhang that they would use their connections to help resolve the dissatisfaction of some official monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm with the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the grievances and grievances between some cultivation forces in the Taiyi Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm, such as the Sanyang Xianzong, the Gu Yue family would not openly stand on the side of the Taiyi Realm due to their consistent stance.


    However, they will secretly provide relevant information to the Taiyi Realm, so that the Taiyi Realm can take the lead.


    When needed, they will even secretly provide a certain amount of combat power to the Taiyi Realm.


    When visiting the Gu Yue family''s base, Meng Zhang and the Gu Yue family''s records were recorded in classics, and they were not as appropriate as their personal experience.


    The senior Tianxian of the Gu Yue family was very kind to Meng Zhang, and did not hesitate to give him advice and impart some personal experience to him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in the Gu Yue family''s base for too long, but he benefited a lot.


    This visit to the base of the Gu Yue family, Meng Zhang basically achieved his goal.


    With the Gu Yue family as a quasi-ally, Taiyi Sect can benefit greatly in all aspects.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has a relationship with the Wuliang Tianzong and has been taken care of to a certain extent, the relationship between the two parties is not equal.


    Wuliang Tianzong used the Taiyi Realm more.


    When the Taiyi Realm has no use value, or the use value is not enough to offset the official pressure from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, will Wuliang Tianzong still support the Taiyi Realm so much?


    Many friends have many paths, let alone such powerful friends as the Gu Yue family.


    Although the Gu Yue family does not have a Golden Immortal in charge, it has a long history and unfathomable background. Even those Golden Immortal sects must maintain a certain degree of respect for them.


    Because he was worried about the situation in the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang didn''t stay at the Gu Yue family base for too long, and returned in time.


    After he went back, with the help of Gu Yue Lingqing, he arranged for the two monks to come and go.


    It is foreseeable that the war in the Hengling star area will last for a long time.


    The two monks had enough time to communicate with each other and deepen mutual trust.


    After Taiyi Realm took control of that area, no foreign enemies have invaded yet.


    In addition to human cultivators, there are also many monks of other races in the Taiyi Realm, which can be used to mine various resources.


    Not to mention, the Taiyi world has long been accustomed to using mechanism creations to drive barbarians and other alien races, and even use various domesticated spirit beasts for resource collection.


    Many monks in the Taiyi Realm, especially the direct monks of the Taiyi Sect, are relatively free for the time being and have time to visit the Gu Yue family.


    Not long after Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, a wave of monks from the Gu Yue family came to visit.


    In this way, the monks of both sides began to communicate frequently.


    The benefits of this exchange soon became apparent.


    Some resources that were scarce on the side of the Taiyi world were solved by the Gu Yue family.


    In the past, there was no direct contact between the Taiyi Realm and the Gu Yue Family, and it was difficult for the two parties to carry out large-scale transactions.


    Now, both parties are in the Hengling star area, communication and transactions have become much more convenient.


    For some resources that the Gu Yue family base does not have, the senior management of the base will actively contact the family headquarters and ask them to send them over when they send out a transportation team next time.


    Not to mention those high-level monks in the Taiyi Realm, even Meng Zhang has gained a lot of benefits in such a transaction, and obtained several precious resources that are conducive to the improvement of the cave.


    Of course, the Gu Yue family didn''t help the Taiyi Realm for nothing, they also got some precious specialties from the Taiyi Realm.


    Thanks to old friend Tianshuzi 1 and book friend 20220624172258712 for their many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3262

    After years of development in the Taiyi world, its production system has basically been perfected.


    In addition to producing a large number of conventional resources, there are also some unique rare resource outputs.


    In fact, most complete large worlds will have some special resource output.


    Although these special resources are not irreplaceable, they still have many unique features.


    The Gu Yue family controls more than one big world, and there are many special resources. Trading with the Taiyi world is mutually beneficial.


    It is also beneficial for the monks of both sides to communicate and exchange ideas, and for everyone to open a forum to teach the law.


    The Gu Yue family is gradually increasing their investment in the Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yue''s family helped the Taiyi Realm solve the problem. It turns out that Chen Lian is a veteran true immortal and a senior craftsman in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    He originally had his own family, with many clan members and disciples.


    Later, a catastrophe broke out in the fairy world of Ling Kong, which destroyed his family and killed countless members of his family.


    Only he and a few younger generations escaped the evil disaster by chance.


    For a long time, he has been very suspicious that it was an immortal whom he offended back then who took advantage of the situation and used that disaster to plot against his family.


    But firstly, he has no evidence, and secondly, this celestial being has a profound background and strength, which is far beyond what he can deal with.


    He tried to seek help from the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but he did not get help.


    There is no evidence to accuse a promising person who is regarded as a celestial being with the talent of a golden celestial being, and no one will stand by his side.


    Since then, he has been targeted many times and was almost assassinated to death.


    He knew that the Gu Yue family had great secrets, and he had good friendship with some real immortals of the Gu Yue family.


    He went to Gu Yue''s family for help, hoping that his master Tianji could use the technique of Tianji to deduce the truth of the year.


    The Gu Yue family rejected his request.


    However, the Gu Yue family secretly pointed out the way for him to escape the assassination and helped him hide temporarily.


    This time the Lingkong Immortal Realm developed the Hengling star area, and he came here early.


    When the Gu Yue family heard about the Taiyi Realm


    After a lack of refining masters, a high-level executive discussed with Meng Zhang, and then instructed Chen Lian to come to the Taiyi Realm.


    [In view of the general environment,


    The celestial being that Chen Lian accused at the beginning had an enmity with Junchen Xianzun in the early years, and later instigated Sanyang Xianzong to intervene in the affairs of Junchen Realm.


    Back then, the Celestial Immortal of the Sanyang Immortal Sect sent a clone to the Junchen Realm, trying to eradicate Junchen Immortal Venerable. In addition to the hatred between himself and Junchen Immortal Venerable, there was also the relationship that the Celestial Immortal supported behind him.


    Although Meng Zhang is unwilling to make enemies easily, he has always been regarded as the successor of Junchen Immortal Venerable, not to mention that he has already formed a deadly enmity with Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    Perhaps, to a certain extent, Meng Zhang, who was born in the Junchen Realm and obtained the CD-ROM of the Junchen Immortal''s legacy, can barely be regarded as the younger half of the Junchen Immortal Zun''s successor.


    Whether he wants to or not, he has to inherit some of the karma of Junchen Xianzun.


    In the future, he will not only face Sanyang Xianzong, but also the supporters behind it.


    The Gu Yue family will not intervene in Meng Zhang''s own grievances, but will only provide some help secretly.


    Since the real immortal Chen Lian and Meng Zhang have a common enemy, the two sides naturally have a basis for cooperation.


    Not to mention, Chen Lian''s art of refining weapons is amazing, he is a well-known fairy master of refining weapons, and he is the most lacking talent in the Taiyi world.


    After he had a long talk with Meng Zhang, he got Meng Zhang''s promise that when the time is right in the future, he will find a way to help him avenge his hatred.


    In this way, Chen Lian stayed in the Taiyi Realm and became a guest minister of the Taiyi Sect, making up for the lack of immortal masters in the Taiyi Sect.


    With this Immortal Artifact Refiner, he can forge all kinds of Immortal Artifacts for the immortals in the Taiyi Realm.


    The Gu Yue family didn''t pay anything this time, but they did a great favor to the Taiyi Realm and made Meng Zhang owe a big favor.


    The Gu Yue family''s help to the Taiyi world is not limited to this.


    The competition for the Hengling Star Area is a major event in the Lingkong Immortal World, and many cultivation forces are involved.


    Some enemies that the Taiyi Realm had formed in the past also sent forces to the Hengling star area.


    The Gu Yue family was well-informed, and promptly notified the intelligence of these enemies to the Taiyi Realm.


    Sanyang Xianzong had already participated in the battle in the Hengling star area.


    After Feihulou suffered a loss in Meng Zhang''s hands last time, it didn''t mean to let it go.


    The follow-up troops of Feihulou are rushing to the Hengling star area.


    The owner of the Feihu Building is walking around, wanting to get more support, so that he can fight against the Taiyi Realm in the future.


    Sanyang Xianzong, who was originally a close ally of Feihulou, hit it off with Feihulou in dealing with the problems of Taiyi Realm.


    Today''s Taiyi Realm is fully capable of defeating Sanyang Xianzong and Feihulou head-on.


    Meng Zhang is not very worried about the combination of these two companies.


    The actions of these two families do not end here. They are contacting Guantian Pavilion to pass on the relevant information of the Taiyi Realm.


    Guantian Pavilion is a very powerful sect with branches all over almost the entire Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    When he was in Junchen Realm that year, Meng Zhang destroyed the branch of Guantian Pavilion in Junchen Realm, and the two sides formed a big relationship.

 Chapter 3263

    It would be great if the high-level officials of Guantian Pavilion were a little grander, confining all grievances to the Junchen Realm and not expanding them at will.


    The Junchen Realm has been destroyed for so many years, and the Junchen Immortal Venerable has long been wiped out. The grievances of the year have lost their meaning, and there is no need to continue and expand.


    If this is the case, then Meng Zhang will welcome it very much, and will not take the initiative to become an enemy of Guantian Pavilion in the future.


    It''s a pity, according to the Gu Yue family''s information, the senior officials of Guantian Pavilion are not so generous, but always vengeful.


    Meng Zhang''s destruction of Guantian Pavilion''s branch in Junchen Realm was regarded as a disrespect to Guantian Pavilion and a blasphemy of its philosophy.


    Guantian Pavilion and Meng Zhang are at odds with each other, and sooner or later they will seek revenge from him.


    Sanyang Xianzong and Feihu Tower are in series, trying to use the power of Guantian Pavilion to deal with Taiyi Realm.


    Fortunately, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm and Wuliang Tianzong still have enough authority to suppress all the forces participating in the war.


    No matter how much grievances and grievances the Taiyi Realm has with these forces, at least in the Hengling star area, under everyone''s noses, they dare not openly attack the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the conspiracy calculations behind it, there is no way to eliminate it.


    Although there are no golden immortals in Guantian Pavilion, it is said that it has a special relationship with some golden immortals and has received strong support from them.


    Moreover, there are many heavenly immortals in it, and the strong are like clouds, which is far from what the weak Feihulou and Sanyang Xianzong can match.


    In the past, the Taiyi Realm moved erratically and was far away from the sphere of influence of the Lingkong Immortal Realm. Even if Guantian Pavilion wanted to seek revenge from the Taiyi Realm, it would be difficult to find it in time.


    It would not be possible to send countless monks to search all over the void for the sake of a mere true immortal power in the Taiyi Realm.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has come to the Hengling star area, it is close at hand, but it is difficult for Guantian Pavilion to find a chance to make a move.


    Of course, it is impossible for the Taiyi Realm to stay in the Hengling star area forever, and it is impossible to receive the protection of the Wuliang Tianzong forever.


    When the war here is over and the Taiyi Realm is on the road again, I''m afraid we have to be more careful.


    Guantian Pavilion is not a small threat to Taiyi Realm, but it is not so anxious.


    A piece of information recently provided by the Gu Yue family made Meng Zhang feel a real threat.


    When Meng Zhang was in the Dengtian star area, he had an enmity with Fengyuan Zhenxian, who represented the official of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Later, Zhenxian Fengyuan tried to use the official power of Lingkong Immortal Realm to deal with Taiyi Realm, but was destroyed by Gu Yue Family, Banxue Jianjun and others.


    Not long ago, Fengyuan Zhenxian successfully promoted to Tianxian, and took the initiative to invite Ying to join the battle in the Hengling star area.


    Fengyuan Zhenxian became Fengyuan Tianxian, both status and voice have been greatly improved.


    His family is a veteran cultivator family in the Lingkong Immortal World, and he is the disciple and grandson of Jinxian.


    The Gu Yue family also found out that the Golden Immortal Patriarch of Fengyuan Celestial Immortal Sect had always disliked Wuliang Tianzong''s style of work.


    He believed that the Golden Immortal Sect like Wuliang Tianzong acted recklessly by relying on their strength, and the sect members were selfish, which greatly damaged the official interests of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Of course Fengyuan Tianxian must always be consistent with his ancestors.


    This time, he came to the Hengling Star District as an official envoy sent by the Lingkong Immortal Realm to clean up the atmosphere, crack down on those behaviors that harm the public and private interests, and ensure that the interests of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are protected.


    Although the relationship between Meng Zhang and Fengyuan Tianxian is not small, they don''t know enough about it.


    Whether the other party will avenge his personal revenge publicly, or whether he will secretly suppress the Taiyi Realm regardless of the overall situation, he is not sure.


    [The app that has been running stably for many years is comparable to the old version of the book chasing artifact, which is used by old bookworms


    Especially Fengyuan Celestial Immortal, even if Meng Zhang has the protection of the Infinite Heavenly Sect, he must never take the initiative to attack him.


    The only thing Meng Zhang can do is to keep an eye on Gu Yue''s movements through the intelligence channel of the Gu Yue family.


    The information provided by the Gu Yue family is very valuable to Taiyi Realm and has been of great help.


    As a veteran cultivator family rooted in the Lingkong fairyland, the Gu Yue family has intelligence capabilities that cannot be envied.


    Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie were not only born under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but now they are also under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm. In the future, it is estimated that they will be involved with the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In addition to relying on the intelligence system of the Gu Yue family, Meng Zhang also wanted Taiyi Realm to have a separate news channel in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    On the one hand, he asked An Muran, the third disciple who was in charge of the dark hall of the Taiyi Gate, to use the power of the dark hall and take advantage of the opportunity that many monks from the spiritual world gathered here to find ways to install and develop some eyes and ears.


    This is a huge challenge for An Moran.


    He readily accepted Meng Zhang''s order and began to think of ways to implement it.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to Heavenly Immortal, he learned a lot of practical secret techniques from Taiyi Golden Immortal''s inheritance, which can be used to help An Moran''s actions.


    If the Great World under the Lingkong Immortal Realm has an informant from the Taiyi Gate, they can use some special rituals and secret techniques to pass through long distances to deliver information to the Taiyi Realm.


    Correspondingly, Taiyi Realm can also use this to issue instructions to it.


    Although such a connection is not stable, let alone real-time, it still has great use value.


    Since the Taiyi Realm came to the Hengling Star District, it first got connected with the Wuliang Tianzong, and later, with the introduction of the Gu Yue Family, it had contacts with many comprehension forces, and many cultivators visited the Taiyi Realm.


    Using this as a cover will greatly benefit An Moran''s actions.


    In addition, the Taiyi Realm has always retained a branch of the Dark Alliance.


    After Meng Zhang''s old friends Luo Ye and Jue Ying became real immortals, they could use secret methods to contact the headquarters of the Dark League, freeing them from many restrictions of the Dark League branch in the Junchen Realm.


    Now the dark alliance branch of the Taiyi world is a relatively independent existence, and among the many branches of the dark alliance, it is regarded as relatively important.


    The intelligence capability of the Dark Alliance is said to be the best in the entire spirit world.


    Although Luoye and Jueying would not betray the Dark Alliance, nor would they reveal too many internal secrets of the Dark Alliance to Meng Zhang, they would still have no problem sharing some information with the Taiyi Sect.


    In fact, apart from the Gu Yue family, Taiyi Realm''s source of information about the Lingkong Immortal Realm mainly relies on the Dark Alliance.


    The Dark Alliance headquarters did not interfere with the internal management of the Taiyi Realm branch, and still retained the original management.


    Meng Zhang and Luo Ye have known each other as masters and apprentices for many years, and they have had the experience of supporting each other.


    Master Luo Ye holds great power in his hands, and he doesn''t mind pretending to be public and private, so he uses the power of the dark alliance to provide some help to Meng Zhang.


    Without Meng Zhang coming forward, An Muran approached their master and apprentice and asked them for help.


    An Moran received many pointers from Jueying back then.


    Even the dark hall of Taiyi Gate was built with the help of Jueying.

 Chapter 3264

    An Moran asked for help from Jue Ying mainly in two ways.


    One is to place eyeliner on the side of the Lingkong Immortal World, and he needs some help and guidance from Jueying.


    Secondly, he asked Jueying for help, using the channels of the Dark Alliance to monitor Fengyuan Tianxian and other enemies in the Taiyi Realm, and provide more information.


    Although there is help from the Gu Yue family in providing information, An Moran likes to keep a hand in everything, and is unwilling to rely too much on the Gu Yue family, let alone limit the source of information to one family.


    With the relationship between the two families, Jueying agreed to his request without hesitation and began to help him wholeheartedly.


    With the help of Jueying and the power of the dark alliance, An Moran''s work became much smoother, and there was obvious progress soon.


    Of course, An Moran is only temporarily relying on the power of the dark alliance. The dark hall''s own intelligence system is still independent of the dark alliance and has no intersection with it.


    It didn''t take long for the Taiyi Sect to receive information that Fengyuan Tianxian, who had a long-standing grievance with Meng Zhang, arrived in the Hengling Star Area together with a group of fellow sects.


    When he was in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Fengyuan Celestial Immortal, who was so aggressive, did not make a big move after arriving in the Hengling Star Area. Instead, he quickly integrated into the original official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Taiyi Realm has waited in full force for so long, but the result is like this, it feels like thunder and rain.


    Could it be that a person like Fengyuan Tianxian has become as light as dust so soon?


    He''s just good at lip service, but in fact he still doesn''t want to offend Wuliang Tianzong?


    No matter how he behaved, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm did not carelessly, and still secretly strengthened their defenses.


    Although the Taiyi Realm is under the direct management of Wuliang Tianzong, in order to prevent the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm from making excuses, the Taiyi Realm monks performed well in all aspects and tried their best not to live up to the truth.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm increased the scale of resource mining in their area, and the amount of various resources collected soon exceeded that when Feihulou was there.


    Although the monks in the Taiyi Realm can''t help but do their best, the various resources handed over to the Wuliang Tianzong are not only huge, but they are still growing.


    This made Wuliang Tianzong very satisfied with Taiyi Realm.


    After this area was handed over to Feihulou for management, it didn''t have time to conduct a comprehensive survey and arrangement.


    Taiyijie made up for the unfinished work of Feihulou.


    For the exploitation of resources in the entire area, Taiyi Realm has carried out scientific planning.


    The Taiyi Realm has huge manpower and material resources, and after the comprehensive development of this area, the results are very remarkable.


    Even if most of the mined resources have to be handed over, the Taiyi world will reap a lot of money.


    Whether it is the Taiyi Realm official or the individual monks involved in the mining, they all ate a mouth full of oil.


    It has been many years since the Taiyi Realm has never received such sufficient supplies.


    In the blink of an eye, more than twenty years have passed since the Taiyi Realm came to the Hengling star area.


    In the past twenty years, the resources obtained by the Taiyi Realm can not only meet the daily needs of monks in the Taiyi Realm, but also have accumulated a lot.


    Of course, the process of mining resources is not always smooth, and it is also accompanied by fighting and bloodshed.


    In various resource mining areas, Taiyi monks often face various monsters.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has organized many large-scale suppressions, it still cannot be completely wiped out.


    During the mining and transportation of resources, monsters including star beasts would harass the monks in the Taiyi Realm from time to time.


    These harassments are very frequent, but fortunately they are not well organized, and the damage caused to the Taiyi Realm is limited, at most it is a moderate trouble.


    What really caused headaches for the Taiyi world was the harassment from other forces.


    From time to time, forces such as monsters, gods, and Buddhism will organize small teams to attack this area, adopting guerrilla tactics of hit and go.


    Especially the elusive demon powerhouse, causing the greatest harm.


    Taiyi Realm had to allocate a large part of their attention to deal with these foreign enemies.


    This increased the casualties of the monks in the Taiyi realm, and also allowed more monks in the Taiyi realm to be trained.


    These attacks can''t change the overall situation. Meng Zhang didn''t pay too much attention, but handed it over to the senior management of Taiyi Realm.


    Apart from occasionally going out to visit new friends he made, his main energy is still on improving and strengthening his own cave.


    With the continuous investment of massive resources, the framework of his cave has been completely completed, and various details are being perfected.


    Dongtian is an independent world with special rules.


    Meng Zhang''s celestial power controls all kinds of spirits and transforms them into auras of different attributes in the cave.


    When these auras have accumulated to a certain level, they will begin to evolve into various special creatures.


    In Meng Zhang''s cave, there are already black and white giants transformed by yin and yang, golden crows transformed by sunlight, and jade rabbits transformed by moonlight.


    Strictly speaking, these creatures are not independent creatures, they are still muddled and ignorant.


    As time goes by, these creatures will also slowly evolve.


    When these creatures are strong enough, they can be driven by Meng Zhang.


    If Meng Zhang chooses to transform his cave into a complete big world when he hits the Golden Immortal Realm in the future, then these creatures will become natives of this big world.


    For example, the original indigenous gods, natural ghosts and gods, and ancient beasts in the Junchen world evolved from such creatures.


    It is still very far away for Meng Zhang to hit the Golden Immortal Realm. He is now focusing on the various evolutions in the cave.


    He observed the various evolutions in the cave and exerted influence on them from time to time, which greatly deepened his understanding of the Dao of Heaven and Earth.


    On the outside, as the battle in the Hengling star area continued to expand, things took a new turn.


    During these years, the news of the discovery of huge resources in the Hengling star region has spread throughout almost the entire void.


    More and more powerful people from all walks of life and forces from all walks of life began to intervene in the war in the Hengling star area.


    Among them, there are many Taoist cultivation forces that do not belong to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    On the issue of how to deal with these comprehension forces, there has been a lot of conflicts between the Wuliang Tianzong and the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    According to a certain immortal of the Wuliang Tianzong, these so-called Taoist cultivation forces are all locusts, they are all here to pick up cheap, and they should be told to get out.


    Anyone who stays here is a person with evil intentions, and they should be driven away or even wiped out.


    The official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm has always regarded itself as the spokesperson of the Taoism of the Void and Myriad Realms, and has the ambition to unify the Taoism.


    Within the Taoist sect, there are only a handful of forces at the same level as the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    These major forces have fought openly and secretly for many times for the right to speak within the Taoist sect, as well as the name of the leader of the Taoist sect.


    It''s not important to say that reputation is important, but sometimes it is indispensable.

 Chapter 3265

    If you don''t ask about the indiscriminate and large-scale cleanup of the Daoist cultivation forces in the Hengling star area, it will be too ugly and have a bad reputation.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have always cherished feathers and valued their image, and absolutely do not agree to take action against fellow members of the Taoist sect in full view.


    After all, the official Lingkong Immortal Realm represents all the comprehension forces in the entire Lingkong Immortal Realm, and Wuliang Tianzong is also a member of it.


    Even though Wuliang Tianzong is the Golden Immortal Sect, it is not easy to openly contradict the official of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The two sides, at least on the surface, are standing together.


    Because the Wuliang Tianzong intervened first in the Hengling Star District, it has a great say, which makes the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm take the initiative to back down many times.


    There are many contradictions and struggles between the two sides secretly, but on the surface, both sides must try their best to maintain their unity.


    Especially when it comes to matters that do not involve major interests, Wuliang Tianzong will always respect the official opinions of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Since the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm want face, Wuliang Tianzong is not good at persistently opposing it.


    In the final analysis, the overall interests of the two parties are consistent, and it is beneficial for everyone to pursue the leadership position within the Taoist sect.


    Therefore, how to deal with these foreign Taoist cultivation forces will be handled according to the official opinions of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm officially recruited some well-known comprehension forces who were willing to accept command, and commanded them to fight against Buddhism, gods and other forces.


    Anyway, the enemy is strong, and the power belonging to one''s own side will never be too much.


    As for those comprehension forces who are unwilling to obey the official orders of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and act alone and do their own way, as long as they do not oppose the Lingkong Immortal Realm or come over to cause trouble, the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials can tolerate their existence and let them be in the world. Activities around the Hengling star area.


    Anyway, countless cultivation forces have gathered here, and there is no shortage of such a group of guys who belong to the Taoist sect in name.


    As more and more forces came to the Hengling star area, the situation here became more and more complicated.


    The news that the Taiyi Realm came to the Hengling star area to carry out resource mining was also promoted by interested people, and it spread quickly.


    In the void, almost every time a new large-scale resource land is discovered, it will attract various forces.


    Among them, the star thief is indispensable.


    Star Thief will not work hard to collect resources, but plunder other people''s achievements, such as robbing the transport fleet.


    After learning about the relevant information of the Hengling star area, the Wild Hunt star bandit group, which is well-known in the void, quickly sent a fleet to kill here like a shark smelling blood.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group originally sent a large number of forces to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, but due to the disturbance of a certain scholar in the Spring and Autumn Academy, they lost the Taiyi Realm''s whereabouts.


    The top Confucian forces in the Spring and Autumn Academy, even ordinary golden immortals are not willing to provoke easily, and the Wild Hunt star bandit group can only suffer from being dumb.


    Although the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group will take revenge and vow not to give up in hunting down the Taiyi Realm, they can''t find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm for a long time, and its senior management has become slack.


    When they saw an opportunity in the Hengling star area, they let go of the pursuit of Taiyi Realm for the time being.


    As a big sect of Buddhism, Fahua Sect has always had a good relationship with Tiantai Sect.


    The Tiantai Sect recruited the monks of the Fahua Sect as usual to participate in the battle in the Hengling star area.


    The sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect always liked to stir up trouble, and he didn''t miss the excitement of the Hengling Star District.


    Unknowingly, these three great enemies of the Taiyi Realm gathered in the Hengling star area.


    After they received information about the Taiyi Realm one after another, the three high-level executives were moved by coincidence.


    They have never forgotten the deep hatred with the Taiyi world.


    The three forces soon came together again.


    After deliberation, the three high-level officials quickly decided to unite and attack the Taiyi world together.


    First, you can avenge your hatred and solve this enemy that everyone hates.


    Second, they can wantonly plunder the areas being developed in the Taiyi Realm and obtain many precious resources.


    After the three high-level leaders made up their minds, in order to ensure that the first blow was sure to hit, they not only vigorously mobilized more forces from the headquarters, but also recruited a group of idle monks.


    The scale of the battle in the Hengling star area was very large, and many areas were involved.


    There are always times when the officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm can''t take care of it.


    Although Wuliang Tianzong can be regarded as the current superior of the Taiyi Realm, he is not the nanny of the Taiyi Realm, so it is impossible to concentrate on defending the Taiyi Realm.


    Except for the enemy bullying the small by the big, or dispatching crushing forces, the Wuliang Tianzong generally would not directly help the Taiyi Realm to fight.


    Even if the enemy did this, Wuliang Tianzong would not be able to take action early, usually it would be revenge after the event.


    Of course, because everyone''s purpose is to compete for resources and to prevent the war from entering a state of disorder and chaos, all parties participating in the war will generally abide by some unspoken rules.


    Even the powerful magicians who have always been lawless and unscrupulous will not break these unspoken rules at will.


    Although in some dark corners, where people don''t notice, things that break the unspoken rules occasionally happen, but in general, the current war in the Hengling star area is still controllable, and the fragile rules still play a role.


    The Fahuazong and other three forces have already figured out the various rules of the Hengling star area, and knowing how to act will cause huge damage and blows to the Taiyi world.


    This time, the three families invested heavily in order to retaliate against the Taiyi Realm, and they seemed to spare no expense.


    As long as you are willing to invest, you can get something.


    Having learned the lessons of previous failures, they must be fully prepared before taking action.


    One of them is to collect as much detailed information as possible about the Taiyi Realm.


    In order to make friends with all kinds of cultivation forces and make more friends, the monks of Taiyi Realm invited many cultivators from all kinds of cultivation forces to come to Taiyi Realm as guests.


    The senior officials of Taiyi Realm deliberately showed an open attitude.


    As long as foreign cultivators are not enemies and come with good intentions, Taiyi Realm welcomes them very much.


    The Taiyi Realm has opened up several trading venues, in addition to its own transactions with foreign practitioners, it also provides intermediaries and guarantees for transactions between foreign practitioners.


    In addition, the senior executives of the Taiyi community also announced a large list of resources to be purchased.


    After the efforts of the high-level Taiyi Realm, within a short period of time, the Taiyi Realm has become a nearby area, a well-known place for exchanges and transactions among practitioners.


    Trading in Taiyi Realm has various conveniences, and security can be fully guaranteed.


    In particular, various large-scale trade fairs and auctions held regularly and irregularly in the Taiyi world have attracted many foreign practitioners.


    The number of cultivators entering and leaving Taiyi Realm is increasing day by day, making this place bustling and lively.


    Although the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm will try their best to protect the secrets about the Taiyi Realm, a lot of relevant information will inevitably be leaked out.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.

 Chapter 3266

    Although the senior officials of Taiyi Realm also considered the risk of opening Taiyi Realm to the outside world, because the various benefits are too huge, most of them support this opening policy and ignore the existence of this risk.


    Meng Zhang had thought about it a long time ago, if the Taiyi Realm wants to achieve greater development, it is impossible to keep it closed forever.


    In fact, when wandering in the void of Taiyi Realm, with an open-minded attitude, he absorbed many monks of different races and different cultivation systems.


    It''s just that the Taiyi Realm has been wandering in the void, without a stable state, and it is difficult to communicate regularly with the outside world.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has settled down, it has opened its doors to the outside world.


    Of course, there is a limit to the extent to which Taiyi Realm can open to the outside world.


    Except for a few fixed trading places, foreign cultivators can only move within a certain area for the time being, and cannot freely enter more areas within the Taiyi Realm.


    Those monks who want to join the Taiyi Realm have to go through many tests.


    It is also the consistent policy of Taiyi Realm to absorb some qualified foreign monks and replenish fresh blood.


    Although there are many foreign cultivators coming in and out, it is difficult for them to discover the true mystery of the Taiyi Realm.


    Recently, there have been a lot of incidents in Taiyi Realm.


    Some of them happened in trading places, some cultivators were dissatisfied with the trading situation and tried to fight.


    These cultivators were easily suppressed by the Taiyi Realm.


    There are also some foreign cultivators trying to break away from the area allowed by the Taiyi Realm and sneak into the Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm''s own defense system is extremely tight.


    In particular, there are so many gods, and they have laid nets in many places.


    As soon as these outsiders acted, they were quickly caught.


    ...


    The large number of these seemingly isolated incidents will naturally attract the attention of the high-level Taiyi community.


    There are special monks in the Taiyi world who interrogated these guys, but they didn''t get any more useful information.


    Some of them are too greedy, they want to take more advantage in the transaction, and they start to make trouble on the spur of the moment.


    Those cultivators who try to sneak into the Taiyi Realm are also because they are too curious about the situation inside the Taiyi Realm.


    Some even just want to sneak into the Taiyi Realm to steal some precious resources.


    ...


    Although no useful information was obtained from the interrogation of these foreign cultivators, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, who are often in a state of war and are highly vigilant, still have their own judgments.


    They suspected that these cultivators were testing the defense system of the Taiyi Realm.


    It''s just that, due to the superb methods of the people behind the scenes, they made full use of these muddle-headed idiots, so that they didn''t know the inside story until they were arrested.


    Perhaps, there are some daring gangs of cultivators who want to rob Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm has mined a large amount of resources in this area, and it has made a lot of money by holding various trade fairs, which naturally attracts coveted people.


    Ever since it was learned that Sanyang Xianzong, Feihulou and other hostile forces joined forces, Taiyi Realm has been on high alert.


    Over the past few years, through the channels of the Gu Yue family and the dark alliance, the senior officials of the Taiyi world have strengthened the monitoring of these two families and their related cultivation forces.


    Although Sanyang Xianzong and other sects have not taken any action against the Taiyi Realm in the past twenty years, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm have not let go.


    An Muran, who has been in charge of the dark hall, feels that things are not that simple. The people behind those cultivators don''t just want to plunder the Taiyi world.


    In the absence of any other clues, he could only strengthen the defense of the Taiyi Realm while strengthening the surveillance of the Sanyang Xianzong and other cultivation sects.


    Not long after, the Dark Alliance provided him with an important clue.


    The immortals of the Sanyang Immortal Sect had some contacts with the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect secretly.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is not a force under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This time, the sword lunatic from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect came to the Hengling star area to seize resources.


    Although the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has always regarded itself as a Taoist cultivator, most of the cultivators respect him because of his bad reputation and his brutal and domineering style.


    The Sanyang Immortal Sect and the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect have never had any contact.


    As the cultivator sect under the Ling Kong Immortal Realm, the Sanyang Immortal Sect still cherishes feathers.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is a member of the Dao Sect in name, but in fact its behavior is no different from that of the Demon Dao. The Sanyang Immortal Sect should not have any contact with it.


    The two enemies of the Taiyi Realm communicated secretly, and things became interesting.


    As a member of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Sanyang Immortal Sect dared not openly attack the Taiyi Realm, but could secretly provide all kinds of help to the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Reminiscent of the three forces of Sirius Sword Sect, Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group and Fa Huazong who hunted down the Taiyi Realm together, without An Muran''s extra reminder, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm immediately became vigilant.


    The Fahua Sect is a Buddhist sect, and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit is a star bandit, and they can attack the Taiyi Realm in a fair and honest manner.


    At this time, An Moran discovered an omission of his own.


    Before that, I had been focusing on the internal cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and relaxed the monitoring of forces outside the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In fact, in the Hengling star area, Buddhism, Shinto, etc. are the enemies of the Lingkong Immortal Realm. It is difficult to penetrate into the Taiyi Realm and obtain useful information.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm is hostile to so many forces, as long as the person in charge is not too stupid, he should have some understanding of the enemy''s situation.


    In fact, intelligence warfare is a very important part of the war in the Hengling star area.


    The Ling Kong Immortal Realm side has exhausted almost all methods to grasp the enemy''s movements, the specific strength of the enemy, etc.


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm must have the information Taiyi Realm needs, but they don''t like Taiyi Realm very much.


    After reporting to Meng Zhang, An Moran took the initiative to ask Wuliang Tianzong for help.


    The contacts between Taiyi Realm and Wuliang Tianzong are getting closer and closer.


    Generally, as long as it is not too much, Wuliang Tianzong will buy Taiyi Realm a face.


    Without spending too much effort, the Taiyi Realm obtained the needed information from Wuliang Tianzong.


    The Fahua Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group participated in the battle in the Hengling star area before the arrival of the Taiyi Realm.


    During the recent period, these two sects have continuously transferred more forces from the headquarters, greatly strengthening the army here.


    Although these two are not the focus of the Wuliang Tianzong, they are also veteran celestial forces with a great reputation, and they deserve the attention of the intelligence system of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    When fighting abroad in the Hengling star area, the officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm shared various information.


    With the information provided by the Wuliang Tianzong, the Taiyi Realm does not need more evidence. Its high-level officials can almost confirm that the Fahuazong, the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and the Sirius Swordsman have not forgotten the previous hatred. They are preparing to join forces to attack the Taiyi Realm.


    The three old rivals teamed up, secretly including the Sanyang Xianzong and other cultivation sects and their secret passages. This time the challenge is not small.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3267

    On the side of the Hengling star area, the comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm have been fighting with other cultivation forces.


    If a struggle breaks out between the Taiyi Realm and the Fa Huazong, it is only a part of it, and there is not much surprise.


    Everyone is of the same level of practice power, and Wuliang Tianzong will not intervene in their battles at will.


    Taiyi Realm has made many friends during this period, but when facing strong enemies, these new friends may not be reliable.


    The only trustworthy Gu Yue family has always shouldered heavy responsibilities and undertaken heavy combat tasks. It is difficult to mobilize more forces in a short period of time, and cannot provide too much combat power to the Taiyi Realm.


    It seems that this challenge, as in the past, has to rely on the power of the Taiyi Realm family to solve it alone.


    At that time, the Taiyi Realm was hunted down by these three enemies all the way, and it was in a state of embarrassment. With the help of the great Confucians in the Spring and Autumn Academy, it barely escaped.


    The current Taiyi Realm is much stronger than it was back then.


    Especially the result of Meng Zhang''s promotion and their discussion, it is best for Taiyi Realm to take the initiative to attack, and try to defeat each of the three enemies before the strength of the three enemies is completely gathered.


    The Taiyi world, including Meng Zhang, has always been very aggressive.


    But there is a problem in this, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is nominally a Daoist cultivator.


    Although the comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm respect him at a distance and are unwilling to have any contact with him, no one has questioned his identity as a member of the Taoist sect.


    Although the sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is called a sword lunatic, he is not really a lunatic, so he can clearly tell who is strong and who is weak.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has always been very flattering to the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and has repeatedly expressed the wish to fight under the leadership of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm did not respond to the Sirius Sword Sect, they did not show any obvious rejection.


    At the beginning, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm tried their best to refute the Wuliang Tianzong, and demanded that the foreign Taoist cultivation forces be treated kindly.


    As long as the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect does not openly become an enemy of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will silently tolerate its existence.


    If the Taiyi Realm took the initiative to attack the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, it would be a blatant slap in the face of the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although after taking refuge in Wuliang Tianzong, the Taiyi Realm got its protection to a certain extent.


    However, Meng Zhang and other high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm have always been very sober, knowing the horror of the official power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and they dare not offend them too much.


    In secret, Meng Zhang also tried to ease the relationship with the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm with the help of Gu Yue''s family connections.


    If this time the Taiyi Realm openly violated the official principles of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and took the initiative to attack the Sirius Sword Sect, plus what happened to the Flying Tiger Tower last time, the Taiyi Realm would offend the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials severely.


    This will not only make Meng Zhang''s previous efforts to ease the relationship through the Gu Yue family all in vain, but when facing the scene, maybe the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will severely clean up the Taiyi Realm.


    Ever since the Taiyi Realm stepped into the void, although it was in danger at every step and faced various challenges at any time, Meng Zhang and other senior officials in the Taiyi Realm did not need to think too much about various complicated interpersonal relationships.


    Taiyi Realm is in the void, like a wild bull, rushing and rushing around.


    Now in the Hengling star area, Taiyi Realm seems to have put a shackle on itself, subject to many restrictions.


    This kind of feeling makes Meng Zhang, who is used to being free and easy, feel very uncomfortable.


    He really doesn''t like all kinds of intrigue in the cultivation world, and he really doesn''t want to get involved in some internal conflicts in the spirit world.


    But people can''t help themselves in the rivers and lakes.


    After thinking about it for a long time, Meng Zhang decided to put the goal of Tianlang Jianzong at the end for the time being.


    The Taiyi Realm first attacked the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    Star robbers are the most hated, let alone Taoist practitioners, even many Shinto practitioners, Confucian practitioners, and Buddhist practitioners have suffered from star robbers.


    As one of the most powerful groups of star thieves in the void, the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group has always been arrogant and domineering, without any scruples.


    Once caught by it, no matter what kind of background it is, it will not let it go, and it must loot the other party.


    In the process of looting, he always likes to kill everything without leaving any room.


    Inside the Confucianism Sect, like the Taoism Sect, many forces have issued high rewards for it.


    He has done more than one evil deed that caused public outrage within the Buddhist sect.


    If the Taiyi Realm first attacked the Wild Hunter Bandit Group, even other hostile forces would probably sit back and watch.


    Of course, the Fahua Sect and the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect should not sit idly by, and will definitely provide reinforcements.


    As long as the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect takes the initiative to attack the Taiyi Realm, then the Taiyi Realm can counterattack reasonably without having to worry about the official opinion of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    If the Taiyi Realm wanted to win, it had to severely injure or even wipe out the Wild Hunting Star Bandits before the reinforcements from Fahuazong and Tianlangjianzong joined the battle.


    Judging from the strength of these three sects stationed in the Hengling star area, it should be very difficult for the Taiyi Realm to achieve this.


    In order to ensure the success of this operation, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm tried their best to strengthen themselves and weaken the enemy before the battle.


    Especially in terms of top powerhouses, Taiyi Realm must do everything possible to maintain a sufficient advantage.


    There are currently four strong men at the level of Celestial Immortals in the Taiyi Realm. In a battle of this level, the number is definitely not too many.


    In particular, Meng Zhang is the only one because of his skillful skills and Meng Zhang''s own relationship. He has a good degree of integration with Dongtian and can give full play to the power of Dongtian.


    Meng Zhang''s combat power at this time should not be weaker than that, and Wuliang Tianzong has always guaranteed fairness and justice to the outside world, and will not easily provide combat power to the comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3268

    When Tianxian was in great trouble for him and began to consider whether to cancel the plan of taking the initiative to attack, a piece of good news finally came from the Dark Alliance.


    There are dark alliance branches in every big world under the command of Ling Kongxianjie.


    The dark alliance branch of the Taiyi realm originated from the remnants of the dark alliance branch of the Junchen realm.


    When the Junchen Realm branch was first established, people were either drawn from other branches or sent from the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    As for the training of local monks in the Junchen Realm, that is after the Dark Alliance branch has established a firm foothold.


    Therefore, many monks in the dark alliance branch of Taiyi Realm have a lot of connections with the dark alliance headquarters and other branches.


    After the Taiyi Realm arrived here, the high-level monks of the Dark Alliance Branch can freely enter and leave the Taiyi Realm and visit other places.


    The scale of the battle in the Hengling star area is so large, and many forces from the big world under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have participated, and the Dark Alliance is no exception.


    The monks of the Dark Alliance Branch of the Taiyi Realm took this opportunity to meet and communicate with monks from other branches.


    During this process, many people naturally became friends based on their origins.


    There are even some people who recognize their ancestors and return to their ancestors.


    Meng Zhang''s old acquaintance, Taoist Youhuan back then, was originally cultivated far above Luoye and Jueying''s master and apprentice, and was their supporter within the Dark Alliance.


    Luo Ye and Jueying master and apprentice became true immortals one step ahead of her, and together with Shushan true immortals, they gradually became the actual leaders of the dark alliance branch of the Taiyi Realm.


    Later, Taoist Youhuan was finally promoted to True Immortal Youhuan.


    After becoming a true immortal, these high-level officials of the dark alliance can contact the headquarters of the dark alliance through the secret method of the dark alliance.


    True Immortal Youhuan is different from True Immortal Fallen Leaf as a master and apprentice. She comes from a big family at the headquarters of the Dark Alliance and has a very deep background.


    After coming here, she frequently communicated with the immortals from various branches of the dark alliance in the spirit world.


    When she knew that the Taiyi Realm wanted to hire someone, even though the Dark Alliance Taiyi Realm branch was apparently independent of the Taiyi Realm''s ruling order, it still couldn''t exist without the Taiyi Realm.


    She is not only a member of the Dark Alliance, but also a member of the Taiyi Realm, and the relationship between her and the Taiyi Realm is one that hurts both.


    If the Taiyi Realm is besieged by powerful enemies, the Dark Alliance Branch will not be able to stay out of it.


    I don''t know whether it''s the good luck of Taiyi Realm, or her luck, but she actually got in touch with a family elder who was active near the Hengling star area¡ªYouying Tianxian.


    The Shadow Heavenly Immortal is not only the dark alliance that has existed in the Lingkong fairyland for so many years, but also the representative of its dark forces, engaged in information trading, espionage and assassination, black market transactions...


    For reasons unknown to the general public, the ruler of the Lingkong Immortal Realm acquiesced to the existence of the Dark Alliance.


    As long as the dark alliance doesn''t go too far, the major cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm will not attack its major branches.


    Many members of the dark alliance will use various means to win over their favorite comprehension forces and practitioners.


    Even, they will invest in it and the like.


    Youying Tianxian is optimistic about Meng Zhang and is willing to form a good relationship with him.


    So, under the matchmaking of Immortal Youhuan, Meng Zhang and Immortal Youying met in secret and reached an agreement soon.


    Youying Tianxian will take action this time to help the Taiyi Realm contain a man. When he needs it in the future, Meng Zhang will need to return him a similar favor.


    It was the time when help was urgently needed, and the other party''s conditions were not harsh, so Meng Zhang agreed almost immediately.


    With the addition of Youying Tianxian, the Taiyi Realm finally has enough combat power.


    During this period of time, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm have not been idle, and have been collecting intelligence about the enemy through various methods.


    The dark alliance branch of Taiyi Realm provided him with great help.


    After contacting the headquarters and getting its official approval, the Dark Alliance branch of the Taiyi Realm finally had full authority.


    This time in the Hengling star area, he had many contacts with monks from other branches, which greatly broadened his personal connections.


    The true power of the Dark Alliance is far beyond the imagination of the high-level Taiyi Realm.


    After controlling the dark side of the spirit world, the dark alliance is also actively infiltrating into other worlds and other cultivation forces.


    Those top practice forces in the void are no strangers to the real situation of the Dark Alliance.


    Some small actions of the dark alliance, as long as they are not too excessive, they generally will not go to war.


    The power of the dark alliance has long penetrated into the void.


    Many times, if the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm want to obtain some information in the void, they have to cooperate with the Dark Alliance.


    Taking the Hengling star area as an example, inside the Buddhism, Confucianism and other forces, there are secret agents of the Dark Alliance.


    In addition, those comprehension forces outside the spiritual world.


    In order to curry favor with the Immortal Realm of the Spiritual Space, some actively approached it and obeyed its orders, almost no different from its subordinates.


    However, there are some who are good at dancing with long sleeves, wandering between various forces, trying to seek benefits for themselves.


    Among them, there are many people who collude with Buddhism, Shinto, etc.


    Even, some cultivators are simply spies of Buddhism and even demonic ways.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3269

    The rest of the cultivation forces have channels to obtain information from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the Lingkong Immortal Realm also has corresponding countermeasures to obtain their information.


    For example, this time, Buddhism and other forces can use those comprehension forces outside the Lingkong Immortal Realm to approach the Lingkong Immortal Realm to obtain various information.


    But who can tell clearly how many of these comprehension forces have been ordered by the Lingkong Immortal Realm to take refuge in them on purpose.


    Or these comprehension forces do not know about themselves, and they are used by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to collect information on Buddhism and other forces.


    In this kind of intelligence battle, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm fought back and forth with their opponents, winning and losing each other.


    General information about sects such as the Fahua Sect is not a big secret.


    Although Wuliang Tianzong will not directly help the Taiyi Realm to fight, it is still no problem to provide some intelligence support.


    Taiyi Realm does not completely rely on such a source of information as Wuliang Tianzong.


    The Taiyi Realm dared to take the initiative to attack after synthesizing the intelligence collected through various aspects.


    Gu Yue''s family failed to provide Taiyi Realm with Wuliang Tianzong this time. Although he would not directly provide combat power to Taiyi Realm, he still used his influence to provide help to Taiyi Realm.


    Immortal Pang Yuan was born as a casual cultivator, and Immortal Fu was born as a vassal of the Infinite Heavenly Sect.


    Taiyi Realm recently took refuge in Wuliang Tianzong, doing things beautifully, which made some high-level officials of Wuliang Tianzong very satisfied.


    The two angels took the initiative to communicate with the Taiyi Realm, trying to make friends with the Taiyi Realm.


    This time, at the request of Zhang Han Tianxian, Taiyi Realm offered a very generous reward. After a little thought, they agreed to help Taiyi Realm fight.


    With the help of these foreign celestial beings, the confidence of the top leaders of Taiyi Realm is even more sufficient.


    Because the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group has made too many enemies, it is full of wariness against other forces, so its station is far away from all parties'' cultivation forces, in a relatively remote place,


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm took a fancy to this point, so they used it as Meng Zhang''s power to stimulate the cave, and temporarily included these monks and that powerful fleet in their own cave.


    Immediately afterwards, Tai Miao, Moon God and Gu Yue Lingqing were also taken into the cave by him.


    Generally speaking, even the strongest of the same level would find it difficult to get out of being trapped in the fairy cave.


    If it weren''t for their absolute trust in Meng Zhang, they would never have done so.


    One of the great benefits of owning a cave is fully reflected at this time.


    Meng Zhang can easily transport a huge force, allowing the fleet to move at an unprecedented speed.


    Meng Zhang stepped into the anti-space, and after several transfers, he arrived at his destination.


    This time, the Wild Hunter Thieves dispatched a huge fleet to participate in the battle in the Hengling star area.


    After preparing to retaliate against the Taiyi Realm, they continued to mobilize more forces from the main regiment and other sub-groups.


    In a very remote place in the void, not a short distance away from the Hengling star area, the fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves is gathering here.


    At the core of this huge fleet are several strange creations that look like beehives.


    These hives are huge, and warships are constantly entering and leaving them.


    Generally speaking, the fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves is only slightly orderly, and the formation is far from being strict.


    Especially now that it is not in a fighting state, many members seem to be very lax.


    In many places, there are even members who are still fighting.


    A star thief is a star thief, even a top star thief, some habits are still unavoidable.


    A star bandit group with strong organizational discipline is extremely rare.


    Meng Zhang came to a place not far from the base of the Wild Hunt Thieves fleet.


    At this time, none of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group noticed his arrival.


    Meng Zhang first released Tai Miao, Yue Shen and Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    As soon as the three of them left the cave, they rushed forward as quickly as possible, and directly attacked the fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves.


    The three celestial-level powerhouses came too fast, and the fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group hadn''t reacted yet.


    Even the Heavenly Immortal level powerhouses in the fleet did not have time to intercept them.


    The three of them rushed forward and seized the time to attack the various warships ahead.


    Rays of light shot in all directions, and the void warships were easily destroyed...


    In just a short while, a large blank was cleared out of the huge fleet.


    The Celestial-level powerhouse among the Wild Hunting Thieves finally flew out of several hives, trying to stop Tai Miao and the others.


    Before they reached the battlefield, Tai Miao and the others seized the time and quickly wiped out a void warship.


    Under the attack of the three powerhouses, the huge fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves suffered heavy casualties, and soon fell into chaos.


    At this time, the Celestial-level powerhouses from the Wild Hunt Star Thief finally rushed to Tai Miao and the others.


    They attacked Tai Miao and the others angrily, and the two sides fought fiercely together.


    After releasing Tai Miao and the other three, Meng Zhang quickly released the Taiyi Fleet.


    As soon as the entire huge fleet left Meng Zhang''s cave, after a little adaptation, they rushed to the Wild Hunting Star Bandits ahead.


    Before the fleet took action, Meng Zhang appeared in the fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates in a flash.


    He waved a few times casually, and a large number of void battleships were destroyed.


    Silently, a huge white bat appeared behind Meng Zhang, opened its mouth wide, and invisible waves struck Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang turned around in time and slapped his palm, and the invisible wave disappeared.


    This white bat is the head and one of the founders of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, the famous White Bat Sky Demon.


    The White Bat Sky Demon was originally a well-known powerhouse among the demon clan, but for some unknown reason, he defected from the demon clan and founded the Wild Hunting Star Pirates Group with a group of like-minded guys.


    he has angels

 Chapter 3270

    The last time the Taiyi Realm was hunted down, it was the White Bat Sky Demon himself.


    However, because the Confucianism of the Spring and Autumn Academy interfered with the situation, he missed the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, allowing Meng Zhang and others to escape.


    At that time, he was so angry that he almost couldn''t help but shot at the troublesome Confucianism.


    The companion tried hard to persuade him, and then persuaded him.


    If he really messed with Chunqiu Academy, the consequences would be too serious.


    The small-minded white bat sky demon hates the Taiyi Realm to the extreme.


    This time, he also heard the news that the Taiyi Realm had appeared in the Hengling star area, so he immediately activated the power of the Wild Hunting Star Thieves, desperate to take revenge on the Taiyi Realm.


    After the last failure, Fa Huazong and Tianlang Jianzong became much more cautious.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect learned from the Sanyang Immortal Sect that Meng Zhang was promoted to a Celestial Immortal, and the relationship between them has long been an undying enemy, so there is no need to gossip.


    This is a battle between the two armies, so naturally it is unscrupulous and disregarding their status, and sneak attacks are commonplace.


    He failed to make a sneak attack, and faced Meng Zhang head-on, but he quickly calmed down and began to deal with the enemy calmly.


    He is not a fool, he knows that it is not so easy to tell the winner in a frontal battle against a strong enemy of the same level.


    Maybe, the war between him and Meng Zhang will become a protracted war.


    The White Bat Sky Demon has been famous for many years, and Meng Zhang is an out-and-out junior in front of him.


    He had already obtained a lot of information about Meng Zhang from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    He will not despise the other party just because the other party is a junior.


    Among other things, heavenly immortals of the same level often have many advantages against heavenly demons.


    To make up for these advantages, either the Heavenly Demon''s bloodline is very strong, or the Heavenly Demon has powerful magical powers, or the Heavenly Demon can display rich combat experience and wisdom...


    Although the bloodline of the White Bat Sky Demon is not considered the top bloodline among the demon clan, it can be considered a very advanced bloodline.


    However, he was not sure whether he could suppress Meng Zhang with the power of his blood.


    He relied more on his incomparably rich combat experience and skills.


    Meng Zhang may have experienced far less battles than his opponents.


    But his talent is better, he can learn more from the battle, and his experience is not necessarily less than his opponent.


    He was promoted to Heavenly Immortal and his opponents would naturally not allow him to suppress him obediently. They would not only find ways to resist, but would also actively fight back.


    When Meng Zhang started the battle with the white bat sky demon, the battle between Tai Miao and their opponents had already entered a fever pitch.


    In this fleet, there are four angels. Because of Tai Miao and Meng Zhang''s actions before, this fleet encountered a surprise attack and there was a certain degree of chaos.


    Facing the incoming Taiyi fleet now, the Wild Hunting Star Thieves seem to be in a hurry.


    However, after all, the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is a powerhouse with a reputation for viciousness and has been in the void for many years, so they quickly organized resistance and quickly launched a counterattack.


    The Taiyi Realm fleet led by a group of powerful immortals soon fell into a bloody battle with the enemy.


    The Wild Hunting Star Pirates, the Fa Hua Sect and the Sirius Sword Sect, have kept in touch during this period of time because they share a common enemy.


    Even though the Wild Hunt Star Bandits don''t trust the two temporary allies very much, they still know the importance of helping each other.


    Especially after Meng Zhangdu showed up to attack, it showed that the Taiyi Realm came in full force and took them as the primary target.


    Of course, the high-level members of the Wild Hunt Thieves do not want to block the disaster on their own.


    They quickly found a way to open contact and asked for help from Fahuazong and Tianlangjianzong.


    Meng Zhang and others succeeded in the surprise attack and gained the upper hand, but they couldn''t block the connection between the enemies, let alone prevent the Wild Hunting Star Thieves from asking for help.


    The Fa Hua Sect and the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, which are also located near the Hengling star area, have successively received requests for help from the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    The Fa Hua Sect is a major sect of Buddhism, and it can be regarded as a member of the righteous forces. It is not the same as the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, which are hated by ghosts and gods.


    The Fahua Sect''s residence is not far from the Tiantai Sect''s residence, and they have to accept the command of Tiantai Sect on weekdays.


    Regarding the orders from the Tiantai Sect, the Fahua Sect did not dare to neglect in the slightest.


    Although it is not that there is no autonomy at all, it is not so convenient to do things.


    During this period of time, a large part of Fa Huazong''s strength was transferred to participate in other battlefields.


    Among them, several Bodhisattvas were included.


    After receiving the request for help from the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, the senior leaders of the Fa Huazong wanted to gather enough troops to reinforce them in a short period of time.


    However, they were not panicked at all, and they were not in a hurry to recall the disciples who were away.


    According to the information from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, they have some understanding of the true strength of the Taiyi Realm.


    The White Bat Sky Demon itself is strong enough, and it has gathered nearly half of the strength of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group under its command.


    If there is a head-on confrontation with the Taiyi Realm, the two sides can fight for a long time.


    It is not easy for the Taiyi world to gain the upper hand, let alone completely defeat the opponent.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3271

    The Wild Hunt star bandits are obviously not weak, but they are eager to ask for help when they go to the Taiyi Realm. This is obviously not willing to consume too much and wants to preserve their strength.


    The senior officials of Fa Huazong thought they had seen through his mind and were very dissatisfied with him.


    Although the Fa Huazong temporarily cooperates with the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group in order to deal with the Taiyi Realm.


    But the Fa Hua Sect is the so-called orthodox sect after all, at least on the surface, they don''t want to be involved with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    Even, the Fa Huazong is still looking forward to a major loss to the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    If conditions permit, maybe after the Taiyi Realm is wiped out, the monks of the Fahuazong can still act on behalf of the sky and attack the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    Among other things, it is tempting enough for the Wild Hunting Star Thieves to plunder the wealth accumulated over the years.


    Not to mention, the reputational benefits that come with it.


    There is no need to mention the future things for the time being. At present, the Taiyi world is still the common enemy of the three.


    The senior officials of the Fa Huazong are not in a hurry to reinforce the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group.


    They hope to take this opportunity to let the Taiyi Realm consume the strength of the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group.


    It is best for both sides to lose out and die cleanly.


    The senior officials of Fa Huazong estimated the strength of the two sides, and felt that there was still a long time before they could decide the victory and suffer heavy casualties.


    Therefore, they are not in a hurry to go to the reinforcements, and are prepared to wait until the strength of both sides is exhausted before acting.


    With this kind of thinking in mind, the senior officials of the Fa Huazong stood still, but they made a mess of the hapless Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    The residence of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is not far from the sphere of influence of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    To a certain extent, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has received some protection from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    It is precisely because of this that the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is subject to many constraints.


    The Taiyi Realm is now a comprehension force under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    If the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect insisted on attacking the Taiyi Realm, it would be blatantly turning against the entire Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect cannot afford such a consequence.


    The reason why the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect sent monks to the Hengling Star Region was firstly to obtain enough resources, and secondly to make friends, especially the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Taking revenge on the Taiyi Realm is a later thought.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect first hooked up with the Sanyang Immortal Sect who offered to send it to his door, and obtained a lot of information about the Taiyi Realm from there.


    In the original position of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, among the three forces, the own family was responsible for intelligence and support, and secretly dealt with the Taiyi Realm.


    As for attacking the Taiyi Realm head-on, it is the task of the other two.


    Of course, the Fa Huazong and the Wild Hunting Star Pirates would not sit back and enjoy the success of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    After coercion and lure from Fa Huazong and Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, and persuasion from Sanyang Xianzong, Sirius Sword Sect decided to help eradicate Taiyi Realm.


    Even so, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was unwilling to expose it easily.


    It is going to take action after the Fa Huazong and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group. It is best to kill them all, leaving no living evidence or witnesses, and covering up their attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    On the other side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, as long as there is no clear evidence and some forces cover it, they may be able to get away with it.


    Taking a ten thousand step back, even if it is exposed in the end, it is necessary to delay the exposure time as much as possible, so as to buy time for the revenge of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect to escape from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The goal of the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm''s participation in the battle in the Hengling star area is for the resources here.


    The Taiyi Realm is far from being a direct lineage of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and it has greatly offended the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm will not just chase after the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect just for the sake of a mere Taiyi Realm.


    Now the Taiyi Realm is taking the initiative to attack the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, which is really beyond the expectations of the senior leaders of the Sirius Sword Sect.


    The power of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect stationed in the Hengling star area is the weakest of the three.


    Out of various concerns, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was reluctant to support the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group.


    As for the agreement that everyone reached to help each other, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect didn''t take it seriously at all.


    Due to the selfishness and considerations of Fahuazong and Tianlangjianzong, the two did not send reinforcements for a long time, so the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group had to continue to fight alone.


    When the Taiyi Realm executives chose the Wild Hunting Star Bandits as their primary target, they had considered such issues.


    However, Fa Huazong and Tianlang Jianzong''s delay was far beyond their expectations.


    If this situation had been known earlier, the action plan of Taiyi Realm would have made major adjustments.


    Of course, Meng Zhang and the others, who were fighting fiercely with the enemy on the battlefield, did not know the specific situation of Fa Huazong and Tianlang Jianzong, nor did they know that the situation would be so good.


    Once the plan starts, they must strictly follow the plan.


    What Meng Zhang and the others have to do now is to defeat the Wild Hunting Star Thieves as quickly as possible before they have enough time to deal with the reinforcements.


    Facing a formidable enemy like Meng Zhang, the White Bat Sky Demon dared not be careless in the slightest.


    He manifested his true body of the sky demon early on, and shot with all his strength.


    I saw the huge white bat moving quickly on the battlefield, flexibly avoiding the suppression of the power of the cave.


    When he really couldn''t dodge, the majestic power of the sky demon gushed out, temporarily resisting the power of the cave, buying time for him to dodge.


    The White Bat Sky Demon is not only defending but not attacking, its offensive is still remarkable and poses a great threat to Meng Zhang.


    Countless bats of different sizes and shapes gushed out of his body, like a crazy army, and rushed towards Meng Zhang from all directions.


    The individual strength of these bats may not be worth mentioning in front of Meng Zhang, but there are too many of them, and they form a joint force. Meng Zhang cannot completely ignore them, and must disperse his energy.


    The white bat demon used similar means to contain Meng Zhang and disperse his energy.


    His truly powerful ultimate move is still in the process of brewing.


    Seeing that there were too many bats, which had become a big trouble, Meng Zhang had to allocate part of his power to suppress these bats first.


    Countless bats were lightly brushed by the power of the cave, and they were directly turned into powder.


    The bat that was able to hold on for a while was directly taken into Meng Zhang''s cave.


    There is no need for Meng Zhang to take the initiative to deal with them, the harsh environment in the cave, and the dangers that are almost everywhere... can easily take away the vitality of these bats.


    Taking advantage of Meng Zhang''s unpreparedness, the white bat sky demon shot at it like lightning with two sharp teeth that were full of poison.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, the black and white magic sword transformed by the immortal sword with supernatural powers blocked the two sharp teeth.


    Regardless of the fact that the white bat sky demon is from the demon clan, his swordsmanship is really not weak.


    Although the two sharp teeth were temporarily blocked, they quickly began to shuttle and assassinate in the void like flying swords.


    The White Bat Sky Demon demonstrated his swordsmanship to the fullest, which aroused Meng Zhang''s fighting spirit even stronger.


    When it comes to swordsmanship, Meng Zhang is not afraid of a mere monster.


    The black and white sword and the sharp teeth launched a fierce swordsmanship duel, and one after another swordsmanship supernatural powers were continuously displayed.


    The yin and yang extinction god thunders condensed and formed in front of Meng Zhang, weaving into a huge and tight thunder net.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3272

    Seeing that the opponent was prepared and could not suppress the opponent with the power of the cave alone, the supernatural Meng Zhang had to find another way.


    He displayed a series of fairy arts and supernatural powers, trying to restrict the opponent''s actions and weaken his resistance.


    After the thunder net formed by the yin and yang extermination god thunder was formed, he has been looking for an opportunity to make a move.


    Seeing the white bat sky demon displaying its magical powers and releasing countless bats again, a huge thunder net immediately enveloped it.


    Wherever the thunder net passed, countless bats were reduced to dust.


    A warning sign rose in the White Bat Sky Demon''s heart, and he leaped recklessly. There were many scorched spots on his body, but he forcibly broke through the siege of the thunder net.


    The power of the cave fell, but it was a step slower, unable to stop it.


    This guy is too sophisticated, he would rather resist the bombardment of the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder than be covered by the power of the cave.


    The blow failed to achieve the goal, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry.


    There are still many opportunities, and if you keep it for a long time, you will lose it. It is impossible for the white bat sky demon to escape every time.


    While running the power of the cave, Meng Zhang unleashed all kinds of magical powers, and launched an uninterrupted offensive against the white bat sky demon.


    After fighting with Meng Zhang for a while, the White Bat Sky Demon found sadly that he might really not be the opponent of this junior in front of him.


    The other party didn''t look like the one who had just been promoted. After the pursuit of the Taiyi Realm failed, the Great Que Bodhisattva went to the location of the Pudu Golden Immortal Secret Realm according to the information left by the same door.


    However, due to a series of changes and his lack of tokens, he finally returned without success and failed to enter the Golden Immortal Secret Realm.


    Ever since learning the information about the Taiyi Realm in the Hengling star area, Fahuazong has long wanted to make a move.


    But firstly, the sect''s senior management was too cautious and insisted on relying on the power of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group and the Sirius Sword Sect.


    Secondly, the bodhisattvas and arhats of Fahua Sect were driven by Tiantai Sect, and it was difficult to concentrate their strength for the time being.


    This time, Bodhisattva Da Que finally asked for leave from the Tiantai Sect, brought a small team, and went there first to reinforce the Wild Hunting Star Bandits.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3273

    If Fa Huazong wants to gather more powerful people, they need to obtain the consent of Tiantai Sect before they can be drawn from various fronts.


    After the great shortage Bodhisattva led the team to set off, the Fa Hua Sect has been working hard to organize Mo Fei as quickly as possible. There is another immortal in the Taiyi Realm who sneaked into the Fa Hua Sect early with his brilliant infiltration technique. Near the station, secretly observe the movement inside.


    The Great Que Bodhisattva had just led the team out when he discovered his whereabouts.


    He was alone, far more flexible than Great Que Bodhisattva.


    He rushed to set up an ambush in front of the Great Que Bodhisattva, temporarily gaining the upper hand.


    Great Queer Bodhisattva wanted to get away, so he naturally wouldn''t let it go easily.


    The Bodhisattva Daque had just appeared in the positive space protecting the team, and the vast power of the cave enveloped him again.


    He had no choice but to stop his progress and use all his strength to mobilize the power of the Buddha Kingdom in his palm to meet the enemy.


    As an old-fashioned celestial being, Youying Tianxian has passed on the brilliance and cultivated well.


    The Shadow Cave he created is relatively complete, and it is far more powerful than ordinary caves.


    The Buddha Kingdom in the Palm of the Hand created by Great Que Bodhisattva painstakingly is a bit better than Dalu goods, and it is not as good as the Shadow Cave in all aspects.


    Most of the members of the team he led were unable to intervene in such a battle, unable to provide him with any help, and instead became his drag.


    As the elder of the sect, Bodhisattva Great Queue cannot easily give up on the disciples of the younger generation in the sect, and must protect them well.


    The two sides fought for a while, and the Great Queer Bodhisattva fell into a disadvantage.


    However, after all, he is one of the few strongmen of Fahuazong, with many cards in his body.


    Youying Tianxian is an outsider who helps this time, not the protagonist, and he is not willing to pay too much.


    He has already completed his task by holding on to the Bodhisattva Great Queue, and there is really no need to persecute him too much.


    If the opponent is desperate, even if he wins, he won''t get any advantage.


    Therefore, under the circumstances that the Shadow Angel had reservations, the two sides fell into a long struggle.


    In the Dharma Sect''s residence in the Hengling star area, there is only Da Que Bodhisattva, a celestial being

 Chapter 3274

    The Sword Immortals led by the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect fell into hesitation, but Gu Yue Langming and the others were not in a hurry.


    They only need to intercept the team in front of them to complete Meng Zhang''s confession.


    It would be best if you can not shoot.


    It turns out that there are no such easy good things in the world.


    After discussing with the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, they agreed to their request to exchange ideas.


    If during the discussion and exchange, one is careless for a moment, accidentally hits too hard, severely injures or even kills the opponent, then it is more or less a cover-up.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect agreed to exchange ideas, and Gu Yue Langming and the others would not be afraid of each other.


    It doesn''t matter that the sword cultivators of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect are famous far and wide, they are not easy-going lamps.


    So, the two sides began to fight.


    Due to various scruples of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, some methods are not easy to use.


    Here is the crowd, who knows if there are any secret bystanders, when will passers-by appear?


    Gu Yue Langming and the others are not weak, they have a lot of cards in their cards, and they don''t want to beat their opponents, they just delay time.


    The team of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was temporarily held back by the three heavenly immortals.


    On the side where the Wild Hunt Thieves were stationed, although Meng Zhang had already made arrangements, the situation on the battlefield was changing rapidly, and he knew that he didn''t have too much time left for him.


    He must get rid of the White Bat Sky Demon as soon as possible in order to secure the victory.


    After the previous battle, he thought that he had found out the details of the opponent, and he had a way to restrain his methods.


    Meng Zhang no longer held back, and began to attack with all his might.


    Even if he had to pay some price, he had to deal with the other party as soon as possible.


    The yin and yang qi descended from the sky mightily, trying to entangle the huge celestial demon body of the white bat celestial demon.


    The thunder nets transformed by the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder rushed towards him one after another, almost blocking all his evasive directions.


    The black and white divine sword transformed by the Liangyi Tongtian Sword has cut through two sharp teeth, and continues to kill the real body of the sky demon.


    ...


    In order to deal with Meng Zhang''s offensive, the white bat sky demon has exhausted all means.


    He who has been at a disadvantage has made several omissions, which he made up for in time.


    It''s a pity that facing a strong enemy like Meng Zhang, as long as he fails to make up for it once, he will never have another chance.


    When he finally broke free from the entanglement of yin and yang, he was finally enveloped by the power of the cave because he was a step too slow.


    The terrifying power of the hole firmly sucked him in, no matter how hard he struggled, he couldn''t break free.


    The white bat demon knew that it was a fatal moment, and he must not be sucked into Meng Zhang''s cave.


    He desperately contended with the power of the cave, and even resorted to self-harm to stimulate the last drop of potential in his body.


    He struggled to hold on, hoping not to be sucked into the cave.


    The power of the cave is so vast, it is almost endless, and it seems that it will never be exhausted.


    After working hard for a period of time, even the heavenly demon with infinite supernatural power finally couldn''t hold on anymore.


    The huge sky demon body of the white bat sky demon was sucked into Meng Zhang''s cave like this.


    Driven by a strong desire to survive, even though he was trapped in the cave, he was still struggling desperately.


    Although the enemy was temporarily trapped in the cave, Meng Zhang could not completely disintegrate the enemy''s resistance in a short period of time.


    It will take some time before he can completely suppress it.


    However, at this time, he can already take care of other things.


    Almost at the same time that Meng Zhang trapped the white bat sky demon into the cave, the moon god, who had already had the upper hand, took risks in order to win a quick battle.


    At the cost of her own heavy injuries, she completely killed her opponent at the same level.


    Under the cover of two Taiyi Realm True Immortals, she retreated to the side to cultivate.


    The two wonderful opponents resisted him for so long, and finally couldn''t resist.


    One opponent was killed by him on the spot, and the other escaped with injuries.


    Tai Miao considered that he would have to face reinforcements from the Fahua Sect and the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect in the future, and needed to retain enough combat power, so he did not pursue him closely.


    The guy who had been fighting with Gu Yue Lingqing in the first place, saw that the battle was going badly, immediately abandoned his opponent and ran away without hesitation.


    Gu Yue Lingqing hesitated for a moment, but did not continue to pursue.


    The top powerhouse left the fleet and fled, and the fleet could not escape the fate of defeat.


    The loose style of Star Pirates was fully exposed at this time.


    If Meng Zhang and the others did not take action, the fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group could still entangle with the Taiyi Realm fleet for a long time.


    However, if the top combat power of one''s own side has already escaped, if the members of the fleet will stay here to die.


    Some fleets that were originally chaotic were completely plunged into chaos, the formation completely collapsed, and there was no longer the slightest resistance.


    Void warships hurriedly escaped.


    Those high-level powerhouses even left the fleet directly, trying to reduce the target, and only cared about escaping.


    The enemy doesn''t have the slightest fighting spirit, they only know how to run away, this is the time to pursue and wipe out the remnants of the enemy.


    The Taiyi Realm fleet dispersed, chasing and killing the fleeing enemies in all directions.


    The beehive-like headquarters at the core of the fleet were soon completely abandoned by members of the Star Thieves.


    The Taiyi Realm monks swarmed up, quickly occupied it, captured many prisoners, and wantonly plundered all kinds of materials stored in it.


    Meng Zhang and the others didn''t care about the follow-up battle, they all took the initiative to retreat to the side, and seized the time to adjust their breathing and recover, hoping to recover to their best condition as soon as possible, so as to meet the next battle.


    Meng Zhang has the hole in his body as a source of power, and the power is almost endless, as if it will never be exhausted.


    Of course, if the power of the cave sky is excessively drawn during the battle, it will affect the cave sky itself, and even slow down its development.


    This time the battle with the White Bat Sky Demon was not particularly difficult for Meng Zhang.


    Although the power of the cave sky consumes a lot, after completely suppressing and refining the white bat sky demon, it is more than enough to make up for all the consumption.


    He is already very experienced in using the power of the cave to fight against the enemy.


    Through this battle, many of his ideas of using the power of the cave have been verified.


    While adjusting his breath, he seized the time to completely suppress the white bat sky demon, ensuring that it would not affect the next battle.


    If it is allowed to struggle in its own cave, it is tantamount to a time bomb, and it may explode at any time.


    After the White Bat Sky Demon is sucked into the cave, it is equivalent to entering a world that has not been opened up recently.


    This world has its own will, constantly weakening him, suppressing him, hitting him...


    There is a huge pressure in the world, constantly squeezing his body, making it difficult for his huge sky demon avatar to move.


    The power of earth, fire, wind and fire kept coming from all around, constantly attacking his sky demon avatar.


    There are wisps of yin and yang energy falling from the sky.


    Once it falls on him, it will constantly consume his strength and his flesh and blood.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3275

    After Meng Zhang''s inner cave was formed, due to the sufficient resources invested, including rare natural treasures, the cave has been well developed, and the power of the cave has grown very rapidly.


    In a short period of time, there has been a deep accumulation in the cave.


    Inside the cave, some strange creatures also began to appear.


    Most of these creatures are transformed by the vitality in the cave, and they are naturally easily influenced by Meng Zhang.


    If these creatures grow up in the future, they can become powerful thugs driven by Meng Zhang, and also the best guards in the cave.


    These creatures are far from being mature at present, and they cannot leave the cave at all.


    Even though they were muddled and lacking spiritual intelligence, driven by some kind of instinct, they still rushed towards the white bat sky demon.


    After entering the cave, the white bat sky demon who had been injured long ago, faced various attacks in the cave, and his injuries continued to worsen.


    The huge Tian Yaozhen''s body was covered with scars, its skin was torn apart, and blood was dripping non-stop...


    As if sensing that the flesh and blood of the White Bat Sky Demon was good for the family, all kinds of creatures in the cave came from all directions and rushed towards the White Bat Sky Demon frantically.


    As creatures in the cave, they will not be suppressed by the cave, but will receive some blessings and strengthening from the cave.


    At first, the white bat sky demon resisted desperately, preventing these creatures from approaching him.


    As a large number of creatures were killed, his injuries became heavier and he gradually lost the power to resist.


    Under the oppression of the cave, the exhausted white bat sky demon could not move, and could only let those creatures eat his flesh and blood.


    Some creatures that gnawed on his flesh and blood soon produced tremendous changes.


    Their aura is rapidly becoming stronger, their original distorted form has become stable, and flesh and blood are slowly growing on their bodies...


    These changes made these creatures eat his flesh and blood even more frantically.


    The creatures at the back were blocked by the ones in front, temporarily unable to eat his flesh and blood, and immediately became mad, attacking other creatures around them non-stop.


    Among the creatures that ate the flesh and blood of the white bat sky demon first, many were eaten by other creatures, and more creatures changed.


    The energy of yin and yang was wearing away his flesh and blood, and all kinds of strange creatures were eating his flesh and blood. A large part of the huge sky demon real body of the white bat sky demon turned into a bare skeleton.


    The White Bat Sky Demon finally lost all the strength to struggle, and his consciousness began to become blurred.


    Finally suppressed this guy completely, without having to draw his attention, Meng Zhang heaved a sigh of relief.


    The vitality and strength consumed before are also rapidly recovering.


    Now, he can deal with other enemies wholeheartedly.


    The real body of the White Bat Sky Demon is of great value, even after such a toss, it will not be completely consumed.


    When this battle is completely over, Meng Zhangde will deal with it slowly when he is free.


    The vitality and flesh and blood of the white bat demon have become the tonic of the cave.


    When the members of the Wild Hunter Thieves were defeated and fled, they would not be kind enough to inform their temporary allies.


    Perhaps some members also resented that the two temporary allies did not rescue them in time, which led to their defeat.


    Almost half of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit''s power gathered here, and the White Bat Sky Demon, one of the founders and leaders, was killed. This is a heavy loss that the Wild Hunting Star Bandit has never experienced since its establishment.


    In this big defeat, in the base of the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group, it is unknown how many members were able to escape under the pursuit of the monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    With such a heavy loss, the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, whose strength and strength have been severely injured, does not know whether they would dare to continue to be an enemy of the Taiyi Realm.


    Regardless of the remaining members of the Wild Hunting Thieves Group, when the battle in the Hengling star area is over, Meng Zhang will find an opportunity to kill its headquarters and completely wipe out this cancer.


    Perhaps, even without Meng Zhang''s action, the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group will face a crisis.


    The competition among the Star Thief Groups is fierce, and fights and annexations happen from time to time.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group annexed many other Star Thief Groups to have the scale and strength it has today.


    The Wild Hunt Thieves acted arrogantly and offended many forces.


    The bounty offer for the Wild Hunting Star Thieves is still circulating in the void.


    I don''t know if there is a force in the void that can seize the opportunity, take advantage of the opportunity, strike hard and even wipe out the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group.


    Now that the Wild Hunt Star Thieves are no longer harmful, Meng Zhang turned his attention to the other two enemies.


    The two monks who intercepted the enemy were able to maintain contact with the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang used the secret method of contact, contacted Youying Tianxian and Gu Yuelangming successively, and asked them about the situation there.


    Youying Tianxian didn''t have much effort, but he still had enough energy to entangle Daque Bodhisattva.


    As long as Meng Zhang needs, he can continue to pester for a long time.


    On Gu Yue Langming''s side, they were beginning to feel strenuous.


    After all, they only have three angels, not as many as their opponents.


    The Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is not weak in combat power, and is very organized.


    They have already fallen into a disadvantage in the so-called sparring.


    If they continue to entangle, they may be severely injured or even beheaded by their opponents.


    They also knew the fierce reputation of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, so they were extra careful not to give the other party a chance to kill themselves.


    After Meng Zhang knew about Gu Yue Langming''s situation, he asked them to give up the entanglement and let the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect come over after a little thought.


    Even if Meng Zhang and the others haven''t recovered to their best condition, even Gu Yuelang in the Tianlang Sword Sect team knows that Meng Zhang is not the kind of person who slaps a swollen face to pretend to be fat.


    Since he dared to let the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect go, he was sure of it.


    Gu Yue Langming greeted his companions, and then voluntarily withdrew from the battle, giving way.


    Seeing this, the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect hesitated for a while.


    Is there any fraud in the enemy giving up so quickly?


    But they thought about it again, these angels in front of them were not from the Taiyi Realm, they were just hired by Meng Zhang to help, and they refused to work hard for the Taiyi Realm to understand.


    There has been no news from the Wild Hunt Thieves for a while, and they don''t know what their situation is, so they can''t continue to delay on the road.


    The team of sword immortals from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect soon went on the road again, and quickly rushed to the base of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group.


    This time there was no one to stop them, and they quickly reached their destination.


    At this time, the monks in the Taiyi Realm were still chasing and killing the remnants of the enemy, and the battle had not yet ended completely.


    Meng Zhang, who had been waiting in full force, sensed the strong spatial fluctuations in the distance, and knew that the sword fairies of the Sirius Sword Sect had arrived.


    He did not take the initiative to attack, but continued to wait.


    He wanted the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect to attack the monks of the Taiyi Realm first, so that he could counterattack naturally and eliminate them in a legitimate way.


    He had made arrangements to make sure everything went smoothly.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3276

    If the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect appeared here, it would definitely look very suspicious. Meng Zhang already had reason to attack him.


    However, considering the official attitude of Lingkong Immortal Realm towards him, Meng Zhang decided to be more cautious, try to make things as beautiful as possible, and not give other people the truth.


    It is best to be able to thoroughly confirm the fact that the Sirius Sword Sect colluded with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, so that the officials of the Lingkong Immortal World will have nothing to say in the future.


    With Meng Zhang''s current sensing ability, he could already clearly determine the place where the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect appeared.


    Accompanied by strong space fluctuations, Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi of Taiyi Gate were chasing a demon god from the Wild Hunting Star Pirates until they reached the place where the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect jumped out of the anti-space .


    The two Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortals who had just escaped from the anti-space and returned to the positive space, before they had time to observe the situation further away, they discovered that Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi were chasing a member of the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group. up.


    All kinds of information about the Taiyi Realm had already been communicated to the top of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    The two sword fairies recognized Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi at a glance.


    One was Meng Zhang''s first disciple, and the other was a veteran of the Taiyi Sect and a senior Supreme Elder. Without the slightest hesitation, they immediately sacrificed Fei Fei''s sword and killed them.


    Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi had to give up chasing and killing the enemy, and parried the flying swords of the two sword celestial beings first.


    The flying swords sacrificed by these two sword celestial beings were so powerful that they made Niu Dawei and Yang Xueyi back again and again.


    More Sword Immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect jumped out of the anti-space and came here.


    Some immediately joined in the pursuit of Niu Dawei and the others, and some began to observe the surrounding situation.


    Among them, several sword immortals at the level of heavenly immortals soon realized that something was wrong.


    Although the battle not far away was still going on, the battle was completely one-sided. The members of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates scattered and fled in all directions, desperately escaping from the pursuit of the monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    What''s more, there is no strong person at the level of a fairy fighting around.


    The group of sword immortals exchanged glances in surprise, not knowing what happened here for a while.


    Could it be that the Wild Hunt star bandit group has been completely defeated?


    They couldn''t believe this result at all.


    A shout came from not far away.


    "Thiefs of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, why did you sneak attack us?"


    Niu Dawei looked shocked and angry, pointed at his opponent and shouted sharply.


    More Taiyi sect monks flew over, and while helping Niu Dawei to fend off the enemy, they shouted and cursed at the side of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Several short-tempered Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortals, hearing the other party''s scolding was really ugly, they couldn''t help but began to curse back.


    There was another spatial fluctuation not far away, and Gu Yue Langming and three angels came nearby.


    They didn''t even look carefully at the surrounding situation, and began to criticize the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    "Everyone is from the same branch of the Daoist sect. If there is anything that cannot be discussed, how can you raid your fellow Daoists?"


    "That is, if there is any grievance and entanglement, you can ask the masters of Wuliang Tianzong to deal with it. Why do you want to attack and kill your colleagues in private?"


    ...


    At this time, those sword immortals at the celestial level didn''t know that their house was designed by someone.


    The opponent''s method is simple and rough, but very effective.


    The only thing they can''t figure out is where the top powerhouses of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates went, and they let the other party plan them here.


    With the testimony of Gu Yue Langming and others, it is basically certain that the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect took the initiative to attack the monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wait any longer, and suddenly appeared not far from the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Without a word of nonsense, he directly mobilized the power of the cave, and enveloped the sword fairies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    The two Sword Immortals of the True Immortal level had no resistance at all, they were enveloped by the power of the cave, and then trapped in the cave.


    Several sword immortals at the celestial level didn''t care about other things at this time, and responded to Meng Zhang''s attack with all their strength.


    Tianxian Taimiao and other Taiyi Realm monks also flew over to join the battle.


    After a fierce battle, there was no suspense in the result, the entire army of sword immortals from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was wiped out.


    Most of the sword immortals were suppressed in the cave by Meng Zhang, and a small part were captured or killed on the spot by Tai Miao and the others.


    There is still a certain force staying behind in the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect''s garrison.


    However, this squad of sword immortals who concentrated their elite combat power was defeated, and the remaining monks in the station must not dare to continue to come to die.


    For the entire Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, losing so many Sword Immortals in one breath would be a serious injury to their vitality.


    The only regret is that Meng Zhang and the others did not prevent the opponent from communicating with the rear and sending out a distress signal before taking down the opponent.


    The remaining monks in the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect''s residence must have known everything that happened here.


    Although they were powerless to rescue their fellow disciples, it was impossible for them to continue being fooled.


    Meng Zhang hesitated for a moment. The next step was to attack the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect''s garrison, or to help Youying Tianxian deal with the Fahuazong team.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is no longer a concern, and the Fahua Sect still retains a lot of power.


    Moreover, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect took the initiative to attack, and the Taiyi Realm was forced to counterattack. This is still in the past.


    It seems a little inappropriate to attack the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect''s resident without the official approval of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After thinking for a moment, Meng Zhang made a decision in his heart.


    He explained to Gu Yue Langming and the others, and asked them to report to Wuliang Tianzong about the Tianlang Sword Sect''s raid on Taiyi Realm.


    As for why they sneaked into the Taiyi Realm, it was naturally because they had colluded with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and the Fa Huazong under the Tiantai Sect.


    Gu Yue Langming and the others don''t need to lie, they just need to tell the truth and tell what they have seen and heard.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect openly raided the Taiyi Realm under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the Lingkong Immortal Realm may no longer be able to accommodate them.


    Meng Zhang asked Tai Miao and the others to stay here to deal with a series of aftermath.


    He started to use the Void Teleportation, and he was about to rush to the battlefield on the side of the Shadow Angel.


    Before the defeat of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the Sword Immortal tried his best to contact the rear, and told the stay-at-home monks in the station what had happened to him.


    In addition, they knew that the garrison forces in the station were limited and they could not rescue them, so they contacted the Fa Hua Sect and asked for help from the Fa Hua Sect.


    Originally, the senior officials of the Dharma Huazong were already suspicious because they had not received any information from the Wild Hunter Bandits for a long time.


    You know, the Wild Hunting Star Thieves have been sending messages for help before.


    The sudden interruption of the call for help is not a good sign.


    Now, after receiving a request for help from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the higher-ups of the Fahua Sect already had a premonition that the situation was not good.


    Although many people still don''t believe that the Taiyi Realm can defeat the Wild Hunting Star Pirates so quickly, everyone has to prepare for the worst.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3277

    At the beginning, Meng Zhang killed the seven Bodhisattvas in one go, which had hurt the vitality of Fa Huazong.


    This time, the Fahua Sect was recruited by the Tiantai Sect to come to the Hengling Star District. The main task was to help the Tiantai Sect seize the resources here.


    Fa Huazong united with other forces to besiege the Taiyi Realm, which was a private act.


    However, the Lingkong Immortal Realm to which the Taiyi Realm belongs is the biggest competitor of the Tiantai Sect, so the senior management of the Tiantai Sect acquiesced to Fa Huazong''s actions.


    No one would have thought that the battle between the Tiantai Sect and the Lingkong Immortal Realm would be accomplished in one battle, through a series of large and small battles, constantly weakening the opponent.


    If Fa Huazong wins, it''s okay to say, it''s tantamount to dealing a blow to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    But if it fails, especially if there is a major loss that affects the next battle, it may be difficult for Taizong to explain that day.


    After losing so many Bodhisattvas and becoming much weaker, the Fahua Sect needed the support of Tiantai Sect, so they must not offend Tiantai Sect.


    The senior officials of the Fahuazong quickly made a decision to let the Great Queer Bodhisattva give up the rescue mission first, and return to the station first.


    A top combat force like the Great Quake Bodhisattva can never go wrong.


    After receiving the information from the high-level officials in the station, the Great Queer Bodhisattva also approved their judgment and decision.


    Now that the situation ahead is unclear, there is no need for our side to take risks and move on.


    The future is long, and there will be opportunities to slowly deal with the grievances and grievances with the Taiyi world in the future.


    After the Great Queue Bodhisattva made up his mind, he covered the team and retreated.


    Youying Tianxian doesn''t have the heart to fight desperately with the strong of the same level.


    Originally, he just intercepted the opponent, but he repelled the opponent, which has already exceeded the task.


    After a few tricks with Da Que Bodhisattva, he let him go.


    By the time Meng Zhang arrived here, the battle was over.


    Youying Tianxian introduced the previous situation to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t blame Youying Tianxian, but praised him well.


    But he secretly sighed in his heart, other people''s powerhouses are always unreliable, and will never fully serve the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi world still needs to cultivate its own strong people, which is the right way.


    Currently, the Taiyi Realm only has four immortal-level powerhouses, and there is still a lot of potential to be tapped.


    Especially too wonderful, if you can be promoted to Tianxian sooner, Youying Tianxian and Meng Zhang talked for a while, and then left.


    His work is done, he is no longer needed here.


    The reward Meng Zhang promised will definitely not be less.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay here for long, and soon returned to the base of the Wild Hunting Bandits.


    The big battle here is basically over.


    The members of the Wild Hunt Thieves were either eliminated or hunted down.


    In this battle, Taiyi Realm''s side can be regarded as a brilliant victory.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group suffered heavy losses and their vitality was severely injured. The remaining strength may not be able to continue to fight against the Taiyi Realm.


    In the resident of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, there are very rich resources.


    In order to participate in the war in the Hengling star area, the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group made preparations in advance.


    A large number of troops were mobilized from the main regiment and sub-regiment, and a large amount of war materials were conscripted and stored in the garrison...


    The bandits of the Wild Hunt did not change their minds. Not long after they came to the Hengling star area, they participated in several raids and gained a lot of spoils.


    The garrison was captured, and everything in it was cheaper than the Taiyi Realm.


    The fleet of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates suffered heavy losses, and many warships were captured by the Taiyi Realm.


    In fact, for the monks in the Taiyi Realm who are used to being poor, not to mention complete battleships, even the wreckage of battleships are very valuable resources.


    The Taiyi Realm was able to build a powerful fleet, and a large part of the resources needed came from similar battlefields.


    Many members of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group were captured by the monks of the Taiyi Realm, and many of them were powerful at the level of true immortals.


    ...


    After dealing with various matters after the war, Meng Zhang led the fleet to a triumphant return.


    After returning to the Taiyi Realm, the top and bottom of the Taiyi Realm became busy again.


    Treating the wounded, post-war rewards for meritorious service, and distributing spoils of war are all time-consuming tasks.


    In Meng Zhang''s cave, many sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect were suppressed.


    As for how to deal with these sword celestial beings, we still need to think carefully.


    It seems a bit wasteful to simply refine them and use them to strengthen the power of the cave.


    This group of sword immortals basically looked like they would rather die than surrender, and it was not easy for them to surrender.


    However, since they have fallen into the hands of the Taiyi Realm, the monks of the Taiyi Realm have plenty of ways to torment them.


    This is because Meng Zhangchi is very upright and does not allow monks from the Taiyi Realm to use magic methods.


    Taking ten thousand steps back, even if they were alive, they would rather die than surrender.


    After their death, Tai Miao, as the Lord of the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm, has many means to deal with the spirits, so he can deal with them well.


    Taiyi Realm has never captured so many valuable prisoners before.


    If handled properly, Taiyi Realm can gain a lot of benefits.


    Gu Yue Langming and the others had already reported to Wuliang Tianzong.


    The Taiyi Realm took the initiative to attack, wiped out the fleet of the Wild Hunting Bandits, and conquered its garrison, which is naturally a great thing worthy of praise.


    The Wild Hunter Thieves are notorious in the void and are wanted by many powerful forces.


    Lingkong Xianjie is the leader of the Taoist sect, the leader of the righteous way, and it is his duty to exterminate the star bandits.


    It was also confirmed that the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect colluded with the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group and took the initiative to attack the Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yuelang made sure that they were all witnesses, and their identities made their testimony very credible.


    Meng Zhang is not satisfied with this.


    Although the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is actively approaching the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it is not a force under the Lingkong Immortal Realm after all.


    It can easily obtain all kinds of relevant information in the Taiyi world, and someone must have tipped it off.


    Meng Zhang had known for a long time that the Sanyang Xianzong had secret contacts with him, but he didn''t know if there were other forces involved.


    He asked the monks of Taiyimen to step up the interrogation of the captured Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortal.


    If there are confessions from this group of people, at least Sanyang Xianzong cannot get rid of the responsibility.


    Taiyi Realm and Sanyang Immortal Sect are currently fighting under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm. Shouldn''t Sanyang Immortal Sect be punished for betraying information about Taiyi Realm to outsiders?


    This time the three forces were planning to join forces to attack the Taiyi Realm, but because of Meng Zhang''s initiative to attack, the alliance was completely terminated.


    The base of the Wild Hunting Bandits was conquered, and the fleet was defeated.


    Even if he is unwilling to let go of the Taiyi Realm and continue to be an enemy of the Taiyi Realm, it will not be possible to gather enough power in a short time.


    As for the side of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, it is not enough.


    Even if more forces were sent from the headquarters of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, but it has already become an enemy of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the situation will definitely not be too good.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3278

    Judging from the situation this time, Fahuazong''s actions are cautious enough, and they should not act rashly in a short time.


    If nothing else, the Taiyi Realm will not have to worry about the threat of these three forces in a short period of time.


    On the side of Wuliang Tianzong, after learning the cause and effect of this incident, they had some new ideas.


    Originally, Wuliang Tianzong and the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm had some disagreements on how to deal with those Taoist cultivation forces outside the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    It''s just that Wuliang Tianzong didn''t take reason before, so he took a concession.


    The official of Lingkong Immortal Realm has a righteous name and has obtained the power to deal with this issue.


    Now, with the matter of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, Wuliang Tianzong has a new excuse to attack.


    Wuliang Tianzong wants to settle old accounts and new accounts together, in order to suppress the official prestige of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The so-called official Ling Kong Immortal Realm was also established with the support of many cultivation forces, especially Wuliang Tianzong.


    On weekdays, it is inevitable that there will be some conflicts of interest between the major cultivation forces, the major cultivation forces and the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Especially Jinxian sects like Wuliang Tianzong dare to confront the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm head-on.


    In the Hengling star area, the official forces of the Wuliangtian Sect and the Lingkong Immortal Realm are in unison.


    However, there are conflicts between them on many issues of interest.


    The senior officials of the Wuliang Tianzong said that the official monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm did not have the knowledge to understand people, and they actually tolerated a notorious sect like the Tianlang Sword Sect.


    Now it''s all right, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect actually secretly attacked the Taiyi Realm, causing great losses to the comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    By doing this, Wuliang Tianzong didn''t really want to stand up for the Taiyi Realm, but just used it to attack the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, prompting them to make concessions on some other issues.


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm tried to quibble at the beginning, and sent people to the residence of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, asking the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect to send someone to explain the matter.


    But the group of sword cultivators of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect are too slippery, they don''t look like the fabled sword lunatics at all.


    After failing to send a team to support the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, the monks sent by the Sirius Sword Sect to the Hengling star area evacuated in time, leaving an empty station.


    This kind of self-inflicted behavior made it impossible for the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm to continue to quibble.


    What happened to the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect made the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm very embarrassed.


    When Meng Zhang heard about this incident, he didn''t have the slightest joy, but smiled wryly.


    With the style of official monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they must have hated the Taiyi Realm because of this.


    Coupled with Fengyuan Tianxian fanning the flames inside, the situation may be even more unfavorable to the Taiyi Realm.


    It turns out that Meng Zhang guessed right.


    After some interrogation, the Taiyi Realm finally pried open the mouth of the captured Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortal and obtained the desired confession.


    Sure enough, Sanyang Xianzong secretly colluded with Sirius Jianzong, provided him with information about the Taiyi Realm, and encouraged him to attack the Taiyi Realm.


    After obtaining the confession, Meng Zhang contacted Wuliang Tianzong in time, intending to use this to attack Sanyang Xianzong.


    Even if the Sanyang Immortal Sect can''t be destroyed this time, it will have to ruthlessly shed several layers of skin.


    However, after Wuliang Tianzong received Meng Zhang''s summons, they didn''t take it seriously at all. They didn''t intend to pursue Sanyang Xianzong at all. Instead, they persuaded Meng Zhang to calm down and stop entangled in this matter.


    Meng Zhang had doubts and dissatisfaction in his heart, so he approached Zhang Han Tianxian, an acquaintance in private.


    Tianxian Zhang Han was quite frank in front of Meng Zhang.


    He told Meng Zhang that the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm had compromised and made concessions in many places, allowing Wuliang Tianzong to seize a lot of benefits.


    As a condition, the Wuliang Tianzong will not continue to pursue the matters related to the Tianlang Sword Sect, let alone use this to damage the official prestige of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The official dispute between Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm is a dispute of interests.


    The two sides fought without breaking, and they didn''t mean to tear their faces.


    Especially now that foreign enemies are on the lookout, they need to join forces to fight against the enemy in many places.


    Now that he got what he wanted, and the other party had already made concessions, Wuliang Tianzong would not force him too much.


    Even, Wuliang Tianzong persuaded Taiyi Realm in turn, asking Taiyi Realm not to continue entanglement.


    Although Tianxian Zhang Han looked at the face of the same family, he agreed to take care of Meng Zhang.


    During this period of time, he and Meng Zhang also seemed to have established a good friendship.


    But in the final analysis, he is a monk of Wuliang Tianzong, and he wants to protect the interests of Wuliang Tianzong.


    From the bottom of his heart, he believed that Taiyi Realm was just a tool of Wuliang Tianzong.


    He seemingly sincerely told Meng Zhang what happened, but in his words, he kept implying that Meng Zhang accepted the status quo.


    The Taiyi Sect rose in the midst of the twilight, and Meng Zhang has seen a lot of intrigues and conflicts of interest in the cultivation world.


    In the history of Taiyimen, it was sacrificed and betrayed by powerful forces more than once.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even think that even if he became a fairy, he would still inevitably face such a thing.


    According to the current situation in the cultivation world, Wuliang Tianzong treated the Taiyi world well.


    Meng Zhang knew that the current Taiyi Realm was not qualified to say no to Wuliang Tianzong, and still needed the protection of Wuliang Tianzong.


    He suppressed his true feelings and accepted the arrangement of Wuliang Tianzong frankly.


    Tianxian Zhang Han is very satisfied that Meng Zhang is so knowledgeable and able to clarify his own position.


    A slap in the face and a sweet jujube is the general way of imperial court.


    After all, the Taiyi Realm has made merit this time, and it has helped the Wuliang Tianzong a lot in the struggle with the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Wuliang Tianzong has always been very clear about rewards and punishments, so naturally he will not be silent.


    Zhang Han Tianxian told Meng Zhang that since then, the proportion of resources harvested by the Taiyi Realm in this area has been reduced a lot.


    For this, Meng Zhang is naturally very grateful on the surface.


    After the meeting with Zhang Han Tianxian, Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm angrily.


    He knew that this time the battle between the Taiyi Realm and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group had come to an end for the time being.


    He can continue to attack those three forces, but he cannot get involved in the official side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    His original plan to take advantage of this incident to attack the Sanyang Immortal Sect was completely in vain.


    The incident of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has already caused the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to lose face.


    If it is revealed that the Sanyang Immortal Sect colluded with outsiders and plotted against the Taiyi Realm again, then the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will have no face at all.


    You know, Sanyang Xianzong has always been a staunch supporter of the official Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Many official monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the Hengling star area have always had a close relationship with the Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm gave up their benefits this time, and finally persuaded Wuliang Tianzong not to continue entangled in this matter.


    The matter of Sanyang Xianzong was also covered up.


    Although Meng Zhang was not convinced, he could only accept this result.


    Neither the current Taiyi Realm nor him has the strength to directly participate in the high-level game of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3279

    In any case, Taiyi Realm took the initiative to attack this time, it was a brilliant victory and won countless spoils.


    The Taiyi Realm also gained a real reputation in the Hengling Star Region through this battle.


    After all, as one of the top star thieves in the void, the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group cannot be resisted by just a single practice force.


    The Taiyi Realm wiped out its fleet in the Hengling star area, occupied its garrison, and looked at the void, but not many cultivation forces can do it.


    Moreover, while attacking the base of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, the Taiyi Realm also sent out forces to block the reinforcements of the Fahua Sect and the Sirius Sword Sect.


    Calculated in this way, the Taiyi Realm is already considered a very good practice force in the Hengling star area.


    After that, among the comprehension forces under Lingkong Immortal Realm, there were more contacts with Taiyi Realm.


    Some comprehension forces don''t know the filth between the officials of the Taiyi Realm and the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they only see the power of the Taiyi Realm, and the Taiyi Realm is protected by the Infinite Heavenly Sect.


    These comprehension forces are actively making friends with the Taiyi world, trying to gain benefits.


    On the surface, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have no intention of targeting the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi world is strong enough, and transactions in the Taiyi world can get more protection.


    Those practice forces of Buddhism, Shinto, and Monster Race also greatly reduced the harassment of the Taiyi Realm''s control area in the following time.


    The Taiyi Realm is powerful, and it always fights back forcefully against these harassments, without any sign of shrinking back.


    After a long time, the harassing forces lost too much, and the gains outweighed the losses.


    The Hengling star area is so big, and there are some soft persimmons to pinch, so there is no need to fight to the death with such a powerful enemy as the Taiyi Realm.


    Next, Taiyi Realm ushered in a rare peaceful day.


    Although the fighting in the Hengling star area has not been interrupted, many fierce and bloody battles have broken out in many areas.


    However, the area controlled by the Taiyi Realm is basically calm and there are no waves.


    Many comprehension forces, especially those casual cultivators, hope to get rid of them as soon as possible after they have gained something in the Hengling star area, and exchange them for the resources they need.


    The official of Lingkong Immortal Realm, Wuliang Tianzong and other big forces have established a special trading system.


    Although they don''t know how to bully customers, they don''t have too many discounts, and they don''t take the initiative to give up profits.


    In contrast, smaller forces such as the Taiyi Realm have established a more flexible trading market that is closer to the needs of cultivators.


    Although limited in size, the main benefits of various transactions still fall into the hands of the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but the Taiyi Realm and other forces seem to be picking up leaks, and they can always get a lot of gains.


    Many comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, including those big chambers of commerce, well-known business organizations, etc., have participated in the battle in the Hengling star area.


    Different comprehension forces obtain benefits through different means.


    Those large chambers of commerce with profound backgrounds and strong strengths under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm are indeed powerful and capable of doing many incredible things.


    The Taiyi community actively traded with these chambers of commerce and obtained many scarce resources.


    In addition to its own mining, the harvest in the underworld, etc., the resources collected by Taiyi Realm have become more and more comprehensive, and it has begun to slowly make up for its shortcomings.


    As the master of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang enjoys the worship of the Taiyi Realm, which is only right and proper.


    Among the resources collected by the Taiyi Realm through various means, a large part fell into his hands and was used to improve and strengthen his cave.


    Compared with those angels fighting alone, the advantages of powerful angels began to emerge.


    Meng Zhang can get the resources he needs from his disciples without running around and working hard.


    After running around in the void for so many years, it is rare for the Taiyi Realm to settle down.


    Many senior officials in Taiyi Realm wished that such good days would never end.


    It''s a pity that many things in the world will not go exactly according to some people''s wishes.


    On this day, Meng Zhang was doing a routine retreat.


    Suddenly, as if he felt something in his heart, he took a step forward and came to the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    Not far away, a huge phantom of a mountain was quickly moving towards the Taiyi Realm.


    This is the projection of the divine kingdom of the gods.


    Which god has such a big hatred with the Taiyi Realm, and drives the power of the kingdom of God to attack the Taiyi Realm, without saying a word beforehand.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has a strong defense system, and there are so many strong people in charge, it may not be easy to please the opponent''s Divine Kingdom head-on.


    This is a celestial immortal. He flipped his palm and circulated the power of the cave, and the phantom of the cave appeared in front of him, and the powerful power of the cave took the initiative to meet the projection of the kingdom of God.


    A violent fluctuation spread in the void, and the Taiyi Realm under Meng Zhang''s feet was greatly affected.


    Various defense systems in the Taiyi Realm were quickly activated, offsetting the impact of this fluctuation.


    Knowing that a powerful enemy is coming, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm acted immediately.


    Some high-level officials comforted and accommodated those foreign monks in the Taiyi world, and more high-level leaders began to actively prepare for the battle.


    After this period of cultivation, Luna has long since healed from the injuries he suffered in the last battle, and his cultivation has improved a lot.


    She sits in her own kingdom of God and begins to mobilize the power of the heavens in the Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yue Lingqing appeared next to Meng Zhang, looking at the enemies in the distance, a little confused why the Taiyi Realm was attacked.


    On the opposite side is a strong man in the middle stage of the gods, who can already take the kingdom of gods into his body.


    The opponent can mobilize the power of the Kingdom of God almost at any time, and manifest some projections of the Kingdom of God from time to time.


    Meng Zhang must rely on the power of the cave in his body to compete with the opponent.


    Meng Zhang did not defend passively, but took the initiative to stay away from Taiyi Realm and rushed towards the opponent.


    He instinctively wanted to stay away from the Taiyi Realm, so as not to let the aftermath of the battle hurt the Taiyi Realm.


    With Gu Yue Ling Qing Luezhen, Meng Zhang can take the initiative to attack boldly with confidence.


    The power of the cave and the power of the kingdom of God collide fiercely in the void.


    The opponent''s Kingdom of God is already very complete, and its power is extremely strong.


    This kind of head-on confrontation doesn''t have much tricks to speak of, it''s mainly about comparing the accumulation and background of both sides.


    Both sides did not use any other means of supernatural powers, just head-to-head.


    The kingdom of God and the cave have many similarities. Both are independent worlds, both can store power, and both have special creatures living in them...


    For Meng Zhang, the cave is not only the greatest weapon against the enemy, but also the foundation of his own practice, and there must be no major defects.


    For the god on the opposite side, the Kingdom of God is also the life and the foundation.


    It was the first time the two fought against each other, but they showed no mercy, and almost showed their cards directly.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang has thoroughly dealt with the suppressed enemies in the cave sky in these years, so that he can make full use of the power of the cave sky and fight bloody battles with the enemy without any worries.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3280

    Meng Zhang gained a lot of benefits from attacking the Wild Hunt bandits last time, and absorbed and transformed most of them into his own combat power.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation has improved significantly, and his combat effectiveness has improved rapidly.


    The god on the opposite side is obviously not from that kind of wild way.


    His practice skills are very clever, and he has rich combat experience. From time to time, he uses some methods that even Meng Zhang finds difficult to deal with...


    Most of such gods come from a powerful organization.


    If it was replaced by an ordinary one, but for a while, he really couldn''t think of the origin of his opponent.


    He fought with his opponent for a while, tried his best, and barely managed to draw with his opponent.


    Such a powerful god should not be an unknown person.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, who was standing beside Meng Zhang, also did not recognize the origin of the other party.


    After the Taiyi Realm stepped up their guard, they did not relax at all just because Meng Zhang had blocked the enemy.


    The Taiyi world has rich combat experience, and they are no strangers to how to deal with the situation here.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm appeased the visitors from all directions and temporarily placed them in a fixed area.


    After the Taiyi Realm''s defense system is activated, it will not only be able to monitor these internal areas well, but also actively defend against the outside world.


    The prudence of the Taiyi Realm executives was not in vain.


    There was another violent spatial fluctuation, and the three gods appeared near the Taiyi Realm and launched an attack on the Taiyi Realm together.


    These three celestial gods are all powerful in the mid-stage of the celestial gods, who can move their own kingdom of God at will.


    Generally speaking, they tend to integrate the Kingdom of God into their bodies and carry it with them.


    In this way, they can borrow the power of the Kingdom of God at any time.


    You must know that a large part of the fighting power of the gods comes from their own kingdom of God.


    With the help of the kingdom of God, they can display their fighting power to the fullest.


    The opponent''s Kingdom of God is obviously more complete than Meng Zhang''s Dongtian, with deeper savings and deeper accumulation...


    Moreover, the opponent can control the power of the Kingdom of God like a finger, without any awkwardness in the middle.


    Meng Zhang''s practice years are not considered long, and the history of Dongtian is even more short.


    For a cave to become more perfect and powerful, in addition to continuously investing in various precious resources, the accumulation of time is also very important.


    In the process of contending with the power of the enemy''s kingdom of God, Meng Zhang''s power of the cave has no advantage at all.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhangcheng continued to invest in various resources, continued to enhance the power of the original magic powers, and actively practiced various new magic powers.


    Practicing fairy arts and supernatural powers consumes both time and resources.


    Meng Zhang is extremely talented, and he can use the incomplete Xianbaozhou disc to slow down the passage of time around him.


    Although you can''t directly use the slowed time to practice various fairy arts and supernatural powers, you can use it to strengthen your comprehension, conduct various comprehensions in advance, and reduce the time required for real practice.


    As for the resources for cultivation, he is quite sufficient.


    He himself has had many adventures and obtained many resources through various means.


    In addition to the worship of almost the entire Taiyi world, countless monks work for it...


    Whenever the realm of cultivation is improved, he can upgrade various fairy arts and magical powers to the corresponding level in a very short period of time.


    Since the power of the cave alone could not defeat the enemy, Meng Zhang immediately began to skillfully display various fairy arts and supernatural powers.


    The yin and yang energy turned into a long river and swept towards the opponent, and the yin and yang extinction god thunder kept bombarding the opponent''s divine kingdom...


    The god on the opposite side obviously has an extraordinary inheritance, and also displayed a variety of divine arts, competing with Meng Zhang''s magical powers.


    The advantages of the Immortal Dao System began to emerge, and the power of the Golden Immortal inheritance was slowly revealed.


    Meng Zhang''s magical powers were obviously superior, and he effectively suppressed the opponent''s magical powers.


    The two sides have their own strengths, and the difference in combat effectiveness is very small.


    If there is no external interference, even if they fight for decades or even hundreds of years, they may not be able to tell the winner.


    Seeing that he was unable to defeat Meng Zhang, and he believed that he had figured out the details of Meng Zhang, the god had no intention of continuing the fight.


    He let out a long howl, and the three gods who were attacking Taiyi Realm looked at each other, and retreated while covering each other.


    As the offensive side, their biggest advantage is that they can come and go freely.


    Both Moon God and Gu Yue Lingqing had no way to keep their opponents behind, they could only watch them leave helplessly.


    As soon as the three gods withdrew, the god who was fighting Meng Zhang also had no intention of fighting.


    He used the power of the kingdom of God to temporarily block Meng Zhang''s attack, and then quickly withdrew.


    In this way, the four gods came and went quickly, coming and going like the wind.


    They fought with Meng Zhang for a while, testing the defense power of Taiyi Realm.


    After discovering that they could not fight against Meng Zhang and that Taiyi Realm had no obvious flaws, they did not continue to fight, but withdrew very decisively.


    Meng Zhang tried it and found that he could not keep his opponent, so his efforts were not in vain.


    Watching his opponent''s figure disappear into the void in the distance, Meng Zhang felt a little depressed.


    What''s going on here, why did he have a fight with such a powerful enemy inexplicably.


    The battle was over, and Meng Zhang still hadn''t figured out where the enemy came from, let alone figured out the enemy''s purpose.


    The enemy retreated, and the Taiyi Realm quickly returned to normal, and the guard was lifted.


    Thinking of such a strange and powerful enemy staring at him, Meng Zhang felt uneasy.


    If he doesn''t find out the details of the enemy as soon as possible, he will not be able to calm down and practice properly.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3281

    The enemy came to the door carelessly, without any intention of hiding, it was too rampant.


    Meng Zhang wrote down the main characteristics of the enemy, so that the Gu Yue family''s intelligence channels began to work hard to find out the identity of the enemy as soon as possible.


    At the same time, he also took the initiative to go to Wuliang Tianzong to report this information to see if he could get some help.


    Wuliang Tianzong has a huge information database.


    Generally speaking, when dealing with foreign enemies, friendly forces such as the Taiyi Realm can come to query the less confidential database for free.


    Wuliang Tianzong did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    Soon, Meng Zhang learned the identity of the incoming enemy from Wuliang Tianzong.


    The strong man in the middle stage of the god is the God of Mountain Bravery from the Earth Mother God Department.


    The Earth Mother God Department is one of the main forces participating in the competition for the Hengling star area. It seems not surprising that the gods under his command attacked the Taiyi Realm.


    This time, the Earth Mother Goddess abided by the unspoken rules of fighting with each other, and there was no such thing as bullying the small by the big.


    Wuliang Tianzong regards it as a routine battle.


    Before the Earth Mother Goddess puts in more and stronger power, Wuliang Tianzong will not bother with this trivial matter.


    Meng Zhang knew in his heart that the attack on the Taiyi Realm by the God of Mountain Bravery was definitely not that simple, and it was not just a regular battle in the Hengling star area.


    Meng Zhangke never forgot that he took over the cause and effect from Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, and used the power of the Great Qianyuan Monument to completely wipe out the last ray of life of Gai Rang Tianshen.


    Gai Rang''s huge body like a continent is still lying in the Taiyi Realm, and has become an integral part of the Taiyi Realm.


    Between Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm, and the Earth Mother Godliness, a deep and incomparable karma has long been formed.


    In the past, the Taiyi Realm wandered in the void, and it was difficult for the Earth Mother Goddess to find its trace.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has come to the Hengling star area, isn''t it just sent to the mouth of the Earth Mother God Department.


    Logically speaking, with the care of the infinite Tianzong, Meng Zhang should not be too afraid of the mother god.


    At the very least, if the Earth Mother Goddess uses the big to bully the small and dispatches the powerhouses of the immortal level, the Wuliang Tianzong will definitely not sit idly by.


    But after Meng Zhang thought about it, he still couldn''t trust Wuliang Tianzong too much.


    If the Goddess of the Earth Mother moves fast enough, it is absolutely possible to launch a surprise attack on the Taiyi Realm before Wuliang Tianzong can react.


    Shanyong Tianshen has figured out the general strength of the Taiyi Realm through this surprise attack.


    If the gods of the Earth Mother Goddess make a comeback and make preparations, the Taiyi Realm may not be able to resist it.


    Taiyi Realm must get the help of a more powerful force.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm is facing the danger of the Earth Mother Godliness, Wuliang Tianzong will not send reinforcements to the Taiyi Realm in advance.


    The Youying Tianxian, Gu Yuelangming and others hired by Meng Zhang before all went back to their respective homes after completing the last mission.


    After all, they themselves are very busy people, and there is still a lot of things waiting for them in the Hengling star area.


    Although Meng Zhang paid a lot of money when he hired them last time, the main thing was the relationship.


    The favors owed just now have not been paid off, so it may not be convenient to hire them again.


    Meng Zhang thought carefully, and the list of large-scale cultivation forces that appeared in the Hengling star area quickly appeared in his mind.


    He wants to look for the kind of power that has grievances and entanglements with the Earth Mother Godliness and is not weak in its own strength.


    It didn''t take too long for Meng Zhang to find the target he needed.


    Yuzhen Sect is a cultivating sect that is independent from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but closely related to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Yuzhen Sect has no golden immortals itself, but there are more than one golden immortals behind the scenes to support them.


    Yuzhen sect is powerful, with many angels sitting in the town, controlling a large area in the void.


    Yuzhen Sect and Earth Mother God Department are old enemies for many years.


    The two sides have been fighting for many years, and no one can tell where the grievances come from.


    The current spheres of influence of the two sides are bordering each other, turf disputes, fairy god disputes, interest disputes...


    The Yuzhen Sect and the Earth Mother God School can be said to be sworn enemies, and the two sides have launched a full-scale struggle.


    Wherever one of them gets involved, the other will soon kill them.


    The battle in the Hengling star area is no exception.


    The Earth Mother Goddess sent a large amount of power to the Hengling star area to plunder the resources here, and united with other forces to fight against the Lingkong fairyland.


    Because the Lingkong Immortal Realm had already set foot in the Hengling Star Area, the Yuzhen Sect, who was unwilling to conflict with it, originally did not plan to set foot in the Hengling Star Area.


    Now that the Earth Mother Goddess is acting like this, Yuzhen Sect will naturally not sit idly by.


    If the Goddess of the Earth Mother obtained a large amount of resources in the Hengling star area and cultivated more and more powerful gods, wouldn''t the Yuzhen Sect be at a disadvantage under the ups and downs?


    The struggles between those great powers, and the balance of power between them, are determined through these struggles, through the accumulation of bits and pieces.


    Therefore, Yuzhen Sect quickly sent an army of cultivators to the Hengling star area.


    The top leaders of the Yuzhen Sect do not expect to harvest many resources in the Hengling star area. The main purpose is to prevent the Earth Mother Goddess from obtaining a large amount of resources.


    Of course, the Lingkong Immortal World very much welcomes the arrival of the army of Yuzhen Sect monks.


    The relationship between the two parties was already close, not to mention that the arrival of the Yuzhen Sect greatly strengthened the power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the Hengling star area.


    With the support of Lingkong Immortal World, Yuzhen Sect has had many battles with the Earth Mother Godliness.


    The two sides had victories and losses, and the casualties were not small. The Earth Mother God Department has been badly taught by Yuzhen many times.


    The Taiyi Realm is now being targeted by the Goddess of the Earth Mother, so it shouldn''t be a problem to seek help from the Yuzhen Sect.


    When the Taiyi Realm was wandering in the void, I met three female immortals from the Yuzhen Sect and gave them a lot of help.


    The Yuzhen Sect''s station around the Hengling star area is not too far from the location of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, and then took the initiative to go to visit.


    The comprehension forces under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm occupy territories in the nearby area, generally speaking, they are connected together.


    The station distance between them is not far, it is convenient for them to take care of each other.


    Although Yuzhen Sect is not a comprehension force under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm, they enjoy the same treatment.


    This is not only because of its high-level trust in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but also due to its strong strength.


    Within the area controlled by the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the defense is still very tight, and there are patrol teams from various forces appearing around from time to time.


    The Taiyi Realm was originally well-known among the cultivation forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Since coming to the Hengling star area, the reputation of the Taiyi world has become even greater.


    Not long ago, the Taiyi Realm, which had just annihilated the base of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group and caused the Fahua Sect and the Sirius Sword Sect to suffer, has recently welcomed more practitioners to visit.


    As the master of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang is naturally famous.


    There are many comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and they should have collected a lot of information about him.


    His appearance, breath, etc., are no secrets for a long time.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3282

    Meng Zhang''s visit to the Yuzhen Sect''s resident this time was an aboveboard trip, and he did not intend to hide his whereabouts in the slightest.


    Similar behaviors are very common among the comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Many heads of cultivation forces are taking advantage of this rare opportunity to visit and actively make friends with potential practitioners and cultivation forces.


    The patrol teams that Meng Zhang encountered along the way could basically recognize him.


    Many cultivators paid homage to him from afar.


    In order not to delay the patrol, those patrols would not show too much, but they still used their own way to pay respect to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of arrogant and rude person. He will at least nod and show respect to others.


    He had thought it would be a smooth and pleasant journey.


    His good mood continued until he was stopped by an official patrol team from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In the area controlled by the Lingkong Immortal Realm, in addition to the patrol teams sent by the major cultivation forces, the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials will also organize teams to conduct irregular patrols.


    The official patrol team of Lingkong Immortal Realm is naturally more vigilant, more rigorous investigation, and has greater authority...


    Stopped by the official patrol team of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Meng Zhang had no choice but to accept the interrogation obediently.


    He would not be so stupid as to challenge the official authority of the Lingkong Immortal Realm head-on.


    It''s a pity that his cooperative attitude did not bring back the other party''s kindness.


    Zhenxian in the patrol team carefully interrogated Meng Zhang''s origin, travel destination and other issues.


    On the surface, the other party was ruthless, merciless, and strictly enforced the law. They questioned Meng Zhang repeatedly and tirelessly, and their attitude was many times stricter than interrogating prisoners.


    If the other party did not recognize his identity, Meng Zhang would not believe it even if he was beaten to death.


    He finally understood that the other party made it clear that he was deliberately making things difficult for him and wasting his time on purpose.


    The strongest in this patrol team are just two true immortals.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing, they can be slapped to death with one slap.


    According to the practice in the cultivation world, if a true immortal dares to be so disrespectful to a heavenly immortal, the heavenly immortal can justifiably teach him a lesson.


    But because they now represent the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, no matter how powerful the Celestial Immortals are, they dare not do anything wrong.


    Meng Zhang forcibly held back the anger in his heart, and dealt with the other party one sentence after another.


    Anyway, he is not in a hurry, so he can deal with the opponent slowly.


    Up to now, the other party has only verbally embarrassed Meng Zhang.


    If they dare to take the initiative, then Meng Zhang can take care of them.


    These guys who represent the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm are not stupid, knowing where the boundaries are, they will not give Meng Zhang an excuse.


    They stopped Meng Zhang, just wanting to kill Meng Zhang''s aura, and to add to the opponent''s heart.


    After pestering Meng Zhang for a long time, they finally let Meng Zhang pass reluctantly.


    Meng Zhang remained calm on the surface, but he secretly reminded himself that the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm had never forgotten that he was unhappy with them, and should have been trying to find a way to grab his painful feet.


    In the future, I and the Taiyi Realm must be more cautious and not give the official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm an excuse to attack.


    At the same time, you can''t just sit still and let the other party make trouble for you.


    If possible, I should also carry out some reasonable and legal counterattacks that make it impossible to find mistakes.


    After this unhappy incident, Meng Zhang''s next journey went very smoothly.


    A large group of small, exquisite, exquisite and gorgeous palaces slowly swim in the void according to certain rules.


    This is the residence of the Yuzhen Sect monks.


    Meng Zhang didn''t lean over hastily, but called his name and surname inside from a distance, expressing his intention to visit.


    After a while, the gates of those palaces opened wide, drums and gongs blared, and a large group of female cultivators flew out of the palaces, lined up to welcome Meng Zhang''s arrival.


    Meng Zhang never expected that Yuzhen Church would put up such a big battle to welcome him.


    The depression brought about by the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal World was swept away in his heart.


    Although he was not flattered, he did feel that he could not afford such a courtesy.


    Yuzhen Sect is a long-established sect with a celestial deity seated in it. It has a great reputation in the void and dares to confront the Earth Mother deity with a main god in charge.


    Meng Zhang is such a young fairy, although he has a reputation, but he will not be treated like this by the other party.


    When Meng Zhang was wondering, a group of female fairies in front had already taken the initiative to greet them.


    Meng Zhang originally intended to make friends with each other, so his attitude was naturally very polite.


    That team of female fairies was also very enthusiastic about Meng Zhang.


    The leader of this group of female fairies was also a fairy who hadn''t seen him for many years, and both Meng Zhang and her cultivation had greatly improved.


    Needless to say, Meng Zhang, Fairy Hongyu has also been promoted from a real fairy to a seed cultivated by Yuzhen Sect. She has excellent conditions such as famous teachers and resources, and she thinks that her cultivation speed should not be slower than Meng Zhang.


    But the two sides met again, and Meng Zhang walked in front of her again.


    Fairy Yaozhen didn''t have the habit of being a high-ranking monk of the big sect, and she seemed to regard Meng Zhang as a friend of her own.


    After not seeing each other for many years, Fairy Hongyu took the initiative to say hello to Meng Zhang and thank him for his help back then.


    After the two sides exchanged pleasantries for a while, Fairy Yaozhen and the others welcomed Meng Zhang into a palace.


    After everyone took their seats in the hall, it was another time of politeness, and then they slowly got to the point.


    Fairy Yaozhen first thanked Meng Zhang for his help back then.


    Back then, Fairy Hongyu, Fairy Yuxi, and Fairy Ruizhen, the three true immortals of the Yuzhen Sect, got acquainted with Meng Zhang because of the Gai Rang Continent.


    Meng Zhang helped them deal with the god Xin Dazun of the Goddess of Earth, and also perfectly solved the problem of Gaiyang Continent.


    Needless to say, the Red Jade Fairy is a key cultivation object in Yuzhen Sect.


    Fairy Yuxi and Fairy Ruizhen are the direct descendants of Fairy Yaozhen.


    They are not here now, Fairy Yaozhen, as an elder, should express something to Meng Zhang in terms of etiquette.


    In addition to this small cause and effect, Fairy Yaozhen also made it very clear that all enemies of the Earth Mother Godliness are friends of Yuzhen Sect.


    In particular, Meng Zhang, who has great supernatural powers and caused great losses to the Earth Mother Godliness, is a guest of the Yuzhen Sect.


    Meng Zhang had expected Fairy Yaozhen''s attitude for a long time.


    Although Yuzhen Sect has the support of Jinxian behind it, but there is no Jinxian in the family, it should not be able to gain much advantage against the powerful Earth Mother Godliness.


    Since they are the weaker side in the battle, as long as the female fairies of Yuzhen Sect are not stupid, they should be very eager for friends in all aspects.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3283

    Meng Zhang also murmured in his heart that he had stopped the god Xinda and snatched away the Gai Rang Continent.


    Other than that, it has nothing to do with the Goddess of the Earth Mother.


    Previously, the Shanyong God of the Earth Goddess came, and he didn''t take advantage of it.


    Is it just because of his strength and reputation that Yuzhenjiao attaches so much importance to himself?


    To be honest, although Meng Zhang has formed a cause and effect relationship with the Earth Goddess because of the matter of the Gaiyang Continent, he does not think that the two parties are in the kind of relationship that is endless and insists on dividing life and death immediately.


    The main purpose of the Earth Mother Goddess participating in the disputes in the Hengling star area should be to seize resources.


    With the target of Yuzhen Sect on the side, it is not the turn of Taiyi Realm to become the main target of the Earth Mother God Department.


    Shanyong Tianshen''s attack on the Taiyi Realm seemed aggressive, but it was still mainly a temptation.


    As for whether he will entangle more powerful forces to attack the Taiyi Realm in the next step, Meng Zhang is not sure.


    Maybe, the Earth Mother''s attack on the Taiyi Realm ends here, and then they will focus on more important things.


    He took the initiative to visit Yuzhen Sect this time, firstly to make friends with a powerful immortal sect, and secondly to take precautions against the Earth Mother Godliness.


    To talk about the imminent crisis brought by the Earth Goddess to the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang feels that it is not yet possible to say.


    Of course, he would not show these thoughts in the face of Fairy Yaozhen.


    At least on the surface, he still pretended to be in the same hatred as the opponent, and denounced the Earth Mother God.


    The more Meng Zhang talked, the more excited he became. When he talked about the Shanyong God''s attack, he was obviously angry, as if he was as immortal as the Earth Mother God.


    His attitude isn''t exactly acting.


    He knew that the causality between the Taiyi Realm and the Earth Mother Godliness was difficult to resolve, and there would definitely be battles between the two sides in the future.


    Fairy Yaozhen is very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s attitude.


    Regardless of whether Meng Zhang is deliberately exaggerating, this is what she wants.


    When Meng Zhang finished speaking, she was probably moved by Meng Zhang''s attitude, and she told some information that Meng Zhang didn''t know.


    The Gai Rang Heavenly God back then was not an ordinary Heavenly God, but a powerhouse at the level of Immortal Venerable. The cultivation base of the Heavenly God Realm was almost complete, and he was only one step away from the Main God Realm.


    Gai Rang Tianshen is the seed that the Earth Mother Goddess and even the entire Shinto civilization are optimistic about, and is considered to be the main god of the future.


    In addition to Mother Earth, other main gods also have high hopes for her.


    If Gai Rang Celestial God can be promoted to the main god, it will not only completely change the situation of the Earth Mother Goddess, but also greatly enhance the strength of the entire Shinto civilization.


    For Yuzhen Sect, Gai Rang God is an unprecedented enemy.


    If one fails, the other will bring disaster to Yuzhen Sect.


    After all, although the Earth Mother God Department and the Yuzhen Sect are mortal enemies, the main god, Earth Mother, will never take a direct hand in the battle between the two sides.


    The top leaders of Yuzhen Sect had long wanted to eradicate Gai Rang God, and paid a heavy price.


    Gai Rang Tianshen was active in the battle against Yuzhen Sect before becoming a Tianshen, and achieved brilliant results.


    It can almost be said that a large part of Gai Rang''s growth process was the life-and-death struggle with Yuzhen Sect.


    The Yuzhen Sect organized several times to encircle and suppress Gai Rang God, but all failed, and suffered heavy casualties instead.


    Every time Gai Rang Celestial God escaped the siege, he would improve rapidly, and then quickly take revenge on Yuzhen Sect.


    Many senior members of the Yuzhen Sect have almost lost confidence, thinking that Gairang God is the son of luck and cannot be defeated.


    Just when Yuzhen Sect had nothing to do with Gai Rang Celestial God, Immortal Qianyuan approached Gai Rang, and challenged Gai Rang to fight with him in a fair manner.


    Qianyuan Immortal Venerable is well-known in the Immortal Dao, and is recognized as the Golden Immortal Seed.


    Countless immortals in the immortal way, including some golden immortals, believed that he would definitely become a golden immortal.


    Everyone in the Yuzhen Sect was overjoyed at the news, thinking that Gai Rang God, the great enemy, would finally be dealt with.


    The senior officials of Yuzhen Sect knew that there must be Jinxian''s will behind Qianyuan Xianzun''s appointment to fight against Gairang God.


    It seems that the existence of Gai Rang Celestial God has finally alarmed the golden fairies.


    Although the battle between immortals and gods is not the absolute mainstream of the battle in the void, neither side takes it lightly.


    Because this is a fair duel, it is not good for the main gods of Shinto to intervene directly.


    No matter which aspect they consider, it is difficult for them to ask Gaiyang God to avoid the battle.


    Gai Rang, who has been victorious in all battles, accepted the challenge and took it as an opportunity to break through to the realm of the main god.


    In order to ensure the smooth progress of the battle between the two sides, Yuzhen Sect took many actions secretly to prevent other gods of the Earth Mother Goddess from intervening.


    Qianyuan Xianzun and Gai Rang Tianshen dueled in a secret place, and few people knew about the fighting process.


    As for the result of the duel, it has long been known.


    Gai Rang Celestial God was beheaded by Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, and even the body of the god fell into the opponent''s hands.


    The Immortal Venerable of Yuzhen Sect had some contacts with Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, so he had some understanding of his behavior.


    When Fairy Hongyu returned to the sect and reported that Meng Zhang had obtained the body of Gai Rang God, some senior officials of Yuzhen Sect had guessed.


    Qianyuan Immortal Venerable is one of the top celestial masters in the void, and he is very good at counting celestial secrets.


    Gai Rang''s body fell into Meng Zhang''s hands, probably because of his scheme.


    Between Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Xianzun, some kind of cause and effect has been formed.


    Although Fairy Yaozhen didn''t say it clearly, Meng Zhang still understood the meaning of the words.


    On behalf of Yuzhen Sect, she valued herself so much, probably because of this cause and effect.


    Qianyuan Xianzun beheaded Gai Rang God, so it can be said that he was the great benefactor of Yuzhen Sect.


    Qianyuan Xianzun himself is the object that the senior officials of Yuzhen Sect really want to make friends with.


    Regarding the information about Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm, Yuzhen Sect has already understood it clearly.


    Meng Zhang comes from a remote place like Junchen Realm.


    It is said that Meng Zhang received the inheritance of Junchen Xianzun, and the Sanyang Xianzong even fought for it.


    Yu Zhenjiao didn''t care much about this.


    In the eyes of Yuzhen Sect''s high-ranking officials, a mere Junchen Immortal Venerable is already a thing of the past.


    Among the immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Junchen Xianzun was not an outstanding generation.


    He failed to attack the Golden Immortal Realm and died, which many immortals had already expected.


    Even if Meng Zhang got his inheritance, at most it would attract the coveted eyes of a group of ordinary gods.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation base, it is completely enough to keep this inheritance.


    But Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Xianzun formed karma, the situation is very different.


    It is very likely that Meng Zhang got a lot of benefits from Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, and even got some of his inheritance.


    Even if Meng Zhang is not the heir of Qianyuan Xianzun, he should have a close relationship with him.


    To be valued by Qianyuan Xianzun, Meng Zhang must have something extraordinary, and must have a bright future.


    The current Meng Zhang, for the Earth Mother Godliness, is at most a disease of ringworm and scabies.


    But when Meng Zhang grows up, he may not become a confidant of the Earth Mother God Department.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3284

    Yuzhenjiao is optimistic about Meng Zhang''s future, and also hopes to make friends with Qianyuan Xianzun through Meng Zhang.


    During the many years of fighting with the Goddess of the Earth Mother, Yuzhen Sect has long felt the pressure and was about to be overwhelmed.


    Although Yuzhen Sect is backed by golden immortals, these golden immortals will not directly attack, and it is the disciples of Yuzhen Sect who really fight hard on the battlefield.


    Over the years, countless Yuzhen Sect disciples have lost their lives in large and small battles.


    For every opportunity that can help their family defeat the Earth Goddess, even if it is an extremely weak hope, the Yuzhen Sect attaches great importance to it.


    In the future, Meng Zhang may have the ability to give Yuzhen Sect an advantage.


    The former Qianyuan Xianzun did have the ability to change the situation between the two sides.


    As soon as he made a move, he beheaded Gai Rang Tianshen, ruined the hope of the Earth Mother Goddess, and severely frustrated it.


    The reason why Fairy Yaozhen talked so much with Meng Zhang was to remind him that he had the body of Gai Rang God, so he was already inseparable from the Earth Mother Goddess.


    The gods of the Earth Mother Goddess will never give up the body of Gairang God.


    The divine body of the god Gai Rang may not be considered anything to ordinary celestial beings or even gods.


    However, many gods of the Earth Mother Goddess have unrealistic expectations, thinking that after obtaining the body of Gairang God, it is possible to obtain its inheritance and inherit its power.


    If you are lucky enough, you may be able to use this to cultivate a new Gaiyang God.


    For Meng Zhang, the Gai Rang Continent transformed by the body of the Gai Rang Celestial God has long been completely integrated into the Taiyi Realm and has become a part of the Taiyi Realm, so how could he give up.


    In addition, Fairy Yaozhen also told Meng Zhang a rumor.


    A few years ago, there were rumors in some places in the void that Qianyuan Immortal Venerable had failed to attack the Golden Immortal Realm and had long since fallen.


    The senior officials of Yuzhen Sect didn''t believe this rumor, thinking it was a complete rumor.


    But on the other side of Shinto, especially the gods of the Earth Mother God Department, they firmly believe in it.


    In other words, these gods are willing to believe this rumor, hoping that it is true.


    The fall of Qianyuan Xianzun further strengthened the determination of these gods to regain the body of Gaiyang God, and made them lose the last trace of scruples.


    Fairy Yaozhen''s reminder came very timely, which made Meng Zhang more vigilant.


    It seems that he had underestimated the importance of Gai Rang''s body before, and also ignored the determination of many gods in the Earth Mother lineage.


    After Shanyong Tianshen''s last test, I am afraid that the next step will be the full-scale attack of the Earth Mother Gods on the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang took precautions and came to visit Yuzhen Sect. It seemed that he made the right move.


    Meng Zhang thanked Fairy Yaozhen for her kind reminder, and once again expressed his determination that he would never succumb to the Earth Mother Goddess.


    If the Goddess of the Earth Mother is really attacking in a big way, he will definitely lead the Taiyi Realm to fight to the death and never back down.


    Fairy Yaozhen was very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    During the dialogue between the two parties, Fairy Yaozhen tested the real relationship between Meng Zhang and Xianzun Qianyuan, and whether they had any contact afterwards.


    Meng Zhang obtained the Great Qianyuan Monument left by the Immortal Qianyuan, and obtained some useful inheritance from it.


    Although he had a teacher for a long time, he still benefited a lot from it.


    Even though the Dazai Qianyuan Stele is only a replica and has been broken, Meng Zhang still enjoys some of the benefits it brings.


    Meng Zhang saw through Fairy Yaozhen''s eagerness to climb up to Xianzun Qianyuan.


    He said vaguely, but said that he had obtained some inheritance from Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, inherited the cause and effect left by him, and used the Great Qianyuan Stele to wipe out the last ray of vitality of Gairang God.


    As for more information, he did not disclose.


    Although Fairy Yaozhen didn''t get the answer she wanted, she was barely satisfied with Meng Zhang''s answer.


    Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Immortal Venerable formed a cause and effect, and got part of his inheritance, so it is worth Yuzhen Sect to invest in him.


    It was originally a secret that Meng Zhang wiped out the last ray of life of Gai Rang God, but he told it frankly, which made Fairy Yaozhen have a better impression of him.


    With such an incident, the hatred between Meng Zhang and the Goddess of the Earth Mother deepened.


    If this news gets out, how many gods of the Earth Mother Goddess will take revenge on him.


    Fairy Yaozhen will keep it a secret for Meng Zhang.


    Because of this matter, it is no longer possible for Meng Zhang to reconcile with the Earth Mother Godliness, and he will become his mortal enemy, and even arouse the hatred of the entire Shinto civilization.


    Both parties were interested in making friends with each other, and after some conversation, they were very satisfied with each other.


    It didn''t take much twists and turns, and the two sides agreed to formalize the alliance.


    Yuzhen Sect and Taiyi Realm formally formed an alliance to jointly deal with the Earth Mother God.


    In the covenant, the two parties agreed on everyone''s rights and obligations.


    The two sides will watch and help each other, and if one side is attacked by the Goddess of the Earth Mother, the other side will do its best to help.


    Next, the two sides will also strengthen various exchanges and cooperation, and increase the exchanges between monks from both sides.


    ...


    Of course, one thing that needs to be emphasized is that the covenant between the two parties is only for the Earth Mother Godliness.


    Such a covenant is definitely incomplete, and both parties still have reservations.


    The relationship between Yuzhen Sect and Taiyi Realm is similar to the relationship between Gu Yue Family and Taiyi Realm.


    If there is a conflict between the Taiyi Realm and other practice forces, especially those in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Yuzhen Sect will not directly help.


    For the same reason, Taiyi Realm will not interfere with the entanglements between Yuzhen Sect and other cultivation forces.


    The senior officials of Yuzhen Sect have always been well-informed, knowing that some official immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm are very dissatisfied with Taiyi Realm.


    The senior officials of Yuzhen Sect will not conflict with these immortals for the sake of the Taiyi Realm.


    However, they will secretly provide some help to the Taiyi world, or help the Taiyi world to resolve some misunderstandings and conflicts.


    In fact, the Gu Yue family has been actively running for a long time, trying to help the Taiyi world resolve the conflict with those immortals.


    But the effect is not great.


    Because of what happened to the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the Taiyi Realm was even more hated by those immortals.


    Meng Zhang was not very optimistic about Yuzhenjiao''s efforts, but he still accepted the other party''s kindness.


    The two sides formed an alliance and reached a covenant. The main purpose of Meng Zhang''s visit to Yuzhen Sect was basically achieved.


    In order to ensure that when one side encounters an attack, the other side can quickly provide reinforcements, Yuzhenjiao also took out a special fairy artifact-Xianmen, and gave it to Meng Zhang as a gift.


    With Meng Zhang''s cultivation base, he can activate the Immortal Gate to build a stable man-made wormhole between the location of the Yuzhen Sect and the Taiyi Realm, so that monks from both sides can communicate quickly.


    Meng Zhang has heard of the extremely useful and famous fairy artifact of Xianmen for a long time.


    Back then, the Qingxu Sect used Xianmen to establish a wormhole channel between the Four-pointed Star District and the Alien Star District, allowing monks in the entire Four-pointed Star District to migrate on a large scale.


    Immortal artifacts like Xianmen are very practical, especially for the cultivation forces in the void, it can be said to have great strategic significance.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3285

    Meng Zhang was very jealous of the fairy gate owned by Qingxuzong back then, and he couldn''t wait to snatch it.


    Meng Zhang regretted for not being able to snatch Qingxuzong''s fairy gate for a long time.


    Later, Meng Zhang has been trying to obtain a fairy gate through various channels.


    On the other side of the underworld, after a period of hard work, Tai Miao has already made some plans, but he has not been able to trade for the time being.


    When it comes to the Hengling star area, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm and Wuliang Tianzong have strict regulations on the use of Xianmen.


    In order to avoid loopholes in the internal defense, the cultivation forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are not allowed to establish directly connected man-made wormholes.


    All personnel exchanges must be carried out in the void, exposed to the eyes of the public, and even subject to inspection by patrol teams from all sides.


    Therefore, Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to obtain the fairy gate through the comprehension forces under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In fact, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have always kept a close eye on a special immortal weapon like Xianmen that has a major strategic role.


    Even the comprehension forces under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm, not everyone can easily obtain this kind of fairy weapon.


    There are many restrictions on its use.


    Although Taiyi Realm is now fighting under the command of Wuliang Tianzong, due to its history, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm have reason to reserve it.


    In fact, the current identity of the Taiyi Realm is still somewhat ambiguous.


    The Taiyi Realm has not yet been officially included in the jurisdiction of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and is not yet a real member of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The official members of the Lingkong Immortal World, most of the big worlds they live in, will establish a system of the Lingkong Immortal World, including the establishment of a management organization such as Tiangong.


    Then, Lingkong Immortal Realm appointed the high-level officials of Tiangong to be responsible for managing this big world.


    Although in many big worlds, Tiangong is only a nominal management organization, but it is absolutely necessary.


    After Meng Zhang created the Taiyi Realm, he absorbed some systems of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but he was absolutely unwilling to accept the management of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, even if it was only in name.


    The current status of the Taiyi Realm is quite special, enjoying the treatment only available to the comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but it is not an official member of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This is because the Lingkong Immortal Realm is a Taoist force after all, and it has more or less retained some Taoist style and acts more leniently.


    Secondly, it was because of the protection of the Wuliang Tianzong.


    Some immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm were very dissatisfied with the Taiyi Realm, and they didn''t take this incident as a blow.


    It''s just that it is unavoidable to impose some explicit or covert restrictions or even suppression on the Taiyi world.


    If the Taiyi Realm wanted to obtain the Immortal Gate from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, even with the help of the Gu Yue Family, it would not be easy.


    The situation of Yuzhen Sect is somewhat similar to that of Taiyi Realm.


    Yuzhenjiao enjoys the treatment of the comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but is not an official member of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Therefore, the senior officials of the Yuzhen Sect can avoid its ban and give it to Meng Zhang Xianmen to establish a temporary wormhole passage between the two.


    In addition, Yuzhen Sect is not comparable to Taiyi Realm in terms of strength or status.


    When communicating with Ling Kong Xianjie, Yuzhen Sect is almost on an equal footing with the other party.


    For Yuzhen Sect, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm attach great importance to it and have always respected it.


    Even if the Yuzhen Sect has some occasional behaviors that borderline the ball or even cross the line, they can tolerate it and pretend not to see it.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stay in Yuzhen Sect for too long.


    After the two sides formed an alliance, he quickly refined the Immortal Gate and used it to leave a special mark on the Yuzhen Sect''s residence.


    Then, he bid farewell to Fairy Yaozhen and others.


    On the way back to the Taiyi Realm, it was relatively smooth and there were no accidents.


    After returning to the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang chose a place near the Taiyi Realm, activated the Immortal Gate, sensed the special imprint of the Yuzhen Sect, and established a temporary wormhole passage between the two places.


    After the channel is built, it has been tested and everything works fine.


    Soon, monks from Yuzhen Sect and Taiyi Realm started frequent exchanges through this wormhole passage.


    The two monks actively made friends, visited each other, and conducted various transactions...


    The two companies have arranged sufficient defensive forces at both ends of the wormhole passage.


    With Yuzhenjiao as an ally, the affairs of the Taiyi Realm became smoother.


    After a period of communication, Yuzhen Sect paid more attention to Taiyi Realm.


    Originally, the Yuzhen Sect had somewhat underestimated this young cultivation force in the Taiyi Realm.


    But now, the senior members of the Yuzhen Sect began to face up to the Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm monks, including those young immortals, are of very good quality and have a bright future.


    After the exchanges and exchanges between the two parties, both parties can benefit.


    The Taiyi Realm can provide many useful resources, and even some treasures that are scarce in the Yuzhen Sect.


    The transaction between the two is basically mutually beneficial and complementary.


    The importance of the Taiyi Realm continued to rise, and after some discussions with the top leaders of the Yuzhen Sect, they began to provide some assistance.


    In addition to the normal resource assistance, I also specifically asked the Taiyi Realm to see what they needed, and to fill in the gaps for them.


    Like the Gu Yue family, Yuzhen Sect also introduced some reliable casual cultivators to help the Taiyi world recruit talents.


    With the assistance provided by Yuzhenjiao, the overall strength of Taiyi Realm has been greatly improved.


    After being reminded by Fairy Yaozhen, Meng Zhang regards the Earth Mother Godliness as his biggest enemy at present.


    The Taiyi Realm is not yet able to go deep into the Mother God Department and conduct comprehensive monitoring of it.


    Meng Zhang tried to use Wuliang Tianzong''s intelligence system to monitor him indirectly.


    The intelligence system of each sect is one of its greatest secrets.


    Of course, it is impossible for Wuliang Tianzong to open its intelligence system to the Taiyi world without reservation.


    In fact, the information provided by Wuliang Tianzong to the Taiyi Realm is not complete and often lags behind.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang can do nothing.


    He can only make the Taiyi world strengthen its defenses and be ready for a big battle at any time.


    After the Taiyi Realm came here, it was already in a state of war.


    Even though the Taiyi Realm''s main task is to exploit various resources in the area, it has never let down its vigilance, and battles, large and small, have almost never stopped.


    Taiyi Realm''s combat readiness has always been good, even excellent.


    But there is only a thousand days to be a thief, not a thousand days to guard against a thief.


    If a powerful force like the Goddess of the Earth Mother launches a massive attack on the Taiyi Realm, the Taiyi Realm will basically be unable to detect it in advance.


    Just like the last time Shanyong Tianshen attacked, Meng Zhang could only react if he got to the door of the house.


    As for taking the initiative to attack, Meng Zhang just thought about it.


    With the current strength of the etheric realm, how would they dare to attack such a force as the Earth Mother Goddess head-on?


    Even though most of its main gods and earth mothers are not in the Hengling star area, the strength in the resident must be limited, but it is definitely not something that the Taiyi world can handle.


    Thank you book friend 20221124192405436 for your many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3286

    With the help of the Yuzhen Sect, the Taiyi Realm has greater confidence to fight against the Earth Goddess.


    But if Meng Zhang wants to get rid of the threat it brings, he still has to think of more ways.


    He never even imagined that the Taiyi Realm could completely get rid of the threat of the other party.


    As long as it can guarantee a period of peace, it will be enough for the monks in the family and the Taiyi world to grow up.


    In the following days, Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm stepped up their defenses, but the gods of the Earth Mother God Department never launched an attack.


    Meng Zhang did not become negligent because of this, nor did he suspect that Fairy Yaozhen was deceiving him.


    He guessed that the Earth Mother God Department should also make preparations and gather strength to launch a full-scale attack on the Taiyi Realm.


    In the Hengling star area, there are mixed forces from all sides, and there are constant battles, which often affect the whole body.


    At any rate, the Taiyi Realm also belongs to the camp of the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm.


    It is impossible for the Earth Mother Goddess to have no scruples at all.


    Before actually attacking the Taiyi Realm, it must consider the reaction of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, find a way to intercept possible reinforcements, etc.


    The Goddess of the Earth Mother will not move for the time being, and it is even more impossible for Meng Zhang to take the initiative to kill it. The Taiyi Realm resident is still calm for the time being.


    Of course, the temporary tranquility now is just brewing a more intense storm.


    Meng Zhang seized the time to improve the overall combat power of himself and Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation base has improved fast enough, and it is difficult to obtain an essential improvement in a short period of time.


    He pinned his hopes on other monks in the Taiyi world, hoping that there would be more powerful people among them who could help.


    There are currently only four Heavenly Immortals in the Taiyi Realm, which is far from enough.


    Other monks in the Taiyi world, including Yang Xueyi, Wen Qiansuan, Niu Dawei and others who were given high hopes by Meng Zhang, still have a long way to go before being promoted to heaven.


    The cultivation bases of Moon God and Gu Yue Lingqing have entered a relatively stable period, but Tai Miao''s side can give Meng Zhang greater help.


    Tai Miao has felt a bit like a dragon entering the sea since entering the underworld.


    Previously, in the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm, although he had the supreme authority, he could control everything there.


    But in comparison, the Underworld in the Taiyi Realm is too narrow, like a small pond, which doesn''t help him much in his development.


    After entering the vast and boundless underworld, Tai Miao had several chances and gained a lot.


    He has not been in the underworld for a long time, but his cultivation has made rapid progress.


    His current cultivation level has broken through to the mid-stage of the gods, that is, after the gods returned to the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao made a move to extract his soul alive.


    The huge body of the white bat sky demon, part of which was collected by monks from the Taiyi Realm, and part of which was directly refined by the power of the cave, became a part of the cave.


    Tai Miao spent a lot of painstaking efforts and invested a lot of resources to refine a special ghost puppet based on the spirit of the white bat sky demon.


    When this ghost puppet was in the Underworld and Taiyi Realm, it barely had the strength of a god.


    Of course, if it really went to the battlefield, this ghost puppet might not be able to fight even the weakest god.


    Tai Miao placed this ghost puppet on his own territory in the underworld.


    In any case, its god-level breath is true, and it is still enough to bluff people.


    With this ghost puppet sitting in the town, Tai Miao can have more time to leave the territory and do his own things.


    Even, on Taimiao''s territory, with the help of the power of Taimiao temples all over the place, this ghost puppet can barely block ordinary god-level powerhouses.


    It''s too wonderful not to want to have subordinates at the level of gods.


    There are many ghosts and ghosts in the underworld in Taiyi Realm, and many of them are cultivated by Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    There are quite a few strong people at the level of true gods, but they are still far away from the level of gods.


    Although Tai Miao has been running around in the underworld for a long time, she did not delay her own cultivation.


    On the contrary, his cultivation progressed much faster than when he was in the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm.


    As Meng Zhang''s control over the power of his cave grew deeper, he mastered more miraculous abilities.


    One of the abilities was specially cultivated by him with great effort.


    At critical moments, he can use the power of the cave to temporarily put away the huge Taiyi Realm, leading it out of danger quickly.


    Although this method has many restrictions, it can still be used for emergency at critical moments.


    Having mastered such a method, Meng Zhang has more confidence in his heart.


    After Yuzhen Sect and Taiyi Realm formed an alliance, monks from both sides had frequent exchanges.


    After Meng Zhang visited Yuzhen Sect last time, Fairy Yaozhen also brought a delegation of Yuzhen Sect to visit Taiyi Realm.


    Not to mention the warm welcome from the top and bottom of the Taiyi world, and the warm reception. Fairy Yaozhen has seen the booming atmosphere of the Taiyi world, and has more confidence in the Taiyi world, and pays more attention to the Taiyi world.


    She also communicated with Meng Zhang and discussed her cultivation.


    Meng Zhang was finally in actual combat, and learned about the great powers, especially the top powerhouses of the Earth Goddess Department, what kind of skills they are good at, and other information, which was especially helpful to Meng Zhang.


    If you have the corresponding information in advance, you can make preparations early, and when the time comes to fight, you may be able to gain more or less advantages.


    After the Taiyi Realm formed an alliance with the Earth Mother Gods, they did not forget to notify the Gu Yue Family.


    The covenant between the Taiyi Realm and the Yuzhen Sect was only aimed at the Goddess of the Earth Mother, and had little to do with other forces, and the Gu Yue family had no intention of asking about it.


    The Taiyi Realm came to the Hengling Star Region this time and came into contact with many comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, which was an eye-opener.


    Although it has not been formally brought under the management of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Taiyi Realm has already gained a lot of benefits from it.


    However, it will take some time to transform these benefits into real combat effectiveness.


    The close contacts between Yuzhen Sect and Taiyi Realm are not hidden from others, and the contacts between the two parties are basically open.


    This young cultivator in the Taiyi Realm first joined the Wuliang Tianzong, then had a close relationship with the Gu Yue family, and now joined the Yuzhen Sect, causing many cultivators to look at him.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3287

    Many comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm think that the Taiyi Realm is too good at exploiting, and this doesn''t look like a serious sect.


    Among them, there is the influence of Sanyang Xianzong and other sects.


    They give full play to their influence and secretly slander the Taiyi world.


    There are also some jealous people who deliberately spread some bad rumors.


    Not to mention the Wuliang Tianzong, it is a sect that can shake hands with the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    There are countless comprehension forces who want to climb the relationship with Wuliang Tianzong, but few of them can succeed.


    The Gu Yue family is an old family of celestial beings in the celestial world, because the family is good at cultivating celestial masters, and has always had a special status.


    Although the Yuzhen Sect does not have the Golden Immortal Sect, in many respects it is no different from the Golden Immortal Sect.


    The relationship between the Taiyi Realm and the Dark Alliance has not been spread yet.


    Unknowingly, Taiyi Realm already had a strong network of contacts.


    This naturally makes people jealous.


    Meng Zhang led the monks from the Taiyi Realm to attack the bandit camp of the Wild Hunting Star, and repelled the Sirius Sword Sect and the Fahua Sect, which proved that he was not a good stubble.


    Those comprehension forces that are truly sensible and have sufficient vision can clearly see the potential of the Taiyi Realm, and know that the Taiyi Realm is not only good at seeking to please.


    Because the Taiyi community has always maintained an open-minded attitude, this has allowed the Taiyi community to make more friends.


    Although many friends are only in name, this still greatly broadens the contacts and channels of the Taiyi world.


    The reputation of the Taiyi Realm not only spread quickly in the Hengling Star Region, but also slowly spread back to the Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm.


    Cultivation sects such as Sanyang Xianzong and Feihulou are hostile to the Taiyi Realm, firstly because of the prestige of the Taiyi Realm, and secondly because of the last incident with the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, they were warned by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After bouncing around for a while, they also became quiet, not daring to target Taiyi Realm at will.


    You must know that Sanyang Xianzong and other cultivation sects secretly communicated with the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect. To put it more seriously, it means communicating with internal and external enemies and leaking secrets.


    If it wasn''t for the sake of their own face, the officials of Lingkong Immortal World would not want to keep them at all.


    Of course, although Sanyang Xianzong and others have kept quiet for the time being, they will never let go of their hatred with Taiyi Realm.


    They don''t move for the time being, but they have been secretly looking for opportunities, looking for mistakes and flaws in the Taiyi world.


    Once they are given a chance, they will never show mercy to Taiyi Realm''s subordinates.


    While the Lingkong Immortal Realm gave the Taiyi Realm protection, it also made the Taiyi Realm feel restrained.


    Meng Zhang asked himself, the strength of the Taiyi Realm at this time should have surpassed Sanyang Xianzong and Feihulou and other hostile forces.


    If they were not under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm, Taiyi Realm would have taken the initiative to eradicate them first.


    People count as tigers, and tigers count as people.


    When Sanyang Xianzong and Feihu Tower were looking for the Taiyi Realm''s flaws, the Taiyi Realm also used various channels, such as the Gu Yue Family, the Dark Alliance, etc., to secretly monitor them and look for opportunities to deal with them.


    Of course, it seems that the current Taiyi Realm has to concentrate on collecting resources while dealing with the constant harassment of foreign enemies.


    According to the information received by Meng Zhang, Wuliang Tianzong is organizing a large-scale battle in order to seize an extremely fertile area.


    Wuliang Tianzong recruited many comprehension forces to join the battle, and entangled a huge army of comprehensionists.


    That area is adjacent to the territory of the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God Line, and they have long regarded it as their possession.


    Now that Wuliang Tianzong suddenly came out to snatch it forcibly, the two families would naturally join forces to fight against the enemy, and first block the most powerful Wuliang Tianzong.


    Although there are many contradictions and disputes between the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God Line, under the enormous pressure of the Wuliang Tianzong, they were forced to unite temporarily.


    A series of fierce and bloody battles have broken out between the two sides.


    This series of battles is just a skirmish, and the real battle has not yet begun.


    According to Meng Zhang''s estimation, the Earth Mother God Department temporarily does not take care of the Taiyi Realm, which should be the main reason.


    Although Wuliang Tianzong did not call up Taiyi Realm monks to join the battle, the Taiyi Realm monks did not relax because of this.


    Large-scale battles in the Hengling star area often affect the whole body.


    The Wuliang Tianzong took the initiative to launch an attack. In addition to actively organizing resistance, the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God Sect also sent many teams to actively attack and harass other cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, trying to weaken or even cut off the support of the Wuliang Tianzong.


    As an important resource supply point under the command of Wuliang Tianzong, the area occupied by the Taiyi Realm is naturally within the scope of the harassment.


    A small and capable team sneaked into the vicinity of the Taiyi Realm''s control area.


    They came and went like the wind, and left with one blow, causing a lot of trouble and loss to the Taiyi Realm.


    They attacked and killed the single Taiyi Realm monks, plundered the fleet of transportation resources, and destroyed the transportation lines...


    They even went directly to various resource points, plundered and destroyed them wantonly, and even destroyed them directly.


    The Taiyi Realm mobilized more monks to actively defend, and also brutally hunted and killed these harassing teams.


    The Taiyi Realm monks began to experience more brutal battles.


    Although Meng Zhang has not been dispatched for the time being, most of the time he stayed in Taiyi Realm to practice in closed doors.


    However, the top brass of the Taiyi Realm have mobilized most of their forces.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna frequently dispatched to intercept the enemy, feeling somewhat exhausted.


    Fortunately, this kind of harassment is only a little troublesome, and it cannot shake the foundation of Taiyi Realm, let alone cause major losses to Taiyi Realm.


    The real main battlefield is still on the other side.


    Although Meng Zhang, who was concentrating on his cultivation, had not made a leap in combat strength for the time being, some new evolutions began to appear in the cave.


    Since devouring a large part of the flesh and blood of the white bat sky demon, the primitive and rough creatures in the cave began to show many signs of evolution.


    The creatures transformed by these vitality were originally ignorant and did not have a fixed shape, and their bodies were floating and unstable.


    Now, many creatures have a fixed form, their bodies have begun to stabilize, and they have some innate supernatural powers.


    There are naturally many relevant contents in the inheritance of Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    Meng Zhang himself has rich experience in refining Dao soldiers.


    He began to intervene in the evolution of the cave creatures, allowing them to develop in the direction he expected.


    As the appendages of the cave, these creatures generally cannot leave the cave.


    There are similar creatures in the caves of many celestial beings.


    The celestial beings cultivated it in various special ways, and even invested a lot of resources.


    When these creatures grow up and have enough combat power, they can become the guards of the cave.


    After the celestial beings pull their opponents into their own cave, they don''t need to do it themselves. With the blessing of the cave, these creatures can use various means to besiege the enemy, greatly reducing the burden on the celestial beings and saving their power.


    It is not an easy task for opponents suppressed and weakened by the cave to resist the siege of these creatures.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3288

    The more diverse and powerful the creatures appearing in the cave, the more benefits they can bring to the cave.


    Most of the celestial beings with caves will cultivate these creatures well.


    Meng Zhang is no exception.


    Opening up the cave, let Meng Zhang initially comprehend the power of creation.


    Cultivating these creatures allowed him to slowly realize the power of creation.


    If this cave is allowed to evolve into a big world, and countless creatures are born in the big world, it will give the owner of the cave a preliminary glimpse of the road to the golden fairy realm.


    Although it is still far away from the Golden Immortal Realm, Meng Zhang has not yet determined how to attack the Golden Immortal Realm, but he attaches great importance to everything related to the Golden Immortal Realm.


    He took many shots, slowly perfecting and strengthening his cave.


    He put a lot of effort into guiding the evolution of the creatures in the cave.


    During this process, he gained many insights.


    Probably the massive attack of Wuliang Tianzong really put a huge pressure on the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God School, leaving them with no time to care about others.


    During this period of time, the Earth Mother God Department has never cared about the troubles of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm did not relax their vigilance because of this, Meng Zhang had a quiet life of practicing with peace of mind.


    When he is practicing in seclusion, if it is not a matter of life and death for the sect, the disciples of the sect will generally not bother him.


    Although the small-scale harassment organized by the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother Goddess has caused a lot of trouble to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, including the area controlled by the Taiyi Realm.


    But in the final analysis, these places are not the main battlefield.


    What really determines the victory or defeat of the two sides is the battlefield of the frontal battle.


    These harassments appeared frequently at the beginning, but as the losses increased, both the number and scale began to drop sharply.


    According to the high-level analysis of the Taiyi Realm, the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God Sect have transferred all their forces back to the frontal battlefield, so as to fight the frontal battle with the Wuliang Tianzong.


    In this way, the pressure on many comprehension forces, including the Taiyi Realm, began to be greatly reduced.


    Meng Zhang, who was practicing in retreat, also had to leave the retreat because of a visit from an old friend.


    At that time, the chief steward of Tiangong in the Junchen Realm, and Banxue Jianjun, who had a close friendship with Meng Zhang, also came to the Hengling star area.


    When she heard the news about Taiyi Realm, she took the initiative to pay a visit.


    Speaking of it, the relationship between Meng Zhang and Banxue Jianjun is quite complicated.


    When he was in Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang had been cultivated and cared for by Lord Banxue Jianjun.


    After the Junchen Realm was shattered, the two sides fought side by side many times.


    Later, after Fengyuan Zhenxian came to Dengtian star area on behalf of the Lingkong fairyland official, Banxue Jianjun had to draw a clear line with Meng Zhang temporarily and occupied the Lingkong fairyland side.


    However, she did not confront Meng Zhang head-on, but secretly revealed a lot of information to him.


    Banxue Jianjun, who was promoted to a real immortal, returned to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and used the influence of his master to prevent Fengyuan Zhenxian from labeling the Taiyi Realm as a public enemy of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    By the way, Meng Zhang had already learned about Banxue Jianjun''s specific background from Gu Yue''s family.


    Banxue Jianjun''s body is a flying sword, and she is the weapon spirit of the flying sword.


    The owner of this flying sword belongs to Fairy Feixue, a disciple of Lunjianxuan.


    Lun Jianxuan is one of the few golden immortal sects in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and it is also the main force that created the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    As the name suggests, Lunjianxuan is a pure sword cultivator sect, and it is the top sword cultivator sect in the Void Myriad Realms.


    Meng Zhang has seen many sword cultivating sects, such as Luoxing Sword Sect and Tianlang Sword Sect.


    These sword cultivating sects combined are not worthy of Lun Jianxuan''s shoes.


    Since Fairy Feixue became a sword cultivator, she has always been accompanied by ordinary flying swords.


    With the continuous improvement of her cultivation level, this flying sword also slowly evolved, and possessed a weapon spirit.


    Because it is difficult for Qi Ling to achieve immortality, and because Banxue Jianjun suffered some irreparable injuries in the early years, after Fairy Feixue became a fairy, she has not been able to be promoted to a true fairy.


    Fairy Feixue couldn''t bear the severance of Banxuejianjun, who accompanied her to grow up, so she did not hesitate to find the Gu Yue family, and at a great price, asked the Guyue family''s Tianji immortal master to help, and figured out that Banxuejianjun would become an immortal. The opportunity lies.


    According to the results calculated by the Gu Yue family''s Tianji immortal master, Fairy Feixue relied on Lun Jianxuan''s face to ask the officials of the Lingkong fairy world to appoint Banxue Jianjun as the chief steward of the Tiangong in the Junchen world.


    At that time, the Junchen Realm had only been incorporated into the Lingkong Immortal Realm system not long ago, and the internal power struggle was fierce.


    Those true immortals who conquered Junchen Realm didn''t know the true origin of Banxue Jianjun, they just knew that he had an extraordinary background and was backed by powerful immortals.


    Banxue Jianjun stayed in the Junchen Realm for tens of thousands of years, and it was not until the Junchen Realm was destroyed that he got the chance to overcome some innate limitations, heal the damage deep in the soul, and become a true immortal.


    After returning to the fairy world of Lingkong, Banxue Jianjun quickly returned to Fairy Feixue''s side.


    At this time, Fairy Feixue has not been seen for many years, and the feelings of both parties are very complicated.


    In any case, Meng Zhang is still in favor of Mr. Xuejian, thanking her for some help in the past.


    All kinds of emotions in Ban Xuejian''s heart fluctuated endlessly.


    Back then, when he was in the Junchen Realm, Meng Zhang was a junior monk whose cultivation was far inferior to hers, and he still needed her guidance and care.


    In the blink of an eye, thousands of years have passed, and Meng Zhang has grown into a sword master. The internal competition is fierce, and there are frequent battles between sword immortals.


    Although it will not reach the level of civil war, but the resources within the sect, their respective status, etc., all need to be fought by the sword immortals with the fairy swords in their hands.


    In addition to working hard to improve one''s own cultivation, it is also beneficial to make friends with some strong people outside the sect.


    Whether it is Sword Lord Banxue or Fairy Feixue, maybe at some point, they will need strong support like Meng Zhang.


    After reminiscing about the past, Banxue Jianjun, as a sword repairman, did not go around in circles, and expressed his intentions bluntly, hoping that the two sides can watch and help each other when they need it in the future.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3289

    Although Banxue Jianjun is only a sword fairy at the level of a true fairy, her master, Fairy Feixue, is in the same realm as Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention, Lunjianxuan has a great reputation and is the top sword cultivator sect in the Void Myriad Realms. Meng Zhang has long intended to make friends.


    Although he is not qualified to befriend Lunjianxuan officials for the time being, it is also a great thing to befriend Lunjianxuan''s disciples.


    Even, irrespective of all kinds of powerful relationships, Meng Zhang himself is a very nostalgic person, just thinking of his past friendship with Banxue Jianjun and her past help, Meng Zhang will not refuse her proposal.


    If Mr. Banxuejian is in trouble, just say hello, and Meng Zhang will help.


    The two sides reached an agreement very happily, and they will help each other when they need it in the future.


    Banxue Jianjun also promised that when Fairy Feixue is free, she will introduce him to Meng Zhang, and through her relationship, let Taiyi Realm and Lunjianxuan establish a certain connection.


    For Meng Zhang, this is of course a great thing that he could not have dreamed of.


    Next, Mr. Ban Xuejian, accompanied by Niu Dawei, took a good tour of Taiyi Realm.


    Although Taiyi Realm hides a lot of secrets, the appearance alone has already made Mr. Banxue amazed.


    Not only Meng Zhang, but even the entire Taiyi Realm are powerful and have great potential.


    Banxue Jianjun also had a period of communication and discussion with monks from the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang.


    Although Meng Zhang''s cultivation level is far superior to that of Banxue Jianjun, and he can suppress her with a single flip of the palm, he still patiently exchanged ideas with her, and had a chance to see Lunjianxuan''s top swordsmanship supernatural power.


    Although when discussing Jianxuan, I saw a lot of strong people at the level of immortals.


    However, in the process of communicating with Meng Zhang, especially Meng Zhang''s patient guidance, Banxue Jianjun still benefited a lot.


    The monks from all walks of life in the Taiyi world are more interested in seeing and seeing the sword cultivation skills of Jianxuan.


    Since Mu Xingtong, the Sword Immortal, was cultivated in the Taiyi Realm, several Sword Immortals have emerged one after another.


    In particular, Meng Zhang was magnanimous at the beginning, accepting practitioners from the Four-Corner Star Area, including the sword cultivator of the Falling Star Sword Sect.


    These foreign sword cultivators came to the Taiyi Realm, like catfish, and brought an unusual boost to the originally closed and conservative Taiyi Realm sword cultivators.


    Although Banxue Jianjun was vulnerable in front of Meng Zhang, he was invincible against the sword cultivators in the Taiyi Realm.


    Fortunately, she still remembered that this was a friendly exchange of ideas, and she had always been reserved about her actions, not to mention that she did not inflict real harm on them, but pointed them out on purpose.


    Especially Mu Xingtong is favored by Banxue Jianjun.


    With her aptitude and talent, if she was born in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, she would be eligible to join Lunjianxuan.


    Mu Xingtong and Banxue Jianjun have fought against each other many times. Although they have been defeated repeatedly, each time they have improved greatly compared to the previous one.


    Banxue Jianjun said frankly that the main reason for Mu Xingtong''s failure was his poor inheritance.


    If she had cultivated Lun Jianxuan''s secret sword skills, she would not be defeated so easily.


    Due to his special background, Sword Lord Banxue has a very high talent for swordsmanship, and he can be ranked in the forefront of Lunjianxuan.


    That Mu Xingtong could be favored by her fully demonstrated his potential.


    Mu Xingtong was once allowed by Meng Zhang to enter the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyi Gate and read various kendo cheats inside.


    She often communicates and discusses with various sword cultivators in the Taiyi world, and she can be regarded as learning from the strengths of all the families.


    Now that she has seen the most top-level kendo inheritance in the Void Myriad Realms, and received patient guidance from Banxue Jianjun, she began to slowly improve her own kendo inheritance.


    Maybe, one day in the future, she will be able to form a school of her own, surpassing blue and creating a brand new inheritance of swordsmanship.


    When Meng Zhang was practicing retreat in the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao was not idle in the Underworld.


    With the ghost puppet refined by the spirit of the white bat sky demon, he was freed from many chores and had more time to practice.


    The underworld is the most suitable world for the growth of ghosts and ghosts.


    The fierce fighting and fighting here also greatly promoted the growth of ghosts and ghosts.


    After entering the underworld, Tai Miao participated in many battles between rivals at the same level either passively or actively.


    He has driven away ghosts and gods at the level of gods, and he has also killed ghosts of the same level...


    He has not been to many places in the underworld, but with the distribution density of the strong in the underworld, he has seen many strong men at the level of gods.


    Tai Miao has learned a lot from these powerhouses of the same level.


    In the Yangshi, Meng Zhang used the incomplete Immortal Treasure Cosmic CD to slow down the flow of time around his body, and used it to comprehend the great way of heaven and earth, and comprehend all kinds of mysteries in the void.


    As an incarnation outside the body, Tai Miao shared these insights from Meng Zhang.


    Although the two of them are majoring in completely different majors, their understanding of the way of heaven is still the same.


    In this place of the underworld, Tai Miao does not lack all kinds of resources needed for cultivation.


    He doesn''t even need the support of the ghosts and gods under his command, and he can get enough cultivation resources by running around alone.


    Among the classics handed down to Meng Zhang by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, there are many classics on the cultivation of the divine way.


    Originally, the main function of these practice books was to cultivate various gods canonized within the Taiyi Realm system.


    Among them, the classics on the cultivation of ghosts and gods are not only rare in number, but also stop at the level of gods.


    Tai Miao is a very special ghost and god, and these practice books are not completely suitable for his situation.


    He can only learn from the strengths of all the families, and with the help of Meng Zhang, he can improve and strengthen his original practice method, trying to find a new path of practice.


    After so many years of hard work, he has achieved considerable results.


    At the very least, he has completely cleared the path in the early and middle stages of Tianshen.


    When Banxue Jianjun stayed in the Taiyi Realm to communicate, Taimiao''s cultivation base once again made a huge breakthrough.


    His cultivation realm has been directly promoted from the early stage of the gods to the middle stage of the gods.


    In other words, he possessed a celestial being, and he had many adventures in the underworld, becoming an existence similar to natural ghosts and gods.


    Later, in order to gain stronger strength as soon as possible, he took the initiative to absorb the power of faith and transform into a god of faith.


    In the entire Void Myriad Realms, his situation can be said to be very rare.


    It is really not easy for him to find out his own path of cultivation and advance by leaps and bounds all the way.


    Tai Miao''s advancement this time has greatly enhanced the top combat power in the Taiyi world.


    A new force in the Taiyi boundary has two heavenly immortals

 Chapter 3292

    At this time, Meng Zhang faced Shanyong Tianshen and Mingshi Tianshen alone.


    As soon as the battle between the two sides broke out, it entered a white-hot stage.


    With one against two, facing two veteran opponents of the same level, Meng Zhang quickly showed signs of decline and began to fall into a disadvantage.


    Fairy Yaozhen who just came here immediately greeted her without the slightest hesitation.


    I saw that she also stimulated the power of the cave, and the phantom of the cave could be vaguely seen behind her, and a huge invisible force shrouded Akashi Tianshen.


    The Yuzhen Sect and the Earth Mother Gods have been fighting for many years, and most of the high-level officials on both sides are relatively familiar with each other.


    They know the general strength of the opponent, what kind of supernatural powers they have, and so on.


    Fairy Yaozhen and Akashi Heavenly God, the power of the kingdom of God and the power of the other side''s hole in the sky collided fiercely in the void, and the two sides quickly fought together.


    With only Shanyong Tianshen left as his opponent, Meng Zhang immediately felt less stressed and became much more relaxed.


    The two sides have similar levels of cultivation, and their combat effectiveness is roughly the same.


    Even if Meng Zhang has made some progress during this period, he can''t form much advantage.


    The battle between Yaozhen Fairy and Akashi Tenjin is similar, and the two sides are basically fighting inextricably.


    The mid-term period of Taimiao''s advanced gods is too short, and the accumulation and background are slightly insufficient for Bodhisattvas of the same level.


    Moreover, he is already a ghost in the underworld after all, and he will be suppressed in the yang world, and his combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced.


    Fortunately, the battlefield is not far from the Taiyi Realm, so he can borrow part of the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    After years of continuous strengthening, the Taiyi Realm has continuously improved its world level, its foundation has become deeper, and its power of heaven and earth has become greater and greater.


    Tai Miao just borrowed part of the power of heaven and earth, which is enough to offset the enemy''s advantage, making himself and the enemy evenly matched.


    On the battlefield, the three strongest pairs of powerhouses were all locked in a fight with each other.


    Although there may be some slight gaps in their combat effectiveness, it is definitely not something that can be achieved in a short period of time in order to decide the winner.


    Originally, the Earth Mother Goddess and the True Buddha Sect jointly attacked this time, and they had an absolute advantage in terms of the god-level powerhouses.


    However, due to Yuzhen Sect''s timely assistance, their advantages were basically offset.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Yue Shen from the Taiyi Realm taught them to try their best to entangle their opponents and prevent them from easily getting away.


    It''s a pity that their opponents are similar in strength to them.


    It is not so easy for the two sides to decide the outcome, but it is not so difficult for one side to withdraw.


    The experienced Earth Mother God-type powerhouse and the True Buddha sect powerhouse covered each other, escaped from the battle, and retreated into the distance.


    Especially after the space returned to normal, many powerhouses directly used the space shuttle technique, jumped into the anti-space, and quickly left the battle.


    Both Taiyijie and Yuzhenjiao pursued and killed them with all their strength, but only a few enemies were left behind.


    Under the leadership of Shanyong Tianshen and the others, the enemy''s main force basically evacuated here intact.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3293

    This long-planned raid came to an anticlimactic end.


    As the initiator of the raid, both the Earth Mother Goddess and the True Buddha Sect had some losses, but the losses were not large.


    The god-level combat power in the team basically remained intact, and they all safely withdrew from the battle.


    Both Meng Zhang and Fairy Yaozhen felt very sorry for not leaving more and stronger enemies.


    It''s a pity that they tried their best, and they had no choice but to accept this result.


    In any case, they are the winning side, and the losses are basically negligible.


    After the space completely returned to normal and the incoming enemies completely retreated, the reinforcements sent by the surrounding cultivation forces arrived here one after another.


    Meng Zhang never expected these reinforcements to be of any help, and naturally he was not disappointed.


    However, after all, they came for reinforcements, and the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm warmly received them.


    When they heard about the lineup of the incoming enemy, Taiyi Jie and Yuzhen Sect could defeat each other before the reinforcements arrived, and the various cultivators who came to help became more polite.


    After the enemy retreated, Tai Miao returned to the underworld early.


    Fairy Yaozhen has always been arrogant, and she is not willing to deal with those ordinary comprehension forces.


    However, she has worked so hard to come to the reinforcements, and she is the hero this time. Meng Zhang will not let her go so soon.


    Under Meng Zhang''s repeated persuasion, except for the Yuzhen Sect''s monks who had to return to the station in time, the rest of the monks temporarily stayed in the Taiyi Realm as guests.


    Not long after the war here ended, officials from Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm sent people over one after another to inquire about the specific situation.


    After all, Wuliang Tianzong is now organizing an army of cultivators to fight outside, and no one dares to ignore the fact that the rear is being raided by the enemy.


    Meng Zhang reported to them carefully.


    Including the strength of the attacking enemy, the specific battle situation of the two sides, etc., Meng Zhang basically didn''t keep much, and revealed everything.


    Of course, why did the enemy attack Taiyi Realm instead of attacking other places? Meng Zhang knew the reason, but he didn''t take the initiative to say it.


    Fairy Yaozhen guessed how much Meng Zhang was thinking, and was willing to cooperate with him, but didn''t say much.


    After listening to Meng Zhang''s report, the official left-behind monks of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm felt a little heavy.


    Shanyong Tianshen and their attacking force are not weak, and their timing is also very good.


    When the battle ahead is urgent, the Earth Mother Godliness and the True Buddha Sect can still mobilize such power to raid the rear of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and they must not be taken lightly.


    Their attack was repulsed this time, and it is uncertain when another attack will be launched.


    Their losses were not large, and their combat effectiveness was not greatly affected.


    Taiyi Realm itself is not weak, and Yuzhen Sect came to help in time to repel the enemy.


    If it were any other comprehension forces, they might not be able to withstand such a surprise attack.


    Especially in some key areas of one''s own side, there is absolutely no room for loss.


    The officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm responded quickly.


    On the one hand, they have stepped up their offensive on the frontal battlefield to put more pressure on the enemy, hoping that the troops they send will return in time.


    On the other hand, Wuliang Tianzong is going to organize a hunting team to hunt and kill similar enemy teams.


    The sword cultivators of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm''s official Lunjianxuan have always been independent and lawless, and no one will sell their accounts...


    Many immortals in the Lingkong Immortal Realm have discussed in private that Lun Jianxuan is only a member of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in name, and actually does not obey the control at all.


    If the sword cultivators of Lunjianxuan enter the Hengling star area in large numbers, it will bring a lot of trouble while bringing great help.


    Wuliang Tianzong can''t suppress Lunjianxuan.


    At that time, if the official monks of Lingkong Immortal Realm do not cooperate, the dominant position of Wuliang Tianzong will be shaken.


    Meng Zhang asked the Taiyi Realm to come to the Hengling Star District to gain benefits.


    He didn''t want to get involved in some internal battles in the spirit world.


    Meng Zhang couldn''t help thinking again, whether he should find an opportunity to leave here early to avoid the next vortex.


    But one of the biggest problems he faced was the pursuit of the Earth Mother God.


    Without the help of the Yuzhen Sect, the Taiyi Realm would not be able to resist the Earth Goddess Department.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm fled into the void, trying to hide its whereabouts.


    However, due to the relationship between Gaiyang Continent, it has too much causal involvement with the Earth Mother Godliness.


    As long as the Goddess of the Mother Earth makes use of this, it will be easy to discover the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    At that time, the Taiyi Realm will be isolated and helpless, let alone the opponent of the Earth Mother God Department.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to escape the pursuit of the Earth Mother God Department, Meng Zhang must find a way to completely cover up or even cut off this cause and effect.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3294

    Relying on Meng Zhang''s current strength alone, it is still difficult to avoid the pursuit of the Earth Mother God Department.


    After consideration, he decided to stay here and work hard to improve his cultivation.


    The reason why many things are difficult is mainly because of insufficient cultivation.


    As long as the realm of cultivation is reached, many problems will be easily solved.


    Even if there is any change in the Hengling star area, it will not happen in a short time.


    The time left for Meng Zhang to improve his cultivation level is "Leader of the Immortal Head", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3296

    Both Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal World officials have very rich backgrounds.


    Zhang Han Tianxian and Fengyuan Tianxian had made full preparations in advance for this extermination operation.


    In order to ensure the success of this combat mission, they are also willing to pay some price.


    After a brief discussion, they took out the hole cards they had prepared.


    What Tianxian Zhang Han took out was an inconspicuous jade talisman, what Tianxian Fengyuan took out was an appearance and chess "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again Get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3298

    Shanyong Tianshen, who knew that he was doomed this time, had already made up his mind that even if he died in battle here, he would have to take a back seat.


    Qingyang Tianxian became his opponent, and also became the target of his back.


    He didn''t even care that the power of the enemy cave was constantly eroding and polluting his kingdom of God.


    He doesn''t even want his life, does he still care about the kingdom of God?


    Even the black and white "Immortal Road to the Head" transformed by Meng Zhang''s celestial powers and Liangyi Tongtian sword is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3299

    Qingyang Tianxian felt bitter in his heart and couldn''t tell, he had suffered a big loss this time.


    The cave has been defaced by foreign alien forces, which has seriously shaken his foundation.


    If this problem cannot be solved as soon as possible, then the cave will not be able to be completely repaired, and will leave flaws forever.


    As far as he himself is concerned, his cultivation can no longer continue to improve.


    He knew that Meng Zhang had cheated himself this time, but he couldn''t come up with evidence.


    Since entering this space, Meng''s "The Immortal Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3303

    Juechen Immortal Venerable has always believed that the biggest reason for the failure of his old friend Junchen Immortal Venerable to attack Jinxian was that he did not get the support of his senior Jinxian.


    Therefore, Juechen Xianzun should try his best to make friends with some reliable golden immortals.


    He once worked for the Wuliang Tianzong, and also had contact with the ancestor of the Wuliang Tianzong, the Wuliang Jinxian.


    He faintly felt that the other party was not willing to support him in becoming a golden immortal.


    Although he has done a lot for Wuliang Tianzong, "Leader of Immortal Head" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3305

    In fact, a person like Juechen Immortal Venerable is clearly a casual cultivator, but he is definitely not a loner, and he still has a group of subordinates for him to drive.


    With his cultivation level, as long as he spread the word of recruiting his subordinates, a large number of monks would come to his door, crying and clamoring to become his subordinates.


    With his longevity, it is not too difficult to spend a little time training his subordinates.


    Of course, no matter what, compared to Meng Zhang, which is a big power in itself, "Leader of Immortal Head" is currently being launched, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3290

    In the void, heavenly immortals are far rarer and rarer than true immortals.


    There is an insurmountable gap between heavenly immortals and true immortals.


    In many cases, no amount of true immortals can replace a heavenly immortal.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to cultivate more immortals, in addition to continuously investing in various resources, it also needs a long period of accumulation.


    It is impossible to force a true immortal to be promoted to a heavenly immortal.


    An important process for Tai Miao to be promoted to the mid-term of the gods is to incorporate his own kingdom of gods into his own god body.


    Relying on his rich accumulation and background, he successfully passed this test and completed this step without expending much effort.


    Incorporating the Kingdom of God into the body of God means that the body of God is always in the Kingdom of God.


    That means that he can use the power of the Kingdom of God anytime and anywhere.


    As we all know, a large part of the power of the gods comes from their own kingdom of God.


    The gods in the Kingdom of God have the advantage of home court and can perform at a super level.


    The reason why the gods can compete with the immortal monks, the help of the kingdom of God is a very important factor.


    Although Tai Miao and Luna are in special circumstances, even if they leave the Kingdom of God, they can still display most of their combat effectiveness.


    But with the blessing of the Kingdom of God anytime and anywhere, their combat effectiveness can be fully displayed.


    The gods incorporated the kingdom of God into the body of the gods, which means that they are no longer restricted by the kingdom of gods and can come and go freely.


    Tai Miao was promoted to the middle stage of the gods, and after incorporating the kingdom of God located in the depths of Yindu City into his body, he immediately arranged all kinds of affairs in the underworld properly after he advanced.


    Tai Miao continues to stay in the underworld.


    While going through actual combat, he got used to and became familiar with the brand new power after the advancement; at the same time, he tried to expand externally.


    In a place like the Underworld, the most basic law of survival is the law of the jungle of Chiguoguo.


    Now that Tai Miao''s cultivation has been greatly improved, he is naturally qualified to occupy more territories and seize more resources...


    Tai Miao and Meng Zhang are not keeping information synchronized all the time, but only communicate once in a while.


    After Meng Zhang learned about Tai Miao''s big move, he turned his attention back to the Yang World of Taiyi Realm.


    The most important work of the Taiyi Realm executives in the recent period is to treat Mr. Ban Xuejian well.


    Lun Jianxuan''s fierce reputation is still higher than that of Wuliang Tianzong.


    Even though Banxue Jianjun is only a sword fairy at the level of a true fairy, the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm have provided the courtesy and treatment that can only be entertained by a fairy.


    Banxue Jianjun was quite honest with the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm.


    She told them she was just leading the way.


    Before long, more sword cultivators from Lunjianxuan will come to the Hengling star area to join the battle.


    Banxue Jianjun''s words made the Taiyi Realm executives feel a sense of crisis.


    For a long time, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm have not publicly stated their position, at most they participated in the battle for resources in the Hengling star area in the name of Wuliang Tianzong.


    The monks sent here by the official Ling Kong Immortal World have no intention of expanding the scale of the war.


    Although the Lingkong Immortal Realm is powerful, in a short period of time, it should not want to have a full-scale war with such a few Golden Immortal-level opponents.


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm intend to control the scale of the war.


    However, due to the abundance of resources in the Hengling star area, more and more forces wanted to come over to get a share of the pie.


    Not to mention the forces outside the Lingkong Immortal Realm, even the comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are not easy to stop.


    Now, Lunjianxuan, another Jinxian sect in Lingkong Immortal Realm, has been alarmed and is about to participate in the competition.


    As the forces invested by all parties become stronger and stronger, the scale of the war becomes more and more difficult to control.


    Maybe, someday, a full-scale war between several parties will break out.


    The Taiyi world has never experienced a battle of that level.


    But based on everyone''s knowledge and speculation, we all know that once a full-scale war breaks out, it will be extremely cruel and bloody.


    It is difficult for Taiyi Realm to stay out of the matter, and the good days in front of it will no longer be there.


    Including Meng Zhang, all the senior officials in the Taiyi Realm were unwilling to break out in a full-scale war.


    It''s a pity that this kind of thing can''t be left to them.


    Some Taiyi Realm executives have even begun to think in their hearts how to safely escape from the Hengling star area without offending the Wuliang Tianzong.


    There are also some higher-ups who have already begun to calculate how long the Taiyi Realm will consume the Taiyi Realm''s gains after coming to the Hengling star area.


    No one can ever have too much resources.


    Taiyi Realm''s development of this area has just entered the right track, and many of the previous investments have not yet paid off. Most of the high-level executives are still reluctant to give up everything and run away.


    Anyway, hasn''t the all-out war broke out yet?


    There are currently several reliable sources of news in the Taiyi world.


    Before the outbreak of a full-scale war, the top leaders of Taiyi Realm must be able to receive the news in advance.


    At that time, it is not too late to decide whether to leave or stay.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3291

    Meng Zhang, as an immortal master of celestial secrets, had the spiritual sense to warn in advance if he encountered a crisis.


    However, the level of the top powerhouses participating in the battle in the Hengling star area is too high, which has exceeded his current level of induction and calculation.


    In particular, a group of immortal-level powerhouses often release their own aura to intimidate each other, which greatly interferes with his spiritual perception.


    In this way, it means that more than half of his ability as a master of celestial secrets has been abolished.


    Meng Zhang felt a sense of crisis for no reason.


    However, after repeated consideration, he still felt that it would be in the best interest of the Taiyi Realm to stay in the Hengling star area and actively participate in the actions here.


    The peaceful days did not last long, and were broken by a sudden foreign attack.


    On this day, Taiyi Realm did not feel the slightest abnormality, and lived and practiced according to the original rhythm.


    Suddenly, there was an inexplicable throbbing in the hearts of many true immortals in the Taiyi Realm, as if they were enveloped by some invisible pressure.


    A group of gods of the Earth Mother Goddess and a strange bald donkey were suddenly teleported to a place not far from the Taiyi Realm.


    As soon as they came here, they acted at the fastest speed.


    After a little division of labor, they rushed to Taiyi Realm from different places.


    Among them, a god of heaven was carrying an artifact in the form of an iron anchor, and slammed it fiercely at a certain place in the void.


    The iron anchor was firmly nailed somewhere in the void, causing violent vibrations, and the space fluctuated rapidly.


    Soon, the vibration subsided, and the space fluctuation quickly disappeared.


    The impact of this artifact after its sacrifice was immediately apparent.


    The void near the Taiyi Realm seemed to be firmly anchored by an iron anchor, and it became like an iron plate, which could not be broken at all, and it was impossible to travel through space and jump.


    If foreign reinforcements want to enter here to assist in the defense, they can no longer use space-like magical powers to teleport them directly.


    The only useful way for them to travel is to fly directly in the void.


    As soon as the opponent made a move, he temporarily blocked the foreign reinforcements from Taiyi Realm.


    It can be seen from this that the opponent had a full understanding of the Taiyi world before making a move, made sufficient preparations in advance, and invested a lot of resources.


    At this time, the identity of the other party also began to be exposed.


    A group of gods headed by Shanyong Tianshen are old acquaintances from the earth mother gods.


    Those menacing bald donkeys should be from the True Buddha Sect.


    The Taiyi world has been on high alert during this time and has never let up.


    The enemy just showed up and started to attack, and Taiyi Realm quickly reacted.


    The defense system of the Taiyi Realm was quickly activated, and the army of monks who had been waiting for a long time had already entered a combat state.


    Taking one step forward, Meng Zhang left the place of retreat and appeared in the void above the Taiyi Realm.


    He sensed that in the opponent''s camp, there were at least three strong men of the same level as himself.


    He acted according to the plan without hesitation, and asked Yuzhen Sect for help.


    Tai Miao, who is connected with Meng Zhang, is also rushing from the underworld at the fastest speed.


    Meng Zhang urged the power of the cave, and took the initiative to meet his opponents of the same level, preventing them from having the opportunity to attack the Taiyi Realm.


    Before the reinforcements arrived here, Meng Zhang had to use his own strength to temporarily block the overwhelmingly superior enemy.


    Fortunately, he was fully prepared in advance, and the reinforcements did not keep him waiting for long.


    Tai Miao was the first to rush to the battlefield, took the initiative to meet a Bodhisattva whose cultivation level was comparable to his own, and fought fiercely with him.


    The Shanyong God of the Earth Mother Goddess tried out the reality of the Taiyi Realm last time.


    Now, the army of monks headed by Wuliang Tianzong is fighting against opponents such as the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God School in an area very far away from here.


    The Earth Mother Goddess has long been prepared for this battle, and has already made a plan.


    The Earth Mother Goddess paid a high price to let the Tiantai Sect, which was originally planning to stand by, join the battle ahead of schedule.


    With the help of Tiantai Sect, the Earth Mother God Department and True Buddha Sect not only temporarily blocked the full-scale attack of Wuliang Tianzong, but also secretly mobilized some power.


    Shanyong Tianshen told the True Buddha Sect that only being beaten but not fighting back would not be able to thwart Wuliang Tianzong''s attempt on that area.


    They must use the current opportunity to counterattack and hit Wuliang Tianzong hard, so as to create a situation that is beneficial to their side.


    What Shanyong Tianshen said was really reasonable, and he had already formulated a battle plan, and now he looked confident, and soon convinced the True Buddha Sect.


    The True Buddha Sect sent a celestial being. As far as she knew, with Meng Zhang''s personality, he would not be so eager to ask for help until the situation was really critical.


    Although the gods of the Earth Mother God Department temporarily blocked the space around the Taiyi Realm with a special artifact.


    However, the wormhole channel between the Taiyi Realm and the Yuzhen Sect''s residence was opened by Meng Zhang earlier with a special immortal artifact.


    The wormhole channel that has already existed stably has a certain resistance to that special artifact.


    On both sides of the wormhole passage, there are two high-ranking monks guarding closely at all times.


    When the artifact like the iron anchor was activated, the wormhole channel also shook and flickered violently, as if it would be closed at any time.


    The monks stationed at both ends of the wormhole passage hurriedly tried their best to stabilize the passage.


    Among these monks, there are many masters who major in space avenue.


    Especially on the Yuzhen sect, there are angels and real immortals who major in space avenues guarding the passage almost at any time.


    Thanks to everyone''s efforts, the channel has been temporarily stabilized, and the smooth passage of reinforcements can be ensured for the time being.


    Yuzhen Sect moved quickly.


    Not long after the Taiyi Realm was attacked, Fairy Yaozhen led a group of reinforcements through the wormhole passage and appeared in the void next to the Taiyi Realm.


    The reinforcements came very timely, and the enemy had not had time to cause too much damage to Taiyi Realm.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3295

    Many celestial beings in the team want to make friends with Yaozhen Fairy and Shang Yuzhen Sect.


    Some people even want to become real comrades-in-arms with Fairy Yaozhen who take care of each other.


    Fairy Yaozhen, as a veteran celestial being, has deep connections and knows most of the celestial beings present.


    While chatting with Tianxian who took the initiative to come over, she secretly screened, and at the same time secretly contacted Meng Zhang to ask for his opinion.


    Although Fairy Yaozhen is very confident in her cultivation and combat power, she also wants to get more protection in the next battle.


    The angels in the team are the best source of temporary allies.


    Meng Zhang and Fairy Yaozhen had similar ideas, but he didn''t have as deep connections as the other, and he was not familiar with most of the fairies present.


    Seeing that the long-sleeved and good at dancing Fairy Yaozhen quickly fell into a heated conversation with the fairies, Meng Zhang was not idle, secretly observing the surrounding fairies.


    Although he has never met some of these angels before, he has already learned about them from various sources of information.


    Fairy Yaozhen already had a strong sense of knowing people, not to mention Meng Zhang''s cooperation at this moment.


    After careful screening, they selected three angels and joined their small group.


    For those who were not selected, they did not offend them, but politely declined.


    Probably considering that the resulting battle was too dangerous, the angels began to form groups one after another.


    Zhang Han Tianxian and Feng Yuan Tianxian were too lazy to ask questions about the formation of a small group of Tianxian in the team.


    As long as it doesn''t affect the next battle and doesn''t reduce the combat effectiveness of the team, then there is nothing to control.


    On weekdays, in their own land, these angels may be the overlords of one party, at least they are the venerables or elders of one party.


    When they were recruited here, not only did they have no complaints, but they also worked hard to cooperate and obeyed orders honestly.


    It can be seen from this that the deterrent power of the officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm is really extraordinary.


    The celestial beings in this team have been staying here, patiently waiting for the results of the celestial master''s search.


    Although the Immortal Immortal Heavenly Sect''s Immortal Venerable was really good, they didn''t have to wait long before news of the enemy''s whereabouts came.


    Speaking of which, they deserved Shanyong God and the others to be robbed.


    The last time they raided the Taiyi Realm was fruitless, after they reluctantly withdrew from the battlefield, they were not willing to just go back empty-handed.


    Although it is said that the Taiyi Realm is their main target, this raid plan is also made for the Taiyi Realm.


    But they all know the current situation, and they all want to do their part for the frontal battlefield.


    Since the Taiyi Realm can''t gnaw it down, they can attack other places, attack the enemy, and even contain the enemy''s main force.


    Shanyong Tianshen and the others are so active. I am afraid that only they themselves know whether they have the idea of ??atonement.


    Therefore, they hid their whereabouts and have been operating in the nearby area, just to find the target of attack.


    In the past, the immortals on the Lingkong Immortal Realm didn''t bother to take care of the enemy''s harassing teams.


    Anyway, it is impossible to completely ban the enemy''s harassing team, so it is better to leave it to the practitioners under him to deal with it.


    It can also be regarded as finding something to do for the cultivation forces stationed in various places.


    In addition, the immortal-level powerhouses of several forces restrain each other, and they are unwilling to waste energy on these unimportant things.


    Once you distract your attention, you might suffer in other ways.


    The enemy who attacked this time was not weak, and they angered the senior officials of Wuliang Tianzong, so they asked the immortals in the gate to search for the whereabouts of the enemy.


    Shanyong Tianshen and others never imagined that the immortals of Wuliang Tianzong would be so powerful, and they would find them who had been hidden in such a vast area.


    After receiving the instructions from the Immortal Venerable of the Immeasurable Heavenly Sect, knowing that it was not too late, Tianxian Zhang Han and Tianxian Fengyuan immediately led the team and set off.


    This team shuttled through the void for a while, and came to the outside of a vast mining area in the void.


    In the previous battles, this mining area was repeatedly fought by several forces, and many battles broke out, and many strong people fell here.


    There are many natural dangers here, and the terrain is very complicated.


    Many strong men fought, triggering the power of natural danger, forming a more sinister environment.


    Let alone a true immortal, even a strong person at the level of a heavenly immortal may encounter danger if he rashly breaks into this area.


    This mining area is located at the junction of the spirit world and other forces.


    Due to the influence of the special environment, the aftermath of many battles between true immortals and heavenly immortals not only did not dissipate, but some mutations occurred, becoming more powerful and changeable.


    Although the resources in the mining area are extremely rich, if you want to mine them directly, you have to pay a huge price.


    Ordinary mining teams, entering this mining area is to die.


    Anyway, Hengling star area is rich in resources, so there is no need for everyone to stare at it.


    The Lingkong Immortal World temporarily put this area on hold.


    With the passage of time, the aftermath of various battles in the mining area may slowly subside and dissipate.


    Those natural dangers and the like can also wait until the war is over, and when the immortals are free, ask them to take care of it.


    When Meng Zhang and his team came outside this area, many people felt that the enemy had found a good place to hide.


    Hiding inside is dangerous, but it helps to hide your tracks.


    There are countless mystical powers and mystical techniques in the practice world, as well as various mystical treasures.


    Maybe the enemy has some means to temporarily hide in this area safely.


    When they came outside this area, they knew that the enemy was inside, but Zhang Han Tianxian and Fengyuan Tianxian, the team leaders, were in a bit of trouble.


    This area is too vast and the environment is harsh. If their team rushes in rashly, it is very likely that they will alarm the enemy before launching an attack.


    If the enemy escapes by taking advantage of the environment, it will be difficult for them to intercept.


    You must know that their task is to destroy the enemy as much as possible, and to inflict heavy casualties on them, preferably to be able to wipe them all out.


    Not to mention that the main force of the enemy fled, even if the enemy''s remnants and defeated generals fled a little more, their missions were not considered successful.


    If you miss this time, I''m afraid it will be difficult to ask Xianzun to make a move next time.


    Immortals are not their servants, but their elders.


    Only Xianzun orders them.


    Whether Xianzun is willing to accept their request depends entirely on his mood.


    And if the siege is unsuccessful this time, the enemy will definitely guess something by then.


    They are prepared, and it will be even harder to catch their whereabouts next time.


    After finally catching the whereabouts of the enemy, this time it is inevitable, and they must not be allowed to escape.


    This is the common thought of Tianxian Zhang Han and Tianxian Fengyuan.


    Thank you book friend Liu Mohan for your reward and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3297

    Meng Zhang''s luck is very good. In this empty space, there is only one Bodhisattva and one god, both of which are only as strong as the gods when they raided the Taiyi Realm before. of.


    Meng Zhang was too lazy to talk to them, so he directly activated the power of the cave.


    The enemies in this space joined hands to fight and resisted desperately, but they didn''t hold on for too long, they were sucked into the cave of their own by Meng Zhang one by one, and firmly suppressed.


    Meng Zhang wiped out the enemies in this space, and the light in the space disappeared, leaving only a flashing blue dot.


    Tianxian Fengyuan looked at the situation in that space, and his face suddenly turned livid.


    Tianxian Zhang Han also remembered that this was the space that Meng Zhang entered.


    Meng Zhang ended the battle so quickly, which showed that his luck was far better than he imagined, and the enemy he encountered was too weak.


    Tianxian Fengyuan''s plan to make him suffer a little bit has completely come to nothing.


    In order to guarantee a one-hit kill and never let any enemy go, among the celestial team recruited this time, there are a total of six celestial beings, and there are three spaces where they are still fighting, which is where the mid-stage enemy celestial beings are located.


    Although Fengyuan Tianxian was very upset because he failed to calculate Meng Zhang, he would not abolish the public because of private affairs, which would affect the battle situation.


    He quickly issued an order to let the angels, including Meng Zhang, enter other spaces to help the comrades who were still fighting.


    As he cast a spell to control the fairy treasure, Meng Zhang felt that his eyes became more open, and the boundary of this independent space was broken.


    At the edge of the prairie in front of him, a vast desert suddenly appeared.


    In the desert, a fierce battle is taking place.


    The two protagonists in the battle are both Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    Qingyang Tianxian and Shanyong Tianshen are fighting inextricably.


    Those angels who came here with the Qingyang angels are fighting against the hostile gods and true gods.


    The angels were few in number, but they had the upper hand.


    Meng Zhang looked at Qingyang Tianxian and Shanyong Tianshen who were fighting fiercely, and wished that they would lose both in the fight.


    If it was a secret place, he would definitely attack them and finish off the two enemies in one fell swoop.


    Unfortunately, here, he can only think about it.


    Fengyuan Tianxian outside must have been monitoring the battle situation in each space.


    Logically speaking, Meng Zhang should obey Fengyuan Tianxian''s order and immediately go forward to help Qingyang Tianxian kill Shanyong Tianshen.


    But in Meng Zhang''s heart, he was really unwilling to help Qingyang Tianxian.


    He looked around carefully.


    According to his guess, Fengyuan Tianxian should not be able to see all the details inside, at most he can understand a general idea.


    Even so, Meng Zhang would never dare to sneak attack Qingyang Tianxian.


    Even, he can''t sit on the sidelines for too long, and must join the battle as soon as possible.


    At this moment, a great opportunity presented itself.


    After Shanyong Tianshen was trapped in this fairy treasure, he quickly understood his situation.


    The enemy came prepared, far stronger than our own.


    They have been trapped, there is no way to escape, and it is only a matter of time before they are killed by the enemy one by one.


    He was filled with remorse.


    If they had evacuated in time after their attack on the Taiyi Realm was frustrated, they would not have ended up where they are now.


    Although he has been fighting fiercely with Qingyang Tianxian, he is still paying attention to the surrounding situation.


    He watched the true god under his command, like a fly, was easily slapped to death by the enemy''s angel, and he was extremely angry.


    A god who is driven to a dead end and has a will to die, once he breaks out, he still has some skills.


    I saw Shanyong Tianshen desperately mobilizing the kingdom of God in his body, and huge power continued to erupt from his body.


    Qingyang Tianxian consciously has the upper hand, of course he is not willing to easily let go of the enemy in front of him.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and the Wuliang Tianzong both attach great importance to the military exploits in foreign wars.


    If the Qingyang Celestial Immortal can take down the Celestial God in front of him who is at the same level as him, he will definitely get a rich reward.


    The hole in his body was revolving, and he began to contend with the opponent''s kingdom of God.


    For the two of them, only Dongtian can compete with the Kingdom of God, and vice versa.


    A huge phantom of the Kingdom of God appeared on the body of Shanyong Tianshen. He seemed to be integrated with his own Kingdom of God, and was rushing towards the enemy desperately.


    A blue sun hangs high above the head of Celestial Immortal Qingyang, and his cave is partly visible in the sun.


    The Shanyong Tianshen who rushed over madly was resisted by the big blue sun.


    Shenguo and Dongtian are constantly colliding and impacting, at a stalemate, not giving in to each other, and the surrounding space is constantly shaking and vibrating.


    The entire grid began to vibrate violently, as if it was about to be smashed at any time.


    Without further ado, Meng Zhang knew he couldn''t wait any longer.


    The desperate Shanyong God created a good opportunity for him.


    With one step, Meng Zhang appeared above them, shouting loudly.


    "Fellow Daoist Qingyang, don''t worry, I''m here to help you."


    Yin and Yang Qi hang down from the top of Meng Zhang''s head, helping him distort the laws of heaven and earth here.


    The cave is shaped by immortal power, and the Kingdom of God is based on divine power, which is a bit out of place.


    Under the control of their respective masters, Dongtian is colliding head-on with the Kingdom of God.


    The surrounding space laws suddenly changed, and after a collision, not only did the two not separate, but they were firmly leaning together.


    Dongtian and Shenguo kept squeezing towards each other.


    Originally, both had impenetrable barriers, and the collision impact also occurred on the barriers.


    The surrounding yin and yang laws were violently distorted, and the virtual and real began to change constantly.


    The original barrier first became nothingness, and Dongtian and Shenguo penetrated into each other.


    Then the barrier changed from nothingness to solidity again, and Dongtian and Shenguo penetrated into each other firmly like this, as if they had become a whole.


    Sensing that the power of the kingdom of God is constantly eroding and polluting his own cave, Qingyang Tianxian roared: "Meng Zhang, you..."


    Before he even finished a sentence, he was busy urging the power of the cave to resist the erosion of the power of the kingdom of God.


    The cave is the foundation of his cultivation, if it is severely damaged, it will damage the foundation and cause his cultivation to become unstable.


    "Fellow Daoist, don''t thank me, let me help you kill this god."


    Meng Zhang shouted loudly, and the black and white divine sword transformed by the Liangyi Tongtian Sword slashed towards Shanyong Tianshen.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3300

    All of a sudden, Lunjianxuan gained the limelight in the Hengling star area and won the support of many comprehension forces.


    Especially those comprehension forces who have benefited from Lunjianxuan are full of praise for it.


    Even some senior officials in the Taiyi Realm wanted to rely on the friendship between Meng Zhang and Fairy Feixue to obtain some resource points from Lunjianxuan for development.


    With the lucrative conditions offered by Lunjianxuan, as long as the mining starts, he can get a lot of income.


    Who would not be tempted by such a thing that is almost equivalent to picking up money for nothing?


    Meng Zhang blocked these people''s intentions.


    He is keenly aware that with the arrival of Lunjianxuan Sword Cultivator, the situation in the Hengling star area has become more complicated, and some new disputes may arise, and the Taiyi Realm should not be involved in it.


    In fact, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and some monks of Wuliang Tianzong were already very dissatisfied with Lun Jianxuan''s limelight.


    The Hengling star area is vast and boundless, with extremely rich resources. There are many forces participating in the competition, and no one can monopolize it.


    There have been disputes and wars among the various factions, but for the time being, they have no intention of fighting to the death.


    After so many years of fighting, everyone''s sphere of influence has roughly been delineated.


    Although wars break out from time to time and the sphere of influence is constantly changing, the overall situation is relatively stable.


    Especially recently, Wuliang Tianzong finally reached a tacit understanding with Tiantai Sect and other sects. Everyone temporarily ceased fighting and focused on mining resources first.


    But as soon as the sword cultivator of Lunjianxuan came, some people denied what Wuliang Tianzong had done before, and they went on a rampage, attacking everywhere, trying to provoke a new war.


    Neither the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm nor Wuliang Tianzong are willing to see this kind of destabilizing situation.


    The two families sent people to dissuade the sword cultivator of Lunjianxuan, but they encountered many setbacks and returned without success.


    They wanted to stop Lun Jianxuan from attacking outside, but they couldn''t find a name.


    In fact, for the sword cultivators of Lunjianxuan, seizing the resources of the Hengling star area is secondary.


    They want to train themselves on the battlefield here, to support war with war.


    For a real swordsman, there is endless fun in the battle.


    They were delighted when they heard the battle, and they dared to show their swords to the strong.


    In the recent period, there are not many places in the void as lively as the Hengling Star District.


    Many top forces in the Void Myriad Realm have sent strong men to participate in the battle here.


    There are many strong men here with different backgrounds. There will be all kinds of supernatural powers and secret techniques and all kinds of powerful treasures on the battlefield. It is a good place to train swordsmen.


    Recently, the battle in the Hengling star area has become much more intense.


    Due to Lun Jianxuan''s initiative to attack, one hair can affect the whole body, triggering the strong players from many forces to join the battle.


    The sword cultivators of Lunjianxuan are indeed tyrannical. In the battle, they won more than they lost, and killed many people from other forces.


    The territory won by Lun Jianxuan has benefited many comprehension forces.


    More and more comprehension forces supported Lunjianxuan, and its momentum was the same for a while.


    Especially those comprehension forces that have not gained any benefits some time ago are almost going to become fanatical supporters of Lunjianxuan.


    Meng Zhang had no intention of joining in the excitement, and ordered the monks in the Taiyi Realm to guard their own territory and speed up the development of resources.


    Although his approach made the Taiyi world lose some ready-made benefits, it also won the appreciation of some people.


    Not long after, an unexpected distinguished guest came to visit Meng Zhang on his own initiative.


    This distinguished guest is an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, who came to visit secretly.


    The current Taiyi Realm resident has become a well-known trading center in the surrounding area. The monks who come to trade on weekdays want to make friends with the visitors from the Taiyi Realm... coming in and out, people coming and going, making this place a Incomparably lively.


    Before the visit, Juechen Immortal Venerable, who had not seen Meng Zhang for thousands of years, used his magical powers in advance to directly contact Meng Zhang who was in retreat.


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to neglect, and immediately waited for his arrival in the main hall of Taiyi Gate.


    Juechen Xianzun declined Meng Zhang''s proposal to meet him in person, but sneaked into the Taiyi Realm instead.


    Without letting Meng Zhang wait for long, he appeared in front of Meng Zhang without anyone noticing.


    After getting the news that Juechen Xianzun came to visit, don''t look at Meng Zhang just sitting in the hall, as if he didn''t do anything.


    But he had already secretly mobilized the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and strengthened the monitoring around the Taiyi Realm.


    The conventional vigilance and defense methods of the Taiyi Realm will definitely not be able to detect Juechen Immortal Venerable, but Meng Zhang, as the shaper of the Taiyi Realm, once exerts his strength, he can completely monitor what is happening inside the Taiyi Realm just like the Taiyi Realm''s consciousness of heaven. everything of.


    When Juechen Immortal Venerable appeared in front of Meng Zhang, if he hadn''t taken the initiative to speak, Meng Zhang wouldn''t even know of his arrival.


    Although it has been known for a long time that everyone is a celestial being in name, the existence of the level of Xianzun has far surpassed the celestial beings of other levels.


    When Meng Zhang dealt with Juechen Immortal Venerable in Dengtian Star District back then, he was just a mere true immortal.


    At that time, he was facing only an external incarnation of Juechen Immortal Venerable, and he felt that he couldn''t see through the other party at all.


    With the improvement of his cultivation base, he gradually advanced to the rank of Celestial Immortal, and he was even more in awe of the ability displayed by Juechen Immortal Venerable at the beginning.


    Now, Meng Zhang can clearly sense that what he is facing is Juechen Xianzun himself, not some external incarnation.


    The other party simply stood there, like an unshakable mountain for a while, and a grain of sand blowing in the wind for a while...Meng Zhang couldn''t figure it out at all.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable also had a strange feeling for Meng Zhang.


    Many people in Lingkong Immortal Realm who know the story of Junchen Realm regard Meng Zhang as the descendant of Junchen Immortal Venerable.


    As the life-and-death friend of Junchen Xianzun, Juechen Xianzun knew that the inheritance of this old friend did not stay in Junchen Realm.


    Of course, the hope of the resurrection of the Junchen Immortal is hidden in the Junchen Realm, and he has left a lot of legacy.


    Meng Zhang was originally a monk in the Junchen Realm who was born and bred, and he also obtained some of the legacy of the Junchen Immortal, so he could barely be regarded as the younger half of the Junchen Immortal.


    It is precisely because of this that Juechen Immortal Venerable has a good impression of him and is willing to give him some help.


    When Juechen Xianzun''s incarnation outside his body came to the Dengtian star area, he had dealt with Meng Zhang, and the cooperation between the two parties was quite pleasant.


    Only a few thousand years have passed, and the little real fairy at the beginning has grown into an immortal thanks to his old friend Tianshuzi 1 for his many rewards and support.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3301

    Regardless of the fact that Meng Zhang is the so-called master of the Taiyi Realm, no one will take this identity seriously in the upper echelons of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After all, in their eyes, Meng Zhang is not much better than Sanxiu, and his status is similar.


    Both Juechen Immortal Venerable and Junchen Immortal Venerable were born as casual cultivators and had no one to rely on. To a large extent, it is really luck to get to where they are today.


    Such a growth experience is almost impossible to replicate again.


    If he wanted to go one step further and become a golden immortal, it would be extremely difficult, almost impossible.


    The Immortal seems to be only one step away from the Golden Immortal.


    But in the entire Void Myriad Realms, the number of immortals is not particularly small, and there are very few who can truly become golden immortals.


    Even for those immortals who were born in the Golden Immortal Sect, with the support of their own ancestors behind them, it is very difficult to become a Golden Immortal.


    Not to mention the helpless Juechen Xianzun who was born as a loose cultivator.


    Under normal circumstances, the realm of Immortal Venerable is the end of his cultivation.


    Why did the Junchen Immortal Venerable back then risk his life to risk his death, but there was no other way, and there was no way forward.


    Immortal Jun Junchen failed to attack Jinxian and fell, and Immortal Juechen lost one of his most reliable partners.


    Over the years, he has formed many good relationships, cultivated and taught many monks, among which the cultivation bases of casual cultivators and those from small families are the main ones.


    In the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he also has a certain power and has a lot of available manpower.


    Among these people, there are real immortals and ordinary immortals, but there are no immortals.


    When the realm of cultivation has reached the level of Juechen Immortal Venerable, any power and prestige are vain. What he values ??most is whether he can be promoted to the Golden Immortal.


    He needs a reliable immortal to help and support each other with him.


    He has collected all kinds of information about Meng Zhang and dealt with him personally.


    Meng Zhang has a good reputation and is not the kind of perfidious person.


    More importantly, from Meng Zhang, he saw the potential and possibility of the other party''s promotion to Immortal Venerable.


    When his incarnation outside his body came to the Ascending Sky star area, he gave Meng Zhang some benefits.


    He has done this kind of act of casting a wide net many times.


    It is very rare to be able to grow to Meng Zhang''s level.


    Now that Meng Zhang has shown enough value, of course he will increase his investment in Meng Zhang and form a good relationship.


    He took the initiative to visit Meng Zhang this time, just to mention him.


    The two exchanged a few pleasantries, reminiscing about the past, and then began to get down to business.


    Back then, Juechen Immortal Venerable sent an avatar from outside his birth to the Dengtian Star District, but was sued by Fengyuan Tianxian to the Golden Immortal Patriarch behind him.


    Since then, he has been driven several times by this Golden Immortal Patriarch.


    A casual cultivator like him is still a member of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in name, and has to accept official recruitment from the Lingkong Immortal Realm from time to time.


    However, as an immortal, he will not be driven arbitrarily like those little monks.


    If the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm want to use him, they have to be polite, not to mention business-like, and to give some benefits more or less.


    This time the war broke out in the Hengling star area, and he was also recruited by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm early on.


    After Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm here, although he has not had contact with Meng Zhang for the time being, he has been paying attention to him.


    Meng Zhang hooked up with Wuliang Tianzong and gained a lot of benefits, but because of new and old grudges, he was disgusted by some official monks in Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Originally, there were many contradictions and conflicts of interest between the Wuliang Tianzong and the official forces of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Wuliang Tianzong is willing to protect the Taiyi Realm and let it compete with the official forces of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The last time Taiyi Realm cracked down on the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, and then uncovered the Sirius Sword Sect, it severely slapped the official forces of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the face.


    Recently, the sword cultivators of Lunjianxuan have entered the Hengling star area on a large scale, making wind and rain here.


    Although Lun Jianxuan has received the support of many cultivation forces, it has greatly offended the official monks of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal who are stationed here.


    The originally stable situation in the Hengling Star District was broken by Lun Jianxuan, which greatly damaged the interests of Wuliang Tianzong and the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Because of the relationship of interests, Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm officials temporarily abandoned some previous conflicts and came together again.


    Of course, no matter how much the two families hated Lunjianxuan, it was impossible to attack the monk Lunjianxuan.


    No matter how important the interests of the Hengling Star Region are, it cannot trigger a civil war in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    These two families have prepared some means to deal with those comprehension forces that support Lunjianxuan, and it can be regarded as a warning to everyone, who is the master in the Hengling star area.


    During this period of time, the Taiyi Realm came to Lunjianxuan, and the monks from both sides had close contacts, which caused dissatisfaction among some people in Wuliang Tianzong.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang acted very carefully and did not let the Taiyi Realm participate in the resource development on the site of Lunjianxuan, so that he did not completely anger the Wuliang Tianzong.


    Now the officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm are planning to use some cultivation forces to attack, and many monks from the official Lingkong Immortal Realm took the opportunity to propose that Taiyi Realm be added to it.


    The senior officials of Wuliang Tianzong were a little conflicted and hesitant, and did not immediately agree to the proposal of those monks.


    Anyway, the Taiyi Realm has been attached to the Wuliang Tianzong, and has always been respectful, so it is really not good to take the Taiyi Realm as a knife.


    Fengyuan Tianxian and others have always insisted on this point, insisting on grasping the Taiyi Realm.


    Moreover, the Taiyi Realm did catch up with Lunjianxuan, who knows if Meng Zhang will have a second heart, will he change his family?


    Although the senior officials of Wuliang Tianzong still did not let go of this issue, many people have clearly moved.


    After all, the Taiyi Realm is just an insignificant small force, and there is no need for this to affect the official cooperation with the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    With Juechen Immortal Venerable''s status and status, the news has always been very well-informed.


    Because he was born as a casual cultivator, he does not belong to any major cultivation forces, so he has a neutral status and acts impartially.


    The official of Lingkong Immortal Realm also asked him to persuade Lunjianxuan.


    It''s a pity that the proud sword cultivators of Lunjianxuan didn''t buy his face.


    Juechen Xianzun didn''t have the strength and prestige to overwhelm those sword cultivators.


    Although the persuasion was unsuccessful, neither the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm nor Wuliang Tianzong blamed him.


    They were dead horses as living horse doctors, and they didn''t expect the mere Juechen Immortal Venerable to change the gang of sword cultivators.


    Some thoughts of the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm and Wuliang Tianzong did not avoid him.


    They also thought that Juechen Xianzun had run into trouble with Lunjianxuan this time, and they could use him to participate in some actions against Lunjianxuan.


    How could Juechen Immortal Venerable be willing to be an enemy of Lun Jianxuan?


    Even if it was not aimed directly at Lunjianxuan, but only indirectly, to attack the comprehension forces that supported Lunjianxuan, he was not interested in participating.


    He really didn''t want to provoke those sword cultivators who were powerful and not open-minded.


    He not only resisted this kind of thing very much, but also sneaked to Taiyi Realm to inform Meng Zhang.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3302

    After hearing the tip-off from Juechen Immortal Venerable, Meng Zhang couldn''t hide his anger, and even felt a kind of sadness of being betrayed.


    Not to mention his life-saving grace to Liang Yu Tianxian of Wuliang Tianzong, since he came to the Hengling star area, he has been respectful to Wuliang Tianzong and honestly let him drive him.


    Taiyi Realm conscientiously fulfilled Wuliang Tianzong''s orders, fully cooperated with his actions, and dutifully completed the task of mining resources.


    The efficiency of mining resources in the Taiyi Realm is extremely high, ranking among the top among many cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and they are all handed over in full and on time.


    In private, the Taiyi Realm has been generous and sincere to the monks related to the Wuliang Tianzong...


    Even, the Taiyi Realm greatly offended the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm for the needs of the Wuliang Tianzong.


    ...


    Now because of the insistence of the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Wuliang Tianzong is going to give up the Taiyi Realm, which is too much.


    Is the official monk in Lingkong Immortal Realm just so tolerant?


    Giving those heavy gifts to the monks of Wuliang Tianzong is like feeding the dogs.


    Could it be that in the eyes of those Jinxian sects, Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm are really like nothing?


    "Under the Golden Immortal, everyone is an ant."


    Juechen Immortal Venerable said something meaningful.


    Meng Zhang was not as excited and angry as he appeared on the surface, and was still thinking secretly.


    There should be no need for Juechen Immortal Venerable to lie to himself, isn''t he trying to provoke the relationship between himself and Wuliang Tianzong?


    ...


    Although he had doubts in his heart, Meng Zhang generally believed what Juechen Xianzun said.


    Wuliang Tianzong doesn''t need, and doesn''t need to attack the Taiyi Realm directly, just let the official behavior of the Lingkong Immortal Realm go, and stop protecting the Taiyi Realm, then the Taiyi Realm will suffer disaster.


    Maybe Wuliang Tianzong is not so heartless, maybe there is exaggeration in Juechen Xianzun''s words.


    But no matter what, Taiyi Realm must make preparations early.


    Meng Zhang must not hand over the fate of himself and the Taiyi world to other people, but must find a way to control it in his own hands.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable came to inform Meng Zhang this time to remind Meng Zhang that he was in order to form a good relationship with him and prepare for the future cooperation between the two parties.


    The stronger Meng Zhang is, the better it is for him.


    Therefore, seeing that there is still time, he imparted a lot of his own practice experience and insights to Meng Zhang.


    Although his own practice experience and perception may not be suitable for Meng Zhang, but Meng Zhang can be used as a reference and comparison.


    Stones from other mountains can be used to attack jade.


    In the inheritance left by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, in fact, with the improvement of the realm of cultivation, it is more necessary to broaden your knowledge, broaden your horizons, and refer to others, especially those seniors who have gone further on the road of cultivation. experience of.


    Although Juechen Immortal Venerable would not guide Meng Zhang as his direct descendant, such guidance is very rare and precious in the world of comprehension.


    In addition to instructing Meng Zhang on his practice, Juechen Immortal Venerable also explained to him some secrets about impacting the Golden Immortal Realm.


    Casual cultivators like Juechen Xianzun don''t have a master of the Golden Immortal, and the only way to attack the Golden Immortal is to slowly explore by themselves.


    This is nothing, many golden immortals have achieved their own groping.


    It''s just that this will be more difficult and dangerous than those immortals with inheritance to attack the golden immortal.


    The key point he said was that when impacting the realm of the Golden Immortal, the movement was often very loud, earth-shattering, and difficult to cover up.


    Even if he hid in a very remote place, he could hide it from other monks, but he couldn''t hide it from other golden immortals.


    In the void, only a few very special places can barely cover up this kind of movement.


    At least Juechen Xianzun himself is currently unable to find and enter such a place.


    The latecomers hitting the Golden Immortal Realm will startle the senior Golden Immortals.


    At this time, it depends on the attitude of senior Jinxian.


    Theoretically speaking, everyone is in the same line of Taoism, and the more golden immortals there are, the increase is also the overall strength of the Taoism.


    Senior Jinxian doesn''t say support, but at least he can''t stop and destroy it.


    It''s a pity that not all golden immortals will start from the overall situation of the whole Taoist sect.


    Like some golden immortals, they are worried that later golden immortals will destabilize the situation and seize their own interests.


    Take Lingkong Immortal Realm as an example, there are some golden immortals who don''t want to see Juechen Xianzun become golden immortals.


    What Juechen Immortal Venerable can do is to win the support of those golden immortals who have a generous personality and like to support and support the backward.


    For this reason, Juechen Immortal Venerable often ran around in the void and worked hard.


    This reminder from Juechen Xianzun is very important to Meng Zhang.


    For a long time, Taiyi Golden Immortal taught Meng Zhang according to his cultivation progress.


    The last time he communicated with Taiyi Golden Immortal God, it was not long before he was promoted to Heavenly Immortal.


    At that time, Taiyi Golden Immortal may feel that he is still far away from hitting the Golden Immortal Realm, and some key points have not been revealed for the time being.


    But when Meng Zhang communicated with him last time, he was blocked by some of his enemies and almost had an accident.


    After that, Meng Zhang didn''t communicate with him rashly in order to hide his whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know if he could still communicate with Taiyi Jinxian''s spiritual thoughts smoothly in the future.


    If he couldn''t, then he had to find other ways to reach the Golden Immortal Realm, or he had to figure it out on his own.


    Although Juechen Xianzun is far from being a golden immortal, he has gone further on the road of cultivation and accumulated more experience. His advice is very meaningful to Meng Zhang.


    Of course Juechen Immortal Venerable is not so selfless to every junior, this is just his investment in Meng Zhang.


    According to the information he received, Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Xianzun had a very close relationship and a long history.


    The gods on the side of the Earth Mother God System have been spreading rumors that Qianyuan Immortal Venerable has long since fallen.


    Juechen Immortal Venerable scoffed at this.


    He has some understanding of Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, and knows that his background and cultivation are very good.


    He judged by himself that not only did Qianyuan Xianzun not fall, but he should be very close to being promoted to Jinxian.


    Maybe it''s not necessarily true that Qianyuan Xianzun has secretly become a Golden Immortal.


    He is not a golden fairy himself, if Qianyuan Xianzun is too far away from him, he will not be able to sense the movement of the other party''s impact on the golden fairy realm.


    If he can connect with Qianyuan Immortal Venerable through Meng Zhang''s relationship, then Juechen Immortal Venerable will have greater confidence in hitting the Golden Immortal Realm.


    He needs the guidance of Qianyuan Xianzun, as well as his support.


    He has fully learned the lesson of Jun Chen Xianzun''s failure in the past.


    On the surface, Junchen Immortal Venerable failed to attack the Golden Immortal Realm because of his own factors.


    But if you think about it a little more, who knows if there are other golden immortals who secretly kill him.


    Taking a ten thousand step back, even if there were no other golden immortals who attacked secretly, it was simply because of Jun Chen''s personal factors that they failed.


    But this is also because he was not prepared enough, or there was a problem with his practice.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3304

    The biggest problem now is how the Taiyi Realm can safely withdraw from the Hengling star area.


    If it''s just Meng Zhang alone, it''s easy to handle.


    His ability to hide and escape is very good.


    But such a big Taiyi world is not easy to disappear out of thin air.


    With his current strength, he can barely take away the Taiyi Realm, but he will be subject to great restrictions.


    Of course, no matter how difficult it is, we must prepare early and act in time.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, he called a group of trustworthy high-level officials and informed them of the news brought by Juechen Xianzun.


    At first, everyone thought that the situation was very good, and the Taiyi world finally came to a good place, where it could develop steadily.


    It''s a pity that the good times don''t last long, and the happy days are always short-lived.


    Fortunately, Wuliang Tianzong has not given up its protection of the Taiyi Realm for the time being, probably out of face considerations.


    Before getting the acquiescence of Wuliang Tianzong, those monks who hated the Taiyi Realm official in the Lingkong Immortal Realm would not act rashly.


    There is still time in the Taiyi Realm, but the time is running out.


    It is very troublesome for the Taiyi Realm to evacuate from the Hengling star area, and there is a lot of preparatory work to be done.


    First of all, it is necessary to bring back the Taiyi Realm monks scattered in the nearby area.


    However, it can''t be too obvious, and it can''t be too hasty, so as not to expose the intention of Taiyi Realm to leave here.


    In order to exploit the resources in this area, the Taiyi Realm has established many bases nearby and stationed many monks there.


    From now on, the Taiyi Realm will gradually reduce the bases outside and slowly recall the garrison monks.


    The reason is also ready-made, as Lunjianxuan showed his might in the Hengling star area, the battle line shifted to the territory of other forces, and the Lingkong Immortal Realm temporarily gained a rare period of peace.


    Therefore, it is normal for the Taiyi Realm to reduce its defensive power.


    In addition, the Taiyi Realm will gradually hand over many resource points to other comprehension forces and even casual cultivators for mining.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm secretly revealed that the Taiyi Realm will make big moves in the Hengling star area next, and it needs to concentrate its strength.


    These output general resource points, even if it is cheaper for everyone.


    During this period of time, there have been many comprehension forces and casual cultivators interacting with the Taiyi Realm.


    Because the conditions offered by Taiyi Realm are very generous, these resource points soon ushered in new owners.


    The Taiyi Realm monks who were originally at these resource points slowly returned to the Taiyi Realm.


    Because of Lun Jianxuan''s actions, many comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm are very excited, and want to show their strengths and expand in the Hengling star area.


    Because the Taiyi Realm and Lunjianxuan have close contacts, many people think that the Taiyi Realm is also taking the opportunity to expand in the Hengling star area.


    The fact that Wuliang Tianzong wants to give up the Taiyi Realm is not so clear, and the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm can''t let people think that they are targeting the cultivation forces under their command.


    Therefore, for the time being, only the big forces at the level of the Gu Yue Family and the Yuzhen Sect know the true situation of the Taiyi Realm.


    Ordinary comprehension forces, as well as a lot of casual cultivators, thought that the Taiyi Realm was the time to be proud of the spring breeze and to make great achievements.


    With such a huge monster in Taiyi Realm, and so many monks scattered around, it is very difficult to safely evacuate here.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm acted secretly and made various preparations.


    Meng Zhang did not act rashly, he had to wait for a suitable opportunity.


    While waiting, Meng Zhang called the masters and apprentices of True Immortal Fallen Leaf and True Immortal Jueying from the Dark Alliance to his closed room.


    Meng Zhang has always trusted these two old friends.


    He didn''t go around in circles, and went straight to the point, asking the headquarters of the Dark Alliance if he had informed them of the latest news about the Taiyi Realm.


    True Immortal Fallen Leaves and True Immortal Jueying shook their heads, and felt a little strange about Meng Zhang''s question.


    Meng Zhang did not hide them, and introduced the current situation of Taiyi Realm to them.


    They were taken aback at first, and then quickly understood Meng Zhang''s intentions.


    With the dark alliance''s intelligence capabilities, it is impossible not to know the current situation of Taiyi Realm.


    During this period of time, the Taiyi Realm, through the Dark Alliance branch under the leadership of True Immortal Fallen Leaves, actively made friends with the monks stationed in the Hengling star area of ??the Dark Alliance, trying to get in touch with the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    Originally, it had been going smoothly before, and the Taiyi Realm had made friends with many monks from the Dark Alliance, and Meng Zhang had also received help from the Shadow Celestial Immortal.


    But now, the headquarters of the Dark Alliance did not disclose the news to the Taiyi Realm branch, indicating that it has given up the Taiyi Realm and is unwilling to get involved in the troubles of the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the fate of the Taiyi Realm branch of the Dark Alliance, that is also resigned to fate.


    As a direct monk who grew up in the Dark Alliance and was carefully cultivated, True Immortal Luoye is quite loyal to the Dark Alliance.


    When the Junchen Realm was still there, the Junchen Realm''s dark alliance was divided into parts, and she participated in various battles, which was also out of a battle of ideas, not because she wanted to betray the dark alliance.


    The current actions of the Dark Alliance headquarters made her very sad.


    Perhaps, this is not the real intention of the Dark Alliance headquarters, but someone is obstructing it, and it may be involved in the struggle within the Dark Alliance.


    But no matter what, since the Dark Alliance headquarters didn''t care about their safety, don''t blame them for having a different heart.


    According to Meng Zhang''s arrangement, True Immortal Luoye and True Immortal Jueying temporarily suppressed their dissatisfaction with the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, pretending they didn''t know anything.


    On the one hand, they continued to use the secret alliance''s intelligence channels to grasp the surrounding movements as much as possible.


    On the other hand, they have to secretly cooperate with the Taiyi Realm''s evacuation operation.


    Including spreading some rumors, dispatching some loyal subordinates to make some small moves and so on.


    In order to strengthen his own strength as soon as possible, Meng Zhang is a bit unscrupulous.


    The last time he was recruited by the Wuliang Tianzong, when he participated in the siege and suppression of the Earth Mother God Department and the True Buddha Sect team, he suppressed several gods and arhats in the cave.


    The trophies obtained by individuals during the battle, especially captives, unless their status is really important or have other uses, the Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal World officials will let the individual handle it by themselves.


    Meng Zhang originally planned to deal with these gods and arhats slowly, and it is best to deal with them properly.


    Now that the Taiyi world is in crisis and he urgently needs to improve his strength, he will directly refine all of them in the cave, making them the nutrients to perfect and strengthen the cave.


    It is not easy to shape a cave like Meng Zhang, and it is even more difficult to perfect it.


    It is really difficult to collect so many and such complicated resources by relying on a single family.


    Of course, even casual cultivators who have reached the level of immortals

 Chapter 3306

    Strangers are not allowed to enter Yunzhong City, and many monks have no chance to contact it.


    The Taiyi Realm stays here, with an attitude of being open to the outside world and welcoming foreign visitors.


    For those monks who have no chance to contact Yunzhong City, it seems good to visit the Taiyi Realm.


    With the reputation of the Taiyi world spreading far and wide, more and more tourists came here.


    Taiyi world welcomes tourists from all walks of life.


    One is to help publicize its reputation, and the other is that tourists will bring various incomes.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has only opened up some areas, most areas are still closed to the outside world, but many foreign practitioners are still very interested.


    In the nearby area, there are already regular void ships traveling to and from the Taiyi Realm.


    As for those private flying boats, there are more.


    This time, the True Buddha Sect and the Earth Mother God Sect united several forces, and suddenly launched a large-scale attack on the side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Before the attack was launched, the upper echelons of Lingkong Immortal Realm had noticed it, but they didn''t expect the enemy to come so fast.


    Lun Jianxuan was their primary target, followed by the official forces of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Brother Lun Jianxuan has experienced hundreds of battles, and he is preparing for battle almost all the time, and he never relaxes.


    Surprised by the enemy, they immediately resisted and fought back.


    The officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm couldn''t understand the actions of monk Lunjianxuan, and believed that they had disrupted the stable situation, and the current troubles were caused by them.


    Even the officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm took anger at sects like Taiyi Realm who were close to Lunjianxuan for this, and were going to teach them a lesson.


    But when Brother Lunjianxuan was attacked by foreign enemies, they not only did not sit idly by, but actively cooperated with him in the fight.


    This is a true portrayal of the relationship between the top forces in the spirit world.


    Trying to use the power of Lunjianxuan to fight against the official will of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm, as some high-ranking Taiyi Realm imagined before, is not realistic at all.


    The area near the Taiyi Realm, as an important source of resources, is naturally one of the enemy''s key targets.


    A brilliant and vast Buddha''s light lit up in the distance, and then quickly swept towards this area.


    In addition to the Taiyi Realm, there are many other comprehension forces in this area. There are many cultivators with different strengths.


    The Buddha''s light came so fast that most of the cultivators hadn''t reacted before the Buddha''s light was already approaching.


    Those low-level cultivators who do not have the protection of masters, as long as they are shrouded in Buddha''s light, will immediately be in a trance for a while, and then become loyal followers of Buddhism.


    A real immortal struggled to resist the erosion of the Buddha''s light, but he had no power to fight back.


    Although many of them are in a very bad state, they still have to work hard to protect the disciples of the younger generation.


    When the Bodhisattvas of the True Buddha School had just started, Meng Zhang had already noticed it, and he was keenly aware that the long-awaited opportunity had finally arrived.


    Although the evacuation of the Taiyi Realm has not been fully prepared, the opportunity waits for no one, and even if there are some losses, it is impossible to wait any longer.


    Following Meng Zhang''s order, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, who had been prepared for a long time, immediately took action.


    During this period, Tai Miao knew that the Taiyi Realm had reached a critical period, and also greatly reduced the time spent in the underworld, mainly staying in the Taiyi Realm.


    After receiving Meng Zhang''s order, he and Meng Zhang immediately flew out of the Taiyi Realm and came to the void outside.


    They each showed their magical powers and brought back the Taiyi Realm monks scattered nearby as soon as possible.


    Some time ago, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm found some excuses and arranged a lot of teleportation circles on the outer garrisons.


    As long as these teleportation circles are activated, the passage to the Taiyi Realm can be opened immediately.


    It''s wartime now, and the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm are following military orders.


    Once the order is issued, the monks below will immediately execute it unconditionally, without daring to neglect in the slightest.


    After receiving the order, the Taiyi Realm monks stationed in various places immediately put down everything, opened the teleportation circle as quickly as possible, and quickly teleported back to the Taiyi Realm.


    Since the place where the enemy launched the attack was far away from the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhangfa felt fast, and the Taiyi Realm monks responded quickly enough. Many Taiyi Realm monks were able to evacuate the station in time before the Buddha''s light arrived and returned to the Taiyi Realm.


    Some large-scale and large-populated stations often have real immortals sitting in town and guarded by magic circles.


    After the formation was activated, the real immortal tried to use the power of the formation to resist the invasion of the Buddha''s light and buy time for the practitioners under his command to evacuate.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna also left the Taiyi Realm long ago, and went to various places to try their best to help the Taiyi Realm monks evacuate.


    After a lot of busy work, all the evacuation work was finally completed before Foguang arrived in Taiyi Realm.


    During this process, many monks must have been recruited because they did not evacuate in time.


    These fallen monks are basically impossible to save.


    Fortunately, the main force of the monks in the Taiyi world is still there, and the loss is not big, which is completely acceptable to the high-level.


    Those foreign monks in the Taiyi Realm, many of them were still ignorant until the Buddha''s light came outside the Taiyi Realm, and they didn''t know what happened.


    Only a small number of monks who discovered it early and responded quickly enough escaped from the Taiyi Realm in time and fled to a place far away from the Buddha''s light.


    Of course, there are also some monks who discovered the power of the Buddha''s light earlier, so they did not flee rashly, but continued to stay in the Taiyi Realm, hoping to obtain the protection of the Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm is a very powerful comprehension force, and Meng Zhang is a famous and powerful Celestial Immortal.


    Hiding in the Taiyi Realm is safer than escaping in the void.


    It has to be said that these smart people made wise choices and escaped a catastrophe.


    Those cultivators who don''t react fast enough will have no chance to leave the Taiyi Realm.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3307

    For those cultivators who temporarily stayed in the Taiyi Realm, regardless of friends or foes, Meng Zhang would keep them temporarily and prevent them from being harmed by the Buddha''s light.


    Of course, these monks who stayed in the Taiyi Realm cannot leave for the time being, and must stay in the designated position honestly, so as not to affect the defense system of the Taiyi Realm. .


    Amidst the puzzled and surprised eyes of many cultivators, the defense system of the Taiyi Realm was activated, and powerful forces appeared in the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    Soon, some high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm loudly announced to the cultivators who remained in the Taiyi Realm that the True Buddha Sect had suddenly launched an attack, and that the Taiyi Realm needed to be completely closed immediately to resist the enemy''s attack.


    Whether these cultivators are willing or not, they are temporarily trapped in the Taiyi Realm.


    Although many of them would definitely be dissatisfied, they did not dare to express their dissatisfaction easily in the face of the powerful Taiyi Realm executives and the powerful Meng Zhang, and could only patiently and wait silently.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm, after years of continuous construction and strengthening, is already a powerful big world with extremely powerful power of heaven and earth.


    As long as there are enough true god-level powerhouses to control them, they can even use the power of heaven and earth to suppress the cultivators currently stranded in the Taiyi Realm. Only a few people who know current affairs are outstanding, and no one will take the initiative to stand out.


    What''s more, facing the invasion of foreign enemies like the True Buddha Sect, it really gave Meng Zhang an excuse, and he would not show mercy to these cultivators.


    The Taiyi Realm has just been closed, and the Buddha''s light has already arrived here.


    Both Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna have returned to Taiyi Realm to sit in command, only Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are still in the void.


    Although this Buddha''s light used the means of the top bodhisattva, after all, it was not a direct attack by a strong person of this level. It was just a group of celestial beings Meng Zhang who urged the power of the cave, and the divine power accumulated in the Kingdom of God will fall to The power of the Buddha''s light in the Taiyi Realm offset most of it.


    The remaining few fish that slipped through the net fell above the Taiyi Realm, and were stopped by the real immortals and true gods who sit in the Taiyi Realm and work together to run the Taiyi Realm''s heaven and earth power.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had long ago delegated part of the authority to mobilize the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm to the senior management of the Taiyi Realm.


    Especially in such an emergency, these high-level officials have authority second only to Meng Zhang and the others, and they can cooperate well with the defense system of the Taiyi Realm.


    Blocking this wave of attacks is not the end, it''s just the beginning.


    While the Buddha Light was still expanding, the army of the True Buddha Sect had already come out from all directions, frantically attacking the remaining strongholds of the cultivators.


    Now due to the surprise attack of foreign enemies, the surrounding area is in chaos, which is the opportunity Meng Zhang has been waiting for for a long time.


    The Taiyi Realm hasn''t escaped from the Hengling star area at this time, when will it be?


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao pushed the Taiyi Realm together, coupled with the power of the Taiyi Realm itself, the entire Taiyi Realm fled to the outside of the Hengling star area at a very fast speed under the Buddha''s light.


    Taiyi Realm''s actions were not abrupt.


    At this time, many comprehension forces around, including many powerful immortals, are fleeing with their heads in their arms, trying to escape from the strike range of the Buddha''s light as quickly as possible.


    Spaceships and void warships are fleeing this area at the fastest speed.


    If it weren''t for the fact that the Taiyi Realm was too huge, it might not be a big deal to be mixed in with the fleeing void battleships.


    As a powerful force at the top of the Void Myriad Realms, the Lingkong Immortal Realm naturally wouldn''t just have such a little ability.


    Since participating in the battle in the Hengling star area, those big forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm have not let down their vigilance, and have always been on guard against the enemy''s attack.


    This sneak attack by the True Buddha Sect and other forces has achieved great results from the very beginning, and there are many reasons for this.


    For one thing, the Wuliang Tianzong executives did not expect that the other party would break the tacit understanding so quickly and launch a counterattack in such a hurry.


    Secondly, the high-level executives of Lingkong Immortal Realm did not expect that the opponent would play so big and use all kinds of trump cards as soon as the battle started.


    Of course, the blow to the Lingkong fairyland this time is not just the True Buddha Sect family.


    The Earth Mother Godliness, Tiantai Sect and other forces have already started in other directions.


    Even some forces that are far inferior to the Lingkong Immortal Realm and would never dare to confront it head-on on weekdays will take advantage of the fire to loot and take advantage of the chaos at this time.


    As the enemy''s primary target, Lun Jianxuan withstood the enemy''s main offensive.


    The official power of Lingkong Immortal Realm and Wuliang Tianzong and other forces are not only the enemy''s attack target, the reinforcements sent to aid Lunjianxuan are also fighting with the enemy''s aid and blocking forces.


    Many areas under the control of Ling Kongxianjie have become battlefields and become very chaotic.


    The side of Lingkong Immortal Realm seemed to be at a disadvantage and was temporarily suppressed by the enemy.


    In order to coordinate operations among the major comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm, a relatively smooth contact method has been established under the official organization of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang is now carefully observing the surrounding situation, while trying to obtain more information through these contact methods.


    Due to the enemy''s attack, most of the connections of the major cultivation forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have been interrupted.


    Although some big forces, including the official Ling Kong Immortal Realm, continue to release information and even issue orders to friendly forces around them.


    However, this information is not disclosed intermittently, and it is still very unclear.


    Meng Zhang made his own judgment based on his own observations and the fragmented information he had collected.


    In a short time, Lingkong Immortal World should be powerless to repel the enemy''s attack.


    The area where the Taiyi Realm is located is not the core of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Even if the Lingkong Immortal Realm starts to fight back and recover the lost ground, this area will not be ranked too high.


    As long as they can withstand the attack of the True Buddha Sect, the time left for the Taiyi Realm to escape is not short.


    The Taiyi Realm has not betrayed the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so naturally it will not be blocked by the comprehension forces of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Of course, the surrounding comprehension forces are too busy to take care of themselves and can''t do other things.


    The power of Buddha''s light has a limit, and it cannot stop Taiyi Realm from escaping.


    The army dispatched by the True Buddha Sect was partly chasing the remnants of the enemy, while part was busy attacking the city.


    If the True Buddha Sect wants to completely occupy this area, it must establish a solid line of defense to block the subsequent counterattack of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The top leaders of the True Buddha Sect did not have absolute confidence in doing this, so they made two-handed preparations.


    While capturing more strongholds and establishing a defense line, they also vigorously plundered the resources here, making a gesture of grabbing and running.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3308

    Many monks of the True Buddha Sect are plundering the surrounding resources in an organized way.


    In this way, its power to chase and kill escaped cultivators is naturally greatly weakened.


    Of course, chasing and killing escaped cultivators can also obtain rich spoils.


    Many fleeing void battleships were full of resources and piles of wealth.


    Those who escaped for their lives had the harvest and accumulation of these years.


    Once they catch up with a big fat sheep, enough bald donkeys to participate in the pursuit will eat their mouths full of grease.


    Many bodhisattvas and arhats led their subordinates, either carrying Buddhist warships, or moving in person, and started chasing and killing the enemy at the fastest speed.


    Although the Taiyi Realm is huge, its progress is not slow.


    In addition, he was prepared and acted quickly, and soon ran to the front of the fleeing team.


    Many void warships belonging to the Lingkong Immortal Realm have been left far behind by the Taiyi Realm.


    Those who run slowly are naturally the enemy''s priority target.


    With so many troubled brothers and sisters sharing the firepower, the Taiyi Realm is in a good situation.


    If it was on weekdays, Meng Zhang might do what he could to help these fellow cultivators.


    But now, Meng Zhang''s biggest task is to leave here with the Taiyi Realm intact.


    There are also some greedy Bodhisattvas and Arhats who have their eyes on the Taiyi Realm and insist on coming to take advantage of it.


    Meng Zhang will not be used to them.


    Anyone who dares to approach the Taiyi Realm will be mercilessly attacked by him and Tai Miao.


    In the case that the immortal-level powerhouses do not directly attack, the Tianxian group has almost no resistance in front of them.


    Although this group of people was suppressed, it was impossible for Meng Zhang to kill them.


    This group of cultivators came from various cultivation forces, and many of them were of high status.


    Although the Taiyi Realm will break away from the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, this does not mean that it will offend so many comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In fact, for the sake of long-term consideration, Taiyi Realm should make great efforts to make good friends with these comprehension forces.


    The officials of Wuliang Tianzong and Lingkong Immortal Realm seem to be supreme, but they cannot represent the interests of all cultivation forces.


    Now the situation in the Taiyi Realm is temporarily safe, and it is impossible for the enemies such as the True Buddha Sect to chase here all the time.


    But this kind of security situation won''t last for too long. When the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm react, they will definitely not let Taiyi Realm escape so easily.


    The defense system of the Taiyi Realm has already been activated, completely obscuring the connection between the Taiyi Realm and the outside world.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm mobilized and led many practitioners to arrest all kinds of spies who had infiltrated into the Taiyi Realm.


    Although the Taiyi Realm''s dark hall is powerful and so many people have been mobilized, it is impossible to completely clean up the interior and find out all the spies in a short period of time.


    This is what was doomed when Taiyi Realm decided to open up to the outside world.


    Fortunately, these spies are limited in their cultivation and cannot make any big waves.


    With the closed Taiyi world, it is also difficult for them to get in touch with the outside world.


    After the Taiyi Realm drove a certain distance, Meng Zhangcai released all the immortals who had been suppressed before.


    Meng Zhang asked them to stay where they were for the time being and not to move around at will.


    There are many cultivators staying in the Taiyi Realm this time, and the attitude of the Taiyi Realm is also very clear.


    Those who are willing to join the Taiyi Realm need to pass the test, and then follow the Taiyi Realm to wander the void.


    Those who want to leave, let them leave the Taiyi Realm now, stay in the void temporarily, and be with these immortals.


    As for the spies who were found out, if they confessed honestly and had no grievances with the forces of origin and Taiyi Realm, they would be released together.


    If it is a spy from a hostile force in the Taiyi Realm, they will have to be imprisoned and wait to be dealt with slowly in the future.


    The story of the Taiyi world''s wandering in the void these years is very legendary, and many practitioners really yearn for it.


    Some practitioners want to join the Taiyi Realm.


    Others who are unwilling to join the Taiyi Realm are also willing to follow the Taiyi Realm in the void.


    Of course, many quick-witted cultivators discovered something from Taiyi Realm''s hastily fleeing from the Hengling star area.


    This is not like a simple retreat from the battlefield, but rather a desire to leave the Hengling star sector completely.


    As a comprehension force under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm, when faced with an unfavorable situation on the battlefield, there is nothing to back down for a while.


    However, it would be outrageous to evacuate the Hengling Star Area without the official permission of the Ling Kong Immortal World, and would be severely punished afterwards.


    These smart people don''t want to be unlucky with Taiyi Realm.


    In the end, the cultivators who were willing to stay in the Taiyi Realm were only a small part, and most of them left.


    Arrange and monitor the cultivators left behind, and make sure that those who want to leave have already left...


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm acted very quickly, and quickly completed these matters without delaying the escape of the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm didn''t stay for long before setting sail again.


    Those cultivators who were left in place, including several heavenly immortals, were warned by Meng Zhang not to allow them to follow the Taiyi Realm.


    With Meng Zhang''s means, even if they wanted to do this, they would definitely not be able to hide it.


    It wasn''t until the Taiyi Realm went away and the figure disappeared completely that the remaining cultivators dared to move freely.


    Some hurriedly contacted the cultivation forces to which they belonged, and reported what happened in the Taiyi Realm.


    Some hurried on the road, rushing back to the Hengling star area as fast as possible.


    Many cultivators who do not have the ability to move quickly in the void can only stay where they are, waiting for support from various cultivation forces.


    ...


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3309

    The escape process of the Taiyi Realm from the Hengling star area seemed to be smooth sailing, with almost no twists and turns and difficulties.


    However, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, would never think that the Taiyi Realm could get away so easily.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm has taken the initiative to give the Lingkong Immortal Realm an official excuse, it will definitely be accused of fleeing the battle or something like that.


    But then again, if the Taiyi Realm didn''t rush to escape, and stayed in the Hengling star area honestly and continued to fight, wouldn''t the enemy be able to lay charges for it.


    If you want to impose a crime, there is no reason to worry, as long as the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials are willing, they can charge the Taiyi Realm with crimes at any time and deal with it arbitrarily.


    Instead of expecting pity from the other party and expecting the other party to obey the rules, it is better to jump out completely and control your own destiny.


    The biggest problem Taiyi Realm is facing now is the possible pursuit by the Lingkong Immortal Realm official.


    Don''t look at the Taiyi Realm taking a step ahead and moving away from the Hengling Star Region, but as long as the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm calm down, they may catch up at any time.


    Fortunately, a mere Taiyi Realm, it is impossible to alert the Jinxian in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to make a move.


    Huge interests are involved in the Hengling star area, which has restrained a large part of the power of the spirit world.


    Many experts at the level of Immortal Venerable are confronting each other, and it is basically impossible to draw out their hands to pursue the Taiyi Realm.


    The pursuers most likely to face in the Taiyi world are mostly opponents of the same level as Meng Zhang.


    If the number of such opponents is large, it will also be a severe challenge.


    In addition, regardless of the fact that the Taiyi Realm is getting farther and farther away from the Hengling star area, and it has closed internal and external communication, but based on Meng Zhang''s guess, the opponent will still try to find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    Moreover, he also has the green lotus bestowed by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, which can block calculations and investigations in this regard.


    Not to mention the golden immortal patriarchs of these two families, there are many methods in the hands of many immortals that make Meng Zhang hard to guard against.


    Even if Meng Zhang is the master of the Taiyi Realm and can control the entire world, it is still difficult to discover these methods, especially when these methods are not activated.


    When the Taiyi Realm escaped from the Hengling star area at the fastest speed, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao began to sit in the center of the Taiyi Realm, and began to search the entire Taiyi Realm bit by bit, minute by inch, trying to find out where the opponent was secretly staying. The next means.


    The Taiyi Realm is too large, the enemy''s methods are too hidden, and Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s actions are not smooth.


    They are not discouraged, they are still searching patiently.


    On the other side of the Hengling star area, the side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm quickly stabilized the situation, exceeding almost everyone''s expectations.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm really deserves to be the top-ranked existence in the entire Void Myriad Realms.


    After the initial passivity, the higher-ups of the Lingkong Immortal Realm reacted one after another, and many strong men began to take action.


    Especially the sword cultivators of Lun Jianxuan, they are indeed extremely powerful.


    As the enemy''s primary target, they not only blocked the enemy''s offensive, but also actively counterattacked when facing the enemy''s full-scale surprise attack.


    Without the support of other forces, they can fight back and forth with the enemy.


    Once a Golden Immortal sect like Wuliang Tianzong exerted its strength, the army of cultivators under its command would be violent and tyrannical, rushing forward, easily breaking the enemy''s suppression, and starting to fight for the initiative in turn.


    The official organization and coordination of the many comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm quickly organized a huge army of comprehension practitioners.


    This army of comprehensionists confronted several enemies head-on, and they did not lose the wind in the slightest.


    Although the Lingkong Immortal Realm blocked the enemy''s attack, they were not satisfied with it.


    An army of cultivators began to counterattack, attacking the enemy fiercely, and quickly regained the lost ground...


    The reaction and fighting power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm side made the enemy''s high-level officials a little unexpected.


    The little victory they have just achieved has not had time to consolidate and expand, and it is about to be taken back by the enemy.


    The area where the Taiyi Realm was originally located soon ushered in an army of cultivators who counterattacked, and fought fierce battles with the monks of the True Buddha Sect.


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm began to gradually restore the connection with the comprehension forces under their command.


    Information from various battlefields was continuously transmitted back.


    The information about Taiyi Realm''s evacuation from the battlefield has attracted the attention of some people with ulterior motives.


    The movement of Taiyi Realm has always been the key focus of Fengyuan Tianxian and others.


    As long as Wuliang Tianzong let go, they are ready to attack Taiyi Realm and clean up each other.


    Of course, Fengyuan Tianxian and others have no idea of ??killing the Taiyi world for the time being.


    Since the Lingkong Immortal Realm is a Taoist force, there must be a bottom line when doing things. Everyone must be concerned about face and not be too ugly.


    According to their plan, they are going to hit the Taiyi Realm step by step and gradually weaken it.


    Waiting for the Taiyi Realm to start to weaken, Sanyang Xianzong and other old enemies will naturally swarm up and slowly carve up and disintegrate it.


    During this process, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm did not need to come forward, and naturally they would not give anyone a handle.


    The Taiyi Realm obviously didn''t do much to resist this time, they only cared about fleeing for their own lives, and some people were already thinking about how to punish them.


    Of course, since the enemy launched a surprise attack this time, our own side was a little passive at first, and there were many comprehension forces who voluntarily withdrew or even escaped.


    While suppressing the Taiyi world, they cannot arbitrarily expand the scope of attack, so as not to spread too widely.


    While these people were still thinking hard, more information about Taiyi Realm came back.


    Among the monks who left the Taiyi Realm, some have already contacted the official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and made a detailed report to them.


    Well, there is no need to find excuses now, the Taiyi Realm has made it clear that it wants to leave the Lingkong Immortal Realm and establish itself.


    Although Ling Kong Xianjie has always had a generous style, he doesn''t care too much about the departure of his comprehension forces, and generally allows them to come and go as they please.


    However, at such a critical juncture of the great battle, it would be too bad for the Taiyi Realm to run away and affect the situation of the battle.


    If everyone learns from the Taiyi Realm, how can the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm command many cultivation forces? How to lead many comprehension forces to fight against foreign enemies in the future?


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3310

    If on weekdays, the Taiyi Realm broke away from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it would not be a big deal.


    When the Qingxu Sect broke away from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there was no disturbance at all, and the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm were too lazy to investigate.


    If the Taiyi Realm chooses to leave at this time, don''t blame Tianxian Fengyuan and their subordinates for being ruthless.


    In addition, the Taiyi Realm has left the Lingkong Immortal Realm. If Meng Zhang hadn''t been given the opportunity by Wuliang Tianzong, what qualifications would he have to return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm?


    He is a rebellious person by nature, he doesn''t know how to be grateful at all, and he doesn''t have the slightest sense of belonging to the Lingkong fairyland.


    For a long time, Tianxian Fengyuan has been dissatisfied with the relatively generous style of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the laxity of the comprehension forces under his command.


    He has now made up his mind, this time he must kill a hundred people, and use Meng Zhang''s head to frighten the comprehension forces under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Calculating the time, it has been more than half a month since the Taiyi Realm left the Hengling star area.


    Although the Taiyi Realm is a huge world, it moves very fast in the void.


    When it is running at full speed, its speed is not slower than that of ordinary angels.


    Of course, this speed cannot last for long.


    Otherwise, it will cause huge loss to its origin, and even damage its foundation.


    Now is the time to flee for their lives, and most of the Taiyi Realm''s high-level executives don''t care about these things, and they must flee at full speed.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have temporarily lost the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    The void is vast and boundless, such a period of time is enough for the Taiyi Realm to escape without a trace.


    If Meng Zhang thinks that he can escape the control of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in this way, he is really too naive.


    He had no idea what kind of supernatural powers the Lingkong Immortal World possessed.


    Maybe he can escape the pursuit of most of the forces in the void, but he will definitely not be able to escape the next pursuit of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    When the Taiyi Realm came to the Hengling star area, although it had not officially returned to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, according to the usual practice, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm had left a special mark on the Taiyi Realm.


    After all, at that time Taiyi Realm had Wuliang Tianzong as its backer, and the future in Lingkong Immortal Realm was bright, and no one thought that Taiyi Realm would leave again.


    Including Fengyuan Tianxian, even though they were dissatisfied, they still regarded Taiyi Realm as a member of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm left a special mark on the Taiyi Realm. In addition to strengthening the control of the Taiyi Realm, it also has the functions of facilitating the identification of the enemy in wartime, timely rescue, communication and command.


    Generally speaking, for most of the comprehension forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the benefits of leaving this special imprint outweigh the disadvantages.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm is running away, and wants to completely leave the Lingkong Immortal Realm, this imprint will help to find its whereabouts.


    Tianxian Fengyuan acted resolutely. Once he made up his mind to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, he acted immediately without any delay.


    At the same time, he asked the celestial being in charge of this matter to use a secret method to activate this special imprint, so as to track the Taiyi Realm in the next step.


    On the other side, he actively organized the team to hunt down Taiyi Realm.


    On weekdays, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm can easily crush the entire Taiyi Realm with a little force.


    But now, the great enemy is present, restraining the main power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the Hengling star area.


    The interests of the Hengling Star District are related to the next development of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so it is too important to allow any loss.


    The matter of hunting down the Taiyi Realm is just a trivial matter in comparison, and it can be postponed completely.


    However, Tianxian Fengyuan and others, out of personal selfishness and hatred for Taiyi Realm, were unwilling to wait any longer and insisted on solving it as soon as possible.


    Of course, there is also a factor that they underestimate the Taiyi world too much.


    They know the strength of the Taiyi Realm, and they can be called a strong party.


    However, as the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they have too many resources, and they feel that they can easily solve the Taiyi Realm.


    What''s more, they all feel that solving the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible will help warn other comprehension forces and increase their enthusiasm for participating in the war.


    Although the battle on the front line was urgent, Fengyuan Tianxian quickly organized a sufficiently strong hunting team.


    Out of respect for Wuliang Tianzong, Fengyuan Tianxian informed the other side before the action.


    Now that Wuliang Tianzong is fighting against a powerful enemy, how can he care about a mere Taiyi Realm.


    Prior to this, Wuliang Tianzong had no objection to Fengyuan Tianxian''s suppression of Taiyi Realm.


    It was only out of face that he did not let go and kept procrastinating.


    Now is the time for the cultivation forces of all parties in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to be united to the outside world, and they need to maintain unity. It is quite normal for Wuliang Tianzong to make slight concessions to the official forces represented by Fengyuan Tianxian on many issues.


    The Taiyi Realm escaped and gave Fengyuan Tianxian an excuse to attack, and Wuliang Tianzong didn''t even bother to ask about it.


    The official direct forces of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, as well as the monks of those powerful forces, are basically on the battlefield ahead, and Fengyuan Tianxian can only draw manpower from other places.


    After some coordination, several angels appeared in front of him.


    Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian of Sanyang Xianzong, Feihu Tianxian, the head of Feihu Tower, Fei Mu Tianxian, the Supreme Elder, and Luo Guang Tianxian of Guantian Pavilion.


    These five celestial beings have already created caves, and they are far above Meng Zhang in terms of experience and years of cultivation.


    Tianxian Fei Mu of Feihu Tower is the oldest and the earliest to become famous, with unfathomable cultivation and cunning.


    Tianxian Luo Guang of Guantian Pavilion can be regarded as one of the strongest under the immortals.


    He dare not say that he has beaten all the invincible opponents of the same level, but at least he can easily defeat the ordinary opponents.

 Chapter 3311

    After the Taiyi Realm arrived in the Hengling star area, its strength has long been exposed to the eyes of outsiders after several battles.


    Whether it is public or private, Fengyuan Tianxian has the responsibility to investigate the true strength of the Taiyi Realm.


    There are only Meng Zhang and Tai Miao in the Taiyi Realm, and those in the Taiyi Realm should shine on the battlefield ahead, and should go to fight against the strong men of the Earth Mother God Line and the True Buddha Sect.


    Although Guantian Pavilion is not the Golden Immortal Sect, it is also one of the most powerful forces in the Lingkong Immortal World.


    In fact, in terms of sphere of influence, number of people, etc., many Jinxian sects are not as good as Guantian Pavilion.


    Well-informed people like Fengyuan Tianxian know that Guantian Pavilion has a strong background and Jinxian supports it.


    The branch of Guantian Pavilion in Junchen Realm was destroyed by Meng Zhang.


    Thousands of years have passed since the incident, and the senior management of Guantian Pavilion has never forgotten it.


    For some inexplicable reasons, Guantian Pavilion had never taken the initiative to find Meng Zhang before.


    When the Taiyi Realm came to the Hengling star area, Meng Zhang once again entered the sight of Guantian Pavilion.


    Everyone is working under the command of Lingkong Immortal World, and Guantian Pavilion did not make a move easily.


    Now that Taiyijie fled, Fengyuan Tianxian decided to punish him. After receiving the news, Luo Guangtian took the initiative to come to find Fengyuan Tianxian and asked to join the hunt for Taiyijie.


    Fengyuan Tianxian, as the official monk of Lingkong Immortal Realm, also needs to establish a good relationship with such a powerful force as Guantian Pavilion, so that he can act smoothly in the future.


    When the other party asked for help, he naturally agreed.


    After the five celestial beings gathered, Feng Yuan celestial being explained something, and then handed a token to the strongest Luo Guang celestial being in the team.


    With this token, you can communicate with the special imprint left in the Taiyi Realm and send it directly.


    It''s just that there are many powerhouses from various forces in the Hengling star area fighting, and the space is constantly turbulent, causing great interference.


    For ultra-long-distance teleportation in the void, it is best to be a little farther away from the Hengling star area, so as not to be disturbed and affect the result of the teleportation.


    The five angels set off immediately without delay.


    Luo Guangtianxian has the strongest combat power and the deepest background, so he is naturally the well-deserved leader of the team.


    He was haughty, difficult, and said nothing along the way.


    The team is small, everyone is a fairy, just follow him, and there is no need for command.


    They galloped all the way, and it took a little time before they left the scope of the Hengling star area and came to the void that was not affected by the war.


    Before the team chasing the Taiyi Realm set off, the Taiyi Realm had been driving at high speed in the void.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao wanted to find out the opponent''s hidden means in Taiyi Realm, but they never succeeded.


    Later, Luna and others joined in to help them find it.


    Just when everyone had no idea, a strange fluctuation suddenly came out of Taiyi Realm.


    The position of this kind of fluctuation is not fixed, it seems to be everywhere, but it is impossible for people to locate it.


    The fluctuations emanated from the Taiyi Realm and passed all the way to the depths of the void.


    Meng Zhang''s face changed slightly, this is probably the secret hand left by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the Taiyi Realm.


    He led everyone to work hard together, each showing their magical powers, trying to find the specific location of the fluctuation.


    Just as Meng Zhang and the others were playing hide-and-seek with this special wave, the enemy had already begun to descend.


    Luo Guang Tianxian led the team of celestial beings to stand still in the void. He held up the token in his hand and injected a large amount of celestial power in a special way.


    The token vibrated violently first, then flew out of his hand, flew forward, and formed a huge portal in the void.


    Immortal Luo Guang took the lead and stepped into this portal, followed by the others.


    After a while, they appeared in the void not far from Taiyi Realm.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally locked the source of the fluctuation and was about to completely eliminate it.


    He sensed undisguised celestial aura coming from the nearby void, and sighed helplessly.


    His movements were still a step slower, and the enemy had already caught up.


    He asked Luna and the others to attack with all their strength to clear the special wave as soon as possible. Together with Tai Miao, he left the Taiyi Realm and took the initiative to meet the enemies in the void.


    Enemies are extremely jealous when they meet each other, without the order of Luo Guang Tianxian, Qingyang Tianxian and the others will kill the old enemy.


    Feihu Tianxian and Fei Mu Tianxian attacked Mengzhang together, and Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian besieged Taimiao together.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were immediately separated and began to fight on their own.


    With his hands on his back, Luo Guangtian looked at the battle ahead with disdain, and even glanced at the Taiyi Realm not far away.


    Although he volunteered to hunt down Meng Zhang this time, it was not out of his own will.


    Luo Guangtianxian has an extraordinary background and excellent talent. He has been the key training object of the sect since he was a child.


    He himself has great ambitions in practice, and his goal is to become a Golden Immortal, and his opponents should be those peerless arrogances of the Golden Immortal Sect.


    He didn''t even bother wasting time on a mere Meng Zhang.


    It''s just that the pursuit of Meng Zhang this time was an order from the top of the Zongmen, so he couldn''t disobey it.


    Guantian Pavilion takes the way of observing the sky and the practice of adhering to the sky as the purpose of the school, with a very high intention.


    In the sect, not only the excellent masters of heavenly secrets are enshrined, but there are also special secret methods, which can peek into the operation of the heavenly way.


    He vaguely heard that the Zongmen seemed to have sensed something from the void and heaven, thinking that Meng Zhang was a huge threat and must be eradicated as soon as possible.


    In order to ensure that Meng Zhang could be completely eradicated, Zongmen let him do it.


    The prestige of Luo Guangtian Immortal comes from his achievements.


    Whether it is the immortals in the spirit world or the practitioners of other systems outside, he has fought against them many times.


    He has defeated countless opponents of the same level, and there are few opponents in the same level.


    In the entire Lingkong fairy world, he is recognized as one of the strongest under the immortal, and sooner or later he will be promoted to the existence of the immortal.


    Whether it was himself, Tianxian Fengyuan and others, they all felt that as long as he made a move, he could easily take down Meng Zhang.


    Without his own order, Qingyang Tianxian and the others rushed towards the opponent, which made him a little displeased.


    He didn''t bother to join forces with others, and he didn''t want to join the battle to besiege Meng Zhang, so he just stood aside for the time being.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3312

    When Meng Zhang and the others were fighting, Luna and the others tried their best to eliminate the special fluctuations in the Taiyi Realm, while controlling the Taiyi Realm as far away from the battlefield as possible.


    With the fighting intensity of Meng Zhang and the others, the aftermath of the battle alone will cause considerable damage to the Taiyi Realm.


    There are many cultivators in the Taiyi Realm, and there are many strong ones among them, but there is no way to directly participate in the hand beating. Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3313

    If Qingyang Celestial Immortal was alone, he might have been defeated by Tai Miao long ago.


    Fortunately, he has Baiyang Tianxian who has been with him for many years and is very familiar with each other.


    Baiyang Tianxian actively provided him with cover, helping him block most of the pressure from Tai Miao.


    The two of them cooperate tacitly and can give full play to their respective advantages.


    Tai Miao discovered Qingyang Tianxian''s weakness early on, but has been unable to make it work. "The Road to the Master" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3314

    If it weren''t for the scruples of Luo Guangtian who was on the side, Meng Zhang almost couldn''t help bursting out with all his strength several times, and directly fought these two guys to death.


    In order to continue to confuse and paralyze Luo Guangtian Immortal, Meng Zhang had to continue fighting with these two guys, killing each other''s strength.


    There seems to be nothing unusual about Meng Zhang''s cave power, but it works upright and straight, without many fancy changes.


    His power of cave not only collides head-on with Feihu Tianxian many times, but also splits part of the power to rotate around his body, trying to prevent and even counteract the threat from Fei Mu Tianxian.


    The owner of Feihu is not very satisfied with this situation.


    He knew that his side was beginning to gain the upper hand and had a good chance of winning in the end.


    But if the fight continues like this, when will the winner be truly determined?


    He hated Meng Zhang''s calm and composed appearance.


    The posture of Tianxian Luo Guang from Guantian Pavilion on the side also made him feel irritated.


    He admitted that Immortal Luo Guang had a good background and a high level of cultivation, so he deserved to be the leader of the team.


    But the other party''s behavior is too arrogant.


    He intends to show his strength and kill Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    However, Meng Zhang guarded the door tightly and did not reveal his flaws, so he could not quickly expand his advantage, and could only fight slowly with the opponent.


    Originally, according to the old guy Fei Mu Tianxian''s thinking, the current situation is actually quite good.


    They didn''t need other means, just entangled Meng Zhang like this, and slowly fought with him.


    Even if something unexpected happened in the end, the two of them couldn''t win Meng Zhang, but having Luo Guang Tianxian by their side was the last guarantee.


    The landlord of Feihu is not very satisfied with this, and hopes that his side can take more initiative and take down Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    He didn''t know that Meng Zhang had been waiting for an opportunity to counterattack, and he became more proactive in his shots, even showing a tendency to be a little aggressive.


    Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian besieged Taimiao, and they never gained the upper hand.


    These two guys are not in a hurry at all, but patiently and Tai Miao slowly deal with each other and consume each other.


    Not to mention that Feihu Lord and the others can come to support after defeating Meng Zhang, but Luo Guangtianxian, who is watching the battle from the sidelines, is their greatest reliance.


    Tai Miao is well aware of the current situation and has been looking for a way to break the situation.


    He is not afraid of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian at all.


    If he continues to fight like this, he has great confidence that he will become the final victor.


    But he has the same scruples in his heart as Meng Zhang, that is Luo Guangtian who is watching the battle from the sidelines.


    He had to help Meng Zhang block part of the pressure from Luo Guangtianxian.


    He and Meng Zhang have been in communication, waiting for the opportunity to fight back.


    After Luna and the others drove the Taiyi Realm away for a certain distance, they stopped temporarily.


    There is no need to continue running away.


    If Meng Zhang and the others couldn''t resist the enemy, it would be impossible to escape from Luo Guangtianxian and other pursuers at the speed of the etheric world.


    The Taiyi Realm stays here, it is not a short distance from the battlefield, so there is no need to worry about being affected by the aftermath of the battle for the time being.


    If Meng Zhang and the others needed it, they could also use part of the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm.


    Of course, with the current level of power in the ether world, even if it uses its power of heaven and earth wantonly, it is difficult to play a big role in Meng Zhang''s battle.


    Moon God and Gu Yue Lingqing led a group of true immortals and true gods in the Taiyi Realm, trying to suppress and eliminate the special fluctuations inside.


    After a period of hard work, they have temporarily locked the special fluctuations.


    Although it has not been able to completely clear it, after some efforts, the fluctuations have become weaker and weaker, and the transmission distance has been greatly affected.


    Due to the burden of Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang couldn''t just walk away, so he had to fight the enemy to the end.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm is temporarily closed, it will greatly slow down


    His speed made it impossible for him to escape the pursuers.


    The existence of Taiyi Realm greatly affected his tactical choice, making him very passive.


    While Meng Zhang felt great pressure in his heart, he also raised a stronger fighting spirit.


    Immortal magic powers such as the Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder and the Liangyi Tongtian Sword were continuously displayed to cooperate with the power of the cave he released.


    Meng Zhang has been famous for a long time, his usual fighting style, what methods he is good at, and what kind of magic powers he often uses, has been spread for a long time.


    Since the feud with the Taiyi Realm, Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian have collected various information about Meng Zhang through various means.


    Although Meng Zhang''s combat power was stronger than expected, the means he used did not exceed the predictions of intelligence.


    Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian completely blocked Meng Zhang''s offensive, and there was a tendency to suppress him in turn.


    Although Tai Miao didn''t take many shots, all kinds of information had already fallen into the eyes of those who cared.


    Similarly, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had already collected intelligence on their enemies.


    Everyone is a long-established immortal, and no one understands the truth of knowing oneself and the enemy.


    So far, neither of the two sides has displayed any means that the opponent did not expect, let alone brought a huge surprise to the opponent.


    The battle continued like this in a state that seemed fierce, but Tianxian Luo Guang felt bored.


    The battles on the two battlefields have been going on for more than half a month, and both sides have consumed a lot of power.


    Finally, Tai Miao ushered in a breakthrough first.


    Although Qingyang Tianxian tried his best to suppress the changes in the cave, the pollution from Shanyong Tianshen Kingdom has been affecting him.


    Before the defeat of Shanyong Tianshen, he had the will to die and tried his best to pull a back.


    The power of the kingdom of God that he poured into Qingyang Celestial Immortal Cave also contained the resentment and unwillingness before and after his fall.


    Even though he has fallen for many years, these powers of the kingdom of God still contain a part of his remaining will.


    These powers of the kingdom of God seem to have life, making troubles in the cave of Qingyang Celestial Immortals, constantly creating havoc...


    The power of these kingdoms of God is too spiritual, which is also the reason why it is difficult to completely eliminate them.


    Others underestimated the harm these powers of the kingdom of God would bring to Qingyang Celestial Immortals.


    At that time, Tianxian Fengyuan only wanted to let Tianxian Qingyang take the blame and make meritorious service, and he didn''t know his specific situation.


    In his opinion, he dispatched Qingyang Tianxian to give him a chance to take revenge on Meng Zhang, so that he could end the karma with Meng Zhang.


    Celestial Qingyang dare not refuse the kindness of Celestial Fengyuan.


    And in his view, there are many strong people in the team, so there is no need to work hard by himself.


    When the battle just started, he and his fellow Baiyang Tianxian took the initiative to rush towards Tai Miao, firstly to try to show something, and secondly to try to soften the persimmon.


    After all, in comparison, Tai Miao is indeed much weaker than Meng Zhang.


    Although Tianxian Fengyuan was not at the scene, the situation here would reach his ears sooner or later. How dare Tianxian Qingyang not try his best?

 Chapter 3315

    What made Qingyang Celestial Immortal most dissatisfied, and never expected, was Luo Guang Celestial Immortal''s attitude.


    He admitted that Guantian Pavilion is a great sect, far stronger than Sanyang Immortal Sect, and Luo Guang Celestial Immortal''s cultivation is also far superior to him.


    But no matter what, everyone is completing the task assigned by Fengyuan Tianxian, even if you don''t want to go all out, you should have a minimum attitude.


    After Tianxian Luo Guang arrived here, he never made a move, but he was hitting "The Road to the Master" next to him. Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3316

    Dongtian is Tai Miao who seized the opportunity first, launched a counterattack in time, and gained a huge advantage.


    If there is no external interference, it is only a matter of time before the Tai Miao distance, which has already gained the upper hand, becomes the final winner.


    It''s a pity that Tai Miao has to face the same problem as Meng Zhang, that is, the Luo Guang Tianxian who is watching from a distance.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3317

    No matter how proud Luo Guang Tianxian is and how much he disdains to make a move, when Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian encounter a fatal crisis, he will definitely help.


    Tai Miao knew this, and so did Meng Zhang.


    Before Tai Miao made a counterattack, he secretly communicated with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t stop his counterattack, but just wanted to take advantage of this opportunity.


    He has been besieged by Lord Feihu and Tianxian Fei Mu for so long, and he has never been able to find a chance.


    It would be better to let Tai Miao counterattack first, and he will look for opportunities from it.


    Now Tai Miao successfully counterattacked, locking both opponents firmly.


    There are internal and external troubles in Qingyang Tianxian''s cave, and the situation is getting worse and worse.


    If his cave is severely damaged, he will not escape the end of defeat.


    Baiyang Tianxian was able to provide some support to the same sect at the beginning.


    As Taimiao''s army of believers wreaked havoc in his cave, he had to take back all his power and use it to protect his own cave first.


    When Tai Miao attacked Qingyang Tianxian fiercely, he did not let him go.


    He looked a bit overwhelmed now, and he was completely unable to continue to protect Qingyang Tianxian.


    Although there were quite a few strong people from our own side present, Qingyang Tianxian felt helpless.


    Although he was very dissatisfied in his heart, at the moment of life and death, he still cast his eyes on Luo Guangtian for help.


    Luo Guangtian scolded "trash" in disdain.


    Although he is arrogant, he is not an idiot.


    Qingyang Tianxian''s little thoughts could not escape his eyes at all.


    He wanted to make the other party suffer, so he didn''t provide assistance in time.


    Of course, no matter what, he would not let the other party die here.


    Because Dongtian was entangled by the Kingdom of God, Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian couldn''t distance themselves from Tai Miao, so they had to fight him in close quarters.


    After a fierce battle, Tai Miao has gained the absolute upper hand relying on her powerful ghost and god body.


    The protective spells on the two of them quickly shattered, and too wonderful and fierce attacks kept falling on them.


    Qingyang Tianxian was traumatized one after another, and several mouthfuls of blood spewed out of his mouth.


    Baiyang Tianxian''s situation is a little better than his, but it''s not much better.


    They can still bear the injuries from the body, but the injuries suffered by Dongtian are the real foundation that shakes them.


    Celestial Immortal Qingyang and Celestial Baiyang had long since ignored face and so on, and kept asking for help from Celestial Luo Guang next to them.


    Luo Guangtian put on airs and made them suffer a lot, so he had the intention of making a move.


    With a flash of his figure, he appeared above the three of them.


    "What a waste, even a mere god can''t deal with it."


    He cursed mercilessly before making a move.


    With a flip of his palm, a huge force directly pressed towards Tai Miao.


    He didn''t use any fancy tricks, he just wanted to crush Tai Miao with an upright momentum.


    Tai Miao worked hard to use the power of the Kingdom of God, pulling the Dongtian of the two opponents, and took the initiative to meet Luo Guangtian''s attack.


    If Luo Guang Tianxian''s attack continues, it may destroy his kingdom of God, but at the same time, it will seriously hurt the cave of the two heavenly immortals.


    Such a clever response cannot be said to be ingenious, it is tantamount to kidnapping two opponents, and let Luo Guangtian use his tricks.


    What kind of person Luo Guangtian is, he can see through his intentions at a glance.


    As a person, he doesn''t care if he accidentally injures two teammates during the battle.


    But on the other hand, he can''t let Tai Miao succeed.


    If he accidentally injured Qingyang Celestial Immortal and Baiyang Celestial Immortal while injuring Tai Miao, it would be tantamount to letting Tai Miao win a move.


    Immortal Luo Guang, who didn''t take Tai Miao seriously at all, not only wanted to beat him easily, but also beat him beautifully.


    Therefore, Luo Guangtianxian had to show some real skills.


    He gently activated the power of the cave, and a huge ray of light descended from the sky, covering the three people who were fighting.


    While trying to separate Tai Miao from the two opponents, this huge ray of light continued to exert enormous pressure on Tai Miao.


    Facing the heavy pressure from Luo Guangtianxian, Tai Miao seemed to be unable to resist, not only kept retreating, but also shook the Kingdom of God.


    Luo Guang Tianxian took advantage of the victory to pursue, and the power of Dongtian rushed to him.


    The originally wonderful Kingdom of God and the two opponents, Dongtian, are closely entangled.


    But as Luo Guang''s heavenly power fell on it, a huge force came one after another, as if it wanted to shake his divine kingdom away.


    Luo Guangtianxian''s strength is much stronger than Tai Miao''s.


    The power of his cave is far from being comparable to that of the wonderful Kingdom of God.


    Faced with a powerful blow, the wonderful kingdom of God kept shrinking, and it seemed that it was about to completely break away from the caves of the two opponents.


    At that time, without the cover of the two opponents, Dongtian, Luo Guangtian didn''t need to be cautious, he could use all his strength to take down Taimiao easily.


    Not only Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian, but even Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian, who were besieging Meng Zhang in the distance, could not help but pay attention to the battle situation here after Luo Guang Tianxian made a move.


    Even though Feihu and the others were also somewhat displeased with Luo Guangtianxian, they had to admit that the elites from the Guantian Pavilion were really powerful, far superior to them, and easily turned the tide of the battle.


    The wonderful Kingdom of God was finally shaken away by a huge force, completely out of contact with the caves of the two opponents.


    Seeing the loss of the greatest cover, there was no panic on Tai Miao''s face.


    Before Luo Guang Tianxian took advantage of the victory and chased after him, a strange change happened.


    Tai Miao''s figure disappeared in place, replaced by Meng Zhang.


    No matter what level of Tai Miao''s cultivation level or how his status changes, he will always be Meng Zhang''s incarnation outside his body.


    There is a mystical connection between the yidam and the external avatar.


    As long as Meng Zhang is willing, the deity and the avatar outside the body can exchange positions at any time.


    Of course, the distance between the two parties cannot be too far, and they cannot be subject to special restrictions or imprisoned.


    Based on the situation on the field, Luo Guangtian''s strength is far superior to Taimiao''s, so he didn''t rush to seal off the space around the battlefield, allowing Meng Zhang''s plan to succeed easily.


    Seeing that Tai Miao suddenly disappeared and Meng Zhang took his place, Luo Guang Tianxian was only slightly startled, and continued to attack Meng Zhang.


    There are so many strange secret arts in the world of comprehension, and it is not surprising that the enemy just switches positions.


    He didn''t expect that Meng Zhang took great pains to do so, and he did not hesitate to wait for the opportunity, of course, he had his own calculations.


    Facing the power of the cave heaven released by Luo Guangtian, Meng Zhang did not dodge or evade, and urged his own cave sky with all his strength.


    I saw a phantom flashing in front of Meng Zhang, which not only blocked the attack of Luo Guangtianxian, but also grabbed the two opponents who were close at hand.


    With Tai Miao''s experience, and Meng Zhang''s Dongtian is far stronger than Taimiao''s Divine Kingdom, he succeeded easily, letting his own Dongtian tightly entangle the two opponents'' Dongtian.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3318

    With the help of Tianxian Luo Guang, Celestial Immortal Qingyang and Celestial Baiyang have just escaped from Tai Miao''s entanglement.


    Before they had time to catch their breath, Dongtian was entangled by Meng Zhang again.


    Meng Zhang''s cave is far stronger than Taimiao''s Kingdom of God, as well as their cave.


    Meng Zhang easily locked their cave, making it tightly entangled with his own cave.


    If you are only dealing with Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian, Meng Zhang is currently hitting with "The Road to the Head of the Gate", please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3319

    Tai Miao has been operating in the Taiyi world and the underworld for many years, and has established a complete belief system long ago.


    With just one order from him, a large number of believers can be organized immediately, and various large-scale sacrificial ceremonies and the like can be held for them.


    Although belief in gods has various disadvantages, the biggest advantage is the utilization of the power of faith.


    The power of faith is not the most top-level power in the Void Myriad Realms, but it has many rare characteristics.


    The transmission of the power of faith is basically not limited by space, and it will not be unable to be transmitted because it is located in a different world or the distance is too far away.


    In addition to providing the gods with a large amount of power of faith on weekdays, believers can also play an emergency role at critical moments.


    Through these grand ceremonies, countless believers will probably be mentally exhausted, seriously ill, or even traumatized afterwards. However, the extra power of faith they temporarily provide is continuously flowing into the wonderful kingdom of God, becoming the one he can The backing that keeps fighting.


    Even if there are some losses in the transmission process, it is completely worth it.


    In addition, the power of heaven and earth in Taiyi Realm, which is not too far away, is constantly being mobilized by Taimiao.


    Originally, the savings were deep, but now that there are supplements, Tai Miao has greater confidence to fight the enemy for a long time.


    Although Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian had a clear advantage, Taimiao was like an iron tortoise, making them unable to speak.


    Since there is no quick solution, they can only be patient and grind slowly with Tai Miao.


    In the hearts of Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian, they never thought that Luo Guang Tianxian would be defeated.


    Even without the help of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian, the power of Luo Guang Tianxian alone is enough to win Meng Zhang.


    Maybe, after Tianxian Luo Guang won Meng Zhang, he was unwilling to wait any longer and would help them win Tai Miao.


    With such thoughts in mind, Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian were not in a hurry to win.


    Anyway, they are consuming each other with their opponents, so it''s better to be a little more cautious, so as not to get injured or consume too much.


    Without having to face Meng Zhang directly, the hatred in Feihu''s heart seems to have subsided a bit, and he began to make some selfish calculations.


    In their eyes, Celestial Immortal Qingyang and Celestial Baiyang are the assistance of Celestial Luo Guang.


    But in fact, due to the existence of these two guys, Luo Guangtianxian had to be restrained and couldn''t exert his full strength at all.


    Meng Zhang used these two guys as shields and their caves as his weapons.


    After fighting for a while, Luo Guangtian felt extremely aggrieved.


    The cunning Meng Zhang, the incompetent Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian made him even more angry.


    If it wasn''t for the dragging down of these two goddamn immortals, he would have pushed Meng Zhang to a disadvantage long ago.


    Unlike now, Meng Zhang actually has offense and defense, fighting back and forth with himself, without showing any signs of decline.


    He slapped the black and white divine sword away with one palm, and made a decision in his heart.


    I can''t continue to entangle with my opponent.


    The longer the battle lasted, the more incompetent he seemed.


    He wanted to take a little risk and let both Qingyang and Baiyang take some damage.


    Anyway, they won''t die, at most they will be seriously injured.


    I have protected them for so long.


    They are too incompetent, and I can''t be their babysitter forever.


    What Tianxian Luo Guang really cared about was not the safety of the two angels, but his own face.


    Compared with accidentally injuring the two angels, being unable to take down Meng Zhang is obviously more harmful to his face.


    Losses are inevitable during the battle, let the two angels bear the losses this time.


    Once he made up his mind, Luo Guangtian moved very quickly.


    He no longer had any reservations, the phantom of the cave appeared in front of him, and the powerful power of the cave spewed out, targeting Meng Zhang and the others, rushing away like a tide.


    From the beginning of the battle, Meng Zhang has been calculating.


    He never expected that the Qingyang Celestial Immortal and Baiyang Celestial Immortal could serve as his shield forever.


    Although he is definitely not a soft-hearted person, he will not always worry about the lives of the two teammates.


    In the end, he will still do his best regardless of everything.


    Luo Guang''s immortal cultivation base is much stronger than Meng Zhang''s, and his background is extraordinary, so maybe there are some unknown trump cards.


    He used a token to directly lead the team, across a long distance, and directly teleported to the Taiyi interface, which left a deep impression on Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang has always been very vigilant in his heart, whether there are secret treasures bestowed by the immortals and the like on his body.


    According to Meng Zhang''s own judgment, if he wants to have a better chance of winning, he must try to eliminate other factors and let himself compete directly with the opponent in terms of cultivation and foundation.


    Now Luo Guangtian is urging the power of the cave with all his strength, which is in line with Meng Zhang''s wishes.


    I saw Meng Zhang not only did not intend to dodge, but took the initiative to rush towards Luo Guangtianxian.


    His Dongtian easily dragged the two opponents'' Dongtian, and rushed towards him together.


    Luo Guangtian, who was running the cave with all his strength, had no time to dodge, and he didn''t even bother to dodge.


    The three continuously rotating caves came to him first, and a huge attraction suddenly appeared.


    This attraction immediately attracted his cave, and tried to drive his cave to rotate together.


    Once Luo Guangtian''s caves came into contact with each other, Meng Zhang had no choice but to confront him head-on, and all other tricks were useless.


    Luo Guangtian has enough confidence in his own cultivation and background.


    His cave is shaped by the best secret method of Guantian Pavilion, and countless resources have been invested in it, which has been perfected and strengthened by him for many years.


    Guys like Meng Zhang who were born in a wild way, like the method of shaping the cave, the cave must have many loopholes and flaws.


    When it comes to resources, he can''t even compare with himself who was born in a great sect.


    ...


    These thoughts flashed through Luo Guangtianxian''s mind like lightning.


    He felt that he had a great advantage, so he didn''t evade, he directly controlled his own cave, and took the initiative to meet Meng Zhang''s cave.


    After a violent shock, the caves of the four celestial beings came into contact with each other, and soon became entangled together, starting a fierce conflict and collision.


    Meng Zhang''s body shook violently, but he breathed a sigh of relief.


    After fighting for so long, and spent a lot of calculations, the rhythm of the battle was finally driven by me, and the scene I wanted most appeared.


    Luo Guangtianxian finally entered the game. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3320

    I saw that the caves of the four celestial beings were entangled together in this way.


    Celestial Immortal Qingyang and Celestial Baiyang had already sensed Celestial Luo Guang''s killing intent before, and knew that this proud guy would not continue to worry about their safety.


    They have nothing to do, they can only pray that the opponent''s shot will be a little lighter, so as not to cause them too much damage.


    Seeing Immortal Luo Guang urging the power of the cave with all his strength, they were almost frightened, and they felt that this time it was probably going to be bad.


    Meng Zhang''s next actions temporarily deflected Luo Guangtianxian''s attack.


    But they didn''t have the slightest joy, because a worse situation appeared, and the caves of the four immortals were connected together.


    The so-called cave was originally a completely independent space.


    If different independent spaces are too close together, they will conflict themselves, resulting in collisions and the like.


    Four different independent spaces are connected together, and everyone is still fighting fiercely. Both Meng Zhang and Luo Guang Tianxian deliberately manipulated the cave to collide.


    Now, Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian fell into bad luck and suffered a lot.


    The caves of Luo Guangtianxian and Meng Zhang collided with each other, driving their caves to collide.


    Luo Guang Tianxian couldn''t take Meng Zhang down all the time, which aroused his anger. He no longer cared about the safety of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian, and only wanted to take Meng Zhang down as soon as possible.


    As for Meng Zhang, it would be good if he didn''t clean them up on purpose.


    In fact, after Luo Guang Tianxian entered the game, Meng Zhang instead ordered that the army that was raging in the caves of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian return to their own caves as soon as possible.


    Before all these troops returned, the caves of the Qingyang Celestial Immortal and Baiyang Celestial Immortal began to suffer.


    In the aftermath of the battle between Meng Zhang and Luo Guang Tianxian, under his conscious or unconscious guidance, the caves of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian were under great pressure.


    It didn''t take long for the two immortals'' caves to become riddled with holes and scars everywhere.


    The cave is the foundation of their practice and is related to their origin.


    The cave was severely injured, and the injuries on the two heavenly immortals continued to worsen, and they became more and more unable to cope with the current situation.


    Especially the Qingyang Celestial Immortal, who had been seriously injured before, is now getting more injuries, and his condition has become worse, almost unable to hold on.


    He spurted blood wildly from his mouth, his body trembled constantly, and almost lost all his fighting power.


    Baiyang Tianxian''s situation is a little bit better than his, and he is too busy to take care of himself, and has no way to help him.


    The current battle has turned into a battle between Meng Zhang and Luo Guang Tianxian. The situation of Baiyang Tianxian and Qingyang Tianxian is worse than that of the bystanders.


    Luo Guangtian, who thought he had an absolute advantage, rashly fought with Meng Zhang in the cave-to-heaven battle.


    After the fight started, he realized that he seemed to have underestimated this opponent.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation base is much weaker than his, that''s because the time gap between the two sides'' cultivation is too large.


    Meng Zhang''s cave seems inferior to his, but after actually touching it, he realized that the structure of Meng Zhang''s cave is complete, the layout is very organized, and there are many mysteries in the structure.


    As for the loopholes and weaknesses in Luo Guangtianxian''s imagination, it''s not without them, but at least he hasn''t discovered them for the time being.


    Tianxian Luo Guang couldn''t help but wonder if Meng Zhang was from the Golden Immortal Sect?


    His method of constructing the cave is definitely not inferior to that inherited by Guantian Pavilion.


    He shook his head, put aside this unreliable guess, and continued to fight Meng Zhang with all his strength.


    In terms of Dongtian''s accumulation and power strength, Meng Zhang is indeed a little worse than his opponent.


    But his method of operating the cave is brilliant, and he can give full play to all the potential of the cave.


    Moreover, his hole is tough enough to withstand the impact of stronger forces.


    The caves of Meng Zhang and Luo Guang Tianxian were colliding fiercely, and the caves of Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian reacted passively, constantly bearing huge impacts.


    After Meng Zhang and Luo Guang''s caves collided fiercely, the barriers of the caves began to be broken, and the two caves began to connect.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, many creatures born in the cave frantically rushed towards the opponent''s cave, as if they wanted to tear it to pieces.


    Creatures were born very early in his cave.


    As the cave sky continued to grow, these creatures became stronger and stronger.


    Among the resources that Meng Zhang invested in the cave, part of it was spent on these creatures.


    In his cave, he has suppressed and refined many opponents, among them there are many experts at the level of celestial beings.


    A large part of the flesh, strength, etc. of these strong men was devoured and absorbed by these creatures.


    These grotesque creatures have already possessed not weak fighting power.


    And under Meng Zhang''s conscious training, he is very fierce and aggressive.


    Luo Guangtian became his cave, which also raised many creatures.


    Facing the intruders, these creatures immediately launched a counterattack.


    The battle between the caves and the heavens is also the battle between the creatures in the caves.


    The army left by Tai Miao had suffered heavy casualties before. After resting in Mengzhang''s cave, they set foot on the battlefield again and rushed fiercely at Luo Guang''s cave.


    After a long time of fighting, the creatures in the caves of both sides suffered huge casualties.


    Since it was Meng Zhang who took the initiative to attack this time and had the upper hand, the battle between the creatures mainly took place in Luo Guangtian''s cave.


    The battle between these creatures caused some damage to Luo Guangtian''s cave.


    Of course, these injuries are not serious for the time being.


    The battle between them was still fierce, but Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian could no longer hold on.


    The caves of these two celestial beings were seriously damaged, and they were already on the verge of collapsing.


    They kept throwing in all kinds of treasures, trying to stabilize the cave.


    Seeing the continuous collapse of the cave, they were flustered, and they did not hesitate to start burning their last potential, trying to stabilize the cave.


    When Meng Zhang fought fiercely with Luo Guang Tianxian, he did not relax his attention to them.


    These two chess pieces are related to his next move.


    I saw Meng Zhang''s cave suddenly beating according to a certain magical rhythm.


    Immediately, Luo Guangtian felt the increasing pressure from the enemy.


    He also thought that Meng Zhang had used some kind of secret method to stimulate the power of the cave, so he quickly used a similar secret method to fight against it.


    In fact, the target of Meng Zhang''s action this time was not him.


    With the beating of Meng Zhang''s cave, a powerful force came out.


    Originally, the caves of Qingyang Celestial Immortal and Baiyang Celestial Immortal had already been firmly connected with Meng Zhang''s cave.


    Now, due to the influence of external forces, their cave swelled for a while, then suddenly shrank, and finally completely became a part of Mengzhang''s cave.


    During this process, Baiyang Tianxian and Qingyang Tianxian resisted desperately.


    Not only did their resistance fail, but even the two of them were sucked into Meng Zhang''s cave.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3321

    Baiyang Tianxian and Qingyang Tianxian quickly lost all reactions and were firmly suppressed by Meng Zhang''s Dongtian.


    Their cave is like two pieces of rags, one part has penetrated into Meng Zhang''s cave, and the other part is still hanging outside.


    Although Meng Zhang temporarily suppressed the two opponents, Dongtian, it would not be a matter of one day if he wanted to refine and absorb them.


    Especially now that he is facing a powerful enemy like Luo Guangtianxian, he has no time to absorb and refine these two "Leading the Immortal Head". Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get it the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3322

    When Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian teamed up to besiege Taimiao, they could easily distract others due to their obvious advantages.


    They have been following the battle between Luo Guangtianxian and Meng Zhang.


    They admired Luo Guangtian''s ability, but they were extremely shocked by Meng Zhang''s response.


    Especially Meng Zhang''s madness at the end not only frightened Luo Guangtian, but also frightened them.


    No matter how much they hated Meng Zhang, no matter how much they wanted to take Meng Zhang down, they were unwilling to work so hard with Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang won, they didn''t dare to delay for a moment, and fled here immediately.


    They really didn''t have the courage to face Meng Zhang at this moment.


    They also guessed in their hearts that Meng Zhang might not be able to fight anymore.


    But they dare not gamble, and they are unwilling to take risks.


    Even Luo Guang and the immortals will perish, let alone them.


    The hostility towards Meng Zhang in Feihu''s heart has been replaced by fear.


    An old fox like Fei Mu Tianxian is even less likely to take risks.


    If they guessed wrong and Meng Zhang still retained enough strength, then they would inevitably end up in a miserable end if they fought against Meng Zhang.


    All cultivators cherish their lives, and immortals are no exception.


    Seeing Louzhu Feihu and Tianxian Fei Mu fleeing, Meng Zhang made a gesture to catch up.


    Tai Miao is even more trying to entangle them and not let them escape easily.


    In this way, they escape faster.


    With the strength of Ei Tai Miao, it is impossible to entangle them, at most it is just a show.


    Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian were so focused on running for their lives that it was basically impossible for opponents of the same level to catch up with them.


    It didn''t take long for them to disappear completely.


    Meng Zhang forced himself back to the Taiyi Realm, and immediately entered the secret room for retreat.


    Whether it was the injuries on his body or the forcibly suppressed enemy Dongtian, he was unable to continue to persevere, and he had to deal with it as soon as possible.


    Luna has already locked the special imprint left by the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in the Taiyi Realm, but it has not been able to completely remove it.


    After Tai Miao returned to the Taiyi Realm, she personally took action and finally completely removed this special brand without leaving any traces.


    Then, regardless of the exhaustion after the long battle, Tai Miao immediately controlled the Taiyi Realm to escape, and fled here at the fastest speed, and fled to the depths of the remote void.


    Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian didn''t delay on the road, and quickly returned to the Hengling star area.


    Although they were extremely reluctant, they still had to meet Fengyuan Tianxian and report the specific battle situation to him.


    In order to alleviate their own responsibility for not completing the task, they said a lot of bad things about Luo Guangtianxian, trying to put all the responsibility on him.


    Luo Guangtian is arrogant and arrogant, and it is also true that he does not want to fight with them.


    This delayed the fighter plane and gave Meng Zhang a chance to fight back.


    After Fengyuan Tianxian listened to the report, he immediately lost his temper.


    The official of Lingkong Immortal Realm issued an order to send masters to chase and kill Meng Zhang, but not only failed, but lost troops and generals.


    Luo Guang from Guantian Pavilion has fallen, and he still doesn''t know how to explain to Guantian Pavilion.


    Even in his capacity, he is not willing to easily become enemies with Guantian Pavilion, who has a deep background.


    As before, the competition between the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm and Wuliang Tianzong for interests is a business matter, and Wuliang Tianzong will not regard it as a personal grievance.


    Now that Luo Guang Tianxian fell under his command, Guantian Pavilion must regard it as his responsibility.


    According to reports from Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian, Luo Guang Tianxian is very responsible.


    But Guantian Pavilion will definitely not accept this statement.


    Fengyuan Tianxian was lost in thought.


    Do you want to throw Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian out and let them bear the anger of Guantian Pavilion, or do you want to carry it to the end by yourself and insist on putting the responsibility on Luo Guangtian Xian?


    There must be inaccuracies in the reports of Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian, but the general situation should not be bad.


    Meng Zhang was so powerful that he was able to kill Luo Guang Tianxian, which was completely beyond Fengyuan Tianxian''s expectations.


    To be honest, Fengyuan Tianxian himself is also responsible for underestimating Meng Zhang''s strength and not sending out a strong enough team.


    What made him even more angry was that Meng Zhang blatantly killed the team he had sent in the name of the official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, which was tantamount to a slap in the face of the official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Although Fengyuan Tianxian has his own selfish thoughts in many cases, he still puts the interests of the officials of Lingkong Immortal World first.


    He soon realized that if the issue about Meng Zhang was not handled properly this time, it would greatly affect the prestige of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    For a moment, he didn''t even bother to blame Feihu Louzhu and Fei Mu Tianxian for running away.


    He wants to solve the problems brought by Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    Of course, he still wants to limit this problem to the Hengling star area, and don''t continue to expand it.


    Because of a little selfishness, he did not report to the headquarters of Lingkong Immortal Realm in time.


    Even Luo Guang Tianxian is not Meng Zhang''s opponent, so next time he will definitely send out a stronger hunting team.


    In particular, you can''t use refueling tactics and send out teams one by one, that will only add to Meng Zhang''s record.


    According to Fengyuan Tianxian''s idea, it is best to send out an immortal, and Meng Zhang can be easily taken down.


    But the battle in the Hengling star area is at a critical juncture, and it is difficult for all the immortals to get out.


    Although he is an official monk representing the spiritual world, he cannot force a strong person at the level of immortal venerable, he must give the other party enough respect.


    After the Juechen Immortal Venerable who had a lot of acquaintances knew about this, he wentssip among all the Immortal Venerables.


    Now, many immortals are even more reluctant to ask about such bad things.


    Since it is impossible to mobilize the immortals, the next best thing is to mobilize more angels, especially when he is under tremendous pressure and regardless of the fierce battle situation on the front line, he managed to mobilize enough angels to form a powerful team. team.


    But this time, he encountered another problem.


    The imprint left by the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm on the Taiyi Realm has been completely removed.


    Moreover, the Taiyi Realm has fled for many days, and it is already very far away from the Hengling star area.


    With the means of Fengyuan Tianxian and other colleagues, it was impossible to locate and find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    He sent a team of celestial beings to the battlefield where Luo Guang and the celestial beings fell.


    The battle has been over for a long time, and all traces have disappeared.


    The Taiyi world has rich experience in escaping. When escaping, Tai Miao and others will take action in time to clean up the various tracks left behind.


    After working for a while, everyone had to admit that they couldn''t trace to the Taiyi Realm without any other better way.


    The void is vast and boundless, the Taiyi Realm has escaped for so long, who knows where the Taiyi Realm has fled to?


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3323

    Fengyuan Tianxian, as the official monk of Lingkong Immortal Realm, has a lot of power and can mobilize many resources.


    He didn''t want to admit defeat, let alone let Meng Zhang go.


    Since the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm cannot be traced by conventional means, some special means should be used.


    He spent a lot of effort and invited a Tianji fairy master to let the other party use the Tianji technique to calculate the whereabouts of Meng Zhang and Taiyijie.


    No one thought that this heavenly "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3324

    Meng Zhang practiced in seclusion, and other affairs in the Taiyi world were not delayed.


    In fact, shortly after fleeing the battlefield, the operation of the Taiyi Realm quickly returned to normal.


    The Taiyi Realm advances at high speed in the void, which does not hinder the daily life and practice of the practitioners.


    Of course, practitioners definitely cannot leave the Taiyi Realm and explore around.


    This time, the Taiyi Realm has been in the Hengling star area for more than two hundred years, and has mined a huge amount of resources. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3325

    Back then, Immortal Luo Guang spent a lot of effort to place this mirror in the cave.


    It will take a lot of time to remove it in good condition without damaging the cave.


    In the battle between Luo Guang Tianxian and Meng Zhang, because of Meng Zhang''s early design, he never made a correct reaction and was always passive.


    Even if he was defeated and died in the end, he didn''t have enough time to take out this fairy treasure and use it.


    Luo Guangtianxian''s arrogance led to the downfall of his own family, and also benefited Meng Zhang in vain.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, the celestial arts and supernatural powers that he had cultivated for many years turned into thunder nets and entered the cave.


    This mirror was refined using Guantian Pavilion''s unique method. Even with Meng Zhang''s ability, it would be difficult to refine it without damaging its essence.


    That being the case, it''s better to integrate it into your own thunder method to increase the background and power of the thunder method.


    After he carefully observed and figured out the rules and restrictions contained in this mirror, he manipulated a thunder net to wrap it up.


    A bolt of lightning struck the mirror.


    It is destined to be a protracted time for the Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder to refine this mirror.


    Of course, if it is thoroughly refined and absorbed, it will not only greatly enhance Meng Zhang''s background, but also greatly increase the power of his thunder.


    Meng was not in a hurry to move the orb.


    With the current state of the cave full of holes, if its core foundation is shaken a little, the entire cave may collapse quickly.


    Meng Zhang continued to search for the core part of the cave.


    Soon, he found an independent space filled with various precious resources.


    Most of the celestial beings who have a cave will clear out a part of the space in the cave for storage.


    Luo Guangtianxian is no exception.


    He did the same as Meng Zhang back then, integrating the mustard space he used for daily storage into his cave.


    Meng Zhang now finds that this independent space is the mustard space he used to be.


    Meng Zhang didn''t spend much effort to open up this mustard space relatively well.


    As a disciple of the Great Sect, Luo Guangtianxian did not disappoint Meng Zhang.


    His mustard space is full of various resources, especially high-end resources.


    High-level spiritual objects, various classics, elixirs, talismans...


    There are even two fairy artifacts on the edge of the mustard space.


    The number of True Immortals in Taiyi Sect is increasing, which is the time when more immortal artifacts are needed.


    The resources in Luo Guangtian''s Immortal Mustard Dimension surpassed that of many great schools of cultivation.


    In fact, not only are these resources his private treasures, but some of them are owned by Guantian Pavilion, and they are only borrowed from his mustard space for temporary storage.


    No matter what twists and turns there are, all the resources in this mustard space should be Meng Zhang''s spoils.


    Such a lucrative spoil, even Meng Zhang, who has experienced many battles, is rare to obtain.


    He transferred all the things in this mustard space to his cave.


    Then, he continued the process of crushing and refining the cave.


    A good cave was quickly broken into pieces, and then became Meng Zhang''s tonic.


    Following Meng Zhang''s actions, this cave began to collapse.


    Seeing that this cave was about to collapse, the yin and yang qi released by Meng Zhang broke into its interior.


    The yin and yang qi quickly broke through the little resistance, and directly entangled with the orb, trying to bring it back to Meng Zhang''s cave.


    With this orb, Meng Zhang can greatly expand the space of his cave, continue to lay a solid foundation, and enhance the potential of the cave.


    The mirror that hadn''t been completely refined was pulled out of the cave by a series of thunder nets, and then entered Meng''s cave.


    Just after doing all this, Luo Guang''s fairy cave ushered in a complete collapse.


    Meng Zhang seized this opportunity and continued to disintegrate the cave, turning it into the nutrients needed by his own cave.


    Luo Guang Tianxian''s cave completely collapsed and disappeared, and it will take a long time for Meng Zhang to fully absorb this harvest.


    However, without the restraint of the three caves belonging to the enemy, Meng Zhang lost most of the pressure and could move relatively freely.


    Meng Zhang recuperated for a while before he made his public appearance and convened a group of high-level officials from the Taiyi world to discuss matters.


    Through such actions, he quickly stabilized people''s hearts and increased confidence for everyone.


    Meng Zhang checked and confirmed that there were no problems in all aspects of Taiyi Realm before starting the retreat again.


    This time, he had to completely refine and absorb the three caves before considering leaving the level.


    His retreat practice this time is not only to heal his injuries, but also to improve himself.


    Once he is allowed to digest all the gains, his cultivation will usher in a leap.


    After Tai Miao returned to the Underworld, she recuperated for a while before fully recovering.


    After all, he was not seriously injured this time, mainly because he consumed too much power during the battle.


    There are various conveniences in recuperating at home in the underworld.


    After he recovered, he communicated with the deity Meng Zhang, and then descended to the underworld again.


    A place like the underworld is the place where Tai Miao can show his talents.


    During the time he left the underworld, he accumulated a lot of affairs, and there were more conflicts here.


    Under his command, he controlled the incarnation of divine power left behind by the gods, as well as the puppet of ghosts and gods refined from the corpse of the white bat sky demon, and fought fiercely with many enemies who tried to take advantage of it.


    Fortunately, with these celestial-level combat power, the territory can be kept.


    Tai Miao has always had revenge and revenge, revenge never overnight.


    Not long after he returned to the underworld, he killed the enemies who had attacked his territory some time ago.


    Soon, around his territory, there was another bloodbath.


    In the long run, the Taiyi Realm has already left the Hengling star area, and it may be difficult to encounter such a resource-rich place in the future.


    The underworld has become the main source of fixed resources for the Taiyi Realm in the future.


    The Underworld is extremely important to the Taiyi Realm, and Tai Miao''s base here must not be lost.


    After the last big battle, Tai Miao became even more fierce.


    Not only did he want to avenge his hatred and eliminate all enemies, but he also took the opportunity to expand his territory and expand his sphere of influence.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, as always, fully supported Tai Miao, and continuously invested manpower and material resources into the Underworld.


    Many high-ranking monks from the Yang world of the Taiyi world, under the protection of the talismans bestowed by Tai Miao, entered the underworld and joined Tai Miao''s command.


    Some of them directly help the army of ghosts and gods to fight, some help to create various creations, and some help to build bases and arrange formations...


    The related monks of the Taiyi Gate have studied for many years, created special mechanisms for fighting in the underworld, and trained many Taoist soldiers to adapt to the underworld environment...


    With the entire Taiyi Realm as the backing, the morale of the subordinate gods under Taimiao''s command was greatly boosted, and they felt that their confidence had greatly increased.


    Too wonderful to act has become more active, more aggressive.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3326

    A strong man with a mid-term cultivation of the gods can be regarded as the number one figure in the void and myriad realms.


    In the underworld, he is even more qualified to be a powerful and dominant party.


    After all, it is relatively rare in the underworld to be strong at the level of immortals.


    Immortal-level strongmen in the Yang world generally don''t stay in the underworld for too long.


    Most of these strong men in the underworld are local ghosts and ghosts.


    With the current cultivation base of Yitaimiao, it is rare to find that "The Road to the Master" is being played in the surrounding area. Please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3327

    The improvement and strengthening of the production capacity of the Taiyi Realm will be of great benefit to the monks of the whole world, no matter whether they are Daoists or not, or others.


    In addition to the human race, there are many other races in the Taiyi world.


    In addition to the Daoist cultivation system, some other cultivation systems are also popular.


    Dragon, Spirit, Sea, Barbarian...


    Each of these races has their own practice methods that have been inherited.


    Especially the dragon clan, as one of the most powerful races in the void, the dragon clan branch in the Taiyi world has a bright future.


    Under the leadership of the Jade Dragon Emperor, this branch of the Dragon Clan is also willing to fight for the Taiyi Realm.


    The Dragon Clan has a strong man of the Golden Immortal level.


    After the Jade Dragon Emperor can contact the ancestral land of the Dragon Clan, he basically doesn''t have to worry about practicing exercises.


    On the other hand, for other races, their cultivation methods are far from perfect.


    For example, the ancestor of the spirit clan, the spirit of the spirit bottle, is placed in the entire void and ten thousand realms, and it can be regarded as a very old true fairy-level powerhouse.


    However, due to some innate limitations of the spirit race, flaws in cultivation techniques, etc., he has been unable to be promoted to the rank of heavenly immortal for a long time.


    The top Taiyimen, including Meng Zhang, can basically treat these races fairly.


    Meng Zhang will patiently help the strong men of all ethnic groups he is optimistic about.


    In addition to opening the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyi Gate to them to a limited extent, Meng Zhang also gave them pointers from time to time.


    These powerhouses combined the classics of the Taiyi Sect, absorbed the experience of other cultivation systems, and gradually perfected their own cultivation techniques.


    Especially Meng Zhang''s advice is very meaningful to them.


    After these years of development, most of the major races except the human race can cultivate real immortal-level powerhouses.


    As for the powerhouses at the level of celestial beings, there is still a long way to go.


    In the blink of an eye, more than sixty years have passed since the Taiyi Realm escaped from the Hengling star area.


    Meng Zhang has not fully digested the harvest of the last war, and is still in retreat.


    With the expansion of Tai Miao in the underworld, the sphere of influence under his command has greatly expanded.


    After being promoted to the middle stage of the gods, he is qualified to contact more forces in the underworld and face stronger powerhouses from all sides.


    In addition to fighting around and expanding wildly, he often travels alone to explore the underworld more deeply.


    In the underworld, in addition to the local forces of the underworld, there are many forces from the yang world.


    Because of the importance of the underworld, basically all forces that have developed well in the yang world will slowly infiltrate the underworld, trying to exert greater influence on it.


    These foreign forces were of course hostile and rejected by the local forces at the beginning, which triggered a series of tragic bloody battles.


    There are often open and covert struggles among these external forces.


    In the underworld, forces disappear almost at any time, but new foreign forces appear from time to time.


    Some foreign forces that are powerful enough make the local forces helpless and can only acquiesce and tolerate their existence.


    These alien forces occupy territories in the underworld and build cities...


    Some cities opened up to the outside world and became trading places of a certain scale.


    In addition to exchanging resources, they can also exchange information with each other.


    In some cities in the underworld, there are many places for buying and selling information.


    In addition to everything that happened in the underworld, the information on buying and selling also has content about the yang world.


    Tai Miao has visited some cities and conducted transactions many times.


    After the Taiyi Realm left the Hengling Star Region, what was the reaction from the Lingkong Immortal Realm? Tai Miao really wanted to know.


    Because he was worried about being traced by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, with the acquiescence of Tai Miao and Meng Zhang, the Moon God completely sealed off the Taiyi Realm and prohibited the flow of internal and external information.


    This is safe, and it also makes Taiyi Realm lose the channel to understand outside intelligence.


    Fortunately, for this situation, Tai Miao had already calculated.


    So far, Tai Miao''s influence in the Underworld has not revealed its relationship with the Taiyi Realm.


    Even those monks from the Taiyi Realm will deliberately keep their identities secret, and will never play the Taiyi Realm''s signboard.


    When Tai Miao came into contact with the outside world, she also chose carefully, trying to avoid any intersection with forces like the Ling Kong Immortal World.


    In the eyes of many forces in the underworld, Tai Miao is a powerful ghost.


    The bases of those foreign forces in the underworld keep in touch with the Yang world on a regular basis, and they can learn about the big and small things that happen in the Yang world.


    Tai Miao inquired about the situation in the Hengling star area without expending too much effort.


    More than sixty years have passed, and the situation in the Hengling star area has not eased. The Lingkong Immortal Realm is still fighting with various forces to compete for resources there.


    The battle triggered by Lunjianxuan eventually turned into an all-out war that spread across the entire Hengling star area.


    After these years of wars, all forces have suffered heavy losses.


    Everyone came to the Hengling star area to harvest resources, not to give in vain.


    Many high-level leaders of the forces feel that the war should not continue.


    At the very least, the intensity and scope of the war should be controlled so that everyone can put more effort into collecting resources.


    Of course, it is not easy for them to achieve their goals, and there is no sign of weakening in the war yet.


    In addition to competing for interests, all parties have accumulated too much hatred in these years of war.


    Many times, the battle has turned into a battle of spirits and a battle of revenge.


    Under such a situation, it is really not a big deal for one side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to lose the power of the Taiyi Realm.


    Forces such as the Goddess of the Earth Mother and the True Buddha Sect could not gain much advantage in the frontal battlefield, so they used other crooked brains.


    After they heard the information about the defection of the Taiyi Realm, they added more details and spread it widely.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm were unfair, and the internal struggle was fierce, forcing the Taiyi Realm back...


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm took advantage of this battle to deliberately consume the power of their comprehension forces and cleanse those comprehension forces that are not very obedient...


    The official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and the Wuliang Tianzong fought internally, and each other''s vassal forces attacked...


    ...


    These rumors spread more and more widely, and the more they spread, the more outrageous they really confuse many people.


    Among the comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm, many people really believed some of the rumors and became wary of the official Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    As one of the few Taoist cultivators in the void, Lingkong Immortal Realm has a Taoist style and always pays attention to image and reputation.


    Most people know that the enemy is talking nonsense, fabricating indiscriminately, and wantonly discrediting the official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    However, these rumors still made many high-level officials in Lingkong Immortal Realm find it difficult to accept.


    Not long after, the high-level officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm came forward to deal with the defection of the Taiyi Realm.


    Fengyuan Tianxian, who was in charge of handling this matter before, suffered a lot.


    It would be fine if Fengyuan Tianxian could successfully take down the Taiyi Realm in the first place.


    But he was ineffective in command, let alone the Taiyi Realm, and lost a strong man like Luo Guangtianxian.


    In the end, because of this incident, it had an adverse impact on the Lingkong Immortal World, and he really couldn''t absolve himself of the blame. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3328

    When being held accountable by his boss, Fengyuan Tianxian of course tried his best to defend himself.


    He tried to put all the blame on Taiyi Jie and Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang is insidious and cunning, and has long harbored evil intentions.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm have no loyalty to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and only want to gain benefits from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang may have been bought by the hostile forces long ago, and wanted to destroy the Lingkong Immortal Realm internally.


    Taiyi Realm is a nail for hostile forces to penetrate into the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    If it hadn''t been for him to expose Meng Zhang''s true colors early on, this incident might have caused even greater harm to the Lingkong Immortal World if it had not erupted in the future.


    His biggest mistake was to underestimate Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie.


    Since they were traitors sent by hostile forces, they were naturally prepared to defect and deployed enough support forces.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm must not let the Taiyi Realm go, and must take it down as soon as possible.


    ...


    Fengyuan Tianxian''s boss was noncommittal about his defense.


    But it is a good suggestion to win the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible.


    This incident was caused by the defection of the Taiyi Realm, and the rumors have already shaken many practitioners under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    If the Taiyi Realm is captured and brought back to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and interrogated carefully, the rumors should be cleared up quickly and people''s hearts will be settled.


    Therefore, hunting down the Taiyi Realm was put on the agenda again.


    This time, it''s not just Fengyuan Tianxian''s revenge, but the thoughts of many high-level people in Lingkong Immortal Realm, which represent the official will of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The resources used and the experts dispatched are far from comparable to last time.


    With the power possessed by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, once they make up their minds to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, it will soon become a catastrophe that the Taiyi Realm has to face.


    The Taiyi Realm defected from the Hengling Star District, and the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm initially hoped to send a team from the Hengling Star District battlefield to hunt down the Taiyi Realm.


    After decades of wars, although the war is far from over, the Lingkong Immortal Realm has stabilized its position and can definitely mobilize enough strength.


    After Lun Jianxuan heard about it, he was very dissatisfied with it.


    The sword cultivators of Lunjianxuan believe that war is omnipotent, and the enemy spreading rumors is just a means.


    What really determines the outcome of the great battle is the fighting on the battlefield.


    Rumors stop at the wise, and those who will be confused by such rough rumors are all a group of idiots, and there is no need to take their thoughts into consideration.


    Hunting down the mere Taiyi Realm is nothing worth mentioning at all.


    The battle in the Hengling star area is still going on, there is really no need to mobilize the forces here.


    Lunjianxuan is a top-level Jinxian sect, and his opinions cannot be ignored.


    Since these sword cultivators are unwilling to weaken the power of the Hengling star area, then respect their opinions, and there is no need to provoke these sword lunatics for this.


    Therefore, the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm stationed in the Hengling star area reported the matter to the headquarters of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, requesting that the Taiyi Realm be fully wanted and organize forces to hunt them down.


    After receiving the news from the Lingkong Immortal Headquarters, they may feel that this matter is not very important, and they must deal with more important matters first.


    After going through a lot of tedious bureaucratic procedures, although the headquarter of Lingkong Immortal Realm issued a warrant for the arrest of Taiyi Realm, the priority was not high, and the amount of reward offered was even lower.


    After a long delay, the headquarters of Lingkong Immortal Realm organized a team to hunt down Taiyi Realm.


    This team is very strong, led by an immortal.


    The Taiyi Realm has defected for a long time, and it is basically impossible to find its whereabouts using normal means.


    Fortunately, such a powerful force as the Lingkong Immortal Realm has long been familiar with hunting down wanted criminals.


    Learning from the previous failure to trace the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have invited a very powerful Tianji Immortal Master this time, as well as strong people who are proficient in the Dao of Karma and similar methods, and let them go to places where the Taiyi Realm haunted , Pursue and calculate based on the various traces left behind.


    Meng Zhang has always kept his identity as a master of celestial secrets strictly confidential, and only a few high-level officials in the Taiyi world know about it.


    The strength of the Tianji Immortal Master invited by Fengyuan Tianxian last time is too far from that of Meng Zhang.


    At the beginning of his calculation, he was severely injured by the backlash of the void and heaven before he touched Meng Zhang.


    The Tianji Immortal Master and others dispatched this time are of high level. They each show their magical powers and use various means to calculate and investigate the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang, who was practicing in seclusion, was alarmed, and immediately used the secret technique to fight an offensive and defensive battle with these guys in the air.


    In such a battle, defense is always easier than offense.


    Meng Zhang''s level of Heaven''s Secret Art is also much higher than that of his opponent.


    It''s just that there are many opponents, and it''s not just the secret technique.


    Fortunately, the level of the opponent''s karma is not as good as that of the Buddhist powerhouse.


    Moreover, the powerhouses in Taiyi Realm and Lingkong Immortal Realm did not have too many karma.


    If it was replaced by the gods of the Earth Goddess Department, with the karma of covering the land, Meng Zhang might not be able to stop the opponent.


    After wrestling with his opponent for a long time, Meng Zhang felt a little impatient.


    This not only greatly affected his practice, but also if he fights for a long time, he will lose if he defends for a long time, and some information about his side may be leaked.


    He gently aroused the power of the green lotus bestowed by the Taiyi Golden Immortal.


    This time, all contact with the enemy was forcibly severed.


    All the enemies who were casting spells were backlashed, basically all of them suffered heavy injuries.


    Such a result greatly exceeded the official expectations of the Lingkong Immortal World.


    These monks may have average levels of cultivation and combat effectiveness, but they specialize in art, and their special roles are difficult to replace. For the officials of the Lingkong Immortal World, they are very valuable talents.


    Not only did they not get any clues about the Taiyi Realm this time, but they almost died, which must be said to be a serious setback.


    Of course, they are not the highest level in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the Lingkong Immortal Realm can definitely invite more powerful Tianji Immortal Masters.


    There is really no other way, and you can even ask Jinxian to help.


    But since Lingkong Immortal Realm is a comprehension force, all things must consider a cost-effectiveness.


    For the sake of a mere Taiyi world, it would be too uneconomical to take out the hole cards, or to alarm Jinxian.


    Many high-level officials hesitated.


    Even those high-level executives who pay attention to the prestige of the spiritual world and hate the Taiyi world cannot easily make a decision.


    The seriously injured Tianji Immortal Master seemed to faintly feel some kind of extremely high-level power when Meng Zhang fought back, and he had some guesses in his mind.


    In private, he told his conjecture to the familiar senior officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Not long after, after a heated debate, the upper echelon of Lingkong Immortal Realm changed their previous attitude.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm seems to be less keen on hunting down the Taiyi Realm, let alone invite a stronger Tianji Immortal Master. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3329

    The Lingkong Immortal Realm has not withdrawn the arrest warrant for the Taiyi Realm, and it still looks like a serious pursuit to the outside world.


    After all, it is an iron fact that the Taiyi Realm got cold feet and defected from the Hengling star area.


    No matter what twists and turns there are, Lingkong Immortal World must show its attitude.


    Otherwise, everyone will follow suit in the future, how can Lingkong Immortal Realm maintain its own rule.


    It''s just that the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are unwilling to invest more resources in hunting down the Taiyi Realm.


    Even the immortal who was supposed to lead the team to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, after hearing some rumors, became a lot more slack, looking for various excuses to delay, and was unwilling to dispatch for a long time.


    In this regard, the upper echelon of Lingkong Immortal Realm did not intend to force him.


    Tai Miao obtained information from the Underworld, only the Lingkong Immortal Realm issued a warrant for the Taiyi Realm, issued a reward, and organized a hunting team.


    As for the small thoughts of the high-level people in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it is not very clear about the series of changes that happened later.


    After Meng Zhang experienced the previous offensive and defensive battles, he did not relax his vigilance against the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Both he and Tai Miao felt that since the Lingkong Immortal Realm had issued a warrant, it would be very detrimental to the Taiyi Realm.


    For a long time after that, Meng Zhang, who was waiting in full force, did not wait for the calculation of Immortal Master Tianji for him.


    He guessed in his heart, could it be that his last blow hurt his opponent, making him afraid to continue to attack easily.


    With the huge power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are still many ways to continue to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, even without using special means such as the calculation of the secret technique.


    After the official arrest warrant of the Lingkong Immortal Realm was issued, no matter inside or outside the Lingkong Immortal Realm, no matter whether it is a cultivation force or not, there are always many forces and many monks, in order to please the Lingkong Immortal Realm, join the ranks of hunting down the Taiyi Realm, or inform them , Pass the message.


    Although the void is vast and boundless, many places have owners.


    The deeds of monks from all walks of life spread across most of the void.


    As long as the Taiyi Realm has contact with the outside world, it will inevitably be exposed.


    The transmission of information in the void may not be very fast, but Taiyi Realm has exposed its whereabouts many times, and it is inevitable that it will be blocked by pursuers.


    In these years, Taiyi Realm has been advancing along the route carefully arranged by Meng Zhang.


    The areas that the Taiyi Realm passes through are very remote and barren, where it is difficult to meet outsiders under normal circumstances.


    So far, the Taiyi world has been lucky and has not met outsiders.


    But the Taiyi world cannot always count on such good luck.


    Moreover, when the Taiyi Realm stepped into the void, Meng Zhang made a strategy of wandering around and supporting war with war.


    Although the current resources of Taiyi Realm are very sufficient, they cannot just sit and eat forever.


    In the long run, the Taiyi world still needs to have stable external resources that can be collected.


    Meng Zhang had already considered where the Taiyi world would go next.


    The arrest warrant issued by Lingkong Fairyland helped him make his final decision.


    It has been thousands of years since Meng Zhang stepped into the Void. In addition to the classic records handed down by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, he also has a wealth of experience and obtained a lot of information.


    At this moment, he has a deep understanding of the void and knows a lot of secrets.


    The target he chose for the Taiyi Realm this time is the famous dangerous place in the void, the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    The whirling flower sea is a very closed place, and it is very difficult to enter it.


    More importantly, because the famous Buddha Nanmo Riyueguang Buddha sits in the sea of ??flowers all year round, this place is often regarded as the site of Buddhism.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha was not born in a major sect of Buddhism, but a rare Buddha who came from casual practice.


    He has a gentle personality, rarely has disputes with the outside world, and has always disliked getting involved in things like disputes between Buddhism and Taoism.


    He has been sitting in the sea of ??flowers and flowers all year round, but he has not closed this place, let alone rejecting other people''s entry.


    Basically, he treats intruders equally.


    As long as some of his taboos are not violated, he doesn''t care what the intruder does inside.


    The interior of the whirling flower sea is full of dangers, even if the celestial gods and bodhisattvas wander in it, they are in danger of falling.


    Strong people like the Buddha Golden Immortal, even monks of other systems, will maintain a minimum of respect for them.


    Including the major forces of the Taoist sect, the forces of the Golden Immortal level in the void generally would not easily offend Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    If there is no great benefit, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm will never openly set foot in the sea of ??flowers.


    If the Taiyi Realm escaped into the sea of ??whirling flowers, it should be able to avoid the official pursuit of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang had heard about the sea of ??flowers whirling a long time ago.


    Before escaping from the Hengling star area, he had carefully considered the way to escape, the target of the escape, etc.


    He used various means to collect various detailed information about the whirling flower sea.


    After rigorous screening and serious thinking, he took the whirling flower sea as one of his escape destinations.


    After escaping from the Hengling star area, he still had some fantasies, and he didn''t want to easily escape to the Sea of ??Flowers.


    Although he has great confidence, he can bring the Taiyi Realm into there safely and be able to gain a foothold there.


    But entering the whirling flower sea is always an adventure, and there are many dangers in it.


    Perhaps, the Lingkong Immortal Realm doesn''t care about a mere Taiyi Realm.


    Perhaps, because of internal conflicts, Lingkong Immortal World could not agree on one opinion.


    Perhaps, Juechen Immortal Venerable and even Fairy Feixue of Lunjianxuan can exert influence and prevent the Lingkong Immortal Realm from arresting Taiyi Realm.


    ...


    The information obtained by Tai Miao shows that the Lingkong Immortal Realm has no intention of letting the Taiyi Realm go easily.


    After going through an offensive and defensive battle, Meng Zhang became more vigilant and wanted to flee to an area that the Ling Kong Immortal World could not set foot in.


    As long as you can stay away from the sphere of influence of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and avoid its wanted, it is completely acceptable to take some risks.


    Originally, the current direction of the Taiyi Realm is roughly towards the position of the whirling flower sea.


    After Meng Zhang made up his mind, he immediately ordered.


    According to Meng Zhang''s order, Luna adjusted the course, and the Taiyi Realm sailed directly to the whirling flower sea.


    After making the arrangements, Meng Zhang continued to retreat and practice.


    Because he was worried about the magic calculation of the Tianji Immortal Master in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, he had to set aside a lot of attention to guard against this matter.


    If he can''t devote himself wholeheartedly to his practice, his practice efficiency will be greatly affected.


    This strengthened his determination to escape into the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    After Tai Miao inquired about the information she wanted in the underworld, she returned to her own territory and continued to fight and expand abroad.


    Although he used some means to let his subordinates continue to pay attention to the information about the spirit world, but due to the distance between the yang world and the underworld, there was a big delay in the transmission of information, and it was difficult to obtain the latest real-time information about the yang world in the underworld.


    Besides, the arrest of the Taiyi Realm by the Lingkong Immortal Realm is nothing more than a trivial matter for the Void Myriad Realm.


    It is impossible for the major forces in the void to pay too much attention to this matter.


    There is no urgent need for this kind of information in the underworld. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3331

    Every time outsiders enter here, they need to carefully avoid all kinds of obvious or hidden traps, and re-explore new safety routes.


    Meng Zhang has rich experience in similar explorations, and his senses are very keen, especially his intuition.


    In many cases, he didn''t need to release his divine sense to investigate, and he could avoid dangerous traps everywhere just out of intuition.


    Due to the heavy burden, it took him about half a month to pass this area. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3332

    In the sea of ??whirling flowers, even those illusory flowers may hide murderous intentions.


    If someone accidentally enters these flowers, they will be confused by inexplicable forces and lose their minds.


    Or if you accidentally touch some small flowers, the same situation will occur.


    As for the real flowers, the situation inside is more complicated.


    Some of them have a small thousand world or a middle thousand world, which can provide certain resources, but "The Road to the Master" is also being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3333

    A huge void battleship slowly landed in Jiuqu Port, the port of Taiyi Realm.


    Jiuqu Port is located at the mouth of the lower reaches of the Jiuqu River in the central mainland of the Taiyi Realm.


    The boats on the river from the upper reaches of the Jiuqu River, sea boats from overseas, flying boats of all sizes from outside the Jiuqu River area, and even ships of various colors from the void... all gather here, making this port a place of great beauty. There are countless large ports in the second world.


    The fairy city where Jiuqu Port is located is Taiyi''s "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3334

    The etheric world is so big and has so many cultivators from all walks of life, even with Meng Zhang''s ability, there is no guarantee that there will be no traitors in it.


    When the Taiyi Realm stayed in the Hengling star area, it opened its doors to welcome visitors from all over the world, attracting countless practitioners.


    Among them, there must be people with ulterior motives, and even spies from various forces.


    Although the dark hall of Taiyimen is very powerful, the vigilance of the Taiyi world is also very high. It is indeed found that most of them are currently being played. Please wait a moment. After the content is updated, please refresh the page , to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3337

    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, who sits in the sea of ??flowers all the year round, does not prohibit other monks from entering here.


    However, all forces in the void generally abide by the convention and give this Buddha a minimum of respect.


    Whether it is Taoist or Buddhist practice sects, they will not wantonly infiltrate here. At most, they will send some exploration teams to seek opportunities and gain benefits here.


    It''s nothing for an ordinary strong person to enter the sea of ??whirling flowers, but Nanwu Riyueguangfo has always been unaffected.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3338

    Meng Zhang had heard about Yunmen sect''s behavior style.


    The style of this sect is definitely not gentle.


    It was a little strange to him that the group of strong men from the Yunmen sect had not followed up after they were kicked out by him.


    Meng Zhang is busy exploring the surrounding area, and has no time to pursue the matter for the time being.


    Maybe the Yunmen sect''s strength in the whirling flower sea is insufficient, or its strong one in the whirling flower sea is stumbled by other things?


    Since the other party has not come to the door for the time being, "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is currently being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: novelhall.com

 Chapter 3330

    For such a powerful force in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, every move it makes attracts a lot of attention.


    In the void, there are many forces staring at the spirit world, paying attention to every movement, big or small.


    Maybe, such information can be sold for a lot of money to enemies or friends in the spirit world.


    Perhaps, from these actions, a way to gain benefits can be found.


    Of course, many actions in Lingkong Immortal World have nothing to do with outsiders, and other people can''t get any benefits from them.


    Not many people pay attention to the matter of the Taiyi Realm being wanted by the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The True Buddha Sect and other sects are only using this news to create rumors and add chaos to the Lingkong Immortal Realm. They don''t really care about the life and death of the Taiyi Realm.


    Some gods of the Earth Goddess Department are unwilling to let go of the Taiyi Realm because of the corpse of the God of Gaiyang.


    But because of the war in the Hengling star area, they have no time for other things for the time being.


    The fact that Taiyi Realm was wanted by Lingkong Immortal Realm was sent to the Underworld as routine information.


    If there is not enough feedback from the underworld, the relevant forces on the Yangshi side will generally not invest more resources in it.


    Subsequent information of this kind, even if it is introduced into the underworld, cannot guarantee timeliness and accuracy.


    Yi Taimiao''s current influence in the underworld is not enough to give feedback to the relevant forces in the yang world for the time being.


    Out of caution, Meng Zhang planned to take the Taiyi Realm and escape into the whirling flower sea, completely avoiding the pursuit of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The direction of progress of the Taiyi Realm was originally roughly towards the position of the whirling flower sea. After adjustment, the direction is more accurate.


    Another twenty years have passed, and the journey of the Taiyi Realm has basically been smooth sailing without any accidents.


    The Taiyi Realm also began to slowly approach the periphery of the whirling flower sea.


    At this time, Meng Zhang finally left the customs.


    The purpose of his retreat this time has not been fully achieved.


    Although the enemy''s cave was completely crushed and refined, it was not completely absorbed.


    If he was given more time, he would be able to complete all this, and his own cultivation would also usher in a leap forward.


    Even so, he has made great progress in cultivation, and his foundation in Dongtian has been greatly strengthened.


    He left the level early this time because the Taiyi Realm entered the whirling flower sea and needed him to do it himself.


    After Meng Zhang left the customs, instead of Luna, he controlled the progress of the Taiyi Realm, and the progress of the Taiyi Realm became faster.


    A few months later, the sea of ??whirling flowers loomed in sight.


    The whirling flower sea is far away from the main channel in the void, and it is a special place.


    On the periphery of the whirling flower sea, there are densely packed space cracks. Almost every moment, there is a turbulent flow in space.


    A large part of these space cracks are directly connected to the anti-space, and the space storms from the depths of the anti-space are raging in the surrounding area from time to time.


    Even a strong person at the level of a fairy, once accidentally involved in this kind of space storm, may fall into the depths of the anti-space.


    You must know that there are many dangers in the anti-space, which are enough to make a strong person at the level of a fairy fall.


    With Meng Zhang''s strength today, he dare not enter the depths of anti-space to explore at will.


    These cracks in space around the whirling sea of ??flowers are said to have been caused by a group of strong men fighting in ancient times.


    To create such a scene in such a vast area, at least the strong ones at the level of immortals should be shot.


    If the monks from all sides want to enter the inside of the whirling flower sea, they must pass through these obstacles on the periphery and find a way to find a safe way among the densely packed space cracks.


    Not to mention the huge size of the Taiyi Realm, even ordinary void battleships cannot pass through the outer area.


    Meng Zhang has long been prepared for this.


    After coming here, he left Taiyi Realm.


    He stood proudly in the void, and with a big move, the power of the cave lightly covered the Taiyi Realm.


    This is the space-like fairy art he practiced, which has the supernatural powers of heaven and earth, similar to the supernatural powers of mustard seeds, the universe in the sleeve, and the sun and the moon in the pot.


    The space around the Taiyi Realm distorted for a while, and then the whole world quickly disappeared, being temporarily absorbed into Meng Zhang''s cave.


    Everyone in the Taiyi Realm just felt a shock, and then returned to normal.


    Judging from the size alone, Meng Zhang''s cave is far from enough to accommodate such a huge Taiyi Realm.


    But the magical powers of immortality are so mysterious and incredible that they can turn the impossible into possible.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm is like a ship, quietly floating in his cave.


    After putting away the Taiyi Realm with his magic powers, Meng Zhang was under tremendous pressure almost all the time.


    His cave, and himself, felt a bit overwhelmed.


    Meng Zhang circulated his immortal power, stabilized his state, and then flew forward.


    The space in the front area is very chaotic, and there are natural space traps everywhere.


    Not to mention the teleportation supernatural power of the space type, even the escape technique is difficult to use here.


    All outsiders who want to enter the whirling flower sea must honestly fly in the void.


    During the flight, one must carefully avoid countless space cracks and numerous natural traps that may be open or hidden.


    Meng Zhang involuntarily slowed down his flight speed, advancing cautiously as if walking on thin ice.


    He is not alone along the way, and occasionally he can sense the aura of a heavenly-level powerhouse around him.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang was not surprised at all.


    Although the Whirling Flower Sea is a famously dangerous place in the void, there are countless risks inside and outside, but there are also countless resources here.


    As long as these risks can be weathered, huge gains are possible.


    From time to time, there are some strong people at the level of celestial beings who come here to explore.


    Because of the relationship between Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, Buddhist Bodhisattvas like to come here to explore.


    Of course, there are also many practitioners of other systems.


    The threshold to enter the whirling flower sea is to have the strength of a fairy.


    If the strength is not enough, it depends on whether there is an elder at the level of a fairy to take care of him.


    In fact, if many immortal-level powerhouses encounter danger here, they will not be able to protect themselves.


    It will be even more difficult to bring juniors and subordinates here.


    Due to the drag from Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang couldn''t show his full strength here.


    Every time he advances a certain distance, he has to stop and take a short rest to ensure that his condition is intact.


    Many foreign explorers enter in teams to take care of each other.


    Meng Zhang had already sensed the aura of other strong men, but he had no intention of contacting them at all.


    He can''t trust strangers, and now is not the time to make friends.


    The space here is too chaotic, space cracks are constantly disappearing, and new ones are constantly appearing, space is turbulently flowing around, and space storms almost never stop.


    If you want to enter the inside of the whirling flower sea, there is no fixed safe route, and naturally there is no such thing as a star map.


    Maybe the line that was able to pass safely last time was completely submerged by the space storm after a while. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3335

    It didn''t take long to reshape the cave this time, but it made Meng Zhang very difficult.


    If it weren''t for the good-hearted Luo Guangtianxian who provided enough resources, with Meng Zhang''s accumulation and background, it would be impossible to complete such a large project.


    This time the cave was sublimated into the Taiji cave, and Meng Zhang gained huge benefits.


    Dongtian is when facing the enemy in the future, Dongtian can play a greater role.


    His own practice foundation is equivalent to a reshaping, with a better future.


    His cultivation has made great progress. Compared with those peerless arrogances of the Golden Immortal Sect, at least in his current cultivation realm, he is only stronger than weaker.


    He was in Tianxian, but he was very quiet and wanted to move, and suddenly wanted to go out for a walk.


    The main purpose of his retreat this time has been achieved.


    The future practice will be a continuous consumption of resources, so there is no need to rush for a while.


    After leaving the customs, Meng Zhang summoned the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm as usual to learn about the latest situation of the Taiyi Realm.


    At the same time, he himself used various detection methods to carefully check the Taiyi Realm and its surrounding areas.


    Everything in the Taiyi world is normal and it is developing at a high speed.


    The high-level reports of the Taiyi world have a lot of content, but there is nothing urgent.


    Everyone in the Taiyi Realm felt good about this place, after slowly getting used to it.


    In the process of exploring the surrounding area, the Taiyi Realm paid a certain price and consumed a lot of resources.


    But now, the loss is completely controllable, and there is a stable resource income every once in a while.


    It won''t be long before Taiyi Realm''s harvest in the whirling flower sea will exceed its consumption, and will be able to make up for all previous losses.


    Many people think that it is not bad to just stay in the whirling flower sea for such a long time.


    It seems that Meng Zhang, who is always right, has chosen a good place for everyone this time.


    Meng Zhang was very dissatisfied when he saw that many senior officials in Taiyi Realm had a relaxed attitude.


    It''s only been thirty years, and these guys have forgotten their own warnings, forgetting that the whirling flower sea is a famous dangerous place in the void.


    If the whirling flower sea is really so good, why don''t you see other cultivation forces move here, and why don''t you see anyone establishing a sect here?


    Most of the outsiders who came to Po Whirling Flower Sea had the mentality of grabbing one and leaving, and they didn''t want to stay here for a long time at all.


    The reason why the Taiyi Realm hasn''t encountered any danger these years is because Meng Zhang chose a good place, and secondly, the Taiyi Realm has good luck.


    But a cultivator can''t always rely on luck, can he?


    The surrounding area has been explored before, and the general situation has been figured out by the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    Not to mention those illusory flowers, real flowers are actually limited, and even less of them have development value.


    The sea of ??flowers in the surrounding area has grown up little by little after a long period of time.


    After the real flowers in an area are developed and disappear, there will be no new real flowers for a long time after that.


    This means that if the Taiyi Realm wants to continue to earn income, it has to leave this area and enter another area.


    If it continues to develop like this, the Taiyi Realm will gradually penetrate into the sea of ??whirling flowers step by step.


    At that time, everyone in Taiyi Realm will see the true horror of the whirling flower sea.


    But if the Taiyi Realm is trapped here, it will soon lose its source of income.


    With Meng Zhang''s current cultivation level, he dare not say that he is wandering recklessly in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    The foothold he chose for the Taiyi Realm is also the core away from the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    In fact, even the current position of the Taiyi Realm cannot be said to be absolutely safe.


    In the sea of ??whirling flowers, there are some changes from time to time, which lead to great changes in the surrounding environment, and even sweep almost the entire sea of ??whirling flowers.


    When Meng Zhang brought the Taiyi Realm into the Sea of ??Flowers, his main purpose was to escape the pursuit of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    As for obtaining resources, that''s just incidental.


    He first reprimanded those high-level officials who were slack, and warned them heavily.


    As for how much they can listen to, it''s hard to say.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang has always had supreme authority in the Taiyi world, no matter how careless they are, they dare not say that they completely ignored his warning.


    As for the next step for Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang still needs to think carefully.


    Since the situation in the Lingkong Immortal Realm was unclear, Meng Zhang did not dare to let the Taiyi Realm wander freely in the void.


    The spirit world is so powerful that it can almost affect most of the void.


    The target of the official pursuit is generally difficult to gain a foothold in the void.


    Not to mention the hunting team sent by the official Lingkong Immortal Realm, among other forces and powerful people in the void, there are many people who want to please the Lingkong Immortal Realm and even want to establish a relationship with the Lingkong Immortal Realm official.


    Even if the amount of reward offered by the Lingkong Immortal Realm is not high, they will actively inform the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and even directly join the team that hunts down the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang is very strong, but he is far from being invincible in the void.


    Among other things, he couldn''t resist just coming to a fairy statue casually.


    Taking a step back, even if there are no immortals in the hunting team, as long as there are enough immortals, they will continue to attack the Taiyi Realm, and the Taiyi Realm will be disturbed.


    For the sake of safety, it is best for the Taiyi Realm to stay in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    Meng Zhang has a great future and a strong desire to seek Taoism.


    If possible, he certainly hopes to be able to practice in peace without being disturbed.


    It''s a pity that cultivation requires merit.


    The higher the cultivation level of a cultivator, the greater the demand for resources.


    This is why, in the world of comprehension, especially among high-level cultivators, there are very few strong people who have been hiding from the world.


    Even the disciples of the Golden Immortal Sect have to participate in various competitions in order to obtain enough resources.


    Compete with the same sect, compete with outsiders...


    It is not feasible for Taiyi Realm to remain confined to its current position.


    After thinking about it, Meng Zhang felt that it seemed inevitable that the Taiyi Realm would continue to explore further areas and obtain more resources. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3336

    Although the whirling flower sea is extremely dangerous, but in comparison, the resources here are also very rich.


    As long as Taiyi Realm can avoid danger and develop it, it will definitely earn a very rich income.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t personally experience all kinds of dangers in the whirling sea of ??flowers, he got a lot of relevant information.


    The Taiyi world has shared this information a long time ago.


    Logically speaking, all the high-level Taiyi Realm should know that the whirling flower sea is not a good place.


    But there are always some guys who don''t cry when they don''t see the coffin, they don''t take it seriously.


    Since Meng Zhang has decided to let the Taiyi Realm stay in the whirling flower sea and obtain more resources, he must plan carefully and must not act rashly.


    Meng Zhang asked the Taiyi Realm executives not to rush to expand to the distance, but to take care of the nearby areas for the time being.


    Regarding Meng Zhang''s orders, the high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm naturally had no choice but to obey them respectfully.


    After Meng Zhang gave the order, he was about to leave Taiyi Realm and explore further areas first.


    After it is confirmed that there are no major problems, the follow-up exploration and development will be handed over to the Taiyi Realm monks.


    Meng Zhang took a step forward, and the next moment he was already in the void.


    This place is far away from the core area of ??the whirling flower sea. Generally speaking, the level of danger is not high.


    But if you go deep into other areas, you need to investigate carefully.


    As soon as Meng Zhang''s figure flickered, he began to go deep into the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    At this position, few monks from the Taiyi Realm came to explore for the time being.


    He looked at the many flowers that were hard to distinguish from the real and the real around him, and frowned.


    Even with his divine sense at this time, he couldn''t detect the internal conditions of all the flowers.


    With a thought in his mind, a huge celestial power spread out to the surroundings, gently shaking the void.


    Many illusory flowers shattered one after another, and many real flowers had feedback.


    Through these feedbacks, Meng Zhang can roughly judge the level of his strength.


    Of course, such a method is not 100% accurate, and there must be certain omissions.


    Moreover, the efficiency is not very high, and it takes Meng Zhang a lot of time to barely explore an area.


    Meng Zhang was patient and turned around in a circle, using this method to clear out a large area.


    In this area, there is not too much danger for the time being, and there is no danger at the level of angels.


    Next, the monks of the Taiyi Realm can be allowed to further explore and develop here.


    Meng Zhang was about to go deeper when he suddenly felt something.


    His figure disappeared immediately in the void.


    The next moment, he appeared in a place that went deeper into the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Not far in front of him, a group of Taiyi Realm monks were being besieged.


    This group of Taiyi Realm monks was led by Zhenxian Wei Wuxia and Jin Qiaoer, and most of them were Void Returning Stage monks.


    The star-swallowing beast that was brought back to the Taiyi Realm by Meng Zhang in the early years has grown into a giant and is fighting side by side with the Taiyi Realm monks.


    Their enemies are a group of Buddhist masters, among them there are many Arhats, King Ming and the like.


    The enemy is numerous and powerful, and has already gained a clear upper hand.


    During the siege, Wei Wuxia sent a distress message to Taiyi Realm.


    But in the sea of ??whirling flowers, due to the influence of special forces, the long-distance communication is not smooth, and it is not known whether the Taiyi Realm has received a distress message.


    Seeing that his monks were under siege, Meng Zhang did not act in a hurry, but secretly sent a voice message to Wei Wuxia, asking what was going on.


    Wei Wuxia can be regarded as a veteran true immortal of the Taiyi Sect, not to mention his cultivation level is not weak, and he is also very good at the art of controlling beasts.


    After Meng Zhang brought the star-swallowing beast cub back to the Taiyi Realm, she was mainly taking care of it.


    The star devouring beast has extraordinary talent and unlimited potential.


    Wei Wuxia himself has a spirit beast of the level of a real fairy, but he still spent a lot of effort to cultivate this star-swallowing beast.


    Cultivating this star-swallowing beast can not only prove her beast-controlling skills, but also add powerful combat power to the Taiyi Realm.


    Over the past few years, the high-level officials of the Taiyi Realm have invested a lot of resources in the Star Swallowing Beast.


    Wen Qianjuan, the Taoist master of the array, presided over the Star Dou array many times in person, condensing the infinite starlight, as the resources needed for the growth of the star-swallowing beast.


    As for various other resources, they have almost never been cut off.


    For a beast of the void like the Star Swallowing Beast, growing up is a long process.


    The Taiyi world has paid so much, even though the process has been greatly accelerated, it still cannot be accomplished overnight.


    Up to now, this star-swallowing beast is no more than the cultivation level of the Void Return Stage.


    The Star Devouring Beast is not a flower in a greenhouse. During the growth process, it needs to go through battles and undergo various tests.


    On weekdays, many monks in Taiyi Realm would fight this star swallowing beast to cultivate its combat experience.


    More importantly, the Star Devouring Beast needs to fight or even fight to the death with the real enemy, and improve itself in the life and death fight.


    Some time ago, Wei Wuxia took a group of Taiyi Realm monks and star-swallowing beasts to practice and explore in the void.


    The star-swallowing beast is indeed a fierce beast of the void, it is extremely excited when it enters the void, and various instincts begin to emerge.


    He roamed in the void and fought enemies like star beasts many times.


    Wei Wuxia has been following by, taking on the responsibility of nanny.


    Jin Qiaoer is an old acquaintance of Meng Zhang, and has always been valued by Meng Zhang.


    Jin Qiaoer has excellent talent and has long been a real fairy.


    Her master Jin Li Taoist was unable to be promoted to a true immortal for a long time, and could only watch helplessly as his apprentice''s cultivation level surpassed his own.


    In the past few years, Daoist Jin Li failed to forcibly attack the Realm of Immortal Realm, and died.


    Jin Qiaoer was extremely sad when her master who had been with her for many years and had great kindness and righteousness ended up like this, and has been depressed ever since.


    Wei Wuxia and Jin Qiaoer have a good friendship.


    This time she invited Jin Qiao''er to enter the void together, and she also meant to accompany her to relax.


    Jin Qiaoer couldn''t resist the kindness of her old friend and joined her team.


    Everything went well at first with their team, and they gained a lot.


    But not long ago, they encountered a group of experts from the Yunmen Sect of Buddhism.


    The other party fell in love with this star-swallowing beast, saying that it had a destiny with Buddhism, and that it should be the guardian of Buddhism...


    For so many years, monks in the Taiyi Realm have fought countless bloody battles.


    This kind of plundering routine immediately angered everyone in the team.


    The two sides disagreed, and immediately launched a war.


    Judging from the current battle situation, Wei Wuxia''s side has already fallen into an absolute disadvantage.


    If the Taiyi Realm''s reinforcements don''t arrive in time, they may not last long.


    I don''t know if it is because of the communication interference, but the Taiyi Realm reinforcements have not arrived yet.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang sensed the situation here from a distance and appeared in time.


    Meng Zhang, the name of Yunmen sect, had heard of it a long time ago.


    Especially the Buddhist sect, its strength is only stronger than that of the Fahua sect, which has fought against the Taiyi world.


    There are many Bodhisattvas in the sect, and there are even great Bodhisattvas.


    The Great Bodhisattva is an existence at the same level as the Daoist Immortal Venerable, and it is far from being able to resist the current Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 3339

    These few Jindan real people who were trapped were relatively young, and they had been promoted soon, so they had unlimited possibilities.


    Especially one of them, the young Jindan Daoist named Niu Ben, has a clean background and extraordinary aptitude, and is also a descendant of the acting head Niu Dawei.


    Niu Dawei''s tribe has many descendants, and many of them practiced in the Taiyi Sect, so they generally don''t receive too special treatment.


    But when these juniors have shown extraordinary talents and achieved good results in cultivation, when the senior members of the sect continue to train them, they will not ignore their backgrounds.


    Among other things, Niu Dawei''s disciples and grandchildren, some senior monks of the Niu family, will more or less take care of him.


    Niu Ben didn''t rely much on his family''s strength, and mainly relied on his own efforts to be promoted to Jindan Daoist.


    Jindan has an extraordinary appearance and a bright future.


    He has a tough heart and has always performed very well in the door.


    Naturally, the upper echelons of the sect couldn''t just watch him have an accident, but did their best to rescue him.


    The power level of this small thousand world is too low, it is like a piece of fragile porcelain.


    If Jindan Zhenren and Yuanshen Zhenjun make a move, they may be crushed accidentally.


    Of course, the higher the cultivation level of a monk, the more supernatural powers he possesses.


    This kind of power level restriction will also be broken in front of the absolute strong.


    To be on the safe side, a Void Returning Power was specially dispatched to the door.


    The void-returning power came here soon and joined his own monks who were resting outside the small thousand world.


    He gently lifted up this small thousand world, and infiltrated a ray of divine sense that had been weakened countless times.


    This ray of divine thoughts went straight to the origin of Xiaoqian World, trying to control it completely.


    If it succeeds, then this ray of divine sense can be transformed into the master of this small world, and become an existence similar to the consciousness of heaven.


    Of course, the small thousand world cannot give birth to the true consciousness of the way of heaven, and this ray of divine sense only plays a similar role.


    Originally, the action of this Void-Returning Power was relatively smooth, and this ray of divine thought easily penetrated through many obstacles and entered the depths of the origin of Xiaoqian World.


    But something happened beyond everyone''s expectations.


    In a small world, there is actually a very high level of magic energy hidden.


    This devilish energy is very cunning, almost like a skilled hunter.


    Its supernatural powers are so vast that it easily infects that wisp of divine thoughts.


    Then, following this ray of divine thought, it directly infected the Void Returning Power itself.


    This void-returning power was careless for a moment and was immediately hit.


    If the void-returning powers of other sects were here, after being infected by the devilish energy, they would soon fall completely and could no longer be rescued.


    Fortunately, the monks of Taiyimen have a wealth of experience when faced with similar situations.


    After being hit by the Void Returning Power, he quickly reacted correctly, sealed off his primordial spirit in time, and fought against this demonic energy with all his strength, so that he could persist until now.


    The most powerful Void Returner in the team had an accident, and the other Taiyimen monks present immediately became flustered.


    Fortunately, among these monks, there are still sensible people who immediately asked for help from the Taiyi Realm.


    Since all Void Returning powers have been recruited, it is best to send out real immortals to rescue.


    In addition, if you want to help Void Returning Da Neng get rid of the magic stain, I am afraid that only true immortals have such means.


    While listening to the reports of these disciples, Meng Zhang was also carefully observing the small world in front of him.


    With his eyesight, he saw through the reality in a few moments.


    With a thought in his mind, a dazzling sunlight fell on the monk in the Void Return Stage.


    As if sensing the approaching crisis, a cloud of distorted black smoke emerged from the body of the Void Returner, and he was about to flee here immediately.


    The sunlight was so swift that it easily hit the cloud of black smoke.


    Accompanied by an extremely shrill scream, the cloud of black smoke disappeared.


    That ray of sunlight disappeared as quickly as it had done its job.


    Immediately afterwards, a ray of moonlight fell on the Void Returning Almighty, nourishing his weak body and completely driving away the influence of the demonic energy.


    After dealing with the problems of the junior disciples, Meng Zhang flicked his finger lightly, and the little thousand world flew to him not far away like a palm-sized bubble.


    "Interesting." He gave his own evaluation.


    Everything in this small thousand world is a disguise.


    Its essence is transformed by a mysterious magic thought.


    The so-called one-thought transforming the world was originally a Buddhist theory, so it is not surprising that the magic way has this method.


    This evil thought is hidden extremely deeply, and its methods are cunning.


    Not to mention the great ability to return to the void, even if it is a true immortal, if one is not careful, he will be tricked.


    Meng Zhang fished this little world lightly with one hand, and a large group of Taiyimen disciples who had been trapped in this little world appeared in front of him.


    In front of an angel like Meng Zhang who can change the laws of heaven and earth, he can round and flatten this small world at will from the level of rules without any restrictions.


    It was probably for fishing. The evil thoughts hidden in this small world did not easily attack these low-level disciples.


    Most of the low-level disciples showed no signs of being demon-tainted.


    On the contrary, those Jindan masters were all infected by the devilish energy.


    The two Jindan Daoist people who were the most deeply contaminated, spontaneously ignited without fire, and their bodies were completely reduced to ashes.


    They were so bewitched that even Meng Zhang couldn''t save them.


    In the past, as long as the monks were infected by the devil, they would be considered hopeless.


    With the improvement of Meng Zhang''s cultivation level, the overall strength of the Taiyi Sect has greatly increased. For those monks who are not very deeply infected, they can be rescued to a certain extent.


    Meng Zhang cleared away the magic stains on other Jindan real people.


    As for whether their foundation will be damaged, and how to make up for it in the future, Meng Zhang will not take care of it all.


    Either look at their own efforts, or look at their immediate teachers...


    Niu Ben was lucky to be one of the survivors.


    After rescuing all the Taiyi sect monks, Meng Zhang no longer has any scruples, and can concoct this so-called small world at will.


    According to his thoughts, this small thousand world disintegrated in front of him little by little, revealing its hidden essence.


    During the process of Meng Zhang''s action, this small thousand world has been desperately resisting.


    The bubble was beating desperately, but it couldn''t move an inch.


    The original Xiaoqian World soon disappeared completely, and a black spar appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    At this time, a true immortal from the Taiyi Gate rushed here after receiving the distress signal.


    When he saw Meng Zhang present, he was still a little confused.


    I don''t know what happened here, but it actually alarmed the biggest reliance of the Taiyi world.


    In front of the disciples of the younger generation, Meng Zhang showed the side of being a good teacher.


    "I have repeatedly reminded you, you must not underestimate everything in the whirling sea of ??flowers."


    "One moment of carelessness will harm others and oneself." (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 3340

    Meng Zhang simply told the real fairy who had just arrived, everything that happened before, and he didn''t forget to explain it.


    "All disciples who have entered and approached this small thousand world need to go through careful inspection."


    "In order to ensure nothing goes wrong, you will personally check it."


    The real immortal knew that this was a time-consuming chore, and he had to obediently obey orders.


    For the infiltration of magic power, the senior officials of Taiyi Realm have always been highly vigilant.


    Although Meng Zhang made these instructions out of prudence, he judged in his heart that the risk of other Taiyimen disciples being infected by the devil was not great.


    This group of demonic thoughts obviously has a certain amount of wisdom, and knows the truth of putting a long line to catch big fish.


    Thousands of low-level monks are not as good as one high-level monk.


    The main purpose of this demonic thought should be to attract high-ranking monks to attack him.


    Before the target appears, this magic will definitely not be easily exposed.


    That Void Returning Stage disciple was an unlucky one.


    After he got the trick, the magic thought attacked the trapped disciple of Taiyi Sect.


    Of course, even though Meng Zhang has such a judgment, the procedures that should be done are still inevitable.


    No matter how careful you are when it comes to dealing with the magic dye, you can''t be too careful.


    The magic way has always been the enemy of the Taoist sect.


    There are countless Taoist monks who have been infected by the evil way.


    Once it is completely demon-tained, even the gods can''t save it.


    Seeing that the junior true immortal notified the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, and transferred manpower from the Taiyi Realm to carry out his orders, Meng Zhangcai left here.


    He found a secluded place and carefully studied the ball of demonic thoughts.


    The power of magic is pervasive, and even in the big world under the command of the Lingkong fairyland, it is inevitable that demon disasters will break out.


    Finding something related to the magic way in the whirling flower sea is nothing at all.


    As long as someone who is not an immortal level powerhouse enters the whirling flower sea, he will generally not attract the attention of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    It is not strange for a strong man of the magic way to explore the whirling flower sea.


    It doesn''t seem surprising that some guys leave some arrangements and do some tricks.


    But after Meng Zhang thought about it carefully, he felt that something was wrong with this matter.


    Although Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha is too lazy to care about foreign affairs, he is a Buddha of Buddhism after all.


    Among the monks who entered the whirling flower sea to explore, most of them were strong Buddhists.


    Some Buddhist monks stayed here for a long time, just to find opportunities to contact Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha and gain benefits from him.


    Many Buddhist sects have sent teams here to maintain order here, and are ready to listen to the orders of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha at any time.


    As for the Buddhist monks who want to please Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, there are countless of them.


    Buddhism and magic are hostile.


    The strong Buddhists especially like to subdue the strong demons and turn them into guardians of Buddhism.


    Because there are too many strong Buddhists in the whirling flower sea, the strong demons dare not show their heads easily.


    If the magic powerhouse exposed his whereabouts, it would easily attract the encirclement and suppression of the Buddhist powerhouse.


    While thinking in his heart, Meng Zhang carefully studied this group of evil thoughts.


    This group of demonic thoughts is completely natural, it doesn''t seem to be the method of a strong man in the demonic way, but more like it was naturally generated in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    According to Meng Zhang''s understanding, even ordinary celestial demons have no means to create such demonic thoughts.


    There are countless flowers in the sea of ??whirling flowers. Apart from those illusory flowers, there are many things hidden in the real flowers.


    But it''s a bit strange that such a magical thought is naturally born in the flowers.


    Meng Zhang thought for a long time, but couldn''t think of a reason, so he had to let go of this matter temporarily.


    With this experience, Taiyimen disciples will definitely be more careful when exploring in the future.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm acted very quickly. After receiving the news, they quickly sent many disciples to assist the real immortal to complete the task assigned by Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately among the misfortunes, the other disciples of the Taiyi Sect did not find signs of being tainted by demons.


    Meng Zhang''s judgment was not wrong, that group of demonic thoughts was indeed fishing for big fish with a long line.


    Since then, when Taiyimen disciples explored other flowers and discovered other small thousand worlds, nothing similar happened.


    From the looks of it, the emergence of this group of demonic thoughts was a completely isolated incident.


    In the absence of any other clues, Meng Zhang could only put this matter aside temporarily.


    Moreover, what happened next greatly attracted his attention.


    A group of monks from the Yunmen Sect slowly approached the area where the Taiyi Realm was located.


    It seems that the sequelae of Meng Zhang driving away those strong Yunmen sects last time finally appeared.


    Da Zongmen monks hate these places.


    Hit the young ones, and the old ones will soon be recruited.


    The group of Yunmen Sect monks who were driven away last time didn''t know what they said when they went back, and the three Bodhisattvas came to kill them aggressively.


    The first to encounter these Yunmen Sect monks was a group of Taiyi Realm monks who were exploring on the outskirts.


    The strongest of this team of monks from the Taiyi Realm is nothing more than a true immortal.


    Facing a team composed of three Bodhisattvas, they were easily taken down by the opponent.


    Fortunately, before they were captured, they sent the distress message back to Taiyi Realm in time.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm arranged a lot of monk teams in the area near the Taiyi Realm, and also set up special magic circles in some special places.


    When the monks in the Taiyi Realm outside send out urgent information, they can use these arrangements to relay the information back to the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible.


    This is tantamount to expanding the transmission range of the original communication secret technique, and reducing the interference of the whirling flower sea as much as possible.


    Knowing that there are bodhisattvas in the enemy team, ordinary true immortals are useless in the past.


    On Taiyi Realm''s side, Gu Yue Lingqing personally dispatched, and quickly found the other party''s whereabouts.


    When the Bodhisattvas of Yunmen Sect were about to use their means to interrogate the captured Taiyi Realm monks, Gu Yue Lingqing found them.


    The three Bodhisattvas didn''t care about interrogating the captives, and rushed towards Gu Yue Ling Qing.


    The overall combat power of Taoist celestial beings is stronger than that of Buddhist Bodhisattvas.


    Gu Yue Lingqing''s strength also surpassed that of ordinary celestial beings.


    But he was not Meng Zhang after all, and he was far from being able to sweep away the monks of the same level. With one against three, he soon fell into a disadvantage.


    Seeing that Gu Yue Lingqing couldn''t resist, she had no choice but to fight and retreat, retreating steadily.


    Fortunately, at this time, Meng Zhang also rushed over after receiving the news.


    The monks from the Yunmen sect have not arrived for a long time, and Meng Zhang has put this matter aside for the time being, and is conducting a further exploration of the sea of ??flowers.


    Due to the delay in the transmission of information, he delayed for a while before rushing over.


    At this time, Meng Zhang became more and more aware of the lack of more immortals in the Taiyi world.


    At a critical moment, he must be asked to come forward to save the field.


    Logically speaking, he should be the trump card of the Taiyi world, and he would not use it easily.


    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, the situation of the battle was immediately reversed.


    These three Bodhisattvas are all angels

 Chapter 3341

    As soon as Meng Zhang appeared, Meng Zhang prepared to continue to attack, first suppress the three Bodhisattvas, and then slowly carry out the follow-up treatment.


    Yunmen sect is a big sect of Buddhism, and there is a great Bodhisattva sitting in the gate.


    Even though the great bodhisattva-level powerhouses generally don''t appear in the sea of ??flowers, Meng Zhang still doesn''t want to form too deep hatred with the Yunmen sect.


    Taoism and Buddhism have always been at odds, but they are not sworn enemies.


    When it comes to Taiyi Realm, there is no need to fight endlessly with Buddhist sects.


    There are enough enemies in Taiyi Realm.


    In the final analysis, there is neither conflict of interest nor deep hatred between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect.


    The cause of the conflict was that a group of juniors from the Yunmen Sect became greedy for the Star Swallowing Beast and wanted to take it away.


    This group of juniors are ignorant and don''t know the power of Taiyi Realm.


    If they knew the strength of Taiyi Realm, they might not dare to take action easily.


    Meng Zhang didn''t hurt them, he just drove them away, which means he was following the unspoken rules and didn''t bully the small with the big.


    He had already thought at that time that Yunmen Sect would not let it go, and would probably continue to send monks to deal with this matter.


    The three Bodhisattvas came so late, which was a bit beyond his expectation.


    This time, he will not let the other party go easily.


    He will take down these three Bodhisattvas, and then negotiate with Yunmen Sect.


    Although the Yunmen Sect is a sect with a great Bodhisattva in charge, it is far from being rampant, let alone without enemies.


    As long as the senior members of the sect have a little bit of brains, they won''t have to fight the Taiyi Realm to the end because of some deeds of the younger generation.


    After all, there have been no casualties and no real hatred between the two sides.


    The three Bodhisattvas were all taken aback when they saw Meng Zhang who suddenly appeared and rescued the disciples of the Taiyi Sect.


    Because Meng Zhang didn''t hide his aura, they clearly sensed that Meng Zhang''s cultivation was higher than theirs.


    One of the bodhisattvas screamed even more.


    "You are Meng Zhang from Taiyi Realm."


    Before he finished speaking, the bodhisattva raised a string of rosary beads and hit Meng Zhang fiercely.


    Almost at the same time, he immediately fled with his companions.


    The string of rosary beads collapsed in the air, and the rosary beads fell to Meng Zhang from all directions.


    The rosary beads one by one turned into phantoms of Buddhas.


    Meng Zhang was surrounded by phantoms of the Buddha all over the sky, and he kept chanting scriptures in his mouth.


    Sensing the terrifying power contained in the phantom of the Buddha, Meng Zhang did not dare to be careless.


    The phantoms of the Taiji Cave Heaven behind him were looming, and the powerful power of the Cave Heaven swept towards these phantoms of Buddha.


    Earth-shattering impacts continued to occur one after another, and the entire surrounding void seemed to be shaking and shaking...


    Gu Yue Lingqing, who managed to persevere under the siege of the three Bodhisattvas before, dragged her exhausted body and fled far away at the fastest speed.


    This kind of level of power collision is by no means that he is a Yunmen sect, and he is indeed worthy of being a Buddhist sect with a long history, and his background is indeed profound.


    Such treasures can only be refined by at least a strong man of the Great Bodhisattva level.


    The power contained in those phantoms of the Buddha is extremely strong and of a high level.


    Changing to Meng Zhang, who didn''t have enough savings in the cave, although he easily blocked the blow, he was delayed a lot of time.


    The three bodhisattvas had long since taken advantage of this time to disappear without a trace.


    The whirling flower sea has a special environment here, all kinds of flowers that are difficult to distinguish between true and false, and all kinds of undercurrents hidden in them... all greatly interfere with various investigation spells.


    With Meng Zhang''s ability, it is very difficult to catch up with the enemy who has fled without a trace here.


    Meng Zhang''s face was a little ugly.


    He was in a bad mood, not only because he let go of the three bodhisattvas, but also because he was called out of his identity by the other party.


    Meng Zhang thought he was famous in the void, but it was far from being well-known.


    He didn''t even expect that a strange Bodhisattva of Yunmen sect could recognize his identity at a glance.


    What he didn''t know was that he had defeated the Fa Hua Sect back then, and the Fa Hua Sect blamed him for the deaths of many bodhisattvas, which had already made him a famous figure in the Buddhist sect.


    The Fa Hua Sect is also a big sect of Buddhism at any rate, and lost so many Bodhisattvas in one breath.


    As the chief culprit, Meng Zhang''s notoriety has been deeply remembered by many Buddhist experts.


    Don''t forget, Meng Zhang and the entire Taiyi Realm are still wanted objects in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Yunmen Sect Bodhisattva who escaped would definitely not keep his identity a secret.


    Meng Zhang appeared in the sea of ??whirling flowers, and it was easy for the Lingkong Immortal Realm to think of the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang knew that his deeds would be exposed sooner or later, but he didn''t expect it to be so soon.


    According to his idea, after he took down these three bodhisattvas, he would continue to stall for time and slowly contact the Yunmen sect.


    In the end, he will reveal his identity and bargain with the senior Yunmen sect to resolve this conflict.


    I don''t know what kind of reaction the Lingkong Immortal Realm will make after knowing the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm?


    Although the official power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will not directly set foot in the place where Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha sits, they always have the means to continue to hunt down the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang thought for a while, and gave up chasing and killing the three Bodhisattvas.


    It wasn''t all a bad thing that the Bodhisattvas of Yunmen School recognized his origin early on.


    The great Bodhisattva of the Yunmen sect cannot enter the sea of ??whirling flowers. No matter how much the Yunmen sect has garrison forces here, Meng Zhang can at least deal with them.


    As long as the top management of Yunmen sect is not too stupid, they should not continue to come here to provoke Meng Zhang for the time being.


    And Meng Zhang''s main defense target next should be the hunting team sent by Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Now he doesn''t know the situation in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, let alone the official attitude of the Lingkong Immortal Realm in hunting down the Taiyi Realm. His attitude has become somewhat ambiguous, and he has not invested more power for the time being.


    Meng Zhang called Shang Gu Yue Ling Qing, and soon returned to Taiyi Realm.


    Back inside the Taiyi Realm, without the interference from the whirling sea of ??flowers, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao could smoothly synchronize information and discuss important matters.


    Know thyself, ever-victorious.


    If Meng Zhang wants to know the information about Lingkong and Immortal Realm, there is still only the underworld for the time being.


    Whether Gu Yue Lingqing contacted the family, or the Taiyi Realm Dark Alliance branch contacted the headquarters, it has not been smooth so far, and has never been successful.

 Chapter 3342

    Meng Zhang decided that he would rather make Tai Miao pay a huge price, and try his best to get more information about the spirit world through the way of the underworld.


    After he returned to Taiyi Realm, he didn''t leave.


    After Tai Miao received Meng Zhang''s instructions, she thought about it and left her territory.


    In the vast underworld, there are countless large and small cities.


    On the wonderful territory, some cities are now being tried to be built as the hub of rule.


    Tai Miao''s destination this time is a big city called Eight Wind City.


    This city was jointly built by several foreign forces from the yang world, and it was their bridgehead to enter the underworld.


    After the Eight Winds City was completed, because of its open style and loose rules...it attracted practitioners from many forces.


    There is a huge trading market here, and countless precious resources come in and out here.


    In particular, the regularly held auction conferences of different levels have attracted many powerful people from afar.


    Later, even many local ghosts and gods in the underworld, ghosts with wisdom, would think of Eight Wind City first when they needed it.


    For these guys, as long as they can bring benefits to their own family, the officials of Eight Wind City basically will not refuse anyone.


    Eight Wind City and Taimiao Territory are located at different levels of the underworld, and the distance between the two places is very far away.


    Tai Miao has long been a frequent visitor to Eight Wind City.


    Many of his needs can only be met here.


    Tai Miao spent a lot of time on the road before arriving at Eight Winds City.


    He contacted the information dealer here familiarly.


    Tai Miao and these intelligence dealers didn''t feel pain in their hearts when they thought of the price they had to pay.


    His territory has already started large-scale construction, and it is time to invest resources.


    He had expanded aggressively before, eliminating and conquering several surrounding forces.


    But the area where his territory is located was originally a backcountry in the underworld.


    After the battle is won, Tai Miao and his men have limited loot.


    In order to rule such a vast territory, he had to make many arrangements and continue to invest continuously.


    Tai Miao thought fiercely in his heart that one day, he would really infiltrate his power into the Eight Winds City and seize all kinds of benefits here.


    After completing Meng Zhang''s explanation, Tai Miao hurriedly returned to the territory.


    In these years, the entire Taiyi Realm has continuously increased investment to support Tai Miao''s expansion in the underworld.


    Special resources from the underworld, participation in material transactions in the underworld...bring huge benefits to the Taiyi Realm.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm who have tasted the sweetness have already started to support Taimiao in all aspects.


    Tai Miao routinely checked the situation on the territory.


    Almost all over the territory are large and small temples dedicated to Tai Miao.


    Among these temples, in addition to enshrining Taimiao idols, there is also a place for Taimiao Obedience Gods.


    These temples not only continuously provide Tai Miao with the power of faith, but also a powerful tool for him to suppress all parts of the territory.


    On weekdays, most of the believers'' power of faith is temporarily stored in various temples.


    When needed, it can be used as a driving force to drive various arrangements in the temple to resist foreign enemies and suppress places.


    The main city above the Tai Miao Territory is slowly taking shape.


    It''s just that Taimiao''s territory is too remote, even if the ghosts and gods under his command try their best to promote it, it is still difficult to attract outsiders.


    Whether it is the materials owned by Tai Miao or the materials from the Taiyi World Yangshi, if they want to be used for trading, they must be sent to a big city far away from here, such as Eight Winds City and the like.


    Even if enough escort forces are dispatched every time, it is still very dangerous to carry out long-distance transportation in the underworld.


    In addition, conducting transactions on other people''s sites, of course, will inevitably be drawn by local snakes, resulting in many additional losses.


    Even so, the Taiyi executives are still relatively satisfied with the profits of the transaction.


    It can be seen from this that the transactions between the underworld and the yang world are very profitable.


    It''s no wonder that many cultivation forces in the yang world will try their best to infiltrate the underworld and seize the territory of the underworld.


    The interests involved are too great, even those Jinxian sects can''t bear the temptation.


    In fact, most of the cultivation forces that can really participate in the struggle for hegemony in the underworld are backed by strong people at the Golden Immortal level.


    Tai Miao is quite satisfied with the construction progress of the territory.


    He just felt that the location of the territory was still too remote, not to mention far away from the core area of ??the underworld, and it was still too far away from those slightly more prosperous areas.


    He is also unable to continue to expand for the time being.


    One is that the harvest from the last expansion has not been fully digested.


    Second, the power he possessed was not enough.


    Many of the well-known big cities in the underworld are backed by powerful people of the level of immortals or even directly sit in town.


    Compared with Tai Miao''s practice years, his cultivation in the middle stage of the gods is already good enough.


    Relying on his own extraordinary nature and the special environment of the underworld, his progress in practice was even higher than that of Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang was promoted to Heavenly Immortal, his cultivation quickly caught up.


    Especially after he completely absorbed the spoils from the last time, after Dongtian was promoted to Taiji Dongtian, his cultivation has far surpassed Taimiao.


    There are too many things that distract Tai Miao, including running around in the underworld, and the last big expansion, all of which more or less took up his training time.


    Although Meng Zhang has never stepped down as the head of the Taiyi Sect, he has long since become the hands-off shopkeeper, and rarely intervenes in the affairs of the Taiyi Sect or even the Taiyi Realm.


    Although Tai Miao already possessed god-level ghost puppets, not long ago he subdued several god-level ghosts and gods.


    But these guys have average abilities, and it is difficult for them to be independent for the time being.


    Among his followers, there are many people who are capable, but their cultivation base is not enough. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3343

    In a place like the underworld, one must have at least a god-level cultivation base, so that words can have some weight.


    There are quite a few too wonderful Congshen, but the strongest among them is only at the true god level, and there are even quite a few at the Void Returning level.


    This kind of cultivation base is okay for internal management, but it is difficult to be independent, and it is even more difficult to contact and negotiate with external cultivation forces.


    Several god-level ghosts and gods under him are newcomers.


    Even though he imposed restrictions and the like, he would not fully believe it.


    He doesn''t want to give them too much power for now.


    Fortunately, after coming to the underworld, although he kept encountering various problems, there were times when these problems could be solved.


    After Tai Miao checked the situation on the territory, she decided to go to the Yang World of Taiyi Realm.


    He has something to discuss with Luna, so it is not easy for Meng Zhang to come forward.


    He soon left the underworld and returned to the underworld of Taiyi Realm.


    With his identity and cultivation base, he can leave the underworld with a single thought, and can appear in any position in the Yang world of the Taiyi world.


    However, in order to check the various situations in the rear along the way, he still set off from Yindu City, and first entered the ghost gate world that connects the yang world and the underworld of the Taiyi world.


    In the world of Ghost Gate, monks from the Taiyi Realm took advantage of the special environment here to plant many special elixir and cultivate many special spiritual materials...


    Many mechanism creations used in the underworld battles were built here.


    Tai Miao briefly checked the production status of Ghost Gate World, and was quite satisfied.


    After that, his figure appeared in the Sun and Moon Paradise, the core of Taiyi Gate.


    He was originally transiting here and had no intention of staying here for a long time.


    He came out from the depths of the blessed land of the sun and the moon, and was about to leave here.


    Suddenly, if he felt something, he stopped and stared at a spot in the blessed land.


    After years of continuous strengthening of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, Taiyi Realm has continuously invested various resources, and it has already become a top Blessed Land.


    The environment here can already meet the daily practice needs of most of the real immortals.


    According to the current rules of the Taiyi Sect, only true immortals and great masters of returning to the void can sit in the blessed land of the sun and moon for a long time unconditionally.


    Yuanshen Zhenjun and Jindan Zhenren need to pay enough good deeds of the sect to exchange for the time to practice in the blessed land.


    Moreover, they generally can only practice on the periphery of the blessed land.


    Of course, apart from the direct disciples of the Taiyi Realm, the Sun Moon Blessed Land is also open to monks from other friendly sects.


    As long as they meet various conditions, they can also enter the Sun and Moon Blessed Land to practice.


    The quota to enter the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of Taiyi Gate is one of the most desired resources for cultivators in the Taiyi Realm.


    The good deeds of Taiyimen''s sect are also one of the most circulated hard currencies in the cultivation world of Taiyimen.


    Today, there happened to be a few true masters of the primordial spirit who obtained the cultivation qualifications to enter the Sun and Moon Paradise.


    Most of these primordial gods are from other sects, and now they are slowly entering the Sun and Moon Paradise under the guidance of a direct descendant of the Taiyi sect.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun of Taiyi Gate is used to the work of welcoming and sending them off, and he is very enthusiastic about the guests.


    While leading everyone forward, he introduced various situations in the blessed land to everyone.


    The monks of other sects naturally cannot enter the core area of ??the blessed land, nor are they qualified to know things that are too confidential.


    Not far ahead is the cave for their cultivation.


    Tai Miao''s figure silently appeared above the group of monks.


    He stared at the group of monks carefully, with a confused expression on his face.


    Because Tai Miao didn''t deliberately hide his whereabouts, the Yuanshen Zhenjun who was present immediately discovered him.


    Although the Taiyi Sect doesn''t know the relationship between Tai Miao and Meng Zhang, they all know that he is a loyal ally of the Taiyi Sect and one of the few gods in the Taiyi Sect.


    In the minds of most Taiyi sect monks, his status and power are almost the same as that of the acting head Niu Dawei.


    The monks of other sects regard him as the top existence of Taiyi sect.


    There are Taimiao temples everywhere in the Taiyi world, in which his statue is enshrined.


    When Tai Miao usually does not show the body of ghosts and gods, his appearance is almost exactly the same as that of the gods.


    The Yuanshen Zhenjun who was present quickly recognized him, and immediately knelt down on the ground and paid respects.


    Even if there is no direct relationship between them, there is a difference between Immortal Dao and Shinto Dao, but they still have to show enough respect for a god.


    Tai Miao seemed to point to one of the Yuanshen Zhenjun casually and asked about his identity.


    This Yuanshen Zhenjun is called Huoyang, and he was born in the Huomen, the earliest vassal of Taiyimen.


    There have already been many true immortal sects in the Taiyi world.


    For example, the traditional allies of the Taiyi Sect, the Skillful Hand Sect and the Huanglian Sect, even have more than one true immortal.


    After receiving the permission of Taiyi Sect, many sects have opened up new blessed lands in Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Sect was still living in a corner of the Endless Sand Sea. When the Hanhai Dao League was formed, the Earth Fire Sect was one of them.


    With the rise of Taiyimen, its allies and vassals also received countless benefits and gradually became stronger.


    Due to the poor foundation of the Earth Fire Sect, despite the strong support of the Taiyi Sect, it is still just an ordinary Yuanshen Sect, and the sect has no strength to build a blessed land.


    True Monarch Huoyang is the youngest and most promising monk of the Earth Fire Sect, and he has a great possibility of being promoted to the Void Return Stage.


    The Dihuomen paid a great price and moved some nostalgic old people in the senior management of the Taiyimen, only then did Huoyang Zhenjun get this opportunity to practice in the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    True Monarch Huoyang didn''t even dare to lift his head, and answered Taimiao''s question respectfully.


    During this process, Tai Miao kept staring at him closely.


    After he finished answering, he didn''t say anything for a long time.


    The primordial gods who knelt on the ground did not see Taimiao''s movements, and they did not dare to release their divine thoughts to investigate him at will.


    The wonderful reaction made them panic.


    Some people already wondered whether True Monarch Huoyang had offended Tai Miao.


    But the difference in cultivation and status between the two is too far, there shouldn''t be any intersection.


    Tai Miao glanced at the other primordial gods present and sighed.


    With a wave of his hand, the other primordial gods were imprisoned and fell behind him.


    Seeing Huoyang Zhenjun still motionless, Tai Miao sneered.


    "You are really calm, you don''t think you can hide it from me in person, do you?"


    True Lord Huoyang stood up suddenly, looked up at Tai Miao.


    "Of course not, since you suddenly appeared here, I knew you had been exposed."


    "The reason why I pretend to be stupid with you is just to delay time."


    ...


    Tai Miao was not at all surprised by Huoyang Zhenjun''s words.


    There was a sudden light in his eyes, and he looked around.


    The divine light in his eyes shot out, tearing apart the space immediately, creating waves of space storms.


    These space storms seem to have spiritual intelligence, and they suddenly involved many places in the blessed land.


    "You Dao thieves are really annoying." (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 3344

    Those places in the blessed land of the sun and the moon that seemed to be empty and without any special features, after being swept by the space storm, all kinds of shadows soon appeared.


    These shadows ran around, trying to escape here, but were soon trapped by the space storm.


    "Is it possible that such a low-level method can really be hidden from me?"


    "Boy, you underestimate me too much."


    Accompanied by Tai Miao''s roar, the majestic divine power pressed down on the Huoyang Zhenjun in front of him.


    As a strong man in the middle stage of the gods, Tai Miao has the power to overturn mountains and seas in a single thought.


    If he shot with all his strength, the land would sink and the world would be destroyed.


    This is the blessed land of the sun and the moon, and it is the fundamental place of the Taiyi sect, which made him have many scruples.


    In order not to cause too much damage to the blessed land of the sun and the moon, the power of his shots was highly concentrated, and he tried not to spread to other places.


    The space around Zhenjun Huoyang began to fluctuate, as if there were countless mountains squeezing him from all directions.


    Faced with such a powerful attack, not only did Huoyang Zhenjun not show any fear, but a secretive smile appeared on his face.


    His body exploded suddenly, the force of the explosion not only withstood Tai Miao''s attack, but also sent countless streaks of blood towards Tai Miao.


    Before these bloody lights could get close to Tai Miao''s body, they were blocked by his protective divine light.


    True Monarch Huoyang blew himself up on his own initiative, but the battle was far from decided.


    Tai Miao''s real enemy was the Taoist thief hiding behind the scenes from the beginning, not the puppet of True Monarch Huoyang.


    Not long after the Taiyi Realm stepped into the void, it chose the Shenchang Realm as the target of conquest.


    It was in Shenchang Realm that Meng Zhang discovered the hidden Taoist thief.


    Although the Taoist thief caused some losses to the Taiyi Realm, he was finally defeated by Meng Zhang.


    Taoist thieves are the public enemy of Taoist cultivators, and also one of the biggest enemies.


    It is said that the earliest Taoist thieves came from the Taoist sect, but for some reason later, they became the confidant of the Taoist sect.


    In many cases, Taoist thieves have caused more harm to Taoist monks than demons.


    Many masters of Taoism hunted and killed Taoist thieves all the year round, leaving them without a foothold.


    In addition, information about the dangers of Taoist thieves and various abilities have also been collected by Taoist masters and actively spread among Taoist cultivators.


    Taoist cultivators, especially those of high rank, have basically heard of the existence of Taoist thieves.


    The cultivators of the Taiyi sect headed by Meng Zhang have already grasped a lot of detailed information about the Taoist thieves.


    Fighting Taoist thieves in Shenchang Realm back then gave Meng Zhang a wealth of actual combat experience.


    Tai Miao, who has a similar heart with Meng Zhang, naturally also has this kind of valuable experience.


    Previously, Tai Miao came here to check upon discovering something was wrong with True Monarch Huoyang.


    Dao thieves can control practitioners silently, almost without showing any traces.


    This method is more subtle than the magic dye of the magic way, and it is even more difficult to guard against.


    After being controlled by Taoist thieves, it is basically impossible to save the cultivators.


    When I was in the Shenchang Realm, some practitioners from the Taiyi Realm were recruited.


    In the end, Meng Zhang had to bear the pain to kill these cultivators, lest they be used by Taoist thieves.


    When Tai Miao appeared in front of True Monarch Huoyang, there was no way to hide his situation.


    At some point, True Monarch Huoyang became a puppet controlled by Taoist thieves.


    The Taoist thief used Huoyang Zhenjun to sneak into the Sun and Moon Blessed Land of the Taiyi Gate. He definitely didn''t come in for fun, and he must have malicious intentions.


    Many methods of Taoist thieves are specifically aimed at Taoist cultivators.


    If Tai Miao hadn''t happened to pass by the blessed land of the sun and the moon, it would be basically impossible for the group of true immortals sitting here to discover the real situation of the true Lord Huoyang.


    This is also a blessing in misfortune.


    Taoist thieves are the great enemy of Taoist cultivators, and they appear in the blessed land of the sun and the moon, so wonderful that they dare not be careless.


    Huoyang Zhenjun blew himself up like this, and even his whole body disappeared.


    But the Taoist thief who controlled him behind the scenes is still unscathed, not even showing his face.


    The Dihuo Sect followed the Taiyi Sect for so many years, and finally cultivated a Huoyang True Monarch, but it ended up like this, which is a bit regrettable.


    Now is not the time to be sad about the spring and autumn, Tai Miao quickly put aside other thoughts and wholeheartedly deal with the Taoist thieves hiding in the dark.


    The controlled Huoyang Zhenjun was stalling for time, and Tai Miao was also stalling for time just now.


    The Taoist thieves who secretly controlled True Monarch Huoyang tried to infiltrate into the Sun and Moon Blessed Land to cause even greater damage here.


    His real body did not act rashly, but dispatched a large number of incarnations.


    Tai Miao is to find out the real body of the Taoist thief.


    As soon as the opponent''s avatar moved, he was immediately spotted.


    He just used the power of the space avenue to create a space storm that trapped all the incarnations of the Taoist thief.


    Although these avatars are numerous in number, their strength is mediocre, and they cannot get out of trouble at all.


    After Huoyang Zhenjun blew himself up, a black light fled the battlefield like lightning under the cover of the blew up.


    This black light did not escape Tai Miao''s eyes, and before it escaped too far, it was fixed in the air by Tai Miao.


    The hidden dao thief was really calm, and he hasn''t shown up yet.


    This black light should be transformed by his divine sense, attached to the controlled Huoyang Zhenjun, so that he can direct his actions at any time.


    Tai Miao majored in reincarnation and the Dao of Life and Death, but as a god of faith, he had a lot of attainments in the Dao of Karma.


    The divine light in his eyes flickered for a while, and then the scene in his eyes changed.


    On the Taoist incarnation trapped by the space storm, there appeared a series of fine lines of cause and effect.


    All the lines of cause and effect extend out one after another, pointing to the same place.


    The hidden Taoist thief also has a strong resistance to the Dao of Karma.


    After those causal lines stretched out for a while, they broke suddenly, unable to point out the exact location of the enemy for Tai Miao.


    Tai Miao took the pinned black light as the main target.


    The power of Karma Avenue quickly fell on it.


    The connection between this black light and the Dao thief is closer, and the cause and effect are more involved.


    Through this black light, Tai Miao has already discovered the approximate location of the other party.


    The blessed land of the sun and the moon was shaped by Meng Zhang himself, and he has absolute control over it.


    He is the supreme ruler of this blessed land, as if he is the will of the blessed land itself.


    As Meng Zhang''s incarnation, Tai Miao naturally shared most of the deity''s abilities.


    As soon as Tai Miao thought about it, the rules of heaven and earth in the blessed land began to change.


    The real body of the hidden Taoist thief was constantly moving, and was not fixed in one position.


    Suddenly, a large area of ??space near his body suddenly stopped, and then seemed to be cut apart, leaving the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Tai Miao waved his hands again and again, and the cut space was like a cage, temporarily trapping the Taoist thief''s real body.


    Tai Miao''s figure appeared in front of that cage, staring coldly inside.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3345

    This space cage is like a piece of transparent amber, and the Taoist trapped in it is like a small bug.


    Now that the Taoist thief''s real body has been found, his incarnation is useless.


    With Tai Miao''s thought, all the incarnations were annihilated in the space storm.


    The black light that played a great role was also destroyed by the divine light emitted by Tai Miao.


    He continued to use his divine power to strengthen the space cage and strengthen the suppression of this Taoist thief, so that the other party could not move.


    "You are a god, but you are a slave to a cultivator. It really disgraces the gods."


    "Aren''t you afraid that a strong man of the divine way will not be able to see through it and slap you to death?"


    The trapped Taoist thief didn''t look panicked at all, instead he sneered at Taimiao.


    Tai Miao was not irritated, and calmly retorted.


    "In the past few years, under the continuous pursuit and killing of all the masters of the Taoist sect, you Taoist thieves are like mice in the gutter, and you have nowhere to hide."


    "You kid is so brave, you actually came here to seek death on your own initiative."


    Since the other party took the initiative to speak, Tai Miao was also happy to have a few more words with the other party.


    It is best to be able to test out the other party''s identity, origin and intention.


    From the title of dao thief, we can know the details of this kind of existence.


    The masters of the Taoist school tried their best to chase and kill the Taoist thieves, and the Taoist thieves also tried their best to harm the Taoist cultivators.


    Although the Taiyi Realm has many races and accommodates many other cultivation systems, on the whole, because of the relationship with the Taiyi Sect, the Taiyi Realm is still an out-and-out member of the Taoist sect.


    The Dao thief discovered the existence of the Taiyi Realm, and suddenly attacked the Taiyi Realm, it seems that there is not much strangeness.


    But in Tai Miao''s heart, she still felt that it was too coincidental.


    The void is vast and boundless, and the whirling flower sea is also a huge area.


    Meng Zhang also sensed the aura of other Taoist cultivators on the way into the whirling flower sea.


    Why did the Dao thief want to attack the Taiyi Realm, and at this time?


    Not long ago, the Taiyimen monk almost suffered a big loss from a magic thought.


    Immediately afterwards, Meng Zhang''s identity was discovered by the Bodhisattva of Yunmen Sect.


    Now, the blessed land of the sun and the moon has been infiltrated by Taoist thieves again.


    If Tai Miao hadn''t appeared here in time, the consequences would have been unimaginable.


    Sun and Moon Blessed Land fell, Taiyi Gate was wiped out, and Taiyi Realm was robbed... all of these things are very likely to happen.


    Why has Taiyi Realm been so unlucky recently?


    It''s not just Tai Miao who has such doubts in his heart, Meng Zhang is also a little puzzled.


    After Meng Zhang learned about the infiltration of Taoists from Tai Miao, he couldn''t help thinking about it.


    During this time, Meng Zhang has been cultivating in the source sea of ??Taiyi Realm.


    The level of the Taiyi Realm has been improved, and after Yuanhai has been greatly strengthened, it can already support the immortals to practice here.


    On weekdays, the true immortals of the Taiyi sect''s direct lineage will take turns guarding the vital place of Yuanhai.


    It''s a beautiful job.


    The cultivation conditions in Yuanhai are much better than those in Sun Moon Blessed Land.


    All the monks who entered the source sea to practice knew that they could not fish in the marsh, and would control the speed of absorbing the source of the world.


    But because the origin of the heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm is too strong, it even contains the most important principles.


    All monks who practice in the source sea can obtain countless benefits.


    Meng Zhang had doubts in his heart, and he didn''t even rush to deal with the Taoist thief, but wanted to find out the answer first.


    He calmed down, looked at himself, and soon found out that something was wrong.


    His luck is far lower than normal.


    In a certain big world, the so-called luck is mainly related to the will of heaven.


    If you do something that is worthy of the heaven and the earth, or pleases the will of the heaven, the will of the heaven will send down the merits of the heaven and virtue that day, so that your luck will be high, and your actions will be unfavorable.


    On the other hand, that is naturally a sin, bad luck, and bad luck.


    As for neither end, the luck is generally mediocre.


    The will of heaven has not been born in the Taiyi world so far, so naturally it cannot affect Meng Zhang.


    In the void, especially a cultivator like Meng Zhang, he is no longer bound by the will of heaven in a certain big world.


    There are many factors that affect Meng Zhang''s luck.


    One of the most important items is related to the void and heaven.


    Meng Zhang asked himself that his family had never done anything that offended the sky and the sky.


    Although he is a master of heavenly secrets, he rarely peeps at the operation of the sky.


    It has been many years, and he has not used the secret technique to calculate the secret.


    He thought for a while, wondering if his family had been plotted against.


    In the void, there are some special treasures that can cut one''s luck from a distance.


    Meng Zhang has a similar treasure Miyun copper coin in his hand.


    After his cultivation level was promoted to Heavenly Immortal, he basically never used this treasure.


    Because the level of this treasure is not enough, it cannot directly affect the powerhouse of the immortal level.


    If it is a similar treasure of a higher level, it is entirely possible to affect Meng Zhang''s luck silently.


    In addition, if Meng Zhang encounters a curse, his luck may also become low.


    It''s just that when he wanted to secretly curse a Meng Zhang and was thinking about this matter, the situation in the Sun and Moon Paradise changed again.


    Sun Moon Blessed Land itself only has the level of true immortals.


    Too wonderful to divide the space from above to create a space cage, and the level will not be too high.


    He had already used divine power to strengthen the space cage, thinking that it could easily trap ordinary angels.


    In fact, Tai Miao slightly underestimated the power of the Taoist in front of him.


    He tried to find out the origin and details of the other party through dialogue, and the other party was also delaying time through dialogue to cover up his actions.


    The trapped Dao thief was very interested in talking, and the more he talked, the more excited he became.


    "Saints never die, but thieves never stop."


    "What is a Dao thief? The immortal golden immortals of the Dao Sect are the real Dao thieves."


    "One day, I will kill all these old guys."


    "You dog slave, don''t you just want to know the origin of the old man?"


    "This old man doesn''t change his name when he walks, but he doesn''t change his surname when he sits, that''s true for Sikong Yi of Zhendao Mountain."


    Accompanied by a roar, the spatial cage was shattered just like that.


    When she heard the name Zhendao Mountain, Tai Miao couldn''t help being shocked.


    It never occurred to him that the Taoist thief in front of him was born in Zhendao Mountain.


    He couldn''t help shouting in his heart that it''s unlucky, why is Taiyi Realm being targeted by Zhendao Mountain?


    Zhendao Mountain is a well-known gathering place for Taoist thieves in the void, like a practice sect, gathering and cultivating a large number of Taoist thieves.


    In the eyes of Taoist practitioners, Zhendao Mountain is notorious, even more terrifying than the Devil''s Cave.


    Many people would rather offend Jinxian than become the target of Zhendao Mountain.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3346

    Due to the long-term suppression and pursuit by the masters of the Taoist sect, the absolute number of Taoist thieves in the void is not very large, and they rarely appear in groups.


    Generally speaking, it is already a big deal if there are one or two Taoist thieves in a place.


    Due to mutual distrust and unconvinced, it is also difficult for Taoist thieves to form an organization.


    Most of the Taoist thieves are under the pursuit of killing, lingering on their last breath, maintaining the inheritance with difficulty.


    Of course, there are many reasons why Daoist thieves are not easy to inherit.


    To become a Taoist thief, there is a very high threshold.


    At least, the vast majority of cultivators are not qualified to become Dao thieves, they are only worthy of being made puppets by Dao thieves.


    Zhendao Mountain is like a big banner in the Taoist camp, which makes many Taoists hate it, but there is nothing they can do about it.


    When Tai Miao first heard that the other party was from Zhendao Mountain, she was really surprised.


    However, he quickly responded calmly.


    By probing the opponent, he tried to figure out whether the Dao thieves from Zhendao Mountain were targeting the Taiyi Realm by accident or premeditated?


    The Taoist thief who called himself Sikong Yi once again gave him a big surprise.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of dialogue between the two parties, the other party broke through the space cage that trapped him.


    With the shattering of the space cage, Sikong Yi soared into the sky, and the shattered space fragments shot towards Taimiao under his control.


    Sikong Yi even turned into a gigantic mountain, slamming fiercely towards Taimiao.


    The light in Tai Miao''s eyes shined brightly, and the space fragments that came from the lasing disappeared quickly.


    With a single punch, he smashed the huge mountain into pieces.


    The attacks launched by Sikong Yi were just cover.


    The moment his real body escaped from the predicament, it turned into a flash of lightning and shot out of the blessed land of the sun and the moon.


    Tai Miao''s cultivation realm is above him, and his combat effectiveness is extremely strong.


    And as Tai Miao, as a god, many of his methods aimed at Taoist cultivators are simply useless.


    Since he can''t fight too well, of course he won''t continue to make unnecessary entanglements here.


    Sikong Yi''s actions did not hide from Tai Miao''s eyes.


    Tai Miao did not intercept him in time, but also had his own ideas.


    After all, this is the blessed land of the sun and the moon, and it is the fundamental place of the Taiyi Sect. Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Sect have invested countless efforts and resources in it.


    If they fight here, the blessed land of the sun and the moon will inevitably be damaged.


    The electric light transformed by Sikong Yi escaped from the blessed land of the sun and the moon smoothly.


    Tai Miao was not busy chasing him, but flew into the sky, his eyes shot out countless divine lights, almost scanning all places in the blessed land inch by inch.


    Although Daoist Sikong Yi has escaped, but who knows if he has left any hands or feet here.


    If all the hidden dangers are not resolved, the Taiyi Sect will not feel relieved for a moment.


    The Taoist Sikong Yi had just left the blessed land of the sun and the moon when he felt as if he had stepped into a huge vortex.


    All his senses seemed to be out of order, and he couldn''t tell the difference between up, down, left, and right. Huge pressure was everywhere, squeezing him from all directions.


    This situation was naturally caused by Meng Zhang''s actions.


    After Meng Zhang found out that his family''s luck was low, he was going to investigate the reason carefully, but the Taoist Sikong Yi hadn''t solved it yet, so he had to deal with this matter first.


    Before the Taoist Sikong Yi escaped from the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, he came to the Taiyi Gate.


    Like Tai Miao, he had already discovered where the enemy was fleeing, and was prepared to intercept it in advance.


    Using the power of the cave, he set up a small trap on the route of the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    Sikong Yi was immediately trapped.


    After he realized that this was a trap set by the enemy using the power of the cave, he immediately tried to crack it.


    He changed back into a human form, and countless bolts of lightning shot out from his body, shooting in all directions.


    Where the lightning passed, there was a fierce collision with the power of the cave.


    Whether it''s Taimiao''s previous judgment or Meng Zhang''s own personal experience, Taoist Sikong Yi is only a fairy, but Meng Zhang just can''t take him down easily.


    This Taoist thief is too slippery, and his methods are too diverse.


    The power of the cave was that Meng Zhang had to strengthen his control over the power of the cave, became cautious, and no longer manipulated it to attack.


    Meng Zhang has a feeling that even the higher the cultivation level of an ordinary person, the more difficult it is to challenge the higher the level.


    At least since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of self-cultivation, he hasn''t been so useless as to become a stepping stone for others and be defeated by a guy whose cultivation level is not as good as his own.


    Under his control, the power of the cave he released was majestic and majestic, so vast that it was almost impossible for people to confront it head-on.


    No matter how many changes the other party has, how many secret techniques, Meng Zhang always responds to all changes with the same.


    The Taoist Sikong Yi is ever-changing and tried all kinds of methods, but he was always suppressed by Meng Zhang.


    His room for action is getting smaller and smaller, and there are fewer and fewer effective means...


    Seeing that he couldn''t resist, he transformed into countless incarnations, looking for all opportunities to escape.


    These avatars are all kinds of strange things, with different strengths, and some of them are good at escaping.


    With sharp eyesight, Meng Zhangfa found every incarnation, and cast a spell to freeze them so that they could not escape.


    As one avatar after another was wiped out, the Taoist Sikong Yi''s situation became worse and worse.


    Meng Zhang has already locked his real body and used the power of the cave to trap him firmly.


    Sikong Yi tried almost all means, but he couldn''t get out of the predicament.


    When Meng Zhang trapped the Taoist Sikong Yi, Tai Miao had almost completed the inspection of the Sun and Moon Blessed Land.


    He not only searched every corner here, but also called all the practitioners here to check their physical condition carefully.


    The method used by Taoist thieves to control practitioners is extremely secretive and very hidden.


    The cultivator controlled by the Dao thief has almost no abnormality in appearance, and can still retain most of his original personality and almost all of his memories.


    If one is not careful, even Tai Miao will be concealed in person.


    He had previously discovered that the abnormality of True Monarch Huoyang, who was controlled by the Taoist thieves, was partly due to luck in addition to his sharp eyesight. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3347

    Tai Miao has sharp eyesight and great supernatural powers, and is hardly fooled by the various methods of Taoist thieves.


    After careful inspection, he preliminarily confirmed that there were no other problems in the Sun and Moon Paradise.


    This is also consistent with his guess.


    Firstly, Daoist Sikong Yi used True Lord Huoyang to infiltrate the Sun and Moon Blessed Land. Before the situation here is fully understood, there should be no complications.


    Secondly, Daoist Sikong Yi was so big that he didn''t want to be exposed easily, so he didn''t make a random move, but kept waiting for the best time to make a move.


    After checking again and again and confirming that there are no other problems in the Sun and Moon Paradise, Tai Miao will leave here.


    At this time, after a fierce battle, the Taoist Sikong Yi was almost exhausted.


    The cage transformed by the power of the cave trapped him firmly.


    No matter how hard he tried and what methods he used, he couldn''t break free from the cage.


    His resistance became weaker and weaker, and he was about to be caught without a fight.


    At this time, Tai Miao''s figure appeared from the edge of Sun and Moon Blessed Land.


    Daoist Sikong Yi sighed helplessly, and carefully took out a scroll.


    He suddenly unfolded the picture scroll and faced Meng Zhang directly.


    The picture scroll spontaneously ignited without wind, and a tall human-shaped phantom appeared in front of Sikong Yi.


    Taking a closer look, this phantom figure is the image of a young man.


    The young man had a wild smile on his face, as if he didn''t pay attention to everything in the world.


    When the phantom of this young man appeared, Meng Zhang instinctively felt that the situation was not good.


    Before he had time to make more movements, the phantom of the boy started to move.


    With a wave of his big sleeve, the cage constructed by the power of the cave shattered immediately.


    Sikong Yi immediately turned into lightning and disappeared on the spot.


    When his figure reappeared, the lightning had already broken through the defense system of Taiyi Realm and disappeared into the distant void.


    Taiyi Realm''s defense system is strong and rigorous.


    With the heaven controlled by the moon god as the core, countless arrangements are concentrated, and a large number of monks from the Taiyi realm are on duty at all times.


    But such a defense system almost does not exist in front of Daoist Sikong Yi.


    He easily broke through the defense system of Taiyi Realm and fled into the void.


    At this time, Meng Zhang looked at the phantom of the human like facing a formidable enemy, and immediately evolved countless thunder and lightning, bombarding the opponent.


    The phantom in human form showed a few supernatural powers at will, which made Meng Zhang overwhelmed and had to fight with all his strength.


    Fortunately, the power contained in that human phantom is limited, it cannot exist for a long time, and it will soon become weak.


    Following Meng Zhang''s final confrontation with the opponent, the phantom of the human figure dissipated immediately, and then disappeared without a trace.


    The fight just now was not long, but it brought Meng Zhang a brand new experience.


    The opponent''s strength and methods are too restrained for the cultivator.


    His cave was shaken, and several small earthquakes occurred inside.


    If it wasn''t for the fact that the opponent''s strength could not last, Meng Zhang might have suffered a considerable loss.


    Obviously, that picture scroll is the trump card of Daoist Sikong Yi.


    Meng Zhang also had some guesses about the identity of the phantom.


    The other party is just a portrait imprinted on the scroll, so it can possess such power.


    Such a person is very likely to be the master of the True Dao Mountain, Daoxie Lu Yu.


    The so-called Taoism is the title of the most top Taoist thief.


    There are very strict conditions for the formation of Dao Siege, and it may not be possible for a Dao Siege to be born in thousands of years.


    But as long as Taoism is born, it is the biggest disaster of Taoism, and even the golden immortals want to get rid of it quickly.


    Ordinary immortals are no match for Dao Xie.


    If you want to get rid of the evil, you must either join forces with the top immortals, or send out the golden immortals.


    Daoxie Lu Yu established Zhendao Mountain many years ago, and fought against Daomen for many years.


    As the most powerful force in the void, the Taoist sect possesses incomparably powerful power, but it has been unable to eliminate the Taoist Lu Yu, which is simply a shame and a great shame.


    In addition to the fact that Lu Yu is too powerful, it is also related to the infighting among the Taoist sects, and the golden immortals pulling each other''s hind legs.


    All kinds of legends and stories about Daoxie Lu Yu and Zhendao Mountain have long been spread throughout the Void and Myriad Realms.


    These legends are true or false, but they all illustrate Lu Yu''s strength, his cunning and so on.


    Naturally, Meng Zhang had heard of Daoxie Lu Yu''s name and learned about him.


    Its image is changeable, and the image of that young man seems to be one of its commonly used images.


    The ray of strength left by Daoxie Lu Yu made Meng Zhang suffer a lot, and it took him a lot of effort to cope with it.


    If his real body came here, Meng Zhang might not be able to resist at all.


    Of course, due to the existence of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, Taoist Lu Yu should not easily enter the sea of ??flowers.


    Sikong Yi, who came from such a powerful force, is really annoying. He has a lot of cards and a life-saving gift from the top powerhouse.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know that this was the last and most useful hole card on Daoist Sikong Yi.


    Even if Lu Yu is a Taoist, it is not an easy task to create such a life-saving thing to give to his subordinates.


    There are quite a few Taoist thieves in the Zhendao Mountain, but only a very few people who he is very optimistic about and who need to focus on cultivation are eligible to get this kind of life-saving hole card.


    The position of Zhendao Mountain is not fixed, it has been changing and moving in the void.


    The situation of Zhendao Mountain is even more special than that of Taiyi Realm and Yunzhong City, and it is almost impossible to track it.


    Zhendao Mountain has been able to persist until now under the pursuit of Daomen, and its disappearance has played a great role.


    Daoxie Lu Yuzangnian hid himself with the help of Zhendao Mountain, and he couldn''t hide.


    If he dared to walk around in the void, he would soon be hunted down by many immortals and even golden immortals.


    Most of the immortals in the Taoist sect, regardless of their origin and position, want to get rid of them quickly.


    If it''s just Daoist Sikong Yi who is eyeing the Taiyi Realm, then the problem is not very serious.


    But if Daoxian Lu Yu is eyeing the Taiyi Realm, then Meng Zhang may collapse.


    Tai Miao came to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang didn''t go after the Taoist Sikong Yi, it was intentional.


    For one thing, since there are traces of Taoist thieves in the Taiyi Realm, the interior must be strictly cleaned up and even purified.


    During this process, both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had to sit in command to make up for the lack of immortals in the Taiyi Realm.


    Secondly, he secretly left some tricks on Daoist Sikong Yi.


    He is fishing for big fish with a long line, and wants to see what secrets lie behind Sikong Yi.


    When cleaning up the Taiyi Realm internally, Meng Zhang also issued an order to recall those Taiyi Realm monks who went out to explore and develop as quickly as possible.


    If these monks encounter Taoist thieves outside and Meng Zhang has no time to rescue them, it must be a disaster.


    It would be a good thing if they were directly killed by the Taoist thieves.


    I''m afraid that Taoist thieves will use special means to control them and make them irreparable puppets. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3348

    Tai Miao did not get any useful information when he tried to find out the purpose of the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    Whether it is Sikong Yi himself or the Taoist forces of Zhendao Mountain who are eyeing the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang can''t say now.


    As for Sikong Yi''s identity, there was no doubt about it.


    Judging from this person''s actions, he is undoubtedly a genuine Taoist thief.


    Dao thieves pretending to be members of Zhendao Mountain, just like cultivators pretending to be members of Jinxianmen, are unlikely to happen.


    Judging by Sikong Yi''s appearance, he doesn''t seem like the kind of idiot who deliberately seeks death.


    Since it is not clear how big the threat Taiyi Realm is facing, Meng Zhang recalled all the Taiyi Realm monks who went out and strengthened the defense of Taiyi Realm out of prudent consideration.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao first solved the internal problems of Taiyi Realm.


    This time the Taoist Sikong Yi transformed the True Lord Huoyang of the Dihuomen into a puppet, and used his cover to sneak into the Sun and Moon Blessed Land, which is the important place of Taiyimen.


    The Dihuomen naturally became Meng Zhang. In the panic of the Dihuomen monks, Meng Zhang checked it carefully to make sure that there were no other problems.


    It seems that Taoist Sikong Yi is indeed very cautious.


    In order to avoid being exposed, he did not do unnecessary things, but only controlled Huoyang Zhenjun.


    When Meng Zhang personally inspected the Dihuo Gate, Tai Miao began to inspect the interior of the Taiyi Gate.


    Previously, Tai Miao had checked all the places and all the monks inside the Sun and Moon Paradise.


    The result of checking the interior of the Taiyi Gate this time is also the same, and there is nothing wrong with it.


    When Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Gate, the monks from the Taiyi Realm who had gone out were returning one after another.


    All monks who return to the Taiyi Realm must pass the inspection of the Moon God before entering the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and the others have been busy for a long time, but luckily they found no new problems.


    However, the Taiyi Realm is so vast, if Sikong Yi left something secretly somewhere in the Taiyi Sect, it would be really difficult to find out.


    Since after inspection, there is nothing wrong with the monks of the Taiyi Gate, they must act immediately.


    Under Meng Zhang''s order, the Taiyimen Zhenxian led the high-level monks in the sect to conduct a large-scale investigation of the entire Taiyi world, trying to find out something related to the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    Meng Zhang himself knew that this kind of method of finding a needle in a haystack would hardly achieve any effect.


    If Taoist Sikong Yi really hid something in the Taiyi Realm, it would definitely not be possible to find out with such crude means.


    This is just a necessary procedure, more of a formality.


    Tai Miao began to manipulate the power of heaven and earth in the Taiyi Realm, and carefully scanned the entire world.


    This is a very time-consuming and labor-intensive job, and it cannot be completed in a short time.


    Meng Zhang notified the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm about the appearance of the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, who are mainly cultivators, are extremely vigilant against Taoist thieves.


    Among Taoist thieves at the level of immortals, only Meng Zhang and Tai Miao can beat each other, and high-level monks in the Taiyi world are basically helpless in such a battle.


    Not to mention fighting against Taoist Sikong Yi, if you want to detect the opponent''s infiltration, I am afraid that only a few people such as Meng Zhang have such ability.


    Of course, even so, precautions should be taken.


    Meng Zhang, who was wary in his heart, suspected that other enemies would come to Taiyi Realm next.


    After Meng Zhang''s strict order, all monks who went out returned to the Taiyi Realm as soon as possible.


    The Moon God controlled the Heaven Realm, activated the defense system of the Taiyi Realm, completely sealed off the Taiyi Realm, strengthened its defenses, and prepared for battle.


    Meng Zhang also thought about whether the Taiyi Realm should move away from its current position.


    After thinking about it over and over, he still felt that there was no need to do such useless work.


    In the current situation, it is better to be still than to move. It is not appropriate for Taiyi Realm to leave the sea of ??flowers and flowers. It is better to stay here.


    Although the whirling flower sea is very vast, it still has a boundary.


    For such a giant in the Taiyi Realm, it is very difficult to completely hide its whereabouts in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    It is not difficult for a strong person at the level of a celestial being to find the Taiyi Realm.


    The sea of ??whirling flowers is almost full of dangers.


    The current location, after Meng Zhang''s earlier inspection, is relatively safe for the time being.


    If the Taiyi Realm moves rashly, once it enters a more dangerous place, it will only make the Taiyimen monks more passive.


    As for temporarily putting away the Taiyi Realm, it will greatly drag Meng Zhang down.


    Meng Zhang considered that he might face a strong enemy in the future, and he wanted to maintain the best fighting condition, so he gave up the idea of ??putting away the Taiyi Realm.


    Taiyi Realm was ready to fight, and they were ready to fight, but they never waited for the enemy.


    After scanning for a period of time, Tai Miao basically confirmed that there is no problem in the Taiyi Realm, and there is no secret arrangement left by the Taoist Sikong Yi inside.


    Although it is too wonderful to make sure there are no omissions, there may be some negligence, but at present, this is the only way to go.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao felt a little relieved.


    After dealing with this incident, Meng Zhang began to examine his state.


    During this period of time, his luck has been very low, and there is a tendency to continue to decline.


    Meng Zhang was unprepared before and inadvertently ignored the matter.


    Now that he has discovered this matter, he will naturally deal with it accordingly.


    Among the classics passed down by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, there are all-encompassing and numerous secret techniques.


    Taiyi Jinxian himself has been wandering in the void for many years, and has rich experience. He has seen the powerhouses of all major cultivation systems, and even has a certain understanding of many unpopular secret arts.


    In addition to practicing, Meng Zhang often read various classics in the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyimen.


    As the inheritor of the Golden Immortal, he is not only very qualified, but also excellent.


    When it comes to eyesight and insight, he is only stronger than the same level of monks of the Golden Immortal Sect.


    He already had some guesses about the problems he encountered.


    Based on what he had learned and the records in the classics, he quickly found a way to deal with it.


    Meng Zhang found a secluded place in Taiyi Gate and set up a special altar.


    He sat cross-legged in front of the altar, a copper coin quietly floating in front of him.


    When he is promoted to a fairy or, he simply bestows a promising junior immortal.


    The Mieyun copper coin has a special attribute and is very rare, so he has always kept it at hand.

 Chapter 3349

    In the entire world of self-cultivation, such treasures as the Mieyun Copper Coin, which can reduce one''s luck and strengthen one''s own luck, have always been very rare.


    Cultivators with similar supernatural powers are also very rare.


    Meng Zhang has done in-depth research on the copper coins of Miyun.


    On the surface, exterminating copper coins can cut down luck, and secretly absorb and store part of the cut luck.


    Part of it can be used to strengthen itself, and part of it can be used to temporarily strengthen the user''s luck.


    In the past battles, Meng Zhang had used this function to improve his luck and become almost invincible in a short period of time.


    But such an approach is not without cost.


    Luck is something invisible and intangible, and it seems very mysterious.


    But if you have an in-depth understanding of it, you will find that even a strong person at the level of a fairy cannot play with luck at will.


    Otherwise, doom must be imminent.


    If special immortal artifacts such as Mieyun copper coins are used without restriction, over time, not only the immortal artifact itself will suffer doom, but the owner will also be implicated.


    This is also one of the reasons why Meng Zhang didn''t give this fairy weapon to a younger generation of immortals.


    In fact, the Mieyun copper coin is now taken out of the fairy artifact of Mieyun copper coin in Mengzhang to use it as an introduction.


    In fact, he didn''t have too in-depth research on the way of luck, and he didn''t have powerful magical means.


    If he wants to fight in the air with the enemy he guesses, he needs to rely on the ability to destroy and transport copper coins.


    Under Meng Zhang''s control, the dharma altar began to start slowly, and the color between the sky and the earth changed faintly.


    The Mieyun copper coin also began to rotate slowly, and its power was aroused.


    Meng Zhang looked at himself and found that his luck was passing slowly but firmly.


    As the master of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang''s luck is closely related to the Taiyi Realm, and they are almost one.


    His luck is passing, and the luck of the entire Taiyi world has also begun to decline.


    In fact, the luck of a strong person at the level of a fairy is not only not restricted by the big world, but also exceeds most of the big world.


    This also means that it is difficult for a strong person at the level of a fairy to rely on the luck of a certain big world.


    Although Meng Zhang seldom uses the secret technique to deduce, but in today''s situation, if he does not use the secret technique to deduce, there is no better way.


    When Meng Zhang was still a lowly cultivator, he stepped into the ranks of Tianji masters by practicing Dayan divine calculation.


    Since then, with the improvement of his cultivation base, his level of Tianji technique has also been continuously strengthened.


    Among the classics left by the Taiyi Golden Immortal, there are everything inclusive, and there are also some inheritances of the secret arts.


    However, Taiyi Golden Immortal is not a specialized celestial master, and his attainments in celestial arts are mediocre.


    The inheritance of the secret arts he left behind is basically from his own collection.


    Of course, even if a high-ranking monk has never practiced Heaven''s Secret Art, as his cultivation level improves, he will gradually possess some similar abilities.


    Especially after becoming a fairy, the performance in this aspect is very obvious.


    Many immortals in the void have more or less mastered some means of calculating the secrets of heaven.


    Since one has the ability to calculate the secrets of the heavens, there are corresponding means of blocking the calculations of the secrets of the heavens.


    This is also one of the biggest obstacles encountered by Immortal Master Tianji.


    Among mortals, there is a saying that doctors do not heal themselves. When Tianji masters calculate themselves, they often encounter some additional obstacles.


    Meng Zhang is a Celestial Master with rich practical experience.


    Not only has the experience of deriving the secrets of the heavens many times, but also has fought fiercely against the secrets of the heavens.


    Although Dayan''s divine calculation is infinitely miraculous, its level is not high, it is just a secret technique of the level below the level of a true immortal.


    Meng Zhang has an extraordinary talent, absorbed the advantages of other celestial techniques, brought forth new ones from the old and brought forth new ones, and raised the level of this celestial technique.


    After he was promoted to the Immortal Master of Heavenly Mystery, his Heavenly Mystery Art became a school of his own, not a mechanical copy of the inheritance of his predecessors.


    With his cultivation base of Tianjishu, he has long been superior to blue, and he has formed a school of his own.


    It is a pity that although the Taiyi Sect has vigorously cultivated the younger generation of celestial masters, they are now completely unqualified to inherit Meng Zhang''s mantle of celestial arts.


    In these years, due to various considerations, Meng Zhang has seldom used the secret technique to deduce.


    Now, as soon as he started to use the secret art, he showed extraordinary power.


    He cleverly used the technique of running the secrets, easily avoided all obstacles, and directly entered the theme.


    The question he wanted to calculate this time was what caused his luck to pass away.


    The special celestial artifact of Mieyun Copper Coin, as an important medium for the calculation of the celestial technique, has effectively guided the direction of the calculation of the celestial technique.


    If the secret opponent is a guy with a higher level of cultivation than him, then Meng Zhang is asking for trouble if he hastily calculated the secret.


    If those extremely high-level fairy treasures were involved, Meng Zhang''s calculations would come back in vain.


    Fortunately, although Meng Zhang''s luck is low, he is not very unlucky.


    At some point, his luck was even good.


    This time the secret deduction, because it is too important, Meng Zhang is also willing to pay some extra price.


    Before he had to pay the extra price, it was the normal calculation of the secret technique, which soon gave him some useful clues.


    It seems that there is no Immortal Master of Secrets among the hidden enemies.


    He neither shields his own secrets, nor does he have the consciousness to fight against secrets.


    The enemy is just instinctively resisting the derivation of his own secret technique.


    Such an enemy, even a fairy, would not be too difficult to deal with.


    After casting some spells, scenes of scenes appeared in Meng Zhang''s eyes.


    An extremely old man with a hunchback and a bent waist was jumping non-stop in front of an altar.


    Although Meng Zhang didn''t see the whole picture of the altar, just judging from its exposed part and its faint aura, he had a certain judgment in his heart.


    This altar is something of witchcraft, and its function should be to assist the display of witchcraft.


    Witchcraft is a practice system that has long been annihilated in the long river of history.


    In the current Void Myriad Realms, there are at most some broken sorcery inheritances circulating.


    For example, in some wild worlds, there are primitive and savage wizards who have realized some superficial shamanism and secret methods on their own.


    Some monks from the Daoist sect and the magic sect have practiced some scattered witchcraft and secret arts, or integrated incomplete witchcraft and secret arts into their own inheritance.


    ...


    Pure witchcraft practitioners, I dare not say that they have been completely extinct, at least they are very rare.


    Ever since Meng Zhang embarked on the road of practice, he has never met a real wizard.

 Chapter 3350

    Due to the limited information derived for the time being, Meng Zhang was unable to determine whether the old man was a pure shamanistic monk.


    He just knew that this old man was very powerful, and his attainments in witchcraft and secret arts were unfathomable.


    The means he used were quite different from those of the Taoist sect, and it should be some kind of witchcraft.


    The altar set up by the other party is to assist in the display of witchcraft and supernatural powers.


    Based on the results deduced from Tianji Technique, plus Meng Zhang''s own observations and guesses.


    This old man should be the mastermind behind the plot against him.


    Witchcraft has always been mysterious, insidious and sinister.


    Among the many witchcrafts, cutting one''s luck through the air is a relatively rare and brilliant method.


    Meng Zhang is not an ordinary practitioner, but an old man whose witchcraft methods are really terrifying.


    Meng Zhang is not an easy person either.


    After he realized that the situation was wrong, he immediately used the secret technique to deduce it.


    Now, Meng Zhang is peeping at the other party''s state from a distance through some orbits of the sky.


    On the altar, oil lamps and candles were lit.


    In the center of the altar, in a giant bronze tripod, there is a ray of breath belonging to Meng Zhang.


    It was through this ray of breath that the old man plotted against Meng Zhang across the air.


    Meng Zhang has been wandering in the void for many years, participated in many battles, and has contacts with other monks.


    During this process, it is inevitable that a wisp of his breath will be absorbed by someone with a heart.


    Meng Zhang''s Tianji technique deduced the existence of this old man.


    As for going further, to know the origin of the other party''s identity and why he murdered Meng Zhang and others, it will take more time and pay a higher price.


    Meng Zhang''s luck has been passing.


    He was almost certain that the bad luck in the Taiyi Realm during this period was related to the passing of his family''s luck.


    He is the master of the Taiyi Realm, and also the strongest fighting force and the biggest reliance of the Taiyi Realm.


    The luck of the Taiyi world has been completely connected with him, and both of them will be prosperous and both will be prosperous, and both will be damaged.


    After all, Meng Zhang is one of the secret arts of shamanism, and there are many methods similar to Taoist secret arts.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know whether the other party was proficient in this kind of method, and when would he discover his peeping?


    It is best for him to attack before the opponent is alarmed.


    The distance between the two is far away, Meng Zhang can''t use many methods, and what he can do is very limited.


    If you want to cause damage to your opponent as much as possible, it is best to be able to launch a surprise attack while it is not prepared.


    Thinking of this, Meng Zhang was not prepared to wait any longer, and immediately launched a counterattack.


    Anyway, Meng Zhang has made a lot of enemies, no matter what the origin of this old man is, and which enemy he is related to.


    Since he chose to assassinate Meng Zhang, he should pay the price.


    The momentum of the altar in front of Meng Zhang suddenly rose, and the Mieyun copper coins floating in the air were even more radiant.


    A bolt of thunder suddenly appeared in the sky above the altar in front of the old man, and struck down with such a swiftness that it could not cover one''s ears.


    Before the old man could react, Thunderbolt had already hit the target.


    The altar was given a heavy meal, all the candles and oil lamps were extinguished, and many cracks appeared on the surface of the altar.


    The old man who was doing the practice wholeheartedly encountered a sudden attack, the practice was interrupted, and he suffered a certain backlash.


    Blood spurted from his mouth, his body shook violently a few times, and he almost fell to the ground.


    He never dreamed that he was using the secret technique of shamanism to plot against Meng Zhang from the air and weaken Meng Zhang''s luck, but after Meng Zhang realized it, he immediately launched a counterattack from the air.


    He weakened Meng Zhang''s luck through this altar.


    Meng Zhang''s luck has a certain connection with this altar.


    The dharma altar was injured, and it was impossible to weaken Meng Zhang''s luck for the time being.


    The power of Yin-Yang Dao was sent over from the air, reversed Yin-Yang, and began to reflect the power of the altar.


    The power of destroying the copper coins was activated, and with the help of the enemy''s altar, it began to weaken the luck of the old man.


    I saw that the luck like a canopy above the old man''s head began to fade away rapidly.


    The distance between the two sides is too far, and the means that Meng Zhang can use are limited.


    After being blessed by the Dharma Altar, the attack of the Mieyun Copper Coin spanned a long distance and fell on the injured enemy.


    His luck was cut, the old man was startled for a moment, his reaction was obviously slowed down, and he didn''t resist and counterattack in time.


    The Mieyun copper coins were spinning faster and faster, and the speed at which the old man''s luck was passing away was also getting faster and faster.


    Meng Zhang has already discovered that the old man''s cultivation level is comparable to his own.


    But because he lost the opportunity, he became passive everywhere later.


    Originally, the Mieyun copper coin could at most affect him who was injured by casting spells, but he didn''t block the power of the Mieyun copper coin at once, and he was tricked unconsciously.


    If his luck is completely lost, and his luck is extremely low, he will probably suffer doom.


    "Old Wu, what''s wrong with you?"


    Accompanied by a somewhat anxious voice, a tall old man in a purple robe appeared not far behind him.


    A big purple sun rose on the spot, and the mighty purple light filled the surrounding space.


    Under the illumination of the purple light, the altar did not last long before it completely collapsed and destroyed.


    The Mieyun copper coin that was urging the dharma altar stopped for a moment, as if it had been hit hard, it was thrown out suddenly.


    The same purple light fell on the old man named Wu Lao, and immediately began to treat him, and prevented the loss of his luck.


    The last scene in Meng Zhang''s eyes was the overwhelming purple light filling the space between the sky and the earth, blocking his peeping from the air.


    Although Meng Zhang had never seen the purple-robed old man before, he recognized the identity of the other party at a glance based on the information he had.


    The other party is Ziyang Celestial Immortal of Sanyang Immortal Sect. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3351

    Sanyang Xianzong was jointly founded by Ziyang Tianxian, Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian, and they are well-known in the entire spirit world.


    Sanyang Xianzong had a feud with Junchen Xianzun, which later led to a conflict with Meng Zhang.


    The conflict between the two sides intensified, and the hatred deepened.


    Among the founders of Sanyang Xianzong, Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian were all killed by Meng Zhang in turn during the process of chasing and killing Meng Zhang.


    This time, the two sides forged a blood feud.


    Ziyang Tianxian, as the only survivor among the three founders, avenged his fellow disciples, which was a matter of course.


    According to Meng Zhang''s knowledge, Ziyang Celestial Immortal is the most advanced and the most powerful among the three.


    The latest news he heard about Ziyang Celestial Immortal was that this person was retreating to attack the realm of Immortal Venerable.


    Although it was just a glimpse from a distance, Meng Zhang didn''t have a deeper understanding of Ziyang Tianxian.


    But Meng Zhang has already faintly sensed that the Ziyang Celestial Immortal is very strong, stronger than most of the Celestial Immortals of the same level.


    Of course, Ziyang Celestial Immortal has not been promoted to Immortal Venerable, and it is still that he himself should be unable to find revenge in the Taiyi Realm, but he is not reconciled.


    He asked the guy named Wu Lao to use witchcraft and secret techniques to assassinate Meng Zhang.


    After Meng Zhang found out, he immediately counterattacked.


    With this experience, it is difficult for similar methods to take effect against Meng Zhang again.


    Ziyang Tianxian has a strong resistance to the secret technique.


    He cut off Meng Zhang''s peeping through the secret technique, and also interrupted Meng Zhang''s counterattack.


    Meng Zhang didn''t continue to use the Tianji technique to calculate, let alone continue to fight back.


    With the protection of Ziyang Tianxian, it is difficult for him to continue to inflict damage on that guy named Wu Lao.


    In fact, as long as that guy reacts, it will be difficult for Meng Zhang to continue to hurt him from a distance.


    Now that it is known that Ziyang Tianxian is behind the scenes, there is no need to continue to deduce it.


    After all, Meng Zhang has to pay a high price every time he uses the secret technique to deduce it.


    Ten years is not too late for a gentleman to take revenge.


    Meng Zhang will find Ziyang Celestial Immortal in the future and completely exterminate the Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    He took care of himself, his luck had stopped passing, and he was recovering rapidly.


    This problem is solved, next, the monks in the Taiyi Realm should not be so unlucky.


    After this fight, Meng Zhang and the old man named Wu Lao should not continue to fight in a short time.


    The giant cauldron that contained Meng Zhang''s breath was destroyed, and the opponent lost his medium, so it was difficult to attack Meng Zhang again.


    Meng Zhang tidied up the Buddhist altar, put away the wounded Mieyun copper coins and slowly warmed them up.


    Originally, he hadn''t used this fairy weapon for a long time.


    Now it seems that this immortal weapon is not completely useless.


    At some point, it can still work.


    At this time, the Taiyi Realm has recalled all the monks who went out and completely sealed it off.


    This state of affairs cannot last forever.


    Taiyi Realm has been closed, and the loss is too great.


    The number of monks in the Taiyi Realm is increasing day by day, and they consume huge amounts of resources almost every day.


    Relying solely on the Taiyi Realm''s own production, it would just sit back and eat nothing.


    The Taiyi Realm must constantly seize resources from the outside world in order to continue to develop.


    Meng Zhang thought to himself that since his family''s luck began to recover, Taiyi Realm should not encounter new troubles.


    It is best to solve the troubles encountered before as soon as possible, so that the Taiyi world can lift the blockade and get everything back on track.


    There are two troubles in the Taiyi world now, one is the Yunmen sect of the Buddhist sect, and the other is the escaped Taoist thief Sikong Yi.


    As for the troubles that will come after the deeds of the Taiyi Realm are exposed, they have not yet come.


    It takes time for the message to be delivered, and it will also take time for those monks who hunted down the Taiyi Realm to rush here.


    If there is no accident, Taiyi Realm should not welcome the hunting team in a short time.


    Meng Zhang still has enough time to solve the current troubles first.


    There is no deep hatred between Yunmenzong and Taiyi Realm, so they should not directly mobilize their forces and continue to fight against Taiyi Realm.


    Even if there is a conflict or even a battle between the two sides, it should be a long time later.


    The escaped Taoist thief Sikong Yi is not only a public enemy of the Taoist sect, but also an imminent threat to the Taiyi world.


    A mere celestial being was in the middle of the battle, and he secretly planted some secret tricks on the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    Now, he will use these methods to find Sikong Yi.


    It is best to be able to find its temporary foothold and discover its companions.


    Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie don''t have the strength to deal with Zhendaoshan and Daoxie Lu Yu, but they may be able to deal with the Taoist Sikong Yi and his companions.


    Meng Zhang Haosheng confessed to the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, asking them to strengthen their defenses and guard the door.


    Tai Miao was not in a hurry to return to the Underworld, but had been sitting in the Taiyi Realm.


    Even though he is a ghost, he can still display his full strength in the yang world of the Taiyi world.


    It''s just that after staying away from the Taiyi Realm, it will be weakened a little.


    Moon God and Gu Yue Lingqing seemed to be facing a formidable enemy, and put on a posture of preparing for battle with all their might.


    Meng Zhang soon left Taiyi Realm.


    Because there has always been a special kind of fluctuation in the sea of ??whirling flowers, it has greatly affected various long-distance communication secrets and caused great obstacles to the transmission of information.


    For example, Gu Yue Lingqing has not been able to contact the family headquarters in the Lingkong fairyland so far.


    The methods Meng Zhang left behind on Daoist Sikong Yi were sufficiently concealed, and after special strengthening, they gave Meng Zhang a strong sense.


    Daoist Sikong Yi has no intention of leaving the whirling sea of ??flowers for the time being, and has been spinning around here.


    He was not too depressed when he failed to sneak into the Taiyi Realm last time.


    There are quite a few cultivators exploring Taoism in the sea of ??whirling flowers, so he can choose his next target.


    The failure of the operation in the Taiyi Realm made him very unwilling.


    He hopes to have the opportunity to make a comeback and sneak into the Taiyi Realm again.


    Due to the interference in the sea of ??whirling flowers, and the Taoist Sikong Yi seems to have been moving rapidly, Meng Zhang has been unable to sense its specific location.


    By staying on the opponent''s body, his induction was intermittent and very unclear. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3352

    Due to the special environment of the whirling flower sea, Meng Zhang''s method of secretly staying on the Taoist Sikong Yi was greatly disturbed, and his pursuit of the whereabouts of this person was not smooth.


    He was not in a hurry, he just searched patiently and slowly.


    In the past few years since I came to the Sea of ??Flowers, the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, including Meng Zhang, have been studying all kinds of things in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    Meng Zhang has discovered many special laws, and they can be avoided and used with restrictions.


    As long as he is given enough time, and Daoist Sikong Yi has not left the Sea of ??Flowers, he will be able to find him sooner or later.


    While Meng Zhang was busy chasing the Taoist Sikong Yi, the situation on Ziyang Tianxian''s side had some new changes.


    Ziyang Tianxian used his supernatural powers to block Meng Zhang''s attack, rescued the old man named Wu Lao, and temporarily blocked Meng Zhang''s calculation of the secret technique.


    Meng Zhang didn''t intend to continue to entangle with him, so he accepted it as soon as it was good.


    The distance between the two sides is far away, and Meng Zhang''s power to strike through the air is limited, but Ziyang Tianxian, who is on guard, can''t help it.


    By the time he left the customs, the two old friends had long since disappeared.


    Both Baiyang Celestial Immortal and Qingyang Celestial Immortal fell while performing official missions in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Lingkong Immortal World official gave a very generous pension and compensation.


    These coveted possessions did not impress Ziyang Tianxian, what he really wanted was revenge, to kill Meng Zhang.


    But then, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm became very ambiguous about the matter of chasing and killing Meng Zhang. They were not active at all, and suspected of indulging Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Tianxian urged the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm several times, expressing his attitude of being at odds with Meng Zhang.


    The official of Lingkong Immortal Realm even gave him a few perfunctory words at first.


    Later, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm were very impatient with him, and the official monks often dismissed him with a few words.


    Among the Sanyang Immortal Sect, Ziyang Tianxian is the one with the strongest combat power, and is responsible for the sect''s combat power.


    It is Qingyang Tianxian and Baiyang Tianxian who really deal with the outside world and handle all aspects of relations.


    The two of them are also the direct managers of the sect.


    Ziyang Tianxian was very dissatisfied with the official attitude of Lingkong Immortal Realm, but there was nothing he could do.


    No matter how angry he was, he couldn''t vent his anger to the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In desperation, through some old connections in the sect, he got in touch with Fengyuan Tianxian, the official official of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    At that time, Fengyuan Tianxian was punished by his boss because of his improper handling of Meng Zhang.


    Fortunately, he has a strong background and the punishment he received was not serious.


    Ziyang Tianxian contacted him and asked him to find out the news and ask the official attitude of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Fengyuan Tianxian also hated Meng Zhang very much, and was very puzzled by some of his boss''s practices.


    As the disciple and grandson of Jinxian, he has a wide network of connections.


    After some inquiring, he learned the specific information.


    It turned out that the official of the Lingkong Immortal Realm had previously invited the Immortal Master of Tianji to perform the technique of Tianji to deduce Meng Zhang''s whereabouts.


    The deduction of this Tianji fairy master failed completely, and it was impossible to deduce Meng Zhang''s whereabouts at all.


    But he didn''t get nothing.


    When he performed the secret technique, he faintly sensed the existence of the green lotus in Meng Zhang''s body.


    This green lotus was begged by the Taiyi Golden Immortal from an old friend, and it was specially used to help Meng Zhang avoid the pursuit and investigation of the hostile Golden Immortal.


    The level of this green lotus is extremely high, and it faintly has the power breath of Jinxian level.


    When the Tianji Immortal Master vaguely sensed Qinglian''s existence, he was taken aback.


    Behind Meng Zhang, there must be a strong man protecting him.


    Even if his patron is not a golden immortal, he is also the most top-notch immortal.


    He told the official of Lingkong Immortal Realm about this matter.


    What he meant was very clear, not that he was incompetent, but that Meng Zhang''s protector was too powerful, covering up his derivation of the secret technique.


    The officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm have an extremely powerful intelligence system, and have already collected information about Meng Zhang.


    Soon, the official monks of Lingkong Immortal Realm noticed that Meng Zhang had something to do with Qianyuan Xianzun.


    Qianyuan Immortal Venerable is a top-level immortal, and has long been regarded as the seed of a golden immortal.


    He is different from a helpless casual cultivator like Junchen Xianzun, he has the support of Jinxian behind him.


    Some time ago, there were many rumors about Qianyuan Xianzun.


    The gods on the other side of the Earth Mother God System have been rumoring that Qianyuan Immortal Venerable has fallen.


    Regarding this, the official monks of Lingkong Immortal Realm scoffed.


    They are more willing to believe another rumor, that Qianyuan Immortal Venerable succeeded in breaking into the Golden Immortal Realm, and he is already a genuine Golden Immortal.


    They guessed that Qianyuan Xianzun had a close relationship with Meng Zhang, so they gave him asylum.


    Although there are many golden immortals in Lingkong Immortal Realm, they will not inexplicably offend another golden immortal because of a trivial matter.


    Those official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have neither the guts nor the right to offend another golden immortal.


    In Jinxian''s eyes, Meng Zhang''s actions were nothing more than trivial matters.


    As a result, the official monks in Lingkong Immortal Realm lost the intention to continue hunting Meng Zhang.


    Of course, for the sake of the face of Lingkong Immortal World, they did not directly revoke Meng Zhang''s hunting order, but adopted a cold approach.


    Fengyuan Tianxian was very dissatisfied after knowing these situations.


    He was dissatisfied with the weakness of the official monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    It has not been confirmed yet, just guessing, I was frightened, and I was unwilling to continue hunting Meng Zhang, which was really incompetent.


    Of course, even though he was dissatisfied and hated Meng Zhang, there was not much he could do.


    The status of an official monk in the Lingkong Immortal Realm not only brought him many benefits and conveniences, but also made him more restrained.


    No matter how much he hated Meng Zhang, he would never abandon his identity and go after Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Ziyang Tianxian asked him to inquire about Meng Zhang''s information, which was exactly what he wanted.


    Almost without reservation, he told the other party all the information he had inquired about.


    While Ziyang Tianxian scolded the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm for being weak, he was thinking about how to chase and kill Meng Zhang.

 Chapter 3353

    Ziyang Tianxian made up his mind a long time ago, if he wants to avenge him at any cost, he must kill Meng Zhang.


    Not to mention that Meng Zhang may have something to do with Jinxian, even if he is a genuine disciple of Jinxian, he will definitely chase him to the end.


    The official of Lingkong Immortal Realm is unwilling to continue chasing and killing Meng Zhang, so it is his turn to contribute.


    However, Meng Zhang had already escaped from the Hengling star area, and his whereabouts are still unknown.


    Even the Celestial Immortal Master invited by the Lingkong Immortal Realm could not figure out his whereabouts, let alone Ziyang Celestial Immortal.


    Although Meng Zhang''s whereabouts can''t be found for the time being, there are many secret techniques circulating in the void, and some of them can harm the target even if they are far away.


    At this time, Ziyang Tianxian thought of his old friend Wu Mingxiao who was proficient in witchcraft and secret arts.


    He is very clear about this old friend''s background and ability.


    In his early years, Wu Mingxiao owed a great favor to Ziyang Tianxian.


    When Ziyang Tianxian approached him for help, he couldn''t refuse.


    Among the witchcraft and secret arts, there are many curses from space, which can meet the requirements of Ziyang Tianxian.


    Not knowing Meng Zhang''s whereabouts did not prevent him from casting spells.


    It''s just that, besides spending a lot of natural materials and treasures to build a special witchcraft altar, he also needs something else.


    These things are best closely related to Meng Zhang, so that a causal connection can be established with Meng Zhang.


    Ziyang Tianxian asked Fengyuan Tianxian for help.


    When Meng Zhang went to the Hengling star area to join the Wuliang Tianzong, there was a Tianxian of the Wuliang Tianzong who secretly absorbed a ray of his breath.


    This is Wuliang Tianzong''s defense and restraint method for those who seek refuge.


    Meng Zhang''s aura fell into the hands of a specific expert, and it could play a huge role.


    Celestial Fengyuan stepped forward, spent a lot of effort, and finally obtained this ray of breath belonging to Meng Zhang from Wuliang Tianzong, and handed it over to Celestial Ziyang.


    Wu Mingxiao''s method of opening the altar, using this breath as a medium, secretly plotted against Meng Zhang and weakened his luck.


    As long as Meng Zhang''s luck keeps passing and becomes low, he will naturally have bad luck, or even doom.


    There is no need for Wu Mingxiao and Ziyang Tianxian to continue to attack, maybe Meng Zhang will die inexplicably one day.


    This kind of method of killing people invisible without fighting face to face is exactly what Wu Mingxiao is best at.


    Ziyang Tianxian only wanted Meng Zhang to die, and didn''t care how he died.


    Wu Mingxiao overestimated himself and underestimated Meng Zhang.


    He had used similar means to assassinate opponents before, but he had never attacked a strong man like Meng Zhang.


    Just secretly weakening the other party''s luck will not allow a man to counterattack from the air, which is completely beyond his expectations.


    He had occasional spellcasting failures in the past, but he had never encountered such a powerful backlash.


    Years of smooth sailing made him careless.


    The casting of the spell was backlashed, and he was also hit by Meng Zhang in the air, which caused him heavy losses and serious injuries.


    If Ziyang Tianxian hadn''t rescued him in time, his situation would only have gotten worse.


    He hated and feared Meng Zhang in his heart.


    He hated Meng Zhang''s vicious actions, and was afraid of his methods.


    Seeing that Wu Mingxiao failed to cast the spell, Ziyang Tianxian was very disappointed.


    Wasn''t everything going well before? Wu Mingxiao also said that Meng Zhang''s fortune was passing away quickly. Why is it like this now?


    Wu Mingxiao needs retreat to heal his wounds, so he can''t help at the moment.


    Ziyang Tianxian had no choice but to find another way.


    He thought that Meng Zhang was wandering in the void with the Taiyi Realm, it was impossible to hide forever, and he would show up one day.


    As long as Meng Zhang shows up, his whereabouts will inevitably be exposed.


    He spent a huge price to find out the whereabouts of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie through various channels.


    Fengyuan Tianxian also hated Meng Zhang, and was dissatisfied with the official practice of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    He had long spread the news that Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm were wanted by the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials in the void through his own relationship.


    What he did was not illegal.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have indeed issued a warrant for Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm long ago, and it has not been revoked so far.


    As long as there is this arrest warrant, those forces in the void who have good relations with the Lingkong fairyland and those monks who want to curry favor with the Lingkong fairyland... will definitely try their best to track down Meng Zhang''s whereabouts.


    Meng Zhang is easy to hide by himself, but it is difficult for a giant like the Taiyi Realm to completely cover his tracks.


    Fengyuan Tianxian didn''t wait too long, just waiting for the news he wanted.


    Meng Zhang took the Taiyi Realm and fled into the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Tianxian Fengyuan immediately told the news to Tianxian Ziyang who had been in touch.


    Ziyang Tianxian immediately mobilized almost all the power of Sanyang Xianzong to prepare for an expedition to the sea of ??flowers.


    He also tried to join forces with Feihulou and other forces that also had enemies with Taiyi Realm, and let them join the army of revenge.


    However, Feihulou did not respond to his appeal.


    Inside the Sanyang Xianzong, there were quite a few complaints about this kind of full-scale revenge on Meng Zhang.


    Although Ziyang Tianxian is very strong, he is not good at running sects, let alone those intrigues.


    As the leader of the sect, one should put the interests of the sect first, and not be blinded by hatred, let alone act out of will.


    The Sanyang Immortal Sect''s expedition to the sea of ??flowers and flowers will not bring any benefits to the sect, but will only waste the power of the sect in vain.


    The senior officials of the Sanyang Immortal Sect did not know the true intentions of the Ziyang Celestial Immortal.


    Ziyang Celestial Immortal Promotion If he can find Meng Zhang and kill him with his own hands, it will help him break through to the realm of Immortal Venerable.


    An immortal like him, even if he has never practiced the secret technique, still has the ability to act on a whim.


    A whim does not happen often, every time it happens at a critical moment.


    Many times, he had a whim and an inexplicable feeling in his heart, which could always help him solve some key problems.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3354

    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal, who had been struggling to break through the realm of the Immortal Venerable, took this feeling as a life-saving straw.


    Even if killing Meng Zhang can only provide a negligible boost for him to break through to the realm of Immortal Venerable, he will go all out to complete it.


    Now, Meng Zhang is not only his big enemy, but also related to his path.


    It was a matter of his own way, and he was willing to pay all the price for it.


    He will do whatever it takes to eradicate anything that hinders his path. This is God blocking and killing gods and Buddhas blocking and killing Buddhas.


    In the realm of comprehension, the strong are always respected.


    He cut through the mess quickly, and by virtue of his absolute strength, he clarified the Sanyang Immortal Sect''s interior and forcibly suppressed all objections.


    He took out all the background information of Sanyang Xianzong, and bet everything about the sect.


    In order to ensure the success of revenge, he also worked hard to obtain outside help.


    The Sanyang Xianzong family is not the only force that has had enmity with Taiyimen.


    However, the heads of comprehension forces who can survive in the comprehension world often have sufficient vision and judgment.


    They judged something from the official ambiguous attitude of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The action of Ziyang Tianxian contacting the enemies of the Taiyi Gate did not go smoothly.


    In the end, it was Fengyuan Tianxian who worked hard and provided some assistance.


    The Tianxian Luo Guang cultivated by Guantian Pavilion fell into the hands of Meng Zhang, so it is naturally impossible to just let it go.


    The senior management of Guantian Pavilion has long known from the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm that Meng Zhang is likely to have received the protection of Qianyuan Immortal Venerable.


    If it was an ordinary immortal, Guantian Pavilion would not be too afraid.


    Guantian Pavilion is powerful, and there is more than one immortal in the gate.


    But Qianyuan Immortal Venerable is different, he is the most top-level Immortal Venerable, not to mention the potential to be promoted to the Golden Immortal Realm.


    According to some rumors, it seems that he has successfully promoted to Jinxian.


    As a high-ranking member of a large sect, he could bully the weak at will, but when facing the strong, he had to act cautiously so as not to bring disaster to the sect.


    Guantian Pavilion will not act rashly before finding out the true relationship between Qianyuan Xianzun and Meng Zhang.


    But the matter of Luo Guangtian, it is impossible to let it go so lightly.


    Among other things, Luo Guangtianxian''s teachers, relatives and friends will not let it go.


    Some high-level officials of Guantian Pavilion were also very upset, very unwilling.


    For this reason, some fierce disputes also occurred among the senior management of Guantian Pavilion.


    In the end, it was an immortal in the door who forcibly suppressed the disputes in the door and forbade everyone to act rashly.


    Ziyang Tianxian decided to go all out into the whirling flower sea, and after seeking revenge from Meng Zhang, Fengyuan Tianxian contacted Guantian Pavilion.


    Although the senior officials of Guantian Pavilion looked down on Sanyang Immortal Sect, they still recognized the strength of Ziyang Celestial Immortal.


    Ziyang Tianxian seeks revenge on Meng Zhang, just to help them test the enemy''s reality.


    Fengyuan Tianxian felt that Ziyang Tianxian was not strong enough, and hoped that Guantian Pavilion could provide some help, and the senior management of Guantian Pavilion readily agreed.


    Anyway, they don''t need to come forward directly, even if Xianzun Qianyuan is dissatisfied afterwards, they still have reasons to excuse.


    With such a powerful force as Guantian Pavilion, even if they don''t use direct monks in the sect, relying on their contacts and years of accumulation, they can pull out a not weak force.


    Soon, Ziyang Tianxian, who was organizing an army of cultivators, waited for a powerful support team.


    This support team consisted of two opposites. In order to ensure the success of revenge, he wished that the strength in his hands was as strong as possible.


    Tianxian Fengyuan also used his connections to hire some practitioners as personal avatars and let them join Tianxian Ziyang.


    Even so, Fengyuan Tianxian still felt that Ziyang Tianxian''s strength was insufficient.


    Last time, a full five such lineups all failed, losing more than half of them.


    Ziyang Tianxian dispatched more cultivators this time, but Fengyuan Tianxian was not there at the time, so he was not very clear about the real battle situation.


    But no matter what, Meng Zhang was able to defeat many colleagues of the five Fengyuan Celestial Immortals, and angered the Sirius Sword Sect, thinking that it was the Sirius Sword Sect who made them lose face, and suffered a big loss in the competition with Wuliang Tianzong .


    At that time, if the cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect hadn''t escaped fast enough, he might have been punished by the cultivator of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Fengyuan Tianxian and Tianlang Jianzong have always had close contacts, and the two sides have many interests involved.


    Even if the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm drew a clear line with the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, he did not completely cut off contact with the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Reminiscent of the deep blood feud between Meng Zhang and the Sirius Sword Sect, Fengyuan Tianxian secretly sent someone to contact the Sirius Sword Sect.


    Because of the defeat and loss last time, the senior executives of the Sirius Sword Sect hated Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie to death, and wanted to get rid of them quickly.


    During these years, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has been collecting information about the Taiyi Realm, trying to find out its news.


    The news that Meng Zhang fled into the sea of ??flowers with the Taiyi Realm was just received by the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect some time ago.


    Soon, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect sent someone to secretly contact Ziyang Tianxian.


    As for the reinforcements from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, he almost always refused.


    It''s just that, in order to deceive people and save everyone''s face, the reinforcements from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect will not go to the area controlled by the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but will meet with the army led by Ziyang Tianxian on the way.


    In addition to preparing to attack with Ziyang Tianxian, the senior leaders of the Sirius Sword Sect also told Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm''s whereabouts to another big enemy of Meng Zhang, the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    The last time the Wild Hunting Star Thieves were in the Hengling star area, their army was defeated by Meng Zhang and suffered heavy losses.

 Chapter 3355

    The top brass of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group are all narrow-minded, vengeful people.


    Many times of failures and heavy losses made them hate Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm long ago, wishing to eradicate them completely.


    Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm had been in the Hengling Star Region before, with the protection of the Spiritual Space and Immortal Realm, and the Wild Hunt Star Thieves dared not do anything wrong.


    After the Taiyi Realm defected from the Hengling star area, its whereabouts have been unknown, and the Wild Hunting Star Thieves couldn''t find a target for revenge for a while.


    This situation continued until Meng Zhang exposed his identity in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    The intelligence system of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is very developed. Before Ziyang Tianxian, its high-level officials received news that the Taiyi Realm had fled into the whirling flower sea.


    The high-level members of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates Group have recalled the sub-groups from all over the country, united with the masters of the main group, and are preparing to organize a large army to enter the sea of ??flowers and eradicate Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm.


    At this time, news came from the top of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect that Ziyang Tianxian organized an army of cultivators to avenge Meng Zhang.


    There are many people and strength, and the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group did not underestimate the power possessed by Ziyang Tianxian.


    Of course, the high-level executives of the Wild Hunt Thieves hope to contact more forces to seek revenge on Meng Zhang together.


    The Wild Hunt Star Thief Group''s reputation is too bad, so they dare not enter the sphere of influence of the Lingkong Immortal Realm at will, and agreed with the Sirius Sword Sect on the time and place to meet halfway.


    When the Wild Hunt star bandits were preparing their troops, the relevant information had already reached the Fa Huazong.


    That''s right, it was the Yunmen sect who spread the information about the whereabouts of Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    Although they are both Buddhist sects, Yunmen Sect and Fahua Sect not only have no friendship, but they compete in some aspects.


    Of course, the Cloud Gate Sect would not kindly help the Fahua Sect to eradicate the enemy.


    The little conflict between it and the Taiyi world is not worth mentioning at all.


    The high-level executives of the Yunmen Sect with malicious intentions spread the information related to the Taiyi Realm as quickly as possible, and naturally it quickly spread to the Fahua Sect.


    The senior officials of Fahuazong wanted to seek revenge from Meng Zhang.


    But now that the battle in the Hengling star area is raging, Fa Huazong really can''t escape.


    Even under the pressure of the Tiantai Sect, the Fahua Sect will continue to mobilize the forces of the remaining sects to fully support the war in the Hengling star area.


    Fa Huazong knew that after Ziyang Tianxian joined forces with all parties to hunt down Meng Zhang, even though he couldn''t take action directly, he still wanted to provide some help within his ability.


    Posuo Huahai has always been regarded as the site of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, and there are many teams of Buddhist practice forces gathered here.


    Among many Buddhist sects, not to mention sympathy, at least there are many interests involved, and the friendship is very good.


    The senior officials of Fahuazong contacted some familiar Buddhist forces over there, hoping that they would help Ziyang Tianxian deal with Meng Zhang.


    Although there are many conflicts and struggles between Buddhism and Taoism, when it comes to certain cultivation forces or certain matters, the two sides still have a lot of cooperation.


    With the Fahua Sect in the middle, Ziyang Celestial Immortal will soon be able to get some help from Buddhist forces in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Before Meng Zhang knew it, a big net against him was quickly formed.


    The strong men from several factions, leading the army, are attacking him.


    At this time, Meng Zhang was still busy looking for the whereabouts of the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    After some twists and turns, he spent a lot of time and energy, and finally found the whereabouts of the Taoist Sikong Yi in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Daoist Sikong Yi did not leave the whirling flower sea, and kept hiding in it.


    The place he chose to hide was indeed very hidden.


    A few years ago, a Taoist cultivation sect called the Fallen Feather Sect sent a team to explore and develop in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    This team consists of a moon god who guards the heaven realm, and Gu Yuelingqing who patrols around the Taiyi realm.


    If the Taiyi Realm only had such strength, he should be able to take it down.


    However, he, who has always been cautious, did not act rashly.


    Taiyi Realm has strict laws and strict defenses, and it seems that its combat effectiveness is not weak.


    He will not expose himself at will until he has figured out all the hole cards in Taiyi Realm.


    He secretly sneaked into the Taiyi Realm to investigate, and also controlled the Huoyang Zhenjun of the Earth Fire Sect, and used his cover to sneak into the core of the Taiyi Realm, Sun and Moon Blessed Land, to investigate.

 Chapter 3356

    Daoist Sikong Yi escaped in time after his defeat in the Taiyi Realm.


    Although he didn''t know that Meng Zhang deliberately released water and left a tracking method on himself, but out of instinctive caution, he turned around in the whirling sea of ??flowers and repeatedly confirmed that there was no follower behind him before returning hiding place.


    He also carefully examined himself from top to bottom.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang''s methods were clever and concealed enough that he was not discovered by him.


    The three void battleships of the Fallen Feather Sect joined together to form a temporary base.


    Daoist Sikong Yi had already completely controlled the Luoyuzong team of comprehension practitioners.


    He entered and left the temporary base of the Fallen Feather Sect, and all the practitioners of the Fallen Feather Sect turned a blind eye to him.


    With the cover and cover of the practitioners of the Fallen Feather Sect, his whereabouts were better hidden.


    It took Meng Zhang a lot of time to find here slowly.


    At first, when he discovered the temporary base of Luo Yuzong, he thought that the cultivators here were the accomplices of the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    After he sneaked closer to investigate, he soon realized that something was wrong.


    These Falling Feather Sect practitioners seem to be normal on the surface. They don''t even know that they are being controlled, and they still live and act in the original way.


    But when Daoist Sikong Yi needs it, he can control their every move, and even let them die without any problem.


    Meng Zhang was keenly aware of the abnormality of these cultivators, and an inexplicable sadness floated in his heart.


    These cultivators were completely controlled by Taoist thieves, just like they were deeply infected by demons, and they were completely hopeless.


    As a fellow cultivator, Meng Zhang will inevitably feel sad when the rabbit dies and the fox dies.


    His heart was full of anger.


    Dao thieves are indeed the mortal enemies of cultivators.


    If the Taiyi Realm hadn''t been guarded by Meng Zhang, if Tai Miao hadn''t been vigilant in time, the cultivators of the Taiyi Realm might have ended up like these people in front of them.


    Before Daoist Sikong Yi launched, these cultivators of the Fallen Feather Sect were almost the same as usual.


    From their conversation, Meng Zhang knew their identities.


    Meng Zhang has also heard a little about the Luoyuzong sect.


    The Fallen Feather Sect has more than one Immortal Venerable sitting in it, and it is a big sect dominating one side in the void.


    Daoist Sikong Yi is really brave, he is not afraid of Luoyuzong at all.


    Thinking of the bandit Sikong Yi''s origin in Zhendao Mountain, Meng Zhang could understand his unscrupulousness again.


    Lu Yu, the master of Zhendao Mountain, is at least stronger than most of the immortals in the void.


    Not one or two immortals were defeated or even killed by him.


    There have always been rumors in the comprehension world that Taoist Lu Yu once escaped under the hands of Jin Xian.


    If you want to kill Lu Yu, the evil Taoist, ordinary golden immortals can''t guarantee that they will succeed.


    Meng Zhang is definitely not willing to provoke the evil Lu Yu.


    But Daoxie Lu Yu is the great enemy of the Taoist sect, and he is incompatible with the Taoist cultivators.


    Even if Taiyi Realm has been avoiding this guy, it cannot avoid its hostility.


    Meng Zhang had dealt with Taoist thieves before, and he knew that these guys all hated the Taoist sect and would repay their grievances.


    Daoist Sikong Yi suffered a loss in the Taiyi Realm this time, and he will never let it go.


    As long as he finds an opportunity, he will definitely take revenge on the Taiyi Realm.


    There is only one who can be a thief for a thousand days, but there is no one who can guard against a thief for a thousand days.


    It is impossible for Meng Zhang and the others to do nothing and stay in the Taiyi Realm to guard against the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    On the other side of the underworld, there are still many things waiting to be wonderful.


    Taiyi Realm has not been closed for a long time, but it has already caused a lot of losses.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to live in peace, Meng Zhang must take the initiative to attack and kill the Taoist Sikong Yi first.


    As for killing Taoist thief Sikong Yi, Zhendaoshan would be angered and cause him to retaliate, Meng Zhang had already considered it.


    For one thing, the strongest force in the Void Myriad Realms is the Daoist sect after all.


    Daoist cultivators are all over almost the entire void, possessing extremely strong power.


    No matter how powerful Zhendao Mountain is, it is still a street mouse, always avoiding the pursuit of practitioners.


    Secondly, it is said that Daoxie Lu Yu has long been targeted by Jinxian.


    He has been hiding in Zhendao Mountain. Fortunately, once he is on the ground in the void, maybe a golden fairy will block him immediately.


    Jin Xian, who was on guard, would not let him escape easily again.


    Meng Zhang also made the final decision after careful consideration.


    To kill Daoist Sikong Yi, first solve this imminent big trouble.


    As for the future, we will talk about it later.


    Once he made up his mind, Meng Zhang acted immediately.


    He was already very close to the temporary base of the Fallen Feather Sect practitioners, and his induction was basically not affected by the special environment of the whirling flower sea.


    Not only has he already investigated all the situation of the temporary base of Luo Yuzong, but he can also clearly sense that the Taoist Sikong Yi is hiding inside the base.


    He showed his figure, and using the power of the cave, a huge pressure fell directly on the temporary base in front of him.


    What all the practitioners of the Fallen Feather Sect in the base, including the three Meng Zhang, did to liberate them.


    They gave up their last resistance and stopped holding on.


    After a while, Meng Zhang sensed the fall of the three celestial beings and couldn''t help sighing.


    His murderous eyes looked not far ahead.


    When Meng Zhang showed his figure and shot directly at the Luo Yuzong practitioner, the Taoist Sikong Yi was already alert.


    The Taoist thief has been hunted down by the entire Taoist sect for many years, and it can still exist until now, which is very telling.


    Almost all Taoist thieves are extremely slippery and are extremely good at escaping.


    Their vigilance is extremely high, and they will be alerted immediately if there is any disturbance, and they will never relax or hesitate in the slightest.


    Daoist Sikong Yi, a celestial-level guy, has spent many years in the void and has a lot of experience in escaping. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3357

    The Taoist Sikong Yi immediately reacted the moment Meng Zhang appeared.


    When he was in the Taiyi Realm, he had already fought against Meng Zhang, and finally escaped.


    Meng Zhangxiu''s realm is higher than his, and his supernatural powers are vast.


    He felt somewhat lucky that he was able to escape from the Taiyi Realm.


    Perhaps, Meng Zhang was not very familiar with the methods of Taoist thieves, so he gave him a little opportunity to take advantage of.


    He had thought that if he faced Meng Zhang again, with experience, Meng Zhang would probably not let him escape.


    Many things are irreplaceable.


    Meng Zhang found the Luo Yuzong base here, which shows that his methods are clever.


    Sikong Yi no longer cared about how he was exposed, and how Meng Zhang found this place.


    The only thought in his mind right now is to run away.


    With a flash of his figure, he left the temporary base of Luo Yuzong.


    Almost at the same time, he began to cast spells, controlling all the practitioners of the Fallen Feather Sect under control, making them rush towards Meng Zhang regardless of life or death.


    Although the difference in cultivation base is too large, so many cultivators killed together, more or less able to delay Meng Zhang''s time.


    The Fallen Feather Sect is a well-known cultivation sect in the void.


    It would be even better if Meng Zhang was unwilling to kill these Falling Feather Sect practitioners out of scruples about them.


    Sikong Yi didn''t expect to take this opportunity to launch a counterattack against Meng Zhang, but he just hoped to delay Meng Zhang for more time, let him be cautious and restrain his hands, and buy him a chance to escape.


    Si Kongyi was very surprised by Meng Zhang''s actions.


    He didn''t have the slightest scruples, when he attacked Sikong Yi, he directly killed the Luo Yuzong cultivator.


    Dao thief Sikong Yi finally got rid of Meng Zhang''s in the Taiyi Realm, although Meng Zhang showed his true cultivation level, he still let the water go and let the other party go on purpose.


    Daoist Sikong Yi hid in the temporary base of Luoyuzong, and there were no accomplices around him, nor reinforcements from Zhendao Mountain.


    Meng Zhang preliminarily judged that this attack on the Taiyi Realm was a private action of Taoist Sikong Yi, and it was not a precursor to a large-scale attack on Zhendao Mountain.


    That being the case, Meng Zhang shot mercilessly, hoping to eradicate this scourge as soon as possible.


    The yin and yang qi blessed by the power of the cave were too strong and too difficult to entangle, almost completely surrounding him.


    Daoist Si Kongyi has experienced hundreds of battles and has rich combat experience, especially good at adapting to the wind.


    He knew that there was not much time left for himself.


    Once Meng Zhang turned his attention away from those Falling Feather Sect cultivators, he might be doomed.


    Several figures suddenly appeared beside him, helping him resist the yin and yang.


    These figures are all the angels he once controlled, and they have long since become his puppets.


    Based on his cultivation and vision, puppets below the level of immortals are pure cannon fodder, without the slightest collection value.


    The puppets below the level of immortals that he had previously controlled were either consumed by him as cannon fodder, or they were directly swallowed by him.


    The remaining puppets are his beloved treasures.


    Not only are they extraordinary in cultivation, but they also have their own strengths. When needed, they can often play an important role.


    Now, in order to gain a chance to escape, he abandoned these puppets that were treasured.


    These puppets were either from well-known sects, or strong among casual cultivators.


    Being valued by Taoist Sikong Yi is enough to show their extraordinaryness.


    After they showed up, they immediately showed their magical powers and temporarily resisted the yin and yang energy like a long river.


    Daoist Sikong Yi tried to seize this opportunity to escape from the battle.


    However, the power of the hole that Meng Zhang circulated had a very strong attraction to him, making him unable to use the means of escape, and his whole body was firmly sucked.


    He tried his best to get rid of this attraction.


    On the other side, he tried to communicate with Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang appeared outside the Luo Yuzong''s temporary base, and without a word, he killed everyone, which was enough to show his determination.


    But Sikong Yi is facing a life-and-death crisis, so he still has to try hard.


    He once again stated his origin, emphasizing the name of Daoxie Lu Yu.


    Meng Zhang is not the kind of stupid and ignorant person who can cultivate to the current state. He should know the horror of Daoxie Lu Yu and what the True Dao Mountain means.


    In addition to intimidation, Sikong Yi also has temptations.


    He said that he had fought with Daoxie Lu Yu for many years, robbed many sects in the cultivation world, and obtained countless spoils.


    He now has a huge amount of resources, a lot of treasures...


    While he was speaking, he threw out a batch of Ziqing ideas and threw them directly at Meng Zhang.


    This is just a trivial meeting gift, as long as Meng Zhang lets him go, he will still give him a generous gift.


    In addition, he also said that he found several great treasures in the sea of ??whirling flowers, enough to consume the entire Taiyi world for many years.


    He also has treasures and secrets that have broken through to the realm of the immortal.


    ...


    He threw out a lot of bait, and it was indeed able to move people''s hearts.


    If it was replaced by another Ziqing spiritual machine offered by the opponent, it would be smashed to pieces by the thunder of the Yin-Yang Extinction God he casually summoned.


    Regardless of whether the opponent has tampered with these things, as long as they are destroyed, it will not affect him.


    Meng Zhang didn''t seek any benefits, he just wanted to kill the Daoist Sikong Yi.


    The means of coercion and lure did not work, and Meng Zhang did not give him any opportunity to take advantage of it.


    First, his celestial-level puppets were wiped out by yin and yang, and then he was suppressed by Meng Zhang''s power to circulate the cave. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3358

    It''s not that Meng Zhang has no greed for the bait brought out by Taoist Sikong Yi.


    Just to ensure that this guy was completely killed, he forcibly suppressed the greed in his heart.


    No matter how tempting the bait the opponent throws out, the opponent''s purpose is to survive, which is obviously not allowed by him.


    Meng Zhang wants to completely solve the big trouble of Taoist Sikong Yi, so that he can no longer continue to cause disasters in the cultivation world.


    If his hands and feet were clean enough, even if Zhendao Mountain wanted to investigate Sikong Yi''s death afterwards, they might not be able to find him in time.


    As long as he is given enough time to continue to grow, he may not be afraid of Zhendao Mountain in the future.


    At that time, it is not certain who will trouble whom.


    The Daoist Sikong Yi, who was suppressed by Meng Zhang, first threatened and lured him, and then begged bitterly, but nothing worked. Meng Zhang was quickly depriving him of his vitality.


    In the end, knowing that he was doomed, he yelled at Meng Zhang, threatening that his comrades at Zhendao Mountain would avenge him.


    When the Daoist Sikong Yi''s vitality completely disappeared and fell, Meng Zhang looked at an empty place in front of him.


    "Your Excellency has been watching for so long, haven''t you seen enough?"


    Accompanied by a long sigh, two tall old men in Taoist attire appeared in front of Meng Zhang.


    The old man standing in front saluted Meng Zhang.


    "Old man Luo Yu Zong Mingde, this is the old man''s younger brother Ming Jing, my behavior is not generous enough, it makes friends laugh."


    When these two old men were fighting against Taoist Sikong Yi, Meng Zhang noticed someone peeping nearby.


    While devoting part of his energy to guarding against sneak attacks by others, he took down the Taoist Sikong Yi as soon as possible.


    The peepers next to him didn''t interfere with him, so he happily pretended not to know.


    In any case, Daoist Sikong Yi is his number one target and must be eradicated as soon as possible.


    After Sikong Yi fell, he shouted to break the opponent''s Xingzang.


    The other party did not continue to hide his head and show his tail, but showed up directly and took the initiative to reveal his identity.


    As soon as he heard that the other party was from the Luoyu Sect, Meng Zhang probably knew their intentions.


    Sure enough, Mingde Tianxian said something that Meng Zhang had expected.


    The official disciples of the Falling Feather Sect basically have soul lamps enshrined in the sect.


    Zongmen can control their life and death through the changes of the soul lamp.


    Originally, after controlling the disciples of the Fallen Feather Sect with the method of Taoist Sikong Yi, it was possible to ensure that their soul lamps did not change abnormally.


    As a big sect in the Taoist sect, Luo Yuzong has participated in the pursuit of Taoist thieves many times.


    Daoist thieves have also harmed Luoyuzong many times, causing huge losses to it.


    During the years of fighting against Taoist thieves, Falling Feather Sect had a deep understanding of the methods of Taoist thieves, so they would naturally have special precautions.


    In the souls of the important figures of the Fallen Feather Sect, there are special restrictions imposed by the sect masters.


    Once the Taoists try to control them secretly, these restrictions will be triggered, which will lead to the exposure of things.


    Daoist Sikong Yi''s methods are indeed clever, and he has almost bypassed these restrictions.


    However, when controlling the three Luoyuzong Celestial Immortals, he still made some mistakes.


    Tianxian has already controlled his own fairy soul in a subtle way, and there are almost no loopholes.


    The Fallen Feather Sect has special protection methods for the celestial beings in the sect.


    Daoist Sikong Yi managed to control the three celestial beings, but he couldn''t stop their soul lamps from changing.


    In the Mountain Gate of the Fallen Feather Sect, there were people sitting in the place where the soul lamps were enshrined almost all the time, monitoring the changes of the soul lamps of important figures in the sect.


    With the rich experience of Luo Yuzong''s high-level executives, it can be seen at a glance through the changes of the soul lamp that the three heavenly immortals were poisoned by Taoist thieves.


    Mingde and Mingjing are both well aware of the harm of thieves.


    The monks of the Fallen Feather Sect who stayed here fell into the hands of Taoist thieves, and they should all be hopeless.


    The only way to truly benevolent is to give these cultivators complete relief.


    As the elders of the sect, they still feel very uncomfortable when they kill the disciples of the younger generation, even if there is a reason for it and they have to.


    It would be the best if we could fake Meng Zhang, an outsider''s hand, so that their hands would not be stained with the blood of the same family.


    They watched helplessly as Meng Zhang killed all the practitioners of the Fallen Feather Sect here.


    When Meng Zhang took down the Taoist Sikong Yi, they wished to cut him into pieces, smash his bones into ashes.


    But since that guy has become Meng Zhang''s trophy, they can''t intervene at will.


    For a monk of the same level, they have a minimum of respect, and they are unwilling to conflict with each other rashly.


    Meng Zhang tortured Taoist Sikong Yi to death, and they forced a sigh of relief in their hearts.


    In fact, they have no intention of hiding it all the time.


    For Meng Zhang, they are still somewhat grateful.


    Meng Zhang killed the controlled Fallen Feather Sect monks in time, and he did them a big favor.


    If the Daoist Sikong Yi were to control these Fallen Feather Sect monks to cause trouble in the void, the senior management of the Fallen Feather Sect would become very embarrassed.


    Even if it was not the original intention of these Fallen Feather Sect monks to cause harm to the Quartet, they were controlled by others, but as long as they act, they will inevitably cause karma and cause trouble for the sect.


    Meng Zhang practiced Sikong Yi, the Taoist bandit of death, and even helped Luo Yuzong to avenge his revenge, which made Mingde Tianxian wait for a breath of evil in his heart.


    Before they had time to take the initiative to show up, Meng Zhang broke their Xingzang.


    Judging from Meng Zhang''s performance, it is obvious that they have seen through their hiding methods long ago.


    They have no malice towards Meng Zhang, only gratitude.


    In order to avoid misunderstanding, Mingde Tianxian kept his posture very low, and explained to Meng Zhang very sincerely.


    Since it was just a small misunderstanding, if the two sides talk about it, there is nothing wrong with it.


    Meng Zhang also introduced himself to the other party.


    After wandering in the void for many years, Meng Zhang has a slight reputation.


    Especially when he led the Taiyi Realm to escape from the Hengling Star Area, it was widely publicized by the Earth Mother God Department and the True Buddha Sect.


    Not to mention that everyone knows it in the void, at least it is a good name for him.


    As for whether such a reputation is good or bad, it is up to the benevolent to see the benevolent and the wise.


    At first, after Meng Zhang reported his family name, he was still worried that the other party would be afraid of the spiritual world, and he was unwilling to continue communicating with him.


    The worse situation is that Mingde Tianxian and the others regard themselves as enemies in order to please the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    What he feared did not happen.


    After Mingde Tianxian and the others knew Meng Zhang''s identity and origin, their expression and attitude did not change much.

 Chapter 3359

    Mingde Tianxian and the others have heard about Meng Zhang''s deeds, and they also know about the dispute between him and the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Mingde Tianxian has the ability to understand people''s hearts and is good at dealing with others.


    He guessed Meng Zhang''s scruples.


    He is grateful for Meng Zhang''s actions and wants to make friends with him.


    He made a special explanation for Meng Zhang to dispel his scruples and defenses.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm is indeed a huge force, and it is one of the most powerful forces in the Taoist sect.


    But in the void, not everyone wants to please the spirit world.


    Within the Dao Sect, it is far from being the only one in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    There are still several top powers that can be compared with the spiritual world.


    The Fallen Feather Sect, a large sect with immortal masters in charge, seems to dominate in the void, but within the Taoist sect, it is difficult to obtain complete autonomy, so it must be inclined.


    The forces favored by the Fallen Feather Sect are not the same as those in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The battles among the top forces within the Taoist sect are often very fierce, even cruel.


    Due to internal and external pressure and various scruples, a full-scale war will generally not break out between these top forces.


    That first-level power, such as the Fallen Feather Sect, would inevitably appear in various battles.


    Especially among the vassal forces directly under the top forces, the battles are sometimes very bloody.


    Although the Luoyu Sect did not dare to confront the official forces of the Lingkong Immortal Realm head-on, it has never sold much on the accounts of the comprehension forces under the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm to rebel against the Lingkong Immortal Realm, not only would not make the Fallen Feather Sect feel afraid, but on the contrary, it would bring some goodwill to the senior members of the Fallen Feather Sect.


    With today''s incident, Mingde Tianxian has the intention of making friends and winning over Meng Zhang.


    He thinks he has a good understanding of people, and he has a good impression of Meng Zhang.


    Although he had only just met, he was very optimistic about the other party and believed that the other party had a bright future.


    Forging a good relationship with Meng Zhang, and even providing some help within his ability, not only can add obstacles to the Lingkong fairyland, but may also bring help to the sect in the future.


    For Meng Zhang, from the day he escaped from the Hengling star area, most of the contacts in the Taiyi world in the Lingkong fairy world were destroyed.


    At least on the surface, even old friends like the Gu Yue family dare not openly maintain a friendly relationship with the Taiyi world.


    Since the Taiyi Realm stepped into the Void, it has offended many enemies, but made very limited friends.


    Although the Taiyi world is a loner, it still needs some friends.


    Mingde Tianxian''s words are very sincere, and his kindness is very obvious.


    Meng Zhang is not a person who does not know good and bad.


    The current Taiyi world is the time when we need friends.


    The Luoyu Sect, a large sect with an immortal master, can bring great benefits to the Taiyi Realm.


    Whether it''s from a utilitarian point of view, or simply feeling the long-lost kindness, Meng Zhang is willing to make friends with the other party.


    The two sides have talked here for a long time, and have a better understanding of each other.


    This place was originally a temporary base established by a group of monks from the Fallen Feather Sect.


    Meng Zhang killed all the practitioners of the Fallen Feather Sect under control, and their bodies and belongings, including the three void battleships that formed the base, were basically preserved intact.


    If Mingde Tianxian and the others didn''t arrive in time, these would naturally be Meng Zhang''s spoils.


    Now in front of them, feeling their kindness, Meng Zhang naturally would not touch these things, but handed them over to them.


    Although people are dead, they still have to give an explanation to their relatives, friends and teachers.


    Mingde Tianxian and the others put away these things and prepared to take them back to their relatives and friends.


    Due to the special situation of the whirling flower sea, Mingde Tianxian and the others rushed here as the vanguard.


    Immortal-level powerhouses cannot enter here, and the two of them, as well-known powerhouses of the Fallen Feather Sect, can at least protect themselves no matter how powerful the dao thieves they encounter are.


    If they really can''t solve the problem of the Dao thief, they can still ask the sect for help.


    The Fallen Feather Sect has long started the exploration and development of the whirling flower sea, and has a deep understanding of the situation here.


    The special fluctuations in the sea of ??whirling flowers will greatly affect the ultra-long-range communication.


    The celestial master of the Falling Feather Sect specially developed a secret technique for this level of immortals such as Mingde Tianxian to keep in touch with the inside and outside.


    Although such a contact delay is very long and will delay for a long time, at least it can barely maintain the smooth flow of communication.


    Many disciples were lost this time, especially the three celestial beings were killed by Taoist thieves, which made the senior officials of Luo Yuzong feel heartbroken while being furious.


    The senior officials of Luo Yuzong have made up their minds that no matter how much they pay this time, they must get rid of the Taoist thief who caused the disaster.


    If Mingde Tianxian and the others cannot solve the problem, there will be support in the future.


    When necessary, the immortals in the gate will go to visit Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, and are willing to pay enough price in exchange for the opportunity to enter the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    When it was a last resort, Luo Yuzong would even pay a price to invite Jinxian to negotiate with Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    Mingde and Tianxian came to the temporary base established by the disciples of the sect, and witnessed the confrontation between Meng Zhang and the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    Even if Meng Zhang didn''t find it here, with the strength of the two of them, it is more than enough to deal with the Taoist Sikong Yi.


    The Taoist thieves that appeared here were not as powerful as imagined, but there was a delay in the transmission of the information from the Heavenly Immortals, and it would probably take some time for the Fallen Feather Sect to receive the news.


    After Luo Yuzong received the news, he naturally wouldn''t continue to go to war.


    All kinds of preparation work can be temporarily stopped.


    To be able to solve the problem without paying a huge price, let alone working to make a good relationship with the Golden Immortal, the senior management of the Fallen Feather Sect must be very satisfied.


    After Meng Zhang talked with Mingde Tianxian for a while, he felt that they had no malicious intentions and should be trusted.


    Meng Zhang has a keen sense, especially spiritual sense.


    He was basically infallible in judging friend from foe.


    He took the initiative to invite Mingde Tianxian and the others to visit Taiyi Realm.


    Dao thief Sikong Yi''s problem was solved, and the news was sent back. Mingde Tianxian and the others don''t have to rush to leave the sea of ??flowers.


    They have been sitting in the sect for many years, and it is rare to come out once, and they also want to stay outside for a while before going back.


    Especially in the place of the whirling flower sea, there are many things they are interested in.


    Go to the Taiyi Realm as a guest, observe the real situation of the Taiyi Realm, and it is in line with their wishes.


    If the Taiyi world has enough value, they don''t mind giving more goodwill, even providing some help and making some investment.

 Chapter 3360

    No one has too many useful friends, and the Fallen Feather Sect is no exception in this respect.


    The current Taiyi Realm, the current Meng Zhang, is of course far inferior in strength to the Luo Yuzong who has the immortal master.


    However, with the growth rate of the etheric world and Meng Zhang, it is hard to say what kind of height they can reach in the future.


    Besides, even the current Taiyi Realm and Meng Zhang are not completely useless.


    At least, Meng Zhang had done Luo Yuzong a great favor by killing Sikong Yi, the Taoist thief.


    Under Meng Zhang''s warm invitation, the brothers Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian returned to the Taiyi Realm together with him.


    Dao thief Sikong Yi was killed, the direct threat from the Taiyi world was temporarily lifted, and the Taiyi world also lifted the blockade, and slowly resumed normal activities.


    There are still important matters in the underworld. After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao also rushed over there in a hurry.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian had a good visit in Taiyi Realm, and had in-depth exchanges with its high-level officials.


    A big sect like the Fallen Feather Sect has always been well-informed in the void, and its intelligence system is very developed.


    Back then, when the Earth Mother Goddess and the True Buddha Sect spread the news that Meng Zhang led the Taiyi Realm to betray the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they did not forget to brag about Meng Zhang, so as to prove that any high-level executives in the Lingkong Immortal Realm did not know how to force them to Contrary to excellent talents...


    The Fallen Feather Sect and the Lingkong Immortal Realm have always been indifferent, and their camp is one of the main competitors of the Lingkong Immortal Realm within the Taoist sect.


    Luo Yuzong also specially collected information about Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm.


    Judging from his growth experience, practice time, and achievements, although Meng Zhang is not as exaggerated as claimed by the Earth Mother Godliness and the True Buddha Sect, he can indeed be called a rare genius monk, not necessarily better than those so-called unrivaled monks of the Golden Immortal Sect. Tianjiao is poor.


    After getting in touch with Meng Zhang in person, Mingde Tianxian, who has always considered himself quite knowledgeable, is very optimistic about Meng Zhang.


    When they arrived in Taiyi Realm, after a simple visit, they were very interested in the thriving and vigorous atmosphere here.


    Since Meng Zhang became the head, Taiyi Sect has experienced thousands of years.


    For immortals, thousands of years may not be a big deal.


    In the void, there are also some cultivation forces with a long history whose movements can be calculated in tens of thousands of years.


    It is not easy for the Taiyi world to develop to such an extent and have such a rich heritage.


    When I was in Junchen Realm, those so-called holy land sects were only thousands of years old, so the sects inevitably had a stale air.


    A lot of problems have also accumulated inside the Taiyi Gate.


    Fortunately, the Taiyi Gate is still in a period of rapid growth, and the middle and high-level members of the gate are all motivated, able to let go of the old and absorb the new, and quickly repair various problems.


    As far as Mingde Tianxian knows, there are very few cultivation forces in the void that have developed so fast and so well as Taiyimen.


    Of course, the Taiyi Gate, including the entire Taiyi Realm, still has many weaknesses.


    Among them, the biggest one is that the entire Taiyi world still relies too much on Meng Zhang.


    In addition, there is a certain fault in the strength composition of the Taiyi Realm, and there are too few strong people at the level of immortals.


    This is mainly because the Taiyi world is too young.


    Generally speaking, it takes at least ten thousand years to cultivate a strong person at the level of a fairy.


    Of course, Mingde Tianxian also knew that the Taiyi Realm must have hidden a certain amount of strength in front of them, and did not show all their trump cards.


    Although they actively expressed goodwill, both parties are in the realm of comprehension after all, and it is very common to invest in promising young monks.


    Forge a good relationship today, maybe it will be of great help in the future.


    Gu Yue''s family invested a lot of money in Taiyi Sect for future doom.


    Although Meng Zhang is no longer young, and long before that, the monks of the Fallen Feather Sect made a major discovery in the whirling sea of ??flowers, which is why the monks of the Fallen Feather Sect have been staying here.


    Mingde Tianxian and the others went to the field to check the previous discoveries of the disciples in the sect to see how valuable they were.


    If conditions permit, the Fallen Feather Sect will send a large number of people to continue the development.


    Mingde Tianxian sent back the information of Luoyuzong, and after a period of time, it was received by the senior officials of Luoyuzong.


    The Taoist problem has been resolved, and the senior management of the Fallen Feather Sect is naturally very happy.


    Everyone breathed a sigh of relief that the sect didn''t need to go to war, let alone deal with Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    Mingde Tianxian emphasized Meng Zhang''s help in the information, and expressed his optimism for Meng Zhang.


    Because of the relationship between the camps, the Fallen Feather Sect has been monitoring the Lingkong Immortal Realm, collecting all kinds of information through various means.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm previously issued a warrant for the arrest of the Taiyi Realm, and the hunting team they sent out suffered heavy losses. All of this information is in the past tense.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm did not react too much, but the Ziyang Celestial Immortal of the Sanyang Immortal Sect organized an army with great fanfare, preparing to hunt down the Taiyi Realm.


    Ziyang Tianxian is dissatisfied with some official practices of Lingkong Immortal Realm, so his behavior is inevitably a bit extreme.


    He privately publicized that some people in the Lingkong Immortal Realm were weak and incompetent, but Sanyang Xianzong was not afraid of difficulties, dangers and dangers, and wanted to hunt down the fugitives in the Lingkong Immortal Realm with all their strength.


    The Sanyang Immortal Sect is just an ordinary practice sect in the entire Lingkong Immortal Realm, far from being powerful, but this time there was a lot of commotion.


    In addition to some secret support from Fengyuan Tianxian and Guantian Pavilion, the actions of Sanyang Xianzong also received the help of some enthusiastic people who did not know the truth.


    As one of the most powerful forces in the void, Lingkong Immortal Realm has a strong cohesive force, and many practitioners under its command have a strong sense of honor.


    Many people regard the betrayal of the Taiyi Realm as a disgrace to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and hope that this shame can be washed away as soon as possible.


    Ziyang Tianxian took the initiative to stand up, bravely take responsibility, and dare to take risks, which is in line with the wishes of many people, and naturally he can get a lot of help.


    Some cultivators actively joined the expedition team organized by Sanyang Xianzong, and many comprehension forces enthusiastically provided them with various war supplies... (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 3361

    Sanyang Xianzong made such a big commotion, the news of it naturally spread quickly.


    Ziyang Tianxian''s collusion with Sirius Sword Sect and Wild Hunting Star Pirates is still a secret for the time being, and the two sides have not united yet.


    When a large army goes out to fight, especially in a dangerous place like the whirling flower sea, it is of course necessary to do all kinds of pre-war preparations.


    Mobilize practitioners, organize an army, deliver supplies...


    All kinds of trifles take a lot of time.


    Even if Ziyang Tianxian urged him again and again, he couldn''t get up faster.


    Sanyang Xianzong is only the initiator of this expedition, and there are many participants and supporters, overt or covert, as well as various supports from all sides, and it will take a lot of time to gather.


    No matter how anxious Ziyang Tianxian was, he had to temporarily bow his head in the face of many heavenly immortals whom he didn''t want to offend.


    Among other things, Fengyuan Tianxian, who had learned the lesson from the failure of the Taiyi Realm hunt last time, became extra cautious and absolutely did not want to see another failure.


    Although he didn''t come forward directly, he only supported Ziyang Tianxian secretly, but his behavior could not be hidden from the discerning people.


    After all, Meng Zhang was indeed a fugitive who had betrayed the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and it was related to the face of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so even if he was dissatisfied with him, those official monks who advocated prudence would not be able to accuse him face to face.


    But if the pursuit of Meng Zhang fails again this time, he will not only lose face, but at that time, I am afraid that someone will settle the old and new scores with him.


    Even if he has the identity of the disciple and grandson of Jinxian, he is not omnipotent.


    In this place of Ling Kong Xianjie, there are too many monks with status and background.


    There is more than one Jinxian, and there are countless monks involved with Jinxian.


    Fengyuan Tianxian insisted on being cautious, and must make various preparations before going out, and repeatedly check the various conditions of the army.


    In order to ensure the success of this hunt, he continued to use his influence to continuously strengthen this expeditionary army.


    Ziyang Tianxian, who had already been impatient for a long time, dared not speak out when facing Fengyuan Tianxian''s actions. Only silently waiting.


    Including the Fallen Feather Sect, many comprehension forces inside and outside the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and many people, are very interested in this hunt and try their best to find out its information.


    After receiving the information from the Mingde Heavenly Immortal, the senior officials of the Fallen Feather Sect informed him of the matter during their routine contact with him.


    In addition, since Mingde Tianxian was so optimistic about Meng Zhang and wanted to invest in him, the senior management of Luo Yuzong also actively cooperated.


    Therefore, the senior officials of Luo Yuzong stepped up their intelligence work and tried their best to find out all the details of this hunting operation.


    The Sanyang Immortal Sect''s collusion with the Sirian Wolf Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Pirates Group was only concealed from the cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    In fact, it''s not a secret at all.


    Ziyang Tianxian waited unwillingly for a long time before the comprehension army under his command was ready and began to embark on the journey.


    Fengyuan Tianxian is not particularly satisfied with this.


    First of all, he has already thought of all the ways he can think of, and he has done all the things that should be done, and he has done his best.


    In a short time, he couldn''t think of any more ways to strengthen this army.


    Secondly, the delay was too long, and he was also worried that something would happen to the official side of Lingkong Immortal World.


    Therefore, after concentrating all the forces, this army, led by the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, left the Lingkong Immortal Realm and headed towards the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Not long after the army left the Lingkong Immortal Realm, it joined the army of cultivators sent by the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect on the way.


    The two sword celestial beings at the head of this army had been worried that he would be delayed on the road for too long, and that there would be new changes on the side of the whirling flower sea.


    If Meng Zhang escaped with the Taiyi Realm, where would he find him.


    He hated this kind of time-wasting behavior the most, and he became more and more angry.


    After this army merged with the army of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the two sides joined forces, and after a little rectification, they continued on their way.


    The Spiritual Sky Immortal Realm is far away from the whirling flower sea, and the journey already takes quite a while.


    With such a huge army, even if they were going all out, they would not be able to go very fast.


    Traveling long distances in the void, if you are unlucky, you will encounter some unexpected obstacles.


    Even if you have been advancing along the mature route, accidents will inevitably happen.


    Ziyang Celestial Immortal wanted to leave the army behind and rush to Po Whirling Flower Sea alone at the fastest speed.


    However, other high-level officials in the army would not agree with him to do so, and he did not have the confidence to face the entire Taiyi world alone.


    If he wanted to defeat the Taiyi Realm and kill Meng Zhang, he needed the help of others.


    When the army was halfway through the journey, it joined the army of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    The Wild Hunt star bandit group was defeated by Meng Zhang many times, and they suffered heavy losses, and many of the immortal-level powerhouses fell.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group has a long history, and it ranks at the forefront among many star thief groups.


    Such a rising star in the Taiyi world repeatedly beat the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, making its high-level officials furious.


    If they don''t take revenge and let the Taiyi Realm run freely, the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group will only lose face and become everyone''s laughing stock.


    I am afraid that the prestige of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group to intimidate the Quartet will gradually be ignored.


    The high-level members of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group have made up their minds to seize this opportunity to completely solve the problems in the Taiyi Realm.


    The Wild Hunt bandit group can be said to be an elite entry and exit this time, almost taking out the capital of the bottom of the box.


    Among the army, only the angels

 Chapter 3362

    The arrival of the army of the Wild Hunting Thieves caused more dissatisfaction among the expeditionary army.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm is one of the few righteous forces in the void. Its behavior is very upright, and it has always followed many precepts of the Taoist sect. It has never been soft-hearted in fighting evil forces.


    Things like star robbers are similar to demon monks. They are public enemies in the void, and everyone can punish them.


    Although the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is quite smart and has not provoked the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Star Thieves are the Star Thieves, and any decent cultivator would be ashamed to associate with them.


    In the void, there are quite a few cultivating forces colluding with the Star Thief Group, and some cultivating forces secretly support and even form the Star Thief Group, but these are all shady.


    At least on the surface, Taoism, Buddhism, Confucianism and other cultivating forces have to disassociate themselves from the Star Thief Group.


    Among the comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there are many who have suffered from the Star Thieves.


    Among this expeditionary army, there are many cultivators who are extremely hostile to the Star Thief Group.


    This expeditionary army is still under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so it is too shameful to openly mix with the Wild Hunting Star Bandits.


    Even if Meng Zhang is successfully killed, Ziyang Tianxian will inevitably be held accountable by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm after returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    What he is now pursuing wholeheartedly is to kill Meng Zhang and pursue the Dao, and he doesn''t care about anything else at all.


    The Wild Hunting Star Thieves will help with this matter, and of course he will join forces with the other party.


    When he killed Meng Zhang, was promoted to Immortal Venerable, and his cultivation realm was improved, his status was very different.


    In the future, when we return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the officials will probably not embarrass a fairy too much because of this trivial matter.


    Some of the other senior leaders in the army are related to Fengyuan Tianxian, and they are carrying out the orders of Fengyuan Tianxian.


    In the eyes of Tianxian Fengyuan, Tianxian Ziyang is a tool for revenge on Meng Zhang.


    He didn''t care much about what would happen to this tool after it completed its task.


    Anyway, it was Ziyang Tianxian who colluded with the Star Thief Group, and he was also the one who suffered the official punishment.


    The two celestial beings in Guantian Pavilion usually help Guantian Pavilion with dirty work, and they don''t care about colluding with star robbers.


    Moreover, the leader of the army is Ziyang Tianxian, and he is in front of everything to attract attention.


    Many other cultivators in the team quit this time.


    Many of these cultivators from the Lingkong Immortal Realm came from well-known and decent families, and their behavior was very upright.


    Many of them joined the army out of righteous indignation with the intention of helping the Lingkong Immortal Realm eliminate harm, which shows that they have a sense of justice.


    Joining forces with the Wild Hunting Star Thieves has greatly exceeded their bottom line.


    Under the leadership of some cultivators, voices of protest were everywhere in the army.


    There are even some extreme people clamoring to take down the Wild Hunter Bandit Group and get rid of this scourge in the void.


    Due to internal turmoil, the army had to temporarily stop advancing.


    This time, even if Ziyang Tianxian and other high-level officials came forward to appease, it would not have much effect.


    Later, Ziyang Tianxian became impatient.


    He found a name, executed the most violent guys, and then forcibly suppressed all dissatisfied voices with his own cultivation.


    It is an eternal truth in the cultivation world that the strong are respected.


    In the army, he didn''t have that much time, nor did he have that much energy, and he had been spending all his time rectifying the army.


    He calculated that the main force in the army was the monks of the Sanyang Immortal Sect, plus the two armies of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, their strength was enough to crush the Taiyi Realm.


    Even if all the other cultivators escaped, the impact would not be too great, at most it would hurt morale a little.


    He is confident in controlling the monks of the Sanyang Immortal Sect, not to mention the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    Fengyuan Tianxian''s previous practice of continuously strengthening the army was too redundant.


    The monks he tried to lure here would only drag him down in vain.


    Ziyang Tianxian simply handed over all trivial matters to others, and began to retreat at home to rest.


    Now, there are more deserters in the army.


    The top ranks of the army didn''t want to kill too much and make too many enemies.


    Two people related to Guantian Pavilion

 Chapter 3363

    Many cultivators who remained in the army hated Ziyang Tianxian the most.


    Either because their relatives and friends were executed, or out of righteous indignation, they already hated Ziyang Tianxian to death.


    They did not desert and chose to stay, not to continue to serve Ziyang Tianxian, but to prepare to go to the battlefield, looking for opportunities, creating chaos from within the army, and completely failing the expedition organized by Ziyang Tianxian.


    These cultivators secretly connected together and began to make various preparations.


    Ziyang Tianxian, who was wholeheartedly adjusting her state and preparing to fight Meng Zhang, still didn''t know anything about it.


    After many deserters left the army, the army became much more streamlined and moved faster.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group have seen the situation of the army under Ziyang Tianxian''s command.


    Even if the two families were dissatisfied, they didn''t say anything.


    This is someone else''s internal affairs, and they have no position to interfere.


    They also need to rely on the power of Ziyang Tianxian, and they are not willing to offend Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Anyway, after calculations, the top management of the two companies came up with the same idea as Ziyang Tianxian.


    The power they currently have is enough to crush the Taiyi Realm.


    The power originally possessed by the Taiyi Realm has long been exposed in previous battles.


    It has only been a hundred years since the Taiyi Realm escaped into the sea of ??whirling flowers, and it is impossible for him to make a big leap in strength.


    There are rules to follow in the cultivation of a cultivator and the improvement of his cultivation base.


    The Fallen Feather Sect attaches great importance to the movements of the Ziyang Celestial Immortals, investing a lot of resources in investigation, and even some Celestial Immortals have been secretly following this army.


    In fact, Ziyang Celestial Immortal''s fanfare has already attracted the attention of many forces in the void.


    Some cultivating forces that have a problem with the Lingkong Immortal Realm are even worried that the Ziyang Celestial Immortal is performing a special mission in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and they are actually attacking other enemies under the guise of hunting down the Taiyi Realm.


    After all, on the surface, it is not worth the Ziyang Celestial Immortal to put all his eggs in one basket just to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, and there is no need to deploy such a powerful force.


    All kinds of related information quickly spread in the void.


    The Fallen Feather Sect saw this army marching towards the sea of ??whirling flowers, and basically confirmed the goal of Ziyang Tianxian.


    The information about the army was first sent back to Luo Yuzong, and then passed to Mingde Tianxian and the others in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    After Mingde Tianxian and the others received the information, they immediately went to the Taiyi Realm to report the news.


    Meng Zhang received them warmly and was very grateful for their actions.


    In fact, before they came to the Taiyi Realm, Taimiao''s actions in the Underworld already had results.


    Tai Miao has long spent a lot of money in the underworld to find out the latest trends in the spirit world.


    There are many foreign cultivation forces in the underworld, and they have always maintained close ties with all forces in the void.


    The actions organized by the Ziyang Celestial Immortals cannot catch the eyes of those really big figures at all, but after all, it is a recent big move in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Anything that involves the spirit world, there will always be someone who will care about it, and will not be completely ignored.


    Many cultivation forces in the void passed relevant information to their strongholds in the underworld.


    Those forces that specialize in buying and selling information have already put relevant information on the shelves.


    After some twists and turns, Tai Miao received information that Ziyang Tianxian organized an army of monks and began to hunt down the Taiyi Realm.


    He didn''t dare to neglect, and immediately returned to the Underworld of the Taiyi Realm, and synchronized the information with Meng Zhang.


    When his whereabouts were exposed in front of the monks of the Yunmen sect, Meng Zhang had long been mentally prepared for this day.


    Ziyang Tianxian, the big enemy, must have acted after receiving the information from the monks of the Yunmen sect.


    At this time, Meng Zhang still didn''t know Ziyang Tianxian''s desire to win him, and he didn''t know that he was already related to the other party''s way.


    Faced with the imminent pursuit, Meng Zhang was not prepared to continue to escape.


    Again, fleeing into the void cannot guarantee 100% confidentiality of whereabouts.


    As long as the Lingkong Immortal Realm is willing to spend energy and pay the price, they can always find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    If you are overtaken by the enemy in the void, you will have no choice but to fight head-on.


    Instead of doing that, it is better to use the whirling flower sea as the default battlefield to meet the enemy here.


    The internal terrain of the whirling flower sea is too special, and it is difficult for the enemy to exert their numerical advantage.


    Meng Zhang has been in Posuo Huahai for so many years, and he has a better understanding of the situation here, so he barely has the advantage of home court.


    In addition, Posuo Huahai is the place where Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha sits.


    There will definitely not be any immortals from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but there will definitely be a large group of people and enough strong people.


    How can you allow others to sleep soundly on the side of the couch.


    The Lingkong Immortal Realm is not as harmless as the Taiyi Realm.


    Is it true that Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha is so generous, allowing the army of cultivators from the Lingkong Immortal Realm to break in here?


    If he is willing to stop the army led by Ziyang Tianxian, then Meng Zhang''s troubles will be temporarily resolved.


    Of course, such a good thing Meng Zhang just thinks about it in his heart, but he can''t pin all his hopes on it.


    When Meng Zhang was thinking about countermeasures, Mingde Tianxian and the others rushed to the Taiyi Realm and passed on more detailed information to him.


    The information Tai Miao obtained was too rough, only the Ziyang Celestial Immortals on the other side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm organized an army and began to hunt down the part of the Taiyi Realm.


    However, the information brought by Mingde Tianxian and the others was very detailed.


    There are the specific composition of the army, the real strength of the enemy, and various things that happened on the road.


    After knowing the true strength of the enemy, Meng Zhang''s expression changed.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and other enemies have united and dispatched so many strong men.


    Relying solely on the strength of the Taiyi Realm, even if it has a convenient location, it will definitely not be able to withstand the enemy''s attack.


    At this time, Meng Zhang already had an impulse in his heart. He wanted to change his previous thinking and immediately take the Taiyi Realm to escape from the whirling flower sea. The farther the better, the better.


    Although the enemy will definitely pursue him closely, and most of the time he will face a chasing battle in the void, at least the battle will be postponed, so that he doesn''t have to face the siege of a powerful enemy so quickly.


    Mingde Tianxian was also thinking in his heart.


    When he knew the strength of the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, he knew that the Taiyi Realm alone would be absolutely irresistible.


    Among other things, there are too few immortal-level powerhouses in Taiyi Realm.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm still has some powers that he doesn''t know about, and there are hidden trump cards, it can''t reverse such a big adverse trend.


    Of course Mingde Tianxian wants to help the Taiyi Realm.


    As long as the Luo Yuzong sends out a random immortal, it can solve the problems faced by the Taiyi world.


    But the Fallen Feather Sect absolutely cannot do this.


    The battle between the Fallen Feather Sect and the comprehension forces under the command of the Lingkong Immortal Realm is regarded as an internal struggle among Taoists, and some unspoken rules must be followed.


    Among them, it is absolutely impossible to bully the small with the big.


    If you, Luo Yuzong, dare to send immortals to bully Ziyang Tianxian and other juniors today, maybe tomorrow a golden immortal from the spirit world will come to your door to make trouble. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3364

    Of course, even if the Immortal Venerable was not mobilized, the Luoyu Sect could still defeat the army led by the Ziyang Celestial Immortal as long as it mobilized and also dispatched an army of cultivators.


    But Luo Yuzong still couldn''t do this.


    It is true that Luo Yuzong wanted to invest in Taiyi Realm, but at the beginning, the scale of investment was limited.


    Only when Taiyijie and Mengzhang continue to show greater value, they will gradually increase investment step by step.


    Luo Yuzong is not the nanny of Taiyi Realm, and it is impossible to help Taiyi Realm solve all problems.


    The Taiyi Realm must be self-reliant and self-reliant in order to win the respect of the Fallen Feather Sect.


    In addition, if the army of cultivators from the Fallen Feather Sect joins the battle and directly attacks the army led by Ziyang Tianxian, it is Chi Guoguo''s interference in the internal affairs of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After defeating the army of cultivators led by Ziyang Tianxian this time, even if the Lingkong Immortal Realm was purely out of face considerations, most likely they would not let it go.


    If one fails, the war between the two sides will continue, and the scale of the war will become more and more intense.


    The Fallen Feather Sect was not prepared for a large-scale war with the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    A mere Taiyi Realm is not worthy of Luo Yuzong''s doing so.


    This time, the problem is mainly resolved by the Taiyi Realm itself, and the Fallen Feather Sect will provide some limited help at most.


    In order to prevent Meng Zhang from having some unrealistic fantasies about the Fallen Feather Sect, Mingde Tianxian explained the Fallen Feather Sect''s position in as kind a tone as possible.


    It is impossible for the Fallen Feather Sect to confront the army of cultivators from the Lingkong Immortal Realm head-on, and at most provide some help to the Taiyi Realm from the side.


    Meng Zhang never thought about relying on the Luo Yuzong who he just made friends with to solve his enemies.


    Ziyang Tianxian and other enemies, of course, have to rely on their own ability to solve.


    Mingde Tianxian is willing to provide some help, which has exceeded his expectations.


    With some help from the Fallen Feather Sect, coupled with the special environment of the whirling flower sea, the enemy seems powerful, but he is not powerless to resist.


    If a great war breaks out and so many practitioners of Daoist sects go to war and fight in the sea of ??flowers, how could Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha just endure it and just sit back and watch?


    If the influence of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha can be used, it can greatly offset the enemy''s military advantage.


    After calm thinking, Meng Zhang forcibly suppressed the urge to escape in his heart.


    Instead of fleeing in embarrassment and having a helpless chasing battle in the void, it is better to use all means, especially the special situation of the whirling flower sea, to fight against the army that is chasing you here.


    Luo Yuzong, as a powerful force with an immortal master, has a deeper understanding of all forces and various information in the void than the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang asked Mingde Tianxian some things, mainly about Posuo Huahai and Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    These things are not the secrets of the Fallen Feather Sect. Many forces in the void know that Mingde Tianxian answered Meng Zhang''s question very happily and gave a detailed explanation.


    After thinking for a while, Meng Zhang came up with a rough plan.


    He made a request to Mingde Tianxian, hoping that the Fallen Feather Sect could help stop the army of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    To this, Mingde Tianxian thought for a while, and agreed immediately.


    This kind of matter does not need to be notified to the sect, he can decide by himself.


    The Wild Hunting Star Bandit has been a disaster for the Void for many years and has done a lot of evil. As the orthodox sect of the Fallen Feather Sect, it is only natural to attack and pursue them. Even the Lingkong Immortal Realm can''t say anything.


    A star bandit group of such a size as the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group has been able to roam the void for many years, and its leader is not a scheming person.


    No matter how arrogant and ruthless the Wild Hunt Star Thief Group is, they will not easily provoke those forces with golden immortals or many immortals sitting in their command.


    The Fallen Feather Sect had no relationship with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates before.


    There are too many forces in the void that are more hateful and harmful than the Star Thief Group, no matter how righteous the cultivation forces are, they can''t take care of them at all.


    From the bottom of his heart, Celestial Mingde hoped that the hunt organized by Celestial Ziyang would fail completely.


    First, he had a good impression of Meng Zhang and hoped that Meng Zhang would become the winner.


    Secondly, it is a pleasing thing to see the army of cultivators from the spiritual world fail.


    It is naturally a great thing to be able to help Meng Zhang without having to face the Lingkong Immortal Realm head-on.


    As for getting into the Wild Hunting Thieves for this, he didn''t care much.


    Even if there is no such thing as Meng Zhang, when facing the scene, maybe the Luo Yuzong will do justice for the sky and find a star thief group to do the surgery.


    In addition to asking the Fallen Feather Sect to help deal with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, Meng Zhang also asked Mingde Tianxian for another thing.


    For Mingde Tianxian with deep connections, this is just a trivial matter.


    Of course, for Meng Zhang, this is the key to victory.


    After Mingde Tianxian and Meng Zhang discussed it properly, they left Taiyi Realm.


    On the side of the Taiyi Realm, under Meng Zhang''s order, they began to prepare for the battle in an all-round way.


    Since the Taiyi Realm stepped into the void, it has experienced many wars, and there is not much time for real peace.


    After coming to Posuo Huahai, they have not lived a peaceful life for a few days, and they are about to face a big battle, but the senior officials of Taiyi Realm have no dissatisfaction.


    They are used to this kind of life.


    For so many years, the Taiyi Realm has fought against the outside world, not to mention winning every battle, at least it has not suffered any losses.


    Countless monks have been tempered in the war, and generations of younger generations have risen in the war...


    As for the spoils obtained as a result, it is even more immeasurable.


    The Taiyi world can develop to the point where it is today, and can support so many monks. These captured spoils have played a very critical role.


    Most of the senior officials in the Taiyi world are happy when they hear the battle.


    In many cases, even if no foreign enemies came to attack them, they would take the initiative to launch conquests.


    The preparations for the battle in the Taiyi Realm went very smoothly, and Mingde Tianxian''s promise to Meng Zhang began soon.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha has always been a solitary, neither founded a sect nor formal disciples.


    Of course, as Buddha, he will never lack followers.


    These followers are either overwhelmed by its Dharma and practice, or want to benefit from it, or both.


    For these followers, Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha neither formally accepted them nor rejected them.


    When Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha entered Posa Flower Sea for retreat, these followers also entered here and quickly settled here.


    Nanwuri Moonlight Buddha ignored them, but they regarded themselves as disciples of Nanwuri Moonguang Buddha.


    The place where Nanwu Sun Moonlight Buddha sits, even if it is not the legendary pure land of Buddhism, it is naturally its territory.


    They believed that they had the responsibility to maintain the order of the whirling flower sea and not disturb Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha adopts an open attitude, and does not deny visitors from all walks of life to enter the sea of ??flowers and flowers, but also makes them complain in private.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3365

    These followers have long regarded Posuo Huahai as the private domain of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, and they don''t like outsiders breaking in here at will.


    They have always hoped to be formally accepted by Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    It is best for Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha to formally establish a sect based on the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    They think that everything in the whirling flower sea is the private property of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    As followers, they can not only share these private properties, but also have the obligation to protect them to a certain extent.


    If it weren''t for the attitude of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, they would have driven away all those outsiders long ago.


    What these insatiable outsiders mined here belonged to the wealth of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    They acquiesced to the existence of these outsiders, but they didn''t like them in their hearts.


    They often regard themselves as the managers of the whirling flower sea, and do not allow those outsiders to be too presumptuous here.


    They worked hard to maintain order here and not let there be too much chaos here.


    Of course, due to the limited number of people and insufficient strength, there is not much they can do.


    Among these followers, there are a few immortals. After all, the strength of Meng Zhang and the Taiyi Realm alone will definitely not be able to withstand this army.


    Lingkong Immortal Realm''s move is suspected of killing a chicken with a knife, and there may be some other purpose hidden in the dark.


    After listening to the Arhat''s report, all the people involved in the discussion were furious.


    What on earth is Lingkong Immortal Realm going to do?


    Since Posuo Huahai is the territory of Nanwu Sun Moonlight Buddha, according to the practice in the void, unless other golden immortals want to launch an all-out war, they should never offend this place rashly.


    Of course, due to the open attitude of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, he almost never refuses outsiders.


    But this does not mean that the Lingkong Immortal World can act recklessly.


    The Golden Immortal of Lingkong Immortal Realm didn''t come forward directly, and sent an army led by an immortal.


    What does it mean?


    Is this a temptation or a provocation?


    If disciples and grandchildren of other Buddhas enter here, they can turn a blind eye.


    If it is a Buddhist monk with a good relationship, they will even welcome each other and provide them with various conveniences.


    But Taoism has always been at odds with Buddhism, and the Lingkong Immortal Realm is a very powerful comprehension force, which will inevitably make them think too much.


    On weekdays, outsiders from all over the void entered the sea of ??flowers for various purposes, and many of them were fugitives who escaped from pursuit.


    They will not care about the life and death of these fugitives, let alone shelter fugitives.


    As for the pursuers chasing here, they also ignored it.


    But this time, under the instigation of caring people, their dissatisfaction accumulated over the years exploded.


    If you don''t give this army of comprehension practitioners from the Lingkong fairy world a little color, maybe the other party will push forward and cause even bigger troubles.


    Of course, since it is a rule set by Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha to fully open the sea of ??flowers, it is impossible for them to openly violate it.


    In other words, it is not good for them to openly prevent the army led by Ziyang Tianxian from entering the Sea of ??Flowers.


    In addition, they are dissatisfied, but they will not openly fight each other.


    As followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, they fought head-on with the Lingkong Immortal Realm with many golden immortals sitting in the town. Would they implicate Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha?


    They cannot ignore these things.


    No matter how much they worship Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha in their hearts, they have to admit that the Lingkong Immortal Realm with many golden immortals is more powerful than Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha alone.


    Therefore, after some discussion, they decided to use the special environment of the whirling flower sea to add a little trouble to the other party, pull the other party''s hind legs, and try not to have a head-on conflict with the Ziyang Tianxian who was born in the spirit world.


    Of course they didn''t do this to help Meng Zhang.


    They don''t care about Meng Zhang''s life or death.


    They just want to add more obstacles to the spirit world and show their own existence and influence.


    If Ziyang Celestial Immortal could return without success, it would be tantamount to embarrassing the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and this kind of result is not bad.


    These followers regard Ziyang Tianxian as the representative of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and regard this hunt as the official order of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, not because they are too stupid.


    This is entirely due to poor information.


    The ambiguous attitude of the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm in the pursuit of Meng Zhang, because it concerns his face, naturally will not publicize it.


    Similarly, due to issues of face and rules, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm cannot openly stop Ziyang Tianxian''s actions.


    Due to Fengyuan Tianxian running around, Ziyang Tianxian received a lot of help.


    In the eyes of outsiders who don''t know the truth, Ziyang Tianxian certainly represents the fairy world of Lingkong, and he came to hunt down Meng Zhang to perform official duties.


    Meng Zhang and Mingde Tianxian took advantage of this intentionally or unintentionally.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3366

    Meng Zhang has long known the existence of this group of followers, and has a certain understanding of their habits.


    After learning more relevant information from Mingde Tianxian, he asked the other party to find a way to stir up the dissatisfaction of these followers with Ziyang Tianxian and others.


    This group of followers are mainly Buddhist monks, but their origins are complicated and their thoughts are different.


    A Buddha has great influence in the void, and all forces are naturally concerned about its movements.


    In order to collect relevant information, various forces did their best.


    Although these followers were not formally accepted by Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, they are more or less valuable.


    At the very least, they are closer to Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha than others.


    Among these followers, no one can tell how many people have ulterior motives.


    Some people directly reported to the outside world, and it was relatively easy to betray information, and some people were directly moles sent by certain forces.


    Although the Fallen Feather Sect is a Taoist sect, it has a wide network of contacts and can get in touch with many Buddhist monks.


    Through the middleman, Mingde Tianxian paid some price and bought useful people.


    Sure enough, when these followers were discussing matters, someone took advantage of the issue to stir up everyone''s dissatisfaction with Ziyang Tianxian''s behavior.


    Under the watchful eyes of everyone, even if many people are unwilling to provoke disputes and provoke the Lingkong Immortal World, they still have to express their position and express their dissatisfaction with the Lingkong Immortal World.


    After receiving the news that everything went well from Mingde Tianxian, Meng Zhang was slightly relieved.


    In this battle, he has managed to know himself and the enemy, using various methods.


    Although he already had a lot of confidence, he still made two-handed preparations.


    He quickly recalled all the Taiyi Realm monks who had gone out, and then began to drive the Taiyi Realm to move its position.


    Now, he is still not sure how much weakening the enemy can be caused by these means.


    If the enemy is still far stronger than the Taiyi Realm after being weakened, then naturally he cannot fight the enemy head-on.


    He can either take advantage of the special terrain of the Whirling Flower Sea to slowly circle the enemy, looking for an opportunity to defeat the enemy, or simply escape from the Whirling Flower Sea.


    The original location of the Taiyi Realm has probably been guessed by the Yunmen Sect.


    The Taiyi Realm left its original position and hid itself again in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    In the case of the whirling flower sea, even if there is no obstacle, it will take a certain amount of time for Ziyang Tianxian and the others to find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang was going to let Luna and Gu Yue Lingqing stay in the Taiyi Realm, so he and Tai Miao went out together.


    Without the encumbrance of Taiyi Realm, he can move freely.


    After the enemy enters the whirling flower sea, he can act according to the real-time situation.


    If the enemy is severely weakened, he will initiate the attack with Tai Miao.


    In the following time, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao wandered around the edge of the whirling flower sea, waiting for the arrival of the enemy army.


    Ziyang Tianxian still didn''t know that Meng Zhang had received the news and was ready to fight.


    Even if they knew, they wouldn''t care too much.


    In terms of strength, their advantages are too great, and they are completely enough to crush the Taiyi world.


    No matter how Taiyi Realm prepares for the battle, it cannot resist such a powerful enemy without external help.


    Ziyang Tianxian and others have long been very familiar with the situation in Taiyi Realm.


    What kind of foundation can Taiyi Realm have, and what helper can it find?


    The Wuliang Tianzong, who once protected the Taiyi Realm, had long since abandoned it. The Gu Yue Family, Yuzhen Sect and other forces that had close ties with the Taiyi Realm in the past were too busy to separate themselves from the Taiyi Realm.


    As for the rumors about the close relationship between Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Xianzun, Ziyang Tianxian didn''t believe it at all.


    Taking a step back, even if Qianyuan Xianzun really has something to do with the Taiyi Realm, he is hunting down fugitives on behalf of the Lingkong Immortal Realm this time. Does Qianyuan Xianzun dare to confront the Lingkong Immortal Realm head-on?


    Not to mention Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, even ordinary golden immortals are unwilling to easily provoke the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After experiencing some twists and turns in the first half, the number of cultivators under Ziyang Tianxian''s command has decreased a lot, and it can be regarded as streamlined.


    In the next journey, due to the absence of internal involvement, the army''s advance speed has been accelerated a lot.


    With such a powerful army, even if they encountered some ghosts and monsters on the way, they would only dare to hide far away and dare not come to provoke them at all.


    The army of comprehension practitioners led by Ziyang Tianxian arrived outside Posuo Huahai earlier than expected because everything went well on the road.


    Ziyang Tianxian and others have long admired the name of the whirling flower sea, and have collected all kinds of relevant information for a long time.


    Some of the strong men at the level of immortals in the army even have the experience of entering it in person.


    Although this army is powerful, it still needs to abide by certain rules before entering it.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal, who had been prepared for a long time, was able to use the monks under his command as cannon fodder to consume the opponent''s strength and distract the opponent''s attention, as long as they were ruthless enough to fight against the top powerhouses.


    Ziyang Tianxian has an absolute advantage in top-level combat power, so they may not need to do this, but they have to guard against Meng Zhang doing so.


    The army of cultivators under their command is prepared for the monks of the Taiyi Realm.


    In addition, there are many monks in the Taiyi world, and the internal situation of the whirling flower sea is complicated.


    After defeating the Taiyi Realm, it was impossible for Ziyang Tianxian and the others to lower their identities to hunt down those little soldiers and young generals.


    At this time, it is necessary to dispatch the army under his command to chase and suppress the remnants of the enemy.


    When he was in Lingkong Immortal Realm, Ziyang Celestial Immortal had the idea of ??killing Taiyi Realm.


    He wants to take this opportunity of hunting down to kill Meng Zhang, destroy the Taiyi Realm, and completely exterminate the monks of the Taiyi Realm.


    After Ziyang Tianxian and the others put away all the void battleships, they began to slowly enter the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    With their cultivation base, they didn''t encounter any danger along the way, passed the outer checkpoints relatively smoothly, and successfully entered the interior of the whirling flower sea.


    Although the whirling sea of ??flowers is extremely vast, the places to enter and exit are relatively fixed.


    For a long time, those cultivating forces who hang out in the whirling flower sea all the year round will specially send people to watch the entrance and exit, and observe the new monks who enter here.


    Among Ziyang Celestial Immortals and their team, there are nine strong men at the second realm of Celestial Immortals.


    This kind of strength, placed in the sea of ??whirling flowers, is enough to run amok and sweep the Quartet.


    Many powerhouses from all parties who received the news came to the entrance and exit of the whirling flower sea one after another, secretly observing the team''s next move.


    Among these powerhouses, not all of them know the purpose of Ziyang Tianxian and the others.

 Chapter 3367

    Many strong men watched Ziyang Tianxian''s team in fear.


    Even those strong men who knew the purpose of their trip were also full of defenses.


    Will Ziyang Tianxian and the others use this opportunity to hunt down Meng Zhang to stir up wind and rain in the sea of ??flowers and create other troubles?


    One must know that the Po Whirling Flower Sea is rich in resources and is a rare treasure land.


    However, although Nanwu Sun Moonlight Buddha sits here all year round, he has a temperament of not caring about everything.


    If the Ziyang Celestial Immortals are here to attack and rob resources, unless everyone unites, they will never be able to stop them.


    After Ziyang Tianxian and the others entered the interior of the whirling flower sea, they first released all the many void warships that had been collected in the cave.


    These void warships lined up quickly, ready to attack.


    When the Yunmen Sect spread the news about Meng Zhang, it also roughly revealed the location of the Taiyi Realm.


    The monks of the Yunmen sect who had contact with the monks of the Taiyi Realm guessed that the Taiyi Realm should be near where they came into contact.


    It has been several years since Ziyang Tianxian received the news and arrived at the sea of ??flowers.


    According to his guess, the position of Taiyi Realm has probably moved.


    If this is the case, you need to slowly search for the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    At this time, it is necessary to disperse the army of monks under his command and let everyone search around.


    The worst case is that the Taiyi Realm has escaped from the Sea of ??Flowers.


    Of course, this possibility is not great.


    Since the Yunmen sect maliciously spread the news about the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, they would not give up easily.


    If the Taiyi Realm leaves from the Whirling Flower Sea, it must go through a fixed entrance and exit, and it should be difficult to hide it from the eyes and ears of the Yunmen Sect.


    Since there is no new news from the Yunmen Sect, it means that the Taiyi Realm should still remain in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    In fact, at this moment, there are monks from the Yunmen sect who are secretly observing the team of Ziyang Tianxian.


    The monks of the Yunmen sect looked at this matter with the attitude of looking at it.


    Taoist cultivators kill each other, no matter who wins or loses, it is weakening the overall strength of the Taoist sect.


    There was a conflict between the monks of the Yunmen sect and the monks of the Taiyi realm. Although the fault was not on the side of the Taiyi realm, it was the monks of the Yunmen sect who took the initiative to provoke trouble, and Meng Zhang showed mercy.


    But the monks of the Yunmen sect not only did not appreciate it, but also regarded the Taiyi world as an enemy.


    Compared with the long history and powerful Yunmen Sect, the Taiyi Realm is not worth mentioning at all.


    If it weren''t for the special situation on the side of the whirling flower sea, the Yunmen sect would send out a big bodhisattva at will, and it would be too much for the Taiyi world to go around.


    Out of respect for Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, Yunmen Sect didn''t want to fight in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    But if the Lingkong Immortal Realm hunts down traitors, that has nothing to do with them.


    The monks of the Yunmen sect have long been very proficient in this method of killing people with a knife.


    It is undoubtedly a great thing to be happy to see the Taiyi Realm suffering without their own actions.


    Ziyang Tianxian and the others have already sensed that there are many peepers around them.


    Although Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha does not refuse visitors from all directions, but in the place of Posuo Huahai, the largest number are Buddhist monks.


    If Ziyang Tianxian and the others really committed public outrage and attracted everyone''s siege, the end would definitely not be good.


    Ziyang Tianxian and his group are not fools, basically they all have the ability to judge the situation.


    They have no intention of being an enemy of Buddhism, let alone offending Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    Ziyang Tianxian puts all her thoughts on chasing and killing Meng Zhang, and absolutely does not want to make troubles.


    He stood in the void, bowing to his surroundings.


    "This seat is here to hunt down traitors in the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and I have absolutely no intention of offending you."


    "I am waiting in the whirling sea of ??flowers, and I will definitely not commit any crimes in autumn, and will never cause more troubles."


    "As long as I complete the task, I will leave here as quickly as possible. Please cooperate with me."


    ...


    Ziyang Tianxian thought that his attitude was low enough, and his words were full of sincerity.


    The onlookers were dubious about his words.


    However, since he has such an attitude, everyone will not provoke him at will before he breaks his promise.


    In his team, except for the monks of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, no one else had any dissatisfaction, and acquiesced to what he said.


    The Wild Hunt bandits are predatory, and dogs can''t change eating shit.


    The reason why they went to war this time and sent so many strong men to participate in this operation was that apart from seeking revenge from Meng Zhang, they also knew that the whirling flower sea was full of wealth, and they wanted to take the opportunity to make a fortune.


    Even if you don''t want to rob the various forces here, it''s good to find opportunities to mine some resources.


    Ziyang Tianxian behaved like this as soon as he came, which inevitably made the members of the Wild Hunt Star Pirates quite critical.


    Of course, they have a cooperative relationship with Ziyang Tianxian, and Ziyang Tianxian can''t control them.


    Before Meng Zhang is eliminated, the two sides are temporary allies and need to give each other a face.


    But after killing Meng Zhang, they may not continue to sell each other''s accounts.


    At that time, they can do whatever they want.


    Presumably Ziyang Tianxian would not offend them.


    The rest of the team didn''t say much, it seemed that everyone acquiesced to what Ziyang Tianxian said.


    The location of Taiyi Realm revealed by Yunmen Zong was Ziyang Tianxian''s first target.


    Even if the Taiyi Gate had probably left that position, he still had to go over there to see if he could find any clues that would help him search for the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    Just when Ziyang Tianxian was about to order the army to move out, a shout of shouting and cursing resounded in all directions, clearly reaching everyone''s ears.


    "Scrap from the Wild Hunting Star Thieves, you still dare to show your face outside."


    "Grandpa has been looking for you for a long time, but you turtles are hiding here."


    ...


    Accompanied by the sound of insults, Mingjing Tianxian appeared.


    He pointed at the members of the Wild Hunt Thieves in the army, and cursed bursts of anger.


    The content of the scolding was unbearable, and he went straight to Xiasanlu, which simply insulted his status as a decent and decent celestial being.


    The members of the Wild Hunt Thieves are not good people, almost all of them are villains who do many evils and are ferocious.


    Only the Wild Hunt bandits have always caused trouble and made enemies everywhere, and few people dare to provoke them on their own initiative.


    Such unscrupulous insults by Mingjing Tianxian immediately angered almost all members of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates.


    Many members of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group began to shout and curse loudly, using all kinds of vicious words to pay back to the Mingjing Tianxian.


    On the contrary, the three leaders of the Wild Hunt Thieves did not rush to speak, but looked at each other, thinking about each other''s origin and intention.


    The Wild Hunt bandits have done a lot of evil, killed countless people, and provoked many enemies. It is not uncommon for a bitter master to come to their door.


    But the Mingjing Heavenly Immortal is a second-level Heavenly Immortal, and should not be someone who has no background and is unknown.


    For such an enemy, they will generally find out the details of the other party first.

 Chapter 3368

    The insults from the Wild Hunt Thieves seemed to make Mingjing Tianxian more excited and scolded more vigorously.


    He didn''t mean to hide his identity at all.


    In the scolding with the members of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, he took the initiative to reveal his identity.


    Hearing that the other party was the Heavenly Immortal of the Fallen Feather Sect, the three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates felt a little apprehensive, but they were more dissatisfied.


    The Fallen Feather Sect is not the Golden Immortal Sect, so why would this fellow across from him dare to be so arrogant.


    The reason why the Wild Hunter Thieves have been doing evil in the void for many years is almost unstoppable. In addition to their own strength, they also have strong supporters behind them.


    Of course, the Wild Hunt bandits seem to be domineering and domineering, but they still have a certain way of doing things.


    They absolutely dare not take the initiative to provoke Jinxian-level forces.


    For a force like the Fallen Feather Sect with many immortals sitting in command, unless they have huge interests, they generally would not take the initiative to provoke each other.


    They will not take the initiative to provoke the Fallen Feather Sect, but it does not mean that they are afraid of the Fallen Feather Sect, and they will not allow the Fallen Feather Sect monks to actively humiliate and bully them.


    Seeing that Mingjing Tianxian was very complacent when she scolded more and more ugly, the three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group had murderous intentions in their eyes.


    When they thought about it, the Wild Hunting Star Bandit must have never directly provoked the Fallen Feather Sect. The Fallen Feather Sect Heavenly Immortal in front of him might have some relatives and friends who had united with the Wild Hunting Star Bandit, so he came to provoke him.


    The Wild Hunt Thieves should not be insulted lightly, since the other party is so reckless, then let him be fulfilled.


    It would be best if Luo Yuzong treated it as a private conflict among disciples afterwards.


    If the Fallen Feather Sect insisted on holding on to the Wild Hunting Bandits, they would not be afraid.


    After the three leaders made up their minds, they immediately left the team and killed the Mingjing Celestial Immortal.


    As for the army of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, it still followed behind the army of cultivators under the command of Ziyang Tianxian.


    Seeing three powerful enemies of the same level attacking at the same time, Mingjing Tianxian didn''t care about continuing to shout and curse, and quickly fought with them.


    With one against three, Mingjing Tianxian is obviously no opponent.


    While fighting and retreating, he continued to provoke the opponent.


    The three opponents who were enraged by him chased after him, obviously unwilling to let him go easily.


    Regardless of these three opponents, or Ziyang Tianxian and others who were watching the battle from a distance, they all suspected that Mingjing Tianxian was deliberately luring the enemy to go deep.


    The three leaders of the Wild Hunt Thieves are highly skilled and bold, and they are not afraid of any ambush from the other party.


    The three of them teamed up, even if they dispatched many monks of the same level, they would never be able to completely trap them.


    Ziyang Tianxian believed that his side was strong enough, even if the three leaders of the Wild Hunt Star Bandit were lured away, the remaining masters would be enough to take down Meng Zhang.


    In fact, it was a good thing that the three guys from the Wild Hunt Thieves left the team. At least no one in the team chatted with him, and his command would become much smoother.


    Ziyang Tianxian didn''t care about the battle situation there, and continued to command the army to move forward.


    He believed that with the strength and experience of the three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, they could handle the affairs over there well.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao had already arrived nearby and had been observing secretly.


    Mingde Tianxian fulfilled his promise and let Mingjing Tianxian lure away the leader of the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group, which greatly weakened the enemy''s strength.


    Now, let''s see how the followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha will do it.


    If they can weaken the enemy''s top combat strength again, then Meng Zhang and Tai Miao can take the initiative to attack.


    All kinds of flowers that are difficult to distinguish between true and false, and of different sizes, are almost everywhere in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    These flowers are as big as mountains, and as small as dust.


    The number of troops mobilized by Ziyang Tianxian this time is huge, and there are dozens of void battleships of various shapes carrying them alone.


    These void battleships are huge in size, equipped with an army of monks and a large amount of supplies inside...


    This fleet travels in the void and requires a lot of space.


    In the sea of ??whirling flowers, although there are many paths that allow this fleet to pass.


    But Ziyang Tianxian, who was in a hurry to rush to the direction of the Taiyi Realm, was too lazy to find a way and detour slowly, but went directly to the destination in a straight line.


    When encountering flowers blocking the way on the road, the angels in the team shot directly and pushed them far away.


    Ziyang Tianxian led a group of angels to stand at the forefront of the fleet, releasing divine thoughts to quickly sense the authenticity of those flowers.


    Everyone knows that most of the real flowers have a lot of resources, but they don''t have the heart to collect these resources now, they just want to find the Taiyi Realm quickly.


    A group of angels took action, and soon opened up a route in the sea of ??flowers that was sufficient for the fleet to pass safely.


    Ever since Ziyang Tianxian and the others entered the sea of ??whirling flowers, many people have been observing in secret.


    After seeing them start to move, most of them dispersed.


    Only a few people are still staring at them.


    Among those who stared at them were the followers of Buddha Nanmo Riyueguang.


    This time, in order to teach Ziyang Tianxian and the others an unforgettable lesson, Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva, who are the leaders among the followers, are going to attack directly.


    These two bodhisattvas are both in the second realm of Celestial Immortals, relying on the two of them alone, naturally they are far from opponents of Ziyang Celestial Immortal and the others.


    But since they dare to boast in front of everyone, they naturally have something to rely on.


    I saw Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva raising a white flag together.


    They chanted spells in their mouths and kept inputting mana.


    The white flag soon became windless, and invisible whirlwinds blew up.


    Although Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha has not formally accepted this group of followers, he is not completely indifferent to them.


    This group of followers has served him devoutly for many years, handling countless chores for him.


    Among other things, they put in a lot of effort to maintain the order in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha gave this white banner to the leader of this group of followers by chance.


    As long as the white flag is activated according to the secret method, the power of the whirling sea of ??flowers can be mobilized to a limited extent, showing all kinds of magic.


    It is because of this white flag that this group of followers has the confidence to face the powerful from all sides and forcibly maintain the order in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Because of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha''s actions, they thought that they had been recognized by Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, and they were his capable subordinates, so they could justifiably serve him.


    As the invisible whirlwinds blew by, the sea of ??flowers near Ziyang Tianxian and the others immediately began to change.


    Countless flowers that are hard to distinguish between true and false are like waves, coming in waves from all directions, and began to collide with the entire fleet.


    The surrounding space began to violently vibrate, twist, bend and deform...


    When the mutation just happened, Ziyang Tianxian and the others realized that it was someone secretly playing tricks.


    These celestial beings shot out one after another, trying to push away all the incoming flowers, and at the same time restore the stability of the surrounding space as soon as possible.

 Chapter 3369

    The treasure bestowed by Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha is indeed very powerful. In the hands of the two bodhisattvas, it almost shows the power of a big bodhisattva.


    Ziyang Tianxian and the others worked together to resist all kinds of changes around them, but they didn''t have much effect.


    The flowers flying all over the sky brought them great pressure.


    Even those flowers that they know to be illusory, they dare not ignore them and must resist them with all their strength.


    The originally stable space became a mess, and was divided into several pieces that were not connected to each other in a few clicks.


    The power of the Buddha level far surpasses the power possessed by Ziyang Tianxian and others in terms of level.


    No matter how hard they try and how much supernatural power they display, they can''t calm down all the visions around them.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva have not fully exerted all the power of this treasure.


    One reason is that their strength is limited, and they have not been able to completely refine this treasure.


    Secondly, they didn''t want to kill each other wantonly, they just wanted to teach each other a lesson and add some trouble to each other.


    Judging from the situation on the court, they basically achieved their goal.


    Waves of invisible whirlwinds blew the fleet to pieces and made it into chaos.


    The battleships struggled desperately and started with all their strength, but they still couldn''t resist the whirlwind, and they were blown into nowhere.


    Ziyang Tianxian and his group of heavenly immortals originally formed a loose formation, making it easier to attack together.


    However, due to the surrounding changes, their formation was quickly broken up.


    Some celestial beings were blown away by the whirlwind and disappeared temporarily; some fell into the separated independent space;


    Almost everyone has a feeling in their hearts, as if the entire whirling flower sea is against them, and the surrounding world is rejecting them.


    The vast power that is almost everywhere is suppressing their cultivation, and seems to drive them out of this place.


    Facing the irresistible force and the whirlwind after another, since the opponents who are still persisting are standing on Meng Zhang''s side and secretly attacking them, they are their enemies, and they will never show mercy.


    The first to strike back were the two Heavenly Immortal Sword Immortals of the Second Realm of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Sword Immortal has always liked to take the initiative to attack and dislike passive defense.


    Previously, they only received beatings and did not fight back, and they had endured the attacks for so long in vain, which had already accumulated strong anger in the hearts of these two sword immortals.


    As soon as they discovered the whereabouts of the two Bodhisattvas, they shot with all their strength, broke free from the huge force that suppressed them around them, and then Yujian killed them.


    They want to cut each other under the sword as soon as possible and restore the peace around them.


    The two sword celestials turned into two sword lights and rushed over aggressively, almost scaring the two bodhisattvas.


    Originally, they thought that the other party had been trapped, unable to protect themselves.


    They are all ready to show mercy, let the other party go temporarily, and let the other party get out of trouble.


    None of them thought that the other party would dare to take the initiative to fight back when they were clearly at a disadvantage.


    They were surprised that the opponent escaped so quickly and killed them so quickly.


    The surprise in their hearts was quickly replaced by a burst of anger.


    They didn''t attack with all their strength, and they didn''t intend to kill, and they were all ready to stop. Why is the other party so ignorant, so ignorant?


    Kindness was not rewarded, and the two bodhisattvas even felt a little bit wronged.


    The counterattack of the two Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect Sword Immortals successfully provoked their anger.


    They didn''t flinch, let alone fear each other.


    They waited in full force, in addition to continuing to urge the white flag, they also began to use their magical powers to attack the two sword lights that were about to approach.


    Soon, the two bodhisattvas fought fiercely with the two sword fairies, and the fight was inseparable and extremely fierce.


    One after another of golden Buddha lights turned into golden circles, falling continuously towards the two sword lights, trying to trap them firmly.


    And the two sword lights rushed left and right, fighting everywhere, trying to escape the siege of countless golden circles.


    The two sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect were very strong, and the two Bodhisattvas had to deal with it with all their might.


    Soon, they couldn''t care less about continuing to manipulate Bai Banan to cause trouble for Ziyang Tianxian and the others.


    For the angels of the second realm, this white banner actually has limited direct damage.


    If they wanted to really kill the two sword celestial beings, they had to rely more on their own magical powers.

 Chapter 3370

    In order to deal with the two sword celestial beings, the two Bodhisattvas didn''t care to continue manipulating the white banner to cause trouble for Ziyang Tianxian and the others.


    The opponent''s offensive was weak, and the visions around Ziyang Tianxian and the others began to gradually weaken.


    Ziyang Tianxian and the others seized the opportunity and immediately strengthened their strikes. Those visions began to disappear quickly, and the already chaotic rules of the world around them began to slowly return to normal.


    The army brought by Ziyang Tianxian is basically carried by dozens of void battleships.


    These void battleships were swept up in pieces, scattered all over the sea of ??flowers, and the entire army was also dispersed.


    It is unknown how long it will take to gather the entire army together again.


    Among the army, including the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, originally there were nine people who could not miss the opportunity and would not come again. If they missed the opportunity in front of them, there would be no better opportunities in the future.


    Although the enemy still has a numerical advantage, this advantage is not irreversible.


    Seeing the opportunity coming, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao took the initiative without any hesitation.


    Before the surrounding anomalies have completely subsided, and the disordered rules of heaven and earth have not been fully restored, Ziyang Tianxian and the others ushered in Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s ferocious attacks.


    Ziyang Tianxian and the others have been resisting the changes around them before, and they have never let up.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao''s surprise attack did not make them very surprised, let alone achieved the effect of a surprise attack.


    Fortunately, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao never expected to be able to take advantage of the enemy''s unpreparedness and succeed in a sneak attack.


    What really made them act without hesitation was that the comparison of the strength of the enemy and ourselves had undergone a fundamental change.


    The first to attack was Tai Miao, who directly manifested a huge body of ghosts and gods, turned into a beam of divine light, and ruthlessly slammed into Ziyang Tianxian and the others.


    Among the four celestial beings who formed the formation, Ziyang celestial being is the leader of the well-deserved one. The two are related to Guantian Pavilion, and he has used almost all his connections.


    Seeing that the departure time of the two troops sent by Guantian Pavilion was delayed again and again, it almost made him have a seizure.


    For Celestial Immortal Zeng Xian, Celestial Ziyang looked down upon him even more.


    The other party''s cultivation is far inferior to him, and he is submissive, without any opinions of his own, and only knows how to flatter Fengyuan Tianxian.


    Celestial Zeng Xian also looked down on the arrogant Ziyang Celestial.


    However, he knew that the outcome of this expedition had a great bearing on Tianxian Fengyuan, and he had to focus on the overall situation.


    On weekdays, he tried his best to avoid Ziyang Tianxian, trying not to conflict with him.


    This time, due to the situation, he had to fight side by side with Ziyang Tianxian.


    Ziyang Tianxian looked down on his cultivation and was worried that he would slow down in the battle.


    He was also savvy, so he simply hid at the back of the team, using the cover of other people to try to stabilize his position.


    Seeing the divine light transformed by Tai Miao coming, a purple sun rose above the head of Ziyang Tianxian, and there was a fierce collision with Tai Miao who was coming.


    The purple sun collapsed, and the divine light transformed by Tai Miao was also knocked out.


    The two angels sent by Guantian Pavilion followed Ziyang Angel and attacked Taimiao together.


    The divine light transformed by Tai Miao dissipated, and the huge body kept rolling in the air.


    Fortunately, his ghostly body is tough enough to withstand such a fierce attack.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal and the two Celestial Immortals behind him launched fierce attacks continuously, and one after another the attacks landed on Tai Miao.


    He felt pain all over his body, as if his muscles and bones were about to be torn apart.


    Taking advantage of the wonderful opportunity to attract the attention of Celestial Immortal Ziyang and the others, Meng Zhang quietly appeared behind Celestial Celestial Zeng Xian.


    He controlled the mighty yin and yang qi, controlled the yin and yang extinction thunder that fell from the sky, and killed it with an unstoppable force.


    Zeng Xian was promoted to Tianxian, and he was about to control the power of the cave to resist Meng Zhang''s attack, but several sharp sword qi slashed over, easily breaking through his body protection technique.


    Sensing the sharpness contained in the sword qi, he had to resist the attack of the sword qi first.


    He was a bit in a hurry, and the speed of urging the power of the cave involuntarily slowed down a bit.


    The yin and yang energy directly collided with the power of his cave, and the yin and yang extinction thunder made the cave in his body vibrate non-stop.


    His method of shaping the cave is very general, and his own accumulation is not worth mentioning.


    In Meng Zhang''s eyes, his cave is not strong enough, and there are several obvious flaws.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even activate his own celestial power, relying on a few celestial arts alone made him flustered and overwhelmed.


    Accompanied by the thunder that shook the sky, many cracks appeared on Zeng Xiantian''s cave.


    Although the Yin-Yang Extinguishing Divine Thunder is not as powerful as his cave-heaven power, it is able to break through the clumsiness by skillfully attacking the holes in the cave-heaven.


    The cave was impacted, and Immortal Zeng Xian was also implicated. The immortal body kept shaking, and the immortal soul oscillated endlessly... (End of this chapter)

 Chapter 3371

    Meng Zhang''s Cave Heaven Power took the opportunity to rush away, as if trying to completely submerge the opponent.


    If Celestial Zeng Xian was submerged by Meng Zhang''s cave power, his life would really be in danger.


    The power of the cave is a deadly threat, unlike the previous method of fairy art, which only hurts it.


    At the juncture of life and death, Celestial Zeng Xian exploded with his strongest potential.


    Regardless of all kinds of interference, he ran the cave at the fastest speed, desperately squeezing out the strongest power in the cave.


    The power emanating from the cave in his body collided fiercely with the power of the cave released by Meng Zhang, and it was difficult to distinguish between them for a while.


    At some point, Ziyang Celestial Immortal had left the battle with Tai Miao and appeared on top of Meng Zhang.


    The power of Ziyang Dongtian was urged by him with all his strength, and a round of purple sun enveloped Meng Zhang inside.


    Based on an ordinary inheritance, he combined the strengths of a hundred schools of thought, and absorbed the experience of many other powerful people, and finally shaped Ziyang Dongtian.


    He is very satisfied with all aspects of Ziyang Cave, and is proud of it.


    When he was fighting against monks of the same level, Ziyang Dongtian played a key role, won him many victories, and made him famous.


    Meng Zhang had already discovered it when he attacked Zeng Xian Tianxian with the help of Taimiao''s cover.


    He didn''t return to help Zeng Xiantian in time, but pretended to be tricked, and continued to chase Tai Miao.


    His purpose is to kill Meng Zhang, and there is no need for a fair one-on-one duel with the opponent.


    Killing Meng Zhang is related to his path, and he is willing to pay all the price for it, so naturally he will do everything he can.


    Zeng Xian Tianxian was his bait.


    He wants to use the other party to attract Meng Zhang''s attention, firmly restrain the other party, and make it difficult for the other party to escape in a short time.


    He and Meng Zhang are monks of the same rank, and he will never underestimate each other.


    Although he was sure that he could defeat the opponent, he couldn''t guarantee 100% that he could keep the opponent in the battle.


    For monks of their level, with little difference in cultivation, it is easy to tell the winner, but it is difficult to decide whether to live or die.


    If Meng Zhang sees that the situation is wrong and runs for his life, it will cause him a lot of trouble.


    He is determined to win Meng Zhang and does not allow any accidents to happen.


    He thought he had seen through Meng Zhang''s tricks, so he used his tricks.


    He has long seen through Zeng Xian''s contempt and contempt for him.


    A dog leg driven by the juniors, barely able to get promoted, as long as he can kill Meng Zhang, the life and death of Zeng Xian Tianxian is not important to him at all.


    Now, Meng Zhang''s celestial power has collided with Zeng Xian''s celestial power.


    According to the practice of fighting between monks of their level, neither side can easily take back the power of the cave.


    Before winning, whoever takes the initiative to withdraw the power of the cave, whoever is likely to be backlashed by the power of the cave.


    Even if Meng Zhang is much stronger than Zeng Xian Tianxian, it will be difficult to get out of the battle for the time being.


    This is the best time Ziyang Tianxian has been waiting for for a long time to take down Meng Zhang completely.


    Faced with Ziyang Celestial Immortal''s burst of power, Meng Zhang''s face remained calm.


    Since he dared to take the initiative to attack, he naturally had his own support.


    Ever since he evolved the Yin-Yang Cave to the Taiji Cave, his cultivation has substantially improved.


    After all, he has practiced for a long time, and Meng Zhang''s age is less than a fraction of his.


    When he became a celestial being, Meng Zhang had not yet been born.


    What''s more, a small part of Meng Zhang''s cave power was allocated to deal with Celestial Zeng Xian.


    Meng Zhang also has his own advantages.


    Meng Zhang''s Tai Chi Dongtian is much stronger than his Ziri Dongtian in terms of level.


    Meng Zhang is only stronger than him in terms of comprehension of the Dao of Heaven and Earth, but not weaker.


    This time, the direct impact of the power of the cave caused the bodies of both sides to shake again and again, and neither of them took much advantage.


    On the contrary, as the main force who was restrained in the first place, he was simply unable to withstand such a powerful impact.


    The distance was too close, and he had to bear a large part of the force after the burst of power from both sides.


    He spurted out a mouthful of blood, and the whole person flew out.


    Seeing this, Ziyang Tianxian cursed inwardly as a waste.


    In the fight with Meng Zhang just now, the two sides were evenly divided.


    With high fighting spirit in his heart, he continued to mobilize the power of Ziyang Cave, and stormed towards Meng Zhang.


    Without Celestial Zeng Xian''s interference, Meng Zhang was able to concentrate and fight with Celestial Ziyang wholeheartedly.


    In the distance, Tai Miao had already stabilized her figure, fighting fiercely with two heavenly immortals sent by Guantian Pavilion.


    These two celestial beings are not the direct line of celestial beings of Guantian Pavilion, so naturally they have not received the true inheritance of Guantian Pavilion.


    Their cultivation was based on the fact that they had just seen the fight between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Tianxian.


    As soon as the two sides made a move, there was such power and influence, which made them feel a little frightened.


    Meng Zhang is so powerful, of course they don''t want to touch this hard nail.


    It happened that Tai Miao was trying to entangle them, and they took advantage of the situation to fight with Tai Miao. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3372

    Tai Miao didn''t want these two angels sent by Guantian Pavilion to affect the battle on Meng Zhang''s side, and these two angels were unwilling to face the mighty Meng Zhang.


    Both sides have the intention to entangle each other and stay away from the fight over there.


    Tai Miao has gained a lot of opportunities in the underworld over the years, and the underworld itself is also beneficial to his practice.


    He has been practicing hard in the underworld for many years, and has also experienced many actual combat exercises.


    Compared with his cultivation base against Feihu Louzhu and others, "The Road to the Master" is in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquzw full text update, remember the website: www.ibiquzw.com

 Chapter 3373

    Ziyang Tianxian even had an inexplicable jealousy towards Meng Zhang in his heart.


    He was in a similar situation to Meng Zhang, and he also came from a mediocre family, not from a famous sect, but from a small sect.


    But how can Meng Zhang obtain such a brilliant inheritance and practice such a superior exercise?


    Ziyang Tianxian asked himself, if he could have the opportunity like Meng Zhang and obtain such a brilliant inheritance, his family''s path of cultivation would definitely become smoother.


    Maybe he has already broken through to the realm of Immortal Venerable, instead of being stuck here and unable to break through.


    If he was an immortal, he would never be called around by a junior like Fengyuan Tianxian.


    Even the official of Lingkong Immortal Realm will maintain enough respect for an immortal.


    The jealousy in his heart made his killing intent more determined and his attack more ruthless.


    Although he made judgments and decisions based on the strengths of both parties from the beginning, he wanted to have a protracted battle with Meng Zhang, slowly consume the other party, and wear down the other party with his deep foundation.


    Of course, during this process, if Meng Zhang showed his flaws, he would seize the opportunity to take advantage of the opportunity and defeat the opponent in one fell swoop.


    Meng Zhang could clearly sense the other party''s undisguised determination to kill.


    He wouldn''t be frightened by such a strong killing intent, but he was a little puzzled.


    Is the relationship between Ziyang Tianxian and Qingyang Tianxian really so deep that he is so determined to avenge them?


    Meng Zhang also saw through the opponent''s strategic intentions, knowing that the opponent mainly wanted to fight a protracted war with him.


    If the two sides continue to consume each other like this, Meng Zhang also has the confidence to persist until the end.


    After his cave absorbed and refined the enemy''s cave, he obtained an essential evolution, and his background was unfathomable.


    With Tai Chi Dongtian as his backing, he is not at all afraid of protracted wars and wars of attrition with the opponent.


    However, judging from the current battle situation, it is best for him to deal with Ziyang Tianxian as soon as possible without delaying too long.


    The three leaders of the Wild Hunt Star Bandit were lured away by Mingjing Tianxian. I don''t know how long he and Mingde Tianxian can hold each other down together?


    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group has a notorious reputation, and the three leaders are fierce. Even the Celestial Immortal who was born in the Falling Feather Sect may not be able to keep the opponent at a disadvantage when the number is at a disadvantage.


    Although Meng Zhang still has some confidence in Mingde Tianxian, I believe he will be able to keep his promise.


    But Meng Zhang can''t pin all his hopes on others.


    Only by getting rid of Ziyang Tianxian as soon as possible can he gain the real initiative in the battle situation.


    Although the two Sword Immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect were fighting fiercely with the two Bodhisattvas Hezhen and Heming, there was no great grievance between the two sides, and the two Bodhisattvas Hezhen and Heming were originally unwilling to be directly involved in the battle. middle.


    The two Bodhisattvas, as followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, consider themselves the maintainers of order in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    They have always tried to maintain a detached position, trying not to be directly involved in the various battles in the whirling flower sea.


    Their previous shots were already the limit of what they could do.


    It is impossible for them to fight to the death with the two sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    In fact, if it weren''t for the two swordsmen of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect who must revenge, they would have voluntarily retreated a long time ago.


    The battle on their side may end at any time.


    Once the two sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect were able to pull out their hands, then Meng Zhang and the others would be passive.


    Although Meng Zhang wants to make a quick decision, many things cannot be realized by thinking about them in his heart.


    Ziyang Tianxian is an opponent with a higher level of cultivation than him, richer combat experience than him, and no weaker combat power than him.


    Since the two sides have fought so far, Meng Zhang has not gained a clear upper hand, nor does he appear to have gained any advantage.


    Under normal circumstances, with such an opponent, such a battle, even if it lasts for several years or even decades, may not be able to tell the winner.


    While fighting with the opponent, observing everything about the opponent, trying to find the opponent''s flaws; while thinking carefully in his heart, how can he get a chance to kill with one blow.


    As the battle between the two sides progressed, the movement between them grew louder, attracting more and more bystanders.


    Originally, monks from all walks of life who were worried about Ziyang Tianxian and their army had been secretly following them.


    Now the battle between Ziyang Tianxian and Meng Zhang has entered a fierce stage. Not only is there a lot of movement, but some people deliberately spread relevant information.


    Those who can enter the whirling flower sea, the strongest are those who are the top powerhouses in this realm no matter what kind of practice system or race.


    There are many people interested in the battle between them.


    Many monks can watch their battles and get some inspiration.


    Especially the powerhouses of the same level as them can benefit a lot from their battles.


    Not long after, most of the powerhouses who explored in the sea of ??whirling flowers, except those who couldn''t get away, gathered nearby.


    These strong men secretly observed their battles, and acquaintances communicated with each other from time to time.


    The powerful people from all walks of life who entered the whirling flower sea were of all kinds and their origins were complicated.


    In general, Buddhist monks still have the most.


    Seeing the two Taoist celestial beings fighting here and displaying their supernatural power, some Buddhist Bodhisattvas inevitably felt sour in their hearts.


    Even some extreme ones considered looking for opportunities to attack Meng Zhang and the others, killing the prestige of the Taoist immortals and weakening the overall strength of the Taoist sect.


    After Ziyang Tianxian led the army into the whirling flower sea, everything that happened seemed to be a coincidence, but in the eyes of a discerning person, he was probably being tricked and weakened step by step, and the whole army ended up like this.


    Leaving aside the actions of the Mingjing Celestial Immortal, the Fallen Feather Sect is a Taoist sect after all, and these Buddhist monks can''t control each other.


    But Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva are suspected of being used by others.


    Many cultivators in the sea of ??whirling flowers have long been displeased with these guys who claim to be followers of the Sunless Moonlight Buddha in the south.


    In the name of maintaining the order of the whirling flower sea, these guys meddle in their own business and impose a lot of unnecessary restraints on them. It''s really annoying.


    Even monks from the same Buddhist lineage, many people hate them.


    Now seeing them being calculated by others and caught in a meaningless battle, many people felt gloating about their misfortune.


    Of course, there are also some Buddhist monks who are more open-minded and consider issues more comprehensively.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva, after all, were born in Buddhism, and they are also followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    They are so used and calculated by others, what outsiders see is the joke of Buddhism, and what they lose is the face of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    Although Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha never cared about these trivial matters, and probably wouldn''t care about them, they, Buddhist monks, couldn''t ignore them. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3374

    Daoist monks are beating each other to death, it''s none of their business for these Buddhist monks, they just watch the fun.


    This was the thought in the hearts of most of the Buddhist monks present.


    Many monks who could benefit from watching the battle between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Tianxian wished that their battle would continue forever.


    The monks of other practice systems and races basically have similar views in their hearts.


    Only a small number of Buddhist monks feel that Hezhen Bodhisattva is being used by others and should get out of the battle as soon as possible.


    They were supposed to watch the excitement from the sidelines instead of being treated as excitement.


    But even if they have such an idea, it is not easy to intervene for various reasons.


    Several Bodhisattvas of the Yunmen Sect discussed it, and everyone felt that it was not good to continue like this.


    Yunmen Sect is an old Buddhist sect with a long history in the void, and the founder is a Buddha.


    When the founder of the mountain was still there, the Yunmen sect was one of the top Buddhist forces in the void, and was deeply respected by all forces inside and outside the Buddhist sect.


    After the founding ancestor died, no new Buddha was born in the Yunmen sect, and there was no successor.


    Relying solely on the legacy of a few great Bodhisattvas and the ancestors of Kaishan, cannot support the scene of the heyday.


    The strength of the Yunmen Sect has dropped severely, and its sphere of influence has been greatly reduced, and it will no longer be able to return to the ranks of the top Buddhist forces.


    Of course, if a tiger dies, it will never fall. Yunmen Sect is still a big sect of Buddhism, and still has a place in Buddhism.


    For so many years, the greatest wish of the Yunmen sect''s senior management is to have a new Buddha born in the sect and restore the glory of the sect in its heyday.


    It''s a pity that it was so difficult for the Buddha''s promotion.


    There are several great Bodhisattvas in the Yunmen sect, but none of them can become a Buddha.


    Some seniors who forced a breakthrough even fell to the end of death.


    There is no Buddha in their own sect, so the senior management of Yunmen sect can only try to make friends with other Buddhas and try to gain their support.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha has no sect and no sect. He has always been a solitary, and has no relationship with other cultivation forces. He is one of the main targets of Yunmen Sect.


    In these years, the monks of the Yunmen Sect in the sea of ??whirling flowers, in addition to routine exploration and development, the main task is to try to contact Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, please each other, and win over each other.


    It''s a pity that Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha can''t stay out of seclusion all year round, and even his so-called followers rarely see him, let alone outsiders.


    In desperation, the monks of Yunmen Sect here can only try to make friends with those followers for the time being, and look for opportunities to contact Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    This time, due to some conflicts between the younger generation, the Yunmen sect discovered Meng Zhang''s whereabouts.


    The Yunmen Sect has a well-developed intelligence system and is well-informed. It has been known for a long time that the Lingkong Immortal Realm officially issued a wanted order for Taiyi Realm monks including Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang dared to offend the Yunmen sect, and the senior management of the Yunmen sect was naturally unhappy.


    But to make an enemy of Meng Zhang and attack the Taiyi Realm in an all-round way because of this trivial matter, that would be too much of a fuss.


    Especially here is the sea of ??whirling flowers, and the great Bodhisattvas of the Yunmen sect cannot enter. With the strength of the Yunmen sect here alone, even if they succeed in destroying the Taiyi realm, their own losses will not be small.


    Therefore, the Yunmen Sect leaked the news, and the focus was to spread the news to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This trick of borrowing a knife to kill people can not only get rid of the annoying Meng Zhang and Taiyi Jie without paying a price, but also have fun to watch, and you can see Taoist cultivators killing each other.


    As for the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, they were inexplicably involved in this matter, which was not what the monks of the Yunmen sect could have thought of in advance.


    Those followers realized afterwards that they would definitely not be happy knowing that their family was being used by others.


    Most of the bodhisattvas of Yunmen Sect didn''t have a good impression of the instigator of this matter.


    Especially the two Bodhisattvas, Hezhen and Heming, who are now fighting against the sword fairy of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is a well-known sword sect in the void, and the sword cultivators in the sect have always been aggressive, vicious and vicious.


    It would be even worse if the two bodhisattvas, Hezhen and Heming, were injured by each other.


    The Bodhisattvas of the Cloud Gate Sect wanted to help them deal with the Sword Immortal of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    But after thinking about it, wouldn''t they be helping Meng Zhang to fight against the enemy by doing this?


    They tried to attract Meng Zhang''s enemies, and finally asked them to help. Isn''t this equivalent to shooting yourself in the foot?


    That was too aggrieved.


    Don''t look at these bald donkeys who always like to fool people with words like "the sea of ??bitterness is boundless, turn back and see the shore", they always put on a magnanimous gesture.


    However, most of them are narrow-minded, and even those who will retaliate.


    It is too difficult for them to help deal with Meng Zhang''s enemies.


    The Yunmen Sect Bodhisattva who wanted to interfere with the situation in the field was reluctant to take action because of the threshold in his heart, and the others were even less willing to take action to change the status quo.


    Fierce battles continued on several battlefields.


    Especially the battle between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Tianxian became more and more fierce, and both sides began to fight with all their strength.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva are not weak in cultivation, and they have a lot of supernatural powers in practice.


    But for one thing, after so many years in the sea of ??flowers and flowers, few people would offend their followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    They have been out of battle for a long time, and their combat experience is not as good as that of their opponents.


    Secondly, among the supernatural powers they cultivated, the supernatural powers in combat are not as good as their opponents.


    The most important thing is that they don''t have the kind of mind and courage to fight to the death.


    On the other hand, their two opponents have experienced countless bloody battles, fighting all the way from the mountain of corpses and sea of ??blood.


    Their cultivation, their achievements, their prestige... basically come from fighting with their lives.


    As soon as the battle started, they had the intention of killing, and they were ruthless and extremely vicious.


    When needed, they would rather trade injuries for injuries and kill their opponents.


    The sword cultivator of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect is ruthless to the enemy, but also ruthless to himself.


    The killing intent and fearless nature of sword cultivators were fully exposed in them.


    After the battle lasted for a period of time, Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva began to feel strenuous.


    At this time, even if they wanted to withdraw from the battle, it would be difficult for them to do so.


    If they are negligent, they will be seriously injured or even killed.


    The other party''s temperament of risking their lives made them even more guilty.


    The more they fight their opponents, the worse their situation becomes.


    As a bystander, the Bodhisattvas of the Yunmen Sect have already discovered their disadvantaged situation.


    If Bodhisattva Hezhen and Heming Bodhisattva were injured by the sword fairy of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, how would they make friends with this group of followers in the future?


    But at this time, the other strong men among the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha didn''t know where they went.


    Among the followers who watched the battle from a distance, there were only a few experts at the first level of the Celestial Immortal and a group of arhats.


    They are simply unable to intervene in this level of battle, let alone help.

 Chapter 3375

    After discussing with the Bodhisattvas of Yunmen Sect, they felt that they could no longer just sit idly by and they had to intervene in this battle.


    It is their greatest purpose to contact and please Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha through these followers.


    In contrast, the dislike of Meng Zhang and some aggrieved hearts are all trivial things that are not worth mentioning, and they are completely tolerable.


    Of course, the shot is the shot, and how to make the shot has to be carefully considered.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva is okay, but Heming Bodhisattva is notoriously narrow-minded and has a weird temper.


    If they don''t handle it well, they are obviously helping out, but in the end they don''t get a word of kindness, and instead they are resented.


    Among the Bodhisattvas of the Yunmen School, there are many who are thoughtful and cautious.


    Naturally, they should take these issues into consideration early on.


    Among them, there is a bodhisattva with a sensitive mind, who can''t help but feel a sense of sadness in his heart.


    After all, the Yunmen Sect was also a sect founded by the Buddha. Since when did it actually decline to such a degree? It depends on the face of a little Bodhisattva.


    Not to mention what everyone thinks, the legacy left by the founder of the Yunmen Sect has not been exhausted, and there are great Bodhisattvas sitting in the sect to this day, so there is still no shortage of foundations that should be there.


    These few Bodhisattvas have important responsibilities, and they went deep into the sea of ??whirling flowers, and the sect still had some consideration.


    On the head of the Bodhisattva Yunqing, there is a Buddhist treasure bestowed by the elders in the sect - the morning bell.


    There are often so-called evening drums and morning bells in Buddhist temples. In addition to being used to tell the time, it also has the effect of purifying the soul and purifying thoughts.


    The Buddha Treasure Morning Bell held by Bodhisattva Yunqing also has a similar function.


    Once it strikes, it can affect living beings in a large area.


    If you are a Buddhist monk, you will be inspired by the sound of the bell and get all kinds of blessings.


    If you are a monk outside of Buddhism, your heart will be shocked and your soul will be turbulent.


    The most second thing is that Yunqing Bodhisattva doesn''t need to directly intervene in the battle at all. He only needs to ring the bell outside the battlefield to affect a large area.


    Afterwards, he could fully justify that he didn''t use the bell to interfere in the battle, it was just used to enlighten the younger disciples in the sect.


    Believe it or not, there is at least one apparently passable theory.


    Yunqing Bodhisattva is a character with strong action.


    Once everyone reached a consensus, he no longer hesitated, and immediately made a move.


    With his right hand, he held up a large clock as tall as a person, and began to inject mana into it.


    This Buddha treasure bestowed by the great Bodhisattva, alone, he did not hesitate at all, taking advantage of the opportunity when the two opponents were not in the right state, he immediately shot with all his strength, trying to kill them in one fell swoop.


    Even though they seemed to have a tacit understanding before, they looked like they were paddling.


    But they are always enemies, and whenever they have the chance, they will try to kill the enemy.


    Great to take the opportunity now.


    The two angels sent by Guantian Pavilion were immediately wounded by Tai Miao when they were shocked by the sound of the bell.


    After they returned to normal, they were suddenly suppressed by Tai Miao due to the drag of their injuries.


    Of course, Tai Miao is one against two after all, and just gained a little advantage in the sudden situation just now, not enough to completely seal the victory.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Tianxian, because of this sudden external force, has undergone a decisive change.


    Originally, the two were fighting inextricably.


    When the bell rang, even with the profound cultivation of Ziyang Tianxian, he felt dazed and confused for a while.


    Anyway, this is also a Buddha treasure bestowed by the Great Bodhisattva, and the level and quality of the power it exerts is much stronger than the power of the two of them.


    Even though the Ziyang Celestial Immortal has a profound cultivation base, he has not yet entered the realm of the Immortal Venerable.


    Faced with the sudden influence of this kind of power, it is equivalent to encountering a surprise attack, and it is inevitable to lose focus for a moment.


    When the bell sounded in his ears, the green lotus hidden deep in Meng Zhang''s immortal soul was touched, and a gentle force immediately spread throughout his body, helping him resist the impact of the bell.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even think that the treasure that Taiyi Jinxian borrowed from his fellow Taoist would actually have such a wonderful function to help him avoid the influence of external forces of this nature.


    Seeing Ziyang Tianxian''s appearance, Meng Zhang knew that the time he had been waiting for had arrived.


    This is a life-and-death war, not a peaceful exchange of ideas, and there is no need to pay attention to fairness.


    He must do whatever it takes to seize every opportunity to kill his opponent.


    The Tai Chi phantom behind Meng Zhang turned rapidly, and the power of Tai Chi Dongtian was urged to the extreme by him.


    The huge power and profound foundation contained in the Taiji Cave are brought into full play.


    Ziyang Tianxian lost his mind for a moment, causing Ziyang Dongtian to temporarily lose his control, and he could only rely on instinctive reactions to deal with the enemy.


    Ziyang Dongtian, which was not flexible enough to operate, collided with Taiji Dongtian again.


    Taiji Cave Sky is higher level than Ziyang Cave Sky, more complete, and more rigorous in law...


    All these advantages play a role at this moment, helping Meng Zhang gain an advantage.


    The flaws of Ziyang Cave Sky were involuntarily exposed.


    In just an instant, Ziyang Tianxian returned to normal.


    But this short moment has become the key to determining the outcome of this battle, and what should have happened has already happened.

 Chapter 3376

    In this level of battle, a momentary loss of consciousness often leads to irreparable losses.


    The final outcome of the battle was decided at this moment.


    Before the aftermath of the collision dissipated, Taiji Dongtian launched an offensive again.


    The yin and yang energy blessed by the power of the cave, like a living python, directly drilled towards the flaws exposed by the Ziyang cave.


    The Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder, which was greatly strengthened by the power of the cave, continued to bombard the opening of the Ziyang cave.


    Ziyang Tianxian, who had already reacted, had no time to make any more moves in a short time.


    The yin and yang qi were bounced off by Ziyang Dongtian''s defensive power, and Ziyang Dongtian''s flaws became more obvious.


    The yin and yang extinction thunder that fell like raindrops continued to expand the flaws exposed by the Ziyang cave.


    Taiji Cave Sky''s fierce attack again caused many cracks to appear on the surface of Ziyang Cave Sky.


    ...


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal finally freed his hands, and he could cast spells to make up for and strengthen the Ziyang Cave.


    One step at a time, one step at a time.


    He has lost the opportunity, the flaws of Ziyang Cave Sky have not only been exposed, but also exploited by the enemy.


    No matter how hard he tried, he was powerless, and the end of the battle was already doomed.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal, who was extremely unwilling in his heart, tried his best to squeeze all the potential in his body, constantly urging the power of Ziyang Cave Heaven.


    Unfortunately, all this is in vain.


    Meng Zhang took out all the hidden hole cards and fully demonstrated the brilliance of Tai Chi Dongtian.


    Taiji Dao, as one of the five congenital taiji, represents the process of heaven and earth from infinite to taiji, and even the transformation of all things.


    During the collision between Taiji Cave Sky and Ziyang Cave Sky, it was also damaged and damaged.


    However, the power of metamorphosis born from the Dao of Tai Chi constantly repaired these injuries and damages, allowing Tai Chi Dongtian to quickly return to its original state.


    Taiji Cave Sky is becoming more and more courageous as it fights, and it seems that its condition is getting better and better.


    However, the flaws in Ziyang Cave Sky are constantly expanding, and the internal power is rapidly passing away, and it cannot be recovered at all.


    Ziyang Tianxian seemed to be able to see his own failure.


    But he was really not reconciled.


    Originally, he and Meng Zhang were evenly matched, and he was full of confidence in the final victory.


    But it was an inexplicable bell that caused him to make a mistake that he shouldn''t have, and was taken advantage of by Meng Zhang, so he fell into such a situation.


    The extreme unwillingness in his heart made him a little crazy.


    He began to disregard his own safety, and often resorted to means of losing both sides. Even if he risked his life, he had to go on the road with La Mengzhang.


    At this point in the battle, the outcome is almost revealed.


    Meng Zhang became more and more calm and calm, not giving the enemy any chance to come back.


    On the Yunmen sect''s side, Bodhisattva Yunqing and Bodhisattva Yunfa also stopped temporarily after sending out the blow just now.


    This buddhist treasure is a sharp weapon for group warfare, and it is not appropriate to use their cultivation base to motivate them.


    They had consumed a lot before and needed to recover.


    In addition, they don''t want to make it too obvious, so it''s not easy to ring the morning bell one after another.


    Seeing that although Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva had turned the tide of the battle and gained the upper hand, they did not take advantage of the opportunity just now to defeat or even kill their opponents, they also sighed.


    They secretly scolded these two bodhisattvas for being too useless, and they didn''t seize this golden opportunity at all.


    However, fortunately, they are no longer in danger of their lives, so let them be for the time being.


    The Bodhisattvas of the Yunmen Sect considered their face problems, so it was difficult to continue to attack.


    The battle between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Tianxian finally entered the final stage.


    Ziyang Dongtian is the foundation of Ziyang Tianxian''s body, and it is his life.


    All the injuries that Ziyang Dongtian suffered will eventually be fed back to him.


    The cracks on the surface of Ziyang Cave became denser and deeper.


    After another onslaught from Taiji Cave Sky, Ziyang Cave Sky finally couldn''t hold on anymore, all the cracks on the surface broke out, and the surface was shattered all of a sudden.


    The Yin-Yang Extinction Divine Thunder first blasted into the interior of the Ziyang Cave, which had lost its outer defense, and wreaked havoc inside, causing countless injuries.


    The yin and yang energies made a comeback, they suddenly broke into the interior of Ziyang Cave, and burrowed around in it.


    Wherever he went, all obstacles were crushed by Yin and Yang.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal had raised the creatures for thousands of years in the Ziyang Cave, and was invaded unprecedentedly, and soon suffered a catastrophe.


    Ziyang Cave Heaven was constantly being severely injured, causing Ziyang Celestial Immortal to vomit blood unceasingly, and the whole person could not stand firmly.


    All the actions of Ziyang Tianxian failed to save his fate.


    He entered the last moment of his life.


    The yin and yang extinction thunder that fell from the sky blasted his body into powder.


    With extreme unwillingness and extreme hatred, he fell to the end of extinction.


    The Ziyang Cave Sky, which was badly injured, most of it destroyed, and rapidly collapsing, was completely swallowed by the Tai Chi Cave Sky.


    I saw a huge Tai Chi phantom surrounding the incomplete Ziyang Cave, and the infinite attraction produced continuously sucked it into it.


    Meng Zhang knew that devouring and refining other people''s caves was somewhat similar to magic methods.


    The remnants of instinctive resistance in Ziyang Cave, and the extreme resentment and unwillingness left after the fall of Ziyang Celestial Immortal will all become great obstacles.


    But he, who had already tasted the sweetness, didn''t care about these at all.


    From the time Meng Zhang killed Ziyang Celestial Immortal to the end when he devoured his dilapidated cave, no one came out to interfere with him.


    For one thing, most of the onlookers were shocked by Meng Zhang''s powerful fighting power and incomparable ferocity.


    Second, under the circumstances of no profit, no one is willing to tree such an enemy as Meng Zhang for no reason.


    When Ziyang Tianxian was in crisis, Zeng Xian Tianxian, who was watching the battle from a distance, also considered whether to come to help him against the enemy.


    Meng Zhang''s onslaught just now not only hurt him, but also made him fearful.


    If it wasn''t really a last resort, he really didn''t want to continue fighting Meng Zhang.


    Moreover, he never imagined that Ziyang Celestial Immortal would be defeated so quickly.


    He originally thought that Ziyang Tianxian could persist for a long time, and he still had enough time to hesitate and think slowly.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal fell too quickly.


    At this time, if he continued to rush forward, he would be alone against Meng Zhang.


    He really didn''t have the courage.


    He and Ziyang Tianxian have no relationship or reason, but the two sides can''t get used to each other.


    He really has no reason to work hard for Ziyang Tianxian.


    Tianxian Zeng Xian is not a direct subordinate of Tianxian Fengyuan, but because Tianxian Fengyuan asked his master for help, his elders of the master sent support.


    Tianxian Ziyang failed to hunt down Meng Zhang this time, Tianxian Fengyuan naturally felt very uncomfortable afterward, but at most he blamed and even resented Tianxian Zeng Xian, but he had no right to deal with him categorically.

 Chapter 3377

    After thinking about these things clearly, seeing that the situation was irreversible, Tianxian Zeng Xian immediately turned around and ran away without hesitation, and fled the battlefield as quickly as possible, for fear of being overtaken by Meng Zhang.


    In fact, even without the influence of the morning bell, Meng Zhang could win in the end.


    However, the difficulty will be greater and the loss will be more.


    If Ziyang Tianxian insisted on running away when the battle situation was unfavorable, Meng Zhang might not be able to kill them all.


    From the beginning to the end, Ziyang Tianxian never had the thought of running away.


    He thought that his family''s failure was too aggrieved.


    He felt that if he could not defeat Meng Zhang, he would not be able to obtain the opportunity needed to break through to the realm of the immortal.


    He fought to the death and never retreated, because he was desperately fighting for his own path.


    Even if the final defeat is decided, he is still fantasizing about a miracle, and he is unwilling to retreat.


    He puts his family''s path above all else, and is willing to risk his life for it.


    In the end, he still lost the bet.


    At the last moment, because of the severance of his path, he became insane, lost his mind, and was executed by Meng Zhang himself.


    Meng Zhang, who had just killed Ziyang Tianxian, saw that Zeng Xian Tianxian was scared away, so he didn''t go after him.


    Although Ziyang Tianxian has been killed by him, his accomplices are still there, and the enemy''s attack has not completely ended yet.


    As the final winner, he suffered a lot and his vitality was greatly injured.


    Fighting against a powerful enemy like Ziyang Tianxian, it is impossible to win without paying the price.


    He has a deep foundation, backed by Tai Chi Cave, and is recovering quickly.


    Of course, in a short period of time, he will not be able to return to his best condition.


    Considering the situation of the enemy, he didn''t rest for too long, so he shot again.


    Enemies are divided, a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.


    If he missed this opportunity to gather the enemies together, the battle might turn against him again.


    The two of them chosen by Meng Zhang have already been injured by Tai Miao before, and now they have no advantage against Tai Miao.


    The process of Meng Zhang killing Ziyang Tianxian, although they were far away, they could also see it.


    They wanted to rescue Ziyang Tianxian, but they were powerless.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortals fell too fast, and they had no time to get rid of Taimiao.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang, who was the winner, came over aggressively, the two of them panicked a little.


    As celestial beings with a long lifespan, they really don''t want to end up like Ziyang celestial beings.


    If Meng Zhang were allowed to join the battle, they would probably have no chance to escape.


    The two angels fought hard to get hurt, and they wanted to get rid of Tai Miao''s entanglement as soon as possible.


    They are not Meng Zhang''s main target, and they are too wonderful to keep their minds.


    The two of them ran away in a hurry, got hit a few more times, and were wounded by Tai Miao again.


    Fortunately, they finally got rid of Tai Miao''s entanglement and quickly broke away from the battle.


    Meng Zhang kept walking, and continued to fly towards the two sword immortals of the Sirius Sword Sect in the distance.


    Tai Miao watched the two angels disappear, and soon joined Meng Zhang''s actions.


    Meng Zhang brought Tai Miao, and soon appeared not far from the two sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    The two sword celestials had long since discovered that Ziyang Celestial Immortal had been defeated.


    Due to the distance between the two sides, they did not have time to rush to support each other.


    They not only hated their old enemy Meng Zhang, but also hated Hezhen Bodhisattva who fought against them.


    In their eyes, these two Bodhisattvas and Meng Zhang belonged together.


    They pretended to be neutral, shot suddenly, and separated all the strong men on their own side, so that they lost their advantage and fell into an extremely unfavorable situation.


    The two bodhisattvas took the opportunity to hurt them just now, which made them even more narrow-minded, hate each other to death in their hearts.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and Tai Miao attacking, they knew that they were not opponents.


    If they did not escape, they would be under siege.


    At that time, the enemy will be four against one.


    But the unwillingness and hatred in their hearts made them decide to show the two Bodhisattvas a little bit of color before they retreated, so they could collect a little interest first.


    After reuniting with the three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, they will make a comeback and take revenge.


    The two sword celestial beings stimulated their potential, each turned into a sharp sword light, and cooperated with each other to deliver the final blow.


    They want to break through the obstruction of the two bodhisattvas, leave them a profound lesson, and then run away directly.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva, Heming Bodhisattva and others claim to be followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, but they have not received the true inheritance of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha has opened altars many times to give lectures and preached publicly.


    They will come almost every time and listen to the sermon reverently.


    They were able to achieve today''s cultivation level because they had received some pointers from Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    Their cultivation base is not much better than ordinary Bodhisattvas of the same rank, and their combat effectiveness is even more mediocre.


    But in their hearts, there is a strong arrogance.


    The actions of the two sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect had already completely enraged them.


    The threat brought to them by the other party before made them want to get rid of it quickly.


    The other party''s attitude of treating them as soft persimmons seriously hurt their self-esteem.


    They didn''t seize the opportunity just now, and missed the opportunity to defeat and even kill the two sword immortals. After they realized it afterwards, they felt very regretful.


    Now Meng Zhang and Tai Miao are coming, obviously they want to keep these two sword celestial beings.


    The anger and hatred in their hearts made them ignore the difference between Buddhism and Taoism, and the attitude they had discussed before.


    They decided to keep these two sword immortals completely.


    Whether the two sword celestial beings died at their hands or at the hands of Meng Zhang, they had no objection.


    At any rate, they have followed Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha for many years and have gained a lot of benefits.


    They have also had some chances themselves, not without any hole cards.


    If the two sword celestials want to treat them as persimmons, they have to show their hole cards and let the other party receive enough lessons.


    The cassock on Hezhen Bodhisattva flew out and turned into a high wall, blocking the sword light transformed by the two sword celestial beings.


    Heming Bodhisattva sacrificed a Zen staff, turned into a giant dragon, and flew towards the two sword lights flexibly.


    The two sword lights were slightly blocked, and the high wall transformed by the cassock was torn apart.


    Taking advantage of this time, the giant dragon transformed by the Zen staff had already flown over, tightly entangled the two sword lights.


    After a fierce charge of the two sword lights, they cut off the giant dragon''s huge body and finally protruded from the encirclement.


    But after such a long delay, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao finally arrived at the battlefield.


    Although Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva did not speak, they clearly expressed their goodwill and were willing to join hands with them to take down these two sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.

 Chapter 3378

    Not to mention the injuries suffered by the two sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the loss of vitality.


    Just now, they paid a high price in order to quickly break through the interception of the two bodhisattvas.


    Their current state is far from their heyday.


    They prefer to be proud and arrogant, and they are not willing to accept failure, and they have not noticed the crisis.


    They tried to leave the last lesson for the two bodhisattvas, but they ruined the last escape.


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquzw full text update, remember the website: www.ibiquzw.com

 Chapter 3379

    Although they were a little anxious about the situation of Mingde Tianxian and the others, Meng Zhang and the others could not ignore the two Bodhisattvas'' initiative to say hello.


    If you just leave in such a panic and ignore the other party at all, it may turn a possible friend into an enemy.


    Meng Zhang communicated politely with the two Bodhisattvas, and kept thanking them for their help.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao suffered a lot in the previous continuous battles.


    While communicating with the two bodhisattvas, they recovered the consumed power as soon as possible.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva knew in their hearts that they were able to kill the two sword celestial beings of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect this time mainly because of Meng Zhang''s fighting strength.


    They are a little grateful to each other in their hearts, and want to make friends with each other even more.


    Although they claim to be followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, it is often difficult to get direct help from Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    If they encounter some difficult scenes, they still need to rely on their own strength to solve the problem.


    Although Meng Zhang is a Taoist monk, he has no enmity with them.


    The powerful fighting power shown by Meng Zhang and the others moved them a little.


    If you encounter a need for strong thugs in the future, Meng Zhang and the others can play a big role.


    There is also fierce competition among the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    The situation of these followers in the whirling sea of ??flowers is far from as good as it looks, and they will encounter some challenges from time to time.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva turned their heads quickly, and soon realized the value of Meng Zhang.


    They talked enthusiastically with Meng Zhang and actively made friends with each other.


    Meng Zhang felt their kindness.


    If the Taiyi Realm wants to stay in the whirling sea of ??flowers for a long time, it needs the help of these local snakes.


    After defeating the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian this time, I don''t know what kind of reaction the Lingkong Immortal Realm will have next?


    If the Lingkong Immortal Realm continues to send out hunting troops, then these local snakes will be the best help.


    Although Meng Zhang is not the kind of long-sleeved and good dancer, he has been the head of the Taiyi Sect for many years, and he is used to interacting with foreign countries and making useful friends.


    To put it simply, it is to be able to talk to people and talk to ghosts.


    Of course, making real friends requires sincerity and dedication...


    So far, the two sides are still in the stage of trying each other and releasing goodwill.


    Everyone feels that the other party has enough use value, and then there is a basis for becoming friends.


    As for how the relationship between the two parties will develop in the future and whether they will become true allies, it is still far from clear.


    With a seemingly frank attitude, Meng Zhang mentioned the situation in Taiyi Realm, and thanked Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva for their help.


    He and the real Bodhisattva are not fools.


    At this time, they have faintly understood that they may have been used by Meng Zhang.


    But for a while, Meng Zhang didn''t show up from the beginning to the end, and had no contact with them at all before.


    Their move this time was entirely their own decision and had nothing to do with Meng Zhang.


    Secondly, Hezhen Bodhisattva and Harmony Bodhisattva also need face.


    They took action against Ziyang Tianxian this time, instead of making others think that they are being used by others, it is better to show that they are not used to Ziyang Tianxian''s style and take the initiative.


    As for whether other people believe it or not, they have no choice, anyway, they themselves believe it.


    As for the most important factor, of course, they felt that Meng Zhang had a high combat effectiveness and was of great use value.


    When needed, some of their shortcomings can be made up for.


    After this life-and-death fight with the two sword immortals of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, the two bodhisattvas also had a clear understanding of their own fighting power.


    They are really not good at fighting people to death.


    In the past, others would give them three points because of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha''s face.


    But when it really came to a critical moment, who would care about Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha''s face.


    They have followed Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha for many years and stayed in the sea of ??flowers for a long time, and they have already faintly noticed it.


    Perhaps in the near future, there will be a big storm coming to the Sea of ??Flowers.


    At that time, they may need foreign aid like Meng Zhang to save their lives.


    Now, they are not sure whether Meng Zhang is reliable and can be used by them.


    Everything they do at this time is to lay the foundation and prepare for the future.


    In the years to come, they will slowly test Meng Zhang and win him to their side.


    The two parties are now interested in Lang Youqing''s concubine, and both intend to make friends with each other, and soon the interviews become more speculative, and the relationship is heating up rapidly.


    Seeing that the battle was over and there was no excitement to watch, many bystanders left here one after another.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing and Bodhisattva Yunqi of the Yunmen Sect saw Meng Zhang and the others having a lively conversation with Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others, their eyes widened in amazement, and they felt very surprised.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others were obviously used by Meng Zhang and the others, and just now they encountered a life-and-death crisis, how could they not be angry, how could they still befriend Meng Zhang and the others?


    Could it be that Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others are really fools, they haven''t reacted yet, and they don''t even know that their family has been used by others?


    Yunqi Bodhisattva, who is more impatient, couldn''t help it, and wanted to fly over, so he could remind Hezhen Bodhisattva and them not to be fooled by Meng Zhang.


    Don''t forget, when Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others were in danger, it was Yunmen Sect who secretly helped them.


    The bodhisattvas of the Yunmen sect were very considerate, and they even took into account the face of Hezhen bodhisattvas.


    Yunqing Bodhisattva stopped Yunqi Bodhisattva who was eager to try.


    Now that Meng Zhang is still present, even if they pass by, it is difficult to say a lot of things directly.


    Maybe Meng Zhang, a cunning guy, will speak ill of them in turn.


    After talking enthusiastically with Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others for a while, Meng Zhang and the others agreed to meet next time and exchanged contact information.


    Meng Zhang took the initiative to tell Hezhen Bodhisattva and them that the enemy had not been solved yet, and they needed to leave temporarily to deal with the enemy first.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others understood this very well, reluctantly bid farewell to Meng Zhang and the others temporarily.


    During the time when the two sides were talking, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao tried their best to recover.


    Although far from returning to the best state, his own situation has improved a lot.


    After they bid farewell to the True Bodhisattvas, they hurried to the Clear and Pure Heavenly Immortals.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and the others disappear, Yunqing Bodhisattva and Yunqi Bodhisattva flew towards Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others.


    The two sides are old acquaintances and have some superficial friendship.


    After the two parties met, after a lot of red tape and pretending to greet each other, Bodhisattva Yunqing pretended to mention inadvertently that the reason Ziyang Tianxian led the army into the Sea of ??Flowers this time was to hunt down Meng Zhang, so why did Hezhen Bodhisattva make a move? ?


    Yunqi Bodhisattva even asked directly, were they misled and deceived by others, so they were used by Meng Zhang and the others?


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3380

    Hezhen Bodhisattva, who was originally smiling and talking enthusiastically with Bodhisattva Yunqing and the others, suddenly changed his expression when he heard Bodhisattva Yunqi say that they were being used by others.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva refuted each other very bluntly.


    Before today, they didn''t know Meng Zhang, and even had no contact with him, so how could they be used by him?


    The reason why they made the move before was that they couldn''t understand the arrogance of Ziyang Tianxian, and they were worried that the other party would make troubles and make troubles in the sea of ??flowers. page to get the latest updates!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquzw full text update, remember the website: www.ibiquzw.com

 Chapter 3381

    After Mingjing Tianxian escaped here, he did not continue to escape, but shot together with Mingde Tianxian, trying to entangle them here.


    Of course, it would be even better if he could injure or even kill the opponent, and it would be regarded as overfulfilling the task.


    There was no more nonsense between the two sides, and a big battle broke out directly.


    Mingde Tianxian and the others have long heard of the notoriety of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, but they have never had the opportunity to fight against its leader.


    In their view, organizations like the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group are not sects, and there is limited internal cohesion.


    No matter how vicious the opponent is, they are nothing but a mob.


    The opponent''s background is complicated, it is impossible to have too brilliant inheritance, and the combat power cannot be compared with that of a big sect monk like them.


    Although the number of people is slightly small, with two against three, Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian are full of confidence.


    It wasn''t until the two sides really fought each other that Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian realized their mistakes. They had always underestimated each other.


    Ao Fang, the evil dragon, is unstoppable, and the body of a real dragon can hardly be damaged.


    Mingde Tianxian and the others fought hard with him for a few tricks, and suffered a lot of losses. They no longer dared to continue to confront him head-on, and could only deal with him skillfully.


    Xueli Tianmo practiced the famous top-level kung fu method "Blood Nerve" of the Demonic Dao, and his cultivation has already been perfected.


    He turned into blood shadows all over the sky, almost completely surrounded Mingde Tianxian and the others.


    After the two angels sensed the fierceness of the blood shadow, they didn''t dare to let him get close.


    Even a strong person at the level of a fairy, as long as he is hit by a blood shadow, he will be immediately sucked away from his body''s essence and blood, turning him into a mummified corpse.


    The black mud bodhisattva seems to have nothing unusual, but it is actually the most sinister.


    During the battle, he chanted strange sutras, and the strange chanting sound went straight to Mingde Tianxian and the others'' minds.


    The many defensive methods they used, all kinds of secret techniques for calming the mind, were difficult to play a big role in the strange voice of the scriptures.


    The strange voice of scriptures entered their minds unstoppably, making them feel restless and restless.


    Even, many places on their bodies would inexplicably itch, as if something was about to come out of it.


    In fact, this is the result of their advanced cultivation base and strong resistance.


    As long as ordinary cultivators hear the sound of chanting scriptures, they will soon lose their minds, mutate, and become various deformed monsters.


    Although Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian didn''t change in the strange voice of the scriptures, their status was greatly affected and their combat effectiveness was greatly reduced.


    They had to spend more energy and try more methods to resist the influence of the weird scripture voice.


    Under the ebb and flow, the three leaders of the Wild Hunter Thieves actually firmly gained the upper hand, making them very passive.


    Fortunately, Mingde Tianxian and the others were from a great sect after all, their cultivation base is strong, and they have a lot of cards.


    After they realized that they had underestimated the enemy, they immediately went all out and cooperated with each other tacitly, displaying extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    Even if they were temporarily at a disadvantage, they were not completely powerless to fight back. From time to time, they displayed sharp magical powers to make the enemy feel pressured.


    As long as the opponent is not careful, they may still be injured by them.


    In fact, after these three leaders took the initiative, they could go to support Ziyang Tianxian.


    They only need to leave one or two entangled opponents, the rest can get away.


    It''s a pity that the star thief is a star thief after all, and there is not enough trust among the companions.


    They can join forces to fight against the enemy, but no one is willing to take the initiative to undertake the most difficult tasks, let alone take risks.


    Even the arrogant evil dragon Ao Fang would not agree to stay alone to hold back the opponent and let others escape.


    In addition, they would not have imagined that a series of situations would happen to Ziyang Tianxian in the future.


    Not to mention Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others would rashly intervene.


    In their view, Ziyang Tianxian has enough power to take down Meng Zhang.


    Even if something unexpected happens, Ziyang Tianxian and the others should have no problem protecting themselves.


    In the sea of ??whirling flowers, due to the special environment, the transmission of information has been greatly affected.


    For a large sect like the Fallen Feather Sect, the communication secrets carefully developed for this purpose have various restrictions, and there is no guarantee that there will be no problems 100%.


    The three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group and Ziyang Tianxian couldn''t maintain effective contact at all.


    This is also a major reason why they cannot echo each other.


    When Meng Zhang and Tai Miao appeared on this battlefield, Nie Long Ao let them go, never thinking that Ziyang Tianxian and his team had either fallen or fled.


    In their view, Meng Zhang and the others probably took advantage of the special terrain of the whirling flower sea to temporarily get rid of Ziyang Tianxian and the others'' pursuit.


    It won''t be long before Ziyang Tianxian and the others will quickly catch up and besiege Meng Zhang and the others together.


    Before that, they need to tightly entangle Meng Zhang and the others to prevent them from escaping.


    Due to insufficient intelligence, they misjudged the situation, Nie Long Ao Fang and the others not only did not have the idea of ??retreating in time, but wanted to fight Meng Zhang and the others to the end.


    Even if their own numbers are already at a disadvantage, they still have strong confidence.


    Xueli Tianmo looked at Meng Zhang and the others and laughed strangely.


    "I knew something was wrong with these two old fellows of the Fallen Feather Sect."


    "It turns out that you really belong together."


    Amidst the strange laughter, he took the initiative to separate some blood shadows, and rushed towards Meng Zhang and the others overwhelmingly.


    The black mud Bodhisattva seemed to have no additional reaction. In fact, the speed at which he recited the scriptures became more rapid, and the sound of the scriptures passed into Meng Zhang''s ears unconsciously.


    With a thought in Meng Zhang''s mind, thunder after yin and yang annihilation god fell, blasting the blood shadows that rushed into powder.


    The green lotus in the depths of his fairy soul shook slightly, and the black mud Bodhisattva''s painstaking tricks were easily resolved by him.


    Mengzhang and Taimiao share the same mind and take the initiative to help her share the impact of the sound of the scriptures.


    Tai Miao was hardly affected by the sound of scriptures, and directly manifested the body of ghosts and gods, and killed Nie Long Ao Fang.


    Mingde Tianxian of Luoyuzong dodged left and right, and refused to fight him head-on, which made Nielong Aofang feel very unhappy.


    Now Tai Miao took the initiative to rush over to fight, which was exactly what he wanted.


    With a flick of his thick dragon tail, and a move of Shenlong tail, Tai Miao was about to be sent flying.


    The dragon''s tail, which was enough to easily crush the mountain, was abruptly blocked by Tai Miao''s arms raised high.


    A burst of huge impact echoed continuously in the void.


    Tai Miao is so powerful, but Nie Long Ao Fang became interested.


    His huge real dragon body swayed, and he fought with Tai Miao.


    Both sides didn''t have many fancy moves, just head-to-head close combat, fists and feet intersecting.


    The movement of their battle was the loudest, and the aftermath spread widely.


    The others involuntarily stepped aside, leaving enough room for them to fight. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3382

    The body of the real dragon is indeed worthy of being the top-ranked powerful existence in the void and myriad realms, far more powerful than most of the Taoist body, legal body, and divine body.


    Tai Miao''s body of ghosts and gods, which has been tempered and cultivated for many years, has surpassed most of the natural ghosts and gods, but there is still a big gap between the opponent''s real dragon body.


    He fully exerted the power of the kingdom of God in his body, and kept blessing and strengthening the body of ghosts and gods, so that he could barely block the onslaught of Nielong Aofang.


    In the previous battle, he fought against the two angels sent by Guantian Pavilion. Although the intensity of the battle was not too strong, he still worked hard and suffered a lot.


    If he had shown his weakness at that time, the other party would not have fought with him in such a tacit understanding, and would have used all their strength to take him down completely.


    As for the two sword celestials who won the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect later, he lost even more power.


    The rest time was too short, and he was far from fully recovered.


    After he collided fiercely with Nielong Aofang for a while, he felt weak, obviously his strength was exhausted.


    He is not fighting alone.


    The two Heavenly Immortals of the Fallen Feather Sect, who were originally pushed to the disadvantage by the enemy, also started to fight back after they joined the battle.


    After a long period of time, Mingde Tianxian and the others have tried a secret technique that can strengthen the resistance to the scriptures chanted by the black mud Bodhisattva.


    They have also begun to adapt to the adverse effects of the voice of the scriptures, and the interference they receive is lessening.


    Seeing that Tai Miao resisted Ao Fang, the most arrogant evil dragon among the enemies, Mingjing Tianxian quickly cast spells to bless him and strengthen his combat effectiveness.


    Mingde Tianxian even used his magical powers to directly attack Nielong Aofang.


    He yelled softly, and the phantoms of four huge mountain peaks appeared on top of Nielong Aofang.


    The phantoms of the four peaks are located in the four directions of the southeast, northwest, and exert their strength together.


    Nielong Aofang, who has the power to overturn rivers and seas and move mountains, immediately felt waves of invisible giant force descending from the sky, constantly oppressing and restricting him.


    With a roar, he began to counterattack with great force.


    The phantoms of the four peaks shook violently for a while, but persisted firmly, exerting pressure on him continuously.


    Tai Miao, who was supported, cheered up and continued to fight Nie Long Ao Fang head-on.


    While blocking the attack of the bloody demon, Meng Zhang also started to fight back against it.


    Under the blessing of the power of the cave, a series of yin and yang extermination god thunders kept blasting towards the blood shadows all over the sky.


    The Bloody Heavenly Demon transformed into blood shadows all over the sky, and his real body was hidden in it.


    These blood shadows were hard to distinguish from reality, they kept changing directions, and kept pounced on their opponents.


    Even with Meng Zhang''s ability, as long as he is hit by the blood shadow, his vitality will inevitably be severely injured.


    For the time being, he couldn''t see through the real body of the enemy, so he could only use a range attack.


    As long as all the blood shadows are wiped out, the bloody demon will naturally have nowhere to hide.


    The Yin-Yang Extinction God Thunder, which originally had the ability to kill demons and destroy evil, has almost become the nemesis of the blood shadows in the sky.


    With the blood shadows exploding one after another, the speed at which the blood shadows were created by the Bloody Demon could no longer keep up with the speed at which the blood shadows were consumed.


    Meng Zhang didn''t ignore the insidious Hei Ni Bodhisattva.


    Countless sharp sword qi slashed towards him.


    The black and white divine sword transformed by the Liangyi Tongtian Sword fell directly on top of his head under the cover of sword energy.


    The Black Mud Bodhisattva was holding an alms bowl, and countless black mud flew out of the alms bowl, drowning all the beheaded sword energy.


    A black halo appeared behind his head, just touching the falling black and white Excalibur.


    The yin and yang qi are like a long river swimming around in the void, engulfing one after another blood shadows.


    These blood shadows were temporarily suppressed, and they would be slowly refined when Meng Zhangkong came out.


    A scorching sun and a bright moon appeared on top of the black mud Bodhisattva at the same time. The sun and moonlight gathered together and rushed straight down, almost completely submerging the black mud Bodhisattva.


    The black mud bodhisattva no longer cared about reciting scriptures, and had to use all his strength to resist the rays of the sun and moon.


    Although the two angels of Luo Yuzong seized the opportunity created by Meng Zhang, they dealt a heavy blow to Hei Ni Bodhisattva.


    The Bright and Pure Celestial Immortal made a bow and arrow posture towards the Black Mud Bodhisattva from afar.


    A golden feather suddenly appeared on his chest, directly piercing through his golden bodhisattva body.


    The black mud bodhisattva snorted, and a big hole appeared in his chest.


    The big hole was healing rapidly, to a certain extent, but there was an invisible force preventing it from continuing to heal.


    Not long after the battle, Meng Zhang and the others helped the two heavenly immortals of Luo Yuzong to reverse the situation and achieved some results.


    As a strong Buddhist, the black mud Bodhisattva is very good at the way of cause and effect.


    A golden light flashed in his eyes, and he began to observe the line of cause and effect on Meng Zhang''s body, preparing to find the opponent''s weakness from it.


    Suddenly, a look of disbelief appeared on his face.


    He had secretly observed the threads of cause and effect on Ziyang Tianxian''s body, and the thickest one pointed to Meng Zhang and became entangled with him.


    But now, he didn''t find the thread of cause and effect from Ziyang Tianxian in Meng Zhang''s body.


    This means that the cause and effect of both of them has been completely settled, and the line of cause and effect will disappear.


    Under what circumstances will the cause and effect of both parties be completely resolved?


    It will not be possible for Ziyang Tianxian and Meng Zhang to reconcile, and the two sides will smile away their grievances.


    The greatest possibility is that the Ziyang Celestial Immortal has already fallen.


    Although he was very reluctant to believe this conclusion, the black mud bodhisattva was full of confidence in his own attainments on the Dao of Karma.


    He was originally from a Buddhist sect, but later betrayed the sect for some reason.


    He has been evil in the void for many years, and was later introduced to join the bandits of the Wild Hunter.


    The causal exercises he practices come from the authentic inheritance of Buddhism, and he himself is very talented in this area.


    Over the years, his attainments on the Dao of Karma have not only helped him defeat the enemy many times, but also allowed him to avoid many crises.


    Ziyang Tianxian gathered such a powerful force, but he still fell.


    Hei Ni Bodhisattva guessed in his heart that they must have underestimated the strength of Meng Zhang''s side, and even misjudged the current situation.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, there must be other strong people participating in the battle in order to kill Ziyang Tianxian.


    Meng Zhang and the others rushed over to join the battle, naturally they were not avoiding the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, but to drive them all to death.


    Judging from the situation on the field alone, Meng Zhang and the others already had a slight advantage.


    If they had more reinforcements arriving here, the situation would be even worse.


    After the black mud Bodhisattva defected to the sect, he was hunted down by many Buddhist experts.


    One of the main reasons why he has been able to survive until now is that he is quick to see the wind.


    As soon as it smells something wrong, it immediately starts to run away.


    Once he thought he had figured out the situation, he didn''t want to keep fighting, but prepared to run away.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3383

    The black mud bodhisattva is an extremely selfish person who never considers the life and death of others.


    In an organization like the Wild Hunt Thieves, there has never been such a thing as friendship with colleagues.


    Even though he is one of the leaders of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group and can be regarded as a high-level figure, he still feels the malice from his colleagues on weekdays. All kinds of intrigues and open and secret fights have almost never stopped.


    He was the first person among the three leaders present to find out that something was wrong, and the other two guys were kept in the dark.


    If he tells the truth, the arrogant evil dragon Ao Fang may not easily believe him.


    Even if the other party believes him, everyone should retreat together.


    He is the most low-key on weekdays, maybe he will be left behind or something.


    Among the three leaders, he is not good at speed, he is not as powerful as the bloody demon in terms of escapism, and his vitality is not as powerful as Nielong Aofang.


    It is the normal state in the practice world that a dead fellow Daoist will not die a poor Taoist.


    With all his thoughts in his heart, he didn''t have the slightest desire to continue fighting, and his mind was full of thoughts about how to escape here safely.


    Seeing his own blood shadow disappearing quickly, Xueli Tianmo became anxious.


    He stimulated his potential and launched a fierce attack on Meng Zhang again.


    At the beginning of the attack, he signaled to the black mud Bodhisattva, asking the opponent to fully cooperate with him.


    Nie Long Ao Fang has no eyesight, never listens to other people''s orders and suggestions, and always goes his own way.


    During the battle, the Bloody Heavenly Demon cooperated more with the Black Mud Bodhisattva.


    The black mud bodhisattva responded with a look, indicating that he would cooperate with all his strength.


    Xue Li Tianmo no longer had any worries, and started to counterattack with all his strength.


    The blood shadows all over the sky in the void began to split, and more blood shadows appeared.


    Blood shadows were almost everywhere, rushing towards Meng Zhang from all directions.


    The black mud Bodhisattva, who was supposed to cooperate with the Bloody Heavenly Demon in fighting, summoned his mana to dispel the scorching sun and the bright moon above his head, completely getting rid of the threat of the sun and moon light.


    Next, instead of cooperating with the Xueshen Tianmo to fight back, he took advantage of the opportunity when the other party attracted Meng Zhang''s main attention, turned into a ray of light and fled to the distance.


    Meng Zhang didn''t know how Hei Ni Bodhisattva guessed the real situation of the battle. Since the opponent had already fled, he didn''t chase after him.


    In the previous battles, his loss was far greater than that of Tai Miao.


    Especially killing the Ziyang Celestial Immortal face to face, it seemed majestic, but it almost hurt his vitality.


    The time spent talking with the real bodhisattvas was not enough to bring him back to his prime.


    After rushing to this battlefield, he found that although the enemy was small in number, they were very difficult to deal with.


    According to his judgment, it would be difficult for him and Tai Miao to join hands with Mingde Tianxian and the others to keep all three enemies.


    If you want to achieve favorable results, you must choose.


    Out of his aversion to demonic ways and his analysis of the enemy, he chose the bloody demon as his primary target.


    Nielong Aofang is the strongest, and his vitality is too tenacious, so he put it to the end.


    The black mud bodhisattva took the initiative to escape, which was beyond his expectation, but it did not affect his plan, but it was beneficial for him to kill the bloody demon.


    Seeing that the black mud bodhisattva really escaped, not playing tricks, Meng Zhang focused his attention on the bloody demon.


    Seeing the back of the black mud Bodhisattva disappearing in the distance, Xue Li Tianmo felt confused for a while.


    Although this guy is timid and uncomfortable on weekdays, he shouldn''t run away at this time anyway.


    What happened to him, what the hell was he doing?


    The leaders of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group seem to be high above them, but they still have restraints on their bodies.


    The Black Mud Bodhisattva fled the battle, causing the battle situation to collapse, and it would be difficult to explain after returning to the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    As for defecting from the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, he didn''t have the guts and strength to do so.


    The black mud bodhisattva suddenly ran away, which was tantamount to betraying others.


    Especially the Bloody Heavenly Demon, who was immediately in a very disadvantageous situation.


    Meng Zhang no longer received any interference, and was able to deal with him wholeheartedly.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian helped Taimiao fight Nielong Aofang, and they were able to cast spells distractedly, constantly attacking Xueli Tianmo, and actively cooperated with Meng Zhang in the battle.


    I saw white feathers falling from the sky.


    These feathers seem to have spirituality, automatically chasing the blood shadows all over the sky.


    As soon as those blood shadows were touched by the feathers, they immediately dissipated completely.


    Xue Li Tianmo yelled in his heart at the black mud Bodhisattva who fled before the battle, and at the same time faintly felt that something was wrong.


    The Black Mud Bodhisattva has always been cunning and cunning, and it is impossible for him to escape without reason. Could it be that he knows something that is not good for him?


    As the blood shadows all over the sky continued to disappear, the remaining blood shadows were also restricted within a certain range by Meng Zhang''s power to circulate the cave.


    Before Xueli Tianmo had time to react, something that surprised him happened again.


    Nielong Aofang, who has always been arrogant, brutal and tyrannical, actually pushed back a few times and fought him too well in close quarters. He plunged headlong into the void in the distance, and his huge body quickly disappeared completely.


    Knowing Nie Long Ao Fang for so many years, he never thought that this guy has such a sinister side.


    If the black mud bodhisattva''s escape just gave him a bad premonition, then the evil dragon Ao Fang''s direct escape made him feel the crisis of death.


    Nie Long Ao Fang looks rough and bold, but he is not a fool.


    He was able to escape the chasing and killing of the real dragon clan back then, not only relying on his strong strength, but also relying on his strong survival instinct.


    When facing the crisis of life and death, he has a beast-like sense of smell.


    Not to mention being able to predict foresight, but having a keen sense of good and bad.


    When he saw the black mud bodhisattva running away, based on his understanding of the bald donkey, he immediately knew that something was wrong.


    He instinctively sensed the crisis and knew that it was not suitable to stay here for a long time.


    It seems that the crisis has not yet emerged, but once a crisis occurs, there may not be a chance to escape.


    So, at the last moment, he was still showing off his supernatural power, suppressing Tai Miao and chasing him.


    The next moment, he quickly fled without a trace.


    He acted resolutely, turned in decisively, and abandoned the Blood Li Tianmo without hesitation.


    Perhaps, in his heart, he still has the idea of ??leaving the bloody demon behind and attracting the enemy''s attention.


    The successive betrayal of Hei Ni Bodhisattva and Nie Long Ao Fang is tantamount to a death sentence for Xue Li Tian Mo.


    Nielong Aofang moved too fast, and everyone had no time to react, let alone intercept him.


    The only bloody demon left behind became the common goal of everyone.


    Facing four powerful enemies of the same level, even though Xue Litian Demon has great powers, countless changes, and strange and changeable magic methods, he still cannot escape the fate of being surrounded and beaten.


    Hei Ni Bodhisattva and Nielong Ao Fang have already escaped, and no one will let him go no matter what.


    He exhausted all means, but in the end he still couldn''t escape, and he could not escape the end of being executed.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3384

    Xueli Tianmo has many escape methods, and his ability to hide his real body is extremely strong.


    But each of the four opponents he faced was stronger than him but not weaker.


    Meng Zhang and the others have rich experience in subjugating demons, have seen all kinds of magic secret techniques, and have practiced many special methods to restrain demons.


    Meng Zhang and the others worked together and quickly wiped him out.


    Two of the three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit escaped, and only the Bloody Sky Demon was killed. Such a result is not very good, but everyone can reluctantly accept it.


    The enemy will always have some unknown abilities, and the result of the battle will inevitably be unexpected.


    Especially Nielong Aofang, who would have thought that this guy had an unknown side.


    Perhaps, his arrogant style and rough demeanor were just a cover-up.


    Even his two companions didn''t see his hidden side clearly, let alone Meng Zhang and the others.


    In any case, the crisis facing Meng Zhang and the Taiyi world was temporarily lifted.


    This hunt organized by Ziyang Tianxian encountered a major setback, and even the titular leader Ziyang Tianxian fell.


    However, now is not the time to relax.


    Not to mention the escape of a few powerful enemies, the enemy fleet was just scattered all over the sea of ??flowers, and basically remained intact, and it still needs to be solved slowly by the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang and the others adjusted their breath on the spot while discussing what to do next.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian are still angry.


    As a big sect such as the Fallen Feather Sect, they thought they could easily deal with the three leaders of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group.


    But they didn''t expect that the other party was so difficult to deal with.


    If Meng Zhang and Tai Miao hadn''t arrived in time for reinforcements, they might have suffered a big loss.


    It''s fine for Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva to escape directly from the sea of ??flowers. If they dare to stay and make plans, they will definitely not let these two guys go easily.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian are on the bright side and will not help Meng Zhang against the pursuers from the Lingkong fairyland.


    But chasing and killing the members of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is justified.


    They rested for a while, and impatiently followed the traces left by Nie Long Ao Fang, and started chasing them.


    With the help of Mingde Tianxian and the others, Meng Zhang and the others don''t have to worry about the threat from the Wild Hunt Star Thieves for the time being.


    Zeng Xian Tianxian and the two Tianxian sent by Guantian Pavilion also escaped safely from the battlefield.


    Their current movements are what Meng Zhang is most concerned about.


    If they escaped directly from the sea of ??whirling flowers, then the threat from Taiyi Realm would basically be eliminated this time.


    If they are not reconciled and continue to stay, there may be another big battle next.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao returned to the previous battlefield.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva are still there.


    Yunqing Bodhisattva and others of Yunmen Sect have already been sent away by them.


    Meng Zhang took Tai Miao to meet them, and briefly mentioned the previous battle with Nielong Aofang and others.


    Everything else is fine, Heming Bodhisattva is very disgusted with Buddhist traitors like Hei Ni Bodhisattva.


    Although Hei Mu Bodhisattva had no grievances with him in the past, but he still wished to see that guy suffer bad luck.


    During the conversation, the two Bodhisattvas learned about the general situation of Taiyi Realm from Meng Zhang.


    Now that they have decided to make friends with Meng Zhang and develop him into a powerful foreign aid, of course they have to show some sincerity now.


    Their followers have been in the sea of ??flowers and flowers for many years, and they are very familiar with the various situations here.


    They told Meng Zhang that next they will mobilize their staff to pay attention to the movements of Nielong Aofang, Zeng Xiantianxian and others.


    As long as they stay in the whirling flower sea, it will be difficult to hide it from their eyes and ears.


    They agreed with Meng Zhang on how to contact each other so that they could exchange news in the future.


    With the help of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, this group of followers has mastered a special communication secret technique, which can avoid all kinds of interference in the whirling flower sea and make relatively smooth contact.


    For some friendly outsiders, they also teach this communication secret technique from time to time.


    Of course, this communication secret technique is not everything.


    Sometimes, we still have to be affected, resulting in delays and loss of information.


    In addition, Hezhen Bodhisattva will also provide some help in eliminating the fleet brought by Ziyang Tianxian.


    Previously, they manipulated the white banner bestowed by Nanwuri Moonlight Buddha, created various visions, caused the storm to rage, dismantled the entire fleet, and scattered them all over the Sea of ??Flowers.


    They are very familiar with the power of the white flag, and they are even more familiar with the terrain of the whirling flower sea.


    As for the approximate position of the dismantled fleet, they only need a little calculation to get a rough idea.


    They shared relevant information with Meng Zhang.


    The two sides talked for a long time before saying goodbye and leaving.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao quickly returned to Taiyi Realm.


    Under their orders, the Taiyi Realm began to move, preparing to intercept the enemy''s dismantled fleet.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao sit in the Taiyi Realm and keep in touch with Mingde Tianxian and Hezhen Bodhisattva at any time.


    They consume massive resources and quickly recover their own state.


    Taiyi Realm has long been in a state of full preparation for war.


    Not long after, Taiyi Realm sent several fleets.


    These fleets are led by Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna, and their main target is the dismantled enemy fleet.


    Although the enemy fleet is powerful, but being divided is the best time to destroy them one by one.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao wanted to guard against Zeng Xiantianxian and others, so they had to send out their subordinates.


    Soon after the fleet set off, Meng Zhang received a summons from Mingde Tianxian.


    After Nielong Ao Fang and Hei Ni Bodhisattva escaped from the battlefield, they did not leave the sea of ??flowers directly, but retreated to the edge of the sea of ??flowers and wandered there.


    Mingde Heavenly Immortal and Mingjing Heavenly Immortal have already set their sights on them, ready to attack at any time.


    Nielong Aofang and the others were being followed by Mingde Tianxian and the others, so Meng Zhang didn''t have to worry about it for the time being.


    The whereabouts of Zeng Xian and Tianxian are still unknown, and they have become Meng Zhang''s main concern.


    Because of the information provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva before, several fleets sent by Taiyi Realm, not long after, came into contact with some single enemy void battleships.


    Although the fleet under Ziyang Tianxian''s command is huge in number and its overall strength far exceeds that of the Taiyi Realm, its sources are complicated, and it is completely a mixed army with many internal hidden dangers.


    After being separated from Ziyang Tianxian and the others, the fleet lost its nominal supreme command and was in a leaderless situation.


    The entire fleet was dismantled, and even lost a unified command, and they couldn''t take care of and cooperate with each other at all.


    In the process of being swept by the storm to various places in the whirling flower sea, there were also many casualties.


    A few hapless voidships were damaged or even destroyed.


    There are also some unlucky void battleships, trapped in some dangerous places, and have been unable to get out. Or it took a huge price to escape with great difficulty.


    Those lonely void warships became the best prey for the Taiyi fleet. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3385

    The fleets sent by the Taiyi Realm are mainly in the order of first easy and then difficult, giving priority to dealing with those void battleships that are alone, which can be regarded as persimmons looking for softness.


    The enemy fleet was not completely dismantled, and several groups of void warships were gathered together.


    Moreover, the enemy fleet is not all incompetent people, there are many people with interests.


    After being divided and dismantled, these powerful figures stepped forward and took over the command of various parts of the fleet, trying to find a way, get out of trouble, and actively join the nearest friendly forces.


    It took quite a while for Meng Zhang and the others to participate in the two battles.


    During this period of time, the enemy fleet completed the initial assembly, and now it is mainly gathered into several independent fleets.


    The strength of each fleet is not necessarily weaker than the overall strength of the Taiyi Realm fleet.


    Of course, there are still a lot of enemy warships that are alone.


    Several enemy fleets that had already assembled began to move in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    They came here to find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, and prepared to launch an active attack on it.


    Secondly, he also hopes to meet up with Ziyang Tianxian and other leaders.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian are staring at Nielong Aofang, they have no time to clone, and they will not directly attack the battleship from the spirit world.


    Although Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva have the intention to befriend Meng Zhang, they will not continue to attack the fleet from the spirit world.


    Everything they have done before is a bit out of line, and they must not push forward.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao came here to sit in Taiyi Realm, the base camp, and secondly, they mainly guarded against Zeng Xiantian who had fled and made a comeback, so they should not move lightly either.


    In this way, in order to defeat the enemy fleet, it mainly depends on the strength of monks from the Taiyi Realm.


    After several fleets sent by the Taiyi Realm wiped out many single enemy warships, they are about to contact the enemy fleet.


    The next battle will not be as easy as before.


    Although the Taiyi Realm''s fleet is divided into several, they are not far from each other and have always maintained close contact.


    The enemy fleet has experienced previous twists and turns, and its overall strength is still above the Taiyi Realm fleet.


    Before the battle broke out in the main fleet, the two sides sent forward scouting teams as usual to spy on the enemy''s military situation.


    Immediately afterwards, the two sides began a small-scale skirmish to test each other''s strength and find each other''s flaws.


    As the skirmishes became more frequent, the battle between the main fleets of the two sides was imminent.


    Besides, Nie Long Ao let them go.


    The black mud bodhisattva was the first to abandon his companions and flee the battlefield.


    After he fled to the edge of the whirling flower sea, he didn''t continue to escape.


    He was about to learn the final result of the war before leaving the sea of ??flowers and flowers completely.


    This time, our own side had an absolute superiority, but suffered a disastrous defeat and suffered heavy casualties.


    He just fled back to the head of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates Group, and he would definitely not be able to please him.


    As for completely betraying the Wild Hunt Thieves and running away, he didn''t even have the guts.


    The internal control of the Wild Hunt Thieves Group is still very strict, even for a high-level person like him, it is difficult to defect.


    His mind was spinning rapidly, thinking about how to cover up his mistakes, and what kind of excuses to find to justify this failure...


    Nie Long Ao Fang looks rough and bold, but he is actually very careful, and has been secretly paying attention to other leaders.


    He has a good understanding of other leaders, including Hei Ni Bodhisattva, and can often guess their general thoughts.


    This time, the Black Mud Bodhisattva escaped. Although he didn''t know the specific reason, he still chose to believe the other party''s judgment.


    After he left the battlefield, he followed the footprints left by the black mud bodhisattva when he escaped, and chased him all the way.


    At the edge of the whirling flower sea, he caught up with the black mud bodhisattva.


    With the strength of Nielong Aofang, he was able to escape from birth, which was expected by Heini Bodhisattva, which made him a little happy.


    Now, someone finally shares the blame with him.


    The Bloody Heavenly Demon didn''t follow, most likely he had already fallen.


    Nielong Ao Fang stopped Hei Ni Bodhisattva, flew to him immediately, and asked him loudly what was going on.


    After a lot of accusations and shouting at each other, the two sides finally started to communicate normally.


    Hei Ni Bodhisattva told what he discovered during the battle and the reason for his escape, and Nielong Ao Fang also told him what happened next.


    The two of them still don''t know what happened, why Ziyang Tianxian fell like this.


    They were very dissatisfied with this failure.


    A huge organization like the Wild Hunting Star Thieves needs not only top experts, but also a large number of ordinary members.


    In addition to sending three leaders this time, the Wild Hunting Star Pirate Group also sent many void battleships, carrying many practitioners, and joined the army under the command of Ziyang Tianxian.


    Although the Black Mud Bodhisattva and the others don''t care about the lives of these people, they must explain to the general group.


    It''s not easy for them to leave without knowing what happened to their own army.


    They wandered around the edge of the sea of ??whirling flowers, not only to collect more information, but also to see if there was a chance of a comeback.


    Not long after, Celestial Mingde and Celestial Mingjing chased after him.


    Even a militant like Nie Long Ao Fang would not rush to fight them at this time.


    Nie Long Ao Fang and Hei Ni Bodhisattva began to move quickly, temporarily avoiding fighting each other.


    Mingde Heavenly Immortal and Mingjing Heavenly Immortal chased after them closely, and kept their eyes on them.


    Celestial Zeng Xian and the two immortals sent by Guantian Pavilion did not stay in the Sea of ??Flowers after they fled the battlefield.


    They met outside the sea of ??flowers whirling.


    After they met, they looked at each other silently.


    This time, everyone was full of confidence, and the action that they thought would win ended up in such an end, no one could easily accept it.


    Among the army led by Ziyang Tianxian, there are monks mobilized by Guantian Pavilion, and there are monks recruited by Fengyuan Tianxian using his own family connections...


    The lives and deaths of these monks are unknown, and they fled back in such a desperate manner, I am afraid it is not easy to explain to the people behind them.


    Although they have already thought of an excuse to shirk responsibility, they can claim that Meng Zhang colluded with Buddhist monks and plotted against them together.


    But in any case, it is best for them to investigate the specific situation and know the final fate of their own army before going back to report.


    After some exchanges between the two sides, they temporarily stopped at the periphery of the Possessed Flower Sea.


    They wanted to enter the whirling flower sea to investigate, but they were worried that they would be hit by enemies such as Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang hooked up with the Buddhist monks and already had an absolute advantage. They really didn''t want to fall into the trap and put themselves in danger.


    Fortunately, there are quite a few monks from all walks of life exploring in the whirling flower sea, and people come in and out from time to time, and the transmission of information is not very slow.


    They are going to wait for a while, maybe they will be able to find out some useful information. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3386

    Facing a powerful enemy, several fleets of the Taiyi Realm gathered together and were about to start a big battle with the enemy.


    The fleet under Ziyang Tianxian''s command was originally divided, but later merged into several independent fleets.


    Some of these fleets have already started contact with the Taiyi Realm''s fleet, and skirmish battles broke out; some are still moving quickly in the whirling sea of ??flowers, trying to find the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm.


    The fleet sent by the Taiyi Realm has already started a battle with the two enemy fleets.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm know the current situation of the enemy and ourselves, and know that this time the enemy can only rely on the strength of their own fleet for the time being.


    The army under the command of Ziyang Tianxian has been searching for so long in the sea of ??whirling flowers, but they have not found any trace of Ziyang Tianxian and others.


    Many senior officials in the army felt a little uneasy and even panicked about this.


    However, they also found no trace of Meng Zhang and others.


    The most reasonable guess is that Meng Zhang, the others, Ziyang Tianxian and others are fighting in a remote corner of the sea of ??flowers.


    In this way, without external interference, they directly confronted the Taiyi Realm fleet, and both sides fought based on their own strength.


    They simply estimated the strength of the two sides, and felt that their own side had a great advantage, and it could almost be said that they had the chance to win.


    When the fleet of Taiyi Realm and the two enemy fleets were fighting fiercely and inextricably, three more fleets approached.


    Now, the main force of Ziyang Tianxian''s army has basically converged.


    There is a strong enemy in front, and the rear, left and right are surrounded by enemy fleets.


    The overall strength of the enemy fleet is far above them.


    The monks of the Taiyi Realm, who had experienced many battles, remained calm in the face of danger, faced the battle calmly, and actively resisted.


    Of course, because of the huge gap in strength between the two sides, the senior management of the fleet also used secret communication techniques to report the situation on the battlefield to Meng Zhangzhi, who is in Taiyi Realm, as quickly as possible.


    Due to the special environment of the whirling flower sea, there is a considerable delay in communication.


    Even if Meng Zhang came to reinforce immediately after receiving the news, it would take a long time to delay.


    Before that, it was all up to the Taiyi Realm fleet to block the enemy.


    Under the command of Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna, the Taiyi Realm fleet began to gather its troops, reorganize its formation, and prepare to switch from offense to defense, taking a defensive stance.


    The Taiyi Realm fleet hadn''t started to change its formation, but a large-scale chaos suddenly occurred in the enemy fleet.


    At first, the senior management of the Taiyi Realm Fleet thought that the other party was playing some kind of conspiracy.


    But after thinking about it, the enemy fleet has an absolute advantage in strength and has already gained the upper hand. There is really no need to do anything unnecessary at this time.


    They don''t need to play any tricks at all, as long as they rush directly, they can suppress the Taiyi Realm fleet.


    Deliberately messing up your own fleet will only be self-defeating.


    The chaos in the enemy fleet became more and more intense, and even fratricide began within.


    In addition to many void battleships bombarding each other, many monks started fighting in the void and among the battleships.


    The gang battle to capture the battleship, the defensive battle to defend the battleship... soon entered a fierce stage.


    Most of the top executives of the Taiyi Realm Fleet are very decisive and enterprising people.


    Although I don''t know the reason, the enemy fleet really broke out in civil war.


    This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity, and it may be their only chance to turn the tables.


    After a little communication, they directly ordered their own fleet to start a counterattack.


    The army brought by Ziyang Celestial Immortal originally consisted of the disciples of the Sanyang Immortal Sect as the main force.


    After that, many cultivators and casual cultivators from various cultivation forces in the Lingkong Immortal World joined in one after another.


    Some of these monks are greedy for the official rewards offered by the Lingkong Immortal Realm to the Taiyi Realm; some are to please the Lingkong Immortal Realm official; Root out the traitors...


    On the way to the sea of ??flowers, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect monks, especially the members of the Wild Hunt Star Pirates later joined in, causing many internal problems.


    Many monks thought they were born in the right way, and they didn''t even bother to be with members of the Wild Hunting Star Bandit.


    At that time, Ziyang Tianxian used more cruel means and carried out a strong suppression.


    Because chasing and killing Meng Zhang is related to his path, he doesn''t care what kind of troubles this method will bring.


    In this army, many dissatisfied monks did not escape, but stayed.


    Filled with hatred for Ziyang Tianxian in their hearts, they joined forces secretly, waiting patiently for the opportunity of revenge.


    Previously, when this army was dismantled, many people were ready to move.


    Now, the battle with the Taiyi Realm fleet broke out, and the internal troubles of this army finally broke out.


    Many monks who had long been dissatisfied with Ziyang Tianxian called their friends and created turmoil within the fleet.


    Among them, the leaders are the words and deeds and Li Shijie.


    Yan Xing Tianxian is the elder of the Fuyu School under the command of Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    The Fuyu Sect is an old sect of the Celestial Immortals, and there are ancestors at the level of immortals sitting in the sect.


    Li Shijie Tianxian was born as a casual cultivator. He was cultivated by the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm and has always been close to the official Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Both of them are first-level celestial beings, and they joined the hunting army mainly because they wanted to serve the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Their original enthusiasm had long been extinguished by Ziyang Tianxian''s perverse actions.


    They have promising junior monks, who were suppressed by Ziyang Tianxian with strong means during the previous turmoil.


    Those bastards from the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect even laughed at them behind their backs.


    What is especially hateful is that group of star thieves actually instigated Ziyang Tianxian to attack them.


    Fortunately, they did not clearly express their opposition to Ziyang Tianxian at that time, but Ziyang Tianxian was concerned about their background and felt that their lack of cultivation was a problem, so they did not attack them easily.


    Since then, they have become honest on the surface, but secretly harbor hatred and wait for the opportunity.


    After Ziyang Tianxian and other second-level angels separated from the army, they began to actively contact opponents from all walks of life.


    When the battle with the Taiyi Realm fleet broke out, they immediately led their accomplices to start a civil strife.


    In their hearts, taking revenge on Ziyang Tianxian and adding chaos to this hunting army became the main goal.


    Even if they return to the Lingkong fairyland in the future, they still have an excuse.


    They were not the ones who caused the civil turmoil, but the thieves of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    They acted to set things right and eliminate the internal thieves.


    At least on the bright side, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has long been rejected by the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Star Thief is a public enemy in the void, hunted down by many cultivation forces.


    They came prepared and launched a surprise attack from the inside, which indeed caused chaos in the hunting army for a short time.


    Different void battleships in the fleet are attacking each other, and fierce battles are also breaking out within the same battleship...


    The high-level executives of this hunting army did not have the slightest psychological preparation for civil strife.


    Caught off guard, did not even react in time.

 Chapter 3387

    Among the hunting army, there were nearly ten of them. As long as Meng Zhang or Tai Miao rushed to the battlefield, the situation would quickly turn in their favor.


    Therefore, in the battle, they are not in a hurry to decide the outcome with the enemy, but mainly delay the time.


    The strong men of the two sides at the level of immortals fought fiercely here, and the fleets of both sides also fought fiercely together.


    At the level of true immortals, the gap between Taiyi Realm and the enemy is not very big.


    There are many real immortals in the Taiyi Realm, and many of them are those with super fighting power.


    Veteran true immortals like Fairy Yueying completed the cultivation of the real immortal realm many years ago, and began preparations to hit the heavenly immortal realm.


    Against ordinary true immortals, she has a great advantage.


    Niu Dawei, Yang Xueyi and other rising stars among true immortals all possessed the talents of immortals.


    Facing ordinary angels, they almost have a crushing advantage.


    Mu Xingtong, who was trained by Meng Zhang, has experienced many years of training.


    Especially when she was in the Hengling star area, after she communicated with the sword fairy of Lunjianxuan, her swordsmanship had been substantially improved.


    She is also able to handle the sword fairy of the same rank as the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect now.


    The Jade Dragon Emperor showed the body of a real dragon, and rushed to kill among the enemy warships.


    ...


    The number of void battleships in the Taiyi fleet is far inferior to that of the enemy, but the overall quality is much better.


    The Taiyi Fleet has undergone years of rigorous training, has rich combat experience, and is extremely disciplined...


    The Taiyi Realm fleet has a well-organized formation, and many void battleships can cooperate closely...


    On the other hand, the seemingly huge fleet of the hunting army seemed somewhat scattered because of its complicated sources.


    Now due to the impact of civil strife, the fleet is still in chaos.


    Not to mention it''s a mess, but it can''t be called cooperation.


    With few enemies and many enemies, the Taiyi Fleet took the initiative to attack, taking advantage of the chaos, and took the initiative for a while.


    Since several angels were entangled by the enemy, and none of Zeng Xian''s movements were known, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao temporarily stayed in the Taiyi Realm. It seemed conservative, but it was a safe choice.


    The Taiyi Realm is a place of foundation, if the current situation is different from before.


    Before Ziyang Tianxian and others made a big attack, the Taiyi Realm was absolutely against the trend, Meng Zhang and the others had to take the initiative to attack and take a risky gamble.


    Now, Ziyang Tianxian and others have been killed, and the Taiyi Realm has become the dominant side.


    Even if the Taiyi Realm fleet suffered a disastrous defeat, it would not change the balance of power between the two sides.


    As long as Meng Zhang and the others don''t make big mistakes, they will definitely be the final winners.


    Under such circumstances, of course they seek stability in everything and stop making rash advances.


    Of course, the enemy fleet was able to get out of the predicament so quickly, complete the assembly, and restore most of its combat power in time, which greatly exceeded Meng Zhang''s expectations.

 Chapter 3388

    Meng Zhang has never been good at resourcefulness, let alone an omniscient and omnipotent generation.


    He did not anticipate the latest situation of the enemy fleet, resulting in a deviation in the comparison of the strength of the enemy and ourselves.


    Due to the special situation of the whirling flower sea, the information was delayed, and he did not receive the request for help from the Taiyi fleet in time.


    Now, the Taiyi Fleet must fight alone without reinforcements.


    This can also be regarded as a severe test for monks in the Taiyi Realm.


    After Hezhen Bodhisattva and Heming Bodhisattva separated from Meng Zhang, they still wanted to provide some help to Meng Zhang.


    Although it is not convenient for them to directly participate in the attack on the army from the spirit world, they can do some things in other places.


    First of all, they knew that what Meng Zhang was most concerned about was the latest movements of Zeng Xiantianxian and others.


    Although they didn''t know Zeng Xiantianxian and others, they had already remembered their characteristics in the previous long-distance observation.


    After a period of time, Zeng Xiantianxian and others were wandering outside Posuo Huahai, and they were also discovered by passing Bodhisattvas.


    But the news had not reached Bodhisattva Hezhen and the others, but it reached Yunmen Sect first.


    After Yunqing Bodhisattva and others separated from Hezhen Bodhisattva, they went back to their respective homes and went to do their own things.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva was very dissatisfied with the attitude of Hezhen Bodhisattva and others, and even hated Meng Zhang.


    Earlier, they spread information about the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, originally to make Meng Zhang unlucky and express their anger by the way.


    This indeed attracted the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian, but because of the troubles of Hezhen Bodhisattva and others, Meng Zhang became the final victor.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others were obviously used by Meng Zhang, but they refused to admit it, which is really ridiculous.


    In order to win over Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, it was impossible for him to offend He Zhen Bodhisattva, but he took his anger on Meng Zhang.


    It is inconvenient to directly attack the Taiyi Realm now, but it can cause trouble for this guy in other ways.


    Although Ziyang Celestial Immortal has been defeated and fallen, his army is still there. At that time, those who fled to watch this kind of battle were mainly to watch the excitement, which was not very helpful for cultivation.


    After Yunqi Bodhisattva heard the news, he knew that part of his goal had been achieved.


    He secretly cursed the Taiyi Realm side in his heart, wishing that they would lose a lot, but not directly intervene in this battle.


    Almost at the same time, he also received news that Zeng Xiantianxian and others were wandering outside the Sea of ??Flowers.


    After thinking about it for a while, he knew that these guys were not willing to accept the failure last time, and there was something they could use in the middle.


    He made a special trip to the outskirts of the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Sure enough, he didn''t spend too much time to discover the whereabouts of Zeng Xiantianxian and others.


    He delivered a message directly to them.


    Last time, the Taiyi Realm used Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others to win temporarily.


    Due to some unspoken rules, Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others could no longer make another move.


    The real strength possessed by Taiyi Realm is actually very limited.


    Now, the leader of the Wild Hunt Star Bandit Group is still in the sea of ??flowers, fighting with Meng Zhang''s helpers.


    The hunting army is fighting with the Taiyi Realm fleet and has already gained the upper hand.


    ...


    Regarding the inexplicably received news, Zeng Xiantianxian and the others were dubious.


    Combined with the information they have, the news appears to be true.


    If this is the case, then they are not considered a complete failure, and maybe they may make a comeback and continue to fight against the Taiyi Realm.


    But they were also worried that this was Meng Zhang''s trick to lure the enemy, to lure them into the sea of ??whirling flowers so that they could cut the weeds and root them out.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva was very dissatisfied seeing Celestial Zeng Xian and the others not moving.


    He was going to inform Nielong Aofang and Hei Ni Bodhisattva, but before he got close, he found that they were entangled with the two angels of the Fallen Feather Sect, and knew that they had no time to separate themselves for the time being.


    In this way, if you want to cause trouble for Meng Zhang, you can only rely on Zeng Xiantianxian and the others.


    He knew that on his own, no matter how much he said, he could not convince Zeng Xiantianxian and the others.


    Fortunately, from time to time, there are celestial immortals and bodhisattvas who come and go in and out of the whirling flower sea, and at the same time they are spreading some information.


    Under his arrangement, several celestial bodhisattvas from different origins passed by Zeng Xian celestial beings and others intentionally or unintentionally, and some of them even knew them.


    Zeng Xiantianxian and the others have always wanted to know the latest information in the whirling sea of ??flowers, so naturally they did not miss the opportunity to inquire about the news.


    Through the news obtained from different populations, Zeng Xiantian and the others finally confirmed that the news brought by Yunqi Bodhisattva was true.


    From this point of view, the situation on their side is not too bad, and there is still a lot of strength left.


    If used properly, there may be a chance of a comeback.


    Zeng Xian Tianxian no longer hesitated at this time, and immediately broke into the sea of ??whirling flowers again.


    They are going to rush to the place where their own army and the Taiyi Fleet will fight.


    Not to mention completely defeating the Taiyi Realm fleet, at least keep the main force of one''s own army, leaving the capital to continue fighting the Taiyi Realm.


    Immortal Zeng Xian and the others were spotted by the eyes and ears of Hezhen Bodhisattva shortly after they entered the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva immediately passed on the movements of these people to Meng Zhang.


    At this time, Meng Zhang also finally received the delayed news that the Taiyi Realm fleet was fighting with the hunting army.


    The hunting army assembled faster than expected, and its overall strength was far superior to that of the Taiyi Realm fleet.


    He thought for a while, then left Tai Miao to sit in the Taiyi Realm, and rushed to the place where the two armies were fighting at the fastest speed.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3389

    The Taiyi Realm is Meng Zhang''s absolute home field. When he is here, all aspects will be strengthened to a certain extent.


    After he returned to the Taiyi Realm, he made full use of the advantages here, quickly consumed various resources, healed his injuries and recovered his vitality as quickly as possible.


    At this time, it has been almost half a month since he and the real bodhisattva separated.


    The injuries on his body, which were not serious at all, had already healed completely, and his vitality had also recovered seven to eighty-eight, and the cave that was damaged in the battle was almost repaired.


    Although the combat power is still not as good as it was in its heyday, it is enough to deal with various situations.


    There is a certain gap between Tai Miao''s combat power and him.


    If a strong enemy attacks the Taiyi Realm, Tai Miao can rely on the Taiyi Realm to resist and wait for his return.


    The fleet sent by the Taiyi Realm this time is almost the main force of the Taiyi Realm monks.


    Not only the elite come in and out, but there are also most of the real immortals in the Taiyi world in the fleet, and many of them are favored by Meng Zhang.


    If all these people were lost in the war, the Taiyi Realm, whose vitality was severely injured, might not be able to recover for thousands of years.


    Although Meng Zhang also pursues interests, he is not a profit-seeking person.


    He still has a lot of affection for his juniors, allies, etc., and he is willing to take care of them with all his strength, and will not sacrifice them easily for temporary benefits.


    Now due to his misjudgment, the main fleet of the Taiyi Realm is in danger.


    He didn''t want to see heavy losses in the fleet, and rushed to rescue them.


    Meng Zhang, who was a little anxious in his heart, moved quickly.


    He did not delay too long on the road, and arrived at the battlefield smoothly.


    At this time, the situation of the Taiyi fleet is already very bad.


    The overall strength gap between the two sides was too great. After the initial chaos, the hunting army slowly recovered its formation.


    The traitors who caused civil turmoil in the army must either be wiped out; or they will be defeated and flee, or they will be suppressed. It is no longer a problem...


    The Taiyi Fleet''s attack has been contained, and the enemy fleet has begun to counterattack.


    Facing the attack of the superior enemy, the Taiyi fleet had to fight and retreat, resisting steadily.


    The space on the battlefield is limited, and enemies are coming from all directions.


    As the Taiyi fleet not only retreated, the space left for them to maneuver became smaller and smaller.


    Although at the level of true immortals, the gap between the Taiyi Realm fleet and the enemy is not very big, but there are some gaps after all.


    The number of enemy void battleships far exceeds that of the Taiyi Realm.


    Especially some of the main battleships with strong combat power, even the powerhouses of the real immortal level dare not face it head-on.


    The Taiyi Fleet worked hard to maintain the line of defense and desperately resisted the enemy''s attack, causing more and more casualties.


    If there is no external reinforcement, it is only a matter of time before the defense line of the Taiyi Realm fleet collapses.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, Yue Shen, Yan Xing and Li Shijie fought desperately with all their supernatural powers, but the enemy had too many immortal-level powerhouses.


    After a fierce battle, the enemy, relying on their absolute superiority in numbers, quickly consumed their strength and suppressed them in turn.


    Although the four of them can continue to support and will not be defeated in a short time, they are also unable to attack the enemy fleet.


    Seeing that their fleet was in a very unfavorable situation, Luna and Gu Yue Lingqing tried to help their fleet stabilize their position by taking multiple actions.


    However, due to the enemy''s interception, not only did their attack not work, but they exposed some flaws.


    The enemy''s strong men of the same level seized the opportunity to attack fiercely, and they managed to parry it at the cost of being injured.


    They are so overwhelmed that they are already unable to help their own fleet.


    When Meng Zhang rushed to the battlefield, the situation of the Taiyi fleet was not too bad, and the battle line could still be maintained.


    Before he could stand still, he launched an attack as soon as he appeared.


    There was an invisible shock in the void, and it was directly transmitted to the enemy with the densest enemy fleet.


    No matter if it was the enemy''s main warship or the group of immortal-level powerhouses in the fleet, they were powerless against this shock.


    After the shock, the enemy''s warships were destroyed in large numbers, and countless enemy monks spurted blood from their mouths, and were shocked to death alive.


    Meng Zhang''s blow immediately severely damaged the enemy and contained its attack.


    He was going to come back a few more times to completely defeat the enemy''s army.


    But before he could make a move, the three of Zeng Xian and Tianxian arrived here in time.


    The three of them used the power of the cave and attacked Meng Zhang at the same time, trying to prevent him from further attacking their own fleet.


    Facing the attack of three angels of the same rank, Meng Zhang didn''t dare to be careless, and also used the power of the cave to resist.


    The four celestial forces collided fiercely in the void, shaking violently in the void.


    The two sides involuntarily retreated a few steps, and their respective cave powers also temporarily broke away from contact.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others hadn''t found the whereabouts of Zeng Xiantianxian and the others in the whirling flower sea before, so Meng Zhang guessed whether they had left the whirling flower sea.


    They appeared here in time now, could it be that they have never left the whirling flower sea, but just hid in the dark?


    When Meng Zhang was wondering, the message of Hezhen Bodhisattva was transmitted again.


    He told Meng Zhang that Zeng Xian and Tianxian had just entered the sea of ??flowers, most of them came for him, so he must be careful.


    Due to the delay in delivering the message in the whirling sea of ??flowers, Meng Zhang had already fought the enemy before he received the news.


    Meng Zhang was a little puzzled.


    Since they have already left the sea of ??whirling flowers, why did they come back, and they came to the battlefield here exactly?


    Could it be that they also got help, and someone tipped them off?


    Zeng Xiantianxian and the others attacked Meng Zhang together in desperation just now.


    After this attack was over, they were not in a hurry to continue the attack.


    Earlier, the scene where Meng Zhang fought Ziyang Tianxian and killed him on the spot caused a great shock to them.


    Meng Zhang was so fierce that they were afraid of him.


    Although they now have a numerical advantage, they are not sure of victory.


    Originally, after the last failure, they wanted to escape back to the spirit world.


    It was only because they were worried about being blamed or even punished that they had no choice but to temporarily stay outside the Sea of ??Flowers.


    They''re looking for an opportunity to redeem themselves.


    If they can keep the main force of the hunting army, prevent the last failure from being so ugly, and prevent the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm from being too embarrassing, then they will have more capital to defend themselves afterwards.


    If they were able to lead the army and continue to confront the Taiyi Realm, even if they were just pretending, they would have done nothing wrong, and they would be able to excuse themselves very well afterwards.


    Therefore, they rushed to stop Meng Zhang and tried their best to keep their own fleet.


    But to take the initiative to start a life-and-death battle with Meng Zhang, they did not have the confidence to win, nor did they lack a little courage.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3390

    After all, the enemy has a numerical advantage, and Meng Zhang is not good at attacking rashly, but wants to observe from the air first, trying to find the enemy''s flaws.


    Zeng Xiantianxian and the others didn''t lose much in the earlier battle.


    During this period of time wandering outside the whirling flower sea, they have not been idle, and have been recovering quickly.


    Right now, all three of them are at their best.


    It was only because of their scruples about Meng Zhang and lack of confidence in their hearts that they did not rashly launch an active attack.


    While the two sides were confronting each other, the battle between the Taiyi Realm fleet and the hunting army continued.


    Meng Zhang''s attack just now caused huge losses to the hunting army.


    More importantly, that kind of unstoppable power made the hunting army panic and morale plummeted.


    If Zeng Xian and Tianxian hadn''t arrived in time and let Meng Zhang continue to attack, it wouldn''t be long before the entire hunting army would quickly collapse.


    Now with Zeng Xian and Tianxian three as their backers, the hunting army can stabilize their position and continue fighting.


    The Taiyi Fleet also took advantage of the momentum to launch a counterattack just now, but the enemy quickly recovered, and the counterattack gained limited results.


    After the hunting army continued to attack, the Taiyi Realm fleet was at a disadvantage again.


    Meng Zhang thought about it in his mind, all the present brought by Ziyang Tianxian this time, Tai Miao is manipulating the Taiyi Realm to come here.


    It''s just that the huge size of the etheric world not only makes it slow, but also encounters many inconveniences when walking through the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    In a short time, Taiyi Realm will not be able to arrive here.


    While Zeng Xian and Tianxian were guarding against Meng Zhang, they were also observing the situation on the battlefield.


    The strength of the hunting army is far superior to that of the Taiyi Realm.


    Although there were some twists and turns and considerable losses before, as time went by, the hunting army was regaining the upper hand and firmly suppressing the enemy.


    Without the help of Zeng Xiantian and the three of them, most of the hunting army can become the final victor.


    The three of them just need to keep an eye on Meng Zhang so that he cannot help the Taiyi fleet.


    Meng Zhang is more familiar with the situation here than they are, and understands this truth better.


    Although the Taiyi Fleet, Gu Yue Lingqing and others seemed to be able to continue, but no one could tell when they would be defeated.


    It is also unknown when Tai Miao will control the Taiyi Realm to arrive here.


    Meng Zhang was secretly looking for an opportunity to break the game.


    After the battle between Meng Zhang and Ziyang Tianxian ended, the most exciting part was over.


    Among the many monks in the whirling flower sea, everyone has their own affairs to be busy.


    There are only a small number of people who really have the leisure to watch the whole process, and are still hiding in the dark to watch the excitement.


    Some of these spectators watched the confrontation between Mingjing Tianxian and Nielong Aofang and others on the other side.


    There are even fewer people hiding and watching the battle on Meng Zhang''s side.


    The bystanders are mainly watching the excitement, and there are also people who hope to learn something from the battle of Meng Zhang and other strong men.


    No matter who wins or loses on both sides, they don''t care much.


    However, as Meng Zhang showed a strong fighting power, it still aroused some people''s fear.


    Among them, many Yunmen sect monks even hated him.


    During this period of time, Yunqi Bodhisattva put aside almost everything and ran around actively, just to cause trouble for Meng Zhang.


    When Zeng Xian Tianxian arrived here, he also followed secretly.


    Seeing that Zeng Xiantianxian and the others had not made a move for so long, he cursed secretly in his heart.


    Originally, there had been conflicts between Yunmen School and Taiyi Realm, so it was justifiable for him to attack Meng Zhang directly.


    But after Meng Zhanghe had contact with Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others, he was worried that he would offend Hezhen Bodhisattva, so it was not easy to take action directly.


    After running and observing for this period of time, he has a relatively clear understanding of the Taiyi Realm and the strength of its enemies.


    If it continues to delay, it will be very bad for Zeng Xiantianxian and the others.


    Of course, he didn''t care about Zeng Xiantianxian''s success or failure, he just wanted to see Meng Zhang fail.


    He thought about it and decided to take a little risk.


    Anyway, he didn''t directly participate in the battle, and he hasn''t been exposed so far, so he shouldn''t offend Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    He secretly approached the battlefield a little bit, and secretly sent a voice transmission to Zeng Xiantianxian and the others.


    He told Zeng Xian and Tianxian three people in the sound transmission that Meng Zhang''s reinforcements were on their way here.


    If they continue to delay, they will have no chance when Meng Zhang''s reinforcements arrive.


    Bodhisattva Yunqi casually coaxed Zeng Xian and Tianxian three people, inciting them to go to war with Meng Zhang as soon as possible, which was almost in line with the facts.


    Earlier, Yunqi Bodhisattva had informed Zeng Xiantian and the others about the latest situation in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    The cautious Zeng Xiantian and the three immortals later verified that Bodhisattva Yunqi did not lie by contacting other people one after another.


    Now Bodhisattva Yunqi secretly sent a message again, and they immediately believed it somewhat.


    Among other things, they have already come into contact with Tai Miao, who is a strong man of the same level as them.


    As long as Tai Miao rushed here, let alone defeating Meng Zhang, it would be difficult for them to keep the two sides evenly matched.


    The three of them discussed it and felt that they couldn''t wait any longer.


    In any case, they have to try to see if they can repel Meng Zhang.


    They no longer expect to kill Meng Zhang, they just want to make the scene look better, so that they can have a confession when they return to Lingkong Immortal Realm in the future.


    No matter how tough Meng Zhang is, he won''t be able to easily defeat three opponents of the same level.


    With this in mind, Zeng Xian and Tianxian three used their power of the cave almost at the same time, and attacked Meng Zhang together.


    Meng Zhang has always had good habits.


    No matter how tense the situation was and how powerful the enemy was, he never forgot to observe carefully and pay attention to the surrounding situation.


    Including Yunqi Bodhisattva, all the nearby bystanders actually did not escape his induction.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva''s actions that he thought were secretive had already been noticed by him. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3391

    Meng Zhang hadn''t talked with Hezhen Bodhisattva for a long time before, but Hezhen Bodhisattva kindly introduced him briefly to all the monks in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Because there had been some conflicts with the Yunmen Sect, Meng Zhang also took the initiative to inquire about the situation of the Yunmen Sect, focusing on the top experts in the whirling flower sea of ??the Yunmen Sect.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva had no intention of hiding anything for the monks of Yunmen sect, and answered Meng Zhang''s question honestly.


    He briefly talked about the situations of Bodhisattva Yunqing and Bodhisattva Yunqi.


    When he discovered Yunqi Bodhisattva, compared with the information he had obtained, Meng Zhang recognized his origin almost at a glance.


    Yunmen Sect had no relationship with Lingkong Immortal Realm for a long time, so Yunqi Bodhisattva sneaked over to secretly transmit voice to Zeng Xiantianxian and the others, it was too suspicious.


    Although he didn''t know the content of Bodhisattva Yunqi''s sound transmission, Meng Zhang instinctively felt that he had malicious intentions.


    Sure enough, shortly after his voice transmission, Zeng Xian and Tianxian three immediately launched an attack.


    Meng Zhang also used the power of the cave, not to mention blocking the attack of the three, but also actively counterattacking.


    At the same time, he was also thinking in his heart.


    The Yunmen Sect had conflicts with the Taiyi Realm before, and deliberately spread the whereabouts of the Taiyi Realm, which attracted the hunting army of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Before Meng Zhang troubled Yunmen Sect, the monks of Yunmen Sect started to play tricks secretly again.


    Needless to say, some abnormal behaviors of the enemy are inseparable from the Yunmen sect.


    Some of the doubts in Meng Zhang''s mind before now have answers.


    The bald donkeys of Yunmenzong are too narrow-minded, because of a little conflict, they repeatedly add chaos to the Taiyi world.


    What is even more hateful is that they hid in the dark and did not directly attack, but instead resorted to the despicable means of killing people with borrowed knives.


    Knowing that the enemy hidden in the dark is the Yunmen sect, Meng Zhang heaved a sigh of relief.


    It''s the unknown enemies that really worry you, not the exposed ones.


    When Meng Zhang talked with Zhen Bodhisattva and the others before, He Zhen Bodhisattva knew that there had been some minor conflicts between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect.


    He told Meng Zhang that a big Buddhist sect like the Yunmen Sect has sent many strong men to stay in the Sea of ??Flowers for so many years, and their schemes are very big, so they usually don''t easily break out with powerful enemies.


    Although he didn''t say clearly what the Yunmen sect and other Buddhist sects were planning, judging from his disdain and hatred expression at the time, Meng Zhang knew that there must be a story unknown to outsiders.


    Moreover, both Hezhen Bodhisattva and Meng Zhang clearly expressed the intention of being friendly with each other.


    If the Yunmen Sect really attacked the Taiyi Realm directly, Hezhen Bodhisattva, as the maintainers of order in the whirling sea of ??flowers, would have enough reasons to stop the Yunmen Sect.


    At this time, Meng Zhang didn''t know that Yunmen Sect was eager to please and win over Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, and he didn''t dare to offend his followers.


    Meng Zhang made a note of Yunmenzong''s account in his heart.


    He has no time to take care of the other party right now.


    He will never make it easier for the other party when he recovers.


    It is not a small challenge for Meng Zhang to face three opponents with one against three.


    Among the three immortals of the same rank, Zeng Xiantianxian can only be said to be average in combat strength.


    The skills they cultivated are not top-notch, and the method of shaping the cave is not much better than that of Dalu.


    However, he was able to practice until Tianxian Mengzhang fought against Ziyang Tianxian last time, and gained a lot of understanding and harvest from it.


    However, he has been very busy since then, and has not had time to fully absorb these gains and transform them into his own combat power.


    His injuries have long since healed, and his exhausted vitality has almost recovered, but he is not in his best state after all.


    Whether it is the current situation on the field or his spirit, he will not back down.


    The Taiji Cave Heaven operates according to specific laws, and the almost endless power of the Cave Heaven rushes out, becoming his main method against the enemy.


    The level of the Tai Chi Cave is obviously higher than that of the opponent''s Cave, and the power of the Cave is more advantageous.


    The collision of the power of the cave caused the surrounding void to be full of visions. The original rules of heaven and earth began to be changed and destroyed, and the surrounding space became extremely unstable.


    During the battle, both sides deliberately avoided the battlefield where the two armies fought, and deliberately left a long distance.


    The aftermath of their battle, the changes they brought to the surrounding void, have not yet affected the distant battlefield.


    Of course, with the continuous escalation of the battle and the rapid intensification of fierce fighting, it is hard to say what will happen next.


    Facing the attacks of three opponents of the same level, Meng Zhang did not show much disadvantage, and fought back and forth with each other.


    While fighting fiercely, he also distractedly observed his surroundings.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva has not left, and is still secretly peeping here.


    Although according to Hezhen Bodhisattva, Yunmen Sect will not easily break out a war with Taiyi Realm, but no one can guarantee whether Yunqi Bodhisattva will secretly do some tricks, even attack Meng Zhang and the like.


    As long as it is concealed enough, he can completely cover up the past afterwards.


    As a Taoist immortal from outside, even if Meng Zhang made good friends with Hezhen Bodhisattva, he wouldn''t openly show his eyes to him.


    While resisting the attacks of the three opponents, Meng Zhang used the agreed contact method and the secret technique of communication to tell Hezhen Bodhisattva about Yunqi Bodhisattva''s appearance here and his worries.


    He especially emphasized that Yunqi Bodhisattva secretly helped Zeng Xiantianxian and the others, not only to inform them, but also to help the trapped hunting army get out of trouble.


    Although Meng Zhang has no concrete evidence to prove this, such a thing does not need evidence.


    Although the news has already spread, due to the delay in the transmission of information in the sea of ??whirling flowers, it should take some time for Hezhen Bodhisattva to receive the information.


    Before that, it was all up to Meng Zhang to persevere.


    In addition to fighting Zeng Xian and Tianxian three, he had to devote part of his attention to guarding against Yunqi Bodhisattva, which was really hard.


    Dongtian is the three opponents whose Dongtian power seems to be huge, but because of their level, they were easily blocked by Taiji Dongtian''s power, and were quickly dispelled by it.


    The various fairy arts and supernatural powers they displayed did not pose much threat to Meng Zhang.


    Meng Zhang seemed to be besieged by three people, but he was not in too much danger. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3392

    With Meng Zhang''s strength, if he hadn''t left some strength to guard against Bodhisattva Yunqi, he could have gained more advantages in the battle.


    It was precisely because of the existence of Yunqi Bodhisattva that Meng Zhang actually had some reservations about making a move.


    He was worried that if he overwhelmed the three opponents, Bodhisattva Yunqi would be stimulated and secretly attack him.


    With one against three, against three heavenly beings of the same rank, he was not at a disadvantage at all.


    But if Yunqi Bodhisattva is added, the situation is not easy to say.


    So, he worked hard to maintain this seemingly evenly matched, invincible situation.


    Anyway, judging from the current situation, he doesn''t need to worry at all.


    Whether it''s Gu Yue Lingqing''s battlefield, or the fleets of the two sides that are fighting fiercely, the Taiyi side can still support it for a while.


    Tai Miao is manipulating the Taiyi Realm to come.


    As long as he arrives, the advantage will be completely on his side.


    In addition, he has passed relevant information to Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    Even if there was a delay in the delivery of the message, sooner or later he would receive it.


    Since he wants to make friends with Meng Zhang, he will naturally provide some help.


    Meng Zhang, with confidence in his heart, took the challenge calmly, without arrogance or impetuosity, so that the three opponents had no flaws to find.


    The power of Tai Chi Dongtian contains the power of Tai Chi Dao.


    Tai Chi Dao, as one of the five inborn Tai, is above most of the Dao.


    The power of Tai Chi combines rigidity and softness, and it circulates endlessly, which is suitable for protracted warfare.


    At the beginning of the fight, Zeng Xiantianxian and the others thought that the three of them on their side would have a considerable advantage over Meng Zhang.


    After fighting for a period of time, the situation was far from as good as they imagined, and they basically saw no signs of defeating Meng Zhang.


    The three of Zeng Xian and Tianxian fled the battle last time, obviously they are not the kind of tough-willed characters who dare to fight Meng Zhang to the end.


    The three of them entered the sea of ??whirling flowers again this time, and they did not make defeating Meng Zhang their primary goal.


    Their main purpose is to keep their own army as much as possible, so that the scene is not so ugly, to prove that they have done their best, so that they can justify and justify themselves after returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Before the war, they had already overestimated Meng Zhang''s combat effectiveness as much as possible.


    After the war, they felt that their understanding of Meng Zhang was far from enough.


    Especially Celestial Zeng Xian, who has always been sensitive and good at observing words and expressions, has been able to practice all the way to the present as a casual cultivator.


    There are quite a few casual cultivators that the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are optimistic about and have cultivated, so it doesn''t make much sense to be able to practice until they continue to besiege.


    It is impossible for them to defeat Meng Zhang.


    Perhaps, when they entangled Meng Zhang, their own army could defeat the Taiyi Realm fleet by virtue of their superior strength.


    But so what?


    As long as Meng Zhang is intact, Taiyi Realm can build more warships and train more monks.


    Meng Zhang is the soul of the Taiyi Realm and the master of the Taiyi Realm.


    The key to attacking or even destroying the Taiyi Realm is to defeat or even kill Meng Zhang.


    They simply can''t do that right now.


    Tianxian Zeng Xian took the initiative to discuss with the two companions.


    Everyone was not in the mood to fight Meng Zhang desperately.


    Then it is better to take advantage of the fact that our own side still has a certain advantage, take the initiative to retreat, and try our best to keep the strength of our own army.


    After the three angels reached an agreement, they quickly started to act.


    They secretly sent voices to the high-level officers of the hunting army, asking them to immediately organize a retreat and withdraw from the battle as soon as possible.


    The monks of Sanyang Xianzong and most of the forces do not reject their orders, and even welcome them very much.


    The members of the Sirius Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Pirates were a bit hard to talk about.


    They, who have always been rebellious, seem to be a little bit reluctant to sell Zeng Xian, Tianxian and others.


    They felt that their side had finally gained the upper hand, and they must take advantage of this opportunity to destroy the Taiyi Realm''s fleet.


    Zeng Xian and Tianxian were too lazy to talk nonsense with them, and told them directly that the three of them would retreat soon.


    Anyone with a discerning eye knows that if Zeng Xian and Tianxian hadn''t entangled Meng Zhang, maybe Meng Zhang alone could defeat the hunting army.


    Now, everyone didn''t dare to talk nonsense anymore, and the top executives of the hunting army began to prepare to retreat.


    Since Zeng Xian and Tianxian were in a hurry, there was no time for them to hesitate.


    Although the hunting army has the upper hand, it is still not easy to retreat during the war.


    After paying a lot of casualties, the hunting army slowly withdrew to fight and retreated to the distance.


    Watching the void warships disappear into the whirling sea of ??flowers one after another, the Taiyi Realm fleet has no intention of continuing to pursue them.


    In the previous battles, the Taiyi Realm fleet lost a lot and consumed a lot. Now it needs time to deal with the aftermath and take a rest.


    After watching the hunting army retreat, Zeng Xian and Tianxian three also covered each other and withdrew from the battle.


    Since Yunqi Bodhisattva was watching covetously, Meng Zhang also had no intention of chasing him.


    After the three of them retreated completely, Meng Zhang went to join the Taiyi Realm fleet.


    It is worth mentioning that after the hunting army withdrew, Yanxing Tianxian and Li Shijie Tianxian also quickly gathered their companions, retreated to the enemy far away from the Taiyi Realm fleet, and slowly licked their wounds.


    They hated the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, the Wild Hunting Star Pirates and the Sirius Sword Sect, but they were not friends with the Taiyi Realm either.


    Previously, the two sides joined forces to fight against the enemy, which was purely a last resort.


    In the previous battles, the two sides had some cooperation and exchanges.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm roughly knew the reason for their rebellion during the war.


    An enemy''s enemy is a friend, not to mention that the two sides have just teamed up against the enemy, and the Taiyi Realm has no intention of embarrassing them.


    Tianxian Yanxing and Li Shijie Tianxian felt awkward, and they were reluctant to contact Taiyi Realm monks.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm showed generosity and offered them a batch of healing supplies.


    After Meng Zhang joined the Taiyijie fleet, he was also busy treating the wounded.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva, who had been watching the battle in secret, cursed in his heart.


    He tried his best and provided a lot of help, so that Zeng Xian and Tianxian three faced Meng Zhang, hunted down the army and fought against the Taiyi fleet.


    But Zeng Xian and Tianxian were too timid and too weak, and they didn''t have the courage to fight Meng Zhang to the end.


    They obviously had a great advantage, but they took the initiative to retreat.


    All the calculations of Yunqi Bodhisattva during this period of time were all in vain, and the Taiyi Realm became the final winner.


    He was really reconciled, but there was nothing he could do.


    He wanted to use the power of the Yunmen sect to directly attack the Taiyi world, but he knew that his proposition would not be supported within the sect.


    After the conflict between Yunmen Sect and Taiyi Realm last time, the high-level sect only thought of killing people with a knife, and had no intention of directly fighting with Taiyi Realm at all.

 Chapter 3393

    Many years ago, Yunqi Bodhisattva was sent to the sea of ??whirling flowers together with many Yunmen Sect monks.


    The task given to them by the sect, apart from trying to win over Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, is also to take the opportunity to explore the whirling flower sea, collect various resources, and train the disciples in the sect by the way.


    The task of attracting Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha did not go well.


    Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha has not been able to retreat for many years, and they have no chance to contact each other at all.


    Through various methods, they got to know and befriended some followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, and tried to gain an opportunity to meet Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha through them.


    It''s a pity that they didn''t succeed, and they didn''t have the chance to meet Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    Among the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, many of them deliberately kept a distance from them.


    Including Yunqi Bodhisattva, many Yunmen Sect monks can only concentrate their main energy on exploring the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Bodhisattva Yunqi actually looked down on those so-called followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha deep in his heart.


    A group of fellows who were born as casual cultivators brazenly talked about Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, claiming to be his followers, and even thought they could maintain the so-called order in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva and others seem to treat them with courtesy, but they are thousands of miles away from them.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva is very repulsed by the task of befriending and befriending these so-called followers.


    After staying in the sea of ??flowers and flowers for so many years, he felt very bored and couldn''t sit still.


    A few years ago, when the monks of the Yunmen sect had conflicts with the Taiyi Realm, he thought he would have a chance to vent his anger and clean up the Taiyi Realm monks.


    But they didn''t expect that the high-level sect strictly forbade them to fight in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Unless it is Taiyi Realm''s massive attack, they are not allowed to launch large-scale battles.


    This time he really couldn''t bear the dissatisfaction in his heart, and secretly moved some hands and feet, but it was still resolved by Taiyi Realm.


    Bodhisattva Yunqi stared secretly at the Taiyi Realm fleet for a long time, forcibly suppressed the desire to attack, turned and left.


    Not long after, Yunqi Bodhisattva returned to Yunmen Sect''s temporary residence in Posa Flower Sea.


    Not long after he returned, Yunqing Bodhisattva came to him.


    Yunqing Bodhisattva has been watching the small actions that Bodhisattva Yunqi made before, but he didn''t say much.


    The purpose of Yunqi Bodhisattva was not achieved, and the Taiyi Realm remained intact.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing was worried that he would be dissatisfied and would act more violently, so he came here to warn him.


    The highest leaders in Yunmen Sect are several great Bodhisattvas.


    Due to some personality reasons, even though Yunqi Bodhisattva is a senior member of Yunmen Sect, he was not able to know all the secrets inside the sect.


    This team stationed in the sea of ??whirling flowers is also led by Bodhisattva Yunqing.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing warned Bodhisattva Yunqi very seriously, not allowing him to continue to cause trouble.


    The great bodhisattvas of the Zongmen have great plans for the whirling flower sea, and the Yunmen Zong must keep a low profile in everything going on.


    Although Yunqing Bodhisattva did not clearly state the specific plans of the great bodhisattvas, but he brought out a few great bodhisattvas, and immediately calmed Yunqi Bodhisattva, allowing him to dispel all distracting thoughts in his mind.


    On the other side, Zeng Xian and Tianxian three caught up with the retreating hunting army, and led them all the way to the edge of the whirling flower sea before stopping.


    The three of Zeng Xian and Tianxian led the high-level officers of the hunting army to count the remaining forces of the army.


    Zeng Xian and Tianxian already knew that Yan Xingxing and Li Shijie led a group of people to rebel.


    Considering their backgrounds, Zeng Xian and Tianxian didn''t intend to arrest them personally. The monks left in this hunting army are far worse than before the war.


    Zeng Xian and Tianxian didn''t care about the life and death of the members of the Sirius Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group.


    Even if they are all dead, it has nothing to do with the Lingkong Immortal World.


    What they really paid attention to were other monks from the Lingkong Immortal Realm besides the Sanyang Immortal Sect.


    Many of these monks joined the army at the invitation and solicitation of Fengyuan Tianxian and Guantian Pavilion.


    If their losses are too heavy, Fengyuan Tianxian and Guantian Pavilion will not look good.


    After counting the remaining number of such monks, Zeng Xian and Tianxian were not in a good mood.


    Such monks were the main source of rebels.


    In addition to the losses in the battle, there are still many people who follow Tianxian Yanxing and Tianxian Li Shijie.


    With such a result, after returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, they don''t know if they can explain it to Fengyuan Tianxian and Guantian Pavilion.


    At this time, the monks of Sanyang Xianzong also learned from them that Ziyang Tianxian was beheaded by Meng Zhang.


    Without a strong man like Ziyang Tianxian, the strength of the Sanyang Xianzong has been greatly reduced, and I am afraid that the original status will be lost.


    After returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Sanyang Immortal Sect monks who suffered heavy losses will probably face challenges from other forces.


    Within the Lingkong Immortal Realm, even the Celestial Immortal Sects are facing fierce competition.


    Although the official Lingkong Immortal World does not allow large-scale battles between them, let alone openly exterminate the family.


    However, the competition for interests between general sects, changes in status, changes in strength and weakness, etc., the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm do not care too much.


    Thinking of the bad prospects, the monks of Sanyang Xianzong were filled with a gloomy atmosphere.


    Zeng Xian and Tianxian are all troubled in their own families, but they don''t have the heart to appease the monks of Sanyang Xianzong.


    Not long after, Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva, temporarily freed from the entanglement of the two angels of the Fallen Feather Sect, rushed over to join the hunting army.


    Although the army sent by the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group suffered heavy losses, it is still far from being wiped out.


    After they returned to the headquarters of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, they could more or less confess.


    After the monk of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect knew that the two leading sword celestial beings had fallen, he immediately fell into great sadness and loss.


    Sword Immortals at the second level of Celestial Immortals are the absolute top of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, almost the strongest combat power in the sect.


    There are only a handful of such powerhouses in the sect, and losing two of them at once, the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has really suffered serious damage to its vitals this time.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has always acted domineeringly and lawlessly, causing many murders and offending many forces.


    Now that the overall strength of the sect has plummeted, those enemies who received the news will inevitably fall into trouble and take the opportunity to retaliate.


    Some rational sword cultivators will let all the remaining sects return to the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect to minimize further losses to the sect.


    Many sword cultivators who are used to being arrogant and domineering are not willing to accept this kind of result at all, clamoring for revenge and bloody battle with the Taiyi Realm to the end.


    Neither of the two sides could easily convince the other, and soon fell into a fierce quarrel.


    The quarrel intensified, and both sides were about to draw their swords.


    Although speaking with the sword is the creed of most sword cultivators, at this time, it might cause civil strife among the monks of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.

 Chapter 3394

    At this time, not many people cared about the internal struggle among the monks of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect.


    Next, where to go, whether to go or stay, is the focus of Zeng Xiantianxian and others.


    Originally, they had almost achieved their minimum goal.


    In order to avoid greater losses, and out of prudence, they should lead the monks in the Lingkong Immortal Realm to return to the Lingkong Immortal Realm as soon as possible.


    After returning to the Lingkong Fairyland, they used the excuses they had prepared to defend themselves. They should get some rankings and be punished, but it shouldn''t be a serious problem.


    After all, it was precisely because Ziyang Tianxian was beheaded that the overall situation collapsed and they were implicated.


    Now that the rest of the chasing army had gathered together, they made some calculations and felt that their remaining strength was not considered weak, and they still had a fight.


    They were very unwilling to retreat, and wanted to continue fighting the enemy.


    Especially Nielong Aofang, who really wanted to get back his place.


    Zeng Xian and Tianxian three wanted to stay to see if they could take advantage of it, but they were shocked by Meng Zhang''s fighting power before.


    The three of them were at the opposite end of the spectrum, and they just wanted to take advantage of it and didn''t want to take risks.


    In the previous battle, Hei Ni Bodhisattva was the first to flee, and was caught by Nielong Ao Fang.


    Nielong Aofang is not the kind of person who is good at communicating, so let him come forward to persuade Zeng Xian and Tianxian three to stay.


    If the three of them left, Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva alone would definitely not be able to stop Meng Zhang and Mingde Tianxian from joining forces.


    The black mud bodhisattva is good at deceiving people''s hearts, and he soon made Zeng Xian and Tianxian three people tempted.


    Although this converging force did not decide on the next move, it temporarily stopped the evacuation and first stationed at the edge of the whirling flower sea.


    On Meng Zhang''s side, he didn''t wait too long, so wonderfully he manipulated the Taiyi Realm to rush over to join them.


    The Taiyi Realm fleet and monks returned to the Taiyi Realm one after another for rest and healing.


    With the enemy''s situation unknown, Meng Zhang took no further action.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian of Luoyuzong discovered Nielong Aofang''s whereabouts again.


    Since Zeng Xian and Tianxian were nearby, the enemy had a clear advantage, so they did not take the initiative to attack.


    They observed from a distance and then left voluntarily.


    They are going to meet Meng Zhang in the past.


    It didn''t take long for them to see Meng Zhang who was sitting in the sky above the Taiyi Realm.


    The two sides communicated for a while, and both felt that after the previous battles, their own strength had already gained a certain advantage, and the Taiyi Realm could take the initiative to launch an attack.


    However, out of caution, Meng Zhang decided to suspend the attack and solve other problems first.


    He still can''t rest assured about the situation on the side of Yunmen Sect.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian left first.


    They will continue to monitor the enemy''s movements, wait until Meng Zhang is ready, and then attack the enemy together.


    Soon after, Hezhen Bodhisattva received the message from Meng Zhang.


    He personally rushed to Meng Zhang''s location and had a private conversation with Meng Zhang.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva was very angry about Yunmen Zong Yunqi Bodhisattva who had been secretly making troubles and causing many troubles to Taiyi Realm.


    He scolded the other party angrily in front of Meng Zhang, and comforted Meng Zhang again.


    He made a promise.


    Next, he will personally supervise and stop all small movements of the monks of Yunmen sect, so as to ensure that Meng Zhang can concentrate on fighting the enemy without interference from other forces.


    The attitude of Hezhen Bodhisattva was better than Meng Zhang''s best expectation.


    With his guarantee, Meng Zhang doesn''t have to worry about the threat from Yunmen Sect at all.


    This time, Meng Zhang owed Hezhen Bodhisattva a great favor.


    In his heart, he even faintly felt that the last time he calculated and used the other party seemed a little unkind.


    When the time is right in the future, he should repay the other party well.


    While he was still thinking wildly in his mind, Hezhen Bodhisattva spoke again.


    It is too much for the Yunmen sect to be an enemy of the Taiyi world again and again.


    It is very reasonable for Meng Zhang to fight back when the other party takes the initiative to provoke, and he is willing to fully support it.


    After completely solving the hunting army from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, Meng Zhang can attack Yunmenzong.


    Hearing Hezhen Bodhisattva''s words, Meng Zhang couldn''t help looking at him.


    It seems that there is no need to wait until later, he will soon have the opportunity to repay the favor of the other party.


    The meaning of Hezhen Bodhisattva is already obvious, which is to encourage Meng Zhang to attack the monks of Yunmen sect.


    Why did he do this? Could it be related to the struggle of interests within Buddhism?


    Since Hezhen Bodhisattva did not take the initiative to explain, he also wisely did not ask.


    In the sea of ??whirling flowers, there has always been an unspoken rule that prohibits large-scale battles.


    All the cultivation forces stationed in the whirling flower sea are subject to such restrictions.


    The chasing army of Lingkong Immortal Realm is outsiders, Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others can''t control each other, they can only do some small tricks secretly


    This shows the importance they attach to the rules and their determination to maintain them.


    Many years ago, they, the so-called followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, gathered various forces and established these so-called rules.


    As the ones who set the rules, they now want to take the initiative to break the rules, which shows that the things behind this are not small.


    Because there is too little information at hand, Meng Zhang cannot make an inference.


    Even if there is no request from Hezhen Bodhisattva, Meng Zhang will find a way to take revenge on the monks of Yunmen Sect if he has the opportunity in the future.


    Now that He Zhen Bodhisattva has taken the initiative to bring it up, Meng Zhang naturally has to actively express his position.


    And judging from Hezhen Bodhisattva''s intentions, maybe Meng Zhang will provide some help when he retaliates against the monks of Yunmen sect in the future.


    Meng Zhang followed the meaning of Hezhen Bodhisattva and said that he and Yunmen Sect were not in the same breath.


    When the hunting army from the Lingkong Immortal Realm is dealt with, he will attack the monks of the Yunmen Sect who are stationed in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva is very satisfied with Meng Zhang''s statement.


    He asked Meng Zhang to deal with the hunting army from the spirit world first.


    Afterwards, they slowly discussed how to deal with Yunmen Sect.


    Next, Hezhen Bodhisattva mobilized the forces at hand to help Meng Zhang monitor the movement of the hunting army and the Yunmen sect monks from the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Not to mention that he provided Meng Zhang with a lot of useful information, he was also ready to put pressure on the monks of Yunmen sect.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao directly controlled the Taiyi Realm and rushed towards the edge of the whirling flower sea.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3395

    It will take some time for the Taiyi Realm to reach the edge of the whirling flower sea. The monks of the Taiyi Realm just take advantage of this time to rest and actively prepare for the next battle.


    Soon after Taiyi Realm started to act, Tianxian Yanxing and Tianxian Li Shijie left the sea of ??flowers and flowers together with the monks they gathered.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about their fate.


    They rebelled before the battle, which can be regarded as a big favor to the Taiyi fleet.


    However, due to the arrest warrant issued by Lingkong Immortal Realm for Meng Zhang, they are still hostile to Meng Zhang.


    The subjective purpose of their previous rebellion was not to help the Taiyi Realm, but to vent their anger and revenge on the Ziyang Celestial Immortal.


    Judging from the results, many of their companions died in battle, but the foundation of the enemy was not injured.


    If Meng Zhang hadn''t arrived later, they might have been wiped out.


    Some Taiyi Realm monks, seeing that everyone had fought side by side, took the initiative to reveal a lot of information to them, including the news that Ziyang Tianxian was beheaded by Meng Zhang.


    In any case, Meng Zhang can be regarded as revenge for them.


    Ziyang Tianxian is dead, and there is no need for them to stay here.


    Of course, how they justify their actions after returning to the Lingkong Immortal Realm is another matter.


    Fortunately, none of them are without followers, and their background should help them.


    There were also some disputes between Meng Zhang and the senior officials of Taiyi Realm.


    Some senior officials in the Taiyi Realm felt that after Meng Zhang killed the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, his side''s victory was already decided, and it seemed that there was no need to continue massacring the enemy.


    As long as the enemy army is driven away, it can be regarded as leaving a trace of face for the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    After all, compared to the Taiyi Realm, the power of the Lingkong Immortal Realm is almost infinite.


    This time he defeated the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian, next time Lingkong Immortal Realm can definitely send a more powerful army to Possessing Flower Sea.


    But through this encounter with the enemy, Meng Zhang discovered something.


    Among the monks who came to the whirling flower sea to hunt down the Taiyi Realm, there was no official force belonging to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Let alone the Sanyang Xianzong who is the leader, they are old enemies with the Taiyi Realm.


    The Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect has long been despised by the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is even more a force that is hated by ghosts and gods.


    No matter how incompetent the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm are, they should not rely on these two forces.


    Meng Zhang faintly felt that the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm didn''t seem to be very concerned about hunting down the Taiyi Realm.


    Since escaping from the Hengling star area, Taiyi Realm has not been in contact with Lingkong Immortal Realm, and lacks specific information.


    Meng Zhang secretly made up his mind that after solving the hunting army, he should restore contact with Lingkong Immortal Realm as soon as possible.


    Whether it is through the channels of the Gu Yue family or the dark alliance, it is necessary to obtain relevant information and know the true attitude of the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm towards the Taiyi Realm.


    Regarding the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian, Meng Zhang ignored the concerns of a few Taiyi Realm leaders, and decided to inflict as much damage as possible on the opponent, and even wiped out the enemy.


    Especially the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group, they must not be easily let go.


    After the Taiyi Realm traveled a long distance in the whirling flower sea, it finally came to the edge of the whirling flower sea, not far from the enemy''s temporary camp.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian have been monitoring the movement of the enemy army, but the enemy army is still in place.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva also mobilized his power to monitor the Yunmen sect.


    After Yunqi Bodhisattva was warned by Yunqing Bodhisattva, he stayed in the station obediently, and had no intention of adding chaos to the Taiyi Realm.


    On the other side of the hunting army, the three of Zeng Xian and Tianxian were still hesitating about whether to leave or stay.


    On the side of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect, due to too many internal disputes, they have already started performing martial arts.


    A group of sword repairers fully practiced the creed of speaking with the sword, and started a series of sword fights.


    Where this team goes will be decided by the winner.


    It''s a pity that the enemy has already killed them before they can decide the winner.


    After Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined forces with Mingjing and Mingde, they rushed towards the enemy army first.


    The Taiyi Realm chased after them quickly, and one after another void battleships were taking off from the Taiyi Realm.


    Seeing Meng Zhang and the others coming to kill them, Zeng Xiantianxian and the others didn''t have to hesitate, and immediately joined Nie Long Ao Fang to fight the enemy.


    Meng Zhang and the others rushed over aggressively, as if they wanted to drive them all to death.


    Although they are slightly smaller in number, their momentum is high.


    Four against five, the side with fewer people is the one that takes the initiative to attack.


    Previously, in order to convince Zeng Xiantian and the others, Hei Ni Bodhisattva exaggerated his own fighting power, especially boasting about the strength of Nielong Ao Fang.


    The True Dragon Clan is one of the most powerful races in the void, and its prestige is almost known to everyone.


    Nielong Aofang has been able to persist for so many years under the pursuit of the real dragon clan, which shows his extraordinary strength.


    In the previous battles, he did not go all out, but had reservations.


    Their failure was entirely caused by Ziyang Tianxian.


    Now that there is no Ziyang Tianxian holding back, they can display even stronger fighting power.


    The black mud Bodhisattva is very convincing, and Zeng Xian and Tianxian are dubious about it.


    This is also the main reason why they stayed for the time being.


    Now that Meng Zhang and others came to kill him, Nielong Aofang did not show his power as expected.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian chose their old opponents.


    They started a fierce battle with Nielong Aofang and Hei Ni Bodhisattva, and it was difficult to tell the winner in a short time.


    Zeng Xian and Tianxian were forced to fight against Meng Zhang and Tai Miao.


    Previously, Zeng Xian and Tianxian were unable to defeat each other against Meng Zhang.


    Now with the tacit cooperation with Meng Zhang, they quickly fell into a disadvantage.


    Meng Zhang''s Tai Chi Dongtian and Taimiao''s Kingdom of God almost work together, the power of the cave and the power of the Kingdom of God cooperate seamlessly, firmly suppressing the three enemies.


    In the battle between them, other people in the hunting army can''t intervene at all.


    Seeing the earth-shattering battle between them, many monks in the hunting army felt frightened and their morale plummeted.


    Soon after, under the escort of the Taiyi Realm fleet, the Taiyi Realm rushed to the battlefield.


    Originally, if the hunting army attacked with all their strength and worked together, they would still have a great advantage against the Taiyi Realm.


    However, due to the discord among the people inside, the fighting spirit of the army is not high.


    No matter how Celestial Zeng Xian and Hei Ni Bodhisattva boosted morale and justified their previous failures, it is an indisputable fact that Celestial Ziyang and others were defeated.


    Most practitioners still cherish their lives.


    Soon, some of the sword cultivators of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect fled the battlefield on their own initiative, and then many monks of the Sanyang Immortal Sect also fled.


    Although there were not many monks who voluntarily escaped at the beginning, it hurt morale too much.


    Some people took the lead, others followed suit, and more monks began to escape.


    The origin of this chasing army is complicated, and the angels in the army can''t control the monks of other forces.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3396

    Some senior officials of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect and the Sanyang Immortal Sect not only failed to prevent their own monks from escaping, but instead indulged them intentionally or unintentionally.


    These higher-ups also had good intentions and wanted to preserve a little vitality for the sect.


    After all, if you stay and start a big battle with the Taiyi Realm, regardless of victory or defeat, the casualties will definitely be serious.


    Ziyang Tianxian and others have already fallen, so what is the significance of who wins and who loses in the end of the war?


    At this time, there is no need to sacrifice the monks in the sect and waste the vitality of the sect.


    Things like running away from the battle, as long as someone starts it, and it is not suppressed in time, it will soon spread.


    Only the team of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates, because of the strict orders of Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva, no one dared to run away, and all members stayed behind to fight the Taiyi Realm to the end.


    The hunting army, which was originally powerful, was unable to deal with the enemy wholeheartedly at this time due to internal differences.


    Taiyi Realm is weak in terms of strength, but all monks work together, their morale is like a rainbow, and their offensive is irresistible.


    Under the cover of many void warships, the huge Taiyi Realm took the initiative to attack and easily entered the enemy camp.


    Only Gu Yue Lingqing and Yue Shen were on the side of the Taiyi Realm. Not long after they fought against Meng Zhang, Tianxian Zeng Xian felt an inexplicable sense of panic in his heart, even a little terrified.


    This kind of whim-like feeling often occurs before danger comes.


    He had been through similar experiences many times, and this feeling had saved him more than once.


    Originally, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao teamed up, and the fighting power was higher than the three of them, so he was always uncertain.


    Now that he had a bad premonition in his heart, he immediately lost the will to continue fighting.


    He found an opportunity in the battle, left his comrades and fled without hesitation.


    As he ran away, he regretted it in his heart.


    If he had led the rest of the hunting army to leave the whirling flower sea and return directly to the fairyland of the spirit sky, the scene would not have been as ugly as it is now.


    It was because he was not satisfied that he hesitated for a moment and ended up running away alone.


    After returning to Lingkong Immortal Realm, he still didn''t know how to explain to Tianxian Fengyuan and others.


    Of course, no matter what, your own life is the most important thing.


    As long as you save your own life, everything can be discussed in the long run.


    Zeng Xiantianxian fled in front of the battle, but it hurt his two companions.


    Although these two heavenly immortals are at the same level as Meng Zhang, their combat effectiveness is far from that of heaven.


    They have been cultivated and supported by Guantian Pavilion, but they have not received the true inheritance of Guantian Pavilion.


    Even the direct monks of Guantian Pavilion are defeated by Meng Zhang, let alone them.


    If they were fighting alone, they couldn''t even fight against Tai Miao, let alone Meng Zhang.


    Previously, relying on their superiority in numbers, they could barely deal with Meng Zhang and the others.


    Now that the two sides are in equal numbers, they will soon fall to the disadvantage.


    Tianxian Zeng Xian saw the opportunity early and fled early, but Meng Zhang didn''t care to chase him.


    Meng Zhang will never let these two guys go.


    Logically speaking, even if you can''t fight against the other party, if you fight against the same level of heavenly immortals, it''s not a big problem to get out.


    But Meng Zhang was too fierce, and he used the power of Taiji Dongtian early to entangle the two opponents tightly, making it impossible for them to escape.


    Tai Miao''s figure is elusive, blocking the direction they try to escape every time.


    In the end, these two celestial beings cultivated by Guantian Pavilion with great efforts were defeated and fell like this.


    Before Meng Zhang and his side ended the battle, Nielong Aofang and Hei Ni Bodhisattva had no intention of continuing to fight. They found an opportunity to force their opponents back, broke away from the battle, and quickly fled here.


    They had the previous experience, and they didn''t want to wait until Meng Zhang pulled out his hand to help the Mingde and Mingjing angels to entangle them.


    Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian pursued closely, and chased the two opponents away from the whirling flower sea.


    Everything is no more than three, Nielong Aofang and the others have escaped their pursuit twice.


    As big sect monks like Luo Yuzong, Mingde Tianxian and Mingjing Tianxian don''t look at Meng Zhang''s current appearance, but in fact they all have their own arrogance in their hearts.


    At the very beginning, they looked down on this gang of star thieves.


    In the ensuing battle, these star thieves almost caused them a big loss, and they had already accumulated a lot of anger in their hearts.


    This time, even if they chased them all the way to the ends of the earth, they had to take down these two damn star thieves and vent their anger.


    Among the enemy''s chasing army, those guys who saw the opportunity early had already started to escape.


    For those who are not clever enough, it will be too late to escape when Meng Zhang and Tai Miao free their hands.


    This is a battle between two armies, Meng Zhang and Tai Miao naturally bully the small and the strong.


    Before they took action, the hunting army had already fallen into a disadvantage in the battle with the Taiyi Realm because too many people had fled and their morale was too low.


    As soon as Meng Zhang and Tai Miao took action, the entire hunting army quickly collapsed.


    The monks from all walks of life had no intention of fighting, and fled around like headless chickens, just wanting to escape here as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang and Tai Miao joined the hunt.


    Especially the guys from the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group in the hunting army are their key targets.


    The Taiyi Realm also brought out the best of its best, and the whole army attacked, starting a continuous pursuit of the enemy.


    Due to the special circumstances of the Whirling Flower Sea, only those who are strong at the level of celestial beings can guarantee safe entry and exit.


    For monks below the level of immortals, if they insist on forcibly entering and exiting the Sea of ??Flowers, they are risking their lives.


    A few of the chasing army did not have the escort of a strong person at the level of a fairy, and except for a few lucky guys, most of the rest of the monks were unable to escape from the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Even if they escaped from the battlefield by chance now, they can only circle around in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    The sea of ??whirling flowers is full of dangers, without the protection of a strong person at the level of a fairy, there is a danger of falling at any time.


    This battle will soon be over,


    In addition to massacring enemy monks, the Taiyi Realm also captured many prisoners and captured a large number of void warships.


    Among other things, the captured void battleships alone can almost make up for the loss of Taiyi Realm this time.


    These void battleships can be used by monks from the Taiyi Realm as long as they are slightly modified.

 Chapter 3397

    After the war ended, the Taiyi Realm monks were busy cleaning up the battlefield and doing various aftermath work.


    They were in no hurry to pursue the fleeing enemy.


    There are quite a few enemies who fled, but most of them couldn''t escape from the Sea of ??Flowers, which means they were trapped here.


    Next, the Taiyi Realm monks only need to slowly catch the turtle in the urn.


    Perhaps, without the help of Taiyi Realm monks, they will be swallowed by various dangers in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    After the war, Meng Zhang walked around the battlefield and took down some guys who couldn''t escape fast enough.


    He even left Po Whirling Flower Sea and made a big circle around Po Whirling Flower Sea.


    Zeng Xiantianxian and other fellows who had fled a long time ago did not dare to wander around the sea of ??flowers and flowers this time, and had already stayed away from here.


    This defeat was enough to scare their guts out.


    Even if they are sent over again in the future, most of them will not dare to make enemies of the Taiyi Realm easily.


    Mingjing Tianxian and Mingde Tianxian chased Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva to no one knows where they went, and they couldn''t come back for the time being.


    The army sent by the Wild Hunter Thieves Group was basically wiped out, but Meng Zhang still felt a little regretful that the two leaders, Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva, escaped.


    These two guys are too treacherous, if they hesitate a little bit, if they stay for a little longer, when Meng Zhang and Tai Miao free their hands, it may be difficult for them to get away.


    Meng Zhang and the Wild Hunt bandits have long had a deep hatred. After this time, the hatred between the two sides will only deepen.


    Meng Zhang had an intuition in his heart that the two sides would have many entanglements in the future.


    Since these guys don''t know how to live or die, Meng Zhang will only give them a bigger blow next time.


    Of course, since the headquarter of the Wild Hunt Star Thieves is a big secret, even if Meng Zhang wants to seek revenge, it will be difficult to find the target.


    Meng Zhang is not in a hurry, there will be plenty of opportunities to deal with these star thieves slowly in the future.


    Meng Zhang didn''t wander around the whirling flower sea for long before returning to the Taiyi Realm.


    This time it was really a hearty victory and achieved very fruitful results.


    After this battle, the strength of the Heavenly Wolf Sword Sect was severely injured, and it was a question mark whether it could keep its original position.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal of the Sanyang Immortal Sect was defeated and fell, so the three founding ancestors of the Sanyang Immortal Sect all fell into the hands of Meng Zhang.


    This kind of shame and humiliation is enough to make all the monks of Sanyang Xianzong unable to hold their heads up.


    Of course, the monks of the Sanyang Xianzong wanted to take revenge on Meng Zhang, but they were powerless.


    With the fierce competition in the comprehension world, it is difficult for them to protect themselves now.


    The two thugs that Guantian Pavilion painstakingly cultivated for many years were killed by Meng Zhang, and the hatred between the two sides must have deepened again.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about it at all.


    The relationship between him and Guantian Pavilion has long been endless, and he doesn''t care about such an extra blood debt.


    Fortunately, Guantian Pavilion did not send its disciples to join the hunting army this time, so the direct losses were limited.


    Apart from the Sanyang Immortal Sect, the monks from all walks of life who joined the hunting army in Lingkong Immortal Realm also suffered heavy losses this time.


    It''s funny to say that most of these lost monks were not lost to the Taiyi Realm monks.


    Some monks were brutally suppressed by the Ziyang Celestial Immortal because they opposed joining forces with the Wild Hunting Star Pirates on the way.


    More monks later followed Yanxing Tianxian and Li Shijie Tianxian to rebel and were killed by the hunting army.


    Those who really fell under the hands of the monks in the Taiyi Realm were mainly the monks recruited and bought by Fengyuan Tianxian and Guantian Pavilion, those who coveted the official rewards offered by the Lingkong Immortal Realm...


    A true orthodox monk, a monk who truly cares about the spirit world, doesn''t even bother to associate with the Wild Hunting Star Thieves.


    When the result of this battle is transmitted back to the Lingkong Immortal Realm, there will probably be another battle over there.


    The scale of this battle is huge, and it is still very rare in the past history of Posa Huahai.


    Overtly and secretly, there were quite a few monks from all sides watching the battle from a distance.


    Although the monks of the Yunmen sect did not take part in this battle, they still paid close attention to its progress.


    Once again, the Taiyi Realm won a big victory, and I am afraid that many people will be disappointed.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva was also watching from the sidelines early on.


    He promised Meng Zhang that he would prevent the Yunmen sect from interfering.


    The monks of the Yunmen sect have not made any moves, which is beneficial to the Taiyi world and saves him a lot of trouble.


    But in his heart, he didn''t feel much joy, instead he secretly deepened his defense against Yunmen Sect.


    Bodhisattva Yunqi is narrow-minded, he secretly took actions to add chaos to the Taiyi Realm, but he suffered several failures, which only made him hate the Taiyi Realm even more.


    Now that he has suddenly become honest, does he have any other plans?


    Hezhen Bodhisattva was very satisfied with the powerful fighting power shown by the Taiyi Realm monks including Meng Zhang.


    The stronger Meng Zhang is, the more conducive to his next plan.


    I just hope that Meng Zhang keeps his word and can actively fulfill his promise.


    The various monks who watched the battle saw Meng Zhang''s fighting power and became more wary of him.


    They will warn their classmates and friends that there will be no great interests in the future, and they must not easily conflict with the Taiyi world.


    Among the various monks watching the battle among the immortals in the whirling flower sea, most of them are Buddhist monks, and most of them still have the mentality of watching the cannibalism of Taoist monks.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about the bystanders around him, but began to think slowly in his heart.


    After this big victory, at least for a short period of time, there is no need to worry about the threat from the spirit world.


    No matter how unwilling the Lingkong Immortal Realm is, it will not be possible to organize a hunting army again in a short time.


    When the chasing army arrives at Po Whirling Flower Sea, how will the situation here change?


    In this battle with the hunting army, Meng Zhang knew the composition of the army.


    Among them, there were no official monks from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, which made him a little puzzled and made some guesses.


    He now urgently needs to know more information about the Lingkong fairyland in order to verify some conjectures.


    Previously, when the Taiyi Realm was deep in the sea of ??whirling flowers, due to environmental interference, Gu Yue Lingqing contacted the headquarters of the Gu Yue family, and Master and Apprentice of the Fallen Leaf contacted the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, all of which were not smooth.


    Now, the Taiyi Realm has come to the edge of the whirling flower sea, and the interference caused by the environment has weakened a lot.


    Soon after the war ended, Meng Zhang asked them to continue to contact the Lingkong Immortal Realm to see if they could get some useful information.


    Of course, if the Gu Yue family was determined to disassociate themselves from the Taiyi Realm, even if they received the message from Gu Yue Lingqing, they would probably not respond.


    For the same reason, the Dark Alliance headquarters will completely cut off all communication with the Taiyi Realm.


    From Meng Zhang''s point of view, it''s hard to tell from the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, and the Gu Yue family shouldn''t be so extreme in their work.


    Not to mention that the Gu Yue family has already invested so much in the Taiyi Realm, just for the sake of their own doom in the future, it is impossible for the Gu Yue Family to completely sever ties with the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 3398

    Although he was full of hope for the Gu Yue family, Meng Zhang didn''t fully pin his hopes on it.


    In addition to asking Gu Yue Lingqing to contact Luo Ye''s master and apprentice as soon as possible, he also asked Tai Miao to return to the underworld, trying to obtain some information about the spirit world.


    With the experience of buying information last time, Tai Miao is already familiar with doing this kind of thing.


    He also realized more and more that despite the separation of yin and yang, the underworld is still an important source of information about the yang world.


    After a great battle, including Meng Zhang, the monks in the Taiyi Realm need a period of rest to digest the gains from the battle.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm have rich experience in foreign wars, and the aftermath work after the war ended soon.


    The Taiyi Realm monks basically returned to the Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm slowly wandered on the edge of the whirling flower sea.


    Here, the interference of the whirling flower sea on communication is already very weak.


    The various monks who watched the excitement around had almost left.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva was also thinking about the Taiyi Realm, and gave Meng Zhang enough rest time, and did not rush to the door to ask him to fulfill his promise.


    This time the battle with Ziyang Tianxian brought Meng Zhang a huge harvest.


    Ziyang Celestial Immortal is in the future practice of Celestial Immortal, Meng Zhang can slowly refer to the information he learned from Ziyang Celestial Immortal.


    When Meng Zhang was in Tianxian, even those Jinxian sects would win over some useful immortals.


    If Meng Zhang was an immortal, the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm would not treat him like this, and Wuliang Tianzong would not give up on him easily.


    Although there are many benefits to being promoted to Immortal Venerable, it is a very difficult thing.


    In the inheritance left by Taiyi Golden Immortal, although there is content about being promoted to Immortal Venerable, the introduction is not detailed enough.


    Although Meng Zhang has not yet started to attack the realm of immortal venerables, he faintly feels that relying on the inheritance left by Taiyi Golden Immortal alone is not enough for him to successfully step into the realm of immortal lords.


    Fortunately, there is still a long time before he starts to attack the realm of immortals, and he can slowly prepare and plan slowly.


    His main job now is to complete the cultivation of the Celestial Immortal Fallen Leaves and True Immortal, which is far inferior to Gu Yue Lingqing, but first establish contact with the Dark Alliance headquarters in the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This is probably because the secret art of long-distance communication passed down by the dark alliance is more advanced than the secret art of the Gu Yue family.


    After she established contact with the headquarters of the dark alliance, she also knew something about the headquarters of the dark alliance.


    The dark alliance headquarters has complex factions and fierce internal struggles, which she has known for a long time.


    What she didn''t know was that there were some disputes about the Taiyi Realm at the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    Back then when the Taiyi Realm was abandoned by the Wuliang Tianzong, the headquarters of the Dark Alliance cut off the connection with the Taiyi Realm at the same time, making it clear that they wanted to draw a clear line with it.


    As the representative of the dark side of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Dark Alliance does not deal with the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm on the surface, often violates the rules of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and secretly does some shady things.


    In the fairy world of Lingkong, those monks who are wanted by the official forces, who are not tolerated by the officials, and who are despised by the entire cultivation world, will often defect to the dark alliance to obtain shelter and shelter.


    In fact, there is some tacit agreement between the Dark Alliance and the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials.


    The Dark Alliance will not really offend the officials of the Lingkong Immortal World, at most it will jump on the edge of the official tolerance limit of the Lingkong Immortal World.


    When the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm wanted to attack the Taiyi Realm, some people in the dark alliance headquarters felt that the Taiyi Realm was of little value, and there was no need to offend the Lingkong Immortal Realm officials for the sake of the Taiyi Realm, so they let the Taiyi Realm fend for itself.


    As for the members of the dark alliance branch in the Taiyi Realm, after the Taiyi Realm is destroyed, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm will not make it too difficult for them.


    As the saying goes, where there is light, there must be darkness. In fact, the spiritual world cannot be without dark alliances.


    To a certain extent, the dark alliance is regarded as the sewage bucket and sewer of the spiritual world, containing countless dirt from the spiritual world.


    Afterwards, the Taiyi Realm successfully escaped from the Hengling star area, severely injuring the pursuers, and demonstrated the high combat effectiveness of the Taiyi Realm.


    Recently, news of the failure of the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian also spread back to the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This made some people in the headquarters of the Dark Alliance feel that the value of the Taiyi Realm was ignored by a bunch of short-sighted guys.


    They used the events in the Taiyi Realm as an introduction to set off an internal battle again.


    And those guys who decided to give up the Taiyi Realm before were naturally unconvinced and wanted to fight their opponents to the end.


    When True Immortal Fallen Leaf contacted the headquarters of the Dark Alliance, the cultivator she contacted did not belong to the two factions in the struggle, and was regarded as a neutral party.


    Butt monks do not want to offend either party.


    He won''t take any more actions until the two sides fight to win.


    During the contact, he briefly explained the situation of the Dark Alliance headquarters to True Immortal Fallen Leaves.


    According to the usual practice, each branch of the dark alliance can obtain intelligence support from the headquarters.


    But he was unwilling to offend others for a mere True Immortal Fallen Leaf, and he did not agree to True Immortal Fallen Leaf''s request, and did not provide her with information about the fairy world of Lingkong.


    Of course, he didn''t want to offend True Immortal Luo Ye, but he just kept emphasizing his difficulties.


    In the end, the angry True Immortal Fallen Leaves ended the communication.


    Apart from knowing that the Dark Alliance headquarters is a bunch of bastards, she has nothing to gain.


    She was extremely dissatisfied with the actions of the Dark Alliance headquarters.


    After she told the relevant information to other people in the Taiyi Realm Branch of the Dark Alliance, many people cursed at them.


    Originally, there was very little contact between the Taiyi Realm branch of the Dark Alliance and the headquarters. In addition to this series of events, many monks in the branch had a greater tendency to be centrifugal towards the headquarters. (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3399

    True Immortal Fallen Leaves also told Meng Zhang about the situation at the headquarters of the Dark Alliance.


    Meng Zhang was very disdainful of the dark alliance headquarters.


    Although the headquarters of the dark alliance is full of strong people, it does things like this, and it will never be successful.


    The headquarters of the Dark Alliance has more than one expert at the level of Immortal Venerable, and the overall strength is far above the Taiyi Realm.


    But Meng Zhang just looked down on each other.


    Regardless of whether the other party is willing to accept it or not, Taiyi Realm will not rely on such a force.


    Not long after, Gu Yue Lingqing successfully contacted the Gu Yue family headquarters.


    Due to official pressure from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, the Gu Yue Family Headquarters had already severed all ties with the Taiyi Realm.


    However, the Gu Yue family did not recall Gu Yue Lingqing who was working for the Taiyi Realm.


    Gu Yue Lingqing, as a family celestial being, received no changes in the treatment she should enjoy.


    After Gu Yue Lingqing contacted the family headquarters, she briefly introduced her experiences over the years, and then asked for some information about the Lingkong Immortal World.


    The point is the official attitude of the Lingkong Immortal Realm towards the Taiyi Realm.


    As a veteran Celestial family, the Gu Yue family is also known as the Celestial Master of Mysteries, with deep roots and unfathomable connections in the Immortal Realm of the Spiritual Sky.


    Not to mention ordinary monks, even many monks from the Golden Immortal Sect, including some official monks from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, were willing to make friends with the Gu Yue family.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm have scruples about the Taiyi Realm because they are afraid of the relationship with Qianyuan Xianzun, so they relax the pursuit of the Taiyi Realm.


    This is related to the official face of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so it is natural to keep this matter strictly confidential and not easily leak it to the outside world.


    The Gu Yue family has always been well-informed, and they have inquired about this news long ago.


    Ziyang Tianxian organized a hunting army, backed by Fengyuan Tianxian''s full support, Guantian Pavilion contributed a lot, these things have long been known to the Gu Yue family.


    The Gu Yue family told Gu Yue Lingqing the relevant information without reservation.


    Not long ago, the survivors of the hunting army who suffered heavy losses have returned to the Lingkong Immortal Realm one after another.


    After the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm learned of the news, some monks who were at odds with Fengyuan Tianxian began to attack Fengyuan Tianxian.


    They claimed that it was because of Fengyuan Tianxian''s willful action that it caused such a huge loss and lost so many immortals.


    In the final analysis, many of the hunting army organized by the Ziyang Celestial Immortals were monks from the Lingkong Immortal Realm, and what was lost was the heritage of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    Fengyuan Tianxian must be responsible for this.


    Toyohara Tensen refuted those accusers, claiming that hunting down wanted criminals was justified.


    He even demanded that, for the sake of the face of Lingkong Immortal Realm, a more powerful hunting army should be organized again, and Meng Zhang must be hunted down and brought to justice.


    Meng Zhang dared to fight against the hunting army now and killed the monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, so the next step was to raise the flag of rebellion and openly be an enemy of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    While Tianxian Fengyuan was arguing endlessly with the opponents relying on the power of the teacher, Tianxian Yanxing and Tianxian Li Shijie returned to the fairyland of Lingkong with a group of survivors.


    They went around accusing Ziyang Tianxian of his misbehavior and perverse behavior.


    Ziyang Tianxian colluded with the star robbers and brutally killed the good monks in the Lingkong fairyland.


    He was arrogant and self-willed, and ruined almost the entire hunting army for his own selfishness.


    ...


    A series of crimes, true or false, were placed on Ziyang Tianxian''s head.


    Yanxing Tianxian was born in the Fuyu Sect, an old sect, and has the support of the sect behind him.


    The Fuyu School has always been one of the models of the righteous way, and their words, deeds, and deeds are also very righteous in their actions.


    Everything that the Word and Action God said was quickly spread and believed by many people.


    Words and Actions Tianxian attacked Ziyang Tianxian, as a supporter of Ziyang Tianxian, Fengyuan Tianxian was naturally very dissatisfied.


    Since Ziyang Tianxian is so unbearable, why did he support the other party in the first place, and what kind of thoughts did he have?


    Doesn''t this give his enemies an excuse to attack him.


    He wanted to make the angel of words and deeds shut up, but the other party didn''t like him at all.


    The internal atmosphere of the Fuyu Sect is united and friendly, and almost all the senior sect leaders support the god of words and deeds, and are willing to be their solid backing.


    An orthodox sect like the Fuyu Sect is one of the important foundations of the Lingkong Immortal World.


    Even Fengyuan Tianxian couldn''t bully others with his power.


    He is only a junior disciple of Jinxian, far from being able to represent Jinxian''s will.


    The Fuyu Sect with the Immortal Venerable in charge does not need to buy him at all.


    Li Shijie Tianxian''s remarks are not much more polite than Yanyan Tianxian, and they are all attacking Ziyang Tianxian with full firepower.


    Although he was born as a casual cultivator, he has received great support from the official monks of the Lingkong Immortal Realm.


    This allowed everything he said to be more officially recognized by the Lingkong Immortal World.


    Not to mention anything else, just that Ziyang Tianxian colluded with the star robbers and blatantly killed monks in the Lingkong fairyland, which cannot be cleaned up no matter what.


    There are quite a few survivors who returned to the Lingkong fairyland with the words and deeds, and they basically stood by their side.


    Especially fellow disciples, relatives, friends, clansmen, etc. of the monk who was massacred are running around, asking the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm to uphold justice.


    All of a sudden, the public opinion in the entire Lingkong Immortal World condemned the Ziyang Celestial Immortal.


    The Ziyang Celestial Immortal has fallen, but the Sanyang Immortal Sect is still there.


    Many people vented their anger on Sanyang Xianzong.


    The Sanyang Immortal Sect, which was already seriously injured, was in a worse situation.


    Under the control of those with a heart, Fengyuan Tianxian, who was a supporter of Ziyang Tianxian, also became notorious.


    He originally planned to take care of the Sanyang Xianzong for the sake of his family''s reputation, but at this time he could not protect himself.


    Many hostile monks from the officialdom of Lingkong Immortal Realm took the opportunity to attack him, and he soon lost his original status and power.


    At this time, almost no one mentioned the pursuit of the Taiyi Realm anymore.


    The mainstream voice in the Lingkong Immortal World is to accuse Ziyang Tianxian and demand the crusade against Ziyang Tianxian''s accomplices, the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group and the Sirius Sword Sect.


    As one of the parties involved, Guantiange also installed an ostrich at this time, for fear that the fire would burn his own body.


    lost two

 Chapter 3400

    What Gu Yue Lingqing brought was exactly the information Meng Zhang needed most, which verified his guess.


    The officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm are not active in hunting down the Taiyi Realm.


    This is because the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm suspect that he has a relationship with Qianyuan Xianzun, so they are unwilling to continue hunting Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang didn''t even think that some karma with Qianyuan Xianzun back then could bring such benefits.


    He has never seen Qianyuan Xianzun, but only accepted the treasures left by him and helped him wipe out the last vitality of Gai Rang Tianshen.


    It was because of this karma that he had been helped more than once.


    Of course, Meng Zhang himself knew that he had no close relationship with Qianyuan Immortal Venerable, and his real inheritance came from Taiyi Jinxian.


    And the relationship between him and the Taiyi Golden Immortal is totally shady.


    No matter what the reason is, since the official threat from the Lingkong Immortal Realm has been temporarily lifted, that is a good thing.


    Only the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm really made him afraid.


    As for other enemies, such stinky fish and rotten shrimps as the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group and the Sirius Sword Sect, at least for now, they cannot threaten him who is in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Without external threats, he can practice with peace of mind for the time being.


    His own practice has also entered a critical period.


    After he digested the gains from the battle with the Ziyang Celestial Immortal, he could begin to prepare for breaking through to the realm of the Immortal Venerable.


    After a great battle in the Taiyi world, many monks also need time to rest.


    There are still too few immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi world.


    The senior officials of the Taiyi Realm hope that among the many true immortals, more heavenly immortals will emerge soon.


    In order to maintain contact with the Lingkong Immortal Realm conveniently, the Taiyi Realm has been staying at the edge of the whirling flower sea.


    Although those secret spectators have left, but because of the powerful fighting power displayed by the Taiyi Realm, it has aroused the vigilance of many practice forces, and there have been people who have been secretly monitoring the movements of the Taiyi Realm.


    In this regard, Meng Zhang didn''t bother to ask.


    Even though he had already established contact with the Lingkong Fairyland and obtained the necessary information, Tai Miao still followed the original plan, entered the underworld, and came to the Eight Winds City.


    The underworld, an important source of information, cannot be easily given up.


    And intelligence is best compared with information from different sources.


    This is not because Meng Zhang doesn''t trust Gu Yue Lingqing, but because of habit.


    Tai Miao spent resources in the City of Eight Winds, buying and collecting all kinds of information, especially information about forces such as the Lingkong Immortal World and the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    The information he obtained must have many overlaps with the information obtained by Meng Zhang, and that doesn''t matter.


    Tai Miao has long subdued some god-level ghosts and ghosts in the underworld, and also has god-level puppets.


    These combat forces cannot leave the underworld, cannot be directly used in the yang world, and cannot solve the problems of the Taiyi world.


    Of course, the existence of these strong men greatly facilitated Tai Miao, helping him to be freed from his busy affairs and have more time for practice.


    He didn''t stay in Eight Wind City for too long, and soon returned to his family''s territory in the underworld.


    In terms of cultivation, Tai Miao has already been separated by the deity Meng Zhang.


    Although the incarnation outside the body is not jealous of the deity, but this incarnation outside the body is in a special situation, has its own personality, and is very strong in many things.


    He hastened his practice, hoping to catch up with Meng Zhang as soon as possible.


    This place in the underworld is very suitable for his practice, and he can get a lot of help from the environment.


    Too wonderful luck is good, I got some chances in the underworld.


    In the underworld, a world dominated by ghosts and ghosts, there are many brilliant cultivation systems.


    These practice systems are specially set up for ghosts and ghosts, which are very suitable for their cultivation.


    Although the truly brilliant cultivation methods are collected by those big forces, most of the ones that are circulated outside are some common goods, but it is inevitable that some leftovers will be left outside.


    Such a wonderful territory, he can be regarded as a powerful party in the underworld, and he himself can be regarded as a well-known master.


    He and his subordinates have worked hard to collect various practice inheritances of the underworld, and they have already gained some results.


    It is impossible for Tai Miao to completely change the original cultivation methods, but he can refer to these cultivation inheritances to optimize his own cultivation methods.


    In fact, Tai Miao''s cultivation technique was originally specially created by him and Meng Zhang after absorbing many divine way skills, ghost way skills, etc.


    Especially later, he was the one who contributed the most in creating the exercises, which can be called his self-created exercises.


    Tai Miao is not only the incarnation of Meng Zhang outside the body, but also has some characteristics of a natural ghost and god, and also believes in gods...


    His situation is too special, and there are no ready-made exercises that are easy to use.


    Only according to his special situation, he created his own exercises for him to practice.


    After he entered the middle stage of the gods, this self-created exercise is about to come to an end.


    If he wants to be promoted to the late stage of the gods, that is, the realm of immortals in the immortal way, he still needs to continue to perfect his self-created skills and blaze a new path.


    For Tai Miao, the underworld is a truly blessed land.


    He has received many benefits here, and it has brought him a lot of inspiration...


    He and Meng Zhang share the same mind and often communicate in practice.


    His self-created exercises began to be gradually perfected, his cultivation was steadily improved, and he had already begun to slowly see the road to the later stage of being promoted to a god.


    Not long after Meng Zhang practiced in seclusion, the Mingjing Celestial and Mingde Celestials of the Falling Feather Sect returned dejectedly to the Sea of ??Flowers.


    They once again lost their two old opponents, Nielong Aofang and Heini Bodhisattva.


    In fact, the fighting power of Nielong Aofang and Hei Ni Bodhisattva is not much worse than them.


    It''s just that due to their failure in the Possession Flower Sea, they had no intention of fighting with the Bright and Pure Heavenly Immortals.


    Not long after leaving Po Whirling Flower Sea, they tried to get rid of each other and fled far away.


    Mingjing Tianxian and Mingde Tianxian were not reconciled, and they already hated the entire Wild Hunt star bandit group.


    When the time is right in the future, they will definitely make the Wild Hunt Star Bandits look good.


    After returning to Posuo Huahai, they went to meet Meng Zhang, and after some exchange, they went to busy with their own affairs.


    There are abundant resources in the sea of ??whirling flowers, and the environment can exercise people well.


    Last time, due to the Taoist thieves, the group of monks sent by the Fallen Feather Sect to the Sea of ??Flowers was completely wiped out.


    The senior officials of the Fallen Feather Sect did not want to give up their exploration in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    Mingjing Tianxian and Mingde Tianxian want to reorganize the team of monks and continue the unfinished exploration from last time.


    Before they left, they also specifically confessed to Meng Zhang that if the Wild Hunting Star Pirates sent people into the Sea of ??Flowers, Meng Zhang must notify them in time.


    At that time, they will definitely stand by Meng Zhang''s side and fight against the Wild Hunting Star Thieves with all their strength.


    This time the Wild Hunting Star Bandits helped Ziyang Tianxian hunt down Meng Zhang, and they had already paid a huge price.


    Xueli Tianmo, one of the leaders of the regiment, died in battle, and almost the entire army he sent was wiped out.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3401

    The Wild Hunting Star Thief Group is indeed one of the few star thief forces in the void, possessing extremely powerful strength, with countless strong men and countless masters.


    Not to mention its main group, its branches are a great disaster in the void.


    But its strength still has a limit.


    Since the Wild Hunting Star Pirates formed an enmity with the Taiyi Realm, they have suffered many failures and paid heavy losses.


    Even if his family has a great career and profound heritage, such a heavy loss is enough to seriously hurt his vitality.


    The Wild Hunter Thieves have been doing a lot of evil in the void and causing disasters for many years, and they have already forged countless enemies.


    It is unrealistic for him to desperately deploy all his strength to deal with Taiyi Realm.


    Moreover, when the Taiyi interface faced the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, the Fallen Feather Sect had no scruples, and justifiably stood by its side.


    For the time being, the Taiyi Realm does not need to worry about the threat from the Wild Hunting Star Bandit Group.


    Even, some high-level executives who have considered the issue in the long run have begun to imagine how the Taiyi Realm will take revenge on the Wild Hunting Star Bandits after they leave the Sea of ??Flowers.


    After Celestial Mingjing and Celestial Mingde left, Meng Zhang gained a rare period of free time to practice cultivation wholeheartedly.


    His cultivation base is steadily improving, and his combat effectiveness is constantly improving.


    In particular, the background of Tai Chi Cave is deepening, the rules of heaven and earth inside are more perfect, and more creatures are bred and raised.


    Meng Zhang has long discovered that the more abundant and higher the level of creatures bred in a cave, the more obvious benefits it will bring to the perfection of the cave.


    He began to try to move some outside creatures into the cave, and tried to make these creatures settle down in the cave, and slowly integrate into the original creatures of the cave.


    Dongtian is an independent world, and the level is not low.


    Create a cave from scratch, and slowly perfect it, witness its various evolutions...


    Meng Zhang seemed to have seen various situations such as the creation of the world, the creation of the world, the growth of the world, and the birth of creatures.


    This is of great benefit for him to comprehend the Dao of Heaven and Earth and observe the Dao of the Void and Heaven.


    Meng Zhang has spent a relatively long time in retreat this time, and he has gained a lot in various ways.


    The Taiyi world has long had a mature operating system, and Meng Zhang does not need to pay attention to it all the time.


    The Taiyi Realm, which was on the rise, quickly recovered the losses from the previous war.


    Excellent practitioners are constantly emerging in the Taiyi world, and outstanding juniors are emerging in endlessly.


    At the edge of the sea of ??whirling flowers, although there are few flowers that are difficult to distinguish between real and false, and even fewer of which have development and utilization value, the senior officials of the Taiyi world still organized a team of practitioners to develop and explore the surrounding area.


    After a long period of unremitting efforts, there are more or less gains, which is better than nothing.


    After the Taiyi Realm was defeated in the battle to hunt down the army last time, its prestige spread among the whirling flowers.


    Under normal circumstances, all forces will not easily provoke the Taiyi Realm.


    Especially those forces who feel that they can''t compete with the Taiyi Realm, they even shy away from them.


    After a period of time, the monks in the Taiyi Realm completed the exploration and opening up of the surroundings, and began to set foot in more distant areas, slowly exploring deeper into the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao were practicing in seclusion, and Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna took turns escorting the expedition team.


    Fairy Yue''e, the oldest true immortal in the Taiyi Realm, began to retreat, and once again began to attack the realm of celestial beings.


    Born as a casual cultivator, she has been promoted to the realm of true immortals for many years, but due to some shortcomings in her early years of practice, she has been unable to advance to the realm of heavenly immortals.


    More than 10,000 years ago, she took the risk to participate in various disputes in the Junchen world.


    Not only did she not get the chance to break through to the immortals, but was driven out of Junchen Realm by other true immortals.


    In the long years, she tried her best, but she was still unable to see the road leading to the realm of celestial beings.


    In the world of comprehension, there are thousands of true immortals like her, and they are the mainstream of true immortals.


    If nothing unexpected happens, she will either fall into the battle, or die under the calamity of a true immortal.


    Later, she met Meng Zhang, which was her chance.


    She took refuge in Meng Zhang, worked for him for many years, and finally got enough rewards.


    Meng Zhang opened the Sutra Pavilion of Taiyi Gate to him, so that he could refer to various brilliant cultivation methods, improve his own cultivation situation, and make up for some defects in his early cultivation.


    As an enshrinement of the Taiyi Gate, she enjoys a wealth of cultivation resources.


    She has fought for the Taiyi Gate for many years, and her contributions have been recognized by Meng Zhang.


    There is no priority in learning, and the master is the teacher.


    Meng Zhang is an out-and-out junior, but he walked in front of the road of practice early.


    Meng Zhang pointed her out more than once.


    He also spent energy to correct some mistakes in his practice and consolidate the foundation of his practice.


    She also had a lot of exchanges with Gu Yue Lingqing.


    Gu Yue Lingqing was very generous in the communication and did not hide any secrets.


    After so many years, she finally made up for the shortcomings in her early years of cultivation, re-established her foundation, and gained the ability to hit the realm of celestial beings.


    She had failed to attack the realm of celestial beings several times before, and she was hit hard in all aspects of body and mind.


    Fortunately, her mind is tough enough, and she has abundant resources from the Taiyi Sect, so she can recover from the blow in time.


    Since the Taiyi Realm is in urgent need of more heavenly immortals, Meng Zhang has already ordered the senior management of the Taiyi Realm to give them as much resources as possible to ensure that they have no worries.


    As long as Fairy Yue''e can be promoted to Celestial Immortal, all the resources spent on her will be completely worth it, and sooner or later she will be able to get enough returns.


    In order to help Fairy Yue''e to become a Celestial Immortal, Meng Zhang was heartbroken.


    He even interrupted his practice more than once, and went out temporarily to provide him with various kinds of help.


    After experiencing the last big battle, Fairy Yue''e felt that she had gained a lot.


    After recovering her vitality after retreating, absorbing and digesting all the gains, she suddenly felt something in her heart, and immediately started the journey to attack the immortals again.


    Probably because of the unhappiness in her early years, her previous failures have exhausted her bad luck;


    Her assault on the Celestial Realm was very smooth this time, successfully overcoming all kinds of difficulties and obstacles, and quickly crossing the barriers one after another.


    When various visions began to appear in the sky above the Taiyi Realm, celestial music burst out, and smallpox danced wildly...


    Knowledgeable monks know that this is the rebirth of a fairy in the Taiyi Realm.


    When Fairy Yue''e was promoted to Celestial Immortal, the scene was not even comparable to that of Meng Zhang, even Gu Yue Lingqing.


    The benefits she gained after being promoted to Tianxian are far inferior to those of Meng Zhang, including the Ziqing inspiration from the sky, and the number is not very large.


    But a fairy is a fairy, and the realm is real.


    The Taiyi world has one more urgently needed celestial combat power, which can be said to have greatly eased the needs of all aspects.


    Not long after she successfully ascended to the realm of celestial beings, she left the level.


    Next, a grand celebration was held in Taiyi Realm. Fairy Yue''e invited fellow practitioners and opened a forum to give lectures.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3402

    Fairy Yue''e''s promotion to Tianxian seems to be very smooth this time, but it is based on many years of unsatisfactory and several failures.


    Even with the firmness of her Dao heart, she couldn''t help crying with joy after finally fulfilling her wish for many years.


    She succeeded in being promoted to Celestial Immortal this time, and she almost exhausted her potential.


    If nothing unexpected happens, the realm of immortality will be the end of her practice.


    She wanted Meng Zhang to start retreating again after the immortal ceremony.


    After Fairy Yue''e was promoted to Celestial Immortal, she did not lack practice skills and resources, and quickly consolidated her realm of practice, gained new abilities, and became a qualified Celestial Immortal.


    Meng Zhang''s stable retreat life didn''t last too long before he was broken by Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva has long mastered the method of secretly contacting Meng Zhang.


    After the end of the last war, he gave Meng Zhang and Taiyi Realm a long time to rest.


    Now, he probably felt that Meng Zhang and the others had had enough rest, and it was time to return the favor.


    As a Buddhist monk, Hezhen Bodhisattva did not want to give the impression of colluding with Taoist gods.


    Moreover, as a follower of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, he regards himself as the maintainer of the order of the whirling flower sea. He always treats all cultivation forces equally, and has no tendency to get close to any force in private.


    After Meng Zhang received his letter, he immediately left the customs, secretly left the Taiyi Realm, and met him at the agreed place.


    The meeting between the two is strictly confidential to ensure that the news will not be leaked.


    After the two met, they exchanged pleasantries first, and then slowly got to the point.


    Last time Hezhen Bodhisattva agreed to help Meng Zhang suppress the threat from Yunmen Sect.


    Regardless of whether he made a move or not, as long as the Yunmen sect did not intervene in the battle of the Taiyi Realm, Meng Zhang owed him a big favor.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva is not too polite, hoping that Meng Zhang can become an enemy of Yunmen Sect, even if this favor is repaid.


    Meng Zhang had promised long ago that he would not let Yunmen Sect go easily.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva came to the door this time to ask Meng Zhang to fulfill his promise.


    Meng Zhang has always kept his word and has no intention of breaking his promise.


    He has a vengeful temperament, and he has long wanted to clean up the Yunmen sect.


    Of course, if there is no request from Hezhen Bodhisattva, he will try to delay the time as much as possible, so that the Taiyi Realm will have stronger strength before doing anything.


    Now that there is a request from the real Bodhisattva, there is nothing wrong with doing it in advance.


    Anyway, the Yunmen sect''s garrison power in the whirling flower sea is limited, and the strongest is just a Bodhisattva of the same level as him.


    Of course, fulfilling a promise is one thing, and the benefits that should be fought for must still be fought for.


    Meng Zhang mentioned that there are several great Bodhisattvas sitting in Yunmen sect.


    As long as any great Bodhisattva comes, he can easily destroy the Taiyi Realm.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva comforted Meng Zhang.


    He assured again and again that a strong man at the Bodhisattva level would never dare to easily enter the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    As long as the Taiyi Realm stays in the whirling sea of ??flowers, there is no need to worry about the threat of any great Bodhisattva.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva is not an idiot, he would not do such a stupid thing as asking the horse to run without feeding the horse.


    Although Meng Zhang promised to deal with the Yunmen sect, he still had to give the support that should be given.


    Don''t look at Meng Zhang''s willingness to agree now, but if the benefits are not enough, he may not be too concerned about this matter.


    Regarding the virtue of a cultivator, Hezhen Bodhisattva asks himself too clearly.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva took the initiative to provide Meng Zhang with several locations, all of which are rich in resources in the whirling flower sea, especially where high-level resources are produced.


    They, the followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, have been in the Sea of ??Flowers for so many years, so they are very familiar with the environment here.


    They have too few manpower, and the demand is not great, so they know that many places are rich in resources, but they are unable to mine them.


    Moreover, even if they claim to be followers of Nan Wu Sun Moon Light Buddha, it is impossible to monopolize all the resources here.


    Those cultivating forces that entered the whirling flower sea, especially the Buddhist forces, would not be too concerned about their followers when they competed for resources.


    Since it''s something that the family doesn''t need for the time being, it might as well be cheaper for the Taiyi Realm, which can be regarded as a commission for hiring them.


    Among the several locations provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva, the one with the richest resources has already been occupied by Yunmen Sect.


    Cloud Gate Sect has spent a lot of energy exploring and developing there.


    Now, they have established a temporary base there, with a stable output of resources.


    Meng Zhang understood Hezhen Bodhisattva''s thoughts almost instantly, and accepted these benefits almost without any hesitation.


    Seeing that Meng Zhang didn''t say much, Hezhen Bodhisattva continued to discuss with him how to do it.


    There is still a minimum of order in the sea of ??whirling flowers, and it is not appropriate for the Taiyi Realm to have an all-out war with the Yunmen Sect.


    The last time the chasing army from the Lingkong Immortal Realm entered the sea of ??flowers and flowers, Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others made a secret move, which dealt a major blow to this army.


    If a full-scale war breaks out between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect, Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others cannot pretend not to see it.


    The stand of these order defenders cannot be forgotten, nor can the incense and fire among Buddhist monks be ignored.


    In the next actions, Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others will appear to stand on the opposite side of the Taiyi Realm, and there may be some small scolding and big helping actions.


    The actions of the Taiyi Realm must also be strategic, and they cannot inexplicably break out of a full-scale war with the Yunmen Sect as soon as they come up.


    In that case, Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others had to intervene immediately in order to maintain their own authority.


    Taiyi Realm can send some low-level monks first to explore the whirling flower sea, find an excuse for resources, and enter the vicinity of the Yunmen sect''s sphere of influence.


    The two forces had been unhappy before, and the next conflict was a matter of course.


    The Taiyi Realm slowly sent more monks to enter the sphere of influence of the Yunmen Sect, fighting with them one after another, and then the fighting gradually escalated.


    Although Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others claim to maintain the internal order of the whirling sea of ??flowers, they can''t control the interests of various forces, general conflicts and even fights.


    After everyone got used to the conflict between the Taiyi Realm and the Yunmen Sect, the Taiyi Realm suddenly launched with all its strength, severely damaging and even annihilating the Yunmen Sect''s garrison forces in the whirling flower sea with lightning speed.


    As long as the Taiyi Realm moves fast enough, coupled with the deliberate delay with the real Bodhisattva, it is entirely possible that the war will end before these followers react.


    The great war is over, the Yunmen Sect has already been defeated, and it has already become an established fact. No matter how dissatisfied these followers are, they will not directly start a war with the Taiyi Realm.

 Chapter 3403

    Hezhen Bodhisattva, the group of so-called followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, actually has very limited control over the whirling flower sea, and it can''t even be called control at all.


    The cultivation forces of all parties are here to explore, develop resources, and even break out of conflicts. They have absolutely no control over them.


    Their bottom line is to not allow a large-scale war to break out here.


    All along, this point has been observed well, it can be considered that everyone has sold their face.


    The last time the hunting army from the Lingkong Immortal Realm entered the whirling flower sea in large numbers, and the subsequent battle broke out, which actually destroyed their bottom line.


    It can also be said that the name of Lingkong Immortal Realm is too famous, and they are unwilling to directly conflict with it.


    He and the real Bodhisattva secretly made a mess, and almost did what should be done.


    With this incident, all the cultivation forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers have seen through the nature of these followers who are strong outside but dry in the middle.


    Logically speaking, what Hezhen Bodhisattva and the others should do most at this time is to try to maintain stability and order in the whirling sea of ??flowers, and let time slowly dilute the impact of the last incident.


    But he secretly asked Meng Zhang to eliminate the monks of Yunmen Sect, which undoubtedly did not conform to his position, nor did it conform to the interests of these followers.


    Doing this with the real Bodhisattva must have other plans.


    Either he secretly betrayed this group of followers; or the existence of Yunmen sect monks seriously threatened this group of followers, causing them to destroy their prestige at the expense of important interests.


    Meng Zhang has long been very familiar with this kind of intrigue.


    Due to the lack of information he currently has, he does not yet know the true purpose of Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    Whether it''s for the purpose of repaying favors or for the benefit of Taiyi Realm, he has temporarily sided with Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    Among the cultivation forces in the whirling flower sea, except for the Fallen Feather Sect, few of them have goodwill towards the Taiyi Realm.


    In this environment where wolves look around, the Taiyi Realm needs friends.


    Looking at all aspects of the situation, he and the real Bodhisattva are suitable friends.


    Meng Zhanghe and Zhen Bodhisattva discussed the next plan, and promised that Taiyi Realm would do it as soon as possible.


    In order to facilitate the next actions of the Taiyi Realm, Hezhen Bodhisattva also provided Meng Zhang with a map of the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Due to the special environment of the whirling flower sea, countless flowers that are difficult to distinguish between virtual and real are born and died, resulting in frequent changes in the terrain.


    The map provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva is a relatively new map, which records the recent topographical conditions of Posuo Huahai.


    In addition, Hezhen Bodhisattva also provided more information to Meng Zhang, about the cultivation forces in the whirling flower sea, the monks from all sides, especially the monks stationed here from the Yunmen sect.


    Meng Zhang knew that he must have reservations about the maps and information provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    However, after all, this is the result they have collected for many years, and it is very precious to the Taiyi world who are newcomers.


    After discussing with the real Bodhisattva and Meng Zhang, he left quickly.


    After Meng Zhang watched him leave, he also returned to Taiyi Realm.


    Although it was Meng Zhang''s wish to do something against the Yunmen sect, and it was also to repay favors, but Meng Zhang still had to think about it.


    There is also a limit to returning favors.


    The help provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva to the Taiyi Realm is limited, and it is impossible for the Taiyi Realm to gamble everything in order to return favors.


    It is even more impossible for Meng Zhang to act arbitrarily for the sake of momentary pleasure.


    As the master of the Taiyi Realm, he must prioritize the interests of the Taiyi Realm in everything.


    He summoned a group of high-ranking officials from the Taiyi Realm, and told all of Hezhen Bodhisattva''s instructions and plans, as well as his own promises.


    The defeat of the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian raised the morale of the Taiyi world.


    Many monks in the Taiyi Realm now have the illusion that the Taiyi Realm is invincible and omnipotent.


    Not to mention dealing with a mere Yunmen sect, even if they took the initiative to attack the Jinxian sect, countless people would respond positively.


    Everyone has no opinion on dealing with the Yunmen sect.


    Some radical monks even felt that they shouldn''t be so mother-in-law. They should attack immediately and take down the Yunmen sect as soon as possible, so as to deter all the cultivation forces in the whirling flower sea.


    Of course, among the high-level Taiyi Realm, there are more monks who are sensible enough.


    It is fine for the Taiyi Realm to attack the Yunmen Sect, but it cannot be an enemy of the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, let alone arouse public anger and become the public enemy of all parties'' cultivation forces.


    The plan provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva seems to have no problem, and it has solved some concerns of the high-level Taiyi Realm.


    According to the information provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva, the force of the Yunmen sect stationed in the sea of ??flowers is not very strong, far inferior to the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian.


    The combat power displayed by the etheric world in the last war can completely wipe it out.


    Moreover, in the ensuing battle, Hezhen Bodhisattva will continue to secretly provide some help to the Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang had more problems in mind.


    It is one thing to attack the Yunmen sect, but it is another thing to wipe out all the monks of the Yunmen sect in the whirling flower sea and form a deadly enmity with the Yunmen sect.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva doesn''t care about the threat of the Great Bodhisattva of Yunmen Sect, and the helpless Meng Zhang has to care about it.


    If the great Bodhisattvas of Yunmen Sect were really angered, then Meng Zhang would not dare to leave the sea of ??flowers and flowers before he was promoted to Immortal Venerable.


    Although Meng Zhang and Hezhen Bodhisattva are temporarily standing together, Meng Zhang doesn''t want to be tied to death, let alone advance and retreat with him forever.


    Compared with the true Bodhisattva, another friend of the Taiyi Realm, the Fallen Feather Sect, is obviously more reliable and more trustworthy.


    It''s just that the current relationship between the two sides is not stable enough or deep enough.


    If Meng Zhang provoked the Great Bodhisattva of Yunmen Sect, Luoyu Sect might not support him unconditionally.


    In fact, what Meng Zhang wanted to know most was Hezhen Bodhisattva''s true thoughts, why did he instigate Taiyi Realm to attack Yunmen Sect.


    Meng Zhang had a faint premonition in his heart that there must be a big secret in it, and it involved a lot.


    Back then, Taiyi Realm had to escape into the whirling sea of ??flowers in order to avoid being hunted by the Lingkong Immortal Realm. The sea of ??whirling flowers is not a pure land, and there are also countless disputes.


    The current Taiyi Realm has been involved in another disturbance.


    According to the information obtained from the Gu Yue family, the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm no longer have much intention to continue hunting down the Taiyi Realm.


    It seems that the Taiyi Realm can leave the whirling flower sea.


    But Meng Zhang knew that things were not that simple.


    He and Qianyuan Xianzun didn''t really have a close relationship, and it was impossible to rely on Qianyuan Xianzun''s name to protect him forever.


    Officials in the Lingkong Immortal Realm fear and even respect Immortal Qianyuan, but they will never be afraid of him.


    Who knows when the officials of Lingkong Immortal Realm will know that Meng Zhang and Qianyuan Xianzun are not actually closely related?


    Meng Zhang didn''t dare to underestimate the intelligence capabilities of a family with Jinxian in charge.


    At that time, maybe the officials of Lingkong Immortal World will change their minds again?


    Thank you book friend 20190105232403774 for your many rewards and supports.

 Chapter 3404

    Not to mention the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm, but the other forces offended by the Taiyi Realm alone will pose a great threat to the Taiyi Realm if they go all out.


    There are several immortals sitting in Guantian Pavilion, and there are also powerful immortals in the legend of the Wild Hunting Star Pirates...


    If the officials of the Lingkong Immortal Realm change their minds and hunt down the Taiyi Realm again, it will be even more difficult to resist.


    No matter from which point of view, the current sea of ??whirling flowers is the most suitable sanctuary for the Taiyi Realm.


    Due to the existence of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, the tentacles of other Golden Immortal Buddhas were blocked outside.


    Even the powerhouses at the level of Immortal Venerable cannot enter here.


    Since the Taiyi Realm cannot leave the sea of ??flowers and flowers for the time being, it is best not to offend Hezhen Bodhisattva and others.


    After discussing with the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm, they all felt that the plan with the True Bodhisattva could be carried out slowly, and the conflict with the Yunmen Sect would be discussed first.


    As for whether the scale of the war will be expanded in the future, and whether to eliminate its power in the whirling flower sea, it can be judged according to the situation, and there is no need to rush to make a decision at present.


    Some high-level officials in the Taiyi Realm who thought more, even doubted that Hezhen Bodhisattva''s intentions were to form a deep hatred between the Taiyi Realm and the Yunmen Sect, so as to control the Taiyi Realm in the future.


    Meng Zhang also considered these concerns.


    However, don''t worry about it for now.


    The Taiyi Realm should first follow Hezhen Bodhisattva''s will and act according to the plan.


    At the same time, Meng Zhang will also secretly try to find out the true intentions of Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    The executives of Taiyi Realm have always been very active in action, and once they make up their minds, they can act quickly.


    Among the several locations provided by Hezhen Bodhisattva, Meng Zhang chose the one closest to the temporary base of Yunmen Sect.


    Next, Taiyi Realm will move there to explore and develop the resources there.


    According to Meng Zhang''s vision, the conflict between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect would not break out immediately.


    After a conflict breaks out, skirmishes can go on for a long time.


    During this period of time, the Taiyi Realm cannot be idle, and must collect as many resources as possible.


    As for how to explain to Hezhen Bodhisattva, Meng Zhang had already thought about it.


    It wasn''t that he was delaying time on purpose.


    Not long ago, the Taiyi Realm made a big splash and defeated the menacing hunting army.


    If the Taiyi Realm is too aggressive at this time, it will attract hostility from all parties.


    The Taiyi Realm needs time to dilute the impact of the last incident in order to weaken everyone''s vigilance, especially the vigilance of the Yunmen Sect.


    The actions of the Taiyi Realm are actually in line with the mind and plan of Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    When Luna manipulated the Taiyi Realm to go to the pointed location, Meng Zhang secretly left the Taiyi Realm again to meet Mingjing Tianxian and the others.


    In contrast, Meng Zhang paid more attention to the relationship with Luo Yuzong.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva was only a temporary friend chosen by the Taiyi Realm when they were in the whirling sea of ??flowers, and the Falling Feather Sect might become a long-term ally of the Taiyi Realm.


    That being the case, before Taiyi Realm makes any big moves, it''s better to tell the other party.


    Maybe, Meng Zhang could get some useful information and help from Luo Yuzong.


    During these years, the Mingjing Celestial Immortal and the Mingde Celestial Immortal have stayed in the Po Whirling Flower Sea to organize the exploration and development here.


    After the team of cultivators sent by the Fallen Feather Sect was completely wiped out by the Taoist thieves, a brand new team was sent here long ago.


    This time, after learning the lessons from last time, the team is stronger enough to deal with all kinds of unexpected situations.


    The team sent by the Falling Feather Sect had discovered a place with unusually rich resources in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    Continuing to mine it now can be regarded as not letting the painstaking efforts of the predecessors go to waste.


    Although the void is vast and boundless, the known resources are limited.


    Especially in the void areas that have been proven, most of them already have owners.


    Even for a powerful sect like the Fallen Feather Sect, it is not easy to obtain a stable source of high-level resources.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha adopts an open attitude, almost never rejecting outsiders who enter the sea of ??flowers.


    However, due to various dangers in the sea of ??whirling flowers, including mutual harm and secret calculations among practitioners, many outsiders not only did not gain anything, but suffered heavy losses and even lost their lives.


    Celestial Immortal Mingjing and Celestial Mingde sit here and have also encountered some difficulties and challenges.


    Meng Zhang has been keeping in touch with them and exchanging news.


    Although the two sides worked together last time to deal with the Wild Hunter Bandits, the daily contact between them will still be kept as secret as possible.


    After all, in the sea of ??whirling flowers, the Buddhist practice forces are the most numerous.


    The two powerful Taoist forces are too close, and they are in frequent contact, which will inevitably arouse their jealousy and suspicion.


    Meng Zhang still chose a secret place this time to meet secretly with the Mingde and Mingjing Heavenly Immortals.


    After the meeting, Meng Zhang took the initiative to reveal Hezhen Bodhisattva''s request to them.


    Meng Zhanghe did not hide his relationship with the real Bodhisattva from them.


    He had already revealed everything about his family''s relationship with Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    He took the initiative to come to see them now, in addition to tipping off the news, he was also seeking their opinions on the matter of Yunmen Sect.


    Although the Buddhist sect is not a single iron bucket, and there are disputes between various cultivation forces, it still seems a bit strange that Hezhen Bodhisattva is targeting the Yunmen sect so much.


    Mingjing Bodhisattva hesitated for a while, and finally spoke.


    After all, Meng Zhang actively made friends with them, the two sides had a friendship of fighting side by side, and the Taiyi world was also very valuable.


    If it weren''t for the fact that the Taiyi Realm was wanted by the Lingkong Immortal Realm, maybe the senior officials of the Luoyu Sect would have agreed to form an alliance with the Taiyi Realm long ago.


    Although the two have not formally formed an alliance, there is still no problem in exchanging news and taking care of each other.


    Especially in a place where Buddhist practice forces like Posuo Huahai have an absolute advantage, the two families need to hug each other to keep warm.


    The Fallen Feather Sect expends so much energy to operate in the whirling flower sea, and the plan is very big, not just for some resources.


    Maybe, in the next action, Luo Yuzong still needs the close cooperation of Taiyi Realm.


    Mingjing Tianxian decided to reveal some secrets to Meng Zhang, which would not only help deepen the relationship between the two parties, but also allow Meng Zhang to prepare in advance.


    In the narration of Mingjing Tianxian, Meng Zhang had a deeper understanding of Luoyuzong.


    Buddhism and Taoism are the two most powerful camps in the void.


    Although Taoism is stronger than Buddhism, it does not have an overwhelming advantage.


    In addition, there are too many camps in the void, intertwined with each other, friends and foes are difficult to distinguish, and various relationships are too complicated. Taoism and Buddhism have their own enemies, so Taoism and Buddhism are not mortal enemies.


    There are disputes between Taoism and Buddhism from time to time, and even wars occur, but they are limited to certain forces, and it is not a full-scale confrontation between the two camps.


    At some point, the two camps will even stand on the same side, cooperate with each other, and carry out limited cooperation.

 Chapter 3405

    Within the two camps of Daoism and Buddhism, many forces did not relax their vigilance against each other because of this, but have always been on high alert, regarding each other as the greatest enemy.


    As a member of the Daoist faction, Luo Yuzong has always shouldered the important task of monitoring the Buddhist sect.


    Of course, there are many forces in the Taoist sect similar to Luo Yuzong.


    They are scattered all over the void, monitoring every move of the major forces of Buddhism, and suppressing and weakening the forces of Buddhism either openly or secretly.


    The actions of the Fallen Feather Sect were not spontaneous, but had instructions from a higher level.


    Many years ago, Luo Yuzong received news that there might be a major change in the sea of ??flowers that was related to the internal structure of Buddhism.


    Therefore, the Fallen Feather Sect sent out a team of monks to enter Posa Flower Sea in the name of exploration.


    Due to the attitude of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, the sea of ??flowers and flowers can come and go freely for all forces.


    There are not many Taoist cultivation forces stationed in Posuo Huahai, but they are not too few.


    With the addition of some forces from other systems, although the Buddhist practice forces occupy the mainstream, they are far from being able to dominate the sea of ??flowers.


    In order to avoid attracting too much attention, the team of Luo Yuzong stationed in Posa Huahai was not very strong. And the leader of the team, Tianxian, didn''t know the inside story, but received orders from the sect to secretly and closely monitor all changes in the whirling flower sea.


    Perhaps, in the eyes of the leader Tianxian, this is because the sect is going to march into the sea of ??flowers and occupy more territory and resources, so it has made such preparations in advance.


    After that team was wiped out by the Taoist thieves, the Falling Feather Sect took the opportunity to send out the Mingjing Celestial Immortal and Mingde Celestial Immortal.


    Their cultivation realm is higher, their status in the sect is also higher, they know more secrets of the sect, and know the real inside story of this mission.


    They naturally hope to complete the task assigned by the sect well.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha has been sitting in the whirling flower sea, and there will be great changes in the whirling flower sea, and it must be inseparable from it.


    The Mingjing Heavenly Immortals are powerless to intervene in matters involving the Golden Immortal Buddha level. They can only do their job well, closely monitor everything that happens in the whirling flower sea, and pass all kinds of information back to the sect in time.


    Meng Zhang came to report, saying that Hezhen Bodhisattva wanted the Taiyi Realm to attack the Yunmen Sect, which was relatively important information, and there were indeed many abnormalities, which deserved the attention of Mingjing Tianxian and others.


    They told Mengzhang their real mission, which also meant that Mengzhang boarded the ship.


    Knowing such a confidential matter, Meng Zhang may have to completely stand by them.


    After Meng Zhang listened to Mingjing Tianxian''s story, moreover, he had been getting along well with Mingjing Tianxian and the others before. Especially the last time Mingjing Tianxian and the others helped him deal with the leader of the Wild Hunting Star Thief Group, which helped him a lot.


    Judging from the years of getting along with each other, Mingjing Tianxian is also a trustworthy person.


    After a little thought in his mind, Meng Zhang made a choice.


    He volunteered that in the future he could help them monitor what happened in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    If something similar to Hezhen Bodhisattva happens again, he will definitely notify them in time.


    Seeing Meng Zhang being so upbeat, Mingjing Tianxian also heaved a sigh of relief.


    With such a powerful helper as Meng Zhang, it is also helpful for his mission.


    People at the level of Mingjing Tianxian and Meng Zhang generally don''t make promises casually.


    As long as they promise something, they generally will not violate it.


    Although they did not make an oath, within a few words, they reached an agreement, and the relationship between the two parties went one step further.


    Now, the two sides can be regarded as their own people.


    That being the case, Mingjing Tianxian took the initiative to disclose more confidential information to Meng Zhang.


    The focus of the Falling Feather Sect''s monitoring of the whirling flower sea is naturally on Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    But with the power of the Fallen Feather Sect, it is impossible to directly monitor a Buddha.


    Moreover, this Buddha has been out of seclusion all year round, and he has hardly shown his face in front of people for so many years.


    As a result, the Fallen Feather Sect infiltrated among the followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    These followers seem to be loyal to Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha on the surface, but most of them are followers of power, and there are very few true loyalists who want to benefit from him.


    As long as they are willing to pay a sufficient price, many of these followers are willing to sell all kinds of information to the outside world.


    It''s just that Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha has been too low-key these years, and even the so-called followers have never seen him.


    The senior management of the Fallen Feather Sect had no other better solution than to continue to monitor those followers.


    During this process, Luo Yuzong discovered that besides himself, there were also some external forces, mainly Buddhist forces, secretly infiltrating this group of followers.


    Many of these followers have been bribed by outsiders, or they themselves are traitors arranged by other forces.


    It seems that there are also many internal problems in Buddhism.


    The Falling Feather Sect was responsible for monitoring the movement of the Buddhist sect, so naturally it not only paid attention to the place of Posuo Huahai, but also monitored the Buddhist forces in other directions.


    According to the news received by the Zongmen''s senior management, some Buddhist forces have strengthened the monitoring and infiltration of the sea of ??flowers in these years.


    According to the news obtained from some secret channels, some Buddhist forces also know that there will be great changes in the whirling flower sea, and they have already started planning early, trying to gain benefits from it.


    The senior management of the Fallen Feather Sect paid more attention to the Sea of ??Flowers.


    The team of comprehension practitioners led by Celestial Immortal Mingjing and Celestial Mingde is just the strength of Luoyu Zongming''s face.


    In secret, in order to cope with the upcoming great changes, the Fallen Feather Sect made more preparations and mobilized more powerful celestial beings.


    Mingjing Tianxian took the initiative to tell Meng Zhang these things, which also made him feel confident.


    If there is a huge change in the whirling flower sea, they will soon be able to get support from the Fallen Feather Sect, and they can fully cope with various situations.


    He also faintly hinted that Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha should be targeted by a strong man of the same level, and there is no threat to small pawns like them.


    Mingjing Tianxian''s words let Meng Zhang know how intense the next great change will be.


    Originally, Meng Zhang took the Taiyi Realm to hide in the sea of ??whirling flowers, thinking that he could have a peaceful life, but he didn''t expect that troubles would emerge one after another, and he would be involved in an unprecedented storm.

 Chapter 3406

    Meng Zhang quickly adjusted his mentality and put aside all kinds of negative emotions.


    He took the initiative to inform the Mingjing Heavenly Immortal about the matter with the True Bodhisattva, and he had already made a choice between the two.


    Now that the matter has come to this point and there is no turning back, there is only one way to go to the dark.


    He discussed with Mingjing Tianxian and decided on what to do next.


    Next, Meng Zhang will follow Hezhen Bodhisattva''s instructions to cause Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect to clash, and finally raid the temporary base of Yunmen Sect, trying to destroy it.


    During this process, the Mingjing Celestial Immortal will help him to try to figure out the true purpose of Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    After the two discussed it, Meng Zhang left here and returned to Taiyi Realm.


    The Taiyi Realm quickly moved to the pointing position, and a team of practitioners was dispatched to explore the surroundings and develop various resources.


    After talking with Mingjing Tianxian, Meng Zhang had a solid foundation in his mind, and his next actions were more calm.


    Meng Zhang was not in a hurry to clash with the Yunmen sect, but commanded the monks in the Taiyi Realm, and temporarily focused his energy on developing the surrounding resources.


    As the flowers that are difficult to distinguish between true and false are explored clearly by monks from the Taiyi Realm, each resource point has entered everyone''s eyes.


    This place is relatively close to the core area of ??the whirling flower sea. There are many dangers around, and countless dangers and traps are hidden in the darkness.


    Luna, Guyue Lingqing and Yue''e Fairy, the three immortal-level powerhouses, took turns to dispatch to ensure the smooth progress of the development.


    Natural traps, grotesque monsters, ferocious star beasts...


    The monks sent by the Taiyi world began to suffer casualties.


    At the same time, the harvest from the Taiyi Realm is also huge.


    Twice, Meng Zhang even had to take action himself to eliminate the danger encountered.


    Meng Zhangzhu killed two star beasts at the level of celestial beings, and brought their bodies back to the Taiyi Realm.


    A lot of flesh and blood were used to feed the various spirit beasts kept in the Taiyi Realm Yu Beast Hall.


    The most precious star core on the star beast was also extracted.


    One of them was used on the star-swallowing beast that was cultivated emphatically.


    There are dedicated monks in the Taiyi Gate who are responsible for taking care of this star-eating beast with great potential.


    Under the training of sparing no resources, this star swallowing beast has already possessed the strength of a true fairy.


    In the sea of ??whirling flowers, a large number of small thousand worlds are hidden among countless flowers that are hard to distinguish from reality to reality.


    The small thousand worlds discovered in the Taiyi world have roughly the same processing methods.


    After exhausting the resources inside, drag it back to the Taiyi Realm and use it to strengthen the foundation of the Taiyi Realm.


    From time to time, there are also some dilapidated small thousand worlds for the devouring star beast to devour.


    This star-eating beast has also left the Taiyi Realm many times to assist the monks in the Taiyi Realm to explore and fight.


    Quite often, this star devouring beast will also capture some small thousand worlds as its own food.


    Sufficient supply of resources, frequent actual combat exercises, careful cultivation of Taiyimen monks...


    This star devouring beast developed rapidly, and its combat power increased rapidly.


    Since Bodhisattva Hezhen personally explained to Meng Zhang last time, he has been paying attention to the movements in Taiyi Realm.


    Meng Zhang accepted the benefits he gave, but did not conflict with Yunmenzong.


    Although Meng Zhang had already explained that it would take a while before doing it, so as not to attract too much attention.


    But after a long delay, he still began to feel impatient.


    He didn''t know much about Meng Zhang, and he only wanted to make friends with him when he saw that the other party was powerful in combat.


    The last time the hunting army led by Ziyang Tianxian entered the sea of ??flowers, he was used by Meng Zhang, and he was not ignorant of this.


    On the surface, it seemed that he refused to admit it because of the reason of protecting his own face.


    In fact, the reason is not that simple.


    Firstly, the chasing army led by Ziyang Celestial Immortal entered the sea of ??whirling flowers, which really made them, the followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, very angry, thinking that this was challenging their authority.


    He secretly made a mess, and indeed he obeyed his own will.


    Secondly, he felt that Meng Zhang was very useful, and his next actions needed the help of someone like Meng Zhang.


    The relationship between him and Meng Zhang is a pure exchange of interests and mutual utilization.


    Now that Meng Zhang hasn''t done anything for a long time, he can''t help but wonder if Meng Zhang took advantage of it and didn''t do anything.


    Just as he became more impatient and was about to question Meng Zhang, the Taiyi Realm finally started to do it.


    The current location of the Taiyi Realm is not far from the temporary base of the Yunmen Sect.


    If it was in the void outside, the spheres of influence of the two sides would have already bordered each other.


    This is the sea of ??whirling flowers, and most of the area is filled with flowers that are hard to tell from the real.


    Coupled with the existence of various natural dangers in the sea of ??whirling flowers, the two forces were separated.


    When the Taiyi Realm side first explored the surroundings, under Meng Zhang''s instruction, the Taiyi Realm monks deliberately avoided the direction of the temporary base of Yunmenzong, but first moved in the opposite direction.


    During this process, the monks in the Taiyi Realm had losses, but also gained huge gains.


    After a long time passed, Meng Zhang felt that the heat was almost ready, so the Taiyi Realm sent a special team of practitioners to start exploring in the direction of the Yunmen Sect''s temporary base.


    The Yunmen Sect has long sent teams of monks to explore and develop the surrounding areas.


    After a while, the monks from the Taiyi Realm who had ulterior motives encountered the monks from the Yunmen School.


    The two sides have had conflicts before, and now they are enemies.


    Moreover, the monks in the Taiyi world deliberately provoked.


    Soon, conflicts broke out between the two sides, and there were even casualties.


    The Taiyi Realm has been planning for a long time, and they want to expand the conflict so that their next actions will be famous.


    Yunmen sect is a sect founded by the Buddha.


    Even though the Founding Patriarch has died out, he is still a big sect of Buddhism, and has long been famous in the void, and the monks in the sect have their own arrogance.


    After the last conflict with the Taiyi Realm, many Arhats and Bodhisattvas were very dissatisfied and wanted to hit the door to take revenge on the Taiyi Realm.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing was concerned about the attitude of the followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, and he still had a heavy responsibility, so he rejected the proposal of these people, and instead resorted to the method of killing with a borrowed knife.


    The method that was applauded by everyone originally failed in the end.


    If it wasn''t for Yunqing Bodhisattva''s forcible suppression, guys like Yunqi Bodhisattva who are extremely hostile to the Taiyi Realm would have shot directly.


    Yunmenzong did not go to trouble with Taiyi Realm, but Taiyi Realm provoked Yunmenzong again.


    If the monks of the Yunmen sect don''t react anymore, it would be easy for others to be the monks of the Yunmen sect. What is the majesty of the sect?


    This time, even Bodhisattva Yunqing, who has a heavy responsibility, can''t continue to suppress these monks.


    Although he allowed some monks to take action, he also imposed some restrictions in order to avoid an all-out war with the Taiyi Realm as much as possible.


    Once the conflict between the two forces occurs, it is difficult to control its scale and intensity.


    The conflict between the two sides became more and more intense, more and more monks were dispatched, and the scale of the battle continued to expand.

 Chapter 3407

    Cultivation forces not far from Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect, due to competition for resources and various interests, conflicts broke out, which is a relatively common situation in the whirling flower sea.


    Despite the escalating conflict, the number of monks invested by both sides is increasing, and more and more high-level monks are participating in the battle...


    But most people, including many Yunmen Sect monks, felt that there should be no all-out war between the two sides.


    According to the usual practice, when such a situation happens, the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha will often intervene to prevent the two sides from breaking out in a full-scale war in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Most of the time, people are still willing to buy these followers a face.


    The high-level leaders of the two parties in the current conflict should also intentionally restrain themselves.


    The two sides launched a small-scale battle.


    Most of the time, both sides fight fairly and are willing to abide by some unspoken rules.


    The most common scene in the battle is a single-handed fight between a monk on both sides and the opponent.


    Many cultivation forces in the sea of ??whirling flowers have noticed the conflict between the two sides.


    After a period of time, many people slowly lost interest and turned their attention back to their own affairs.


    During this period of time, Meng Zhang kept in secret contact with Mingjing Tianxian.


    Although he didn''t say it clearly, Meng Zhang knew that Luoyuzong must have eyes and ears among the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    According to the news from Mingjing Celestial Immortal, some of those followers have noticed the conflict between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect.


    Some people are very worried about the intensification of conflicts, worrying that it will affect the stable situation in the whirling flower sea.


    These people proposed to intervene as soon as possible to mediate between the two families.


    Although Hezhen Bodhisattva did not directly object to these people''s opinions, he played tricks on the procedure, deliberately delayed, and tried to prolong the time for them to intervene in this matter.


    Within this group of followers, there is no clear supreme command, and everything is discussed and handled by everyone.


    Because of the many factions and disputes, their efficiency is very low.


    Unless it is when the entire whirling flower sea is endangered, they often delay for a long time before reaching a consensus.


    It may not be easy for a true bodhisattva to accomplish things, but it is not difficult to think of bad things.


    Even those who don''t deal with him and often oppose him, it is difficult to stop his delaying actions.


    Although the Fallen Feather Sect was able to obtain all kinds of information from these followers and almost grasped their movements, they were still not very clear about Hezhen Bodhisattva''s purpose.


    He hadn''t figured out the real purpose of Hezhen Bodhisattva, so Meng Zhang didn''t rashly launch a full-scale attack on Yunmen Sect.


    Meng Zhang was also trying his best to delay the attack on Yunmenzong''s temporary base.


    The Taiyi Realm has already taken action against the Yunmen Sect. Although it is not very satisfied with the development of the war, Hezhen Bodhisattva is not good at urging the Taiyi Realm all the time.


    Meng Zhang acted cautiously, like walking on thin ice, but Tai Miao became more and more chaotic in the underworld.


    He has gone through many battles and earned a great reputation.


    The forces under his command have become a new generation of powers that are rising in the underworld.


    Expansion in the Underworld has various benefits for Taiyi Realm and Tai Miao.


    Tai Miao has subdued more and more ghosts and spirits, among them there are even god-level powerhouses.


    The army under his command continued to grow and continued to fight north and south.


    Expand territory, seize resources, strengthen yourself...


    Although he didn''t have any hope, Meng Zhang had already confessed to Tai Miao that he would use the channels of the underworld to find out information about Hezhen Bodhisattva and Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha.


    Too wonderful to spend a lot of money, but got nothing.


    Tai Miao was not discouraged, but continued to invest more resources to obtain relevant information from various sources.


    Meanwhile, Tai Miao is ready to leave the underworld.


    As long as Meng Zhang gives an order, he will go to Yangshi and attack immediately.


    Meng Zhang had already learned from Hezhen Bodhisattva the strength of the Yunmen Sect''s garrison forces in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    As his cultivation base continues to improve and his combat effectiveness continues to rise, he has more confidence in himself.


    Even without Tai Miao''s help, he is enough to wipe out the monks of the same rank in the Yunmen sect.


    Tai Miao''s preparations were just for the sake of caution.


    The followers of Nanwu Riyueguangfo had been arguing for a long time, seeing that the conflict between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect was intensifying, they felt that they had to intervene and could not wait any longer.


    This time, Hezhen Bodhisattva did not deliberately obstruct, but took the initiative to promote this matter.


    Of course, he also won a right to let his allies Heming Bodhisattva handle the matter.


    Similar to the conflict between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect, it is nothing in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    This group of followers has rich experience in mediating such disputes.


    Heming Bodhisattva, as one of the most powerful followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, came forward to mediate this dispute, and most people had no opinion.


    Soon after, Harmony Bodhisattva sent a request to the principals of the two factions, asking them to meet and mediate for them.


    The two families are very respectful to Heming Bodhisattva, and the principals have all attended the appointment on time.


    Yunqing Bodhisattva from Yunmen School and Meng Zhang from Taiyi Realm both appeared in front of Harmony Bodhisattva.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing and Meng Zhang talked nonsense for a long time, accusing the other party of provoking disputes and causing huge losses to themselves...


    Harmony Bodhisattva let them vent and wrangle.


    He didn''t start talking until the two sides had vented.


    On the surface, Harmony Bodhisattva treats both parties equally.


    But in fact, he has been favoring Taiyi Realm''s side and suppressing Yunmen Zong''s side.


    What Heming Bodhisattva did surprised and angered Yunqing Bodhisattva.


    In these years, in order to win over Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha, Yunmen Sect spent a lot of energy on its followers.


    The senior management of the Yunmen sect did not hesitate to put down their faces to curry favor with these followers, spending a lot of energy and resources on them.


    Among other things, Harmony Bodhisattva has received many important gifts from Yunmen Sect.


    There is a good friendship between Bodhisattva Yunqing and Heming Bodhisattva.


    Not to mention these things, just because of the incense and affection between both parties who are Buddhists, Harmony Bodhisattva should not favor the cultivation forces of the Taoist sect.


    Bodhisattva Heming did this, and Bodhisattva Yunqing made a reasonable guess that Meng Zhang took out more benefits and bought this guy.


    The vast majority of Buddhist monks and Taoist cultivators are not fundamentally different, and they are both mercenary and shameless.


    Now that the other party has been bribed, Yunqing Bodhisattva no longer gives face to the other party, bluntly saying that the other party is unfair.


    Harmony Bodhisattva was very angry at his accusation, relying on his identity as a follower of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha, he wanted to forcibly suppress him.


    Yunmen Sect also has eyes and ears among the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha. Yunqing Bodhisattva is familiar with its internal situation and knows that this group of followers is not monolithic.


    A mere Harmony Bodhisattva cannot represent all followers.

 Chapter 3408

    Regardless of cultivation level or status, Yunqing Bodhisattva is above Harmony Bodhisattva.


    It is true that Yunmen sect wants to win over Nanwuri Moonlight Buddha, but this does not mean that Yunqing Bodhisattva bows to Harmony Bodhisattva unprincipled.


    Reminiscent of Li Hezhen Bodhisattva''s indifferent attitude towards Yunmen Sect, Yunqing Bodhisattva seemed to realize something in his heart.


    At this time, he never thought that it was Hezhen Bodhisattva who ordered the Taiyi Realm to attack Yunmen Sect, but he had some doubts in his heart when he thought of the other party''s inexplicable hostility towards him.


    Heming Bodhisattva is now standing on the side of the Taiyi Realm. Could it be that he wants to take the opportunity to blackmail the Yunmen Sect and gain more benefits?


    Especially at this time, Bodhisattva Yunqing couldn''t bow his head.


    It is one thing to take the initiative to give gifts to Harmony Bodhisattva, but it is another thing to be blackmailed by him wantonly.


    Harmony Bodhisattva never expected to be able to subdue the opponent with a few words of his own.


    In fact, the more the other party refuses to bow their heads, the more it will benefit Hezhen Bodhisattva''s plan.


    The mediation organized by Heming Bodhisattva, due to his intentional favoritism, finally broke up.


    Afterwards, Bodhisattva Harmony declared to the outside world that Bodhisattva Yunqing of Yunmen Sect was too arrogant and conceited to accept his mediation at all.


    Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha opens up a sea of ??whirling flowers and treats all outsiders equally, reflecting the vastness of Buddhism and its ability to tolerate everything.


    As long as they abide by the rules in the sea of ??flowers, their followers will treat them equally regardless of whether they are Taoist forces or Buddhist forces.


    ...


    Harmony Bodhisattva confuses black and white, spreads rumors and slanders, which greatly angers Yunqing Bodhisattva of Yunmen Sect.


    He did not justify himself, but also accused Heming Bodhisattva of being bribed by Meng Zhang through the channel of Yunmen Sect.


    However, the position of these followers has always been neutral, and there is no enmity between Heming Bodhisattva and Yunmen Sect, so everyone is more willing to believe his words.


    The various foreign monks in the sea of ??whirling flowers, no matter whether they like the followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha or not, they all have to admit that they are still doing their best to maintain the order of the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Since the mediation failed this time, the conflict between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect is still going on.


    At this time, no one thought that Taiyi Realm was about to launch an all-out attack on Yunmen Sect.


    Even the Bodhisattvas of the Yunmen Sect thought that Taiyi Realm bought Harmony Bodhisattva in order to gain more benefits.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva, who had long been hostile to the Taiyi Realm, was suppressed by Yunqing Bodhisattva some time ago, and he was not allowed to take the initiative to cause trouble.


    Now that the Taiyi Realm is about to hit the door, Harmony Bodhisattva is still standing on the side of the Taiyi Realm, which makes him extremely angry.


    At this time, Bodhisattva Yunqing no longer restricted him.


    Although the conflict with the Taiyi Realm was still limited to a certain extent, just in case, he still sent Yunqi Bodhisattva to prepare him for battle.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing is not worried about the escalation of the conflict with the Taiyi Realm, but is a little jealous of the followers of Nan Wu Ri Yue Guang Buddha.


    He has been in the sea of ??flowers and flowers for many years, of course he knows that there are many factions among these followers, and there are many disputes.


    He began to mobilize the power of the Yunmen sect, contacted those who were not in harmony with Heming Bodhisattva among his followers, and tried to put pressure on Heming Bodhisattva through them.


    What Yunqing Bodhisattva did aroused a fierce reaction from Harmony Bodhisattva.


    He spoke bad things about Yunqing Bodhisattva everywhere, kept pouring dirty water on Yunmen Sect, and even called on all practitioners in the sea of ??flowers to boycott Yunmen Sect.


    As a Buddhist sect with a long history, Yunmen Sect invested a lot of power in the whirling sea of ??flowers, occupying a large territory and possessing many resource points.


    The monks of the Yunmen sect can never be called peaceful in their daily activities.


    As a Buddhist practice force, many monks have been angered by Yunmen sect monks, and many people are envious of Yunmen sect''s harvest in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Heming Bodhisattva called on everyone to boycott the Yunmen Sect, and unexpectedly some Buddhist monks responded.


    Of course, these Buddhist monks are basically speculators, and they all want to take this opportunity to curry favor with Harmony Bodhisattva.


    Although the statements of these monks are irrelevant and will not affect the Yunmen Sect at all, they still make many monks of the Yunmen Sect very angry.


    Especially Yunqi Bodhisattva couldn''t sit still.


    Furious, he went directly to Harmony Bodhisattva and wanted to reason with him face to face.


    Heming Bodhisattva is very vicious, while entangled with Heyunqi Bodhisattva and kept perfunctory him, he secretly notified Meng Zhang.


    During this time, Heming Bodhisattva and Meng Zhang have been in close contact.


    Harmony Bodhisattva used the excuse of continuing to mediate, and often appeared near the Taiyi Realm.


    The place where Yunqi Bodhisattva talked with him was not far from the Taiyi Realm, and it was relatively remote and secret.


    Even though there was some delay in the transmission of information, Meng Zhang arrived here in time.


    Seeing Meng Zhang coming, Bodhisattva Yunqi became even more angry.


    Harmony Bodhisattva had observed carefully a long time ago, and there were no other people around.


    Under his hint, Meng Zhang violently launched an attack, directly attacking Bodhisattva Yunqi.


    Although he was very surprised by this, his reaction was not slow.


    In fact, it is very difficult for a strong man whose cultivation has reached their level to be attacked by the enemy.


    The angry Yunqi Bodhisattva didn''t think much, and directly fought with Meng Zhang.


    Originally, Harmony Bodhisattva was going to help Meng Zhang secretly, but Meng Zhang''s fighting power was so strong that he didn''t need his help at all.


    Meng Zhang''s cultivation level has not yet reached the level of Tianxian. He knew that Meng Zhang was very strong, but he didn''t expect Meng Zhang to be so strong.


    How many years have passed since the battle with Ziyang Tianxian and other opponents, and Meng Zhang''s cultivation base and combat effectiveness have improved so much.


    The Yunmen sect has the Buddha''s inheritance, and Yunqi Bodhisattva is also the number one powerhouse in the sect''s inner ranks.


    The skills he practiced are brilliant, with a solid foundation and profound foundation...


    But he had little power to fight back against Meng Zhang.


    Before that, he had thought about taking the initiative to attack the Taiyi Realm by relying on the strength of the Yunmen Sect.


    He felt that his combat effectiveness might be a little worse than Meng Zhang''s, but the gap between the two sides would not be very big.


    Once he and Meng Zhang make a move, at least they can entangle each other and not easily show their defeat.


    Not to mention the power of the Yunmen Sect''s mountain gate, the number of high-ranking monks stationed by the Yunmen Sect in the Sea of ??Flowers is only a lot more than that of the Taiyi Realm.


    If it wasn''t for Yunqing Bodhisattva''s stop, he might have driven the Taiyi Realm out of the sea of ??flowers and flowers long ago by mobilizing the power of Yunmen Sect.


    Now that the two sides really started to fight, Meng Zhang easily suppressed him, making him almost only able to parry but not to fight back.


    Seeing that he really couldn''t resist his opponent, he sent a distress signal to Yunmenzong''s temporary base while trying to break out and escape.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3409

    Although Harmony Bodhisattva did not participate in the battle directly, he continued to cast spells on the sidelines, which interfered with the distress signal sent by Yunqi Bodhisattva.


    Coupled with the environmental impact of the whirling flower sea itself, it should be difficult for Yunqi Bodhisattva''s distress signal to be transmitted back to the temporary base of Yunmen sect.


    Meng Zhang seized the opportunity and chased after Yunqi Bodhisattva fiercely, as if he wanted to chase and kill Bodhisattva.


    He knew in his heart that as long as he killed Yunqi Bodhisattva, an all-out war with Yunmen Sect would be unavoidable.


    According to his original plan, he would delay for a while, and it would be best to launch a full-scale attack on the temporary base of the Yunmen Sect after he had figured out the true purpose of Hezhen Bodhisattva.


    But now that he has the opportunity to kill a strong man of the same level as Yunqi Bodhisattva, he will never let it go easily.


    He knew in his heart that Harmony Bodhisattva told him to come here, maybe he didn''t have good intentions at the beginning, probably to let himself and Yunqi Bodhisattva conflict, so that there would be no chance of relaxation between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect.


    He didn''t resist the temptation to kill Bodhisattva Yunqi, but came anyway.


    Hezhen Bodhisattva told him long ago that Yunqi Bodhisattva has always been hostile to Taiyi Realm.


    The last time Ziyang Tianxian led the hunting army into the sea of ??whirling flowers, it was Yunqi Bodhisattva who secretly provided a lot of secret assistance to the hunting army, adding a lot of trouble to the Taiyi Realm and causing it to appear Greater casualties.


    At that time, Meng Zhang had the intention to kill Yunqi Bodhisattva.


    However, as the master of the Taiyi Realm, he has long learned to endure and wait.


    Given the circumstances at the time, it was indeed inappropriate for Taiyi Realm to have a conflict with Yunmen Sect.


    Now, the opportunity to kill Yunqi Bodhisattva has come before him. Even though he knows that there will be many troubles in the future, Meng Zhang is not willing to let go of this long-awaited opportunity.


    In addition, the overall strength of the Yunmen sect is very strong, far surpassing the Taiyi realm, but the power stationed in the sea of ??flowers and flowers is limited.


    Meng Zhang acted first and eliminated Yunqi Bodhisattva first, which would help offset the enemy''s advantage in high-level powerhouses.


    Facing the determined Meng Zhang, Yunqi Bodhisattva''s fate is already doomed.


    Seeing that the reinforcements were not coming for a long time, he was almost unable to resist Meng Zhang who was seriously injured.


    He became crazy, seeing that there was no way to escape, he tried to detonate the pure land in his body, and fought with Meng Zhang to lose both sides.


    Through battles with powerful enemies of the same level, the laws of Tai Chi Dongtian became more and more strict, and Meng Zhang became more and more proficient in using the power of Tai Chi Dao.


    Now he, has a better way to deal with this situation.


    I saw the huge shadow of Tai Chi looming behind him, the black and white Tai Chi diagram rotated according to a certain pattern, and gentle power surged out from the Tai Chi Cave, enveloping Yunqi Bodhisattva''s golden body and his pure land all in Inside.


    This gentle power penetrated easily into Yunqi Bodhisattva''s golden body, and firmly enveloped the pure land in his golden body.


    The speed of Pure Land''s operation slowed down quickly, and the tendency of self-explosion gradually stopped like this.


    The desperate Yunqi Bodhisattva struggled desperately, desperately urging the power of the pure land, but it didn''t have the slightest effect.


    The pure land in his body seemed to be solidified.


    In his terrified eyes, his golden body and the pure land inside were slowly swallowed by Tai Chi Dongtian directly.


    Even the Heming Bodhisattva next to him looked at the battlefield here with astonished eyes, and was terrified of Meng Zhangjie who possessed such means.


    Although Meng Zhang is now his thug, but there is no reason for him to have deep fear in his heart.


    A clear realization came to his heart that Meng Zhang''s fighting power was too strong, and it was definitely beyond his and Hezhen Bodhisattva''s complete control.


    Meng Zhang didn''t care about Heming Bodhisattva''s thoughts, but carefully observed the spoils this time.


    He took quite a risk this time, and managed to capture Yunqi Bodhisattva almost completely.


    Although the practice systems of Buddhism and Taoism are very different, there are still many references between them.


    If Meng Zhang wants to make further progress in cultivation, he must be tolerant of all rivers and constantly absorb the strengths of each family.


    In addition to comprehending Taoist exercises, it is best to be able to refer to other practice systems.


    The Purdue Golden Immortal back then absorbed the strengths of Buddhism and Taoism and embarked on a brand new path of practice.


    Meng Zhang is still far away from the Golden Immortal Realm, and he doesn''t have the ambition of Purdue Golden Immortal, but with a firm heart, he is now actively preparing for the future impact on the Golden Immortal Realm.


    Not to mention the unreachable Golden Immortal Realm, even the impact on the Immortal Venerable Realm in the near future requires him to learn from the strengths of all the families.


    Not to mention, the golden body of the Bodhisattva and the Buddha are both the tonics needed by the Tai Chi Cave.


    The monks in the Taiyi Realm have worked hard for thousands of years, but the resources they have collected may not be enough for a Bodhisattva to build a golden body and open up a pure land.


    Looting in battle is much more rewarding than honest farming and gathering resources.


    Meng Zhang had such thoughts when he let the Taiyi Realm enter the void, fought everywhere, and embarked on the road of supporting war with war.


    It is the gains from the previous battles that allow the Taiyi Realm to perform exceptionally, so that Meng Zhang never lacks in cultivation.


    Seeing that he could no longer stop the fate of being swallowed by the Tai Chi cave, the desperate Yunqi Bodhisattva could not blew himself up in the pure land, so he had to use his last strength to kill himself and disperse his soul.


    If he is completely swallowed by the Tai Chi Cave, he may die, and he will not be able to get rid of the Tai Chi Cave, and his soul and even the true spirit may be suppressed by him forever.


    If Meng Zhang practiced some evil means of magic, he would have countless ways to manipulate and use his soul.


    If you kill yourself early, the true spirit can still enter the underworld, and maybe you can be reincarnated.


    Although Yunqi Bodhisattva has fallen, his golden body and the teachings in the pure land are still there, the great truths contained in him are still there, and his power has not lost too much...


    Although he had killed his enemies and gained a lot in the battle, Meng Zhang knew that the real troubles had just begun, and the Taiyi Realm would soon usher in a big battle with the Yunmen Sect.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva has completely fallen, and this news cannot be kept secret for too long.


    Even if the environment of the whirling flower sea is special and there is a lot of interference, the Yunmen sect''s mountain gate will know the news of his death sooner or later.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva fell, and Meng Zhang was the biggest suspect.


    At that time, even if the monks of Yunmen sect are fools, they will know that the conflict between themselves and the Taiyi world is no longer an ordinary conflict.

 Chapter 3410

    Although things progressed too fast, which disrupted Meng Zhang''s layout a bit, he didn''t panic at all.


    Anyway, sooner or later the Taiyi Realm will start a full-scale war with the Yunmen Sect, and now the war is just ahead of schedule.


    He became ruthless, and either didn''t do the thing, or did it absolutely.


    Now that it has been decided to launch a full-scale attack on the temporary base of the Yunmen Sect, it must not harbor illusions, let alone start at both ends, and must act decisively.


    If the power of the Yunmen sect stationed in the sea of ??flowers can be severely damaged or even wiped out, it will usher in a long period of peace for the Taiyi world.


    At that time, even if the Yunmen sect wants to make a big report against the Taiyi Realm, they must reorganize their forces from their mountain gates and rush to the sea of ??flowers.


    After Yunqi Bodhisattva fell, Meng Zhang and Heming Bodhisattva soon parted ways.


    Before parting, Harmony Bodhisattva promised that in Taiyi Realm''s next attack on Yunmen Sect, he would try his best to provide all possible help.


    Now Meng Zhang still has a lot of use value. Although he is afraid of Meng Zhang in his heart, he still wants to coax him as much as possible.


    For Meng Zhang, the arrow is on the string now and he has to launch it. Even if Harmony Bodhisattva does not provide any help, he will launch it immediately.


    After Meng Zhang returned to the Taiyi Realm, he immediately summoned the high-level monks to prepare to launch an attack on the Yunmen Sect''s temporary base in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    This attack must be fast, before the opponent receives the news of Yunqi Bodhisattva''s death and takes precautions.


    In addition, Meng Zhang also urgently recruited a group of real immortal-level powerhouses.


    After Meng Zhang sent an urgent message to the Mingjing Celestial Immortal of the Falling Feather Sect, he took the team and set off without waiting for the other party''s reply.


    This lean team traveled fast.


    After the fall of Yunqi Bodhisattva, the soul lamp enshrined in the Yunmen Sect''s mountain gate will definitely be extinguished.


    The Yunmen Sect will immediately notify Yunqing Bodhisattva in the Sea of ??Flowers.


    However, due to the special environment of the whirling flower sea, there was a delay in the transmission of information. Before Yunqing Bodhisattva had time to receive the news from the mountain gate, Meng Zhang had already led a team of monks to kill him.


    The temporary base built by Yunmen Sect in the sea of ??whirling flowers looks like a huge Buddhist pagoda.


    The pagoda itself is a powerful Buddhist vessel.


    The pagoda is guarded by a large protective formation outside, and various rune restrictions are engraved everywhere inside.


    On weekdays, there are many Bodhisattvas and Arhats guarding the pagoda, which is completely an indestructible fortress.


    Void warships entered and exited the pagoda, transporting back various resources collected from various resource points.


    Most of the time on weekdays, Bodhisattva Yunqing sits in the stupa and will not leave easily.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva went to Heming Bodhisattva to discuss the matter, which was done without telling Yunqing Bodhisattva.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva left the pagoda to go out, the excuse was to monitor every move of Taiyi Realm.


    This was a task arranged by Bodhisattva Yunqing himself, and he didn''t suspect it.


    Among the whirling flowers of the Yunmen Sect, there are three monks in a battlefield, and there are many monks of the Yunmen Sect, who are fighting fiercely with their opponents.


    These are the elite monks of Yunmen Sect.


    Although the strongest ones are just a group of arhats and Dharma Protector King Ming, they represent the future of Yunmen Sect.


    Yunde Bodhisattva was worried that Meng Zhang would bully the small with the big regardless of his status, so he immediately took the initiative to greet him. He couldn''t let these junior monks have problems.


    What Bodhisattva Yunde did was exactly what Meng Zhang wanted.


    If he retreated to the base and defended it, it would take more effort to clean him up.


    Tai Miao immediately left the team, directly confronted Yunde Bodhisattva, and suppressed him in a few strokes.


    Before Yunde Bodhisattva took the initiative to respond to the enemy, he sent a message to the rear base, explaining the current situation.


    Seeing that Tai Miao suppressed Bodhisattva Yunde, Meng Zhang did not stop at all, and continued to attack the enemy base ahead.


    Some of the monks were separated from the team they brought, and began to mop up the surrounding Yunmen sect monks.


    Meng Zhang has always kept the Yunmen sect''s all-out attack on its garrison forces in the Possoria Flower Sea a secret, and only the senior officials of the Taiyi Realm know about it.


    Many Taiyi Realm monks who are fighting with Yunmen Sect monks don''t know about it.


    However, when they saw their high-ranking monks begin to sweep up the enemy monks, they knew it and immediately cooperated actively.


    At this time, Bodhisattva Yunde, who was belatedly aware, realized that the Taiyi Realm was about to start a full-scale war with itself.


    What is Taiyi Realm going to do, dare to start a full-scale war with Yunmenzong?


    Although there were many puzzles in his heart, Bodhisattva Yunde still responded correctly.


    He sent a message to the rear again to warn Bodhisattva Yunqing.


    He shouted to the surrounding Yunmen Sect monks, asking them to break through immediately and return to the base.


    But soon, he didn''t have the mind to do these things.


    The shot with all his strength was so wonderful, it brought him too much pressure, so that he couldn''t be distracted at all, and had to deal with the enemy wholeheartedly.


    Taimiao''s cultivation base and combat power are enough to rank among the best among the strong in the middle stage of the gods.


    Compared with those strong men of the same rank who came from the Golden Immortal Sect, he is not inferior, only strong but not weak.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3411

    Yunde Bodhisattva, who had just been promoted, was too wonderful to meet, and soon he only had the power to parry and had no power to fight back.


    He saw that the situation was not right, and he didn''t intend to fight to the end. He tried to get out of the battle as soon as possible, fled back to the rear base, joined Yunqing Bodhisattva, and then defended the pagoda.


    His idea was correct, and his reaction was not slow, but he couldn''t realize it at all.


    Huge power surged out from the Taimiao Kingdom of God, like a cage, firmly trapped Yunde Bodhisattva.


    The power released from the pure land of Yunde Bodhisattva was easily dispelled by it, and it was impossible to resist it.


    Although both sides exist at the same level, the difference in cultivation base and combat effectiveness is too great.


    The wonderful Kingdom of God has a history of many years, and he has invested countless resources to improve and strengthen it.


    In the Kingdom of God, there are countless believers who pray devoutly day and night, providing him with enormous power of faith.


    As long as the power of faith is endless, his divine power will never be exhausted.


    Among the many practice systems in the void, the overall strength of Shinto is not as good as that of Buddhism.


    Most of the gods are not opponents of Buddhist powerhouses of the same level.


    Even, many strong Buddhists like to subdue the gods and turn them into Buddhist guardians.


    As for ghosts and gods, they were even restrained by the strong Buddhists.


    There are many secret techniques in Buddhism to save ghosts, gods and ghosts, which are no different from their nemesis.


    Tai Miao is essentially the external incarnation of Meng Zhang, not a complete ghost or god.


    When Yunde Bodhisattva fought against Taimiao, he recognized him as a ghost from the underworld.


    Buddhism has made great efforts to explore the underworld, created a series of foundations in the underworld, and has huge influence.


    As the sect founded by Buddha, Yunmen sect is naturally qualified to participate in the development of the underworld, and has achieved good results.


    Bodhisattva Yunde benefited from this and is very familiar with the breath of the underworld.


    He felt very surprised in his heart, he didn''t know why the ghosts and gods from the underworld could enter and exit the yang world at will, and they didn''t seem to be too much suppressed by the yang world.


    He used all kinds of secret methods to restrain ghosts and gods, but they didn''t produce the slightest effect.


    Tai Miao has practiced self-created exercises for many years, comprehended the Dao of Heaven and Earth that Meng Zhang has comprehended, and is about to completely get rid of the congenital deficiencies of the body of ghosts and gods.


    His cultivation base and combat power have long surpassed the gods of the same level.


    The overall strength of Buddhism is much stronger than that of Shinto, but when it comes to individuals, the situation is quite different.


    In Shinto, there are also existences with extraordinary talents and super combat power, who can easily defeat opponents of the same level.


    It is precisely because of these existences that Shinto has not been swallowed up by other practice systems and can guarantee independence.


    If Tai Miao is placed in those powerful gods, maybe it will be cultivated as the seed of the main god.


    After he trapped Yunde Bodhisattva, he began to strengthen his attack and quickly consumed his strength.


    Bodhisattva Yunde tried all means, left and right, but still couldn''t get rid of Taimiao''s siege.


    Among the team led by Meng Zhang, a large part of the real immortals were separated and began to sweep away the surrounding enemies.


    The Yunmen sect invested a lot of power in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    In addition to the three Bodhisattvas of the same level as Meng Zhang, there were also nearly ten ordinary Bodhisattvas of the same level as Gu Yue Lingqing.


    Because Bodhisattva Yunde haunts the battlefield from time to time, these ordinary Bodhisattvas can focus on other things.


    Such as guarding temporary bases, guarding some important resource points, patrolling inside and outside the sphere of influence, etc.


    As a result, after Bodhisattva Yunde was trapped by Tai Miao, there were no other Bodhisattvas nearby to attack.


    At the level of true immortals and arhats, even if the opponent is Yunmen sect, Taiyi Realm has a great advantage.


    In the past, the scale and intensity of the battles between the two sides were not small, and the Taiyi Realm was far from going all out.


    Now, Meng Zhang wants to launch a full-scale attack on the enemy''s base, so there is no need to reserve strength.


    The real immortal-level powerhouses in the Taiyi world quickly overwhelmed the enemy''s Arhat and Dharma Protector King Ming.


    Meng Zhang led the remaining monks in the team, and quickly killed the outside of the enemy''s base.


    Coming this way, the monks of Yunmen sect on the road couldn''t stop them at all.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing, who was sitting in the pagoda, sensed Meng Zhang''s fast approaching breath from a distance.


    His figure appeared outside the pagoda, and he only took a look at Meng Zhang before retreating into the pagoda.


    Now that Meng Zhang has personally led his men to kill, there is no room for relaxation between the two parties, and they can only fight to the death.


    He had personally witnessed Meng Zhang displaying supernatural power and killing Ziyang Tianxian and others.


    He has a cautious personality, knowing that Meng Zhang is very difficult to deal with, and he is unwilling to fight Meng Zhang easily.


    He retreated into the pagoda, and he could use the geographical advantage to defend and firmly block Meng Zhang from the outside.


    When Yunqi Bodhisattva and Yunde Bodhisattva return, they will have the advantage in numbers and they will have a good chance to fight Meng Zhang head-on.


    He had just retreated into the pagoda when Yunde Bodhisattva''s summons finally arrived.


    He warned Bodhisattva Yunqing that Taiyi Realm had launched a full-scale attack.


    The enemy had already approached the city, and the information was sent back. The special environment of the whirling flower sea is really too pitiful.


    The last message that Yunde Bodhisattva sent back was that he had been trapped by Tai Miao.


    The opponent''s combat power was higher than his, and he couldn''t resist it, so he was trying to find a way to retreat.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing smiled wryly, Bodhisattva Yunde couldn''t help for the time being.


    Originally, he should have left the pagoda and took the initiative to reinforce Yunde Bodhisattva.


    But Meng Zhang had already approached the city, and he could not leave the pagoda for the time being.


    He could only pray secretly in his heart that Yunde Bodhisattva could get rid of his opponent as soon as possible and return to the base.


    When Yunqing Bodhisattva took the initiative to retreat to the pagoda, the surrounding monks of the Yunmen Sect also received orders to retreat as quickly as possible, trying to withdraw into the pagoda as soon as possible.


    Meng Zhang rushed to a place not very far from the pagoda, and stopped advancing on his own initiative.


    Yunqing Bodhisattva had the pagoda to rely on to defend, and it would take more effort to gnaw it down.


    Gu Yue Lingqing and Luna led the team and began to raid the nearby Yunmen sect monks.


    There are quite a few monks of Yunmen Sect nearby, and there are ordinary Bodhisattvas among them.


    But they were not interested in fighting at this time, they only wanted to withdraw to the pagoda as soon as possible.


    In fact, as long as they can retreat to a place not far from the pagoda, the Yunqing Bodhisattva sitting in the pagoda can shoot from the air to cover their continued retreat.


    Those ordinary Bodhisattvas of the same level as Gu Yue Lingqing and the others reacted very quickly and basically retreated back into the pagoda in time.


    It was far from time for them to relax when they retreated to the pagoda.


    They need to sit in the stupa and assist Yunqing Bodhisattva in defense.


    As for those Yunmen sect monks who failed to retreat back to the pagoda in time, they were naturally Gu Yue Lingqing''s prey.


    The strongest of these unlucky guys are just a few Arhats and Dharma Protector King Ming, they can''t resist the team led by Gu Yue Lingqing and Moon God at all.


    (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3412

    Bodhisattva Yunqing guarded the pagoda tightly, and the cautious Meng Zhang did not attack rashly.


    The Yunmen sect has a profound background, who knows what powerful means are hidden in this pagoda?


    Although Meng Zhang dared to fight and fight hard, he was extremely brave, but he was not a reckless and brainless person.


    When it is time to be cautious, he will never be careless.


    Under his instruction, the monks led by Gu Yue Lingqing and Moon God intentionally killed the Yunmen sect monks with brutal means, causing them to die extremely painfully without a whole body.


    Even, many Yunmen sect monks were captured alive by them.


    They escorted these captured Yunmen sect monks to the front of the pagoda, and tortured them cruelly in front of everyone.


    Soon, the stupa was filled with painful screams and bloody scenes...


    Many Yunmen sect monks inside the pagoda couldn''t help closing their eyes, unable to bear to witness the tragic end of their fellow sects.


    Some strong-tempered guys couldn''t bear it anymore and wanted to rush out to fight the enemy, but they were all stopped by Yunqing Bodhisattva.


    Of course, he was very saddened by the tragic end of the younger generation and couldn''t bear to look directly at it.


    But the more this is the case, the more he has to keep calm and never be impulsive.


    The enemy''s purpose is obvious, which is to force him to leave the pagoda and give up his greatest advantage.


    The more so, the less he can let the enemy succeed.


    No matter how provocative the enemy is, he can''t defend.


    Although the opponent was an enemy, Bodhisattva Yunqing''s response made Meng Zhang nod again and again.


    This is a mature and calm approach, and this is what a leader should do.


    If Bodhisattva Yunqing dared to leave the protection range of the pagoda and engage in a one-on-one fair fight with him, he would be absolutely sure to kill him.


    Those Arhats and Dharma Protector King Ming of the Yunmen Sect, as well as the team of comprehension practitioners he brought, are quickly sweeping around.


    They will conquer the surrounding enemy strongholds one by one, killing every enemy monk they encounter.


    Meng Zhang observed the pagoda carefully, and tried it out from time to time.


    Taking advantage of his calm response, Bodhisattva Yunqing launched various prohibitions of the pagoda against the enemy, but he did not rashly show his trump card.


    Meng Zhang blocked the outside, and all the monks of the Yunmen sect were trapped in the pagoda, unable to leave easily.


    At the very beginning, there were some monks of the Yunmen sect outside the stupa who reported the situation to Yunqing Bodhisattva and asked for help.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing became ruthless and ignored all these requests for help.


    As time went by, he received less and less information, and his face became more and more ugly.


    He knew what this meant, this was the Yunmen Sect monks being killed by the enemy.


    Due to the delay in the transmission of the information, most of the colleagues who sent the information have already been murdered.


    When he retreated to defend the pagoda, he had already sent a distress message to Zongmen.


    However, due to the distance and the special environmental influence of the whirling flower sea, it may take some time for the Zongmen to receive his distress message.


    I don''t know how long it will be until the reinforcements sent by the sect arrive.


    Relying on the defense of the pagoda, Bodhisattva Yunqing is not very sure whether he can hold on to that time.


    After a while, Taimiao, who had killed Bodhisattva Yunde, rushed here and joined the siege of the pagoda.


    Tai Miao blatantly showed the broken golden body of Bodhisattva Yunde.


    Bodhisattva Yunqing, who had originally hoped that Bodhisattva Yunde would return to support him, felt even worse.


    There was no news from Yunqi Bodhisattva for a long time, and he had an ominous premonition in his heart.


    After waiting for a long time, he finally received a letter from Zongmen.


    Yunqi Bodhisattva''s soul lamp enshrined in the sect has been extinguished, which means that he has completely fallen.


    The Zongmen asked Bodhisattva Yunqing to investigate the matter seriously.


    If Yunqing Bodhisattva''s strength is insufficient, the sect can send reinforcements.


    Due to the special environment of the whirling flower sea, Yunqing Bodhisattva and Zongmen, who are located in the core area of ??the whirling flower sea, cannot communicate in real time, so they can only send messages to each other in this way.


    Obviously, the Yunmen Zong Mountain Gate has not received his distress message.


    Without the help of Bodhisattva Yunde and Bodhisattva Yunqi, it would be difficult for him to keep the pagoda for too long with only Bodhisattva Yunqing.


    After the Taiyi Realm launched a surprise attack on the Yunmen Sect, it quickly gained an overwhelming advantage.


    Of course, the time has been delayed for so long, and the various forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers have also received relevant news one after another.


    Originally, the conflict between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect attracted the attention of many cultivation forces.


    Near the battlefield where the two sides clashed, spies from various forces had been secretly observing.


    The Taiyi Realm launched a sudden attack, which surprised all the cultivation forces.


    Everyone originally thought that this was just a routine conflict, but who would have thought that it would turn into a full-scale war between the two sides.


    Why did Taiyi Realm dare to do this? Doesn''t Meng Zhang have any fear of Yunmen Sect?


    For the whirling flower sea, Taiyi Realm is a latecomer.


    After a little calculation, since the Taiyi Realm entered the Sea of ??Flowers, it has participated in two battles.


    Others don''t care about the reason behind this, they only think that the Taiyi Realm is too belligerent.


    The Yunmen sect''s monks in the whirling flower sea have come to such an end, which has made many Buddhist practice forces feel sad.


    Many Buddhist powerhouses feel that they cannot continue to let the Taiyi Realm go, and must find a way to interfere with it.


    At this time, Harmony Bodhisattva stood up.


    According to him, since he failed to mediate the dispute between Taiyi Realm and Yunmen Sect last time, he has never given up, and has always wanted to resolve the conflicts between the two sides and restore peace in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    Some time ago, Yunqi Bodhisattva of Yunmen Sect took the initiative to approach him and asked him to contact Meng Zhang, saying that he would negotiate with Meng Zhang in order to prevent the dispute between the two parties from escalating.


    Heming Bodhisattva was overjoyed by this, and soon made Yunqi Bodhisattva and Meng Zhang sit together.


    When the two parties were negotiating, Yunqi Bodhisattva suddenly became violent and attacked Meng Zhang.


    Overwhelmed, he failed in the sneak attack and was killed by Meng Zhang.


    As the organizer and middleman of this negotiation, Harmony Bodhisattva was very angry.


    What Yunqi Bodhisattva did was really too despicable, and he was not taken seriously at all.


    In view of Yunqi Bodhisattva''s despicable behavior, Meng Zhang was furious, and even blamed the entire Yunmen sect.


    It was Yunqi Bodhisattva''s own fault for Taiyi Realm''s all-out attack on Yunmen Sect.


    Harmony Bodhisattva used his own channels to spread relevant information quickly.


    Most of the people in charge of the practice forces who heard this statement were dubious.


    Even those practitioners who have always believed in these followers expressed doubts about Harmony Bodhisattva''s statement this time.


    Although it has long been heard that Yunqi Bodhisattva of the Yunmen Sect has a violent personality and will take revenge, but the other party did such a thing, everyone still dare not believe it easily.

 Chapter 3413

    Many Buddhist practitioners suspected that Heming Bodhisattva was lying, and that he was fabricating crimes to frame Yunqi Bodhisattva.


    But why did Heming Bodhisattva frame Yunqi Bodhisattva?


    Is this a purely personal grievance between the two parties, or is it that Harmony Bodhisattva and even more followers are hostile to Yunmen Sect?


    If these are the reasons, there is nothing yet.


    Although these followers of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha have always maintained a neutral position in the sea of ??flowers and flowers, but "The Road to the Master" is currently in hand, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page to get the latest content. renew!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: www.ibiquge.org

 Chapter 3414

    As soon as the projection of the Buddha Kingdom landed here, it frightened both Meng Zhang and Tai Miao, making them almost immobile and unable to react immediately.


    Of course, the coming of such a huge force caused great commotion, which quickly alarmed all the powerful people in the sea of ??whirling flowers.


    The follower of Nanwu Riyueguang Buddha who is arguing endlessly, the strongest among the various cultivation forces...


    Many people sensed the arrival of the Buddha Kingdom projection, and looked at Yunmen "The Road to the Head of the Gate" is being played, please wait a moment, after the content is updated, please refresh the page again to get the latest update!


    "The Road to the Head of the Gate" Ibiquge full text update, remember the website: www.ibiquge.org

 Chapter 3415

    meng zhang was eager to eliminate yunqing bodhisattva and the pagoda, not only to vent his anger, but also to prevent the enemy from having more opportunities to show off.


    he also knew in his heart that it was not easy for the enemy to use such methods.


    after this failure, it should be difficult for the enemy to continue to use such methods.


    but if he retreats like this, no one can guarantee whether the enemy will be able to use similar methods again when he comes back next time.


    to deal with the enemies who have gained cultivation, taiyi realm may have to pay a higher price.


    this time taiyi realm launched a surprise attack on yunmen sect, and the two sides had already formed a life-and-death feud that was basically irresolvable.


    if meng zhang cannot seize this opportunity to completely eliminate the opponent and give the opponent a chance to counterattack, taiyi world will inevitably suffer huge losses.


    he and taimiao suppressed their injuries, mustered up their strength, and launched a series of attacks on the pagoda again.


    the projection of the buddhist kingdom was dissipated by external attacks. yunqing bodhisattva as the summoner and the pagoda as the summoning props all suffered a certain amount of backlash.


    yunqing bodhisattva spurted blood from his mouth and managed to stabilize his shaking body.


    some of the bodhisattvas and arhats behind him who were responsible for assisting him fell to the ground and were seriously injured if they were hit hard.


    most of the buddha''s light protecting the pagoda has disappeared, and the pagoda is shaking violently, with cracks of varying depths appearing everywhere.


    meng zhang and tai miao''s offensive descended on the pagoda.


    the buddha''s light protecting the pagoda was directly scattered, and the surface of the pagoda began to break.


    yunqing bodhisattva forcibly suppressed the injury and tried to continue to use the power of the pagoda to resist meng zhang and the others.


    his condition was much better than that of meng zhang and the others, but the gap in combat effectiveness between the two sides was too great.


    the two qi of yin and yang, which had almost completely collapsed under the suppression of the buddha kingdom''s projection, were taken back and nourished in meng zhang''s body in time.


    the yin-yang extinction divine thunder was unaffected and continued to fall like raindrops.


    the black and white divine sword transformed from the liangyi tongtian sword struck the pagoda with one strike, leaving deep sword marks and almost cutting the huge pagoda into two pieces.


    tai miao manifested the body of a ghost and god and rushed forward with great courage.


    although yunqing bodhisattva and his fellow disciples tried their best to resist, the pagoda was still breached by meng zhang and others.


    the surface of the pagoda continued to crumble, and large sections fell off and flew away...


    without the cover of the pagoda, yunqing bodhisattva and his fellow disciples had to face meng zhang and the others.


    meng zhang and tai miao ferociously attacked yunqing bodhisattva.


    his fellow disciples could not help him even if they risked their lives.


    this level of fighting is not something they can interfere with.


    just the spread of the aftermath of the battle would kill and injure a large number of them.


    during the battle, the angry meng zhang and the others didn''t mind taking care of yunqing bodhisattva''s fellow disciples.


    anyway, meng zhang and tai miao have a wealth of large-scale attack methods.


    they don''t need to control the range of their attacks too deliberately. the overflowing power of various magical powers can easily cause huge damage to the yunmen sect monks.


    there is no suspense about the outcome of the battle.


    yunqing bodhisattva completely fell under the fierce attack of meng zhang and taimiao.


    before he died, he tried to drag an enemy to his back, but it didn''t work at all.


    of course, it''s not like he didn''t accomplish anything.


    at the very least, meng zhang and tai miao consumed more vitality, and their injuries became more serious.


    almost at the same time that yunqing bodhisattva fell, most of the yunmen sect monks in this pagoda also suffered casualties.


    now that yunqing bodhisattva has been executed, meng zhang and tai miao did not stay here for long.


    after they carefully observed the surroundings and determined that there was no need for them to take action, they quickly returned to taiyi realm and began to retreat for healing and cultivation.


    meng zhang and the others had solved all the hard problems. there was no bodhisattva left on the enemy side, and most of the arhats and dharma protector ming wang suffered casualties.


    gu yue lingqing and yueshen led a group of taiyi realm true immortals and could easily sweep around and eliminate all remaining enemies.


    meng zhang no longer needs to pay attention to what happens next.


    gu yue lingqing and yueshen led the taiyi realm monks to pursue and kill the remaining enemies with all their strength, striving to drive them all away.


    after the temporary base was destroyed, the remaining yunmen sect monks became bereaved dogs.


    the few yunmen sect monks who were lucky enough to escape during the battle fled in panic and fled in all directions.


    almost all the bodhisattvas of the yunmen sect died in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    even if a few yunmen sect monks were able to escape the pursuit of the taiyi realm monks, they would basically be trapped in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    unless they are extremely lucky, they can escape from the sea of ??flowers without the escort of bodhisattva.


    whether it was the continuous pursuit of the taiyi monks or the danger in the sea of ??flowers, it was enough to completely bury them.


    pursuing the remnants of the enemy will not take too much effort from taiyi realm monks. gu yue lingqing and yueshen have long since escaped from this kind of thing.


    taiyi realm and yunmen sect initially clashed. the apparent reason was to expand their sphere of influence and compete for more resource points.


    the whole show needs to be done. taiyi realm doesn''t want others to think that it has been planning for a long time. it was aiming to eliminate the yunmen sect monks from the beginning.


    soon, the taiyi realm sent teams of monks to take over the yunmen sect¡¯s sphere of influence in the swirling flower sea, and took over each of its resource points...


    during this process, many practitioners in the whirling sea of ??flowers were very jealous of taiyi realm''s harvest this time, but because of the powerful power displayed by taiyi realm, they could only watch and did not dare to act rashly.


    meng zhang completed the mission of he zhen bodhisattva this time and deepened his relationship with him.


    hezhen bodhisattva was a little afraid of meng zhang''s strong fighting power, and he also wanted to take advantage of him.


    however, this mission was completed very beautifully. he still trusted meng zhang more and had greater expectations.


    on the surface, taiyi realm has gained a lot of spoils from this war, and it can be regarded as an out-and-out big winner.


    of course, many practitioners in the whirling sea of ??flowers are waiting to see the excitement of taiyi realm with the mood of watching a good show.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect will receive the news sooner or later.


    a major buddhist sect like the yunmen sect would never tolerate such a miserable failure.


    the power in the sea of ??dancing flowers was almost completely destroyed, but this could not seriously damage the vitality of the yunmen sect.


    even due to the prohibition of namu sun moonlight buddha, yunmen sect could not send out the great bodhisattva to avenge the enemy.


    it can be said that yunmen sect''s great strength can send more powerful men like yunqing bodhisattva to lead the army into the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    although taiyi realm defeated the army led by ziyang tianxian last time, there were many cunning enemies in the middle, especially hezhen bodhisattva who helped a lot.


    facing the revenge army of the yunmen sect, can meng zhang and the others try again?


    hezhen bodhisattva dares to secretly interfere with the army of cultivators from the lingkong immortal realm, but does he dare to cause chaos to the yunmen sect, a major buddhist sect?

 Chapter 3416

    with the yunmen sect''s background and strength, it can send a far more powerful force than the ziyang celestial immortal into the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    in order to take revenge, yunmen sect can justifiably go to taiyi realm.


    even if hezhen bodhisattva and the others do not see the incense bond that everyone is a member of the buddhist sect, they cannot abandon their neutral stance at will and completely stand on the side of taiyi realm.


    with this idea in mind, the various cultivating forces in the sea of ??dancing flowers are not optimistic about the future of taiyi realm.


    yunqing bodhisattva summoned the projection of the buddha''s kingdom to come, and the fact that the projection was destroyed by hezhen bodhisattva using treasures quickly spread.


    many buddhist practitioners were very dissatisfied with this. they felt that he zhen bodhisattva was trying to hide everything and did not listen to his explanation at all.


    even among the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha, many people took advantage of this to make trouble.


    faced with many pressures, hezhen bodhisattva had to temporarily avoid the edge.


    not only did he take the initiative to reduce his contact with meng zhang, but he may not be able to continue to provide help to meng zhang in the future.


    as hezhen bodhisattva''s right-hand man, heming bodhisattva also had to stay away from meng zhang temporarily to avoid telling the truth.


    when meng zhang decided to raid the yunmen sect''s temporary base, because of the sudden incident, he only informed the luoyu sect and took action without getting any response.


    meng zhang launched the attack much earlier than originally planned, which was inconsistent with their original plan.


    fortunately, the final result was good. meng zhang destroyed the temporary base of yunmen sect and almost wiped out all the yunmen sect monks in the sea of ??flowers.


    mingjing tianxian and others have been trying to find out the true purpose of hezhen bodhisattva, but they have never succeeded.


    in the history of whirlpool flower sea, it is very normal for disputes and conflicts between different cultivating forces to occur.


    however, it is very rare for taiyi realm to leave no room and kill everyone.


    taiyijie''s actions have aroused everyone''s fear and vigilance.


    especially those buddhist cultivating forces, probably because of the relationship between the rabbit and the fox, are very hostile to the taiyi world.


    with the efforts of interested people, there is a faint tendency for these cultivation forces to unite.


    the fighting power displayed by taiyi realm is too strong. only by uniting can they completely suppress taiyi realm.


    of course, because everyone felt that yunmen sect would definitely retaliate, they did not rush to suppress taiyi realm, but just started to make preparations.


    under this situation, it is not easy for the luoyu sect to be too close to the taiyi realm on the surface.


    there are not many taoist cultivating forces in the sea of ??flowers, and compared to the buddhist cultivating forces, they are at a great disadvantage.


    if the luoyu sect has too close a relationship with the taiyi realm, it will probably only make those buddhist cultivating forces more fearful.


    the ming jing immortal has an important responsibility in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and it is not appropriate to compete head-on with so many buddhist cultivation forces.


    of course, mingjing tianxian is different from hezhen bodhisattva. he sincerely wants to form an alliance with meng zhang.


    although he kept a distance from meng zhang on the surface, the two parties had constant secret contact.


    after meng zhang and tai miao returned to the taiyi realm to heal their injuries, the taiyi realm monks took over the original territory of the yunmen sect and accelerated the development and utilization of various resource points.


    meng zhang basically paid no attention to foreign affairs and devoted himself wholeheartedly to self-cultivation.


    too wonderful is to return to the underworld, where the environment is more suitable for him.


    although they were seriously injured this time, they personally experienced the power of the immortal lord level.


    in fact, the essence of that buddhist kingdom is an existence at the buddha level.


    it''s just that in the long years, too much power has passed away, and what came was only a projection, which only showed the power of the great bodhisattva level.


    with a startling glance, meng zhangruo felt something.


    he is now not far from breaking through to the immortal realm. in addition to the accumulation of cultivation, various insights are very important.


    for a long time after that, no monk in the whirling flower sea dared to provoke taiyi realm.


    meng zhang can retreat without interference, and taiyi realm can develop in peace and peace of mind.


    the luoyu sect has been setting up in the swirling flower sea for a long time, and the last time it was eliminated by the tao thieves was only its power on the surface.


    in the secret, the senior officials of luoyu sect had already arranged a lot of chess pieces and eyes and ears.


    in the past, the luoyu sect heavenly immortal who was stationed in the whirling flower sea was not qualified to use these chess pieces and eyes and ears.


    the immortal mingjing settled in the sea of ??dancing flowers and gained the authority to use these chess pieces and eyes and ears.


    he is very familiar with the situation in the whirlpool flower sea and is very concerned about the growth and decline of all forces.


    the yunmen sect was originally one of the most powerful sects in the sea of ??flowers.


    after the monks of yunmen sect were eliminated, taiyi realm replaced them.


    although it is hated by others, taiyi realm can still be regarded as a giant among all the forces in the sea of ????flowers.


    for luo yu sect, the utilization value of taiyi realm has greatly increased.


    the luoyu sect, who shoulders the important task of monitoring buddhism, has good eyes and ears in the void and has many intelligence resources.


    mingjing tianxian was entrusted by meng zhang to contact shanmen, hoping to use the sect''s intelligence system to monitor the movements of yunmen sect, especially whether its next step is to retaliate against taiyi realm.


    the luoyu sect''s mountain sect agreed to this request and strengthened its monitoring of the yunmen sect.


    the news that the temporary base in the whirlpool of flowers was destroyed and almost all the monks were wiped out finally reached the yunmen sect.


    the yunmen sect quickly reacted violently.


    several bodhisattvas at the same level as yunqing bodhisattva led an army of monks and began to march towards the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    in addition, some of the great bodhisattvas who originally guarded the yunmen sect''s mountain gate disappeared mysteriously.


    according to the analysis of the senior officials of luoyu sect, most of the missing bodhisattvas were secretly following the army.


    after receiving the news, mingjing tianxian promptly passed it on to meng zhang.


    after this period of cultivation, meng zhang not only recovered from his injuries, but also made progress in his cultivation.


    he had already prepared for the revenge from the yunmen sect.


    as long as namu sun and moonlight buddha is still there, the great bodhisattva will not be able to enter the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    with his current strength, he is enough to suppress several monks of the same level.


    even if the yunmen sect wanted to take revenge, they would not be able to go all out and go all out.


    there is always a limit to the power that yunmen sect can put into the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    however, for the sake of safety, meng zhang secretly contacted hezhen bodhisattva and told him about the yunmen sect''s army marching towards the sea of ??flowers.


    at the beginning, meng zhang attacked the yunmen sect monks at the request of hezhen bodhisattva.


    now that yunmen sect wants to take revenge, he can''t just sit back and ignore it.


    hezhen bodhisattva has been operating in the whirling flower sea for many years, so he should have a way to provide help to taiyi realm.


    he zhen bodhisattva has not contacted meng zhang for a while, but fortunately the channels of contact are still open.


    after receiving meng zhang''s message, he responded quickly.


    he comforted meng zhang that there was no need to worry too much about the threat from yunmen sect.


    as long as the yunmen sect''s army of monks dares to step into the sea of ??dancing flowers, he will never sit back and ignore them, and will use every means to stop them.

 Chapter 3417

    most of the various cultivating forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers have maintained close contact with the outside world.


    the news that the yunmen sect''s army was dispatched towards the sea of ??dancing flowers soon reached everyone''s ears.


    in this regard, most practitioners in the whirling sea of ??flowers are gloating about others'' misfortune, waiting to see the joke in taiyi realm.


    in their eyes, the taiyi realm would never be able to withstand the yunmen sect¡¯s army of monks, and the taiyi realm¡¯s destruction was imminent.


    although the journey was long, the army of monks from the yunmen sect didn''t take much time to arrive outside the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    at this time, something happened that surprised many people.


    the army of monks from the yunmen sect temporarily stayed outside the whirling flower sea and were not in a hurry to enter it.


    some smart-minded guys figured it out after thinking about it for a moment.


    yunmen sect is afraid of or respects namo sun moonlight buddha.


    if we just send the army of monks into the sea of ??dancing flowers, it seems a bit disrespectful to namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    sure enough, what happened next confirmed everyone''s suspicions.


    yunmen sect sent several bodhisattvas as envoys into the sea of ??dancing flowers, contacted the followers of namo sun moon light buddha, and made a request, hoping to visit namo sun moon light buddha.


    their purpose was simple. meng zhang massacred yunmen sect monks for no reason. they hoped that namo sun moonlight buddha would uphold justice.


    they don''t need namo sun moon light buddha to take action, they just want namo sun moon light buddha''s permission so that they can take revenge personally.


    the attitude shown by yunmen sect is very humble, and the requirements are very reasonable.


    namo sun moonlight buddha has been in seclusion for a long time and has long stopped asking about foreign affairs.


    his group of followers had already received instructions and could not disturb him because of this matter.


    the request of several bodhisattvas of the yunmen sect to visit namo sun moonlight buddha was rejected.


    in this regard, they did not show too much disappointment, but settled for the next best thing, hoping that this group of followers could represent namo sun moon light buddha and allow the yunmen sect army to enter the sea of ????flowers and find taiyi realm for revenge.


    among the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha, many people want to make friends with the yunmen sect, and some have even colluded with the yunmen sect.


    these people all support the yunmen sect''s request.


    however, hezhen bodhisattva and others rejected yunmen sect''s request.


    their reason was simple. the yunmen sect monks entered the sea of ??dancing flowers and caused a war, which would disturb the pure cultivation of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    such reasons obviously cannot convince the public.


    however, among the followers of namu sun moon light buddha, hezhen bodhisattva ranks at the forefront in terms of cultivation and status.


    he has many supporters.


    among the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha, most of them were from casual cultivators, and there were also many who couldn''t stand a large sect like yunmen sect.


    the requests made by several bodhisattvas of the yunmen sect caused quite a dispute among these followers.


    as a rule, when this group of followers encounters major issues, they will discuss it together.


    in the end, the majority opinion prevails.


    especially people like hezhen bodhisattva, who have a great say in discussions.


    obviously, the requests of several bodhisattvas of the yunmen sect were not approved by the majority of people.


    the several bodhisattvas sent by the yunmen sect were very calm and did not feel disappointed or angry when their requests were repeatedly rejected.


    from beginning to end, they were polite and humble.


    after their request was rejected, the army of monks from yunmen sect stayed outside the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    except for a few bodhisattvas who occasionally meet and communicate with the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha, the other monks of yunmen sect are honest and honest, never step out of the way, and never step into the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    several bodhisattvas from the yunmen sect have negotiated with these followers many times and actively moved around, hoping that they could change their original decision.


    they don''t seem to act rashly without permission.


    the performance of the yunmen sect monks greatly surprised the onlookers.


    many monks who knew the way yunmen sect always acted felt that this time yunmen sect was too honest.


    do they really fear namo sun moon light buddha so much that they dare not take the slightest offense?


    originally, many monks were very confused.


    but soon, a piece of news quickly spread among the dancing flowers, which solved many people''s doubts.


    it turned out that yunmen sect had long wanted to please and win over namo sun moonlight buddha.


    after the death of the founding ancestor, the yunmen sect no longer had the buddha in charge, and its strength was completely different from before, and its status in the buddhist sect dropped significantly.


    namu sun moonlight buddha was born as a casual cultivator and had no family or sect.


    the senior leaders of the yunmen sect want to invite namu sun moonlight buddha to serve as the worshiper of the yunmen sect and solve a series of problems encountered by the sect.


    the yunmen sect seeks help from others, no wonder they are so respectful and humble.


    when the army of yunmen sect monks arrived outside the whirling flower sea, meng zhang ended his retreat and appeared at the edge of the whirling flower sea.


    taiyi realm also recalled monks from various resource points and began active preparations for war.


    the yunmen sect has been standing still, which is indeed beyond meng zhang''s expectation.


    what happened next seemed reasonable, but he was instinctively suspicious.


    did the yunmen sect monks really stand still because they respected namo sun moonlight buddha?


    after contacting hezhen bodhisattva who always targeted the yunmen sect in the past, meng zhang suspected that the yunmen sect had ulterior motives.


    meng zhang secretly contacted hezhen bodhisattva and waited for a long time for his reply.


    hezhen bodhisattva reminded meng zhang not to be fooled by the attitude of yunmen sect and to be vigilant.


    the yunmen sect will definitely make some small moves in secret.


    hezhen bodhisattva''s reminder coincides with meng zhang''s thoughts.


    he would never believe that yunmen sect would be so honest.


    because he was worried about encountering the great bodhisattva of yunmen sect, meng zhang did not leave the sea of ??dancing flowers. at most, he just wandered around the edge of the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    he has been closely monitoring the several passages into the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    if the yunmen sect''s army comes in, he knows that luoyu sect and yunmen sect have no grudges before, and yunmen sect should not attack the luoyu sect monks easily.


    mingjing celestial being and mingde celestial being left the sea of ??dancing flowers and walked around in a circle.


    the army of monks from the yunmen sect actually set up camp, temporarily stationed outside the whirling sea of ??flowers, with no intention of moving out.


    as for the possible existence of the great bodhisattva of yunmen sect, if people deliberately hide it, they will not be able to discover it even with their level of cultivation.


    after receiving the information from mingjing celestial immortal and the others, meng zhang''s doubts deepened.


    the current situation left him a little confused.


    in fact, not only meng zhang, but also many monks in the whirling sea of ??flowers were puzzled by the current situation.

 Chapter 3418

    some people, including meng zhang, mingjing tianxian, hezhen bodhisattva, etc., do not accept the rumors circulating. they all feel that the yunmen sect must be carrying out some conspiracy secretly. it is definitely not out of pure respect for namo sun moonlight buddha. he has been standing still.


    although they tried their best to investigate, they were still unable to discover yunmen sect''s secret movements.


    meng zhang and everyone in the taiyi world have never let down their guard.


    on the contrary, all the cultivation forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers began to truly believe that the yunmen sect would not act rashly.


    many practitioners sighed in their hearts that taiyi realm was so lucky to have escaped this disaster.


    in the sea of ??dancing flowers, there are many practitioners who can''t stand the taiyi realm.


    there are also some people who want to please yunmen sect.


    originally, most of the buddhist cultivating forces in the whirlpool flower sea had a tendency to unite to target the taiyi realm.


    however, everyone thought that yunmen sect would deal with taiyi realm before, so there was no further action.


    now that yunmen sect has not taken action yet, many people are bringing up old issues again and hope that everyone can unite.


    not to mention that everyone directly attacks taiyi realm, at least there must be restrictions on taiyi realm. taiyi realm cannot be allowed to kill buddhist practitioners wantonly like it did with yunmen sect.


    thanks to the efforts of interested people and out of fear of the taiyi realm, many buddhist forces have united and regarded the taiyi realm as the biggest threat.


    with so many cultivating forces involved, it would be difficult to keep such an operation a secret.


    taiyi realm has little contact with other cultivating forces, so it is difficult to directly obtain the trends of various cultivating forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    fortunately, the luoyu sect has been here for a long time and has good ears and eyes. they learned the latest wind direction in the whirling sea of ??flowers in time, and promptly notified the taiyi realm.


    many high-level officials in taiyi realm feel that misfortune is coming from heaven. how come taiyi realm has become the public enemy of many buddhist cultivating forces?


    the great enemy, yunmen sect, did not attack the taiyi realm and was a cultivating force that had no enmity with the taiyi realm. however, it was eyeing the taiyi realm with eager eyes and wanted to eliminate it quickly.


    although he was hostile to so many cultivating forces, meng zhang was not panicked at all.


    taiyi realm has achieved fruitful results in previous battles and gained a great reputation.


    it is one thing for these cultivating forces to be hostile to taiyi realm. it is not easy for them to directly attack taiyi realm.


    of course, it is a bit strange that such a situation occurs in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    without meng zhang''s request, the mingjing celestial immortal mobilized the power of the luo yu sect and tried their best to find out what was hidden in it.


    the luoyu sect''s intelligence system is really powerful, and it is worthy of being an established sect.


    after some hard work, mingjing tianxian learned some useful information.


    because of the performance of taiyi realm, it is normal for buddhist practitioners who are afraid of and hate it to run around and join forces to try to establish an alliance against taiyi realm.


    but what is extremely surprising is that hezhen bodhisattva seems to be secretly taking action to add fuel to the flames and increase everyone''s hostility towards taiyi realm.


    when meng zhang received the information from mingjing celestial immortal, it goes without saying that he was surprised. he even suspected that mingjing celestial immortal was deliberately spreading rumors to sow discord between him and he zhen bodhisattva, so that taiyi realm would completely turn his back. on the luo yu sect''s side.


    after some calm thinking, meng zhang also discussed with the cultivators who were famous for their resourcefulness among the top leaders of taiyi realm, and finally concluded that there should be no problem with the information of mingjing celestial immortal.


    reminiscent of some of hezhen bodhisattva''s previous practices, such as letting taiyi realm take the initiative to attack the yunmen sect''s base in the whirling flower sea.


    they had a reasonable guess.


    the purpose of hezhen bodhisattva is to set up a target and make him the public enemy of all the major cultivation forces in the sea of ??flowers.


    and this target is naturally taiyi realm.


    as a follower of namu sun moon light buddha who maintains the order of the whirling flower sea, he deliberately provokes a war and instigates confrontation in the whirling flower sea. it is certainly not without reason.


    either he has betrayed namo sun moonlight buddha and wants to create large-scale chaos in the sea of ??dancing flowers; or there is a reason that meng zhang and the others don''t know yet.


    i don¡¯t know the true intention of hezhen bodhisattva. under the current circumstances, it is even more impossible for meng zhang to directly attack hezhen bodhisattva.


    however, if you know this person''s purpose, you will naturally strengthen your defenses in the future.


    moreover, hezhen bodhisattva made taiyi realm a target, but did not directly target taiyi realm. instead, he secretly provided some help to taiyi realm.


    perhaps, he hopes that taiyi realm can persist longer.


    in other words, he hopes that the enemies of taiyi realm will be unlucky.


    although the yunmen sect''s army has been standing still, taiyi realm has almost become a public enemy of all the cultivation forces in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    the mingjing celestial immortal has strengthened its surveillance of the major cultivating forces to ensure that the taiyi realm can be notified in time before they join forces to attack the taiyi realm.


    in order to guard against yunmen sect, taiyi realm has already stepped up its vigilance and begun to actively prepare for war.


    the threat of yunmen sect can be put aside for the time being, and meng zhang is ready to deal with all the cultivation forces in the sea of ??flowers.


    except for a few cultivating forces such as luo yu sect, the other cultivating forces are hostile to taiyi realm.


    of course, it is not easy to get these cultivation forces to unite and attack taiyi realm together.


    there are so many cultivating forces in the whirling flower sea, and there are all kinds of conflicts and disputes among them. there have been many conflicts in the past.


    practitioners are all selfish people.


    taiyi realm has shown strong combat effectiveness, and no one is willing to rush ahead and become cannon fodder.


    everyone is eager for others to attack taiyi realm and follow behind to take advantage.


    the best way that meng zhang could think of was to join forces with zong and lianheng to take advantage of the contradictions between these cultivating forces, sow discord between them, and make them fight among themselves, without taking care of dealing with taiyi realm.


    taiyi realm has not been in the whirlpool flower sea for a long time, and has no contact with other cultivation forces.


    the mingjing celestial immortal from luo yu sect is willing to help, but cannot guarantee the effect.


    after all, the luoyu sect''s power in the sea of ??dancing flowers is still very limited, and it is difficult to leverage the situation here.


    meng zhang also considered whether he should take advantage of the enemy''s real alliance to take a preemptive strike and eliminate all the cultivating forces first.


    but after carefully calculating the strength of the enemy and ourselves, he knew that even the unreserved help from luo yu sect could not achieve this at all.


    there are many powerful people from all the cultivation forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha are even less likely to allow the taiyi realm to kill practitioners from all walks of life.


    as long as taiyi realm dares to take action first, these cultivation forces, which are like a pile of scattered sand, will soon unite and attack taiyi realm together.


    if taiyijie stood still, it would be able to buy more time.

 Chapter 3419

    meng zhang thought about it and felt that the key to the problem was taiyi realm''s lack of strength.


    if he can advance to the immortal realm as soon as possible, it will definitely help solve the dilemma of taiyi realm.


    however, there is no need to rush things like cultivation. meng zhang seems to be not far away from reaching the realm of immortal lord, but in fact there is still a lot of time left.


    if he ignores it and takes the risk to attack forcefully, he will only end up in failure.


    after failure, the foundation may be damaged, greatly increasing the difficulty of the next impact.


    as for tai miao, it is further away from the realm of the late gods.


    both meng zhang and tai miao are practicing hard.


    although the hope of promotion in the short term is slim, one cannot give up completely.


    the strength of the taiyi world has been growing rapidly, and strong people are constantly emerging.


    however, in a short period of time, there cannot be a huge leap in strength.


    especially for those at the level of immortals, fairy yue''e, who was promoted some time ago, cannot solve the needs of taiyi realm alone.


    tai miao subdued many gods and ghosts at the level of gods in the underworld, and he also refined puppets at the level of gods.


    meng zhang and he are both thinking of ways to allow these beings to come to the yang world smoothly.


    even if the suppression of the laws of the yang world and heaven and earth severely limits the strength of these guys, as long as their god-level cultivation realm is still there, they will still be very helpful.


    meng zhang and his attempt went well.


    it seems that it won''t be long before they can solve various problems and let these powerful men from the underworld come to the world of the sun.


    by then, the shortcomings of the taiyi realm lacking immortal-level experts can be greatly alleviated.


    time passed quickly, and the sea of ??flowers was still peaceful on the surface.


    although the undercurrent has been surging privately for a long time, it is still far away from the outbreak.


    under the instigation of thoughtful people, the various cultivating forces indeed hate taiyi realm and want to unite to deal with taiyi realm.


    however, due to the deep conflicts between them, they could not agree on many issues at all.


    coupled with the luo yu sect''s secret instigation, it became even more difficult for them to join forces wholeheartedly.


    the crisis in the taiyi world has not been completely resolved, but has only been temporarily alleviated.


    you can only commit a thief in a thousand days, but there is no way to prevent a thief in a thousand days.


    the high-pressure posture of the taiyi community that has been fully prepared for war cannot be maintained forever.


    after taiyi realm took over the yunmen sect''s sphere of influence in the sea of ??flowers, the gains were particularly huge.


    the resources produced by various resource points made everyone feel that the war with yunmen sect was very cost-effective.


    the cultivators of taiyi realm have already been collecting various resources as fast as possible.


    in addition to meeting the needs of many monks in the taiyi world, it can also be stored.


    after meng zhang discussed with the senior officials of taiyi realm for a while, he ordered the original state to be lifted.


    except for maintaining an army of cultivators who are ready for war at any time, other cultivators are allowed to move freely.


    of course, most of these practitioners will seize the time and start collecting and transferring various resources.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm have already told them that they must be more vigilant and must not be lax and careless.


    if taiyi realm issues a recruitment order, no matter what they are doing, they must respond to the order as quickly as possible.


    meng zhang''s main focus was still on his own cultivation.


    as he gets closer to the immortal realm, he encounters more and more problems in his practice.


    although there are classics given by taiyi golden immortal, and many similar problems are recorded in the relevant classics, he encountered more new problems that were not recorded.


    he needs to solve these old and new problems one by one before he can be qualified to attack the realm of immortal lord.


    these problems greatly slowed down his practice, but he did not have a good solution for the time being.


    after repeated attempts, taimiao has succeeded.


    after he comes to the yang world, he can temporarily summon these newly conquered gods and ghosts at the level of gods by summoning.


    with the protection of his divine power, these guys should not be suppressed too much by yang shi, and should be able to barely retain their god-level strength.


    although they are all powerful men at the early stage of the gods and cannot stay in the yang world for too long, as long as they come to the yang world, they will be of great use to the taiyi world.


    tai miao completed his mission and greatly enhanced the top combat power of taiyi world.


    but in terms of his cultivation, although he has made great progress, he is still far away from the late stage of being a god.


    time is slowly passing by, and more and more cultivators are paying attention to the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    those cultivating forces who were originally in the sea of ??dancing flowers seemed to have noticed something, and they were constantly asking for reinforcements from the sect.


    some stronger sects responded quickly and organized large armies to rush to the sea of ??flowers.


    so many troops entered the whirling flower sea at once. no matter how honest they were, they would cause a lot of damage to the whirling flower sea.


    when these armies arrived outside the whirling flower sea, the followers of namo sun moon light buddha sent envoys.


    several bodhisattvas blocked the path of the army of practitioners, preventing them all from entering the sea of ??dancing flowers at once.


    the excuse was that such a large army entering the sea of ??dancing flowers at once would interfere with namu sun moonlight buddha''s pure practice.


    practitioners from all walks of life can enter the sea of ??dancing flowers with a small number of people as individuals.


    with the example of the yunmen sect in front of them, these cultivating forces are inferior to the yunmen sect in terms of strength and status. naturally, they have to temporarily station their troops outside the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    the top leaders of the various cultivating forces took this opportunity to secretly move around, exchange information, and collude...


    among the various cultivating forces, only a few monks were able to enter the whirling flower sea and join their own monks inside.


    it seems that these cultivating forces will not pose a greater threat to taiyi world in a short period of time.


    as time went by, more and more practitioners from all walks of life quickly gathered outside the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    as the taoist sect''s eyes and ears, the luo yu sect would naturally not let go of such excitement.


    in addition to the forces originally stationed in the whirling flower sea, luo yu sect sent more monks to appear near the whirling flower sea.


    as a taoist cultivating force, the luoyu sect acted very cautiously, fearing that it would irritate those buddhist cultivating forces.


    the number of monks sent by the luoyu sect was small and their cultivation was limited.


    they need to abide by the same rules as other cultivating forces.


    after learning that the luoyu sect had sent reinforcements, the morale of the luoyu sect monks stationed in the whirling flower sea was boosted.


    mingjing celestial immortal even vaguely learned that luo yu sect had sent the immortal to the whirlpool flower sea.


    based on the immortal lord''s footsteps, he should have reached the vicinity of the whirling flower sea long ago.


    of course, the immortal lord will not report his whereabouts to the clear celestial immortal, and will mostly hide nearby.


    after contacting some information that he knew before, mingjing tianxian secretly guessed that a big change in the whirling flower sea was about to happen.

 Chapter 3420

    the senior officials of the luoyu sect had known for a long time that major events would happen in the whirling flower sea that would affect the structure of buddhism, so they made various arrangements early and sent a considerable force to the whirling flower sea.


    the information channels for the luoyu sect¡¯s senior officials mainly come from within the buddhist sect.


    since luo yu sect can receive such news, it is very natural for other buddhist forces to receive similar news.


    now many buddhist cultivating forces have gathered around the whirling flower sea. it is obvious that these buddhist cultivating forces are well prepared. a big change in the whirling flower sea may be about to happen.


    immortal mingjing is not very clear about what the great changes that are about to happen in the sea of ??flowers will be.


    the senior officials of the luoyu sect did not tell him any more information. maybe the senior officials of the luoyu sect didn''t know about it, or it was possible that the time had not come yet and they were still keeping it a secret from him.


    taiyi realm is very isolated in the sea of ??dancing flowers and has few friends.


    it is impossible to obtain in-depth intelligence by relying solely on some simple detection activities.


    there are two main sources of intelligence in taiyi realm.


    after discovering that hezhen bodhisattva harbored evil intentions, taiyi realm became increasingly wary of him and no longer trusted the information he provided.


    meng zhang didn''t believe his lies at all. he just seized on this excuse and kept asking him, what should he do now?


    not to mention other buddhist cultivation forces, the yunmen sect alone is far beyond what taiyi realm can deal with.


    as for how long it can protect taiyi realm, no one can say.


    the place of whirling flower sea has temporarily become the refuge of taiyi realm.


    after a while, hezhen bodhisattva, probably impatient with meng zhang''s harassment, wrote back and agreed on a time and place to meet with meng zhang.


    many buddhist forces such as the yunmen sect arrayed their troops near the sea of ??flowers, secretly hiding even powerful men at the level of the great bodhisattva.


    he zhen bodhisattva said he would provide help to taiyi realm, so what kind of useful help would he provide?


    meng zhang ignored heming bodhisattva''s comfort and insisted on seeking an explanation.


    the relationship between the ether realm and these cultivating forces, as soon as you leave the whirling flower sea, you will inevitably encounter their siege and fall into a desperate situation.


    on the appointed day, meng zhang set off early and arrived at the agreed place in advance.


    heming bodhisattva explained a few words, saying that hezhen bodhisattva was being closely watched and his every move was being monitored, so it was really difficult for him to escape easily.


    naturally, this meeting must be kept highly confidential.


    although hezhen bodhisattva has been quiet now, meng zhang does not believe that so many buddhist cultivating forces are arrayed in formation, and he is not worried at all.


    with so many buddhist cultivating forces going to war, their target is definitely not taiyi realm.


    meng zhang now wants to know whether hezhen bodhisattva''s guarantee is still useful.


    the current sea of ??dancing flowers clearly looks like a storm is coming, but meng zhang doesn''t have much valuable information and has almost no idea of ??what is about to happen.


    meng zhang and taiyi realm are still valuable, and hezhen bodhisattva still needs them to stay in the whirling flower sea.


    if hezhen bodhisattva could not help taiyijie, then he would have no choice but to take the risk of taking taiyijie out of the sea of ??flowers, fly far away, and never look back.


    after a while, heming bodhisattva came here and met with meng zhang.


    judging from hezhen bodhisattva''s previous instructions to taiyi realm, he probably knew the purpose of these buddhist cultivating forces and had anticipated their actions.


    meng zhang did not dwell on this issue and seemed to accept his explanation.


    meng zhang sent a message to hezhen bodhisattva and made a strong request to meet him.


    judging from meng zhang''s resolute attitude, if he doesn''t come up with something persuasive, he might really leave the sea of ??flowers resolutely.


    this place is located in a very remote area among the bodhisattva flower sea. the surrounding environment is special and highly hidden.


    it''s too late to leave now.


    he also did not mention the establishment of the taiyi realm as a target with zhen bodhisattva. he still needs to pretend to be confused with the other party for the time being.


    even if these buddhist armies do not dare to enter the sea of ??dancing flowers in large numbers because of the nanmu sun and moonlight buddha, as long as they send a few strong men, they can make the taiyi world unrest.


    meng zhang repeatedly discussed with the senior officials of taiyi realm, and they all felt that the key to the matter was to understand the intentions of these buddhist cultivating forces.


    meng zhang made it clear that with so many buddhist cultivating forces, especially the yunmen sect approaching the city, he felt tremendous pressure.


    this made him very irritable and deeply worried.


    if meng zhang really left the whirling flower sea, the yunmen sect monks outside the whirling flower sea would definitely not try their best to intercept him.


    if hezhen bodhisattva cannot provide him with the help he needs, then he will have no choice but to stay away from the whirlpool of the sea of ??flowers.


    even the yunmen sect''s claim to take revenge on the taiyi realm may be just a pretense, but have other motives.


    with the resources controlled by the ether world, there is no way to know their true purpose from the top leaders of these buddhist cultivation forces.


    mingjing celestial immortal himself is unclear about many things, and the information he provides to taiyi realm is even more limited.


    in fact, during this period of time, hezhen bodhisattva almost cut off contact with taiyi realm, and naturally did not provide any information.


    after struggling with meng zhang for a while, heming bodhisattva also understood that meng zhang had received the news from somewhere, or maybe his sense of smell was too sensitive and he sensed something was wrong with the situation in the sea of ??flowers.


    even though heming bodhisattva knew that meng zhang was trying to force him to marry him, he still tried to appease him.


    when bodhisattva hezhen ordered meng zhang to attack the temporary base of yunmen sect, he had promised meng zhang that he would help meng zhang deal with some troubles.


    hezhen bodhisattva did not reply in time, so meng zhang kept sending a steady stream of messages.


    when there was no other way, meng zhang felt that he should find a solution from hezhen bodhisattva.


    hezhen bodhisattva himself did not come, but heming bodhisattva was sent. meng zhang was very dissatisfied.


    although many buddhist practitioners have guessed that there is collusion between the two of them, at least on the surface, they have no connection.


    bodhisattva heming knew that the real purpose of the yunmen sect''s invasion of the country was not to retaliate against meng zhang and taiyi realm.


    if he had known earlier, he should have led taiyi realm out of the sea of ??flowers.


    of course heming bodhisattva would not say that the original guarantee was just to appease him, but once again promised on behalf of hezhen bodhisattva that he would definitely provide help to taiyi realm.


    if the time is right, maybe the yunmen sect won''t mind taking care of meng zhang, but until the big thing is done, the senior leaders of the yunmen sect won''t be too distracted.


    meng zhang''s chances of escaping are still very high.


    when it comes to intrigues and intrigues, heming bodhisattva is not good at this.


    in fact, he has always had little contact with outsiders and does not have much ability to adapt to circumstances.


    most of the time, he acted in accordance with the instructions of hezhen bodhisattva, and rarely acted independently.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3421

    before meeting meng zhang this time, bodhisattva hezhen had given instructions to bodhisattva heming and taught him how to deal with meng zhang without completely breaking up with meng zhang.


    meng zhang was aggressive and resolute at the moment, which was obviously beyond his ability to cope.


    even though he made some promises and repeatedly promised to help taiyi realm, meng zhang didn''t believe it at all until he saw the real thing.


    later, meng zhang''s words became more and more excessive.


    the yunmen sect and other buddhist cultivating forces sent large armies to the city as a demonstration.


    a mere taiyi realm is simply not worth what they do.


    the target of their demonstration is the manager of the whirlpool flower sea, a group of followers of namo sun and moon light buddha.


    if they don''t respond in time, the yunmen sect and other cultivation forces will only make further progress.


    although meng zhang was obviously trying to sow discord, everything he said made sense.


    he became more and more enthusiastic as he talked.


    namu sun moonlight buddha does not refuse outsiders who enter the sea of ??dancing flowers. everyone says that he is broad-minded, tolerant and willing to benefit future generations of monks.


    even though this buddha never asks about foreign affairs and never takes action for buddhism, his mere existence can play a huge role.


    could it be that yunmen sect''s attempt to win over and please the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha was just a cover to cover up its true purpose.


    if something goes wrong with namu sun moonlight buddha, it will indeed have an impact on the situation of the entire buddhist sect and greatly weaken the overall strength of the buddhist sect.


    if something goes wrong with namu sun moonlight buddha and these followers lose their backer, then they will be nothing.


    meng zhang himself was shocked by such a bold conjecture.


    he no longer struggled with heming bodhisattva, but gave him an ultimatum.


    meng zhang even thought in his mind that although there were few reports of buddhas killing each other in the buddhist sect, compared with the taiyi golden immortal being trapped by multiple golden immortals, there must have been fierce battles among the buddhas.


    they can also get hurt, get trapped, and even die.


    he thought that namu sun moonlight buddha had been in seclusion for many years and had no trace of his whereabouts. no one knew his true condition.


    but meng zhang, as a descendant of the taiyi golden immortal, knew that the golden immortal buddha was not invincible, let alone an immortal existence.


    although it was just doubt in his heart, it made him no longer afraid of heming bodhisattva.


    meng zhang''s attitude and tone became more and more rude.


    the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha are not weak, but there is not even a great bodhisattva among them, and there are still many internal conflicts.


    he thought divergently, made bold assumptions, and thought of more situations.


    no matter how warmly heming bodhisattva begged him, he had no intention of stopping.


    later, when bodhisattva hezhen ordered meng zhang to attack bodhisattva yunqing and others, meng zhang was still very puzzled.


    what they are doing now is not excessive, and it can be regarded as retaining a retreat for themselves.


    could it be that the real target of the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces is namo sun moonlight buddha?


    the more meng zhang thought about it, the more he felt it made sense.


    having said this, meng zhang had some realization in his heart, and then he quickly reacted.


    if hezhen bodhisattva does not come forward to explain the situation to him, he will lead taiyi realm to leave the sea of ????flowers and no longer interfere with everything that happens here.


    he thought that the armies of the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces were still lingering outside the whirling sea of ??flowers, and it was estimated that there was no way to completely determine the state of namo sun moon light buddha.


    the luoyu sect learned that the whirlpool flower sea was about to undergo great changes. it was very likely that namo sun moon light buddha''s situation was not right and he could no longer dominate the whirlpool flower sea.


    mingjing tianxian was busy for a long time, but he still couldn''t figure out the true purpose of hezhen bodhisattva.


    if something goes wrong with namu sun moonlight buddha, there may be buddhas who will covet the legacy left behind.


    yes, the practices of the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces are definitely not respectful to namo sun moonlight buddha.


    in the eyes of ordinary practitioners, the golden immortal buddha is aloof, mysterious and unfathomable, and everything related to them is a mystery.


    for buddhist monks, there are too many things worth coveting in a buddha.


    the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces seem to have enough respect for namo sun moon light buddha, but their behavior of suppressing the enemy with large numbers of soldiers is disrespectful to namo sun moon light buddha.


    meng zhang became more and more suspicious, and he became more and more suspicious that something was wrong with namo sun moonlight buddha.


    every buddha is part of the buddhist heritage.


    but what if something goes wrong with namo sun moonlight buddha?


    under normal circumstances, even if all these cultivating forces were added up, in the eyes of namo sun moonlight buddha, they were just a bunch of chickens and dogs.


    maybe, yunmen sect and other cultivation forces are just pawns for testing.


    they knew that namo sun moon light buddha was sitting in the sea of ??dancing flowers, yet they dared to be so presumptuous. this was because they did not take namo sun moon light buddha seriously at all.


    the buddha''s anger was enough to destroy heaven and earth, enough to completely bury the yunmen sect and others.


    it seems that the senior officials of yunmen sect want to make namu sun moonlight buddha their enshrinement.


    there were all kinds of thoughts in his mind, and his behavior became more and more bold.


    they simply dare not imagine that something could go wrong with namo sun moonlight buddha.


    if he hadn''t been completely sure of his suspicions, he would have had the urge to capture the other party and torture him to extract a confession.


    the matter involved the buddha, and meng zhang did not dare to use the magic of heaven to make deductions. he could only guess based on various information.


    the mingjing heavenly immortal of the luoyu sect had already told meng zhang that the original yunqing bodhisattva had always represented the yunmen sect to win over and please the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    the yunmen sect and other practicing sects knew from some source that there was something wrong with namo sun moonlight buddha, or even died, so they went out in large numbers to try to get benefits from him.


    these followers are not worthy of yunmen sect''s calculations.


    even if they receive credible information, they do not dare to be careless and must be cautious.


    but if something really goes wrong with him, i''m afraid there''s nothing he can do to stop it.


    although the buddha was in seclusion for thousands of years, it was nothing, but once meng zhang became suspicious, he felt that many things were abnormal.


    after saying that, meng zhang left without looking back.


    after meng zhang returned to taiyi realm, he told the senior officials of taiyi realm about his speculations.


    if namu sun moon light buddha still has strength, they still have room for maneuver.


    the senior officials of taiyi realm were extremely surprised by meng zhang''s bold guess, but they also thought it made sense.


    a mere hezhen bodhisattva can become one of its leaders.


    what meng zhang said about leaving the sea of ??flowers was just a pretense.


    there are too many hostile strong men gathered outside the whirling flower sea. even if the opponent does not pursue him with all their strength, he will be dragged down by the taiyi realm and it will be difficult to escape safely.


    what he really wanted was to force hezhen bodhisattva to reveal the inside story and reveal the true situation of namo riyueguang buddha. he would then see if there was anything he could exploit in the process.


    after he returned to taiyi realm, he didn''t wait long before he received a message from hezhen bodhisattva, asking to meet him.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3422

    he zhen bodhisattva took the initiative to ask for a meeting, which showed that he was really anxious. meng zhang''s guess was not unreasonable.


    meng zhang didn''t feel much pride in his heart.


    if his guess is true and the matter involves the buddha, the risks will be great.


    if possible, of course he would like to hide as far away as possible.


    with his current cultivation level, he is simply not qualified to participate in such a dispute.


    if you are not careful, your body and soul will be shattered into pieces.


    unfortunately, he has no way to escape now and can only survive in death.


    maybe, things can still turn around, and i still have the opportunity to profit from it.


    meng zhang arrived at the place agreed with hezhen bodhisattva on time.


    after the two met, hezhen bodhisattva went straight to the topic without saying any nonsense, and revealed the long-hidden secret.


    it turns out that namu sun moonlight buddha has been in seclusion in the sea of ??dancing flowers for many years, and is about to make another big breakthrough in his cultivation realm.


    just like the golden immortal, there are differences in cultivation between buddhas.


    once namo sun moonlight buddha''s cultivation realm is successfully broken through, he will be promoted from an ordinary buddha to the top powerhouse among buddhas.


    namu sun moonlight buddha never interfered with the internal affairs of buddhism, and he never stood up for buddhism.


    he has always been reclusive and a loner, and has no allies within buddhism.


    some buddhas either didn''t believe in him, or were jealous of him...and didn''t want to see him succeed in promotion.


    they were worried that after he gained power, he would destroy the stability of buddhism and affect their interests.


    so these buddhas tried to sabotage his promotion.


    of course, it is difficult for these buddhas to come forward directly, and they do not want to form irresolvable mortal enemies with them.


    the yunmen sect and other practicing sects were instigated by some buddhas with ulterior motives, and they were ready to cause trouble in the sea of ??dancing flowers and interfere with the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    hezhen bodhisattva, as a follower of namo sun moon light buddha, had long understood these conspiracies.


    he had previously asked meng zhang to destroy the yunmen sect''s temporary base in the whirling flower sea, which was a warning to the yunmen sect.


    the yunmen sect has lost its temporary base in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and there will be many obstacles to its next move.


    he zhen bodhisattva thought that everyone was from the same lineage of buddhism and had no intention of exterminating the yunmen sect.


    unexpectedly, the senior leaders of yunmen sect did not appreciate it, but persisted in their obsession and went all the way to the dark side.


    with the example of yunmen sect, other buddhist cultivating forces also followed suit and sent large armies to the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    hezhen bodhisattva comforted meng zhang and told him not to worry too much.


    although these high-level buddhist forces were bewitched and obsessed by others, they did not dare to act rashly because of the majesty of namo sun moonlight buddha. they were just showing off outside the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    of course, if the buddha behind them continues to intimidate, they cannot rule out the possibility of directly entering the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    before namu sun moonlight buddha retreated, he had already made arrangements to leave a trump card for hezhen bodhisattva and his followers, so that they could resist the invasion of foreign enemies.


    however, after all, their number is too small, and there are spies inside.


    when the time comes, meng zhang leads the taiyi realm to help them. he only needs to help them to resist the invading foreign enemies a little. when namo sun moon light buddha successfully escapes, all enemies will not be in danger.


    and meng zhang and taiyijie will gain the friendship of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    he zhen bodhisattva was very eloquent, and his words were as if they were really true.


    everything he said was very different from meng zhang''s guess, but it seemed more reasonable.


    in view of the past experiences between the two parties, meng zhang was dubious about his statement.


    if things are really as hezhen bodhisattva said, meng zhang can get huge rewards without taking too big risks.


    the friendship of a buddha is a priceless treasure to meng zhang.


    meng zhang has never forgotten that as the inheritor of taiyi golden immortal, he is burdened with great karma.


    sooner or later, his identity will be discovered by the golden immortals who suppressed taiyi golden immortal.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha really becomes the top buddha, as long as he is willing to help, maybe he can solve the biggest problem he faces.


    it has to be said that everything hezhen bodhisattva said has an irresistible temptation for meng zhang.


    even though meng zhang knew that he had reservations and the truth would probably not be what he said, he still couldn''t resist the temptation.


    meng zhang kept reminding himself that he should never believe in hezhen bodhisattva easily.


    he directly set up taiyi realm as a target and made taiyi realm a public enemy of many cultivating forces in the sea of ??flowers. he definitely had no good intentions.


    however, what if what he said is true, can meng zhang really use this opportunity to make friends with namo sun moonlight buddha?


    even if there is only one chance in a million to obtain the friendship of a buddha, meng zhangdu is willing to take risks and go through fire and water.


    meng zhang thought of his new friend luo yuzong.


    the luoyu sect definitely doesn''t want to see namo sun moonlight buddha promoted.


    the addition of a top-level powerhouse among the buddhas might affect the balance of strength between the buddhist and taoist families and greatly change the situation between the two parties.


    the luo yu sect will definitely prevent namo sun moon light buddha''s promotion at all costs.


    maybe, the dao sect will send out golden immortals.


    the taoist sect and the buddhist sect are at war, and the golden immortal and the buddha are fighting. maybe the entire void will be involved in the war.


    as a member of the taoist sect, meng zhang was naturally unwilling to betray the taoist sect easily and side with the buddhist sect.


    but if he faces the oppression of several golden immortals within the taoist sect, and there is really no way out in the end, he may have no choice but to take refuge in nanwu sun moonlight buddha.


    even if he doesn''t think about himself, he still has to think about the taiyi world and the younger generations of the sect.


    meng zhang, who has always been calm and wise, became confused and tangled because of the words of hezhen bodhisattva that aroused his deep thoughts.


    hezhen bodhisattva looked at meng zhang''s look and knew that his heart was moved.


    so what about the taoist immortals? faced with the friendship of namu sun moonlight buddha, no wonder they can refuse it?


    after thinking for a long time, meng zhang calmed down and sorted out his thoughts a little.


    he zhen bodhisattva cannot be trusted. he doesn''t know whether everything he says is true or false. it''s a bit ridiculous that he is so entangled.


    if his guess is correct and there is something wrong with namu sun moonlight buddha, then hezhen bodhisattva is deceiving himself and treating himself as cannon fodder.


    if namu sun moon light buddha cannot protect himself, what value does his friendship have?


    meng zhang looked deeply at hezhen bodhisattva, now was not the time to fall out with him.


    if what he said was true, i might continue to please him in the future.


    if what he said was false, there would always be an opportunity for revenge later.


    now that he has too little information, meng zhang is unable to make an accurate judgment.


    it is better to stay still than to move. it is better to maintain the status quo first and wait until the situation becomes clearer before making the final decision.

 Chapter 3423

    since the status quo is to be maintained, meng zhang and hezhen bodhisattva will still be friends.


    meng zhang pretended to be persuaded by kazhen bodhisattva and stood on his side again.


    meng zhang happily stated that he was willing to serve namo sun moon light buddha. he was incompatible with the guy who disturbed namo sun moon light buddha''s practice.


    hezhen bodhisattva was very satisfied with meng zhang''s statement.


    he was very proud that he could convince meng zhang to continue using him as cannon fodder with just a few words.


    hezhen bodhisattva encouraged meng zhang and drew a big cake for him.


    although he is temporarily on the side of hezhen bodhisattva, he still has to actively fight for the interests he should fight for.


    meng zhang hesitated for a moment before he said something coyly.


    he said that the enemy is too powerful and the threat faced by taiyi realm is too great. taiyi realm has various flaws and it may be difficult to resist the enemy''s attack head-on.


    the defeat of taiyi realm is a trivial matter, but if the enemy disturbs the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha, it is a huge matter.


    he hopes that hezhen bodhisattva can provide some help to taiyi realm and effectively strengthen taiyi realm''s combat effectiveness so that taiyi realm can resist the enemy for a longer period of time.


    hezhen bodhisattva kept comforting meng zhang.


    if the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces really invade the sea of ????whirlpool flowers, their followers will bear the main pressure, and taiyi realm will only need to help from the side.


    the enemy''s threat to taiyi realm was limited, and he believed that with meng zhang''s ability, he would be able to persevere.


    meng zhang seemed not to have heard the words of hezhen bodhisattva. he kept telling about the difficulties in taiyi realm and how big the threat from the enemy was.


    the two of them communicated back and forth for a long time, and hezhen bodhisattva finally understood that this guy complained about suffering and tiredness just to ask for benefits.


    damn cultivators, they are all profit-seeking people, they have no foresight at all, and they are not moral at all...


    he zhen bodhisattva secretly cursed in his heart.


    even if he scolds him, he also knows in his heart that it is indeed unethical to ask the horse to run without giving it grass to eat.


    since he needs taiyi realm as a target to attract pressure from various cultivation forces, naturally the stronger taiyi realm is, the better.


    after hezhen bodhisattva thought for a while, he agreed to provide some support to taiyi realm.


    in addition to providing a batch of cultivation resources, there are also some immortal treasures and taoist classics captured in the early years.


    although hezhen bodhisattva verbally agreed, meng zhang was not at ease and insisted on forcing hezhen bodhisattva to provide these things immediately.


    meng zhang finally figured out that hezhen bodhisattva now had something to ask for from others, or that he might still be of value to himself.


    if we don¡¯t take advantage of this opportunity to gain more benefits, there will be no store like this after passing this village.


    hezhen bodhisattva was so entangled by meng zhang that he had no choice but to promise to hand over these supplies as soon as possible.


    he zhen bodhisattva hurriedly said goodbye to meng zhang and went back to prepare these supplies.


    soon after, he met meng zhang again.


    this time, heming bodhisattva was with him, and they brought the supplies they had promised before.


    not to mention those cultivation resources, meng zhang attached great importance to the immortal treasures and taoist classics mentioned by hezhen bodhisattva.


    the so-called immortal treasures include several immortal weapons, immortal talismans, and two immortal formation diagrams.


    i don''t know where they got these things.


    these things cannot exert much power in the hands of buddhist monks and are considered useless.


    for meng zhang, even if he doesn''t use it, he can still leave it to the younger disciples.


    the pile of taoist classics was very scattered, and many of them were already owned by taiyi sect.


    there are only a few classics, and this is the first time even meng zhang has seen them.


    from the day he embarked on the path of spiritual practice, meng zhang attached great importance to collecting various taoist classics.


    he zhen bodhisattva and others have already copied these classics.


    moreover, it is impossible for them to switch to taoist cultivation techniques. these classics only have some reference function for them.


    meng zhang only made a cursory inspection and found that some classics were very valuable and very useful to immortals like himself.


    both parties happily completed the transaction.


    hezhen bodhisattva reminded meng zhang that he must be on guard to prevent enemy sneak attacks.


    if the army of the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces directly charged into the sea of ??dancing flowers, he would of course be obedient to meng zhang, as if he was obeying orders.


    after returning to taiyi realm, meng zhang handed these things to the higher-ups in the sect.


    he didn''t stay in taiyi realm for too long, and went to secretly meet with mingjing celestial immortal.


    since making friends with ming jing tian xian, the relationship between the two parties has been good.


    the two parties exchanged information and cooperated happily.


    the two sides have no name as allies, but they are almost the same as real allies.


    after the meeting between the two parties, meng zhang told the story of the meeting between himself and hezhen bodhisattva.


    of course, he would not say that he was persuaded by he zhen bodhisattva, and he was almost completely tempted.


    he just repeated what the other person said.


    mingjing tianxian listened very carefully, especially the part about namo sun moonlight buddha''s breakthrough in retreat.


    unfortunately, this part of the content is just general talk about the true bodhisattva, and it is even less likely that meng zhang knows too many details.


    sure enough, as meng zhang expected, the immortal mingjing had a great reaction immediately after hearing that namo sun moonlight buddha had broken through in retreat.


    based on luo yu sect''s position and the responsibilities it shoulders, no matter what, no matter what the cost, namo sun moon light buddha cannot succeed in breaking through.


    meng zhang also expressed his doubts when recounting the words of hezhen bodhisattva.


    in view of he zhen bodhisattva''s character, what he said is not very credible.


    mingjing tianxian has his own ideas on this matter.


    once namu sun moonlight buddha succeeds in breaking through, the impact will be really great.


    regardless of whether this matter is true or not, luo yu sect must take it extremely seriously.


    regarding this kind of matter, luo yu sect''s attitude has always been that it would rather be in vain than let it go, and it would rather kill three thousand by mistake than let one go.


    mingjing tianxian thought of the sect''s layout in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    when he left the sect and came to the swirling flower sea, the immortal lord in the sect met him specially and told him that great changes in the swirling flower sea were coming, and he must be prepared to deal with it.


    at that time, he asked what the great changes in the whirling flower sea were, but the immortal master didn''t say much. he just said that when the time comes, he will naturally know.


    after listening to meng zhang''s words, he secretly thought in his heart, could it be that the sect had already known the news, so they made such arrangements?


    regardless of whether the sect knew the news or not, mingjing celestial immortal decided to report to the sect as soon as possible after this meeting.


    meng zhang told the immortal mingjing that he was still having an affair with hezhen bodhisattva.


    he has promised to stand with hezhen bodhisattva and help fight against the cultivation forces including yunmen sect.


    however, mingjing tianxian thought in his heart that if the information provided by meng zhang was true, then luoyu sect, yunmen sect and other practicing sects would have a common goal, and they would all hinder the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.

 Chapter 3424

    the taiyi realm and the yunmen sect have formed a great feud, and are also hostile to many buddhist cultivating forces.


    in the past, the mingjing celestial immortal did not openly stand on the side of taiyi realm due to various scruples.


    if the purpose of the yunmen sect and other cultivation forces is to destroy the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha, then it is even less likely that the luoyu sect will take the initiative to become their enemy.


    if the taiyi realm is attacked by these cultivating forces, the mingjing celestial immortal will not provide any help to meng zhang.


    thinking of being sorry for her friend, mingjing tianxian felt a little bad.


    but when he thought of the heavy responsibility luo yu sect was shouldering, he immediately became determined.


    now that meng zhang and hezhen bodhisattva have not yet broken up, mingjing tianxian hopes to find out more information through meng zhang.


    meng zhang has no problem with this, and it is in line with his ideas and interests.


    after the two of them ended their meeting, mingjing tianxian left in a hurry.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha''s breakthrough is really imminent, then how to stop this matter is beyond the ability of luo yu sect.


    he needed to contact the sect as soon as possible and let the sect inform the jinxian who had always supported them.


    meng zhang returned to taiyi realm.


    he told the mingjing celestial immortal what hezhen bodhisattva said, originally hoping to verify the authenticity of these words through the luoyu sect''s intelligence channels.


    however, mingjing tianxian''s reaction gave him some bad thoughts.


    if it is true that namu sun moonlight buddha''s breakthrough is imminent, the luo yu sect will definitely try its best to stop it.


    when the time comes, instead of helping the taiyi realm resist the yunmen sect and other cultivation forces, the luoyu sect will become the enemy of the taiyi realm.


    unless he completely stands on the opposite side of namu sun moon light buddha and helps them destroy their practice.


    meng zhang still valued his friendship with mingjing celestial immortal, and even more valued the relationship between luo yu sect and taiyi realm.


    if the two families turned against each other, not only would he be very sad, taiyi realm would also suffer huge losses.


    taiyi realm is now in the sea of ??dancing flowers. if you stand on the opposite side of namu sun moonlight buddha, i am afraid you will be attacked immediately.


    hezhen bodhisattva and other followers appear to be of average strength.


    with namo sun moonlight buddha''s ability, who knows what kind of methods he has secretly arranged?


    the taiyi world can still have both sides and please both sides now, but it cannot continue like this forever. there will always be a day when a choice needs to be made.


    meng zhang couldn''t tell what choice he should make at that time.


    when he was in trouble, he suddenly felt something and looked outside.


    in his induction, taiyi realm just shook violently.


    the specific source of the vibration is from the direction of gaiyang continent.


    since the remaining will of gaiyang god was completely killed by him and the gaiyang continent was completely integrated into the taiyi world, there have been fewer and fewer changes in that continent.


    the entire continent was gradually covered by the rules of heaven and earth of taiyi realm, and slowly became a part of taiyi realm.


    as the master who shapes taiyi realm, meng zhang can control almost all movements in taiyi realm when he is in taiyi realm.


    some local earthquakes occur from time to time in the two continents of taiyi realm. this is a very normal thing and cannot be completely prevented.


    but the vibration that came from gai yang continent just now touched his heart.


    no one in taiyi realm took the shock just now seriously.


    the vibration this time was not particularly violent. they were used to similar vibrations.


    meng zhang left the place where he was practicing in seclusion, took one step, and arrived at the sky above gaiyang continent.


    he glanced at the gaeyang continent below to confirm that there was nothing unusual around him.


    he thought for a moment, and then the figure disappeared from the place.


    in the deepest part of gaeyang continent, there is a secret independent space.


    this independent space is the work of qianyuan immortal lord.


    he used a replica of the xianbao dazai qianyuan monument as the foundation to create this independent space to test the will and strength of those who came after him.


    back then, meng zhang entered that independent space and obtained a replica of the dazai qianyuan monument, as well as the benefits left by the qianyuan immortal lord.


    he took the initiative to take over this cause and effect, and used the replica of the dazai qianyuan monument to slowly wipe out the last vitality of the god of heaven.


    in the end, the remaining will of god gaiyang disappeared completely, and he also formed a deep causal relationship with the earth mother goddess where gaiyang god is located.


    the replica of the dazai qianyuan monument had long been broken, and this independent space began to slowly shrink, and began to be destroyed step by step.


    meng zhang, who was preoccupied with many things, was too lazy to care about the outcome of this independent space.


    after this independent space was destroyed, everything that remained was finally integrated into the gaeyang continent, which was not considered a waste.


    this sudden earthquake in gaiyang continent alarmed meng zhang.


    he followed the shaking trajectory and discovered that this independent space that was supposed to be destroyed has actually been surviving until now.


    the previous vibrations in gaiyang continent originated from this independent space.


    why does this independent space cause vibration?


    meng zhang''s heart moved when he thought of the origin of this independent space and qianyuan immortal lord.


    although he has not had personal contact with qianyuan immortal lord, he has indeed gained a lot of benefits from him.


    apart from anything else, the officials of lingkong immortal realm deliberately let him go because they suspected the relationship between meng zhang and qianyuan immortal lord.


    qianyuan immortal lord should have no ill intentions towards meng zhang.


    there was movement in this independent space at this time, obviously to lure him over.


    meng zhang''s cultivation level at this time has far surpassed that of back then.


    he was just a true immortal at the beginning, and he could only be passively pulled into this independent space to accept the test left by qianyuan immortal lord.


    now, he can see through all the mysteries of this independent space at a glance.


    the replica of the immortal treasure dazai qianyuan monument is just an immortal artifact for use by real immortals.


    the level of this independent space created based on this cannot be too high.


    in meng zhang''s eyes, this independent space has obviously entered its end and will be completely destroyed at any time.


    he stretched one hand forward, and a giant hand appeared in an independent space, waving it against the devastating space storm, as if he had caught something.


    meng zhang withdrew his outstretched hand, and the giant hand quickly disappeared, and this independent space was completely destroyed.


    meng zhang pressed down with his other hand, and all the commotion caused by the destruction of the independent space was immediately calmed down.


    the remains of the independent space after its destruction were absorbed by the gaeyang continent.


    he spread out the hand he had just extended.


    in this hand, there is a ball of light.


    his spiritual mind entered this ball of light and read a piece of information.


    this piece of information is a map.


    this map does not record a place in the yang world, but marks a location in the underworld.


    apparently, he was told to travel to this location in the underworld.


    as an immortal, meng zhang cannot directly enter the underworld.


    even if you force your way in, you will be suppressed by the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld, making it very inconvenient to move.


    but his external incarnation is too wonderful, but he is thriving in the underworld, and he can go to that place.

 Chapter 3425

    qianyuan immortal lord is apparently the best at illusions and is an out-and-out master of illusions.


    but in fact, he is a rare tianji immortal master in the world of cultivation. the most powerful skill is his divine calculation method.


    according to meng zhang''s own estimation, qianyuan immortal master''s attainments in the art of heavenly secrets were far superior to his own.


    with his current level of tianjishu, he still feels that the opponent is unfathomable and unattainable.


    when one reaches qianyuan immortal master''s level of cultivation in tianji technique, one''s abilities become much greater, and there are more things that can be deduced.


    take meng zhang as an example. even if he has the cause and effect of taiyi golden immortal, qianyuan immortal master can still deduce information about him as long as he pays a sufficient price.


    taiyi jinxian later gave meng zhang a green lotus.


    with the protection of this green lotus, it is difficult for ordinary golden immortals to sense its existence and origin.


    but as long as he appears in front of jinxian, the other party can still see through everything about him.


    when gu yue lingqing initially contacted the gu yue family headquarters in lingkong immortal realm, the family told him that lingkong immortal realm officials suspected that meng zhang had a close connection with qianyuan immortal lord, so they did not pursue meng zhang fiercely. .


    qianyuan immortal lord alone does not have such a big reputation that it is enough to make even the officials of the lingkong immortal world fear him.


    qianyuan immortal lord himself is the golden immortal seed recognized by immortality, and he has the support of golden immortals behind him.


    many monks, including lingkong immortal world officials, speculated that qianyuan immortal lord had probably been promoted to golden immortal.


    once an immortal like qianyuan immortal master who is proficient in heavenly calculations is promoted to golden immortal, if he intends to deduce information about meng zhang, even if meng zhang is protected by the green lotus, he will not be able to do so. a lot of information was exposed to him.


    ever since he formed a causal relationship with qianyuan immortal, meng zhang had a hunch that the relationship between him and qianyuan immortal would not be that simple, and they would meet one day in the future.


    after that, he enjoyed the benefits of karma with qianyuan immortal lord several times.


    cause and effect, there must be an effect if there is a cause.


    meng zhang knew in his heart that since he had enjoyed such benefits, he would have to bear certain consequences in the future.


    he never thought that when he was trapped in the sea of ??dancing flowers and in a dilemma, he would actually have a relationship with qianyuan immortal lord again.


    meng zhang himself is a tianji immortal master, and he is very clear about the limitations of tianji technique.


    even if the qianyuan immortal becomes the qianyuan golden immortal, it is impossible for him to know everything.


    in particular, meng zhang is extremely involved. he was originally a descendant of taiyi golden immortal, but now he is involved in the dispute about namo sun moon light buddha.


    even if qianyuan immortal master used the heavenly mystery technique to make deductions beforehand, he still couldn''t do everything in detail and omit nothing.


    all he could deduce was a general idea, some rough guidelines.


    however, with his layout skills, it is entirely possible to make arrangements early according to these guidelines.


    the layout in this independent space must have been left by qianyuan immortal lord many years ago.


    when necessary, this arrangement will convey important information to meng zhang.


    now that he has received the message left by qianyuan immortal lord, meng zhang will naturally not ignore it.


    the current situation in the whirling flower sea made him feel that he was surrounded by dangers and walking on thin ice, and he didn''t know what to do next.


    qianyuan immortal lord has great supernatural powers, and perhaps the arrangements he left behind can help him get out of his current predicament.


    of course, qianyuan immortal lord must have had his own calculations and intentions when he left such an arrangement early.


    as for what his plan is, i''m afraid we won''t be able to understand it until we reach the location on the map.


    tai miao and meng zhang had the same mind, and soon received the message from meng zhang.


    in his mind, the specific situation of meng zhang receiving the map appeared.


    after staying in the underworld for so many years, taimiao has become familiar with a large part of the underworld and has long adapted to the environment here.


    he studied the map carefully and compared it with the information in his mind.


    there are still many places in the underworld that he has not mastered yet, and there are many dangerous places that he does not dare to approach rashly.


    if the location indicated on this map was in an area that he didn''t even know, then he would have to explore slowly to get there.


    fortunately, this situation did not occur. the place marked on this map was not too unfamiliar to him and was not very far from his territory.


    however, that place is a famous and dangerous place in the underworld, and some gods and ghosts at the level of immortals have died there.


    with tai miao''s cultivation and the guidance of the map, there is no need to worry too much.


    knowing that meng zhang was anxious to know the result, tai miao didn''t delay and was on his way soon.


    he spent some time on the road and encountered some twists and turns.


    especially after entering that dangerous place, even with the guidance of a map, he encountered several dangers.


    after a journey that was definitely not an easy one, tai miao finally arrived at his destination.


    the destination marked on the map is a huge city ruins.


    such urban ruins are not uncommon in the underworld.


    in the world of cultivation, no one can tell how many years of history the underworld has.


    according to some veteran immortals in the taoist sect, the underworld has existed for about the same time as the yang world.


    before and after the void in the yang world was formed, the underworld had already been formed.


    as for the time when the void was formed, there are many different opinions in the world of cultivation.


    the shortest time among these statements is measured in millions of years.


    the common view is that the void has a history of hundreds of millions of years.


    such a long history has allowed countless civilizations and countless cultivation systems to appear in the void...


    due to the special circumstances, the underworld may not be as colorful as the void in the yang world.


    but in the long history of the underworld, it is very normal for some civilizations to be born.


    the rise, growth, and destruction of civilizations are very common in the void, and such laws should not escape the underworld.


    tai miao entered the underworld, especially after entering the big cities in the underworld, and tried his best to collect various information about the history, civilization and other aspects of the underworld.


    he read the information carefully.


    unfortunately, the history of the underworld is too long. many civilizations and countless inheritances have been lost in history, and there is not even enough written information left.


    as far as he knew, there had been extremely powerful dynasties, arrogant sects, etc. in the history of the underworld.


    some dynasties and sects and other forces have been passed down to this day, but more have disappeared in history.


    now that the ruins of the city appeared in front of him, he didn''t know which cultivating force left them.


    even though most of the ruins of this city have been submerged by endless wind and sand, the remaining parts are still very vast.


    tai miao observed carefully. according to his experience, this city has been in ruins for at least tens of thousands of years.


    as for the history and origin of the city itself, he knew nothing.

 Chapter 3426

    generally speaking, such urban ruins are favorite exploration places for ghosts and sane ghosts in the underworld.


    they tend to break into such places at all costs.


    if they are lucky enough, they can make good gains in these places.


    treasures with different functions, superb inheritance...


    especially those cultivating forces that have penetrated from the yang world to the underworld like to explore places like this.


    even if there is no other gain, it is worth investing a lot of time and energy just to understand the history of civilization in the underworld.


    the location of the ruins of this city is relatively hidden, and the surrounding area is full of natural dangers. even taimiao has to spend a lot of effort to enter here safely with the guidance of a map.


    ordinary god-level ghosts and ghosts would probably be buried by various natural hazards on the periphery of this area.


    the underworld is vast and boundless, and without clear guidance, those top experts generally will not wander around aimlessly.


    taimiao did not enter here to search for the ruins of the city.


    although meng zhang did not rush him, he knew that meng zhang was anxious to know what arrangements the qianyuan immortal lord had left behind.


    he followed the map''s guidance and entered the ruins of the city. he did not wander around on the road, but went directly to the place marked on the map.


    along the way, he took a casual look around and gained some understanding of the ruins of the city.


    when this city was intact, it should have been protected by a large formation.


    within the city, various broken and failed restrictions can be seen everywhere.


    the protective formation should have expired long ago, and most of the city has been submerged by wind and sand.


    the ruins exposed outside bear traces of the battle.


    the traces left by various magical powers have not completely dissipated even after a long time.


    every time you advance a certain distance, you can see some broken weapons and magic weapons from time to time.


    i didn''t see any corpses or bones.


    the ruins of this city are different from other city ruins in the underworld. the aura of death is not very strong, and there are no ghosts or other ghosts haunting it.


    tai miao soon arrived at the location indicated on the map.


    it was an abandoned square, basically submerged by wind and sand.


    tai miao stood above the square for a moment and then passed through the thick stone ground and entered the deep underground.


    underground is a largely well-preserved hall.


    the hall is very vast and the dome is particularly tall.


    tai miao''s figure appeared in the center of the hall.


    in front of him were three huge stone statues with vague faces, at least more than ten feet high.


    before entering the hall, taimiao carefully sensed and observed the surroundings.


    the surroundings were completely silent, with nothing unusual happening.


    this should be the destination where immortal qianyuan left the map. logically speaking, there should be the layout he left here, and there should not be any movement at all.


    after taimiao glanced around, he focused his attention on the three huge statues in front of him.


    there is no way, only these three statues are the most conspicuous here.


    but in tai miao''s sense, these are three stone statues.


    if there''s anything unusual about it, it''s probably that the stone material is hard enough.


    meng zhang has been paying attention to tai miao''s actions since he started following the pictures.


    because the distance between the underworld and the yang world is too far, the information communication between them is delayed and cannot be completely synchronized.


    tai miao waited in the main hall for a long time before meng zhang learned about the situation on his side and sent him a method to try.


    when qianyuan immortal master left behind the dazai qianyuan monument that he copied using illusion techniques, he also left behind some brilliant illusion inheritance.


    these illusion inheritances were handed over to taiyi sect by meng zhang.


    he was an old friend of huang lian sect''s saint xu mengying, who originally majored in illusion. she also received the inheritance of these illusions from him and benefited greatly from it.


    although meng zhang is not a major in illusion, with his cultivation and talent, he has learned a lot of useful techniques with a little effort.


    the replica of the dazai qianyuan monument had been refined and used by him for many years, and he had long been very familiar with its aura.


    tai miao and meng zhang had the same understanding.


    in addition to the difficulty in bringing out the full power of the other''s major avenue, they can use each other''s minor avenue relatively completely, at most with a little more effort.


    tai miao''s attainments in illusion are even better than meng zhang''s.


    illusion is a very useful tool for many people who believe in gods.


    according to the aura of the dazai qianyuan monument in meng zhang''s memory, taimiao used the magic power passed down by the immortal qianyuan.


    a moment later, a dazai qianyuan monument, copied using illusion magic, floated quietly in front of tai miao.


    of course, this large qianyuan monument is far inferior to the replica left by immortal qianyuan, but the aura is quite similar.


    as if sensing the breath of this great qianyuan monument, the three stone statues that tai miao originally thought were fine suddenly came to life.


    i saw these three stone statues stretching their bodies one after another, their originally blurry faces became clear, and the deep aura of death was faintly visible in their bodies.


    tai miao was surprised at first.


    i had repeatedly observed before and confirmed that nothing was missing, but i found nothing unusual about these three stone statues.


    when he thought that this was the method left behind by immortal qianyuan, he felt relieved immediately, leaving only admiration and admiration for immortal qianyuan.


    these three stone statues just looked at taimiao without saying a word or making any unnecessary movements.


    in tai miao''s induction, these three stone statues were just as powerful as him.


    after the three stone statues showed their true appearance, he observed them carefully and made some assumptions about their origins.


    these three stone statues are most likely special puppets or special treasures based on ghosts or ghosts from the underworld.


    their level of intelligence is unknown.


    however, one thing that is certain is that they will definitely act according to the orders of qianyuan immortal lord.


    the replica of dazai qianyuan monument awakened them who had been sleeping for who knows how many years.


    tai miao tried hard to communicate with them, but didn''t get any response.


    he thought for a while and realized that qianyuan immortal lord left the map on gaiyang continent. whatever arrangement there was, it should have been left for meng zhang.


    he is the incarnation of meng zhang, and he is quite different from his original self.


    it may be necessary for meng zhang himself to be present and identify himself in order to get a response from these three stone statues.


    the wonderful idea was approved by meng zhang.


    it seems difficult to get meng zhang to enter the underworld, but it is not worth mentioning for tai miao.


    as the deity, meng zhang can cast spells to summon tai miao to the yang world.


    tai miao casts a spell that can also summon meng zhang to the underworld. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3427

    after tai miao was ready, she began to cast a spell to summon meng zhang.


    the more powerful a creature from the yang world is, the more difficult it is for it to enter the underworld.


    even if you forcefully enter the underworld, you will be suppressed or even attacked by the laws of the underworld.


    meng zhang tried his best to restrain his aura of power, trying not to let it leak out at all.


    at this moment, in the eyes of ordinary practitioners, he is just a mortal without any cultivation.


    he soon sensed a powerful force coming from the underworld and was about to forcefully pull him there.


    he suppressed his instinctive resistance and obeyed the call of this power.


    after a while, meng zhang appeared next to tai miao.


    meng zhang had just arrived in the underworld, and he didn''t know if he had touched the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    he felt as if the whole world was rejecting him, hostile to him, and seemed to be driving him away from this world.


    taimiao originally had the characteristics of a natural ghost and god. after occupying a vast territory in the underworld, he seemed to have become a native ghost and god in the underworld, possessing corresponding abilities and even authority.


    as a ghost and god in the underworld, it is a very common ability to summon creatures from other worlds.


    in addition, he can also give magic talismans to protect other living beings.


    there is a type of talisman among them, which can allow those creatures from the yang world to temporarily gain the ability to move freely in the underworld, without being suppressed by the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld, and not being invaded by the death energy of the underworld...


    tai miao cast the spell himself and used all his strength to bless meng zhang. the effect was much better than the talisman he gave him.


    meng zhang immediately sensed that the suppression of him by the laws of the underworld was much weaker, and that this world no longer had to eliminate him.


    of course, because his cultivation level is too high, he cannot completely escape the suppression of the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    fortunately, meng zhang didn''t want to stay in the underworld for too long, and he didn''t make any big moves.


    he moved his hands and feet a little and then took the initiative to walk to the three statues.


    he blew lightly, and a stream of breath rushed towards the three statues.


    this aura is very complex. it contains his own aura, the aura of the gaeyang continent, and the aura left after the independent space left by qianyuan immortal lord collapsed...


    after sensing this complex aura, the three statues seemed to look at each other, and then remained silent for a while.


    after a moment, the statue in the center handed a palm-sized wooden box to meng zhang.


    then, the three statues made no extra movements, fell into deep sleep again, and returned to their original forms.


    meng zhang took the wooden box and was not in a hurry to open it here.


    tai miao cast a spell again and canceled the summons to meng zhang.


    a powerful force of repulsion arose in this world, and meng zhang was forcibly expelled.


    meng zhang did not resist, and with the help of this power, he successfully returned to the yangshi.


    after seeing meng zhang''s figure disappear, tai miao thought for a moment and left the hall.


    he was not in a hurry to go back, but wandered around among the ruins of the city.


    now that you have come, let alone gain any benefits, at least increase your knowledge.


    after meng zhang returned to taiyi realm, he took a closer look at the wooden box in his hand, and then carefully inserted his spiritual thoughts into it.


    this inconspicuous wooden box indeed contains a valuable treasure that can change meng zhang''s situation.


    a piece of gray fairy armor, the information contained in it contains a special method of envoy.


    after meng zhang puts it on and drives it according to a special method, he can have power almost at the level of an immortal.


    of course, having the power of an immortal lord does not mean that you have the abilities that an immortal lord only has.


    and this kind of power is probably a bit weaker than the weakest immortal lord.


    after meng zhang put on this piece of immortal armor, he was not only able to defeat the monks of the same level, but also when faced with the powerful ones of the immortal level, he could deal with them without being powerless to fight back.


    considering the dominant position of the taoist practice system in the void.


    with the help of this fairy armor, meng zhang might have some chance of escaping when faced with beings such as the great bodhisattva and the great heavenly demon.


    for meng zhang, the biggest benefit of wearing this immortal armor is not to use it in battle, but to feel the power of the immortal realm in advance, which will help his future practice and increase his breakthrough to the immortal realm. probability of success.


    in addition to this immortal armor, there is also a replica of the great qianyuan monument in the wooden box.


    this replica is much better than the one meng zhang obtained earlier.


    this replica contains several tricks left by immortal qianyuan.


    after meng zhang activates it, it can pose a certain threat to even the powerful men at the level of immortal lord.


    of course, this replica cannot be used for a long time. if it is used a few times, it will automatically collapse after the power left by qianyuan immortal lord inside is exhausted.


    with qianyuan immortal lord''s strength and resources, it is not a simple matter to refine this replica.


    that piece of immortal armor gave meng zhang the power of an immortal, as well as sufficient self-defense.


    this replica of the great qianyuan monument gave meng zhang the ability to threaten immortal-level experts.


    qianyuan immortal lord''s arrangements are very thoughtful.


    and he should have calculated that the real threat meng zhang faces is a powerful person at the level of immortal lord.


    of course, such an arrangement is also vulnerable in front of the golden immortal buddha.


    obviously, qianyuan immortal lord did not expect meng zhang to confront the buddha golden immortal head-on.


    to be honest, with these two treasures, meng zhang can completely try to escape from the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    the great bodhisattva-level experts from the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces mainly came for namu sun moonlight buddha and would not put too much energy into chasing down meng zhang.


    as long as meng zhang left the whirling flower sea and escaped, qianyuan immortal lord left him two treasures that could completely enhance his combat power. they were not meant for him to escape, but had special arrangements for him.


    in the sea of ??dancing flowers in the wooden box, there are many dangerous places that are enough to bury a powerful person of the immortal level. even meng zhang would not break in easily.


    there are many so-called forbidden areas in the sea of ??dancing flowers, which are closely guarded by the followers of namo sun moon light buddha, and no outsiders are allowed to approach.


    the sea of ??whirling flowers is vast and boundless, and meng zhang does not have a complete map in his hand.


    the map hezhen bodhisattva gave him last time contained many missing parts.


    these missing parts are often unknown places.


    but with this orb, as long as he spends enough time, meng zhang can clearly understand the terrain in the sea of ??flowers. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3428

    the purpose of qianyuan immortal lord leaving behind such an orb is very obvious.


    obviously, he not only wants meng zhang to stay in the sea of ??dancing flowers, but also wants him to make a difference.


    if meng zhang wants to make a difference, he needs to know more about the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    this orb helps him conduct in-depth exploration of the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    meng zhang speculated that qianyuan immortal lord, as a taoist immortal, certainly did not want to see namo sun moonlight buddha succeed in his breakthrough.


    now meng zhang happens to be in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and he has benefited from his stay, so he naturally wants to work for him.


    when he thought of this, meng zhang hesitated.


    even if he had the support of the qianyuan immortal lord or even the golden immortal, he would not have the confidence to destroy the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    as a member of the taoist sect, meng zhang is also willing to safeguard the interests of the taoist sect and do things that are beneficial to the taoist sect.


    however, he is currently just a heavenly immortal. it would be too difficult for him to destroy the practice of namo sun moon light buddha.


    he is willing to contribute to the taoist sect, but he is absolutely unwilling to bury himself for the taoist sect.


    the scarecrow-like witchcraft weapon in the wooden box was probably refined by qianyuan immortal lord.


    on the surface of the scarecrow, there is a page of a book, which records how to use this magic weapon.


    after the user of the witchcraft has completely refined it, he only needs to ingest the target''s breath and put it into the scarecrow to curse and plot against it.


    it would be even better if the target''s fur, flesh, etc. could be included.


    the target selected for this witchcraft cannot be stronger than meng zhang''s current level of cultivation.


    in other words, it can only harm the celestial immortal. in the celestial immortal, he can even kill multiple monks of the same level at the same time.


    after meng zhang learned the information about this witchcraft, he couldn''t hide the joy on his face.


    the most powerful thing about this witchcraft is not that it is used in frontal battles, but that it is used to plot against targets.


    once the target is hit, it will be difficult to escape the curse unless a powerful person of the immortal level comes to rescue him.


    as far as meng zhang knows, there seems to be no powerful person at the level of an immortal in the sea of ??dancing flowers, including the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    of course, the buddha namu sun moonlight buddha is not included.


    the current situation inside and outside the whirling flowers seems to be calm, but in fact there are undercurrents inside and the situation is already very tense.


    as long as there is any disturbance, it may trigger a war and cause the situation to change drastically.


    many times, the assassination of a key figure will cause the balance of the situation to be broken.


    many times, the assassination of a key figure will cause the balance of the situation to be broken.


    although qianyuan immortal master did not say it clearly, the purpose of leaving this witchcraft weapon to meng zhang was already very obvious.


    meng zhang found that he could easily understand the intentions of qianyuan immortal lord, and the thinking of both parties was in perfect harmony many times.


    the last item left by immortal qianyuan in the wooden box was a jade slip that is common in the world of cultivation.


    meng zhang probed his mind into the jade slip, and the information inside automatically poured into his mind.


    the information recorded in this jade slip is an introduction to the golden immortal buddha, focusing on what kind of abilities they possess.


    the golden immortal buddha is the most supreme being in all realms of space, and almost everyone knows about his vast magical powers.


    many practitioners even believe that it is an immortal existence and almost omnipotent.


    as the inheritor of taiyi golden immortal, meng zhang certainly knows some simple relevant information.


    but how powerful the golden immortal buddha is and what the limits of his abilities are are not something he can currently know.


    in fact, even those disciples of the golden immortal buddha often cannot explain these issues clearly.


    although the records in this jade slip are not comprehensive, they are very practical.


    in particular, several examples were given to illustrate some of the limitations of the golden immortal buddha''s abilities.


    for example, as long as someone in the void has evil thoughts towards a certain golden immortal, the golden immortal will feel it.


    of course, due to various reasons, there are many people in the void world who secretly curse jinxian.


    if everyone had to pay attention, even jinxian wouldn''t have so much free time.


    most of the useless information will be ignored intentionally or unintentionally.


    only when that kind of strength reaches a certain level, or when it may harm the golden immortal, will the golden immortal carefully sense it and focus on it.


    if you want to avoid this kind of induction, you must either have other golden immortals to help you cast spells to shield you; or you must have exotic treasures to protect you; or you must be located in some very special places...


    if meng zhang is in the lingkong immortal realm and has a plan in mind against a certain golden immortal in the lingkong immortal realm, and this plan can indeed cause obstacles to this golden immortal, then the golden immortal will most likely be able to sense it.


    even if there are other golden immortals who help him cover, it is very likely that the golden immortal himself will be exposed by facing an opponent of the same level.


    there are many similar examples recorded in this jade slip.


    after meng zhang knew these contents, not to mention dealing with the golden immortal, at least he knew how to avoid its induction and would not be easily exposed.


    at the end of the jade slip, immortal qianyuan specifically emphasized that the examples he cited were all referring to ordinary golden immortals.


    those golden immortals who have special abilities that are far superior to those of the same level may not necessarily follow these rules.


    in addition, the abilities of those beings called tao lords among the golden immortals were difficult for even him to fathom.


    meng zhang knew that qianyuan immortal lord used the golden immortal as an example in this jade slip, which was actually an allusion to the buddha.


    he didn''t say it clearly, not just because he had taboos, but to prevent the information from being sensed by the target.


    after all the information was transmitted into meng zhang''s mind, the jade slip automatically shattered and disappeared.


    the wooden box had a strong shielding effect, but the jade slip was automatically destroyed, which shows that immortal qianyuan acted cautiously.


    this actually explains some of the attitude of qianyuan immortal lord.


    as a taoist golden immortal, he certainly didn''t want to see namo sun moonlight buddha succeed in his breakthrough.


    but he was unwilling to directly stop it, nor did he want to expose the fact that he had intervened.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3429

    in fact, even if the taoist masters including qianyuan immortal lord did not stop him, many people within buddhism, including some buddhas, would not be happy to see namo sun moonlight buddha succeed in his breakthrough.


    the army organized by the yunmen sect and other spiritual forces wandering outside the sea of ??dancing flowers is a clear proof.


    if qianyuan immortal lord and others rashly stop it, it may trigger a backlash within buddhism, causing many buddhist masters to have the same hatred and hatred.


    it is one thing to fight within the buddhist sect, but it is another thing for the taoist sect to intervene in it.


    the luoyu sect has been deployed in the whirlpool of flowers for so many years, but it has never been launched. this is also due to this factor.


    qianyuan xianzun and other taoist masters were unwilling to arouse the same hatred and hatred within the buddhist sect, but they were unwilling to sit idly by and ignore it.


    what if the internal fighting within the buddhist sect is not enough to prevent namu sun moonlight buddha from breaking through?


    even to the extreme, what if buddhism''s current internal struggle is just an act, and many of buddhism''s actions are to cover the success of namo sun moonlight buddha''s breakthrough?


    therefore, qianyuan immortal master and other taoist masters must monitor the situation in the sea of ??flowers at all times in order to intervene at any time.


    but at the same time, they must pay attention to the scale of their intervention.


    if this intensifies the conflict between the buddhist and taoist sects and triggers a war between the two families, that is what the top leaders of the two families are not willing to see.


    meng zhang, who had a causal relationship with qianyuan immortal lord, happened to be located in the sea of ??dancing flowers, which was undoubtedly a good opportunity.


    qianyuan immortal master did not know how to get enough understanding of meng zhang.


    perhaps, ten thousand years ago, he obtained some vague guidance through the derivation of tianji technique, so he left corresponding arrangements in gaiyang continent.


    when the time comes, these arrangements will guide meng zhang to the underworld.


    he left these things to meng zhang, using meng zhang as a pawn, hoping that he could play an important role in stopping namo sun moonlight buddha.


    everything in this wooden box was accepted by meng zhang.


    after thinking about it for a while, he guessed a lot of things.


    of course, what he could guess was not everything, but it was enough to help him make up his mind.


    whether it was out of the desire to repay immortal qianyuan''s favor and not let him down, or because he did not want to renounce himself from taoism, he had to stay in the sea of ??dancing flowers and work hard to prevent namo sun moonlight buddha''s breakthrough.


    of course, with meng zhang''s current cultivation level, even if he got the treasure left by qianyuan immortal lord, he would still be vulnerable if he really faced namo sun and moonlight buddha head-on.


    qianyuan immortal lord probably never expected meng zhang to be able to stop namo sun moonlight buddha head-on.


    all meng zhang could do was to stir up the situation and cause a bigger disturbance, forcing namu sun moonlight buddha to interrupt his practice.


    when meng zhang thought of this, his mind sank into the green lotus in his body.


    according to the information he learned from the jade slip, when namu sun moonlight buddha made a major breakthrough, he would restrain his mind and his sense of the surroundings would become weaker.


    he may not be able to detect some malice directed at him.


    but when meng zhang was planning, out of careful consideration, he still sunk his mind into the qinglian, using it to block the possible presence of the namo sun moon light buddha.


    before, no matter what ability he had or what he thought, he could not have a substantial impact on namo sun moon light buddha, and even if he was exposed, the harm would not be great.


    the plan he is carrying out now is very likely to disturb his practice, so it must not be exposed.


    he has the karma of more than one golden immortal, which somewhat interferes with namu sun moon light buddha''s induction.


    his mind is now protected by the green lotus, and he himself has not appeared in front of namo sun and moon light buddha. everything he planned should not be sensed by the other party.


    meng zhang''s intelligence is not particularly outstanding, nor is he an expert in conspiracy.


    meng zhang''s intelligence is not particularly outstanding, nor is he an expert in conspiracy.


    but he has lived for so long, experienced so many storms and waves in the world of cultivation, and has seen a lot of conspiracies and tricks.


    as long as he calms down and thinks carefully, he will soon get some results.


    the situation at home and abroad in whirlpool flower is already very tense.


    the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces were used as pawns to test namo sun moonlight buddha.


    but due to various scruples, they dare not act rashly now.


    the followers of namo sun moon light buddha seem to be mediocre in strength and ability, but they have the backing of namo sun moon light buddha and rely on his majesty and reputation to protect them. others dare not offend them easily, and they can actually maintain the situation in the sea of ??flowers for the time being.


    what meng zhang has to do next is to find a way to break the balance of the situation in the sea of ??flowers and force all parties to join in.


    he already had a rough plan in mind.


    after the plan was completed, he temporarily stripped out all the relevant thoughts in his mind and hid them in the green lotus.


    next, this green lotus will remind him step by step how to do it.


    in this process, he will not know the specific situation of each step in advance.


    the reason why it is so troublesome is to shield the possible induction of namo sun moon light buddha to the greatest extent.


    after completing these preparations, meng zhang''s mind returned to his body again.


    next, meng zhang continued to practice in seclusion in taiyi realm, as if nothing had happened and he didn''t know anything.


    the entire taiyi world is still fully exploring and developing the surrounding areas as usual.


    after some time, meng zhang found an excuse and asked to meet with hezhen bodhisattva.


    after meeting meng zhang last time, hezhen bodhisattva thought that he had appeased meng zhang and could make good use of meng zhang in the future.


    meng zhang asked to meet again. although he was a little impatient, he still met with him secretly.


    after the two met, meng zhang kept complaining and emphasized the various difficulties he encountered.


    this kind of routine and the true bodhisattva are not followers of namo sun moon light buddha. they have stayed in the resource-rich sea of ??flowers for so many years, relying on mountains and rivers to eat and drink, and they have indeed gained a lot of resources.


    but the resources they have are definitely not endless.


    in addition, they have a lot of internal disputes, and their limited resources are controlled by several major factions. hezhen bodhisattva has already given many benefits to meng zhang, and it is really difficult to continue to provide him with more resources.


    the impatient hezhen bodhisattva found an excuse to deal with it and ended the meeting in a hurry.


    after that, meng zhang would ask to meet with him every once in a while.


    he knew meng zhang''s purpose. although he was very impatient, he could not completely ignore it. meng zhang still had great use value.


    therefore, every time meng zhang asked to meet, he would ask heming bodhisattva to meet with meng zhang.


    anyway, heming bodhisattva can''t be the master of anything, let alone give meng zhang anything he wants.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3430

    heming bodhisattva entangled with meng zhang, but not only did it not bring him any benefit, but he also kept asking him to act as soon as possible and take the initiative to attack the buddhist cultivation forces in the sea of ??flowers.


    in many cases, heming bodhisattva is stubborn and does not know how to act flexibly. he only knows how to rigidly carry out the orders of the true bodhisattva.


    his rigid approach really left the scoundrel meng zhang helpless.


    after several encounters with heming bodhisattva, meng zhang had to temporarily suspend his request to meet.


    in order to get rid of heming bodhisattva''s entanglement, he even had to make some promises, saying that he would soon take action to attack those practicing forces that were associated with the yunmen sect.


    after returning to taiyi realm, meng zhang still stood still.


    meng zhang stood still, but the others couldn''t help it.


    after the taiyi realm took the initiative and eliminated the temporary base of the yunmen sect in the whirlpool flower sea, people in the whirlpool flower sea became panicked, and many buddhist cultivating forces became more hostile to the taiyi realm.


    with the efforts of concerned people, many buddhist cultivating forces began to unite to guard against the taiyi realm, which posed a huge threat to everyone.


    during this process, hezhen bodhisattva was secretly adding fuel to the flames.


    in his eyes, these buddhist cultivation forces are as unreliable as the yunmen sect, and may disturb the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    let taiyi realm become a target to attract the attention of these cultivation forces, which can buy him more time.


    after these buddhist cultivation forces united, they did not take the initiative to attack taiyi realm.


    they thought that yunmen sect would take revenge and there was no need for them to be troublesome.


    they just need to be on guard and not let taiyi realm continue to attack them.


    but no one expected that after the army of monks sent by yunmen sect arrived at the edge of the whirling flower sea, they actually didn''t enter it for a long time and kept wandering outside.


    on the surface, it seems that the yunmen sect has enough respect for namo sun moon light buddha and listened to the warnings of namo sun moon light buddha''s followers.


    in fact, his dual intentions cannot be concealed from everyone.


    next, more buddhist cultivating forces sent armies of cultivators one after another to the outside of the whirling flower sea, but like the yunmen sect, they have been lingering outside.


    within buddhism, there are many people who do not want to see namu sun moonlight buddha succeed.


    they urgently need to know the current situation of namo sun moon light buddha, and they need these cultivating forces to help them test the reality of namo sun moon light buddha.


    how can these guys serve as a test by standing still?


    after a long delay, some people behind the scenes became impatient and started to take action.


    soon after, many buddhist forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers spoke out together.


    they denounced taiyi realm, saying that taiyi realm massacred innocent fellow buddhists, which was a heinous and unforgivable crime.


    they want to form a coalition and work together to eradicate the scourge of taiyi realm and restore peace to the whirling flower sea.


    among these buddhist cultivating forces, vajra temple and lotus temple are the leaders.


    these two families are both major buddhist sects with a long history. even if their strength is not as strong as that of the yunmen sect, they are only stronger than the fahua sect, which had an enmity with the taiyi realm back then.


    especially the vajra temple is a sect known for its radicalism among buddhists, and is also a famous thug among buddhists.


    when there is a conflict between buddhism and other cultivation systems, vajra temple is often at the same time. he also expressed his own difficulties.


    in the sea of ??dancing flowers, buddhist practice forces have an absolute advantage.


    due to various considerations, it was difficult for him to stand directly on meng zhang''s side and confront these buddhist cultivating forces head-on.


    after receiving the news, taiyi realm immediately entered a state of preparation for war again and stood ready.


    for hezhen bodhisattva, the fact that taiyi realm faced so many buddhist cultivating forces was exactly what he wanted.


    he originally asked taiyi realm to take the initiative and eliminate the temporary base of yunmen sect, just to let taiyi realm attract the attention of these buddhist cultivation forces and contain their power.


    in order to allow taiyi realm to support it longer, he secretly continued to cheer taiyi realm up, stimulate its fighting spirit, and promised to provide all kinds of help.


    as one of the leaders among the followers of namu sun moon light buddha, at least on the surface, he wants to maintain the order of the whirling flower sea and prevent such large-scale wars from happening.


    he specially sent heming bodhisattva to run between the two sides to mediate for both sides and prevent them from starting a war.


    due to the lessons learned from yunqi bodhisattva of the yunmen sect, many buddhist cultivators are wary of heming bodhisattva.


    although they didn''t shut him out, they were very cold and unwelcome to him.


    taiyi realm welcomes the mediation of heming bodhisattva, but it does not help in easing the situation at all.


    heming bodhisattva worked hard among many buddhist cultivating forces and received many looks and cold words. some people even publicly accused him of being a traitor to buddhism and bent his elbows outward.


    i don¡¯t know if this is because i had a previous explanation with the real bodhisattva, or if he really has such a good temper.


    he patiently visited every family and persuaded everyone with sincerity.


    he turned a deaf ear to all kinds of sarcastic remarks and attacks.


    in the end, heming bodhisattva''s mediation failed as expected.


    he zhen bodhisattva and other followers of namo sun moon light buddha kept calling for peace verbally, but did not take any more substantive actions.


    the various buddhist cultivating forces seemed to have seen through their true thoughts, and were preparing more intensively for war, ready to attack taiyi realm at any time.


    at this time, heming bodhisattva, who had been running around and actively mediating, suddenly died inexplicably.


    when the news spread, everyone was shocked and the situation, which was originally on the verge of breaking out, became a bit strange. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3431

    in taiyi realm, meng zhang, who was sitting quietly in the secret room, gently touched the scarecrow in his hand.


    this magic weapon is indeed easy to use, its power is unexpectedly great, and it perfectly achieves meng zhang''s purpose.


    that''s right, it was meng zhang''s witchcraft that assassinated heming bodhisattva.


    after the original plan was completed, he temporarily forgot the plan from his mind, but stored all these thoughts in the green lotus deep in his soul.


    since this green lotus can help meng zhang avoid the inference of the golden immortal, it should be able to block the induction of namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    after that, this green lotus will instruct his actions step by step in sequence.


    when he met with he zhen bodhisattva, he secretly absorbed a breath of this person.


    afterwards, hezhen bodhisattva was too lazy to pay attention to him and asked heming bodhisattva to deal with him, and he secretly absorbed heming bodhisattva''s breath.


    because i meet heming bodhisattva more often, i absorb this person''s aura more intensely.


    in meng zhang''s plan, he was originally planning to attack hezhen bodhisattva.


    as the leader of the group of followers of namo sun moonlight buddha, hezhen bodhisattva would cause a great shock if he died inexplicably.


    meng zhang can be regarded as taking revenge on this guy for plotting against him.


    when the buddhist sects such as the vajra temple and the lotus temple united and claimed to destroy the taiyi realm together, meng zhang sunk his mind into the green lotus and made another plan.


    after weighing it repeatedly, he finally decided to choose heming bodhisattva as his target.


    first of all, as the leader of the followers of namu sun moon light buddha, kazuma bodhisattva might have a life-saving trump card given by him.


    if meng zhang misses a single blow or is even exposed, all his plans will be in vain.


    secondly, heming bodhisattva is actively working to mediate disputes between taiyi realm and vajra temple and other buddhist sects.


    for taiyi realm, it is definitely not an easy task to fight against the joint attacks of so many buddhist sects.


    what''s even worse is that even if meng zhang shows his power and leads taiyi realm to defeat these buddhist sects, it may lead to worse consequences.


    that is the direct intervention of multiple armies of practitioners wandering outside the whirling flower sea.


    the best way for taiyi world to deal with this matter is to try to deflect the conflict.


    meng zhangke has never forgotten that these practicing sects, including the yunmen sect, are all chess pieces. they are all chess pieces used by the buddha behind them to test the reality of namo sun moonlight buddha and even disturb the other party''s practice.


    they and the followers of namo sun moon light buddha should be diametrically opposed.


    however, these chess pieces have their own will, and they are not willing to be completely used by others. they do not dare to offend namo sun moonlight buddha too much, so they are hesitant at both ends.


    this time, the vajra temple and other practicing sects united to launch an attack on the taiyi realm. this was actually a further test of the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha to see whether they had the ability to maintain order in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    in particular, there have long been rumors circulating in the sea of ??dancing flowers that hezhen bodhisattva and heming bodhisattva are colluding with the taiyi realm.


    their approach also means to verify the authenticity of the message.


    since their real target is not taiyi realm, and dealing with taiyi realm is just incidental, then meng zhang will be a good person and help them face their real target.


    heming bodhisattva, who actively mediated between the two parties, died.


    of course he couldn''t commit suicide, he would only be plotted against.


    taiyi realm has always welcomed heming bodhisattva and actively cooperated with him. it is said that meng zhang has many collusions with him.


    in contrast, buddhist sects such as kongang temple treated him with sarcastic remarks and extremely bad attitudes, and did not welcome his mediation.


    especially king kong temple, as a famous thug in buddhism, his behavior is somewhat like a thug. he has always been evil and domineering.


    when heming bodhisattva came to mediate, the two sides were so tense that they almost started fighting.


    when the two parties finally parted on bad terms, a bodhisattva from the vajra temple even threatened heming bodhisattva.


    well, now heming bodhisattva has been assassinated and fell, and the threat of vajra temple bodhisattva has truly come true.


    no matter from which angle you look at it, the suspicion of kongji temple is high.


    he zhen bodhisattva and others carefully inspected the body of he ming bodhisattva.


    they just knew that heming bodhisattva died from the curse.


    they didn''t have the slightest clue as to what kind of curse-killing technique it was and who had done it.


    their experience and knowledge are limited, and their cultivation is even less.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha came forward, he would certainly be able to figure out everything.


    however, namu sun moonlight buddha''s retreat has reached its most critical moment, how could it be interrupted for a mere harmony bodhisattva?


    heming bodhisattva was assassinated and king kong temple was the biggest suspect. whether heming bodhisattva was willing or not, he had to take action.


    heming bodhisattva has followed him for many years. not only has he been his loyal confidant and worked for him for many years, but he also has a somewhat brotherly relationship with him.


    more importantly, if he turns a blind eye to this matter, it will only expose his own weakness and make people question the strength of their followers.


    soon after, hezhen bodhisattva went to kongo temple to ask about the murderer.


    the death of heming bodhisattva was very unexpected to the vajra temple and other practicing sects.


    they were just preparing to test the strength of these followers by attacking the taiyi realm, but they were not prepared to fall out now.


    the death of heming bodhisattva interrupted their plan.


    they no longer care about dealing with taiyi realm, they must solve this problem first.


    meng zhang''s method was very covert, or this witchcraft was insidious enough and did not leave any useful clues.


    everyone can only infer the murderer based on common sense.


    although when the kongo temple was questioned by hezhen bodhisattva, a person came who didn''t know anything about it and firmly denied that it was related to the death of heming bodhisattva.


    but such rhetoric is obviously not convincing enough.


    not to mention the followers of namu sun moon light buddha, there are many people in the buddhist practice sects that work with kongang temple. many people believe that kongang temple is secretly responsible for killing people and establishing their power.


    even many of the disciples of the vajra temple thought it was the fault of the higher-ups in the sect. they often boasted about the power of their sect in front of others and behind the scenes.


    of course hezhen bodhisattva cannot accept this statement and insists on kongo temple proving his innocence or finding the real murderer.


    at this time, the vajra temple accused taiyijie of being the murderer of heming bodhisattva.


    he zhen bodhisattva would certainly not be able to accept such unreliable remarks.


    many buddhist cultivators even think that vajra temple is making trouble unreasonably and deliberately perverting the bodhisattva hezhen.


    the quarrel between hezhen bodhisattva and vajra temple was beneficial to taiyi realm.


    taiyi realm has temporarily escaped the crisis of being besieged by numerous buddhist cultivating forces.


    however, just in case, meng zhang recalled all the taiyi monks who were outside, temporarily gave up all occupied resource points, and stopped various exploration and development activities. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3432

    with the orb given by immortal qianyuan, meng zhang could more easily master the various terrains in the sea of ??flowers.


    he sat in the taiyi realm, used the orb many times, and carefully observed the specific conditions everywhere in the sea of ??flowers.


    this orb can help him explore a large area at a time, and has the ability to see through illusions and distinguish truth from lies.


    most of the flowers in the whirling sea of ????flowers that are difficult to distinguish between reality and reality are invisible under the observation of this orb, exposing all reality and reality.


    with this orb, meng zhang can advance and retreat more freely in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and can avoid dangerous places full of natural dangers in advance.


    he urged taiyi realm to move quickly and soon left its original position.


    in the next period of time, taiyi realm will continue to move in hidden places in the sea of ??flowers to avoid possible enemy pursuits.


    meng zhang had the immortal armor given by immortal lord qianyuan and the replica of the dazai qianyuan monument. he could survive several attacks against the great bodhisattva and was not afraid of being attacked by multiple opponents of the same level.


    but everything is not clear yet, and it is not the time for him to reveal his true combat power.


    he wanted to keep a low profile as much as possible so that the various buddhist cultivating forces would shift their attention away from him and onto the followers of namo sun moon light buddha.


    the dispute between wazhen bodhisattva and kongo temple continues.


    although hezhen bodhisattva suspected kongo temple, he was not completely sure that kongo temple was the murderer of heming bodhisattva.


    if kongji could produce convincing evidence to prove his innocence, he would not be willing to hold on to kongji.


    in fact, he was very reluctant to have disputes with the vajra temple and other practicing sects at this time.


    the most ideal situation in his mind is for taiyi realm to be in front and fight against these practicing sects.


    these followers of namo sun moon light buddha took a detached stance and stayed away from these disputes, and even profited from these disputes.


    even if taiyi realm really can''t support it anymore, in order to prolong these battles, he will only secretly pull taiyi realm from behind, and will never come forward easily.


    the death of heming bodhisattva was emotionally difficult for him to accept, but out of various interests, he did not necessarily want to avenge him or be incompatible with vajra temple.


    he just expressed a gesture and gave an explanation to all parties, showing that they, the followers of namo sun moon light buddha, were not easy to mess with.


    however, king kong temple''s attitude and response were too rough, leaving him no face and preventing him from stepping down.


    kongoji''s actions made his family more and more suspicious, making it impossible for kazhen bodhisattva to fool him.


    at this time, no one could care about taiyi realm, and everyone''s focus was on the dispute between hezhen bodhisattva and kongang temple.


    he zhen bodhisattva, who was riding a tiger and unable to dismount, also doubted the taiyi realm, but he soon found that this suspicion was completely unfounded.


    facing the vajra temple alone consumed almost all his energy, leaving him no time to pay attention to the taiyi realm.


    hezhen bodhisattva''s tone became more and more fierce, and he rebuked kongo temple many times.


    at the beginning, there may be some scruples and genuine bodhisattva in the vajra temple.


    its senior officials also felt aggrieved and had the feeling of being unfairly wronged.


    however, hezhen bodhisattva did not take any further action and just stayed at the words, which made the senior officials of kongo temple feel aware that they seemed to have a glimpse of the other party''s reality.


    the monks of vajra temple seem to be vulgar and behave rudely, but this does not mean that they are brainless guys.


    they had previously organized everyone to attack the taiyi realm, and their main purpose was to test the authenticity of the followers of namo sun moon light buddha.


    now, the death of heming bodhisattva seems to have the same effect, but even better.


    although they were scapegoated, they no longer felt troubled.


    they want to take this opportunity to further test each other''s reality.


    after that, kongoji temple remained silent and stopped defending itself when faced with the accusations from kazhen bodhisattva.


    they seemed to disdain to argue with each other, but from another perspective, they seemed to acquiesce in the other party''s accusations.


    this time, the ball was kicked to hezhen bodhisattva''s side.


    almost all the practitioners in the whole sea of ??dancing flowers are paying attention to him to see how he handles this matter.


    although meng zhang took taiyi realm far away from the original area, he kept paying attention to various things happening in the sea of ????flowers through the orb.


    the orb given by immortal qianyuan is a high-end treasure for investigation. it allows meng zhang to observe various situations in a large area centered on himself and extending outward.


    the sea of ??whirling flowers was too vast, and meng zhang stayed in one position, unable to let the orb show the entire sea of ??whirling flowers.


    he temporarily left the taiyi realm and moved quickly in the sea of ??flowers, constantly increasing the scope of his activities, and slowly observed the situation of the entire sea of ??flowers.


    he recorded all the situations he observed through the orb one by one in the orb.


    most places are very clear and can be seen clearly, but only a few places are foggy and cannot be seen clearly at all.


    among these places, there is the place where followers of namu sun moon light buddha usually gather, which is regarded as their base.


    the location of this place is not a secret, many practitioners in the sea of ??dancing flowers know it.


    meng zhang has always had a doubt in his heart.


    according to rumors in the spiritual community, namu sun moonlight buddha has been in seclusion in the sea of ??flowers for many years and has not appeared for more than ten thousand years.


    so where did namo sun moonlight buddha retreat in the sea of ??dancing flowers?


    as a new outsider, it is normal for meng zhang to be confused about this.


    however, yunmen sect, luoyu sect and other sects that had been operating in the sea of ??flowers for a long time were also ignorant of this, which was a bit beyond his expectation.


    of course, namu sun moonlight buddha''s methods are very clever, and the place of retreat must be very secret, and it is not too strange that practitioners with insufficient cultivation cannot discover it.


    meng zhang once tested hezhen bodhisattva and heming bodhisattva on this issue.


    he zhen bodhisattva naturally avoided this topic, obviously unwilling to say more.


    heming bodhisattva was far less scheming than hezhen bodhisattva, and meng zhang tried to figure out something.


    it seems that heming bodhisattva also knows nothing about the retreat place of namu sun moonlight buddha.


    i wonder if it is because his status among this group of followers is not enough, or because namo sun moon light buddha simply does not trust these followers?


    luoyu sect and yunmen sect have already placed spies among their followers, and many practicing sects also have ways to find out the inside information of those followers.


    the information they had grasped seemed to indicate that namu sun moon light buddha did not trust those followers very much.


    through this orb, meng zhang quickly collected information about almost the entire sea of ??dancing flowers.


    he tried to find out the place where namo sun moonlight buddha practiced retreat.


    his attempt predictably failed. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3433

    through this orb, meng zhang collected and drew a map of almost the entire sea of ??dancing flowers.


    he did not rush back to taiyi realm, but continued to wander in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    gu yue lingqing and others followed the guidance he gave previously and urged the taiyi realm to continue moving according to the route he gave. they should not encounter any big problems for the time being.


    something really happened in taiyi realm, and with the special connection between him and taiyi realm, he could return as soon as possible.


    he secretly came to a place not far from the followers of namu sun moon light buddha.


    looking at the mist above the orb, he wanted to know how he zhen bodhisattva would handle this dispute.


    he didn''t know what was going on in this fog, but he could observe everything happening around the fog in real time through the orb.


    he carefully looked at the map stored in the orb.


    there are many other situations similar to this fog.


    some places were well-known and dangerous places in the sea of ??flowers, and some places he had never heard of before...


    he couldn''t help but wonder, was the place where namo sun moonlight buddha retreated in these fogs?


    or, the place where namo sun moonlight buddha retreats will not be shown on this orb at all?


    with the ability of a buddha, it is easy to passively block the observation of various treasures.


    in fact, it is not worth mentioning that a large area is separated from the perception of outsiders, or even from this world.


    since he couldn''t think of a reason for the moment and didn''t have any useful clues, meng zhang put aside the problem for the time being.


    anyway, he was in no hurry to find the place where namo sun moonlight buddha retreated.


    there are many people at home and abroad who are more anxious than him.


    he doesn''t have to do everything perfectly, as long as qianyuan immortal lord can explain it to him.


    when kongji temple and hezhen bodhisattva were confronting each other, meng zhang, who was secretly stirring up the turmoil, was temporarily at ease.


    under the protection of the green lotus deep in the immortal soul, he had previously made a plan to disrupt the sea of ??dancing flowers and interfere with the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    because this plan might really pose a threat to namu sun moon light buddha, he absolutely did not dare to let it sense it, so he thought of various ways to cover it up.


    each individual step in the plan poses no direct threat to namu sun moon light buddha, and it is difficult for the other party to sense it.


    only when all the steps are completed will the other party be able to sense it.


    however, by that time, it may be too late.


    of course, blindly following the plan is too rigid.


    the situation is constantly changing, and taking step-by-step actions based on qinglian''s prompts seems not flexible enough.


    therefore, every once in a while, meng zhang would sink his mind into the green lotus, use its blessing to review the original plan, and adjust and optimize it according to the development of the situation.


    after plotting against heming bodhisattva and leading to a confrontation between hezhen bodhisattva and vajra temple, meng zhang also considered whether to continue his actions to add fuel to the fire between them and further intensify their conflicts.


    but after thinking about it, meng zhang gave up this idea.


    in everything, too much is too little, and the more you do, the more mistakes you make.


    kongo temple has begun to see through kazuma bodhisattva''s external strength and internal weakness, and there is no need for him to add any unnecessary extravagance.


    things progressed exactly as meng zhang expected.


    kazhen bodhisattva has been verbally attacking kongo temple without any substantive actions.


    heming bodhisattva was assassinated and killed, but he was unable to do anything about the murderer, causing many people to question his ability.


    of course hezhen bodhisattva knew that this situation was not good for him, but he had no better way to think of.


    the followers of namo sun moon light buddha are full of internal conflicts and it is difficult to truly unite.


    even now, there are still people inside criticizing and attacking him.


    he now faces a similar problem to meng zhang.


    there are many monks stationed in the vajra temple in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and they have strong fighting capabilities.


    he can use the trump card given by namo sun moonlight buddha to defeat or even eliminate these monks.


    but if he really does this, the vajra temple army wandering outside the sea of ??dancing flowers will definitely not give up.


    the trump card given by namu sun moon light buddha is limited, and he will never be able to fight against a large sect like kongang temple alone.


    hezhen bodhisattva was unwilling to engage in a head-on battle with kongo temple, so he could only continue to delay time, and had to expose his weakness.


    it''s not like he didn''t think of ways to change this situation.


    he secretly sent a message to meng zhang, asking meng zhang to lead the taiyi realm to take the initiative to attack the vajra temple.


    as long as taiyijie is in front, the situation will come back to life.


    it''s a pity that this situation was originally caused by meng zhang. how could he stand up and share his worries.


    meng zhang did not respond at all to he zhen bodhisattva''s multiple summonses.


    with such serious interference in the sea of ??flowers, it is normal for the summons to be delayed or even disappear.


    hezhen bodhisattva never received a reply from meng zhang, and even made a special trip in person to check the original location of taiyi realm.


    however, taiyijie left here long ago and hid in some hidden places in the sea of ??flowers, and its position is still moving.


    seeing taiyi realm disappearing, hezhen bodhisattva felt that something bad was going on and had some doubts in his heart.


    could it be that the death of heming bodhisattva is really related to meng zhang?


    maybe meng zhang simply wanted to preserve his strength and didn''t want to face the vajra temple, so he took the initiative to escape?


    meng zhang had long accepted the benefits and had made a promise earlier, but now he had disappeared without a trace. he zhen bodhisattva was furious and kept scolding the taoist cultivators for their shamelessness.


    if he couldn''t find meng zhang, he wouldn''t be able to get help.


    judging from meng zhang''s attitude, even if he found him, he would continue to push back and refuse to contribute.


    hezhen bodhisattva collected a mirror given by namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    when an immortal-level power breaks out in the sea of ??flowers, he can accurately sense its location through this mirror and deal a certain blow.


    whether it is taiyi realm or meng zhang, there is still a big gap between the power level and the immortal lord level.


    when meng zhang takes action, he will work hard to contain his aura and prevent it from leaking out at all.


    taiyi realm has already opened a protective formation to cover up all the auras.


    even if hezhen bodhisattva tried his best to activate the mirror, he would not be able to find the whereabouts of meng zhang and taiyijie in a short time.


    what''s more, with his cultivation level, it was very difficult to activate this mirror every time, and he couldn''t hold on for long.


    soon after, hezhen bodhisattva gave up his efforts to find meng zhang and had to deal with the increasingly serious situation alone.


    he knew that continuing to entangle with kongji temple would only become more detrimental to him.


    coupled with his dissatisfaction with meng zhang, he actually changed his story and claimed that heming bodhisattva was assassinated by meng zhang and that the matter had nothing to do with the vajra temple. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3434

    in desperation, hezhen bodhisattva did a stupid thing.


    if he had claimed at the beginning that heming bodhisattva was plotted to death by meng zhang of the taiyi realm, he would have targeted the taiyi realm.


    not only would he be able to clear away the suspicion of colluding with the taiyi world, he would also be favored by some neutral buddhist cultivating forces.


    after all, not all of the buddhist cultivating forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers are here to interfere with namo sun moonlight buddha.


    due to the special situation of the whirling flower sea, many buddhist cultivating forces have used this place as a training ground and an important resource collection place...


    some buddhist cultivating forces are completely unaware of the plan against namu sun moon light buddha, and some have aloof status and do not want to be involved in such disputes at all...


    if hezhen bodhisattva had sided with kongji temple and others from the beginning, declared that meng zhang was the murderer, and called on everyone to fight against taiyi realm, the situation might have been very different.


    many buddhist monks would think that he did this to maintain unity within buddhism, and would respond to him positively.


    at that time, the real uncomfortable person will be taiyi realm.


    it''s a pity that kazuma bodhisattva didn''t do this.


    first, taiyi realm still has value. he will use the power of taiyi realm to fight against those buddhist forces that try to interfere with the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    secondly, because of his loyalty to namu sun moonlight buddha, he was too hostile to buddhist cultivating forces such as kongang temple and yunmen sect.


    anyone who tries to interfere with namo sun moonlight buddha''s practice is his sworn enemy.


    he thought he was smart and had seen through the true purpose of these cultivating forces early on.


    as members of the buddhist sect, these practicing forces want to interfere with the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha. it is really a heinous crime.


    therefore, from the beginning, he habitually regarded vajra temple as the real culprit who killed heming bodhisattva.


    by the time king kong temple refused to sell his account at all and he realized something was wrong, it was already too late to change his mind.


    in the eyes of others, he had to change his words because he really had no choice but to deal with vajra temple.


    this is tantamount to him giving in.


    this not only fueled the arrogance of vajra temple, but also made many other buddhist cultivation forces ready to take action.


    in their minds, the followers of namo sun moon light buddha, who usually bear the name of namo sun moon light buddha, think they are great, aloof and meddlesome...


    some of the dissatisfaction accumulated in daily life is amplified in this special period.


    the first one to take action was the yunmen sect.


    shortly after bodhisattva hezhen announced that meng zhang was the murderer of bodhisattva heming, the army of practitioners from the yunmen sect that had been wandering outside the sea of ??flowers for a long time directly entered the sea of ??flowers in large numbers.


    the yunmen sect did not say that they were targeting hezhen bodhisattva and others, but claimed that they came specifically to hunt down meng zhang.


    meng zhang had wantonly killed yunmen sect monks earlier, and now he secretly harmed heming bodhisattva. it was truly an unforgivable crime.


    this time, yunmen sect will do justice for heaven and get rid of this great enemy for buddhism.


    the army of yunmen sect practitioners entered the sea of ??dancing flowers and began to wander around.


    this army first rushed to the original location of taiyi realm.


    taiyi realm has already moved, and their purpose was not really to hunt down taiyi realm.


    if taiyi realm is still there, they don''t mind solving it.


    now that there is no trace of taiyi realm, they are not willing to waste time and delay their business.


    with the yunmen sect taking the lead, other buddhist cultivating forces, such as the king kong temple, lotus temple and other sects¡¯ armies of practitioners, also entered the whirling flower sea in large numbers.


    with the cooperation of their fellow disciples who stayed in the sea of ??flowers, they searched everywhere in the sea of ??flowers.


    in name they were chasing meng zhang and taiyijie, but in fact many people knew their purpose.


    meng zhang hid his whereabouts and moved quickly among the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    he used the orb to monitor the movements in the nearby area at all times.


    the main target of this army of buddhist practitioners is the foggy area shown on the orb.


    these areas are very unfamiliar to meng zhang, and the orb cannot show the actual situation inside.


    meng zhang had speculated before that the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha might be among them.


    many followers of namu sun moon light buddha, including hezhen bodhisattva, were very angry about this and felt offended and humiliated.


    these outsiders went too far and simply treated them as if they were nothing.


    some followers of namo sun moon light buddha wanted to drive away these outsiders, but found that they were unable to do anything.


    these outsiders are too numerous and powerful, far beyond what they can handle.


    some followers, not knowing whether they were really too angry or had ulterior motives, actually proposed to report to namo sun moon light buddha and ask him to come forward to expel these outsiders.


    such a proposal was naturally rebuked by the angry hezhen bodhisattva and others.


    seeing that the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha had not made any move for a long time, the gang of reckless men in vajra temple acted more and more excessively.


    an army of monks from vajra temple arrived outside the gathering place of followers of namu sun moon light buddha and blocked the place tightly.


    although they did not restrict the entry and exit of people inside and outside, they closely monitored all those who entered and exited.


    at this time, this group of followers seemed to have exploded and became even more angry.


    however, due to the great internal differences, they were never able to reach a consensus, let alone work together to confront the enemy.


    he zhen bodhisattva felt a sense of regret at this time.


    if he had used the trump card left by namu sun moon light buddha at the beginning, before the situation became so serious, and showed his strong power to scare these guys, things might not have developed as they are now. this is the point.


    unfortunately, he was too indecisive and unwilling to take the lead, and was unable to make up his mind.


    at this time, the main armies of many buddhist cultivating forces had already entered the sea of ??dancing flowers. the trump cards left to him by namo sun moonlight buddha were no longer enough to deal with such a situation.


    the more hezhen bodhisattva thought about it, the angrier he became. sometimes he blamed himself, and sometimes he cursed meng zhang...


    for meng zhang, this situation is exactly what he wants.


    he and taiyi realm temporarily escaped from the whirlpool, and yunmen sect, jingang temple and others rushed in front.


    at this time, those practitioners who did not know the truth in the whirling sea of ??flowers also vaguely felt that something was wrong.


    some practitioners who did not want to cause trouble soon began to leave.


    they were not blocked and were basically able to leave smoothly.


    there were more monks left to watch the fun, or to see if there was any advantage they could take advantage of.


    the luoyu sect and several taoist cultivation forces joined forces and gathered almost all the remaining cultivators together.


    yunmen sect and other sects didn''t care about them, they were just busy with their own affairs.


    some knowledgeable people in the yunmen sect and other practicing sects can guess the purpose of the luoyu sect and others. for the time being, they both have a common enemy.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3435

    as long as the luoyu sect and others do not jump out to hinder their work, the yunmen sect and others have no intention of conflicting with them for the time being.


    it is now an internal struggle within the buddhist sect, and the luoyu sect and others have no intention of taking the lead for the time being.


    they did not interfere with the actions of the yunmen sect and others, but stood aside and watched what happened.


    several cultivators gathered together and watched the surroundings vigilantly to prevent any unexpected situations from happening.


    not only had meng zhang cut off contact with hezhen bodhisattva long ago, but he also had no intention of contacting luo yu sect.


    the luoyu sect''s mingjing celestial immortal would report some information to meng every once in a while, the main content of which was some of the movements of the various cultivating forces in the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    due to the special environment of the whirlpool flower sea, there was some delay in the transmission of this information.


    meng zhang only received but did not send out. he just passively received the information without any response.


    now the situation in the whirling sea of ??flowers is getting more and more tense, and it involves so many things that he can''t trust anyone.


    the ming jing immortal of luo yu sect may be full of goodwill towards meng zhang, but if the sect needs it, he will probably sacrifice meng zhang without hesitation.


    the armies of many buddhist cultivating forces have entered the sea of ??dancing flowers, searching for the possible retreat place of namo sun moon light buddha in the name of hunting down the taiyi realm.


    these armies do not belong to each other, but they all have the same purpose.


    there are many bodhisattvas and arhats in the army, and there are even great bodhisattvas hiding nearby.


    because they had done sufficient intelligence gathering work in advance, they did not wander around like headless flies, but were targeted and had already identified many targets to search for.


    those so-called dangerous places were successfully invaded by many practitioners due to the actions of these armies regardless of the cost.


    there were several dangerous places that meng zhang did not dare to go deep into, and were even directly razed to the ground by the great bodhisattva.


    after paying a lot of losses, almost all the foggy areas displayed on the orb in meng zhang''s hand had been directly broken into by the buddhist monks and almost explored.


    after spending a lot of effort, they never discovered the retreat place of namo sun moon light buddha.


    no one is willing to accept this outcome.


    their actions became more and more wanton.


    step by step, their malicious intentions have been revealed, and they have completely offended namo sun moon light buddha.


    when they thought of namu sun moonlight buddha''s revenge afterwards, they became extremely frightened and became even more crazy.


    now it seems that except for the gathering place of followers of namo sun moonlight buddha, there seems to be no other hiding place in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    they would never give up without searching all possible places, so many people turned their attention here.


    when so many practitioners were searching for the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha, meng zhang was also paying close attention.


    on the one hand, he hoped that these people could find the retreat place of namu sun moon light buddha as soon as possible. by then, dealing with namo sun moon light buddha will no longer be a matter for them.


    on the other hand, he was worried that these people would find their target, disturb namo sun moonlight buddha''s practice, and anger him.


    as long as namu sun moonlight buddha is willing, he can kill all the practitioners in the sea of ??dancing flowers in a matter of seconds.


    if there is bad luck, both taiyijie and meng zhang will be affected.


    meng zhang thought for a moment, whether he should take taiyijie out of the sea of ??flowers and escape to a safe place first.


    however, there are too many practitioners from all walks of life in the whirling sea of ??flowers. as long as taiyi realm shows up in public, it will be easily exposed.


    although the main target of yunmen sect and others is not taiyi realm, but taiyi realm appears in front of them, they definitely don''t mind getting rid of it easily.


    meng zhangdu observed carefully for a long time, and there was really no good chance for him to take taiyi realm and leave the sea of ??flowers safely.


    the hiding place in taiyi realm is relatively safe for the time being, so there is no need to rush to escape.


    group after group of buddhist monks began to gather outside the gathering place of followers of namo sun moon light buddha, and their hostility could no longer be hidden.


    although meng zhang also feels that this is unlikely to be the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    but now that the yunmen sect and other cultivating forces wanted to search forcibly, he was happy to hide aside and watch the show.


    soon, the bodhisattva of yunmen sect claimed that hezhen bodhisattva and meng zhang had colluded for a long time.


    now meng zhang is hiding without a trace, probably hiding in this gathering place.


    they want to search inside and find the hidden meng zhang.


    at this point, they are still using meng zhang as an excuse, and meng zhang himself finds it funny.


    of course, buddhism still has a face if you can say or not do something like destroying the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    of course, the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha were very angry and felt that the yunmen sect and others were making trouble unreasonably.


    but the other side was strong and there was nothing they could do.


    the enemy''s overwhelmingly superior army was pressing down on the situation, and they did not dare to take the initiative.


    fortunately, kazuma bodhisattva finally made a decisive move this time.


    without consulting the others, he promptly took out the trump card left by namo sun moon light buddha and used a formation map to securely protect the entire gathering place, and all outsiders were shut out.


    he zhen bodhisattva''s behavior attracted more practitioners.


    more and more people began to suspect that the retreat place of namu sun moon light buddha was located among them.


    it''s probably because the matter has reached this point, or it may be because of the pressing pressure of the people behind the scenes. they can''t give up just now. they must break through this place and find out everything inside.


    this place is protected by the formation diagram left by namu sun and moon light buddha, and its defense is extremely strong.


    fortunately, there is not even a great bodhisattva among this group of followers, so it is impossible to exert the full power of this formation.


    everyone did not launch an attack easily, but carefully observed and looked for flaws in the formation while continuing to gather strength.


    the main forces of the yunmen sect, kongang temple and other spiritual forces have gathered and may launch an attack at any time.


    meng zhang saw that almost everyone''s attention was attracted here, and he began to consider again whether he could take this opportunity to take taiyi realm out of the sea of ??flowers.


    if he really wanted to take action, he needed taimiao''s help, so he started to contact taimiao.


    tai miao is also a bit busy at this time.


    last time, taimiao followed the guidance of the map left by immortal qianyuan and entered the ruins of a secret city in the underworld.


    he summoned meng zhang there, and meng zhang returned to yangshi after getting the things left by qianyuan immortal lord.


    tai miao was not in a hurry to leave, and kept wandering around the ruins of the city, looking for useful things.


    he had already come, but he didn''t want to go in vain and hoped to gain something.


    with tai miao''s eyes at this time, he couldn''t look down on ordinary rags.


    he walked around the ruins of the city several times, but other than recording some words and patterns, he gained nothing.


    he was not reconciled.


    while thinking deeply, continue searching.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3436

    tai miao guessed in his mind that even with the ability of qianyuan immortal lord, it would be very difficult to get in and out of the underworld.


    he must have had some intention in choosing this city ruins to lay out his plans here.


    using this place as a transfer station to facilitate the transfer of things to meng zhang is probably not its entire purpose.


    in other words, handing over things to meng zhang was just a matter of course.


    with this idea in mind, taimiao examined every aspect of the city''s ruins in more detail.


    after unremitting efforts, taimiao finally made some discoveries.


    the ruins of this city were originally located on the leyline nodes.


    a few years ago, i don¡¯t know what happened here. maybe it was a serious blow, maybe it was a natural or man-made disaster...


    in short, the city was completely destroyed and turned into ruins, with all its residents missing.


    the leyline nodes below the city should have also been greatly affected and began to collapse.


    the underworld is a world of extremely high levels, far exceeding all the worlds meng zhang and tai miao have ever seen.


    tai miao has never been to the lingkong immortal realm, but based on some information and intelligence, it is estimated that the lingkong immortal realm is not as good as the underworld.


    such a powerful world can accommodate powerful people at the level of true immortals, heavenly immortals, etc. to fight here at will.


    even if the battle caused some damage, it can be restored on its own.


    the earth in the underworld has strong vitality and self-healing power.


    the ground beneath the ruins of this city has almost fully recovered after a long period of time after being damaged.


    qianyuan immortal master used the leyline nodes under the ruins of the city to secretly make some secret arrangements.


    of course, considering the inconvenience for him to enter and exit the underworld, the layout here may not have been done by him personally. it may also be done by ghosts or ghosts under his control according to his instructions.


    the secret arrangement here is essentially a set of special formation restrictions.


    yitaimiao''s attainments in the art of formations should have made it difficult to recognize the purpose of this set of formation restrictions.


    he just sensed that this set of formation restrictions was related to the leyline nodes under the ruins of the city.


    since you can''t understand the function of this formation restriction for the time being, let''s just explore the leyline nodes deep underground.


    he braved the pressure and ventured into the depths of the earth.


    the underground of the underworld has stronger resistance and pressure, as well as countless dangers.


    tai miao struggled to break through all kinds of resistance, spent a lot of effort and took a lot of risks before finally approaching the leyline node deep underground.


    the terrifying leyline energy gathers in the leyline nodes.


    such a majestic power made tai miao not dare to get too close.


    if such a powerful reaction is triggered rashly, tai miao will suffer a lot, and there is a high possibility that the leyline nodes will be damaged.


    tai miao stopped moving forward, closed his eyes, and concentrated on sensing the leyline nodes in front of him.


    thanks to his majoring in the great path of reincarnation and his profound attainments, he quickly sensed the greatest value of this earth node.


    there is a vague connection between this earth vein node and the reincarnation pool.


    no wonder qianyuan immortal lord worked so hard to lay out the layout here, probably for the purpose of the reincarnation pool behind this earth node.


    if you ask what the most precious resource is in the underworld, different people may have different opinions.


    among them, the statement most recognized by high-level monks is that the reincarnation pool is the core resource of the underworld.


    almost every complete world has a yang world and an underworld, as well as its own reincarnation system.


    this kind of reincarnation system is called small reincarnation, which is not high-level and has limited effect.


    as far as the ethereal world is concerned, its own reincarnation system is more of a passage to the great reincarnation of the underworld.


    among the dead creatures in taiyi realm, only some will be reincarnated in the reincarnation system of this world.


    especially high-level creatures and high-level practitioners will basically enter the reincarnation system of the underworld.


    the reincarnation pool in the underworld is an important place for them to undergo reincarnation.


    no one knows how many reincarnation pools there are in the underworld.


    all you need to know is that every appearance of a reincarnation pool will lead to crazy competition among all forces in the underworld, leading to large-scale bloody battles.


    known to the underworld, the pool of reincarnation that falls under the control of others is very limited.


    behind every samsara pool, there are at least powerful men at the level of immortal lord and great bodhisattva.


    every time you master a reincarnation pool, it is equivalent to mastering the authority of reincarnation in the underworld.


    if taiyi realm controls a reincarnation pool in the underworld, it can control reincarnation to a certain extent.


    one of the most well-known benefits is to allow those powerful true spirits and souls with unlimited potential to be reincarnated into the taiyi realm as much as possible.


    in this way, countless newborns with extraordinary talents will be born in taiyi realm.


    all major cultivation sects, including taiyi sect, will have better sources of disciples.


    it doesn¡¯t matter what kind of talent you are, what kind of talent you are born with, and so on.


    not only the human race, but also the dragon race, spirit race, barbarian race, etc. who were born in the taiyi realm will continue to give birth to people with extraordinary talents.


    in addition, after the strong man in the taiyi world passes away, if his soul or even his true spirit enters the underworld, he can be reincarnated through the reincarnation pool controlled by himself.


    even if the next life may not be reincarnated in the taiyi world, they will try their best to be reincarnated as advanced intelligent beings, rather than being reincarnated as snakes, insects, rats, and ants.


    an important reason why the long-established golden immortal sect, the buddha sect, and the powerful races in the void have been able to prosper forever is because they have mastered at least one reincarnation pool in the underworld.


    in the underworld, after so many years of constant competition, the buddhist forces have gained a certain advantage.


    it is said that buddhism controls the largest number of reincarnation pools.


    knowing that this earth vein node was connected to the samsara pond, even tai miao, who had always been calm, couldn''t help but feel ripples in his heart. he wished he could immediately communicate with the samsara pond through this earth vein node, and then completely control it.


    given his temperament, he was agitated for a long time before he completely calmed down and subsided all his impulses.


    he knew that he was not yet qualified to get involved in this pool of reincarnation.


    the formation restriction set up by qianyuan immortal lord in the ruins of the city above should be used to communicate with the reincarnation pool through this earth node.


    not to mention qianyuan immortal lord''s care for meng zhang, nor the huge difference in cultivation between the two sides. with tai miao''s current cultivation level, it is basically impossible to control a reincarnation pool.


    to take a step back, even if he has the characteristics of a born ghost and god, he is extremely accomplished on the road of reincarnation and is lucky enough to control a reincarnation pool.


    once the news spreads, with his cultivation and the strength he controls in the underworld, it is impossible to save this reincarnation pool under the gaze of a pack of wolves.


    after tai miao hesitated and wandered outside the leyline node for a long time, she reluctantly left and returned to the ruins of the city above.

 Chapter 3437

    tai miao returned to the ruins of the city, still thinking about the samsara pond.


    no matter from any aspect, it is impossible for him to snatch food from the hands of qianyuan immortal lord and take away the prey that the other party likes.


    however, after calming down, he thought carefully and found that he still had a chance to make a profit from it.


    according to his previous observations, the leyline nodes beneath the city''s ruins have not yet been completely restored.


    it will take a long time to fully recover without external help.


    even if this leyline node is completely restored, it will still take a certain amount of time to gather leyline energy before it can communicate with the reincarnation pool.


    if meng zhang, his master, has made rapid progress in cultivation during this period and has been promoted to immortal lord, he may not have the capital to bargain with qianyuan immortal lord.


    of course, the premise is that meng zhang is successfully promoted and qianyuan immortal is still qianyuan immortal, not qianyuan golden immortal.


    in addition, if qianyuan immortal master does not have enough power to control the underworld and cannot completely control the reincarnation pool, tai miao still has an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    let alone the qianyuan immortal, even if he becomes a golden immortal, it is impossible for him to do whatever he wants in the underworld.


    the power of the yang world will be greatly restricted when put into the underworld.


    those practicing sects in the yang world have tried every means to compete for the interests of the underworld.


    for example, in addition to refining ghosts and gods and controlling ghosts, the high-level officials of the taoist sect also specially developed the ghost and fairy system to cultivate combat power that can be directly used in the underworld.


    countless devout buddhist monks took the initiative to pass away and then entered the underworld.


    one of the most important reasons why buddhism has the greatest advantage in the underworld is the existence of ksitigarbha bodhisattva.


    this is a powerful being named bodhisattva, who is actually comparable to the buddha.


    "if hell is not empty, i will never become a buddha."


    the great aspirations and oaths he made firmly bound him to the underworld, but also gave him more powerful power than many buddhas in the underworld.


    although ksitigarbha bodhisattva will not deliberately become an enemy of the taoist sect, due to his existence, it is more difficult for the golden immortals of the taoist sect to directly intervene in the affairs of the underworld.


    all the major cultivation systems and races in the void have various arrangements in the underworld.


    in comparison, taiyi sect is just a young and immature sect, but due to tai miao''s existence, it can be considered a small success in the underworld.


    tai miao is at home in an environment like the underworld. not only does his own cultivation improve rapidly, but he also has many powerful subordinates.


    qianyuan immortal lord is certainly powerful in the yang world, but the power he controls in the underworld may not be stronger than tai miao.


    if tai miao''s cultivation continues to improve at this rate, it is foreseeable that he will advance to the immortal lord level and become a hades emperor.


    when the time comes, he is fully qualified to cooperate with qianyuan immortal lord, and they will control the reincarnation pool together.


    various thoughts passed through tai miao''s mind, and he had many ideas.


    in the final analysis, you need to be strong to make iron. only if he has enough strength can he be qualified to plan the reincarnation pool.


    after knowing the layout and purpose of qianyuan immortal lord, he did not stay too long in the ruins of the city. he just walked around a few more times, carefully noted down the formation restrictions arranged by the opponent, and then left on his own initiative.


    flying in the air, he stared at the ruins of the city below, trying to remember everything here firmly in his mind.


    after a while, he left here without looking back.


    the next time he sets foot here, i''m afraid it will be the moment when the reincarnation pool opens.


    after taimiao returned to her own territory, she quickly synchronized all the information with meng zhang.


    meng zhang was also excited about tai miao''s discovery.


    no matter in the yang world or the underworld, there is no resource as good as a reincarnation pool.


    if he could master the reincarnation pool, it would be an opportunity for the taiyi world to leap forward, and meng zhang would have the capital to bargain with those jinxian sects.


    after some excitement, meng zhang quickly calmed down.


    things about the reincarnation pool can be left to the future. now taiyi realm is still in danger, and the top priority is to get taiyi realm out of danger.


    under meng zhang''s order, tai miao soon left the underworld and came to taiyi realm.


    through that orb, meng zhang has been paying attention to the situation where the followers of namo sun moonlight buddha gather.


    the armies of yunmen sect and other sects are coming from all directions.


    there are more and more powerful people gathering around, and they may forcefully attack this gathering place at any time.


    some bodhisattvas from the yunmen sect shouted outside the gathering place.


    they claimed that they had no intention of becoming enemies with this group of followers. they only entered the gathering place to search for the whereabouts of meng zhang, the buddhist enemy.


    they asked the followers in the gathering place to let go of their defenses and let them in.


    they will definitely commit no crime and will never harm innocent people.


    ¡­


    the strength of the enemy and ourselves is too obvious. even if hezhen bodhisattva unfolds the formation map left by namu sun and moon light buddha, he may not be able to keep the opponent away all the time.


    among the followers of namu sun moon light buddha, there are also many people who do not know the truth.


    they don''t know that namo sun moonlight buddha''s retreat is at a critical moment, and they don''t know the true purpose of those fellow buddhists outside.


    either they were unwilling to engage in a military confrontation with their fellow buddhists, or they were simply unwilling to fight against an irresistible enemy. they started making noises, calling for peace, and calling for peaceful dialogue with the true bodhisattvas and others.


    among this type of followers, those with lower cultivation base are the main ones.


    among those followers who knew the truth, they also had different thoughts.


    many of them became followers of namo sun moon light buddha because they came because of the identity of the other buddha and to seek benefits.


    they don''t have much loyalty to namu sun moon light buddha, and it is impossible to die for him or sacrifice their lives for him.


    many people persuaded hezhen bodhisattva that since the yunmen sect has made a promise, they must believe in fellow buddhists.


    they came to hunt down meng zhang, the buddhist enemy, and there was no direct conflict with them.


    ¡­


    he zhenbodhisattva severely rebuked these remarks that were either stupid or simply bad.


    the enemy''s army is pressing down on the border, and their malicious intentions are clearly revealed.


    but here at home, people have different thoughts and panic, which is totally outrageous.


    the gathering place is large and requires everyone to defend it together.


    driving the formation diagram left by namu sun moon light buddha requires the concerted cooperation of many monks to exert sufficient power.


    he zhen bodhisattva had to patiently persuade everyone, boost morale, and win more supporters.


    he told everyone that as long as this formation is there, no matter how powerful the enemy seems, unless the buddha comes, they will never be able to break through the gathering place.


    namu sun moonlight buddha will not ignore them.


    they just need to hold on and hold on to this place. when namo sun moonlight buddha draws his hand, he will definitely punish the yunmen sect and other buddhist scum.


    relying on coaxing and deceiving, hezhen bodhisattva temporarily calmed the group of followers and led everyone to start the defense.

 Chapter 3438

    meng zhang has been paying attention to the development of the surrounding situation.


    he knew that the formation map given by namu sun moonlight buddha definitely had considerable power.


    sects such as the yunmen sect must gather a sufficient number of strong and powerful warriors, spend a long time and continuously attack before they can possibly break through the defense of the formation.


    this gave meng zhangke an opportunity to take advantage of.


    he planned to wait until the yunmen sect and other sects attacked the gathering place with all their strength, and the group of followers resisted desperately. when the battle between the two sides reached its peak and no one could escape easily, he took taiyijie and secretly left the whirling flower sea.


    tai miao is already in the taiyi realm. if he controls the taiyi realm to move forward, the speed will be faster and he will be able to join meng zhang in a short time.


    now the situation around the gathering place of the followers is getting more and more tense, but the war has not really broken out yet.


    meng zhang was not in a hurry and continued to wait patiently.


    anyway, no matter what the final outcome of this war is, it has little to do with him.


    he didn''t care at all about the life and death of both sides in the war.


    as long as taiyi realm leaves the sea of ??dancing flowers, he will be free, and he will be able to advance and retreat more freely and have more choices.


    he could stay in the sea of ??dancing flowers to see if there was any chance of interfering with the practice of namo sun moonlight buddha, or he could leave far away with taiyi realm.


    as for the favors owed to qianyuan immortal lord, they can be repaid slowly in other ways in the future.


    if the sea of ??dancing flowers becomes buddha''s battlefield, it will be extremely dangerous for meng zhang to stay here.


    yunmen sect and kongang temple are both powerful sects with great bodhisattvas at their command.


    after the armies of the two sects entered the sea of ??dancing flowers, the great bodhisattvas never showed up.


    i wonder if they are hiding in the dark, or are they entangled in something else?


    these great bodhisattvas pose the greatest threat to meng zhang, and he is also the most concerned about them.


    however, with his current level of cultivation, if these great bodhisattvas intentionally hide, it would be difficult for him to find them.


    just as meng zhang was thinking about the whereabouts of these great bodhisattvas, yunmen sect and jingang temple suddenly launched an attack on the gathering place of the followers.


    not all the troops surrounding the gathering place were dispatched, only a group of bodhisattvas and arhats participated in the attack.


    logically speaking, the gathering place is already well defended, mainly with the help of the array given by namu sun moon light buddha, which can resist the enemy for a long time.


    but civil strife suddenly broke out among the followers.


    some people suddenly became angry and attacked their companions crazily.


    a few people secretly let go of their defenses and took the initiative to expose their flaws.


    yunji bodhisattva, the great bodhisattva of yunmen sect, personally took action and broke through a flaw in the formation diagram in one fell swoop, opening a passage.


    a large number of bodhisattvas and arhats poured in. with the cooperation of the internal forces, they quickly broke through the defense of the gathering place and entered the interior.


    hezhen bodhisattva has long known that among this group of followers, there must be spies and even traitors planted by various forces.


    there are also many people who have close contact with various forces on weekdays and have long had a tendency in their hearts.


    with the enemy in front of him, it was impossible for him to track down and clean up the traitors at this time, let alone settle old scores.


    he should try his best to avoid internal chaos and strive to stabilize the situation.


    when arranging the defense, he also made special preparations for this, so that the defenders could monitor each other as much as possible.


    unfortunately, he still greatly underestimated the power of the traitors, or overestimated the loyalty of these followers.


    among this group of followers, there are many people who are traitors arranged by various cultivating forces.


    this gang of traitors also used coercion and inducement to win over more people.


    in the end, many of these followers started civil strife, and the number of people greatly exceeded kazuma bodhisattva''s expectations.


    he lost his right-hand man, heming bodhisattva, and could not sing alone. he did not create chaos internally and attract the attention of hezhen bodhisattva and others.


    some took advantage of the chaos to destroy the formation from the inside and destroy the defense...


    ¡­


    this group of followers is divided into several factions, and there are many conflicts on weekdays.


    hezhen bodhisattva was the most trusted by namu sun moon light buddha and was bestowed with treasures by him. he was barely considered the most powerful leader.


    many people are jealous of him on weekdays.


    when the enemy was facing him, there were actually some members of the other factions who did not forget to fight among themselves and acted against him in both ways.


    although the formation map given by namu sun moonlight buddha is very powerful, it requires the concerted efforts of many bodhisattvas and arhats to drive it.


    when something goes wrong internally, the power of the array cannot be exerted at all.


    great bodhisattva yunji has extraordinary strength and shows great power as soon as he takes action.


    in the realm of bodhisattvas, the strength of the great bodhisattva and other bodhisattvas are vastly different. they are simply two completely different realms.


    there is a reason why namu sun moonlight buddha has always been unwilling to let the great bodhisattva and immortal lord enter the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    when he cannot come out of seclusion, the great bodhisattva has the ability to destroy his layout.


    the gathering place of the followers was breached. except for the traitors and those who had taken refuge in advance, the followers were either killed, captured, or escaped...


    hezhen bodhisattva is the main target of the siege.


    he almost used all his trump cards and exhausted all the treasures given by namo sun moon light buddha before barely escaping.


    several bodhisattvas are chasing him and must capture him.


    great bodhisattva yunji personally presided over the search for this gathering place and searched almost every corner, but could not find the place where namo sun moonlight buddha retreated.


    this made him greatly disappointed, but also a little frightened.


    if he fails to successfully stop namo sun moon light buddha from cultivating, when namo sun moon light buddha comes out of seclusion, not only him, but the entire yunmen sect will suffer disaster.


    according to his original intention, he was absolutely unwilling to get involved in the struggle between buddhas.


    it''s just that people can''t help themselves in the world.


    after the founder''s death, the increasingly weakened yunmen sect did not have the courage to reject the buddha''s will.


    moreover, the benefits promised by the other party were so tempting that they confused many senior officials in the sect.


    of course, although the yunmen sect had to participate in this battle, there were still some people among the top leaders of the sect who had reservations.


    it is precisely because the internal opinions are not completely unified, and the senior leaders of the sect are jealous and afraid of namo sun moonlight buddha, that the yunmen sect acted timidly and erratically some time ago.


    the buddha behind them was really impatient and began to urge them. coupled with hezhen bodhisattva''s careless behavior and exposing his own weakness, they finally started to act.


    although they were under the guise of chasing meng zhang, after they captured this gathering place and massacred the followers of namo sun moon light buddha, they could no longer look back.


    the great bodhisattva yunji, who originally seemed a little hesitant, now also showed a decisive side.


    after searching the gathering place to no avail, he ordered the captured followers to be tortured in an attempt to extract useful information from them.

 Chapter 3439

    some time ago, yunmen sect and other practicing sects spent a lot of effort and searched almost the entire sea of ??dancing flowers, but were unable to find the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    in the end, they had no choice but to openly attack the gathering place of namo sun moon light buddha''s followers.


    they spent a lot of effort to break through the gathering place, but still did not find the target.


    the higher-ups of the yunmen sect and other sects present were already beginning to feel anxious.


    at this time, they no longer care about face, let alone the reputation within buddhism.


    they completely broke up with each other, no longer concealed their true purpose, and began to do whatever they could.


    after a brutal interrogation, many captured followers were tortured to death, but they still did not get any useful information.


    perhaps, these captured followers were loyal enough that no one betrayed namo sun moon light buddha.


    however, it is impossible for all captured followers to be equally loyal.


    moreover, those traitors and defectors also provided a lot of information.


    finally, bodhisattva yunji made a judgment.


    these followers have no idea about the retreat place of namu sun moon light buddha.


    this may be because namo sun moon light buddha does not trust them and is not willing to let them know too much, so he deliberately hides key issues from them.


    when everyone was very disappointed, someone mentioned the escaped kazuma bodhisattva.


    he is the most trusted and loyal to namu sun moon light buddha, and may know some information that no one else knows.


    hezhen bodhisattva is everyone''s last clue.


    previously, during the battle, he relied on the treasure given by namo sun moon light buddha to finally break out of the encirclement and escape. there were several bodhisattvas chasing after him.


    those bodhisattvas should have been in contact with yunji bodhisattva.


    however, due to special interference in the whirling sea of ??flowers, their communication was greatly delayed, and the information could not be transmitted in time.


    i don¡¯t know if those bodhisattvas have caught up with hezhen bodhisattva.


    yunji bodhisattva set out again, following the tracks left by those bodhisattvas, and quickly pursued them.


    this time, during the entire process of yunmen sect and other sects attacking the gathering place, meng zhang hid in the distance and could see it clearly through the orb.


    the battle ended too quickly, far beyond his expectation.


    the gathering place of those followers did not attract opponents for long, let alone attract much power to opponents.


    the battle ended so quickly that meng zhangdu had no time to make any moves.


    such a little time is simply not enough for him to take taiyi realm and escape from the sea of ??flowers.


    only the great bodhisattva yunji of the yunmen sect appeared, and the other great bodhisattvas did not know where they were hiding.


    if meng zhang takes taiyi realm with him, his movements will definitely be subject to certain restrictions.


    if you encounter a hostile bodhisattva while escaping from the sea of ??dancing flowers, the situation will be terrible.


    in desperation, meng zhang had no choice but to send a message to tai miao, allowing taiyi realm to continue hiding in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    through the orb, meng zhang saw hezhen bodhisattva breaking out of the encirclement, with several bodhisattvas chasing after him.


    he hesitated for a moment, then followed after him.


    he had a lot of entanglements with hezhen bodhisattva.


    he zhen bodhisattva plotted against him and made him a public enemy of all the cultivation forces in the sea of ??flowers.


    although it has not caused any substantial damage to him, the account still needs to be settled.


    in addition to personal grudges, he also wanted to get more information about namo sun moonlight buddha from hezhen bodhisattva.


    he still had a lot of questions about the dispute that occurred in the sea of ??flowers.


    there has been a commotion in the sea of ??dancing flowers for so long, but namu sun moonlight buddha has never appeared.


    maybe he was in retreat at a critical moment and couldn''t be disturbed.


    however, yunmen sect and other practicing sects are looking for the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha with such great fanfare, which seems too confident.


    so what if they find the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha?


    do they really dare to attack openly?


    even if they attack with all their strength, how effective will it be?


    with the power of a buddha, even if he is unable to take action, the restrictions and other restrictions left in advance are enough to temporarily block the powerful ones such as yunmen sect.


    meng zhang did not know much about the buddha''s spiritual realm.


    the information provided to him by qianyuan immortal lord also had many shortcomings.


    he doubted in his heart that even if namu sun moonlight buddha had reached the most critical moment of seclusion, he would really have no power to fight back when the enemy came knocking on the door.


    meng zhang always felt in his heart that only the buddha could deal with another buddha.


    the actions of the yunmen sect and other cultivation forces should not have much effect.


    the buddha behind them has not appeared for a long time, not just because he does not want to completely break up with namo sun moonlight buddha, or because he is worried about the reputation within the buddhist sect.


    no matter what kind of spiritual practice system practitioners, the hatred that blocks the way is a mortal hatred.


    buddhas who support yunmen sect and other practicing sects, as long as they have the intention to stop namo sun moon light buddha and start to take action, no matter whether the action is successful or not, no matter how much they have done, they have already become namo sun moon light buddha. enemies of life and death.


    their delay in showing up at this time is simply covering their ears and stealing the news, which is really unwise.


    perhaps, they may have some other calculations in mind.


    as a tianji immortal master, meng zhang''s intuition has always been accurate.


    many seemingly groundless speculations turned out to be more or less reliable.


    the matter involves the buddha''s struggle, and meng zhang must be cautious enough.


    he secretly followed several bodhisattvas and did not take action rashly.


    he zhen bodhisattva must have been seriously injured in the previous battle.


    he didn''t dare to stop and fight the pursuers behind him, he just tried his best to escape.


    the few pursuers did not rush to catch up, but kept hanging him from a distance to prevent him from getting out of their sight.


    the fighting power that hezhen bodhisattva had previously unleashed was not weak.


    especially the treasure given by namu sun moonlight buddha allowed him to easily eliminate several bodhisattvas, including those with the same level of cultivation as him.


    if bodhisattva yunji had not taken action in time, forcing him to consume the powerful treasure, the casualties of yunmen sect and other sects would have been even greater.


    with the level of cultivation of hezhen bodhisattva, he could barely activate the treasure given by namo sun moonlight buddha.


    the battle didn''t last long, but his losses were huge.


    when he finally broke out and escaped, he was seriously injured.


    his condition at this time was extremely poor, and his combat effectiveness was at a loss.


    those bodhisattvas kept chasing behind them and did not catch up rashly because they had their own considerations.


    wounded beasts are the most dangerous. who knows if he zhen bodhisattva has any hidden killer moves?


    if he insists on pulling someone to support him before his death, there will definitely be victims among them.


    no one wants to die in vain, so it is better to follow the other side until the other side finally runs out of strength and dies without a fight.


    thanks to my old friend tianshuzi1 for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 3440

    several bodhisattvas who were tracking hezhen bodhisattva were hanging tightly behind him. he tried many times to escape from their pursuit, but failed.


    he zhen bodhisattva seems to be at the end of his rope, but in fact he has other plans in mind.


    he is not just running around like a headless fly, but he has his own purpose.


    meng zhang originally wanted to take it down directly, but after carefully analyzing the current situation, he continued to follow secretly.


    those bodhisattvas were tracking hezhen bodhisattva while sending messages to the great bodhisattva yunji.


    of course, due to the special environment of the whirling flower sea, the message they sent was greatly delayed, and bodhisattva yunji was not able to receive it in time.


    the two sides chased and escaped, and soon arrived at the destination of hezhen bodhisattva.


    in the sea of ??dancing flowers, there are almost everywhere large and small flowers that are difficult to distinguish between real and fake, which are very convenient for hiding.


    the few bodhisattvas who were chasing after him were afraid that he zhen bodhisattva would fight back before his death, so they did not dare to pursue him too close.


    there was a long distance between the two sides, and they almost lost the pursuit several times.


    hezhen bodhisattva''s injuries were too serious. he failed to seize the opportunity several times and was unable to get rid of the pursuers behind him.


    he was able to escape all the way here because he had worked hard to do so.


    for those who are not familiar with the whirling flower sea environment, the environment here looks similar everywhere.


    only people like hezhen bodhisattva who have lived here for many years can master the topography here very skillfully.


    he ran into a seemingly ordinary patch of flowers, glanced at the pursuers who were a little far behind, and suddenly shouted loudly to the front.


    "senior brother, save me, senior brother, save me..."


    the shouts containing the buddhist power of hezhen bodhisattva stirred up the surroundings, causing the flowers that were difficult to distinguish between reality and reality to tremble.


    although he deliberately controlled the direction of the sound, the bodhisattvas following him still heard it.


    their hearts tightened. he zhen bodhisattva still had reinforcements?


    of course, they couldn''t retreat just because of a few shouts from the other party. they just slowed down their progress and heightened their vigilance.


    meng zhang, who secretly followed further away, felt happy that this tracking finally had some results.


    thanks to the help of the orb, he didn''t have to follow too closely and could easily grasp the movements of the two groups of people in front.


    after sensing hezhen bodhisattva''s cry for help, he activated the orb and carefully observed the environment around hezhen bodhisattva.


    there is nothing unusual about the area around hezhen bodhisattva, and meng zhang can see the head at a glance through the orb.


    qianyuan xianzun himself is a great master who is proficient in illusion, and his attainments in illusion are well known.


    the orb he gave to meng zhang has a strong ability to detect illusions and point directly to the essence.


    even the illusions performed by the great bodhisattva himself cannot escape the prying eyes of the orbs.


    in the entire sea of ??dancing flowers, the orb cannot be completely seen through, and there is a fog. either it is the miraculous workmanship of nature and the environment is too special; the formation diagram protects.


    in the area around hezhen bodhisattva, even the orbs cannot detect anything unnatural. is there really no hidden mystery in it?


    could it be that hezhen bodhisattva was bluffing, trying to scare off the pursuers behind him?


    the few bodhisattvas who were following hezhen bodhisattva were even closer. after hearing hezhen bodhisattva''s shouts, they increased their vigilance and used various means to carefully explore the surrounding environment.


    their detection methods were not as good as meng zhang''s, so naturally they couldn''t detect anything unusual.


    they had similar thoughts to meng zhang.


    they were worried that hezhen bodhisattva would take the opportunity to escape, so they quickened their pace, trying to catch up and hold the other party back to prevent him from escaping.


    a roar sounded from the front not far from hezhen bodhisattva, and a green lion appeared out of thin air.


    seeing this blue lion, he zhen bodhisattva''s face was full of ecstasy.


    "senior brother qingshi, they broke through the gathering place, and they killed wantonly..."


    hezhen bodhisattva spoke very quickly and complained to qingshi about the crimes of the pursuers behind him.


    the green lion looked at hezhen bodhisattva very boredly, but patiently did not lose his temper.


    the few bodhisattvas who were chasing behind stopped their progress and began to hesitate when they saw the green lion appearing.


    the green lion listened to hezhen bodhisattva''s accusation, glanced at those bodhisattvas, and disappeared again.


    when he appeared again, he had already appeared above several bodhisattvas.


    a layer of cyan flames burned throughout the surrounding void, surrounding the bodhisattvas.


    those bodhisattvas had already judged the strength of the green lion and reminded each other.


    "everyone, be careful, this sky demon is dangerous."


    "this celestial demon is at the same level as senior brother yunji. please don''t fight forcefully."


    ¡­


    several bodhisattvas took action one after another, resisting the burning of the green flames while trying to break through and escape.


    after the blue lion took action, kazuma bodhisattva breathed a sigh of relief and secretly looked at each other with jealous eyes.


    hezhen bodhisattva was one of the first people to follow namu riyueguang buddha, and he has always been loyal to him and devoted himself wholeheartedly.


    his biggest dream is to be accepted as a disciple of namo sun moon light buddha and become his true direct descendant.


    it''s a pity that namo sun moon light buddha seems to think highly of him, but he has reservations about many important things.


    he received a lot of guidance from namo sun moon light buddha, but he did not receive his true transmission.


    namo sun moonlight buddha gave him those seemingly powerful buddhist instruments, but they also had many restrictions on their use.


    ¡­


    on the other hand, the green lion was obviously from the demon clan, but after being surrendered by namo sun moonlight buddha, he was deeply valued by him, almost treating him as his direct disciple.


    strong men in buddhism have always liked to subdue all kinds of monsters and make them become buddhist protectors.


    most of the time, these demon guardians will not become direct descendants of buddhism, but are simply thugs and fighting tools.


    there is a ceiling for this type of protector to be promoted within the buddhist system.


    the arhat-level dharma protector is often the limit they can reach.


    only under rare special circumstances can these monsters be promoted to the level of bodhisattva.


    the green lion in front of me has long since achieved the status of a great bodhisattva under the careful cultivation of namu sun moonlight buddha.


    in addition to his extraordinary talent as a celestial demon, he also majored in buddhist techniques. he was the leader of two families, and his fighting power was only as strong as that of the average great bodhisattva.


    namu sun moonlight buddha has been in seclusion for many years and does not care about foreign affairs. daily affairs in the sea of ??dancing flowers are handled by his followers headed by hezhen bodhisattva.


    this group of followers did not know the whereabouts of namo sun moon light buddha and could not contact him.


    something really big happened in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and namu sun moonlight buddha did not need he zhen bodhisattva and others to report it. he will naturally know everything. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3441

    deep down in his heart, hezhen bodhisattva was very jealous of this blue lion.


    but on the surface, the other party is the true direct descendant of namu sun moon light buddha, so of course he needs to do his best to please the other party.


    after namu sun moonlight buddha retreated, the green lion was also entrusted with the important task of guarding key places.


    there seems to be nothing unusual about the position he is in now, but there is something different about it, and there is a lot of mystery in it.


    he hides in it and almost never goes out.


    originally, hezhen bodhisattva was not qualified to know this place.


    however, due to some omissions of qing shi himself and the deliberate efforts to please kazuma bodhisattva, some important information was inadvertently leaked.


    hezhen bodhisattva once saw the blue lion suddenly disappear here.


    from his perspective, he couldn''t see how the other party was hiding.


    he just knew that blue lions haunted here.


    after the gathering place was breached and his followers were defeated, hezhen bodhisattva originally had a death wish and wanted to devote his life to namu sun moon light buddha.


    but at the last moment, he hesitated, and the idea of ????survival suddenly entered his mind.


    after he finally broke through and escaped, he saw that he couldn''t get rid of the pursuers, so he finally thought of this place.


    he hoped that when he got here, qingshi would appear and save him.


    at the same time, in the deepest part of his heart, he may not have some thoughts of diverting misfortune.


    qingshi, who was born in the demon clan, has a relatively simple temperament.


    after being surrendered by namu sun moonlight buddha, he has been following him to receive teachings and has little contact with the outside world.


    he is not familiar with all kinds of sinister and intrigues among people.


    he was meditating when he heard the cry for help from hezhen bodhisattva. he thought that his hiding place was known by the other party.


    although he hated him for bringing the enemy here, he had to deal with it.


    after several bodhisattvas were trapped by the green flames, they each showed their magical powers and tried their best, but they were still unable to break the siege of the green flames.


    on the contrary, under the constant burning of the green flames, their buddhist instruments were damaged and their defenses were continuously weakened...


    qingshi has long been thinking of killing people and silencing them.


    as long as all these bodhisattvas are left behind, the secret of this place will not be leaked.


    several bodhisattvas are of the same level as hezhen bodhisattva. facing powerful enemies at the level of the great bodhisattva, they have little power to fight back.


    in the same realm of bodhisattvas, great bodhisattvas have a huge advantage over bodhisattvas who are not of a sufficient level.


    even if a few bodhisattvas unleash all their potential and work hard, they are far from being a match for the blue lion.


    the green lion killed these bodhisattvas without spending much effort.


    watching the golden bodies of several bodhisattvas being reduced to ashes by the burning of the green flames, he stared at hezhen bodhisattva with unkind eyes.


    hezhen bodhisattva, who was constantly flattering and flattering, immediately felt cold all over, as if he was being targeted by some kind of natural enemy.


    his teeth chattered involuntarily and he began to speak slurred.


    qing shi hated him in his heart for bringing the enemy here, and complained about his carelessness.


    namu riyueguang buddha had long ago confessed that the secrets here must not be known to hezhen bodhisattva and they were not trustworthy at all.


    due to qingshi''s own negligence, hezhen bodhisattva found this place.


    he wanted to slap kazuma bodhisattva to death, but after all, the other person was an old acquaintance of his and had worked for namo sun moon light buddha for many years, so he couldn''t do it for a while.


    hezhen bodhisattva seemed to have sensed the murderous intention of the other party, and suddenly fell to his knees on the ground, shouting continuously: "brother, spare your life, senior brother, spare your life, i know i was wrong..."


    he zhen bodhisattva''s begging for mercy did not win the other party''s mercy, but helped qing shi make his final determination.


    a green flame suddenly ignited from the soles of hezhen bodhisattva''s feet, and then quickly spread to his whole body.


    no matter how painfully hezhen bodhisattva struggled or begged for mercy, he could not stop the flames from burning.


    after a while, hezhen bodhisattva turned into ashes, and his spirit and form disappeared.


    qing shi was about to leave. when he checked the surroundings for the last time, he finally discovered something was wrong.


    "huh¡­¡­"


    before he finished speaking, he suddenly appeared not far from where meng zhang was hiding.


    when the green lion first appeared, meng zhang, who was hiding in the distance, was the first to sense the opponent''s strength.


    he didn''t run away right away.


    first of all, his hiding place is still far away, and he is very confident in his hiding skills.


    secondly, if he suddenly escapes, there is a high possibility that his whereabouts will be revealed.


    therefore, after the green lion appeared, he remained motionless, hiding in his original place, secretly observing various situations through the orb.


    seeing qingshi''s attack with his own eyes, he was shocked by the opponent''s strength, but he also had some guesses in his mind.


    there are many such strong men even among such large sects.


    namo riyueguang buddha was born as a casual cultivator. it is not easy to train such a master. the other party is probably his important confidant.


    perhaps, from the other party, we can learn more secrets about namo sun moon light buddha, and even know about his retreat place.


    with this thought in his mind, meng zhang had no intention of taking action.


    the strength gap between the two sides was too big, and he was far from being a match for the other side, let alone getting the information he wanted from the other side.


    when his xingzang was discovered by qingshi, although meng zhang was not shocked, he didn''t have any support at all.


    the immortal armor given by immortal qianyuan was already worn on his body, and a copycat version of the dazai qianyuan monument appeared behind him.


    he did not surrender, but launched the attack first.


    the magical light of the sun and the moon turned into spears of light and struck at the green lion fiercely.


    a series of yin-yang extermination divine thunders fell from the sky, turned into a thunder net, and hit the blue lion overwhelmingly.


    after receiving the blessing of the immortal armor, meng zhang almost had the power of an immortal lord.


    his cultivation at this moment is almost infinitely close to the real immortal lord.


    all of his magical powers have greatly increased in power, and can already slightly threaten the powerful men at the level of the great bodhisattva.


    the black and white divine sword transformed from the immortal magic power, liang yi tongtian sword, was held in his hand.


    he stepped on the yin and yang qi under his feet and took the initiative to kill his opponent.


    it can be seen from the name namo sun and moon light buddha that he is absolutely proficient in the light of the sun and moon, and the sun and moon avenue may be the fundamental avenue of his practice.


    as a disciple who has served him for many years, qingshi has witnessed his evolution of the sun and moon avenue, and has experienced the mystery of the sun and moon-like buddha''s light many times.


    the divine light of the sun and moon displayed by meng zhang looked like a child''s trick in comparison.


    the light spears transformed by the divine light of the sun and the moon disappeared before they even got close.


    the yin-yang extinction divine thunder made qingshi pay a little attention, but that was all.


    he crashed through the thunder net and faced meng zhang unscathed.


    meng zhang held the divine sword and displayed his superb swordsmanship, and started a fierce fight with him. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3442

    meng zhang attacked with all his strength, fighting with his opponent with all his strength for a moment, and then fell to an absolute disadvantage.


    the various magical powers he displays cannot hurt the opponent at all.


    the yin and yang energy in the soles of his feet has been dispelled, the black and white divine sword in his hand has been broken, and there are many scars on the immortal armor on his body...


    if the immortal armor''s defense hadn''t been strong enough to help him block many ferocious attacks, he would have been severely injured or even killed.


    with his disheveled hair, he looked very embarrassed and looked like he might be defeated at any moment.


    he himself didn''t know how long he could last in the hands of such a powerful enemy.


    fortunately, the copycat version of dazai qianyuan monument is really awesome.


    whenever he encounters a crisis, the dazai qianyuan monument will emit a bolt of lightning, temporarily forcing the blue lion back.


    qing shi was keenly aware of the power hidden in the lightning.


    although the blow is not fatal, it is definitely not easy.


    in his eyes, meng zhang was just a little insect.


    if it weren''t for outside help, meng zhang wouldn''t have been able to sustain a few meetings in his hands.


    to deal with such a little bug, he would not only win big, but also win beautifully.


    it would be ridiculous if he was injured during the battle.


    that annoying stone tablet could only hold meng zhang up a little longer, but it couldn''t get him out of trouble at all.


    in qingshi''s eyes, meng zhang will be defeated at any time.


    from the moment qingshi discovered him and took the initiative, meng zhang knew that due to the huge gap in strength between the two sides, even if he had the treasure given by qianyuan immortal lord, he would still be far from his opponent.


    he took the initiative to buy more time.


    if he ran away with all his strength from the beginning, not only would he not be able to escape at all, but he would also only expose his back to the other party, leaving him with no ability to fight back.


    take the first shot, seize the opportunity, and fight desperately to gain a chance of survival.


    when meng zhang was almost unable to hold on any longer, the life he had been waiting for finally appeared.


    great bodhisattva yunji rushed here in a hurry.


    "he is a disciple of namu sun moon light buddha, and he knows his retreat place."


    meng zhang actually didn''t know the specific situation of qingshi, but he had some guesses about his identity based on hezhen bodhisattva''s previous shouts.


    he shouted loudly at this moment just to get the great bodhisattva yunji to take action.


    in fact, there was no need for meng zhang to shout, bodhisattva yunji already knew the identity of qing shi.


    the moment he saw qingshi, he knew that the other party was his target.


    only the other party may know the location of namu sun moonlight buddha''s retreat place.


    although yunmen sect and taiyi realm had a deep hatred, he had long been determined to kill meng zhang.


    but compared to the tasks assigned by the buddha, everything must be compromised.


    at this moment, he couldn''t care about meng zhang at all.


    yunji bodhisattva loudly announced the name of the buddha and took action without any hesitation.


    a huge golden hand fell from the sky and swatted at the green lion.


    yunmen sect has been established in the sea of ??dancing flowers for many years, and its disciples are so sneaky that qingshi has long been disgusted with it.


    although he stays behind closed doors all year round, he still has a connection with hezhen bodhisattva.


    he is familiar with the situation in the whirling flower sea, and has long seen through the layout of the yunmen sect and other buddhist cultivation forces.


    many of the actions of hezhen bodhisattva were actually inspired by him.


    yunji bodhisattva took the initiative and aroused his anger.


    bursts of green flames were draped over the green lion like a cloak.


    with these flames, he rushed towards the opponent fiercely.


    yunji bodhisattva showed his golden body and fought fiercely with his opponent.


    after the two sides started fighting, meng zhang originally planned to leave the battlefield and sit on a mountain in the distance to watch the tiger fight.


    however, not long after the battle began, the green lion clearly gained the upper hand and firmly suppressed yunji bodhisattva.


    after suppressing yunji bodhisattva, qingshi refused to let meng zhang go.


    a ray of buddha''s light struck, and meng zhang, who was retreating, was involved in the battle again.


    meng zhang cursed yunji bodhisattva in his heart for being useless, and had no choice but to continue fighting.


    meng zhang relied on the treasure given by immortal lord qianyuan to temporarily increase his combat power, but he was barely able to participate in this level of battle.


    especially the attack launched by the copycat version of dazai qianyuan monument, qingshi cannot completely ignore it.


    the green lion is indeed fierce. with one against two, he easily gained the upper hand.


    with great ferocious power, he killed yunji bodhisattva and meng zhang in a state of panic.


    although yunji bodhisattva and meng zhang were enemies, they had to join forces to fight against the enemy and cooperate with each other to barely block each other''s attack.


    there are differences between powerful men who are also at the level of the great bodhisattva.


    qingshi is extremely talented and is a direct descendant of the buddha. regardless of his cultivation and fighting ability, he is very outstanding at the level of the great bodhisattva.


    the founder of the yunmen sect was also a buddha, and the inheritance he left for his disciples and grandchildren was also very wise.


    the great bodhisattva yunji also received the sect''s true inheritance and was a man who had experienced hundreds of battles.


    but facing a powerful enemy like qing shi, he felt restricted and under great pressure.


    as for meng zhang, if bodhisattva yunji hadn''t attracted qingshi''s main attention, he would have been killed long ago.


    facing an unprecedentedly powerful enemy, yunji bodhisattva needs meng zhang''s help to contain the opponent.


    at this time, no matter how small the help is, it is very important.


    he hated meng zhang in his heart, but he had to pinch his nose to protect him and help him, which made yunji bodhisattva feel extremely uncomfortable.


    namo sun moon light buddha''s opponents have been planning for many years and have invested huge amounts of money.


    many buddhist cultivating forces have settled in the whirling flower sea, gathering a lot of power here.


    in the current sea of ??dancing flowers, there are buddhist strongmen constantly patrolling in many places.


    disciples from yunmen sect, jingang temple and other sects were searching the entire sea of ??dancing flowers almost non-stop.


    after yunji bodhisattva discovered the green lion, he immediately sent a message to his companions.


    even though there was a delay in the message, the strong men at the level of the great bodhisattva fought hard, and the noise they made was too great to cover up, and it quickly spread far and wide.


    qingshi made no secret of his murderous intention and looked like he wanted to kill the opponent on the spot.


    the conditions of yunji bodhisattva and meng zhang are getting worse and worse, and the battle is becoming more and more difficult.


    fortunately, the reinforcements arrived in time and prevented the green lion from succeeding.


    yun shen, the great bodhisattva of the yunmen sect, and gangwei, the great bodhisattva of the vajra temple, came to the battlefield one after another.


    without a moment''s pause, the two great bodhisattvas directly joined the battle and fought against the blue lion together.


    in addition, a group of ordinary bodhisattvas and arhats from various buddhist cultivating forces appeared nearby one after another.


    they did not get too close to the battlefield, but just watched the battle from a distance.


    seeing the arrival of reinforcements, yunji bodhisattva''s spirit was lifted.


    but meng zhang had no joy of being saved.


    whether it is the green lion or the powerful buddhist monk from outside, they are all his enemies.


    if they could free their hands, neither party would let him go.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3443

    for meng zhang, the most favorable situation is that the battle continues and no one on either side can bother to cause trouble for him.


    instead, he now hoped that qingshi would be stronger, not to be defeated so quickly, and to be able to withstand the siege of multiple opponents of the same level.


    qing shi was really powerful and meng zhang was not disappointed at all.


    three great bodhisattvas, meng zhang was considered a half-immortal, all besieged the green lion. the green lion showed no fear and also took the initiative to attack.


    the starlight in the sky surrounded everyone, and green flames flew like giant dragons...


    meng zhang originally thought that with three great bodhisattvas as opponents, he could contain all the power of the green lion.


    he was prepared to reserve a little strength and draw water in the battle.


    however, blue lion''s indiscriminate large-scale attack was so fierce that the four opponents had to deal with it with all their strength.


    meng zhang, let alone paddling, might have died if his reaction was even slightly slower.


    after all, on their side, his cultivation and combat effectiveness are the weakest, and he is an out-and-out parallel import.


    faced with the siege of three and a half opponents of the same level, qingshi is still fierce and arrogant.


    meng zhang didn''t have anything in his heart, but yunji bodhisattva and the three of them felt greatly humiliated and hated each other even more.


    judging from the scene, qingshi still has a slight advantage, and he often takes the initiative.


    the group of buddhist monks who were watching the battle in the distance felt a bit frightened when they saw how ferocious the green lion was.


    based on their cultivation level, their status within their respective sects is not low, and they know more or less some secrets.


    they are not fools. they know that their sect has directly stood on the opposite side of namo sun moonlight buddha this time, and there must be a lot of involvement behind it.


    the sect has invested heavily in this operation and will never allow failure.


    now that the war situation is at a stalemate, they cannot sit idly by and ignore it.


    with their cultivation level, they were unable to directly participate in the battle, and the aftermath of the battle alone would be unbearable for them.


    however, this does not mean that there is nothing they can do.


    in the world of cultivation, there are many things that can help low-level monks fight against high-level monks.


    such as formations, special treasures...


    this group of buddhist monks come from different sects, and their training methods and fighting habits are very different.


    treasures that can help them fight against the great bodhisattva are not that common.


    after they discussed it together, a bodhisattva from the yunmen sect came up with a set of formations.


    by setting up this formation, they can give full play to their own fighting power and gather everyone''s strength, allowing them to fight against the strong with the weak.


    these monks are all high-level monks, with good cultivation and understanding.


    after the bodhisattva from the yunmen sect explained it, everyone basically mastered this formation.


    next, everyone began to stand in their respective positions and practice the formation.


    in such a short period of time, even if all the people present were bodhisattvas and arhats, they would not be able to exert the full power of the formation.


    after all, yunmen sect is a sect founded by buddha, with a profound foundation and unfathomable inheritance.


    they only need to set up this formation to exert some power, and they can more or less help yunji bodhisattva and others.


    when qingshi was madly attacking yunji bodhisattva and others, he did not forget to observe the surrounding situation.


    the actions of those bodhisattvas and arhats also fell into his eyes.


    he seemed fierce at the moment and could suppress the enemy, but he had almost used all his strength, and he didn''t have many cards left.


    it was true that he had the upper hand, but in a short period of time, he could not defeat the enemy in front of him.


    the group of arhat bodhisattvas in the distance was quite large, and with the help of the formation, they could probably pose a threat to him.


    if they join the fight, he might be at a disadvantage.


    not to mention, there are many enemies present in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    if time delays for a long time, more and stronger enemies may arrive.


    when he thought of this, the fighting spirit in qingshi''s heart began to fade, and he did not want to continue fighting with the enemy.


    with the current situation, it would not be difficult for him to break away from the battle and leave here.


    but bodhisattva yunji and the others will definitely be chasing after them.


    it was not easy for him to completely escape the enemy''s pursuit.


    more importantly, there is a reason why he has been hiding nearby for many years.


    he thought quickly in his mind and soon had a rough plan.


    the matter has come to this, and the only thing left is to take a risk.


    during the battle, the green lion began to deliberately control the scope of the battlefield, moving in the direction of the group of bodhisattvas and arhats, intentionally or unintentionally.


    at first, yunji bodhisattva and others thought that he was going to break away from the battle and flee here. they all stepped up their vigilance and prepared to keep an eye on each other.


    next, they all discovered that the battlefield was moving towards the group of buddhist monks.


    they quickly saw through qingshi''s obvious intentions.


    they thought that qingshi was going to kill a large number of buddhist monks, leaving them unable to support the battle here.


    after receiving a timely reminder from the great bodhisattva yunji, the group of buddhist monks, regardless of the fact that the formation was far from being proficient in practice, began to set up a formation to prepare for the attack of the blue lion.


    this group of monks were prepared, and with the help of formations, they could not only withstand the aftermath of qing shi''s battle, but could even directly confront qing shi.


    if they join the battle, they can more or less contain part of the blue lion''s power, and can provide considerable support to yunji bodhisattva and others.


    yunji bodhisattva and others all looked like they had pearls of wisdom in hand, and were ready to take the opportunity to teach qing shi a lesson.


    only meng zhang felt vaguely that something was wrong.


    judging from the previous battles, qingshi is clearly experienced in many battles and has sufficient experience. although he may seem violent, he has always been able to think calmly during the battle.


    would his intentions be so obvious, would he make such an unwise choice?


    of course, with meng zhang''s strength, he was barely qualified to join this kind of battle. even if he noticed something was wrong, he couldn''t make changes.


    even if he reminded yunji bodhisattva and others, it would be of no use.


    yunji bodhisattva and others are his enemies and will not trust him at all.


    they were able to tolerate him until now, but it was dictated by the situation and had to be so.


    next, if the group of bodhisattvas and arhats get into formation and join the battle and can take his place, maybe the great bodhisattva yunji and others will no longer need him.


    they don''t need to attack him directly, they just need to relax their cover for him a little, and the blue lion''s attack can kill him.


    after thinking over and over in his mind, meng zhang was disappointed to find that no matter what qing shi''s plans were, he was unable to interfere.


    the only thing he can do is to be more vigilant, be more careful, and respond at any time.


    seeing that the formation of the group of arhat bodhisattvas is about to come into contact with the battlefield here, they will enter the battle at any time.


    qingshi measured the distance and felt that it was almost enough, and finally launched the long-planned offensive.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3444

    the blue lion''s figure suddenly grew and turned into a giant lion the size of a small mountain. starlight flew out from its body and turned into phantoms of stars.


    these star shadows move rapidly in the sky, forming a strange star map.


    the star map vibrates gently, and the surrounding flowers that are difficult to distinguish between reality and reality quickly wither and wither, and then countless new flowers are quickly reborn, and then wither and wither again, and so on.


    for a moment, strange phenomena continued in the surrounding void.


    at this time, everyone knew that something was wrong, and qingshi must have made a big move.


    everyone has stepped up their vigilance, preparing to survive this wave of attacks first.


    after a while, the attack never came, and some people began to wonder, was qing shi bluffing?


    although meng zhang couldn''t see through the mystery of qing shi''s move, a warning sign suddenly sounded in his heart.


    he knew something was wrong and was ready to escape from here first.


    but bodhisattva yunshen blocked his way intentionally or unintentionally.


    lines of cyan buddha light turned into clouds, blocking the area around his body.


    this is both protecting him and restricting him.


    the only reason why yunshen bodhisattva and the others did not attack their enemy meng zhang was because they had to face the formidable enemy qing shi.


    meng zhang had behaved honestly before and had been actively helping them fight.


    if meng zhang is not helpful in the battle, then he has no meaning in existence.


    while yunshen bodhisattva and the others protected him, they also restricted him to the battlefield so that he could not escape easily.


    meng zhang was thinking about how to get rid of yunshen bodhisattva and the others, but even after delaying for such a while, he had no chance to escape.


    a huge breath suddenly swept through the surrounding void.


    the aura is filled with strong emotions such as decay, decline, destruction, and despair.


    when qing shi enlarged his moves, yunji bodhisattva and others knew that the opponent was very strong, so they did not rush to attack, but waited and watched, preparing to withstand this wave of attacks before looking for opportunities to counterattack.


    but they never expected that qing shi''s attack was not using his own power at all.


    when they felt the aura, many people, including meng zhang, had not yet reacted. bodhisattva yun shen, who had the highest level of cultivation and the strongest vision among the people, suddenly changed his face and couldn''t help but show fear. the eyes come.


    he wanted to take action, but it was too late.


    the void, which had become very unstable due to the battle between them, suddenly collapsed and shattered, revealing a huge gap.


    an extremely powerful attraction suddenly appeared in the gap, sucking everyone present, including qing shi, into it.


    the green lion did not resist the attraction. instead, he actively obeyed and encouraged his own strength to strengthen the attraction.


    this attraction came so fast and so fiercely that other people present had no time to exert their strength, or even if they exerted their strength, they were unable to resist it.


    yunshen bodhisattva reminded everyone loudly while fighting the attraction with all his strength.


    "everyone, be careful, this is the passage leading to guixu."


    as soon as they heard the word "gui xu", except for a few arhats who had little experience, everyone couldn''t help but have a look of horror on their faces.


    meng zhang, who has the inheritance of taiyi golden immortal, has a certain understanding of guixu.


    the so-called return to ruins is the end and destination of all things.


    according to legend, all realms in the void will eventually face the fate of destruction.


    buddhism also has the theory of becoming, dwelling, and destroying emptiness.


    after the entire universe is destroyed, the remnants will sink into ruins.


    in other words, guixu completely swallowed up the entire destroyed universe.


    as for where guixu is, or how to enter guixu, many disciples of jinxian sect don''t know.


    according to meng zhang''s knowledge, after the destruction of a large world, there is a very small possibility that a passage leading to the ruins will appear.


    one way to increase this possibility is to destroy multiple complete large worlds in a short period of time.


    just like the dengtian star district where meng zhang was born, if the junchen realm is destroyed alone, there will basically be no passage leading to guixu.


    but if the entire dengtian star district is destroyed in a short period of time, it may lead to guixu.


    guixu will swallow up everything after the destruction of so many worlds.


    in other words, guixu is the graveyard of the entire void.


    after everyone knew that this was the passage leading to guixu, they all showed panic, because it was extremely dangerous in guixu.


    even if the golden immortal buddha enters a place that can swallow up the entire void and all realms, he will face great danger.


    regardless of the fact that there are several great bodhisattva-level experts present, they may not be able to protect themselves much after entering guixu.


    after meng zhang heard the shout of yunshen bodhisattva, he tried to escape with all his strength, but he still had some doubts in his heart.


    the whirling flower sea and the vast void around it are still relatively young and far from being extinct. how could they communicate with guixu?


    since there is a passage leading to the ruins in the sea of ??dancing flowers, it is most likely the work of the blue lion or even the namu sun and moon light buddha.


    anyway, meng zhang knew that ordinary immortals and great bodhisattvas could not directly open such a large passage.


    this passage was most likely opened by namu sun moon light buddha, and qing shi just used it.


    but why did namo sun moonlight buddha open such a passage?


    just to use the blue lion as a weapon to help him bury the powerful enemy who invaded the sea of ??flowers?


    although meng zhang was far from having the ability to open such a passage, he knew that it was not an easy task for the ordinary golden immortal buddha to open a passage to guixu that could exist for a long time.


    if namu sun moon light buddha wanted to strengthen the blue lion''s fighting power and help him deal with the strong men who broke into the sea of ??dancing flowers, he could use other methods. there was no need to do this kind of thing with twice the result and half the result.


    when meng zhang was wondering, he and the others were sucked into the huge gap.


    after everyone''s figures disappeared there, due to the powerful self-healing power of the void itself, the surrounding collapsed and broken void began to slowly recover, and the violent void storm began to subside...


    it is estimated that after a period of time, the surrounding void will roughly return to its previous appearance.


    as for those flowers that have disappeared and are difficult to distinguish between reality and reality, they will slowly recover due to the self-healing power of the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    of course, this will take a very long time.


    after meng zhang and the others were sucked into this gap, they immediately felt as if the world had changed.


    everyone present is a high-level monk. to be able to practice till now, they have experienced countless storms and waves and accepted countless dangerous tests...


    everyone calmed down and began to observe the surrounding environment and evaluate their own situation.


    meng zhang is not weak in terms of character or cultivation, and he is one of the people who has seen his family''s situation clearly earlier.

 Chapter 3445

    meng zhang clearly sensed that the attraction that forcibly attracted him here had become much weaker.


    he could barely resist the attraction, temporarily stabilized his body, and began to observe the surrounding situation.


    this is a world that seems similar to the void, but it is very different.


    a large area around him was filled with nothingness, nothing and nothing.


    the source of attraction comes from far away places.


    it was a place so far away that even meng zhang couldn''t sense it specifically.


    guixu may be relatively unfamiliar to most immortals and bodhisattvas.


    but for the golden immortal buddha, it is a place that must be contacted.


    meng zhang vaguely knew that some of the practices of the golden immortal buddha seemed to be related to guixu.


    taiyi golden immortal has entered guixu more than once and conducted some explorations.


    in the classics he left to the taiyi sect, he recorded some information about guixu.


    although the records are not very detailed and many places are unclear, it can already be of great help to meng zhang at this time.


    as far as meng zhang knew, guixu, like the void, was also vast and boundless, with almost no end in sight.


    gui xu can be called the most dangerous place, but there are also relatively safe areas in gui xu.


    especially for an immortal of meng zhang''s level, the danger is still controllable as long as he does not go deep into guixu and only moves around the outer areas of guixu.


    after meng zhang''s careful observation, they were currently located on the edge of guixu, still very far away from the core area of ??guixu.


    the internal attraction from guixu was so powerful that even though they were so far apart, it was still very difficult for meng zhang and the others to resist.


    meng zhang and the others worked hard to contend with such attraction, and they absolutely could not let themselves be sucked into guixu.


    fortunately, the attraction is not only much weaker than before, but also unstable. it is strong and weak, and is constantly changing.


    meng zhang guessed that the passage opened by namo sun moonlight buddha did not lead to the interior of guixu, but to the edge of guixu.


    when qingshi showed off his power and forced the passage open, the attraction from guixu spread along the passage.


    qing shi must have cast some secret technique at the same time to temporarily strengthen this attraction, so that he could suck everyone around him into it, including the great bodhisattva of the same level as him.


    meng zhang and the others entered here. due to factors such as the disappearance of the secret power of qing shi, the attraction from inside guixu became much weaker.


    as time went by, meng zhang quickly adapted to the environment here.


    he is now able to hold his ground and move according to his own will.


    the cultivation and strength of yunshen bodhisattva, yunji bodhisattva and gangwei bodhisattva are far above meng zhang, and their situation will only be better than meng zhang.


    yunmen sect is a sect founded by buddha. bodhisattva yunshen and bodhisattva yunji have a better understanding of guixu than meng zhang.


    although the vajra temple has never produced a buddha, the great bodhisattvas of the past generations have never stopped, and they have also received guidance from the buddha.


    even if bodhisattva gangwei has a little knowledge, he doesn''t know anything about guixu.


    the situation of the three of them is better than that of meng zhang, and they have adapted to the environment here earlier than meng zhang.


    in addition to them, there were also a large number of bodhisattvas and arhats who were sucked into this place almost at the same time.


    in addition to the disciples of yunmen sect and jingang temple, there are also some disciples of other buddhist sects.


    these practicing sects were all driven by the buddha to come to the sea of ??dancing flowers to destroy the retreat practice of namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    since we are temporary comrades-in-arms, it is not easy for yunshen bodhisattva and others to ignore them until death.


    these bodhisattvas and arhats have insufficient cultivation and do not have a clear understanding of guixu.


    their original formation had been disrupted.


    a group of people became confused and panicked.


    they were unable to resist the attraction coming from within guixu, and their bodies were moving rapidly in that direction.


    yunshen bodhisattva and three others took action in time to help them stabilize their bodies and saved most of them.


    only a few unlucky ones rushed towards the interior of guixu involuntarily and unstoppably.


    the fate waiting for them is to be completely devoured by guixu and their souls will be destroyed.


    while yunshen bodhisattva and the others were rescuing people, they did not forget to search for the whereabouts of the green lion.


    i don''t know when, the blue lion''s figure has disappeared.


    everyone is a great bodhisattva. even if they are strong or weak, there is no essential difference in their cultivation level. they all still have a certain understanding of their own abilities and the limits of their abilities.


    although qingshi is extremely fierce, guixu is not a place where he can run wild.


    here, many magical powers and secret techniques, especially various escape techniques and hidden methods, are difficult to work.


    it is impossible for qingshi to disappear out of thin air. he probably hid in time when everyone had just entered the place and their condition had not yet recovered.


    yunshen bodhisattva and three others searched the surroundings for a while and discovered the whereabouts of the green lion.


    the green lion is moving in one direction with difficulty against the attraction coming from inside guixu.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others have no way to open the passage and return to the sea of ??dancing flowers for the time being.


    this time they unexpectedly fled home without any preparation in advance.


    it is very difficult for them to escape from guixu.


    even though they were living in the ruins, they never forgot their mission.


    the blue lion is not only related to their mission, but also the other party has mastered the method to open the passage to the whirling flower sea.


    the three of yunshen bodhisattva looked at each other and immediately chased after him, closely following the green lion.


    meng zhang hesitated for a moment, then followed them and chased after them.


    the green lion''s movement speed is limited, and yunshen bodhisattva and the three of them have to cover and help a group of juniors, so their movement speed is also limited.


    the blue lions can''t get rid of each other, and they can''t catch up with the blue lions.


    qingshi glanced at the pursuers behind him, his face was very gloomy and terrifying.


    on weekdays, he hides in guixu.


    namo sun moonlight buddha has long used his great supernatural powers to open up a passage connecting this place to the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    in the past, qing shi used his secret technique to open a crack in the passage just for himself to pass through, without making much noise at all.


    this time, facing a powerful enemy that he could not defeat for the time being, he had to forcefully open the entire passage and use the power of gui xu seeping out of the passage to suck everyone into gui xu.


    this is the outer area of ??guixu, which is far from enough to bury the enemies that were sucked in.


    he had no intention of fighting with the enemy here and fled to the place he usually guarded.


    soon, the blue lion''s destination appeared in front of him.


    it was a big, seemingly normal world.


    but it is a very strange thing in itself for a big world to appear outside guixu and not be sucked into guixu.

 Chapter 3446

    looking at the big world in front of him, qing shi continued to move there without any pause.


    yunshen bodhisattva and others also saw the great world one after another.


    could that big world be the place where namu sun moonlight buddha retreated?


    in which big world are there reinforcements from the blue lion?


    yunshen bodhisattva and others hesitated for a moment, then continued to chase the green lion.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha is really practicing in seclusion in that big world, it won''t make much difference whether they come close to him or not.


    with the magical power of the sunless moonlight buddha in the south, this distance is far from enough to guarantee their safety.


    it would be better to simply lean over and observe more to see if you can get more information.


    in fact, everyone, including meng zhang, felt that it was impossible to find the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha so easily.


    after the green lion moved all the way to the sky above the big world, he stopped advancing and turned to face the pursuers behind him.


    as they got closer and closer to the big world, everyone was surprised to find that the situation here was really special.


    in the area surrounding this big world, the attraction from within guixu seems to have completely disappeared.


    at this time, everyone quickly returned to normal activities.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the three of them no longer need to distract themselves from taking care of the younger disciples.


    these junior monks followed them and flew to the big world ahead.


    meng zhang followed the team and carefully observed the surrounding environment.


    he felt that since qing shi took the initiative to lead everyone to this place, there would probably be some backup plan.


    with the behavior of a blue lion, he will not let himself be passive.


    meng zhang is very interested in the situation here.


    after careful observation, he did make some discoveries.


    near this big world, it is not that the attraction from guixu has completely disappeared, but due to some special arrangement, this big world and the surrounding areas are temporarily freed from the influence of attraction.


    needless to say, this was most likely the work of the powerful namu sun and moon light buddha.


    without the protection of the buddha, the ordinary world would not be able to exist for a long time even in the marginal areas.


    guixu swallows everything and buries everything. this process is unstoppable.


    even the golden immortal buddha can at most slow down this process and cannot completely stop it.


    with nan sunless moonlight buddha''s ability, it is not an easy task to save a big world in guixu.


    he spent so much effort, there must be something mysterious in that big world.


    even if that big world is not his place of retreat, it certainly contains important secrets about him.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others are closer to the big world than meng zhang, and they are more familiar with the methods and power of buddhism.


    they saw more things than meng zhang.


    they will not let go of such obvious clues and will definitely turn that big world upside down.


    of course, with the blue lion standing in the way, they need to deal with this powerful enemy first.


    although the group of bodhisattvas and arhats lost a few, most of them were in good condition.


    they began to set up formations under the cover of yunshen bodhisattva and the other three.


    qing shi had no intention of stopping them and allowed them to complete their preparations for the battle.


    having learned the previous lessons and worried that qing shi might have some hidden killer moves, yun shen da bodhisattva and the three of them did not dare to be careless. of course, they must enhance their combat effectiveness as much as possible.


    yunshen bodhisattva spoke to meng zhang who was following behind.


    his meaning was simple, he wanted meng zhang to step forward immediately, join their side, and help them deal with the green lion.


    if meng zhang is obedient, all the past grudges between him and the yunmen sect and other sects will be wiped out.


    afterwards, bodhisattva yunshen had other benefits for him.


    if he didn''t know how to lift him up, bodhisattva yunshen and the others would deal with him first before dealing with the blue lion.


    afterwards, they will definitely wipe out taiyi realm completely.


    the coercion and inducement of yunshen bodhisattva certainly made meng zhang very angry.


    but after weighing the situation, he still had to endure the humiliation and obey the other party''s instructions first.


    although qingshi was alone, his previous performance had already calmed everyone down.


    he is obviously the stronger party, and meng zhang cannot communicate with him.


    it was a helpless decision for meng zhang to join yunshen bodhisattva and the others.


    on the surface, meng zhang can completely avoid it for the time being, sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight, and wait for the two sides to decide the winner.


    but bodhisattva yunshen and the others are not fools, and they will not let meng zhang hide aside and reap the benefits.


    the words he threatened meng zhang were not just words.


    if meng zhang doesn''t join his camp, they will really let qing shi go for the time being and deal with meng zhang first.


    anyway, the big world is there, and the blue lion can''t escape.


    after arriving here, the blue lion has been staying in the sky above the big world without any other movement.


    meng zhang soon arrived at a place not far from yunshen bodhisattva.


    everyone formed a formation and attacked the blue lion together.


    since there is no attractive interference from guixu around, everyone can use all their abilities.


    judging from the combat effectiveness shown by qingshi before, with so many of them joining forces, they should be able to suppress the opponent.


    looking at the many enemies that were being killed, qing shi did not take the initiative to attack as before, but continued to wait where he was.


    while still some distance away from the blue lion, everyone took the initiative to launch an offensive from the air.


    a series of buddhist magical powers, a piece of strange buddhist magical tools... overwhelmingly flocked to qingshi.


    the blue lion has long been covered with a cloak made of blue flames.


    with a flick of the huge cloak, all attacks were blocked.


    under the command of yunshen bodhisattva, everyone continued to attack fiercely, and they were about to surround the green lion as soon as they swarmed up.


    the green lion seemed to be suppressed by everyone''s offensive, and kept retreating, almost retreating into the interior of the big world.


    before understanding the details of that great world, yunshen bodhisattva was unwilling to destroy it easily.


    under his order, everyone controlled the intensity and scope of their attacks, trying not to harm the big world as much as possible.


    of course, facing a powerful enemy like qingshi, no one would dare to hold anything back, and it would be difficult to hold back.


    if you''re not careful, the aftermath of the battle might spread to the big world, and there''s nothing you can do about it.


    before the war started, yunshen bodhisattva and the others were also worried about an ambush from the green lion club.


    the place where the ambush is most likely to come from is the big world ahead.


    although due to the shielding power left by namu sun moon light buddha, they could not see the big world very clearly and could not simply see all the mysteries in it.


    but they can all clearly sense that the level of this big world will not be very high, and the power it can accommodate will not be too strong.


    according to meng zhang''s estimation, the level of this big world may be far lower than the junchen world where he was originally born.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3447

    after careful observation, everyone including meng zhang felt that it was difficult to hide a powerful enough power at the level of this big world.


    even if qingshi uses the power of this big world to fight against the enemy, it will not be of great help to him.


    with the strength of yunshen bodhisattva and the others, even if they cannot win against the blue lion, at least they will not be at a disadvantage.


    after the battle began, they indeed seemed to have the upper hand, forcing the blue lion to retreat step by step.


    qingshi retreated to the edge of the big world and had no intention of retreating anymore.


    he seems to rely on this big world to fight his enemies to the end.


    at this time, yunshen bodhisattva and the others no longer cared that the battle would affect the big world.


    they approached from all directions, trying to completely trap the other party.


    at this time, the blue lion showed off his power again.


    he roared and used a secret technique to activate the big world below.


    the membranes of the big world suddenly swelled and immediately opened, wrapping all the enemies in it.


    the enemy''s actions were so unexpected that meng zhang and the others were all wrapped up in the fetal membrane of heaven and earth.


    but they didn''t show any signs of panic.


    they had already carefully sensed that the level of this big world was not high.


    not to mention a powerful person at the level of a great bodhisattva, it is estimated that a few true immortal arhats can easily break this big world.


    with meng zhang''s strength, he could capture this big world in a matter of seconds.


    after being wrapped in the fetal membrane of heaven and earth, the vision was gray.


    meng zhang was thinking about how much strength he should use to break free of the fetal membrane of heaven and earth without causing too much damage to avoid destroying the world early.


    suddenly, meng zhang felt a strange feeling.


    the normal operation of the immortal power in his body seemed to have stalled.


    the various defensive magic and magical powers that originally surrounded him were quickly disintegrating and failing.


    his level of cultivation was constantly declining. he lost control of his power and soon fell from being an immortal to a mortal.


    since embarking on the path of cultivation, his own cultivation has been his greatest reliance.


    he has faced countless powerful enemies and experienced countless dangerous tests, but he has never encountered a situation like this.


    having gone through hundreds of battles, he tried to stay calm and not let his panic affect him.


    the strength that qing shi had shown before alone was definitely not as powerful as this.


    needless to say, this is probably the arrangement left by namu sun moon light buddha.


    meng zhang couldn''t help but sigh in his heart, he still underestimated the magical power of a buddha.


    in these years, although he has experienced many battles and encountered many difficulties, he has basically been able to get through them smoothly.


    such a powerful immortal force in the lingkong immortal realm was helpless against him.


    he defeated the enemy with superior strength in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    ¡­


    all of this inevitably caused his mentality to expand, and he had a mindset that he was invincible.


    especially after getting the treasure left by qianyuan immortal lord, he has a cultivation level and combat power that is infinitely close to that of the immortal lord.


    when faced with the powerful bodhisattva, he was able to deal with each other.


    above the great bodhisattva is the realm of buddha.


    although he is the inheritor of the taiyi golden immortal, he has never truly seen or experienced the power of the golden immortal.


    although he knew that there was a world of difference between the bodhisattva and the buddha, he still presumed to use the performance of the bodhisattva to speculate on the buddha''s abilities.


    meng zhang forcibly suppressed the various emotions in his heart. now is not the time for regret and reflection.


    he must figure out his situation and the surrounding environment as soon as possible and find a way out of the current crisis.


    after meng zhang was wrapped in the fetal membrane of the world in front of him, he fell into this world.


    his current level of cultivation has fallen, and he has almost lost all his magical powers. not to mention breaking the membrane of heaven and earth and getting rid of this big world, he can no longer control his own actions.


    generally speaking, the fetal membrane of heaven and earth is located at the edge of a large world.


    meng zhang, whose body has lost his freedom, is falling towards the inside of the big world due to the gravity of the big world itself.


    next, what greeted him was the fierce wind high in the sky inside the big world.


    although meng zhang lost control of his immortal power, his immortal body was still there and his ability had not disappeared.


    even if it is not a specialized physical practice, during the long process of practice, his body will be tempered by various powers intentionally or unintentionally.


    especially the immortal bodies of immortals have all kinds of magical powers, which are no weaker than the bodies of those mythical beasts and monster beasts.


    invulnerability, invulnerability to fire and water, etc. are just the minimum abilities.


    after meng zhang fell into the gangfeng layer, the sharp gangfeng was like an indestructible sword, constantly cutting his body.


    fortunately, the level of this big world is not high, the power of gangfeng is limited, and the gangfeng layer is not too thick.


    not to mention, meng zhang is still wearing the immortal armor given by qianyuan immortal lord.


    this piece of immortal armor allows him to exert a power that is infinitely close to that of an immortal, and it also has extremely powerful defense.


    under normal circumstances, not to mention the gangfeng layer of this big world, even the more advanced world destruction, would never be able to harm this immortal armor at all.


    unfortunately, this fairy armor was not able to protect meng zhang for long.


    soon after entering the gangfeng layer, the immortal armor seemed to be greatly suppressed and completely lost all power.


    before being completely destroyed by the gangfeng layer, the immortal armor turned into a stream of light and retracted into meng zhang''s body.


    not only this immortal armor, but all of meng zhang''s immortal weapons and treasures were retracted into his body.


    without the protection of the immortal armor, meng zhang could only rely on his immortal body to resist the gangfeng layer.


    he could clearly feel that his immortal body was constantly weakening, and all kinds of magical abilities were quickly disappearing.


    fortunately, the immortal body persisted long enough to help him survive the test of the gangfeng layer.


    after passing through the gangfeng layer, meng zhang''s body appeared high in the sky of this big world.


    this is the real inside of the big world.


    meng zhang sensed that his immortal body was quickly transforming back into a mortal body.


    looking down, if a mortal body fell to the ground like this without any protection, then he would just fall into a blur of flesh and blood.


    meng zhang tried hard to mobilize the remaining strength of his immortal body, and continued to exert force, accelerating downwards.


    a long time later, with a loud noise that shook the sky, a meteor fell from the sky and fell heavily into a valley.


    a shocking and dynamic explosion occurred in the valley, stirring up waves of wind and dust.


    after a long time, a disgraced meng zhang slowly crawled out of a big pit.


    he checked his body and found that, apart from being a little embarrassed, he was almost unscathed.


    he was very happy in his heart. fortunately, he had good luck. the immortal body he had cultivated for many years did not let him down. he was finally able to hold on until he landed, helping him withstand the huge impact when he landed.


    thanks to my old friend tianshuzi1 for his many rewards and support.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3448

    although meng zhang landed safely and was not injured, his immortal body had almost lost all its abilities.


    he currently has lost all his cultivation, and even his spiritual thoughts have retracted into his body, unable to use them at all, let alone his immortal power.


    his physical body may be stronger, stronger, and more agile than ordinary people...


    other than that, he was almost like a human being.


    at this moment, even mortals can hurt him.


    meng zhang slowly crawled out from the bottom of the pit.


    naked and disgraced, he felt weak and embarrassed like never before.


    he had also experienced serious injuries in previous battles.


    but he has never been like this before, losing all his cultivation and almost completely becoming a mortal.


    as a cultivator, one''s own cultivation is the foundation of oneself.


    he had almost never felt this feeling of complete loss of cultivation.


    he seemed to have lost all his confidence, and waves of intense uneasiness almost made him unable to stand.


    as determined as he was, it took him a while to regain his composure.


    he carefully checked himself and made sure there were no other problems.


    he observed the surrounding environment. he was now at the bottom of a large mountain, in a valley, surrounded by dense forests.


    he had not observed the big world in depth before, only taking a few cursory glances when he was outside.


    fortunately, this big world is full of vitality, has many creatures, and the environment is suitable for mortals to survive.


    if it were a special world with a very extreme environment, made of flames or glaciers, his current situation would only be worse.


    meng zhang was wrapped in the fetal membrane of this big world and fell into the big world. the process was very hasty. he didn''t have time to react too much, and he couldn''t care about anything else.


    although he did not see the situation of yunshen bodhisattva and the others, he estimated that their situation was probably similar to his and not much better than his.


    if everyone falls together, there will be more or less someone to take care of them.


    but looking at the current situation, i don¡¯t know where they have fallen in this big world.


    having lost all his cultivation and unable to use all his magical weapons, meng zhang was unable to deal with the dangerous situation.


    he did not act rashly, but slowly calmed down, repeatedly felt his own state, and thought about his next plan.


    his keen spiritual thoughts were suppressed back into his body, and seemed to be frozen at this moment, unable to be used at all.


    as a result, he couldn''t even look inside himself with his spiritual thoughts.


    after a long period of feeling, he discovered that his senses were still much sharper than ordinary people.


    especially since his spiritual sense as a tianji master has not completely lost its effect.


    spiritual awareness and spiritual thoughts are different.


    the mind is like a special organ in the human body, which can be used to directly observe the inside and outside of the body, the world outside the body...


    the spiritual sense is more of a special sense in the dark, which can often sense information such as good and bad fortune.


    meng zhang also discovered that his cultivation did not really disappear out of thin air, but was forcibly imprisoned by some mysterious and powerful force.


    he also guessed the source of this power, which should come from the special laws of heaven and earth in this big world.


    needless to say, this is most likely the work of namu sun moon light buddha.


    he established and strengthened the laws of heaven and earth in this great world.


    as an immortal, meng zhang has long had the ability to influence and change the laws of heaven and earth.


    he has also experienced the contest of the power of law in previous battles.


    of course, his ability in this area is definitely far from comparable to that of namo sun moon light buddha.


    the other party made a large world with a low level, and the power of its internal laws was enough to suppress a powerful person at the level of a great bodhisattva. such magical power was beyond meng zhang''s imagination.


    whether it is meng zhang or yunshen bodhisattva, their power level is far inferior to that of the buddha, so they cannot resist the power of such laws and can only passively accept its imprisonment.


    if meng zhang wants to get rid of his imprisonment and restore his original cultivation level, he must have a force of the same level to compete with him.


    soon, he thought of the green lotus deep in the immortal soul in his body.


    that was a treasure that taiyi golden immortal borrowed from other golden immortals to help him block the induction from other golden immortals.


    this green lotus is truly a treasure at the golden immortal level.


    theoretically, it should be able to compete with the power of buddha.


    however, now that he has lost all his cultivation and cannot sense the situation in his body, how can he activate this treasure?


    moreover, isn''t the purpose of this treasure itself used in frontal battles to help one fight against the laws of heaven and earth established by the buddha?


    apart from this green lotus, meng zhang couldn''t think of any other treasure that could help him get out of trouble.


    as for the other treasures and immortal weapons on his body, such as the imitation version of the dazai qianyuan monument and the immortal armor given by immortal qianyuan, they are far from high enough and cannot compete with the power of the buddha.


    meng zhang thought for a long time, but couldn''t think of a way to activate qinglian''s power.


    all in all, it has been a while since he fell into this world.


    he was not much better than a pure mortal in every aspect, and he was already feeling very tired at this moment.


    since he became a high-level cultivator, he can breathe in the spiritual energy of heaven and earth to survive.


    apart from occasionally enjoying some spiritual food to satisfy the appetite, there is basically no need to eat on weekdays.


    before his spiritual thoughts were completely suppressed, he had already sensed that the spiritual energy in this world was extremely thin, almost nonexistent.


    in addition, his immortal body is temporarily disabled and cannot absorb spiritual energy on his own.


    now he may have to live a life like ordinary people again.


    fortunately, this body still has some strength and is sensitive enough...


    meng zhang also rose from a humble background and was not as pretentious as some disciples of the sect.


    he put aside other things for the time being and walked around for a while to get familiar with the surrounding environment.


    in the process, he collected some edible wild fruits to barely satisfy his hunger.


    after some rest, he began to leave the valley, preparing to contact the indigenous people of this big world and learn more information.


    meng zhang did not fall into this world alone.


    the situation of yunshen bodhisattva and the others may not be much better than that of meng zhang.


    however, after all, they have profound cultivation and rich experience, and they have the support of the buddha behind them.


    maybe they have some hidden trump card that can help them cope with their current predicament.


    meng zhang will find a way to join them.


    there is strength in numbers. maybe after everyone gathers together and works together, we can find a way out.


    although meng zhang has lost all his cultivation at this time, with his extremely high physical fitness and superb hand-to-hand combat skills, he can still be regarded as a martial arts master in those low-level martial arts worlds.


    when he really wants to go into battle, he dare not say that he is an invincible warrior. at least a dozen strong men will not be able to get close to him. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3449

    in the blink of an eye, it has been more than a year since meng zhang came to this world.


    he has completely integrated into this world and blended into the indigenous creatures.


    the mainstream creatures in this world are still the largest human race in the void.


    the human race rules this world and has established a civilization that highly worships buddhism.


    there is no practice system spread in this world, and no extraordinary power has appeared.


    the so-called martial arts masters among mortals are almost the same strength as meng zhang at this moment.


    when meng zhang was still a young monk, he had a lot of experience in hand-to-hand combat.


    his rise began at the trial place left by the taiyi sect during its heyday.


    in the place of trial, he fought hand-to-hand with ghost soldiers and ghosts many times, honing his excellent skills.


    later, his external incarnation was too wonderful, and he was even better at hand-to-hand combat.


    he has almost perfect mastery of the techniques that taimiao knows.


    even after he became an immortal, he never forgot or abandoned these close combat skills.


    when he arrived in this world, these long-lost skills came into play again.


    in this world, as long as meng zhang is careful enough, his survival will not be a big problem and he will not encounter too many threats.


    the peculiarities of this world were not beyond meng zhang''s expectations.


    the world is divided into several mortal realms.


    in every mortal country, worship of buddha is extremely popular.


    the one that holds the dominant position in this world is buddhism.


    every mortal country has temples all over the place, supporting countless monks.


    in the court, among the people... the power of buddhism has an absolute advantage.


    meng zhang has never seen a practitioner in this world.


    even if buddhism is the ruler of this world, it mainly relies on faith to rule believers.


    the wealth and strength accumulated from generation to generation are his greatest reliance, not buddhist practitioners.


    of course, maybe meng zhang''s identity and status in this world are not enough, so he has not seen practitioners in this world.


    however, this is unlikely.


    with the concentration of heaven and earth spiritual energy in this world, even cultivators in the qi refining stage cannot support it.


    with his keen spiritual sense, meng zhang also vaguely realized that the laws of heaven and earth in this world were suppressing the birth of cultivation civilization.


    foreign cultivators will lose all their cultivation and return to their mortal bodies.


    and this big world itself cannot cultivate indigenous practitioners.


    buddhism in this world is divided into several major factions, each controlling a mortal kingdom.


    meng zhang first mingled with the natives of this world as a master of martial arts.


    while he carefully accepted the civilization system of this world, he wandered around looking for the whereabouts of yunshen bodhisattva and the others.


    the internal area of ??this world is not very large.


    after a lot of hard work, although meng zhang still couldn''t find the whereabouts of yunshen bodhisattva and the others, he heard some useful rumors.


    it is said that in the far east, a mysterious eminent monk appeared some time ago.


    this eminent monk was not trained in any temple. he was more like a wild man.


    this eminent monk is proficient in buddhism, has excellent eloquence, and is extremely eloquent...


    in this world, buddhism is powerful and buddhism is prevalent. grand buddhist dharma gatherings are often held in various places under various names.


    this mysterious eminent monk actively participated in these buddhist rituals.


    relying on his profound buddhist teachings, he often participated in teachings in these buddhist dharma meetings.


    many eminent monks were no match for him and were defeated in the debate.


    soon, he became famous among buddhists and gained a certain status and reputation.


    as his fame spread far and wide, he began to try to gain great power among buddhists.


    his final fate was to be denounced as a possessed heretic by the senior officials of a large-scale temple.


    whether among the people or the government, those large temples have a very high status and great power, and they almost completely monopolize the right to speak.


    they say who is a heretic and who is an enemy of buddha must be right.


    it is ridiculous for a so-called eminent monk with no foundation to rely on his so-called dharma and eloquence to gain a position in this world without extraordinary power.


    when he threatened the status of powerful people within buddhism, his end was almost doomed.


    in the end, he was tied to a pile of wood and burned alive. after his death, he was still accused of being an enemy of the buddha.


    when meng zhang heard the story of this mysterious monk, he was almost immediately certain that the other party was probably one of the group of bodhisattva arhats following yunshen bodhisattva and the others.


    with yunshen bodhisattva''s status and scheming, he came to a strange world and lost almost all his cultivation. generally, he would not be in a hurry to expose himself.


    this so-called eminent monk is probably a young and immature arhat.


    when he came to this world where the worship of buddhism was extremely popular, he probably thought he had arrived at his home court and felt like a fish in water.


    however, as a high-ranking arhat, he has been separated from the mortal world for too long and has forgotten many rules.


    in this world without extraordinary power, he could not suppress the opponent with his cultivation, so the so-called buddhism became nothingness.


    meng zhang firmly remembered this lesson and often used the fate of this arhat to warn himself.


    after he found out the area where the mysterious monk appeared, he rushed there.


    among the mortals in this world, almost everyone believes in buddhism, and there are buddhist temples, large and small, everywhere.


    not to mention every household, almost most ordinary families have someone who has become a monk.


    official monks have many privileges in this world.


    meng zhang relied on his good skills and his ability to sneak and abduct, disguised as a wandering monk, and could move around the world freely.


    it took him nearly a month to reach the area where the mysterious monk had been.


    after this mysterious monk was branded an enemy of buddha and burned, everything related to him became almost taboo.


    no one around him dared to talk openly about his deeds, and not many people dared to openly mention his various previously praised performances.


    of course, private rumors and gossip have never stopped.


    these rumors have been spread through many channels and have become very outrageous.


    meng zhang also barely guessed the truth and origin of the matter after hearing the rumors circulating in private and relying on some information he already had. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3450

    after meng zhang came to this area, he tried his best to inquire secretly and actively searched around, but failed to obtain any more useful information.


    his search for yunshen bodhisattva and his companions failed temporarily.


    thinking about it, with the huge crowd and the other party deliberately hiding it, it would definitely not be that easy for him to discover.


    he was not in a hurry and continued to search secretly.


    he believed that yunshen bodhisattva and the others could not hide in darkness forever.


    taiyi realm has many experiences of invading other small worlds.


    especially after entering the sea of ??dancing flowers, there are many small worlds hidden here, and the taiyi world often launches conquest wars.


    although the level of these small worlds is very low, their overall strength is not even a fraction of that of the taiyi world.


    however, due to various restrictions, it is difficult for taiyi realm to devote all its strength.


    in addition to direct forcible attacks, sending low-level cultivators to sneak into the small world to lurk and infiltrate is also one of the commonly used methods.


    with meng zhang''s identity and cultivation, he would naturally not participate in such an action.


    however, as the head of taiyi sect, he is still very competent.


    when he has free time, he will pay attention to all aspects of the sect.


    after such actions, the senior leaders of the sect often formulate written materials and record them for young monks to refer to and study.


    meng zhang also read a lot of this kind of information when he had nothing to do. he learned a lot from it and knew how to hide in a brand new world and how to blend into this world...


    although he has lost all his cultivation, his combat effectiveness is still much stronger than that of ordinary mortals.


    after being involved in this world for so long, meng zhang has never revealed his identity, and he also has a suitable cover-up, has a certain status among the indigenous people, and has a way to learn some information that ordinary people cannot understand.


    as a wandering monk, he moved around the area and visited many different temples for many days.


    as an immortal, he has no airs at all.


    now i can even lower my figure to make friends with the monks in various temples.


    he is generous and willing to spend money to bribe everyone.


    through interactions with many monks, he heard a lot of gossip.


    slowly, he learned more useful information.


    after the mysterious eminent monk was incinerated, the large temple that took action suspected that he had accomplices and conducted a rigorous investigation.


    in the process, some weird monks were indeed found.


    it''s just that these monks were really fierce, powerful, and brave enough to fight. they quickly escaped capture and have never been seen again.


    in addition, meng zhang also found out that when the mysterious eminent monk was incinerated, a faint golden light could be seen above the fire.


    before the incineration was over, the surrounding onlookers were driven away, and monk soldiers from the large temple blocked the scene.


    it is said that after the incineration, several fist-sized, golden relics were left at the scene.


    these relics were collected by powerful monks, and the information was strictly forbidden to be leaked.


    in this extraordinary and invisible world, some so-called relics will indeed be left behind after some monks are burned.


    however, these relics not only have no special power at all, but also look very bad.


    the authenticity of the so-called relics enshrined in major temples and displayed in public is doubtful, and they are all decorated with gold and the like.


    that''s why those relics look so magnificent and magnificent, which is enough to show the extraordinary features of buddhism.


    when meng zhang heard that the mysterious monk was burned and the relics were left behind, his heart immediately moved.


    the arhat''s cultivation was suppressed by the laws of heaven and earth established by namu sun moonlight buddha, and he was like a mortal.


    the arhat''s body, which was supposed to be invulnerable to weapons, water and fire, and capable of withstanding all types of real fire, was incinerated by mere mortal fire. the arhat must have died a very aggrieved death.


    meng zhang also used this to warn himself.


    he is no longer a powerful immortal.


    mortals regarded as ants by cultivators can harm themselves.


    if he doesn''t want to die in the hands of a group of mortals, he must act more cautiously in the future.


    in addition, although this world suppresses all extraordinary powers, will it be flawless and flawless?


    after the arhat was incinerated, the so-called relics left behind showed some strange phenomena, so maybe they contained some power.


    the laws of heaven and earth in this great world were not created by oneself, but were forcibly changed by namo sun moonlight buddha''s dharma.


    changing the original laws of heaven and earth and formulating new laws of heaven and earth is just a piece of cake for the buddha.


    however, the laws of heaven and earth that buddha forcibly changed and established are not naturally generated and are not natural enough.


    especially after a long period of time, there may be some areas where things are not running smoothly.


    after meng zhang thought carefully, he decided to find a way to obtain the relics left by the incinerated arhat to see if he could use them.


    next, meng zhang began to inquire about the whereabouts of the relic.


    he spent a lot of thought and finally found out that these relics were secretly collected by some high-ranking monks.


    but after the news about it spread, i don¡¯t know how it reached the ears of the living buddhas in this country.


    therefore, the people around the living buddha gave instructions and asked these eminent monks to offer the relics.


    there are several mortal kingdoms in this big world.


    in every mortal country, there is a living buddha who controls all buddhist forces in the country.


    it is said that the living buddha has ruled buddhism for thousands of years.


    living buddhas possess unpredictable magical powers and wisdom.


    in such a country controlled by buddhism, the so-called king, dignitaries and even high-level buddhists are nothing more than nothing in front of living buddhas.


    the entire country regards the living buddha as a god, and no one dares to violate his will.


    when he heard that these relics were delivered to the so-called living buddha, meng zhang knew that he was in big trouble and it became extremely difficult to seize them.


    however, he did not give up. after making some preparations, he was soon on the road and rushed towards the buddhist capital where the living buddha is enshrined.


    with meng zhang''s current status, it took a lot of effort to get into the buddhist capital.


    the so-called buddha city is the residence of living buddhas.


    here, there are countless grand palaces, temples of different sizes and shapes...


    in the buddhist capital, in addition to the monks of major temples, most of the resident mortals are slaves of various temples. they are also devout believers and are willing to dedicate everything to buddhism.


    on weekdays, many monks come from all over to the buddhist capital to worship the buddha.


    ordinary outsiders are generally not qualified to enter the buddhist capital.


    since the buddha capital is the residence of the living buddha, it naturally has very strict management, and is well-defended and heavily guarded both inside and outside.


    all outside monks must go through numerous checks before they can enter.

 Chapter 3451

    after meng zhang sneaked into the buddhist capital, he quickly found out about the relics.


    these relics were enshrined in a temple in the buddhist capital, and their origins were carefully whitewashed.


    now, these relics were left by a famous buddhist monk who had assisted the previous two generations of living buddhas after his death.


    the contemporary living buddha will personally welcome these relics into his palace to worship on the occasion of the buddha''s birthday next month, in order to show his respect for the virtuous monk and show the vastness of buddhism.


    the so-called buddha''s birthday is the day when the living buddha reincarnates, regains his wisdom and returns to buddhism.


    the specific date of the buddha''s birthday is naturally different for each generation of living buddhas.


    the temple dedicated to the relics is now heavily guarded, with a large number of monks and soldiers guarding it day and night.


    meng zhang''s combat effectiveness is far stronger than that of ordinary mortals, and he can deal with up to ten or twenty fully armed monk soldiers at the same time.


    if there were enough monk soldiers, they could beat him to death alive.


    meng zhang did not give up, and decided to go and observe the surroundings of the temple to see if there was any opportunity.


    the temples outside are better to enter than the palace of the living buddha.


    if the relic is officially welcomed into the palace of the living buddha, there will be no chance to capture it.


    soon, meng zhang found an excuse to leave the temple where the order was placed, and came to the vicinity of the temple where the relics were enshrined, and observed carefully in secret.


    he observed it for a while and found no defensive loopholes.


    however, he didn''t gain anything.


    he discovered that there were other monks who were also secretly observing the defense of the temple.


    meng zhang followed the monk quietly and secretly.


    he hadn''t gone very far when, on the way, he was spotted and surrounded by the monk''s associates.


    meng zhang didn''t have any fear and calmly took the initiative to meet the opponent.


    although the other party was a mortal at the moment, and their appearance was somewhat disguised, meng zhang could still recognize them at a glance. they were the bodhisattvas and arhats who fell into this world.


    meng zhang''s monk attire at this moment is very different from his previous appearance.


    however, after he took the initiative to reveal his identity, the other party quickly recognized him.


    although everyone was enemies before, now they have fallen into this world and are all brothers in similar situations.


    now is not the time to dwell on past grievances. only by working together and showing off our talents can we get out of the current predicament.


    these monks quickly led meng zhang to yunshen bodhisattva and the three of them.


    after being separated for a long time, the two parties finally reunited again.


    although the two parties were not very polite to each other after meeting, they could still maintain a minimum of harmony and sincerity for cooperation.


    the two parties first briefly explained the situation after entering this world.


    not to mention what happened to meng zhang, everything went relatively smoothly.


    the three great bodhisattva yunshen were all stronger than meng zhang in terms of cultivation and fighting ability. they struggled to maintain their strength when they fell into this world, barely allowing most of their team to gather together.


    those who were separated in other places, after a long period of hard work, some of them were reunited, but the whereabouts of a few people are still unknown.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others are all buddhist monks, and they are extremely proficient in buddhism.


    as long as they can lower their figure, it is easier for them to blend into this world than meng zhang.


    there are many of them and they can look after each other.


    they formed a monastic order and were doing well in this world.


    the mysterious monk who was burned was an arhat who was a casual cultivator.


    he has long since taken refuge in the vajra temple and is an effective thug of the vajra temple.


    his active participation in the action in the sea of ??dancing flowers this time was also with the intention of making great achievements and making his family further.


    like many disciples of vajra temple, he behaves roughly.


    he wants to climb up within the buddhist world of this world and gain greater power.


    only in this way can he get in touch with the real secrets of the world and find a chance to get out of trouble.


    he thought that with his attainments in buddhism and his unparalleled eloquence, he could gain a high status in this world and be recognized by the entire buddhist sect.


    maybe after being a high-ranking arhat for a long time, he forgot about the flies and dogs in the mortal world.


    especially in this extraordinary mortal world, the struggle for power within buddhism is even more intense.


    no matter how profound your dharma is, it is still heretical in the eyes of those with vested interests.


    they have the power to interpret buddhism and can completely label you as a heretic.


    in this mortal world, within buddhism, a stable power system has long been formed.


    you, a mere outsider, want to shake up the system and suddenly rise to power. how can the original powerful people get used to it?


    you have lost all your cultivation and strength. how can you compare to these mortal monks just by playing tricks?


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others had already anticipated the fate of this arhat.


    they had no time to stop his behavior, and they would not rashly expose themselves to rescue him after the other party was in trouble.


    perhaps, what this arhat did can be regarded as a test of this world.


    originally, after the arhat failed and was incinerated, they no longer paid attention to this matter.


    although everyone was outwardly saddened by the tragedy of a comrade, they did not take it too seriously. many people even felt that this guy was too stupid and reckless.


    however, after hearing about the strange behavior of the relics left behind after the arhat was burned, yunshen bodhisattva and the others turned their attention again.


    meng zhang was not surprised to hear that yunshen bodhisattva and the others were plotting against those relics.


    things that he could think of, yunshen bodhisattva and others who are more familiar with the secrets and magical powers of buddhism may have already thought of it.


    both sides unanimously regarded those relics as a breakthrough.


    however, meng zhang has not yet figured out how to use these relics if his side successfully captures them.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others were obviously more eager to seize these relics than meng zhang.


    perhaps, these relics can help them restore their cultivation and get rid of their current predicament.


    meng zhang couldn''t help but ask bodhisattva yunshen if he had any specific ideas on how to get out of the current predicament.


    both sides currently have places to turn to each other for help, have the same goals, and are relatively honest with each other.


    yunshen bodhisattva did not hide it and directly expressed his thoughts.


    his idea is quite similar to meng zhang''s earliest idea.


    if you want to restore your cultivation, you must find a way to get rid of the suppression of the laws of heaven and earth.


    the laws of heaven and earth in this world were formulated by namo sun moon light buddha.


    they must be powerful enough to compete with buddha.


    it just so happens that they have buddha-level treasures on them.


    as long as it is activated, it is very likely to shake the laws of heaven and earth in this world and allow them to restore their cultivation.

 Chapter 3452

    the treasure is there, but yunshen bodhisattva and the others have lost all their cultivation. how to activate the treasure has become a big problem.


    at this time, the relics left behind after the arhat was incinerated attracted their attention.


    although namu sun moonlight buddha forcibly formulated the laws of heaven and earth in this world, the level of this world is too low, and there are inevitably flaws in it.


    after some discussion, yunshen bodhisattva and the others decided to start with those relics.


    although great bodhisattvas like them are far inferior to the buddha, they are not without any resistance in front of the buddha.


    as long as they pay a certain price, they can activate the remaining power in the relics, and then use this as an introduction to activate the treasures they each possess.


    as long as the power of the treasure is activated, it is very likely to shake the laws of heaven and earth in this world.


    after the laws of heaven and earth are shaken, they can look for opportunities to restore their suppressed cultivation.


    in order to seize these relics, they came to the buddhist capital together.


    they arrived earlier than meng zhang and had already carefully observed the defense of the temple.


    they are not yet confident enough to break into the temple and recapture the relics.


    in fact, yunshen bodhisattva and the others have another feasible method.


    in addition to the three great bodhisattvas, there were also a group of ordinary bodhisattvas and arhats in their team.


    since the arhat could leave these relics after being burned, these ordinary bodhisattva arhats are no exception.


    if it were outside, it would be natural for low-level monks to be driven by high-level monks.


    no matter how much effort yunshen bodhisattva and the others have to do, there will naturally be a group of arhats willing to sacrifice themselves for him.


    unfortunately, this is a special big world, and everyone''s cultivation realm has been suppressed.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others have lost their advantage in cultivation, and they mainly rely on the prestige accumulated in their daily lives, the loyalty of these people to the sect, etc. to continue to lead everyone.


    if they force these younger disciples to sacrifice, it will most likely cause people to panic.


    yunshen bodhisattva and others cannot overwhelm everyone in terms of strength, so naturally they have to take care of people''s hearts and not be too cold-blooded.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others looked upright and awe-inspiring in front of meng zhang.


    meng zhang also speculated on their situation and some thoughts from some details.


    meng zhang estimated that yunshen bodhisattva and others would work hard to seize the relics in order to take care of everyone''s thoughts.


    of course, if in the end, this road really doesn''t work, they may also attack their companions.


    for everyone, sacrifice individuals, as long as the sacrifice is not on yourself, even if everyone is dissatisfied, they will eventually accept it.


    meng zhang was secretly wary.


    compared to this group of buddhist monks, he is an out-and-out outsider, and he also has a deep grudge against the yunmen sect.


    taoist monks will not leave relics behind after burning them.


    moreover, to activate buddhist treasures, it is best to use the power of the buddhist system.


    but if bodhisattva yunshen and the others failed to seize the relic, they might try it with him first.


    after all, his cultivation level was suppressed anyway, so why did his mind become confused and he became less considerate about things.


    for now, we can only try our best to help them successfully seize the relics.


    even if you fail to seize the relics, you must find a way to escape during the process.


    meng zhang made a positive statement and expressed his willingness to fully help them seize the relics.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others also mentioned one thing.


    when qingshi opened the world''s membrane, wrapped them all, and let them fall into this big world, qingshi himself was always outside of this big world and never stepped into it.


    according to the speculation of yunshen bodhisattva and others, if the green lion itself falls into this big world, it may also be suppressed by the laws of heaven and earth here.


    this is both good and bad news.


    the good thing is that when they are in this big world, they don''t have to worry about encountering the powerful enemy blue lion, and they only need to concentrate on recovering their strength.


    on the bad side, when they get out of trouble and leave this big world, they may be intercepted by the blue lion outside the world.


    if they cannot recover enough strength by then, facing the blue lions waiting for work, the end will not be good.


    meng zhang''s real cultivation level is not as good as the three great bodhisattvas, but with the help of the treasures given by qianyuan immortal lord, he has the strength to deal with them.


    taiyi realm is not a golden immortal force with a long history, but meng zhang was able to produce such a treasure. yunshen bodhisattva and the others secretly guessed that there was probably an expert helping behind meng zhang.


    in addition to meng zhang''s performance in the battle before, they all looked up to meng zhang.


    now we are all sharing the same fate, and we cannot say that their original plan will work 100%.


    meng zhang might have some hidden trump cards that would help with the next action.


    therefore, yunshen bodhisattva and the others have not yet thought of attacking meng zhang, but sincerely cooperate with him.


    meng zhang also actively offered suggestions and took the initiative to join their actions.


    next, they went out several times to secretly observe the defense of the temple.


    the identities of everyone pretending to be monks played a big role at this time.


    especially yunshen bodhisattva and the others, their number is not small and they are truly eminent monks.


    as long as they don''t seek death like the arhat before, it will be easier for them to blend into various monk groups and temples.


    through unremitting efforts, they finally found the loophole in the temple''s defense.


    three days after meng zhang joined them, they took action.


    that night, several arhats secretly sneaked into the temple through the bribed monks.


    next, they worked inside, eliminated the guards, and brought in all the others.


    they sneaked in secret and finally reached the last level.


    the relics are enshrined in the main hall of the temple.


    there are monks guarding the main hall day and night, and there is no flaw in the defense.


    at this time, they had no other choice but to force their way in.


    fortunately, this temple is so large that the defensive monks are spread out.


    there are not too many monk soldiers defending the main hall.


    as long as they move fast enough, get rid of the monk soldiers around the main hall in time, and seize the relics, most of the monk soldiers in other areas will not have time to return for reinforcements.


    yunshen bodhisattva is very decisive and knows that now is the time for a head-on confrontation.


    he took the lead and led everyone out to kill them.


    meng zhang also followed this group of temporary companions and killed the monk soldiers in front.


    their movements were silent, not a word was spoken, and their chilling air made people shudder.

 Chapter 3453

    most buddhist monks pay more attention to strengthening their muscles and bones and exercising their bodies since they embark on the path of spiritual practice...


    the amount of physical cultivation in buddhism is much higher than that in taoism.


    most arhats and bodhisattvas are promoted step by step from novice monks.


    when their cultivation was low, they sometimes had to fight hand-to-hand with their enemies.


    although this time has long been left in the long past, they have not completely forgotten those experiences.


    after many arhats cultivated the golden body, they were originally good at close combat.


    before this operation, everyone also specially recalled and rehearsed.


    at this time, they broke out a very powerful fighting force for mortals.


    although everyone''s cultivation level has been suppressed, their magical powers have been almost completely lost.


    but their bodies are still very strong, with infinite strength and extremely fast speed...


    these monks and soldiers have also been trained for a long time. they spend most of their days exercising their strength and practicing martial arts...


    but this world is extraordinary, and no matter how hard they try, they can''t break through the limits of mortals.


    in the mortal world, so-called martial arts are just that.


    with great strength, fast speed, and the ability to withstand beatings, it can crush all martial arts.


    meng zhang mingled among the crowd, but instead of being lazy, he worked hard with them.


    they were launching a surprise attack this time. the attack came too suddenly and fast enough, making the charge very determined.


    in just a moment, they killed the monk soldiers in front of the main hall.


    they broke into the main hall, leaving corpses all over the ground behind them.


    only at this time did many of the defensive monk soldiers react.


    the surrounding monk soldiers rushed over quickly to try to stop them, while using various methods to warn them and constantly calling for reinforcements.


    yunshen bodhisattva took the lead and stepped into the main hall.


    the information was correct. the relics were stored in the main hall and were not hidden. they were placed on the altar table in front of the buddha statue.


    hearing the noise behind them, several monks who were kneeling in front of the buddha statue stood up with horror on their faces.


    the great bodhisattva yunshen kicked away a monk who was blocking the way, and rushed to the front of the altar with a single step.


    on the altar table, there were several shining golden relics.


    yunshen bodhisattva casually picked up the largest one among them.


    although his cultivation has been completely suppressed, his keen sense has not completely disappeared.


    this relic contains surging power, and is also filled with various emotions such as unwillingness and regret.


    this arhat''s death was too painful.


    he was actually burned to death by a group of mortals without any cultivation.


    if this world hadn''t suppressed all extraordinary powers, he might have turned into a resentful ghost.


    yunshen bodhisattva has already made plans.


    when the relic was obtained, he immediately acted according to the plan without any hesitation.


    he bit the tip of his tongue hard, and a mouthful of hot blood from his tongue accurately sprayed onto the relic.


    after all, he is a great bodhisattva. even if his cultivation level is suppressed, this mouthful of warm blood still contains a trace of extremely weak extraordinary power.


    hot blood fell on the relic. the relic was so excited that it immediately glowed brightly, and a golden beam of light rose into the sky.


    before this golden beam of light could reach the roof of the main hall, the laws of heaven and earth of this world came into play and crushed it alive.


    but in just such a moment, the power in the relic had already taken effect.


    a golden hoop on the head of yunshen bodhisattva immediately changed when it was swept by the light emitted by the relic.


    the golden hoop flew up from his head and suddenly grew in size.


    on the surface of the golden hoop, phantoms of buddhas appeared.


    it is true that yunshen bodhisattva and the others were chess pieces used to test namo sun moonlight buddha, but they were not low-level chess pieces sacrificed in vain.


    the buddha behind them still hopes that they can persist a little longer, and it is best to test out the reality of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    if they encounter namo sun moon light buddha, at least they can''t be killed instantly by him.


    not only do they need time to deliver the message, it is best to delay the other party for a while.


    therefore, yunshen bodhisattva and others were given buddha treasures by the buddha.


    due to the absolute suppression of their cultivation realm, they may quickly lose their ability to resist when facing namo sun moon light buddha.


    therefore, these buddha treasures do not need to be activated with all their strength. they can activate spontaneously with a little stimulation.


    after the golden hoop was activated, it seemed to sense the special laws of heaven and earth around it, and also sensed the aura of namu sun and moon light buddha.


    there is no need for yunshen bodhisattva to continue to act, and the golden hoop will automatically exert its most powerful power.


    the golden hoop seemed to continue to grow in size, but it was suppressed by an invisible force and kept twisting, unable to complete the change.


    the phantoms of buddha on the golden hoop wanted to fly out from above, but before they could completely break away from the golden hoop, they encountered invisible resistances that continued to push them back.


    the golden hoop is in a fierce battle with the laws of heaven and earth in this big world.


    in addition to yunshen bodhisattva, gangwei bodhisattva from vajra temple also took out a buddhist treasure given by the buddha.


    king kong temple is different from yunmen sect. the founding ancestor is not the buddha, and there is no legacy left by the founder of the buddha in the sect.


    treasures at the level of the buddha are something that the mighty bodhisattva can only come across.


    the golden hoop is at odds with the laws of heaven and earth in this world, and there is no winner or loser.


    judging from the scene, jin huan seems to be trapped by the laws of heaven and earth in this world.


    no matter how reluctant he was to give up, he knew that this was not the time to be a miser.


    the battle has reached a critical moment, and the golden hoop must be strengthened as soon as possible to prevent all previous efforts from being wasted.


    bodhisattva gangwei also sprayed a mouthful of hot blood onto a relic, stimulating its power.


    stimulated by the power of the relic, a large wooden fish phantom flew out of the body of the bodhisattva gangwei and quickly climbed upwards.


    originally, the moon was bright and the stars were sparse outside, but i don¡¯t know when it started to become covered with dark clouds and thunder.


    there is no such thing as the will of heaven in this big world, but the laws of heaven and earth in the entire big world operate according to the settings set by namo sun moon light buddha many years ago.


    now there are foreign buddha treasures trying to break the laws of heaven and earth and destroy the stability of this world. all the forces in this world immediately gathered to crush the buddha treasures and eliminate all resistance.


    thick thunder and lightning fell from the sky, covering the huge wooden fish heavily.


    there were many scars on the wooden fish, but it did not interrupt its movement.


    the wooden fish broke through the roof of the main hall, flew into the sky, and hit somewhere in the sky heavily.


    the world was immediately hit and hurt like never before.


    along with a loud noise that almost spread across most of the world, a big hole seemed to be knocked out of the sky.

 Chapter 3454

    along with this loud noise, the buildings in the temple, including the main hall, began to shake violently and seemed to be about to collapse.


    the monk soldiers who came from all directions lost their footing and many fell to the ground.


    the whole city was shaken, the sky collapsed, the buildings collapsed...


    thunderclouds in the sky are still gathering rapidly.


    the huge wooden fish was flying rapidly in the air.


    he ran headlong into a thundercloud and immediately knocked it away.


    the golden hoop that was originally suppressed in the main hall was freed from its restraints by the power of the wooden fish''s collision and also flew into the air.


    this world seems to be even more angry.


    almost all the power of the laws of heaven and earth are gathered here to suppress these two buddhist treasures with all their strength.


    when the golden hoop was suppressed just now, meng zhangdu wanted to rush to the altar table and try to use the relics to activate the power of the green lotus in his body.


    later, bodhisattva gangwei showed his trump card, so he temporarily stopped moving and continued to wait and see.


    the two buddhist treasures given by the buddha exerted their power one after another, not only hardening the laws of heaven and earth in this world, but also forcibly creating more than one loophole.


    soon, everyone including meng zhang felt the loosening of the laws of heaven and earth. the power that originally restrained and suppressed them seemed to be weakening.


    everyone did not dare to neglect, and immediately showed off their magical powers, cast spells, and tried their best to restore their own cultivation.


    the laws of heaven and earth in this world suppress all extraordinary things. the stronger the person, the more powerful they are suppressed.


    the group of arhats with the lowest cultivation level recovered some of their strength first.


    it has to be said that the monk soldiers trained by buddhism in this world are not only the most powerful among mortals in combat, but they are also extremely loyal.


    a series of great changes had just occurred. the whole city was already panicked, and many people were so frightened that they fled in all directions.


    the monk soldiers who were rushing here continued to move forward even if their footing was unstable, as if they were trying to crawl over.


    several arhats who had recovered a little bit of their cultivation were the first to take action.


    they will not show mercy because everyone is a disciple of buddhism.


    as a high-ranking arhat, he suddenly lost all his cultivation and was hunted down by a group of mortals. he was driven away like a lost dog. they had accumulated a lot of anger in their hearts.


    the practitioners'' deep-rooted contempt for mortals caused them to regard everything that had happened before as a great shame and humiliation.


    at this time, they finally no longer need to continue to escape and endure.


    waves of invisible huge force swept through the group of monk soldiers, and each monk soldier was knocked to pieces and died without a complete body.


    there was even a bloodthirsty vajra temple disciple who directly lifted several monk soldiers in the air, tore them alive and divided them into corpses.


    meng zhang also recovered a bit of his cultivation.


    he glanced at the wreaking arhats with a bit of disdain.


    although he also had fire in his heart, he didn''t bother to vent it on a group of mortals.


    the laws of heaven and earth in this world have not completely failed, and their cultivation has not yet been fully restored.


    at this time, it would be easy for them to deal with a group of mortals, and they could be invincible in this world.


    but their real enemy is not in this world.


    the leaders, such as yunshen bodhisattva, were too lazy to care about the vents of those arhats. instead, they jumped to the already dilapidated roof and carefully observed the surroundings.


    it was an accident that they fell into this world, and their suppression of cultivation was considered a small disaster.


    at the same time, this is also an opportunity.


    namu sun moonlight buddha secretly hid such a large world on the edge of guixu, and also took great pains to formulate such special laws of heaven and earth.


    he will never do useless work, there must be deep meaning in it.


    before yunshen bodhisattva and the others had fully recovered, they were eager to explore the secrets of this world and search for the traces left by namo sun moonlight buddha.


    even though they were in deep trouble, they never forgot the heavy responsibility they shouldered.


    this is not only related to their future, but also related to the fate of the sect.


    the two buddhist treasures are constantly fighting against the laws of heaven and earth, and various strange phenomena of heaven and earth become more and more frequent.


    the whole city was in great chaos.


    after several arhats killed almost all the mortals in this temple, not many people could care about the situation here.


    the world is divided into several mortal realms.


    in every country, the real supreme ruler is the so-called living buddha.


    according to legend, the living buddha, who has the ability to reincarnate and be reborn, is also the only clue to extraordinary power in this world.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others cannot find any valuable clues just by watching here.


    after they blended into this world, they also focused on understanding the history and various legends of this world.


    since we are looking for something related to namo sun moonlight buddha, then the so-called living buddhas in each country are the best targets.


    not far away, the tallest and most glorious palace is the residence of the living buddha.


    as time went by, yunshen bodhisattva and the others recovered more and more of their power.


    the celestial bodhisattvas inherently possess the ability to distort and change the laws of heaven and earth.


    in the battles that meng zhang had experienced, there were examples of such strength competition.


    if it were in the ordinary world of void, meng zhang could also formulate the laws of heaven and earth at will, and do things similar to namo sun moon light buddha.


    in this world, because namu sun moon light buddha has a higher level of power, he can completely suppress them.


    now that the two buddhist treasures have restrained the laws of heaven and earth and the main forces of this world, meng zhang and the others quickly analyzed the laws of heaven and earth and continued to restore their cultivation.


    in this extraordinary and invisible world, even if the so-called living buddha has some power, it should be very limited.


    if they had not considered that the other party might be related to namo sun moonlight buddha, yunshen bodhisattva and the others would not have taken him seriously at all.


    if it were not for the protection of the power left by namu sun moon light buddha, people with their level of cultivation could exterminate all living creatures in the world and destroy the entire world in a matter of seconds.


    the three great bodhisattvas first took action together, leveraging the laws of heaven and earth in this world from the side, trying to make them completely ineffective.


    after meng zhang watched from the side for a while, he also came to help in time.


    based on his understanding of the great avenue of heaven and earth, he distorted the laws of heaven and earth in this world bit by bit.


    such a fight makes sense to him.


    through such a fight, he could get a glimpse of the wonderful power of namu sun and moonlight buddha''s luck, personally sense how the other party formulated the laws of heaven and earth, and experience the buddha-level power up close...


    the laws of heaven and earth formulated by namo sun moonlight buddha are subtle enough, like a giant airtight net.


    if it weren''t for the power of the two buddhist treasures, meng zhang and the others might never be able to break this giant network.


    the idea of ??constructing this giant network gave meng zhang a lot of inspiration.


    he verified his partial understanding of the great way of heaven and earth, and deepened his control over the power of laws...


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3455

    soon, meng zhang was immersed in such a fight and almost forgot about other things.


    the originally stable laws of heaven and earth in this world began to be shaken and became less stable in a series of blows.


    due to the fluctuations in the laws of heaven and earth, various phenomena of heaven and earth have appeared not only in this city, but also throughout the world.


    as a result, countless disasters were triggered.


    in this world that has been stable for a long time, there are few natural and man-made disasters, and people have lived and worked in peace and contentment for many years.


    a series of sudden natural disasters caused huge casualties and displaced countless people.


    the residents of this world are basically devout buddhist believers.


    even though such frequent natural disasters have led to such tragic consequences, they still have not shaken the faith of most believers.


    many believers knelt down and prostrated, praying non-stop...


    many believers believe that this is the heinous sin of mortals, which caused king ming''s wrath. they constantly pray for the mercy of the buddha...


    ¡­


    the group of bodhisattvas and arhats present do not care about the tragic fate of mortals in this world.


    there are also different factions in buddhism.


    many times, heretics are more hateful than heretics.


    these believers are pious, but unfortunately they worship the wrong buddha.


    that''s right, the buddha worshiped by buddhists in this world is none other than namu sun and moonlight buddha.


    among the temples all over the world, in addition to the statues of namu sun moonlight buddha, there are only some places where pictures of living buddhas are hung.


    apart from this, there are no other buddha statues at all, let alone statues of bodhisattvas and arhats.


    as masters sent by the opponents of namu sun moon light buddha, of course they hate this world and these believers.


    yunshen bodhisattva, as a senior member of the yunmen sect, participated in the management of the sect and knew the value of this great world.


    in the entire world that devoutly believes in buddhism, there are not many members of the yunmen sect.


    unfortunately, this big world belongs to the enemy, and they have no chance to capture it. they can only watch it go into destruction.


    as long as the laws of heaven and earth in this world completely collapse, the entire world will also be destroyed.


    natural disasters in this world are spreading more and more widely, and even this city is not immune.


    the ground in the city opened a bottomless gap, swallowing a large number of mortals in one breath.


    collapsed city walls, temples, and houses buried countless people.


    ¡­


    yunshen bodhisattva was a little worried. if the so-called living buddha died in a natural disaster, he would have lost his best clue.


    so, regardless of the fact that the battle between the buddha''s treasure and the laws of heaven and earth was not over yet, and that his cultivation had not yet fully recovered, he flew into the sky and flew towards the palace where the living buddha lived.


    except for a few people who were left to continue to pay attention to fo bao''s battle, everyone, including meng zhang, followed him towards the target.


    meng zhang was entrusted by qianyuan immortal lord and was also very interested in the situation of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    now that yunshen bodhisattva and others are standing in front of him, he must seize the opportunity and obtain as much information as possible about namo sun moonlight buddha.


    just now, he had gained enough by participating in the battle between the buddha''s treasure and the laws of heaven and earth.


    if you continue, it will be difficult to gain more, so it is better to focus on other things.


    in the blink of an eye, everyone flew above the palace where the living buddha lived.


    in the previous changes in heaven and earth, the entire world suffered disasters and natural disasters continued.


    the city was completely transformed and suffered heavy losses in the natural disaster, and the palace where the living buddha lived was naturally not spared.


    no matter how powerful you are or how high your status is, as long as you don''t have extraordinary power, you will only be able to survive in the face of this kind of natural disaster, without the ability to fight back.


    nearly half of the palace has collapsed, and the casualties are countless.


    yunshen bodhisattva swept his mind downwards and immediately found the target.


    a young monk wearing a golden monk''s hat and a large purple cassock was guarded by a group of monk soldiers, trying to stay away from the collapsing palace.


    the temples in this country all enshrine the buddha statues of namo sun moonlight buddha, and the portraits of living buddhas are also posted in some important temples. naturally, he has seen them before.


    recognizing the target, bodhisattva yunshen raised the young monk, the so-called living buddha, into the air not far from him with a big move of his hand.


    the originally panicked crowd had not noticed the uninvited guest in the sky.


    at this time, everyone discovered yunshen bodhisattva and the others, and they all screamed in surprise.


    some loyal monk soldiers wanted to protect the living buddha, but they did not have the power to fly and could only stare from the sidelines.


    yunshen bodhisattva was too lazy to pay attention to these mortals and began to carefully observe the target in front of him.


    however, one arhat may have felt that the mortals below were too noisy, so he swung invisible sharp blades and chopped these mortals into pieces.


    yunji bodhisattva frowned a little displeasedly.


    after all, he is also a buddhist, so making the scene so bloody is really not a good look.


    however, since the other party is a disciple of the vajra temple, he cannot accuse the other party at will.


    he did not look at the situation below and focused his attention on the so-called living buddha. he was out of sight but out of mind.


    although their cultivation has not yet fully recovered, their spiritual thoughts can be used freely, and their eyesight and knowledge will not be affected.


    their spiritual thoughts repeatedly scanned the young monk, scanning him inside and out, from his body to his soul, but nothing unusual was found.


    this is a mortal with a mortal body and no extraordinary powers.


    the so-called reincarnation of the living buddha is probably a cover to deceive ignorant believers.


    the most irritable bodhisattva gangwei was very disappointed.


    the so-called clues that were originally given high hopes turned out to be of no use at all.


    if they can''t find more information about namu sun moon light buddha here, then this trip will be in vain, and the adventure will be in vain.


    bodhisattva yunshen and bodhisattva yunji did not give up and were still checking carefully and repeatedly.


    meng zhang, who was not far away, was far inferior to yunshen bodhisattva in terms of cultivation and knowledge, so naturally there was no difference.


    it is true that he is the inheritor of the golden immortal, but the great bodhisattva yunshen is also a disciple and grandson of the buddha. he is far more knowledgeable about various internal situations in buddhism, including various secret techniques, than he is.


    logically speaking, if even yunshen bodhisattva couldn''t detect the abnormality, meng zhang''s efforts would be in vain.


    with the gradual recovery of his cultivation level, meng zhang''s abilities as a tianji immortal master are also rapidly recovering.


    he stared at the so-called living buddha for a long time, and for some reason, he felt an inexplicable sense of fear in his heart.


    the other party was obviously just a normal person, so how could he feel like this?


    even if namo sun moonlight buddha had hidden some tricks on him, could he hide it from himself, and could he completely hide it from yunshen bodhisattva and the others?


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3456

    since there is no result from even this observation, yunshen bodhisattva is not a soft-hearted person, so he will naturally take some more radical measures.


    he was going to take out the opponent''s flesh and blood and examine them bit by bit, and then peel out the opponent''s soul and analyze it inch by inch.


    meng zhang felt a chill in his heart for no reason, and involuntarily took a few steps back, almost instinctively wanting to stay away from them.


    except for a few people who gave meng zhang a strange look, no one else paid much attention to him.


    everyone''s attention was focused on yunshen bodhisattva''s next actions.


    they want to see what the so-called living buddha is like inside, and whether there is any trace of the power of the buddha left behind.


    following yunshen bodhisattva''s thoughts, the flesh and blood from the so-called living buddha''s body was immediately forcibly peeled off, scattered in the air, and displayed in front of his eyes bit by bit.


    seeing that there was no abnormality in the flesh and blood, bodhisattva yunshen continued to use his strength to forcefully separate his soul.


    when an invisible force descended on the target''s soul to forcefully tear it apart, the change finally occurred.


    a bright light soared into the sky from the target''s soul, and the dazzling light enveloped the entire palace, including everyone in the sky.


    the palaces and mortals on the ground... everything melted and disappeared in this bright light.


    everyone in the sky endured the greatest power of the light.


    the protective skills of the few arhats with the weakest cultivation were the first to be broken through. their golden arhat bodies shone for a few times like they were dying, and then disintegrated and disappeared in the bright light.


    one after another, the bodhisattva vomited blood, became unsteady, and fell down from the air.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others, who were closest to the target, withstood the most important burst of power.


    their cultivation and strength are far superior to others, but it is not easy either.


    they struggled to resist the huge power bursting out from the bright light, but they could not completely ignore the disciples of the younger generation.


    yunshen bodhisattva faced the explosion of light, and a circle of golden buddha light flew out of his head, trying to contain it.


    although meng zhang took the initiative to retreat a certain distance due to his spiritual warning, he was still within the killing range of the bright light.


    fortunately, he was prepared in advance, so he wasn''t too panicked.


    with the partial cultivation he had recovered at this time, he was enough to put on the immortal armor given by the qianyuan immortal lord and make a copycat version of the great qianyuan monument.


    the bright light in front of him seemed to be integrated, but with his attainments on the sun and moon avenue, he could still recognize its essence at a glance.


    this is the light of the sun and the moon. to be more precise, it should be the light of buddha condensed by the power of the sun and the moon.


    this bright light contains the power accumulated by namo sun moon light buddha on the sun moon avenue, and it is also the embodiment of his incomparable superb dharma.


    this sun and moon buddha light was originally hidden deep in the soul of this so-called living buddha, without showing any trace.


    its power is huge, but it is also restricted by the development of this world.


    because there are now huge flaws in the laws of heaven and earth, and the soul of this so-called living buddha was stripped alive, this sun and moon buddha light was inspired.


    once this sun-moon buddha light is activated, it has the potential to sweep across all directions, making many powerful people present feel unable to withstand it.


    in comparison, meng zhang''s magical powers of sun, moon and divine light, which he had practiced hard for many years, were simply a child''s trick.


    although the sun and moon avenue is not meng zhang''s major, he has immersed a lot of effort in it.


    moreover, the sun and moon avenue can also be regarded as an extension of the yin and yang avenue.


    having personally experienced the use of such a high-level sun-moon way will be of great benefit to him in the future to deepen his understanding of the sun-moon way and continue to practice the sun-moon divine light.


    of course, if he wants to enjoy the benefits in the future, he must first survive the current hurdle.


    fortunately, the three of them, yunshen bodhisattva, stood in front and bore the most important power of the sun and moon buddha''s light.


    the group of arhat bodhisattvas were only injured by the residual power of the sun and moon buddha''s light, but they were not completely wiped out.


    meng zhang is still able to hold on for the time being and is not in danger of his life.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others were struggling to hold on under the direct illumination of the sun and moon light buddha. just when they were considering whether to take out their final trump card, the sun and moon buddha''s light, which was originally sourceless water, finally became powerless and disappeared. .


    along with the disappearance of the light of the sun and moon, the so-called living buddha also disappeared in form and spirit.


    looking at the palace that had become an empty space, the so-called living buddha had disappeared without a trace. yunshen bodhisattva and the others had lost their best clue.


    of course, they didn''t get everything.


    when they were fighting against the sun and moon buddha''s light, they were also constantly testing and observing.


    according to their speculation, the so-called living buddha is probably a fragment of the soul of namu sun moonlight buddha reincarnated into this world.


    as for why namo sun moon light buddha did this, they could not find the reason for the time being.


    perhaps, it is needed to practice some special skills.


    it''s also possible that it was to leave a way out for his family.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha dies outside, it is possible that he will be resurrected in the body of a so-called living buddha.


    ¡­


    there is not enough information currently available for everyone to make an accurate judgment for the time being.


    probably because the so-called living buddha has disappeared in form and spirit, the laws of heaven and earth in this world have become more restless.


    the battle between the two buddhist treasures and the laws of heaven and earth has become more intense, and their scope of influence is getting wider and wider.


    the suppression of extraordinary power by the laws of heaven and earth is getting weaker and weaker.


    yunshen bodhisattva and meng zhang had almost recovered most of their cultivation and strength at this time.


    those injured bodhisattvas and arhats were busy healing their wounds, without caring about their deceased companions.


    meng zhang thought that there are several countries in this world, and there is a living buddha in each country.


    now that most of their strength has been restored, they are enough to sweep the world and capture living buddhas from other countries.


    yunshen bodhisattva and meng zhang thought of going to the same place.


    just as they were preparing to split up and capture the living buddhas from each country, pillars of light rose into the sky from various places in the world, pointing straight out of the world.


    yunshen bodhisattva and meng zhang had an ominous premonition in their hearts.


    everyone immediately climbed up together, and soon flew to the highest point in the world, not far from the edge of the world.


    as they expected, the place where the light pillar rises is the so-called buddhist capital of each country, that is, the residence of the living buddha.


    those pillars of light are transformed by the light of the sun and the moon. now they are carrying the soul of the so-called living buddha and are about to escape from this world.


    it seems that there should be some kind of special connection between the different living buddhas in this world.


    they may not even be aware of this feeling.


    when a crisis arises, the arrangement left by namu sun moon light buddha in their souls automatically activates.


    these beams of light rose from different places, trying to escape from this big world in different directions.


    this is something no one will allow to happen.

 Chapter 3457

    yunshen bodhisattva and meng zhang had a tacit understanding and separated, respectively, to intercept the sun and moon buddha''s light in different directions.


    meng zhang''s figure flashed rapidly in the air, and soon blocked a ray of sun and moon buddha light.


    previously, their restored cultivation was not enough, and it took many people to work together to block the sun and moon buddha''s light.


    now, meng zhang''s cultivation level is not far away from being completely restored, which is enough to exert most of the power of the immortal armor on his body and the copycat version of dazai qianyuan monument.


    this was also the reason why he dared to intercept a sun-moon buddha light alone.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others were only stronger than him, and of course they were more confident in intercepting their chosen targets.


    the great qianyuan monument flew out from behind meng zhang, blocking the light of the sun and moon from the front.


    the two collided fiercely and were at loggerheads with each other.


    the originally mighty and astonishing light of the sun and moon buddha, when it encounters the copycat version of the dazai qianyuan monument, is like a flood meeting a dam and being temporarily blocked.


    with the blessing of the power of the immortal armor, meng zhang felt that his cultivation and strength were constantly improving.


    the two qi of yin and yang swirled flexibly in the air, tightly wrapping the sun and moon buddha''s light.


    the yin and yang extinguishing divine thunder kept falling, continuously bombarding the sun and moon buddha light.


    meng zhang, who was wearing immortal armor, stepped on the sun and moon buddha light, trying to suppress it firmly.


    due to the limitations of the laws of heaven and earth in this world, and the limited carrying capacity of a trace of the split soul.


    although the sun and moon light left by namo sun moon light buddha in the soul of the living buddha is an out-and-out buddha-level magical power, its size is too small and its power is limited.


    as the maker of the laws of heaven and earth in this world, of course he can open a back door for himself and violate the laws of heaven and earth unscrupulously.


    however, in order to maintain the stability of this world, especially the stability of the laws of heaven and earth, he cannot go too far.


    secretly leaving a trace of power in the soul of each living buddha is already the limit.


    any more, and the world will be unable to bear it, and the living buddha''s soul will be even more overwhelmed.


    and i don¡¯t know why, these sun and moon buddha lights do not contain the will of namo sun and moon buddha, so there is no spirituality, just an explosion of instinct, mechanically acting according to preset instructions.


    the sun-moon buddha light that meng zhang is facing now is like an empty buddha who suddenly lost almost all his intelligence and became like an idiot, and almost lost all his strength.


    facing such an opponent, although the pressure is huge, there is not no chance of winning.


    the laws of heaven and earth in this world are to suppress all extraordinary powers.


    as the outsiders who broke into this world continued to recover, their strength became stronger and stronger, and the laws of heaven and earth became more and more powerless.


    in particular, the buddha''s light of the sun and moon broke out and started fierce battles with its opponents. this was tantamount to denying the laws of heaven and earth in this world from the root.


    the more the laws of heaven and earth are shaken, the less suppressed and restrained meng zhang and the others will be, and the faster their cultivation and strength will recover.


    meng zhang is getting braver and stronger as he fights.


    from the beginning, he barely blocked the sun and moon buddha''s light, but later, he had firmly suppressed it.


    judging from the scene, this sun and moon buddha light has been completely suppressed by meng zhang.


    what meng zhang is doing is to continuously weaken and disintegrate the other party.


    under such circumstances, deeply experiencing the buddha-level power will have many benefits for meng zhang''s future practice.


    under meng zhang''s various means, the light of the sun and moon buddha became increasingly dim.


    according to his idea, it is best to completely separate the soul of the living buddha from the light of the sun and moon buddha.


    the soul of this living buddha is most likely a split soul of namu sun moonlight buddha.


    as long as we conduct in-depth research and analysis on it, it will not only help to discover more information about namo sun moon light buddha, but also help meng zhang''s future practice.


    it''s a pity that the sun, moon, buddha light and soul are mixed together, and the connection is too close, as if they are one whole body.


    meng zhang tried his best to separate them but couldn''t.


    finally, for safety''s sake, he had to destroy it all together.


    when the last ray of light in the sky dissipated, the sun and moon buddha light and the souls in it were completely destroyed.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others have stronger cultivation and strength, and can complete the interception mission faster than meng zhang.


    unfortunately, they were also unable to separate the soul from the sun and moon buddha''s light, and could only destroy it all.


    moreover, too much time was wasted when each intercepted the targets, resulting in not all targets being intercepted.


    finally, two rays of sun and moon buddha light carried the soul of the living buddha, left this world, and flew to the sky.


    as all the light pillars disappeared, the law of heaven and earth, which was already at a disadvantage in the battle with the two buddhist treasures, seemed to have completed its task.


    along with bursts of shrill sounds, the laws of heaven and earth in this world began to collapse.


    these voices seemed to sing an elegy for the world, representing the destruction of the world.


    the two buddhist treasures that had shown great power before had almost lost all their power, and flew back to yunshen bodhisattva and gangwei bodhisattva dejectedly.


    space cracks opened in the sky, and violent space storms swept through.


    the earth sank and the land began to collapse rapidly...


    this big world is rapidly entering destruction, and all living creatures will be completely extinct.


    yunshen bodhisattva and meng zhang both secretly screamed a pity, but they did not make any more moves.


    they are powerless to save the world.


    they have to face powerful enemies next, and they don''t want to be distracted from saving lives.


    even if the creatures born in the world created by namu sun moon light buddha don''t look abnormal, who knows if any hidden dangers will break out after being brought back.


    with the help of the three great bodhisattvas, the rest of the bodhisattvas and arhats flew high into the sky in time to join them.


    this big world is entering destruction, and the internal environment has become extremely bad.


    no one has any intention of staying here.


    there should be no clues about namo sun moon light buddha in this big world.


    with the complete destruction of the laws of heaven and earth in this great world, everyone has completely recovered their cultivation and strength.


    yunshen bodhisattva glanced at meng zhang, wanting to bury this guy in this world that was entering destruction.


    in his heart, he doesn''t care about the friendship that everyone was brothers in trouble and fighting side by side.


    however, he suppressed the murderous intention in his heart when he thought that the great enemy blue lion was still watching covetously outside the world and that the pursuit of namu sun moon light buddha had not yet yielded much results.


    although meng zhang''s cultivation and combat effectiveness are far inferior to them, he can still play a considerable role in the next actions.


    as buddhist bodhisattvas, they are inherently suppressed by everything related to buddha.


    the immortals of the taoist sect that is hostile to buddhism may have stronger resistance in this regard.

 Chapter 3458

    for yunshen bodhisattva, this great world that is entering destruction has no value at all.


    he took the lead and took everyone out of this big world.


    the group of them quickly jumped out from the hole-riddled membrane of heaven and earth.


    they had just left this big world and had not yet established a stable footing when storms of blue flames swept in from all directions crazily.


    in the distance, the angry green lion stared at them fiercely, as if it wanted to eat them all alive.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the three men immediately took action to fight, and meng zhang also had to take action to fight.


    the remaining bodhisattva arhats, under the cover of the three great bodhisattvas, temporarily formed a formation to protect themselves.


    seeing that the opponent blocked his crazy attack, qingshi became even more angry and his attack became more fierce.


    previously, he had to flee into guixu in order to avoid possible reinforcements from the enemy.


    the enemy followed closely into guixu, which was what he had expected.


    in the battle at guixu, due to the special environment, those bodhisattva arhats who were not sufficiently cultivated could not actually exert much combat effectiveness.


    if they don''t respond well, they can become a liability.


    however, yunshen bodhisattva and the others are very powerful and have a numerical advantage. even without the help of ordinary arhat bodhisattva, qing shi has no absolute certainty that he can defeat them.


    therefore, qingshi deliberately led them near the big world, and then suddenly took action, causing them all to fall into the big world.


    qingshi is familiar with the laws of heaven and earth within this big world, and knows that they are enough to suppress all extraordinary powers.


    even if he falls into it, he will almost become an ordinary lion, at most a little stronger than the same kind.


    bodhisattvas and immortals fell into this big world and lost all their cultivation realm. faced with the siege of mortals, they are still in danger of falling.


    what''s more important is that the living buddha in this world still contains a trace of power left by namo sun moonlight buddha.


    according to qing shi''s idea, after these enemies fall into this big world, they will not be able to escape no matter what.


    once they are exposed as outsiders, they will be hunted down by the buddhist organization.


    facing an endless stream of monk soldiers, they will be beaten to death alive.


    even if they are lucky enough to end up in a deserted place and have been hiding in remote areas without contact with the outside world, they will not end well.


    if their cultivation realm is suppressed, their longevity will become similar to that of ordinary people.


    the green lion waited patiently outside for hundreds of years, and they would all run out of life and die.


    unfortunately, qingshi''s idea is still too simple.


    this is also related to his experience.


    he was born a powerful monster, and since his childhood, he relied on his powerful talent to become rampant.


    he was later subdued by namo sun moon light buddha and became the buddha''s personal disciple. he stayed with namo sun moon light buddha all year round.


    ordinary strong men would not even dare to disrespect him, let alone fight him.


    his experience is not rich enough, he has not experienced too many ups and downs, and he has not experienced various battles in the spiritual world.


    the people he interacts with the most are buddhist practitioners, mainly followers of namu sun moonlight buddha.


    he has profound cultivation and strong fighting ability. namo sun moon light buddha also helped him accumulate rich combat experience.


    however, he was unfamiliar with all kinds of intrigues, and he lacked delicate thoughts and in-depth thinking.


    the performance of yunshen bodhisattva and the others in this great world far exceeded his expectations.


    he even didn''t expect that they could actually restore their cultivation and strength by stimulating the power of the buddha.


    now, due to his mistake, not only did he fail to achieve the goal of destroying the enemy, but he also allowed the enemy to destroy this important world and destroy the layout of namo sun moon light buddha.


    you must know that shortly after namu sun moonlight buddha went into seclusion in the sea of ??dancing flowers, he spent a lot of effort and a very heavy price for the buddha to create this great world.


    it is even more difficult to make this big world exist stably in guixu.


    as a trusted direct disciple of namu sun moon light buddha, qing shi''s main task in these years is to guard and protect the world.


    for this reason, he has been staying in the ghost place of guixu, basically not asking about foreign affairs.


    apart from occasional contacts with hezhen bodhisattva, he rarely went out.


    this time, because he underestimated the enemy, the big world was destroyed, which made him extremely angry and also felt great fear.


    namu sun moonlight buddha is not a compassionate buddha.


    in other words, it can be said that the compassion of our buddha is just a slogan used by buddhism to confuse sentient beings.


    a strong buddhist man who can become a buddha will definitely not be a kind person.


    although qing shi was a disciple who was highly valued by namo sun moon light buddha, if he made such a big mistake, namo sun moon light buddha would probably not forgive him lightly.


    thinking of betraying his master''s trust and the punishment he would face, qing shi began to become crazy.


    he almost completely gave up his defense and attacked his opponent like crazy.


    the three of yunshen bodhisattva refused to give in an inch and started fighting fiercely with the blue lion head on.


    meng zhang''s combat effectiveness was greatly weakened, but he was still qualified to participate in such a battle.


    he did not directly fight the blue lion, but kept wandering around, avoiding the enemy''s sharp edges and taking action to contain the opponent from time to time.


    in the eyes of qingshi, yun shen bodhisattva and the other three are great enemies, while meng zhang is just a nasty fly that does little harm, but cannot be completely ignored.


    both sides showed off their magical powers and launched a fierce fight.


    in fact, guixu is not a very suitable battlefield for strong men of their level.


    the place in guixu is too dangerous. it is not easy for the celestial bodhisattva to avoid all kinds of natural dangers and save his own life.


    now they focus mainly on fighting, which is really unwise.


    soon, they will experience the consequences.


    when meng zhang and the others left that world, that world had already entered destruction.


    now, the world has completely collapsed, causing some huge changes around it.


    there is almost no safe place in guixu.


    even in the fringe areas, it is not suitable for a big world to exist for a long time.


    the place where this world is located was carefully selected by namu sun moon light buddha and spent a lot of effort to arrange it, thus ensuring that this world can exist in guixu for so many years.


    in fact, as time goes by, if namu sun moon light buddha does not carry out maintenance in the future, the world will still be destroyed in the ruins.


    the destruction of this world now not only destroys the arrangement of namu sun moon light buddha, but also breaks some kind of balance around it.


    i saw waves of extremely violent space storms blowing from the original location of the world, causing huge changes in the surrounding gravity.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3459

    if most places in the void world are orderly, then in guixu, disorder and chaos are the mainstream.


    the edge area of ??guixu is slightly safer, which is for the inner area of ??guixu.


    there are also many dangers here, enough to bury those immortals and bodhisattvas who are not careful enough.


    more importantly, due to the disorder and chaos of guixu, the so-called marginal zone does not always exist stably.


    maybe, due to a sudden storm in guixu, the entire position will be turned upside down.


    the original edge area will slide towards the inner area.


    the original internal area will also move towards the edge.


    the space storm caused by the destruction of that big world destroyed the original stability and balance of the nearby area, leading to a series of great changes.


    the surrounding gravity is the first to change.


    gravity becomes stronger and weaker.


    when the gravity is strong, the inner area of ??guixu keeps pulling on them, trying to pull them completely into it.


    at this time, even yunshen bodhisattva and the others felt that their footing was unstable.


    the group of ordinary arhats and bodhisattvas barely managed to stabilize their bodies and helped each other, so that they did not let themselves be forcibly pulled by such a strong gravity.


    the next moment, the gravity suddenly weakened again.


    before everyone could breathe a sigh of relief, gravity came from other directions.


    gravity and repulsion from all directions are constantly appearing, switching rapidly.


    this made everyone feel very uncomfortable, and many people could hardly stand.


    especially the few arhats with the weakest cultivation were pulled and repelled by such strange gravity and repulsion, and even their own golden bodies seemed to be torn apart alive.


    at this time, the three of them, yunshen bodhisattva, had to deal with the powerful enemy qingshi with all their strength, and they did not have much spare energy to pay attention to others.


    this group of bodhisattvas and arhats can only survive in such a dangerous environment by taking care of each other and cooperating with each other.


    meng zhang, who had been flying around the green lion''s body, felt very uncomfortable due to the changes in the external environment, and his movement slowed down a lot.


    if the blue lion hadn''t also been affected by the sudden change in the environment, he would have been caught and torn to pieces by the green lion.


    logically speaking, the surrounding environment is already so bad that it should not continue to be a battlefield.


    for everyone, the safest way is to disperse first and find an opportunity to fight again next time.


    however, due to extreme anger, qingshi insisted on clinging to these opponents and would not let go until they were torn to pieces.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the three others also insisted on catching the green lion and tracing the whereabouts of namo sun and moonlight buddha from him.


    in particular, the souls of two living buddhas, namely the two souls of namu sun moonlight buddha, had escaped from that big world in time.


    when meng zhang and the others chased them out, the two ghosts had already disappeared without a trace.


    considering the harsh environment and dangers almost everywhere in guixu, the power of namo sun moon light buddha contained in the two divided souls is extremely weak, and it is difficult to hold on for too long.


    therefore, the most likely result of those two divided souls is that they are protected by the blue lion, instead of running around in the ruins.


    of course, if you want to prove this, you must first capture the blue lion.


    while in the sea of ??dancing flowers, three great bodhisattvas plus meng zhang besieged qing shi''s single opponent, but they didn''t gain any upper hand.


    in this regard, yunshen bodhisattva and the others were very unconvinced.


    you are a disciple of namo sun moonlight buddha, and they are also the disciples and grandsons of buddha.


    the inheritance and techniques of the yunmen sect are not necessarily weaker than those of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    with so many of them joining forces, they couldn''t defeat their opponents. yunshen bodhisattva also felt humiliated.


    he believed that if they were given enough time, they would be able to surround and capture the blue lion.


    now they have the opportunity to continue fighting the blue lion, but the battlefield has changed to guixu.


    no matter where he is, bodhisattva yunshen will never waver in his determination to win the blue lion.


    yunji bodhisattva supports all the decisions of senior brother.


    the fighting spirit of the mighty bodhisattva of vajra temple will only be stronger.


    no matter how bad the environment is, the three of them will not let the green lion go easily.


    meng zhang''s determination to fight is actually not particularly firm.


    his main purpose in tracking down namo sun moonlight buddha was to complete the mission left by qianyuan immortal lord.


    having been in the world of cultivation for so many years, meng zhang has long known the importance of patronage and background.


    taiyi jinxian, the patriarch who was supposed to be a great supporter, was completely invisible.


    if the news spread that meng zhang was his successor, it would only attract more powerful enemies, and even hostile golden immortals might come to him.


    qianyuan immortal lord had already taken over the cause and effect with meng zhang, and he benefited a lot from it.


    he hopes that he will actively assist qianyuan immortal lord this time, investigate more valuable information, and seize the traces left by namo sun moon light buddha...


    with qianyuan immortal venerable¡¯s consistent temperament and principles, if meng zhang really made such a great contribution, he would never treat him badly.


    for meng zhang, if he truly makes qianyuan immortal lord his family''s backer, then not only himself, but the entire taiyi world will benefit a lot from it.


    you know, just because they suspected that qianyuan immortal lord and meng zhang had an unusual relationship, lingkong immortal world officials relaxed their pursuit of him.


    earlier, major sects such as yuzhen sect also actively made friends with meng zhang.


    therefore, for meng zhang, it is completely acceptable to take some risks and pay some costs in order to track down the whereabouts of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    meng zhang had encountered many risks before, which was about to reach the upper limit of his tolerance.


    he will not sacrifice his life for qianyuan immortal lord.


    now, as the surrounding environment continues to deteriorate and their battle has yet to see results, he has the intention of retreating.


    although he had the intention to retreat, he did not take action immediately.


    first, he also wanted to continue to wait and see to see if there would be any new changes.


    if yunshen bodhisattva and the others have hidden trump cards, such as more buddha treasures, they may be able to overwhelm the green lion in a short time.


    secondly, even if you want to escape, you must look for a suitable opportunity.


    he didn''t want to be attacked by both sides because he rashly withdrew from the battle.


    meng zhang was still actively fighting, but secretly put more energy into other things.


    such as carefully observing the surrounding environment and looking for a safe escape route.


    the surrounding environment changes more and more drastically and becomes worse.


    some arhats with lower cultivation levels already feel that they cannot hold on any longer.


    the companions who originally protected and helped them became increasingly difficult to provide help because they had to expend more energy to deal with the harsh environment.


    without the help of others, it would be difficult for ordinary arhats to survive in guixu.


    of course yunshen bodhisattva and the others do not want to see these younger disciples get into trouble in front of their own family.


    but for the final goal, they can accept no matter how big the sacrifice is.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3460

    strong men who have reached the level of yunshen bodhisattva and others can be cold-blooded when needed.


    no matter how much sacrifice they make, whether they are descendants or even relatives, as long as they don''t sacrifice themselves, they can almost accept it.


    during the battle, they usually fulfill the responsibilities of their elders, pay attention to their own image, and take care of their descendants as much as possible.


    but if the environment is so bad that they feel that they cannot protect themselves, then they must save their own home first.


    the surrounding environment is getting worse and worse, and the three of them, yunshen bodhisattva, are still fighting to the death with the blue lion.


    meng zhang''s actions were just for show, he didn''t want to die here.


    without the care of the great bodhisattva yunshen, the situation of those arhat bodhisattvas became even worse.


    this group of people is not a stubborn person. seeing that they can no longer stay here, they also try to escape from here in time and find a safe place again.


    a silent roar spread throughout the surroundings, and a giant whale-like creature appeared out of thin air. it opened its mouth and was about to swallow everything around it.


    generally speaking, after the destruction of a large world in the void, there is a high possibility that a demon nest will appear on its ruins, giving birth to countless monsters.


    after the destruction of this big world on the edge of guixu, there was no demon nest, but the world collapsed into countless pieces.


    this huge creature suddenly appeared, wildly devouring everything around it.


    the debris after the destruction of the world, the violent space storm... everyone present is naturally its target.


    this group of bodhisattvas and arhats, who were usually majestic and aloof outside, felt a huge sense of fear in their hearts for no reason from the moment this huge creature appeared, and were almost too scared to move.


    fortunately, the three great bodhisattvas have not given up on them completely.


    the mighty bodhisattva of vajra temple made a lion''s roar, which offset the silent roar and allowed the group of arhat bodhisattvas to regain their mobility in time.


    yunshen bodhisattva also reminded everyone in time.


    "everyone, be careful. this is a beast. you must not be swallowed by it..."


    most of these bodhisattvas and arhats have extraordinary backgrounds, and they have some knowledge of existences such as ruins.


    after hearing the reminder from yunshen bodhisattva, they quickly evaded.


    only one unlucky arhat could not escape and was swallowed by the beast.


    as a descendant of the golden immortal, meng zhang has a deeper understanding of the ruin beast.


    to put it simply, the xu beast is a special kind of beast that appears in guixu.


    the beast is so powerful that ordinary gods and bodhisattvas are no match for it.


    it will devour everything it encounters, which is one of the great dangers that outsiders often encounter in guixu.


    there are many kinds of beasts, with all kinds of strange abilities.


    in the world of cultivation, even those from the golden immortal sect find it difficult to find detailed records about the ruin beast.


    for practitioners, knowing that the ruixu beast is born in guixu and is extremely dangerous is already considered knowledgeable.


    for a moment, meng zhang couldn''t recognize the classification and specific abilities of this beast.


    as far as he knew, xu beasts usually appeared inside gui xu. this was originally the edge area of ??gui xu, and xu beasts should not appear here.


    the xu beast suddenly appeared here, either because the surroundings were changing to the interior of gui xu, or there was something here that attracted the xu beast and caused it to actively cross the boundary.


    due to the chaos and disorder in guixu, it was difficult for meng zhang to determine the cause within a short period of time.


    however, the appearance of this ruin beast strengthened meng zhang''s determination to escape from here as soon as possible.


    the combat power displayed by this ruin beast is not necessarily much weaker than meng zhang.


    the roar he just made, meng zhang also relied on the protection of the power of the immortal armor to not be too affected.


    there are countless such beasts in guixu, and they appear and disappear.


    now that a ruin beast has appeared, meng zhang will not be surprised if more and stronger ruin beasts appear next moment.


    meng zhang immediately distanced himself from qing shi and was about to leave the battlefield.


    most beasts have no sense and rely mainly on instinct.


    there are so many powerful practitioners here, which is a rare delicacy for the beasts.


    even the remains of the world after its destruction are a great source of nourishment for it.


    this ruin beast initially acted out of instinct and attacked the easiest target.


    soon, its chaotic side was revealed.


    regardless of the difference in strength, the beast attacked the surroundings wildly, bringing yun shen bodhisattva and the others within the attack range.


    although great bodhisattva yunshen and the others were much stronger than this beast, they still suffered a lot of interference.


    the sudden appearance of the xu beast made the originally crazy blue lion suddenly wake up.


    after staying in guixu for so many years, qingshi knows more about guixu than anyone else present.


    while he is guarding this world, he occasionally wanders around the ruins.


    although he didn''t go too deep inside guixu, he still had rich experience.


    he knew very well how terrifying the beasts were.


    as long as this ruin beast stays here for a while, it will attract more and stronger ruin beasts.


    qingshi finally gave up on fighting to the end with yunshen bodhisattva and others, and prepared to leave here first.


    he didn''t want to be swallowed by the beast.


    the green lion, which had been attacking crazily, left at once and immediately left the battlefield, preparing to leave here completely.


    the ruin beast''s disorderly behavior inadvertently helped qing shi and held back yun shen bodhisattva and the others.


    seeing the green lion trying to escape like this, yunshen bodhisattva would definitely not allow it.


    he wanted to release the treasure given by buddha.


    however, the buddha treasures on him and the bodhisattva gangwei had consumed too much power when they were fighting against the laws of heaven and earth in the great world, and they could not be used temporarily.


    fortunately, yunji bodhisattva has kept the last trump card.


    with a look of reluctance on his face, he activated the buddha treasure on his body in time.


    at this time, his cultivation was basically intact. not only did he activate the buddha''s treasure faster, but he also almost fully exerted its power.


    a shining golden rosary flew out from above his head and hit the blue lion like lightning.


    even hezhen bodhisattva and other followers are protected by treasures given by namo sun moonlight buddha.


    as the direct disciple of namu sun moon light buddha, qingshi naturally has the life-saving trump card given by him.


    waves of light from the sun and moon appeared out of thin air, turning into a radiant cassock and draped directly on the green lion.


    most of the power of the rosary that hit him was offset by this cassock.


    the green lion stumbled and almost fell.


    he stood firm, did not hesitate to fight, and continued to escape from the battlefield quickly.


    the rosary was like a gangrene attached to the bone, firmly stuck to the cassock, constantly consuming its power.


    qingshi has rich experience in moving at high speeds in the ruins, and he is about to escape from the sight of yunshen bodhisattva and the others.

 Chapter 3462

    tai miao is not a tianji immortal master like the original deity meng zhang, and is not proficient in the tianji calculation method of dao sect.


    but one good thing about shinto is that many gods, especially gods like him who are born as ghosts and gods, often have some sense of good and bad fortune.


    sometimes, this kind of sense is not necessarily worse than the spiritual sense of the tianji master.


    now, tai miao feels that there are undercurrents and dangers in the sea of ??flowers, and it is no longer a place to stay for a long time.


    when meng zhang left taiyi realm, he considered the situation that he would not be able to contact the senior officials of taiyi realm in time.


    therefore, he entrusted taimiao with full authority to handle important matters in the taiyi world.


    although the senior officials of taiyi realm did not know that tai miao was meng zhang''s incarnation, but because of tai miao''s cultivation level and meng zhang''s absolute trust in him, they had no choice but to obey tai miao''s orders.


    after a series of changes in the situation in the whirling flower sea, meng zhang had long wanted to let taiyijie leave this dangerous place as soon as possible.


    before, it was just that conditions did not allow him to do it rashly.


    now, since they could not contact yunshen bodhisattva, yunmen sect and other sects were a little anxious.


    the powerful people hiding in the darkness of various buddhist cultivating forces have basically appeared.


    when they were searching for the whereabouts of yunshen bodhisattva and the others, they did not forget to look for the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    due to their rough behavior, many conflicts broke out with some taoist cultivating forces and other neutral cultivating forces.


    many practitioners who didn''t want to cause trouble saw the chaos in the sea of ??flowers getting more and more chaotic, so they took the opportunity to leave here as soon as possible.


    yunmen sect and other practicing sects are busy with their own affairs and can''t care about these guys.


    in fact, they wanted these guys to leave quickly so as not to cause trouble to them.


    at this time, tai miao keenly realized that the opportunity for taiyi realm to leave the sea of ??flowers had arrived.


    the strong men of the yunmen sect and other practicing sects no longer have time to take care of the enemy in the taiyi realm.


    on the luoyu sect side, the mingjing celestial immortal actually hoped that the taiyi realm would continue to stay in the sea of ??swirling flowers, and sent monks to help search for the retreat place of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    tai miao''s number one task is to protect the taiyi realm, not to get involved in the overt and covert fight between the taoist golden immortal and the buddhist buddha.


    besides, meng zhang has tried his best enough, and now there is still no news about him.


    seeing the opportunity, tai miao temporarily brought tai yi jie into his own kingdom of god, and took tai yi jie on the road.


    many monks in taiyi realm are very reluctant to part with the resource-rich sea of ??dancing flowers.


    in particular, there are many known resource points that they have not had the opportunity to develop, which is really a pity.


    the senior officials of taiyi realm were sensible enough and did not let greed cover up their own reason.


    resources can be obtained from other places in the future.


    the current sea of ??whirling flowers is an out-and-out fire pit. it might become a battlefield for the buddha. it is obviously not a place where taiyi realm is qualified to stay.


    regarding the matter of leaving the sea of ??flowers as soon as possible, even without meng zhang''s instructions, everyone basically agreed.


    taimiao tianshen''s cultivation in the middle stage can be regarded as a strong man who is not easy to mess with. generally, no one will deliberately embarrass him.


    those powerful men at the level of the great bodhisattva have no intention of dealing with him now.


    although taking taiyi realm with him made him subject to great restrictions and slowed down greatly, he finally left the whirling flower sea smoothly.


    after leaving the sea of ??dancing flowers, tai miao kept walking towards the distance.


    when he reached a place far away from the whirling flower sea, where even the great bodhisattva could not reach it in a short time, he released the taiyi realm.


    as for the next step for taiyi realm, meng zhang had no clear instructions before, and taimiao naturally had no clear goals.


    tai miao discussed with the senior officials of taiyi realm, taiyi realm chose a direction away from the whirling sea of ??flowers, and set sail again.


    although meng zhang is still in the sea of ??dancing flowers and there has been no news yet, everyone has full confidence in him and believes that he will return safely.


    meng zhang has a special sense of both taiyi realm and taimiao. he can find them even if they are far away in the void.


    tai miao continued to rule taiyi realm, and taiyi realm once again embarked on a wandering journey.


    the whirling sea of ??flowers, the luoyu sect, etc. were all forgotten by them.


    meng zhang, who was in gui xu, was unable to contact tai miao for the time being due to the huge barrier between gui xu and the void. naturally, he did not know that tai yi realm had left the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    he is still following yunshen bodhisattva and the others from a distance to see if they can catch up with the green lion.


    since the buddhist bead released by yunji bodhisattva has been stuck to qing shi''s body, he has never been able to get rid of the pursuers behind him.


    as that buddhist bead continued to consume and oppress him, the cassock on his body made of the sun and moon buddha''s light became darker and darker, as if it would disintegrate at any time.


    even for qing shi and the pursuers behind him, guixu is a very dangerous place to bury them.


    if it weren''t for the pursuit of the blue lion, yunshen bodhisattva and the others would not have stayed in such a dangerous place for long.


    for certain purposes, powerful men at the level of the great bodhisattva would indeed enter guixu to explore, but every time they explored, they were cautious and walked on thin ice.


    their current pursuit, which was quite vigorous, did not lead to danger in guixu. it must be said that both sides were very lucky.


    as for whether this kind of luck can be maintained forever, no one can say.


    in fact, qingshi is not running around like a headless fly, he still has something in mind.


    the pursuers behind him destroyed the world he was guarding, and also killed several souls of namu sun moon light buddha. they must get the punishment they deserve.


    after the enemy began to show more trump cards, qing shi could not defeat his opponent by himself.


    in this case, he had to lead them to a place where he could capture them.


    after another period of escaping, qingshi finally arrived at his destination.


    in guixu, which was originally pitch dark without any light, suddenly an extremely bright light lit up.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others, who were chasing the green lion, instinctively felt that something was wrong.


    they were about to turn around and run away, but it was already too late.


    waves of light turned into indestructible cages, trapping them tightly.


    meng zhang, who was still some distance away from yunshen bodhisattva and the others, did not escape.


    before he could make any more moves, a very spiritual light trapped him.


    although meng zhang has never eaten pork, he has seen pigs running away.


    he had never seen the buddha in person, but he had seen the clone of pudu golden immortal and had been exposed to the will of taiyi golden immortal.


    such a scene and such magical power cannot be achieved by a powerful person at the level of a great bodhisattva.


    before and after he fell into the cage transformed by light, there was almost no resistance at all.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3463

    meng zhang was keenly aware that this was namo sun moonlight buddha''s move.


    moreover, it was not a clone, nor was it some means left in advance, but the original form of namu sun moonlight buddha took action himself.


    he couldn''t help but curse in his heart.


    doesn¡¯t it mean that namu sun moonlight buddha¡¯s breakthrough in retreat has reached the most critical moment, and he can¡¯t be distracted at all?


    isn¡¯t that what the intelligence from taoist luo yu sect, buddhist yunmen sect and other sects all say?


    but what the hell is this?


    meng zhang is not even an immortal now. he only relies on external help to barely deal with the great bodhisattva.


    when namo sun moonlight buddha''s true form took action, he had no power to resist at all.


    the green lion, which was still running away in embarrassment, had already stopped, turned around and looked at the pursuers behind him, with a sneer and disdain on his face.


    the sudden light not only trapped the pursuers behind him, but also melted the buddhist beads attached to his cassock.


    compared to meng zhang, yunshen bodhisattva and the others have a better understanding of the current situation and can react faster.


    they also cursed the intelligence errors in their hearts while resisting as much as possible.


    yunshen bodhisattva scratched his own golden body of the bodhisattva and let the golden blood spurt onto the golden hoop of the buddha.


    he did not hesitate to sacrifice his own origin to forcefully activate the final power of this buddhist treasure.


    the gangwei bodhisattva of vajra temple did the same thing as him.


    the golden hoop and the wooden fish almost hit the light that trapped them at the same time.


    the three great bodhisattvas knew that the gap in cultivation between them and namu sun moonlight buddha was too great, and they would hardly be able to resist such a powerful enemy.


    if you want to barely fight against buddha, you can only have the same level of strength.


    i hope that these two buddhist treasures given by the buddha can play a role to some extent. they are praying silently in their hearts.


    unfortunately, the buddha''s treasure given by the buddha is only a dead object, and its power is limited. it has little effect against the real buddha.


    the two buddhist treasures just melted in the light without causing any waves.


    while activating the two buddhist treasures with all their strength, yunshen bodhisattva and the others also used all their strength and used all kinds of magical powers to try to break the light that trapped them.


    they worked for a long time, but did not achieve any results.


    although yunshen bodhisattva and the others had already expected this outcome, when it actually happened, they could not hide the look of despair on their faces.


    it seems that the great bodhisattva and the buddha are only one level apart in terms of cultivation level, but there is a huge difference in strength.


    namo sun moonlight buddha hadn''t shown up yet, so maybe with just a casual blow, everyone was unable to fight back and was completely trapped.


    including meng zhang, everyone was struggling in vain.


    yunshen bodhisattva and the others were filled with confusion.


    their information came from the buddha who supported them.


    the other party told them very clearly that namo sun moon light buddha was at a critical moment of retreat and would not be able to take action for a long time.


    moreover, they also have buddhist treasures given by the buddha.


    logically speaking, if they mobilized the buddha to resist, they could more or less deal with namu sun moonlight buddha to buy time for the buddha behind them to get here.


    if this were not the case, they would not dare to break into the sea of ??dancing flowers, let alone continue to pursue the whereabouts of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    reality slapped them hard. namo sun moon light buddha was not only able to take action, but was also powerful enough to make them despair.


    originally, yunshen bodhisattva and the others could use the buddha treasures on their bodies to contact the buddha who supported them.


    but i don''t know if it was because of the barrier of guixu that they have been unable to establish contact with the buddha behind them.


    now, there is nothing they can do and they are almost in desperate situation.


    based on what they have done, namu sun moonlight buddha will never spare them.


    namo sun moonlight buddha is not a benevolent buddha, or it can be said that there is no benevolent buddha in buddhism at all.


    they fell into the hands of namo sun moonlight buddha, and they would be the greatest luck if they could die happily.


    meng zhang was also very panicked.


    although he still has a golden immortal level trump card, that is the green lotus hidden deep in the immortal soul. unlike in that big world, his cultivation is intact now and he can also activate the green lotus.


    however, this green lotus is only a treasure given by the golden immortal, not the golden immortal itself, and its power is very limited.


    the main function of this green lotus is not to be used in battle, but to help cover up and protect meng zhang''s identity so that he will not be sensed by taiyi golden immortal''s enemies early.


    meng zhang knew that even if he mobilized the green lotus with all his strength, he would definitely not be a match for namo sun moon light buddha.


    maybe he can''t even withstand a casual blow from the opponent.


    of course, it was impossible for him to just surrender.


    no matter what, he will struggle to the death.


    however, he did not take action rashly, but was waiting for the opportunity.


    there was only one chance, and the probability of success was extremely low. he didn''t dare to use this opportunity easily.


    now there are yunshen bodhisattva and the others standing in front of them. even if namu sun moonlight buddha wants to take revenge, he should take revenge on them first.


    after all, they are also great bodhisattvas, and they come from a famous sect. isn¡¯t that just their ability?


    if they struggled desperately, they would probably be able to attract the main attention of namu sun moon light buddha.


    when the time comes, meng zhang is waiting for an opportunity to urge qinglian to escape. if he is lucky enough, there may be a glimmer of hope.


    after everyone was completely trapped, it took a while before namo sun moonlight buddha finally appeared.


    an extremely tall golden body of buddha, whose entire body seemed to be composed of the light of the sun and moon, appeared in front of them.


    meng zhang just glanced at it from a distance, and immediately felt that his mind began to become confused, as if he wanted to bow to the buddha in front of him and completely become his loyal believer.


    he knew it was not good and immediately looked away, not daring to continue staring at namo sun moon light buddha.


    he concentrated and kept silently reciting taoist scriptures that had a clearing effect on the mind.


    after a while, he barely recovered.


    the power of buddha is so terrifying.


    he hadn''t fought with his opponent yet, but just glanced at him from a distance, and he was embarrassed and almost got hit.


    the power of a being like buddha exceeds meng zhang''s imagination.


    he is a fairy

 Chapter 3464

    yunshen bodhisattva and others have a higher level of cultivation than meng zhang, and are familiar with the power and supernatural powers of buddhism.


    it¡¯s not like they dare not look directly at namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    but it is equally impossible for them to escape.


    falling into the hands of namo sun moonlight buddha was a disaster for them.


    they kept recalling in their minds what they believed to be conclusive information, recalling everything the buddha said in support of them...


    the appearance of namu sun moon light buddha himself and his ability to take action directly showed that their intelligence was completely wrong.


    is the buddha behind them deceiving them, or is the buddha behind them also deceived?


    it is definitely not easy to deceive a buddha.


    also, the appearance of namu sun moonlight buddha here indicates that he has finished his cultivation and left seclusion.


    did he succeed in making a breakthrough and become a buddha in a higher realm, or did he fail in making a breakthrough?


    if namu sun moonlight buddha had succeeded in breaking through, the buddha who supported yunshen bodhisattva and the others would certainly not dare to continue to oppose them.


    his most likely approach is to ask the senior buddha to come forward and mediate his grievances with namo sun moon light buddha.


    as for the price to pay for this, no one can tell.


    at the very least, yunmen sect, jingang temple and other sects, as well as yunshen bodhisattva and others, will all be sacrificed.


    in order to gain the understanding of namo sun moon light buddha, the buddha behind them will send them and their sects to the hands of namo sun moon light buddha.


    therefore, even if namu sun moonlight buddha succeeds in breaking through the realm of cultivation, it will be of great significance to the entire buddhist sect, but yunshen bodhisattva and others who are present are absolutely unwilling to see it.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha fails to break through this retreat, then they and the sect behind them will have a glimmer of hope.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha failed to break through to the realm of cultivation, he would probably have to pay a huge price.


    although he looks extremely powerful and invincible now, maybe he is actually strong on the outside but weak on the inside.


    when yunshen bodhisattva and the buddha behind them arrive here, he will definitely have no good fruit to eat.


    as for what kind of state namo sun moonlight buddha was in, yunshen bodhisattva and the others couldn''t tell at all.


    they could only make final desperate preparations while secretly praying, hoping that namo sun moon light buddha''s retreat would be a failure.


    namo sun moonlight buddha did not bother yunshen bodhisattva and the others, but looked at meng zhang.


    just by looking at him from a distance, meng zhang felt his energy and blood surge all over his body, and his immortal body seemed to collapse completely.


    "the juniors from the taoist sect dare to join in the fun of my buddhist sect. they really deserve to be killed."


    as a loud voice reached meng zhang''s ears, the light that originally trapped him immediately tightened, as if it was about to strangle him to death.


    meng zhang didn''t expect that namo sun moonlight buddha would ignore yunshen bodhisattva and the others, but instead focus on him first.


    how could he be able to attract the attention of namo sun moonlight buddha?


    even though he knew he was defeated, he still had to make a final struggle.


    the strongest power was aroused from the immortal armor on his body, and he was still unable to resist, and soon he let out bursts of whining.


    he was about to activate the counterfeit version of the dazai qianyuan monument, but before he could do so, the counterfeit version of the dazai qianyuan monument actually hit the sky hard, broke through the cage of light, and flew outside. .


    he was very surprised. when did the copycat version of dazai qianyuan monument have such power?


    next, something even more unexpected happened to him.


    after the knock-off version of the dazai qianyuan monument broke through the cage, it did not fly away, but suddenly exploded above him.


    with the explosion of the copycat dazai qianyuan monument, the surrounding area shook heavily.


    at the center of the explosion, a black hole loomed.


    a ray of light flew out of the black hole and transformed into an old man in taoist attire opposite namo sun moon light buddha.


    meng zhang casually glanced at the old man in taoist attire, and his eyes were immediately filled with all kinds of runes, and countless strange information quickly poured into his mind...


    he quickly moved his eyes away, not daring to look any further.


    he knew in his heart that this was probably a taoist golden immortal.


    with his current level of cultivation, he is not qualified to look directly at the other party.


    of course, because everyone is an immortal within the taoist system, although their cultivation levels are vastly different, the harm the other party brings to him is not as great as that of namo sun moon light buddha.


    the way the other party appeared made meng zhang have some guesses about his origin.


    sure enough, what happened next proved that meng zhang''s guess was not wrong.


    "child qianyuan, you used a junior immortal to appear here sneakily, are you trying to embarrass me?"


    "i really didn''t expect that for a small incident ten thousand years ago, you would still hold grudges to this day."


    "you are so vindictive, you will die for your hatred today."


    ¡­


    when meng zhang was still in the hengling star region, he heard that qianyuan immortal lord might have been promoted to golden immortal.


    later, the lingkong immortal world officials stopped pursuing him because of his relationship with qianyuan immortal lord.


    now that qianyuan immortal lord appears here and dares to confront namo sun moonlight buddha head-on, needless to say, he has truly been promoted to golden immortal.


    from now on, he should be called qianyuan golden immortal.


    the copycat version of the dazai qianyuan monument given to meng zhang by the qianyuan golden immortal actually had hands and feet secretly left behind.


    meng zhang had checked repeatedly before and found no abnormalities.


    he was a little dissatisfied with qianyuan jinxian''s actions, but he couldn''t say anything more.


    if the qianyuan golden immortal had not been prepared long ago and had tampered with the copycat version of the dazai qianyuan monument, meng zhang would have faced namo sun and moonlight buddha directly today. even if he tried his best to activate the green lotus, he would probably have been doomed. .


    it was precisely because of the copycat version of the dazai qianyuan monument that the qianyuan golden immortal could appear in guixu in time and appear in front of namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    "you bald donkey, don''t try to bluff there."


    "it seems that you failed to break through the seclusion this time. your current condition is not good."


    "as early as ten thousand years ago, i vowed to kill you."


    "this time, don''t blame me for taking advantage of others."


    ¡­


    the conversation between nanwu sun moonlight buddha and qianyuan golden immortal reached meng zhang''s ears, shaking his immortal soul to the point where he almost fainted.


    he tried to hold on and tried his best to overcome all kinds of discomfort.


    he did not close his ears, he listened carefully to the conversation between the two parties.


    the conversation between the two parties contained a lot of information, allowing him to understand a lot of the causes and consequences.


    qianyuan jinxian obviously had a grudge against namo sun moonlight buddha, and he had already started to have ideas about each other. .


    with the help of meng zhang''s cover, he has been paying attention to the movements in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    meng zhang and the others did not disappoint the qianyuan golden immortal. they actually tracked them all the way to guixu and lured out the nanwu sun and moonlight buddha.


    now that namo sun moonlight buddha appeared, the qianyuan golden immortal naturally followed closely behind him and caught his whereabouts in time.

 Chapter 3465

    meng zhang didn''t know what kind of hatred there was between qianyuan jinxian and nanmo sun moonlight buddha.


    but judging from his actions, most of them are filled with sworn hatred.


    qianyuan golden immortal vs. namo sun moonlight buddha, who will have the advantage?


    namu sun moonlight buddha is a well-known old buddha. he became enlightened long before the qianyuan golden immortal.


    when qianyuan golden immortal was still an ordinary heavenly immortal, namu sun moonlight buddha was already a high-ranking buddha.


    of course, the outcome of a battle in the spiritual world is not determined by the seniority and seniority of both parties.


    it often happens that younger monks provoke older monks.


    since qianyuan jinxian dared to come to the door, he should be certain.


    as a tianji immortal master, it is normal to plan before taking action. you should not act out of anger or impulsiveness.


    according to qianyuan jinxian, namu sun moonlight buddha failed to break through the retreat this time and paid a heavy price. his condition should not be very good.


    qianyuan jinxian must seize this opportunity. even if he cannot kill the opponent, he will leave unforgettable damage to the opponent.


    however, meng zhang still had doubts in his heart.


    according to the information circulated by the outside world, namu sun moonlight buddha should be practicing in seclusion now without being distracted.


    he came out of seclusion so quickly, beyond everyone''s expectations.


    he failed to break through seclusion, so why did he come out so quickly?


    with meng zhang''s cultivation and eyesight, he still can''t see through the manipulation done by the qianyuan golden immortal in the copycat version of the dazai qianyuan monument.


    has qianyuan jinxian been monitoring himself and all his actions through a copycat version of dazai qianyuan monument?


    then, has every move he made, especially his actions in tracking down namu sun moonlight buddha''s retreat place, fallen into his eyes?


    did qianyuan jinxian also feel some of the doubts he felt?


    ¡­


    in any case, qianyuan golden immortal appeared in time and indeed saved meng zhang''s life.


    the outcome of his next battle with namo sun moon light buddha is also related to meng zhang''s safety.


    of course, meng zhang hoped that qianyuan golden immortal could show his power and completely defeat namo sun moonlight buddha.


    while he was still thinking, the light that originally trapped him was scattered by an invisible force.


    needless to say, this must have been done by qianyuan jinxian.


    next, qianyuan jinxian is about to start a life-and-death battle with namo sun moonlight buddha.


    although meng zhang was very curious about this battle, he did not dare to get close to observe.


    before, he was hurt to a certain extent just by looking directly at namo sun moonlight buddha.


    if he continues to stay here, after the two sides start fighting, the aftermath of the battle alone will probably kill him.


    of course, he won''t leave here completely.


    first of all, he has not yet found a way to leave guixu.


    if you want to leave guixu, you may have to wait for qianyuan jinxian to help after he defeats his opponent.


    secondly, he had never seen a battle between the golden immortal and the buddha.


    even if he doesn''t dare to observe closely, he might be able to benefit a lot from it if he feels it from a distance.


    he has lofty goals and is eager to reach the golden immortal realm.


    if he could truly feel the true power of the golden immortal and the buddha, it would definitely help his future practice.


    he was about to retreat far away, but he was still a step too late.


    he felt as if the time and space around him had frozen, and he felt even more numb, almost losing all sense of the outside world.


    after a long time, he barely returned to normal.


    by this time, he was no longer in his original position.


    he glanced around, and in the unreachable distance, there were faint lights and shadows flickering.


    occasionally, a breath leaked out, which would make him tremble all over, making him almost unsteady on his feet.


    why is he here? what happened just now?


    after he returned to normal, he had a vague suspicion in his mind.


    just now, namo sun moonlight buddha and qianyuan golden immortal should have started fighting.


    as soon as they started fighting, they had a great impact on the surrounding area.


    it was probably the qianyuan golden immortal who came to help and sent him far away from the battlefield.


    if he had continued to stay where he was, he might have been harmed by chi yu.


    now, he owed qianyuan jinxian a huge favor.


    this should be far enough away from the battlefield.


    he couldn''t see the details of the battle at all.


    he had the urge to get a little closer.


    but the aura coming from far away made him dare not act rashly.


    even if the intensity of the fight between the two sides continues to rise, his position may not be safe enough.


    "bald donkey, why are you not injured? why are you still in such good condition?"


    qianyuan jinxian''s somewhat angry voice reached meng zhang''s ears.


    meng zhang was shocked.


    didn''t qianyuan jinxian just decide that namo sun moonlight buddha''s breakthrough in retreat had failed and that he was in a bad state?


    why is there something new happening now?


    meng zhang had an ominous premonition when he thought that the information about namo sun moonlight buddha was always wrong.


    he recalled the whole thing carefully.


    the bodhisattvas of yunmen sect and kongang temple were chasing hezhen bodhisattva, and he had been following them secretly.


    he zhen bodhisattva led out the blue lion, which led to meng zhang''s exposure.


    yunshen bodhisattva and others arrived in time, but qingshi was defeated and fled into the ruins.


    they tracked together and also got into guixu.


    ¡­


    until the appearance of namu sun moon light buddha at the end, the whole thing was so natural.


    although there were some twists and turns during the tracking process, meng zhang and the others successfully achieved their goal in the end.


    all this is so natural, there is no doubt.


    but just because it went so smoothly and so naturally, meng zhang suddenly felt something was wrong.


    yunshen bodhisattva and meng zhang are all pawns of the buddha and the golden immortal.


    behind their actions is the struggle between buddhas.


    will things go so well in a fight involving buddha?


    the seemingly natural development of things just revealed a hint of unnaturalness.


    meng zhang wanted to tell all the doubts in his heart and give qianyuan jinxian a good reminder.


    but then, he gave up the idea.


    qianyuan jinxian must have seen his experiences.


    could qianyuan jinxian not think of things that he could think of?


    don''t forget, qianyuan golden immortal is not only far superior to him in cultivation and knowledge, but he is also a far better tianji immortal master than him.


    regardless of anything else, qianyuan golden immortal resolutely stepped into guixu and faced namo sun and moonlight buddha. he must have had his considerations in mind.


    meng zhang didn''t know what kind of hatred there was between qianyuan jinxian and nanwu sun moonlight buddha, but it seemed that the hatred between them was very deep.


    what he feared most was that qianyuan jinxian was blinded by hatred, became irrational, and made some impulsive and even wrong decisions.


    mortals have their own obsessions, so don¡¯t think that golden immortals won¡¯t be influenced by their emotions.


    being too ungrateful is just the most ideal situation. how many golden immortals can do it, and how many golden immortals can maintain this state forever?

 Chapter 3466

    meng zhang, who originally had great confidence in qianyuan golden immortal, heard his shouts and thought of some doubts, and became even more uneasy.


    in many things in the world, the more you are afraid of something, the more it will come.


    meng zhangyue didn''t want the accident to happen, but it happened.


    the condition of namo sun moonlight buddha remained intact, which greatly exceeded the expectations of qianyuan jinxian.


    he was certainly confident of winning against namo sun moon light buddha who was in poor condition.


    however, the opponent was obviously not injured due to the failed breakthrough, so his confidence in defeating the opponent would be much reduced.


    moreover, namu sun moon light buddha is in perfect condition, which means that the information is wrong. maybe he did not retreat and force a breakthrough at all.


    why would he spread such news?


    such news has also been confirmed by other buddhas, which increases its authenticity.


    who is he targeting?


    just when meng zhang felt that the situation was not good, the situation on the field changed again.


    the surrounding space was suddenly filled with thick demonic energy, and the demonic energy revealed a rough, arrogant and invincible aura.


    as soon as he sensed the emergence of these demonic energies, meng zhang showed signs of being infected by demons.


    wave after wave of invisible power penetrated into the immortal armor and went straight to the inside of his immortal body.


    he could clearly feel the thick blood vessels jumping on the surface of the skin. there were signs of life everywhere in his immortal body, as if they were about to escape his control...


    he did not dare to neglect, and immediately suppressed the occurrence of various strange phenomena in himself with all his strength.


    meng zhang has killed many powerful demons and has rich experience in fighting demons.


    but this time, none of his past experiences were of much use.


    he chanted taoism''s demon-conquering scriptures loudly in his mouth, trying hard to prevent himself from being infected by demons.


    the opponent hasn''t appeared yet, but a surge of demonic energy can make an immortal like him unable to resist and almost become a demon.


    such a strong man is definitely not an ordinary demon.


    even those great demons called demon lords do not have such ability.


    meng zhang had a vague guess about the origin of the other party.


    just as meng zhang suppressed the signs that his home was contaminated by demons, almost endless buddha light lit up.


    these buddha lights are extremely domineering and have the power to dominate themselves, and they will forcefully disperse all surrounding forces.


    the thick demonic energy that had filled the surrounding area immediately shrank a lot when pressed by such a domineering buddha''s light.


    "the powerful and fearless demon king, namo vajra indestructible buddha, you two sworn enemies, actually appear here together."


    "looking at the way you guys are colluding together, you must be here for me."


    qianyuan jinxian''s voice reached the ears of everyone around him.


    meng zhang was shocked.


    the heavenly demon king is an existence that transcends all heavenly demons and great heavenly demons.


    the master of mo dharma is a powerful man in the demonic path who can compete with the golden immortal buddha.


    the heavenly demon king is a lower-level existence among the mo dharma lords, but he can also pose a considerable threat to the qianyuan golden immortal.


    however, meng zhang had also read about the names of the powerful and fearless heavenly demon king and the namo vajra indestructible buddha in the classics of the taiyi realm.


    the powerful and fearless demon king is a famous late dharma master who has infected many strong people, including those from buddhist and taoist schools.


    it is said that the powerful and fearless demon king once infected a direct disciple of namo sun moon light buddha.


    although he failed in the end to contaminate nanwu sun moon light buddha, he almost harmed all his direct disciples.


    if namu sun moonlight buddha hadn''t later accepted qing shi as a closed disciple, he would really have no one around him.


    as for followers such as hezhen bodhisattva, they have never gained his trust. they are just chess pieces that he puts on the surface to attract other people''s attention.


    therefore, the powerful and fearless demon king had a deep hatred for namo sun moon light buddha.


    namo vajra indestructible buddha is a buddha in buddhism who is known for his toughness in dealing with things. he has always been full of hostility towards taoism.


    because of problems with his practice route, he tried to save the powerful and fearless demon king many times.


    after many failures, the two sides also formed a deep karma.


    in addition, namo vajra indestructible buddha and namo sun moon light buddha have also been old rivals for many years.


    this time, it was namo vajra indestructible buddha who supported the yunmen sect, vajra temple and other buddhist sects behind the scenes, allowing them to enter the sea of ??dancing flowers and test the reality of namo sun moonlight buddha.


    after the powerful and fearless demon king appeared, he did not go to his old enemy nanwu sun moonlight buddha, but kept trying to demonize the qianyuan golden immortal.


    the namo vajra indestructible buddha who appeared next did not quarrel with the namo sun moonlight buddha, nor did he deal with the powerful and fearless demon king. instead, they became horns with each other and surrounded the qianyuan golden immortal.


    qianyuan jinxian was stunned for a moment, and then quickly reacted.


    there are two buddhas and one dharma lord, and they always have a lot of grievances.


    but now, they have temporarily put aside all their grudges and dealt with the enemy qianyuan jinxian first.


    thinking of all the previous doubts, qianyuan jinxian still didn''t know that he had fallen into the trap this time and fell into the enemy''s trap.


    the design of this enemy must have started a long time ago. the design is not particularly sophisticated, but the investment is very large.


    yunshen bodhisattva and others, including qingshi, a close disciple of namu sun moonlight buddha, knew nothing about this design.


    they ignorantly fell into the scheme and acted as pawns to lure qianyuan golden immortal into taking the bait.


    it is precisely because of their ignorance that everything that happened before is real and is particularly confusing.


    now, qianyuan golden immortal is surrounded by three powerful enemies of the same level, and the situation seems to be very bad.


    although the relationship between taoism and buddhism was not good, a full-scale war did not break out.


    although disputes between golden immortals and buddhas occur from time to time, it is still very rare for more than one buddha to plot to kill a new golden immortal like now.


    even if namo sun moonlight buddha and namo vajra indestructible buddha do this, they will have to bear serious consequences even if they succeed in the end.


    if one thing goes wrong, it will trigger an all-out war between taoism and buddhism.


    buddhism paid a lot of money to design the qianyuan golden immortal this time and started preparing for it a long time ago.


    although qianyuan golden immortal is only a junior golden immortal, he is not particularly powerful.


    among the many golden immortals, their cultivation and combat prowess are mediocre.


    but there is a special thing about him. before he was promoted to golden immortal, he was a very excellent tianji immortal master.


    after he is promoted to golden immortal, he is likely to continue to make breakthroughs in tianji technique.


    in the taoist sect, the number of tianji immortal masters is originally limited.


    tianji immortal masters who have broken through to the golden immortal realm are extremely rare.


    absolutely most golden immortals are more or less able to sense the heavenly path in the void and peer into the heavenly secrets in the void.


    its sensing and instinctive calculation abilities far exceed those of ordinary tianji immortal masters.


    but compared to professional tianji immortal masters like qianyuan jinxian, their ability to sense and calculate is far behind.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3467

    in the battles in the world of cultivation, the sect with the tianji master will often have a great advantage.


    tian ji master can play an important role in many aspects, and can even determine the final outcome of the battle.


    when meng zhang was still in junchen realm, only those major sects and even the so-called holy land sects were qualified to train and worship tianji masters.


    meng zhang himself received many benefits because of his status as a tianji master.


    his divine calculation skills and his keen spiritual sense not only helped him get out of crisis after crisis, but also guided him onto the most correct path.


    especially after becoming a tianji immortal master, meng zhang benefited from this and had many advantages.


    those excellent tianji immortal masters are one of the most important assets of the tao sect.


    the tianji immortal master of the tao sect is one of the top-ranked beings among many cultivation systems and races.


    when competing with other cultivation systems and other races, taoist tianji immortal masters can often play a key role.


    especially the emergence of the qianyuan golden immortal made many powerful people outside the taoist sect feel threatened.


    a golden immortal who is good at the art of heavenly secrets can not only seek good luck and avoid bad luck, but also seize many opportunities. he can also help taoism point the way.


    the official of lingkong immortal world attaches great importance to qianyuan golden immortal because he is a tianji immortal master.


    there are several golden immortals in the lingkong immortal realm, but their attainments in the art of heavenly secrets are far inferior to those of the qianyuan golden immortals.


    tianji immortal master already has a special status in the world of cultivation.


    unless necessary, even powerful people from all sides would generally not offend a tianji immortal master.


    even, in order to form a good relationship with him, he is willing to pay some price.


    there are only a handful of tianji immortal masters at the level of qianyuan golden immortal in the taoist sect.


    the officials of the lingkong immortal world, and even some golden immortals in the lingkong immortal world, all want to have a good relationship with him.


    in comparison, the defection from taiyi realm is just a trivial matter.


    as a representative of the hardliners within buddhism, namo vajra buddha has always called on everyone to pay attention to the threats posed by taoism.


    one day, taoism will become the biggest threat to buddhism and threaten the inheritance of buddhism.


    therefore, in the confrontation between buddhism and taoism, all aspects must be considered.


    many things need to be thought of in advance and prepared in advance.


    if special golden immortals like the qianyuan golden immortal could be eliminated, it would not only greatly weaken the power of the taoist sect, but also contribute to the overall competition between buddhism and the taoist sect in the future.


    qianyuan jinxian didn''t know where this conspiracy against him came from or when it started.


    the driving force behind the two buddhas and a dharma master being able to reconcile and join forces to fight against the enemy is incredibly powerful.


    do they ambush themselves here, do they represent the will of the senior buddhist sect, and are the entire buddhist sect senior leaders ready to break out into a full-scale war with the taoist sect?


    many questions emerged in qianyuan jinxian''s mind.


    as an excellent tianji immortal master, qianyuan jinxian not only has a strong ability to actively calculate, but also has a keen spiritual sense and the ability to act on a whim.


    before he entered guixu, his spiritual sense did not warn him in advance.


    buddhism also has masters who are proficient in the calculation of heavenly secrets.


    before namo riyueguang buddha and the others took action, perhaps the buddhist tianji masters had taken action to deceive tianji, thus overcoming the qianyuan golden immortal''s spiritual sense, so that he was not alert at all in advance.


    "the powerful and fearless demon king, after all you are also the overlord of the demonic path. why did you come to be a dog for buddhism?"


    "what you did is really a disgrace to the devil."


    "if i were a demon king, i would have killed you long ago to clear the door for the demonic path."


    "namo vajra indestructible buddha, you are also a veteran buddha after all. why did you think of kneeling down and licking the dermatitis of a junior like namo sun moonlight buddha?"


    ¡­


    qianyuan jinxian ignored the bad situation around him and scolded them one by one in a leisurely manner.


    of course, he was not just scolding the other party to vent, but mainly hoping to find out the true relationship between them.


    unfortunately, his purpose was quickly discovered, and he was greeted with waves of ridicule.


    "child qianyuan, do you want to delay time and wait for rescue?"


    "this area in gui ruins has long been jointly cast by us and we have completely cut off the connection with the void world."


    "even if you scream until your throat is broken, no golden immortal in the void will receive the distress signal."


    "as for the emerald golden immortal who has been paying attention to the whirling sea of ??flowers, senior brother nanwu baoguang buddha went to chat with him."


    "with brother nanwu baoguang buddha here, i''m afraid it will be difficult for the emerged golden immortal to step out of the house."


    the emerald golden immortal mentioned by namo sun moonlight buddha is the supporter behind luo yu sect, and he is also the golden immortal who is most wary and hostile towards buddhism.


    since many years ago, he has been asking the major sects in taoism to strengthen monitoring of the movements of buddhist forces.


    although it was impossible for namo sun moonlight buddha to break the fighting spirit of qianyuan golden immortal when he said these words, he felt that at least it would make the other party feel disappointed and helpless.


    it''s a pity that namo sun moonlight buddha was disappointed.


    qianyuan jinxian had already realized that this was a conspiracy against him.


    the enemy was obviously well prepared and ready to deal with him.


    maybe the enemy has already prepared some means that they think can restrain him.


    although qianyuan jinxian''s situation seemed very bad, he still had to fight hard and continue to resist, trying to teach the other party enough lessons.


    a fierce confrontation immediately broke out among the surrounding guixu.


    the demonic energy is extremely domineering, but at the same time insidious and vicious; the buddha''s light is so powerful that it seems to sweep away everything head-on; the pure and natural taoist fairy light bursts out with huge power to fully confront the other two forces.


    everything around us is changing rapidly.


    there are no stable laws of heaven and earth in guixu.


    now the originally chaotic laws of heaven and earth have become turbulent.


    ¡­


    although meng zhang was far away from the battlefield, he still knew the general cause and effect through what he heard, saw, and some of his own speculations.


    he groaned secretly in his heart.


    originally, he had always thought that this incident was an internal struggle within the buddhist sect and a dispute between buddhas.


    the taoist jinxian secretly intervened and tried to profit from it.


    but who would have thought that this incident was a carefully planned conspiracy from the beginning, just to lure qianyuan jinxian into taking the bait.


    these bald donkeys in buddhism are too vicious and ruthless.


    meng zhang thought of everything that happened in the whirling sea of ??flowers, and the many buddhist monks who were wiped out by the taiyi realm.


    the internal fighting among the major buddhist cultivating forces resulted in heavy casualties...


    although it is said that one general can achieve great success, in order to design an important taoist golden immortal, one has to pay a huge price.


    however, it was too cruel to sacrifice so many buddhist monks, many of whom were strong men like arhat bodhisattva, and let them die inexplicably.


    meng zhang asked himself, if it were him, he would never be able to do such a vicious thing.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3468

    meng zhang felt that he was so unlucky that he was unintentionally involved in such a big conspiracy.


    as a brilliant tianji immortal master, qianyuan jinxian is of great significance to the entire taoist sect.


    this bunch of bald donkeys from buddhism actually colluded with the devil, and they must kill qianyuan jinxian.


    aren''t they afraid of triggering an all-out war between taoism and buddhism?


    as for the disgraceful thing like the buddha colluding with the powerful and fearless demon king, it is not worth mentioning in comparison.


    now meng zhang seems to be the overlord of one party, but in the entire cultivation world, he is still not ranked at all.


    he does not have the support of a big force behind him, and he does not know about some high-end secrets in the cultivation world, making it even more difficult for him to grasp the situation of the entire void world.


    he couldn''t figure out what namo sun moon light buddha and the others were thinking, let alone where their confidence lay.


    as for their current battle, he was even less able to interfere.


    faced with the siege of many powerful enemies of the same level, qianyuan jinxian not only showed no fear, but instead took the initiative to attack.


    at present, meng zhang cannot even look directly at powerful people of this level, let alone observe their battles.


    the aftermath of the battle between them was enough to leave meng zhang dead without a burial place.


    qianyuan jinxian was outnumbered and unable to protect himself, and was even less able to take care of meng zhang.


    meng zhang was about to escape from here, but due to the huge changes in the surrounding environment, he suddenly lost all his senses.


    in his senses, the surroundings were in chaos. he could not distinguish up, down, left, right, south, south, north or west...


    he couldn''t see anything, couldn''t hear anything...


    his spiritual sense was frantically warning that no matter which direction he moved, he would be killed.


    he just couldn''t stay where he was.


    the rioting laws of heaven and earth caused everything around to be destroyed.


    the violent power of law kept tearing his body apart.


    he tried his best to use the power of the immortal armor to protect himself, but it didn''t have much effect.


    countless cracks soon appeared on the immortal armor, as if it would break at any time.


    he didn''t know the outcome of the battle between qianyuan jinxian and the enemy.


    he just knew that he couldn''t hold on any longer.


    namo sun moonlight buddha and the others are besieging qianyuan golden immortal with all their strength and have no time to care about anything else.


    they ignored meng zhang''s existence.


    they don''t need to deliberately deal with meng zhang, just the aftermath of the battle can destroy meng zhang.


    now meng zhang can''t even escape from the battlefield.


    after all, he was also a namo sun moon light buddha who released the news of his retreat breakthrough, and then completely hid it.


    namo vajra indestructible buddha pretended to destroy namo sun moon light buddha''s retreat because of past grievances.


    they put on a big show to lure the qianyuan golden immortal into taking the bait.


    in their opinion, with qianyuan golden immortal''s hatred towards namo sun moonlight buddha, they would never watch the opponent break through.


    although for the buddha, a long time is only a short moment, what they lack most is patience.


    but after the play had been going on for so long, qianyuan jinxian never took the bait, so they were inevitably disappointed.


    just when they thought qianyuan jinxian might not take the bait, meng zhang led taiyijie into the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    many people in the lingkong immortal world know the news about meng zhang and qianyuan immortal lord.


    with the intelligence ability of buddhism, it is not difficult for namo vajra indestructible buddha to know this matter.


    meng zhang, who is related to qianyuan immortal lord, entered the sea of ??dancing flowers. this cannot be a coincidence. several buddhas thought this way.


    several buddhas thought that the qianyuan golden immortal was too cautious, so they sent meng zhang, a chess piece to explore the path.


    they became more cautious in their actions, not allowing qianyuan jinxian to discover any flaws.


    they increased their investment and accelerated their plans, striving to get qianyuan jinxian into the game as soon as possible.


    if meng zhang knew what they were thinking, he would probably scream that they were wronged.


    he led taiyi realm to escape into the sea of ??dancing flowers, mainly to avoid the official pursuit from the lingkong immortal realm. it really had nothing to do with qianyuan immortal lord, let alone his instruction.


    almost everything meng zhang experienced in the taiyi realm fell into the eyes of the buddha who had ulterior motives.


    whether they are the followers of namu sun moonlight buddha or the external cultivation forces such as yunmen sect, they are just pawns of the buddhas.


    the efforts of these buddhas worked and really brought qianyuan jinxian into the game.


    by some mistake, qianyuan jinxian really took advantage of meng zhang.


    he has some connection with meng zhang because of some connections back then.


    he gave meng zhang a lot of benefits and asked him to investigate carefully in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    by now, qianyuan golden immortal has stepped into the trap, and meng zhang has naturally lost all value to the buddhas.


    meng zhang''s head turned very quickly, and without spending much time, he guessed the cause and effect of the whole thing based on some information he had and the few words of qianyuan jinxian and others.


    unfortunately, this is of no use.


    with a few soft sounds, the immortal armor on his body shattered directly, and then disappeared into a burst of blue smoke.


    meng zhang relied entirely on the power of the immortal armor to barely raise his cultivation level to the point where he was infinitely close to the immortal lord.


    now that the immortal armor was destroyed, his cultivation level dropped sharply and he was immediately knocked back to his original shape.


    in addition, the powerful defensive power of the immortal armor is also an important factor in his ability to sustain for so long in the aftermath of the golden immortal buddha war.


    without the immortal armor, his own defense alone would not be able to withstand it for long.


    in fact, the disaster came sooner than he expected.


    after the destruction of the immortal armor, he didn''t have any more reaction. the violent power rushed directly into his body, leaving him with almost no resistance.


    meng zhang felt that he had never been so close to death, and that he was already on the verge of death.


    qianyuan jinxian was besieged by powerful enemies and had no time to take care of himself.


    since namo sun moon light buddha and the others had joined forces to cast spells early on, completely blocking all information in the nearby area, even if qianyuan golden immortal wanted to cast spells to ask for help from his colleagues, he was completely unable to do so.


    moreover, this is guixu, and there are many obstacles between it and the void.


    even if other golden immortals realize that something is wrong, they will try to rush over to rescue the qianyuan golden immortal.


    however, without any prior preparation, it usually takes a long time for them to get here.

 Chapter 3469

    the emerald golden immortal has been paying attention to the movements in the sea of ??flowers, and has paid great attention to namo sun and moonlight buddha.


    he is the one most likely to notice that something is wrong.


    but at this time, he was approached by namo baoguang buddha.


    before he dispatched this powerful enemy of the same level, he probably didn''t have any extra thoughts to care about other things.


    if no accident occurred, meng zhang would probably be doomed this time.


    as for whether qianyuan golden immortal could escape with his life under the siege of three powerful enemies of the same level, meng zhang didn''t know, and he didn''t have the energy to care.


    the violent external force invaded his body, almost completely tearing his immortal body apart, and headed straight for his immortal soul.


    seeing that he could not escape the end of his soul being destroyed, he tried his best to activate the qinglian deep in the immortal soul.


    this was just his desperate struggle out of extreme unwillingness.


    he himself didn''t have much confidence that this struggle would work.


    although the green lotus in the depths of the immortal soul is a treasure borrowed from taiyi golden immortal, its level is also at the golden immortal level.


    but the purpose of this treasure is not to be used for combat or defense, but to shield the induction of other golden immortals.


    this treasure has a single function and limited power.


    if other golden immortals already know of his existence, the shielding effect will be greatly reduced.


    if he appeared in front of other golden immortals, they would be able to see through his true identity at a glance, and this green lotus would be even less useful.


    he is now in the middle of a battlefield.


    two buddhas, a dharma master and a golden immortal, the fighting between them was so fierce.


    he had no idea how long this green lotus could resist.


    something that surprised meng zhang happened again.


    the green lotus in the depths of his immortal soul, after being activated by him, seemed to sense the invasion of golden immortal level power, and immediately burst out with extremely powerful power.


    qinglian suddenly expanded, forcing out all the power that invaded his body.


    meng zhang was temporarily out of danger of death, but it was very uncomfortable.


    the confrontation between qinglian and the power that invaded his body lasted only a short moment. the collision caused huge damage to his immortal body, and his immortal soul was shaken by it.


    however, he managed to escape with his life temporarily.


    the joy in his heart has not yet risen, and the green lotus has undergone new changes.


    qinglian flew out of his immortal soul and flew to the top of his head.


    all the aftermath of the battle that came close to him, no matter what kind of power they were, were easily shaken away by qinglian.


    he had never imagined that this green lotus could be so magical and possess such power.


    the surprise this green lotus brought to him was far more than that.


    i saw the green lotus continued to expand, and then suddenly bloomed.


    in the center of the blooming green lotus, a large black hole appeared.


    a green figure flew out of the black hole.


    this figure was still complaining.


    "i hate you, taiyi. i just owed you a small favor back then, so you kept pestering me and caused me so much trouble."


    "what kind of person am i? i want to be a nanny for your disciples and grandchildren. what do you think i am?"


    along with complaints, an old man in taoist attire appeared on qinglian.


    he glanced around and let out a strange scream.


    obviously, he never expected that such a big scene would be waiting for him.


    it is really rare for two buddhas to unite with a dharma master to attack a taoist golden immortal.


    he thought he was here to rescue the disciples and grandsons of his old friend, and he would face at most one or two golden immortals.


    meng zhang looked at the appearance of the old man in taoist attire and had some guesses about his origins.


    as ecstasy surged into his heart, his consciousness began to blur, and then he completely lost all consciousness and fell into a coma.


    the battle in the field will not stop because of meng zhang''s coma. he is just an insignificant person to this war.


    nanmo riyueguang buddha and the others, who were originally besieging qianyuan golden immortal, never expected that such an accident would happen after they had made careful arrangements in advance and prepared for so long.


    a taoist golden immortal suddenly broke into the battlefield inexplicably.


    there are many factions in the taoist sect, and fights often occur between golden immortals from different forces.


    some golden immortals even have different grievances. for this reason, many golden immortal wars broke out, which also led to many serious consequences.


    for example, taiyi jinxian, the well-known veteran jinxian in the taoist sect, was suppressed by a group of hostile jinxian.


    in fact, if there was no fierce internal fighting within the taoist sect, and if the golden immortals could be of one mind, the taoist sect might have dominated the void and all realms long ago.


    it is precisely because of the internal friction within the taoist sect that it has contained and consumed too much power, making it impossible for the taoist sect to be consistent with the outside world. as the strongest force in the void, the taoist sect is far from being able to subdue those hostile forces.


    namo riyue guangfo and the others planned to ambush the qianyuan golden immortal this time. to a large extent, they took advantage of the discord within the taoist sect and the conflicts between the golden immortals.


    even if some taoist golden immortals know the situation of qianyuan golden immortal, they may not be willing to rescue him with all their strength.


    however, the taoist golden immortal who suddenly appeared here still aroused great vigilance from namo sun and moon light buddha and the others.


    the timing of the other party''s appearance was too coincidental.


    in order to lure qianyuan golden immortal into the trap, nanmo sun moonlight buddha and the others paid too much price and absolutely cannot afford to lose anything.


    regardless of whether the other party and the qianyuan golden immortal are enemies or friends, or whether they broke into this place accidentally, the identity of the other party''s dao sect golden immortal alone is enough to arouse their hostility.


    nanmo sun moonlight buddha and the others will never stop their campaign to kill qianyuan golden immortal because of external factors.


    encircling and killing the qianyuan golden immortal was their top priority. they almost put most of their power into the opponent, but only allocated a small part of their strength to suppress the taoist golden immortal who suddenly appeared.


    in the previous battles, qianyuan golden immortal''s situation was much better than imagined.


    everyone present is a strong person of the same level. qianyuan jinxian is an out-and-out junior, with the shortest promotion time.


    but this doesn''t mean that he is the weakest.


    if fighting alone, in a fair fight, he would be no weaker than any of the three enemies.


    even in the face of siege, he was still not completely suppressed and could still fight the enemy vigorously and vigorously.


    he was keenly aware that a strange golden immortal suddenly broke into the battlefield. regardless of whether the other party would help him or not, it would contain some of the enemy''s power.


    he immediately seized the opportunity and exploded, launching an all-out counterattack.


    after being stunned for the first time, the strange golden immortal took action almost instinctively, attacking the buddha and master mo in the field, trying hard to cover the qianyuan golden immortal.


    the best situation imagined by qianyuan golden immortal appeared. this strange golden immortal was a friend rather than an enemy, and he actively helped.


    thanks to my old friend zhenzhang for his many rewards and support.

 Chapter 3470

    due to the participation of strange golden immortals, the battle became more intense.


    this jinxian, who appeared later, put meng zhang into his sleeves before taking action, putting him out of danger.


    meng zhang was originally seriously injured, and due to the impact of looking directly at jinxian, he lost consciousness early and passed out.


    if this golden immortal hadn''t saved him, he would probably have died in the aftermath of the war.


    after rescuing meng zhang, the future golden immortal devoted all his strength to the battle.


    although it was the first time for him and qianyuan jinxian to join forces against the enemy, they showed a tacit understanding and displayed extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    two against three, they were still at a numerical disadvantage.


    however, the two golden immortals cooperated closely, and the effect they exerted was far from being as simple as one plus one.


    before qianyuan jinxian was promoted to jinxian, he was valued by the senior jinxian and received a lot of guidance and cultivation.


    as the recognized golden immortal seed of the taoist sect, he made rapid progress in cultivation after being promoted to golden immortal, and soon caught up with some veteran golden immortals.


    previously, when faced with the enemy''s siege, he had not fully utilized his abilities.


    now, with someone covering him and helping him share the pressure from the enemy, he can show off his magical powers and use all kinds of skills at will.


    this strange golden immortal who cooperated with the qianyuan golden immortal to fight was far older than the qianyuan golden immortal when he became enlightened.


    he has profound cultivation and his fighting ability is only stronger than qianyuan golden immortal.


    a powerful man at the level of buddha''s golden immortal has his own system of practice and can establish a sect.


    after becoming a buddha, a buddha like namu sun moonlight buddha who was born as a casual cultivator would not necessarily have any weaker magical powers than those buddhas who came from great powers.


    of course, if the golden immortal buddha, who was born in a powerful force, had a higher level of cultivation and left more brilliant scriptures, it would definitely have many benefits for his own practice.


    because qianyuan golden immortal had the guidance of his predecessors, his practice after becoming a golden immortal also did not take any detours, and it was almost smooth sailing.


    combining the guidance of his seniors, he created many powerful magical powers.


    in addition to deducing the secrets before the battle and getting a glimpse of the situation, the tianji immortal master can also sense changes in the enemy''s moves during the battle and carry out targeted confrontations.


    this was also one of the important reasons why he had been able to sustain himself for so long under three powerful enemies before, and the scene was not too ugly.


    when he starts to counterattack, he can keenly detect the enemy''s weaknesses and directly attack their vital points.


    among the three enemies are the buddha and the dharma lord.


    although they temporarily joined forces to deal with qianyuan golden immortal this time, they are far from being close, and their mutual trust is limited.


    while besieging qianyuan jinxian, they also retained part of their energy for mutual defense.


    buddhism and demonism have always been enemies.


    although some high-level officials on both sides have ambiguous attitudes and even collude with each other, they are very defensive against each other.


    many eminent monks in buddhism often transform some powerful demons into buddhist protectors.


    this is a way of practice that can greatly enhance your own merits.


    demonic masters also like to contaminate high-level buddhists with demons, luring them into becoming demons and furthering their own practice.


    there are actually a lot of tricks to this kind of thing.


    in order to avoid the pursuit of their enemies, some powerful demons will escape into buddhism and become so-called protectors when they have no way to escape.


    some eminent buddhist monks will also use the excuse of being possessed by demons to kill, act wantonly, and do some shameful things.


    it is common for monks from two families to collude in such a name.


    but in the final analysis, due to the practice system, there are many contradictions between buddhism and demonism.


    both monks can gain many benefits by calculating and transforming each other.


    if namo sun moonlight buddha and namo vajra indestructible buddha can save the powerful and fearless demon king, it will bring them countless benefits.


    the powerful and fearless demon king may seem brave and rude, but he is actually a cunning demon. he has never trusted the two buddhas and has been secretly guarding against them.


    the two buddhas were also worried about being secretly infected by the powerful demon king wuwu, and they were always cautious.


    in addition, namo sun moonlight buddha and namo vajra indestructible buddha are also wary of each other.


    regardless of their original grievances, if they can have the opportunity to surrender their opponents, they will also gain many benefits.


    it was precisely because these three guys were on guard against each other and did not go all out that qianyuan jinxian was able to find many opportunities to take advantage of in the previous battles.


    although the two golden immortals met for the first time, they showed strong mutual trust.


    this is related to their character, and also to the fact that they are small in number and seem to be at a disadvantage.


    moreover, since the later golden immortal took the initiative to help qianyuan golden immortal, there was automatically a certain connection between qianyuan golden immortal and him.


    the battle between the two sides became more and more intense, setting off waves of storms in guixu.


    namo sun moonlight buddha chose this place to live in seclusion in the sea of ??dancing flowers because he took a fancy to the special features of this place.


    the whirling flower sea has many magical features, one of which has never been known to anyone.


    that is a place in the sea of ??dancing flowers, and the barrier between it and guixu is very weak.


    namo sun moonlight buddha opened the passage to guixu here for his direct disciple qingshi to enter and exit.


    now, due to the battle between the two sides in guixu, various changes occurred in guixu, and the barrier between guixu and the whirling sea of ??flowers was also broken.


    during this time, there were many monk activities in the sea of ??flowers.


    when the barrier between gui xu and the whirling sea of ??flowers was broken, some highly cultivated immortals and bodhisattvas suddenly felt an ominous premonition in their hearts.


    but the vast majority of people are still ignorant and have no feelings.


    after the barrier between the whirling flower sea and guixu was broken, a huge gap appeared there leading to guixu.


    this gap is constantly expanding, and guixu is constantly devouring everything around it.


    at this time, someone finally discovered what happened here.


    everyone in the whirling sea of ??flowers, including the monks from all sides, were powerless to stop the expansion of the gap, let alone the engulfment of guixu.


    everyone moved away from the gap as quickly as possible.


    a group of the most highly cultivated immortals and bodhisattvas gathered together. after repeated observations, they finally determined that they were completely powerless against the expansion of guixu in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    if they don''t leave here as soon as possible, they may be in trouble when their home falls into ruins.


    huge chaos immediately appeared in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    everyone couldn''t care about anything else and ran away in a hurry, trying to escape from the sea of ??flowers as soon as possible.


    the monks from yunmen sect, jingang temple and other sects who were responsible for the mission assigned by the buddha had no time to continue looking for yunshen bodhisattva and others at this time.


    even if the buddha blames them afterwards, they must escape from here as soon as possible.


    all the monks in the sea of ??dancing flowers quickly fled.


    there were also some unlucky ones who were devoured by guixu, and their whereabouts are unknown.

 Chapter 3471

    meng zhang fell into a deep sleep and almost lost all sense of the outside world.


    he began to wake up slowly and had some vague dreams.


    although he couldn''t control his consciousness, he instinctively wanted to record everything in his dream.


    after a while, he finally woke up.


    most of everything in the dream was forgotten by him, only some fragmented information remained.


    he opened his eyes and found himself in a soft cloud.


    he briefly sensed his condition and found that most of his injuries had healed and his cultivation had basically recovered.


    he stood up, there was no one around him, only a group of cyan light was flashing in front of him.


    as if sensing meng zhang''s awakening, the cyan light ball took the initiative to fall into his hands, and pieces of information also entered his mind.


    this group of cyan light was left by daolian golden immortal, the strange golden immortal who suddenly appeared in guixu and fought side by side with qianyuan golden immortal.


    daolian jinxian is a senior master who lives in the void. he has never liked to interfere in foreign affairs, let alone participate in various battles in the void.


    in his early years, he had a causal relationship with taiyi golden immortal and owed him a huge favor.


    after the taiyi golden immortal was suppressed by his enemies, he traveled around the void and all realms with a ray of spiritual thought.


    he made a lot of arrangements and spent a lot of thought on it.


    he has carried out actions such as giving guidance to the founder of taiyi sect many times.


    among his many arrangements, the situation in taiyi realm is the best. meng zhang has achieved the greatest achievements and is the most valued by him.


    this ray of his spiritual thought once came to the taiyi realm and sensed many situations in the taiyi realm, including what meng zhang did.


    the system that meng zhang established in taiyi realm and the system he implemented were originally created by him.


    what meng zhang did was equivalent to practicing his philosophy and preaching for him.


    he was very satisfied with it.


    he successively imparted in-depth teachings to meng zhang, making him his true successor.


    as meng zhang''s cultivation level continued to improve, he had greater and greater expectations for him.


    in order to prevent meng zhang from being exposed to his enemies before he grew up.


    a ray of his spiritual thought visited daolian golden immortal and asked for the green lotus.


    meng zhang only knew that the green lotus could help him shield the golden immortal''s induction, but he didn''t know that it had another function.


    when the green lotus is attacked by the golden immortal, daolian golden immortal will sense it in time.


    with the green lotus on meng zhang''s body as a guide, no matter where meng zhang is, the daolian golden immortal can come to him in time.


    taiyi jinxian used it as the last trump card to protect meng zhang''s safety.


    he was worried that meng zhang, relying on this trump card, would cause trouble everywhere unscrupulously and attract a golden immortal-level enemy early on.


    therefore, he did not tell meng zhang about qinglian''s hidden role.


    after all, daolian golden immortal protects meng zhang for the sake of taiyi golden immortal.


    he is not meng zhang''s nanny. it''s okay to take action once in a while, but he can''t stand up for meng zhang endlessly.


    when returning to the ruins, she sensed that qinglian was attacked by jinxian-level power, and daolian jinxian arrived in time.


    although daolian golden immortal never likes to meddle in other people''s business, he is a daoist golden immortal after all, and he is unwilling to see his fellow taoist qianyuan golden immortal being besieged by buddha and mo dharma master.


    he joined forces with qianyuan jinxian and fought a fierce battle with the enemy.


    the battle between them first broke the blockade established by namo sun moon light buddha and others earlier through spells, and then opened up the barrier between guixu and the whirling sea of ??flowers.


    when they were fighting in guixu, guixu continued to expand.


    guixu is the final destination of the void realm, but the void realm is still far away from destruction.


    the expansion of guixu in the sea of ??dancing flowers is a great disaster.


    everything in the whirling flower sea, including many small worlds and countless creatures... are quickly being swallowed up by guixu.


    if all this is not stopped in time and guixu continues to devour it, the entire void and all realms will suffer.


    there was such a big commotion in the sea of ??dancing flowers, which quickly attracted the attention of all forces and attracted the attention of many powerful people.


    qianyuan jinxian and the others fought with the enemy in an earth-shattering manner, and their movements soon penetrated guixu and spread to all the realms of the void.


    it didn''t take long for a group of golden immortal level experts to arrive in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    these powerful men come from different cultivating forces in the void, and are found in all major races.


    the golden immortal of taoism, the buddha of buddhism, the lesser sage of confucianism...


    these strong men soon discovered the battle between qianyuan golden immortal and them.


    by this time, the design that namo sun moon light buddha and the others had put so much thought into was a complete failure.


    they have been fighting each other for so long and have been unable to defeat each other.


    under the gaze of so many powerful outsiders, they were even more unable to defeat or even kill the qianyuan golden immortal.


    the fighting between the two sides stopped, and this time it was a no-win situation.


    the cause and effect between the two parties is finally settled.


    namo riyueguang buddha and his group''s design of the qianyuan golden immortal this time will inevitably cause a backlash from the taoist sect.


    in the following days, they may face the revenge of taoist golden immortal at any time.


    guixu is the final destination of all realms in the void and the last graveyard of this universe.


    the expansion of guixu in the void is something that no one wants to see.


    a group of powerful people at the golden immortal level joined forces to stop guixu from expanding in the sea of ??flowers.


    at this time, most of the whirling flower sea had been swallowed up by guixu.


    this time things caused a lot of noise.


    as the instigator, namu sun moon light buddha suffered huge losses.


    not only did he lose all his followers, he also lost his territory.


    it may not be easy for him to find a site as good as the swirling flower sea in the future.


    namo vajra indestructible buddha is the biggest supporter behind the vajra temple. he also has many connections with the yunmen sect and can influence and control many buddhist sects.


    the buddhist sects such as yunmen sect and kongang temple suffered heavy losses, which was tantamount to damaging his men.


    as for the powerful and fearless demon king, he was soon besieged by some golden immortals, buddhas and sub-sages.


    if the buddha hadn''t secretly released the water, this famous dharma master might have completely confessed here.


    after understanding what was going on here, the powerful people at the golden immortal level slowly dispersed.


    qianyuan jinxian and daolian jinxian hit it off immediately.


    this time qianyuan jinxian owed daolian jinxian a big favor.


    daolian jinxian felt that qianyuan jinxian was trustworthy, and told qianyuan jinxian about the relationship between meng zhang and taiyi jinxian, and the reason why he appeared so coincidentally.


    qianyuan jinxian and taiyi jinxian have nothing to do with each other, and have nothing to do with their enemies.


    if meng zhang hadn''t had the green lotus on his body this time and the daolian golden immortal arrived in time, he would have suffered a big loss even if he didn''t die.

 Chapter 3472

    qianyuan jinxian felt a little sorry for meng zhang.


    he asked meng zhang to investigate the movements of nanmo sun moonlight buddha, but he put meng zhang in danger.


    of course, he didn''t blame meng zhang for his ambush this time.


    he knew very well that the buddhist ambush on him had been planned for a long time, and there were two buddhas who took action directly.


    as for whether other buddhas were secretly involved in this matter, he also had certain speculations in his mind.


    apart from anything else, as a well-known tianji immortal master in the taoist sect, he didn''t notice anything was wrong at all in advance, which is quite reasonable.


    in addition, this time he was dazzled by hatred, as if he was possessed by a ghost, and no one else could blame him.


    it is normal for a monk of meng zhang''s level not to be able to see through the conspiracy involving multiple buddhas.


    during his conversation with daolian jinxian, he learned about meng zhang''s origins and his situation.


    the two treasures he gave to meng zhang have been consumed.


    it is not easy to refine the green lotus that daolian golden immortal lent to taiyi golden immortal. after using it this time, he will not be able to refine it in a short time.


    the qianyuan golden immortal stepped forward and, regardless of his own injuries, held up the dazai qianyuan monument and directly cast spells. with his profound cultivation of heavenly secrets, he concealed the secrets about meng zhang.


    although he would not directly intervene in the grievances between taiyi golden immortal, he owed a great favor to daolian golden immortal this time, and he also owed something to meng zhang.


    daolian jinxian didn''t need his reward for the time being, so he had to help meng zhang first.


    with his attainments in tianjishu, he can perfectly block information about meng zhang.


    in the future, if someone wants to use the secret technique to deduce information about meng zhang, they must first compete with him from the air.


    this effect is no worse than that of the green lotus.


    of course, without the green lotus, it would be difficult for daolian golden immortal to directly assist meng zhang in the future.


    daolian jinxian is not meng zhang''s nanny and cannot always protect him.


    this time daolian jinxian and qianyuan jinxian teamed up to fight against a powerful enemy, and both of them were seriously injured.


    before meng zhang woke up, the two made some arrangements and went back to heal.


    meng zhang checked the information carefully while receiving it.


    he felt that the trajectory he had left in the void and heaven seemed to be covered with a thick barrier that ordinary tianji immortal masters could not see through.


    although it is a pity to lose that green lotus, with the help of qianyuan golden immortal, it can be regarded as compensation.


    through this information, he also learned some of the follow-up to this matter.


    when he first learned that most of the whirlpool flower sea was swallowed up by guixu and was almost destroyed, he thought taiyi realm was still stranded in the whirlpool flower sea, and he was worried.


    fortunately, daolian jinxian was able to sense the existence of taiyi realm and knew that it was far away from the whirling sea of ??flowers. he also made some explanations in the message left behind.


    after the ball of light told meng zhang all the information, it completely disappeared.


    there were two things floating in front of meng zhang.


    a golden book was left by the golden immortal of qianyuan dynasty.


    in it, many of his practice experiences and insights are recorded.


    especially the part about him becoming a golden immortal is exactly what meng zhang has longed for.


    in the world of cultivation, it is even more priceless.


    a flying sword called qinggang was left to him by daolian jinxian.


    this flying sword is not an ordinary fairy sword, it is a special fairy treasure with a limited number of uses.


    as long as meng zhang sacrifices this flying sword, he can exert the power equivalent to a strike from the immortal lord.


    although daolian jinxian will no longer pay attention to meng zhang from now on, he still left him such a protective treasure.


    after meng zhang put away these two things, he looked around carefully.


    the cloud he is currently on is also a special fairy weapon.


    based on the techniques left in the message, he quickly mastered the use of this magical weapon.


    he jumped up and left the cloud.


    the cloud turned into a blue taoist robe and fell on him.


    qingyun robe is the name of this immortal weapon.


    the main function of this magical weapon is to help the owner cover and hide his own aura and whereabouts. it can be regarded as a weapon for secret infiltration.


    at this moment, meng zhang sensed his location.


    he is now far away from the sea of ??flowers, in a remote place.


    he sensed it again and faintly felt the existence of taimiao and taiyijie.


    he found the direction and rushed towards taiyi realm.


    after a lot of running around, meng zhang successfully returned to taiyi realm.


    meng zhang''s safe return made the senior officials of taiyi realm completely relieved.


    although they were full of confidence in meng zhang, there were too many powerful and hostile people in the sea of ??flowers, not to mention buddhas and bodhisattva-level powerful people.


    many people didn''t say it on the surface, but in their hearts they were very worried about meng zhang.


    in the current taiyi world, even if meng zhang is left, it is enough to survive in the void.


    it''s just that meng zhang has been the leader for many years and has long become the backbone of the taiyi world. everyone is used to his leadership.


    after meng zhang returned to taiyi realm, he first summoned the senior officials of taiyi realm and selectively told everyone about his experience.


    he said that everything that happened in the sea of ??flowers this time was a buddhist conspiracy against the qianyuan golden immortal.


    everyone is very angry that buddhism is so deliberate and insidious.


    when meng zhang said that qianyuan golden immortal received help from daolian golden immortal and the two escaped safely, everyone was very happy.


    meng zhang did not tell everyone that daolian golden immortal appeared because of him, nor did he tell anyone about taiyi golden immortal.


    one day, meng zhang will let everyone know where the inheritance of taiyi realm comes from, and everyone''s true ancestor.


    but now, it is not the time to tell everyone this information.


    after tai miao and meng zhang synchronized the information, they returned to the underworld to take charge.


    meng zhang''s performance this time was recognized by qianyuan jinxian.


    although the whole thing was a conspiracy by nan wu riyueguang buddha and others against qianyuan golden immortal, meng zhang did complete the task assigned by qianyuan golden immortal very well.


    among the messages left behind, qianyuan golden immortal also told meng zhang some of his arrangements in the underworld.


    obviously, qianyuan golden immortal has long had plans for the underworld.


    now that meng zhang has caught his eye, he feels that meng zhang is qualified to cooperate with him in the underworld.


    meng zhang told taimiao the relevant information.


    as for how to act in the underworld, it depends on tai miao.


    after meng zhang took care of the affairs of taiyi realm, he also cast a spell to contact the mingjing celestial immortal.


    when guixu expanded in the sea of ??dancing flowers, mingjing celestial immortal, who was well aware of the horror of guixu, saw the opportunity early and led the monks from luo yu sect and friendly sect to leave the sea of ??dancing flowers in time.


    in this incident, they basically suffered no major casualties.


    as for the taiyi world, he couldn''t care less about it.


    because he had lost contact with meng zhang long ago, he didn''t know meng zhang''s situation clearly.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3473

    after receiving the message from meng zhang, knowing that both meng zhang and taiyijie were safe and sound, mingjing celestial immortal was also very relieved.


    although he and meng zhang have not known each other for a long time, they have a good appetite for each other and have established a good friendship.


    originally, due to some conflicts of interest, the relationship between the two parties was slightly estranged.


    now, these conflicts of interest have completely disappeared, and the barriers between the two sides naturally no longer exist.


    the news that namo sun moonlight buddha and the others colluded with dharma master mo to ambush qianyuan golden immortal had already spread as qianyuan golden immortal escaped from trouble.


    in this regard, the taoist immortals who knew the news were all indignant.


    many radical immortals are even clamoring to retaliate against buddhism, retaliate with teeth, and give buddhism some color.


    although these immortals have not yet received a response, and the taoist sect''s senior officials have not expressed their stance on this matter, the relationship between the buddhist sect and the taoist sect has slowly begun to become tense.


    the emerging golden immortal behind the luo yu sect has always been a radical faction within the taoist sect, and is the most hostile to buddhism.


    this time the buddhist namo precious light buddha blocked the door, which he regarded as a great shame and humiliation.


    with the identity and character of the feathered golden immortal, he would never let this matter go by.


    he is not in a hurry to jump out now, so he naturally has a more profound plan.


    the senior officials of the luoyu sect expressed their stance directly, angrily denounced namu sun moonlight buddha and other buddhas for their shamelessness, and claimed that they would never spare these bald donkeys from the buddhist sect lightly.


    although meng zhang had personally experienced the scene when qianyuan golden immortal was besieged, due to the huge gap in cultivation, he did not see clearly the battle between them.


    later, he was injured and passed out, and he had no idea what happened next.


    if it weren''t for the message left by daolian jinxian, he would have known nothing about what happened next.


    meng zhang did not tell the immortal mingjing about his experience.


    his relationship with taiyi golden immortal and his origins with daolian golden immortal still need to be kept secret.


    without the interference of the whirling sea of ??flowers, the communication between the two was smooth even though they were far apart.


    mingjing tianxian told meng zhang some things he knew.


    although yunmen sect, jingang temple and other sects have developed a lot of hatred with taiyi realm, these two sects have completely ignored taiyi realm now.


    this incident involving the swirling flower sea caused heavy losses to the two sects.


    what is especially speechless is that they think that namo vajra indestructible buddha and namo sun moon light buddha are enemies, and that they are on the side of namo vajra indestructible buddha and oppose namo sun moon light buddha.


    they rushed into the sea of ??dancing flowers, eliminated the followers of namo sun moon light buddha, and traced the whereabouts of namo sun moon light buddha everywhere.


    originally, they thought that after they offended namo sun moon light buddha, they had the backing of namo vajra indestructible buddha.


    but in the end, namo sun moonlight buddha and namo vajra indestructible buddha were actually on the same side.


    they had been acting before, just to design the qianyuan golden immortal.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect and konggang temple were very angry about this.


    they have been busy for so many years and paid so much loss, but it turns out that they are just acting with others.


    forced by the buddha''s power, they dared not speak out in anger.


    when they thought about their future situation, they felt even more terrified.


    in the current taiyi world, there is no need to worry about these two enemies for the time being.


    in addition, the official threat from the lingkong immortal realm has been lifted, and the external pressure on the taiyi realm has been reduced a lot.


    although she has left the whirling flower sea, mingjing tianxian is still willing to maintain the cooperative relationship with taiyijie.


    although the luoyu sect will not get involved in the battle between taiyi realm and other taoist forces, if there is a conflict between taiyi realm and buddhism and other external forces, the luoyu sect will try its best to provide help.


    meng zhang was very grateful for mingjing tianxian''s kindness.


    for luo yu sect, he will also be rewarded in the future.


    after the two ended their communication, meng zhang began to retreat to heal because his injury had not fully recovered.


    regarding the next direction of taiyi realm, meng zhang and the senior officials of taiyi realm have not yet thought about it.


    the taiyi realm is temporarily drifting aimlessly in the void.


    meng zhang''s experience this time, especially seeing the power of the buddha and the golden immortal up close, made him suffer a lot, but he also gained a lot of insights.


    while he was in seclusion to heal his wounds, he slowly sorted out his spiritual practice...


    his healing process this time was also a process of improving his cultivation.


    after his injury healed, he did not rush out of seclusion. instead, he calmed down and slowly studied the book left by qianyuan jinxian.


    although the cultivation path between two cultivators cannot be exactly the same, there are many differences between his and qianyuan jinxian''s cultivation.


    but after all, everyone is a taoist cultivator and is in the same system.


    many principles are interlinked, and the understanding of the great way can also be understood by analogy.


    the more he reads this book left by qianyuan jinxian, the more he feels that he has gained a lot.


    the senior officials of the heavenly immortal taiyi realm temporarily shied away from luo yu sect''s invitation on the excuse that they could not make the decision.


    although there are many aggressive people among the senior officials of taiyi realm, most people do not want to have a war with the buddhist sect at this time.


    taiyi realm didn''t stay in the sea of ??flowers for long, but it gained a lot.


    when leaving the whirling sea of ??flowers, many monks in taiyi realm were reluctant to leave.


    especially after hearing that most of the whirling flower sea was swallowed up by guixu and almost destroyed, many people were heartbroken.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3474

    the entire taiyi world needs enough time to digest what they have gained in the sea of ??flowers.


    many monks in taiyi realm have experienced battles in the sea of ??flowers, and most of them have benefited a lot.


    now, there are many high-level monks in taiyi realm who are practicing in seclusion and are on the verge of breaking through the realm of cultivation.


    at this time, many high-level officials in the taiyi world were certainly unwilling to participate in the war with buddhism.


    in the final analysis, there is no conflict of interest between taiyi realm and buddhism, and there is no grudge against most buddhist sects.


    although taoist cultivation forces dominate the taiyi world, and the cultivators are also willing to make some contributions to the taoist sect, all of this is based on not harming their own interests.


    what''s more, although there are many warlike people among the top leaders of taiyi world, there are also people who pursue stability.


    the senior officials of taiyi realm have temporarily dealt with the mingjing celestial immortal, but they cannot continue to shirk it. they must give people an explanation.


    the senior executives of taiyi realm can perfectly handle the daily affairs of taiyi realm and have great decision-making power.


    on some major issues, if meng zhang was in taiyi realm, they would still try to listen to meng zhang''s opinions.


    the eldest disciple niu dawei passed the relevant information to meng zhang''s retreat place.


    meng zhang is not in seclusion and can maintain certain communication with the outside world.


    after he received the message from niu dawei, he thought for a while.


    in the vast void, all kinds of disputes have never stopped.


    although taiyi realm has the ability to survive in the void, it still has many enemies and needs to face many challenges.


    the luoyu sect was the sect that meng zhang always wanted to be friends with.


    luo yu sect has many immortals sitting in charge, and there are also feathered golden immortals behind them, which is the strong support taiyi world needs.


    on many issues, taiyi realm needs to obey the wishes of luoyu sect''s senior officials.


    meng zhang was also reluctant to join this attack on the buddhist sect. he couldn''t keep shirking it, let alone reject the mingjing celestial immortal directly.


    he thought for a moment and decided that it would be best for taiyi realm to actively choose a buddhist sect as its target.


    there are many buddhist sects that have had grudges with taiyi realm, but they are not easy to deal with.


    both yunmen sect and jingang temple have great bodhisattvas sitting there, and their strength is far above that of taiyi realm.


    the fahua sect is an old enemy in the taiyi world. the two sides have deep hatred and have fought many wars. meng zhang has long wanted to deal with the fahua sect.


    however, the lotus sect and the true buddha sect have a close relationship.


    the true buddha sect has buddha sitting in charge, and the taiyi realm will never dare to provoke him.


    meng zhang thought for a moment, what if taiyi realm singled out a buddhist sect that was easy to deal with as a target?


    but if luo yu sect has special arrangements for taiyi realm, taiyi realm will not be able to move freely.


    he suddenly became a little embarrassed.


    after leaving the whirling flower sea, the communication between taiyi realm and the outside world completely returned to normal.


    gu yue lingqing will contact gu yue family headquarters regularly.


    in addition to providing him with information about the lingkong immortal realm, the gu yue family headquarters will also introduce him to some major events happening in the void, and some information related to the taiyi realm.


    luoye zhenxian and other dark alliance monks also actively contacted the dark alliance headquarters.


    previously, when the dark alliance headquarters saw that taiyi realm was officially wanted by the lingkong immortal realm, they took the initiative to draw a clear line with taiyi realm. even the dark alliance branch in taiyi realm was ready to give up.


    the senior officials at the dark alliance headquarters who made this decision never thought about the series of events that would follow.


    because of the relationship between qianyuan immortal lord, the officials of lingkong immortal world were not enthusiastic about pursuing meng zhang.


    later, he fled into the taiyi realm in the sea of ??dancing flowers. under the leadership of meng zhang, he defeated the hunting army composed of sanyang immortal sect and other sects head-on.


    now, the taiyi realm is carefree in the void, but the officials of the lingkong immortal realm turn a blind eye, as if the fatwa does not exist at all.


    those high-ranking officials at the dark alliance headquarters have become villains in vain and have become a laughing stock.


    the dark alliance organization has complex factions from its headquarters to its branches, and is full of fierce internal struggles.


    the mistakes of some people often become excuses for others to make trouble.


    the master and disciple of luoye true immortal and jueying true immortal had little support in the dark alliance headquarters, but shushan true immortal and youhuan true immortal were not without foundation.


    soon, the top executives in charge of the taiyi realm branch at the dark alliance headquarters were replaced, and various rights and benefits of the taiyi realm branch began to be slowly restored.


    the dark alliance branch in taiyi realm can once again obtain various information from the headquarters.


    whether it is the information obtained by gu yue lingqing or the information obtained by the taiyi realm dark alliance branch, they will inform the senior officials of taiyi realm.


    after tai miao returns to the underworld, he will regularly deliver information to the senior officials of tai yi realm.


    in addition to the big and small things that happened in the underworld, this information also included news about the void that he learned through channels in the underworld.


    therefore, taiyi realm seems to be drifting alone in the void, but it is not completely isolated from the world, and there are still channels to obtain various information.


    even when meng zhang was in seclusion, this information would be sent to him regularly for his reference.


    when he is not practicing, he will read this information at will, which is a kind of relaxation.


    on this day, when meng zhang was routinely going through the information, he found a piece of information that was of great interest to him.


    this information comes from the dark alliance headquarters.


    the tianlang sword sect itself is considered a member of the taoist cultivation sect, and it once actively moved closer to the lingkong immortal world.


    unfortunately, he later colluded with the fahua sect and the wild hunting star bandits to besiege the taiyi realm under the protection of the infinite heaven sect, which violated the official taboo of the lingkong immortal realm.


    lingkong immortal world officially no longer accepts the tianlang sword sect, and expelled it from the ranks of the taoist cultivation sect.


    after that, even though taiyi realm became the official target of the lingkong immortal realm, this decision did not change.


    the founder of the tianlang sword sect was a swordsman at the level of an immortal. he once fought with swords all over the world and laid a huge foundation for the tianlang sword sect.


    after the founder of the mountain, the heavenly wolf sword sect never gave birth to an immortal-level sword immortal. its overall strength dropped sharply and it slowly weakened.


    over the years, the biggest dream of the tianlang sword sect is to give birth to an immortal-level swordsman again and restore the glory of the sect.


    the current top master in the tianlang sword sect is the famous swordsman xiang jiantian.


    xiang jiantian has long been a swordsman equivalent to the level of a second-level heavenly immortal. he has defeated or even killed many monks of the same level.


    he is the strongest person in the sect who is most likely to be promoted to the level of immortal lord, and he has been fully cultivated by the entire sect.


    it is said that he is now only one step away from the immortal level.


    he needs a rare treasure of heaven and earth to improve his natal sword and break through the last threshold of cultivation.


    the heavenly materials and earthly treasures he needed were so rare and precious that it was impossible to obtain them solely through the channels and power of the heavenly wolf sword sect.

 Chapter 3475

    since the heavenly wolf sword sect could not obtain the desired treasures of heaven and earth with its own strength, it had no choice but to turn to external forces.


    the sirius sword sect and yunzhong city have a close relationship.


    the senior officials of tianlang sword sect have long asked yunzhong city for help.


    yunzhong city promised well, but they never got any clues about the heavenly material and earthly treasure.


    i don¡¯t know if yunzhong city really didn¡¯t succeed, or if it¡¯s because he didn¡¯t care much about this matter and was just perfunctory with the sirius sword sect?


    the sirius sword sect once moved closer to the lingkong immortal realm, hoping to get what they wanted through the channels of the lingkong immortal realm.


    unfortunately, because of meng zhang''s relationship, the tianlang sword sect was rejected by the lingkong immortal world.


    not to mention asking for help from the lingkong immortal world, it would be a blessing not to be punished by the lingkong immortal world official.


    over the years, the top management of sirius sword sect has become more and more impatient and impatient.


    thinking about it, seeing that the sect''s dream for thousands of years is about to come true, but only one step away, but it is stuck at this stage, it is really annoying and worrying.


    recently, this matter has taken a turn for the better.


    for a long time, when the taoist sect fought against foreign enemies, its sword immortals were a very important force.


    including buddhism, many forces have suffered losses from the dao sect sword immortal.


    therefore, forces outside the dao sect have been actively cultivating similar forces.


    over the years, buddhism has also cultivated many sword cultivator sects and has many outstanding sword cultivators.


    after all, sword cultivation originated from the taoist sect, and the taoist sect even had sword immortals at the level of golden immortals.


    in the eyes of taoist masters, buddhist swordsmanship is nothing more than imitation.


    in the battle between buddhist sword cultivators and taoist sword cultivators, they are at a disadvantage most of the time.


    the senior leaders of the buddhist sect are not discouraged and are still cultivating more sword cultivators and constantly strengthening their strength.


    among them, persuading taoist sword cultivators to switch to buddhism is an important method.


    anyway, buddhism is vast and all kinds of monsters and monsters are welcome.


    taoist sword cultivators are at least more respectable than demons and monsters.


    after all, the heavenly wolf sword sect has a rich ancestor, there is no problem with its inheritance, and its strength is not weak. it has always been the target of buddhism.


    the tianlang sword sect was rejected by the lingkong immortal world, which was almost equivalent to being expelled from the taoist sect.


    the tianlang sword sect has always had a bad reputation and has done many evil things. even those taoist forces that have no dealings with the lingkong immortal realm are not willing to help it.


    since the tianlang sword sect cannot tolerate the taoist sect and is almost at the end of its rope, it naturally has no confidence to refuse the buddhist sect''s offer.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect has reached an agreement with the higher-ups of the buddhist sect, and as long as the heavenly materials and earthly treasures it needs are delivered, it will officially join the buddhist sect.


    according to the intelligence from the dark alliance headquarters, a great buddhist bodhisattva is escorting this heavenly material and earthly treasure to the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    many taoist immortals dislike the heavenly wolf sword sect, but they do not want to see the heavenly wolf sword sect invest in buddhism to strengthen the power of buddhist swordsmen.


    it is said that some taoist immortals are already preparing to take action to stop the great bodhisattva who is escorting the treasures of heaven and earth and break his agreement with the tianlang sword sect.


    when meng zhang saw this piece of information, he immediately had an idea in his mind.


    since the tianlang sword sect has reached an agreement with buddhism and is ready to take refuge there, he is a traitor to the taoist sect.


    attacking the tianlang sword sect is also equivalent to attacking the power of buddhism.


    what''s more, taiyi realm and tianlang sword sect have deep hatred.


    if the tianlang sword sect can be completely eliminated, it can be regarded as killing an enemy and eliminating future troubles.


    although meng zhang has never personally seen the tianlang sword sect, he knows that taiyi realm and the tianlang sword sect are old enemies.


    but so what?


    it is an indisputable fact that the tianlang sword sect is planning to surrender to buddhism, and the luoyu sect has also heard the news.


    as a radical force within taoism that is extremely hostile to buddhism, the senior officials of luoyu sect cannot tolerate this kind of thing.


    however, the luoyu sect is far away from the tianlang sword sect, and it is difficult to mobilize enough strike force in a short period of time.


    what''s more important is that the luoyu sect has been actively connecting all taoist cultivation forces in recent times, preparing to launch a large-scale attack on buddhism.


    before the attack began, the senior officials of luo yu sect did not want to cause trouble and had no time to take care of the tianlang sword sect.


    now meng zhang takes the initiative to ask ying to deal with the tianlang sword sect, which is in line with the wishes of the luoyu sect''s senior officials and also in line with the luoyu sect''s strategy.


    if taiyi realm attacks tianlang sword sect with all its strength, and tianlang sword sect cannot resist it, it will definitely seek help from buddhism.


    in this way, taiyi realm will more or less attract the attention of some buddhists, which will be beneficial to the luoyu sect''s subsequent attack on buddhism.


    mingjing tianxian had a good relationship with meng zhang and was willing to give him a convenience without harming the interests of the sect.


    although taiyijie has not officially joined the luoyu sect''s camp, it will not join the subsequent attack on buddhism.


    but its attack on tianlang sword sect can also be regarded as an action against buddhism.


    publicly and privately, both the fair and pure gods should agree with taiyijie''s actions.


    soon after, mingjing tianxian replied to meng zhang, and the senior officials of luoyu sect supported taiyi realm in attacking tianlang sword sect.


    although luo yu sect is currently gathering strength, it may not be able to distract him, nor can it provide taiyi realm with much substantial support.


    but if meng zhang needs it, luo yu sect will still try its best to provide assistance.


    meng zhang accepted the kindness of mingjing celestial immortal, but taiyi realm did not need support for the time being.


    since the tianlang sword sect currently does not have an immortal-level swordsman, meng zhang is confident that he can rely on the power of taiyi realm alone to collide with it head-on.


    after ending his communication with mingjing celestial immortal, meng zhang summoned the senior officials of taiyi realm and announced his decision.


    next, taiyi realm will attack tianlang sword sect with all its strength.


    in this regard, the senior leaders of taiyi realm have no different opinions.


    after all, compared to joining the luo yu sect camp and attacking an unfamiliar buddhist sect, it was obviously easier to deal with the defeated general of the tianlang sword sect.


    the tianlang sword sect''s mountain gate is far away from the current location of taiyi realm.


    taiyijie travels at normal speed and takes a lot of time to reach its destination.


    meng zhang was not in a hurry. he believed that as long as the taoist sect''s top leaders still took care of their face, they would not let the heavenly wolf sword sect easily join the buddhist sect.


    the higher-ups of the taoist sect may not take direct action against the heavenly wolf sword sect, but they will certainly be able to prevent the heavenly wolf sword sect from obtaining the heavenly materials and earthly treasures it needs.

 Chapter 3476

    as long as he didn''t have that heavenly material and earthly treasure, xiang jiantian of the tianlang sword sect would not be able to become an immortal-level swordsman.


    with meng zhang''s current strength, it is difficult to say that he is invincible at the same level. at least he dares to attack all opponents below the immortal lord.


    the taiyi realm led by him also dared to challenge the tianlang sword sect.


    taiyi realm embarked on the journey to tianlang sword sect, and the practice of monks from all sides in taiyi realm was not affected at all.


    the taiyi world has long been accustomed to this kind of wandering in the void.


    with the previous gains in the whirling flower sea and the years of accumulation in the taiyi world, the taiyi sect monks will not need to worry about cultivation resources for a long time.


    with sufficient resource supply, many monks in the taiyi world can concentrate on their practice, and their cultivation has entered a period of rapid improvement.


    after meng zhang communicated with the senior officials of taiyi realm, he began to practice in seclusion again.


    although he will not be afraid of his opponent xiang jiantian, he will not be careless either.


    after all, the opponent is also a strong man who is only one step away from the immortal lord level, and he is also a sword immortal who is famous for his combat prowess.


    before the war begins, of course he must improve his cultivation and combat effectiveness as much as possible.


    according to the current speed of advancement in taiyi realm, it will still take decades to reach tianlang sword sect.


    it is a very normal situation to work on an expedition in the void.


    a monk who does not have enough longevity may have died halfway before seeing the enemy.


    moving long distances in the void often requires a void battleship with a complete ecosystem.


    a complete world like taiyi realm can breed generations of monks. it is actually the most suitable weapon for expeditions in the void.


    to launch an all-out attack on a large sect such as the tianlang sword sect, in addition to dispatching many high-level monks, many low-level monks would also be needed.


    taiyi realm has a very healthy monk structure, which perfectly covers from low-level to high-level.


    in all aspects, taiyijie has no obvious shortcomings.


    although there is still a long way to go from the tianlang sword sect, under the command of the senior officials of taiyi realm, taiyi realm has begun to prepare for war.


    the taiyi world has become accustomed to this kind of life and rhythm. preparing for war will not disrupt the development of taiyi world, but will encourage monks from all walks of life to actively improve their combat effectiveness.


    most of the monks in taiyi realm can be happy when they hear the battle.


    victories in foreign wars again and again made the taiyi monks full of confidence in the next war.


    many people are looking forward to the early arrival of the war against the tianlang sword sect.


    many people have even begun to look forward to the rich harvest they will get after defeating the tianlang sword sect.


    in the underworld, tai miao could not care about the war in the yang world. he had his own affairs to be busy with.


    although qianyuan jinxian has gone into seclusion to heal his wounds, he left his contact information.


    meng zhang cherished this very much and would not use it easily.


    last time in the underworld, tai miao discovered that qianyuan jinxian had clues to a reincarnation pool.


    at that time, he had other ideas.


    after knowing that qianyuan immortal lord had been promoted to qianyuan golden immortal, he did not dare to think wrongly.


    however, it should still be possible to cooperate honestly with qianyuan jinxian.


    qianyuan jinxian has never developed the reincarnation pool, which shows that its power in the underworld is limited.


    if tai miao can show enough value and play a key role in this matter, with qianyuan jinxian as a person, he should not refuse to share the benefits of the samsara pool with tai miao.


    if tai miao wants to participate in the competition and development of the samsara pool, he must at least have an immortal level cultivation, that is, he must become the underworld emperor.


    his current cultivation level is not as good as meng zhang''s, and he still has a long way to go before becoming the underworld emperor.


    in addition to practicing hard and striving to be promoted to the underworld emperor as soon as possible, he also made some preparations for the samsara pond.


    the ruins of the city left by qianyuan jinxian were located in a dangerous place in the underworld, far away from taimiao''s territory.


    the underworld is vast, but most places are desolate and sparsely populated places.


    taimiao''s territory and its surrounding areas are truly backwaters in the underworld.


    such a territory is worthy of his current cultivation level.


    in other words, with his current strength, he only deserves to have such a territory.


    there are several factions separated between taimiao''s territory and that dangerous place.


    these forces are basically at the same level as taimiao.


    according to tai miao''s plan, in the coming time, these forces blocking the road will either be conquered or completely eliminated.


    he wanted to expand all the way there and connect his own territory with that dangerous area.


    then, he will slowly incorporate the ruins of the city into his territory.


    at that time, when fighting for the reincarnation pool, he will have a certain initiative and can try to win more benefits from qianyuan golden immortal.


    it would be best if his territory could encompass the samsara pond.


    of course, in order to achieve this goal, the price that needs to be paid is certainly not small, and it will probably take a long time.


    yitaimiao''s current cultivation level can be considered a strong one at the level of mid-stage deity.


    most strong men of the same level of cultivation, including those from other systems and other races, are no match for him.


    but it is not that easy to travel across the underworld with such cultivation, even just in his area.


    in addition, although tai miao''s own cultivation is very strong, the strength of his subordinates is mediocre.


    especially the god-level subordinates, who are few in number and average in strength.


    taimiao has the underworld of taiyi realm as its foundation, and also has the full help of taiyi sect.


    it''s just that the development time is too short, and there is not enough time to cultivate enough high-level experts.


    he subdued some god-level ghosts and ghosts in the underworld, and he was barely able to use it.


    as his power expanded, his reputation began to spread far and wide, and some powerful ghosts and gods took the initiative to join him.


    however, he did not trust these ghosts and gods who took the initiative to seek refuge.


    only after passing many tests can these ghosts and gods gain his trust.


    in order to win over people''s hearts, he would not directly place restrictions on those ghosts and gods who took the initiative to seek refuge.


    there are countless ghosts and ghosts wandering in the underworld, and there are many strong ones among them.


    if you want to attract those powerful people who have no owners, you must show a certain magnanimity.


    among these wandering ghosts and ghosts, there are many beings who are excellent in all aspects and are choosing a place to live.


    yitaimiao''s previous performance was somewhat mingzhu''s.


    he has to work hard to maintain his image, hoping to attract more outstanding beings to join him.


    as for the subordinates obtained through coercion and inducement, the number is also slowly increasing.


    of course, the ones tai miao really trusts are those direct subordinates from the underworld of taiyi realm.


    especially his group of followers are his true confidants.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3477

    taimiao has made some concealment about its future expansion direction.


    he didn''t want to be too obvious.


    there are many experts in the underworld, and there are countless great forces that are more powerful than him.


    before he became the underworld emperor, he was not even qualified to own the samsara pool.


    if his true purpose is exposed, i am afraid that his small territory will soon be overthrown by strong men from all directions. if he can escape with a small life, he will be considered a great blessing.


    he wants to package this purposeful external expansion into a regular battle in the underworld.


    anyway, the underworld has never been a peaceful place, and all kinds of disputes, big and small, are constant.


    the forces around the taimiao territory also fought a small battle every three days and a big battle every three months.


    as an emerging force in the underworld, he originally had a strong desire to expand, and now should be the time for rapid expansion.


    as long as he does it skillfully enough, his true purpose shouldn''t be easily revealed.


    when tai miao was practicing in seclusion, he ordered his men to prepare for war against surrounding forces.


    it has been some time since the last expansion.


    tai miao''s men have almost digested the newly occupied territory.


    the timing is right to continue expanding at this time.


    of course, a full-scale war will not break out until tai miao comes out of seclusion.


    now we are just making some pre-war preparations, making some tentative attacks, and having some seemingly ordinary conflicts...


    soon, tai miao''s territory in the underworld was similar to that in the tai yi world, and he began to prepare for war.


    the monks from all walks of life in the yang world of taiyi realm are making various targeted preparations.


    there have been several wars between the taiyi realm and the tianlang sword sect, and its senior officials are already very familiar with the methods of the sword cultivators of the tianlang sword sect.


    meng zhang had killed the top swordsman of the tianlang sword sect.


    with his talent and eyesight, he has seen through many of the mysteries of the swordsmanship inherited from the tianlang sword sect through each battle.


    he did not cherish his own things, and passed on his gains and some of the restraint methods he had developed to the monks in the taiyi world without reservation.


    with his guidance, taiyi realm monks will have a greater advantage when fighting against tianlang sword sect sword cultivators in the future.


    there are also many sword cultivators in the taiyi world.


    sword immortals like mu xingtong have always been the focus of meng zhang''s cultivation.


    mu xingtong is a young swordsman who is extremely motivated and has always had a strong fighting spirit.


    her original inheritance can only be said to be barely adequate.


    she has fought against many powerful sword cultivators and absorbed the essence of their practice.


    in previous battles with the sword cultivators of the tianlang sword sect, she performed well.


    when she was in the hengling star district, because of meng zhang''s reputation, she received guidance from the sword immortal of lunjianxuan.


    even if the other party just gave her some casual guidance and taught her some basics, she benefited a lot.


    with the help of meng zhang, she will absorb the strengths of each family and form her own sect, striving to surpass the inheritance left by the founder of the xingyun sword sect.


    she is also looking forward to the next battle against the tianlang sword sect.


    among the monks in the taiyi realm, in addition to those like mu xingtong who have greatly improved their combat power, there are also many people who are also rapidly improving their cultivation realm.


    ordinary monks were nothing more than ordinary monks. the improvement of the cultivation realm of the two true immortals niu dawei and yang xueyi aroused meng zhang''s great attention.


    the time it took for niu dawei and yang xueyi to become true immortals was not particularly long.


    their foundation is solid and there is nothing lacking in their cultivation.


    they have the guidance of their senior immortals, sufficient cultivation resources, and various classics for reference...


    it can be said that they have excellent conditions for practice.


    when meng zhang was in the true immortal realm, he didn''t have such good conditions.


    they are ambitious and hardworking enough...


    probably because they knew that the taiyi realm needed more immortal-level combat power, they actually broke through to the realm of true immortals and became immortals on the way to the tianlang sword sect.


    suddenly there are two more heavenly beings in taiyi realm. even if only niu dawei and yang xueyi are promoted to heavenly immortals successively, they not only enhance the overall strength of taiyi realm, but also share a lot of burdens for meng zhang.


    especially niu dawei, who is meng zhang''s direct disciple and the acting head of taiyi sect in charge of daily affairs.


    he became an immortal, which meant that taiyi sect had a successor.


    he will have higher prestige in the taiyi world and be able to handle various affairs better.


    before niu dawei was promoted to heavenly immortal, meng zhang''s second disciple an xiaoran and third disciple an moran had already been promoted to true immortal.


    cultivating three immortal disciples in a row may not be worth mentioning among the great forces in the void.


    but placed in the taiyi world, it can still arouse the interest of many people, and it has also become a topic of conversation for many people.


    meng zhang''s ability in cultivating disciples has once again been recognized by countless people.


    almost at the same time that yang xueyi was promoted to celestial immortal, another celestial immortal-level powerhouse appeared in the taiyi realm, and that was the weapon spirit of the spirit transformation bottle.


    the spirit bottle spirit has a long lifespan and has existed for a long time.


    when he was born, meng zhang may not have been born yet.


    as the weapon spirit of an immortal weapon, he was born to be a powerful person at the level of a true immortal.


    but he was also trapped here, receiving many natural restrictions and restrictions, making it difficult for him to continue to progress in cultivation.


    there are many eldar beings in the void.


    but among these spiritual tribes, the strongest ones are often the holy spirits at the level of true immortals.


    with the knowledge and experience of the spirit transformation bottle spirit, he has never seen an immortal-level spirit race.


    his biggest dream is to find a new path of spiritual practice.


    not only can he be promoted to the immortal level, but he can also point the way for future generations to have the opportunity to break through to the immortal level.


    before joining the taiyi world, he worked hard for countless years, but could never see the hope of success.


    after settling in taiyi realm, he had advantages that he didn''t have before.


    meng zhang opened a large part of taiyi sect''s secret books to him.


    taiyi realm is mainly based on the taoist cultivation system, but there are still monks from confucianism, buddhism and other cultivation systems.


    for example, the monks of xiji temple were forced to seek refuge in the taiyi realm in their early years.


    but after so many years of development, they found that they could no longer live without taiyi realm.


    the high-level officials of the taiyi world treat everyone who seeks refuge in a fair and just manner, and xiji temple will naturally not be an exception and will not be treated specially because of their status as a buddhist sect.


    as for monks from other races, there are also many in the taiyi world.


    the water tribe, the barbarian tribe, the demon tribe and even the true dragon tribe...


    these monks with different origins gathered in the taiyi world and had the conditions to communicate with each other.


    senior leaders in taiyi also encourage this kind of exchange.


    spirit bottle spirits have benefited a lot from interacting with monks from other systems and races.


    the most important thing is that he received careful guidance from meng zhang.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3478

    there is no priority in learning, and the master is the teacher. the hualing bottle spirit patiently and seriously accepted meng zhang''s instructions.


    the spirit-changing bottle weapon spirit learned from the strengths of many families, and also had the guidance of senior immortals like meng zhang. after investing countless efforts and spending a long time, his practice finally achieved significant results.


    in the past, the strongest person in the spirit race was only the holy spirit at the level of a true immortal.


    now, the spirit clan also has powerful men at the level of immortals, who can be called heavenly spirits.


    his successful promotion to heavenly spirit proved to future generations that his self-created path of cultivation was completely feasible.


    at the very least, there is no problem in taking this path of cultivation all the way to the immortal level.


    it has opened up a new path of practice for a race, and it can practice all the way to the level of immortals.


    this is of great significance to many races in the entire void.


    shortly after the spirit transformation bottle spirit was successfully promoted to heavenly spirit, the heavenly dao of the void sent down merits.


    the merits of the void heavenly way have far more effects than the merits of a certain big world.


    the spirit transformation bottle spirit has received the merits descended from heaven in the void. not only has its luck increased, making things smoother in the future, but its own cultivation qualifications have also been greatly improved.


    the spirit-changing bottle weapon spirit broke through in seclusion at the spirit clan''s residence. his retreat place was also watered by the spiritual energy poured into it from the void, turning it into an out-and-out blessed land.


    in the future, the practice environment here will become better and more conducive for the spiritual race to thrive.


    after the monks from all sides in the taiyi world sensed the birth of a brand new blessed land, many couldn''t help but feel greedy.


    fortunately, the taiyi world has strict laws and the rules set by meng zhang cannot be violated, so no major troubles were caused.


    even though meng zhang is usually very tolerant and tolerant of monks from different cultivation systems and races.


    he also welcomes outside guests.


    but all of this is based on observing the laws of taiyi realm.


    if anyone dares to violate the rules he set and cause trouble in the taiyi world, he will never let him go easily.


    in a place like taiyi realm, at least you don''t have to worry about someone openly killing someone to seize the treasure.


    there is also fierce competition within the taiyi realm, but openly attacking the spirit clan headquarters and seizing its blessed land is absolutely not allowed.


    since the spirit bottle spirit was promoted to heavenly spirit, the entire taiyi world spirit clan has benefited a lot.


    at this time, the senior leaders of the spirit clan felt that it was absolutely right to choose to join the taiyi realm and take the initiative to move here.


    in fact, when the void heavenly dao poured extremely pure spiritual energy into the place where the spirit transformation bottle spirit was, the entire taiyi realm benefited.


    after all, his place is inside the taiyi world.


    any piece of land within taiyi realm that is improved can bring benefits to taiyi realm as a whole.


    the spirit transformation bottle artifact spirit was promoted to heavenly spirit, and the immortal artifact of the spirit transformation bottle was also promoted.


    the ability of the spirit transformation bottle to enlighten the spirit race has become stronger, and it can enlighten multiple spirit races at once, and the spirit races it has inspired have better qualifications and are smarter.


    in addition, the spirit bottle can also purify the environment and turn a barren land into a place full of spiritual energy.


    ¡­


    the promotion of the spirit transformation bottle artifact spirit to the heavenly spirit this time brought so many benefits that it was enough for him to digest them for a while.


    after he consolidated his cultivation, he went to see meng zhang.


    in addition to thanking meng zhang for his guidance, i also have ideas to share with him.


    at present, he is just as interested in this new path of cultivation as the immortal meng zhang.


    his current practice is to learn from the strengths of hundreds of schools of thought, absorbing the advantages of different systems of practice and races, and using them to strengthen his own path of practice.


    meng zhang and the spirit bottle spirit communicated for a long time, and both parties felt that they had benefited a lot.


    after the spirit bottle spirit returned to the spirit clan headquarters, it welcomed waves of visitors.


    in the current taiyi world, there are many powerful people at the immortal level, but they are basically related to the taiyi sect, and very few are related to other cultivation forces.


    fairy yue''e is not only a guest enshrined in taiyi realm, but also an ancestor enshrined in guanghan palace.


    luna is a genre of its own.


    now that a heavenly spirit has appeared in the spirit clan, it is a big event for all the alien races in the taiyi realm.


    now, all the major alien races, including the true dragon clan, must pay more attention to the spirit clan.


    cultivators from all walks of life no longer dare to underestimate the spiritual clan.


    the status of the spirit clan in taiyi realm has been greatly improved.


    ever since the development of taiyi realm got on the right track, monks have often broken through the realm of cultivation.


    in such a short period of time, three powerful men of the immortal level appeared in one breath, which is relatively rare in the history of taiyi world.


    on the eve of the upcoming massive attack on the tianlang sword sect, such a scene occurred.


    not only has the overall strength of the taiyi world been greatly enhanced, but the morale of the entire taiyi world has also increased.


    during this period of time, there were many monks from the taiyi realm who achieved breakthroughs in their cultivation, but their brilliance was covered up by niu dawei and the others, and they were not very eye-catching.


    for the entire taiyi world, its strength continues to increase and preparations for war have become smoother.


    the road between taiyi realm and tianlang sword sect is long.


    there were no accidents along the way in taiyi realm, and the journey was very smooth.


    when the taiyi realm was advancing towards the tianlang sword sect, the senior officials of the taiyi realm had been using various methods to obtain all kinds of intelligence from the outside world.


    his contact with luo yu sect has never been interrupted.


    follow-up information from various sources showed that there were no major changes in the tianlang sword sect.


    what is particularly worth mentioning is that buddhism sent a great bodhisattva to the heavenly wolf sword sect carrying the heavenly materials and earthly treasures needed to see the sky, but was intercepted by the taoist immortal lord on the way.


    this great bodhisattva was defeated by the immortal lord and escaped with serious injuries. his whereabouts are still unknown.


    the taoist immortal has been hunting down the great bodhisattva.


    with the power of buddhism, it is difficult to show the style of the senior leaders of yidao sect in a short period of time. even if it is something that he does not like, buddhism will not get it in vain.


    although the tianlang sword sect is despised by the taoist sect, the taoist sect will never watch it surrender to the buddhist sect.


    it is not a big deal to increase the strength of the buddhist sect, but it is a big deal to make the taoist sect lose face.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect did not get what it wanted, the promise of buddhism was not fulfilled, the transaction between the two parties was not successful, and it has not completely surrendered to buddhism.


    but from the moment the top management of the tianlang sword sect decided to defect to buddhism and reached an agreement with it, there was no turning back.


    the reason why the senior leaders of the taoist sect did not directly attack the tianlang sword sect was because they did not bother to do so.


    now that taiyijie has taken the initiative to ask for help, he can be regarded as working for the higher-ups of the taoist sect.

 Chapter 3479

    while many people were watching, taiyijie successfully arrived outside the star area where the tianlang sword sect''s mountain gate was located.


    the founding ancestor of the tianlang sword sect is a sword cultivator at the level of an immortal, and is even richer than his ancestors.


    a strong person at the level of immortal lord is enough to dominate many places in the void.


    as long as you are not too unlucky, it is no problem to occupy a big world.


    with a little effort, it''s not too difficult to control an independent sector.


    during its heyday, the sirius sword sect occupied more than one star region, and its power spread over a wide area.


    the star district where its mountain gate is located is named the sirius star district.


    after the founding ancestor died, the heavenly wolf sword sect had no successors, its strength plummeted, and it could no longer maintain such a large sphere of influence.


    the ebb and flow of the tide, the rise and fall of cultivation forces, is itself a normal phenomenon in the void.


    after a series of open and secret battles, including the active contraction of the sirius sword sect, the current sirius sword sect can only control the sirius star district.


    as for other star regions, they have become the spoils of others.


    after the sirius sword sect retreated to the sirius star district, relying on the legacy of its ancestor and its active friendship with yunzhong city, it received a lot of help from yunzhong city.


    the sirius sword sect temporarily defended the sirius district, keeping enemies from all sides at bay.


    yunzhong city, like taiyi realm, has been wandering in the void and will not stay in one place for too long.


    it is impossible for the sirius sword sect to always receive assistance from yunzhong city.


    in the past few years, the tianlang sword sect has fought many wars with taiyi realm, and each time it was a disastrous defeat and heavy losses.


    not only did the tianlang sword sect lose its face, it also caused many enemies to see through its reality.


    with the way the heavenly wolf sword sect has always behaved, it has offended many enemies.


    now that the sirius sword sect is showing signs of decline, don''t blame enemies from all walks of life for adding insult to injury.


    there are four major worlds within the sirius star district within the sirius sword sect.


    among them, the big world where the tianlang sword sect''s mountain gate is located is named the tianlang big world. it is the most extensive and richest of the four big worlds.


    the remaining three big worlds can be regarded as the colonies of the sirius sword sect, and the vassal sects and families of the sirius sword sect are arranged on them.


    for a long time, the sirius sword sect has cruelly exploited these vassal forces and continuously plundered resources from the colonies.


    especially in recent years, the tianlang sword sect has been unfavorable in foreign campaigns and suffered heavy losses. its exploitation and plunder of the other three worlds has become even more cruel and has no bottom line.


    for the natives of these three big worlds, the tianlang sword sect is simply more terrifying than the demonic sect.


    the vassal forces of the sirius sword sect have long been overwhelmed.


    many monks secretly resisted the rule of the sirius sword sect and provoked riots and uprisings.


    the top management of the sirius sword sect will never show any mercy to the rebels. killing them all and eradicating them is the only way.


    wild fire, in spring.


    the more brutally the tianlang sword sect suppresses and kills bloody people, the more it arouses the anger of the resisters and provokes more resisters.


    the sirius sword sect originally arranged many sect branches in these three major worlds and established some branch sects and families to assist its rule.


    but later, even these branches couldn''t stand its brutal rule and began to resist openly or covertly.


    among cultivators, the strong are respected, and the heavenly wolf sword sect with its absolute strength should be able to easily crush these resisters.


    but the enemies of the tianlang sword sect also saw an opportunity.


    although they did not directly attack the sirius district due to various factors, there was still no problem in secretly helping and supporting these resisters.


    with the help of external forces, these resisters have greatly increased their strength and become even more difficult to deal with.


    the tianlang sword sect, which had already suffered a huge decline in strength, could no longer completely eliminate these resisters.


    now, inside the three big worlds, there is a war everywhere.


    there are rebels everywhere, attacking various resource points of the sirius sword sect and killing the monks of the sirius sword sect.


    ¡­


    of course, the tianlang sword sect seemed to be in a difficult period and began to shrink continuously. however, the heavenly wolf world where its mountain gate is located has always been firmly controlled by it.


    after taiyi realm arrived at the outskirts of the sirius district, they did not rush in rashly, but stayed temporarily.


    over the years, through various channels, the senior leaders of taiyi realm have obtained a lot of information about the tianlang sword sect.


    especially the information from the dark alliance headquarters made him aware of the current situation of the sirius sword sect.


    the senior leaders of taiyi world formulated a combat plan.


    although the tianlang sword sect continues to weaken and its strength has dropped sharply, it can still be called a strong one.


    if meng zhang hadn''t been in charge, the overall strength of taiyi realm would actually not be as strong as that of the tianlang sword sect at that time.


    if the heavenly wolf sword sect clings to the heavenly wolf world and relies on the geographical advantage to resist, this war may turn into a long offensive and defensive war.


    even if taiyijie becomes the final winner, it will still suffer heavy losses.


    for the senior leaders of taiyi world, of course, they must reduce their own losses as much as possible.


    according to their plan, taiyi realm will not attack the sirius world directly, but will separate its divisions and march towards the other three worlds.


    these partial masters will unite with the rebels from the three major worlds to completely overthrow the rule of the sirius sword sect and eliminate all the monks stationed there.


    by controlling these three big worlds, the taiyi realm has its support in the sirius star district, and has cut off the important resource supply of the sirius sword sect.


    if the sirius sword sect does not want to see this situation arise, it must send reinforcements to the three major worlds.


    encircling the point for reinforcements and having a battle with the heavenly wolf sword sect''s army in the void is exactly what the top brass of the taiyi realm most want to see.


    according to meng zhang''s idea, he certainly hopes that the taiyi realm will directly attack the sirius world, cut through the mess quickly, and achieve a beautiful victory cleanly.


    although he was confident of defeating xiang jiantian and destroying the tianlang sword sect''s mountain gate, for the sake of caution, he still listened to the opinions of the senior officials of taiyi realm and slowly made plans for the tianlang sword sect.


    first of all, the founder of the tianlang sword sect was, after all, an immortal-level sword cultivator. who knows what kind of legacy and trump cards he has left for his descendants?


    secondly, meng zhang did not want the monks in taiyi realm to suffer too many casualties.


    similar to the war between big forces such as taiyi realm and tianlang sword sect, it often takes a long time to decide the winner.

 Chapter 3480

    not long after taiyi realm arrived outside the sirius district, they encountered some unexpected and reasonable reinforcements.


    when the taiyi realm marched towards the sirius star district, the luoyu sect took the initiative to spread the news that the taiyi realm would clean up the door for the dao sect and kill the tianlang sword sect who had betrayed the dao sect.


    those enemies of the tianlang sword sect and those who had conflicts of interest knew the news one after another and knew that this was a golden opportunity.


    the tianlang sword sect has a domineering style, and the monks in the sect are domineering, cruel and ruthless.


    although the power of the tianlang sword sect has greatly shrunk in recent years, the monks in the sect still remain true to their character.


    not to mention conflicts of interest, there are many monks who have been offended by the sirius sword sect.


    the news that xiang jiantian colluded with buddhism and tried to become an immortal-level swordsman had long been spread by interested people.


    judging from the situation around the sirius district, once xiang jiantian successfully breaks through, the sirius sword sect is likely to expand again and restore its original sphere of influence.


    this is absolutely unacceptable to the surrounding cultivation forces.


    in fact, before the taiyi realm arrived in the sirius star district, many cultivating forces were already secretly conspired to discuss attacking the sirius sword sect.


    however, there are already many conflicts of interest between these cultivating forces, and their respective senior leaders are infighting. they all hope that the other party will attack the tianlang sword sect while they hide behind and take advantage.


    therefore, these spiritual forces have been dragging their feet so far and have not truly united.


    now that taiyi realm has arrived at its destination, someone has taken the lead, and these cultivation forces have naturally gathered here.


    taiyi realm is quite famous in the void.


    the taiyi realm was originally under the command of the lingkong immortal realm, and had fought against the wild star thief group, the fahua sect, the sirius sword sect and other cultivation forces.


    the most surprising thing is that after taiyi realm turned away from lingkong immortal realm, it has been able to survive until now.


    afterwards, the pursuit team led by sanyang immortal sect and others were defeated.


    when they were in the sea of ??dancing flowers, taiyi realm also defeated the yunmen sect and other established sects founded by buddha.


    many caring people have long begun to pay attention to taiyi realm and carefully analyze its brilliant achievements.


    not only is the taiyi realm itself very powerful, the official attitude of the lingkong immortal realm also puzzles many people.


    some discerning people also have speculations.


    either the taiyi realm is too powerful, making the lingkong immortal realm afraid to act rashly; or the taiyi realm has a deep background, making the lingkong immortal realm fearful...


    of course, it is unlikely that the taiyi realm has too much hidden strength. most likely it has some mysterious background.


    in any case, many cultivating forces are unwilling to offend etherworld''s performance and deeds.


    the luoyu sect has been working together for a long time, preparing to launch an attack on buddhism.


    the senior leaders of the taiyi world have been paying attention to this matter.


    decades have passed, and the luoyu sect has not launched any action yet.


    although it is normal for the big forces in the void to spend decades or even hundreds of years planning an action, but thinking about luo yu sect''s previous aggressive appearance, luo yu sect''s subsequent performance gives people a feeling of thunder and rain. a feeling of.


    there are even many people who wonder if the luo yu sect is bluffing, just putting on a show to gain some fame...


    the taiyi realm''s attack on the tianlang sword sect, which colluded with buddhism, was barely an attack on buddhism. many people within the taoist sect were watching helplessly.


    soon after taiyi realm arrived in the sirius district, many uninvited guests came to the door one after another.


    the envoys sent by the three sects, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect, are the most important group of these guests.


    most of these guests hope to see the taiyi realm eliminate the tianlang sword sect, and they are also willing to do whatever they can to help.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect are the three most powerful cultivation sects in the surrounding areas of the sirius star district.


    they have the deepest hatred and the greatest conflict of interest with the tianlang sword sect.


    when the tianlang sword sect was in its heyday, it went on conquests everywhere and wiped out many of its neighbors.


    the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect managed to escape the disaster of annihilation.


    they suffered heavy losses and were oppressed by the tianlang sword sect.


    when the tianlang sword sect began to weaken, these three sects took advantage of the situation and began to counterattack.


    in recent years, these three sects have taken the most benefits from the tianlang sword sect and are the main force in encircling the tianlang sword sect.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect xiang jiantian holds the treasure left by the founding ancestor. the top leaders of these three sects are unwilling to push him too far, so they have never dared to start a full-scale war with the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    now that the taiyi realm wants to eliminate the tianlang sword sect, these three sects are naturally willing to attach themselves to jiwei.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm clearly see the small thoughts of these three sects.


    however, there was no major conflict of interest between the two parties, and the top executives of taiyi did not take it seriously.


    the main purpose of taiyi realm is to eliminate the tianlang sword sect and cope with the luoyu sect''s request to attack the buddhist sect.


    as for plundering the resources of tianlang sword sect, it is just incidental.


    the most important thing is that taiyi realm has been wandering around in the void and will not stay in one place for too long.


    the lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, after annihilating the sirius sword sect, will take the opportunity to occupy all the territory of the sirius sword sect.


    everyone wants to eliminate the tianlang sword sect, there is no fundamental conflict, and some other conflicts can be tolerated and accepted by everyone.


    the taiyi realm came with all their strength this time, showing their determination to eliminate the tianlang sword sect.


    its senior officials have repeatedly stated to visitors from all walks of life that taiyi realm and tianlang sword sect will fight to the death.


    soon, an alliance against the tianlang sword sect was formally formed.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, as well as a bunch of smaller cultivation forces, all actively joined the alliance.


    taiyijie took the lead in attacking tianlang sword sect, and taiyijie naturally became the nominal leader of the alliance.


    when the senior leaders of taiyi realm planned to attack tianlang sword sect, they did not include so many allies. they mainly wanted to rely on the power of the taiyi realm family.


    now that there are so many powerful allies, the top leaders of taiyi realm are more confident in destroying the tianlang sword sect.


    taiyi realm paused for a moment outside the sirius district, waiting for reinforcements sent by allies from all sides.


    soon, one fleet after another came from all directions, forming a huge army together with taiyi realm.


    although the sirius sword sect has been shrinking its sphere of influence over the years, it still retains sufficient investigative power around the sirius star district where its home base is located.


    naturally, the actions of the taiyi realm and other cultivating forces did not escape the eyes and ears of the tianlang sword sect.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect has no retreat, and it is impossible to abandon the mountain gate and escape.


    the sword cultivators of the tianlang sword sect are warlike by nature and will fight their enemies no matter what.


    the entire heavenly wolf sword sect began to prepare for the war with all their strength. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3481

    seeing that the army had almost gathered, taiyijie took the lead and led everyone into the sirius star district aggressively.


    originally, with such a powerful army, there should be no problem for taiyi realm to directly lead everyone to attack the sirius world.


    however, the senior leaders of taiyi realm thought about it and decided to follow the original plan and attack the other three big worlds inside the sirius star district first.


    taiyijie has never cooperated with these so-called allies before, is not familiar with their nature, and does not understand their true combat effectiveness.


    if we directly attack the tianlang world at this time, taiyi realm will not have to be the vanguard and bear the enemy''s main counterattack.


    if taiyi realm cannot directly use these new allies as cannon fodder, its own losses will definitely be considerable.


    one must be extremely cautious against a powerful enemy like the tianlang sword sect.


    even those warlike people among the top leaders of taiyi world would not be careless during a war.


    therefore, the senior leaders of taiyi realm are preparing to familiarize themselves with the strength of their allies before officially attacking the sirius world, and everyone will slowly get along with each other.


    regarding the situation of those three big worlds, the lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, tianxing sect and other sects are very clear.


    they began to penetrate these three big worlds many years ago.


    they provided all kinds of help to the rebels in the three big worlds, and even directly sent a small team of elite monks to help them resist the sirius sword sect.


    the current chaotic situation in these three big worlds cannot be separated from these cultivation sects.


    after hearing about the plan of the high-level officials of taiyi realm, these cultivation sects had no objections and actively expressed their support.


    this time, the actions against these three big worlds are no longer trivial.


    led by three sects including the lingmu alliance, three sizable armies of cultivators were organized to attack the three big worlds respectively.


    the rebels within the three big worlds had already received the news and immediately began to take action.


    they went from being hidden to being public.


    they changed their previous guerrilla tactics and actively led the way for the army, creating chaos internally and openly attacking enemy positions...


    under the cooperation of internal and external forces, the three armies quickly entered the interior of the three big worlds and wiped out a large number of the monks stationed in the tianlang sword sect. they conquered strongholds one after another and drove the enemies to retreat.


    taiyi realm moved directly to the enemy not far from tianlang world.


    the fleet headed by etherworld blocked the connection between the sirius world and the three worlds.


    if the tianlang sword sect wants to send reinforcements to those three big worlds, it must first break through the interception of the fleet headed by taiyi realm.


    a fleet battle in the void to encircle a point and provide reinforcements is what the top leaders of the taiyi world want most.


    eliminating the enemy''s main force as much as possible in the void will help in the subsequent attack on the sirius world and reduce the losses in the subsequent war.


    i don''t know whether it was frightened by the enemy''s huge fleet or for some other reason. the tianlang sword sect only sent some small teams to conduct reconnaissance and testing in the void, but did not send a large army to rescue the three big worlds. the meaning of.


    the purpose of encircling the spot and calling for reinforcements failed, and the top leaders of taiyi were a little disappointed.


    as long as the top management of the sirius sword sect has a little bit of brain, they will know that only by relying on the sirius world to hold on, can they last longer.


    the sword cultivators of the sirius sword sect are indeed good at fighting, but they are not fools.


    their arrogance and arrogance are directed at those who are weaker than them.


    if the enemy is more powerful than themselves, they will also become cautious and humble.


    niu dawei, yang xueyi and other taiyi celestial immortals personally led a fleet to leave the taiyi realm.


    this fleet will conduct exercises in the void with fleets from other forces to prepare for the next battle.


    a fleet of fleets spread out in the void in the direction of the sirius world, occupying favorable terrain with great momentum.


    meng zhang sat in taiyi realm and did not act rashly.


    although no one said it explicitly, everyone agreed that meng zhang was dealing with the tianlang sword sect and he was recharging his energy to prepare for a big battle with a powerful enemy.


    tai miao also temporarily interrupted her seclusion, left the underworld, and returned to the underworld in the taiyi world so that she could support the battles in the yang world at any time.


    a lion fights a rabbit with all his strength, not to mention that the heavenly wolf sword sect is definitely not a harmless little white rabbit.


    to deal with enemies of the same level as the tianlang sword sect, taiyi realm must make all preparations and use all its strength.


    there has been no further response from the sirius world, and the sirius sword sect seemed to be lying flat.


    the three sects, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, as old rivals that have been entangled with the sirius sword sect for many years, are very familiar with it and their nature.


    the top executives of these three families knew that the tianlang sword sect would never just sit back and die.


    the three sects organized investigation teams one after another to approach the sirius world for investigation.


    over the years, these three sects have also arranged many spies and spies within the tianlang world.


    now that we are about to launch a full-scale attack on the sirius world, it is time for these spies and spies to come into play.


    under the strict orders of the top leaders of the three sects, their respective intelligence systems were operating at full capacity, trying to find out all kinds of information about the enemy at all costs.


    without reinforcements from outside, the garrisons of the sirius sword sect in those three big worlds did not hold out for long.


    before taiyi realm completed the adjustment with its allies, the three big worlds were conquered by them.


    most of the heavenly wolf sword sect monks in the three big worlds have been wiped out, and only a handful of people are still hiding and fleeing...


    next, not only will these three big worlds no longer send resources to the sirius world, but the various resources inside will be used by the coalition forces and become important supplies for their subsequent attack on the sirius world.


    sects such as lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect have huge differences on how to distribute the spoils.


    however, the top leaders of the three families are not fools. they know that the tianlang sword sect has not been eliminated yet, so it is not the time for them to fall out and make a fuss.


    the three sects actively contacted local practitioners and made numerous pleasant promises.


    they must stabilize the situation in the three big worlds in the shortest possible time, and obtain as many resources as possible in the shortest time for consumption in the upcoming war.


    as everyone expected, the tianlang sword sect was determined to defend the tianlang world. if they launched a forceful attack, they would most likely have to carry out a long siege, a very bloody and cruel battle, and pay heavy losses in order to achieve the final victory.


    in a protracted war, the consumption rate and supply of resources are a major factor in determining victory or defeat.


    although the sirius sword sect has lost all external supplies, its accumulation over the years should be enough for it to persist for a long time.


    what''s more, the sirius world itself is the richest world in the sirius region, with a stable resource output. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3482

    everyone has already been mentally prepared for the brutal and bloody battle that will follow to attack the sirius world.


    in any case, spiritual forces such as lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect have been fighting against the heavenly wolf sword sect for so many years. although without the help of these spiritual forces, meng zhang is confident of breaking through the tianlang sword sect with the power of taiyi realm alone. wolf world.


    but no one can have too many helpers.


    with the help of these monks who are more familiar with the tianlang sword sect, the losses in taiyi realm will be greatly reduced and the progress of the war will be accelerated.


    meng zhang''s angry momentum was immediately suppressed, but it was clearly felt by the coalition forces in the void.


    almost everyone felt meng zhang''s anger and felt meng zhang''s terrifying strength...


    almost all the monks in the entire army were shocked.


    meng zhang turned white, so naturally someone from the top brass of the taiyi world came out to turn red.


    they told everyone that if the heavenly wolf sword sect cannot be eliminated this time, the heavenly wolf sword sect will definitely retaliate afterwards.


    with the help of the wild hunting star thief group, and the various cultivating forces not working together, the result will be ugly.


    if the tianlang sword sect is completely eliminated this time, everyone will get countless benefits.


    ¡­


    under the coercion and inducement of taiyi realm, the coalition was able to stabilize the alliance.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm, who were originally planning to continue to work together for a while, were worried about the long nights and many dreams and the emergence of some moths, so they decided to launch an all-out attack on the tianlang world in advance, striving to eliminate the tianlang sword sect as soon as possible.


    even if the price paid for this is a bit higher, it is completely acceptable.


    after discussing with the immortals from each cultivation force, they began to organize their teams and prepare to attack.


    at this time, another accident happened.


    a huge fleet stormed into the sirius star district aggressively, taking an outflanking stance against the coalition forces organized by taiyi realm.


    some angels with keen senses were the first to discover the details of this army.


    this is an army of monks from buddhism.


    the tianlang sword sect has already reached an agreement with buddhism and is ready to completely surrender to it.


    when the tianlang sword sect was under siege, an army of buddhist monks suddenly appeared. it was obvious that they were coming with bad intentions.


    the coalition led by ethereum realm had to temporarily stop its attack on the sirius world.


    under the command of the immortals, the armies of monks from each family began to adjust their formations and allocated a large part of their strength to defend the army of buddhist monks.

 Chapter 3483

    the tianlang sword sect has long had the intention of taking refuge with buddhism, and has already reached an agreement with buddhism. it is only one step away from actually taking refuge there.


    the tianlang sword sect was besieged by the taoist cultivator forces, and it was reasonable for the buddhist sect to send reinforcements to rescue them.


    however, because of the plot of the qianyuan golden immortal by namo sun moonlight buddha, the relationship between the taoist sect and the buddhist sect was already very tense.


    many sects under the two families are at war with each other and are ready to take action.


    taoism is inherently stronger than buddhism.


    especially in the case of fortune-telling, taoism, as the strongest force in the void, makes many senior buddhists feel pressured.


    not all high-level buddhist sects agree to confront taoism head-on.


    when some senior buddhist sects knew that the tianlang sword sect was about to be liquidated by the taoist sect, they proposed to abandon the tianlang sword sect, which was a way for the taoist sect''s senior officials to breathe a sigh of relief and ease the tense relationship between the two sides.


    anyway, the tianlang sword sect is not an internal sect of buddhism, but is essentially a cultivation sect of taoism.


    the tianlang sword sect was wiped out, and what was lost was the power of the taoist sect.


    more importantly, xiang jiantian of tianlang sword sect has been unable to be promoted and has not shown enough value.


    when buddhism recruited the tianlang sword sect, in addition to valuing the combat effectiveness of this group of sword cultivators, the main reason was because they were optimistic about the promising xiang jiantian.


    in the battle between various forces in the void, a strong man at the level of the golden immortal buddha would generally not take action directly, let alone bully the small.


    it is very rare for xiang namo sun moonlight buddha and others to design the qianyuan golden immortal.


    in this case, the strongest people from all parties who can directly take action are the masters at the level of immortal lord and great bodhisattva.


    sword cultivators are known for their powerful combat capabilities. sword immortals at the level of immortal masters can be ranked at the forefront among strong men of the same level.


    especially in some small-scale regular conflicts, a capable swordsmanship team headed by an immortal-level swordsman can play a major role.


    but if xiang jiantian has been unable to be promoted, then the situation will be different.


    although more senior officials in buddhism were very disappointed with xiang jiantian, they were still unwilling to give up completely.


    not to mention the strength of the tianlang sword sect, the reputation of buddhism alone prevented them from giving up on the tianlang sword sect easily.


    if they watch the heavenly wolf sword sect being wiped out by the taoist sect and ignore it, will there be any cultivating forces joining the buddhist sect in the future?


    it is a routine operation for buddhism to win over sects and powerful people from other cultivation systems.


    in particular, it has long been common for taoist and buddhist sects to bribe each other''s sects, resulting in a series of battles.


    this type of battle often has many conventions.


    most of the senior buddhist sects were unwilling to weaken in front of the taoist sect and were unwilling to make an exception regarding the tianlang sword sect. instead, they wanted to handle it according to the usual practice.


    therefore, buddhism sent a support army to the sirius area to support them.


    of course, buddhism''s rescue of the tianlang sword sect is more of an attitude, not how much they care about the survival of the tianlang sword sect.


    the senior leaders of the buddhist sect are unwilling to escalate the battle with the taoist sect, let alone an all-out war with the taoist sect.


    especially under the current circumstances, senior buddhist leaders must act more cautiously.


    therefore, buddhism did not directly send powerful bodhisattva-level warriors to join the battle this time.


    the strongest person in the army was only at the same level as meng zhang.


    moreover, the main force of this buddhist army mainly comes from the two sects of yunmen sect and kongang temple.


    these two sects had an old grudge against taiyi realm.


    when they were in the sea of ??dancing flowers, taiyi realm killed many yunmen sect monks.


    now, it is only natural that the yunmen sect and the jingang temple family seek revenge from the taiyi realm and settle the cause and effect.


    the senior leaders of the buddhist sect downplayed the nature of the rescue of the tianlang sword sect and packaged it as a personal grudge between the yunmen sect, the vajra temple and the taiyi realm.


    it can be seen that when dealing with conflicts with taoism, the senior leaders of buddhism are still cautious enough.


    in the last operation between yunmen sect and jingang temple in the sea of ??dancing flowers, the two families made countless sacrifices and suffered heavy losses. in the end, both sides were displeased, and they became living clowns.


    of course, with nanmo sun moonlight buddha''s identity, even if he was dissatisfied with these two sects, he would not act so quickly.


    moreover, namo vajra indestructible buddha really doesn''t care about them.


    the top leaders of these two sects must also show a certain attitude.


    during these days, the top leaders of these two sects were on tenterhooks and trembling with fear.


    even if they wanted to seek help from other high-level officials in the buddhist sect, no one would get involved in the matter between the two buddhas.


    this time the higher-ups of the buddhist sect could use them, and they all wanted to make meritorious deeds.


    regardless of the losses in the sea of ??dancing flowers, the two sects tried their best to mobilize the best members of their sects to form a powerful coalition.


    except for the fact that no powerful men at the level of the great bodhisattva were dispatched, the two sects could be said to have gone all out.


    the appearance of this buddhist army has indeed once again shaken the morale of the army of cultivators.


    yunmen sect and kongang temple are both very powerful sects guarded by great bodhisattvas.


    the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are absolutely unwilling to confront these two sects head-on.


    it just so happened that the wild hunting star thief group was currently harassing the mountain gates of three sects. the top leaders of these three sects in the army began to clamor to return to the mountain gates to help.


    meng zhang was also shocked when this buddhist army first appeared.


    not to mention anything else, if buddhism randomly sent a great bodhisattva into the sirius area, meng zhang and the others would have nothing to do but return home.


    if buddhism really wants to ignore the rules and use the big to bully the small, it will be difficult for the taiyi world to even escape intact.


    fortunately, when the strongest forces in the void like buddhism and taoism compete, they have always been very disciplined.


    at least on the surface, buddhism will not take the initiative to break convention.


    with meng zhang''s current sensing ability, he could roughly understand the strength of the army of buddhist monks in front of him just by scanning it from a distance.


    based on some information that he had learned before, meng zhang quickly understood the little thoughts of the senior officials of the buddhist sect.


    although the army of buddhist monks in front of them is very powerful, the strongest bodhisattva in the army is only at a level similar to his own.


    taiyi realm itself is not weak, and there are so many powerful reinforcements.


    as long as everyone works together and is united in dealing with the outside world, this battle will still have to be fought, and our chances of winning are not low.


    the top priority before the war begins is to stabilize the morale and morale of the army, so that the entire army dares to face the enemy head-on and can exert its normal combat effectiveness.


    there is no need for meng zhang to worry about taiyi realm.


    the performance of the top leaders of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect made meng zhang very disdainful.


    no wonder the overall strength of the three sects is so much stronger than that of the heavenly wolf sword sect, yet they have been unable to defeat the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    just by looking at the bearish looks of their senior leaders, you can tell that they are all a bunch of rats.

 Chapter 3484

    meng zhang was disdainful of the senior officials of these three sects, but now was the time to use them.


    without this reinforcement from buddhism, taiyi realm could deal with the tianlang sword sect alone.


    but now, the helpers headed by the three sects are indispensable.


    the senior officials of taiyi realm hurriedly appeased the cultivators headed by the three sects, and used another round of coercion and inducement.


    although these cultivators are only profit-seeking and lack firm character, they are not fools.


    they all also understood that if they failed this time and allowed the heavenly wolf sword sect to grow bigger, they would most likely not be able to escape the revenge of the heavenly wolf sword sect in the future.


    if we can completely eliminate the sirius sword sect and occupy the sirius star district, we will gain huge benefits.


    on a normal day, without a leader, it would be difficult for these guys to work together.


    now there is the core of taiyi realm, and taiyi realm took the initiative to support the buddhist army and came outside the tianlang world to confront the coalition forces led by taiyi realm, but did not take the initiative to launch an attack.


    yunmen sect is a sect founded by buddha. it has a long history and profound foundation, and its disciples have a sense of pride.


    apart from not having a good patriarch, jingang temple is actually much better than yunmen sect in every aspect.


    especially after the yunmen sect suffered heavy losses in the sea of ??dancing flowers, the gap between it and the vajra temple became even greater.


    because of this, although the two families formed a coalition, they each had their own ideas and refused to obey the other. without unified command, it was difficult to form a joint force for the time being.


    apart from anything else, the two top executives still have no unified opinion on what to do next.


    according to the senior officials of kongang temple, they should directly launch a full-scale attack with the force of clearing holes in the courtyard, and kill the coalition forces led by taiyijie to pieces.


    as for the senior leaders of yunmen sect, they have to think more deeply about the problem.


    with the current trend of tension between buddhism and taoism, it is really not appropriate to continue to add fuel to the flames.


    if their coalition forces appear here and protect the tianlang sword sect, they have already completed their mission. there is really no need to initiate a war.


    if more taoist sects get involved, the situation will continue to expand, which is not in the interest of buddhism.


    the top leaders of the two sects did not reach an agreement, so naturally they could not launch an active attack.


    they could only contact the tianlang sword sect while continuing to quarrel.


    however, on one matter, the senior leaders of the two sects agreed.


    both sects are powerful forces that dominate the void, and they believe that their strength is far superior to the sects such as taiyi realm.


    apart from paying a little attention to the taiyi realm, they looked down upon the lingmu league and other sects at all.


    they never thought that the coalition they formed would be unable to defeat the enemy army.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect and kongang temple quickly contacted the senior officials of tianlang sword sect.


    needless to say, the pleasantries between the two sides and the compliments of the sirius sword sect were not mentioned. the sirius sword sect proposed that the three families join forces and cooperate internally and externally to attack the enemy''s coalition forces and completely defeat the enemy.


    the vajra temple naturally agreed with the tianlang sword sect¡¯s proposal, while the yunmen sect was still hesitant.


    these three sects are not the only ones in the sirius district now.


    the enemies that yunmen sect and kongang temple looked down upon were taking active actions.


    under the strong advocacy of the top leaders of taiyi world, this coalition decided to take the initiative to attack the enemy.


    in order to boost morale and strengthen the fighting spirit of his temporary comrades, meng zhang took action before his own army was ready.


    the purpose of this attack was to establish his authority. meng zhang did not hold back much and immediately used his strongest killing move.


    holding the qinggang sword given by daolian golden immortal, he took one step and appeared in front of the coalition forces of yunmen sect and kongang temple.


    he didn''t even need to show his superb swordsmanship, he just swung his sword hard at the enemy coalition camp.


    an extremely thick sword energy broke through the void and slashed directly towards the enemy formation.


    both yunmen sect and king kong temple have very rich experience in conquering the void.


    although the coalition forces of the two families are temporarily immobile, their formations are tight and their defenses are impeccable.


    because both families are buddhist sects and have experience in cooperation, they are very familiar with each other.


    the two armies each set up large formations. the large formations are connected together, and there are heavy treasures to suppress the formation. even if the enemy forces of the same strength attack forcefully, they will be difficult to shake.


    meng zhang''s own strength was almost close to that of an immortal. the subsequent sword energy rushed into the formation from the gap, and a strong buddhist man was easily killed.


    one after another, the sword energy struck the formation, creating gaps one after another.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect and jingang temple quickly mobilized a large formation to counterattack.


    but meng zhang was alone and moved extremely nimbly, and the heavy formation couldn''t keep up with his movements.


    in just a moment, the originally impeccable formation was riddled with holes and leaks everywhere.


    the fierce sword energy swept through the formation, killing and wounding countless monks.


    some bodhisattvas worked hard to control the formation and try to stabilize the position.


    some bodhisattvas took the initiative to break away from the formation and charged towards meng zhang, trying to stop meng zhang.


    meng zhang appears and disappears in the void, arrogant and arrogant, with almost no opponents under his command.


    even those bodhisattvas with similar cultivation levels to him could not resist him holding the green gang sword.


    considering the foundation of yunmen sect and kongang temple, it is not without secret treasures given by great bodhisattva and even buddha.


    but a treasure as powerful as the qinggang sword with a low threshold for use is rare.


    the main buddhist treasures of the two sects were all consumed in the sea of ??dancing flowers.


    to be more specific, bodhisattva yunshen, bodhisattva gangwei and others wasted the buddha treasures in the ruins.


    the bodhisattvas of the two sects were not as strong as meng zhang. in addition, they lacked the means to fight qinggang sword, so they were naturally unable to stop meng zhang''s actions.


    meng zhang took the initiative to attack this time and achieved great success.


    he single-handedly disrupted the enemy''s formation and killed a large number of enemy strong men.


    the armies of the two sects, which originally seemed to be menacing, were passive in front of him and suffered constant losses, but there was nothing they could do to him.


    meng zhang''s move really boosted his own morale.


    the monks led by the lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect were originally afraid of yunmen sect and jingang temple, and they had the intention of shrinking back.


    now the opponent was embarrassed by meng zhang and suffered a lot of losses.


    the top leaders of the three sects all hold it in their hearts. the famous yunmen sect and jingang temple are nothing more than this.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3485

    there was no need for the senior officials of taiyi realm to continue to instigate. the senior officials of the three sects felt that there was a lost dog to beat and an advantage to be gained, so they immediately led the army to kill them and went straight to the camp of the buddhist army.


    if meng zhang was relied on alone, although he disrupted the enemy''s formation and killed a large number of enemy monks, it would be difficult to completely defeat the enemy army in a short period of time.


    after all, the enemy army was large in number, and when he was chasing him, many monks dispersed on their own initiative.


    now the coalition forces led by etai yijie took the initiative to kill him and helped him complete the next step.


    taiyi realm moved its position slightly, getting closer to the sirius world.


    obviously, taiyi realm wants to block possible reinforcements from the tianlang sword sect, allowing its own army to unleash its full potential and completely defeat the buddhist army.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect were able to contend with the sirius sword sect for so long, and it was not because they lacked strength and foundation.


    among the armies sent by the three sects this time, there were some immortals who accompanied the coalition forces headed by taiyijie and the buddhist army to fight. meng zhang became more comfortable in advancing and retreating.


    due to meng zhang''s existence, the buddhist army was severely constrained and was unable to organize a strong counterattack. it was difficult to even concentrate on defense.


    this kind of situation happens from time to time in the wars in the spiritual world.


    an irresistible and extremely strong man can play a key role in the entire battle.


    if there is no strong man of equal strength to stop meng zhang, he will be unstoppable, and the failure of this buddhist army is inevitable.


    the overall strength of yunmen sect and jingang temple is far above that of taiyi realm.


    not to mention anything else, just sending a great bodhisattva from the two sects would be enough to sweep across the coalition led by etai yi realm.


    unfortunately, due to various restrictions, the combined forces of the two sect organizations were very strong, but lacked the top-level combat power to withstand meng zhang.


    when several powerful men from lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect joined the battle, the situation became almost one-sided.


    at this time, the tianlang sword sect finally stopped holding on and had to react.


    an icy sword light flew out from the tianlang world, disappeared in a flash, bypassed the taiyi realm blocking the tianlang world, and appeared directly next to meng zhang.


    meng zhang had already sensed the sword light before he got close to him.


    he let go of several bodhisattvas who had been forced by the qinggang sword. as soon as the sword light turned, he started fighting fiercely with the sword light that was killing him.


    two sword lights flashed and collided fiercely in the void...


    meng zhang is a sword cultivator and is known for his fighting prowess. he is warlike and crazy, so he is often called a sword madman.


    if other factors are put aside, if meng zhang and xiang jiantian fight one-on-one in a fair fight, the outcome of the battle is still uncertain.


    the qinggang sword in meng zhang''s hand greatly improved his combat effectiveness.


    the heavenly wolf sword in xiang jiantian''s hand is a legacy passed down by the founder of the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    the founder of the tianlang sword sect was a swordsman at the level of an immortal. the immortal sword he left behind was extremely powerful, and it also contained part of the immortal power he left behind.


    as a direct cultivator of the sirius sword sect, xiang jiantian has long been recognized by the sirius sword and can fully utilize its power.


    although meng zhang has extremely high attainments in swordsmanship and excellent swordsmanship, he is not a pure swordsman after all.


    of course, qinggang sword is not a fairy sword exclusively used by sword immortals.


    after meng zhang faced off against shang xiangtian, both sides had their own strengths, and the fight was inextricable for a while.


    i saw the sword light in the void constantly flashing and expanding, and the sword light filling the sky revealed almost endless murderous intent.


    the monks on all sides of the war took the initiative to stay away from each other, not daring to come even close.


    many monks with insufficient cultivation just glanced at the sword light from a distance and felt as if their eyes had been pricked by needles. it stung extremely, and a wave of cold air rose in their hearts, making them almost unable to help but start to tremble. stand up.


    meng zhang had been looking forward to this battle with xiang jiantian for a long time.


    heavenly immortals like meng zhang have a very personal approach to their practice.


    many times, the effect of practicing alone in seclusion is mediocre, and you need to engage in bloody battles with powerful enemies with similar cultivation levels to stimulate rapid progress in cultivation.


    meng zhang temporarily put aside all other things and devoted himself wholeheartedly to the battle in front of him.


    xiang jiantian''s personal combat power is enough to dominate many nearby star regions.


    the sirius sword sect has retreated step by step over the years, and there are many reasons for this.


    the overall strength of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect has long surpassed the sirius sword sect.


    but when it comes to fighting alone, no immortal among these three sects dares to face xiang jiantian alone.


    the sirius sword sect''s initiative to retreat is a strategy of the sect.


    showing weakness to the enemy, giving up part of the interests, instigating the relationship between the three sects including the lingmu alliance, trying to trigger a fight between them.


    this move did work.


    although the three sects still regarded the tianlang sword sect as their biggest enemy, they spent a lot of energy entangled with each other.


    this bought the tianlang sword sect a lot of time.


    although xiang jiantian was a member of the sect, facing a powerful enemy like meng zhang who was not weaker than him, a long-lost passion arose in his heart.


    his fighting spirit continues to rise, and he wants to vent all the anger he has accumulated for many years on the other party.


    he moved the sirius sword like an arm and a finger, constantly stimulating the power hidden in the sirius sword.


    his fighting power is constantly rising, and his momentum is becoming more and more terrifying.


    the sword lights manifested by the sirius sword seemed to have life, and they were constantly chasing meng zhang''s goal.


    under the cover of the sword light all over the sky, the invisible sword energy that was extremely vicious seemed to be everywhere.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3486

    no matter what methods xiangqian used or what kind of swordsmanship he displayed, meng zhang could resist them one by one, and he could also counterattack with the same powerful force.


    the sword fight between meng zhang and xiang jiantian was wonderful, but the winner could not be decided in a short time.


    the coalition forces led by taiyi realm will use their own strength to deal with this powerful buddhist army.


    in particular, the taiyi realm has to reserve a large part of its strength to defend against the attack of the tianlang sword sect. the cultivation forces headed by the three sects including the lingmu alliance will have to bear more responsibilities in the coming war. for the heavy pressure.


    these cultivation forces were timid and timid before the war, making meng zhang and other senior leaders of taiyi realm look down upon them.


    when they actually arrived on the battlefield and started fighting with the buddhist coalition forces, their performance was pretty good.


    thinking about it, there are not many good people in the cultivation sect that can stand in the void.


    the void is never a safe paradise, but is full of all kinds of dangers.


    natural and man-made disasters, star thieves roaming everywhere, hostile sects, competition for resources, sudden void storms...


    being able to safely survive these dangers and develop the sect to its current level, the lingmu alliance and other sects have experienced countless challenges and have also cultivated countless strong and reliable monks.


    in particular, the fact that these three sects have been able to contend with the ferocious tianlang sword sect for many years shows their tenacity.


    the top leaders of the three sects know in their hearts that there is no turning back when the bow is fired. now that the war has begun, they cannot continue to be timid and hesitant.


    they must use their strongest fighting power to defeat the enemy in order to benefit the future development of the sect.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect and vajra temple were shocked again.


    they had never thought that meng zhang was so fierce and could not resist the opponent even at great cost.


    fortunately, xiang jiantian joined the battle in time to support and temporarily blocked meng zhang.


    for this reason, while the top leaders of the two sects felt that they were losing face, they also felt lucky to escape from death.


    now, the fighting power of lingmu alliance and other spiritual forces, as well as the fighting spirit and bloody spirit displayed by their monks, once again surprised them.


    they had previously thought that the other party was a harmless little white rabbit that was vulnerable to attack, but unexpectedly it turned out to be a ferocious and powerful hungry wolf.


    these three sects may not have as good as the magical arts and magical powers inherited by yunmen sect and jingang temple, and monks of the same level are generally weaker than each other.


    these three sects plus those small forces, the number of cultivators is much greater than that of the two rivals.


    although taiyi realm lacked integration, the coalition led by taiyi realm still gained a slight upper hand after fighting the buddhist army for a while.


    the two most powerful monks in the field, meng zhang and xiang jiantian, were locked in a long battle.


    the coalition forces of yunmen sect and kongang temple seem to be unable to defeat the enemy army.


    apart from sending xiang jiantian to resist meng zhang, the tianlang sword sect did not send any more reinforcements.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect and king kong temple were previously full of confidence and looked down upon their enemies, let alone the rescued tianlang sword sect.


    now that they are encountering a dilemma, the top leaders of the two families want the heavenly wolf sword sect to put in more effort.


    their reasons are all ready-made. after all, they are outsiders and are here to help. the sirius sword sect is the target of the enemy.


    if the battle situation is unfavorable, they can turn around and leave, but the heavenly wolf sword sect''s lair cannot escape.


    the top leaders of the two sects contacted the tianlang sword sect and urged them to send more forces and join the battle as soon as possible.


    of course, the top leaders of yunmen sect and kongang temple did not tell the complete truth.


    this time they were named by the senior leaders of the buddhist sect and came to rescue the tianlang sword sect. they originally had the intention of making meritorious deeds.


    if this mission fails and causes dissatisfaction among the senior buddhist sects, their two sects will not have an easy life in the future.


    the information asymmetry made the senior management of tianlang sword sect very anxious after receiving their information.


    without the external aid of yunmen sect and jingang temple, tianlang sword sect would never be able to withstand the enemy force outside.


    however, in order for the sirius sword sect to send a large army for reinforcements, the top management of the sirius sword sect also has certain difficulties.


    first of all, the tianlang sword sect has failed in several battles with taiyi realm over the years. the losses have been very heavy and their vitality has been damaged.


    although the top management of tianlang sword sect tried hard not to reveal their weaknesses, it was an outright fact that the entire sect was strong and powerful.


    the power that the heavenly wolf sword sect can mobilize is very limited.


    secondly, many senior officials of the sirius sword sect want to use all the remaining strength of the sect to defend the great world of sirius.


    even if the battle in the void fails, relying on the sirius world to carry out defensive operations can last for a long time.


    trying to stall for time and wait for the situation to change is a conservative but not useless strategy.


    since buddhism has sent yunmen sect and kongang temple to support, it shows that it does not want to see the tianlang sword sect be wiped out.


    if the war continues, buddhism may send more reinforcements.


    due to different opinions, the top management of tianlang sword sect could not reach an agreement for the time being, and naturally they were unable to send a large army to join the battle in time.


    the war in the void, which had a strong voice and high prestige in the sect, became more and more intense. the losses of all parties involved in the war were increasing, and they were all angry. many monks began to fight for their lives.


    since the formation of the coalition forces led by ethereum realm remained roughly intact, the monks cooperated better with each other and were more able to exert their combat effectiveness. their losses were much smaller than those of the enemy.


    in particular, the immortal formation set up by the taiyi realm monk army played a mainstay role on the battlefield and withstood a large part of the power of the enemy''s formation.


    although it now seems that the coalition led by etherworld only has a slight advantage.


    however, in the end of such a large-scale and protracted war, the outcome will most likely be the continuous accumulation of such a small number of weak advantages.


    the senior officials of yunmen sect and vajra temple were obviously a little impatient and began to urge the tianlang sword sect.


    they even bluntly said that if the sirius sword sect had been avoiding fighting in order to preserve its strength, their army would soon withdraw from the battlefield, leaving the sirius sword sect to the enemy.


    faced with this threat, the top management of the sirius sword sect became a little anxious.


    they didn''t dare to bet on whether the top leaders of the two reinforcement armies would keep their word and lead the army to evacuate.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3487

    the senior officials of tianlang sword sect had no choice but to compromise and had to agree to the request of senior officials of yunmen sect and vajra temple.


    they had to send reinforcements again to participate in the battle in the void.


    of course, they still held back and did not go all out.


    previously, if their sect had not blocked meng zhang from xiang jiantian, the armies of yunmen sect and jingang temple might have collapsed.


    although the tianlang sword sect ultimately did this for themselves, its senior management felt that they had already paid a lot.


    now that reinforcements have to be sent out again, many senior officials are very dissatisfied.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect did not send out a large army this time, but sent several heavenly immortal-level sword immortals to participate in the battle.


    the reason is also readily available. the taiyi realm is blocking the front of the sirius world. if a large group of people is sent out, they will be intercepted by the taiyi realm with all their strength, making it difficult to reach the battlefield in time.


    however, only a few elite monks were sent out, who could more easily bypass the taiyi realm and enter the battlefield directly.


    after these sword immortals enter the battlefield, they can give full play to their specialties and move around to kill, which can greatly contain the enemy''s army.


    the senior management of the sirius sword sect had a good idea, but unfortunately everything in the world would not develop as they wished.


    mo sheng is currently the only heavenly immortal in the tianlang sword sect besides xiang jiantian. in fact, the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect alone would be enough to defeat tianlang sect as long as they are willing to work together. the wolf sword sect has no need for the taiyi realm at all.


    unfortunately, due to the sirius sword sect''s previous active retreat and instigation, the three sects had a lot of internal disputes and could not work together as one.


    if taiyi realm had not taken the lead this time, the three sects would have been able to form a coalition only when they sensed a crisis.


    as soon as mo sheng and four of his disciples left the tianlang world, they were discovered by taimiao who was in charge of the taiyi realm.


    the battle situation on meng zhang''s side was good, so of course tai miao would not just watch as external forces interfered with the battle situation.


    in a flash, he left the taiyi realm and blocked mo sheng''s path.


    the tianlang sword sect and the taiyi realm have been hostile for many years, and they have long used various methods to find out all kinds of information about the taiyi realm.


    as for tai miao, although i don''t know its specific origin and details, i know that this is a guy who is difficult to deal with.


    mo sheng sighed secretly, took the initiative to control tai miao and stepped forward with the sword, trying to entangle tai miao.


    the four swordsmen behind him were about to bypass taimiao and rush towards the battlefield in the distance.


    with the rapid improvement of taimiao''s cultivation, his original artifacts could not keep up with the speed of his cultivation. they were either given to his subordinates by him, or they were temporarily shelved by him.


    those artifacts are basically of little use in a battlefield like this.


    of course, without the help of artifacts, tai miao can be considered a strong one among monks of the same level by relying solely on his own strength.


    mo sheng''s human sword merged into one, and his whole body almost merged into the fairy sword, turning into a violent sword light and slashing towards tai miao.


    taimiao will generally not be careless when dealing with opponents of the same level like this, and will try his best to use his true skills to fight against the enemy.


    he directly manifested the body of a ghost and a god, turning into a tall giant.


    he stretched out his right hand, and a big palm appeared in front of mo sheng, trapping the violent sword light between his fingers.


    no matter how the sword light jumps or collides, it can never escape from his grasp.


    the other four sword immortals used their sword escape techniques and were about to escape into the space cracks.


    tai miao''s left index finger pointed lightly at their location, and the space immediately solidified, directly breaking their sword escape.


    the four sword immortals were temporarily trapped in place.


    mo sheng estimated tai miao''s strength based on the intelligence collected by the sirius sword sect earlier.


    he was originally a swordsman known for his fighting prowess. even if he couldn''t defeat an opponent in the middle stage of the celestial god, he should be able to entangle the opponent tightly and leave him no time to be distracted.


    now, he wanted to kill the intelligence chief of tianlang sword sect with one sword. tai miao''s strength was much stronger than what the intelligence said.


    if he had known that taimiao was so powerful, he would not have dared to step out of the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    in fact, this cannot be blamed on the inaccurate information provided by tianlang sword sect, but on the fact that tai miao''s cultivation has progressed too fast.


    the last time meng zhang was in guixu, he had close contact with the power of the golden immortal and the buddha.


    although he was seriously injured and suffered a lot, he also benefited a lot and gained a lot of insights.


    as an external incarnation, taimiao can share these insights with the deity meng zhang.


    tai miao''s situation is too special. unlike meng zhang, who has ready-made exercises to practice, he needs to combine various classics to create his own exercises.


    meng zhang and he had shared their respective cultivation experiences before, their understanding of the great ways of heaven and earth, etc.


    this time, the insights he gained from the golden immortal and the buddha were particularly important to him and were of great help to him.


    tai miao stayed in the underworld for a long time and felt like a fish in water, which was very beneficial to his cultivation.


    the taimiao that appeared in front of mo sheng and others now was much stronger than he imagined.


    after mo sheng was trapped by tai miao, he tried almost all means to escape the trap and was unable to cause effective harm to tai miao.


    tai miao was constantly consuming his power and weakening the sword light.


    when the opponent is almost weakened, tai miao will launch the final attack.


    although tai miao is much stronger than his opponent, his opponent is at the same cultivation level as him after all. it is not very easy to completely defeat his opponent.


    at the very least, it would consume a lot of his strength and a lot of his time.


    most of tai miao''s power was put on suppressing and trapping mo sheng, and not much of it could be used on the other four sword immortals.


    however, the gap in cultivation between the two sides was too great, and taimiao had obvious level suppression on them, so they were easily trapped.


    tai miao''s main focus was always on mo sheng, his opponent of the same level, and he could only devote a little attention to dealing with the four sword immortals.


    rays of gray-white light kept shooting at the four sword immortals.


    the space around them has been imprisoned by taimiao. they cannot use sword escape to escape from here, and they can only directly receive taimiao''s attack.


    the four of them each used their fairy swords, and the sword light filled the sky, which violently collided with the gray-white light coming from them.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3488

    in the world of spiritual practice, the higher the practitioner''s level of cultivation, the more difficult it is for him to challenge higher levels.


    no matter what kind of unparalleled genius or peerless powerhouse he is, it is difficult to change this.


    judging from the situation on the field, tai miao tian shen''s cultivation in the middle stage is only one level higher than that of the four sword immortals.


    but the difference in this level is a world of difference, almost insurmountable.


    even if he only exerts a little bit of power, he can suppress the four sword immortals to death due to the absolute gap in power levels.


    soon after the battle began, taimiao gained the absolute upper hand, showing his majesty and being irresistible.


    a group of sword immortals led by mo sheng, let alone supporting yunmen sect and jingang temple, were almost unable to save themselves.


    under tai miao''s attack, they could barely parry and had no power to fight back.


    after the tianlang sword sect sent reinforcements, the capable swordsmen had been paying attention to the battle situation in the void, and naturally they had already noticed the situation of mo sheng and the others.


    the tianlang sword sect certainly didn''t want to see mo sheng and the others being suppressed by tai miao. they wanted to provide support, but they were really powerless.


    currently, among the tianlang sword sect, there is only one swordsman xiang huai who is at the second level of heavenly immortal.


    xiang huai is the oldest and most senior swordsman in the tianlang sword sect.


    he was already an elite disciple of the tianlang sword sect when the founder of the heavenly wolf sword sect was still there.


    he can be regarded as an old man who has completely experienced the entire process of the tianlang sword sect from prosperity to decline.


    the serious injuries he suffered in his early years have never healed. not only is his physical condition poor, but his combat effectiveness has also been greatly reduced.


    on weekdays, he is usually responsible for the mountain gate, which is the last line of defense and insurance for the mountain gate.


    the current tianlang sword sect has elites coming in and out. among the few sword immortals left in the sect, there are only a few who are at the first level of heavenly immortal. they are basically the sword immortals at the true immortal level.


    apart from him, there is no monk in the sect who has the ability to support the battlefield in the void.


    the swordsmen of tianlang sword sect were very embarrassed and hesitant.


    without external intervention, the war situation in the void will only continue to worsen.


    but if the old swordsman xiang huai is invited, the sect will lose its last guarantee.


    moreover, in xiang huai''s condition, although his cultivation level is still there, his combat effectiveness is doubtful. it''s hard to say how effective he will be if he is forced to enter the void battlefield.


    and if xiang huai is allowed to guard the tianlang world, he can play a little more role with the various arrangements in the mountain gate.


    the sirius sword sect encountered an unprecedented crisis. the sirius district was invaded by the enemy, and the enemy troops came to the city. such a major event had long alarmed the old swordsman xiang huai, who had always stayed behind closed doors and ignored foreign affairs.


    he carefully observed the battlefield in the void and knew that he couldn''t do anything if he didn''t take action.


    apart from anything else, he at least wanted to rescue mo sheng and other sword immortals back to the sirius world and preserve the last batch of top-notch combat forces in the sect.


    only with top-notch combat power like them guarding the mountain gate can we persevere for a long time.


    although the old swordsman xiang huai is old, he is not the kind of person who procrastinates.


    once he makes up his mind, he takes action immediately.


    some sword immortals in the sect saw that the old man was about to risk going to the void battlefield, and they quickly tried to persuade him.


    ignoring the persuasion of others, xiang huai made some simple arrangements and flew directly to taimiao with his sword.


    after just a short while, taimiao achieved good results.


    the four sword immortals used all their strength to barely block the gray-white rays of light shot by tai miao.


    but invisible forces had penetrated into their bodies silently along the place where they met.


    before they knew it, these four sword immortals had been attacked, and their bodies began to show signs of decline, corruption, death and other auras.


    they didn''t realize they were being tricked at first.


    it wasn''t until they felt inexplicably exhausted and short of breath that they realized something was wrong.


    while they continued to resist tai miao''s attack, they panicked and tried to dispel the aura that invaded their bodies.


    however, the power of taimiao that penetrated into their bodies was a manifestation of their understanding of the reincarnation of life and death. it far exceeded their current level of cultivation, and they could not dispel it at all.


    as time went by, the situation of these four sword immortals became worse and worse.


    a look of defeat began to appear on their faces, and their vitality was rapidly passing away.


    mo sheng was firmly suppressed by tai miao. even if he found out that his fellow disciples were in danger, he could not do anything.


    at this critical moment, the old swordsman xiang huai bravely entered the battlefield regardless of his own safety.


    his purpose was to rescue these fellow disciples. he came to surround wei and rescue zhao, and directly killed tai miao, as if he wanted to fight him desperately.


    facing the desperate attack of a swordsman of the same level, tai miao did not dare to be careless.


    he mobilized a large part of his strength, condensed a huge fist seal in the air, and hit xiang huai hard.


    xiang huai ignored the old wounds on his body and refused to dodge. he raised his flying sword and started fighting with this huge fist seal.


    since xiang huai had restrained a large part of tai miao''s power, mo sheng used his remaining strength to unite his body and sword, and a violent sword light finally broke through the light that trapped him.


    after escaping from the trap, mo sheng was still frightened and did not dare to continue fighting with tai miao.


    he quickly moved closer to xiang huai, trying to join forces to get rid of tai miao''s pursuit.


    the gate of reincarnation loomed behind taimiao, and an invisible force field enveloped the surrounding void.


    xiang huai and mo sheng immediately felt as if they were trapped in an invisible cage, unable to move even an inch. almost endless power came from all directions, squeezing and pulling them.


    the sword light emitted by the two men was broken by the invisible force field, and mo sheng was forced to break away from the state of one body and sword, and separated from his own fairy sword.


    they looked at each other without the slightest hesitation, and immediately activated their potentials, and were about to fight to continue taimiao.


    faced with their desperate counterattack, tai miao had to take it seriously.


    after a fierce collision, mo sheng and xiang huai finally escaped from the invisible force field set up by tai miao at the cost of injuries.


    adding more injuries to huai''s injuries showed his decline.


    although mo sheng was in much better condition than him, he was frightened by tai miao''s power and was frightened and had no fighting spirit.


    he didn''t even have time to say hello to xiang huai, before he set up his sword and fled towards the sirius world.


    xiang huai had no choice but to sigh secretly and follow mo sheng to escape from the battlefield.


    before escaping, he glanced at the four sword immortals left behind with guilt-filled eyes.


    considering the overall situation of the sect''s fate, he had to abandon four of his fellow sect members and keep his own useful body for the upcoming mountain gate defense battle.


    from the perspective of personal feelings and elder dignity, he felt ashamed.


    tai miao tried hard to intercept, but still failed, allowing mo sheng and xiang huai to successfully escape back to the sirius world.

 Chapter 3489

    after all, mo sheng and xiang huai were experts at the same level as him. they were also swordsmen who were known for their combat prowess and extremely fast speed.


    the two of them couldn''t defeat him together, but it was still difficult for him to keep them if they wanted to escape.


    especially xiang huai, the old swordsman. although his cultivation was greatly reduced due to his injuries, his sophisticated swordsmanship and rich combat experience put a lot of pressure on tai miao.


    tai miao considered the upcoming battle and did not fight tooth and nail regardless of the cost.


    the two of them managed to escape, and the four sword immortals abandoned by them became the targets of tai miao''s anger.


    these four sword immortals saw their seniors abandoning them and running away, and they had already experienced the power of tai miao.


    they all knew in their hearts that their family''s fate of ruin could no longer be changed.


    at the last moment, they still showed the integrity that a sword cultivator should have.


    they used their lives to activate the fairy sword, struggled to set up the sword light, and launched the final impact on taimiao with indomitable momentum.


    originally, tai miao was still trying to catch up with mo sheng and xiang huai, but he had to stop and prepare to send these four opponents on their way.


    the four sword immortals burned their lives and launched the final attack, which was more or less delayed.


    the four sword rays, together with their master, were wiped out in front of tai miao.


    after the four immortals saw mo sheng and xiang huai fleeing in embarrassment, and four of their fellow disciples died on the spot, he knew something was wrong.


    he knew very well that judging from the entire battle situation, his side was already at a disadvantage.


    the yunmen sect and the vajra temple are no longer able to do anything, and the tianlang sword sect has no more power to use.


    the only way to effectively change the situation of the battle is for him to defeat or even kill meng zhang.


    but in the previous battles, he almost exhausted all his methods, and he only ended up in a draw with the opponent.


    he has always been selfish, but after considering the current situation, he decided to make a major sacrifice.


    he began to burn his own potential and prepared to fight meng zhang desperately.


    meng zhang has always been very precise in his control of the battle situation.


    as soon as xiang jiantian started to prepare to fight, meng zhang was keenly aware of it and reacted in time.


    in previous battles, meng zhang mainly used his sword skills to fight his opponents.


    all other means are auxiliary.


    but meng zhang is not a pure swordsman. in addition to his superb swordsmanship, he also has many other magical powers.


    he relied on the qinggang sword to forcibly improve his cultivation level. even if he only used his magical sword skills, he could crush most of the strong men at the same level.


    it just so happened that his opponent was a pure and extremely powerful swordsman like xiang jiantian, who also had an immortal sword like the tianlang sword in his hand.


    after fighting for so long, since meng zhang could not defeat his enemy with swordsmanship alone, meng zhang began to show off his true abilities as a cultivator.


    the shadow of taiji cave loomed behind him.


    after receiving the blessing of the power of the cave, the power of the magical powers he displayed greatly increased.


    the power of the qinggang sword can also be temporarily blessed on the tai chi cave.


    the tyrannical power of the cave soon filled around xiang jiantian''s body, constantly attracting, pulling, and squeezing his body.


    xiang jiantian has fought many battles at this moment, and the battle between the two sides has reached a critical moment. they cannot give in, let alone have the slightest reservation.


    with meng zhang''s current level of cultivation, it is still very difficult to activate the true power of qinggang sword.


    the shadow of tai chi cave behind him became clearer.


    his tai chi yin and yang diagram of the dharma of heaven and earth was spinning rapidly above his head.


    ¡­


    a trace of golden immortal level power aura was urged out from the qinggang sword.

 Chapter 3490

    this wisp of breath is insignificant in terms of quantity, but its level is extremely high. it is an out-and-out golden immortal level, which is enough to crush the momentum of immortal lord level and below.


    the sirius sword has a will of its own, and he almost immediately sensed this aura that made him tremble.


    the heavenly wolf sword, which was originally so arrogant and full of energy, lost its momentum and seemed to have immediately given up, becoming listless, lifeless and without any fighting spirit.


    xiang jiantian sensed the state of the sirius sword and secretly screamed that something was not good.


    ever since he took charge of this immortal sword, the qinggang sword still contained a ray of immortal power left by the golden immortal.


    even after the golden immortal''s immortal power is separated from the golden immortal''s immortal body, it can still be like a living creature and possess a certain spirituality.


    qinggang sword seemed to be angered by tianlang sword who didn''t know whether to live or die.


    a green lotus blossoms with the sword light.


    the giant wolf crashed into the green lotus and then disappeared completely.


    sirius sword let out a cry, like a wounded beast.


    the attack from qinggang sword is not over yet.


    the sword lights were like ocean waves, rushing towards the sirius sword one after another.


    xiang jiantian desperately urged the sirius sword to resist and endured great pressure.


    with his cultivation and combat prowess, he didn''t know how long he could persist under such pressure.


    the bodhisattvas of yunmen sect and vajra temple had long seen the scene where tianlang sword sect sent several top swordsmen to reinforce, but were intercepted by taimiao.


    they were fighting powerful enemies from the lingmu alliance and other sects, and were unable to rescue the sword immortals.


    they could only watch helplessly as the sword immortals sent by the tianlang sword sect were defeated.


    meng zhang''s fighting prowess had shocked them before.


    now, seeing tai miao showing off his power, fear inevitably arose in their hearts.


    yunmen sect and king kong temple are major sects in buddhism, but without the great bodhisattva, the other bodhisattvas in the sect are no match for miao miao.


    fortunately, tai miao returned to the taiyi realm to cultivate after defeating the sword immortal of the tianlang sword sect.


    if taimiao joins the battle, yunmen sect and kongang temple will only be under greater pressure.


    some bodhisattvas and arhats from the two sects were already pessimistic about this rescue mission.


    since we can''t complete the mission, we might as well conserve our strength and evacuate here as soon as possible.


    this is the thought in the minds of many senior officials of the two sects.


    as for the failure to complete the tasks assigned by the senior leaders of buddhism, there is nothing that can be done about it.


    they wouldn''t risk their own lives just for a mere heavenly wolf sword sect.


    after all, no matter what, the tianlang sword sect is just an outsider, and the yunmen sect and the vajra temple are the real buddhist sects.


    of course, although some senior officials of the two sects wanted to quit, the war was still going on, and more senior officials wanted to persist a little longer to see if there would be some new changes in the situation.


    in fact, the situation is indeed changing, but the direction of change is not what they want to see.


    meng zhang and xiang jiantian had been fighting for so long, and it was finally time to decide the winner.


    the heavenly wolf sword was chopped down by the qinggang sword.


    the sirius sword let out an angry cry. the sword lost its original luster, and cracks even appeared in some places...


    after qinggang sword defeated tianlang sword, the remaining power was still there and continued to help meng zhang deal with xiang jiantian.


    the power of the sirius sword plummeted, and xiang jiantian also lost his greatest support.


    under the pull and squeeze of the omnipresent power of the cave, the protective sword light around his body continued to collapse.


    xiang jiantian finally lost confidence in victory, and his fighting spirit began to collapse.


    he felt that since he couldn''t defeat meng zhang, he should escape back to the sirius world as soon as possible and rely on the mountain gate for defense.


    as for the fate of the yunmen sect and the king kong temple coalition, he didn''t care at all.


    with the thought of retreating to preserve himself, xiang jiantian revealed more flaws.


    with his character and combat experience, he shouldn''t have made such a stupid mistake.


    but the ray of golden immortal aura revealed by qinggang sword just now not only shocked tianlang sword, but also gave him a great shock and shaken his mind.


    secondly, although he is a sword cultivator, he still has the instinct of greed for life and fear of death that many creatures have.


    at other times, he could still suppress his instincts, but when his mind wavered, it would only amplify the fear in his heart.


    having lost his indomitable spirit, xiang jiantian also lost the most important characteristic of swordsmanship.


    taiji cave fell from the sky and trapped xiang jiantian inside.


    he fought desperately and tried his best to break through, but he was still unable to break through the siege of taiji cave.


    after some time, xiang jiantian fell into the tai chi cave and lost his last vitality.


    his greatest reliance, the sirius sword, also lost all its spirituality and was broken into several sections.


    killing a powerful enemy like xiang jiantian in public, meng zhang felt that he had benefited a lot from the battle.


    his victory greatly inspired his own army on the battlefield. many monks were refreshed and their morale was high...


    after killing xiang jiantian, meng zhang stood there quietly, slowly regaining his breath.


    the bodhisattva arhats from yunmen sect and vajra temple just watched him standing there, but they were helpless and didn''t even have the courage to attack him.


    when xiang jiantian falls, no one can contain meng zhang.


    when he regains his breath and joins the fight, the allied forces of yunmen sect and kongang temple will probably return to their original state soon, being killed by him wantonly but unable to do anything about him.


    if such a scene happens again, it will be very damaging to morale.


    after the coalition forces of yunmen sect and king kong temple arrived here, they have been at a disadvantage.


    the two sects have persisted for so long and have suffered a lot of losses. they should also have an explanation for the senior buddhist sects who sent them.


    the coalition led by taiyijie was inspired by meng zhang''s victory.


    anyone with a little bit of brain thought about the next scene when meng zhang participated in the war.


    the enemy''s defeat has been determined, and it is time for them to kill the enemy and make meritorious deeds.


    the cultivator army exploded with stronger combat effectiveness, killing more enemies and gaining an even more obvious advantage. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3491

    after some secret debate, the higher-ups present at yunmen sect and kongang temple finally reached a general agreement and agreed to lead the army to temporarily evacuate the place.


    if they continue to stay, it will not help the situation, and they will only die in vain.


    he was unable to save the tianlang sword sect because meng zhang was too strong, and the sword in his hand looked like it was not a mortal thing.


    especially the ray of breath released by the sword just now. even the bodhisattvas and arhats who were far away from meng zhang felt chills all over their bodies after just feeling it for a moment, and they could no longer think of any resistance.


    the treasures in meng zhang''s hands were too powerful, and they lacked the buddhist treasures to fight against them. this was really a non-war crime and there was nothing they could do about it.


    the top leaders of yunmen sect and kongang temple acted decisively. when they saw that the battle situation was hopeless, they immediately began to organize the army to retreat.


    although meng zhang killed xiang jiantian in public, the damage was considerable and it took time to recover.


    moreover, his main target this time is the tianlang sword sect, and there is no need to spend more energy on the yunmen sect and the vajra temple.


    if you push these two sects too far, it will only increase your own casualties.


    judging from the current situation, there is no need to completely annihilate the coalition forces of these two sects.


    letting them escape would not only reduce their own casualties, but also allow them to deal with the tianlang sword sect wholeheartedly.


    the cultivation forces headed by lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are even more unwilling to form an undying feud with the two major buddhist sects.


    they chased for a while and then watched the enemy army retreat.


    although the coalition formed by yunmen sect and kongang temple was defeated, the losses were still controllable.


    the biggest loss to this army was caused when meng zhang launched the initial assault.


    after fighting against the cultivator army for so long, the losses suffered by the buddhist coalition forces were actually not that big.


    as soon as the buddhist coalition broke away from the battle, they left the sirius area without any hesitation and fled further away.


    in addition to leaving a few cultivators to continue to monitor the movements of the buddhist army, the coalition led by the monks from the taiyi realm, after a short rest, returned to a place not far from the taiyi realm, and together with the taiyi realm blocked the sirius world.


    the buddhist coalition composed of yunmen sect and kongang temple has left the tianlang world and fled away.


    the sirius world once again fell into an isolated and helpless situation.


    even worse than before, the tianlang sword sect also lost the most powerful swordsman xiang jiantian in the sect, as well as the tianlang sword, a legacy left by the founder of the mountain.


    the sirius sword sect no longer has an effective trump card that can be used to resist the enemy''s massive attack.


    if no miracle happens, the fall of sirius world is only a matter of time.


    the coalition forces headed by ethereum realm stayed in the void not far from the sirius world, always monitoring the various changes in the sirius world, and making preparations to attack at any time.


    because of the previous support from yunmen sect and kongang temple, the top leaders of the coalition were worried that if the night was long and the night was long and the time was delayed, someone else might come to rescue the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    originally, it should have surrounded the sirius world for a long time and slowly consumed its resources.


    but now that the situation has changed, the attack on sirius world should be launched as soon as possible.


    soon after, the other three big worlds in the sirius region all sent envoys to send rich supplies to the army of cultivators.


    under the control of caring people, these actions are very large and eye-catching, and even high-level monks in the sirius world can see them clearly.


    the sirius world has lost all external supplies and can only rely on its own accumulation over the years to support itself.


    moreover, the enemy forces seized the resources that originally belonged to them and converted them into their combat power.


    the senior officials of tianlang sword sect were filled with hatred, but there was nothing they could do.


    the morale of the heavenly wolf sword sect monks became even lower.


    the coalition of cultivators led by etaiyi realm quickly launched an attack on the great world of sirius.


    the tianlang sword sect has occupied the tianlang world for many years and has long since managed the entire world as its own back garden.


    over the years, the sirius sword sect has continued to transform and strengthen the entire world.


    now, sirius world is not only a major source of resources, but also a strong fortress.


    the great world of sirius does not have the systems and laws of the great world under the command of the lingkong immortal realm, and is not as complete as it is in all aspects.


    but it is still very difficult to break through the defense of sirius world and penetrate into the world.


    on the heaven and earth membrane of the heavenly wolf world, the heavenly wolf sword sect has arranged huge sword arrays and ambushed flying swords of different levels.


    inside the fetal membrane of heaven and earth, there are countless monks waiting in full formation.


    ¡­


    in addition to the sword cultivators of the sirius sword sect, there are also many cultivators from vassal forces within the sirius great world.


    now, the tianlang sword sect and its vassal forces have already been fully mobilized, and almost all available monks have been dispatched for the subsequent defensive operations.


    although taiyi realm has relatively rich experience in conquering other big worlds, this is the first time it faces the hedgehog-like sirius big world.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect have been hostile to the sirius sword sect for many years, and have experience in attacking worlds under their command.


    of course, attacking the headquarters of tianlang sword sect was also an unprecedented first for them.


    after some discussion among the senior leaders of several forces, they decided to test the situation with conventional means before launching a full-scale attack.


    teams of monks began to move out. they each showed their magical powers and moved a large number of meteorites of different sizes from the surroundings of the sirius world.


    these meteorites are as big as a small continent and as small as a mountain.


    when the meteorites were almost gathered, many monks worked together to throw these meteorites towards the sirius world.


    countless meteorites fell like raindrops towards the sirius world.


    before these meteorites got close to the fetal membrane of heaven and earth, the sword array arranged on top of the fetal membrane of heaven and earth had already been activated.


    countless rays of sword light rose up in the sword formation, shattering the approaching meteorites into pieces.


    after the huge meteorite is broken into pieces, there is basically no danger.


    in the long run, a large number of meteorite fragments falling into a large world can be regarded as a supplement to it, which is really not a bad thing.


    seeing

 Chapter 3492

    there are not many meteorites around the sirius world, and the few meteorite belts have been developed by the sirius sword sect.


    the monks of the coalition spent a lot of effort to ensure that there were always enough meteorites to bombard the sirius world.


    they have evacuated the few meteorite belts in the sirius world and have begun to move towards the edges of the sirius area and even outside.


    they didn''t simply throw the meteorite into the sirius world.


    under the cover of many ordinary meteorites, many meteorites that had been tampered with by them were mixed in and fell into the sirius world.


    many monks also used various secret methods to enhance the power of meteorites.


    the sword array set up by the tianlang sword sect covers almost the entire tianlang world, but just because the coverage area is so large, its power is dispersed, and it is inevitable that there are flaws and loopholes in many places.


    i saw crazy bursts of sword light, shattering the meteorites that bombarded me.


    suddenly, several seemingly inconspicuous meteorites exploded in advance before the sword light erupted, and the sword light almost collapsed.


    this situation is becoming more and more frequent. meteorites are like volcanoes, erupting on their own initiative after approaching the sirius world, causing the entire sword formation to shake violently.


    the senior officials of tianlang sword sect also know that if you defend for a long time, you will lose, and they also want to fight back against the enemies in the void.


    however, there are not many elite monks and lack of top-level combat power, so they dare not take the initiative to attack.


    the sword array deployed on the fetal membrane of heaven and earth has a certain counterattack ability, but the attack range is limited and the power is not very strong.


    some of the counterattacks launched by the monks in charge of the sword formation were either easily blocked by the enemy, or were avoided by the enemy at a distance.


    even if these counterattacks can fall on the enemy, after being transmitted over a long distance, their power is greatly reduced, and even the enemy''s defensive spells cannot break through.


    the attackers used stupid methods to wear down the defense of sirius world bit by bit.


    this kind of water grinding is time-consuming, but very effective.


    as a defender, when there is insufficient counterattack force, the only option is to endure it.


    time passed slowly, and the bombardment of meteorites almost never stopped.


    especially those meteorites that have been tampered with will always cause ripples in the sword array, causing considerable damage to them.


    in the offensive and defensive battles in the world of cultivation, if the defender does not have the strength and means to counterattack and is just passively beaten, then no matter how powerful the defense is, there will be a day when it will be completely consumed by the enemy.


    due to the serious decline in the morale of the sirius sword sect, the monks in its sect did not dare to fight at all, and they did not even dare to launch some small-scale defensive counterattacks. the monks on the offensive side were unscrupulous and would hardly be stopped by any means.


    the meteorite bombardment lasted for a long time, and both meng zhang and tai miao had fully recovered from the previous battle.


    they were not in a hurry to join the battle, but watched the attackers perform.


    especially for the monks in the taiyi world, such direct attacks on a large world will be inevitable in the future. it is beneficial and harmless to accumulate more experience early.


    the offensive side performed well and they couldn''t find any mistakes for the time being.


    the meteorites in the sirius area are limited.


    after a period of time, not only the interior of the sirius region, but also the available meteorites in nearby areas were almost exhausted.


    if you want to get more ammunition, you need to go to a more distant place in the void.


    taking into account the time and energy consumed on the road, it¡¯s not worth the gain.


    anyway, after such a long period of tentative attacks, it has consumed a lot of the enemy''s sword formation, and also explored many flaws and loopholes.


    everyone felt that there was no need to continue testing and a formal attack could be launched.


    void warships specially used for air combat began to approach the sirius world.


    these void battleships formed a battle line and successfully seized a favorable attack position.


    with an order, multiple void battleships began to bombard the sirius world.


    pillars of light of different colors, various spells...


    the sword array above the heaven and earth membrane was fully activated, trying hard to resist all kinds of attacks.


    during this process, due to the ineffective counterattack of sirius world, the attacker''s void battleship successfully completed the change of formation and could launch attacks without restraint.


    after the void battleship opened fire, cultivators from all sides formed a large formation and came to the side of the void battleship.


    these void battleships are not only an important support for the formation, but also an important firepower point.


    the large formation can gather the power of many cultivators and continuously consume the sword formation in front.


    the sword array that protects the sirius world was originally designed for defensive counterattack.


    it''s just that a sufficient number of sword immortals are needed to activate these designs.


    there are still many ordinary monks from the sirius sword sect and its vassal forces, but the number of sword immortals is obviously insufficient.


    therefore, the counterattack of this sword array was weak, completely superficial, and basically had no effect.


    taimiao, who was originally watching the battle, received news from the underworld that an external expedition there had entered a critical period and he needed to visit the scene in person as soon as possible.


    tai miao decided to speed up the attack process in order to escape as soon as possible, but meng zhang had no objection to this.


    i saw tai miao''s figure disappearing from the taiyi realm and appearing outside the tianlang world.


    the phantom of the gate of reincarnation appeared behind him, and the powerful force field immediately fell on the heaven and earth membrane of the sirius world.


    the sword formations deployed by the sirius sword sect covering almost the entire sirius world are of course not integrated into one, but are composed of many smaller sword formations.


    the connections between these sword formations are the flaws and loopholes in the formation.


    the force field created by taimiao easily separated several smaller sword formations from the large formation, and then squeezed them into powder.


    even the fetal membrane of heaven and earth in his direction was torn apart by the force field, leaving a huge gap.


    this is still too good. considering that the coalition forces need to occupy the sirius world relatively completely, they are the result of mercy.


    tai miao''s move caused a chain reaction, and problems occurred one after another in the nearby sword formations.


    a part of the cultivator army was even more clever. they actually followed the gap created by tai miao and entered the tianlang world from here.


    using this gap as a breakthrough, the attacker launched one after another.


    soon, the sword array guarding the sirius world was basically paralyzed.


    an army of cultivators passed through the fetal membrane of heaven and earth and rushed in fiercely.


    the rich world of sirius was thus exposed to the invaders.


    many cultivators from small forces are very jealous of the rich resources of the sirius world and want to plunder them first.


    the high-level leaders of taiyi realm have organized different cultivation forces to launch external conquests. they have very rich experience and have long anticipated the problems that may arise.


    under the control of the immortals of taiyi realm, the armies of cultivators from all sides did not run around, but gathered towards the mountain gate of tianlang sword sect.

 Chapter 3493

    the tianlang great world was breached, which had long been anticipated by the top management of the tianlang sword sect, and they had no good solution for this.


    the only thing they can do is to withdraw their own monks in time when the sword formation guarding the sirius world is breached.


    although they were well prepared and moved quickly enough, under the enemy''s pursuit, many of the monks guarding the formation still had no time to escape and died in battle or were captured.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect concentrated all the remaining strength and made the final resistance in the mountain gate.


    in fact, the senior officials of tianlang sword sect knew in their hearts that their resistance was in vain, and at most it would only delay the enemy''s time.


    when the coalition forces of the yunmen sect and the kongo temple retreated, many of the sober-minded senior officials of the tianlang sword sect already knew in their hearts that no more miracles would happen, and the annihilation of the tianlang sword sect was unavoidable.


    those sects with huge power and long history in the world of cultivation have certain methods to deal with this.


    some of the sect''s back-up plans were activated, and teams of elite disciples escorted the young disciples with extraordinary talents and began to secretly escape from the sirius world.


    there are also many secrets hidden secretly on the spot, hiding in various parts of the vast sirius world.


    although the coalition forces led by ether yi realm are large in number, they cannot perfectly surround the sirius world.


    in fact, this coalition never expected to be able to completely surround the sirius world.


    the fleeing teams of the tianlang sword sect, as long as they are not too unlucky, can escape from the tianlang world relatively smoothly.


    after all, the tianlang sword sect is a sword cultivation sect with a long history, and the monks in the sect still have a sense of arrogance.


    when the sect faced a critical moment of life and death, many monks still had the will to fight to the death.


    many monks took the initiative to stay behind and vowed to defend the mountain gate and live and die with the sect.


    he, the only one in the sect, gathered around him a group of available tianji masters trained in the sect.


    as his cultivation level improved, meng zhang no longer strictly kept his identity as a tianji immortal master a secret.


    in addition to practicing, he would personally give guidance to the younger tianji masters in his sect.


    taiyi sect is also a large sect. as the leader, meng zhang certainly knows how sects like tianlang sword sect will respond when faced with the crisis of annihilation.


    he deeply hates the heavenly wolf sword sect and wants to use this to establish its power, so he is not satisfied with simply exterminating the heavenly wolf sword sect, but wants to kill them all so that they will never be able to revive again.


    meng zhang began to use the dayan divine calculation to deduce the back plan arranged by the top management of tianlang sword sect.


    the founder of the tianlang sword sect was a swordsman at the level of an immortal. even though he had died for many years, he still left a trace of luck to protect the sect.


    if the founding ancestor was still there, meng zhang might not be able to deduce the core secrets of the tianlang sword sect even if he paid a huge price.


    unfortunately, this old man has been dead for a long time, and his will and energy have almost disappeared.


    a few inheritances alone cannot resist a tianji immortal master of meng zhang''s level.


    after spending a lot of effort, meng zhang unveiled the layer of fog that shrouded the fate of the tianlang sword sect.


    the back-up plans arranged by the top management of tianlang sword sect began to appear in his eyes one by one.


    meng zhang summoned so many tianji masters in his sect this time not only to test them, but also to give them guidance through this actual battle.


    soon, meng zhang provided some clues for these tianji masters to deduce the whereabouts of the escaped and hiding monks of the tianlang sword sect.


    although tianji masters must be very cautious when deriving tianji techniques and try to make as few deductions as possible.


    but this does not mean that tianji masters cannot use tianji techniques.


    otherwise, why train tianji masters?


    tianjishu also needs to be improved through actual combat exercises.


    the tianji masters trained by the sect must not be afraid of the backlash of heaven at critical moments and must have the determination to sacrifice for the sect.


    since meng zhang had dispelled the barrier built by the tianlang sword sect and provided them with some conveniences, these tianji masters had achieved more or less achievements as long as their skills were not too poor.


    meng zhang took a look at their derivation results and was reluctantly satisfied.


    for those things that they had not deduced, meng zhang was naturally there to check and fill in the gaps.


    next, under meng zhang''s order, taiyi realm sent teams of elite monks to hunt down those fish that slipped through the net, in order to completely destroy the back-up man arranged by tianlang sword sect.


    this kind of method of killing everyone is actually relatively rare in the world of cultivation.


    a true taoist monk always leaves a slight leeway in his actions.


    it is not normal for meng zhang to do this, nor is his character like this.


    he dealt with the tianlang sword sect like this this time, and he probably won''t treat other opponents like this next time.


    it is worth mentioning that meng zhang also deduced the existence of the sword immortal mo sheng who had escaped from the tianlang world.


    a swordsman of the same level as himself is somewhat of a scourge.


    now in taiyi realm, no one except meng zhang can destroy him.

 Chapter 3494

    meng zhang was about to leave when his heart suddenly moved.


    he vaguely felt that the escaped sword immortal mo sheng would still have a connection with him in the future.


    if i let him go this time, there may be some temporarily unknown benefits in the future.


    as a tianji immortal master, meng zhang always believed in his own feelings and always acted according to them.


    since his spiritual sense reminded him like this, then mo sheng, this guy, could have escaped this time.


    moreover, meng zhang also thought that mo sheng''s voluntary escape showed that he was depressed.


    for a sword cultivator, something invisible and intangible like heart energy often has a great impact on his combat effectiveness.


    the taiyi world is growing day by day, and there is no need to be too afraid of such a bereaved dog.


    in the future, not to mention meng zhang, even his disciples and descendants might be able to deal with this guy.


    the event organized by meng zhang took a lot of time.


    the tianji masters in the sect have been trained, and the level of tianji skills has also been improved.


    even though the mountain gate of tianlang sword sect was guarded by a very powerful mountain guarding formation, it still did not last long under the siege of the coalition forces and was completely captured.


    a large number of sword cultivators from the sirius sword sect were killed on the spot.


    the will and passion he displayed have been recognized and even appreciated by many opponents.


    what is particularly worth mentioning is that xiang huai, the old swordsman of the heavenly wolf sword sect, dragged his seriously injured body, burned his life, and injured several monks of the same level with a lose-lose style of play.


    although one of the members of the spirit wood alliance was not present, no one dared to ignore his presence.


    in this battle, he showed enough fighting power to crush everyone present, and he also played a key role in making the final decision.


    therefore, although niu dawei just added that there are also great conflicts within the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, it is impossible to unite sincerely.


    if these three sects and those small forces can cooperate wholeheartedly, taiyi realm may make more concessions.


    but since they are not united, don''t blame the senior leaders of taiyi realm for taking advantage of this.


    after a heated debate, everyone reluctantly reached an agreement.


    because taiyi realm cannot always stay in the sirius star district and will leave sooner or later, it has no intention of occupying the original territory of the sirius sword sect.


    for cultivation forces such as the lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect, occupying the territory of the sirius sword sect and expanding their own power is the only way.

 Chapter 3495

    of course, the senior leaders of taiyi realm are not willing to let go of their old enemy, the wild star hunters, and welcome cooperation with the three sects on this issue.


    however, taiyi realm is not in a hurry to deal with the wild hunting star thief group yet.


    the location of the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves has always been a huge secret, and almost no outsiders know about it.


    over the years, many cultivating forces have spent a lot of effort and paid a lot of money to search for the location of their headquarters.


    unfortunately, not only did they fail to succeed, but they suffered heavy losses from the wild hunting star thief group''s revenge.


    after all, taiyi realm is a young cultivation force with limited influence in the void and not many channels.


    the three old sects, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, are not as strong as taiyi realm, and their power is mainly limited to the area near the sirius district.


    even if the four of them join forces, they will not be able to obtain any useful clues in a short period of time.


    even the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves don''t know how to retaliate against them.


    simply wiping out some of the teams it sent or killing some of its sub-groups would not damage its foundation.


    according to the practice of the taiyi world, the actions of the wild hunting star thief group are to either stay still or to deal a devastating blow to the opponent if they move, so as not to give the opponent a chance to survive.


    therefore, there is still a lot of preparation work to be done before taking action against the wild hunting star thieves.


    in addition, although it has never been confirmed, there have been rumors in the world of cultivation that there is a powerful person at the level of the immortal lord at the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group.


    regardless of whether the legend is true or false, in line with the principle of showing leniency to the enemy, it is best to treat it as the truth.


    if the wild hunting star thieves really have a powerful person at the level of an immortal lord, then taiyi realm and other cultivation forces will not be their match even if they join forces.


    don''t look at meng zhang, with the help of qinggang sword, he can barely perform an attack equivalent to the level of an immortal.


    but if he really had to face a powerful person at the level of an immortal, he would definitely be defeated but not victorious.


    meng zhang has a clear understanding of his own strength and has always had a plan for his own cultivation progress.


    his cultivation level has almost reached the point where he believes that this situation will continue after he is promoted to immortal lord.


    during the time that taiyi realm stayed in the sirius star district, many monks from taiyi realm joined in plundering the resources of various big worlds.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, considering that taiyi realm would leave sooner or later, and would continue to cooperate with taiyi realm in the future, they acquiesced to the actions of these taiyi realm monks.


    meng zhang and other high-level officials in taiyi realm have mostly begun to practice in seclusion.


    taiyi realm is burdened with a lot of karma and grievances. it is impossible for lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect to formally form an alliance with taiyi realm.


    however, both sides can stand on the same front in dealing with the wild hunting star thieves.


    moreover, the three sects are optimistic about the future of taiyi realm and are willing to make good friends with taiyi realm and buy from it.


    although we won''t attack the wild hunting thieves directly now, it doesn''t stop everyone from making some preparations.


    taiyi realm exchanged contact information with the top leaders of the three sects, and will maintain normal contact in the future and exchange news when needed.


    everyone began to actively collect information about the wild hunting thieves group and prepare for war with them.


    the wild hunting star thieves have been plundering in the void for many years. their methods have always been cruel and vicious, killing countless people and making many enemies.


    among these enemies, some were frightened by the wild hunter star thieves and completely lost their temper; some dared to be angry and dare not speak out; some have always remembered their deep hatred and fought against them to the death...


    after all, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are established sects in the void, and their senior leaders have extensive contacts and many friends.


    the top leaders of these three sects will run around looking for those cultivating forces that are worthy of cooperation, and then secretly connect them to gather everyone''s strength and prepare for revenge against the wild hunting star thieves.


    in short, everyone is doing their best to actively strengthen their own strength and prepare to launch a war of annihilation against the wild hunting bandits in the future.


    this time, in the process of everyone''s cooperation to eliminate the tianlang sword sect, although there were some minor twists and turns, overall everyone was happy to cooperate, and everyone was quite satisfied with the final outcome.


    the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect also have great confidence in taiyi realm.


    in the following days, the sirius district fell into a period of calm.


    after the coalition forces of the yunmen sect and the king kong temple withdrew from the sirius sector, their senior officials were still somewhat unwilling to do so. instead of simply flying away, they wandered around the nearby sector, hoping for some miracle to happen.


    taiyi realm and other cultivation forces also specially sent a group of immortals to monitor their movements.


    until the tianlang sword sect was wiped out, no accidents happened.


    the allied forces of these two sects could only really fly away and escape from afar.


    after the tianlang sword sect was wiped out, taiyi realm no longer had any worries.


    with meng zhang''s style of conduct, it is not impossible to lead the taiyi realm army to take the initiative to attack the coalition forces of their two families.


    the top leaders of these two sects were frightened by meng zhang''s previous performance.


    after this, without the bodhisattva in charge, they might not dare to face a powerful enemy like meng zhang again.


    after wiping out the tianlang sword sect, the senior officials of taiyi realm took the initiative to contact the luoyu sect.


    the luoyu sect naturally praised taiyijie greatly and did not hesitate to praise it.


    the tianlang sword sect betrayed the taoist sect and turned to the buddhist sect, so this is the retribution it deserves.


    the actions of taiyi realm increased the prestige of taoism and destroyed the ambition of buddhism.


    many taoist officials are very satisfied with this.


    in the void, the reputation of taiyi realm is rising day by day and spreading wider.


    through this battle, taiyi realm also gained the favor of many taoist cultivators.


    taiyi realm has made such a great contribution to the taoist sect, so luoyu sect cannot urge taiyi realm to join them and launch an attack on buddhism together.


    in fact, so much time has passed, and the luoyu sect is still connecting with each other and has not launched an attack on buddhism for a long time.


    this is not at all consistent with the claims of luo yu sect¡¯s senior officials.


    many cultivators have already criticized this.


    if the luoyu sect hadn''t always had a reputation for being quite tough on buddhism, i''m afraid some people would have long questioned the luoyu sect''s high-ranking officials for bluffing and seeking fame.


    taiyi realm, whose strength and reputation are far inferior to that of luo yu sect, does what it says, and even destroys the entire tianlang sword sect.


    comparing the performance of taiyi realm, luoyu sect pales in comparison, and its senior officials have nothing to say for the time being.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3496

    without the urging from luo yu sect, there is no need to rush to attack the cultivation forces in buddhism. taiyi realm has no target for attack for the time being, and there is no need to rush to fight everywhere.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm finally got a rare period of peace.


    in fact, meng zhang and many high-level officials in taiyi realm had no intention of blindly retaliating against the cultivation forces within buddhism.


    they are even less willing to go to war between taoism and buddhism.


    if taoism and buddhism start a full-scale war, the entire void will fall into war, and that will be the real chaos in the world.


    taiyi realm is not strong enough at present, and it will be very dangerous in a chaotic and disorderly situation.


    meng zhang had no particular hatred for buddhism.


    as long as the cultivating forces within buddhism do not take the initiative to provoke him, he has no intention of massacring them.


    within the taiyi realm, there are actually a few buddhist cultivating forces.


    these were established by buddhist monks who accidentally strayed to the taiyi world.


    for example, some monks from xiji temple fled to the taiyi realm in order to avoid being chased by the demons. they slowly settled down in the taiyi realm and established sects, which can be regarded as establishing a branch of xiji temple.


    as for these buddhist cultivating forces, as long as they abide by the laws of taiyi realm and have no rebellious intentions, the senior officials of taiyi realm can basically tolerate their existence and treat them equally.


    these buddhist cultivating forces are also very aware of current affairs and have played the role of vassals of taiyi sect.


    the existence of these buddhist practice forces can make the practice system of taiyi realm more complete.


    in some areas, buddhist monks are better than taoist practitioners.


    as his cultivation level continues to improve, meng zhang can be considered a figure in the void, and he is no longer an unknown person within the taoist sect.


    he has some ideas of his own regarding the entire void situation, the development of taoism, etc.


    in his opinion, taoism, as the most powerful force in the void, should never break out into a full-scale war with buddhism now.


    the snipe and the clam compete for the fisherman''s profit, and an all-out war between the two families will only benefit others, and even lead to the decline of one''s own status.


    the current situation where the two families are constantly fighting and fighting without resolution is actually the best.


    it''s a pity that meng zhang gained a lot from this kind of comparative reading of various classics left by taiyi golden immortal, and he felt that he was getting closer and closer to the realm of immortal master.


    after xiang jiantian was defeated and died, the heavenly wolf sword he held was also damaged and was suppressed in the tai chi cave.


    this fairy sword was the sword worn by the immortal master sword immortal back then, and it contains a trace of its remaining power and a ray of thought.


    in the taiji cave, almost the entire cave''s power was used to suppress and refine this fairy sword.


    fortunately, this fairy sword was severed by the qinggang sword and was seriously damaged. its essence was damaged. only the power of tai chi cave heaven could firmly suppress it and continuously refine it.


    during this process, meng zhang''s spiritual thoughts continued to clash with the wisp of thoughts left behind by the original owner of the sirius sword.


    if the opponent was in his prime, a single thought might be able to injure meng zhang.


    however, it has been many years since his death, and his remaining thoughts are extremely weak.


    in fact, if the sword immortals of the tianlang sword sect hadn''t tried their best to nourish him, this ray of thought might have dissipated long ago.


    now, this ray of thought has been severely damaged, and it has long been a tree without roots and water without a source.


    but meng zhang is full of vitality and his spiritual thoughts are unstoppable.


    after a confrontation, meng zhang''s spiritual thoughts completely defeated him and absorbed a lot of useful things from it.


    this confrontation was a good training for meng zhang, which sharpened his mind and even his whole body and mind.


    after the last ray of thought contained in it dissipated, the aura of the heavenly wolf sword began to decline again, and rust marks even appeared on the sword body.


    under meng zhang''s control, the power of the cave took advantage of the void and kept wearing away the damaged sirius sword.


    in the end, the sirius sword turned into a little dust and was completely refined and absorbed by tai chi cave heaven.


    tai chi cave heaven was like taking a big tonic, his foundation became deeper, and it also fed back to meng zhang.


    especially meng zhang''s swordsmanship, he benefited a lot from it.


    if meng zhang fights xiang jiantian again at this time, he may be able to defeat him without resorting to other means, just by relying on his swordsmanship.


    while meng zhang and other high-level officials from taiyi realm were practicing in seclusion, various resources were being continuously sent to taiyi realm.


    the tianlang world has been run by the tianlang sword sect for many years, and its output has always been very rich.


    in particular, many high-end resources play an important role for real immortals and even immortals.


    meng zhang''s insights and experiences were enough. after the tianxian had practiced in seclusion for a period of time, when meng zhang tianxian faced off against the coalition forces of yunmen sect and jingang temple, wen qianshu, who had only the cultivation level of a true immortal, presided over the immortal formation and fought head-on. the enemy army is tough.


    he led the monks from taiyi realm to set up the immortal formation and played a mainstay role.


    once buddhist monks at the level of arhat and below are caught in a large formation, it will be difficult for them to escape unscathed.


    even against ordinary bodhisattvas, they can rely on the power of the immortal formation to deal with them.


    as the person in charge of the immortal formation, he endured the greatest pressure during the battle and also gained many benefits.


    as a rare formation immortal master in the world of cultivation, formation is not only his method of fighting enemies, but also the foundation of his practice.


    the improvement of his cultivation level can directly promote the progress of his cultivation level.


    in addition to studying taoist immortal formations, he also extensively dabbled in formations from other cultivation systems.


    the so-called formation is always a means of harnessing the power of heaven and earth.


    he understood by analogy, and his cultivation of the formation path had made great progress. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3497

    not only wen qian''s cultivation in the realm of true immortals has been perfected, but his cultivation in the formation path also exceeds that of ordinary formation path immortal masters.


    this time taiyi realm stayed in the sirius district was a rare peaceful time and a great opportunity for rest and recuperation.


    many high-level monks in the taiyi world seized this opportunity and made breakthroughs in their cultivation.


    among them, wen qian is the one who has made the biggest breakthrough.


    he broke through directly from the realm of true immortals to the realm of heavenly immortals.


    formation masters in the realm of immortals are very rare in the world of cultivation and are indispensable to a large sect.


    wen qian is regarded as an immortal, which has special significance to the taiyi world.


    from then on, he could slowly come into contact with immortal-level formations.


    if he can set up an immortal formation at the level of a heavenly being, then the overall combat effectiveness of the monks in the taiyi realm will usher in a leap forward.


    you know, in the void battlefield, the immortal formation is often necessary for the confrontation between the two armies.


    a good immortal formation can give full play to the combat effectiveness of one''s own monks and suppress the enemy.


    in taiyi realm, especially in taiyi sect, the younger generation of monks have fully grown up.


    not only can true immortals be born in the sect in an endless stream, but heavenly immortals can also be cultivated on a regular basis.


    at this time, taiyi sect has become more and more powerful as a powerful sect in the void.


    from the day it was born, taiyi realm has been shaped according to special laws.


    during the growth of taiyi world, meng zhang, the shaper, absorbed many advantages from other worlds and consciously allowed taiyi world to grow according to his own plan.


    for example, the taiyi realm imitates the big world under the command of the lingkong immortal realm. when cultivators in the yangshen stage break through to the return to void stage, they will leave their yangshen mark deep in the world.


    in general, the system of taiyi realm is set up according to the inheritance of taiyi golden immortal, which can be regarded as a practice of its concept.


    as the taiyi world continues to grow, many senior leaders in the taiyi world have clearly felt the extraordinary nature of this system.


    as the master of taiyi realm, meng zhang doesn''t know how much benefit taiyi golden immortal can get from it. he himself has received a lot of positive feedback from taiyi realm.


    especially after he divided the three realms of taiyi realm. after the three realms were completely formed, there were wisps of mysterious power that fed back to him from taiyi realm.


    this power helps him understand the great ways of heaven and earth, and also helps him break through the bottleneck of cultivation...


    this time, taiyi realm absorbed a lot of the origin of heaven and earth from the three big worlds in one go. its source sea continues to grow and its area continues to expand.


    although lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect kept a close eye on it, taiyi realm absorbed only a limited amount of the origin of heaven and earth.


    however, because these three big worlds are worlds with long histories and profound foundations, their origins of heaven and earth are full of a special vicissitudes, which are particularly meaningful for a young big world like taiyi world.


    over the years, a large part of the resources obtained by the taiyi realm monks through various means have been specially allocated to strengthen and grow the taiyi realm.


    the current taiyi world is not only full of spiritual energy and rich in production, but the level of the world is also slowly improving.


    in addition to taiyi realm, there are many sects that have built their own blessed lands.


    these blessed places can be used by high-level monks to practice.


    many of the true immortal level experts outside the taiyi sect no longer need to rely on the sun and moon blessed land of the taiyi sect to practice.


    while the sun and moon blessed land in taiyi realm continues to develop and grow, the monks in the sect have also established many blessed lands of different sizes in other places in taiyi realm for the use of disciples of various branches.


    especially after the monks from various cultivating forces vigorously developed the gaeyang continent, the taiyi sect monks built many branches there and used various means to transform the divine power contained in the depths of the continent into what the cultivators needed. reiki.


    the former heavenly god gai yang was a powerful man at the level of immortal lord, and immortal lord qianyuan spent a lot of effort to kill him.


    meng zhang followed the arrangements left by qianyuan immortal lord and wiped out his last ray of hope.


    he was a bit ignorant and fearless at the beginning, and did not know much about the power of the gods in the later stages.


    later, when he truly came into contact with the power of the immortal lord level, he realized how terrifying such power was and how difficult it was to completely eradicate it.


    after the last vitality of the gaiyang god was completely wiped out, the entire gaiyang continent was completely integrated into the taiyi realm.


    in addition to enhancing the power of taiyi realm and increasing its foundation, meng zhang can also experience the divine power of the immortal level.


    during the recent period, meng zhang also came to gaiyang continent again in order to find an opportunity to break through to the immortal realm.


    this continent has been almost traversed by him a long time ago, and there are no secrets left for him.


    a late-stage god who was powerful enough to rival the immortal lord actually turned into a continent after his death.


    at this time, he no longer had the shock he felt when he first arrived on this continent, but he still had a lot of sighs in his heart.


    for such a senior on the path of cultivation to end up like this, he was filled with fear.


    he wandered slowly around this continent, feeling its unique atmosphere from time to time.


    he spent a lot of time, but gained nothing, and saw no opportunity to break through to the immortal realm.


    he was not in a hurry and remained calm.


    in fact, if he forcefully attacks the immortal realm at this time, he has a high chance of success.


    however, in order to ensure that the impact would be successful, he decided to let nature take its course and wait for the opportunity to come.


    what''s more, in his heart, the end point of his cultivation path is definitely not the realm of immortality.


    when he broke through to the true immortal realm before, he suffered a loss. due to the situation, he had to break through forcefully. therefore, he left a lot of troubles and spent more time and money to make up for it in the future.


    this time he breaks through to the immortal realm. it is best to strive for perfection and lay a good foundation for entering the golden immortal realm in the future.


    he relaxed and just like an ordinary tourist, touring the mountains and rivers in geyang continent.


    he seemed to have completely forgotten his own practice and his own purpose, and was almost completely immersed in the special landscape and scenery here.


    after he stayed in gaiyang continent for quite some time, a message from the underworld interrupted his leisurely life.


    it turns out that taimiao encountered some difficulties in its expansion in the underworld.


    in order to solve the problem as quickly as possible, it is best to need the help of a strong person of the same level as him.


    tai miao''s immortals

 Chapter 3498

    in the underworld, only a small number of powerful ghosts and gods such as taimiao live alone.


    or they can take refuge in those more powerful ghosts and gods, as their capable subordinates, and share their various resources.


    or simply recruit troops, acquire a large territory, and become the local overlord.


    when tai miao entered the underworld, he was not willing to be inferior to others. he occupied a territory according to his own style in the underworld of tai yi and continued to expand.


    later, he also discovered the many benefits of owning a territory in the underworld.


    on the one hand, the underworld is extremely vast, but many places are barren and barren, with no useful output.


    by incorporating those resource points into your own territory, you can strengthen your control over them.


    on the other hand, after establishing strict control over the territory, the territory will slowly feed back some power to the lord.


    the territories mentioned here are those that can be truly controlled, not in name only.


    the larger the territory controlled, the greater the power fed back to the lord.


    this kind of power can not only be used by the lord himself, but can also be shared with his trusted subordinates.


    taimiao is no stranger to this situation.


    he originally ordered the construction of a large number of temples dedicated to himself on his own territory. in addition to strengthening his control over the territory, these temples themselves will also provide him with a steady stream of power.


    in the underworld, the struggle for territory is one of the eternal themes.


    in fact, it is not easy to truly control a vast territory.


    a large army is needed, enough loyal subordinates are needed, and available managers are needed...


    otherwise, the control over a territory is too loose, or even only in name, and has little meaning.


    the land of the underworld is almost endless, and the available ghosts and ghosts are limited.


    as a lord, you must make choices and know where to use your limited subordinates in order to give full play to the cost-effectiveness and achieve the greatest effect.


    generally speaking, lords will give priority to areas rich in resources.


    for those barren lands that are too barren, the control is nominal at most.


    many times, in order to avoid trouble, avoid unnecessary conflicts, and save manpower, the lords are not interested in the barren land close at hand, and are not even willing to control it in name.


    those extremely barren and barren lands were often buffers between the lords'' territories.


    the location of taimiao territory was originally a backwater in the underworld, very remote.


    the expansion direction he chose this time was mostly in extremely remote and barren lands.


    on the road of expansion, there are several territories that are not particularly wealthy, and their lords are average in strength.


    originally, tai miao thought that the strength he had accumulated in the underworld over the years would be enough to complete this expansion.


    at most, it just takes a little more time.


    the real trouble is, after defeating the opponent and occupying the new territory, how to completely control the territory and try to completely connect it with the original territory.


    at the beginning of the expansion, it was relatively smooth.


    the lords who stood in the way of his expansion were either easily defeated by his army, or they gave up their territories and fled early.


    after all, there are still not many lords who can truly live and die with their territory.


    but after tai miao defeated the two lords and occupied a large new territory, things took a turn for the worse.


    some rumors began to spread around taimiao territory.


    it is said that tai miao discovered a hidden treasure.


    in order to completely occupy this treasure, he launched this expansion.


    the treasure is hidden in the direction of his expansion.


    there are different opinions as to what this treasure is.


    what kind of treasure was left behind by the fallen emperor of hades, an extremely rich source of high-level resources...


    various theories were spread vividly, as if such a thing really happened.


    according to the analysis of taimiao''s subordinates, those who spread such rumors were probably taimiao''s enemies, or the lords who blocked his expansion path.


    originally, similar rumors would appear in the underworld almost at any time and spread widely.


    afterwards, most similar rumors were proven to be nonsense.


    but this rumor is obviously driven by someone behind the scenes.


    some enemies of taimiao also took advantage of this opportunity and actively joined forces to try to prevent taimiao''s further expansion.


    the lords who stood in the way of his expansion even made a big fuss about this so-called treasure to induce various forces to get involved in this incident.


    to deal with such rumors, various forces in the underworld actually have mature methods that can be used as a reference for tai miao.


    the best thing to do is for taimiao to temporarily stop expansion.


    what is false will always be false, and the impact of rumors will eventually pass.


    after the turmoil subsides, it will not be too late for taimiao to start its original expansion plan again.


    moreover, with the lessons learned from crying wolf this time, it will not be easy to use the same method next time, and no one will believe similar rumors again.


    most of taimiao''s subordinates proposed to temporarily stop the expansion.


    the general trend is such that there is no need to go against the general trend.


    these subordinates did not know the existence of the samsara pool and believed that the gains from this expansion were limited and that there were no important trophies on the road to expansion.


    but tai miao knew that the treasure was a fiction, but the samsara pond actually existed, and there was absolutely no room for loss.


    he was worried about long nights and long dreams, and wanted to incorporate the area where the ruins of the city were into his own territory as soon as possible.


    more importantly, there are many idle and bored strong men in the underworld.


    if these powerful men listen to the rumors of this treasure, they will search carefully on his expansion path.


    then there is a certain possibility that they will discover the existence of the reincarnation pool.


    although the possibility was very low, he had to guard against it.


    in the underworld, the pool of reincarnation is the most precious treasure.


    once this pool of reincarnation is exposed, it will attract many powerful people who are too wonderful to resist.


    therefore, tai miao ignored the dissuasion of his subordinates and insisted on continuing with the original plan and expansion.


    taimiao''s behavior made the originally nonsense rumors seem real.


    powerful people from all sides who originally didn''t believe the rumors at all began to become dubious.


    not only in the underworld, but in the entire spiritual world, the stories of competing for various treasures have almost never stopped.


    in the world of cultivation, there is never a shortage of monks who imagine that they can soar to the sky with just one treasure.


    the neighbors who were originally reluctant to provoke tai miao all stepped aside one after another and participated in this incident with the idea of ????playing a game.


    those who have a grudge against tai miao and dislike tai miao will not let this opportunity pass by.


    suddenly, taimiao found that his expansion encountered great resistance, and he also had many more enemies, either overt or covert.

 Chapter 3499

    during the rise of taiyi sect, facing powerful enemies from all sides, meng zhang often resorted to spreading rumors to disrupt the situation.


    in fact, spreading rumors is a commonly used method in battles in the spiritual world.


    he didn''t even expect that this time his incarnation, tai miao, would encounter such a method.


    it''s great to use this method on others, but it''s a bit disgusting when you encounter it yourself.


    although tai miao is meng zhang''s external incarnation, in many cases, she is more like an independent individual.


    his personality and behavior are very different from meng zhang.


    after all, meng zhang is a taoist monk, an expert in the righteous way, and he can be regarded as someone who cherishes feathers.


    he is not particularly overbearing in his actions, is always kind to others, and often leaves room for leeway in doing things.


    more importantly, he is more tolerant, tolerant, and willing to share benefits with qualified and powerful people.


    tai miao has the characteristics of a natural ghost and god. he is of extraordinary origin and follows the path of shinto practice, so he is naturally a bit headstrong.


    he has a domineering aura and doesn''t like others disobeying him.


    what he pays attention to when doing things is that he either doesn''t do it, and if he does something, he must do it absolutely.


    when dealing with surrounding forces, he has always been domineering and will never give in.


    in fact, many gods have similar styles.


    however, those gods who have no strength and no self-awareness will encounter disaster sooner or later.


    tai miao xing has his own confidence.


    in addition to his own strong strength, he also has the support of meng zhang.


    if he had not made too many enemies this time and the samsara pond was too important, he would not have asked meng zhang for help.


    after meng zhang received tai miao''s request for help, he naturally put aside everything and was ready to help at any time.


    there is another difficulty in the middle.


    although he was an immortal, tai miao also took great pains to solve this problem.


    as a ghost and god recognized by the underworld, he can bestow talismans to protect outsiders who enter the underworld.


    many monks in taiyi realm relied on the help of divine talismans to enter the underworld safely, temporarily not being invaded by the death energy, getting rid of the influence of the rules of life, death and reincarnation, and able to exert a huge part of their combat power.


    but meng zhang''s cultivation level is too high.


    once an immortal like him enters the underworld, he is like a firefly in the darkness. it is difficult to conceal his existence, and he will immediately be rejected and suppressed by the rules of the underworld.


    the last time taimiao summoned meng zhang to the underworld, meng zhang couldn''t take action at will. he just showed his strength a little and got the approval of the statue left by qianyuan immortal lord.


    this time, tai miao needs meng zhang to help him fight in the underworld. naturally, it cannot be like last time.


    after thinking for a long time, tai miao came up with a solution.


    he himself is a ghost god with mid-level strength as a god, and he is also the lord of the underworld who occupies a large territory.


    to a certain extent, he was protected by the underworld.


    in the underworld, he is considered a high-status existence.


    this time he planned to use his personality to completely cover meng zhang''s existence.


    in this way, in the induction of the will of the underworld, meng zhang is equivalent to being a part of him, and will not be greatly excluded or suppressed.


    however, meng zhang''s cultivation when he was in the underworld could not surpass him.


    otherwise, you will be attacked by the will of the underworld.


    both tai miao and meng zhang could accept this outcome.


    tai miao needed an immortal. under tai miao''s call, meng zhang soon left the yang world and came to the underworld.


    protecting a powerful immortal like meng zhang in the underworld is also a huge burden for tai miao.


    as long as meng zhang stays in the underworld for a day, he will need to continue to consume strength.


    on weekdays, in order to reduce the consumption of strength, it is best for meng zhang to stay by his side.


    even when fighting, it''s best not to leave too far.


    although because of rumors, tai miaoduo has many enemies.


    but there is no obvious evidence for such rumors, and those truly powerful people are not moved at all.


    those who are really moved by rumors are either those who have nothing to do, or those who are lucky...


    moreover, the area where taimiao territory is located is relatively remote in the underworld.


    the resources here are limited, and the level and number of powerful people gathered are average.


    the strongest opponents that tai miao currently faces are ghosts and gods of the same level as him.


    among ghosts and gods of the same level, taimiao''s combat prowess is enough to rank among the best.


    he can easily defeat ordinary ghosts and gods of the same level.


    meng zhang''s arrival doubled taimiao''s top-level combat power.


    taimiao began to expand again.


    although meng zhang''s cultivation level has been severely suppressed, his cultivation level has not declined. he has vast magical powers and rich combat experience, and is able to exert extremely strong combat effectiveness.


    he can usually win easily against ghosts and gods with mid-level strength.


    when he was besieged by multiple enemies of the same level, he even teamed up with tai miao to fight against the enemy.


    they are the relationship between the deity and the external incarnation, and are essentially one.


    the cooperation between them is extremely tacit, and their powers are interconnected. they can fully utilize their respective powers without the need for magic circles or special magic weapons.


    the effect of the two of them joining forces is far more than one plus one equals two.


    three or five mid-level gods and ghosts teamed up to besiege them, but they were all easily killed.


    after several battles, their fierce power in easily killing strong men of the same level shocked countless ghosts, gods and ghosts.


    as long as there is no strong person of the same level to stop them, they are allowed to rush into the army.


    a seemingly huge army would collapse completely if it couldn''t withstand a few attacks from them.


    after meng zhang came to the underworld, tai miao achieved a long series of victories in a short period of time.


    the strong men and lords from all walks of life who joined forces to stop him for various reasons were defeated by him one after another.


    especially those strong men who had no grievances against him in the past, but were moved by rumors and came to intercept him. if they were lucky enough to escape from his hands, they would often feel regretful.


    they didn''t get any benefits. just because of some rumors, they faced taimiao and suffered such a big loss.


    although they escaped temporarily, they would have a hard time in the future after offending such a powerful ghost and god as tai miao.


    to deal with those old enemies, tai miao still tried his best to eliminate them on the spot and prevent them from becoming future troubles.


    the lords who stood in the way of his expansion were crushed by him.

 Chapter 3500

    tai miao was eager to connect the newly occupied territory with his original territory, so he did not continue to pursue and kill the original lords who were defeated and fled.


    for the sake of his grand goal, he temporarily let these guys go.


    anyway, a group of homeless dogs can hardly pose a threat to him.


    with meng zhang''s help, taimiao''s expansion speed has greatly accelerated.


    in less than twenty years, he defeated all the lords who stood in his way, and also defeated the strong men from all sides who tried to hinder him.


    because the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld are so powerful that they even exceeded meng zhanghe taimiao''s predictions.


    after each period of fighting, meng zhang had to temporarily return to the yangshi.


    first, he needs to rest for a certain period of time in the yang world to get rid of the adverse effects on him caused by the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    every time he returned to yangshi, he was full of lifelessness and looked dim.


    he must retreat as soon as possible and use the laws of heaven and earth in the yang world to wash away the aura of the underworld on his body.


    secondly, taimiao used his own personality to cover meng zhang, which is equivalent to taking on part of the pressure from the underworld for meng zhang.


    he consumes too much and needs a good recovery every once in a while.


    without meng zhang''s help, tai miao also needs a temporary rest. his army alone is far from invincible.


    the army under tai miao''s command is mainly composed of ghosts and ghosts, plus some monks from the taiyi world.


    there are also many taoist soldiers trained by those machine creations and taiyi sect.


    it is also worth mentioning that with the help of taiyi sect disciples, the ghosts and gods under taimiao exerted their strength and captured and tamed many ghost beasts.


    in taimiao''s territory, there is a special place for taming ghost beasts.


    these ghost beasts joined his army and played a great role.


    the sources of the army are complex, which improves the army''s combat effectiveness and enriches its means of fighting the enemy, but it also puts considerable pressure on logistical supplies.


    it is difficult for this army to fight continuously and uninterruptedly.


    every time you occupy a territory, you need to stop and rest for a while.


    due to various factors, taimiao''s expansion felt a bit intermittent and took more time than expected.


    fortunately, tai miao concealed it well and did not expose the weakness that made him and meng zhang unable to continue fighting.


    after experiencing the initial series of battles, the strong men from all sides, including those who were watching the excitement, were all shocked by him and meng zhang.


    as he reached the back, he encountered fewer and fewer strong enemies, and the army forcefully sent by the hostile lord almost collapsed at the first touch, making it difficult to withstand the direction of his troops.


    in this expansion battle, taimiao established its reputation and almost scared the surrounding neighbors.


    his fame gradually began to spread further afield.


    he is no longer just an inconspicuous little lord and warlord in the underworld, but has become the prototype of a hegemon.


    after he defeated the last lord who blocked his way with the help of meng zhang, there was no longer any force blocking the way between his territory and the dangerous area where the ruins of the city were located.


    of course, the two places are only superficially connected.


    his original territory was fairly tightly controlled, but the newly acquired territories needed to be managed slowly.


    even with the help of many monks sent by taiyi realm, he still felt that he was short of manpower.


    in particular, there has always been a shortage of talents to manage the territory.


    if he wants to truly bring the newly acquired territory under control and truly connect such a vast territory, it will take a long time, and there is still a lot of work to be done.


    in particular, it would be extremely difficult to incorporate the dangerous area where the ruins of the city are located into one''s own territory.


    for this kind of matter, meng zhang, whose movement is limited in the underworld, can''t help much. he mainly has to rely on tai miao to solve it himself.


    what he can do is to ask taiyi realm to provide more assistance to taimiao.


    anyway, the taiyi realm has a rich harvest in the sirius district. not only can various resources not be used up temporarily, but they can also be stored in a large warehouse.


    under meng zhang''s order, not only did the harvest from the underworld not be sent back to yangshi for the time being, but was temporarily used in taimiao''s territory, yangshi also continuously sent supplies to the underworld for reinforcements here.


    in addition, taiyi realm will send more monks into the underworld to help taimiao strengthen the management of the territory.


    for tai miao, although making a few magic runes is not worth mentioning, making a large number of them still consumes a lot of money.


    especially the higher-level monks, the higher the level of the talismans they want, the more their vitality will be depleted.


    moreover, the talisman is a consumable item and needs to be replaced every once in a while.


    so far, the talisman can at most temporarily protect the cultivators of the yang world who are at the level of true immortals.


    let¡¯s not talk about meng zhang¡¯s special circumstances.


    only taimiao can make magic runes. he cannot spend all his time and energy on making magic runes.


    therefore, the number and level of talismans have become a bottleneck that restricts more taiyi monks from entering the underworld.


    the most numerous subordinates of tai miao are the ghosts and gods from the underworld of taiyi realm.


    these ghosts and gods are also his true direct descendants and have the most trust in him.


    he has surrendered a lot of ghosts and ghosts in the underworld, and many of them are strong men at the early level of gods.


    these new guys will have to pass a slow test before they can gain his true trust.


    in general, compared to tai miao''s strength, his current territory is still too large.


    it is not easy for him to truly control such a vast territory and manage it effectively.


    in fact, if it weren''t for the deterrence of the previous battle and the presence of meng zhang, there might have been some opponents who took advantage of the shortcomings of his large territory and made some small moves or even harassed him.


    in any case, after defeating the last lord who blocked the road and temporarily connecting his territory with the dangerous area where the ruins of the city were located, taimiao stopped this expansion.


    he needs time to slowly digest the results of this expansion.


    the surrounding forces were also frightened and would not start a large-scale battle with him for the time being.


    meng zhang is also preparing to end his mission in the underworld and turn his attention back to yangshi.


    but at this time, a sudden news forced meng zhang to stay in the underworld for a while.


    a swordsman from the yang world and a buddhist bodhisattva entered the underworld carrying heavy treasures.


    they accidentally exposed their valuable treasure and were hunted by many ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    they fled all the way, getting closer and closer to the area where taimiao territory was located.


    originally, meng zhang didn''t pay too much attention to this matter.


    he had watched this kind of drama of killing people and grabbing treasures countless times in yangshi, and he was a little tired of it.


    as for the idea of ??fighting for treasures, he really didn''t have any.

 Chapter 3501

    with meng zhang''s current level of cultivation and vision, not all so-called treasures could be noticed by him.


    in fact, treasures that can attract the attention of an immortal like him are very rare and are rare in all realms of the void.


    moreover, with meng zhang''s character and personality, he would not imagine that he could keep all the treasures he encountered as his own.


    it''s impossible for him to monopolize all the treasures in the world.


    meng zhang was about to leave the underworld, but the origin of the foreign swordsman was revealed.


    the connection between the underworld and the yang world is far closer than many people imagine.


    for various reasons, there are many situations where the two sides exchange information.


    many strong men in the yang world are also famous in the underworld, and many strong men in the underworld are also well-known in the yang world.


    as an ambitious lord of the underworld, taimiao has always attached great importance to the collection of information, especially the collection of information about surrounding areas.


    when the taiyi realm was unable to obtain outside intelligence, it was taimiao who tried to obtain information from the yang world indirectly through various means in the underworld.


    thanks to the full help from taiyi realm, taimiao''s process of establishing an intelligence system was relatively smooth.


    if there is any disturbance in the surrounding area, he can get the news in time.


    not long after the swordsman entered the underworld, his origins were exposed in the battle with ghosts and gods.


    he was born in the heavenly wolf sword sect, and the heavenly wolf sword sect had been exterminated by the coalition forces led by the ethereum realm.


    he deduced from the heavenly secret technique and personally directed the pursuit of the remnants of the heavenly wolf sword sect.


    the back tricks prepared by the heavenly wolf sword sect were removed one by one by the monks from the taiyi realm.


    the guy who stayed in the sirius world and tried to hide was found by the monks from the taiyi realm and was easily eliminated.


    the teams that escaped from the sirius world in time and fled into the void did not escape too far.


    most of the team was overtaken by the taiyi realm monks in the sirius district and completely wiped out.


    the small number of teams that escaped a little further were later wiped out one after another by the taiyi monks.


    even, under the guidance of meng zhang''s tianji technique, taiyi realm sent a team led by tianxian to go to various places in the void to clear out various arrangements made by the predecessors of the tianlang sword sect.


    the actions of the taiyi realm monks were very successful, with almost no fish slipping through the net.


    the current tianlang sword sect is basically completely extinct.


    i dare not say that there are none of the tianlang sword sect monks who survived by chance, but they are definitely rare.


    as for the still-living tianxian, meng zhang temporarily let this guy go because of the spiritual sense in his heart.


    needless to say, this tianlang sword sect swordsman who escaped to the underworld should be this person.


    he had already calculated that there was a causal relationship between this guy and himself, and that this causal relationship would bring him some opportunities.


    he just didn''t expect that this cause and effect would come into play so soon.


    now that mo sheng has fled to the area near taimiao territory, meng zhang is naturally not in a hurry to leave the underworld.


    this time he wanted to completely end this cause and effect, and see what kind of opportunities this cause and effect would bring.


    he believed that due to the involvement of cause and effect, mo sheng would not be able to escape his pursuit this time.


    of course, he would not imagine that the other party would come to his door, let alone sit and do nothing.


    he asked tai miao to mobilize his men''s power and actively pursue the whereabouts of this guy.


    tai miao''s intelligence system began to activate at full strength to collect all relevant information.


    as time goes by, more and more information reaches tai miao.


    although the sword immortal did not take the initiative to report his name, there is no doubt that he is the sword immortal of the tianlang sword sect, and based on various circumstances, meng zhang''s judgment was correct, and this person was mo sheng.


    the identity of the bodhisattva traveling with him was also revealed. he was the taiming bodhisattva of the tiantai sect, a major buddhist sect.


    the two of them seemed to have entered the underworld together, and somehow it was revealed that they were carrying a heavy treasure.


    the natives of the underworld are originally full of vigilance and hatred towards outsiders from the yang world.


    many ghosts, gods and ghosts almost instinctively yearn for the flesh and blood souls of living creatures.


    mo sheng and taiming bodhisattva didn''t know what they had to rely on, but they were able to temporarily resist the rejection and suppression of the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld, and were able to stay in the underworld for a long time.


    of course, their cultivation and combat effectiveness were greatly suppressed.


    they fled quickly while resisting the enemy''s pursuit.


    of course i have heard of meng zhang, the name of the tiantai sect.


    at the beginning, major buddhist sects such as the tiantai sect and the true buddhism were still competing in the hengling star region and the lingkong immortal realm.


    although the taiyi realm was also in the hengling star region at the time, its main enemies were the earth mother god sect, the fahua sect, etc., and they had never fought against the tiantai sect.


    the tiantai sect has the buddha at its head and is extremely powerful. it is one of the top sects in buddhism.


    tiantai sect is one of the main forces fighting against taoism within buddhism.


    of course, tiantai sect rarely engages in direct confrontation with taoist cultivation forces, but prefers to use some indirect means to engage in overt and covert battles.


    like this time, it was the work of the tiantai sect monks to bribe the tianlang sword sect to join buddhism.


    tiantai sect has done similar things many times.


    some of these activities were successful, and some were complete failures...


    within the taoist sect, there are many cultivators who are against the tiantai sect, and many cultivators deeply hate the tiantai sect.


    meng zhang had long received information that this time it was a great bodhisattva from the tiantai sect who was personally escorting the treasure to the heavenly wolf sword sect. he only knew that the great bodhisattva who was escorting the treasure was intercepted by someone from the taoist sect on the way. the immortal lord intercepted and failed to reach the heavenly wolf sword sect in time.


    the tianlang sword sect has been destroyed by the army of cultivators led by taiyijie, and xiang jiantian was killed by meng zhang himself.


    the transaction between tiantai sect and tianlang sword sect naturally no longer makes any sense.


    nearly a hundred years have passed since this incident.


    meng zhang did not know the follow-up situation of the great bodhisattva of tiantai sect who escorted the treasure, and had not received relevant information.


    now the sword immortal mo sheng of the tianlang sword sect and the bodhisattva tai ming of the tiantai sect have inexplicably entered the underworld together, and they are also carrying a heavy treasure, which will inevitably arouse some suspicions in meng zhang''s mind.


    could it be that the treasure they carry is the treasure that tiantai sect is planning to give to xiang jiantian?

 Chapter 3502

    meng zhang was still very interested in the treasure that tiantai sect planned to trade to tianlang sword sect.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect has been searching hard for many years but cannot find a swordsman who can help xiang jiantian advance to the level of immortal lord. it can make the heavenly wolf sword sect betray taoism and join buddhism. this treasure must be extraordinary.


    perhaps, this treasure will be of great use to meng zhangdu.


    meng zhang tianxian marked the places they visited after entering the underworld on the map based on the intelligence he collected.


    their escape route looked very messy, with no pattern at all.


    buddhism has a very strong power in the underworld and occupies a vast territory.


    of course, similar to the situation on the taoist side, the buddhist sect is not monolithic. these territories belong to different buddhist lords.


    there were many overt and covert fights among these buddhist lords, and there were even times when they fought violently.


    given tiantai sect''s status and strength within buddhism, it has a fixed territory in the underworld.


    logically speaking, tai ming bodhisattva and the others should flee to the tiantai sect territory.


    but judging from the direction of their escape, they were getting further and further away from the tiantai sect territory.


    could it be that there is some hidden secret in this?


    either tai ming bodhisattva is not loyal enough to tiantai sect; or is mo sheng''s insistence?


    according to meng zhang''s guess, it''s probably the latter.


    he studied the map for a long time, but couldn''t figure out where their escape destination was.


    they should know in their hearts that as outsiders, they cannot escape forever under the pursuit of ghosts and gods.


    they must find a shelter that can accommodate them in order to escape the pursuit of ghosts and gods.


    meng zhang and tai miao counted the surrounding forces one by one and guessed where their destination was.


    in addition, taiming bodhisattva is a monk of tiantai sect after all, and meng zhang and the others also have to consider the possibility that tiantai sect and even buddhist forces may intervene in this matter.


    the taoist sect is the most powerful force in the void, but in the underworld, the buddhist sect is even better.


    the taoist sect stands tall in the void and attracts the wind, and often becomes the target of public criticism. the buddhist sect is in a similar situation in the underworld.


    moreover, for the underworld, buddhist forces are also outsiders.


    it cost a lot for the buddhist forces to take root in the underworld.


    until now, many indigenous forces in the underworld still regard buddhism as life and death enemies.


    war wars often broke out between the two sides, and various conflicts almost never stopped.


    all major cultivation systems and major races are unwilling to see buddhism dominate the underworld.


    many times, buddhist forces are often targeted by these forces.


    of course, since these enemies are not united, buddhism can still maintain its dominant position.


    the area where taimiao territory is located is a remote area in the underworld. major forces, including buddhism, don''t think highly of it, so they don''t infiltrate this area on a large scale.


    at most, some inconspicuous branches develop here.


    of course, the tiantai sect is a sect with the buddha as its leader after all. its power in the yang world is far greater than that in the taiyi world, and its power in the underworld cannot be resisted by tai miao.


    if the tiantai sect insists on rescuing taiming bodhisattva, tai miao''s subordinates alone will never be able to resist it.


    fortunately, the tiantai sect has not intervened in this matter for some unknown reason. moreover, the origin of the ghosts and gods chasing taiming bodhisattva is complicated and involves many forces.


    so many forces, so many ghosts and gods are not easy to deal with. even the tiantai sect cannot easily eliminate them.


    this gave meng zhang and the others an opportunity to fish in troubled waters.


    as long as meng zhang and the others move fast enough and can find tai ming bodhisattva and the others in time, it is entirely possible to secretly kill people and seize the treasure without leaving any consequences.


    the problem now is that mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva are unpredictable and it is difficult to stop them accurately.


    meng zhang wanted to use the secret technique to deduce, but as an outsider, he was greatly rejected in the underworld, and it was difficult to spy on the operation of the secret in the underworld.


    if he had to forcefully use the tianji technique, he would probably suffer great harm.


    he coveted the treasures mo sheng and the others carried, but he was unwilling to pay a high price for them.


    especially since he was about to break through to the immortal realm, he didn''t want to delay his promotion due to serious injuries.


    after all, for him, no treasure of any kind is as important as his breakthrough in cultivation level.


    treasures are just the icing on the cake, and your cultivation state is your foundation.


    since he couldn''t use the secret technique, he could only rely on tai miao''s intelligence system.


    as for guessing mo sheng''s destination, meng zhang and the others had no clue.


    since there has been no progress in this matter for the time being, meng zhang did not force it.


    he has been in the underworld for a long time.


    he temporarily returned to yangshi and asked taimiao to continue to pay attention to this matter.


    it would be convenient for him to rush to the underworld anyway.


    as long as taimiao casts a spell to summon him, he will soon appear next to taimiao.


    not long after returning to yangshi, meng zhang received messages from the top leaders of the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect.


    they had already made an appointment to deal with the wild hunting star thieves together, and had been working on this for some time.


    they inquired through various channels, but they could not find out where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was.


    although meng zhang was disappointed, he could accept it.


    the wild hunting star thief group has been plundering in the void for so many years and has made many enemies. countless people want to know the location of its headquarters, but they have failed.


    the resources they invested were limited, so it was normal for them to gain nothing in such a short period of time.

 Chapter 3503

    the wild hunting star thieves have made countless enemies in the void, and their top brass must be very vigilant.


    there must be some mysterious reason why its headquarters can be hidden for so many years without being discovered.


    if the three sects of the lingmu alliance were able to find out the location of their headquarters so easily, meng zhang might even wonder if this was a trap.


    although there was no result in inquiring about the headquarters of the wild hunting thieves, there were good gains in contacting more allies.


    again, the wild hunting star thieves have been committing many crimes and plundering in the void for many years. it can be said that they have long been the target of public criticism.


    the top brass of the wild hunt thieves are crazy and cruel, but they are not stupid.


    they will not take the initiative to provoke those too powerful spiritual forces, especially those with powerful people at the level of the golden immortal buddha. they will often take the initiative to retreat.


    those cultivating forces they had offended either lacked strength or could not find their headquarters for a long time and were unwilling to continue wasting their energy...


    over the years, some cultivating forces have taken the lead in dealing with the wild hunting star thieves, but in the end they always failed due to various reasons.


    this time taiyi realm and other four sects came forward. although many cultivation forces were already discouraged or unwilling to continue causing trouble, there were always many cultivation forces who were really unwilling to give in.


    the four cultivation forces of taiyi realm are not weak, especially taiyi realm, which is now very famous and in the limelight.


    due to the action of eliminating the tianlang sword sect, taiyi realm gained a certain appeal among the taoist cultivation forces.


    after this period of hard work, many cultivating forces have joined their alliance to deal with the wild hunting star thieves.


    as they continue their efforts, more cultivating forces may join in the future.


    if meng zhang really succeeds in becoming an immortal lord, many cultivating forces who are still in a wait-and-see state will also join their camp.


    after all, many of the enemies of the wild hunting star thieves had not forgotten their hatred, but were discouraged because they could never see hope and only focused on preserving themselves.


    if an immortal lord ascends to the throne and lets them see the hope of annihilating the wild hunting bandits, whether driven by profit or hatred, they will rekindle their fighting spirit.


    although meng zhang didn''t know the exact time when he would be promoted to immortal lord, he also knew that the distance was not far away.


    before he is promoted to immortal lord, he will not take the initiative to launch a full-scale attack on the wild hunting star thieves.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect will continue to contact the monks from all parties and make all preparations before officially launching an attack on the wild star hunters.


    meng zhang took advantage of this opportunity to return to yangshi to rest and actively contact the luoyu sect, asking carefully about the whole story of the tiantai sect''s bribery of the tianlang sword sect.


    what he was most concerned about was what treasure the tiantai sect originally planned to give to the tianlang sword sect.


    after wiping out the tianlang sword sect, the luoyu sect''s attitude towards the taiyi realm was obviously different, becoming more enthusiastic and paying more attention to...


    the tianlang sword sect has been exterminated, and the transactions between the tiantai sect and it have become a thing of the past, and some things are no longer so strictly confidential.


    for many years, the luoyu sect, with the support of the yuhua golden immortal, has been closely monitoring every move of the buddhist sect, and has long since developed a quite excellent intelligence system.


    meng zhang''s request is not excessive, and it does not involve the luoyu sect''s own secrets. of course, the senior officials of the luoyu sect will try their best to satisfy him.


    not long after, meng zhang received the message from luo yu sect.


    as expected, luo yu sect worked very hard, and the information sent back was very detailed.


    the treasure that the tiantai sect originally planned to use to bribe the heavenly wolf sword sect was the thousand-leaf golden lotus born from the eight treasures of buddhism''s merit pool.


    the eight treasures merit pool is said to be one of the sources of buddhist inheritance and the legendary place where buddha preached...


    not to mention the various miraculous features of the eight treasures merit pool itself, the water inside and the thousand-leaf golden lotus growing inside are all rare buddhist treasures.


    not to mention the bodhisattva arhats of buddhism, the immortals of taoism, the demons of demons, etc. all covet the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    golden lotus thousand leaves is rare in number and demand exceeds supply.


    even the practitioners within buddhism must have a profound background, extraordinary talent, and a promising future to have the chance to obtain the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    it is even more difficult for practitioners outside the buddhist sect to get their hands on the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    although meng zhang is a taoist immortal, he has also heard of the name qianye golden lotus.


    it is said that golden lotus thousand leaves has various effects such as purifying the soul, washing the body, and calming the mind.


    after cultivators refine the thousand-leaf golden lotus, they can change their foundation and make up for various deficiencies in their practice...


    meng zhang had already seen through xiang jiantian''s true nature when he fought with tianlang sword sect.


    he roughly guessed how xiang jiantian would use qianye golden lotus.


    xiang jiantian has been holding the sirius sword for many years.


    this celestial sword left behind by the founder of the tianlang sword sect not only gave him powerful fighting power, but it was also a kind of shackles for him.


    the remaining will and power of the original owner in the sirius sword may have contaminated xiang jiantian''s immortal soul and body.


    the thousand-leaf golden lotus can not only help him purify his immortal soul and body, returning him to a pure state, it can also thoroughly refine the sirius sword, completely washing away the remaining will and power of the original owner, making it brand new.


    at that time, xiang jiantian will be able to completely refine the sirius sword in its best condition and become its true master.


    he takes this opportunity to break through and become an immortal-level sword immortal. the chance of success is indeed very high.


    of course, he had been killed by meng zhang long ago, and all the good ideas came to nothing.


    the tiantai sect originally sent a capable team, led by a great bodhisattva, to escort qianye jinlian to the tianlang sword sect.


    because they were intercepted by the taoist immortal lord on the way, the team was killed and fled in all directions. naturally, qianye golden lotus was not able to be sent to the tianlang sword sect.


    according to the news received from the luoyu sect, although the taoist immortal lord had been chasing the escort team for a long time, most of the escort team still managed to escape back to the tiantai sect.


    as for the whereabouts of the thousand-leaf golden lotus, the luoyu sect is not very clear.


    the immortal lord who intercepted was not able to snatch it, and was probably taken back to the tiantai sect by the escort team.


    meng zhang, who had just returned to the yangshi from the underworld, speculated that something might have happened during the interception battle. the taiming bodhisattva of the tiantai sect broke away from the large army with the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    then, by chance, he met mo sheng, the swordsman of tianlang sword sect, and the two of them escaped into the underworld together.


    due to the gap between the underworld and the yang world, it is difficult for news of what happened in the underworld to be transmitted back to the yang world simultaneously, and there is often a certain delay.


    what''s more, the place where mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva appeared in the underworld was also a remote place, and may not have attracted the attention of the mainstream forces in the underworld for the time being.

 Chapter 3504

    in the underworld, in a vast desert covered with yellow sand and a gloomy sky, sword immortal mo sheng, the dead remnant of the tianlang sword sect, was escaping in a hurry with taiming bodhisattva of the tiantai sect.


    not far behind them, a large group of ghosts and ghosts of different origins were chasing them.


    the two seemed to be in the same situation at this time. they were both grasshoppers on the same line and had to temporarily join forces, but they secretly had their own agenda.


    sword immortal mo sheng was secretly thinking about how to get rid of tai ming bodhisattva and completely occupy qianye golden lotus.


    tai ming bodhisattva followed mo sheng, showing regret and hatred from time to time.


    since entering the underworld, he has been thinking about how to get back the thousand-leaf golden lotus that was deceived.


    at the beginning, the tiantai sect sent a capable team to escort qianye jinlian to the tianlang sword sect to complete the transaction with the tianlang sword sect.


    this team also has another mission, which is to protect xiang jiantian and also protect the tianlang sword sect.


    the taoist and buddhist families have been fighting openly and secretly for many years, and they are deeply intertwined.


    the top management of tiantai sect also considered that if the news of tianlang sword sect''s defection was leaked, the taoist sect would definitely take action against tianlang sword sect.


    in the battle between taoism and buddhism, the golden immortal and the buddha generally would not take action personally. the immortal lord and the great bodhisattva are the top combat forces that both sides can use.


    if xiang jiantian of the tianlang sword sect is successfully promoted to the level of immortal sword immortal, he will have enough power to protect himself.


    with the help of the team sent by the tiantai sect, even if the taoist sect wants to clean up the door, it will not be easy to succeed.


    there are a lot of fights between the taoist sect and the buddhist sect, but they have a certain tacit understanding with each other, and most of the time they just click through.


    the power that the dao sect side devotes to the tianlang sword sect should be limited.


    after an unsuccessful attack, the taoist side would probably not continue to fight.


    to put it ten thousand steps back, even if the taoist sect insists on destroying the tianlang sword sect, it doesn''t matter.


    for the senior leaders of the tiantai sect, the most valuable thing in the entire tianlang sword sect is xiang jiantian, who has been promoted to the level of immortal master sword immortal.


    xiang jiantian is not the kind of rigid person who clings to the past. when things really come to a head, he still knows how to put his life first.


    an immortal-level swordsman not only has amazing lethality, but also has a rare ability to escape.


    under the cover of the tiantai sect monks, xiang jiantian would be temporarily safe as long as he escaped within the sphere of influence of the buddhist sect.


    after that, xiang jiantian, who betrayed the taoist sect, had no choice but to serve the buddhist sect wholeheartedly.


    with the help of the tiantai sect, it would not be difficult for him to rebuild the tianlang sword sect.


    the top management of tiantai sect had a good idea, but they did not expect that due to nanmo riyueguang buddha''s design of qianyuan golden immortal, it caused an uproar within the taoist sect, which led to a surge in the voice of the hardliners within the taoist sect.


    although daomen has not officially retaliated on this matter for the time being, many things are different from before, and some less important unspoken rules have begun to be broken.


    not to mention taiyijie led an army of cultivators to encircle and suppress the tianlang sword sect.


    the team sent by the tiantai sect to escort qianye jinlian was actually intercepted by the taoist immortal.


    the great bodhisattva who led the team still wanted to complete the mission even though he could not escape.


    he secretly handed over the thousand-leaf golden lotus he was escorting to taiming bodhisattva.


    tai ming bodhisattva has the strength of the second realm of immortals and has many trump cards.


    under the cover of the great bodhisattva who led the team, taiming bodhisattva successfully escaped from the battlefield and embarked on a journey to the tianlang sword sect alone.


    unfortunately, tai ming bodhisattva came a step too late.


    when he rushed to the area near the sirius star district, the sirius sword sect was already surrounded, and its fate was unavoidable.


    it was a coincidence that he met mo sheng who secretly escaped from the sirius district on the way.


    the tianlang sword sect and the tiantai sect have been in contact for a long time, and the two of them can be regarded as old acquaintances.


    tai ming bodhisattva has a very high level of cultivation, but because he has been practicing in the sect all year round, he has never had the opportunity to deal with affairs, rarely interacts with the outside world, and has no scheming.


    the tianlang sword sect is about to join buddhism and become a vassal sect under the tiantai sect.


    in the eyes of tai ming bodhisattva, both parties are already our own people.


    he basically knew nothing about the current situation of the tianlang sword sect.


    when he faced mo sheng, he had no defense.


    mo sheng summarized everything he had just experienced in just a few words.


    mo sheng still felt a little guilty for abandoning his sect and escaping from the battlefield.


    as a cultivator, he still strives to make progress and strive to pursue a higher realm of cultivation.


    in his opinion, if xiang jiantian didn''t have the sirius sword in his hand, the gap between him and xiang jiantian wouldn''t be so big.


    there is no essential difference in their cultivation realm.


    xiang jiantian feels that he can break through and become an immortal-level swordsman with the help of qianye golden lotus. if he has the same conditions, he may not have no chance of success.


    as long as he becomes an immortal-level swordsman, he can not only avenge the fallen disciples of the heavenly wolf sword sect, but also rebuild the heavenly wolf sword sect and take the heavenly wolf sword sect to a higher level.


    so, he spent a lot of words and deceived the thousand-leaf golden lotus from taiming bodhisattva.


    taiming bodhisattva''s mission is to hand over the thousand-leaf golden lotus to the tianlang sword sect.


    with a relatively simple mind, he thought he had completed his mission.


    after mo sheng deceived the thousand-leaf golden lotus into his hands, he was about to think of a way to leave taiming bodhisattva and escape, when a group of monks from the yunmen sect happened to be passing by nearby.


    yunmen sect and tiantai sect are both major buddhist sects, and taiming bodhisattva happened to know the group of yunmen sect monks.


    after the two parties met, taiming bodhisattva understood the situation of tianlang sword sect in just a few words.


    although he was a bit naive, he also knew that after xiang jiantian was killed, the tianlang sword sect lost most of its use value.


    now that the tianlang sword sect is about to be exterminated, just one mo sheng who has escaped is not worthy of the tiantai sect investing a thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    you know, within the tiantai sect, there was a big debate about using qianye golden lotus to bribe the tianlang sword sect.


    many senior officials felt that xiang jiantian did not deserve this thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    later, it was the buddha in the door who spoke and finally finalized the matter.


    taiming bodhisattva was not a fool. at this time, he finally realized that he had been deceived and guessed mo sheng''s thoughts.


    he wanted mo sheng to return qianye golden lotus, and mo sheng would naturally refuse to do so.


    just when the two sides were about to start a fight, the immortal lord who intercepted the tiantai sect''s escort team and his subordinates also chased after them.


    as soon as the pursuers discovered tai ming bodhisattva, they immediately took action and attacked everyone with him indiscriminately.


    those yunmen sect monks were in serious trouble and were inexplicably involved in the wuwu disaster.


    after a fierce battle, mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva were unable to withstand the pursuers and had to flee.

 Chapter 3505

    later, when they were chased by taoist immortals and had no way to escape, they unanimously chose to escape to the underworld.


    if a monk wants to enter the underworld, it is difficult and easy.


    it''s easy because as long as you enter the depths of the underworld of each big world and master the corresponding methods, you can open the passage to the underworld.


    the great thing is that in the depths of the underworld in the taiyi world, the door to the underworld is opened.


    it is difficult to say that in the void, there is no other support, and most powerful people at the level of immortals and bodhisattvas cannot directly enter the underworld.


    the tianlang sword sect once had dealings with the ghost clan from outside the territory, and mo sheng was the person in charge of the transactions with the ghost clan from outside the territory.


    the extraterrestrial ghost clan is notorious in the void. they often secretly infiltrate the underworld of various big worlds, eventually occupying this big world, and finally completely transform it into a ghost realm on earth.


    it is said that the extraterrestrial ghost tribe originated from the underworld, and its headquarters is still in the underworld.


    the emergence of extraterrestrial ghosts is actually the penetration and counterattack of the underworld against the yang world.


    after all, the various cultivation forces in the yang world have long penetrated into the underworld, established strongholds in the underworld, and occupied territories...


    as a result, the underworld fought back against the yang world, which can be regarded as a comeback.


    mo sheng didn''t care about the origins of the extraterrestrial ghosts, nor their destination.


    when he represented the tianlang sword sect, he contacted the ghost clan from outside the territory, just to get what he wanted.


    in his dealings with the ghost tribe outside the territory, he obtained a rare treasure in the yang world - the tongyou token.


    this is a treasure given to so-called friends by the ghost tribe from outside the territory.


    as long as the monk activates the nether token, he can directly enter the underworld in the void.


    after entering the underworld, with the protection of the netherworld token, the rejection and suppression from the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld can be greatly weakened.


    when mo sheng used the tongyou token to escape to the underworld, he thought he could leave taiming bodhisattva behind.


    the tiantai sect has a close relationship with ksitigarbha bodhisattva, and many senior members of the sect have the experience of attending lectures under him.


    in order to facilitate these high-level officials to enter the underworld safely, ksitigarbha bodhisattva gave them a special jade ultimatum.


    this kind of jade certificate has almost the same effect as the tongyou token.


    taiming bodhisattva followed mo sheng into the underworld using the jade ultimatum.


    the pursuers who were chasing them could only watch as they fled to the underworld because they were not prepared in advance and could not directly pursue them.


    seeing that the pursuers did not pursue them into the underworld, they knew that they were temporarily free of their pursuers.


    worried that the immortals who were chasing them were still waiting for them, they had no intention of returning to the yangshi immediately.


    tai ming bodhisattva chased mo sheng very closely in order to take back the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    now that the immortals who were chasing them were blocked from the underworld, tai ming bodhisattva immediately took action, and a battle began between the two sides.


    during the battle, they accidentally exposed the aura of qianye golden lotus.


    the thousand-leaf golden lotus, which can purify the soul, has a fatal attraction for ghosts and ghosts in the underworld.


    these guys may not know the origin of the thousand-leaf golden lotus, but they instinctively feel that this treasure has a great effect on their family and can even promote their evolution.


    for the ghosts and ghosts in the underworld, it is an instinct to desire their own evolution.


    the ghosts and ghosts that were originally only alerted by the noise of the battle, or came for the flesh and blood of living people, soon started to fight for qianye golden lotus like crazy.


    although mo sheng and taiming bodhisattva immediately realized that something was wrong, and mo sheng immediately hid the thousand-leaf golden lotus and completely blocked its aura, it was still too late.


    in the underworld, even though each of them has treasures, their strength is still greatly suppressed.


    faced with the siege of many ghosts and ghosts, they managed to break out of the siege and escape.


    some of the ghosts and gods who first came to them had big mouths, and they soon spread the news that they had a valuable treasure.


    next, they had to deal with ghosts and ghosts coming from all directions.


    their enemies are becoming more and more numerous and stronger.


    although they both hated each other, they had to temporarily join forces.


    the thousand-leaf golden lotus was lost by tai ming bodhisattva. whether it was his sense of responsibility or self-esteem, he had to take it back.


    if ghosts and ghosts took away the thousand-leaf golden lotus from mo sheng, then he would not be able to get it back.


    he had to endure the hatred in his heart and stay with the other party temporarily.


    since mo sheng could not completely abandon his pursuers, nor could he abandon taiming bodhisattva, he could only act with him temporarily.


    at first, taiming bodhisattva suggested that everyone flee to the territory of tiantai sect to avoid the increasing number of pursuing soldiers.


    as long as they escape to the tiantai sect''s territory in the underworld, these ghosts and ghosts will have nothing to do.


    mo sheng was not a fool, so of course he did not agree to this suggestion of throwing himself into a trap.


    if he really reaches the tiantai sect''s territory, he won''t be able to save the thousand-leaf golden lotus in his hand, and he won''t even be able to save his life.


    while avoiding the pursuers behind them, they looked for opportunities to return to the yangshi.


    anyway, time has passed for a while, and the immortal who was originally chasing them could not always be waiting for them.


    at most, they would stay a little longer in the underworld just to be cautious.


    mo sheng didn''t believe it. the immortal who was chasing them really had so much time and would have been waiting for them in the void.


    moreover, even the immortal who was chasing them was still waiting for them.


    when they use the treasure to return to the yang world, if they take a little more risk, they can stagger the place they appear from the place they originally left by a considerable distance.


    they have good plans, but the development of world affairs cannot be as satisfactory as expected.


    soon after, several powerful guys came among the ranks of ghosts and gods who were chasing them.


    among these guys, some had great supernatural powers and cast spells to temporarily place them in the underworld.


    in this way, neither the nether token nor the jade certificate can take them out of the underworld.


    if they want to leave the underworld, they have to find another way.


    although this was not their first time entering the underworld, they were not very familiar with it.


    the sirius world has fallen. even if mo sheng returns to the underworld of the sirius world, he does not dare to return directly to the yang world of the sirius world.


    by the way, the tianlang sword sect, as a powerful sword cultivating sect, also has some arrangements in the underworld. it controls a small territory and drives some ghosts and ghosts.


    after the tianlang sword sect was wiped out, it lost the support from the yang world. in the fiercely competitive underworld, there was no telling how long this small territory could last.


    mo sheng knew that the tianlang sword sect''s territory in the underworld was not enough to protect him, and he did not dare to go to the tiantai sect''s territory.


    finally, he thought of a target for help, and that was the extraterrestrial ghost clan.


    although the extraterrestrial ghosts are cruel by nature, they are also very greedy.


    he felt that if he paid some price, he could let the ghost tribe from outside the territory send him back to the yang world.

 Chapter 3506

    mo sheng was about to flee to the territory of the ghost tribe in the underworld. tai ming bodhisattva did not object, but followed him closely, almost never leaving.


    the pursuers behind him were following closely now, so it was not the time for him to take back qianye golden lotus.


    only when you reach the territory of the ghost clan outside the territory can you use its power to temporarily get rid of the pursuers behind you.


    there are many unknown connections between the ghost clan outside the territory and buddhism.


    tai ming bodhisattva believed that after arriving in the territory of the extraterrestrial ghost tribe, as long as he showed his identity and his powerful connections, even if the extraterritorial ghost tribe did not help him capture mo sheng, at least they would not prevent him from taking back the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    mo sheng was helpless as tai ming bodhisattva followed him all the time.


    after all, the other party did not continue to attack him, and was still fending off the enemy with him, so it was not easy for him to take the initiative.


    moreover, even if he takes the initiative, he cannot drive the opponent away.


    he might as well save some energy and wait until he reaches the territory of the ghost clan outside the territory before making plans.


    the extraterrestrial ghost tribe has many territories in the underworld.


    its main territory is located in the bustling area of ??the underworld, far away from this remote village.


    only some branches, especially the weaker ones, have established territories in remote places.


    based on some information in his memory, mo sheng rushed directly to the nearest territory of the extraterrestrial ghost clan.


    the original origin of the so-called extraterritorial ghost clan is unknown.


    the early members were mainly ghosts and ghosts from the underworld.


    after that, he attacked the various realms of the void, and many creatures joined him either passively or actively.


    these creatures were transformed into ghost clans in various large and small ghost transformation pools.


    most ghosts have different levels of imprints on their bodies, depending on their level of cultivation.


    the upper echelons of the ghost clan mainly control the lower levels through these imprints.


    thousands of years ago, extraterrestrial ghosts once secretly infiltrated the junchen world where meng zhang was born.


    after meng zhang had the external incarnation of tai miao, he embarked on the path of expansion in the underworld of junchen realm.


    during this process, taimiao fought against the ghost tribe from outside the territory.


    later, the junchen realm was destroyed, and the hidden extraterrestrial ghosts had nowhere to escape, so they were taken by tai miao.


    the cultivation level of these ghosts that taimiao subdued was not high, and the marks on them were of very low level.


    he spent a lot of effort to remove the marks on their bodies.


    of course, tai miao would not be at ease with the newly conquered ghost clan.


    he used his divine power to plant new marks on them, thereby completely controlling them.


    in these years, tai miao''s cultivation realm has improved rapidly, and his power has expanded a lot.


    regardless of whether he is sincere or not, at least these ghosts work hard under his command and work hard without complaint.


    they also gradually gained more trust from taimiao and were gradually entrusted with important responsibilities.


    especially after tai miao entered the underworld and developed, these ghost tribes had a place to use.


    they are at home in the underworld and are very adaptable to the environment here.


    the divine brand left by tai miao on them can not only control their life and death, but also help their practice.


    they have been practicing very hard to begin with, and they have received careful guidance from tai miao, so they have made rapid progress.


    they are tai miao''s generals and their right-hand men in managing the territory.


    the extraterrestrial ghost clan has great power in the underworld.


    if you develop in the underworld, you will have to deal with these guys sooner or later.


    there are many factions within the outer territory ghost clan, and there are many disputes.


    what tai miao has to do is to make friends with those guys who are valuable and try not to deal with those extreme guys.


    the ghost tribe under tai miao''s command can be regarded as the lowest level among the ghost tribe members. they are not from the underworld. most of them are from the world conquered by the ghost tribe from outside the territory.


    they don''t know much about the situation at the top of the ghost clan, and they only know a little bit about the ghost clan''s power in the underworld.


    moreover, they have now become tai miao''s subordinates, which is tantamount to betraying the ghost clan.


    fortunately, their identity as a ghost clan is true, and the management of most ghost clans in the underworld is relatively chaotic.


    they used their identities to contact some ghosts in the underworld and got a lot of useful information.


    the distribution of ghost forces in the area near taimiao territory has long been under his control.


    as mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva got closer and closer to their destination, tai miao, who was familiar with the situation in the surrounding area, also made certain guesses about their destination through a steady stream of intelligence.


    during this period of time, tai miao spent almost all his thoughts on tracking mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva.


    for this reason, he even delayed the digestion of the newly occupied territory.


    with the end of the recent expansion war, taimiao has become the leading powerful force in the nearby area.


    before gaining the strength to fight against him, the surrounding lords did not dare to provoke him easily.


    taimiao''s subordinates can roam freely in the nearby area and come and go at will.


    many powerful people in the surrounding areas actively expressed goodwill to him and were willing to cooperate with his actions.


    the spies under his command are moving more and more freely, and it is becoming easier and easier for them to obtain all kinds of information.


    compared with the established forces around him, the intelligence gathering capabilities of his subordinates are only stronger.


    therefore, he was able to guess the destination of mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva before other forces.


    meng zhang, who was in yangshi, received the news from tai miao.


    the tianlang sword sect has been destroyed, and there are no internal archives that were destroyed in time. most of them were seized by monks from taiyi realm and other cultivation forces. there are some accounts and other information about dealings with ghosts from outside the territory.


    after questioning the senior officials of three sects including lingmu alliance, meng zhang confirmed that the heavenly wolf sword sect had indeed had close contact with the ghost clan outside the territory for some time.


    in name, the ghost tribe outside the territory has done many evil things and is the enemy of all living things. they have been denounced by countless cultivating forces.


    but in fact, many forces are secretly colluding with the ghost clan outside the territory.


    especially those cultivating forces that want to penetrate into the underworld but have limited strength. if they make good friends with the ghost tribe outside the area and get their help, their development in the underworld will be smoother.


    it is not unexpected that the heavenly wolf sword sect colludes with the ghost clan from outside the territory.


    after this period of rest, meng zhang has returned to his best condition and is fully ready to enter the underworld to fight again.


    soon, tai miao summoned meng zhang to the underworld.


    after meng zhang confirmed that the tianlang sword sect once had a close relationship with the foreign ghost tribe, tai miao was almost certain that the destination of mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva was a nearby foreign ghost tribe''s territory.


    although the extraterrestrial ghost tribe is fierce in internal fighting, if their territory is attacked by outsiders, most branches will react.


    yitaimiao''s current situation is not suitable for an all-out war with the ghost tribe outside the territory.


    moreover, the pursuers chasing mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva were numerous and not weak in strength.


    if taimiao wins the thousand-leaf golden lotus, they will probably continue to be entangled by these guys.


    with important treasures related to their own evolution in front of them, they would not be too afraid of a bumpkin lord like tai miao.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3507

    in the eyes of those pursuing soldiers, lords like tai miao were kings and hegemons in such remote areas, and their deterrent power was really limited.


    the truly powerful people in the underworld dominate in those rich places.


    it''s too wonderful and really impossible to eliminate all these guys.


    if we really get entangled with these guys, maybe the entire territory will be disturbed.


    in order to avoid future trouble, tai miao did not send out his men, but traveled in a light car with meng zhang.


    as long as they move fast enough and conceal themselves enough, they might be able to avoid everyone and secretly capture the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    soon, they arrived outside the nearby ghost tribe''s territory.


    on the way, taimiao received information that mo sheng and taiming bodhisattva seemed to have entered the ghost tribe''s territory.


    this ghost clan territory is still relatively secretive.


    the territory is not large, just like an ordinary small town.


    on the outskirts of the territory, there is a black storm that never stops.


    the black storm contains extremely terrifying power, and can even tear the surrounding space apart.


    this layer of black storm is partly natural and partly caused by the magic cast by the masters of the ghost clan.


    with this barrier, ordinary ghosts and ghosts cannot approach this secret territory of the ghost clan.


    generally, if a true god-level expert rushes into the black storm here, he may be in danger of falling.


    as for the members of the ghost clan, they naturally have special methods for safe entry and exit.


    the ghost clan has arranged many similar territories in the underworld.


    most of the ghosts and gods in the surrounding area don''t know that this is the secret territory of the ghost tribe.


    only those powerful old lords know a little bit about this.


    they usually have a tacit understanding and usually don''t take the initiative to approach this place.


    after all, the ghost clan is the overlord in the underworld, and it is definitely not something that ordinary lords can afford to offend.


    although tai miao''s time in the underworld was limited, his power expanded rapidly, and he also had members of the ghost clan under his command, so he had long known about the existence of this ghost clan territory.


    he and meng zhang stayed outside the black storm and carefully looked at the surrounding situation.


    of course, such a black storm can''t stop him and meng zhang.


    what they were thinking about was how to break in silently and steal the thousand-leaf golden lotus without revealing their identity.


    suddenly, there seemed to be loud noises coming from inside the ghost clan''s territory, and the entire territory seemed to be shaking violently.


    due to the obstruction of the black storm, meng zhang and tai miao could not see the situation inside the territory very clearly.


    it seems like a war broke out within the territory?


    meng zhang was a little hesitant and wanted to rush in immediately, but he was a little worried.


    at this moment, a large group of ghosts and ghosts flew towards us from a distance.


    the pursuers who were chasing mo sheng and the others came so quickly, which greatly exceeded meng zhang''s expectations.


    they immediately gave up their thoughts of breaking in, immediately hid their whereabouts, and secretly hid not far away.


    in just a moment, a large group of ghosts and ghosts arrived outside the black storm.


    they temporarily stopped not far from the black storm.


    these ghosts and ghosts are obviously not local aborigines, and their cultivation level is not high. there are not even strong ones at the level of gods among them.


    to be honest, with their level of strength, they dared to hunt down mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva with such arrogance. it was simply a matter of life and death.


    in fact, such situations are not uncommon in the underworld.


    even among those intelligent ghosts and ghosts, many of them find it difficult to hide their crazy side.


    the desire for living flesh and blood, and treasures that would allow them to evolve, has made many ghosts and ghosts lose their minds.


    in particular, mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva never dared to stop and fight the pursuers. they only knew how to run away, which further contributed to the madness of these pursuers.


    most of the pursuers may not yet understand the true strength of mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva.


    the pursuers regarded them as weak persimmons with low combat effectiveness.


    mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva did not stay to fight, not because they were afraid of these pursuers, but because they were worried that if they were entangled, they would not be able to escape in time and let the real powerful enemy catch up with them.


    the bunch of little shrimps in front of them are not even qualified to be looked at by mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva.


    this group of pursuers knew that the target they were chasing had escaped here and disappeared right here.


    judging from their not-so-smart minds, the target they were chasing should be hidden behind the black storm.


    this group of pursuers did not hesitate for long, and rushed towards the black storm ahead one after another.


    a lot of ghosts and ghosts just disappeared into the black storm.


    it''s hard to say how many of them will make it out alive.


    the group of pursuers just disappeared behind the black storm, and then another group of ghosts and gods appeared not far from the black storm.


    meng zhang and tai miao hid in the dark and kept silent, and could easily judge the strength of these guys.


    these guys are all powerful at the level of gods, and there are even a few ghosts and gods of the same level as taimiao.


    they are the main force behind this pursuit, and they are also the ones that mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva are truly afraid of.


    they have been clinging to mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva.


    most of the information received by all parties, including the pursuers behind them, about mo sheng and taiming bodhisattva, was deliberately released by them.


    several of them had personally sensed the aura of qianye golden lotus.


    among the ghosts and ghosts in the underworld, there are many strong ones, including those at the level of gods.


    but their eyesight and knowledge are very average.


    they only knew that the thing on mo sheng could allow them to evolve, but they didn''t know that it was the buddhist treasure thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    of course, even if they knew it, they would never give up so easily.


    they kept chasing him all the way, and they also wanted to make full use of those ghosts and ghosts with weaker cultivation levels.


    the previous batch of ghosts, gods and ghosts were the cannon fodder they had prepared.


    unexpectedly, mo sheng and taiming bodhisattva had no intention of stopping and fighting, they just ran away.


    the cannon fodder that was originally used to consume and delay them suddenly had no use.


    mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva thought they had successfully escaped the pursuers and safely entered the territory of the ghost clan.


    the group of god-level experts didn''t have to be misled by them for too long. they woke up in time and tracked them all the way here.


    they are not those with little knowledge.


    even though they, as outsiders, did not know that this was the secret territory of the ghost tribe, they quickly recognized the origin of the black storm, which was one of the ghost tribe''s usual defense methods.


    as native ghosts and gods of the underworld, they certainly know how powerful the ghosts outside the realm are.


    they were not afraid of the outsiders mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva, but they were unwilling to provoke the powerful local forces, so they did not force their way in.


    but it is absolutely impossible for them to give up right now.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3508

    let alone the territory of the extraterrestrial ghost clan, even if i, the king of heaven, stand in front of me, i can''t even think of stopping them.


    however, they did not act recklessly. instead, they tricked the planned cannon fodder into coming here and let them go in first to explore the reality.


    the group of ghosts and ghosts broke into the dark wind, and soon a faint scream came from inside.


    the group of ghosts and gods waiting outside remained unmoved and continued to watch.


    meng zhang and tai miao, who were hiding in the dark and observing, spent so long, finally penetrated the black wind and roughly saw what was happening inside.


    under the cover of the black wind is the secret territory of the ghost clan.


    now, this secret territory is almost in ruins.


    i saw a sword light flying around in the air, a bodhisattva showing his golden body, and a huge ghost and god fighting endlessly with them.


    more ghosts and gods with lower cultivation levels were running around in the battlefield.


    ¡­


    seeing this scene, meng zhang roughly guessed what happened here.


    mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva successfully escaped into this secret territory of the ghost tribe outside the territory. not only did they not receive protection, they also clashed with the ghost tribe here.


    as for the cause of the conflict, meng zhang didn''t care much. what he was thinking about now was how to capture mo sheng and take away the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    the group of ghosts and ghosts who entered the black wind first suffered many casualties. they finally passed through the black wind and arrived at the secret territory of the ghost clan outside the territory.


    as soon as they approached there, they were affected by the aftermath of the battle between the three strong men, leaving them in a state of embarrassment and suffering heavy casualties.


    it¡¯s not that the ghosts and gods waiting outside have done nothing.


    some used probing magical powers, trying to find out what was going on in the ghost clan''s territory like meng zhang and the others.


    some of them tampered with the group of ghosts and ghosts who entered first, arranging some special magical power restrictions, and used their eyes and senses to observe the situation in the ghost clan''s territory.


    ¡­


    like meng zhang, they slowly figured out the situation inside.


    mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva had a conflict with the owner of the ghost tribe''s territory, which was a great good thing for them.


    among this group of ghosts and gods, several are from major forces in the underworld, and they also have some dealings with ghost tribes outside the realm.


    they looked at each other and immediately rushed towards the ghost tribe''s territory.


    they did not offend the ghost tribe''s territory, but found that the ghost tribe''s territory was attacked by foreign invaders, and went to help out of comradeship.


    someone took the lead, and all the ghosts and gods present immediately rushed towards the ghost territory.


    seeing these ghosts and gods rushing towards the secret territory of the ghost tribe, it was too wonderful to sit still, so meng zhang communicated with him in time.


    meng zhang has fought against the swordsmen of the tianlang sword sect many times and knows their skills well.


    in addition to being powerful in combat, the sword immortal is also extremely skilled in escaping.


    mo sheng had been in the underworld for a long time. even though his cultivation was suppressed, he still managed to escape the pursuit of many ghosts and gods many times.


    he shouldn''t be taken down so easily by these ghosts and gods.


    sure enough, meng zhang''s guess was correct.


    not long after this group of ghosts and gods broke into the secret territory of the ghost clan, a sword light shot into the sky, broke through many obstacles, and fled into the distance.


    a golden body of a bodhisattva flashed and followed closely behind the sword light, chasing after it.


    a little further back, a large group of ghosts and gods chased after them, shouting.


    the opportunity they had been waiting for finally appeared, and meng zhang and tai miao took action without hesitation.


    first, tai miao turned into a stream of light, hanging tightly behind the golden body of the bodhisattva.


    then meng zhang gently waved the qinggang sword in his hand, and the thick layer of black wind that originally surrounded the ghost tribe''s secret territory was driven and rushed towards the group of ghosts and gods chasing behind.


    after receiving the blessing of the qinggang sword, these thick black winds almost possessed the destructive power of a god, temporarily stopping a large group of ghosts and gods who were not sufficiently cultivated.


    several ghosts and gods with the highest cultivation level tore in the air, tearing the thick black wind into pieces in a few blows.


    meng zhang knew in his heart that the real test he had to face was coming.


    he must work hard to entangle these ghosts and gods, and try not to reveal his identity, trying to buy time for tai miao as much as possible.


    if we were in the yang world, it would not be a big problem to do this.


    but this is the underworld, and his strength is severely suppressed.


    moreover, the further the distance between him and taimiao, the more severe the suppression he received.


    he had just slightly activated the power of the qinggang sword, and the will of the underworld seemed to have noticed him, and the invisible terrifying power was about to descend on him.


    no matter how difficult it is, meng zhang must try his best to hold on.


    he has experienced hundreds of battles and has mastered many powerful methods.


    especially after experiencing the battle between buddha and jinxian at close range, and reading the notes left by qianyuan jinxian, he had a deeper understanding of how to use his own power.


    although it is impossible for him to take action like the golden immortal buddha, he can barely simulate it. even if he can only exert a little bit of power, it is enough here.


    he gently moved the qinggang sword, and with the posture of lifting a thousand pounds, he skillfully moved the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld.


    the space around the bodies of those ghosts and gods was suddenly torn apart, revealing huge gaps.


    many ghosts and gods who did not react in time were swallowed up by these gaps in space.


    those who are lucky enough and have strong enough cultivation may return to the normal underworld space in a few seconds.


    those who are unlucky and have poor cultivation will be trapped for who knows how long.


    along with the bursts of thunder in the sky, the whole world seemed to be turned upside down.


    some ghosts and gods who originally rushed forward found that they were retreating unconsciously, and the distance between them and the pursuit target was getting farther and farther.


    several strong men immediately realized that someone was secretly changing the surrounding laws of heaven and earth in an attempt to trap them.


    they immediately confronted the changed laws of heaven and earth, trying to get out of the predicament.


    ¡­


    among the ghosts and gods chasing mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva, the ones with the weakest cultivation are all in the early stages of being gods.


    there are several people who have the same cultivation level as tai miao and have the middle stage cultivation level of gods.


    as for those guys who have insufficient cultivation, they have been thrown into the secret territory of the ghost clan and are unable to catch up for the time being.


    meng zhang wants to rely on his own strength to temporarily keep all these guys here so that tai miao can deal with mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva.


    meng zhang never showed up, but secretly activated the power of qinggang sword, disrupted and distorted the laws of heaven and earth in the surrounding area, and used various means to try to trap these ghosts and gods.


    the cultivation of these ghosts and gods is mixed, and more importantly, they have different origins and have considerable conflicts with each other, making it difficult for them to work together.


    there is a strong person secretly trying to delay them. they sense that the opponent is powerful, and they don''t want to be the first to bear the opponent''s main firepower.


    moreover, they felt that even if they were delayed for a while, mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva would not be able to escape their pursuit.


    it was precisely because of their mentality that meng zhang was able to delay them for so long.

 Chapter 3509

    after mo sheng escaped from the sirius sword sect, his luck seemed to have been good.


    meng zhang and other enemies ignored him and allowed him to successfully escape outside the sirius area.


    he happened to meet taiming bodhisattva and successfully deceived him into getting the thousand-leaf golden lotus, a precious buddhist treasure.


    but since he had to escape into the underworld to avoid the immortals who were chasing taiming bodhisattva, his luck began to get worse.


    first, he was hung tightly by tai ming bodhisattva and could not get rid of him.


    during the fight with tai ming bodhisattva, he accidentally exposed the aura of qianye golden lotus, which attracted many ghosts and ghosts to chase him.


    after finally escaping to a secret territory of the ghost clan outside the territory, i thought there was hope for escaping from the underworld.


    what he didn''t expect was that the powerful ghost clan stationed in this secret territory not only knew that he was carrying a valuable treasure, but were also greedy and wanted to kill people to seize the treasure.


    generally speaking, the secret territories arranged by the extraterrestrial ghost clan in the underworld often bear special responsibilities.


    the ghosts and gods stationed in the territory will not easily contact the outside world, let alone interfere with irrelevant affairs of the outside world.


    the ghosts and gods stationed in this secret territory have become slack after staying here for a long time, and they no longer abide by various regulations.


    they keep in touch with the outside world from time to time and use various methods to pass the boring time.


    before mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva escaped into the secret territory of the extraterrestrial ghost tribe, the higher-ups in the territory already knew that they were carrying valuable treasures and were avoiding the pursuit of many ghosts and gods.


    when mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva entered their territory for help, they were immediately overjoyed.


    in order to seize the valuable treasure, they did not notify the other territories of the ghost clan, but directly attacked mo sheng and the others.


    fortunately, mo sheng and the others have always been very vigilant and never let down their guard.


    if the powerful ghost tribe''s plot fails, they will have no choice but to attack by force.


    the ghost tribe from outside the territory and the tianlang sword sect did have close contacts, but this past love cannot resist the temptation of treasures.


    mo sheng was naive enough to think that he could bribe these extraterrestrial ghosts.


    the greedy extraterrestrial ghost tribe captured him, and everything he had belonged to them.


    taiming bodhisattva carried out the tiantai sect, but it also failed to scare these extraterrestrial ghosts. instead, it inspired the other party''s determination to kill and silence them.


    a big war broke out in the secret territory of the ghost clan.


    when the ghosts and gods who originally chased them appeared, mo sheng knew in his heart that if he didn''t escape, he would never be able to leave.


    he did not hesitate to consume his longevity and vitality to stimulate his final potential and display the strongest form of sword escape.


    he finally broke out of the encirclement, but the annoying tai ming bodhisattva still followed closely behind.


    he began to feel that because the aura of the sword escape technique was too powerful, the nether token on his body could no longer be concealed, and the will of the underworld had begun to notice him.


    it seemed like invisible resistance everywhere was blocking his progress.


    taiming bodhisattva, who was following closely behind him, also had similar feelings.


    tai ming bodhisattva spared no effort to achieve his goal.


    but the aura of power he erupted was too strong, and the jade ultimatum on his body could no longer cover it.


    the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld are quickly suppressing them.


    under such circumstances, tai miao caught up with them in time.


    taimiao sensed that the two guys in front were slowing down and knew that his chance had come.


    he took the initiative to open up his own kingdom of god.


    a huge kingdom descended from the sky, covering both mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva.


    the sword light transformed by mo sheng suddenly accelerated, trying to get rid of the shroud of this country.


    however, due to the suppression of the laws of heaven and earth in the underworld, he cannot move as freely as he did in the yang world.


    a huge force was born in the kingdom, which firmly sucked him in.


    just as he was contending with this suction force, the huge kingdom had arrived and completely enveloped him.


    once you enter the divine kingdom of tai miao, no matter how hard your sword rushes or how you dash from left to right, it is all in vain.


    the situation of taiming bodhisattva is similar to that of mo sheng, who is also enveloped by this huge country.


    the already huge golden body of the bodhisattva continued to expand, trying to break through this huge country.


    invisible pressure continued to fall, causing the bodhisattva''s golden body to lose its footing and fall to the ground.


    regardless of their desperate struggles, tai miao took the kingdom of god into her body and left here immediately.


    if it were in the yang world, the wonderful kingdom of god might not be able to trap these two guys.


    but this is the underworld, his home field.


    the enemy was weakened, and he received blessings. with each increase and decrease, he naturally showed a crushing advantage.


    mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva were trapped in the divine kingdom of tai miao and immediately cut off all contact with the outside world.


    including the ghosts and gods who hunted them, the marks left on them, some of the manipulations done to them, the magical powers used to prevent them from returning to the world of the sun, etc., none of them can penetrate the too wonderful divine kingdom.


    after receiving the information that tai miao succeeded, meng zhang was almost at his limit.


    he was almost unable to trap these ghosts and gods.


    next, he would either let these ghosts and gods go, or he would have to reveal his identity, show up directly, and start a fierce battle with these ghosts and gods.


    after knowing that tai miao had succeeded, he felt relieved and took back all his magical powers.


    the qinggang sword in his hand cut through the space, and he immediately escaped through the crack in space.


    the originally trapped ghosts and gods quickly got out of their predicament.


    they couldn''t care less about chasing meng zhang who trapped them.


    their main target is always mo sheng, who is carrying a huge treasure.


    in no time, they caught up to the place where tai miao took mo sheng and the others away.


    this is where the auras of mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattvas disappeared.


    beyond that, there are no clues available.


    he is so experienced that he will naturally not leave any usable traces for the enemy to pursue him.


    when he left, he not only cleared away all traces and disturbed all the atmosphere, but also took action in time to block the secrets about him.


    these ghosts and gods were very unwilling and tried almost all their methods.


    some guys even harm themselves at all costs and use methods such as divine deduction.


    unfortunately, mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva seemed to have completely disappeared from this world, and their existence could not be sensed at all.


    after tai miao and meng zhang successfully escaped from their pursuers, they returned to their territory one after another.


    mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva were trapped in tai miao''s divine kingdom. they became meat on the chopping board and had no choice but to let tai miao deal with them.


    when they were first trapped in the kingdom of god, if mo sheng had been more decisive, he would have had a chance to destroy the thousand-leaf golden lotus in time, leaving tai miao and the others in vain.


    however, due to his reluctance and illusions about getting out of trouble, he did not immediately adopt such a desperate method.


    when tai miao took out his hand and began to use the power of the kingdom of god to deal with them, he would never have this chance again.

 Chapter 3510

    taimiao is the master of the kingdom of god and can freely control everything in the kingdom of god.


    once other people are trapped in the kingdom of god, unless their cultivation realm is much higher than his, or they have special treasures, they will never be able to resist the power of the kingdom of god, let alone escape from the kingdom of god.


    the divine power in the kingdom of god is sometimes gentle and flexible, ever-changing, sometimes majestic and violent, and difficult to resist...


    in just a few moments, everything on mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva was stripped away by the kingdom of god.


    as a direct descendant of the tiantai sect, taiming bodhisattva is said to have great supernatural powers.


    but in the face of the mighty power of the kingdom of god, it had almost no effect.


    the storage spaces of mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva were stripped away from them by the power of the kingdom of god.


    the trophies were so wonderful that they no longer held anything back and began to use the power of the kingdom of god to completely refine them.


    no matter whether it was mo sheng''s desperate begging for mercy or tai ming bodhisattva''s threats and curses, they could not affect tai miao''s movements.


    in the end, everything about the two of them became nourishment for the kingdom of god.


    tai miao and meng zhang worked together to clean up their storage space.


    the thousand-leaf golden lotus was carefully stored in mo sheng''s storage space.


    as soon as he saw this thousand-leaf golden lotus, tai miao felt a throb in his heart, and he faintly realized that this buddhist treasure had a great effect on his own evolution.


    taimiao possesses many qualities of natural ghosts and gods, and his soul is purer and tougher than ordinary ghosts and gods.


    but in the final analysis, he could never escape the innate limitations of ghosts and gods.


    in the underworld of taiyi realm, natural ghosts and gods are very rare.


    generally speaking, a big world must have enough history and foundation before its underworld can give birth to natural ghosts and gods.


    when the junchen realm still existed, the number of natural ghosts and gods born in the underworld was limited.


    but in the vast underworld, natural ghosts and gods can be found everywhere, but they are not too rare.


    it is not easy for tai miao to stand out among the many ghosts and gods in the underworld.


    although he has many advantages, as the incarnation of meng zhang, he can share his understanding of the great ways of heaven and earth, and various cultivation experiences...


    however, compared to those born ghosts and gods who were born from powerful forces in the underworld, had extraordinary talents, had no shortage of natural resources, and had a superb inheritance, he still had a lot of gaps.


    the thousand-leaf golden lotus in front of him can help him narrow or even eliminate this gap.


    this may even be related to whether he can advance to the underworld emperor in the future and become a powerful person at the level of immortal lord.


    for meng zhang, this thousand-leaf golden lotus is not that useful.


    he only lacks an opportunity to break through to the immortal realm. he does not need external help, and he is not prepared to use external objects.


    he is not a stingy person, and using this thousand-leaf golden lotus on tai miao is still increasing his strength.


    after meng zhang signaled, taimiao carefully put away the thousand-leaf golden lotus, preparing to go into seclusion to refine it.


    in addition to this thousand-leaf golden lotus, mo sheng''s storage space also brought them many surprises.


    the heavenly wolf sword sect has been dominating the void for many years and has accumulated so much wealth.


    the senior officials of tianlang sword sect have always acted without any scruples.


    collude with yunzhong city and trade with ghosts from outside the territory...


    they did a lot of this kind of thing.


    when mo sheng escaped from the heavenly wolf sword sect, he knew that the demise of the heavenly wolf sword sect had become a foregone conclusion, and the treasures in the warehouse could not be used for free for the murderer who destroyed the family.


    therefore, he plundered the vast treasury and specially selected those precious and rare treasures of heaven, materials and earth to take away.


    now, these things have fallen into the hands of meng zhang and others.


    among them, not to mention the yuqing spirit machine and the purple green spirit machine, there are also the extremely pure yin yang immortal cloud, thunder pond immortal water, etc.


    especially the latter is a rare and great tonic for meng zhang''s cultivation of magical powers.


    in the world of cultivation, after the immortals improve their cultivation level, it is often a heavy burden for them to increase the level of their magical powers.


    many immortals lack sufficient resources and have a good level of cultivation, but they are not able to improve the power of their magical powers in time, or the magical powers they practice are too ordinary, resulting in mediocre combat effectiveness.


    the immortal arts and magical powers that meng zhang practiced were among the top and most powerful.


    if you want to improve the power of these magical powers, it does not mean that you only need to practice for a long time.


    these corresponding heavenly materials and earthly treasures are necessary to improve magical powers, and they are also a shortcut.


    this time, mo sheng was a treasure-delivery boy.


    after experiencing the surprise brought by mo sheng''s storage space, taiming bodhisattva''s storage space seemed average.


    it''s not that the things stored inside are worthless, but compared to his status as a direct monk of the tiantai sect, it seems a bit unsatisfactory.


    however, no matter what, the overall harvest this time is still very rich, and meng zhanghe taimiao''s hard work is not in vain.


    after handling the spoils of war, meng zhang returned to yangshi.


    this time they acted quickly and secretly, leaving no trace.


    the ghosts and gods from all walks of life who were chasing mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva, including the powerful ghost tribes from outside the territory, had difficulty tracking them down.


    especially for the ghost clan outside the territory, a secret territory was almost completely destroyed. the ghosts and ghosts in the territory suffered heavy losses. the leader of the ghosts and gods did not know how to explain it to their superiors.


    in the following period, the nearby area experienced some turmoil. a large group of ghosts and ghosts ran around and had many conflicts with the local ghosts and gods.


    even taimiao''s territory has been invaded by many foreign ghosts and gods.


    tai miao maintained restraint and only showed her strength to drive away these intruders without killing them at will.


    in the underworld, big things happen from time to time, and various news about treasures often spread.


    seeing these ghosts and ghosts wandering around for so long, they really couldn''t find any more clues and had to turn their attention elsewhere.


    many smart guys among them thought that mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva might have fled the nearby area far away.


    after some time, the surrounding area slowly returned to calm.


    after confirming that there were no further consequences, tai miao began to practice in seclusion.


    during this retreat, he wanted to completely refine this thousand-leaf golden lotus and promote his own evolution.


    tai miao couldn''t wait to retreat, leaving the task of digesting the newly acquired territory to his subordinates.


    fortunately, after these years of training, these men have accumulated rich experience and can carry out various tasks in an orderly manner.


    especially the men he subdued after entering the underworld, including several god-level ghosts and gods. after a long period of testing, they are basically very reliable and can slowly take on heavy responsibilities.


    the prestige that taimiao had built before was still taking effect, and no one else dared to invade his territory easily for the time being.

 Chapter 3511

    the wonderful divine kingdom has refined sword immortal mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva, and the entire divine kingdom has taken a rare tonic.


    compared to those powerful men of the same level in the underworld, taimiao can be considered very young.


    his cultivation time was too short and his accumulation in many aspects was insufficient.


    although he has the support from the entire taiyi realm of the underworld and the support from the taiyi realm of the yang world, he still lacks the foundation.


    for those who believe in gods, the kingdom of god is the foundation of their practice.


    originally, the divine kingdom of tai miao was located in the underworld of taiyi realm, and could absorb all kinds of vitality from the underworld at all times.


    after he is promoted to the middle stage of being a god, he can incorporate the kingdom of god into his body and move around freely.


    this not only facilitates his movements, but also directly improves his combat effectiveness.


    belief in gods is at their strongest when they are in the kingdom of god.


    after the kingdom of god is absorbed into the body, it is equivalent to being in the strongest state at all times, and the gods can make full use of the power of the kingdom of god at any time.


    but in this way, the kingdom of god is equivalent to temporarily losing the support of the underworld in taiyi realm.


    in addition to continuously investing various resources to nourish the kingdom of god, taimiao also injects the energy it absorbs into the kingdom of god during its own practice.


    taimiao¡¯s kingdom of god is still very young and lacks foundation and training.


    sword immortal mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva are both strong men of the same level as him. after becoming the nourishment of the kingdom of god, they can greatly strengthen the foundation of the kingdom of god and make up for many of its shortcomings.


    to a certain extent, taimiao and his own divine kingdom are one.


    the growth of the kingdom of god can strengthen his power.


    the feedback from the kingdom of god has greatly promoted his practice.


    this great tonic this time at least saved him thousands of years of practice time.


    of course, such supplements cannot be taken indiscriminately and must be taken in moderation.


    otherwise, it is very easy to fall into the evil way.


    after refining mo sheng and tai ming bodhisattva, he had to spend a long time to slowly transform the alien power and purify the kingdom of god many times to ensure that there would be no future troubles.


    in fact, as a god of faith, the power he absorbed was indeed too mixed.


    among other things, the power of faith is his important source of strength, but incense is poisonous.


    no matter how he purifies, there is no guarantee that there will be no future troubles.


    that''s why the thousand-leaf golden lotus, which can purify the soul, is so important to him.


    after refining the thousand-leaf golden lotus, he and his divine kingdom can be purified and baptized in all aspects, which can make up for some hidden dangers left in his practice.


    before meng zhang''s death, the four families of taiyi realm, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect formed an alliance to deal with the wild hunting star bandits together.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are the old sects in the void, and the immortals in their sects are well-informed and have extensive connections.


    these three sects sent envoys to run around in the void, actively contacting those forces that were hostile to the wild star hunters, trying to form a big alliance, and work together to eliminate the wild hunters.


    when meng zhang was busy entering the underworld many times, they had already achieved good results.


    many cultivating forces in the void are interested in joining this alliance.


    some cultivating forces who had a bloody feud with the wild hunting star thieves not only joined the alliance, but also helped contact more cultivating forces, constantly strengthening the overall strength of the alliance.


    when meng zhang returned to yangshi last time and contacted the senior leaders of the three sects of the lingmu alliance, he knew about the progress they had made.


    he was very satisfied with this and encouraged them to continue their efforts.


    most of the immortals in taiyi realm are relatively young and have little contact with the outside world, so they do not carry out series connection tasks.


    however, meng zhang allowed the three sects of the lingmu league to act under the banner of taiyi realm, using the prestige of taiyi realm to enhance everyone''s confidence in fighting against the wild star hunters.


    when he returned to yangshi this time, meng zhang originally thought that the three sects including lingmu alliance should have made more progress.


    before he took the initiative to contact the top leaders of these three sects, they delivered some very bad news to him.


    the wild hunting star thief group has been able to plunder in the void for many years, and there are indeed many extraordinary things about it.


    their operations had just made some progress, and there was a reaction from the wild hunting star thief group.


    several cultivating forces that had agreed to join the alliance were heavily attacked by the wild hunting star thieves.


    two of the weakest cultivating forces were even directly wiped out by the wild hunting star bandits.


    the wild hunting star thieves also sent out experts to intercept and kill the monks sent by three sects including the lingmu alliance to work in tandem.


    the envoys sent by the lingmu alliance and three other sects did not suffer much loss, but their senior officials were indeed greatly shocked.


    in addition, the wild hunting star thieves also gave full play to their advantages as star thieves, robbing caravans related to the three sects of the lingmu alliance and doing their best to cut off their trade routes.


    you know, the void is vast, practitioners practice all sorts of strange techniques, and they require a wide variety of resources.


    even the big forces that dominate one area cannot possess all kinds of cultivation resources.


    it is a very common situation for the major cultivating forces in the void to trade and exchange their supplies.


    through business transactions, everyone can obtain the spiritual resources they lack, and can also earn a certain amount of profits.


    in fact, those hostile forces often trade with each other through indirect means.


    taoist monks secretly communicate with demonic monks, and buddhist monks do business with demonic monks...


    this kind of situation is not uncommon.


    the actions of the wild hunting star thieves this time were a great deterrent to the various cultivating forces and caused a lot of losses to the three sects including the lingmu alliance.


    especially the lingmu alliance is not so much a cultivation sect as it is a joint chamber of commerce composed of a group of businessmen.


    it has a strong merchant atmosphere and trade is its main activity.


    the wild hunting star thief group''s approach hit its vital points almost accurately, causing serious losses.


    when the top leaders of the three sects sent envoys to communicate with each other, they also paid great attention to confidentiality.


    but they will inevitably have to contact the top leaders of other cultivating forces to spread the news.


    who knows if there are spies from the wild hunting star thieves within those cultivating forces?


    maybe, among those cultivating forces, there are those who directly collude with the wild hunting star thief group.

 Chapter 3512

    the wild hunter star thieves are not low on vigilance, and their intelligence system is even more powerful.


    it is not unexpected that he was able to detect the actions of lingmu alliance and other cultivating forces against him early.


    the response methods it adopts are also conventional methods that are commonly used.


    although everyone has long expected the actions of the wild hunting thieves, this does not mean that the problems caused by the wild hunting thieves can be easily solved.


    the active actions of the wild hunting star thieves during this period have caused a lot of trouble to everyone, enough to shake many people who are weak-minded.


    according to meng zhang''s plan, he will not start a full-scale war with the wild hunting star thieves until he is promoted to immortal lord.


    everything we do now is just preparatory work.


    he will not give up his original plan just for some unexpected circumstances.


    he appeased the senior leaders of the three sects including lingmu alliance and asked them to wait patiently.


    after the preparations on his side are completed and he is completely confident, he will immediately launch a full-scale attack on the wild hunting star thieves.


    meng zhang kept strictly confidential the progress of his own practice.


    he just told the senior officials of these three sects that he was thinking of ways to obtain assistance and was waiting for the immortals he knew well to come to help.


    after taiyijie and meng zhang became famous, their origins, experiences and other information have been collected by interested people.


    the top leaders of the three sects including lingmu alliance have also tried to obtain such information for a long time.


    the officials of lingkong immortal realm suspected that meng zhang was connected with qianyuan immortal lord, so they did not kill him.


    the senior leaders of the three sects including the lingmu alliance also felt that taiyi realm had an extraordinary origin, and meng zhang must have an incredible backer behind him.


    apart from anything else, the fact that taiyi realm came forward on behalf of the taoist sect this time to eliminate the traitor tianlang sword sect shows that it has a certain foundation in the upper echelons of the taoist sect.


    it is precisely because of this that these three sects are willing to follow meng zhang''s suggestion and form an alliance to deal with the wild hunting star bandits.


    now that they received the news from meng zhang, they thought that meng zhang''s backer was finally going to take action.


    even the immortal lord came to help, and the wild hunting star thieves were doomed this time.


    the top officials of the three sects, who were still a little shaken at first, became convinced and determined to fight the wild hunting star thieves to the end.


    in fact, the three sects also know that there is no turning back. after their dealings with the wild hunting star thieves are exposed, even if they give up halfway, or even surrender to the wild hunting star thieves, they will retaliate with the severity of the wild hunting star thieves. his style will definitely not let them off easily.


    it was only because of the notorious reputation of the wild hunting star thieves and the habitual complaints from the top officials of these three sects that the previous scene occurred.


    now that meng zhang had given them reassurance, and with some intention to please meng zhang''s backer, they became determined again.


    meng zhang did not come forward directly, nor did he dispatch the taiyi monks. instead, he let the three sects handle this difficulty on their own.


    the top leaders of the three sects thought that meng zhang was unhappy with their leader''s dual thoughts, and meng zhang deliberately took this opportunity to test them.


    the three sects are all powerful sects with a long history and rich experience in fighting. previously, they were only intimidated by the reputation of the wild hunting star thieves.


    if they really let go of their hands and feet and respond to the enemy with all their strength, these three sects are still very capable.


    in fact, the wild hunting star thief group had fought against the taiyi realm more than once before, and each time it ended in failure, resulting in considerable losses.


    if you don''t count the legendary immortal-level commander, the strength of the wild hunting star thief group is not necessarily much stronger than that of the three sects joining forces.


    not to mention, the three sects have also contacted more cultivation forces to join their alliance during this time.


    the top leaders of the three sects calmed down this time and began to counterattack against the actions of the wild hunting star thieves.


    while appeasing the newly joined allies, they organized elite teams to engage in tit-for-tat battles with the wild hunting star thieves.


    they strengthened patrols on frequently used trade routes, increased the number of escorts for caravans, took the initiative to shrink, and temporarily stopped some more dangerous trade activities...


    the bloody actions of the wild hunting star thieves did scare some timid guys, but they also aroused the anger of many people.


    those cultivating forces that later joined this alliance also actively cooperated with the three sects to deal with the actions of the wild hunting star thief group.


    various cultivating forces have strengthened the defense of mountain gates and important strongholds to prevent the raids of the wild hunting star bandits.


    everyone agreed to watch and help each other. if the family was attacked by the wild hunting star thieves, other cultivating forces would provide timely reinforcements.


    no matter how strong the wild hunting star thieves are, they can''t say they can easily win against a coalition of multiple cultivating forces.


    next, the wild hunting star thief group''s harassment activities against these cultivating forces were indeed greatly curbed.


    in several battles, the coalition composed of several cultivating forces not only successfully defeated the army of the wild hunting star thieves, but also caused a lot of casualties to them.


    at this time, everyone''s morale was greatly boosted and their confidence doubled.


    the wild hunting star thief group is nothing more than that, not invincible.


    in addition to passive defense, various cultivating forces also launched active attacks against the wild hunting star thieves.


    although the location of their headquarters cannot be found for the time being, there are still traces of their activities among many branches of the wild star hunters.


    these groups have been plundering for many years, and they have long developed the habit of not fearing anything. their actions are not always so cautious.


    after each cultivating force seizes the traces of a branch group, they will immediately gather heavy troops and attack decisively.


    it is worth mentioning that during this process, the luoyu sect also provided a lot of help to the alliance.


    the luo yu sect is a powerful sect with many immortals in charge. both its strength and reputation are far above the wild hunting star bandits.


    the help provided by the luo yu sect further strengthened everyone''s confidence in dealing with the stolen maps of the wild hunting star.


    whether it was the intelligence it provided or the immortals sent at critical moments, they all played a major role in the battle.


    even if the immortal lords of luo yu sect didn''t take action, just providing some random help would be enough to give the wild hunting star thieves a headache.


    several branches of the wild hunting star thieves were encircled and suppressed, suffering heavy losses and even being completely wiped out.


    he sent a team to harass the enemy, but was intercepted by the enemy in time, and even fell into siege, causing heavy casualties.


    as soon as the wild hunt thieves showed signs of decline, they seemed to be in a state of being pushed down by others.


    he has made too many enemies, and there are even more monks who can''t stand his way of doing things.


    soon more cultivating forces joined the alliance, and more and more cultivating forces began to make moves.


    meng zhang has never left the taiyi realm and is basically practicing.


    however, he has not cut off contact with the outside world and has been actively receiving information from all aspects.


    he kept his eyes firmly on the current situation.


    he was very satisfied with the performance of the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect.


    they did better than he imagined.

 Chapter 3513

    the help received from luo yu sect was even more unexpected.


    isn''t the luoyu sect actively organizing and preparing to launch a large-scale attack on buddhism? how come there is still time to help the taiyi realm deal with the wild hunting star bandits?


    meng zhang was a little confused at first.


    later, he learned that this time it was not the luo yu sect who took action officially, but his old friend mingjing tianxian who was helping in his own name.


    a large sect like the luo yu sect with many immortal lords sitting in charge does not need to be that troublesome at all to deal with the wild hunting star thieves, let alone any helpers.


    just send out one or two immortal lords at random to make the wild hunting star thieves unstoppable.


    the current luo yu sect really has no time to deal with the wild hunting star bandits.


    when mingjing tianxian was in the sea of ??dancing flowers, he fought against the two leaders of the wild hunting star thieves, nielong ao fang and black ni bodhisattva, and they formed a good relationship.


    the wild hunting star thieves had a very bad reputation in the void, and almost everyone wanted to kill them.


    mingjing celestial immortal didn''t even need to take action directly, but just gave casual instructions. in addition to the fellow disciples and juniors of luo yu sect, some sects that had good relations with luo yu sect, including those vassal sects, would take the initiative to find ways to help the wild star thieves. the group creates trouble and even directly confronts them.


    meng zhang also once again saw the power of a large sect like luo yu sect.


    it doesn''t even require the sect to formally come forward. just the resources controlled by a senior executive can cause huge trouble to a large force like the wild hunting star thief group that has been in the void for many years.


    afterwards, meng zhang specifically contacted mingjing tianxian and sincerely expressed his gratitude.


    in fact, mingjing celestial immortal''s actions this time also brought many other benefits to taiyi realm.


    the cultivation forces led by lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect thought that luoyu sect was the backer of taiyi realm.


    the luoyu sect has many immortals sitting in charge, and it is said that there is support from the golden immortal behind them.


    although its power is far less than that of the lingkong immortal realm, it can still be regarded as a big mountain within the taoist sect.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are all taoist cultivation forces, and of course they are in awe of luoyu sect.


    with taiyi realm having such a strong backer, they also put away some of their petty thoughts and cooperated with taiyi realm honestly and wholeheartedly.


    they did not bother meng zhang during this period, but actively fought against the wild hunting star thieves.


    in the void, it is common for similar wars to last for hundreds or even thousands of years.


    it is not unusual for the war to experience many reversals and twists and turns.


    like the last time taiyi realm wiped out the tianlang sword sect, it was so smooth and the battle ended so quickly, which is relatively rare.


    meng zhang, who is in charge of taiyi realm, is not just sitting around doing nothing.


    on weekdays, he studied taoist classics and carefully studied the notebook left by qianyuan jinxian.


    from time to time, he would hide his cultivation and walk around taiyi realm, looking around.


    when the feeling comes, i will meditate on the spot and quietly reflect for a moment.


    ¡­


    retreat does not necessarily mean sitting still in a fixed place.


    what he was doing at this time was also a kind of practice.


    if he, the immortal, had not considered that there were still foreign enemies to deal with, it would not have taken him long to break through to the immortal realm even if it took him thousands or even tens of thousands of years.


    even so, he would not break his cultivation plan and forcibly break through the realm of cultivation just to deal with a mere wild hunting star thieves group.


    he has gone to the underworld many times before to help taimiao fight.


    fighting against powerful enemies in a suppressed and excluded environment like the underworld was also a useful exercise for him.


    after returning to the yangshi, he relaxed and seemed to have completely forgotten about the breakthrough in cultivation realm. everything took its course and followed his own will.


    this time, void heaven seemed to be taking care of him and did not make him wait too long.


    less than thirty years after returning to the yang world from the underworld, taimiao in the underworld has not yet begun to officially refine the thousand-leaf golden lotus. the lingmu alliance and other sects are engaged in a fierce battle with the wild hunting star thieves. meng zhang has been waiting for a long time. the opportunity came suddenly.


    on this day, he was taking a small boat out to sea, enjoying the ever-expanding sea area of ??taiyi realm in a relaxed and comfortable way.


    suddenly, something moved in his heart, and the figure immediately disappeared on the spot.


    at the next moment, his figure returned to the secret room of seclusion.


    originally, the most suitable place for cultivation for a heavenly immortal like him was in the source sea of ??taiyi realm.


    however, after many battles, he has seized many materials needed for practice. he is not willing to waste too much on the source of heaven and earth in the taiyi realm. he often consumes these captured materials first.


    there are many secret rooms where he retreats on weekdays, covering almost half of taiyi realm.


    many times, he didn''t even want to stay in the blessed land of the sun and moon deep inside the taiyimen mountain gate.


    even if taiyi sect''s sun and moon blessed land has been strengthened many times, it will still put a huge burden on him if he really starts breathing.


    as the lord of the taiyi realm, he can be protected by the power of the world no matter where he is in the taiyi realm, and he is relatively safe.


    the secret room he chose to retreat in this time is located in the endless sand sea where taiyi sect rises. it is also the place where he was born and grew up and embarked on the path of spiritual practice.


    the oasis where taiyimen mountain gate was originally located has long since become something like a holy land.


    taiyi sect has always arranged for disciples to be responsible for daily maintenance, and no one else is allowed to approach easily.


    meng zhang had already opened up a secret and independent space here as a place where he occasionally came to retreat for practice.


    with his magical power and control over the taiyi realm, he opened a secret retreat room at random. even if a true immortal walked in front of him, he would not be able to see the slightest clue.

 Chapter 3514

    meng zhang sat cross-legged in the secret room of seclusion, and a picture appeared in his mind.


    he was accepted as a disciple by the old head of taiyi sect and embarked on the path of spiritual practice.


    he has excellent qualifications and extraordinary talents. even when resources are scarce, his cultivation is still progressing by leaps and bounds.


    after the death of the old master, he was ordered to lead the taiyi world to overcome various difficulties in times of crisis. after countless battles, a small sect at the bottom of the cultivation world slowly rose step by step.


    ¡­


    recalling the past when he rose from humble beginnings, meng zhang felt sad and felt a strong sense of pride.


    at this time, his immortal soul began to vibrate according to a certain pattern, and the immortal power in his body began to boil...


    the pictures in his mind began to disappear, his thoughts were completely empty, and his mind became clear...


    he could clearly feel that his entire body, from the outside to the inside, from his immortal body to his immortal soul, was rapidly improving and evolving.


    his understanding of the great avenue of heaven and earth became clearer.


    the laws of heaven and earth seemed to appear directly in front of him, and they had never been so clear before.


    during daily practice, it is difficult for him to directly come into contact with the heavenly dao of the void.


    even though he is a tianji immortal master, his cultivation is constantly improving, and he is always separated from the void heavenly dao.


    now, he found that the heavenly path in the void was as clear as ever, so far away from him that it seemed within reach.


    somehow, the heavenly dao of the void was guiding him in some way.


    under this guidance, he slowly began to undergo some mysterious transformation.


    just as he was obsessed with this transformation, an inexplicable disturbance came.


    he couldn''t help but frown, very annoyed and even angry at this interference.


    although he didn''t want to interrupt this transformation, he knew in his heart that he had to eliminate this interference first before he could focus on the transformation.


    filled with rage, his figure appeared above taiyi realm.


    in the distance, demonic clouds were billowing, demonic energy was rising into the sky, and there were numerous demonic shadows... it seemed as if there was a huge army of demonic creatures coming towards him.


    the immortal lord is considered a very high-level existence in the immortal way.


    in the current void world, powerful people at the level of the golden immortal buddha rarely directly participate in various disputes. the immortal lord is the strongest combat force that all major forces can mobilize.


    as a heavenly being, the immortal lord has already recognized the leader standing in front of this monster army. it is the long-lost true demon rosh.


    according to some unexplained law, when a taoist immortal becomes enlightened, there will often be real demons who have a karmic connection with him and come to block his way.


    when he became a real immortal, the real demon rosh sent his incarnation to block the way, but he was repulsed.


    later, when he became an immortal, the real demon rosh came directly in front of him and was also repelled by him.


    he was busy breaking through the realm of cultivation at that time, and did not bother to kill this guy to death.


    now that he has broken through to the immortal realm, this guy still dares to come. he is really haunted.


    of course, meng zhang''s cultivation is improving, and so is his opponent.


    now the opponent is no longer the real demon loshi, but should be called the heavenly demon loshi.


    no matter what the devil is, meng zhang will not be afraid at all.


    in meng zhang''s perception, the other party was just like this, just in time to completely end the cause and effect between them.


    before the army of monsters led by luo shi, the immortal and demon, could rush in front of meng zhang, three powerful enemies of the same level appeared silently around meng zhang.


    two of them are meng zhang''s old acquaintances, nielong ao fang and black ni bodhisattva, the leaders of the wild star hunting bandits.


    their cultivation level is similar to that of meng zhang. last time, they led the army of the wild hunting star thieves into the sea of ??flowers in an attempt to take revenge on meng zhang.


    as a result, meng zhang cooperated with the mingjing immortal of luo yu sect and killed them so that they fled.


    later, due to the pursuit by the mingjing celestial immortal of the luoyu sect, they were in such a state of embarrassment that they finally managed to escape.


    after returning to the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves, they lost a lot of money because of this failure.


    only two of his defeated generals were not even qualified to let meng zhang take a look at them.


    standing with heini bodhisattva and the others is yunbo bodhisattva of yunmen sect.


    the last time the taiyi realm organized an army of cultivators to eliminate the tianlang sword sect, the yunmen sect and the king kong temple formed a coalition to come to the rescue.


    these two coalition forces were defeated, and the tianlang sword sect was also wiped out.


    after returning, yunmen sect and jingang temple were punished by senior buddhist officials.


    when they were in the sea of ??dancing flowers, many monks from yunmen sect were killed by meng zhang, including many bodhisattvas of the same level as him.


    even the disappearance of yunji bodhisattva of yunmen sect seems to be inseparable from meng zhang.


    new grudges coupled with old grudges made the yunmen sect and meng zhang irreconcilable.


    in order to give an explanation to the senior leaders of the buddhist sect and prove that they are not incompetent, the yunmen sect must take action.


    with the current tense situation between taoism and buddhism, it is difficult for yunmen sect and jingang temple to send large armies to attack taiyi realm.


    after the well-informed yunmen sect executives knew that the wild star hunters wanted to take revenge on the taiyi realm, they jumped on the bandwagon.


    yunbo bodhisattva is an immortal, of course, he will never make the mistake of being careless and underestimating the enemy.


    as his mind moved, tai miao appeared not far from him.


    when he sensed the opportunity coming and started to make a breakthrough, he had already notified tai miao who was in retreat in the underworld.


    tai miao has not yet begun to formally refine the thousand-leaf golden lotus. she is digesting the nutrients just obtained from the kingdom of god and slowly adjusting her state.


    after receiving meng zhang''s signal, he rushed to yangshi in time to protect meng zhang.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3515

    the taiyi realm is now located in the sirius district. meng zhang is not alone and has powerful allies.


    after occupying the resource-rich sirius world, the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect all stationed powerful forces here.


    the great world of sirius is much richer than the great world where their own mountain gate is located.


    in addition to preventing invasion by foreign enemies, they are also afraid that their allies will take advantage of them.


    in the tianlang world at this time, there are many cultivators from the three sects, including many immortals, and several others. with the relationship between the two parties at this time, as long as meng zhang greets them, most of them will rush to come for reinforcements.


    however, with the enemy''s current strength, reinforcements are not needed yet.


    meng zhang looked dismissive of his enemies on the surface, but in fact he never relaxed his vigilance in his heart.


    the enemies that had appeared alone might attack others. so, he did not rush to sirius world for help, but prepared to use it as a reserved trump card.


    as soon as tai miao appeared, something happened in the tianlang world.


    two huge golden bodies of bodhisattvas appeared in the void, very close to the great world of sirius.


    these two bodhisattvas are the gangyong bodhisattva and the gangli bodhisattva in the vajra temple.


    they are all powerful men of the same level as meng zhang, and their combat prowess is impressive.


    after they appeared, they worshiped a formation diagram together.


    after the array was opened, it expanded rapidly, and soon became like a dragnet, completely surrounding the entire sirius world.


    along with the spellcasting of the two bodhisattvas, golden buddha statues appeared in the array, strengthening the power of the array and surrounding the great world of sirius with airtight.


    meng zhang just glanced at it from a distance and knew that the formation diagram offered by the two bodhisattvas was extraordinary and powerful.


    of course, if meng zhang needs it, he can still ask for help from the luo yu sect.


    but i don¡¯t know how long it will take for the reinforcements to arrive here. by then, i¡¯m afraid everything will be over.


    the immortals from lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are willing to help meng zhang, but most of them are not willing to fight for meng zhang, let alone pay a heavy sacrifice.


    after the sirius world was surrounded, all the cultivators inside were temporarily trapped.


    there are also many cultivators stationed in the other three big worlds in the sirius district, including many true immortals and even heavenly immortals.


    but judging from the current situation, at least there must be cultivators with insufficient cultivation, including many monks in the taiyi world at this time, who rashly come to join the war, but they will die in vain.


    with meng zhang''s character, he was not willing to consume these cultivators as cannon fodder.


    the enemy had calculated deeply and was obviously well prepared. meng zhang once again raised his vigilance.


    meng zhang took action, and he was not prepared to remain passive.


    he and tai miao flew away from taiyi realm.


    the enemy''s target is him, and he can''t bother attacking taiyi realm now.


    staying away from taiyi realm can prevent the next war from spreading there.


    meng zhang and tai miao had just flown a certain distance when they were surrounded by the enemy again.


    they were not running away at full speed, they just wanted to change the battlefield.


    in the eyes of the enemy, meng zhang must not be allowed to break through to the immortal realm.


    none of them had the idea of ??using taiyi realm to contain meng zhang.


    in their opinion, compared to the importance of breaking through to the immortal realm, the taiyi realm is not worth mentioning at all.


    as long as meng zhang breaks through to the realm of immortal lord, he will be able to sweep away enemies from all sides, reshape the taiyi realm, and rebuild the taiyi sect with ease.


    for themselves and others, they themselves will not affect their own cultivation breakthrough just for the sake of a mere taiyi realm.


    if meng zhang escapes this time, they will never have peace in the future until meng zhang breaks through to the immortal realm.


    meng zhang had no intention of avoiding the battle.


    since it is your own fate, you can only face it bravely, and escaping is not an option.


    especially for this kind of external disaster, many secret methods to avoid it are not easy to use, and you still have to go through it after all.


    unless the enemy has a crushing advantage, meng zhang will not easily avoid battle, but will bravely face the battle and take the initiative.


    before meng zhang, tai miao launched the attack first.


    he directly manifested the body of a ghost and god, transformed into a giant, and rushed towards the enemy.


    black ni bodhisattva and yunbo bodhisattva took the initiative to greet them.


    they manifested the golden body of the bodhisattva to resist tai miao, and they were inseparable from killing him.


    although black ni bodhisattva has long since rebelled against buddhism, he is still a buddhist, and the basic skills he practices are also authentic buddhist inheritance.


    he was very familiar with some of the methods of his temporary comrade-in-arms yunbo bodhisattva and actively cooperated with him.


    buddhist practices are very inclusive, and their development directions are ever-changing.


    after black ni bodhisattva rebelled against buddhism, he practiced many unorthodox techniques and supernatural powers.


    although these skills and magical powers were not enough to make him enlightened, they gave him various methods and made him very difficult to deal with.


    the golden body of the bodhisattva he manifested was not as shiny as the golden bodies of other buddhist monks. instead, it looked rusty and entangled in black mud in many places.


    the black mud seemed to be alive, ever-changing and strange, and kept attacking taimiao.


    out of instinct, tai miao didn''t want to let the black mud contaminate his body of ghosts and gods, so he released a series of magical powers to spread it away.


    as a direct descendant of the yunmen sect, yunbo bodhisattva¡¯s practice must be extraordinary.


    buddhism is definitely not as upright as it appears on the surface, but has a lot of dark sides.


    in fact, any cultivation force that can gain a foothold and survive in the void will have a similar situation.


    in the long tradition of buddhism, there are dark methods specifically used to eradicate enemies of buddhism and protect the sect.


    to practice this kind of method is more difficult than practicing conventional buddhist techniques, and it tests the practitioner''s mind and will more.


    yunbo bodhisattva is the guardian in the shadow of yunmen sect. he is top-notch in terms of will and talent.


    he went through countless tests and endured countless pains before he developed the skills he has today.


    the golden body of the bodhisattva he manifested shines so brightly that no one can look directly at it.


    in the shadows hidden beneath the light, sinister forces are constantly accumulating and changing.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3516

    tai miao, who was fighting against the two golden bodies of bodhisattvas, suddenly felt a chill in his heart, feeling as if he was being targeted by a poisonous snake.


    he twisted his huge ghost body almost instinctively.


    shadows, covered by the golden body of yunbo bodhisattva, occupied his original position like living creatures.


    taimiao, who relied on his keen intuition to avoid the enemy''s killer, roared angrily, and streaks of gray divine light shot towards these shadows.


    these shadows let out bursts of screams, and then quickly began to wither and decay until they completely disappeared.


    one blow missed, yunbo bodhisattva didn''t take it seriously and continued to accumulate strength, waiting for the next opportunity to take action.


    heini bodhisattva and yunbo bodhisattva joined forces. although they could not defeat tai miao, they also tightly entangled him, leaving him unable to support meng zhang.


    judging from the current situation, meng zhang did not need support from others.


    the evil dragon ao fang manifested the body of a true dragon, and with a burst of roars, he came towards meng zhang to kill him.


    among the many races in the void, the true dragon race ranks at the top and is notoriously powerful.


    even taoist immortals and buddhist bodhisattva arhats would not easily provoke members of the true dragon clan when unnecessary.


    the members of the true dragon clan rely on their extraordinary talents and naturally powerful fighting power to run rampant in the void, arrogating everywhere, causing all forces to retreat.


    although the evil dragon ao fang had long since betrayed the true dragon clan and degenerated into an evil dragon, his nature and habits had not changed, and he still had the arrogant and arrogant virtues of a true dragon.


    after he rebelled against the true dragon clan, he lived in the void for many years.


    for some reason, the true dragon clan did not pursue him aggressively.


    he caused trouble in the void and made enemies everywhere.


    among these enemies, it goes without saying that there are those monks who cannot defeat him.


    there are many guys who are higher in cultivation than him and have stronger fighting ability than him. as long as they don''t have real hatred and hatred, they usually won''t hold on to him because they are worried about the true dragon clan.


    this only fueled his arrogance and made him even more arrogant.


    the failure he encountered in the sea of ??dancing flowers was unprecedented and filled him with rage.


    he believed that the failure was due to non-combat crimes, the team''s poor coordination, and meng zhang''s despicable means and the help of external forces.


    the wild hunting star thief group had long known that taiyi realm, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect were forming an alliance to try to eliminate them.


    with its excellent intelligence system, its senior leaders are keenly aware that taiyijie is not only the initiator of this small alliance, but also the core of the command.


    although the wild hunting star thieves are very strong, they cannot fight against so many cultivating forces at the same time.


    to shoot a man, shoot a horse first; to capture a thief, capture the king first.


    the top brass of the wild hunting star thief group felt that the taiyi realm was the key to the problem.


    as long as taiyi realm is eliminated and the enemy''s command core is destroyed, the enemy will be defeated without attacking.


    meng zhang has always been the absolute core of the taiyi world.


    to eliminate taiyi realm first, meng zhang must be eliminated first.


    as long as meng zhang is killed, it will be enough to deter those who are enemies of the wild hunting star thieves.


    during this period, because the alliance organized by the taiyi realm was fighting against the wild hunting star thieves, many of its troops were restrained, and the power it could mobilize was limited.


    fortunately, the two sects, yunmen sect and jingang temple, also decided to give taiyi realm a bit of a show in order to explain things to the higher-ups of the buddhist sect.


    with the help of caring people, the three families hit it off and quickly joined forces.


    of course, this alliance is limited to this time against taiyi realm, and it is a secret alliance.


    after all, yunmen sect and jingang temple are both so-called prestigious sects and direct descendants of buddhism. how can they collude with the star thieves in an honest and fair manner?


    the three families sent a team composed entirely of experts of the same level as meng zhang and sneaked into the sirius area.


    most of the people in this team are not confident enough to eliminate taiyi realm. everyone is watching in secret, waiting for the opportunity.


    they didn''t have to wait long. the opportunity for meng zhang to break through to the realm of immortal lord came, and the corresponding calamity also came.


    they were all strong men from large sects, and they were well-informed, so they naturally understood what the scene they saw meant.


    if meng zhang were allowed to break through to the realm of immortal lord, they would not be able to deal with him.


    in their opinion, the probability of meng zhang being able to survive the calamity and successfully break through is about 50-50.


    of course they couldn''t accept this result. what they wanted was for meng zhang to fail in his breakthrough.


    just as meng zhang''s evil calamity is coming, of course they must seize the opportunity, add fuel to the flames, and make meng zhang completely fail.


    as a result, they became meng zhang''s human calamity.


    meng zhang may not be aware of the twists and turns, but since the other party wants to prevent him from becoming enlightened, then the other party has become his sworn enemy.


    meng zhang not only wants to successfully break through to the immortal realm, but he also won¡¯t let these guys off lightly.


    seeing the evil dragon ao fang taking the initiative to kill him, meng zhang''s face was filled with a contemptuous sneer.


    a mere evil dragon, if he hadn''t run so fast back then, he would have been taken care of long ago, and now he still dares to come and die.


    meng zhang would not worry about the true dragon clan.


    the hatred that blocks the way is irreconcilable.


    all enemies blocking the way were killed.


    the two qi of yin and yang turned into a long dragon and swept over, knocking the evil dragon ao fang into disorientation and losing his footing.


    nielong ao fang, who was originally full of confidence, suddenly woke up.


    when they were in the whirling flower sea, he and meng zhang were both heavenly immortals. this junior human race had made great progress in cultivation, and their advancement was extremely fast.


    however, although he was left behind by the opponent in terms of cultivation level, he thought that he could still compete well with the opponent by relying on the talents of the true dragon clan.


    not to mention defeating the opponent, at least he can entangle with the opponent for a while and create opportunities for the disaster to come.


    but when he really took action, nielong ao fang realized that he was completely wrong. he had greatly underestimated the powerful enemy in front of him.


    meng zhangdu didn''t take any serious action. he just struck casually and gained a clear advantage.


    although nie long ao fang has a series of shortcomings, he is not a fool, let alone a person who does not know life and death.


    although he was reluctant to admit it, he had to understand that the strength gap between the two sides was too large, and he was far from the opponent''s opponent.


    of course, he was not willing to back down.


    if meng zhang really wants to successfully break through to the immortal realm, he may have to face the opponent''s continuous pursuit in the future.


    he adjusted his actions and decided not to confront meng zhang head-on.


    let the monster be in front first, and look for opportunities to take action from the side.

 Chapter 3517

    nielong ao fang still thought highly of himself, and meng zhang''s main attention had never been on him.


    meng zhang is not a monk without foundation, but the inheritor of the golden immortal.


    he has read many relevant classics and the notes left by the qianyuan golden immortal. he has already anticipated what he will encounter and what difficulties he will encounter when he breaks through to the immortal realm.


    as a major realm of immortal cultivation, the immortal realm is the last of the three realms of immortality and is of very great significance.


    generally speaking, cultivators will face various disasters if they break through such a great realm.


    in his previous practice, meng zhang also experienced heavenly tribulations, demonic tribulations, etc.


    generally speaking, the calamities that cultivators face are roughly divided into internal calamities and external calamities.


    internal calamity is a problem that one encounters in the process of spiritual practice and needs to be overcome by oneself.


    external tribulations are complicated. there are natural tribulations, human tribulations, and demonic tribulations...


    the natural catastrophes of the ordinary big world basically pose no great threat to immortals of his level.


    as for those who have broken through to the immortal realm, unless they are the kind of guy who commits extremely evil crimes and is punished by heaven, the heavenly dao of the void will generally not easily bring down the heavenly tribulation.


    the external calamities that meng zhang is currently facing are human calamities and demonic calamities.


    a group of guys from the yunmen sect, the king kong temple, and the wild hunting star thieves just happened to show up here, and it was his calamity.


    although the monks from lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect did not directly help him overcome the tribulation, their existence objectively dispersed the power of the tribulation.


    taimiao restrained heini bodhisattva and yunbo bodhisattva.


    the power of human robbery has been greatly weakened.


    the evil dragon ao fang alone was not qualified to threaten him.


    of course he would not think that this disaster would be that simple and would be overcome so easily.


    since human tribulation does not pose much of a threat, the biggest threat is probably demonic tribulation.


    the demon luo shi is meng zhang''s old rival, and the two sides are deeply entangled in cause and effect.


    but tian mo luo shi seemed to be menacing and powerful, but the gap between his and meng zhang''s cultivation was too big, and he was no match for him.


    of course, meng zhang would not think that this demonic calamity was a bluff.


    a mere demon, roshi, is not qualified to be his demon at all.


    there must be some mystery in this.


    meng zhang carefully sensed the surroundings and carefully searched for the real source of the threat.


    meng zhang''s disdain and contempt had already made nielong ao enraged before.


    now meng zhang''s attitude of almost ignoring him made him even more crazy.


    the last trace of clarity in his heart suppressed his desperate impulse to fight meng zhang.


    while fighting with the yin and yang, he waited for the demonic calamity to show its power.


    the demon luo shi appeared first and led an army of monsters to kill meng zhang.


    after meng zhang and tai miao quickly moved away from taiyi realm, he also led this army of monsters to kill them.


    but i don¡¯t know why, even after so long, the army he led still never came to meng zhang.


    at the beginning, when the powerful men from yunmen sect, jingang temple and wild hunting star thief group appeared, he knew that meng zhang''s personal disaster was coming, and he felt a little relaxed.


    but then, the powerful men from these three families were easily blocked.


    demon luo shi knew that he could no longer delay, and had no hope that meng zhang''s human calamity could successfully block the way.


    he had a wry smile on his face, and then showed a firm and decisive expression.


    back then, when meng zhang became a true immortal, he descended incarnation to block the way, which destined him and meng zhang to be deeply involved and entangled in cause and effect.


    after meng zhang defeated his incarnation and successfully became a true immortal, he felt something in his heart that he and meng zhang would become lifelong enemies.


    due to the special entanglement of cause and effect, when meng zhang''s cultivation progressed, it in turn promoted the progress of his cultivation.


    moreover, as a strong man in the demonic realm, he has many methods for quick success and quick improvement in cultivation.


    but meng zhang is really an anomaly, his cultivation has progressed too fast.


    demon luosh thought that his cultivation had progressed rapidly enough, but at the critical moment, he was still far behind meng zhang.


    in this case, he was completely vulnerable in front of meng zhang.


    not to mention blocking the road, even escape is impossible.


    due to a certain law in the dark, when meng zhang''s cultivation level breaks through, he must come as meng zhang''s demon calamity, and there is no way to refuse or escape.


    he now keenly felt meng zhang''s murderous intention towards him.


    it seems that meng zhang decided to completely resolve this cause and effect.


    next, meng zhang wants to make a breakthrough without any worries. of course, the less karma he carries, the better.


    the so-called path of heaven and earth, even the demons who are rejected by heaven, have a last way to go.


    the demon luo shi recited a strange spell in his mouth, raised his hands above his head, and shouted: "please come to the demon king."


    before the shouts disappeared, the army of monsters he led behind him mysteriously disappeared.


    then, his body seemed to be erased bit by bit, and instead, another monster with two horns, three heads and six arms appeared in his original place.


    sensing the terrifying aura of the monster, meng zhang stared at him with a solemn look on his face.


    he secretly guessed in his heart, could this be the real calamity he was going to face?


    just now, the desperate demon luo shi sacrificed the army of monsters he had cultivated for many years, as well as himself, to a demon king who had a karmic relationship with his family.


    from now on, he will lose all autonomy and become the puppet of this demon king.


    in exchange, the demon lord used his power to get rid of meng zhang, his lifelong enemy.


    the vast majority of demons, even if they are really desperate, will not sacrifice themselves and let themselves become the puppets of other powerful demons.


    theoretically speaking, after tens of millions of years, there is a one in a billion chance of achieving liberation.


    but in fact, demons who do this often never get relief for eternity.


    the demon luoshi felt that if meng zhang, who was deeply entangled with himself, was killed or possessed by the demon, it would most likely give him a small chance of liberation in the future.


    besides, no matter what, it''s better to become the demon lord''s puppet than to be killed by meng zhang on the spot.


    soon, the monster completely appeared in front of everyone.


    "my name is na juluo, please kneel down quickly."


    accompanied by a loud roar that shook the sky, all the intelligent creatures in the entire sirius region felt terrified, as if the end of the world was coming.


    with the group of immortals fighting around him, he tried hard to control his trembling immortal soul and looked at each other without showing any signs of weakness.


    he knew in his heart that his real doom had come.

 Chapter 3518

    the demon lord of the demonic path corresponds to the immortal lord of the immortal path, and the two have the same level of cultivation.


    there are countless heavenly demons in the demonic path, and there are also many demon lords among them.


    almost every demon has its own title.


    these titles contain special power.


    the titles of many heavenly demons are recorded in the classics circulated by taoism, buddhism and other major powers.


    of course, since there are so many demons and many demons are too secretive, the records in the classics are definitely not perfect.


    this kind of classics that record the titles of demons are often strictly controlled. only monks who have reached a certain level of cultivation and have strong character and will are qualified to read them.


    through these classics, practitioners can initially understand these demons and know how to deal with them.


    and the demonic monks can gain power from these classics.


    most of taiyi sect''s classics come from taiyi jinxian, and such records are quite abundant.


    although meng zhang was familiar with the sect''s classics, he quickly discovered that although the guy opposite was very strong, he did not feel that he could not resist.


    after all, he is also an immortal who is about to break through to the realm of immortals, and his vision is not bad at all.


    he was somewhat surprised to find that the other person was not the demon lord himself, but most likely just an incarnation.


    of course, even if it is just an incarnation of the demon king, it is not that easy to deal with.


    although this incarnation does not have the same level of cultivation as the demon lord, it has still reached the pinnacle of the ordinary demon''s cultivation, which is comparable to his cultivation level.


    in addition, under the control of the demon lord, this incarnation has the fighting consciousness of the demon lord, and can use power like the demon lord, which is enough to crush all the immortals under the immortal lord.


    meng zhang had no intention of backing down when facing a powerful enemy.


    since this incarnation of the demon king is his real doom, there is no way to avoid it.


    generally speaking, the arrival of the demon lord incarnate is also a big event.


    maybe an expert will come to deal with it soon.


    perhaps, meng zhang only needs to withstand the opponent for a while, and reinforcements will arrive.


    apart from anything else, if meng zhang asked for help from the luoyu sect and said that he was attacked by the demon lord''s incarnation, the luoyu sect would definitely not sit idly by and ignore it.


    the luoyu sect, which has many immortal lords, can definitely deal with a mere demon lord incarnation.


    meng zhang did not place his hopes on others, nor did he take any chances.


    he has rich experience in fighting against powerful demons.


    he knew that if he had any intention of retreating, the enemy would seize the flaw and take advantage of it.


    when dealing with powerful demons, among other things, you must remain calm enough and have a rock-solid mind.


    meng zhang tried his best to resist the coercion emanating from the opponent.


    the coercion exuded by the other party is almost exactly the same as that of the demon lord.


    however, meng zhang withstood the opponent''s pressure without showing any signs of weakness. after a while, he found that the opponent''s pressure was a bit weak and even strong on the outside.


    sure enough, the incarnation is the incarnation. no matter how powerful the demon king is, his incarnation is not a real demon king level strong man after all.


    meng zhang focused almost all his attention on the other party.


    "you''re just a junior, if you don''t kneel down, you are really seeking death."


    this incarnation of demon lord na juluo roared again.


    almost all practitioners in the sirius district seemed to hear this roar.


    countless practitioners feel frightened and terrified.


    the group of strong men who were fighting were frightened twice by the incarnation of the demon lord na juluo, and their fighting was greatly affected.


    they didn''t know whether they were busy fighting or not as sharp as meng zhang. most of them didn''t realize that this was just an avatar.


    this team composed of yunmen sect, king kong temple and wild hunting star thief group will not regard demon lord na juluo as their friend.


    a strong man in the demonic path always disowns his relatives and is the public enemy of almost all practitioners.


    although heini bodhisattva and others felt that meng zhang was doomed because of the demon lord''s arrival, they were also worried that the demon lord na juluo would attack them.


    not to mention the buddhists who had a deep hatred against the devil, even the evil dragon ao fang was also very afraid of the devil, the giant dragon.


    the fight between strong men is very powerful.


    since meng zhang decided to face the demonic calamity head-on and face the incarnation of the demon lord in front of him, he couldn''t show any weakness at all.


    "a mere incarnation dares to be presumptuous in front of me."


    "today, i will do justice for heaven and get rid of you, an incompetent monster."


    meng zhang retorted without showing any weakness, with an indescribable contempt and disdain in his tone.


    demon lord na juluo has never been a good-tempered person.


    since the arrival of this incarnation, his thoughts have been residing in its body.


    when he thought about it, when his incarnation came, all the practitioners in the nearby area had no choice but to kneel before him and pray for his mercy.


    who on earth gave this junior in front of him the courage to disobey him?


    meng zhang''s tone and attitude angered him.


    before he had time to attack, meng zhang took action first.


    knowing that the opponent was powerful, meng zhang did not dare to have the slightest reservation. from the beginning, he almost went all out to strive for the top.


    he activated the qinggang sword with all his strength, temporarily increasing the power of his shots.


    his cultivation at this time was only one step away from the immortal realm.


    of course, this step makes a world of difference.


    in front of the real immortal lord, he may not have much power to fight back.


    however, he was able to give full play to the power of the qinggang sword at this time, and his combat effectiveness was infinitely close to that of the real immortal lord.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3519

    facing the real calamity coming, all the methods to avoid it are ineffective. meng zhang has no choice but to face it head-on.


    as long as he can survive the catastrophe in front of him, no one can stop his promotion, and he will soar into the sky.


    but if he cannot survive this catastrophe, then he will have no choice but to die.


    he did not ask for help from others, did not wait for other strong men to intervene.


    he knew that since this was his fate, he had to deal with it on his own.


    if you are lucky and try to rely on external forces, you will only make yourself more passive.


    in fact, there is indeed no expert who can defeat the incarnation of the demon king in the sirius district and nearby areas.


    as for luo yu sect, it is even further away from here.


    by the time the masters from luo yu sect received the news and rushed here, i''m afraid everything would have come to an end.


    under meng zhang''s control, the qinggang sword transformed into a brilliant sword light, and charged at the incarnation of the demon lord na juluo with an indomitable force.


    this incarnation, which was originally somewhat disdainful of meng zhang, was considering what means to use to deceive him.


    at this moment, seeing the sword approaching, all the contempt and carelessness in his heart were thrown away, and he couldn''t help but start to treat this enemy seriously.


    i saw the six arms of this incarnation forming seals respectively, the three huge heads twisting, and a burst of dark mist like ink enveloped the incoming sword light.


    the mist boiled violently and kept twisting and deforming, shattering the originally menacing sword light into pieces.


    facing these bursts of strange mist, meng zhang''s superb swordsmanship was difficult to display.


    fortunately, meng zhang is not a pure swordsman, and qinggang sword is not a pure fairy sword.


    meng zhang mastered many magical powers, many of which were specialized in restraining demons.


    the main function of the qinggang sword is to increase the power of meng zhang''s attacks.


    under the blessing of the qinggang sword, the power of the yin-yang annihilating divine thunder greatly increased, turning into a thunder net, and rushed towards the incarnation of the giant dragon of the demon king.


    accompanied by bursts of magical sounds, the thunder nets were destroyed before they even got close.


    the demonic sound that penetrated the brains also made everyone around them feel dizzy and their souls tremble.


    meng zhang, who bore the brunt of the attack, was the main target of demonic sound and suffered the main power.


    if the qinggang sword hadn''t helped him resist part of the power, he would have been almost unable to hold on.


    he kept activating the power of qinggang sword to strengthen his various magical powers, and kept bombarding the opponent.


    the lethality of the qinggang sword itself was also fully utilized by him.


    the incarnation of demon lord na juluo easily blocked the magical magical powers released by meng zhang with the skill of lifting a thousand pounds.


    the demonic power he displayed put tremendous pressure on meng zhang, who soon felt overwhelmed.


    after meng zhang and the incarnation of demon lord na juluo began to fight fiercely, the battles in other surrounding battlefields quickly returned to their original state.


    the three families of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect began to panic after the incarnation of demon lord na juluo arrived.


    fortunately, meng zhang temporarily resisted the opponent, so they did not have to face such a powerful enemy that they could not fight against.


    they were not very sure whether meng zhang could always block the incarnation of the demon lord, the giant luo.


    if meng zhang is defeated, then the incarnation of ju luo will definitely be the next one to demonize all the practitioners in the sirius star district, completely demonizing the four big worlds here.


    the immortals trapped in the sirius world will have no way to escape by then.


    they don''t want to be caught in a urn by the incarnation of the giant demon king.


    no matter what, they must first break the enemy''s formation and lift the blockade around sirius world so that they can advance and retreat freely.


    if meng zhang wins, they can add icing on the cake.


    if meng zhang is defeated, they can escape in time.


    from the beginning to the end, the immortals of the three sects have never thought of relying on their own strength to block or even defeat the incarnation of the demon lord.


    now, not only did he originally think that black ni bodhisattva, a traitor to buddhism and a scum who fell into heresy, was already despicable and insidious enough.


    after fighting against yunbo bodhisattva, he realized that each of these bald donkeys was more sinister than the last.


    he was obviously from a great buddhist sect like the yunmen sect, but his actions were just like those of the devil, without any trace of the demeanor that a bodhisattva should have.


    black ni bodhisattva and yunbo bodhisattva are determined to bring disaster to meng zhang this time. they would rather risk being harmed by the giant incarnation of the demon king, and cling to tai miao so that meng zhang cannot get any benefits. reinforce.


    the battle between the two sides became more intense after experiencing some twists and turns.


    meng zhang tried his best to fight against the incarnation of the giant demon lord, and had no time to be distracted, so he had to relax his suppression of the evil dragon ao fang.


    nielong ao fang spent a little effort to get rid of the struggle with the yin and yang.


    meng zhang easily retracted the yin and yang energy and continued to fight against the giant incarnation of the demon lord.


    the two qi of yin and yang can effectively eliminate the evil spirit.


    nielong ao fang, who escaped from the battle, did not go to other places to help, nor did he intend to leave here.


    he put away his huge real dragon body, used his magical power to hide his figure, and secretly wandered not far away from meng zhang.


    although he seems rough and arrogant, and seems to always be in direct confrontation with his enemies, when he needs to be cunning, he can also be cunning and attack from behind.


    although everyone felt that meng zhang could not defeat the incarnation of the demon lord na juluo, and would inevitably die in the end, the abominable long ao fang was always worried. he wanted to ensure that meng zhang was 100% defeated this time.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3520

    nie long ao felt reassured that after the incarnation of demon lord na juluo defeated meng zhang, he would never show mercy to him, and would still take action against all the monks present.


    but his hatred for meng zhang made him unable to care about this.


    he would rather take the huge risk of being injured by the incarnation of the demon king to ensure that meng zhang would fall here 100%.


    in his opinion, even if the incarnation of demon lord na juluo could defeat meng zhang, there would be some losses.


    moreover, his main attention must be on meng zhang.


    when meng zhang died, as long as he moved quickly enough and evacuated in time, he would still have a high chance of escaping unscathed.


    many members of the true dragon clan have a crazy side in their nature.


    especially an evil dragon like him who rebels against the true dragon clan will only become crazier in many cases.


    nie long ao fang also has an adventurous side in his temperament.


    this feeling of taking risks made him very excited.


    once he made up his mind, he immediately took action.


    he hid his figure and kept wandering behind meng zhang, looking for opportunities to make a sneak attack.


    although meng zhang has been fighting against the incarnation of the demon king na juluo with all his strength, he has not completely ignored everything around him.


    he had long noticed the little actions of nie long ao fang, but he had no time to deal with them.


    he also had to devote some of his thoughts to guarding against evil dragon ao fang''s sneak attack.


    naturally, the incarnation of demon lord na juluo had discovered nielong ao fang''s actions long ago.


    in his opinion, nielong ao fang''s actions were completely redundant, and he alone could solve meng zhang.


    however, even if nielong ao fang wanted to attack meng zhang, he would not stop him.


    he even wished nielong ao fang could stay.


    after he finishes dealing with meng zhang, he will demonize him.


    such a powerful evil dragon puppet would definitely greatly enrich his collection.


    it was not easy for the incarnation of demon lord na juluo to come here, and it also cost a lot.


    of course he hopes that the harvest will be as big as possible.


    the demon luoshi''s sacrifice of himself was just an introduction. his main purpose was to demonize meng zhang, who was about to break through to the immortal realm.


    a mere demon, roshi, is not worth the huge price he paid to come here.


    after demonizing meng zhang, he also demonized the entire sirius star district. his trip was considered worthwhile.


    when the time comes, the strength of this incarnation will expand rapidly, and it may be able to withstand the subsequent encirclement and suppression by powerful people from all sides.


    even if this incarnation is destroyed by powerful people from all sides, he will not be considered a loss.


    of course, in order to do this, the incarnation of demon lord na juluo began to show its true abilities, and its offensive became more and more fierce.


    meng zhang relied on the blessing of the qinggang sword to barely resist the opponent, and from time to time he could find opportunities to counterattack.


    nielong ao watched meng zhang''s moves in the dark, feeling very lucky that he did not fight this guy head-on.


    meng zhang was too strong. if he faced him head-on, he would definitely not be his opponent.


    the power of the incarnation of demon lord na juluo was also a bit beyond his expectation.


    being born into the true dragon clan, he is not an ignorant novice. he has seen and even come into contact with many powerful dragon lords personally.


    the two guys in front of me, among the powerful true dragon clan, are definitely the ones who can achieve fame and wealth.


    nielong ao''s heart suddenly felt like retreating.


    the two guys in front of him are too strong. no matter who takes action, they will not let him go. the risk he has to take is too great.


    but after hesitating for a while, the hatred for meng zhang still took over.


    he was ready to attack meng zhang with all his strength when he showed a flaw.


    after a blow, no matter what the result was, he would immediately run away and escape from here as quickly as possible.


    with a new plan in mind, he became much more relaxed.


    nie long ao fang''s behavior posed an even greater threat to meng zhang.


    meng zhang found it difficult to deal with the incarnation of demon lord na juluo with all his strength. he also had to be careful to be on guard against evil dragon ao fang''s sneak attack. he suddenly felt like he was in danger.


    tai miao was entangled by black ni bodhisattva and yunbo bodhisattva and could not come to reinforce him.


    the group of immortals trapped in the heavenly wolf world put out a desperate posture, but within a short period of time, they were unable to break through the formation set up by the two bodhisattvas.


    to put it bluntly, even if they managed to get out of trouble, they would not dare to face the incarnation of the demon king directly, and would not be able to provide much help to meng zhang.


    at this time, meng zhang was isolated and helpless and could only face the enemy alone.


    however, he had anticipated and prepared for this situation.


    since this is a calamity that only comes after someone has broken through a great realm, he must face it alone.


    he has many means at his disposal and has accumulated a lot of strength. he is still far from being at the end of his rope.


    in particular, tai chi cave, which he has painstakingly cultivated for many years, is his great reliance.


    after dongtian evolved into taiji dongtian, all aspects have been greatly improved and it has more mysteries.


    the incarnation of demon lord na juluo has a very high level of power, and the power of demon staining is extremely strong. meng zhang was worried that tai chi cave heaven would be difficult to purify after being contaminated by its power, so he never directly used cave heaven to fight against the enemy.


    of course, when the need arises, he will take action without hesitation even if he risks the cave being contaminated.


    the battle between meng zhang and the giant incarnation of the demon king is still going on, and it seems that there will never be an end in sight.


    under the blessing of qinggang sword, meng zhang showed great power, and all kinds of magical powers were blasted at his opponents as if they were free of charge.


    the three-headed and six-armed demon body manifested by the incarnation of demon lord na juluo. almost every head and arm can display different magical powers, constantly fighting against meng zhang.


    the invisible and traceless power of demon dyeing has already spread around meng zhang''s body, trying to demon dye him.


    meng zhang stuck to his heart and used the power of the qinggang sword to isolate the power of the demon that rushed towards him.


    ¡­


    according to the current situation of the two sides, if they continue to fight like this for decades or even centuries, there may not be a winner.


    meng zhang is not in a hurry, time is on his side.


    although he has not asked for help from the luo yu sect for the time being, the immortals from the lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, tianxing sect and other sects have already spread the news that the demon lord''s giant incarnation has arrived in the sirius star district.


    there are many strong people in the void who take it as their duty to uphold justice for heaven and slay demons.


    all the cultivating forces will not just watch the demon lord grow bigger and cause harm to one party.


    perhaps, it won''t be long before a strong man comes here to slay the incarnation of demon lord na juluo.


    by then, the evil calamity meng zhang faced this time might be easily solved.


    everyone present understands this truth.


    demon lord na juluo is not a fool, so he naturally understands.


    the incarnation he descended was not an ordinary incarnation. not only was it an incarnation that had been cultivated for many years and had a great use, but his will was also stationed in it, but it still couldn''t do anything to meng zhang.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3521

    demon lord na juluo has never been the kind of patient person.


    the meng zhang in front of him was stronger than he imagined, and it took him far more time than expected.


    what makes him even more angry is that so far, he can''t see any signs of defeating the opponent.


    forced by the situation, he had to change his previous thoughts.


    anyway, as a powerful demon, it is common sense to win by any means.


    a low voice sounded in nie long ao fang''s ears, introducing him to a feasible plan.


    when he just heard that the incarnation of demon lord na juluo contacted him, nie long ao was shocked and raised his vigilance to the strongest state.


    after hearing the other party''s plan, his wariness did not decrease at all.


    logically speaking, nie long ao fang should reject the other party''s plan without hesitation.


    in fact, he shouldn''t even listen to the words of the conversation.


    but for some reason, he patiently listened to the other party''s plan and was very moved.


    he really hated meng zhang in his heart and hoped too much that he would die here.


    speaking of which, there was not much enmity between him and meng zhang, just some disputes and conflicts.


    including the time in the sea of ??flowers, he took the initiative to attack meng zhang twice in a row.


    under normal circumstances, he shouldn''t hate meng zhang so much in his heart. there is no sworn hatred between the two parties.


    the reason for this is not only his narrow-mindedness and nielong''s twisted personality, but also the relationship between demon lord najuluo and his secret mischief.


    after realizing that meng zhang could not be taken down in a short period of time by his own strength, the incarnation of ju luo must of course find another way.


    evil dragon ao fang, who had been looking for an opportunity to sneak attack meng zhang, finally caught his eye.


    nielong ao fang is at the same level of cultivation as meng zhang, and at this level, he can be considered a strong one.


    in any case, demon lord na juluo would not be obsessed with having to fight meng zhang fairly.


    he secretly cast spells to influence nie long ao fang''s mind, which greatly amplified his hatred for meng zhang and made his character even more distorted.


    if nielong ao fang is awake enough, or masters the buddhist and taoist methods of tranquility, and casts spells in time, it will be easy to get rid of the influence of the giant incarnation of the demon lord.


    even if he just leaves like this, his mind will slowly recover.


    unfortunately, he finally fell in love.


    if you were a monk from buddhism, taoism, confucianism and other forces, they wouldn''t be so easy to fall for.


    although the true dragon clan is powerful, they are still not as good as these big forces in terms of mind cultivation.


    this is one of the reasons why some golden immortal buddhas regard most dragons as beasts.


    after nielong ao fang thought carefully, he felt that demon lord na juluo''s plan was beneficial to him and harmless. it was just to hurt meng zhang and was not aimed at himself.


    at most, he would leave here immediately after taking action.


    he still comforted himself in his heart.


    after receiving a look from evil dragon ao fang, the incarnation of demon lord na juluo immediately acted according to the plan.


    his demonic body with three heads and six arms suddenly spread out, turning into a burst of black mist and rushing over from all directions, tightly surrounding meng zhang.


    no matter how meng zhang activated the qinggang sword and what kind of magical powers he used, he could not break through the black mist. he could only prevent the black mist from contaminating his body.


    after temporarily restricting meng zhang''s range of activities, evil dragon ao fang manifested the body of a true dragon and crashed into meng zhang.


    nie long ao fang also used a desperate stance this time. once meng zhang is hit by him, the body protection magic will probably not be able to withstand it, and he will be seriously injured even if he does not die.


    although meng zhang''s immortal body has been tempered many times, he is not known for his physical strength after all.


    meng zhang, whose range of movement was restricted, saw that there was no way to escape, and it seemed that he had no choice but to bear the blow forcefully.


    the shadow of tai chi cave appeared behind him, and the tai chi yin and yang diagram in the cave gently rotated, and the power of movement was activated.


    nielong ao fang, who originally crashed directly into meng zhang, just felt his eyes blur, and he passed by meng zhang and crashed directly into the black mist surrounding meng zhang.


    the demon king''s giant dragon has exerted such a powerful magical power, but it is difficult to control it.


    he just used nie long ao fang, but he didn''t care about his life and death, and he didn''t want to affect his magical power.


    he even wanted to dye this guy with magic in order to enhance his magical powers.


    of course nie long ao fang knew how terrifying this seemingly ordinary black mist actually was.


    he felt extremely desperate and frightened in his heart, and shouted loudly to demon lord najuluo for help.


    his movements were in vain.


    soon, the huge true dragon''s body was submerged by the endless black mist.


    once contaminated by the black mist, nielong ao fang lost all control of the true dragon''s body and could not even self-destruct.


    in just a moment, demon lord najuluo will have another powerful puppet.


    when the time comes, it will be more convenient for him to control this puppet to join the battle than joining forces with evil dragon ao fang.


    of course, meng zhang would not just watch the enemy increase their combat effectiveness.


    after escaping nie long ao fang''s impact, he didn''t hesitate at all. the qinggang sword in his hand shot out and shot towards nie long ao fang.


    the main power of the black mist was used to besiege meng zhang, and part of the power was used for the evil dragon ao fang. the qinggang sword took advantage of the opportunity and easily broke through the siege of the black mist, accurately hitting the huge real body of the evil dragon ao fang. on top of the dragon''s body.


    at this time, the will of demon lord na juluo was controlling the black mist to infect evil dragon ao fang, trying to completely infect him with evil.


    after the qinggang sword hit the target, the power contained in it exploded completely, detonating the body of evil dragon ao fang''s true dragon.


    after an earth-shaking loud noise, the void shook, and the black mist began to disperse, and the demon king''s giant mind was severely damaged.


    accompanied by the uncontrollable shocking screams, the incarnation of demon lord na juluo had to temporarily withdraw his magical powers and transformed back into his original demonic body with three heads and six arms.


    after the explosion just now, the light on the qinggang sword disappeared and became very dim. there were even faint cracks on the sword.


    meng zhang has always been very clear-headed and knows what he really needs and what is his foundation.


    the treasure qinggang sword is of course very important. its power is extremely powerful, giving him a combat power that is infinitely close to that of the immortal lord.


    however, compared to his breakthrough to the immortal lord, qinggang sword is obviously expendable.


    after he became a true immortal lord, why would he need qinggang sword to improve his combat effectiveness?


    regardless of the state of qinggang sword, he urged it with all his strength again.


    the qinggang sword turned into a ray of cold light and shot directly at the incarnation of the demon lord na juluo.


    having just been hit hard, he couldn''t dodge at all and was easily hit by the qinggang sword.


    this time, there was no earth-shattering movement like before, but the power of the explosion was even greater.


    the void near qinggang sword contracted and expanded suddenly, and the entire void seemed to be completely shattered.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3522

    the qinggang sword and the incarnation of the demon lord na juluo disappeared together, completely turning into powder.


    the scars in the void could not be healed for a long time.


    meng zhang seemed to faintly hear an angry roar coming from the deepest part of the void, which made him feel a little frightened.


    he quickly put this feeling behind him.


    the incarnation of demon lord na juluo was completely destroyed, and it would be difficult for his true form to come here in a short time, so there was no threat to him for the time being.


    of course, those who are powerful in the demonic way are often the ones who are bound to retaliate against evil. the consequences of today''s consequences will inevitably lead to troubles in the future.


    meng zhang didn''t know yet that demon lord na juluo was considered a master among monks of the same level.


    even if he becomes an immortal lord, he doesn''t dare to say that he will definitely be able to defeat the opponent''s true form.


    in any case, this calamity was passed safely, and he did not pay a high price.


    he glanced around and found that there wasn''t much of a threat.


    the battle just now consumed him a lot. he was now at the critical moment of breaking through to the immortal realm, so he must not delay.


    meng zhang didn''t care about other things, and returned directly to taiyi realm, and began to retreat and break through again.


    the incarnations of the evil dragon ao fang and the demon king na juluo fell one after another, shocking the incoming enemies.


    meng zhang was so powerful, which greatly exceeded their expectations.


    from the current point of view, there is no force that can continue to prevent meng zhang from reaching the realm of immortal lord.


    everyone who has been able to cultivate to this level is naturally not the kind of ignorant fool, and he is not willing to sacrifice in vain.


    if they continue to delay here, they may not be able to leave even if they want to wait until meng zhang successfully achieves the immortal realm.


    the first one to take action was black ni bodhisattva, who fully demonstrated the character of a heretic monk.


    without even saying hello to yunbo bodhisattva, he gave up the fight and immediately fled the battlefield.


    he left yunbo bodhisattva behind and let him face a powerful enemy like taimiao alone, which was really a trap.


    yunbo bodhisattva, who originally had a lively fight with tai miao, quickly fell into a disadvantage when he withstood all tai miao''s attacks alone.


    seeing that there was nothing he could do, yunbo bodhisattva certainly did not want to stay and die in vain.


    he spent a huge price to escape here with his seriously injured body.


    although tai miao wanted to kill him on the spot, considering that meng zhang''s practice was at a critical moment, he had to leave a guardian behind to prevent any accidents from happening.


    after yunbo bodhisattva escaped, he flew back to the sky above taiyi realm and quietly guarded here.


    the two bodhisattvas gang yong and gang li of the vajra temple set up a large formation and temporarily blocked the great world of sirius.


    although many immortals from the tianlang world fought desperately, it was still difficult to shake the formation in a short period of time.


    the purpose of these two bodhisattvas in sealing off the heavenly wolf world was to cut off possible reinforcements from meng zhang, so that their companions could concentrate on dealing with meng zhang.


    now that even the incarnation of the demon lord na juluo has been eliminated by meng zhang, and his companions are so frightened that they run away, how can they have any reason to stay?


    they took the initiative to leave the formation. they didn''t even have time to take back the formation map, so they fled in a hurry.


    a group of immortals rushed out of the sirius world, pretending to chase them, but in fact there was no real action.


    the incarnation of demon king na juluo was eliminated, and everyone''s crisis was relieved.


    they originally planned to take the opportunity to go over and thank meng zhang, and explain it carefully to prevent meng zhang from hating them.


    but seeing that meng zhang had gone to retreat, and tai miao was guarding the taiyi realm, as if no strangers were allowed to enter, they had no choice but to return to the heavenly wolf world.


    they are always paying attention to the situation in taiyi realm.


    they were planning to wait until meng zhang came out of seclusion, and then immediately go over to see him and try to please and flatter him.


    meng zhang''s strong fighting ability this time made everyone improve their evaluation of him again.


    many people are even in awe of it.


    at this time, meng zhang couldn''t care less about other people''s opinions.


    after he returned to the taiyi realm, he began to practice in seclusion again in the secret room where he had been reclusive.


    just now, he successfully survived external tribulations including demonic tribulations and human tribulations.


    the entire world of taiyi can be freely used by him, and he also has a large amount of purple and green spiritual machines and other resources on his body.


    it didn''t take him too long to refine a large amount of purple and green spiritual machines, and quickly restored the energy he had consumed.


    he adjusted his condition and began to attack the immortal realm again.


    although the external calamity has been overcome, the internal calamity is still there.


    soon, he felt the immortal power all over his body boiling, constantly scurrying around, hitting his immortal body like a headless fly.


    when meng zhang calmed down and finally suppressed the rioting immortal power, his immortal body began to show various strange phenomena, as if it was rapidly declining.


    meng zhang began to use the secret method to survive the internal calamity, trying to survive the calamity safely.


    just as he stabilized the strange changes in his immortal body, his immortal soul began to shake violently again.


    all kinds of fantasies appeared before his eyes.


    all kinds of strange and incredible sights seemed to be real, trying to shake his mind.


    an invisible yin fire came out of his body and began to burn his immortal soul and body, trying to burn him to ashes.


    meng zhang has been practicing buddhism for many years and has studied taoist scriptures. he believes that his taoist heart has become extremely firm and there are no inner demons in his heart.


    but at this time, he began to have inner demons, and all kinds of scenes that were most terrifying in his heart appeared vividly before his eyes.


    when overcoming external calamities, he more or less relied on some external forces.


    now that the internal calamity has broken out, not to mention other people, even the incarnation of tai miao, who is connected to his mind, can''t help him.


    meng zhang could only hold on to the clarity in his heart and try not to be moved by external things.


    various real or fake tests came to him, and various strange phenomena began to appear inside and outside his body.


    this was a huge torture for him both physically and mentally.


    huge pain was almost everywhere, destroying his taoist heart to the core.


    after he stabilized his mind, he still had to work hard to calm down the changes in his immortal body and soul, and mobilize his immortal power to heal all kinds of real or fake scars in his body.


    he persisted very hard, and the huge pressure seemed to completely defeat him.


    this pain and suffering seems to have no end in sight.


    meng zhang''s taoist heart, which has been tempered over time and is as solid as a rock, remains unmoved no matter what circumstances he faces.


    time seemed to have passed for a long time, and it seemed that only a moment had passed. he finally survived this test and successfully survived the internal calamity.


    the strange vision in his eyes quickly disappeared, and the immortal body and soul quickly returned to normal...


    both the external and internal tribulations have been safely passed, and he no longer needs to face any tests. his path to the realm of immortal master is already smooth.


    with just a few adjustments, he started the final assault.


    he didn''t even feel the exertion, and he broke through a huge threshold in the realm of cultivation just naturally.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3523

    as soon as meng zhang broke through to the realm of immortal lord, heavenly dao in the void seemed to sense something.


    waves of fairy music filled with fairy energy sounded near the void where taiyi realm is located, and countless extremely pure spiritual energy turned into smallpox, falling towards the place where meng zhang retreated...


    there seemed to be countless truths contained in the immortal music, which made everyone in the taiyi world mesmerized and benefited endlessly.


    the place where he retreated was originally the endless sea of ??sand where he embarked on the path of spiritual practice.


    this is the ancestral land of taiyi sect and the place where it rises again.


    after the revitalization of taiyi gate, the top management of the gate did not ignore this place, but invested countless energy and resources to transform it.


    especially after taiyi realm separated from junchen realm and entered the void, taiyi sect had a large amount of resources, and many taiyi sect high-level officials had the authority to regulate and distribute the spiritual energy of heaven and earth.


    except for some parts of the original endless sea of ??sand that remain as they are as souvenirs, most of them have been turned into treasured places suitable for spiritual practice.


    this place is surrounded by spiritual veins and full of spiritual energy. there are forests and grasslands everywhere, and rivers are flowing endlessly...


    of course, no matter how much resources the taiyi sect''s top management invests in transforming this place, the foundation here is like that, and the number and grade of spiritual veins are greatly restricted.


    monks of jindan master and below can practice happily here, but it is not suitable for master yuanshen to practice here.


    now, just one piece of these smallpox falling from the void can produce an incomparable amount of vitality if it falls to the ground.


    some were directly transformed into high-grade spiritual veins; some were transformed into new mineral deposits; some were transformed into an oasis surrounded by spiritual energy...


    not long after the smallpox fell these days, a series of great changes occurred in the nearby area.


    in the near future, this place will definitely be able to accommodate higher-level monks to practice.


    not to mention the true lord yuanshen, i am afraid even the immortals can get enough support from here.


    not only the area of ??endless sand sea, but also the entire taiyi realm has benefited a lot from these falling smallpox.


    the falling smallpox seems to be endless, bringing various benefits to the taiyi world.


    the vitality of heaven and earth in taiyi realm began to restless, and the environment of the entire world was transformed in some way.


    the spiritual energy of the world has become more abundant, countless new mineral deposits have appeared, and the origin of heaven and earth has been replenished...


    at the moment when he broke through the realm of immortal lord, meng zhang had close contact with the heavenly dao of the void, from which he glimpsed countless mysteries and countless precious information...


    with a thought in his mind, piles of purple-green spiritual machines that were as condensed as substance and extremely pure appeared in front of him.


    this is the gift given to him by void heavenly dao.


    with his current level of cultivation, if he swallowed with all his strength, he might be able to swallow up all the original aura of taiyi realm in a few breaths.


    the source sea of ??taiyi realm cannot withstand his long-term consumption.


    with these purple and blue spiritual ideas, he will not be short of training qualifications in a short period of time.


    of course, in his opinion, spiritual cultivation materials can be obtained from the outside world, and it is not a big deal to rob them.


    and the various mysteries of the void heaven are the most precious things.


    i missed this opportunity. i don¡¯t know when i will have such a good opportunity next time.


    after a long time, meng zhang broke away from the contact with void heavenly dao.


    this was not because he did this on purpose, but because the heavenly dao of the void was once again far away from him.


    meng zhang sat quietly for a while, digesting the previous gains.


    at this time, all the visions in the void had disappeared.


    meng zhang successfully broke through to the heavenly immortal level, but he was still very confident in himself.


    he has a deep foundation and practices the golden immortal inheritance. this breakthrough is almost perfect...


    even as a new immortal lord, he will not be afraid of those veteran monks of the same level.


    meng zhang left the place of seclusion and appeared in the sky above taiyi realm.


    tai miao, who was originally protecting him, bowed to him and immediately returned to the underworld.


    meng zhang''s achievement as an immortal master was similar to that of tai miao, who also gained a lot of insights.


    he was eager to return to the underworld, digest and absorb these insights, and then refine the thousand-leaf golden lotus to strive for a further step in his cultivation.


    meng zhang glanced into the distance.


    previously, he blew up the qinggang sword and killed the area where the demon king''s giant incarnation was. the void was still in a state of collapse, and the crazy space storm seemed to never stop for a moment...


    he just raised his hand slightly, and the space storm disappeared immediately. the scars in the space were quickly healed, and everything quickly returned to its original appearance.


    only thirty years have passed since he sensed the opportunity for a breakthrough, then retreated to break through, external tribulations came, and he safely passed through external and internal tribulations, and now he has become an immortal and his realm is stable.


    for tianxian, this is just a snap of a finger.


    of course, before he sensed the opportunity for a breakthrough, he still spent a lot of time polishing his cultivation and waiting for the opportunity.


    the immortals in tianlang world and the other three worlds have been paying attention to the movements in taiyi world.


    because of his previous performance, many people have full confidence in meng zhang.


    now that meng zhang had indeed become an immortal, a famous immortal immediately came in groups to pay his respects.


    as for the true immortals, they are not qualified to compete with the immortals.


    even though meng zhang is already an immortal, he still retains the demeanor of a taoist master, and he definitely doesn''t look like a villain at all.


    his way of dealing with people makes people feel like they are in the spring breeze.


    he patiently accepted everyone''s congratulations and worship.


    the immortal lord is fully qualified to be the overlord of one side in the void.


    among the alliance organized by etaiyi realm, the original strongest monks, especially those who also had many of them, could not obey meng zhang at all.


    everyone only formed a temporary alliance because their interests were consistent.


    it''s hard to say whether this alliance can continue to exist after the problem of the wild hunt thieves is resolved.


    now, meng zhang has become the only immortal lord in this alliance. his cultivation level is enough to crush everyone, and he has the capital to dominate one side in the void and strive to become the overlord.


    as long as he wants, he can turn this temporary alliance into a long-term alliance.


    all parties in the alliance may also be eager to get the protection of an immortal.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3524

    probably knowing that meng zhangcai had broken through to the immortal realm, he probably had other things to be busy with.


    all the immortals who came to pay their respects did not delay him for too long.


    after fulfilling their etiquette and expressing their respect, they took the initiative to say goodbye and left.


    meng zhang also informed them by the way that in the near future, he would hold a grand dharma conference in taiyi realm and welcome all comrades to come and visit.


    all the gods naturally said that they would definitely attend the ceremony.


    after sending away these visitors, meng zhangcai returned to taiyi realm.


    next, many high-level officials from the taiyi sect, including the taiyi sect monks, paid their respects and congratulations.


    meng zhang met these senior officials cordially.


    for the entire taiyi world, meng zhang''s achievement as an immortal master is a big event.


    in the void, whether a cultivating force has a powerful person at the level of an immortal is a key factor in determining the level of the cultivating force.


    now, the status of the entire taiyi realm in the void has reached a higher level, and all the taiyi realm monks are cheering for this.


    meng zhang held several large-scale internal dharma meetings in the taiyi world at once, giving lectures and discussing scriptures...


    as for the official celebration, meng zhang set it thirty years later.


    after being promoted to immortal lord, many of meng zhang''s practices have undergone great changes.


    previously, taiyi realm had to hide and travel secretly in the void most of the time.


    there are many enemies in taiyi realm, and many of them are difficult to deal with.


    now that meng zhang has become an immortal lord, taiyi realm no longer needs to hide and dare to wander in the void openly.


    this time he will send out invitations widely, inviting monks from all walks of life to come to taiyi realm to participate in the celebration of his promotion to immortal lord.


    it¡¯s a bit embarrassing to say that taiyi world, as an independent force, has not officially held a similar large-scale event for so many years in the void.


    when they were in the hengling star region, taiyi realm was also regarded as a servant force of the infinite heaven sect.


    this time, meng zhang will take the opportunity of the celebration ceremony to officially appear in the void and declare his existence to all the cultivation forces.


    for all the forces in the void, the emergence of a brand new immortal lord is also a big event.


    this immortal lord''s external strategy and style of conduct are likely to affect the situation in many star regions.


    especially those cultivating forces that have had a relationship with the taiyi realm, they may have to take this matter seriously.


    the void is vast, and the various cultivating forces are far apart. even if it is a powerful person at the level of an immortal, it will take a long time to cross the void and reach the sirius star district, unless there is an accident.


    therefore, meng zhangcai set aside thirty years for guests from all walks of life to travel.


    anyway, the guests from all parties who are qualified to participate in this grand event are at least angel-level forces.


    moreover, the location of the person he invited was not too remote.


    under normal circumstances, the envoys sent by these forces can reach taiyi realm on time.


    next, for at least thirty years, before the celebration ends, taiyi realm will not leave here and will always stay in the sirius area.


    although there is still a formidable enemy like the wild hunting star thieves to deal with, meng zhang will not be dispatched for the time being.


    it will take some time for him to become familiar with the new realm of cultivation and master the magical powers that the immortal lord should have.


    of course, the action against the wild hunt thieves will not stop.


    the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect will continue to connect all the cultivation forces in his name and join their temporary alliance.


    now that meng zhang has been promoted to immortal lord, his appeal has greatly increased, and this alliance will become more attractive.


    those cultivating forces that were hesitant in the past may also actively join.


    if this alliance can successfully eliminate the wild hunting star thieves, it will become even more famous in the void.


    meng zhang himself now has more ideas about this temporary alliance.


    he wanted to turn this temporary alliance into a permanent organization, expand its size, and attract more spiritual forces to join it.


    when he was promoted to immortal lord, he spied a lot of information from the sky.


    he had a vague feeling that the entire void was about to undergo a huge change, which would affect all the cultivation forces and lead to a resumption of the current void situation.


    in this case, relying solely on the strength of taiyi realm itself may not be enough to protect itself.


    he must expand his forces and enhance his overall strength in order to cope with the coming great changes.


    after arranging various things, meng zhang went into seclusion again.


    during his retreat, he had to carefully comprehend and understand the various mysteries he had glimpsed from the void and heaven.


    these will play an extremely important role in his future practice.


    he is extremely ambitious in cultivation, and will not regard immortal lord as the end point of his cultivation realm.


    in his opinion, the immortal realm is just a new starting point, and he will continue to climb upward.


    cultivation in the immortal realm is also a brand new challenge for him.


    in the classics handed down by taiyi golden immortal, there are various records about this realm, but there are not many specific methods of practice.


    among the practice notes given to him by qianyuan jinxian, some contained his personal practice experience and insights, but there were also no specific practice techniques.


    if meng zhang wants to obtain more practice skills, he needs to contact the taiyi golden immortal again at the right time and receive teachings from him.


    of course, with meng zhang''s cultivation and talent, it is not impossible to create his own skills.


    however, since he inherited the inheritance from taiyi golden immortal, continuing the original practice system is a smooth road, so why take a long detour.


    since the last time he contacted taiyi golden immortal''s spiritual mind and was almost targeted by his enemy, meng zhang has become very cautious.


    even though he is an immortal lord now, he still has no power to fight back in front of the golden immortal.


    the green lotus in his body has also been used up, and now it''s all up to the qianyuan golden immortal to help him cover up the secrets of heaven.


    this kind of cover can help him avoid the induction and search from the hostile golden immortal on weekdays.


    however, if he contacts the divine mind of taiyi golden immortal, it is very likely that he will attract the direct attention of the hostile golden immortal.


    by then, it¡¯s hard to say how effective this shielding will be.


    qianyuan golden immortal has already helped him a lot, and he cannot shamelessly ask others to do more.


    moreover, he is somewhat arrogant and unwilling to rashly involve others in his grudges.


    he decided to contact daolian jinxian first to take a look.


    with the help of daolian golden immortal, he should be able to safely contact taiyi golden immortal.


    when daolian jinxian left last time, he left behind a method to contact him.


    however, after meng zhang used this method, he did not receive any response for the time being.


    meng zhang can also understand this situation.


    it is impossible for the dignified golden immortal to keep waiting to contact him. maybe he is busy with other things now.


    in desperation, he could only wait silently for daolian jinxian''s response.


    he was not in a hurry anyway and could wait slowly.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3525

    after meng zhang went into seclusion for practice, the original arrangements of taiyi realm remained unchanged, and the actions of the monks from all walks of life remained unchanged. .


    in the outside world, without realizing it, many things are completely different from before.


    originally, lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect agreed to many conditions before annihilating the tianlang sword sect and agreed to send many cultivation resources to taiyi realm.


    especially as compensation for the taiyi realm giving up the sirius world, they also allowed the taiyi realm to absorb some of the origins of the heaven and earth from the various big worlds in the sirius star region.


    after giving away a large part of their resources, especially after taiyi realm absorbed some of the origins of heaven and earth from various big worlds, the senior officials of the three sects felt very heartbroken and were reluctant to part with those sacrifices.


    they didn''t say they were deadbeats, they were just looking for various excuses to delay the resources sent to taiyi realm.


    for example, the origin of heaven and earth in each big world is damaged, resulting in a huge impact on resource production; sudden mining disasters; various accidents leading to resource mining failure...


    in short, the three sects can delay everything they can.


    according to the previous agreement, it is difficult for taiyi world to directly intervene in the development of resources.


    this creates a lot of convenience for them to argue.


    taiyi realm also wants to form an alliance with them to fight against the wild hunting star thieves, and it is impossible to fall out with them over resource issues.


    in this regard, for the sake of the relationship between the two parties, the top leaders of taiyi have been forbearing.


    there was nothing more that could be done except to urge them on a routine basis.


    now, with meng zhang promoted to immortal lord, everything has become very different.


    those quarrels suddenly disappeared, and all kinds of problems were suddenly solved...


    the top leaders of the three sects became very enthusiastic, actively overcame difficulties, and took the initiative to send a large amount of resources to the taiyi world.


    everyone knows why this change occurred.


    after receiving the news that meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, the mingjing celestial immortal from the luo yu sect also specifically contacted the taiyi sect and expressed his congratulations.


    in addition to notifying the cultivating forces they have made friends with through long-distance communication, taiyi sect also sent several immortals to send invitations to important sects, inviting them to send envoys to participate in meng zhang''s promotion ceremony.


    luo yu sect is one of taiyi sect¡¯s most valued targets.


    as for the lingkong immortal realm, the arrest order against meng zhang and taiyi realm has not been lifted, but the official is no longer actively involved in the matter.


    those civilian monks who wanted to hunt down meng zhang and taiyi realm did not dare to act rashly after learning the lessons from the last defeat of the sanyang immortal sect and others.


    especially some smarter guys, after discovering the official''s true attitude, they will not easily get involved in this matter.


    although the lingkong immortal realm and the taiyi realm are not actually hostile, the taiyi realm monks will not rush into the lingkong immortal realm''s territory to avoid something embarrassing for both parties.


    the taiyi realm now has the immortal lord meng zhang and the strength accumulated over the years, which is enough to dominate the void. however, in front of the lingkong immortal realm with many golden immortals sitting there, it is still an invincible one. attack the weak.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm are not the kind of arrogant and ignorant people, and they see this very clearly.


    on weekdays, if monks from the taiyi realm encounter official monks from the lingkong immortal realm, they will usually stay away and will never provoke them easily.


    the gu yue family in the lingkong immortal realm was of great help to the taiyi realm. after receiving meng zhang''s instructions, gu yue lingqing used a spell to contact the family headquarters and invited the family to send people to attend meng zhang''s promotion ceremony.


    as for the difficulty that taiyi realm cannot send people to invite people personally, the gu yue family should also be very aware of it.


    although the gu yue family is a cultivating family under the command of the lingkong immortal realm, they usually maintain the same stance as the official ones, but their daily interpersonal interactions in private are not subject to too many restrictions.


    in the past, the gu yue family had clearly drawn a clear line with the taiyi world on the surface, but in fact they were disconnected. the two sides still had many private connections through gu yue lingqing.


    last time, the buddhist sect plotted against the qianyuan golden immortal in the whirlpool sea of ??flowers. most people''s attention was focused on the golden immortal buddha who was involved in the matter.


    however, some thoughtful people also noticed that taiyi realm was also in the sea of ??dancing flowers at that time, and meng zhang even experienced the whole thing.


    although the parties concerned will not publicize the information related to meng zhang, but in connection with some previous rumors, meng zhang has a close relationship with qianyuan jinxian, and his appearance in the sea of ??flowers is no coincidence.


    the gu yue family is one of these caring people, and they seem to have determined that meng zhang and qianyuan jinxian have an unusual relationship.


    less than two hundred years after the whirlpool flower sea incident, meng zhang was successfully promoted to immortal lord. he probably gained a lot of benefits from this incident before he could complete the promotion.


    this is the speculation of some thoughtful people, including senior members of the gu yue family.


    after all, meng zhang''s cultivation speed is too fast.


    he may not be the youngest immortal in the history of the world of cultivation, but he can definitely be ranked at the forefront.


    even those famous geniuses in the void and the descendants of the golden immortal buddha cannot compare with him in this aspect.


    in the past, some people speculated that meng zhang was the descendant of juechen immortal lord.


    judging from his performance, the legacy left by a mere junchen immortal master is not enough to allow meng zhang to practice to such a state.


    now that they have determined that meng zhang has a close relationship with the qianyuan golden immortal, the gu yue family certainly ignores the opinions of some official monks in the lingkong immortal world.


    the gu yue family officially notified taiyijie that the family''s senior officials would attend meng zhang''s ceremony on time.


    in fact, many official monks in the lingkong immortal world have the same view as the senior officials of the gu yue family.


    golden immortals like qianyuan golden immortal who are originally tianji immortal masters are also very popular among the golden immortal group.


    many golden immortals are willing to be friends with him, and they might ask for help from him at some point.


    the several golden immortals who sit in the lingkong immortal realm are not monolithic.


    there are also conflicts and disputes between them, and even overt and covert fights may occur.


    only when facing powerful foreign enemies will they act unanimously.


    meng zhang is naturally not a strong enemy, and he is not qualified to attract their unanimous attention.


    moreover, he did not directly offend these golden immortals, but only offended one or two of the golden immortals'' disciples, which led to the subsequent series of events.


    the officials of the lingkong immortal realm have not withdrawn their arrest warrants against meng zhang and taiyi realm. firstly, they consider that changing orders day and night would damage their majesty; secondly, it is due to procedural problems caused by stubborn problems in the bureaucracy.


    the arrest order exists in name only, and naturally no one cares about some of the interactions between the cultivation forces under his command and the taiyi world.


    for the taiyi realm, it is a great thing of great significance to resume normal interactions with some cultivation forces under the lingkong immortal realm.


    thanks to my old friend tianshuzi1 for his many rewards and support.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3526

    under the farewell of meng zhang''s eldest disciple niu dawei, gu yue lingbo, the patriarch of the gu yue family, slowly left taiyi realm with a group of family elders.


    the grand ceremony held to celebrate meng zhang''s promotion to the immortal realm has long ended, and all the guests have left one after another.


    the visitors from the gu yue family were the last to leave.


    at this grand ceremony, there were many guests from all walks of life, including many unexpected and uninvited people.


    some of these visitors from various cultivation forces came with the purpose of making friends with the taiyi realm; some were purely curious about meng zhang and the taiyi realm; and some wanted to explore the reality of the taiyi realm... ¡­


    of course, taiyi realm welcomes friendly guests; for those with ulterior motives, taiyi realm will not attack them directly, but will let meng zhang show his strength and scare them.


    meng zhang only showed a little bit of cultivation and already amazed everyone.


    his immortal-level cultivation is genuine and there is nothing false about it.


    the senior leaders of the taiyi world, headed by meng zhang, are constantly interacting with friendly visitors and vigorously promote the development of relations between the two parties.


    during the celebration, meng zhang held several grand dharma meetings to give lectures to everyone.


    he was very generous and told a lot about the mysteries of practice, practical practice experiences, etc.


    in the world of cultivation, there are many experts who hold forums to give lectures, but many of them are too self-conscious to talk about useful facts. instead, they talk about things that look high-level, mysterious, and mysterious, but have no practical effect.


    meng zhang''s generous and generous style showed his noble demeanor and won the favor of many people.


    many of the visitors this time had just joined the alliance organized by the taiyi realm, preparing to deal with the cultivating forces of the wild hunting star thief group.


    both meng zhang''s high strength and his style of conduct have brought everyone closer and doubled their confidence.


    the chief elders and heads of the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect were present in person, giving meng zhang enough face.


    everyone communicated for a long time. in addition to discussing the next plan to deal with the wild hunt thieves, they also discussed the future of the temporary alliance they organized.


    when it is profitable, everyone still tends to retain this alliance.


    together we are strong, and with so much competition in the void, of course everyone needs more powerful allies.


    if the temporary alliance is to become a permanent alliance, its charter, organizational structure, etc., will definitely undergo corresponding changes. these are the things that everyone needs to discuss and debate next.


    particularly where interests are concerned, there are the most arguments.


    during the debate, everyone seemed not to be too concerned about meng zhang''s cultivation.


    it is true that taiyi realm is powerful, but there are many enemies under the tree.


    after everyone forms an alliance with taiyi realm, how should we face these enemies is another issue that cannot be ignored.


    not to mention the taiyi world, every cultivating force is bound to have grievances and disputes.


    if a unified permanent alliance is formed and everyone is unanimous in dealing with the outside world, then their respective enemies will become the enemies of the entire alliance. these things are enough to make those cultivating forces who are unwilling to cause too much trouble hesitate.


    fortunately, many things do not need to be decided now. this time we are just expressing a preliminary intention.


    the specific details of the alliance will be discussed slowly after the wild hunting star thieves are eliminated.


    in other words, if the wild hunting bandits cannot be eliminated, it will be difficult for this temporary alliance to maintain, let alone become a permanent alliance.


    for the current taiyi world, eliminating the wild hunting star thief group has become a top priority.


    this is not only necessary to maintain the alliance, but also for the next development of this temporary alliance, and is also related to the future of the taiyi world.


    the yuzhen sect, which originally drew a clear line with the taiyi world, also sent a delegation headed by meng zhang''s old acquaintance fairy yaozhen to participate in the ceremony.


    a mere newly promoted immortal lord does not deserve the attention of the yuzhen sect, which has many immortal lords.


    but the relationship between meng zhang and qianyuan jinxian deserves the attention of the yuzhen sect.


    the yuzhen sect and the earth mother goddess are sworn enemies. the qianyuan golden immortal once killed the gai yang god of the earth mother goddess, and meng zhang wiped out his last chance of survival.


    when facing strong pressure from the earth mother god system, taiyi realm and the qianyuan golden immortal behind it are natural allies of the yuzhen sect.


    the yuzhen sect is temporarily unable to contact the qianyuan golden immortal, so it can only make good friends with taiyijie first and convey its goodwill to the qianyuan golden immortal through meng zhang.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm attach great importance to the great immortal power like yuzhen sect and are willing to make good friends with them.


    meng zhang also chatted happily with his old friend fairy yaozhen.


    although the two families are far from forming an alliance, there is still no problem in cooperating on some things.


    the two parties established daily contact, and meng zhang also agreed to convey greetings from the yuzhen sect to qianyuan jinxian when he had the opportunity.


    another old acquaintance of meng zhang, mingjing tianxian of luoyu sect, also came to participate in the celebration as the sect''s envoy.


    whether it was taiyi realm''s elimination of tianlang sword sect or meng zhang''s promotion to immortal lord, the relationship between the two parties has been greatly deepened.


    however, due to some concerns, the two sides have not officially become allies yet, but only help each other in private.


    luo yu sect had long threatened to launch a major offensive against buddhism in order to retaliate against buddhism for plotting against the qianyuan golden immortal.


    but more than two hundred years have passed, and the luoyu sect has yet to make any move, giving people the feeling that the thunder is loud but the rain is small.


    although big forces like the luoyu sect are planning actions against buddhism, even if it takes hundreds or even thousands of years, it won¡¯t be too long. considering the luoyu sect¡¯s usual behavior, what happened this time is still seems a bit strange.


    meng zhangdu couldn''t help but ask mingjing immortal about this matter, but mingjing immortal changed the topic.


    since the other party was unwilling to say more and the matter had little to do with him, meng zhang didn''t ask any more questions.


    anyway, from now on, the taiyi realm will devote itself wholeheartedly to dealing with the wild hunting star thief group, and has no spare energy to participate in the actions of the luo yu sect. everyone knows this, and the mingjing celestial immortal can also understand it.


    this time, the visitors who received the most attention from the top leaders of the taiyi world were their old friends, the gu yue family.


    the gu yue family attaches great importance to this celebration. the family patriarch gu yue lingbo personally led a group of immortal elders to come.


    in the void, for a large force like the gu yue family, the patriarch is usually only responsible for the family''s daily affairs, not the family''s top decision-maker.


    the power of the family is often in the hands of elders with high seniority and cultivation level.


    although gu yue lingbo, the patriarch of this generation of the gu yue family, is a female and is very young and not of high seniority, his cultivation in the second realm of immortals is enough to overwhelm most of the people in the clan.


    she is resourceful and skillful, and has many glorious achievements. she is highly regarded both inside and outside the family.


    she is the popular leader of the clan and wields great power.


    as long as the reclusive ancestor of the clan does not object, she can basically lead the clan''s major decisions.

 Chapter 3527

    i don¡¯t know why, although the gu yue family has the immortal ancestor, he almost never shows up outside, let alone interferes in the family¡¯s affairs.


    this made many practitioners wonder if there was something wrong with the immortal ancestor of the gu yue family.


    he might even have died long ago, and the gu yue family just kept the mourning secret.


    of course, as the gu yue family is a famous tianji family in the lingkong immortal world, even without the immortal ancestor, its safety is sufficiently guaranteed.


    the gu yue family has made friends with more than one immortal lord, and when they need the help of immortal lord-level power, they are not helpless.


    if the gu yue family has a problem that is difficult to solve with its current strength, having one more immortal lord won''t be of much help.


    the gu yue family calculated that the family would face a great calamity in the future due to divine calculations made in the early years, and would need outside help to overcome the calamity.


    unable to determine where the help would come from, the gu yue family cast a wide net and funded many cultivators who might be able to help the family overcome the calamity.


    the founder of taiyi sect is one of the targets of funding from the gu yue family.


    originally, with its fall and the increasing decline of the taiyi sect, the gu yue family thought that the funding was completely lost. however, with the re-emergence of the taiyi sect under the leadership of meng zhang, the gu yue family saw new hope.


    since then, the gu yue family has continued to increase its efforts to support taiyi sect.


    as the taiyi sect becomes increasingly powerful, more and more help comes from the gu yue family.


    up to now, the gu yue family''s investment in taiyi sect has far exceeded their investment in other similar situations.


    of course, taiyi sect''s performance, or mainly meng zhang''s performance, did not disappoint the gu yue family.


    a strong person at the level of immortal lord can already help the gu yue family.


    of course, with the gu yue family''s background, there is definitely no shortage of help from powerful people at the immortal level.


    meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord at such a young age, and he also had a close relationship with qianyuan golden immortal.


    this means that there is a certain possibility that he will be promoted to golden immortal in the future.


    this possibility alone is worth the investment of the gu yue family.


    the rise of the ether yi realm was too short. although the tai yi sect has the classics inherited from the taiyi golden immortal, it is still lacking in many aspects.


    the gu yue family has a long history and profound foundation. in addition to being inferior to those of the golden immortal sect, its accumulation is stronger than many immortal-level cultivation forces.


    even some jinxian sects may not have as old a history as the gu yue family.


    the gu yue family, known as the tianji immortal master, has mastered many unknown secrets and has many valuable channels.


    the taiyi realm has an obvious upward trend, and is obviously more energetic than the ancient gu yue family.


    there are many complementarities between the two cultivating forces.


    after gu yue lingbo came to taiyi realm, he had an in-depth and candid exchange with meng zhang.


    she provided a lot of valuable information to taiyi realm and shared many channels of the gu yue family with it.


    she presented meng zhang with a fairy gate.


    after this immortal gate is opened, it can directly connect to the gu yue family''s territory in the lingkong immortal realm.


    both parties can exchange materials and personnel.


    meng zhang carefully put away this fairy gate.


    from a safety perspective, it is of course impossible for this fairy gate to be open all the time.


    the taiyi society has always maintained contact with the gu yue family.


    when necessary, this fairy gate will be opened only after communication between the two parties.


    with this immortal gate, the taiyi realm can regularly connect to the lingkong immortal realm and gain huge benefits from it.


    not to mention anything else, just the exchange of resources and some business activities can bring huge benefits to the taiyi world and solve many problems.


    the cooperation between the gu yue family and taiyi realm is comprehensive.


    the gu yue family also operates a powerful force in the underworld.


    after the two parties negotiated the terms of cooperation, taimiao finally had an ally in the underworld.


    gu yue lingbo, whose time was precious, stayed in taiyi realm for a long time.


    after the ceremony was over and guests from all walks of life took their leave, she was not in a hurry to leave.


    she had in-depth exchanges and discussions with the masters of the gu yue family and the monks from the taiyi world.


    the two monks strengthened their contacts and communicated regularly, which would help the relationship between the two families.


    although the two sides have not publicly formed an alliance, they are already de facto allies.


    the cooperation between the two parties can be regarded as mutually beneficial.


    of course, judging from the actual situation in the ethereum realm, they received more help from the gu yue family.


    the gu yue family has not only invested in meng zhang personally, but has already bet on the entire taiyi world.


    although the current taiyi world seems to be blooming with flowers and burning with fire, it is not without any hidden worries.


    apart from anything else, many officials in the lingkong immortal realm are still hostile to the taiyi realm, but it was only because of the relationship between qianyuan golden immortal that they did not have an attack.


    as for the wuliangtian sect, which had abandoned the taiyi realm at the beginning, and faced the rising taiyi realm, its senior officials would probably have very complicated feelings.


    although the gu yue family did not know the relationship between meng zhang and taiyi golden immortal, with the unique acumen of the tianji immortal master family, they were vaguely aware that the taiyi world was burdened with a very heavy cause and effect.


    under normal circumstances, the gu yue family would not want to provoke these causes and effects.


    gu yue lingbo told meng zhang that according to the induction of some tianji immortal masters in the family, including her, the family disaster deduced by the family ancestors was gradually approaching.


    if no accident occurred, the entire gu yue family might not be able to escape the fate and fall into disaster.


    in order to survive the disaster safely, the gu yue family did not hesitate to pay any price.


    faced with the threat of the family''s demise, the family''s top management changed their past steady behavior and began to become radical.


    because of meng zhang''s performance, many senior officials of the gu yue family have high hopes for him, believing that he is someone who can help the gu yue family overcome the calamity.


    gu yue lingbo''s decision to establish a comprehensive friendship with taiyi realm was able to pass smoothly at the top of the family, which also benefited from this.


    meng zhang was very grateful to the gu yue family for their help.


    he reciprocated by saying that when the gu yue family''s calamity comes in the future, he will do his best to help the gu yue family overcome the calamity.


    meng zhang is a man who knows how to repay kindness. he always follows his words and deeds.


    gu yue lingbo was very satisfied with meng zhang''s attitude.


    of course, if she had known that meng zhang was burdened with the cause and effect of the taiyi golden immortal and that he would face many powerful people at the golden immortal level in the future, she would have hid as far away as possible.


    meng zhang did not intend to conceal it, but had to keep his relationship with taiyi golden immortal strictly confidential.


    he has always been courageous and would not drag his friends down.


    if this secret is exposed in the future, he will bear all the consequences and will never embarrass his friends.

 Chapter 3528

    the gu yue family members stayed behind and left taiyi realm last. in addition to strengthening communication with taiyi realm, they also wanted to actually test the fairy gate they gave to taiyi realm.


    immortal gates are usually refined one by one.


    placing these pairs of immortal gates in two places far apart in the void can allow the two places to be directly connected through special space channels, allowing people and materials to be directly transported.


    immortal sect is not easy to refine and the quantity is small. it is a treasure of great strategic significance.


    those big forces with the ability to refine the immortal sect generally will not easily spread the immortal sect.


    back when he was in the hengling star region, meng zhang wanted to obtain the immortal sect.


    however, because the taiyi realm had just attached itself to the wuliang tianzong at that time and had not yet been officially recognized by the lingkong immortal realm, and there was someone in the middle who was causing trouble, meng zhang was never able to get what he wanted.


    now, the immortal sect presented by gu yue lingbo personally not only satisfies the curiosity of the senior officials of taiyi realm, but also has important practical value.


    if there are enough immortal gates, and arranged according to special methods, they can form a network that connects multiple places in the void.


    top cultivation forces like the lingkong immortal world mainly rely on the immortal sect to connect their many subordinate worlds scattered throughout the void and manage their vast territories.


    of course, since immortal sect is very precious, it is very difficult to build a network.


    those territories that are not valuable enough and are too remote may not be eligible to join the network built by xianmen.


    the junchen realm, where meng zhang was born, had never joined the fairy sect network of the lingkong immortal realm.


    this was the result of the fight between the old friends and enemies of junchen immortal lord, and it was also because junchen realm was too remote, and as a new world, the output was not rich enough.


    meng zhang later heard that after the junchen realm was destroyed and the lingkong immortal realm officially regained control of the dengtian star district, they began to try to incorporate the dengtian star district into the immortal sect network.


    generally speaking, fairy gates are opened in the void outside the big world.


    due to the special situation of taiyi realm, it spends most of its time wandering in the void, and due to safety considerations, it is impossible to keep the immortal gate open above it.


    now, taking advantage of gu yue lingbo''s visit to the taiyi realm, he just happened to open this immortal gate, not only to test its functions, but also to officially start communication and exchanges with the gu yue family''s territory.


    under the gaze of everyone, meng zhang gently threw the small fairy gate in his hand into the void.


    xianmen flew to a place not too far away from taiyi realm and stood quietly in the void.


    as meng zhang cast the spell, the immortal gate suddenly grew in size and turned into a giant arch, with a special space passage in the gate.


    judging from the size of this arch, smaller void battleships can pass through it.


    after that, as long as there is an immortal responsible for maintaining it and maintaining a sufficient supply of spiritual energy at all times, this fairy gate can always remain open.


    after a joint inspection by meng zhang and gu yue lingbo, it was found that the immortal sect was in normal condition and could be safely passed through.


    on the other side of the immortal gate is the core territory of the gu yue family, which also has no problems.


    in the following time, taiyi realm and gu yue family began a large-scale movement of personnel and materials.


    many high-level monks from the taiyi realm are the spies sent by the taiyi realm, lurking deeply in the lingkong immortal realm.


    for so many years, taiyi realm has been wandering in the void, and the communication with these monks is not smooth.


    moreover, so much time has passed, and many of these monks may have died.


    as for these monks revealing their identities, it''s not a big deal.


    the lingkong fairyland and the many big worlds under its command receive countless foreign visitors almost every day.


    many of these visitors are spies sent by major forces in the void.


    as long as these spies don''t make too much noise, it will be difficult for the lingkong immortal world officials to maintain a high-pressure state.


    the vast majority of spies have no access to the real secrets of the lingkong immortal world and only collect some daily information.


    to seal off the lingkong immortal realm and cut off all kinds of commercial activities just for the sake of some spies is not worth the gain.


    in the void, a large part of the overt and covert struggles between the various cultivating forces consists of sending spies to spy on each other.


    not to mention those hostile forces, even many allies will also spy on each other.


    many times, even if many cultivating forces discover outside spies, they will basically turn a blind eye and not make a big move.


    depending on changes in the relationship between the two parties, cleanup operations will be initiated regularly when necessary.


    now that meng zhang has been promoted to immortal lord, he has become even more powerful.


    the new spies sent by taiyi realm were all subject to special restrictions by him.


    such a restriction can not only protect their identities from being leaked, but also help them contact each other and even the taiyi world.


    the taiyi world is mainly composed of cultivators, and there are also many gods and their followers.


    some powerful gods are able to maintain contact with their followers even if they are far away from them.


    moreover, the loyalty of the vast majority of believers to the gods can also be guaranteed.


    the moon god is not only a powerful god, but also has many aspects of secrecy and infiltration in his priesthood.


    among her followers, many outstanding spies were born.


    under an moran''s organization and coordination, many spies sneaked into the gu yue family''s territory through the immortal gate, and then used this as a starting point to slowly penetrate into other parts of the lingkong immortal world.


    even if the time is right in the future, these spies will use the spiritual world as a springboard to infiltrate other forces in the void.


    this is a long-term project with huge investment. it is no exaggeration to say that this is a plan that takes thousands of years to plan.


    this is of great significance to the taiyi world.


    at the very beginning of the plan, there was no need for these spies to provide any confidential information. they were just the eyes and ears of taiyi realm, allowing taiyi realm to keep in touch with the outside world and learn about some trends in the outside world.


    as an independent world, taiyi world has been wandering in the void.


    the closed environment not only protected taiyi realm, but also brought many inconveniences.


    in addition to practicing in the void, monks in the taiyi world also need to contact monks from other forces in order to be perfected in all aspects.


    the gu yue family is like a window that allows monks in the taiyi world to maintain contact with the outside world.

 Chapter 3529

    after the immortal sect had been operating normally for a period of time, gu yue lingbo and the others'' visit to taiyi realm was almost over.


    meng zhang''s eldest disciple niu dawei, on his behalf, sent these guests out of taiyi realm.


    with the departure of the last batch of guests, meng zhang''s ceremony has come to an end.


    during these years, meng zhang was not idle, and still spent a lot of time on cultivation.


    his cultivation level has been completely stabilized, he has mastered many unique methods of the immortal lord, and his combat effectiveness is completely different from before.


    through this ceremony, meng zhang declared his existence to the entire void.


    for the vastness of the void, having one more immortal lord may not mean anything.


    but for the relevant cultivating forces, the emergence of a brand-new immortal lord was an earth-shaking event, enough to change the overall situation.


    during these years, meng zhang has never forgotten that the wild hunting star thief group is the primary target that must be eliminated.


    i don''t know whether it was the impact of the last failure or the shock of meng zhang''s success in being promoted to immortal lord. in recent years, the wild hunting star thief group has become much lower-key.


    its attacks on hostile cultivating forces have become less frequent, and many sub-groups have begun to hide their practices and no longer take the initiative to attack...


    as for the sirius star district, it has become a restricted area, and no member of the wild hunting star thief group dares to approach it anymore.


    of course, meng zhang didn''t think that the wild star hunters were actively showing weakness, but thought that they must have some conspiracy.


    its active contraction must be for the next large-scale attack.


    in all kinds of battles in the world of cultivation, strategy is of course very important.


    but more often, it is still necessary to rely on strength to determine the outcome.


    after meng zhang is promoted to immortal lord, he can take the initiative to find the main force of the wild hunting star thieves group and seek a decisive battle with them.


    affected by the good news that he was promoted to immortal lord, more and more cultivating forces joined the temporary alliance he organized.


    there are also many cultivating forces who are dissatisfied with the wild hunting star thieves. although they did not join the alliance immediately, they are already very excited and have been paying attention to the trends of this alliance.


    among the forces that fear the wild hunting star thieves, more and more voices are opposing the wild hunting star thieves.


    judging from the momentum alone, the wild hunting star thief group is already at an absolute disadvantage.


    however, because the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves could not be found, the decisive battle that meng zhang expected could not begin.


    after waiting for all these years, there has been no progress in searching for the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves. meng zhang is no longer willing to wait in the sirius sector any longer.


    this place is indeed good. when taiyi realm stayed here, all the monks got a lot of rest, and the whole world also gained many benefits.


    from the day the taiyi realm separated from the junchen realm, according to meng zhang''s arrangement, the entire world embarked on the path of exploring the void and supporting war with war.


    until now, meng zhang has no intention of changing this path.


    at first, due to the situation, taiyi realm had to wander into the void.


    later, the senior leaders of taiyi realm slowly realized the benefits.


    wandering in the void, taiyi realm visited many places and obtained many precious resources, including those rare treasures of heaven, materials and earth.


    conquering the new world and fighting against enemies one after another, the entire taiyi world was greatly tempered.


    in meng zhang''s view, taiyi realm has stayed in the sirius area long enough and has almost reaped enough benefits.


    it¡¯s time for taiyi realm to embark on a journey again.


    although many people are reluctant to give up this comfortable life and leave the sirius district, meng zhang''s will cannot be violated.


    twenty years after gu yue lingbo and his party left the taiyi realm, the huge fairy gate above the taiyi realm was temporarily closed and put away by meng zhang.


    the monks from taiyi realm who went out quickly returned. under the farewell of the monks from lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, tianxing sect and other sects, taiyi realm set off again.


    of course, since there are many cultivating forces in taiyi realm, there are also many conflicts between them.


    when many cultivating forces joined taiyi realm, meng zhang had promised that he would not force them and they could come and go as they pleased.


    some cultivating forces chose to leave the taiyi realm and stay in the sirius star district.


    these cultivating forces are either tired of wandering in the void, or they are coveting the easy life here...


    there are four large worlds in the sirius star district. these cultivation forces are small in scale and average in strength.


    for meng zhang''s sake, they can get a certain living space here and start a sect in some big world.


    there are also some cultivating forces, out of consideration for the three cunning rabbit holes, leaving some monks in the sirius area and letting them establish branches here.


    of course, what comes comes and goes, and what leaves comes and stays.


    cultivation forces such as lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect have all sent some cultivators to stay in taiyi realm as envoys and be responsible for everyone''s daily communication.


    the territories of the lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, tianxing sect and other cultivation forces are not too far away from the sirius district.


    it is precisely because everyone is close to each other and has many disputes over their interests that they have become enemies with the tianlang sword sect.


    they are not as domineering as sword cultivating sects like the tianlang sword sect, nor do they have the aura of being dominant.


    within the sphere of influence they control, there are still some neutral cultivating forces, there are also a lot of casual cultivators, and there are even more external cultivating forces that maintain business relationships with them.


    after capturing the sirius star district, a group of cultivation forces led by lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect basically connected their territory.


    not only have their interactions become closer, but they also have more interactions with the outside world.


    when taiyi realm stayed in the sirius district, many external cultivating forces came to visit taiyi realm either out of curiosity or driven by interests.


    as meng zhang''s celebration ceremony was held, there were more visitors from all over the world.


    in addition to organized visitors, there are also many casual practitioners.


    externally, the taiyi community has always adopted an open attitude.


    as long as they are not monks sent by hostile forces, or public enemies such as demons, taiyi realm generally does not reject anyone who comes.


    even demons, buddhist monks, etc. can enter taiyi realm as long as they have no obvious malicious intent.


    many of these foreign guests liked the environment and atmosphere of taiyi realm and stayed here.


    some external cultivation forces, especially some business forces, have opened branches in taiyi realm to facilitate future exchanges between the two parties.


    of course, there must be many people with evil intentions among these foreign guests.


    at this time, it is time for the secret hall of taiyi realm to come into play.


    almost every once in a while, they would clear out a group of spies.


    although the senior officials of taiyi realm found it very annoying, they did not stop eating because of choking, nor did they adopt a one-size-fits-all approach and completely reject those outside visitors.

 Chapter 3530

    the taiyi world is different from the general big world. it was shaped by meng zhang, and it mainly implements the system conceived by taiyi jinxian.


    the taiyi realm is divided into three realms. the heaven realm is not only open to the outside world, meng zhang, as the master of the taiyi realm, can also easily monitor the entire world.


    foreign monks cannot make any trouble in the taiyi world.


    when necessary, the higher-ups of taiyi realm can directly seal off the entire world and cut off all contact with the outside world.


    the laws in taiyi realm are strict and everyone must strictly abide by them.


    many monks don''t like to be restrained like this, but there are also many monks who have discovered the benefits and gradually become accustomed to this environment.


    as taiyijie''s reputation continues to spread, more and more foreign guests are welcomed.


    among them, there are even many monks who hide their names and hide from their enemies.


    as long as outsiders abide by the laws and do not cause trouble or cause havoc in the taiyi world, even if they have some small thoughts, the senior leaders of the taiyi world will generally not interfere.


    when the taiyi realm was in the hengling star district, it attracted a large number of foreign monks.


    many of these foreign monks live and work peacefully in taiyi realm, and even founded sects.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm did not interfere with them much, let alone enslave them.


    even if there are true immortals and even taiyi realm among these people who will travel in the void openly, their routes can actually be traced even if they are not disclosed in advance.


    every once in a while, taiyi realm will stay somewhere in the void for a certain period of time to facilitate contact with the outside world.


    encouraged by these news, some foreign merchants not only increased their business contacts with taiyijie, but also established strongholds and opened shops in taiyijie.


    when traveling in the taiyi realm, as long as it is not a secret operation or a large movement of the void, entry and exit are relatively free.


    as long as they are permitted by the defense system of taiyi realm, both individuals and void battleships can enter and exit freely.


    of course, when fighting against the outside world, the taiyi world must be completely closed.


    as the taiyi realm began to set off and slowly left the sirius area, some void battleships and the like also quickly left the taiyi realm.


    meng zhang has not yet determined taiyi realm¡¯s goal this time.


    since the search for the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group has not gone smoothly, some time ago, meng zhang also used the secret technique to deduce this.


    when he deduced, he encountered great resistance.


    the reason for this situation is that either the wild hunting star thief group has a strong person at the immortal level; or there is a clever tianji immortal master who has blocked the information about its headquarters.


    according to meng zhang''s judgment, the former is more likely.


    it seems that the rumors in the cultivation world are not wrong. the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group really has a strong man of immortal level sitting there.


    although meng zhang has been promoted to the realm of immortal master, his improvement in tianji technique is still a step too slow, and he has not yet reached the corresponding realm.


    if he wanted to deduce more information, he would have to pay a huge price.


    meng zhang thought over it again and again, but was still unwilling to pay a high price.


    since the wild hunting star thief group has powerful men at the level of immortals, he must try his best to ensure that they are in good condition.


    you know, after he was promoted to immortal lord, he had not officially fought against an opponent of the same level.


    in his opinion, the wild hunting star thief group is neither a golden immortal sect nor a powerful sect like the luo yu sect with many immortal lords sitting in charge.


    at best, it has one or two immortal master level experts, and the inheritance it possesses is not too brilliant.


    of course, the birth of every immortal master level expert must go through many exercises and tests.


    those who can pass this test must have something extraordinary.


    although he is very confident in himself, he will not be too careless, and he is not willing to get injured by forcefully performing divine deduction, thus affecting the subsequent battle.


    since it is impossible to directly deduce the location of the headquarters of the wild hunting thieves group, we have to find another way.


    the wild hunting star thieves are divided into many groups and are always active in the void.


    some stronger sub-groups have immortal-level experts as leaders.


    no matter which cultivation force they belong to, a powerful person at the level of an immortal is not a cabbage, let alone a dispensable little player.


    meng zhang believed that even if the leaders of these sub-groups did not know the location of the main group, they still had some information.


    however, in previous battles, even if these sub-groups were defeated, their leaders would basically not be captured.


    they either fled early; or they blew themselves up.


    cultivation forces such as lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect have defeated the team of the wild hunting star thief group, but they have never captured valuable prisoners.


    this is partly due to the style of the wild hunt thieves, which causes its members to be too extreme and would rather die than surrender.


    on the other hand, it is also limited by the strength of these cultivating forces, making it difficult to capture powerful opponents alive on the battlefield.


    this time, meng zhang decided to take action personally and must capture valuable prisoners.


    anyway, there is no need to follow any rules when dealing with the public enemies of the spiritual world like the wild hunting star thieves. there is no problem in using the big to bully the small.


    meng zhang didn''t believe it. these prisoners fell into his hands and they could still keep the secret.


    as long as you capture enough prisoners and their levels are high enough, and slowly collect them, you can always collect enough information to determine the headquarters location of the wild hunting star thief group.


    the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group has always been well hidden, and they can only use these sub-groups as a breakthrough.


    even during this period, the wild hunting star thief group actively shrank, its activities became less frequent, and many sub-groups no longer took the initiative to attack.


    however, those groups have been active in the void for so many years and have left many traces, making it difficult to completely hide them.


    you know, today''s taiyi world is no longer a lonely force, but the leader of an alliance with many cultivation forces.

 Chapter 3531

    in this temporary alliance formed by meng zhang, there are many cultivating forces, most of which have enmity with the wild hunting star thieves.


    they may not dare to retaliate directly against the wild hunting star thieves, but they have always secretly collected information about the wild hunting star thieves.


    some of the monks have been paying close attention to the movements of the wild hunting star thieves.


    their results were just convenient for meng zhang.


    meng zhang has so many cultivating forces who are familiar with the wild hunting star thief group to control, so it shouldn''t be difficult to find out the whereabouts of his branch group.


    before meng zhang''s promotion ceremony, he had already assigned this task to all the cultivation forces in the alliance.


    as soon as taiyi realm left the sirius district, it began to receive a lot of feedback.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm compiled the feedback information and reported it to meng zhang.


    meng zhang selected several places as targets for taiyi realm.


    next, taiyi realm will start visiting these places one by one in a certain order.


    when meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, taiyi realm also gained a lot of benefits.


    among other things, the spiritual energy of the entire world has become more abundant, and the origin of heaven and earth has been greatly replenished.


    in the current taiyi world, even the normal driving speed is far higher than before.


    in less than fifty years, taiyi realm went to three places and captured two branches of the wild hunting star thieves.


    in one of the places, it was unknown whether it was due to an intelligence error or because a branch of the wild hunting star thieves left early, causing taiyi realm to miss out.


    in the other two places, the target was captured.


    these two branches of the wild hunting star thieves were completely wiped out by the taiyi realm, and the top brass were all captured and captured.


    it''s a pity that the level of these two sub-groups is not high, and the leader is only a true immortal level powerhouse.


    after capturing them, meng zhang personally searched their souls and obtained some useful information.


    however, they knew nothing about the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves and were unable to provide this information.


    meng zhang was not disappointed.


    the wild hunting star thief group has many groups and used to be active in various places in the void.


    he still has plenty of targets to capture.


    taiyi realm didn''t even take much rest before embarking on the journey again and starting to look for the next target.


    in the past fifty years, taiyi realm has not gained much from searching for the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group, but many cultivators have made great progress in their practice.


    a long time ago, taiyi realm was able to steadily cultivate batches of true immortals.


    the taiyi realm has long been lacking in combat power at the level of true immortals, but the number of strong men at the level of immortals is still not enough.


    meng zhang had also noticed this problem a long time ago.


    as the leader of taiyi realm, he must of course try to make up for some of his own shortcomings.


    taiyi realm has not been in the sea of ??flowers for a long time, and the resources it can harvest are limited. but after conquering the sirius sector, a great harvest came.


    especially those high-level cultivation resources can not only support the few immortals in the sect, but also help the true immortals to reach the realm of immortals.


    meng zhang has no sectarian views and will regularly summon monks from all sides of the taiyi world, especially those who have the potential to impact the realm of immortals.


    he opened a forum to give lectures, told them about the mysteries of the tao, shared his own practice experience, guided their practice, and answered the problems they encountered...


    in the void, there are countless big worlds that can give birth to living beings.


    their levels are different, and the strong men born are also very different.


    many times, in a big world or even a star region, no powerful person at the level of an immortal is born.


    this does not mean that there are not enough talented geniuses in these places.


    the birth of a powerful person at the level of an immortal requires the right time, right place, right people, and both are indispensable.


    it is very difficult to reach the level of an immortal simply by possessing talent, but without a masterful inheritance, guidance from a famous teacher, or sufficient resources.


    after meng zhang led taiyi sect to rise, taiyi sect felt like it was favored by luck, and outstanding disciples continued to emerge.


    even among its allies, there are endless talented monks.


    after entering the void in taiyi realm, these talented monks have grown even more.


    the foreign battles and various experiences in the void are all tempering for the monks in the taiyi world.


    the existence of meng zhang ensures that the monks in the taiyi world can get enough guidance.


    with his cultivation and vision, not only the monks of his own sect, but also the monks of other sects whose cultivation methods are very different can get enough guidance from him.


    even monks from other cultivation systems and other races can benefit a lot from meng zhang''s guidance.


    as for the resources needed for practice, there is no shortage in taiyi realm.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm do not distribute the cultivation resources evenly, but focus on it.


    those talented monks, those who have achieved sufficient military exploits... will naturally gain greater inclination.


    it can be said that the conditions for cultivating immortal-level experts in taiyi realm have long been mature.


    however, the taiyi world is a young world, and the monks in it have not had enough years of practice and still need time to grow up.


    according to the general rules of the world of cultivation, most true immortals have to practice for at least tens of thousands of years before they can be promoted to heavenly immortals.


    and most of the monks in taiyi realm are not even ten thousand years old.


    of course, a true genius cannot be measured by routine, let alone follow general rules.


    meng zhang''s appearance broke many conventions in the world of cultivation.


    the existence of taiyi realm has been breaking many conventions in the world of cultivation.


    in just these fifty years, several true immortals in taiyi realm have successfully been promoted to heavenly immortals.


    meng zhang''s second disciple an xiaoran, third disciple an moran, brother and sister, old friend xu mengying from the huanglian sect, luo ye zhenxian from the dark alliance...


    in such a short period of time, the number of immortals has experienced a blowout.


    this is the result of years of accumulation in the taiyi world, and it is also the reason for its flourishing luck.


    the appearance of so many immortals has greatly supplemented the high-end combat power of taiyi realm.


    meng zhang knew that after this time, the number of immortals born in the taiyi world might slow down greatly.


    the appearance of so many immortals this time consumed a large part of the accumulation in taiyi realm.


    however, taiyi realm has been able to cultivate immortals in batches.


    in the future, some immortals will be born regularly in taiyi realm probably every once in a while.


    of course, the current immortals in the taiyi world are basically the appearance of many immortals, which not only greatly strengthens the high-end combat power of the taiyi world, but also places a greater burden on the taiyi world.


    taiyi realm''s gains in the sirius star district are being consumed rapidly.


    although the current accumulation of ethereum realm can still support everyone for a long time, in the long run, taiyi realm must obtain new supplies as soon as possible.

 Chapter 3532

    there are many reasons why meng zhang targeted the wild hunt thieves.


    now, there''s a new reason.


    the wild hunting star thief group has been plundering in the void for many years and has done many evil things. most of its headquarters stores a huge amount of resources.


    as long as you capture its headquarters, you can not only get rid of a major problem and lay a solid foundation for establishing a permanent alliance, but also harvest a lot of resources.


    taiyi realm continues to drive in the void, rushing to new targets one after another.


    the senior officials of taiyi realm also held their breath. at worst, they could capture all the sub-groups of the wild hunting star thieves, so they wouldn''t be unable to collect any usable information.


    most of these sub-groups of the wild hunting star thieves are veterans of robbery. they are always quick to spot opportunities and will immediately flee at the slightest sign of trouble.


    it''s a pity that they have been operating in the void for so many years and have left too many clues and traces.


    taiyi realm has meng zhang, the tianji immortal master, and has also trained many tianji masters of different levels.


    the strongest among these sub-groups are just facing the relentless pursuit of tianji immortal masters of immortal master meng zhang''s level. although the void is vast, these sub-groups have no way to escape and nowhere to hide.


    as these sub-groups were arrested one by one, meng zhang began to obtain some useful clues by searching the souls of the captured leaders.


    later, not only taiyi realm, but also the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect organized members of the alliance and began to hunt down various branches.


    all of a sudden, all the branches of the wild hunting star thieves, including those who were left alone, became like rats on the street, and everyone shouted at them to beat them up.


    they hid in xz and evaded pursuit everywhere.


    the strange thing is that in the void, a wave of pursuit of the wild hunting star thieves has formed. the news has spread long ago, but there has been no response from the headquarters.


    the main regiment neither actively rescued these sub-groups nor had any intention of calling these sub-groups back to the headquarters to hide them.


    although the process of hunting down the various branches has been very smooth, this situation made meng zhang very confused.


    all kinds of information related to the wild hunting star thief group are hidden in the shadows.


    he used tianji technique to deduce it a little bit, then stopped at a superficial level and did not continue.


    he had an intuition that if he continued to deduce, he might get more useful information, but the secret would come back and he would definitely be seriously injured.


    as a newly promoted immortal lord, facing the powerful veteran immortal lord hidden in the wild hunting star thief group, he must maintain his best condition and not be easily injured.


    he could only put these doubts in his mind for the time being and continue to hunt down each branch.


    in any case, hunting down each branch not only cuts off the enemy''s tentacles and wings, but also collects more information.


    he guessed in his heart that the enemy was so forbearing, of course it was not because he was incompetent, or because he was afraid of him, and he must have some conspiracy.


    in addition to continuing to strengthen his training and improve his combat effectiveness, he is also beginning to figure out how to win over other immortals to help him.


    the gu yue family is the most reliable ally, but the immortal lord cannot come out of seclusion all the year round. he doesn''t even bother to ask about important matters in the family, and meng zhang can''t ask for help from him.


    although the yuzhen sect has good relations with the taiyi realm, it faces the pressure of the earth mother god system, and it is difficult to recruit powerful people at the level of the immortal lord. moreover, the relationship between the two parties is not good enough, so asking for help will definitely cost a lot of money. fee''s price.


    on the luoyu sect''s side, according to mingjing tianxian, the entire sect is preparing to launch a counterattack against buddhism and has no time to worry about it for the time being.


    the luoyu sect had been preparing for so long but had not made any moves. meng zhang did not know what kind of preparations it was making.


    in fact, meng zhang''s most reliable helper is tai miao, but tai miao has not yet broken through to the late stage of the gods and cannot fight against the immortal lord alone.


    after meng zhang succeeded in breaking through the immortal lord, tai miao returned to the underworld to retreat.


    after the last conquest, no force around him dared to provoke him, and he was able to have a peaceful cultivation life.


    during this period of time, his practice achieved great results.


    his divine kingdom had completely refined and absorbed the last harvest, and he also spent a lot of time eliminating hidden dangers.


    after adjusting himself to the best condition, he began to refine the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    in the process of refining the thousand-leaf golden lotus and purifying the soul, there were some twists and turns, and he encountered many difficulties.


    countless illusions that were difficult to distinguish from reality appeared in front of him, trying to confuse him.


    there are many inner demons, and suddenly there is great fear in my heart.


    a series of yin fires burned from his soul, intending to burn his soul to death.


    ¡­


    the purification of the soul is a very difficult thing.


    taimiao is not a new born god, but a guy who has lived for a long time and has rich experiences.


    all the things he encountered in the past, his experiences growing up, the enemies he killed and even refined... all became the source of the inner demon''s power.


    in particular, he has absorbed the power of countless incense beliefs, and the various toxins contained in them are really difficult to eradicate.


    in order to obtain more powerful power as soon as possible, he embarked on the path of belief in gods.


    since you take shortcuts in practice, you will have to pay the price in the end.


    incense is poisonous, and the desires of sentient beings are entangled in his soul and become his greatest burden.


    as much benefit as he usually gets from the power of believers'' faith, he is in so much pain at this time.


    various whispers, murmurs and shouts continued to ring in his ears, and the prayers and wishes from all living beings were like mountains, trying to completely crush his soul.


    ¡­


    although tai miao is extraordinary in nature and possesses many innate qualities of ghosts and gods, the training she has experienced is not enough and she still looks immature.


    he usually shared meng zhang''s understanding of the great way of heaven and earth, but he was actually taking shortcuts.


    shinto practitioners pay more attention to origin, blood relationship, etc. than those who practice the immortal way.


    taimiao is the external incarnation refined by meng zhang, but it does not have a powerful father and mother to rely on.


    as a god, he is not too old and has not enough experience.


    the process of refining the thousand-leaf golden lotus was an unprecedented test for him.


    this test hit his weakness and was beyond his ability to bear.


    fortunately, meng zhang has been paying attention to his situation.


    when he encountered a crisis, meng zhang used the connection between his deity and his external incarnation to help him share a large part of the pressure.


    for tai miao, these tests are insurmountable mountains, but for immortal lord meng zhang, they are nothing more than that.


    of course, meng zhang felt a little lucky.


    fortunately, he took the first step this time and walked in front of tai miao, and was promoted to immortal lord first.


    if he were still at his original level of cultivation, he might not be able to bear such a huge pressure, and his help to tai miao would also be limited.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3533

    in fact, meng zhang''s help this time to help tai miao share the pressure is not a good thing for tai miao''s future.


    for tai miao, the best situation is to rely on his own strength to survive this test alone, so that his future practice will be more promising and smoother.


    but there is no way, relying on his strength alone, there is absolutely no way he can survive this test.


    seeing that he was about to be seriously injured or even die in the test, there was no way to talk about the future.


    once tai miao falls, his deity meng zhang will be implicated.


    meng zhang would most likely be injured, and he would also lose his most reliable helper.


    when taimiao encountered a crisis, meng zhang just thought for a moment and immediately made a decision to help.


    he is unwilling to lose this external incarnation. with the current situation in the ether world, he cannot do without such a useful helper.


    next, we will launch a general attack on the wild hunting star thieves, and tai miao''s combat effectiveness is indispensable.


    meng zhang, who was in the yang world of taiyi world, began to recite taoist scriptures that calm the mind and exorcise inner demons.


    relying on the special connection between his deity and his external incarnation, meng zhang''s power was transmitted to tai miao in the underworld, helping him stabilize his shaky mind.


    tai miao quickly regained his clarity, and the fantasy in front of him no longer had the slightest impact on him.


    the bursts of sinister fire that ignited in his soul were extinguished by the divine power he mobilized.


    the poison of incense faith hidden in the depths of his soul had just begun to take effect, but he suppressed it and began to eliminate it.


    taking advantage of this opportunity to refine the thousand-leaf golden lotus, although he could not completely eliminate the poison of incense belief, he could greatly reduce its harm and suppress it firmly, allowing it to become poisonous for a long time. harmless.


    ¡­


    after a long period of testing, the power of qianye golden lotus penetrated into almost every corner of his soul. his soul was purified like never before and became more powerful.


    the soul is purified, and some of the innate shackles in the divine body are released.


    the divine body began a series of transformations and began a new evolution.


    this transformation and evolution brought tai miao great pain, but he was happy with it.


    he didn''t need meng zhang to help him share the pain, he persevered alone.


    when the transformation was completed, his divine body evolved to a whole new level.


    his cultivation realm was not directly improved this time, but he received countless benefits and laid a solid foundation for future cultivation.


    his soul became more pure and thorough, and his body became more indestructible.


    he has more magical abilities and becomes more powerful.


    by refining this thousand-leaf golden lotus, he made up for many shortcomings and gave himself a chance to catch up with the seeds of the lord god with extraordinary origins.


    after thoroughly refining the thousand-leaf golden lotus, he did not rush out of seclusion and continued to practice in seclusion.


    he enjoyed his current state very much and fully felt that he seemed to have been reborn.


    the purified soul and transformed divine body also made his practice faster.


    in the process of meng zhang hunting down the various branches of the wild hunting star thieves, his cultivation in the middle stage of being a god was completely completed.


    he is now only one step away from breaking through to the realm of late gods, and he might be able to break through smoothly when he does.


    in terms of combat effectiveness, he has almost reached the peak of the middle stage of the gods.


    meng zhang was a little disappointed that tai miao was unable to advance to the late stage of the heavenly god stage and could not fight against the powerful ones at the level of immortal lord.


    however, he considered that the taiyi world currently lacks immortals. of course, there is a limit to the growth of this alliance.


    after all, taiyijie, the leader of the alliance, is a young force with a short history, and meng zhang, the leader of taiyijie, is just a newly promoted immortal.


    apart from this, there is no other immortal-level combat power in the alliance.


    members who join the alliance are distributed throughout the void.


    most of them had a grudge against the wild hunt thieves, and some wanted to join the alliance to gain asylum.


    the members of the alliance are spread too widely, and they appear to be very powerful, with their influence spread almost everywhere in the void. however, in fact, their power is scattered and it is difficult to form a joint force.


    if a member of the alliance is attacked, it will be difficult for other members scattered in other parts of the void to provide timely support.


    meng zhang knew that the main purpose of the alliance''s existence, apart from eliminating the big enemy of the wild hunting star thieves, was that everyone hoped to gain shelter and help each other.


    solving these problems is not easy.


    all meng zhang can do is to deal with the wild hunting thieves as soon as possible and calm people''s hearts.


    after that, we can find ways to slowly strengthen the connections between the members and consolidate the alliance.


    he also had a general idea about this in his mind.


    as long as there are enough immortal gates and a network spread throughout the void, all alliance members can be closely connected.


    refining the immortal gate is extremely difficult, and the materials are very precious. the current taiyi world does not have the conditions to refine the immortal gate.


    in fact, there are almost only a handful of cultivating forces in the void that can refine immortal gates or similar treasures.


    the number of immortal sects circulating in the void is very rare.


    every time such a treasure with important strategic importance appears, it will attract competition from all parties.


    at the beginning, taimiao was planning to trade such treasures in the underworld.


    later, after he became familiar with the situation, he realized that his thinking was too simple.


    with his previous position in the underworld and the resources he had at his disposal, it was almost impossible to obtain treasures such as the immortal sect.


    the gu yue family also has countless immortal sects, and it is not easy to give a pair to taiyi realm.


    if meng zhang wants to obtain more immortal sects, he can only slowly find a way in the future.


    he has told the taiyi realm''s business team and those allied sects to try their best to buy or exchange for treasures similar to those of the immortal sect. for this, he is willing to pay a heavy enough price.


    there is no clue about how to obtain more immortal sects for the time being. he finally made some gains in searching for the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group.


    during this process, the many sub-groups of the wild hunting star thief group that were originally spread throughout the void were arrested one after another and almost all were killed.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3534

    meng zhang finally obtained enough information by searching the souls of many prisoners, including many immortal-level experts, to deduce the approximate location of the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group.


    it is located in an unknown hidden star region and does not seem to have an official name.


    the top brass of the wild hunting star thieves just call it their headquarters.


    meng zhang temporarily named the hidden star area the wild hunting star area, and the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was called the wild hunting world.


    it is said that the environment inside the wild hunting sector is extremely harsh, and there are countless natural dangers that are enough to bury a powerful person at the level of an immortal.


    members of the wild hunting star thief group must be guided by someone special when entering or exiting that place.


    if you wander in randomly, you will basically die.


    as long as meng zhang has determined the location, he doesn''t worry much about the risks inside.


    in the void, there are not many places that can trap the immortal lord.


    when the time comes, he can always find a safe passage as long as he explores slowly.


    moreover, although he did not have a safe way in and out, he still had some understanding of the place through the pieced together information.


    the top management of the wild hunt thieves group has been running that place for many years, and they are unable to completely relocate it in a short period of time.


    the harsh and dangerous environment is not only a natural line of defense, but also a major obstacle to relocation.


    now that he knew where the target was, meng zhang stopped delaying and immediately ordered to summon all members of the alliance to go together to completely eliminate the wild hunting star thief group.


    the area where all participating forces gathered was located near a small star area some distance away from the wild hunt star area.


    after issuing the order, meng zhang also ordered taiyijie to quickly move towards the target.


    halfway through, meng zhang was adjusting his state, ready to fight with opponents of the same level at any time, while thinking about the upcoming battle.


    according to the practice of fighting in the spiritual world, it is usually soldiers against soldiers against generals.


    meng zhang was determined to resist the powerful immortal master from the wild hunting star bandits.


    a coalition of various cultivating forces will fight together against the army of the wild hunting star thieves.


    in these years, the wild hunting star thieves group has almost lost all its branches. it can be said that the overall strength of the wild hunting star thieves group has been greatly weakened and its arrogance has been severely damaged.


    the wild hunt star thief group did not support these sub-groups, which caused its reputation to plummet, but it also preserved its strength.


    in the battle with the wild hunting star thieves, taiyi realm had wiped out its army before, but it should not have damaged its roots.


    next, there will be a decisive battle with the headquarters of the wild hunting thieves group, which will inevitably lead to a tough battle.


    in addition, according to the information obtained by meng zhang''s soul search, the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves is a very strange and difficult world to attack.


    the coalition forces may face many difficulties if they want to conquer there.


    of course, this war must eliminate the wild star hunter bandits. no matter what difficulties and obstacles they face, they cannot stop the coalition forces under the leadership of meng zhang.


    the enemy''s situation was not fully understood, so he could only start to think of various countermeasures based on the limited information.


    when taiyi realm was about to arrive at the assembly point, meng zhang, who was sitting quietly in taiyi realm, felt something in his heart and looked up into the void.


    the next moment, meng zhang''s figure appeared in the void not far from taiyi realm.


    he was first ready to fight, then felt relaxed and saluted to the front.


    "it turns out to be senior. i wonder what kind of wind blew senior here?"


    appearing not far in front of meng zhang, it was the juechen immortal lord whom he had not seen for a long time.


    juechen immortal lord and junchen immortal lord, who created the junchen world, have been friends for many years.


    back then, in order to protect junchen realm, he forcibly made a pact with many enemies of junchen immortal lord, not allowing powerful men at the level of immortals to go to junchen realm.


    after the destruction of the junchen realm, one of his incarnations entered the dengtian star area, had contact with meng zhang, and took great care of him.


    he once gave guidance to gu yue lingqing.


    probably because of the relationship between aiwu and wu, he also gave guidance to meng zhang, who was born in the junchen world.


    especially when he was in the hengling star district, he tipped off meng zhang, which made meng zhang determined to leave there early.


    meng zhang always kept this help in mind.


    what appears in front of meng zhang now is the original form of juechen immortal lord, not his incarnation.


    he looked at meng zhang in front of him with very complicated emotions.


    he was willing to form a good relationship with meng zhang, not only because meng zhang was born in junchen realm and could barely be regarded as a descendant of junchen immortal lord, but also because he was optimistic about meng zhang and felt that meng zhang had a great future.


    he once believed that meng zhang would have a chance to be promoted to immortal lord and be on par with him within tens of thousands of years.


    but he never expected that meng zhang would already be promoted to immortal lord just so many years after leaving the hengling star district.


    moreover, although it was not easy to test meng zhang''s strength, after just a superficial observation, he found that meng zhang''s cultivation was extraordinary, he did not have the youthfulness of a newly promoted person, and his aura was calm and natural.


    meng zhangxiu has been promoted so quickly. in addition to his extraordinary talent, he probably has a backer behind him.


    based on those rumors, juechen immortal master determined that meng zhang must have a close relationship with qianyuan jinxian and received his advice.


    in order to be promoted to a golden immortal, juechen immortal is keen on making friends with all the golden immortals in the taoist sect, and even pleases them.


    he did not take the liberty to ask meng zhang about qianyuan golden immortal, but was prepared to help him and try to get him to speak kindly to qianyuan golden immortal and leave a good impression on him.


    he had heard about meng zhang''s character for a long time and knew that he was an immortal who knew how to repay kindness and did what he said.


    after the two sides exchanged greetings, he began to get down to business.


    it turns out that juechen immortal lord and the wild hunting star thief group also have a cause and effect.


    back then, demon lord naduya sneaked into the void and was encircled and suppressed by various forces.


    not only did he successfully escape the encirclement and suppression, but he also killed and wounded the monks from all sides who were encircling and suppressing him.


    among them, an immortal lord was not only defeated in the process of chasing the demon lord naduya, but was also infected by his demon, and finally became his demonized puppet.


    with an immortal as a demonized puppet, naduoye''s strength greatly increased and he became more difficult to deal with.


    however, instead of wreaking havoc in the void, he became low-key.


    he hid his identity and secretly lurked among the wild hunting star thieves.


    the immortal lord infected by his demon has been an old friend of juechen immortal lord for many years.


    in order to avenge his old friend, and to free his old friend, juechen immortal lord has been pursuing the whereabouts of demon lord natuoya for so many years.


    after being infected by the demon lord, even the immortal lord has already been doomed.


    not to mention the juechen immortal, even if the golden immortal takes action, there is no way to save it, let alone resurrect it.


    what juechen immortal lord can do is to take back the immortal body of his old friend, purify it, and let it return to heaven and earth to gain relief and no longer become the demon lord''s puppet.


    juechen immortal lord spent a lot of time and paid a high price to finally determine the whereabouts of demon lord natuoya.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3535

    the true identity of the leader of the wild hunting star thief group is ganda god who was born in the celestial temple.


    the celestial temple is a well-known shinto force in the void, with many gods sitting in charge, and countless shinto practitioners including true gods under its command.


    only devas can become official members of the celestial temple.


    from the early days of the gods to the late days of the gods, the celestial temple has no shortage of experts.


    the only pity is that there is no main god in the celestial temple, and it is not considered a god.


    taiyi realm once had some disputes with tianshen temple, and the cause and effect between the two parties was not shallow.


    however, in so many years, the tianshen temple has not had a large-scale confrontation with taiyi world due to lack of information or other reasons.


    god ganda was originally a high-ranking member of the celestial temple and one of the elders who founded this organization. he was a truly powerful person who kept his word.


    however, he values ??his own spiritual future more than so-called power.


    tianshen temple is also a large force with a long history.


    but for so many years, among the gods, none has been able to break through to the existence of the main god.


    this shows that the temple of heaven either lacks the inheritance of the main god level, or is subject to some unknown restrictions.


    god ganda had been promoted to god for many years. seeing that there was still no hope of breaking through to the main god, he betrayed the god of god and joined buddhism.


    although it is said that buddhism is vast and can save all sentient beings, and buddhism does welcome ganda gods to join buddhism.


    but after all, he is not a direct descendant of buddhism, and it is impossible for him to gain the true trust of senior buddhist monks as a monk.


    the purpose of his joining buddhism was for his own path and to take a further step in the realm of cultivation.


    whether he becomes the main god of shinto or the buddha of buddhism, it doesn''t make much difference to him.


    however, buddhism only treats him as a protector and cannot help him become a buddha.


    after hanging out in buddhism for many years, he has never received any efforts from buddhism to cultivate him, and he is still far away from becoming a buddha and a main god.


    finally, seeing no hope within buddhism, he rebelled again and fled buddhism.


    after these two betrayal experiences, all the cultivation forces in the void will definitely not accept him.


    even if you accept him, you will definitely treat him as cannon fodder and use him, and you will never truly trust him.


    for a strong man like him, his cultivation consumes a huge amount of resources.


    it is very time-consuming to collect the resources needed for practice by yourself.


    juechen xianzun, who is at a similar level of cultivation to him, says he is a casual cultivator, but in fact he has a group of cultivators under his command to support him.


    there are not many immortal-level practitioners who are truly alone in the void.


    the god of ganda secretly formed the wild hunting star thief group for him to drive.


    he used shinto secret methods to control his subordinates and ensure the tightness of the organization.


    as a veteran of the immortal master level, he is skillful in controlling his subordinates, proficient in political tactics, and has great leadership qualities.


    although he betrayed the celestial temple and buddhism one after another, he still retained some personal connections within shinto and buddhism.


    he is an all-rounder with extraordinary skills and is good at dealing with really powerful forces.


    in many cases, he would also act as a thug and do some secret things for some big forces.


    because of his ability to assess the situation, the wild hunting star thieves have never offended a truly powerful person.


    he attracted and took in many people with extraordinary backgrounds and powerful abilities, and gradually made the wild hunting star thieves group bigger.


    after demon lord natoya secretly joined the wild star hunters and served as a military advisor, with the blessing of his demonic methods, the wild hunters became stronger day by day.


    god ganda dared to risk the world''s disapproval and take in demon lord naduya, not only because of his ability and cultivation.


    he is very aware of his situation. among the major forces in the void, apart from the demonic path that is not taboo on meat and vegetables, he can hardly find any other support.


    for him, as long as he can break through his current level of cultivation, even becoming the final master of the demonic path is a good choice.


    however, the devil''s methods are cruel and the internal battles are fierce.


    he just rashly threw himself into the demonic path. not to mention that he would not be cultivated by the higher-ups of the demonic path. instead, he was very likely to be directly infected by the devil, and then turned into a demonized puppet, and would be enslaved by a certain powerful demonic path forever.


    this is not what he wants.


    he hopes to get in touch with the higher-ups of the demonic way through demon lord naduya, gain their recognition, and gain the true inheritance of the demonic way.


    no matter what, getting more information about the inside of the devil''s path from demon lord nadaya will deepen your understanding of the devil''s path, which will help your future actions.


    over the years, demon lord nathoya got along very well with him, and the two became close friends.


    he received a lot of advice from the demon lord naduoya, learned many secrets of the demonic path, and gained confidence in joining the demonic path in the future.


    as for demon lord naduoye helping him better develop the wild hunting star thief group and continue to grow it, that is even more of an unexpected surprise.


    with the existence of these two powerful men at the level of immortals, the wild hunting star thieves are extremely difficult to destroy and are strong enough to dominate the void.


    if juechen immortal lord wants to deal with demon lord natuoya who is hiding in the wild hunting star bandits, he will inevitably go against the wild hunting star bandits.


    originally, he was going to use the connections he had accumulated over the years, invite some friends to help, summon monks from all walks of life, organize a team, and go to the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group.


    recently, he heard that meng zhang was organizing an alliance to deal with the wild hunting star thieves, so he joined in, preparing to use meng zhang''s power to achieve his goal.


    after listening to the information provided by juechen immortal lord, meng zhang knew that there were two strong men of the same level as himself in the wild hunting star thief group, and he indeed needed their help.


    you must know that both demon lord naduya and god ganda are old and strong men who have experienced hundreds of battles.


    meng zhang alone cannot guarantee a 100% victory against any of them.


    with one against two, he might be at a disadvantage or even be defeated.


    the information provided by juechen immortal is very important, and his joining has solved the biggest problem.


    meng zhang asked him about this again and again, and confirmed that there were only two powerful men at the level of immortals, demon lord natuoya and ganda god, among the wild hunting star thieves.


    he and juechen immortal lord join forces to fight against the enemy. even if they cannot defeat the opponent, at least they will not lose.


    meng zhang''s heart moved, and a question suddenly occurred to him.


    juechen xianzun, who was born as a casual cultivator, has always been very righteous and treats his friends with kindness.


    ever since junchen immortal lord fell, he has been preventing his enemies from going to junchen realm, which can be seen from this.


    of course, from the same thing, it can also be seen that juechen immortal lord has always been very measured and leaves room for leeway.


    his protection for junchen realm also has limits.


    he was not able to stop a group of true immortals from going to junchen realm to open up.


    this may be due to the limitation of his ability, and it also shows that he cannot give unlimited sacrifices for his friends, especially friends who have fallen.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3536

    demon lord natuoye was able to defeat the immortal friend of moran juechen immortal lord, and his strength was probably just as strong as juechen immortal lord.


    not to mention, there is also the existence of the old god ganda.


    if the juechen immortal lord wants to deal with the wild hunting star thieves, he can only invite the help of strong men of the same level, which will definitely cost a lot of money.


    even though he has a wide circle of friends and has many friends, this is not an easy thing.


    now, it is even more strange that he did not invite his so-called old friend, but joined forces with meng zhang.


    after all, meng zhang was an immortal lord who had just been promoted, and his cultivation and strength were limited.


    he and meng zhang teamed up to confront demon lord naduya and god ganda. from the perspective of outsiders, this was an extremely risky matter.


    logically speaking, to be on the safe side, he should find a way to invite more immortals to help.


    was he taking such a big risk just to help avenge a long-lost friend?


    for a strong man like him, time is the least valuable thing, and there is no need for him to rush.


    the safest way is that he can continue to practice and strive to become a golden immortal one day.


    as long as he becomes the golden immortal, he can kill the wild hunting star thieves, the demon lord naduya and the god of ganda with just a few clicks.


    even if he has no confidence in his ability to become a golden immortal, he can still wait for a better opportunity.


    meng zhang is not his biggest support.


    he was so impatient to deal with the demon king naduoya and did not prepare more helpers. he must not only be helping his old friend to avenge his hatred, but also have another purpose.


    although meng zhang would not easily explore other people''s privacy, this battle was of great importance and he would not allow any situation beyond his control to occur.


    he cast doubtful eyes on juechen immortal lord.


    juechen xianzun smiled bitterly.


    the junior who was respectful in front of him back then has not only become an equal to himself, he is also qualified to question himself.


    he had no intention of keeping the secret from meng zhang, but due to his temperament as a casual cultivator, he often had to compare every penny with the penny.


    now that meng zhang himself saw something was wrong, he was no longer prepared to hide it, but to truly tell the truth.


    otherwise, you will not be able to make good friends with the other party, but will offend the other party.


    it turns out that juechen immortal, a good friend of the immortal, once visited the mansion of a senior jin xian and received a lot of benefits.


    among them are the classics left by the predecessor jinxian, and the contents recorded in them are said to be helpful in becoming a jinxian.


    he once owed juechen immortal a great favor and promised to share the classics with juechen immortal.


    but before he could fulfill his promise, he was poisoned by the demon natoya.


    as for everything on him, it naturally became the trophies of demon lord nathoya.


    for many years, juechen immortal lord has been running around and working hard in order to break through to the golden immortal realm.


    unfortunately, he still can''t see where the future is.


    the classics left by his predecessor jinxian were of great reference value to him.


    merely avenging his friends was not worth the risk of provoking demon lord nadya.


    but the classics that would help him become a golden immortal were worth the huge risk he took.


    the reason why he didn''t want to invite friends to help him was because he didn''t trust those so-called old friends.


    in addition, there is another key point. in order to keep it secret, he did not tell meng zhang until he was ready to go to the end of the field.


    now, in order to make up for his previous concealment and show his honesty, he revealed this secret.


    god ganda, the leader of the wild hunting star thief group, and demon lord naduoya seem to be close, but in fact their relationship has long been in trouble.


    the purpose of ganda god befriending the demon lord naduya is to truly devote himself to the demonic way, to be cultivated by the higher-ups of the demonic way, and to gain the opportunity to be promoted to the master of the final dharma.


    it seems that demon lord naduya has always been thinking about god ganda and actively working for him, but as time goes by, some things are exposed.


    he had never thought about making god ganda the true inheritor of the demonic path, but had been deceiving him.


    secretly, he even came up with the idea of ????ganda god, trying to demonize him and make him his own demonized puppet.


    a cunning guy like god ganda has never relaxed his vigilance against demon lord nadya.


    after all, he once joined buddhism and practiced many methods of conquering demons.


    after he discovered the plot of demon lord naduya, he was extremely angry in his heart, but on the surface he remained calm and tried to plot against the other party.


    buddhism has always had a tradition of converting demons and making them protectors of the law.


    it''s hard to say which method is more powerful, magic dyeing or degree transformation.


    god ganda knew that demon lord nadya was powerful and could not defeat him by himself alone.


    by chance, he learned the purpose of juechen immortal lord.


    so, he secretly contacted immortal juechen, and the two parties reached an agreement.


    juechen immortal helped him deal with the demon naduoye. after the incident was completed, juechen immortal got everything from his old friend.


    if juechen immortal lord and ganda god can really join forces wholeheartedly, it is really possible to take down demon lord naduoye.


    but although juechen immortal lord agreed to cooperate with god ganda on the surface, he was wary of him in his heart.


    just at this time, he heard that meng zhang organized a coalition to attack the wild star hunters, so he came to cooperate with meng zhang.


    after listening to the words of immortal juechen, meng zhang was dissatisfied with his previous concealment, but the other party''s attitude was very good, and he really needed such a helper now.


    seeing meng zhang''s silence, jue chen immortal lord took the initiative to say that if he could get back the golden immortal classics in the hands of his old friend, he would definitely share it with meng zhang.


    although meng zhang is a descendant of taiyi golden immortal and still has the cultivation notes left by qianyuan golden immortal in his hand, these are far from enough for him to break through to the golden immortal realm in the future.


    the classics left by his predecessor jinxian are also very useful to him.


    if he wants to break through to the golden immortal realm in the future, he needs to read all kinds of classics and learn from the best of hundreds of schools of thought.


    it is certainly a good thing that immortal juechen is willing to share the classics with him.


    after thinking about it, although he still felt a little uncomfortable, from a profit perspective, it was best for him to cooperate with juechen immortal lord now.


    moreover, meng zhang did not make many allies due to his difficulty in making his inheritance known to the public and because he was too young.


    now that he has become an immortal lord, he will deal with many powerful people at the level of immortal lord in the future.


    in this case, he needs more allies at the immortal level.


    juechen xianzun is not hindered by his sect, and he has a good relationship with him...


    the two sides have the basis to become allies.


    meng zhang hopes that through this cooperation, the relationship between the two parties will be deepened and more mutual trust will be achieved...


    in the future, the two sides can cooperate in more aspects and become long-term allies.


    meng zhang accepted juechen immortal lord''s later explanation and had no intention of getting angry. he also told the other party that their arrangement for cooperating against the wild hunting star thieves this time remained unchanged. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3537

    originally, when meng zhang and juechen immortal lord joined forces to face ganda god and demon lord naduoya, there was still a lot of risk, and they did not dare to say that they would win.


    but since god ganda and demon lord naduya are plotting against each other secretly, this gives them an opportunity to take advantage of.


    judging from their past experiences, they are both extremely selfish guys.


    not to mention demon lord nadya as a powerful demon, god ganda betrayed him twice for his own path.


    for god ganda, the entire wild hunting star thieves group may not be as important as the salvation of demon lord naduoya.


    if he can save demon lord nadaya, it will bring him countless benefits and help his future practice.


    based on the latest information obtained, meng zhang revised the original plan after discussing with juechen immortal lord.


    after the two parties discussed it, meng zhang returned to taiyi realm, and juechen immortal lord also left for the time being.


    after returning to the taiyi realm, meng zhang did not tell everyone his and juechen immortal lord''s plans, but just asked everyone to act according to the original plan.


    this is not because he does not trust the senior officials of taiyi realm, but because the enemy is a strong man at the same level as him, and he might have abilities similar to those on a whim.


    this operation is of vital importance, and some key points must be kept strictly confidential.


    as an immortal lord and a master of heavenly secrets, he can block possible reactions from his opponents.


    juechen xianzun has been famous for many years and has his own corresponding methods in this regard.


    however, the lack of cultivation of the senior leaders of taiyi world might be detected by their opponents.


    following meng zhang''s instructions, taiyijie continued to drive to the designated assembly point. .


    after traveling in the void for about ten years, taiyi realm reached the assembly point.


    the void is vast, and without special means, every expedition takes a long time on the road.


    therefore, it is very normal for similar battles in the void to take decades or even hundreds of years.


    with meng zhang''s cultivation at this time, he can completely put away taiyi realm and go on his own, which will definitely be much faster.


    but he didn''t have to do that.


    after arriving at the assembly point, taiyi realm will stop and wait for the armies of other cultivating forces to arrive here.


    moreover, allowing taiyi realm to travel normally in the void is also an exercise for taiyi realm monks.


    taiyi realm is not the first to come.


    there are two cultivating forces that are relatively close to the gathering place and have already sent teams here early.


    taiyijie quickly joined them.


    the leaders of the two cultivating forces came to visit meng zhang respectfully.


    meng zhang received them generously and politely and gave them some benefits.


    next, people sent by various cultivating forces began to arrive at the assembly area one after another.


    this place was originally an empty and desolate place in the void. with the arrival of monks from all walks of life, it suddenly became extremely lively.


    the wild hunting star thieves usually do a lot of evil and have made countless enemies.


    today, these enemies have sent their forces and gathered here.


    taiyijie is the well-deserved leader.


    lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect are considered the core members of this alliance.


    in addition to these three companies, there are several others that are not necessarily much weaker than them.


    there are many cultivating forces coming to the assembly point this time, with varying strengths.


    among them, the weakest ones are all the cultivation forces at the true immortal level.


    there are a lot of celestial immortal-level cultivation forces.


    now that they have decided to join the alliance and take action against the wild hunt thieves, everyone has clearly thought that they will suffer the consequences if they are not killed.


    therefore, many cultivating forces did not hold back much and sent their main forces here.


    void warships of various shapes and sizes came from all directions and gathered into a huge fleet.


    there are countless powerful people in the fleet, including those at the level of true immortals and immortals.


    among the army, there was only one immortal lord, meng zhang, who was enough to frighten everyone and make them bow their heads and obey orders.


    during this time, meng zhang no longer cared about practicing in seclusion. instead, he took the time to meet with the leaders of the various cultivation forces.


    meng zhang has served as the leader of a party for many years and has a leadership style and extraordinary bearing.


    it is a common practice in the world of cultivation to judge status based on cultivation.


    among the immortals from all walks of life who came to see him, there were many who were much older and more senior than him.


    but when these people faced immortal lord meng zhang, they all regarded themselves as juniors.


    meng zhang has the demeanor of an elder and would like to mention a few words to these juniors from time to time.


    with meng zhang''s level of cultivation and vision, these people can benefit a lot from just a few random remarks.


    later, some immortals were shameless and took the initiative to ask meng zhang some questions about cultivation.


    in the world of cultivation, the opportunity to receive guidance from senior monks is extremely precious.


    although there are many immortals in the void, there are a few who have the patience to give guidance to those who are neither relatives nor friends.


    there are very few immortals who are as generous as meng zhang, and such an opportunity is rare.


    of course, those who could approach meng zhang for advice were basically the top leaders of the various cultivating forces.


    meng zhang''s advice is mainly aimed at immortals from all walks of life.


    later, meng zhang simply held several dharma meetings in taiyi realm and invited immortals from all walks of life to come and listen.


    every time the foreign immortals attend the dharma conference, it is always crowded.


    those immortals who came here later heard the narrations of the people in front, and they all felt regretful and hated themselves for not hurrying up and getting here earlier.


    fortunately, meng zhang held more than one dharma conference.


    he also considered the monks who would come later, and waited patiently for them, without leaving in a hurry.


    in fact, the fleets formed by the various forces assembled here are already enough to crush the wild star hunting thieves group.


    the reason why meng zhang didn''t act in a hurry was that he was waiting for news from immortal juechen and that he was taking this opportunity to get familiar with all the forces in the alliance, deepen communication with them, and gather people''s hearts...


    meng zhang held a dharma meeting and gave guidance to everyone, which also had a purpose.


    helping these immortals improve their cultivation can greatly enhance the combat effectiveness of the entire alliance.


    meng zhang did not expect everyone to repay their kindness, and he never expected their gratitude.


    this is just a means to increase his prestige and strengthen the cohesion of the alliance.


    his immortal-level cultivation and past achievements are enough to intimidate everyone.


    he is now giving everyone a taste of the sweetness, which can be regarded as a combination of kindness and power.


    in the future, the immortals among the various cultivating forces will spontaneously move closer to him and be loyal to him in order to get more guidance from him.


    for the sake of their own path, many immortals would even put pleasing meng zhang above the interests of the sect.


    meng zhang''s method was a conspiracy. not only was it not objectionable, but it was welcomed by everyone, in exchange for countless superficial gratitude.


    as time goes by, all the cultivation forces in this alliance have basically arrived at this gathering place.


    such a huge force gathered here seemed disorganized and without much organization. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3538

    meng zhang couldn''t bear to see such a chaotic scene, which would not help the upcoming battle.


    under his order, the immortals went out and began to rectify the team.


    those present were all cultivators from all major forces, and they still had the basic sense of organization and obedience.


    meng zhang didn''t expect him to be like the tao soldiers in the taiyi world, as long as he had some basic order and could obey orders.


    soon, a large coalition army took shape.


    each void battleship formed a team according to its ownership, and then merged into a seemingly neat fleet.


    at this time, juechen immortal lord finally appeared in front of meng zhang.


    he brought some bad news.


    after he separated from meng zhang last time, he went to the star area where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was located, trying to contact the god of ganda, and cooperate with him inside and outside to deal with the demon natuoya.


    his operation was not going well.


    he finally contacted god ganda, but the messages from him were intermittent and unclear.


    moreover, the contact did not last long before it was broken off.


    he was worried about disturbing the situation and alerting demon lord naduya, so he did not dare to continue contacting him and left the place quickly.


    he kept guessing, and based on the information transmitted by ganda god and his own observations, he had a certain understanding of the situation at the headquarters of the wild hunting thieves group and roughly what was happening there.


    after discovering that demon lord naduya had evil intentions, ganda god contacted juechen immortal lord and tried to counterattack him.


    i don''t know what went wrong in the middle, and his actions were noticed by demon lord naduoya.


    now, he is temporarily trapped by demon lord naduoye, unable to escape, and is still desperately resisting the other party''s demonic influence.


    demon lord naduoye has served as the military advisor of the wild hunting star thieves for many years, and he already has great power.


    he took advantage of the fact that the leader of the group, ganda celestial god, was trapped and took direct control of the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves.


    a grand blood sacrifice ceremony is currently being held at the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group.


    the wild hunting star thieves didn''t know when they captured a large number of intelligent beings and sent them to their headquarters.


    these intelligent beings include practitioners of various cultivation systems and members of various races.


    according to demon lord natoya''s statement to the top brass of the wild hunting star thief group, through blood sacrifices to these creatures, one can make friends with the devil and get help from powerful ones.


    the news that meng zhang had been promoted to immortal lord, organized a powerful alliance, and was about to attack the wild hunting star thief group had already spread.


    the top management of the wild hunt thieves group felt even more pressure.


    in order to fight against the powerful enemy headed by meng zhang, the wild hunting star thief group needs external help.


    there are many powerful demons among the wild hunting star thieves.


    its senior officials do many evil things and have no scruples, and they never regard things like colluding with demons and blood sacrifices as taboos.


    with their cooperation, this grand blood sacrifice organized by demon lord nadaya is going smoothly.


    this blood sacrifice is of great scale and lasts for a long time, so its effect must be very good.


    the top management of the wild hunting star thieves group is full of expectations for this.


    with the background of the wild hunt star thief group, organizing this grand blood sacrifice is not an easy task, and we must go all out.


    apart from anything else, it would take a lot of manpower and material resources to secretly capture so many monks back to the headquarters.


    this is also the reason why the wild hunting star thief group has been shrinking in recent years and is no longer active.


    the enemy is powerful and their original strength is not enough to cope with the enemy.


    they contracted their strength, retreated to their headquarters, and hid themselves, just to wait until the blood sacrifice was completed and they received assistance from the devil before they launched a counterattack.


    as for the various branches of the wild hunting star thieves group in various places in the void, they have long been abandoned by the top management of the main group, using them as abandoned sons to attract the enemy''s attention and consume the enemy''s time.


    anyway, as long as the enemy is defeated, it is not difficult to rebuild these groups.


    there are countless practitioners in the void, and it is filled with a large number of scum, wanted criminals, and heretics...


    these are the main sources of members of the major star thief groups.


    the wild hunting star thief group does not even need to directly recruit people. it only needs to annex other star thief groups to expand its power very quickly.


    the wild hunting star thieves group is among the best among many star thief groups in the void.


    normally, the threshold for recruiting members is extremely high, and ordinary members of the star thieves group would dream of joining it.


    because of this confidence, the top management of the wild hunt thieves did not take the losses suffered some time ago too seriously.


    after careful investigation, jue chen xianzun discovered that this blood sacrifice was not just about pleasing the devil.


    according to his inference, the purpose of this blood sacrifice is to communicate with the jiuyuan demonic realm, and then sacrifice the entire star area where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group is located, including all its members, to the jiuyuan demonic realm itself.


    the so-called jiuyuan demon realm is one of the major sources of the demonic path, the holy land of the demonic path, and a place that scares countless cultivators.


    even with meng zhang''s current state, he would not dare to have any contact with the jiuyuan demon realm.


    countless demonic masters have their life creed and goal of pleasing the jiuyuan demon realm.


    jiuyuan demon realm is generous and does not hesitate to grant various benefits to those who please it.


    including but not limited to giving various treasures to enhance their combat effectiveness, teaching various magic secrets, and even directly improving their cultivation level.


    the most common method they adopt is to offer sacrifices to the jiuyuan demon realm.


    the larger the scale of the sacrifice, the more sacrifices, and the higher the level, the more benefits can be obtained.


    if there is no special arrangement for the ordinary big world in the void, ordinary immortal-level experts can directly destroy it.


    with the strength of demon lord naduya, it is not difficult to directly destroy a star region.


    however, it is not easy to sacrifice a complete star region, including a large world filled with various powerful creatures, to the jiuyuan demon realm.


    apart from anything else, if a strong demonic master dares to do this in the void, he will soon be stopped by experts from all sides.


    he deceived and used the top management of the wild hunting thieves group, and the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves group was too hidden, so this matter could proceed smoothly.


    for him, once this is successful, there will be countless benefits.


    it is impossible to directly be promoted to the master of mo dharma, but it is definitely possible to take an extremely solid step in this direction.


    for a powerful demon like demon lord naduya, such behavior is commonplace.


    in fact, maybe it was just for this day when he joined the wild hunting star thieves.


    after juechen immortal lord guessed its purpose, he was also greatly shocked.


    whether it was for personal interests or as a taoist immortal, he could not turn a blind eye to it and must do everything possible to stop it.


    fortunately, sacrificing an entire star region to the jiuyuan demon realm cannot be completed in a short while. he still has a certain amount of time.

 Chapter 3539

    at the very beginning, juechen immortal lord wanted to reveal this news to the top brass of the wild hunting star thieves group, so that they could take the initiative to resist demon lord natuoya.


    after all, any intelligent creature, no matter how vicious or cruel, would not want to see its family being sacrificed to the jiuyuan demon realm.


    their resistance would certainly not succeed, but there was a high possibility that they could delay or even prevent the sacrifice.


    but after a second thought, he gave up the idea.


    if he came forward to expose it, the top brass of the wild hunt thieves would probably regard everything he said as rumors.


    they are suspicious by nature and will never easily trust an outsider with malicious intentions.


    the most important thing is that demon lord naduoye has been operating in the wild hunting star thief group for many years, and no one knows how many high-level officials have been secretly controlled by him.


    in fact, maybe most of the high-level people have been infected by him.


    juechen immortal lord did not expose himself easily and left there directly.


    he is very self-aware.


    he truly felt the power of demon lord naduya, and he also lost the helper of god ganda.


    he alone had no confidence in dealing with demon lord nadya.


    if it doesn¡¯t work well, you may even lose yourself.


    he came to join meng zhang, hoping that the two of them would join forces and break into the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves to prevent the sacrifice of demon lord natoya.


    after hearing the latest news brought by immortal juechen, meng zhang decided not to wait any longer and to take action immediately.


    in fact, the safest way is for them to spread the news about what demon lord nadya has done, which will definitely attract more helpers.


    first, time is running out.


    the void is vast, and this place is so remote. who knows when a powerful person at the level of immortal master will receive the news, and how long will it take for them to get here?


    secondly, if there are more powerful immortal masters involved in this matter, meng zhang and juechen immortal master cannot guarantee that they will definitely get what they want.


    after all, not all powerful men of the same level are willing to share the spoils of war with others.


    in the world of cultivation, scenes ranging from young qi-refining monks to so-called senior immortals turn against each other and fight to the death for the spoils of war, but it often happens.


    obtaining the classics left by the predecessor jinxian is the biggest motivation and purpose of juechen immortal''s trip.


    even meng zhang, who is a descendant of the taiyi golden immortal, is full of expectations for the classics left by his predecessor.


    not long after he was promoted to immortal lord, he had been trying to contact daolian golden immortal.


    so far, he has not received any response.


    unable to contact daolian golden immortal, he did not dare to contact taiyi golden immortal for fear of being caught by taiyi golden immortal''s enemies.


    he even thought about the worst case scenario.


    if he could not contact daolian golden immortal and taiyi golden immortal, he would not be able to get further guidance and would not be able to obtain the classics needed to be promoted to golden immortal.


    last time qianyuan jinxian gave him his practice notes, but this was far from enough.


    this practice notebook records the practice experience and insights of qianyuan jinxian. it does not reveal the foundation of his own exclusive practice, nor many specific practice methods.


    under this situation, if meng zhang wants to be promoted to golden immortal, he must get help from other aspects like casual cultivators like juechen immortal lord.


    meng zhang and juechen immortal lord calculated it together. even without the help of ganda god, the two of them joined forces to face demon lord natuoya. they dare not say that they will win, but they can at least temporarily block him.


    as long as they block demon lord natoya, the army organized by meng zhang can conquer the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group and prevent this sacrifice.


    after preventing the sacrifice, they had a lot of time to slowly deal with demon lord nadya.


    when the time comes, if it really doesn''t work, it won''t be too late for them to call for reinforcements.


    for their own selfish reasons, the two of them decided to take a risk.


    the number of this combined army is too large, and it would be too time-consuming for everyone to go on the road together.


    meng zhang had previously summoned such a large army not only to build momentum, but also to enhance the cohesion of this temporary alliance, and regarded this operation as a trial.


    now that the troops are very fast, it is natural to change some of the original plans.


    meng zhang selected some elites from this fleet.


    fortunately, he had ordered the reorganization of the fleet before, and the entire fleet was in a certain order, and it did not take much time to select.


    according to the intelligence, the star area where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group is located has an extremely harsh environment and is full of all kinds of natural dangers.


    it is naturally difficult for a behemoth like taiyi realm to enter safely.


    meng zhang selected a large number of elites to form a temporary fleet.


    the void battleships in this fleet are extremely powerful, and there are many immortals stationed there.


    he left taiyi realm here and continued to communicate with those monks who were not selected.


    after being prepared and explaining, meng zhang and juechen xianzun cast spells almost at the same time.


    both of them were wearing loose robes.


    they waved their sleeves casually, and each took part of the void battleship into it.


    the universe in the sleeve is a magical power that is famous in the world of cultivation.


    even many monks who have not yet become immortals can use it.


    but to be able to absorb so many void battleships so easily and without leaving any fireworks, in addition to immortal level cultivation, you also need to have profound attainments in this magical power.


    after putting away the fleet they were preparing to take with them, meng zhang and juechen immortal master swayed and used the great void teleportation to rush towards their target.


    the two of them rushed with so many void battleships, and their speed was slowed down to a certain extent.


    fortunately, the destination is not too far away, and the two of them are strong enough.


    after a while, they arrived outside the wild hunting sector.


    the two of them cast spells again, releasing the previously stored void battleships one after another.


    next, they will enter the wild hunting star zone.


    the environment there was dangerous, and they were prepared to get close to the target without disturbing demon lord naduya as much as possible.


    in this case, of course they should try to reduce the burden on them as much as possible.


    juechen immortal lord, who had been here once, led the way, followed closely by meng zhang.


    the safe passage that juechen immortal can easily pass through may not necessarily be suitable for the fleet to pass through.


    therefore, he wanted to find a new safe passage and leave a beacon to guide his own fleet that entered the wild hunting sector to pass safely.


    they go to great lengths to ensure that the fleet can reach the target, and they have their own considerations.


    the mission of this fleet is very important. they need to break the huge sacrificial ceremony when they entangle the demon lord naduoya.


    to put it bluntly, even if they cannot break the sacrificial ceremony in a short period of time, they must try to kill as many enemy members as possible in the next battle.


    even, under forced circumstances, they would take the initiative to kill those creatures who were going to be used for blood sacrifice.


    thanks to book friend linghu chong1 for the reward and support.

 Chapter 3540

    these creatures died before the blood sacrifice, and their souls could still enter the underworld.


    if it is directly sacrificed to the jiuyuan demon realm, it will be truly doomed.


    every time meng zhang''s army kills more people, the jiuyuan demon realm will receive one less sacrifice.


    this will not only hinder the continuous development and growth of the jiuyuan demon realm, but also hinder it from giving enough feedback to demon lord nadaya.


    of course, it would be best to directly destroy the sacrificial ceremony.


    the members of this fleet are mainly taoist cultivators. there is no need for everyone to commit unnecessary killings.


    they will try their best to eliminate the members of the wild hunting star thieves and try to save the intelligent beings who were sacrificed.


    this is what is right.


    juechen xianzun and meng zhang entered the star area relatively smoothly and moved forward quickly.


    there are almost ubiquitous space cracks, constant space storms, and seemingly ordinary meteorites hiding murderous intent...


    for the two immortals, it would take some time to sneak in silently.


    meng zhang entered here personally and felt the dangerous environment firsthand.


    no wonder the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves is so secretly hidden and has not been found by outsiders for so many years.


    many places in this star region are directly connected to counterspace due to unknown reasons.


    the power of counter-space not only directly penetrates into the positive space, but some areas even appear directly nearby.


    you know, anti-space and positive space are equivalent to the two sides of a palm.


    practitioners all over the void, no matter what system they practice or what race they are from, basically use counterspace for transfer when they carry out ultra-long distance transmission.


    although practitioners are already able to use counter-space skillfully, they never dare to despise counter-space in the slightest.


    the environment in counterspace is far more complicated than that in positive space, and there are countless dangers.


    especially deep in the counterspace, ordinary immortal-level experts can be easily buried.


    meng zhang''s practice plan requires in-depth exploration of the depths of counterspace.


    however, he has been too busy and has no time to make the trip.


    after he was promoted to immortal lord, he felt that this matter could not be delayed any longer.


    there are many treasures of heaven and earth hidden in the counterspace that can be used by powerful people at the level of immortals. many places are helpful in understanding the avenue of heaven and earth...


    if it weren''t for the purpose of destroying the wild hunting star thieves, he would have gone into counter-space exploration long ago.


    now that he and juechen immortal lord entered the wild hunting star area, he sensed a strong anti-space aura.


    due to the influence of counterspace, this place has become very dangerous.


    although meng zhang''s training years are far less than that of his predecessor, juechen immortal lord, and his accumulation may be far behind, but as a tianji immortal master, he has a sharper sense.


    he vaguely realized that connecting to counterspace might not be the biggest danger here.


    there may be something else hidden behind the aura coming from the counterspace.


    after all, they are immortal-level powerhouses. even if they directly enter the depths of counterspace, as long as they don''t seek death, there won''t be much of a problem.


    this star area is only connected to the counterspace, and the counterspace projects some power here.


    if they pay a little more attention, they can still pass safely.


    if it weren''t for the purpose of guiding the fleet behind them to a safe passage, they might have arrived at the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves group long ago.


    in addition to guiding safe passage, they also removed some obstacles that might hinder the movement of the fleet.


    they made almost no movement and arrived at the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves group silently.


    what appeared in front of them was a big dark world.


    the entire outside world was shrouded in black mist, and a trace of blood was faintly revealed in the black mist.


    before he got too close, meng zhang smelled wisps of stench coming from the power of the devil.


    having fought against the devil for many years, he is very sensitive to its power.


    it seems that the blood sacrifice within the big world has been going on for a long time and has achieved a lot of results.


    this is not good news.


    if demon lord natoya really obtained stronger power from the nine abyss demon realm through blood sacrifice, it would be even more difficult to deal with.


    juechen immortal lord is preparing to cast a spell again, trying to contact ganda god.


    before he had time to act, another change occurred ahead.


    a huge blood-colored crack, which looked like a human eye, appeared above the big world where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was located.


    the fetal membrane of heaven and earth that originally wrapped the world was torn open with a big hole.


    within the big world, the flesh and blood of countless creatures turned into blood, and threw a large number of souls into this crack.


    just glancing at the crack from a distance, meng zhang and juechen xianzun felt their hearts heavy, almost breathless, and a sense of imminent disaster.


    with their knowledge, they both knew what was going on.


    the blood sacrifice organized by demon lord natoya has achieved certain results and has successfully communicated with the jiuyuan demon realm.


    the aura of the jiuyuan demon realm has begun to penetrate here.


    wisps of black breath were seen flying out from the cracks. once they were contaminated on the surface of the big world in front of them, they quickly penetrated into the membrane of heaven and earth and penetrated into the depths of the world.


    in this big world where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group is located, there seems to be no consciousness of heaven.


    this means that when this big world faces the invasion of external forces, it cannot actively resist and can only passively resist.


    just like now, the aura from the jiuyuan demon realm has invaded the big world in a big way, and meng zhang and the others have not found the big world to offer effective resistance.


    the aura of the jiuyuan demon realm was indeed overbearing. not only did it invade this big world easily, but it also began to have an effect very quickly.


    some creatures quickly began to become deformed, thick scales grew on their bodies, and their sharp nails became even sharper...


    maybe before the entire world is completely contaminated by demons, the creatures inside the world will become demonized one after another.


    the members of the wild hunting star thieves may not have discovered these changes yet.


    or maybe he discovered it and didn''t really care.


    in order to gain power, they all agreed to perform blood sacrifices to the jiuyuan demon realm, and they would not care about these small problems.


    what they are concerned about may be when the jiuyuan demon realm will give power and when reinforcements will be sent here...


    of course, it was impossible for meng zhang and juechen xianzun to just watch the blood sacrifice proceed so smoothly.


    they didn''t care about contacting god ganda and were about to take action when a figure appeared in front of them.


    this is an old man in taoist attire with immortal taoism and e guanbo belt.


    there was no trace of demonic aura about him, nor did he show any hostility. instead, he greeted meng zhang and the others as if they were meeting old friends.


    "you are finally here."


    "brother juechen, i''ve been waiting for you for a long time."

 Chapter 3541

    with juechen immortal''s mind and cultivation, it is true that mount tai collapses in front but remains unchanged, and an elk rises to the left without blinking its eyes.


    on weekdays, there are very few people or things that can move him.


    but when he saw this old man in taoist attire, he couldn''t help but change his face.


    his face was full of sentimentality, and he murmured in an extremely heavy tone: "brother lan rang."


    a long sigh that seemed to contain a thousand words.


    meng zhang also sighed in his heart.


    the old man in taoist attire in front of him should be lan rang xianzun, an old friend of juechen xianzun.


    although juechen xianzun has a wide circle of friends, his true friends are limited.


    especially as a powerful person at the level of immortal lord, how many true friends can he have?


    lan rangxian zun agreed back then to share with him the classics left by the golden immortal.


    although there is an element of returning favors, it also shows the deep friendship between the two.


    juechen xianzun will definitely not feel relaxed when his old friend who has been with him for many years and has a similar level of cultivation has fallen into such a state.


    "nadoya, you secretly harmed brother lan rang without telling me, and you still desecrated his immortal body like this. you deserve to die."


    juechen xianzun quickly got rid of his somewhat sentimental mood, pointed at the old man in taoist attire in front of him and shouted harshly.


    of course he knew that the old man in taoist attire who appeared in front of him seemed to be exactly the same as immortal lan rang, both in appearance and breath, but in reality, he was just a demonized puppet of demon lord natuoye.


    his old friend lan rangxian zun has long since fallen into the abyss and is beyond redemption.


    the fate of lan rangxian zun fully illustrates the terrifying and hateful nature of demon lord natuoya.


    "brother juechen, why do you need to speak harshly to me?"


    "with the brotherhood between you and me, as soon as there are benefits, i can''t wait to share them with you, brother."


    "over the past few years, brother, i have truly felt the great way of heaven and earth and the truth of the universe. i deeply feel that the so-called great way you have practiced before is nothing more than a false way."


    "brother, you are kind to me. that''s why i came here to save you."


    "only by abandoning the false path and joining the true path together can we live as long as heaven and earth and be immortal for all eternity."


    at this moment, lan rang xianzun showed no signs of being infected by the devil, and he looked like a master of the tao.


    he was eloquent, his tongue was like a lotus flower, his words were extremely beautiful, he sounded extremely sincere, and he was full of a special kind of attraction.


    if you were a monk with insufficient character and willpower, you might be tempted by what he said in just a few words.


    seeing his old friend become like this, juechen xianzun immediately felt furious.


    of course demon lord naduoye knew that such methods could not confuse him.


    he just let lan rangxianzun do this, not in vain, but in humiliating himself.


    when he thought of this, juechen immortal lord roared angrily and rushed towards lan rang immortal lord.


    he would rather destroy his old friend''s immortal body than see it continue to be used by demon lord nathoya.


    lan rang xianzun let out a helpless sigh, and fought fiercely with juechen xianzun as if he had to fight.


    after being infected by the devil, lan rangxianzun did not use any magic means, but used his magical powers to fight against the enemy.


    as a monk at the same level as juechen immortal lord, it seems that his cultivation level has not declined and his combat effectiveness has not been damaged because he was infected by the devil.


    at this moment, he seemed to be the same taoist immortal from before, fighting with the juechen immortal with great momentum.


    meng zhang felt something was wrong because juechen immortal lord was so easily angered.


    he did not step forward to help juechen immortal lord against the enemy.


    he always remembers that the current top priority is to destroy the sacrifice organized by demon lord nadaya as soon as possible.


    before taking action, he shared a lot of information with juechen immortal lord.


    according to immortal juechen, before immortal lan rang was infected by the devil, his cultivation level was similar to his.


    he has always felt that the reason why lan rangxian zun was defeated by demon lord natuoya by mo ran was not entirely due to his strength.


    demon lord naduoye must have used some despicable means to secretly attack lan rangxian lord to achieve such results.


    without other information as a reference, meng zhang could only choose to believe in juechen immortal lord''s judgment.


    judging from the current battle situation, even if juechen xianzun cannot defeat the opponent, he can at least entangle the opponent.


    meng zhang bypassed their battlefield and was about to destroy the sacrificial ceremony being held ahead.


    an old man in black robes who looked like an ordinary person appeared silently in front of meng zhang, blocking his way.


    as soon as he saw this old man in black robe, meng zhang immediately felt a warning sign in his heart.


    he felt as if a wild beast had encountered a natural enemy, and he felt fear from the bottom of his heart.


    his spiritual sense kept warning him that this was a powerful enemy, an unprecedentedly powerful enemy with the ability to kill him.


    needless to say, this old man in black robe is the demon lord naduya.


    meng zhang had fought against many demonic masters before, including the incarnations of demon gods, demons, and demon kings...


    those powerful demons put together are not as good as one ten thousandth of the old man in front of me.


    when meng zhang returned to guixu, he saw nanmo sun and moonlight buddha, qianyuan golden immortal, etc.


    the cultivation and fighting power of these people are of course far superior to that of demon lord nathoya.


    but these people didn''t regard him as a target at all.


    even for a hostile party like namo sun moon light buddha, their main focus is on qianyuan golden immortal, and they may not even look at him.


    in other words, he is not qualified to be the opponent''s enemy at all, and he is naturally not qualified to attract the opponent''s hostility.


    the other party just leaked some aura inadvertently, which was enough to completely suppress him.


    you know, at that time, he didn''t even have the strength or courage to look at the other person.


    the demon lord naduoya in front of him was a strong man of the same level as him.


    underneath the other party''s seemingly peaceful face, there was full of malice towards him.


    the opponent should have been hostile to him and wanted to capture him.


    he knew in his heart that if the other party took the initiative to stop him, it would be impossible for him to destroy the sacrificial ceremony before dealing with the other party.


    meng zhang tried to stabilize his mind and put all negative emotions away from his heart.


    although the opponent is very strong, he is not without the strength to fight.


    according to the immortal lord juechen, the god of ganda has been resisting the demonic contamination of the demon lord nathoya.


    since demon lord naduya has not succeeded yet, he will definitely be restrained by the god of ganda.


    this means that he is not facing the opponent in his prime state.


    when he thought of this, meng zhang became more confident.


    with a thought in his mind, the lightning nets transformed into the yin-yang extinction divine thunder fiercely pounced on the opponent.


    the moment he takes action, he has extremely powerful magical powers to subdue demons, and there is no intention of probing the attack.


    under the cover of the thunder net, the black and white divine sword transformed into the immortal magic power liangyi tongtian sword was able to kill with even more sharpness.


    demon lord naduoye easily blocked meng zhang''s magical power and immediately launched a ferocious counterattack.

 Chapter 3542

    although before the fight, meng zhang had already tried his best to overestimate the opponent''s strength.


    but when it came time for the actual fight, meng zhang realized that he had underestimated his opponent.


    demon lord naduoye is like a bottomless abyss. almost any magical power that falls around his body will disappear immediately and will not have much effect.


    the space near meng zhang''s body would always be inexplicably distorted.


    if he reacts a little slower, his entire body may be swallowed up and broken by the twisted space.


    his protective skills began to be quickly disintegrated.


    after a fight, meng zhang was disappointed to find that not only was he unable to break through the interception of demon lord natoya, but he was at a disadvantage in the fight.


    the sacrifice ceremony ahead is still going on, and the progress is obviously getting faster and faster.


    in any case, meng zhang must stop the sacrificial ceremony.


    he hesitated for a moment, but still issued an order to his own fleet waiting outside the star zone.


    in fact, the situation is still unclear, and there are some things that he has not figured out yet.


    if the fleet were to appear early at this time, losses would definitely be inevitable.


    if there is an accident, there may be heavy casualties.


    but faced with such a situation, meng zhang and juechen immortal lord were already trapped and could only rely on the actions of their own fleet.


    since it is a war, there must be losses and sacrifices.


    meng zhang is not the nanny of this fleet.


    in order to stop the enemy''s sacrificial ritual and to win, some prices must be paid and some risks must be taken.


    after receiving the order from meng zhang, the entire fleet immediately dispatched.


    following the guidance left by juechen immortal lord and meng zhang, this fleet quickly entered the star area and quickly rushed to its destination.


    there are too many dangers in this sector.


    the influence from the counterspace makes the space here extremely chaotic.


    the power projected from the counterspace set off waves of space storms.


    the positions of various space cracks often change, and the anti-space storm blows wantonly, without any rules...


    even though juechen immortal lord and meng zhang had chosen as safe a route as possible, new dangers would soon appear on these routes shortly after they passed.


    moving along the safe route was inherently winding, and with some unavoidable risks, it took the fleet a lot of time to get close to the big world where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was located.


    and there were some losses along the way.


    fortunately, the loss was not large and would not affect the fleet''s combat effectiveness.


    seeing the target right in front, many void battleships began to accelerate and were about to enter the attack position.


    one after another, strange-shaped void battleships flew over from outside and inside the big world in time, blocking the incoming fleet.


    the two fleets quickly came into contact and began to exchange fire.


    near the big world where the headquarters is located, the wild hunting star thief group has also deployed many defensive facilities such as battle fortresses.


    now, these defense facilities, combined with the warships accumulated over the years, temporarily blocked the incoming enemy fleet.


    this fleet brings together the elites of all the cultivation forces in the alliance, and its combat effectiveness is very powerful.


    in particular, many immortals took the initiative to leave the fleet, take the first step, and kill towards the target.


    except for a few members who were still maintaining the sacrificial ceremony, the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group almost all came out to engage in fierce battles with the enemy outside the big world.


    during the time when the fleet arrived and joined the battle, meng zhang and demon lord natoya had been fighting for quite a while.


    probably because he didn''t want the aftermath of the battle to affect the sacrificial ceremony, demon lord natoya consciously moved the battlefield between the two of them to a place far away from the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group.


    meng zhang''s strength was slightly lower and he was at a disadvantage, unable to control the initiative in the battle.


    secondly, he did not want the aftermath of the battle to affect the warring fleets of both sides.


    after being far away from the headquarters of the wild hunt thieves, the two sides can fight unscrupulously.


    the scope of their battle was very wide, and the two figures collided wantonly across most of the star region.


    the various natural dangers in the star area can hardly pose any obstacles to them.


    this is since meng zhang was promoted to the immortal lord. but when facing the demon lord naduoye, these methods of subduing the devil have little effect.


    he almost pushed the power of tai chi cave to the limit, and was able to barely block the attack of demon lord naduoya.


    the opponent was far stronger than he expected.


    if he had known that demon lord naduoya was so powerful, meng zhang might not have dared to take the initiative to attack here.


    he suddenly woke up at this time.


    since he successfully promoted to the immortal realm, he has an inexplicable confidence in his heart, and it seems that he doesn''t take any enemies seriously.


    originally, he thought that the powerful immortal masters among the wild hunting star thieves had average strength.


    if the other party is really strong, they won''t be evasive or sneaky.


    for a long time, it has only been anyone''s guess whether the wild hunting star thief group has a powerful person at the level of immortal lord.


    even within the wild hunting star thieves group, at least most of the group members have no way of knowing the exact situation.


    meng zhang also determined this matter through some feedback he received after deducing the secret technique.


    he had just been promoted to immortal lord, and he was in full swing. he thought that his inheritance was high enough, and he didn''t need to be afraid of a guy who hides his head and shows his tail.


    even later, juechen immortal lord brought him specific information, but he still didn''t change his mind much.


    he seemed to have thought from the beginning that he could easily eliminate the wild hunting bandits, completely ignoring the risks involved.


    facing an unpredictable opponent like demon lord naduya, with his usual character, he really shouldn''t rush in here.


    he was a little confused in his heart, what happened to him, that he was so confused that he broke into this place so carelessly.


    is it all because of the temptation of the golden immortal classics?


    in fact, even if demon lord natoya''s plan succeeds and completely sacrifices the entire star region and the entire wild hunting star thieves group, what harm will it do to meng zhang?


    when the sky falls, a tall man holds it up.


    the void is so big and there are so many powerful men at the golden immortal level. after they know what demon lord naduoya has done, they will never ignore it.


    even if demon lord natoya is really promoted to the master of mo dharma, he still cannot resist so many strong men of the same level.


    in fact, he actually sacrificed all the members of the wild hunting star thieves group, which would save meng zhang''s trouble.


    isn''t the goal of their temporary alliance to eliminate the wild hunt thieves and destroy their headquarters? (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3543

    after meng zhang reflected on himself, he quickly came to his senses.


    there was a reason why he became so arrogant, even arrogant.


    this is definitely not the real him.


    as a taoist who has been practicing for many years, he should not have such a mentality.


    even if he succeeds in being promoted to immortal lord, with his character and cultivation, he should not expand to such an extent.


    but just like a mortal, he made such a mistake unknowingly.


    after thinking about this, he finally confirmed that he was not plotted by the enemy.


    he was well-informed and sensitive, and finally realized that he had been blinded by the fate.


    at first, after he survived the internal and external calamities and successfully promoted to immortal lord, he thought that the calamity was over.


    unexpectedly, after successfully being promoted to immortal lord, the calamity against him still lingered.


    i just don¡¯t know if this is the end of the original calamity, or if a new calamity is coming?


    as a tianji immortal master, meng zhang has a far better understanding of disaster than others.


    once you wake up, many things become clear.


    if a monk who is smart enough and has a higher level of cultivation than him looks at his aura from afar, he will most likely find that he has been entangled in the aura of calamity and is deeply trapped in the aura of calamity.


    after he successfully promoted to immortal lord, he felt a bit complacent in his heart.


    but just this sense of self-satisfaction was unknowingly amplified by the calamity, so much so that it affected his mentality.


    later, when he heard from the juechen immortal lord about the existence of the classics left by the golden immortal, he inevitably became greedy.


    greed comes from the desire in the heart.


    if the six roots are impure, there will inevitably be flaws in the character of the mind.


    this trace of desire was exploited by the calamity, causing him to rush in here regardless of anything else.


    although meng zhang quickly understood this truth, it was not of much help to the situation at hand.


    as for where the disaster comes from and how to solve it, we have to wait until we pass the current level.


    at this time, demon lord natoya had already gained the upper hand in the battle and almost suppressed meng zhang.


    meng zhang tried his best and used all his magical powers, but he could not change the situation.


    he was keenly aware that if no accident occurred, he would probably not be able to defeat the opponent in this battle.


    of course, it will not happen overnight if demon lord naduya wants to completely defeat him.


    as long as meng zhang doesn''t make any big mistakes or rush forward, he can slowly deal with him, fight slowly, and continue the battle for a long time.


    although he was unable to defeat demon lord naduoya, meng zhang was able to temporarily entangle him.


    meng zhang hoped that his fleet could take the opportunity to disrupt the sacrificial ceremony.


    as long as the sacrificial ceremony is destroyed, the operation will not be considered a failure.


    even if he couldn''t defeat demon lord naduoye, naduoye would not be able to get more blessings from the nine abyss demon realm.


    after a fierce battle, the fleet under meng zhang began to gain the upper hand.


    the strength of this fleet is far superior to that of the wild hunting star thieves.


    the wild hunting star thieves spent too much energy on the sacrificial ceremony, and many strong men were restrained.


    even with the advantage of home court, the wild hunt thieves were gradually unable to resist.


    one void battleship after another was destroyed, each battle fortress was damaged and fell, and one strong man died in battle...


    the invading fleet is approaching the big world where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group is located, and two faster immortals are at the forefront.


    the membrane of heaven and earth in this big world has long since cracked, and there seems to be no large formation guarding it inside or outside the big world.


    seeing that the two immortals were unstoppable, they were about to rush into the big world.


    suddenly, the huge human eye-like crack suddenly expanded, as if a person suddenly opened his eyes.


    bursts of bloody and black light flashed, and the two immortals let out a scream and retreated faster.


    they seemed to have lost their minds and ran into their own fleet like headless flies.


    their backs began to bulge, their flesh began to twist, and scales were emerging from their bodies...


    the immortals following behind knew something was wrong and quickly stopped.


    with their knowledge, they could tell at a glance that these two immortals seemed to be infected by demonic energy.


    that huge crack that stretches over the world is directly connected to the jiuyuan demon realm.


    the power of the jiuyuan demon realm surged out from inside and was dyeing the big world.


    the two immortals tried to stop the sacrificial ceremony and destroy the jiuyuan demon realm, which naturally led to the jiuyuan demon realm''s counterattack.


    the main body of the jiuyuan demon realm is still very far away, not in this world at all.


    just a trace of power leaked out, directly injuring the two of them.

 Chapter 3544

    the temporary alliance formed by meng zhang did not last long and there was not much internal cohesion.


    seeing that it was very difficult for him to deal with the demon lord naduya, he couldn''t be distracted anymore.


    further away, after a fierce battle between juechen immortal lord and lan rang immortal lord, they finally slowly gained the upper hand.


    their cultivation levels back then were between the same, and their combat prowess was not much different.


    after lan rangxianzun was infected by the devil, it was impossible to continue to improve his cultivation.


    on the contrary, juechen immortal lord has the possibility to continue to improve.


    when his cultivation reached his level, every bit of progress was very difficult.


    after all these years, juechen immortal lord is still stronger than before.


    juechen xianzun also slowly realized something was wrong.


    just a demonized puppet of demon lord natoya is not far behind him in strength and can entangle him.


    the combat power of demon lord naduoye is definitely above him.


    when he first discussed with meng zhang, he was still too optimistic.


    the god of ganda, whom he had originally thought could be used, was now trapped and unable to help at all.


    although juechen immortal lord had the upper hand in the battle, there was still a long way to go before he could truly defeat his opponent.


    he noticed the battle between meng zhang and demon lord naduoya.


    meng zhang''s performance was much better than his most optimistic estimate.


    but even so, meng zhang was still no match for demon lord natuoya.


    if he had followed his usual temperament, he might have called meng zhang to retreat together.


    but the situation is different now. meng zhang''s fleet has entered the battlefield.


    it would not be difficult for him and meng zhang to evacuate, but the fleet would probably be ruined.


    he had some understanding of meng zhang''s character, and knew that he would not abandon his men and run away unless absolutely necessary.


    juechen xianzun was right. meng zhang had the same intention of retreating in his heart.


    if meng zhang and he escape, it will be equivalent to giving this fleet to demon lord naduoya.


    with the loss of this fleet, many cultivation forces led by etherworld will inevitably be severely damaged, and the entire temporary alliance will become a joke.


    while meng zhang was struggling to resist the attack of demon lord nathoya, he was thinking about countermeasures in his heart.


    suddenly, meng zhang felt that the momentum of demon lord naduya was rising, and he seemed to be becoming more powerful.


    jiuyuan demon realm does not have the blessing demon naduoya for the time being, and he does not seem to be hiding too much strength.


    meng zhang immediately thought that the battle between the other party and the god of ganda had already been decided, and he could concentrate all his strength on him.


    meng zhang''s guess was not wrong.


    previously, demon lord nadya also allocated a large part of his power to the demon lord ganda.


    god ganda was trapped in the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group, unable to move at all and unable to move independently.


    previously, god ganda could also deliver messages to immortal juechen.


    after demon lord naduya found out, he increased the intensity of the demon dyeing.


    later, juechen immortal lord and meng zhang arrived here, and demon lord natuoya had to fight, so there was no demon lord ganda who could devote himself wholeheartedly.


    when demon lord naduya was fighting against meng zhang, part of his mind was focused on god ganda.


    god ganda is so useless that he can''t even resist this.


    just now, demon lord naduya discovered that god ganda had been completely infected by the devil and could no longer be saved.


    he immediately withdrew the part of his mind that was used on god ganda and concentrated all his efforts on dealing with meng zhang in front of him.


    as for the god of ganda, after being completely infected by the devil, it will take some time to transform.


    during this period, it is best not to be interfered by external forces, and it is not easy for him to go into battle immediately.


    when his transformation is completely completed, he will become another demonized puppet of demon lord naduya.


    when the time comes, meng zhang and juechen immortal lord will only be defeated faster.


    both meng zhang and juechen xianzun quickly realized that something was wrong.


    meng zhang could no longer resist demon lord naduya before. faced with the opponent who was going all out, the time he could hold on was even shorter.


    at this time, the smartest thing for meng zhang was to give up everything and run away immediately.


    it is not certain whether he can escape the pursuit of demon king naduoya.


    however, he was really unwilling to do so.


    it wasn''t that he couldn''t accept defeat, but he didn''t want to just run away in despair and abandon his fleet.


    if they were defeated this time, it would be difficult for the temporary alliance to continue, and his plans over the years would be completely in vain.


    but the opponent was so strong that he almost couldn''t resist it.


    in the previous battle, demon lord naduoya thought he had discovered some of meng zhang''s foundation.


    this young immortal lord has a strong foundation and the skills he practices are very good. even if he is not the successor of the golden immortal, he should have received an incredible inheritance.


    he had an intuition in his heart that if he could demonize this young immortal lord, not only would his combat power be greatly increased, but he might also be able to open a portal to the end of the dharma lord.


    when demon lord naduoye defeated lanrang immortal lord and transformed him into his own demonized puppet, he considered it a great achievement.


    he gained countless benefits from it, and even became qualified to attack the realm of the mo dharma lord.


    later, he took the initiative to join the wild hunting star thieves group, not only to avoid the pursuit of powerful enemies from all sides, but also to imitate the thoughts of the gods.


    he had been secretly planning among the wild hunting star thieves for many years, and after painstaking management, he had the opportunity to plot against the god of ganda.


    originally, the success of demon ganda god was regarded by him as another major achievement, and he would gain many benefits.


    but compared to meng zhang, god ganda is just like that.


    he put all his attention on meng zhang, making sure to defeat his opponent and completely demonize him.


    for this reason, he would rather let go of immortal juechen first.


    for a powerful demon like him, he trusts his intuition very much.


    since he intuitively sensed that mo ran meng zhang would help him reach the realm of mo dharma master, there was probably nothing wrong with him.


    whether they are practitioners of magic or other cultivation systems, most of them take their path very seriously and are willing to pay a heavy price in order to break through the realm of cultivation.

 Chapter 3545

    the desire for the realm of the mo dharma lord made demon lord nadaya full of greed for meng zhang. he was determined to obtain him and would never let him go.


    he did not hide his desire at all, and his extreme greed seemed to be turning into reality.


    meng zhang, who was in the middle of the battle, also clearly sensed the thoughts of demon lord naduoya.


    meng zhang''s heart trembled when he thought of what would happen if he fell into the hands of demon lord naduoya, and he almost wanted to escape from here immediately.


    but soon, he calmed down and continued to fight the enemy.


    if he just ran away, it would be difficult for him to forgive himself.


    in the future, a shadow will be left in the heart, and it will be difficult to understand thoughts. maybe there will be flaws in the taoist mind.


    when one has reached his level of cultivation, he attaches great importance to issues of character.


    if there is a problem with the taoist heart, it will take a lot of effort to make up for it, but it may not be successful.


    as long as there is a slight possibility of victory, meng zhang will persist to the end and fight the enemy in bloody battles.


    since many places in this star region are connected to counter-space, the power of counter-space continues to penetrate into this star region.


    in many places, various anomalies have occurred due to the influence of counter-space forces.


    these visions can cause some obstacles to ordinary immortals.


    meng zhang suddenly felt something in his heart and had a new idea.


    the factors that determine the outcome of a battle are nothing more than the right time, place, and people.


    he is not as strong as his opponent, and he does not have the advantage in terms of people and relationships.


    he was obsessed with calamity, and the weather was not on his side.


    as for geographical advantages, both sides are roughly fair.


    if he wants to win, the only thing he can take advantage of is the location.


    within this star region, it was difficult for him to find a location that he could take advantage of.


    but once you enter the counterspace, maybe the situation can change.


    taiyi jinxian once deeply explored counterspace.


    with his golden immortal level strength, he can almost roam freely in the counter-space.


    except for a few very special places, most places cannot stop him.


    everything about counterspace was recorded in the classics by taiyi golden immortal and passed on to meng zhang.


    although meng zhang has not explored counterspace in depth, he is familiar with the classics and knows many situations in them, and he can also find some places that can be used.


    since you can''t defeat your opponent here, then change to another place and enter the counter-space, maybe you can find an opportunity to take advantage of it.


    under normal circumstances, it is difficult for demon lord nadaya to act according to his wishes.


    but meng zhang clearly felt the other party''s desire and knew that the other party would not give up until he achieved his goal.


    in this case, you must make full use of the other party''s psychology.


    now that he has an idea in his mind, meng zhang must seize this opportunity and act decisively.


    he quickly secretly communicated with juechen immortal lord and put forward his request.


    meng zhang''s request is simple.


    he hoped that the juechen immortal lord could try his best to entangle the lan rang immortal lord.


    at the very least, before his defeat, juechen immortal lord can stay here and not retreat easily.


    juechen xianzun had long realized that something was wrong.


    he faced lan rang xianzun, and although he had a slight advantage, this advantage was insignificant and of little use.


    meng zhang made it clear that he was no match for demon lord naduoya.


    demon lord naduoye defeated meng zhang, and his next target was him.


    even, there is no need for demon lord natoya to take action directly.


    once the demon-tainted god ganda completes his transformation and joins the battle, he will be under siege.


    juechen immortal lord really wanted to retreat immediately.


    but meng zhang wanted to give it a last try and fight to the death, and there was nothing he could do to dissuade him.


    meng zhang solemnly asked him to do something, but he couldn''t help it.


    he knew in his heart that if he didn''t care about anything and just ran away, meng zhang would definitely be offended to death.


    he knew that meng zhang had a close relationship with qianyuan jinxian, and he also tried to make good friends with qianyuan jinxian through meng zhang.


    he offended meng zhang and might anger qianyuan jinxian.


    he would take a lot of risk by staying, but compared to offending qianyuan jinxian, the risk seemed acceptable.


    besides, although meng zhang seems to be at a disadvantage now, he may have treasures or secret methods given by the qianyuan golden immortal.


    maybe, it''s not certain that meng zhang can turn the tide of the battle around in the next moment.


    thinking of this, juechen xianzun decided to agree to meng zhang''s request and persist a little longer.


    this is a chance for meng zhang and also a chance for himself.


    he went through a lot of trouble to get here, but he still wanted to win and achieve his goal.


    the golden immortal classics on lan rang immortal lord had a fatal attraction for him.


    as long as there is a chance to seize it, he is not willing to give up.


    juechen xianzun knew that he could not win this battle by himself, and all hope lay with meng zhang.


    he secretly hoped that the means left by qianyuan golden immortal would be powerful enough to deal with demon lord natuoya.


    of course, if nothing can be done, he will definitely drop everything and run away with all his strength.


    he didn''t know that meng zhang didn''t have the means left by the qianyuan golden immortal. meng zhang had to rely solely on his own strength and take advantage of the geographical advantages to deal with the enemy.


    if he knew this, he might not have much confidence in meng zhang, and he would probably not agree to meng zhang''s request.


    after getting the consent of juechen immortal lord, meng zhang took action immediately.


    he unleashed several magical powers with all his strength to temporarily fend off his opponent, then jumped up and escaped into the counter-space at full speed.


    seeing meng zhang escaping into the counter-space, demon lord naduoye immediately followed him without any hesitation.


    in his eyes, meng zhang''s importance surpassed almost everything else.


    in his opinion, it was completely normal for meng zhang to be unable to resist and abandon his troops to escape.


    if it were other immortals in the world of cultivation, most of them would make the same choice.


    it is the norm in the world of cultivation that low-level monks are driven by high-level monks and sacrificed by them.


    high-level monks, especially immortals who have reached the level of cultivation like meng zhang, will never be dragged down by low-level monks, let alone sacrifice themselves for a group of low-level monks.


    if meng zhang wanted to escape, he would never let him go.


    as for everything near the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves, demon lord natoya has already made arrangements.


    due to the deterrence of the power of the nine abyss demon realm, the enemy cannot approach at all, let alone destroy the sacrifice.


    regardless of whether the god of ganda completed his transformation or the sacrifice was completed, the fleet under meng zhang and all the monks in it would not be able to escape.


    even after he captured meng zhang, if he could return in time, even juechen immortal lord would not be able to escape.


    it was precisely because of his confidence in himself that he felt that he had no plan left, so he didn''t think much and directly chased meng zhang into the counter-space.


    seeing the two of them disappearing one after another, juechen immortal lord was still waiting silently in his heart even in the midst of a fierce battle.


    before meng zhang escaped into the counterspace, he left a tail behind, allowing tai miao to stay here secretly.

 Chapter 3546

    although tai miao has reached the perfection of the middle stage of deity cultivation, she is only one step away from entering the realm of the late deity stage.


    but just this one step difference makes him completely different from the powerful ones at the level of immortal lord, and he is unable to intervene in the battle between meng zhang and demon lord natuoya.


    while meng zhang introduced demon lord nathoya into the counter-space, he did not forget about the sacrificial ceremony.


    in his opinion, if the sacrificial ceremony can be destroyed, not to mention weakening the demon lord nadaya, at least it can prevent him from receiving further blessings.


    the fleet under his command was blocked by the power of the jiuyuan demon realm and was unable to destroy the sacrificial ceremony. meng zhang could only place his hope in his own incarnation.


    juechen xianzun has firmly entangled the demon-stained lanrang xianzun, making him unable to separate.


    this is the perfect time for tai miao to act.


    meng zhang and demon lord natuoye entered the counter-space one after another, but tai miao did not act in a hurry.


    to be on the safe side, it would be best to wait until they penetrate deep into the counterspace and make it difficult to return within a short period of time.


    after meng zhang entered the counterspace, he was greeted by waves of violent space storms.


    positive space is a world dominated by stable matter, while anti-space is a world of violent energy.


    in the counterspace, all kinds of vitality are surging all the time, setting off waves of storms.


    countless energies with different attributes are constantly twisting and changing, surging irregularly...


    as soon as a practitioner enters the counterspace, he feels as if he is being oppressed and attacked by countless magical powers around him.


    practitioners with insufficient cultivation cannot persist for long under such pressure.


    meng zhang flexibly avoided the waves of anti-space storms, turned left and right, and after turning for a while, he came to a relatively stable area.


    in the anti-space, due to the extreme disorder of the spatial rules, there is no distinction between up, down, left and right.


    in many places, even time has stood still.


    positioning and moving in counterspace require special skills.


    all the major cultivation forces have developed different secret methods for this purpose.


    meng zhang''s mastery of such secret techniques is definitely among the most advanced.


    although he doesn''t have much experience going deep into the depths of counterspace, when moving long distances in the void, he usually uses the great void movement, so he must enter the counterspace and borrow the power of the counterspace.


    meng zhang is not unfamiliar with counter-space.


    he adapted to the environment immediately.


    next, he will continue to go deep into the counterspace and look for special terrain that can be exploited.


    as soon as he stopped, he felt violent spatial fluctuations approaching him rapidly.


    demon lord naduoya chased him too closely, and he couldn''t help but sigh in his heart.


    if he didn''t have a plan in advance, but wanted to use counter-space to escape, i''m afraid it would be really difficult to get rid of this guy completely.


    meng zhang no longer hesitated and continued to move deeper into the counterspace.


    there are countless dangers in the counterspace, as well as countless unique beauties.


    due to the instability of the laws of heaven and earth, there are too many strange phenomena here.


    underneath the many cool and beautiful visions, there is great danger hidden.


    in the counterspace, there is no dead silence.


    in many places, special indigenous creatures exist.


    most of these creatures are not flesh and blood, but are purely composed of various kinds of energy.


    among them, many creatures have considerable wisdom.


    meng zhang stepped into a river composed of flowing flames.


    deep in the river, there is a small tribe of fire giants.


    these fire giants, whose entire body is composed of twisted flames, are no weaker than ordinary true immortals in terms of power level alone.


    several leaders of the tribe even have powers at the level of gods.


    some powerful immortals like to enter the counterspace to capture and tame such creatures.


    use it as a material for refining taoist soldiers; after taming it, let it help refine elixirs and weapons; tame it into a taoist warrior...


    on a normal day, meng zhang might be interested in stopping, taking a good look at this fire giant tribe, and trying to capture it.


    now, he was in a hurry to escape, but he didn''t dare to pause at all.


    although he could not see the figure of demon lord naduya for the time being, with his sensitive sensing, he noticed that the other party had been chasing after him and was approaching step by step.


    if he slacks off even a little bit, he will be caught up by the other party.


    he was originally planning to bypass the fire giant tribe, but with a thought in mind, he cast a spell to hide his figure, entered the tribe, and then passed directly through the middle.


    several stronger fire giants looked around suspiciously, but found nothing.


    although meng zhang is not good at concealment, he still has no big problem in hiding from these fire giants who have no power and no access to the avenue.


    before meng zhang could completely leave the fire giant tribe, a black storm was directly involved in the tribe.


    demon lord naduoye, who was following closely behind, also caught up here, and he had no intention of hiding his figure, but rushed over with a rampage.


    creatures like fire giants have a strong sense of territoriality. after discovering an intruder, they immediately surrounded them.


    it was the time when demon lord nadya was satisfied with his ambition.


    god ganda had been guarding against him for many years, but still fell into his plan, and all resistance actions were in vain.


    meng zhang was chased by him to the sky with nowhere to go, and he was about to catch up with him before he saw it.


    if he can demonize meng zhang, he will make fundamental progress in his cultivation.


    he didn''t bother to avoid these fire giants.


    he even managed to get rid of the group of fire giants as easily as he was swatting flies.


    i saw that black storm rolling through this tribe, and almost all the fire giants were involved in it, and then all their vitality was wiped out.


    he was eager to pursue meng zhang and was unwilling to waste time.


    otherwise, he could have demon-dyed all these fire giants and turned them into the materials needed for his own practice.


    meng zhang accelerated in time to avoid being caught in the black storm.


    he had no intention of staying and fighting demon lord nadya, and just kept speeding away.


    this fire giant tribe did not play any role and could not stop the opponent for long.


    although meng zhang had expected this outcome, he was still a little frightened by the opponent''s powerful strength.


    next, he continued to run for his life, hiding in the east and west, trying his best to escape the pursuit of demon lord nathoya.


    along the way, he continued to use various strange terrains in the counterspace to try to escape the pursuit of demon lord natoya, but he failed.


    he used various creatures in the counterspace, but brought them disaster.


    in a large mountain formed by a hurricane, there is a large tribe of wind giants.


    just because they stood in the path of demon lord naduya, this wind giant tribe was completely crushed by him.


    similar situations kept happening, and he was completely unscrupulous and invincible.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3547

    demon lord naduoye is extremely cruel and will not care about the lives of various creatures in the counter-space.


    he will crush anyone who stands in his way and prevents him from pursuing meng zhang.


    the almost non-stop killing spree made him very excited, happy and full of ferocity.


    meng zhang used various terrains and creatures in the counterspace, but nothing could stop him.


    in his opinion, meng zhang was about to run out of tricks.


    this low-level method cannot help the other party escape.


    he was getting closer and closer to meng zhang, almost catching up with him.


    he has gone deep into counter-space many times and thinks he is more familiar with counter-space than the young meng zhang.


    meng zhang fled into the counter-space and could not escape his pursuit.


    he even had time to think about whether he should play with meng zhang properly and not rush to take him down.


    in the past, when dealing with other targets, he had repeatedly played with them in a cat-and-mouse manner.


    he will deliberately release water during the pursuit to arouse the opponent''s vitality and make him feel that there is hope for escape.


    finally, he will use thunderous force to block all the opponent''s vitality.


    what he likes to see most is the expression on his opponent''s face that changes from full of hope to despair.


    this kind of drastic emotional change brings extreme power and is one of the delicacies he often enjoys.


    although a strong person at the level of immortal has a long breath and an endless supply of power in his body, it is still very energy-consuming to run for his life deep in the counterspace and constantly evade the enemy''s pursuit.


    demon lord naduoye was even considering whether to let meng zhang escape for a while to exhaust his strength so that he could easily capture him.


    after a while, demon lord natoya considered meng zhang''s importance to his practice and decided to take it down as soon as possible to avoid unnecessary complications.


    since escaping into the counterspace, meng zhang had no intention of stopping to fight him, and seemed to be completely frightened by him.


    even if meng zhang used some magical powers, it was only to stop his pursuit and help his family escape.


    looking at meng zhang''s back, demon lord naduya began to accelerate, as if he could take down the opponent with just one stretch of his hand.


    at this time, meng zhang finally arrived at his destination.


    ahead is his preset battlefield, and the burial place he prepared for demon lord naduoya.


    once here, he doesn''t need to continue running away, he has to stay and fight the opponent.


    although after escaping into the counterspace, he was unable to keep information synchronized with tai miao due to the strong barrier.


    but they have been trying to keep in touch, at least informing each other of their situations.


    in this way, even if the information is delayed, they can understand the other party''s situation as soon as possible so that they can make more arrangements.


    before meng zhang stopped to take action, he received a message from tai miao. he had already started taking action.


    after meng zhang entered the counterspace, tai miao began to prepare for action.


    after a period of fighting, this fleet had already killed most of the members of the wild hunting star thief group who blocked them.


    although there were a lot of losses, their combat effectiveness was not greatly affected.


    it''s just that because the power of the jiuyuan demon realm is too strong, many strong men in the fleet are lingering in the distance and do not dare to approach easily.


    firstly, juechen immortal lord wanted to entangle the demon-tainted lanrang immortal lord. secondly, after seeing the powerful fighting power of demon lord natuoya, he didn''t want to anger the other party too much.


    he didn''t know that demon lord naduoya was determined to win meng zhang.


    he was just worried that if he offended demon lord naduya and the other party gave up chasing meng zhang and came directly towards him, he would definitely not be able to resist him and it would be difficult to escape.


    if immortal juechen didn''t take action, it seemed that the many immortals present were really helpless with the power projected from the jiuyuan demon realm.


    tai miao waited for a while and received news from meng zhang that he had led demon lord natoya to escape into the depths of the counterspace.


    it seems that demon lord naduya is in a hurry to pursue him and will not be distracted by other things for the time being.


    even if he senses that something is wrong here, it will take him a while to return and escape from the depths of the counterspace.


    tai miao didn''t wait any longer at this time and was about to take action immediately.


    he revealed his body and rushed directly to the world where the headquarters of the wild hunting thieves group was located.


    after such a long time, this sacrificial ceremony is about to enter its most critical moment.


    countless creatures were sacrificed in blood, including many members of the wild hunting star thieves.


    the huge crack standing in the sky above the big world has been expanding and getting bigger.


    if this continues, it seems that the entire world will be completely swallowed up by it.


    most of the membranes of heaven and earth in the great world have been destroyed, and are no longer able to protect the great world.


    pieces of broken membranes of heaven and earth, everything inside the big world, including mountains, rivers, and large chunks of land... were torn apart from the inside of the big world, and then were attracted by the huge attraction, towards the huge crack. run.


    at this time, some smarter members of the wild hunting star thief group had already discovered that something was wrong.


    it seemed, it seemed, that they and even the entire world were the targets of this sacrifice and were about to be swallowed up by the nine abyss demon realm.


    unfortunately, they found out too late.


    most of the members of the wild hunting star thieves were wiped out by the enemy in the void.


    the members who remain in the big world are either die-hard loyalists of demon lord naduya and are deeply confused by him and will never rebel; or they have long been secretly demonized by him and have become puppets who cannot control themselves...


    the few sober monks were unable to stop the sacrificial ceremony from proceeding.


    of course, the remaining members of the wild hunting star thief group are also unable to prevent outsiders from destroying the sacrificial ceremony.


    if tai miao wanted to rush over and destroy the sacrificial ceremony, he would not be able to bypass the huge crack above the big world.


    before he even got close, he felt waves of huge pressure, constantly oppressing him, as if he was going to be crushed.


    at the same time, invisible forces emerged out of thin air and directly invaded his body, twisting his body and polluting his soul.


    taimiao''s body of ghosts and gods is strong enough and tough enough to withstand waves of invisible pressure.


    the forces that invaded his body were suppressed by his divine body before they entered his soul, and were then driven out.


    the magic power released from the crack could easily dye ordinary immortals, but it failed to stop tai miao from continuing to move forward.


    thunderbolts condensed and formed in taimiao''s hands, and then they were thrown hard towards the crack.


    although he has not painstakingly practiced this kind of thunder method that has the power to subdue demons, due to his relationship with meng zhang, he can skillfully perform it and show great power.


    the thunderbolt, representing the anger of the gods, easily dispelled all the demonic energy and threw it directly into the crack, as if to crush it completely.


    that crack seemed to be alive, and there was a burst of anger coming from it.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3548

    that huge crack is the projection and manifestation of the power of the nine abyss demon realm.


    taimiao''s confrontation with it is tantamount to indirectly fighting the will of the jiuyuan demon realm.


    more powerful pressure, more difficult to deal with the power of demon dye, kept pouring into tai miao.


    tai miao took advantage of the opportunity to calmly confront it, not letting it stop her.


    he didn''t even pause and continued to charge forward.


    blood-red light continued to shine in the crack, and huge monsters flew out from inside, rushing towards taimiao fiercely.


    tai miao circulates the power of the road of life and death, and gray-white rays shoot out.


    all monsters that are shot, no matter how big they are or how ferocious they look, will quickly lose their vitality and turn into corpses.


    most of the immortals in the fleet didn''t know taimiao.


    however, when everyone saw him moving forward bravely, they all knew that he was a friendly force.


    some immortals who were stationed in the tianlang star district at that time saw meng zhang being promoted to immortal lord. tai miao came out to protect the law and knew that he was a strong man in taiyi realm and was definitely meng zhang''s confidant.


    some immortals from taiyi realm also briefly introduced taimiao''s identity after being asked by their allies.


    meng zhang did not explicitly say that tai miao was his own incarnation, but he asked the taiyi sect monks to treat him as an elder in the sect.


    when he leaves taiyi realm and goes out, if necessary, taimiao can obtain the power to command the whole taiyi realm.


    the monks in the taiyi world respect him enough, and his attitude affects the monks from other cultivating forces.


    meng zhang led demon lord nathoya into the counter space.


    in the view of demon lord naduoye, meng zhang abandoned his men and ran away.


    anyway, for those who are powerful in the demonic way, similar behavior is commonplace.


    but in the eyes of the members of this fleet, meng zhang just changed places to continue fighting the enemy.


    originally, in the battles in the world of cultivation, high-level powerful men generally needed an independent battlefield to prevent the aftermath of the battle from accidentally injuring their own monks.


    especially those in the taiyi world have always had full confidence in meng zhang.


    meng zhang''s brilliant record over the years and his many comebacks against the odds made them almost never consider that meng zhang would be defeated.


    affected by the attitude of the taiyi monks, the morale of the entire fleet was not bad.


    even if everyone was shocked by the power of jiuyuan demon realm before, no one thought of escaping.


    at most, he is a bit withdrawn and unwilling to take too big risks.


    at this time, tai miao stepped forward and rushed towards the crack that shocked everyone. everyone thought it was meng zhang who had spoken.


    some sensitive guys even thought that meng zhang was dissatisfied with their previous performance.


    even though meng zhang had always been kind and had given everyone a lot of benefits, he was an immortal after all, and his reputation for decisive killings had long spread throughout the world.


    in order to make up for their previous performance, a few people. fortunately, this is just a projection of the power of the jiuyuan demon realm, and it is not so irresistible.


    tai miao struggled to resist the pressure that was coming her way.


    waves of inexplicable power were directly impacting his soul, making him lose all consciousness.


    tai miao knew that meng zhang was also facing huge challenges, so he did not take advantage of their relationship and asked meng zhang to help him share the pressure.


    if he had completely refined the thousand-leaf golden lotus, before evolving, he might not be able to hold on under such a huge pressure.


    that thousand-leaf golden lotus brought him too many benefits.


    the soul that has been deeply purified is clear and pure, and there is no need to worry about being confused.


    he has special resistance to the power of demon dyeing.


    moreover, tai miao is the incarnation of meng zhang after all, and his connection with the real person cannot be broken.


    even if he does not have the status of this deity, his status is still much higher than that of the average mid-level deity.


    therefore, even if he comes to the yang world, he will be greatly suppressed, but the power he shows is still enough to challenge the projection of the power of the jiuyuan demon realm.


    he doesn''t just defend but doesn''t attack, and he doesn''t always passively take beatings.


    after withstanding several huge pressures, he began to fight back.


    a huge phantom of reincarnation loomed behind him, and the power from the avenue of reincarnation was pushed to the extreme by him.


    around that huge crack, countless powerful attractions emerged.


    these attractions are constantly pulling and squeezing this huge crack.


    tai miao stood up straight, withstood the huge pressure, and punched a few times in the distance with the force of standing upright.


    angry whines came from the huge crack.


    after several immortals defeated the monsters blocking the way, they immediately began to assist tai miao''s attack.


    various and powerful magical powers fell towards the target ahead.


    the huge cracks that had begun to twist and deform were blasted out by numerous powerful magical powers.


    seeing that the power of jiuyuan demon realm was about to be dispersed, lan rang xianzun, who was fighting with juechen xianzun, was about to force his opponent back and come to stop him.


    once he rushes over, they won''t have much power to fight back.


    juechen xianzun knew that at the critical moment, he must not let the chain slip.


    if he can''t even stop a demonized puppet of demon lord naduoye, how can he have the face to see people, how can he have the face to face meng zhang?


    juechen xianzun used his strength in time to tightly entangle his opponent and never allow him to escape easily.


    lan rangxianzun saw that the situation here was getting worse and worse. he was also angry and anxious, struggling desperately.


    juechen xianzun is still reliable.


    no matter what methods lan rangxianzun used, he could never get rid of his entanglement. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3549

    demon lord naduoye was led into the counter-space by meng zhang and could not come back in a short time.


    the transformation of god ganda has reached a critical moment and cannot be interrupted at all.


    lan rang xianzun was tightly entangled by juechen xianzun and was really unable to escape.


    as for the members of the wild hunting star thieves, most of them had been lost and were already helpless in the battle.


    at this time, there was no power around that could stop taimiao from attacking the crack.


    a roar came from the crack, shaking almost the entire star region.


    all the monks in the star area, whether friends or foes, felt their souls shaken and their bodies trembling endlessly...


    this is the will of jiuyuan demon realm getting angry.


    demon lord naduoye worked hard for many years to finally hold this sacrificial ceremony to allow the power of the jiuyuan demon realm to be projected over.


    as long as the sacrifice ceremony is successfully completed and the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm completely swallows everything in the entire star area, its projection will rapidly expand, turning the surrounding area into a part of the jiuyuan demon realm.


    for the will of jiuyuan demon realm, external expansion, especially the massive expansion in the void, has almost become an instinct.


    anyone who can help it expand will be greatly rewarded.


    and preventing its expansion is the real enemy of life and death.


    if possible, the angry will of jiuyuan demon realm would like to drive taimiao and the others into the depths of the demon realm, where they will be tortured forever, making them irrecoverable and unable to escape forever.


    it''s a pity that the power of the jiuyuan demon realm is of course extremely powerful, but the power projected is limited.


    under taimiao''s crazy attack, the huge crack finally collapsed completely.


    along with the unwilling roar, the projection of the nine abyss demon realm collapsed, and its attempt to expand in the void was once again destroyed.


    several invisible traces fell on tai miao and the others.


    these special traces will show that they are the so-called public enemies of the devil.


    in the future, anyone who can kill them will be rewarded by the will of the jiuyuan demon realm.


    it''s too wonderful that they don''t care about this now.


    before the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm completely collapsed, the last counterattack left several of them seriously injured.


    of course, they completely destroyed the crack, so the sacrificial ceremony was naturally completely destroyed.


    as for all subsequent matters, they will have to wait until the battle between meng zhang and demon lord natoya is decided before they can deal with it.


    no one knew the outcome of that battle for the time being. only tai miao vaguely sensed that meng zhang was fine for the time being.


    almost at the same time that the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm was destroyed, meng zhang also led demon lord natoya to his destination.


    meng zhang suddenly stopped escaping, turned around, and faced demon lord natuya who was hot on his heels.


    the immortal power in his body came out of his body and stirred around in a special way, activating an unknown natural danger here.


    when demon lord naduoya saw meng zhang stop running away, he thought that this guy knew that there was no way to escape and wanted to stay and fight for his life.


    originally, he should have taken action immediately and captured meng zhang directly.


    however, the seemingly normal environment around him gave him a strange feeling, making him feel vaguely uneasy.


    this is the battlefield chosen by meng zhang. even if he is much stronger than his opponent, he has to be on guard.


    according to the general rhythm of battle, the more the enemy wants to do something, the more we have to stop the opponent.


    demon lord naduoye is full of confidence, but will not underestimate the other party too much.


    he was preparing to go around from the side and not fight on the battlefield chosen by meng zhang.


    however, his body shook for no reason.


    the huge pain from the depths of the demon soul swept directly through his body.


    he staggered and almost fell to the ground.


    he tried to steady himself, trying to maintain a semblance of normalcy.


    he has a very deep connection with the jiuyuan demon realm and is deeply affected by it.


    the will of jiuyuan demon realm has never been magnanimous.


    on the contrary, he is cruel, cold-blooded, ruthless, and will never forgive any loser.


    the sacrificial ceremony was destroyed this time, and the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm was destroyed. demon lord naduoya was inevitably blamed.


    fortunately, demon lord natoya''s cultivation level is there, he has great independence, and he is not a puppet of jiuyuan demon realm.


    the little punishment imposed on him by the jiuyuan demon realm had a limited impact on him.


    of course, before making enough amends, he may not dare to easily communicate the will of jiuyuan demon realm in the future, let alone return to jiuyuan demon realm.


    although the angry jiuyuan demon realm did not do much harm to him, the punishment came at this critical moment.


    meng zhang clearly noticed that something was wrong with the state of demon lord naduya.


    he didn''t care about anything else and immediately took action without hesitation.


    more than a dozen huge stone monuments rose from the ground, trapping demon ancestor natraya in them.


    these stone tablets are not made of stone. the bodies of the tablets shimmer with light and are constantly twisting and deforming.


    when taiyi golden immortal was exploring the depths of counterspace, he discovered this uncanny workmanship of nature.


    probably due to the influence of the special laws of heaven and earth, various energies in the counterspace gathered here, forming a natural formation.


    this formation has no trace of human craftsmanship, and it does not conform well to various formation theories.


    however, it contains the ultimate truth, and it also contains extremely powerful power.


    according to the analysis of taiyi jinxian, this natural formation is the projection of some chaotic will in the counterspace, and it is also the embodiment of the special laws of heaven and earth.


    taiyi golden immortal has carefully studied this formation, and in the classics left behind, it records how to drive and utilize it.


    a very long time has passed since taiyi jinxian explored and discovered this place.


    meng zhang originally brought demon lord nadya here with the attitude of giving it a try.


    if something happens to this natural formation and it cannot be used by him, he will have no choice but to continue running away and find other natural dangers in the counterspace.


    anyway, he learned a lot of similar things from the classics left by taiyi golden immortal.


    he was very lucky. although the meng zhang he chose was not an immortal master of formation dao, he still had some basic formation dao cultivation.


    after taking the initiative, he easily activated the power of this natural formation.


    even though this is a naturally formed formation, its power far exceeds most of the immortal formations in the world of cultivation.


    meng zhang, who was originally not as powerful as demon lord naduoya, now relied on the power of the large formation to quickly take the initiative.


    all kinds of vitality in the counterspace surged towards here, turning into various offensives to kill demon lord naduoya.


    the entire anti-space laws of heaven and earth are repelling and suppressing demon lord nadya.


    ¡­


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3550

    in the world of spiritual practice, one way to defeat the weak with the strong is to use external objects such as magic circles.


    meng zhang skillfully controlled this natural formation and suppressed demon lord natuya.


    this uncanny natural formation not only narrowed the gap in strength between them, but also brought many additional surprises to meng zhang.


    the vitality of various attributes in the counterspace gathered here, easily dissipating the demonic energy released by demon lord naduya.


    the laws of heaven and earth in the counterspace are not very stable to begin with. for demon lord natoya who is trapped in the formation, the chaotic laws of heaven and earth prevent him from borrowing the power of heaven and earth, and most secret techniques are difficult to work. .


    attacks coming directly from the legal level left him overwhelmed and exhausted to deal with.


    he tried to forcibly reverse the laws of heaven and earth here, but it was tantamount to confronting the counterspace itself.


    due to the effect of this natural formation, the counterspace seemed to be on meng zhang''s side.


    meng zhang skillfully mobilized the power of counter-space to continuously strengthen himself, and his momentum increased steadily.


    the thunderer, the cardinal of heaven and earth.


    among all methods, thunder method is the highest and is often regarded as the order of heaven.


    meng zhang has been studying thunder techniques for many years, and he has already perfected the magical magical power of yin-yang destruction divine thunder.


    previously, he had used this magical power to fight against the enemy, but it could not hurt demon lord natuya at all.


    now, with the blessing of this natural formation, the power of the various magical powers he displays has greatly increased.


    in particular, the yin-yang extinction divine thunder, a magical magical power of thunder, truly has the momentum to carry out executions on behalf of the heavens.


    demon lord naduya, who is constantly weakened by the natural formation, is not so relaxed at this time.


    the overwhelming and falling divine thunder made it impossible for him to avoid it and had no choice but to resist.


    his demonic body, which he had cultivated for many years, began to slowly decline under the constant bombardment of lightning techniques.


    meng zhang''s real killer move is the yin-yang avenue that he majored in.


    once the yin and yang transformation of heaven and earth was performed, the law of yin and yang immediately took over the mainstream and began to exclude other laws of heaven and earth.


    in this case, the power of yin and yang magical powers increases dramatically.


    the two qi of yin and yang are like a giant dragon, entwining towards the demon natoya, constantly consuming his power.


    demon lord nadaya also has the ability to distort and change the laws of heaven and earth.


    moreover, he has very rich experience in this kind of battle against laws.


    he tried his best to suppress the law of yin and yang with great difficulty. the tai chi cave in meng zhang''s body was activated to the extreme, and the power of tai chi enveloped the surrounding space.


    everything around the body of demon lord natoya seemed to be trapped in chaos.


    tai chi originally represented the chaotic state before the birth of the universe and the separation of heaven and earth.


    in this state, except for the innate demons, most of the sacred immortals and demons would find it difficult to survive.


    the debilitating power and terror of the chaotic state soon damaged the vitality of demon lord naduya.


    this was the time since he started the war. i don¡¯t know how long it had passed. the demon lord natoya, who was severely injured, finally broke through the chaos and regained his freedom.


    at this time, even if he was extremely unwilling, he knew that he would not be able to win the opponent this time.


    in fact, if he continues to fight, he might be in danger of falling.


    however, if he wants to escape safely, he still needs to break the natural formation that traps him.


    meng zhang''s strength was far inferior to that of the other party, so he tried his best to trap him here.


    of course he won''t let him go easily.


    he will use this rare opportunity to completely eliminate the opponent to avoid future troubles.


    for this, he is even willing to pay a sufficient price.


    there was another fierce fight, this time it was a real life and death fight, and both sides began to fight for their lives.


    the fierce battle between the immortal lord and the demon lord was really too powerful.


    this natural formation finally failed to hold up and could not withstand such a powerful confrontation, and began to collapse.


    at the same time, meng zhang also killed the demon lord nadya in front of him at the cost of being seriously injured and greatly damaged his vitality.


    seeing demon lord naduya''s demonic body being annihilated in the thunder that filled the sky, there was not much joy on his face.


    because he knew that although the true body of demon lord naduya was destroyed, the other clones were still there and there was still a chance of coming back.


    if nothing else, it is entirely possible for him to be reborn in his demonized puppet lan rang xianzun.


    in addition, god ganda was also completely demonized by him, giving him another choice.


    demonic masters inherently have extremely powerful survivability.


    only in this way can we still bring disaster to all realms of the void even when being pursued by powerful men from all sides.


    demon lord naduoye, as a top-notch being among the powerful demons, definitely has many means of escape.


    there are many secretive methods that even meng zhang has trouble figuring out.


    if he is proficient in the avenues of cause and effect, he can also use the connection between the deity and other incarnations to find all his incarnations and eliminate them one by one.


    but he doesn''t have such ability yet.


    of course, although there was a bit of regret, in any case, he had killed the true form of demon lord naduya after all.


    even if he is reborn using those mysterious means, his strength will definitely be greatly reduced.


    if he wants to return to the state of his heyday, it will not happen overnight.


    meng zhang has full confidence in his cultivation speed.


    his strength has been improving rapidly.


    he is now unable to defeat demon lord nadya and needs external force to kill him.


    maybe it won''t be long before he has enough strength to defeat the opponent in a fair fight.


    when demon lord naduoye comes back, he will face a different meng zhang.


    when the time comes, meng zhang will make up for today''s regrets and kill him completely with his own hands.


    the natural formation slowly disappeared completely, which made meng zhang feel a little regretful.


    such creations of heaven and earth and miraculous craftsmanship are rare even in counterspace.


    originally, he should have kept it and studied it carefully.


    of course, this natural formation helped meng zhang once, so it was not in vain.


    thinking about what was going on outside, meng zhang adjusted his breathing for a while. feeling that his condition had recovered, he immediately left here and returned to the star area where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was located.


    after the demon lord natoya''s true form was eliminated, the immortal lord quickly sensed the blue stained by his demon.


    i saw lan rang xianzun, who was fighting fiercely with juechen xianzun, move for a moment, and then shook his whole body as if he had been hit hard, as if he was about to fall down.


    although juechen xianzun, who was experienced in combat, did not know that demon lord natuoye had been killed by meng zhang, he realized that something was wrong with the enemy, so he still seized the opportunity in time. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3551

    immortal juechen raised his hands, as if holding an invisible giant axe, and struck immortal lanrang fiercely.


    the original deity was killed, and all his demonized puppets were implicated to a certain extent.


    if demon lord naduya dies completely, all demonized puppets will either lose their vitality or become unconscious monsters.


    of course, it is not so easy for demon lord natoya to die completely.


    moreover, these demonized puppets have become tools for his resurrection.


    lan rangxianzun revealed a big flaw due to the backlash from his own destruction.


    on a normal day, lan rangxianzun could slowly quell this backlash with a little effort.


    but now, he is in the middle of a big battle, and his opponent has seized the opportunity.


    faced with juechen xianzun''s charged attack, lanrang xianzun was not only unable to avoid it, but was also temporarily unable to parry it.


    he knew in his heart that as long as he was injured by juechen immortal lord''s blow, this immortal body would probably collapse.


    in desperation, a piece of jade flew out of his sleeve and flew towards juechen immortal lord, blocking his attack direction.


    seeing this piece of jade and feeling its aura, immortal juechen couldn''t help but show excitement on his face.


    he hurriedly retracted his offensive, and with one big move, he grabbed the jade jade in his hand.


    this piece of jade kept struggling and beating, but it couldn''t escape from his palm.


    after collecting this piece of jade, juechen immortal lord continued to launch an offensive against lanrang immortal lord.


    lan rangxianzun, whose situation had improved a little, took the blow forcefully and flew backwards with his whole body.


    already injured, he did not dare to continue wandering and immediately began to escape.


    the juechen immortal lord, whose main goal had been achieved, didn''t have much thought in pursuing him. he just watched the other party leave here.


    he has repeatedly checked the jade in his hand. this is exactly what he has longed for.


    this piece of jade is also a treasure. in addition to recording the classics left by the predecessor jinxian, it also has the effect of warming and nourishing the immortal body.


    after demon lord naduoya dyed lanrang immortal lord into the devil, this piece of jade naturally fell into his hands.


    after he made a copy of the classics inside, he handed the jade back to the demon-stained immortal lan rang.


    after lan rang xianzun was infected by his demon, his cultivation in the immortal way could no longer progress.


    if he doesn''t get enough care, his immortal body will even slowly weaken.


    lan rangxian zun is of great use to demon lord natuoya.


    he had already made arrangements for it.


    he needs to keep the opponent''s immortal cultivation and keep his immortal body intact.


    this piece of jade indeed played an important role.


    lan rang xianzun was almost forced into a desperate situation by juechen xianzun before.


    he knows what the other party desires most, and takes the initiative to throw it out to attract the other party''s attention and strive for life for his family.


    lan rangxianzun achieved his goal and successfully escaped from the battlefield.


    juechen xianzun also felt that he was not at a loss.


    after taimiao and the others destroyed the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm, they suffered backlash and were seriously injured.


    they healed quickly in the void and recovered quickly.


    when they were almost recovered, meng zhang came back from the counterspace.


    seeing meng zhang coming back alone and demon lord naduoya missing, everyone made some guesses.


    sure enough, in order to boost the morale of the army, meng zhang loudly announced that the demon lord natuoya had been killed by him.


    at this moment, the morale of the entire fleet was greatly boosted.


    juechen immortal lord knew that demon lord naduoye was not so easy to be completely destroyed.


    however, it is indeed a gratifying thing that meng zhang was able to kill his body.


    he was secretly glad that he had listened to meng zhang''s request and not rashly left the battle and fled.


    meng zhang is obviously not as strong as the demon lord naduoya, but he can still kill him. what does this mean?


    it shows that meng zhang must have the methods left by the qianyuan golden immortal.


    juechen xianzun further strengthened his intention to make friends with meng zhang.


    now that demon lord naduoye has been killed, the projection of the nine abyss demon realm has been destroyed, and the sacrificial ceremony has naturally been destroyed.


    of course, things are not over yet.


    meng zhang''s main purpose this time is to completely eliminate the wild hunting star thief group.


    under his personal leadership, many immortals aggressively attacked the big world where the headquarters of the wild hunting star thief group was located.


    seeing meng zhang''s appearance, juechen xianzun was not busy sharing the spoils with him, but cooperated with him to end the war first.


    they easily wiped out the remaining members of the wild hunt thieves, killing and capturing countless others.


    many creatures who had not had time to be sacrificed by blood were also saved by them in time.


    the god of ganda, who was originally completely possessed by demon lord naduya and was undergoing transformation, did not appear here, but disappeared without a trace.


    meng zhang and juechen xianzun searched the entire world and the surrounding void, but found no target.


    meng zhang knew that this was another trouble, but there was nothing he could do about it for the time being.


    this big world was stained by the power from the nine abyss demon realm, and even the fetal membranes of heaven and earth were swallowed up by it.


    there is no need to save this big world, only to completely destroy it to prevent it from becoming a trophy of the jiuyuan demon realm.


    under the leadership of the taiyi monks, many monks began to hurriedly search for valuable things in the entire world.


    they evacuated the headquarters of the wild hunt thieves and found treasure troves scattered throughout.


    countless monks have used various means to predatoryly exploit the resources of this big world.


    many immortals entered the depths of the big world, casting spells to slow down the speed at which they were infected by demons, while plundering their source sea with all their strength.


    the big world itself is very barren and doesn''t produce much.


    even in its source sea, there is only a thin layer of the origin of heaven and earth.


    most of the indigenous creatures in this big world were sacrificed to blood in the previous blood sacrifice ceremony.


    one of the main targets for plunder by monks from all sides is all kinds of creatures, especially intelligent creatures.


    of course, these creatures must be carefully and repeatedly inspected to confirm that there are no traces of demon contamination before they can be taken away from this big world.


    the wild hunting star thieves have been plundering in the void for many years, and their wealth is very rich.


    in order to ensure that nothing was missed, monks were specially responsible for interrogating the prisoners and obtaining confessions.


    in addition to taiyi realm, there are some tianji masters among other cultivation forces, especially within the big forces.


    the level of these tianji divisions varies greatly, and there are very few tianji divisions who go on expeditions with the army.


    under the leadership of the taiyi realm tianji master, all the tianji masters gathered together and began to use the tianji technique based on the various clues they had previously grasped to deduce the treasure trove hidden by the wild hunter star thief group.


    meng zhang secretly helped, and also helped these juniors endure a large part of the backlash from heaven.


    since the wild hunting star thief group has been destroyed, the difficulty of deriving the secret technique has been greatly reduced.


    these days the mechanics'' deductions will soon come to fruition.


    they deduced some of the secret treasure troves of the wild hunt thieves. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3552

    overall, the attack organized by meng zhang basically achieved its goal.


    the headquarters of the wild hunt thieves group fell, and the entire organization was almost wiped out.


    there may still be a very small number of remnants out there, but they are nothing to worry about anymore.


    the body of the greatest enemy, demon lord naduya, was destroyed. even if he could be reborn in the future, it would take a long time to return to the cultivation level in his heyday.


    lan, who was demonized by him, allowed immortal lord and goda ganda to escape. although it was a pity, there was nothing that could be done about it.


    if there is a chance in the future, meng zhang will continue to hunt them down.


    shortly after the war, juechen immortal lord fulfilled his promise and shared the golden immortal classics with meng zhang.


    in order to win meng zhang''s trust and prove that he was not guilty of any evil deeds, he temporarily handed the piece of jade to meng zhang and asked him to copy the contents inside.


    meng zhang took a brief look at the contents and found that it was very valuable and had great reference significance for his future practice.


    this golden immortal book alone was worth his adventure.


    of course, he never forgot his biggest problem.


    it was the low luck that led to the impending disaster.


    this time he managed to defeat demon lord nadya by luck, but it may not be such a good thing next time.


    he must solve this problem as soon as possible to avoid similar things from happening.


    he spent a lot of time investigating, but could not find the reason for his low luck.


    however, he found that his luck had improved since he killed the demon lord naduya.


    it is not without reason that the devil is called the public enemy of the void and all realms.


    the demonic path harms all realms of the void, and the demons stain all the great worlds...


    this time, demon lord natoya directly communicated with the jiuyuan demon realm, trying to let it devour the entire star area and turn it into a new demon realm.


    this kind of behavior that destroys the foundation of void is intolerable to void heaven.


    tai miao, the main force who destroyed the sacrificial ceremony, was the incarnation of meng zhang. for this achievement, he received a merit reward from the heavenly dao of the void, which naturally fed back to his true form, meng zhang.


    although meng zhang has not completely solved the problem of low luck for the time being, these feedbacks have delayed the disaster.


    this fleet stayed in the big world where the wild hunting star thief group''s headquarters was located for a short period of time, plundering to its heart''s content.


    shortly after the war, someone went to the place where the army gathered in taiyi realm to report the good news and told everyone not to worry.


    the practitioners in the fleet plundered this big world, and even the source sea was almost empty.


    after that, everyone evacuated the world, and several immortals took action to completely destroy the demonized world.


    destroying the demonized world, unlike destroying the normal world, will not lead to low luck.


    in order to ensure that nothing goes wrong, after destroying this big world, several immortals also activated the anti-space power in this star area, causing the anti-space storm to completely flood this place.


    by this time, the entire fleet had already completely evacuated the star area.


    soon after, the fleet loaded with harvests returned to the original assembly point and joined everyone.


    after plundering the void for many years, the infamous wild hunting star thieves were completely destroyed, sending everyone into a state of carnival.


    you must know that the biggest driving force for forming this alliance is the deep-seated hatred of many members towards the wild hunting star thieves.


    most of the members of the alliance have grudges with the wild hunt thieves, and they all want to eliminate them completely.


    now, everyone''s long-cherished wish has finally come true.


    many cultivating forces have suffered greatly from the wild hunting star thieves and regard them as the biggest threat.


    now, they are relieved to finally be safe.


    meng zhang understands everyone''s psychology very well.


    he believed that after the news spread that the wild hunting thieves group had been eliminated, more people would fall into ecstasy.


    through this battle, meng zhang has completely established his prestige, and his reputation will become even louder.


    at the headquarters of the wild hunting star thieves, everyone gained a lot.


    in fact, meng zhang and tai miao made the greatest contributions to this war, and they should get most of the gains.


    in order to win over people''s hearts and maintain this alliance, meng zhang took the initiative to make many concessions.


    his generosity was praised by everyone.


    the treasures harvested from the treasury of the wild hunting star thieves are extremely rare and in great need for many immortals.


    after saying goodbye to meng zhang, immortal juechen left here.


    he will spread the news that demon lord naduoye hides in the wild hunting star thief group and is killed by meng zhang.


    he already got what he wanted, so naturally he wouldn''t keep this secret anymore.


    demon lord naduoya has made many enemies. the incident of his demon dyeing blue and surrendering to the immortal lord aroused the public indignation of many immortals.


    after the news spread that his body was destroyed and the two demonized puppets escaped, many enemies would soon be chasing him.


    if demon lord natoya is completely wiped out by these enemies and loses the ability to make a comeback, it will definitely be a good thing for juechen immortal lord.


    he knew that demon lord nadaya would surely retaliate.


    if he relies on the secret method to be reborn, he will never let himself go after regaining his strength.


    in order to solve this hidden danger, he may have to run around and actively think of solutions.


    meng zhang told everyone the process of the war, and there was no need to elaborate on some details in the counterspace.


    after all, he was also slaying demons and protecting the tao this time.


    the fact that he killed demon lord naduoye, a veteran strong man, was enough for him to gain a foothold among the powerful men at the level of immortal lord, and he would no longer be regarded as a childish junior.


    the wild hunting star thief group has been destroyed, and the biggest purpose of forming this alliance has been achieved.


    many people may think that this alliance can be disbanded.


    meng zhang had already planned for this alliance, and naturally he would not disband it.


    next, meng zhang summoned the leaders of the various spiritual forces to discuss with everyone.


    the subject of discussion is to continue to maintain this alliance and make it a permanent alliance.


    because the senior management of taiyi circle had done a lot of preparation work in advance and had communicated with everyone early on, this negotiation went relatively smoothly.


    the elimination of the wild hunting star thieves this time allowed everyone to feel the great power of the alliance and experience first-hand the various benefits of joining the alliance...


    when hanging out in the void, it is very important to have a strong backer.


    these cultivating forces were bullied and even robbed by the wild hunting star thieves in the past because they had limited strength and had no reliable backers behind them.


    now that taiyi realm has organized everyone, everyone has a strong support to avoid being oppressed by forces like the wild hunting star thief group in the future.


    most members of this temporary alliance are inclined to agree to meng zhang''s proposal and turn this alliance into a permanent alliance.


    a few cultivating forces are hesitant, either because they are worried about losing their autonomy after joining the alliance, or they are worried about being involved in some grudges by the alliance... (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3553

    taiyi sect also developed step by step from a small sect to the behemoth it is now.


    meng zhang understands the concerns of those smaller and less powerful cultivating forces.


    they want to gain a backer and enjoy the benefits brought by the alliance, but are unwilling to assume corresponding obligations. they are even more worried about being used as a puppet by this backer, or even directly annexed.


    meng zhang had many purposes in forming this alliance.


    expand the scope of influence, drive the alliance to compete for various interests, and obtain more news channels...


    in his heart, he has long had an ambition to develop the taiyi realm into an immortal giant like the lingkong immortal realm.


    at the same time, the system of taiyi world must be carried forward and extended to more big worlds.


    this is not just due to his ambition, but also related to taiyi golden immortal and his path.


    the biggest reason why he was regarded as the official successor by taiyi golden immortal and was inherited by his direct lineage, apart from being excellent enough, was that he implemented the system created by taiyi golden immortal in the taiyi world.


    as his cultivation level increased day by day, he gradually realized that implementing such a system was not only related to taiyi golden immortal''s philosophy, but also related to taiyi golden immortal''s further practice.


    similar examples are not uncommon in the void.


    for example, the lingkong immortal world has been expanding its power and incorporating more big worlds into its ruling system.


    the big world under lingkong immortal world basically implements the same system.


    this system is unique among many immortal forces and has various benefits.


    at first, meng zhang simply thought that this was done by the ruling class of the lingkong immortal realm to facilitate their control.


    later, after receiving more inheritance from the taiyi golden immortal, he slowly realized that this was related to the concept promoted by the golden immortal in the lingkong immortal realm.


    jinxian''s philosophy is not just an empty philosophy, but is related to his family''s future path.


    meng zhang is still far away from the realm of golden immortal, and naturally he is unable to practice the unique practice of golden immortal.


    however, he always had a long-term vision when it came to practice, so he could leave behind early and make some preliminary preparations.


    forming and growing this alliance is one of his preparations for this.


    meng zhang knew that although taiyi realm was very strong, it was best not to use force and coercion to form this alliance.


    especially at the beginning of the alliance''s formation, when taiyi''s strength was still very limited.


    at least on the surface, taiyi realm must appear to be generous enough.


    as the lord of taiyi realm, he must have enough courage.


    those shameful and dark methods cannot be used for the time being, let alone put on the table.


    moreover, meng zhang and taiyi realm are far from strong enough to run rampant in the void.


    the top leaders of the taiyi world not only want to enjoy the convenience brought by the alliance, but also do not want to be dragged down by the alliance.


    for example, if a small force in the alliance takes the initiative to provoke a powerful enemy and leads to disaster, should the alliance intervene?


    if this powerful enemy is still stronger than the alliance, how should the alliance deal with it?


    a powerful sect is dragged down by a weak sect and gets involved in unnecessary disputes, which is what the top leaders of the taiyi world want to avoid.


    considering the actual situation, meng zhang does not expect to be able to establish a powerful alliance with strict organization and strict orders in one step.


    at the beginning of the establishment of the alliance, it was destined to be a loose alliance.


    members within the alliance help and benefit each other, do business with each other, and stick together for warmth when externally.


    for the sake of the alliance''s own stability, and to avoid attracting vigilance or even interference from outside forces, the alliance cannot expand externally for the time being.


    when meng zhang organized everyone to discuss it, although everyone tended to agree with him, there was still a lot of controversy over the specific charter of the alliance, especially when it involved interests.


    meng zhang was too lazy to participate in these quarrels, and he didn''t have much time to participate in these chores.


    as long as everyone is inclined to his proposal, the specific details can naturally be discussed slowly.


    soon, meng zhang withdrew from the meeting and returned to the retreat to continue practicing.


    next, the senior leaders of the taiyi world will slowly discuss or even start a debate with the heads of the various forces.


    because the vital interests of all parties are involved and there are many issues, these debates must not be resolved in a short time.


    what meng zhang lacks most now is time, and he also has enough patience.


    he soon became completely focused on his own practice.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm would report to him every once in a while, report the results of everyone''s discussions, and request his instructions.


    anyway, the general direction principle has been determined long ago, and meng zhang has nothing to give.


    in this aspect of work, those senior officials in taiyi world who have dealt with general affairs for many years are far better than him.


    he would not interfere at will and chose to trust these subordinates.


    as a newly promoted immortal lord, he still has a lot of homework to do in practice.


    tai miao returned to the underworld after the war.


    this time, the destruction of the jiuyuan demon realm projection prevented its expansion in the void, which brought him many benefits.


    facing such a high-level power and confronting it head-on was an unprecedented training for him.


    after the injury healed, he found that the foundation of his practice, which he thought was extremely solid, actually became even more solid.


    his soul and body had been purified and transformed not long ago due to the refining of the thousand-leaf golden lotus.


    if it weren''t for the benefits brought by this thousand-leaf golden lotus, he would have collapsed long ago under the pressure brought by the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm.


    his divine body is able to withstand the power of demon dyeing, which is even more due to this.


    this tempering further purified his soul and completely stabilized the transformation of his divine body.


    now, compared to those born ghosts and gods, he has better conditions in all aspects.


    the various benefits brought by the feedback from void heaven are slowly being reflected.


    during his daily practice, he could clearly sense that the day when he would break through to the late stage of deity was very close.


    as long as he reaches the late stage of heavenly god, he will be qualified to bargain with qianyuan golden immortal and strive to share the reincarnation pool with him.


    the powerful late-stage gods who control the reincarnation pool are the true underworld emperors.


    only by becoming the emperor of the underworld can he truly dominate the underworld and have sufficient influence.


    only then will he have more resources and strength to feed back to himself.


    in addition to daily practice, tai miao also speeded up, striving to bring the newly captured territory under full control as soon as possible.


    the road between his original territory and the ruins of the hidden city will soon become clear.


    all the territory in between has become his new territory.


    the ghosts and ghosts under his command are rapidly pouring into these new territories, establishing effective rule there, and building temples dedicated to him... (end of this chapter)

 Chapter 3554

    the ruins of the city related to the samsara pond are located in a dangerous place.


    it would take taimiao a lot of effort and time to include this dangerous area into his own territory.


    yitaimiao''s current strength can easily move mountains and seas and change the terrain of most big worlds in the void...


    with a few random swings of his fists and feet, he can make the continental plates sink and the sea flow backwards...


    with a little thought, he can change the landscape and shape the terrain at will.


    as long as he is willing, he can destroy most of the big worlds in the void that are not occupied by powerful people of the same level.


    in the underworld, the laws of heaven and earth are more stringent and the energy level is higher. although taimiao can break mountains with one punch, cut off currents with one palm, etc., it is still subject to great restrictions after all.


    especially if you go too far, you may very well incur the hostility of the underworld¡¯s heavenly consciousness.


    tai miao carefully flew around the dangerous area a few times.


    this place is too vast and it is difficult to completely control it in a short time.


    after discussing with his close men, he formulated a plan.


    in order to put the ruins of the city into danger as soon as possible, he will personally take action and directly open a road to connect it with his own territory.


    he is not busy for the time being to completely control this dangerous area, and deliberately retains many of the original natural dangers.


    after some modifications, it can be used as a defense on the perimeter of the territory.


    in addition, the young ghosts and ghosts under his command, as well as the monks from the yang world of taiyi world, can also undergo trials and the like here.


    after making the plan, taimiao started taking action.


    he first forcibly suppressed some natural obstacles blocking the road.


    such as space cracks, he will cast spells to calm them down.


    he also brought a large lake from far away to extinguish an area where ground fires frequently broke out.


    ¡­


    there are many similar actions, which are very heavy.


    yitaimiao''s current strength cannot be completed overnight.


    tai miao was not in a hurry, and later even felt like she was enjoying it.


    this act of changing the world can be regarded as a kind of practice for him.


    when he changes the landforms on a large scale, he must be careful to avoid attracting attention or even interference from the underworld''s heavenly consciousness.


    while tai miao was busy in the underworld, the senior officials of taiyi realm were not idle either.


    in addition to openly convening the leaders of the major cultivating forces for discussion, they also secretly contacted all parties.


    of course, on the surface, they are upright, selfless, and considerate of everyone.


    but in private, they often resorted to various means of coercion and inducement.


    of course, in general, their methods are relatively gentle.


    after countless quarrels, haggling, and even almost a full-on show of force, everyone finally reached an agreement reluctantly.


    in this process, it can be said that the senior leaders of taiyi realm have exhausted their efforts.


    in order to bribe everyone and ensure their own image, the senior leaders of taiyi world gave up a lot of benefits.


    a long-term alliance with many members was finally born.


    basically all the members of that temporary alliance remained, with only a handful of quitters.


    in this regard, taiyi realm did not force it.


    at the very least, the top leaders of the taiyi world need to maintain their grace at this time so that everyone can come and go freely.


    the official name of this alliance is the endless alliance.


    on the one hand, the top leaders of taiyi realm, mainly the immortals of taiyi sect, commemorate the endless sand sea when taiyi sect rose again.


    that place is considered the longxing place of taiyi sect. the original site of taiyi sect is still an important holy place in taiyi realm.


    on the other hand, the name endless also shows that there are many members in the alliance and it is extremely powerful.


    many top leaders in the league are still very ambitious.


    they hope that the size of the alliance will continue to expand, the number of members will continue to increase, and it will truly be endless.


    before the name of the endless alliance was decided, its charter had been announced to all members.


    in general, meng zhang''s intentions were realized, and its charter explained the nature of the alliance and stipulated the rights and obligations of alliance members...


    this alliance is mainly defensive in nature and will not actively expand outwards. alliance members should not make enemies everywhere...


    when alliance members are bullied by outsiders, they can seek help from surrounding alliance members.


    if the enemy is too strong and no one can deal with it, they will report it to the alliance headquarters and ask taiyi world for help.


    of course, if an alliance member takes the initiative to provoke trouble and deliberately provokes a powerful enemy, the alliance headquarters and other members will not be tied to the chariot.


    exchanges among members should be encouraged within the alliance, and trade among members should be fair...


    if members of the alliance want to withdraw from the alliance, there are special terms.


    there are many restrictions for the alliance to attract new members.


    taiyi world will serve as the headquarters of the alliance, and alliance members can send representatives to the headquarters to participate in various affairs of the headquarters.


    any major actions taken by the alliance headquarters must obtain the consent of these representatives.


    the alliance headquarters can also send envoys to individual members.


    these envoys cannot interfere in the internal affairs of individual members and can only help handle matters related to the headquarters.


    ¡­


    generally speaking, this alliance is a loose alliance, its charter is relatively lenient, and many clauses are not mandatory.


    such an alliance is of course very far from meng zhang''s ideal.


    however, the meal must be eaten one bite at a time.


    with meng zhang''s current prestige and strength, as well as the size of taiyi realm, it is not easy to establish such an alliance.


    now that the alliance has been established, there will be enough time in the future, and taiyi world will have a lot of means to use.


    now that those cultivating forces have joined the alliance, the senior leaders of taiyi realm will naturally have ways to strengthen their influence on them and slowly bring them under control.


    soon after, it was the official establishment ceremony of the alliance.


    not only did taiyi world invite many visitors, many members of the alliance, either to show off or to establish their authority, also invited many guests in the name of the alliance with the consent of the top leaders of taiyi world.


    most of the guests who received the invitation were very considerate and readily agreed to attend the meeting.


    of course, what they gave was the face of immortal lord meng zhang.


    on the days when the ceremony was held, the taiyi world became particularly lively.


    in the vast universe, under the vast starry sky, taiyi realm stands proudly.


    not far above the taiyi realm, the fairy gate connecting the gu yue family''s territory was opened again.


    both inside and outside the immortal sect are very busy, with many monks and large ships coming and going.


    the destination of these monks and ships coming out of the immortal sect is the taiyi realm.


    entering the immortal sect, in addition to the fleet transporting trading supplies from the taiyi realm, there are also some monks who take the opportunity to visit the gu yue family''s territory, or go to other places in the lingkong immortal realm through the gu yue family''s territory.

 Chapter 3555

    a layer of light mist filled the edge of the world, making the entire world look like a fairyland on earth.


    this layer of fog is not only beautiful to look at, it is also part of taiyi realm''s defense system.


    after wen qiansuan was promoted to heavenly immortal, his formation cultivation also improved accordingly.


    he re-read the formation classics left by taiyi golden immortal, gained more, and understood many things that he had never understood before.


    with meng zhang''s help, he adjusted the defense system of taiyi realm, especially the various large and small magic formations.


    taiyi realm not only has a greatly increased defense, but also has some new abilities.


    this layer of fog is one of the gains from this adjustment.


    this layer of mist can effectively block prying eyes from the outside world and hide various situations within the taiyi realm.


    during battle, this layer of mist also has the effect of confusing the enemy.


    now, those monks and ships that enter the taiyi realm need to obtain the consent of the taiyi realm''s defensive monks before they can safely enter the taiyi realm under their guidance.


    if an outsider breaks in without permission, it will trigger the defense system of taiyi realm.


    if you don''t have enough cultivation, you won''t even be able to break out of this layer of fog, and you will be trapped in it forever.


    inside the big world, especially the place where the grand ceremony is held, the aura is as strong as if it were real.


    many old friends in the taiyi world, including the gu yue family, luo yu sect, yu zhen sect and other sects, all sent envoys to attend this ceremony.


    as for other large and small cultivating forces, the number of envoys they sent was even greater.


    of course, not all of these foreign guests participating in the ceremony are well-intentioned.


    there are many people who are ready to take the opportunity to spy on the reality of taiyi realm and the endless alliance.


    the taiyi community had already anticipated this and had plans to deal with it.


    if you dare to put things on the surface, you are not afraid of others seeing it, or in other words, you are deliberately showing it to others.


    as for the secrets that you don''t want others to see, it is difficult for outsiders to discover them through ordinary means.


    as the lord of taiyi realm, meng zhang has complete control over this world.


    taiyi realm''s own system also has strong defensive power, which can block many prying eyes.


    as a host, you still have to do enough on the surface to avoid making the scene too ugly.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm showed some strength at the right time, which frightened many people with evil intentions and prevented them from further prying.


    as for those who are really unwilling to give up and insist on sneaking into the forbidden areas of taiyi realm, the senior officials of taiyi realm will not show mercy.


    during the days when the grand ceremony was held, taiyi realm was temporarily opened to the outside world, welcoming waves of visitors.


    after some visitors entered the taiyi realm, they looked for opportunities to escape from the sight of the taiyi realm monks and tried to sneak into the taiyi realm for investigation.


    taiyi realm has a strict system, and gods are stationed in many places. in addition, taiyi realm monks have deliberately strengthened inspections in recent times.


    these guys who tried to sneak into taiyi realm for investigation were basically caught.


    depending on the force to which he belongs, the size of the crime he committed, etc., the senior officials of taiyi realm punished him with varying degrees of severity.


    those guys with obvious malicious intentions have completely disappeared from people''s eyes.


    the monks of taiyi realm have a lot of means to deal with them.


    some foreign guests disappeared after entering taiyi realm, and there were even immortals among them.


    because the top management of taiyi realm dealt with it well, it did not cause any disturbance, nor did it affect the ceremony.


    for those forces that sent practitioners to conduct investigations, their own faults came first. before they could overcome the strength of taiyi realm, they had to suffer this dumb loss.


    through such a grand celebration, meng zhang announced the establishment of the endless alliance to the entire void.


    during the celebration, immortal lord meng zhang personally performed the magic for everyone.


    with just a few movements of his hands, he shook the surrounding void and caused various strange phenomena.


    the starlight shining from a very far distance, under his power, turned into countless stars, which gathered in the sky of taiyi realm according to certain rules.


    under meng zhang''s control, the laws of heaven and earth in the void near taiyi realm also began to change.


    generally speaking, if you are good enough, long rivers, forests, and grasslands will appear in the empty void...


    a long mountain range rises over the taiyi realm. each hilltop in the mountain range is filled with spiritual energy and celestial music, as if it is a fairyland on earth.


    these are not illusions, they are real.


    void creation is a magical power that at least an immortal lord can possess, and it has almost become a symbol of a powerful immortal lord.


    meng zhang has been promoted to immortal lord for some years. during this period, he also experienced a life-and-death battle with demon lord natuoya, and was well tempered.


    he had just mastered this great magical power not long ago.


    he performed it personally during the ceremony to demonstrate his strength, give confidence to his allies, and deter those with evil intentions.


    meng zhang''s previous battle to slay the demon lord naduya, outsiders did not see the process, but only heard about the result.


    this battle also involves the veteran powerhouse jue chen xianzun.


    many people have doubts about how much role meng zhang played in the war.


    now, meng zhang has shown the great magical power of void creation, which is enough to illustrate his strength.


    many cultivators who did not believe in evil even flew directly to meng zhang''s creation to carefully check its authenticity.


    even with the eyesight of these immortals, they can''t find any flaws and can only admit that these are real.


    of course, if these are not true and are just illusions performed by meng zhang, it can only show how powerful meng zhang is.


    you know, in order to achieve this level of deceiving the real, even the qianyuan golden immortal, who is famous for his illusions, is not that easy to do all this when he is at the level of the immortal.


    after everyone had seen it, meng zhang had a thought in his mind, and everything he created in the void quickly collapsed and was destroyed, and then completely turned into nothing.


    looking at the expressions of everyone present and feeling their mood, meng zhang smiled with satisfaction.


    his performance this time basically achieved his goal.


    after meng zhang''s performance, it was time for the immortals in the alliance to communicate with the guests.


    the endless alliance has many members and talents...


    although sects such as lingmu alliance, lihuo palace, and tianxing sect are not ranked high in the void, their foundations are not bad, and they all have some praiseworthy qualities.


    there is no problem with the immortals in his sect being brought out to support the scene.


    as for the performance of the taiyi realm immortal, he is completely worthy of being an immortal lord-level cultivation force.

 Chapter 3556

    according to the general rules in the void, a strong person at the golden immortal level would not directly participate in various battles easily.


    even if they take action, they will usually target strong people of the same level, and they will not bully the small ones.


    especially among the different golden immortal forces, their respective golden immortals basically abide by the rules.


    this is not due to the noble character of the golden immortals, but the result of strong men of the same level restraining each other.


    if the powerful men at the level of golden immortal take action without restraint, the entire void realm will quickly collapse and be completely destroyed. this is something no one wants to see.


    therefore, a strong person at the level of immortal lord is the strongest person who appears in various battles in the void.


    a strong person at the level of immortal lord therefore has a special status.


    the appearance of every powerful immortal master, especially if this powerful immortal master is also the leader of a cultivation force, will have a more or less certain impact on the situation in the entire void.


    meng zhang formed the endless alliance, which may not necessarily be taken seriously by the golden immortal sects, but other cultivation forces at the immortal lord level or below have to pay attention to it.


    therefore, among the visitors this time, there were complex elements, including many informants sent by immortal-level cultivating forces.


    some veteran immortal-level cultivating forces, unable to lose face and come forward in person, will also send spies to investigate in the taiyi realm under the guise of other cultivating forces.


    behind the seemingly lively ceremony, there are many secret struggles hidden behind the scenes.


    fortunately, although there were many enemies in taiyi realm, after meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, there were only a few who dared to continue to be enemies with him.


    moreover, many enemies in the taiyi world were eliminated by it during its rise and became its stepping stones.


    just like the wild hunting thieves group that was recently wiped out.


    after all, it is a powerful force with a long history and a reputation in the void, but it still cannot resist the taiyi realm.


    god ganda had a bad reputation and had many enemies because he had changed his family relationship. therefore, even though he was the leader of the wild hunting star thief group, he always hid behind the scenes and rarely came forward on his own initiative.


    of course, many cultivating forces in the void know that the wild hunting star thieves have powerful men at the level of immortals.


    as for the existence of ganda god, it is not a big secret among the circles of immortal level experts.


    the reason why meng zhang only learned about this from the juechen immortal lord later was because, as a new immortal lord, he had not yet had time to join this circle.


    he fully proved himself this time by wiping out the wild hunting star thieves.


    many powerful men at the immortal level recognized his strength and accepted him into the circle.


    in the void, the number of immortal-level experts is limited.


    although everyone may have different positions and it is difficult to distinguish between friends and foes, for some needs, everyone still exchanges information and even conducts transactions.


    there are some different circles among the powerful people at the immortal level.


    roughly speaking, they are distinguished according to their origin, power, practice system, etc.


    meng zhang was born in the junchen realm under the command of the lingkong immortal realm. logically speaking, he should belong to the circle of immortals in the lingkong immortal realm.


    however, he had offended big forces like guantian pavilion in the lingkong immortal world, betrayed golden immortal sects like the wuliang tian sect, and was hunted down by official forces in the lingkong immortal world.


    although the pursuit of him by the lingkong immortal realm was in name only due to the qianyuan golden immortal, most of the immortals in the lingkong immortal realm still had scruples and had no contact with him for the time being.


    of course, not all immortals stayed away from meng zhang.


    although the immortal lord of the gu yue family has been in seclusion all year round, gu yue lingbo, the patriarch of the gu yue family, personally visited the taiyi realm, bringing with him the friendship of the family and the goodwill of the immortal lord in the clan.


    juechen xianzun also got close to meng zhang because he wanted to have a good relationship with qianyuan jinxian.


    through his connections, meng zhang got in touch with some immortals from the lingkong immortal world who were from casual cultivators.


    in addition, both yuzhen sect and luoyu sect sent immortals to participate in the ceremony, and they had close communication with meng zhang and established a personal friendship.


    some powerful men at the level of immortals in the void also sent envoys to participate in the ceremony and expressed their minimum respect to meng zhang.


    ¡­


    this lively celebration lasted for three years.


    the first guests to come have already left, and guests are coming one after another.


    the thoughts of many visitors are actually not that complicated. they just want to see the demeanor of meng zhang, the newly promoted immortal lord, and it is best to form a good relationship with him.


    during this period of time, taiyi realm has stayed in this area and has not moved around.


    the fairy gate connecting the taiyi realm and the gu yue family''s territory has always been open.


    luoyu sect and yuzhen sect also attach great importance to their relationship with taiyi realm.


    both sects each presented immortal gates to taiyi realm.


    after the immortal gate is opened, it can connect the taiyi realm and the territories of these two families.


    now, taiyi realm has more choices. in addition to the gu yue family territory, there are other effective channels to communicate with the outside world.


    it is a pity that there are still no extra immortal gates in taiyi realm to connect to other places.


    what the top leaders of the taiyi world need most now is more immortal gates to connect alliance members with the taiyi world.


    even if it cannot connect most members of the alliance, it must at least connect the core sects of the alliance such as lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect.


    the top executives of taiyi realm can only continue to purchase more immortal gates through various channels.


    as the ceremony came to an end, there were no new visitors, and many visitors had begun to leave one after another.


    although taiyi realm currently has no way to connect the territories of the members of the endless alliance, through the efforts of meng zhang and taimiao, they have optimized the original long-distance communication technique and taught it to all members of the alliance for free.


    some members of the alliance are weak, and the immortals they possess are not very powerful. taiyi realm has specially refined special immortal weapons and magic circles for long-distance communication and given them to them.


    from then on, taiyi world can keep in touch with the members of the endless alliance at any time, and everyone can exchange news frequently.


    one of taiyi world''s major goals in forming this alliance was barely achieved.


    in fact, this messaging network alone is of great value.


    moreover, as long as it is not in a very special state, taiyi realm can issue orders to members of the alliance through this network.


    for a large power with a vast territory, the main factor restricting the scope of its rule is communication and transportation.


    taiyi realm has now solved the communication problem and is acquiring more immortal gates to solve the traffic problem.


    during the celebration, the top leaders of the taiyi world have been busy, developing what was originally a loose and temporary alliance in name only into a permanent and closely connected alliance.


    at the end of the celebration, their actions began to bear fruit and a lot of basic work had been completed.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3557

    with the end of the ceremony and all the visitors leaving one after another, it was time for the taiyi world to hit the road again.


    logically speaking, taiyi realm, as the headquarters of the endless alliance, is best fixed in one place.


    however, after discussion with the senior officials of taiyi realm, they still felt that it was better not to change the tradition, but to let taiyi realm continue to wander in the void.


    since taiyi realm embarked on the road of venturing into the void and supporting war with war, most of the monks have gained many benefits. everyone has accepted this approach and even turned it into the tradition and practice of taiyi realm. custom.


    naturally, meng zhang strongly supported the ideas of these high-level officials.


    his purpose in establishing the endless alliance was to use it for taiyi realm, not to let taiyi realm be dragged down by it.


    at this time, in taiyi realm, there is no need to escape from the enemy by escaping in the void.


    but judging from the development of taiyi realm, it is obviously better to continue to wander in the void.


    there is still a lot of debate among the top leaders of taiyi realm about the next move route of taiyi realm.


    although taiyi realm has been wandering in the void for many years and has reached many places, compared to the vastness of the void, these places are not even a drop in the bucket.


    there are still a lot of places in the void waiting for taiyi realm to explore and discover.


    as for where taiyi realm will go next, even meng zhang has not made a decision yet.


    after these years of experience in the void, the senior leaders of taiyi realm are no longer the bumpkin they used to be.


    they have read the classics in the sect that introduce various situations in the void, and combined with their own experiences and the latest information they have obtained, they have some opinions of their own.


    some high-level officials hope that the taiyi realm will sail to those resource-rich places in the void to mine or even seize more resources.


    but most of these places in the void already have owners.


    and the forces that can occupy such places for a long time are definitely not weak.


    if taiyi realm wanted to get involved in such a place, it would inevitably be involved in cruel battles.


    many militant high-level officials in the taiyi world are eager for this kind of situation.


    especially after meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, they became more ambitious and aggressive.


    some other high-level officials are not afraid of war, but feel that there is no need to randomly trigger wars over resources and make more enemies.


    there are still many enemies in taiyi realm, and these enemies have been eyeing taiyi realm covetously.


    as a righteous sect, taiyi realm should also have a certain style, at least on the surface, not to take advantage of others at will.


    there are many unknown areas in the void, waiting for practitioners to explore and develop them.


    in fact, a common method used by various cultivating forces to expand their sphere of influence is to march into unknown areas.


    these senior officials felt that taiyi realm should also go to these unknown areas.


    exploring and developing unknown areas carries huge risks, and you have to face many unknown enemies, but once something is discovered, the rewards are equally huge.


    moreover, exploring and developing unknown areas is actually opening up a new living space for practitioners. before achieving great results, it will generally not attract too much opposition and hostility from other cultivating forces.


    the taiyi world rose too fast and had an unstable foundation. it climbed on the bones of its enemies along the way.


    while creating a great reputation, it also attracted fear and even hostility from many people.


    going to the unknown area in taiyi realm can greatly alleviate this situation.


    the opinions of the senior leaders of taiyi realm are generally divided into these two types.


    broken down specifically, the differences are even greater.


    there are many differences among the senior officials who hope that taiyi realm will compete with other cultivation forces for resources as to the choice of target.


    those senior officials who want taiyi realm to explore unknown areas are also arguing over where to start.


    for a while, there was a lot of hype among the top executives of the taiyi world.


    since meng zhang never expressed his support for either side, the quarrel became more and more intense, and it almost turned into a full-on martial arts show.


    meng zhang was weighing the pros and cons and making difficult choices based on various intelligence, when his thinking was suddenly interrupted.


    he secretly left taiyi realm and flew to a hidden place in the nearby void.


    after the ceremony, most of the guests had left.


    as for those monks who do not want to leave taiyi realm and want to settle in taiyi realm, they will no longer wander around in the void.


    the massive void battleships that had gathered nearby in order to attack the wild hunting star thief group had basically left here long ago and returned to their respective mountain gates.


    only the three immortal gates above taiyi realm are still open, and practitioners and ships are coming in and out at any time.


    other places nearby have long since returned to their original deserted state.


    meng zhang looked around, and there was nothing unusual in the deserted void.


    after he stood up, he saluted in front of him and said, "greetings, senior."


    a ray of light and shadow was projected in front of him and quickly condensed into a human form.


    this is an incarnation of the qianyuan golden immortal.


    he seemed very anxious, and instead of slowly chatting with meng zhang, he got straight to the point.


    it turned out that after meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, taiyi golden immortal felt something.


    originally, his distraction should come to taiyi realm as soon as possible and have an in-depth communication with meng zhang.


    in addition to teaching them more classics, they also need to guide them in further practice.


    if he does this, meng zhang''s practice in the immortal realm can become smoother.


    unfortunately, his distraction has long been exposed to the eyes of his enemies, and his various methods of concealment and confusion have also been seen through.


    if it comes to taiyi realm at this time, it will only bring disaster.


    he originally planned to ask daolian jinxian for help to transfer various classics to meng zhang.


    however, daolian jinxian, as his old friend, is also closely watched by his enemies and cannot escape for the time being.


    considering that meng zhang had been promoted to immortal lord for a long time, in order to avoid delaying meng zhang''s next step of practice, they had to trouble qianyuan golden immortal.


    last time in guixu, daolian golden immortal rescued qianyuan golden immortal who was besieged by the buddhas.


    the two formed a good friendship, and qianyuan jinxian also owed daolian jinxian a big favor.


    qianyuan jinxian was optimistic about meng zhang and was willing to help him.


    however, qianyuan golden immortal was also targeted when he came into contact with daolian golden immortal.


    fortunately, the other party was not willing to offend qianyuan golden immortal easily, so he did not push too hard.


    the true form of qianyuan golden immortal kept leading the other party in circles, and kept confusing the other party.


    his clone seized the time and came to taiyi realm.


    since the opponent might discover his little moves at any time, qianyuan jinxian''s clone did not dare to delay at all and completed the communication with meng zhang as quickly as possible.


    he told meng zhang the whole story and handed over the classics given by taiyi golden immortal.


    for taiyi golden immortal, these are almost the last books given to him.


    except for a few areas related to the secrets of his own practice, he had almost no reservations about meng zhang in this regard.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3558

    after accepting these classics given by taiyi golden immortal, meng zhang can be said to have obtained almost all the true inheritance of taiyi golden immortal, and he can be regarded as an out-and-out successor to his mantle.


    of course, this also means that he will take over various causes and effects from taiyi golden immortal in the future.


    meng zhang felt his scalp numb when he thought of the many golden immortals who were enemies of taiyi golden immortal.


    in addition to asking qianyuan golden immortal to deliver these classics to meng zhang, taiyi golden immortal also told some very important things.


    qianyuan golden immortal, as one of the top secret masters in the void, has long blocked the information about this clone, and is not afraid of the secret deductions of other golden immortals for the time being.


    moreover, he had cast a spell last time to block all kinds of secret trajectories related to meng zhang.


    meng zhang himself is a powerful tianji immortal master, and now he has been promoted to immortal lord. he can cooperate well with the shielding method left on him by qianyuan golden immortal.


    therefore, the avatar of qianyuan golden immortal told meng zhang the information about many golden immortal-level powerhouses in the void.


    among them, there is some information about the enemies of taiyi golden immortal.


    as long as meng zhang is not thinking about these guys all the time, it will be difficult for them to sense meng zhang''s existence.


    of course, these guys don''t know the existence of meng zhang, but they know that taiyi golden immortal''s distracted movements in the void left many descendants.


    they will try to find these descendants and eliminate them one by one.


    in order to avoid missing anything and catch all the descendants of taiyi golden immortal, they used many methods.


    no matter how taiyi golden immortal tried to hide it, there was a causal connection between him and his descendants, and their luck was also intertwined.


    it is from these places that they start.


    they first traced the people related to taiyi jinxian through the line of cause and effect.


    as a veteran golden immortal, taiyi golden immortal has a wide network of friends and has certain relationships with many powerful people of the same level.


    their initial pursuit was not very smooth.


    if you accidentally offend other powerful people at the golden immortal level, you will make enemies for no reason.


    later, they adjusted their goals and conducted a more detailed pursuit, specifically tracking down the inheritors of taiyi golden immortal.


    meng zhang didn''t know the situation of others, but because he received the help of the qianyuan golden immortal, he was blocked from the secrets of heaven, and it was difficult for those golden immortals to track him down.


    however, although the qianyuan golden immortal is powerful, its methods are not perfect.


    especially since the opponent has more than one golden immortal, the qianyuan golden immortal is not willing to face the other party as an enemy.


    although the opponents are not aware of meng zhang''s existence for the time being, they are more or less aware of it.


    so, someone cast a curse on this situation.


    the curse technique is not directly aimed at taiyi golden immortal, and even if it is cast directly on it, it will not have much effect.


    the target of the curse technique is all the monks who have obtained the inheritance of taiyi golden immortal.


    meng zhang was unknowingly succumbed to the vicious curse that followed the line of cause and effect.


    with the protection of the qianyuan golden immortal, he himself has strong luck, but the power of the curse is too scattered...


    a series of factors allowed him to temporarily block the curse spell from a powerful person at the golden immortal level.


    of course, he didn''t escape unscathed.


    unknowingly, his luck became low, which led to the arrival of disaster and the crisis from the demon naduya.


    he relied on his own strength and courage to take the initiative and respond to the crisis, and escaped this crisis.


    curse techniques are generally relatively hidden, and since the other party is a powerful person at the level of a golden immortal, he did not discover the truth either before or after the investigation.


    taiyi jinxian discovered the enemy''s methods, but did not dare to contact meng zhang directly for fear of exposing meng zhang.


    qianyuan golden immortal is indeed one of the top tianji immortal masters in the void. he is an incarnation and has good eyesight.


    he could tell at a glance that meng zhang''s luck was low, and with the message from taiyi golden immortal, he quickly learned about meng zhang''s condition and told him face to face.


    after listening to this incarnation''s words, meng zhang realized where the source of the crisis he encountered some time ago came from.


    he was very depressed, but there was nothing he could do about it.


    he received the inheritance of taiyi golden immortal and enjoyed many benefits. naturally, he had to pay the corresponding price and bear the corresponding consequences.


    meng zhang knew in his heart that he could still hide and avoid now, but sooner or later, he would be unable to escape and had to face these enemies of taiyi golden immortal.


    he could only hope that day would come later so that he could have enough time to grow.


    he had been promoted to immortal lord before and was able to intimidate everyone around him, so he inevitably felt a bit complacent in his heart.


    now when he thinks about the enemies he will face in the future, his sense of complacency immediately disappears without a trace.


    in the battle between the powerful people of the golden immortal level, a mere immortal lord is probably nothing more than cannon fodder.


    before being discovered by his opponent, he must be promoted to golden immortal in order to have the minimum ability to protect himself.


    the powerful people at the golden immortal level in the void pay more attention to cause and effect than ordinary practitioners.


    the so-called buddha focuses on causes, and all living beings focus on effects.


    the entanglements between the taiyi golden immortal and its enemies are very unwilling to be touched by those unrelated golden immortals and buddhas.


    qianyuan jinxian had to get involved because of the relationship between meng zhang and daolian jinxian.


    he never wanted to get too involved.


    but judging from the results, he just couldn''t do it.


    cause and effect, cause and effect, even a golden immortal like him who is intelligent and proficient in the secrets of heaven cannot avoid it.


    qianyuan jinxian had to stand by meng zhang''s side now. as for what would happen in the future, even he couldn''t tell.


    in addition to helping taiyi golden immortal run errands this time, this incarnation also brought me instructions to meng zhang.


    due to the influence of the curse cast by the enemy, meng zhang''s luck is constantly being weakened.


    although he relied on the heavenly merit gained from tai miao''s elimination of the projection of the jiuyuan demon realm to temporarily prevent his luck from continuing to decline, this was not a long-term solution.


    no matter how much heavenly merit you have, you can''t withstand such consumption of only getting out but not getting in.


    to counter the curse technique of a strong person at the golden immortal level, generally speaking, a strong person of the same level is required to take action.


    even the qianyuan golden immortal is not willing to directly engage in a head-on battle with those golden immortals.


    he has helped meng zhang so much, and the entanglement between cause and effect is very deep, so he cannot just ignore it.


    otherwise, all the good ties and investments made before will be in vain.


    he thought for a long time before he came up with a solution for meng zhang.


    since the enemy was keeping a close eye on them and the time left for them was limited, the incarnation of qianyuan jinxian left in a hurry after explaining the business.


    meng zhang looked at the other party''s disappearing figure and stood there for a long time, falling into deep thought.


    he had already anticipated his situation.


    from the day he became the inheritor of taiyi golden immortal, he knew that these things were simply unavoidable.


    he just didn''t expect that the trouble from the hostile golden immortal would come so quickly and be so difficult to solve. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3559

    judging from the enemy''s posture, they must kill taiyi golden immortal completely.


    although they were unable to completely kill taiyi golden immortal for the time being, they could only suppress it. , but they have never given up on finding a complete solution to taiyi golden immortal.


    in order to prevent accidents from happening, they want to eliminate all the inheritors of taiyi golden immortal.


    with their methods, it was only a matter of time before they found meng zhang.


    unless meng zhang betrays taiyi golden immortal, he will definitely become a life-or-death enemy with them.


    as for the option of betrayal, meng zhang did consider it, but quickly put it away from his mind.


    although cultivators are only interested in profit and have no moral bottom line, they will do almost anything to survive.


    but meng zhang still has his own bottom line.


    he really couldn''t do such a thing as deceiving his master and destroying his ancestors.


    moreover, he knew in his heart that he was standing with taiyi golden immortal, and at least he had two comrades-in-arms, taiyi golden immortal and daolian golden immortal.


    if he betrays taiyi golden immortal, it will be equivalent to completely handing himself into the hands of the enemy.


    as for how the enemy will deal with him then, it all depends on the enemy''s mood. he has no room for resistance at all.


    when he thought of this, he once again strengthened his will and determined to fight the enemy to the end.


    he thought carefully about the idea qianyuan jinxian gave him.


    previously, the incarnation of qianyuan golden immortal asked him to take taiyi realm to the unknown area outside the void, and pointed out a general direction for him.


    speaking of which, we have to mention the origin of the void world.


    countless thousands of years ago, there was only one world in this universe, and that was the legendary prehistoric world.


    for unknown reasons, a big explosion occurred in the ancient world, breaking into countless fragments.


    the big explosion caused the creation of the void. some of these fragments turned into stars, and some turned into various worlds in the void...


    so far, the void is still expanding, and more worlds are being formed.


    although the void seems vast and boundless, it still has limits.


    outside the void, there are still large areas of unknown areas.


    the situation in these unknown areas is extremely complicated and dangerous. in some places, even the laws of heaven and earth are different from those in the void.


    previously, some high-level proposals from the taiyi realm were only to enter undeveloped unknown areas within the void.


    for most of the cultivating forces in the void, doing so is already very dangerous.


    but compared to entering the unknown area outside the void, doing so is nothing.


    after all, the unknown area within the void at least has a certain order, and the laws of heaven and earth are relatively normal.


    the unknown area outside the void and the inside of the void are completely two different worlds.


    the reason why qianyuan jinxian made such a suggestion to meng zhang was because of his own considerations.


    in the unknown areas outside the void, it is rare to encounter practitioners from all walks of life.


    there is little involvement between outside the void and within the void, and the causal relationship is not deep.


    even the power of a powerful person at the golden immortal level cannot penetrate directly into the void.


    if meng zhang enters such an area, he can use the environment to further block the detection from the golden immortal and extend the time for being discovered by the hostile golden immortal.


    the curse power from the hostile golden immortal will also be greatly weakened in the special environment outside the void.


    in addition, being in such a crisis-ridden environment also helps his practice.


    meng zhang is no longer the novice who first entered the void. after wandering in the void for so many years, he also has his own news channels.


    he is not ignorant of the situation outside the void.


    generally speaking, ordinary immortals do not dare to explore outside the void at will.


    the chaos and disorder outside the void greatly suppresses practitioners of various cultivation systems, and the power of various magical powers will be greatly restricted.


    even those who are powerful at the level of immortals are in danger of falling once they enter it.


    as an immortal, meng zhang would be in controllable danger if he entered alone, as long as he was not too unlucky.


    but he was not alone, but acted together with taiyijie.


    this is not because he really can''t let go of taiyi realm.


    he is not a nanny and cannot protect taiyi realm forever.


    with the current strength that ether yi realm possesses, even without meng zhangzhi''s help, it can still make its way through the void.


    the reason why he must take taiyijie to act together is because the causal entanglement between him and taiyijie is too deep.


    after those hostile golden immortals used various means to deduce meng zhang but failed, they were very likely to discover the existence of taiyi realm based on the causal relationship.


    if meng zhang stays in taiyi realm, he can actively and passively help taiyi realm avoid these calculations.


    the shielding technique that qianyuan golden immortal cast on him not only protected him, but also protected his place of origin.


    if he leaves taiyi realm for a long time, the power to protect and shield taiyi realm will become weaker.


    the power level of the ether realm itself is simply not enough to avoid these calculations.


    if taiyi realm is exposed to the eyes of the enemy, then meng zhang will also be exposed.


    therefore, even if he knew that the dangers would increase his burden and even harm himself, he had to take the taiyi realm into the unknown area outside the void.


    after repeated weighing, meng zhang found that qianyuan jinxian''s proposal was really the only way to temporarily solve the problem he was facing.


    this matter related to taiyi golden immortal and his enemies. in order to keep it strictly confidential, meng zhang could not discuss it with the senior officials of taiyi world and could only make decisions by himself.


    until there was no better way, he could only act according to qianyuan jinxian''s suggestion.


    of course, he didn''t have to rush.


    taiyi golden immortal is not the kind of person to be manipulated by others, and qianyuan golden immortal is also very clever in his methods.


    meng zhang still had a lot of time available before the enemy tracked him down.


    entering the unknown area outside the void is a big challenge for him and taiyi realm. he needs to make various preparations in advance.


    after entering the void, communication with the area inside the void will be greatly affected.


    under extreme circumstances, taiyi realm will completely lose contact with the outside world.


    therefore, before setting off, meng zhang and the senior officials of taiyi realm still have a lot to do.


    the endless alliance has just been established. the next step should be to strengthen the control of the alliance and strengthen the power of the alliance. the taiyi world really should not leave too far and cut off contact with the alliance.


    if taiyi realm stays outside the void for a long time, the alliance''s already weak cohesion will weaken.


    if there is no leadership or even response from the taiyi world, the entire alliance is in danger of disintegrating.


    this alliance is of great importance and is related to some of meng zhang''s future plans. of course, he must preserve it as much as possible.


    for this reason, in the absence of taiyijie, how to control this alliance and ensure its cohesion is a problem that meng zhang needs to solve. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3560

    meng zhang himself is not the kind of resourceful person. this kind of problem related to power and requires machiavellian methods cannot be solved by him alone.


    all he could do was seek advice from the senior officials of the taiyi world and seek their help.


    meng zhang quickly returned to taiyi realm, and then summoned the senior officials of taiyi realm to discuss matters.


    when the meeting began, he explained straight to the point that the next goal of taiyi realm was to enter the unknown area outside the void.


    as soon as he finished speaking, many people had expressions of disbelief on their faces, and some even wondered if they heard him correctly.


    the current situation in the ether world makes it really unnecessary to enter such a dangerous area.


    there is a vast world in the void. isn¡¯t it enough for the taiyi realm?


    after a brief silence, there was a buzzing sound.


    everyone basically expressed opposition, and almost no one agreed with meng zhang''s words.


    those who are more cautious will also ask meng zhang why he did this.


    meng zhang couldn''t explain, so he had to use his prestige and strength to forcefully convince everyone.


    anyway, in one sentence, whether everyone understands it or not, agrees or disagrees, taiyi realm¡¯s next action has been decided and will never change.


    meng zhang has supreme prestige in the taiyi world, and his strength is enough to crush everyone.


    despite his usually amiable and easy-to-talk demeanor, he is also willing to delegate power and boldly allow everyone to handle various affairs in the taiyi world.


    but once he makes up his mind about something, no one dares to speak out publicly.


    because he is always right, it is difficult for others to openly question his decisions.


    seeing meng zhang''s unwillingness to say more and his determination, the voices in the audience slowly began to grow quieter.


    meng zhang knew that everyone was forcibly subdued by him.


    he knew even more clearly that doing so was not a good thing and would have many side effects.


    once he fails and his aura of invincibility is broken, there will definitely be a backlash.


    at that time, his authority will inevitably be shaken, and the people below will have various doubts about him.


    even now, no matter what everyone says, their hearts are probably full of questions and dissatisfaction.


    meng zhang had long realized that although he and taiyijie were so majestic and prosperous now, they were actually in dire straits.


    once the enemies of taiyi golden immortal discover their existence, disaster awaits them.


    thinking of this, meng zhang once again strengthened his determination to enter the unknown area outside the void.


    only when you get there can you effectively avoid the detection of the hostile golden immortal.


    now that meng zhang is determined, it is inevitable that the taiyi realm will enter the unknown area outside the void.


    the top management of taiyi realm must fulfill their responsibilities and work hard to cooperate with meng zhang''s actions to minimize the negative impact and not affect the interests of taiyi realm as much as possible.


    as a result, everyone quickly started a heated discussion.


    meng zhang was actually worried about another thing.


    as far as he knows, once the taiyi realm enters the unknown area outside the void, its connection with the underworld will also be disturbed.


    now, tai miao is busy in the underworld, striving to incorporate the ruins of the city into his own territory and preparing to seize control of the reincarnation pool in the future.


    if he loses contact with taiyi world at this time, it will definitely interfere with his next move.


    the best way to solve this problem is to let tai miao advance to the late stage of deity as soon as possible.


    by then, even without the help from meng zhang, he would be able to take charge of the battle for the samsara pool on his own.


    but it was difficult for meng zhang to decide when tai miao would be promoted.


    even though the cultivation in the middle stage of taimiao deity has been completed, there is only one step away from entering the late stage of deity.


    but just this one step difference may be passed in the next moment, or it may block taimiao for decades or even hundreds of years.


    meng zhang was helpless about this.


    even, because he was worried about affecting taimiao''s practice and breakthrough, he couldn''t urge the other party.


    with this calculation in his mind, meng zhang felt that what he had thought before was a bit simple.


    he still has a lot of things to solve, and in a short period of time, he cannot rush to the unknown area outside the void.


    after some discussions with the senior officials of taiyi realm, there was no good solution.


    they proposed that before taiyi realm goes to the unknown area outside the void, it should try its best to establish its authority and give all members of the alliance enough shock to ensure that no one will have any dissent in a short time.


    taiyi realm is an unknown area outside the void. it is best not to delay for too long and try to get things done as soon as possible.


    the whole taiyi world has become accustomed to meng zhang''s leadership.


    at first, they felt incomprehensible and confused about meng zhang''s decision, but after thinking about it, they realized that meng zhang was not the kind of person who did anything wrong.


    over the years, meng zhang has led them to victory after victory, which is enough to prove his foresight.


    meng zhang''s current decision may seem abrupt and unreasonable, but there must be a profound meaning in it.


    as an immortal, his cultivation and eyesight are far above everyone else, so he may have seen something that no one else has seen.


    ¡­


    many people hold this idea and seem to begin to understand meng zhang.


    meng zhang himself never thought that because of his long-standing prestige, everyone would have such thoughts.


    of course, even with the full support of taiyi''s senior leaders, many problems are difficult to solve.


    soon after, the three fairy gates above taiyi realm closed up, and the whole world began to leave here.


    the area where taiyi realm is currently located can be regarded as a relatively internal area in the void. there is still a long way to go before we can reach the unknown areas beyond the void. there are many problems that need to be solved slowly on the way.


    meng zhang accepted the suggestion from the top management of taiyi realm and decided to establish his authority, show the strength of taiyi realm and give more shock to the members of the alliance.


    as for the goal of establishing his prestige, he needs to choose carefully.


    there are many enemies in the taiyi world, but many of them have been dealt with.


    especially after the wild hunting star thieves were eliminated, there were fewer forces that dared to proactively provoke taiyi realm.


    those enemies should now worry about being approached by taiyi realm.


    previously, meng zhang''s luck was low due to the curse of taiyi jinxian''s enemy.


    when luck is low, disaster will come.


    being confused by the tribulation energy, one often makes irrational decisions.


    after meng zhang discovered this problem, he immediately woke up and paid special attention to keeping himself awake.


    coupled with the blessings of heaven, the decline in luck was contained, and the calamity that confused his mind began to dissipate.


    in this case, he regained his due rationality and calmness, without any hint of arrogance.


    previous victories have not gone to his head, and he will not blindly choose targets that are difficult to provoke.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3561

    meng zhang seriously considered that he had provoked the cultivating forces in the taiyi world.


    wuliangtian sect abandoned taiyi realm, but the opponent was jinxian sect. now taiyi realm only dared to walk around far away, but did not have the courage to provoke the opponent.


    guantian pavilion participated in the pursuit of taiyi realm and is still hostile to taiyi realm to this day.


    there are many immortals in the guangde tian pavilion who are so powerful that it is difficult for taiyi realm to fight against them.


    what''s more, guantian pavilion is a cultivation sect under lingkong immortal realm. taking the initiative to attack guantian pavilion is provoking lingkong immortal realm.


    the lingkong immortal realm is one of the most powerful forces in the entire void, and can be called one of the leaders of the immortal way.


    even if meng zhang is promoted to golden immortal, he may not dare to take the initiative to make an enemy of the lingkong immortal realm, which has many golden immortals.


    the fahua sect had a lot of grievances with the taiyi realm back then, but it had the support of the true buddha sect behind it.


    the true buddha sect is a powerful sect with the buddha as its leader, and the taiyi realm does not dare to provoke it.


    the yunmen sect has a deep grudge with the jingang temple and the taiyi realm. the last time meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, these two sects even sent people to block his way.


    the hatred for blocking the road is irreconcilable, and meng zhang has every reason to take revenge on these two sects.


    however, these two sects have a long history and have more than one great bodhisattva.


    moreover, after namu sun moonlight buddha failed to ambush the qianyuan golden immortal, the relationship between the buddhist and taoist families was very tense.


    if taiyi realm takes the initiative to attack these two sects at this time, it might trigger a war between the buddhist and taoist families.


    as a taoist immortal, meng zhang is not afraid of a battle with buddhism, but it is difficult to fight alone in taiyi realm, so it is best to get help.


    currently, there are three sects that have the closest relationship with taiyi realm and are qualified to participate in this kind of battle.


    the gu yue family has never been known for their fighting prowess, and they have always tried to avoid participating in all kinds of battles.


    facing the strong pressure from the earth mother goddess, the yuzhen sect has always disliked making enemies easily.


    so, meng zhang contacted luo yu sect.


    didn''t luo yu sect always claim to launch a full-scale attack on buddhism in response to namo sun moon light buddha and others provoking trouble?


    now taiyi realm has joined forces with it to attack konggang temple and yunmen sect, which can be regarded as helping it fulfill its promise.


    you should know that luo yu sect has been making big words for a long time, but has not taken any action, which has aroused many people''s doubts.


    if we join forces with taiyi realm to deal with yunmen sect and jingang temple this time, it will be an explanation for all parties.


    to meng zhang''s expectation, when he contacted luo yu sect and explained his thoughts, the other party politely rejected his proposal.


    according to luo yu sect, they had a big plan against buddhism for a long time, but the time had not come yet, so they never launched it.


    meng zhang has been promoted to immortal lord and is qualified to participate in high-level battles.


    when they take action against buddhism, they will still need meng zhang''s help.


    as for the specific details of this big plan, they did not tell meng zhang.


    meng zhang was speechless regarding what luo yu sect said.


    since there is no help from the luoyu sect, it will be difficult for the taiyijie family to deal with the yunmen sect and the king kong temple alone.


    while meng zhang was carefully selecting the target to establish his power, he didn''t know that taiyi realm had already become someone else''s target.


    the outside of the void is vaster than the inside of the void.


    if you want to go to the place where qianyuan jinxian pointed out the taiyi realm, you need to pass through a large area in the void.


    there are many cultivating forces in these areas.


    the attitude of these cultivating forces towards taiyi realm is related to taiyi realm''s next itinerary.


    if it is a taoist cultivation force, and taiyi realm is just passing through its territory, it should generally not cause any conflicts.


    but among these cultivation forces, there are other cultivation systems.


    the taiyi realm has a great reputation and has long been known as warlike. it has conquered and plundered many places.


    if taiyi realm enters its sphere of influence, it will definitely arouse the other party''s vigilance.


    what the senior leaders of taiyi realm can do is try to restrain their monks and avoid meaningless conflicts.


    the taiyi realm has gained a lot from the previous series of actions, especially after the immortal gate was opened and it was possible to trade with the gu yue family and other cultivating forces, the materials were relatively abundant for the time being.


    monks in the taiyi world do not need to explore, search or even seize various resources for the time being.


    in this way, there will be fewer reasons for conflict between taiyi realm and the cultivation forces along the way.


    in the blink of an eye, it has been more than three years since taiyijie embarked on its journey.


    on this day, the high-level officials of the taiyi realm received a communication from the lingju star zone.


    the spirit residence star area is an important gathering place for the spirit race in the void, where many spirit races thrive.


    in order to complete the commission from lord dieyou, meng zhang took taiyi realm to the lingju star area.


    he met the opportunity at the right time and helped the lingju star district deal with the threat of the zerg army.


    it was also during that battle that meng zhang met liang yu tianxian of the infinite heaven sect, and that was the reason why he later made his trip to the hengling star region.


    the senior officials of the lingju star district were extremely grateful to meng zhang. the two forces formed a deep friendship and exchanged contact information.


    after that, the top executives of taiyi realm and lingju star district kept in touch and exchanged feelings from time to time.


    when taiyi realm encountered trouble, some senior officials also thought of asking for help from the lingju star region.


    but after everyone discussed it, they gave up this idea.


    the strength of the spirit race in the lingju star district is limited, and the strongest one is just the senior leadership of the lingju star district. they were invited by the taiyi realm and sent envoys to participate in the celebration ceremony.


    later, at the celebration of the founding of the endless alliance held in taiyi realm, the lingju star region was also not absent.


    many senior leaders in the lingju star district are very envious of the members of the endless alliance who can help each other, and they also want to join the endless alliance.


    it''s just that the spirit clan has always been closed and exclusive, very conservative, and rarely interacts with outside cultivating forces.


    if it weren''t for meng zhang''s kindness to lingju star district, they would not have any contact with taiyi realm at all.


    in the end, the senior leaders of the lingju star district gave up the idea of ??joining the endless alliance.


    of course, the friendship between lingju star zone and taiyi realm has not been affected by this.


    taiyi realm has also been wooing the lingju star district, hoping that they can join the endless alliance.


    this is not only due to the habitual expansion of the endless alliance by the top leaders of the taiyi realm, but also the spirit race in the spirit residence star zone plays a big role.


    for practitioners, the spirit race is almost full of treasures.


    especially for the high-level spiritual tribes, all of them are rare treasures of heaven and earth, which can be widely used in elixir refining and weapon refining...


    in the void, as long as a spiritual tribe''s settlement is exposed, it will often attract many practitioners to rob it on a large scale.


    in addition to looting the wealth held by the eldar, the raiders also target the eldar themselves.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3562

    in the void, capturing and selling spiritual people has become an industrial chain, and many cultivating forces are involved.


    many of those spiritual tribes who were unfortunately caught were in a state of despair that would be worse than death.


    this is also the main reason why the eldar tribe has always been closed and exclusive.


    they have suffered too much harm from the outside world and have to hide and close themselves off.


    even many so-called righteous cultivation forces are not very friendly to the spirit tribe.


    even secretly, they are not less involved in capturing and selling the spiritual race.


    many high-level taoists do not regard this as a big deal.


    in order to protect themselves, the spirit race often needs to hide themselves well and stay away from other practitioners.


    a gathering place for the spiritual race such as the lingju star district can be said to be very hidden and basically unknown to outsiders.


    when meng zhang was still in the junchen realm, it was a very rare situation in the void for the spirit race in the dengtian star region to form an alliance with other races.


    the main reason is that the human cultivators in the dengtian star district are too strong, and other races need to join forces to fight against them.


    most of the spirit races are wary of outsiders.


    it is extremely difficult for practitioners to gain the friendship and recognition of the spirit clan.


    back then, monks from the taiyi realm, including meng zhang, fought life and death in the lingju star area and helped the local spirit race escape from annihilation, and finally won their friendship and recognition.


    taiyi realm''s attitude towards the spirit clan has always been very friendly.


    many practitioners in the void do not regard the spirit race as intelligent beings at all, but only regard them as materials for refining elixirs and refining weapons.


    in the taiyi realm, capturing and killing members of the spirit clan is absolutely not allowed to happen.


    taiyi realm monks have no habit of using members of the spirit clan as materials.


    even if the body of the spirit clan is to be used, it is often after the death of the spirit clan members that their fellow clan members trade their remains to other practitioners in the taiyi realm for their use.


    the body of a dead eldar is naturally not as easy to use as a living eldar, but after everyone got used to it, they completely accepted it.


    in fact, most of the higher-ups in taiyi realm attach more importance to the role of members of the spirit clan in gathering spiritual energy and improving the surrounding environment.


    the high-level officials of the taiyi realm were kind to the spiritual people under the command of the spirit-changing bottle spirit. this was noticed by the high-level officials of the lingju star district, and the relationship between the two parties developed further.


    the relationship between lingju star zone and taiyi realm is already a substantial alliance.


    the biggest regret of the senior officials of taiyi realm is that there is currently no available fairy gate to connect the lingju star area and taiyi realm.


    not only did the lingju star district station envoys in the taiyi realm, some of the lingzu also moved here.


    in the taiyi world, the relationship between practitioners and the spirit tribe is very harmonious. the two sides help and benefit each other, and even form allies.


    while the taiyi realm is traveling, the immortal gate cannot be opened temporarily, but the connection with the outside world is still very smooth.


    the purpose of the senior leaders of the lingju star district contacting the taiyi realm is to ask for help from the taiyi realm.


    not long ago, members of the celestial temple discovered the lingju star district, and a group of celestial gods led their men to invade in large numbers.


    facing a powerful enemy, lingju star zone was obviously unable to withstand it.


    the lingzu in the lingju star zone have almost no communication with the outside world and have few friends. they only have good relations with the taiyi world.


    as a last resort, the senior leaders of the lingju star district had no choice but to ask for help from the taiyi realm.


    after receiving the message asking for help, the senior officials of taiyi realm sighed.


    the spirit race in the lingju star region originally lived in the yunlan star region.


    later, the celestial temple invaded on a large scale, and the spirit race desperately resisted. in the end, they suffered heavy losses and had to flee the yunlan star region.


    the yunlan star district was later renamed the shenen star district by the temple of heaven.


    the spirit race from the yunlan star district finally escaped to the lingju star district to rebuild their homes, thinking they were living a peaceful life.


    unexpectedly, many years later, the temple of heaven would come to visit us again.


    of course, the higher-ups of taiyi realm cannot ignore lingju star district¡¯s request for help.


    this is not only because lingju star district and taiyi realm are substantial allies, but also because taiyi realm and tianshen temple have many entanglements.


    before meng zhang left the dengtian star area, he had formed a serious feud with the hunling god of the tianshen temple.


    fortunately, the hunling lord is not yet a formal member of the heavenly temple, and the heavenly temple does not care about avenging him.


    later, the taiyi realm broke into the shen''en star area, ending the rule of the tianshen temple here and causing huge losses to it.


    taiyi realm got enough loot and evacuated the shen''en star area. they also erased all traces afterwards, leaving the tianshen temple to trace it without success.


    of course, this kind of thing can''t be kept secret forever.


    there are many people in the taiyi world, and many monks participated in that battle.


    taiyi realm later opened to the outside world and had many interactions with the outside world.


    intentionally or unintentionally, or for the purpose of showing off, or for some other purpose, it is inevitable that a monk from taiyi realm will reveal information, revealing that taiyi realm participated in that battle.


    tianshen temple is a famous shinto cultivation force in the void, and its news channels have always been well-connected.


    therefore, if the senior officials of the tianshen temple already know that it was the monks from the taiyi realm who caused the incident in the divine grace sector, then the senior officials of the taiyi realm will definitely not be surprised.


    as for why tianshen temple has not come to taiyi realm in these years, there are many possible reasons.


    no matter what, taiyi realm and tianshen temple are enemies.


    now that the tianshen temple is attacking the lingju star district, it might be a great opportunity for both sides to settle their grudges.


    most of the top officials in the taiyi world are full of confidence in defeating the tianshen temple.


    in the void, from all aspects, the immortal way is far more powerful than the divine way.


    in most cases, immortals have great psychological advantages against all kinds of gods.


    taoist cultivation forces have never been afraid of shinto forces.


    for example, in the yuzhen sect, the strongest members in the sect are just a few immortals, but they dare to go against the earth mother god system, which has the main god.


    of course, this is also because the main god of the earth mother goddess cannot take action easily due to the unspoken rules of the spiritual world, let alone bully the small.


    taiyi realm has been in the void for many years and is almost invincible.


    especially when meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord and formed the endless alliance, it was at the height of his popularity.


    a mere celestial temple really cannot scare the top brass of taiyi realm.


    the senior leaders of taiyi realm quickly reported to meng zhang, and many people even took the initiative to ask for a fight.


    meng zhang was very clear about the thoughts of these people.


    on the one hand, they are highly motivated. on the other hand, there are also some senior officials who hope that taiyi realm and tianshen temple will get into a fight and delay the time of entering the area outside the void.


    after all, it is too dangerous to enter the void, and many people are not willing to take such a big risk.


    staying in the void, even if you are fighting against a powerful enemy like the heavenly temple, the risks are actually controllable.


    of course meng zhang wants to save the lingju star district.


    he and some senior leaders of the taiyi world felt that this was an opportunity to draw the lingju star district into the endless alliance.


    however, he had a vague feeling in his heart that lingju star district''s request for help this time might not be as simple as it seemed on the surface.

 Chapter 3563

    when meng zhang was in the lingju star region, there were only a few of the strongest members of the local lingzu. he became very cautious.


    tianshen temple also has powerful men at the level of immortals, who are definitely not weaklings.


    facing such a powerful enemy, one must be sufficiently cautious, think more about everything, and must not be careless.


    when meng zhang received a request for help from the lingju star zone, firstly, there were more than one powerful person from the late heavenly gods stationed in the heavenly temple, and secondly, he was suffering the curse from the golden immortal.


    even if the main power of the curse is absorbed by the taiyi golden immortal, and all that falls on him is only the residual power, but at this time, if he incurs a backlash from heaven because of his deduction of heavenly secrets, the curse may take the opportunity to show its power.


    since he couldn''t use the heavenly secret technique to deduce, in line with the principle of leniency when predicting the enemy, he assumed that the heavenly temple had an ambush targeting the taiyi realm.


    dao sect immortal lords often have a great advantage against the powerful ones in the later stages of the celestial gods.


    meng zhang is not afraid of the powerful men of the same level in the temple of heaven, nor is he afraid of fighting alone.


    the only way the opponent can threaten him is to besiege him by multiple strong men of the same level.


    although the situation is unclear, the lingju star district cannot be left alone.


    following meng zhang''s order, taiyi realm began to turn around and headed towards the direction of the lingju star area.


    according to the information sent from the lingju star zone, although they were already at a disadvantage and almost unable to withstand it, they could still hold on for a while.


    taiyijie rushed over at full speed, most likely in time to participate in the battle and rescue them.


    because of this information, meng zhang even more suspected that this was an ambush by the tianshen temple.


    he reminded the senior officials of taiyi realm that everyone in taiyi realm must be careful and vigilant.


    he left the taiyi realm alone and secretly rushed to the lingju star area.


    he felt that if he sneaked in secretly alone, he would not alert the celestial temple.


    he needs to figure out all the situations before taiyi realm reaches the lingju star district, so that he can decide whether taiyi realm''s next step is to fight or retreat.


    after meng zhang set out, the senior officials of taiyi realm took action according to his instructions.


    the taiyi realm sent a message to the lingju star district, asking them to resist with all their strength. if they persist a little longer, reinforcements will arrive soon.


    not long ago, because the festive atmosphere brought by the celebration had not dissipated, the whole taiyi world began to prepare nervously for the war.


    the monks from taiyi realm who have experienced hundreds of battles have long been accustomed to this kind of life, and many of them even enjoy it.


    although taiyijie is traveling very fast, it still has reservations.


    if something goes wrong, taiyijie can turn around and run away at any time.


    the rescue of the lingju star zone is very important, but the taiyi realm must not be involved.


    when taiyi realm began to act, relevant information was also transmitted to taimiao in the underworld.


    tai miao can''t care about yang shi''s affairs now, he is busy himself.


    he personally flew into that dangerous area, where he carefully changed the world, drastically changed the terrain, and forcibly opened up a safe road leading to the ruins of the city.


    along this safe road, the army of ghosts, gods and ghosts under his command are advancing rapidly.


    every time it advanced a certain distance, the army built temporary camps there and built various buildings in the camps.


    in addition to the defensive formations outside the camp, the most important building in the camp is the temple dedicated to tai miao.


    although the time is very tight and tai miao is in a hurry, the construction of the temple must not be careless.


    among tai miao''s army, there are many devout believers in him.


    even those guys who don''t believe in him will still maintain a certain respect for him.


    everyone worked together and showed their magical powers, and tall and majestic temples rose from the ground.


    priests transferred from the rear began to settle in one after another.


    due to taimiao''s rapid expansion, a large number of temples were added to the territory in a short period of time, and the number of clergy was very lacking.


    in order to ensure that the ruins of the city were brought under control as soon as possible, taimiao temporarily stopped construction in other directions and focused on opening up the roads here, and all resources were tilted here.


    the construction of temples in other places has been suspended, and the temples on this road should be completed first.


    taimiao has been operating in the underworld of taiyi realm for many years and has accumulated a lot of money.


    although he was not very interested in preaching, his men had worked hard for so long and still accumulated a large number of clergy.


    as clergy transferred from various places continued to settle in, the construction of the temple came to an end.


    the most important part of the temple is the statue of taimiao.


    among the larger temples, more than one statue of taimiao was enshrined, and many of taimiao''s subordinate gods were also enshrined.


    these statues are made of special materials and using special methods.


    during the shaping process, the clergy would pray for the divine power to come down and then guide it into it.


    some particularly important statues of gods may even come in person to bestow divine power.


    creating a large number of statues in a short period of time not only exhausted the clergy, but also consumed a lot of divine power.


    now we are anxious to make the temples function. the internal scale of these temples is actually not large, the layout is relatively simple, and there are few clergy stationed there.


    in line with the principle of simplicity, there were only some brief ceremonies after the temple was completed, and there was no grand ceremony.


    the statue of the god was returned to its place, the temple was officially opened and it soon began to function.


    the power of faith from the surrounding believers gathered in the temple, on the statue of the god...


    with the temple as the center, the radiance of divine power spreads to all sides.


    each temple is a node, forming a belief network belonging to taimiao in the entire area.


    the statues are like tai miao''s eyes, allowing him to easily observe everything around him.


    the temporary camps are hubs, truly integrating the surrounding areas into taimiao''s territory.


    with future development, the scale of these temples will continue to increase, and temporary territories may also become cities.


    ¡­

 Chapter 3564

    the road to the ruins of the city has been completely cleared, and the surrounding area has been completely controlled by taimiao, truly becoming part of its territory.


    the wonderful preliminary plan is almost complete.


    the next step is to enter the ruins of the city.


    after reaching a deal with qianyuan golden immortal in the future, it is best to bring this place under control to facilitate the control of the reincarnation pool in the future.


    how to specifically negotiate with the qianyuan golden immortal naturally requires the intervention of the deity meng zhang.


    tai miao was about to inform meng zhang when she suddenly felt something in her heart.


    he immediately left everything behind, returned to the core of his territory as quickly as possible, and began to retreat.


    just now, he sensed that the opportunity for him to break through to the late stage of deity had arrived.


    the opportunity for breakthrough was fleeting, and he did not dare to delay at all, and wanted to seize it immediately.


    when taimiao began to retreat and break through, meng zhang had already entered the depths of the counterspace.


    cultivators move long distances in the void, often using magical powers such as the great void teleportation.


    all sects and sects have similar teachings on magical powers, but the details are different, and the principles are generally the same.


    when performing the great void shift, the cultivator casts a spell into the counterspace, uses the special connection between the counterspace and the positive space, moves a certain distance in the counterspace, and then jumps back to the positive space.


    the farther you move in the counterspace and the deeper you enter, the further you move when you return to the normal space.


    a cultivator with an average level of cultivation only dares to enter the surface of the counterspace and move a few steps when performing the great void shift.


    after returning to the normal space, the distance they can move is also very limited.


    ordinary immortals can try to go a little deeper into the counterspace and move their homes farther at once.


    with meng zhang''s cultivation level, he had already experienced going deep into the very depths of counterspace.


    he can easily cross the distance of several star regions once he performs the great void teleportation.


    the lingju star area is very far away.


    such an ultra-long-distance journey must pass through a transit deep in counterspace.


    therefore, he directly entered the extremely deep place of counterspace this time.


    as long as you move a certain distance in the correct direction here and return to the normal space, it is equivalent to crossing multiple star regions.


    for meng zhang, who has been in and out of counterspace many times, he has long been accustomed to the special environment here.


    according to the records in the sect''s ancient books, he skillfully bypassed some well-known dangerous places and advanced quickly.


    positioning in counterspace is a very profound science.


    immortals with insufficient cultivation and experience can easily get lost in the counter-space.


    especially when leaving the counterspace and returning to the positive space, a slight mistake can lead to a huge gap across multiple star regions.


    since meng zhang stepped into the void, he has performed the great void shift countless times. entering and exiting the counterspace has become as natural as breathing.


    of course, it is relatively rare to go as deep as this.


    the last time he went deep into the counterspace was when he fought against demon lord naduya.


    at that time, he was so busy using the geographical advantages of counterspace to plot against his opponents that he did not bother to observe and experience the situation in the depths of counterspace.


    although this trip to the lingju star area for rescue was in a hurry, it was not so urgent that we had to race against time.


    traveling in the depths of counterspace is also a kind of practice for those who are at the level of immortals.


    meng zhang carefully understood the unique laws of heaven and earth in the counterspace, and seriously understood the existence of the great avenue of heaven and earth.


    along the way, he was lucky and occasionally found some precious materials.


    counterspace is a huge treasure house, especially in its depths, where there are countless unique resources that are not available in the positive space.


    many large-scale cultivation forces will regularly organize powerful men at the immortal level to explore counterspace and collect various cultivation resources.


    in the counterspace, there are all kinds of strange creatures living.


    these creatures themselves are also a resource of counterspace.


    of course, many powerful creatures will also regard outsiders as prey.


    in addition, there are many intelligent beings living in the counterspace, existing in the form of tribes and other forms, forming forces of varying sizes, and each has a certain territory.


    even though he had already obtained a lot of information from classics, it was still an eye-opener for meng zhang to travel in the counterspace, come into contact with all kinds of creatures, and experience all kinds of scenery.


    in addition to meng zhang, there are many powerful people at the immortal level in taiyi realm.


    they have all entered counterspace many times to explore.


    after years of exploration, they have made good gains in counter-space.


    in addition to directly collecting various resources, they also made friends with some intelligent beings in the counterspace and established cooperative relationships with some tribes.


    for a long time, the top leaders of taiyi realm have been trying to establish a stable trade route in the counter-space to conduct business transactions with the indigenous creatures here.


    there are many special cultivation resources that can only grow under some special environments in the counterspace.


    it is said that those jinxian-level cultivation forces have built bases in counterspace to plant and collect various unique cultivation resources.


    building a stable base in counterspace is a very costly and difficult task.


    after the base is built, there are still a lot of troubles ahead.


    it is necessary to withstand the various storms in the counterspace; it is necessary to drive away the various ferocious beasts that come over; it is necessary to repel the tribes that come to plunder...


    to do this, it is necessary to ensure that there is enough power to sit at the base.


    especially those places that go deep into the counterspace, where strong men below the level of immortals are not even qualified to get close.


    the current taiyi world does not have the ability to build such a base, nor does it have enough immortals to stay in the counterspace for a long time.


    cooperating with local indigenous tribes has become a good way.


    the immortals of taiyi realm brought the resources needed by these indigenous tribes to help them resist the enemies around them and enhance their strength...


    their reward is a variety of special resources from counterspace.


    some tribes will also let them take away some of their own tribesmen.


    these special creatures from the counterspace have special functions and are often trained into taiyi sect''s protectors and taoist soldiers.


    these tribes are very important to taiyi realm.


    almost every time the immortals from taiyi realm enter the counterspace, as long as they are not too busy, they will visit these tribes to help them solve some practical difficulties and check their living environment.


    meng zhang''s entry into the counterspace this time is no exception.


    along the way, he deliberately took a long detour to ensure that he could pass by tribes that had good relations with the taiyi world.


    on weekdays, other immortals from taiyi realm are basically responsible for dealing with these tribes.


    meng zhang was too lazy to bother with such chores as interpersonal communication.


    he only passed by these tribes this time and glanced at them from a distance, not bothering to contact them. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3565

    the special environment of counterspace blocks the perception of many practitioners.


    many detection spells that are very useful in positive space are difficult to use in reverse space.


    just like cultivators often like to release their spiritual thoughts to explore the surrounding situation.


    counterspace is a world of energy, with various energies surging almost everywhere.


    the strength of the spiritual thoughts is slightly weaker, and they are either blown away by various winds of energy, or directly swallowed by the surrounding environment.


    after the immortal-level spiritual thoughts leave the immortal body, they can persist in the special environment of counterspace for a long time, which is enough for meng zhang to complete explorations again and again.


    most of the tribes he passed through had no problems, and almost all members were living and growing up normally.


    of course, counterspace is not a paradise, and various crises are almost everywhere.


    sometimes a small wave can engulf a tribe and make it completely extinct.


    many tribes living in the counterspace, regardless of their strength, are often struggling to survive.


    the immortals of the taiyi realm can make friends with these tribes. not only are these tribes easier to deal with, but also because the help of the immortals of the taiyi realm can greatly enhance their survivability.


    ruwen qiansuan once arranged magic circles for some tribes with whom he had good relations.


    since the laws of heaven and earth in the counter space are very different from those in the positive space, many of the magic formations used in the positive space have difficulty functioning here.


    at this time, it is necessary to adjust or even comprehensively transform these arrays according to local conditions.


    arrangement of the magic circle like a cat or a tiger is something that the magicians can do.


    to adjust and transform the original array, you need masters and masters with extremely high attainments in the array.


    formation dao is the foundation of wen qiansuan''s practice.


    after he was promoted to celestial immortal, his formation cultivation reached a whole new level.


    he personally went deep into the anti-space, came to these tribes, and designed and arranged many magic circles with different functions for them.


    there are defensive formations used to protect tribal settlements; there are magic formations used to guard surrounding areas; there are enchantments used to promote the growth of various crops...


    wen qiansuan relied on this skill to become very popular among these tribes and made many friends in the taiyi world.


    he regularly entered the counterspace to maintain the magic circles for these tribes and maintained the stability of the relationship between the two parties.


    although meng zhang''s attainments in formations were average, his eyesight was not bad.


    when he passes these tribes, he will also check the status of various magic circles.


    when he found a problem and could handle it, he handled it easily.


    if he couldn''t handle it, he would also write it down and notify wen qiansuan later.


    along the way, he also helped two tribes disperse the huge storm that swept across; he killed a powerful ferocious beast that was close to one tribe; he also dispersed several roaming ferocious groups...


    while meng zhang was traveling in the counter-space, tai miao''s promotion also entered a critical moment.


    his promotion this time was far smoother than meng zhang''s promotion to immortal lord.


    no external calamity has come, and no enemies have come to block the way.


    as soon as he returned to the place of seclusion, his soul began to vibrate, and his body began to evolve again.


    the area where his territory is located was originally an out-and-out backwater in the underworld.


    the location here is remote, far away from the bustling areas of the underworld.


    moreover, the vitality is thin, the land is barren, and there is no production...


    after occupying the current territory, many ghosts and ghosts from taimiao onwards have devoted themselves to the work of transforming the territory.


    there are also many monks from the yang world of taiyi world who participated in this work under the protection of the talisman.


    change the terrain, set up various magic circles, and use the magic circles to gather the vitality of heaven and earth...


    especially with the completion of temples dedicated to tai miao, the aura of faith gathered in these temples, activated by special methods, has the magical effect of gathering the vitality of heaven and earth.


    these temples quickly became energy nodes and important hubs in the territory.


    tai miao, who controlled the avenues of life, death and reincarnation, used magical powers to activate the power of the avenues, and transformed and strengthened his own territory many times.


    after years of unremitting efforts, now in taimiao''s territory, the concentration of heaven and earth''s vitality has increased significantly, and there are some products on the land...


    although it is still far from being compared with the elite area of ????the underworld, compared with before, it has been completely transformed.


    at least in the surrounding area, taimiao territory has become a relatively rich place.


    the changes in the territory cannot be kept secret, and many outsiders see it and covet it.


    if he wasn''t strong enough and his record was brilliant enough, he might not be able to intimidate the surrounding lords.


    now, in the core area above his territory, the concentration of heaven and earth energy is barely enough for most of his subordinates to practice.


    in particular, the conditions of the several closed rooms he specially built are barely comparable to those of some small blessed places.


    the place where taimiao retreats is naturally the place with the best conditions for practice in the territory.


    as his thoughts moved, the surrounding heaven and earth energy naturally gathered around him.


    it didn¡¯t take long for a chain reaction to start.


    all the magic formations on the territory to gather the vitality of heaven and earth were activated, and they tried their best to gather the vitality of heaven and earth.


    the temples are shining brightly, and the aura of faith is dazzling.


    countless powers of faith gathered towards taimiao.


    after receiving tai miao''s instructions, countless clergy immediately took action, gathered believers, and directed everyone to start devout prayers.


    the same scene is happening in both the underworld and the yang world of taiyi realm.


    needless to say, the underworld of taiyi realm is itself the base camp of taiyi.


    in the yangshi world of taiyi world, with the support of taiyi sect, many believers who believed in taimiao also developed.


    although the power of incense belief has various flaws and will bring many bad consequences, it also has many magical features.


    one of them is that when needed, the power of incense faith can break through the limitations of space.


    in the underworld, countless believers spread over the vast territory are providing taimiao with massive power of faith.


    the power of faith from the underworld and the yang world of taiyi, although there were many losses in the middle, still reached the underworld and fell into taimiao''s body.


    strictly speaking, even after years of transformation, the vitality of taimiao''s territory is still not sufficient.


    it is simply not enough for him to break through to the late stage of the gods.


    fortunately, for gods, the power of incense and faith is sometimes more important than the vitality of heaven and earth.


    when needed, the power of incense and faith can even replace the vitality of heaven and earth.


    in the sky above taimiao territory, the vitality of heaven and earth gathered from all directions, triggering bursts of vitality storms.


    the originally invisible power of faith in the incense condensed into a substantial existence because it was too strong, and began to emit light.


    ¡­


    the various strange phenomena that appeared in the taimiao territory made a great noise, attracting the surprised and uncertain looks of many powerful men around them. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3566

    the taimiao territory itself has many blessings for his practice.


    now, at the critical moment when he breaks through the late stage of the gods, the territory also plays a huge role.


    why do many strong men in the underworld want to conquer territories and become lords?


    in addition to making it easier for them to collect resources, the territory they completely control has certain blessings for them.


    the larger the territory actually controlled, the stronger the blessing for the lord.


    of course, if the territory controlled is too large, it will also cost the lord more time and energy to manage.


    for those territories that are too barren and are completely deserted, not many lords are willing to directly control them.


    not only did such a territory not produce much, it also had little blessing for the lord.


    the area of ??territory that taimiao actually controls now exceeds the surrounding areas.


    especially in order to open up the road to the ruins of the city, he included many desolate lands along the way into his territory.


    if he hadn''t received strong support from taiyi world yangshi, he might not have had enough manpower to manage such a vast territory.


    normally, managing such a vast territory, especially with many deserted lands, would be a huge burden.


    now, the vast territory plays a major role and continues to bless him.


    tai miao was promoted this time, and no foreign enemies came to block his way.


    he has developed in the underworld for so many years, and of course he has made many enemies, and the surrounding lords are also wary of him.


    however, his breakthrough to the late stage of the gods was too sudden, and the surrounding lords had no time to unite.


    individual lords don''t have the guts to come and provoke him.


    the right time, the right place, the right people, and the best of luck made this breakthrough not only smooth sailing, but at least not without any major difficulties.


    he easily overcame the internal calamity and crossed many hurdles.


    the strange phenomena in the sky became more and more intense, red lights rose from his territory, and countless golden lights scattered in the sky...


    taimiao finally succeeded in being promoted to the late stage of deity.


    his promotion at this time has special significance.


    he has now become a strong man at the same level as his own, meng zhang, and is qualified to fight against immortal-level opponents.


    if meng zhang had already reached the late stage of the god''s cultivation when he fought against demon lord naduoya, the battle would have been smoother.


    what''s more important is that only the powerful in the late stage of the gods can control the reincarnation pool.


    only by controlling at least one reincarnation pool can one be qualified to become the underworld emperor and become one of the true overlords of the underworld.


    the qianyuan golden immortal has already made plans in the underworld, but the power he has left in the underworld is probably not as powerful as the late gods.


    he discovered the whereabouts of the samsara pool, but found it difficult to control it directly.


    with tai miao''s late-stage cultivation as a god, i can let myself bargain with him.


    soon after taimiao was successfully promoted, all the strange phenomena around him disappeared.


    the surrounding lords, who were still ready to take action at first, suddenly became more honest and were filled with doubts.


    when tai miao was promoted successfully, she tried hard to cover up her aura.


    although the surrounding lords had some guesses, they were not sure that tai miao had been successfully promoted.


    after taimiao stabilizes his cultivation level, he will seize this opportunity to launch a surprise attack on the surrounding areas and annex all the surrounding territories.


    among the lords around taimiao, the strongest one was just like him before, he was in the middle stage of being a god.


    some particularly weak guys only have the cultivation level of an early god.


    taimiao tianshen''s later cultivation level is enough to sweep the surrounding area.


    of course, if these lords were prepared in advance, united in time, or even brought in outside forces, it would still be a big trouble for tai miao.


    tai miao continued to retreat and stabilized his cultivation state; at the same time, he secretly gave orders and began to gather people.


    first, eliminate all the surrounding lords and occupy all the territories so that he can control the reincarnation pool next.


    when he is refining the pool of reincarnation, it is best not to have any interference from the outside world.


    moreover, the territory he now owns is no longer worthy of his new level of cultivation.


    he included all the surrounding areas into his own territory, and he could also prove his family''s power in the underworld to qianyuan golden immortal.


    meng zhang waited in the depths of the counterspace for a while before jumping out.


    shortly after he returned to the positive space, he sensed taimiao''s late success in becoming a god.


    as an incarnation outside the body, every time taimiao breaks through the realm of cultivation and achieves great results in practice, meng zhang can get certain feedback.


    this time is no exception.


    a large amount of practice experience and insights, the scenes before and after taimiao''s breakthrough, his new understanding of the avenue of heaven and earth, etc., entered meng zhang''s mind so quickly.


    in order to avoid a possible ambush from the heavenly temple, meng zhang left the counterspace and returned to the positive space, which was still relatively far away from the lingju star region.


    the positioning secret technique he inherited from taiyi golden immortal was high enough, allowing him to accurately arrive at the pre-selected location when returning from the counterspace.


    this place is remote enough, there is nothing around it.


    he just sat cross-legged in the void, receiving the information from tai miao while quickly digesting and absorbing it.


    after a while, he finished synchronizing messages with tai miao.


    although the feedback taimiao gave him this time did not directly improve his combat effectiveness, it would be of great benefit to his future practice.


    after receiving feedback from taimiao, he also knew taimiao''s next plan.


    generally speaking, he would not interfere with tai miao''s actions in the underworld.


    the most he can do is assign a rough target to tai miao.


    how to achieve the goal specifically, that is a wonderful job.


    controlling the samsara pool and being promoted to the underworld emperor were both tai miao''s desire and the goal that meng zhang had set for him.


    meng zhanghui will go all out to support him.


    after solving the problem in the lingju star area, meng zhang will find a way to contact qianyuan jinxian and strive to reach an agreement with him to share the samsara pool.


    now that taimiao wants to annex surrounding areas and expand its territory, meng zhang naturally agrees.


    after the two sides synchronized information and had some exchanges, meng zhang''s attention returned to the issue of the spiritual residence star region.


    taimiao began to prepare for the next step of expansion, and meng zhang also set off again.


    when using the great void teleport to move in and out of positive and negative spaces, space fluctuations will inevitably occur.


    even though meng zhang''s attainments in the great void shift have long been superb, and there is no trace of fireworks when he performs it, he still can''t guarantee that he won''t be sensed by powerful people of the same level.


    many cultivating forces in the void will arrange special detection arrays around their territories, specifically used to detect various spatial fluctuations.


    there will even be dedicated experts responsible for detecting various spatial fluctuations.


    once someone tries to secretly use void teleportation to get closer, they will be sensed.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3567

    although meng zhang didn''t know whether the tianshen temple had a similar arrangement near the lingju star district, out of caution, the place where he left the counterspace was far away from the lingju star district.


    at this location, even if there are spatial fluctuations, the powerful people near the lingju star zone should not be able to sense them.


    of course, if he wanted to rush to the lingju star area now, he would have to fly there bit by bit.


    in order to hide his figure, the movement caused by his flight must be as small as possible, and the use of many escape techniques has been restricted.


    after meng zhang finished synchronizing information with tai miao, he also contacted tai yijie once.


    the taiyi realm is on its way, and there is still a long way to go from the lingju star region.


    the situation in the lingju star district seems critical, but it has not yet reached a complete collapse.


    meng zhang doesn''t have to worry at all.


    of course, even with many restrictions and the need to hide his whereabouts, meng zhang''s flying speed was still very fast.


    he found the direction of the spiritual home star area in the void and quickly moved over.


    after a long journey, he finally arrived at a place not far outside the lingju star area.


    in the void, a huge fleet stood proudly.


    meng zhang had dealt with tianshen temple and could tell at a glance that this was a fleet from tianshen temple.


    whether it is the shape and logo of the void battleships in the fleet, or the shinto practitioners in the fleet, they are all very obvious.


    he didn''t get too close, but simply scanned it secretly from a distance.


    this fleet is powerful and has many gods in it.


    however, the strongest person in the fleet was only in the middle stage of heavenly god cultivation, and would not pose any threat to him.


    he carefully observed his surroundings. apart from this fleet, there was nothing else.


    could it be that the celestial temple is really not targeting itself, but is simply dealing with the spiritual star region?


    meng zhang shook his head, still unwilling to believe that things would be so simple.


    he hid his figure, continued to move forward, and soon entered the interior of the lingju star zone.


    within the spirit residence star area, there are two independent large worlds, where the spirit races live and thrive.


    the spirit clan in the lingju star region has a complete inheritance and has four major branches, namely the butterfly chrysalis line, the feiyu line, the xinzhao line and the zuowang line.


    among them, dieyou''s lineage had problems with its inheritance due to the departure of lord dieyou mountain, and there has never been a strong person at the level of an immortal.


    the other three major branches have always been commanded by powerful men at the level of gods.


    after meng zhang brought back the treasure left by lord dieyou mountain, new immortal-level experts finally appeared in dieyou''s lineage in the past few years - elder diebian and elder caidie.


    as for the other three major branches, new powerful men of the immortal level have also appeared one after another.


    the burning heart layman from the xinzhao lineage, the yule ancestor from the feiyu lineage, and the wangxingshanren from the zuowang lineage were all veteran strongmen among the spiritual clan in the lingju star area, and they benefited from having the celestial immortal. it''s a lot, and my cultivation has made great progress.


    however, due to some natural shackles of the spiritual race, there seem to be some problems in the practice system. among these three people, only the burning heart layman from the xinzhao lineage has successfully been promoted to the celestial immortal. the four major branches are all talented people, and strong men at all levels are constantly emerging. .


    in particular, the cultivation levels of layman burning heart, ancestor yule, and mountain man wangxing have greatly improved, greatly improving the top combat power of the lingju star region.


    i don''t know if it was stimulated by the last zerg invasion. the top leaders of the eldar clan are wary of danger in times of peace and have always had a sense of crisis.


    the location of the lingju star district is very remote and very hidden, but after all, it is not completely isolated from the outside world.


    over the years, the senior leaders of the spirit clan have investigated the surrounding situation and discovered some bad signs.


    some cultivating forces seem to be expanding in the direction of the spiritual residence star area.


    if their expansion direction remains unchanged and is not blocked, it won''t be long before they discover the existence of the spiritual star zone.


    what worries the senior leaders of the spirit clan even more is that after the celestial temple occupied the yunlan star district, it never gave up its pursuit of the escaped spirit clan.


    especially after meng zhang caused trouble in the yunlan star region, destroyed the rule of the temple of heaven there, and plundered three major worlds, the spirit race who escaped from the yunlan star region became the key suspect of the temple of heaven. , was pursued with all its strength.


    even though the senior officials of the tianshen temple later found out that meng zhang was the instigator, they still did not give up the pursuit of those spiritual tribes.


    after all, when those spiritual tribes fled the yunlan star region, they took away a lot of treasures.


    even the eldar themselves, especially the high-level eldar, are precious treasures in themselves.


    the temple of heaven is powerful, and after years of investigation, some gains have been made.


    when those spirit races escaped from the yunlan star region and fled to the lingju star region, they would inevitably leave some traces.


    even if the top leaders of the spirit race try to eliminate these traces, and these spirit races escape outside the spirit home star zone and try not to have contact with the outside world, they still cannot make their own family disappear completely.


    not long ago, the senior leaders of the spirit clan were horrified to discover that the investigation team of the celestial temple seemed to be constantly approaching the spirit residence star area.


    when the spirit tribe fled from the yunlan star region, many high-level officials were very unwilling to do so.


    they wandered around in the void and suffered a lot before finally finding a new home.


    they really couldn''t do it to make them abandon their homes and escape again in front of their old enemy, the temple of heaven.


    but with their strength, they are far from being the opponents of the celestial temple.


    many senior leaders of the spirit clan kept praying that it would be best for the celestial temple''s reconnaissance team to miss the spirit residence star area and never find this place.


    after all, the void is vast, and it often happens that a slight difference can make a difference a thousand miles.


    of course, more senior leaders of the spirit clan know that they cannot pin the future of the spirit clan entirely on luck.


    they have to prepare for the worst.


    on the one hand, it is necessary to better hide oneself and enhance one''s own combat effectiveness.


    on the other hand, one must be prepared to escape from the spiritual home star area and move again.


    ancestor yule from the feiyu lineage and wangxing shanren from the wangxing lineage made sacrifices at this time.


    they used the secret arts of the eldar to completely integrate themselves with the two great worlds.


    their consciousness has become the will of heaven in these two great worlds.


    in other words, they directly became the two big worlds themselves.


    they made great progress in cultivation and successfully broke through to the middle stage of the gods.


    more importantly, they completely control the two big worlds and can better hide them.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3568

    there are many spiritual tribes who regard the consciousness of heaven born in the great world as a member of the spiritual tribe.


    there seems to be some truth to this view.


    the so-called spiritual people are originally inanimate things between heaven and earth, such as various vitality, utensils, and even mountains, rivers, etc., which have given birth to spiritual intelligence and vitality under the long-term infection of the essence of the sun and moon of heaven and earth.


    a big world itself gives birth to spirituality and life. it seems that it can also be regarded as a special kind of spiritual race.


    however, such an eldar is too large.


    of course, since the will of heaven in the big world is also a kind of spiritual race, the transformation between yule ancestor and wangxing mountain man seems to be a natural thing.


    therefore, many eldar cannot appreciate the sacrifices made by ancestor yule and the forgotten mountain people.


    after yule ancestor and wangxingshanren merged the wills of the two big worlds, they would lose a lot of things.


    although they temporarily possess strong combat effectiveness, they are also subject to many shackles and have lost unlimited possibilities.


    during the fusion process, if their minds are not firm enough, it is very likely that the consciousness of heaven in the big world will swallow up their original consciousness.


    although they were lucky enough to persevere and maintain their independent consciousness, in the years to come, the remaining power of the two big worlds'' consciousness of heaven would still wash away their consciousness all the time.


    once they can''t hold on, they will become dead creatures without intelligence.


    the consciousness of heaven in the big world is essentially very different from that of ordinary spiritual people.


    they became the new world consciousness of the two big worlds and gained the power to completely control the two big worlds.


    but they were also completely bound to these two big worlds and could no longer leave.


    if a powerful foreign enemy destroys these two big worlds, they will not escape the end of their fall.


    in short, the cultivation realm they have in the middle stage of the gods was obtained at the expense of their own future.


    of course, due to their sacrifices, the top combat effectiveness of the spirit clan in the spirit home star region has been greatly improved.


    three middle-level gods and several early-level gods, placed in the void, can be regarded as a not weak cultivation force.


    the luck of the spirit clan in the spirit residence star district is really not good enough.


    the exploration team of tianshen temple discovered them early.


    before they had time to carry out large-scale migration, the army of tianshen temple rushed to the lingju star area.


    before the war started, the tianshen temple sealed off the lingju star area.


    only part of the army directly entered the interior of the lingju star zone, while a large part remained on standby at the edge of the star zone, ready to pursue and intercept the escaping ling clan at any time.


    at this time, the spirit race in the spirit residence star zone was blocked and unable to carry out large-scale migration.


    in desperation, the spirit clan resisted with all their strength, tried to delay as much time as possible, and asked for help from the taiyi realm.


    fortunately, in order to ensure that they were all captured in one fell swoop, the tianshen temple allocated a large part of its strength to guard outside the star area. this gave the lingju star area the chance to persist until now.


    of course, if there is no support from the taiyi realm, the fall of the lingju star zone will be a matter of time.


    it is also worth mentioning that because they fought against the zerg army together last time, the top leaders of the spirit clan in the spirit clan sector also had a relationship with liang yu tianxian of the infinite heaven sect.


    when liang yu tianxian left the lingju star area, he also told ancestor yule how they could contact him.


    when being attacked by the tianshen temple, the senior leaders of the spirit clan asked taiyi realm for help while also trying to contact liang yu tianxian.


    after all, the reputation of jinxian sect wuliangtian sect is known to even the high-ranking officials of the spiritual clan who are hiding away.


    as long as the infinite heaven sect is willing to interfere in this matter, they don''t need to take action. they only need to shout a few times, and maybe they can scare away the guys from the tianshen temple.


    unfortunately, when they contacted liang yu tianxian, they did not get a response from him. one of his classmates responded on his behalf.


    that fellow student said that liang yu tianxian was in retreat and had temporarily cut off all contact with the outside world.


    the senior leaders of the spirit clan only have friendship with tianxian liang yu and are not familiar with other members of the same sect.


    unable to obtain assistance from the infinite heaven sect, they could only pin all their hopes on taiyi realm.


    meng zhang combined the information obtained from the high-level officials of taiyi realm with his own on-the-spot observations to roughly figure out the situation here.


    within the lingju star zone, fierce battles never stopped.


    the eldar in the eldar star region have built a line of defense with the two big worlds as the core to resist the attack of the celestial temple army.


    this line of defense is already crumbling and looks like it may not be able to hold up any longer.


    while meng zhang was observing the surrounding situation, the situation on the side of the spirit clan continued to deteriorate.


    soon, the eldar army retreated from the void to the two big worlds, relying on these two big worlds to make its final resistance.


    the spirit tribe does not dare to fight, let alone take the initiative to attack. now it is completely passive defense.


    although ancestor feiyu and shanren wangxing have become the consciousness of heaven in the two big worlds and can gather the power of the two big worlds to fully respond to the enemy,


    but the power of the two big worlds has its limits.


    moreover, if you defend for a long time, you will lose. sooner or later, the spirit clan will reveal its flaws or be exhausted of all its strength.


    meng zhang carefully observed both inside and outside the lingju star area, but did not find any ambush.


    the army dispatched by the celestial god temple this time was huge in number, with several strong men in the middle stage of celestial god sitting in charge, but no strong men in the late stage of celestial god.


    the army only mobilized a part of its strength, but the eldar in the eldar star region were almost unable to withstand it.


    judging from the posture of the tianshen temple army, it seemed that they wanted to completely occupy the two big worlds, so they had reservations and did not launch an extermination attack on the two big worlds.


    this is also one of the important reasons why the eldar side has been able to persist until now.


    based on the investigation alone, it seems that meng zhang does not have to worry about fraud.


    with his level of cultivation, as long as he takes action, he can quickly turn the tide of the battle.


    he didn''t even need the taiyi realm to arrive. he could save the spirit race in the spirit residence star area by himself.


    although all the signs were so normal, meng zhang still couldn''t completely rest assured.


    he didn''t show up, and he had no intention of taking action.


    as long as he remains hidden, he can always take the initiative.


    in addition, it seems that the spirit clan in the spirit residence star district can continue to persevere.


    meng zhang has a good relationship with ancestor feiyu, and taiyi realm has also been friends with this spiritual clan for many years.


    but as the leader of a force, he cannot be swayed by personal feelings and must put the interests of taiyi realm first.


    for this reason, even sacrificing the interests of the spirit clan is not hesitant.


    for the taiyi realm, the more dangerous the situation of the spirit clan, the better.


    it would be best to reinforce the spirit clan when it is about to be destroyed. that would be in the best interest of taiyi realm.


    that would not only win the gratitude of the eldar clan, but also help draw the eldar clan into the endless alliance.


    at that time, the desperate senior leaders of the spirit clan will have no choice but to rely on the taiyi realm.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3569

    meng zhang has been hiding in the dark, secretly observing the situation on the field.


    during this period, he also left the lingju star area twice and conducted careful reconnaissance of the surrounding larger area.


    there seems to be really no other ambush in the temple of heaven.


    this time it was just a simple attack on the lingju star area.


    during the investigation process, he also found an opportunity to contact the senior officials of taiyi world.


    everything is normal in taiyi realm, and they are quickly rushing to the spirit star region.


    as the master who shaped taiyi realm, meng zhang has a special connection and connection with taiyi realm.


    in his perception, taiyi realm was also rushing here quickly, with almost no delays on the way.


    if he didn''t order a stop, it wouldn''t take long for taiyi realm to arrive here.


    there is not much time left for meng zhang. if taiyi realm arrives here and is dragged down by taiyi realm, he will lose the initiative and will no longer be able to advance or retreat freely.


    but it doesn''t seem good to ask taiyi realm to just stop and not move forward.


    since receiving the request for help from the lingju star zone, everyone in taiyi realm has been actively preparing for war and gearing up.


    if taiyi realm''s actions are stopped, it will not only hurt morale, but also destroy the relationship between taiyi realm and the spiritual clan in the lingju star district.


    meng zhang thought for a while and decided to take action himself to test whether there was an ambush here.


    he is alone and can advance and retreat freely. even if the enemy has an ambush, it will be difficult to completely trap him.


    if the enemy really didn''t have any ambush, he could turn the tide of the battle by himself.


    meng zhang continued to wait for a while, and the situation of the spirit tribe became even worse.


    at this time, it seems that it is impossible not to take action.


    as soon as he thought, the void around the two big worlds began to vibrate violently.


    the invisible force surged forward, sweeping almost the entire area.


    one by one, the void battleships suddenly exploded and were even directly shattered.


    a powerful shinto man vomited blood and fell down.


    ¡­


    as soon as meng zhang took action, he temporarily interrupted the tianshen temple''s offensive, causing considerable casualties.


    of course, in this way, he could no longer hide and had to expose his position.


    he appeared not too far away from the two big worlds.


    once he started taking action, he never paused.


    the attack like a violent storm fell crazily on the celestial temple army.


    the armies that were originally besieging the two big worlds either took the initiative to retreat or were repulsed by meng zhang.


    a group of gods gave up their original opponents and flew into the void together, trying to resist meng zhang''s offensive.


    there are not even masters in the late stage of the gods, so how can a group of guys in the middle stage of the gods or even the early stages of the gods be able to resist meng zhang.


    the realm of gods is the same as the three realms of immortals. there is a huge difference between each realm.


    after meng zhang became an immortal lord, he could easily crush the immortals and gods who were not as good as him in cultivation.


    even if the opponent has a huge numerical advantage, it will not have much effect.


    these gods are not fighting on their own, but forming a formation.


    as a veteran shinto force in the void, tianshen temple has inherited many powerful techniques, including some powerful formations.


    the celestial temple has participated in many battles in the void, and most of the celestial gods in the sect have rich combat experience.


    this group of gods quickly formed an array in the void, concentrating everyone''s strength and giving full play to the power of the array.


    meng zhang''s formation attainments can only be said to be average.


    he didn''t bother to look for flaws in the formation, but relied on his absolute strength to crush it.


    when you reach the realm of immortal lord, you can use the power of the cave in your body at will like your arms and fingers, without causing any burden on yourself.


    a huge force rushed forward, directly breaking through the enemy''s magic circle, and smashed a group of gods into pieces.


    many gods vomited blood and fell down, and some gods with weaker cultivation levels fell directly.


    several gods barely held their ground and tried to organize resistance again.


    meng zhang was not prepared to give them any chance.


    the tai chi cave in the body is moving, and the power of the cave is about to burst out.


    at this moment, meng zhang felt something in his heart and immediately gave up his original action. his body flashed continuously and he was about to leave the place.


    three figures suddenly appeared out of thin air, surrounded him, and moved with him.


    there was a spatial fluctuation not far away, and meng zhang''s figure teleported there.


    before he gained a firm footing, he used teleportation again to change his position.


    every time his figure disappeared, he quickly appeared not far away.


    three figures appeared at the same time every time, surrounding him and leaving him with no way to escape.


    meng zhang tried several times in a row, but was unable to escape.


    the surrounding laws of heaven and earth have been distorted. he cannot stay away from here for the time being and can only move within a certain range.


    when meng zhang''s figure appeared again, he did not continue to move, but stood silently in the void.


    the three figures surrounded him tightly this time and did not continue to move.


    he glanced at the three people surrounding him.


    the three of them are all in the late-stage cultivation realm of gods, and are strong men at the same level as him.


    he was a little confused. he had checked the surroundings carefully beforehand and confirmed that there was no ambush.


    but in the end, he still fell into the enemy''s trap and was temporarily trapped by the enemy.


    the enemy''s concealment methods are too clever. are the gods of the temple of heaven really so powerful?


    before meng zhang was promoted to immortal lord, he had fought against many gods.


    especially when he was in the hengling star region, he fought against the gods of the earth mother god system.


    the earth mother god system has a main god who is at the same level as the golden immortal sect of the immortal path.


    the gods of the earth mother goddess have not shown such superb concealment skills.


    of course, it is also possible that meng zhang''s cultivation level was limited back then, and the gods he faced were not at a high level, so the enemy did not show such concealment skills.


    regardless of the actual combat prowess of the three gods in front of them, just the fact that they were able to hide from meng zhang''s detection and successfully ambush him is enough to show that they are extraordinary.


    meng zhang had guessed correctly before. this time the tianshen temple attacked the lingju star area. the main target was not the group of lingzu at all, but was directed at him.


    the relationship between taiyi realm and lingju star zone is not a secret.


    with the powerful intelligence capabilities of the tianshen temple, the relevant situation of taiyi realm should have been investigated long ago.


    they took the opportunity to attack the lingju star district this time to attract taiyi realm to come for reinforcements and to come to a encirclement point for reinforcements.


    fortunately, meng zhang had always been cautious enough and had considered this possibility early.


    he came here alone in advance just to find out the true and false status of the enemy.


    he succeeded, drawing out the enemy''s ambush and being temporarily trapped by the enemy.


    he might not be able to resist the three powerful enemies of the same level joining forces, but he didn''t show the slightest fear or panic.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3570

    after consolidating his cultivation in the late stage of tianjin in seclusion, taimiao was about to launch a conquest in the surrounding area. after learning that meng zhang was going to the lingju star area to support him, he temporarily stopped his original actions.


    he always keeps an eye on meng zhang''s side, ready to respond to meng zhang''s call and go to yangshi to support him.


    as long as meng zhang summons tai miao from the underworld, the situation on the field will change from one against three to two against three.


    the difference in numbers between the two sides is not big, and coupled with the inherent advantage of the immortals over the gods, meng zhang''s side is really not certain to lose.


    however, meng zhang was not in a hurry to summon tai miao.


    he was confident enough that he could sustain himself for a period of time under the siege of three powerful men of the same level.


    he planned to slowly deal with these three opponents and find out all their details.


    in addition, he has always been a little doubtful.


    the three late-stage gods in front of him were not necessarily stronger than him, so why were they able to hide themselves and avoid his many detections.


    do they have any strange treasures in their possession, or have they received help from others?


    are the three late-stage celestial god guys who have appeared, an ambush by the enemy?


    are there any powerful enemies ambush in the dark?


    with these questions in his mind, meng zhang must have some reservations and cannot bet all his cards right away.


    since meng zhang embarked on the path of cultivation, he has fought countless powerful enemies and faced countless difficult challenges.


    especially after he was promoted to immortal lord, he faced no enemies that were easy to deal with.


    whether it was the demon lord naduoya last time or the three gods in front of him, their strength was superior to him.


    although the current situation is difficult, it is far from desperate.


    the two qi of yin and yang turned into a long river. he stood high above the long river and controlled the long river to rush forward.


    at the same time, the tai chi cave in his body was rotating rapidly, and the surging power of the cave was constantly charging and attacking in all directions.


    the three gods in front of them obviously formed some kind of formation, and they could give full play to their combined power.


    the god facing meng zhang was holding a fangtian painted halberd, wearing a helmet and armor, and wearing a golden cloak. he looked extremely powerful.


    facing meng zhang''s charge of yin and yang energy, he refused to retreat, waving fang tian''s painted halberd in his hand and took the initiative to kill him.


    meng zhang used his magical power, liangyi tongtian sword, and a black and white divine sword appeared in his hand.


    sword light danced all over the sky, and he fought with his opponent.


    rays of golden light connected the three gods together, forming a cage that tightly trapped meng zhang.


    the power of the cave that rushed in all directions rushed in front of those golden lights, just like a river encountering a dam, and was blocked.


    the god holding the fangtian painted halberd fought with meng zhang back and forth without losing the slightest bit.


    another god waved the long whip in his hand and attacked meng zhang from behind.


    the last god detached the seal with both hands, and while trying to maintain the cage that trapped meng zhang, he cast spells to bless friendly forces and weaken the enemy.


    rays of golden halo fell on the two gods holding weapons, greatly enhancing the power of their attacks.


    rays of gray-white light fell towards meng zhang, but were blocked by the divine light of the sun and moon emitted from meng zhang''s body.


    the weapons in the hands of the two gods are also divine weapons, and each wave of them can inspire supreme divine power.


    meng zhang''s swordsmanship was extremely high, and coupled with the power of the immortal magic and magical power of the two swords, he was able to barely block the two opponents.


    if fighting alone, meng zhang is sure to defeat any one of the three.


    even if he fights one against two, he will definitely lose.


    now with one against three, the strength gap between the two sides was a bit big, and he quickly fell into a disadvantage.


    although gods of the same level often have a great advantage against gods of the same level.


    the techniques practiced by the three gods on the opposite side are not as good as those inherited by the main god.


    however, everyone''s cultivation level is similar, and there is no essential difference. meng zhang''s cultivation in the immortal realm has just started not long ago, and he is far from reaching the same level in zongheng.


    meng zhang also knew in his heart that if no accident happened, his defeat would be a matter of time.


    he was thinking hard in his mind, how to break the situation when tai miao didn''t take action.


    it is worth mentioning that despite the efforts of the three gods to block it, part of the power released by meng zhang still penetrated outside the cage.


    they are not too close to the two big worlds that are being besieged.


    however, when strong men of their level fight against each other, the combat range is often relatively large.


    an ordinary star sector as a battlefield is not particularly big for them.


    after being ambushed by the enemy, meng zhang still did not give up his plan to rescue the spirit tribe.


    many times, he tried to move as close to the two big worlds as possible, deliberately letting all kinds of power spill out and letting the aftermath of their battle affect the celestial temple''s offensive against the eldar.


    although the three gods had long seen through his intentions and tried hard to stop him, many impacts were inevitable.


    even if only a little bit of power overflows from the cage and spreads outside, it will be enough to trigger storms in the void.


    a powerful storm swept around the two big worlds.


    the celestial temple army, which is making an all-out attack on these two big worlds, will inevitably be blocked by the storm.


    one by one, the void battleships faced the tyrannical storm and barely maintained their stability.


    some void battleships that were not well prepared were even blown away by the storm and thrown outside the spiritual home star zone.


    a few void battleships were so unlucky that they were damaged or even destroyed in the unstoppable storm.


    the two big worlds are large enough, and their heavenly consciousness personally organizes defenses, and the fetal membrane of heaven and earth covers them tightly.


    the powerful storm that swept through could not move the two big worlds.


    most of the power of the storm is blocked by the membrane of heaven and earth.


    of course, even if a few places in the two big worlds were blown by the power of the storm, earthquakes, tsunamis, etc. would not affect the overall situation.


    the army of the temple of heaven rushed towards the two big worlds again and again, but they were affected or even blown away by the storms that swept from time to time.


    although the eldar tribes in the two big worlds are also affected by the storm, with their favorable geographical location, they can make full use of the opportunities brought by the storm to repel the incoming enemy army.


    meng zhang relied on this somewhat rogue method to indirectly provide reinforcements to the spirit tribe side, allowing them to sustain longer.


    the three gods who were fighting him were enraged.


    meng zhang was trapped and besieged by them, but he could still distract him, which clearly meant that he didn''t take them seriously.


    what''s even more hateful is that they can''t find a way to stop meng zhang for the time being.


    they could only continue to strengthen the cage and try to prevent meng zhang from approaching the battlefield of the spirit tribe and the celestial temple army.


    of course, the real way to cure the problem is to defeat or even kill meng zhang in battle.


    after trying several times and seeing that it was impossible to stop meng zhang from affecting the situation there, they all became angry and left the other side alone for the time being. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3571

    the three gods worked together to besiege meng zhang wholeheartedly, striving to capture him as soon as possible.


    meng zhang is the key to the problem. as long as meng zhang is captured, the mere spirit tribe will be meat on the chopping board.


    seeing that he could not break through the enemy''s siege, meng zhang quickly switched from offense to defense and stopped blindly attacking to break through.


    he guarded the door tightly, fought steadily, and faced the enemy''s violent attack like a storm, without showing any flaws or feeling nervous at all.


    although his strength is not as strong as that of three powerful enemies joining forces, as a veteran immortal, he has many methods, vast magical powers, and various immortal secrets.


    he could quickly find a way to resolve the various methods used by the three gods.


    and he has experienced many battles and knows when to attack fiercely and when to shrink the defense.


    even if he was forced to a disadvantage and started to be on the defensive, he was not simply defending, but was combining offense with defense, waiting for opportunities to counterattack.


    an immortal lord has enough lethality to kill the strong ones in the late stage of the gods.


    from time to time, meng zhang put on a lose-lose attitude and did not hesitate to exchange injuries with the enemy.


    none of the three gods dared to be too aggressive, and they didn''t want to be backed up by meng zhang.


    they already had the upper hand and could slowly wear down meng zhang. there was no need to rush and fight so hard.


    for a while, they were unable to take down meng zhang, and the two sides fell into a long struggle.


    with this attitude, it would be nothing for them to fight for years or even decades.


    for both parties who have long life spans, if they are not in a hurry, they will not care about such a little time at all.


    seeing that they were unable to attack the two big worlds smoothly due to meng zhang''s interference, the celestial temple army simply took the initiative to slow down its offensive and just continued to maintain a minimum pressure on the two big worlds.


    the spirit tribe side has finally got a chance to breathe, and can continue to linger for a while.


    meng zhang seemed to be wholeheartedly fighting the three powerful enemies, but in fact, he secretly focused part of his mind on other things.


    sometimes, like a tiger, he would violently impact the cage that trapped him, causing the cage to move, and the battlefield almost covered the entire star region.


    after encountering huge pressure, he seemed to lose the power of impact and had to switch to defense.


    in fact, he took advantage of the movement of both sides on the battlefield to secretly search the lingju star area and even the surrounding areas.


    previously, he had used the usual investigative methods, but he had not found the god who was hiding to ambush him, and he almost fell into a trap.


    now, he deliberately moves the battlefield, the overflowing energy is scattered, and the aftermath of the battle continues to spread...


    fierce storms swept through almost the entire lingju star area, and the violent power shook the surrounding void...


    he tried to use this method to find out whether there were any hidden enemies in the dark.


    it has to be said that the method adopted by meng zhang was very clever, and the results were quickly seen.


    he discovered that in a corner of the lingju star district, there was a seemingly inconspicuous place.


    every time the storm rolled towards that side, it either dissipated inexplicably in the middle, or directly changed its direction...


    the powerful force that shook the void did not cause the slightest ripple there.


    if this happens once or twice, it can be said to be accidental, but if it happens several times, it means there is a problem in that place.


    according to meng zhang''s guess, the enemy was probably hidden in that place.


    now that he knows the hidden location of the target and has such obvious clues, meng zhang can be more targeted and conduct a more targeted and detailed investigation.


    after a while, meng zhang probably sensed the situation in that place.


    according to his estimation, there is at most one powerful person in the late stage of the celestial god hidden there.


    this situation is not too bad, at least it is within his expectations, and he can barely bear it.


    by this time, the enemies he knew only included four powerful men in the late stage of the gods.


    just resisting the siege of the three opponents in front of him was almost overwhelming.


    in addition, there is an enemy of the same level hidden next to him. even if he summons tai miao, he will probably not be a match for the enemy.


    of course, everyone is a strong person of the same level, and their strength is different, but there is no absolute gap.


    the enemy had a numerical advantage, but there was no way they could crush him and tai miao.


    under such circumstances, clever combat strategies can often play a huge role in leveling the strength gap between the two sides.


    tai miao, who has never shown up, is not only his biggest trump card, but also the key to his next plan.


    the situation now is different from before.


    before, the enemy was in darkness and we were in the dark, but now it was the enemy in the dark and we were in the dark. with his rich combat experience, there were a lot of things he could do.


    it became increasingly difficult for meng zhang to withstand the enemy''s attacks.


    however, he did not continue to defend, but instead started a counterattack regardless of everything.


    the offensive of the three gods slowed down.


    in their eyes, meng zhang was at his wits end and was cornered, so he launched a desperate counterattack.


    this is meng zhang''s last act of madness, and it cannot last at all.


    they knew how terrifying the immortal lord was and did not want to be held back by meng zhang.


    they already had an absolute advantage and there was no need to fight meng zhang.


    they only need to continue to trap meng zhang, guard the door tightly, and resist meng zhang''s last desperate counterattack.


    next, when meng zhang''s offensive was completed and he was exhausted, it was also when he died.


    in the battle between strong men of the same level, momentum is very important.


    seeing that the enemy was suppressed by his own momentum because he was too conservative, meng zhang knew that he could act according to his plan.


    he slammed into the cage set by the three gods.


    the three gods did not stand in different positions, but kept changing positions to take off meng zhang''s offensive.


    the battlefield between them is constantly shifting.


    unknowingly, they arrived at the edge of the lingju star area, already quite a distance away from the hidden master.


    seeing that he could not defeat the enemy, let alone break out and escape, meng zhang seemed to have started to change his approach.


    he used the power of the space avenue to violently impact the space around him, trying to tear open the cracks in the space and escape.


    the three gods were determined to win meng zhang this time, and they had already considered meng zhang''s various escape methods.


    tearing open space and escaping through space teleportation are common means of escaping, and they are also the focus of their defense.


    as early as the beginning of the war, they distorted and changed the laws of heaven and earth in the entire lingju star area, temporarily prohibiting the use of space teleportation methods.


    meng zhang''s understanding of the laws of heaven and earth is no worse than theirs, but because the power gap is too large, he cannot break the changed laws of heaven and earth.


    even the spirit clan and celestial temple armies that had been fighting were affected and were temporarily unable to use many space-based magical powers.


    now meng zhang moved the battlefield to the edge of the lingju star zone, causing the three gods to be highly nervous.


    the power of the laws of heaven and earth that have been changed and distorted by them is relatively weak at the edge of the spiritual star region. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3572

    in order to prevent meng zhang from tearing apart the space and escaping, the three gods tried their best to stabilize the spatial structure here.


    they almost froze the entire space, and it seemed that no matter how powerful the force was, they could not tear it apart.


    as expected, the magical powers of immortality are in different directions, and meng zhang''s accomplishments on the avenue of space are fully demonstrated at this time.


    stimulated by his willingness to harm himself, he burst out with extremely powerful power, skillfully leveraging the surrounding space laws, and finally tore a small hole in the gap between the counter space and the positive space. .


    the strong spatial fluctuations alerted the three gods.


    the power and breath of anti-space surged out from this opening.


    this opening was too small for meng zhang to pass through, but it made the three gods very nervous.


    they tried their best to prevent meng zhang from using this space crack to escape.


    with meng zhang''s desperate efforts, the space crack expanded once again, barely enough for people to pass through.


    but the three gods took action in time, forcing him to retreat continuously.


    seeing the cracks in space before his eyes, meng zhang could not get closer.


    so close to the end of the world, meng zhang tried his best, but couldn''t take this step.


    one party wants to escape, and the other party resolutely stops them. both sides show their magical powers, and the fight is particularly fierce.


    meng zhang was obviously at a disadvantage, and all his movements were blocked by the enemy in time.


    he could neither break through the siege, kill the enemy, nor use the technique of space teleportation to leave.


    after a desperate struggle, he obviously lost strength and began to exhaust himself.


    the three gods all felt that the time had come, and they wanted to strike while the iron was hot and capture meng zhang.


    at this moment, a ray of light flew out from the space crack that meng zhang had torn open before.


    before starting to fight, meng zhang used the summoning technique to summon taimiao to the yangshi.


    tai miao came in response to meng zhang''s call, but never showed up. instead, she secretly hid in the counterspace.


    since taimiao did not appear in the positive space, there was naturally no movement, and all fluctuations were confined to the counterspace.


    neither the three gods who were fighting meng zhang nor the guy waiting further away noticed anything unusual.


    later, meng zhang took the initiative to tear apart the space barrier, which naturally caused huge space fluctuations.


    taking advantage of this cover, taimiao suddenly burst out of the counterspace, which indeed exceeded the expectations of the three gods.


    they never imagined that meng zhang''s real purpose in creating that spatial rift was not to escape, but to cover tai miao''s actions.


    after tai miao appeared, without any delay, he immediately launched an attack on the three gods with lightning speed.


    i saw taimiao turning into a stream of light and slamming directly forward.


    this collision was not an easy one, as it fully demonstrated the strength of tai miao''s ghostly body and concentrated all his power.


    the three gods were attacking meng zhang with all their strength, but he was caught off guard.


    the stream of light transformed by tai miao hit the light curtain in front heavily.


    since most of the power of the light curtain was used to trap meng zhang, the power was too dispersed and could not block tai miao''s body collision.


    the seemingly indestructible light curtain turned into fragments, revealing a large gap.


    the cage that originally trapped meng zhang was shattered by tai miao.


    tai miao was also knocked dizzy and unable to maintain his original state. he suddenly showed his body shape and almost fell.


    he tried hard to steady his body and continued to attack the surroundings.


    the cage was smashed by tai miao, and meng zhang felt relaxed all over his body.


    he, who was already exhausted, once again activated his potential, mustered up his courage, and took the opportunity to launch a counterattack.


    the long river formed by the two qi of yin and yang swept over again, and the yin and yang annihilating divine thunder blasted towards the three gods...


    taimiao, who had just been promoted to the late stage of the gods, was not as strong as meng zhang, but his condition was far better than him.


    he had been recuperating his energy and waiting for the opportunity, just to show off his power at this moment.


    he almost ignored his own safety and desperately attacked the three gods.


    meng zhang and tai miao have a special relationship. when the two join forces, the power they exert far exceeds that of one plus one.


    they had the same mind and cooperated so well that it was almost as if they were one person.


    the powers they display seem to have completely different attributes, but they can be combined inexplicably to exert unexpected power.


    a pure yang immortal from the yang world, a gloomy ghost god from the underworld, one yin and one yang, after joining forces, they just harmonized the yin and yang path and brought the power of the yin and yang path to the extreme.


    after a frantic attack, they actually temporarily cornered the three gods.


    they did not let this small advantage go to their heads.


    they have always been calm and rational enough to clearly understand the strength gap between the enemy and ourselves.


    the little advantage they had finally achieved would not allow them to win.


    therefore, they have no intention of fighting the enemy to the end.


    after the cage was broken by tai miao, the biggest obstacle preventing meng zhang from escaping has disappeared.


    after he and tai miao temporarily cornered the enemy, they immediately broke away from the battle as quickly as possible and fled into the distance without any hesitation.


    when the three gods reacted, they had already escaped some distance away.


    and the god who had been hiding until now had just arrived at this time.


    this god is called the god of gaine, and comes from the earth mother goddess.


    the cause and effect between meng zhang and the earth mother goddess is very deep.


    the cause and effect between them originally came from the qianyuan golden immortal.


    at that time, the qianyuan immortal lord killed the god gai yang of the earth mother goddess, and his divine body turned into a continent.


    later, with the help of the backhand left by qianyuan immortal lord, the taiyi realm absorbed gaiyang continent, and meng zhang also wiped out the last vitality of gaiyang god, completely cutting off his hope of resurrection.


    therefore, meng zhang and the earth mother goddess formed a deep hatred.


    when taiyi realm was in the hengling star region, many powerful men from the earth mother god system attacked taiyi realm for this purpose.


    taiyi realm defeated the invading enemy and caused great losses to it.


    later, during the battle between the lingkong immortal realm and the earth mother god system, meng zhang used the power of the lingkong immortal realm to kill many strong men of the earth mother god system, and the blood feud between the two sides deepened.


    although the taiyi realm finally escaped from the hengling star district and separated from the lingkong immortal realm, the hatred between the taiyi realm and the earth mother god system did not ease at all.


    there are many gods in the earth mother goddess, who almost always remember the shame brought by taiyi realm, and think about revenge almost all the time.


    however, the earth mother god system and the lingkong immortal realm have been fighting in the hengling star region, and it has not ended yet.


    in addition, taiyi realm''s movements are erratic and have been moving in the void. even when the pause is long, the situation is quite special, such as being in a sea of ??dancing flowers.


    many gods of the earth mother goddess are determined to take revenge on the taiyi realm, but they cannot be distracted for the time being.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3573

    since then, meng zhang''s cultivation has improved by leaps and bounds, and he was promoted to immortal lord not long ago.


    under his leadership, the taiyi world has also developed rapidly and its strength has improved greatly.


    at this time, the taiyi realm was enough to attract the great attention of the earth mother god system.


    ordinary gods in the pantheon are no longer qualified to be enemies of meng zhang.


    of course, the more this happens, the more the earth mother goddess cannot let meng zhang go.


    the existence of gaiyang continent in the taiyi realm for one day is a shame to the entire earth mother god system, making its gods almost invisible to humans.


    some time ago, the battle between the earth mother god system and the lingkong immortal realm in the hengling star district had eased slightly. the senior officials of the earth mother god department couldn''t wait to mobilize their manpower, preparing to attack the taiyi realm and take back the divine body of gai yang celestial god.


    meng zhang had a good relationship with jue chen immortal lord and had a record of killing the demon lord natuoya. the manpower mobilized by the earth mother god system was limited in strength and was not confident enough to defeat meng zhang.


    if they miss, meng zhang will be alert enough, and it will be even more difficult for him to succeed in the future.


    although the gods of the earth mother goddess are arrogant, they are not stupid.


    especially when dealing with a powerful enemy like meng zhang, they were cautious enough and did not act rashly.


    they carefully collected all kinds of information about taiyi realm and analyzed it carefully.


    the deeper they understand taiyi realm, the more they feel that taiyi realm will become a formidable enemy sooner or later, and it is best to take action against it as soon as possible.


    although the taiyi realm seems to have separated from the lingkong immortal realm, it is obviously disconnected from it and has close ties with the cultivation forces under the lingkong immortal realm such as the gu yue family.


    in particular, the close relationship between taiyi realm and yuzhen sect made them find it intolerable.


    the yuzhen sect and the earth mother god system have been at odds with each other for many years. the two sides have fought countless times and forged countless bloody feuds.


    if it weren''t for the golden immortal supporting the yuzhen sect behind the scenes, and the taoist sect has always been strong, the earth mother goddess might have gone all out to eliminate the yuzhen sect.


    the yuzhen sect is the great enemy of the earth mother god system, and all forces closely related to it are the enemies of the earth mother god system.


    not to mention the hatred between the taiyi realm and the earth mother god system itself, its relationship with the yuzhen sect alone is the way to death.


    relying solely on the power drawn from the earth mother goddess. there is not enough certainty to eliminate taiyi realm.


    based on the principle that the enemy of their enemy is their friend, they began to look for enemies in taiyi realm and select targets that could be exploited.


    taiyi realm has made many enemies, but many of them have been eliminated by taiyi realm.


    the remaining sects such as the fahua sect may have been frightened by the taiyi realm.


    if taiyijie doesn''t go looking for trouble, then thank god. who else has the guts to provoke taiyijie?


    as for sects like guantian pavilion, it is true that they hate the taiyi realm, but they will never join forces with the earth mother goddess.


    they spent a lot of effort to find the temple of heaven.


    the conflict between the peripheral members of the heavenly temple, hungling zunshen, and taiyijie, was a trivial matter for the senior officials of the heavenly temple, and was not worthy of their attention at all.


    but what taiyi realm did later in the shen''en star district was to form a life-and-death feud with the tianshen temple.


    however, the tianshen temple was concerned about meng zhang''s profound background and strength, so he did not act rashly.


    now the earth mother goddess came to cooperate with them, and the two parties hit it off.


    the earth mother goddess has the main god in charge, which can completely counter meng zhang''s background.


    the earth mother goddess asked the heavenly goddess temple to cooperate in the battle this time, and promised a lot of additional benefits.


    the earth mother god system attaches great importance to meng zhang and taiyi realm, and the person in charge of this matter is the god emperor gailei.


    the so-called god emperor in shinto is the leader among the powerful ones in the later stage of the deity.


    the god emperor is not only powerful enough, but also often possesses extremely powerful forces.


    due to the superiority of the immortal way over the shinto way, the immortal lord is basically guaranteed to win against an ordinary late-stage god.


    according to this situation, shinto is not qualified to compete with immortal dao.


    therefore, shinto high-level officials selected targets to focus on cultivating among the gods in the later stages of the celestial gods, and this was how they became the so-called god emperors.


    the god emperor is often regarded as the seed or even the successor of the main god, and holds a special status in shinto.


    the god emperor is also the main force against the immortal lord.


    even among such powerful shinto forces as the earth mother god system, the number of god emperors is extremely rare.


    tianshen temple is a shinto force with a long history and has accumulated very strong strength and connections over the years.


    however, within shinto, it is not considered top-notch at all.


    in addition to the fact that it has no main god, it is also because it lacks a god emperor.


    there are several late-stage gods in the celestial temple, but none of them are qualified to become the god emperor.


    it is precisely because of this that the god of ganda felt that there was no future in the celestial temple and could not make further progress in his cultivation, so he defected to buddhism.


    the senior officials of tianshen temple were very dissatisfied with his defection, but they did not have the courage to pursue him.


    firstly, they were afraid of the powerful power of god ganda, and secondly, they were unwilling to provoke buddhism.


    even some high-level officials of the celestial temple have been secretly communicating with ganda celestial god.


    they probably also hope to see god ganda successfully promoted, so that they can in turn inspire themselves.


    of course, god ganda was unable to be promoted in buddhism, and later betrayed buddhism, which naturally stopped the high-level officials of the god''s temple from following suit.


    the top gods of the celestial temple seem to be lofty and majestic, but like the gods of ganda, they all face the dilemma of hopeless breakthrough.


    if the gods of ganda can succeed, maybe they will also betray shinto and join buddhism.


    however, ganda god failed in the end, and it was considered that he had no choice but to seek refuge in buddhism.


    the earth mother goddess has been fighting fiercely with the lingkong immortal realm in recent years, and it has suffered heavy losses.


    many of its senior officials have set their sights on the celestial temple, which they previously looked down upon, and are trying to annex it to replenish their lost strength.


    this time they cooperated with the tianshen temple to deal with the taiyi realm, and they regarded it as a test for the tianshen temple.


    in order to urge the senior officials of the celestial temple to be more attentive and to divide them, the senior officials of the earth mother god system gave a huge bait.


    as long as the senior officials of tianshen temple try their best and make sufficient contributions in dealing with taiyi realm.


    after this is accomplished, the earth mother goddess is willing to help the heavenly temple cultivate a god emperor.


    such bait is indeed powerful enough.


    no matter what system of practitioners they are, what they pursue throughout their lives is the advancement of their cultivation realm and their own path.


    to this end, they are willing to pay all costs and make all kinds of sacrifices.


    in the world of spiritual practice, there are countless cases where people deceive their teachers and destroy their ancestors, betray their sect and family, and abandon all their relatives, friends, and clansmen.


    the opportunity that they have been seeking for many years is right in front of them. how can the senior officials of tianshen temple resist the temptation?


    in order to actively cooperate with the earth mother goddess system and compete for opportunities to perform meritorious deeds, civil strife almost broke out among the senior officials of the celestial goddess temple.


    the earth mother goddess spent a lot of effort to appease them and make them obey orders honestly.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3574

    in order to ensure that the taiyi realm could be completely eliminated, the senior officials of the earth mother god system carefully formulated an action plan against meng zhang and began to implement it secretly.


    juechen immortal, a veteran immortal, has a close relationship with meng zhang. the two sides had just joined forces to deal with demon lord natuoya not long ago, which made people have to be on guard.


    god emperor gailei will personally go to juechen immortal lord to defeat him and cut off meng zhang''s foreign aid.


    god gaine went to the lingju star area to give specific command of this operation.


    the gods qiantong, qiandao and qianshun of the tianshen temple all participated in this operation.


    these four late-stage gods had been hiding in the lingju star area for a long time and were ready to ambush meng zhang.


    tianshen temple dispatched a powerful army to attack the lingju star area, luring the taiyi world to come for support.


    because meng zhang was affected by the lingering power of jinxian''s curse, he did not dare to use the magic of heaven at will. even his spiritual sense was greatly reduced, and he was unable to sense the presence of an ambush in advance.


    after arriving here, due to the function of a hidden artifact on god gaine, the four gods perfectly hid their figures and auras, and meng zhang did not find them in many investigations.


    fortunately, meng zhang learned the lesson from his last battle with demon lord naduya and remained vigilant enough.


    even though there was no evidence to prove that there was a trap here, he still made sufficient preparations in advance and treated it as an ambush.


    as it turned out, his caution saved his life.


    tai miao''s hidden trump card suddenly took action, finally breaking the cage and rescuing meng zhang.


    the two of them came together and ran away in a few moments.


    the three gods from the heavenly temple couldn''t catch up and could only stare at them.


    god gaine flew to their side, feeling a little regretful in his heart.


    meng zhang had discovered his hiding place before. he chose to attack and let tai miao take action as far away from his hiding place as possible.


    of course, this long distance, which occupies almost half of the lingju star zone, is difficult to isolate the gainei god from the battlefield.


    when taimiao showed up to take action, god gaine hesitated for a moment.


    he didn''t know if taimiao was meng zhang''s last trump card. he was worried that meng zhang had other unknown back-up cards.


    by the time he made up his mind to take action and crossed the long distance, meng zhang had already broken through the cage and escaped far away with tai miao.


    the three gods, gainei god and tianshen temple, stood together and looked at meng zhang and the others from a distance.


    everyone is strong at the same level. meng zhang and the others want to escape, so it will be difficult for them to catch up.


    therefore, they laid an ambush in advance and laid a trap for meng zhang.


    now that the trap has failed, meng zhang and the others have fled far away. no matter how unwilling they are, they have no way to keep each other.


    meng zhang had shown off his power many times before, and finally cooperated with tai miao in fighting, looking majestic.


    in fact, his condition was already very bad.


    he had been injured a long time ago and his energy was severely depleted.


    especially in order to cooperate with tai miao''s actions, he stimulated his potential several times, forced his shots, and confused the enemy, which caused him a lot of damage.


    if he cannot deal with his injuries in time, if time passes, he may even damage his foundation and affect his future practice.


    meng zhang and tai miao escaped far enough and thought they had escaped to a safe distance, so they did not continue to escape.


    meng zhang and tai miao turned to face gainei tianshen and the others, facing them from afar.


    meng zhang quickly regained his breath while trying to suppress the injuries on his body.


    due to meng zhang''s good concealment, although his breath seemed a bit unstable, he did not look like he was seriously injured.


    of course meng zhang knew in his heart that it would be the safest and safest way for him and tai miao to escape immediately at this time.


    i will naturally find ways to slowly recover from the losses i suffered this time in the future.


    as for the spiritual race in the spiritual star region, they really can¡¯t care about it.


    the battle in the void is dangerous and unpredictable, and sacrifices are inevitable.


    but the truth is that truth, and meng zhang is unwilling to do so.


    this time he was ambushed by the enemy, which completely angered him, making him unwilling to just retreat and escape.


    moreover, the spirit clan in the lingju star district are also allies of the taiyi realm after all, so he can''t help but watch their demise.


    no matter what, he would try his best and use all methods.


    you know, he spent a lot of effort to form the endless alliance.


    although the spirit race in the spirit residence star zone has not officially joined the endless alliance, everyone knows that it has a close relationship with the taiyi world and has long been a candidate. it is only one step away from officially joining the alliance.


    if the taiyi realm is unable to rescue them at this time and allows this spiritual tribe to be exterminated by the temple of heaven, it will be too damaging to morale.


    this will have a huge impact on the entire alliance, shake the leadership of taiyi, and make everyone no longer believe that meng zhang can protect the alliance.


    anyway, with the current distance between the two sides, meng zhang is not afraid of being caught up by the enemy for the time being.


    he could stay temporarily and see if things turn around.


    seeing gainei tianshen and the others staring at him and taimiao, meng zhang stared back without showing any signs of weakness.


    especially tai miao''s expression, which is very fierce, as if he wants to swallow his opponent alive.


    of course gainei tianshen and the others hated tai miao who suddenly appeared, and their hatred for him was second only to meng zhang.


    if tai miao hadn''t come out to disrupt the situation, perhaps the three gods from the heavenly temple alone would have captured meng zhang without the need for gainei god to show up.


    in order to deal with meng zhang, they had already carefully collected all kinds of intelligence about taiyi realm.


    they had long known from intelligence that the taiyi realm and some ghosts and gods in the underworld were closely related, and the two sides had many cooperations.


    in particular, a ghost named tai miao has a very high status in the taiyi world. in many cases, he can even directly command the top leaders of the taiyi world.


    taimiao has been fully supported by taiyi realm. there are a large number of temples and believers in taiyi realm...


    the two sides have long been in a relationship of interdependence, mutual prosperity and loss.


    however, according to the information they received, taimiao was only a strong person in the middle stage of the gods.


    i don¡¯t know when, but taimiao has been promoted to the late stage of god.


    you know, there seems to be only one level difference between the late stage gods and the middle stage gods, but most of the mid-stage gods cannot successfully advance to the late stage.


    tai miao''s promotion to the late stage of heavenly god was very short, and he has been in the underworld since his promotion. he has never appeared in the taiyi world, so the enemy naturally has no way of knowing his latest information.


    seeing meng zhang and tai miao stop running away and making provocative gestures, god gainei and the others became even more angry.


    even though they knew it would be difficult to keep meng zhang behind, they still chased each other driven by unwillingness and anger.


    seeing the enemy chasing after them, meng zhang and tai miao immediately turned around and left without any hesitation, with no intention of staying and fighting the enemy.

 Chapter 3575

    as an immortal, meng zhang is much stronger than any of the four opponents.


    not to mention anything else, just the speed of escaping was much faster than them.


    even if he is in bad condition now, there is still no big problem in escaping.


    what''s more important is that god gaine and the others are far from being carried away by anger, and they still maintain enough reason and sobriety.


    they knew that meng zhang was very powerful and that they were no match for each other alone. only by joining forces could they defeat each other.


    they didn''t dare to be too far away from each other, for fear that the enemy would find an opportunity to defeat each other.


    as a result, their pursuit was even slower.


    i saw two escaping lights escaping in front, and four escaping lights chasing behind, but they couldn''t catch up with the target, and they always kept a not-so-short distance.


    after chasing for a while, god gaine and the others were very discouraged and no longer willing to do such useless work.


    their anger was temporarily under control and they became calmer.


    they stopped their pursuit, turned around and flew towards the lingju star area.


    the main target, meng zhang, escaped, and this mission was considered a failure.


    they had no choice but to return to the spirit residence star zone and vent all their anger on those spirit races.


    seeing them turning back, meng zhang and tai miao stopped running and followed them instead.


    as soon as gainei tianshen and the others stopped and showed signs of turning around to pursue, meng zhang and the others would immediately turn around and continue to escape.


    in this way, meng zhang and tai miao were like brown candies, always sticking to them.


    gainei tianshen and the others were greatly agitated, and were disgusted by meng zhang''s actions.


    however, they thought about it calmly and understood what meng zhang was thinking.


    meng zhang was not willing to watch them easily wipe out the spirit race in the spirit residence star region.


    god gaine''s mind was moving quickly, and he felt that things had taken a turn for the better.


    perhaps, this ambush on meng zhang still has the possibility of success.


    since meng zhang is concerned, they have an opportunity to take advantage of him.


    of course, god gaine also knew in his heart that if he saw that there was nothing he could do, meng zhang would never sacrifice himself for this group of spiritual tribes, and would only escape in time.


    therefore, his actions must be cautious enough, and many actions must be done at a certain degree.


    god gaine and the others discussed it and came up with a preliminary idea.


    first of all, the spirit races in the spirit-dwelling star area cannot be eliminated in a hurry.


    he wants to keep it temporarily as a means to contain meng zhang, making meng zhang reluctant to leave here.


    secondly, they must find a way to plot against meng zhang again and keep him behind completely.


    with the lessons learned from the last failure, meng zhang must be more cautious.


    it becomes more difficult for them to plot against meng zhang, and they only have one chance at most.


    if we fail to seize this opportunity, it will be even more difficult to capture meng zhang in the future.


    ganetian god and the others did not act in a hurry, but instead thought about possible solutions.


    in addition, god gaine secretly contacted god emperor gaile and informed him of the situation here.


    god emperor geilei is one of the few top leaders in the earth mother god system, possessing great power and high prestige.


    he is also a master in the late stage of the gods, and the god of gaine can only succumb to him and obey his orders honestly.


    for god emperor gailei, god gainei is heartfelt, completely obedient, and even a little afraid.


    this time he was responsible for commanding the mission to ambush meng zhang, but it ended in failure, which he could not accept.


    god gailei''s command is very strict, and all kinds of punishment methods are very cruel, which has always made many gods within the earth mother goddess fearful.


    if god gainei doesn''t want to be severely punished by god gailei, he must seize the last opportunity to exchange merit for crime and must capture meng zhang.


    after thinking about it, he felt that he and the three gods from the temple of heaven alone were not confident enough to take down meng zhang, who was already on guard.


    as a last resort, he had no choice but to ask god emperor gailei for help.


    even if you are scolded by him for your incompetence, it is better than failing the mission and facing his severe punishment.


    the spirit clan in the spirit residence star zone don¡¯t know whether they are lucky or not.


    they encountered a massive attack from the celestial temple and were on the verge of destruction.


    meng zhang had stopped the tianshen temple army many times before, allowing them to continue to survive.


    originally, meng zhang and tai miao were unable to fight the enemy and were powerless.


    however, because gainei celestial god and the others wanted to keep the spirit tribe in the spirit-dwelling star area to contain meng zhang, they continued to exist for a while longer.


    it seems that their fate is really sad, and their survival depends entirely on the hands of others.


    there is no way, in the void of the jungle, the forces that are not strong enough are in this kind of situation.


    after gainei tianshen and the others saw through meng zhang''s intentions, they stopped pursuing him in vain.


    they retreated to the vicinity of the lingju star area, allowing the temple of heaven army to temporarily slow down their attack on the lingju star area.


    they don''t need to rush to eliminate these eldar, they just need to keep enough pressure on them.


    meng zhang knew from the actions of gainei tianshen and the others that they had seen through his thoughts.


    he hesitated for a moment, knowing that it would be very dangerous for him to continue to stay, and the enemy would definitely try their best to deal with him.


    but after repeated consideration, he still did not escape immediately.


    it seemed that the enemy had no way to deal with him for the time being. they were either thinking of new conspiracies or waiting for reinforcements.


    more likely, it''s both.


    the enemy has a numerical advantage and is stronger than him and tai miao.


    but this kind of power is not crushing, and he and tai miao are not powerless to fight back.


    as for summoning reinforcements, meng zhang can also do it.


    while thinking about how to take advantage of the current situation, he secretly gave orders to taiyi realm.


    following his order, taiyijie immediately stopped advancing and waited for his further orders.


    in addition, his eldest disciple niu dawei will contact friendly sects in his name to seek help.


    the immortal lord of the gu yue family has not shown up for many years, and it is estimated that it will be difficult for him to come to help taiyi realm this time.


    the yuzhen sect and the earth mother goddess sect have a deep hatred. if they encounter this opportunity to jointly fight against the earth mother goddess sect, their top management will probably not let it go easily.


    the luo yu sect was also niu dawei''s main target for help.


    as a major taoist sect, the luoyu sect always likes to stand up for their fellow taoist sects, so they won¡¯t just watch the taiyi world being bullied by the shinto forces, right?


    not to mention, the two have a close relationship and are almost de facto allies.


    meng zhang thought for a while, and the first way he thought of was to repeat his old tricks, find a way to lure the enemy into the counterspace, and use the environment there to eliminate them.


    but after thinking about it for a while, he gave up the idea and felt that it was unrealistic.


    first of all, his current condition is not good and his combat effectiveness is greatly reduced. even if he takes advantage of the anti-space location, he may not be able to defeat the enemy.


    secondly, the enemy has four late-stage gods. there are too many people, and the natural trap of anti-space cannot trap them all at once.

 Chapter 3576

    back then, when meng zhang plotted against the demon lord naduya, he was alone, without any companions to cooperate or cover him.


    demon lord naduoye is very famous and has brilliant achievements, but he is far from being called from a famous family, let alone the inheritance of the mo dharma lord level, and he has limited knowledge of the hidden and dangerous places in the counter space.


    as for the four opponents in front of meng zhang, not to mention the three gods from the celestial temple, the gainei celestial god comes from the earth mother goddess line and also has a superb inheritance.


    his understanding of counterspace may not be as good as meng zhang''s, but it is definitely not less. he definitely has more relevant information than demon lord nadya.


    fortunately, meng zhang weighed the situation in time and did not repeat his old tricks.


    otherwise, if he really uses counter-space to calculate the opponent in front of him, he will most likely fail, and may even be entangled by his opponent.


    now, the two sides are in a confrontation, which is actually a good thing for him.


    his condition is really not good, and now he is just strong on the outside but weak on the inside.


    if the opponent finds out his details, he may come over again without waiting for reinforcements.


    by then, even if meng zhang can escape in time, the spirit race in the spirit residence star region will definitely be doomed.


    meng zhang and tai miao stood together, looking at each other with eager eyes and ready to take action again at any time.


    in fact, he is already working hard to stabilize his injuries and regain his strength.


    if he really had to fight against his peers, he probably wouldn''t have the ability.


    gainei tianshen and the others were a little frightened by meng zhang''s previous performance, and they couldn''t help but overestimate his strength.


    the most important thing is that the survival of the spiritual clan in the spiritual star region is very important to meng zhang and is related to the stability of the endless alliance.


    but to gainei tianshen and the others, it was nothing. it was mainly a tool used to contain meng zhang.


    the two sides faced each other across the distance in the void, with each other having their own plans and making secret moves.


    as for the taiyi realm, after receiving the order from meng zhang, they immediately followed the order.


    taiyi realm stopped moving forward and stopped some distance away from the lingju star area.


    niu dawei followed meng zhang''s order and contacted luo yu sect and yu zhen sect, saying that meng zhang was attacked by the earth mother god system and was in urgent need of their assistance.


    the luoyu sect is preparing an operation against buddhism, which takes up too many manpower.


    however, after receiving niu dawei''s request for help, he still tried his best to send the immortal lord over for reinforcements.


    regarding the earth mother goddess, the luo yu sect is really not that afraid.


    the senior leaders of yuzhen sect originally hoped to make friends with qianyuan immortal lord by making good friends with taiyi realm. now that meng zhang is attacked by the earth mother goddess, they will naturally actively provide help.


    the two fairy gates above taiyi realm opened.


    one fairy gate leads to luo yu sect, and the other fairy gate leads to yu zhen sect.


    not long after, the reinforcements from the two sects arrived over the taiyi realm through the immortal sect.


    when meng zhang asked for help, god gainei and the others were also asking for help.


    god emperor gailei, who was very far away from the lingju star region, received their request for help.


    god emperor gailei was very dissatisfied and secretly cursed god gainei and the others as trash.


    four powerful men in the late stage of the celestial god stage were ambushing him in advance, but they were unable to capture meng zhang. they were too incompetent.


    the earth mother goddess attaches great importance to capturing meng zhang and regaining the body of god gai rang.


    god emperor gailei took the initiative to ask ying to handle the matter this time, but he issued a military order.


    of course, he used the excuse of dealing with meng zhang to leave the hengling star area, but he actually had other plans.


    he arranged for gainei tianshen and others to ambush meng zhang, but he himself separated from them early on the pretext of dealing with juechen immortal lord.


    although meng zhang''s luck was low because of the curse, his luck was not too bad.


    if emperor gailei personally participated in the ambush against him this time, he would have difficulty escaping even with tai miao''s help.


    of course, god emperor gailei missed the best opportunity to deal with meng zhang this time because of his own personal affairs. i wonder if he will regret it in the future.


    he actually did not find juechen immortal lord this time.


    now that he has received a request for help from god gaine, his personal affairs have almost been settled, and he has arrived just in time to join the fight against meng zhang.


    for him, meng zhang must be dealt with, otherwise it will be difficult to deal with within the divine system.


    in the sky above the taiyi realm, immortal yu sheng from the luo yu sect and immortal yaozhen from the yu zhen sect came out of the two immortal gates one after another.


    hanyu immortal is a well-known strong man in the luo yu sect. he has been an immortal master for many years and is an out-and-out senior figure in the taoist sect.


    immortal lord yaozhen and meng zhang had dealt with each other when they were in the hengling star district.


    at that time, she, like meng zhang, was a heavenly immortal. although the true immortal lord was a newly promoted immortal lord and had broken through to heavenly immortality, as a monk from a great sect, she had received a superb inheritance and careful guidance from her seniors in the sect.


    her cultivation has long been stable, her fighting power is not weak, and she is already a qualified immortal.


    after hanyu immortal lord and yaozhen immortal lord appeared, they did not enter the taiyi realm, but simply chatted with niu dawei who was waiting next to the immortal gate.


    the current location of taiyi realm is not far from the lingju star region.


    immortal master hanyu and immortal master yaozhen rushed there quickly after asking about the location of ming lingju star district.


    with their speed, there was no delay on the road and they quickly arrived at their destination.


    they did not hide their whereabouts or aura, and appeared in the lingju star area in a swaggering manner.


    as soon as they appeared, meng zhang and tai miao rushed over to join them.


    the enemy''s reinforcements came so quickly, which greatly exceeded the expectations of ganetian god and the others.


    they originally hoped to use the spirit race in the lingju star region to contain meng zhang and wait for their reinforcements to arrive.


    now that our own reinforcements have not arrived, the enemy''s reinforcements have arrived first. the situation has reversed, and their situation has suddenly become worse.


    now it''s four versus four, with the same number of players on both sides.


    however, due to the inherent advantages of the immortal way over the shinto, under normal circumstances, the gods cannot defeat the immortal lord in the later stage.


    there are three immortals among the enemies, and the ghost god taimiao is not weak either.


    god gainei and the others immediately wanted to retreat.


    of course, not to mention the failure of the ambush on meng zhang and his escape from the battlefield, the earth mother goddess would definitely not let them off lightly afterwards.


    when he thought of the cruel methods of god gailei, god gaine began to hesitate and did not dare to escape immediately.


    in fact, the advantage on meng zhang''s side was not as great as gainei tianshen imagined.


    meng zhang basically has no fighting ability now, he is just a lookalike, completely strong on the outside but weak on the inside.


    although hanyu senzun is a veteran immortal with high seniority and age, his combat power is not particularly outstanding.


    as a newly promoted immortal lord, yaozhen immortal lord is still a little immature, and his combat ability can only be said to be passable, not worse than the average level of strong men of the same level. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3577

    after the two sides met, meng zhang finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    reinforcements arrived, and at least his crisis was resolved this time.


    he and immortal yaozhen were old acquaintances, so when they met again, it was natural to exchange pleasantries.


    yu shengxian zun from luo yu sect was a senior and came specifically to reinforce him. meng zhang was even more respectful to him.


    hanyu senzun is not known for his combat prowess, but his vision is very vicious and his methods are clever enough.


    he could tell at a glance that meng zhang was in poor condition and seriously injured.


    he gently put his hands on his hands, and a warm, yang-yang breath flowed from his hands into meng zhang''s body.


    considering the relationship between the tai yi realm and the luo yu sect, meng zhang has enough trust in yu shengxian zun.


    moreover, with his eyesight, he had already seen that this aura was beneficial to him.


    he allowed this breath to enter his body and flow along the meridians and acupuncture points.


    after a while, meng zhang''s injuries were mostly healed.


    he had been working secretly for a long time, and the therapeutic effect he achieved was not as good as hanyu senzun''s casual hand.


    sure enough, these immortals from major sects are basically all outstanding and are not just ordinary people.


    with this ability alone, hanyu senzun will definitely have a place among many immortals.


    meng zhang expressed his gratitude to hanyu senzun.


    as his injuries began to improve, streams of pure energy poured out from the tai chi cave and quickly entered his body, quickly replenishing most of his previous consumption.


    although he is still far from returning to his full strength, he is already capable of fighting.


    at the same time, god gane and the others also made a decision.


    they were unwilling to just run away from the battle, and they would inevitably be punished afterwards.


    in addition, it is easy for the four of them to escape. with such a large army from the temple of heaven still here, how can they evacuate safely?


    without their cover, this army would definitely not be able to withdraw safely.


    this army is the accumulation of many years of tianshen temple, and it concentrates a large part of its strength.


    if this army is lost here, the heavenly temple will probably be severely damaged and its vitality will be severely damaged.


    none of the three gods in the temple of heaven were willing to abandon their army and run away.


    after the four of them discussed it for a while, they felt that the strength gap between the two sides was not too big, and they still had the strength to fight.


    god emperor gailei has received their request for help and is rushing here at full speed.


    if they can withstand it for a while and wait until god emperor gaile arrives, they will most likely be able to turn defeat into victory.


    with this idea in mind, gainei tianshen and the others retreated to the army of tianshen temple that had not yet participated in the battle.


    the temple of heaven was attacking the fleets of the two big worlds, and it also stopped all actions and moved closer to the four of them.


    the army of the celestial temple is huge, with many early and late celestial beings in charge, and there are even more true gods.


    such a large army, under the leadership of gaine tianshen and the others, still has a certain confidence in facing meng zhang and the others.


    no matter how strong meng zhang and the other four are, their numbers are limited.


    with so much cannon fodder for them to kill, it would be enough for them to kill for a long time.


    immortal dao has many large formations with different functions, and shinto also has a deep accumulation of formations.


    the tianshen temple army formed a strict formation, which was enough to exert a strong power.


    although meng zhang and the others have not yet made up their mind to launch an attack, it does not prevent them from carefully observing the enemy''s movements.


    it was not unexpected that gaine tianjin and the others took the initiative to retreat.


    it''s a bit tricky for them to command the army to form a large formation.


    although this army cannot determine the outcome of a great battle at the immortal lord level, it can be enough to consume meng zhang and the others'' vitality, delay their time, and create opportunities for gainei tianshen and the others.


    in addition, shinto practitioners are also intelligent beings, and righteous people like hanyu senzun are not willing to commit more crimes.


    meng zhang and immortal yaozhen are both taoist immortals. they not only respect immortal hanyu''s practices, but also consciously control their own killings.


    of course, it would be difficult for meng zhang and the others to seize this opportunity, and they would not let the enemy off easily.


    although the goal of rescuing the lingju star zone had been achieved, meng zhang wanted to take revenge when he remembered that he had been ambushed by the enemy before.


    this is not because of his temperament, but because of the battle in the void.


    if he does not show his attitude of retribution, how will he frighten others in the future and maintain his dignity?


    the best way to retaliate is to severely damage or even completely annihilate the enemy army in front of you, and kill gainei god and the others as much as possible.


    hanyu senzun is not a person who is easy to kill, but the luoyu sect is a radical faction within the taoist sect and has always actively advocated dealing with the cultivation forces outside the taoist sect.


    as a senior member of the luo yu sect, he was inevitably affected by the trends within the sect, and he had to try his best to stay consistent with the sect''s overall plans.


    the earth mother goddess and the yuzhen sect have been fighting for so many years. both sides have suffered heavy losses and paid a huge price, and they have long had a bloody feud.


    with all his hatred, immortal yaozhen is full of hatred towards the forces related to the earth mother god system, and even most of the shinto forces, and wishes to eliminate them completely.


    as for tai miao, he is naturally consistent with meng zhang.


    the four of them discussed it and made a decision. they must not let go of the enemy in front of them.


    of course, none of the four of them were willing to force their way into the enemy''s formation.


    against generals, soldiers against soldiers, the army of the celestial temple should naturally be dealt with by the army of cultivators.


    taiyi realm is not far from here. as long as you drive at full speed, you will arrive there soon.


    of course, taiyi realm also has some flaws.


    after tai miao was promoted to the late stage of the heavenly god, there was no one strong in the middle stage of the heavenly god level in the huge taiyi world, and there was a gap in strength.


    there is no way, this is because meng zhanghe taimiao''s cultivation has improved too fast, and taiyi realm, as an emerging force, is still insufficient in terms of background.


    in order to make up for the shortcomings in this area, the two established sects, luo yu sect and yu zhen sect, need to provide more help.


    the top leaders of these two sects are willing to help meng zhang fight against the shinto forces.


    soon, the two fairy gates above taiyi realm opened again.


    the mingjing celestial immortal of the luo yu sect and the red jade fairy of the yu zhen sect each arrived with reinforcements.


    neither the luoyu sect nor the yuzhen sect had any intention of sending large groups of troops to the taiyi realm.


    they only sent a few high-end experts to strengthen the high-level combat effectiveness of taiyi realm.


    mingjing tianxian and meng zhang are old friends and have the experience of fighting side by side.


    in tianxian, she has extraordinary talent and rapid progress in cultivation. she is a key cultivation target of yuzhen sect.


    when she met meng zhang, he was still just a true immortal.


    when she met meng zhang again in hengling star district, she was already

 Chapter 3578

    after the reinforcements from the two families arrived here, the two fairy gates above taiyi realm were closed, and taiyi realm was about to start moving.


    under niu dawei''s command, taiyi realm rushed towards the lingju star area as quickly as possible.


    before taiyijie arrived, meng zhang took the time to heal and rest, trying to get back to a better state as much as possible.


    the celestial temple army has been adjusting its formation to prepare for the war.


    both sides had their own ideas, and neither had the tendency to take the initiative to launch an attack. instead, they fell into a confrontation, waiting for the arrival of follow-up reinforcements.


    a few days later, taiyi realm arrived near the lingju star area.


    seeing the huge taiyi realm appear, there was a commotion in the tianshen temple army camp.


    originally, gainei god and tianshen temple set up an ambush here to ambush meng zhang and taiyijie.


    they had no choice but to ambush meng zhang and had to take a defensive stance.


    now that taiyi realm has arrived, the next step must be to launch an attack on them.


    on the way to the lingju star district, everyone in taiyi realm was actively preparing for war.


    people in the taiyi world have long been very skilled in similar tasks.


    the newly arrived taiyi realm can immediately enter the battle.


    after this period of recovery, meng zhang was far from returning to his prime, but he was already able to fight.


    needless to say, taiyi realm dispatched a large army and went directly towards the camp of the tianshen temple army.


    mingjing tianxian, hongyu fairy, gu yue lingqing and others all followed the army.


    meng and zhang and the others did not rush to take action, but held the battle from the side.


    their target is gainei tianshen and other level opponents, and they will not easily waste energy on small soldiers.


    as a veteran force in the void, tianshen temple has also experienced many battles and tests.


    although the initial plan failed, the combat effectiveness of this army was not affected.


    this new force in the taiyi world cannot scare the members of the tianshen temple.


    the four of them, gainei tianshen, held the formation behind the army and did not take any direct action.


    led by a group of gods, the tianshen temple army took the initiative to meet the taiyi realm army that was charging towards them.


    the two armies soon collided and a fierce battle broke out.


    one battleship after another formed a formation and launched a fierce exchange of fire in the void.


    high-level monks shuttled and jumped in the void, fighting endlessly with their opponents.


    more monks rely on their own warships to either attack the enemy or protect themselves.


    ¡­


    soon after the war began, it entered a fierce stage, and both sides quickly suffered considerable losses.


    this kind of battle in the spiritual world generally follows the principle of soldiers versus soldiers against generals.


    most of the group of immortals headed by mingjing tianxian fought with the enemy''s gods.


    there are more gods in the temple of heaven, so they have an obvious numerical advantage.


    especially for the mid-term gods, compared to when meng zhang met him, both sides were at the same level of cultivation. however, meng zhang was an out-and-out junior, and his cultivation was obviously not as sophisticated as his.


    meng zhang came from behind and was promoted to immortal lord. mingjing celestial immortal was still on the battlefield at this time, and his strong combat power played a huge role.


    he almost single-handedly defeated several late-stage gods from the celestial temple.


    while suppressing his opponents at the same level, he still had room to focus on other aspects of the battlefield.


    if one of his own immortals is besieged or is in danger, he can almost always come to his aid in time.


    it was precisely through the efforts of a group of immortals headed by him that they wiped out the numerical advantage possessed by the celestial temple, and fought with each other in a lively and inextricable manner.


    according to the practice of fighting in taiyi realm, although a large part of the force is invested in attacking the enemy, a certain reserve force must still be retained to guard taiyi realm to prevent unexpected situations.


    meng zhang once canonized many gods in taiyi realm.


    in most cases, these gods are responsible for guarding the taiyi realm.


    only when they are located in the taiyi realm can these gods exert their strongest combat effectiveness.


    special cases like luna are rare.


    a small number of gods headed by her prefer to take the initiative and leave taiyi realm to fight.


    but this time, moon god is still responsible for staying in taiyi realm.


    there is not much strength gap between the army of taiyi world and the army of tianshen temple.


    in such a situation, there are many factors that determine the outcome of the battle.


    the command of the top management of both sides, their respective morale and resilience...


    even some accidental factors may determine the outcome of the battle.


    judging from the current situation on the field, if there is no external intervention, this battle is expected to last for a long time before the winner can be determined.


    meng zhang was not anxious at all.


    the longer the fight lasted, the more time he had to recover.


    when he returns to his prime, their side''s chances of winning will be even greater.


    ganetian god and the others were also in no rush to join the battle.


    they are waiting for the arrival of reinforcements, god emperor gere.


    with the strength of god emperor gailei, it is definitely not something that ordinary immortals can resist.


    as long as the god emperor ge lei arrives here, they will not only have a numerical advantage again, but their overall strength will definitely surpass the enemy.


    of course, although meng zhang and gainei tianshen were not in a hurry to join the battle, they both hoped that their armies could gain a greater advantage and even achieve complete victory.


    if their own army wins, then they can use their own army to consume the enemy''s strength when the decisive battle finally breaks out.


    although meng zhang did not have the habit of treating low-level monks as cannon fodder, this was the practice in the spiritual world.


    low-level monks are driven by high-level monks to consume enemies as cannon fodder in battles, increasing the advantages of high-level monks...


    one void battleship after another was destroyed, and monks were killed one by one... and even true gods and true immortals began to suffer casualties.


    the top management of both sides are hard-hearted people and are not moved by these casualties at all.


    in order to achieve the final victory, the casualties paid are completely worth it.


    as the war continues, the casualties on both sides will only increase.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3579

    at the beginning, meng zhang only held the idea of ????rescuing the spirit tribe in the lingju star district, and did not want them to be wiped out by the temple of heaven.


    after arriving here, he encountered the calculations and ambush of the gods of gane.


    although he was lucky enough to escape, he still has lingering fears and hates his enemies.


    now, he not only wants to save the spirit race in the spirit residence star region, but also severely attacks the celestial temple and teaches them a profound lesson.


    it would be best to annihilate the army of celestial gods in front of them, and at the same time kill the four late-stage celestial gods headed by gane celestial god.


    for this, meng zhang is willing to pay a sufficient price.


    due to time constraints this time, taiyi realm did not have time to summon members of the endless alliance, and mainly relied on its own army to participate in the battle.


    no matter who wins in the end, taiyi world will definitely suffer heavy losses.


    meng zhang was helpless about this.


    he has protected taiyi realm for so long, and now it is time for taiyi realm monks to repay him.


    he is not a nanny, and he cannot always take good care of every taiyi monk.


    from the moment they embark on the path of spiritual practice, they should understand that the spiritual world is not a good place. on their way to practice, they will inevitably face various challenges and even face the crisis of death.


    all meng zhang can do is to regain his strength as soon as possible and eliminate as many enemies as possible in the subsequent battles.


    gainei tianshen and the others who were behind the tianshen temple army began to feel a little anxious when they saw that the god emperor gailei was not arriving.


    although the battle between the tianshen temple army and the taiyi realm army has not yet shown signs of decline, the two sides are still fighting back and forth.


    but they all knew in their hearts that delaying the process for too long would definitely be detrimental to the temple of heaven.


    taiyi realm has now received reinforcements from luoyu sect and yuzhen sect. will these two schools provide more reinforcements to taiyi realm? will other sects continue to support taiyi realm?


    they couldn''t answer these questions clearly.


    although the earth mother goddess supports the celestial temple, it is now difficult to mobilize more power for reinforcements.


    although tianshen temple also has some friends, they dare not easily get involved in the fight with daomen.


    if, in the name of the earth mother goddess, the shinto forces are asked to reinforce the heavenly temple, then the taiyi realm will definitely continue to call for friends.


    later, more and more forces were involved in the battle, and it might turn into a war between immortalism and shinto.


    the overall power of immortal dao is far higher than that of shinto.


    in the void, except for buddhism, which can compete with taoism alone, it is difficult for other systems of practice to compete with taoism alone.


    of course, since taoism is the strongest, there are often situations where other cultivation systems join forces to fight against it.


    just like the current hengling star district, buddhism, shinto, demon race and other forces jointly compete with the top power of taoism, lingkong immortal realm.


    the main cause of this war was the personal grievances between the earth mother goddess family, the heavenly god god family, and meng zhang.


    without enough benefits, the forces of other cultivation systems will not easily intervene.


    the scale of the war continues to expand, and the ones who will suffer in the end may still be the earth mother goddess and the celestial goddess.


    the best result is that god emperor gailei can arrive in time, and everyone can defeat taiyi realm together and kill meng zhang by the way.


    while god gaine carefully observed the battle situation, he contacted god emperor gaile from time to time to learn about his latest whereabouts.


    in fact, with god emperor gailei''s speed, he should have arrived here long ago.


    however, he encountered an accident on the way and had to be delayed.


    the unexpected thing he encountered was none other than juechen immortal lord.


    previously, he said that he would cut off meng zhang''s assistance and go to deal with immortal juechen. it was mainly an excuse so that he could avoid gainei tianshen and the others and do his own thing.


    therefore, he did not put much effort into finding the immortal lord juechen, but just followed the story and went through the motions.


    not long after he finished his business, he received a message asking for help from the god gainei, and he quickly set off for reinforcements.


    although juechen xianzun was a casual cultivator, he had many friends and was always well-informed.


    previously, god emperor geilei had been searching for his whereabouts with great fanfare and the news that he wanted to cause trouble for him had already spread everywhere, and naturally it also reached his ears.


    this is absolutely a disaster for immortal juechen.


    just because he had a good relationship with meng zhang, there were god emperors looking for him everywhere to deal with him.


    immortalism is the strongest force in the void, and the immortals naturally have their arrogance.


    many immortals simply look down on forces such as shinto.


    after all, juechen immortal lord can be regarded as the upper echelon among many immortals, and he is by no means the kind of soft persimmon who can be manipulated at will.


    a mere god emperor dared to ignore him like this.


    this is simply a disgrace.


    if he does not give a certain response, he may become a joke among the immortals in the future, and he will not be able to hold his head high in front of his colleagues.


    god emperor gailei could not find the whereabouts of juechen immortal lord, but juechen immortal lord took the initiative to find him.


    god emperor gailei, who was about to go to reinforce gainei god, was stopped by juechen immortal lord on the way.


    as soon as the two sides disagreed, a war broke out.


    the result of the battle was far beyond the expectations of immortal juechen.


    he actually couldn''t resist god emperor gailei, and soon fell into a disadvantage.


    juechen xianzun was not the kind of person who wanted to save face and suffer. since he couldn''t defeat the opponent, he withdrew in time.


    the god emperor gailei was eager to reinforce the heavenly god gainei, and the juechen immortal lord was so good at escaping that he couldn''t catch up.


    after repelling the immortal lord juechen, god emperor gaile continued on his way.


    juechen xianzun was very unwilling to accept such a result.


    soon after, he received news that meng zhang had summoned his colleagues to fight against the tianshen temple, which was supported by the earth mother goddess.


    juechen xianzun then approached the god emperor gailei again.


    this time, he did not fight head-on with the opponent, but focused on entanglement.


    he took action many times to interrupt the opponent''s actions and prevent him from going on his way.


    when the opponent stopped to fight with him, he retreated in time without fighting the opponent head-on.


    through this method, he not only took revenge on the god emperor gailei, but also helped meng zhang.


    anyway, as a casual cultivator, he doesn''t pay much attention to image.


    to deal with enemies outside the dao sect, he can safely use all kinds of disgusting methods.


    as long as a taoist immortal looks down, regardless of his identity, he can cause a lot of trouble to his opponent.


    when the god emperor gailei was traveling through the counter-space, juechen immortal lord would cause a storm in the counter-space, interfering with his movement through the space, forcing him to return to the normal space early.


    juechen immortal lord will ambush him halfway from time to time and conduct sneak attacks on him.


    without a hit, juechen immortal lord immediately ran away.


    ¡­


    in this way, god emperor gailei''s speed was greatly delayed.


    several times, he tried to ambush the immortal juechen.


    but the other party didn''t accept the move at all.


    although juechen immortal lord is no match for him in a head-on battle, he possesses many immortal magical powers and has excellent escape methods.


    thanks to my old friend zhangxiwang368 for his many rewards and support.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3580

    the juechen immortal lord will not fight head-on with the god emperor gailei, and the first priority is to protect himself.


    god emperor guile was more powerful than him in combat, but he couldn''t do anything to him.


    of course, god emperor geile is, after all, a top figure in the earth mother god system, with vast magical powers and numerous methods.


    it is impossible for juechen immortal lord to completely prevent him from going to reinforce tianshen gainei.


    juechen immortal lord has done so much, and can only hinder him and slow down his journey.


    in the end, it took much longer than expected, but god emperor gaile finally arrived at his destination.


    when god emperor gaile arrived at his destination, juechen immortal lord also followed him.


    after being delayed for so long on the road, meng zhang also recovered from his injuries and basically returned to his full strength.


    seeing the arrival of god emperor gailei, god gainei and the others ran to him to pay homage regardless of the enemy.


    the so-called god emperor not only possesses great strength and potential, but also possesses great power and lofty prestige within the shinto system.


    after the meeting between the two parties, god emperor gaile did not bother to blame them and asked carefully about what had happened before.


    after listening, he knew that this mission would probably not be completed.


    the number of top experts on both sides is similar, but the enemies are mainly immortals. in the later stage, the gods of our own side are basically no match for them when fighting alone.


    especially the three late-stage gods in the temple of heaven, their combat effectiveness is really average.


    although he was very confident in himself, he had to admit the huge gap between the immortal way and the divine way.


    however, everyone else is already here, and retreating without making any attempts would be too damaging to one''s own morale.


    he jumped out, jumped over the battlefield where the two armies were fighting, and rushed straight to meng zhang and the others behind the army.


    after juechen immortal lord, meng zhang and the others met, they ignored the pleasantries and told everyone about their experiences along the way, reminding everyone to be careful of the god emperor gailei.


    the several immortal lords present come from different forces, and they can be considered a very strong force in the void.


    no matter how powerful god emperor gailei is, he can''t scare everyone.


    while meng zhang and the others were still talking, god emperor gailei came over to kill them in a swaggering manner, simply treating the immortals present as nothing.


    meng zhang, as the host who invites everyone to come and help, is the absolute protagonist. of course, he must take the initiative to gnaw the hard bones.


    he stepped forward and took the initiative to face the menacing god emperor gaile.


    others have not intervened for the time being. they want to see the outcome of their battle and see how good god emperor gailei is.


    the two qi of yin and yang rushed out like a long river. meng zhang stood on this long river, with the divine light of the sun and moon shining on his body. the black and white divine sword transformed from the liangyi tongtian sword was held in his hand, and the shadow of tai chi slowly moved behind him. turn...


    god emperor gaile transformed into a bolt of lightning, which struck directly at meng zhang, accompanied by dazzling lightning and rumbling thunder.


    the two qi of yin and yang took the initiative to sweep over and blocked the lightning first.


    lightning flashed, thunder exploded, and the yin and yang qi were directly scattered by it.


    however, being blocked by the yin and yang qi, god emperor gailei''s unstoppable momentum was somewhat dampened, and his movements were also halted.


    the sharp sword light lit up, and the sword light struck god emperor gaile one after another.


    god emperor gailei reappeared in human form, holding a giant sword surrounded by lightning, and fought fiercely with meng zhang.


    god emperor gailei''s swordsmanship may not be as good as meng zhang''s, but his magical powers are indeed powerful. his divine power is vast and powerful, and the divine weapon in his hand is infinitely powerful.


    no matter how brilliant meng zhang''s swordsmanship is or how sharp his killing moves are, he can defeat them ten times with one move. using clumsiness and skill, he forcibly defeated meng zhang''s sword light, killing meng zhang and making him retreat continuously.


    the giant sword turned into a thunderbolt and struck, forcibly splitting the black and white divine sword in meng zhang''s hand into two pieces.


    the thunderbolt continued to attack meng zhang unabated.


    the divine light of the sun and moon on meng zhang kept flashing, and he finally blocked pili''s attack.


    the magical power of the sun and moon that he had cultivated for many years was on the verge of collapse and almost collapsed.


    originally, meng zhang was not prepared to use the yin-yang annihilating divine thunder to fight against the enemy.


    at first glance, the other party is majoring in thunder and lightning, and he has extremely profound attainments and extraordinary power.


    however, the magical powers he used were defeated one by one by the opponent, and he had to do his best to resist the opponent.


    the yin and yang extermination divine thunder turned into a thunder net that filled the sky and fell towards the god emperor gailei.


    bolts of lightning shot out from god emperor gailei''s hands, collided with the thunder net, and canceled each other out.


    the collision between the two produced a series of violent explosions, which almost shattered the surrounding void.


    although the yin-yang extinction divine thunder is a thunder method, a large part of its power comes from the yin-yang avenue.


    meng zhang used the yin and yang annihilating divine thunder to fight against the enemy, but it was not considered a trick.


    after yin yang''s exterminating divine thunder temporarily blocked the enemy, meng zhang immediately started to counterattack.


    after cultivating to the point where the celestial god emperor gailei brandished his giant sword, he continued to chase meng zhang.


    his eyes flashed, and meng zhang''s whole body seemed to turn into a tai chi cave.


    one yin and one yang, two completely opposite forces, entangled with each other, spurting out from the cave sky, pointing directly at the god emperor gailei.


    the giant sword in his hand, and even his divine body, were pulled by huge forces from different directions, making him almost unable to move.


    taking advantage of the opportunity when he was restrained by the power of yin and yang, meng zhang used the power of taiji dao to launch a killing move against him.


    god emperor gaile roared angrily, struggled to break away from the restraints of the power of yin and yang, waved the giant sword in his hand, and slashed forward fiercely.


    the formless but powerful power of taiji dao collided violently with the giant sword.


    god emperor gere felt as if he had hit an indestructible mountain.


    with his strength, even a continent can be smashed into pieces and a large world can be split open if he strikes hard.


    but the mountains in front of him blocked him abruptly, and even bounced back with extremely strong force.


    god emperor gaile felt his energy and blood surge all over his body, and the divine light on his body kept flashing, and he involuntarily took a few steps back.


    the tai chi cave created by meng zhang shook violently, as if it was about to collapse.


    inside the cave, an unprecedented earthquake occurred, and violent storms threatened to sweep everything away...


    the cave is the foundation of one''s own practice and must not be damaged too much.


    meng zhang kept mobilizing his immortal power to calm down the various strange phenomena in the cave.


    the various creatures in the cave sky also began to work hard to stabilize the earth and resist the storm...


    meng zhang glanced at the god emperor gai lei with some reluctance, and then took the initiative to retreat to his comrade, with no intention of continuing to fight him alone.


    he tried his best and almost exhausted all his cards, but he couldn''t defeat the opponent.


    there is little point in continuing to fight.


    seeing the opponent''s extra strength, meng zhang knew that he was no match for the opponent.


    as long as the opponent continues to persist, he will not be able to escape the fate of defeat.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3581

    god emperor geile quickly recovered from the previous shock.


    when he saw meng zhang retreating to his comrades, he was unwilling to do so, but he was also concerned about the large number of people on the other side.


    among the many forces in the void, although the immortal way and the divine way are not big enemies, and the battle between immortals and gods is not fierce, let alone the current mainstream, the two sides belong to two completely different systems after all.


    to immortalism, shinto is always a foreign enemy.


    when these immortals face foreign enemies and cannot defeat each other, they will definitely show shame and try to bully others.


    previously, god emperor gailei broke into the enemy camp alone, faced many immortals, and took the initiative to challenge him. his style and momentum greatly inspired the powerful shinto warriors behind him.


    meng zhang didn''t want to show weakness, so he took the initiative to fight with him alone.


    on the surface, the outcome of the battle between the two sides seemed to be indistinguishable. in fact, all discerning experts knew that meng zhang was at a disadvantage and was obviously much weaker than the god emperor gailei.


    judging from the situation on the field, meng zhang was defeated and took the initiative to retreat to his comrades, seemingly relying on more to win.


    all the comrades around him were ready to cooperate with him in the battle.


    without the need for god emperor gaile to greet him, heavenly god gainei led three late-stage gods from the heavenly temple and immediately appeared behind him.


    in terms of numbers, everyone is the same, five to five.


    in terms of cultivation level, there is no essential difference between us.


    there is no doubt that god emperor gainei will definitely be full of confidence if a war breaks out with meng zhang and the others.


    although the three late-stage gods of the tianshen temple were very wary of the group of immortals in front of them, they were inspired by god emperor gailei''s previous performance and still dared to fight.


    meng zhang and the others stood ready and faced the enemy without any sign of weakness.


    needless to say, meng zhang and tai miao had the experience of fighting together with jue chen xianzun.


    although hanyu tensen and yaozhensenzun have never fought side by side with their comrades present before, their cultivation has reached their level, and they have at least a tacit understanding with their comrades and can cooperate closely.


    it can be said that both sides have their own advantages. if a life-and-death battle breaks out, the outcome is really hard to say.


    the originally majestic and arrogant god emperor gailei took a deep look at meng zhang and the others. he actually did not lead the god gainei and the others to attack, but instead signaled for everyone to retreat on their own initiative.


    god gai was unwilling to do so, but he did not dare to disobey god emperor gai lei''s orders.


    the three late-stage gods of the heavenly temple secretly breathed a sigh of relief.


    led by god emperor gaile, they are not afraid of the enemy in front of them.


    but it is always a good thing to avoid having to fight head-on with the enemy in front of you.


    once the two sides engage in a life-and-death battle, there will inevitably be casualties.


    the three late-stage gods of the celestial temple with the weakest cultivation and combat effectiveness, maybe because the opponent has the extremely powerful god emperor gailei, it is doomed that meng zhang and the others will have a hard time winning the final victory.


    juechen immortal, yusheng immortal, and yaozhen immortal all came to help out of friendship between the two parties, and they may not necessarily fight to the death for taiyi realm and start a life-and-death fight.


    if it really comes to a critical moment of life and death, it''s hard to say whether they can continue to fight unswervingly.


    the performance of god emperor guile once again proved the important role that an extremely powerful person could play in the battles in the world of cultivation.


    as one of the leaders of shinto, god emperor gaile has held a high position for many years and commanded many operations.


    he knows that in action, the most taboo thing is to act on impulse.


    he directs various actions, always advances and retreats in a well-organized manner, and rarely stalks the enemy.


    the current situation is that there is no essential difference between the top players on both sides.


    they fight to the death with each other, and even if they win the final victory, it will be a miserable victory.


    god emperor gailei didn''t care about the lives of his men, he just had other plans.


    only if he wins well enough will it help his reputation and his future.


    moreover, his experience with the juechen immortal lord told him that even if these immortal lords were defeated in the end, they would most likely be able to escape in time.


    with the power he currently possesses, it is simply impossible to keep the other party.


    you know, his main task this time is to kill meng zhang.


    if meng zhang escapes, even if he achieves victory on the battlefield, it won''t mean much.


    rather than achieve an uneconomical victory, it is better to preserve our strength, re-plan, and look for new opportunities.


    after god emperor guilei led the four late-stage gods to retreat, he ordered the army of the temple of heaven to break away from contact with the taiyi realm army, and began to withdraw from the battle and evacuate the battlefield.


    after the top officials of the temple of heaven received his order, many people felt as if they had been granted amnesty.


    the battle with the taiyi realm army was extremely brutal. they had already suffered huge casualties, and the battle was far from over.


    many senior officials of the celestial temple were unwilling to continue fighting for a long time.


    the internal cohesion of the tianshen temple is not as good as that of taiyi realm, and its determination to fight is not as good as that of the opponent.


    it is true that tianshen temple and taiyi realm have a grudge, but many senior officials are unwilling to pay such a huge loss just for revenge.


    in the final analysis, it is the earth mother goddess who is really at odds with the taiyi realm and wants to kill meng zhang the most.


    with the earth mother goddess at the front, it''s okay for everyone to have a smooth battle.


    once they discovered that taiyi realm was a tough nut to crack, many senior officials began to cherish their lives and were unwilling to fight taiyi realm to the end.


    retreating in front of the enemy is a very difficult matter, which tests the command ability of the top management and the organizational ability of the army.


    now the two armies are entangled together, and the fighting is extremely fierce. generally speaking, it is difficult to evacuate without suffering too much loss.


    god emperor geile led four late-stage gods to personally suppress the formation and stabilize the position of his own army. the army retreated in an orderly manner under reasonable command.


    the battle has been going on for so long, taiyi realm has suffered a lot of losses, and meng zhang has no intention of fighting the enemy to the end.


    if you continue to fight, you won''t be able to defeat the enemy at all, so what''s the point?


    although the revenge of this ambush has not yet been avenged, the purpose of rescuing the spirit tribe in the lingju star district has been achieved and the original goal has been completed.


    under meng zhang''s order, the taiyi realm army had no intention of taking advantage of the opportunity to pursue them. instead, they took the initiative to break away from the enemy and intended to stop fighting.


    in this way, with the unintentional cooperation of the top leaders of both sides, the two armies that were fighting fiercely began to slowly retreat.


    even if there are a few monks who are red-eyed and unwilling to stop fighting, they will be caught and stopped by their comrades in time.


    (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3582

    it is worth mentioning that, seeing the celestial temple army retreating on its own initiative, the spirit race in the spirit residence star district actually organized a small-scale counterattack. who gave them the courage?


    among the three strongest members of the spirit clan in the lingju star district, yule ancestor from the feiyu lineage and wangxing shanren from the zuowang lineage have merged with the two big worlds respectively and cannot leave the two big worlds too far. naturally, it is impossible to take the initiative.


    only the fenxin layman of the xinzhao lineage could still move freely and naturally became the leader of this counterattack.


    with his mid-god strength, as long as he doesn''t face off against strong men such as god emperor gailei, he can still play a big role on the battlefield.


    with his eyesight, he couldn''t see that meng zhang was no match for god emperor gailei.


    he just saw god emperor geile retreating on his own initiative, and then the celestial temple army began to retreat.


    therefore, he naturally believed that the tianshen temple army was no match for taiyi realm, and now he had to retreat to save his life.


    speaking of which, the top leaders of this spiritual clan are also somewhat bloody, not just pure trash.


    the early habitat of the spirit race in the lingju star region was the yunlan star region.


    they lived there well, but they were attacked by the temple of heaven for no reason. not only did they suffer heavy losses, they even lost their habitat and became homeless dogs.


    after finally escaping from the yunlan star district, the heavenly god''s temple came knocking on the door again. the blood feud between the two parties could be said to be eternal.


    previously, they were suppressed and beaten by the temple of heaven, and faced the crisis of genocide several times.


    fortunately, meng zhang came to help and they are still surviving.


    even many spirit clans with gentle personalities have a fire in their hearts and are full of anger.


    now seeing that the temple of heaven was at a disadvantage, they naturally wanted to take the opportunity to retaliate.


    under the leadership of layman burning heart, a capable team of spirits attacked the retreating celestial temple army.


    being impulsive, they were still careful enough and did not send out all the troops. instead, they left the main force behind to continue the defense.


    god emperor guilei and others had been keeping an eye on meng zhang and the others, preventing them from taking the opportunity to attack the retreating army.


    the tianshen temple army is breaking away from the taiyi realm army, and the main target of defense is also the taiyi realm army.


    a capable team of the spirit race rushed out from the interior of the spirit residence star zone and stabbed directly into their defenseless back.


    for a moment, the celestial temple army was almost caught off guard.


    this celestial temple army is large enough and the team is very long.


    when a small part of them were attacked by the eldar, most of the others had not yet reacted.


    after all, layman burning heart was also a strong man at the mid-level of the heavenly god. he led his men to launch a fierce attack and actually briefly caused some chaos among part of the heavenly god''s army, causing some damage.


    god emperor geile discovered the situation here and was quite unhappy.


    things like ants dare to interfere in the war between our own side and taiyi realm.


    he didn''t even bother to take action, he just signaled to qantong god of heavenly temple.


    the senior officials of the celestial temple did not take the spirit race in the spirit home star region seriously.


    if it weren''t for the purpose of luring and ambush meng zhang, these spiritual tribes would have been captured by them long ago.


    the guy they had long regarded as meat on the chopping block actually dared to fight back at this time, which directly aroused his anger.


    in fact, there are many gods in the celestial temple army who are more powerful than burning heart layman.


    even if he has to guard against taiyi realm, he can still draw out his strength in time to deal with him.


    god qian tong was too lazy to wait for his subordinates to take action, so he immediately took action to teach layman fen xin a lesson.


    he blew heavily in the direction where master fenxin and the others were, and a black storm swept over there.


    this black storm passed directly over the celestial temple army and hit burning heart layman and the others.


    seeing the fierceness of the storm, master fen xin knew it was not good and immediately tried his best to resist.


    his whole body seemed to be blown away by the storm.


    he almost exhausted all his spiritual energy to barely withstand the storm.


    as for the team following him, they were tossed around and thrown into chaos by the storm.


    many spirit races in the team were blown far away, and they didn''t know where they flew.


    the desperate resistance of layman fen xin still worked.


    at the expense of his own injury, he prevented the team from suffering heavy casualties.


    of course, after resisting this attack, he was almost exhausted and unable to fight anymore.


    of course, meng zhang and the others could not just watch layman fen xin and his men being wiped out by the enemy.


    juechen xianzun was a little displeased with the extraneous actions of burning heart layman.


    the war was about to end, and the enemies had begun to retreat. due to their actions, the war was likely to continue.


    juechen xianzun is willing to help meng zhang, but he is not willing to fight to the death with these enemies. ,


    his previous battle with god emperor gaile left a deep impression on him.


    as a helpless casual cultivator, he has been able to make it all the way to this point. apart from anything else, his escape skills are definitely good.


    he spent a lot of effort to escape the pursuit of god emperor gailei.


    meng zhang saw through his thoughts, and it was not easy to give orders to immortal yuyu and immortal yaozhen, so he had no choice but to let tai miao take action.


    after receiving meng zhang''s instructions, tai miao appeared beside layman fen xin in a flash.


    with his arrival, the surrounding storm immediately subsided.


    qian tong tian shen saw that qian tong tian shen might be a little guilty when facing several immortals, but he had no scruples against mere ghosts and gods.


    he looked directly at taimiao, and two rays of divine light shot out from his eyes and shot directly at taimiao.


    tai miao slapped his palm in the distance, and a gray-white light beam shot out, colliding with two divine lights in the void, causing waves of ripples.


    god emperor geile blocked qantong tianshen''s attempt to continue his attack.


    now that you have made up your mind to retreat, don''t stop because of some small accidents.


    qian tong tianshen glared at tai miao in dissatisfaction and stopped attacking.


    meng zhang was not prepared to continue fighting with the enemy, but tai miao followed his intention.


    instead of continuing to engage the enemy, he began rescuing injured eldar members nearby.


    in this way, the tianshen temple army safely evacuated the battlefield and temporarily left the vicinity of the lingju star area.


    as the rescuers, part of the taiyi realm army returned to the taiyi realm to rest, and part of them stationed in the lingju star area to help the spirit clan deal with the aftermath of the war.


    the taiyi realm also moved again and came to the edge of the lingju star area, far away from the two big worlds. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3583

    at meng zhang''s invitation, immortal juechen, immortal yusheng, immortal yaozhen and others all returned to taiyi realm with him.


    mingjing tianxian, hongyu fairy and others did not have much thought to deal with the group of spirits, so they simply returned to taiyi realm with them accompanied by the senior officials of taiyi realm.


    naturally, everyone in the taiyi world entertained these distinguished guests who had helped a lot.


    as meng zhang''s eldest disciple, niu dawei came forward to negotiate with the lingzu in the lingju star district and help them deal with various aftermath matters.


    the spirit tribe in the spirit residence star district was attacked by the celestial temple this time and suffered heavy losses. their home base was almost breached and they were almost on the verge of annihilation.


    there were many troubles after the war.


    with meng zhang''s current status, there is no need to deliberately win over them.


    asking niu dawei to come forward is enough to show that he attaches great importance to it.


    the ling clan in the lingju star area were naturally extremely grateful to meng zhang for bringing taiyi realm to the timely rescue.


    counting the last time, meng zhang had saved them from fire and water twice.


    since they could not thank meng zhang in person for the time being, they put all their gratitude on niu dawei.


    on the other side, while meng zhang was receiving reinforcements from luo yu sect and yu zhen sect, he was also thinking about what to do next.


    the enemy took the initiative to retreat, but the main force was not lost and the fighting strength was still there.


    in particular, the top powerhouses such as god emperor guilei still retained their good condition.


    they are definitely not willing to accept this failure.


    who knows when they will come back.


    at that time, there will be another fierce battle.


    the power of taiyi realm alone, or even the combined power of the entire endless alliance, cannot defeat them.


    the biggest gap between the two sides is still between the top players.


    this time, fortunately, luo yu sect, yu zhen sect and jue chen immortal lord came to help in time, and they were able to barely close the gap in this regard.


    hanyu senzun and the others are all guests and will leave taiyi realm sooner or later.


    in fact, meng zhang felt very gracious that hanyu senzun could take time out of his busy schedule to come to help.


    the yuzhen sect has an enmity with the earth mother goddess. yaozhen immortal lord does not mind staying in the taiyi realm for a while, but after all, she is not a member of the taiyi realm and cannot stay in the taiyi realm forever.


    juechen immortal lord¡¯s situation is similar.


    he was willing to waste some time in order to help meng zhang, but he did not join the taiyi world.


    if hanyu immortal and the others leave the taiyi realm, what can meng zhang do to fight against the enemy?


    he thought for a moment, and it was best to completely eliminate the threat posed by god emperor gaile before they left.


    there was not much time left for meng zhang, but there were many difficulties.


    the power currently gathered in the taiyi realm alone is at best on par with the enemy, but it cannot eliminate the enemy.


    in order to obtain more foreign aid, luo yu sect and yu zhen sect are facing great difficulties, and they are temporarily unable to mobilize more immortals.


    the immortal lord is not a cabbage, there are countless immortal lords in the void.


    as a new immortal lord, meng zhang has not yet fully established his personal connections and knows very few immortal lords. it is difficult for him to invite other immortal lords for help.


    in desperation, he finally lost his temper and asked juechen immortal lord and the others for help to see if they could invite some of their good friends to help deal with god emperor gailei and other enemies.


    of course, immortal lord''s favors are not indebted, and meng zhang has to pay a lot for it.


    he could only secretly hope in his heart that those immortals had better not speak loudly, and the conditions they proposed should be something he could bear.


    to be honest, meng zhang had been promoted to immortal lord not long ago and did not have enough resources at his disposal.


    it is actually not easy to come up with something that can impress other immortals.


    most of the immortal lords are the kind of people who don''t let go of hawks before they see rabbits. it is impossible for them to help easily just because of a few empty words and so-called comradeship.


    hanyu immortal lord and the others put on their old faces and help meng zhang contact other immortal lords, which is the limit.


    they couldn''t possibly pay too much for meng zhang.


    fortunately, meng zhang is not without any advantages.


    now the entire cultivation world almost thinks that he has a close relationship with qianyuan golden immortal.


    qianyuan immortal is also a new golden immortal, but as one of the top tianji immortal masters in the void, he has special value to the entire taoist sect.


    besides, the newly promoted golden immortal is also a golden immortal, and many immortal lords want to curry favor but cannot.


    perhaps, for the sake of the qianyuan golden immortal, some immortals would be willing to help, just like the juechen immortal.


    but in this way, the karma between meng zhang and qianyuan jinxian became deeper, and he owed him more.


    in addition, meng zhang also made some other preparations.


    he ordered tai miao to temporarily return to the underworld.


    when facing a powerful enemy that cannot be solved, calling someone''s parents is a common method.


    taiyi golden immortal and daolian golden immortal were in special circumstances and could not help meng zhang for the time being. he had no choice but to ask qianyuan golden immortal for help.


    because he was worried about attracting the attention of taiyi jinxian''s enemies, qianyuan jinxian temporarily broke off contact with meng zhang after their last meeting.


    even if meng zhang cast a spell to contact him, it was difficult to get a timely response from him.


    he thought of the arrangement left by the qianyuan golden immortal in the ruins of the city in the underworld.


    the reincarnation pool is of great importance. as the newly promoted golden immortal, the qianyuan golden immortal will definitely not be negligent about it, and may have been paying attention to it.


    tai miao will enter the ruins of the city, find a way to contact the arrangements left by qianyuan jinxian, and try to contact qianyuan jinxian.


    qianyuan golden immortal usually would not directly help meng zhang against the enemy, but at least he would give him some useful pointers.


    in addition, the qianyuan golden immortal beheaded the god of heaven, gai yang, who was being trained by the earth mother goddess, and formed a deep hatred with him.


    even if it was meng zhang who finally wiped out the remaining vitality of gai rang god, helping him share some of the hatred from the earth mother god system, the earth mother god system should not let him go easily.


    the main god of the earth mother goddess, earth mother, is a veteran and powerful person. her qualifications and prestige are among the best in the entire shinto system.


    as for its strength, it is even more unfathomable.


    even many golden immortals were unwilling to take the initiative to provoke him.


    even if the qianyuan golden immortal becomes a golden immortal, he will never feel relaxed when facing the earth mother.


    when he faces the earth mother goddess, he''d better need some assistance.


    now meng zhang can help him share some of the pressure from the earth mother god system.


    not to mention, meng zhang looks like the kind of person with a great future and unlimited achievements.


    maybe one day, meng zhang will become a golden immortal and have the same status and strength as him.


    qianyuan jinxian had always been optimistic about meng zhang''s potential, so he wanted to make friends with him.


    if i do another favor this time, i am also helping others and myself.


    after receiving meng zhang''s order, tai miao immediately returned to the underworld of taiyi realm, and then reached the underworld.


    now that the enemy has no signs of coming back, tai miao can leave for a while.


    after tai miao came to the underworld, he soon came to the ruins of the city. (end of chapter)

 Chapter 3584

    tai miao entered the ruins of the city and soon came to the secret room where he and meng zhang visited last time.


    after that time, he had not entered here. this time, after delivering the message, he saw that the three statues had no reaction. tai miao was not in a hurry, so he sat on the ground next to him and waited silently.


    in the lingju star area, many monks from the taiyi realm have stationed themselves in the two big worlds occupied by the spirit tribe, helping the spirit tribe to save lives and heal the wounded, and repair the damage suffered by the two big worlds in previous battles.


    if meng zhang hadn''t taken the risk to come to help this time, the entire spirit race in the lingju star region would have been completely wiped out.


    the last time we were in the yunlan star region, a large part of the spirit race could still escape in time.


    this time, the power used by the temple of heaven was even greater.


    even if the heavenly god gaine of the earth mother god system does not take action, the heavenly god god can easily capture the lingju star area and completely wipe out this spiritual race.


    in order to save this spiritual tribe, taiyi realm paid a huge price and suffered many casualties among the monks.


    moreover, this matter is not over yet.


    the tianshen temple has discovered the location of the lingju star area and may make a comeback in the future.


    although they escaped temporarily, the senior officials of the lingju star district were still very panicked.


    many high-level officials proposed to abandon the spiritual home star zone, and everyone fled to the void again to find a new place to live.


    although the void is vast, the places suitable for survival are limited.


    at the very least, most of these places in the known areas of the void are owned.


    after this spirit clan escaped from the yunlan star district last time, it can be said that they were extremely lucky to be able to find the lingju star district to settle down.


    it''s impossible to expect the same good luck as last time.


    there are many dangers in the void, and there are many forces coveting the spiritual clan.


    there are so many spirit races wandering in the void, just like a child holding gold to get through the busy city.


    therefore, there are also many senior leaders of the eldar clan who do not agree to flee here. they want to stick to this place, firmly guard their homeland, and live and die with their homeland.


    of course, they also knew that they could not withstand the celestial temple with their own strength alone.


    so, they had no choice but to ask taiyi realm for help.


    although the two families have a close relationship, taiyijie cannot always help them for free.


    this spiritual clan has a lot of wealth, which can be used to bribe taiyi realm and let taiyi realm continue to fight against the tianshen temple. it seems that it is not enough.


    in fact, this spiritual clan has not yet fully appreciated taiyi realm''s help this time.


    the most valuable asset of the eldar clan is the eldar clan members themselves.


    no matter what, it is impossible for the top leaders of the spirit clan to betray their own people and use them as resources to other forces.


    the senior leaders of the eldar debated for a long time, and finally reached an agreement reluctantly.


    they joined the endless alliance under the leadership of taiyi realm and obtained the protection of taiyi realm.


    in this way, they don''t have to give up their spiritual residence in the star zone and flee in the void.


    of course, there are some drawbacks to this.


    most of the top leaders of the spirit clan have always been closed and conservative, unwilling to have any contact with outside cultivation forces.


    if you join the endless alliance, you will definitely have to deal with alliance members in the future, which is against the tradition of the eldar.


    moreover, there are many enemies in taiyi realm, and there are many disputes with external cultivation forces.


    the spiritual clan in the lingju star district have become subordinates of the taiyi realm, and will inevitably be involved in these grudges in the future.


    many times, they have to obey the orders of taiyi realm and go against other forces.


    this is also the reason why the top leaders of the eldar clan have not agreed to join the endless alliance before.


    now, these spiritual tribes are almost desperate and have no choice but to completely surrender to the taiyi realm.


    on behalf of the top leaders of the spirit clan, layman fen xin went to meet with niu dawei for a detailed discussion.


    niu dawei gave the other party some control before agreeing to let the spiritual race join the endless alliance.


    it was originally something that meng zhang had decided on long ago to absorb the spiritual tribes from the lingju star region to join the endless alliance.


    as the leader of the endless alliance, taiyi realm needs to use various means to strengthen its control over the entire alliance.


    combining kindness and power is one of the commonly used methods.


    in addition, the taiyi world also needs some die-hard loyalists to help them strengthen their control over the alliance.


    as for protecting the spirit clan and becoming an enemy of the celestial temple for this reason, that is nothing at all.


    even without this spiritual clan, taiyi realm and tianshen temple are still enemies.


    since both parties are interested in coming together, the next step is for the top leaders of both parties to negotiate some specific terms.


    for the spiritual race in the spiritual star district to join the endless alliance, what do they need to pay, what price should they bear, and what benefits will they enjoy...


    all of the above need to be negotiated in advance between the top management of both parties.


    the taiyi realm has no intention of embarrassing the spiritual clan in the lingju star district.


    according to the plan of the top leaders of taiyi realm, these spiritual races will be cultivated and developed into powerful assistants of taiyi realm.


    therefore, taiyi realm did not make it difficult for them, but created a lot of conveniences for them.


    during this period, taiyi realm invested a lot of resources and people to help this spiritual tribe rebuild their home and restore the defense of the spiritual home star area...


    everyone in this spiritual clan is very grateful for taiyi realm''s help.


    speaking of which, after the ceremony between meng zhang and taiyi realm, the lingju star district spirit clan officially joined the endless alliance, became a part of the alliance, and assumed the obligations of all members.


    for the spirit clan in the spirit star region, joining the endless alliance definitely has more advantages than disadvantages.


    as a member of the endless alliance, this spirit clan will be protected by the taiyi realm, and their safety will be guaranteed to a certain extent.


    in the future, even those forces that covet this spiritual clan will need to think carefully before taking action.


    the endless alliance, dominated by the aetherworld, can be regarded as the overlord of one side in the void, and it is enough to dominate one side.


    meng zhang, the immortal lord, is also a very intimidating presence.


    generally speaking, other immortal lord-level forces will not easily provoke taiyi realm or infringe on its sphere of influence if there is no hatred or conflict of interest.


    as for the forces below the level of immortal lord, they would not dare to provoke taiyi realm at will.


    apart from anything else, this eldar clan no longer has to flee their home and live in exile in the void for the time being.


    no matter which aspect he considered, meng zhang had to deal with the threat posed by the temple of heaven.

 Chapter 3585

    since the threat from the temple of heaven has not been completely eliminated, the taiyi realm temporarily stayed at the edge of the lingju star zone.


    in the sky above the taiyi realm, the three immortal gates leading to the gu yue family, the yu zhen sect and the luo yu sect were opened again.


    many of the special resources of the spiritual star region, the specialties of the spirit tribe, etc. are traded to the outside world through these three immortal gates.


    as a middleman, taiyijie must of course collect its own share of the profits.


    a team sent by the gu yue family came to taiyi realm through the immortal gate.


    the immortal lord of the gu yue family has been in seclusion all year round. he had not been able to help meng zhang fight against the earth mother god system before, and the senior officials of the gu yue family felt sorry.


    to make up for it, they offered something else to taiyi realm.


    the gu yue family sent a team of immortals to temporarily station in the taiyi realm to help the taiyi realm launch the next battle with the tianshen temple.


    among this team, the sirius district is the place where the endless alliance was established, which is of great significance.


    the sirius district is close to the spheres of influence of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect.


    these three sects are the earliest members of the endless alliance, and they are also the strongest members.


    placing the immortal sect in the sirius district can strengthen the connection between the taiyi realm and the three sects, and strengthen the control of the endless alliance.


    these three sects can also connect with taiyi realm more conveniently.


    in the future, these three sects can deepen their exchanges with gu yue family, luo yu sect and other forces through the channels of taiyi realm.


    after meng zhang gave the order, gu yue lingqing and fairy yue''e took the fairy gate on the road.


    they will rush to the sirius district as soon as possible, and with the cooperation of the three sects of lingmu alliance, lihuo palace and tianxing sect, they will complete the task of installing the immortal sect.


    as for the daily maintenance of the immortal sect, the immortals of the three sects will be responsible for it.


    gu yue lingqing and fairy yue''e did not stay longer in the sirius star district. instead, they quickly went back and quickly completed their mission and returned to the lingju star district.


    the main way for behemoths like taiyi realm to travel long distances in the void is to make the entire world move through the void.


    the distance of each great void movement is limited, and after each great movement, you need to take a break before you can move again.


    there are many natural and man-made wormholes in the void for those who travel long distances.


    many wormholes are controlled by some cultivating forces.


    to pass through these wormholes, some conditions need to be met and some costs must be paid.


    the taiyi world is too huge, and there are not many wormholes that can pass through it.


    moreover, many cultivating forces instinctively exclude forces that are too powerful from entering their own sphere of influence.


    therefore, if a few immortals travel long distances in the void, as long as they plan properly and can use the existing wormholes, their overall speed will be much faster than that of taiyi realm.


    gu yue lingqing and fairy yue''e made this long journey in much less time than it took the taiyi realm to reach the lingju star district.


    in the blink of an eye, more than five years have passed since the tianshen temple army evacuated.


    during this period of time, reinforcements from luo yu sect, yu zhen sect and other sects have been sitting in taiyi realm, waiting for the tianshen temple army to come back.


    i don¡¯t know what emperor gailei was thinking, but he actually never let the celestial temple army invade again.


    according to the information from the gu yue family, the main force of the earth mother god system is still trapped in the hengling star region and is fighting endlessly with the lingkong immortal realm.


    some serious conflicts also broke out between the earth mother god system, the true buddha sect and other forces.


    they were supposed to join forces to fight against the lingkong immortal realm, but they started fighting first, which greatly affected the fight against the lingkong immortal realm.


    the lingkong immortal realm invested more and more power in the hengling star region, and once again gained the upper hand and regained the initiative.


    the earth mother god system will not be able to mobilize more power and invest it in other directions in a short period of time.


    this means that god emperor geile will not be able to obtain reinforcements from the earth mother god system in a short period of time.


    as for the tianshen temple, although its overall strength is still stronger than that of taiyi realm, it does not even have a god emperor, so the threat to taiyi realm is limited.


    ever since the celestial temple army withdrew from the lingju star region, under the leadership of god emperor gailei, this army did not stay far away from the lingju star region, but stopped at a place not too far away.


    over the years, taiyi realm has always attached great importance to the movements of this army and sent out many spies to monitor every move of this army day and night.


    even meng zhang himself walked through it personally to observe the army carefully.


    under the supervision of god emperor geilei, the senior officials of the temple of heaven reorganized the army, trained them rigorously, and worked hard to improve their combat effectiveness.


    the headquarters of the temple of heaven sent some reinforcements to this army.


    this army''s losses in the last war have been made up for, and its strength has also improved.


    god emperor geile and other top powerhouses were stationed in the army, giving guidance to their subordinates in various aspects from time to time.


    the opponent''s actions have made it obvious that they are not willing to accept the failure last time and may come back at any time and attack the lingju star district again.


    it is impossible for taiyi realm to leave the lingju star zone at this time.


    maybe as soon as the taiyi realm leaves, the next moment the enemy will capture the eldar star area and completely wipe out this eldar race.


    once this happens, it will not only slap the taiyi world hard, but also shake the foundation of the endless alliance.


    moreover, with the strength of the enemy, it is not impossible to directly pursue taiyi realm.


    taiyi realm is temporarily bound to the lingju star zone.


    although hanyu immortal and juechen immortal did not say it clearly, they could not stay in taiyi realm for too long.


    immortal lord has a long lifespan, and a few years is not worth mentioning.


    but they all have important things to do, and they hardly have a moment to spare.


    putting aside other things, they have given meng zhang enough face by sitting in taiyi realm these years.


    meng zhang couldn''t force them to ask for more.


    he weighed the situation and found out that with the currently concentrated power of the ethereum realm, there was no guarantee of victory for a direct attack on this army.


    moreover, once the war goes unfavorably, the enemy army can just fight and retreat again like last time.


    taiyi realm does not have the ability to keep the other side.

 Chapter 3592

    meng zhang and tai miao successfully passed through the underworld transit and returned to the yang world of taiyi world together.


    after returning to taiyi realm, meng zhang began to wait quietly for the decisive battle.


    when meng zhang is away, tai miao will sit in taiyi realm to prevent accidents.


    on the other side, god emperor gailei had long known about the agreement reached between the earth mother god system and the qianyuan golden immortal.


    as a well-known militant within the earth mother goddess, he has no intention of this kind of obvious compromise. the latest update!


    the full text of "the immortal road of the master" aibilou has been updated, remember the website: www.ibiquzw.info